{"SB1.1#p0001": "�\n\nSri\nd\n-gavat\n\nm\n\nFirst canto-Part one\n\nHI\n\nivine Gra\n\nA.C. Bhal<tjvedanta swami\nFo u nder-Acarya of th International SooJety for Kns\n\n2\n\nbhupada\nl\n\n(IOUSil\n\n", "SB1.1#p0002": "His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nthe Founder-Acarya of ISKCON and greatest exponent of\nKf�pa consciousness in the western wodd.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0003": "Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Maharaja\nthe spiritual master of\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nand foremost scholar and devotee in the recent a e.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0004": "Srila Gaura KiSora Das Babaft Maharaja\nthe spiritual master of\nSrlla Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvam'i\nand intimate student of Srila Thakur Bhaktivinode\n\n", "SB1.1#p0005": "Plate 1 A snake appeared before the baby, and the Lord began to play with it. (p. 11)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0006": "Plate 2 Lord Caitanya convinced the Kazi about His sankirtana movement. (p. 14)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0007": "Plate 3 The Lord invoked His Sudarsana:cakra to kill the sinners. (p./6)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0008": "Pta te 4 Saturated with tran seenden tal ecstasy, Lord Caitanya fell unconscious. (p. 20)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0009": "Plare 5 Vyasadeva meditating on Lord K.f�I}'l. the all-pervading Personality of God­\n\nhead. (p.44)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0010": "Plate 6 After respectfully offering a seat to SGta Gosvami, the great sages began to\ninquire of him. (p. 61)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0011": "Plate 7 Lord Sri Kr�l)a appeared as the son of Vasudeva and Devaki. (p. 69)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0012": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n", "SB1.1#p0013": "ALL GLORY TO SRT GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\npit �·¥{1q;ffl l:44�1'1fa.fl{: m:\n� '1!'t�11�'1 �otmS�'1tfa.ij: ����II\nkn'!e sva-dhiimopagate\ndharma-jniiniidibhib, saha\nkalau nasta-drsiim esa\npuriir;r,��ko�dhun�dital;t (p. 186)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0014": "OTHER BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-gitii As It Is\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nK!§[W, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (2 volumes)\nSri Isopani§ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nK[§[La Consciousnes�: The Topmost Yoga System\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Kr§[ta Consciousness Movement is the Genuine Vedic Way\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0015": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\nFirst Canto\n\"Creation\"\n\nCPart one-Chapters 1-7>\nWith a Short Life Sketch\n\nof Lord Sn Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nthe Ideal Preacher of Bhagavata-dharma,\nand the Original Sanskrit Text, Its Roman Transliteration,\nSynonyms, Translation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\new York\n\n·\n\nLos Angeles . London . Bombay\n\n", "SB1.1#p0016": "Copyright © 1972\n\nby the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 70-127183\nInternational Standard Book\n\number: 0-912776-27-7\n\nALL RIGHTS RESERVED\n\nReaders interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\nInternational Sociely for Krishna Consciousness\n\n3764 Watseka Ave.\nLos Angeles, Calif. 90034\n\nThe Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n32 Tiffany Place\n\n:\n\nBrooklyn ,\\e\" York\n\nI I �11\n\n376-1 \\\\atsel..a \\,enue\nLo• A ngelc>. California 9003-1\n\n7 Uury Place\n\nGandhi Gram Road\n\nBloorn,Lury. \\\\.C. I\n\nJuhu. llornbay-51\n\nLondon\n\nPrinted by Dai\n\nippon Printing Co .. Ltd .. T�kyo, japan\n\n", "SB1.1#p0017": "To\nSrlla Prabhupada\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatl\nGosvamT Maharaja\n\ncfMY\" �piritual cfMaster\nOn the 26th Annual Ceremony of His\nDisappearance Day\n\nHe lives forever by his divine instructions\nand\nthe follower lives with him.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0018": "TABLE OF CONTENTS\nPreface\n\n1\n\nIntroduction\n\ns\n\nConception of God and the Absolute Truth\n\n5\n\nSource of Material Energy\n\n6\n\nPreacher of Srimad-Bhligavatam\n\n6\n\nScience of Kr�J;J.a and Its Need\n\n7\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\n7\n\nHis Mission\n\n8\n\nHis Birth\n\n10\n\nHis Early Childhood\n\n11\n\nHis Student Life\n\n12\n\nHis Civil Disobedience\n\n13\n\nReclaiming the Sinners\n\n15\n\nHis Sannyiisa\n\n18\n\n�ira-cora Gopinatha\n\n19\n\nMeeting with Bhattacarya\n\n22\n\nHis Discourse on the Vedanta\n\n22\n\nHis Meeting with Ramananda Raya\n\n29\n\nImportance of Submissive Hearing\n\n30\n\nInstructive Story of Junior Haridasa\n\n32\n\nPower of the Sank\"irtana Movement\n\n33\n\nHis Talks with the l\\layavadi Sannyiisi Prakasananda\n\n34\n\nThe Lord Visits Mathura and V rndavana\n\n37\n\nH e Converts Pathans t o the V ai�J;Iava Cult\n\n38\n\nvz\n\n", "SB1.1#p0019": "uu\n\nObstacles on the Path of Devotion\n\n39\n\nEight Modes of Prayer by a Pure Devotee\n\n40\n\nCHAPTER ONE\n\nQuestions by the sages\n\n43\n\nPurpose of the Giiyatri Mantra\n\n44\n\nParame5vara the Supreme\n\n46\n\nThree Divisions of Vedic Ways\n\n53\n\nExchange of Rasas Between Two Equals\n\n57\n\nWatering the Root of the Tree\n\n60\n\nSymptoms of Men in the Age of Quarrel or Kali\n\n67\n\nScriptures Summarized\n\n68\n\nGlories of the N arne of the Lord\n\n7l\n\nReal Remedy for Peace in the World\n\n74\n\nIncarnation of Godhead Is Distinguished\n\n78\n\nCHAPTER TWO\n\nDivinity and Divine service\n\n83\n\nObeisances unto the Spiritual Master and the Lord\n\n84\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam Summarized\n\n86\n\nScope of Sense Satisfaction\n\n98\n\nDefinition of the Absolute Truth\n\n99\n\nProcess of Its Realization\n\n100\n\nDuty of All Classes of Human Beings\n\n101\n\nServ1ce unto the D evotees\n\n106\n\nThe Book and the Person Bhiigavata\n\nl 09\n\nSeeing the Lord\n\nIll\n\nForms of the Lord and the Living Beings\n\n117\n\nQuality of Worship and the D emigods\n\n121\n\nLord Sri. Kf!)l).a, or Vasudeva, Is All in All\n\n125\n\nHe is All-Pervading\n\n128\n\n", "SB1.1#p0020": "vm\n\nCHAPTER THREE\n\nKf�r:ta Is the source of All Incarnations\n\n135\n\nPuru�a Incarnations: the Cause of 1atter\n\nand the Material World\n\n136\n\nFrom Him Brahma Is Manifested\n\n137\n\nDescription of the Universal Form\n\n139\n\nShort Description of Various Incarnations\n\n142\n\n1st: Kumaras Incarnation\n\n144\n\n2nd: Sukara Incarnation\n\n145\n\n3rd: Narada Incarnation\n\n146\n\n4th: Nara Narayal)a Incarnation\n\n14 7\n\n5th: Kapila, the Author of Sankhya Philosophy\n\n148\n\n6th: Dattatreya Incarnation\n\n149\n\n7th: Y ajna Incarnation\n\n149\n\n8th: ].l�abha Incarnation\n\n151\n\n9th: Prthu Incarnation\n\n152\n\nlOth: Matsya Incarnation\n\n153\n\n11th: Kurma Incarnation\n\n154\n\n12th: Dhanvantari Incarnation\n\n155\n\n13th: Mohiru Incarnation\n\n155\n\n14th: Nrsimha Incarnation\n\n155\n\n15th: Vamana Incarnation\n\n156\n\n16th: Bhrgupati (Parasurama) Incarnation\n\n157\n\n17th: Vyasadeva Incarnation\n\n157\n\n18th:Rama Incarnation\n\n158\n\n19th: Balariima Incarnation\n\n160\n\n20th: Kr�r:ta Incarnation\n\n160\n\n21st: Buddha Deva Incarnation\n\n161\n\n22nd: Kalki Incarnation\n\n164\n\nLord Kr�r;ta, the Original Personality of Godhead\n\n167\n\nHis Viriita-nl.pa, an Imagination\n\n171\n\n", "SB1.1#p0021": "tX\n\nThe Lord and the Living Being Are Both Spirit\n\n172\n\nSelf-realization Means Seeing the Lord\n\n174\n\nHe is Unknowable by Mental Speculation\n\n178\n\nSrimad-Bhii.gavatam Is the Cream of Histories\n\n183\n\nThe Mode of Its Reception\n\n185\n\nSrimad-Bhii.gavatam Is the Representation of Lord Kr�Qa 186\nSrimad-Bhii.gavatam and Its Incompatibilities\n\n18R\n\nCHAPTER FOUR\n\nAppearance of SrT Narada\n\n191\n\nParamaharhsa Sukadeva Gosvam1\n\n196\n\nThe Ideal King, Maharaja Par!k�it\n\n203\n\nBirthdate of Vyasadeva\n\n205\n\nHis Activities in Preparing Transcendental Works\n\n206\n\nVedas Entrusted to Different Scholars\n\n210\n\nVedas Made Easy for the Less Intelligent Class\n\n213\n\nMercy of Vyasadeva\n\n213\n\nUnworthy Sons of the Higher Castes\n\n214\n\nDissatisfaction of Vyasadeva and Its Cause\n\n218\n\nCHAPTER FIVE\n\nNarada's Instructions on SrTmad-Bhagavatam\nfor vvasadeva\nThe Mind and the Body\n\n223\n224\n\nIdentification of Self with the Body or Mind Is the\nCause of Despondency\n\n22 7\n\nThe Cause Explained\n\n229\n\nFlowery Language Without Divinity Is Condemned\n\n232\n\nNeed of Preaching Snmad-Bhii.gavatam\n\n234\n\nNothi11g is Good without God\n\n235\n\nBe Fixed Upon the Complete Whole\n\n240\n\n", "SB1.1#p0022": "X\n\nHuman Frailties\n\n241\n\nA Boon to the Layman\n\n243\n\nThe Prime Duty\n\n246\n\nThe Permanent Gain\n\n248\n\nPersonal and Impersonal Features of the Lord\n\n250\n\nPurpose of all Cultural Assets\n\n253\n\nThe Bhaktivediintas\n\n257\n\nPrinciples of Saintly Association\n\n258\n\nMiraculous Act of Hearing Bhiigavatam\n\n260\n\nEffects of Spiritual Association\n\n262\n\nDuties of a Neophyte\n\n263\n\nReal Spirih1al Master\n\n264\n\nMeaning of Surrender\n\n267\n\nThe Cause of Miseries\n\n270\n\nImport of Bhakti-yoga\n\n271\n\nCent Percent Engagement\n\n273\n\nSound as Form\n\n276\n\nConcluding Instruction of Narada\n\n278\n\nCHAPTER SIX\n\nconversation Between Narada and vvasa\n\n281\n\nFurther Inquiry by Vyasadeva\n\n281\n\nHistory of Narada's Previous Life\n\n285\n\nHis Touring\n\n289\n\nHis Momentous Hankering for the Lord\n\n292\n\nSeeing the Lord\n\n294\n\nMessage of Godhead\n\n298\n\nNiirada 's Eternal Engagement\n\n302\n\nHis Transcendental Body\n\n303\n\nHis Reappearance\n\n305\n\nHis Freedom of Movement in All Planets\n\n307\n\n", "SB1.1#p0023": "Xl\n\nThe Lord His Constant Companion\n\n309\n\nComparative Importance of Bhakti-yoga and Mystic\nPowen\n\n312\n\nCHAPTER SEVEN\nThe son Of oro�Ja Punished\n\n317\n\nVyasadeva's Meditation\n\n317\n\nHis Clear Conception\n\n320\n\nActs of Miiyii, the Illusory Energy\n\n322\n\nEffects of Bhakti-yoga\n\n324\n\nEffects of Hearing Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n326\n\nFirst Student of Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n328\n\nSpecial Attraction of the Great Literature\n\n329\n\nThe Heart and Soul of the Devotees\n\n334\n\nIn Continuation of the Battle of Kuruk�etra\n\n337\n\nThe Killing of the Five Sons of Draupadi\n\n338\n\nRelease of the Brahmastra\n\n341\n\nLord Kr�Qa, the Transcendence\n\n343\n\nNature of His Incarnation\n\n346\n\nArrest of Asvatthama\n\n353\n\nThe Briihmara and the Brahma-bandhu\n\n354\n\nAnimal Killer Condemned\n\n357\n\nLord Kr�J:ta Orders the Killing of Asvatthama\n\n358\n\nFrailties of Women\n\n361\n\nLord Kr�J:ta Solves the Dilemma\n\n371\n\n", "SB1.1#p0024": "Preface\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to\nparticular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\n\nThe ideals of spiritual communism, according to SrimadBhiigavatam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\n\nsociety.\n\nsociety, nay, on the entire energy of living bein gs . The need is felt by great\n\nthinkers to make this a successful ideology. Srimad-Bhiigavatam will fill\n\nthis need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the aphorism of\n\nVedanta\n\nphilosophy\n\n(janmiidy asya yata�) to establish the ideal of a\n\ncommon cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of\noblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts,\neducation and economic development throughout the entire world. But\nthere is a pinprick somehwere in the social body at large, and therefore\nthere are large-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is need\nof a clue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship and\nprosperity with a common cause. Srimad-Bhiigavatam will fill this need,\n\nfor it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the entire\nhuman society.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student devotee Prahlii.da\nMaharaja in order to change the demonic face of society.\n\nkaumiira iicaret priijiio dharmiin bhiigavatiin iha\ndurlabham miinu§am janma tad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhiig. 7.6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything is\nmerged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate source of\ncreation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ultimate source\n1\n\n", "SB1.1#p0025": "2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nof everything that be. This ultimate source is explained rationally and\n\nauthoritatively in the beautiful Bhiigavatam or Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the transcendental science not only for knowing\n\nthe ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation with\nHim and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the basis of\n\nthis perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the Sanskrit\nlanguage, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that simply by\n\na careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so that the\n\nreader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the onslaught\n\nof atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to convert\nothers to accept God as a concrete principle.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\n\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vedanta-sutra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to .the\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\n\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\n\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly like with an ordinary book.\n\nIt should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another. The\n\nreading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its English\ntransliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is sure to\n\nbecome a God realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine cantos.\n\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos, because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\n\nSri Kr�:t!a. One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\n\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\nsmall instalhnents one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Srimad-Bhiigavatam, but still I\n\nam hopeful of its good reception by the thinkers and leaders of society on\nthe strength of the following statement of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\ntad viigvisargo janatiigha-viplavo\n\nyasmin pratiSlokam abaddhavaty api\n\nnii mii ny anantasya ya.So 'nkitiini yac\nchr�vantigiiyantigr�anti sadhava�\n\n(Bhiig. 1.5.11)\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of\n\nthe transcendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0026": "Preface\n\n3\n\nunlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring about\na revolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such tran·\nscendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard, sung\nand accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\n\nOm Tat Sat.\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\nDated at Delhi\nDecember 15, 1962\n\n", "SB1.1#p0027": "Introduction\nThe conception of God and the conception of Absolute Truth are not\non the same level. The\n\n$nmad-Bhiigavatam hits on the target of the\n\nAbsolute Truth. The conception of God indicates the controller, whereas\nthe conception of the Absolute Truth indicates the summum bonum or\nthe ultimate source of all energies. There ia no difference of opinion about\nthe personal feature of God as the controller because a controller cannot\nbe impersonal. Of course modern government, especially democratic\ngovernment, is impersonal to some extent, but ultimately the chief\nexecutive head is a person, and the impersonal feature of government is\nsubordinate to the personal feature. So without a doubt whenever we refer\nto control over others we must admit the existence of a personal feature.\nBecause there are different controllers for different managerial positions,\n\nthere may be many small gods. According to the Bhagavad-gitii any\n\ncontroller who has some specific extraordinary power is called a vibhuti­\n\nmat sattva, or controller empowered by the Lord. There are many vibhutimat sattvas, controllers or gods with various specific powers, but the\nAbsolute Truth is one without a second. This Srimad-Bhiigavatam desig·\nnates the Absolute Truth or the summum bonum as the param satyam.\nThe author of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, Snl.a Vyasadeva, first offers his\nrespectful obeisances unto the param satyam (Absolute Truth), and because the param satyam is the ultimate source of all energies, the param\nsatyam is the Supreme Person. The gods or the controllers are undoubtedly\npersons, but the param satyam from whom the gods derive powers of\ncontrol is the Supreme Person. The Sanskrit word iSvara (controller)\nconveys the import of God, but the Supreme Person is called the paramesvara, or the supreme iSvara. The Supreme Person or paramesvara is the\nsupreme conscious personality, and because He does not derive any power\nfrom any other source, He is supremely independent. In the Vedic literatures Brahma is described as the supreme god or the head of all other gods\n\nlike Indra, Candra, Varupa,. etc., but the $rimad-Bhiigavatam confirms that\neven Brahma is not independent as far as his power and knowledge are\nconcerned. He received knowledge in the form of the\n\nVedas from the\n\nSupreme Person who resides within the heart of every living being. That\nSupreme Personality knows everything directly and indirectly. Individual\ninfinitesimal persons, who are parts and parcels of the Supreme Personality,\nmay know directly and indirectly everything about their bodies or external\n5\n\n", "SB1.1#p0028": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n6\n\nfeatures, hut the Supreme Personality knows everything about both His\n\nexternal and internal features.\nThe words janmiidy\n\nasya suggest that the source of all production,\n\nmaintenance or destruction is the same supreme conscious person. Even in\n\nour present experience we can know that nothing is generated from inert\nmatter, hut inert matter can be generated from the living entity. For instance, by contact with the living entity, the material body develops into a\n\nworking machine. Men with a poor fund of knowledge mistake the bodily\nmachinery to be the living being, hut the fact is that the living being is the\n\nbasis of the bodily machine. The bodily machine is useless as soon as the\n\nliving spark is away from it. Similarly, the original source of all material\nenergy is the Supreme Person. This fact is expressed in all the Vedic literatures, and all the exponents of spiritual science have accepted this truth.\n\nThe living force is called Brahman, and one of the greatest iiciiryas (teach­\n\ners), namely Sripada Sankaracarya, has preached that Brahman is substance\n\nwhereas the cosmic world is category. The original source of all energies is\nthe living force, and He is logically accepted as the Supreme Person. He is\ntherefore conscious of everything past, present and future, and also of each\nand every corner of His manifestations, both material and spiritual. An imperfect living being does not even know what is happening within his own\npersonal body. He eats his food hut does not know how this food is transformed into energy or how it sustains his body. When a living being is perfect, he is aware of everything that happens, and since the Supreme Person\nis all-perfect, it is quite natural that He knows everything in all detail. Con­\n\nsequently the perfect personality is addressed in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nas Vasudeva, or one who lives everywhere in full consciousness and in full\npossession of His complete energy. All of this is clearly explained in the\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, and the reader has ample opportunity to study this\n\ncritically.\n\nIn the modern age Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprahhu preached the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam by practical demonstration. It is easier to penetrate into the\n\ntopics of the Snmad-Bhiigavatam through the medium of Sri Caitanya's\ncauseless mercy. Therefore a short sketch of His life and precepts is inserted herein to help the reader understand the real merit of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam.\n\nIt is imperative that one learn the Srimad-Bhiigavatam from the person\nBhiigavatam. The person Bhiigavatam is one whose very life is SnmadBhiigavatam in practice. Since Sri Caitanya Mahaprahhu is the Absolute\nPersonality of Godhead, He is both Bhagavan and Bhiigavatam in person\nand in sound. Therefore His process of approaching the Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n", "SB1.1#p0029": "Introduction\n\n7\n\nis practical for all the people of the world. It was His wish that the\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam be preached in every nook and corner of the world by\nthose who happened to take their birth in India.\nThe Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the science of Kr�Qa, the Absolute Personality\nof Godhead of whom we have preliminary information from the text of\nthe Bhagavad-gitii. Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu has said that anyone, regardless of what he is, who is well versed in the science of Kr�!la (SrimadBhiigavatam and Bhagavad-gitii) can become an authorized preacher or\npreceptor in the science of Kf�J)a.\nThere is a need for the science of Kr�!la in human society for the good\nof all suffering humanity of the world, and we simply request the leaders\nof all nations to pick up this science of Kr�!la for their own good, for the\ngood of society and for the good of all the world's people.\n\nA SHORT SKETCH OF THE LIFE AND TEACHINGS OF LORD\nCAITANYA, THE PREACHER OF SRIMAD-BHAGA VATAM\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu, the great apostle of love of God and the\nfather of the congregational chanting of the holy name of the Lord,\nadvented Himself at Sridhama Mayiipura, a quarter in the city of Navadvlpa\nin Bengal, on the Phiilguni Piirl)imii evening in the year 1407 Sakabda\n(corresponding to February 1486 by the Christian calendar).\nHis father, Sri Jaganniitha Misra, a learned briihmafla from the district\nof Sylhet, came to Navadvipa as a student because at that time Navadvipa\nwas considered to be the center of education and culture. He domiciled on\nthe banks of the Ganges after marrying Srimati Sacidevi, a daughter of\nSn'1a Nilambara Cakravarti, the great learned scholar of Navadvlpa.\nJaganniitha MiSra had a number of daughters by his wife Srimati\nSacidevl, and most of them expired at an early age. Two surviving sons,\nSri ViSvariipa and ViSvambhara, became at last the object of their paternal\naffection. The tenth and youngest son, who was named ViSvambhara, later\nbecame known as Nimai Pal)�t and then, after accepting the renounced\norder of life, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu.\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu exhibited His transcendental activities\nfor forty-eight years and then disappeared in the year 1455 Sakabda at\nPun.\n\nFor His first twenty-four years He remained at Navadvlpa as a student\nand householder. His first wife was Srimati Lak�mipriya, who died at an\nearly age when the Lord was away from home. When He returned from\n\n", "SB1.1#p0030": "\\\n\n8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nEast Bengal He was requested by His mother to accept a second wife, and\nHe agreed. His second wife was Snmati Vi��upriya Devi, who bore the\n\nseparation of the Lord throughout her life because the Lord took the order\n\nof sannyasa at the age of twenty-four when Srimati Vi��upriyii was barely\n\nsixteen years old.\n\nAfter taking sannyasa, the Lord made His headquarters at Jagannatha\n\nPuri due to the request of His mother, Srimati Sacidevi The Lord remained\n\nfor twenty-four years at Pun. For six years of this time He travelled\n\ncontinuously all over India (and especially throughout southern India)\npreaching the Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nLord Caitanya not only preached the Srimad-Bhiigavatam but propa­\n\ngated the teaching of the Bhagavad-gitii as well in the most practical way.\n\nIn theBhagavad-gitii Lord Sri Kr�I}.a is depicted as the Absolute Personality\nof Godhead, and His last teachings in that great book of transcendental\nknowledge instruct that one should give up all the modes of religious\n\nactivities and accept Him (Lord Sri Kr��a) as the only worshipable Lord.\n\nThe Lord then assured that all His devotees would be protected from all\nsorts of sinful acts and that for them there would be no cause for anxiety.\n\nUnfortunately, despite Lord Sri Kr��a's direct order and the teachings\n\nof the Bhagavad-gitii, less intelligent people misunderstand Him to be\nnothing but a great historical personality, and thus they cannot accept\nHim as the original Personality of Godhead. Such men with a poor fund\n\nof knowledge are misled by many nondevotees. Thus the teachings of the\n\nBhagavad-gitii were misinterpreted even by great scholars. After the disap­\n\npearance of Lord Sri Kr��a there were hundreds of commentaries on the\n\nBhagavad-gitii by many erudite scholars, and almost every one of them was\nmotivated by self-interest.\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the selfsame Lord Sri Kr��a. This time,\n\nhowever, He appeared as a great devotee of the Lord in order to preach'\n\nto the people in general, as well as to religionists and philosophers, about\n\nthe transcendental position of Sri Kr��a, the primeval Lord and the cause\n\nof all causes. The essence of His preaching is that Lord Sri Kr��a, who\n\nappeared at Vrajabhiimi (Vrndavana) as the son of the King of Vraja\n\n(Nanda Maharaja), is the Supreme Personality of Godhead and is therefore\n\nworshipable by all. Vrndavana-dhama is nondifferent from the Lord because\n\nthe name, fame, form and place where the Lord manifests Himself are all\nidentical with the Lord as absolute knowledge. Therefore Vrndavana-dhama\n\nis as worshipable as the Lord. The highest form of transcendental worship\nof the Lord was exhibited by the damsels of Vrajabhiimi in the form of\n\npure affection for the Lord, and Lord Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu recom-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0031": "Introduction\n\n9\n\nmends this process as the most excellent mode of worship. He accepts the\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavata Puriir-a as the spotless literature for understanding the\nLord, and He preached that the ultimate goal of life for all human beings\n\nis to attain the stage of premii or love of God.\n\nMany devotees of Lord Caitanya like Srila Vrndiivana-diisa Thakur, Sri\n\nLocanadiisa Thakur, Srila Kr�l).adiisa Kaviriija Gosviimi, Sri Kavikarpapura,\nSri Prabodhananda Sarasvati, Sri Rupa Gosvam1, Sri Sanatana Gosviimi,\n\nSri Raghunatha Bhatta Gosviim1, Sri Jiva Gosviim1, Sri Gopiila Bhatta\nGosviim1, Sri Raghuniitha Diisa Gosvam1 and in this latter age within two\nhundred years, Sri Visvanatha Cakravarti, Sri Baladeva Vidyabh�ana, Sri\n\nSyamananda Gosviimi, Sri N arottama-diisa Thakur, Sri Bhaktivinode Thakur\n\nand at last Sri Bhaktisiddhiinta Sarasvati Thakur (our spiritual master) and\n\nmany other great and renowned scholars and devotees of the Lord, have\n\nprepared voluminous books and literatures on the life and precepts of the\n\nLord. Such literatures are all based on the siistras like the Vedas, Puriir-as,\nUpan4ads, Riimiiyar-a, Mahiibhiirata and other histories and authentic\nliteratures approved by the recognized iiciiryas. They are unique in composition and unrivaled in presentation, and they are full of transcendental\nknowledge. Unfortunately the people of the world are still ignorant of\n\nthem, but when these literatures, which are mostly in Sanskrit and Bengali,\n\ncome to light the world and when they are presented before thinking\n\npeople, then India's glory and the message of love will overflood this\nmorbid world, which is vainly searching after peace and prosperity by\n\nvarious illusory methods not approved by the iiciiryas in the chain of\n\ndisciplic succession.\n\nThe readers of this small description of the life and precepts of Lord\n\nCaitanya will profit much to go through the books of Srila Vrndiivana-diisa\nThakur (Sri Caitanya-bhiigavata) and Snia Kr�padiisa Kaviraja Gosviimi\n\n(Sri Caitanya-caritiimrta). The early life of the Lord is most fascinatingly\n\nexpressed by the author of Caitanya-bhiigavata, and as far as the teachings\nare concerned, they are more vividly explained in the Caitanya-caritiimrta.\n\nNow they are available to the English speaking public in our Teachings\n\nof Lord Caitanya.\n\nThe Lord's early life was recorded by one of His chief devotees and\n\ncontemporaries, namely Srila Muriiri Gupta, a medical practitioner of that\ntime, and the latter part of the life of Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu was\n\nrecorded by His private secretary Sri Diimodara Gosviim1 or Snia Svarupa\nDiimodara, who was practically a constant companion of the Lord at Puri.\n\nThese two devotees recorded practically all the incidences of the Lord's\n\nactivities, and later on all the books dealing with the Lord, which are above\n\n", "SB1.1#p0032": "10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nmentioned, were composed on the basis of kiircas by Srila Damodara\nGosvami and Murari Gupta.\n\nSo the Lord advented Himself on the Phalguni Piir�ima evening of 1407\n\nSakabda, and it was by the will of the Lord that there was a lunar eclipse\non that evening. During the hours of eclipse it was the custom of the\n\nllindu public to take bath in the Ganges or any other sacred river and\nchant the Vedic mantras for purification. When Lord Caitanya was born\nduring the lunar eclipse, all India was roaring with the holy sound of Hare\nKnTJa, Hare KnTJa, Kr�TJa KnTJa, Hare Hare/ Hare Riima, Hare Riima, Riima\nRiima, Hare Hare. These sixteen names of the Lord are mentioned in many\nPuriir-as and Upan4ads, and they are described as the Tiiraka-BrahmanNiima of this age. It is recommended in the siistras that offenseless chanting\nof these holy names of the Lord can deliver a fallen soul from material\n\nbondage. There are innumerable names of the Lord both in India and\noutside, and all of them are equally good because all of them indicate the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. But because these sixteen are especially\nrecommended for this age, people should take advantage of them and\nfollow the path of the great iiciiryas who attained success by practicing the\nrules of the siistras (revealed scriptures).\n\nThe simultaneous occurrence of the Lord's appearance and the lunar\n\neclipse indicated the distinctive mission of the Lord. This mission was to\n\npreach the importance of chanting the holy names of the Lord in this age\n\nof Kali (quarrel). In this present age quarrels take place even over trifles,\nand therefore the siistras have recommended for this age a common plat­\n\nform for realization, namely chanting the holy names of the Lord. People\n\ncan hold meetings to glorify the Lord in their respective languages and\n\nwith melodious songs, and if such performances are executed in an offenseless manner, it is certain that the participants will gradually attain spiritual\nperfection without having to undergo more rigorous methods. At such\n\nmeetings everyone, the learned and the foolish, the rich and the poor, the\n\nHindus and the Muslims, the Englishman and the Indians, and the car-!iiila\n\nand the briihmar-as, can all hear the transcendental sounds and thus cleanse\nthe dust of material association from the mirror of the heart. To confirm\n\nthe Lord's mission all the people of the world will accept the holy name of\nthe Lord as the common platform for the universal religion of mankind.\nIn other words, the advent of the holy name took place along with the\n\nadvent of Lord Sci Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nWhen the Lord was on the lap of His mother, He would at once stop\n\ncrying as soon as the ladies surrounding Him chanted the holy names and\nclapped their hands. This peculiar incidence was observed by the neighbors\n\n", "SB1.1#p0033": "11\n\nIntroduction\n\nwith awe and veneration. Sometimes the young girls took pleasure in\nmaking the Lord cry and then stopping Him by chanting the holy name.\nSo from His very childhood the Lord began to preach the importance of\nthe holy name. In His early age Lord Sri Caitanya was known as Nimai.\n\nThis name was given by His beloved mother because the Lord took His\nbirth beneath a nim tree in the courtyard of His paternal house.\n\nWhen the Lord was offered solid food at the age of six months in the\n\nanna-priisana ceremony, the Lord indicated His future activities. At this\ntime it was customary to offer the child both coins and books in order to\nget some indication of the future tendencies of the child. The Lord was\noffered on one side coins and on the other the Srimad-Bhiigavatam. The\n\nLord accepted the Bhiigavatam instead of the coins.\n\nWhen He was a mere baby crawling in the yard, one day a snake appeared before Him, and the Lord began to play with it. All the members\nof the house were struck with fear and awe, but after a little while the snake\nwent away, and the baby was taken away by His mother. Once He was\nstolen by a thief who intended to steal His ornaments, but the Lord took\na pleasure trip on the shoulder of the bewildered thief who was searching\nfor a solitary place in order to rob the baby. It so happened that the thief,\nwandering hither and thither, finally arrived just before the house of\n\nJ agannatha Misra and, being afraid of being caught, dropped the baby at\nonce. Of course the anxious parents and relatives were glad to see the lost\nchild.\n\nOnce a pilgrim briihmar.a was received at the house of J agannatha Misra,\n\nand when he was offering food to the Godhead, the Lord appeared before\nhim and partook of the prepared food. The eatables had to be rejected\nbecause the child touched them, and so the\n\nbriihmar.a had to make\n\nanother preparation. The next time the same thing happened, and when\nthis happened repeatedly for the third time, the baby was finally put to\nbed. At about twelve at night when all the members of the house were fast\n\nasleep within their closed rooms, the pilgrim briihmar.a offered his specially\nprepared foods to the Deity, and, in the same way, the baby Lord appeared\n\nbefore the pilgrim and spoiled his offerings. The briihmar.a then began to\n\ncry, but since everyone was fast asleep, no one could hear him. At that\ntime the baby Lord appeared before the fortunate briihmar.a and disclosed\n\nHis identity as Kr�!la Himself. The briihmar.a was forbidden to disclose this\n\nincidence, and the baby returned to the lap of His mother.\nThere are many similar incidences in His childhood. As a naughty boy\n\nHe somehmes used to tease the orthodox briihmar.as who used to bathe in\n\nthe Ganges. When the briihmar.as complained to His father that He was\n\n", "SB1.1#p0034": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n12\n\nsplashing them with water instead of attending school, the Lord suddenly\nappeared before His father as though just coming from school with all His\nschool clothes and books. At the bathing ghat He also used to play jokes\n\non the neighboring girls who engaged in worshiping Siva in hopes of getting\n\ngood husbands. This is a common practice amongst unmarried girls in\nHindu families. While they were engaged in such worship, the Lord\n\nnaughtily appeared before them and said, \"My dear sisters, please give Me\n\nall the offerings you have just brought for Lord Siva. Lord Siva is My\n\ndevotee, and Parvati is My maidservant. If you worship Me, then Lord\n\nSiva and all the other demigods will be more satisfied.\" Some of them\n\nrefused to obey the naughty Lord, and He would curse them that due to\n\ntheir refusal they would be married to old men who had seven children by\n\ntheir previous wives. Out of fear and sometimes out of love the girls would\nalso offer Him various goods, and then the Lord would bless them and assure them that they would have very good young husbands and that they\nwould be mothers of dozens of children. The blessings would enliven the\ngirls, but they used often to complain of these incidences to their mothers.\nIn this way the Lord passed His early childhood. When He was just\n\nsixteen years old He started His own catu§piithi (village school conducted\nby a learned briihmapa). In this school He would simply explain Kr��a,\neven in readings of grammar. Snla Jiva Gosvami, in order to please the\nLord, later composed a grammar in Sanskrit, in which all the rules of\ngrammar were explained with examples that used the holy names of the\n\nLord. This grammar is still current. It is known as Hari-niimiimrta-vyiikarapa\nand is prescribed in the syllabus of schools in Bengal.\nDuring\n\nthis time a\n\ngreat Kashmir scholar named Ke8ava Kasmiri\n\ncame to Navadvipa to hold discussions on the siistras. The Kashmir pap!iit was a champion scholar, and he had travelled to all places of learning in\nIndia. Finally he came to Navadvipa to contest the learned paru;lits there.\nThe pap{lits of Navadvipa decided to match Nimai Pa��t (Lord Caitanya)\nwith the Kashmir Pa!l�t, thinking that if Nimai Pa�9it were defeated,\n\nthey would have another chance to debate with the scholar, for Nimai\n\nPa�9it was only a boy. And if the Kashmir Pa�9it were defeated, then\n\nthey would even be more glorified because people would proclaim that a\nmere boy of Navadvipa defeated a champion scholar who was famous\nthroughout India. It so happened that Nimai Pa�9it met Kesava Kasm1ri\n\nwhile strolling on the banks of the Ganges. The Lord requested him to\ncompose a Sanskrit verse in praise of the Ganges, and the pappit within a\n\nshort time composed a hundred slokas, reciting the verses like a storm and\nshowing the strength of his vast learning. Nimai Pa��t at once memorized\n\n", "SB1.1#p0035": "Introduction\n\n13\n\nall the slokas without an error. He quoted the sixty-fourth sloka and\npointed out certain rhetorical and literary irregularities. He particularly\nquestioned the pappit's use of the words bhaviini-bhartuft. He pointed out\nthat the use of these two words was redundant. Bhaviini means the wife of\nSiva, and who else can be her bhartii, or husband. He also pointed out\nseveral other discrepancies, and the Kashmir par{iit was struck with won­\n\nder. He was astonished that a mere student of grammar could point out\nthe literary mistakes of an erudite scholar. Although this matter was ended\nprior to any public meeting, the news spread like wildfire all over Nava­\n\ndv'ipa. But finally Kesava Kasmiri was ordered in a dream by Sarasvati, the\ngoddess of learning, to submit to the Lord, and thus the Kashmir par{iit\n\nbecame a follower of the Lord.\n\nThe Lord was then married with great pomp and gaiety, and at this time\n\nHe began to preach the congregational chanting of the holy name of the\nLord at Navadv'ipa. Some of the briihmapas became envious of His populari­\n\nty, and they put many hindrances on His path. They were so jealous that\nthey finally took the matter before the Muslim magistrate at N avadvipa.\n\nBengal was then governed by Pathans, and the governor of the province\nwas Nawab Hussain Shah. The Muslim magistrate of Navadvipa took up\nthe complaints of the briihmar-as seriously, and at first he warned the\nfollowers of Nimai P�9it not to chant loudly the name of Hari. But Lord\n\nCaitanya asked His followers to disobey the orders of the Kazi, and they\nwent on with their sankirtana (chanting) party as usual. The magistrate\nthen sent constables who interrupted a sankirtana and broke some of the\n\nmrdangas (drums). When Nimai Pa�9it heard of this incidence He organized\na party for civil disobedience. He is the pioneer of the civil disobedience\nmovement in India for the right cause. He organized a procession of\n100,000 men with thousands of mrdaiigas and karatiilas (hand cymbals),\nand this procession passed over the roads of Navadvipa in defiance of the\nKazi who issued the order. Finally the procession reached the house of the\nKazi, who went upstairs out of fear of the masses. The great crowds\nassembled at the Kazi's house displayed a violent temper, but the Lord\nasked them to be peaceful. At this time the Kazi came down and tried to\npacify the Lord by addressing Him as his nephew. He pointed out that\nNilambara Cakravarti referred to him as an uncle, and consequently,\nSrimati S acidevi, the mother of Nimai Pandit, was his sister. He asked the\nLord whether his sister's son could be angry at His maternal uncle, and the\nLord replied that since the Kazi was His maternal uncle he should receive\nhis nephew well at his home. In this way the issue was mitigated, and the\ntwo learned scholars began a long discussion on the Koran and Hindu\n\n", "SB1.1#p0036": "14\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nsiistras. The Lord raised the question of cow killing, and the Kazi properly\n\nanswered Him by referring to the Koran. In turn the Kazi also questioned\n\nthe Lord about cow sacrifice in the Vedas, and the Lord replied that such\nsacrifice as mentioned in the Vedas is not actually cow killing. In that\n\nsacrifice an old hull or cow was sacrificed for the sake of receiving a fresh\nyounger life by the power of Vedic mantras. But in the Kali-yuga such\n\ncow sacrifices are forbidden because there are no qualified briihmaras\n\ncapable of conducting such a sacrifice. In fact, in Kali-yuga all yajnas\n(sacrifices) are forbidden because they are useless attempts by foolish men.\n\nIn Kali-yuga only the sankirtana yajna is recommended for all practical\n\npurposes. Speaking in this way, the Lord finally convinced the Kazi, who\n\nbecame the Lord's follower. The Kazi thenceforth declared that no one\nshould hinder the sankirtana movement which was started by the Lord,\nand the Kazi left this order in his will for the sake of progeny. The Kazi's\n\ntomb still exists in the area of Navadvipa, and Hindu pilgrims go there to\n\nshow their respects. The Kazi's descendants are residents, and they never\nobjected to sankirtana, even during the Hindu Muslim riot days.\n\nThis incidence shows clearly that the Lord was not a so-called timid\n\nVai�p.ava. A V�p.ava is a fearless devotee of the Lord, and for the right\n\ncause he can take any step suitable for the purpose. Arjuna was also a\n\nV�p.ava devotee of Lord Kr�p.a, and he fought valiantly for the satisfaction\n\nof the Lord. Similarly, Vajrangaji, or Hanuman, was also a devotee of Lord\nRama, and he gave lessons to the nondevotee party of Ravap.a. The princi­\n\nples of Vai�p.avism are to satisfy the Lord by all means. A Vaiwava is by\n\nnature a nonviolent, peaceful living being, and he has all the good qualities\nof God, but when the nondevotee blasphemes the Lord or His devotee, the\nVai�l).ava never tolerates such impudency.\n\nAfter this incidence the Lord began to preach and propagate His\n\nBhiigavata-dharma, or sankirtana movement, more vigorously, and whoever\n\nstood against this propagation of the yuga-dharma, or duty of the age, was\n\nproperly punished by various types of chastisement. Two briihmara gentle­\n\nmen named Chapala and Gopala, who also happened to he maternal uncles\n\nof the Lord, were inflicted with leprosy by way of chastisement, and later,\n\nwhen they were repentant, they were accepted by the Lord. In the course\nof His preaching work, He used to send daily all His followers, including\n\nSrila Nityananda Prahhu and Thakur Haridiisa, two chief whips of His\n\nparty, from door to door to preach the Srimad-Bhiigavatam. All of\n\nNavadvipa was surcharged with His sw1kirtana movement, and His head­\n\nquarters were situated at the house of Srivasa Thakur and Sri Advaita\nPrahhu, two of His chief householder disciples. These two learned heads\n\n", "SB1.1#p0037": "Introduction\n\n15\n\nof the briihmarta community were the most ardent supporters of Lord\nCaitanya 's movement. Sri Advaita Prabhu was the chief cause for the\nadvent of the Lord. When Advaita\n\nPrabhu saw that the total human\n\nsociety was full of materialistic activities and devoid of devotional service,\n\nwhich alone could save mankind from the threefold miseries of material\n\nexistence, he, out of his causeless compassion for the age-worn human\nsociety, prayed fervently for the incarnation of the Lord and continually\nworshiped the Lord with the water of the Ganges and the leaves of the holy\ntulasi tree. AB far as preaching work in the sankirtana movement was\n\nconcerned, everyone was expected to do his daily share according to the\norder of the Lord.\n\nOnce Nityananda Prabhu and Srila Haridasa Thakur were walking down\n\na main road, and on the way they saw a roaring crowd assembled. Upon\ninquiring from passers-by, they understood that two brothers, named Jagai\n\nand Madhai, were creating a public disturbance in a drunken state. They\n\nalso heard that these two brothers were born in a respectable briihmarta\n\nfamily, but because of low association they had turned into debauchees of\n\nthe worst type. They were not only drunkards but also meat-eaters,\n\nwoman-hunters, decoits and sinners of all description. Srila Nityananda\nPrabhu heard all of these stories and decided that these two fallen souls\n\nmust be the first to be delivered. If they were delivered from their sinfuJ\n\nlife, then the good name of Lord Caitanya would be even still more\n\nglorified. Thinking in this way, Nityananda Prabhu and Haridasa pushed\n\ntheir way through the crowd and asked the two brothers to chant the\nholy name of Lord Hari. The drunken brothers became enraged upon\n\nthis request and attacked Nityananda Prabhu with filthy language. Both\n\nbrothers chased them a considerable distance. In the evening the report of\n\nthe preaching work was submitted to the Lord, and He was glad to learn\nthat Nityananda and Haridasa had attempted to deliver such a stupid pair\nof fellows.\n\nThe next day Nityananda Prabhu went to see the brothers, and as soon\n\nas He approached them one of them threw a piece of earthen pot at Him.\n\nThis struck Him on the forehead, and immediately blood began to flow.\n\nBut Nityananda Prabhu was so kind that instead of protesting this heinous\nact, He said, \"It does not matter that you have thrown this stone at Me. I\nstill request you to chant the holy name of Lord Hari.\"\nOne of the brothers, Jagai, was astonished to see this behavior of\n\nNityiinanda Prabhu, and he at once fell down at His feet and asked Him to\npardon his sinful brother. When Madhai again attempted to hurt Nityananda\n\nPrabhu, Jagai stopped him and implored him to fall down at His feet.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0038": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n16\n\nIn the meantime the news of Nityananda's injury reached the Lord,\n\nwho at once hurried to the spot in a fiery and angry mood. The Lord\n\nimmediately invoked His Sudarsana-cakra (the Lord's ultimate weapon,\n\nshaped like a wheel) to kill the sinners, but Nityananda Prabhu reminded\n\nHim of His mission. The mission of the Lord was to deliver the hopelessly\n\nfallen souls of Kali-yuga, and the brothers J agai and Madhai were typical\nexamples of these fallen souls. Ninety percent of the population of this\n\nage resembles these brothers, despite high birth and mundane respecta­\n\nbility. According to the verdict of the revealed scriptures, the total\n\npopulation of the world in this age will be of the lowest sudra quality, or\n\neven lower. It should be noted that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu never\n\nacknowledged the stereotyped caste system by birthright; rather, He\nstrictly followed the verdict of the siistras in the matter of one's svariipa,\n\nor real identity.\n\nWhen the Lord was invo king His Sudarsana-cakra and Srua Nityii.nanda\n\nPrabhu was imploring Him to forgive the two brothers, both the brothers\n\nfell down at the lotus feet of the Lord and begged His pardon for their\ngross behavior. The Lord was also asked by Nityananda Prabhu to accept\nthese repenting souls, and the Lord agreed to accept them on one\n\ncondition, that they henceforward completely give up all their sinful\n\nactivities and habits of debauchery. Both the brothers agreed and promised\nto give up all their sinful habits, and the kind Lord accepted them and did\n\nnot again refer to their past misdeeds.\n\nThis is the specific kindness of Lord Caitanya. In this age no one can\n\nsay that he is free from sin. It is impossible for anyone to say this. But\n\nLord Caitanya accepts all kinds of sinful persons on the one condition\n\nthat they promise not to indulge in sinful habits after being spiritually\n\ninitiated by the bona fide spiritual master.\n\nThere are a number of instructive points to be observed in this inci­\n\ndence of the two brothers. In this Kali-yuga practically all people are of\n\nthe quality of Jagai and Madhai. If they want to be relieved from the\nreactions of their misdeeds, they must take shelter of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and after spiritual initiation thus refrain from those things\n\nwhich are prohibited in the siistras. The prohibitory rules are dealt with in\n\nthe Lord's teachings to Snl.a Riipa Gosvami.\n\nDuring His householder life, the Lord did not display many of the\n\nmiracles which are generally expected from such personalities, but He did\n\nonce perform a wonderful miracle in the house of Srinivii.sa Thakur while\n\nsankirtana was in full swing. He asked the devotees what they wanted to\neat, and when He was informed that they wanted to eat mangos, He asked\n\n", "SB1.1#p0039": "Introduction\n\n17\n\nfor a seed of a mango, although this fruit was out of season. When the seed\nwas brought to Him He sowed it in the yard of Srinivasa, and at once a\n\ncreeper began to grow out of the seed. Within no time this creeper became\n\na full-grown mango tree heavy with more ripened fruits than the devotees\n\ncould eat. The tree remained in Srinivasa's yard, and from then on the\ndevotees used to take as many mangos from the tree as they wanted.\n\nThe Lord had a very high estimation of the affections of the damsels of\n\nVrajabhiimi (Vrndavana) for Kr�tJ.a, and in appreciation of their unalloyed\n\nservice to the Lord, once Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu chanted the holy names\n\nof the gopis (cowherd girls) instead of the names of the Lord. At this time\nsome of His students, who were also disciples, came to see Him, and when\n\nthey saw that the Lord was chanting the names of the gopis, they were\nastonished. Out of sheer foolishness they asked the Lord why He was\nchanting the names of the gopis and advised Him to chant the name of\nKr�tJ.a. The Lord, who was in ecstasy, was thus disturbed by these foolish\nstudents. He chastised them and chased them away. The students were\nalmost the same age as the Lord, and thus they wrongly thought of the\n\nLord as one of their peers. They held a meeting and resolved that they\n\nwould attack the Lord if He dared to punish them again in such a manner.\nThis incidence provoked some malicious talks about the Lord on the part\nof the general public.\nWhen the Lord became aware of this, He began to consider the various\ntypes of men which are found in society. He noted that especially the\nstudents, professors, fruitive workers, yogis, nondevotees, and different\ntypes of athei.o;ts were all opposed to the devotional service of the Lord.\n\"My mission is to deliver all the fallen souls of this age,\" He thought, \"but\nif they commit offenses against Me, thinking Me to be an ordinary man,\nthey will not benefit. If they are to begin their life of spiritual realization,\n\nthey must some way or another offer obeisances unto Me.\" Thus the Lord\ndecided to accept the renounced order of life (sannyiisa) because people in\ngeneral were inclined to offer respects to a sannyiisi.\n\nFive hundred years ago the condition of society was not as degraded as\n\nit is today. At that time people would show respects to a sannyiis� and the\n\nsannyiisi was rigid in following the rules and regulations of the renounced\n\norder of life. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was not very much in favor of the\nrenounced order of life in this age of Kali, but that was only for the reason\n\nthat very few sannyiisis in this age are able to observe the rules and regula­\n\ntions of sannyiisa life. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu decided to accept the\norder and become an ideal sannyiisi so that the general populace would\nshow Him respect. One is duty-bound to show respect to a sannyiisl, for a\n\n", "SB1.1#p0040": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n18\n\nsannyiisi is considered to be the master of all varp.as and iiSramas.\n\nWhile He was contemplating accepting the sannyiisa order, it so hap­\n\npened that Ke8ava Bharati, a sannyiisi of the Mayavadl school and resident\n\nof Katwa (in Bengal), visited Navadvipa and was invited to dine with the\nLord. When Ke8ava Bharati came to His house, the Lord asked him to\n\naward Him the sannyiisa order of life. This was a matter of formality. A\n\nsannyiisa order is to be accepted from another sannyiisi. Although the\nLord was independent in all respects, still, to keep up the formalities of\n\nthe siistras, He accepted the sannyiisa order from Kesava Bharati, although\nKe8ava Bharati was not in the Va�l).ava sampradiiya (school).\n\nAfter consulting with Ke8ava Bhiirati, the Lord left Navadvipa for\n\nKatwa to formally accept the sannyiisa order of life. He was accom­\n\npanied by Snla Nityananda Prabhu, Candrasekhara Acarya, and Mukunda\nDatta. These three assisted Him in the details of the ceremony. The incidence of the Lord's accepting the sannyiisa order is very elaborately de­\n\nscribed in the Caitanya.-bhiigavata by Snla Vrndavana-dasa Thakur.\n\nThus at the end of His twenty-fourth year the Lord accepted the sannyiisa\n\norder of life in the month of Miigha. After accepting this order He became a\nfull-fledged preacher of the Bhiigavata-dharma. Although He was doing the\n\nsame preaching work in His householder life, when He experienced some\nobstacles to His preaching, He sacrificed even the comfort of His home life\n\nfor the sake of the fallen souls. In His householder life His chief assistants\nwere Snla Advaita Prabhu and Srila Srivasa Thakur, but after He accepted\n\nthe sannyiisa order His chief assistants became Snla Nityananda Prabhu,\n\nwho was deputed to preach specifically in Bengal, and the six Gosvamis\n\n(Riipa Gosvami, Sanatana Gosvami, Jiva Gosvami, Gopiila Bhatta Gosvami,\n\nRaghunatha Dasa Gosvami, and Raghunatha Bhatta Gosvarru), headed by\n\nSrila Riipa and Sanatana, who were deputed to go to_ Vrndavana to\n\nexcavate the present places of pilgrimage. The present city of V rndavana\n\nand the importance of Vrajabhiimi were thus disclosed by the will of Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu.\n\nThe Lord, after accepting the sannyiisa order, at once wanted to start\n\nfor Vrndavana. For three continual days He travelled in the Radha Desha\n\n(places where the Ganges does not flow). He was in full ecstasy over the\nidea of going to Vrndavana. However, Srila Nityananda Prabhu diverted\n\nHis path and brought Him instead to the house of Advaita Prabhu in\n\nSantipura. The Lord stayed at Sri Advaita Prabhu's house for a few days,\n\nand knowing well that the Lord was leaving His hearth and home for\n\ngood, Sri Advaita Prabhu sent his men to Navadvipa to bring mother Saci\n\nto have a last meeting with her son. Some unscrupulous people say that\n\n", "SB1.1#p0041": "Introduction\n\n19\n\nLord Caitanya met His wife also after taking sannyiisa and offered her His\nwooden slipper for worship, but the authentic sources give no information\n\nabout such a meeting. His mother met Him at the house of Advaita\nPrabhu, and when she saw her son in sannyiisa, she lamented. By way of\n\ncompromise, she requested her son to make His headquarters in Puri so\n\nthat she would easily be able to get information about Him. The Lord\ngranted this last desire of His beloved mother. After this incidence the\nLord started for Puri, leaving all the residents of Navadvipa in an ocean of\n\nlamentation over His separation.\n\nThe Lord visited many important places on the way to Puri. He visited\n\nthe temple of Gopinathaji, who had stolen condensed milk for His devotee\nSrila Madhavendra Purl. Since then Deity Gopinathaji is well known as\n\nK�ira-cora Gopinatha. The Lord relished this story with great pleasure.\n\nThe propensity of stealing is there even in the absolute consciousness, but\n\nbecause this propensity is exhibited by the Absolute, it loses its perverted\nnature and thus becomes worshipable even by Lord Caitanya on the basis\n\nof the absolute consideration that the Lord and His stealing propensity are\none and identical. This interesting story of Gopinathaji is vividly explained\n\nin the Caitanya-caritiimrta by Kr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\n\nAfter visiting the temple of K�ira-cora Gopinatha of Rem una at Balasore\n\nin Orissa, the Lord proceeded towards Puri and on the way visited the\n\ntemple of Sak�i Gopala, who appeared as a witness in the matter of two\n\nbriihmar-a devotees' family quarrel. The Lord heard the story of S�i\nGopala with great pleasure because He wanted to impress upon the atheists\n\nthat the worshipable Deities in the temples approved by the great iiciiryas\n\nare not idols, as alleged by men with a poor fund of knowledge. The Deity\nin the temple is the arcii incarnation of the Personality of Godhead, and\nthus the Deity is identical with the Lord in all respects. He responds to the\n\nproportion of the devotee's affection for Him. In the story of Sak�i\nGopala, in which there was a family misunderstanding by two devotees of\nthe Lord, the Lord, in order to mitigate the turmoil as well as to show\nspecific favor to His servitors, travelled from Vrndavana to Vidyanagar, a\n\nvillage in Orissa, in the form of His arcii incarnation. From there the Deity\nwas brought to Cuttack, and thus the temple of Sak�i Gopala is even today\nvisited by thousands of pilgrims on the way to J agannatha Puri. The Lord\n\nstayed overnight there and began to proceed toward Puri. On the way, His\n\nsannyiisa rod was broken by Nityananda Prabhu. The Lord became apparently angry with him about this and went alone to Puri, leaving His\ncompanions behind.\n\nAt Purl, when He entered the temple of J agannatha, He became at once\n\n", "SB1.1#p0042": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n20\n\nsaturated with transcendental ecstasy and fell down on the floor of the\ntemple unconscious. The custodians of the temple could not understand\n\nthe transcendental feats of the Lord, but there was a great learned paru;lit\nnamed Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya, who was present, and he could under­\n\nstand that the Lord's losing His consciousness upon entering the J agannatha\n\ntemple was not an ordinary thing. Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, who was the\nchief appointed\n\npartt;lit in the court of the King of Orissa, Maharaja\n\nPrataparudra, was attracted by the youthful luster of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and could understand that such a transcendental trance was\n\nonly rarely exhibited and only then by the topmost devotees who are\n\nalready on the transcendental plane in complete forgetfulness of material\n\nexistence. Only a liberated soul could show such a transcendental feat, and\nthe Bhattacarya, who was vastly learned, could understand this in the light\nof the transcendental literature with which he was familiar. He therefore\nasked the custodians of the temple not to disturb the unknown sannyiisi.\nHe asked them to take the Lord to his home so He could be further\nobserved in His unconscious state. The Lord was at once carried to the\nhome of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, who at that time had sufficient power\n\nof authority due to his being the sabhii partt;lit or the state dean of faculty\n\nin Sanskrit literatures. The learned partt;lit wanted to scrutinizingly test the\ntranscendental feats of Lord Caitanya because often unscrupulous devotees\nimitate physical feats in order to flaunt transcendental achievements just\nto attract innocent people and take advantage of them. A learned scholar\nlike the Bhattacarya can detect such imposters, and when he finds them\nout he at once rejects them.\n\nIn the case of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Bhattacarya tested all the\n\nsymptoms in the light of the siistras. He tested as a scientist, not as a foolish\n\nsentimentalist. He observed the movement of the stomach, the beating of\n\nthe heart and the breathing of the nostrils. He also felt the pulse of the\nLord and saw that all His bodily activities were in complete suspension.\n\nWhen he put a small cotton swab before the nostrils, he found that there\nwas a slight breathing as the fine fibers of cotton moved slightly. Thus he\ncame to know that the Lord's unconscious trance was genuine, and he began\n\nto treat Him in the prescribed fashion. But Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu could\nonly be treated in a special way. He would only respond to the resounding\nof the holy names of the Lord by His devotees. This special treatment was\nunknown to Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya because the Lord was still unknown\nto him. When he saw Him for the first time in the temple, he simply took\nHim to be one of many pilgrims.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0043": "Introduction\n\n21\n\nIn the meantime the companions of the Lord, who reached the temple\na little after Him, heard of the Lord's transcendental feats and of His being\ncarried away by the Bhattacarya. The pilgrims at the temple were still\ngossiping about the incident. But by chance, one of these pilgrims had met\nGopiniitha Acarya, who was known to Gadiidhara PaJ;u;lit, and from him it\nwas learned that the Lord was lying in an unconscious state at the residence of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, who happened to be the brother-in-law\nof Gopiniitha Acarya. All the members of the party were introduced by\nGadiidhara Pa!i9it to Gopinatha Aciirya, who took them all to the house\nof Bhattacarya where the Lord was lying unconscious in a spiritual trance.\nAll the members then chanted loudly the holy name of the Lord Hari as\n\nusual, and the Lord regained His consciousness. After this, Bhattacarya\nreceived all the members of the party, including Lord Nityananda Prabhu,\nand asked them to become his guests of honor. The party, including the\nLord, went for a bath in the sea, and the Bhattaciirya arranged for their\nresidence and meals at the house of KaSi Misra. Gopinatha Aciirya, his\nbrother-in-law, also assisted. There were some friendly talks about the\nLord's divinity between the two brothers-in-law, and in this argument\nGopiniitha Acarya, who knew the Lord before, now tried to establish the\nLord as the Personality of Godhead,\"and the Bhattacarya tried to establish\nHim as one of the great devotees. Both of them argued from the angle of\nvision of authentic siistras and not on the strength of sentimental vox\npopuli. The incarnations of God are determined by authentic siistras and\nnot by popular votes of foolish fanatics. Lord Caitanya was an incarnation\nof God in fact, but foolish fanatics have proclaimed so many so-called\nincarnations of God in this age without referring to authentic scriptures.\nBut Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya or Gopinatha Acarya did not indulge in\nsuch foolish sentimentalism; on the contrary, both of them tried to establish or reject His divinity on the strength of authentic siistras.\nLater it was disclosed that Bhattacarya also came from the Navadvipa\narea, and it was understood from him that Nilambara Cakravarti, the\nmaternal grandfather of Lord Caitanya, happened to be a class fellow of\nthe father of Siirvabhauma Bhattacarya. In that sense, the young sannyiisi\nLord Caitanya evoked paternal affection from Bhattaciirya. Bhagacarya\nwas the professor of many sannyiisis in the order of the Sailkariiciirya\nsampradiiya, and he himself also belonged to that cult. As such, the\n\nBhattaciirya desired that the young sannyiisi Lord Caitanya also hear from\nhim about the teachings of Vedanta.\nThose who are followers of the Sailkara cult are generally known as\n\n", "SB1.1#p0044": "22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nVedantists. This does not, however, mean that Vedanta is a monopoly\nstudy of the Sailkara sampradiiya. Vedanta is studied by all the bona fide\n\nsampradayas, but they have their own interpretations. But those in the\nSailkara sampradaya are generally known to be ignorant of the knowledge\n\nof the Vedantist Vai�t�-avas. For this reason the Bhaktivedanta title was\n\nfirst offered to the author by the Va�ttavas.\n\nThe Lord agreed to take lessons ftom Bhattacarya on the Vedanta, and\n\nthey sat together in the temple of Lord J agannatha. The Bhattacarya went\n\non speaking continually for seven days, and the Lord heard him with all\n\nattention and did not interrupt. The Lord's silence raised some doubts in\n\nBhattacarya 's heart, and he asked the Lord how it was that He did not ask\n\nanything or comment on his explanations of Vedanta.\n\nThe Lord posed Himself before the Bhattacarya as a foolish student and\n\npretended that He heard the Vedanta from him because the Bhattacarya\nfelt that this was the duty of a sannyasi. But the Lord did not agree with\n\nhis lectures. By this the Lord indicated that the so-called V edantists\namongst the Sarikara sampradaya, or any other sampradaya, who do not\nfollow the instructions of Srila Vyasadeva are mechanical students of the\n\nVedanta. They are not fully aware of that great knowledge. The explanation of the Vedanta-sutra is given by the author himself in the text of\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam. One who has no knowledge of the Bhiigavatam will\nhardly be able to know what the Vedanta says.\nThe Bhattacarya, being a vastly learned man, could follow the Lord's sarcastic remarks on the popular Vedantist. He therefgre asked Him why He\ndid not ask about any point which He could not follow. The Bhattacarya\ncould understand the purpose of His dead silence for the days He heard\nhim. This shows clearly that the Lord had something else in mind; thus the\nBhattacarya requested Him to disclose His mind.\n\nUpon this, the Lord spoke as follows: \"My dear sir, I can understand\n\nthe meaning of the sutras like 'janm ady asya yata[l,' 'sastra-yonitvat,' and\n\n'athiito brahma-jijnas a' of the Vediinta-sutra, but when you explain them\nin your own way it becomes difficult for Me to follow them. The purpose\nof the sutras is already explained in them, but your explanations are\ncovering them with something else. You do not purposely take the direct\n\nmeaning of the sutras but indirectly give your own interpretations.\"\nThe Lord thus attacked all Vedantists who interpret the Vedanta-sutra\nfashionably, according to their limited. power of thinking, to serve their\nown purpose. Such indirect interpretations of the authentic literatures like\nthe Vediinta are hereby condemned by the Lord.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0045": "Introduction\nThe\n\nLord continued:\n\n23\n\n\"Snl.a Vyasadeva has summarized the direct\n\nmeanings of the mantras in the Upan4ads in the Vediinta-sutra. Unfortunately you do not take their direct meaning. Indirectly you interpret\nthem in a different way.\n\n\"The authority of the Vedas is unchallengeable and stands without any\n\nquestion of doubt. And whatever is stated in the Vedas must be accepted\ncompletely, otherwise one challenges the authority of the Vedas.\n\n\"The conchshell and cowdung are bone and stool of two living beings.\n\nBut because they have been recommended by the Vedas as pure, people\n\naccept them as such because of the authority of the Vedas.,\n\nThe idea is that one cannot set his imperfect reason above the authority\n\nof the Vedas. The orders of the Vedas must be obeyed as they stand\nwithout any mundane reasoning. The so-called followers of the Vedic\n\ninjunction make their own interpretations of the Vedic injunctions, and\n\nthus they establish different parties and sects of the Vedic religion. Lord\n\nBuddha directly denied the authority of the Vedas, and he established his\n\nown religion. Only for this reason the Buddhist religion was not accepted\n\nby the strict followers of the Vedas. But those who are so-called followers\nof the Vedas are more harmful than the Buddhists. The Buddhists have the\ncourage to deny the Vedas directly, but the so-called followers of the\n\nVedas have no courage to deny the Vedas, although indirectly they disobey\n\nall the injunctions of the Vedas. Lord Caitanya condemned this.\n\nThe example of the conchshell and that of the cowdung given by the\n\nLord are very much appropriate in this connection. If one argues that since\n\ncowdung is pure, the stool of a learned briihmarta is still more pure, his\nargument will not be accepted. Cowdung is accepted, and the stool of a\nhighly posted briihmarta is rejected. The Lord continued:\n\n\"The Vedic injunctions are self-authorized, and if some mundane\n\ncreature adjusts the interpretations of the Vedas, he defies their authority.\n\nIt is foolish to think of oneself as more intelligent than Srila Vyasadeva. He\n\nhas already expressed himself in his sutras, and there is no need of help\n\nfrom personalities of lesser importance. His work, the Vediinta-sutra, is as\n\ndazzling as the midday sun, and when someone tries to give his own\ninterpretations on the self-effulgent sunlike Vediinta-sutra, he attempts to\n\ncover this sun with the cloud of his imagination.\n\n\"The purpose of the Vedas and Puriirtas are one and the same. They\n\nascertain the Absolute Truth, which is greater than everything else. The\n\nAbsolute Truth is ultimately realized as the Absolute Personality of\nGodhead with absolute controlling power. As such, the Absolute Person-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0046": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n24\n\nality of Godhead must be completely full of opulence, strength, fame,\n\nbeauty, knowledge and renunciation. Yet the transcendental Personality\n\nof Godhead is astonishingly ascertained as impersonal.\n\n\"The impersonal description of the Absolute Truth in the Vedas is given\nto nullify the mundane conception of the absolute whole. Personal features\nof the Lord are completely different from all kinds of mundane features.\n\nThe living entities are all individual persons, and they are all parts and\n\nparcels of the supreme whole. If the parts and parcels are individual\npersons, the source of their emanation must not be impersonal. He is the\nSupreme Person amongst all the relative persons.\n\n\"The Vedas inform us that from Him [Brahman] everything emanates,\nand on Him everything rests. And after annihilation, everything merges in\nHim only. Therefore, He is the ultimate dative, causative and accommo·\n\ndating cause of all causes. And all these causes cannot be attributed to an\nimpersonal object.\n\n\"The Vedas inform us that He alone became many, and when He so\n\ndesires He glances over material nature. Before He glanced over material\nnature there was no material cosmic creation. Therefore, His glance is not\nmaterial. Material mind or senses were unborn when the Lord glanced over\nmaterial nature. Thus evidence in the Vedas proves that beyond a doubt\nthe Lord has transcendental eyes and a transcendental mind. They are not\nmaterial. His impersonality therefore is a negation of His materiality, but\nnot a denial of His transcendental personality.\n\n\"Brahman ultimately refers to the Personality of Godhead. Impersonal\n\nBrahman realization is just the negative conception of the mundane crea­\n\ntions. Paramatma is the localized aspect of Brahman within· all kinds of\n\nmaterial bodies. Ultimately the Supreme Brahman realization is the realization of the Personality of Godhead according to all evidence of the\nrevealed scriptures. He is the ultimate source of Vi�I).U tattvas.\n\n\"The Purii.nas are also S':Jpplementary to the Vedas. The Vedic mantras\n\nare too difficult for an ordinary man. Women, sudras and the so-called\ntwice-born higher castes are unable to penetrate into the sense of the\n\nVedas. And thus the Itihii.sa or the Mahabhiirata as well as the Puriip,as are\nmade easy to explain the truths of the Vedas. In his prayers before the boy\n\nSri Krsna, Brahma said that there is no limit to the fortune of the residents\n\nj\n\nof v;� abhiimi headed by Sri Nanda Maharaja and Yasodamayi because\nthe eternal Absolute Truth has become their intimate relative.\n\n\"The Vedic mantra maintains that the Absolute Truth has no legs and\n\nno hands and yet goes faster than all and accepts everything that is\n\n", "SB1.1#p0047": "Introduction\n\n25\n\noffered to Him in devotion. The latter statements definitely suggest the\npersonal features of the Lord, although His hands and legs are distinguished\nfrom mundane hands and legs or other senses.\n\"\n\n\"Brahman is, therefore, never impersonal, but when such mantras are\nindirectly interpreted, it is wrongly thought that the Absolute Truth is\nimpersonal. The Absolute Truth Personality of Godhead is full of all\nopulences, and therefore He has a transcendental form of full existence,\nknowledge and bliss. How then can one establish that the Absolute Truth\nis impersonal?\n\"Brahman, being full of opulences, is understood to have manifold\nenergies, and all these energies are classified under three headings under\nthe authority of V4flu Purtifla (6.7.60), which says that the transcendental\nenergies of Lord Vilgm are primarily three. His spiritual energy, as well as\nthe energy of the living entities, are classified as superior energy, whereas\nthe material energy is an inferior one which is sprouted out of ignorance.\n\"The energy of the living entities is technically called k§etrajiia energy.\nThis k§etrajiia-sakti, although equal in quality with the Lord, becomes\noverpowered by material energy out of ignorance and thus suffers all sorts\nof material miseries. In other words, the living entities are located in the\nmarginal\n\nenergy between the superior spiritual and inferior material\n\nenergy, and in proportion to the living being's contact with either the\nmaterial or spiritual energies, the living entity is situated in proportionately\nhigher and lower levels of existence.\n\"The Lord is beyond the inferior and marginal energies as above mentioned, and His spiritual energy is manifested in three different phases: as\neternal existence, eternal bliss and eternal knowledge. As far as eternal\nexistence is concerned, it is conducted by the sandhini potency; similarly,\n\nbliss and knowledge are conducted by the hliidhini and sarhvit potencies\nrespectively. As the supreme energetic Lord, He is the supreme controller\nof the spiritual, marginal and material energies. And all these different\ntypes of energies are connected with the Lord in eternal devotional service.\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead is thus enjoying in His transcendental eternal form. Is it not astounding that one dares to call the Supreme\nLord nonenergetic? The Lord is the controller of all energies, and the\nliving entities are parts and parcels of one of the energies. Therefore there\nis a gulf of difference between the Lord and the living entities. How then\ncan one say that the Lord and the living entities are one and the same? In\nthe Bhagavad-gitii also the living entities are described as belonging to the\nsuperior energy of the Lord. According to the principles of intimate\n\n", "SB1.1#p0048": "26\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\ncorrelation between the energy and the energetic, both of them are nondifferent also. Therefore, the Lord and the living entities are nondifferent\nas the energy and the energetic.\n\n\"Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and ego are all inferior\n\nenergies of the Lord, but the living entities are different from all as superior\n\nenergy. This is the version of Bhagavad-gita.\n\n\"The transcendental form of the Lord is eternally existent and full of\n\ntranscendental bliss. How then can such a form be a product of the material mode of goodness? Anyone, therefore, who does not believe in the\n\nform of the Lord is certainly a faithless demon and as such is untouchable,\na not to be seen persona non grata fit to be punished by the Plutonic king.\n\n\"The Buddhists are called atheists because they have no respect for the\n\nVedas, but those who defy the Vedic conclusions, as above mentioned,\n\nunder the pretense of being followers of the Vedas, are verily more\n\ndangerous than the Buddhists.\n\n\"Sri Vyasadeva very kindly compiled the Vedic knowledge in his\nVedanta-siitra, but if one hears the commentation of the Mii.yii.vadl school\n\n(as represented by the Sarikara sampradaya) certainly he will be misled on\nthe path of spiritual realization.\n\n\"The theory of emanations is the beginning subject of the Vedanta­\n\nsiitra. All the cosmic manifestations are emanations from the Absolute\n\nPersonality of Godhead by His inconceivable different energies. The\n\nexample of the touchstone is applicable to the theory of emanation. The\n\ntouchstone can convert an unlimited quantity of iron into gold, and still\nthe touchstone remains as it is. Similarly, the Supreme Lord can produce\nall manifested worlds by His inconceivable energies, and yet He is full\n\nand unchanged. He is purrw\n\n[complete], and although an unlimited\n\nnumber of pu111-as emanate from Him, He is still pu111-a.\n\"The theory of illusion of the Mayavii.da school is advocated on the\nground that the theory of emanation will cause a transformation of the\n\nAbsolute Truth. If that is the case, Vyii.sadeva is wrong. To avoid this, they\nhave skillfully brought in the theory of illusion. But the world or the\ncosmic creation is not false, as maintained by the Mii.yavii.da school. It\n\nsimply has no permanent existence. A nonpermanent thing cannot be\n\ncalled false altogether. But the conception that the material b ody is the\nself is certainly wrong.\n\n''Praflava [om] or the omkara in the Vedas is the primeval hymn. This\n\ntranscendental sound is identical with the form of the Lord. All the Vedic\n\nhymns are based on this praf!ava omkara. Tattvamasi is but a side word in\n\nthe Vedic literatures, and therefore this word cannot be the primeval hymn\n\n", "SB1.1#p0049": "Introduction\n\n27\n\nof the Vedas. Snpada Saitkaracarya has given more stress on the side word\n\ntattvamas i than on the primeval principle omkiira.\"\n\nThe Lord thus spoke on the Vediinta-siitra and defied all the propaganda\n\nof the Mayavada school� The Bhattacarya tried to defend himself and his\n\nMayavada school by jugglery of logic and grammar, but the Lord was able\n\nto defeat him by His forceful arguments. He affirmed that we are all\n\nrelated with the Personality of Godhead eternally and that devotional\n\nservice is our eternal function to exchange the dealings of our relations.\nAnd the result of such exchanges is to attain premii or love of Godhead.\n\nWhen love of Godhead is attained, love for all other beings automatically\nfollows because the Lord is the sum total of all living beings.\n\nThe Lord said that but for these three items-namely, eternal relation\n\nwith God, exchange of dealings with Him and the attainment of love for\nHim-all that is instructed in the Vedas is superfluous and concocted.\n\nThe Lord further added that the Mayavada philosophy taught by\n\nSnpiida Sarikariicarya is an imaginary explanation of the Vedas, but it had\n\nto be taught by him (Sarikaracarya) because he was ordered to teach it by\n\nthe Personality of Godhead. In the Padma Purii[ta it is stated that the\n\nPersonality of Godhead ordered His Lordship Siva to deviate the human\n\nrace from Him (the Personality of Godhead.) The Personality of Godhead\n\nwas to be so covered so that people would be encouraged to generate more\nand more population. His Lordship Siva said to Devi: \"In the Kali-yuga,\n\nI shall preach the Mayavada philosophy, which is nothing but clouded\nBuddhism, in the garb of a briihma[ta.\"\n\nAfter hearing all these speeches of the Lord Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu, the\n\nBhattacarya was struck with wonder and awe and regarded Him in dead\n\nsilence. The Lord then encouraged him with assurance that there was no\ncause to wonder. \"I say that devotional service unto the Personality of\n\nGodhead is the highest goal of human life.\" He then quoted a sloka from\n\nthe Bhiigavatam and assured him that even the liberated souls who are\nabsorbed in the spirit and spiritual realization also take to the devotional\n\nservice of the Lord Hari because the Personality of Godhead has such\n\ntranscendental qualities that He attracts the heart of the liberated soul too.\nThen the Bhattacarya desired to listen to the explanation of the\n\"iitmiimma\" sloka from the Bhiigavatam\n\n(1.7.10). The Lord first of all\n\nasked Bhattacarya to explain it, and after that He would explain it. The\n\nBhattacarya then scholarly explained the sloka with special reference to\n*In our Teachings of Lord Caitanya we have more elaborately explained all these\nphilosophical intricacies. §rimad-Bhiigavatam clarifies them all.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0050": "Srimad-Bha!!avatam\n\n28\n\nlogic. He explained the sloka in nine different ways chiefly based on logic\nbecause he was the most renowned scholar of logic of the time.\n\nThe Lord, after hearing the Bhattacarya, thanked him for the scholarly\n\npresentation of the sloka, and then, at the request of the Bhattacarya, the\nLord explained the sloka in sixty-four different ways without touching the\n\nnine explanations given by the Bhattacarya.\n\nThus after hearing the explanation of the iitmiiriima sloka from the\n\nLord, the Bhattacarya was convinced that such a scholarly presentation is\n\nimpossible for an earthly creature.* Before this So Gopiniitha Acarya tried\n\nto convince him of the divinity of the Lord, but at that time he could not\nso accept Him. But the Bhattaciirya was astounded by the Lord's exposi­\n\ntion of the Vediinta-sutra and explanations of the iitmiiriima sloka, and\nthus he began to think that he had committed a great offense at the lotus\nfeet of the Lord by not recognizing Him to be Kr��a Himself. He then\n\nsurrendered unto Him, repenting for his past dealings with Him, and the\n\nLord was kind enough to accept the Bhatt;iicarya. Out of His causeless\n\nmercy, the Lord manifested before him first as four-handed Nariiya�a and\n'\nthen again as two-handed Lord Kr��a with a flute in His hand.\nThe Bhattaciirya at once fell down at the lotus feet of the Lord and\n\ncomposed many suitable slokas in praise of the Lord by His grace. He\n\ncomposed almost one hundred slokas in praise of the Lord. The Lord then\n\nembraced him, and out of transcendental ecstasy the Bhattacarya lost\n\nconsciousness of the physical state of life. Tears, trembling, throbbing of\nthe heart, perspiration, emotional waves, dancing, singing, crying and all\nthe eight symptoms of trance were manifested in the body of the\n\nBhattacarya. So Gopiniitha Aciirya became very glad and astonished by\nthis marvellous conversion of his brother-in-law by the grace of the Lord.\nOut of the hundred celebrated slokas composed by the Bhattaciirya in\npraise of the Lord, the following two are most important, and these two\n\nslokas explain the mission of the Lord in gist. They are as follows.\nl. Let me surrender unto the Personality of Godhead who has appeared\n\nnow as Lord So Caitanya Mahiiprabhu. He is the ocean of all mercy and\nhas come down to teach us material detachment, learning and devotional\nservice to Himself.\n\n2. Since pure devotional service of the Lord has been lost in the oblivion\nof time, the Lord has appeared to renovate the principles, and therefore I\noffer my obeisances unto His lotus feet.\n\n*The complete text of the explanation given by the Lord will form a booklet itself,\nand therefore we have presented it in a chapter in our Teachings of Lord Caitanya.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0051": "Introduction\n\n29\n\nThe Lord explained the word mukti to be equivalent to the word V��u,\n\nor the Personality of Godhead. To attain mukti or liberation from the\n\nbondage of material existence is to attain to the service of the Lord.\n\nThe Lord then proceeded towards South India for some time and\n\nconverted everyone He met on the way to become devotees of Lord Sri\n\nKr��a. Such devotees also converted many others to the cult of devotional\nservice or to the Bhiigavata-dharma of the Lord, and thus He reached the\nbank of the Godavari, where He met Srila Ramiinanda Raya, the Governor of Madras on behalf of Maharaja Prataparudra, the King of Orissa.\nHis talks with Ramii.nanda Raya are very important for higher realization\n\nof transcendental knowledge, and the conversation itself forms a small\n\nbooklet. We shall, however, give herewith a summary of the conversation.\n\nSri Ramananda Raya was a self-realized soul, although outwardly he\n\nbelonged to a caste lower than the briihma\"[la in social status. He was not\n\nin the renounced order of life, and besides that he was a high government\nservant in the State. Still\n\nSri Caitanya Mahii.prabhu accepted him as a\n\nliberated soul on the strength of the high order of his realization of\ntranscendental knowledge. Similarly, the Lord accepted Snla Haridasa\n\nThakur, a veteran devotee of the Lord coming from a Mohammedan family.\n\nAnd there are many other great devotees of the Lord who came from\n\ndifferent communities, sects and castes. The Lord's only criterion was the\nstandard of devotional service of the particular person. He was not concerned with the outward dress of a man; He was concerned only with the\n\ninner soul and its activities. Therefore the whole missionary activities of\nthe Lord are to be understood to be on the spiritual plane, and as such the\ncult of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu or the cult of\n\nBhiigavata-dharma has\n\nnothing to do with mundane affairs, sociology, politics, economic develop­\n\nment or any such sphere of life. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the purely transcen­\n\ndental urge of the soul.\n\nWhen He met Sri Rii.mii.nanda Raya on the bank of the Godavari, the\nvar\"[liiSrama-dharma followed by the Hindus was mentioned by the Lord.\nSii.la Riimananda Raya said that by following the principles of varrtiiSramadharma, the system of four castes and four orders of human life, everyone\n\ncould realize transcendence. In the opinion of the Lord, the system of\n\nvar\"[liisrama-dharma is superficial only, and it has very little to do with the\n\nhighest realization of spiritual values. The highest perfection of life is to\nget detached from the material attachment and proportionately realize the\n\ntranscendental loving service of the Lord. The Personality of Godhead\n\nrecognizes a living being who is progressing in that line. Devotional service\nis, therefore, the culmination of the culture of all knowledge. When Sri\n\nKr��a the Supreme Personality of Godhead appeared for the deliverance\n\n", "SB1.1#p0052": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n30\n\nof all fallen souls, He advised the deliverance of all living entities as follows.\n\nThe Supreme Absolute Personality of Godhead, from whom all living\n\nentities have emanated, must be worshiped by all their respective engagements, because everything that we see is also the expansion of His energy.\n\nThat is the way of real perfection, and it is approved by all bona fide\n\niiciiryas past and present. The system of varr-asrama is more or less based\non moral and ethical principles. There is very little realization of the\n\ntranscendence as such, and Lord Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu rejected it as\n\nsuperficial and asked Ramiinanda Riiya to go further into the matter.\n\nSri Ramiinanda Riiya then suggested renunciation of fruitive actions\n\nunto the Lord. The Bhagavad-gitii advises in this connection: \"Whatever\n\nyou do, whatever you eat and whatever you give, as well as whatever you\n\nperform in penance, offer to Me alone.\" This dedication on the part of the\nworker suggests that the Personality of Godhead is a step higher than the\nimpersonal conception of the varr-asrama system, but still the relation of\n\nthe living being and the Lord is not distinct in that way. The Lord\n\ntherefore rejected this proposition and asked Riimiinanda Riiya to go\nfurther.\n\nRaya then suggested renunciation of the varr-asrama-dharma and accep­\n\ntance of devotional service. The Lord did not approve of this suggestion\n\nalso for the reason that all of a sudden one should not renounce his\nposition, for that may not bring in the desired result.\n\nIt was further suggested by Riiya that attainment of spiritual realization\n\nfreed from the material conception of life is the topmost achievement for\n\na living being. The Lord rejected this suggestion also because on the plea\n\nof such spiritual realization much havoc has been wrought by unscrupulous\npersons; therefore all of a sudden this is not possible. The Raya then\nsuggested sincere association of self-realized souls and hearing submissively\nthe transcendental message of the pastimes of the Personality of Godhead.\n\nThis suggestion was welcomed by the Lord. This suggestion was made\nfollowing in the footsteps of Brahmiiji, who said that the Personality of\n\nGodhead is known as\n\najita or the one who cannot be conquered or\n\napproached by anyone. But such ajita also becomes jita (conquered) by\n\none method, which is very simple and easy. The simple method is that one\nhas to give up the arrogant attitude of declaring oneself to be God Himself.\n\nOne must be very meek and submissive and try to live peacefully by\n\nlending the ear to the speeches of the transcendentally self-realized soul\n\nwho speaks on the message of Bhiigavata-dharma or the religion of glori­\n\nfying the Supreme Lord and His devotees. To glorify a great man is a\n\nnatural instinct for living beings, but they have not learned to glorify the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0053": "Introduction\n\n31\n\nLord. Perfection of life is attained simply by glorifying the Lord in\nassociation with a self-realized devotee of the Lord.* The self-realized\ndevotee is he who surrenders. unto the Lord fully and who does not have\nattachment for material prosperity. Material prosperity and sense enjoyment and their advancement are all activities of ignorance in human\nsociety. Peace and friendship are impossible for a society detached from\nthe association of God and His devotees. It is imperative, therefore, that\none should sincerely seek the association of pure devotees and hear them\npatiently and submissively from any position of life. The position of a\nperson in the higher or lower status of life does not hamper one in the\npath of self-realization. The only thing one has to do is to hear from a selfrealized soul with a routine program. The teacher may also deliver lectures\nfrom the Vedic literatures, following in the footsteps of the bygone\niiciiryas who realized the Absolute Truth. Lord Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu\nrecommended this simple method of self-realization generally known as\nBhiigavata-dharma. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the perfect guide for this purpose.\nAbove these topics discussed by the Lord and Sri Ramananda Raya,\nthere were still more elevated spiritual talks between the two great\npersonalities, and we purposely withhold those topics for the present\nbecause one has to come to the spiritual plane before further talks with\nRamananda Raya can be heard. We have presented further talks of Srila\nRamananda Raya with the Lord in another book (Teachings of Lord\nCaitanya).\nAt the conclusion of this meeting, Sri Ramananda Raya was advised by\nthe Lord to retire from service and come to Puri so that they could live\ntogether and relish a transcendental relationship. Some time later, Sri\nRamananda Raya retired from the Government service and took a pension\nfrom the King. He returned to his residence in Puri, where he was one of\nthe most confidential devotees of the Lord. There was another gentleman\nat Puri of the name Sikha Maiti, who was also a confidante like Ramananda\nRaya. The . Lord used to hold confidential talks on spiritual values with\nthree or four companions at Puri, and He passed eighteen years in that way\nin spiritual trance. His talks were recorded by His private secretary Sri\nDamodara Gosvami, one of the four most intimate devotees.\nThe Lord extensively travelled all over the southern part of India. The\ngreat saint of Mahara�tra, known as saint Tukadim, was also initiated by\nthe Lord. Saint Tukaram, after initiation by the Lord, overflooded the\nwhole of the Mahiir�tra Province with the sankirtana movement, and the\n*The International Society for Krishna Consciousness is formed for this purpose.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0054": "32\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\ntranscendental flow is still rolling on in the southwestern part of the great\nIndian peninsula_\n\nThe Lord excavated from South India two very important old literatures,\n\nnamely the Brahma-sarhhitii* and K�rta-kaT[Liimrta, and these two valuable\n\nbooks are authorized studies for the person in the devotional line. The\nLord then returned to Pun after His South Indian tour.\n\nOn His return to Pun, all the anxious devotees of the Lord got back\n\ntheir life, and the Lord remained there with continued pastimes of His\n\ntranscendental realizations. The most important incidence during that time\n\nwas His granting audience to King Prataparudra. King Prataparudra was\n\na great devotee of the Lord, and he considered himself to be one of the ser­\n\nvants of the Lord entrusted with sweeping the temple. This submissive attitude of the King was very much appreciated by Sri Caitanya Mahaprahhu.\nThe King requested both Bhattacarya and Raya to arrange his meeting\nwith the Lord. When, however, the Lord was petitioned by His two stalwart devotees, He flatly refused to grant the request, even though it was\n\nput forward by personal associates like Ramananda Raya and Sarvahhauma\nBhattacarya. The Lord maintained that it is dangerous for a sannyiisi to be\n\nin intimate touch with worldly money conscious men and with women.\n\nThe Lord was an ideal sannyiisi. No woman could approach the Lord even\n\nto offer respects. Women's seats were accommodated far away from the\n\nLord. AB an ideal teacher and iiciirya, He was very strict in the routine work\n\n<>f a sannyiisi. Apart from being a divine incarnation, the Lord was an ideal\n\ncharacter as a human being. His behav ior with other persons was also above\n\nsuspicion. In His dealing as iiciirya, He was harder than the thunderbolt\nand softer than the rose. One of His associates, Junior Haridasa, committed\n\na great mistake by lustfully glancing at a young woman, and the Lord as\n\nSupersoul could detect this just in the mind of Junior Haridasa. He was at\nonce banished from His association and was never accepted again, even\nthough He was implored to excuse Haridasa for the mistake. Junior\n\nHaridasa afterwards committed suicide due to being disassociated from the\n\ncompany of the Lord, and the news of suicide was duly related to the\nLord. Even at that time the Lord was not forgetful of the offense, and He\n\nsaid that Haridasa had rightly met with the proper punishment.\n\nOn the principles of the renounced order of life and discipline, the Lord\n\nknew no compromise, and therefore even though He knew that the King\nwas a great devotee, He refused to see the King only because the King was\na dollar and cent man. By this example the Lord wanted to emphasize the\nproper behavior for a transcendentalist. A transcendentalist has nothing\n*Summary of $rimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0055": "Introduction\n\n33\n\nto do with women and money. He must always refrain from such intimate\nrelations. The King was, however, favored by the Lord by the expert\narrangement of the devotees. This means that the beloved devotee of the\nLord can favor a neophyte more liberally than the Lord. Pure devotees,\ntherefore, never commit an offense at the feet of another pure devotee.\nAn offense at the lotus feet of the Lord is sometimes excused by the\nmerciful Lord, but an offense at the feet of a devotee is very dangerous\nfor one who actually wants to make progress in devotional service.\nAs long as the Lord remained at Pun, thousands of His devotees used to\ncoJIUYI:o see Him during the Ratha-yatra car festival of Lord Jagannatha .\nAnd during the car festival, the washing of the Gup.9-ica temple under the\ndirect supervision of the Lord was an important function. The Lord's\ncongregational sankirtana movement at Pun was a unique exhibition for\nthe mass of people. That is the way to turn the mass mind towards spiritual\nrealization. The Lord inaugurated this system of mass sankirtana, and\nleaders of all countries can take advantage of this spiritual movement in\norder to keep the mass of people in a pure state of peace and friendship\nwith one another. This is now the demand of the present human society\nall over the world.\nMter some time the Lord again started on his tour towards Northern\nIndia, and He decided to visit V rndavana and its neighboring places. He\npassed through the jungles of Jharikhap.9-a (Madhya Bhiirat), and all the\nwild animals also joined His sankirtana movement. The wild tigers, elephants, bears and deer all together accompanied the Lord, and the Lord\naccompanied them in sankirtana. By this He proved that by the propagation of the sankirtana movement (congregational chanting and glorifying\nthe name of the Lord) even the wild animals can live in peace and friendship, and what to speak of men who are supposed to be civilized. No man\nin the world will refuse to join the sankirtana movement. Nor is the Lord's\nsankirtana movement restricted to any caste, creed, color or species. Here\nis direct evidence of His great mission: He allowed even the wild- animals to\npartake in His great movement.\n\nOn His way back from V rndavana He first came to Prayag, where He met\nRupa Gosvami along with his younger brother Anupama. Then He came\n\ndown to Benares. For two months, He instructed Sri Sanatana Gosvami in\nthe transcendental science. The instruction to Sanatana Gosvami is in itself\na long narration, and full presentation of the instruction will not be\npossible here. The main ideas are given as follows.\nSanatana Gosvami (formerly known as Dabir Khas) was in the cabinet\nservice of the Bengal Government under the regime of Nawab Husain Shah.\nHe decided to join with the Lord and thus retired from the service. On His\n\n", "SB1.1#p0056": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n34\n\nway back from Vrndavana, when He reached Vara!J.asi, the Lord became\n\nthe guest of Sri Tapana Misra and Candra8ekhara, assisted by a Mahara�tra\n\nbrrihmapa. At that time Vara!J.asi was headed by a great sannyiisi of the\nMayavada school named Sripada Prakasananda Sarasvati. When the Lord\n\nwas at Vara!J.asi, the people in general became more attracted to Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu on account of His mass sankirtana movement.\n\nWherever He visited, especially the Visvanatha temple, thousands of pil­\n\ngrims would follow Him. Some were attracted by His bodily features, and\nothers were attracted by His melodious songs glorifying the Lord.\n\nThe Mayavadi sannyiisis designate themselves as Naray3!1a. Varii!lasi is\n\nstill overflooded with many Mayavadi sannyasis. Some people who saw the\nLord in His sankirtana party considered Him to be actually Naray3!1a, and\n\nthis report reached the camp of the great sannyiisiPrakasananda.\n\nIn India there is always a kind of spiritual rivalry between the Mayavada\n\nand Bhagavata schools, and thus when the news of the Lord reached\n\nPrakasananda he knew that the Lord was a V�!lava sannyasi, and there·\nfore he minimized the value of the Lord before those who brough t him the\n\nnews. He deprecated the activities of the Lord because of His preaching\n\nthe sankirtana movement, which was in his opinion nothing but religious\nsentiment. Prakasananda was a profound student of the Vedanta, and he\nadvised his followers to give attention to the Vedanta and not to indulge\nin sankirtana.\n\nOne devotee brahmarta, who became a devotee of the Lord, did not like\n\nthe criticism of Prakasananda, and he went to the Lord to express rus\n\nregrets. He told the Lord that when he uttered the Lord's name before the\n\nsannyiisi Prakasananda, the latter strongly criticized Him, although he\n\nheard him uttering several times the name Caitanya. The brahmapa was\n\nastonished to see that the sannyiisi Prakasananda could not vibrate the\n\nsound K�!J.a even once, although he uttered the name Caitanya several\n\ntimes.\n\nThe\n\nLord smilingly explained to the devotee brahmapa why the\n\nMayavadi cannot utter the holy name of Kr�!J.a. \"The Mayavadis are of­\n\nfenders at the lotus feet of Kr�!J.a, although they utter always Brahman,\n\nAtmii, or Caitanya, etc. And because they are offenders at the lotus feet of\nKr�!J.a, they are actually unable to utter the holy name of Kr�JJ.a. The name\nKr�!la and the Personality of Godhead Kr�JJ.a are identical. There is no\ndifference in the absolute realm between the name, form or person of the\n\nAbsolute Truth because in the absolute realm everything is transcendental\nbliss. There is no difference between the body and the soul for the Person­\n\nality of Godhead, Kr�!J.a. Thus He is different from the living entity who\nis always different from his outward body. Because of Kr�!la's transcen-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0057": "Introduction\n\n35\n\ndental position, it is very difficult for a layman to actually know the\nPersonality of Godhead, Kr?�a, His holy name and fame, etc. His name,\nfame, form and pastimes all are one and the same transcendental identity,\nand they are not knowable by the exercise of the material senses.\n\"The transcendental relationship of the pastimes of the Lord is the\nsource of still more bliss than one can experience by realization of Brahman\nor by becoming one with the Supreme. Had it not been so, then those who\nare already situated in the transcendental bliss of Brahman would not have\nbeen attracted by the transcendental bliss of the pastimes of the Lord.\"\nMter this, a great meeting was arranged by the devotees of the Lord in\nwhich all the sannyiisis were invited, including the Lord and Prakasananda\nSarasvati. In this meeting both the scholars (the Lord and Prakasananda)\nhad a long discourse on the spiritual values of the smikirtana movement,\nand a summary is given below.\nThe great Mayavadi sannyiisi Prakasananda inquired from the Lord as to\nthe reason for His preferring the sankirtana movement to the study of the\nVedanta-siitra. He said that it is the duty of a sannyiisito read the Vedantasutra. What caused Him to indulge in smikirtana?\nMter this inquiry, the Lord submissively replied: \"I have taken to the\nsankirtana movement instead of the study of Vedanta because I am a great\nfool.\" The Lord thus represented Himself as one of the numberless fools\nof this age who are absolutely in�apable of studying the Vedanta philoso·\nphy. The fools' indulgence in the study of Vedanta has caused so much\nhavoc in society. The Lord thus continued: \"And because I am a great\nfool, My spiritual master forbade Me to play with Vedanta philosophy. He\nsaid that it is better that I chant the holy name of the Lord, for that would\ndeliver Me from material bondage.\n\"In this age of Kali there is no other religion but the glorification of the\nLord by utterance of His holy name, and that is the injunction of all the\nrevealed scriptures. And My spiritual master has taught Me one sloka\n(from the Brhan-Naradiya Purap.a) which is:\nharer nama harer nama harer namaiva kevalam\nkalau niisty eva niisty eva niisty eva gatir anyatha.\n\"So on the order of my spiritual master, I chant the holy name of Hari,\nand I am now mad after this holy name. Whenever I utter the holy name I\nforget Myself completely, and sometimes I laugh, cry and dance like a\nmadman. I thought that I had actually gone mad by this process of\nchanting, and therefore I asked My spiritual master about it. He informed\nMe that this was the real effect of chanting the holy name, which\n\n", "SB1.1#p0058": "36\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nproduces a transcendental emotion that is a rare manifestation. It is the\n\nsign of love of God, which is the ultimate end of life. Love of God is\n\ntrans·cendental to liberation [mukti J, and thus it is called the fifth stage\nnf\n\nspiritual realization, above the stage of liberation. By chanting the holy\n\nname of Kr�l).a one attains the stage of love of God, and it was good that\nfortunately I was favored with the blessing.\"\n\nOn hearing this statement from the Lord, the Miiyiiviidi sannyasi asked\nthe Lord what was the harm in studying the Vedanta along with chanting\nthe holy name. Prakasiinanda Sarasvati knew well that the Lord was\nformerly known as Nimiii Pal).9it, a very learned scholar of Navadvipa, and\nHis posing as a great fool was certainly to some purpose. Hearing this\ninquiry by the sannyiisi, the Lord smiled and said, \"My dear sir, if you do\nnot mind, I will answer your inquiry.\"\nAll the sannyiisis there were very much pleased with the Lord for His\nhonest dealings, and they unanimously replied that they would not be\noffended by whatever He replied. The Lord then spoke as follows:\n\n\"Vedanta-sutra is comprised of transcendental words or sounds uttered\nby the transcendental Personality of Godhead. As such, in the Vedanta\nthere cannot be any human deficiencies like mistake, illusion cheating or\ninefficiency. The message of the Upani§ads is expressed in the Vediinta­\n\nsutra, and what is said there directly is certainly glorified. Whatever interpretations have been given by Sank.ariiciirya have no direct bearing on the\n\nsutra, and therefore such commentation spoils everything.\n\"The word Brahman indicates the greatest of all, which is full with\ntranscendental opulences, superior to all. Brahman is ultimately the Personality of Godhead, and He is covered by indirect interpretations and\n\nestablished as impersonal. Everything that is in the spiritual world is full\n\nof transcendental bliss, including the form, body, place and paraphernalia\n\nof the Lord. All are eternally cognizant and blissful. It is not the fault of\nthe Aciirya Sailkara that he has so interpreted Vedanta, but if someone\naccepts it, then certainly he is doomed. Anyone who accepts the transcendental body of the Personality of Godhead as something mundane\ncertainly commits the greatest blasphemy.\"\nThe Lord thus spoke to the sannyasi almost in the same way that He\nspoke to the Bhattaciirya of Puri, and by forceful arguments He nullified\nthe Mayiiviida interpretations of the Vedanta-sutra. All the sannyasis\n\nthere claimed that the Lord was the personified Vedas and the Personality\nof Godhead. All the sannyiisis were converted to the cult of bhakti, and\nall of them accepted the holy name of the Lord Sri Kr�l).a, and they dined\ntogether with the Lord in the midst of them. Mter this conversion of the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0059": "Introduction\n\n37\n\nsannyiisis, the popularity of the Lord increased at Variil).asi, and thousands\n\nof people assembled to see the Lord in person. The Lord thus established\nthe primary importance of Srimad-Bhiigavata-dharma, and He defeated all\nother systems of spiritual realization. Since then everyone at V ariil).asi was\noverwhelm�d with the transcendental sankirtana movement.\n\nWhile the Lord was camping at Variil).asi, Sanatana Gosvami also arrived\nafter retiring from office. He was formerly one of the state ministers in the\ngovernment of Bengal, then under the regime of Nawab Hussain Shah. He\nhad some difficulty in getting relief from the state service, for the Nawab\nwas reluctant to let him leave. Nonetheless he came to Variil).asi, and the\nLord taught him the principles of devotional service. He taught him about\nthe constitutional position of the living being, the cause of his bondage\nunder material conditions, his eternal relation with the Personality of\nGodhead, the transcendental position of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, His expansions in different plenary portions of incarnations, His\ncontrol of different parts of the universe, the nature of His transcendental\nabode, devotional activities, their different stages of development and the\nrules and regulations for achieving the gradual stages of spiritual perfection,\nthe symptoms of different incarnations in different ages and how to\ndetect them with reference to the context of revealed scriptures.\nThe Lord's teachings to Sanatana Gosvami form a big chapter in the\ntext of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, and to explain the whole teachings in\nminute details will require a volume in itself. These are treated in detail\nin our book Teachings of Lord Caitanya.\nAt Mathura, the Lord visited all the important places; then He reached\nVrndavana. Lord Caitanya appeared in the family of a high caste briih­\n\nmar-a, and over and above that as sannyiisi He was the preceptor for all the\nvarr-as and iisramas. But He used to accept meals from all classes of\n\nV�l).avas. At Mathura the Sanodhia briihmar-as are considered to be in\n\nthe lower status of society, but the Lord accepted meals in their families\nalso because His host happened to be a disciple of the Madhavendra Puri\nfamily.\nAt Vrndavana the Lord took bath in twenty-four important bathing\n\nplaces and ghats. He travelled to all the twelve important vanas (forests).\n\nIn these forests all the cows and birds welcomed Him, as if He were their\nvery old friend. The Lord also began to embrace all the trees of those\nforests, and by doing so He felt the symptoms of transcendetnal ecstasy.\nSometimes He fell unconscious, but He was made to regain consciousness\nby the chanting of the holy name of Kr�I]a. The transcendental symptoms\nthat were visible on the body of the Lord during His travel within the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0060": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n38\n\nforest of Vrndavana were all unique and inexplicable, and we have just\ngiven a synopsis only.\n\nSome of the important places that were visited by the Lord in Vrndavana\n\nwere\n\nKamyavana,\n\nAdisvara,\n\nPabansarovara,\n\nKhadirvana,\n\nSe�a8ayi,\n\nKhelatirtha, Bhandirvana, Bhadravana, Srivana, Lauhavana, Mahavana,\n\nGokula, Kiliyahrada, Dvadasaditya, Kesitirtha, etc. When He saw the place\n\nwhere the rosa dance took place, He at once fell down in trance. As long as\nHe remained at Vrndavana, He made His headquarters at Al<rur Ghat.\n\nFrom Vrndavana His personal servitor Kr�!iadii.sa Vipra induced Him\nto go hack to Prayag to take hath during the Magha Mela. The Lord acceded\nto this proposal, and they started for Prayag. On the way they were met\n\nwith some Pathans, amongst whom there was a learned :Moulana. The Lord\nhad some talks with the Moulana and his companions, and the Lord\n\nconvinced the Moulana that in the Koran also there are descriptions of\n\nBhiigavata-dharma and Kr�t;ta. All the Pathans were converted to His cult\nof devotional service.\n\nWhen He returned to Prayag, Sn,a Rupa Gosvam1 and his youngest\n\nbrother met Him near Bindu-madhava Temple. This time the Lord was\n\nwelcomed by the people of Prayag more respectfully. V allabha Bhana, who\nresided on the other hank of Prayag in the village of Arail, was to receive\nHim at his place, hut while going there the Lord jumped in the River\n\nYamuna. With great difficulty He was picked up in an unconscious state.\n\nFinally He visited the headquarters of Vallahha Bhana. This Vallahha\n\nBhatta was one of His chief admirers, hut later on he inaugurated his own\nparty of the Vallabha sampradiiya.\n\nOn the hank of the Da8asvamedha Ghat at Prayag for ten days continu­\n\nally the Lord instructed Rupa Gosvam1 in the science of devotional service\nof the Lord. He taught the Gosvam1 the divisions of the living crP-atures in\n\nthe 8,400,000 species of life. Then He taught him about the human\n\nspecies. Out of them He discussed the followers of the Vedic principles,\nout of them the fruitive workers, out of them the empiric philosophers,\n\nand out of them the liberated souls. He said that there are only a few\n\nwho are actually pure devotees of Lord Sri Kr�!la.\nSrila Rupa Gosvami was the younger brother of Sanatana Gosvam1, and\n\nwhen he retired from service he brought with him two hoatfuls of gold\n\ncoins. This means that he brought with him some hundreds of thousands\n\nof rupees accumulated by the labor of his service. And before leaving home\n\nfDr Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he divided the wealth as follows: fifty\n\npercent for the service of the Lord and His devotees, twenty-five percent\n\nfor relatives and twenty-five percent for his personal needs in case of\nemergency . In that way he set an example for all householders.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0061": "Introduction\n\n39\n\nThe Lord taught the Gosvami about devotional service, comparing it to\na creeper, and He advised him to protect the bhakti creeper most carefully\nagainst the mad elephant offense against the pure devotees. In addition,\n\nthe creeper has to be protected from the desires of sense enjoyment,\n\nmonistic liberation and perfection of the hatha-yoga system. They are all\ndetrimental on the path of devotional service. Similarly, violence against\nliving beings, desire for worldly gain, worldly reception and worldly fame\n\nare all detrimental to the progress of bhakti or Bhiigavata-dharma.\n\nPure devotional service must be freed from all desires for sense gratifica·\n\ntion, fruitive aspirations and culture of monistic knowledge. One must be\nfreed from all kinds of designations, and when one is thus converted into\n\ntranscendental purity, one can then serve the Lord by purified senses.\n\nAs long as there is the desire to enjoy sensually or to become one with\n\nthe Supreme or to possess the mystic powers, there is no question of.\n\nattaining the stage of pure devotional service.\n\nDevotional service is conducted under two categories, namely primary\npractice and spontaneous emotion. When one can rise up to the platform\n\nof spontaneous emotion, he can make further progress by spiritual attachment, feeling, love, and many higher stages of devotional life for which\n\nthere are no English words. We have tried to explain the science of\n\ndevotional service in our book The Nectar of Devotion based on the\nauthority of Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu by Snl.a Rupa Gosvami.\n\nTranscendental devotional service has five stages of reciprocation.\n\nl. The self-realization stage just after liberation from the material\n\nbondage is called the santa or neutral stage.\n\n2. After that, when there is development of transcendental knowledge\n\nof the Lord's internal opulences, the devotee engages himself in the diisya\nstage.\n\n3. By further development of the diisya stage, a respectful fraternity\n\nwith the Lord develops, and above that a feeling of friendship on equal\n\nterms becomes manifest. Both these stages are called siikhya stage, or\ndevotional service in friendship.\n\n4. Above this there is the stage of paternal affection toward the Lord\n\nand this is called the viitsalya stage.\n\n5. And above this stage there is the stage of conjugal love, and this\n\nstage is called the highest stage of love of God, although there is no\n\ndifference in quality in any of the above stages. The last stage of conjugal\nlove of God is called the miidhurya stage.\n\nThus He instructed Rupa Gosvam'i in devotional science and deputed him\n\nto Vrndavana to excavate the lost sites of the transcendental pastimes of\n\nthe Lord. After this, the Lord returned to Vara!las'i and delivered the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0062": "40\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nsannyiisis and instructed the elder brother of Rupa Gosvami. We have\nalready discussed this.\n\nThe Lord left only eight slokas of His instructions in writing, and they\n\nare known as the Sik§ii§takam. All other literatures of His divine cult were\nextensively written by the Lord's principal followers, the six Gosvamis of\n\nVrndavana, and their followers. The cult of Caitanya philosophy is richer\n\nthan any other, and it is admitted to be the living religion of the day with\nthe potency for spreading as Visva-dharma or universal religion. We are\n\nglad that the matter has been taken up by some enthusiastic sages like\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Maharaja and his disciples. We shall\n\neagerly wait for the hap p y days of Bhiigavata-dharma or prema-dharma\ninaugurated by the Lord Sn Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThe eight slokas completed by the Lord are:\n\nl.\n\nGlory to the Sri Kmw sailklrtana, which cleanses the heart of all the\ndust accumulated for years and extinguishes the fire of conditional life, of\nrepeated birth and death. This sailkirtana movement is the prime benediction for humanity at large because it spreads the rays of the benediction\nmoon. It is the life of all transcendental knowledge. It increases the ocean\nof transcendental bliss, and it enables us to fully taste the nectar for which\nwe are always anxious.\n2.\n0 my Lord, Your holy name alone can render all benediction to living\nbeings, and thus You have hundreds and millions of names like Kr§TJ.a and\nGovinda. In these transcendental names You have invested all Your\ntranscendental energies. There are not even hard and fast rules for chanting\nthese names. 0 my Lord, out of kindness You enable us to easily approach\nYou by chanting Your holy names, but I am so unfortunate that I have no\nattraction for them.\n3.\n\nOne should chant the holy name of the Lord in a humble state of mind,\nthinking oneself lower than the straw in the street; one should be more\ntolerant than a tree, devoid of aU sense of false prestige and should be\nready to offer all respect to others. In such a state of mind one can chant\nthe holy name of the Lord constantly.\n4.\n0 almighty Lord, I have no desire to accumulate wealth, nor do I desire\nbeautiful women, nor do I want any number of followers. I only want\nYour causeless devotional service birth after birth.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0063": "Introduction\n\n41\n\n5.\n0 son of Mahiiriija Nanda [K�rta J, I am Your eternal servitor, yet\nsomehow or other I have fallen into the ocean of birth and death. Please\n\npick me up from this ocean of death and place me as one of the atoms of\nYour lotus feet.\n6.\n0 my Lord, when will my eyes be decorated with tears of love flowing\n\nconstantly when I chant Your holy name? When will my voice choke up,\nand when will the hairs of my body stand on end at the recitation of\nYour name?\n7.\n0 Govinda! Feeling Your separation, I am considering a moment to be\n\nlike twelve years or more. Tears are flowing from my eyes like torrents of\nrain, and I am feeling all vacant in the world in Your absence.\n8.\nI know no one but K�ra as my Lord, and He shall remain so even if He\n\nhandles me roughly in His embrace or makes me brokenhearted by not\nbeing present befor.e me. He is completely free to do anything and everything, for He is always my worshipful Lord unconditionally.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0064": "CHAPTER ONE\n\nQuestions by the sages\nTEXT l\n\n3P ;pfl � iiiaMiia�\n\n�lmf� trms���ij�\n: �m:\n\n� il1t W tr 3JTf��tr �� ��: I\n�i&tliiil�f � ftrf�� ���1�\n� �iR � M(�tfi�ttl � tR m'lft II � II\nom namo bhagavate viisudeviiya\njanmiidy asya yato 'nvayiid itaratas ciirthe§V abhijfia[t sva-riit\ntene brahma hrdii ya iidi-kavaye muhyanti yat siiraya[t\ntejo-viiri-mrdiim yathii vinimayo yatra tri-sargo 'mr�a\ndhiimnii svena sadii nirasta-kuhakam satyam pararh dhimahi.\nom-0 my Lord; namalz offering my obeisances; bhagavate-unto the\nPersonality of Godhead; viisudeviiya- unto Vasudeva (the son of Vasudeva),\nor Lord Sri Kr�!ia, the Primeval Lord; janma-iidi- creation, sustenance and\ndestruction; asya-of the manifested universes; yata[t-from whom; anvayiit-directly ; itarata [l. - indirectly ; ca- and; arthe§u-purposes; abhijfia[tfully cognizant; sva-riit fully independent; tene imparted; brahma-the\nVedic knowledge; hrda-consciousness of the heart; yafz-one who; iidika vaye- unto the original created being; muhyanti-are illusioned; yatabout whom; siiraya[i- great sages and demigods; teja[t fire; viiri-water;\nm[diim- earth; yathii- as much as; vinimaya[i - action and reaction; yatrawhereupon; tri-sarga[t- three modes of creation, creative faculties; amr§tialmost factual; dhiimnii-along with all transcendental paraphernalia; svena\n-self-sufficiently; sadii- always; nirasta negation by absence; kuhakamillusion; satyam- truth; param-absolute; dhimahi-I do meditate upon.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n43\n\n", "SB1.1#p0065": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n44\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my obeisances unto Lord Sri Kr��a, son of Vasudeva, who is the\n\nsupreme all-pervading Personality of Godhead. I meditate upon Him, the\n\ntranscendent reality, who is the pnmeval cause of all causes, from whom\n\nall manifested universes arise, in whom they dwell and by whom they are\n\ndestroyed. I meditate upon that eternally effulgent Lord who is directly\n\nand indirectly conscious of all manifestations and yet is beyond them. It is\nHe only who first imparted Vedic knowledge unto the heart of Brahma,\n\nthe first created being. Through Him this world, like a mirage, appears real\neven to great sages and demigods. Because of Him, the material universes,\n\ncreated by the three modes of nature, appear to he factual, although they\n\nare unreal. I meditate therefore upon Him, the Absolute Truth, who is\n\neternally existent in His transcendental abode, and who is forever free of\nillusion\n.\n\nPURPORT\n\nObeisances unto the Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva, directly indicate\n\nLord Sri Krsna, who is the divine son of Vasudeva and Devaki. This fact\n.\nwill be mo;� explicitly explained in the text of this work. Sri Vyasadeva\nasserts herein that Sri Kr�!la is the original Personality of Godhead, and all\nothers are His direct or indirect plenary portions or portions of the\n\nportion. Srila Jlva Gosvami has even more explicitly explained the subject\nmatter in his Kmw-sandarbha. And Brahma, the original living being, has\nexplained the subject of Sri Kr�!la substantially in his treatise named\n\nBrahma-samhitii. In the Siima-veda Upani�ad, it is also stated that Lord Sri\nKr�!la is the divine son of Devakl. Therefore, in this prayer, the first pro­\n\nposition holds that Lord Sri Kr�!la is the primeval Lord, and if any transcendental nomenclature is to be understood as belonging to the Absolute\n\nPersonality of Godhead, it must be the name indicated by the word Kr�!J.a,\n\nwhich means the all-attractive. In Bhagavad-gitii, in many places, the Lord\n\nasserts Himself to be the original Personality of Godhead, and this is\n\nconfirmed by Arjuna, and also by great sages like Narada, Vyasa, and many\nothers. In the Padma Puriirw, it is also stated that out of the innumerable\n\nnames of the Lord, the name of Kr�l)a is the principal one. Vasudeva\n\nindicates the plenary portion of the Personality of Godhead, and all the\n\ndifferent forms of the Lord, being identical with Vasudeva, are indicated\n\nin this text. The name Vasudeva particularly indicates the divine son of\nVasudeva\n\nand\n\nDevakl.\n\nSri Kr�!la\n\nis\n\nalways meditated upon by the\n\nparamaharhsas who are the perfected ones among those in the renounced\norder of life.\n\nVasudeva, or Lord Sri Kr�!J.a, is the cause of all causes. Everything that\n\n", "SB1.1#p0066": "Text 1]\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\n45\n\nexists emanates from the Lord. How this is so is explained in later chapters\n\nof this work. This work is described by Mahaprabhu Sri Caitanya as the\n\nspotless Puriir-a because it contains the transcendental narration of the\n\n�ersonality of G�dhead Sri Kr��a. �he history of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n_\n1s also very glonous. It was compiled by Sn Vyasadeva after he had\n\nattained maturity in transcendental knowledge. He wrote this under the\ninstructions of Sri Naradaji, his spiritual master. Vyasadeva compiled all\nVedic literatures containing the four divisions of the Vedas, the Vediinta­\n\nsiitras or the Brahma-siitras, the Puriir.as, the Mahiibhiirata, and so on. But\nnevertheless he was not satisfied. His dissatisfaction was observed by his\n\nspiritual master, and thus Narada advised him to write on the transcen­\n\ndental activities of Lord Sri Kr��a. These transcendental activities are\ndescribed specifically in the Tenth Canto of this work. But, in order to\nreach to the very substance, one must proceed gradually by developing\n\nknowledge of the categories_\n\nIt is natural that a philosophical mind wants to know about the origin\n\nof the creation. At night he sees the stars in the sky, and he naturally\n\nspeculates about their inhabitants. Such inquiries are natural for man\n\nbecause man has a developed consciousness which is higher than that of\nthe animals. The author of Srimad-Bhiigavatam gives a direct answer to\nsuch inquiries. He says that the Lord Sri Kr��a is the origin of all creations.\n\nHe is not only the creator of the universe, but the destroyer as well. The\nmanifested cosmic nature is created at a certain period by the will of the\nLord. It is maintained for some time, and then it is annihilated by His will.\n\nTherefore, the supreme will is behind all cosmic activities. Of course, there\n\nare atheists of various catagories who do not believe in a creator, but that\n\nis due to a poor fund of knowledge. The modern scientist, for example,\n\nhas created space satellites, and by some arrangement or other, these\nsatellites are thr.own into outer space to fly for some time at the control\n\nof the scientist who is far away. Similarly, all the universes with innumerable stars and planets are controlled by the intelligence of the Personality\nof Godhead.\n\nIn Vedic literatures, it is said that the Absolute Truth, Personality of\n\nGodhead, is the chief amongst all living personalities. All living beings\n\nbeginning from the first created being, Brahmii, down to the smallest ant\n\nare individual living beings. And above Brahma, there are even other living\n\nbeings with individual capacities, and the Personality of Godhead is also\n\na similar living being. And He is an individual as are the other living beings.\nBut the Supreme Lord or the supreme living being has the greatest\n\nintelligence, and He possesses supermost inconceivable energies of all\ndifferent varieties. If a man's brain can produce a space satellite, one can\n\n", "SB1.1#p0067": "46\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 1\n\nvery easily imagine how brains higher than man can produce similarly\n\nwonderful things which are far superior. The reasonable person will easily\n\naccept this argument, but there are stubborn atheists who would never\n\nagree. Srila Vyasadeva, however, at once accepts the supreme intelligence\nas the paramesvara. He offers his respectful obeisances unto the supreme\n\nintelligence addressed as the para or the paramesvara or the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. And that paramesvara is Sri K�!J.a, as admitted\n\nin Bhagavad-gitii and other scriptures delivered by Sri Vyasadeva and\n\nspecifically in this Srimad-Bhiigavatam. In Bhagavad-gitii, the Lord says\n\nthat there is no other Para-tattva (summum bonum) than Himself. Therefore, Sri Vyasadeva at once worships the Para-tattva, Sri Kr�!J.a, whose\ntranscendental activities are described in the Tenth Canto.\n\nUnscrupulous persons go immediately to the Tenth Canto and especially\n\nto the five chapters which describe the Lord's riisa dance. This portion of\nthe Srimad-Bhiigavatamis the most confidential part of this great literature.\n\nUnless one is thoroughly accomplished in the transcendental knowledge\nof the Lord, one is sure to misunderstand the Lord's worshipable transcen­\n\ndental pastimes called riisa dance and His love affairs with the gopis. This\n\nsubject matter is highly spiritual, and only the liberated persons who have\ngradually attained to the stage of paramahamsa can transcendentally relish\n\nthis riisa dance. Srila Vyasadeva therefore gives the reader the chance to\n\ngradually develop spiritual realization before actually relishing the essence\n\nof the pastimes of the Lord. Therefore, he purposely invokes a Giiyatri\n\nmantra, dhimahi. This Giiyatri mantra is meant for spiritually advanced\n\npeople. When one is successful in chanting the Giiyatri mantra, he can\nenter into the transcendental position of the Lord. One must therefore\n\nacquire brahminical qualities or be perfectly situated in the quality of\n\ngoodness in order to chant the Giiyatri mantra successfully and then\n\nattain to the stage of transcendentally realizing the Lord, His name, His\nfame, His qualities and so on.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the narration of the svariipa of the Lord mani­\n\nfested by His internal potency, and this potency is distinguished from\n\nthe external potency which has manifested the cosmic world, which is\nwithin our experience. Srila Vyasadeva makes a clear distinction between\n\nthe two in this sloka. Sri Vyasadeva says herein that the manifested internal\npotency is real, whereas the external manifested energy in the form of\n\nmaterial existence is only temporary and illusory like the mirage in the\n\ndesert. In the desert mirage there is no actual water. There is only the\nappearance of water. Real water is somewhere else. The manifested cosmic\ncreation appears as reality. But reality, of which this is but a shadow, is in\n\n", "SB1.1#p0068": "Text l)\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\n47\n\nthe spiritual world. Absolute Truth is in the spiritual sky, not the material\nsky. In the material sky everything is relative truth. That is to say, one truth\ndepends on something else. This cosmic creation results from interaction\nof the three modes of nature, and the temporary manifestations are so\ncreated as to present an illusion of reality to the bewildered mind of the\nconditioned soul, who appears in so many species of life, including the\nhigher demigods, like Brahma, Indra, Candra, and so on. In actuality, there\nis no reality in the manifested world. There appears to be reality, however,\nbecause of the true reality which exists in the spiritual world, where the\nPersonality of Godhead eternally exists with His transcendental paraphernalia.\nThe chief engineer of a complicated construction does not personally\ntake part in the construction, hut he knows every nook and corner\nbecaose everything is done under his direction. He knows everything\nabout the construction, both directly and indirectly. Similarly, the Personality of Godhead who is the supreme engineer of this cosmic creation\nknows every nook and corner, although affairs are being carried out by\ndemigods. Beginning from Brahma down to the insignificant ant, no one is\nindependent in the material creation. The hand of the Lord is seen\neverywhere. All material elements as well as all spiritual sparks emanate\nfrom Him only. And whatever is created in this material world is hut\nthe interaction of two energies, the material and the spiritual, which\n\nemanate from the Absolute Truth, the Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr�pa.\nA chemist can manufacture water in the chemical laboratory by mixing\n\nhydrogen and oxygen. But, in reality, the living entity works in the\nlaboratory under the direction of the Supreme Lord. And the materials\nwith which he works are also supplied by the Lord. The Lord knows\neverything directly and indirectly, and He is cognizant of all minute details,\nand He is fully independent. He is compared with the mine of gold, and\nthe cosmic creations in so many different forms are compared with\nobjects made from the gold, such as gold rings, necklaces and so on. The\ngold ring and the gold necklace are qualitatively one with the gold in the\nmine, hut quantitatively the gold in the mine is different. Therefore, the\nAbsolute Truth is simultaneously one and different. Nothing is absolutely\nequal with the Absolute Truth, hut at the same time, nothing is independent\nof the Absolute Truth.\nConditioned souls beginning from Brahma, who engineers the entire\nuniverse, down to the insignificant ant, are all creating, hut none of them\nare independent of the Supreme Lord. The materialist wrongly thinks that\n\nthere is no creator other than his own self. This is called maya, or illusion.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0069": "48\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch_ 1\n\nBecause of his poor fund of knowledge, the materialist cannot see beyond\n\nthe purview of his imperfect senses, and thus he thinks that matter\n\nautomatically takes its own shape without the aid of a superior intelligence.\n\nThis is refuted in this sloka by Srila Vyasadeva: \"Since the complete\n\nwhole or the Absolute Truth is the source of everything, nothing can be\n\nindependent of the body of the Absolute Truth.\" Whatever happens to\nthe body quickly becomes known to the embodied. Similarly, the creation\nis the body of the absolute whole. Therefore, the Absolute knows everything directly and indirectly that happens in the creation.\nIn the Sruti mantra, it is also stated that the absolute whole or Brahman\n\nis the ultimate source of everything. Everything emanates from Him, and\neverything is maintained by Him. And at the end, everything enters into\nHim. That is the law of nature. In the Smrti mantra, the same is confirmed.\n\nIt is said that the source from which everything emanates at the beginning\n\nof Brahma's millennium, and the reservoir to which everything ultimately\n\nenters, is the Absolute Truth or Brahman. Material scientists take it for\n\ngranted that the ultimate source of the planetary system is the sun, but\n\nthey are unable to explain the source of the sun. Herein, the ultimate\n\nsource is explained. According to the Vedic literatures, Brahma, who may\nbe compared to the sun, is not the ultimate creator. It is stated in this\n\nsloka that Brahma was taught Vedic knowledge by the Personality of\n\nGodhead. One may argue that Brahma, being the original living being,\ncould not be inspired because there was no other being living at that time.\nHerein it is stated that the Supreme Lord inspired the secondary creator,\n\nBrahma, in order that Brahma could carry out his creative functions. So,\n\nthe supreme intelligence behind all creations is the Absolute Godhead, Sri\nKr�!la. In Bhagavad-gitii, Lord Sri Kr�!la states that it is He only who super·\nintends the creative energy, prakrti, which constitutes the totality of\n\nmatter. Therefore, Sri Vyasadeva does not worship Brahma, but the\nSupreme Lord, who guides Brahma in his creative activities. In this sloka,\n\nthe particular words abhijiia[L and svariit are significant. These two words\n\ndistinguish the Supreme Lord from all·the other living entities. No other\n\nliving entity is either abhijiia{L or svariit. Namely, no one is either fully\ncognizant or fully independent. Even Brahma has to meditate upon the\n\nSupreme Lord in order to create. Then what to speak of great scientists\n\nlike Einstein! The brains of such a scientist are certainly not the products\nof any human being. Scientists cannot manufacture such a brain, and\n\nwhat to speak of foolish atheists who defy the authority of the Lord?\n\nEven Mayavadi impersonalists who flatter themselves that they can become\n\none with the Lord are neither abhijii.a[L nor svariit. Such impersonalists\n\n", "SB1.1#p0070": "Text l}\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\n49\n\nundergo severe austerities to acquire knowledge to become one with the\nLord. But ultimately they become dependent on some rich disciple who\nsupplies them with money to build monasteries and temples. Atheists like\nRav�a or Hirap.yakasipu had to undergo severe penances before they\ncould flout the authority of the Lord. But ultimately, they were rendered\nhelpless and could not save themselves when the Lord appeared before\nthem as cruel death. This is also the case with the modern atheists who\nalso dare to flout the authority of the Lord. Such atheists will be dealt\nwith similarly,\n\nfor history repeats itself. Whenever men neglect the\n\nauthority of the Lord, nature and her laws are there to penalize them. This\n\nis confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii in the well-known verse: yadii yadii hi\ndharmasya gliin*. \"Whenever there is a decline of dharma and a rise of\nadharma, 0 Arjuna, then I incarnate Myself.\" (Bg. 4.7)\nThat the Supreme Lord is all-perfect is confirmed in all Sruti mantras.\nIt is said in the Sruti mantras that the all-perfect Lord threw a glance over\nmatter and thus created all living beings. The living beings are parts and\nparcels of the Lord, and He impregnates the vast material creation with\nseeds of spiritual sparks, and thus the creative energies are set in motion to\nenact so many wonderful creations. An atheist may argue that God is no\nmore expert than a watchmaker, but of course God is greater because He\ncan create machines in duplicate male and female forms. The male and\nfemale forms of different types of machineries go on producing innumerable similar machines without (;od's further attention. If a man could\nmanufacture such a set of machines that could produce other machines\nwithout his attention, then he could approach the intelligence of God.\nBut that is not possible, for each machine has to be handled individually.\nTherefore, no one can create as well as God. Another name for God is\n\nasmaurdha, which means that no one is equal to or greater than Him.\nParam satyam, or the Supreme Truth, is He who has no equal or superior.\nThis is confirmed in the Sruti mantras. It is said that before the creation of\nthe material universe there existed the Lord only, who is master of everyone. That Lord instructed Brahma in Vedic knowledge. That Lord has to\nbe obeyed in all respects. Anyone who wants to get rid of the material\nentanglement\n\nBhagavad-gitii.\n\nmust\n\nsurrender\n\nunto\n\nHim.\n\nThis is also\n\nconfirmed in\n\nUnless one surrenders unto the lotus feet of the Supreme Lord, it is\ncertain that he will be bewildered. When an intelligent man surrenders\nunto the lotus feet of Kf�p.a and knows completely that Kf�p.a is the cause\n\nof all causes, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii, then only can such an intelli­\n\ngent man become a mahiitmii or great soul. But such a great soul is rarely\n\n", "SB1.1#p0071": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n50\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 1\n\nseen. Only the mahiitmiis can understand that the Supreme Lord is the\nprimeval cause of all creations. He is parama or ultimate truth because all\n\nother truths are relative to Him. He is omniscient. For Him, there is no\n\nillusion.\n\nSome Mayavadi scholars argue that $rimad-Bhiigavatam was not com­\n\npiled by Sri Vyasadeva. And some of them suggest that this hook is a\n\nmodern creation written by someone named Vopadeva. In order to refute\nsuch meaningless arguments, Sri Sridhara Svami points out that there is\n\nreference to the Bhiigavatam in many of the oldest Puriir-as. This first\n\nsloka of the Bhiigavatam hegins with the Gayatrl mantra. There is reference to this in the Matsya Puriir.a, which is the oldest Puriir-a. In that\n\nPuriir-a, it is said with reference to the Gayatrl mantra in the Bhiigavatam\n\nthat there are many narrations of spiritual instructions beginning with the\nGayatn mantra. And there is the history of Vrtrasura. Anyone who makes\n\na gift of this great work on a full moon day attains to the highest perfection of life by returning to Godhead. There is reference to the Bhiigavatam\n\nin other Puriir-as, also, where it is clearly stated that this work was finished\n\nin twelve cantos which include 18,000 slokas. In the Padma Puriir-a also\nthere is reference to the Bhiigavatam in a conversation between Gautama\n\nand Maharaja Amhari�a. The King was advised therein to read regularly\n\n$rimad-Bhiigavatam if he desired liberation from material bondage. Under\n\nthe circumstances, there is no doubt about the authority of the Bhaga­\n\nvatam. Within the past 500 years, many erudite scholars and iiciiryas like\n\n]iva Gosvami, Sanatana Gosvami, ViSvanatha Cakravarti, Vallahhacarya,\n\nand many other distinguished scholars even after the time of Lord Caitanya\n\nmade elaborate commentaries on the Bhiigavatam. And the serious student\n\nwould do well to attempt to go through them to better relish the transcendental messages.\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakur specifically deals with the original\n\nand pure sex psychology (iidi-rasa), devoid of all mundane inebriety. The\n\nwhole material creation is moving under the principle of sex life. In\nmodern civilization, sex life is the focal point for all activities. Wherever\n\none turns his face, he sees sex life predominant. Therefore, sex life is not\nunreal. Its reality is experienced in the spiritual world. The material sex\n\nlife is hut a perverted reflection of the original fact. The original fact is in\n\nthe Absolute Truth, and thus the Absolute Truth cannot he impersonal.\n\nIt is not possible to he impersonal and contain pure sex life. Consequently,\nthe impersonalist philosophers have given indirect impetus to the abomi­\n\nnable mundane sex life because they have overstressed the impersonality of\nthe ultimate truth. Consequently, man without information of the actual\n\n", "SB1.1#p0072": "51\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\nText 2]\n\nspiritual form of sex has accepted perverted material sex life as the all in\n\nall. There is a distinction bet ween sex life in the diseased material condition and spiritual sex life.\n\nThis Srimad-Bhiigavatam will gradually elevate the unbiased reader to\n\nthe highest perfectional stage of transcendence. It will enable him to transcend the three modes of material activities: fruitive actions, speculative\nphilosophy, and worship of functional deities as inculcated in Vedic verses.\n\nTEXT2\n\n.\n\n.\n\nl:\"P{:\nSll\nij€fls;f WIT\n�\n\"'�ij� \"'\n\"' f.i�(iill ij\"ijf\n\n�i!lt(ij€1'451 � fu�m*it·'(e;f�\n�'4'1'1•1€1� �I*!Mt� ftti � tiffi�:\nijtft �s;r t;f�: ����II � II\ndharmafi. projjhita-kaitavo 'tra paramo nirmatsarii[Ulm satiim\n\nvedyam viistavam atra vastu sivadam tiipa-trayonmulanam\n\nsrimad bhiigavate mahiimuni-krte kim vii parair iSvarafi.\nsadyo hrdy avarudhyate 'tra krtibhifi. susrii�ubhis tatk�ar-iit.\ndhar ma/I. - religiosity; projjhita-completely rejected; kaitavafi.-covered\nby fruitive intention; atra-herein; paramafi.-the highest; nirmatsarii[liimof the one hundred percent pure in heart; satiim-devotees; vedyam­\n\nunderstandable; viistavam-factual; atra-herein; vastu-substance; sivadam\n\n-well-being; tapa-traya-three-fold miseries; unmulanam-c au sing uprooting\n\nof; srimat-beautiful; bhiigavate-the Bhiigavata Puriir-a; mahamuni-t he\ngreat sage (Vyasadeva); krte - having compiled; kim-what is; va-the\nneed; paraifi.-others; iSva rafi.-the Supreme Lord; s adyafi.-at once; hrdiwithin the heart; ava ru dhyate- become compact; atra-herein; krtibhifi.­\n\nby the pious men; susrii�ubhi[l-by culture; tat-k�ar-iit- withou t delay.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCompletely rejecting all religious activities which are materially motivated, this Bhagavata Pur�a propounds the highest truth, which is understandable by those devotees who are pure in heart. The highest truth is\nreality distinguished �rom illusion for the welfare of all. Such truth uproots\nthe threefold miseries. This beautiful Bhagavatam, compiled by the great\nsage Sri Vyasadeva, is sufficient in itself for God realization. As soon as one\nattentively and submissively hears the message of Bhagavatam, he becomes\nattached to the Supreme Lord.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0073": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n52\n\n[Canto l, Ch. l\n\nPURPORT\nReligion includes four primary subjects, namely pious activities, eco­\n\nnomic development, satisfaction of the senses, and finally liberation from\n\nmaterial bondage. Irreligious life is a barbarous condition. Indeed, human\nlife begins when religion begins. Eating, sleeping, fearing, and mating are\n\nthe four principles of animal life. These are common both to animals and\nto human beings. But religion is the extra function of the human being.\n\nWithout religion, human life is no better than animal life. Therefore, in\nhuman societies there is some form of religion which aims at self -realization\nand which makes reference to man's eternal relationship with God.\n\nIn the lower stages of human civilization, there is always competition\n\nto lord it over the material nature or, in other words, there is a continuous\nrivalry to satisfy the senses. Driven by such consciousness, man turns to\nreligion. He thus performs pious activities or religious functions in order\n\nto gain something material. But if such material gains are obtainable in\n\nother ways, then so-called religion is neglected. This is the situation in\nmodern civilization. Man is thriving economically, so at present he is not\n\nvery interested in religion. Churches, mosques or temples are now practically\n\nvacant. Men are more interested in factories, shops, and cinemas than in\nreligious places which were erected by their forefathers. This practically\n\nproves that religion is performed for some economic gains. Economic\n\ngains are needed for sense gratification. Often when one is baffled in the\n\npursuit of sense gratification, he takes to salvation and tries to become\n\none with the Supreme Lord. Consequently, all these states are simply\n\ndifferent types of sense gratification.\n\nIn the Vedas, the above mentioned four activities are prescribed in the\n\nregulative way so that there will not be any undue competition for sense\ngratification. But Srimad-Bhiigavatam is transcendental to all these sense\n\ngratificatory activities. It is purely transcendental literature which can be\n\nunderstood only by the pure devotees of the Lord who are transcendental\n\nto competitive sense gratification. In the material world there is keen\ncompetition between animal and animal, man and man, community and\n\ncommunity, nation and nation. But the devotees of the Lord rise above\n\nsuch competitions_ They do not compete with the materialist because\nthey are on the path back to Godhead where life is eternal and blissful.\n\nSuch transcendentalists are nonenvious and pure in heart. In the material\nworld,\n\neveryone is envious of everyone else, and therefore there is\n\ncompetition. But the transcendental devotees of the Lord are not only\n\nfree from material envy, but they are well-wishers to everyone, and they\n\n", "SB1.1#p0074": "Text 2]\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\n53\n\nstrive to establish a competitionless society with God in the center. The\ncontemporary socialist's conception of a competitionless society is artificial\nbecause in the socialist state there is competition for the post of dictator.\n\nFrom the point of view of the Vedas or from the point of view of common\n\nhuman activities, sense gratification is the basis of material life. There are\nthree paths mentioned in the\n\nVedas. One involves fruitive activities to\n\ngain promotion to better planets. Another involves worshiping different\ndemigods for promotion to the planets of the demigods, and another\ninvolves realizing the Absolute Truth and His impersonal feature and\nbecoming one with Him.\nThe impersonal aspect of the Absolute Truth is not the highest. Above\n\nthe impersonal feature is the Paramatma feature, and above this there is\n\nthe personal feature of the Absolute Truth or Bhagavan. Sn-mad-Bhiigavatam\ngives information about the Absolute Truth in His personal feature. It is\nhigher than impersonalist literatures and higher than the jfiana-kart!ia\n\ndivision of the Vedas. It is even higher than the karma-kart!ia division, and\n\neven higher than the upa�ana-kar!Ia division because it recommends the\n\nworship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Sri KJ:�t:ia. In the\n\nkarma-kart!Ia, there is competition to reach heavenly planets for better\nsense gratification, and there is similar competition in the jfiana-kart!Ia and\nthe upa�ana-kar!Ia. The Srimad-Bhagavatam is superior to all of these\nbecause it aims at the Supreme Truth which is the substance or the root of\nall categories. From Srimad-Bhiigavatam one can come to know the sub­\n\nstance as well as the categories. The substance is the Absolute Truth, the\nSupreme Lord, and all emanations are relative forms of energy.\nNothing is apart from the substance, but at the same time the energies\nare different from the substance. This conception is not contradictory.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam explicitly promulgates this simultaneously one and\ndifferent philosophy of the Vedanta-siitra, which begins with the ''janmady asya\" siitra.\nThis knowledge of the energy of the Lord being simultaneously one\nand different from the Lord is an answer to the mental speculators'\nattempt to establish the energy as the Absolute. When this knowledge is\nfactually understood, one sees the conceptions of monism and dualism to\nbe imperfect. Development of this transcendental consciousness grounded\nin the conception of simultaneously one and different leads one immediately to the stage of freedom from the threefold miseries. The threefold\nmiseries are\n\nl.) those miseries which arise from the mind and body, 2.)\n3.) those miseries\narising from natural catastrophes over which one has no control. Srimad-\n\nthose miseries inflicted by other living beings, and\n\n", "SB1.1#p0075": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n54\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 1\n\nBhiigavatam begins with the surrender of the devotee unto the Absolute\n\nPerson. The devotee is fully aware that he is one with the Absolute and at\n\nthe same time in the eternal position of servant to the Absolute. In the\nmaterial conception, one falsely thinks himself the lord of all he surveys,\n\nand therefore he is always troubled by the threefold miseries of life. But\nas soon as one comes to know his real position as transcendental servant,\n\nhe at once becomes free from all miseries. As long as the living entity is\ntrying to master material nature, there is no possibility of his becoming\n\nservant of the Supreme. Service to the Lord is rendered in pure conscious­\n\nness of one's spiritual identity; by service one is immediately freed from\nmaterial encumbrances.\n\nOver and above tlus, Snmad-Bhagavatam is a personal commentation\n\non the Vedanta-sutra by Sri Vyasadeva. It is written in the maturity of his\n\nspiritual life through the mercy of Narada. Sri Vyasadeva is the authorized\n\nincarnation of Naraya!J.a, the Personality of Godhead. Therefore, there is\nno question as to his authority. He is the author of all other Vedic literatures, yet he recommends the study of Srimad-Bhagavatam above all others.\n\nIn other Puriip.as there are different methods set forth by which one can\nworship the denligods. But in the Bhcigavatam only the Supreme Lord is\n\nmentioned. The Supreme Lord is the total body, and the demigods are the\n\ndifferent parts of that body. Consequently, by worshiping the Supreme\nLord, one does not need to worship the denligods. The Supreme Lord\n\nbecomes fixed in the heart of the devotee immediately. Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu has recommended the Srimad-Bhiigavatam as the spotless\nPuriip.a and distinguishes it from all other Purlirtas.\n\nThe proper method for receiving this transcendental message is to hear\n\nit submissively. A challenging attitude cannot help one realize this transcen­\n\ndental message. One particular word. is used herein for proper guidance.\n\nThis word is susro�u. One must be anxious to hear this transcendental\nmessage. The desire to sincerely hear is the first qualification.\n\nLess fortunate persons are not at all interested in hearing this Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam.\n\nThe process is simple, but the application is difficult.\n\nUnfortunate people find enough time to hear idle, social, political conver­\n\nsations, but when invited to attend a meeting of devotees to hear Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam they suddenly become reluctant. Sometimes professional\nreaders of the Bhiigavatam immediately plunge into the confidential topics\n\nof the pastime of the Supreme Lord, which they seemingly interpret as\n\nsex literature.Snmad-Bhiigavatam is meant to be heard from the beginning.\n\nThose who are fit to assimilate this work are mentioned in this sloka:\n\n\"One becomes qualified to hear Srimad-Bhiigavatam after many pious\n\n", "SB1.1#p0076": "Text 3]\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\n55\n\ndeeds.\" The intelligent person by thoughtful discretion can be assured by\n\nthe great sage Vyiisadeva that he can realize the Supreme Personality\n\ndirectly by hearing Srimad-Bhiigavatam. Without undergoing the different\n\nstages of realization set forth in the Vedas, one can be lifted immediately\nto the position of paramahamsa simply by agreeing to receive this message.\nTEXT 3\n\nf.q4j'4��(.._14('�� �.\n.\n\nWli�'ffl:q- I\n\n� � (Q¥41<?54\n� � � l((!�t: II � II\nnigama-kalpa-taror galitam phalam\nsuka-mukhiid amrta-drava-samyutam\npibata bhiigavatam rasam iilayam\nmuhur aha rasikii bhuvi bhiivukiifl.\nnigama-the Vedic literatures;\n\nkalpa-taro[l-the desire-tree; galitam­\n\nfully matured; phalam-fruit; suka-Srila Sukadeva Gosvami, the original\nspeaker of Srimad-Bhiigavatam; mukhiit-from the lips of; amrta-nectar;\n\ndrava-semi-solid and soft and therefore easily swallowable; samyutam­\n\nperfect in all respects; pibata-do relish it; bhiigavatam-the book dealing\n\nin the science of the eternal relation with the Lord; rasam-juice (that\nwhich is relishable); iilayam-until liberation, or even in a liberated con­\n\ndition; muhufl-always; aho-0; rasikiifl-those who are full in the knowledge of mellows; bhuvi-on the earth; bhiivukiifl-expert and thoughtful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKnow, 0 thoughtful men, that Srimad-Bhagavatam is the mature fruit\n\nof the tree of Vedic literatures. It emanated from the lips of Sri Sukadeva\nGosvami. Therefore this nectarean fruit is all the more relishable by\n\nliberated souls.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the two previous slokas it has been definitely proved that the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam is the sublime literature which surpasses all other Vedic\nscriptures due to its transcendental qualities. It is transcendental to all\n\n", "SB1.1#p0077": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n56\n\n[Canto l, Ch. l\n\nmundane activities and mundane knowledge. In this sloka it is stated that\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is not only a superior literature, but that it is the\n\nripened fruit of all Vedic literatures. In other words, it is the cream of all\nVedic knowledge. Considering all this, patient and submissive hearing is\n\ndefinitely essential. With great respect and attention, one should receive\nthe message and lessons imparted by the Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nThe Vedas are compared to the desire tree because they contain all\n\nthings knowable by man. They deal with mtmdane necessities as well as\n\nspiritual realization. The Vedas contain regulated principles of knowledge\ncovering social, political, religious, economic, military, medicinal, chemical,\nphysical and metaphysical subject matter and all that may be necessary to\n\nkeep the body and soul together. Above and beyond all this are specific\ndirections for spiritual realization. Regulated knowledge involves a gradual\n\nra\\sing of the living entity to the spiritual platform, and the highest spiritual\n\nrealization is to know that the Personality of Godhead is the reservoir of\n\nall spiritual tastes or rasas.\nEvery living entity, beginning from Brahma, the first-horn living being\nwithin the material world, down to the insignificant ant, desires to relish\nsome sort of taste derived from sense perceptions. These sensual pleasures\n\nare technically called rasas. Such rasas are of different varieties. In the\n\nrevealed scriptures the following twelve varieties of rasas are enumerated:\n\nl) raudra (anger) 2) adbhuta (wonder) 3) srngiira (conjugal love) 4) hiisya\n5) vira (chivalry) 6) dayii (mercy) 7) diisya (servitorship)\n8) sakhya (fraternity) 9) bhayiinaka (horror) l 0) vibhatsa (shock) ll)\nsiinta (neutrality) 12) viitsalya (parenthood).\n(comedy)\n\nThe sum total of all these rasas is called affection or love. Primarily,\n\nsuch signs of love are manifested in adoration, service, friendship, eternal\n\naffection, and conjugal love. And when these five are absent, love is present\n\nindirectly in anger, wonder, comedy, chivalry, fear, shock and so on. For\n\nexample, when a man is in love with a woman, the rasa is called conjugal\nlove. But when such love affairs are disturbed there may be wonder, anger,\n\nshock, or even horror. Sometimes love affairs between two persons cul­\n\nminate in ghastly murder scenes. Such rasas are displayed between man\nand man and between animal and animal. There is no possibility of an\n\nexchange of rasa between a man and an animal or between a man and any\n\nother species of living beings within the material world. The rasas are\n\nexchanged between members of the same species. But as far as the spirit\nsouls are concerned, they are one qualitatively with the Supreme Lord.\n\nTherefore, the rasas were originaliy exchanged between the spiritual living\n\nbeing and the spiritual whole, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\n\n", "SB1.1#p0078": "Text 3]\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\n57\n\nspiritual exchange or rasa is fully exhibited in spiritual existence between\nliving beings and the Supreme Lord.\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is therefore described in the\n\nSruti mantras, Vedic hymns, as \"the fountainhead of all rasas.\" When one\nassociates with the Supreme Lord and exchanges one's constitutional rasa\nwith the Lord, then the living being is actually happy.\n\nThese Sruti mantras indicate that every living being has its constitutional\n\nposition which is endowed with a particular type of rasa which is to be\nexchanged with the Personality of Godhead. In the liberated condition\n\nonly, this primary rasa is experienced in full. In the material existence, the\nrasa is experienced in the perverted form, which is temporary. And thus\nthe rasas of the material world are exhibited in the material form of raudra\n(anger) and so on.\n\nTherefore, one who attains full knowledge of these different rasas,\n\nwhich are the basic principles of activities, can understand the false repre­\n\nsentations of the original rasas which are reflected in the material world.\n\nThe learned scholar seeks to relish the real rasa in the spiritual form. In the\n\nbeginning he desires to become one with the Supreme. Thus, intelligent\n\ntranscendentalists cannot go beyond this conception of becoming one\nwith the spirit whole, without knowing of the different rasas.\n\nIn this sloka, it is definitely stated that spiritual rasa, which is relished\n\neven in the liberated stage, can be experienced in the literature of the\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam due to its being the ripened fruit of all Vedic know­\n\nledge. By submissively hearing this transcendental literature, one can\nattain the full pleasure of his heart's desire. But, one must be very careful\n\nto hear the message from the right source. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is exactly\nreceived from the right source. It was brought by Narada Muni from the\n\nspiritual world and given to his disciple Sri Vyasadeva. The latter in turn\n\ndelivered the message to his son Srila Sukadeva Gosvami, and Srila Sukadeva\nGosvami delivered the message to Maharaja Parik�it just seven days before\n\nthe King's death. Srila Sukadeva Gosvami was a liberated soul from his\n\nvery birth. He was liberated even in the womb of his mother, and he did\nnot undergo any sort of spiritual training after his birth. At birth no one\n\nis qualified, neither in the mundane nor the spiritual sense. But Sri\n\nSukadeva Gosvami, due to his being a perfectly liberated soul, did not have\n\nto undergo an evolutionary process for spiritual realization. Yet despite\n\nhis being a completely liberated person situated in the transcendental\n\nposition above the three material modes, he was attracted to this transcen­\n\ndental rasa of the Supreme Personality of Godhead who is adored by\nliberated souls who sing Vedic hymns. The Supreme Lord's pastimes are\n\n", "SB1.1#p0079": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n58\n\n[Canto l, Ch. l\n\nmore attractive to liberated souls than to mundane people. He is of\nnecessity not impersonal because it is only possible to carry on transcen­\n\ndental rasa with a person.\n\nIn the Srimad-Bhiigavatam the transcendental pastimes of the Lord are\n\nnarrated, and the narration is systematically depicted by Srila Sukadeva\n\nGosvami. Thus the subject matter is appealing to all classes of persons,\n\nincluding those who seek liberation and those who seek to become one\nwith the supreme whole.\n\nIn Sanskrit the parrot is also known as suka. When a ripened fruit is cut\n\nby the red beaks of such birds, its sweet flavor is enhanced. The Vedic\nfruit which is mature and ripe in knowledge is spoken through the lips of\n\nSnia Sukadeva Gosvami, who is compared to the parrot not for his ability\n\nto recite the Bhiigavatam exactly as he heard it from his learned father,\n\nbut for his ability to present the work in a manner that would appeal to\nall classes of men.\n\nThe subject matter is so presented through the lips of Srila Sukadeva\n\nGosvami that any sincere listener that hears submissively can at once\n\nrelish transcendental tastes which are distinct from the perverted tastes\nof the material world. The ripened fruit is not dropped all of a sudden from\nthe highest planet of Kr!'Paloka. Rather, it has come down carefully\n\nthrough the chain of disciplic succession without change or disturbance.\n\nFoolish people who are not in the transcendental disciplic succession\n\ncommit great blunders by trying to understand the highest transcendental\n\nrasa known as the rasa dance without following in the footsteps of Suka­\n\ndeva Gosvami, who presents this fruit very carefully by stages of transcen­\n\ndental realization. One should be intelligent to know the position of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam by considering personalities like Sukadeva Gosvami,\n\nwho deals with the subject so carefully. This process of disciplic succession\n\nof the Bhiigavata school suggests that in the future also Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nhas to be understood from a person who is factually a representative of\n\nSnia Sukadeva Gosvami. A professional man who makes a business out of\n\nreciting the Bhiigavatam illegally is certainly not a representative of Suka­\n\ndeva Gosvaml. Such a man's business is only to earn his livelihood. Therefore one should refrain from hearing the lectures of such professional men.\n\nSuch men usually go to the most confidential part of the literature without\nundergoing the gradual process of understanding this grave subject. They\n\nusually plunge into the subject matter of the riisa dance, which is misunderstood by the foolish class of men. Some of them take this to be\nimmoral, while others try to cover it up by their own stu id interpretap\ntions. They have no desire to follow in the footsteps of Srila Sukadeva\nGosvami.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0080": "Text 4]\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\n59\n\nOne should conclude, therefore, that the serious student of the rasa\n\nshould receive the message of Bhiigavatam in the chain of disciplic suc­\n\ncession from Sn1.a Sukadeva Gosvami, who describes the Bluigavatam from\nits very beginning and not whimsically to satisfy the mundaner who has\n\nvery little knowledge in transcendental science. $rimad-Bhiigavatam is so\n\ncarefully presented that a sincere and serious person can at once enjoy the\n\nripened fruit of Vedic knowledge simply by drinking Ute nectarean juice\nthrough the mouth of Sukadeva Gosvami or his bona fide representative.\nTEXT 4\n\n�sf.tfllt� !ll'A': �nwtiifili\\� : 1\n� ��ij(\\'1(1'4'41(16 II V II\nnaim�e 'nim�ak§etre\nnaya[l. saunakiidaya[l.\nsatram svargiiyalokiiya\nsahasra-samam iisata\nnaim�e-in the forest known as Naim�iirat;�-ya; anim�a-k§etre-the spot\n\nwhich is especially a favorite of Vi�t;�-u (who does not close His eyelids);\nf§aya[!.-sages; saunaka-adaya[l.-headed by the sage Saunaka; satram-sacrifice; svargiiya-the Lord who is glorified. in heaven; lokiiya-and for the\n\ndevotees who are always in touch with the Lord; sahasra-one thousand;\n\nsamam-years; iisata- performed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce, in a holy place in the forest of Naim�a�ya, great sages headed\n\nby the sage Saunaka assembled to perform a great thousand-year sacrifice\nfor the satisfaction of the Lord and His devotees.\nPURPORT\nThe prelude of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam was spoken in the previous\n\nthree slokas. Now the main topic of this great literature is being presented.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, after its first recitation by Srila Sukadeva Gosvami,\nwas repeated for the second time at Naimi�iirat;�-ya.\nIn the\n\nViiyavija Tantra, it is said that Brahma, the engineer of this\n\nparticular universe, contemplated a great wheel which could enclose the\n\nuniverse. The hub of this great circle was fixed at a particular place known\n\n", "SB1.1#p0081": "60\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. l\n\nas Naimi�ara�ya. Similarly, there is another reference to the forest of\nNaimi�ara�ya in the Variiha Puriirw, where it is stated that by performance\n\nof sacrifice at this place, the strength of demoniac people is curtailed. Thus\n\nbriihmar-as prefer Naimi�iira!J.ya for such sacrificial performances.\n\nThe devotees of Lord Vi��u offer all kinds of sacrifices for His pleasure.\n\nThe devotees are always attached to service of the Lord, whereas fallen\nsouls are attached to the pleasures of material existence. In Bhagavad-gitii,\n\nit is said that anything performed in the material world for any reason\n\nother than for the pleasure of Lord Vi��u causes further bondage for the\n\nperformer. It is enjoined therefore that all acts must be performed sacrifi­\n\ncially for the satisfaction of Vi�!J.U and His devotees. This will bring every­\n\none peace and prosperity.\n\nThe great sages are always anxious to do good to the people in general,\n\nand as such the sages headed by Saunaka and others assembled at this holy\nplace of Naim�ara�ya with a program of performing a great and con­\n\ntinuous chain of sacrificial ceremonies. Forgetful men do not know the\n\nright path for peace and prosperity. However, the sages know it well, and\n\ntherefore for the good men they are always anxious to perform acts which\n\nmay bring about peace in the world. They are sincere friends to all living\n\nentities, and at the risk of great personal inconvenience they are always\n\nengaged in the service of the Lord for the good of all people. Lord Vi��u\n\nis just like a great tree, and all others, including the demigods, men,\nSiddhas, Cara�as, Vidyadharas and other living entities, are like branches,\n\ntwigs and leaves of that tree. By pouring water on the root of the tree,\n\nall the parts of the tree are automatically nourished. Only those branches\nand leaves which are detached cannot be so satisfied. Detached branches\n\nand leaves dry up gradually despite all watering attempts. Similarly, human\n\nsociety, when it is detached from the Personality of Godhead like detached\n\nbranches and leaves, is not capable of being watered, and one attempting\nto do so is simply wasting his energy and resources.\n\nThe modern materialistic society is detached from its relation to the\n\nSupreme Lord. And all its plans which are being made by atheistic leaders\nare sure to be baffled in every step. Yet they do not wake up to this.\n\nIn this age, the congregational chanting of the holy names of the Lord\n\nis the prescribed method for waking up. The ways and means are most\n\nscientifically presented by Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and intelligent\n\npersons may take advantage of His teachings in order to bring about real\npeace and prosperity. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is also presented for this same\npurpose, and this will be explained more specifically later in the text.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0082": "Text 5]\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\n61\n\nTEXT 5\n\nta ekadii tu munaya{l.\npriitar huta-hutiignaya{l.\nsatkrtam sutam iisinarh\npapracchur idam iidariit\nte-the sages;ekadii-one day;tu- but; munaya{l.\n\n-\n\nsages ; prii ta{l.- morning;\n\nhuta-burning; huta-agnaya{l.-the sacrificial fire; sat-krtam-due respects;\n\nsutam-Sri Suta Gosvami; iisinam-seated on;papracchu{l.-made inquiries;\n\nidam-on this (as follows);adariit-with due regards.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOne day, after finishing their morning duties by burning a sacrificial\n\nfire and respectfully offering a seat to Srila Suta Gosvami, the great sages\nmade earnest inquiries about the following matters.\nPURPORT\nMorning is the best time to hold spidtual services. The great sages\n\noffered the speaker of the Bhiigavatam an elevated seat of respect called\n\nthe Vyiisiisana, or the seat of Sri Vyasadeva. Sri Vyasadeva is the original\nspiritual preceptor for all men. And all other preceptors are considered to\nbe his representatives. A representative is one who can exactly present the\n\nviewpoint of Sri Vyasadeva. Sri Vyasadeva impregnated the message of\n\nBhiigavatam unto Srila Sukadeva Gosvami, and Sri Suta Gosvami heard\n\nit from him (Sri Sukadeva Gosvami). AU bona fide representatives of Sri\nVyasadeva in the chain of disciplic succession are to be understood to be\n\nGosvamis. These Gosvamis restrain all their senses, and they stick to the\npath made by the previous iiciiryas. The Gosvamis do not deliver lectures\n\non the Bhiigavatam capriciously. Rather, they execute their services most\ncarefully, following their predecessors who delivered the spiritual message\nunbroken to them.\n\nThose who listen to the Bhiigavatam may put questions to the speaker\nin order to elicit the clear meaning, but this should not be done in a\n\n", "SB1.1#p0083": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n62\n\n[Canto l, Ch. l\n\nchallenging spirit. One must submit questions with a great regard for the\nspeaker and the subject matter. This is also the way recommended in\nBhagavad-gitii. One must learn the transcendental subject by submissive\naural reception from the right sources. Therefore these sages addressed\nthe speaker Suta Gosvami with great respect.\n\nTEXT 6\n\nSfl��:\n� � �(IUIIM URI(i�.'IIM :q(WN I\n\n�iil�ll�lfUI �II �II\nf§aya iicufi.\ntvayii khalu puriirtiini\nsetihiisiini ciinagha\niikhyiitiiny apy adhitiini\ndharma-siiStriirti yiiny uta\nf§ayafi.-the sages; iicufi.\n\n-\n\nsaid; tvayii-by you; khalu-undoubtedly; purii­\n\nrtiini-the supplements to the Vedas with illustrative narrations; sa-itihiisiini\n-along with the histories; ca-and; anagha-freed from all vices; iikhyiitiini\n-explained; a pi- although; adhitiini-well read; dharma-siistriirti- scriptures\ngiving right directions to progressive life; yiini-all these; uta-said.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sages said: Respected Suta Gosvami, you are completely free\nfrom all vice. You are well versed in all religious scriptures, the Pur3.!tas\n\nand histories, for you have gone through them under proper guidance and\n\nhave also explained them.\nPURPORT\nA Gosvami, or the bona fide representative of Sri Vyiisadeva, must be\n\nfree from all kinds of vices. The four major vices of Kali-yuga are l.) illicit\n\nconne�tion with women, 2.) animal slaughter, 3.) intoxication, 4.) specula­\n\ntive gambling of all sorts. A Gosvami must be free from all these vices\nbefore he can dare sit on the Vyiisiisana. No one should be allowed to sit\non the Vyiisiisana who is not spotless in character and who is not freed\n\n", "SB1.1#p0084": "Questions by the Sages\n\nText 7)\n\n63\n\nfrom the above mentioned vices. He should not only be freed from all such\nvices, but he must also be well versed in all revealed scriptures or in the\n\nVedas. The Puriir-as are also parts of the Vedas. And histories like the\n\nMahiibhiirata or Riimiiyar-a are also parts of the Vedas. The iiciirya or the\ngosviimi must be well acquainted with all these literatures. To hear and\n\nexplain them is more important than reading them. One can only assimilate the knowledge of the revealed scriptures by hearing and explaining.\nHearing is called sravar-a, and explaining is called kirtana.\n\nThe two\n\nprocesses of sravar-a and kirtana are of primary importance to progressive\nspiritual life. Only one who has properly grasped the transcendental\nknowledge from the right source by submissive hearing can properly\nexplain the subject.\nTEXT 7\n\n� �G\\NG\\i � � iiiG\\(tton 1\n� :q- �: � troef� �:II \\'l II\nyiini veda-vidiim sre§tho\n\nbhagaviin biidariiyar-afi.\n\nanye ca munayafi. suta\npariivara-vido vidufi.\n\nyiini-all that; veda-vidiim-scholars of the Vedas; sre§thafi.-seniormost;\n\nbhagaviin incarnation of Godhead; biidariiyar-afi.- Vyiisadeva;anye-others;\n-\n\nca-and; munayafi. - the\n\nsages; suta-0 Siita Gosvami: pariivara-vidafi.­\n\namongst the learned scholars, one who is conversant with physical and\nmetaphysical knowledge; vidufi.-one who knows.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing the eldest learned Vediintist, 0 Siita Gosvami, you are acquainted\nwith the knowledge of Vylisadeva, who is the incarnation of Godhead,\nand you also know other sages who are fully versed in all kinds of physical\nand metaphysical knowledge.\nPURPORT\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is a natural commentation on the Brahma-sutra or\n\nthe Biidariiyar-a Vediinta-sutras. It is called natural because Vyiisadeva is\n\n", "SB1.1#p0085": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n64\n\n[Canto I, Ch I\n.\n\nauthor of both Vediinta-sutras as well as Srimad-Bhiigavatam or the\nessence of all Vedic literatures. Besides Vyasadeva, there are other sages\nwho are the authors of six different philosophical systems, namely\nGautama, Kana�la, Kapila, Patafijali, Jaimini and A�tavakra. Theism is\nexplained completely in the Vediinta-sutra, whereas in other systems of\nphilosophical speculations, practically no mention is given to the ultimate\ncause of all causes. One can sit on the Vyiisiisana only after being conversant in all systems of philosophy so that one can present fully the\n\ntheistic views of the Bhiigavatam in defiance of all other systems. Srila Suta\n\nGosvami was the proper teacher, and therefore the sages at Nairni�arap.ya\nelevated him to the Vyiisiisana. Srila Vyiisadeva is designated herein as the\nPersonality of Godhead because he is the authorized incarnation.\nTEXT 8\n\n�� � � � 6'*f6(ijfl\\�'4(1 I\n\ni{_�: � ftl�� � �� II� II\nvettha tvarh saumya tat-sarvarh\ntattvatas tad-anugrahiit\n\nbrnyu[t snigdhasya s4yasya\nguravo guhyam apy uta\nvettha-you are well conversant; tvam-your honor; saumya-one who is\n\npure and simple; tat-those; sarvam-all; tattvata[t-in fact; tat- their;\nanugrahiit-by the favor of; brnyu[t-will tell; snigdhasya-of the one who\n\nis submissive; s4yasya-of the disciple; gurava[t-the spiritual masters;\nguhyam- sec ret; api uta-endowed with.\nTRA NSLATION\nAnd because you are submissive, your spiritual masters have endowed\n\nyou with all their f avors. Therefore you can tell us all you have learned\nfrom them.\nPURPORT\n\nThe secret of success in spiritual life is in satisfying the spiritual master\n\nand thereby getting His sincere blessings. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti\nThakur has sung in his famous eight stanzas on the spiritual master as\nfollows: \"I offer my respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of my\n\n", "SB1.1#p0086": "65\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\nText 9]\n\nspiritual master. Only by his satisfaction can one please the Personality of\nGodhead, and when he is dissatisfied there is only havoc on the path of\nspiritual realization.\" It is essential, therefore, that a disciple be very much\nobedient and submissive to the bona fide spiritual master.\n\nS nl.a Siita\n\nGosvami fulfilled all these qualifications as a disciple, and therefore he was\nendowed with all favors by his learned and self-realized spiritual masters\nsuch as\n\nS n1a Vyasadeva and others. The sages of Naimi�li.rapya were\nSrila Suta Gosvami was bona fide. Therefore they were\n\nconfident that\n\nanxious to hear from him.\nTEXT 9\n\nfa\\f;t� I\n�fH�€fil�(t: �iftij \"f: �d+t(fu II � II\n� ij�I�H'IIS�l[.{ lffit1 if\n..\n\ntatra tatriinjasii\"yU§man\nbhavatii yad vini.Scitam\npurhsiim ekiintata[l._5reyas\ntan na[l. sarhsitum arhasi\ntatra -thereo f; t atra -thereof; anjasii- made easy; iiyu§ man- blessed with\ngood duration of life; bhavatii-by your good self; yat-w hatever; viniscitam\n-ascertained; purhsiim-for the people in general; ekiintata[l. - absolutely;\nsreya[l. - ultimate good; tat-that; na[l.- to us; sarhsitum-to explain; arhasideserve.\nTRANSLATION\n\nPlease, therefore, being blessed with many years, explain to us what\nyou ascertain to be the absolute and ultimate good for the people in\ngeneral.\nPU RPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii, worship of the iiciirya is recommended. The iiciiryas\nand the gosviimis are always well-wishers for the general public. They are\nespecially spiritual well-wishers. Spiritual well-being is automatically followed by material well-being. The iiciiryas therefore\n\ngive directions in\n\nspiritual well-being for the people in general. Foreseeing the incompetencies\n\n", "SB1.1#p0087": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n66\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 1\n\nof the people in this age of Kali, or the iron age of quarrel, the sages\nrequested that Siita Gosvami give a summary of all revealed scriptures\nbecause the people of this age are condemned in every respect. The sages,\ntherefore, inquired of the absolute good, which is the ultimate good for\nthe people. The condemned state of affairs of the people of this age is\ndescribed as follows.\nTEXT 10\n\n54l�OIICNl9,'1:Q+q����: I\n�: ij+t�¥H1tc1 � !q§;(1H II� II\no\n\npriiyeru'ilpiiyu§a[l sabhya\nkaliiv asmin yuge janii[l\nmandii[l sumanda-matayo\nmanda-bhiigyii hy upadrutii[l\npriiyera-almost always;alpa-meager;iiyu§a[l-duration of life; sabhyame-uber of the learned society; kalau-in this age of Kali (quarrel);\nam.in-herein; yuge-age; janii[l-the public; mandii[l-lazy; sumandamataya[l-misguided;\n\nmanda-bhagyiiQ.-unlucky;\n\nhi-and\n\nabove\n\nall;\n\nupadrutii[l-disturbed.\nTRANSLATION\n0 learned one, in this iron age of Ka:ti men have but short lives. They\n\nare quarrelsome, lazy, misguided, unlucky and above all, always �isturbed.\nPURPORT\nThe devotees of the Lord are always anxious for the spiritual improvement of the general public. When the sages of Naimi¥ra!lya analyzed the\nstate of affairs of the people in this age of Kali, they foresaw that men\nwould live short lives. In Kali-yuga, the duration of life is shortened not\nso much because of insufficient food but because of irregular habits.\nBy keeping regular habits and eating simple food, any man can maintain\nhis health.\n\nOvereating, over sense gratification, over dependence on\n\nanother's mercy, and artificial standards of living sap the. very vitality of\nhuman energy. Therefore the duration of life is shortened.\nThe people of this age are also very lazy, not only materially but in the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0088": "Text 11]\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\n67\n\nmatter of self-realization. The human life is especially meant for selfrealization. That is to say, man should come to know what he is, what the\n\nworld is, and what the supreme truth is. Human life is a means by which\nthe living entity can end all miseries of material existence which arise in the\n\nhard struggle for existence and by which he can return to Godhead, his\n\neternal home. But, due to a bad system of education, men have no desire\n\nfor self-realization. Even if they come to know about it, they unfortunately\nbecome victims of misguided teachers.\nIn this age, men are not only victims of different political creeds and\nparties, but also of many different types of sense-gratificatory diversions,\nnamely cinemas, sports, gambling, clubs, mundane libraries, bad associa­\n\ntions, smoking, drinking, cheating, pilfering, bickerings, and so on. Their\nminds are always disturbed and full of anxieties due to so many different\nengagements. In this age, many unscrupulous men manufacture their own\nreligious faiths which are not based on any revealed scriptures, and very\n\noften people who are addicted to sense gratification are attracted by such\n\ninstitutions. Consequently, in the name of religion so many sinful acts\nare being carried on, and the people in general have neither peace of mind\nnor health of body: The student (brahmaciiri) communities are no longer\n\nbeing maintained, and householders do not observe the rules and regula­\n\ntions of the grhastha-iiSrama. Consequently, the so-called viinaprastha and\n\nsannyiisi who come out of such grhastha�ramas are easily deviated from\n\nthe rigid path. In the Kali-yuga the whole atmosphere is surcharged with\n\nfaithlessness. Men are no longer interested in spiritual values. Material\nsense gratification is now the standard of civilization. For the main­\n\ntenance of such material civilizations, man has formed complex nations\n\nand communities, and there is a constant strain of hot and cold wars\n\nbetween these different groups. It has become very difficult, therefore, to\nraise the spiritual standard due to the present distorted values of human\n\nsociety. The sages of N aimi�ra�ya are anxious to disentangle all fallen\n\nsouls, and here they are seeking the remedy from Srila Siita Gosvami.\nTEXT 11\n\n� \\{�¥lif0r �ij�tf.t �lit••�•: 1\n\nq: .mifs:;r � � iiWil'f�l I\n\n� �m WlT �Wll�il \\SI41ctRt II��II\nbhurir-i bhuri-karmiir-i\nsrotavyiini vibhiiga5afi.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0089": "[Canto l, Ch. l\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n68\n\nata[l. sadho 'tra yat sararh\nsamuddhrtya mani§aya\nbriihi bhadraya bhutanam\nyenatma suprasidati\nbhuri!li-multifarious; bhuri-many; karma!li-duties; srotavyiini-to be\nlearned; vibhiigasa[l.-by division of subject matter; ata[!.-therefore; siidho0\n\nsage; atra-herein; yat-whatever; saram-essence; samuddhrtya-by\n\nselection;\n\nmani§aya-best\n\nbhadriiya-for\n\nthe\n\ngood\n\nto\n\nof;\n\nyour\n\nknowledge; briihi-please\n\nbhUtiiniim-the\n\nliving\n\nbeings;\n\ntell us;\n\nyena-by\n\nwhich; atma-self; suprasidati-becomes fully satisfied.\nTRANSLATION\nThere are many varieties of scriptures, and in all of them there are many\n\nprescribed duties which can be learned only after many years of study.\nTherefore, 0 sage, please select the essential teachings of all these scrip­\n\ntures and explain them for the good of all living beings, that by such\ninstruction their hearts may be satisfied.\nPURPORT\nAtma or self is distinguished from matter and material elements. It is\n\nspiritual in constitution, and thus it is never satisfied by any amount of\n\nmaterial planning. All scriptures and spiritual instructions are meant for\nthe satisfaction of this self or iitma. There are many varieties of approaches\n\nwhich are recommended for different types of living beings in different\n\ntimes and at different places. Consequently, the numbers of revealed\nscriptures are innumerable. There are different methods and prescribed\n\nduties recommended in these various scriptures. Taking into consideration\nthe fallen condition of the people in general in this age of Kali, the sages\n\nof Nairni�ara!Jya suggested that Sri Siita Gosvaml relate the essence of all\n\nsuch scriptures because in this age it is not possible for the fallen souls to\nunderstand and undergo all the lessons of all these various scriptures in a\nvar11a and iiSrama system.\nThe va�a and asrama society was considered to be the best institution\n\nfor lifting the human being to the spiritual platform, but due to Kali-yuga\nit is not possible to execute the rules and regulations of these institutions.\nNor is it possible for the people in general to completely sever relations\nwith their families as the va�iisrama institution prescribes. The whole\n\n", "SB1.1#p0090": "Text 12)\n\n69\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\natmosphere is surcharged with opposition. And considering this, one can\nsee that spiritual emancipation for the common man in this age is very\ndifficult. The reason for the sages' inquiry into this matter is explained in\nthe following verse.\nTEXT 12\n\n��1-.IM �� �Cfl'{�fkCC(fi m: I\n� �� iilrnt � N4il��� ������\nsuta jiiruisi bhadram te\nbhagaviin siitvatiim pati�\ndevakyiim vasudevasya\n\n·\n\njiito yasya cikir�ayii\nsuta-0 Suta Gosvami:; jiiniisi-you know; bhadram te-all blessings\nupon you; bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; siitvatiim-of the pure\ndevotees;pat*-protector;devakyiim-in the womb ofDevaki; vasudevasya\n-by Vasudeva; jiita�-born of; yasya-for the purpose of; cikir�ayiiexecuting.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll blessings upon you, 0 Suta Gosvami. You know for what purpose\nthe Personality of Godhead appeared in the womb of Devaki as the son of\nVasudeva.\nPURPORT\nBhagaviin means the Almighty God who is the controller of all opulences, power, fame, beauty, knowledge and renunciation. He is the\nprotector of His pure devotees. Although God is equally disposed to\neveryone, He is especially inclined to His devotees. Sat means the Absolute\nTruth. And persons who are servitors of the Absolute Truth are called\nsiitvatas. And the Personality of Godhead who protects such pure devotees\n\nis known as the protector of the siitvatas. Bhadram or \"blessings upon\nyou\" indicates the sages' anxiety to know the Absolute Truth from the\n\nspeaker. Lord Sri Kr�!la, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, appeared\nto Devaki, the wife of Vasudeva. Vasudeva is the symbol of the transcendental position wherein the appearance of the Supreme Lord takes place.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0091": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n70\n\n[Canto l, Ch. l\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�:\n\n�lOfl\"fl+tt�t�fifld'{.l\n\n��1461<1 \\{ffl9ff � � liCCN� ����II\ntan naft susriL§amar-anam\narhasy air.ganuvarr-itum\nyasyavataro bhutiiniirit\nk§emaya ca bhavaya ca\ntat-those; naft-unto us; susriL§amaranam-those who are endeavoring\n\nfor;\n\narhasi-ought\n\nto do it;\n\nair.ga-0\n\nSuta Gosvami;\n\nanuvarr-itum-to\n\nexplain by following in the footsteps of previous acaryas; yasya-whose;\navataraft-incarnation; bhutanam-of the living beings; k§emaya-for good;\n\nca-and; bhavaya-upliftment; ca-and.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEnlighten us, 0 Siita, about the Personality of Godhead and His incar­\n\nnations. We are eager to learn those teachings imparted by previous\n\nmasters\n\n[ acaryas], for one is uplifted by hearing them.\nPURPORT\n\nThe conditions for hearing the transcendental message of the Absolute\n\nTruth are set forth herein. The first condition is that the audience must\nbe very sincere and eager to hear. And the speaker must be in the line of\ndisciplic succession from th� recognized acarya. The transcendental message\n\nof the Absolute is not understandable by those who are materially\n\nabsorbed. Under the direction of a bona fide spiritual master, one becomes\ngradually purified. Therefore, one must be in the chain of disciplic\n\nsuccession and learn the spiritual art by submissive hearing. In the case of\n\nSuta Gosvam'i and the sages of Naimi�ara�ya, all these conditions are\n\nfulfilled because Srila Suta Gosva:ml is in the line of Srila Vyasadeva, and\n\nthe sages of Naimi�ra�ya are all sincere souls who are anxious to learn\nthe truth. Thus the transcendental topics of Lord Sri Kr��a 's super human\nactivities, His incarnation, His birth, appearance or disappearance, His\n\nforms, His names and so on are all easily understandable because all\n\nrequirements are fulfilled. Such discourses help all men on the path of\nspiritual realization.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0092": "Text 15]\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\n7l\n\nTEXT 14\n\n31m1: � � tAlllt ��I\nm�:\n\n��()�wf�ll�\\lll\niipanna[l. samsrtim ghoriim\nyan-niima viva.So gnwn\ntata[l. sadyo vimucyeta\nyad bibheti svayam bhayam\n\niipanna[l.-being entangled; samsrtim-in the hurdle of birth and death;\n\nghoriim-too complicated; yat-what; nama-the absolute name; viva.Sa[i.unconsciously;\n\ngrrtan-chanting;\n\ntata[l.-froTfl\n\nthat;\n\nsadya[l.-at once;\n\nvimucyeta-gets freedom; yat-that which; bibheti-fears; svayam-personally; bhayam-fear itself.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLiving beings who are entangled in the meshes of birth and death can\n\nbe freed immediately by even unconsciously chanting the holy name of\nKr�!la, which is feared by fear personified.\n\nPURPORT\nVasudeva or Lord Kr�!la, the Absolute Personality of Godhead, is the\n\nsupreme controller of everything. There is no one in creation who is not\n\nafraid of the rage of the Almighty. Great asuras like Rava!la, Hira!lyakasipu,\nKamsa, and others who were very powerful living entities were all killed by\n\nthe Personality of Godhead. And the almighty Vasudeva has empowered\n\nHis name with the powers of His personal Self. Everything is related to\nHim, and everything has its identity in Him. It is stated herein that the\n\nname of Kr�!la is feared even by fear personified. This indicates that the\nname of Kr�!la is nondifferent from Kr�!la. Therefore, the name of Kr�!la\n\nis as powerful as Lord Kr�!la Himself. There is no difference at all. Anyone,\ntherefore, can take advantage of the holy names of Lord Sri Kr�!la even in\nthe midst of greatest dangers. The transcendental name of Kr�!la, even\n\nthough uttered unconsciously or by force of circumstances, can help one\nobtain freedom from the hurdle of birth and death.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�: \"@ �: st�'fl.,.'1n 1\n�Q: �\"'�woen �tci1s�ffi ������\n\n", "SB1.1#p0093": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n72\n\n[Canto I, Ch. I\n\nyat piida-samsrayii[l. suta\nmunaya[l. prasamiiyanii[l.\nsadya[l. punanty upaspr§tiifl.\nsvar-dhunyiipo 'nusevayii\nyat-whose; piida-lotus feet; sam3rayii[l.-those who have taken shelter\nof; suta-0 Siita Gosvami; munaya[l.-great sages; pra5amiiyanii[l.-absorbed\nin devotion to the Supreme;sadya[l.- at once;punanti- sanctify; upaspr§tiifl.\n\n-simply by association; svar-dhunya-of the sacred Ganges; apa[l.-water;\n\nanusevayii- bringing into use.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Siita, those great sages who have completely taken shelter of the\n\nlotus feet of the Lord can at once sanctify those who come in touch\nwith them, whereas the waters of the Ganges can sanctify only after\nprolonged use.\nPURPORT\nPure devotees of the Lord are more powerful than the waters of the\nsacred river Ganges. One can derive spiritual benefit out of prolonged use\nof the Ganges waters. But one can be sanctified at once by the mercy of a\npure devotee of the Lord. In Bhagavad-gitii it is said that any person,\nregardless of birth as sudra, woman, or merchant, can take shelter of the\nlotus feet of the Lord and by so doing can return to Godhead. To take\nshelter of the lotus feet of the Lord means to take shelter of the pure\ndevotees. The pure devotees whose only business is serving are honored\nby the names Prabhupiida and Vi§[Lupiida, which indicate such devotees to\nbe representatives of the lotus feet of the Lord. Anyone, therefore, who\ntakes shelter of the lotus feet of a pure devotee by accepting the pure\ndevotee as his spiritual master can be at once purified. Such devotees of\nthe Lord are honored equally with the Lord because they are engaged in\nthe most confidential service of the Lord, for they deliver out of the\nmaterial world the fallen souls whom the Lord wants to return home, back\nto Godhead. Such pure devotees are better known as vice-lords according\nto revealed scriptures. The sincere disciple of the pure devotee considers\nthe spiritual master equal to the Lord, but always considers himself to be\na humble servant of the servant of the Lord. This is the pure devotional\npath.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0094": "Text 16]\n\n73\n\nQuestions by the Sages\nTEXT 16\n\n� � ll•tct€1(ij� ��$gqEfi�ur : 1\nw«•+t1 WI �·qij: Efire¥4eN('( ������\nko vii bhagavatas tasya\npu'[l ya-sloketjya-karma'{la[l.\nsuddhi-kiimo na s.r'{luyiid\nyasa[l. kali-maliipaham.\nka[l.-who; vii-rather; bhagavata[l.-of the Lord; tas ya-his; pu '[l ya - virtu\n\n­\n\nous; sloke tjya- worshipable by prayers; karma '[la[l. -deeds ; suddhi-kiima[l.­\n\ndesiring deliverance from all sins; na-not; srr- uyiit - does hear; ya5a[l.­\n\nglories; kali-of the age of quarrel; maliipaham-the agent for sanctification.\nTRANSLATION\nWho is there, desiring deliverance from the vices of the Age of Kali,\n\nwho is not willing to hear the glories of the Lord?\nPURPORT\n\nThe Age of Kali is the most condemned age due to its quarrelsome\nfeatures. Kali-yuga is so saturated with vicious habits that there is a great\nfight at the slightest misunderstanding. Those who are engaged in the pure\ndevotional service of the Lord, who are without any desire for selfaggrandizement and who are freed from the effects of fruitive actions\nand dry philosophical speculations are capable of getting out of the\nestrangements of this complicated age. The leaders of the people are very\nmuch anxious to live in peace and friendship, but they have no information\nof the simple method of hearing the glories of the Lord. On the contrary,\nsuch leaders\n\nare\n\nopposed to the propagation of the glories of the\n\nLord. In other words, the foolish leaders want to completely deny\nthe existence of the Lord. In the name of secular state, such leaders\nare\n\nenacting\n\nvarious plans every year.\n\nBut\n\nby the insurmountable\n\nintricacies of the material nature of the Lord, all these plans for progress are being constantly frustrated. They have no eyes to see that\ntheir attempts at peace and friendship are failing. But here is the hint to\nget over the hurdle. If we want actual peace, we must open the road to\nunderstand the Supreme Lord Kr�f.la and glorify Him for His virtuous\n\nactivities as they are depicted in the pages of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0095": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n74\n\n[Canto l, Ch. l\n\nTEXT 17\n\n'lMJAI(Ifar qroft61M vfijlr: I\n\n� ..\n\nilf{ wr: � �\"t� �«: �: I I� \"I I\ntasya karmiirt y udiiriirti\nparigitiini suribhi[l.\nb ruhi na[l. sraddadhiiniiniim\nlilayii dadhata[l. kalii[l.\ntasya- His; karmiir.i- transcendental acts; udiiriir.i-magnanimous; parigi­\n\ntiini-broadcast; s u ri bhi[l. -by the great souls; bruhi-please speak; na[l.­\n\nunto us; sraddadhiiniiniim-ready to receive with respect; lilayii\n\ndadhata[l.-advented; kalii[l.-incarnations.\n\n-\n\npastimes ;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nHis transcendental acts are magnificent and gracious, and great learned\nsages like Narada sing of them. Please, therefore, speak to us, who are\neager to hear about His adventures which He performs in His various\nincarnations.\nPURPORT\nThe Personality of Godhead is never inactive as some less intelligent\n\npersons suggest. His works are magnificent and magnanimous. His creations\n\nboth material and spiritual are all wonderful and contain all variegatedness.\n\nThey are described nicely by such liberated souls as Srila Niirada, Vyasa,\n\nValmiki, Devala, Asita, Madhva,\n\nSri Caitanya, Ramanuja, Vi�pusvami,\n\nNimbarka, Sridhara, Visvanatha, Baladeva, Bhaktivinode, Siddhanta Sara­\n\nsvati and many other learned and self-realized souls. These creations, both\n\nmaterial and spiritual, are full of opulence, beauty, and knowledge, but\n\nthe spiritual realm is more magnificent due to its being full of knowledge,\n\nbliss and eternity. The material creations are manifested for some time as\nperverted shadows of the spiritual kingdom and can be likened to cinemas.\n\nThey attract people of less intelligent caliber who are attracted by false\n\nthings. Such foolish men have no information of the reality, and they\n\ntake it for granted that the false material manifestation is the all in all.\n\nBut more intelligent men guided by sages like Vyasa and Niirada know\n\nthat the eternal kingdom of God is more delightful, larger, and eternally\n\nfull of bliss and knowledge. Those who are not conversant with the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0096": "Text 18]\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\n75\n\nactivities of the Lord and His transcendental realm are sometimes favored\nby the Lord in His adventures as incarnations wherein He displays the\neternal bliss of His association in the transcendental realm. By such\nactivities He attracts the conditioned souls of the material world. Some of\nthese conditioned souls are engaged in the false enjoyment of material\nsenses and others in simply negating their real life in the spiritual world.\nThese less intelligent persons are known as karmis or fruitive workers, and\nthe others are known as jniinis or dry mental speculators. But above these\ntwo classes of men is the transcendentalist known as siitvata or the devotee\nwho is neither busy with rampant material activity nor with material\nspeculation. He is engaged in the positive service of the Lord, and thereby\nhe derives the highest spiritual benefit unknown to the karmis and jniinis.\nAs the supreme controller of both the material and spiritual worlds, the\nLord has different incarnations of unlimited categories. Incarnations like\nBrahma, Rudra, Manu, Prthu, Vyasa and so on are His material qualitative\nincarnations, but His incarnations like Ram a, Narasimha, Varaha, Vamana,\nand so on are His transcendental incarnations. Lord\n\nSri Kr�l)a is the\n\nfountainhead of all incarnations, and He is therefore the cause of all causes.\nTEXT 18\n\n31'-IR*tlf( �: �: I\n� �: ��'T�ffffl�� ������\nathiikh yiihi harer dhimann\navatiira-kathii� subhii�\nlilii vidadhata� svairam\n\niSvarasyiitma-miiyayii\natka- theref o re; iikhyiihi-describ e ; hare�-of the Lord; dhiman-0 saga­\n\ncious one; avatiira-incarnations; kathii�- narratives ; subhii�- auspicious;\n\nlila-adventures; v idadh ata�-performed; svaira m -pastimes; iSvarasya-the\nsupreme controller's; iitma-personal ; miiyayii- ener gies .\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 wise Suta, please narrate to us the transcendental pastimes of the\nSupreme Godhead's multi-incarnations. Such auspicious adventures and\npastimes of the Lord are performed by His internal powers.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0097": "S rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n76\n\n[Cant o l, Ch. l\n\nPURPORT\nFor the creation, maintenance, and destruction of the material worlds,\nthe Supreme Lord Personality of Godhead Himself appears in many\nthousands of forms of incarnations, and the specific adventures found in\nthose transcendental forms are all auspicious. Both those who are present\nduring such activities and those who hear the transcendental narrations of\nsuch activities are benefited.\n\nTEXT 19\n\ncP-f ij ;J f€4�1'4 �'Sletifctrti� I\n�'f>'PfRCdi <e�l'1i �� � q� � II� Q..ll\nvayam tu na vitrpyiima\nuttama-sloka-vikrame\n\nyac chrr-vatiim rasa-jiiiiniim\nsviidu sviidu pade pade.\n\n.\n\n-\n\nvayam-we ; tu-but; na-not; vit lpyiima sh all be at rest; uttama-slokathe Personality of Godhead who is glorified by transcendental prayers;\nvikrame-adventures; yat\n\n-which ; srr-vatiim-by continuous hearing; rasa­\n\nhumor; jiiiiniim- t hose who are conversant with; sviidu-rel:is h:in g; sviidu­\n\npalatable; pade pade- in every step.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWe never tire of hearing the transcendental pastimes of the Personality\nof Godhead who is glorified by hymns and prayers. Those who enjoy\nassociation with Him relish hearing of His pastimes at very moment.\nPURPORT\nThere is a great difference between mundane stories, fiction, or history\nand the transcendental pastimes of the Lord. The histories of the whole\nuniverse contain references to the pastimes of the incarnations of the Lord.\nThe Riimiiyar-a, Mahiibhiirata, and the Purii!las are histories of bygone ages\nrecorded in connection with the pastimes of the incarnations of the Lord\n\n", "SB1.1#p0098": "77\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\nText 20)\n\nand therefore remain fresh even after repeated readings. For example, anyone may readBhagavad-gitii or the Srimad-Bhiigavatam repeatedly through­\n\nout his whole life and yet find in them new light of information. Mundane\nnews is static wher�as transcendental news is dynamic, inasmuch as the\n\nspirit is dynamic and matter is static. Those who have developed a taste\nfor understanding the transcendental subject matter are never tired of\nhearing such narrations. One is quickly satiated by mundane activities,\n\nbut no one is satiated by transcendental or devotional activities. Uttama­\n\nsloka indicates that literature which is not meant for nescience. Mundane\n\nliterature is in the mode of darkness or ignorance, whereas transcendental\nliterature is quite different. Transcendental literature is above the mode of\ndarkness, and its light becomes more luminous with progressive reading\nand realization of the transcendental subject matter. The so-called liberated\n\npersons are never satisfied by the repetition of the words aharh brahmiismi.\n\nSuch artificial realization of Brahman becomes hackneyed, and so to relish\n\nreal pleasure they turn to the narrations of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam. Those\n\nwho are not so fortunate turn to altruism and worldly philanthropy. This\nmeans the Mayavada philosophy is mundane, whereas the philosophy of\n\nBhagavad-gitii and Srimad-Bhiigavatam is transcendental.\nTEXT 20\n\n�1'1 �ti�'ra' � � m:,\n31Rl'i�tf.t\n\nillf.IT\"{ �: ti4l'il�rt: II� II\no\n\nk[taviin kila karmiir-i\n\nsaha ramer-a kesava�\n\natimartyiini bhagaviin\n\ngilflha� kapata-miinu�a�\n\nkrtaviin- done by; kila-what and what; karmiir-i-acts; saha-along with;\n\nriimer-a-Balarama;ke5ava�-Sri:Kf�!la;atimartyiini-superhuman; bhagaviin\n\n-the Personality of Godhead; gilflha[t - masked as; kapata-apparently;\nmiin�a[t-human being.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Kr �!J.a, the Personality of Godhead, and Balarama played like\n\nhuman beings, and so masked They performed many superhuman acts.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0099": "78\n\nSrimad- Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. l\n\nPURPORT\nThe doctrines of anthropomorphism or that of zoomorphism are never\n\napplicable to Sri Kn!la or the Personality of Godhead. The theory that a\n\nman becomes God by dint of penance and austerities is very ·much rampant\nnowadays, especially in India. Since Lord Riima, Lord Kr�!la, and Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu were detected by the sages and saints to be the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead as indicated in revealed scriptures, many unscrupulous\n\nmen have created their own incarnations. This process of concocting an\nincarnation of God has become an ordinary business, especially in Bengal.\n\nAny popular personality with a few traits of mystic powers will display\nsome feat of jugglery and easily become an incarnation of Godhead by\n\npopular vote. Lord Sri Kr�!la was not that type of incarnation. He was\n\nactually the Personality of Godhead from the very beginning of His appear­\n\nance. He appeared before His so-called mother as four-armed Vi�!lu. Then\n\nat the request of the mother, He bee[ me like a human child and at once\nleft her for another devotee at Gokula where He was accepted as the son of\nNanda i\\lahiiriija and Yasodii Miitii. Similarly, Sri Baladeva, the counter­\n\npart of Lord Sri Kr�!la, was also considered a human child born of another\n\nwife of Sri Vasudeva. In Bhagavad-gitii, the Lord says that His birth and\ndeeds are transcendental and that anyone who is so fortunate as to know\n\nthe transcendental nature of His birth and deeds will at once become\n\nliberated and eligible to return to the kingdom of God. So knowledge of\n\nthe transcendental nature of the birth and deeds of Lord Sri Kr�!la is\nsufficient for liberation. In the Bhiigavatam, the transcendental nature of\n\nthe Lord is described in nine cantos, and in the Tenth Canto His specific\n\npastimes are taken up. All this becomes known as one's reading of this\n\nliterature progresses. It is important to note here, however, that the Lord\n\nexhibited His divinity even from the lap of His mother, that His•deeds are\n\nall superhuman (He lifted Govardhana Hill at the age of six), and that all\n\nthese acts definitely prove Him to be actually the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. Yet, due to His mystic covering, He was always accepted as an\n\nordinary human child by His so-called father and mother and other rela­\n\ntives. Whenever some herculean task was performed by Him, the father and\n\nmother took it otherwise. And they remained satisfied with unflinching\n\nfilial love for their son. As such, the sages of Naimi�ara!lya describe Him as\napparently resembling a human being, but actually He is the Supreme\n\nAlmighty Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0100": "Text 21 J\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\n79\n\nTEXT 21\n\n4ire¥tt41ij�� �S�'{ � � I\n31t(1'h11 (httt�UJ � � \" : II�� II\nkalim agatam ajiiaya\n\nk§etre 'smin vai§rwve vayam\nas!nii dlrgha-satrerza\nkathayarh sak§a[ta hare�\nkalim-the age of Kali (iron age of quarrel); agatam-ha\\-ing arriyed;\najiiaya-knowing this; k§etre-in this tract of land; asmin-in this; vai§[tave\n-specially meant for the devotee of the Lord; vayam-we; asina-seated;\ndirgha-prolonged; satre[ta-for performance of sacrifices; kathayam-in\nthe words of; sak§a[lii-with time at our disposal; hare�-of the Personality\nof Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nKnowing well that the Age of Kali has already begun, we are assembled\nhere in this holy place to hear at great length the transcendental message of\nGod and in this way perform sacrifice.\nPURPORT\nThis age of Kali is not at all suitable for self-realization as was Satyayuga, the golden age, or Treta or Dvapara yugas, the silver and copper ages.\nFor self-realization, the people in Satya-yuga, living a lifetime of a hundred\nthousand years, were able to perform prolonged meditation. And in Tretayuga, when the duration of life was ten thousand years, self-realization\nwas attained by performance of great sacrifice. And in the Dvapara-yuga\nwhen the duration of life was for one thousand years, self-realization was\nattained by worshipping the Lord. But in the Kali-yuga, the maximum\nduration of life being one hundred years only and that combined with\nvarious difficulties, the process o( self-realization is recommended by\nhearing and chanting of the holy name, fame, and pastimes of the Lord.\nThe sages of Naimi�ara�ya began this process for the devotees of the Lord.\nSo they prepared themselves to hear the pastimes of the Lord over a period\n\n", "SB1.1#p0101": "[Canto 1, Ch. 1\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n80\n\nof one thousand years. By the example of these sages one should learn\nthat regular hearing and recitation of the Bhiigavatam is the only way for\nself-realization. Other attempts are simply a waste of time, for they do not\ngive any tangible results. Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu preached this\n\nsystem of Bhiigavata-dharma, and He recommended that all those who\n\nwere born in India should take the responsibility of broadcasting the\n\nmessages of Lord Sri Kr��a, primarily the message of Bhagavad-gitii. And\nwhen one is well established in the teachings of Bhagavad-gitii, he can take\n\nup the study of Srimad-Bhiigavatam for further enlightenment in self­\n\nrealization.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n� ;r: 4:\\f{}�l � � ntffitdl�l'l I\nClift.f � � • �tot� ����II\ntvarh na\"{l. sandarsito dhiitrii\ndustararh nistitir§atiim\n\nkalirh sattva-hararh purhsiirh\nkar�a�hiira ivii�avam\n\ntvam-your goodness; nafl-unto us; sandarsita[l.-meeting; dhiitrii-by\n\nprovidence; dustaram-insurmountable; nistitir§atiim-for those desiring\n\nto cross over; kalim-the age of Kali; sattva-haram-that which deteriorates\nthe good qualities; pumsiim-of the man; ka�a dhiira\"{!.-captain; iva-as;\n-\n\na�avam the ocean.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWe think that we have met Your Grace by the will of providence, and\n\nthus we accept you\n\nas\n\ncaptain of the ship for those who desire to\n\ncross the dangerous ocean of Kali, which destroys all the good qualities\n\nof a human being.\n\nPURPORT\nThe age of Kali is very dangerous for the human being. Human life is\nsimply meant for self-realization, but due to this dangerous age, men have\n\ncompletely forgotten the aim of life. In this age, the life span will gradually\ndecrease.\n\nPeople\n\nwill gradually lose their memory, finer sentiments,\n\nstrength, and better qualities. A list of the anomalies for this age is given\n\nin the Twelfth Canto of this work. And so this age is very difficult for\n\n", "SB1.1#p0102": "Text 23]\n\n81\n\nQuestions by the Sages\n\nthose who want to utilize this life for self-realization. The people are so\nbusy with sense gratification that they completely forget about selfrealization. Out of madness they frankly say that there is no need for selfrealization because they do not realize that this brief life is but a moment\non our great journey towards self-realization. The whole system of education is geared to sense gratification, and if a learned man thinks it over,\nhe sees that the children of this age are being intentionally sent to the\nslaughterhouses of so-called education. Learned men, therefore, must be\ncautious of this dangerous age, and if they at all want to cross over the\ndangerous ocean of Kali, they must follow the footsteps of the sages of\nNaimi�ara�ya and accept Sri Suta Gosvam'i or his bona fide representative\nas the captain of the ship. The ship is the message of Lord Sri Kr��a in the\nshape of Bhagavad-gita or the Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nTEXT 23\n\n�������fUrl\n\n��� �: � � iRJ: ����II\nbmhi yogesvare k[§p.e\nbrahmap.ye dharma-varmap.i\n\nsvarh kii�thiim adhunopete\n\ndharma� karh sarap.arh gata�\nbmhi -please tell; yoga-iSvare-the Lord of all mystic powers; knr-eLord Kr��a; brahmap.ye the Absolute Truth; dharma religion; varmap.iprotector; svam-own; ka§t ham-abode; adhuna-nowadays; upete-having\ngone away; dha rma� religion; kam-unto whom; sarap.am-shelter ; gata�\n-gone.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nNow that Sri Kr��a, the Absolute Truth, the master of all mystic\npowers, has departed for His own abode, please tell us by whom religious\nprinciples are presently protected.\nPURPORT\n\nEssentially religion is the prescribed codes enunciated by the Personality\nof Godhead Himself. Whenever there is gross misuse or neglect of the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0103": "82\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. l\n\nprinciples of religion, the Supreme Lord appears Himself to restore\nreligious principles. This is stated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii. Here the sages of\n\nNaimi�a!J.ya are inquiring about these principles. The reply to this question is given later. The Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the transcendental sound\nrepresentation of the Personality of Godhead, and thus it is the full\n\nrepresentation of transcendental knowledge and religious principles.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the First Canto, First Chapter\nof Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Questions by the Sages.\"\n\n", "SB1.1#p0104": "CHAPTER TWO\n\nDivinity and Divine service\nTEXT l\n\n��\n\n� �� Pcmu1t �on 1\nSfRl\\� q:q��ti WAijQ� II � II\nvyiisa uviica\niti sampra.Sna-sarithr§to\nvipriirziirit raumahar§m;ti�\npratipujya vacas te§iirit\npravaktum upacakrame\nvyiisa� uviica- Vyasa said; iti-thus; sa m prasna- perfect inquires;\nsarithr§ta�- perfectly satisfied; viprii rtii m of the sages there; raumahar§artift-the son of Romahar�al)a, namely Ugrasrava; pratipiijya- after thanking them; vaca� words; te§am-their; pravaktum-to reply to them;\nupacakrame- attempted.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nUgra.Srava [ Suta Gosvami] , the son of Romahar�a�a, being pleased with\nthe questions of the brahm�as, thanked them and attempted to reply.\nPURPORT\nThe sages of Naimi�ara�ya asked Suta Gosvami six questions, and so he\n\nis answering them one by one.\nTEXT 2\n\n��\n\n�\n\nSfAiSI�¥(�qij¥(qijtW4\nl� fif<«iiij{ 31l�'lit I\n83\n\n", "SB1.1#p0105": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n84\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 2\n\n� (1•4PH141 ����¥(�(<::4 �'il�(ltsf� II � II\nsuta uviica\nyam pravrajantam anupetam apeta-krtyam\ndvaipiiyano viraha-kiitara iijuhiiva\nputreti tanmayatayii taravo'bhinedus\ntam sarva-bhuta-hrdayam munim iinato'smi\nsutaft-Suta\n\nGosvami; uv iica-said; yam - whom; pravrajantam-while\n\ngoing away for the renounced order of life; anupetam- without being\nreformed by the sacred thread; apeta-not undergoing ceremonies; krtyam\n-prescribed duties; dvaipiiyanafl- Vyasadeva; viraha-separation; kiitaraflbeing afraid of; iijuhiiva- e x claimed; putra iti-0 my son; tanmayatayiibeing absorbed in that way; taravaft-all the trees; abhinedufl-responded;\ntam-unto him; sarva-all; bhuta-living entities; hrdayam- heart; munim­\n\nsage; iinatafl asmi-offer obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Siita Gosvami said: Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto\nthat great sage [Sukadeva Gosvami) who can enter the hearts of all. When\nhe went away to take up the renounced order of life [ sannyasa], leaving\nhome\n\nwithout\n\nundergoing\n\nthe sacred thread ceremony, his father,\n\nVyasadeva, cried out to him, \"Oh, my son!\" Indeed, only the trees echoed\n\nin response to the begrieved father.\nPURPORT\nThe institution of vaqw and iisrama prescribes many regulative duties to\n\nbe observed by its followers. Such duties enj oin that a candidate willing to\nstudy the Vedas must approach a bona fide spiritual master and request\nacceptance as his disciple. The sacred thread is the sign of those who are\ncompetent to study the Vedas from the iiciirya or the bona fide spiritual\nmaster. Sri Sukadeva Gosvami did not undergo such a purificatory ceremony because he was a liberated soul from his very birth.\nGenerally, a man is born as an ordinary being, and by the purificatory\nprocesses he is born for the second time. When he sees a new light and\nseeks direction for spiritual progress, he approaches a spiritual master to\n\n", "SB1.1#p0106": "Divinity and Divine Service\n\nText 3]\n\n85\n\ninstruct him in the Vedas. The spiritual master accepts only the sincere\n\ninquirer as his disciple and gives him the sacred thread. In this way a man\nbecomes twice-born, or a dvija. After qualifying as a dvija one may study\n\nthe Vedas, and after becoming well versed in the Vedas one becomes a\nvipra. A .vipra or a qualified briihmar-a thus realizes the Absolute and\n\nmakes further progress in spiritual life until he reaches the Vai�l)ava stage.\n\nThe Vai�l)ava stage is the postgraduate status of a briihmar-a. A progressive\n\nbriihmar-a must necessarily become a V ai�l)ava, for a V ai�l)ava is a selfrealized, learned briihmar-a.\n\nSnia Sukadeva Gosviiml was a V ai�l)ava from the beginning; therefore,\n\nthere was no need for him to undergo all the processes of the varr-iisrama\n\ninstitution. Ultimately the aim of varr-iisrama-dharma is to turn a crude\nman into a pure devotee of the Lord, or a Vai�ttava. Anyone, therefore,\n\nwho becomes a V ai�pava accepted by the first-class Vai�pava or uttama­\n\nadhikiiri V ai�pava is already considered a briihmar-a, regardless of his birth\n\nor past deeds. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted this principle and recog­\n\nnized Snia Haridiisa Thakur as the iiciirya of the holy name, although\n\nThakur Haridasa appeared in a Mohammedan family. In conclusion, Srila\nSukadeva Gosviiml was born a V ai�ttava, and, therefore, brahminism was\n\nincluded in him. He did not have to undergo any ceremonies. Any low\nborn person-be he a Kiriita, Hup.a, Andhra, Pulinda, Pulkhasa, Abhira,\n\nSumbha,\n\nYavana,\n\nKhasiidi\n\nor even lower-can be\n\ndelivered\n\nto the\n\nhighest transcendental position by the mercy of Vai�ttavas. Srila Sukadeva\n\nGosvaml was the spiritual master of Sri Siita Gosviiml, and therefore he\n\noffers his respectful obeisances unto him before he begins his answers to\nthe questions of the sages at N aim�iirattya.\nTEXT 3\n\nya� sviinubhiivam akhila-sruti-siiram ekam\n\nadhyiitma-dipam atititir§atiim tamo 'ndham\n\nsamsiirir-iim karur-ayiiha p uriir-a-guhyam\n\ntam vyiisa-sunum upayiimi gurum muniniim\n\n", "SB1.1#p0107": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n86\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 2\n\nyafl-he who; svanubhilvam-self-assimiliated (experienced); akhila-all\n\naround; s ruti- Vedas; saram-cream; ekam-the only one; adhyatmatranscendental; dipam-torchlight; atititir§atam-desiring\n\ntama[l. andam\n\n-\n\nto overcome;\n\ndeeply dark material existence; samsarir-am-of the material­\n\nistic men; karur-aya-out of causeless mercy; aha-said; purar-a-supplementary to the Vedas; guhyam very confidential; tam-unto him; vyasa·\n-\n\nsunum\n\n-\n\nthe son of Vyasadeva; upayami-let me offer my obeisances;\n\ngurum-spiritual master; muninam-of the great sages.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto him [Suka] , the spiritual\n\nmaster of all sages, the son of Vyasadeva, who, out of his great compassion\nfor those gross materialists who struggle to cross over the darkest regions\nof material existence, spoke this Pur�a [supplement to the Vedas], the\n\ncream of Vedic knowledge, after having personally assimilate<t it by\n\nexperience.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this prayer, Snia Suta Gosvami practically summarizes the complete\n\nintroduction of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the natural\nsupplementary commentary on the Vediinta-sutras. The Vediinta-sutras or\n\nthe Brahma-sutras were compiled by Vyasadeva with a view to presenting\n\njust the cream of Vedic knowledge. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the natural\ncommentary on this cream. Snia Sukadeva Gosvami was a thoroughly\n\nrealized master of the Vediinta-sutra, and consequently he also personally\nrealized the commentary, Srimad-Bhiigavatam. And just to show his\n\nboundless mercy upon bewildered materialistic men who want to cross\n\ncompletely over nescience, he recited for the first time this confidential\nknowledge.\n\nThere is no point in arguing that a materialistic man can be happy. No\n\nmaterialistic creature-he he the great Brahma or an insignificant ant­\n\ncan be happy. Everyone tries to make a permanent plan for happiness,\nbut everyone is baffled by the laws of material nature. Therefore the\nmaterialistic world is called the darkest region of God's creation. Yet the\n\nunhappy materialists can get out of it simply by desiring to get out.\n\nUnfortunately they are so foolish that they do not want to escape. There­\n\nfore thtfy are compared to the camel who relishes thorny twigs because\n\n", "SB1.1#p0108": "Text 4]\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\n87\n\nhe likes the taste of the twigs mixed with blood. He does not realize that\nit is his own blood and that his tongue is being cut by the thorns. Similarly,\n\nto the materialist his own blood is as sweet as honey, and although he is\nalways harassed by his own material creations, he does not wish to escape.\n\nSuch materialists are called karmis. Out of hundreds of thousands of\n\nkarmis, only a few may feel tired of material engagement and desire to get\nout of the labyrinth. Such intelligent persons are called jiiiinis. The\n\nVediinta-sutra is ·directed to such jiiiinis. But Srila Vyasadeva, being the\n\nincarnation\n\nof\n\nthe Supreme Lord, could foresee the misuse of the\n\nVediinta-sutra by unscrupulous men, and, therefore, he personally sup­\n\nplemented the Vediinta-sutra with the Bhiigavata Puriina. It is clearly\n\nsaid that this Bhiigavatam is the original commentary on the Brahma­\n\nsutras. Srila Vyiisadeva also instructed the Bhiigavatam to his own son,\nSnl.a Sukadeva Gosvami, who was already at the liberated stage of\n\ntranscendence. Srila Sukadeva realized it personally and then explained it.\n\nBy the mercy of Srila Sukadeva, the Bhiigavat- Vediinta-sutra is available\n\nfor all those sincere souls who want to get out of material existence.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the one unrivalled commentary on Vediinta-sutra.\n\nSripada Sailkaracarya intentionally did not touch it because he knew that\nit would be difficult for him to surpass the natural commentary. He wrote\nhis Siiriraka-bhii�ya, and his so·called followers deprecated the Bhiigavatam\n\nas some \"new\" presentation. One should not be misled by such propaganda\n\ndirected against the Bhiigavatam by the Mayavada school. From this\nintroductory sloka,\n\nthe beginning student should know that Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam is the only transcendental literature meant for those who are\n\nparamahamsas and completely freed from the material disease called\n\nmalice. The Mayavadis are envious of the Personality of Godhead despite\n\nSripada Sankaracarya 's admission that Niiraya!la, the Personality o( God­\n\nhead, is above the material creation. The envious Mayaviidi cannot have\naccess to the Bhiigavatam, but those who are really anxious to get out of\n\nthis material existence may take shelter of this Bhiigavatam because it is\nuttered by the liberated Srila Sukadeva Gosvami. It is the transcendental\n\ntorchlight by which one can see perfectly the transcendental Absolute\nTruth realized as Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan.\nTEXT 4\n\n;uottof \"1¥4�� ;R � \"fU\"ijJI� I\nw (1m«r � m �tta«\\1<�61. 11 � u\n\n", "SB1.1#p0109": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n88\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 2\n\nniiriiyar-am namaskrtya\nnaram caiva narottamam\ndevirh sarasvatirh vyiisam\ntato jayam udirayet\nniirayar-am-the Personality of Godhead; nam askrtya- after offering\n\nrespectful obeisances; naram ca eva- and Nariiyap.a J.t�i; narottamam-the\n\nsupermost human being; devim-the goddess; sarasvatim-the mistress of\n\nlearning; vyiisam- Vyiisadeva; tata[l-thereafter; jayam- a ll that is meant\n\nfor conquering; udira yet-be announced.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBefore reciting this Srimad-Bhagavatam, which is our very means of\n\nconquest, I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Personality of Godhead, Nariiy3.!1a, unto Nara-nariiyap.a\n\nJ.t�, the supermost human being,\n\nunto Mother Sarasvati, the goddess of learning, and unto Srila Vyiisadeva,\nthe author.\n\nPURPORT\nAll the Vedic literatures and the Purar-as are meant for conquering the\n\ndarkest region of material existence. The living being is in the state of\n\nforgetfulness of his relation with God due to his being overly attracted to\n\nmaterial sense gratification from time immemorial. His struggle for existence\n\nin the material world is perpetual, and it is not possible for him to get out\n\nof it by making plans. If he at all wants to conquer this perpetual struggle\n\nfor existence, he must reestablish his eternal relation with God. And one\nwho wants to adopt such remedial measures must take shelter of literatures\nsuch as the Vedas and the Puriirtas. Foolish people say that the Purar-as\n\nhave no connection with the Vedas.\n\nHowever, the Purar-as are sup­\n\nplementary explanations of the Vedas intended for different types of men.\nAll men are not equal. There are men who are conducted by the mode of\n\ngoodness, others who are under the mode of passion and others who are\n\nunder the mode of ignorance. The Puriirtas are so divided that any class of\nmen can take advantage of them and gradually regain their lost position\n\nand get out of the hard struggle for existence. Srila Suta Gosviimi shows the\n\nway of chanting the Purar-as_ This may be followed by persons who aspire\nto be preachers of the Vedic literatures and thePunzras. Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nis the spotless Purar-a, and it is especially meant for them who are desirous\nto get out of the material entanglement permanently.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0110": "Text 5]\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\n89\n\nTEXT 5\n\nID\"l w� �\"\"fi€1'4'1\\·�._ 1\n�(f: �&!Jfasrm i(;ml{T wr�fq 1' '-\\ 11\n\n�:\n\nmunaya{!. siidhu P!§to'ham\nbhavadbhir loka-mangalam\nyat krta� krr!la-samprasno\nyeniitmii suprasidati\nmunaya�-of the sages; siidhu-this is relevant; pr �ta�-questioned; aham\n-myself; bhavadbh*-by all of you; loka-the world; mangala m-welfare;\n\nyat\n\n-\n\nbecause; krta� -made; kf§[la-thePersonality ofGodhead; sampra§na�\n\n-relevant question;\n\nye n a\n\n-\n\nby which; iitmii-self; sup ras idati-completely\n\npleased.\nTRANSLATION\n0 sages, I have been justly questioned by you. Your questions are\nworthy because they relate to Lord Kr��a and so are of relevance to the\nworld's welfare. Only questions of this sort are capable of completely\nsatisfying the self.\nPURPORT\nAs it is stated hereinbefore, in the Bhiigavatam the Absolute Truth is to\nbe known, so the questions of the sages of Naimi�iira!J.ya are proper and\njust because they pertain to Kr�!J.a, who is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, the Absolute Truth. In Bhagavad-gitii the Personality of Godhead\nsays that in all the Vedas there is nothing but the urge for searching after\nHim, Lord Kr�t�a (Bg. 15.15). Thus the questions that pertain to Kr�t�a are\nthe sum and substance ofall the Vedic inquiries.\nThe whole world is full of questions and answers. The birds, beasts and\nmen are all busy in the matter of perpetual questions and answers. In the\nmorning the birds in the nest become busy with questions and answers, and\nin the evening also the same birds come back and again become busy ·with\nquestions and answers. The human being, unless he is fast asleep at night,\nis busy with questions and answers. The businessmen in the market are busy\nwith questions and answers, and so also the lawyers in the court and the\nstudents in the schools and colleges. The legislators in the parliament are\nalso busy with questions and answers, and the politicians and the press\n\n", "SB1.1#p0111": "90\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 2\n\nrepresentatives are all busy with questions and answers. Although they\ngo on making such questions and answers for their whole lives, they are\nnot at all satisfied. Satisfaction of the soul can only be obtained by questions\nand answers on the subject of Kf�J).a.\nKr�l)a is our most intimate master, friend, father or son and object of\nconjugal love. Forgetting Kr�l)a, we have created so many objects of\nquestions and answers, but none of them are able to give us complete\nsatisfaction. All things-but Kr�l)a-give temporary satisfaction only, so if\nwe are to have complete satisfaction we must take to the questions and\nanswers about Kr�J).a. We cannot live for a moment without being questioned\nor without giving answers. Because the $rimad-Bhiigavatam deals with\nquestions and answers that are related to �!)a, we can derive the highest\nsatisfaction only by reading and hearing this transcendental literature.\nOne should learn the $rimad-Bhiigavatam and make an all-around solution\nto all problems pertaining to social, political or religious matters. $rimadBhiigavatam and Kr�l)a are the sum total of all things.\nTEXT 6\n\n��m��1� ���\n31l�� �s� ij� II� II\n�\n\nsa vai puritsiirit paro dharmo\nyato bhaktir adhok�aje\nahaituhy apratihatii\nyayiitmii suprasidati\n\nsa[l-that;\n\nvai-certainly; puritsiim-for mankind; para[l-sublime;\nyata[l-by which; bhakti[l-devotional ser�ce;\nadhok�aje-unto the· Transcendence; ahaituk i causeless ; apratihatii-unbroken; yayii-by which; iitmii-self; suprasidati-completely satisfied.\n\ndharma[l-occupation;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe supreme occupation [dharma] for all humanity is that by which\nmen can attain to loving devotional service unto the transcendent Lord.\nSuch devotional service must be unmotivated and uninterrupted in order\nto completely satisfy the self.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0112": "Text 6)\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\n91\n\nPURPORT\nIn this statement, Sri Siita Gosvami answers the first question of the\nsages of Naimi�iira!lya. The sages asked him to summarize the whole range\nof revealed scriptures and present the most essential part so that fallen\npeople or the people in general might easily take it up. The Vedas\nprescribe two different types of occupation for the human being. One is\ncalled the pravrtti-miirga, or the path of sense enjoyment, and the other\nis called the nivrtti-miirga or the path of renunciation. The path of\nenjoyment is inferior, but the path of sacrifice for the supreme cause is\nsuperior. The material existence of the living being is a diseased condition\nof actual life. Actual life is spiritual existence, or brahma-bhuta existence\nwhere life is eternal, blissful and full of knowledge. Material existence\nis temporary, illusory and full of miseries. There is no happiness at all.\nThere is just the futile attempt to get rid of the miseries, and temporary\ncessation of misery is falsely called happiness. Therefore, the path of\nprogressive material enjoyment, which is temporary, miserable and illusory,\nis inferior. But devotional service of the Supreme Lord, which leads one to\neternal, blissful and all-cognizant life, is called the superior quality of\noccupation. This is sometimes polluted when mixed with the inferior\nquality. For example, adoption of devotional service for material gain is\ncertainly an obstruction to the progressive path of renunciation. Renunciation or abnegation for ultimate good is certainly a better occupation than\nenjoyment in the diseased condition of life. Such enjoyment only aggravates\nthe symptoms of disease and increases its duration. Therefore devotional\nservice of the Lord must be pure in quality, i.e., without the least desire\nfor material enjoyment. One should, therefore, accept the superior quality\nof occupation in the form of devotional service of the Lord without any\ntinge of unnecessary desire, fruitive action and philosophical speculation.\nThis alone can lead one to perpetual solace in His service.\nWe have purposely denoted dharma as occupation because the root\nmeaning of the word dharma is \"that which sustains one's existence.\" A\nliving being's sustenance of existence is to coordinate his activities with\nhis eternal relation with the Supreme Lord K�!ia. Kr�!ia is the central pivot\nof living beings, and He is the all-attractive living entity or eternal form\namongst all other living beings or eternal forms. Each and every living\nbeing has his eternal form in the spiritual existence, and Kr�!ia is the eternal\nattraction for all of them. Kr�!ia is the complete whole, and everything\nelse is His part and parcel. The relation is one of the servant and the\nserved, and it is transcendental and is completely distinguished from our\n\n", "SB1.1#p0113": "92\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 2\n\nexperience in material existence. This relation of servant and the served\n\nis the most congenial form of intimacy. One can realize it as devotional\nservice progresses. Everyone should engage himself in that transcendental\n\nloving service of the Lord, even in the present conditional state of material\n\nexistence. That will gradually give one the clue to actual life and please\n\nhim to complete satisfaction.\n\nTEXT 7\n\nqm� +r� +rr�: �tit��n 1\n�;m�m �unf ijl;f :q ��� II \\9 II\nviisudeve bhagavati\nbhakti-yoga[l prayojita[l\njanayaty iisu vairiigyarh\njiiiinarh ca yad ahaitukam\nviisudeve-unto Kr�J;�.a; bhagavati-unto the Personality of Godhead;\n\nbhakti-yoga[l-contact of devotional service; prayojita[l-being applied;\n\njanayati-does produce; iiSu-very soon; vairiigyam-detachment; jiiiinamknowledge; ca-and; yat-that which; ahaitukam-causeless.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBy rendering devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead, Sri\n\nKf�!la, one immediately acquires causeless knowledge aud detachment\nfrom the world.\nPURPORT\nThose who consider devotional service of the Supreme Lord Sri Kr�!la\n\nto be something like material emotional affairs may argue that in the\n\nrevealed scriptures, sacrifice, charity, austerity, knowledge, mystic powers\n\nand similar other processes of transcendental realization are recommended.\n\nAccording to them, bhakti, or devotional service of the Lord, is meant\n\nfor those who cannot perform the high-grade activities. Generally it is\n\nsaid that the bhakti cult is meant for the sudras, vaiSyas and the less\n\nintelligent woman class. But that is not the actual fact. The bhakti cult\n\nis the topmost of all transcendental activities, and therefore it is simul­\n\ntaneously sublime and easy. It is sublime for the pure devotees who are\n\n", "SB1.1#p0114": "Text 8]\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\n93\n\nserious about getting in contact with the Supreme Lord, and it is easy for\n\nthe neophytes who are just on the threshold of the house of bhakti. It is a\n\ngreat science to achieve the contact of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nSri Kr��a, and it is open for all living beings, including the sudras, vai.Syas,\n\nwomen or even those lower than the sudras who are called low-bornso what to speak of the high-class men like the qualified briihmarzas and the\n\ngreat self-realized kings- The other high-grade activities designated as\nsacrifice, charity, austerity, etc., are all corollary factors following the pure\n\nand scientific bhakti cult.\n\nThe principles of knowledge and detachment are two important factors\n\non the path of transcendental realization. The whole spiritual process\n\nleads to perfect knowledge of everything material and spiritual, and the\n\nresults of such perfect knowledge are that one becomes detached from\nmaterial affection and becomes attached to spiritual activities. Becoming\ndetached from material things does not mean becoming inert altogether,\nas men with a poor fund of knowledge think. Na�karma means not\n\nundertaking such activities that will produce good or bad effects. Negation\n\ndoes not mean negation of the positive. Negation of the nonessentials\n\ndoes not mean negation of the essential. Similarly, detachment from\nmaterial forms does not mean nullifying the positive form. The bhakti\n\ncult is meant for realization of the positive form. When the positive form\n\nis realized, the negative forms are automatically eliminated. Therefore, with\n\nthe development of the bhakti cult, with the application of the positive\n\nservice to the positive form, one naturally becomes detached from inferior\n\nthings, and he becomes attached to superior things. Similarly, the bhakti\n\ncult, being the supermost occupation of the living being, leads him out of\nmaterial sense enjoyment. That is the sign of a pure devotee. He is neither\n\na fool, nor is he engaged in the inferior energies, nor does he have material\nvalues. This is not possible by dry reasoning. It actually happens by the\n\ngrace of the Almighty. In conclusion, one who is a pure devotee has all\n\nother good qualities, namely knowledge, detachment, etc., but one who\n\nhas only knowledge or detachment is not necessarily well acquainted with\nthe principles of the bhakti cult. Bhakti is the supermost occupation of the\n\nhuman being.\n\nTEXT 8\n\n�: ��:�f.{��: I\n;i1�:w::��� mr � �er f6: �� ll � II\n\n", "SB1.1#p0115": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n94\n\n(Canto l, Ch. 2\n\ndhanna{l. svanu§thita{l. pumsam\nvi§vaksena-kathasu ya[l.\nno tpadayed yadi ratim\nsrama eva hi kevalam\ndhanna{l.-occupation; svanu§thita[l.-executed in terms of one's own\nposition; purhsam-of humankind; vi§vaksena-Personality of Godhead\n(plenary portion); kathasu-in the message of; ya{t-what is; na-not;\nutpadayet-does produce; yadi-if; ratim-attraction; srama{t-useless labor;\neva-only; hi-certainly; kevaZam-entirely.\nTRANSLATION\n\nDuties [dharma] executed by men, regard less of occupation, are only\nso much useless labor if they do not provoke attraction for the m essage of\nthe Supreme Lord.\nPURPORT\nThere are different occupational activities in terms of man's different\nconceptions of life. To the gross materialist who cannot see anything\nbeyond the gross material body, there is nothing beyond the senses. Therefore his occupational activities are limited to concentrated and extended\nselfishness. Concentrated selfishness centers around the personal bodythis is generally seen amongst the lower animals. Extended selfishness is\nmanifested in human society and centers around the family, society,\ncommunity, nation and world with a view to gross bodily comfort. Above\nthese gross materialists are the mental speculators who hover aloft in the\nmental spheres, and their occupational duties involve making poetry,\nphilosophy or propagating some ism with the same aim of selfishness\nlimited to the body and the mind. But above the body and mind is the\ndormant spirit soul whose absence from the body makes the whole range\nof bodily and mental selfishness completely null and void. But less intelligent people have no information of the needs of the spirit soul.\nBecause foolish people have no information of the soul and how it is\nbeyond the purview of the body and mind, they are not satisfied in the\nperformance of their occupational duties. The question of the satisfaction\nof the self is raised herein. The self is beyond the gross body and subtle\nmind. He is the potent active principle of the body and mind. Without\nknowing the need of the dormant soul, one cannot be happy simply w-ith\n\n", "SB1.1#p0116": "Text 9]\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\n95\n\nemolument of the body and mind. The body and the mind are but\nsuperfluous outer coverings of the spirit soul. The spirit soul's needs must\nbe fulfilled. Simply by cleansing the cage of the bird, one does not satisfy\nthe bird. One must actually know the needs of the bird himself.\nThe need of the spirit soul is that he wants to get out of the limited\nsphere of material bondage and fulfill his desire for complete freedom.\nHe wants to get out of the covered walls of the greater universe. He wants\nto see the free light and the spirit. That complete freedom is achieved\nwhen he meets the complete spirit, the Personality of Godhead. There is\na dormant affection for God within everyone; spiritual existence is manifested through\n\nthe gross body and mind in the form of perverted\n\naffection for gross and subtle matter. Therefore we have to engage\nourselves in occupational engagements that will evoke our divine consciousness. This is possible only by hearing and chanting the divine activities of the Supreme Lord, and any occupational activity which does not\nhelp one to achieve attachment for hearing and chanting the transcendental\nmessage of Godhead is said herein to be simply a waste of time. This is\nbecause other occupational duties (whatever ism they may belong to)\ncarnot give liberation to the soul. Even the activities of the salvationists\nare considered to be useless because of their failure to pick up the fountainhead of all liberties. The gross materialist can practically see that his\nmaterial gain is limited only to time and space, either in this world or the\nother. Even if he goes up to the Svargaloka, he will find no permanent\nabode for his hankering soul. The hankering soul must be satisfied by the\nperfect scientific process of perfect devotional service.\nTEXT 9\n\n� mlf.l� ;n�s�itj)q��q1\n����;:ij� �����tll �II\ndharmasya hy iipavargyasya\nniirtho 'rthiiyopakalpate\nniirthasya dharmaikiintasya\nkiimo liibhiiya hi smrta[l.\ndharmasya o ccupational engagement; hi\n-\n\n-\n\ncertainly; iipavargyasya-ulti­\n\nmate liberation; na-not; artha[l. - end ; arthiiya-for material gain; upakalpate-is meant for; na-neither; arthasya-of material gain; dharmaeka-antasya-for one who is engaged in the ultimate occupational service;\nkiima[l- sense gratification; liibhaya-attainment of; hi-exactly; smrta[l­\n\nis described by the great sages.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0117": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n96\n\n[Canto 1, Ch_ 2\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll occupational engagements [dharmas] are certainly meant for\n\nultimate liberation_ They should never be performed for material gain.\n\nFurthermore, one who is engaged in the ultimate occupational service\n[dharma J should never use material gain to cultivate sense gratification.\nPURPORT\nWe have already discussed that pure devotional service of the Lord is\nautomatically followed by perfect knowledge and detachment from material existence. But there are others who consider that all kinds of different\noccupational engagements, including those of religion, are meant for\nmaterial gain. The general tendency of any ordinary man in any part of the\nworld is to gain some material profit in exchange for religious or any other\noccupational service. Even in the Vedic literatures for all sorts of religious\nperformances an allurement of material gain is offered, and most people\nare attracted by such allurement or blessings of religiosity. Why are such\nso-called men of religion allured by material gain? Because material gain\ncan enable one to fulfill desires, which in turn satisfy sense gratification.\nThis cycle of occupational engagements includes so-called religiosity followed by material gain and material gain followed by fulfillment of desires.\nSense gratification is the general way for all sorts of fully occupied men.\nBut in the statement of Siita Gosvami, as per the verdict of the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, this is nullified by the present sloka.\nOne should not engage himself in any sort of occupational service for\nmaterial gain only. Nor should material gain be utilized for sense gratification. How material gain should be utilized is described as follows.\nTEXT 10\n\n�fr�sft� �'ffir �ffifl I\n�'Fffl ���1(11 rrNf �� �: II� II\n\n�\n\no\n\nkiimasya nendriya-pritir\nliibho jiveta yiivatii\n\njivasya tattva-jijniisii\n\nniirtho yas ceha karmabhifl\n\n", "SB1.1#p0118": "Text 10]\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\n97\n\nkiimasya-of desires;na-not;indriya-senses;priti{t-satisfactio n; liibhafi.\n-gain; jiveta-self preservation; yiivatii-so much so; jivasya-of the living\nbeing; tattva-Absolute Truth;jijiiiisii-inquiries; na-not;arthafi.-end;yafi.\nca iha-whatsoever else;karmabhi[t-by occupational activities.\nTRANSLATION\nLife's desires should never be aimed at gratifying the senses. One should\ndesire to live only because human life enables one to inquire about the\nAbsolute Truth. This should be the goal of all works.\nPURPORT\nThe completely bewildered material civilization is wrongly directed\ntowards the fulfillment of desires in sense gratification. In such civilization,\nin all spheres of life, the ultimate end is sense gratification. In politics,\nsocial service, altruism, philanthropy and ultimately in religion or even in\nsalvation, the very same tint of sense gratification i.s ever increasingly predominent. In the political field the leaders of men fight with one anothe1\nto fulfill their personal sense gratification. The voters adore the so-called\nleaders only when they promise sense gratification. As soon as the voters\nare dissatisfied in their own sense satisfaction, they dethrone the leaders.\nThe leaders almost always disappoint the voters by not satisfying their\nsenses. The same is applicable in all other fields; no one is serious about\nthe problems of life. Even those who are on the path of salvation desire to\nbecome one with the Absolute Truth and desire to commit spiritual\nsuicide for sense gratification. But the Bhiigavatam says that one should\nnot live for sense gratification. One should satisfy the senses only insomuch as is required for self-preservation, and not for sense gratification..\nBecause the body is made of senses, which also require a certain amount of\nsatisfaction, there are regulative directions for satisfaction of such senses.\nBut the senses are not meant for unrestricted enjoyment. For example,\nmarriage or the combination of a man with a woman is necessary for\nprogeny, but it is not meant for sense enjoyment. In the absence of such\nvoluntary restraint, there is propaganda for family planning, but foolish\nmen do not know that family planning is automatically executed as soon\nas\n\nthere is search after the Absolute Truth. Seekers of the Absolute Truth\n\nare never allured by unnecessary engagements in sense gratification because\nthe serious students seeking the Absolute Truth are always overwhelmed\nwith the work of researching the Truth. In every sphere of life, therefore,\n\n", "SB1.1#p0119": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n98\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 2\n\nthe ultimate end must be seeking after the Absolute Truth, and that sort\n\nof engagement will make everyone happy because they will be less engaged\nin varieties of sense gratification. And what that Absolute Truth is is\nexplained as follows.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n�� ���� ({'41�¥t�t{ I\nqrn q�Rirftr �;fir �� II��II\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\ntattvarh yaj jiiiinam advayam\nbrahmeti paramiitmeti\nbhagaviin iti sabdyate\nvadanti-they say; tat\n\n-\n\nthat; tattva-vida[l.-the learned souls; tattvam­\n\nthe Absolute Truth; yat-which; jiianam-knowledge; advayam-nondual;\n\nbrahma iti-k nown as Brahman; paramiitmii iti-known as Paramatma;\nbhagaviin iti-known as Bhagavan; sabdyate-it so sounded.\nTRANSLATION\nLearned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this\n\nnondual substance Brahman, Paramatma or Bhagavan.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Absolute Truth is both subject and object, and there is no qualita­\n\ntive difference there. Therefore, Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan are\n\nqualitatively one and the same. The same substance is realized as impersonal Brahman by the students of the Upan4ads, as localized Paramatma\n\nby the Hirapyagarbhas or the yogis, and as Bhagavan by the devotees. In\nother words, Bhagavan or the Personality of Godhead is the last word of\n\nthe Absolute Truth. Paramatma is the partial representation of the Person­\n\nality of Godhead, and impersonal Brahman is the glowing effulgence of\n\nthe Personality of Godhead, as the sun rays are to the sun-god. Less\n\nintelligent students of either of the above schools sometimes argue in favor\n\n", "SB1.1#p0120": "Text 12)\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\n99\n\nof their own respective realization, but those who are perfect seers of the\nAbsolute Truth know well that the above three features -of the one\nAbsolute Truth are different perspective views seen from different angles\nof vision.\nAs it is explained in the first sloka of the First Chapter of the Bhiigavatam, the Supreme Truth is self-sufficient, cognizant and freed from the\nillusion of relativity. In the relative world the knower is different from the\nknown, but in the Absolute Truth both the knower and the known are one\nand the same thing. In the relative world the knower is the living spirit or\nsuperior energy, whereas the known is inert matter or inferior energy.\nTherefore, there is a duality of inferior and superior energy, whereas in the\nabsolute realm both the knower and the known are of the same superior\nenergy. There are three kinds of energies of the supreme energetic. There\nis no difference between the energy and energetic, but there is a difference\nof quality of energies. The absolute realm and the living entities are of the\nsame superior energy, but the material world is inferior energy. The living\nbeing in contact with the inferior energy is illusioned, thinking he belongs\nto the inferior energy. Therefore there is the sense of relativity in the\nmaterial world. In the Absolute there is no such sense of difference\nbetween the knower and the known, and therefore everything there is\nabsolute.\n\nTEXT 12\n\ntac chraddadhiinii[l. munayo\njiiiina-vairiigya-yuktayii\npasyanty iitmani ciitmiinam\nbhaktyii sruta-grhitayii\n\ntat-that; sraddadhiinii[l.\n\n-\n\nseriously inquisitive; munaya[l.-sages; jiiiina­\n\nknowledge; vairiigya-detachment; yuktayii-well equipped with; pa§yanti\n-see; iitmani-within himself; ca-and; iitmiinam-the Paramiitmii; bhaktyd\n-in devotional service; sruta-the Vedas; grhitayii-well received.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0121": "100\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch_ 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat Absolute Truth is realized by the seriously inquisitive student or\nsage who is well equipped with knowledge and who has become detached\nby rendering devotional service and hearing the Vedanta-srutiPURPORT\nThe Absolute Truth is realized in full by the process of devotional service to the Lord Vasudeva or the Personality of Godhead who is the\nfull-fledged Absolute Truth. Brahman is His transcendental bodily effulgence, and Paramatma is His partial representation. As such, Brahman or\nParamatma realization of the Absolute Truth is but a partial realization.\nThere are four different types of living beings, the karmis, the jniinis, the\n\nyogis and the devotees. The karmis are materialistic, whereas the other\nthree are transcendental. The first-class transcendentalists are the devotees\nwho have realized the Supreme Person. The second-class transcendentalists\nare those who have partially realized the plenary portion of the absolute\nperson. And the third-class transcendentalists are those who have barely\nrealized the spiritual focus of the absolute person. As stated in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii and other Vedic literatures, the Supreme Person is realized\nby devotional service, which is backed by full knowledge and detachment\nfrom the material association. We have already discussed the point that\ndevotional service is followed by knowledge and detachment from material\n\nassociation. As Brahman and Paramiitmii realization are imperfect realiza­\n\ntions of the Absolute Truth, so the means of realizing Brahman and\nParamiitmii, i.e.; the paths of jniina and yoga, are also imperfect means of\nrealizing the Absolute Truth. Devotional service, which is based on the\n\nforeground of full knowledge combined with detachment from material\nassociation fixed up on the aural reception of the Vediinta-sruti, is the\nonly perfect method of realizing the Absolute Truth by the seriously\ninquisitive student. Devotional service is not, therefore, meant for the less\nintelligent class of transcendentalist. There are three classes of devotees,\nnamely first, second, and third class. The third-class devotees, or the\nneophytes, who have no knowledge nor are detached from the material\nassociation, but who are simply attracted by the preliminary processes of\nworshiping the Deity in the temple, are called material devotees. Material\ndevotees are more attached to material benefit than transcendental profit.\nTherefore, one has to make definite progress from the position of material\ndevotional service to the second-class devotional position. In the second-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0122": "Divinity and Divine Service\n\nText 13]\n\n101\n\nclass position, the devotee can see four principles in the devotional line,\nnamely the Personality of Godhead, His devotees, the ignorant and the\nenvious. One has to raise himself at least to the stage of a second-class\ndevotee and thus become eligible to know the Absolute Truth.\nA third-class devotee, therefore, has to receive the instructions of\n\ndevotional service from the authoritative sources of Bhiigavatam. The\n\nnumber one Bhiigavatam is the established personality of devotee, and the\nother Bhiigavatam is the message of Godhead. The third-class devotee has,\ntherefore, to go to the personality of devotee in order to learn the instructions of devotional service. Such a personality of devotee is not a profes­\n\nsional man who earns his livelihood by the business of Bhiigavatam. Such\n\na devotee must be a representative of Sukadeva Gosvami, like Siita\nGosvami, and must preach the cult of devotional service for the all-around\n\nbenefit of all people. A neophyte devotee has very little taste for hearing\nfrom the authorities. Such a neophyte devotee makes a show of hearing\nfrom the professional man to satisfy his senses. This sort of hearing and\nchanting has spoiled the whole thing, so one should be very careful about\nthe faulty process. The holy messages of Godhead, as inculcated in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii or in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, are undoubtedly transcen­\n\ndental subjects, but even though they are so, such transcendental matters\nare not to be received from the professional man who spoils them like the\nserpent spoils the milk simply by the touch of his tongue.\nA sincere devotee must, therefore, be prepared to hear the Vedic literature like the Upan4ads, Vedanta and other literatures left by the previous\nauthorities or Gosvamis, for the benefit of his progress. Without hearing\nsuch literatures, one cannot make actual progress. And without hearing\nand following the instructions, the show of devotional service becomes\nworthless and therefore a sort of disturbance in the path of devotional\nservice. Unless, therefore, devotional service is established on the principles\nof srut�\n\nsmrt� puriirw or pancariitra authorities, the make-show of\n\ndevotional service should at once be rejected. An unauthorized devotee\nshould never be recognized as a pure devotee. By assimilation of such\nmessages from the Vedic literatures, one can see the all-pervading localized\naspect of the Personality of Godhead within his own self constantly. This\n\nis called samiidhi.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n", "SB1.1#p0123": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n102\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 2\n\nata� pumbhir dvija-sre§thii\nvar[tiisrama-vibhiigasa�\nsvanu§thitasya dharmasya\nsamsiddhir hari-to§a[lam\nata�-so; pumbhi�-by the human being; dvija-sre§tha�-0 best among\nthe twice-born; var[tasrama-institution of four castes and orders of life;\n\nvibhiigasa�-by the division of; svanu§thitasya\n\nof one's own prescribed\n\nduties; dharmasya-occupational; samsiddh*-highest perfection; harithe Personality of Godhead; to§a[tam-pleasing.\nTRANSLATION\n0 best among the twiceborn, it is therefore concluded that the highest\n\nperfection one can achieve, by discharging his prescribed duties [dharma]\n\naccording to caste divisions and order of life, is to please the Lord Hari.\nPURPORT\n\nHuman society all over the world is divided into four castes and four\n\norders of life. The four castes are the intelligent caste, the martial caste,\nthe productive caste and the laborer caste. These castes are classified in\nterms of one's work and qualification, and not by birth. Then again there\nare four orders of life, namely the student life, the householder's life, the\n\nretired and the devotional life. In the best interest of human society there\n\nmust be such divisions of life, otherwise no social institution can grow\nup in a healthy state. And in each and every one of the above-mentioned\n\ndivisions of life, the aim must be to please the supreme authority of the\n\nPersonality of Godhead. This institutional function of human society is\nknown as the system of var[tiisrama-dharma, which is quite natural for\nthe civilized life. The var[tasrama institution is constructed to enable\none to realize the Absolute Truth. It is not for artificial domination of one\n\ndivision over the other. When the aim of life, i.e., realization of the\n\nAbsolute Truth, is missed by too much attachment for indriya-priti or\n\nsense gratification, as it is already discussed hereinbefore, the institution\n\nof the var[lllsrama is utilized by selfish men to pose an artificial predomi­\n\nnance over the weaker section. In the Kali-yuga, or in the age of quarrel,\n\nthis artificial predominance is already current, but the saner section of the\npeople know it well that the division of castes and orders of life are\n\nmeant for smooth social intercourse and high thinking self-realization and\n\nnot for any other purpose.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0124": "Text 14)\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\n103\n\nHerein the statement of Bhiigavatam is that the highest aim of life or\nthe highest perfection of the institution of the varr-iisrama-dharma is to\ncooperate jointly for the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord, which is also\nconfirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 4.13).\nTEXT 14\n\nij��� �'RlT lllm'{ ijR;ffi m: I\n�:\"fflij� �:��f�ll��ll\ntasmiid ekena manasii\nbhagaviin siitvatiirh patifl\nsrotavyafl kirtitavya5 ca\ndhyeyafl pujyas ca nityadii\n\ntasmat-therefore; ekena by one; manasa-attention of\n-\n\nthe mind;\n\nbhagavan-the Personality of Godhead; satvatam-of the devotees ; patifl.\n\n­\n\nprotector; srotavyafl-is to be heard; kirtitavyafl-to be glorified; ca-and;\ndh yeh afl-to be remembered; pujyafl-to be worshiped; ca-and; nityadii­\n\nconstantly.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore devotees should constantly hear about, glorify, remember\nand worship the Personality of Godhead [ Bhagavan] , who is their protector.\n\nPURPORT\nIf realization of the Absolute Truth is the ultimate aim of life, it must\nbe carried out by all means. In any one of the above-mentioned castes\nand orders of life, the four processes, namely glorifying, hearing, remembering and worshiping, are general occupations. Without these principles of\nlife, no one can exist. Activities of the living being involve engagements in\nthese different four principles of life. Especially in modern society, all\nactivities are more or less dependent on hearing and glorifying. Any man\nfrom any social status becomes a well-known man in human society\nwithin a very short time if he is simply glorified truly or falsely in the\ndaily newspapers. Sometimes political leaders of a particular party are\nalso advertised by newspaper propaganda, and by such glorifying method\n\n", "SB1.1#p0125": "[Canto 1, Ch_ 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n104\n\nan insignificant man becomes an important man-within no time. But such\n\npropaganda work by false glorification of an unqualified person cannot\nbring about any good, either for the particular man or for the society.\n\nThere may be some temporary reactions to such propaganda, but there\nare no permanent effects. Therefore such activities are a waste of time.\n\nThe actual object of glorification is the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nwho has created everything manifested before us. We have broadly dis­\n\ncussed this fact from the beginning of the ''janmiidy asya, sloka of this\n\nBhiigavatam.\n\nThe tendency to glorify others or hear others must be\n\nturned to the real object of glorification-the Supreme Being. And that\nwill bring happiness.\nTEXT 15\n\n�G\\�IM�l �:���I\n�fkt �G\\��� cit ;r�ll�U� I� �I\nyad anudhyiisinii yuktii[l.\nkarma-granthi-nibandhanam\nchindanti kovidiis tasya\nko na kuryiit kathii-ratim\nyat- which;\nequipped\n\nwith\n\nanudhy ii\n\n-\n\npersons;\n\nremembrance;\n\nas inii\n\n-\n\ns word;\n\nyuk tii[l.- being\n\nwork;\n\ngranthi�knot;\n\nkarma-reactionary\n\nnibandhanam-interknit; chindanti-cut; kovid ii fi.\n\n-\n\nintelligent; tasya- His;\n\nkafi.- who ; na-not; kuryiit-shall not do; kathii-messages; ratim-attention.\nTRANSLATION\nWith sword in hand, intelligent men cut through the labyrinthine knots\nof reactionary work [karma] by remembering the Lord. Therefore who will\nnot pay attention to His message?\nPURPORT\nThe spiritual spark contacted with material elements creates a knot\n\nwhich must be cut if one wants to be liberated from the actions and\n\nreactions of fruitive work. Liberation means freedom from the cycle of\nreactionary work. This liberation automatically follows for one who\nconstantly remembers the transcendental pastimes of the Personality of\n\n", "SB1.1#p0126": "Text 16]\n\n105\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\nGodhead. This is because all activities of the Supreme Lord (His lilii)\nare transcendental to the modes of the material energy. They are allattractive spiritual activities, and therefore constant association with the\nspiritual activities of the Supreme Lord gradually spiritualizes the conditioned soul and ultimately severs the knot of material bondage.\nLiberation from material bondage is, therefore, a by-product of devotional service. Attainment of spiritual knowledge is not sufficient to insure\nliberation. Such knowledge must be overcoated with devotional service so\nthat ultimately the devotional service alone predominates. Then liberation\nis made possible. Even the reactionary work of the fruitive workers can\nlead one to liberation when it is overcoated with devotional service. Karma\n\novercoated with devotional service is called karma-yoga. Similarly, empirical\nknowledge overcoated with devotional service is called jiiiina-yoga. But\n\npure bhakti-yoga is independent of such karma and jiiiina because it alone\n\ncan not only endow one with liberation from the conditional life but can\nalso award one with the transcendental loving service of the Lord.\nTherefore, any sensible man who is above the average man with a poor\nfund of knowledge must constantly remember the Personality of Godhead\nby hearing. about Him, by glorifying Him, by remembering Him and by\nworshiping Him always, without cessation. That is the perfect way of\ndevotional service. The Gosvamis of Vrndavana who were authorized by\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to preach the bhakti cult, rigidly followed this\nrule and made immense literatures of transcendental science for our\nbenefit. They have chalked out ways for all classes of men in terms of the\ndifferent castes and orders of life in pursuance of the teachings of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam and similar other authoritative scriptures.\nTEXT 16\n\n�:\n\n�fli�f�: I\n��rofcm: ��r�������\n�\n\nsusrU§O[l. §.raddadhiinasya\nviisudeva-kathii-ruci[l.\n\nsyiin mahat-sevayii viprii[l.\npup.ya-tirtha-ni§ evap.iit\n\ns us ril§o[l.\n\n-\n\none who is engaged in hearing; sraddadhiinasya- with care and\n\nattention; viisudeva-in respect\n\nto\n\nVasudeva;\n\nkathii-message;\n\nruci[!.­\n\naffinity; syiit - is made possible; mahat-sevayii-by service rendered to pure\n\n", "SB1.1#p0127": "106\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch_ 2\n\ndevotees; viprii[l.-0 twice-born;pu!lya-tirtha-those who are cleansed of all\nvice; n�eva!liit-by service.\nTRANSLATION\n0 twice-born sages, by serving those devotees who are completely\n\nfreed from all vice, great service is done_ By such service, one gains\n\naffinity for hearing the messages of Vasudeva.\nPURPORT\n\nThe conditioned life of a living being is caused by his revolting against\n\nthe Lord. There are men called deva, or godly living beings, and there are\n\nmen called asuras, or demons, who are against the authority of the Supreme\nLord. In the Bhagavad-gitii (Sixteenth Chapter) a vivid description of the\n\nasuras is given in which it is said that the asuras are put into lower and lower\nstates of ignorance life after life and so sink to the lower animal forms and\n\nhave no information of the Absolute Truth, the Personality of Godhead.\nThese asuras are gradually rectified into God consciousness by the mercy\n\nof the Lord's liberated servitors in different countries according to the\nsupreme will . Such devotees of God are very confidential associates of the\n\nLord, and when they come to save the human society from the dangers\n\nof godlessness, they are known as the powerful incarnations of the Lord,\n\nas sons of the Lord or as servants of the Lord or as associates of the Lord.\n\nBut none of them falsely claim to be God themselves. This is a blasphemy\n\ndeclared by the asuras, and the demoniac followers of such asuras also\naccept pretenders as God or His incarnation. In the revealed scriptures\n\nthere is definite information of the incarnation of God. No one should be\n\naccepted as God or an incarnation of God unless he is confirmed by the\n\nrevealed scriptures.\n\nThe servants of God are to be respected as God by the devotees who\n\nactually want to go back to Godhead. Such servants of God are called\n\nmahiitmiis, or the tirthas, and they preach according to particular time\n\nand place. The servants of God urge people to become devotees of the\nLord. They never tolerate being called God. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was\nGod Himself according to the indications of the revealed scriptures, but\nHe played the part of a devotee. People who knew Him to be God addressed\n\nHim as God, but He used to block His ears with His hands and chant the\n\nname of Lord Vi�!lu. He strongly protested against being called God,\nalthough undoubtedly He was God Himself. The Lord behaves so to warn\n\n", "SB1.1#p0128": "Text 17]\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\n107\n\nus against unscrupulous men who take pleasure in being addressed as God.\nThe servants of God come to propagate God consciousness, and intelligent people should cooperate with them in every respect. By serving the\nservant of God, one can please God more than by directly serving the\nLord. The Lord is more pleased when He sees that His servants are properly\nrespected because such servants risk everything for the service of the Lord\nand so are very dear to the Lord. The Lord declares in the Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(Bg. 18.69) that no one is dearer to Him than one who risks everything to\npreach His glory. By serving the servants of the Lord, one gradually gets\nthe quality of such servants, and thus one becomes qualified to hear the\nglories of God. The eagerness to hear about God is the first qualification\nof a devotee for entering the kingdom of God.\nTEXT 17\n\nSf!Lvatiirh sva-kathiil;t kmwft\npur-ya-sravar-a-kirtanafl,\n\nhrdy anta[l,-stho hy abhadriir-i\nvidhunoti su-hrt-satiim\nsrr-vatiim-those who have developed the urge to hear the message of;\nsva-kathii[l,\n\n-\n\nHis own words; k_rgw[l,-the Personality of Godhead;pur-ya­\n\nvirtues;sravar-a- hearing; k irtana[l, chanting; h_rdi anta[l,-stha[l,- within one's\n-\n\nheart; hi\n\n-\n\ncertainly; abhadriir- i-desire to enjoy matter; vidhunoti- cleanses;\n\nsu-hrt- benefactor; satiim-of the truthful.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri K!\"��a, the Personality of Godhead, who is the Paramatma [Supersoul] in everyone's heart and the benefactor of the truthful devotee,\ncleanses desire for material enjoyment from the heart of the devotee who\nrelishes His messages, which are in themselves virtuous when properly\nheard and chanted.\nPURPORT\nMessages of the Personality of Godhead\n\nSri Kr��a are nondifferent\n\nfrom Him. Whenever, therefore, offenseless hearing of God is undertaken,\n\n", "SB1.1#p0129": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n108\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 2\n\nit is to be understood that Lord Kr��a is present there in the form of\n\ntranscendental sound, which is as powerful as the Lord personally. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, in His Sik§ii�takam, declares clearly that the holy\n\nname of the Lord has all the potencies of the Lord and that He has\nendowed His innumerable names with the same potency. There is no rigid\nfixture of time, and anyone can chant the holy name with attention and\n\nreverence at his convenience. The Lord is so kind to us that He can be\npresent before us personally in the form of transcendental sound, but\nunfortunately we have no taste for hearing and glorifying the Lord's name\n\nand activities. We have already discussed developing a taste for hearing and\n\nchanting the holy sound. It is done through the medium of service to the\n\npure devotee of the Lord.\n\nThe Lord is reciprocally respondent to His devotees. When He sees that\n\na devotee is completely sincere in getting admittance to the transcendental\nservice of the Lord and thus becomes eager to hear about Him, the Lord\nacts from within the devotee in such a way that the devotee may easily go\n\nback to Him. The Lord is more anxious to take us back into His kingdom\nthan we can desire. Most of us do not desire at all to go back to Godhead.\n\nOnly a very few men want to go back to Godhead. But anyone who\n\ndesires to go back to Godhead, Sri Kr��a helps in all respects.\n\nOne cannot enter into the kingdom of God unless one is perfectly\ncleared of all sins. The material sins are products of our desires to lord it\nover material nature. It is very difficult to get rid of such desires. Women\nand wealth are very difficult problems for the devotee making progress on\nthe path back to Godhead. Many stalwarts in the devotional line fell\nvictim to these allurements and thus retreated from the path of liberation.\nBut when one is helped by the Lord Himself, the whole process becomes\nas easy as anything by the divine grace of the Lord.\nTo become restless in the contact of women and wealth is not an\nastonishment, because every living being is associated with such things\nfrom a remote time, practically immemorial, and it takes time to recover\nfrom this foreign nature. But if one is engaged in hearing the glories of\nthe Lord, gradually he realizes his real position. By the grace of God such\n·\n\na devotee gets sufficient strength to defend himself from the state of\ndisturbances, and gradually all disturbing elements are eliminated from his\nmind.\nTEXT 18\n\n��!I � lll•lilij� � I\n'fl4jq�fl'l� m�mr ffiwtt ������\n\n", "SB1.1#p0130": "Text 18]\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\n109\n\nna§ta-priiye§v abhadre§U\nnityarh bhiigavata-sevayii\n\nbhagavaty uttama-sloke\n\nbhaktir bhavati nai§thiki\nna§ta-destroyed; priiye§u-almost to nil; abhadre§u-all that is inauspi­\n\ncious;\n\n'\n\nnityam- re gu larly; bhiigavata-Snmad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nor\n\nthe pure\n\ndevotee; sevayii-by serving; bhagavati-unto the Personality of Godhead;\n\nuttama-transcendental; sloke-prayers; bhakti[l.-loving service; bhavati­\n\ncomes into being; nai§thiki'-irrevocable.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy regularly hearing the Bhagavatam and rendering service unto the\n\npure devotee, all that is troublesome to the heart is practically destroyed,\n\nand loving service unto the glorious Lord, who is praised with transcen­\n\ndental songs, is established as an irrevocable fact.\nPURPORT\n\nHere is the remedy for eliminating all inauspicious things within the\n\nheart which are considered to be obstacles in the path of self-realization.\n\nThe remedy is the association of the Bhiigavatas. There are two types of\n\nBhiigavatas, namely the book Bhiigavata and the devotee Bhiigavata.\n\nBoth the Bhiigavatas are competent remedies, and both of them or either\n\nof them can be good enough to eliminate the obstacles. A devotee\n\nBhiigavata is as good as the book Bhiigavata because the devotee Bhiigavata\n\nleads his life in terms of the book Bhiigavata, and the book Bhiigavata is\nfull of information about the Personality of Godhead and His pure\n\ndevotees, who are also Bhiigavatas. Bhiigavata book and person are identical.\n\nThe devotee Bhiigavata is a direct representative of Bhagaviin, the\n\nPersonality of Godhead. So by pleasing the devotee Bhiigavata one can\n\nreceive the benefit of the book Bhiigavata_ Human reason fails to u nderstand\n\nhow by serving the devotee Bhiigavata or the book Bhiigavata one gets\n\ngradual promotion on the path of devotion. But actually these are facts\nexplained by Srila Naradadeva, who happened to be a maidservant's son\nin his previous life. The maidservant was engaged in the menial service of\n\nthe sages, and thus he also came into contact with them. And simply by\n\nassociating with them and accepting the remnants of foodstuff left by the\nsages, the son of the maidservant got the chance to become the great\ndevotee an d personality, Srila Naradadeva. These are the miraculous\n\n", "SB1.1#p0131": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nno\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 2\n\neffects of the association of Bhiigavatas. And to understand these effects\npractically, it should be noted that by such sincere association of the\n\nBhiigavatas one is sure to receive transcendental knowledge very easily,\nand the result is that he becomes fixed in the devotional service of the\nLord. The more progress is made in devotional service under the guidance\nof the Bhiigavatas, the more one becomes fixed in the transcendental\nloving\n\nservice of the\n\nLord.\n\nbook Bhiigavata,\nBhiigavata, and the\n\nThe messages of the\n\ntherefore, have to be received from the devotee\n\ncombination of these two Bhiigavatas will help the neophyte devotee to\nmake progress on and on.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n��t: ��ill\n� �rq md � 3R{� ������\ntadii rajas-tamo-bhiivafl,\nkama-lobhadaya§ ca ye\nceta etair aniividdharh\nsthitarh sattve prasidati\ntada-at that time; raja[l.-in the mode of passion; tam a[l. - the mode of\nignorance; bhaviifl,- the situation; kama-lust and desire; Zobha- hankering;\n\nadaya[l.\n\n-\n\nothers; ca-and; ye-whatever they are; ceta[l.\n\n-\n\nby these; anaviddham-without being affected; sthitam\n\nthe mind; etai[l.­\n\n-\n\nbeing fixed up;\n\nsattve-in the mode of goodness; prasidati- thus becomes fully satisfied.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the time loving service is established in the heart, the modes of\np assion\n\n[rajas]\n\nand\n\nignorance\n\n[tamas)\n\nand lust and desire [kama)\n\ndisappear from the heart. Then the devotee is established in goodness\nand he becomes happy.\nPURPORT\nA living being in his normal constitutional position is fully satisfied in\nspiritual bliss. This state of existence is called brahma-bhuta or iitmanandi\nor the state of self-satisfaction. This self-satisfaction is not like the\nsatisfaction of the inactive fool. The inactive fool is in the state of foolish\nignorance, whereas the self-satisfied iitmiinandi is transcendental to the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0132": "Text 20)\n\nlll\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\nmaterial state of existence. This stage of perfection is attained as soon as\none is fixed up in irrevocable devotional service. Devotional service is not\ninactivity, but the unalloyed activity of the soul.\nThe soul's activity becomes adulterated in contact with matter, and as\nsuch the diseased activities are expressed in the form of lust, desire,\nhankering, inactivity, foolishness and sleep. The effect of devotional service\nbecomes manifest by complete elimination of these effects of passion and\nignorance. The devotee is fixed at once in the mode of goodness, and he\nmakes further progress to rise up to the position of Vasudeva, or the state\nof unmixed sattva or suddha-sattva state. In this suddha-sattva state only\ncan one always see Kr�!la eye to eye by dint of pure affection for the\nLord.\nA devotee is always in the mode of unalloyed goodness; therefore he\nharms no one. But the nondevotee, however educated he may be, is\nalways harmful. A devotee is neither foolish nor passionate. The harmful,\nfoolish and passionate cannot be devotees of the Lord, however they may\nadvertise themselves as devotees by outward dress. A devotee is always\nqualified with all the good qualities of God . Quantitatively such qualifications may be different, but qualitatively both of them are one and the\nsame.\nTEXT 20\n\n�if St(ht'4..(1l '+1•14=J:Rti•(Ni�t: I\nlt4jqfl*ff� U'ffi('t'fi�=tf � II� II\no\n\nevarh prasanna-manaso\nbhagavad-bhakti-yogata[l\nbhagavat-tattva-vijiiiinarh\nmukta-sangasya jiiyate\neuam-thu s ; prasanna -enlivened; manasa[l-of the mind; bhagavadbhakt_i-devotional service of the Lord; yogata[l\nregarding\n\nthe\n\nPersonality\n\n-\n\nby contact of; bhagavat­\n\nof Godhead; tattva-knowledge; vijiiiinam­\n\nscientific; mukta-liberated; sangasya-of the association; jiiyate- becomes\neffective.\nTRANSLATION\nThus established in the mode of goodness, the man rejuvenated by\nloving service to the Lord gains liberation from material association\n[ mukti] and comes to know scientifically of the Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0133": "[Canto 1, Ch_ 2\n\nSr'imad-Bhagavatam\n\n112\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Blwgavad-gitii (Bg. 7.3) it is said that out of many thousands of\n\nordinary men, one fortunate man endea,·ors for perfection of life. �lostly\n\nthey are conducted by the modes of passion and ignorance, and thus they\n\nare engaged always in lust, desire. hankerings, ignorance and sleep. Out of\n\nmany such manlike animals, there is actually a man who knows the\n\nresponsibility of human life and thus tries to make life perfect by following\nthe prescribed duties. And out of such many thousands of persons who\nhave thus attained success in human life, one may know scientifically\nabout the Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�!la. In the same Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(Bg. 18.55) it is also said that scientific knowledge of Sri Kr�pa is under­\n\nstood only by the process of deYotional senice (bhakti-yoga).\nThe ,·ery same thing is confirmed herein in the abo,·e words. :'i o ordinary\nman, or e\\·en one who has attained success in human life. can know\nscientifically or perfectly the Personality of Godhead. Perfection of human\n\nlife is attained when one can understand that he is not the product of\n\nmatter but is in fact spirit. And as soon as one understands that he has\n\nnothing to do with matter, he at once ceases his material hankerings and\nbecomes enli,·ened as a spiritual being. This attainment of\n\nsuccess\n\nis\n\npossible when one is abm·e the modes of passion and ignorance, or, in\nother words. when one is actually a briihma!la by qualification. Briihmaf!a\n\nis the symbol of sattra-gu[la, or the mode of goodness. And others, who\n\nare not in the mode of goodness. are either k§atri)'a, vaiS)'a, siidra or less\n\nthan the siidras. The brahminical stage is the highest stage of human life\n\nbecause of its good qualities. So one cannot be a devotee unless one at\nleast qualifies as a briihmaf!a. The deYotee is already a briihma[la by action.\nBut that is not the end of it. As referred to above, such a briihmaf!a has to\n\nbecome a Vai�pava in fact to be actually in the transcendental stage. A\n\npure Vai�pava is a liberated soul and is transcendental to the position of a\nbriihnwf!a e\\·en. In the material stage even a briihmaf!a is also a conditioned\n\nsoul because in the brahminical stage the conception of Brahman or\n\ntranscendence is realized. but in that stage scientific knowledge of the\nSupreme\n\nLord\n\nis\n\nlacking.\n\nOne\n\nhas\n\nto\n\nsurpass\n\nthe\n\nbrahminical\n\nstage and reach the Vasudeva stage to understand the Personality of\nGodhead Kf�pa. The science of the Personality of Godhead is the subject\n\nmatter for study by the postgraduate students in the spiritual line. Fool­\n\nish men, or men with a poor fund of knowledge, do not understand the\nSupreme Lord, and they interpret .Krgta accordirlg to their respective\n\nwhims_\n\nThe\n\nfact\n\nis,\n\nhowever,\n\nthat\n\none\n\ncannot\n\nunderstand\n\nthe\n\n", "SB1.1#p0134": "Text 21]\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\n113\n\nscience of the Personality of Godhead unless one is freed from the contami­\n\nnation of the material modes, even up to the stage of a briihma[!a. When\n\na qualified briihma[La factually becomes a Vai�l).ava, in the enlivened state\nof liberation he can know what is actually the Supreme Lord.\nTEXT 21\n\nf� �F�0tt � ���: 1\n� :qw:r �qff!If � ��ij;ft� II�� II\n..\n\nbhidyate hrdaya-granthis\nchidyante sarva-samsa)riifl.\nk§iyante ciisya harmii[!i\ndnta eviitmaniSvare\nbhidyat e-pierced; hrda y a- heart; granthifl.-knots; chidyante-cut to\n\npieces; sarve-all; s amsayiifl.-misgi \\· ings;\n\nk�iyante-terminated; ca-and;\n\nasya- his; ka rm ii[l i-chain of fmitive actions; dr§ta-ha,·ing seen; eva­\n\ncertainly; iitmani-unto the self; iSvare- dominating.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus the knots of the heart and all misgivings are cut to pieces. The\n\nchain of fruitive actions [karma] is terminated when one sees the self as\n\nmaster.\n\nPURPORT\nAttainment of scientific knowledge of the Personality of Godhead means\n\nseeing one's own self simultaneously. As far as the identity of the living\n\nbeing as spirit self is concerned, there are a number of speculations and\nmisgivings. The materialist does not believe in the existence of the spirit\n\nself, and empiric philosophers believe in the impersonal feature of the\nwhole spirit without individuality of the living beings. But the transcendenta�sts affirm that the soul and the Supersoul are two different identities\nqualitatively one but quantitatively different. There are many other\n\ntheories, but all these different speculations are at once cleared off as soon\nas\n\nSri Kr�l).a is realized in truth by the process of bhakti-yoga. Sri Kr�l).a is\n\nlike the sun, and the materialistic speculations about the Absolute Truth\n\nare like the darkest midnight. As soon as the Kr�l).a sun is arisen within\n\none's heart, the darkness of materialistic speculations about the Absolute\nTruth and the living beings is at once cleared off. In the presence of the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0135": "114\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n.\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 2\n\nsun, the darkness cannot stand, and the relative truths that were hidden\nwithin the dense darkness of ignorance become clearly manifested by the\n\nmercy of Kr��a, who is residing in everyone's heart as the Supersoul.\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 10.11) the Lord says that in order to show\n\nspecial favor to His pure devotees, He personally eradicates the dense\ndarkness of all misgivings by switching on the light of pure knowledge\n\nwithin the heart of a devotee. Therefore, because of the Personality of\n\nGodhead's taking charge of illuminating the heart of His devotee, certainly\na devotee, engaged in His service in transcendental love, cannot remain in\n\ndarkness. He comes to know everything of the absolute and the relative\n\ntruths. The devotee cannot remain in darkness, and because a devotee is\n\nenlightened by the Personality of Godhead, his knowledge is certainly\nperfect. This is not the case for those who speculate on the Absolute\n\nTruth by dint of their own limited power of approach. Such knowledge\n\nis called\n\nparamparii, or deductive knowledge coming down from the\n\nauthority to the submissive aural receiver bona fide by service and surrender. One cannot challenge the authority of the Supreme and know Him\nalso at the same time. He reserves the right of not being exposed to such a\n\nchallenging spirit of an insignificant spark of the whole subjected to the\n\ncontrol of illusory energy. The devotees are submissive, and therefore the\ntranscendental knowledge descends from the Personality of Godhead to\n\nBrahma and from Brahma to his sons and disciples in succession. This\n\nprocess is helped by the Supersoul within such devotees. That is the perfect way of learning transcendental knowledge.\n\nThis enlightenment perfectly enables the devotee to distinguish spirit\n\nfrom matter because the knot of spirit and matter is untied by the Lord.\n\nThis knot is called ahaftkiira, and it falsely obliges a living being to become\n\nidentified with matter. As soon as this knot is loosened, therefore, all the\n\nclouds of doubt are at once cleared off. He sees his master and fully\n\nengages himself in the transcendental loving service of the Lord, making a\n\nfull termination of the chain of fruitive action. In material existence, a\n\nliving being creates his own chain of fruitive work and enjoys the good and\nbad effects of those actions life after life. But as soon as he engages himself\n\nin the loving service of the Lord, he at once becomes free from the chain\n\nof karma. All his actions no longer create any reaction.\nTEXT 22\n\n3Rif���f� ���I\niflU�� � . t�qR'ISitfl��l'l_ ����II\n\n", "SB1.1#p0136": "Text 23]\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\n115\n\nato vai kavayo nityarh\nbhaktirh paramayii mudii\nviisudeve bhagavati\nkurvanty iitma-prasiidanim\nataft- therefore; vai-certainly; kavaya[l-all transcendentalists; nityam­\n\nfrom\n\ntime\n\nimmemorial; bhaktim-service unto the Lord; paramayii­\n\nsupreme; mudii-with great delight; viisudeve-Sri Kr§Q.a; bh agavati\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nPersonality of Godhead; kurvanti-do render; iitma-self; prasiidanim-that\n\nwhich enlivens.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore all transcendentalists have been rendering loving service with\n\ngreat delight to Lord Kmta, the Personality of Godhead, from time imme­\n\nmorial because such devotional service is enlivening to the self.\nPURPORT\n\nSpeciality of devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead Lord\n\nSri Kr�tta is specifically mentioned herein. Lord Sri Kr�tta is the svayam­\n\nriipa Personality of Godhead, and all other forms of Godhead, beginning\nfrom\n\nSri\n\nBaladeva,\n\nSailkar§ap.a,\n\nVasudeva,\n\nAniruddha, Pradyumna,\n\nNarayatta, puru§a-avatiiras, gup.a-avatiiras, lilii-avatiiras, yuga-avatiiras and\n\nmany other thousands of manifestations of the Personality of Godhead, are\nLord Sri Kr�Q.a's plenary portions and integrated parts. The living entities\n\nare separated parts and parcels of the Personality of Godhead. Therefore\n\nLord Sri K.f§Q.a is the original form of Godhead, and He is the last word in\n\nthe Transcendence. Thus He is more attractive to the higher transcendental­\n\nists who participate in the eternal pastimes of the Lord. In other forms of\n\nthe Personality of Godhead (except Sri Kr�Q.a and Baladeva) there is no fa­\n\ncility for intimate personal contact, as in the case of the transcendental pas·\n\ntimes of the Lord at Vrajabhiimi. The transcendental pastimes of Lord Sri\n\nKr�Q.a are not newly accepted, as argued by some less intelligent persons,\n\nbut His pastimes are eternal and are manifested in due course once in a day\n\nof Brahmaji, as the sun rises on the eastern horizon at the end of every\ntwenty-four hours.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n����Rr���: �:�'f�eti�� I\n\n", "SB1.1#p0137": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n116\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 2\n\nsattvarit rajas tama iti prakrter gu[Liis tair\nyuktaJ:t paraJ:t puru§a eka ihiisya dhatte\nsthity-iidaye hari-viriiici-hareti saritjniil;t\nsreyiiritsi tatra khalu sattva-tanor nrrtiirit syuJ:t\nsattvam-goodness; rajal;t-passion; tamal;t-darkness of ignorance; iti­\n\nthus; prakrtel;t-of the material nature; gurtiiJ:t-qualities; tail;t-by them;\nyuktaJ:t-associated with; paral;t-transcendental; puru§al;t-the personality;\n\nekaJ:t one; ihiisya-of this material world; dhatte-accepts; sthiti-iidaye-\n\nfor the matter of creation, maintenance and destruction, etc.; hari- Vi�pu,\n\nthe Personality of Godhead; viriiici-Brahma; hara-Lord �iva; iti-thus;\n\nsaritjiiiiJ:t- different\n\nfeatures;\n\nsreyaritsi-ultimate\n\nbenefit; tatra-therein;\n\nkhalu-of course; sattva-goodness; tanol;t-form; nrrtiim-of the human\n\nbeing; syu J:t-derived.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe transcendental Lord is indirectly associated with the three modes\n\nof material nature, namely passion, goodness and ignorance, and just for\n\nthe material world's creation, maintenance and destruction He accepts the\n\nthree qualitative forms of Brahma, V��u and Siva. Of these three, all living\nbeings can derive ultimate benefit from v��u, the form of the quality of\ngoodness.\nPURPORT\nThat Lord Sri Kr�rya, by His plenary parts, should be rendered devotional\n\nservice as explained above, is confirmed by this statement. Lord Sri K.f�pa\nand all His plenary parts are Vi§rtu-tattva, or the Lordship of Godhead.\n\nFrom Sri Kr��a, the next manifestation is Baladeva. From Baladeva is\n\nSarikar�ap.a, from Sarikar�ap.a is Narayap.a, from Narayapa there is the\n\nsecond Sankar�ap.a, and from this Sarikar�ap.a the V�p.u puru§a-avatiiras.\n\nThe Vi��u or the Deity of the quality of goodness in the material world\n\nis the puru§a-avatiira known as �irodakasay1 Vt�pu or Paramatma. Brahma\n\nis the deity of rajas (passion), and Siva of ignorance. They are the three\ndepartmental heads of the three qualities of this material world. Creation\n\nis made possible by the goodness of Vi�p.u, and when it is required to be\n\n", "SB1.1#p0138": "Text 24)\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\n117\n\ndestroyed, Lord Siva does it by tii[lpava-nrtya. The materialists and the\nfoolish human beings worship Brahma and Siva respectively. But the pure\n\ntranscendentalists worship the form of goodness, Vi��u, in His various\n\nintegrated forms and separated forms. The integrated forms are called\n\nGodhead, and the separated forms are called the living entities or the\n\njivas. Both the jivas and Godhead have their original spiritual forms. ]ivas\n\nare sometimes subjected to the control of material energy, but the Vi�pu\n\nforms are always controllers of energy. When Vi��u, the Personality of\n\nGodhead, appears in the material world, He comes to deliver the conditioned living beings who are under the material energy. Such living beings\n\nappear in the material world with intentions of being lords, and thus they\n\nbecome entrapped by the three modes of nature. As such, the living\nentities have to change the material coverings for undergoing different\n\nterms of imprisonment. The prison house of the material world is created\n\nby Brahma under instruction of the Personality of Godhead, and at the\n\nconclusion of a kalpa the whole thing is destroyed by Siva. But as far as\nmaintenance of the prison house is concerned, it is done by Vi�pu, as much\n\nas the state prison house is maintained by the state. Anyone, therefore,\n\nwho wishes to get out of this prison house of material existence, which is\nfull of miseries like repetition of birth, death, disease and old age, must\n\nplease Lord Vi�pu for such liberation.\n\nLord Vi�pu is worshiped by\n\ndevotional service only, and if anyone has to continue prison life in the\nmaterial world, he may ask for relative facilities from the different demi­\n\ngods like Siva, Brahma, Indra, Varu�a, etc., for temporary relief. No\n\ndemigod can, however, release the imprisoned living being from the conditioned life of material existence except Vi��u. Therefore, the ultimate\n\nbenefit may be derived from Vi�pu, the Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 24\n\nqt��l(l�\n\n't{��T�fu�tJT'flf: I\n\nMij\\ij ����\n\nlf;:��� 11�\\lll\n\npiirthiviid diiru[lO dhumas\ntasmiid agnis trayimayafi.\ntamasas tu rajas tasmiit\nsattvarh yad brahma-darsanam\npiirthiviit-from earth; diirurtafi.-firewood; dhumafi.\n\n-\n\nsmoke; tasmiit­\n\nfrom that; agnifi,-fire; trayi-Vedic sacrifices; mayafi.-made of; tamasafi.-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0139": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n118\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 2\n\nin the mode of ignorance; tu-but; rajafi.-the mode of passion; tasmiitfrom\n\nthat; sattvam-the mode of goodness; yat-which; brahma-the\n\nAbsolute Truth; darianam-realization.\nTRANSLATION\nCoal [firewood I is better than raw wood, and fire is even better, for\nfire is the soul of Vedic sacrifice. Similarly passion [rajas I is better than\nignorance [tamas I , but goodness [sattva I is best because by goodness one\ncan come to realize the Absolute Truth [Brahman I .\nPURPORT\nAs explained above, one can get release from the conditioned life of\nmaterial existence by devotional service to the Personality of Godhead. It\nis further comprehended herein that one has to rise up to the platform of\nthe mode of goodness (sattva) so that one can be eligible for the devotional\nservice of the Lord. But if there are impediments on the progressive path1\n\nanyone, even from the platform of tamas, can gradually rise up to the\nsattva platform by the expert direction of the spiritual master. Sincere\n\ncandidates must, therefore, approach an expert spiritual master for such\na progressive march, and the bona fide expert spiritual master is competent\nto direct a disciple from any stage of life: tamas, rajas or sattva.\n\nIt is a mistake, therefore, to consider that worship of any quality or any\n\nform of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is equally beneficial. Except\nVi�!lu, all separated forms are manifested under the conditions of material\n\nenergy, and therefore the forms of material energy cannot help anyone to\n\nrise to the platform of sattva, which alone can liberate a person from the\nmaterial bondage.\nThe uncivilized state of life, or the life of the lower animals, is controlled by the modes of tamas. The civilized life of man, with a passion for\nvarious types of material benefits, is the stage of rajas. The rajas stage of\nlife gives a slight clue to the realization of the Absolute Truth in the forms\nof fine sentiments in philosophy, art and culture with moral and ethical\nprinciples, but the mode of sattva is a still higher stage of material quality,\nwhich actually helps one in realizing the Absolute Truth. In other words,\nthere is a qualitative difference between the different kinds of worshiping\nmethods as well as the respective results derived from the predominating\ndeities, namely Brahma, Vi�!lu and Hara.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0140": "Text 25)\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\nll9\n\nTEXT 25\n\nbhejire munayo'thiigre\nbhagavantam adhok§ajam\nsattvam vi.Suddham k§emiiya\nkalpante ye'nu tiin iha\nbhejire-rendered service unto; munaya[l atha agre-thus before all the\nsag�s; bhagavantam-unto the Personality of Godhead; adhok�ajam\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nTranscendence; sattvam-existence; visuddham-above the three modes of\nnature; k§emiiya-to derive the ultimate benefit; kalpante\n\n-\n\ndeserve; ye­\n\nthose; anu-follow; tan-those; iha-in this material world.\nTRANSLATION\nPreviously all the great sages rendered service unto the transcendental\nPersonality of Godhead (Bhagavan] due to His existence above the three\nmodes of material nature. They worshiped Him to become free from\nmaterial conditions. Whoever follows such sages is also eligible for liberation from the material world.\nPURPORT\nThe purpose of performing religion is neither to profit by material gain\nnor to get the simple knowledge of discerning matter from spirit. The\nultimate aim of religious performances is to release oneself from material\nbondage and regain the life of freedom in the transcendental world where\nthe Personality of Godhead is the Supreme Person. Laws of religion are,\ntherefore, directly enacted by the Personality of Godhead, and except the\nmahiijanas, or the authorized agents of the Lord, no one knows the\npurpose of religion. There are twelve particular agents of the Lord who\nknow the purpose of religion, and all of them render transcendental\nservice unto Him. Persons who desire their own good may follow these\nmahiijanas and thus attain the supreme benefit.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0141": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n120\n\n[Canto 1, Ch_ 2\n\nTEXT 26\n\n- tlt(�41( � ll_(tq<ft;rq I\n\n•nuqoNat: � � �;r\"4'!H ������\nmumuk§avo ghora-riipiin\nhitvii bhiita-patin atha\nniiriiyarw-kaliift siintii\nbhajanti hy anasiiyavaft\nmumuk§avaft- persons desiring liberation; ghora-horrible, ghastly; riipiin\n-forms like that; hitvii-rejecting; bhuta-patin-demigods; atha-for this\n\nreason; niiriiyapa- the Personality of Godhead; kalii[l-plenary portions;\nsiintiifi.-all bliss ful ; bhajanti-do worship; hi-certainly; anasiiyavafl-nonenvious.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who are serious about liberation are certainly nonenvious, and\n\nthey respect all. Yet they reject the horrible and ghastly forms of the\ndemigods and worship only the all-blissful forms and plenary portions of\n\nLord Vi�u.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead Sri Km1a, who is the original\nperson of the Vi�!J.U categories, expands Himself in two different categories,\n\nnamely integrated plenary portions and separated parts and parcels. The\nseparated parts and parcels are the servitors, and the integrated plenary\nportions of Vi.§pu-tattvas are the worshipful objects of service.\n\nAll demigods who are empowered by the Supreme Lord are also\n\nseparated parts and parcels. They do not belong to the categories of Vi.§pu­\n\ntattva. The Vi.§pu-tattvas are equally powerful living beings like the original\nform of the Personality of Godhead, and they display only different\ncategories of power in consideration of different times and circumstances.\n\nThe separated parts and parcels are powerful by limitation. They do not\nhave unlimited power like the\n\nVi§\"{lu-tattvas. Therefore, the Vi.§!lu-tattvas,\n\nor the plenary portions of Niiraya!J.a, the Personality of Godhead, are never\n\nto be classified in the same categories with the parts and parcels. If anyone\n\ndoes so he becomes at once an offender by the name piisa\"{l�i. In the age of\nKali many foolish persons commit such unlawful offenses and equalize the\n\ntwo categories.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0142": "Divinity and Divine Service\n\nText 27]\n\n121\n\nThe separated parts and parcels have different positions in the estima­\n\ntion of material powers, and some of them are like Kalabhairava, Smasaha­\n\nbhairava, Sani, Mahakali, Ca��ika. These demigods are worshiped mostly\nby those who are in the lowest categories of the mode of darkness or\n\nignorance, and there are others who are in the mode of passion and\n\nworship demigods like Brahma, Siva, Siirya, Ga�e8a and many similar\n\ndeities, urged by the desire for material enjoyment. But those who are\n\nactually situated in the mode of goodness {sattva-gura) of material nature\nworship only Vi§[lU-tattvas. Vi§[lU-tattvas are represented by various names\n\nand forms such as Naraya�a, Damodara, Vamana, Govinda, Adhok�aja,\n\n�tc. The qualified briihmaras worship the Vi§ru-tattvas represented by the\nsiilagr'ima-sila, and so also some of the higher castes like the k§atriyas and\nvaiSyas worship the Vi§ru-tattvas generally.\nHighly qualified briihmaras situated in the mode of goodness have no\n\ngrudges against the mode of worship of others. They have all respect for\n\nother demigods, even though they are ghastly looking, like the Kala­\n\nbhairava or Mahakiili, etc. They know very well that these horrible\n\nfeatures of the Supreme Lord are all different servitors of the Lord under\n\ndifferent conditions, yet they reject the worship of both horrible and\nattractive features of the demigods, and they concentrate only on the\n\nforms of Vi��u because they are serious about liberation from the ma­\n\nterial conditions. The demigods, even to the stage of Brahma, the supreme\nof all the demigods, cannot offer liberation to anyone. Hira!J.yakasipu\n\nunderwent a severe type of penance to become eternal in life, but his\nworshipful deity, Brahma, could not satisfy him with such blessings.\n\nTherefore Vi�!J.U is called mukti-piida, or the Personality of Godhead who\ncan bestow upon us mukti, liberation, and none else. The demigods, being\n\nlike other living entities in the material world, are all liquidated at the time\nof the annihilation of the material structure. They are themselves unable\n\nto get liberation, and what to speak of giving liberation to their devotees.\n\nThe demigods can award the worshipers some temporary benefit only and\nnot the ultimate one.\n\nIt is for this reason only that candidates for liberation deliberately reject\n\nthe worship of the demigods, although they have no disrespect for any one\nof them.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�:�:\n\n�(1!1@1�11G.li_\n\n(i+t�fk:st � � 1\n\nf�\"l4!1�ee�: 11�\\911\n\n", "SB1.1#p0143": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n122\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 2\n\nrajas tamaft prakrtayaft\nsama-silii bhajanti vai\npitr-bhuta-prajdiidin\nsriyaiSvarya-prajepsavaft\nrajaft-the\n\nprakrtaya[l-of\n\nmode\n\nthat\n\nof\n\npasswn;\n\nmentality;\n\ntamafl-the\n\nsama-silii[l-of\n\nmode\n\nthe\n\nof\n\nsame\n\nignorance;\n\ncategories;\n\nbhajanti-do worship; vai-actually; pitr-the forefathers; bhuta-other\n\nliving beings; prajesa-iidin-controller of cosmic administration; sriyii­\n\nenrichment; aiSvarya-wealth and power; praja-aristocracy; ipsavafl-so\ndesiring.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThose who are in the modes of passion and ignorance wor!>hip tl>e\nforefathers, other living beings and the demigods who are in \"harge of\ncosmic activities, for they are urged by a desire to be materially benefited\nwith women, wealth, power and aristocratic birth.\nPURPORT\nThere is no need to worship demigods of whatsoever category if one is\n\nserious about going back to Godhead. In the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 7.20, 23)\nit is clearly said that those who are mad after material enjoyment approach\nthe different demigods for temporary benefits, which are meant for men\nwith a poor fund of knowledge. We should never desire to increase the\n\ndepth of material enjoyment. Material enjoyment should be accepted\n\nonly up to the point of the bare necessities of life and not more or less\nthan that. To accept more material enjoyment means to bind oneself more\nand more to the miseries of material existence. More wealth, more women\nand false aristocracy are some of the demands of the materially disposed\nman because he has no information of the benefit derived from Vi�p.u\nworship. By Vi�p.u worship one can derive benefit in this life as well as in\nlife after death. Forgetting these principles, foolish people who are after\nmore wealth, more wives and more children worship various demigods.\nThe aim of life is to end the miseries of life and not to increase them.\nFor material enjoyment there is no need to approach the demigods. The\ndemigods are but servants of the Lord. As such, they are duty-bound to\nsupply necessities of life in the form of water, light, air, etc. One should\n\nwork hard and worship the Supreme Lord by the fruits of one's hard\nlabor for existence, and that should be the motto of life. One should be\n\n", "SB1.1#p0144": "Texts 28-29]\n\nDivinity and Divine Ser vice\n\n123\n\ncareful to execute occupational service with faith in God in the proper\nway, and that will lead one gradually on the progressive march back tq\nGodhead.\nLord Sri Kr�!la, when He was personally present at Vrajadhama, stopped\nthe worship of the demigod Indra and advised the residents of Vraja to\nworship by their business and to have faith in God. Worshiping the multidemigods for material gain is practically a perversity of religion. This sort\nof religious activity has been condemned in the very beginning of the\nBhiigavatam as kaitava-dharma. There is only one religion in the world to\nbe followed by one and all, and that is the Bhiigavata-dharma, or the\nreligion which teaches one to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead and no one else.\nTEXTS 28-29\n\n4'1U�qu � '41«�� ��n 1\ncu\\Rqq(l � �: fsfitn: ����II\nctttWiqt � 41ij�qq� �: I\nqlij�5ttfl �\nii41�'4q(l rffir: ����II\nviisudeva-parii vedii\nviisudeva-parii makhiifr.\nviisudeva-parii yogii\nviisudeva-pariifr. kriyiifr.\nviisudeva-pararh jiiiinarh\nviisudeva-pararh tapa[!.\nviisudeva-paro dharmo\nviisudeva-parii gatifr.viisudeva-the Personality of Godhead; parii[!.-ultimate goal; vediiflrevealed scriptures; viisudeva-the Personality of Godhead; parii[l.-for\nworshiping; makhii[l.-sacrifices; viisudeva-the Personality of Godhead;\npariifr.-means of attaining; yogiifr.-mystic paraphernalia; viisudeva-the\nPersonality of Godhead; parii[l.-under His control; kriyii[l.-fruitive activities; viisudeva- the Personality of Godhead; param- the supreme; jii.iinamknowledge; viisudeva-the Personality of Godhead; param-best; tapa[l.austerity; viisudeva-the Personality of Godhead; para[!.-superior quality;\ndharma[!.-religion; viisudeva-the Personality of Godhead; pariifr.--ultimate;\ngatifr.-goal of life.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0145": "Srimad-Bhae:avatam\n\n124\n\n[Canto 1, Ch, 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the revealed scriptures, the ultimate object of knowledge is Sri\n\nK��J}a, the Personality of Godhead. The purpose of performing sacrifice is\n\nto please Him. Yoga is for realizing Him. All fruitive activities are ultimately rewarded by Him only. He is supreme knowledge, and all severe\nausterities are performed to know Him. Religion [dharma] is rendering\n\nloving service unto Him. He is the supreme goal of life.\nPURPORT\n\nThat Sri Kr�f.la, the Personality of Godhead, is the only object of\n\nworship is· confirmed in these two slokas. In the Vedic literature there is\n\nthe same objective: establishing one's relationship and ultimately reviving\nour lost loving service unto Him. That is the sum and substance of the\n\nVedas. In the Bhagavad-gitii the same theory is confirmed by the Lord in\n\nHis own words: the ultimate purpose of the Vedas is to know Him only.\n\nAll the revealed scriptures are prepared by the Lord through His incarna­\n\ntion in the body of Srila Vyasadeva just to remind the fallen souls\n\nconditioned by material nature of Sri K.r��a the Personality of Godhead.\n\nNo demigod can award freedom from material bondage. That is the\nverdict of all the Vedic literatures. 1mpersonalists who have no informa­\n\ntion of the Personality of Godhead minimize the omnipotency of the\nSupreme\n\nLord and put Him on equal footing with all other living\n\nbeings, and for this act such impersonalists get freedom from material\nbondage with great difficulty. They can only surrender unto Him after\nmany, many births and culture of transcendental knowledge.\n\nOne may argue that the Vedic activities are based on sacrificial cere­\n\nmonies. That is true. But all such sacrifices are also meant for realizing the\n\ntruth about Vasudeva. Another name of Vasudeva is Yajiia (sacrifice), and\nin the Bhagavad-gitii it is clearly stated that all sacrifices and all activities\n\nare to be conducted for the satisfaction of Y ajiia or Vi��u the Personality\n\nof Godhead. This is the case also with the yoga systems. Yoga means to\n\nget into touch with the Supreme Lord. The process, however, includes\n\nseveral bodily features such as iisana, dhyiina, prii[Liiyiima, meditation, etc.,\n\nand all of them are meant for concentrating upon the localized aspect of\n\nVasudeva represented as Paramatma. Paramatma realization is but partial\n\nrealization of Vasudeva, and if one is successful in that attempt, one\n\nrealizes Vasudeva in full. But by ill luck most of the yogis are stranded\n\nby the powers of mysticism achieved through the bodily process. Ill-fated\n\nyogis are given a chance in the next birth by being placed in the families of\n\n", "SB1.1#p0146": "Text 29)\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\n125\n\ngood learned briihmartas or in the families of rich merchants in order to\nexecute the unfinished task of Vasudeva realization. If such fortunate\n\nbriihmartas and sons of rich men properly utilize the chance, they can\neasily realize Vasudeva by good association with saintly persons. Unfortunately, such preferential persons are captivated again by material wealth\nand honor and practically forget the aim of life.\n\nThis is also so for the culture of knowledge. According to Bhagavad-gitii\n\nthere are eighteen items in culturing knowledge. And by such culture of\nknowledge one becomes gradually prideless, devoid of vanity, nonviolent,\nforbearing, simple, devoted to the great spiritual master and self-controlled.\nBy culture of knowledge one becomes unattached to hearth and home and\nbecomes conscious of the miseries due to death, birth, old age and disease.\nAnd all culture of knowledge culminates in devotional service to the\nPersonality of Godhead, Vasudeva. Therefore, Vasudeva is the ultimate aim\nin culturing all different branches of knowledge. Culture of knowledge\nleading one to the transcendental plane of meeting Vasudeva is real\nknowledge. Physical knowledge in its various branches is condemned in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii as ajniina, or the opposite of real knowledge. The ultimate\n\naim of physical knowledge is to satisfy the senses, which means prolongation of the term of material existence and thereby continuance of the\nthreefold miseries. So prolonging the miserable life of material existence\nis nescience. But the same physical knowledge leading to the way of\nspiritual understanding helps one to end the miserable life of physical\nexistence and to begin the life of spiritual existence on the plane of\nVasudeva.\n\nThe same applies to all kinds of austerities. Tapasya means voluntary\n\nacceptance of bodily pains to achieve some higher end of life. Ravapa and\nHirapyakasipu underwent a severe type of bodily torture to achieve the\nend of sense gratification. Sometimes modern politicians also undergo\nsevere types of austerities to achieve some political end. This is not actually\n\ntapasya. One should accept voluntary bodily inconvenience for t he sake of\n\nknowing Vasudeva because that is the way of real austerities. Otherwise all\nforms of austerities are classified as modes of passion and ignorance.\nPassion and ignorance cannot end the miseries of life. Only the mode of\ngoodness can mitigate the threefold-miseries of life. Vasudeva and Devaki,\nthe so-called father and mother of Lord Kr�lJ-a, underwent penances to get\nVasudeva as their son. Lord Sri Kr�lJ-a is the father of all living beings\n\n(Bg.\n\n14.4). Therefore He is the original living being of all other living\n\nbeings. He is the original eternal enjoyer amongst all other enjoyers.\nTherefore no one can be His begetting father, as the ignorant may think.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0147": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n126\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 2\n\nLord Sri \"Kr�J].a agreed to become the son of Vasudeva and Devaki upon\n\nbeing pleased with their severe austerities. Therefore if any austerities have\n\n�\n\nVasudeva\n\nIS\n\n�\n\ne done to achi�ve the end of knowledg :, Vasudeva.\n.\nthe ongmal\nPersonality of Godhead Lord Sn \"Kr�J].a. As\n\nto be done, t ey must\n\nexplained before, the original Personality of Godhead expands Himself by\ninnumerable forms. Such expansion of forms is made possible by His\n\nvarious energies. His energies are also multifarious, and His internal ener­\n\ngies are superior and external energies are inferior in quality. They are\n\nexplained in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 7.4-6) as the parii and aparii prakrtis.\nSo His expansions of various forms which take place via the internal\n\nenergies are superior forms, whereas the expansions which take place via\nthe external energies are inferior forms. The living entities are also His\n\nexpansions. The living entities who are expanded by His internal potency\n\nare eternally liberated persons, whereas those who are expanded by the\n\nmaterial energies are eternally conditioned souls. Therefore, all culture of\nknowledge, austerities, sacrifice and activities should be aimed at changing\n\nthe quality of the influence that is acting upon us. For the present, we are\n\nall being controlled by the external energy of the Lord, and just to change\n\nthe quality of the influence, we must endeavor to cultivate spiritual\n\nenergy. In the Bhagavad-gitii it is said that those who are mahiitmiis, or\n\nthose whose minds have been so broadened as to be engaged in the service\nof Lord \"Kr�J].a, are under the influence of the internal potency, and the\n\neffect is that such broad-minded living beings are constantly engaged in the\n\nservice of the Lord without deviation. That should be the aim of life. And\n\nthat is the verdict of all the Vedic literatures. No one should bother himself with fruitive activities or dry speculation about transcendental knowl­\n\nedge. Everyone should at once engage himself in the transcendental\nloving service of the Lord. Nor should one worship different demigods who\n\nwork as different hands of the Lord for creation, maintenance or destruc­\n\ntion of the material world. There are innumerable powerful demigods who\n\nlook over the external management of the material world. They !lfe all\n\ndifferent assisting hands of Lord Vasudeva. Even Lord Siva and Lord\n\nBrahma are included within the list of demigods, but Lord Vi�pu or\n\nVasudeva is always transcendentally situated. Even though He accepts the\n\nquality of goodness of the material world, He is still transcendental to all\nthe material modes. The following example will clear that matter more\nexplicitly. In the prison house there are the prisoners and the managers of\n\nthe prison house. Both the managers and the prisoners are bound up by\n\nthe laws of the king. But even though the king sometimes comes in the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0148": "Plate 9 The transcendental Personality of Godhead accepts the three qualitative forms\nof Brahma, Visnu and Mahesvara. (p. 116)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0149": "Plate I 0 Sri Kr�rya is the supreme goaJ of life. (p. 124)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0150": "Plate 11\n\nLord Paramatma pervades all things, just as fire permeates wood. (p. 129)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0151": "Plate 12\n\n(p. 129)\n\nOn His royal road of stones, Lord Ramacandra crossed the Indian Ocean.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0152": "Plate 13 Kf�l)a and Balarama appeared in the family of VHQi, and by so doing They\nremoved the burden of the world. (p. 160)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0153": "Plate 14 The incarnations of Godhead are innumerable, like the waves in the ocean.\n\n(p. 164)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0154": "Plate 15 The Lord's pastimes with thegopTs are displays of His transcendental existence, bliss and knowledge. (p. 168)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0155": "Text 30)\n\n127\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\nprison, he is not bound by the laws of the prison house. The king is therefore always transcendental to the laws of the prison house, as the Lord is\nalways transcendental to the laws of the material world.\nTEXT 30\n\n�( �ii ll41l:IIW1�+4+4ltl I\nijf:\\ij(qt(I � gulw4tttgoil �: II� II\n�\n\no\n\nsa evedarh sasarjiigre\nbhagaviin iitma-miiyayii\nsad-asad-riipayii ciisau\ngurwmayyiigupo vibhuft\nsaft-that;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nidam-this;\n\nsasarja- created; agre before;\n-\n\nbhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead;. iitma-miiyayii-by His personal\npotency; sat-the cause; asat-the effect; riipayii-by forms; ca-and; asauthe same Lord; gupamayyii-in the modes of material nature; agupafttranscendental; vibhuft- the Absolute.\nT RA N SLATI O N\nIn the beginning of the material creation, the Absolute Lord in His\ntranscendental position created the energies of cause and effect by His own\ninternal energy.\n\nPURPORT\nThe position of the Lord is always transcendental because the causal\nand effectual energies required for the creation of the material world\nwere also created by Him. He is, therefore, unaffected by the qualities of\nthe material modes. His existence, form, activities and paraphernalia all\nexisted before the material creation.* He is all spiritual and has nothing\n\n*Sripada Sankaracarya, the head of the Mayavada school, accepts this transcenden­\n\ntal position of Lord Kr�!la in his commentation on Bhagavad-gitti.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0156": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n128\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 2\n\nto do with the qualities of the material world, which are qualitatively\ndistinct from the spiritual qualities of the Lord.\nTEXT 31\n\ntayii vilasite§v e§u\ngur-e§U gur-aviin iva\nanta{!.-pravi§ta iibhiiti\nvijiiiinena vijrmbhita[l.\ntayii- by them; v ilasite§u\n\n-\n\nalthough in the function; e§u\n\n-\n\nthese; gur-e§u­\n\nthe modes of material nature; gur-aviin-affected by the modes; iva-as if;\n\nanta[l.-within; p rav i§ tafi.\n\n-\n\nentered into; iibhiiti- appears to be; vijiiiinena­\n\nby transcendental consciousness; vij.rmbhita[l.-fully enlightened.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter creating the material substance, the Lord expands Himself and\n\nenters into it. And although He is within the material modes of nature and\n\nappears to be one of the created beings, He is always fully enlightened and\n\nin His transcendental position.\n\nPURPORT\nThe living entities are separated parts and parcels of the Lord, and the\n\nconditioned living entities who are unfit for the spiritual kingdom are\nstrewn within the material world to enjoy matter to the fullest extent.\n\nAs Paramatma and eternal friend of the living entities, the Lord by one of\nHis plenary portions accompanies the living entities to guide them in\ntheir material enjoyment and to become witness to all actvities.\n\nWhile\n\nthe living entities enjoy the material conditions, the Lord maintains His\n\ntranscendental position without being affected by the material atmosphere.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0157": "Text 32]\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\n129\n\nIn the Vedic literatures (sruti) it is said that there are two birds in one\ntree.* One of them is eating the fruit of the tree, while the other is witnessing the actions. The witness is the Lord, and the fruit eater is the\nliving entity. The fruit eater- (living entity) has forgotten his real identity\nand is overwhelmed in the fruitive activities of the material conditions,\nbut the Lord (Paramatma) is always full in transcendental knowledge.\nThat is the difference between the Supersoul and the conditioned soul.\nThe conditioned soul, living entity, is controlled by the laws of nature,\nwhile the Paramatma or the Supersoul is the controller of the material\nenergy.\nTEXT 32\n\n���: ((C�M!! I\n� llffifR����� ������\n� �!!fWfl\n\nyathii hy avahito vahnir\ndiiru§p eka[l. sva-yoni§U\nnaneva bhiiti viSviitmii\nbhute§u ca tnthii pumiin\nyathii-as much as; hi-exactly like; avahita[l.-su rcharged with; vahni[l.­\n\n-\n\nfire; diiru§u-in the wood; eka[l.-one; s va yoni§u-the source of manifestation; niinii iva- like different entities; bhiiti-illuminates; viSviitmii-the\nLord as Paramatma; bhute§u-in the living entities; ca-and; tathii-in the\nsame way; pumiin- the Absolute Person.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord,\n\nas\n\nSupersoul, pervades all things, just as fire permeates\n\nwood, and so He appears to be of many varieties, t�ough He is the absolute\none without a second.\n\n*dvti supar!lasayujti sakhtiyti samiinam vrk�am pari§asvaitite\ntayor anya� pippalam svtidv atty anllSnann anye 'bhicakllSiti (Sru.ti mantra)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0158": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n130\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 2\n\nPURPORT\nLord Vasudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, by one of His\n\nplenary parts expands Himself all over the material world, and His existence\ncan he perceived even within the atomic energy. Matter, anti-matter,\n\nproton, neutron, etc., are all different effects of the Paramatma feature\nof the Lord. As from wood, fire can he manifested, or as butter can he\n\nchurned out of milk, so also the presence of the Lord as Paramatma can he\n\nfelt by the process of legitimate hearing and chanting of the transcenden­\n\ntal subjects which are es p ecially treated in the Vedic literatures like the\n\nUpan�ads and Vedanta. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the bona fide explanation\n\nof these Vedic literatures. The Lord can he realized through the aural\nreception of the transcendental message, and that is the only way to\nexperience the transcendental subject. As fire is kindled from wood by\n\nanother fire, similarly the divine consciousness of man can be kindled\n\nby another divine\n\ngrace. His Divine Grace the spiritual master can\n\nkindle the spiritual fire from the woodlike living entity by imparting\n\nproper spiritual messages injected through the receptive ear. Therefore one\n\nis required to approach the proper spiritual master with receptive ear only,\n\nand thus divine existence is gradually realized. The difference between\nanimality and humanity lies in this process only. A human being can hear\n\nproperly, whereas an animal cannot.\n\nTEXT 33\n\nasau gurwmayair bhiivair\nbhiita-siik§mendriyiitmabhi[l.\nsva-nirmite§u nirv�Jo\nbhuhkte bhiite§u tad-gurziin\nasau-that Paramatma;gurzamayai[l.-influenced by the modes of nature;\n\nbhiivai[l. naturally;\nbhiita-created; siik§ma-subtle;\nindriya-senses;\niitmabhi[l.-by the living beings; sva-nirmite§u-in His own creation;\n-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0159": "Divinity a nd Divine Se rvi ce\n\nText 34]\n\n131\n\nniro i§ta{t entering; bhunkte-causes to enjoy; bhute§u-in the living\nentities; tat -guruzn-those modes of nature.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supersoul enters into the bodies of the created beings who are\ninfluenced by the modes of material nature and causes them to enjoy the\neffects of these by the subtle mind.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThere are 8,400,000 species of living beings beginning from the highest\nintellectual being Brahma down to the insignificant ant, and all of them\nare enjoying the material world according to the desires of the subtle mind\nand gross material body. The gross material body is based on the conditions\nof the subtle mind, and the senses are created according to the desire of\nthe living being. The Lord as Paramatma helps the living being to get\nmaterial happiness because the living being is helpless in all respects to\nobtain what he desires. He proposes and the Lord disposes. In another\nsense, the living beings are parts and parcels of the Lord. They are therefore one with the Lord. In the Bhagavad-gitii the living beings in all varieties\nof bodies have been claimed by the Lord as His sons. The sufferings and\nenjoyments of the sons are indirectly the suffering and enjoyments of the\nfather. Still the father is not in any way affected directly by the suffering\nand enjoyment of the sons. He is so kind that He constantly remains with\nthe living being as Paramatma and always tries to convert the living being\ntowards the real happiness.\n\nTEXT 34\n\nbhiivayaty e§a sattvena\nlokiin vai loka-bhiivana{t\n\n", "SB1.1#p0160": "132\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 2\n\nluavatiiriinurato\ndeva-tiryan-nariidi§u\nbhiivayati-maintains; e§afl-all these; sattvena-in the mode of goodness; lokiin-all over the universe; vai-generally; loka- bhiivana[l - the master\n\nof all the universes; lua- pastimes; avatiira-incarnation; anurata[l. - assuming\nthe role; deva-the demigods; tiryak - lower animals; nariidi§u-in the midst\n\nof human beings.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the Lord of the universes maintains all planets inhabited by demigods, men and lower animals, and in His play He assumes the roles of\nincarnations to reclaim those in the mode of pure goodness.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are innumerable material universes, and in each and every universe\nthere are innumerable planets inhabited by different grades of living entities in different modes of nature. The Lord (Vi�!lu) incarnates Himself in\neach and every one of them and in each and every type of living society.\nHe manifests His transcendental pastimes amongst them just to create the\ndesire to go back to Godhead. The Lord does not change His original\ntranscendental position, but He appears to be differently manifested\n\naccording to the particular time, circumstances and society.\n\nSometimes He incarnates Himself or empowers a suitable living being\n\nto act for Him, but in either case the purpose is the same: the Lord wants\n\nthe suffering living being to go back home, back to Godhead. The happiness\n\nwhich the living beings are hankering for is not to be found within any\n\ncorner of the innumerable universes and material planets. The eternal\n\nhappiness which the living being wants is obtainable in the kingdom of\n\nGod, but the forgetful living beings under the influence of the material\nmodes have no information of the kingdom of God. The Lord, therefore,\ncomes to propagate the message of the kingdom of God either personally\nas an incarnation or through His bona fide representative as the good son\nof God. Such incarnations or sons of God are not only making propaganda\nfor going back to Godhead within human society. Their work is also going\n\n", "SB1.1#p0161": "Text 34)\n\nDivinity and Divine Service\n\n133\n\non in all types of societies, amongst demigods and those other than human\nbeings.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the First Canto, Second Chapter, of Snmad-Bhiigavatam, entitled \"Divinity and Divine Service.\"\n\n", "SB1.1#p0162": "CHAPTER THREE\n\nKf�r)a Is the source of All Incarnations\nTEXT l\n\n��cm:r\n\ni:l� qWt �q �T�ifll: I\n\niji� til�� �� II � II\nsuta uviica\njagrhe pauru�arh riiparh\nbhagaviin mahad-iidibhi[l\nsambhutarh �o{iasa-kalam\niidnu lnka-sisrk�ayii\nsuta[l, uviica Suta said; j agrhe-accepted; pa u ru �am plenary portion as\nthe puru�a incarnation; riipam-form; bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; mahat-iidibhi[l,-with the ingredients of the material world; sambhutam thus there was the creation of; �o {iasa ka lam sixteen primary\nprinciples; iidau-in the beginning; loka-the universes; sisrk �ayii on the\n-\n\n.\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nintention of creating.\nTRANSLATION\nSiita said: In the beginning of the creation, the Lord first expanded\nHimself in the universal form of the p•.:cu� incarnation and manifested all\nthe ingredients for the ,material creatic.L And thus at first there was the\ncreation of the sixteen principles of material action. This was for the\npurpose of creating the material universe.\nPURPORT\nThe Bhagavad-gitii states that the Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�!la\nmaintains these material universes by extending His plenary expansions.\n\n135\n\n", "SB1.1#p0163": "136\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 3\n\nSo this puru�a form is the confirmation of the same principle. The original\nPersonality of Godhead Vasudeva or Lord Kr��a, who is famous as the son\n\nof King Vasudeva or King Nanda, is full with all opulences, all potencies,\n\nall fames, all beauties, all knowledge and all renunciation. Part of His\nopulences is manifested as impersonal Brahman, and part of His opulences\nis manifested as Paramatma. This puru�a feature of the same Personality\nof Godhead Sri Kr��a is the original Paramatma manifestation of the Lord.\n\nThere are three puru�a features in the material creation, and this form, who\nis known as the Kiirallodakasiiyi Vi�I)U, is the first of the three. The others\nare known as the Garbhodaka§iiyi Vi��u and the K�irodakasiiyi Vi��u,\nwhich we shall know one after another. The innumerable universes are\ngenerated from the skinholes of this Kiira!lodaka§iiyi Vi��u, and in each\none of the universes the Lord enters as Garbhodaka§iiyi Vi��u.\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii it is also mentioned that the material world is\n\ncreated at certain intervals and then again destroyed. This creation and\ndestruction is done by the supreme will because of the conditioned souls\nor the nitya-badhya living beings.\n\nThe nitya-badhya or the eternally\n\nconditioned souls have the sense of individuality or ahankara, which\n\ndictates them sense enjoyment, which they are unable to have constitutionally. The Lord is the only enjoyer, and all others are enjoyed. The\n\nliving beings are predominated enjoyers. But the eternally conditioned\n\nsouls, forgetful of this constitutional position, have strong aspirations to\n\nenjoy. This chance to enjoy matter is given to the conditioned souls in the\n\nmaterial world, and side by side they are given the chance to understand\n\ntheir real constitutional position. Those fortunate living entities who catch\nthe truth and surrender unto the lotus feet of Vasudeva after many, many\n\nbirths in the material world, join the eternally liberated souls and thus are\nallowed to enter into the kingdom of Godhead. After this, such fortunate\nliving entities need not come again within the occasional material creation.\nBut those who cannot catch the constitutional truth are again merged into\nthe mahat-tattva at the time of annihilation of the material creation. When\nthe creation is again set up, this mahat-tattva is again let loose. This\nmahat-tattva contains all the ingredients of the material manifestations,\nincluding the conditioned souls. Primarily this mahat-tattva is divided into\nsixteen parts, namely the five gross material elements and the eleven\nworking instruments or senses. It is like the cloud in the clear sky. In the\nspiritual sky, the effulgence of Brahman is spread all round, and the whole\n\nsystem is dazzling in spiritual light. The mahat-tattva is assembled in some\n\ncorner of the vast unlimited spiritual sky, and the part which is thus\ncovered by the mahat-tattva is called the material sky. This part of the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0164": "Text 2]\n\nl<.r�J!a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n137\n\nspiritual sky, called the mahat-tattva, is only an insignificant portion of the\nwhole spiritual sky, and within this mahat-tattva there are innumerable universes. All these universes are collectively produced by the Kara�odaka8ay1\nVi��u, called also the Maha-Vi��u, who simply throws His glance to\nimpregnate the material sky.\nTEXT 2\n\nyasyiimbhasi Sa.yiinasya\nyoga- nidriim vitanvatafl.\nniibhi-hradiimbujiid iisid\nbrahmii vi.Sva-srjiirh patifl.\nyasya-whose; ambhasi-in the water; sayiinas ya-lying down; yoganidriim-sleeping in meditation; vitanvatafl.-ministering; niibhi-navel; hrada\n-out of the lake; ambujiit from the lotus; iisit-wa\"' manifested; brahmii-\n\nthe grandfather of\n\nthe living beings; vi.Sva-the universe; srjiim-the\n\nengineers; patifl.-m aster\n\n.\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA part of the p�a lies down within the water of the universe, and\n.\nfrom the navel lake of His body sprouts a lotus stem, and from the lotus\nflower atop this stem, Brahma, the master of all engineers in the universe,\nbecomes manifest.\nPURPORT\nThe first puru§a is the Kiirarwdakasiiyi Vi��u. From His skinholes\ninnumerable universes have sprung up. In each and every one of them the\npuru§a enters as the Garbhodakasiiyi Vi��u. He is lying within half of the\nuniverse which is full with the water of His body. And from the navel of\nGarbhodaka5iiyi Vi��u has sprung up the stem of the lotus flower, the\nbirthplace of Brahma, who is the father of all living beings and the master\nof all the demigod engineers engaged in the perfect design and working of\nthe universal order. Within the stem of the lotus there are fourteen\ndivisions of planetary· systems, and the earthly planets are situated in the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0165": "138\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 3\n\nmiddle. Upwards there are other, better planetary systems, and the top­\n\nmost system is called Brahmaloka or Satyaloka. Downwards from the\n\nearthly planetary system there are seven downwards planetary systems\n\ndomiciled by the asuras and similar other materialistic living beings.\n\nFrom this Garbhodakasiiyi V�r;m there is expansion of the K§irodakasiiyi\n\nVi�p.u, who is the collective Paramatma of all living beings. He is called\nHari, and from Him all incarnations within the universe are expanded.\n\nTherefore, the conclusion is that the puru§a-avatiira is manifested in\n\nthree features, first the Kiirarwdakasiiyi who creates aggregate material\ningredients in the mahat-tattva, second the Garbhodakasiiyi who enters\nin each and every universe, and third the K§irodakasiiyi V�p.u who is the\nParamatma of every material object, organic or inorganic. One who knows\nthese plenary features of the Personality of Godhead knows also Him\n(Godhead) properly, and thus the knower becomes freed from the material\nconditions of birth, death, old age and disease, as it is confirmed in\nBhagavad-gitii. In this sloka the subject matter of Maha-Vi�p.u is summarized. The Maha-Vi�p.u lies down in some part of the spiritual sky by His\nown free will, and thus He lies on the ocean of kiirar-a from where He\nglances over His material nature, and the mahat-tattva is at once created.\n\nThus electrified by the power of the Lord, the material nature creates at\nonce innumerahle universes just as in due course a tree is de_corated with\n\ninnumerable grown-up fruits. The seed of the tree is sown by the culti­\n\nvator, and the tree or creeper in due course becomes manifested with so\n\nmany fruits.\n\nothing can take place without a cause. The Kiirar-a Ocean\n\nis therefore called the Causal Ocean. Kiirarta means causal. We should not\n\nfoolishly accept the atheistic theory of creation. The description of the\natheists is given in the Bhagavad-gitii. The atheist does not believe in the\n\ncreator, but he cannot give a good theory to explain the creation. Material\nnature has no power to create without the power of the purusa, just as a\nprakrti or woman cannot produce a child without the connection of a\n\npuru§a. The puru§a impregnates, and the prakrti delivers. We should not\nexpect milk from the fleshy bags on the neck of the goat, although they\nlook like breastly nipples. Similarly, we should not expect any creative\npower from the material ingredients; we must believe in the power of the\n\npuru§a, who impregnates prakrti or nature. And because the Lord wished\nto lie down in meditation, the material energy created innumerable\n\nuniverses at once, and in each of them the Lord laid Himself down, and\nthus all the planets and the different paraphernalia were created at once\nby the will of the Lord. The Lord has unlimited potencies, and thus He\ncan perform as He likes by perfect planning, although personally He has\n\n", "SB1.1#p0166": "Text 3]\n\n�!i11a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n139\n\nnothing to do, and no one is greater than or equal to Him. That is the\nverdict of the Vedas.\n\nTEXT 3\n\nyasyiivayava-samsthiinai[l\nkalpito loka-vistara[l.\ntadvai bhagavato riipam\nviSuddharh sattvam urjitam\nyasya-whose; avayava-bodily\n\nexpansion; sarhsthiin ai[l-situated\n\nm;\n\nkalpita[l.-is imagined; Zoka-planets of inhabitants; v ista ra[l.-various; tat\nvai-but that is; bhagavata{l-of the Personality of Godhead; riip am\n\n-\n\nform ;\n\nviSuddham- purely; sattvam- existence; urjitam-excellence.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is believed that all the universal planetary systems are situated on\nthe extensive body of the puru�, but He has nothing to do with the\ncreated material ingredients. His body is eternally in spiritual existence par\nexcellence.\nPURPORT\nThe conception of the viriita-riipa or viSva-riipa of the Supreme Absolute\nTruth is especially meant for the neophyte who can hardly think of the\ntranscendental form of the Personality of Godhead. To him a form means\nsomething of this material world, and therefore an opposite conception of\nthe Absolute is necessary in the beginning to concentrate the mind on the\npower extension of the Lord. As stated above, the Lord extends His\npotency in the form of the mahat-tattva, which includes all material\ningredients. The extension of power by the Lord and the Lord Himself\npersonally are one in one sense, but at the same time the mahat-tattva is\ndifferent from the Lord. Therefore the potency of the Lord and the Lord\n\nare simultaneously different and nondifferent. The conception of the\n\nviriita-riipa, especially for the impersonalist, is thus nondifferent f rom the\neternal form of the Lord. This eternal form of the Lord exists prior to the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0167": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n140\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 3\n\ncreation of the mahat-tattva, and it is stressed here that the eternal form\nof the Lord is par excellence spiritual or transcendental to the modes of\nmaterial nature. The very same transcendental form of the Lord is manifested by His internal potency, and the formation of His multifarious\nmanifestations of incarnations is always of the same transcendental quality,\nwithout any touch of the mahat-tattva.\nTEXT 4\n\nq�:q�:q(l ��ffl\n'\"'\n\npasyanty ado mpam adabhra-cak�u�ii\nsahasra -piidoru-bhujiinaniidbhutam\nsahasra-murdha-sravar.iik�i-niisikarh\nsahasra-mauly-ambara-kur.flalollasat\npasyanti-see; ada�-the form of the puru�a, mpam - form; adabhra­\n\nperfect; cak �usa- by\nthighs;\n\nthe\n\neyes; sahasra-pada-thousands of legs; urn­\n\nb h uja-iinana- hands and faces; adbhutam-wonderful; sahasra­\n\nthousands of; murdha- heads; sravar-a-ears; ak�i-eyes; niisikam-noses;\nsahasra- thousands; mauli- garlands ; ambara- dresses ; ku r. flala-earrings;\n\nullasat-all glowing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees, with their perfect eyes, see the transcendental form of\nthe p11IWJa who has thousands of legs, thighs, arms and faces-all extraordinary. In that body there are thousands of heads, ears, eyes and noses.\nThey are decorated with thousands of helmets and earrings and are\nadorned with garlands.\nPURPORT\nWith our present materialized senses we cannot perceive anything of the\ntranscendental Lord. Our present senses are to be rectified by the process\nof devotional service, and then the Lord becomes Himself revealed to us.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0168": "Text 5]\n\n�!!11a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n141\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii it is confirmed that the transcendental Lord can be\nperceived only by pure devotional service. So it is confirmed in the Vedas\nthat devotional service can lead one to the side of the Lord, and devotional\n\nservice only can reveal Him. In the Brahma-sarhhitii also it is said that the\nLord is always visible to the devotees whose eyes have been anointed with\nthe tinge of devotional service. So we have to take information of the\n\ntranscendental form of the Lord from persons who have actually seen\n\nHim with perfect eyes smeared with devotional service. In the material\nworld also we do not always see things with our own eyes, but through\nthe experience of those who have actually seen or done things. If that is\nthe process for experiencing a mundane object, it is more perfectly\napplicable in matters transcendental. So with patience and perserverance\n\nonly we can realize the transcendental subject matter regarding the\nAbsolute Truth and His different forms. He is formless to the neophytes,\nbut He is in transcendental form to the expert servitor.\nTEXT 5\n\netan niiniivatiiriir-iirh\nnidhiinarh bijam avyayam\nyasyiirhsiirhsena srjyante\ndeva-tiryah-nariidaya{l\n\netat-this (form); niinii-multifarious; avatiiriir-iim-of the incarnations;\nnidhiinam-source;\n\nbijam-seed; avyayam-indestructible; yasya-whose;\n\narhsa-plenary portion; arhsena-part of the plenary portion; s.rjyantecreate; deva-demigods; tiryak-animals; nara-iidaya{l-human beings and\nothers.\nTRANSLATION\nThis form [the second manifestation of puru�a] is the source and\nindestructible seed of multifarious incarnations within the universe, and\nfrom the particles and portions of this form, different living entities, like\ndemigods, men and others, are created.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0169": "142\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto l, Ch. 3\n\nPURPORT\nThe puru§a, after creating innumerable universes in the mahat-tattva,\n\nenters in each of them as the second puru§a, Garbhodakasiiyi V�p.u. When\nHe saw that within the universe there is all darkness and space only\n\nwithout a resti:1g place, He filled up half of the universe with water out of\nHis own perspiration and laid Himself down on the same water. This water\n\nis called Garbhodaka. Then from His navel the stem of the lotus flower\n\nsprouted, and on the flower petals the birth of Brahma, or the master\n\nengineer of the universal plan, took place. Brahmii became the engineer of\n\nthe universe, and the Lord Himself took charge of the maintenance of the\nuniverse as Vi��u. Brahma is generated from rajo-gur-a of prakrti, or the\n\nmode of passion in nature, and Vi�p.u became the Lord of the mode of\ngoodness. Vigm, being transcendental to all the modes, is always aloof\n\nfrom the materialistic affection. This is already explained before. And\n\nfrom Brahma there is Rudra (Siva), who is in charge of the modes of\nignorance or darkness. He destroys the whole creation by the will of the\nLord. Therefore all three, namely Brahma, Vi�p.u and Siva, are incarnations\n\nof the Garbhodaka5iiyi V��u. From Brahma the other demigods like\nDak�a, Maricyadi, Manu and many others become incarnated to generate\nliving entities within the universe. This Garbhodakasiiyi Vi�p.u is glorified\n\nin the Vedas in the hymns of Garbha-stuti, which begin \\vith the description\nof the Lord as having thousands of heads, etc. The Garbhodakasiiyi Vi�!J.U\n\nis the Lord of the universe, and although He appears to be lying within\n\nthe universe, He is always transcendental. This is also already explained.\nVi�p.u, who is the plenary portion of the Garbhodaka5iiyi Vi�!J.U, is the\n\nSupersoul of the universal life, and He is known as the maintainer of the\n\nuniverse or K§irodakasiiyi Vi�!J.U. So the three features of the original\n\nPuru§a are thus understood. And all the incarnations within the universe\nare emanations from this K§irodakasiiyi Vi�!lu.\nIn different millennia there are different incarnations, and they are\n\ninnumerable, although some of them are very prominent, such as Matsya,\n\nKurma, Varaha, Rama, N�simha, Viimana and many others. These incarna­\n\ntions are called lilii incarnations. Then there are qualitative incarnations\n\nsuch as Brahmii, Vi�!J.u, and Siva or Rudra who take charge of the\ndifferent modes of material nature.\n\nLord Vi�!J.U is nondifferent from the Personality of Godhead. Lord Siva\n\nis in the marginal position between the Personality of Godhead and the\nliving entities or jivas. Brahma is always a jiva-tattva. The highest pious\n\nliving being or the greatest devotee of the Lord is empowered with the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0170": "Text 5J\n\n�&'!a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n143\n\npotency of the Lord for creation, and he is called Brahma. His power is like\nthe power of the sun reflected in valuable stones and jewels. When there is\n\nno such living being to take charge of the post of Brahma, the Lord Him­\n\nself becomes a Brahma and takes charge of the post.\n\nLord Siva is not an ordinary living being- He is the plenary portion of\n\nthe Lord, but because Lord Siva is in direct touch with material nature, he\nis not exactly in the same transcendental position as Lord Vigm. The\ndifference is like that between milk and curd_ Curd is nothing but milk,\n\nand yet it cannot be used in place of milk.\n\nThe next incarnations are the Manus. Within one day's duration of the\n\nlife of Brahma (which is calculated by our solar year as 4,300,000 x 1,000\n\nyears) there are fourteen Manus. Therefore there are 420 Manus in one\n\nmonth of Brahma and 5,040 Manus in one year of Brahma. Brahma lives\n\nfor one hundred years of his age, and therefore there are 5,040 x 100 or\n504,000 Manus in the duration of Brahma's life. There are innumerable\n\nuniverses with one Brahma in each of them, and all of them are created\nand annihilated during the breathing time of the puru§a. Therefore one\ncan simply imagine how many millions of Manus there are during one\n\nbreath of the puru§a.\n\nThe Manus who are prominent within this universe are as follows:\n\nYajiia as Svayambhuva Manu, Vibhu as Svaroci�a Manu, Satyasena as\n\nUttama Manu, Hari as Tamasa Manu, Vaiku!ltha as Raivata Manu, Ajita as\nCak�u�a Manu, Vamana as Vaivasvata Manu (the present age is under the\nVaivasvata Manu), Sarvabhauma as Savar\"!li Manu, J;t�abha as Dak�asavar\"!li\n\nManu, Vi�vaksena as Brahmasavar¢ Manu, Dharmasetu as Dharmasavar¢\n\nManu, Sudhama as Rudrasavar!li Manu, Yogesvara as Devasavar\"!li Manu,\n\nand B�hadbhiinu as Indra-savar!li Manu. These are the names of one set of\nfourteen Manus covering 4,300,000,000 solar years as described above.\n\nThen there are the yugiivatiiras or the incarnations of the millennia.\n\nThe yugas are known as Satya-yuga, Treta-yuga, Dvapara-yuga and Kali­\n\nyuga. The incarnations of each yuga are of different color. The colors are\n\nwhite, red, black and yellow. In the Dvapara-yuga, Lord ��!!a in black\n\ncolor appeared, and in the Kali-yuga Lord Caitanya in yellow color\n\nappeared.\n\nSo all the incarnations of the Lord are mentioned in the revealed\n\nscriptures. There is no scope for an imposter to become an incarnation,\n\nfor he must be mentioned in the siistras. An incarnation does not declare\nHimself to be an incarnation of the Lord, but great sages agree by the\n\nsymptoms mentioned in the revealed scriptures. The features of the\nincarnation and the particular type of mission which He has to execute\n\n", "SB1.1#p0171": "144\n\n·\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 3\n\nare mentioned in the revealed scriptures.\n\nApart from the direct incarnations, there are innumerable empowered\n\nincarnations. They are also mentioned in the revealed scriptures. Such\nincarnations are directly as well as indirectly empowered. When they are\ndirectly empowered they are called incarnations, but when they are indirectly empowered they are called vibhutis. Directly empowered incar­\n\nnations are the Kumaras, Narada, P�thu, Se�a, Ananta, etc. As far as\n\nvibhutis are concerned, they are very explicitly described in the Bhagavadgitii in the Vibhuti-yoga chapter. And for all these different types of\n\nincarnations, the fountainhead is the Garbhodakasiiyi Vi�!J.U.\nTEXT 6\n\n� �tr: � �'Uf�Hr: I\n:q:iffi �� ;mt �tR+.c4'4�fo� II � II\n� �q-\n\nsa eva prathamarh deva[l.\nkaumiirarh sargam iisrita[l.\ncaciira duscararh brahmii\nbrahmacaryam akhar4itam\nsa[l.-that;\n\neva- certainly;\n\nprathamam-first;\n\ndeva[l.-Supreme\n\nkaumiiram-named the Kumaras (unmarried); s argam\n\nunder;\n\nc aciira-\n\n-\n\nLord;\n\ncreation; iisrita[l.­\n\nperformed; duscaram-very difficult to do; brahmii-in\n\nthe order of Brahman; brah macaryam\n\n-\n\nunder discipline to realize the\n\nAbsolute (Brahman); akhar�itam-unbroken.\nTRANSLATION\nFirst of all, in the beginning of creation, there were the four unmarried\n\nsons of Brahma [the Kumaras] , who, being situated in a vow of celibacy,\nunderwent severe austerities for realization of the Absolute Truth.\nPURPORT\nThe creation of the material world is effected, maintained and then\n\nagain annihilated at certain intervals. So there are different names of the\n\ncreations in terms of the particular types of Brahma, the father of the\n\nliving beings in the creation. These Kumaras as above-mentioned, appeared\n,\n\nin the kaumiira creation of the material world, and to teach us the process\n\n", "SB1.1#p0172": "Text 7)\n\n��qa Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n145\n\nof Brahman realization, they underwent a severe type of disciplinary action\nas\n\nbachelors. These Kumaras are empowered incarnations. And before\n\nexecuting the severe type of disciplinary actions, all of them became\nqualified briihmar-as. This example suggests that one must first acquire the\nqualifications of a briihmar-a, not simply by birth but also by quality, and\nthen one can undergo the process Of Brahman realization.\n\nTEXT 7\n\nf� ij �� «tl��·l�i � I\n13'(� i}qiG>� �: � �: II \\9 II\n..\n\ndvitiyarh tu bhaviiyiisya\nrasiitala-gatiirh mahim\nuddhari§yann upiidatta\nyajiiesaft saukararh vapuft\ndvitiyam-the second; tu- but; bhaviiya-for welfare; asya-of this earth;\nrasiitala-the lowest; gatiim-having gone; mahim-the earth; uddhari§yan­\n\nlifting up; upiidatta- established ; yajiidaft - the proprietor or the supreme\nenjoyer; sauka ra m- hoggish ; vapuft -incarnation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe supreme enjoyer of all sacrifices accepted the incarnation of a\nboar [the second incarnation] , and for the welfare of the earth He lifted\n�the earth up from the nether regions of the universe.\nPURPORT\nThe indication is that for each and every incarnation of the Personality\nof Godhead, the particular function executed is also mentioned. There\ncannot be any incarnation without a particular function, and such functions\nare always extraordinary. They are impossible for any living being to\nperform. The incarnation of the boar was to take the earth out of Pluto's\nregion of filthy matter. Picking up something from a filthy place is done\nby a boar, and the all-powerful Personality of Godhead displayed this\nwonder to the asuras, who hid the earth in such a filthy place. There is\nnothing impossible for Him, and although the Personality of Godhead\nplayed the part of a boar, still by the devotees He is worshiped, staying\nalways in transcendence.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0173": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n146\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 8\n\nq:�l�f!�Qq � �ttfWt� �: I\n� Ql�6+tl+.t! � • �: II � II\ntrtiyam [§i-sargarh vai\n\ndevar�itvam upetya sa[!.\n\ntantrarh siitvatam iica�ta\n\nnai§karmyarh karmartiirh yata[l\n\ntrtiyam-the third one; T§i-sargam-the millennium of the nis; vai­\n\ncertainly; devar§itvam-incarnation\n\nupetya-having\n\naccepted; sa[l.-he;\n\nof the !§i amongst the demigods;\n\ntantrum-exposition\n\nof the\n\nVedas;\n\nsiitvatam-which is especially meant for devotional service; aca§ta--collect­\n\ned; nai§ k a rmyam nonfru itive; karmartiim-of work; yata[l.-from which.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the millennium of the ��is, the Personality of Godhead accepted the\n\nthird empowered incarnation in the form of Devar�i Narada, who is a great\n\nsage among the demigods. He collected expositions of the Vedas which\ndeal with devotional service and which inspire nonfruitive action.\nPURPORT\nThe great :{t�i Narada, who is an empowered incarnation of the Person­\n\nality of Godhead, propagates devotional service all over the universe. All\n\ngreat devotees of the Lord all over the universe and in different planets\n\nand species of life are his disciples. Srila Vyasadeva, the compiler of the\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, is also one of his disciples. He is the author of\n\nNiirada-paiicariitra, which is the exposition of the Vedas, particularly for\ndevotional service of the Lord. This Niirada-paiicariitra trains the karmis\n\nor the fruitive workers to achieve liberation from the bondage of fruitive\n\nwork. The conditioned souls are mostly attracted by fruitive work because\n\nthey want to enjoy life by the sweat of their own brow. The whole\n\nuniverse is full of fruitive workers in all species of life. The fruitive works\n\ninclude all kinds of economic development plans. But the law of nature\nprovides that every action has its resultant reaction, and the performer of\n\nthe work is bound up by such reactions, good or bad. The reaction of good\n\nwork is comparative material prosperity, whereas the reaction of bad work\n\n", "SB1.1#p0174": "Text 9]\n\n��qa Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n147\n\nis comparative material distress. But material conditions, either in so-called\n\nhappiness or in so-called distress, are all meant ultimately for distress only.\n\nFoolish materialists have no information how to obtain eternal happiness\n\nin the unconditional state. Sri Narada informs these foolish fruitive\n\nworkers how to realize the reality of happiness. He gives direction to the\n\ndiseased men of the world how one's present engagement can lead one to\nthe path of spiritual emancipation. The physician gives direction to the\n\npatient to take treated milk in the form of curd for his sufferings from\nindigestion due to his taking another milk preparation. So the cause of the\ndisease and the remedy of the disease may be the same, but it must be\n\ntreated by an expert physician like Narada. The Bhagavad-gitii also gives\n\nthe same solution for serving the Lord by the fruits of one's labor. That\n\nwill lead one to the path of nai.§karmya, or liberation.\n\nturye dharma-kalii-sarge\nnara-niiriiya[tiiv [§i\n\nbhutviitmopasamopetam\n\nakarod duscararh tapaf!.\n\nturye-in the fourth of the line; dharma-kala-wife of Dharmaraja;\n\nsarge-being born of; nara-niiriiya[tau-named Nara and Naraya!J.a; nisages; bhutvii-becoming; iitma-upasama-controlling the senses; upetam­\n\nfor achievement of; akarot-undertook; duscaram-very strenuous; tapa[L­\n\npenance.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the fourth incarnation, the Lord became Nara and Naray3!la, the\n\ntwin sons of the wife of King Dharma. Thus He undertook severe and\nexemplary penances to control the senses.\nPURPORT\n\nAs it was advised by King !t�abha to His sons, tapasya, or voluntary\n\nacceptance of penance for realization of the transcendence, is the only\nduty of the human being; it was so done by the Lord Himself in an\n\n", "SB1.1#p0175": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n148\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 3\n\nexa.mplary manner to teach us. The Lord is very kind to the forgetful\nsouls. He therefore comes Himself and leaves behind necessary instructions\nand also sends His good sons as representatives to call all the conditioned\nsouls back to Godhead. Recently, within the memory of everyone, Lord\nCaitanya also appeared for the same purpose: to show special favor to\nfallen souls of this age of iron industry. The incarnation of\n\naraya!la is\n\nworshiped still at Badarinliraya!la, on the range of the Himalayas.\nTEXT 10\n\n4iteM9!6'( I\nSf1qt=qtU« � 6*1Ut¥4NMut4'( II� II\nq�: � wmt ftmr:\n\no\n\npaiicamaft kapilo niima\nsiddhesaft kiila-viplutam\nproviiciisuraye siihkh yam\ntattva-griima-vinirr-ayam\npaiicamaft-the fifth one; kapilaft- Kapila; niima-of the name; siddhesaft\n-the foremost amongst the perfect; kiila-time; viplu tam-lost; proviica·\nsaid; asuraye-unto the brahmar-a named Asuri; sahkhyam-metaphysics;\ntattva griima-the\n-\n\nsum\n\ntotal\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ncreative elements; vinirr-ayam­\n\nexposition.\nTRANSLATION\nThe fifth incarnation, named Lord Kapila, is foremost among perfected\nbeings. He gave an exposition of the creative elements and metaphysics\nto Asuri Brahm3!1a, for in course of time this knowledge had been lost.\nPURPORT\nThe sum total of the creative elements is twenty-four in all. Each and\nevery one of them are explicitly explained in the system of Sankhya\nphilosophy. Siirikhya philosophy is generally called metaphysics by the\nEuropean scholars. The etymological meaning of siinkhya is that which\nexplains very lucidly by analysis of the material elements. This was done\nfor the first time by Lord Kapila, who is said herein to be the fifth in the\nline of incarnations.\nTEXT ll\n\n�1{_ 3l�(q€40f� �: �s-wt\"\"�:£14'\"1 I\n....\n\n3lt�Ett\\¥te4i�31t,����ll��II\n\n", "SB1.1#p0176": "Text 12]\n\nKp�J!a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n149\n\n§a§tham atrer apatyatvam\nvrtaft priipto'nasiiyayii\niinvik§ikim alarkiiya\nprahliidiidibhya iiciviin\n§U§tham-the sixth one; atreft-of Atri; apatyatvam- sonship; v.rtaft­\n\nbeing prayed for; p riiptaft-obtained; anasiiyayii-by Anasiiya; iinvik§ikimon the subject of transcendence; alarkiiya-unto Alarka; prahliida-iidibhya[l.\n\n-unto Prahlada, etc.; iiciviin-spoke.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sixth incarnation of the puru�a was the son of the sage Atri. He\n\nwas born in the womb of Anasiiya, who prayed for an incarnation. He\n\nspoke on the subject of transcendence to Alarka, Prahlada and others\n[Yadu, Haihaya, etc.].\nPURPORT\nThe Lord incarnated Himself as Dattatreya, the son of ��i Atri and\nAnasiiya. The history of the birth of Dattatreya as an incarnation of the\n\nLord is mentioned in the Brahmiir-fla Puriir-a in connection with the story\n\nof the devoted wife. It is said there that Anasiiya, the wife of ��i Atri,\n\nprayed before the Lords Brahma, Vi�!J.U and Siva as follows: \"My lords, if\n\nyou are pleased with me, and if you desire me to ask from you some sort\n\nof blessings, then I pray that you combine together to become my son.\"\n\nThis was accepted by the lords, and as Dattatreya the Lord expounded the\n\nphilosophy of the spirit soul and especially instructed Alarka, Prahlada,\nY adu, Haihaya, etc.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n311t�i (i�4\"S+4titltl6 I\n� �: �i�(qi�itt+f!�IW'(I(4( ����II\nmr: �\n\ntataft saptama iikiityiim\nrucer yajiio'bhyajiiyata\nsa yiimiidyai[l. sura-gar-air\napiit sviiyambhuviintaram\n\n", "SB1.1#p0177": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n150\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 3\n\ntataft-after that; saptame-the seventh in the line; iikiityiim-in the\nwomb of Akuti; m ce lt-by Prajapati Ruci; yajiiafr.-the Lord's incarnation\n\nas Yajiia; abhyajayata-advented; sa[!.- He; yiimii-iidyai?t - with Yam a, etc.;\nsura-gar-ai?t·-with demigods;\n\napiit-ruled;\n\nsviiyambhuva--antaram-the\n\nchange of the period of Svaymbhuva Manu.\nTRAN SLATIO N\nThe seventh incarnation was Yajiia, the son of Prajapati Ruci and his\nwife Akuti. He controlled the period during the change of the Svayamhhuva\nManu and was assisted by demigods such as His son Yama and others.\n\nPURPORT\nThe administrative posts occupied by the demigods for maintaining the\nregulations of the material world are offered to the highly elevated pious\nliving beings. When there is a scarcity of such pious living beings, the Lord\n\nincarnates Himself as Brahma, Prajapati, Indra, etc., and takes up the\ncharge. During the period of Svayambhuva Manu (the present period is of\nVaivasvata Manu) there was no suitable living being who could occupy\nthe post of Indra, the King of the Indraloka (heaven) planet. The Lord\nHimself at that time became Indra. Assisted by His own sons like Yama\nand other demigods, Lord Yajiia ruled the administration of the universal\naffairs.\nTEXT 13\n\n3l!it li�o;ocf G � �:I\n�- trol � �l�'i�'if#it'{ II��II\nG.§tame memdevyiim tu\nniibher jiita umkrama[l\ndarsayan vartma dhiriir-iim\nsaroiisrama-namaskrtam\na§tame-the eighth of the incarnations; merudevyiim tu -in the womb\nof Merudevi, the wife of; niibhe[l- King Niibhi;jiita[t-took birth; umkrama[l\n-the all-powerful Lord; darsayan-by showing; vartma-the way; dhiriir-iim\n-of the perfect beings; saroa-all; iiSrama-orders of life; namaskrtamhonored by.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0178": "Text 13]\n\n�llf!a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n151\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe eighth incarnation was King J}�abha, son of King Nahhi and his\nwife Merudevi. In this incarnation the Lord showed the path of perfection,\nwhich is followed by those who have fully controlled their senses and who\nare honored by all orders of life.\nPURPORT\nThe society of human beings is naturally divided into eight by orders\nand statuses of life, the four divisions of occupation and four divisions of\ncultural advancement. The intelligent class, the administrative class, the\nproductive class and the laborer class are the four divisions of occupation.\nAnd the student life, the householder's life, retired life and renounced\nlife are the four statuses of cultural advancement towards the path of\nspiritual realization. Out of these, the renounced order of life, or the order\nof sannyii.sa, is considered the highest of all, and a sannyiisi is constitutionally the spiritual master for all the orders and divisions. In the sannyasa\norder also there are four stages of upliftment toward perfection. Such\nstages are called the kuticaka, bahudaka, parivrajakacarya, and the paramaharhsa. The paramaharhsa stage of life is the highest stage of perfection.\nThis order of life is respected by all others. Maharaja ��bha, the son of\nKing\n\nTabhi and Merudevi, was an incarnation of the Lord, and He in­\n\nstructed His sons to follow the path of perfection by tapasya which\nsanctifies one's existence and enables one to attain the stage of spiritual\nhappiness which is eternal and ever increasing. Every living being is searching after happiness, but no one knows where eternal and unlimited happiness is obtainable. Foolish men seek after material sense pleasure as a\nsubstitute for real happiness, but such foolish men forget that temporary\nso-called happiness derived from sense pleasures is also enjoyed by the\ndogs and hogs. No animal, bird or beast is bereft of this sense pleasure.\nIn every species of life, including the human form of life, such happiness\nis immensely obtainable. The human form of life is, however, not meant\nfor such cheap happiness. The human life is meant for attaining eternal and\nunlimited happiness by spiritual realization. This spiritual realization is\nobtained by tapasya or undergoing voluntarily the path of penance and\nabstinence from material pleasures. Those who have been trained for\nabstinence in material pleasures are called dhira, or men undisturbed by\nthe senses. These dhiras can accept the orders of sannyasa, and they can\ngradually rise up to the status of the paramaharhsa, which is adored by all\n\n", "SB1.1#p0179": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n152\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 3\n\nmembers of the society. King J}�abha propagated this mission, and at the\n\nlast stage He became completely aloof from the material bodily needs,\n\nwhich is a rare stage not to be imitated by foolish men, but to be worshiped by all.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�tf:qffl � � � �: I\n�+ii+i-.�Rhu�p;j ij' �: II� CJII\nnibhir y iicito bheje\nnavamam piirthivam vapufi.\ndugdhemiim O§adhir vipriis\nten iiyam sa usattamafi.\n_r§ibhifi.-by\n\nthe\n\nsages; yiicitafi.-being prayed for;\n\nbheje-accepted;\n\nnavamam-the ninth one; piirthivam-the ruler of the earth; vapufi.-body;\ndugdha-milking; imiim-all these; O§adhi[t-products of the earth; vipriifi.-\n\n0 briihmarzas; t e na-by; ayam-this; safi.-he; usattamafi.-beautifully attrac­\n\ntive.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 brahmatJ.as, the ninth incarnation of the Lord, prayed for by sages,\nwas King Pfthu, who cultivated the land to yield various produces, and for\nthat reason the earth was beautiful and attractive.\nPURPORT\nBefore the advent of King Prthu, there was great havoc of maladministra­\n\ntion due to the vicious life of the previous king, the father of Maharaja\nPfthu. The intelligent class of men (namely the sages and the briihmarzas)\n\nnot only prayed for the Lord to come down, but they also dethroned the\nprevious king. It is the duty of the king to be pious and thus look after the\n\nall around welfare of the citizens. Whenever there is some negligence on\nthe part of the king in discharging his duty, the intelligent class of men\nmust dethrone him. The intelligent class of men, however, do not occupy\n\nthe royal throne because they have much more important duties for the\nwelfare of the public. Instead of occupying the royal throne, they prayed\n\nfor the incarnation of the Lord, and the Lord came as Maharaja Pfthu.\n\nReal intelligent men or qualified briihmarzas never aspire for political\n\n", "SB1.1#p0180": "Text 15)\n\nK.r�11a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n153\n\nposts. Maharaja Prthu excavated many produces from the earth, and thus\nnot only the citizens became happy to have such a good king, but the\n\ncomplete sight of the earth also became beautiful and attractive.\nTEXT 15\n\nriiparh sa jagrhe miitsyarh\nciik�u�odadhi-samplave\nniivy iiropya mahimayyiim\napiid vaivasvatarh manum\nrii pam-form; sa[l\n\n-\n\nhe; jagrhe accepted; miitsyam-of fish; ciik�u§a-\n\nCak�u�a; udadhi-water; samplave-inundation; niivi-on the boat; iiropya\n-keeping on; mahi-the earth; mayyiim-drowned in; apiit-protected;\n\nvaivasvatam- V aivasvata; manum-Manu, the father of man.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen there was a complete inundation after the period of the C��a\n\nManu and the whole world was deep within water, the Lord accepted the\n\nform of a fish and protected V aivasvata Manu, keeping him up on a boat.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Sripada Sridhara Svami, the original commentator on the\n\nBhiigavata, there is not always a devastation after the change of every\n\nManu. And yet this inundation after the period of Cak�u� Manu took\nplace in order to show some wonders to Satyavrata. But Sri jlva Gosvami\nhas\n\ngiven definite proofs from\n\nauthoritative scriptures\n\n(like\n\nVi§rm­\n\ndharmottara, Miirkart!leya Puriifla, Harivarhsa, etc.) that there is always\n\na devastation after the end of each and every Manu. Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti has also supported Srila jlva Gosvami, and he (Sri Cakravarti)\n\nhas also quoted from Bhiigavatiimrtam about this inundation after each\n\nManu. Apart from this, the Lord, in order to show special favor to\n\nSatyavrata, a devotee of the Lord, in this particular period, incarnated\n\nHimself.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0181": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n154\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 16\n\n���JO(i��l llmiT ¥t�(l\"if�� I\n�-a �&�or 'm l(€fltG:� f�: II�� II\nsuriisuriirziim udadhim\nmathnatiim mandariicalam\ndadhre kamatha-riiperza\np[§tha ekiidase vibhu[t\nsura-the theists; asuriirziim-of the atheists; udadhim-in the ocean;\nmathnatiim\n\n-\n\nchurning; mandariicalam-the Mandaracalam Hill; dadhre­\n\nsustained; kamatha-tortoise; riiper w\n\n-\n\nin the form of; p[§{he-shell; ekiidas e\n\n-eleventh in the line; vibhu� -the great.\nTRANSLATION\nThe eleventh incarnation of the Lord was in the form of a tortoise\nwhose shell served as a pivot for the Mandaracalam Hill, which was being\nused as a churning rod by the theists and atheists of the universe.\nPURPORT\nOnce both the atheists and the theists were engaged in producing nectar\nfrom the sea so that all of them could become deathless by drinking it.\nAt that time the Mandaracalam Hill was used as the churning rod, and the\nshell of Lord Tortoise, the incarnation of Godhead, became the resting\nplace (pivot) of the hill in the sea water.\nTEXT 17\n\ndhiinvantaram dviidasamam\ntrayodasamam eva ca\napiiyayat suriin anyiin\nmohinyii mohayan striyii\n\n", "SB1.1#p0182": "Text 19]\n\nKt�Qa Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\ndhiinvantaram-the\n\nincarnation\n\nof\n\nGodhead\n\n155\n\nnamed\n\nDhanvantari;\n\ndviidasamam-the twelfth in the line; trayodasamam-the thirteenth in the\nline; eva-certainly; ca-and; apiiyayat-gave to drink; suriin-the demigods;\n\nanyiin other s; mohinyii-by charming beauty; m ohayan alluring ; striyii-\n\n-\n\nin the form of a woman.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the twelfth incarnation, the Lord appeared as Dhanvantari, and in\nthe thirteenth He allured the atheists by the charming beauty of a woman\nand gave nectar to the demigods to drink.\nTEXT 18\n\ncaturdasarit niirasiritharit\n\n·\n\nb�bhrad daityendram urjitam\ndadiira karajair iiriiv\nerakiirit kata-krd yathii\ncaturdaSam-the fourteenth in the line; niirasiritham-the incarnation of\nthe Lord as half man and half lion; bibhrat-advented; da ityen dram the\n-\n\nking of the atheists; urjitam\n\n-\n\nstr o ngly built; dadara- bifurcated; karajaifi.­\n\nby the nails; iirau-on the lap; erakiim-canes; kata k rt c arpente r; yathii-·\n-\n\n-\n\njust like.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the fourteenth incarnation, the Lord appeared as Nrsimha and\nbifurcated the strong body of the atheist Hira':lyakasipu with His nails,\njust as a carpenter pierces cane.\nTEXT 19\n\nq� cWt'irt t�l•ll�� �:I\n� tiN+tl'it ����������\n\n", "SB1.1#p0183": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n156\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 3\n\npaficadasam viimanakam\nkrtviigiid adhvaram balefi.\npada-trayam yiicamiinafi.\npratyiiditsus tri.-p�tapam\npaficada5am-the fifteenth in the line; viimanakam-the dwarf briihma[ta;\nk rtva by assumption of; agiit-went; adhvaram-arena of sacrifice; balefi.of King Bali; p ada tmyam-three steps only; yiicamiinafi.-begging;\npratyiiditsufi.-willing at heart to return; t ri. p �tapam-the kingdom of the\nthree planetary systems.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the fifteenth incarnation, the Lord assum ed the form of a dwarf\nbrahm�a [ Vamana] and visited the arena of sacrifice arranged by Maharaja\nBali. Although at heart He was willing to regain the kingdom of the three\nplanetary systems, He simply asked for a donation of three steps of land.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Almighty God can bestow upon anyone the kingdom of the universe from a very small beginning, and similarly, He can take away the\nkingdom of the universe on the plea of begging a small piece of land.\nTEXT 20\n\n� tfli�l� � - ��\n�4ft'6€q: iPm f.f:f4�l'IEfit;;:q(T'( II� II\no\n\navatiire � qla5am e\npa5yan bmhma-druho n[piin\ntrifi.-sapta-krtvalt kupito\nnifi.k§atriim akaron mahim\n\navatiire-in the incarnation of the Lord; �qlaSame-sixteenth; pa5yanseeing; b rnhm a-d ruhafi.-di sobedient to the orders of the briihmartas;\nn.rpan-the kingly order; t rifi. sapta-thrice seven times; krtvaft-had done;\nkupitafi.-being eng-ctged; nifi.-negation; k�atriim-the administrative class;\nakarot-did perform; mahim-the earth.\n-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0184": "l<.r�f!a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\nText 21I\n\n157\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs Bhfgupati, the .sixteenth incarnation of the Godhead, the Lord\nannihilated the administrative class [�atriyasI twenty-one times, being\nangry with them because of their rebellion against the brahm3!J.3!' [the\nintelligent class I .\nPURPORT\nThe k�atriyas or the administrative class of men are expected to rule the\n\nplanet by the direction of the intelligent class of men who give direction\n\nto the rulers in terms of the standard siistras or the books of revealed\n\nknowledge. The rulers carry on the administration according to that direc­\n\ntion. Whenever there is disobedience on the part of the k�atriyas or the\nadministrative class against the orders of the learned and intelligent\n\nbriihmarws, the administrators are removed by force from the posts, and\narrangement is made for better administration.\nTEXT 21\n--\n\n.\n\nmr: �� �Rn ('(�'4��r q(t�(t(( 1\n\n:q� �: mm qT �m�: ����II\ntata[l. saptadase jiita[l.\nsatyavatyiirit parasariit\ncakre veda-taro[!. siikhii\ndr§tvii puritso 'lpa-medhasal)\ntata[I.- thereafter; saptadase-in\n\nthe seventeenth incarnation;\n\njiita[I.­\n\nadvented; satyavatyiim-in the womb of Satyavati; pariisariit-by Pariisara\nMuni; cakre-prepared; veda-taro[l.-of the desire tree of the Vedas; siikhii[l.\n-branches;\n\ndr§tvii-be\n\nseeing;\n\npuritsa[l.-the\n\npeople in general;\n\nalpa­\n\nmedhasa [l.- less intelligent.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, in the seventeenth incarnation of Godhead, Sri Vyasadeva\nappeared in the womb of Satyavati, wife of Parasara Muni, and he divided\nthe one Veda into several branches and sub-branches, seeing that the\npeople in general were less intelligent.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0185": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n158\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 3\n\nPURPORT\nOriginally the\n\nVeda is one. But Srila Vyasadeva divided the original\n\nVeda into four, namely Siima, Yajus, .f{k, Atharoa, and then again they\nwere explained in different branches like the Purarws and theJiahiibhiirata.\n\n\\' edic language and the subject matter are ,-ery difficult for ordinary men.\n\nThey are understood by the highly intelligent and self-realized briihmar-as.\n\nBut the present age of Kali is full of ignorant men. Even those who are\n\nborn by a briihmar-a father are, in the present age, no better than the\nsudras\n\nor the women. The twice-born men, namely the briihmar-as,\n\nk§atriyas and vaiSyas, are expected to undergo a cultural purificatory\n\nprocess known as sarhskiiras, but because of the bad influence of the\n\npresent age the so-called members of the briihmar-a and other high order\nfamilies are no longer highly cultured. They are called the dvija-bandhu or\nthe friends and family members of the twice-born. But these dvija-bandhus\n\nare classified amongst the sudras and the women. Srila Vyasadeva divided\n\nthe Vedas in various branches and sub-branches for the sake of the less\n\nintelligent classes like the dvija-bandhus, sudras and the women.\nTEXT 22\n\n���mn\nij{f.fil��\"*'-t�l 1\n����If;{ � �.ftr.flu;.r�n � II��II\nnara·devatvam iipannafl\nsura-hiirya-cihir�ayii\nsamudra-nigrahiidini\ncakre viryiir-y atafl param\nnara-human being; devatvam-divinity; iipannaf!.-having assumed the\n\nform of; sura-the demigods; kiirya-activities; cikir�ayii-for the purpose of\n\nperforming; samudra-the Indian Ocean; nigraha-iidini-controlling, etc.;\ncakre-did perform; viryiir-i-superhuman prowess; atafl param- thereafter.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the eighteenth incarnation, the Lord appeared as King Rama. In\n\norder to perform some pleasing work for the demigods, He exhibited\nsuperhuman powers by controlling the Indian Ocean and then killing the\natheist King Rav�a, who was on the other side of the sea.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0186": "Text 23]\n\n��Qa Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n159\n\nPURPORT\nThe Personality of Godhead Sri Rama assumed the form of a human\n\nbeing and appeared on the· ear.tl.l for the purpose of doing some pleasing\nwork for the demigods or the administratiw personalities to maintain the\n\norder of the universe. Sometimes great demons and atheists like Ra,·a1_1a\n\nand Hiral)yakasipu and many others becon�e Yery famous due to advancing\n\nmaterial ci,ilization by the help of material science and other acti,-itie::::\n\nwith a spirit of challenging the established order of the Lord. For example.\n\nthe attempt to fly to other planets by material means is a challenge to the\nestablished order. The conditions of each and ewry planet are different.\n\nand different classes of human beings are accomodated there for particular\n\npurposes mentioned in the codes of the Lord. But, puffed up by tiny\nsuccess in material advancement, sometimes the godless materialist chal­\n\nlenges the existence of God. Ravapa was one of them, and he wanted to\ndeport ordinary men to the planets of Indra (heaven) by material means\n\nwithout consideration of the necessary qualifications. He wanted a stair­\n\ncase to be built up directly reaching the heavenly planet so that people\nmight not be required to undergo the routine of pious work necessary to\n\nenter that planet.\n\nHe also wanted to perform other acts against the\n\nestablished rule of the Lord. He even challenged the authority of Sri Rama\n\nthe Personality of Godhead and kidnapped His wife Sltli. Of course Lord\n\nRama came to chastise this atheist, answering the prayer and desire of the\n\ndemigods. He therefore took up the challenge of Raval)a, and the complete\nactivity is the subject matter of the Ramaya[la. Because Lord Ramacandra\n\nwas the Personality of Godhead, He exhibited superhuman activities which\n\nno human being, including the materially advanced Raval)a, could perform.\n\nLord Ramacandra prepared a royal road on the Indian Oceaa with stones\n\nthat floated on the water. The modern scientists have done research in the\n\narea of weightlessness, but it is not possible to bring in weightlessness any­\n\nwhere and everywhere. But because weightlessness is the creation of ihe\n\nLord by which He can make the gigantic planets fly and float in the air, He\n\nmade the stones even within this earth to be weightless and prepared a\n\nstone bridge on the sea without any supporting pillar. That is the display\n\nof the power of God.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�;rf.i��!Jfttlr �IJI! �R� I\n�%\"tll'l'TNfij � �•11:11;(((�(4( II�� II\n\n", "SB1.1#p0187": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n160\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 3\n\nekonavirhse virhsatime\nV[FJ4u priipya janmani\nriima-kr��iiv iti bhuvo\nbhagaviin aharad bharcim\nekonavirhse-in the nineteenth; virhsatime-in the twentieth also;\nvm'j,4u-in the Vr�tri dynasty; priipya-having obtained; janmani-births;\nroma-Balarama;\n\nkn�au-Sii Kr�Qa; iti-thus; bhuva[l.-of the world;\n\nbhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; aharat-removed; bharam-burden.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the nineteenth and twentieth incarnations, the Lord advented\n\nHimself as Lord Balarama and Lord Kr�':la in the family of V r�tri [the\n\nYadu dynasty J, and by so doing He removed the burden of the world.\nPURPORT\n\nThe specific mention of the word bhagaviin in this text indicates that\nBalarama and Kr��a are original forms of the Lord. This will be further\n\nexplained later. Lord Kr��a is not an incarnation of the puru�a as we\n\nlearned from the beginning of this chapter. He is directly the original\nPersonality of Godhead, and Balarama is the first plenary manifestation\nof the Lord. From Baladeva the first phalanx of plenary expansions,\n\nVasudeva, Sarikar�a�a, Aniruddha and Pradyumna, expands. Lord Sri\nKr��a is Vasudeva, and Baladeva is Sankar�a�a.\nTEXT 24\n\n�� (1+5ft� (\"(++tltil� wf� I\n� �lttlil�tlfl! qf\\�90 l{f?I��Rr ����II\n�:\n\ntata[l. kalau sampravrtte\nsammohiiya sura-dv4iim\nbuddho niimniiiijana-suta[l.\nkikate�u bhav4yati\ntata[l.-tl�ereafter; kalau-the age of Kali; sampravrtte-having ensued;\nsammohiiya-for the purpose of deluding; sura-the theists; dv4iim-those\nwho are envious; buddha[!.-Lord Buddha; niimnii-of the name; aiijana-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0188": "Text 24]\n\n��qa Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n161\n\nsu ta[l - the son of Afijana (Lord Buddha); kikat e�u in the province of\nGaya (Behar); bhavi§yati-will take p lace.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen, in the beginning of Kali-yuga, the Lord will appear\n\nas\n\nLord\n\nBuddha, the son of Afijana, in the province of Gaya, just for the purpose\nof deluding those who are envious of the faithful theist.\nPURPORT\nLord Buddha, a powerful incarnation of the Personality of Godhead,\nappeared in the province of Gaya (Bihar) as the son of Afijana, and he\npreached his own conception of nonviolence and deprecated even the\nanimal sacrifices sanctioned in the\n\nVedas. At the time when Lord Buddha\n\nappeared, the people in general were atheistic and preferred animal flesh\nto anything else. On the plea of Vedic sacrifice, every place was practically\nturned into a slaughterhouse, and animal killing was indulged in unrestrictedly. Lord Buddha preached nonviolence, taking pity on the poor animals.\nHe preached that he did not believe in the tenets of the Vedas and stressed\nthe adverse psychological effects incurred by animal killing. Less intelligent\nmen of the age of Kali, who had no faith in God, followed his principle,\nand for the time being they were trained in moral discipline and nonviolence, the preliminary steps for proceeding further on the path of God\nrealization. He deluded the atheists because such atheists who followed his\nprinciples did not believe in God, but they kept their absolute faith in\nLord Buddha who himself was the incarnation of God. Thus the faithless\npeople were made to believe in God in the form of Lord Buddha. That was\nthe mercy of Lord Buddha: He made the faithless faithful to him.\nKilling of animals before the advent of Lord Buddha was the most\nprominent feature of the society. They claimed that these were Vedic\n\nVedas are not accepted through the authoritative\nVedas are misled by the\nflowery language of that system of knowledge. In the Bhagavad-gitii a\nsacrifices. When the\n\ndisciplic succession, the casual readers of the\n\ncomment has been made on such foolish scholars. The foolish scholars of\nVedic literature who do not care to receive the transcendental message\nthrough the transcendental realized sources of disciplic succession are sure\nto be bewildered. To them, the ritualistic ceremonies are considered to be\nall in all. They have no depth of knowledge, according to the Bhagavadgitii. The whole system of the Vedas is to lead one gradually to the path of\n\n", "SB1.1#p0189": "162\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 3\n\nthe Supreme Lord. The whole theme of Vedic literature is to know the\nSupreme Lord, the individual soul, the cosmic situation and the relations\nbetween all these items. When the relation is known, the relative function\n\nbegins, and as a result of such a function the ultimate goal of life or going\nback to Godhead takes place in the easiest manner. Unfortunately, un­\n\nauthorized scholars of the Vedas become captivated by the purificatory\nceremonies only, and natural progress is checked thereby.\n\nTo such bewildered persons of atheistic propensity, Lord Buddha is the\n\nemblem of theism. He therefore first of all wanted to check the habit of\nanimal killing. The animal killers are dangerous elements on the path of\ngoing back to Godhead. There are two types of animal killers. The soul is\nalso sometimes called the \"animal\" or the living being. Therefore, both\nthe slaughterer of animals as well as those who have lost their identity of\nsoul are animal killers.\nMaharaja Parik�it said that only the animal killer cannot relish the\ntranscendental message of the Supreme Lord. Therefore if people are to\nbe educated to the path of Godhead they must be taught first and foremost\n\nto s top the process of animal killing as above mentioned. It is nonsensical\n\nto say that animal killing has nothing to do with spiritual realization. By\n\nthis dangerous theory many so-called sannyiisis have sprung up by the\ngrace of Kali-yuga who preach animal killing under the garb of the Vedas.\n\nThe subject matter has already been discussed in the conversation between\n\nLord Caitanya and Maulana Chand Kazi Shaheb. The animal sacrifice as\n\nstated in the Vedas is different from the unrestricted animal killing in the\nslaughterhouse. Because the asuras or the so-called scholars of Vedic\nliteratures put forward the evidence of animal killing in the Vedas, Lord\nBuddha superficially denied the authority of the Vedas. This rejection of\nthe Vedas by Lord Buddha was adopted in order to save people from the\nvice of animal killing as\n\nwell as to save the poor animals from the\n\nslaughtering process of their big brothers who clamor for universal brotherhood, peace, justice and equity. There is no justice when there is animal\nkilling. Lord Buddha wanted to stop it completely, and therefore his cult\nof ahirhsii was propagated not only in India but also outside the country.\nTechnically Lord Buddha's philosophy is called atheistic because there\nis no acceptance of the Supreme Lord and because that system of philosophy denied the authority of the Vedas. But that is an act of camouflage\n\nby the Lord. Lord Buddha is the incarnation of Godhead. As such, he is\n\nthe original propounder of Vedic knowledge. He therefore cannot reject\nVedic philosophy. But he rejected it outwardly because the sura-dv�a, or\nthe demons who are always envious of the devotees of Godhead, try to\n\n", "SB1.1#p0190": "Text 25]\n\n��11a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n163\n\nsupport cow killing or animal killing from the pages of the Vedas, and this\n\nis now being done by the modernized sannyiisis. Lord Buddha had to\n\nreject the authority of the Vedas altogether. This is simply technical, and\n\nhad it not been so he would not have been so accepted as the incarnation\n\nof Godhead. Neither would he have been worshiped in the transcendental\n\nsongs of the poet J ayadeva, who is a V ai�!lava iiciirya. He preached the pre­\n\nliminary principles of the Vedas in a manner suitable for the time being\n(and so also did Acarya Sailkaracarya) to establish the authority of the\nVedas. Therefore both Lord Buddha and Acarya Sarikara paved the path\n\nof theism, and V ai�!lava iiciiryas, specifically Lord Sri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu, led the people on the path towards a realization of going back to\nGodhead.\n\nWe are glad that people are taking interest in the nonviolent movement\n\nof Lord Buddha. But will they take the matter very seriously and close the\nanimal slaughterhouses altogether? If not, there is no meaning to the\n\nahirhsa cult.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam was composed just prior to the beginning of the\n\nage of Kali (about five thousand years ago), and Lord Buddha appeared\n\nabout 2,600 years ago. Therefore in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam Lord Buddha is\n\nforetold. Such is the authority of this clear scripture. There are many such\n\nprophecies, and they are being fulfilled one after another. They will indicate the positive standing of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, which is without trace\n\nof mistake, illusion, cheating and imperfection, which are the four flaws\n\nof all conditioned souls. The liberated souls are above these flaws; there­\n\nfore they can see and foretell things which are to take place on distant\n\nfuture dates.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n3l� ��� ��SII�! � I\n\"\n\n\"\n\n\"\"\n\n\"\n\n�\n\n\"\n\nilfr;Rtt T'Eft?Jti�R'II ;nm €f.l(!tfi\\5f�ij! ����II\nathiisau yuga-sandhyiiyiirh\ndasyu-priiye§U riijasu\n\njanitii vigw-yasaso\nniimnii kalkir jagat-patift\natka-thereafter; asau-the same Lord; yuga-sandhyiiyiim-at the conjunction of the yugas; dasyu plunderers; priiye§u-almost all; riijasu-the\n-\n\ngoverning personalities; janitii-will take His birth; vi§!lu-named Vi�rm;\nyasasaft-surnamed Yasa; niimnii-in the name of; kalkift-the incarnation\nof the Lord;jagat-patift-the Lord of the creation.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0191": "164\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, at the conjunction of two yugas, the Lord of the creation\nwill take His birth as the Kalki incarnation and become the son of Vi�pu\nY a8a. At this time the rulers of the earth will have degenerated into\nplunderers.\nPURPORT\nHere is another foretelling of the advent of Lord Kalki, the incarnation\nof Godhead. He is to appear at the conjunction of the two yugas, namely\nat the end of Kali-yuga and the beginning of Satya-yuga. The cycle of the\nfour yugas, namely Satya, Treta, Dvapara and Kali, rotates like the\n\ncalendar months. The present Kali-yuga lasts 432,000 years, out of which\nwe have passed only 5,000 years after the Battle of Kur�etra and the\n\nend of the regime of King Parik�it. So there are 427,000 years balance yet\n\nto be finished. Therefore at the end of this period, the incarnation of Kalki\nwill take place, as foretold in the $rimad-Bhiigavatam. His father's name,\nVi�l'}u Yasa, a learned briihmarta, and the village Sambhal are also mentioned. As above mentioned, all these foretellings will prove to be factual\nin chronological order. That is the authority of $rimad-Bhiigavatam.\nTEXT 26\n\n3liiH11(1 �� �: ��t: I\n\n��:,�:�:�: �:11��11\navatiirii hy asahkhyeyii\nhareft sattva-nidher dvijii[l\nyathiividiisina[l kulyii[l\nsarasa[l syu[l sahasra.Sa[l\navatiiriifi.-incarnations; hi-certainly; asankhyeyiift-innumerable; hare[l\n-of Hari, the Lord; sattva-nidhe[l-of the ocean of goodness; dvijiift-the\n\nbriihmartas; yathii-as it is; avidiisinafi.-inexhaustible; kulyii[l-rivulets;\nsarasaft-of vast lakes; syufi. are; sahasrasafi.- thousands of.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 brahmapas, the incarnations of the Lord are innumerable rivulets\nflowing from inexhaustible sources of water.\n\n·\n\n", "SB1.1#p0192": "Text 27)\n\n.Kr!!J!a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n165\n\nPURPORT\nThe list of incarnations of the Personality of Godhead given herein is\n\nnot complete. It is only a partial view of all the incarnations. There are\n\nmany others, such as Sri Hayagriva, Hari, Hamsa, Prsnigarbha, Vihhu,\nSatyasena, Vaiku!J.tha, Sarvabhauma, Visvaksena, Dharmasetu, Sudhama,\n\nYogesvara, Brhadbhanu, etc., in the bygone ages. Sri Prahlada Maharaja\n\nsaid in his prayer, \"My Lord, You manifest in as many incarnations as\n\nthere are species of life, namely the aquatics, the vegetables, the reptiles,\n\nthe birds, the beasts, the men, the demigods, etc., just for the maintenance\n\nof the faithful and the annihilation of the unfaithful. You advent Yourself\n\nin this way in accordance with the necessity of the different yugas. In the\nKali-yuga You have incarnated garbed as a devotee.\" This incarnation of\n\nthe Lord in the Kali-yuga is Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. There are many\n\nother places, both in the Bhiigavatam and other scriptures, in which the\nincarnation of the Lord as Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu is explicitly men­\n\ntioned. In the Brahma-samhitii also it is said indirectly that although there\nare many incarnations of the Lord, such as Rama, Nrsimha, Varaha, Matsya,\nKiirma and many others, the Lord Himself sometimes incarnates in person.\n\nLord Kr�!la and Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are not, therefore, incar­\n\nnations, but the original source of all other incarnations. This will be\nclearly explained in the next sloka. So the Lord is the inexhaustible source\n\nfor innumerable incarnations which are not always mentioned. But such\n\nincarnations are distinguished by specific extraordinary feats which are\nimpossible to be performed by any living being. That is the general test to\n\nidentify an incarnation of the Lord directly and indirectly empowered.\n\nSome incarnations mentioned above are almost plenary portions. For in­\n\nstance, the Kumaras are empowered with transcendental knowledge. Sri\nNarada is empowered with devotional service. Maharaja J>rthu is an em­\n\npowered incarnation with executive function. The Matsya incarnation is\ndirectly a plenary portion. So the innumerable incarnations of the Lord are\n\nmanifested all over the universes constantly without cessation, as water\nflows constantly from waterfalls�\n\nTEXT 27\n\"'\n\n\"'\n\n\"'\n\n�'RT � �\n\nCfi�:\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�� ���: I\n� IDI�tt«A: �t: 11�\\911\n\n", "SB1.1#p0193": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n166\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 3\n\n�ayo manavo devii\nmanu-putrii mahaujasa[l,\nkalii[l, sarve harer eva\nsa-prajiipataya[l, smrtii[l,\nnaya[l,-all the sages; manava�-al1 the Manus; devii�-all the demigods;\n\nmanu-putrii�-all the descendants of Manu; mahii-ojasa[l,-very powerful;\nkalii�-portion of the plenary portion; sarve-all collectively; hare[l.-of the\nLord; eva-certainly; sa-prajiipataya�-along with the Prajapatis; smrtii�are known.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the r�is, Manus, demigods and descendants of Manu, who are\n\nespecially powerful, are plenary portions or portions of the plenary\nportions of the Lord. This also includes the Prajapatis.\nPURPORT\nThose who are comparatively less powerful are called vibhuti, and those\n\nwho are comparatively more powerful are called avesa incarnations.\nTEXT 28\n\n�ij :qjfi�r: ��n �� lFFit\"l ���\n��Ti� itcti �;;rf'� � � 11��11\nete ciirhsa-kalii[l, puritsa[l,\nkr§r;as tu bhagaviin svayam\nindriiri-vyiikularh lokarh\nmnlayanti yuge yuge\nete-all these; ca-and; arhsa-plenary portions; kalii�-portions of the\nplenary portions; purhsa[l.-of the Supreme; k�rta[l,-Lord Kr�l).a; tu-but;\n\nbhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; svayam-in person; indra-ari-the\nenemies of Indra; vyiikulam-disturbed; lokam-all the planets; mnlayanti\n-give s protection; yuge yuge-in different ages.\nTRANSLATION\nAll of the above-mentioned incarnations are either plenary portions or\nportions of the plenary portions of the Lord, but Lord Sri Kr�-!ia is the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0194": "Text 28)\n\n��11a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n167\n\noriginal Personality of Godhead. All of them appear on planets whenever\nthere is a disturbance created by the atheists. The Lord incarnates to\nprotect the theists.\nPURPORT\nIn this particular stanza Lord Sri Kr�tta the Personality of Godhead is\ndistinguished from other incarnations. He is counted amongst the avatiiras\n(incarnations) because out of His causeless mercy the Lord descends from\nHis transcendental abode. A vatiira means one who descends. All the incarnations of the Lord, including the Lord Himself, descend on the different\nplanets of the material world as also in different species of life to fulfill\nparticular missions. Sometimes He comes Himself, and sometimes His different plenary portions or parts of the plenary portions or His differentiated portions directly or indirectly empowered by Him descend on this\nmaterial world to execute certain specific functions. Originally the Lord is\nfull of all opulences, all prowess, all fames, all beauties, all knowledge and\nall renunciations. When they are partly manifested through the plenary\nportions or parts of the plenary portions, it should be noted that certain\nmanifestations of His different powers are required for those particular\nfunctions. When in the room small electric bulbs are displayed, it does not\nmean that the electric powerhouse is limited by the small bulbs. The same\npowerhouse can supply power to operate large-scale industrial dynamos\nwith greater volts. Similarly, the incarnations of the Lord display limited\npowers because so much power is needed at that particular time.\nFor example, Lord Parasuriima and Lord Nrsimha displayed unusual\nopulence by killing the disobedient k§atriyas twenty-one times and killing\nthe greatly powerful atheist Hira!J.yaka8ipu. Hir3tJ.yakasipu was so powerful\nthat even the demigods in other planets would tremble simply by the\nunfavorable raising of his eyebrow. The demigods in the higher level of\nmaterial existence many, many times excel the most well-to-do human\nbeings, in duration of life, beauty, wealth, paraphernalia, and in all other\nrespects. Still they were afraid of Hira!lyakasipu. Thus we can simply\nimagine how powerful Hirartyaka8ipu was in this material world. But even\nHira!J.yakasipu was cut into small pieces by the nails of Lord Nrsirilha.\nThis means that anyone materially powerful cannot stand the strength\nof the Lord's nails. Similarly, Jiimadagnya displayed the Lord's power to\nkill all the disobedient kings powerfully situated in their respective states.\nHis empowered incarnation, Niirada, and plenary incarnation, Varaha, as\n\n", "SB1.1#p0195": "168\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 3\n\nwell as indirectly empowered Lord Buddha, created faith in the mass of\n\npeople. The incarnations of Rama and Dhanvantari displayed His fame,\n\nand Balarama, Mohini and Vamana exhibited His beauty. Dattatreya,\n\nMatsya, Kumara and Kapila exhibited His transcendental knowledge. Nara\n\nand Naray3!1-a :{{.�is exhibited His renunciation. So all the different incar­\n\nnations of the Lord indirectly or directly manifested different features,\n\nbut Lord Kr�!J.a, the primeval Lord, exhibited the complete features of\nGodhead, and thus it is confirmed that He is the source of all other incar­\n\nnations. And the most extraordinary feature exhibited by Lord Sri Kr�!la\n\nwas His internal energetic manifestation of His pastimes with the cowherd\n\ngirls. His pastimes with the gopis are all displays of transcendental exist­\n\nence, bliss and knowledge, although these are manifested apparently as\nsex love. The specific attraction of His pastimes with the gopis should\n\nnever be misunderstood. The Bhiigavatam relates these transcendental\n\npastimes in the Tenth Canto. And in order to reach the position to understand the transcendental nature of Lord Kr�!la's pastimes with the gopis,\n\nthe Bhiigavatam p romotes the student gradually in nine other cantos.\n\nAccording to Srila ]lva Gosvami's statement, in accordance with authori­\n\ntative sources, Lord Kr�!la is the source of all other incarnations. It is not\nthat Lord Kr�!la has any source of incarnation. All the symptoms of the\nSupreme Truth in full are present in the person of Lord Sri Kr�!J.a, and in\n\nthe Bhagavad-gitii the Lord emphatically declares that there is no truth\ngreater than or equal to Himself. In this stanza the word svayam is\n\nparticularly mentioned to confirm that Lord Kr�!la has no other source\nthan Himself. Although in other places the incarnations are described as\nbhagaviin, because of their specific functions, still nowhere are they\n\ndecl�ed to be the Supreme Personality. In this stanza the word svayam\n\nsignifies the supremacy as the summum bonum.\n\nThe summum bonum Kr�!la is one without a second. He Himself has\n\nexpanded Himself in various parts, portions and particles as svayam-rupa,\n\nsvayam-prakiisa, tadekiitmii, prabhava, vaibhava, viliisa, avatiira, avesa, and\n\njivas, all provided with innumerable energies just suitable to the respective\npersons and personalities. Learned scholars in transcendental subjects have\n\ncarefully analyzed the summum bonum Kr�!la to have sixty-four principal\n\nattributes. All the expansions or categories of the Lord possess only some\n\npercentages of these attributes. But Sri Kr�!la is the possessor of the attributes cent percent. And His personal expansions such as svayam-prakiiSa,\n\ntadekiitmii up to the categories of the avatiiras, who are all Vi-§[1-u-tattva,\n\npossess up to ninety-three percent of these transcendental attributes. Lord\n\nSiva, who is neither avatiira nor avesa nor in between them, possesses\n\n", "SB1.1#p0196": "Text 29]\n\nKr!!IJa Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n169\n\nalmost eighty-four percent of the attributes. But the jivas or the individual\n\nliving beings in different statuses of life possess up to the limit of seventy­\n\neight percent of the attributes. In the conditioned state of material existence, the living being possesses these attributes in very minute quantity,\nvarying in terms of the pious life of the living being. The most perfect of\n\nliving beings is Brahma, the supreme administrator of one universe. He\n\npossesses seventy-eight percent of the attributes in f ull. All other demigods\nhave the same attributes in less quantity, whereas human beings possess\n\nthe attributes in very minute quantity. The standard of perfection for a\nhuman being is to develop the attributes up to seventy-eight percent in\nfull. The living being can never possess attributes like Siva, V�ttu or Lord\nKr�tta. A living being can become godly by developing the seventy-eight\n\npercent transcendental attributes in fullness, but he can never become a\nGod like Siva, Vi�ttu or Kr�tta. He can become a Brahma in due course. The\n\ngodly living beings who are all residents of the planets in the spiritual sky\n\nare eternal associates of God in different spiritual planets called Hari-dhama\n\nand Mahesa-dhama. The abode of Lord Kr�tta above all spiritual planets is\n\ncalled Kr�ttaloka or Goloka Vrndavana, and the perfected living being by\n\ndeveloping seventy-eight percent of the above attributes in fullness can\nenter the planet of Kr�ttaloka after leaving the present material body.\nTEXT 29\n\n.janma guhyarh bhagavato\nya etat prayato nara[l\nsiiyarh priitar g[Tlan bhaktyii\ndu[lkha-griimiid vimucyate\njanma-birth; guhyam-mysterious; bhagavata[l-of the Lord; ya[l-one;\n\netat-all these; prayata[l-carefully; nara[l-man; siiyam-evening; priita[l­\n\nmorning; g[Tlan-recites; bhaktyii-with devotion; du[lkha-griimiit-from all\n\nmiseries; vimucyate-gets relief from.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhoever carefully recites the mysterious appearances of the Lord,\n\nwith devotion in the morning and in the evening, gets relief from all\nmiseries of life.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0197": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n170\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 3\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii the Personality of Godhead has declared that\nanyone who knows the principles of the transcendental birth and activities\nof the Lord will go back to Godhead after being relieved from this material\ntabernacle. So simply knowin g factually the mysterious way of the Lord'f:\nincarnation in this material world can liberate one from material bondage.\nTherefore the birth and activities of the Lord, as manifested by Him for\ntl;ie welfare of the people in general, are not ordinary. They are mysterious,\nand only by those who carefully try to go deep into the matter by spiritual\ndevotion is the mystery discovered. Thus one gets liberation from the\nmaterial bondage. It is advised therefore that one who simply recites this\nchapter of Bhiigavatarn, describing the appearance of the Lord in different\nincarnations, in sincerity and devotion, can have insight into such birth\nand activities of the Lord. The very word virnukti, or liberation, indicates\nthat the Lord's birth and activities are all transcendental; otherwise simply\nby reciting them one could not attain liberation. They are therefore\nmysterious, and those who do not follow the prescribed regulations of\ndevotional service are not entitled to enter into the mysteries of His\nbirths and activities.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n� � tg�q� M�l�9t: I\n�Qj��\n'iti�IRfl4(k'iftll�oll\netad ruparh bhagavato\nhy ampasya cid-iitrnana[l.\nrniiyii·gurwir viracitarh\nrnahadiidibhir iitrnani\netat-all these; mparn-forms; bhagavata[l.-of the Lord; hi-certa inly;\nampasya-of one who has no material form; cit-iitrnanah-of\nthe transcen.\n\ndence; maya-material energy; gur-aifl.-by the qualities; viracitarn-manufactured; rnahat-iidibhifl.-with the ingredients of matter; iitrnani- in the self.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe conception of the virata universal form of the Lord, as appearing\nin the material world, is imaginary. It is to enable the less intelligent [and\n\n", "SB1.1#p0198": "��IJ.a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\nText 31\n\n171\n\nneophytes] to adjust to the idea of the Lord having form. But factmilly\nthe Lord has no material form.\nPURPORT\nThe conception of the Lord known as the vi.Sva-rii.pa or the viriita-riipa\nis particularly not mentioned along with the. various incarnations of the\nLord because all the incarnations of the Lord above mentioned are\ntranscendental, and there is not a tinge of materialism in their bodies.\nThere is no difference between the body and self as there is in the conditioned soul. The viriita-riipa is conceived for those who are just neophyte\nworshipers. For them the material virii!a-rilpa is presented, and it will be\nexplained in the Second Canto. In the virota-rii.pa the material manifestations of different planets have been conceived as His legs, hands, etc.\nActually all such descriptions are for the neophytes. The neophytes cannot\nconceive anything beyond matter. The material conception of the Lord is\nnot counted in the list of His factual forms. As Paramatmii or Supersoul,\nthe Lord is within each and every material form, even within the atoms,\nbut the outward material form is but an imagination, both for the Lord\nand the living being. The present forms of the conditioned souls are also\nnot factual. The conclusion is that the material conception of the body of\nthe Lord as viriita is imaginary. Both the Lord and the living beings are\nliving spirits and have original spiritual bodies respectively.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�������\n�� � u��+tiUfqij+t��: II�� II\nyathii nabhasi meghaugho\nrer-ur vii piirthivo 'nile\nevam dr�tari drsyatvam\niiropitam abuddhibh*\nya thii as it is; nabhasi-in the sky; meghaugha[l.-a mass of clouds;\n-\n\nrer- u [l. -dust; vii-as well a s; piirthiva[l. -muddine ss ; anile-in the air; evamthus; dra§ tari to the seer; drsyatvam for the purpose of seeing; iiropitam\n-\n\n-\n\n-is implied; abuddhibh*-by the less intelligent persons.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0199": "172\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nClouds and dust are carried by the air, but less intelligent persons say\n\nthat the sky is cloudy and the air is dirty. Similarly, they also implant\n\nmaterial bodily conceptions on the spirit self.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is further confirmed herein that with our material eyes and senses we\ncannot see the Lord, who is all spirit. We cannot even detect the spiritual\nspark which exists within the material body of the living being. We look to\nthe outward covering of the body or subtle mind of the living being, but\nwe cannot see the spiritual spark within the body. So we have to accept\nthe living being's presence by the p�esence of his gross body. Similarly,\nthose who want to see the Lord with their present material eyes or with\nthe material senses are advised to meditate on the gigantic external feature\ncalled the viriita-riipa. For instance, when a particular gentleman goes in\nhis car, which can be seen very easily, we identify the car with the man\nwithin the car. When the President goes out in his particular car, we say,\n\"There is the President.\" For the time being we identify the car with the\nPresident. Similarly, less intelligent men who want to see God immediately\nwithout necessary qualification are shown first the gigantic material\ncosmos as the form of the Lord, although the Lord is within and withou_t.\nThe clouds in the sky and the blue of the sky are better appreciated in this\nconnection. Although the bluish tint of the sky and the sky are different,\nstill we conceive of the color of the sky as blue. But that is a general\nconception for the laymen only.\nTEXT 32\n\nata[l pararh yad avyaktam\navyut)ha-gurta-b.rrhhitam\nadr�tiisruta-vastutviit\nsa jivo yat punarbhava[l\nata[l-this;\n\nparam-beyond;\n\nyat-which;\n\navyaktam-unmanifested;\n\navyut)ha-without formal shape;gurta-bf7hhitam-affected by the qualities;\n\n", "SB1.1#p0200": "Text 33)\n\nl<fliiJ.a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\nad�ta-unseen;\n\nl1Sruta-unheard;\n\n173\n\nvastutvat-being like that; sa[l-that;\n\njiva� -living being; yat-that which; punarbhava[l-takes birth repeatedly.\nTRANSLATION\nBeyond this gross conception of form there is another subtle conception of form which is without formal shape and is unseen, unheard and\nunmanifest. The living being has his form beyond this subtlety, otherwise\nhe could not have repeated births.\nPURPORT\nAs the gross cosmic manifestation is conceived as the gigantic body of\nthe Lord, so also there is the conception of His subtle form, which is\nsimply realized without being seen, heard or manifested. But in fact all\nthese gross or subtle conceptions of the body are in relation with the living\nbeings. The living being has his spiritual form beyond this gross material or\nsubtle psychic existence. The gross body and psychic functions cease to\nact as soon as the living being leaves the visible gross body. In fact, we say\nthat the living being has gone away because he is unseen and unheard. Even\nwhen the gross body is not acting when the living being is in sound sleep,\nwe know that he is within the body by his breathing. So the living being's\npassing away from the body does not mean that there is no existence of\nthe living soul. It is there, otherwise how can he repeat his births again\nand again?\nThe conclusion is that the Lord is eternally existent in His transcendental\nform, which is neither gross nor subtle like that of the living being; His\nbody is never to be compared to the gross and subtle bodies of the living\nbeing. All such conceptions of God's body are imaginary. The living being\nhas his eternal spiritual form, which is conditioned only by his material\ncontamination.\nTEXT 33\n\nm �q. !ri'� ((tffAC:I I\n31HQtUSS�'lM A � 6J:tAC::�Wf¥J\\ II��II\nyatreme sad-asad-rilpe\nprati§iddhe sva-sarhvidii\navidyayiitmani krte\niti tad brahma-darianam\n\n", "SB1.1#p0201": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n174\n\n[ Canto l, Ch_ 3\n\nyatra-whenever; ime-in all these; sat-asat-gross and subtle; riipe-in\nthe\n\nforms\n\nof; prati§idd he-on\n\nbeing\n\nnullified;\n\ns\n\nva s arh vidii-by\n-\n\nself­\n\nrealization; avid yayii-by ignorance; iitmani-in the self; krte-having been\nimposed; iti-thus; tat-that is; brahma-darsanam-the process of seeing\nthe Absolute.\nTRANSLATION\nWhenever a person experiences, by self-realization, that both the gross\n\nand subtle bodies have nothing to do with the pure self, at that time he\n\nsees himself as we ll as the Lord_\n\nPURPORT\nThe difference between self-realization and material illusion is to know\nthat the temporary or illusory impositions of material energy in the shape\nof gross and subtle bodies are superficial coverings of the self. The coverings take place due to ignorance. Such coverings are never effective in the\nperson of the Personality of Godhead. Knowing this convincingly is called\nliberation, or seeing the Absolute. This means that perfect self-realization\nis made possible by adoption of godly or spiritual life. Self-realization\nmeans to become indifferent to the needs of the gross and subtle bodies\nand to become serious about the activities of the self. The impetus for\nactivities is generated from the self, but such activities become illusory\ndue to ignorance of the real position of the self. By ignorance, self-interest\nis calculated in terms of the gross and subtle bodies, and therefore a whole\nset of activities is spoiled life after life. When, however, one meets the self\nby proper culture, the activities of the self begin. Therefore a man who is\nengaged in the activihes of the self is called jivanmukta, or a liberated\nperson even in the conditional existence.\nThis perfect stage of self-realization is not attained by artificial means,\nbut under the lotus feet of the Lord, who is always transcendental. In the\n\nBhagavad-gitii the Lord says that He is present in everyone's heart, and\nfrom Him only all knowledge, remembrance or forgetfulness take place.\nWhen the living being desires to be an enj oyer of material energy (illusory\nphenomena), the Lord covers the living being in the mystery of forgetfulness, and thus the living being misinterprets the gross body and subtle\nmind to be his own self. And by culture of transcendental knowledge,\nwhen the living being prays to the Lord for deliverance from the clutches\nof forgetfulness, the Lord, by His causeless mercy, removes the living\nbeing's illusory curtain, and thus he realizes his own self. He then engages\n\n", "SB1.1#p0202": "Text 34]\n\nl<.f!!�a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n175\n\nhimself in the service of the Lord in his eternal constitutional position,\nbecoming liberated from the conditioned life. All this is executed by the\nLord through either His external potency or directly by the internal\npotency.\nTEXT 34\n\n�Q�lq(\\11 � � �mW �: I\n� ��ftr �tmr � �m ������\nya dy e§oparatii devi\nmiiyii vaiSiirad i matifz\nsampanna eveti vidur\nmahimni sve mahiyate\nyad i-if, however; €§ii-they; uparatii-su b sided; devi maya-illusory\nenergy; vaiSaradi-full of knowledge; matifz-enlightenment; sampannafzenriched with; eva-certainly; iti-thus; vid u[l-b eing cognizant of; mahimni\n-in the glories; sve-of the self; mahiyate being situated in.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf the illusory energy subsides and the living entity becomes fully\nenriched with knowledge by the grace of the Lord, then he becomes at\nonce enlightened with self-realization and thus becomes situated in his\nown glory.\nPURPORT\nBeing part of the absolute transcendence, all the Lord's forms, names,\npastimes, attributes, associates and energies are identical with Him. His\ntranscendental energy acts according to His omnipotency. The same energy\nacts as His external, internal and marginal energies, and by His omnipotency He can perform anything and everything through the agency of any of\nthe above energies. He can turn the external energy into internal by His\n\nwill . Therefore by His grace the external energy, which is employed in\nillusioning those living beings who want to have it, subsides by the will of\nthe Lord in terms of repentance and penance for the conditioned soul.\nAnd the very same energy then acts to help the purified living being make\nprogress on the path of self-realization. The example of electrical energy\nis very appropriate in this connection. The expert electrician can utilize\n\n", "SB1.1#p0203": "(Canto l, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n176\n\nthe electrical energy for both heating and cooling by adjustment only.\n\nSimilarly, the external energy, which now bewilders the living being into\ncontinuation of birth and death, is turned into internal potency by the\n\nwill of the Lord to lead the living being to eternal life. When a living being\n\nis thus graced by the Lord, he is placed in his proper constitutional position\nto enjoy eternal spiritual life.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n� �� �or ��(�'1� � I\n\n�ui�r� � � ctf:\\!!�tfwt �: ������\nevarh janmiini karmii[li\n\nhy akartur ajanasya ca\nvar[tayanti sma kavayo\nveda-guhyiini hrt-pate[l\nevam-thus; janmiini birth ; karmii[ti-activities; hi-certainly; akartufl.-\n\nof the inactive; ajanasya-of the unborn; ca-and; var zwy anti\n\n-\n\ndescribe;\n\nsma-in the past; kavaya[l- the learned; veda-gu hyani undiscoverable by\n-\n\nthe Vedas; hrt-pate[l-of the Lord of the heart.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus learned men describe the births and activities of the unborn and\ninactive, which is undiscoverable even in the Vedic literatures. He is the\nLord of the heart.\n\nPURPORT\nBoth the Lord and the living entities are essentially all spiritual. Therefore both of them are eternal, and neither of them has birth and death.\n\nThe difference is that the so-called births and disappearances of the\nLord are unlike those of the living beings. The living beings who take\nbirth and then again accept death are bound by the laws of material\n\nnature. But the so-called appearance and disappearance of the Lord\nare not actions of material nature, but are demonstrations of the internal\npotency of the Lord. They are described by the great sages for the\npurpose of self-realization. It is stated in the Bhagavad-gita by the Lord\n\nthat His so-called birth in the material world and His activities are all\n\ntranscendental. And simply by meditation on such activities one can attain\nrealization of Brahman and thus become liberated from material bondage.\n\nIn the srutis it is said that the birthless appears to take birth. The Supreme\n\n", "SB1.1#p0204": "Text 36]\n\n1<r�11a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n177\n\nhas nothing to do, but because He is omnipotent, everything is performed\nby Him naturally, as if done automatically. As a matter of fact, the\nappearence and disappearance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\nHis different activities are all confidential, even to the Vedic literatures.\nYet they are displayed by the Lord to bestow mercy upon the conditioned\nsouls. We should always take advantage of the narrations of the activities\nof the Lord, which are meditations on Brahman in the most convenient\nand palatable form.\nTEXT 36\n\n«\n\n�\n\ntft\n\n�!\n\nfir�q+�lq<.-n�:\n\n(iiJI��r� ;r �� ,\n\n+.11'\"(1� 3ll�+t{l�:\n,,��fltqt � tt�gcil�n ������\n\"'\n\n\"'\n\nsa vii idarh visvam amogha-lila[l.\nsrjaty avaty atti na sajjate 'smin\nbhute§U ciintarhita iitma-tantra[l.\n§ii{l-vargikarh jighrati §a{l-gu!lesa[l.\nsa[!.- the Supreme Lord; vii-alternately; idam-this; visvam-manifested\nuniverses; a mo gha- lilaft - one whose activities are spotless; srjati-creates;\n\navati atti -maintains and annihilates; na- not; sajjate-is affected by; asmin\n-in them; bhute§u-in all living beings; ca-also; antarhita[l.-living within;\niitma- tantra[l. -s elf -independent; §iit-vargik am- endowed with all the potencies of six opulences; jighrati-superficially attached, like smelling the\nfragrance; § at-gu!l esa[l.- master of the six senses.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, whose activities are always spotless, is the master of the six\nsenses and is omnipotent and full with six opulences. He creates the\nmanifested universes, maintains them and annihilates them without being\nin the least affected.\n\nHe is within every .living being and is always\n\nindependent.\nPURPORT\nThe prime difference between the Lord and the living entities is that\nthe Lord is the creator and the living entities are the created. Here He is\n\n", "SB1.1#p0205": "178\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto l, Ch. 3\n\ncalled the amogha-lila[l., which indicates that there is nothing lamentable\nin His creation. Those who create disturbance in His creation are themselves disturbed. He is transcendental to all material afflictions because\nHe is full with all six opulences, namely wealth, power, fame, beauty,\nknowledge and renunciation, and thus He is the master of the senses. He\ncreates these manifested universes in order to reclaim the living beings who\nare within them suffering threefold miseries, maintains them, and in due\ncourse annihilates them without being the least affected by such actions.\nHe is connected with this material creation very superficially, as one\nsmells odor without being connected with the odorous article. Non-godly\nelements therefore can never approach Him, despite all endeavours.\nTEXT 37\n\nif���������:��:1\n�i+Hf.t � ¥4wtl€1*4tfq :\n(i;:ij�dl\n��: 11�\\Sil\nna ciisya kascin nipu[tena dhiitur\navaiti jantu[l. kumani§a uti[l.\nniimiini riipii[ti mano-vacobhi[l.\nsantanvato natacaryiim iviijiia[l.\nna-not; ca- and; as ya- of Him; ka5cit- anyone; nipu[tena- by dexterity;\n- of the creator; avaiti-can know; jantu[l.- the living being;\nkumani§a[l.- with a poor fund of knowledge; iiti[l.-activities of the Lord;\nniimiini-His names; riipii[ti- His forms; mano-vacobhi[l-by dint of mental\nspeculation or deliverance of speeches; santanvata[l.- displaying; natacaryiim\n-a dramatic action; iva-like; aj ii.a[l- the foolish.\ndhiitu [l.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe foolish with poor fund of knowledge cannot know the transcendental nature of the forms, names and activities of the Lord, who is playing\nlike an actor in a drama. Nor can they express such things, neither in their\nspeculations nor their writings.\n\nPURPORT\nNo one can properly describe the transcendental nature of the Absolute\nTruth. Therefore it is said that He is beyond the expression of mind and\n\n", "SB1.1#p0206": "Text 38]\n\nK.r�qa Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n179\n\nspeech. And yet there are some men, with poor fund of knowledge, who\ndesire to understand the Absolute Truth by imperfect mental speculation\nand faulty description of His activities. To the layman His activities,\n\nappearence and disappearance, His names, His forms, His paraphernalia,\nHis personalities and all things in relation with Him are mysterious acts.\n\nThere are two classes of materialists, namely the fruitive workers and the\n\nempiric philosophers. The fruitive workers have practically no information\n\nof the Absolute Truth, and the mental speculators, after being frustrated\n\nin fruitive activities, turn their faces towards the Absolute Truth and try\nto know Him by mental speculation. And for all these men, the Absolute\nTruth is a mystery, as the jugglery of the magician is a mystery to children.\n\nBeing deceived by the jugglery of the Supreme Being, the nondevotees,\n\nwho may be very dexterous in fruitive work and mental speculation, are\nalways in ignorance. With such limited knowledge, they are unable to\npenetrate into the mysterious region of transcendence. The mental speculators are a little more progressive than the gross materialists or the fruitive\nworkers, but because they are also within the grip of illusion, they take it\nfor granted that anything which has form, a name and activities is but a\nproduct of material energy. For them the Supreme Spirit is formless,\nnameless and inactive. And because such mental speculators equalize the\n\ntranscendental mime and form of the Lord with mundane names and form,\n\nthey are in fact in ignorance. With such a poor fund of knowledge, there\n\nis no access to the real nature of the Supreme Being. As stated in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii, the Lord is always in a transcendental position, even when He is\n\nwithin the material world. But ignorant men consider the Lord one of the\ngreat personalities of the world, and thus they are misled by the illusory\nenergy.\n\nTEXT 38\n\nsa veda dhiitu[l. padavirh parasya\nduranta-viryasya rathiinga-piirte[l.\nyo 'miiyayii santatayiinuvrttyii\nbhajeta tat-piida-saro ja-gandham\n\n", "SB1.1#p0207": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n180\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 3\n\ns afl-He alone; veda-can know; dhiitufl-of the creator; padavimglories; parasya-of the transcendence; duranta-viryasya-of the greatly\npowerful; ratha-aitga-piire�-of Lord Kr�I)a, who bears in His hand the\nwheel of a chariot; ya�-one who; amayaya\n\n-\n\nwithout reservation; santataya\n\n-without any gap; anuvrttya-favorably; bhajeta-renders service; tat-pada\n-of His feet; sar oja gandh am-fragrance of the lotus.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnly those who render unreserved, uninterrupted, favorable service\nunto the lotus feet of Lord Kr��a, who carries the wheel of the chariot\n\nin His hand, can know the creator of the universe in His full glory, power\nand transcendence.\nPURPORT\nOnly the pure devotees can know the transcendental name, form and\nactivities of Lord Kr��a due to their being completely freed from the reaction of fruitive work and mental speculation. The pure devotees have\nnothing to derive as personal profit from their unalloyed service to the\nLord. They render incessant service to the Lord spontaneously without\nany reservation. Everyone within the creation of the Lord is rendering\nservice to the Lord indirectly or directly. No one is an exception to this\nlaw of the Lord. Those who are rendering service indirectly, being forced\nby the illusory agent of the Lord, are rendering service unto Him unfavorably. But those who are rendering service unto Him directly under\nthe direction of His beloved agent are rendering service unto Him favorably. Such favorable servitors are devotees of the Lord, and by the grace\nof the Lord they can enter into the mysterious region of transcendence by\nthe mercy of the Lord. But the mental speculators remain in darkness all\nthe time. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii, the Lord Himself guides the pure\n\ndevotees toward the path of realization due to their constant engagement\n\nin the loving service of the Lord in spontaneous affection. That is the\nsecret of entering into the kingdom of God. Fruitive activities and speculation are no qualifications for entering.\nTEXT 39\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\ntti:lij�sRct�4iwtlq\n\n", "SB1.1#p0208": "Text 40]\n\nK{�J!a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n181\n\natheha dhanyii bhagavanta ittharh\nyad viisudeve'khila-lokaniithe\nkuroanti saroiitmakam iitma-bhiivarh\nna yatra bhuya[l parivarta ugra{l\natha-thus; iha-in this world; dhanyii {l\n\n-\n\nsuccessful; bhagavanta[l-per­\n\nfectly cognizant; ittham-such; yat-what; viisudeve-unto the Personality\n\nof Godhead; akhila- all embracing; lokaniithe-unto the proprietor of all\n-\n\nthe universes; kuroanti-inspires; saroiitmakam-one hundred percent; iitma\n\n-spirit; bhiivam-ecstasy; na-never; yatra-wherein; bhiiya[l\nvarta[l\n\n-\n\n-\n\nagain ; pari­\n\nrepetition; ugra[l-dreadfuL\nTRANSLATION\n\nOnly by making such inquiries in this world can one be successful and\n\nperfectly cognizant, for such inquiries invoke transcendental ecstatic love\n\nunto the Personality of Godhead, who is the proprietor of all the universes,\n\nand guarantee cent percent immunity from the dreadful repetition of birth\n\nand death.\n\nPURPORT\nThe inquiries of the sages headed by Saunaka are herewith praised by\n\nSuta Gosvami on the merit of their transcendental nature. As already con­\n\ncluded, only the devotees of the Lord can know Him to a considerable\n\nextent, and no one else can know Him at all, so the devotees are perfectly cognizant of all spiritual knowledge. The Personality of Godhead is\n\nthe last word in Absolute Truth. Impersonal Brahman and localized\n\nParamatma Supersoul are included in the knowledge of the Personality of\nGodhead. So one who knows the Personality of Godhead can automati­\n\ncally know all about Him, His multipotencies and expansions. So the\ndevotees are congratulated as being all successfuL A cent percent devotee\nof the Lord is immune to the dreadful material miseries of repeated birth\n\nand death.\n\nTEXT 40\n\n� ll1lRd ;n1{ � JCillef4:qa4( 1\n�.W�:;;cfuf � lf41€Uifq: I\nf.n� � � @�ttt4 �It� oil\n\n", "SB1.1#p0209": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n182\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 3\n\nidarh bhiigavatarh nama\n\npuriirwrh b rahm a sammitam\n-\n\nuttama-sloka-caritarh\n\ncakiira bh agaviin [§i[l,\nni[l. sr eyasiiy a lokasya\ndhanyarh s vas ty -ayan arh mahat\n\nidam-this; bhiigavatam-book containing the narration of the Personality of Godhead and His pure devotees; niima-of the name; puriir-amsupplementary to the Vedas; b rahm a samm itam incam ation of Lord Sri\nKr�Q.a; uttama-sloka-of the Personality of Godhead; caritam-activities;\ncakiira-comoiled; bhagaviin-incarnation of the Personality of Godhead;\n.r�i[l,-Sri Vyasadeva; ni[l.sreyasiiya-for the ultimate good; lokasy a- of all\npeople; dhanyam-fully successful; svasti-ayanam-all-blissful; mahat-allperfect.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThis Srimad-Bhagavatam is the literary incarnation of God, and it is\n\ncompiled by Srila Vyasadeva, the incarnation of God. It is meant for the\n\nultimate good of all people, and it is all-successful, all-blissful and all­\n\nperfect.\n\nPURPORT\n\nLord Sri Caitanya .Mahaprabhu declared that Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the\nspotless sound representation of all Vedic knowledge and history. There\nare selected histories of great devotees who are in direct contact with the\nPersonality of Godhead. Srimad- Bhiigavatam is the literary incarnation of\nLord Sri Kr�!la and is therefore nondifferent from Him. S rimad-Bhiigavatam\nshould be worshiped as respectfully as we worship the Lord. Thereby we\ncan derive the ultimate blessings of the Lord through its careful and\npatient study. As God is all light, all bliss and all perfection, so also is\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam. We can have all the transcendental light of the\nSupreme Brahman Sri Kr�!la from the recitation of Srimad-Bhiigavatam,\nprovided it is received through the medium of the transparent spiritual\nmaster. Lord Caitanya's private secretary Srila Svarupa Damodara Gosvami advised all intending visitors who came to see the Lord at Puri to\nmake a study of the Bhiigavatam from the person Bhiigavatam. Person\nBhiigavatam is the self-realized bona fide spiritual master, and through\nhim only can one understand the lessons of Bhiigavatam in order to receive\nthe desired result. One can derive from the study of the Bhiigavatam all\nbenefits that are possible to be derived from the personal presence of the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0210": "Text 41)\n\n1<{�11a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n183\n\nLord. It carries with it all the transcendental blessings of Lord Sri Kr�p.a\nthat we can expect from His personal contact.\nTEXT 41\n\nm�\n\nWlln� �,\n�ci��Rt(I«IW1i � mt � 11\\l�ll\n!11(�1¥1«\n\ntad idam griihayiimiisa\nsutam iitmavatiim varam\nsarva-vede tihiisiiniim\nsiiram siiram samuddhrtam\ntat- that; idam-this; griihayiimiisa- made to accept; sutam-unto his\n\nson; iitmavatiim-of the self-realized; varam-most respectful; sarva-all;\n\nveda- Vedic\n\nliteratures\n\n(books of knowledge); itihiisiiniim-of all the\n\nhistories; sii.ram-cream; siiram-cream; samuddrtam-taken out.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Vyasadeva delivered it to his son, who is the most respected among\nthe self-realized, after extracting the cream of all Vedic literatures and\nhistories of the universe.\nPURPORT\nMen with a poor fund of knowledge only accept the history of the world\nfrom the time of Buddha, or since 600 B.C., and prior to this period all\nhistories mentioned in the scriptures are calculated by them to be only\nimaginary stories. That is not a fact. All the stories mentioned in the\nPurii.[LaS and Mahiibhiirata, etc., are actual histories, not only of this planet\n\nbut also of millions of other planets within the universe. Sometimes the\nhistory of planets beyond this world appear to such men to be unbelievable. But they do not know that different planets are not equal in all\nrespects and that therefore some of the historical facts derived from other\nplanets do not correspond with the experience of this planet. Considering\nthe different situation of different planets and also time and circumstances,\nthere is nothing wonderful in the stories of the Purii[Las, nor are they\nimaginary. We should always remember the maxim that one man's food\nis another man's poison. We should not, therefore, reject the stories and\n\n", "SB1.1#p0211": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n184\n\n(Canto l, Ch. 3\n\nhistories of the Puriipas as imaginary. The great [§is like Vylisa had no\nbusiness putting some imaginary stories in their literatures.\n\nIn the $rimad-Bhiigavatam historical facts selected from the histories of\n\ndifferent planets have been depicted. It is therefore accepted by all the\n\nspiritual authorities as the Mahiipuriipa. The special significance of these\n\nhistories is that they are all connected with activities .of the Lord in a\n\ndifferent time and atmosphere. Srila Sukadeva Gosvlimi is the topmost\n\npersonality of all the self-realized souls, and he accepted this as the sub­\n\nject of studies from his father Vylisadeva. Srila Vylisadeva is the great\nauthority, and the subject matter of $rimad-Bhiigavatam being so important, he delivered the message first to his great son Srila Sukadeva Go­\n\nsvami. It is compared to the cream of the milk. Vedic literature is like the\nmilk ocean of knowledge. Cream or butter is the most palatable essence of\n\nmilk, and so also is $rimad-Bhiigavatam, for it contains all palatable, in­\n\nstructive and authentic versions of different activities of the Lord and His\n\ndevotees. There is no gain, however, in accepting the message of Bhiigava­\n\ntam from the unbelievers, atheists and professional reciters who make a\n\ntrade of Bhiigavatam for the laymen. It was delivered to Srila Sukadeva\nGosvami, and he had nothing to do with the Bhiigavata business. He did\n\nnot have to maintain family expenses by such trade. $rimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nshould therefore be received from the representative of Sukadeva, who\n\nmust be in the renounced order of life without family encumbrance. lVIilk\nis undoubtedly very good and nourishing, but when it is touched by the\n\nmouth of a snake it is no longer nourishing; rather, it becomes a source of\n\ndeath. Similarly, those who are not strictly in the Vaig1ava discipline\nshould not make a business of\n\nthis Bhiigavataand become a cause of\n\nspiritual death for so many hearers. In the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord says\n\nthat the purpose of all the Vedas is to know Him (Lord Kr�!la), and\n$rimad-Bhiigavatam is Lord Sri Kr�!la Himself in the form of recorded\nknowledge. Therefore, it is the cream of all the Vedas, and it contains all\nhistorical facts of all times in relation with Sri Kr�!J.a. It is factually the\n\nessence of all histories.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n�N41'41« ¥4iil<lli Wf� I\nsu�qfite � ttfui q(qfitfq: ������\n� ij\n\nsa tu samsriivayiimiisa\nmahiiriijam pan1t§itam\npriiyopavi§fam gangiiyiim\nparitam parama�ibhifl\n\n", "SB1.1#p0212": "Text 42]\n\n�!!1!-a Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\nsafl-the son of Vyasadeva;\n\n185\n\ntu-again; sarhsriivayamiisa-made them\n\naudible; mahariijam-unto the emperor; pan\"\"k§itam-of the name Parik�it;\n\npriiya-upavi�tam-who sat until death without food or drink; gahgiiyiimon the bank of the Ganges; paritam-being surrounded; parama-nibhifi.by great sages.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami,\n\nthe son of Vyasadeva, ill his turn delivered the\n\nBhagavatam to the great Emperor Par�it, who sat surrounded by sages on\nthe bank of the Ganges, awaiting death without taking food or drink.\nPURPORT\n\nAll transcendental messages are received properly in the chain of\n\ndisciplic succession. This disciplic succession is called paramparii. Unless\ntherefore Bhagavatam or any other Vedic literatures are received through\nthe\n\nparampara system, the reception of knowledge is not bona fide.\n\nVyasadeva delivered the message to Sukadeva Gosvami, and from Sukadeva\nGosvami Siita Gosvami received the message. One should, therefore, receive\nthe message of Bhiigavatam from Siita Gosvami or from his representative\nand not from any irrelevant interpreter.\nEmperor Parik�it received the information of his death in time, and he\nat once left his kingdom and family and sat down on the bank of the\nGanges to fast till death. All great sages, [§is, philosophers, mystics, etc.,\n\nwent there due to his imperial position. They offered many suggestions\n\nabout his immediate duty, and at last it was settled that he would hear\nfrom Sukadeva Gosvami about Lord Kr�!J.a, and thus the Bhiigavatam was\nspoken to him.\nSripada Sankaracarya, who preached Mayavada philosophy and stressed\nthe impersonal feature of the Absolute, also recommended that one must\ntake shelter at the lotus feet of Lord Sri Kr�!J.a, for there is no hope of gain\nfrom debating. Indirectly Sripad Saitkaracarya admitted that what he had\npreached in the flowery grammatical interpretations of the Vedanta-sutra\ncannot help one at the time of death. At the critical hour of death one\nmust recite the name of Govinda. This is the recommendation of all great\ntranscendentalists. Sukadeva Gosvami had long stated the same truth, that\n\nat the end one must remember\n\niiraya!J.a. That is the essence of all spiritual\n\nactivities. In pursuance of this eternal truth, Srimad-Bhiigavatam was heard\nby Emperor Parik�it, and it was recited by the able Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0213": "186\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 3\n\nAnd both the speaker and the receiver of the messages of Bhiigavatam\nwere duly delivered by the same medium.\n\nTEXT 43\n\npit �qiffl �4�t'1tR\\nt: � I\n� '1!t�11iN �OWlils'91¥tlK6': 11��11\nkr�rJe sva-dhiimopagate\ndharma-jiiiiniidibhift saha\nkalau na�ta-drsiim e�a\npuriir-iirko 'dhunoditaft\nkr�TJe- in Kr�J].a's; sva-dhiima- own abode; upagate h aving returned;\ndharma-religion; jiiina-knowledge; iidibh ift-combined together; sahaalong with; kalau-in the Kali-yuga; na�ta-drsiim-of persons who have lost\ntheir sight; e§aft-all these; puriipa-arka- the Puriir-a which is brilliant like\nthe sun; adhun ii-just now; udita{t - has arisen.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis Bhagavata Puri4ta is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen just\nafter the departure of Lord .Kf�pa to His own abode, accompanied by\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the dense\ndarkness of ignor ance in the age of Kali shall get light from this Purapa.\nPURPORT\nLord\n\nSri Kr�':la has His eternal dhiima or abode where He eternally\n\nenjoys Himself with His eternal associates and paraphernalia. And His\neternal abode is a manifestation of His internal energy, whereas the\nmaterial world is a manifestation of His external energy. When He descends\non the material world, He displays Himself with all paraphernalia in His\ninternal potency, which is called iitma-miiyii. In the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord\nsays that He descends by His own potency (iitma.-miiyii). His form, name,\nfame, paraphernalia, abode, etc., are not, therefore, creations of matter.\nHe descends to reclaim the fallen souls and to reestablish codes of religion\nwhich are directly enacted by Him. Except God no one can establish the\nprinciples of religion. Either He or a suitable person empowered by Him\n\n", "SB1.1#p0214": "��Qa Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\nText 44]\n\n187\n\ncan dictate the codes of religion. Real religion means to know God, our\n\nrelation with Him, our duties in relation with Him and to know ultimately\nour\n\ndestination\n\nafter\n\nleaving\n\nthis\n\nmaterial\n\nbody.\n\nThe conditioned\n\nsouls who are entrapped by the material energy hardly know all these\n\nprinciples of life.\n\nMost of them are like animals engaged in eating,\n\nsleeping, fearing and mating. They are mostly engaged in sense enjoyment\n\nunder the pretention of religiosity, knowledge or salvation. They are still\nmore blind in the present age of quarrel or Kali-yuga. In the Kali-yuga the\npopulation is just a royal edition of the animals. They have nothing to do\n\nwith spiritual knowledge or godly religious life. They are so blind that\nthey cannot see anything beyond the needs of the body. They have no\ninformation of the spirit soul beyond the jurisdiction of the subtle mind,\n\nintelligence or ego, but they are very much proud of their advancement in\n\nknowledge, science and material prosperity. They can risk their lives to\n\nbecome a dog or hog just after leaving the present body, for they have\ncompletely lost sight of the ultimate aim of life. The Personality of God­\n\nhead Sri Kr�!la appeared before us just a little prior to the beginning of\nKali-yuga, and He returned to His eternal home practically at the com­\n\nmencement of Kali-yuga. While He was present, He exhibited everything\nby His different activities. He spoke the Bhagavad-gitii specifically and\neradicated all pretentious principles of religiosity. And prior to His departure from this material world, He empowered\n\nSn Vyasadeva through\n\nNarada to compile the messages of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, and thus both\n\nthe Bhagavad-gitii and the Srimad-Bhiigavatam are like torch bearers for\nthe blind people of this age. In other words, if men in this age of Kali want\nto see the real light of life, they must take to these two books only, and\ntheir aim of life will be fulfilled. Bhagavad-gitii is the preliminary study of\nthe Bhiigavatam. And Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the summum bonum of life,\n\nLord Sn Kr�!la personified. We must therefore accept Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nas the direct representation of Lord Kr�!J.a. One who can see Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam can see also Lord Sri Kr�':la in person. They are identical.\nTEXT 44\n\nt't�Jl firm mri�m{f: 1\n3ft � (I;T Af?tm�t?I!4(H( 1\n\n(I;T\n\nijls(�: '>tiiitNUftf't �it'-11¥1MII��II\n\n", "SB1.1#p0215": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n188\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 3\n\ntatra kirtayato viprii\nviprar�er bhuri-tejasa[l.\naharit ciidhyagamarit tatra\nnivi�tas tad anugrahiit .\nso'harit va[l. sriivay4yiimi\nyathiidhitarit yathiimati\ntatra-there; kirtayata[l.-while reciting; viprii[l.-0 briihmap.as; viprar�e[l.\n\n-from the great briihmar-a ni; bhuri-greatly; tejasa�-powerful; aham-I;\nca-also;adhyagamam-could understand; tatra-in that meeting; niv4ta[l.­\n\nbeing perfectly attentive; tat-anugrahiit-by his mercy; sa[l.-that very\n\nthing; aham-1; va[l.-unto you; sriivay4yiimi-shall let you hear; yathiidhitam yathiimati-as far as my realization.\nTRANSLATION\n0 learned brahma!las, when Sukadeva Gosvami recited Bhagavatam\n\nthere [in the presence of Emperor Par�it], by his mercy I heard this\nfrom that great and powerful sage with rapt attention. Now I shall try to\nmake you hear the very same thing as I learned it from him and as I\n\nhave realized it.\n\nPURPORT\nOne can certainly see directly the presence of Lord Sri Kr�!la in the\n\npages of Bhiigavatam if one has heard it from a self-realized great soul like\n\nSukadeva Gosvami. One cannot, however, learn Bhiigavatam from a bogus\nhired reciter whose aim of life is to earn some money out of such reci­\n\ntation and employ the earning in sex indulgence. No one can learn\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam who is associated with persons engaged in sex life.\nThat is the secret of learning Bhiigavatam.\nor can one learn Bhiigavatam\nfrom one who interprets the text by his mundane scholarship. One has to\n\nlearn Bhiigavatam from the representative of Sukadeva Gosvami and no\n\none else, if one at all wants to see Lord Sri Kr�!la in the pages. That is the\n\nprocess, and there is no alternative. Suta Gosvami is a bona fide representative of Sukadeva Gosvami because he wants to present the message which\nhe had received from the great learned briihmap.a. Sukadeva Gosvami also\n\npresented Bhiigavatam as he heard it from his great father, and so also Suta\n\nGosvami is presenting Bhiigavatam as he had heard it from Sukadeva\nGosvami. Simple hearing is not all; one must realize the text with proper\n\n", "SB1.1#p0216": "Text 44]\n\nJ<t�qa Is the Source of All Incarnations\n\n189\n\nattention. The word nivi.§ta means that Suta Gosvami drank the juice\n\nof Bhiigavatam through his ears. That is the real process of receiving\n\nBhiigavatam. One should hear with rapt attention from the real person,\nand then he can at once realize the presence of Lord Kr�tta in every page.\n\nThe secret of knowing Bhiigavatam is mentioned here. No one can give\n\nrapt attention who is not pure in mind. No one can be pure in mind who\nis not pure in action. No one can be pure in action who is not pure in\neating, sleeping, fearing and mating. But somehow or other if someone\nhears with rapt attention from the right person, at the very beginning one\n\ncan assuredly see Lord Sri Krwa in person in the pages of Bhiigavatam.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the First Canto, Third Chapter,\nof Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"K!§T)a Is the Source of All Incarnations.\"\n\n", "SB1.1#p0217": "CHAPTER FOUR\n\nAppearance of Sri Narada\nTEXT 1\n��CfF.l\n\n��lui � � �'Tti({f?tou� 1\n\n\": t�fu: wf�: ���({ II � II\n\"'\n\nvyiisa uviica\niti bruviirtarh sarhstiiya\nmuniniirh dirgha-satrirziim\nvrddhaft lmla-patift siitarh\nbahvrcaft saunak 0 'bravit\nvyiisalt- Vyasadeva; uviica-said; it i- thus; bru viirzam-speaking ; sarhstiiya\n-congratulating; muniniim-of the great sages; dirgha-prolonged; satrirtiim\n-of those engaged in the performance of sacrifice; vrddhalt-elderly; kula-\n\npat ift-head of the assembly; siitam-unto Suta Gosvami; bahu-rcalt­\n\nlearned; saunaka[l.-of the name Saunaka; abravit-addressed.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOn hearing Siita Gosvami speak thus, Saunaka Muni, who was the\n\nelderly' learned leader of all the r�is engaged in that prolonged sacrificial\nceremony, congratulated Suta Gosvami by addressing him as follows.\nPURPORT\nIn a meeting of learned men, when there are congratulations or addresses\nfor the speaker, the qualifications of the congratulator should be as follows.\nHe must be the leader of the house and an elderly man. He must be vastly\n\n191\n\n", "SB1.1#p0218": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n192\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 4\n\nlearned also. Sri Saunaka ��i had all these qualifications, and thus he stood\n\nup to congratulate\n\nSri Suta Gosvami when he expressed his desire to\n\npresent Srimad-Bhiigavatam exactly as he heard it from S ukadeva Gosvami\n\nand also realized it personally. Personal realization does not mean that one\n\nshould, out of vanity, attempt to show one's own learning by trying to\n\nsurpass the previous ii.ciirya. He must have full confidence in the previous\n\niiciirya, and at the same time he must realize the subject matter so nicely\nthat he can present the matter for the particular circumstances in a suitable\n\nmanner- The original purpose of the text must be maintained. No obscure\n\nmeaning should be screwed out of it, yet it should be presented in an\ninteresting manner for the understanding of the audience. This is called\n\nrealization. The leader of the assembly, Saunaka, could estimate the value\n\nof the speaker, Sri Suta Gosvami, simply by his utteringyathadhitam and\nyathii.mati, and therefore he was very glad to congratulate him in ecstasy.\nNo learned man should be willing to hear a person who does not represent\n\nthe original ii.carya. So the speaker as well as the audience were bona fide\nin this meeting where Bhagavatam was being recited for the second time.\n\nThat should be the standard of recitation of Bhii.gavatam, so that the real\n\npurpose can be served without difficulty_ Unless this situation is created,\n\nBhiigavatam recitation for extraneous purposes is useless labor both for the\nspeaker and the audience.\n\nTEXT 2\n\n��<6 '3'�\n��� � ;ft�ijf-�1\n� lfl•lt:tJf � �lllf•lt:tl�\"-6: II � II\nsaunaka uviica\nsiita siita mahii.-bhiiga\nvada no vadatiim vara\nkathiim bhiigavatim puf!.yiim\nyad aha bhagaviiii chukaft\nsaunakaft- Saunaka; uvaca-said; suta suta-0 Suta Gosvami; mahabh iiga-the most fortunate; vada-please speak; naft-unto us; vadatam-of\nthose who can speak; vara-respectful; katham-message; bhiigavatim-of\nthe Bhiigavatam; pu f!.yiim pious; yat-which; iiha-said; bhagavan-greatly\npowerful; sukaft-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami.\n-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0219": "Text 3]\n\nAppearance of Sri Narada\n\n193\n\nTRANSLATION\nSauna.Ka said: 0 Suta Gosvami, you are the most fortunate and respect­\n\ned of all those who can speak and recite. Please relate the pious message of\nSrimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nwhich was spoken by\n\nthe\n\ngreat\n\npowerful sage\n\nSukadeva Gosvami.\nPURPORT\nSuta Gosvami is twice addressed herein by Saunaka Gosvami out of\n\ngreat joy because he and the members of the assembly were eager to hear\nthe text of\n\nBhiigavatam uttered by Sukadeva Gosvami. They are not\n\ninterested in hearing it from a bogus person who interprets in his own way\nto suit his own purpose. Generally the so-called Bhiigavatam reciters are\n\neither professional readers or so-called learned impersonalists who cannot\n\nenter into the transcendental personal activities of the Supreme Person.\n\nSuch impersonalists eschew some meanings out of Bhiigavatam to suit and\nsupport impersonalist views, and the professional readers at once go to the\n\nTenth Canto to misexplain the most confidential part of the Lord's\npastimes. Both these reciters are not bona fide persons to recite Bhiigavatam. Only one who is prepared to present Bhiigavatam in the light of\n\nSukadeva Gosvami and only those who are prepared to hear Sukadeva\n\nGosvami and his representative are bona fide participants in the transcendental discussion of Snmad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nTEXT 3\n\n��it��i{qy��l\n�:��:�:��ij[';r:11 �II\nkasmin yuge pravrtteyam\nsthiine vii kena hetunii\nkuta{l saiicodita{l krgza{l\nkrtaviin samhitiim muni{l\nkasmin-in which; yuge- period; pravrttii-was this begun; iyam-this;\nsthiine-in the place; vii-or; kena-on what; hetunii- ground; kuta{lwherefrom; saiicodita{l-inspired by; kmwfl- J<r�I].a-dvaipayana Vyasa;\nkrtaviin- compi led; samhitiim- Vedic literature; muni{l-the learned.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0220": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n194\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn what period and at what place was this first begun, and why was this\n\ntaken up? From where did Kr�!la-dvaipayana Vyasa, the great sage, get\nthe inspiration to compile this literature?\n\nPURPORT\nBecause $rimad-Bhiigavatam is the special contribution of Srila Vyasa­\n\ndeva, there are so many inquiries by the learned Saunaka Muni. It was\n\nknown to them that Srila Vyasadeva had already explained the text of the\n\nVedas in various ways up to the Mahabhiirata for the understanding of less\n\nintelligent women, sudras and fallen members of the family of twice-born\n\nmen\n\n. .Srimad-Bhiigavatam is transcendental to all of them because it has\n\nnothing to do with anything mundane. So the inquiries are very intelligent\n\nand relevant.\n\nTEXT 4\n\n� +t(liihn �-- f.rPfth�iifi: I\nl(�l;:ij'fRftf'li\\ � � �� II � II\n�\n\ntasya putro mahii.-yogi\nsamadrh nirvikalpakafi,\nekiinta-matir unnidro\ngii{lho mu{lha iveyate\ntasya-his; putrafi,-son; mahii-yogi-a great devotee; sama-drk-equi­\n\nbalanced; nirvikalpakafi,-absolute monist; ekiinta-matifi,-fixed in monism\n\nor oneness of mind; unnidrafi,-surpassed nescience; gii{lhafi,-not exposed;\nmii.pha�-stunted; iva-like; iyate-appears like.\n\nTRAI�SLATION\nHis [ Vyasadeva 's] son was a great devotee, an equibalanced monist,\n\nwhose mind was always concentrated in monism. He was not ignorant, but\nwas transcendental to mundane activities.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvami was a liberated soul, and thus he remained\nalways alert not to be trapped by the illusory energy. In the Bhagavad-gitii\n\n", "SB1.1#p0221": "Text 5]\n\nAppearance of Sri Narada\n\n195\n\nthis alertness is very lucidly explained. The liberated soul and the conditioned soul have different engagements. The liberated soul is always\nengaged in the progressive path of spiritual attainment, which is something\nlike a dream for the conditioned soul. The conditioned soul cannot\nimagine the actual engagements of the liberated soul. While the conditioned\nsoul thus dreams about spiritual engagements, the liberated soul is awake.\nSimilarly, the engagement of a conditioned soul appears to be a dream for\nthe liberated soul. Apparently a conditioned soul and a liberated soul may\nseem to be on the same platform, but factually they are differently\nengaged, and their attention is always alert, either in sense enjoyment or\nin self-realization. The conditioned soul is absorbed in matter, whereas the\nliberated soul is completely indifferent to matter. This indifference is\nexplained as follows.\nTEXT 5\n\nd�tviinuyiintam [§im iitmajam apy anagnarh\ndevyo hriyii paridadhur na sutasya citram\ntad vikua prcchati munau jagadus taviisti\nstii-pum-bhidii na tu sutasya vivikta-drfitel!-\n\ndr§tvii-by seeing; anuyiintam -following; !§im-the sage; iitmajam-his\nson; api-in spite of; anagnam-not naked; devyal!- -beautiful damsels;\nhri yii-out of shyness;paridadhuft-covered the body; na-not; sutasya of\nthe son; citram-astonishing; tat vik§ya-by seeing that; prc chati-asking;\nmunau-unto the muni (Vyasa); jagaduft -rep lie d; tava-your; asti-there\nare; stri- pum-male and female; bhida-difference s ; na-not; tu-but;\nsutasya-of the son; vi vikta purifie d ; dnt eft -of one who looks.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sri Vyasadeva was following his son, beautiful young damsels,\n\nwho were bathing naked, covered their bodies with cloth, although Sri\nVyasadeva himself ·was not naked. But they did not do so when his son\npassed. The sage inquired about this, and the young ladies replied that his\n\n", "SB1.1#p0222": "196\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 4\n\nson was purified and when looking at them made no distinction between\nmale and female. But the sage made such distinctions.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii it is said that a learned sage looks equally on the\n\nlearned and gentle briihma[ta, a cart!liila (dog-eater), a dog or cow due to\nhis spiritual vision. Srila Sukadeva Gosvami attained that stage. Thus he\n\ndid not see a male or female, but he saw all living entities in different dress.\n\nThe ladies who were bathing could understand the mind of a man simply\n\nby studying his demeanor, just as by looking at a child one can understand\nhow innocent he is. Sukadeva Gosvami was a young boy sixteen years old,\n\nand therefore all the parts of his body were developed. He was naked also,\n\nand so were the ladies. But because Sukadeva Gosvami was transcendental\n\nto sex relations, he appeared very innocent. The ladies, by their special\n\nqualifications, could sense this at once, and therefore they were not very\n\nconcerned about him. But when his father passed, the ladies quickly\n\ndressed. The ladies were exactly like his children or grandchildren, yet\n\nthey reacted to the presence of Vyasadeva according to the social custom\nbecause Srila Vyasadeva played the part of a householder. A householder\n\nhas to distinguish between a male and female, otherwise he cannot be\n\na householder. One should, therefore, attempt to know the distinction be­\n\ntween spirit soul without 'any attachment for male and female. As long as\nsuch distinction is there, one should not try to become a sannyiisi like\n\nSukadeva Gosviiml. At least theoretically one must be convinced that a\n\nliving entity is neither a male nor female. The outward dress is made of\nmatter by material nature to attract the opposite sex and thus keep one\n\nentangled in material existence. A liberated soul is above this perverted\ndistinction. He does not distinguish between one living being and another.\n\nFor him they are all one and the same spirit. The perfection of this\n\nspiritual vision is the liberated stage, and Srila Sukadeva Gosviim'i attained\nthat stage. Srila Vyiisadeva was also in the transcendental stage, but\nbecause he was in the householder's life, he did not pretend to be a\n\nliberated soul, as a matter of custom.\n\nTEXT 6\n\n���: tft�: �:��'{I\n\n�'E14(�t�fl:ct�\n\n�� II � II\n\n", "SB1.1#p0223": "Appearance of Sri Narada\n\nText 7)\n\n197\n\nkatham iilak§itaft pauraih\nsampriiptaft kuru-jiingaliin\nunmatta-muka-ja{lavad\nvicaran gaja-siihvaye\nkatham-how; iilak§itaft recognized; paurai [t by the citizens; sampraptaft-reaching; kuru-jiingaliin-the Kuru-jangala provinces; unmattamad; muka-dumb; ja{lavat stunted; vicaran wandering; gaja-siihvayeHastinapura.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nHow was he [Srila Sukadeva, the son of Vyasa] recognized by the\n\ncitizens when he entered the city of Hastinapura [now Delhi] , after\n\nwandering in the provinces of Kuru and Jangala, appearing like a madman,\n\ndumb and retarded?\nPURPORT\n\nThe present city of Delhi was formerly known as Hastinapura because it\nwas first established by King Hasti. Gosvami Sukadeva, after leaving his\npaternal home, was roaming like a madman, and therefore it was very\ndifficult for the citizens to recognize him in his exalted position. A sage is\nnot, therefore, recognized by sight, but by hearing. One should approach\na siidhu or great sage not to see but to hear him. If one is not prepared to\nhear the words of a siidhu, there is no profit. Sukadeva Gosvami was a\nsiidhu who could speak on the transcendental activities of the Lord. He did\nnot satisfy the whims of ordinary citizens. He was recognized when he\nspoke on the subject of Bhiigavatam, and he never attempted jugglery like\na magician. Outwardly he appeared to be a retarded, dumb madman, but\nin fact he was the most elevated transcendental personality.\nTEXT 7\n\n� ill tfl�Ji�4� @t..Mi11 6t 1\n�: � �� mm'T �:·II \\9 II\nkatharh vii piir-{laveyasya\nriija�er muninii saha\nsarhviidaft samabhut tiita\nyatrai§ii siitvati srutift\n\n", "SB1.1#p0224": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n198\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 4\n\nkatham-how it is; va-also; paf!-!iaveyasya-of the descendant of Pap!iu\n\n(Parik�it); rajar§e[l.-of the king who was a sage; munina-with the muni;\n\nsaha-with; sarhuada[l.-discussion; samabhut-took place; tata-0 darling;\n\nyatra-whereupon; e§a-like this; satuati-transcen dental; sruti[l.-essence of\nthe Vedas.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHow did it so happen that King Par�it met this great sage, making it\n\npossible for this great transcendental essence of the Vedas [ Bhagavatam]\nto he sung to him?\n\nPURPORT\n$rimad-Bhagavatam is stated here as the essence of the Vedas. It is not\n\nan imaginary story as it is sometimes considered by unauthorized men. It\nis also called $uka-sarhhita, or the Vedic hymn spoken by Sri Sukadeva\nGosvami, the great liberated sage.\nTEXT 8\n\nsa go-do hana-matrarh hi\ngrhe§u grha-medhinam\navek§ate mahii-bhagas\ntirthi-kurvarhs tad asramam\nsaZ,.-he (Sukadeva Gosviirru); go-dohana-matram-only for the time of\n\nmilking the cow; hi-certainly; grhe§u-in the house; grha-medhiniim­\n\nof the householders; avek§ate-waits; maha-bhiiga[l.-the most fortunate;\ntirthi-pilgrimage; kurvan-transforming; tat asramam-the residence.\nTRANSLATION\nHe [ Sukadeva Gosviimi) was accustomed to stay at the door of a\nhouseholder only long enough for a cow to be milked. And he did this\njust to sanctify the residence.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0225": "Text 9]\n\n199\n\nAppearance of Sri Niirada\nPURPORT\n\nSukadeva Gosvami met Emperor Parik�it and explained the text of\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam. He was not accustomed to stay at any householder's\nresidence for more than half an hour (at the time of milking the cow), and\n\nhe would just take alms from the fortunate householder. That was to\n\nsanctify the residence by his auspicious presence. Therefore Sukadeva\n\nGosvami is an ideal preacher established in the transcendental position.\n\nFrom his activities, those who are in the renounced order of life and\n\ndedicated to the mission of preaching the message of Godhead should\n\nlearn that they have no business with householders save and except to\n\nenlighten them in transcendental knowledge. Such asking for alms from\nthe householder should be for the purpose of sanctifying his home. One\n\nwho is in the renounced order of life should not be allured by the glamour\n\nof the householder's worldly possessions and thus become subservient to\n\nworldly men. For one who is in the renounced order of life, this is much\nmore dangerous than drinking poison and committing suicide.\nTEXT 9\n\n�\n\n�\n\n!��l•lttffl'EI'l'f.. I\n\n� � 'lm� �qtfi1J :q � �: II � II\nabhimanyu-sutarh siita\npriihur bhagavatottamam\ntasya janma mahiiScaryarh\nkarmiir-i ca g[?lihi na[l.\nabhimanyu-sutam-the son of Abhimanyu; siita-0 Siita; priihufi.-is\n\nsaid to be; bhagavata-uttamam-the first-class devotee of the Lord; tasya­\n\nhis; janma-birth; mahiiScaryam-very wonderful; karmi.ir-i\nand; grr£ihi-please speak to; nafi.-us.\n\n-\n\nac\n\ntivities; ca­\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is said that Maharaja P�it is a great first-class devotee of the Lord\n\nand that his birth and activities are all wonderful. Please tell us about him.\nPURPORT\n\nThe birth of Maharaja Parik�it is wonderful because in the womb of his\n\nmother he was protected by the Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�ra. His\n\nactivities are also wonderful because he chastised Kali, who was attempting\n\nto kill a cow. To kill cows means to end human civilization. He wanted\n\n", "SB1.1#p0226": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n200\n\n[Canto l , Ch. 4\n\nto protect the cow from being killed by the great representative of sin. His\n\ndeath is also wonderful because he got previous notice of his death, which\nis wonderful for any mortal being, and thus he prepared himself for passing\n\naway by sitting down on the bank of the Ganges and hearing the transcen­\n\ndental activities of the Lord. During all the days he heard Bhiigavatam, he\ndid not take food or drink, nor did he sleep a moment. So everything\nabout him is wonderful, and his activities are worth hearing attentively.\n\nDesire is expressed herein to hear about him in detail.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n;n�: I\nstt4'\\qf?t�r•t1\\·l�l+i��Nm.!� I I� oil\n\n�HmR:,� q-r�ffi: ��t\n\nsa samriit kasya vii hetoft\npii[lf]iiniirh miina-vardhanaft\npriiyopav4to gangiiyiim\naniidrtyiidhiriit-§riyam\nsaft-he; samriit- the Emperor; kasya-for what; vii-or; hetoft reason;\n-\n\npiir-flu n ii m-of the sons of Patt9u; miina-vardhanaft-one who enriches the\n\nfamily; p riiya u pav 4taft-sitting and fasting; gangayiim- on the bank of the\n-\n\nGanges; anad rtya neglecting; adhir aJ\n-\n\nlences.\n\n-\n\nacquired kingdom; sriyam opu\n-\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe was a great emperor and possessed all the opulences of his acquired\nkingdom. He was so exalted that he was increasing the prestige of the\n\nP��u dynasty. Why did he give up everything to sit down on the hank of\nthe Ganges and fast until death?\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Parik�it was the Emperor of the world and all the seas and\n\noceans, and he did not have to take the trouble to acquire such a kingdom\nby\n\nhis own effort.\n\nHe inherited it from his grandfathers Maharaja\n\nYudhi�!hira and brothers. Besides that, he was doing well in the adminis­\n\ntration and was worthy of the good names of his forefathers. Consequently\n\n", "SB1.1#p0227": "Text l l]\n\nAppearanc e of Sri Niirada\n\n201\n\nthere was nothing undesirable in his opulence and administration. Then\n\nwhy should he give up all these favorable circumstances and sit down on\nthe bank of the Ganges, fasting till death? This is astonishing, and therefore\nall were eager to know the cause.\nTEXT ll\n\n;rqfr�\n�(\\�ij1ffi�;r;\nf� �;1Ft q;rrf;r �: I\n� � tr'R: f��\n�\n\n\"\"\n\n\"\"\n\n�q��\nnamanti yat-piida-niketam iitmanafi.\nsiviiya hiiniya dh�niini satravafi.\nkatharh sa virafi. sriyam anga dustyajiirh\nyuvai§atotsra�tum aho sahiisubhifi.\nnamanti-bow down; yat-piida-whose feet; niketam-under; iitmanafi.own; siviiya-welfare; hiiniya-used to bring about; dhaniini-wealth;\nsatravafi.-enemies; katham-for what reason; safi.-he; virafi.- the chivalrous;\nsriyam-opulences; anga-0; dustyajiim-insuperable; yuvii-just in full\nyouth; ai.§ata-desired; utsra�tum-to give up; aha-exclamation; saha-with;\nasubhifi.- life.\nTRANSLATION\nHe was such a great emperor that all his enemies would come and bow\ndown at his feet and surrender all their wealth for their own benefit. He\nwas full of youth and strength, and he possessed insuperable kingly opulences. Why did he want to give up everything, including his life?\n\nPURPORT\nThere was nothing undesirable in his life. He was quite a young man and\ncould enjoy life with power and opulence. So there was no question of\nretiring from active life. There was no difficulty in collecting the state\ntaxes because he was so powerful and chivalrous that even his enemies\nwould come to him and bow down at his feet and surrender all wealth for\n\n", "SB1.1#p0228": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n202\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 4\n\ntheir own benefit. Maharaja Par�it was a pious king. He conquered his\nenemies, and therefore the kingdom was full of prosperity. There was\n\nenough milk, grains and metals, and all the rivers and mountains were full\nof potency. So materially everything was satisfactory. Therefore, there\n\nwas no question of untimely giving up his kingdom and life. They were\n\neager to hear about all this.\nTEXT 12\n\nf� �\n\n+Nrt\n\n41�\n\n'\"'\n\n�\n\n�q���\n\n�;n: I\n\ni:l� ;{(��m qu�\ni� � �: cti�tt(1( II��II\nsiviiya lokasya bhaviiya bhUtaye\nya uttama-sloka-pariiya[tii janiift\njivanti niitmiirtham asau pariisrayam\nmumoca nirvidya kutaft kalevaram\nsiviiya-welfare; lokasya-of all living beings; bhaviiya-for flourishing;\nbhutaye-for\n\neconomic\n\ndevelopment; ye-one who is; uttama-sloka­\n\npartiyaruift-devoted to the cause of the Personality of Godhead; janiift­\n\nmen; jivanti do live; na-but not; iitma-artham-selfish interest; asau-that;\n-\n\npariisrayam-shelter for others; mumoca- gave up; ni rv idya being freed\n-\n\nfrom all attachment; kutaft-for what reason; kalevaram-mortal body.\nTRANSLATION\nThose who are devoted to the cause of the Personality of Godhead live\nonly for the welfare, development and happiness of others. They do not\nlive for any selfish interest. So even though the Emperor (Par�it] was\n\nfree from all attachment to worldly possessions, how could he give up his\nmortal body, which was shelter for others?\nPURPORT\nParik�it Maharaja was an ideal king and householder because he was a\ndevotee of the Personality of Godhead. A devotee of the Lord has\n\nautomatically all good qualifications. And the Emperor was a typical\n\n", "SB1.1#p0229": "Appearance of Sri Narada\n\nText 13)\n\n203\n\nexample of this. Personally he had no attachment for all the worldly\nopulences in his possession. But since he was king for the all round\nwelfare of his citizens, he was always busy in the welfare work of the\npublic, not only for this life, but also for the next. He would not allow\n\nslaughter-houses or killing of cows. He was not a foolish and partial\nadministrator who would arrange for the protection of one living being\nand allow another to be killed. Because he was a devotee of the Lord, he\n\nknew perfectly well how to conduct his administration for everyone's\n\nhappiness, men, animals, plants and all living creatures. He was not\nselfishly interested. Selfishness is either self-centered or self-extended.\nHe was neither. His interest was tv please the Supreme Truth Personality\nof Godhead. The king is the representative of the Supreme Lord, and\ntherefore the king's interest must be identical with that of the Supreme\nLord. The Supreme Lord wants all living beings to be obedient to Him\n\nand thereby become happy. Therefore the king's interest is to guide\nall subjects back to the kingdom of God. Hence the activities of the\ncitizens should be so coordinated that they can at the end go back home,\nback io Godhead. Under the administration of a representative king, the\nkingdom is full of opulence. At that time human beings need not eat\nanimals. There is ample food, grains, milk, fruit and vegetables so that the\nhuman beings as well as the animals can eat sumptuously and to their\nheart's content. If all living beings are satisfied with food and shelter and\nobey the prescribed rules, there cannot be any disturbance between one\nliving being and another. Emperor Pari1qit was a worthy king, and therefore\nall were happy during his reign.\n\nTEXT 13\n(\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\n� ;r: ijl{l�tf w �r� �� 1\n\n����:qf��tJ;r�t� II� �II\ntat saroam naft samiicak�va\n\npr�to yad iha kiiicana\nmanye tviim vi�aye viiciim\nsniitam anyatra chiindasiit\ntat-that; saroam-all; naft-unto us; samiicak§va-clearly e xplain; pr�taft\n-questioned; yat iha-herein; kiiicana-all that; manye-we think; tviimyourself; vi�aye-in all subjects; viicam-meanings of words; sniitam-fully\nacquainted; anyatra-except; chandasat- portion of the Vedas.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0230": "Sr'imad-Bhagavatam\n\n204\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nWe know that you are expert in the meaning of all subjects, except some\n\nportions of the Vedas, and thus you can clearly explain the answers to\n\nall the questions we have just put to you.\nPURPORT\nThe difference between the Vedas and the Puriir-as is like that between\n\nthe briihmar-as and the parivriijakas. The briihmar-as are meant to administer\nsome fruitive sacrifices mentioned in the Vedas, but the parivriijakiiciiryas,\n\nor learned preachers, are meant to disseminate transcendental knowledge\n\nto one and all. As such, the parivriijakiiciiryas are not always expert in\npronouncing the Vedic mantras, which are practiced systematically by\n\naccent and meter by the briihmar-as who are meant for administering Vedic\n\nrites. Yet it should not be considered that the briihmar-as are more\n\nimportant\n\nthan\n\nthe itinerant preachers. They are one and different\n\nsimultaneously because they are meant for the same end, in different\nways.\n\nThere is no difference also between the Vedic mantras and what is\n\nexplained in the Puriir-as and Itihiisa. According to Srila }iva Gosvaml, it is\n\nmentioned in the Miidhyandina-smti that all the\n\nVedas, namely the\n\nSiima, A tharva, .[{k, Yajus, Puriir-as, Itihiisas, Upan4ads, etc., are emanations\nfrom the breathing of the Supreme Being. The only difference is that the\nVedic mantras are mostly begun with prar-ava omkiira, and it requires some\n\ntraining to practice the metric pronunciation of the Vedic mantras. But\n\nthat does not mean that Snmad-Bhiigavatam was of less importance than\n\nthe Vedic mantras. On the other hand, it is the ripened fruit of all the\nVedas, as stated before. Besides that, the most perfectly liberated soul,\n\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvami, is absorbed in the studies of the Bhiigavatam,\n\nalthough He is already self-realized. Srila Suta Gosvaml is following his\n\nfootsteps, and therefore his position is not the least less important because\nhe was not expert in chanting Vedic mantras with metric pronunciation,\n\nwhich depends more on practice than actual realization. Realization is\nmore important than parrot-like chanting.\nTEXT 14\n\n��\n\n(1�\n\n�+{�sua (l(f�\n\n�� 1\n\nilffif! q(t�1(1�.:j\"hft qm� � �: II� '611\n\n", "SB1.1#p0231": "Appearance of Sri Niirada\n\nText 15)\n\n205\n\nsiita uviica\ndviipare samanupriipte\ntrtiye yuga-paryaye\njiita{t pariisariid yogi\nviisavyiirh kalayii hare{!.\ns ii ta{t - Siita Gosviimi; uvaca said; dviipare-in the second millennium;\nsamanupriipte-on the advent of; trtiye- third; yuga millennium; paryaye\n-in the place of; jiita{t - was begotten; pariisa rot-by Parasara; yogi- the\ngreat sage; viisavyam-in the womb of the daughter of Vasu; kalayii-in the\nplenary portion; hare{!.- of the Personality of Godhead.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSiita Gosviimi said: When the second millennium overlapped the third,\nthe great sage [ Vyasadeva] was born to PariiSara in the womb of Satyavati,\nthe daughter of Vasu.\nPURPORT\nThere is a chronological order of the four millenniums, namely Satya,\nDviipara, Tretii and Kali. But sometimes there is overlapping. During the\nregime of Vaivasvata Manu, there was an overlapping of the twenty-eighth\nround of the four millenniums, and the third millennium appeared prior\n\nto the second. In that particular millennium, Lord Sri Kr��a also descends,\n\nand because of this there was some particular alteration. The mother of\n\nthe great sage was Satyavati the daughter of the Vasu (fisherman), and the\nfather was the great Pariisara Muni. That is the history of V yasadeva's\nbirth. Every millennium is divided into three periods, and each period is\ncalled a\n\nsandhyii.\n\nVyiisadeva appeared in the third\n\nsandhyii\n\nparticular age.\nTEXT 15\n\n� �f:q«=f®�� i3\"� �i\n\n�:q: I\n\n��� af� tiir�� 11�'\"\\11\nsa kadiicit sarasvatyii\nupasprsya jalarh suci{t\nvivikta eka iisina\nudite ravi-mafl!fale\n\nof that\n\n", "SB1.1#p0232": "S rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n206\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 4\n\nsa[l-he; kadiicit-once; sarasvatyii[t-on the bank of the Sarasvati;\n\nupasprsya-after finishing morning ablutions; jalam-water; suci[l-being\n\npurified; vivikte-concentration; eka[t-alone; iisina[l-being thus seated;\n\nudite-on the rise; ravi-mar-�ale-of the sun disc.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOnce upon a time, he [ Vyasadeva] , as the sun rose, took his morning\nablution in the waters of the Sarasvati and sat alone to concentrate.\nPURPORT\nThe River Sarasvati is flowing in the Badarikasrama area of the Himalayas­\n\nSo the place indicated here is Samyaprasa in Badarikasrama where Sri\nVyasadeva is residing.\n\nTEXT 16\n\npariivara-jiia[t sa [§ilt\nkii.leniivyakta-ramhasii\nyuga-dharma-vyatikaram\npriiptam bhuvi yuge yuge\npariivara-past\n\nand\n\nfuture; jiia[l-one\n\nwho\n\nknows;\n\ns\n\na[t-he; f§i[l­\n\nVyasadeva; kiilena-in the course of time; avyakta-unmanifested; ramhasii\n-by great force; yuga-dha rma\n\n-\n\nacts in terms of the millennium; vyatikaram\n\n-anomalies; priiptam-having accrued; bhuvi-on the earth; yuge yuge-\n\ndifferent ages.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Vyasadeva saw anomalies in the millennium. This\nhappens on the earth in different ages, due to unseen forces in the course\nof time.\nPURPORT\nThe great sages like Vyasadeva are liberated souls, and therefore they can\n\nsee clearly past and future. Thus he could see the future anomalies in the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0233": "Texts 17-18]\n\nAppearance of Sri Narada\n\n207\n\nKali age, and accordingly he made arrangement for the people in general\nso that they can execute a progressive life in this age which is full of darkness. The people in general in this age of Kali are too much interested in\nmatter, which is temporary. Because of ignorance they are unable to\nevaluate the assets of life and be enlightened in spiritual knowledge.\nTEXTS 17-18\n\nitRtifil..i =;:nwn�ht��:qij�tij�l\n\n3T��:�;:�}f� (fflijl�: 11�\\911\n��� �� �� ur..R4.. � ,\n� � �ij¥t+{)qtifi.... II� �II\nbhautikiiniim ca bhiiviiniim\nsakti-hriisam ca tatkrtam\na5raddadhiiniin ni[lsattviin\ndurmedhiin hrasitiiyu§a�\ndurbhagiims ca janiin vik�ya\nmunir divyena cak§U§ii\nsarva-varr-iisramiir-iim yad\ndadhyau hitam amogha-drk\n\nbhautikiiniim ca-also of everything that is made of matter; bhiiviiniimactions;\n\nsakti-hriisam\n\nca-deterioration\n\nof\n\nnatural\n\npower; tat-krtam­\n\nrendered by that; a5raddadhiiniin-of the faithless; ni�sattviin-impatient\ndue to want of the mode of goodness; hrasita-reduced; iiyu§a�-of duration of life; durbhagiin ca-also the unlucky; janiin-people in general;\nvik§ya- by seeing; muni�-the muni; divyena-by transcendental; cak§U§ii­\n\nvision; sarva-all; varriisramiir-iim-of all the statuses and orders of life;\nyat-what; dadhyau-contemplated; hitam-welfare; amogha-drk-one who\nis fully equipped in knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage, who was fully equipped in knowledge, could see, through\nhis transcendental vision, the deterioration of everything material, due to\nthe influence of the age. He could also see that the faithless people in\ngeneral would be reduced in duration of life and would be impatient due\n\n", "SB1.1#p0234": "208\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 4\n\nto lack of goodness. Thus he contemplated for the welfare of men in all\nstatuses and orders of life.\n\nPURPORT\nThe unmanifested forces of time are so powerful that they reduce all\n\nmatter to oblivion in due course. In Kali-yuga, the last millennium of a\nround of the four millenniums, the power of all material objects deteriorates\n\nby the influence of time. ln this age the duration of the material body of\n\nthe people in general is much reduced, and so is the memory. The action\nof matter has also not so much incentive. The land docs not produce food\n\ngrains in the same proportions as it did in other ages. The cow does not\n\ngive as much milk as it used to give formerly. The production of vegetables\nand fruits is less than before. As such, all living beings, both men and\n\nanimals, do not have sumptuous, nourishing food. Due to want of so many\n\nnecessities of life, naturally the duration of life is reduced, the memory is\n\nshort, intelligence is meager, mutual dealings are full of hypocrisy and so\non.\n\nThe great sage Vyasadeva could see this by his transcendental vision. As\nan astrologer can see the future fate of a man, or an astronomer can\n\nforetell the solar and lunar eclipses, similarly those who can see through\n\nthe scriptures and foretell the future of all mankind are called liberated\nsouls. They can see thus due to their sharp vision of spiritual attainment.\n\nAnd all such transcendentalists, who are naturally devotees of the Lord,\n\nare always eager to render welfare service to the people in general. They\n\nare the real friends of the people in general, not the so-called public\n\nleaders who are unable to see what is going to happen five minutes ahead.\n\nIn this age the people in general as well as their so-called leaders are all\n\nunlucky fellows, faithless in spiritual knowledge and influenced by the\n\nage of Kali. They are always disturbed by various diseases. For example, in\n\nthe present age there are so many TB patients and TB hospitals, but\n\nformerly this was not so because the time was not so unfavorable. These\nunfortunate men of this age are always reluctant to give a reception to the\n\ntranscendentalists who are representatives of Srila Vyasadeva and selfless\n\nworkers always busy in planning something which may help everyone in all\n\nstatuses and orders of life. The greatest philanthropists are those transcen­\n\ndentalists who represent the mission of Vyasa, Narada, Madhva, Caitanya,\n\nRupa, Sarasvati, etc. They are all one and the same. The personalities may\n\nbe different, but the aim of the mission is one and the same, namely, to\ndeliver the fallen souls back home, back to Godhead.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0235": "Text 19]\n\nAppearance of Sri Narada\n\n209\n\nTEXT 19\n\noqldif;j d ������ I\n���IIZ�II\nciitur-hotrarit kanna suddharit\nprajiiniirit vik§ya vaidikam\nvyadadhiid yajiia-santatyai\nvedam ekarit catur-vidham\nciitu�-four; hotram-sacrificial fires; karma suddham-purification of\nwork; prajiiniim-of the people in general; vik§ya-after seeing; vaidikamaccording to Vedic rites; vyadadhiit-made into; yajiia\n\n-\n\nsacrifice; santatyai\n\n-to expand; vedam ekam-only one Veda;catu�-vidham-in four divisions.\nTRANSLATION\nHe saw that the sacrifices mentioned in the Vedas were means by\nwhich the people's occupations could be purified. And to simplify the\nprocess he divided the one Veda into four, in order to expand them\namong men.\nPURPORT\nFormerly there was only the Veda of the name Yajus, and the four\ndivisions of sacrifices were there specifically mentioned. But to make them\nmore easily performable, the Veda was divided into four divisions of\n\nsacrifice, just to purify the occupational service of the four orders. Above\n\nthe four Vedas, namely f{k, Yajus, Siima, and Atharoa, there are the\n\nPuriirws, the Mahiibhiirata, Sarithitiis, etc., which are known as the fifth\n\nVeda. Sri Vyasadeva and his many disciples were all historical personalities,\n\nand they were very kind and sympathetic toward the fallen souls of this\n\nage of Kali. As such, the Puriip.as and Mahiibhiirata were made from related\n\nhistorical facts which explained the teaching of the four Vedas. There is no\n\npoint in doubting the authority of the Puriip.as and Mahiibhiirata as parts\n\nand parcels of the Vedas. In the Chiindogya Upan�ad, the Puriip.as and\n\nMahiibhiirata, generally known as histories, are mentioned as the fifth\nVeda. According to Srila ]lva Gosvami, that is the way of ascertaining the\n\nrespective values of the revealed scriptures.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0236": "210\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch_ 4\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�t('(i'fl�ttk&4i W� i3'f'[�m I\n�M(I('(�Iui :q q� � � II� II\no\n\nrg-yaju�-siimiitharoiikhyii\nvediis catviira uddhrtii[l\nitihiisa-puriirwrh ca\npaiicamo veda ucyate\nrg-yaju[l-siima-atharoa-iikhyii[l-the names of the four Vedas; vedii[lthe Vedas; catviira�-four; uddhrtii�-made into separate parts; itihiisahistorical records {Mahiibhiirata); purii[lam ca-and the Purii[las; paiicama[l\n-the fifth; veda[l-the original source of knowledge; ucyate-is said to be.\nTRANSLATION\nThe four divisions of the original sources of knowledge [the Vedas]\nwere made separately. But the historical facts and authentic stories mentioned in the Pur�as are called the fifth Veda.\nTEXT 21\n\n�if�: w: � -: �: I\nq�+qi�'1 �� f�llfl �'!!\"IU« II�� II\ntatrarg-veda-dhara[l paila[l\nsiimago jaimini[l kavi.fl.\nvai§ampiiyana evaiko\nn4r-ato yaju§iim uta\ntat ra-the reupon ; rg-ve da-dhara�- professor of the f{g-veda; paila�- the\nnamed Paila; siimaga�-that of the Siima-veda; jaimini�-the r�i\nnamed Jaimini; kavi.f!.-highly qualified; vaiSampiiyana�-the ni named\nVaiSampayana; eva-only; eka�-alone; n4[liita�-we11 versed; yaju�iim- of\nthe Yajur-veda; uta-glorified.\nni\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the Vedas were divided into four divisions, Paila �i became the\nprofessor of the �g-veda, Jaimini the professor of the Sama-veda, and\nVaiSampayana alone became glorified by the Yajur-veda.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0237": "Appearance of Sri Narada\n\nText 23)\n\n211\n\nPURPORT\nThe different Vedas were entrusted to different learned scholars for\n\ndevelopment in various ways.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n31f.lqiff«:tlql(i'l€ijq�a;� '!�: I\n�(1(1�1U11'1i mt lt il&lriur: II��II\natharoiingirasiim iisit\n\nsumantur diiruvo munQI.\n\nitihiisa-puriiviiniirh\n\npitii me romahar�ava{l.\natharoa-the Atharoa-veda; angiras iim-unto the r�i Angira; iisit-was\n\nentrusted; sumantu{l.-also known as Sumantu Muni; diiruva[l.-seriously\n\ndevoted to the Atharoa-veda; munQI. -the sage; itihiisa-puriiviiniim-of the\n\nhistorical records like thePuriivas; pita-father; me-mine; romahar�ava[l.­\n\nthe r�i Romahar�pa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Sumantu Muni Arigira , who was very devotedly engaged, was\n\nentrusted with the Atharva-veda. And my father Romahar�apa was entrusted with the Purapas and historical records.\nPURPORT\nIn the Sruti-mantras also it is stated that Angira\n\nMuni, who strictly\n\nfollowed the rigid principles of the Atharoa-vedas, was the leader of the\nfollowers of the Atharoa-vedas.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�� ������osMqi� I\n\nft.R: 31�Jq(ijf4§4�� �.11Rct'1l� II�� II\nta eta r�ayo vedarh\n\nsvarh svarh vyasyann anekadhii\n\n§�yaQI. pras�yais tac-ch�yair\nvediis te siikhino'bhavan\n\n", "SB1.1#p0238": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n212\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 4\n\nte-they ; ete-all these; r§aya[!.-learned scholars; vedaTn(-the respective\nVedas; svam svam-in their own entrusted matters; vyasyan-rendered;\nanekadhii- many; s4yaifz- disciples; prasi§yai[!. -grand disciples; tat-si§yaifi.\n-\n\n-great grand-disciples; vedii[l. te-followers of the respective Vedas; siikhina[l.\n-different branches; abhavan-thus became.\nTRANSLATION\nAll these learned scholars, in their turn, rendered their entrusted Vedas\n\nunto their many disciples, grand disciples and great grand disciples, and\nthus the respective branches of the followers of the Vedas came into being.\nPURPORT\nThe original source of knowledge is the Vedas. There are no branches of\n\nknowledge, either mundane or transcendental, which do not belong to the\n\noriginal text of the Vedas. They have simply been developed into different\n\nbranches. They were originally rendered by great, respectable and learned\n\nprofessors. In other words, the Vedic knowledge, broken into different\nbranches by different disciplic successions, has been distributed all over\nthe world. No one, therefore, can claim independent knowledge beyond\nthe Vedas.\nTEXT 24\n\nW �����I\n� � � �: iqUjf4ffi0: ������\n��\n\nta eva vedii durmedhair\ndhiiryante puru§air yathii\nevarh cakiira bhagaviin\nvyiisa[l. krpa[ta-vatsala[l.\nte--that; eva-certainly; vediifi.- the book of the knowledge; durmedhaifz\n-by the less intellectual; dhiiryante-can assimilate; pu ru§ai[!.-by the man;\n\nyathii as much as; evam-thus; cakiira-edited; bhagavii n-the powerful;\n-\n\nvyiisa[l.\nmass.\n\n-\n\nthe great sage of Vyasa; krpa[ta-vatsala[l.-very kind to the ignorant\n\n", "SB1.1#p0239": "Text 25]\n\nAppearance of Sri Narada\n\n213\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the great sage Vyasadeva, who is very kind to the ignorant\n\nmasses, edited the Vedas so they might be assimilated by less intellectual\nmen.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Veda is one, and the reasons for its divisions in many parts are ex­\n\nplained herewith. The seed of all knowlegde, or the Veda, is not a subject\n\nmatter which can easily be understood by any ordinary man. There is a\nstricture that no one should try to learn the Vedas who is not a qualified\n\nbriihma[La. This stricture has been wrongly interpreted in so many ways.\n\nA class of men, who claim brahminical qualification simply by their birth\n\nright in the family of a briihma[La, claim that the study of the Vedas is a\n\nmonopoly of the briihma[La caste only. Another section of the people take\n\nthis as an injustice to other castes who do not happen to take birth in a\n\nbriihma[La family. But both of them are misguided. The Vedas are sub­\n\njects which had to be explained even to Brahmajl by the Supreme Lord.\n\nTherefore the subject matter is understood by persons with exceptional\n\nqualities of goodness. Persons who are in the modes of passion and ignor­\n\nance are unable to understand the subject matter of the Vedas. The ultimate\n·goal of Vedic knowledge is Sri Kr�I).a, the Personality of Godhead. This\n\nPersonality is very rarely understood by those who are in the modes\n\nof passion and ignorance.\n\nIn the Satya-yuga everyone was situated\n\nin the mode of goodness. Gradually the mode of goodness declined\nduring the Tretii and Dviipara-yugas, and the general mass of people\nbecame corrupt. In the present age the mode\n\nof goodness is almost nil,\n\nand so for the general mass of people, the kindhearted, powerful sage\n\nSnl.a Vyasadeva divided the Vedas in various ways so that they may be\n\npractically followed by less intelligent persons in the modes of passion\n\nand ignorance. It is explained in the next sloka as follows.\nTEXT 25\n\n�'T$.�� � WI �•ft:q(l I\n���lf.i�l\nWI :qJ«f+4Rotl4 � �f;r;n �� 11�'-\\11\n\n", "SB1.1#p0240": "[Canto l, Ch 4\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n214\n\n.\n\nstri-siidra-dvijabandhiiniirh\ntrayi na sruti-gocarii\nkarma-sreyasi miiphiiniirh\nsreya evarh bhaved iha\niti bhiiratam iikhyiinarh\nkrpayii muninii krtam\nstri-the woman class; siidra-the laboring class; dvija-bandhiiniim-of\nthe\n\nfriends\n\nof the twice-born; tray i-three; na-not; sru ti gocarii-for\n-\n\nunderstanding; karma-in activities; sreyasi-in welfare; miiphiiniim-of the\nfools; sreya�-supreme benefit; evam-thus; bhavet-achieved; ih a\niti-thus thinking; bhiiratam-the great Mahiibhiirata; iikhyii na m\n\n-\n\nfacts; k[pUyii-out of great mercy; muninii\ncompleted.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nby this;\n\nhistoric al\n\nby the muni; krtam\n\n-\n\nis\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nOut of compassion, the great sage thought it wise that this would\n\nenable men to achieve the ultimate goal of life. Thus he compiled the\n\ngreat historical narration called the Mahahharata for women, laborers\nand friends of the twice-born.\n\nPURPORT\nThe friends of the twice-born families are those who are born in the\nfamilies of briihmar-as, k§atriyas and vaiSyas, or the spiritually cultured\nfamilies, but they themselves are not equal to their forefathers. Such\ndescendants are not recognized as such for want of purificatory achievements. The purificatory activities begin even before the birth of a child,\nand the seed-giving reformatory process is called Garbhiidhiina-sarhskiira.\nOne who has not undergone such Garbhiidhiina-sarhskiira, or spiritual\nfamily planning, is not accepted as being of an actual twice-born family.\nThe Garbhiidhiina-sarhskiira is followed by other purificatory processes\nout of which the sacred thread ceremony is one. This is performed at the\ntime of spiritual initiation. After this particular sarhskiira, one is rightly\ncalled twice-born. One birth is calculated during the seed-givirtg sarhskiira,\nand the second birth is calculated at the time of spiritual initiation. One\nwho has been able to undergo such important sarhskiiras can be called a\nbona fide twice-born.\nIf the father and the mother do not undertake the process of spiritual\nfamily planning and simply beget children out of passion only, their\nchildren are called dvija-bandhus. These dvija-bandhus are certainly not as\n\n", "SB1.1#p0241": "Text 26]\n\n215\n\nAp pearance of Sri Narada\n\nintelligent as the children of the regular twice-born families. The dvijabandhus are classified as sudras and the woman class, who are by nature\nless intelligent. The sudras and the woman class do not have to undergo\nany sarhskiira save and except the ceremony of marriage.\nThe less intelligent classes of men, namely women, sudras and unqualified sons of the higher castes, are devoid of necessary qualifications\nto understand the purpose of the transcendental Vedas. For them the\nMahabhiirata was prepared. The purpose of the Mahabhiirata is to administer the purpose of the Vedas, and therefore within this Mahiibhiirata the\nsummary Veda of Bhagavad-gitii is placed. The less intelligent are more\ninterested in stories than in philosophy, and therefore the philosophy of\nthe Vedas in the form of the Bhagavad-gitii is spoken by the Lord Sri\nK.f�!J.a. Vyasadeva and Lord Kr�!la are both on the transcendental plane,\nand therefore they collaborated in doing good to the fallen souls of this\nage. The Bhagavad-gitii is the essence of all Vedic knowledge. It is the\nfirst book of spiritual values, as the Upani§ads are. The Vedanta philosophy\nis the subject matter for study by the spiritual graduates. Only the postgraduate spiritual student can enter into the spiritual or devotional service\nof the Lord. It is a great science, and the great professor is the Lord Himself in the form of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and persons who are\nempowered by Him can initiate others in the transcendental loving service\nof the Lord.\nTEXT 26\n\n������«ron:,\n�� � � �: 11��11\nevarh pravrttasya sadii\nbhutiiniirh sreyasi dvijii�\nsarviitmakeniipi yadii\nniitu§yadd hrdayarh tata�\nevam- thus; prav rttasya-one who is engaged in; sadii always; bhutiiniim\nof the living beings; sreyasi-in the ultimate good; dvij�-0 twice-born;\nsarviitmakena api-by all means; yadii when; na-not; atuuat-become\nsatisfied; hrdaya m mind; tata\"(!. -at that time.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 twice-born brahm3!1as, still his mind was not satisfied, although he\nengaged himself in working for the total welfare of all people.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0242": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n216\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 4\n\nPURPORT\nSri Vyasadeva was not satisfied with himself, although he prepared literatures of Vedic value for the all-around welfare of the general mass of\npeople. It was expected that he would be satisfied by all such activities,\nbut ultimately he was not satisfied.\nTEXT 27\n\n;rrRtst«l�i!� : ��4:11� �� I\nPfij'tf'l. WM'ffi(q � iFIR � 11�\\911\nniitiprasidadd hrdayafl.\nsarasvatyiis tate sucau\nvitarkayan vivikta-stha\nidam coviica dharma-vit\nna-not; atiprasidat--very much satisfied; hrdayaf!.-at heart; sarasvatyiift\n-of the River Sarasvati; tate-on the bank of; sucau-being purified;\nvitarkayan-having considered; vivikta-sthafl.-situated in a lonely place;\n\nidam ca-also this; uviica said; dharma-vit-one who knows what religion is.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the sage, being dissatisfied at heart, at once began to reflect,\n\nbecause he knew the essence of religion, and he said within himself:\nPURPORT\n\nThe sage began to search out the cause of not being satisfied at heart.\n\nPerfection is never attained until one is satisfied at heart. This satisfaction\nof heart has to be searched out beyond matter.\nTEXTS 28-29\n\n�ijf4�;w � � 04'G\\im �sw:r: I\n� nto4J\\�;w � \"iii�IR1;w'{ ����II\n�1«1ott4�;w !Riillt�l� 31�: I\n� � �� ��� 11��11\n\n", "SB1.1#p0243": "Text 30]\n\nAppearance of Sri Narada\n\n217\n\ndhrta-vratena hi maya\nchandarhsi guravo 'gnayaft\nmanita niroyalikena\ngrhitarh canusiisanam\nbharata-vyapadesena\nhy iimniiyiirthas ca pradarsita�\ndrsyate yatra dharmadi\nstri-sudradibhir apy uta\ndhrta-vratena-under a strict disciplinary vow; hi-certainly; maya-by\nme; chandiirhsi-the Vedic hymns; guravaft-the spiritual masters; agnayaft\n\n-the sacrificial fire; miinitiift-properly worshiped; niroyalikena-without\npretense; grhitam ca-also accepted; anusiisanam-traditional discipline;\nbhiirata-the Mahiibhiirata; vyapadesena-by compilation of; hi-certainly;\niimniiya-arthaft-import of disciplic succession;ca-and;pradarsita�-properly explained;drsyate-by what is necessary;yatra-where;dharma-iid*-the\npath of religion; stri-sudra-iidibhi� api-even by women, sudras, etc.; utaspoken.\nTRANSLATION\nI have, under strict disciplinary vows, unpretentiously worshiped the\nVedas, the spiritual master and the altar of sacrifice. I have also abided by\nthe rulings and have shown the import of disciplic succession through the\nexplanation of the Mahabharata by which even women, siidras and others\n[friends of the twice-horn] can see the path of religion.\nPURPORT\nNo one can unde,rstand the import of the Vedas without having undergone a strict disciplinary vow and disciplic succession. The Vedas, spiritual\nmasters and sacrificial fire must be worshiped by the desiring candidate.\nAll these intricacies of Vedic knowledge are systematicaUy presented in the\nMahiibharata for the understanding of the women class, laborer class and\nthe unqualified members of brahmar-a, k§atriya or vaiSya families. In this\nage, the Mahiibhiirata is more essential than the original Vedas.\nTEXT 30\n\n� iffliJ�l;fR'ff �€11�'4�1 Ff«: I\nace;q\"5t\n� ;f!Atf.Ji�e�¥4 : ll�oll\n\n", "SB1.1#p0244": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n218\n\n[Canto 1, Ch_ 4\n\ntathiipi bata me daihyo\nh y iitmii caiviitmanii vibhu[l.\nasampanna iviibhiiti\nbrahma-varcasya-sattama[l.\ntathiipi-although; bata-defect; me-mine; daihya[l-situated in the\n\nbody; hi-certainly; iitmii-living being; ca-and; eva-even; iitmanii-myself;\n\nvibhu[l.-sufficient; asampanna[l.-wanting in; iva iibhiiti-it appears to be;\n\nbrahma-varcasya-of the Vedantists; sattama[l.-the supreme.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI am feeling incomplete, though I myself am fully equipped with\n\neverything required by the Vedas-\n\nPURPORT\nUndoubtedly Srila Vyasadeva was complete in all the details of Vedic\n\nachievements. Purification of the living being submerged in matter is made\n\npossible by the prescribed activities in the Vedas, but the ultimate achieve­\n\nment is different. Unless it is attained, the living being, even though fully\n\nequipped, cannot be situated in the transcendentally normal stage. Srila\nVyasadeva appeared to have lost the clue and therefore felt dissatisfaction.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n!*en +ti41Cfijl �� ;:r� f�cm: 1\nfSr:rt: 4(+{tt(11..i ij � ��ijfitttt: II�� II\nkim vii bhiigavatii dharma\nna prayer-a niriipitii[l.\npriyii[l. paramahamsiiniim\nta eva hy acyuta-priyii[l.\nkim vii-or; bhiigavatii[l. dharma[!.- devotional activities of the living\n\nbeings;\n\nna- not;\n\npriiyera- almost;\n\nni rii pi tii[l.- directed ; priyii[l.- dear;\n\nparamahamsiiniim-of the perfect beings; te eva- that also; hi-certainly;\nacyuta- the infallible; priyii[l.- attractive.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0245": "Text 32)\n\nAppearance of Sri Narada\n\n219\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis may he because I did not specifically point out the devotional\n\nservice of the Lord, which is dear both to perfect beings and the infallible\nLord.\nPURPORT\n\nThe dissatisfaction which was being felt by Srila Vyasadeva is expressed\n\nherein in his own words. This was felt for the normal condition of the\nliving being in the devotional service of the Lord. Unless one is fixed in the\n\nnormal condition of service, neither the Lord nor the living being can\nbecome fully satisfied. This defect was felt by him when Narada Muni, his\nspiritual master, reached him. It is described as follows.\nTEXT 32\n\n� Rctii5+ti�R ��r.M ftclml: I\n� �S�I•IIt:;l� Sll!t:\\1�'( ������.\ntasyaivarh khilam iitmiinarh\nmanya-miinasya khidyatal;L\nkmtasya niirado 'bh yiigiid\nasramarh priig-udiihrtam\ntasya- his; evam- thus; khilam- inferior; atmiinam- soul ; manya-miinasya\nthe mind; kh idyatal;L- regretting; krg wsya- of Kr�l).a;\nniiradal;L abh yiigiit- Narada came there; asramam-the cottage; priig- before;\nudiihrtam-said.\n-thinking within\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs mentioned before, Narada reached the cottage of J(r�l).a-dvaipayana\n\nVyasa on the hanks of the Sarasvati just as he was regretting his defects.\nPURPORT\nThe vacuum felt by Vyasadeva was not due to his lack of knowledge.\n\nBhiigavata-dharma is purely devotional service of the Lord to which the\nmonist has no access. The monist is not counted amongst the paramaharhsas (the most perfect of the renounced order of life). Srimad-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0246": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n220\n\n(Canto 1, Ch. 4\n\nBhiigavatam is full of narrations of the transcendental activities of the\nPersonality of Godhead. Although Vyasadeva was an empowered Divinity,\n\nhe still felt dissatisfaction because in none of his works were the transcen­\n\ndental activities of the Lord properly explained. The inspiration was\n\ninfused by Sri Kr�rta directly in the heart of Vyasadeva, and thus he felt\n\nthe vacuum as explained above. l t is definitely expressed herewith that\nwithout transcendental loving service of the Lord, everything is void; but\nin the transcendental service of the Lord everything is tangible without\nany separate attempt at fruitive work or empiric philosophical speculation.\nTEXT 33\n\ntam abhijiiiiya sahasii\npratyutthiiyiigatarh muni.ft\npujayiimiisa vidhivan\nniiradarh sura-pujitam\ntam abhijiiiiya\n\n-\n\nseeing the good fortune of his (Narada's) arrival; sahasii­\n\nall of a sudden; pratyutthiiya-getting up; iigatam-arrived at; mun*Vyasadeva; pujayiimiisa\n\n-\n\nworship;\n\nvidhivat-with the same respect .as is\n\noffered to Vidhi (Brahma); niiradam-to\nby the demigods.\n\narada; sura-pujitam-worshiped\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the auspicious arrival of Sri Narada, Sri Vyasadeva got up respect­\n\nfully and worshiped him, giving him veneration equal to that given to\n\nBrahmaji, the creator.\n\nPURPORT\n\nVidhi means Brahma, the first created living being. He is the original\nstudent as well as professor of the Vedas. He learned it from Sri Kr�rta and\n\ntaught Narada first. So Narada is the second iiciirya in the line of spiritual\n\ndisciplic succession. He is the representative of Brahma, and therefore he\n\nis respected exactly like Brahma, the father of all vidhis (regulations);\n\n", "SB1.1#p0247": "Text 33]\n\nAppearance of Sri Narada\n\n221\n\nsimilarly all other successive disciples in the chain are also equally respected as representatives of the original spiritual master.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the First Canto, Fourth Chapter,\nof Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Appearance of Sri Niirada.\"\n\n", "SB1.1#p0248": "CHAPTER FIVE\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srlmad-Bhagavatam\nfor vvasadeva\nTEXT 1\n\n��\n3N ij ij\\tt+t4ht �'t;t t&�'SFII: I\n\n�: � �3flif tJUitqtfOt: �4PsM II � II\nsuta uviica\natha tarh sukham iisina\nupiisinarh brhac-chravii[l.\ndeva'§ift priiha viprar§irh\nvirtii-piirti[l. smayann iva\nsuta[l.\n\n-\n\nSii ta; uviica-said; atka-therefore; tam-him; sukham iisina[l.­\n\ncomfortably seated; upiisinam unto one sitting nearby; brhat-sravii[l.-\n\ngreatly respected; devar§i[l.-the great T§i among the gods; p riiha said;\n-\n\nviprar§ im- unto the [§i among the briihmaflas; vi\"[lii pii\"[l i[l. -one who carries\n-\n\na virtii in his hand; smayan iva-apparently smiling.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSiita Gosvami said: Thus the sage among the gods [Narada I, comfortably seated and apparently smiling, addressed the r� amongst the\nbrahm�as [ V edavyasa I .\nPURPORT\n\nNarada was smiling because he well knew the great sage Vedavyasa and\nthe cause of his disappointment. As he will explain gradually, Vyasadeva's\ndisappointment was due to insufficiency in presenting the science of\ndevotional service. Narada knew the defect, and it was confirmed by the\nposition of Vyasa.\n223\n\n", "SB1.1#p0249": "Plate 17 Sukadeva GosvamT was transcendental to sex relations, and he appeared very\ninnocent. (p. 195)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0250": "Plate 18 The auspicious arrival of Sri Narada. (p. 219)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0251": "Plate 19\n\nThe swanlike spiritually advanced men do not take pleasure in dead litera­\n\ntures, which are sources of pleasure for men who are spiritually dead. (p. 232}\n\n", "SB1.1#p0252": "Plate 20\n\n\"0 Narada. I regret that during this lifetime you will not be able to see Me\n\nany more.\" (p. 297)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0253": "Plate 21\n\nAt the end of the millennium Narada entered the body of the Perspnality of\n\nGodhead, Naraya'iJa. (p. 305)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0254": "Plate 22 Narada Muni is always engaged in chanting the glories of the Lord.\n\n{p. 307}\n\n", "SB1.1#p0255": "Plate 23 Arjuna severed both hair and jewel form the head of Asvatthama. (p. 372)\n\n", "SB1.1#p0256": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n224\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 2\n\n��\n\n41(1�� ��� lft«T: ��;n I\n'If�� �R 3ffii{l ijf.m � qt II � II\nniirada uviica\npiiriisarya mahii-bhiiga\nbhavata[l. kaccid iitmanii\nparitu§yati siirira\niitmii miinasa eva vii\nnii rada[l.-Narada; uviica-said; piirii.Sarya-0 son of Parasara; mahii-bhiiga\n-the greatly fortunate; bhavata[l.-your; kaccit-if it is; iitmanii-by the\nself-realization of; paritu§yati-does it satisfy; siirira[t-identify the body;\niitmii-self; miinasaft\n\n- identifying the mind; eva-certainly vii-and.\n;\n\nTRANSLATION\nAddressing Vyasadeva, the son of Parasara, Narada inquired: Are you\nsatisfied by identifying with the body or the mind as objects of self­\n\nrealization?\n\nPURPORT\nThis was a hint by Narada to Vyasadeva regarding the cause of his\n\ndespondency. Vyasadeva, as the descendant of Para8ara, a greatly powerful\n\nsage, had the privilege of having a great parentage which should not have\ngiven Vyasadeva cause for despondency. Being a great son of a great father,\nhe should not have identified the self with the body or the mind. Ordinary\nmen with a poor fund of knowledge can identify the body as self or the\nmind as self, but Vyasadeva should not have done so. One cannot be\ncheerful by nature unless one is factually seated in self-realization, which\nis transcendental to the material body and mind.\nTEXT 3\n\n!Qtfmi ijW'4'f'lfq ij 'l«l<f'( I\n� llmi � �l!if((t'( II � II\n\n", "SB1.1#p0257": "Text 4]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n225\n\njijiiiisitam susampannam\napi te mahad-adbhutam\nkrtaviin bhiiratam yas tvarh\nsaroiirtha-parib[rhhitam\njijiiiisitam-fully inquired; susampannam-well versed; api-in spite of;\nte-your; mahat-adbhutam-great\n\nand\n\nwonderful;\n\nkrtav iin-prep ared;\n\nbhiiratam-the Mahiibhiirata; ya[l tvam-what you have done; saroa-arthaincluding all sequences; parib[rhhitam-elabo rately explained.\n\nTRANSLATIO N\nYour inquiries were full and your studies were also well fulfilled, and\nthere is no doubt that you have prepared a great and wonderful work, the\nMahahharata, which is full of all kinds of Vedic sequences elaborately\nexplained.\nPURPORT\nThe despondency of Vyasadeva was certainly not due to his lack of\nsufficient knowledge because as a student he had fully inquired about the\nVedic literatures, as a result of which the Mahiibhiirata is compiled with\nfull explanation of the Vedas.\n\nTEXT4\n\n��l{ijij+{� :q ii!A�'ij� 6:rtlij:rt( I\n��fq m��Ri{TW{'f�ffi� � 3Pif II \\l II\njijiiiisitam adhitarh ca\nbrahma yat tat saniitanam\ntathiipi socasy iitmiinam\nakrtiirtha iva prabho\njijiiiisitam-deliberated fully well; adhitam-the knowledge obtained;\nca-and; brahma-the Absolute; yat what; tat-that; saniitanam-eternal;\n-\n\ntathiipi-in spite of that; socasi-lamenting; iitmiinam-unto self; akrta­\n\nartha-undone; iva-like;prabho-my dear sir.\n\n•\n\n", "SB1.1#p0258": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n226\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou have fully delineated the subject of impersonal Brahman as well\n\nas\n\nthe knowledge derived therefrom. In spite of all this, why should you\n\nbe despondent, thinking that y� are undone, my dear prabhu.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Vediinta-sutra or Brahma-sutra compiled by Sri Vyasadeva is the\n\nfull deliberation of the impersonal absolute feature, and it is accepted as\n\nthe most exalted philosophical exposition in the world. It covers the\nsubject of eternity, and the methods are scholarly. So there cannot be\n\nany doubt about the transcendental scholarship of Vyasadeva. So why\n\nshould he lament?\n\nTEXT 5\n\n��\n\n� 1t ����\n� ;rmn qf(tF\"�'d lt I\n\n6fl(�+totl'fi+('ll�\n\n'l�l+tl ffiS� II� 11\nvyiisa uviica\n\nasty eva me saroam idam tvayoktam\ntathiipi niitmii paritu§yate me\ntan-mulam avyaktam agiidha-bodham\nprcchiimahe tviitma-bhaviitma-bhutam\nvyiisa[l- Vyasa; uvaca-said; asti-there\n\n-\n\nis; eva cer tainly; me-mine;\n\nsaroam-all; idam-this; tvayii-by you; uktam-uttered; tathiipi-and yet;\n\n-\n\nna not; iitma-self; paritu§yate-does pacify; me-unto me; tat-of which;\n\nmulam- root; avyaktam-undetected; agiidha-bodham-the man of un­\n\nlimited knowledge; prcchiimahe-do inquire; tva-unto you; iitma-bhava­\n\n-\n\nself-born; iitma bhutam- offspring\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Vyasadeva said: All you have said about me is perfectly correct.\n\nDespite all this, I am not pacified. I therefore question you about the root\n\ncause of my dissatisfaction, for you are a man of unlimited knowledge due\n\n", "SB1.1#p0259": "Text 6]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Sriinad-Bhagavatam\n\n227\n\nto your being the offspring of one [Brahma] who is self-born [without\nmundane father and mother] .\nPURPORT\nIn the material world everyone is engrossed with the idea of identifying\nthe body or the mind with the self. As such, all knowledge disseminated in\nthe material world is related either with the body or with the mind, and\nthat is the root cause of all despondencies. This is not always detected,\neven though one may be the greatest erudite scholar in materialistic\nknowledge. It is good, therefore, to approach a personality like Narada to\nsolve the root cause of all despondencies. Why Narada should be approached is explained below.\nTEXT 6\n\n� � � ij4((ij!J� aqtffid\\ �: �:\nq(f€1l:�n\n'��\nmtt\n'f5\\€4tct€4tf*l\n�\n\nsa vai bhaviin veda samasta-guhyam\nupiisito yat puru�a� purii[l�\npariivareso manasaiva viSvarh\nsdaty avaty atti gu[lair asahg�\nsa [l-thus ; vai-cert ainly; bhaviin-yourself; veda- know; samasta- allinclusive ;guhyam-c onfi dential; upasitaf!-devotee of; yat-because ; purufia�\n-the Personality of Godhead: purii[la�-the oldest;. pariivaresa�-the controller of the material and spiritual worlds; manasii-mind; eva-only ;\nvi§vam-the universe; sdati- cre ates; avati atti-annihilates; gu(laif! - by the\nqualitative matter; asanga�-unatt ached .\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy lord! Everything that is mysterious is known to you because you\nworship the creator and destroyer of the material world and the maintainer\nof the spiritual world, the original Personality of Godhead, who is transcendental to the three modes of material nature.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0260": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n228\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\nA person who is cent percent engaged in the service of the Lord is the\n\nemblem of all knowledge. Such a devotee of the Lord in full perfection of\ndevotional service is also perfect by the qualification of the Personality of\nGodhead. As such, the eightfold perfections of mystic power (a�ta-siddhi)\n\nconstitute very little of his godly opulence. A devotee like Narada can act\n\nwonderfully by his spiritual perfection, which every individual is trying\nto attain. Srila Narada is a cent percent perfect living being, although\n\nnot equal to the Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 7\n\n�\n\n��\n\nf,r��(clk+4(11� I\n��\n� ;mfor � ��:\n� if ;:�� ftR�� II \\911\n�\n\ntvam paryatann arka iva tri-lokim\nanta.S-caro viiyur iviitma-siik�i\npariivare brahmar-i dharmato vratai{l.\nsniitasya me nyiinam alam vicak�va\ntvam-your goodness; paryatan-traveling; arka[l-the sun; iva-like;\n\ntri-lokTm-three worlds; anta[l-cara[l-can penetrate into everyone's heart;\n\nviiyu[l iva-as good as the all-pervading air; iitma-self-realized; siik§i-wit­\n\nness; pariivare-in the matter of cause and effect; brahmar-i-in the Absolute; dharmata[l-under disciplinary regulations; vratai[l-in vow; sniitasya­\n\nhaving been absorbed in; me-mine; nyiinam-deficiency; alam-clearly;\nvicak§va-search out.\nTRANSLATION\nLike the sun, your goodness can travel everywhere in the three\nworlds, and like the air you can penetrate the internal region of everyone.\nAs such, you are as good as the all-pervasive Supersoul. Please, therefore,\nfind out the deficiency in me, despite my being absorbed in transcendence\nunder disciplinary regulations and vows.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0261": "Text 8)\n\nNarada'slnstructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n229\n\nPURPORT\nTranscendental\n\nrealization, pious activities, worshiping the_ Deities,\n\ncharity, mercifulness, nonviolence\n\nand studying the scriptures under\n\nstrict disciplinary regulations are always helpfuL\nTEXT 8\n\n���\n\nl4'4�1t!fa:�swi � ltiNffl� 1\n��'4141 WI � � � f� II � II\nsri niirada uviica\nbhavatiinudita-priiyarh\n\nyaso bhagavato'malam\n\nyenaiviisau na tu�yeta\n\nmanye tad-darsanarh khilam\n\n§ri niirada��Sii Narada; uviica-said; bhavatii-by you; anudita-priiyam­\n\nalmost not praised; ya5a[l-glories; bhagavata[l\n\n-\n\nof the Personality of God­\n\nhead; amalam-spotless; ye na-by which; iva-certai nly; asau-He, the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; na-does not; tu§ye ta-be pleased; manye-I think;\n\ntat-that; dar§anam-philosophy; kh ilam-inferior.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Narada said: You have not actually broadcast the sublime and\nspotless glories of the Personality of Godhead. That philosophy which\n\ndoes not satisfy the transcendental senses of the Lord is considered\n\nworthless.\n\nPURPORT\nThe eternal relation of an individual soul with the Supreme Soul\nPersonality of Godhead is constitutionally one of being the eternal servitor\nof the eternal master. The Lord has expanded Himself as living beings in\norder to accept loving service from them, and this alone can satisfy both\nthe Lord and the living beings. A scholar like Vyasadeva has completed\nmany expansions of the Vedic literatures, ending with the\n\nVedanta\n\n", "SB1.1#p0262": "[Canto l, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n230\n\nphilosophy, but none of them have been written directly glorifying the\n\nPersonality of Godhead. Dry philosophical speculations even on the\n\ntranscendental subject of the Absolute have very little attraction without\n\ndirectly dealing with the glorification of the Lord. The Personality of\n\nGodhead is the last word in transcendental realization. The Absolute\nrealiz.ed as impersonal Brahman or localized Supersoul, Paramatma, is less\n\nproductive of transcendental bliss than the Supreme Personal realization\n\nof His glories.\n\nThe compiler of the Vediinta-darsana is Vyasadeva himself. Yet he is\n\ntroubled, although he is the author. So what sort of transcendental\n\nbliss can be derived by the readers and listeners of Vedanta which is not\n\nexplained directly by Vyasadeva the author? Herein arises the necessity of\n\nexplaining Vediinta-sutra in the form of Srimad-Bhiigavatam by the self­\n\nsame author.\n\nTEXT 9\n\n•�1 u�I�Rhm 1\ne{ ijt(l qiW� �'IT �: II �II\n\n�\n\nyathii dharmiidayas ciirthii\nmuni-varyiinukirtitiifi.\n\nna tathii viisudevasya\n\nmahimii hy anuvarritafi.\n\nyathii-as much as; dhamw-iidayafi.-all four principles of religious be­\n\nhavior; ca-and; arthiifi.-purposes; muni-varya-by yourself, the great sage;\n\nanukirtitii �-repeatedly\n\ndescribed;\n\nna-not;\n\ntathii-in\n\nthat\n\nway;\n\nviisudevasya- of the Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�I_la; mahimii-glories;\nhi-certainly; anuvarritafi.-so constantly described.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlthough, great sage, you have very broadly described the four\nprinciples beginning with religious performances, you have not described\n\nthe glories of the Supreme Personality, Vasudeva.\nPURPORT\n\nThe prompt diagnosis of Sri Niirada is at once declared. The root cause\nof the despondency of Vyasadeva was his deliberate avoidance of glorifying\n\n", "SB1.1#p0263": "Text 10]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n231\n\nthe Lord in his various editions of the Puriir-as. He has certainly, as a matter\nof course, given descriptions of the glories of the Lord (Sri Kr��a) but not\nas many as given to religiosity, economic development, sense gratification\nand salvation. These four items are by far inferior to engagement in the\ndevotional service of the Lord. Sri Vyasadeva as the authorized scholar\nknew very well this difference. And still instead of giving more importance\nto the better type of engagement, namely, the devotional service to the\nLord, he had more or less improperly used his valuable time, and thus he\nwas despondent. From this it is clearly indicated that no one can be\npleased substantially without being engaged in the devotional service of\nthe Lord. In the Bhagavad-gitii this fact is clearly mentioned.\nAfter liberation, which is the last item in the line of performing\nreligiosity, etc., one is engaged in pure devotional service. This is called\nthe stage of self-realization or brahma-bhuta stage. After attainment of\nthis brahma-bhuta stage, one is satisfied. But satisfaction is the beginning\nof transcendental bliss. One should progress by attaining neutrality and\nequality in the relative world. And passing this stage of equanimity, one is\nfixed up in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. This is the\ninstruction of the Personality of Godhead in the Bhagavad-gitii. The\nconclusion is that in order to maintain the status quo of the brohma-bhuta\nstage, as also to increase the degree of transcendental realization, it is\nrecommended by Niirada to Vyasadeva that he (Vyasadeva) should now\neagerly and repeatedly describe the path of devotional service. This would\ncure him from gross despondency.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n����!{� m�\niit•l«:4f?ri Wluftij' ��I\n64YHi � �\nWI � �m M(+t\"«:�f�ap:n: II� II\nWI\n\no\n\nna yad vacllS citra-padarh harer yllSo\njagat-pavitrarh pragrr-ita karhicit\ntad viiyasarh tirtham usanti miinasii\nna yatra harhsii niramanty usikk§ayiift\nna-not; yat-that; v acaft vocabulary; citta padam-decorative ; hareftof the Lord; yasaft-glories; jagat universe; pavitram sanctified; pragrr-ita\n-described; karhicit-hardly; tat-that; viiyasam-crows; tirtham-place of\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0264": "Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n232\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 5\n\npilgrimage; usanti-think; miinasa[l-saintly persons; na-not; yatra-where;\n\nhamsi.i�-all-perfect beings; niramanti-take pleasure; usikk§ayii[l-those\nwho reside in the transcendental abode.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThose words which do not describe the glories of the Lord, who alone\ncan sanctify the atmosphere of the whole universe, are considered by\nsaintly persons to be like unto a place of pilgrimage for crows. Since the\nall-perfect persons are inhabitants of the transcendental abode, they do not\nderive any pleasure there.\nPURPORT\nCrows and swans are not birds of the same feather because of their\n\ndifferent mental attitudes. The fruitive workers or passionate men are\ncompared\n\nto\n\nthe\n\ncrows,\n\nwhereas\n\nthe all-perfect saintly persons are\n\ncompared to the swans. The crows take pleasure in a place where garbage\nis thrown out, just as the passionate fruitive workers take pleasure in wine\nand woman and places for gross sense pleasure. The swans do not take\n\npleasure in the places where crows are assembled for conferences and\n\nmeetings. They are instead seen in the atmosphere of natural scenic\n\nbeauty where there are transparent reservoirs of water nicely decorated\nwith stems of lotus flowers in variegated colors of natural beauty. That is\n\nthe difference between the two classes of birds.\nNature has influenced different species of life with different mentalities,\nand it is not possible to bring them up into the same rank and file.\nSimilarly, there are different kinds of literature for different types of\nmen of different mentality. Mostly the market literatures which attract\nmen of the crow's categories are literatures containing refused remnants of\nsensuous topics. They are generally known as mundane talks in re­\n\nlation with the gross body and subtle mind. They are full of subject matter described in decorative language full of mundane similes\nand metaphorical arrangements. Yet with all that, they do not glorify\nthe Lord. Such poetry and prose, on any subject matter, is considered\ndecoration of a dead body. Spiritually advanced men who are compared\nwith the swans do not take pleasure in such dead literatures, which are\nsources of pleasure for men who are spiritually dead. These literatures in\nthe modes of passion and ignorance are distributed under different labels,\nbut they can hardly help the spiritual urge of the human being, and thus\nthe swanlike spiritually advanced men have nothing to do with them. Such\n\n", "SB1.1#p0265": "Text 11]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n233\n\nspiritually advanced men are called also miinasa because they always keep\nup the standard of transcendental voluntary service to the Lord on the\n\nspiritual plane. This completely forbids fruitive activities for gross bodily\n\nsense salisfaction or subtle speculation of the material egoistic mind.\n\nSocial literary men, scientists, mundane poets, theoretical philosophers\n\nand politicians who are completely absorbed in the material advancement\n\nof sense pleasure are all dolls of the material energy. They take pleasure\n\nin a place where rejected subject matters are thrown. According to Svami\nSridhara, this is the pleasure of the prostitute hunters.\n\nBut literatures which describe the glories of the Lord are enjoyed by\n\nthe paramaharhsas who have grasped the essence of human activities.\nTEXT 11\n\nmfl�\nii\\;rntq�gt(t\n����fq\nWfl+(l;:t(Wi4'{1� �Sl�\";f �\nSilfR1f� •u4f.:1���: II��II\n....\n\n,...\n\n,...\n\ntad-viig-visargo janatiigha-viplavo\nyasmin prati-slokam abaddhavaty api\nniimiiny anantasya ya.so 'nkitiini yat\nSf[lVanti giiyanti gr[lanti siidhava[l\ntat-that; viik-vocabulary; visarga[l- creation; janatii-the people in general; agha-sins; viplava[l-revolutionary; yasmin-in which; prati-slokam­\n\neach and every stanza; abaddhavati- irregularly composed; api-in spite\n\nof; niimiini-transcendental names, etc.; anantasya-of the unlimited Lord;\n\nyasa[l-glories; ankitiini-depicted; yat-what; swvanti-do hear; giiyantido sing; gwanti-do accept; siidhava[l-the purified men who are honest.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOn the other hand, that literature which is full of descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, forms, pastimes, etc., of the\n\nunlimited Supreme Lord is a different creation, full of transcendental\n\nwords directed toward bringing about a revolution in the impious lives of\nthis world's misdirected civilization. Such transcendental literatures, even\n\n", "SB1.1#p0266": "234\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 5\n\nthough imperfectly composed, are heard, sung and accepted by purified\nmen who are thoroughly honest.\nPURPORT\nIt is a qualification of the great thinkers to pick up the best even from\nthe worst. It is said that the intelligent man should pick up nectar from a\nstock of poison, should accept gold even from a filthy place, should\naccept a good and qualified wife even from an obscure family and should\naccept a good lesson even from a man or from a teacher who comes from\nthe untouchables. These are some of the ethical instmctions for everyone\nin every place without exception. But a saint is far above the. level of an\nordinary man, and he is always absorbed in glorifying the Supreme Lord\nbecause by broadcasting the holy name and fame of the Supreme Lord,\nthe polluted atmosphere of the world will change, and as a result of\n\npropagating the transcendental literatures like Srimad-Bhiigavatam, people\n\nwill become sane in their transactions. While preparing this commentation\non this particular stanza of Srimad-Bhiigavatam we have a crisis before us.\n\nOur neighboring friend China has attacked the border of India with a\nmilitaristic spirit. We have practically no business in the political field, yet\nwe see that previously there were both China and India, and they both\nlived peacefully for centuries without ill feeling. The reason is that they\nlived those days in an atmosphere of God consciousness, and every\n\ncountry, over the surface of the world, was God-fearing, purehearted and\n\nsimple, and there was no question of political diplomacy. There is no\ncause of quarrel between the two countries of China and India over land\nwhich is not very suitable for habitation, and certainly there is no cause\n\nfor fighting on this issue. But due to the age of quarrel, Kali, which we\nhave discussed, there is always a chance of quarrel on slight provocation.\n\nThis is due not to the issue in question, but to the polluted atmosphere of\n\nto stop\nglorification of the name and fame of the Supreme Lord. Therefore, there\nis great need for disseminating the message of Srimad-Bhiigavatam all over\nthis age: systematically there is propaganda by a section of people\n\nthe world. It is the duty of every responsible Indian to broadcast the\n\ntranscendental message of Srimad-Bhiigavatam throughout the world to do\nall the supermost good as well as to bring about the desired peace\nin the world. Because India has failed in her duty by neglecting this\nresponsible work, there is so much quarrel and trouble all over the\nworld. We are confident that if the transcendental message of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam is received only by the leading men of the world, certainly\n\n", "SB1.1#p0267": "Text ll]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n235\n\nthere will be a change of heart, and naturally the people in general will\nfollow them. The mass of people in general are tools in the hands of the\nmodern politicians and leaders of the people. If there is a change of heart\nof the leaders only, certainly there will be a radical change in the atmosphere of the world. We know that our honest attempt to present this\ngreat literature conveying transcendental messages for reviving the God\nconsciousness of the people in general and respiritualizing the world\natmosphere is fraught with many difficulties. Our presenting this matter in\nadequate language, especially a foreign language, will certainly fail, and\nthere will be so many literary discrepancies despite our honest attempt to\npresent it in the proper w�y. But we are sure that with all our faults in this\nconnection the seriousness of the subject matter will be taken into con­\n\nsideration, and the leaders of society will still accept this due to its being\nan honest attempt to glorify the Almighty God. When there is fire in a\nhouse, the inmates of the house go out to get help from the neighbors who\nmay be foreigners, and yet without knowing the language the victims of\nthe fire express themselves, and the neighbors understand the need, even\nthough not expressed in the same language. The same spirit of cooperation\n\nis needed to broadcast this transcendental message of the SnmadBhiigavatam throughout the polluted atmosphere of the world. After all, it\nis a technical science of spiritual values, and thus we are concerned with\nthe techniques and not with the language. If the techniques of this great\n\nliterature are understood by the people of the world, there will be success.\nWhen there are too many materialistic activities by the people in general\nall over the world., there is no wonder that a person or a nation attacks\n\nanother person or nation on slight provocation. That is the rule of this age\nof Kali or quarrel. The atmosphere is already polluted with corruption of\nall description, and everyone knows it well. There are so many unwanted\n\nliteratures full of materialistic ideas of sense gratification. The people in\ngeneral want to read (that is a natural instinct), but because their minds\nare polluted they want such literatures. Under the circumstances, transcendental\n\nliterature\n\nlike\n\nSri:mad-Bhiigavatam\n\nwill not only diminish the\n\nactivities of the corrupt mind of the people in general, but also it will\nsupply food for their hankering after reading some interesting literature.\nIn the beginning they may not like it because one suffering from jaundice\nis reluctant to take sugar-candy, but we should know that sugar-candy is\nthe only remedy for the jaundice. Similarly, let there be systematic\n\npropaganda for populariz�ng reading of the Bhagavad-gitii and the SnmadBhiigavatam which will act like sugar-candy for the jaundice-like condition\nof sense gratification. When men have a taste for this literature, the other\n\n", "SB1.1#p0268": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n236\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 5\n\nliteratures, which are catering poison to society, will then automatically\ncease.\nWe are sure, therefore, that everyone in the human society will welcome\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, even though it is now presented with so many faults,\nfor it is recommended by Sri Narada, who has very kindly appeared in\n\nthis chapter.\nTEXT 12\n\n�f4i+4'4��\n::::1\n�\n'\"' ....:.\n�ll+tQ\n\n�:\n�\n\n..,.� � I\nijl��· I�®�(\n\n�: ���\n� � 4�Qf€hi(OI( 11��11\n\nnai§karmyam apy acyuta-bhiiva-varjitam\nna sobhate jiiiinam alam niraiijanam\nkutaly. punaly. sasvad abhadram zsvare\nna ciirpitam karma yad apy akiira[lam\nnai§karmyam-self-realiz ation, being freed from the reactions of fruitive work; api-in spite of; acyuta-the infallible Lord; bhiiva-con ception;\n\nvarjitam-devoid of; na-does not; sobhate-look well; j fi iin am-transcendental knowledge; a lam-by and by; ni raiijanam- free from designations;\nkut aly. - where is; punaly.-again ; sasvat-always; abhadram-uncongenial;\nzsvare-unto the Lord; na-not; ca-an d; arpi t am-offered; karma-fruitive work; yat api- what is; akii ra [! am-not fruitive.\nTRANSLATION\nKnowledge of self-realization, even though freed from all material\naffinity, does not look well if devoid of a conception of the Infallible\n[God] . What, then, is the use of fruitive activities, which are naturally\npainful from the very beginning and transient by nature, if they are not\nultilized for the devotional service of the Lord?\nPURPORT\nAs referred to above, not only ordinary literatures devoid of the transcendental glorification of the Lord are condemned, but also Vedic\nliteratures and speculation on the subject of impersonal Brahman when\n\n", "SB1.1#p0269": "Text 13)\n\nNarada's Instructions on Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n237\n\nthey are devoid of devotional service. When speculation on the impersonal\nBrahman is condemned on the above ground, then what to speak of\nordinary fruitive work which is not meant to fulfill the aim of devotional\nservice. Such speculative knowledge and fruitive work cannot lead one to\nthe goal of perfection. Fruitive work in which almost all people in general\nare engaged is always painful either in the beginning or at the end. It can\nonly be fruitful when made subservient to the devotional service of the\nLord. In the Bhagavad-gitii also it is confirmed that the result of such\nfruitive work may be offered for the service of the Lord, otherwise it leads\nto material bondage. The bona fide enjoyer of the fruitive work is the\nPersonality of Godhead, and thus when it is engaged for the sense gratification of the living beings, it becomes an acute source of trouble.\nTEXT 13\n\n31�\n\n�\n\n��-ijf!((fl �!\n\nw-:q�:\n���1Rct(.'5�\n� ffis;:�f!ij'( II� �II\natho mahii-bhiiga bhaviin amogha-drk\nsuci-sravii[l. satya-rato dhrta-vrata[l.\nurukramasyiikhila-bandha-muhtaye\nsamiidhiniinusmara tad-vice§titam\natho-therefore;\n\nmahii-bhiiga highly\n-\n\namogha-drk-the perfect seer; suci\n\n-\n\nfortunate;\n\nbhaviin-yourself;\n\nspotless; sravii[l.-famous; satya-rata[l.­\n\nhaving taken the vow of truthfulness; dhrta-vrata[l.-fixed in spiritual qualities; urukramasya-of the one who performs supernatural activities (God);\nakhila-universal;\n\nbandha-bondage;\n\nmuktaye-for\n\nliberation\n\nfrom;\n\nsamiidhinii-by trance; anusmara-think repeatedly and then describe them;\ntat-vice§titam-various pastimes of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\\\n\n\\\n\\\n\n0 Vyasadeva, your vision is completely perfect. Your good fame is\n\nspotless. You are firm in vow and situated in truthfulness. And thus you\ncan think of the pastimes of the Lord in trance for the liberation of the\npeople in general from all material bondage.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0270": "238\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\nPeople in general have a taste for literatures by instinct. They want to\n\nhear and read from the authorities something about the unknown, but\n\ntheir taste is exploited by unfortunate literatures which are full of subject\n\nmatter for satisfaction of the material senses. Such literatures contain\n\ndifferent kinds of mundane poems and philosophical speculations, more\nor less under the influence of miiyii, ending in sense gratification. These\nliteratures, although worthless in the true sense of the term, are variously\n\ndecorated to attract the attention of the less intelligent men. Thus the\n\nattracted living entities are more and more entangled in material bondage\n\nwithout hope of liberation for thousands and thousands of generations.\n\nSri Narada ��i, being the best amongst the Vai��avas, is compassionate\non such unfortunate victims of worthless literatures, and thus he advises\n\nSri Vyasadeva to compose transcendental literature which is not only\n\nattractive but can also actually bring liberation from all kinds of bondage.\n\nSrila Vyasadeva or his representatives are qualified because they are\n\nrightly trained to see things in true perspective. Srila Vyasadeva and\n\nhis representatives are pure in thought due to their spiritual enlight­\n\nenment, fixed in their vows due to their devotional service and determined to deliver the fallen souls rotting in the material activities.\n\nThe fallen souls are very eager to receive novel informations every day,\n\nand the transcendentalists like Vyasadeva or Narada can supply such eager\n\npeople in general with unlimited news from the spiritual world. In the\n\nBhagavad-gitii it is said that the material world is only a part of the whole\ncreation and that this earth is only a fragment of the whole material world.\n\nThere are thousands and thousands of literary men all over the world,\n\nand they have created many, many thousands of literary works for the\n\ninformation of the people in general for thousands and thousands of\n\nyears. Unfortunately none of them have brought peace and tranquility on\n\nthe earth. This is due to a spiritual vacuum in those literatures; therefore\nthe\n\nVedic literatures, especially\n\nthe\n\nBhagavad-gitii\n\nand the\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, are specifically recommended to the suffering humanity to\n\nbring about the desired effect of liberation from the pangs of material\ncivilization, which is eating the vital part of the human energy. The\n\nBhagavad-gitii is the spoken message of the Lord Himself recorded by\nVyasadeva, and the Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the transcendental narration of\n\nthe activities of the same Lord Kr��a which alone can satisfy the hankering desires of the living being for eternal peace and liberation from miseries.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is, therefore, meant for all the living beings all over\n\nthe universe for total liberation from all kinds of material bondage. Such\n\n", "SB1.1#p0271": "Text 14)\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n239\n\ntranscendental narrations of the pastimes of the Lord can only be described\n\nby liberated souls like Vyasadeva and his bona fide representatives who\n\nare completely merged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord.\n\nOnly to such devotees do the pastimes of the Lord and their transcenden­\n\ntal nature become automatically manifest by dint of devotional service.\n\nNo one else can either know or describe the acts of the Lord, even if they\n\nspeculate on the subject for many, many years. The descriptions of the\n\nBhiigavatam are so precise and accurate that whatever has been predicted\n\nin this great literature about 5,000 years before is now exactly happening.\n\nTherefore, the vision of the author comprehends past, present and future.\n\nSuch liberated persons like Vyasadeva are not only perfect by the power of\n\nvision and wisdom, but also in aural reception, in thinking, feeling and all\n\nother sense activities. A liberated person possesses perfect senses, and with\n\nperfect senses only can one serve the sense-proprietor, Hr�ikesa, Sri Kr�rta\n\nthe Personality of Godhead. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is, therefore, the perfect\ndescription of the all-perfect Personality of Godhead by the all-perfect\npersonality Srila Vyasadeva, the compiler of the Vedas.\nTEXT 14\n\nmit� fti� ;;rl'�:\n'l¥.1•1t��(j�q'1+ifSf:\n;{ �f*t�:tiiR *t �:mm �m� 'f(CIhi(l;(lW.1�q�� I I�� II\n\"\n\ntato ,nyathii kiiicana yad vivak§ata[l\n\nprthag drsas tat-krta-riipa-niimabhi[l\n\nna karhicit kviipi ca du[lsthitii matir\nlabheta viitii-hata-naur iviispadam\n\ntata[l-from that; anyathii-apart; kiiicana-something;\n\nyat-whatso­\n\never; vivak§ata[l-desiring to describe;prthak -separately; drsa[l-vision; tat­\n\nkrta-reactionary to that; rupa-form; niimabhi[l-by names; na karhicit­\n\nnever; kviipi-any; ca-and; du[lsthitii mati[l -oscillating mind; labhetagains; viitii-hata-troubled by the wind; nau[l- boat; iva- like; iispadam­\n\nplace.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhatever you desire to describe, which is separate in vision from the\n\nLord, simply reacts, with different forms, names and results, to agitate the\nmind as the wind agitates a boat which has no resting place.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0272": "Srimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n240\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 5\n\n·PURPORT\nSri Vyasadeva is the editor of all descriptions of the Vedic literatures,\nand thus he has described transcendental realization in different ways,\nnamely by fruitive activities, specualtive knowledge, mystic power and\ndevotional service. Besides Lhat, in his variousPura!las he has recommended\nthe worship of so many demigods in different forms and names. The result\n\nis that people in general are puzzled how to fix up their minds in the ser­\n\nvice of the Lord; they are always disturbed to find out the real path of\n\nself-realization. Srila Niiradadeva is stressing this particular defect in the\nVedic literatures compiled by Vyasadeva, and thus he is trying to empha­\n\nsize describing everything in relation with the Supreme Lord, and no one\n\nelse. In fact, there is nothing existent except the Lord. The Lord is manifested in different expansions. He is the root of the complete tree. He is\n\nthe stomach of the complete body. As such, pouring water on the root is\n\nthe right process to water the tree, as much as feeding the stomach supplies\nenergy to all the parts of the body. Srila Vyasadeva should not have com­\n\npiled any Purii(las other than the Bhiigavata Puriirw because a slight devia­\n\ntion from that may create havoc for self-realization. If a slight deviation\n\ncan create such havoc, then what to speak of deliberate expansion of the\nseparatist idea from the Absolute Truth Personality of Godhead. The most\n\ndefective part of worshiping demigods is that it creates a definite concep­\n\ntion of pantheism, ending disastrously in many religious sects detrimental\nto the progress of the principles of the Bhagavatam, which alone can give\nthe accurate direction for self-realization in eternal relation with the Personality of Godhead by devotional service in transcendental love. The\n\nexample of the boat disturbed by whirling wind is suitable in this respect.\n\nThe diverted mind of the pantheist can never reach to the perfection of\n\nself-realization due to the disturbed condition of the selection of object.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�Md\n\n��s�t(t<t:\n\n���otrf�:l\n=!4§\\lflffl � �: f�\n� � � � i:i�: ����II\njugupsitarit dharma-k rte 'nusasata[l\nsva-bhava-raktasya mahiin vyatikrama[l\nyad-viikyato dharma ititara[l sthito\nna manyate tasya niviira(larit jana[l\n\n", "SB1.1#p0273": "Text 15)\n\nNllrada's Instructions on Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n241\n\njugupsitam-verily condemned; dharma-krte-for the matter of religion;\n\nanusiisata[l.-instruction; sva-bhava-raktasya-naturally inclined; mahan­\n\ngreat; vyatikrama[l.-unreasonable; yat-vakyata[l.-under whose instruction;\n\ndha rma[l.-religion; iti-it is thus; itara[l.-the people in general; sthita[l­\n\nfixed; na-do not; manyate-think; tasya-of that; ni vara11am-prohibition;\n\njana[l.-they.\nTRANSLATION\nThe people in general are naturally inclined to enjoy, and you have\n\nencouraged them in that way in the name of religion. This is verily condemned and is quite unreasonable. Because they are guided under your\n\ninstructions, they will accept such activities in the name of religion and\n\nwill hardly care for prohibitions.\n\nPURPORT\nSnl.a Vyasadeva 's compilation of different Vedic literatures on the basis\n\nof regulated performances of fruitive activities as depicted in the Maha­\n\nbharata and other literature is condemned herewith by Srila Narada. The\nhuman beings, by long material association, life after life, have a natural\n\ninclination, by practice, to endeavor to lord it over material energy. They\n\nhave no sense of the responsibility of human life. This human form of life\nis a chance to get out of the clutches of illusory matter. The Vedas are\n\nmeant for going back to Godhead, going back home. To revolve in the\ncycle of transmigration in a series of lives numbering 8,400,000 is an im­\n\nprisoned life for the condemned conditioned souls. The human form of\n\nlife is a chance to get out of this imprisoned life, and as such the only\noccupation of the human being is to reestablish his lost relalionship with\n\nGod. Under the circumstances, one should never be encouraged in making\na plan for sense enjoyment in the name of religious functions. Such diver­\n\nsion of the human energy results in a misguided civilization. Srila Vyasa­\n\ndeva is the authority in Vedic explanations in the Mahabharata, etc., and\nhis encouragement in sense enjoyment in some form or other is a great\n\nbarrier for spiritual advancement because the people in general will not\nagree to renounce material activities which hold them in material bondage.\n\nAt a certain stage of human civilization, such material activities in the name\nof religion (as sacrificing animals in the name of yajiia) were too much\nrampant. The Lord incarnated Himself as Buddha and decried the authoriLy\nof the Vedas to stop animal sacrifice in the name of religion. This was\n\n", "SB1.1#p0274": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n242\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 5\n\nforeseen by Narada, and therefore he condemned such literatures. The\nflesh-eaters still continue to perform animal sacrifice before some demigod\n\nor goddess in the name of religion because in some of the Vedic literatures\nsuch regulated sacrifice is recommended. They are so recommended to dis­\n\ncourage flesh-eating, but gradually the purpose of such religious activities\n\nis forgotten, and the slaughterhouse becomes prominent. This is because\n\nfoolish materialistic men do not care to listen to others who are actually in\na position to explain the Vedic rites.\n\nIn the Vedas it is distinctly said that the perfection of life is never to be\n\nattained either by voluminous work, or by accumulation of wealth or even\n\nby increasing the number of population. But it is so attained only by\nrenunciation. The materialistic men do not care to listen to such injunc­\n\ntions. According to them, the so-called renounced order of life is meant for\nthose who are unable to earn their livelihood because of some corporeal\ndefects, or for persons who have failed to achieve prosperity in family life.\nIn histories like the Mahiibhiirata, of course, there are topics on tran­\n\nscendental subjects along with material topics. The Bhagavad-gitii is there\nin the Mahiibhiirata. The whole idea of the Mahiibhiirata is culminated in\nthe ultimate instructions of the Bhagavad-gitii, that one should relinquish\nall other engagements and should engage oneself solely and fully in surrendering unto the lotus feet of Lord. Sri Kr�f.la. But men with materialistic\n\ntendencies are more attracted to politics, economics and philanthropic\n\nactivities mentioned in the Mahiibhiirata than to the principal topic,\nnamely the Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nThis compromising spirit of Vyasadeva is\n\ndirectly condemned by Narada, who advises him to directly proclaim that\nthe prime necessity of human life is to realize one's eternal relation with\nthe Lord and thus surrender unto Him without delay.\n\nA patient suffering from a particular type of malady is almost always\n\ninclined to accept eatables which are forbidden for him. The expert\nphysician does not make any compromise with the patient by allowing\nhim to take partially what he should not at all take. In the Bhagavad-gitii\nit is also said that a man attached to fruitive work should not be discouraged from his occupation, for gradually he may be elevated to the position\nof self-realization. This is sometimes applicable for those who are only dry\nempiric philosophers without spiritual realization. But those who are in\nthe devotional line need not be always so advised.\nTEXT 16\n\n��Rr �� fcnit('1�ql(�\n\nMtM�t: �I\n\n", "SB1.1#p0275": "Text 16]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n243\n\nvicak§ar-o'syiirhati veditum vibhor\nananta-piirasya nivrttitaft sukham\npravarta-miinasya gur-air aniitmanas\ntato bhaviin darsaya ce§titam vibhoft\nvicak§ar-aft-very expert; asya-of him; arhati-deserves; veditum-to\n\nunderstand; vibho[t-of\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\nananta-piirasya-of the unlimited;\n\nnivrttitaft-retired from; sukham-material happiness; pravarta-miinasya­\n\nthose who are attached to;gur-aift-by the material qualities; aniitmana[l.­\n\ndevoid of knowledge in spiritual value; tataft- therefore; bhaviin-your\n\ngoodness; danaya-show the ways; ce§titam\n\n-\n\nLord.\n\nactivi ties; vibho[l.-of the\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Lord is unlimited. Only a very expert personality,\n\nretired from the activities of material happiness, deserves to understand\n\nthis knowledge of spiritual values. Therefore those who are not so well\n\nsituated, due to material attachment, should be shown the ways of\ntranscendental realization, by your goodness, through descriptions of the\n\ntranscendental activities of the Supreme Lord.\nPURPORT\n\nTheological science is a difficult subject, especially when it deals with\n\nthe transcendental nature of God. It is not a subject matter to be under­\n\nstood by persons who are too much attached to material activities. Only\n\nthe very expert, who have almost retired from materialistic activities by\n\nculture of spiritual knowledge, can be admitted to the study of this great\n\nscience. In the Bhagavad-gitii it is clearly stated that out of many hundreds\n\nand thousands of men only one person deserves to enter into transcendental\n\nrealization. And out of many thousands of such transcendentally realized\npersons, only a few can understand the theological science specifically\ndealing with God as a person. Sri Vyasadeva is therefore advised by Narada\n\nto describe the science of God directly by relating His transcendental\nactivities. Vyasadeva is himself a personality expert in this science, and he\n\nis unattached to material enjoyment. Therefore he is the right person to\ndescribe it, and Sukadeva Gosvami, the son of Vyasadeva, is the right per-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0276": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n244\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 5\n\nson to receive it. $rimad-Bhiigavatam is the topmost theological science,\n\nand therefore it can react on the laymen as medicinal doses. Because it\n\ncontains the transcendental activities of the Lord, there is no difference\n\nbetween the Lord and the literature. The literature is the factual literary\nincarnation of the Lord. So the laymen can hear the narration of the\n\nactivities of the Lord. Thereby they are able to associate with the Lord and\n\nthus gradually become purified from material diseases. The expert devotees\n\nalso can discover novel ways and means to convert the nondevotees in\n\nterms of particular time and circumstance. Devotional service is dynamic\n\nactivity, and the expert devotees can find out competent means to inject\n\nit into the dull brains of the materialistic population. Such transcendental\nactivities of the devotees for the service of the Lord can bring a new order\n\nof life to the foolish society of materialistic men. Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu and His subsequent followers exhibited expert dexterity in\n\nthis connection. By following the same method, one can bring the ma­\n\nterialistic men of this age of quarrel into order for peaceful life and\n\ntranscendental realization.\n\nTEXT 17\n\ntyaktvii sva-dhannarh carap,iimbujarh harer\nbhajann apakvo'tha patet tato yadi\nyatra kva viibhadram abhud amu§ya kim\nko viirtha iipto'bhajatiirh sva-dhannata[l.\ntyaktvii-having forsaken; sva-dhannam-one's own occupational en­\n\ngagement; carara-ambujam-the lotus feet; hare[l.-of Hari (the Lord);\nbhaian-in the course of devotional service; apak va[l.\n\n-\n\nimmatu re; atha­\n\nfor the matter of; patet- falls down; tata[l.- from that place; yadi- if; yatra­\n\nwhereupon; kva-what sort of; vii-or (used sarcastically); abhadram­\n\nunfavorable; abhut-shall happen; amu§ya-of him; kim -nothing; ka[l. vii\n\nartha[l. -what interest; iipta[l.-obtained; abhajatiim-of the nondevotee; sva­\n\ndhannata[l.-being engaged in occupational service.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0277": "Text 18]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n245\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who has forsaken his material occupations to engage in the\n\ndevotional service of the Lord may sometimes fall down while in an\nimmature stage, yet there is no danger of his being unsuccessful. On the\nother hand, a nondevotee, though fully engaged in occupational duties,\n\ndoes not gain anything.\n\nPURPORT\nAs far as the duties of mankind are concerned, there are innumerable\n\nduties. Every man is duty-bound not only to his parents, family members,\n\nsociety, country, humanity, other living beings, the demigods, etc., but\nalso to the great philosophers, poets, scientists, etc. It is enjoined in the\n\nscriptures that one can relinquish all such duties and surrender unto the\n\nservice of the Lord. So if one does so and becomes successful in the\n\ndischarge of his devotional service unto the Lord, it is well and good. But\n\nit so happens sometimes that one surrenders himself unto the service of\nthe Lord by some temporary sentiment, and in the long run, due to so\nmany other reasons, he falls down from the path of service by undesirable\n\nassociation. There are so many instances of this in the histories. Bharata\nMaharaja was obliged to take his birth as a stag due to his intimate attach­\n\nment to a stag. He thought of this stag when he died. As such, in the next\n\nbirth he became a stag, although he did not forget the incidence of his\nprevious birth. Similarly, Citraketu also fell down due to his offenses at\n\nthe feet of Siva. But in spite of all this, the stress is given here to surrender­\n\ning unto the lotus feet of the Lord, even if there is a chance of falling\n\ndown. Because, even though one falls down from the prescribed duties of\ndevotional service, he will never forget the lotus feet of the Lord. Once\n\nengaged in the devotional service of the Lord, one will continue the service\n\nin all circumstances. In the Bhagavad-gitii it is said that even a small quantity of devotional service can save one from the most dangerous position.\n\nThere are many instances of such examples in history. Ajiimila is one of\nthem. Ajamila in his early life was a devotee, but in his youth he fell down.\n\nStill he was saved by the Lord at the end.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n� �: � Clitfcta.l\nWf �\n�i(44<1Uq\\:f: I\n\n", "SB1.1#p0278": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n246\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 5\n\ntasyaiva hetoft prayateta kovido\nna labhyate yad-bhramatiim upary adhaft\ntal-labhyate duftkhavad anyataft sukham\nkiilena sarvatra gabhira-rarithasii\n\ntasya-for that purpose; eva-only; hetoft-reason;prayateta-should en­\n\ndeavor; kovidaft-one who is philosophically inclined; na not; labhyate-\n\nis not obtained; yat-what; bhramatiim wande ring; upari adhaft- from top\n-\n\nto bottom; tat-that; labhyate-can be obtained; duftkhavat-like the mis­\n\neries; anyataft-as a result of previous work; sukham-sense enjoyment;\n\nkiilena-in course of time; sarvatra-everywhere; gabhira-subtle; ramhasii­\n\nprogress.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPersons who are actually intelligent and philosophically inclined\n\nshould endeavor only for that purposeful end which is not obtainable\neven by wandering from the topmost planet [Brahmaloka] down to the\n\nlowest planet [ Patiila] . As far as happiness derived from sense enjoyment\n\nis concerned, it can be obtained automatically in course of time, just as in\ncourse of time we obtain miseries even though we do not desire them.\nPURPORT\nEvery man everywhere is trying to obtain the greatest amount of sense\n\nenjoyment by various endeavors. Some of them are busy engaged in trade,\nindustry, economic development, political supremacy, etc., and some of\n\nthem are engaged in fruitive work to become happy in the next life by\nattaining higher planets. It is said that in the moon the inhabitants are fit\n\nfor greater sense enjoyment by drinking soma-rasa, and the Pitrloka is\n\nobtained by good charitable work. So there are various programs for sense\n\nenjoyment, either during this life or in the life after death. Some are trying\n\nto reach the moon or other planets by some mechanical arrangement, for\nthey are very anxious to get into such planets without doing good work.\n\nBut it is not to happen. By the law of the Supreme, different places are\n\nmeant for different grades of living beings according to the work they\nmight have performed. By good work only, as prescribed in the scriptures,\n\n", "SB1.1#p0279": "Text 19]\n\nNarada's In structions on Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n247\n\none can obtain birth in a good family, opulence, good education and good\n\nbodily features. We see also that even in this life one obtains a good\n\neducation or money or bodily beauty. Similarly, in our next birth we get\n\nsuch desirable positions only by good work. Otherwise, it would not so\n\nhappen that two persons born in the same place, at the same time are seen\n\ndifferently placed according to previous work. But all such material posi­\n\ntions are not permanent. The positions in the topmost Brahmaloka and in\nthe lowest Patala are also changeable according to our own work. The\nphilosophically inclined person must not be tempted by such changeable\n\npositions. He should try to get into the permanent life of bliss and\n\nknowledge where he will not be forced to come back again to the miserable\nmaterial world, either in this or that planet. Miseries and mixed happiness\nare two features of material life, and they are obtained in Brahmaloka and\n\nin other lokas also. They are obtained in the life of the demigods and also\nin the life of the dogs and hogs. The miseries and mixed happiness of all\nliving beings are only of different degree and quality, but no one is free\n\nfrom the miseries of birth, death, old age and disease. Similarly, everyone\n\nhas his destined happiness also. No one can get more or less of these things\n\nsimply by personal endeavors. Even if they are obtained, they can be lost\n\nagain. One should not, therefore, waste time with these flimsy things, but\n\none should only endeavor to go back to Godhead. That should be the\nmission of everyone's life.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nna vai jano jiitu kathaiicaniivrajen\nmukunda-sevy anyavad ahga sarhsrtim\nsmaran mukundiinghry-upagilhanarh punar\nvihiitum icchenna rasa-graho jana/.l\nna-never; vai-certainly; janalz-a person; jiitu\n\n-\n\n-somehow or other; iivrajet\n\n-\n\nat any time; kathaiicana\n\ndoes not undergo; mukunda-sevi-the devotee\n\nof the Lord; anyavat-like others; anga-0 my dear; sarhsrtim-material ex­\n\nistence; smaran-remembering; mukunda-ahghri- the lotus feet of the Lord;\n\n", "SB1.1#p0280": "248\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nupagiLhanam-embracing;\n\npuna�-again;\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 5\n\nvihatum-willing\n\nto give\n\nup;\n\nicchet-desire; na-never; rasagraha}_l-one who has relished the mellow;\n\njana}_l-person.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Vyasa, even though a devotee of Lord Kr��a sometimes falls\n\ndown somehow or other, he certainly does not undergo material existence\n\nlike others [ fruitive workers, etc.] because a person who has once relished\nthe taste of the lotus feet of the Lord can do nothing hut remember that\n\necstasy again and again.\n\nPURPORT\nA devotee of the Lord automatically becomes uninterested in the enchantment of material existence because he is rasa-graha, or one who has\ntasted the sweetness of the lotus feet of Lord Kr��a. There are certainly\nmany instances where devotees of the Lord have fallen down due to\n\nuncongenial association, just like fruitive workers, who are always prone to\n\ndegradation. But even though he falls down, a devotee is never to be con­\n\nsidered the same as a fallen karmi. A karmi suffers the result of his own\n\nfruitive reactions, whereas a devotee is reformed by chastisement directed\nby the Lord Himself. The sufferings of an orphan and the sufferings of a\n\nbeloved child of a king are not one and the same. An orphan is really poor\nbecause he has no one to take care of him, hut a beloved son of a rich man,\nalthough he appears to he on the same level as the orphan, is always under\n\nthe vigilance of his capable father. A devotee of th� Lord, due to wrong\n\nassociation, sometimes imitates the fruitive workers.. The fruitive workers\n\nwant to lord it over the material world. Similarly, a neophyte devotee\n\nfoolishly thinks of accumulating some material power in exchange for\ndevotional service. Such foolish devotees are sometimes put into difficulty\n\nby the Lord Himself. As a special favor, He may remove all material\n\nparaphernalia. By such action, the bewildered devotee is forsaken by all\nfriends and relatives, and so he comes to his senses again by the mercy of\n\nthe Lord and is set right to execute his devotional service.\n\nIn the Bhag�vad-gitii it is also said that such fallen devotees are given a\n\nchance to take birth in a family of highly qualified briihmar-as or in a rich\nmercantile family. A devotee in such a position is not as fortunate as one\nwho is chastised by the Lord and put into a position seemingly of helpless-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0281": "Text 20]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n249\n\nness. The devotee who becomes helpless by the will of the Lord is more\nfortunate than those who are born in good families. The fallen devotees\nborn in a good family may forget the lotus feet of the Lord because they\nare less fortunate, but the devotee who is put into a forlorn condition is\nmore fortunate because he swiftly returns to the lotus feet of the Lord,\nthinking himself helpless all round.\nPure devotional service is so spiritually relishable that a devotee becomes\nautomatically uninterested in material enjoyment. That is the sign of\nperfection in progressive devotional service. A pure devotee continuously\nremembers the lotus feet of Lord Sri Kr�!la and does not forget Him even\nfor a moment, not even in exchange for all the opulence of the three\nworlds.\nTEXT 20\n\n� � m� \"+1¢41f.t%�\n� �·���Ii� : I\nmi: � � +ref� ij\n�� �: 54<:\\�d� ll�oll\nidam hi viSvam bhagaviin ivetaro\nyato jagat-sthiina-nirodha-sambhavii�\ntadd hi svayam veda bhaviims tathiipi te\npriidesa-miitram bhavata� pradarsitam\nidam-this; hi-all; viSvam-cosmos; bhagaviin-the Supreme L ord; ivaalmost the same; itara�- different from; yata�-from whom; jagat-the\nworlds; sthiina-exist; nirodha-annihilation; sambhavii�-creation; tat hi\n-all about; svayam-personally; veda-know; bhaviin-your good self;\ntathiipi-still; te-unto your; priidesa-miitram-a synopsis only; bhavata�unto you; pradar§itam-explained.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Lord Personality of Godhead is Himself this cosmos,\nand still He is aloof from it. From Him only this cosmic manifestation has\nemanated, in Him it rests, and unto Him it enters after annihilation. Your\ngood self knows all about this. I have only given a synopsis.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0282": "250\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 1, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\nFor a pure devotee, the conception of Mukunda Lord Sri Kr�Qa is both\npersonal and impersonal. The impersonal cosmic situation is also Mukunda\nbecause it is the emanation of the energy of Mukunda. For example, a tree\nis a complete unit, whereas the leaves and the branches of the tree are\n\nemanated parts and parcels of the tree. The leaves and branches of the tree\n\nare also the tree, but the tree itself is neither the leaves nor the branches.\n\nThe Vedic version that the whole cosmic creation is nothing but Brahman\n\nmeans that since everything is emanating from the Supreme Brahman,\n\nnothing is apart from Him. Similarly, the part and parcel hands and legs\n\nare called the body, but the body as the whole unit is neither the hands\nnor the legs. The Lord is the transcendental form of eternity, cognition\nand beauty. And thus the creation of the energy of the Lord appears to be\npartially eternal, full of knowledge and beautiful also. The captivated con­\n\nditioned souls under the influence of the external energy miiyii are therefore entrapped in the network of the material nature. They accept this as\n\nall in all, for they have no information of the Lord who is the primeval\n\ncause. Nor have they information that the parts and parcels of the body,\n\nbeing detached from the whole body, are no longer the same hand or leg\nas\n\nwhen attached to the body. Similarly, a godless civilization detached\n\nfrom the transcendental loving service of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is just like a detached hand or leg. Such parts and parcels may\nappear like hands and legs, but they have no efficiency. The devotee of the\nLord, Srila Vyasadeva, knows this very well. He is further advised by Srila\n\nNarada to expand the idea so that the entrapped conditioned souls may\n\ntake lessons from him to understand the Supreme Lord as the primeval\ncause.\n\nAccording to the Vedic version, the Lord is naturally fully powerful,\n\nand thus His supreme energies are always perfect and identical with Him.\n\nBoth the spiritual and the material skies and their paraphernalia are ema­\n\nnations of the internal and external energies of the Lord. External energy\n\nis comparatively inferior, whereas the internal potency is superior. The\n\nsuperior energy is living force, and therefore she is completely identical,\n\nbut the external energy, being inert, is partially identical. But both the\n\nenergies are neither equal to nor greater than the Lord, who is the genera­\n\ntor of all energies; such energies are always under His control, exactly as\n\nelectrical energy, however powerful it may be, is always under the control\nof the engineer.\n\nThe human being and all other living beings are products of His internal\n\n", "SB1.1#p0283": "Text 21)\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n251\n\nenergies. Thus the living being is also identical with the Lord. But he is\nnever equal or superior to the Personality of Godhead. The Lord and\nliving beings are all individual persons. With the help of the material\n\nenergies the living beings are also creating something, but none of their\n\ncreations are equal or superior to the creations of the Lord. The human\n\nbeing may create a small playful sputnik and may throw it into outer\n\nspace, but that does not mean that he can create a planet like the earth or\n\nmoon and float it in the air as the Lord does. Men with a poor fund of\n\nknowledge claim to be equal to the Lord. They are never equal to the\nLord. This is never to be. The human being, after attaining complete\n\nperfection, may achieve a large percentage of the qualities of the Lord\n\n(say up to 78%), but it is never possible to surpass the Lord or to become\n\nequal with Him. In a diseased condition only the foolish being claims to be\n\none with the Lord and thus becomes misled by the illusory energy. The\nmisguided living beings, therefore, must accept the supremacy of the Lord\n\nand agree to render loving service to Him. For this they have been created.\n\nWithout this, there cannot be any peace or tranquility in the world. Srila\nVyasadeva is advised by Srila Narada to expand this idea in the Bhiigavatam.\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii also the same idea is explained: surrender fully unto\n\nthe lotus feet of the Lord. That is the only business of the perfect human\n\nbeing.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�q,�q�,s���\n\n....\n\n�\n\n�: q(ql�q�: �I\n\n3Wi 3N�Rf �mr: � (l'­\n\n�sN•I11�i:H¥( II�� II\n\ntvam iitmanii\"tmiinam avehy amogha-drk\nparasya purhsa{l. paramiitmana{l. kaliim\najam prajiitarh jagata{t siviiya tan\nmahiinubhiiviibhyudayo'dhigar-yatiim\ntvam-yourself; iitmanii-by your own self; atmiinam-the Supersoul;\n\nauehi-search out;amogha-drk-one who has perfect vision; parasya-of the\nTranscendence; purhsa{t-Personality of Godhead; paramatmana{l.-of the\nSupreme Lord; kaliim-plenary part; ajam-birthless;prajatam-have taken\n\nbirth;\n\njagata{l.-of\n\nthe\n\nworld;\n\nsivaya-for\n\nthe\n\nwell-being; tat-that;\n\n", "SB1.1#p0284": "[Canto l, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n252\nmahiinubhiiva-of\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead\n\nabhyudaya[l-pastimes; adhiga!lyatiim-describe most vividly.\n\nSri Kr�l)a;\n\nTRANSLATION\nYour goodness has perfect vision. You yourself can know the Supersoul Personality of Godhead because you are present as the plenary\n\nportion of the Lord. Although you are birthless, you have appeared on this\n\nearth for the well-being of all people. Please, therefore, describe the\n\ntranscendental pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Sri Kr��a\n\nmore vividly.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Vyasadeva is the empowered plenary portion incarnation of the\n\nPersonality of Godhead Sri Kr�l)a. He descended by his causeless mercy\n\nto deliver the fallen souls in the material world. The fallen and forgotten\nsouls are detached from the transcendental loving service of the Lord.\n\nThe living entities are parts and parcels of the Lord, and they are eternally\n\nservitors of the Lord. All the Vedic literatures are, therefore, put into\nsystematic order for the benefit of the fallen souls, and it is the duty of\n\nthe fallen souls to take advantage of such literatures and be freed from the\n\nbondage of material existence. Although formally Srila Narada ��i is his\n\nspiritual master, Srila Vyasadeva is not at all dependent on a spiritual\n\nmaster because in essence he is the spiritual master of everyone else. But\nbecause he is doing the work of an iiciirya, he has taught us by his own\nconduct that one must have a spiritual master, even though he be God\nHimself. Lord SriKf�!J.a, Lord SriRama and Lord Sri CaitanyaMahaprabhu,\n\nall incarnations of Godhead, accepted formal spiritual masters, although\n\nby Their transcendental nature They were cognizant of all knowledge.\n\nIn order to direct people in general to the lotus feet of Lord Sri KH!J.a,\n\nHe Himself in the incarnation of Vyasadeva is delineating the transcendental\n\npastimes of the Lord.\nTEXT 22\n\n� ft �«�: �� qy\n� � � �f4:a:*l�: I\n\n31(q*Wf(�: �f.\\�(:qJI\n��UII�i:Colwtl(\n\n������\n\n", "SB1.1#p0285": "Text 22)\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n253\n\nidarh hi purhsas tapasafl srutasya vii\nsvi§tasya suktasya ca buddhi-dattayofl .\navicyuto'rthafl kavibhir niriipito\nyad-uttamasloka-gur-iinuvarr-anam\nidam-this; hi-certainly; purhsafi.-of everyone; tapasafl-by dint of aus­\n\nterities; srutasya-by dint of study of the Vedas; vii-or; svi�tasya-sacri ­\n\nfice; su k tasya-spiritual education; ca-and; buddhi-culture of knowledge;\n\ndattayofi.-charity; avicyutafi.-infallible; arthafi.-interest; kavibhifl-by the\nrecognized learned fellow; ni rupitafi. -concluded; yat-what; uttamaslokathe\n\nLord,\n\nwho is\n\ndescribed\n\nby\n\nchoice\n\npoetry;\n\ngu!la-anuvar!lanam­\n\ndescription of the transcendental qualities of.\nTRANSLATION\nLearned circles have positively concluded that the infallible purpose\nof the advancement of knowledge, namely austerities, study of the Vedas,\nsacrifice, chanting of hymns and charity, culminates in the transcendental\ndescriptions of the Lord, who is defined in choice poetry.\nPURPORT\nHuman intellect is developed for advancement of learning in art, science,\nphilosophy, physics, chemistry, psychology, economics, politics, etc. By\nculture of such knowledge the human society can attain perfection of life.\nThis perfection of life culminates in the realization of the Supreme Being\nVi�!J.U. The Sruti therefore directs that those who are actually advanced in\n\nlearning should aspire for the service of Lord Vi�!J.U. Unfortunately persons\n\nwho are enamored by the external beauty of Vi§[Lu-miiyii do not understand that culmination of perfection or self-realization depends on Vi�!J.U.\n\nVi§[Lu-miiyii means sense enjoyment, which is transient and miserable.\n\nThose who are entrapped by Vi�[Lu-miiyii utilize advancement of knowledge\n\nfor sense enjoyment. Sri Narada Muni has explained that all parapharnalia\nof the cosmic universe is but an emanation from the Lord out of His\ndifferent energies because the Lord has set in motion, by His inconceivable\nenergy, actions and reactions of the created manifestation. They have come\nto be out of His energy, they rest on His energy, and after annihilation\nthey merge into Him. Nothing is, therefore, different from Him, but at\nthe same time the Lord is always different from them.\nWhen advancement of knowledge is applied in the service of the Lord,\nthe whole process becomes absolute. The Personality of Godhead, His\n\n", "SB1.1#p0286": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n254\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 5\n\ntranscendental name, fame, glory, etc., are all nondifferent from Him.\nTherefore, all the sages and devotees of the Lord have recommended that\nthe subject matter of art, science, philosophy, physics, chemistry, psycholo­\n\ngy and all other branches of knowledge should be wholly and solely\napplied in the service of the Lord. Art, literature, poetry, painting, etc.,\n\nmay be used in glorifying the Lord. The fiction writers, poets and\ncelebrated literateurs are generally engaged in writing of sensuous subjects,\nbut if they turn towards the service of the Lord they can describe the\ntranscendental pastimes of the Lord. Viilmiki was a great poet, and\nsimilarly Vyasadeva is a great writer, and both of them have absolutely\nengaged themselves in delineating the transcendental activities of the Lord,\n\nand by doing so they have become immortal. Similarly, science and\nphilosophy also should be applied in the service of the Lord. There is no\nuse presenting dry speculative theories for sense gratification. Philosophy\nand science should be engaged to establish the glory of the Lord. Advanced\n\npeople are eager to understand the Absolute Truth through the medium\n\nof science, and therefore a great scientist should endeavor to prove the\n\nexistence of the\n\nLord on a scientific basis. Similarly, philosophical\n\nspeculations should be utilized to establish the Supreme Truth as sentient\nand all-powerful. Similarly, all other branches of knowledge should always\n\nbe engaged in the service of the Lord. In the Bhagavad-gitii also the same\n\nis affirmed. All \"knowledge\" not engaged in the service of the Lord is but\nnescience. Real utilization of advanced knowledge is to establish the glories\nof the Lord, and that is the real import. Scientific knowledge engaged in\nthe service of the Lord and all similar activities are all factually Hari-kirtana\nor glorification of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n3Tt\n\n�Sll�\n\n�\n\na:t�l� �� �a:;n� I\n\n�fqffl i[� � �iFIT\n�� sntA � ������\naham puriititabhave'bhavam mune\ndiisyiistu kasyiiscana veda-viidiniim\nniriipito biilaka eva yoginiim\nsusrii§a!le priivr§i nirvivik§atiim\n\n", "SB1.1#p0287": "Text 23]\naham-I;\n\n255\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\npura-formerly;\n\natitabhave-in\n\nthe\n\nprevious\n\nmillennium;\n\nabhavam-became; mune-of the muni; diisyii[l.-of the maidservant; tubut;\n\nkasyiiscana-certain; veda-viidiniim-of the followers of\n\nVedanta;\n\nnirupita[l-engaged; biilaka[l.-boy servant; eva-only; yoginii m-of the devo­\n\ntees; susril§alle-in the service of; prii vr§i-during the four months of the\n\nrainy season; nirvivik§atiim-living together.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Muni, in the last millennium I was born as the son of a certain\n\nmaidservant engaged in the service of brahma�as who were following the\n\nprinciples of Vedanta. When they were living together during the four\nmonths of the rainy season, I was engaged in their personal service.\nPURPORT\n\nThe wonder of an atmosphere surcharged with devotional service of\n\nthe Lord is briefly described herein by Sri Narada Muni. He was the son of\nthe most insignificant parentage. He was not properly educated. Still, be­\n\ncause his complete energy was engaged in the service of the Lord, he\n\nbecame an immortal sage. Such is the powerful action of devotional\n\nservice. The living entities are the marginal energy of the Lord, and\n\ntherefore they are meant for being properly utilized in the transcendental\nloving service of the Lord. When this is not done, it is called miiyii.\n\nTherefore the illusion of miiyii is at once dissipated as soon as one's full\n\nenergy is converted in the service of the Lord instead of in sense enjoyment.\nFrom the personal example of Sri Narada Muni in his previous birth, it is\n\nclear that the service of the Lord begins with the service of the Lord's\n\nbona fide servants. The Lord says that the service of His servants is greater\n\nthan His personal service. Service of the devotee is more valuable than the\nservice of the Lord. One should therefore choose a bona fide servant of\n\nthe Lord constantly engaged in His service and accept such a servant as the\nspiritual master and engage himself in his (the spiritual master's) service.\n\nSuch a spiritual master is the transparent medium by which to visualize the\n\nLord who is beyond the conception of the material senses. By service of\n\nthe bona fide spiritual master, the Lord consents to reveal Himself in\n\nproportion to the service rendered. Utilization of the human energy in the\nservice of the Lord is the progressive path of salvation. The whole cosmic\n\ncreation becomes at once identical with the Lord as soon as service in\nrelation w ith the Lord is rendered under the guidance of a bona fide\n\n", "SB1.1#p0288": "Srimad-B�agavatam\n\n256\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 5\n\nspiritual master. The expert spiritual master knows the art of utilizing\neverything to glorify the Lord, and therefore under his guidance the\nwhole world can be turned into the spiritual abode by the divine grace of\nthe Lord's servant.\nTEXT 24\n\n�\n\n4ittt'iHIRct�\"'1q�\n�statl:swt�3'4Rif.t\n:qj! � � d���fW\\1!\n\n� ��11�\\lll\nte mayy apetakhila-capale'rbhake\ndante,dhrta-kripanake'nuvartini\ncakruft k_rpiirh yadyapi tulya-darianiift\nsusrii§ama[le munayo'lpa-bhii§i[li\nte- th ey; mayi-unto me; apeta-not having undergone; akhila-all kinds\nof; capale-p roclivities; arbhake-unto a boy; dante-hav ing controlled the\nsenses; adhrta-kr\"ida n ak e- without being accustomed to sporting habits;\nanuvartini-obedient; cakruft-did bestow; krpiim-causeless merc y ; yadyapi\n-although; tulya-darianiift-impartial by nature; susrii§ama[le-unto the\nfaithful; munayaft-the muni followers of the Vedanta; alpa-bhii§i[li - one\nwho does not speak more than required.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough they were impartial by nature, those followers of the\n\nVedanta blessed me with their causeless mercy. As far as I was concerned,\n\nI was self-controlled and had no attachment for sports, even though I was\na boy. In addition, I was not naughty, and I did not speak more than\nrequired.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord says, \"All the Vedas are searching after\n\nMe.\" Lord Sri Caitanya says that in the Vedas the subject matters are\nonly three, namely to establish the relation of the living entities with the\nPersonality of Godhead, perform the relative duties in devotional service\n\n", "SB1.1#p0289": "Text 25]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n257\n\nand thus achieve the ultimate goal, back to Godhead. As such, Vediintaviidi, or the followers of the Vedanta, indicates the pure devotees of the\n\nPersonality of Godhead. Such Vediinta-viidi or the bhakti-vediintas are\nimpartial in distributing the transcendental knowledge of devotional service.\nTo them no one is enemy or friend; no one is educated or uneducated.\no one is especially favorable, and no one is unfavorable. The bhaktivediintas see the people in general are wasting time in false sensuous\n\nthings. Their business is to get the ignorant mass of people to reestablish\nthe lost relationship with the Personality of Godhead. By such endeavor,\neven the most forgotten soul is roused up to the sense of spiritual life, and\nthus being initiated by the bhakti-vediintas, the people in general gradually\nprogress on the path of transcendental realization. So the Vediinta-viidis\ninitiated the boy even before he became self-controlled and was detached\nfrom childish sporting, etc. But before Lhe initiation, he (the boy) became\nmore and more advanced in discipline, which is very essential for one who\nwishes to make progress in the line. In the system of varrziisrama-dharma,\nwhich is the beginning of actual human life, small boys after five years of\nage are sent to become brahmaciiri at the guru's iisrama where these\nthings are systematically taught to boys, be they king's sons or sons of\nordinary citizens. The training was compulsory not only to create good\ncitizens of the state, but also to prepare the boy's future life for spiritual\nrealization. The irresponsible life of sense enjoyment was unknown to the\nchildren of the followers of the varrziisrama system. The boy was even\ninjected with spiritual acumen before being placed by the father in the\nwomb of the mother. Both the father and the mother were responsible for\nthe boy_'s success in being liberated from the material bondage. That is the\nprocess of successful family planning. It is to beget children for complete\nperfection. Without being self-controlled, without being disciplinary and\nwithout being fully obedient, no one can become successful in following\nthe instructions of the spiritual master, and without doing so, no one is\nable to go back to Godhead.\nTEXT 25\n\naP.®e�41'1�+tiR:il\n\n�:\n\n� �!i iji(4i(ijfitiRqt: I\n\n�\n\n�\n\nf?lg.a:�ijij-\n\n� IIJW+i�M: Sl�l�� 11�'-\\11\n\n", "SB1.1#p0290": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n258\n\n[Canto I, Ch_ 5\n\nucch�ta-lepiin anumodito dvijaift\nsakrt sma bhuii.je tad-apiista-kilb�a{l\nevarh pravrttasya viSuddha-cetasas\ntad-dharma eviitma-rncift prajiiyate\nucchi�ta lepiin\n\n-\n\nthe remnants of foodstuff; anumoditafl-being permit­\n\nted; dvijaifl-by the Vediintist briihmar-as; sakrt\n\n-\n\nin the past; bhuii.je\n\n-\n\nonce upon a time; sma­\n\ntook; tat- by that action; ap iis ta- eliminated; kilb�afl\n\n-all sins; evam- thus; pravrttasya- being engaged; viSuddha-cetasa�- of one\nwhose mind is purified; tat-that particular; dharma-nature; eva- certainly;\niitma-rncifi.-transcendental attraction; prajiiyate- was manifested.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce only, by their permission, I took the remnants of their food,\nand by so doing all my sins were at once eradicated. Thus being engaged,\nI became purified in heart, and at that time the very nature of the\ntranscendentalist became attractive to me.\nPURPORT\nPure devotion is as much infectious, in a good sense, as infectious\ndiseases. A pure devotee is cleared from all kinds of sins. The Personality\nof Godhead is the purest entity, and unless one is equally pure from the\ninfection of material qualities, one cannot become a pure devotee of the\nLord. The bhakti-vediintas as above mentioned were pure devotees, and\nthe boy became infected with their qualities of purity by their association\nand by eating once the remnants of the foods�uff taken by them. Such\nremnants may he taken even without permission of the pure devotees.\nThere are sometimes pseudo-devotees, an:d one should he very much\ncautious about them. There are many things which hinder one from\nentering devotional service. But by the association of pure devotees all\nthese obstacles are removed. The neophyte devotee becomes practically\n\nenriched with the transcendental qualities of the pure devotee, which\nmeans attraction for the Personality of Godhead's name, fame, quality,\n\npastimes, etc. Infection of the qualities of the pure devotee means to\n\nimbibe the taste of pure devotion always in the transcendental activities of\nthe Personality of Godhead. This transcendental taste at once makes all\nmaterial things distasteful. Therefore a pure devotee is not at all attracted\nby material activities. After the elimination of all sins or obstacles on the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0291": "Text 26)\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n259\n\npath of devotional service, one can become attracted, one can have\nsteadiness,\n\none can have perfect taste, one can have transcendental\n\nemotions, and at last one can be situated on the plane of loving service\nof the Lord. All these stages develop by the association of pure devotees,\nand that is the purport of this stanza.\nTEXT 26\n\nij'Sil�(\n\n¥014\\¥.11!\n\nst•lltfijl-\n\n+twft((t: I\nm:� it� Fr��:\nBA�\n�: ������\n\n+t�'ll1111�\n\ntatriinvaham kn1.1a-kathii[l. pragiiyatiim\nanugrahe rziis.rpavam mano-harii[l.\ntii[l. sraddhayii me 'nupadam vi.Srp.vata[l.\npriyasravasy ahga mamiibhavad ruci.[l.\ntatra- thereupon; anu-every day; aham-1; kr�TJ.a-kathiifl-narration of\nLord 1\\:r�I)a's activities; pragiiyatiim- describing; anugraherza-by causeless\n\n-\n\nmercy; asrrzavam - giving aural reception; manafl har iifl - attractive; ta�those; sraddhayii-respectfully;\n\nme-unto\n\nme; a nupadam\n\n- every step;\n\nviSnwatafi.-hearing attentively;priyasravasi-of the Personality of Godhead;\n\nanga-0 Vyasadeva; m ama- mine ; abhavat-it so became; rucifi.-taste.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Vyasadeva, in that association and by the mercy of those great\nVedantists, I could hear them describe the attractive activities of Lord\nKr�!la. And thus listening attentively, my taste for hearing of the Personality\nof Godhead increased at every step.\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Kr�!la the Absolute Personality of Godhead is not only\nattractive in His personal features, but also in His transcendental activities.\nIt is so because the Absolute is absolute by His name, fame, form, pastimes,\nentourage, parapharnalia, etc. The Lord descends on this material world\nout of His causeless mercy and displays His various transcendental pastimes\n\n", "SB1.1#p0292": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n258\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 5\n\nucch�ta-lepiin anumodito dvijai[l\nsakrt sma bhuiije tad-apiista-kilbi�a{L\nevarh pravrttasya viSuddha-cetasas\ntad-dharma eviitma-rucifl prajiiyate\nucchi§ta lepan- the remnants of foodstuff; anumoditafl-being permitVedantist briihmap.as; sakrt- once upon a time; smain the past; bhuiije took; tat- by that action; apasta eliminated; kilb�a[l.\n-all sins; evam- thus; pravrttasya- being engaged; viSuddha-cetasafl- of one\nted; dvijai[l.-by the\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwhose mind is purified; tat-that particular; dharma-nature; eva-certainly;\n\natma-rucifl-transcendental attraction; prajayate- was manifested.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce only, by their permission, I took the remnants of their food,\nand by so doing all my sins were at once eradicated. Thus being engaged,\n\nI became purified in heart, and at that time the very nature of the\n\ntranscendentalist became attractive to me.\nPURPORT\nPure devotion is as much infectious, in a good sense, as infectious\ndiseases. A pure devotee is cleared from all kinds of sins. The Personality\nof Godhead is the purest entity, and unless one is equally pure from the\ninfection of material qualities, one cannot become a pure devotee of the\nLord. The bhakti-vedantas as above mentioned were pure devotees, and\nthe boy became infected with their qualities of purity by their association\nand by eating once the remnants of the foods�uff taken by them. Such\nremnants may be taken even without permission of the pure devotees.\nThere are sometimes pseudo-devotees, and one should be very much\ncautious about them. There are many things which hinder one from\nentering devotional service. But by the association of pure devotees all\nthese obstacles are removed. The neophyte devotee becomes practically\nenriched with the transcendental qualities of the pure devotee, which\nmeans attraction for the Personality of Godhead's name, fame, quality,\n\npastimes, etc. Infection of the qualities of the pure devotee means to\n\nimbibe the taste of pure devotion always in the transcendental activities of\nthe Personality of Godhead. This transcendental taste at once makes all\nmaterial things distasteful. Therefore a pure devotee is not at all attracted\nby material activities. After the elimination of all sins or obstacles on the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0293": "Text 26]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n259\n\npath of devotional service, one can become attracted, one can have\nsteadiness,\n\none can have perfect taste, one can have transcendental\n\nemotions, and at last one can be situated on the plane of loving service\n\nof the Lord. All these stages develop by the association of pure devotees,\nand that is the purport of this stanza.\n\nTEXT 26\n\nijSii�(\n\n�:\n\nst•ll4(Jl-\n\n....nro: I\n+t�tull�\nm:� it� FrPI�!\nm�\n�: ������\ntatriinvaharh k.rrr;w-kathii/1. pragiiyatiim\nanugrah erziisrrzavarh mano-hariif!.\ntiif!. sraddhayii me'nupadarh viSm.vataf!.\npriyusravasy ahga mamiibhavad ruci{i.\ntatra-thereupon; anu-every day; aham-1; knrJ.a- kathii/1. -narration of\nLord Krl?l).a 's activities; pragiiyatiim-describing; anugraherza- by causeless\nmercy; asrrzavam-giving aural reception; mana/1.-hariif!.-attractive; tii�those; sraddhayii-respectfully; me-unto\n\nme; anupadam-every step;\n\nvisrrzvataf!.-hearing attentively;priyasravasi-of the Personality of Godhead;\nahga-0 Vyasadeva; mama-mine; abhavat-it so became; rucif!.-taste.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Vyasadeva, in that association and by the mercy of those great\nVedantists, I could hear them describe the attractive activities of Lord\nKr�!la- And thus listening attentively, my taste for hearing of the Personality\nof Godhead increased at every step.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Krl?!la the Absolute Personality of Godhead is not only\nattractive in His personal features, but also in His transcendental activities.\nIt is so because the Absolute is absolute by His name, fame, form, pastimes,\nentourage, parapharnalia, etc. The Lord descends on this material world\nout of His causeless mercy and displays His various transcendental pastimes\n\n", "SB1.1#p0294": "260\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 5\n\nas a human being so that human beings attracted towards Him become\n\nable to go back to Godhead. Men are naturally apt to hear histories and\nnarrations of various personalities performing mundane activities without\nknowing that by such association one simply wastes valuable time and also\nbecomes addicted to the three qualities of mundane nature. Instead of\nwasting time one can get spiritual success by turning his attention to the\n\ntranscendental pastimes of the Lord. By hearing the narration of the\npastimes of the Lord, one contacts directly the Personality of Godhead,\nand, as explained before, by hearing about the Personality of Godhead,\n\nfrom within, all accumulated sins of the mundane creature are cleared.\n\nThus being cleared of all sins, the hearer gradually becomes liberated\nfrom mundane association and becomes attracted to the features of the\n\nLord. Niirada Muni has just explained this by his personal experience. The\n\nwhole idea is that simply by hearing about the Lord's pastimes one can\n\nbecome one of the associates of the Lord. Narada Muni has eternal life,\n\nunlimited knowledge and unfathomed bliss, and he can travel all over the\nmaterial and spiritual worlds without restriction. One can attain to the\n\nhighest perfection of life simply by attentive hearing of the transcen­\n\ndental pastimes of the Lord from the right sources, as Sri Niirada heard\n\nthem from the pure devotees (bhakti-vediintas) in his previous life. This\nprocess of hearing in the association of the devotees, is especially recommended in this age of quarrel (Kali).\n\nTEXT 27\n\n���\n6R4{ijf1J\n����\n:q:ql(q{1ttii((1€((4�j:q:qI\n\n� � ;mf111 � � ����II\ntasmims tadii labdha-rucer mahiimate\npriyasravasy askhalitii matir mama\nyayiiham etat sad-asat sva-miiyayii\npas)'€ mayi brahmarzi kalpitam pare\ntasmin-it being so; tadii-at that time; labdha-achieved; ruce[l-taste;\nmahiimate-great sage; priyasravasi-upon the Lord; askhalitii mati[l-un­\n\ninterrupted attention; mama-mine; yayii-by which; aham-I; etat-all\n\n", "SB1.1#p0295": "Text 27]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n261\n\nthese;sat-asat-gross and subtle; sva-mayaya-one's own ignorance;pasyesee; mayi-in me; brahmarti-the Supreme; kalpitam-is accepted; parein the Transcendence.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 great sage, as soon as I got a taste of the Personality of Godhead,\n\nmy attention to hear of the Lord was unflinching. And as my taste\ndeveloped, I could realize that it was only in my ignorance that I had\naccepted gross and subtle coverings, for both the Lord and I are transcendental.\nPURPORT\nIgnorance in material existence is compared to darkness, and in all\nVedic literatures the Personality of Godhead is compared to the sun.\nWherever there is light there cannot be darkness. Hearing of the Lord's\npastimes is itself transcendental association with the Lord because there\nis no difference between the Lord and His transcendental pastimes. To\nbecome associated with the supreme light is to dissipate all ignorance.\nBy ignorance only the conditioned soul wrongly thinks that both he and\nthe Lord are products of material nature. But in fact the Personality of\nGodhead and the living beings are transcendental, and they have nothing\nto do with the material nature. When ignorance is removed and it is\nperfectly realized that there is nothing existing withotJ.t the Personality of\nGodhead, then nescience is removed. Since the gross and the subtle bodies\nare emanations from the Personality of Godhead, the knowledge of light\npermits one to engage both of them in the service of the Lord. The gross\nbody should be engaged in acts of rendering service to the Lord (as in\nbringing water, cleansing the temple or making obeisances, etc.). The path\n\nof arcana, or worshiping the Lord in the temple, involves engaging one's\n\ngross body in the service of the Lord. Similarly, the subtle mind should\nbe engaged in hearing the transcendental pastimes of the Lord, thinking\nabout them, chanting His name, etc. All such activities are transcendental.\nNone of the gross or subtle senses should otherwise be engaged. Such\nrealization of transcendental activities is made possible by many, many\nyears of apprenticeship in the devotional service, but simply attraction of\nlove to the Personality of Godhead, as it was developed in Narada Muni,\nby hearing, is highly effective.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0296": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n262\n\n[Canto I, Ch_ 5\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�\n\n�l(dH'lN'IiltJl\n\n�­\n\nft�it����\n\nijifl1�14 If�&: �S�'f('jltal{)m ����II\nittham Sarat-priiV[§ikiiv [W harer\nvi.Snwato me nusavam yaso 'malam\nsamkirtyamiinam munibhir mahiitmabhir\nbhaktifi, pravrttiitma-rajas-tamopahii\nittham\n\n-\n\nt hus ;\n\nsarat-autumn;\n\nseasons;\n\nhare[l -of\n\nmyself;\n\na\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\nnu savam constantly;\n-\n\np riiV[§ ikau-rainy\n\nseason;\n\n[ti£-two\n\nvi.Snwata[l-continuously hearing; me­\n\nyasa[l\n\namala m-unadulterated glories;\n\nsamkirtyamiina m-chanted by; m unibhifi, -the great sages; mahiitmabhi[lgreat souls; bhaktifi,-devotional service; pravrttii-began to flow; iitmaliving being; raja[l\n\n-\n\nmode of passion; tam a[l -mode of ignorance; apahii­\n\nvanishing.\nTRANSLATION\nThus during two seasons-the rainy season and autumn-1 had the\nopportunity to hear these great-souled sages constantly chant the unadulterated glories of the Lord Hari. As my devotional service began, the\ncoverings of the modes of passion and ignorance vanished.\nPURPORT\nTranscendental loving service for the Supreme Lord is the natural\ninclination of every living being. The instinct is dormant in everyone, but\ndue to the association of material nature the modes of passion and\nignorance cover this from time immemorial. If, by the grace of the Lord\nand the great-souled devotees of the Lord, a living being becomes fortunate\nenough to associate with the unadulterated devotees of the Lord and\ngets a chance to hear the unadulterated glories of the Lord, certainly\nthe flow of devotional service takes place like the flow of a river. As the\nriver flows on till she reaches the sea, similarly pure devotional service\nflows by the association of pure devotees till it reaches the ultimate goal,\n\n", "SB1.1#p0297": "Text 29)\n\n263\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nnamely, transcendental love of God. Such a flow of devotional service\n\ncannot stop. On the contrary, it increases more and more without limitation.\n\nThe flow of devotional service is so potent that any onlooker also becomes\n\nliberated from the influence of the modes of passion and ignorance. These\ntwo qualities of nature are thus removed, and the living being is liberated,\n\nbeing situated in his original position.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n� �s�� srf�\ntasyaivam me'nuraktasya\npra5ritasya hatainasa[l\nsraddadhiinasya biilasya\ndiintasyiinucarasya ca\ntasya-his;\n\nevam-thus;\n\nme-mine;\n\nanuraktasya-attached\n\nto\n\nthem;\n\npra5ritas ya-obediently; hata- freed from; enasa[t-sins; sraddadhiinasyaof the faithful; biilasya-of the boy; diint as ya\nstrictly following the instructions; ca-and.\n\n-\n\nsubj ugated; anucarasya­\n\nTRANSLATION\nI was very much attached to those sages. I was gentle in behavior,\n\nand all my sins were eradicated in their service. In my heart I had strong\nfaith in them. I had subjugated the senses, and I was strictly following\n\nthem with body and mind.\nPURPORT\nThese are the necessary qualifications of a prospective candidate who\n\ncan expect to be elevated to the position of a pure unadulterated devotee.\n\nSuch a candidate must seek always the association of pure devotees. One\nshould not be misled by a pseudo-devotee. He himself must be plain and\n\ngentle to receive the instructions of such a pure devotee. A pure devotee is\na completely surrendered soul unto the Personality of Godhead. He knows\n\nthe Personality of Godhead as the supreme proprietor and all others as His\n\nservitors. And by the association of pure devotees only, one can get rid\n\n", "SB1.1#p0298": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n264\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 5\n\nof all sins accumulated by mundane association. A neophyte devotee must\nfaithfully serve the pure devotee, and he should be very much obedient\nand strictly follow the instructions. These are the signs of a devotee who is\ndetermined to achieve success even in the existing duration of life.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�����\n31�ttlc;:c•pTf�: �{l..tt�e�T:II� oil\njniinarh guhyatamarh yat tat\nsiik§iid bhagavatoditam\nanvavocan gami§yantn[t\nk,rpayii dina-vatsalii{t\njniinam\n\n-\n\nknowledge; guhyatam am\n\n-that; siik §iit\n\n-\n\n-\n\nmost confidential; y at\n\n-\n\nwhat is; tat\n\ndirectly; bhagavatii uditam-propounded by the Lord Him­\n\ninstruction; gami§yanta[t-while dep arting from;\nk[payii- by causeless mercy; dina vatsa lii{t-those who are very kind to the\n\nself; anvavocan-gave\n\n-\n\npoor and meek.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs they were leaving, those bhakti-vedantas, who are very kind to\npoor-hearted souls, instructed me in that most confidential subject, which\nis instructed by the Personality of Godhead Himself.\nPURPORT\nA pure Vedantist, or a\n\nbhakti-vediinta, instructs followers exactly ac­\n\ncording to the instructions of the Lord Himself. The Personality of\nGodhead, both in the\ndefinitely instructed\n\nBhagavad-gitii\n\nand in all other scriptures, has\n\nmen to follow the Lord only. The Lord is the\n\ncreator, maintainer and annihilator of everything. The whole manifested\ncreation is existing b\n\nHis will, and by His will when the whole show will\n\nbe finished He will remain in His eternal abode with all His paraphernalia.\nBefore the creation He\n\nwas\n\nthere in the eternal abode, and after the\n\nannihilation He wiU continue to remain. He is not, therefore, one of the\ncreated beings. He is transcendental. In the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord says\n\n", "SB1.1#p0299": "Text 31]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n265\n\nthat long, long ago, the instruction was imparted to A�una, the same was\ninstructed to the sun-god, and in course of time, the same instruction,\nbeing wrongly handled and being broken, was again reinstructed to Arjuna\nbecause he was His perfect devotee and friend. Therefore, the instruction\nof the Lord can be understood by the devotees only and no one else. The\nimpersonalist, who has no idea of the transcendental form of the Lord,\ncannot understand this most confidential message of the Lord. The word\n\"most confidential\" is significant here because knowledge of devotional\nservice is far, far above knowledge of impersonal Brahman. ]iiiinam means\nordinary knowledge or any branch of knowledge. This knowledge develops\nup to the knowledge of impersonal Brahman. Above this, when it is\npartially mixed with devotion, such knowledge develops to knowledge of\nParamatma, or the all-pervading Godhead. This is more confidential. But\nwhen such knowledge is turned into pure devotional service and the confidential part of transcendental knowledge is attained, it is called the mo t\nconfidential knowledge. This most confidential knowledge was imparted\nby the Lord to Brahma, Arjuna, Uddhava, etc.\nTEXT 31\n\nm � iillij�il� �: 1\n¥U�I�¥4tii¥1N� ir.f •1�0f.oa �II�� II\nyenaiviiharh bhagavato\nviisudevasya vedhasafi,\nmiiyiinubhiivam avidarh\nyena gacchanti tat-padam\nyena- by which; eva\n\n-\n\ncertainly; aham-I; bhagavatafi,-of the Person­\n\nality of Godhead; viisudevasya-of Lord Sri Kr�l).a; vedhasafi,-of the supreme creator; miiyii\n\n-\n\nenergy; anubhiivam-i n fluence; avidam\n\n-\n\neasily under­\n\nstood; yena- by which ; gacchanti-they go; tat-padam-at the lotus feet of\nthe Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nBy that confidential knowledge, I could understand clearly the in­\n\nfluence of the energy of Lord Sri Kr��a, the creator, maintainer and\nannihilator of everything, and knowing that, I could return to Him and\npersonally meet Him.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0300": "266\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\nBy devotional service or by the most confidential knowledge, one can\n\nunderstand very easily how the different energies of the Lord are working.\nOne part of energy is manifesting the material world; the other (superior)\n\npart of His energy is manifesting the spiritUal world. And the via medium\n\nenergy is manifesting the living entities who are serving either of the abovementioned energies. The living entities serving material energy are struggling\nhard for existence and happiness, which is presented to them as illusion.\n\nBut those in the spiritual energy are placed under the direct service of the\nLord in eternal life, complete knowledge and perpetual bliss. The Lord\n\ndesires, as He has directly said in the Bhagavad-gita, that all conditioned\nsouls, rotting in the kingdom of material energy, come back to Him by\n\ngiving up all engagements in the material world. This is the most confidential part of knowledge. But this can be understood only by the pure devotees, and only such devotees enter the kingdom of God to see Him person­\n\nally and serve Him personally. The concrete example is Narada Himself,\n\nwho attained this stage of eternal knowledge and eternal bliss. And the\nways and means are open to all, provided one agrees to follow in the footsteps of Sri Narada Muni. According to Sruti, the Supreme Lord has unlimited energies (without effort by Him) and these are described under\nthree principal headings, as above mentioned.\nTEXT 32\n\n1(<1�4&f� inf�Nst4f*tf?tiR('(a4( 1\n4'a.1� � � iRifiJf �ij'f( II� �II\netat sarhsucitarh brahmams\ntiipatraya-cikitsitam\nyadiSvare bhagavati\nkarma brahmar-i bhiivitam\netat-this much; sarhsucitam-decided\n\nby the learned; brahman-0\n\nbriihmar-a Vyasa; tiipatraya-three kinds of miseries; cikitsitam-remedial\nmeasures; yat-what; isvare-the supreme controller; bhagavati-unto the\nPersonality of Godhead; karma-one's prescribed activities;- brahmar-i-un­\n\nto the great; bhiivitam-dedicated.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0301": "Text 32]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n267\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Brahm�1a Vyasadeva, it is decided by the learned that the best\nremedial measure for removing all troubles and miseries is to dedicate\none's activities to the service of the Supreme Lord Personality of Godhead\n[Sri Kr�!la) .\nPURPORT\nSri Narada Muni personally experienced that the most feasible and\npractical way to open the path of salvation or get relief from all miseries\n\nof life is to hear submissively the transcendental activities of the Lord from\nthe right and bona fide sources. This is the only remedial process. The\nentire material existence is full of miseries. Foolish people have manu­\n\nfactured, out of their tiny brains, many remedial measures for removing\nthe threefold miseries pertaining to the body and mind, pertaining to the\n\nnatural distrubances and in relation with other living beings. The whole\nworld is struggling very hard to exist out of these miseries, but men do not\nknow that without the sanction of the Lord no plan or no remedial mea­\n\nsure can actually bring about the desired peace and tranquility. The re­\n\nmedial measure to cure a patient by medical treatment is usele�s if it is\nnot sanctioned by the Lord. To cross the river or the ocean by a suitable\nboat is no remedial measure if it is not sanctioned by the Lord. We should\nknow for certain that the Lord is the ultimate sanctioning officer, and we\nmust therefore dedicate our attempts to the mercy of the Lord for ultimate\nsuccess or to get rid of the obstacles on the path of success. The Lord is\nall-pervading, all-powerful, omniscient and omnipresent. He is the ultimate\nsanctioning agent of all good or bad effects. We should, therefore, learn\nto dedicate our activities unto the mercy of the Lord and accept Him\neither as impersonal Brahman, localized Paramatma or the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It does not matter what one is. One must dedicate\n\neverything in the service of the Lord. If one is a learned scholar, scientist,\n\nphilosopher, poet, etc., then he should employ his learning to establish\nthe supremacy of the Lord. Try to study the energy of the Lord in every\n\nsphere of life. Do not decry Him and try to become like Him or take His\nposition simply by fragmental accumulation of knowledge. If one is an\n\nadministrator, statesman, warrior, politician, etc., then one should try to\n\nestablish the Lord's supremacy in statesmanship. Fight for the cause of the\nLord as Sri Arjuna did. In the beginning, Sri Arjuna, the great fighter, de-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0302": "268\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 5\n\ndined to fight, but when he was convinced by the Lord that the fighting\n\nwas nece sary, Sri Arjuna changed his decision and fought for His cause.\nSimilarly, if one is a businessman, an industrialist, an agriculturist, etc.,\nthen one should spend his hard-earned money for the cause of the Lord.\n\nThink always that the money which is accumulated is the wealth of the\n\nLord. Wealth is considered to be the goddess of fortune (Lak�mi), and the\n\nLord is Narayar;�a or the husband of Lakt>mi. Try to engage Lakt>mi in the\nservice of Lord Narayana and be happy. That is the way to realize the\nLord in every sphere of life. The best thing is, after all, to get relief from\n\nall material activities and engage oneself completely in hearing the transcendental pastimes of the Lord. But in case of the absence of such an\nopportunity, one should try to engage everything, for which one has\nspecific attraction, in the service of the Lord, and that is the way of peace\nand prosperity. The word sarhsiicitam in this stanza is also significant. One\nshould not think for a moment that the realization of Narada was childish\nimagination only. It is not like that. It is so realized by the expert and\nerudite scholars, and that is the real import of the word sarhsiicitam.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n31� �� � i:illRr � Wffl I\n� � R WI �fir f:qf'€fiffiH14( II��II\niimayo yasca bhiitiiniirh\njiiyate yena suvrata\ntadeva hy iimayarh dravyarh\nna puniiti cikitsitam\niimayaft-diseases; yaft ca-whatever; bhiitiiniim-of the living being;\njayate-become possible; yena-by the agency; suvrata-0 good soul; tatthat; eva-very; hi-certainly;iimayam-disease;dravyam-thing; na-does it\nnot; punati-cure; cikitsitam-treated with.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 good soul, does not a thing, applied therapeutically, cure a disease\n\nwhich was caused by that very same thing?\n\nPURPORT\nAn expert physician treats his patient with a therapeutic diet. For example, milk preparations sometimes cause disorder of the bowels, but the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0303": "Text 34]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n269\n\nvery same milk converted into curd and mixed with some other remedial\ningredients cures such disorders. Similarly, the Lhreefold miseries of material existence cannot be mitigated simply by material activities. Such\nactivities have to be spiritualized, just as by fire iron is made red-hot, and\nthereby the action of fire begins. Similarly, the material conception of a\nthing is at once changed as soon as it is put into the service of the Lord.\nThat is the secret of spiritual success. We should not try to lord it over the\nmaterial nature, nor should we reject material things. The best way to make\nthe best use of a bad bargain is to use everything in relation with the supreme spiritual being. Everything is an emanation from the supreme spirit,\nand by His inconceivable power He can convert spirit into matter and\nmatter into spirit. Therefore a material thing (so-called) is at once turned\ninto a spiritual force by the great will of the Lord. The necessary condition for such a change is to employ so-called matter in the service of the\nspirit. That is the way to treat our material diseases and elevate ourselves\nto the spiritual plane where there is no misery, no lamentation and no fear.\nWhen everything is thus employed in the service of the Lord, we can experience that there is nothing except the Supreme Brahman. The Vedic\nmantra that \"everything is Brahman\" is thus realized by us.\n\nTEXT 34\n\nevam nnziim kriyii-yogiifz\nsaroe samsrti-hetavafz\nta eviitma-viniiSiiya\nkalpante kalpitiifz pare\nevam-thus; nnziim- of the human being; kriyii yogiifz- all achVIhes;\n-\n\nsarve-everything; samsrti- m aterial existence; heta vafz -causes; te- that;\neva-certainly; iitma-the tree of work; viniisiiya- killing; kalpante-become\ncompetent; kalpitiifz- dedicated ; pare-unto the Transcendence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus when all a man's activities are dedicated to the service of the\nLord, those very activities which caused his bondage become the destroyer\n\nof the tree of work.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0304": "S,:-imad-Bhagavatam\n\n270\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\nFruitive work which has perpetually engaged the living being is com­\n\npared with the banyan tree in the Bhagavad-gitii, for it is certainly very\n\ndeeply rooted. As long as the propensity for enjoying the fruit of work is\n\nthere, one has to continue the transmigration of the soul from one body or\nplace according to one's nature of work. The propensity for enjoyment\n\nmay be turned into the desire for serving the mission of the Lord. By doing\n\nso, one's activity is changed into karma-yoga, or the way by which one can\nattain spiritual perfection while engaging in the work for which he has a\n\nnatural tendency. Here the word iitmii indicates the categories of all\nfruitive work. The conclusion is that when the result of all fruitive and\n\nother work is dovetailed with the service of the Lord, it will cease to gen­\n\nerate further karma and will gradually develop into transcendental devo­\n\ntional service, which will not only cut off completely the root of the banyan\n\ntree of work but will also carry the performer to the lotus feet of the Lord.\n\nThe summary is that one has to, first of all, seek the association of pure\n\ndevotees who are not only learned in the Vediinta but are self-realized souls\n\nand unalloyed devotees of Lord Sri Kr�!la the Personality of Godhead. In\nthat association, the neophyte devotees must render loving service physi­\n\ncally and mentally without reservation. This serivce attitude will induce\n\nthe great souls to be more favorable in bestowing their mercy, which\ninjects the neophyte with all the transcendental qualities of the pure\n\ndevotees. Gradually this is developed into a strong attachment to hearing\n\nthe transcendental pastimes of the Lord, which makes him able to catch\n\nup the constitutional position of the gross and subtle bodies and beyond\n\nthem the knowledge of pure soul and his eternal relation with the Supreme\nSoul, the Personality of Godhead. After the relation is ascertained by\nestablishment of the eternal relation, pure devotional service of the Lord\n\nbegins gradually developing into perfect knowledge of the Personality of\n\nGodhead beyond the purview of impersonal Brahman and localized Param­\n\natma. By such Puru�ottama-yoga, as it is stated in the Bhagavad-gitii, one\n\nis made perfect even during the present corporeal existence, and one\n\nexhibits all the good qualities of the Lord to the highest percentage. Such\n\nis the gradual development by association of pure devotees.\nTEXT 35\n\n� � �•lct<:qftJNUl'{ I\n� � ft: llf��•I«'IP� ����II\n�\n\n", "SB1.1#p0305": "Text 35]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n271\n\nyadatra kriyate kanna\nbhagavat-parito�aram\njniinarh yat tad adhinarh hi\nbhakti-yoga-samanvitam\nyat-whatever; atra-in this life or world; kriyate\n\n-\n\ndoes perform; karma\n\n-work; bhagavat unto the Personality of Godhead; parito�a[lam-satisfac\n-\n\ntion of; jfi iinam knowledge; yat tat-what is so called; adhinam\n-\n\ndent; hi-certainly; bhakti y o ga\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n­\n\ndepen­\n\ndevotional; samanvitam-dovetailed with\n\nbhakti-yoga.\nTRANSLATION\nWhatever work is done here in this life for the satisfaction of the\nmission of the Lord is called bhakti-yoga, or transcendental loving service\n\nof the Lord, and what is called knowledge becomes a concomitant factor.\nPURPORT\n\nThe general and popular notion is that by discharging fruitive work in\nterms of the direction of the scriptures one becomes perfectly able to\nacquire transcendental knowledge for spiritual realization. Bhakti-yoga is\nconsidered by some to be another form of karma. But factually bhaktiyoga is above both karma and jniina. Bhakti-yoga is independent of jniina\nor karma; on the other hand, jniina and karma are dependent of bhakti­\n\nyoga. This kriyii-yoga or karma-yoga, as recommended by Sri Narada to\nVyasa, is specifically recommended because the principle is to satisfy the\nLord. The Lord does not want His sons, the living beings, to suffer the\nthreefold miseries of life. He desires that all of them come to Him and\nlive with Him, but going back to Godhead means that one must purify\nhimself from material infections. When work is, therefore, performed to\nsatisfy the Lord, the performer becomes gradually purified from the material affection. This purification means attainment of spiritual knowledge.\nTherefore knowledge is dependent on such karma or work which is done\non behalf of the Lord. Other knowledge, being devoid of bhakti-yoga or\nsatisfaction of the Lord, cannot lead one back to the kingdom of God,\nwhich means that it cannot even offer salvation as is already explained in\nconnection with the stanza, nai.§karmyam apy acyuta-bhiiva-varjitam, etc.\n\nThe conclusion is that a devotee engaged in the unalloyed service of the\n\nLord, specifically in hearing and chanting of His transcendental glories,\n\n", "SB1.1#p0306": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n272\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 5\n\nbecomes simultaneously spiritually enlightened by the divine grace, as it\nis confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii.\nTEXT 36\n\n• � �liT lf41CI�0�41(1'tl I\n�RI got:.ttqtfwt �·�•a�HRI � ������\nkurviirtii yatra karmiirti\nbhagavac -chik§ayiisakrt\ngnwnti gura-niimiini\nk[§T)-asyiinusmaranti ca\nkurvara�\n\n-\n\nwhile\n\nperforming;\n\nyatra- thereupon;\n\nkarmari- duties;\n\nbhagavat-the Personality of Godhead; sik§aya-by the 'vill of; asakrt­\n\nconstantly; g rranti-takes on; gu!w-qualities; namani-names; k[§1Jasyaof Kr�l)a; anusmaranti- constantly remembers; ca-and.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile performing duties according to the order of Sri Kmta, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, one constantly remembers Him, His\nnames and qualities.\nPURPORT\nAn expert devotee of the Lord can mold his life in such a way that while\nperforming all kinds of duties either for this or the next life, he can constantly remember the Lord's name, fame, qualities, etc. The order of the\nLord is distinctly there in the Bhagavad-gitii: one should work only for the\nLord in all spheres of life. In every sphere of life the Lord should be\nsituated as the proprietor. According to the Vedic rites, even in the wor·\nship of some demigods like Indra, Brahma, Sarasvati, GaJ!e8a, the system is\nthat in all circumstances the representation of Vi�J!U must be there as the\nyajnesvara, or the controlling power of such sacrifices. It is recommended\n\nthat a particular demigod be worshiped for a particular purpose, but still\nthe presence of Vi�J!U is compulsory in order to make the function proper.\nApart from such Vedic duties, even in our ordinary dealings (for example, in our household affairs or in our business or profession) we must\nconsider that the result of all activities must be given over to the supreme\n\n", "SB1.1#p0307": "Text 36]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n273\n\nenjoyer Lord Kr�!la. In the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord has declared Himself to\nbe the supreme enjoyer of everything, as the supreme proprietor of every\n\nplanet and the supreme friend of all beings. Except Lord Sri Kr�l)a, no one\nelse can claim to be the proprietor of everything within His creation. A pure\ndevotee remembers this constantly, and in doing so he repeats the transcendental name, fame and qualities of the Lord, w·hich means that he is\nconstantly in touch with the Lord. The Lord is identical with His name,\nfame, etc., and therefore to be associated with His name, fame, etc.,\nconstant! y, means actually to associate with the Lord.\nThe major portion of our monetary income, not less than fifty percent,\nmust be spent to carry out the order of Lord Kf�l)a. We should not only\ngive the profit of our earning to this cause, but we must also arrange t o\npreach this cult o f devotion t o others because that i s also one o f the orders\nof the Lord. The Lord definitely says that no one is more dear to Him than\none who is always engaged in the preaching work of the Lord's name and\nfame all over the world. The scientific discoveries of the material world\ncan also be equally engaged in carrying out His order. He wants the message\nof the Bhagavad-gitii to be preached amongst His devotees. It may not be\nso done amongst those who have no credit of austerities, charity, education, etc. Therefore, the attempt must go on to convert unwilling men to\nbecome His devotees. Lord Caitanya has taught a very simple method in\nthis connection. He has taught the lesson for preaching the transcendental\nmessage through singing, dancing and refreshment. As such, fifty percent\nof our income may be spent for this purpose. In this fallen age of quarrel\nand dissension, if only the leading and wealthy persons of society agree to\n\nspend fifty percent of their income in the service of the Lord, as it is\n\ntaught by Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, there is absolute certainty of\nconverting this hell of pandemonium to the transcendental abode of the\nLord. No one will disagree to partake in a function where good singing,\n\ndancing and refreshment are administered. Everyone will attend such a\n\nfunction, and everyone is sure to feel individually the transcendental\npresence of the Lord. This alone will help the attendant associate with the\nLord and thereby purify himself in spiritual realization. The only condition\nfor successfully executing such spiritual activities is that they must be\nconducted under the guidance of a pure devotee who is completely free\n\nfrom all mundane desires, fruitive activities and dry speculations about the\nnature of the Lord. No one has to discover the nature of the Lord. It is\nalready spoken by the Lord Himself in the Bhagavad-gitii especially and in\n\nall other Vedic literatures generally. We have simply to accept them in toto\n\nand abide by the orders of the Lord. That will guide us to the path of\n\n", "SB1.1#p0308": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n274\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 5\n\nperfection. One can remain in his own position. No one has to change his\nposition, especially in this age of variegated difficulties. The only condition\n\nis that one must give up the habit of dry speculation to become one with\nthe Lord. And after giving up such lofty puffed up vanities, one may very\nsubmissively receive the orders of the Lord in the Bhagavad-gitii or\nBhiigavatam from the lips of a bona fide devotee whose qualification is\nmentioned above. That will make everything successful, without a doubt.\nTEXT 37\n\nom namo bhagavate tubhyam\nviisudeviiya dhimahi\npradyumniiyiinimddhiiya\nnama{!, sahka�ariiya ca\nom-the sign of chanting the transcendental glory of the Lord; namah­\n\noffering obeisances unto the Lord; bhagavate-unto the Personality of God­\n\nhead; tubhyam\nVasudeva;\n\n-\n\nunto\n\nYou; viisudeviiya-unto\n\ndhimahi-let\n\nus\n\nchant;\n\nthe\n\npradyumniiya,\n\nsahka�ariiya-all plenary expansions of\n\nLord,\n\nthe son\n\nanimddhiiya\n\nVasudeva; nama{l,\n\n-\n\nof\n\nand\n\nrespectful\n\nobeisances; ca-and.\nTRANSLATION\nLet us all chant the glories of Vasudeva along with His plenary\n\nexpansions, Pradyumna, Aniruddha and Srui.kar��a.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Paiicariitra, Narayatta is the primeval cause of all expansions of Godhead.\n\nThese are Vasudeva, Sankar�atJ.a, Pradyumna and\n\nAniruddha. Vasudeva and Sankar�atta are on the middle left and right,\nPradyumna is on the right of Sankar�atJ.a, and Aniruddha is on the left of\nVasudeva, and thus the four Deities are situated. They are known as the\nfour aides-de-camp of Lord Sri'Kr�!J.a.\nThis is a Vedic hymn or mantra beginning with omkiira prarava, and\nthus the mantra is established by the transcendental chanting process,\nnamely, om namo dhimahi, etc.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0309": "Text 38]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n275\n\nThe purport is that any transaction, either in the field of fruitive work\n\nor empiric philosophy, which is not ultimately aimed at transcendental\nrealization of the Supreme Lord, is considered to be useless. Niiradaji has\ntherefore explained the nature of unalloyed devotional service by his\npersonal experience in the development of intimacy between the Lord and\n\nthe living entity by gradual process of progressive devotional activities.\n\nSuch a progressive march of transcendental devotion for the Lord cul­\n\nminates in the attainment of loving service of the Lord, which is called\n\npremii in different transcendental variegatedness called rasas (tastes). Such\ndevotional service is also executed in mixed forms, namely mixed with\n\nfruitive work or empiric philosophical speculations.\n\nNow the question which was raised by the great [§is headed by Saunaka\n\nregarding the confidential part of Siita's achievement through the spiritual\nmaster is explained herein by chanting this hymn consisting of thirtythree letters. And this mantra is addressed to the four Deities or the Lord\n\nwith His plenary expansions. The central figure is Lord Sri Kr�l).a because\nthe plenary portions are His aides-de-camp. The most confidential part of\nthe instruction is that one should always chant and remember the glories\n\nof the Lord Sri Kf�l).a the Supreme Personality of Godhead along with His\n\ndifferent plenary portions expanded as Vasudeva, Sailkar�al).a, Pradyumna\nand Aniruddha. These expansions are the original Deities for all other\ntruths, namely either V4rtu-tattva or sakti-tattvas.\n\nTEXT 38\n\niti murty-abhidhiinena\nmantra-murtim amurtikam\nyajate yajna-puru;arh\nsa samyag dar5ana� pumiin\niti- thus; murti -representation; abhidhiinena-in sound; mantra-murtim\n-form representation of transcendental sound; amurtikam-the Lord who\nhas no material form; yajate-worship; yajna- Vi�I).U; pu ru §am the Person-\n\nality of Godhead; sa�- he alone ; samyak\n\nseen; pumiin-person.\n\n-\n\nperfectly ; dar§anaft\n\n-\n\none who has\n\n", "SB1.1#p0310": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n276\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus he is the actual seer who worships, in the form of transcendental\nsound representation, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�!lu, who\nhas no material form\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nOur present senses are all made of material elements, and therefore they\n\nare imperfect to realize the transcendental form of Lord Vi�!!\"· He is\n\ntherefore worshiped by sound representation via the transcendental method\nof chanting. Anything which is beyond the scope of experience by our\nimperfect senses can be realized fully by the sound representation. A\n\nperson transmitting sound from a far distant place can be factually\nexperienced. If this is materially possible, why not spiritually? This\nexperience is not a vague impersonal experience. But it is actually an\n\nexperience of the transcendental Personality of Godhead who possesses\n\nthe pure form of eternity, bliss and knowledge. In theAmarakosa Sanskrit\n\ndictionary the word miirti carries import in twofold meanings, namely,\nform and difficulty.\n\nTherefore amiirtikam is explained by Acarya Sri Visvanatha Cakravarti\n\nThakur as meaning without difficulty. The transcendental form of eternal\n\nbliss and knowledge can be experienced by our original spiritual senses\nwhich can be revived by chanting of the holy mantras or transcendental\nsound representations. Such sound should be received from the trans­\n\nparent agency of the bona fide spiritual master, and the chanting may be\n\npracticed by the direction of the spiritual master. That will gradually lead\nus nearer to the Lord. This method of worship is recommended in the\n\nPaii.cariitrika system, which is both recognized and authorized. The Paii.­\n\ncariitrika system has the most authorized codes for transcendental devo­\n\ntional service. Without the help of such codes, one cannot approach the\nLord, certainly not by dry philosophical speculation. The Paii.cariitrika\n\nsystem is both practical and suitable for this age of quarrel. The Paii.­\n\ncariitra is more important than the Vedanta for this modern age.\nTEXT 39\n\n� �� 'liR�\"ifcq �f� I\n��q��llFi��: II�Q,II\n\n", "SB1.1#p0311": "Text 39]\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n277\n\nimam svanigamarh brahmann\navetya mad-anu�thitam\nadiin me jfiiinam aiSvaryarh_\nsvasmin bhiivarh ca kesava[l\nimam-thus; svanigamam-confidential knowledge of the Vedas in respect to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; brahman-0 briihmar-a\n(Vyasadeva); avetya-knowing it well; mat-by me; anu�thitam-executed;\nadiit-bestowed upon me; me-me; jfiiinam-transcendental knowledge;\naiSvaryam-opulence; svasmin-personal; bhiivam-intimate affection and\nlove; ca\n\n-\n\nand; kesava[l- Lord Kr�IJ.a.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 brahmapa, thus by the Supreme Lord K���a I was endowed first\n\nwith the transcendental knowledge 'of the Lord as inculcated in the confidential parts of the Vedas, then with the spiritual opulences, and then\nwith His intimate loving service.\nPURPORT\nCommunion with the Lord by transmission of the transcendental sound\n\nis nondifferent from the whole spirit Lord Sri ��r;ta. It is a completely\nperfect method for approaching the Lord. By such pure contact with the\nLord, without offense of material conceptions (numbering ten), the\ndevotee can rise above the material plane to understand the inner meaning\nof the Vedic literatures, including the Lord's existence in the transcendental\nrealm. The Lord reveals His identity gradually to one who has unflinching\nfaith, both in the spiritual master and in the Lord. After this, the devotee\nis endowed with mystic opulences, which are eight in number. And above\n\nall, the devotee is accepted in the confidential entourage of the Lord and\nis entrusted with specific service of the Lord through the agency of the\nspiritual master. A pure devotee is more interested in serving the Lord\n\nthan in showing an exhibition of the mystic powers dormant in him. Sri\nNarada has explained all these from his personal experience, and one can\nobtain all the facilities which\n\nSri Narada obtained by perfecting the\n\nchanting process of the sound representation of the Lord. There is no bar\nfor chanting this transcendental sound by anyone, provided it is received\nthrough Narada's representative, coming down by the chain of disciplic\nsuccession, or the paramparii system.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0312": "278\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 40\n\ntvam apy adabhrasmta vi.Smtarh vibhol;t\nsamapyate yena vidarh bubhutsitam\nprakhyahi dupkhair muhur arditatmanam\nsanklesa-nirviir-am usanti niinyathii\ntvam-your good soul; ap i- also; adabhra-vast; smta- Vedic literatures;\nvi.Smtam-have heard also; vibhol;t-of the Almighty; sam apyate- satisfied;\n\nyena\n\n-\n\nby which; vidiim-of the learned; bubhutsitam-who always desire\n\nto learn transcendental knowledge; prakhyiihi- describe; dul;tkhail;t- by mis­\n\neries; muhul;t- always; ardita-iitmaniim-su ffering mass of people; sanklesasufferings; ni rvar-am\n\n-\n\nby other means.\n\nmitigation; usanti na-do not get out of; anyathii­\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlease, therefore, describe the Almighty Lord's activities which you\n\nhave learned by your vast knowledge of the Vedas, for that will satisfy the\nhankerings of great learned men and at the same time mitigate the miseries\nof the· masses of common people who are always suffering from material\n\npangs. Indeed, there is no other way to get out of such miseries.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Narada Muni from practical experience definitely asserts that the\n\nprime solution of all problems of material work is to broadcast very widely\nthe transcendental glories of the Supreme Lord. There are four classes of\n\ngood men, and there are four classes of bad men also. The four classes of\n\ngood men acknowledge the authority of the Almighty God, and therefore\nsuch good men when l) they are in difficulty, 2) when they are in need of\n\nmoney, 3) when they are advanced in knowledge and 4) when they are\n\ninquisitive to know more and more about God, intuitively take shelter of\nthe Lord. As such, Naradajl advises Vyasadeva to broadcast the transcen-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0313": "Text 40)\n\nNarada's Instructions on Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n279\n\ndental knowledge of God in terms of the vast Vedic knowledge which he\n\nhad already attained.\n\nAB far as the bad men are concerned, they are also four in number:\n\nl) those who are simply addicted to the mode of progressive fruitive work\nand thus are subjected to the accompanying miseries, 2) those who are\n\nsimply addicted to vicious work for sense satisfaction and so suffer the\n\nconsequence, 3) those who are materially very much advanced in knowl­\n\nedge but have no sense to acknowledge the authority of the Almighty\n\nLord and thus suffer a lot, and 4) the class of men who are known as\natheists and therefore purposely hate the very name of God, although\nthey are always in difficulty.\nSri Naradaji advised Vyasadeva to describe the glories of the Lord just\n\nto do good to all the eight classes of men, both good and bad. Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam is therefore not meant for any particular class of men or sect.\n\nIt is for the sincere soul who wants actually his own welfare and peace\n\nof mind.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the First Canto, Fifth Chapter,\n\nof Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Sri Niirada's Instructions on Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam for Vyiisadeva.\"\n\n", "SB1.1#p0314": "CHAPTER SIX\n\nconversation Between Narada and vvasa\n\nTEXT 1\n\nsuta uviica\nevarh ni.Samya bhagaviin\ndevarser janma karma ca\nbhuyafi. papraccha tarh brahman\nvyiisafi. satyavati-sutafi.\nsutafi. uviica-Su ta said; e vam- thus; ni.Samya-hearing; bhagaviin-the\npowerful incarnation of God; devar§e{l.-of the great sage among the gods;\n\nja nma- birth; karma-work; ca-and; bhuyafi.- again; papraccha asked;\n-\n\ntam-him; brahman-0 briihmaras; vyiisafi.- Vyasadeva; satyavati-sutafi.the son of Satyavati.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSiita said:\n\n0 brahm�as, thus hearing all about Sri Narada's birth and\n\nactivities, Vyasadeva, the incarnation of God and son of Satyavati, inquired\nas follows.\n\nPURPORT\nVyasadeva was further inquisitive to know about the perfection of\nNaradaji, and therefore he wanted to know about him more and more. In\n\nthis chapter Naradaj i will describe how he was able to have a brief\n\n281\n\n", "SB1.1#p0315": "282\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 6\n\naudience with the Lord while he was absorbed in the transcendental\nthought of separation from the Lord and when it was very painful for him.\nTEXT 2\n\nvyiisa uvaca\nbhik§ubhir vipravasite\n\nvijnaniide§trbhis tava\n\nvartamano vayasy adye\n\ntata� kim akarod bhavan\n\nsri vyasa� uviica-Sri Vyasadeva said; bhih§ubh*-by the great mendicants;\n\nv\n\nipravasite having departed for other places; vijnana- scientific\n-\n\nknowledge in transcendence; ade§ trbhi�- those who had instructed; tava­\n\nof your; var tamana�- present ; vayasi-of the duration of life; adye- before\nthe beginning of; tata�\n\n-\n\nafter that; kim-what; akarot-did; bhavan-your\n\ngood self.\nTRANSLATION\n\nS ri Vyasadeva said: What did you [Narada] do after the departure of\n\nthe great sages who had instructed you from the beginning of your present\nbirth in scientific transcendental knowledge?\nPURPORT\n\nVyasadeva himself was the disciple of Niiradaj i, and therefore it is\nnatural to be anxious to hear what he did after initiation from the spiritual\nmaster. He wanted to follow in Niirada 's footsteps in order to attain to\nthe same perfect stage of l i fe. This desire to inquire from the spiritual\nmaster is an essential factor to the progressive path. This process is\ntechnically known as sat-dharma prccha.\nTEXT 3\n\n���� ��tR: I\n���: m m ��II� II\n\n", "SB1.1#p0316": "Text 4]\n\nConversation Between Narada and Vyasa\n\n283\n\nsviiyambhuva kayii vrttyii\nvartitam te pararh vaya[L\nkatham cedam udasriik{i[l,\nkiile priipte kalevaram\nsviiyambhuva-0 son of Brahma; Jwyii-under what condition; urttyii­\n\noccupation; vartitam-was spent; te- you; param-a ft er the initiation;\n\nuaya[l,- du ration of life; katham-how; cedam-how that; udasriik§i{t -did\n\nyou quit; kala-in due course; priipte- ha ving attained; kaleva ram\n\n-\n\nbody.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 son of Brahma, how did you pass your life after initiation, and how\n\ndid you attain this body, having quit your old one in due course?\n\nPURPORT\nSri N arada Muni in his previous life was just an ordinary maidservant's\nson, so how he became so perfectly transformed into the spiritual body of\n\neternal life, bliss and knowledge was certainly important. Sri V yasadeva\ndesired him to disclose the facts for everyone's satisfaction.\n\nTEXT4\n\nswttiNfcttillai � ij' ID'� 1\n� ... � � 64f9l(lif<l : It VII\npriik kalpa-vi§ayiim etiim\nsmrtim te muni-sattama\nna hy e§a vyavadhiit kiila\ne§a sarva-niriikrtifipriik-prior; kalpa-the duration of Brahma's day; vi§ayam- subject\n\nmatter; etam-all these; smrtim remembrance; te-your; muni-sattama-0\ngreat sage; na- not ; hi certainl y; e§a[l,-all these; vyavadhiit-made any\ndifference; kala[l,-course of time; e§a[l, all these; sarva-al!; niriikrtifi--\n\n-\n\n-\n\nannihilation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 great sage, time annihilates everything in due course, so how is it\nthat this subject matter, which happened prior to this day of Brahma, is\nstill fresh in your memory, undisturbed by time?\n\n", "SB1.1#p0317": "[Canto 1, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n284\n\nPURPORT\nAs spirit is not annihilated even after the annihilation of the material\n\nbody, so also spiritual consciousness is not annihilated. Sri Narada developed this spiritual consciousness even when he had his material body\nin the previous kalpa. Consciousness of the material body means spiritual\n\nconsciousness expressed through the medium of a material body. This\nconsciousness is inferior, destructible and perverted. But super consciousness of the supramind in the spiritual plane is as good as the spirit soul\nand is never annihilated.\nTEXT 5\n\nniirada uviica\nbhik§ubhir vipravasite\nvijiiiiniide§trbhir mama\nvartamiino vayasy iidye\ntata etad akiira§am\nsri niirada� uviica-Sri Niirada said; bhik§ubhi�-by the great sages;\n\nvipravas ite- having departed for other places; vijiiiina- scientific spiritual\niide§trbh* - those who imparted unto me; mama mine ;\nvartamiina�-present; vayasi iidye-before this life; tata� thereafter; etatthis much; akiira§am performed.\nknowledge;\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Narada said: The great sages, who had imparted scientific knowledge of transcendence to me, departed for other places, and I had to\npass my life in this way\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nIn his previous life, when Naradaji was impregnated with· spiritual\nknowledge by the grace of the great sages, there was a tangible change in\nhis life, although he was only a boy of five years. That is an important\n\n", "SB1.1#p0318": "Text 7]\n\n285\n\nConversation Between Narada and Vyasa\n\nsymptom visible after initiation by the bona fide spiritual master. Actual\nassociation of devotees brings about a quick change in life for spiritual\n\nrealization. How it so acted upon the previous life of Sri Narada\n\n1uni is\n\ndescribed by and by in this chapter.\nTEXT 6\n\nU..€tk'fliifl it liif;r;ft �lf'FI{Gl � � I\n'\"'\n\n�\n\n'\"'\n\n'\"'\n\n�ijJ{S�rf4•1ijl � � II � II\nekiitmajii me janani\nyo§in mut;lhii ca kinkari\nmayy iitmaje 'nan ya-gatau\ncakre snehiinubahdhanam\nekiitmajii-having only one son; me-my; janani-mother;)'O§it-woman\n\nby class; mut)hii- foolish; ca-and; kihkari-maidservant; mayi-unto me;\niitmaje\n\n-\n\nbeing her offspring; ananya-gatau-one who has no alternative for\n\nprotection;\n\ncakre-did\n\nit;\n\nsneha-anubandhanam-tied\n\nby\n\naffectionate\n\nbondage.\nTRANSLATION\nI was the only son of my mother, who was not only a simple woman\nbut was a maidservant as well. Since I was her only offspring, she had no\nother alternative for protection: she bound me with the tie of affection.\nTEXT 7\n\nsiisvatantrii na kalpiisid\nyoga-k§emarit mamecchati\ni.Sasya hivase loko\nyo§ii. diirumayi yathii\nsa-she;\n\nasvatantrii-was\n\ndependent; na-not; kalpii-able; iis it-was;\n\nyoga k�emam-maintenance; mama-my; icchati-although desirous; isasya-\n\nof providence; hiva5e-under the control of; lokaft-everyone; yo§ii-doll;\ndii.rumayi m ade of wood; yathii.-'-as much as.\n-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0319": "[Canto 1, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n286\n\nTRANSLATION\nShe wanted to look after my maintenance properly, but because she\n\nwas not independent, she was not able to do anything for me. The world\n\nis under the full control of the Supreme Lord; therefore everyone is like a\n\nwooden doll in the hands of a puppet master.\nTEXT 8\n\n3Tt\n\n�\n\n�� �mi��q.� 1\n\nR·��lt.hl�.w=•fi�:q?tl ��: q�: 11 � 11\naharh ca tad-brahma-kule\nii§iviirhs tad-apek§a_yii\ndig-desa-kiiliivyutpanno\nbiilaka[L paiica-hiiyana[L\naham-I; ca-also; tat-that; brahma-kule-in\n\nthe\n\nschool\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nbriihmartas; u�iviin-lived; tat-her; apek§ayii-being dependent on; dikdesa-direction\n\nand\n\ncountry;\n\nkiila-time;\n\navyutpanna[L-having\n\nno\n\nexperience;biilaka[L-mere child;paiica-five;hiiyana[L-years old.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen I was a mere child of five years, I lived in a brahma!la school.\n\nI was dependent on my mother's affection and had no experience of\ndifferent lands.\nTEXT 9\n\n� f�crr itm� ijj f;ij'� tTi qf� I\n..\n\n��� m�<1Jflllf ��!J: II � II\nekadii nirgatiirh gehiid\nduhantirh niSi giirh pathi\nsarpo'dasatpadii spnta[L\nk.rpartiirh kiila-codita[L\n\nekadii-once upon a time; nirgatiim-having gone away; gehiit-from\nhome; duhantim-for milking; niSi-at night; giim-the cow; pathi-on the\npath; sarpa[L-snake; adasat -bitten;pada-on the leg ; spr�ta[L-thus struck;\nk.rpa[Liim-the poor woman; kiila-codita[l-influenced by the supreme time.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0320": "Text 10]\n\nConversation Between Narada and Vyasa\n\n287\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce upon a time, my poor mother, when going out one night to\nmilk a cow, was bitten on the leg by a serpent, influenced by supreme\ntime.\nPURPORT\nThat is the way of dragging a sincere soul nearer to God. The poor boy\nwas being looked after only by his affectionate mother, and yet the\nmother was taken from the world by the supreme will in order to put him\ncompletely at the mercy of the Lord.\nTEXT 10\n\n�����:1\n� ��'fl;{! mf� �·'\"'�l�rr:\"(f,.,.,�l\"� II� II\no\n\ntadii tad aham isasya\nbhaktiiniirh sam abhipsataft\nanugraharh manyamiinaft\npriit�tharh diSam uttariim\ntadii-at that time; tat-that; aham-1; isasya-of the Lord; bhaktiiniimof the devotees; sam-mercy; abhipsataft-desiring; anugraham-special\nbenediction; manyamiinaft-thinking in that way; priiti§tham-departed;\ndiSam uttariim-in the northern direction.\nTRANSLATION\nI took this as the special mercy of the Lord, who always desires\nbenediction for His devotees, and so thinking, I started for the north.\nPURPORT\nConfidential devotees of the Lord see in . every step a benedictory\ndirection of the Lord. What is considered to be an odd or difficult moment\nin the mundane sense is accepted as special mercy of the Lord. Mundane\nprosperity is a kind of material fever, and by the grace of the Lord the\ntemperature of this material fever is gradually diminished, and spiritual\nhealth is obtained step by step. Mundane people misunderstand it.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0321": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n288\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT II\n\n��mr-t.l\nCf�lw-91q�� :q II��II\nsphitiiiijanapadiirhs tatra\npura-griima-vrajiikariin\nkhetakharvataviit'is ca\nvaniinyupavaniinica\nsphitiin-very flourishing; jana padiin -metropolises ; tatra-there; pura-\n\ntowns; griima-villages; vraja-big farms; iikariin-mineral fields (mines);\n\nkheta-agricultural lands; kharvata-valleys; viitift-flower gardens; ca-and;\nvaniini-forests; upavaniini-nursery gardens; ca-and.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter my departure, I passed through many flourishing metropolises,\n\ntowns, villages, animal farms, mines, agricultural lands, valleys, flower\ngardens, nursery gardens and natural forests.\nPURPORT\nMan's activities in the fields of agriculture, mining, farming, industries,\n\ngardening, etc., were all on the same scale as they are now, even previous to\n\nthe present creation, and the same activities will remain as they are, even in\nthe next creation. After many hundreds of millions of years, one creation\nis started by the law of nature, and the history of the universe repeats\n\nitself practically in the same way. The mundane wranglers waste time with\narcheological excavations without searching into the vital necessities of\n\nlife. Sri Niirada Muni, even though he was a mere child, after getting an\n\nimpetus in spiritual life, did not waste time for a single moment with\neconomic development, although he passed towns and villages, mines and\nindustries. He continually went on to progressive spiritual emancipation.\n\n$rimad-Bhiigavatam is the repetition of a history which happened some\n\nhundreds of millions of years before. As it is said herein, only the most\nimportant factors of history are picked up to be recorded in this transcendental literature.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0322": "Text 13)\n\nConversation Between Narada and Vyasa\n\n289\n\nTEXT 12\n\nr�:vrnm��f.{\n\\il�l!{l4lf5.0'?1Jf�,�� : wmffi: 1\nffi((4� :\n\n�'{��: 11��11\n\ncitra-dhiitu-vicitriidrin\nibhabhagna-bhuja-drumiin\njaliisayiiiichiva-jaliinnalinilJ sura-sevitii[l.\ncitra-svanai[l. patrarathair\nvibhramad bhramara-sriya[l.\ncitradhiitu-valuable minerals like gold, silver, copper, etc.; vicitra--full\nof variegatedness; adrin-hills and mountains;ibhabhagna-broken by the\ngiant\n\nelephants; bhuja-branches; drumiin-trees; jalii.Sayiin-siva-health­\n\ngiving; jaliin-reservoirs of water;nalini7l-lotus flowers; sura-sevitii[l.-aspired to by the denizens of heaven; citrasvanai[l.-pleasing to the heart;\npatra-rathai[l.-by the birds; vibhramat-bewildering; bhramara-sriya[l.decorated by drones.\nTRANSLATION\nI passed through hills and m ountains full of reservoirs of various\nminerals like gold, silver and copper, and through tracts of land with reservoirs of water filled with beautiful lotus flowers, fit for the denizens of\nheaven, decorated with bewildered bees and singing birds.\nTEXT 13\n\ni1�4��1®;141}�1thl+.t€fl•l(l(\n� ���\n\nf;fliR �I\n� � 041J\\(i€tif� 11��11\nnala-ver-u-saras-tanbakusa-kicaka-gahvaram\neka eviitiyiito'ham\nadriik�am vipinam mahat\nghoram pratibhayiikiiram\nvyiilolUka§iviijiram\n\n", "SB1.1#p0323": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n290\n·\n\nnala-pipes; vert�,L-bamboo;\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 6\n\nsara[l-pens; tanba-full of; kusa-sharp\n\ngrass; kicaka-weeds; gahvaram-caves; eka-alone; eva-only; atiyiita[ldifficult to go through; aham-1; adriik§am-visited; vipinam-deep forests;\nmahat-great;\n\nghoram-fearful;\n\npratibhayiikiiram-dangerously;\n\nvyiila­\n\nsnakes; uliika- owls; siva -jackals; ajiram- playgrounds.\nTRANSLATION\nI then passed alone through many forests of bamboo, sharp grass,\n\nweeds and caves, which were very difficult to go through alone. I visited\ndeep, dark and dangerously fearful forests, which were the play yards of\nsnakes, owls and jackals.\nPURPORT\nIt is the duty of a mendicant (parivriijakiiciirya) to experience all\n\nvarieties of God's creation by travelling alone through all forests, hills,\n\ntowns, villages, etc., to gain faith in God and strength of mind as well as to\nenlighten the inhabitants with the message of God. A sannyiisi is dutybound to take all these risks without fear, and the most typical sannyiisi of\nthe present age is Lord Caitanya, who travelled in the same manner through\nthe central Indian jungles, enlightening even the tigers, bears, snakes, deers,\n\nelephants and many other jungle animals. In this age of Kali, sannyiisa is\nforbidden for ordinary men. One who changes his dress to make propaganda\nis a different man from the original ideal sannyiisi. One should, however,\ntake the vow to stop social intercourse completely and devote life exclusively to the service of the Lord. The change of dress is only a formality.\nLord Caitanya did not accept the name of a sannyiisi, and in this age of\nKali the so-called sannyiisis should not change their former names, following in the footsteps of Lord Caitanya. In this age devotional service of\nhearing and repeating the holy glories of the Lord is strongly recommended,\nand one who takes the vow of renunciation of family life need not imitate\nthe parivriijakiiciirya like Narada or Lord Caitanya, but may sit down at\nsome holy place and devote his whole time and energy to hear and repeatedly chant the holy scriptures left by the great iiciiryas like the six\nGosvamis of V rndavana.\nTEXT 14\n\n", "SB1.1#p0324": "Text 15]\n\nConversation Between Narada and Vyasa\n\n291\n\npari.Sriintendriyiitmii harh\ntrtparito bubhuk§ita[l.\nsniitvii pitvii hrade nadyii\nupaspr§to gata-sramafl.\npari.S riinta-being\n\ntired;\n\nindriya-bodily;\n\natma- mentally;\n\naham-I;\n\ntrtpa rita[l.- being thirsty; bubhuk§ita[l.-and hungry; snatvii-taking a bath;\npitvii- and drinking water also; hrade-in the lake; nadyii[l. - of a river;\nupaspr§tafl. -being m contact with; gata-got relief from; s'ramaft-tiredness.\nTRANSLATION\nThus travelling, I felt tired, both bodily and mentally, and I was both\nthirsty and hungry. So I took a bath in a river lake and also drank water.\nBy contacting water, I got relief from my exhaustion.\nPURPORT\n\nA travelling mendicant can meet the needs of body, namely thirst and\nhunger, by the gifts of nature without being a beggar at the doors of the\nhouseholders. The mendicant therefore does not go to the house of a\nhouseholder to beg but to enlighten him spiritually.\nTEXT 15\n\nelf�f'lq�s� fticqelq(l4 3l1N\"ij: 1\n311�'4'1SS�'41'1'ffi��*-t;:ij�l( II�� II\ntasmin nirmanuje 'rarzye\npippalopastha iiSrita[l.\niitmanatmiinam iitmastharh\nyathiisrutam acintayam\ntasmin-in that; nirmanuje - without human habitation; ararzye-in the\nforest;\n\npippala-b anyan tree; upastha-sitting under it; iiSritaft - taking\n\nshelter of; iitmanii-by intelligence; iitmanam-the Sup ersoul; iitmasthamsituated within myself; yathiisrutam-as I heard it from the liberated souls;\nacintayam-thought over.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0325": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n292\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter that, under the shadow of a banyan tree in an uninhabited\nforest I began to meditate upon the Supersoul situated within, using my\nintelligence, as I learned from liberated souls.\nPURPORT\nOne should not meditate according to one's personal whims. One should\nknow perfectly well from the authoritative sources of scriptures through\nthe transparent medium of a bona fide spiritual master and by proper use\nof one's trained intelligence for meditating upon the Supersoul dwelling\nwithin every living being. Tlus consciousness is firmly developed by a\ndevotee who has rendered loving service unto the Lord by carrying out\nthe orders of the spiritual master.\n\nSri Naradajl contacted a bona fide\n\nspiritual master, served him sincerely and got enlightenment rightly. Thus\n·\n\nhe began to meditate.\nTEXT 16\n\nlfliiiM�(t*t(tel I\n31lffi0di4i�\n�·(ilrit �: ���'\n���\n\ndhyiiyata.S carariimbhojarh\nbhiiva-nirjita-cetasii\nautkarthyii.Sru-kaliik§asya\nhrdy iisin me sanair hari[l.\ndhyiiyata[l.-thus meditating upon; carariimbhojam-lotus feet of the\nlocalized Personality of Godhead; b hiiva ni rjita-mind transformed into\n\n-\n\ntranscendental love for the Lord; cetasii-all mental activities (thinking,\nfeeling and willing); a tka !lthya -eage rness; asru-kala-tears rolled down;\n\nu\n\nak§asya-of the eyes; hrdi within my heart; iisit-appeared; me my;\n\n- the Personality of Godhead.\n\nsanai[l.-withou t delay; hari[l.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs soon as I began to meditate with my mind transformed in transcendental love upon the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead, tears\nrolled down my eyes, and without delay the Personality of Godhead Sri\nKr��a appeared on the lotus of my heart.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0326": "Text 17)\n\n293\n\nConversation Between Narada and Vyasa\nPURPORT\n\nThe word bhiiva is significant here. This bhiiva stage is attained after one\nhas transcendental affection for the Lord. The first initial stage is called\nsraddhii, or a liking for the Supreme Lord, and in order to increase that\nliking one has to associate with pure devotees of the Lord. The third stage\nis to practice the prescribed rules and regulations of devotional service.\nThis will dissipate all sorts of misgivings and remove all personal deficiencies that hamper progress in devotional service.\nWhen all misgiving and personal deficiencies are removed, there is a\nstandard faith in transcendental matter, and the taste for it increases in\ngreater proportion. This stage leads to attraction, and after this there is\nbhiiva, or the prior stage of unalloyed love for God. All the above different\nstates are but different stages of development of transcendental love. Being\nso surcharged with transcendental love, there comes a strong feeling of\nseparation which leads to eight different kinds of ecstasies. Tears from the\n\neyes of a devotee is an automatic reaction, and because Sri Narada Muni\nin his previous birth attained that stage very quickly after his departure\n\nfrom home, it was quite possible for him to perceive the actual presence\nof the Lord, which he tangibly experienced by his developed spiritual\nsenses without material tinge.\nTEXT 17\n\n��sfijf.t�: 1\natl¥�e\"iA � -w•q�'lwt � 11�\\911\npremiitibhara-nirbhinna\npulakiingo tinirorta[l\n'\n\niinanda-samplave lino\nniipa§yam ubhayam mune\n\np remii-love; atibhara-excessive; nirbhinna especially\n-\n\ndistinguished;\n\npula!.a-feelings of happiness; anga[l-different bodily parts; atinirorta[lbeing fully overwhelmed; iinanda-ecstasy; samplave-in the ocean of;\nlina[l-absorbed in; na-not; apa§yam-could see; ubhayam-both; mune-\n\n0 Vyasadeva.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Vyasadeva, at that time, being exceedingly overpowered by feelings\nof ha ppiness, every part of my body became enlivened. Being absorbed in\nan ocean of ecstasy, I could not see both myself and the Lord.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0327": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n294\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\nSpiritual feeling of happiness and intense ecstasies have no mundane\n\ncomparison. Therefore it is very difficult to give expression to such feelings.\n\nWe can just have a glimpse of such ecstasy in the words of SriNarada Muni.\n\nEach and every part of the body or senses has its particular function. After\nseeing the Lord, all the senses become fully awakened to render service\n\nunto the Lord because in the liberated state the senses are fully efficient\n\nin serving the Lord. As such, in that transcendental ecstasy it so happened\n\nthat the senses became separately enlivened to serve the Lord. This being\n\nso, Narada Muni lost himself in seeing both himself and the Lord simultaneously.\n\nTEXT 18\n\nriiparh bhagavato yat tan\nmanafr.-kiintarh suciipaham\napasyan sahasottasthe\nvaiklavyiid durmanii iva\nriipam-form; bhagavata{r.-of the Personality of Godhead; yat-as it is;\n\ntat-that; mana{r.-of the mind; kiintam-as it desires; suciipaham-vanishing\n\nall disparity; apa syan\n\n-\n\ni hou t seeing; sahasii-all of a sudden; uttasthe­\n\nw t\n\ngot up; vaiklavyiit-being perturbed; durmanii-having lost the desirable;\n\niva-as it were.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe transcendental form of the Lord, as it is, manifests according to\n\nthe mind's desire and at once erases all mental incongruities. Upon losing\nthat form, I suddenly got up, being perturbed, as is usual when one loses\nthat which is desirable.\n\nPURPORT\nThat the Lord is not formless is experienced by Narada Muni. But His\n\nform is completely different from all forms of our material experience. For\n\nthe whole duration of our life we go see different forms in the material\n\nworld, but none of them is just apt to satisfy the mind, nor can any one of\n\n", "SB1.1#p0328": "Conversation Between Narada and Vyasa\n\nText 19]\n\n295\n\nthem vanish all perturbance of the mind. These are the special features of\nthe transcendental form of the Lord, and one who has once seen that\nform is not satisfied with anything else, and no form in the material world\ncan any longer satisfy the seer. Formless means nothing like material form.\nNor is He like any material personality.\nA;:, spiritual beings, having eternal relations with that transcendental\nform of the Lord, we are, life after life, searching after that form of the\nLord, and we are not satisfied by any other form of material appeasement.\nNarada Muni got a glimpse of this, but having not seen it again he became\nperturbed and stood up all of a sudden to search it out. What we desire\nlife after life was obtained by Narada Muni, and losing sight of Him again\nwas certainly a great shock for him.\nTEXT 19\n\n��:��;it �I\ncft�sfq \"flq�+tN�R �: II� �II\ndidrk�ustad aham bhiiyafi.\nprar-idhiiya mano hrdi\nvik�amiir-o pi niipa.Syam\navit_rpta iviiturafi.\ndid rk�ufi.-desiring to see; tat-that;aham-I; bhiiyafi,-again;prar-idhiiya\nmind; hrdi upon the heart;\nv ik§ am iir-afi. awaiting to see; api-in spite of; na-never; apa.Sya m saw\nHim; avit[ptafi.-without being satisfied; iva-like; aturafi.-aggrieved.\n-having concentrated the mind; manafi.\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nI desired to see again that transcendental form of the Lord, but\ndespite my attempts to concentrate upon the heart with eagerness to\nrenew the form, I could not see Him any more, and thus dissatisfied; I was\nvery much aggrieved.\nPURPORT\nThere is no mechanical process to see the form of the Lord. It com·\npletely depends on the causeless mercy of the Lord. We cannot demand\nthe Lord to be present before our vision just as we cannot demand the sun\n\n", "SB1.1#p0329": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n296\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 6\n\nto rise up whenever we like. The sun rises out of his own accord; so also\nthe Lord is pleased to be present out of His causeless mercy. One should\nsimply await the opportune moment and go on discharging his prescribed\nduty in devotional service of the Lord. Narada Muni thought that the Lord\ncould be seen again by the same mechanical process which was successful\nin the first attempt, but in spite of his utmost endeavor he could not make\nthe second attempt successful again. The Lord is completely independent\nof all obligations. He can simply be hound up by the tie of unalloyed devotion. Nor is He visible or perceivable by our material senses. When He\npleases, being satisfied with the sincere attempt of devotional service\ndepending completely on the mercy of the Lord, then He may be seen out\nof His own accord.\n\nTEXT 20\n\nevam yatantam vijane\nmiim iihiigocaro giriim\ngambhira-slakrrayii viicii\nsucaft pra§amayann iva\nevam-thus; yatantam-one who is engaged in attempting; vijane-in\nthat lonely place; miim-unto me; iiha-said; agocaraft -beyond the range\nof physical sound; giriim-utterances; gamb hira-grave; slak�rayii pleasing\n-\n\nto hear; viicii-words; sucaft-grief; prosamayan-mitigating; iva-like.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing my attempts in that lonely place, the Personality of Godhead,\nwho is transcendental to all mundane description, spoke to me with gravity\nand pleasing words, just to mitigate my grief.\nPURPORT\nIn the\n\nVedas it is said that God is beyond the approach of mundane\n\nwords and intelligence. And yet by His causeless mercy one can have\nsuitable senses to hear Him or to speak to Him. This is the Lord's inconceivable energy. One can hear Him upon whom His mercy is bestowed.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0330": "Text 21]\n\n297\n\nConversation Between Narada and Vyasa\n\nThe Lord was much pleased with Narada Muni, and therefore the necessary\nstrength was invested in him so that he could hear the Lord. It is not,\nhowever, possible for others to perceive directly the touch of the Lord\nduring the probation stage of regulative devotional service. It was a special\ngift for Narada. When he heard the pleasing words of the Lord, the feelings\nof separation were to some extent mitigated. A devotee in love with God\nfeels always the pangs of separation and is therefore always enwrapped in\ntranscendental ecstasy.\n\nTEXT 21\n\nRtf41StfliM �� �t S::'ifi4�t(fu 1\n31fcNtfi4i'WHOIT �m tti\\flt'11'( II�� II\nhantiismiii janmani bhaviin\nmii miim dra�tum ihiirhati\navipakva-k�iiyiJ.ctiim\ndurdarso?wm kuyoginiim\nhanta-0\n\nNarada; asmin-this; janmani-duration\n\nyourself; mii-not; miim-Me; dra�tum\n\n-\n\nof life; bhaviin­\n\nto see; iha-here; arhati- deserve;\n\navipakva- immature; k�iiyii11iim-material dirt; durdarsa[t\n\n-\n\ndifficult to he\n\nseen; aham-I; kuyoginiim-incomplete in service.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Narada [the Lord spoke], I regret that during this lifetime you will\nnot he able to see Me any more. Those who are incomplete in service and\nwho are not completely free from all material taints can hardly see Me.\nPURPORT\nThe Personality of Godhead is described in the Bhagavad-gitii as the\nmost pure, the Supreme and the Absolute Truth. There is no trace of a\ntinge of materiality in His person, and thus one who has the slightest tinge\nof material affection cannot approach Him. The beginning of devotional\nservice starts from the point when one is freed from at least two forms of\nmaterial modes, namely the mode of passion and the mode of ignorance.\nThe result is exhibited by the signs of being freed from kiima (lust) and\n\nlobha (covetousness). That is to say, one must he freed from the desires\n\n", "SB1.1#p0331": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n298\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 6\n\nfor sense satisfaction and avarice for sense gratification. The balanced\nmode of nature is goodness. And to be completely freed from all material\ntinges is to become free from the modes of goodness also. To search the\naudience of God in a lonely forest is considered to be in the mode of\ngoodness. One can go out into the forest to attain spiritual perfection, but\nthat does not mean that one can see the Lord personally there. One must\nbe completely freed from all material attachment and be situated on the\nplane of transcendence, which alone will help the devotee get in personal\ntouch with the Personality of Godhead. The best method is that one\nshould live at a place where the transcendental form of the Lord is worshiped. The temple of the Lord is a transcendental place, whereas the\nforest is a materially good habitation. A neophyte devotee is always\nrecommended to worship the Deity of the Lord {arcanii) rather than go\ninto the forest to search out the Lord. Devotional service hegins from the\nprocess of arcanii, which is better than going out in the forest. In his\n\npresent life, which is completely freed from all material hankerings, Sri\nNarada Muni does not go into the forest, although he can turn every\nplace into V aiku�tha by his presence only. He travels from one planet to\n\nanother to convert men, gods, Kinnaras, Gandharvas, !§is, munis and all\nothers to become devotees of the Lord. By his activities he has engaged\nmany devotees like Prahlada Maharaja, Dhruva Maharaja and many others\nin the transcendental service of the Lord. A pure devotee of the Lord,\ntherefore, follows in the footsteps of the great devotees like Narada,\nPrahlada, etc., and engages his whole time in glorifying the Lord by the\nprocess of kirtana.\n\nSuch a preaching process is transcendental to all\n\nmaterial qualities.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n('lf)i{tli! �� �q�fi<:ilhl+tlt �s;{EI I\n'l�l+{� �:�·� it�ttl� ll��ll\nsakrd yad dar-Sitam rilpam\netat kiimiiya te'nagha\nmat-kiima[l sanakaift siidhu\nsaroiin muncati hrc-chayiin\nsakrt- once only; yat- that ; darsitam- shown; rilpa m - form ; etat-this\n\nis; kiimiiya- for hankerings; te - your; anagha-0 virtuous one; mat-Mine;\nkiima[l-desire; sanakai[l-by increasing; siidhu[l-devotee;\nmuncati- gives away; hrt-sayiin- material desires.\n\n- all ;\n\nsaroiin\n\n", "SB1.1#p0332": "Text 23]\n\nConversation Between Narada and Vyasa\n\n299\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 virtuous one, you have only once seen My person, and this is just\nto increase your desire for Me, because the more you hanker for Me, the\nmore you will be freed from all material desires.\nPURPORT\nA living being cannot be vacant of desires. He is not a dead stone. He\nmust be working, thinking, feeling and willing. But when he thinks, feels\nand wills materially, he becomes entangled, and conversely when he thinks,\nfeels and wills for the service of the Lord, he becomes gradually freed from\nall entanglement. The more a person is engaged in the transcendental\nloving service of the Lord, the more he acquires a hankering for it. That is\nthe transcendental nature of godly service. Material service has satiation,\nwhereas spiritual service of the Lord has neither satiation nor end. One can\ngo on increasing his .hankerings for the loving transcendental service of the\nLord, and yet he will not find satiation nor end. By intense service of the\nLord, one can experience the presence of the Lord transcendentally.\nTherefore seeing the Lord means being engaged in His service because His\nservice and His person are identical. The sincere devotee should go on\nwith sincere service of the Lord. The Lord will give proper direction as to\nhow and where it has to be done. There was no material desire in Narada,\nand yet just to increase his intense desire for the Lord, he was so advised.\nTEXT 23\n\nsat-sevayiidirghayiipi\njiitii mayi d[!lhii mati[l.\nhitviivadyam imam lokarh\ngantii maj-janatiimasi\nsa t-s evayii-by service of the Absolute Truth; ad irghayii for some days;\napi-even ; jii.tii.-having attained; mayi unto Me; dnlhii-firm; mati[l.intelligence; hitvii having given up; avadyam-deplorable; imam-this;\nloham-material worlds; gantii. going to; mat-janatiim-My associates; asi·\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbecome.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0333": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n300\n\n(Canto 1, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy service of the Absolute Truth, even for a few days, a devotee\n\nattains firm and fixed intelligence in Me. Consequently he goes on to\n\nbecome My associate in the transcendental world after giving up the\npresent deplorable material worlds.\n\nPURPORT\nService of the Absolute Truth involves rendering service unto the\nAbsolute Personality of Godhead under the direction of the bona fide\nspiritual master who is a transparent via media between the Lord and\nthe neophyte devotee. The neophyte devotee has no capacity to approach\nthe Absolute Personality of Godhead by the strength of his present imperfect material senses, and therefore under the direction of the spiritual\nmaster he is trained in transcendental service of the Lord. And by such\ntraining, even for some days, the neophyte devotee gets intelligence in\nsuch transcendental service, which leads him ultimately to get free from\nperpetual inhabitation in the material worlds and to be promoted to the\ntranscendental world to become one of the liberated associates of the Lord\nin the kingdom of God.\nTEXT 24\n\n�Rt4M fwt;c:itf WI � iliftM( I\n�1(1•tf.ti\\ts\"A �� �G:��Id\\ ����II\nmatir mayi nibaddheyarh\nna vipadyeta karhicit\nprajiisarga-nirodhe 'pi\nsmrtiS ca mad-anugrahiit\nmati{l-intelligence; mayi-devoted to Me; nibaddh ii-engaged; iyamthus; na-never; vipadye ta-separate; karhicit-at any time; prajii-living\nbeings; sarga-at the time of creation; nirodhe-also at the time of annihilation; api-even; smrti{l-remembrance; ca-and; mat-Mine; anugrahiit-by\nthe mercy of.\nTRANSLATION\nIntelligence engaged in My devotion cannot be thwarted at any time.\n\nEven at the time of creation, as well as at the time of annihilation, your\nremembrance will continue by My mercy.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0334": "Conversation Between Narada and Vyasa\n\nText 25]\n\n301\n\nPURPORT\nDevotional service rendered to the Personality of Godhead never goes in\nvain. Since the Personality of Godhead is eternal, intelligence applied in\nHis service or anything done in His relation is also permanent. In the\nBhagavad-gitii it is said that such transcendental service rendered unto the\nPersonality of Godhead accumulates birth after birth, and when the\ndevotee is fully matured, the total service counted together makes him\neligible to enter into the association of the Personality of Godhead. Such\naccumulation of God's service is never vanquished, but increases till fully\nmatured.\nTEXT 25\n\nt(ijlit�#i\\q(l¥4\n�·\n� �lRst¥4�ft+4lSQ(4( I\n3ft� � � ¥ttm\n\n�4Url4W1Pi �: 11�'-\\11\n\n•etiivad uktvoparariima tan-mahad\nbhiitam nabho-lingam alingam iSvaram\naham ca tasmai mahatiirh mahiyase\nsi�rtiivaniimarh vidadhe 'nukampitaft\netiivat-thus;\n\nu ktvii-spoken ;\n\nupara riima-st opped; tat-that; mahat­\n\ngreat; bhii.tam-wonderful; nabhaft-lingam- personified by sound; alingamunseen by the eyes; iSvaram-the supreme authority; aham-1; ca-also;\ntasmai-unto\nsir§rtii- by\n\nHim; mahatii.m-the great; mahiyase-unto the glorified;\n\nthe\n\nhead;\n\navaniimam- obeisances;\n\nvidadhe-executed;\n\nanu­\n\nkampitaft-being favored by Him.\nTRANSLATION\nThen that supreme authority, personified by sound and unseen by\neyes, but most wonderful, stopped speaking. Feeling a sense of gratitude,\nI offered my obeisances unto Him, bowing my head.\nPURPORT\nThat the Personality of Godhead was not seen but only heard does not\nmake any difference. The Personality of Godhead produced the four Vedas\n\n", "SB1.1#p0335": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n302\n\n[Canto l, Ch_ 6\n\nby His breathing, and He is seen and realized through the transcendental\nsound of the Vedas. Similarly, the Bhagavad-gitii is the sound representation of the Lord, and there is no difference in identity. The conclusion is\nthat the Lord can be seen and heard by persistently chanting the transcendental sound.\n\nTEXT 26\n\nniimiiny anantasya hata-trapa{l. pathan\nguhyiini bhadriiri krtiini ca smaran\ngam paryatams tu§tamanii gata-sprha{l.\nkiilam pratik§an vimado vimatsara{l.\nniimiini-the holy name, fame, etc.; anantasya-of the unlimited; hata­\n\ntrapa{l.- being freed from all formalities of the material w orld; pathan by\n-\n\nrecitation, repeated reading, etc.; guhyani mysteri ous; bhadriiri-all bene-\n\ndictory; krtiini- activities;ca- and;smaran-constantly remembering; gamon the earth; paryatan- traveling all through; tu§tamanii{l.-fully satisfied;\n\ngata sprha{l.- completely freed from all material desires; kiilam- time;\n-\n\npratik§an- aw aitin g; vimada{l.-without being proud; vimatsara{l.\n\n-\n\nwithout\n\nbeing envious.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus I began chanting the holy name and fame of the Lord by\nrepeated recitation, ignoring all the formalities of the material world. Such\n\nchanting and remembering of the transcendental pastimes of the Lord are\n\nbenedictory. So doing, I travelled all over the earth, fully satisfied, humble\nand unenvious.\n\nPURPORT\nThe life of a sincere devotee of the Lord is thus explained in a nutshell\nby Narada Muni by his personal example. Such a devotee, after his initiation by the Lord or His bona fide representative, takes very seriously\n\n", "SB1.1#p0336": "Text 27]\n\nConversation Between Narada and Vyasa\n\n303\n\nchanting of the glories of the Lord and travelling all over the world so that\nothers may also hear the glories of the Lord. Such devotees have no desire\nfor material gain. They are conducted by one single desire: to go back to\nGodhead. This awaits them in due course on quitting the material body.\nBecause they have the highest aim of life, going back to Godhead, they are\nnever envious of anyone, nor are they proud of being eligible to go back\nto Godhead. Their only business is to chant and remember the holy name,\nfame and pastimes of the Lord and, according to personal capacity, to\ndistribute the message for others' welfare without motive of material gain.\nTEXT 27\n\nevam knTJa-mater brahman\nnasaktasyiimaliitmana�\nkiila� pradurabhiit kale\nta{litsaudiimani yathii\nevam-thus; k!§T}a-mate�-one who is fully absorbed in thinking of\nKr�rya; brahman-0 Vyasadeva; na-not; iisaktasya-of one who is attached;\namaliitmana�-of one who is completely free from all material dirt; kala�death; priidurabhiit-become visible; kiile-in the course of time; ta{litlightning; saudiimani-illuminating; yathii-as it is.\nTRANSLATION\nAnd so, 0 Brahma!J.a Vyasadeva, in due course of time I, who was\nfully absorbed in thinking of Kf�!la and who therefore had no attachments, being completely freed from all material taints, met with death, as\nlightning and illumination occur simultaneously.\nPURPORT\nTo be fully absorbed in the thought of Kr��a means clearance of\nmaterial dirts or hankerings. As a very rich man has no hankerings for\nsmall petty things, so also a devotee of Lord Kr�!J.a, who is guaranteed to\npass on to the kingdom of God where life is eternal, fully cognizant and\n\n", "SB1.1#p0337": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n304\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 6\n\nblissful, has naturally no hankerings for petty material things, which are\nlike dolls or shadows of the reality and are without permanent value. That\nis the sign of spiritually enriched persons. And in due course of time, when\na pure devotee is completely prepared, all of a sudden the change of body\noccurs which is commonly called death. And for the pure devotee such a\nchange takes place exactly like lightning, and illumination follows simultaneously. That is to say a devotee simultaneously. changes his material\nbody and develops a spiritual body by the will of the Supreme. Even\nbefore death, a pure devotee has no material affection due to his body\nbeing spiritualized like a red-hot iron in contact with fire.\nTEXT 28\n\nst��¥4fl ¥4� ffl � �1•1cc8i � I\n�� ;:t(qffit_ tn�: ������\nprayujyamiine mayi tiirh\nsuddhiirh bhiigavatirh tanum\niirabdha-karma-niroiir-o\nnyapatat piinca-bhautika{l.\nprayujyamiine-having been awarded upon; mayi\n\n-\n\non me; tam\n\n-\n\nthat;\n\nsuddhiim-transcendental; bhiigavatim-fit for associating with the Personality of Godhead; tanum- body; iirabdha-acquired; karma-fruitive work;\nnirvarra{l.-prohibitive; nyapatat\n\n-\n\nquit; panca-bhautika{l.- body made of five\n\nmaterial elements.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHaving been awarded a transcendental body befitting an associate of\n\nthe Personality of Godhead, I quit the body made of five material elements, and thus all acquired fruitive results of work [karma J stopped.\nPURPORT\nInformed by the Personality of Godhead that he would be awarded a\ntranscendental body befitting the Lord's association, Narada got his\n\nspiritual body as soon as he quitted his material body. This transcendental\nbody is free from material affinity and invested with three primary transcendental qualities, namely eternity, freedom from material modes, and\n\n", "SB1.1#p0338": "Text 29]\n\nConversation Between Narada and Vyasa\n\n305\n\nfreedom from reactions of fruitive activities. The material body is always\nafflicted with these three inebrieties. A devotee's body becomes at once\nsurcharged with the transcendental qualities as soon as he is engaged in the\ndevotional service of the Lord. It acts like the magnetic influence of a\ntouchstone upon iron. The influence of transcendental devotional service\nis like that. Therefore change of the body means stoppage of the reaction\nof three qualitative modes of material nature upon the pure devotee. There\nare many instances of this in the revealed scriptures. Dhruva Maharaja and\nPrahlada Maharaja and many other devotees were able to see the Person·\nality of Godhead face to face apparently in the same body. This means\nthat the quality of a devotee's body changes from material to transcen·\ndence. That is the opinion of the authorized Gosvam'is via the authentic\nscriptures. In the Brahma-samhitii it is said that beginning from the indragopa germ up to the great lndra, King of heaven, all living beings are\nsubjected to the law of karma and are bound to suffer and enjoy the\nfruitive results of their own work. But only the devotee is exempt from\nsuch reaction by the causeless mercy of the supreme authority, the\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTEXT 29\n\n�ltti�SJ��;<:f(f : I\n���IMtfN:�snui fccf?l�sk!(( �: 11�'11\n\n�lkl (�iil�ltf\n\nhalpiinta idam iidiiya\nsayiine'mbhasy udanvataft\nsiSay�or anupriirwm\nviviSe'ntar aham vibhoft\nkalpiinte-at the end of Brahma's day; idam- this ; iidiiya- taking together;\nsay ane-having gone to lie down; ambhasi-in the causal water; udanvatafi\n-devastation; siSay�o[l-lying of the Personality of Godhead (Narayal)a);\nanuprarwm-breathing; vivise-entered into; antaft-within; aham-I; vibhoft\n-of Lord Brahma.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of the millennium, when the Personality of Godhead Lord\nNaraya�a lies down within the water of devastation, Brahmii begins to\nenter into Him along with all creative elements, and I also enter through\nHis breathing.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0339": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n306\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\nNarada is known as the son of Brahma, as Lord Kr�rta is known as the\nson of Vasudeva. The Personality of Godhead and His liberated devotees\nlike Narada appear in the material world by the same process. As it is said\nin the Bhagavad-gitii, the birth and activities of the Lord are all transcendental. Therefore, according to authorized opinion, the birth of Narada as\nthe son of Brahma is also a transcendental pastime. His appearance and\ndissappearance are practically on the same level as that of the Lord. The\nLord and His devotees are therefore simultaneously one and different as\nspiritual entities. They belong to the same category of transcendence.\nTEXT 30\n\nQW�I4� a���(\n\n�: I\n\n'lftMfil� �:SII�\n�:q� II� oil\nsahasra-yuga-paryante\nutthiiyedarh sisrk§ata[l.\nmarici-miSrii [§aya[l.\nprii[tebhyo'harh ca jajnire\nsahasra-one thousand; yuga-4,300,000 years; paryante-at the end of\nthe duration; utthiiya-having expired; idam-this; sisrk§ata[l.-desired to\ncreate again; marici-miSrii[l.- !§is like Marici; [§aya[l.-all the [§is; prii[tebhya[l.\n-out of His senses; aham-I; ca-also;jajiiire-appeared.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter 4,300,000,000 solar years, Brahma awakes to create again by\n\nwill of the Lord, and all the r�is like Marici, Arigira, Atri and so on are\n\ncreated from the transcendental body of the Lord, and I also appear along\nwith them.\n\nPURPORT\nThe duration of a day in the life of Brahma is 4,320,000,000 solar years.\nThis is stated also in the Bhagavad-gitii. So for this period Brahmajl rests in\nyoga-nidrii within the body of the Garbhodakasayi Vi�rtu, the generator of\nBrahma. Thus after the sleeping period of Brahma, when there is again\ncreation by the will of the Lord through the agency of Brahma, all the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0340": "Conversation Between Niirada and Vyiisa\n\nText 31]\n\n307\n\ngreat [§is again appear from different parts of the transcendental body, and\nNiirada also appears. This means that Niirada appears in the same transcen­\n\ndental body, just as a man awakes from sleep in the same body. Sri Narada\nis eternally free to move in all parts of the transcendental and material\ncreations of the Almighty. He appears and disappears in his own transcendental body which is without distinction of body and soul, unlike conditioned beings.\nTEXT 31\n\n:ac;:�l'tfC:tr el'hi(40'{ qif+4�f�31tHt: I\n31�'4(1W4(1�QJ(tdi1�1�•1Rf : � II�� II\nantar bahiS ca lokii.ms trin\nparyemy askandita-vratal;l\nanugrahii.n mahii.-V�\"{lor\navighii.ta-gati{i. kvacit\nanta{i. in the transcendental world; bah i{i. - in the material world; calo kii.n planets; trin-three (divisions); pa ryemi- travel; askanditaunbroken; vratap-vow; anugrahii.t-by the causeless mercy; mahii.-v�\"(lopof the Mahii-vi�pu (Kiirapodakasiiyi Vi�l).u); avighii.ta- without restriction;\ngati{l.-entrance; kvacit-at any time.\n-\n\nand;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince then, by the grace of the almighty Vi��m, I travel everywhere\nwithout restriction both in the transcendental world and in the three\ndivisions of the material world. This is because I am fixed in unbroken\ndevotional service of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the Bhagavad-gitii., there are three divisions of the material\nspheres, namely the urdhaloka (topmost planets), madhyaloka (midway\nplanets) and\n\nadhaloka (downward planets). And beyond the iirdhaloka\n\nplanets, that is to say above the Brahmaloka, there are the material\ncoverings of the universes, and above that there is the spiritual sky which\nis unlimited in expansion, containing unlimited self-illuminated Vaiku!ltha\nplanets inhabited by God Himself along with His associates who are all\n\n", "SB1.1#p0341": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n308\n\n[Canto 1, Ch_ 6\n\neternally liberated living entities. Sri Narada Muni could enter all these\nplanets both in the material and spiritual spheres without restriction, as\nmuch as the almighty Lord is free to move personally in any part of His\ncreation. In the material world the living beings are influenced by the\nthree material modes of nature, namely goodness, passion and ignorance.\nBut Sri Narada Muni is transcendental to all these material modes, and thus\nhe can travel everywhere unrestricted. He is a liberated spaceman. The causeless mercy of Lord Vi�pu is unparalleled, and such mercy is perceived by\nthe devotees only by the grace of the Lord. Therefore, the devotees never\nfall down, but the materialists, i.e., the fruitive workers and the speculative\nphilosophers, do fall down, being forced by the respective modes of\nnature. The [§is, as above mentioned, cannot enter into the transcendental\nworld like Narada. This fact is disclosed in the Narasimha Puriirw. f?.§is like\nMarici are authorities in fruitive work, and .'!is like San aka and Sanatana are\nauthorities in philosophical speculations. But\n\nSri Narada Muni is the\n\nprime authority for transcendental devotional service of the Lord. All the\ngreat authorities in the devotional service of the Lord follow in the\nfootsteps of Narada Muni in the order of the Niirada-bhakti-sutra, and\ntherefore all the devotees of the Lord are unhesitatingly qualified to enter\ninto the kingdom of God, V aikuptha.\nTEXT 32\n\n«>eti(*llfl¥4i � �� I\n'{4iN�I {f� tTNIM�(IRhi� 11��11\ndeva-dattiim imiirh v\"irtiirh\nsvara-brahma-vibhii§itiim\nmurcchayitvii hari-kathiim\ngiiyamiina.S cariimy aham\n\ndeva-the Supreme Personality of Godhead (Sri K.r�!la); dattiim-gifted\n\n-\n\nby; imam -this; vi[liim-a musical stringed instrument; s vara singing meter;\n\n­\n\nbrahma- transcendental; vibhii § itiim- decorated with; mu rcc hayitvii-vibrat\n\ning; hari-kathiim- transcendental message; g iiyamiin a� - singing constantly;\ncariimi-do move; aham-1.\nTRANSLATION\nAnd thus I travel, constantly singing the glories of the Lord and\ntranscendental messages, vibrating this instrument called a vipa which is\n\n", "SB1.1#p0342": "Conversation Between Narada and Vyasa\n\nText 33)\n\n309\n\ncharged with transcendental sound and which was given to me by Lord\n\nKr��a.\n\nPURPORT\nThe musical string instrument called the\n\nvipii, which was handed to\n\nNarada by Lord Sri Kr�!J.a, is described in the Linga Puriir-a, and this is\n\nconfirmed by Srila ]lva Gosvami. This transcendental instrument is identical\n\nwith Lord Sri Kr��a and Narada because all of them are of the same\ntranscendental category. Sound vibrated by the instrument cannot be\nmaterial, and therefore the glories and pastimes which are broadcast by\n\nthe instrument of Narada are also transcendental, without a tinge of\n\nmaterial inebriety. The seven singing meters, namely Sa ($arja), lJ.\n(IJ.§abha), Gii (Giindhiira), Ma (Madhyam), Pa (Pancham), Dha (Dhaivata)\nand Ni (Ni§iida) are also transcendental and specifically meant for transcen­\n\ndental songs. As a pure devotee of the Lord, Sri Narada Deva is always\nfulfilling his obligation to the Lord for His gift of the instrument, and thus\n\nhe is always engaged in singing His transcendental glories and is therefore\n\ninfallible in his exalted position. Following in the footsteps of Srila\n\nNarada Muni, a self-realized soul in the material world should also properly\n\nuse the sound meters, namely f$a,\n\nIJ-, Gii, Ma, etc., in the service of the\n\nLord by constantly singing the glories of the Lord, as confirmed in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n�: fiN�: I\n30(6� ���������II\n\n�: �ftur\n\npragiiyata[r. sva-viryii'{li\ntirtha-piida[r. priya-sravii[r.\niihuta iva me sighram\ndarianam yiiti cetasi\npragiiyata[r.- thus singing; sva-viryiir-i-own activities; tirtha-piida[r.- the\nLord, whose lotus feet are the source of all virtues or holiness; priya­\n\nsravii[r.-pleasing\n\nto hear; iihuta-called for; iva-just like; me-to me;\n\nsighram-very soon; dar§anam-sight; yiiti-appears; cetasi-on the seat of\nthe heart.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0343": "310\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Lord Sri Kf��a, whose glories and activities are pleasing\n\nto hear, at once appears on the seat of my heart, as if called for, as soon as\n\nI begin to chant His holy activities.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Absolute Personality of Godhead is not different from His transcen­\n\ndental name, form, pastimes and the sound vibrations thereof. As soon as\n\na pure devotee engages himself in the pure devotional service of hearing,\n\nchanting and remembering the name, fame and activities of the Lord, at\n\nonce He becomes visible to the transcendental eyes of the pure devotee by\n\nreflecting Himself on the mirror of the heart by spiritual television. There·\n\nfore a pure devotee who is related with the Lord in loving transcendental\nservice can experience the presence of the Lord at every moment. It is a\n\nnatural psychology in every individual case that a person likes to hear and\n\nenjoy his personal glories enumerated by others. That is a natural instinct,\n\nand the Lord, being also an individual personality like others, is not an\n\nexception to this psychology because psychological characteristics visible\n\nin the individual souls are but reflections of the same psychology in the\nAbsolute Lord. The only difference is that the Lord is the greatest\n\nPersonality of all and absolute in all His affairs. If, therefore, the Lord is\nattracted by the pure devotee's chanting of His glories, there is nothing\nastonishing. Since He is absolute, He can appear Himself in the picture of\n\nHis glorification, the two things being identical. Srila Niirada chants the\nglorification of the Lord not for his personal benefit but because the\n\nglorifications are identical with the Lord. Narada Muni forces the presence\nof the Lord by the transcendental chanting.\nTEXT 34\n\netadd hy iitura-cittiiniim\nmiitrii-sparsecchayii muhu(l\nbhava-sindhu-plavo dr�!o\nhari-caryiinuvarcwnam\n\n", "SB1.1#p0344": "Text 34]\n\nConversation Between Narada and Vyasa\n\n3ll\n\netat-this; hi -certainly; iitura-cittiiniim-of those whose minds are always full of cares and anxieties; miitrii-objects of sense enjoyment; sparsa\n-senses; icchayii- by desires; muhu[l-always; bhava-sindhu-the ocean of\nnescience; plava[l-boat; d.r�ta[l-experienced; hari-carya-activities of Hari,\nanuva'?lanam-constant recitation_\nTRANSLATION\nIt is personally experienced by me that those who are always full of\n\ncares and anxieties due to desiring contact of the senses with their\n\nobjects can cross the ocean of nescience on a most suitable boat-the\n\nconstant chanting of the transcendental activities of the Personality of\nGodhead.\nPURPORT\nThe symptom of a living being is that he cannot remain silent even for\nsome time. He must be doing something, thinking of something or talking\nabout something. Generally the materialistic men think and discuss about\nsubjects which satisfy their senses. But as these things are exercized under\nthe influence of the external illusory energy, such sensual activities do not\nactually give them any satisfaction. On the contrary, they become full with\ncares and anxieties. This is called miiyii, or what is not. That which cannot\ngive them satisfaction is accepted as an object for satisfaction. So Narada\nMuni, by his personal experience, says that satisfaction for such frustrated\nbeings engaged in sense gratification is to chant always the activities of the\nLord. The point is that the subject matter only should be changed. No one\ncan check the thinking activities of a living being, nor the feeling, willing\nor working processes. But if one wants actual happiness, one must change\nthe subject matter only. Instead of talking of the politics of a dying man,\none might discuss the politics administered by the Lord Himself. Instead\nof relishing activities of the cinema artists, one can turn his attention to the\nactivities of the Lord with His eternal associates like the gopis and Lak�mis.\n\nThe almighty Personality of Godhead, by His causeless mercy, descends\non the earth and manifests activities almost on the line of the worldly\n\nmen, but at the same time extraordinarily, because He is almighty. He\ndoes so for the benefit of all conditioned souls so that they can turn\ntheir attention to transcendence. By doing so, the conditioned soul will\ngradually be promoted to the transcendental position and easily cross the\n\nocean of nescience, the source of all miseries. This is stated from personal\nexperience by an authority like Sri Narada Muni. And we can have the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0345": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n312\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 6\n\nsame experience also if we begin to follow in the footsteps of the great\nsage, the dearmost devotee of the Lord.\nTEXT 35\n\nyamiidibhir yoga-pathailz\nkiima-lobha-hato muhu[l\nmukunda-sevayii yadvat\ntathiitmiiddhii na siim yati\nyama-iidibhilz-by the process of practicing self-restraint; yoga-pathai[lby yoga (mystic bodily power to attain the godly stage) system; kamadesires for sense satisfaction; lobha-lust for satisfaction of the senses;\n\nha ta[l curbed; muhu[l- always ; mukunda-the Personality of Godhead;\nsevayii-by the service of; yadvat-as it is; tathii-Iike that; iitmii-the soul;\n-\n\naddhii-for all practical purposes; na-does not; siimyati-be satisfied.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is true that by practicing restraint of the senses by the yoga system\none can get relief from the disturbances of desire and lust, but this is not\nsufficient to give satisfaction to the soul, for this [satisfaction] is derived\nfrom devotional service to the Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nYoga aims at controlling the senses. By practice of the mystic process\nof bodily exercize in sitting, thinking, feeling, willing, concentrating,\nmeditating and at last being merged into transcendence, one can control\nthe senses. The senses are considered like venomous serpents, and the yoga\nsystem is just to control them. On the other hand, Narada Muni recommends\nanother method for controlling the senses in the transcendental loving\nservice of Mukunda the Personality of Godhead. By his experience he says\nthat devotional service of the Lord is more effective and practical than\nthe system of artificially controlling the senses. In the service of the Lord\nMukunda, the senses are transcendentally engaged. Thus there is no chance\nof their being engaged in sense satisfaction. The senses want some engage-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0346": "Text 36)\n\nConversation Between Narada and Vyasa\n\n313\n\nment. To check them artificially is no check at all because as soon as there\nis some opportunity for enjoyment, the serpent-like senses will certainly\n\ntake advantage of it. There are many such instances in history, just like\nVisvamitra Muni, who fell a victim of the beauty of Menaka. But Thakur\n\nHaridasa was allured at midnight by the well dressed miiyii, and still she\ncould not induce that great devotee in her trap.\n\nThe whole idea is that without devotional service of the Lord, neither\n\nthe yoga system nor dry philosophical speculation can ever become\n\nsuccessful. Pure devotional service of the Lord, without being tinged with\nfruitive work, mystic yoga or speculative philosophy, is the foremost\n\nprocedure to attain self-realization. Such pure devotional ervice i transcen·\ndental in nature, and the systems of yoga and jiiiina are subordinate to\n\nsuch a process. When the tra-nscendental devotional service i mixed with\nthe other subordinate process, it is no longer transcendental but is called\n\nmixed devotional service. Srila Vyasadeva, the author of Srimad-Bhiigava­\n\ntam, will gradually develop all these different systems of transcendental\nrealization in the text.\n\nTEXT 36\n\nri 6fa;i(+tl��ld � ��1�'4 I\nlffif�l�+tJNot( II�� II\n\n�ritftl��:trfli it\n\nsaroarit tad idam iikhyiitarit\nyat-pr!l!o'ham tvayiinagha\njanma-karma-rahasyarit me\n\nbhavatas ciitma-to§arwm\n\nsarvam-all; tat-that; idam-this; iikhyiitam-described; yat-whatever;\n\np.r§!a[t-asked by; aham-myseif; tvayii-by yourself; anagha-without any\nsins;\n\njanma-birth;\n\nkarma- a ctivitie s;\n\nrahasyam- mysteries; me - mine;\n\nbhavata[l -your; ca-and; iitm a- self; to§a!l am-satisfaction.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Vyasadeva, you are freed from all sins. Thus I have explained my\nbirth and activities for self-realization, as you asked. All this will be\nconducive for your personal satisfaction also.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0347": "Srlrnad-Bhagavatarn\n\n314\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe process of devotional activities from the beginning to the stage of\ntranscendence is all duly explained to satisfy the enquiries of Vyasadeva.\nHe has explained how the seeds of devotional service were sown by\ntranscendental association and how they gradually developed by hearing\nthe sages. The result of such hearing is detachment from worldliness, so\nmuch so that even a small hoy could receive the death news of his mother,\nwho was his only caretaker, as the blessing of God. And at once he took\nthe opportunity to search out the Lord. A sincere urge for having an\ninterview with the Lord was also granted to him, although it is not possible\nfor anyone to see the Lord \\vith mundane eyes. He also explained how by\nexecution of pure transcendental service one can get rid of fruitive action\nof accumulated work and how he transformed his material body into a\nspiritual one. The spiritual body is alone able to enter into the spiritual\nrealm of the Lord, and no one but a pure devotee is eligible to enter into\nthe kingdom of God. All the mysteries of transcendental realization are\nduly experienced by Narada Muni himself, and therefore by hearing such\nan authority one can have some idea of the results of devotional life, which\nare hardly delineated even in the original texts of the Vedas. In the Vedas\nand Upani§ads there are only indirect hints to all this. Nothing is directly\n\nexplained there, and therefore Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the mature fruit of\nall the Vedic trees of literatures.\n\nTEXT 37\n\nsiita uviica\nevarh sambhii§ya bhagaviin\nniirodo viisavisutam\niimantrya virtiirh rarayan\nyayau yiidrcchiko munifi.\nsiitaft - Siita Gosviimi; uviica-said; evam-thus; sambhii§ya- addressing;\nbhagaviin-transcen dentally\n\npowerful;\n\nnii rodaft - Niirada\n\nMuni; viisavi-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0348": "Text 38]\n\nConversation Between Narada and Vyasa\n\n315\n\nnamed V asavi\" (Satyavati); sutam-son; am ant ry a- inviting ; viruzm-instrument; ra !J ayan-vibrating; yayau- went;yiidrk-wherever; icchika/:1--willing;\nmunil), - sage.\nTRANSLATION\nSii.ta Gosvami said:\n\nThus addressing Vyasadeva, Srila Narada Muni took\n\nleave of him, and vibrating on his vi!J.ii instrument, he left to wander at his\n\nfree will.\n\nPURPORT\nEvery living being is anxious for full freedom because that is his tran·\n\nscendental nature. And this freedom is obtained only through the tran·\nscendental service of the\n\nLord.\n\nIllusioned\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nexternal\n\nenergy,\n\neveryone thinks that he is free, but actually he is bound up by the laws of\nnature. A conditioned soul cannot freely move from one place to another\neven on this earth, and what to speak of one planet to another. But a full·\nfledged free soul like Niirada, always engaged in chanting the Lord's glory,\nis free to move not only on earth hut also in any part of the universe, as\nwell as in any part of the spiritual sky. We can just imagine the extent and\nunlimitedness of his freedom, which is as good as that of the Supreme\nLord. There is no reason or obligation for his travelling, and no one can\n\nstop him from his free movement. Similarly, the transcendental system of\n\ndevotional service is also free. It may or may not develop in a particular\nperson even after undergoing all the detailed formulas. Similarly, the\nassociation of the devotee is also free. One may be fortunate to have it, or\none may not have it even after thousands of endeavors. Therefore, in all\n\nspheres of devotional service, freedom is the main pivot. Without freedom\n\nthere is no execution of devotional service. The freedom surrendered to the\nLord does not mean that the devotee becomes dependent in every respect.\n\nTo surrender unto the Lord through the transparent medium of the\nspiritual master is to attain complete freedom of life.\n\naho devar#r dhanyo'yam\nyat kirtim samgadhanvanal),\ngayan madyann idam tantrya\nramayaty aturam jagat\n\n", "SB1.1#p0349": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n316\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 6\n\naho-all glory to; devar�i{z-the sage of the gods; dhanyafz-all success;\n\nayam-yat-one who; kirtim glories; siirngadhanvana{L-of the Personality\n-\n\nof\n\nGodhead; gayan-singing; madyan-taking\n\npleasure in; idam-this ;\n\ntantrya-by means of the instrument; ramayati-enlivens; aturam-dis­\n\ntressed; jagat-world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glory and success to Sn,a Narada Muni because he glorifies the\nactivities of the Personality of Godhead, and so doing he himself takes\npleasure and also enlivens all the distressed souls of the universe.\nPURPORT\nSri Narada Muni plays on his instrument to glorify the transcendental\nactivities of the Lord and to give relief to all miserable living entities of the\n\nuniverse. No one is happy here within the universe, and what is felt as\n\nhappiness is maya's illusion. The illusory energy of the Lord is so strong\n\nthat even the hog who lives on filthy stool feels happy. No one can be\ntruly happy within the material worl d. Srila Narada Muni, in order to\nenlighten the miserable inhabitants, wanders everywhere. His mission is to\n\nget them back home, back to Godhead. That is the mission of all genuine\ndevotees of the Lord following the footsteps of that great sage.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the First Canto, Sixth Chapter,\nof\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nVyiisa.\"\n\nentitled\n\n\"Conversation\n\nBetween\n\nNarada\n\nand\n\n", "SB1.1#p0350": "CHAPTER SEVEN\nThe s on of oror)a PUnished\n\nTEXT I\n\n��\n\n� � «_ij � iU�((tul: I\n� (Rf: Ffiq���: II � II\nsaunaka uviica\nnirgate niirade siita\n\nbhagaviin biidariiya[la[l.\n\nsrutaviims tad-abhipretam\n\ntata[l. kim akarod vibhu[l.\n\nsaunaka[l.-Srl Saunaka; uvaca-said; nirgate-having gone; narade­\n\nNarada Muni; siita-0 Su ta ; bhagaviin-the transcendentally powerful;\n\nbiidariiyarta{l.- Vedavyiisa; srutaviin-who heard; tat-his ; abhipretam-de­\n\nsire of the mind; tata[l.-thereafter; kim-what; akarot-did he do; vibhu[l.the great.\n\nTRANSLATION\nl;t�i Saunaka asked: 0 Suta, the great and transcendentally powerful\n\nVyasadeva heard everything from Sri Narada Muni. So after his departure,\n\nwhat did he do?\n\nPURPORT\nIn this chapter the clue for describing Snmad-Bhiigavatam is picked up\n\nas Maharaja Parik�it is miraculously saved in the womb of his mother. This\n\nwas caused by Drau�i (Asvatthama), son of Acarya Dro�a, who killed the\n\n317\n\n", "SB1.1#p0351": "[Canto 1, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n318\n\nfive sons of Draupadi while they were asleep, for which he was punished\nby Arjuna. Before commencing the great epic Srimad-Bhiigavatam, Sri\nVyasadeva realized the whole truth by trance in devotion.\nTEXT 2\n\nsuta uvaca\n\nbrahma-nadyam sarasvatyam\niiS ram a � pa5cime tate\n\nsamyaprasa iti prokta\n\nnirziim satra-vardhana�\nsuta[t-Sri Suta;uvaca-said; brahmanadyam-on the bank of the river\n\nintimately related with Vedas, brahmarzas, saints, and the Lord; sarasvatyam\n\n-Sarasvati; iisrama�-cottage for meditation; pascime-on the west; tatebank; 5amyiipriisa�-the place named Samyaprasa; i ti\n\n-\n\nthus ; prokta�­\n\nsaid to be; nirziim-of the sages; satra-vardhana�-that which enlivens\n\nactivities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Suta said: On the western bank of the River Sarasvati, which is\n\nintimately related with the Vedas, there is a cottage for meditation at\nSamyaprasa which enlivens the transcendental activities of the sages.\nPURPORT\nFor spiritual advancement of knowledge a suitable place and atmosphere\n\nare definitely required. The place on the western bank of the Sarasvati is\n\nespecially suitable for this purpose. And there is the iisrama of V yasadeva\nat Samyaprasa. Srila Vyasadeva was a householder, yet his residential\n\nplace is called an iiSrama. An iisrama is a place where spiritual culture is\n\nalways foremost. It does not matter whether the place belongs to a householder or a mendicant. The whole varrzasrama system is so designed that\n\neach and every status of life is called an asrama. This means that spiritual\n\n", "SB1.1#p0352": "Text 4]\n\nThe Son of Drot:ta Punished\n\n319\n\nculture is the common factor for all. The brahmaciins, the grhasthas, the\n\nviinaprasthas and the sannyiisis all belong to the same mission of life,\n\nnamely, realization of the Supreme. Therefore none of them are less\n\nimportant as far as spiritual culture is concerned. The difference is a matter\n\nof formality on the strength of renunciation. The sannyiisis are held in\nhigh estimation on the strength of practical renunciation.\nTEXT 3\n\nijf� �3TT�� �'JTl�'lfo� I\n300'RtS1frn�m��\"tfT��: �II� II\ntasmin sva-iisrame vyiiso\nbadari-§ar-tJa-mar-tJite\niisino 'pa upasprsya\nprar-idadhyau mana[! svayam\ntasmin-in that (iisrama); sva-own; iisrame-in the cottage; vyiisa[l­\n\nVyasadeva; badari-berry; �ar-tJa-trees; mar-tJite-surrounded by; iisina[l\n\napa[l -sitting;\n\nupasprsya-touching\n\nmana[!- the mind; svayam-himself.\n\nwater; prar- idadhyau- concentrated;\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn that place, Sn\"la Vyasadeva, in his own asrama, which was surround­\n\ned by berry trees, sat down to meditate after touching water for purifica­\n\ntion.\n\nPURPORT\nUnder instruction of his spiritual master Srila Narada Muni, Vyasadeva\n\nconcentrated his mind in that transcendental place of meditation.\nTEXT 4\n\nbhakti-yogena manasi\nsamyak prar-ihite 'male\n\n", "SB1.1#p0353": "320\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 7\n\napasyat purn§arh purrwm\n\nmiiyiirh ca tad-apiisrayam\n\nbhakti-devotional service; yogena-by the process of linking up;manasi\n\n-upon the mind; samyak-perfectly; prar.ihite-engaged in and fixed up­\n\non; amale-without any matter; apasyat-saw;purn�am-the Personality of\n\nGodhead;purr.am-absolute;miiyiim-energy; ca-also;tat-His;apiisrayam\n\n-under full control.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus he fixed his mind, perfectly engaging it by linking it in devotional\n\nservice [bhakti-yoga] without any tinge of materialism, and thus he saw\nthe Absolute Personality of Godhead along with His external energy, which\n\nwas under full control.\n\nPUR PORT\nPerfect visiOn of the Absolute Truth is possible only by the linking\n\nprocess of devotional service. This is also confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii\n\nOne can perfectly realize the Absolute Truth Personality of Godhead only\n\nby the process of devotional service, and one can enter into the kingdom\n\nof God by such perfect knowledge. Imperfect realization of the Absolute\n\nby the partial approach of the impersonal Brahman or localized Paramatma\n\ndoes not permit anyone to enter into the kingdom of God. Sri Narada\n\nadvised Snia Vyasadeva to become absorbed in transcendental meditation\n\non the Personality of Godhead and His activities. Srila Vyasadeva did not\n\ntake notice of the effulgence of Brahman because that is not absolute\nvision. The absolute vision is the Personality of Godhead, as it is confirmed\nin the Bhagavad-gitii: Vasudeva[!. sarvam iti. In the Upan4ads also it is\n\nconfirmed that Vasudeva, the Personality of Godhead, is covered by the\n\ngolden glowing hirar-mayena piitrer-a veil of impersonal Brahman, and when\n\nthat curtain is removed by the mercy of the Lord the real face of the\nAbsolute is seen. The Absolute is mentioned here as the purn§a or person.\n\nThe Absolute Personality of Godhead is mentioned in so many Vedic\nliteratures, and in the Bhagavad-gitii, the purn§a is confirmed as the\n\neternal and original person. The Absolute Personality of Godhead is the\n\nperfect person. The Supreme Person has manifold energies, out of which\nthe internal, external and marginal energies are specifically important. The\n\nenergy mentioned here is the external energy, as will be clear from the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0354": "The Son of DroJ.la Punished\n\nText 5]\n\n321\n\nstatements of her activities. The internal energy is there along with the\n\nAbsolute Person as the moonlight is there with the moon. The external\n\nenergy is compared \\vith darkness because it keeps the living entities in the\n\ndarkness of ignorance. The word apasrayam suggests that this energy of\n\nthe Lord is under full control. The internal potency or superior energy\nis also called maya, but it is spiritual maya, or energy exhibited in the\nabsolute realm. When one is under the shelter of this internal potency, the\ndarkness of material ignorance is at once dissipated. And even those who\n\nare iitmiiriima, or fixed in trance, take shelter of this mayii or internal\nenergy. Devotional service, or bhakti-yoga, is the function of the internal\n\nenergy; thus there is no place for the inferior energy or material energy,\n\njust as there is no place for darkness in the effulgence of spiritual\nlight. Such internal energy is even superior to the spiritual bliss attainable\n\nin the conception of impersonal Brahman. It is stated in the Bhagavad-gitii\n\nthat the impersonal Brahman effulgence is also an emanation from the\nAbsolute Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�!J.a. The Parama-Puru§a cannot be\n\nanyone except Sri Kr�!la Himself, as it will be explained in the later slokas.\nTEXT 5\n\n�RHI�tmii!Fr 3TT�;i f�arn�� I\nWsN ��s;N � �ij II '-\\ II\nyayii sammohi to jiva\niitmiinarh tri-guriitmakam\nparo 'pi manute ' nartharh\ntat-krtarh ciibhipadyate\n\nyayii-by\n\nwhom;\n\nsammohitaft-illusioned; jivaft-the\n\nliving\n\nentities;\n\niitmiinam-self; t ri gura a tmakam-conditioned by the three modes of\n-\n\n-\n\nnature, or a product of matter; paraft-transcendental; api-in spite of;\n\nmanute-takes it for granted; anartham-things not wanted; tat-by that;\nkrtam ca-reaction; abhipadyate-undergoes thereof.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDue to this external energy, the living entity, although transcendental\n\nto the three modes of material nature, thinks of himself as a material\nproduct and thus. undergoes the reactions of material miseries.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0355": "322\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 7\n\nPURPORT\nThe root cause of suffering by the materialistic living beings is pointed\nout with remedial measures which are to be undertaken and also the ulti­\n\nmate perfection to be gained. All this is mentioned in this particular verse.\n\nThe living being is by constitution transcendental to material encagement,\nbut he is now imprisoned by the external energy, and therefore he thinks\n\nhimself one of the material products. And due to this unholy contact,\n\nthe pure spiritual entity suffers material miseries under the modes of\n\nmaterial nature. The living entity misunderstands himself to be a material\nproduct. This means that the present perverted way of thinking, feeling\n\nand willing, under material conditions, is not natural for him. But he has\nhis normal way of thinking, feeling and willing. The living being in his\n\noriginal state is not without thinking, willing and feeling power. It is also\nconfirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii that the actual knowledge of the condi­\n\ntioned soul is now covered by nescience. Thus the theory that a living\n\nbeing is absolute impersonal Brahman is refuted herein. This cannot be,\n\nbecause the living entity has his own way of thinking in his original uncon­\n\nditional state also. The present conditional state is due to the influence of\n\nthe external energy, which means that the illusory energy takes the initiative while the Supreme Lord is aloof. The Lord does not desire that a living\n\nbeing be illusioned by external energy. The external energy is aware of this\n\nfact, but still she accepts a thankless task of keeping the forgotten soul\n\nunder illusion by her bewildering influence. The Lord does not interfere\n\nwith the task of the illusory energy because such performances of the\nillusory energy are also necessary for reformation of the conditioned soul.\n\nAn affectionate father does not like his children to be chastised by another\n\nagent, yet he puts his disobedient children under the custody of a severe\n\nman just to bring them to order. But the all-affectionate Almighty Father\n\ndesires at the same time relief for the conditioned soul, relief from the\n\nclutches of the illusory energy. The king puts the disobedient citizens\n\nwithin the walls of the jail, but sometimes the king, desiring the prisoners'\n\nrelief, personally goes there and pleads for reformation, and on doing so\nthe prisoners are set free. Similarly, the Supreme Lord descends from His\n\nkingdom upon the kingdom of illusory energy and personally gives relief\n\nin the form of the Bhagavad-gitii, wherein He personally suggests that the\n\nways of illusory energy are very stiff to overcome, but one who surrenders\nunto the lotus feet of the Lord is set free by the order of the Supreme.\n\nThis surrendering process is the remedial measure for getting relief from\nthe bewildering ways of the illusory energy. The surrendering process is\n\n", "SB1.1#p0356": "Text 5]\n\nThe Son of Dror:aa Punished\n\n323\n\ncompleted by the influence of association. The Lord has suggested, there·\n\nfore, that by the influence of the speeches of saintly persons who have\n\nactually realized the Supreme, men are engaged in His transcendental\n\nloving service. The conditioned soul gets a taste for hearing about the\nLord, and by such hearing only he is gradually elevated to the platform of\n\nrespect, devotion and attachment for the Lord. The whole thing is com·\n\npleted by the surrendering process. Herein also the same suggestion is\nmade by the Lord in His incarnation of Vyasadeva. This means that the\n\nconditioned souls are being reclaimed by the Lord both ways, namely by\n\nthe process of punishment by the external energy of the Lord, and by\nHimself as the spiritual master within and without. Within the heart of\n\nevery living being the Lord Himself as the Supersoul Paramatma becomes\n\nthe spiritual master, and from without He becomes the spiritual master in\nthe shape of scriptures, saints and initiator spiritual master. This is still\n\nmore explicitly explained in the next sloka.\n\nPersonal superintendence of the illusory energy is confirmed in the\n\nVedas (the Ker-a Upan�ad) in relation to the demigods' controlling power.\n\nHerein also it is clearly stated that the living entity is controlled by the\n\nexternal energy in a personal capacity. The living being thus subject to the\n\ncontrol of external energy is differently situated. It is clear, however, from\nthe present statement of\n\nBhiigavatam that the same external energy is\n\nsituated in the inferior position before the Personality of Godhead or the\nperfect being. The perfect being, or the Lord, cannot be approached even\n\nby the illusory energy, who can only work on the living entities. Therefore\n\nit is sheer imagination that the Supreme Lord is illusioned by the illusory\nenergy and thus becomes a living being. If the living being and the Lord\n\nwould have been in the same category, then it would have been quite\npossible for Vyasadeva to see it, and there would have been no question of\n\nmaterial distress on the part of the illusioned being because the Supreme\n\nBeing is fully cognizant. So there are so many unscrupulous imaginations\n\non the part of the monists to endeavor to put both the Lord and the living\n\nbeing in the same category. Had it been so, then Snia Sukadeva Gosvami\n\nwould not have taken the trouble to describe the transcendental pastimes\nof the Lord, if they were all manifestations of illusory energy.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is the summum bonum remedy for the suffering\n\nhumanity in the clutches of maya. Srila Vyasadeva therefore first of all\ndiagnosed the actual disease of the conditioned souls, i.e. their being\n\nillusioned by the external energy. He also saw the perfect Supreme Being\nfrom whom illusory energy is far removed, though He saw both the\n\ndiseased conditioned souls and also the cause of the disease. And the\n\n", "SB1.1#p0357": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n324\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 7\n\nremedial measures are suggested in the next verse. Both the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and the living beings are undoubtedly qualitatively\none, hut the Lord is the controller of the illusory energy, whereas the\nliving entity is controlled by the illusory energy. Thus the Lord and the\nliving beings are simultaneously one and different. Another point is distinct\nherein: that eternal relation between the Lord and the living being is\ntranscendental, otherwise the Lord would not have taken the trouble to\n\nreclaim the conditioned souls from the clutches of miiyii. In the same way\n\nthe living entity is also required to revive his natural love and affection for\nthe Lord, and that is the highest perfection of the living entity. SrimadBhiigavatam treats the conditioned soul with an aim to that goal of life.\n\nTEXT6\n\nanarthopasamarh siik§iid\n\nbhakti-yogam adhok§aje\n\nlokasyiijiinato vidviirhs\n\ncak re siitvata-sarhhitiim\n\nanartha\n\n-\n\ndirectly;\n\nadhok§aje\n\nthings which are superfluous; u pa5amam\n\nbhakti-yogam-the\n\n-\n\nlinking\n\nprocess\n\nof\n\n-\n\nmitigation; siik�iit­\n\ndevotional\n\nservice;\n\nunto the Transcendence; lokasya-of the general mass of men;\n\najiinatafr.- those\n\nwho\n\nare unaware of; vidviin-the supremely learned;\n\ncak re -compiled; siitvata- in relation\nwith the Supreme Truth; sarhhitiim.\nVedic literature.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe material miseries of the living entity, which are superfluous to him,\ncan he directly mitigated by the linking process of devotional service. Bu�\nthe mass of people do not know this, and therefore the learned Vyasadeva\ncompiled this Vedic literature, which is in relation to the Supreme Truth.\nPURPORT\nSrila Vyiisadeva was the all-perfect Personality of Godhead. The state­\n\nment suggests that the complete unit of the Personality of Godhead in-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0358": "The Son of Dro�a Punished\n\nText 7)\n\n325\n\neludes His parts and parcels also. He saw, therefore, His different energies,\nnamely the internal energy, the marginal energy and the external energy.\nHe saw also His different plenary portions and parts of the plenary portions, namely His different incarnations also, and he specifically observed\nthe unwanted miseries of the conditioned souls who are bewildered by the\nexternal energy. And at last he saw the remedial measure for the conditioned souls, namely, the process of devotional service. It is a great\ntranscendental science and begins with the process of hearing and chanting\nthe name, fame, glory, etc., of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Revival of the dormant affection or love of Godhead does not depend on the\nmechanical system of hearing and chanting, but it solely and wholly\ndepends on the causeless mercy of the Lord. When the Lord is fully\nsatisfied with the sincere efforts of the devotee, He may endow him with\nHis loving transcendental service. But even with the prescribed forms of\nhearing and chanting, there is at once mitigation of the superfluous and\nunwanted miseries of material existence. Such mitigation of material affection does not wait for development of transcendental knowledge. Rather,\nknowledge is dependent on devotional service for ultimate realization of\nthe Supreme Truth.\nTEXT 7\n\n� � �IJfl� � �� I\n��� �: ��ttm II \\9 II\nyasyiim vai sriiyamiiriiyiim\nkHTJ.e parama-piiru�e\nbhaktir utpadyate pumsafl\nsoka-moha-bhayiipahii\nyasyiim-this Vedic literature; vui-certainly; s rii yamiirt iiyiim- si mply by\ngiving aural reception; k.r� TJ.e unto Lord Kr�J]a; parama supre me ; piiru§e-\n\n-\n\nunto the Personality of Godhead; bhaktifl-feelings of devotional service;\n\nutpadyate-sprout up; pumsafl\n\n-\n\nof the living being; soka\n\n-\n\nlam entation;\n\nmoha-illusion; bhaya-fearfulness; apahii that which extinguishes\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSimply by hearing this Vedic literature, the feeling for loving devotional service to Lord Kr��a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, sprouts\nup at once to extinguish the fire of lamentation, illusion and fearfulness.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0359": "326\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 7\n\nPURPORT\nThere are various senses, of which the ear is the most effective. This\n\nsense works even when a man is deep asleep. One can protect himself from\nthe hands of an enemy while awake, but while asleep one is protected by\n\nthe ear only. The importance of hearing is mentioned here in connection\n\nwith attaining the highest perfection of life, namely, getting free from three\n\nmaterial pangs. Everyone is full of lamentation at every moment; he is\n\nafter the mirage of illusory things and is always afraid of his supposed\n\nenemy. These are the primary symptoms of material disease. And it is\n\ndefinitely suggested herein that simply by hearing the message of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam one gets attachment for the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nSri K r�!la, and as soon as this is effected the symptoms of the material\n\ndiseases disappear. Srila Vyasadeva was the all-perfect Personality of God­\n\nhead, and in this statement the all-perfect Personality of Godhead Sri\n\nKr�!la is clearly confirmed.\n\nThe ultimate result of devotional service is to develop genuine love for\n\nthe Supreme Personality. Love is a word which is often used in relation\n\nwith man and woman. And love is the only word that can be properly\nused to indicate the relation between Lord Km�.a and the living entities.\n\nThe living entities are mentioned as prakrti in the Bhagavad-gitii, and in\nSanskrit prakrti is a feminine object. The Lord is always described as the\n\nParama-Puru�a or the supreme male personality. Thus the affection be­\n\ntween the Lord and the living entities is something like that between the\n\nmale and the female. Therefore the term love of Godhead is quite appropriate.\n\nLoving devotional service of the Lord begins with hearing about the\n\nLord. There is no difference between the Lord and the subject matter\n\nheard about Him. The Lord is absolute in all respects, and thus there is\nno difference between Him and the subject matter heard about Him.\n\nTherefore, hearing about Him means immediate contact with Him by the\n\nprocess of vibration of the transcendental sound. And the transcendental\n\nsound is so effective that it acts at once by removing all material affections\n\nmentioned above. As mentioned before, a living entity develops a sort of\n\ncomplexity by material association, and the illusory encagement of the\n\nmaterial body is accepted as an actual fact. Under such false complexity,\n\nthe living beings under different categories of life become illusioned in\n\ndifferent ways. Even in the most developed stage of human life, the same\n\nillusion prevails in the form of many isms and divides the loving relation\nwith the Lord and thereby divides the loving relation between man and\n\n", "SB1.1#p0360": "The Son of Drot;ta Punished\n\nText 8]\n\n327\n\nman. By hearing the subject matter of Srimad-Bhiigavatam this false\n\ncomplexity of materialism is removed, and real peace in society begins,\n\nwhich politicians aspire for so eagerly in so many political situations. The\n\npoliticians want a peaceful situation between man and man, and nation\nand nation, but at the same time, because of too much attachment for\n\nmaterial domination, there is illusion and fearfulness. Therefore the\n\npoliticians' peace conferences cannot bring about peace in society. It can\nonly be done by hearing the subject matter described in the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam about the Supreme Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�!la· The\nfoolish politicians may go on holding peace and summit conferences for\n\nhundreds of years, but they will fail to achieve success. Until we reach the\nstage of reestablishing our lost relation with Kr�!la, the illusion of accepting the body as the self will prevail, and thus fearfulness will also prevail.\n\nAs for validity of Sri Kr�!la as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, there\nare hundreds and thousands of evidences from revealed scriptures, and there\n\nare hundreds and thousands of evidences from personal experiences of\n\ndevotees in various places like Vrndavana, Navadvipa and Pur!_ Even in\nthe Kaumadi Dictionary the synonyms of Kr�!la are given as the son of\n\nYasoda and the Supreme Personality of Godhead Parambrahman. The\n\nconclusion is that\n\nsimply\n\nby hearing the\n\nVedic\n\nliterature\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, one can have direct connection with the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead Sri Kr�!la, and thereby one can attain the highest perfection of\n\nlife by transcending worldly miseries, illusion and fearfulness. These are\npractical tests for one who has actually given a submissive hearing to the\nreadings of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nTEXT 8\n\n� mm +tt•tetm 'fjffi�� ���\n����1�\n\nFm�;mi �:II� II\n\nsa samhitiim bhiigavatim\n\nkrtviinukramya ciitma-jam\n\nsukam adhyiipayiimiisa\n\nnivrtti-niratam mun*\n\nsa[l.-that; sarhhitiim-Vedic literature; bhiigavatim-in relation with the\n\nPersonality of Godhead; krtvii-having done; anukramya-by correction\n\nand repetition;ca-and;iitma-jam-his own son;sukam-Sukadeva Gosvam1;\n\nadhyiipayiimiisa-thought; nivrtti-path\n\ngaged; muni[l.-the sage.\n\nof self-realization; niratam-en­\n\n", "SB1.1#p0361": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n328\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Vyasadeva, after compiling the Srimad-Bhagavatam and\nrevising it, taught it to his own son, Sri Sukadeva Gosvami, who was already\n\nengaged in self-realization.\n\nPURPORT\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the natural commentation on the Brahma-sutras\n\ncompiled by the same author. This Brahma-sutra or Vediinta-sutra is meant\n\nfor those who are already engaged in self-realization. Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nis so made that one becomes at once engaged in the path of self-realization\n\nsimply by hearing the topics. Although it is especially meant for the\n\nparamaharhsas, or those who are totally engaged in self-realization, it works\ninto the depth of the heart of those who may be worldly men. Worldly\n\nmen are all engaged in sense gratification. But even such men will find\nin this Vedic literature a remedial measure for their material diseases.\n\nSukadeva Gosvami was a liberated soul from the very beginning of his\n\nbirth, and his father taught him Srimad-Bhiigavatam. Amongst mundane\nscholars, there is some diversity of opinion as to the date of compilation\n\nof Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nIt is, however, certain from the text of the\n\nBhiigavatam that it was compiled before the disappearance of King Parik�it\nand after the departure of Lord Kr��a. When Maharaja PanK.�it was ruling\nthe world as the King of Bharatavar�a, he chastised the personality of Kali.\n\nAccording to revealed scriptures and astrological calculation, the age of\nKali is in its 5,000th year. Therefore, Srimad-Bhiigavatam was compiled\n\nnot less than five thousand years ago. Mahiibhiirata was compiled before\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, and the Puriirtas were compiled before Mahiibhiirata.\n\nThat is an estimation of the date of compilation of the different Vedic\n\nliteratures. The synopsis of Srimad-Bhiigavatam was given before the\ndetailed description under instruction of Narada. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is\n\nthe science for following the path of nivrtti-miirga. The path of pravrtti­\n\nmiirga was condemned by Narada. That is the natural inclination for all\nconditioned souls. The theme of Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the. cure of the\n\nmaterialistic disease of the human being; or stopping completely the pangs\nof material existence.\n\nTEXT 9\n\n��\n� �\n���\nr-.\n� q y..,'!,�,;mr: ijtl-.,,'1��· '!r;r: 1\n\n� tn �lifijl¥fl�¥tl(l! � II � II\n\n", "SB1.1#p0362": "Text 10)\n\nThe Son of DroQa Punished\n\n329\n\nsaunaka uviica\nsa vai nivrtti-nirata�\nsaroatropek§ako mun*\nkasya vii brhatim etiim\niitmiiriima� samabhyasat\nwunaka� uviica-Sri Saunaka asked; sa�- he; vai-of course; nivrtti­\n\non the path of self-realization; nirata�-always engaged; saroatra-in every\nrespect; upek§aka�-indifferent; mun*-sage; kasya-for what reason; vii­\n\nor; brhatim-vast; etiim-this; iitmiiriima�-one who is pleased in himself;\n\nsamabhyasat-undergo the studies.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Saunaka asked Siita Gosvami: Sri Sukadeva Gosvami was already\non the path of self-realization, and thus he was pleased with his\"own self.\nSo why did he take the trouble to undergo the study of such a vast\n\nliterature?\n\nP URPORT\n\nFor the people in general the highest perfection of life is to cease from\n\nmaterial activities and be fixed on the path of self-realization. Those who\n\ntake pleasure in sense enjoyment, or those who are fixed in material\n\nbodily welfare work, are called karmis. Out of thousands and millions of\n\nsuch karmis, one may become an iitmiiriima by self-realization. Atmii\n\nmeans self, and riima means to take pleasure. Everyone is searching after\n\nthe highest pleasure, but the standard of pleasure of one may be different\n\nfrom the standard of another. Therefore, the standard of pleasure enjoyed\n\nby the karmis is different from that of the iitmiiriimas. The iitmiiriimas are\n\ncompletely indifferent to material enjoyment in every respect. Srila Suka­\n\ndeva Gosvami had already attained that stage, and still he was attracted to\nundergo the trouble of studying. the great Bhiigavatam literature. This\n\nmeans that $rimad-Bhiigavatam is postgraduate study even for the iitmii­\n\nriimas, who have surpassed all the studies of Vedic knowledge.\nTEXT 10\n\n��\n\n� f.ut.-ttt �it 1\n����trti1 ��� m: lt�olt\n\n311€+\\Htqt�\n\n", "SB1.1#p0363": "330\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 7\n\nsuta uviica\niitmiiriimiis ca munayo\nnirgranthii apy urukrame\nkurvanty ahaitukim bhaktim\nittham-bhUta-gur-o harift\nsiitaft uvaca-Siita Gosvaml said; atmaramaft-those who take pleasure\nin\n\natma (generally, spirit self); ca-also; munayaft-sages; nirgranthaft­\n\nfreed from all bondage; api-in spite of; urukrame\n\n-\n\nunto the great adven­\n\nturer; kurvanti-do; ahaitukim-unalloyed; bhaktim-devotional service;\n\nittham-bhiita-such wonderful; gur-aft-qualities; harift-of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll different varieties of atmaramas [those who take pleasure in atma,\n\nor spirit self], especially those established on the path of self-realization,\n\nthough freed from all kinds of material bondage, desire to render un­\n\nalloyed devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead. This means\nthat the Lord possesses transcendental qualities and therefore can attract\n\neveryone, including liberated souls.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu explained this\n\niitmiiriima sloka very\n\nvividly before His chief devotee Srila Saniitana Gosvami. He points out\n\neleven factors in the sloka, namely 1) iitmiiriima, 2) munaya[l., 3) nirgrantha, 4) api, 5) ca, 6) urukrama, 7) kurvanti, 8) ahaitukim, 9) bhaktim,\n10) ittham-bhUta-gur-aft, and 1 1) hari[l.. According to the ViSva-PrakiiSa\nSanskrit Dictionary, there are seven synonyms for the word iitmiiriima,\nwhich are as follows: 1) Brahman (the Absolute Truth), 2) body, 3) mind,\n4) endeavor, 5) endurance, 6) intelligence, and 7) personal habits.\nThe word munayaft refers to 1) those who are thoughtful, 2) those who\nare grave or silent, 3) ascetics, 4) the persistent, 5) mendicants, 6) sages,\nand 7) saints.\nThe word nirgrantha conveys these ideas: 1) one who is liberated from\nnescience, 2) one who has no connection with scriptural injunction, i.e.,\nwho is freed from the obligation of the rules and regulations mentioned in\n\nthe revealed scriptures like ethics, Vedas, philosophy, psychology, meta­\n\nphysics, etc., (in other words the fools, illiterate, urchins, etc., who have\n\nno connection with regulative principles), 3) a capitalist, and also 4) one\nwho is penniless.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0364": "Text 10)\n\nThe Son of Drol).a Punished\n\n331\n\nAccording to the Sabda-kosa Dictionary, the affix ni is used in the sense\n\nof 1) certainty, 2) counting, 3) building, and 4) forbiddance, and the word\n\ngrantha is used in the sense of wealth, thesis, vocabulary, etc.\n\n'The word urukrama means the one whose activities are glorious. Krama\n\nmeans step. This word urukrama specifically indicates the Lord's incarna­\n\ntion as Vamana, who covered the whole universe by immeasurable steps.\n\nLord Vi�!J.U is powerful, and His activities are so glorious that He has\n\ncreated the spiritual world by His internal potency and the material world\nby His external potency. By His all-pervading features He is everywhere\n\npresent as the Supreme Truth, and in His personal feature He is always\npresent in His transcendental abode of Goloka V rndavana where He\n\ndisplays His transcendental pastimes in all variegatedness. His activities\ncannot be compared with anyone else's, and therefore the word urukrama\nis just applicable to Him only.\n\nAccording to Sanskrit verbal arrangement, kurvanti means to do things\n\nfor someone else. Therefore, it means that the atmiiriimas render devo­\n\ntional service unto the Lord not for personal interest but for the pleasure\n\nof the Lord, Urukrama.\n\nHetu means causal. There are many causes for one's sense satisfaction,\n\nand they can be chiefly classified as material enjoyment, mystic powers\n\nand liberation, which· are generally desired by progressive persons. As far\nas\n\nmaterial enjoyments are concerned, they are innumerable, and the\n\nmaterialists are eager to increase them more and more because they are\n\nunder the illusory energy. There is no end to the list of material enjoy­\n\nments, nor can anyone in the material universe have all of them. As far as\n\nthe mystic powers are concerned, they are eight in all (such as to become\nthe minutist in form, to become weightless, to have anything one desires,\n\nto lord it over the material nature, to control other living beings, to throw\n\nearthly globes in outer space, etc.). These mystic powers are mentioned in\nthe Bhiigavatam (11.15). The forms of liberation are five in number.\n\nTherefore, unalloyed devotion means service to the Lord without desire\n\nfor the above-mentioned personal benefits. And the powerful P ersonality\n\nof Godhead Sri Kr�!la can be fully satisfied by such unalloyed devotees\n\nfree from all sorts of desires for personal benefit.\n\nUnalloyed devotional service of the Lord progresses in different stages.\n\nPractice of devotional service in the material field is of eighty-one different\nqualities, and above such activities there is the transcendental practice of\n\ndevotional service, which is one and is called siidhana-bhakti.\n\nWhen\n\nunalloyed practice of siidhana-bhakti is matured into transcendental love\n\nfor the Lord, the transcendental loving service of the Lord begins gradually\n\n", "SB1.1#p0365": "332\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 7\n\ndeveloping into nine progressive stages of loving service under the headings\n\nof attachment, love, affection, feelings, affinity, adherence, following,\necstasy and intense feelings of separation.\n\nThe attachment of an inactive devotee develops up to the stage of\n\ntranscendental love of God. Attachment of an active servitor develops up\n\nto the stage of adherence, and that for a friendly devotee develops up to\n\nthe stage of following, and the same is also the case for the paternal\n\ndevotees. Devotees in conjugal love develop. ecstasy up to the stage of\n\nintense feelings of separation. These are some of the features of unalloyed\n\ndevotional service of the Lord.\n\nAccording to Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya, the import of the word ittham­\n\nbhuta is complete bliss. Transcendental bliss in the realization of imper­\n\nsonal Brahman becomes comparable with the scanty water contained in\n\nthe pit made by a cow's hoof. It is nothing compared to the ocean of\nbliss of the vision of the Personality of Godhead. The personal form of\n\nLord Sri Kf�l}a is so attractive that it comprehends all attraction, all bliss\n\nand all tastes (rasas). These attractions are so· strong that no one wants to\nexchange material enjoyment, mystic powers and liberation for them.\n\nThere is no need of logical arguments in support of this statement, but\nout of one's own nature one becomes attracted by the qualities of Lord\n\nSri Kf�J).a. We must know for certain that the qualities of the Lord have\n\nnothing to do with mundane qualities. All of them are full of bliss, know­\n\nledge and eternity. There are innumerable qualities of the Lord, and one is\nattracted by one quality while another is attracted by another.\n\nGreat sages, such as the four bachelor devotees Sanaka, Sanatana,\n\nSananda and Sanat-kumiira, are attracted by the fragrance of flowers and\n\ntulasi leaves anointed with the pulp of sandalwood offered at the lotus\n\nfeet of the Lord. Similarly, Sukadeva Gosvami was attracted by the\n\ntranscendental pastimes of the Lord. Sukadeva Gosvami was already\n\nsituated in the liberated stage, yet he was attracted by the pastimes of the\nLord. This proves that the quality of His pastimes has nothing to do with\n\nmaterial affinity. Similarly, the young cowherd damsels were attracted by\n\nthe bodily feature of the Lord, and Rukmil}i was attracted by hearing\nabout the glories of the Lord. Lord K��!].a attracts even the mind of the\n\ngoddess of fortune. He attracts, in special cases, the minds of all young\n\ngirls. He attracts the minds of the elderly ladies by paternal affection. He\n\nattracts the minds of the male in the humors of servitude and friendship.\nThe word hari conveys various meanings, but the chief import of the\n\nword is that He (the Lord) vanquishes everything inauspicious and takes\n\naway the mind of the devotee by awarding pure transcendental love. By\n\n", "SB1.1#p0366": "Text 11)\n\nThe Son of Dro1.1a Punished\n\n333\n\nremembering the Lord in acute distress one can be free from all varieties\nof miseries and anxieties. Gradually the Lord vanquishes all obstacles on\nthe path of devotional service of a pure devotee, and the result of nine\ndevotional activities, such as hearing, chanting, etc., becomes manifested.\nBy His personal features and transcendental attributes, the Lord attracts\nall psychological activities of a pure devotee. Such is the attractive power\nof Lord K��IJa. The attraction is so powerful that a pure devotee never\nhankers for any one of the four principles of religion. These are the\nattractive features of the transcendental attributes of the Lord. And\nadding to this the words api and ca, one can increase the imports\nunlimitedly. According to Sanskrit grammar there are seven synonyms for\nthe word api.\nSo by interpreting each and every word of this sloka, one can see\nunlimited numbers of transcendental qualities of Lord ��IJa that attract\nthe mind of a pure devotee.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n�anf�� ifl�lll:\n\nI\n3l'Gtt'�l.-q«Ro�u4 m ���: II��II\nharer gu[tiik§ipta-matir\nbhagaviin biidariiyartifl.\nadhyagiin mahad iikhyiinarh\nnityarh vi§[tu-jana-priya[l\nhare[l-of\n\nHari,\n\nthe\n\nPersonality\n\nof Godhead; gu[La-transcendental\n\nattribute; iik§ipta- being absorbed in; matifl.- mind; bhagaviin- powerful;\n\nbiida riiya [l i[l - son of Vyasadeva; adhyagiit underwent studies; mahat-\n\ngreat; iikhyiina 7!t -narration; nityam- regularly;\n\nvi§�;tu-jana-devotees of\n\nthe Lord; priya[l- beloved.\nTRANSLATI.ON\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvami, son of Snm Vyasadeva, was not only transcendentally powerful. He was also very dear to the devotees of the Lord.\nThus he underwent the study of this great narration [ Srimad-Bhagavatam].\n\n", "SB1.1#p0367": "334\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 7\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to Brahma-vaivarta Puriira, Srila Sukadeva Gosvami was a\n\nliberated soul even within the womb of his mother. Srila Vyasadeva knew\n\nthat the child, after his birth, would not stay at home. Therefore he\n(Vyasadeva) impressed upon him the synopsis of the Bhiigavatam so that\n\nthe child could be made attached to the transcendental activities of the\n\nLord. After his birth, the child was still more educated in the subject of\n\nthe Bhiigavatam by recitation of the actual poems.\n\nThe idea is that generally the liberated souls are attached to the feature\n\nof impersonal Brahman with a monistic view of becoming one with the\n\nsupreme whole. But by the association of pure devotees like Vyasadeva,\neven the liberated soul becomes attracted to the transcendental qualities\n\nof the Lord. By the mercy of Sri Narada, Srila Vyasadeva was able to\n\nnarrate the great epic of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, and by the mercy of\n\nVyasadeva, Srila Sukadeva Gosvami was able to grasp the import. The\n\ntranscendental qualities of the Lord are so attractive. that Srila Sukadeva\n\nGosvami became detached from being completely absorbed in impersonal\n\nBrahman and positively took up the personal activity of the Lord.\n\nPractically he was thrown from the impersonal conception of the\n\nAbsolute, thinking within himself that he had simply wasted so much time\nin devoting himself to the impersonal feature of the Supreme, or in other\n\nwords, he realizPrJ. more transcendental bliss with the personal feature than\n\nthe impersonal. And from that time, not only he himself became very\n\ndear to the Vi§rtu-jana or the devotees of the Lord, but also the Vi§ru-jana\n\nbecame very dear to him. The devotees of the Lord, who do not wish to\n\nkill the individuality of the living entities and who desire to become\npersonal servitors of the Lord, do not very much like the impersonalists,\n\nand similarly the impersonalists, who desire to become one with the\n\nSupreme, are unable to evaluate the devotees of the Lord. Thus from time\nimmemorial these two transcendental pilgrims have sometimes been com­\n\npetitors. In other words, each of them likes to keep separate from the other\n\nbecause of the ultimate personal and impersonal realizations. Therefore it\n\nappears that Srila Sukatleva Gosvami also had no liking for the devotees.\n\nBut since he himself became a saturated devotee, he desired always the\n\ntranscendental association of the Vi§rtu-jana, and the Vi�ru-jana also liked\n\nhis association since he became a personal Bhiigavata. Thus both the son\n\nand the father were completely cognizant of the transcendental knowledge\n\nin Brahman, and afterwards both of them became absorbed in the personal\n\nfeatures of the Supreme Lord. The question as to how Sukadeva Gosvami\n\n", "SB1.1#p0368": "The Son of Dro�a Punished\n\nText 12)\n\nwas attracted by the narration of the Bhiigavatam\n\nanswered by this sloka.\n\n335\nIS\n\nthus completely\n\nTEXT 12\n\npan\"\"k�ito 'tha riijar�er\njanma-karma-viliipanam\n\nsamsthiim ca piirz�u-putriirziim\nvak�ye kniJa-kathodayam\npan\"\"k§ita[l.-of\n\nKing Parik�it; atha-thus; riijar§e[l.-of the King who\n\nwas the !§i among the kings; janma-bir th; karma-activities; viliipanamdeliverance;\n\nsamsthiim-renunciation\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nworld; ca-and ; piir4u­\n\nputrarzam-of the sons of Pal)gu;vak�ye-I shall speak;kniJa-katha-udayam\n\n-that which gives rise to the transcendental narration of Kr�!)a, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSiita Gosvami thus addressed the r�is headed by Saunaka:\n\nNow I shall\n\nbegin the transcendental narration of the Lord Sri Kr��a and topics of the\n\nbirth, activities and deliverance of King Par�it, the sage amongst kings,\nas\n\nwell as topics of the renunciation of the worldly order by the sons\n\nof Piif.t\"u.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Kr�l)a is so kind to the fallen souls that He personally incarnates\n\nHimself amongst the different kinds of living entities and takes part with\n\nthem in daily activities. Any historical fact old or new which has a\n\nconnection with the activities of the Lord is to be understood as a\n\ntranscendental narration of the Lord. Without K r�r;ta, all the supplementary\nliteratures like the Puriirzas and Mahiibhiirata are simply stories or historical\n\nfacts. But with KHr;ta they become transcendental, and when we hear of\nthem we at once become transcendentally related with the Lord. Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam is also a Puriirza, but the special significance of this Puriirza\nis that the activities of the Lord are central and not just supplementary\n\n", "SB1.1#p0369": "336\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 7\n\nhistorical facts. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is thus recommended by Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu as the spotless Puriirw. There is a class of less\nintelligent devotees of the Bhiigavata Puriir-a who desire to relish at once\nthe activities of the Lord narrated in the Tenth Canto without first\nunderstanding the primary cantos. They are under the false impression\nthat the other cantos are not concerned with ��l}a and thus more\nfoolishly than intelligently take to the reading of the Tenth Canto. These\nreaders are specifically told herein that the other cantos of the Bhiigavatam\nare as important as the Tenth Canto. No one should try to go into the\nmatters of the Tenth Canto without having thoroughly understood the\npurport of the other nine cantos. Kr�l}a and His pure devotees like the\nPa!l�avas are on the same plane. Kr�l}a is not without His devotees of all\n\nthe rasas, and the pure devotees like the Pa!l�avas or others are not\nwithout Kr�!la. The devotees and the Lord are interlinked, and they cannot\nbe separated. Therefore talks about them are all Kr�r-a-kathii, or topics of\nthe Lord.\nTEXTS 13-14\n\nyadii mrdhe kaurava-sriijayiiniim\nvire�v a tho vira-gatim gate§U\nvrkodariividdha-gadiibhimarsabhagnorudar-!le dhrtar�tra-putre\nbhartu� priyam draurtir iti sma pasyan\nk[§TJ-ii-sutiiniim svapatiim siriimsi\nupiiharad vipriyam eva tasya\njugupsitam karma vigarhayanti\n\n", "SB1.1#p0370": "The Son of DroQ.a Punished\n\nTexts 13-14)\n\n337\n\nyada-when;mrdhe-in the battlefield; kaurava-the party of Dhrtara�tra;\ns.riijayaniim-of the party of the Pap<;lavas; vire�u-of the warriors; atho­\n\nthus; vira-gatim-destination\n\ndeserved\n\nby\n\nthe warriors; gate§u-being\n\nobtained; vrkodara-Bhima (the second Pap<;lava); iividdha-beaten;gadii­\n\nby the\n\nclub; abhimarsa-lamenting; bhagna-broken; urudarz�a-spinal\n\ncord; dhrtarti§!ra-putre-the son of King Dhrtara�tra; bhartu[t-of the\n\nmaster; priyam-pleasing; draurzi{t-the son of Dropacarya; i ti-thus; smashall be;p asyan\n\n-\n\nseeing;knna- Draupadi;sutanam-of the sons; svapatam­\n\nwhile sleeping; sirarhsi-heads; upaharat-delivered as a prize; vipriyampleasing; eva-like; tasya-his; jugupsitam-most\n\nvigarhayanti-disapproving.\n\nheinous; karm a-act;\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the respective warriors of both camps, namely the Kauravas and\n\nthe Pa��avas, were killed on the Battlefield of Kuru�etra and the dead\nwarriors\n\nobtained their deserved destinations, and when the son of\n\nDhftar�tra fell down lamenting, his spine broken, being beaten by the club\n\nof Bhimasena, the son of Dro�aciirya\n\n[Asvatthama) beheaded the five\n\nsleeping sons of Draupadi and delivered them as a prize to his master,\nfoolishly thinking that he would be pleased. Duryodhona, however, disapproved of the heinous act, and he was not pleased in the least.\nPURPORT\n\nTranscendental topics on the activities of Lord SriKr�!la in the Srimad­\n\nBhtigavatam begin from the end of the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra where the\nLord Himself spoke\n\nabout Himself in the Bhagavad-gita.\n\nTherefore,\n\nboth the Bhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam are transcendental topics\nof Lord Kf�pa. The Gita is Kmw-kathti, or topics of Kr�!J.a, because it is\n\nspoken by the Lord, and the Bhiigavatam is also Kr§rza-kathii because it is\n\nspoken about the Lord. Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted everyone\n\nto be informed of both KnTJa-kathtis by His order. Lord Kr�J].a Caitanya\n\nis KH!J.a Himself in the garb of a devotee of Kr�pa, and therefore the versions of both Lord Kr�!la and SriKf�!la Caitanya Mahaprahhu are identical.\n\nLord Caitanya desired that all who are born in India seriously understand\n\nsuch Kr§!w-kathas and then after full realization preach the transcendental\n\nmessage to everyone in all parts of the world. That will bring about the\n\ndesired peace and prosperity of the stricken world.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0371": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n338\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 15\n\n� M@i f.N;i �\nf;r� � qf«t\"il¥ttwn 1\n\n(1�1«'!'4l'�q€Ji l�\n\nm ��� ftUl+Uel II� �II\n\nmiitii si.Siiniirh nidhanarh sutiiniirh\nni.Samya ghoram paritapyamiinii\ntadiimdad vii§pa-kaliikuliik�i\ntiirh siintvayann iiha kiritamiili\nmiitii-the\n\nmother;\n\nsi.Siiniim-of\n\nthe\n\nchildren; nidhanam\n\n-\n\nmassac re;\n\nsutiiniim-of the sons; niSamya-after hearing; ghora m-ghastly; paritapyarrUinii-lamenting; tadii- a t that time; amdat- began to cry; vii�pa-kala-iikulaak�i-with tears in the eyes; tiim\n\n-\n\nher ; siintvayan-pacifying; iiha-said;\n\nkiritamiili-Arjuna.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDraupadi, the mother of the five children of the Pa!l�avas,after hearing\nof the massacre of her sons, began to cry in distress with eyes full of tears.\nTrying to pacify her in her great loss, Arjuna spoke to her thus:\nTEXT 16\n\n� !Pl�Tfil �\ni(;_fAi(r'=iJ: ftR 3TRRflflR: I\nil10\\Sl'4�Pi�(�(iqi�\n�\n\nffiSSifiRI if��� �II� �II\n\ntadii sucas te pram.rjiimi bhadre\nyad brahma-bandhofl. sira iitatiiyinafl.\ngii[lt;liva-muktair viSikhair upiihare\ntvii ''kramya yat sniisyasi dagdha-putrii\ntadii-at that time only; suca[l\n\n-\n\ntears in grief; te-your;pram.rjiimi-shall\n\nwipe out; bhadre-0 gentle lady; yat-when; brahma-bandho{l-of a de-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0372": "Text 17]\n\ngraded\nmuktai{l\n\nThe Son of Drol).a Punished\n\n339\n\nbriihmar-a; siraft- head; iitatiiyinaft- of the aggressor; giir-piva-\n\nshot by the bow named Ga!l�va; viSikhai{l-by the arrows;\n\nupiihare-shall present to you; tva yourself; akramya- riding on it; yat-\n\nwhich; sncisyasi take your bath; dagdha-putrii-after burning the sons.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 gentle lady, when I present you with the head of that brahma!la,\nafter beheading him with arrows from my G�«).iva bow, I shall then wipe\nthe tears from your eyes and pacify you. Then, after burning your sons'\nbodies, you can take your bath standing on his head.\n\n·\n\nPURPORT\n\nAn enemy who sets fire to the house, administers poison, attacks all of\na sudden with deadly weapons, plunders wealth or usurps agricultural\nfields, or entices one's wife is called an aggressor. Such an aggressor, though\nhe be a brahmara or a so-called son of a briihmar-a, has to be punished in\n\nall circumstances. When Arjuna promised to behead the aggressor named\nAsvatthama, he knew well that Asvatthama was the son of a b riihmar-a,\nbut because the so-called brahmara acted like a butcher, he was taken as\nsuch, and there was no question of sin in killing such a brahmar-a's son\nwho proved to be a villain.\nTEXT 17\n\n� fim ctC!gf-IM'I��:\n\n�M�i�(lfil\"Jif.l�: I\n�\n3\"{;�1�'4c;:�B.fij\n�fq�{ � � ����\"\n�\n\niti priyiim valgu-vicitra-jalpai{l\nsa siintvayitvacyuta-mitra-siitaft\nanviidravad damsita ugra-dhanvii\nkapi-dhvajo guru-putram rathena\niti thus; priyiim-un to the dear; valgu- sweet; vic itra-variegated; jalpai{l\n-\n\nstatements; saft he; santvayitvii s atisfying; acyuta-mitra-siitaftArjuna, who is guided by the infallible Lord as a friend and driver;\n-by\n\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0373": "340\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 7\n\nanvadravat-followed; damsita{l-being protected by Kavaca; ugra-dhanvii­\n\nequipped with furious weapons; kapi-dhvaja{l-Arjuna; gu ru -putram-the\nson of the martial teacher; rathena-getting on the chariot.\n\nTRANSLATION\nArjuna, who is guided by the infallible Lord as friend and driver, thus\n\nsatisfied the dear lady by such statements. Then he dressed in armor and\n\narmed himself with furious weapons, and getting into his chariot, he set\n\nout to follow ASvatthama, the son of his martial teacher.\nTEXT 18\n.\n\n,...\n\nijl\\� « � �\n�tWf�q;rr � I\n\n1{{��11(��\n��:IIZ�II\ntam iipatantam sa vilak§ya duriit\nkumiira-hodvigna-manii rathena\npariidravat priir-a-paripsur urvyiim\nyiivad-gamam ru,dra-bhayiid yatharka{l\ntam-him; iipatantam-coming over furiously; safi.-he; vilak�ya-seeing;\n\nduriit-from a distance; kumiira-hii-the murderer of the princes; udvigna­\n\nmanii{l-disturbed in mind; rathena-on the chariot; pariidravat-fled;\npriirw-life ; paripsu{l-for protecting; urvyiim-with great speed; yiivat­\n\ngamam-as he fled; rudra-bhayiit-by fear of Siva; yathii-as; kaft-Brahma\n(or arka-Surya).\n\nTRANSLATION\nAsvatthama, the murderer of the princes, seeing from a great distance\n\nArjuna coming at him with great speed, fled in his chariot, panic-stricken,\n\njust to save his life, as Brahma fled in fear from Siva.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to the reading matter, either ka{l or arka, there are two\n\nreferences in the Puriir-as. Ka{l means Brahma, who once became allured\n\n", "SB1.1#p0374": "Text 19]\n\nThe Son of Dror:ta Punished\n\n341\n\nby his daughter and began to follow her, which infuriated Siva, who\n\nattacked Brahmii with his trident. Brahmiiji\" fled in fear of his life. As far\n\nas arka is concerned, there is a reference in the Viimana Purii[la. There was\na demon by the name Vidyunmali who was gifted with a glowing golden\n\nairplane which travelled to the back of the sun, and night disappeared\n\nbecause of the glowing effulgence of this plane. Thus the sun-god became\nangry, and with his virulent rays he melted the plane. This enraged Lord\n\nSiva. Lord Siva then attacked the sun-god, who fled away and at last fell\n\ndown at Kiisi\" (Viirii�asl), and the place became famous as Lolarka.\nTEXT 19\n\n�IW'ijilfl�� I\nQ iftRBJ(\\ � 3TR'ffi1Ji �'R�: II� �II\n\n\"'4i(i�(Oi'IR�\n\nyadiisara[Lam iitmiinam\naik�ata sriinta-vii jinam\nastram brahma-siro mene\niitma-trii[L am dvijiitma-ja{l\nyadii-when; a sara[lam-without being alternatively protected; iitmiinam\n\n-his own self; a i k�ata\n\n-\n\nsaw; sriinta-viijinam-the horses being tired; astram\n\n-weapon; brahma-sira{l-the topmost or ultimate (nuclear); mene-applied;\n\niitma trii[lam-just to save himself; dvija-iitma-ja{l-the son of a briihma[la.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the son of the briihm�a [A8vatthiimii] saw that his horses were\ntired, he considered that there was no alternative for protection outside\nhis using the ultimate weapon, the brahmiistra [nuclear weapon] .\nPURPORT\nIn the ultimate issue only, when there is no other alternative, the\n\nnuclear weapon called the brahmiistra is applied. The word dvijiitma-ja[l is\n\nsignificant here because Asvatthiimii, although the son of Dro�iiciirya, was\n\nnot exactly a qualified briihmara. The most intelligent man is called a\nbriihmara, and it is not an hereditary title. Asvatthamii was also formerly\n\ncalled the brahma-bandhu or the friend of a briihma[la. Being a friend of a\n\nbriihma[la does not mean that one is briihmara by qualification. A friend\n\n", "SB1.1#p0375": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n342\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 7\n\nor son of a briihmarza, when fully qualified, can be called a briihmarza and\nnot otherwise. Since A.Svatthama's decision is immature, he is purposely\ncalled herein the son of a briihmarza.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�� m� �� �mmr: 1\n3N\\��R SIIUI'tl\"l)� �� ll�oll\nathopasprsya salilarh\nsandadhe tat samiihitafi,\najiinann api sarhhiiram\npriipa-krcchra upasthite\na tha- thus; upasprsya- touching in sanctity; salilam\n\n-\n\nw\n\nater; sandadhe­\n\nchanted the hymns; tat-that; samiihita{l-being in concentration; ajiinanwithout knowing; api\n\n-\n\nalthou gh; sarhhiiram-withdrawal; priipa-krcchra­\n\nlife being put into danger; upasthite-being placed in such a position.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince his life was in danger, he touched water in sanctity and con­\n\ncentrated upon the chanting of the hymns for throwing nuclear weapons,\n\nalthough he did not know how to withdraw such weapons.\nPURPORT\n\nThe subtle forms of material activities are finer than grosser methods\nof material manipulation. Such subtle forms of material activities are\neffected through purification of sound. The same method is adopted here\nby chanting hymns to act as nuclear weapons.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�: \"'SII\"'i�\"\"'\"'\n•..;d ��:\n\n3RU� ���I{ I\nsuonq(('l� � ��R � 11� � 11\ntata{l priidu§krtarh teja[l\npracarz�arh saroatodiSam\npriipii-padam abhiprek§ya\nv�rzurh j�rzur uviica ha\n\n", "SB1.1#p0376": "Text 22]\n\nThe Son of DroJ.la Punished\n\n343\n\ntata[l-thereafter; pradu§krtam-disseminated; teja[l-glare; praca'(lpamfierce; sarvata[l-all around; disam-directions; priinii-padam-affecting life;\nabhiprekua-having observed it; vi�'{lum-unto the Lord; ji§rtu[l-Arjuna;\nuvaca-said; ha-in the past.\nTRANSLATION\nThereupon a glaring light spread in all directions, and it was so fierce\n\nthat Arjuna thought his own life in danger, and so he began to address\nl..ord Sri 1\\.r��a.\n\nTEXT 22\n�\n\n���\n\n�Qif �Qif\n\n�00 �if+P:i€fl( I\n\n� �ql'11'1i+tq'4ifsft;r �: ������\narjuna uvaca\nkn'!la kn'!la maha-baho\nbhaktanam abhayankara\ntvam eko dahya-maniinam\napavargo'si samsrte[l\narjuna[l uviica-Arjuna said; kr§TJa-0 Lord Kr�l)a; maha-baho�He who\n\nis the Almighty; bhaktaniim-of the devotees; abhaymikara-eradicating\nthe fears of; tvam- You; eka[l-alone; dahya-maniinam-those who are\nsuffering from; apavarga[l-the path of liberation; asi-are; samsrte[l-in\nthe midst of material miseries.\nTRANSLATION\nArjuna said: 0 my Lord SriK.r��a, You are the almighty Personality of\n\nGodhead. There is no limit to Your different energies. Therefore only You\nare competent to instill fearlessness in the hearts of Your devotees. Every­\n\none in the flames of material miseries can find the path of liberation in\nYou only.\n\nPURPORT\n\nArjuna is aware of the t ranscendental qualities of Lord Sri Kr��a, as he\n\nhad already experienced them during the Kuruk�e tra War, in which\n\n", "SB1.1#p0377": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n344\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 7\n\nboth of them were present. Therefore, Arjuna's version of Lord Kr�!la is\nauthoritative. Kr�!la is almighty and is especially the cause of fearlessness\nfor the devotees. A devotee of the Lord is always fearless because of the\nprotection given by the Lord. Material existence is something like a\nblazing fire in the forest, which can be extinguished by the mercy\nof the Lord Sri Kr�tJa. The spiritual master is the mercy representative\n\nof the Lord. A person, therefore, burning in the flames of material existence, may receive the rains of mercy of the Lord through the transparent\nmedium of the self-realized spiritual master. The spiritual master by his\nwords can penetrate into the heart of the suffering person and inject\nknowledge transcendental, which alone can extinguish the fire of material\nexistence.\n\nTEXT 23\n�: ��:\n\n��: !fiij: q�: I\n� �f�..,.0*4t � ftqij3ffi�R � �\ntvam iidya� pum�a� siik�iid\niSvara� prakrte� paraft\nmiiyiirh vyudasya cicchaktyii\nkaivalye sthita iitmani\n\ntvam iidyalt- You are the original; pum§aft-the enjoying personality;\nsiik§iit- directly; iSvaraft- the controller; prakrte[t-of material nature;\npara[t-transcendental; miiyiim-the material energy; vyudasya-one who\nhas thrown aside; cicchaktyii-by dint of internal potency; ka i valye in\npure eternal knowledge and bliss; sthita [t-placed; iitmani-own self.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou are the original Personality of Godhead who expands Himself\n\nall over the creations and is transcendental to material energy. You have\n\ncast away the effects of the material energy by dint of Your spiritual\n\npotency. You are always situated in eternal bliss and transcendental\nknowledge.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord states in the Bhagavad-gitii that one who surrenders unto the\nlotus feet of the Lord can get release from the clutches of nescience. Kr�!la\n\n", "SB1.1#p0378": "The Son of Drol).a Punished\n\nText 24]\n\n345\n\nis just like the sun, and miiyii or material existence is just like darkness.\nWherever there is the light of the sun, darkness or ignorance at once\nvanishes. The best means to get out of the world of ignorance is suggested\nhere. The Lord is addressed herein as the original Personality of Godhead.\nFrom Him all other Personalities of Godhead expand. The all-pervasive\nLord Vi�l)U is Lord Kr�l)a's plenary portion or expansion. The Lord\nexpands Himself in innumerable forms of Godhead and living beings,\nalong with His different energies. But\n\nSri\n\nKr�l)a is the original pri­\n\nmeval Lord from whom everything emanates. The all-pervasive feature\nof the Lord experienced within the manifested world is also a partial\nrepresentation of the Lord. Paramatma is, therefore, included within\nHim. He is the Absolute Personality of Godhead. He has nothing to do\nwith the actions and reactions of the material manifestation because He is\nfar above the material creation. Darkness is a perverse representation of\nthe sun, and therefore the existence of darkness depends on the existence\nof the sun, but in the sun proper there is no trace of darkness. As the sun\nis full of light only, similarly the Absolute Personality of Godhead, beyond\nthe material existence, is full of bliss. He is not only full of bliss, but also\nfull of transcendental variegatedness. Transcendence is not at all static,\nbut full of dynamic variegatedness. He is distinct from the material nature\nwhich is complicated by the three modes of material nature. He is parama,\nor the chief. Therefore He is absolute. He has manifold energies, and\nthrough His diverse energies He creates, manifests, maintains and destroys\nthe material world. In His own abode, however, everything is eternal and\nabsolute. The world is not conducted by the energies or powerful agents\nby themselves, but by the potent all-powerful with all energies.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�'Ffit� ��d��: I\n� m �'Tifur � ��\"' 11��11\n�\n\n��\n\nsa eva jiva-lokasya\nmiiyii-mohita-cetasafl\nvidhatse svena viryer-a\nsreyo dharmiidi-lak§ar-am\nsafL-that Transcendence; eva-certainly; jiva-lokasya-of the conditioned\nliving beings; miiyii mohita\n-\n\n-\n\ncaptivated by the illusory energy; c etasafl\n\n-\n\nby\n\n", "SB1.1#p0379": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n346\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 7\n\nthe heart; vidhatse-execute; svena-by Your own; viry ef!. a- influence;\nsreya [t -ultimate good; dharmiidi-four principles of liberation; lak�af!.amcharacterized by.\nTRANSLATION\nAnd yet, though You are beyond the purview of the material energy,\n\nYou execute the four principles of liberation characterized by religion and\nso on for the ultimate good of the conditioned souls.\nPURPORT\nThe Personality of Godhead Sri KH!J.a out of His causeless mercy\ndescends on the manifested world without being influenced by the material\nmodes of nature. He is eternally beyond the material manifestations. He\ndescends out of His causeless mercy only to reclaim the fallen souls who\nare captivated by the illusory energy. They are attacked by the material\nenergy, and they want to enjoy her under false pretexts, although in\nessence the living entity is unable to enjoy. He is eternally the servitor of\nthe Lord, and when he forgets this position he thinks of enjoying the\n\nmaterial world, but factually he is in illusion. The Lord descends to eradicate this false sense of enjoyment and thus reclaim conditioned souls back\nto Godhead_ That is the all-merciful nature of the Lord for the fallen souls_\nTEXT 25\n\n� �1� wit����\n��RT��=qf�� 11�'-\\11\ntathiiyam ciivatiiros te\nbhuvo bhiira-jihir§ayii\nsviiniim ciinanya-bhiiviiniim\nanudhyiiniiya ciisakrt\ntathii\n\n-\n\nthus;\n\nayam-this;\n\nca-and;\n\navatiira[t-incarnation;\n\nte- Your;\n\nbhuvalt-of the material world; bhiira-burden; jih i � aya- for removing;\n\nsviiniim-of the friends; ca ananya-bhiiviiniim-and of the exclusive devotees; anu dhyiiniiya-for remembering repeatedly; ca-and; asakrt\nsatisfied_\n\n-\n\nfully\n\n", "SB1.1#p0380": "Text 26)\n\n347\n\nThe Son of Dro�a Punished\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus You descend as an avatara [incarnation J to remove the burden\nof the world and to benefit Your friends, especially those who are Your\nexclusive devotees and are rapt in meditation upon You.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that the Lord is partial to His devotees. Everyone is related\nwith the Lord. He is equal to everyone, and yet He is more inclined to His\nown men and devotees. The Lord is everyone's father. No one can be His\nfather, and yet no one can be His son. His devotees are His kinsmen, and\nHis devotees are His relations. This is His transcendental pastime. It has\nnothing to do with mundane ideas of relations, fatherhood or anything\nlike that. As mentioned above, the Lord is above the modes of material\nnature, and thus there is nothing mundane about His kinsmen and relations\nin devotional service.\nTEXT 26\n\n� R4€fijl ;mr �trW{�� 1\n���mftr �: 'R��UJI{_ ����II\nkimidam svit kuto veti\ndeva-deva na vedmy aham\nsaroato-mukham iiyiiti\ntejaft parama diiruflam\nkim-what is; idam-this; svit-does it come; kutaft\n\n-\n\nwherefrom; veti­\n\nbe either; deva-deva- 0 Lord of lords; na-not; vedmi-do I know; ahamI; sarvata�-all around; mu kham dire ctions; iiyiiti-coming from; teja�-\n\neffulgence; parama- very much; diirur-am- dangerous.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord of lords, how is it that this dangerous effulgence is spreading\nall around? Where does it come from? I do not understand it.\nPURPORT\nAnything that is presented before the Personality of Godhead should be\nso done after due presentation of respectful prayers. That is the standard\n\n", "SB1.1#p0381": "348\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 7\n\nprocedure, and Sri Arjuna, although an intimate friend of the Lord, is\nobserving this method for general information.\nTEXT 27\n\nw���\n\n�i.R if�� ifmfl� �� I\n�00 � �� � �ij 11\";(\\911\nsri bhagaviin uviica\nvetthedmh drorw-putrasya\nbriihmam-astram pradarsitam\nnaiviisau veda samhiiram\npriir-a-biidha upasthite\nsri bhagav iin -the Supreme Personality of Godhead; uviica-said; vettha­\n\njust know from Me; idam-this; drorta-putrasya-of the son of Dro!J.a;\nbriihmam ast ra m-hymns of the briihma (nuclear) weapon; pradarsitam­\n\nexhibited; na-not; eva-even; asau-he; veda-know it; samhiiram-retraction; priirta-biidhe-extinction of life; upasthithe- being imminent.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Know from Me that this is\nthe act of the son of Dro�a. He has thrown the hymns of nuclear energy\n[brahmastra], and he does not know how to retract the glare. He has\nhelplessly done this, being afraid of imminent death.\nPURPORT\nThe brahmiistra is similar to the modern nuclear weapon manipulated\nby atomic energy. The atomic energy works wholly on total combustibility, and so the brahmiistra also acts. It creates an intolerable heat similar\nto atomic radiation, but the difference is that the atomic bomb is a gross\ntype of nuclear weapon, whereas the brahmiistra is a subtle type of weapon\nproduced by chanting hymns. It is a different science, and in the days gone\nby such science was cultivated in the land of Bhiiratavar�a. The subtle\nscience of chanting hymns is also material, but it has yet to be known by\n\nthe modern material scientists. Subtle material science is not spiritual, but\n\n", "SB1.1#p0382": "Text 28]\n\n349\n\nThe Son of Dro�a Punished\n\nit has a direct relationship with the spiritual method, which is still subtler.\n\nA chanter of hymns knew how to apply the weapon as well as how to\nretract it. That was perfect knowledge. But the son of Dro�adi.rya, who\n\nmade use of this subtle science, did not know how to retract. He applied\n\nit, being afraid of his imminent death, and thus the practice was not only\n\nimproper hut also irreligious. As a son of a briihmarw he should not have\n\nmade so many mistakes, and for such gross negligence of duty he was to\n\nhe punished by the Lord Himself.\nTEXT 28\n\nWf >nT\"t\"��:rrl\nlQ�I�1'4· A-&::\n�����\n\n��� I\n'3?1't4\\�� miiim ������\nC'\n\n•\n\n��\n\nna hy asyiinyatamarh kincid\nastrarh praty avakarsanam\njahy astra-teja unnaddham\nastra-jno hy astra-tejasii\n\n- of it; anyata am-oth r; kincit-anything;\n- rea tionary; jahi-subdue\nit; astra-tejafi,-the glare of this weapon; unn ddham - ve y powerful;\nna-not; hi-certainly; asya\n\nm\n\ne\n\nastram-weapon; prati-counter; avakar-Sanam\n\nc\n\na\n\nr\n\nastra-jiiafi,-0 expert in military science; hi-as a matter of fact; astra-tejasii\n-by the influence of your weapon.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Arjuna, only another brahmastra can counteract this weapon. Since\nyo� are expert in the military science, subdue this weapon's glare with\nyour own weapon.\nPURPORT\nFor the atomic bombs there is no counterweapon to neutralize the\neffects. But by subtle science the action of a brahmiistra can be counteracted, and those who were expert in the military science in those days\ncould counteract the brahmiistra. The son of Dro!J.iidi.rya did not know the\nart of counteracting the weapon, and therefore Arjuna was asked to\ncounteract it by the power of his own weapon.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0383": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n350\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 29\n\n��\n� � !ffit 'lil�j\"t: tR�Tm I\n''ll'q� \"� ifm ifQ �� ������\nsiita uviica\nsrotvii bhagavatii proktam\nphiilguna[l paravirahii\nspr§tviipas tam parikramya\nbriihmarh briihmiistrarh sandadhe\nsiita[l-Siita Gosvami; uviica-said; srotvii-after hearing; bhagavatii­\n\nby the Personality of Godhead; proktam-what was said; phiilgunaft­\n\nanother name of Sri Arjuna; paravirahii-the killer of the opposing warrior;\n\nspr§/Vii-after touching; apaft-water; tam-Him; parikramya-circumambulating; brahman-the Supreme Lord; briihmiistram-the supreme weap­\n\non; sandadhe- acted on.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Siita Gosvami said: Hearing this from the Personality of Godhead,\n\nArjuna touched water for purification, and after circumambulating Lord\nSri Kr��a, he cast his brahmastra weapon to counteract the other one.\nTEXT 30\n\nsamhatyiinyonyamubhayos\ntejasi sara-samvrte\niiv[tya rodasi kham ca\nvavrdhiite 'rka-vahnivat\nsarhhatya-by combination of; anyonyam-one another; ubhayoft-of\n\nboth; tejasi-the glares; sara-weapons; sarhvrte-covering; iivrtya-covering;\nrodasi-the complete firmament; kham ca-outer space also; vavrdhiite­\n\nincreasing; arka-the sun globe; vahnivat-like fire.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0384": "Text 31]\n\nThe Son of Dro�a Punished\n\n351\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the rays of the two brahmastras combined, a great circle of\nfire, like the disc of the sun, covered all outer space and the whole\nfirmament of planets.\nPURPORT\nThe heat created by the flash of a brahmiistra resembles the fire in the\nsun globe which is exhibited at the time of cosmic annihilation. The radiation of atomic energy is very insignificant in comparison to the heat\nproduced by a brahmiistra. The atomic bomb explosion can at utmost\nblow up one globe, but the heat produced by the brahmiistra can destroy\nthe whole cosmic situation. The comparison is, therefore, made to the\nheat at the time of annihilation.\nTEXT 31\n\ndr�tvgstra-tejas tu tayos\ntnllokiin pradahan mahat\ndahyamiinii[l. prajii[l sarvii[l\nsiimvartakam amamsata\ndr�!vii-thus seeing; astra-weapon; teja[l,-heat; tu-but; tay o[l\n\n-\n\nof both;\n\ntrin-three; lokiin- planets; pradaha t- blaz ing ; mahat-severely; dahya­\n\nmanii[l\n\n-\n\nburning; prajiifr-population; sa roafr\n\n-\n\nall over; siiriwartakam-the\n\nname of the fire which devastates during the annihilation of the universe;\n\namamsata- began to think.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the population of the three worlds was scorched by the combined\nheat of the weapons. Everyone was reminded of the samvartaka fire which\ntakes place at the time of annihilation.\nPURPORT\nThe three worlds are the upper, lower and the intermediate planets of\nthe universe. Although the brahmiistra was released on this earth, the heat\n\n", "SB1.1#p0385": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n352\n\n[Canto l, Ch_ 7\n\nproduced by the combination of both weapons covered all the universe,\nand all the populations on all the different planets began to feel the heat\nexcessively and compared it with that of the samvartaka fire. No planet is,\ntherefore, without living beings, as less intelligent materialistic men think.\nTEXT 32\n\nprajopadravam alak�ya\nloka-vyatikaram ca tam\nmatarit ca viisudevasya\nsanjahiiriirjuno dvayam\npraja\n\n-\n\nthe people in general; upadrav am-disturbance; iilak� ya-having\n\nseen it; loka-the planets; vyatikaram- destruction; ca-also; tam-that;\nmatam\n\nca-and\n\nthe\n\nopinion;\n\nviisudevasya-of\n\nVasudeva,\n\nSri\n\nsa ii ja h ara-ret racted ; a rju na� -A rj un a; dvayam-both the weapons.\n\nKr�l)a;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus seeing the disturbance of the general populace and the imminent\ndestruction of the planets,\n\nArjuna at once retracted both brahmastra\n\nweapons, as Lord Sri Kr��a desired.\nPURPORT\nThe theory that the modern atomic bomb explosions can annihilate the\nworld is childish imagination. First of all, the atomic energy is not powerful enough to destroy the world. And secondly, ultimately it all rests on\nthe supreme will of the Supreme Lord because without His will or sanction\nnothing can be built up or destroyed. It is foolish also to think that natural\nlaws are ultimately powerful. Material nature's law works under the direction of the Lord, as it is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii. The Lord says\nthere that natural laws. work under His supervision. The world can be\ndestroyed only by the will of the Lord and not by the whims of tiny\npoliticians. Lord\n\nSri Kr��a desired that the weapons released by both\n\nDrau�i and Arjuna be withdrawn, and it was carried out by Arjuna at\n\n", "SB1.1#p0386": "Text 34)\n\n353\n\nThe Son of Drm;ta Punished\n\nonce. Similarly, there are many agents of the all-powerful Lord, and by\nHis will only can one execute what He desires.\nTEXT 33\n\nml 3T1� �·\nC'\n\n��uf iTT<I'lTWf� I\n•\n\n�'f<Imr�: q�\n\n���\n\n�����II\n\ntata ihiidya tarasii\ndiirur-arh gautami-sutam\nbabandhiimar�a-tiimriik�ap\npasurh rasanayii yathii\ntata[l- thereupon;\n\nasiidya- arrested;\n\ntarasii- dexterously;\n\ndiirur-am­\n\ndangerous; gautami-sutam-the son of Gautami; babandha-bound up;\n\na mar§a\n\n-\n\nan gry ;\n\ntiimra-ak§a[t-with\n\ncopper-red\n\neyes; pasum-animal;\n\nrasanaya-by ropes; yatha-as it were.\nTRANSLATION\n\nArjuna, his eyes blazing in anger like two red balls of copper, dexterously arrested the son of Gautami and bound him with ropes Like an animal.\nPURPORT\nAsvatthama's mother, Krp1, was hom in the family of Gautama. The\nsignificant point in this sloka is that Asvatthama was caught and bound up\nwith ropes like an animal. According to Sridhara Svami, Arjuna was bound\nto catch this son of a brahmar-a like an animal as a part of his duty\n(dharma}. This suggestion by Sridhara Svami is also confirmed in the later\nstatement of Sri Kr��a. Asvatthama was a bona fide son of Dro!liicarya\n\nand Krpi, but because he had degraded himself to a lower status of life, it\nwas proper to treat him as an animal and not as a brahmar-a.\nTEXT 34\n\nsibiriiy a nin�antarh\nrajjava baddhva ripurh balat\npriihiirjunarh prakupito\nbhagaviin ambujek�ar-afl\n\n", "SB1.1#p0387": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n354\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 7\n\nsibiriiya-on the way to the military camp; nin i§antam - while bringing\nhim; rajjavii- by the ropes; baddhvii- bound up; ripum - the enemy; baliitby force; priiha- said; a rjunam- unto Arjuna; prakupita�-in an angry\nmood; bhagaviin- the Personality of Godhead; ambuja-ik�a!la�-who looks\nwith His lotus eyes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter binding A8vatthama, Arjuna wanted to take him to the military\ncamp. The Personality of Godhead Sri Kr?�ta, looking on with His lotus\neyes, spoke to angry Arjuna.\nPURPORT\nBoth Arjuna and Lord Sri Kr�!la are described here in an angry mood,\nhut Arjuna's eyes were like balls of red copper whereas the eyes of the\nLord are like the lotus. This means that the angry mood of Arjuna and\nthat of the Lord are not on the same level. The Lord is Transcendence,\nand thus He is absolute in any stage. His anger is not like the anger of a\nconditioned living being within the modes of qualitative material nature.\nBecause He is absolute, both His anger and pleasure are the same. His\nanger is not exhibited in the three modes of material nature. It is only a\nsign of His bent of mind towards the cause of His devotee because that is\nHis transcendental nature. Therefore, even if He is angry, the object of\nanger is blessed. He is unchanged in all circumstances.\nTEXT 35\n� .\n\nrm . �m �o:�r� �� 1\n\n1lWf q1tt �\n\n.\n\n.\n\n\"\n\n\"\n\n�S('II'!fWilt(('l: �ff-r;teNlf�fu �� 11�4.11\nmainarh piirthiirhasi triiturh\nbrahma-bandhum imarh jahi\n\nyo 'siivaniigasa� suptiin\navadhin niSi biilakiin\nmii e nam - never unto him;piirtha-0 Arjuna; arhasi- ought to; triitumgive release; brahma-bandhum-a relative of a briihmarw; im a m- him; jahikill; ya�- he (who has); asau-those; anagasaft - faultless; sup tiin- while\nsleeping; avadhit-killed; niSi-at night; biilakiin-the boys.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0388": "Text 36]\n\nThe Son of DroJ.la Punished\n\n355\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Kr!'ll}a said: 0 Arjuna, you should not show mercy by re­\n\nleasing this relative of a hrahm a� a\n\ninnocent boys in their sleep.\n\n[ brahma-bandhu], for he has killed\n\nPURPORT\nThe word brahma-bandhu is significant. A person who happens to take\n\nbirth in the family of a briihmara but is not qualified to be called a\n\nbriihmara is addressed as the relative of a b riihma[L a\n\n,\n\nand not as a\n\nbriihma[La. The on of a high court judge is not virtually a high court judge,\n\nbut there is no harm in addressing a high court judge's son as a relative of\nthe Honorable .Justice. Therefore, as by birth only one does not become a\n\nhigh court judge, so also one does not become a briihma[La\n\nimply by\n\nbirthright but by acquiring the necessary qualifications of a briihma[W.\n\ns\n\nthe high court judgeship is a post for the qualified man, so also the post of\n\na briihma[La is attainable by qualification only. The siistra enjoins that even\n\nif good quaJjfications are seen in a person born in a family other than a\nbriihmara, the qualified man has to be accepted as a briihmara, and imi­\n\nlarly if a person born in the family of a brahma[La is void of brahminical\n\nqualification, then he must be treated as a Hon-briihma[La or, in better\nterms, a relative of a briihma[La. Lord Sri Kr�pa, the supreme authority of\n\nall religious principles, the Vedas, has personally pointed out these differ­\n\nences, and He is about to explain the reason for this in the following slokas.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n� 31'�ij� �� �T� fwi iil�IJ:. I\nwR Fw.t +lTd � ft� Wij 1-.J�f.r� II�� II\nmattam pramattam unmattarh\nsuptarh biilarh striyarh jat}.am\nprapannarh viratham bhitam\nna ripum hanti dharma-vit\nmattam-careless; pramattam- intoxicated; unmattam -insane; suptam­\n\nasleep; biilam-boy; s triyam\n\n--\n\nwoman ; jat}.am-foolish ; prapannam-surren­\n\ndered; viratham-:-one who has lost his chariot; bhitam-afraid of; na -no t ;\n\nripum-enemy; hanti-kill; dharma-vit-one who knows the principles of\n\nreligion.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0389": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n356\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nA person who knows the principles of religion does not kill an enemy\nwho is careless, intoxicated, insane, asleep, afraid or devoid of his chariot.\n\nNor does he kill a boy, a woman, a foolish creature or a surrendered souL\nPURPORT\nnot re i t i� never killed by a ' arrior who knows\n\nAn enemy who doe\n\nthe principles of religion. For mer ly battles were fought on the principles\n\nof religion and not for the sake of sense gratification. If the enemy happened to be intoxicated, asleep, etc., as above mentioned, he was never to\n\nbe killed. These are some of the codes of religious war. Formerly war was\nnever declared by the whims of selfish political leaders, but it was carried\n\nout on religious principles free from all vi ces . Violence carried out on\nreligious principles is far superior to so-called nonviolence.\nTEXT 37\n�\n\n�sttOI\"{ �: 'ro[TUJ: SI��UJ: �.: I\n,...,.\n\n...\n\n....\n\n....\n\n�:t� T� �· �l'n?.fl�l:T: �Ill\"{ 11�\\!lll\nsva- prii l). ii '! yaft parapriil).aift\nprapu§[!iity aghnwft khalaft\ntad-vadhas tasya hi sreyo\nyad do§iid yiity adhaft pumiin\n\nsva- priil).iin - one's own life; ya� - one who; parapriil).aift-at the cost of\n\nothers' lives ; p rap u§r-iiti-maintains properly; agh.rr- aft- s h ameless; khalaft­\n\nwretched; ta t-vad h a � - kill ing of him; ta sya - his ; h i- cer t ainly ; sreya /:1.\n\n­\n\nwell-b eing; yat-by which; do§iit-by the fault; yiiti- goes ; adhaft - down­\n\nwards; pumiin-a person.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA cruel and wretched person who maintains his existence at the cost\nof others' lives deserves to be killed for his own well-being, otherwise he\n\nwill go down by his own actions.\n\n.\n\n•\n\nPURPORT\nA life for a life is just punishment for a person who cruelly and shamelessly lives at the cost of another's life. Political morality is to punish a\n\n", "SB1.1#p0390": "Text 38]\n\nThe Son of Drol).a Punished\n\n357\n\nperson by a life sentence in order to save a cruel person from going to hell.\nThat a murderer is condemned to a life sentence by the state is good for\nthe culprit because in his next life he will not have to suffer for his act of\nmurder. Such a life sentence for the murderer is the lowest possible\npunishment offered to him, and it is said in the smrti siistras that men who\nare punished by the king on the principle of a life for a life are purified\nof all their sins, so much so that they may be eligible for being promoted\nto the planets of heaven. According to Manu, the great author of civic\ncodes and religious principles, even the killer of an animal is to be\nconsidered a murderer because animal food is never meant for the civilized\nman, whose prime duty is to prepare himself for going back to Godhead.\nHe says that in the act of killing an animal, there is a regular conspiracy by\nthe party of sinners, and all of them are liable to be punished as murderers\nexactly like a party of conspirators who kill a human being combinedly.\nHe who gives permission, he who kills the animal, he who sells the\nslaughtered animal, he who cooks the animal, he who administers distribution of the foodstuff, and at last he who eats such cooked animal\nfood are all murderers, and all of them are liable to be punished by the\nlaws of nature. No one can create a living being despite all advancement\nof material science, and therefore no one has the right to kill a living\nbeing by one's independent whims. For the animal eaters, the scriptures\nhave sanctioned restricted animal sacrifices only, and such sanctions are\nthere just to restrict the opening of slaughterhouses and not to encourage\nanimal killing. The procedure under which animal sacrifice is allowed\nin the scriptures is good both for the animal sacrificed and the animal\neaters. It is good for the animal in the sense that the sacrificed animal\nis at once promoted to a human form of life after bring sacrificed\nat the altar, and the animal eater is saved from grosser types of sins\n(eating meats supplied by organized slaughterhouses which are ghastly\nplaces for breeding all kinds of material afflictions to society, country and\nto the people in general). The material world is itself a place always full of\nanxieties, and by encouraging animal slaughter the whole atmosphere\nbecomes polluted more and more by war, pestilence, famine and many\nother unwanted calamities.\nTEXT 38\n\nSIRr� � +lffi 'lT?oJT� Si!O;r� 1111 I\n3ltm� f� ;:r� mf;{f;{ � II�� II\n\n", "SB1.1#p0391": "[Canto 1, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n358\n\npratiS ru tam ca bhavatii\npiinciilyai srrwato mama\niihariue siras tasya\nyas te miinini p utra-hii\np rat iS ru tam-it is promised; ca- and; bhavatii-by you; pan calya i - unto\nthe daughter -of the king of Pancala (Draupadi); S.'!l vataft -which was\n\nheard; mama- by Me personally; iihari§y e-must I bring; si ra ft-the head;\n\ntasya-of\n\nhim;\n\nyaft-whom;\n\nte- your;\n\nm iinini-consider ;\n\nput ra-hii-the\n\nkiller of your sons.\nTRANSLATION\nFurthermore, I have personally heard you promise Draupadi that you\nwould bring forth the head of the killer of her sons.\nTEXT 39\n\n��«f q'c\"lfijf qyq 3lRfijp:�� I\n�\n,...,\n�� m� em fj� ,��: ������\n'..:.t\n\n,..._\n\n•\n\ntad as au vadh ya tiim piipa\niitatiiyy iitma-bandhu-hii\nbhartus ca vipriyam vlra\nkrtaviin kula-pii msanaft\ntat-therefore; asau-this man ; vadhyata m- will be killed; piipaft-the\nsinner; iitatiiyi- assau l ter; iitma-own; bandhu-ha-killer of sons; bhartuftof the master; ca-also; vipriyam-having not satisfied; vira-0 warrior;\nkrtaviin- on e who has done it; k ula-p iimsanaft - the burnt remnants of the\nfamily.\nTRANSLATION\nThis man is an assassin and murderer of your own family members.\nNot only that, but he has also dissatisfied his master. He is hut the burnt\nremnants of his family. Kill him immediately.\nPURPORT\nThe son of Drol)iiciirya is condemned here as the burnt remnants of his\nfamily. The good name of Drol)iiciirya is very much respected. Although he\n\n", "SB1.1#p0392": "Text 40]\n\n359\n\nThe Son of Dror;ta Punished\n\njoined the enemy camp, he was still held a1ways in respect, for the\nPa!l�avas and Arjuna saluted him before beginning the fight. There was\nnothing wrong in that way. But the son of Dro!lacarya degraded himself\nby committing acts which are never done by the dvijas or the twice-born\nhigher castes. Asvatthama, the son of Dro!lacarya, committed murder by\nkilling the five sleeping sons of Draupadi, by which he dissatisfied his\nmaster Duryodhana, who never approved of the heinous act of killing\nthe five sleeping sons of the Pa!l�avas. This means that Asvatthama became\nas assaulter of Arjuna's own family members, and thus he was liable to be\npunished by him. In the sastras, he who attacks without notice or kills\nfrom behind or sets fire to another's house or kidnaps one's wife is\ncondemned to death. These facts are reminded by Kr�!la to Arjuna so that\nhe might take notice of them and do the needful.\n\nTEXT 40\n\n��;;n-:;;r\n\n�ri tffuJat }.lq 'tlq: �tur� �T�<J: I\n.\n.\ni1\"'04\\.-� �cr ��c�t�+t�wt � II \\l II\n�\n\n.\n\no\n\nsuta uviica\nevam pan?z§atii dhannam\npiirtha� k[§[tena codita�\nnaicchadd han tum guru-sutam\nyadyapy iitma-hanam mahiin\nsii ta[l.-Suta Gosvami; uviica-said; evam-this; pan?z§atii-being examined; darmam-in the matter of duty; piirthal;t-Sri Arjuna; kr� rtena-by\nLord Kr�I)a; codita[l.-being encouraged; na aicchat-did not like; hantumto kill; guru-sutam-the son of his teacher; yadyapi-a1though; iitma-hanam\n-murderer of sons; mahan- very great.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuta Gosvami said: Despite being instructed in his duty and encouraged\nto kill the son of Drm;tiicarya, Arjuna, a great soul, did not like the idea of\nkilling him, although he was a heinous murderer of his family members.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0393": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n360\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 7\n\nPURPORT\nArjuna was a great soul undoubtedly, which is proved here also. He is\nencouraged herein personally by the Lord to kill the son of Dro!J.a, but\n\nArjuna considers that the son of his great teacher should be spared, for he\nhappens to be the son of Drol)acarya, even though he is an unworthy son.\n\nHe had done all sorts of heinous acts whimsically for no one's benefit.\n\nLord Sri Kr�!la encouraged Arjuna outwardly just to test Arjuna's sense\n\nof duty. It is not that Arjuna was incomplete in the sense of his duty, nor\nwas Lord Sri Kr�!la unaware of Arjuna's sense of duty. But Lord Sri Kr�!la\n\nput to test many of His pure devotees just to magnify the sense of duty.\n\nThe gopis were put to such tests as well. Prahlada Maharaja also was put\nto such a test. All pure devotees come out successful in the respective\ntests by the Lord.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n�� �� ;ft�&��-n 1\n�� fir:fAit�T�R��ffi'f.ll\\1 �II\nathopetya sva-sibir�rh\ngovinda-priya-siirathift\nnyavedayattarh priyiiyai\nsocantyii iitma-jiin hatiin\natka-thereafter;\n\ngovinda-one\n\nwho\n\nupetya-having\n\nreached;\n\nsva-own;\n\nenlivens the senses (Lord Sri\n\nsibiram-camp;\n\nKr�IJa); priya-dear;\n\nsiirathi(z-the charioteer; nyavedayat-entrusted to; ta m-him; priyiiyaiunto\n\nthe\n\nmurdered.\n\ndear; socantyii-lamenting for; iitma-jiin-own sons; hatiin­\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter reaching his own camp, Arjuna, along with his dear friend and\ncharioteer [Sri Kr�l)a] , entrusted the murderer unto his dear wife, who\n\nwas lamenting for her murdered sons.\n\nPURPORT\nThe transcendental relation of Arjuna with Kr�!la is of the dearmost\nfriendship. In the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord Himself has claimed Arjuna as\n\n", "SB1.1#p0394": "Text 42]\n\n361\n\nThe Son of DroJ.la Punished\n\nHis dearmost friend. Every living being is thus related with the Supreme\nLord by some sort of affectionate relation, either as servant or as friend or\nas\n\nparent or as an object of conjugal love. Everyone thus can enjoy the\n\ncompany of the Lord in the spiritual realm if one at all desires and\n\nsincerely tries for it by the process of bhakti-yoga.\nTEXT 42\n\nij�S� q� =«l. qroq�;rq{S--�\n������\nfiiu�r.r �t!Jfmi� �1: ��\n�HIWPlHT �r\n\n;r;{Tl{ :q II�� II\n\ntathii \"hrtarh pasuvat piisa-baddham\naviih-mukham karma-jugupsitena\nnin\"\"k$ya kHr;tiipakrtarh guro� sutarh\nviima-sva-bhiivii krpayii naniima ca\ntathii- thus; iihrtam- brought in; pasuv at-like an animal; piisa-baddham\n\n-tied up with ropes; avan-mukham- without a word in his mouth; karma\n-activities;\nDraupadi;\n\njugup sitena being\n-\n\napakrtam\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nheinous;\n\nnin7.�ya- by\n\nseeing;\n\ndoer of the degrading; guro�\n\n-\n\nkr§�tii-\n\nthe teacher;\n\nsutam-son; viim a-beaut iful ; sva-bhiivii- natu re ; k.rpayii-ou t of compassion; naniima-offered obeisances; ca-and.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Siita Gosviimi said: Draupadi then saw Asvatthiima, who was bound\nwith ropes like an animal and silent for having enacted the most inglorious\nmurder. Due to her female nature, and due to her being naturally good and\nwell-behaved, she showed him due respects as a briihma�a.\nPURPORT\nASvatthiimii was condemned by the Lord Himself, and he was treated\n\nby Arjuna just like a culprit, not like the son of a briihma[la or teacher. But\n\nwhen he was brought before Srimati Draupadi, she, although begrieved\n\nfor the murder of her sons, and although the murderer was present before\nher, could not withdraw the due respect generally offered to a brahmar;ta\n\n", "SB1.1#p0395": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n362\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 7\n\nor to the son of a briihmar-a. This is due to her mild nature as a woman.\nThe woman as a class is no better than a boy, and therefore, they have no\ndiscriminatory power like a man. Asvatthama proved himself to be an\nunworthy son of Drol)iicarya or of a briihma�Ja, and for this reason he was\n\ncondemned by the greatest authority Lord\n\nSri Kr�l)a, and yet a mild\n\nwoman could not withdraw her natural eourtesy for a briihma�Ja.\nEven to date, in a Hindu family a woman shows proper respect to the\n\nbrahma(IU caste, however fallen and heinous a brahma-bandhu may be.\nBut the men have begun to protest against brahma-bandhus who are born\nin families Of good briihmai)US but by action are lesS than sudras.\nThe specific word used in this sloka is vama sva-bhava, mild and gentle\nby nature. A good man or woman accepts anyLhing very easily, but a\nman of avf'rage intelligence does not do so. But anyway, we should not\ngive up our reason and discriminatory power just to be gentle. One must\nha e good discriminatory power to judge a thing on its merit. We should\nnot follow the mild nature of a woman and thereby accept that which is\nnot genuine. Asvatthama may be respected by a good-natured woman,\nbut Lhat does not mean that he is as good as a genuine briihma�Ja.\nTEXT 43\n\nacn:q-\n\n�� �rtt� �HIT I\n\n��Qf ��mijq 'lman fo:y(Rf �: ������\nuviica ciisahanty asya\nbandhaniinayanarh sati\nmucyatiirh mucyatiim e�a\nbriihmarw nitariirh gum[!\nuvaca-said; ca-and; asaha n t i\n\n-\n\nbeing unbearable for her; asya- his;\n\nbandhanii-being bound up; iinayana m\n\n-\n\nbringing him; sati-the devoted;\n\nmucyatiim just get him released; e §a[z - this ; briihmar-af!-a briihmar-a;\n-\n\nnitariim-our; gur u f!- t e acher\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nShe could not tolerate Asvatthamii's being bound by ropes, and being\n\na devoted lady, she said: Release him, for he is a brahmal)a, our spiritual\nmaster.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0396": "Text 44)\n\nThe Son of Dro�a Punished\n\n363\n\nPURPORT\nAs soon as Asvatthama was brought before Draupadi, she thought it\n\nintolerable that a briihma[La should be arrested like a culprit and brought\nbefore her in that condition, especially when the brrihma[La happened to\n\nbe a teacher's son.\n\nArjuna arrested Asvatthama knowing perfectly well that he was the son\n\nof Dropacarya. Kr�':la also knew him to be so, but both of them condemned\nthe murderer without consideration of his being the son of a briihma[W.\n\nAccording to revealed scriptures, a teacher or spiritual master is liable to\nbe rejected if he proves himself unworthy of the position of a guru or\n\nspiritual master. A guru is called also an iiciir_ya, or a person who has\n\npersonally assimilated all the essence of siistras and has helped his disciples\nto adopt the ways. Asvatthamii failed to discharge the duties of a briihma[!a\n\nor teacher, and therefore he was liable to be rejected from the exalted\nposition of a briihma[La. On this consideration, both Lord Sri Kr��1a and\n\nArjuna were right in condemning Asvatthama. But to a good lady like\nDraupadi, the matter was considered not from the angle of siistric vision,\n\nbut as a matter of custom. By custom, Asvatthamii was offered the same\n\nrespect as was offered to his father. It was so because generally the people\naccept the son of a briihma[La as a real briihma!w, by sentiment only.\n\nFactually the matter is different. A briihma[La is accepted on the merit\n\nof qualification and not on the merit of simply being the son of a briihma[La.\n\nBut in spite of all this, Draupadi desired that Asvatthama be at once\n\nreleased, and it was all the same a good sentiment for her. This means that\na devotee of the Lord can tolerate all sorts of tribulation personally, but\n\nstill such devotees are never unkind to others, even to the enemy. These\nare the characteristics of one who is a pure devotee of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 44\n\n�\n\n�;r�:\n\n�N�T'nlt[l{: I\n3l�!nll� �t«<T T�faJQT �JI� 11��11\n\" \"\n\n\"\n\nsa-rahasyo dhanur-veda[t\nsa-visargopasarityama[t\nastra-gramas ca bhavatii\nsik§ito yad-anugrahiit\nsa-rahasya[t-confidential; dhanu(l-veda(l-knowledge in the art of ma­\n\nnipulating bows and arrows; sa-visarga-releasing; upas arityama[t - c ontrol -\n\n", "SB1.1#p0397": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n364\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 7\n\nling; astra-weapon ; gnima�-al1 kinds of; ca-and; bhavatii-by yourself;\n\nsik§ita�- l e arn e d ; yat- by whose; anugrahiit-mercy of.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIt was by Dro':ladirya's mercy that you learned the military art of\n\nthrowing arrows and the confidential art of controlling weapons\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\n\nDhanur-veda or military science was taught by Dro!1acarya with all its\n\nconfidential secrets of throwing and controlling by Vedic hymns. Gross\n\nmilitary science is dependent on material weapons, but finer than that is\n\nthe art of throwing the arrows saturated with Vedic hymns, which act\n\nmore effectively than gross material weapons like machine guns or atomic\n\nbombs. The control is by Vedic mantras, or the transcendental science of\n\nsound. It is said in the Riimiiyarw that Maharaja Dasaratha, the father of\nLord Sri Rama, used to control arrows by sound only. He could pierce his\n\ntarget with his arrow by hearing the sound only, without seeing the\nobject. So this is a finer military science than that of the gross material\n\nmilitary weapons used nowadays. Arjuna was taught all this, and therefore\nDraupadi wished that Arjuna feel obliged to Acarya Drot;�a for all these\n\nbenefits. And in the absence of Dra':liicarya, his son was the representative.\n\nThat was the opinion of the good lady Draupadi. It may be argued why\nDro':liiciirya, a rigid\n\nbriihmarw, should be a teacher in military science.\n\nBut the reply is that a briihmar-a should become a teacher, regardless of\n\nwhat his department of knowledge is. A learned briihmar-a should become\na teacher, a priest and a recipient of charity. A bona fide\n\nauthorized to accept such professions.\n\nTEXT 45\n\nll� �UJ: �� � I\n�'{til� q�.-ttr�ij ��:�TII'd�ll\n\nij' �'f\n\nsa e§a bhagaviin dror-a�\n\nprajii-riiper-a vartate\ntasyiitmano 'rdham patny aste\nniinvagiid vi:rasii� krpi:\n\nbriihmar-a is\n\n", "SB1.1#p0398": "Text 46]\n\nThe Son of Droi;J.a Punished\n\n365\n\nsa?t - he; e� a? t -certainly; bh aga viin-Iord; dro!ta?l-Drol)iicarya;\n\nprajii­\n\nrii pera-i.n the form of his son Asvatthama; vartate-is existing; tasya-his;\niit m ana[l.-of the body; ardh am- h alf; pat n i-wife ; iiste-living; na-no;\n\nanvagiit-undertook; vira su !J. -having the son present; krpi-th e sister of\nKrpacarya.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe [ Dro':Jiicarya] is certainly still existing, being represented by his\nson. His ,vife Kr pi did not undergo a sati 'vith him because she had a son.\nPURPORT\nThe wife of Drol)iicarya, l<rpi, is the sister of Krpacarya. A devoted\nwife, who is according to revealed scripture the better half of her husband,\nis justified to embrace voluntary death along ·with her husband if she is\nwithout issue. But in the case of the wife of Dropiicary a, she did not\nundergo such a trial because she had her son, the representative of her\nhusband. A 'vidow is so called if there is a son of her husband e>..'isting.\nSo in either case ASvatthama was the representative of Drol)iiciirya , and\ntherefore killing Asvatthama would be like killing Drol)iicarya. That was\nthe argument of Draupadl against the killing of Asvatthama.\nTEXT 46\n\n� '=Ill� �Nlll lter��;f\n\n��I\n�;{ �fu sn� t.�ti �'f41'��: ������\ntad dharmajiia mahii-bhiiga\nbhavadbhir gauravam kulam\nv.rjinam niirhati priiptum\npujyam vandyam abhik�rasa[l.\ntat-therefore; dharmajiia-one\n\nwho\n\nis\n\naware\n\nof the principles of\n\nreligion; mahii - bhiiga-the most fortunate; bhavadbhi[l.-by your good self;\n\ngauravam- gl orified; kulam-the f amily; v_rjinam-that which is p ainful ;\nna-not; arhati-does deserve; priiptum-for obtaining; pujyam-the worshipful; vandyam-respectful; abhik�rasa[t-constantly.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 most fortunate one who knows the principles of religion, it is not\ngood for you to cause grief to glorious family members who are always\nrespectable and worshipful.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0399": "[Canto 1, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n366\n\nPURPORT\n\nA slight insult for a respectable family is sufficient to invoke grief.\n\nTherefore, a cultured man should always be careful in dealing with worship­\n\nful family members.\nTEXT 47\n\nmii rodid asya janani\ngautami patidevatii\nyathiiham mrta-vatsii \"rta\nrodimy asru-mukhi muhu[l,\nmii-do not; rodit-make cry; asya-his; janani- mother; gantami-the\n\nwife of Drol)a;patidevatii-chaste;yathii-as has; aham- myself ; mrta-vatsii\n-one whose child is dead; iirtii- distressed; r odimi- crying; asru-mnkhi­\n\ntears in the eyes; mnhu[l,-constantly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy lord, do not make the wife of Dro�adirya cry like me. I am\n\naggrieved for the death of my sons. She need not cry constantly like me.\nPURPORT\n\nSympathetic good lady as she was, Srimatl Draupadi did not want to\n\nput the wife of Dro�acarya in the same position of childlessness, both from\nthe point of motherly feelings as well as from the respectable position\n\nheld by the wife of Dro�acarya.\n\nTEXT 48\n�\n\n\"\"\n\n.\n\n.\n\n�: �� ;t��\n\n�\n\n\"\n\n,...\n\n���HT��Rlfrll: I\n�� � \"SI���l� �:n�il;;� ���� ll'a(;ll\nyai[l, kopitam brahma-kulam\nriijanyair ajitiitmabhi[l,\n\n", "SB1.1#p0400": "Text 49]\n\nThe Son of Dror;ta Punished\n\n367\n\ntat kulam pradahaty iisu\nsiinubandham suciirpitam\nyaift-by those; h opitam -enraged; brahma-kulam-the order of the\nbriihmar-as;\n\nriijanyai[l-by the administrative order; ajita -unrestricted;\n\niitmabhift-by oneself; tat-that;\n\nku lam\n\n-\n\nf amily ; pradahati-is burnt up;\n\niisu-within no time; s a a nuba ndham-together with family members; sucii-\n\na rp itam\n\n-\n\nbeing put into grief.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIf the kingly administrative order, which is unrestricted in sense control, offends the brahma�a order and enrages them, then the fire of that\nrage burns up the whole body of the royal family and brings grief upon\n\nall.\nPURPORT\nThe briihmar-a order of society, or the spiritually advanced caste or\ncommunity and the members of such highly elevated families, were always\nheld in great esteem by the other subordinate castes, namely the administrative kingly order, mercantile order and the laborers_\nTEXT 49\n\n��\n\n� rtrrT.� �ui f;{��t� «if � I\n<:'\n\n\"\"\n\n\"\" ,...\n\n�T�Wf{�:'SRtt��T�T: 11��11\nsiita uviica\ndharmyam nyiiyyam sa-karur-am\nnirvyalikam samam mahat\nriijii dhanna-suto riijii yiil).\npratyanandad vaco dvijiift\nsiital). uviica- Su ta Gosvaml said; dha rmya m\n\nreli gion; nyiiyyam-j ustice ;\n\nsa-karu!wm\n\n-\n\nfull\n\nj ust to the principles of\n\n-\n\nof\n\nmercy; nirvyalikam­\n\nwithout duplicity in dharma; s amam -eq uity ; mahat -glorious ; riijii-the\nKing; dharma-sutal).-son; rii j iiyiil). - by the Queen ;pratyananda t\n\nvaca/).- statements ; dvijii/).-0 biiihmat;tas_\n\n-\n\nsupported;\n\n", "SB1.1#p0401": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n368\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuta Gosvami said: 0 brahma!las, King Yudhi.s�hira fully supported the\n\nstatements of the Queen, which were in accordance with the principles of\n\nreligion and were justified, glorious, full of mercy and equity and were\n\nwithout duplicity.\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Y udhi��hira, who was the son of D harmaraja or Y amaraja, fully\n\nsupported the words of Queen Draupadi in asking Arjuna to release\nAsvatthama. One should not tolerate the humiliation of a member of a\n\ngreat family. Arjuna and his family were indebted to the family of Dror;�adirya because of Arjuna's learning the military science from him. If\n\ningratitude were shown to such a benevolent family, it was not at all\n\njustified from the moral standpoint. The wife of Drol)iicarya, who was the\n\nhalf body of the great soul, must be treated with compassion, and she\nshould not be put into grief because of her son's death. That is com­\n\npassion. Such statements by Draupadi are without duplicity because actions\nshould be taken with full knowledge. The feeling of equality was there\n\nbecause Draupadi spoke out of her personal experience. A barren woman\n\ncannot understand the grief of a mother. Draupadi was herself a mother,\n\nand therefore her calculation of the depth of Krpi's grief was quite to the\npoint. And it was glorious because she wanted to show proper respect to a\n\ngreat family.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n�:����:1\n�if.{Fl_��etf�� :qJ� trY���: 11'-'oll\nnakulal). sahadevas ca\nyuyudhiino dhanaiijaya[l\nbhagaviin devaki-putro\nye ciinye yiiS ca yo§ita[l\nnakulai). Nakula ; sahadeva[l Sahadeva; ca and ; yuyudhiina[l-Satyaki;\ndhananjayai).-Arj una ; bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; devakipu t ra l). the son of Devaki, Lord Sri Kr�J;ta; ye- those ; ca-and; any�\nothers ; yiil). those ; ca and ; yo�ita/:1 ladies.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0402": "Text 52)\n\n369\n\nThe Son of Drm;ta Punished\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe younger brothers of the King, N akula and Sahadeva and also\n\nSatyaki and Arjuna, the Personality of Godhead Lord Sri Kr�l).a, son of\nDevaki, and the ladies and others all unanimously agreed with the King.\nTEXT 51\n\n� m� �({1'{ �: �: 1\n;r$�����ma_�li�Z II\ntatriihiimar§ito bhimas\ntasya sreyiin vadha[l smrta[l\nna bhartur niitmanas ciirthe\nyo 'han suptiin siSiin vrthii\ntatra-thereupon; aha-said; amar§ita/:t-in an angry mood; bhima1;Bhima; tasya-his; sreyan-ultim ate good; vadha[l-killing; sm.rta[l-recorded; na-not; bhartu[l-of the master; na-nor; iitmana[l-of his own self;\nca-and; arthe-for the sake of; ya[l-one who; ahan-killed; suptiinsleep ing; siSiin-.children; v.rthii-without purpose.\nTRANSLATION\nBhima, however, disagreed with them and recommended killing this\nculprit who, in an angry mood, had murdered sleeping children for no\npurpose and for neither his nor his master's interest.\nTEXT 52\n\n� m�« �'Nm� �i.jf: 1\n3TT� � ��� �f� ����II\nnisamya bhima-gaditarh\ndraupadyas ca catur-bhuja[l\nalokya vadanarh sakhyur\nidam iiha hasann iva\nnisamya-just\n\nafter\n\nhearing;\n\nbhima-Bhima;\n\ngaditam-spoken\n\nby;\n\ndraupadyii[l-of Draupadi; ca-and; catur-bhuja[l-the four-handed (Person-\n\n", "SB1.1#p0403": "370\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 7\n\nality of Godhead); U:lokya-having seen; vadanam-the face; sakhyu[l.-of\nHis friend; idam-this; aha-said; hasan-smiling; iva-as if.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCaturbhuja� [the four-armed one], or the Personality of Godhead,\n\nafter hearing the words of Bhima, Draupadi and others, saw the face of\nHis dear friend Arjuna, and He began to speak as if smiling.\n\n·\n\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Kr�!la had two arms, and why He is designated as four-armed is\n\nexplained by Sridhara Sviimi. Both Bhima and Draupadi held opposite\n\nviews about killing Asvatthiimii. Bhima wanted him to be immediately\n\nkilled, whereas Draupadi wanted to save him. We can imagine Bhima\n\nready to kill while Draupadi is obstructing him. And in order to prevent\nboth of them; the Lord discovered another two arms. Originally, the\nprimeval Lord Sri, Kr�!la displays only two arms, but in His Narayal)a\n\nfeature He exhibits four. In His Niirayal)a feature He resides with His\n\ndevotees in the V aiku!ltha planets, while in His original Sri Kr�!la feature\nHe resides in the Kr�!laloka planet far, far above the Vaiku!ltha planets in\n\nthe spiritual sky. Therefore, if Sri Kr�!la is called caturbhujafi., there is no\ncontradiction. If need be He can display hundreds of arms. as He exhibited\n\nin His visva-riipa shown to Arjuna. Therefore, one who can display htm­\n\ndreds and thousands of arms can also manifest four whenever needed.\n\nWhen Arjuna was perplexed about what to do with Asvatthiimii, Lord\n\nSri Kr�!la, as very dear friend of Arjuna, voluntarily took up the matter\n\njust to make a solution. And He was smiling also.\n\nTEXTS 53-54\n\n�•lcd?JcUaa\n� � 3llmwft �: I\n��Fwmi qfffi��;J'{_ 11��11\n� m� � ��€(11f+4.1�n � 1\n6Ft � ltt� q]� �iter � ll�'dll\nsri bhagavan uviica\nrahma-bandhur\nna hantavya\nb\niitatiiyi vadhar-ha'{ta{l.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0404": "Texts 53-54]\n\nThe Son of Drot:ta Punished\n\n371\n\nmayaivobhayam iimniitarit\nparipiihy anusasanam\nkuru prati.Srutarit satyarit\nyat tat siintvayatii priyiim\npriyarit ca bhima-senasya\npiinciilyii mahyam eva ca\nsri bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; u viica-said; brahma-bandhuft\n\n-the relative of a briihmarw; na-not; hantavyaft-to be killed; iitatiiyithe aggressor; vadhiil;-hana!t-is due to\n\nbe killed; maya-by Me; eva­\n\ncertainly; ubhayam-both; iimnatam-described according to rulings of the\n\nauthority; paripahi-just carry out; anusiisanam-rulings; kuru-just abide\n\nby; prati.Srutam-as promised by; sat) am-tru th; )'at tat-that which;\n'\n\nsiintva)rata-while pacifying; pri)'am-dear wife; priyam-satisfaction; ca­\n\nalso; bhima-senas)'a-of Sri Bhimasena; paizcalya!t-of Draupadi; mahyam\n-unto Me also; eva-certainly; ca-and\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead Sri Krllf!a said: A friend of a brahmat:ta is\n\nnot to be killed, but if he is an aggressor he must be killed. All these\n\nrulings are in the scriptures, and you should act accordingly. You have to\nfulfill your promise to your wife, and you must also act to the satisfaction\n\nof Bhimasena and Me.\n\nPURPORT\nArjuna was perplexed because Asvatthama was to be killed as well as\n\nspared according to different scriptures cited by different persons. As a\n\nbrahma-bandhu, or a worthless son of a brahma'!a· Asvatthama was not to be\nkilled, but he was at the same time an aggressor also. And according to the\n\nrulings of Manu, an aggressor, even though he be a briihmarta (and what to\n\nspeak of an unworthy son of a brahmarta), is to be killed. Dropacarya was\n\ncertainly a briihmarta in the true sense of the term, but because he stood\n\nin the battlefield he was killed. But although Asvatthama was an aggressor,\n\nhe stood without any fighting weapons. The ruling is that an aggressor,\n\nwhen he is without weapon or chariot, cannot be killed, All these were\ncertainly perplexities. Besides that, Arjuna had to keep the promise he had\n\nmade before Draupadi just to pacify her. But h� also had to satisfy both\nBruma and Kr�qa, who advised killing him. This dilemma was present\n\nbefore Arjuna, and the solution was awarded by Kr�qa.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0405": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n372\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 55\n�a'��\n\n$: � (�(U+t¥.�tru;u I\n\nmar ;:{('R � r� •� ll'-''-'11\nsuta uviica\narjuna� saha sii \"jniiya\nharer hiirdam athiisinii\nmarim jahiira murdhanyam\ndvijasya saha murdhajam\nsuta!t-Suta\n\nGosvaml;\n\nuvaca-said; arjuna!t-Arjuna; sahasii-just\n\nat\n\nthat time; iijriiiya-knowing it; harelt-of the Lord; hardam-motive; atha\n-thus;\n\nasinii-by\n\nmurdhanyam-on\n\nthe\nthe\n\nsword;\nhead;\n\nmarzim-the\n\ndvijasya-of\n\njewel;\n\njahiira-separated;\n\nthe twice-born; saha-with;\n\nmurdhajam-hairs.\n\nTRA NS LATI ON\n\nJust then Arjuna could understand the motive of the Lord by His\nequivocal orders, and thus with his sword he severed both hair and jewel\nfrom the head of A8vatthama.\nPURPORT\nContradictory orders of different persons are impossible to carry out.\nTherefore a compromise was selected by Arjuna by his sharp intelligence,\nand he separated the jewel from the head of A.Sv atthama which was as\ngood as cutting off his head, and yet his life was saved for all practical\npurposes. Here ASvatthama is indicated as twice-born. Certainly he was\ntwice-born, but he fell down from his position, and therefore he was properly punished.\n\nTEXT 56\n\nRQ� 't�lwtl\"li 'll�(�ql(c:tSI+t( I\n� � it.f ftliit(INt(q(q 11'-\\ �II\nvimucya rasaniibaddham\nbiila-hatyii-hata-prabham\n\n", "SB1.1#p0406": "Text 57)\n\n373\n\nThe Son of DroJ;la Punished\ntejasii _martinii hinarh\nsibiriin nirayiipayat\n\nvimucya-after releasing him; rasanii-baddham-from the bo n dage of\nropes; bala-hatya-infanticide; hata-prabham-loss of bodily luster; tejasaof the strength of; martina-by the jewel; hinam-being deprived of; sibiriit\n-from the camp; niraya-apayat-drove him out.\nTRANSLATION\nHe [ Asvatthama] had already lost his bodily luster due to infanticide,\nand now, moreover, having lost the jewel from his head, he lost even more\nstrength. Thus he was unbound and driven out of the camp.\nPURPORT\nThus being insulted\n\n,\n\nthe humiliat ed Asvatthama was simultaneou sly\n\nkilled and not killed by the intelligence of Lord Kr��a and Arjuna\n\n.\n\nTEXT 57\n\nvapanarh dravifliidiinarh\nsthaniin niryiipartarh tathii\ne§a hi brahmabandhuniirh\nvadho nanyo ,sti daihika�\nvapanam-cleaving the hairs from the head; dravirta-wealth; adiinamforfeiting; sthiiniin-from the residence; niryiipap.am-driving away; tathiialso; e�a�-all these; hi-certainly; brahma-bandhuniim-of the relatives of\nthe briihmarta; vadha�-killing; na-not; anya�-any other method; astithere is; daihika�-in the matter of the body.\nTRANSLATION\nCutting the hair from his head, depriving him of his wealth and driving\nhim from his residence are the prescribed punishments for the relative of\na brahma�a. There is no injunction for killing the body.\n\n", "SB1.1#p0407": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n374\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 58\n\"\n\n\"'t'\n\n��ll€filtl(l: �� �: m: �urn 1\n�t �t � ��unf� ����II\nputra-sokiituriift saroe\npiir-!iaviift saha knTJayii\nsviiniirit mrtiiniirit yat kr:tyarit\ncakrur nirharar-iidikam\nputra-son; soka- bereavement; iituriift-overwhelmed with; sa ro.e - all of\n\nthem; piir-!iaviift-t he sons of Pap�u; saha-along with; k!§T) ayii- wit h\n\nDraupadi; sviiniim-of the kinsmen; mrtiiriii m-of the dead; yat- what;\n\nkrtyam - ou ght to be done; cakruft-did perform; n irha ra r- a-adika m- under takable.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, the sons of P��u and Draupadi, overwhelmed with grief,\nperformed the proper rituals for the dead bodies of their relatives.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the First C anto, Seventh\n\nChapter, of the Sr!mad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Son of Drorta Punished.\"\n\n", "SB1.1#p0408": "", "SB1.2#p0001": "", "SB1.2#p0002": "His Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "SB1.2#p0003": "Plate 1 Just to protect the progeny of the Kuru dynasty,\nembryo of Uttara by His personal energy. (p. 388)\n\nSrf Kw.ta covered the\n\n", "SB1.2#p0004": "Plate 2\n\nQueen Kuntf addressed Lord K.J:�Qa as He started for home. (p. 390)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0005": "Plate 3 Mother Yasoda wanted to make a show of punishment for her transcendental\n\nchild. (p. 411)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0006": "Plate 4 Kmta has very kindly come before Bhl�madeva while his life is ending. (p. 464)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0007": "Plate 5 Although Bhi�madeva\n\nlay on the bed of arrows for three days, he did not\n\naccept water when it was offered. But then Arjuna, understanding his mind, shot an\narrow in the ground, causing mother Ganges River to come up and enter the mouth of\nBhl�madeva.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0008": "Plate 6 In obedience to the command of His friend, Lord Sri K{�I}a pointed out the\nenemies. (p. 487)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0009": "Plate 7 \"He got down from the chariot, took up its wheel, and ran towards me\nhurriedly,just like a lion goes to kill an elephant.\" (p. 490)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0010": "Plate 8\n\nK��l).a's deep loving attitude attracted the damsels of Vrajadhama. (p. 495)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0011": "Plate 9 The go piS imitated the characteristic movements of the Lord.\n\n(p. 495)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0012": "Plate 10 K{�I).a departed from the city of Hastinapura. (p. 549)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0013": "Plate II The citizens of Dvaraka, having heard the vibration of K��Qa's conchshell,\nran towards Him fast. (p. 557)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0014": "Plate 12 The queens first embraced the Lord in the innermost recesses of their hearts.\nThen they embraced Him visually, and then they sent their sons to embrace Him.\n\n(p. 592)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0015": "Plate 13 King Yudhi�t.hira, very much satisfied by the birth of Maharaja Parik�it, had the purificatory birth\n\nceremony performed. (p. 622)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0016": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n", "SB1.2#p0017": "ALL GLORY TO SRT GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\nkunty uviica\nnamasye puru�am tviidyam\nisvaram prakrteft param\nalak�yam sarva-bhutiiniim\nantar bahir avasthitam (p. 391)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0018": "OTHER BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-gitii As It Is\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nKr§!la, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (2 volumes)\n\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr§!lU Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Krfi!la Consciousness Movement is the Genuine Vedic Way\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0019": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\nFirst Canto\n\"Creation\"\n\n<Part Two-Chapters 8-12>\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n•\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York\n\n·\n\nLos Angeles\n\n·\n\nLondon\n\n·\n\nBombay\n\n", "SB1.2#p0020": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3959 Landmark Street\nCulver City, California 90230\n\n© 1972 the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nALL RIGHTS RESERVED\n\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 70-127183\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-29-3\n\nPrinted by Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan\n\n", "SB1.2#p0021": "TABLE OF CONTENTS\nCHAPTER EIGHT\n\nPrayers by Queen KuntT and ParTk�it saved\n\n375\n\nMourning of the Kuru Family\n\n376\n\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira Begins to Reign\n\n379\n\nParik�it Saved by Lord Kr�t:Ja\n\n382\n\nThe All-Powerful Lord\n\n388\n\nPrayers by Kunti\n\n390\n\nThe Lord Is Beyond the Range of the Senses\n\n392\n\nKr�t:Ja, the Son of Vasudeva and N anda\n\n395\n\nHis Transcendental Position\n\n397\n\nAristocracy Is a Disqualification for a Devotee\n\n402\n\nLord Kr�t:Ja, a Mystery for Nondevotees\n\n408\n\nKunti and Yasoda\n\n411\n\nKunti's Feelings of Separation\n\n420\n\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira's Feelings of Sorrow\n\n432\n\nCHAPTER NINE\n\nThe Passing Away of BhT�madeva\nin the Presence of Lord Kf$Oa\n\n439\n\nPreparation for Bhi�madeva's Passing A way\n\n439\n\nAssembly of All Learned Scholars\n\n443\n\nHis Sympathy for the Pal)�avas\n\n452\n\nHis Astonishment at the Pal)�avas' Plight\n\n456\n\nSupernatural Power Recognized\n\n457\n\nEstimation of Kr�t:Ja by Bhi�madeva\n\n459\n\nv\n\n", "SB1.2#p0022": "Vl\n\nMaharaja Yudhi��hira Instructed by Blu�ma\n\n468\n\nBhi�ma's Prayer for Kr�l)a\n\n479\n\nLord Kr�l)a's Beauty on the Battlefield\n\n482\n\nFighting in Devotional Service\n\n487\n\nKr�l)a Served by Martial Spirit\n\n489\n\nThe Fighters' Salvation in the Presence of the\nLord\nBhi�madeva Breathes His Last\n\n492\n502\n\nCHAPTER TEN\nDeparture of Lord Kr�oa for ovaraka\n\nsn\n\nThe Government of Maharaja Yudhi��hira\n\n511\n\nThe Lord Satisfied\n\n512\n\nThe World State Under One Ruler\n\n513\n\nProsperity of the World\n\n514\n\nNature's Gifts\n\n516\n\nPeople Free from All Anxieties\n\n519\n\nThe Lord's Returning Home\n\n521\n\nSeparation Keenly Felt\n\n522\n\nFarewell to the Lord\n\n524\n\nA Scene of Spiritual Atmosphere\n\n526\n\nLadies Talk Philosophy\n\n531\n\nThe Estimation of Lord Kr�l)a\n\n533\n\nThe Object of Vedic Knowledge\n\n538\n\nThe Lord's Specific Appearance\n\n539\n\nGlorified Families\n\n541\n\nDvaraka More Than Heaven\n\nS42\n\nGlory to the Women Whose Husband Is the Lord\n\n545\n\nAffection of the King for Kr�l)a\n\n550\n\nProvinces the Lord Passed Through\n\n551\n\n", "SB1.2#p0023": "VLl\n\nCHAPTER ELEVEN\nLord Kr�r:ta's Entrance into ovaraka\n\n555\n\nThe Lord's Arrival Heralded\n\n555\n\nDescription of Dviirakii\n\n565\n\n�M�G�\n\n�7\n\nFestive Mood\n\n568\n\nCleansed Roads Sprinkled with Scented Water\n\n569\n\nHouses Decorated\n\n570\n\nDevotee Prostitutes\n\n575\n\nThe Lord's Blessings for All\n\n579\n\nFestival of Seeing the Lord\n\n586\n\nThe Lord Meets His Mothers\n\n588\n\nFeelings Expressed\n\n590\n\nMission Fulfilled\n\n595\n\nThe Lord's Family Life Explained\n\n597\n\nHis Transcendence\n\n599\n\nHis Potency Inconceivable\n\n602\n\nWomanly Estimate of the Lord\n\n604\n\nCHAPTER TWELVE\nBirth of Emperor ParJk�it\n\n607\n\nMaharaj a Yudhi�thira, the Welfare King\n\n611\n\nHis Widespread Fame\n\n613\n\nHis Nonattachment to Material Happiness\n\n614\n\nParik�it Observes the Lord in the Womb\n\n615\n\nHis Thumb-like Shape\n\n616\n\nFour-handed Lord, Revolving His Club\n\n617\n\nParik�it Takes Birth at an Auspicious Moment\n\n621\n\nBirth Ceremony of Parik�it\n\n622\n\nThe King's Charity\n\n624\n\n", "SB1.2#p0024": "vnt\n\n'\n\nThe Briih martas Foretelling\n\n628\n\nThe King's Inquiry on Parik�it's Future\n\n629\n\nParik�it's Future Foretold\n\n631\n\nComparison to Great Souls\n\n632\n\nHis Sad Death Foretold\n\n647\n\nWhy He Was Known as Parik�it\n\n651\n\nThe Kiug Performs Yajiias\n\n656\n\nThe Lord Goes Back With Arjuna\n\n660\n\n", "SB1.2#p0025": "CHAPTER EIGHT\n\nPrayers by aueen KuntT\nand ParTk$it saved\nTEXT 1\n\n��\n3l?t � �r;rt\n\n���IUt:�i¥1.:.0!31{_ I\n\n� �un rrwr:rf �Ht�� ��: �: II � II\nsiita uviica\natha te samparetiiniim\nsviiniim udakam icchatiim\ndatum sa k!§IJii gangiiyiirh\npuraskrtya yayu/;1. striya/;1.\nsuta/;1. uvaca- Su ta said; atha-thus; te-the Paryl)avas; samparetanam­\n\nof the dead; sviiniim-of the relatives; udakam-water; icc ha tiim-willing to\nhave; diitum-to deliver; sa lzr�rtiift-along with Lord Kr�rya; gan giiy iim-on\nthe Ganges; puras lqtya- p u tting in the front; yayuft -went; striyaft - the\nwomen.\nTRANSLATION\nSiita Gosvami said:\n\nThereafter the Pa�� av as, desiring to deliver water\n\nto the dead relatives who had desired it, went to the Ganges with Lord\nKr��a. The ladies walked in front.\nPURPORT\nTo date it is the custom in the Hindu society to go to the Ganges or to\nany other sacred river to take bath when death occurs in the family. Each\nof the family members pours out a potful of the Ganges water for the\ndeparted soul and walks in a procession, with the ladies in the front. The\n\n375\n\n", "SB1.2#p0026": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n376\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 8\n\nPar;J.slavas also followed the rules more than five thousand years ago. Lord\nK[�r;J.a, being a cousin of the Par;J.slavas, is also amongst the family members.\nTEXT 2\n\nte niniyodakarh saroe\nvilapya ca bhrsarh punaft\niiplutii hari-piidiibjarajafl, puta sarij jale\nte-a!l of them; niniya-having offered; u.dakam-water; sarve-every one\nof them; vilapya-having lamented; ca-and; bl![sam-sufficiently;punaf!,again; iiplutiifl,-took bath;hari-piidiibja-lotus feet of the Lord;rajafl,-dust;\npiita-purified; sarit-of the Ganges; jale-in the water.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving lamented over them and sufficiently offered Ganges water,\nthey bathed in the Ganges, whose water is sanctified due to being mixed\nwith the dust of the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTEXT 3\n\n�f;j W!Rf mR� �1{_ I\n���'l�t;tiJff����: II� II\ntatriisinarh kuru-patirh\ndhrtarii�trarh sahiinujam\ngiindhiirirh pu tra-sokiirtiirh\nprthiirh knTJ.iirh ca miidl.m1afl,\ntatra-there; iisinam-sitting;\ndh_rtarii§tram-Dhrtara�tra;\n\nsaha\n\nkuru-patim-thc\nanujam-with\n\nKing\nhis\n\nof the\n\nyounger\n\nKurus;\nbrother;\n\ngiindhiinm-Gandhari; putra-son; soka-artam-overtaken by bereavement;\np.rthiim-Kunti; knrziim-Draupadi; ca-also; miidhavaft-Lord Sri Kr�T)a.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0027": "Prayers by Queen Kunti\n\nText 4)\n\n377\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere the King of the Kurus, Maharaja Y udhi�thira, along with his\nyounger brothers, Dhrtalii�tra, Gandhari, Kunti, Draupadi and also Lord\nall sat, overwhelmed with grief .\nKrsna\n.\n.\n.\n\n'\n\nPURPORT\nThe Battle of Kuruk�etra was fought between family members, and thus\nall affected persons were also family members like\n\n1aharaja Yudhi�tfrira\n\nand brothers, Kunti, Draupadi, Subhadra, Dhrtara�tra, Gandhari and her\ndaughters-in-law, etc. All the principal dead bodies were in some way or\nother related with each other, and therefore the family grief was combined. Lord Kr�!la was also one of them as a cousin of the Pa!l�avas and\nnephew of Kunti, as well as brother of Subhadra, etc. The Lord was,\ntherefore, equally sympathetic toward all of them, and therefore He began\nto pacify them befittingly.\n\nsiintvayiimiisa munibhir\nhata-bandhiiii suciirpitiin\nbhiite§U kiilasya gatirh\ndarsayan napratikriyiim\n\nyiimasa- pacified ; m u nibhift - along with the munis present there;\n\ns iintv a\n\nhata-bandhun-those who lost their friends and relatives; sncarpitan-all\nshocked and affected; bh ut e § n\n\n-\n\nunto the living beings; kalasya-of the\n\nsupreme law of the Almighty; gatim- reactions ; da rs ay an- demonstr a ted;\nna-no; pratik riyiim- remedi al measures.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Kr�!la and the munis began to pacify those who were shocked\nand affected, citing the stringent laws of the Almighty and their reactions\nupon living beings.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0028": "378\n\nS rim ad Bhagavatam\n-\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nThe stringent laws of nature under the order of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead cannot be altered by any living entity. The living entities are\neternally under the subjugation of the Almighty Lord. The Lord makes all\nthe laws and orders, and these laws and orders are generally called dharma\nor religion. No one can create any religious formula. Bona fide religion is\nto abide by the orders of the Lord. The Lord's orders are clearly declared\nin the Bhagavad-gitii. Everyone should follow Him only or His orders, and\nthat will make all happy, both materially and spiritually. As long as we are\nin the material world, it is our duty to follow the orders of the Lord, and\nif by the grace of the Lord we are liberated from the clutches of the\nmaterial world, then in our liberated stage also we can render transcendental loving service unto the Lord. In our material stage we can neither\nsee ourselves nor the Lord for want of spiritual vision. But when we are\nliberated from the material affection and are situated in our original\nspiritual form we can see both ourselves as well as the Lord face to face.\nMukti means to be reinstated in one's original spiritual status after giving\nup the material conception of life. Therefore, human life is specifically\nmeant for qualifying ourselves for this spiritual liberty. Unfortunately,\nunder the influence of illusory material energy, we accept this spot-life for\na few years only as our permanent existence and thus become illusioned\nby possessing so-called country, home, land, children, wife, community,\nwealth, etc., which are false representations created by miiyii (illusion).\nAnd under the dictation of miiyii, we fight \\vith one another to protect\nthese false possessions. By cultivating spiritual knowledge, we can realize\nthat we have nothing to do with all this material paraphernalia. Then at\nonce we become free from material attachment. And this clearance of the\nmisgivings of material existence at once takes place by association of the\nLord's devotees who are able to inject the transcendental sound into the\ndepth of the bewildered heart and thus make him practically liberated\nfrom all lamentation and illusion. That is a summary of the pacifying\nmeasures for those affected by the reaction of stringent material laws,\nexhibited in the forms of birth, death, old age and disease,. insoluble\nfactors of material existence. The victims of war, namely, the family\nmembers of the Kurus, were lamenting the problems of death, and the\nLord pacified them on the basis of knowledge.\nTEXT 5\n\n�m�: � ���-- 1\nt�RtM�T� �: �q�: II� II\n\n", "SB1.2#p0029": "Prayers by Queen Kunti\n\nText 5)\n\n379\n\nsiidhayitviijiita-satro�\nsvam riijyarh kitavair hrtam\nghiitayitviisato riijiia�\nkaca-sparsak§atiiyu§a�\nsadh ayitvii\n\nsvam\n\nrajyam\n\n-\n\nhaving executed; aj a t a satro�\n\n-\n\n-\n\now n kingdom; kitava0\n\n-\n\n-\n\nof one who has no enemy;\n\nby the clever (Duryodhana and\n\nparty); hrtam-usurped; ghii tayitvii- having killed; asata [l - the unscrupulous;\n\nriijrwlJ-of\n\nhandled; T.:§ata\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nqueen's;\n\nkaca-bunch\n\nof\n\nhair;\n\nspars'a -roughiy\n\ndecreased ; iiyu§a/:1--by the duration of life.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe clever Duryodhana and his party cunningly usurped the kingdom\nof Yudhi�thira, who had no enemy. By the grace of the Lord, the recovery\nwas executed, and the unscrupulous kings who joined with Duryodhana\nwere killed by Him. Others also died, their duration of life being decreased\nfor their having roughly handled the hair of Queen Draupadi.\nPURPORT\nIn the glorious days, or before the advent of the age of Kali, the\n\nbriihma[tas, the cows, the women, the children and the old men were\nproperly given protection.\nL The protection of the briihmartas maintains the institution of varrta\n\nand iiSrama, the most scientific culture for attainment of spiritual life.\n\n2. The protection of cows maintains the most miraculous form of food,\ni.e., milk for maintaining the finer tissues of the brain for understanding\nhigher aims of life.\n\n3. The protection of women maintains the chastity of society by which\nwe can get a good generation for peace, tranquility and progress of life.\n\n4. The protection of children gives the human form of life its best\nchance to prepare the way of liberty from material bondage. Such protection of children begins from the very day of begetting a child by the\npurificatory process of Garbhiidhiina-sarhskiira, the beginning of pure life.\n\n5 . The protection of the old men gives them a chance to prepare them .\n\nselves for better life after death. This complete outlook is based on factors\nleading to successful humanity as against the civilization of polished cats\nand dogs.\nThe killing of these innocent creatures is totally forbidden because even\nby insulting them orre loses one's duration of life. In the age of Kali they\n\n", "SB1.2#p0030": "[Canto 1, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n380\n\nare not properly protected, and therefore the duration of life of the\n\npresent generation has shortened considerably. In the Bhagavad-gitii it is\nstated that when the women become unchaste for want of proper pro­\n\ntection, there are unwanted children called varr-a-smikaras. To insult a\nchaste woman means to bring about disaster in the duration of life.\nDutt5asana, a brother of Duryodhana, insulted Draupadi, an ideal chaste\nlady, and therefore the miscreants died untimely. These are some of the\nstringent laws of the Lord, mentioned above.\nTEXT 6\n\n���� f����t I\n��: tftq;( W� ��ffi� II� II\nyiijayitvasvamedhais tam\ntribhir uttamakalpaka*\ntad-yasa� piivanarh dik§u\nsata-manyor iviitanot\nyiijayitvii- by\n\nperforming; asvamedhaif!-yajiia\n\nsacrificed; tam-him\nkalpakaif!\ntat-that;\n\n-\n\n(King\n\nYudhi�thira); tribhif!\n\nin which a horse is\n-\n\nthr ee;\n\nu ttama-best ;\n\nsupplied with proper ingredients and performed by able priests;\n\nyasa[t-fame; piivanam-virtuous ; dik§ u -all directions;\n\nsata­\n\nnwnyo[t-Iike the one who performed one hundred such sacrifices; ivalike; atanot-performed.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Kr�!la caused three well-performed ASvamedha-yajiias [horse\n\nsacrifices] to be conducted by Maharaja Y udhi�thira and thus caused his\nvirtuous fame to be glorified in all directions, like that of Indra, who had\nperformed one hundred such sacrifices.\nPURPORT\nThis is something like the preface of the performances of Asvamedhayajiia by Maharaja Yudhi�thira. The comparison of 1aharaja Yudhi�thira\n\nto the King of heaven is significant. The King of heaven is thousands and\nthousands of times greater than Maharaja Yudhi�thira in opulence, yet the\n\nfame of Maharaja Yudhi�thira was not less. The reason is that Maharaja\n\n", "SB1.2#p0031": "Prayers by Queen Kunti\n\nText 7]\n\n381\n\nYudhi�thira was a pure devotee of the Lord, and by His grace only he was\n\non the level of the King of heaven, even though King Yudhi�thira per­\n\nformed only three yajiias, whereas the King of heaven performed hundreds.\n\nThat is the prerogative of the devotee of the Lord. The Lord is equal to\n\neveryone, but a devotee of the Lord is more glorified because he is always\n\nin touch with the all-great. The sun rays are equally distributed, but still\nthere are some places which are dark always. This is not due to the sun but\n\nto the receptive power. Similarly, those who are cent percent devotees of\n\nthe Lord get the full-fledged mercy of the Lord, which is always equally\ndistributed everywhere.\nTEXT 7\n\niimantrya piir-!lu-putriirhs ca\nsaineyoddhava-sarhyuta�\n\ndvaipiiyaniidibhir vipraifl.\npiijitaifl. pratipiijita�\n\niimantrya-inviting; piir-flu-putriin-all\n\nthe\n\nsons\n\nof\n\nPal).Q.u; ca-also;\n\nsaineya-Satyaki;uddhava-Uddhava;sarhyuta�-accompanied;dvaipiiyana­\n\niidibhi�-by the r�is like Vedavyasa, etc.; viprai[t- by the briihmar-as;\n\npiijitaifl.- being\nequally.\n\nworshiped; pratipujita�-also\n\nthe\n\nLord\n\nreciprocated\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Kr�!la then prepared for His departure. He invited the sons of\nPa!J.�U, after having been worshiped by the brahma!J.aS, headed by Srila\nVyasadeva. The Lord also reciprocated greetings.\nPURPORT\nApparently Lord Sri Kr�!la was a k§atriya and was not worshipable\n\nby the briihmar-as. But the briihmar-as present there, headed by Srila\n\nVyasadeva, all knew Him to be the Personality of Godhead, and therefore\n\nthey worshiped Him, but the Lord reciprocated the greetings just to honor\nthe social order that a k§atriya is obedient to the orders of the briihmar-as.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0032": "382\n\nSrimad-Bh agavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 8\n\nAlthough Lord Sri Kf�pa was always offered the respects of the Supreme\nLord from all responsible quarters, the Lord never deviated from the\ncustomary usages between the four orders of society. The Lord purposely\nobserved all these social customs so that others would follow Him in the\nfuture.\nTEXT 8\n\n� �f�� m� mTfm: 1\n��sflNT�� ��'J:_II � II\nganturh krtamatir brahman\ndviirakiirh ratham iisthita�\nupalebhe 'bhidhiivantim\nuttariirh bhaya-vihvaliim\ngantu m just desiring to start; krtamati�\n-\n\nbriihmarza; dviirakiim\nseated; upalebhe\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nhaving decided; bra hman-0\n\ntowards Dvaraka; ratham-on the chariot; iisthita�­\n\nsaw; abhidhiivantim-coming hurriedly; uttariim-Uttara;\n\nbhaya-vihvaliim- being afraid.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as He seated Himself on the chariot to start for Dvaraka, He\nsaw Uttara hurrying toward Him in fear.\nPURPORT\nAll members of the family of the Pap9avas were completely dependent\non the protection of the Lord, and therefore the Lord also protected all\nof them in all circumstances. The Lord protects everyone, but one who\ndepends completely upon Him is especially looked after by the Lord. The\n\nfather is more attentive to the little son who is exclusively dependent on\n\nthe father.\n\nTEXT 9\n\n:a-a<t<:u\"iif\n\n� tnft �P�tft1..-a.'4a.IE4 iit� I\n� � � � ��: mtR'J:_II Q, II\n\n", "SB1.2#p0033": "383\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\nText 10)\n\nuttaroviica\npiihi piihi mahii--yogin\ndeva-deva jagat-pate\nniinyam tvad abhayam pasye\nyatra mrtyu[l parasparam\nuttaraft uviica- Uttar a said; piihi piihi protect protect; mahii y ogin\n-\n\n,\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe\n\ngreatest mystic; deva-deva-the worshipable of the worshiped;jagat-pate-\n\n0 Lord of the universe; na-not; an yam-anyone else; tvat- Your; abhayam\n-fearlessness; pa s ye -do\n\nI see; ya t ra-where there is; m.rtyuft -death ;\n\npa ra s param in the world of duality.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nUttara said:\n\n0 Lord of lords, Lord of the universe! You are the\n\ngreatest of the mystics. Please protect me, for there is no one else who can\nsave me from the clutches of death in this world of duality.\nPURPORT\nThis material world is the world of duality in contrast with the oneness\nof the absolute realm. The world of duality is composed of matter and\nspirit, whereas the absolute world is complete spirit without any tinge of\nthe material qualities. In the dual world everyone is falsely trying to\nbecome the master of the world, whereas in the absolute world the Lord is\nthe Absolute Lord and all others are His absolute servitors. In the world of\nduality everyone is envious of all others, and death is inevitable due to the\ndual existence of matter and spirit. The Lord is the only shelter of fearlessness for the surrendered soul. No one can save himself from the cruel\nhands of death in the material world without having surrendered himself\nat the i:llus feet of the Lord.\nTEXT 10\n\n3lfiwnij �TP.ro 4H�HPH1l �m I\n� � 11f ;w.r liT it rr+it fWfql�tll:tII( II� II\no\n\nabhidravati miim isa\nsaras taptiiyaso vibho\nkiimam dahatu miim niitha\nmii me garbho nipiityatiim\n\n", "SB1.2#p0034": "[Canto l, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n384\n\nabhid ravati-coming towards; miim-me; \"iSa-0 Lord; sa ra[l- the arrow;\n\ntapta - fiery; ayasa[l-iron; vibho-the great; kiimam- desire ; dahatu-let it\nburn;\n\nmiim-me;\n\nn iitha-my\n\nprotector;\n\nembryo; nipiityatiin1-be aborted.\n\nmii-not;\n\nme-my; garbha[l­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, You are all-powerful. A fiery iron arrow is coming\n\ntowards me fast. My Lord, let it burn me personally, if You so desire,\n\nhut please do not let it burn and abort my embryo. Please do me this favor,\nmy Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nThis incidence took place after the death of Abhimanyu, the husband\n\nof Uttara. As the widow of Abhimanyu, she should have followed the\n\npath of her husband, but because she was pregnant and Maharaja Parik�it,\n\na great devotee of the Lord, was lying in embryo, she was responsible for\n\nhis protection. The mother of a child has a great responsibility in giving all\nprotection to the child, and therefore she was not ashamed to express this\n\nfrankly before Lord Kr�tla. Uttara was the daughter of a great king, the\n\nwife of a great hero and student of a great devotee, and later she was the\nmother of a good king also. She was fortunate in every respect.\nTEXT ll\n\n�('(�\n\ni31NN !!4\"i'.f��tl �::fFl �'ffi!4«1�: I\nq ���««r II� �II\nsiita uviica\nupadhiirya vacas tasyii\nbhagaviiri bhakta-vatsala[l\napiirz!lavam idarh karturh\ndraurzer astram abudhyata\nsiitab uv ac a-S ii ta Gosvami said; upadharya-by hearing her patiently;\n\nvaca[l-words; tasyii[l- her; bhagav iin-the Personality of Godhead; bhaktavatsala[l-He\n\nwho\n\nis\n\nvery much affectionate towards\n\nHis\n\ndevotees;\n\napiirz!lavam-without the existence of the Piil)t;lavas' descendants; idam-\n\n", "SB1.2#p0035": "385\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\nText 12)\n\nthis; kartum-in order to do it; draur-efl.-of the son of Drop.acarya; astram\n-weapon; abudhyata\n\n-\n\nunderstood it.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSuta Gosvami said: Lord Sri Kr�f.la, who is always very much affectionate to His devotees, having patiently heard her words, could at once\nunderstand that ASvatthama, the son of Dro!lacarya, had thrown the\nbrahmastra to finish the last life in the Pa!lc;lava family.\nP URP ORT\nThe Lord is impartial in every respect, but still He is inclined towards\n\nHis devotees because there is a great necessity of this for everyone's well­\n\nbeing. The Pap.c;lava family is a family of devotees, and therefore the Lord\n\nwanted them to rule the world. That was the reason that He vanquished\nthe rule of the company of Duryodhana and established the rule of\n\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira. Therefore, He wanted to protect\n\n1aharaja Parik�it\n\nalso, who was lying in embryo. He did not like the idea that the world\n\nshould be without the Pap.�avas, the ideal family of devotees.\nTEXT 12\n\n�CJN w;r�g �t: q� m� I\n3T1�'4o:tlsflU!��'fm;rr��\"1:1l(i4J�q1a:§.:II Z �II\ntarhy eviitha muni-sre§fha\npiir-{laviifl. paiica siiyakiin\niitmano'bhimukhiin diptiin\niilak§yiis triir-y upiidadufl.\ntarhi.,...for that; eva-also; atka-therefore; muni-sre�fha-0 chief amongst\n\nthe munis; piir-{laviifl.-all the\n\nsons\n\nof Pap.9u; p a ii ca five ; siiyakiin-\n\nweapons; iitmanafl.-own selves; abhimukhiin-towards; diptiin-glaring;\niila k§ya-seeing it; astriir-i-weapon; upiidadufl.-took up.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 foremost amongst the great thinkers [ munis] [ Saunaka) , seeing the\nglaring brahmastra proceeding towards them, the Pa!lc;lavas took up their\nfive respective weapons.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0036": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n386\n\n[Canto l, Ch_ 8\n\nPURPORT\nThe brahmiistras are finer than the nuclear weapons. Asvatthama discharged the brahmiistras simply to kill the Pa!l-9-avas, namely the five\nbrothers headed by Maharaja Yudhi�thira and their only grandson lying\nwithin the womb of Uttara. Therefore the brahmiistra, more effective and\nfiner than the atomic weapons, was not as blind as the atomic bombs.\nWhen the atomic bombs are discharged they do not disci-iminate between\nthe target and others.\n\niainly the atomic bombs do harm to the innocent\n\nbecause there is no control. The brahmiistra is not like that. It marks out\nthe target and proceeds accordingly without harming the innocent.\nTEXT 13\n\nvyasanarh vik§ya tat te�iim\nananya-vi§ayiitmaniim\nsudarsanena sviistrerza\nsviiniirh rak§iirh vyadhiid vibhu[l\nvyas anam\ntheir;\n\n-\n\ngreat danger; vik§ya having observed it; tat\n\nananya-any\n\n-\n\nother;\n\nvi§aya means ;\n-\n\n-\n\nthat; te§iim­\n\niitmaniim-thus\n\ninclined;\n\nsudarsanena-by the wheel of Sri Kr�f}a; sva astrerza-by the weapon;\n\nsviiniim-of His own devotees; rak{iim-protection; vyadhiit-did it; vibhu{l\n-the Almighty.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Almighty Personality of Godhead Sri Kf�l).a, having observed that\n\na great danger was befalling His unalloyed devotees who were fully\n\nsurrendered souls, at once took up His Sudarsana disc in order to protect\nthem.\nPURPORT\nThe brahmiistra or the supreme weapon released by Asvatthama was\nsomething similar to the nuclear weapon but with more radiation and\n\n", "SB1.2#p0037": "Text 14]\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\n387\n\nheat. This brahmiistra is the product of a more subtle scien e, being the\nproduct of a finer sound or mantra recorded in the Vedas. Another\nadvantage of this weapon is that it is not blind like the nuclear weapon\nbecause it can be directed only to the target and nothing else.\n\nrelea ed the weapon just to finish all the male member\n\nsvatthama\n\nof Pa!19u 's\n\nfamily; therefore in one sense it was more dangerous than the atomic\n\nbombs because it could penetrate even the most protected place and\n\nwould never miss the target. Knowing all this, Lord Sri Kr�!la took up\nat once His personal weapon to protect His devotees, who did not know\nanyone other than Kr�!la. In the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord has clearly\n\npromised that His devotees are never to be vanquished. And He behaves\n\naccording to the quality or degree of the devotional service by the\ndevotees. Here the word ananya-vi§ayiitmaniim is significant. The Par)t;lavas\n\nwere cent percent dependent on the protection of the Lord, although\n\nthey were all great warriors themselves. But the Lord neglects even the\n\ngreatest warrior and also vanquishes them in no time. When the Lord saw\nthat there was no time for the Pa!19.avas to counteract the brahmiistra of\nASvatthama, He took up the weapon even at the risk of breaking His own\nvow. Although the Battle of Kuruk�etra was almost finished, still, according to His vow, He should not have taken up His own weapon. But the\nemergency was more important than the vow. He is better known as the\n\nbhakta-vatsala, or the lover of His devotee, and thus He preferred to\n\ncontinue as bhakta-vatsala than to be a worldly moralist who never breaks\nhis solemn vow.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n���aRI'IRiiT tiTlt�l m: 1\n�qp:r:nsst� �m: �� 11��11\n�:�:\n\nanta�stha� sarva-bhutiiniim\niitmii yogesvaro hari�\nsvamiiyayii \"vr!lod garbham\nvairiityii� kuru-tantave\n\nantaflSthafr.-being within; sa rva- all; bhutiiniim-of the living beings;\niitm!I-soul; yoga-isvara�-the Lord of all mysticism; harifr.-the Supreme\nLord; svamiiyayii-by the personal energy; iivr!l o t-covered; garbham­\n\nembryo; vairiityiifr.-of Uttara; kurn-tantave-for the progeny of Maharaja\n\nKuru.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0038": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n388\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord of supreme mysticism Sri Kr�!la resides within everyone's\nheart as the Paramatma. As such, just to protect the progeny of the Kuru\ndynasty, He covered the embryo of Uttara by His personal energy.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord of supreme mysticism can simultaneously reside within\neveryone's heart, or even within the atoms, by His Paramatma feature,\nHis plenary portion. Therefore, from within the body of Uttara He\ncovered the embryo to save Maharaja Parik�it and protect the progeny of\nMaharaja Kuru in which King Pa!l�U was also a descendant. Both the sons\nof Dhftarii�!ra and those of Pa!l�u all belonged to the same dynasty of\n1aharaja Kuru; therefore both of them were generally known as Kurus.\nBut particularly, when there were differences between the two brothers'\nfamilies, the sons of Dhftarii�!ra were known as Kurus while the sons of\nPar:H;lu were known as Pii!l�avas. Since the sons and grandsons of Dhftarii�!ra\nwere all killed in the Battle of Kuruk�etra, the last son of the dynasty is\nthus designated as the son of the Kurus.\nTEXT 15\n\n�� if��H€:�+tlq ���I\n��300m���� 11�'-\\11\nyadyapy astram brahma-siras\ntv amogham ciipratikriyam\n\nvai§r-avam teja iisadya\nsamasiimyad bhrgiidvaha\nyadyapi-although; astram-weapons; brahma-Brahma; sira{t-supreme;\ntu-but; am ogham-without\n\ncheck; ca-and;\n\napratikriyam-not\n\nto be\n\ncounteracted; vai_srwvam-in relation with Vi�!lu; teja{t-strength; iisiidyabeing confronted with; samasamyat-was neutralized; bhrgiidvaha-0 glory\nof the family of Bhfgu.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Saunaka, although the supreme brahmastra weapon released by\n\nASvatthama was irresistible and without check or counteraction, when\n\nconfronted by the strength of Vi�!lU [Lord Kf�!la], it was neutralized and\nfoiled.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0039": "Prayers by Queen Kunti\n\nText 16]\n\n389\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii it is said that the brahmajyoti or the glowing\neffulgence transcendental is resting on Lord Sri Kr�J).a. In other words,\nthe glowing effulgence kriown as brahmatejas is nothing but the rays of the\nLord, just as the sun rays are rays of the sun disc. So this Brahma\n\nweapon also, although materially irresistible, could not surpass the supreme\nstrength\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nLord.\n\nThe\n\nweapon\n\ncalled\n\nbrahmasiras,\n\nreleased by\n\nAsvatthama, was neutralized and foiled by Lord Sri Kr�l).a by His own\n\nenergy; that is to say, He did not wait for any other's help because He is\n\nabsolute.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n'tl\n\n�� ��� ��JtitST;�� I\n•\n\n\"'\n\nr-.\n\n� �� �Olfl���ij ���: 11��11\nmii marhsthii hy etad iiscaryarh\n\nsarviiscaryamaye 'cyute\nya idarh miiyayii devyii\nsrjaty avati hanty aja[z\nmii-do not; marhsthii[z-think it; hi-certainly; etat-all these; iiscaryam\n-wonderful; sa rv a-all; ascaryamaye-in the all-mysterious; acyute-the\ninfallible; ya[z-one who; idam-this (creation); miiyaya-by His energy;\n\ndevyii- transcendental; s.rjati-creates; avati- maintains; hanti-annihilates;\naja[z-unborn.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 brahmaJ).aS, do not think this to be especially wonderful in the\nactivities of the mysterious and infallible Personality of Godhead. It is so\nbecause He, by His own transcendental energy, maintains and annihilates\nall material things, although He Himself is unborn.\nPURPORT\nThe activities of the Lord are always inconceivable to the tiny brain of\n\nthe living entities. Nothing is impossible for the Supreme Lord, but all His\n\nactions are wonderful for us, and thus He is always beyond the range of\nour conceivable limits. The Lord is the all-powerful, all-perfect Personality\n\nof Godhead. The Lord is cent percent perfect, whereas others, namely\n\n", "SB1.2#p0040": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n390\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 8\n\nBrahma, 1iiraya�1a, Siva, the demigods and all other living beings, possess\n\nonly different percentages of such perfection. No one is equal to or greater\n\nthan Him. He is unrivalled.\n\nTEXT 17\n�\n\n�\"' � ('�\n\"�(1\\ll\nTT-:ti���RIIiiH\n\n�\n\n=lj'>IJlll I\n\nw:rrllflfq{({ '!i\"OJiif��l� �T mtr II � \\911\nbrahma-tejo vinirmuktair\niitmajaift saha kn1Jayii\n\nprayiiriibhimukhmh kn1Jam\nidam iiha prthii sati\nbrahma-teja[l,-radiation of the brahmiistra; vinirmuktai[l,-being saved\n\nfrom; iitmajai[l,-along with\n\nprayiira-outgoing;\n\nher sons; saha-with; k_r§TJayii-Draupadi;\n\nabhimukham-towards; kn1Jam-unto\n\nLord Kr�IJ.a;\n\nidam-this; iiha-said;prthii-Kunti; sati-chas�e, devoted to the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nThus saved from the radiation of the brahmastra, Kunti, the chaste\ndevotee of the Lord, and her five sons and Draupadi, addressed Lord Kr��a\nas He started for home.\n\nPURPORT\nKunti is described herein as sati, or chaste, due to her unalloyed devo­\n\ntion to Lord Sri Kr��a. Her mind will just now be expressed in the following prayers for Lord Kr��a. A chaste devotee of the Lord does not look to\n\nothers, namely any other living being or demigod, even for deliverance\n\nfrom danger. That was all along the characteristic of the whole family of\nthe Pat;u;lavas. They knew nothing except Kr�qa, and therefore the Lord\n\nwas also always ready to help them in all respects and in all circumstances.\n\nThat is the transcendental nature of the Lord. He reciprocates the de­\n\npendence of the devotee. One should not, therefore, look for help from\n\nimperfect living beings or demigods, but one should look for all help from\nLord Kr�!la, who is competent to save His devotees. Such a chaste devotee\n\nalso never asks the Lord for help, hut the Lord, out of His own accord, is\n\nalways anxious to render it.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0041": "Prayers by Queen Kunti\n\nText 18)\n\n391\n\nTEXT 18\n\n'!§'l'($41\"a\n\n�'� � ��nss�rm ��: � 1\n.\n�\n�'\"'\n'\"'\n3l�\nW-4 �<1l\"il'irijn���M� II ��II\nkunty uviica\nnamasye puru�am tviidyam\niSvaram prakrte� param\nalak�yarh saroa-bhutiiniim\nantar bahir avasthitam\nkunti\n\nnviica-Srimati\n\nKunti\n\nsaid;\n\nnamasye-let\n\nme\n\nhow\n\ndown;\n\npnru�am-the Supreme Person; tvii- You; iidyam-the original; iSvaram\n-the\n\ncontroller;\n\nprakrte[l-of\n\nthe\n\nmaterial\n\ncosmos; param- beyond;\n\nalak§yam-the invisible; sa roa - all; bhutiiniim-of living beings; anta�­\n\nwithin; bahi[l-without; avasthita m - e x isting.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSrimati Kunti said: 0 Kr�I_la, I offer my obeisances unto You because\n\nYou are the original personality and are unaffected by the qualities of the\nmaterial world. You are existing both within and without everything, yet\nYou are invisible to all.\nPURPORT\nSrimati Kuntidevi was quite aware that Kr�l)a was the original PersonaJi­\n\nty of Godhead, although He was playing the part of her nephew. Such an\n\nenlightened lady could not commit a mistake by offering obeisances unto\n\nher nephew. Therefore, she addressed Him as the original pum§a beyond\nthe material cosmos. Although all living entities are also transcendental,\n\nthey are neither original nor infallible. The living entities are apt to fall\ndown under the clutches of material nature, but the Lord is never like that.\n\nIn the Vedas, therefore, He is described as the chief amongst all living en­\n\ntities. Then again He ·is addressed as iSvara, or the controller. The living\n\nentities or the demigods like Indra, Candra, Surya, etc., are also to some\nextent isvara, but none of them is the supreme iSvara or the ultimate con­\n\ntroller. He is the paramesvara, or the Supersoul. He is both within and with-\n\n", "SB1.2#p0042": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n392\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 8\n\nout. Although He was present before Sr imati Kunti as her nephew, He\nwas also within her and everyone else. In the Bhagavad-gita the Lord says\n(Bg.\n\n15.15), \"I am situated in everyone's heart, and due to Me only one\n\nremembers, forgets and is cognizant, etc. Through all the Vedas I am to\nbe known because I am the compiler of the Vedas, and I am the teacher of\nthe\n\nVedanta.\" Queen Kunt1 affirms that the Lord, although both within\n\nand without all living beings, is still invisible. The Lord is, so to speak, a\npuzzle for the common man. Queen Kunti experienced personally that\nLord Kr�':la was present before her, yet He entered within the womb of\nUttara to save her embryo from the attack of Asvatthama's brahmastra.\n\nKunt1 herself was puzzled whether Sri KH':la is all-pervasive or localized.\nIn fact, He is both, but He reserves the right of not being exposed to persons who are not surrendered souls. This checking curtain is called the\n\nmaya energy of the Supreme Lord, and it controls the limited vision of the\nrebelled soul. It is explained as follows.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n1Wff� �0'il¥4�11-itl!J�:t¥tot�'( I\nWI� t{ml1 wro ;n� ;:r?.�T ����II\n\n¥U�\n\nmaya-javanikiicchannam\najiiiidhok§ajam avyayam\n\nna lak�yase m i:u)ha-drfa\nna[o nii[yadharo yatha\nmaya- deluding ;\n\njav an ik a- cu rtain; acchannam-covered by; ajiiaadh ok� a jam - beyond the range of material conception (transcendental); avyayam-irrepro achable; na-not; lakuas e-observed ; miit;lhaignorant;\n\nd.riii-by the foolish observer; na [ afl -a rtist ; nii[ya-dharafl-dressed as a\n\nplayer; yatha- as.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing beyond the range of limited sense perception, the eternally\n\nirreproachable factor covered by the curtain of deluding energy, You\n\nare invisible to the foolish observer, exactly as an actor dressed as a player\n\nis not recognized.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0043": "Te�'i 19)\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\n393\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord affirms that less intelligent personv mis­\n\ntake Lord Sri Kr�':la to be an ordinary man like us, and thus they deride\nHim. The same is confirmed herein by Queen Kunti. The less intelligent\npersons are those who rebel against the authority of the Lord. Such per·\nons are known as asuras. The asuras cannot recognize the Lord's authority.\n\nWhen the Lord appears Himself amongst us, as Rama, Nrsimha, Varaha or\nin His original form a\n\nKr�l)a, He performs many wonderful acts which\n\nare humanly impossible. As we shall find in the Tenth Canto of this great\n\nliterature, Lord Sri Kr�':la exhibited His humanly impossible activities even\nfrom the days of His lying in the lap of His mother. He killed the Ptttana\n\nwitch, although she smeared her breast ·with poison just to kill the Lord.\n\nThe Lord sucked her breast like a natural baby, and He sucked out her\nvery life also. Similarly, He lifted the Govardhana Hill, just as a boy\n\npicks up a frog's umbrella, and stood several days continually just to give\nprotection to the residents of Vrndavana. These are some of the super­\n\nhuman activities of the Lord described in the authoritative Vedic literatures\nlike the Puriirws, Itihiisas (histories), Upani§ads, etc. He has delivered\nwonderful instructions in the shape of the Bhagavad-gitii. He has shown\n\nmarvelous capacities as a hero, as a householder, as a teacher and as a\n\nrenouncer. He is accepted as the Supreme Personality of Godhead by such\nauthoritative personalities\n\nas\n\nVyasa,\n\nDevala,\n\nAsita, Narada, Madhva,\n\nSankara, Ramanuja, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, ]Iva Gosvami, Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti, Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati and all other authorities of the line.\n\nHe has Himself declared as much in many places of the authentic litera­\n\ntures. And yet there is a class of men with demoniac mentality who are\nalways reluctant to accept the Lord as the Supreme Absolute Truth. This\n\nis partially due to their poor fund of knowledge and partially due to their\n\nstubborn obstinacy which results from various misdeeds in the past and\npresent. Such persons could not recognize Lord Sri Krwa even when He\nwas present before them. Another difficulty is that those who depend\nmore on their imperfect senses cannot realize Him as the Supreme Lord.\n\nSuch persons are like the modern scientist. They want to know everything\n\nby their experimental knowledge. But it is not possible to know the\n\nSupreme Person by imperfect experimental knowledge. He is described\n\nherein as adhok§aja, or beyond the range of experimental knowledge. All\n\nour senses are imperfect. We claim to observe everything and anything, but\n\nwe must admit that we can observe things under certain material condi-\n\n", "SB1.2#p0044": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n394\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 8\n\ntion s on ly , which are also beyond our controL The Lord is beyond the\nob ervation of sense perception . Queen Kunti accepts thi\n\nd eficien cy of\n\nthe c ondition ed s oul , especially of the woman class who are less intelligent .\n\nFor less in telligent men there must be such thi n gs as temples, mosques or\nchun:hes so Lhat they may begin to recognize the authority of the Lord\nand hear about Him from authorities in such holy place\". For less intelligent men, such begin ni n g of spiritual life is essential, an d on ly foolish men\ndecry the establishment of such places of worship, which are required to\nraise the standard of spiritual attributes for the mass of people. For less\nint el l ig ent person , bo w in g down before the authority of the Lord, as is\ngenerally done in the temples, mosques or churches, is as beneficial as it is\nfor the advanced devotees to meditate upon Him by active service.\n\nTEXT 20\n\nTR+n{etwrl ���;mr_ 1\n�� �ftf�: ll�oll\n�\n\ntathii parama-hamsiiniirh\nmuniniim amaliitmaniim\nbhakti-yoga-vidhiin-iirtham\nkatham pasyema hi striya�\ntathii-besides that;parama-hamsiiniim-of the advanced transcendentalists· muniniim-of the great philosophers or mental speculators; amalaiitmaniim-those whose minds are competent to discern between\n\nspirit\n\nand matter; bhakti-yoga-the science of devotional service; vidhiina-artham\n-for executing; katham-how; pasyema- can observe; hi-certainly; striyaft\n-women.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou Yourself descend to propagate the transcendental science of\ndevotional service unto the hearts of the advanced transcendentalists and\nmental speculators who are purified by being able to discriminate between\nmatter and spirit. How, then, can we women know You perfectly?\n\nPURPORT\nEven the greatest philosophical speculators cannot have acce\n\nto the\n\nregion of the Lord. It is said in the Upani§ads that the Supreme Truth\n\n", "SB1.2#p0045": "Prayers by Queen Kunti\n\nText 21)\n\n395\n\nAbsolute Personality of Godhead is beyond the range of the thinking\npower of the greatest philosopher. He is unknowable by great learning or\nby the greate�t brain. He is only knowable b\n\none ' ho has l lis mercy.\n\nOth rs may go on thinking about Him for years together yel lie is till,\n\nk now able. This very fact is corroborated by the Queen, and .lw i pla. ing\nthe part of an innocent woman. Women in gener al are unable to speculate\nlike philosophers, but they are blessed by the Lord L eca u se they believe at\nonce i n the\nobei ance\n\nof the Lord, and Uu1\n\nu periority and almightines\n\nI hey offer\n\nwithout reservation. The Lord is so kind that lie does not only\n\no:ho\\ special fa or to one who is a great phi lo sopher ffc know:' the sin.\n\ncerity of purpo e. For this reason onl\n\n,\n\nwomen\n\ngenerally asscmLI in great\n·\n\nnumber in any sort of religious function. In every country and in e cry\nsect of religion it appears that the women are more interc ted than the\nmen. This sim plicity of acceptance of the authority of the Lord IS more\neffective than showy insincere religious fervor.\n\nTEXT 21\n\ntf�A �'l;{��lt :q I\n�;;.:•rN�'iRA •i'IP-4;;.:1� wt'IT ;{If: II�� II\n�\n\nk!§IJiiya viisudeviiya\ndevaki-nandaniiya ca\nnanda-gopa-k umiiriiya\ngovindiiya namo namafl\n\nkrguiya-the Supreme L ord; viisudeviiya- unto the son of Vasudeva;\ndevaki-nandaniiya-unto the son of Devaki; ca-and; nanda-gopa- 1anda\nand the cowherd men ; kumiiriiya- unto their son; govindiiya\n\n-\n\nunto t he\n\nPe rson ality of Godhead who enlivens the cows and the sen es; nama[tresp ec t ful obeisances; namafl.-obeisan ces\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet me, therefore, offer my respectful obeisances unto the Lord who\nhas become the son of Vasudeva, the pleasure of Devaki, the boy of Nanda\nand the other cowherd men of Vrndavana, and the enlivener of the cows\nand the senses.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord, being thus unapproachable by any material assets, out of\nunbounded and causeless mercy descends on the earth as He is in order\n\n", "SB1.2#p0046": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n396\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 8\n\nto show His special mercy upon His unalloyed devotees and to diminish\nthe upsurges of the demoniac persons. Queen Kunti specifically adores the\nincarnation or descent of Lord Kp}�a above all other incarnations because\n\nin this particular incarnation He is more approachable. In the Rama\nincarnation He remained a king's son from His very childhood, but in the\nincarnation of Kr��a, although He was son of a king, He at once left the\nshelter of His real father and mother (King Vasudeva and Queen Devaki)\n\njust after His appearance and went to the lap of Yasodamayl to play the\n\npart of an ordinary cowherd boy in the blessed Vrajabhiimi, which is very\nsanctified because of His childhood pastimes. Therefore Lord Kr��a is\nmore merciful than Lord Rama. He was undoubtedly very kind to Kunti's\n\nbrother\n\nVasudeva\n\nand the family.\n\nHad He not become the son of\n\nVasudeva and Devakl, Queen Kunti could not claim Him to be her nephew\nand thus address Kr��a in parental affection. But\n\nanda and Y asoda are\n\nmore fortunate because they could relish the Lord's childhood pastimes,\n\nwhich are rriore attractive than all other pastimes. There is no parallel to\nHis childhood pastimes as exhibited at V rajabhiimi, which are the proto­\n\ntypes of His eternal affairs in the original Kr��aloka described as the\n\ncintiimarti-dhiima in the Brahma-sarhhitii. Lord Sri Kr��a descended Him­\n\nself at Vrajabhumi with all His transcendental entourage and paraphernalia.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu therefore confirmed that no one is as fo�tunate\n\nas the residents of Vrajabhiimi, and specifically the cowherd girls who\n\ndedicated their everything for the satisfaction of the Lord. His pastimes\n\nwith Nanda and Yasoda and His pastimes with the cowherd men and\nespecially with the cowherd boys and the cows have caused Him to be\n\nknown as Govinda. Lord Kr��a as Govinda is more inclined to the\n\nbriihmartas and the cows, indicating thereby that human prosperity de­\n\npends more on these two items, namely brahminical culture and cow\nprotection. Lord Kr��a is never satisfied where these are lacking.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nnama{l pankaja-niibhaya\nnama{l pankaja-maline\nnama{l pankaja-netriiya\nnamaste pankajiihghraye\n\n", "SB1.2#p0047": "Text 22)\n\nha\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\n397\n\nnama�-all respectful obeisances; pankaja-niibhiiya-unto the Lord who\na specific depression resembling a lotus flower in the center of His\n\nabdomen; pankaja-miiline-one who is always decorated with a garland of\n\nlotus flowers; pankaja-netriiya-one whose glance is as cooling as a lotus\nflower; namaste-respectful obeisances unto You; pmikaja-anghraye-unto\n\nYou, the soles of whose feet are engraved with lotus flowers (and who are\n\ntherefore said to possess lotus feet).\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy respectful obeisances are unto You, 0 Lord, whose abdomen is\n\nmarked with a depression like a lotus flower, who is always decorated with\n\ngarlands of lotus flowers, whose glance is as cool as the lotus and whose\nfeet are engraved with lotuses.\nPURPORT\nHere are some of the specific symbolical marks on the spiritual body of\nthe Personality of Godhead which distinguish His body from the bodies of all\n\nothers. They are all special features of the body of the Lord. The Lord\n\nmay appear as one of us, but He is always distinct by His specific bodily\nfeatures. Srimati Kunti claims herself as unfit to see the Lord because of\n\nher being a woman. This is claimed because women, siidras (the laborer\nclass) and the dvija-bandhus, or the wretched descendants of the higher\n\nthree classe , are unfit by intelligence to understand transcendental subject\nmatter concerning the\n\npiritual name, fame, attributes, forms, etc., of the\n\nSupreme Absolute Truth. Such persons, although they are unfit to enter\ninto the spiritual affairs of the Lord, can see Him as the arca-vigraha who\n\ndescends on the material world just to distribute favors to the fallen souls,\n\nincluding the above-mentioned women, siidras and dvija-bandhus. Because\n\nsuch fallen souls cannot see anything beyond matter, the Lord condescends\nto enter into each and every one of the innumerable universes as the\n\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�!J.U, who grows a lotus stem from the lotus-like depres­\n\nsion in the center of His transcendental abdomen, and thus Brahma, the\n\nfirst living being in the universe, is born. Therefore, the Lord is known as\nthe Pankajanabhi. The Pankajanabha Lord accepts the arca-vigraha (His\n\ntranscendental form) in different elements, namely a form within the\n\nmind, a form made of wood, a form made of earth, a form made of metal,\na form made of jewel, a form made of painting, a form drawn on sand, etc.\n\nAll such forms of the Lord. are always decorated with garlands of lotus·\n\n", "SB1.2#p0048": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n398\n\n[Canto 1, Ch 8\n.\n\nflower, and there should be a soothing atmosphere in the temple of worship to attract the burning attention of the nondevotees always engaged\n\nin material wranglings. The meditators worship a form within the mind.\n\nTherefore, the Lord is merciful even to the women, sudras and dvijabandhus, provided they agree to visit the temple of worship in different\n\nforms made for them. Such temple visitors are not idolators, as alleged by\n\nsome men with a poor fund of knowledge. All the great iiciiryas established\nsuch temples of worship in all places just to favor the less intelligent, and\none should not pose himself as transcending the stage of temple worship\nwhile one is actually in the category of the sudras and the women or less.\nOne should begin to see the Lord from His lotus feet, gradually rising to\nthe thighs, waist, chest and face. One should not try to look at the face of\nthe Lord without being accustomed to seeing the lotus feet of the Lord.\nSrimati Kunti, because of her being the aunt of the Lord, did not begin to\nsee the Lord from the lotus feet because the Lord might feel ashamed, and\nthus Kuntidevi, just to save a painful situation for the Lord, began to see\nthe Lord just above His lotus feet, i.e., from the waist of the Lord, gradually rising to the face, and then down to the lotus feet. In the round,\n\neverything there is in order.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�'���\n\nm �����\nPfl{tM�ti( � ('1&1�¥Ntl Fnlf\n�� � '!inf4l\\GT1' 11��11\nyathii hnikesa khalena devaki\nkamsena rnddhiiticiram suciirpitii\nvimocitiiham ca sah iitmajii vibh o\n\ntvay aiva n iithena muhu r v ipadgap iit\n\nyathii-as it were; hnikesa-the master of the senses; khalena-by the\n\n·envious; devaki-Devaki (the mother of\n\nSri Kr�r:ta); kamsena-by King\n\nKamsa; ruddhii-imprisoned; aticiram-for a long time; suciirpitii-dis­\n\ntressed; vimocitii-released; aham ca-also myself; sahiitmajii-along with my\nchildren; vibho-0 great one; tvayii e va\n\n-\n\nby Your Lordship; niithena-as\n\nthe protector; muhufl-constantly; vipadga11iit-series of dangers.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0049": "Text 24)\n\n399\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Hr�ikesa, master of the senses and Lord of lords, You have released\nYour mother Devaki, who was long imprisoned and distressed by the\nenvious King Kamsa, and myself and my children from a series of constant\ndangers.\nPURPORT\nDevaki, the mother of Kr.0a and sister of King Kamsa, was put into\nprison along with her husband Vasudeva because the envious King was\nafraid of being killed by the eighth son (Kr.1.1a) of Devaki. He therefore\nkilled all the sons of Devaki who were born before Kr�1.1a, but Kr�pa\nescaped the danger of child-slaughter because He was transferred to the\nhouse of Nanda i\\laharaja, Lord Kr��1a's foster father. Kuntidevi was also\nsaved from a series of dangers along with her children. But Kuntidevi was\nshown more favor because Lord Kr�pa did not save the other children of\nDevaki, whereas He saved the children of Kuntidevi. This was done because\nDevaki's husband, Vasudeva,' as living, but Kunlidevi wa a widow, and\nthere was none to help her except KHpa. The conclusion is that Kr�pa\nendows more favor to a devotee who is in greater dangers. Sometimes He\nputs His pure devotees in such dangers because in that condition of\nhelplessness the devotee becomes more attached to the Lord. The more the\nattachment is there for the Lord, the more success is there for the devotee.\nTEXT 24\n\nMqlriti_iN:\n'\"'\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\n����911il����:l\n\n�Si'fti+ilil�lijffl\nifo�� i(sf��: 11��11\n\nvi§iin mahiigne� punt§iida-darsaniid\nasat sabhiiyii vanaviisa-krcchrata�\nmrdhe mrdhe 'neka-mahii-rathiistrato\ndrauftyastratas\n\nciisma hare 'bhirak§itii[t\n\nv i§iit- from poison; mahii-agne�-from the great fire; pum�iida-the\n\nman-eaters; darsanii t -by combating; asat-vicious;\n\nsab hiiya� - assembly;\n\n", "SB1.2#p0050": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n400\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 8\n\nvanavasa-exiled to the forest; krcchrata!t-sufferings; mrdhe m:dhe-again\nand again in battle; aneka-many; maha-ratha-great generals; astratab-­\n\nweapons; drau(li-the son of Drol).iicarya; astrata[1-from the weapons of;\nca-and; asmab--inclicating past tense; hare-by the Personality of Godhead;\nabhirak�ita[1-protected completely.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Kr�J.la, Your Lordship has protected us from a poisoned cake,\n\nfrom a great fire, from cannibals, from the vicious assembly, from suf­\n\nferings during our exile in the forest and from the battle where great\ngener?Js fought. And now You have saved us from the weapon of\nAsvatthama.\nPURPORT\nThe list of dangerous encounters is submitted herein. Devaki was once\nput into difficulty by her envious brother, otherwise she was well. But\nKuntidev1 and her sons were put into one difficulty after another for\nyears and years together. They were put into trouble by Duryodhana and\nparty due to the kingdom, and each and every time the sons of Kunti were\nsaved by the Lord. Once Bhima was administered poison in a cake form,\n\nonce they were put into the house made of shellac and set afire, and once\nDraupadi was dragged out, and attempts were made to insult her by\n\nstripping her naked in the vicious assembly of the Kurus. The Lord saved\n\nDraupadi by supplying an immeasurable length of cloth, and Duryodhana 's\n\nparty failed to see her naked. Similarly, when they were exiled in the\nforest, Bhima had to fight with the man-eater demon Hi�imba rak�asa, but\nthe Lord saved him. So it was not finished there. After all these tribula­\n\ntions, there was the great Battle of Kuruk�etra, and Arjuna had to meet\nsuch great generals as Dro!la, Bhi�ma, Kar!la, etc., all powerful fighters.\n\nAnd at last, even when everything was done away with, there was the\n\nbrahmiistra released by the son of Dro!lacarya within the womb of Uttara,\nand so the Lord saved the only surviving descendant of the Kurus,\nMaharaja Parik�it.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�: � (JJ: �� ij;r :j��gU I\n� � �� 11�'-\\11\n\n", "SB1.2#p0051": "Prayers by Queen Kunti\n\nText 25]\n\n401\n\nvipada[l. santu tiif:z. sasvat\ntatra tatra jagad-guro\nbhavato darsanarit yat syiid\napunar bhava-darsanam\nvipada [l.-calamities ;\n\nsantu-let\n\nthere\n\nbe; tii[l-all; s a svat-again and\n\nagain; tatra-there; tatra-and there; jagat-guro-0 Lord of the universe;\n\nbhavataft- Your; dar sanam -meeting ; y at-that which; syiit-is; apunaftnot again; b h a va darsana m -seeing repetition of birth and death.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nI wish that all those calamities would happen again and again so that\nwe can see You again and again, for seeing You means that we will no\nlonger see repeated births and deaths.\nPURPORT\nGenerally the distressed, the needy, the intelligent and the inquisitive,\nwho have performed some pious activities, worship or begin to worship the\nLord. Others, who are thriving on misdeeds only, regardless of status,\ncannot approach the Supreme due to being misled by the illusory energy.\nTherefore, for a pious person if there is some calamity there is no other\nalternative than to take shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord. Constantly\nremembering the lotus feet of the Lord means preparing for liberation\nfrom birth and death. Therefore, even though there are so-called calamities,\nthey are welcome because they give us opportunity to remember the Lord,\nwhich means liberation.\nOne who has taken shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord, which are\naccepted as the most suitable boat for crossing the ocean of nescience, can\nbe liberated as easily as one leaps over the holes made by the hoofs of a\ncalf. Such person� are meant to reside in the abode of the Lord, and they\nhave nothing to do with a place where there is danger in every step.\nThis material world is certified by the Lord in the Bhagavad-gitii as a\ndangerous place full of calamities. Less intelligent persons prepare plans to\nadjust to those calamities without knowing that the nature of this place is\nitself full of calamities. They have no information of the abode of the\nLord, which is full of bliss and without trace of calamity. The duty of the\nsane person is, therefore, not to be disturbed by the worldly calamities,\nwhich are sure to happen in all circumstances, but suffering all sorts of\n\n", "SB1.2#p0052": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n402\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 8\n\nunavoidable misfortunes, one hould make progress in spiritual realization,\nbecause that is the mission of human life. The spirit soul is transcendental\nto all material calamities; therefore, the so-called calamities are called false.\nman may '\"ee a tigerS\\ allowing him in a dream, and he may cry for this\ncalamity .\n\n110\n\ntiger and there is no suffering, but it is\n\nsimply a case of dream . ln the\n\nctually there i�\n\narne ' ay, all calamities of life are aid to\n\nbe dreams. If som e o ne is lucky enough to get in contact with the Lord by\ndevotional service, it is all gain. Contact with the Lord by atw one of the\nni11e devotional senices is alway a forward step on the path of going back\nto Godhead.\n\nTEXT 26\n\njanmaiSvarya-srnta-snvhir\nedhamiina-mada� pumiin\nnaiviirhaty abhidhiiturh vai\ntviim akincana-gocaram\njanma - birth; aiSvarya-opulence; srnta-education; sribh*-by the possession\n\nof\n\nbeauty; edha miina- p rogressivel y increasing; m ada � - intoxi­\n\ncation; pu mii n-the human being; na-never; eta-ever; arhati- deserves;\nabhidhiitum-address\n\nin\n\nfeeling;\n\nvai -c ert ainly ;\n\ntviim- You; akincana­\n\ngocaram-one who is approached easily by the materially exhau ted man.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, Your Lordship can easily be approached, but only by\nthose who are materially exhausted. One who is on the path of [material]\nprogress, trying to improve himself with respe_ctable parentage, great\n\nopulence, high education and bodily beauty, cannot approach You with\nsincere feeling.\n\nPURPORT\nBeing materially advanced means taking birth in an aristocratic family,\npossessing great wealth, an education and attractive personal beauty. All\nmaterialistic men are mad after possessing all these material opulence , and\nthis i known as advancement of material civilization. But the result is that\nby possessing all these material assets one becomes artificially puffed up,\n\n", "SB1.2#p0053": "Pray ers by Queen Kunti\n\n403\n\nintoxicated by such temporary possessions. Con equently, such materially\npuffed up persons are incapable of uttering the holy name of the Lord by\naddressing Him feelingly as \"0 Govinda, 0 Kr.!1a.\" It is said in the\nsastras that by once uttering the holy name of lhe Lord, the sinner gets rid\nor a quantity of sins that he is unable to commit. Such is the power of\nuttering the holy name of the Lord. There is not the least exaggeration in\nthis statement. Actually the Lord's holy name has such powerful potency.\nBut there is a qualit\nfeeling.\n\nto such utterances also. It depends on the quality of\n\nhelpless man can feelingly utter Lhe holy name of the Lord,\n\nwhereas a man who utters the same holy name in great material satisfaction\ncannot be so sincere. Therefore, a materially puffed up person may utter\nthe holy name of the Lord occasionally, but he is incapable of uttering\nthe name in quality :Therefore, the four principles of material advancement,\nnamely l) high parentage, 2) good wealth, 3) high education, and 4) attractive beauty, etc. are, so to speak, disquali ficalions for progress on the\npath of spiritual advancement. J\\Jaterial covering of Lhe pure\n\npirit soul i\n\n·\n\nan external feature, as much as fever is an external feature of the unhealthy\nbody. The general process is to decrease the degree of the fever and not to\naggravate it by maltreatment. Sometimes it is seen that spiritually advanced\npersons become materially i mpoverished. This is no discouragement. On\nthe other hand, such impoverishment is a good sign as much as the\nfalling of temperature is a good sign. The principle of life should be to\ndecrease the degree of material intoxication which leads one to be more\nand more illusioned about the aim of life. Gros·ly iUusioned persons are\nquite unfit for entrance into the kingdom of God.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nW{��mw.t Mf(lgOit�� I\n31i�+tl(l+tl4 �I.-ttl� ��q� Wf't: ������\nnamo 'kincana-vittiiya\nnivrtta-gurw-vrttaye\niitmii-riimiiya siintiiya\nkaivalya-pataye nama�\nnama�\n\n-\n\nal1 obeisances unto You; akincana-vittiiya unto the property\n-\n\nof the materially impoverished; nivrtta\nactions of the material modes; gu(la\natmii-riimiiya\npataye\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\ncompletely transcendental to the\n\nm ater ial modes; vrttaye\n\none who is self-satisfied; siintaya\n\n-\n\n-\n\naffection;\n\nthe most gentle; kaivalya­\n\nunto the master of the monists; nama�- bowing down.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0054": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n404\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy obeisances are unto You, who are the property of the materially\n\nimpoverished. You have nothing to do with the actions and reactions of\n\nthe material modes of nature. You are self-satisfied, and therefore You are\nthe most gentle and are master of the monists.\nPURPORT\n\nA living being is finished as soon as there is nothing to possess. Therefore\na living being cannot be, in the real sense of the term, a renouncer. A\n\nli ing being renounces something for gaining something more valuable.\n\nA student sacrifices his childish proclivities to gain better education. A\n\nservant gives up his job for a better job. Similarly, a devotee renounces\n\nthe material world not for nothing but for something tangible in spiritual\n\nvalue. Srila Rupa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami and Srila Raghunatha\nGosvami and others gave up their worldly pomp and prosperity for the\n\nsake of the service of the Lord. They were big men in theworldlysense. The\n\nGosvamis were ministers in the government service of Bengal, and Srila\n\nDasa Gosvami was the son of a big zamindar of his time. But they left\n\neverything to gain something superior to what they previously possessed.\n\nThe devotees are generally without material prosperity, but they have a\n\nvery secret treasure house in the lotus feet of the Lord. There is a nice\n\nstory about Srila Sanatana Gosvami He had a touchstone with him, and this\nstone was left in a pile of refuse. A needy man took it, but later on wondered why the valuable stone was kept in such a neglected place. He there­\n\nfore asked for the most valuable thing from him, and then he was given the\nholy name of the Lord. AkUicana means one who has nothing to give\n\nmaterially. A factual devotee or the mahiitmii does not give anything\n\nmaterial to anyone because he has already left all material assets. He\ncan, however, deliver the supreme asset, namely the Personality of God­\n\nhead, because He is the only property of a factual devotee. The touchstone\n\nof\n\nSanatana\n\nGosvami\n\nwhich\n\nwas\n\nthrown\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nrubbish\n\nwas\n\nnot the property of the Gosvami, otherwise it would not have been kept in\n\nsuch a place. This specific example is given for the neophyte devotees\n\njust to convince them that material hankerings and spiritual advancement\ngo ill together. Unless one is able to see everythmg as spiritual in relation\n\nwith the Supreme Lord, one must always distinguish between spirit and\nmatter. A spiritual master like Srila Sanatana Gosvami, although personally\n\nable to see everything as spiritual, set this example for us only because we\nhave no such spiritual vision.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0055": "Text 27)\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\n405\n\nAdvancement of material vision or material civilization is a great stumbling block. for spiritual advancement. Such material advancement entangles the living being in the bondage of a material body followed by all\nsorts of material miseries. Such material advancement is called anartha or\nthings not wanted. Actually this is so. In the present context of malerial\nadvancement one uses lipstick at a cost of fifty cents and there are so many\nunwanted things which are all products of the material conception of life.\nBy diverting attention to so many unwanted things, human energy is\nspoiled without achievement of spiritual realization, the prime necessity\nof human life. The attempt to reach the moon is another example of\nspoiling energy because even if the moon is reached, the problem of life\nwill not be solved. The devotees of the Lord are called akincanas because they have practically no material assets. Such material assets are all\nproducts of the three modes of material nature. They foil spiritual energy,\nand thus the less we possess such products of material nature, the more we\nhave a good chance for spiritual progress.\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead has no direct connection with\nmaterial activities. All His acts and deeds, which are exhibited even in\nthis material world, are spiritual and without affection of the modes of\nmaterial nature. In the Bhagavad-gi'tii the Lord says that all His acts, even\nHis appearence and disappearence in and out of the material world, are all\ntranscendental, and one who knows tlus perfectly shall not take his birth\nagain in this material world, but he will go back to Godhead.\nThe material disease is due to hankering after lording it over material\nnature. This hankering is due to an interaction of the three modes of\nnature, and both the Lord and the devotees have no attachment for such\nfalse enjoyment. Therefore, the Lord as well as the devotees are called\n\nnivrtta-gu[La-vrtti. The perfect nivrtta-gu[La-vrtti is the Supreme Lord because He never becomes attracted by the modes of materia] nature, whereas\nthe living beings have such a tendency. Some of them are entrapped by the\nillusory attraction of material nature.\nBecause the Lord is the property of the devotees and the devotees are\nthe property of the Lord, reciprocally the devotees are certainly transcendental to the modes of material nature. That i:s a natural conclusion.\nSuch unalloyed devotees are distinct from the mixed devotees who approach the Lord for mitigation of miseries and poverty, inquisitiveness\nand speculation. The unalloyed devotees and the Lord are transcendentally\nattached to one another. For others, the Lord has nothing to reciprocate,\nand therefore He is called iitmiiriima, self-satisfied. Self-satisfied a\n\nHe is,\n\nHe is the master of all monists who seek to merge into the existence of the\n\n", "SB1.2#p0056": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n406\nLord.\n\nuch moni ts\n\nrn\n\nrg\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 8\n\nwithin the personal effulgen\n\nof th\n\nLord\n\ncalle d the brahmajyoti, but the dt>votees enter into the tran cendental\npa time of th\n\nLord, which are never to be misunder tood as material.\nTEXT 28\n'\n\n•\n\nt::;\nlT\n1ef� I\nwt ��ht�=:if � �\"�: m: ������\n,... ,...\n\n•\n\n� �T tla� �l�+i�lli!J�\n\nmanye tviim kiilam isiin.am\nan.iidi-nidhanarh vibhum\nsamam carantam sarvatra\nbhutiiniim yan mitha{l kali{l\nmanye-1\nisanam-lhe\n\non ider it; tviim- Your Lord�hip; k alam-th\n\nel rnal time;\n\nuprem e Lord; aniidi-nidhanam-without heginninu and end·\n\nvibhum-all-pervading; s a m a m. -eq u ally merciful; carantam-di trihuting;\nsarvatra-everywhere· bhutiiniim-of the living being ; yat mitha{l-by\ninter ourse; k alift-di sen i on.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, I consider Your Lordship to be eternal time, the supreme\ncontroller, without beginning and end, the all-pervasive one.ln distributing\nYour mercy, you are equal to everyone. The dissensions between living\nbeings are due to social intercourse.\nPURPORT\nKuntldevi knew that l<f�l)a was neither her nephew nor an ordinary\nfamily member of her paternal house. She knew perfectly well that Kf�l)a\nis the primeval\nParamatma.\n\nLord who lives in everyone's heart as the Supersoul\n\nnother name of the Paramatma feature of the Lord is kala,\n\nor eternal time. Eternal time i\n\nthe witness of all our actions good and\n\nbad, and thus resultant reactions are destined by Him. lt i no use say ing\nthat we do not know why and for what we are suffering. We may forget\nthe misdeed for which we may suffer at this present moment, but we must\nremember that Paramatma is our constant companion, and therefore He\nknows everything, past, present, and future. And because the Paramatma\nfeature of Lord KHI)a destines all actions and reactions, He is the supreme\n\n", "SB1.2#p0057": "Prayers by Queen Kunti\n\nText 29}\n\n407\n\ncontroller also. Without His sanction not a blade of grass can move. The\nliving beings are given as much freedom as they deserve, and misuse of that\nfreedom is the cause of suffering. The devotees of the Lord do not misuse\ntheir freedom, and therefore they are the good sons of the Lord. Others,\nwho misuse freedom, are put into miseries destined by the eternal kala.\nThe kala offers the conditioned souls both happiness and miseries. lt is\nall predestined by eternal time. As we have miseries uncalled-for, so we\nmay have happiness also without being asked, for they are all predestined\nby kala. No one is therefore either an enemy or friend of the Lord. Everyone is suffering and enjoying the result of his own destiny. This destiny\nis made by the living beings in course of social intercourse. Everyone wants\nhere to lord it over the material nature, and thus everyone creates his own\ndestiny under the supervision of the Supreme Lord. He is all-pervading,\nand therefore He can see everyone's activities. And because the Lord has\nno beginning or end, He is known also as the eternal time, kiila.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n�\n\n�\n\n� efif��tlfitd\n({���� \"!1J1f �IS��( I\n\n���sftij��\n�� �� fm1 m�IJfll(ll��ll\n\nna veda kascid bhagavarhs cikir§itarh\ntaveha-manasya n[[liirh vitjambanam\nna yasya kascid dayito'sti karhicid\ndve§yas ca yasmin vi§ama matir n.r[tam\nna-does not; ve da-know; kascit-anyone ; bhagavan-0 Lord; cikir§itam\n-pastimes; tava- Your; iha -manasya-like the worldly men; nr!la m -of the\npeople in general; vitjambanam - m isleading ; na-never; yasya-His ; kascitanyone; dayita� - object of specific favor; asti-there is; ka rhicit - anywhere;\ndve §ya� - object of envy; ca-and; yasmin-unto Him; v i§ama- partial ity ;\nmati[t - conception ; n[[liim - of the people.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, no one can understand Your transcendental pastimes, which\nappear to be human and so are misleading. You have no specific object of\nfavor, nor do You have any object of envy. People only imagine that You\nare partial.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0058": "408\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto l, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord's mercy upon the fallen souls is equally distributed. He has\nno one as the specific object of hostility. The very conception of the\nPersonality of Godhead as a human being is misleading. His pastimes\nappear to be exactly like a human being's, but actually they are transcendental and without any tinge of material contamination. He is undoubtedly known as partial to His pure devotees, but in fact He is never\npartial, as much as the sun is never partial to anyone. By utilizing the sun\nrays, sometimes even the stones become valuable, whereas a blind man\ncannot see the sun, although there are enough sun rays before him. Darkness and light are two opposite conceptions, but this does not mean that\nthe sun is partial in distributing its rays. The sun rays are open to everyone,\nbut the capacities of the receptacles differ. Foolish people think that\ndevotional service is flattering the Lord to get special mercy. Factually\nthe pure devotees who are engaged in the transcendental loving service of\nthe Lord are not a mercantile community. A mercantile house renders\nservice to someone in exchange of values. The pure devotee does not\nrender service unto the Lord for such exchange, and therefore the full\nmercy of the Lord is open for him. Suffering and needy men, inquisitive\npersons or the philosophers make temporary connections with the Lord to\nserve a particular purpose. When the purpose is served, there is no more\nrelation with the Lord. A suffering man, if he is pious at all, prays to the\nLord for his recovery. But as soon as the recovery is over, in most cases\nthe suffering man no longer cares to keep any connection with the Lord.\nThe mercy of the Lord is open for him, but he is reluctant to receive it.\nThat is the difference between a pure devotee and a mixed devotee. Those\nwho are completely against the service of the Lord are considered to be in\nabject darkness, those who ask for the Lord's favor only at the time of\nnecessity are partial recipients of the mercy of the Lord, and those who\nare cent percent engaged in the service of the Lord are full recipients of\nthe mercy of the Lord. Such partiality of receiving the Lord's mercy is\nrelative to the recipient, and it is not due to the partiality of the allmerciful Lord.\nWhen the Lord descends on this material world by His all-merciful\nenergy, He plays like a human being, and therefore it appears that the\nLord is partial to His devotees only, but that is not a fact. Despite such\napparent manifestation of partiality, His mercy is equally distributed. In\nthe Battlefield of Kuruk�etra all persons who died in the fight before the\npresence of the Lord got salvation without the necessary qualifications\n\n", "SB1.2#p0059": "Text 30]\n\n409\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\nbecause death before the presence of the Lord purifies the passing soul\nfrom the effects of all sins, and therefore the dying man gets a place\nsomewhere in the transcendental abode. Somehow or other if someone\nputs himself open in the sun rays, he is sure to get the requisite benefit\nboth by heat and ultraviolet rays. Therefore, the conclusion is that the\nLord is never partial. It is wrong for the people in general to think of Him\nas partial.\n\nTEXT 30\nijf�\n\n� :q N�1�1t���I{W{! I\n\nR14'e4 Tim�:� ija:�4��� ll�c.ll\njanma karma ca viSvatmann\najasyakartur atmana�\ntiryan nf�i§u yada�su\ntad atyanta-viljambanam\njanma-birth; karma-activity; ca-and; viSva-iitman-0\n\nsoul\n\nof the\n\nuniverse; ajasya-of the unborn; akartu[l-of the inactive· iitmana{l.-of the\nvital ene rgy; ti ryak-animal ; nr-human being; f§�u-in the sages; yiidafl.su\n\n-in the water; tat-that; atyanta-veritable; viljambanam-bewildering.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOf course it is bewildering, 0 soul of the universe, that You work,\nthough You are inactive, and that You take birth, though You are the vital\nforce and the unborn. You Yourself descend amongst animals, men, sages\nand aquatics. Verily, this is bewildering.\n\nPURPORT\nThe transcendental pastimes of the Lord are not only bewildering but\nalso apparently contradictory. In other words, they are all inconceivable\n\nto the limited thinking power of the human being. The Lord i\n\nthe all­\n\nprevailing Supersoul of all ·existence, and yet He appears in the form of\nboar amongst the animals, in the form of a human being as Rama, Kr��a,\netc., in the form of a !§i like Niiraya�a, and in the form of an aquatic like a\n\nfish. Yet it is said that He is unborn, and He has nothing to do. In the Sruti\n\nmantra it is said that the Supreme Brahman has nothing to do.\n\no one is\n\nequal to or greater than Him. He has manifold energies, and everything is\n\n", "SB1.2#p0060": "410\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 8\n\nperformed by Him perfectly by automatic knowledge, strength and activity. AU these prove without any question that the Lord's activities,\nforms and deeds are all inconceivable to our limited thinking power, but\nbecause He is inconceivably powerful, everything is possible in Him.\nTherefore no one can calculate Him exactly; every action of the Lord is\nbewildering to the common man. He cannot be understood by the Vedic\nknowledge, but He can be easily understood by the pure devotees because\nthey are intimately related with Him. The devotees therefore know that\nalthough He appears amongst the animals, He is not an animal, nor a man,\nnor a !$i, nor a fish. He is eternally the Supreme Lord in all circumstances.\n\nTEXT 31\n....\n\n.\n\n....\n\n,...\n\n,...\n\nm�� <t;allTRt�ijf.f!\n\n�ij��m�I�\"'I«H{q� I\nm���m�\nID �t �� +iRftp:r��Rfll �-�II\ngo py iidade tvayi krtiigasi diima tiivad\nyii te dasiiSru-kaliliiii.jana-sambhramiik�am\nvaktrarh niniya bhaya- bhiivanayii sthitasya\nsii miirh vimohayati bhir api yad bibheti\ngopi-the cowherd lady (Yasoda); iidade-took up; tvayi- on Your;\nkrt iigasi-creating disturbances (by breaking the butter pot); d ii ma- rope;\ntiivat-at that time; yii-that which; te- Your; dasii- si tuati on; asru- kalilaoverflooded with tears; aii.jana- ointment; sambhrama- perturbed; ak�am\n-eyes.; vaktram- face; ni n iya- do wnwards; bhaya -bhiivanayii-by thoughts\nof fear· sthitasya-of the situation; sii-that; miim- me; vimohayatibewilders; bhlJ:t api- even fear personified; yat - whom; bibheti-be afraid\nof.\nTRANS LATIO N\nMy dear Kf�!la, Yasoda took up a rope to bind You when You\ncommitted an offense, and Your perturbed eyes overflooded with tears,\nwhich washed the mascara from Your eyes. And You were afraid, though\nfear personified is afraid of You. This sight is bewildering to me.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0061": "Text 31)\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\n411\n\nPURPORT\nHere is another explanation of the bewilderment createJ by the pastimes\nof the Supreme Lord. The Supreme Lord is the Supreme in all circumstances, as already explained. Here is a specific example of the Lord's being\nthe Supreme and at the same time a plaything in the presence of His pure\ndevotee. The Lord's pure devotee renders senrice unto the Lord out of\nunalloyed love only, and while discharging such devotional service the\npure devotee forgets the position of the Supreme Lord. The Supreme\nLord also accepts the loving service of His devotees more relishably when\nthe service is rendered spontaneously out of pure affection without anything of reverential admiration. Generally the Lord is worshiped by the\ndevotees in reverential attitude, but the Lord is meticulously pleased when\nthe devotee, out of pure affection and love, considers the Lord to be less\nimportant than himself. The Lord:s pastimes in the original abode of\nGoloka Vrndavana are exchanged in that spirit. The friends of Kr�!1a\nconsider Him one of them. They do not consider Him to be of reverential\nimportance. The parents of the Lord (who are ali pure devotees) consider\nHim a child only. The Lord accepts chastisements of the parents more\ncheerfully than the prayers of the Vedic hymns. Similarly, He accepts the\nreproaches of His fiancees more palatably than the Vedic hymns. Lord\nKr�!1 a, when He was present in this material world to manifest His eternal\npastimes in the transcendental realm of Goloka Vrndavana for an attraction of the people in general, displayed a unique picture of subordination\nbefore His foster mother Y asoda. The Lord, in His natural childish playful\nactivities, used to spoil the stocked butter of mother Y asoda by breaking\nthe pots and distributing the contents to His friends and playmates,\nincluding the celebrated monkeys of Vrndavana who took advantage of\nthe Lord's munificence. Mother Y asoda saw this, and out of her pure love\nshe wanted to make a show of punishment for her transcendental child.\nShe took a rope and threatened the Lord that she would tie Him up, as is\ngenerally done in the ordinary household. Seeing the rope in the hands of\nmother Yasoda, the Lord bowed down His head and began to weep just\nlike a child, and tears rolled down His cheeks, washing off the black\nointment smeared about His beautiful eyes. This picture of the Lord is\nadored by Kuntidevi because she is conscious of the Lord's supreme\nposition. He is feared often by fear personified, yet He is afraid of His\nmother, who wanted to punish Him just in an ordinary manner. Kuntl\nwas conscious of the exalted position of KrllQa, whereas Y asoda was not.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0062": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n412\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 8\n\nTherefore Yasoda's position was more exalted than Kunti's. Mother\nYasoda got the Lord as her child, and the Lord made her forget altogether\nthat her child was the Lord Himself. If mother Yasoda would have been\nconscious of the exalted position of the Lord, she would certainly have\nhesitated to punish the Lord. But she was made to forget this situation\nbecause the Lord wanted to make a complete gesture of childishness before\nthe affectionate Yasoda. This exchange of love between the mother and\nthe son was performed in· a natural way, and Kunti, remembering the\nscene, was bewildered, and she could do nothing but praise the transcendental filial love. Indirectly Mother Y asoda is praised for her unique\nposition of love, for she could control even the all-powerful Lord as her\nbeloved child.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�f�l� \\l.Rf ��1� � I\n�: fSt��-\"1'1�1� �� �r¢\\�'( ����II\nkecid iihur ajarh jatarh\npurtya-slokasya kirtaye\nyadoft priyasyiinvaviiye\nmalayasyeva candanam\nkecit\n\n-\n\nsomeone;\n\niihu[l. - says ;\n\najam\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nunborn; jatam\n\n-\n\nbeing\n\nborn;\n\npur-ya-slokasya-of the great pious king; k irtaye-for glorifying; yado[l.of King Yadu; priyasya-of the dear; anvaviiye-in the family of; malayasya\n-Malaya hills; iva-as; candanam\n\n-\n\nsandalwood.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSome say that the Unborn is horn for the glorification of pious kings,\nand others say that He is horn to please King Yadu, one of Your dearest\ndevotees. You appear in his family as sandalwood appears in the Malaya\nhills .\n\nPURPORT\nBecause the Lord's appearance in this material world is bewildering,\nthere are different opinions about the birth of the Unborn. In the\n\nBhagavad-gitii the Lord says that He takes His birth in the material world,\n\n", "SB1.2#p0063": "Text 33]\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\n413\n\nalthough He is the Lord of all creations and He is unborn. So there cannot\n\nbe any denial of the birth of the Unborn because He Himself establishes\n\nthe truth. Rut still there are different opinions as to why He takes His\n\nbirth. That is also declared in the Bhagavad-gitii. He appears by His own\n\ninternal potency to reestablish the principles of religion and to protect the\npious and to annihilate the impious. That is the mission of the appearance\n\nof the Unborn. Still, it is said that the Lord is there to glorify the pious\n\nKing Yudhi�thira. Lord Sri Kp)l)a certainly wanted to establish the kingdom\nof the Pa!!�avas for the good of all in the world. When there is a pious\n\nking ruling over the world, the people are happy. When the ruler is\n\nimpious, the people are unhappy. In the age of Kali in most cases the rulers\nare impious, and therefore the citizens are also continuously unhappy. But\n\nin the case of democracy, the impious citizens themselves send their\n\nrepresentative to rule over them, and therefore they cannot blame anyone\nfor their unhappiness. Maharaja N ala was also celebrated as a great pious\n\nking, but he had no connection with Lord Kr�!!a. Therefore Maharaja\n\nYudhi�thira is meant here to be glorified by Lord Kr��1a. He had also\n\nglorified King Yadu, having taken His birth in the family. He is known as\n\nYadava, Yaduvira, Yadunandana, etc., although the Lord is always inde­\n\npendent of such obligation. It is just like the sandalwood that grows in the\nMalaya hills. Trees can grow anywhere and everywhere, yet because the\n\nsandalwood trees grow mostly in the area of the Malaya hills, the name\nsandalwood and the Malaya hills are interrelated. Therefore, the conclusion\n\nis that the Lord is ever unborn like the sun, and yet He appears as the sun\n\nrises on the eastern horizon. As the sun is never the sun of the eastern\nhorizon, so the Lord is no one's son, but He is the father of everything\n\nthat be.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n� �� �fltlt ���ffl_ I\n31\\:il�'l� �Pl CNPl � wfu� ����II\napare vasudevasya\ndevakyiim yiicito'bhyagiit\najas tvam asya k�emiiya\nvadhiiya ca sura-dv�iim\napare-others; vasudevasya-of Vasudeva; devakyiim-of Devaki; yiicita�\n\n-being prayed for; abhyagiit-took birth; aja�-unborn; tvam- You are;\n\n", "SB1.2#p0064": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 8\n\nasya-of him; k�emiiya -for the good; vadhiiy a\n\nfor the purpose of killing;\n\n414\n\n-\n\nca-and; sura-dvi§iim-of those who are envious of the demigods.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOthers say that since both Vasudeva and Devaki prayed for You, You\nhave taken Your birth as their son. Undoubtedly You are unborn, yet You\ntake Your birth for their welfare and to kill those who are envious of the\ndemigods.\nPURPORT\nIt is also said that Vasudeva and Devaki, in their previous birth as Sutapa\n\nand Ppsni, underwent a severe type of penance to get the Lord as their son,\nand as a result of such austerities the Lord appeared as their son. It is\n\nalready declared in the Bhagavad-gitii that the Lord appears for the welfare\nof all people of the world and to vanquish the asuras or the materialistic\natheists.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�1{(!!4iji(UI�I� �\n\n';{Ff\n\n�� I\n\n�·��roffiurijiR{t��: 11��11\nbhiiriivatiirariiyiinye\nbhuvo niiva ivodadhau\nsidantyii bhuri-bhiirer-a\njiito hy iitmabhuviir thita�\nbhiira avatiirartiiya just to reduce the burden to the world; anyeof the world; niiva�-boat; iva-like that; udadhau-on\nthe sea; sidantyii� aggrieved; bhuri-extremely; bhii rert a-by the burden;\njiita�- You are born; hi-for; ii tma bh uvii- Brahm a ; arthita� being prayed\n-\n\nothers; b huva�\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nfor.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOthers say that the world, being overburdened like a boat at sea, is\nmuch aggrieved, and that Brahma, who is Your son, prayed for You, and\nso You have appeared to diminish the trouble.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0065": "Text 35]\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\n415\n\nPURPORT\n\nBrahma, or the first living being born just after the creation, is the direct\n\nson of NarayaJ!a. NarayaJ!a, as Garbhodakasayi Vi�J!u, first of all entered\nthe material universe. Without spiritual contact, matter cannot create. This\n\nprinciple was followed from the very beginning of the creation. The\nSupreme Spirit entered the universe, and the first living being, Brahma,\n\nwas born on a lotus flower grown out of the transcendental abdomen of\nVi�J!U. Vi�J!U is therefore known as Padmanabha. Brahma is known as\natma-bhu because he was begotten directly from the father without any\n\ncontact of mother Lak�mfji. Lak�mfji was present just before NarayaJ!a,\nengaged in the service of the Lord, and still, without contact with Lak�mfji,\n\naraya'!a begot Brahma. That is the omnipotency of the Lord. One who\n\nfoolishly considers Naraya'!a like other living beings should take a lesson\n\nfrom this. Naraya'!a is not an ordinary living being. He is the Personality\nof Godhead Himself, and He has all the potencies of all the senses in all\n\nparts of His transcendental body. An ordinary living being begets a child\n\nby the intercourse of sex, and he has no other means to beget a child other\n\nthan the one designed for him. But NarayaJ!a, being omnipotent, is not\nbound to any condition of energy. He is complete and independent to do\n\nanything and everything by His various potencies, very easily and perfectly.\n\nBrahma is therefore directly the son of the father and was not put into\n\nthe womb of a mother. Therefore he is known as iitma-bhu. This Brahma\n\ni\n\nin charge of further creations in the universe, secondarily reflected by\n\nthe potency of the Omnipotent. Within the halo of the universe there is a\n\ntranscendental planet known as Svetadvipa, which is the abode of the\nK�irodakasayi Vi�J!U, the Paramatma feature of the Supreme Lord. When­\n\never there is trouble in the universe that cannot be solved by the administrative demigods, they approach Brahmaji for a solution, and if it is not to\nbe solved even by Brahmaji then Brahmaji consults and prays to the\n\nK�irodakasayi Vi�J!U for an incarnation and solution to the problems. Such\n\na problem arose when Kamsa and others were ruling over the earth and the\nearth became too much overburdened by the misdeeds of the asuras.\n\nBrahmaji, along with other demigods, prayed at the shore of the K�irodaka\n\nOcean, and they were advised of the descent of Kr�'!a as the son of\nVasudeva and Devaki. So some people say that the Lord appeared because\n\nof the prayers of Brahmaji.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�sW-{ tmw�l;fl;flqf?twfilq�alfll: 1\n�UI�(UIIlilfiJf qi�� ifi� ������\n\n", "SB1.2#p0066": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n416\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 8\n\nbhave'smin kliSya-miiniiniim\navidyii-kiima-karmabhilt\nsravarw-smarartiirhiirti\nkari§yann iti kecana\nbhave-in the material creation; asmin-this; klisya-miiniiniim-of those\n\nwho are suffering from; avidyii-nescience; kama-desire; ka rm abh ift\n\nexecution\n\nof\n\nfruitive\n\nwork; sravap. a\n\n-\n\narhap.i-worshiping; kari§yan\n\n-\n\n-\n\nby\n\nhearing; smarap. a-remembering;\n\nmay perform; iti-thus; kecana-others.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnd yet others say that You appeared to rejuvenate the devotional\n\nservice of hearing, remembering, worshiping and so on in order that the\n\nconditioned souls suffering from material pangs might take advantage and\ngain liberation.\nPURPORT\nIn the Srimad-Bhagavad-gitii the Lord asserts that He appears in every\nmillennium just to reestablish the way of religion. The way of religion is\nmade by the Supreme Lord. No one can manufacture a new path of\nreligion, as is the fashion for certain ambitious persons. The factual way of\nreligion is to accept the Lord as the supreme authority and thus render\n\nservice unto Him in spontaneous love. A living being cannot help but\n\nrender service because he is constitutionally made for that purpose. The\nonly function of the living being is to render service to the Lord. The Lord\n\nis great, and living beings are subordinate to Him. Therefore, the duty of\nthe living being is just to serve Him only. Unfortunately the illusioned\n\nliving beings, out of misunderstanding only, become servants of the senses\n\nby material desire. This desire is called avidyii, or nescience. And out of\n\nsuch desire the living being makes different plans for material enjoyment\n\ncentered about a perverted sex life. He therefore becomes entangled in the\nchain of birth and death by transmigrating into different bodies on\ndifferent planets under the direction of the Supreme Lord. Unless, there­\n\nfore, one is beyond the boundary of this nescience, one cannot get free\nfrom the threefold miseries of material life. That is the law of nature.\n\nThe Lord, however, out of His causeless mercy, because He is more\n\nmerciful to the suffering living beings than they can expect, appears before\n\nthem and renovates the principles of devotional service comprised of\n\n", "SB1.2#p0067": "Text 36]\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\n417\n\nhearing, chanting, remembering, serving, worshiping, praying, cooperating\nand surrendering unto Him. Adoption of all the above-mentioned items,\nor any one of them, can help a conditioned soul get out of the tangle of\nnescience and thus become liberated from all material sufferings created\nby the living being illusioned by the external energy. This particular type\nof mercy is bestowed upon the living being by the Lord in the form of\nLord Sri Caitanya !VIahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 36\n\nPI�•IItHt�oro:\n�� �� �fud iilwn: I\nij' � q��f+.c\"(ul\n\"'\n\n.\n\nsnwanti giiyanti g.rrtanty abhik�vasaft\nsmaranti nandanti tavehitarit janiift\nta eva pasyanty acireva tiivakarit\nbhava-praviihoparamarit padambujam\n\nsrf1-vanti- hear ;giiyanti-chant;grf1-anti- take; abhik�[�-asa�- continuously;\n\nsma ranti- r emembers; nandanti-takes pleasure; tava- Your; ihitam-activi­\n\nties; jan a[l. -people in general; ta-that; eva-certainly; paiyanti-can see;\n\na c ire[�-a-very soon; tavakam- Your; bhava-pravaha- the current of rebirth;\npa ramam -cessation; pada-am bujam - lotus feet.\n\nu\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Kr��a, those who continuously hear, chant and repeat Your\n\ntranscendental activities, or take pleasure in others' doing so, certainly\n\nsee Your lotus feet, which alone can stop the repetition of birth and death.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord Sri Kr�!la cannot be seen by our present conditional\nvision. In order to see Him, the present vision has to be changed by\n\ndeveloping a different condition of life full of spontaneous love of\nGodhead. When Sri Kr�!la was personally present on the face of the globe,\n\nnot everyone could see Him as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0068": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n418\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 8\n\niaterialists like Rava�a, Hira1_1yakasipu, Kamsa, J arasandha, Sisupala, etc.,\n\nwere highly qualified personalities by acquisition of material assets, but\n\nthey were unable to appreciate the presence of the Lord. Therefore, even\n\nthough the Lord may be present before our eyes, it is not possible to see\nHim unless we have the necessary vision. This necessary qualification is\n\ndeveloped by the process of devotional service only, beginning with hearing\n\nabout the Lord from the right sources. The Bhagavad-gitii is one of the\n\npopular literatures which is generally heard, chanted, repeated, etc., by\n\nthe people in general, but in spite of such hearing, etc., sometimes it is\nexperienced that the performer of such devotional service does not see\n\nthe Lord eye to eye. The reason is that the first item, sravar-a, is very\n\nimportant. If hearing is from the right sources, it acts very quickly.\n\nGenerally people hear from unauthorized persons. Such unauthorized\n\npersons may be very learned by academic qualifications, but because they\n\ndo not follow the principles of devotional service, hearing from them\n\nbecomes a sheer waste of time. Sometimes the texts are interpreted\nfashionably to suit their own purposes. Therefore, first one should select\n\na competent and bona fide speaker and then hear from him. When the\n\nhearing process i\n\nperfect and complete, the other processes become\n\nautomatically perfect in their own way.\n\nThere are different transcendental activities of the Lord, and each and\n\nevery one of them is competent to bestow the desired result, provided\n\nthe hearing process is perfect. In the Bhiigavatam the activities of the Lord\n\nbegin from His dealings with the Pary9avas. There are many other pastimes\n\nof the Lord in connection with His dealings with the asuras and others. And\n\nin the Tenth Canto the sublime dealing with His conjugal associates the\ngopis, as well as with His married wives at Dvaraka, are mentioned. Since\n\nthe Lord is absolute, there is no difference in the transcendental nature of\neach and every dealing of the Lord. But sometimes people, in an unauthor­\n\nized\n\nhearing\n\nprocess,\n\ntake\n\nmore\n\ninterest\n\nin\n\nhearing\n\nabout\n\nHis\n\ndealings with the gopis. Such an inclination indicates the lusty feelings of\n\nthe hearer, so a bona fide speaker of the dealings of the Lord never\n\nindulges in such hearings. One must hear about the Lord from the very\n\nbeginning, as in the Snmad-Bhiigavatam or any other scriptures, and that\n\nwill help the hearer attain perfection by progressive development. One\n\nshould not, therefore, consider that His dealings with the Pa1.1�avas are less\n\nimportant than His dealings with the go pis. We must always remember\n\nthat the Lord is always transcendental to all mundane attachment. In all\nthe above-mentioned dealings of the Lord, He is the hero in all circum­\n\nstances, and hearing about Him or about His devotees or combatants is\n\n", "SB1.2#p0069": "Prayers by Queen Kunti\n\nText 37)\n\n419\n\nconducive to spiritual life. lt is said that the Vedas and Puriirws, etc.,\nare all made to revive our lost relation with Him. Hearing of all these\nscriptures is essential.\nTEXT 37\n\napy adya nas tvarh sv(J;-krtehita prabho\njihiisasi svit suhrdo 'nuftvina�\nye�iirh na ciinyad bhavata[l. padiimbujiit\npariiyaparh riijasu yojitiirh hasiim\napi-if; adya-today; na[l. - us; tvam-You; sv a-krta-self -ex ecuted; mitaall duties; prabho-0 my Lord; jihiisasi-giving up; svit- possibly ; suhrda[l\n-intimate friends; a nujivina[l. -living at the mercy of; ye§iim-of whom;\nna-nor; ca-and; anyat-anyone else; bhavata[l- Your; pada-ambujat-from\nthe lotus feet; pa riiya!lam- dependent; riijasu - unto the kings; yojitiimengaged in; h as iim- enmity .\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, You have executed all duties Yourself. Are you leaving\nus\n\ntoday, though we are completely dependent on Your mercy and have\n\nno one else to protect us now when all kings are at enmity with us?\nPURPORT\nThe Pa!!�avas are most fortunate because with all good luck they were\nentirely dependent on the mercy of the Lord. In the material world, to be\ndependent on the mercy of sqmeone else is the utmost sign of misfortune,\nbut in the case of our transcendental relation with the Lord, it is the most\nfortunate case when we can live completely dependent on Him. The\nmaterial disease is due to thinking of becoming independent of everything.\nBut the cruel material nature does not allow us to become independent.\nThe false attempt to become independent of the stringent laws of nature\n\n", "SB1.2#p0070": "420\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 8\n\nis known as material advancement of experimental knowledge. The whole\n\nmaterial world is moving on this false attempt of becoming independent of\nthe laws of nature. Beginning from Raval)a, who wanted to prepare a\n\ndirect staircase to the planets of heaven, down to the present age, they\nare trying to overcome the laws of nature. They are trying now to approach\n\ndistant planetary systems by electronic mechanical power. But the highest\n\ngoal of human civilization is to work hard under the guidance of the Lord\n\nand become completely dependent on Him. The highest achievement of\n\nperfect civilization is to work with valor but at the same time depend\n\ncompletely on the Lord. The Pal)9avas were the ideal executors of this\n\nstandard of civilization. Undoubtedly they were completely dependent on\n\nthe good will of Lord Sri Kr�!la, but they were not idle parasites of the\n\nLord. They were all highly qualified both by personal character and\n\nphysical activities. Still they always looked for the mercy of the Lord\nbecause they knew that every living being is dependent by constitutional\n\nposition. The perfection of life is, therefore, to become dependent on the\n\nwill of the Lord, instead of becoming falsely independent in the material\n\nworld. Those who try to become falsely independent of the Lord are\ncalled aniitha, or without any guardian, whereas those who are completely\n\ndependent on the will of the Lord are called saniitha, or those having\n\nsomeone to protect them. Therefore we must try to be saniitha so that we\ncan always be protected\n\nfrom the unfavorable condition of material\n\nexistence. By the deluding power of the external material nature we forget\n\nthat the material condition of life is the most undesirable perplexity. The\n\nBhagavad-gitii therefore directs us (7.19) that after many, many births\n\none fortunate person becomes aware of the fact that Vasudeva is all in all\n\nand that the best way of leading one's life is to surrender unto Him\n\ncompletely. That is the sign of a mahiitmii. All the members of the\nPal)9ava family were mahiitmiis in household life. Maharaja Yudhi�thira\n\nwas the head of these mahiitmiis, and Queen Kuntidevi was the mother.\n\nThe lessons of the Bhagavad-gitii and all the Puriirms, specifically the\n\nBhiigavata Purii!la, are therefore inevitably connected with the history of\n\nthe Pal)9ava mahiitmiis. For them, separation from the Lord was just like\n\nthe separation of a fish from water. Srimati Kuntidevi, therefore, felt\n\nsuch separation like a thunderbolt, and the whole prayer of the Queen\nis to try to persuade the Lord to stay with them. After the Battle of\nKuruk�etra, although the inimical kings were killed, their sons and grand­\n\nsons were still there to deal with the Pal)9avas. It is not only the Piil)9avas\n\nwho were put into the condition of enmity, but all of us are always in such\na condition, and the· best way of living is to become completely dependent\n\n", "SB1.2#p0071": "Text 38]\n\n421\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\non the will of the Lord and thereby overcome all difficulties of material\nexistence.\nTEXT 38\n\n�crt ;n�trt �: � q-Jo��n 1\nm� � �mn��: ������\nke vayam niima-rilpiibhyam\nyadubhi[l, saha piir-!lavii[l,\nbhavato'darsanam yarhi\nh.r�ikiirtiim ivesitu[l,\nke-who are; vayam- we; niima rupiibhyiim- withou t fame and ability;\n-\n\nyadubhi[!,-with the Yadus; s aha-along with; piir-{iavii[l,\n\nand the Pii{l�avas;\nof the senses;\n\n-\n\nbhavata[l,- Your; ada rsa n am- absence; ya rhi-as if; hr§ikii[!iim\n\n-\n\niva-like; iSitu [l, - of the living being.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the name and fame of a particular body is finished with the disappearance of the living spirit, similarly if You do not look upon us, all\nour fame and activities, along with the P a��avas and Y adus, will end at\nonce.\n\nPURPORT\n\nKuntidevi is quite aware that the existence of the Patl�avas is due to\nSri Kr�tla only. The Pa��avas are undoubtedly well established in name\nand fame and are guided by the great King Yudhi�thira, who is morality\npersonified, and the Yadus are undoubtedly great allies, but without the\nguidance of Lord Kr�tla all of them are nonentities, as much as the senses\nof the body are useless without the guidance of consciousness. No one\nshould be proud of his prestige, power and fame without being guided by\nthe favor of the Supreme Lord. The living beings are always dependent,\nand the ultimate dependable object is the Lord Himself. We may, therefore,\ninvent by our advancement of material knowledge all sorts of counteracting material resources, but without being guided by the Lord aU such\ninventions end in fiasco, however strong and stout the reactionary elements\nmay be.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0072": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n422\n\n[Canto l, Ch_ 8\n\nTEXT 39\n\n� ��\\f�ij ij;t 'll� � I\n�d'� � ��aWrnf�: 11�<;11\nneyarh sobhi�yate tatra\nyathediinirh gadiidha:ra\ntvat-padair ankitii bhiiti\nsva-lak�a!w-vilak�itai{l.\nna-not; iyam-this\n\nland\n\nof\n\nour kingdom; sobhi§yate-will appear\n\nbeautiful; tat ra - then; yathii-as it is now; idii n im- ho w ; gadiidhara-0\nKr�J!a; tvat-Your; padai[l.-by the feet; wikita-marked; bhiiti-is dazzling;\n\nsva-lak�ar-a- Your own marks; vilak§itai{l.-by the impressions_\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Gadadhara (Kr��a], our kingdom is now being marked by the\n\nimpressions of Your feet, and therefore it appears beautifuL But when\nYou leave, it will no longer be so_\n\nPURPORT\nThere are certain particular marks on the feet of the Lord which dis­\n\ntinguish the Lord from others. The marks of a flag, thunderbolt, an\n\ninstrument to drive an elephant, umbrella, lotus, disc, etc., are on the\n\nbottom of the Lord's feet. These marks are impressed upon the soft dust\nof the land where the Lord traverses. The land of Hastinapura was thus\n\nmarked while Lord Sri KH�a was there with the Pa��avas, and the kingdom of the Pa��avas thus flourished by such auspicious signs. Kuntidevl\npointed out the distinguished features and was afraid of ill luck in the\n\nabsence of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 40\n\n�ij ��: �: gqttil1N��: 1\nq;ffi�g(;\\�f'ijl � WI Cfl�: ll�oll\nime jana-padii� svrddhii�\nsupakkau�adhi-virudha�\nvaniidri-nady-udanvanto\nhy edhante tava vik�itaifl\n\n", "SB1.2#p0073": "Text 40]\nime-all\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\nthese; jana-padii[l-cities\n\nand\n\ntowns;\n\n423\n\nsvrddha[l-flourished;\n\nsupakka-nature; au�adhi-herbs; virndha[l-vegetables; vana-forests; adri\n-hills; nadi-rivers; udanvanta[l-seas; hi-certainly; edhante -increasing;\ntava- Your; vik§itai[l-seen.\nTRANSLATION\nAll these cities and villages are flourishing in all respects because the\n\nherbs and grains are in abundance, the trees are full of fruits, the rivers\nare flowing, the hills are full of minerals and the oceans full of wealth. And\nthis is all due to Your glancing over them.\n\nPURPORT\nHuman prosperity flourishes by natural gifts and not by gigantic\nindustrial enterprises. The gigantic industrial enterprises are products of a\ngodless civilization, and they cause the destruction of the noble aims of\nhuman life. The more we go on increasing such troublesome industries to\nsqueeze out the vital energy of the human being, the more there will be\nunrest and dissatisfaction of the people in general, although a few only can\nlive lavishly by exploitation. The natural gifts such as grains and vegetables,\nfruits, rivers, the hills of jewels and minerals, and the seas full of pearls\nare supplied by the order of the Supreme, and as He desires, material\nnature produces them in abundance or restricts them at times. The natural\nlaw is that the human being may take advantage of these godly gifts by\nnature and satisfactorily flourish on them without being captivated by the\nexploitative motive of lording it over material nature. The more we attempt\nto exploit material nature according to our whims of enjoyment, the more\nwe shall become entrapped by the reaction of such exploitative attempts. If\nwe have sufficient grains, fruits, vegetables and herbs, then what is the\nnecessity of running a slaughterhouse and killing poor animals? A man\nneed not kill an animal if he has sufficient grains and vegatables to eat. The\nflow of river waters fertilizes the fields, and there is more than what we\nneed. Minerals are produced in the hills and the jewels in the ocean. If the\nhuman civilization has sufficient grains, minerals, jewds, water, milk, etc.,\nthen why should it hanker after terrible industrial enterprises at the cost\nof the labor o\"f some unfortunate men? But all these natural\n\ngifts are\n\ndependent on the mercy of the Lord. What we need, Lherefore, is to be\nobedient to the laws of the Lord and achieve human perfection of life by\ndevotional service. The indications by Kuntidevi are just to the point. She\n\n", "SB1.2#p0074": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n424\n\n[Canto 1, Ch_ 8\n\ndesires that God's mercy be bestowed upon them so that natural prosperity\n\nbe maintained by His grace.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n�� � � I\n,ij6:41�1�� � � 'll� ll'd�ll\n3T?t f� fffi�\n\natha viSvesa viSviitman\nviSva-miirte sva-ke§u me\nsneha-piisam imam chindhi\nd[!lham piiflpU§U V.r§TJi§U\natka-therefore; viSva-isa-0 Lord of the universe; visva-iitman-0 soul\nof the universe; viSva-miirte-0 Personality of the universal form; sva-ke§U\n-unto my own kinsmen; me-my; sneha-piisam-tie of affection; imam­\n\nthis; chindhi- cut off; dpjham- deep; piir-t;lu�u- for the Piil)gavas; vr�rtifiu­\n\nfor the Vr�l)is also.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord of the universe, soul of the universe, 0 Personality of the\n\nform of the universe, please, therefore, sever my tie of affection for my\n\nkinsmen, the Pap.�avas and the V.r�!lis.\n\nPURPORT\nA pure devotee of the Lord is ashamed to ask anything in self-interest\n\nfro_m the Lord. But the householders are sometimes obliged to ask favors\nfrom the Lord, being bound by the tie of family affection. Srimati Kuntidevi was conscious of this fact, and, therefore, she prayed to the Lord to\n\ncut off the affectionate tie from her own kinsmen, the Pa!l�avas and the\nVr�p.is. The Pap�avas are her own sons, and the Vr�¢s are the members of\n\nher paternal family. Kf�p.a was equally related to both the families. Both\nthe families required the Lord's help because both were dependent devo­\n\ntees of the Lord. Srimati Kuntidevi wished Sri Kr�p.a to remain with her\n\nsons the Pap.�avas, but by His doing so her paternal house would be\n\nbereft of the benefit. All these partialities troubled the mind of Kunti, and\n\ntherefore she desired to cut off the affectionate tie.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0075": "Text 42]\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\n425\n\nA pure devotee cuts off the limited ties of affection for his family and\n\nwidens his activities of devotional service for all forgotten souls. The\n\ntypical example is the band of six Gosvam!s who followed the path of\n\nLord Caitanya. All of them belonged to the most enlightened and cul­\n\ntured rich families of the higher castes, but for the benefit of the mass of\n\npopulation they left their comfortable homes and became mendicants. To\ncut off all family affection means to broaden the field of activities. With­\n\nout doing this, no one can be qualified as a briihmarta, a king, a public\n\nleader or a devotee of the Lord. The Personality of Godhead, as an ideal\n\nKing, showed this by example. Sri Ramacandra cut off the tie of affection\n\nof His beloved wife to manifest the qualities of an ideal king.\n\nSuch personalities as a briihmarta, a devotee, a king or a public leader\nmust be very broadminded in discharging respective duties. Weak as she\n\nwas, Srimati Kuntidevi was conscious of this fact, and she prayed to be\nfree from such bondage of family affection. The Lord is addressed as the\nLord of the universe, or the Lord of the universal mind, indicating His all­\n\npowerful ability to cut the hard knot of family affection. Therefore, it is\n\nsometimes experienced that the Lord, out of His special affinity towards a\nweak devotee, breaks the family affection by force of circumstances by His\n\naU-powerful energy. By doing so He causes the devotee to become completely dependent on Him and thus clears up the path for his going back to\nGodhead.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n� �S'1;4;ff?ct4�1 Q��� I\n\n(Rfijiil�IG\\(1\n\n����� ������\n\ntvayi me 'nanya-vi§ayii\nmatir madhu-pate 'sakrt\nratim udvahatiid addhii\ngahgevaugham udanvati\ntvayi-unto You; me-my; ananya vi§aya unalloye d; mati[l-attention;\n-\n\nmadhu-pate-0\n\n-\n\nLord of Madhu; asakrt-continually; ratim-attraction;\n\nud vahatii t-may overflow; addhii-direct ly; ganga\no gham- flows ; udanvati-down\n\nto the seas.\n\n-\n\nthe Ganges; iva-like;\n\n", "SB1.2#p0076": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n426\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord of Madhu, as the Ganges forever flows to the. sea, without\n\nhindrance, let my attraction be constantly drawn unto You without being\ndiverted to anyone else.\nPURPORT\nPerfection of pure devotional service is attained when all attention is\n\ndiverted towards the transcendental loving service of the Lord. To cut off\n\nthe tie of all other affections does not mean complete negation of the finer\n\nelements, like affection for someone else. This is not possible. A living\n\nbeing, whoever he may be, must have this feeling of affection for others\n\nbecause this is a symptom of life. The symptoms of life, namely desire,\nanger, hankerings, feelings of attraction, etc., cannot be annihilated. Only\n\nthe objective has to be changed. Desire cannot be changed, but in devo­\n\ntional service the desire is changed only for the service of the Lord in\nplace of desire for sense gratification. The so-called affection for family,\nsociety, country, etc., are different phases of sense gratification. When this\n\ndesire is changed for the satisfaction of the Lord, it is called devotional\nserVIce.\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii we can see that Arjuna desired not to fight with his\n\nbrothers and relations just to satisfy his own personal desires. But when he\n\nheard the message of the Lord, Srimad-Bhagavad-gitii, he changed his\n\ndecision and served the Lord. And for his doing so, he became a famous\n\ndevotee of the Lord, for it is declared in all the scriptures that Arjuna\nattained spiritual perfection by devotional service to the Lord in friend­\n\nship. The fighting was there, the friendship was there, Arjuna was there,\n\nand Kr�':la was there, but Arjuna became a different person by devotional\nservice. Therefore, the prayers of Kunti also indicate the same categorical\n\nchanges in activities. Srimatl Kunti wanted to serve the Lord without\n\ndiversion, and that was her prayer. This unalloyed devotion is the ultimate\n\ngoal of life. Our attention is usually diverted in the service of something\n\nwhich is nongodly or not in the program of the Lord. When the program\n\nis changed into the service of the Lord, that is to say when the senses are\npurified in relation with the service of the Lord, it is called pure unalloyed\n\ndevotional service. Srimatl Kuntidevl wanted that perfection and prayed\n\nfor it from the Lord.\n\nHer affection for the Pii!J.�avas and the Vr�!J.is is not out of the range of\n\ndevotional service because service of the Lord and the service of the\n\n", "SB1.2#p0077": "Text 43]\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\n427\n\ndevotees are identical. Sometimes service of the devotee is more valuable\nthan the service of the Lord. But here the affe€tion of Kuntidevi for the\nPii!J.�avas and the Vr�!J.iS was due to family relation. This tie of affection in\nterms of material relation is the relation of maya because the relations of\nthe body or the mind are due to the influence of the external energy.\nRelations of the soul, established in relation with the Supreme Soul, are\nfactual relations. When Kuntidevi wanted to cut off the family relation,\nshe meant to cut off the relation of the skin. The skin relation is the cause\nof material bondage, but the relation of the soul is the cause of freedom.\nThis relation of the soul to the soul can be established by the via medium of\nthe relation with the Supersoul. Seeing in the darkness is not seeing. But\nseeing by the light of the sun means to see the sun and everything else\nwhich was unseen in the darkness. That is the way of devotional service.\n\nTEXT 43\n\nsri-k[FJ.U knrJ.a-sakha vmlY-rfiabhiivani-dhrug\nraj anya- varhsa-dah aniinapavarga-virya\ngovinda go- dvija-suriirtihariivatiira\nyogesvariikhila-guro bhagavan namas te\nsri\n\nkmw-0\n\nSri\n\nKn;Qa;\n\nkrfirta-sakha-0\n\nfriend\n\nof\n\nArjuna;\n\nvmli­\n\ndescendants of Vr�I)i; [§ abha - the chief; avani-earth; dhruk-rebellious;\n\nrajanya -varhsa- dynasties of the kings; dahana - annihilator; anapavargawithout\n\ndeterioration\n\nof;\n\nvirya- prowess ; g ov inda- the\n\nproprietor of\n\nGolokadhama; go-cow; dvija-- the briihmarzas; su ra- th e demigods; artihara-reliever of distress; avatara-one who descends; y oges va ra-master of\nall mystic powers; akhila-universal ; guro-0 preceptor; bhag avan- the\npossessor of all opulences; nama{! te-respectful obeisances unto You.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Kr��a, 0 friend of Arjuna, 0 chief amongst the descendants of\n\nVr��. You are the destroyer of those political parties which are disturbing\nelements on this earth. Your prowess never deteriorates. You are the\n\n", "SB1.2#p0078": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n428\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 8\n\nproprietor of the transcendental abode, and You descend to relieve the\n\ndistresses of the cows, the brahmal)aS and the devotees. You possess all\nmystic powers, and You are the preceptor of the entire universe. You are\nthe Almighty God, and I offer You my respectful obeisances.\nPURPORT\n\nA summary of the Supreme Lord Sri Kr�r;J.a is made herein by Srimati\n\nKuntidevi The Almighty Lord has His eternal transcendental abode where\nHe is engaged in keeping surabhi cows. He is served by hundreds and thou­\n\nsands of goddesses of fortune. He descends on the material world to\nreclaim His devotees and to annihilate the disturbing elements in groups of\n\npolitical parties and kings who are supposed to be in charge of\n\nadministra­\n\ntion work. He creates, maintains and annihilates by His unlimited energies,\nand still He is always full with prowess and does not deteriorate in potency.\n\nThe cows, the briihmartas and the devotees of the Lord are all objects of\n\nHis special attention because they are very important factors for the\ngeneral welfare of living beings.\n\nTEXT 44\n\n��i!I'Rf\n\n'l�� ef.0q�:\n•\n\n��\n\n�\n\nqft�IRCI0l<!\\�: I\n....\n\nr\".\n\n� i:f&m � fflti�IW4 ffr.r:rt ����II\nsuta uviica\nprthayettharh kalapadaift\nparil}tiiiikhilodayaft\nmandarh jahiisa vaikurtfho\nmohayann iva miiyayii\nsutafz-Suta; uviica-said; prthayii-by Prtha (Kunti); ittham .:... this;\nkalapadaifl,- by chosen words; parirtiita- being worshiped; akhila- universal;\nudayafl,-glories; mandam- mildly; jahiisa- smiled; vaikurtthaft-the Lord;\nmohayan-captivating; iva-like; miiyayii-by mystic power.\nTRANSLATION\nSiita Gosvami said:\n\nThe Lord, thus hearing the prayers of Kuntidevi,\n\ncomposed in choice words for His glorification, mildly smiled. That smile\nwas as enchanting as His mystic power.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0079": "Prayers by Queen Kunti\n\nText 45)\n\n429\n\nPURPORT\nAnything that is enchanting in the world is said to be a representation\nof the Lord. The conditioned souls who are engaged in trying to lord it\nover the material world are also enchanted by His mystic powers, but His\ndevotees are enchanted in a different way by the glories of the Lord, and\nHis merciful blessings are upon them. His energy is displayed in different\nways, as electrical energy works in manifold capacities. Srimati Kuntidevi\nhas prayed to the Lord just to enunciate a fragment of His glories. All His\ndevotees worship Him in that way, by chosen words, and therefore the\nLord is known as uttama-sloka. No amount of chosen words is sufficient\nto enumerate the Lord's glory, and yet He is satisfied by such prayers as\nthe father is satisfied even by the broken linguistic attempts of the growing\nchild. The word miiyii is used both in the sense of delusion and mercy also.\nHerein the word miiyii is used in the sense of the Lord's mercy upon\nKuntidevi.\n\nTEXT 45\n.\n\n\"\n\n\"\n\nijJ qr��TJlr?tf � �f'ilij���� I\n\nf�� ���tJ� M � f.iqlfuf: ll'd'-\\11\ntiim biip.ham ity upiimantrya\npravisya gajasahvayam\nstriyas ca sva-purarh yiisyan\npremrtii riijiiii niviirita[t\ntiim-all those; biiP.ham-accepted; iti-thus; upiimantrya-subsequently\ninformed;\n\np rav isya- entering ;\n\ngaja[l-ahvayam-Gajasthaherayna\n\npalace;\n\nstriya{t ca-other ladies; sva-puram-own residence; yasyan-wnile starting\nfor; prem[tii- in love; riijiiii-by the king; niviirita[t-stopped.\n\n1RANSLATION\nThus accepting the prayers of Srimati Kuntidevi, the Lord subsequently informed other ladies of His departure by entering the palace of\nHastinapura. But upon preparing to leave, He was stopped by King\n\nYudhi�thira, who implored Him lovingly.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0080": "430\n\nSrimad-Bhii.gavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch . 8\n\nPURPORT\nNo one could make Lord Kfilqa stay at Hastinapura when He decided to\nstart for Dvii.raka, but the simple request of King Yudhi�thira that the Lord\nremain there for a few days more was immediately effective. This signifies\nthat the power of the King is loving affection, which 'the Lord could not\ndeny. The almighty God is thus conquered only by loving service and\nnothing else. He is fully independent in all His dealings, but He voluntarily\naccepts obligations by the loving affection of His pure devotees.\n\nTEXT 46\n...,_ � \"\n<;;tr\nrnm�''mt�:\n�\n\n\"\n\n.1_\n\n�:Jt�tg���uu 1\nw.ffi�ffisqyf�t���\"1.lij ��: 11��11\nvyiisadyair isvarehajnai�\nkniJenadbhuta-karma�a\nprabodhito 'pitihiisair\nna budhyata sucarpita�\nvyas iidyai{!-by great sages headed by Vyasa; iSvara-the Almighty God;\niha-by the will of; jnai{!-by the learned; kniJena-by Kr�l)a Himself;\n\nadbhuta-karma�ii-by one who performs all superhuman work; p rabodhita�\n-being solaced; api-although; it ihas ai[! - by evidences from the histories;\n\nna-not; abudhyata- satisfied; suca arpita�-distressed.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Yudhi�thira, who was much aggrieved, could not be convinced,\n\ndespite instructions by great sages headed by Vyasa and the Lord Kr�r:ta\nHimself, the performer of superhuman feats, and despite all historical\n\nevidence.\n\nPURPORT\nThe pious King Yudhi�thira was mortified because of the mass massacre\nof human beings in the Battle of Kuruk�etra, especially on his account.\nDuryodhana was there on the throne, and he was doing well in his\nadministration, and in one sense there was no need of fighting. But on the\nprinciple of justice Yudhi�thira was to be replaced. The whole clique of\npolitics centered round this point, and all the kings and residents of the\n\n", "SB1.2#p0081": "Text 47)\n\nPray ers by Queen Kunti\n\n431\n\nwhole world became involved in this fight between the rival brothers.\nLord Kr�!la was also there in the side of King Yudhi�!hira. It is said in the\n\nMahabharata (Adi, Chap. 20) that 6,400,000 men were killed in eighteen\n\ndays in the Battle of Kuruk�etra, and some hundreds of thousands were\nmissing. Practically this was the greatest battle in the world within five\nthousand years.\n\nThis mass killing simply to enthrone Maharaja Yudhi�thira was too\n\nmortifying, so he tried to be convinced with evidences from histories\nby great sages like Vyasa and the Lord Himself that the fight was just\nbecause the cause was just. But Maharaja Yudhi�thira would not be\nsatisfied, even though he was instructed by the greatest personalities of the\ntime. Kr��a is designated herein as the performer of superhuman actions,\n\nbut in this particular instance neither He nor Vyasa could convince King\nYudhi�!hira. Does it mean that He failed to be a superhuman actor?\n\no,\n\ncertainly not. The interpretation is that the Lord as isvara or the Super­\n\nsoul both in the heart of King Yudhi�thira and Vyiisa performed still more\n\nsuperhuman action because the Lord desired it. As Supersoul of King\nYudhi�!hira, He did not allow the King to be convinced by the words of\nVyasa and others, including Himself, because He desired that the King\nhear instructions from the dying Bhi�madeva, who was another great\ndevotee of the Lord. The Lord wanted that at the last stage of his material\nexistence the great warrior Bhl�madeva see the Lord personally as well as\nhis beloved grandchildren, King Yudhi�!hira, etc., now situated on the\nthrone, and thus pass away very peacefully. Bhi�madeva was not at all\nsatisfied to fight against the Pa!l<;iavas, who were his beloved fatherless\ngrandchildren. But the k§atriyas are also very stern people, and therefore\nhe was obliged to take the side of Duryodhana because he was maintained\nat the expense of Duryodhana. Besides this, the Lord also desired that\nKing Yudhi�!hira be pacified by the words of Bhi�madeva so that the\nworld could see that Bhl�madeva excelled all in knowledge, including the\nLord Himself.\n\nTEXT 47\nC'\n\n,...\n\n•\n\n� Ui;JT �WIT��� �� � I\n\n�ltlijc:u-;:¥t;n ftlm: ���� mr: ll'd\\911\niiha riijii dharma-sutas\ncintayan su-hrdiim vadham\npriikrteniitmanii vipriifl.\nsneha-moha-vasam gatafl.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0082": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n432\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 8\n\naha- said; r aja- King Yudhi�thira; dharma- suta[l- the son of Dharma\n(Yamaraja); cintayan-thinking of; s u- hr:diim-of the friends; vadhamkilling; prakrtena-by material conception only; atmana- by the self;\nvipra[l-0\n\nbrahmar-as;\n\nsneha-affection; moha-delusion; vasam- being\n\ncarried away by; gata[l- havi ng gone.\nTRANSLATION\n\nKing Yudllli}thira, son of Dharma, overwhelmed by the death of his\n\nfriends, was aggrieved just like a common, materialistic man. 0 sages,\nthus deluded by affection, he began to speak.\nPURPORT\n\nKing Y udhi��hira, though he was not expected to become aggrieved like\na common man, became deluded by worldly affection by the will of the\nLord Gust as Arjuna was apparently deluded). A man who sees knows it well\nthat the living entity is neither the body nor the mind but is transcendental\nto the material conception of life. The common man thinks of violence and\nnonviolence in terms of the body, but that is a kind of delusion. Everyone\n\nis duty-bound according to one's occupational duties. A k§atriya is bound\nto fight for the right cause, regardless of the opposite party. In such dis­\n\ncharge of duty, one should not be disturbed by annihilation of the material\nbody, which is only an external dress of the living soul. All this was\nperfectly known to Maharaja Yudhi�thira, but by the will of the Lord he\nbecame just like a common man because there was another great idea\nbehind this delusion: the King would be instructed by Bhi�ma as Arjuna\nwas instructed by the Lord Himself.\nTEXT 48\n....\n\n'\"'\n\n.\n\n\"\n\n.\n\n31m il q�tf(.'ll�l� �(\\ � ����t�: I\n\ntm�PH�;r���m��mn: 11��11\naho me pa5yatajiiiinarh\nhrdi rilflharh duriitmana[l\npiirakyasyaiva dehasya\nbahvyo me 'k§auhir-ir hatii[l\naho-0; me-my; pasyata- just see; ajiiiinam·-ignorance; hrdi- in the\nheart; rilpham- situated in; du riitmana[l - of the sinful ; piirakyasya-me ant\n\n", "SB1.2#p0083": "Text 49]\n\n433\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\nfor others; eva- certainly; dehasya-of the body; bahvya[l. - many , many;\n\nme - by me; ak� au hi �i(l. - combination of military phalanxes; hata[l.-killed.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Yudhi�thira said: 0 my lot! I am the most sinful man! Just see\nmy heart, which is full of ignorance! This body, which is ultimately\nmeant for others, has killed many, many phalanxes of men.\nPURPORT\nA solid phalanx of 21,870 chariots, 21,870 elephants, 109,650 infantry\nand 65,600 ca alry is called an ak§auhir.i. And many ak§auhir.is were killed\non the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra. Maharaja Yudhi�thira, as the most pious\nking of the world, takes for himself the responsibility of killing such a\nhuge number of living beings because the battle was fought to reinstate\nhim on the throne. This body is, after all, meant for others. While there is\nlife in the body, it is meant for the service of others, and when it is dead it\nis meant to be eaten up by dogs and jackals or maggots. He is sorry because\nfor such a temporary body such a huge massacre was committed.\n\nTEXT 49\n\"\n\n\"\n\n\"\n\nI\n;{ 1l �TT�lll� �Tq ��ij: 11�<?..11\n\n�lm��T��:\n\"'\n\n\"\n\n'\"' '\"'\n\n\"\n\nC'\n\n�\n\nbala-dvija-suhr:n-mitrapitrbhratr-guru-druha[l.\nna me syan nirayan mok§o\nhy api var§ayuta-yutai[l.\nbilla- boys; dvija-the twice-born; su h rt - wel l- wisher s; mitra-fri end s;\npitr-parents; bhratr- b rothers; guru-preceptors; dru ha[l.-one who has\nkilled; na-never; me-my; syat - there shall be; ni rayat-from hell; mok§afi.\n-liberation;\n\nhi- certainly; api-althou gh; var� a-years;\n\nay u ta - milli ons ;\n\nyu tai[l. - being added.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have killed many boys, brahm�as, well-wishers, friends, parents,\npreceptors and brothers. Though I live millions of years, I will not be\nrelieved from the hell that awaits me for all these sins.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0084": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n434\n\n[Canto l, Ch_ 8\n\nPURPORT\nWhenever there is a war, there is certainly a massacre of many innocent\nliving beings, such as boys, briihmar-as and women, whose killing is considered to be the greatest of sins. They are all innocent creatures, and in all\ncircumstances killing of them is forbidden in the scriptures. Maharaj a\nYudhi�thira was aware of these mass killings. Similarly, there were friends,\nparents and preceptors also on both sides, and all of them were killed. It\nwas simply horrible for him to think of such killing, and therefore he was\nthinking of residing in hell for millions and billions of years.\nTEXT 50\n\nnaino riijna[l. prajii-bhartur\ndharma yuddhe vadho dvi§iim\niti me na tu bodhiiya\nkalpate siisanarh vaca[l.\nna-never; ena[l.-sins; riijna[l.-of the king; prajii-bhartu[l.-of one who\nis engaged in the maintenance of the citizens; dharma-for the right\ncause; yuddhe\n\n-\n\nin the fight; vadha[l.-killing; dvi§iim-of the enemies; iti­\n\nall these; me-for me;\n\nna-never; tu-but;\n\nbodhiiya-for satisfaction;\n\nkalpat e -they are meant for administration; siisanam- inj unction; vaca[lwords of.\nTRANSLATION\nThere is no sin for a king who kills for the right cause, who is engaged\nin maintaining his citizens. But this injunction is not applicable to me.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja\n\nYudhi�thira\n\nthought that\n\nalthough he was not actually\n\ninvolved in the administration of the kingdom, which was being carried\non well by Duryodhana without harm to the citizens, he caused the killing\nof so many living beings only for his personal gain of the kingdom from\nthe hands of Duryodhana. The killing was committed not in the course of\n\n", "SB1.2#p0085": "Text 51]\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\n435\n\nadministration but for the sake of self-aggrandizement, and as such he\nthought himself responsible for all the sins.\nTEXT 51\n\nstri'[!iirh madd-hata-bandhuniirh\ndroho yo 'siiv ihotthita�\nkarmabhir grhamedhiyair\nniiharh kalpo vyapohitum\nstrir-iim-of the woman; ma t -by me; hata-bandhuniim-of the friends\nwho are killed; d roha�-enmity ; ya�\nu tthita� - has\n\npersons\n\n-\n\nthat; asau-all those; iha-herewith;\n\naccrued; karmabhift-by dint of work; grhamedhiyaift-by\n\nengaged in material welfare; na\n\n-\n\nnever ; aham- I; kalpaft-can\n\nexpect; vyapohitum-undoing the same.\nTRANSLATION\nI have killed many friends of women, and I have thus caused enmity to\nsuch an extent that it is not possible to undo it by material welfare work.\nPURPORT\nThe grhamedhis are those whose only business is to perform welfare\nwork for the sake of material prosperity. Such material prosperity is sometimes hampered by sinful activities, and the materialist is sure to commit\nsins, even unintentionally, in course of discharging material duties. To get\nrelief from such sinful reactions, the\n\nVedas prescribe several kinds of\n\nsacrifices. It is said in the Vedas that by performing the asvamedha yajiia\n(horse sacrifice) one can get relief from even brahmahiitya (killing of a\nbriihma'{!a).\nYudhi�thira Maharaja performed this asvamedha yajiia, but he thinks\nthat even by performing such yajiias it is not possible to get relief from the\ngreat sins committed. In the war either the husband or the brother or even\nthe father or sons go to fight. And when they are killed, a fresh enmity is\ncreated, and thus a chain of actions and reactions increases which is not\npossible to be counteracted even by thousands of asvamedha yajiias.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0086": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n436\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 8\n\nThe way of work (karma) is like that. It creates one action and another\n\nreaction simultaneously and thus increases the chain o� material activities,\nbinding the performer in material bondage. In the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 9.27-\n\n28) the remedy is suggested that such actions and reactions of the path of\n\nwork can be checked only when work is done on behalf of the Supreme\n\nLord. The Battle of Kuruk�etra was actually fought by the will of the\n\nSupreme Lord Sri Kr�ra, as it is evident from His version, and by His will\n\nonly Y udhi�thira was replaced on the throne of Hastiniipura. Therefore,\n\nfactually no sin whatsoever touched the Pav.9avas, who were only the\norder carriers of the Lord. For others, who declare war out of personal\n\ninterest, the whole responsibility lies on them.\nTEXT 52\n\nyathii pankena pankiimbha�\nsurayii vii suriikrtam\nbhuta-hatyiirh tathaivaikiirh\nna yajiiair miir�tum arhati\nyathii-as much as; pankena-by the mud;panka-ambha�-water mixed\n\nwith mud; surayii-by wine; vii-either;suriikrtam- impurity caused by the\n\nslight touch of wine; bhiita-hatyiim-killing of animals; tathii-like that;\n\neva-certainly; ekiim-one; na-never; yajiiai�-by the prescribed sacrifices;\nmiir�tum-to counteract; arhati-is worthwhile.\nTRANSLATION\nAs it is not possible to filter muddy water through mud, nor purify\na wine stained pot with wine, it is not possible to counteract the killing of\nmen by sacrificing animals.\n\nPURPORT\nAsvamedha yajiias or gomedha yajiias, or the sacrifices in which a horse\nor a bull is sacrificed, were not, of course, for the purpose of killing the\nanimals. Lord Caitanya said that such animals sacrificed on the altar of\n\nyajiia were rejuvenated and a new life was given to them. It was just to\n\n", "SB1.2#p0087": "Text 52]\n\nPrayers by Queen Kunti\n\n437\n\nprove the efficacy of the hymns of the Vedas. By recitation of the hymns\n\nof the Vedas in the proper way, certainly the performer gets relief from the\nreactions of sins, but in case of such sacrifices not properly done under\nexpert management, surely one has to become responsible for animal\n\nsacrifice. In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy there is no possibility of\n\nperforming the yajiias perfectly for want of expert briihmartas who are able\n\nto conduct such yajiias.\n\niaharaja Yudhi�thira, therefore, gives a hint to\n\nperforming sacrif-ices in the age of Kali. In the Kali-yuga the only sacrifice\n\nrecommended is the performance of Hariniima yajiia inaugurated by Lord\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. But one should not indulge in animal killing and\n\ncounteract it by performing. the Hariniima yajiia. Those who are devotees\nof the Lord never kill an animal for self-interest, and (as the Lord ordered\n\nArjuna) they do not refrain from performing the duty of a k§atriya. The\n\nwhole purpose is, therefore, served when everything is done for the will of\nthe Lord. This is possible only for the devotees.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta Purports of the First Canto, Eighth Chapter,\nof Srimad--Bhagavatam, entitled ''Prayers by Queen Kunti: and Pari:k�it\naved.\"\n\n", "SB1.2#p0088": "CHAPTER NINE\n\nThe Passing Away of Bhismadeva\nin the Presence of Lord KrsiJa\nTEXT I\n\n��:;;r\n\n� m-�: ������\nmit f?l;ro;f � tr;r �� II � II\nsuta uviica\n\niti bhitaft prajii-drohiit\n\nsarva-dharma-vivitsayii\n\ntato vinasanarit priigiid\n\nyatra devavrato 'patat\n\nsutaft uviica-Sri Suta Gosvami said; iti-thus; bhitaft\n\n-\n\nbeing afraid of;\n\nprajii drohiit-because of killing the subjects; sarva-ali; dharma-acts of\n-\n\nreligion; vivitsayii for understanding; tata[l -thereafter; vinasanam-the\n-\n\n,\n\nplace where the fight was held; priigiit-they all went; yatra-where;\ndevav ra taft-Bhi�madeva ; apa t at\n\n-\n\nlay down for passing away.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSiita Gosvami said: Being afraid for having killed so many subjects on\nthe Battlefield of Kuruk¥tra, Maharaja Yudhi�thira went to the scene of\nthe massacre. There, Bhi�madeva was lying on a bed of arrows about to\npass away.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this\n\n1inth Chapter, as it is willed by Lord Sri Kr�pa, Bhl�madeva will\n\nimpart instructions to King Yudhi�thira on the subject of occupational\n\n439\n\n", "SB1.2#p0089": "[Canto I, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n440\n\nduties. Bhi�madeva will also offer his last prayer to the Lord on the verge\nof passing away from this mortal world and thus become liberated from\nthe bondage of further material engagements. Blu�madeva was endowed\nwith the power of leaving his material body at will, and his lying down on\nthe bed of arrows was his own choice. This passing away of the great\nwarrior attracted the attention of all the contemporary elites, and all of\nthem assembled there to show their feelings of love, respect and affection\nfor the great soul.\nTEXT 2\n\n�ij- �: � ��:��:I\n3t��li;0-l_ � � ll � II\ntadii te bhriitara[l. saroe\nsadasvai[l. svaqw-bhii§itai[l.\nanvagacchan rathair viprii\nvyiisa-dhaumyiidayas tathii\ntadii-at that time; te-all of them; bhriita ra[l.-the brother; sarveall together; sadasvai[l.- drawn by first-class horses; svar� a\n\n--:\n\ngold; bhu�itai[l.­\n\nbeing decorated with; anvagacchan-followed one after another; rathai[l.on the chariot; viprii[l.-0 briihmartas; vyiisa-the sage Vyasa; dhaumyaDhaumya; iidaya ?z\n\n-\n\nand others; tathii-also.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAt that time all his brothers followed him on beautiful chariots drawn\nby first-class horses decorated with gold ornaments. With them were\nVyasa and r�is like Dhaumya [the learned priest of the Pa!J.�avas] and\n\nothers.\n\nTEXT3\n\n�;dq � �it;{ �wt&eit: I\n� �� �: � � gri: II � II\nbhagaviin api viprar§e\nrathena sa-dhanaiijaya[l.\nsa tair vyarocata n.rpa[l.\nlmbera iva guhyakai[l.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0090": "Text 4]\n\n441\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\nbhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead (Sri Kr�l)a); api-also; viprar§eamong the brahmar;ws; rathena-on the chariot; sa-dhanaiijayaftwith Dhanafijaya (Arjuna); sa-that; ta*-by them; vyar o cata appeared\nto be highly aristocratic; nrpaft-the King (Yudhi�thira); kubera-Kuvera,\nthe treasurer of the demigods; iva-as; guhyaka*-companions known as\nGuhyakas.\n0 sage\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 sage amongst the brahma!las, Lord Sri Kr�pa the Personality of\nGodhead also followed, seated on a chariot with Arjuna. Thus King\nYudh�thira appeared very aristocratic, like Kuvera surrounded by his\ncompanions [the Guhyakas].\n\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Kr�!la wanted the Pa!l�avas to be present before Bhl�madeva\nin the most aristocratic order so that he might be pleased to see them\nhappy at the time of his death. Kuvera is the richest of all the demigods,\nand herein King Yudhi�thira appeared like him (Kuvera), for the procession\nalong with Sri Kr�!la was quite appropriate to the royalty of King\nYudhi�thira.\nTEXT 4\n\ndntvii nipatitam bhumau\ndivas cyutam iviimaram\npra[lemuft pii[ll}avii bhi§mam\nsiinugii{l saha cakri[lii\ndr§tvii-thus seeing; nipatitam-lying down; bhumau-on the ground;\ndivaft-from the sky; cyutam-fallen; iva-like; amaram-demigod;\npra[lemu{l-bowed down; pii[ll}avii{l-the sons of Pii!19u; bhi§mam-unto\nBhi�ma; sa-anugii{l-with younger brothers; saha-also with; cakri!lii-the\n·\nLord (carrying the disc).\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing him [Bh�ma] lying on the ground, like a demigod fallen from\nthe sky, the p-��ava King Yudhi�thira, along with his younger ·brothers\nand Lord Kr�!la, bowed down before him.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0091": "[Canto 1, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n442\n\nPURPORT\nLord Km1a was also a younger cousin of Maharaja Yudhi�thira as well\nas the intimate friend of Arjuna. But all the family members of the\nPa!l9avas knew Lord Kr��1a as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\nLord, although conscious of His supreme position, always behaved in a\nhumanly custom, and so He also bowed down before the dying Bhi�madeva\nas if He were one of the younger brothers of King Yudhi�thira.\n\nTEXTS\nC'\n\n�\n\n\"'\n\nC'\n\n�'flf� � I\nU�tR� � �� �Hd�i\\'€1'( II � II\n\nij;r\n\n��:\n\n«�\n\ntatra brahmar�aya� saroe\ndevar�ayas ca sattama\nriijar�ayas ca tatriisan\ndra�{urit bharata-pungavam\ntatra- there; brahma-naya�-r�is among the briihmarws; saroe-all; deva_T\"§aya�-nis among the demigods; ca-and; sattama-situated in the quality\nof goodness; iiija-r§ayaf:t-nis among the kings; ca-and; tatra-in that\nplace; asan-were present; dr�t um-just to see; bharata-descendant of\nKing Bharata;pungavam- and the chief of them.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\njust to see the chief of the descendants of King Bharata (Bhi�ma],\nall the great souls in the universe, namely the r�is amongst the demigods,\nbrahma!las and kings, all situated in the quality of goodness, were assembled\nthere.\nPURPORT\nThe nis are those who have attained perfection by spiritual achievements.\n\nSuch\n\nspiritual\n\nachievements\n\ncan be\n\nearned\n\nby\n\nall,\n\nwhether\n\none is a king or a mendicant. Bhi�madeva himself was also one of the\n\nbrahmar�is and the chief of the descendants of King Bharata. All r�is are\nsituated in the quality of goodness. All of them assembled there on\nhearing the news of the great warrior's impending death.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0092": "Texts 6-7)\n\nBhiljma's Passing Away\n\n443\n\nTEXTS 6-7\n\nq�m wnW � +{l'(q1'{ iiiVIltUl: I\n\n\"'\n\" \"' -r::.\nnr.:ll�� II � II\n�lilt �: �fq'f\n�?AifiltJd:\n\nerfug ���� ��sfmr: I\n\n��m�sf;r�����:11 \\911\nparvato niirado dhaumyo\nbhagaviin biidariiyartaft\nbrhadasvo bharadviija[l\nsa-si§yo re[Lukii-sutaft\nvasi§tha indrapramadas\ntrito grtsamado 'sita[l\nkak�iviin gautamo 'tris ca\nkausiko 'tha sudarsanaft\nparvata[l- Parvata Muni; nii ra daft- Niirada l\\1uni; dhaumya[l- Dhaumya;\nbhagavan- incarnation of Godhead; badarii yal)a{t- Vyasadeva; brhadasvaftBrhadasva; bharadvaja[l- Bharadvaj a ;sa-si�yaft- along with disciples; rer-ukasuta{t- Para8uriima; vasi§thaft- V asi�tha; in draprama da�-l ndr apra mada; tritaft- Trita; grtsamadafl- G r tsamada; asita[l- Asita; kak§iviin- Kak�iviin;\ngautama{t- Gautama; atrift- Atri; ko.usika[l- Kausika; atha-now; sudarsanaft- Sudarsana.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll t he sages like Parvata Muni, Narada, Dhaumya, Vyasa, the\n\nincarnation of God, Bharadvaj a and Parasurama and disciples, Vasi�tha,\nlndrapramada, Trita, Grtsamada, Asita, Kak�ivan, Gautama, Atri, Kausika\nand Sudar8ana were present.\nPURPORT\n\nParvata Muni is considered to be one of the oldest sages. He is almost\nalways a constant companion of Narada\n\nluni. They are also spacemen\n\ncompetent to travel in the air without help of any material vehicle.\nParvata Muni is also a devar�i, or a great sage amongst the demigods, like\nNarada. He was present along with Narada at the sacrificial ceremony of\nMaharaj a J anamej aya, son of Maharaj a Parik�it. In this sacrifice all the\n\n", "SB1.2#p0093": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n444\n\nsnakes of the world were to be killed. Parvata Muni and\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 9\narada Muni are\n\ncalled Gandhar\\ras also because they can travel in the air singing the glories\n\nof the Lord. As they can travel in the air, they observed the svayarhvara\n\nceremony (selecting her own husband) of Draupadi from the air. Like\n\nNarada Muni, Parvata Muni also used to visit the royal assembly in the\n\nheaven of King lndra. As a Gandharva, sometimes he visited the royal\nassembly of Kuvera, one of the important demigods. Both\n\narada and\n\nParvata were once in trouble with the daughter of Maharaja Srnjaya.\n'laharaja Srnjaya got the benediction of a son by Parvata Muni.\n\nNiirada Muni is inevitably associated with the narrations of the Puriirws.\n\nHe is described in the Bhiigavatam. In his previous life he was the son of a\nmaidservant, but by good association of pure devotees he became en­\n\nlightened in devotional service, and in the next life he became a perfect\nman comparable with himself only.\n\nIn the Mahiibhiirata his name is\n\nmentioned in many places. He is the principal devar§� or the chief sage\n\namongst the demigods. He is the son and disciple of Brahmaji, and from\n\nhim the disciplic succession in the line of Brahma has been spread. He\n\ninitiated Prahlada Maharaja, Dhruva Maharaja and many celebrated devo­\n\ntees of the Lord. He initiated even Vyasadeva, the author of the Vedic\n\nliteratures, and from Vyasadeva, Madhvacarya was initiated, and thus the\n1adhva-sampradaya, in which the Gau�ya-sampradaya is also included,\n_\nhas spread all over the universe. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu belonged to\n\nthis Madhva-sampradaya; therefore Brahmaji, Narada, Vyasa, down to\nMadhva, Caitanya and the Gosvamis all belonged to the same line of\n\ndisciplic succession.\n\naradaji has instructed many kings from time imme­\n\nmorial. In the Bhiigavatam we can see that he instructed Prahlada Maharaja\nwhile he was in the womb of his mother, and he instructed Vasudeva,\n\nfather of Kr�tJa, as well as\n\nlahadija Yudhi�thira.\n\nDhaumya. A great sage who practiced severe penances at Utkochak\n\nTirtha and was appointed royal priest of the Pat��ava kings. He acted as\n\nthe priest in many religious functions of the Pat��avas (sarhskiira), but also\neach of the Piit;�<;lavas was attended by him at the betrothal of Draupadi.\n\nHe was present even during the exile of the Pat��avas and used to advise\n\nthem in circumstances when they were perplexed. He instructed them how\n\nto live incognito for one year, and his instructions were strictly followed\nby the Pat��avas during that time. His name is mentioned also when the\n\ngeneral funeral ceremony was performed after the Battle of Kuruk�etra.\n\nIn the Anusiisana Parva of Mahiibhiirata (Ch. 127.15-16) he gave religious\n\ninstructions very elaborately to Maharaja Yudhi�thira. He was actually the\n\nright type of priest of a householder, for he could guide the Pat��avas on\n\n", "SB1.2#p0094": "Bhi�ma's Passing Away\n\nTexts 6-7]\n\n445\n\nthe right path of religion_ A priest is meant for guiding the householder\nprogressively in the right path of ii.srama-dharma, or the occupational duty\n\nof a particular caste. There is practically no difference between the family\n\npriest and the spiritual master. The sages, saints and briihmartas were\nespecially meant for such functions.\nBiidariiyarta (Vyiisadeva).\n\nHe is known as Kr�!la, Kr�!la-dvaipayana,\n\nDvaipayana, Satyavatisuta, Parasarya, Parasaratmaja, Badaraya!la, Veda­\n\nvyasa, etc. He was the son of Mahamuni Parasara in the womb of Satyavafi\n\nprior to her betrothal with Maharaja Santanu, the father of the great\ngeneral Grandfather Bhi�madeva. He is a powerful incarnation of\n\naraya!la,\n\nand he broadcasts the Vedic wisdom to the world. As such, Vyasadeva is\n\noffered respects\n\nbefore\n\nchanting the Vedic literature, especially the\n\nPuriirtas. Sukadeva Gosvami was his son, and [§is like Vaisampayana, etc.,\n\nwere his disciples for different branches of the Vedas. He is the author of\nthe\n\ngreat\n\nepic\n\nBhiigavatam.\n\nMahiibhiirata\n\nand the\n\ngreat\n\ntranscendental\n\nliterature\n\nThe Brahma-sutras or the Vediinta-sutras or Biidariiyarta­\n\nsutras are compiled by him. Amongst sages he is the most respected\nauthor by dint of severe penances. When he wanted to record the great\n\nepic Mahiibhiirata for the welfare of all people in the age of Kali, he was\nfeeling the necessity of a powerful writer who could take up his dictation.\n\nBy the order of Brahmaji, Sri Ga!lesaji took up the charge of noting down\n\nthe dictation on the condition that Vyasadeva would not stop dictation for\na moment. The Mahiibhiirata was thus compiled by the joint endeavor of\nVyasa and Gattesa.\n\nBy the order of his mother Satyavafi, who was later married to lVIaharaja\n\n�antanu, and by the request of Bhi�madeva, the eldest son of Maharaja\nSantanu by his first wife, the Ganges, he begot three brilliant sons whose\n\nnames are Dhftara�tra, Pa!l9u and Vidura. The Mahiibhiirata was compiled\n\nby Vyasadeva after the Battle of Kuruk�etra and after the death of all the\nheroes of Mahiibhiirata. It was first spoken in the royal assembly of\naharaja J anamejaya, the son of\n\nlaharaja Panlc�it.\n\nBrhadasva. An ancient sage who used to meet Maharaja Yudhi�!hira\n\nnow and then. First of all he met Maharaja Yudhi�!hira at Kamyavana.\n\nThis sage narrated the history of Maharaja N ala. There is another Brhadasva·\n\nwho is the son of the Ik�vaku dynasty (Mahii. Van. 209.4-5).\n\nBharadviija. He is one of the seven great [§is and was present at the time\n\nof the birth ceremony of Arjuna. The powerful [§i sometimes undertook\n\nsevere penances on the shore of the Ganges, and his iisrama is still celebrated at Prayagadhama. It is learned that this [§i, while taking bath in\nthe Ganges, happened to meet Ghftaci, one of the beautiful society girls\n\n", "SB1.2#p0095": "446\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nrcanto l, Ch. 9\n\nof heaven, and thus he discharged semina, which was kept and preserved in\n\nan earthen pot and from which Dropa was born. So Dropacarya is the son\nof Bharadvaja Muni. Others say that Bharadvaja, the father of Dropa, is a\n\ndifferent person from l\\'Iahar�i Bharadvaja. He was a great devotee of\nBrahma. Once he approached Dropacarya and requested him to stop the\nBattle of Kuruk�etra.\n\nParasuriima or Rer-ukiisuta. He is the son of Mahar�i Jamadagni and\n\nSrimati Repuka. Thus he is also known as Repukasuta. He is one of the\n\npowerful incarnations of God, and he killed the k§atriya community as a\n\nwhole twenty-one times. With the blood of the k§atriyas he pleased the\n\nsouls of his forefathers. Later on he underwent severe penances at the\n\nMahendra Parvata. After taking the whole earth from the k§atriyas, he\n\ngave it in charity to Kasyapa Muni. Parasurama instructed the Dhanur­\n\nveda or the science of fighting to Dropadirya because he happened to be a\n\nbriihmar-a. He was present during the coronation of Maharaja Yudhi�thira,\n\nand he celebrated the function along with other great [§is.\n\nParasurama is so old that he met both Rama and Kr�pa at different\n\ntimes. He fought with Rama, but he accepted Kr�pa as the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. He also praised Arjuna when he saw him with\nKr�pa. When Bhi�ma refused to marry Amba, who wanted him to become\n\nher husband, Amba met Parasurama, and by her request only he asked\nBhi�madeva to accept her as his wife. Bhi�ma refused to obey his order,\n\nalthough he was one of the spiritual masters of Bhi�madeva. He fought\n\nwith Bhi�madeva when he neglected his warning. Both of them fought very\n\nseverely, and at last Parasurama was pleased with Bhi�ma and gave him the\n\nbenediction of becoming the greatest fighter in the world.\n\nVasi§tha. The great celebrated sage among the briihmar-as, well known\n\nas the Brahmar�i Vasi�thadeva. He is a prominent figure both in the\n\nRiimiiyar-a and Mahiibhiirata periods. He celebrated the coronation cere­\n\nmony of the Personality of Godhead Sri Rama. He was present also on the\n\nBattlefield of Kuruk�etra. He could approach all the higher and lower\n\nplanets, and his name is also connected with the history of Hirapyakasipu.\n\nThere was a great tension between him and Visvamitra, who wanted his\n\nkiimadhenu. Vasi��ha Muni refused to spare his kiimadhenu, and for this\n\nVisvamitra killed his one hundred sons. As a perfect briihmar-a he tolerated\n\nall the taunts of Visvamitra. Once he tried to commit suicide on account\n\nof Visvamitra's torture, but all his attempts were unsuccessful. He jumped\nfrom a hill, but the stones on which he fell became a stack of cotton, and\n\nthus he was saved. He jumped into the ocean, but the waves washed him\n\nashore. He jumped in the river, but the river also washed him ashore. Thus\n\n", "SB1.2#p0096": "Texts 6-7)\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\n447\n\nall his suicide attempts were unsuccessfuL He is also one of the seven nis\n\nand husband of Arundhati, the famous star.\nIndrapramada. Another celebrated [§i.\n\nTrita. One of the three sons of Prajapati Gautama. He was the third son,\n\nand his other two brothers were known as Ekat and Dvita. All the brothers\n\nwere great sages and strict followers of the principles of religion. By dint\n\nof severe penances they were promoted to Brahmaloka (the planet where\nBrahmaji lives). Once Trita Muni fell in a well. He was an organizing worker\n\nof many sacrifices, and as one of the great sages he also came to show\nrespect to Bhi�maJi at his deathbed. He was one of the seven sages in the\n\nVaru!J.aloka. He hailed from the Western countries of the world. As such,\n\nmost probably he belonged to the European countries. At that time the\nwhole world was under one Vedic culture.\n\nGrtsamada. One of the sages of the heavenly kingdom. He was a close\n\nfriend of lndra the King of heaven and was as great as Brhaspati. He used\nto visit the royal assembly of Maharaja Yudhi�thira, and he also visited the\n\nplace where Blu�madeva breathed his last. Sometimes he explained the\n\nglories of Lord Siva before Maharaja Yudhi��hira. He was the son of\nVitahavya, and he resembled in features the body of lndra. Sometimes the\n\nenemies of lndra mistook him to be lndra and arrested him. He was a great\n\nscholar of the .[?.g-veda, and thus he was highly respected by the briihmarta\ncommunity. He lived a life of celibacy and was powerful in every respect.\n\nAsita. There was a king of the same name, but herein the Asita men­\n\ntioned is the Asita Devala ��i, a great powerful sage of the time. He\nexplained to his father l ,500,000 verses from the Mahiibhiirata. He was one\nof the members in the snake sacrifice of\n\n1aharaja Janamcjaya. He was also\n\npresent during the coronation ceremony of Maharaja. Yudhi�thira along\n\nwith other great [§is. He also gave Maharaja Yudhi�thira instructions while\n\nhe was on the Anjana Hill. He was also one of the devotees of Lord Siva.\n\nKak§iviin. One of the sons of Gautama Muni and the father of the great\n\nsage Candakausika. He was one of the members of Parliament of Maharaja\nYu dhi�thira.\n\nAtri. Atri Muni was a great briihmarta sage and was one of the mental\n\nsons of BrahmaJi. BrahmaJi is so powerful that simply by thinking of a son\n\nhe can have it. These sons are known as miinasa-putras. Out of seven\nmiinasa-putras of BrahmaJi and out of the seven great briihmarta sages, Atri\n\nwas one. In his family the great Pracetas were also born. Atri Muni had\n\ntwo k§atriya sons who became kings. King Arthama is one of them. He is\n\ncounted as one of the twenty-one Prajapatis. His wife's name was Anasuya,\n\nand he helped Maharaja Parik�it in his great sacrifices.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0097": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n448\n\n.[Canto l, Ch. 9\n\nKausika. One of the permanent !§i members in the royal assembly of\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira. He sometimes met Lord Kr�!la. There are several\n\nother sages of the same name.\n\nSudarsana. This wheel which is accepted by the Personality of Godhead\n\n(Vi�!lU or Kr�!la) as His personal weapon is the most powerful weapon,\n\ngreater than the brahmiistras or similar other disastrous weapons. In some\n\nof the Vedic literatures it is said that Agnideva, the fire-god, presented\n\nthis weapon to Lord Sri Kr�!la, but factually this weapon is eternally\n\ncarried by the Lord. Agnideva presented this weapon to Krwa in the same\n\nway that Rukmi!l\"i was given by Maharaja Rukma to the Lord. The Lord\n\naccepts such presentations from His devotees, even though such presenta­\n\ntions are eternally His property. There is an elaborate description of this\nweapon in the Adi-parva of the Mahiibhiirata. Lord Sri Kr�!la used this\nweapon to kill Sisupala, a rival of the Lord. He also killed Salva by this\n\nweapon, and sometimes He wanted His friend Arjuna to use it to kill his\nenemies. (Mahii. Viriita. 56.3)\n\nTEXTS\n\n� :;:r � QO{ iiii�Rti�S'I�: I\nftM�tn amllli: '-fi�4qlfi\\·(11_tH II � II\nanye ca munayo brahman\nbrahmariitiidayo 'mala�\nsi§yair upetii iijagmu�\nkasyapiingirasiidaya�\nanye-many others; ca- also; munaya�-sages; brahman-0 briihmapas;\nb rahma- riita- Sukadeva Gosvami; iidaya�-and such others; amalii{tcompletely purified; si§yai�-by the disciples; upetii�-accompanied by;\niijagmu�- arrived; kasyapa- Kasyapa; angirasa- Angirasa; iidaya�- and\nothers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnd many others like Sukadeva Gosvami and other purified souls,\n\nKasyapa and Ait.gira and others, all accompanied by their respective\n\ndisciples, arrived there.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi (Brahmariita). The famous son and disciplt; of Sri\n\nVyasadeva, who taught him first the Mahiibhiirata and then Srimad-\n\n", "SB1.2#p0098": "Text 8)\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\n449\n\nBhiigavatam. Sukadeva Gosvami recited 1,400,000 verses of the Mahii­\n\nbhiirata in the councils of the Gandharvas, Yaksas and Raksasas, and he\n\nrecited Sr'imad-Bhiigavatam for the first time in the presence. of Maharaja\n\nParik9it. He thoroughly studied all the Vedic literatures from his great\n\nfather. Thus he was a completely purified soul by dint of his extensive\n\nknowledge in the principles of religion. From Mahiibhiirata (Sabhii Parva\n\n4.11) it is understood that he was also present in the royal assembly of\n\nMaharaja Yudhi9thira and at the fasting of Maharaja Parik9it. As a bona fide\n\ndisciple of Sri Vyasadeva, he inquired from his father very extensively about\n\nreligious principles and spiritual values, and his great father also satisfied\nhim by teaching him the yoga system by which one can attain the spiritual\n\nkingdom, the difference between fruitive work and empiric knowledge, the\n\nways and means of attaining spiritual realization, the four iisramas, namely\n\nthe student life, the householder's life, the retired life and the renounced\n\nlife, the sublime position of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\nprocess of seeing Him eye to eye, the bona fide candidate for receiving\n\nknowledge, the consideration of the five elements, the unique position\n\nof intelligence, the consciousness of the material nature and the living\nentity, the symptoms of the self-realized soul, the working principles of\n\nthe material body, the symptoms of the influential modes of nature, the\n\ntree of perpetual desire, and psychic activities. Sometimes he went to the\n\nsun planet with the permission of his father and Naradaji. Descriptions of\nhis travel in space are given in the Santi Parva of theMahiibhiirata (332). At\n\nlast he attained the transcendental realm. He is known by different names\nlike Ara�eya, Aru�isuta, Vaiyasaki, Vyasamataja, etc.\n\nKasyapa. One of the Prajapatis, the son of Marici and one of the sons·\n\nin-law of Prajapati Dak�a. He is the father of the gigantic bird GaruQ.a, who\n\nwas given elephants and tortoises as eatables. He married thirteen daughters\n\nof Prajapati Dak9a, and their names are Aditi, Diti, Denu, Kela, Danayu,\n\nSinghika, Krodha, Pradha, Visva, Vinata, Kapila, Muni and Kadru. He\n\nbegot many children, both demigods and demons, by those wives. From\n\nhis first wife, Aditi, all the twelve Adityas were born; one of them is\n\nVamana, the incarnation of Godhead. This great sage was also present at\n\nthe time of Arjuna's birth. He received a presentation of the whole world\nfrom Parasurama, and later on he asked Parasurama to go out of the world.\nHis other name is Aristanemi.\n\numverse.\n\nHe lives on the northern side of the\n\nAngirii. He is the son of Mahar9i Angirii and is known as Brhaspati, the\n\npriest of the demigods. It is said that Dro�acarya was his partial incarnation.\n\nSukracarya was the spiritual master of the demons, and Brhaspati challenged\n\nhim. His son is Kacha, and he delivered the fire weapon first to Bharadvaja\n\n", "SB1.2#p0099": "[Canto l, Ch. 9\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n450\n\nMuni. He begot six sons (like the fire-god) by his wife Candramasi, one\n\nof the reputed stars. He could travel in space, and therefore he could\n\npresent himself even in the planets of Brahmaloka and lndraloka. He\n\nadvised the King of heaven, lndra, about conquering the demons. Once\n\nhe cursed Indra, who thus had to become a hog on the earth and was\n\nunwilling to return to heaven. Such is the power of the attraction of the\nillusory energy. Even a hog does not wish to part with its earthly posses­\n\nsions in exchange of a heavenly kingdom. He was the religious preceptor\nof the natives of different planets.\n\nTEXT9\n\nffl01. �11. �mmtlT�l-� �: I\n��llffif\n\n�#f �m�mttftq II� II\n\ntiin sametiin mahii-bhiigiin\nupalabhya vasuttama[l.\npujayiimiisa dharma-j'no\ndesa-kiila-vibhiiga-vit\ntiin-all of them; sametiin-assembled together; mahii bhiigiin-all greatly\n-\n\npowerful; upalabhya-having received; vasuttama[l.-the best among the\nVasus\n\n(Bhi�madeva);\n\npujayiimiisa-welcomed;\n\ndharma-jiia[1-one who\n\nknows religious principles; desa-place; kala-time; vibhiiga-vit-one who\n\nknows the adjustment of place and time.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBhi�madeva, who was the best amongst the eight Vasiis, received and\n\nwelcomed all the great and powerful r�is who were assembled there, for he\n\nknew perfectly all the religious principles according to time and place.\nPURPORT\n\nExpert religionists know perfectly well how to adjust religious principles\n\nin terms of time and place. AU the great iiciiryas or religious preachers or\n\nreformers of the world executed their mission by adjustment of religious\n\nprinciples in terms of time and place. There are different climates and\nsituations in different parts of the world, and if one has to discharge his\n\nduties to preach the message of the Lord, he must be expert in adjusting\n\n", "SB1.2#p0100": "Text 10]\n\n451\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\nthings in terms of the time and place. Bhi�madeva was one of the twelve\ngreat authorities of preaching this cult of devotional service, and therefore\nhe could receive and welcome all the powerful sages from all parts of the\nuniverse assembled there at his deathbed. He was certainly unable at that\ntime to welcome and receive them physically because he was neither at his\nhome nor in\n\na\n\nnormal healthy condition. But he was quite fit by the\n\nactivities of hi�; sound mind, and therefore he could utter sweet words with\nhearty expressions, and all of them were well received. One can perform\none's duty by physical work, by mind and by words. And he knew well\nhow to utilize them in the proper place, and therefore there was no\ndifficulty for him to receive them, although physically unfit.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n� � �� arnftri iji�� I\n�� ��l1ffit l{llritq�� II� oJI\nk!\"§r-arh ca tat-prabhiiva-jna\niisinarh jagad-iSvaram\nhrdi-stharh pujayiimiisa\nmayayo piitta-vigraham\nkrgwm-unto Lord\n\nS ri\n\nknower of glories; iis in a m\n\n-\n\nKr�rya; ca-also; tat--His; prabhiiva-jiia[l-the\nsitting; jagat- isvaram\n\n-\n\nthe Lord of the universe;\n\nhrd i s tha m situated in the heart; pujayiimiisa-worshiped; miiya yii-by\n-\n\n-\n\ninternal potency; upiitta\n\n-\n\nbeing made of; vigraham-form.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sti. Kr��a is situated in everyone's heart, yet He manifests His\ntranscendental form by His internal potency. This very Lord was sitting\nbefore Blti�madeva, and since he knew of His glories, he worshiped Him\nduly.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord's omnipotency is displayed by His simultaneous presence in\nevery place. He is present always in His eternal abode Goloka Vrndavana,\nand still He is present in everyone's heart and even within every invisible\natom. ·when He manifests His eternal transcendental form in the material\n\n", "SB1.2#p0101": "452\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 9\n\nworld, He does so by His internal potency. The external potency or the\nmaterial energy has nothing to do with His eternal form. All these truths\n\nwere known to Sri Blu�madeva, and he worshiped Him accordingly.\nTEXT 11\n\nq���·�qlfilWfl'f. S{�I{Q(flW{_\nap:tti4:1\\!I�Ul1��\n:q�l II�� II\npiiruJu-putriin upiisiniin\nprasraya-prema-sangatiin\nabhyiica�fiinuriigiisrair\nandhibhutena cak�u�ii\npiirz(lu-the late father of Maharaja Yudhi�thira and his brothers;putriin\n-the sons of; upiisiniin-sitting silently nearby;prasraya-being overtaken;\nprema-in feelings of love; sangatiin-having gathered; abhyiic�ta-congratulated; anuriiga-feelingly; asraifl-tears of ecstasy; andhibhutena­\n\nbeing overwhelmed by;cak�u�ii-with his eyes.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe sons of Maharaja p-��u were sitting silently nearby, overtaken\nwith affection\n\nfor their dying\n\ngrandfather. Seeing this, Bhi�madeva\n\ncongratulated them with feeling. There were tears of ecstasy in his eyes,\nfor he was overwhelmed by love and affection.\nPURPORT\nWhen Maharaja Pap�u died, his sons were all small children, and naturally they were brought up under the affection of elderly members of the\n\nroyal family, specifically by Bhi�madeva. Later on when the Pap�avas\nwere grown up they were cheated by cunning Duryodhana and company,\n\nand Bhi�madeva, although he knew that the Pap�avas were innocent and\nwere unnecessarily put into trouble, could not take the side of the\n\nPap�avas for political reasons. At the last stage of his life, when Bhi�madeva\nsaw his most exalted grandsons headed by Maharaja Yudhi�thira sitting\nvery gently at his side, the great warrior grandfather could not check his\n\nloving tears, which were automatically -flowing from his eyes. He remem­\n\nbered the great tribulations suffered by his most pious grandsons. Certainly\n\n", "SB1.2#p0102": "Bhi�ma's Passing Away\n\nText 12]\n\n453\n\nhe was the most satisfied man because of Yudhi�thira's being enthroned\nin place of Duryodhana, and thus he began to congratulate them.\nTEXT 12\n\n��tr �\"'l\\�;n: I\n�'Tf.r� � f� f.t�q���T! 11��11\n....\n\n....\n\n•\n\n� �\"�s;:tf17.�\n\n•\n\nC'\n\naho ka�tam aho 'nyayyam\nyad yuyam dharma-nandanaft\njivitum niirhatha kli§tam\nvipra-dharmacyutasrayaft\naho-oh; ka�tam -what terrible sufferings; aho-oh; anyayyam-what\nterrible injustice; yat-because; yuyam-all of you good souls; dharmanandanaft-sons of religion personified;jivitum-to remain alive; na-never;\narhatha-deserved;\n\nkli§tam-sufferer;\n\nvipra-brahmar-as;\n\ndharma-piety;\n\nacyuta-God; asrayiift-being protected by.\nT RANSLATION\nBhi�madeva\n\nsaid:\n\nOh,\n\nwhat\n\nterrible\n\nsufferings\n\nand what\n\nterrible\n\ninjustices you good souls suffer for being the sons of religion personified.\nYou did not deserve to remain alive under those tribulations, yet you\nwere protected by the brahma!las, God and religion.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira was disturbed due to the great massacre in the\nBattle of Kuruk�etra. Bhi�madeva could understand this, and therefore he\nspoke first of the terrible sufferings of Maharaja Yudh�thira. He was put\ninto difficulty by injustice only, and the Battle of Kuruk�etra was fought\njust to counteract this injustice. Therefore, he should not regret the great\nmassacre. He wanted to point out particularly that they were always\nprotected by the brahmar-as, the Lord and religious principles. As long as\nthey were protected by these three important items, there was no cause of\ndisappointment. Thus Bhi�madeva encouraged Maharaja Yudhi�thira to\ndissipate his despondency. As long as a person is fully in cooperation with\nthe wishes of the Lord, guided by the bona fide briihmar-as and V ai�p.avas\nand strictly following religious principles, one has no cause for despondency,\n\n", "SB1.2#p0103": "[Canto 1, Ch. 9\n\nSr'imad-Bhagavatam\n\n454\n\nhowever trying the circumstances of life. Bh'i9madeva, as one of the\nauthorities in the line, wanted to impress this point upon the Par�avas.\nTEXT 13\n\n�sfffi:� q�T 'lV-lT �ll�H �: I\n�����mm�'T�i: 11����\nsar:hsthite 'tirathe piifLflau\nprthii biila-prajii vadhu[L\n\nyu§m at-krte bahun klesiin\np riiptii tokavati m uh u[L\nsamsthite-after the demise of; atirathe-of the great general; piirflauPar�u; prthii-Ku nti; biila-prajii-having young children; v adh u[l,-daughterin-law; yu§mat- krt e-on your account; bahiin-multifarious; klesiin-afflictions; priiptii-underwent; tokavati-in spite of having grown-up boys;\nmuhu[l,-constantly.\nTRANSLATION\n\nA!! far as my daughter-in-law Kunti is concerned, upon the great\nGeneral Par�u's death, she became a widow with many children, and\ntherefore\n\nshe\n\nsuffered\n\ngreatly.\n\nAnd when\n\nyou were grown up she\n\nsuffered a great deal also because of your actions.\nPURPORT\nThe sufferings of Kuntidevi are doubly lamented. She suffered greatly\nbecause of early widowhood and to get her minor r.hildren brought up in\nthe royal family. And when her children were grown up, she continued to\nsuffer because of her sons' actions. So her sufferings continued. This means\nthat she was destined to suffer by providence, and this one has to tolerate\nwithout being disturbed.\nTEXT 14\n\n� Cfil�td �;it � � ��&�I( '\n� m � iitPftr« �;mf�: ���\\ill\n\n", "SB1.2#p0104": "Bhi�ma's Passing Away\n\nText 15)\n\n455\n\nsarvarh kiila-krtam manye\nbhavatiirh ca yad-apriyam\nsapiilo yad-vase loko\nviiyor iva ghaniivalifi.\nsarvam-all these; kiila-krtam - done by the inevitable time; manye-1\nthink; bhavatiim ca-for you also; )'at-whatever; apriya m- detestable ;\ns\n\napii la �- ,.v ith the rulers; yat-va sc- under the control of that time; loka�­\n\neveryone in every planet; vayo�- like air carrying; iva - as ; ghana-avalifi.the bunches of clouds.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn my opinion, this is all due to inevitable time, under whose control\neveryone m every planet is carried, just as the clouds are carried by the\nwind.\nPURPORT\nThere is control of time all over the space within the universe, as there\nis control of time all over the planets. All the big gigantic planets, including\nthe sun, are being controlled by the force of air, as the clouds are carried\nby the force of air. Similarly, the inevitable kiila, or time, controfs even\nthe action of the air and other elements. Everything is, therefore, controlled by the supreme kiila, a forceful representative of the Lord within\nthe material world. Thus Yudhi�thira should not be sorry for the inconceivable action of time. Everyone has to bear the actions and reactions of\ntime as long as one is within the conditions of the material world.\nYudhi�thira should not think that he had committed sins in his previous\nbirth and is suffering the consequence. Even the most pious has to suffer\nthe condition of material nature. But a pious man is faithful to the Lord,\nfor he is guided by the bona fide briihma[La and Vai�!lava following the\nreligious principles. These three guiding principles should be the aim of\nlife. One should not be disturbed by the tricks of eternal time. Even the\ngreat controller of the universe, Brahmaji, is also under the control of that\ntime; no one should, therefore, grudge being thus controlled by time,\ndespite being a true follower of religious principles.\nTEXT 15\n\n- �T •t�NtfVtti't�: I\npnsit Ill� :;ffl$�'tiWI� fl f�, I� '\"'I\n�\n\n", "SB1.2#p0105": "456\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nyatra dharma-suto raja\ngadii-piir-ir vrkodara[l\nknr-o 'stri giir-pivarh caparh\nsuhrt knr-as tato vipat\n\nyatra-where there is; dharma-suta[l-the son of Dharmaraja; riijii-the\n\nking; gada-piir-i[l-hands with his mighty club; vrkodara[l-Bhima; kr§TJa/1-\n\nArjuna; astri-carrier of the weapon; giir-pivam-GaJ;u;liva; ciipam-arrows;\n\nsuhrt-well-wisher; kr§TJaft-Lord Kr�I}a, the Personality of Godhead; tata[l\n-thereof; vipat- reverse.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 how wonderful is the influence of inevitable time. It is irreversible\n-otherwise, how can there be reverses in the presence of King Y udhi�thira,\nthe son of the demigod controlling religion, Bhima, the great fighter with\na club, the great bowman Arjuna with his mighty weapon Gii!J.�Va, and\nabove all; the Lord, the direct well-wisher of the p3!l�avas ?\n-\n\nPURPORT\nAs far as material or spiritual resources were required, there was no\nscarcity in the case of the Pii!J.�avas. Materially they were well equipped\n\nbecause two\n\ngreat warriors, namely Bhima and Arjuna, were there.\n\nSpiritually the King himself was the symbol of religion, and above all of\nthem the Personality of Godhead Lord Sri Kr�!la was personally concerned\nwith their affairs as the well-wisher. And yet there were so many reverses\non the side of the Pii!J.�avas. Despite the power of pious acts, the power of\npersonalities, the power of expert management and the power of weapons\n\nunder the direct supervision of Lord Kr�!J.a, the Pii!J.�avas suffered so many\n\npractical reverses, which can only be explained as due to the influence of\n\nkiila, the inevitable time. Kala is identical with the Lord Himself, and\ntherefore the influence of kala indicates the inexplicable wish of the Lord\nHimself. There is nothing to be lamented when a matter is beyond the\ncontrol of any human being.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n;{����F{�fifN\"f�l\n����a�sfq-ft 11��11\n\n", "SB1.2#p0106": "Bhi�ma's Passing Away\n\nText 17)\n\n457\n\nna hy asya karhicid riijan\npumiin veda vidhitsitam\nyad vijijiiiisayii yuktii\nmuhyanti kavayo 'pi hi\nna-never; hi-certainly; a sya- His ; karhicit-whatsoever; rajan-0 King;\npumiin-anyone; veda-knows; vidhitsitam-plan; yat which; vijijiiiisayiieven after exhaustive inquiries; yuktii�-being engaged in; muhyantibewildered; kavaya�-great philosophers; api-eve n; h�-certainly.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, no one can know the plan of the Lord [Sri Kr�l)a). Even\n\nthough great philosophers inquire exhaustively, they are bewildered.\nPURPORT\n\nThe bewilderment of Maharaja Yudhi�thira over his past sinful acts and\n\nthe resultant sufferings, etc., is completely negated by a great authority\n\nlike Bhi�ma (one of the twelve authorized persons). Bhi�ma wanted to\n\nimpress upon Maharaja Yudhi�thira that since time immemorial no one,\n\nincluding such demigods as Siva and Brahma, could ascertain the real\n\nplan of the Lord. So what can we understand about it? It is useless also to\ninquire about it. Even the exhaustive philosophical inquiries of sages\n\ncannot ascertain the plan of the Lord. The best policy is simply to abide\n\nby the orders of the Lord without argument. The sufferings of the\n\nPa!J.9avas are never due to their past deeds. The Lord had to execute the\n\nplan of establishing the kingdom of virtue, and therefore His own devotees\n\nsuffered temporarily in order to establish the conquest of virtue. Bhi�ma­\n\ndeva was certainly satisfied by seeing the triumph of virtue, and he was\nglad to see King Yudhi�thira on the throne, although he himself fought\n\nagainst him. Even a great fighter like Bhi�ma could not win the Battle of\n\nKuruk�etra because the Lord wanted to show that vice cannot conquer\n\nvirtue, regardless of who tries to execute it. Bhi�madeva was a great\n\ndevotee of the Lord, but he chose to fight against the Pa!J.9avas by the will\nof the Lord because the Lord wanted to show that a fighter like Bhi�ma\n\ncannot win on the wrong side.\n\nTEXT 17\n\nA 7\n2lt1441111i\"�\n\n•\n\n�\n�\n\n�\n\nC'\n\n� I\n\nt��l!lf?t�I�WfP.Itnft�n � 11�\\911\n\n", "SB1.2#p0107": "[Canto 1, Ch. 9\n\nS rlmad- Bhagavatam\n\n458\n\ntasmiid idam daiva-tantrarit\nvyavasya bharatar§abha\ntasyiinuvihito 'nathii\nniitha piihi prajii[t prabho\ntasmiit- therefore; idam-all these; daiva-tantram-enchantment of pro­\n\nvidence only; v a va sya- ascertaining; bh arata r�ab h a- the best among the\ny\n\ndescendants\n\nof\n\n-\n\nBharata;\n\ntasya-His;\n\nanuvihita[t-as\n\ndesired\n\nby Him;\n\naniithii[t- helpless; niitha-0 master; piihi-just take care of; p rajii[t\n\n-\n\nof the\n\nsubjects; prabho-0 lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 best amongst the descendants of Bharata [ Yudhi�!hira], I maintain,\ntherefore, that all this is within the plan of the Lord. Accepting the\ninconceivable plan of the Lord, you must follow it. You are now the\nappointed administrative head, and my lord, you should now take care of\nthose subjects who are now rendered helpless.\nPURPORT\n\nThe popular\n\naying is that a housewife teaches the daughter-in-law by\n\nteaching the daughter.\n\nimilarly, the Lord teaches the world by teaching\n\nthe devotee. The devotee does not have to learn anything new from the\nLord because the Lord teaches the sincere devotee always from within.\nWhenever, therefore, a show is made to teach the devotee, as it was in the\ncase of teaching the Bhagavad-gitii, it is for teaching the less intelligent\n\nmen.\n\ndevotee's\n\nduty\n\nis, therefore, to\n\nungrudgingly accept\n\ntribulations from the Lord as a benediction. The Pap�avas are advised\nby Btu�madeva to accept the re ponsibility of administration without\nhe itation. The poor subjects were without protection due to the Battle\nof Kuruk�etra, and they were awaiting the assumption of power by\nlaharii.ja Yudhi�thira. A pure devotee of the Lord accepts tribulations as\nfavors from the Lord. Since the Lord is absolute, there is no mundane\ndifference between the two.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n", "SB1.2#p0108": "Bhl�ma's Passing Away\n\nText 18]\n\n459\n\ne§a vai bhagaviin siik§iid\n\niidyo niiriiya rw {t pumiin\n\nmohayan miiyayii loham\ngu�has carati Vf§rti§u\n\ne§a{l-this; vai-positively; bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; siik§iil\n\n-original; iidya[l-the first· niiriiyartaft-the Supreme Lord (who lies down\n\non the\n\nwater); pumiin-the\n\nsupreme\n\nenjoyer;\n\nmohayan-bewildering;\n\nmiiyayii-hy His self-created energy; lolwm-the planets; gz.£�hafi-incon­\n\nceivable; carati-moves; V!§[li§u-among the Vr�l).i family.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThis Sri Kr�!'a is no other than the original Personality of Godhea d.\n\nHe is the first Naraya!'a, the supreme enjoyer. But He is moving amongst\n\nthe descendants of King Vr�!'i, just like one of us, and He is bewildering us\nwith His Self-created energy.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Vedic system of acquiring knowledge is the deductive process. The\n\nVedic\n\nknowledge is\n\nreceived\n\nperfectly\n\nby disciplic\n\nsuccession from\n\nauthorities. Such knowledge is never dogmatic, as is ill-conceived by less\nintelligent persons. The mother is the authority to verify the identity of\n\nthe father. She is the authority for such confidential knowledge. Therefore,\n\nauthority is not dogmatic. In the Bhagavad-gitii this truth is confirmed in\nthe Fourth Chapter (Bg. 4.2), and the perfect system of Learning i\n\nto\n\nreceive it from authority. The very same system is accepted universaLLy\n\nas truth, but only the false arguer speaks against this system. For example,\n\nmodern spacecraft fly in the sky, and they say that they travel to the other\n\nside of the moon, and men believe these stories blindly because they have\n\naccepted the modern scientists as authorities. The authorities speak, and\n\nthe people in general believe them. But in the case of Vedic truth , they\n\nhave been taught not to believe. Even if they accept them they give a\ndifferent interpretation. Each and every man wants a direct perception of\nVedic knowledge,\n\nbut\n\nfoolishly they deny it.\n\nThis means that the\n\nmisguided man can believe one authority, the scientist, but will reject the\n\nauthority of the Vedas. The result is that people have degenerated.\n\nHere is an authority speaking about Sri Kr§!'a as the original Personality\n\nof Godhead and the first Naraya!'a. Even an impersonalist like Acarya\nSankara has said in the beginning of his com mentation on the Bhagavad-\n\n", "SB1.2#p0109": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n460\ngitii* that\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 9\n\naraya!la the Personality of Godhead is beyond the material\n\ncreation. The universe is one of the material creations, but Naraya!la is\ntranscendental to such material paraphernalia.\n\nBlu�madeva is one of the twelve mahiijanas who know the principles\n\nof transcendental knowledge. His confirmation of Lord Sri Kr�t�a's being\n\nthe original Personality of Godhead is also corroborated by the imperson­\n\nalist Saitkara. All other iiciiryas have also confirmed this statement, and\n\nthus there is no chance of not accepting Lord Sri Kr�!la as the original\nPersonality of Godhead. Bhi�madeva says that He is the first Naraya!J.a.\n\nThis is also confirmed by Brahmaji in the Bhiigavatam (10.14.14). Kr�!la\n\nis the first Naraya!J.a. In the spiritual world (Vaiku!J.thas) there are unlimited numbers of Naraya!las, who are all the same Personality of\n\nGodhead and are considered to be the plenary expansions of the original\nPersonality of Godhead Sri Kr�t�a. The first form of the Lord Sri Kr�!la\n\nfirst expands Himself as the form of Baladeva, and Baladeva expands in so\nmany other forms, such as Saitkar�a!J.a, Pradyumna, Aniruddha, Vasudeva,\n\nNaraya!J.a, Puru�a, Rama, Nrsimha, etc. All these expansions are one and\n\nthe same\n\nVi§[lU-tattva, and Sri Kr�!la is the original source of all the\n\nplenary expansions. He is, therefore, the direct Personality of Godhead.\n\nHe is the creator of the material world, and He is the predominating\nDeity known as NarayaQa in all the VaikuQ�ha planets. Therefore, His\n\nmovements amongst human beings is another sort of bewilderment. The\nLord therefore says in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii that foolish persons consider\n\nHim to be one of the human beings without knowing the intricacies of\nHis movements.\n\nThe bewilderment regarding Sri Kr�!la is due to the action of His two­\n\nfold internal and external energies upon the third one, called marginal\n\nenergy. The living entities are expansions of His marginal energy, and thus\n\nthey are sometimes bewildered by the internal energy and sometimes\nby the external energy. By internal energetic bewilderment, Sri Kr�l)a expands Himself into unlimited numbers of Naraya!J.aS and exchanges or\n\naccepts transcendental loving service from the living entities in the tran­\n\nscendental world. And by His external energetic expansions, He incarnates\n\nHimself in the material world amongst the men, animals or demigods to\n\nreestablish His forgotten relation with the living entities in different species\nof life. Great authorities like Bhi�ma, however, escape His bewilderment by\nthe mercy of the Lord.\n\n*niiriiya{la{l pam 'vyaktiit a!t!fa-avyakta samblravam\n\nav_ya lottw.ta � tu imt• loka .�afJLu dv!pa co mcdini\n.\n\n(llg. Hlrii:�ya of Sar,1kara)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0110": "Text 19]\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\n461\n\nTEXT 19\n\n� �� �ijl{ f�: I\n��: �� �fqit � 11��11\nasyanubhiivarh bhagaviin\nveda guhyatamarh siva�\n\ndevar§ir niirada� siik§iid\n\nbhagaviin kapilo nrpa\n\nasya-of Him; anubhiivam-glories; bhagavan-the most powerful; vedaknows; guhyatamam-very confidentially; siva�-Lord Siva; devar§*-the\n\ngreat sage among the demigods; niirada�-Narada; siik§iit-directly; bhagaviin\n-the Personality of Godhead;kapila�-Kapila; n.rpa-0 King.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, Lord Siva, Narada, the sage amongst the demigods, and\n\nKapila, the incarnation of Godhead, all know very confidentially about\nHis glories through direct contact.\nPURPORT\nPure devotees of the Lord are all bhiivas, or persons who know the\nglories of the Lord in different transcendental loving services. As the Lord\nhas innumerable expansions of His plenary form, similarly there :ue\ninnumerable pure devotees of the Lord who are engaged in the exchange of\n\nservice of different humors. Ordinarily there are twelve great devotees of\nthe Lord, namely Brahma, Narada, Siva, Kumara, Kapila, Manu, Prahlada,\n\nBln�ma, Janaka, Sukadeva Gosvami, Bali Maharaja and Yamaraja. B�ma­\n\ndeva, although one of them, has mentioned only three important names\n\nof the twelve who know the glories of the Lord. According to Srila\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakur, one of the great iiciiryas in the modern age,\n\nanubhiiva, or the glory of the Lord, is first appreciated by the devotee in\n\necstasy manifesting the symptoms of perspiring, trembling, weeping, bodily\neruptions, etc., which are further enhanced by steady understanding of\nthe glories of the Lord. Such different understandings of bhiivas are ex­\n\nchanged between Yasoda and the Lord (binding the Lord by ropes) and in\nthe chariot driving by the Lord in the exchange of love with Arjuna, etc.\n\nThese glories of the Lord are exhibited in His being subordinated before\nHis devotees, and that is another feature of the glories of the Lord. Suka­\n\ndeva Gosvami and the Kumaras, although situated in the transcendental\n\n", "SB1.2#p0111": "S rim ad- Bhagavatam\n\n462\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 9\n\nposition, became converted by another feature of bhiiva and turned into\npure devotees of the Lord. Tribulations of the devotees by the Lord\nconstitute another exchange of transcendental bhiiva between the Lord and\nthe devotees. The Lord says (Bhiig. 10), \"I put My devotee into difficulty,\n\nand thus the devotee becomes more purified in exchanging transcendental\nbhiiva with !VIe.\" Placing the devotee into material troubles necessitates\n\ndelivering him from the illusory material relations. The material relations\n\nare based on reciprocation of material enjoyment, which depends mainly\non material resources. Therefore, when material resources are withdrawn\n\nby the Lord, the devotee is cent percent attracted towards transcendental\nloving service of the Lord. Thus the Lord snatches the fallen soul from the\n\nmire of material existence. Tribulations offered by the Lord to His devotee\n\nare different from the tribulations resulting from vicious action. All these\nglories of the Lord are especially known to the great mahiijanas like\nBrahma, Siva,\n\narada, Kapila, Kumara and Bhi�ma, as mentioned above,\n\nand one is able to grasp it by their grace.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n����&����'\n\n�: m:q;i �ij m��� mn� \"� u\no\n\nyam manyase miituleyarh\n\npriyam mitram suhrttamam\n\nakaro{l sacivam diitam\n\nsauhrdiid atha siirathim\n\nyam-the person; manyase-you think; miituleyam-maternal cousm;\n\npriyam-very\n\ndear;\n\nmitram-friend;\n\nsuhrttamam-ardent\n\nwell-wisher;\n\nakaro[t-executed; sacivam-counsel; diitam-messenger; sauhrdiit- by good\nwill; atka-thereupon; sii ra thim\n\n-\n\nch ar a cte r .\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, that personality whom, out of ignorance only, you thought\nto be your maternal cousin, your very dear friend, well-wisher, counsellor,\n\nmessenger, benefactor, etc., is that very Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�!ia.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Sri Kr�!Ja, although a cting as the cousin, brother, friend, well-wisher,\n\ncounsellor, messenger, benefactor, etc., of t he Pa�u;lavas, was still the\n\nSup re me Persona li ty of Godhead. Out of His causeless mercy and favor\n\n", "SB1.2#p0112": "Text 21)\n\n463\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\n.\nupon Hi unalloyed devotees, He accepts all kinds of service, but that does\nnot mean that He has changed His position as the Absolute Person. To\nthink of Him as an ordinary man is the grossest type of ignorance.\nTEXT 21\n\n�u;,tt�l��ij: 1\n,...G\n� fllijq1f� lwt{Cfq� tt ��II�� II\nw.r�;n\n•\n\n��\n\n,... �\n\n•\n\n\"\n\nsarviitmana[l samadrso\nhy advayasyiinahankrte[l\ntat-krtarh mati vai§amyarh\nniravadyasya na kvacit\nsarva-iitmana[l-of one who is present in everyone's heart; samad_rsa[l-of\none who is equally kind to one and all; hi-certainly; advayasya-of the\nAbsolute; anahankrte[l-free\n\nfrom\n\nall\n\nmaterial identity of false ego;\n\nta t- krtam-everything done by Him; mali-consciousness; vai�amyamdifferentiation;\n\nniravadyasya-freed\n\nfrom\n\nall\n\nattachment; na-never;\n\nkvacit-at any stage.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing the Absolute Personality of Godhead, He is present in everyone's heart. He is equally kind to everyone, and He is free from the false\nego of differentiation. T herefore whatever He does is free from material\ninebriety. He is equibalanced.\nPURPORT\nBeing absolute, there is nothing different from Him. He is kaivalya;\nthere is nothing except Himself. Everything and everyone is the manifestation of His energy, and thus He is present everywhere by His energy,\nbeing nondifferent from it. The sun is identified with every inch of the sun\nrays and every molecular particle of the rays. Similarly, the Lord is distributed by His different energies. He is Paramatma or the Supersoul, present\nin everyone as the supreme guidance, and therefore He is already the\nchariot driver and counsel of all livi ng beings. When He, therefore, exhibits Himself as chariot driver of Arjuna, there is no change in His\nexalted position. It is the power of devotional service only that demonstrates Him as the chariot driver or the messenger. Since He has nothing to\n\n", "SB1.2#p0113": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n464\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 9\n\ndo with the material conception of life because He is absolute spiritual\n\nidentity, there is for Him no superior or inferior action. Being the Ab­\n\nsolute Personality of Godhead, He has no false ego, and so He does not\nidentify Himself with anything different from Him. The material conception of ego is equibalanced in Him. He does not feel, therefore, inferior by becoming the chariot driver of His pure devotee. It is the glory\n\nof the pure devotee only that he can bring about service from the affectionate Lord.\nTEXT 22\n\ntathiipy ekiinta-bhakte�u\npasya bhupiinukampitam\nyan me'surhs tyajata{l. siik�iit\nk!§TJO darsanam iigata{l.\ntathiipi- still; ekiinta -unflinching; bhakte�u-unto the devotees; pasya­\n\nsee here; bhiipa-0 King; anukampitam-how sympathetic; yat-for which;\nme-my; as un-life ; tyajata{l.-ending; siik�iit- directly; k!§TJafl. - the Personality of Godhead; darsanam-in my view; iigata{l.-has kindly come.\nTRANSLATION\n\nYet, despite His being equally kind to everyone, He has graciously\ncome before me while I am ending my life, for I am His unflinching\n\nservitor.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord Absolute Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�!J.a, although\n\nequal to everyone, is still more inclined to His unflinching devotee who is\n\ncompletely surrendered and knows no one else as his protector and master.\n\nHaving unflinching faith in the Supreme Lord as one's protector, friend\n\nand master is the natural condition of eternal life. A living entity is so\n\nmade by the will of the Almighty that he is most happy when placing\nhimself in a condition of absolute dependence.\n\nThe opposite tendency is the cause of falldown. The living entity has\n\nthis tendency of falling down by dint of misidentifying himself as fully\n\n", "SB1.2#p0114": "Text 23]\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\n465\n\nindependent to lord it over the material world. The root cause of all\ntroubles is there in false egoism. One must draw towards the Lord in all\ncircumstances.\nThe appearance of Lord Kr�!la at the deathbed of Blu�majl is due to\nhis being an unflinching devotee of the Lord. Arjuna had some bodily\nrelation with Kr�!la because the Lord happened to be his maternal cousin.\nBut Bhi�ma had no such bodily relation. Therefore the cause of attraction\nwas due to the intimate relation of the soul. Yet because the relation of\nthe body is very pleasing and natural, the Lord is more pleased when He\nis addressed as the son of Maharaja Nanda, the son of Yasoda, the lover of\nRadhara!J.i. This affinity by bodily relation with the Lord is another\nfeature of reciprocating loving service to the Lord. Bhi�madeva is conscious of this sweetness of transcendental humor, and therefore he likes\nto address the Lord as Vijaya Sakhe, Piirtha Sakhe, etc., exactly like\nNanda-Nandana or Yasodii-Nandana. The best way to establish our relation in transcendental sweetness is to approach Him through His recognized\ndevotees. One should not try to establish the relation directly; there must\nbe a via medium which is transparent and competent to lead us to the\nright path.\nTEXT 23\n\n�s��;{l��qRltf?IT'I� I\n�\"{ �i ;itil'T �-qij ��: ����II\nbhaktyii \"vesya mano yasmin\nviicii yan-niima kirtayan\ntyajan kalevararh yogi\nmucyate kiima-karmabhi[l\nbhaktyii- with\n\ndevout\n\nattention; iivesya- meditating; mana{l\n\n-\n\nmind;\n\nyasmin-in whose; viicii-by words; yat-who se; niima-holy name; kirtayan\n\n-by chanting; tyajan quitting; kalevaram-this material body;yogi-the\ndevotee; mucyate-gets release; kama-karmabhib--from fruitive activities.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead, who appears in the mind of the devotee\nby attentive devotion and meditation and by chanting of the holy name,\nreleases the devotee from the bondage of fruitive activities at the time of\nhis quitting the material body.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0115": "S rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n466\n\n[Canto I, Ch 9\n.\n\nPURPORT\nYoga means concentration of the mind detached from all other subj ect\nmatter. And actually such concentration is samiidhi, or cent percent\nengagement in the\n\nervice of the Lord. And one who concentrates his\n\nattention in that manner is called a yogi. Such a yogi devotee of the Lord\nengages himself, twenty-four hours daily in the service of the Lord so that\n!Lis wnole attention is engrossed with the thoughts of the Lord in ninefold\ndevotional service, namely hearing, t.:hanting, remembering, worshiping,\npraying, becoming a voluntary servant, carrying out orders, establishing\nfriendly relation hip, or offering all that one may possess, in the service of\nthe Lord. By such practice of yoga or linking up in the service of the Lord,\none is recognized by the Lord Himself, as it is explained in the Bhagavadgitii concerning the highest perfectional stage of samiidhi. The Lord calls\nsuch a rare devotee the best amongst all the yogis. Such a perfect yogi is\nenabled by the divine grace of the Lord to concentrate his mind upon the\nLord with a perfect sense of consciousness, and thus by chanting His holy\nname before quitting the body the yogi is at once transferred by the\ninternal energy of the Lord Lo one of the eternal planet where there is no\nquestion of material life and its concomitant factors. In material existence\na living being has to endure the material conditions of threefold miseries,\nlife after life, according to his fruitive work. Such material life is produced\nby material desires only. Devotional service of the Lord does not kill the\nnatural desires of the living being, but they are applied in the right cause\nof devotional service. This qualifies the desire to be transferred in the\nspiritual sky. General Bhi�madeva is referring to a particular type of yoga\ncalled bhakti-yoga, and he was fortunate enough to have the Lord directly\nin his presence before he quitted his material body. He therefore desired\nthat the Lord stay before his view in the following verses.\n\nTEXT 24\n«\n\n� lllf.IT'l_ �ij�\n�·\n��o:.t� �:n=tt� T�;n� I\n,..._\n\n....\n\n.\n\n,...,\n\n....\n\n....\n\nsa deva-devo bhagaviin pratik§atiim\nkalevaram yiivad idam hinomy aham\nprasanna-hiisiiru[la-locanollasan\nmukhiimbujo dhyiina-pathaS catur-bhuja[l\n\n", "SB1.2#p0116": "Text 24)\n\nBhl�ma's Passing Away\n\n467\n\nsa�- He; deva-deva�-the Supreme Lord of the lords; bhagaviin-the\nPersonality of Godhead; pratik§atiim-may kindly wait; kalevaram-body;\nyiivat-as long as; idam-this material body; hinomi-may quit; aham-1;\nprasanna--cheerful; h.iisa-smiling; a.rurw-locana-eyes red like the morning\nsun; ullasat-beautifully decorated; mukha-ambuja�-the lotus flower of\nHis face; dhyiina-patha�-in the path of my meditation; catur-bhuja[lthe four-handed form of Niiraya!la (the worshipable Deity of Bhl�madeva).\nTRANSLATION\nMay my Lo r d , who i.s four-handed and whose beautifully decorated\nlotus face, with eyes as red as the rising sun, is smiling, kindly await me at\nthat moment when I quit this material body.\nPURPORT\nBhi�madeva knew well that Lord K[�pa is the original Narayalla. His\nworshipable Deity was four-handed Narayar_1a, but he knew that fourhanded Narayalla is a plenary expansion of Lord Kr�lla. Indirectly he\n\ndesired Lord Sri Kr�lla to manifest Himself in His four-handed feature of\n\nNarayalla. A Vai�pava is always humble in his behavior. Although it was\ncent pe;·cent certain that Bhi?madeva was approaching Vaikurttha-dhiima\njust after leaving his material body, still as a humble Vai�!lava he desired\nto see the beautiful face of the Lord, for after quitting the present body\nhe might not be i.n a position to see the Lord any more. A V ai�!lava is not\npuffed up, although the Lord guarantees His pure devotee entrance into\nHis abode. Here l3hi�madeva says, \"as long as I do not quit this body.\"\nThis means that the great General would quit the body by his own will;\nhe was not being forced by the laws of nature. He was so powerful that he\ncould stay in his body as long as he desired. He got this benediction from\nhis father. He desired that the Lord stay before him in His four-handed\narayapa feature so that he might concentrate upon Him and thus be in\ntrance in that meditation. Then his mind might be sanctified \"\\vith thinking\nof the Lord. Thus he did not mind wherever he might go. A pure devotee\nis never very anxious to go back to the kingdom of God. He entirely depends on the good will of the Lord. He is equally satisfied even if the Lord\ndesires him to go to hell. The only desire that a pure devotee entertains\nis that he may always be in rapt attention 'vith thinking of the lotus feet\nof the Lord, regardless. Bhi�madeva wanted this much only: that his mind\nbe absorbed in thinking of the Lord and that he pass away thus. That is the\nhighest ambition of a pure devotee.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0117": "468\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 25\n�a-�\n\n�®GJ�O� � �{q�� I\n���f �S<IO�ijlfi_ ������\nsuta uviica\nyudh�thiras tad iikarr-ya\nsayiinam sara-panjare\naprcchad vividhiin dharmiin\n[§irtiirh ciinusnwatiim\nsuta{!, uviica-Sri Suta Gosvami said;yudhi§thira[l.- King Yudhi§thira;\ntat-that; iikarr-ya-hearing; sayiinam-lying down on; sara-panjare-on the\nbed of arrows; aprcchat-asked; vividhiin-multifarious; dharman-duties;\nr�irtiim-of the [§is; ca-and; anusnwatiim-hearing after them.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSuta Gosvami said: Maharaja Yudhi&thira, after hearing B�madeva\nspeak in that appealing tone, asked him, in the presence of all the great\nr�is, about the essential principles of various religious duties.\nPURPORT\n\nBhi�madeva, speaking in that appealing tone, convinced Maharaja\nYudhi�thira that he was very soon passing away. And Maharaja Yudhi�thira\nwas inspired by Lord Sri Kr��a to ask him of the principles of religion.\nLord Sri Kr��a inspired Maharaja Yudhi�thira to ask Bln�madeva in the\npresence of many great sages, indicating thereby that the Lord's devotee\nlike Bhi�madeva, although apparently living as a worldly man, is far\nsuperior to many great sages, even Vyasadeva. Another point is that\nBln�madeva at that time was not only lying on a deathbed of arrows, hut\nhe was greatly aggrieved because of that state. One should not have\nasked him any question at that time, hut Lord Sri Kr��a wanted to prove\nthat His pure devotees are always sound in body and mind by dint of\nspiritual enlightenment, and thus in any circumstances a devotee of the\nLord is in perfect order to speak of the right way of life. Yudhi�thira also\npreferred to solve his problematic questions from Bhi�madeva rather than\nask anyone else present there who was seemingly more learned than\n\n", "SB1.2#p0118": "Bhi�ma's Passing Away\n\nText 26]\n\n469\n\nBhi�madeva. This is all due to the arrangement of the great wheel-carrier\n\nLord Sri Kr��a, who establi�hes the glories of His devotee. The father\n\nlikes to see the son become more famous than himself. The Lord declares\n\nvery emphatically that worship of His devotee is more valuable than the\n\nworship of the Lord Himself.\n\nTEXT 26\n\npuru�a-svabhtiva-vihitiin.\nyathii-varr-am yathiiSramam\nvairiigya-riigoptidhibh yam\ntimniitobhaya-lak�ar.iin\npu ru �a-the human being; svabhiiva-by his own acquired qualities;\n\nvihitiin- prescribed; yathii-as it is; varr-am-classification of castes; yathii­\n\nas it is; iisramam-orders of life; vairiigya\n\n-\n\ndetachment; raga-attachment;\n\nupiidhibhyiim-out of such designations; iimniita-systematicaily; ubhayaboth; lak�ar.iin-symptoms\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt Maharaja Yudhi�1hira's inquiry, Bhi�madeva first of all defined all\nthe classifications of castes and orders of life in terms of the individual's\nqualifications. Then he systematically, in twofold divisions, described\ncounteraction by detachment and interaction by attachment.\nPURPORT\nThe conception of four castes and four orders of life, as planned by the\n\nLord Himself (Bg. 4.13) is to accelerate transcendental qualities of the\n\nindividual person so that he may gradually realize his spiritual identification\n\nand thus act accordingly to get free from material bondage or conditional\nlife. In almost all the Puriir.as the subject matter is described in the same\nspirit, and so also in the Mahiibhiirat�e elaborately described by\nBhi�madeva in the Siinti-parva beginning from t� Sixtieth Chapter.\n\nThe varr.iisrama-dharma is prescribed for the civilized human being just\n\nto train him to successfully terminate human life. Self-realization is\n\n", "SB1.2#p0119": "470\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 9\n\ndistinguished from the life of the lower animals engaged in eating, sleeping,\n\nfearing and mating. Blu�madeva advised for all human beings nine qualifications:\n\nl) not to become angry, 2) not to lie, 3) to equally distribute\n4) to forgive, 5) to beget children only by one's legitimate wife,\n6) to be pure in mind and hygenic in body. 7) not to be inimical toward\nanyone, 8) to be simple, and 9) to support servants or subordinates. One\nwealth,\n\ncannot be called a civiJized person \\vithout acquiring the above-mentioned\npreliminary qualities. Besides these, the briihmarzas or the intelligent men,\n\nthe administrative men, the mercantile community and the laborer class\nmust acq11ire special qualities in terms of occupational duties mentioned\nin all the Vedic scriptures. For the intelligent men, controlling the senses\nis the most essential qualification, which is the basis of morality. Sex\n\nindulgence even with a legitimate wife must also be controlled, and thereby\nfamily control will automatically follow. An intelligent man abuses his\ngreat qualifications if he does not follow the Vedic way of life. This means\nhe must seriously make a study of the Vedic literatures, especially of the\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam and the Bhagavad-gitii. For learning Vedic knowledge,\n\none must approach a person who is cent percent engaged in devotional\nservice. He must not do things which are forbidden in the siistras. A person\n\ncannot be a teacher if he drinks or smokes. In the modern system of\neducation the teacher's academic qualification is taken into consideration\nwithout evaluation of hi moral life. Therefore, the result of education is\nmisuse of high intelligence in so many ways.\n\nThe k§atriyas or the administrative class is especiaiJy advi ed to give in\ncharity and not to accept charity in any circumstances. Modern administrators raise subscriptions for some political functions, but never give in\n\ncharity to the citizens in any slate function. It is just the reverse in the\n\ninjunctions of the siistras. The administrative class must be well versed in\n\nthe sustras, but must not take to the profession of teachers. The administrators should never pretend to become nonviolent and thereby go to hell.\n\nWhen Arjuna \\Vanted to become a nonviolent coward in the Battlefield\nof Kuruk�etra, he was severely chastised by Lord Kr��a. The Lord de­\n\ngraded Arjuna at that time to the status of an uncivilized man for his\navowed acceptance of the cult of nonviolence. The administrative class\nmust be personally trained in the military education. Cowards should not\n\nbe elevated to the presidential throne by dint of numerical votes only.\nThe monarchs were all chivalrous personalities, and therefore monarchy\nshould be maintained provided the monarch is regularly trained in the\noccupational duties of a king. In fighting, the king or the president should\n\nnever return home 1vithout being hurt by the enemy. The so-called king of\n\n", "SB1.2#p0120": "Text 26j\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\n471\n\ntoday never VISits the warfield. He is very much expert in artificially\nencouraging the fighting strength in the hope of false national prestige.\nAs soon as the administrative class is turned into a gang of mercantile and\nlaborer men, the whole machinery of government becomes pollu ted.\nThe vaiSyas or the mercantile communities are especially advised to pro·\nteet the cows. Cow protection means increasing the milk productions,\nnamely curd and butter. Agriculture and distribution of the foodstuff are\nthe primary duties of the mercantile community backed by education in\nVedic knowledge and trained to give in charity. As the k§atriyas were given\ncharge of the protection of the citizens, vaisyas were given the charge of the\nprotection of animals. Animals are never meant to be killed. Killing of\nanimals is a symptom of barbarian society. For a human being, agricultural\nproduce, fruits and milk are sufficient and compatible foodstuffs. The\nhuman society should give more attention to animal protection. The pro·\nductive energy of the laborer is misused when he is occupied by industrial\nenterprises. J ndustry of various types cannot produce the essential needs\nof man, namely rice,. wheat, grains, milk, fruits and vegetables. The production of machines and machine\n\ntools increases the artificial living\n\nfashion of a class of vested interests and keeps thousands of men in\nstarvation and unrest. This should not be the standard of civilization.\nThe sudra class is less intelligent, and they have no independence. They\nare meant for rendering sincere service to the three higher sections of the\nsociety. The sudra class can attain all comforts of life simply by rendering\nservice to the higher classes. It is especially enjoined that a sudra should\nnever bank money. As soon as the sudras accumulate wealth, it will be\nmisused for sinful activities in wine, women and gambling. Wine, women\nand gambling indicate that the population is degraded into less than sudra\nquality. The higher castes should always look after the maintenance of\nthe sudras, and they should provide them with old and used garments. A\nsudra should not leave Iris master when the master is old and invalid, and\nthe master should keep the servants satisfied in a!J respects. The sudras\nmust first of all be satisfied by sumptuous food and clothing before any\nsacrifice is performed. In this age so many functions are held by spending\nmillions, but the poor laborer is not sumptuously fed or given charity,\nclothing, etc. The laborers are thus dissatisfied, and so they make agitation.\nThe var!las are, so to speak, classifications of different occupations, and\niisrama-dharma is gradual progress on the path of self-realization. Both are\ninterrelated, and one is dependent on the other. The main purpose of\niisrama-dharma is to awaken knowledge and detachment. The brahmaciiri\niisrama is the training ground for the prospective candidates. In this\n\n", "SB1.2#p0121": "472\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 9\n\niisrama it is instructed that this material world is not actually the home of\nthe living being. The conditioned souls under material bondage are prisoners of matter, and therefore self-realization is the ultimate aim of life. The\nwhole system of iisrama-dharma is a means to detachment. One who fails\nto assimilate this spirit of detachment is allowed to enter into family life\nwith the same spirit of detachment. Therefore, one who attains detachment may at once adopt the fourth order, namely, renounced, and thus\nlive on charity only, not to accumulate wealth, but just to keep body and\nsoul together for ultimate realization. Household life is for one who is\n\nattached, and the viinaprastha and sannyiisa orders of life are for those who\nare detached from material life. The brahmaciiri-iisrama is especially meant\nfor training both the attached and detached.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n���·pn�l:ll{hr_N-�: ,\n�Nm� lllf.T�� ��1.frntfrfRJ!·II�'911\ndiina-dharmiin riija-dharmiin\nmok§a-dharmiin vibhiigasafl,\nstri-dharmiin bhagavad-dharmiin\nsamiisa-vyiisa-yogatafl,\ndiina-dharmiin-:.the acts of charity; riija -dharmiin- pragmatic activities of\nthe kings; mok§a-dharmiin-the acts for salvation; vibhiigasafl,-by divisions;\nstri-dharmiin-duties of women; bhagavat-dharmiin-the acts of the devotees; samiisa- generally; vyiisa- explicitly ; yogata[t-by means of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe then explained, by divisions, acts of charity, the pragmatic activities of a king and activities for salvation. Then he described the duties of\nwomen and devotees, both briefly and extensively.\nPURPORT\nTo give charity is one of the householder's main functions, and he\nshould be prepared to give in charity at least fifty percent of his hardearned money. A brahmaciiri, or student, should perform sacrifices, a\nhouseholder should give charity, and a person in the retired life or in the\n\n", "SB1.2#p0122": "Bhi�ma's Passing Away\n\nText 27)\n\n473\n\nrenounced order should practice penances and austerities. Those are the\ngeneral functions of all the iisramas or orders of life on the path of selfrealization. In the brahmaciiri life the training is sufficiently imparted to\nunderstand that the world as property belongs to the Supreme Lord, the\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\n1 o one, therefore, can claim to be the proprietor\n\nof anything in the world. Therefore, in the life of a householder, which is\na sort of license for sex enjoyment, one must give in charity for the service\nof the Lord. Everyone's energy is generated or borrowed from the reser·\nvoir of energy of the Lord; therefore, the resultant actions of such energy\nmust be given to the Lord in the shape of transcendental loving service for\nHim. As the rivers draw water from the sea through the clouds and again\ngo down to the sea, similarly our energy is borrowed from the supreme\nsource, the Lord's energy, and it must return to the Lord. That is the per·\nfection of our energy. The Lord, therefore, in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 9.27)\nsays that whatever we do, whatever we undergo as penance, whatever we\nsacrifice, whatever we eat or whatever we give in charity must be offered\nto Him (the Lord). That is the way of utilizing our borrowed energy. When\nour energy is utilized in that way, our energy is purified from the contamination of material inebrieties, and thus we become fit for our original\nnatural life of service to the Lord.\nRaja-dharma is a great science, unlike modern diplomacy for political\nsupremacy. The kings were trained systematically to become munificent\nand not merely tax collectors. They were trained to perform different\nsacrifices only for the prosperity of the subjects. To lead the prajiis to the\nattainment of salvation was a great duty of the king. The father, the\nspiritual master\n\nand the king are not to become irresponsible in the\n\nmatter of leading their subjects to the path of ultimate liberation from\nbirth, death, diseases and old age. When these primary duties are properly\ndischarged, there is no need of government of the people, by the people.\nIn modern days the people in general occupy the administration by the\nstrength of manipulated votes, but they are never trained in the primary\nduties of the king, and that is also not possible for everyone. Under the\ncircumstances the untrained administrators play havoc to make the subjects happy in all respects. On the other hand, these untrained administrators gradually become rogues and thieves and increase the taxation to\nfinance a top-heavy administration that is useless for all purposes. Actually\nthe qualified briihmar-as are meant to give direction to the kings for proper\nadministration\n\nin terms of the scriptures like the Manu-sarhhitii and\n\nDharma-siistras of Parasara. A typical king is the ideal of the people in\ngeneral, and if the king is pious, religious, chivalrous and munificent, the\n\n", "SB1.2#p0123": "474\n\nSrim ad Bh agavatam\n-\n\n[Canto l, Ch_ 9\n\ncitizens generally follow him. Such a king is not a lazy sensuous person\nliving at the cost of the subjects, but alert always to kill thieves and\ndacoits. The pious kings were not merciful to dacoits and thieves in the\nname of nonsensical ahirhsa. The thieves and dacoits were pu rushed in an\nexemplary way so that in the future no one would dare commit such\nnuisances in an organized form. Such thieves and dacoits were never meant\nfor administration as they are now.\nThe taxation law was simple. There was no force, no encroachment. The\nking had a right to take one fourth of the production made by the subject.\nThe king had a right to claim a fourth of one's allotted wealth. One woukl\nnever grudge to part with it because due to the pious king and religious\nharmony there was enough natural wealth, namely grains, fruits, flowers,\nsilk, cotton, milk, jewels, minerals, etc., and therefore, no one was materially unhappy. The citizens were rich in agriculture and animal husbandry,\nand therefore they had enough grains, fruits and milk without any artificial\nneeds of soaps and toilets, cinemas and bars.\nThe king had to see that the reserved energy of humanity was properly\nutilized. Human energy is not exactly meant for fulfilling animal propensities, but for self-realization. The whole government was specifically designed to fulfill this particular purpose. As such, the king had to select\nproperly the cabinet ministers, but not on the strength of voting background. The ministers, the military commanders or even the ordinary\nsoldiers were all selected by personal quaJification, and the king had\nto supervise them properly before they were appointed to their respective posts.\n\nThe king was especially vigilant to see that the tapasvis,\n\nor persons who sacrificed everything for disseminating spiritual knowledge,\nwere never disregarded_ They knew well that the Supreme Lord Personality\nof Godhead never tolerates any insult to His unalloyed devotees. Such\ntapasvis were trusted leaders even of the rogues and thieves, who would\nnever disobey the orders of tapasvis. The king would give special protection to illiterates, the helpless and \\vidows of the state. Defense measures\nwere arranged previous to any attack by the enemies. The taxing process\nwas easy, and it was not meant for squandering, but was for strengthening\nthe reserve fund. The soldiers were recruited from all parts of the world,\nand they were trained for special duties.\nAs far as salvation is concerned, one has to conquer the principles of\nlust, anger, unlawful desires, avarice and be,vilderment. To get freedom\nfrom anger, one should learn how to forgive. One should not make plans\nin order to be free from unlawful desires. By spiritual culture one is able\nto conquer sleep. By tolerance only can one conquer desires and avarice.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0124": "Bhi�ma's Passing Away\n\nText 28]\n\n475\n\nDisturbances from various diseases can be avoided by regulated diets. By\nself-control one can be free from false hopes, and money can be saved by\n\navoiding undesirable association. By practice of yoga one can control\nhunger, and worldliness can be avoided by culturing the knowledge of\nimpermanence. Dizziness can be conquered by rising up, and false arguments can be conquered by factual ascertainment. Talkativeness can be\navoided by gravity and silence, and by prowess one can avoid fearfulness.\nPerfect knowledge can be obtained by self-cultivation. One must be freed\nfrom lust, avarice, anger, dreaming, etc., to attain actually lhe path of\nsalvation.\nAs far as the women class arc concerned, they are accepted as a power\nof inspiration for man. As such, women are more powerful than men.\nMighty Julius Caesar was controlled by a Cleopatra. Such powerful worn en\nare controlled by shyness. Therefore,\n\nhyness is important for women.\n\nOnce this control valve i s loosened, women can create havoc in society by\nadultery. Adultery means production of unwanted children known as\nvarr-a-saiikara, who disturb the world.\nThe last item was taught by BJ-u�madeva. This is the process of pleasing\nthe Lord. We are all eternal servants of the Lord, and when we forget this\nessential part of our nature we are put into material conditions of life. The\nsimple process of pleasing the Lord (for the householders especially) is to\ninstall the Dei ty of the Lord at home. By concentrating on the Deity, one\nmay progressively go on with the daily routine work. Worshiping the Deity\n\nat home, serving the devotee, hearing the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, residing in a\nholy place and chanting the holy name of the Lord are all inexpensive\nitems by which one can please the Lord. Thus the subject matter was\nexplained by the grandfather to his grandchildren.\n\nTEXT 28\n\ndharmiirtha-kiima-mok�iirhs ca\nsahopiiyiin yathii mune\nnaniikhyiinetihiise�u\nvarrayiimiisa tattvavit\ndharma-occupational\n\nduties; artha-economic development; kama­\n\nfulfillment of desires; m ok§ii n -u ltimate salvation; ca-and; saha a!ong with;\n-\n\n", "SB1.2#p0125": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n476\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 9\n\nupiiyiin-means; yathii-as it is; mune-0 sages; niinii-various; iikhyiina-by\nrecitation of historical narrations; itihiise§u-in the histories; varpayiimiisa\n-described; tattvavit-one who knows the truth.\nTRANSLATION\nThen he described the occupational duties of different orders and\nstatuses of life, citing instances from history, for he was himself weU\nacquainted with the truth.\nPURPORT\nIncidences mentioned in the Vedic literatures, such as the Puriipas,\nMahiibhiirata and Riimiiyapa, etc., are factual historical narrations which\ntook place sometime in the past, although not in any chronological order.\nSuch historical facts, being instructive for ordinary men, were assorted\nwithout chronological reference. Besides that, they happen on different\nplanets, nay, in different universes, and thus the description of the narrations\nis sometimes measured by three dimensions. We are simply concerned\nwith the instructive lessons of such incidences, even though they are not\nin order by our limited range of understanding. Bhi�madeva described such\nnarrations before Maharaja Yudhi�thira in reply to his different questions.\nTEXT 29\n\n� Si'li<V1a� ij\" �: *f«�a: I\n7.ft t�Tf��q�ttl'4lf50a�*l(ltot: II�� II\ndharmam pravadatas tasya\nsa kiilaft pratyupasthitaft\nyo yoginas chanda-mrtyor\nviiiichitas tiittariiyaraft\ndharmam-occupational duties; pravadataft-while describing; tasyahis;sa�-that; kala�-time; pratyupasthita�-exactly appeared;ya�- that is;\nyogina�-for the mystics; chanda-mrtyo�-of one who dies according to\none's own selection of time; viiiichitaft-as desired by; tu-but; uttariiyaraft\n-period when the sun runs on the northern horizon.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0126": "Text 30)\n\nBhisma's Passing Away\n\n477\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Bhi�madeva was describing occupational duties, the sun's course\nran into the northern hemisphere. This period is desired by mystics who\ndie at their will .\nPURPORT\nThe perfect yogis or mystics can leave the material body at their own\nsweet will at a suitable time and go to a suitable planet desired by them.\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 8.14) it is said that self-realized souls who have\nexactly identified themselves with the interest of the Supreme Lord can\ngenerally leave the material body during the time of the fire-god's effulgence and when the sun is in the northern horizon, and thus achieve the\ntranscendental sky. In the Vedas these times are considered auspicious for\nquitting the body, and they are taken advantage of by the expert mystics\nwho have perfected the system. Perfection of yoga means attainment of\nsuch supermental states as to be able to leave the material body as desired.\nThey can also reach any planet within no time without a material vehicle.\nThe yogis can reach the highest planetary system within a very short time,\nand this is impossible for the materialist. Even attempting to reach the\nhighest planet will take millions of years at a speed of millions of miles per\nhour. This is a different science, and Bhi�madeva knew well hmv to utilize\nit. He was just waiting for the suitable moment to quit his material body,\nand the golden opportunity arrived when he was instructing his noble\ngrandsons, the Patl�avas. He thus prepared himself to quit his body before\n\nthe exalted Lord Sri Kr�tla, the pious Patl�avas and the great sages headed\nby Bhagavan Vyasa, etc., all great souls.\n\nTEXT 30\n\niji:\\lqfit�tt f.R: (i(�onFti�«i � 3ldG\\'l�\n� �rft� �\n\n�:fm51ftf� ll�oll\n\ntadopasamhrtya gira!J, sahasraf}tr\nvimukta-sangarh mana iidi-pii.ru§e\nknr;te lasat-pita-pate catur-bhuje\npura� sthite 'milita drg vyadhiirayat\n\n", "SB1.2#p0127": "478\ntadii-at\n\nthat\n\ntime;\n\nsahasrarib.-Bhi�madeva\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 9\n\nupasarhhrtya-withdrawing;\n\ngiraft-speeches;\n\n(expert\n\nin\n\nthousands\n\nof\n\nsciences and arts);\n\nvimukta-sahgam-compieteiy freed from everything else; mana[l,-mind;\n\niidi-piint§e-unto the original Personality of Godhead; k!§l).e-unto Kr�Qa;\nlasat-pita-pate-decorated with yellow garments; catur-bhuje-unto four­\n\nhanded original Narayapa; purafi,-just before; sthite-standing by; amilita\n\n-widespread; drk-vision; vy adh iirayat\n\n-\n\nfi x ed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereupon that man who spoke on different subjects with thousands of\n\nm\n\neanings and who fought on thousands of battlefields· and protected\n\nthousands of men, stopped speaking, and being completely freed from all\nbondage, withdrew his mind from everything else and fixed his wide-open\n\neyes upon the Personality of Godhead Sri Kr!!f!a who stood before him,\n\nfour-handed, dressed in yellow garments that glittered and shined.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the momentous hour of leaving this material body the glorious\n\nexample set by Bhi�madeva is the important function of the human form\n\nof life. The subject matter which attracts the dying man becomes the\nbeginning of his next life. If, therefore, one is absorbed in the thoughts of\nthe Supreme Lord Sri Kr�pa, he is sure to go back to Godhead without any\n\ndoubt. This is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 8.5-15):\n\n5:\n\nAnd whoever, at the time qf death, quits his body, remembering Me\n\nalone, at once attains My nature. Of this there is no doubt.\n\n6: Whatever state of being one remembers when he quits his body, that\n\nstate he will attain without fail.\n\n7:\n\nTherefore, Aijuna, you should always think of Me in the form of\n\nKr�TJa and at the same time carry out your prescribed duty of fighting.\n\nWith your activities dedicated to Me and your mind and intelligence fixed\non Me, you will attain l\\'le without doubt.\n\n8: He who meditates on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, his mind\n\nconstantly engaged in remembering Me, undeviated from the path, he, 0\n\nPartha [ Arjuna], is sure to reach Me.\n\n9: One should meditate upon the Supreme Person as the one who knows\n\neverything, as He who is the oldest, who is the controller, who is smaller\n\nthan the smallest, who is the maintainer of everything, who is beyond all\nmaterial conception, who is inconceivable, and who is always a person. He\n\nis luminous l ike the sun and, being transcendental, is beyond this material\n\nnature.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0128": "Text 31]\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\n479\n\n10: One who, at the time of death. fixes his life air between the eyebrows and in full devotion engages himself in remembering the Supreme\nLord, will certainly attain to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nll: Persons learned in the Vedas. who utter omkiira and who are great\nsages in the renounced order, enter into Brahman. Desiring such perfection,\none practices celibacy. I shall now explain to you this process by which\none may attain salvation.\n12: The ogic situation is that of detachment from ali sensual engagements. Closing all the doors of the senses and fixing the mind on the heart\nand the life air at the top of the head, one establishes himself in yoga.\n13: After being situated in this yoga practice and vibrating the sacred\nsyllable om, the supreme combination of letters, if one thinks of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and quits his body, he will certainly\nreach the spiritual planets.\n14: For one who remembers Me without deviation, I am easy to obtain,\n0 son of Prtha, because of his constant engagement in devotional service.\n15: After attaining le, the great souls, who are yogis in devotion, never\nreturn to this temporary world, which is full of miseries, because they\nhave attained the highest perfection.\n\nSri Bhi�madeva attained the perfection of quitting his body a t will and\nwas fortunate enough to have Lord Kpma, the object of his attention,\npersonally present at the time of death. He, therefore, fixed his open eyes\nupon Him. He wanted to see Sri Kr�l)a for a long time out of his spontaneous love for Him. Because he was a pure devotee, he had very little to\ndo with the detailed performance of yogic principles. Simple bhakti-yoga\nis enough to bring about perfection. Therefore, the ardent desire of\nBhi�madeva was to see the person of Lord Kr�l)a, the most lovable object,\nand by the grace of the Lord, Sri Bhi�madeva had this opportunity at the\nlast stage of his breathing.\nTEXT 31\n\nvisuddhayii dhiirar-ayii hatiisubhas\ntad-ik§ayaiviisu gatii-xudha-.�rama[1\nnivrtta-sarvendriya-vrtti-vibhramas\ntu§fiiva janyam visrjaii janiirdanam\n\n", "SB1.2#p0129": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n480\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 9\n\nvisuddhayii- by the purified; dhiirarzayii-meditation; hata-asubhaft-one\nwho had minimized the inauspicious qualities of material existence; tathis; ik�ayii-by looking on; eva-simply by; tisu-immediately;gatii-having\ngone away;yudha-arrows; srama[z-fatigue; nivrtta-being stopped; saroaall; indriya\n\n-\n\ns ense s; vrtti-activities; vibhramaft-being widely engaged;\n\ntu�tiiva-prayed for; janyam--:the material tabernacle; visrjan-while quitting; janiirdanam-the controller of the living beings.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy pure meditation, looking at Lord Sri Kr�!la, he at once was freed\nfrom all material inauspiciousness and was relieved of all bodily pains\ncaused by the arrow wounds. Thus all the external activities of his senses\nwere at once stopped, and he prayed transcendentally to the controller of\nall living beings while quitting his material body.\nPURPORT\nThe material body is a gift of the material energy technically called\nillusion. Identification with the material body is due to forgetfulnes\n\nof\n\nour eternal relationship with the Lord. For a pure devotee of the Lord like\nBhl�madeva, this illusion was at once removed as soon as the Lord arrived.\nLord Kr�!la is like the. un, and the illusory external material energy is like\ndarkness. In the presence of the sun there is no possibility of darknes\n\"tanding. Therefore, jL:st on the arrival of Lord Kr�pa, all material conlamination was compiPLt-1) removed, and Bhl�madeva was thus able to be\ntranscen-dentally situated by stopping the activities of the impure sense\nin collaboration with matter. The soul is originally pure and so also the\nsenses. By material contamination the senses assume the role of imperfection and impurit . By revival of contact with the Supreme Pure Lord\nKr. t1a\n\nthe\n\nsenses again become freed from material contamination .\n\nBhl�madeva attained all these transcendental conditions prior to his leaving\nthe material body because of the presence of the Lord. The Lord is the\ncontroller and benefactor of all living beings. That is the verdict of all\n\nVedas. H1· is the suprt-\"mf' eternity and living entity amongst all the eternal\nl i v ing b1·ings.* And lit\" alone provides all necessities for all kinds of li\\1ng\nbeings. Thus lie provided all facilities to fulfill the transcendental desires\n\n*nityo nityiiniim cetanas cetartiiniim eko yo bahuniirh v:dadhiiti kiimiin (Ka{ha Upani§ad)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0130": "Text 32)\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\n481\n\nof His great devotee Sri Blu�madeva, and thus the latter began to pray as\nfollows.\nTEXT 32\n\n��em;{\n\n�Rr��� f�\n+m'!ffij ���ijif fcf�m 1\n�Rf�\n��qttij\n\n�fij�fq-\n\n�J:�: ����II\n\nsri bhi§11W UVtlCU\niti matir upakulpitii vit[§[lii\nbhagavati siitvata-pungave vibhumni\nsva-sukham upagate kvacid viharturh\nprakrtim upeyu§i yad bhava-praviiha[t\nsri bhi§ma� twiica-Bhi�madcva said : iti-thus; mat* -thinking . feeling\nand willin g ; upakalpitii-invested: vit[§Q-ii-freed from all sense desires;\nbhagavati-unto t he Personality of Godhead; siitvata-puhgave-unto the\nleader\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ndevotees: vibhumni-unto\n\nthe\n\ngreat; sva-sukham-self­\n\nsatisfaction; upagate-unto Him who has attained it: lrvacit-sometimes:\nvihartum-out of transcendental pleasure: prakrtim -in the material world :\n\nu peyu�i-do accept it: yat bhava-from whom the creat io n; pra vahab - is\nmade and annihilated.\nTRANSLATION\nBhi�madeva said: Let me now invest my thinking, feeling and wiJJing,\n\nwhich were so long engaged in different subjects and occupational duties,\nunto the all-powerful Lord Sri Kr�•.1a. He is always self-satisfied, but\nsometimes, being the leader of the devotees, He enjoys transcendental\npleasure by descending on the material world, although from Him only the\nmaterial world is created.\nP RPORT\nBecause Bhi�madeva was a statesman, the head of the Kuru dy nasty , a\n\ngreat general and a leader of k§atriyas , his mind was slrf'\\1\"11 over so nw11�·\nubjects, and his thinking. ft>eling and \"illing wt>re engagt>d in diffen·nl\nmatters. _low. in order to achie\\·t' pure devotional service. he wa11Ls to\n\n", "SB1.2#p0131": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n482\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 9\n\ninvest all po• ers of thinking, feeling and willing entirely in the Supreme\nBeing Lord Kr�!Ja. He is described herein as the leader of the devotees and\nall-powerful. Although Lord Kr�!la is the original Personality of Godhead,\n\nHe Himself descends on earth to bestow upon His pure devotees the boon\n\nof devotional service. He descends sometimes as Lord Kr�!la as He is, and\nsometimes as Lord Caitanya. Both are leaders of the pure devotees. Pure\n\ndevotees of the Lord have no desire other than the service of the Lord, and\n\ntherefore they are called siitvata. The Lord is the chief amongst such\nsiitvatas. Bh i�madeva, therefore, has no other desires. Unless one is purified\nfrom all sorts of material desires, the Lord does not become one's leader­\n\nDesires cannot be wiped out, but they have only to be purified. It is\n\nconfirmed in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii by the Lord Himself that He gives His\n\ninstruction from within the heart of a pure de otee who is constantly\n\nengaged in the service of the Lord (Bg. 7.28). Such instruction is given not\n\nfor any m a terial purpose but only for going back home, back to Godhead\n(Bg.\n\n10.10). For the ordinary man who want.:; to lord it over material\n\nnature, the Lord only sanctions and becomes a witness of activities, but\nHe never gives the nondevotee instructions for going back to Godhead.\n\nThat is th\n\n·\n\ndifference in deaungs by the Lord to different living beings,\n\nboth the devotee and the nondevotee. He is leader of all the living beings,\n\nas the king of the state rules both the pri ·oners and the free citizens. But\nHis dealings are different in terms of devotee and nondevotee. Non­\n\ndevotees ncw:r care to tak e any instru c ti o n from the Lord, and therefore\nthe Lord i\n\n·\n\nsilent in their case, although He w i tn e sses all their acti ities\n\nand awards them the necessary results, good or bad. The devotees are above\n\nthis mate r ial goodness and badness, but- they are progressive on the path of\n\ntranscendence, and ther e fore they have no desire for anything material.\n\nThe devotee also k now s Sri Kr�r_1a as the original Naraya!la because Lord\nSri Kr�!Ja, by His plenary portion, appears. a\n\nthe Karanodakasayi Vi�!lU,\n\nthe original source of all material creation. The Lord also desires the\nassociation of His pure devotee,, and for them only the Lord descends on\nthe earth and enlivens them. The Lord appears out of His own will. He is\n\nnet forced by the conditions of material nature. He is therefore described\n\nhere as the vibhu, or the� Almighty, for He is mwcr conditioned by the\nlaws of m a l erial nature.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n<:1¥41<iS'E4oi\n�w��U\"R\n<::� I\n\n", "SB1.2#p0132": "Text 33]\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\n483\n\n����tdl'1'11�jf\nf��� �fm« qs;f� II��II\ntri-bhuvana-kamanarh tamiila-varr-am\nravi-kara-gaura-variimbararh dadhiine\nvapur alaka-kuliiv[tiinaniibjarh\nvijaya-sakhe ratir astu me'navadyii\ntri-bhuvana-three statuses of planetary systems; k amanam- the most\n\ndesirable; tamala-var !lam-bl uish like the tamala tree; ravi-kara-sun rays;\n\ngaura-golden color; variimbaram-dress glittering by; dadhiine-one who\n\nwears; vapu[l.-body; alak a-kuliivrta-covered with paintings of sandalwood\n\npulp; anana - abjam- face like a lotus; vijaya-sakhe- unto the friend of\nArjuna; rat* astu-attraction be reposed upon Him; me-my; anavadyiiwithout desire for fruitive results.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Kr��a is the intimate friend of Arjuna. He has appeared on this\nearth in His transcendental body which resembles the bluish color of the\n\ntamiila tree. His body attracts everyone in the three [upper, middle and\nlower] planetary systems. May His glittering yellow dress and His lotus\nface, covered with paintings of sandalwood pulp, be the object of my\nattra ction, and may I not desire fruitive results.\nPURPORT\nWhen SI:i Kr��a by His own internal pleasure appears on earth, He does\n\nso by the agency of His internal potency. The attractive features of His\ntranseendental body are desired in all the three worlds, namely the upper,\n\nmiddle and lower planetary systems. Nowhere in the universe are there\n\nuch beautiful bodily features as those of Lord Kr�pa. Therefore His\n\ntranscendental body has nothing to do with anything materially created.\n\nArjuna is described here as the conquerer, and Kf�pa is described as his\n\nintimate friend. Blu�madeva on his bed of arrows after the Battle of\n\nKuruk�etra is rememberi ng the particular dress of Lord Kr�pa which He\n\nput on as the driver of Arjuna's chariot. While fighting was going on be­\n\ntween Arjuna and Bhi�ma, Blu�ma's attraction was drawn by the glittering\ndress of Kf�pa, and indirectly he admired his so-called enemy Arjuna for\n\npossessing the Lord as his friend. Arjuna was always a conquerer because\n\n", "SB1.2#p0133": "484\n\n(Canto I, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nthe Lord was his friend. Bhi�madeva takes this opportunity to address the\nLord as vijayasakhe (friend of Arjuna) because the Lord is pleased when He\n\nis addressed conjointly with His devotees who are related with Him in\ndifferent transcendental humors. While Kr�rta was the charioteer of Arjuna,\nsun rays glittered on the dress of the Lord, and the beautiful hue created\nby the reflection of such rays was never forgotten by Bhi�madeva. As a\ngreat fighter he was relishing the relation of Kr�rta in the chivalrous humor.\n\nTranscendental relation with the Lord in any one of the different rasas\n(humors) is relishable by the respective devotees in the highest ecstasy.\nLess intelligent mundaners who want to make a show of being transcendentally related with the Lord artificially jump at once to the relation of\nconjugal love, imitating the damsels of Vrajadhiima. Such a cheap relation\nwith the Lord exhibits only the base mentality of the mundaner because\n\none who has relished conjugal humor with the Lord cannot be attached to\nworldly conjugal rasa, which is condemned even by mundane ethics. The\neternal relation of a particular soul with the Lord is evolved. A genuine\nrelation of the living being with the Supreme Lord can take any form out\nof the five principal rasas, and it does not make any difference in transcen­\n\ndental degree to the genuine devotee. Bhi�madeva is a concrete example of\n\nthis, and it should be car�fully observed how the great general is transcendentally related W'lt\"h the Lord.\n\nTEXT 34\n\nyudhi turaga-rajo-vidhumra-vi§vak\nkaca-lulita-sramaviiryalankrtiisye\nmama ni§ita-sarair vibhidyamiina\ntvaci vilasat kavace'stu kr�TJ-a iitmii\nyudhi-on the battlefield; tu.raga-horses; raja�-dust; vidhumra-turned\nan ashen color; vi� vak-waving; kaca-hair; lulita-scattered; sramaviiriperspiration; alahkrta-decorated with; iisye-unto the face; mama-my;\nnisita-sharp; sami�-by the arrows; vibhidyamiina\n\n-\n\npierced by; tvaci-in\n\n", "SB1.2#p0134": "Text 34]\n\n485\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\nthe skin; vilasat-enjoying pleasure; kavace-protecting armor; astu-let\nthere be; hr§TJUft-unto Sri Kr�l).a; atma-mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the battlefield [where Sri Kr�ra attended Arjuna out of friendship],\n\nthe flowing hair of Lord Kr�l)a turned ashen due to the dust raised by the\n\nhoofs of the horses. And because of His labor, beads of sweat wetted His\n\nface. All these decorations, intensified by the wounds dealt by my sharp\n\narrows, were enjoyed by Him. Let my mind thus go unto Sri Kr�J)a.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord is the absolute form of eternity, bliss and knowledge. As such,\n\ntranscendental loving service of the Lord in one of the five principal\n\nrelations, namely, santa,\n\ndasya, sakhya, vatsalya\n\nand\n\nmadhurya, i.e.,\n\nneutrality, servitorship, fraternity, filial affection and conjugal love, is\ngraciously accepted by the Lord when offered to the Lord in genuine love\n\nand affection. Sri Blu�madeva is a great devotee of the Lord in the relation\nof servitorship. Thus his throwing of sharp arrows at the transcendental\n\nbody of the Lord is as good as the worship of another devotee who throws\n\nsoft roses upon Him.\n\nIt appears that Bhi�madeva is repenting his actions, which he committed\n\nagainst the person of the Lord. But factually the Lord's body was not at all\n\npained due to His transcendental existence. His body is not matter. Both\nHe Himself and His body are complete spiritual identity. Spirit is never\n\npierced, burnt, driedr �oistened, etc. This is vividly explained in the\nBhagavad-gita. So also it is ·statell in-.the Skanda\n\nPurar-a. It is said there\n\nthat spirit is always uncontaminated and indestructible. It cannot be\n\ndistressed, nor can it be dried up. When Lord Vi�l)U in His incarnation\n\nappears before us, He seems to be like one of the conditioned souls\n\nmaterially encaged just to bewilder the asuras, or the nonbelievers, who are\n\nalways alert to kill the Lord, even from the very beginning of His appear­\n\nance. Kamsa wanted to kill Krl?tl3, and Rava!)a wanted to kill Rama, be­\n\ncause foolishly they were unaware of the fact that the Lord is never killed,\n\nfor the spirit is never annihilated.\n\nTherefore Bhi�madeva's piercing of the body of Lord Kr�!la is a sort of\n\nbewildering problem for the nondevotee atheist, but those who are devo­\n\ntees or those who are liberated souls are not bewildered.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0135": "486\n\nSrimad- Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 9\n\nBhl�madeva appreciated the all-merciful attitude of the Lord because He\n\ndid not leave A�una alone, although He lVas disturbed by the sharpened\n\narrows of Bhl�madeva, nor was He reluctant to come before Bhl�ma's\n\nde athbed, even though He was ill-treated by him in the battlefield.\n\nBhl�ma's repentance and the Lord's merciful attitude are both unique in\n\nthis picture.\n\nSri Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakur, a great iiciirya and devotee in the\n\nhumor of conjugal love with the Lord, remarks very saliently in this\n\nregard. He says that the wounds created on the body of the Lord by the\nsharpened arrows of Bhl�madeva were as pleasing to the Lord\n\nas the\n\nbiting of a fiancee who bites the body of the Lord directed by a strong\n\nsense of sex desire. Such biting by the opposite sex is never taken as a\n\nsign of enmity, even if there is a wound on the body. Therefore, the\nfighting as an exchange of transcendental pleasure between the Lord and\nHis pure devotee, Sri Bhi�madeva, was not at all mundane. Besides that,\n\nsince the Lord's body and the Lord are identical, there was no possibility\n\nof wounds in the absolute body. The apparent wounds caused by the\nsharpened arrows are misleading to the common man, but one who has a\n\nlittle absolute knowledge can understand the transcendental exchange in\n\nthe chivalrous relation. The Lord was perfectly happy with the wounds\n\ncaused by the sharpened arrows of Bhi�madeva. The word vibhidyamiina is\n\nsignificant because the Lord's skin is not different from the Lord. Because\n\nour skin is different from our so. ul, in our case the word vibhidyamiina, or\n\nbeing bruised and cut, would have been quite suitable. Transcendental\n\nbliss is of different varieties, and the variety of activities in the mundane\n\nworld is but a perverted reflection of transcendental bliss. Because every­\n\nthing in the mundane world is qualitatively mundane, it is full of ine­\n\nbrieties, whereas in the absolute realm, because everything is of the same\n\nabsolute nature, t here are varieties of enjoyment without inebriety. The\n\nLord enjoyed the wounds created by His great devotee Bhl�madeva, and\n\nbecause Bhl�madeva is a devotee in the chivalrous relation, he fixes up his\n\nmind on Krwa in that wounded condition.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�m��r��\nf.{,3NWl4Wotl � A� I\n�\nq(�M�i�(�\n�� tn�� (M4¥41� ������\n\n", "SB1.2#p0136": "Text 35]\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\n487\n\nsapadi sakhi-vaco nisamya madhye\nnija-parayor balayo ratharh nivesya\nsthitavati para-sainikiiyur ak1l[!ii\nhrtavati piirtha-sakhe ratir mamiistu\nsapadi on the battlefield; sakhi-vaca[l.- command of the friend; nisamya\n-\n\n-after hearing; madhye-in the midst of; nija-own;pa ray o [l.\n\nparty;\n\nbalay o �-strength;\n\nratham-chariot;\n\n-\n\nthe opposite\n\nn ivesya-having\n\nentered;\n\nsthitavati-while staying there; para sa i n ika soldiers on the opposite side;\n-\n\n-\n\niiyu[!.-duration of life; ak�( ii-by looking over; hrtavati-act of diminishing;\nl\n\npiirtha-Arjuna, son of Prtha (Kunti); sakhe-unto the friend of; ratif!.intimate relation; mama-my; astn-Jet there be.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn obedience to the command of His friend, Lord Sri Kr�l)a entered the\n\narena of the Battlefield of Kuru�etra between the soldiers of Arjuna and\nDuryodhana, and while there, He shortened the life spans of the opposite\n\nparty by His merciful glance. Tllis was done simply by His looking at the\nenemy. Let my mind be fixed upon that Kr��a.\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg.l .2l-25) Arjuna ordered the infallible Lord Sri\n\nKr��a to place hi chariot between the phalanxes of the soldiers. He asked\nHim to stay there until he had finished observing the enemies he had to face\n\nin the battle. When the Lord was so asked, He at once did so just like an\norder carrier. And the Lord pointed out all the important men on the\nopposite side, saying, \"Here is Bhi�ma, here is Dro�a,\" and so on. The\nLord, being the supreme living being, is never the order supplier or order\n\ncarrier of anyone, whoever may he be. But out of His causeless mercy and\naffection for His pure devotees, sometimes He carries out the order of the\n\ndevotee like an awaiting servant. By executing the order of a devotee, the\nLord becomes pleased, as a father is pleased to carry out the order of his\n\nsmall child. This is possible only out of pure transcendental love between\n\nthe Lord and His devotees, and Bhi�madeva is quite aware of this fact.\nHe, therefore, addressed the Lord as the friend of Arjuna.\n\nThe Lord diminished the duration of life of the opposite party by His\nmerciful glance. It is said that all fighters who assembled on the Battlefield\n\nof Kuruk�etra attained salvation by personally seeing the Lord at the lime\n\n", "SB1.2#p0137": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n488\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 9\n\nof death. Therefore, His diminishing the duration of life of the enemy of\nArjuna does not mean that He was partial to the cause of Arjuna. Factually\nHe was merciful to the opposite party because they would not have\nattained salvation by dying at home in the ordinary course of life. Here\nwas a chance to see the Lord at the time of death and thus attain salvation\nfrom material life. Therefore, the Lord is all good, and whatever He does\nis for everyone's good. Apparently it was for the victory of Arjuna, His\nintimate friend, but factually it was for the good of Arjuna's enemies. Such\nare the transcendental activities of the Lord, and whoever understands\nthis also gets salvation after quitting this material body. The Lord does\nno wrong in any circumstance because He is absolute, all good at all times.\nTEXT 36\n\n�qf(�'l<f\"tl«�\n�t(\n���Q� �tt�4!41 I\n4't¥tM¥t(«t�¥tf'?4t44t\n�: 'R� � �� 11��11\nvyavahita�prtanii-muk ham nin7>. §ya\nsva-jana-vadhiid vimukhasya do§a-buddhyii\nkumatim aharad iitma-vidyayii yas\ncararw-rati� paramasya tasya me 'stu\n\nvyavahita-standing\n\ndistance; prtan ii-so l diers; mukham-faces;\n\nat a\n\nnirikua-by looking upon; sva-jana\n\n-\n\nkinsm en; vadhiit-from the act of\n\nkilling; vimukhasya-one who is reluctant; do§a-buddhyii-by polluted\nintelligence;\n\nk u m atim -poor\n\nfund\n\nof\n\nknowledge; aharat -eradicated;\n\niitma-vidyayii-by transcendental knowledge; ya� -the person; carap,a­\n\nfeet; rat*-attraction; paramasya-of the Supreme; tasya\n\nmy; astu-let there be\n\n-\n\nfor Him; me­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Arjuna was seemingly polluted by ignorance upon observing\nthe soldiers and commanders before him on the battlefield, the Lord\neradicated his ignorance by delivering transcendental knowledge. May His\nlotus feet always remain the object of my attraction.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0138": "Text 37)\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\n489\n\nPURPORT\nThe kings and the commanders were to stand in the front of the fighting\nsoldiers. That was the system of actual fighting. The kings and commanders\nwere not so-called presidents or ministers of defense as they are today.\nThey would not stay home while the poor soldiers or mercenaries were\nfighting face to face. This may be the regulation of modern democracy,\nbut when actual monarchy was prevailing, the monarchs were not cowards\nelected without consideration of qualification. As it was evident from the\nBattlefield of Kuruk�etra, all the executive heads like Dro�1a, Bhi�ma,\nArjuna, Duryodhana, etc., of both parties, were not sleeping, but all of\nthem were actual participants in the fighting which was selected to be\nexecuted at a place away from the civil residential quarters. This means\nthat the innocent citizens were immuned from all effects of fighting\nbetween the rival royal parties. The citizens had no business to see what\nwas going to happen after such fighting. They were to pay one fourth of\ntheir income to the ruler, whether he be Arjuna or Duryodhana. All the\ncommanders of the parties on the B attlefield of Kuruk�etra were standing\nface to face, and Arjuna saw them with great compassion and lamented\nthat he was to kill his kinsmen on the battlefield for the sake of the\nempire. He was not at all afraid of the giant military phalanx presented by\nDuryodhana, but as a merciful devotee of the Lord, renunciation of worldly\nthings was natural for him, and thus he decided not to fight for worldly\npossessions. But this was due to a poor fund of knowledge, and therefore\nit is said here that his intelligence became polluted. His intelligence could\nnot be polluted at any time because he was a devotee and constant\ncompanion of the Lord, as is clear in the Fourth Chapter of the Bhagavad­\n\ngi:ta. Apparently Arjuna 's intelligence became polluted because otherwise\nthere would not have been a chance to rlPiivPr the teachings of Bhagavad­\n\ngita for the good of all polluted conditioned souls engaged in material\nbondage by the conception of the false material body. The Bhagavad-gita\nwas delivered to the conditioned souls of the world to deliver them from\nthe wrong conception of identifying the body with the soul and to reestablish the soul's eternal relation with the Supreme Lord. Atma-vidya, or\ntranscendental knowledge of Himself, was primarily spoken by the Lord\nfor tl1e benefit of all concerned in all parts of the universe.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�f.:l•t'l'tq'� 'l'CSIT�­\n\n�\n\n�:1\n\n", "SB1.2#p0139": "S rimad- Bhagavatam\n\n490\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 9\n\n'\"t{t($.4\"i't{i7JlS+l4l41\"Q�00{q �flr.f �Fi: 11�\\911\nsva-nigamam apahiiya mat-pratijiiam\nrtam adhikartum avapluto rathastha?t\ndhrta-ratha-carar-o 'bh)'ayiic caladgur\nharir iva hantum ibhmh gatottar_iyaft\ns va -n iga m am -own truthfulness; apahiiya-for nullifying; ma t-pratijniim\n-my\n\nown\n\npromise; r tam-factual;\n\nadhi-more; kartum-for doing it;\n\navaplu ta�- getting down; rathas tha[l, - from the chariot; dlqta- t aking up;\nratha-chariot; cara r w ft- wheel; abhyayii t-went hurriedly; caladguft- tramp­\n\nIing the earth; hari�-Jion; iva-like; hantum-to kiil; ibha m - elephant ;\n\ngata-leaving aside; u t ta riya�-covering cloth.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFuJfiUing my desire and sacrificing His ow n promise , He got down\n\nfrom the chariot, took up its wheel, and ran towards me hurriedly, j ust\n\nlike a lion goes to kill an elephant. He even dropped His outer garment\non the way.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Battle of Kuruk�etra was fought on military principles but at the\nsame time in a sporting spirit, like a friend fights with another friend.\nDuryodhana criticized Bhi�madeva, alleging that he was reluctant to kill\nArjuna because of paternal affection. A k§atriya cannot tolerate insults on\nthe principle of fighting. Bhi�madeva therefore promised that the next\nday he would kill all five Pa�9avas with spec:ial weapons made for the\npurpo e. Duryodhana was atisfied, and he kept the arrmv with him to be\ndelivered the next day during the fight. By tricks Arjuna took the arrows\n\nfrom Duryodhana, and BJ-u�madeva could understand that this was the\ntrick of Lord Ku1a. So he took a vow that the next day Km1a would have\nto take up weapons Himself, otherwise His friend Arjuna would die. So in\nthe next day's fighting Bhi�madeva fought o violently that both Arjuna\nand K���a were in trouble. Arjuna was almost defeated; the situation was\nso tense that he was about to be killed by Bhl�madeva the very next\nmoment. At that time Lord Kr��a wanted to please His devotee, Bhi�ma,\n\nby keeping his promise, which was more important than His own. Seeming­\n\nly He broke His own promise. He promised before the beginning of the\n\n", "SB1.2#p0140": "Bhi�ma's Passing Away\n\nText 38)\n\n491\n\nBattle of Kuruk�etra that He would remain without weapons and would\nnot use His strength for either of the parties. But to protect Arjuna He got\ndown from the chariot, took up the wheel of the chariot and hurriedly\nrushed at Bhi�madeva in an angry mood, like a lion goes to kill an elephant.\nT-Ie dropped His covering cloth on the way, and out of great anger He did\nnot know that He dropped it. Bhi�madeva at once gave up his weapons and\nstood to be killed by ��pa, his beloved Lord. The fighting of the day was\nthus ended at that very moment, and Arju na was saved. Of course there\nwas no possibility of Arjuna's death because the Lord Himself was on the\nchariot, but because Bhl�madeva wanted to see Lord KI�ra take up some\nweapon to save His friend, the Lord created this situation, making Arjuna's\ndeath imminent. He stood before Blu�madeva to show him that his promise\nwas fulfilled and that He had taken up the wheel.\nTEXT 38\n\n�I(CI�1l f���H\n�qf�il 3111f4'1l it I\n�\nSRPt'lfm«m:\n� � � � tffil�:ll��ll\nsita-visikha-hato visiqw-damsaft\nk�ataja-paripluta atatayino me\nprasabham abhisasiira mad-vadhiirtham\nsa bhavatu me bhagaviin gatir mukundaft\n\nsita- sha rp ; visikha- arrows ; ha ta b- - wo unded by; viSir[La-damsab--scatshield; k�ataja-by wounds; par ip l u tab- - smeared with blood;\niitatiiyinafi.-the great aggressor; m e -m y ; prasabham-in an angry mood;\ntered\n\nabhisasii ra\n\n-\n\nbegan to move on; mat-vadha-artham-for the p urpose of\n\nkilling me; sa?1 - He; bhavatu-let Him become; me-my; bhaga va n\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nPersonality of Godhead· gatib--destination; mukun dab- - one who awards\nsalvation.\nTRANSLATION\nMay He, Lord Sri ��ra, the Personality of Godhead, who awards\nsalvation, be my ultimate destination. On the battlefield He charged me,\nas if angry because of the wounds dealt by my sharp arrows. His shield was\nscattered, and His body was smeared with blood due to the wounds.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0141": "492\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe dealings of Lord Kp)l}a and Bhi�madeva on th� Battlefield of Kuru�etra are interesting because the activities of Lord Sri Kr�l}a appeared to\nbe partial to Arjuna and at enmity with Bhi�madeva; but factually all this\nwas especially meant to show special favor to Bhi�madeva, a great devotee\nof the Lord. The astounding feature of such dealings is that a devotee can\nplease the Lord by playing the part of an enemy. The Lord, being absolute,\n\ncan accept service from His pure devotee even in the garb of an enemy.\nThe Supreme Lord cannot have any enemy, nor can a so-called enemy\nharm\n\nHim because He is ajita,\n\nor unconquerable. But still He takes\n\npleasure when His pure devotee beats Him like an enemy or rebukes Him\nfrom a superior position, although no one can be superior to the Lord.\nThese are some of the transcendental reciprocatory dealings of the devotee\n\\vith the Lord. And those who have no information of pure devotional\nservice cannot penetrate into the mystery of such dealings. Bhi�madeva\nplayed the part of a valiant warrior, and he purposely pierced the body of\nthe Lord so that to the common eyes it appeared that the Lord was·\nwounded, but factually all this was to bewilder the nondevotees. The allspiritual body cannot be wounded, and a devotee cannot become the\nenemy of the Lord. Had it been so, then Bhi�madeva would not have\ndesired to have the very same Lord as the ultimate destination of his life.\nHad Bhi�madeva been an enemy of the Lord, He could have annihilated\n\nhim without even moving. There was no need to come before Bhl�madeva\n\nwith blood and wounds. But He did so because the warrior devotee wanted\nto see the transcendental beauty of the Lord decorated with wounds\ncreated by a pure devotee. This is the way of exchanging transcendental\nrasas, or relations between the Lord and the servitor. By such dealings\n\nboth the Lord and the devotee become glorified in their respective\npositions. The Lord was so angry that Arjuna checked Him when He was\nmoving towards Bhi�madeva, but in spite of Arjuna's checking, He proceeded towards Bhi�madeva as a lover goes to a lover, without caring for\nhindrances. Apparently His determination was to kill Bl-u�madeva, but\nfactually it was to please him as a great devotee of the Lord. The Lord is\nundoubtedly the deliverer of all conditioned souls. The impersonalists\ndesire salvation from Him, and He always awards them according to their\naspiration, but here Bhi�madeva aspires to see the Lord in His personal\nfeature. All pure devotees aspire for this.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0142": "Bhi�ma's Passing Away\n\nText 39)\n\n493\n\nTEXT 39\n\nvijaya-ratha-kutumba iittatotre\ndhrta-haya-rasmini tac-chriyek§arziye\nbhagavati ratir astu me mumiir§or\nyam iha nirik§ya hatii gatii[1 sva-riipam\nvijaya-Arjuna; ratha-chariot; kutumlia-object of protection at all\nrisk; iittatotre-with a whip in the right hand; dhrta-haya-controlling the\nhorses; rasmini-ropes;\n\ntat-sriya-beautifully standing; ik§UI)lye-to look\n\nat; bhagavati-unto the Personality of Godhead; rati[l. astu -let my attraction be there; mumiir§O�-one who is about to die; yam-unto whom; iha\n-in this world; ninl.§ya-by looking on; hatii�-those who died; gatii�­\n\nattained; sva-r iipam-original form.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the moment of death, let my ultimate attraction be to Sri K��!J.a,\nthe Personality of Godhead. I concentrate my mind upon the chariot driver\n\nof Arjuna who stood with a whip in His right hand and a bridle rope in\nHis left, who was very careful to give protection to Arjuna's chariot by all\n\nmeans. Those who saw Him on the Battlefield of Kuru�etra attained their\noriginal forms after death.\nPURPORT\n\nA pure devotee of the Lord constantly sees the presence of the Lord\nwithin himself because of being transcendentally related by loving service.\n\nSuch a pure devotee cannot forget the Lord for a moment. This is called\n\ntrance. The mystic\n\n(yogi) tries to concentrate upon the Supersoul by\n\ncontrolling the senses from all other engagements, and thus he ultimately\nattains\n\nsamiidhi. A devotee more easily attains samiidhi or trance by\n\nconstantly remembering the Lord's personal feature along with His holy\n\n", "SB1.2#p0143": "494\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 9\n\nname, fame, pastimes, etc. Therefore, the concentration of the mystic\nyogi and that of the devotee are not on the same level. The concentration\n\nof the mystic is something mechanical, whereas that of the pure devotee\nis nahtral in pure love and spontaneous affection. Bhi�madeva was a pure\ndevotee, and as a military marshal he constantly remembered the battlefield feature of the Lord as Piirtha-siirathi, the chariot driver of Arjuna.\nTherefore, the Lord's pastime as Piirtha-siirathi is also eternal. AU the\npastimes of the Lord, beginning from His birth at the prison house of\nKamsa up to the Mausala-lilii at the end, all move one after another in all\nthe universes, just as the clock hand moves from one point to another.\nAnd in such pastimes His associates like the Pii!J.�avas and Bhi�ma are\nconstant eternal companions. So Bhi�madeva never forgot the beautiful\nfeature of the Lord as Piirtha-siirathi, which even Arjuna could not see.\nArjuna was behind the beautiful Piirtha-siirathi while Bhi�madeva was just\nin front of the Lord. As far as the military feature of the Lord is concerned,\nBhi�madeva observed this with more relish than Arjuna.\n\nAll the soldiers and persons on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra attained\n\ntheir original spiritual form like the Lord after their death because by the\n\ncauseless mercy of the Lord they were all able to see Him face to face on\nthat occasion. The conditioned souls rotating in the evolutionary cycle\nfrom the aquatics up to the form of Brahma are all in the form of miiyii,\n\nor the form obtained by one's own actions and awarded by material\nnature. The material forms of the conditioned souls are all foreign dresses,\nand when the conditioned soul becomes liberated from the clutches of\nmaterial energy, he attains his originai form. The impersonalist wants to\nattain the impersonal Brahman effulgence of the Lord, but that is not at\nall congenial to the living sparks, parts and parcels of the Lord. Therefore,\nthe impersonalists again fall down and get material forms, which are all\nfalse to the spirit soul. A spiritual form like the Lord's, either two-handed\nor four-handed, is attained by the devotees of the Lord either in the\n\nV aiku!J.thas or in the Goloka planets, according to the original nature of\nthe soul. This form, which is cent percent spiritual, is the svariipa of the\nliving being, and all the living beings who participated on the Bat tlefield of\nKuruk�etra, on both sides, attained their svariipa, as confirmed by Bhi�madeva. So Lord\n\nSri Kr�!la was not only merciful to the Pa!J.�avas, but He\n\nwas also merciful to the other parties because all of them attained the same\nresult. Bhi�madeva wanted the same facility also, and that was his prayer\nto the Lord, although his position as an associate of the Lord is assured in\n\nall circumstances. The conclusion is that whoever dies looking on the\n\n", "SB1.2#p0144": "Bhi�ma's Passing Away\n\nText 40]\n\n495\n\nPersonality of Godhead within or without attains his svariipa, which is the\n\nhighest perfection of life.\n\nTEXT40\n\n����lfu ��msrop:rf�:\n,�..��€4�4:{\n\n'3�(\\(..�J:\n\nSlif'�f�����: 11\\?oll\nlalita-gati-viliisa-valguhiisaprar.aya-nirik�ar-a-kalpitorumiinii[l\nkrta-manu-krta-vatya unmadiindhii�\nprakrtim agan kila yasya gopa-vadhvaft\nlalita-attractive; gati-movements; viliisa-fascinating acts; valgu-hiisa­\n\nsweet smiling; prar.aya-loving; ninh:�ar-a-looking on; kalpita-mentality;\nurumiiniift-highly glorified; krta-manu-krta-vatya[l-in the act of copying\nthe movements; unmadiindhii[l.-gone mad in ecstasy; prakrtim-charac­\n\nteristics; agan-underwent; kila-certainly ; yasya-wh ose ; gopa-vadhvaftthe cowherd damsels.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet my mind be fixed upon Lord Sri K���a, whose motions and\nsmiles of love attracted the damsels of V rajadhama [the gopis] . The\n\ndamsels imitated the characteristic movements of the Lord [after His\ndisappearance from the rasa dance] .\nPURPORT\nBy intense ecstasy of loving service, the damsels of Vrajabhumi attained\n\nthe qualitative oneness with the Lord by dancing with Him on an equal\nlevel, embracing Him in nuptial love, smiling at Him in joke, and looking\nat Him with a loving attitude. The relation of the Lord with Arjuna is\n\nundoubtedly praiseworthy by devotees like Bhl�madeva, but the relation\n\nof the gopis with the Lord is still more praiseworthy because of their still\n\nmore purified loving service. By the grace of the Lord, Arjuna was fortunate\n\n", "SB1.2#p0145": "Srimad Bhagavata m\n\n496\n\n-\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 9\n\nenough to have the fraternal service of the Lord as chariot driver, but the\nLord did not award Arjuna with equal strength. The gopis, however,\npractically became one with the Lord by attainment of equal footing with\nthe Lord. Bh'i�ma's aspiration to remember the gopis is to pray to have\ntheir mercy also at the last stage of his life. The Lord is satisfied more\nwhen His pure devotees are glorified, and therefore Bhi�madeva has not\nonly glorified the acts of Arjuna, his immediate object of attraction, but\nalso he has remembered the gopis who were endowed with unrivalled\nopportunities by rendering loving service to the Lord. The gopi\"s' equality\nwith the Lord should never be misunderstood to be like the siiyujya\nliberation of the impersonalist. The equality is one of perfect ecstasy\nwhere the differential conception is completely eradicated, for the interests of the lover and the beloved become identical.\n\nTEXT 41\n\nir.t•l\"l'lq;:poi�s;:ij:� ��rmfu=vrr.I\\Sf�r.no� � I\n�\n31�1iqqc:;\n� mmt� � 311P4<1�¥tl ����II\n\nmunigar-a-nrpavarya-sankule 'nta[tsadasi yudhi§fhira-riijasii ya e�iim\narhar-am upapeda ik�ar-iyo\nmama drsi-gocara e�a iivir iitmii\nm\n\nun i ga r-a -the great learned sages; nrpa va rya -the great ruling kings;\n-\n\n-\n\nsankule-in the great assembly of; anta[tsadasi-conference; yudhi§{hiraEmperor Yudhi�thira; riija-siiya-a royal performance of sacrifice; e§iimof all the great elites; arha rt am -respectful worship; upap eda -received;\nik §a rtiya[t\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nobject\n\nof\n\nattraction; mama-my; drsi-sight; gocara[t­\n\nwithin the view of; e§alt iiv i[t\n\n-\n\npersonally present; iitmii-the soul.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the Rajasiiya-yajfia [sacrifice] performed by Maharaja Y udi�thira,\nthere was the greatest assembly of all the elite men of the world, the royal\nand learned orders, and in that great assembly Lord Sri ���ta was worshiped\n\nby one and all as the most exalted Personality of Godhead. This happened\n\n", "SB1.2#p0146": "Text 41)\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\n497\n\nduring my presence, and I remembered the incident in order to keep my\nmind upon the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nAfter gaining victory in the Battle of Kuruk�etra, Maharaja Yudhi�thira,\n\nthe Emperor of the world, performed the Rajasuya sacrificial ceremony.\n\nThe emperor, in those days, upon his ascendence to the throne, would\n\nsend a challenge horse all over the world to declare his supremacy, and\n\nany ruling prince or king was at liberty to accept the challenge and\n\nexpress his tacit willingness either to obey or to disobey the supremacy of\n\nthe particular emperor. One who accepts the challenge has to fight with\n\nthe emperor and establish his own supremacy by victory. The defeated\n\nchallenger would have to sacrifice his life, making a place for another king\n\nor ruler. So Maharaja Yudhi�thira also dispatched such challenging horses\nall over the world, and every ruling prince and king all over the world\n\naccepted Maharaja Yudhi�thira's leadership as the Emperor of the world.\n\nAfter this, all rulers of the world under the regime of Maharaja Yudhi�thira\n\nwere invited to participate in the great sacrificial ceremony of Rajasuya.\n\nSuch performances required hundreds of millions of dollars, and it was\nnot an easy job for a petty king. Such a sacrificial ceremony, being too\n\nexpensive and also difficult to perform under present circumstances, is now\nimpossible in this age of Kali. Nor can anyone secure the required expert\n\npriesthood to take charge of the ceremony.\nSo, after being invited, all the kings and great learned sages of the world\nassembled in the capital of Mahara.ia Yudhi�thira. The learned society,\nincluding the great philosophers, religionists, physicians, scientists and all\ngreat sages, was invited. That is to say, the briihmar-as and the k§atriyas\n\nwere the topmost leading men in society, and they were all invited to\nparticipate in the assembly. The vaisyas and siidras were unimportant\n\nelements in society, and they are not mentioned herein. Due to the change\n\nof social activities in the modern age, the importance of men has also\n\nchanged in terms of occupational positions.\n\nSo in that great assembly, Lord Sri Kr�l)a was cynosure of the neighbor­\n\ning eyes. Everyone wanted to see Lord Kr��a, and everyone wanted tu\n\npay his humble respects to the Lord. Bhi�madeva remembered all this and\nwas glad that his worshipful Lord, the Personality of Godhead, was present\n\nbefore him in His actual formal presence. So to meditate on the Supreme\nLord is to meditate on the activities, form, pastime, name and fame of tht\n\nLord. That is easier than what is imagined as meditation on the impersonal\n\n", "SB1.2#p0147": "[Canto l, Ch 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n498\n\n.\n\nfeature of the Supreme. In the Bhagavad-gitii it is clearly stated (Bg. 12.5)\nthat to meditate upon the impersonal feature of the Supreme is very\ndifficult.\n\nt is practically no meditation or simply a waste of time because\n\nvery seldom is the desired result obtained. The devotees, however, meditate upon the Lord's factual form and pastimes, and therefore the Lord is\neasily approachable by the devotees. This is also stated in the Bhagavad­\n\ngitii (Bg. 12.9). The Lord is nondifferent from His transcendental activities.\n\nIt is indicated also in this sloka that Lord Sri J<r�p.a, while actually present\nbefore the human society, especially in connection with the Battle of\nKuruk�etra, was accepted as the greatest Per.sonality of the time, although\nHe might not have been recognized as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThe propaganda that a very great man is worshiped as God after his death\nis misleading beeause a man after his death cannot be made into God. Nor\ncan the Personality of Godhead be a human being, even when He is\npersonally present. Both ideas are misconceptions. The idea of anthropo·\nmorphism cannot be applicable in the case of Lord Kr�p.a.\n\nTEXT 42\n\ntam imam aham ajarh sarira-bhiijiiriz\nhrdi hrdi dhi�thitam iitma-kalpitiiniim\npratidrsam iva naikadhiirkam ekarh\nsamadhi-gato 'smi vidhuta-bheda-mohaft\ntam-that Personality of Godhead; imam-now present before me; aham\n\n-I; ajam the unborn; 5a rira-bhaja m\n-\n\nheart;\n\nhrdi\n\n.\n\n-\n\nin\n\n-\n\nof the conditioned soul; hrdi- in the\n\nthe heart; dhi§t hitam- situated ; atma-the\n\nSupersoul;\n\nkalpitanam-of the speculators; p ratidrsa m -in every direction; i va- like; na\ne\n\nkadha-not one; arkam-the sun; ekam-one only; samadhi-gata[l. asmi-1\n\nhave undergone trance in meditation; vidhiita\n\nmohaft- misconception of duality.\n\n-\n\nbeing freed from; bheda­\n\n", "SB1.2#p0148": "Text 42]\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\n499\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow I can toeditate upon that one Lord SriKr��a now present before\nme with full concentration because now I have transcended the misconceptions of duality in regard to His presence in everyone's heart, even in\nthe hearts of the mental speculators_ He is in everyone's heart_ The sun\nmay be perceived differently, but the sun is one_\n\nPURPORT\n\nLord Sri Kr��a is the one Absolute Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nHe has expanded Himself into His multiplenary portions by H is\ninconceivable energy- The conception of duality is due to ignorance of His\ninconceivable energy. In the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord says (Bg. 9.] l) that\nonl y th e foolish take Him to be a mere human being. Such fooli h men arc\nnot aware of His inconceivable energie . By llis inconceivabl e energy He\nis present in e eryone' heart, a the sun is present before ever one al l over\nthe world. The Paramiitma feature of the Lord is an expansion of His\nplenary portions. He expands Himself as Paramatma in everyone' heart by\nHis inconceivable energy, and He also expands Himself as the g lowing\neffulgence of brahmajyoti by expansion of His personal glow. It is staled\nin the Brahma-satnhitii that the brahmajyoti is J-1 is p ersonal glow. Therefore, there is no difference between Him and Hi per onal glow brahmajyoti\nor His plenary portions as Paramatmii. Less intelligent persons '\"ho are\nnot aware of this fact cansider brahmajyoti and Paramatma to be different\nfrom Sri Kr�Da. This misconception of duality is completely removed from\nthe mind of Bhi�madeva, and he is now satisfied that it is Lord Sri Kr .!Ia\nonly who is aU in all in e very thing . This enlightenment is attained by the\ngreat mahiitmiis or devotees, as it is stated in t he Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 7.19)\nthat Vasudeva is aU in aU in everything, and there is no existence of anything without Va sudev a. Vasudeva or Lord Sri Kr�!l a is the original Supreme Person, as now confirmed by a mahiijana, and therefore both the\nneophyte and the pure devo t e es must try to folio' in his footsteps. That\nis the way of the d evotional line.\nThe worshipable object of Bhi�made..-a is Lord Sri Kr�!la as Parthasarathi, and that of the gopis is the same Kr��a in Vrndavana as the most\nattractive Syamasundara. Sometimes less intelligent scholars make a mistake and thi nk that the Kr� !!a of Vrndavana and that of the Battle of\nKuruk�etr a are different personalities. But for BJ-u�madeva this misconbut\n\n", "SB1.2#p0149": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n500\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 9\n\nception is completely removed. Even the impersonalist's object of destina­\n\ntion is Kr�l)a as the impersonal jyoti, and the yogi's destination of Param­\n\natma is also Kr��Ja. Kr��Ja is both brahmajyoti and localized Paramatma,butin\n\nbrahmajyoti or Paramatma there is no Kr�l).a or sweet relations with Kr�l).a.\n\nIn His personal feature Kr�l).a is both Partha-sarathi and Syamasundara of\n\nVrndavana, but in His impersonal feature He is neither in the brahmajyoti\n\nnor in the Paramatma. Great mahatmas like Bhismadeva realize all these\n\ndifferent features of Lord Sri Kr�l).a, and therefore they worship Lord\nKr�l).a, knowing Him as the origin of all features.\nTEXT 43\n\n��cm:r\n\n�ti � ��liifl�t�'l: I\n311�ri41��lil'l�� ms�:���ll\\l �II\n�\n\nsiita uviica\nk[§TJU evarh bhagavati\nmano-viig-dr�!i-vrttibhifl,\niitmany iitmiinam iivesya\nso 'nta�-sviisa upiiramat\nsuta� uviica- Siita\n\nGosvami said;\n\nkr�r-aft- Lord\n\nKr��Ja, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead; evam -only; bhagavati-unto Him; mana�-mind;\n\nviik - sp eec h; dr§ti sight; vrttibh i\"{!,\n-\n\n-\n\na ctivities; iitmani-unto the Supersoul;\n\niitmiinam-the living being; iivesya-having merged in; saf!,\n-inhaling; upa ra mat\n\n-\n\nbecame silent.\n\n-\n\nhe; antab-svasaft\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuta Gosvami said: Thus Bhi�madeva merged himself in the Supersoul\nLord Sri Kr�l).a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, with his mind,\n\nspeech, sight and actions, and thus he became silent, and his breathing\nstopped.\nPURPORT\nThe stage attained by Bhi�madeva while quitting His material body is\n\ncalled nirvikalpa-samiidhi because he merged his self into thinking of the\n\nLord and his mind into remembering His different activities. He chanted\n\n", "SB1.2#p0150": "Text 44)\n\nBhi!;!ma's Passing Away\n\n501\n\nthe glories of the Lord, and by His sight he began to see the Lord person­\n\nally present before him, and thus all his activities became concentrated\nupon the Lord without deviation. This is the highest stage of perfection,\nand it is possible for everyone to attain this stage b\n\npractice of devo­\n\ntional service. The devotional service of the Lord consists of nine prineiples of service activities, and they are l) hearing, 2) chanting, 3) remem­\n\nbering, 4) serving the lotus feet, 5) worshiping, 6) praying, 7) executing\nthe orders, 8) fraternizing, and 9) fully surrendering. Any one of them or\n\naU of them are equally competent to award the desired result, but they\nrequire to be practiced persistently under the guidance of an expert\n\ndevotee of the Lord. The first item, hearing, is the most important item\n\nof all, and therefore hearing of the Bhagavad-gitii and, later on, Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam is essential for the\n\nerious candidate \"-ho wants to attain the\n\nstage of Bhi�madeva at the end. The unique situation at Bhi�madeva's\n\ntime of death can be attained, even though Lord Kr��ta �ay not be personally present. His words of the Bhagavad-gita or those of Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nare identical with the Lord. They are sound incarnations of the Lord, and\n\none can fully utilize them to be entitled to attain the stage of Sri Bhl�madeva, who was one of the eight Vasus. Every man or animal must die at a\n\ncertain stage of life, but one who dies like Bhi�madeva attains perfection,\n\nand one who dies forced by the laws of nature dies like an animal. That is\n\nthe difference between a man and an animal, and the human form of life\n\nis especially meant for dying like Bhi�madeva.\n\nTEXT 44\n\n��qQ't�� �Ji ;mfur f;{t� 1\n\n�� �ij �aft ;p;fhff.r �� mnw\nsampadyamiinam iijiiiiya\nbhi§marh brahmar-i ni§kale\nsarve babhuvus te tii§[l-irh\nvayiirhsiva diniityaye\n\nsampadyamiinam-having merged into; iij iiiiya after knowing this;\nbh� mam- about Sri Bhl!;!madeva; b rahma ri- into the Supreme Absolute;\n-\n\nn i� ka le - unlimited;\n\nsarve-all present; babhuvufl te-all of them became;\n\ntii§p.im- silent; vayaritsi iva-like the birds; dina-atyaye-at the end of the\n\nday.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0151": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n502\n\n[Canto I, Ch_ 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nKnowing that Bhi�madeva had merged into the unlimited eternity of\nthe Supreme Absolute, all present there became silent like birds at the\nend of the day.\nPURPORT\nTo enter into or to become merged into the unlimited eternity of the\nSupreme Absolute means to enter the original home of the living being.\nThe living beings are all component parts and parcels of the Absolute\nPer onality of Godhead, and therefore they are eternally related 'vith Him\nas the servitor and the served. The Lord is served by all His part\n\nand\n\nparcels, as the complete machine is served by its parts and parcels. Any\npart of the machine removed from the whole is no longer important.\nSimilarly, any part and parcel of the Absolute detached from the service\nof the Lord i\n\nu eless. The living beings who are in the material world are\n\nall disintegrated parts and parcels of the Sll preme whole, and the\n\nare no\n\nlonger as important as the original part· and parcels. There are, ho, ever.\nmore integrated living ·beings who are eternally liberated. The material\nenergy of the Lord, called Durga-sakti, or the uperintendent of the prison\nhouse, take\n\ncharge of the disintegrated parts and parcels, and thus they\n\nundergo a conditioned life under the laws of material nature. When the\nliving being becomes conscious of this fact, he tries to go back home,\nLack to Godhead, and thus the spiritual urge of the living being begin .\nThis spiritual urge is caJied Brahma-jijiiiisii, or inquir\n\naLout Brahman.\n\nPrincipally this Brahma-jijiiiisii is successful by knO\\ ledge, renunciation\nand devotional service of the Lord. J;iiina, or knowledge, mean to know\nevnything of Brahman, the Supreme, renunciation means detachment of\nmaterial affection, and devotional service is the revival by practice of the\noriginal position of the living being. Tlu� succe sful living beings who are\neligible· to enter into the realm of the Absolute arc called the jiiiinis, the\n\nyogis and th(' bhaktas. The jiiiinis and yogis enter into the impersonal rays\nof the Supreme, but the bha.ktas enter into the spiritual planets known as\nthe Vaikur;t thas. In these spiritual planets the Supreme Lord as\n\n1 arayaiJ.a\n\npredominates, and the he althy unconditioned living beings live there by\n\nrendering loving service to the Lord in the capacity of\n\nervant, friend,\n\nparents and fiancee. There the unconditioned living beings enjoy life in\nfull freedom with the Lord, whereas the impersonalist jii.iinis and yogis\nenter into the impersonal glowing effulgence of the Vaikur�ha planets.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0152": "Text 45)\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\n503\n\nThe Vaikuptha planets are all self-illuminating like the sun, and the rays of\nthe Vaikuptha planets are called the brahmajyoti. The brahmajyoti is\nspread unlimitedly, and the material world is but a covered portion of an\ninsignificant part of the same brahmajyoti. This covering is temporary, and\ntherefore it is a sort of illusion.\nBhi�madeva, as a pure devotee of the Lord, entered the spiritual realm\nin one Gf the Vaikul)tha planets where the Lord in His eternal form of\n\nPiirtha-siirathi predominates over the unconditioned living beings who are\nconstantly engaged in the service of the Lord. The love and affection\nwhich bind the Lord and devotee are exhibited in the case of Bhi�madeva.\nBhi�madeva never forgot the Lord in His transcendental feature as the\n\nPiirtha-siirathi, and the Lord was present personally before Bru;;madeva\nwhile he was passing to the transcendental world. That is the highest perfection of life.\nTEXT 45\n\n�� it�·�·n;r��oon: 1\n�: ij'NeiT � ��: �q'!ett: 11��11\n\nij;f\n\ntatra dundubhayo nedur\ndeva-miin ava-viiditiilz\nsasarhsulz siidhavo riijiiiirh\nkhiit petu[l. pu�pa-vr�!aya[z\ntatra-thereafter; dundubhaya[z-drums; nedu[z-were sounded; devathe\nv\n\ndemigods from other\n\nplanets; manava-men from all countries;\n\niiditii[z- beaten by; sasarhs u [l.\n\n-\n\npraiscd; siidhavalz- honest; riijiiiim-by the\n\nroyal order; khiit-from the sky; pet u [l.\n\n-\n\nbegan to fall; pu�pa-vr�!aya[l.­\n\nshowers of flowers.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, both men and demigods sounded drums in honor, and the\nhonest royal order commenced demonstrations of honor and respect.\nAnd from the sky fell shower� of flowers.\nPURPORT\nBhi�madeva was respected both by the human beings and the demigods.\nThe human beings live on earth and similar other planets in the Bhur and\nBhuvar group of planets, but the demigods live in the Svar or heavenly\n\n", "SB1.2#p0153": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n504\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 9\n\nplanets, and all of them knew Bhi�madeva as a great warrior and devotee of\nthe Lord. As a mahiijana (or authority) he was on the level of Brahma,\narada and Siva, although he was a human being. Qualification on a par\nwith the great demigods is possible only on attainment of spiritual perfection. Thus Bhi�madeva was known all over the universes, and during his\ntime interplanetary travel was effected by finer methods than the futile\nendeavors of mechanical spacecraft. When the distant planets were informed of the passing away of Bhi�madeva, all the inhabitants of the\nupper planets as well as of the earth dropped showers of flowers to show\ndue. respect to the departed great personality. This showering of flowers\n\nfrom heaven is a sign of recognition by great demigods, and it should\nnever be compared to the decoration of the dead body. The body of\nBhi�madeva lost its material effects due to being surcharged with spiritual\nrealization, and thus the body was spiritualized as when iron becomes\nred-hot when in contact with fire. The body of a fuJiy self-realized\nsoul\n\nis not,\n\ntherefore,\n\naccepted as material. Special ceremonies are\n\nobserved for such spiritual bodies. The respect and recognition of Bhi�madeva are never to be imitated by artificial means, as it has become a fashion\nto observe the so-called jayanti ceremony for any and every common man.\nAccording to authorized siistras, such a jayanti ceremony for an ordinary\nman, however exalted he may be materially, is an offense to the Lord\nbecause jayanti is reserved for the day when the Lord appears on the\nearth. Bhi�madeva was unique in his activities, and his passing away to the\n\nkingdom of God is also unique.\n\nTEXT 46\n\nf��'\\f;r (0(+4�(1� � I\n��lR: m�t �ij �:ftc«ft� ll\\l�\"\n�\n\ntasya nirharar-iidini\nsamparetasya bhiirgava\nyudhi§thiraft kiirayitvii\nmuhiirtarh duftkhito'bhavat\ntasya-his; nirharar-iidini-funeral ceremony; samparetasya-of the dead\n\nbody;\n\nbhiirgava-0\n\ndescendant\n\nof\n\nBhrgu;\n\nyudhi§thiraft- Maharaja\n\nYudhi�thira; kii rayitvii-having performed it; muhiirtam-for a moment;\nduftkhitaft-sorry; abhavat- became.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0154": "Bhi�ma's P assing Away\n\nText 47)\n\n505\n\nTRANSLATION\n0\n\ndescendant of Bhrgu [Saunaka], after performing funeral rituals\n\nfor the dead body of Bhi�madeva, Maharaja Yudhi�1hira was momentarily\no vertaken with grief.\nPURPORT\n\nBhi�madeva was not only a great family head of 1aharaja Yudhi�thira,\n\nbut also he was a great philosopher and friend of him, his brothers and his\n\nmother. Since Maharaja Pap�u, the father of the five brothers headed by\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira, died, Bhi�madeva was the most affectionate grand­\n\nfather of the\n\nPap�avas and caretaker of the widow daughter-in-law\n\nKuntidevi. Although l\\'Iaharaja Dhrtara�tra, the elder uncle of Maharaja\n\nYudhi�thira, was there to look after them, his affection was more on the\n\nside of his hundred sons, headed by Duryodhana. Ultimately a colossal\nclique was fabricated to deprive the five fatherless brothers of the rightful\n\nclaim of the kingdom of Hastinapura. There was great intrigue, common in\nimperial palaces, and the five brothers were exiled into the wilderness. But\n\nBhi�madeva was always a sincerely sympathetic well-wisher, grandfather,\n\nfriend and philosopher to Maharaja Yudhi�thira, even up to the last moment\n\nof his life. He died very happily by seeing .Maharaja Yudhi�thira to the\nthrone, otherwise he would have long ago quitted his material body,\n\ninstead of suffering agony over the undue sufferings of the Pap�avas. He\n\nwas simply waiting for the opportune moment because he was sure and\n\ncertain that the sons of Pandu would come out victorious in the Battlefield\n\nof Kuruk�etra, as Hi Lor d;hip Sri Kr�pa was their protector. A a devotee\n\nof the Lord, he knew that the Lord's devotee cannot be vanquished at\n\nany rate. Maharaja Yudhi�thira was quite aware of all these good wishes\nof Bhi�madeva, and therefore he must have been feeling the great separa­\n\ntion. He was sorry for the separation of a great soul, and not for the mate­\n\nrial body which Bhi�madeva relinquished. The funeral ceremony was a\nnecessary duty, although Bhi�madeva was a liberated soul. Since Bhi�ma­\n\ndeva was without is ue, the eldest grandson, namely Maharaja YudhiHhira,\n\nwas the rightful person to perform this ceremony. It was a great boon to\nBhi�madeva that an equally great son of the family undertook the la t\n\nrites of a great man.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0155": "[Canto 1, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n506\n\ntu§tuvur munayo h!§tiift\nk!§T}arh tad-guhya-niimabhift\ntatas te k!§IJa-hrdayiil;\nsvasraman prayayub, punab,\ntu�tuvu�-satisfied; munayaft-the great sages, headed by Vyasadeva,\netc.; h!§tiift- all in a happy mood; k[§ T}a m\n\n-\n\nunto Lord Kr�f.la, the Person­\n\nality of Godhead; tat-His; guhya- confidential; niimabh i[t -by His holy\nname, etc.; tata [t\nbear\n\nLord\n\n-\n\nthereafter; te-they; k r�TJ a hrdayab,\n\nKr�f.la\n\n-\n\nin\n\ntheir\n\nhearts;\n\n-\n\npersons who always\n\nsva-iisraman-to their\n\nrespective\n\nhermitages; prayayuft- returned; punaft- again.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the great sages then glorified the Lord Sri Kr��a, who was present\nthere, by confidential Vedic hymns. Then all of them returned to their\nrespective hermitages, bearing always Lord Kr��a within their hearts.\nPURPORT\nThe devotees of the Lord are always in the heart of the Lord, and the\nLord is always in the heart of the devotees. That is the sweet relation\nbetwef!n the Lord and His devotees. Due to unalloyed love and devotion\nfor the Lord, the devotees always see Him within themselves, and the\nLord also, although He has nothing to do and nothing to aspire to, is alw:1.ys\nbusy in attending to the welfare of His devotees. For the ordinary living\nbeings the law of nature is there for all actions and reactions, but He is\nalways anxious to put His devotees on the right path. The devotees are,\ntherefore, under the direct care of the Lord. And the Lord also voluntarily puts Himself under the care of His devotees only. So all the sages,\nheaded by Vyasadeva, were devotees of the Lord, and therefore they\nchanted the Vedic hymns after the funeral ceremony just to please the\nLord, who was present there personally. All the Vedic hymns are chanted\nto please Lord Kr��a. This is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 15.15).\nAll the\n\nVedas, Upani§ads, Vedanta, etc., are seeking Him only, and all\n\nhymns are for glorifying Him only. The sages, therefore, performed the\nexact acts suitable for the purpose, and they happily departed for their\nrespective hermitages.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0156": "Bhi�ma's Passing Aw ay\n\nText 48]\n\n507\n\nTEXT 48\n....\n\n,... ,... ....\n\n....\n\nmiT �lro � �IJIT �� I\n\nf'«Rm-�Jtffi�:q\"ijqftq.ft� 11\\?�11\ntato yudhi§thiro gatvii\nsaha-knrJo gajiihvayam\npitararh siintvayiimiisa\ngiindhiirirh ca tapasvinim\ntata[l.- thereafter;\n\nyudhi�!hira/.1.- Maharaja Yudhi�thira;\n\ngatvii- going\n\nthere; saha-with; k!§ IJ afl. - t he Lord; gajiihvayam-in the capital named\nGajahvarpa\n\nHastinapura;\npitaram - unto\nntvayiimiisa- specified;\ngan dhiirim -wife\ntapasvinim-an ascetic lady.\ns ii\n\nhis\nof\n\nuncle\n\n(Dhrtarii�tra);\n\nDhrtara�tra;\n\nc\n\na- a n d;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Maharaja Yudhi�thira at once went to his capital, 1-Iastina­\n\npura, accompanied by Lord Sri Kr�!J.a, and there he consoled his uncle and\n\naunt Gandhari, who was an ascetic.\n\nPURPORT\n\nDhrtara�tra and Gandhari, the father and the mother of Duryodhana\n\nand his brothers, were the elder uncle and aunt of Maharaja Yudhi�thira.\n\nAfter the Battle of Kuruk�etra, the celebrated couple, having lost all their\n\nsons and grandsons, were under the care of Maharaja Yudhi�!hira. They\nwere passing their days in great agony over such heavy loss of life and were\n\npractically living the life of ascetics. The death news of Bhi�madeva, uncle\nof Dhrtara�tra, was another great shock for the King and the Queen, and\n\ntherefore\n\nthey required\n\nsolace from Maharaja Yudhi�thira. Maharaja\n\nYudhi�thira was conscious of his duty, and he at once hurried to the spot\n\nwith Lord Kr��a and satisfied the begrieved Dh[tara�tra with kind words,\n\nboth from himself and the Lord also.\n\nGandhari was a powerful ascetic, although she was living the life of a\n\nfaithful wife and a kind mother. It is said that Gandhari also voluntarily\nclosed her eyes because of the blindness of her husband. A wife's duty is\nto follow the husband cent percent. And Gandhari was so true to her\n\nhusband that she followed him even in his perpetual blindness. Therefore\n\n", "SB1.2#p0157": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n508\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 9\n\nin her actions she was a great ascetic. Besides that, the shock which she\n\nuffered because of the wholesale killing of her one hundred sons and\n\nher\n\ngrandsons\n\nalso\n\nwas\n\ncertainly too much for a woman.\n\nBut she\n\nsuffered aU this just like an ascetic. Gandhari, although a woman, is no\n\nless than Bhi�madeva in character. They are both remarkable personalities\n\nin the 111ahiibhiirata.\n\nTEXT 49\n\npitra ciinumato raja\n\nvasudevanumodita�\n\ncakara rajyarh dharmer-a\n\npitr paitamaharh vibhu�\n\npitra-by his uncle, Dhrtara�tra; ca-and; anumataft-with his approval;\n\nriijii-King Yudhi�thira; viisudeva-anumoditaft-confirmed by Lord Sri Kr�Qa;\ncakara-executed; rajyam-the kingdom; dharmer-a-in compliance with\n\nthe\n\ncodes\n\nof\n\nroyal\n\nvibhu�-as great as.\n\nprinciples; pitr-father; paitamaham-f orefather;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter this, the great religious King, Maharaja Yudhi�?thira, executed the\nroyal power in the kingdom strictly according to the codes and royal\n\nprinciples which were approved by his uncle and confirmed by Lord Sri\nKr��a.\nPURPORT\n'lahariija Yudhi�thira was not a mere tax collector. He was always con­\n\nscious of his duty as a king, which is no less than that of a father or\n\nspiritual master. The king is to see to the welfare of the citizens from all\n\nangles of social, political, economic and spiritual upliftment. The king\n\nmust know that human life is meant for liberating the encaged soul from\n\nthe bondage of material conditions, and therefore his duty is to see that\nthe citizens are properly looked after to attain this highest stage of per­\n\nfection.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0158": "Text 49)\n\nBhi�ma's Passing Away\n\n509\n\ni\\'Iaharaja Yudhi�thira followed these principles strictly\n\nas it will be\n\nseen from the next chapter. Not only did he follow the principles, but he\n\nalso got approval from his old uncle who was experienced in political\n\naffairs, and that was also confirmed by Lord Kr��a, the speaker of the\nphilosophy of Bhagavad-gitii.\n'laharaja\n\nYudhi�thira is the ideal monarch, and monarchy under a\n\ntrained king like Maharaja Yudhi�thira is by far the most superior form of\ngovernment, superior to modern republics or governments of the people,\n\nby the people. The mass of people, especially in this age of Kali, are all\n\nborn\n\nsudras,\n\nbasically\n\nlow-born,\n\nill-trained,\n\nunfortunate\n\nand\n\nbadly\n\nassociated. Therefore, they themselves do not know the highest perfection­\n\na! aim of life. Therefore, votes cast by them actually have no value, and\nthus persons elected by such irresponsible votes cannot be responsible\n\nrepresentatives like Maharaja Yudhi�thira.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the First Canto, Ninth Chapter,\n\nof tiw Srlmad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Passing Away of Bht§madeva in\nthe Presence of Lord Kr§!W.\"\n\n", "SB1.2#p0159": "CHAPTER TEN\n\nDeparture of Lord Kf$Oa for ovaraka\nTEXT I\n\n���qr;:;r\n\n���\\:{��\n�� �� �:1\n�:\nSl�tNW:�;r:\n�\n\n�:\n\nfi!fi'ii!fil('fl� : II � II\n\nsaunaka uvaca\nhatvii svarik tha-sprdha iitatiiyino\nyudhi$thiro dharma-bhrtiirh vari�thaft\nsahiinujaift pratyavaruddha-bhojanaft\nkatharh pravrttaft kim akiira�it tataft\nsaunakaft uvii ca- S aunak a inquired; hatvii-after k i lling ; svariktha-legal\nsprdhaft- desi ring to usurp; iitatiiyinaft-the aggressor;\nyudhi§thira�- King Yudhi�thira; dharma-bhrtiim-of those who strictly follow religious p rinciples; vari$tha�- gr ea test ; saha-anujai�- with his younger\nbrothers; pratyava ru ddha restri cted; bh o jana�- ac cep tanc e of necessities;\nkatham-how; pravrtta� -engaged; kim-what; akii ra§it-e x ec ute d ; tata�­\n\ninheritance;\n\n-\n\nthereafter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaunaka Muni asked: After killing his enemies who desired to usurp\nhis rightful inheritance, how did the greatest of all religious men, Maharaja\nYudhi�thira, assisted by his brothers, rule his subjects? Surely he could not\nfreely enjoy his kingdom with unrestricted consciousness.\n5ll\n\n", "SB1.2#p0160": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n512\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 10\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Yudbi�thira was the greatest of all men of religion. Thus he\n\nwas not at all inclined to fight with his cousins for the sake of enjoying\n\nthe kingdom: he fought for the right cause because the kingdom of\nHastinapura was his rightful inheritance, and his cousins wanted to usurp\nit for themselves. He fought, therefore, for the right cause under the guid­\n\nance of Lord Sri Kri?Da, but he could not enjoy the results of his victory\nbecause his cousins were all killed in the fight. He therefore ruled over the\n\nkingdom as a matter of duty, assisted by his younger brothers. The inquiry\n\nwas important for Saunaka J.l�i, who wanted to know about the after­\n\nbehavior of Maharaja Yudhi�thira when he was at ease to enjoy the\nkingdom.\n\nTEXT2\n\nsiita uviica\nvarhsarh kuror varhsa-davagni-nirhrtarh\nsarhrohayitvii bhava-bhavano hari(l,\nnivesay,:tva nija-rajya iSvaro\nyudhi§thirarh prita-mana babhiiva ha\nsiita[l uvaca- Suta Gosvami replied; varhsam-dynasty; kuro(l,-of King\n\nKuru; varhsa-dava-agni- forest fire set by the bamboos; nirhrtam-exhausted;\n\nsarhrohayitva-seedling of the dynasty ; bhava-bhavana(l,-the maintainer of\ncreation; hari(l,-tne Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr�f!a; nivesayitva-having\n\nreestablished; nija-riijye-in his own kingdom; isvara(l,-the Supreme Lord;\nyudhi�thiram-unto Maharaja Yudhi�thira; prita-manii(l,-pleased in His\n\nmind; babhiiva ha-became.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuta Gosviimi said: Lord Sri Kr�f!a, the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead who is the maintainer of the world, became pleased after reestablish-\n\n", "SB1.2#p0161": "Text 3)\n\nDeparture of Lord Kr�l).a for Dvaraka\n\n513\n\ning Maharaja Yudhi�thira in his own kingdom and after restoring the\nKuru dynasty, which had been exhausted by the bamboo fire of anger.\nPURPORT\nThis world i\n\ncompared with a fire in the forest caused by the coh e ion\n\nof bamboo bu;;hes. Such a forest fire takes place automatically, for bamboo\ncohesion o curs w-ithout external cause. Similarly, in the material world\nthe wrath of tho e who want to lord it over material nature interact , and\n\nthe fire of war takes place , exhausting the unwanted population. Such\n\nfires or wars take place, and the Lord has nothing to do with them. But\n\nbe cause He want\n\nto maintain the creation, He desires the mass of people\n\nto follow the right path of self-realization, which enables the living beings\n\nto ent er into the kingdom of God. The Lord wants the suffe ring human\n\nbeings to come back home, back to Himself, and cease to suffer the\n\nthreefold material pangs. The whole plan of creation is made in that way,\nand one who does not come to his senses suffers in the material world by\npangs inflicted by the illusory energy of the Lord. The Lord therefore\n\nwants His bona fide representative to rule the world. Lord Sri K191)a\n\ndescended to establish this sort of regime and to kill the unwanted persons\nwho have nothing to do with His plan. The Battle of Kuruk�etra was\n\nfought according to the plan of the Lord so that undesirable persons could\nget out of ·the world and a peaceful kingdom under His devotee could be\n\nestablished. The Lord was therefore fully satisfied when King Yudhi�thira\n\nwas on the throne and the seedling of the dynasty of Kuru, in the person\n\nof Maharaja Parik�it, was saved.\n\nTEXT3\n\n�\n, -1�1�\n\n\" it:q;q�1-.:.�ijl'ffi\nm4t\n\"'\n\n\"\n\n\"\n\n•\n\n\"\n\nSI'Vtl€4�11€4��:\n� rnf� �m�:\nm��qlo:ij1'4�>:1��€4rnij:\n\nII � II\n\nniSamya bhi�moktam athiicyutoktarh\npravrtta-vijiiiina-vidhiita-vibhrama[l.\nsasiisa giim indra iviijitiisrayaft\nparidhyupiintiim anujiinuvartitafl\nniS amya - after\n\nBhl�madeva;\n\nlistening;\n\natha-as\n\nalso;\n\nbhi§ma-uktam-what was spoken\nacyuta-uktam - what was spoken by\n\nby\n\nthe\n\n", "SB1.2#p0162": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n514\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 10\n\ninfallible Lord Kr�r:ta; pravrtta-being engaged in; vijniina-perfect knowledge;\n\nvidhuta-completely washed; vibhrama{l-all misgivings; sasiisa­\n\nruled over; gam-the earth; indra-the king of the heavenly planet; iva­\n\nlike; ajita-iisraya[l-protected by the invincible Lord; paridhyupiintiim­\n\nincluding the seas; anuja-the younger brothers; anuvartita{1-being fol­\n\nlowed by them.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira, after being enljghtened by what was spoken by\nBhi�madeva and Lord Sri Kr��a, the infallible, engaged himself in matters\n\nof perfect knowledge because all his misgivings were eradicated. Thus he\nruled over the earth and seas and was followed by his younger brothers.\nPURPORT\n\nThe modern English law of primogeniture, or the law of inheritance by\n\nthe first-born, was also prevalent in those days when l\\Iaharaja Yudhi�!hira\n\nruled the earth and seas. In those days the King of Hastinapura (now part\n\nof New Delhi) was the emperor of the world, including the seas, up to the\ntime of Maharaja Parik�it, the grandson of\n\n'laharaja YudhiHhira. His\n\nyounger brothers were acting as his ministers and commanders of state,\n\nand there was full cooperation between the perfectly religious brothers of\n\nthe king. Maharaja YudhiHhira was the ideal king or representative of\nLord Sri Kr�!la to rule over the kingdom of earth and was comparable to\n\nKing lndra, the representative ruler of the heavenly p lanet. The demigods\n\nlike lndra, Candra, Surya, V aru!J.a, Vayu, etc., are representative kings of\n\ndifferent planets of the universe, and similarly Maharaja Yudhi�thira was\n\nalso\n\none of them, ruling over the kingdom of the earth.\n\n!laharaja\n\nYudhi�thira was not a typically unenlightened political leader of modern\n\ndemocracy.\n\n1aharaja Yudhi�thira was instructed by Bhi�madeva and the\n\ninfallible Lord also, and therefore he had full knowledge of everything in\nperfection.\n\nThe modern elected executive head of a state is just like a puppet\n\nbecause he has no kingly power. Even if he is enlightened like Maharaja\nYudhi�thlra, he cannot do anything out of his own good will due to his\n\nconstitutional position. Therefore, there are so many states over the earth\nquarreling because of ideological differences or other selfish motives. But\n\na king like Maharaja Yudhi�thlra had no ideology of his own. He had but\nto follow the instructions of the infallible Lord and the Lord's representa­\n\ntive and the authorized agent, Bhi�madeva. It is instructed in the siistras\n\n", "SB1.2#p0163": "Text 4]\n\nDeparture of Lord K[�a for Dvaraka\n\n515\n\nthat one should follow the great authority and the infallible Lord without\nany personal motive and manufactured ideology. Therefore, it was possible\nfor Maharaja Yudhi�thira to rule the whole world, including the seas,\nbecause the principles were infallible and universally applicable to every·\none. The conception of one world state can only be fulfilled if we can\nfollow the infallible authority. An imperfect human being cannot create\nan ideology acceptable to everyone. Only the perfect and the infallible can\ncreate a program which is applicable at every place and can be followed by\nall in the world. It is the person who rules, and not the impersonal government. If the person is perfect, the govemment is perfect. If the person is\na fool, the government is a fool's paradise. That is the law of nature. There\nare so many stories of imperfect kings or executive heads. Therefore, the\nexecutive head must be a trained person like Maharaja Yudhi�thira, and he\nmust have the full autocratic power to rule over the world. The conception\nof a world state can take shape only under the regime of a perfect king\nlike Maha raja Yudhi�thira. The world was happy in those days because\nthere were kings like Maharaja Yudhi�thira to rule over the world.\nTEXT4\n\nkiimarh vavar§a parjanyaft\nsarva-kiima-dughii mahi\nsi§icuft sma vrajiin giivaft\npayasodhasvatir mudii\nkiimam- everything needed; vavar§a-was showered; pa rjanyaft- rains;\nsa rva-e ve rything; kama-necessities; dughii-p rodu ce r; mahi-the land;\nsi§icuft s ma- moisten; vrajiin-pasturing grounds; giivaft - the cow; payasii\nudhasvati{t-due to swollen milk bags; mudii-because of a joyful attitude.\nTRANSLATION\n\nDuring the reign of Maharaja Yudh�thira, the clouds showered all the\nwater that people needed, and the earth produced all the necessities of\nman in profusion. Due to its fatty milk bag and cheerful attitude, the cow\nused to moisten the grazing ground with milk.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0164": "516\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nrcanto 1, Ch_ 10\n\nPURPORT\nThe basic principle of economic development is centered about land\n\nand cows. The necessities of human society are food grains, fruits, milk,\nminerals, clothing, wood, etc. One requires all these items to fulfill the\nmaterial needs of the body. Certainly one does not require flesh and fish\nor iron tools and machinery. During the regime of Maharaja Yudhi�thira,\nall over the world there were regulated rainfalls. Rainfalls are not in the\ncontrol of the human being. The heavenly King Indradeva is the controller\nof rains, and he is the servant of the Lord. When the Lord is obeyed by\nthe king and the people under the king's administration, there are regulated rains from the horizon, and these rains are the causes of all varieties\nof production on the land. Regulated rains not only help ample production\nof grains and fruits, but when they combine with astronomical influences\nthere is ample production of valuable stones and pearls. Grains and\nvegetables can sumptuously feed a man and animals, and a fatty cow\ndelivers enough milk to supply a man sumptuously ·with vigor and vitality.\nIf there is enough milk, enough grains, enough fruit, enough cotton,\nenough silk and enough jewels, then why do the people need cinemas,\nhouses of prostitution, slaughterhouses, etc.? What is the need of an artificial luxurious life of cinema, cars, radio, flesh and hotels? Has this\ncivilization produced anything but quarreling individually and nationally?\nHas this civilization enhanced the cause of equality and fraternity by\nsending thousands of men into a hellish factory and the war fields at �he\nwhims of a particular man?\nIt is said here that the cows used to moisten the pasturing land with\nmilk because t heir milk bags were fatty and the animals were joyful. Do\nthey not require, therefore, proper protection for a joyful life by being fed\nwith sufficient quantity of grass in the field? Why should men kill cows\nfor their selfish purposes? Why should man not be satisfied with grains,\nfruits and milk, which, combined together, can produce hundreds and\nthousands of palatable dishes. Why are there slaughterhouses all over the\nworld to kill innocent animals? Maharaja Parik�it, grandson of\n\niaharaja\n\nYudhi�thira, while touring his vast kingdom, saw a black man attempting\nto kill a cow. The King at once arrested the butcher and chastised him\nsufficiently. Should not a king or an executive head protect the lives of the\npoor animals who are unable to defend themselves? Is this humanity? Are\nnot the animals of a country citizens also? Then why are they allowed to\nbe butchered in organized slaughterhouses? Are these signs of equality\nand fraternity or nonviolence?\n\n", "SB1.2#p0165": "Text 5)\n\n517\n\nDeparture of Lord Kr�f.l a for Dvaraka\n\nTherefore, in contrast with the modern advanced civilized form of\ngovernment, an autocracy like Maharaja Yudhi�thira's is by far superior\nto so-called democracy in which animals are killed and a man les than an\nanimal is allowed to cast votes for another less-than-animal man.\nWe are all creatures of material nature. In Lhe Bhagavad-gitii it is said\nthat the Lord Himself is the seed-giving father and material nature is the\nmother of all living beings in all shapes. Thus mother material nature has\nenough foodstuff both for animals and men, by the grace of the Father\nAJmighty Sri Kr�!la. The human being is the elder brother of all other living\n\nbeings. He is endowed with intelligence more powerful than animals for\nrealizing the course of nature and the indications of the Almighty Father.\nHuman civilizations should depend on the production of material nahtre\nwithout artificially attempting economic development to turn the world\ninto a chaos of artificial greed and power only for the purpose of artificial\nluxuries and sense gratification. This is but the life of dogs and hogs.\n\n·\n\nTEXT 5\n\nm: (\"t�wt�q��; 1\n'h...,e�\"'\":q\";m.t\"Nlf ; �: �����II� II\n\n';{tl:\n\n�\n\nnadyaft samudrii girayaft\nsavanaspati-virudhaft\nphalanty O§adhayaft sarviift\nkiimam anvrtu tasya vai\nnadyaft\n\n- rivers ;\n\nsamudriift- oceans ;\n\ngirayaft- hil!s\n\nand\n\nmountains;\n\nsavanaspati- vegetables; v irudh a f:i. - creepers; phalanti- active; o�adhayaf:i.drugs; sarviift\n\n- all; kiimam- necessities; anvrtu- seasonal ; tasya- for the\n\nKing; vai- certainly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe rivers, oceans, hills, mountains, forests, creepers and active drugs,\nin every season, paid their tax quota to the King in profusion.\nPURPORT\nSince Maharaja Yudhi�thira was under the protection of the ajita, the\ninfallible Lord, as above mentioned, the property of the Lord, namely the\n\n", "SB1.2#p0166": "[Canto 1, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n518\n\nrivers, oceans, hills, forests, etc., were all pleased, and they used to supply\n\ntheir respective quota of taxation to the King. The secret to success is to\n\ntake refuge under the protection of the Supreme Lord.\n\nWithout His\n\nsanction, nothing can be possible. To make economic development by our\nown endeavors on the strength of tools and machinery is not all. The\nsanction of the Supreme Lord must be there, othenvise despite all instrumental arrangements everything will be unsuccessfuL The ultimate cause\nof success is the daiva or the Supreme. Kings like\n\nlaharaja Yudhi�thira\n\nknew perfectly well that the king iE the agent of the Supreme Lord to look\nafter the welfare of the mass of people. Actually the state belongs to the\nSupreme Lord. The rivers, the oceans, the forests, the hills, drugs, etc., are\nnot creations of man. They are all creations of the Supreme Lord, and the\nLiving being is allowed to make use of the property of the Lord for\nservice of the Lord. Today's slogan is that everything is for the people, and\ntherefore the government is for the people and by the people. But to\nproduce a new species of humanity at the present moment on the basis of\nphilosophy and religion, on the basis of justice and peace, on the basis of\nGod consciousness and perfection of human life, the ideology of godly\ncommunism, the world has again to follow in the footsteps of kings like\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira or Parilqit. There is enough of everything by the will\nof the Lord, and we can make proper use of things to live comfortably\nwithout any enmity between men, or animal and man or nature. Everywhere the control of the Lord is there, and if the Lord is pleased, every\npart of nature 'viii be pleased. The river will flow profusely to fertilize the\nland, the oceans will supply sufficient quantity of minerals, pearls and\njewels, the forest will supply sufficient wood, drugs and vegetables, and\nthe seasonal changes will effectively help produce fruits and flowers in\nprofuse quantity. The artificial way of living depending on factories and\ntools can render so-called happiness only to a limited number at the cost\nof millions. Since the energy of the mass of people is engaged in factory\nproduction, the natural products are being hampered, and for this the\nmass is unhappy. Without being educated properly, the mass of people are\nfollowing in the footsteps of the vested interest by exploiting natural\nreserve, and therefore there is acute competition between individual and\nindividual and nation and nation. There is no control by the trained agent\nof the Lord. We must look into the defects of modern civilization by\ncomparison\n\nhere,\n\nand\n\nshould\n\nfollow\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nfootsteps\n\nYudhi�thira to cleanse man and 'vipe out anachronisms.\n\nof\n\nMaharaja\n\n", "SB1.2#p0167": "Text 6]\n\n519\n\nDeparture of Lord Kr�r:ta for Dvaraka\nTEXT6\n....\n\n\"'\n\n-111\n\n-\n\n�a:��:l\n�ill� ulij ctifff'� II � II\n� �:\n\nniidhayo vyiidhayafr. klesii\ndaiva-bhutiitma-he tavafr.\najata-satriiv abhavan\njantuniirh r iijni karhicit\nna-ne ver; iid h aya ft -an x ieties; vyiid h ayaft -diseases ; klesii ft\n\n-\n\nt r ouble due\n\nto excessive heat and cold; daiva-bhuta-iitma-all due to the body, super­\n\nnatural power and other living beings; he tn vaft\n\n-\n\ndue to the cause of; ajiita­\n\nsat rau- unto one who has no enemy; abhavan happened; jantuniim-of\n-\n\nthe living beings; rajiii-unto the King; karhicit-at any time.\nTRANSLATION\nDue to the King's having no enemy, the living beings were not at any\ntime disturbed by mental agonies, diseases, or excessive heat or cold.\nPURPORT\nTo be nonviolent to human beings and to be a killer or enemy of the\npoor animals is Satan's philosophy. In this age there is enmity against poor\nanimals, and therefore the poor creatures are always anxious. The reaction\nof the poor animals is being forced on human society, and therefore there\nis always the strain of cold or hot war between men, individualJy, collec­\n\ntively or nationally. At the time of Maharaj a Yudhi�thira, there were no\ndifferent nations, although there were different subordinate states. The\nwhole world was united, and the supreme head, being a trained king like\nYudhi�thira, kept all the inhabitants free from anxiety, diseases and\nexcessive heat and cold. They were not only economically well-to-do, but\nalso they were physically fit and undisturbed by supernatural power, by\nenmity of other living beings and by disturbance of bodily and mental\nagonies. There is a proverb in Bengali that a bad king spoils the kingdom\nand a bad housewife spoils the family. This truth is applicable here also.\nBecause the King was pious, obedient to the Lord and sages, because he\n\n", "SB1.2#p0168": "[Canto l, Ch_ 10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n520\n\nwas no one's enemy and because he was a recognized agent of the Lord\nand therefore protected by Him, all the citizens under the King's protec­\n\ntion, were, so to speak, directly protected by the Lord and H is authorized\nagents. Unless one is pious and recognized by the Lord, he cannot make\n\nothers happy who are under his care. There is full cooperation between\nman and God and man and nature, and this conscious cooperation between\n\nman and God and man and nature,\n\nas exemplified by King\n\nYudhi�thira, can bring about happiness, peace and prosperity in the world.\n\nThe attihtde of exploiting one another, the custom of the day, will only\nbring misery.\nTEXT7\n\nU§itvii hiistinapure\nmiisiin katipayiin hari�\nsuhrdiirh ca viSokiiya\nsvasus ca priya-kiimyayii\nU§itvii-staying ; hiistinapure-in the city of Hastinapura; miisiin- months;\nkatipayiin-a\n\nfew; ha ri� - Lord\n\nSri\n\nJ<.r§J).a; suhrdiim- relatives ; ca-also;\n\nvisokiiya-for pacifying them; s vasu� - t he sister; ca-and;priya-kiimyayiifor pleasing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Hari or Lord Sri Kr��a resided at Hastinapura for a few months to\npacify His relatives and please His own sister [Subhadra).\nPURPORT\nKr��a was to start for Dvaraka, His own kingdom, after the Battle of\nKuruk�etra and Yudhi�thira's being enthroned, but to oblige the request\n\nof Maharaja Yudhi�thira and to show special mercy to Blu�madeva, Lord\n\nKr��a stopped at Hastinapura, the capital of the Pap9avas. The Lord\n\ndecided to stay especially to pacify the aggrieved King as well as to please\nSubhadra, sister of Lord Sri J<.r�pa. Subhadra was especially pacified\nbecause she lost her only son Abhimanyu, who was just married. The\nboy left his wife, Uttara,\n\nmother\n\nof Maharaja Parik�it. The Lord is\n\n", "SB1.2#p0169": "Text 8]\n\nDeparture of Lord Kr�r:ta for Dvaraka\n\n521\n\nalways pleased to satisfy His devotees in any capacity. Only His devotees\ncan play the part of His relatives. The Lord is absolute.\nTEXTS\n\niimantrya ciibhyanujniita[l.\npari§vajyiibhiviidya tam\niimroha ratharh kai.Scit\npari§vakto 'bhiviidita[l.\niimantrya-taking\n\npernussiOn;\n\nca-and;\n\nabhyanujniita[1- being\n\nper­\n\nmitted; pari§vajya-embracing; abhiviidya-bowing down at the feet; tamunto Maharaja Yudhi�thira; iimroha-ascended; ratham-the chariot; kai.Scit\n-by someone; pari§vaktaft-being embraced; abhiviidita{t-being offered\nobeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nAfterwards, when the Lord asked permission to depart and the King\ngave it, the Lord offered His respects to Maharaja Yudhi�!hira by bowing down at his feet, and the King embraced Him. After this the Lord,\nbeing embraced by others and receiving their obeisances, got into His\nchariot.\nPURPORT\n\nMaharaja Yudhi�!hira was the elder cousin of Lord Km1a, and therefore\nwhile departing from him the Lord bowed down at the King's feet and\nthe King embraced Him as a younger brother, although the King knew\nperfectly well that Kr�!la is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\nLord takes pleasure when some of His devotees accept Him as less important in terms of love. No one is greater than nor equal to the Lord, but He\ntakes pleasure in being treated as younger than His devotees. These are all\ntranscendental pastimes of the Lord. The impersonalist cannot enter into\nthe supernatural roles played by the devotee of the Lord. Thereafter\nBhima and Arjuna embraced the Lord because they were of the same age,\nbut\n\nakula and Sahadeva bowed down before the Lord because they were\n\nyounger than Him.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0170": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n522\n\n[Canto l, Ch_ 10\n\nsubhadrii draupadi kunti\nviriita-tanayii tathii\ngiindhiiri dhrtarii§{ras ca\nyuyutsur gautamo yamau\nvrkodaras (;a dhaumyas ca\nstriyo matsya-sutiidaya�\nna sehire vimuh yanto\nviraham siiniga-dhanvana�\nsubhadrii-sister of .Kf�rya; draupadi-the wife of the Patl9-avas; kuntimother of the Patl9-avas; virii{a-tanayii-the daughter of Virata (Uttar a);\ntathii-also; giindhii ri-the mother of Duryodhana; dhrtarii§tra�- the father\nof Duryodhana; ca-and; yuyutsu[l-the son of Dhrtara�tra by his vaisya\nwife;\n\ngautama�- .Kfpacarya;\n\nSahadeva;\n\nyamau-the\n\nvrkodara�-Bhima;\n\ns triya[l- also\n\nca-and ;\n\ntwin\n\nbrothers\n\nNakula and\n\ndhau mya[l-Dhaumya;\n\nca-and;\n\nother ladies of the palace; matsya-sutiidaya�-the daughter of\n\na fisherman (Satyavati, Bhi�ma's stepmother); na-could not; sehiretolerate;\n\nvimuhyanta�- almost\n\nfainting;\n\nv iraham\n\n-\n\nseparation ;\n\nsiirhga­\n\ndhanvana�-of Sri .Kf�rya, who bears a conch in His hand.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time Subhadra, Draupadi, Kunti, Uttara, Gandhari, Dhrtara�tra,\nYuyutsu, .Kfpacarya, Nakula, Sahadeva, Bhimasena, Dhaumya and Satyavati\n\nall nearly fainted because it was impossible for them to bear separation\nfrom Lord .Kf�!la.\n\nPURPORT\n\nLord Sri Kr�!la is so attractive for the living beings, especially for the\ndevotees, that it is impossible for them to tolerate separation. The conditioned soul under the spell of illusory energy forgets the Lord, otherwise\nhe cannot. The feeling of such separation cannot be described, but it can\nsimply be imagined by devotees only. After His separation from Vrndavana\nfrom the innocent rural cowherd boys, girls, ladies and others, they all felt\nshock throughout their lives, and the separation of Radhariitii, the most\n\n", "SB1.2#p0171": "Departure of Lord Kr�r.ta for Dvaraka\n\nTexts 11-12]\n\n523\n\nbeloved cowherd girl, is beyond expression. Once they met at Kuruk�etra\nduring a solar eclipse, and the feeling which was expressed by them is\nheartrending. There is, of course, a difference in the qualities of the\ntranscendental devotees of the Lord, but none of them who have ever\ncontacted the Lord by direct communion or otherwise can leave Him for a\nmoment. That is the attitude of the pure devotee.\n\nII����\nsatsahgiin mukta-duftsango\nhiiturh notsahate budhaft\nkirtyamiinarh yaso yasya\nsakrd iikar[lya rocanam\ntasmin nyasta dhiyaft piirthiift\nsaheran viraharh katham\ndarsana-sparsa-sarhliipasayanasana-bhojanaift\nsatsangiit-by association of pure devotees; mukta-duftsangaft\nfrom bad materialistic association; hiitum-to give up; na utsah ate\n\n-\n\n-\n\nfreed\n\nnever\n\nattempts; budhaft-one who has understood the Lord; kirtyamiinamglorifying; yasaft\nonly; ro c anam\n\n-\n\n-\n\nfame; yasya-whose; sakrt-once only; iikarrya-he ari ng\n\npleasing; tasmin-unto Him; nyasta-dhiyaft-one who has\n\ngiven up his mind unto Him; piirthiift-the sons of Prthii; saheran-can\ntolerate; vira ham-separation; katham-how; dar5ana\nsparsa-to uchi n g ;\nbhojanaift\n\n-\n\nsarhlii p a-conversing ;\n\n-\n\nseeing eye to eye;\n\nsayana- sleeping ;\n\niisana- sitting ;\n\ndining together.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe intelligent, who have understood the Supreme Lord in association\nwith pure devotees and have become freed from bad materialistic association, can never avoid hearing the glories of the Lord, even though they\nhave heard them only once. How, then, could the Pii!l�avas tolerate His\nseparation, for they had been intimately associated with His person,\nseeing Him eye to eye, touching Him, conversing with Him, and sleeping,\nsitting and dining with Him?\n\n", "SB1.2#p0172": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n524\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 10\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe living being's constitutional position is one of serving a superior. He\n\nis obliged to serve by force the dictates of illusory material energy in dif­\n\nferent phases of sense gratification. And in serving the senses he is never\n\ntired. Even though he may be tired, the illusory energy forces him to do so\nwithout being satisfied perpetually. There is no end of such sense gratifi­\n\ncatory\n\nbusiness, and the conditioned soul becomes entangled in such\n\nservitude without any hope of release. The release is only effected by\n\nassociation of pure devotees. By such association one is gradually promoted to his transcendental consciousness. Thus he can know that his\neternal position is to render service unto the Lord and not to the perverted\n\nsenses in the capacity of lust, anger\n\ndesire to lord it over, etc. The\n\nmaterial society, friendship and love all are different phases of lust. Home,\n\ncountry, family, society, wealth and all sorts of corollaries are all causes\n\nof bondage in the material world where the threefold miseries of life are\n\nconcomitant factors. By associating with pure devotees and by hearing\nthem submissively, attachment for material enjoyment becomes slackened,\n\nand attraction for hearing about the transcendental activities of the Lord\n\nbecomes prominent. Once they are, they will go on progressively without\n\nstoppage, like fire in gunpowder. It is said that Hari, the Personality\n\nof Godhead, is so transcendentally attractive that even those who are\nself-satisfied by self-realization and are factually liberated from all material\n\nbondage also become devotees of the Lord. Under the circumstances it is\n\neasily understood what must have been the position of the Patt9avas, who\nwere constant companions of the Lord. They could not even think of sepa­\n\nration from Sri Kr�r;ta because the attraction was more intense for them be­\n\ncause of continuous personal contact. His remembrance by His form, quali­\n\nty, name\n\nfame, pastimes, etc., is also attractive for the pure devotee, so\n\nmuch so that he forgets all forms, quality, name, fame and activities of the\n\nmundane world, and due to his mature association with pure devotees he is\n\nnot out of contact 'vith the Lord for a moment.\n\nTEXT 13\n\nI\n� ��fi\\�-���:\n�: �«114:1 M��(a\"31 � � II�� II\n\n", "SB1.2#p0173": "Departure of Lord Kr�r:ta for Dviiraka\n\nText 14]\n\n525\n\nsarve te'nim4air ak�ais\ntam anu druta-cetasa�\nvik�anta� sneha-sambaddhii\nvicelus tatra tatra ha\nsarve-a ll; te t h ey; animi§a* -without twinkling of the eyes; ak§a*by the eye; tam anu after Him; dr ta-cetasa� -melted heart; vik§anta[tlooking upon Him; sneha-sambaddhii�-bound by pure affection; viceluftbegan to move; tatra tatra-here and there; ha-so they did.\n-\n\n-\n\nu\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll their hearts were melting for Him on the pot of attraction. T hey\nlooked at Him without blinking their eyes, and they moved hither and\nthither in perplexity.\nPURPORT\n\nJ<r�rya is naturally attractive for all living beings because He is the chief\neternal amongst all eternals. He alone is the maintainer of the many eter­\n\nnals. This is stated in the Kathopani§ad Veda, and thus one can obtain\npermanent peace and prosperity by revival of one's eternal relation with\n\nHim, now forgotten under the spell of miiyii or the illusory energy of the\n\nLord. Once this relation is slightly revived, the conditioned soul at once\nbecomes freed from the illusion of material energy and becomes mad after\nthe association of the Lord. This association is made possible not only in\npersonal contact with the Lord, but also by association of His name, fame,\n\nform and quality, and Srimad-Bhiigavatam trains the conditioned soul to\nthis stage of perfection by submissive hearing from the pure devotee.\nTEXT 14\n\n��l\\�#J&q1{1�oaqr(�\nI\n�t€tl•ll<l'itl�'{fu �;rf�;f:II�'JII\nnyarundhann udgalad bii�pam\nautkartthyiid devaki-sute\nniryiity agiiriin no'bhadram\niti syiid biindhava-striya�\n\n", "SB1.2#p0174": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n526\nnya rundhan-checking\nbii�pam\n\n-\n\nwith\n\ngreat\n\ndifficulty;\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 10\nudgalat-overflowing;\n\ntears; autka[tthyiit- because of great anxiety; devaki-sute-unto\n\nthe son of Devaki; niryati- having come out;agariit-from the palace; naf!,not; abha dram\n\n-\n\ninauspiciousness ; iti-thus; s yiit- may happen; bandhava­\n\nrelative; striya[l.-ladies.\nTRANSLATION\nThe female relatives, whose eyes were flooded with tears out of anxiety\n\nfor Kr�!la, came out of the palace. They could only stop their tears with\ngreat difficulty. They feared that tears would cause misfortune at the time\nof departure.\nPURPORT\nThere were hundreds of ladies in the palace of Hastinapura. All of them\nwere affectionate to Kr�!la. All of them were relatives also. When they saw\nthat Kr�!la was going away from the palace for His native place, they were\nvery anxious for Him, and as usual tears began to roll down their cheeks.\nThey thought, at the same time, that tears at that moment might be a\ncause of misfortune for Kr�!la; therefore they wanted to check them. It\nwas very difficult for them because they could not be checked. Therefore,\nthey smeared their tears in their eyes, and their hearts throbbed. Therefore\nladies who were the wives and daughters-in-law of those who died in the\nbattlefield never came in direct contact with Kr��a. But all of them heard\nof Him and His great activities, and thus they thought of Him, talked of\nHim, His name, fame, etc., and thus they became affectionate also like\nthose who were in direct contact. Therefore directly or indirectly anyone\n\nwho thinks of Kr�!la, talks of Kr�!la or worships Kr�ra becomes attached\nto Him. Because Kr�!la is absolute, there is no difference between His\nname, form, quality, etc. Our intimate relation with Kr�!la can be confi­\n\ndentially revived by talking of, hearing of, or remembering Him. It is so\ndone due to spiritual potency.\nTEXT 15\n\n'!G]\\����\n\n�4t'1€fiqll;!Itil\n\n4luuqo(lf.lin�crl: 1\n���?.JT II�� tl\n\nmrdanga-Sa.nkha-bheryas ca\nvi[la-pa[lava-gomukha�\ndhundhury-iinaka-gha[l!iidyii\nnedur dundubhayas tatha\n\n", "SB1.2#p0175": "Departure of Lord Kr�a for Dvaraka\n\nText 16]\n\n527\n\nmr danga-sweet sounding drum; sa rikha con c hsh ell; bheryafl.- brass\n-\n\nband; ca-and; v iCtii -string band; parwva-a kind of flute; gomukhiifl.­\n\nflute; dhundhuri-another drum; iinak a-kettle; ghaCtta-beU;\niidya{l.-other s; nedu{l. s ounded ; dundubhaya{l.-other different types of\n\nanother\n\n-\n\ndrums; tathii-at that time.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the Lord was departing from the palace of Hastinapura, different\ntypes of drums-like the mrdariga, dhole, nagra, dhundhuri and dundubhi\n-and flutes of different types, the vil)a, gomukha, and bheri, all sounded\ntogether to show Him honor.\nTEXT 16\n\nSlltci(NRct{I�(AI: ���141 �� I\nt{n: �: � ��Tf��: ������\npriisiida- sikhariiriiflh iifl.\nkuru-niiryo didrk§ayii\nvavr§u{l. kusumai[l. k!§1J.Urit\nprema-vriflii-smitek§ariifl.\npr iisiida pal ace; sikhara-the roof; arii flhafl. asce ndi ng ; kuru-niirya{t-\n\n-\n\nthe ladies of the Kuru royalty; d id rk�aya - seein g; va vnufl. - showered ;\n\nkusumaift-by flowers; kr�TJ.a m- upon Lord Kr�11a; prema-out of affection\nand love; v ri<}a s mi ta-ik�a rtaft -g lan cing with shy smiles.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nOut of a loving desire to see the Lord, the royal ladies of the Kurus got\nup on top of the palace, and smiling with affection and shyness, they\nshowered flowers upon the Lord.\nPURPORT\nShyness is a particular extra-natural beauty of the fair sex, and it\ncommands respect from the opposite sex. This custom was observed even\nduring the days of the Mahiibhiirata, i.e., more than five thousand years\nago. It is only the less intelligent persons who are not well versed in the\nhistory of the world who say that observance of separation of female from\n\n", "SB1.2#p0176": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n528\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 10\n\nmale is an introduction of the Mohammedan period in India. This inci­\n\ndence fTom the Mahiibhiirata period proves definitely that the ladies of the\n\npalace observed strict purdah (restricted association with men), and instead\n\nof coming down in the open air where Lord Kr�ra and others were\n\nassembled, the ladies of the palace went up on the top of the palace and\n\nfrom there paid their respects to Lord Kr�!la by showers of flowers. It is\ndefinitely stated here that the ladies were smiling there on the top of the\npalace, checked by shyness. This shyness is a gift of nature to the fair sex,\nand it enhances their beauty and prestige, even if they are of a less important family or even if they are less attractive. We have practical experience\nof this fact. A sweeper woman commanded the respect of many respectable\ngentlemen simply by manifesting a lady's shyness. Half-naked ladies in the\nstreet do not command any respect, but a shy sweeper's wife commands\n\nrespect from a]J.\n\nHuman civilization, as conceived by the sages of India, is to help one\n\nfree himself from the clutches of illusion. The material beauty of a woman\nis an illusion because actually the body is made of earth, water, fire, air,\netc. But because there is the association of the living spark with matter,\nit appears to be beautiful. No one is attracted by an earthen doll, even if it\n\nis most perfectly prepared to attract the attention of others. The dead\nbody has no beauty because no one will accept the dead body of a socalled beautiful woman. Therefore, the conclusion is that the spirit spark is\n\nbeautiful, and because of the soul's beauty one is attracted by the beauty\n\nof the outward body. The Vedic wisdom, therefore, forbids us to be attracted by false beauty. But because we are now in the darkness of\nignorance, the Vedic civilization allows very restricted mixing of woman\nand man. They say that the woman is considered to be the fire and the\nman is considered to be the butter. The butter must melt in association\nwith fire, and therefore they may be brought together only when it is\nnecessary. And shyness is a check to the unrestricted mixing. It is nature's\n\ngift, and it must be utilized.\n\nTEXT 17\n\nftHuttq;f �� ��� I\n� g�: fSr:r: fsttt'i� � II Z \\91 I\nsitatapatrarh jagriiha\nmuk tiidiima-vib hii§itam\nratna-dar4am gu�iikesa�\npriya� priyatamasya ha\n\n", "SB1.2#p0177": "Text 18]\n\nDeparture of Lord Kr�t:ta for Dviiraka\n\n529\n\nsita-atapa tram-soothing umbrella; jagraha- took up; muktii-dama- decorated with laces and pea rls ; vibh u� itam- embroide red ; rat n a-dar {/am - with a\nhandle of jewels; gw;liikesa [l. - A rjuna , the expert warrior, or one who has\nconquered sleep; priya[l.- most beloved; priyatamasya-of the most beloved;\nha-so he did.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time Arjuna, the great warrior and conquerer of sleep, who is\nthe intimate friend of the most beloved Supreme Lord, took up an umbrella which had a handle of jewels and was embroidered with lace and\npearls.\nPURPORT\n\nGold, jewels, pearls, and valuable stones were used in the luxurious royal\nceremonies. They are all nature's gifts and are produced by the hills,\noceans, etc., by the order of the Lord, when man does not waste his\nvaluable time in producing unwanted things in the name of necessitie>;. By\nso-called development of industrial enterprises, they are using now pots of\ngutta-percha instead of metals like gold, silver, brass and copper. They are\nusing margarine instead of purified butter, and one fourth of the city\npopulation has no shelter.\nTEXT 18\n\n('tlf!tfifi�� �if 'ro{� I\nRtl4¥41CJ(: � � �: q� ����\"\n�:\n\nuddhava{l siityakis caiva\nvyajane paramiidbhute\nvikiryamiirwfl. k usumai\nreje madhu-pati[l. pathi\nuddhavafi--a cousin-brother of Kr�t:ta's; siityakifi--His driver; ca- an d;\neva- cert ai nly; vyaja n e- engaged in fanning; parama- adbhute- decorative;\n\nvik\"ir yamarafi- -seated on scattered; kusumai-flowers all around; rejecommanded; madhu-patifi-- master of Madhu (K[�f}.a); pathi- o n the road.\nTRANSLATION\nU ddhava and Satyaki began to fan the Lord with a decorated fan, and\nthe Lord, as the master of Madhu, seated on scattered flowers, commanded\nthem along the road.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0178": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n530\n\n[Canto 1, Ch_ 10\n\nTEXT 19\n\na.Srnyantiis4a� satyiis\ntatra tatra dvijeritiif:,\nniinurnpiinurnpiisca\nnirguf!,asya gu[liitmanal;t\nasrnyan ta- being\n\nheard; ii.si§aft-benediction; satyii�-all truths; tatra­\n\nhere; tatra-there; dvij a iritiift-sounded by learned briihma[!,as; na-not;\n-\n\nanurupa- befitting; anu ril piil;t -fitting; ca-also; nirguf!,asya-of the Absolute; gu[la-iitmana�-playing the role of a human being.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt was being heard here and there that the benedictions being paid to\nKf��a were neither befitting nor unbefitting because they were all for the\nAbsolute who was now playing the part of a human being.\n\nPURPORT\nAt places there were sounds of Vedic benediction aiming at the Person­\n\nality of Godhead Sri Krwa. The benedictions were fitting in the sense that\n\nthe Lord was playing the part of a human being as if a cousin of Maharaja\nYudhi�thira, but they were unfitting also because the Lord is absolute and\n\nhas nothing to do with any kind of material relativities. He is nirgupa, or\n\nthere are no material qualities in Him, but He is full of transcendental\nqualities. In the transcendental world there is nothing contradictory,\n\nwhereas in the relative world everything has its opposite. In the relative\n\nworld white is the opposite conception of black, but in the transcendental\n\nworld th�re is no distinction between white and black. Therefore the\n\nsounds of benedictions uttered by the learned briihmapas here and there\n\nappear to be contradictory in relation with the Absolute Person, but when\n\nthey are applied to the Absolute Person they lose all contradiction and\n\nbecome transcend�ntal. One example may clear this idea. Lord Sri Kr��a\n\nis sometimes described as a thief. He is very famous amongst His pure\n\ndevotees as the .Makhan-Cora. He used to steal butter from the houses of\nneighbors at Vrndavana in His early age. Since then He is famous as a\n\n", "SB1.2#p0179": "Text 20]\n\nDeparture of Lord Kr�f.la for Dvaraka\n\n531\n\nthief. But in spite of His being famous as a thief, He is worshiped as a thief,\nwhereas in the mundane world a thief is punished and is never praised.\nBeing the Absolute Personality of Godhead, everything is applicable to\nHim, and still in spite of all contradictions He is the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead.\n\nTEXT 20\n\nany onyam iisit saiijalpa\nuttama-Slo ka-ce tasiim\nkauravendra-pura-strir-iim\nsarva-sruti-mano-hara�\nanyonyam-among\n\none\n\nanother;\n\nasit-there\n\nwere;\n\nsanjalpa�­\n\nabout; uttama-sloka-the Supreme, who is praised by selected poetry;\n\ncetasiim-of those whose hearts are absorbed in that way; kauravendra­\n\nthe king of the Kurus; pura-capital; st rir-iim-all the ladies; sa rva-all;\n\nsruti-the Vedas; mana�-hara�-attractive to the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nThe ladies on the roofs of all the houses of Hastinapura, who were all\nabsorbed in the thought of the transcendental qualities of the Lord who is\nsung in select poetry, began to talk of Him. This talk was more attractive\nthan the hymns of the Vedas.\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii it is said that in all the Vedic literatures the goal is\nthe Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�!J.a. Factually the glories of the Lord are\ndepicted in such literature as the Vedas, Riimiiyar-a and Mahiibhiirata. And\n\nin the Bhiigavatam they are specifically mentioned in respect to the\nSupreme Lord. Therefore, while the ladies on the tops of the houses in the\ncapital of the kings of the Kuru dynasty were talking about the Lord they\nwere more pleasing than the Vedic hymns. Anything sung in the praise of\nthe Lord is Sruti-mantra. There are songs of Thak ur Narottama Dasa, one\nof the iiciiryas in the Gau�ya-sampradaya, composed in simple Bengali\n\n", "SB1.2#p0180": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n532\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 10\n\nl anguage. But Thakur Visvanatha Cakravarti, another very learned iiciirya\nof the same sampradiiya, has approved the songs by Thakur\n\narottama\n\nDasa to be as good as Vedic mantras. And this is .so because of the subject\nmatter. The lan guage is immaterial, but the subject matter is importan t .\nThe ladie , who were all absorbed in the thought and actions of the Lord,\ndeveloped the c onsciousne ss of Vedic wisdom by the gr ac e of the Lord.\nAnd, therefore, although suc h ladies might not ha ve been ery learned\nscholar in Sansk rit or othe rwi se , still whatever they spoke was more\natt ra c t ive than the Vedic hymns. The Vedic hymns in the Upani§ads are\nsometimes indirectly directed to the Supreme Lord. But the talks of the\nladies are dire ctly spoken of the Lord, and thus they were more ple asing\nto the heart. The ladies' talks appeared to be more valuable than the\nlearned briihmal}as' benedictions.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n....\n\n�: �\n� �tfi �� 3W'IR I\nam glit•\"lfl \\1{�'f4T�\nf;rqTf�ijRijf?lf� ijw.J�� II�� II\n\n��\n� q ·��lf.i\n\nsa vai kiliiyam puru§aft puriitano\nya eka iisid avi.Se§a iitmani\nagre gur-ebhyo jagad-ii.tmaniSvare\nnimilitiitman niSi supta-sakti§u\nsaft-He\n\n(Kr�rya);\n\nvai- as\n\nI remember; kiln- defi n itely; aya m -this;\n\npuru�a[l- Personality of Godhead; puriitanaft- the original; yaft - who; ekaft\n-only one; iisit-existed; a v ise§ aQ.- mater iall y unmanifested; iitmani-own\n\nself; agre- befor e creation; gu r-ebhyaft -of the modes of nature; jagatii.tmani - unto the Supersou l; isvare-unto the Supr eme Lord; nimilitamerged\n\ninto; iitman-the\n\nliving\n\nentity; niSi s u pta-inact ive\n\nat night;\n\nsakti�u- of the energies.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey said:\n\nHere He is, the original Personality of Godhead as we\n\ndefinitely remember Him. He alone existed before the manifested creation\nof the modes of nature, and in Him only, because He is the Supreme Lord,\n\nall living beings merge, as if sleeping at night, their energy suspended.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0181": "Text 21]\n\nDeparture of Lord K:�':la for Dvaraka\n\n533\n\nPURPORT\nThere are two types. of dissolution of the manifestive cosmos. At the\n\nend of every 4,320,000,000 solar years, when Brahma, the lord of one par­\n\nticular universe, goes to sleep, there is one annihilation. And at the end of\nBrahma's life, which takes place at the end of Brahma's one hundred years\n\nof age, in our calculation at the end of 8,640,000,000 x 30 x 12 x 100\n\nsolar years, there is complete annihilation of the entire universe, and in\nboth the periods both the material energy called the mahat-tattva and the\n\nmarginal energy called jiva-tattva merge in the person of the Supreme\n\nLord. The living beings remain asleep within the body of the Lord until\n\nthere is another creation of the material world, and that is the way of\n\ncreation, maintenance and annihilation of the material manifestation.\n\nThe material creation is effected by the interaction of the three modes\n\nof material nature set in action by the Lord, and therefore it is said here\n\nthat the Lord existed before the modes of material nature were set in\n\nmotion. In the Sruti mantra it is said that only Vi�p.u, the Supreme Lord,\n\nexisted before the creation, and there were no Brahma or Siva and other\ndemigods. Vi�p.u means the Maha-Vi�p.u who is lying on the Causal Ocean,\n\nand by His breathing only all the universes are generating in seeds and\ngradually developing into gigantic forms with innumerable planets within\n\neach and every universe. The seeds of universes develop into gigantic forms\n\nin the way seeds of a banyan tree develop into numberless banyan trees.\nThis\n\n1aha-Viwu is the plenary portion of the Lord Sri Kr�p.a, who is\n\nmentioned in the Brahma-sarhhitii. as follows:\n\n\"Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the original Personality of\n\nGodhead, Govinda, whose plenary portion is the Maha-Vi�tJ.U. All the\n\nBrahmas or the heads of the universes live only for the period of His\n\nexhaling, after the universes are generated from the pores of His transcen­\n\ndental body.\"(Brahma-sarhhita 5.58).\n\nThus Govinda, or Lord Kr�p.a, is the cause of Mahii-Vi�t�-u also. The\n\nladies talking about this Vedic truth must have heard it from authoritative\nsources. An authoritative source is the only means of knowing about\n\ntranscendental subject matter definitely. There is no other alternative.\n\nThe merging of the living beings into the body of Maha- Vi�!)u takes place\n\nautomatically at the end of Brahmii's one hundred years. But that does\nnot mean that the individual living being loses his identity. The identity is\n\nthere, and as soon as there is another creation by the supreme will of the\nLord, all the sleeping or inactive living beings are again let loose to begin\n\ntheir activities in the continuation of past different spheres of life. It is\ncalled suptotthita naya, or awakening from sleep and again engaging in\n\n", "SB1.2#p0182": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n534\n\n[Canto 1, Ch_ 10\n\none's respective continuous duty. When a man is asleep at night, he forgets\nhimself, what he is, what his duty is and everything of his waking state.\nBut as soon as he awakens from slumber, he remembers all that he has to\ndo and thus engages himself again in his prescribed activities. The living\nbeings also remain merged in the body of Maha-Vi�p.u du ring the period of\nannihilation, but as soon as there is another creation they arise to take\nup their unfinished work. This is also confirmed in the Bhagavad-gzta\n\n(8.18-20).\nThe Lord existed before the creative energy was set in action. The Lord\nis not a product of the material energy. His body is completely spiritual,\nand there is no difference between His body, and Himself. Before creation\nthe Lord remained in Hi abode, which is absolute and one.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n�t �W:f��\n�� � �'P{_ I\n�;ft\n34�1¥{�qlo:: '{f;r\nF.ff�'ff;rts�!(H11( �� II�� II\n� �\n\nsa eva bhuyo nija-virya-coditiirh\nsva-jiva-miiyiirh prakrtirh sisrk§atim\naniima-rupiitmani riipa-niimani\nvidhitsamiino 'nusasiira siistra-krt\nsaft-He; eva-thus; bhuyaft-again; nija-own pe rs onal ; virya-potency;\ncoditiim- performance of; sva-own; jiva-li vi ng being; miiyiim-external\nenergy;prakrtim-unto material nat u r e ; sisrk§atim-while re cr eating ; aniima\n-without mundane designation; riipa-iitmani- forms of the soul;riipa­\n\nnamani-forms and names; vidhitsamiinaft-desiring to award; anusasaraentrusted; siist ra-krt-the com p ile r of reveal ed scrip tu r e.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead, again desiring to give names and forms\nto His parts and parcels, the living entities, placed them under the guidance\nof material nature. By His own potency, material nature is empowered to\nrecreate.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0183": "Text 22]\n\nDeparture of Lord Kr�r:ta for Dvaraka\n\n535\n\nPURPORT\nThe living entities are parts and parcels of the Lord. They are of two\n\nvarieties, namely the nitya-mukta and nitya-baddha. The nitya-muktas\n\nare eternally liberated souls, and they are eternally engaged in the reciproca­\n\ntion of transcendental loving service with the Lord in His eternal abode\n\nbeyond the manifested mundane creations. But the nitya-baddha or\neternally conditioned souls are entrusted to His external energy, miiyii,\n\nfor rectification of their rebellious attitude towards the Supreme Father.\n\nNitya-baddhas are eternal! y forgetful of their relation with the Lord as\nparts and parcels. They are be,vildered by the illusory energy as products\n\nof matter\n\nand thus they are very busy in making plans in the material\n\nworld for becoming happy. They go on merrily with plans, but by the\n\n\"\"ill of the Lord both the planmakers and the plans are annihilated at the\n\nend of a certain period, as above mentioned. This is confirmed in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii as follows: \"0 son of Kunti, when the period of a kalpa\n\n[the duration of the life of Brahma] is ended, all the living entities merge\n\nunto My nature, and again when the time of creation is ripe, I begin\n\ncreation by the agency of My external energy.\" (Bg. 9.7)\n\nThe word bhiiya� indicates again and again, that is to say the process of\n\ncreation, maintenance and annihilation is going on perpetually by the\nexternal energy of the Lord. He is the cause of everything. But the living\n\nbeings who are constitutionally the parts and parcels of the Lord and are\nforgetful of the sweet relation, are given a chance again to get rid of the\n\nclutches of the external energy. And to revive his (the living being's) con­\n\nsciousness, the revealed scriptures are also created by the Lord. Vedic\n\nliteratures are the guiding directions for the conditioned souls so they\n\ncan get free from the repetition of creation and annihilation of the\n\nmaterial world and the material body.\n\nThe Lord says in the Bhagavad-gitii, \"This created world and material\n\nenergy are under My control. Under the influence of prakrti, automatically\n\nthey are created again and again, and this is done by Me through the\nagency of My external energy.\"\n\nActually the spiritual spark living entities have no material names or\n\nforms. But in order to fulfill their desire to lord it over the material\nenergy of material forms and names, they are given a chance for such\nfalse enjoyment, and at the same time they are given a chance to under­\n\nstand the real position through the revealed scriptures. The foolish and\n\n", "SB1.2#p0184": "Sr'imad-Bhagavatam\n\n536\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 10\n\nforgetful living being is always busy with false forms and false names.\nModern nationalism is the culmination of such false names and false forms.\nMen are mad after false name and form. The form of body obtained under\ncertain conditions is taken up as factual, and the name also taken\nbewilders the conditioned soul into misusing the energy in the name of so\nmany \"isms.\" The\n\ncriptures, however, supply the clue of understanding\n\nthe real position, but men are reluctant to take lessons from the scriptures\ncreated by the Lord for different places and times. For example, the\n\nBhagavad-gitii is the guiding principle for every human being, but by the\nspell of material energy they do not take care to carry out the programs\n\nof life in terms of the Bhagavad-gitii. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the post­\n\ngraduate study of knowledge for one who has thoroughly understood the\nprinciples of the Bhagavad-gitii. Unfortunately they have no taste for\n\nthem, and therefore they are under the clutches of miiyii for repetition of\nbirth and death.\n\nTEXT 23\n.\n\n\"'\n\n��q¢\\'i\"Jf mT\n�ijfr��l R��'ffil'ft�: 1\n�;�r+ti!k��€fiR5ij1'4�l�¥t;n\n� «�ti qft'iJ\\�� ������\n\n�\n\nqy 3F.[\n\nsa vii aymh yat padam atra siirayo\njitendriyii nirjita-matarisvana/:1.\npasyanti bhaktyut-kalitamaliitmanii\nnanve§a sattvarh parimiir§tum arhati\nsal).- He; vai- b y providence; ayam- this; yat-that which; padam atra­\n\nhere is the same Personality of Godhead Sri Kf�l}a; sii raya[l - g reat devo­\n\ntees; jita-indriyii-one who has overcome the influence of the senses;\n\nnirjita- thoroughly\n\ncontrolled; miitarisvanaft-life; pasyanti-can see;\nbhak ti- by dint of cJevo tiona I service; utkalita- developed· amala-ii tmanathose who e minds are th oroughl y cleaned; nanu e�a?I-rerlainly by this\nonly; sattvam-existence; pa rimiir§ tum- for purify ing the mind completely;\narhati- deserve.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHere is the same Supreme Personality of Godhead whose transcendental form is experienced by the great devotees who are completely\n\n", "SB1.2#p0185": "Text 24]\n\nDeparture of Lord Kr�r:ta for Dvaraka\n\n537\n\ncleansed of material consciousness by dint of rigid devotional service and\nfull control of life and the senses. And that is the only way to purify\n\nexistence.\nPURPORT\nAs it is stated in the Bhagavad-gitii, the Lord can be known in His real\nnature by dint of pure devotional service only. So it is stated here that\nonly the great devotees of the Lord who are able to clear the mind of all\nmaterial dusts by rigid devotional service can experience the Lord as He\n\nis. ]itendriya means one who has full control over the senses. The senses\nare active parts of the body, and their activities cannot be stopped. The artificial means of the yogic processes to make the senses inactive has proved\n\nto be abject failure, even in the case of great yogis like Visvamitra Muni.\n\nVisvamitra. Muni controlled the senses by yogic trance, but when he\nhappened to meet Menaka (a heavenly society woman), he became a\nvictim of sex, and the artificial way of controlling the senses failed. But in\nthe case of a -pure devotee, the senses are not at all artificially stopped\nfrom doing anything, but they are given different good engagements. When\nthe senses are engaged in more attractive activities, there is no chance of\n\ntheir being attracted by any other inferior engagements. In the Bhagavadgitii it is said that the senses can only be controlled by better engagements.\n\nDevotional service necessitates purifying the senses or engaging them in\nthe activities of devotional service. Devotional service is not inaction. Anything done in the service of the Lord becomes at once purified of its\nmaterial nature. Material conception is due to ignorance only. There is\nnothing beyond Vasudeva. The Vasudeva conception gradually develops\nin the heart of the learned after a prolonged acceleration of the receptive\norgans. But the process ends in the knowledge of accepting Vasudeva as all\nin all. In the case of devotional service, this very same method is accepted\nfrom the very\n\nbeginning,\n\nand by the grace of the Lord all factual\n\nknowledge becomes revealed in the heart of a devotee due to dictation by\nthe Lord from 'vitlun. Therefore controlling the senses by devotional service\nis the only and easiest means.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�\n\n•\n\nr.\n\n'\"'\n\ntO 3R ��RH:t�!?.fi%41\n\nfu ��! =.:t ��n�fl£: 1\n� 11:€fi �m iii���\n��l.t*i�Rr ;r ij� � 11��11\n\n", "SB1.2#p0186": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n538\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 10\n\nsa va ayam sakhy-anugita-sat-katho\n.\n\nvede�u guhye§u ca gr. .Lhyavadibhi.fi.\n\nya eka iso jagad-atma-lilaya\n\nsrjaty avaty atti na tatra sajjate\n\nsa�-He; vai-also; ayam-this; sahhi-0 my friend; anugita-described;\n\nsat-katha�-the\n\nexcellent\n\nvede§u-in\n\npastimes;\n\nthe\n\nVedic\n\nliteratures;\n\nguhye§u-confidentially; ca-as also; guhyava-iidibhi.fi.-by the confidential\ndevotees; ya�-one who; eka�-one only; i'Sa�-the supreme controller;\n\njagat-of the complete creation; iitma-Supersoul; lilaya-by manifestation\nof pastimes; s rjati-creat es ; avati atti\n,\n\n-\n\nalso maintains and annihilates; na­\n\nnever; tatra-there; sajjate-becomes attached to it.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 dear friends, here is that very Personality of Godhead whose\nattractive and confidential pastimes are described in the confidential\nparts of Vedic literature by His great devotees. It is He only who creates,\nmaintains and annihilates the material world and yet remains unaffected.\nPURPORT\nAs it is stated in the Bhagavad-gitii, aU the Vedic literatures are glorifying\n\nthe greatness of Lord Sri Kr�!la. Here it is confirmed in the Bhiigavatam\n\nalso. The Vedas are expanded by many branches and subbranches by great\n\ndevotees and empowered incarnations of the Lord like Vyasa, Narada,\nSukadeva Gosvami, the Kumaras, Kapila, Prahlada, J anaka, Bali, Y amaraj a,\n\netc., but in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam especially, the confidential parts of\nHis activities are described by the confidential devotee Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nIn the Vediinta-siitras or Upani§ads there is only hint of the confidential\nparts of His pastimes. In such Vedic literatures as the Upani§ads, etc.,\n\nthe Lord has expressively been distinguished from the mundane concep­\n\ntion of His existence. His identity being fully spiritual, His form, name,\n\nquality, and paraphernalia, etc., have been elaborately distinguished from\n\nmatter, and therefore He is sometimes misunderstood by less intelligent\npersons as impersonal. But factually He is the Supreme Person, Bhagavan,\nand He i s partially represented as Paramatma or impersonal Brahman.\nTEXT 25\n....\n\n�\"\n\n....\n\n� � �� �'{T\n\n�m� ij� ft ij'�: �� 1\n\n", "SB1.2#p0187": "Departure of Lord K[�l,la for Dvaraka\n\nText 25]\n\n�\n\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\n539\n\n�\n\n� lFT w�:p�q �1:1T �\n\n�lfUT ��it �it II�� II\n\nl¥1Fr\n\nyadii hy adharmerw tamo-dhiyo nrpii\njivanti tatrai§a hi sattvata� kila\ndhatte bhagam satyam rtam dayiim yaso\nbhaviiya riipiirti dadhad yuge yuge\nyadii\n\n-\n\nwhenever; hi-assured!\n\n;\n\nadharm era-ag a inst the principles of\n\nGod's will; tama�-dhiya/:L-persons in the lowest material modes; nrpa�­\n\nkings and administrators;jivanti-live like animals; tatra-thereupon; e�a�He; hi-only; sattvata�-transcendental; hila-certainly; dhatte-is manifested; bhagam-supreme power; satyam-truth;rtam-positiveness; dayiim\n-mercy;\nriipii[ti-in\nyuge\n\n-\n\nyasa[l.\n\n-\n\nwonderful\n\nactivities;\n\nbhaviiya-for\n\nthe\n\nmaintenance;\n\nvarious forms; dadhat-manifested; yuge-different periods;\n\nand ages.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhenever there are kings and administrators living like animals in the\nlowest modes of existence, the Lord in His transcendental form manifests\nHis supreme power, the Truth Positive, shows special mercy to the faith­\n\nful, performs wonderful activities and manifests various transcendental\nforms as is necessary in different periods and ages.\nPURPORT\nAs mentioned above, the cosmic creation is the property of the Supreme\nLord. This is the basic philosophy of lsopani§ad: everything is the property\nof the Supreme Being. No one should encroach upon the property of the\nSupreme Lord. One should only accept what is kindly awarded by Him.\nTherefore, the earth or any other planet or universe is the absolute property\nof the Lord. The living beings are certainly His parts and parcels or sons,\nand thus every one of them has a right to live at the mercy of the Lord to\nexecute his prescribed work.\n\no one, therefore, can encroach upon the\n\nright of another individual man or animal without being so sanctioned by\nthe Lord. The king or the administrator is the representative of the Lord to\nlook after the management of the Lord's will. He must therefore be a\n\nrecognized person like Maharaj a Yudhi�thira or Parik�it. Such kings have\n\nfull responsibility and knowledge from authorities about the administration\nof the world. But at times, due to the influence of the ignorance mode of\n\n", "SB1.2#p0188": "Srirnad-Bhagavatarn\n\n540\n\n[ Canto I, Ch. 10\n\nmaterial nature (tamo-gu[ta) or the lo\\ est of the material modes, kings\nand administrators come into power without knowledge and responsibility,\nand such foolish administrators live like animals for the sake of their own\npersonal interest. The result is that the whole atmosphere becomes surcharged with anarchy and vicious elements. Nepotism, bribery, cheating,\naggres ion and, therefore, famine, epidemic, war and similar other disturbing features become prominPnt in human society. And the devotees of the\nLord or the faithfuls are persecuted by all means. All these symptoms\nindicate the\n\ntime of an incarnation of the\n\nLord to reestablish the\n\nprinciples of religion and to vanquish the maladministrators. This is also\nconfirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii.\nThe Lord then appears in His transcendental form without any tinge of\nmaterial qualities. He descends just to keep the state of His creation in a\nnormal condition_ The normal condition is that the Lord has provided each\nand every planet with aU the needs of the native living beings- They can\nhappily live and execute their predestined occupations to attain salvation\nat the end, following the rules and regulations mentioned in the revealed\nscriptures. The material world is created to satisfy the whims of the\n\nnitya-baddha\nprovided\n\nor everlasting conditioned souls, just as naughty boys are\n\nwith pla ing cradles.\n\nOthen¥1\n\ne\n\nthere was no need\n\nof the\n\nmatttrial world. But when they become intoxicated with the power of\nmaterial science to exploit the resources unlawfully without the sanction\nof the Lord, and that also only for sense gratification, there is necessity of\nthe Lord's incarnation to chastise the rebellious and to protect the faithful.\n\\\\hen He descends, He exhibits superhuman acts just to prove His\nsupreme right, and materialists like RavatJa, Hirapyakasipu, Kamsa, etc.,\nare sufficiently punished. He acts in a manner which no one can imitate.\nFor example, the Lord, when He appeared as Rama, bridged the Indian\nOcean_ When He appeared as Kr§pa, from His very childhood He showed\nsuperhuman activities by killing Putana, Aghasura, Sakatasura, Kaliya,\netc., and then His maternal uncle Kamsa. When He was at Dvaraka He\nmarried 16,108 queens, and all of them were blessed with a sufficient\nnumber of children.\n\nThe sum total of His personal family members\n\namounted to about 100,000, popularly known as the Yadu-vamsa. And\nagain, during His lifetime, He managed to vanquish them all. He is famous\nas the Govardhanadhari Hari because He lifted at the age of only seven\nthe hill known as Govardhana. The Lord killed many undesirable kings in\nHis time, and as k§atriya He fought chivalrously. He is famous as the\n\nasamaurdha, unparalleled. No one is equal to or greater than Him.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0189": "Text 26]\n\nDeparture of Lord Kr��a for Dvaraka\n\n541\n\nTEXT 26\n\naho alarh sliighyatamarh yadoft kulam\naho alarh pUT;tyatammh madhoroanam\nyad e§a purhsiim rfiabhaft sriyaft patift\nsva-jan manii cwikramar-ena ciiiicati\naho-oh; alam- verily; sliighyatamam-supremely glori fie d; yado[t-of\n\nJ(jngY ad u ; kulam- dynasty;aho-oh;alam- verily; pu[tyatamam-supreme­\n\nly virtuous; madhoroanam-the land of Mathura; yat-because; esalJ,-this;\n\npurhsiim-of all th e living beings; nabhaft-supreme leader; sriya[t-of the\ngoddes s of\n\nfortu ne; pati[1 -hu sband; sva-janmanii-by His appearance;\n\ncankramar-ena-by crawling; ca aiicati- gl ories\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOh how supremely glorified is the dynasty of King Y adu, and how\nvirtuous is the land of Mathura where the supreme leader of all living\nbeings, the husband of the goddess of fortune, has taken His birth and\n\nwandered in His childhood.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii the Personali ty of Godhead Sri Kr�.1 1a has exp ressiv el y given a de scription of His transcendental app earanc e disappe ar,\n\nance and activities. The Lord appears in a particular family or place by His\n\ninconceivable potency. He does not take His birth as a conditioned s oul\nquits his body and accepts another bo dy. But His birth is like the appearance\n\nand disa ppea rance of the sun. The sun arises on the eastern horizon, but\nthat does not mean that the eastern horizon is the parent of the sun. Thesun is existent in every part of the solar system, but he becomes visible at\na scheduled Lime and so also becomes invisible at another scheduled time.\nSimilarly, the Lord appears in this univer e like the sun and again leaves\n\n", "SB1.2#p0190": "[Canto l, Ch. 10\n\nSr'imad-Bhagavatam\n\n542\n\nour sight at another time. He exists at all times and at every place, but by\nHis causeless mercy when He appears before us we take it for granted that\nHe has taken His birth. Anyone who can understand this truth, in terms of\nthe statements of revealed script ur es certainly becomes liberated just after\n,\n\nquitting the present body. Liberation is obtainable after many births and\nafter great endeavor in patience and perseverance, in knowledge and\n\nrenuncJatiOI�.\n\nBut\n\ntranscendental\n\nbirths and\n\nsimply\n\nby\n\nknowing\n\nin\n\nThat is the verdict of the Bhagavad-gitii.\ndarkness\n\nof\n\nignorance\n\ntruth\n\nabout\n\nthe\n\nactivities, one can get liberation\n\nLord's\n\nat once.\n\nBut those who are in the\n\nconclude that the Lord's birth and activities\n\nin the material world are similar to those of the ordinary living being.\nSuch imperfect conclusions cannot give anyone liberation. His birth,\ntherefore, in the family of King Yadu as the son of King Vasude a and His\ntransfer into the family of\n\nanda Maharaja in the land of\n\nfathura are all\n\ntranscendental arrangements made by the internal potency of the Lord.\nThe fortunes of the Y adu dynasty and that of the inhabitants of the land\nof\n\n1athura cannot be materially estimated. If simply by knowing the\n\ntranscendental nature of the birth and activities of the Lord one can get\nliberation easily, we can just imagine what is in store for those who\nactually enjoyed the company of the Lord in person as a family member\nor as a neighbor. All those who were fortunate enough to associate with\nthe Lord, the husband of the goddess of fortune, certainly obtained\nsomething more than what is known as liberation. Therefore, rightly the\ndynasty and the land are both ever glorious by the grace of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n31it\n\niffl\n\n€4��1flf(ij(Wlt\n\n�� ��\n\n�:1\n\nq�tiRt � ��'«[\n\nm�u��lifi (<4'qfij- � �t: 11�\\Sll\n\naho bata svar-yasasas tiraskari\nkusasthali pupya yasaskari bhuvafl.\npasyanti nityam yad anugrahe§itam\nsmitiivalokarh sva-patim sma yat-prajiifl.\naho bata-how wonderful this is; sva r yasasafl.\n-\n\n-\n\nglories of the heavenly\n\nplanets; tiraskari-that which defeats; ku sas thali- D varaka ; pur1ya-virtue;\n\n", "SB1.2#p0191": "Departure of Lord Kr��a for Dvarkaa\n\nText 27]\nyasask ari- famous ;\nconst antly ;\n\nb hu v aft- the\n\nearth\n\nplanet; pasy anti\n\n543\n\n-\n\nsee ; nityam­\n\nyat-that\n\nwhich; anugraha-i§itam-to bestow benediction;\ns m ita av a lok a m -glan ce with the favor of sw eet smiling ; sv a -pat im unto\n-\n\n-\n\nthe soul of the living being (Kr��Ja); s m a- u sed to; yat-pra]a�-the inhabitants of the place.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUndoubtedly it is wonderful that Dvaraka has defeated the glories of\nthe heavenly planets and has enhanced the celebrity of the earth. The\ninhabitants of D varaka are always seeing the soul of all living beings\n[�·��a] in His loving feature. He glances at them and favors them with\nsweet smiles.\nPURPORT\nThe heavenly planets are inhabited by demigods like Indra, Candra,\nVarupa, Vayu, etc., and the pious souls reach there after performance of\nmany virtuous acts on earth.\n\n1odern scientists agree also that the timing\n\narrangement in higher planetary systems is different from the earth. Thus\nit is understood from the revealed scriptures that the duration of life there\nis 10,000 years (by our calculation). Six months on earth is equal to one\nday on the heavenly planets. Facilities of enjoyment are also similarly\nenhanced, and the beauty of the inhabitants is legendary. Common men\non the earth are very much fond of reaching the heavenly planets because\nthey have heard that comforts of life are far greater there than on the\nearth. They are now trying to reach the moon by spacecraft. Considering\nall this, the heavenly planets are more celebrated than the earth. But the\ncelebrity of earth has defeated that of the heavenly planets because of\nDvaraka, where Lord S ri Kr�l)a reigned as King. Three places, namely Vp1-\n\ndavana, Mathura and Dvaraka, are more important than the famous planets\nwithin the universe. These places are perpeh1ally sanctified becau e when­\n\never the Lord descends on earth He displays His lran cendental activities\nparticularly in these three places. The\n\nare perpetuall y the holy lands of\n\nthe Lord, and the inhabitants still take advantage of the holy places, even\nthough the Lord is now out of their sight. The Lord is the soul of all living\n\nbeings, and He desires always to have all the living beings, in their svarnpa,\nor in their constitutional position, to participate in transcendental life in\nHis association. His attractive features and sweet smilt>s go deep into the\n\nhearts of everyone, and once it i\n\nso done the living being is admitted\n\n", "SB1.2#p0192": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n544\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 10\n\nin the kingdom of God, from which no one returns. This is confirmed in\n\nthe Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nThe heavenly planets may be very famous for offering better facilities\n\nof malerial enjoyment, but as we learn from theBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 9.20-21),\n\none has to come back again to the earth planet as soon as the acquired\n\nvirtue is finished. Dvaraka is certainly more important than the heavenly\n\nplanets because whoever has been favored with the smiling glance of the\nLord shall never come back again to this rotten earth, which is certified by\n\nthe Lord Himself as a place of misery.\n\not only this earth but also all the\n\nplanets of the universes are places of misery because in none of the\nplanets \\vithin the universe is there eternal life, eternal bliss and eternal\n\nknowledge. Any person engaged in devotional service of the Lord is\nrecommended to live in one of the above-mentioned three places, namely\n\nDvaraka, Mathur a or V rndavana. Because devotional service in these three\n\nplaces is magnified, those who go there to follow the principles in terms\n\nof instructions imparted in the revealed scriptures surely achieve the same\nresult as obtained during the presence of Lord Sri Kr�va. His abode and\nHe Himself are identical, and a pure devotee under the guidance of another\n\nexperienced devotee can obtain all the results, even at present.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n;@\n\ni4�{ii•��Rit :\n\n�ijt � �tfurflr: I\n��: ���\ni�: �r:(�: ����II\nnunam vrata-sniina-hutiidinesvara�\nsamarcito hy asya grhita-pii[tibh*\npibanti yii� sakhy-adhariimrtam muhur\nvraja-striyafi, sammumuhur yad-iisayii�\nnunam-certainly in the previous birth; v ra ta- vo w; sniina- bath; hula­\n\nsacrifice in the fire; iidinii-by all these; iSvara�-the Personality of God­\n\nhead; samarcitafi,-perfectly worshiped; hi-certainly; asya- H is; grhita­\n\npar:tib hifi,- by the married \\vives; pibanti-relishes; yii�-those who; sahhi-\n\n0 friend; adharamrtam-the nectar from His lips; muhufi,-again and again;\n\n", "SB1.2#p0193": "Text 28)\n\nDeparture of Lord Kr�J.la for Dvaraka\n\n545\n\nvraja-s t riya\"{!. ;- the damsels of Vrajahhiimi; sammu-muhu\"{!.-often fainted;\nyat-asaya�-expecting to be favored in that way.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 friends, just think of His wives whose hands He has accepted. How\n\nthey must have under gone vows, baths, fire sacrifice and perfect worship\nof the Lord of the universe to constantly relish now the nectar from His\nlips [by kissing). The damsels of Vrajabhiimi would often faint by just\nexpecting such favors.\nPURPORT\nReligious rites prescribed in the scriptures are meant to purify the\nmundane qualities of the conditioned souls to enable them to become\ngradually promoted to the stage of rendering transcendental service unto\nthe Supreme Lord. Attainment of this stage of pure spiritual life is the\nhighest perfection, and this stage is called svan\"Lpa, or the factual identity\nof the living being. Liberation means to renovate this stage of svan\"Lpa. In\nthat perfect stage of svariipa, the living being i established in five phases\nof loving service, one of which is the stage of miidhurya-rasa, or the\nhumor of conjugal love. The Lord is always perfect in Himself, and thus\nHe has no hankering for Himself. He, however, becomes a master, a friend,\na son or a husband to fulfill the intense love of the devotee concerned.\nHerein two classe\n\nof devotee\n\nof the Lord are mentioned in the stage of\n\nconjugal love. One is svakiyii, and the other is parakiyii. Both of them are\nin con ju ga l love with the Personality of Godhead Kf§J).a. The queens at\nDvaraka were svakiyii, or duly married wives, but the damsels of the Vraja\nwere young friends of the Lord while He was unmarried. The Lord stayed\nat Vrndavana till the age of sixteen, and His friendly relations with the\nneighboring girls were in te rms of parakiyii. These girls, as well as the\nqueens, underwent severe penances by taking vows, bathing and offering\nsacrifice in the fire, as prescribed in the scriptures. The rites, as they are,\nare not an end in themselves, nor are fruitive action, culture of knowledge\nor perfection in mystic powers ends in themselves. They a:re all means to\nattain to the highest stage of svariipa to render constitutional transcendental\nervice to the Lord. Each and every living being has his individual position\nin either of the above-mentioned five different kinds of reciprocating means\nwith the Lord, and in one's pure spiritual form of svariipa the relation\n\n", "SB1.2#p0194": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n546\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 10\n\nbecomes manifest without mundane affinity. The kissing of the Lord,\n\neither by His wi es or His young girl friends who aspired to have the Lord\n\nas their fiance, is not of any mundane perverted quality. Had uch things\n\nbeen mundane, a liberated soul like Sukadeva would not have taken the\n\ntrouble to relish them, nor would Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu have\nbeen inclined to participate in those subjects after renouncing worldly life.\n\nThe stage is earned after many lives of penance.\nTEXT 29\n\n�����: �\n�'f��ttsta(ctl\"{f{ W�ur: I\n\nstgWQI\"'41¥41®icp:ftsqu\n�� � �: 11��11\n\nyii virya-sulkena hrtii� svayarhvare\npramathya caidya pramukhiin hi SU§mirw�\npradyumna-siimbiimba-sutiidayo 'parii\nyas cahrta bhauma-vadhe sahasrasalJ\nyii-the lady; virya-prowe ss ; sulkena-by payment of the price; hrtii�taken away by force; svayamvare-in the open selection of the bridegroom;\n\npramathya-harassing; caidya-King Sisupala; pramukhan·-headed by; hi­\n\npositively; SU§mirw�-all very powerful; pradyumna-Pradyumna (J<r�J).a's\nson); samba-Samba; amba-Amba; suta-iidaya�-cmldren; apariift-other\n\nladies; yii�-those; ca-also; iihrta�-similarly brought; bhauma-vadhe­\n\nafter killing kings; sahasrasa�-by the thousands.\nTRANSLATION\n\nPradyumna, Samba, Amba, etc., are His children, and ladies like\n\nRukmi�i, Satyabhiima, Jambavati, etc., were forcibly taken away by Him\nwhen He selected them as brides after having defeated many powerful\nkings, headed by Sisupiila. And other ladies were also forcibly taken away\nby Him after He killed Bhaumasura and thousands of his assistants. All of\n\nthem are glorious.\nPURPORT\nExceptionally qualified daughters of powerful kings were allowed to\n\nmake a choice of their own bridegrooms in open competition, and such\nceremonies were called svayarhvara, or selecting the bridegroom. And\n\n", "SB1.2#p0195": "Text 30)\n\nDeparture of Lord Kr�r:ta for Dvaraka\n\n547\n\nbecause it was open competition between the rival and valiant princes,\n\nsuch princes were invited by the fathers of the princess, and usually there\nwere regular fights between the invited princely order in a sporting spirit,\n\nbut it so happened that sometimes the belligerent princes were killed in\n\nsuch marriage-fighting, and the victorious prince was offered the trophy\n\nprincess for whom so many princes died. Rukmir;Ji, the principal queen of\n\nLord Kf�p.a, was the daughter of the King of Vidarbha, who wished that\n\nhis qualified and beautiful daughter be given away to Lord Kr�pa. But her\neldest brother wanted her to be given away to King Sisupala, who happened\n\nto be a cousin of Krwa. So there was open competition, and as usual Lord\nKr�p.a emerged successful, after harassing Sisupala and other princes by\n\nHis unrivalled prowess. Rukmi!)i had ten sons, like Pradyumna, etc. There\nwere other queens also taken away by Lord Knpa in a similar way. Full\ndescription of this beautiful booty of Lord Kr�Q.a will be given in the\nTenth Canto. There were 16,100 beautiful girls who were daughters of\n\nmany kings and were forcibly stolen by Bhaumasura, who kept them\ncaptive for his carnal desire. These girls prayed piteously to Lord Kr�l)a for\n\ntheir deliverance, and called by their fervent prayer, the merciful Lord\nreleased them all by fighting and killing Bhaumasura. All these captive\n\nprincesses were then accepted by the Lord as His wives, although in the\nestimation of society they were all fallen girls. The all-powerful Lord\nKmta accepted the humble prayers of these girls and married them with\nthe adoration of queens. So altogether Lord Krwa had 16,108 queens at\nDvaraka, and in each of them He begot ten children. All these children\n\ngrew up, and each had as many children as the father. The aggregate\nnumber of the family numbered 10,000,000.\n\nTEXT 30\n\ntm:\n\n� ��+tq·�q��\nM(��� iRr ID'-l � I\n\n� •z(it:�J\\4'.4\": -mr­\n\n�:jf.�qt:tll(ffl'� � ll�oH\n\netii� param stritvam apiistapesalam\nnirasta-saucam bata siidhu kurvate\nyiisiim grhiit pu§kara-locana� patir\nna iiitv apaity iihrtibhir hrdi sprsan\netii�-all\n\nthese\n\nwomen;\n\nparam\n\n-\n\nhighest;\n\nstritvam-womanhood;\n\napiistapesalam-without individuality; nirasta-withou t; saucam- purity;\n\n", "SB1.2#p0196": "548\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 10\n\nbata siidhu-auspiciously glorified; kurvate-do they make; yiisiim-from\nwhose; grhiit-homes; pu§kara-locanafl.-the lotus-eyed;patif!.-husband; na\n\njatu-never at any time; apaiti-goes away; ahrtibhifl.-by presentation;\nhrdi-in the heart; sprsan-endeared.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll these women auspiciously glorified their lives despite their being\n\nwithout individuality and without purity. Their husband, the lotus-eyed\n\nPersonality of Godhead, never left them alone at home. He always pleased\n\ntheir hearts by making valuable presentations.\nPURPORT\n\nThe devotees of the Lord are purified souls. As soon as the devotees\n\nsurrender unto the lotus feet of the Lord sincerely, the Lord accepts them,\nand thus the devotees at once become free from all material contamina­\n\ntions. Such devotees are above the three modes of material nature. There\n\nis no bodily disqualification of a devotee, just as there is no qualitative\n\ndifference between the Ganges water and the unfilthy drain water when\n\nthey are amalgamated. Women, merchants and laborers are not very\n\nintelligent, and thus it is very difficult for them to understand the science\n\nof God or to be engaged in the devotional service of the Lord. They are\n\nmore materialistic, and less than them are the Kiratas, Hupas, Andhras,\n\nPulindas, Pulkasas, Ahhira, Kanka, Y avana, Khasadaya, etc., but all of\n\nthem can be delivered if they are properly engaged in the devotional\n\nservice of the Lord. By engagement in the service of the Lord, the\ndesignative disqualifications are removed, and as pure souls they become\n\neligible to enter into the kingdom of God.\n\nThe fallen girls under the clutches of Bhaumasura sincerely prayed to\n\nLord Sri K.fwa for their deliverance, and their sincerity of purp ose made\n\nthem at once pure by virh1e of devotion. The Lord therefore accepted them\n\nas His wives, and thus their lives became glorified. Such auspicious glorifica­\n\ntion was still more glorified when the Lord played with them as the most\ndevoted husband.\n\nThe Lord used to live with His 16,108 wives constantly. He expanded\n\nHimself into 16,108 plenary portions, and each and every one of them\n\nwas the Lord Himself without deviation from the Original Personality.\n\nThe Smti mantra affirms that the Lord can expand Himself into many.\n\nAs husband of so many wives, He pleased them all with presentations,\n\n", "SB1.2#p0197": "Text 32]\n\nDeparture of Lord Kr�f.la for Dvaraka\n\n549\n\neven at a costly endeavor. He brought the piirijiita plant from heaven\nand implanted it at the palace of Satyabhama, one of the principal\nqueens. If, therefore, anyone desires the Lord to become one's husband,\n\nthe Lord fulfills such desires in full.\n\nTEXTiH\n\n�� �ffl;rt � f�: F-JT� 1\nf.:R� (if��Wi triT m: II�� II\nevarhvidhii gadantiniirh\nsa giraft purayo§itiim\nnirik§arzeniibhinandan\nsa-smitena yayau harift\nevarhvidhiift-in this way; gadantiniim-thus praying and talking about\n\nHim; saft-He (the Lord); girafi,-of words; purayo§itiim-of the ladies of\nthe capital; nin1t§arzena- by His grace of glancing over them; abhinandan­\n\nand greeting them; sa-smitena- with a smiling face; yayau-departed; harift\n\n-the Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the ladies of the capital of Hastinapura were greeting Him and\ntalking in this way, the Lord, smiling, accepted their good greetings, and\ncasting the grace of His glance over them, He departed from the city.\nTEXT 32\n\n��:\n\n'l� •ftt{hll{ ��: I\n\n�: �: �(ldll@! �d(fi\\'��fh( II�� II\najiita-satrufi. prtaniirh\ngopithiiya madhu-dvi§a[l\nparebhyaft sankitaft snehiit\npriiyunkta catur-angirzim\najiita-satrufi.-Maharaja Yudhif?thira, who was no one's enemy;prtaniim­\n\ndefensive forces; gopithiiya-for giving protection; madhu-dvi§aft-of the\n\nenemy of Madhu (Sri Kr�f.la);parebhyafi,-from others (enemies); sankitaft\n\n", "SB1.2#p0198": "550\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 10\n\n-being afraid of; snehiit-out of affection; priiyunkta-engaged; caturangir-\"\"im-four defensive divisions.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja YudhiHhira, although no one's enemy, engaged four divisions\nof defense [horse, elephant, chariot. and army] to accompany Lord Kr�!la,\nthe enemy of the asuras [demons]. The Maharaja did this because of the\nenemy, and also out of affection for the Lord.\nPURPORT\n1atural defensive measures are horses and elephants combined with\n\nchariots and men. Horses and elephants are trained to move to any part\nof the hills or forests or plains. The charioteers could fight with many\nhorses and elephants by the strength of powerful arrows, even up to the\nstandard of the brahmiistra (similar to modern atomic weapons). l\\'laharaja\n\nYudhi�thira knew well that Kr�!la is everyone's friend and well-wisher, and\n\nyet there were asuras who were by nature envious of the Lord. So out of\nfear of attack from others and out of affection also, he engaged all\nvarieties of defensive forces as bodyguards of Lord Kr�!la. If required,\nLord Kr�!la Himself was sufficient to defend Himself from the attack of\nothers who counted the Lord as their enemy, but still He accepted all the\narrangements made by Maharaja Yudhighira because He could not disobey\nthe King, who was His elder cousin. The Lord plays the part of a subordinate in His transcendental sporting, and thus sometimes He puts\nHimself in the care of Yasodamata for His protection in His so-called\n\nhelplessness of childhood. That is the transcendental lilii or pastime of\n\nthe Lord. The basic principle for aU transcendental exchanges between the\nLord and His devotees is exhibited to enjoy a transcendental bliss for\nwhich there is no comparison, even up to the level of brahmiinanda.\n\nTEXT 33\n3N <(•••ij•t m: �� rmt� ,\n\nijf;t�J \"d � stt�l&4wt•tfftA: II��II\natha duriigatiin sauri�\n\nkauraviin virahiituriin\n\nsannivartya dglham snigdhiin\np,.q.yat sva-nagarirh priya*\natha-thus; duriigatiin-having accompanied Him for a long distance;\n\nsauri!t-Lord Krflqa; kauraviin-the Pal) «;lavas; virahiituriin-overwhelmed\n\n", "SB1.2#p0199": "Texts\n\n34-35]\n\nDeparture of Lord Kr�r:ta for Dvaraka\n\n551\n\nby a sense of separation; sannivartya-politely persuaded; dnlham­\n\ndetermined; snigdhiin- full of affection; priiyiit- proceeded; sva-nagarim­\n\ntowards His own city (Dvaraka);priyai{l-with dear companions.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOut of profound affection for Lord Kr��a, the Pa��avas, who were of\n\nthe Kuru dynasty, accompanied Him a considerable distance to see Him\n\noff. They were overwhelmed with the thought of future separation. The\nLord, however, persuaded them to return home, and He proceeded\n\ntowards Dvaraka with His dear companions.\nTEXTS\n\n34-35\n\nt�lfi'eql� meW11'{ (14iijW1'{ I\nqmf � � *IH� 11�\\?11\n\n�rit+�Rtst�i<4 m�rwiroit: '«f.{ 1\n\n':lll'r\n=rt:S::r l::'\"\\iql•n��lr{t�Iiii\n\"' +tWill,...�: II ��II\n311W1ffi'{lil•lf.t\nkuru-jiingala-piinciiliin\nsiiraseniin sa-yiimuniin\nbrahmiivartarh kuruk§etrarh\nmatsyiin siirasvatiin atha\nmaru-dhanvam atikramya\nsauviriibhirayo{l pariin\niinartiin bhiirgavopiigiic\nchriintaviiho maniig vibhu{l\n\nkuru-jiingala-the province of Delhi; piinciiliin-part of the province\n\nPanjab; suraseniin-part of the province of Uttar Pradesh; sa{l.-with;\n\nyiimuniin-the districts on the bank of the Yamuna; brahmiivartam-part of\nnorthern Uttar Pradesh; kuruk§etram-the place where the battle was\nfought; matsyiin-the province Matsya; siirasvatiin-part of Punjab; atka­\n\nand so on;maru- Rajasthan, the land of deserts; dhanvam- Madhya Pradesh,\n\nwhere water is very scanty; atikramya-after passing; sauvira-Saurastra;\n\nabh\"irayo {l - part of Gujurat; pariin-western side; anartan-the province of\nDvaraka; bhiirgava-0\n\nSaunaka; upiigiit-overtaken by; sriinta-fatigue;\n\nviiha{l-the horses;manak vibh u {l-slightly , because of the long journey.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Saunaka, the Lord then proceeded towards Kurujangala, Paiicala,\n\nSurasena, the land on the bank of the River Yamuna, Brahmavarta,\n\n", "SB1.2#p0200": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n552\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 10\n\nKuruk�etra, Matsya, Sarasvata, the province of the desert and the land of\n\nscanty water. After crossing these provinces He gradually reached the\nSauvira and Ahhira provinces, then west of these, reached Dviiraka at last.\n\nPURPORT\nThe provinces passed over by the Lord in those days were differently\nnamed, but the direction given is sufficient to indicate that He travelled\nthrough Delhi, Punjab, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, Saurastra, Gujarat\nand at last reached His home province at Dvaraka. We do not gain any\nprofit simply by researching the analogous provinces of those days up to\nnow, hut it appears that the desert of Rajasthan and the provinces of\nscanty water like Madhya Pradesh, etc., were present even five thousand\nyears ago. The theory of soil experts that the desert developed in recent\nyears i\n\nnot supported by the statements of Bhiigavatam. We may leave\n\nthe matter for expert geologists to research because the changing universe\nhas different phases of geological development. We are satisfied that the\nLord has now reached His own province, Dvarakadhama, from the Kuru\nprovinces. Kumk�etra continues to exist since the Vedic age, and it is\nsheer foolishness when interpreters ignore or deny the existence of\nKuruk;;etra.\n\nTEXT 36\n.�(,<;'\"'\n\n<:'\n\n*fi?.tijJ�I: I\n� � mt q�� tlf �� ����II\n� � � ij*��H:\n\ntatra tatra ha tatratyair\nharil;t pratyudyatiirhar-alJ\nsiiyarh bheje diSarh pasciid\ngavi§tho gam galas tadii\ntatra ta tru - a t different places; ha-it so happened; tatratyail;t-by local\nha ril;t - the Personality of Godhead; pratyudyata-arhar-alJbeing offered presentations and worshipful regards; sayam - the evening;\nbheje -h aving overtaken; diSam-direction; p asciit- easte rn ; g,.,i§ t hal;t - the\nsun in the sky; gii m- to the ocean side; gatalJ -having gone; tadii-at that\ninhabitants;\n\ntime.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0201": "Text 36]\n\nDeparture of Lord Kr�r:ta for Dviiraka\n\n553\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn His journey through these provinces He was welcomed, worshiped\nand given various presentations. In the evening, in all places, the Lord\nsuspended His journey to perform evening rites. This was regularly observed after sunset.\nPURPORT\nIt is said here that the Lord observed the religious principles regularly\n\nwhile He was on the j ourney. There are certain philosophical speculations\n\nthat even the Lord is under the obligations of fruitive action. But actually\nthis is not the case. He does not depend on the action of any good or bad\nwork. Since the Lord is absolute, everything done by Him is good for\neveryone. But when He descends on earth, He acts for the protection of\nthe devotees and for the annihilation of the impious nondevotees. Although He has no obligatory duty, still He does everything so lhat others\nmay follow. That is the way of factual teaching; one must act properly\nHimself and teach the same to others, otherwise no one will accept such\nblind teaching. He is Himself the awarder of fruitive results. He is selfsufficient, and yet He acts according to the rulings of the revealed scripture in order to teach us the process. If He does not do so, the common\nman may go wrong. But in the advanced stage, when one can understand\nthe transcendental nature of the Lord, one does not try to imitate Him.\nThis is not possible.\nThe Lord in the human society does what is the duty of everyone, but\nsometimes He does something which is extraordinary and is not to be\nimitated by the living being. His acts of evening prayer as stated herein\nmust be followed by the living being, but it is not possible to follow His\nmountain-lifting or dancing with the gopis. One cannot imitate the sun,\nwho can exhaust water even from a filthy place; the most powerful can do\nsomethjng which is ali-good, but our imitation of such acts \\viti put us into\nendless difficulty. Therefore, in all actions, the experienced guide, the\nspiritual master, who is the manifested mercy of the Lord, should always\nbe consulted, and the path of progress \\vill be assured.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the First Canto, Tenth Chapter,\nof\n\nthe\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam, entitled\n\nDviirakii. \"\n\n\"Departure\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nKr�FJ.a for\n\n", "SB1.2#p0202": "CHAPTER ELEVEN\n\nLord Kr$Qa's Entrance into ovaraka\nTEXT l\n\n� '3'e{Rl'\n\n31Rfflot ij''34i4� \\t:§l§t�q(r-{�1\n� ((m � r� �������\nsiita uvaca\niinartan sa upavrajya\nsvrddhiin jana-padiin svakiin\ndadhmau daravararit te§am\nvi.§iidarit samayann iva\nsiitafi.\n\nuviica S ut a\n\nGosvam'i\n\n-\n\nsaid; iinartiin-the country known\n\nas\n\nAnartiin (Dvaraka); safi.- He; upavrajya-re aching the border of; s vrddhiinmost prosperous; jana padiin- city ; svakiin-His own; dadhmau-sounded;\n-\n\ndaravaram-the\n\nauspicious\n\nconchshell\n\n(Pafi cajany a);\n\nvi.§iidam-dejection; samayan- pacifying; iv a - seemingly\n\nte§iim-of them;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuta Gosvam'i said: The Lord, upon reaching the border of His most\nprosperous metropolis, known as the country of the Anartas [ Dvaraka],\nsounded His auspicious conchshell, heralding His arrival and apparently\npacifying the dejection of the inhabitants.\nPURPORT\n\nThe beloved Lord was away from His own prosperous metropolis of\nDviiraka for a considerably long period because of the Battle of Kuruk(letra, and thus all the inhabitants were overcome with melancholia due to\n\n555\n\n", "SB1.2#p0203": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n556\n\n[Canto 1, Ch_ 11\n\nthe separation. When the Lord descends on the earth, His eternal associates\nalso come with Him, just as the entourage of the king accompanies him.\nSuch associates of the Lord are eternally liberated souls, and they cannot\nbear the separation of the Lord even for a moment because of intense\naffection for the Lord. Thus the inhabitants of the ci ty of Dvaraka were\nin a mood of dejection and expected the arrival of the Lord at any moment. So the heralding sound of the auspicious conchshell was very encouraging, and apparent]\n\nthe sound pacified their dejection. They were\n\nstill more aspirant to see the Lord amongst themselves, and all of them\n\nbecame alert to receive Him in the befitting manner. These are the signs\n\nof spontaneous l.ove of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 2\n\n�\n\n\\3�tfil� ����«\n� ��S'i�tfi'i�ll:I(�IIUJ�IfilIJf'IT\n�1{11f'{A:\n����\n���� �:11�11\nsa uccakiise dhavalodaro daro\n'py urukramasyiidharasor-a-sor-imii\ndiidhmiiyamiina� kara-kaiija-sampute\nyathiibja-khart!le kala-hamsa utsvana�\n\nsa�-that; uccakiise- became brillian t; dhavalo dara� white and fat-\n\nboweled; dara�- conchshe ll; api-although it is so; urukramasya-of the\n\ngreat adventurer; adharasor-a-by the transcendental quality of His lips ;\n\nsortimii\n\n-\n\nreddened; diidhmiiyamiina�- being sounded; kara-kaiija -sampufe­\n\nbein g caught by the grip of the hand; yathii- as it is;iibja kha r-t;l e\n-\n\nstems\n\nof\n\nlotus\n\nflowers; kala-hamsa\n\n-\n\n-\n\nby the\n\nduckin g s wan; utsvana�-loudly\n\nsounding.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe white and fat-boweled conchshell, being gripped by the hand of\nLord Kr��a and sounded by Him, appeared to be reddened by the touch of\nHis transcendental lips. It seemed that a white swan was playing in the\nstems of red lotus flowers.\n\n.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0204": "Text 3]\n\nLord ��1_1a's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n557\n\nPURPORT\nRedness of the white conchshell due to the lip-touch of the Lord is a\nsymbol of spiritual significance. The Lord is all spirit, and matter is\nignorance of this spiritual existence. Factually there is nothing like matter\nin the spiritual enlightenment, and this spiritual enlightenment takes place\n\nat once by the contact of the Supreme Lord Sri Kr�!la. The Lord is pre­\n\nsent in every particle of all existence, and He can manifest His presence in\nanyone. By ardent love and devotional service of the Lord, or in other\nwords by spiritual contact with the Lord, everything becomes spiritually\nreddened like the conchshell in the grip of the Lord, and the paramaharhsa,\nor the supremely intelligent person, plays the part of the ducking swan in\nthe \\Vater of spiritual bliss, eternally decorated by the lotus flower of the\nLord's feet.\n\nTEXT 3\n\n����'\nSl$9;: sm: � �'\\�l�eteer: 11 � 11\ntam upasmtya n.inadarh\njagad-bhaya-bhayiivaham\npratyudyayu{L prajii{L sarvii\nbhartr-darsana-liilasii[l\ntam that; upasmtya\n-\n\n-\n\nhavi ng overheard; ninadam-sound;jagat-bhaya­\n\nthe fear of material existence; bhayava ham\n\nprati-to war ds ; udy ayu{L\n\n-\n\nall; bha rtr the protector; dar-Sana\n-\n\n-\n\nthe threatening principle;\n\nr apidly proceeded; prajii[l.\n-\n\naudi en ce; ltilasa{L\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe citizens; sarviifi.­\n\nhaving so desired.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe citizens of Dvaraka, having heard that sound which threatens fear\npersonified in the material world, began to run towards Him fast, just to\nhave a long desired audience with the Lord, who is the protector of all\ndevotees.\nPURPORT\nAs already informed, the citizens of Dvaraka who lived at the time of\nLord Kg;l)a's presence there were all liberated souls who descended there\nalong with the Lord as entourage. All were very anxious to have an audi-\n\n", "SB1.2#p0205": "558\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch_ II\n\nence with the Lord, although they were never separated from the Lord by\n\nspiritual contact. Just as the gopis at Vrndavana used to think of Kr�pa\n\nwhile He was away from the village for cowherding engagements, so also\nthe citizens of Dvaraka were all immersed in thought of the Lord while He\n\nwas away from Dvaraka to attend the Battle of Kuruk�etra. Some dis­\n\ntinguished fiction writer in Bengal concluded that the Kr�pa of V rndavana,\nthat of\n\ntJathura and that of Dvaraka were different personalities. Histori­\n\ncally there is no truth in this conclusion. The Kr�r.a of Kuruk�etra and the\nKr�pa of Dvaraka are one and the same personality.\n\nThe citizens of Dvaraka were thus in a state of melancholy due to the\n\nLord's absence from the transcendental city, as much as we are put in a\n\nstate of melancholy at night because of the absence of the sun. The sound\n\nheralded by Lord Kr�pa was something like the heralding of the sunrise in\n\nthe morning. So all the citizens of Dvaraka awoke from a state of slumber\n\nbecause of the sunrise of Kr�r.a, and they all hastened towards Him just to\n\nhave an audience. The devotees of the Lord know no one else as protector.\n\nThis sound of the Lord is identical with the Lord, as we have tried to\n\nexplain by the nondual position of the Lord. The material existence of our\n\npresent status is full of fear. Out of the four problems of material existence,\n\nnamely the food problem, the shelter problem, the fear problem and the\n\nmating problem, the fear problem gives us more trouble than the others.\n\nWe are always fearful due to our ignorance of the next problem. The\n\nwhole material existence is full of problems, and thus the fear problem is\n\nalways prominent. This is due to our association with the illusory energy\nof the Lord, known as miiyii or external energy, yet all fear is vanished as\n\nsoon as there is the sound of the Lord represented by His holy name, as it\nwas sounded by Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in the following sixteen\n\nwords: Hare K!§T}a, Hare K!§T}a, K[§T}a K!§T}a, Hare Hare, Hare Riima, Hare\nRiima, Riima Riima, Hare Hare. We can take advantage of these sounds\nand be free from all threatening problems of material existence.\n\nTEXTS 4-5\n\n�'41t6H I\nijsftq;ftij€h'5itl\n311� '(Uf�i&i A� f�� II � II\nsft��$@Fi4H �(q•ll=:G\\tli flm I\nPm\n���:II� II\n\n", "SB1.2#p0206": "Texts 4-5]\n\nLord Kr�1_1a's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n559\n\ntatropanita-balayo\nraver dipam iviidrtiift\niit miiriimarh piirrta-kiimarh\nnija-liibhena nityadii\nprity-utphulla-mukhii� procur\nhar.sa-gadgadayii gira\npitararh sarva-suhrdam\navitiiram iviirbhalo.iift\ntatra- t hereupon;\nra veft-up\n\nupanit a- having\n\noffer ed;\n\nbalayaft- presentation;\n\nto the sun; dipa m-l amp; iva- l ike; iidrtiift- bei ng evaluated;\n\niitmiiriimam-unto the self-sufficient; puqw-kiima m-fully satisfied; nijalabhe n a - by His own potencies; nity adii - one who supplies incessantly;\n\np riti -affection; utphulla-mukhiift-cheerful faces; pr o cu ft- said; harfiagladdened; gadgadayii-ecst ati c; girii-sp eeches ; pi t aram-u nto the father;\nsa rva-all; su hrdam- friends; av i tii ra m-the gu ar dian; iva-like; arbhakiiftwards.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe citizens arrived before the Lord with their respective presentations,\noffering them to the fully satisfied and self-sufficient one, who, by His\nown potency, incessantly supplies others. These presentations were like\nthe offering of a lamp to the sun. Yet the citizens began to speak in\necstatic language about receiving the Lord, just as wards welcome their\nguardian and father.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord Kr�t�-a is described herein as iitmiiriima. He is selfsufficient, and there is no need for Him to seek happiness from anything\nbeyond\n\nHimself.\n\nHe is self-sufficient because His very transcendental\n\nexistence is total bliss. He is eternally existent; He is all-cognizant and allblissful. Therefore, any presentation, however valuable it may be, is not\nneeded by Him. But still, because He is the well-wisher for one and all,\nHe accepts from everyone everything that is offered to Him in pure\ndevotional service. It is not that He is in want for such things because the\nthings are themselves generated from His energy. The comparison is made\nherein that it is something like offering a lamp in the worship of the sungod. Anything fiery and illuminating is but an emanation of the energy of\nthe sun, and yet to worship the sun-god it is necessary to offer him a lamp.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0207": "[Canto l, Ch. 11\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n560\n\nIn the worship of the sun, there is some sort of demand made b. the worshiper, but in the case of devotional service of the Lord, there is no question of demand from either side. It is aJl a sign of pure love and affection\nbetween the Lord and the devotee.\nThe Lord is the Supreme Father of all living beings, and therefore those\nwho are conscious of this vital relation with God can make filial demands\nfrom the Father, and the Father is pleased to upply the demands of such\nobedient sons \\vithout bargaining. The Lord is just like the desire tree,\nand from Him everyone can have everything by the causeless mercy of the\nLord. As the Supreme Father, the Lord, however, does not supply to a\npure devotee what is considered to be a barrier to the discharge of devotional service. Those who are engaged in the devotional service of the\nLord can rise to the position of unalfoyed devotional service by His\ntranscendental\" attraction.\n\nTEXT 6\n\nnatii.� sma te nii.tha sadii.nghri-pankajarh\nviriiica-vairiiicya-surendra-vanditam\nparii.yararh k�emam ihecchatii.rh pararh\nna yatra kii.la� prabhavet para� prabhu�\nnata�-bowed down; sma-we had done so; te-unto You; nii.tha-0\nLord; sadii.-alway s;\n\nanghri-pankajam-the lotus feet; viriiica-Brahma,\n\nthe first living being; vairiiicya-sons of Brahm a like Sanaka, Sanatana, etc.;\nsurendra-the King of hea ven; vanditam-worshiped by; parii.yaram-the\nsupreme; k�emam-welfare; iha-in this life; icchatam-one who so desires;\nparam-the\n\nhighest;\n\nna-never;\n\nyatra-wherein;\n\nkala�-inevitable time;\n\nprabhavet-c an exert its influence; paraft-transcendental; prabhuft- the\nSu preme Lor d\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe citizens said: 0 Lord, You are worshiped by all demigods like\nBrahma, the four Sanas and even the King of heaven. You are the ultimate\nrest for those who are really aspiring to achieve the highest benefit of\n\n", "SB1.2#p0208": "Text 7)\n\n561\n\nLord K.f��a's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\nlife. You are the supreme transcendental Lord, and inevitable time cannot\nexert its influence upon You.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord is Sri Kr�pa, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gita, Brahmasamhita and other authorized Vedic literatures. o one is equal to or\ngreater than Him, and that is the verdict of all scriptures. The influence of\ntime and space is exerted upon the dependent living entities, who are all\nparts and parcels of the Supreme Lord. The living entities are predominated\nBrahman, whereas the Supreme Lord is the predominating Absolute. As\nso'on as we forget this clear fact, we are at once in illusion, and thus we are\nput into threefold miseries, as one is put into dense darkness. The clear\nconsciousness of the cognizant living being is God consciousness, in which\none bows down unto Him in all circumstances.\n\nTEXT 7\n\nllCrFt � � N�\n�� � ij��qfu: � I\n•\n\n.\n\nI;'\n\n•\n\n�\n\n•\n\n� ��= 'ml :q �\n����'tftl � • II \\9 II\nbhaviiya nas tvarh bhava vi.Sva-bhiivana\ntvam eva miitiitha suhrt-pati[l pitii\ntvarh sad-gumr na� paramarh ca daivatarh\nyasyiinuvrttyii lqtino babhuvima\nbh aviiya-fo\n\nr welfare ; na�-for us; tvam- Your Lordship; bhava-j ust\n\nbecome; vi.Sva-bhiivana-the creator of the universe; tvam- Your Lordship;\n\neva-c ertainly; miitii-mother; atha-as also; suhrt w ell-wisher ; pati[l-\n\nhusband; pita-fat her; tvam- Your Lordship; sat guru �- spiritual maste r ;\n-\n\nna�- our; pa ramam-the supreme; ca-and; daivatam\n\n-\n\nworship able Deity;\n\nyasya- whose; anuvrttyii-following in the footsteps; k rtin� - successful;\nbabhuvima-just become.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 creator of the universe, You are our mother, well-wisher, Lord,\nfather, spiritual master and worshipable Deity. By following in Your\nfootsteps we have become successful in every respect. We pray, therefore,\nthat You continue to bless us with Your mercy.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0209": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n562\n\n[Canto I, Ch. II\n\nPURPORT\nThe all-good Personality of Godhead, being the creator of the universe,\nalso plans for the good of all good living beings. The good living beings are\nadvised by the Lord to follow His good advice, and by doing so they become successful in all spheres of life. There ·is no need to worship any deity\nbut the Lord. The Lord is all-powerful, and if He is satisfied by our obedience unto His lotus feet, He is competent to bestow upon us all kinds of\nblessings for the successful execution of both our material and spiritual\nlives. For attaining spirih1al existence, the human form is a chance for all\nto understand our eternal relation with God. Our relation with Him is\neternal; it can neither be broken nor vanquished. It may be forgotten for\nthe time being, but it can be revived also by the grace of the Lord, if we\nfollow His injunctions, which are revealed in the scriptures of all times and\nall places.\n\nTEXT 8\n\n��lltfm�m\nC'\n�P.t'<��l'1� I\n;r\"I!:4�'Wfllr q\n�'lf��;ffiaJUT�\n� � � ��11�11\n\"\n\n\"'\n\naho saniithii. bhavatii sma yad vayarh\ntraiv4!a-piiniim api dura-darsanam\nprema-smita-snigdha-nin\"k§ariinanarh\npasyema rnparh tava sarva-saubhagam\naho-oh, it is our good luck; su- nathal;t - to be under the protection of\nthe master; bhavata-by Your good self; sma-as we have become; yat\n\nvayam- as we are; traiv4tapanam-of the demigods; api- also ; duradar­\n\nsanam- very rarely seen; pre ma-smita- sm iling with love; snigdha - affectionate; nirik�aT)a-ananam-face looking in that mode; pasy ema - looking\nupon Yo u; rupam- beauty ; tava- Your; s a rva - all ; saubhagam- a uspiciousne ss .\n\nTRANSLATION\nOh, it is our good luck that we have come again today under Your\n\nprotection by Your presence, for Your Lordship rarely visits even the\ndenizens of heaven. Now it is possible for us to look into Your smiling\nface, which is full of affectionate glances. We can now see Your transcendental form, full of all auspiciousness.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0210": "Text 9]\n\nLord K{�l).a's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n563\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord in His eternal personal form can be seen only by the pure\ndevotees. The Lord is never impersonal, but He is the Supreme Absolute\n\nPersonality of Godhead possible to be visited by devotional service face to\nface, which is impossible to be done even by the denizens of higher\n\nplanets. When Brahmajl and other demigods want to consult Lord Vi�p.u,\n\nthe plenary portion of Lord Kr�p.a, they have to wait on the shore of the\nocean of milk where Lord Vi�p.u is lying on White Land (Svetadvi\"pa). This\n\nocean of milk and the Svetadvi\"pa planet are the replica of V aikup �haloka\n\nwithin the universe. Neither Brahmajl nor the demigods like lndra can\nenter into this island of Svetadvi\"pa, but they can stand on the shore of the\nocean of milk and transmit their message to Lord Vi�p.u, known as\n�irodakasayi Vi�p.u. Therefore, the Lord is rarely seen by them, but the\ninhabitants of Dvaraka, because of their being pure devotee without any\n\ntinge of material contamination of fruitive activities and empiric philo­\n\nsophical speculation, can see Him eye to eye by the grace of the Lord.\n\nThis is the original state of the living entities and can be attained by reviving our natural and constitutional state of life discovered by devo­\n\ntional service only.\n\nTEXT 9\n\n���14(H1H lll �\nw-t � qp:r w� 1\n(1'31t�fit�f�'f! � l{�\n\n& �oi\\f� Wf{ij'41T.@ II �II\n\nyarhy ambujak�iipasasara bho bhavan\nkuriin madhiin vatha suhrd-didrk�aya\ntatrabdakoti-pratimafr. k�ar.o bhaved\nravirh vinak�r.or iva nas taviicyuta\nyarhi-whenever; ambuja-ak�a-0 lotus-eyed on e; apasasiira- You go\naway; bho-oh;. bhaviin- Yourself; kuriin-the descendants of King Kuru;\nmadhiin-the inhabitants of Mathura (Vrajahhiimi); va-either; athatherefore;\n\nsuhrt-didrk�ayii-for\n\nmeeting\n\nthem;\n\ntatra-at\n\nthat\n\ntime;\n\nabdakoti-millions; pratimafr.-years like that; k�ar. afr.-moments; bhavet­\n\nbecomes; ravim-the sun; vina-without; aksnoh-of the eyes; iva-like that;\n·\nnafr.-ours; tava- Your; acyuta-0 infallible n .\n\n� ;\n\n·\n\n", "SB1.2#p0211": "564\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. II\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 lotus-eyed Lord, whenever You go away to Mathurii, Vrndiivana or\n\nHastinapura to meet Your friends and relatives, every moment of Your\n\nabsence seems like a million years. 0 infallible one, at that time our eyes\n\nbecome useless, as if bereft of sun.\n\nPURPORT\nWe are all proud of our material senses for making experiments to\ndetermine the existence of God. But we forget that our senses are not\nabsolute by themselves. They can only act under certain conditions. For\nexample, our eyes. As long as the sunshine is there, our eyes are useful to a\ncertain extent. But in the abEence of sunshine, the eyes are useless.\nLord Sri Kr�!J.a, being the primeval Lord, the Supreme Truth, is compared\n\nto the sun. Without Him all our knowledge is either false or partial. The\nopposite of the sun is the darkness, and similarly the opposite of Kr�l).a is\n\nmiiyii or illusion. The devotees of the Lord can see everything in true\nperspective due to the light disseminated by Lord Kr�!J.a. By the grace of\nthe Lord the pure devotee cannot be in the darkness of ignorance. Therefore, it is necessary that we must always be in the sight of Lord Kr�!la so\nthat we can see both ourselves and the Lord with His different energies. As\nwe cannot see anything in the absence of the sun, so also we cannot see\nanything including our own self without the factual presence of the Lord.\nWithout Him all our knowledge is covered by illusion.\nTEXT 10\n\n\" n ;m' f•()f-:4� �tt\"1'f6C!ilt � mq�flqof 1\n�M�..��..ct<eo•t��nfltaqq•'�•w:n\nq9fleo<tt u\n�\ntm :et'\\tftf(dI �: � lA'd�ffiE'f: I\n\"PfR)� � fif� -suf-.�tC2<1 u �on\nkatham bayam niitha ciro�ite tvayi\nprasanna-dr�.tayii khila tiipaso�artarh\nfivema te sundara-hiisa-sobhitam\napasyamanii vadanam manoharam\n\niti codiritii viicaft\nprafiiniim b hak ta-vatsalaft\n'\ns.rrtviino nugraharh dr$tayii\nvitanvan priivisat puram\n\n", "SB1.2#p0212": "Text ll)\n\nLord K��l}a's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\nkatham-how;\n\nbayam-we;\n\nnatha-0\n\n565\n\nLord; ciro�ite-being\n\nabroad\n\nalmost always; tvayi-by You; pras anna-satisfaction; dr�taya-by the\nglance; khila- universal; tapa-miseries; so�ar-am-vanquishing ;jlverna- shall\n\nbe able to live; te-Your; sundara-beautiful; has a-smiling; sobhitamdecorated; apasyarnanii- without having seen ;vadanarn- face ;manohararnattractive; iti-thus ;\n\nc odirita-speaking;\n\nvacaQ.-words; prajaniim-of the\n\ncitizens; bhakta-vatsalaQ.-kind to the devotees; snwanaQ.\n\n-\n\nthus hearing;\n\nanugraharn-kindness; dr�tayii- by glances; vitanvan-distributing; pravisatentered; puram- D varakapur1.\nTRANSLA TION\n\n0 master, if You live abroad all the time, then we cannot look at\nYour attractive face whose smiles vanquish all our sufferings. How can we\nexist without\n\nYour presence?\n\nThe Lord, who is very kind to the citizens and the devotees, upon\nhearing their speeches, entered the city of Dvaraka and acknowledged all\ntheir greetings by casting His transcendental glance over them.\nPURPORT\nLord Kr�!'la's attraction is so powerful that once being attracted by\nHim no one can tolerate separation from Him. Why is this so? Because\nwe are all eternally related with Him as the sun rays are eternally related\nwith the sun disc. The sun rays are molecular parts of the solar radiation.\nThus the sun rays and the sun cannot be separated. The separation by the\ncloud is temporary and artificial, and as soon as the cloud is cleared, the\nsun rays again display their natural effulgence in the presence of the sun.\nSimilarly, the living entities, who are molecular parts of the whole spirit,\nare separated from the Lord by the artificial covering of miiyii, illusory\nenergy. This illusory energy or the curtain of miiyii has to be removed, and\nwhen it is so done, the living entity can see the Lord face to face, and all\nhis miseries are at once removed. Every one of us wants to remove the\nmiseries of life, but we do not know how to do it. The solution is given\nhere, and it rests on us to assimilate it or not.\nTEXT ll\n\n", "SB1.2#p0213": "[Canto I, Ch. II\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n566\n\nmadhu-bhoja-dasiirhii.rhakukurii.ndhaka-vnribhi{t\niitma-tulya-balair guptii.rh\nniigair bhogavatim iva\nmadhu- l\\l adhu ;\n\nbh o ja-Bhoj a; dasarha-Dasarha; arha-Arha; kukura­\n\nKukura; andhaka-Andhaka; vr�ribhi{t -by\n\nthe\n\ndescendants of Vg;l)i;\n\nii.tma-tulya-as good as Himself; balai{t-by strength; guptii.m-protected;\n\nnii.gai{t-by the Nagas; bhogavatim-the capital of Nagaloka; iva-like.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs Bhogavati, the capital of Nagaloka, is protected by the Nagas, so\nwas\n\nDviiraka protected by the descendants of Vr�!li-Bhoja, Madhu,\n\nDasarha, Arha, Kukura, Andhaka, etc.-who were as strong as Lord Kr�!la·\nPURPORT\n\nThe Nagaloka planet is situated below the earth planet, and it is under­\n\nstood that the sun rays are hampered there. The darkness of the planet is,\n\nhowever, removed by the flashes of the jewels set on the head of the Nagas\n(celestial serpents), and it is said that there are beautiful gardens, rivulets,\n\netc., for the enjoyment of the Nagas. It is understood here also that the\nplace is well protected by the inhabitants. So also the city of Dvaraka was\n\nwell protected by the descendants of V r�!J.i, who were as powerful as the\nLord, insofar as He manifested His strength upon this earth.\nTEXT 12\n\n��dij���:l\n'3tll•fNiii•U(lai�N'fiq;(f� II��II\nsarvartu-sarva-vibhavapurya-vrk�a-latii.sramai{t\nudyii.nopavaniirii.mair\nvrta-padmii.kara-sriyam\nsarva-all; rtu-seasons; sarva-all; vibhava opulences; purya-pious;\n-\n\nvrk�a-trees; latii.\n\n-\n\ncreepers; ii.sramai{t-with hermitages; udyii.na-orc hards;\n\nupavana flower gardens; ii.rtimai{t-pleasure gardens and beautiful parks;\n-\n\nvrta-surroun de d\n\nby; padma-akara-the birthplaces of lotuses or nice\n\nreservoirs of water; sriyam-i n creasing the beauty.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0214": "Text 13]\n\nLord Kt!!l).a's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n567\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe city of Dvaraka Puri was filled with the opulences of all seasons.\nThere were hermitages, orchards, flower gardens, parks and reservoirs of\nwater breeding lotus flowers all over.\nPURPORT\nPerfection of human civilization is made possible by utilizing the gifts of\nnature in their own way. As we find herewith in the description of its opulence, Dvaraka was surrounded by flower gardens and fruit orchards along\nwith reservoirs of water and growing lotuses. There is no mention of mills\nand factories supported by slaughterhouses, which are the necessary\nparaphernalia of the modern metropolis. The propensity to utilize nature's\nown gifts is still there, even in the heart of modern civilized men. The\nleaders of modern civilization select their own residential quarters in a\nplace where there are such naturally beautiful gardens and reservoirs of\nwater, but they leave the common men to reside in congested areas without parks and gardens. Herein of course we find a different description of\nthe city of Dvaraka. It is understood that the whole dhiima or residential\nquarter was surrounded by such gardens and parks with reservoirs of water\nwhere lotuses grew. It is understood that all the people depended on\nnature's gifts of fruits and flowers without industrial enterprises promoting\nfilthy huts and slums for residential quarters. Advancement of civilization\nis estimated not on the growth of mills and factories to deteriorate the\nfiner instincts of the human being, but it rests on developing the potent\nspiritual instincts of human beings and giving them a chance to go back to\nGodhead. Development of factories and mills is called ugra-karma, or\npungent activities, and such activities deteriorate the finer sentiments of\nthe human being and society to form a dungeon of demons.\nWe find herein the mention of pious trees which produce seasonal\nflowers and fruits. The impious trees are useless jungles only, and they can\nonly be used to supply fuels. In the modern civilization such impious\ntrees are planted on the sides of roads. Human energy should be properly\nutilized in developing the finer senses for spiritual understanding, in which\nlies the solution of life. Fruits, flowers, beautiful gardens, parks and\nreservoirs of waters with ducks and swans playing in the midst of lotus\nflowers and cows giving sufficient milk and butter are essential for\ndeveloping the finer tissues of the human body. As against this, the\ndungeons of mines, factories and workshops develop demoniac propen-\n\n", "SB1.2#p0215": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n568\n\n[Canto 1, Ch_ ll\n\nsities in the working class. The vested interests flourish at the cost of the\nworking class, and consequently there are severe clashes between them in\n\nso many ways. The description of Dvaraka-dhama is the ideal of human\n\ncivilization.\n\nTEXT 13\n\ntRtitd'fifl(UIi( I\n.n�GII(¥1ti!\nf�'l\\r.l151q(l4ili(;ij: SIM((II(IqI( II � �II\n· gopuro-dviira-miirge§u\nkrta-kautuka-to rartiim\ncitra-dh vaja-patiikiigroir\nantafl. pratihatii-tapiim\ngopura- the gateway of the city; dviira-door; miiTge§u-on different\n\n- decorated\n- painted ; dhvaja-flags; patiikii-agraifl.-by the slogan signs;\nantafl.- within; pratihatii- checked; tapiim- sunshine.\nroads; krta -undertaken; kautuka-because of festival; torartiim\n\narch;\n\ncitra\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe city gateway, the household doors and festooned arches along the\n\nroads were all nicely decorated with festive signs like plantain trees and\n\nmango leaves, all to welcome the Lord. Flags, garlands and painted signs\n\nand slogans all combined to shade the sunshine.\nPURPORT\n\nSigns of decoration in special festivals were also collected from the\n\ngifts of nature, such as the plantain trees, the mango trees, fruits and\n\nflowers. Mango trees, coconut palms and plantain trees are still accepted\nas auspicious signs. The flags mentioned above were all painted either with\nthe picture of Garupa or Hanuman, the two great servitors of the Lord.\n\nFor devotees, such paintings and decorations are still adored, and the\n\nservitor of the master is paid more respects for the satisfaction of the\nLord.\n\nTEXT 14\n\niji¥tl�(l¥f(lqlat�NU14ioq�(1(\nftArr �� 'M$�1�611( : ll�\\lll\nsammiirjita-mahiimiirgarothyiipartaka-catvariim\nsiktiim gandha-jalair uptiim\nphala-pu§piik§atiinkuraifl.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0216": "Lord KpJQ.a's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\nText 15)\n\n569\n\nsammiirjita- thoroughly cleansed; mahii-miirga- highways; rathya-lanes\nand subways; apa rwka- shopping marketplaces; catvariim - public meeting\nplaces; siktiim-moistened with; gandha-jala ift - scented water; uptiim-was\nstrewn with; phala- fruits; pu§ pa- flowers; ak§ata- unbroken; ankuraiftseeds.\nTRANSLATION\nThe highways, subways, lanes, markets and public meeting places were\nall thoroughly cleansed and then moistened with scented water. And to\nwelcome the Lord, fruits, flowers and unbroken seeds were strewn every·\nwhere.\nPURPORT\nScented waters prepared by distilling flowers like rose and keora were\nrequisitioned to wet the roads, streets and lanes of Dvaraka-dhama. Such\nplaces\n\nalong\n\nwith the\n\nmarketplace and\n\npublic meeting places were\n\nthoroughly cleansed. From the above description, it appears that the city\nof Dvaraka-dhama was considerably big, containing many highways, streets,\nand public meeting places with parks, gardens and reservoirs of water, all\nvery nicely decorated with flowers and fruits. And to welcome the Lord\nsuch flowers and fruits with unbroken seeds of grain were also strewn over\nthe public places. Unbroken seeds of grain or fruits in the seedling stage\nwere considered auspicious, and they are still so used by the Hindus in\ngeneral on festival days.\nTEXT 15\n\ndviiri dviiri grhiifliirh ca\ndadhy-ak§ata-phalek§ubhift\nalankrtiim puf!la:kumbhair\nbalibhir dhupa-dipakai[l\ndviiri dviiri-the door of each and every house; grhiiriim-of· all the\nresidential\n\nbuildings; ca-and; dadhi- curd; ak§ata- unbroken; phala­\n\nfruit; ik§ubhift- sugarcane; alankrtiim- deco rated; pur'(la-kumbhaift- full\nwater pots; bali b hift - along with articles for worship; dhupa -incense;\n\ndipakai[l-with lamps and candles.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0217": "Sr\"imad-Bhagavatam\n\n570\n\n[Canto 1, Ch.ll\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn each and every door of the residential houses, auspicious things\n\nlike curd, unbroken fruits, sugarcane and full water pots with articles\nfor worship, incense and candles were all displayed.\nPURPORT\nThe proces\n\nof reception according to Vedic rites is not at all dry. The\n\nreception was made not simply by decorating the roads and\n\ntreets as\n\nabove mentioned, but by worshiping the Lord with requisite ingredients\nlike incense, lamps, flower , sweets, fruits and other palatable eatables,\naccording to one's capacity. All were offered to the Lord, and the remnant\n\nof the foodstuff were distributed amongst the gathering citizens.\n\nSo it was not like a dry reception of these modern days. Each and every\nhouse was ready to receive the Lord in a similar way, and thus each and\nevery house on the roads and streets distributed such remnants of food to\nthe citizens, and therefore the festi al was successful. Without distribution\nof food, no function is complete, and that is the way of Vedic culture.\n\nTEXTS 16-17\n\n� �U+t1441rJ W +tll�Rl! I\n��SI(lwt�\nUlf�l!6�iti+t! II� �II\n����� � �li'iictflt;�6: I\n�•niiSM6�4wtH.twt�-.rn\nU��II\nniSamya pre�tham iiyiintam\nvasudevo mahiimaniift\nakriiras cograsenas ca\nriimas ciidbhuta-vikramaft\npradyumnas ciirude�ras ca\nsiimbo jiimbavati-sutaft\nprahar§a-vegocchasitasa_yaniisana-bhojaniift\nniSamya-j us t hearing; prefith a m the d earm o st ; iiyiintam- c o mi ng home;\n-\n\nvasudeva{l- Vasudeva (the father of Kr�Qa); mahii-maniift-the magnanimous; akriiraft-Akriira; ca- and ; ugrasenaft\n\n-\n\nUgrase na ; ca-and; riimaft­\n\nBalarlima (the elder brother of Kr�Qa); ca-and; adbhuta-superhu man ;\n\n", "SB1.2#p0218": "Texts 16-17]\n\nLord �l!r.•a 's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n571\n\nvikrama�- prowess; pradynmna�- Pradyumna; ciirude§f1U�-Carude;;r;�a; ca­\n\nand· sii mba�\n\n-\n\nSamba ; jiimbavati-suta�-the son of Jambavafi; prahar§a­\n\nextreme happiness; vega\n\n-\n\nforce ; ucchasita-being influenced by; sayana­\n\nlying down; iisana-sitting on; bh ojan ii� -dining.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOn hearing that the most dear Kr�r:ta was approaching Dvaraka-dhama,\nmagnanimous Vasudeva, Akriira, Ugrasena, Balarama, the superhumanly\n\npowerful, Pradyumna, Carude�!la and Samba, the son of Jambavati, all\n\nextremely happy, abandoned resting, sitting and dining.\nPURPORT\n\nVasudeva: Son of KingSi:irasena, husband of Devaki and father of Lord\n\nSri Kr�!la. He is the brother of Kunti and father of Subhadra. Subhadra\n\nwas married with her cousin Arjuna, and this system is still prevalent in\n\nsome parts of India. Vasudeva was appointed minister of Ugrasena, and\n\nlater on he married eight daughters of Ugrasena's brother Devaka. Devaki\nis only one of them. Kamsa was his brother-in-law, and Vasudeva accepted\n\nvoluntary imprisonment by Kamsa on muhtal agreement to deliver the\n\neighth son of Devaki. This was foiled by the will of Kr�r:ta. As maternal\nuncle of the Pa!l�avas, he took active parts in the purificatory process of\n\nthe Pa!l�avas. He sent for the priest Kasyapa at the Sataspi.ga Parvata, and\n\nhe executed the functions. When Kr�!la appeared within the bars of Kamsa's\nprison house, He was transferred to Gokula by Vasudeva at the house of\n\nNanda Maharaja, the foster father of Kr�!la. KH!la disappeared along with\n\nBaladeva prior to the disappearance of Vasudeva, and Arjuna (his nephew)\n\nundertook the charge of the funeral ceremony after his disappearance.\nA kriira:\n\nThe commander-in-chief of the Vf�l)i dynasty and a great\n\ndevotee of Lord Kr�!la. Akriira attained success in devotional service of\n\nthe Lord by the one single process of offering prayers. He was the husband\n\nof Siitani, daughter of Ahiika. He supported Arjuna when Arjuna took\n\nSubhadra forcibly away by the will of Kr�!Ja. Both Kr�!la and Akriira went\nto see Arjuna after his successful kidnapping of Subhadra. Both of them\n\npresented dowries to Arjuna after this incidence. Akriira was present also\n\nwhen Abhimanyu, the son of Subhadra, was married with Uttara, mother\n\nof Maharaja Parik�it. Ahiika, the father-in-law of Akriira, was not on good\nterms with Akriira. But both of them were devotees of the Lord.\n\nl]grasena: One of the powerful kings of the Vr�!li dynasty and cousin of\n\nMaharaja Kuntibhoja. His other name is Ahiika. His minister was Vasudeva,\n\n", "SB1.2#p0219": "572\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. II\n\nand his son was the powerful Kamsa. This Kamsa imprisoned his father\nand became the King of Mathura. By the grace of Lord Km1a and His\nbrother Lord Baladeva, Kamsa was killed, and Ugrasena was reinstalled on\n\nthe throne. When Salva attacked the city of Dvaraka, Ugrasena fought very\n\nvaliantly and repulsed the enemy. Ugrasena inquired from Naradaji about\nthe divinity of Lord Kr��a. When the Yadu dynasty was to be vanquished,\n\nUgrasena was entrusted with the iron lump produced from the womb of\n\nSamba. He cut the iron lump into pieces and then pasted it and mixed it\nup with the sea water on the coast of Dvaraka. After this, he ordered\n\ncomplete prohibition within the city of Dvaraka and the kingdom. He got\n\nsalvation after his death.\nBaladeva: He is the divine son of Vasudeva by his wife Rohi!il. He is\nalso known as Rohi�lnandana, the beloved son of Rohi!il. He was also\nentrusted to Nanda Maharaja along with His mother Rohi�l when Vasudeva\nembraced imprisonment by mutual agreement with Kamsa. So\nanda\nMaharaja is also the foster father of Baladeva along with Lord Kr��a. Lord\nKr��a and Lord Baladeva both were constant companions from very\nchildhood, although They were stepbrothers. He is the plenary manifesta­\n\ntion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore He is as good\nand powerful as Lord Kr��a. He belongs to the Vi§[lU-tattva (the principle\n\nof Godhead). He attended the svayarhvara ceremony of Draupadi along\n\nwith Sri Kr��a. When Subhadra. was kidnapped by Arjuna by the organized\nplan of Sri Kr��a, Baladeva was very angry with Arjuna and wanted to kill\n\nhim at once. Sri Kr��a, for the sake of His dear friend, fell at the feet of\n\nLord Baladeva and implored Him not to be so angry. Sri Baladeva was\n\nthus satisfied. Similarly, He was once very angry with the Kauravas, and\nHe wanted to throw the whole city into the depths of the Yam una. But\n\nthe Kauravas satisfied him by surrendering unto His divine lotus feet. He\n\nwas actually the seventh son of Devakl prior to the birth of Lord Kr��a,\nbut by the will of the Lord He was transferred to the womb of Rohi�l to\nescape the wrath of Kamsa. His other name is therefore Sankar�a�a, who\n\nis also the plenary portion of Sri Baladeva. Because He was as powerful as\n\nLord Kr��a and can bestow spiritual power to the devotees, He is therefore\n\nknown as Baladeva. In the Vedas also it is enjoined that no one can. know\n\nthe Supreme Lord without being favored by Baladeva. Bala means spiritual\nstrength and not physical. Some less intelligent persons interpret bala as\nthe strength of the body. But no one can have spiritual realization by\nphysical strength. Physical strength ends with the end of the physical\nbody, but spiritual strength follows the spirit soul to the next transmigration, and therefore the strength obtained by Baladeva is never wasted.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0220": "Texts 16-17]\n\nLord �l!r:ta's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n573\n\nThe strength is eternal, and thus Baladeva is the original spiritual master of\nall devotees.\nSri Baladeva was also a class friend of Lord Sri Krsna\nas a student of\n·\nSandipani Muni. In His childhood He killed many a��ras along with Sri\nKplQa, and specifically He killed the Dhenukasura at Talavana. During the\nKuruk�etra battle, He remained neutral, and He tried his best not to bring\nabout the fight. He was in favor of Duryodhana, but still He remained\nneutral. When there was a club-fight between Duryodhana and Bhimasena,\nHe was present on the spot. He was angry at Bhimasena when the latter\nstruck Duryodhana on the thigh or below the belt, and He wanted to\nretaliate the unfair action. Lord Sri Kr�!la saved Bhima from His wrath.\nBut He left the place at once, being disgusted at Bhimasena, and after His\ndeparture Duryodhana fell to the ground to meet his death. The funeral\nceremony of Ahhimanyu, the son of Arjuna, was performed by Him, as\nHe was the maternal uncle. It was impossible to be performed by any one\nof the Pa!J.�avas, who were all overwhelmed with grief. At the last stage,\nHe departed from this world by producing a great white snake from His\nmouth, and thus He was carried by S�anaga in the shape of a serpent.\nPradyumna: Incarnation of Kamadeva or, according to others, incarnation of Sanat-kumara, born as the son of the Personality of Godhead Lord\nSri Kr�!la and Lak�midevi-Srimafi Rukmir\", the principal queen at Dvaraka.\nHe was one of those who went to congratulate Arjuna upon marrying\nSubhadra. He was one of the great generals who fought with Salva, and\nwhile fighting with him he became unconscious on the battlefield. His\ncharioteer brought him back to the camp from the battlefield, and for this\naction he was very sorry and rebuked his charioteer. However, he fought\nagain with Salva and was victorious. He heard all about the different\ndemigods from Naradaji. He is one of the four plenary expansions of Lord\nSri Kr�!J.a. He is the third one. He inquired from his father Sri Kr�!la about\nthe glories of the briihmarz-as. During the fratricidal war amongst the\ndescendants of Yadu, he died at the hand of Bhoja, another king of the\nVr�!J.is. After his death, he was installed in his original position.\nCiirude§rz-a: Another son of Lord Sri Kr�!la and Rukmi!J.idevi He was\nalso present during the svayamvara ceremony of Draupadi. He was a great\nwarrior like his brothers and father. He fought with Vivindhaka and killed\nhim in the fight.\nSamba: One of the great heroes of the Y adu dynasty and the son of\nLord Sri Kr�!la by His wife Jambavafi. He learned the military art of\nthrowing arrows from Arjuna, and he became a member of parliament\nduring the time of Maharaja Yudhi�thira. He was present during the\n\n", "SB1.2#p0221": "574\n\n[ Ca nto I, Ch. II\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nRajasuya-yajfia of Maharaja Yudhi9thira. When all the Vmris were as­\n\nsembled during the time of Pravasa-yajfia, his glorious activities were\nnarrated by Satyaki before Lord Baladeva. He was also present along with\n\nhis father Lord Sri Kr9!1a during the Asvamedha-yajfia performed by\nYudhi9thira. He was presented before some [§is falsely dressed as a preg­\n\nnant woman by his brothers, and in fun he asked the [§is what he was\ngoing to deliver. The [§is replied that he would deliver a lump of iron,\n\nwhieh would be the cause of fratricidal war in the family of Y adu. The\n\nnext day, in the morning, Samba delivered a large lump of iron, which\n\nwas entrusted with Ugrasena for necessary action. Actually later on there\n\nwas the foretold fratricidal war, and Samba died in that war.\n\nSo all these sons of Lord Kr�l)a left their respective palaces and leaving\n\naside all engagements, including lying down, sitting and dining, hastened\ntowards their exalted father.\n\nTEXT 18\n\nctl@l4 �«tt� ;nA: ��: I\n�H�M•u,._ iUAt�l1ot �: I\n�{'\n*�aiin( �: stUJ:qJ4l(lijl&.f�U: II�� II\nvarar-endrarh puraskrtya\nbriihma[Lai[l sa-sumangalaifi.\nsankha-tiirya-niniidena\nbrahma-gho§e[la ciidrtii�\npratyujjagmii rathair hr§tii�\nprar-ajiigata-siidhvasii�\nviira[Lendram-elephants on the auspicious mission; puraskrtya-putting\nin the front; briihmallai�-by the brahmar-as;\n\ns\n\n-\n\na suma ligalai�-wi th all­\n\nauspicious signs; sankha-conchshell; tii rya-bugle; niniidena-by the sound\nof; brahma-gho1ella-by chantin g the hy mns ofthe Vedas; ca-and; adrta[l­\n\nglorified; prati-towards; ujjagmii-proceeded hurriedly; rathai�-on the\nchariots; hr�tii�-in cheerfulness; p ro fl ayiigata-saturated with affection;\n\nsiidhvasii�-all-respectful .\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey hastened toward the Lord on chariots with brahmll!las bearing\n\nflowers. Before them were elephants, emblems of good fortune. Conch-\n\n", "SB1.2#p0222": "Text 19)\n\nLord �l!r:ta's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n575\n\nshells and bugles were sounded, and Vedic hymns were chanted. Thus they\noffered their respects, which were saturated with affection.\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic way of receiving a great personality creates an atmosphere of\nrespect, which is saturated with affection and veneration for the per on\nreceived. The auspicious atmosphere of such a reception depends on the\nparaphernalia described above, including conchshell, flowers, incense,\ndecorated elephants, and the qualified briihmarws reciting verses from the\nVedic literatures. Such a program of reception is full of sincerity, both on\nthe part of the receiver and the received.\nTEXT 19\n\n�U(fl(.oqj�\n\n--.:.\n�·�HII\n\n�\n\n� ....\n\n41wt(a«lwti.��i: I\n\n�e�OIS�Mlilij4iql�t wR�!\n\nII� �II\n\nviiramukhyiis ca sataso\nyiinais tad-darsanotsukiifl\nlasat-kurz4ala-nirbhiitakapola-vadana-sriyafl\nviiramu k hyiifl\n\n-\n\nwell known prostitutes; ca-and; sata5a[l-hundreds of;\n-\n\nyanai[l-by vehicles; tat-dariana-for meeting Him\nuts u k ii[l\n\n-\n\n(Lord Sri Kp�qa);\n\nvery much anxious; l asat hanging; k urflala e arrings; nirbhiita-\n\ndazzling; kapola-forehead; vadana-face; sriyafl\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbeau ty\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the same time, many hundreds of well-known prostitutes began to\n\nproceed on various vehicles. They were all very eager to meet the Lord,\n\nand their beautiful faces were decorated with dazzling earrings, which\nenhanced the beauty of their foreheads.\nPURPORT\nWe may not hate even the prostitutes if they are devotees of the Lord.\nEven to date there are many prostitutes in great cities of India who are\nsincerely devotees of the Lord. By tricks of chance one may be obliged\n\nto adopt a profession which is not very adorable in society, but that does\n\n", "SB1.2#p0223": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n576\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 11\n\nnot hamper one in executing devotional service to the Lord. Devotional\nservice of the Lord is uncheckable in all circumstances. It is understood\nherewith that even in those days, about 5,000 years ago, there were\n\nprostitutes in a city like Dvaraka, where Lord .Kf�p.a resided. This means\nthat prostitutes are necessary citizens for the proper upkeep of society.\n\nThe government opens wine shops, but this does not mean that the\n\ngovernment encourages the drinking of wine. The idea is that there is a\n\nclass of men who will drink at any cost, and it has been experienced that\nprohibition in great cities encouraged illicit smuggling of wine. Similarly,\n\nmen who are not satisfied at home require such concessions, and if there\nis no prostitute, then such low men will induce others into prostitution.\n\nIt is better that prostitutes be available in the marketplace so that the\nsanctity of society can be maintained. It is better to maintain a class of\n\nprostitutes than to encourage prostitutes within society. The real reforma­\n\ntion is to enlighten aU people to become devotees of the Lord, and that\nwill check all kinds of deteriorating factors of life.\n\nSri Bilvamailgala Thakur, a great iiciirya of the Vi�p.usvami Vai�p.ava sect,\n\nin his householder life was overly attached to a prostitute who happened\n\nto be a devotee of the Lord. One night when the Thakur came to\nCintamapi's house in torrents of rain and thunder, Cintamapi was aston­\n\nished to see how the Thakur could come on such a dreadful night after\n\ncrossing a foaming river which was fulJ of waves. She said to Thakur\n\nBilvamail.gala that his attraction for the flesh and bone of an insignificant\nwoman like her would be properly utilized if it could be diverted to\n\ndevotional service of the Lord to achieve attraction for the transcendental\nbeauty of the Lord. It was a momentous hour for the Thakur, and he took\n\na turn towards spiritual realization by the words of a prostitute. Later on\n\nthe Thakur accepted the prostitute as his spiritual master, and in several\nplaces of his literary works he has glorified the name of Cintamap.i, who\n\nshowed him the right path.\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 9.32) the Lord says, \"0 son of Prtha, even the\n\nlow-born\n\ncaru}iilas and those who are born in a family of unbelievers, and\n\neven the prostitutes, shaH attain perfection of life if they take shelter of\n\nunalloyed devotional service to Me because in the path of devotional\nservice there are no impediments due to degraded birth and occupation.\nThe path is open for everyone who agrees to follow it.\"\n\nIt appears that the prostitutes of Dvaraka, who were so eager to meet\n\nthe Lord, were all His unalloyed devotees, and thus they were all on the\npath of salvation according to the above version of the Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nTherefore, the only reformation that is necessary in society is to make an\n\n", "SB1.2#p0224": "Text 20]\n\n577\n\nLord �!!�).a's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\norganized effort to turn the citizens into devotees of the Lord, and thus\nall good qualities of the denizens of heaven will overtake them in their\nown way. On the other hand, those who are nondevotees have no good\nqualifications whatsoever, however they may be materially advanced. The\ndifference is that the devotees of the Lord are on the path of liberation,\nwhereas the nondevQtees are on the path of further entanglement in\nmaterial bondage. The criterion of advancement of civilization is whether\nthe people are educated and advanced on the path of salvation.\nTEXT 20\n\n«_(l+tltfli.tifKwt: I\nwttwtJ� t:\n�� �:n�lP�I�:qfutl;tji�IM � II� II\no\n\nnata-nartaka-gandharvii�\nsuta-miigadha-vandina�\ngiiyanti cottamaslokacaritiiny adbhutiini ca\nnata-dramatists;\nsuta-professional\n\nnartaka- dancers;\nhistorians;\n\nvandinaft-professional\nrespectively;\n\nlearned\n\ngandha rvaft\n\n-\n\ncelestial\n\nmiigadha-professional\nspeakers; giiyanti-all\n\nuttama-slokaft-the\n\nSupreme\n\nLord;\n\nsingers;\n\ngenealogists;\n\nejaculating; ca­\n\ncari tiini activities;\n-\n\nadbhutiini-all superhuman; ca-and.\nTRANSLATION\nExpert dramatists, artists, dancers, singers, historians, genealogists and\nlearned speakers all gave their respective contributions, being inspired by\nthe superhuman pastimes of the Lord. Thus they proceeded on and on.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that 5,000 years ago the society also needed the services of\nthe dramatists, artists, dancers, singers, historians, genealogists, public\nspeakers, etc. Dancers, singers and dramatic artists mostly hailed from\nthe sudra community, whereas the learned historians, genealogists and\npublic speakers hailed from the briihmara community. All of them belonged to a particular caste, and they became so trained in their respective\nfamilies. Such dramatists, dancers, singers, historians, genealogists and\n\n", "SB1.2#p0225": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n578\n\n[Canto I, Ch. II\n\npublic speakers would dwell on the subject of the Lord's superhuman\nactivities in different ages and millenniums, and not on ordinary events.\nNor were they in chronological order. All the Puriirws are historical facts\ndescribed only in relation with the Supreme Lord in different ages and\ntimes as well as on different planets also. Therefore, we do not find any\nchronological order. The modern historians, therefore, cannot catch up\n\nthe link, and thus they unauthoritatively remark that the Puriirws are all\nimaginary stories only.\nEven one hundred years ago in India, all dramatic performances were\ncentered round the superhuman activities of the Supreme Lord. The\ncommon people would\n\nbe verily entertained by the performances of\n\ndramas, and yiitrii parties played wonderfully on the superhuman activities\nof the Lord, and thus even the illiterate agriculturist would be a participant\nin the knowledge of Vedic literature, despite a considerable lack of aca­\n\ndemic qualifications. Therefore, expert players in drama, dancers, singer s,\nspeakers, etc., are required for the spiritual enlightenment of the common\nman. The genealogists would give account completely of the descendants\nof a particular family. Even at the present moment the guides in the\npilgrimages of India submit a complete account of genealogical tables\nbefore a newcomer. This wonderful act sometimes attracts more customers\nto receive such important information.\n\nTEXT 21\n\nlftiEfi(ijSI � ql(IOiii4�ctM'114( I\n�ttl�'iq41POI � '41'1'41�� II�� II\nbhagaviirhs tatra bandhiiniirh\np aurii[liim anuvartiniim\n\nyathii-vidhy upasan gamya\n\nsarve�iirh miinam iidadhe\n\nbhagaviin-Sri Krl?J}a, the Personality of Godhead; tatra-in that place;\n\nbandhiiniim-of the friends; pauriirtiim-of the citizens; anuvartiniim­\n\nthose who approached Him to receive and welcome; yathii-vidhi-as it\n\nbehooves; upasangamya-going nearer; sarve�iim-for each and every one;\nmiinam-honor and respects; iidadhe-offered.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0226": "Text 22)\n\nLord K.r�r:aa's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n579\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kr��a, the Personality of Godhead, approached them and offered\ndue honor and respect to each and every one of the friends, relatives,\ncitizens and all others who came to receive and welcome Him.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Lord Personality of Godhead is neither impersonal nor an\ninert object unable to reciprocate the feelings of His devotees. Here the\nword yathiividhi or \"just as it behooves\" is significant. He reciprocates\n\"just as it behooves\" with His different types of admirers and devotees. Of\ncourse, the pure devotees are of one type only because they have no other\nobject for service but the Lord, and therefore the Lord also reciprocates\nwith such pure devotees just as it behooves, namely, He is always attentive\nto aU the rn..atters of His pure devotees. There are others who designate\nHim as impersonal, and so the Lord also does not take any personal\ninterest. He satisfies everyone in terms of one's development of spiritual\nconsciousness, and a sample of such reciprocation is exhibited here with\nHis different welcomers.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nprahviibhiviidaniisle§akara-sparsa-smitek�a!lai�\niiSviisya ciisvapiikebhyo\nvarais ciibhimatair vibhu�\n\npra hvii-by\n\nbowing His head; abhiviidana-by greeting with words;\n\niisle�a-embracing; kara- sparsa-shaking hands with; smita-Lkfia1Ja*- by a\nglancing smile; iisviisya-by encouragement; ca- and; a5vapiikebhya�-down\nto the\n\nlowest rank of\n\ndog-eaters; varai�-by benedictions; ca-also;\n\nabhimata*-as desired by; vibhu� - t he Almighty.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0227": "(Canto l, Ch. ll\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n580\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Almighty Lord greeted everyone present by bowing His head,\nexchanging greetings, embracing, shaking hands, looking and smiling, giving\nassurances and awarding benedictions, even to the lowest in rank.\n\nPURPORT\nTo receive the Lord\n\nSri Kr�!ia there were all grades of population\n\nbeginning from Vasudeva, Ugrasena, Gargamuni, etc., i.e. the father,\ngrandfather, teacher, etc., down to the prostitutes and ca!l{,liilas, who are\naccustomed to eat dogs. And every one of them was properly greeted by\nthe Lord in terms of rank and position. As pure living entities, all are the\nseparated parts and parcels of the Lord, and thus no one is alien by His\neternal relation. Such pure living entities are graded differently in terms\nof contamination of the modes of material nature, but the Lord is equally\naffectionate to all His parts and parcels, despite material gradation. He\ndescends only to recall these materialistic living beings back to His\nkingdom, and intelligent persons take advantage of this facility offered by\nthe Personality of Godhead to all living beings. No one is rejected by the\nLord for being accepted in the kingdom of God, and it remains with the\nliving being to accept this or not.\n\nTEXT 23\n\nsvayarh ca gumbhir viprai{l\nsadiira* sthavirair api\nii.Sirbhir yujyamiino 'nyairvandibhi.S ciivi.Sat puram\nayam-Himse lf; ca-also; gumbhi{l-by elderly relatives; viprai�-by\nthe briihmarzas; sadiirai{l-with their wives; sthavirai{l invalid; api-also;\niisirbhi{l-by the blessing of; yujyamiina� -b eing praised by; anyai�:...b y\nsv\n\n-\n\nothers; vandibhi{l,-admirers; ca-and; avi.Sat-entered;puram-the city.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0228": "Text 24]\n\nLord ��r:aa's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n581\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen the Lord personally entered the city accompanied by elderly\nrelatives and invalid brahm�as with their wives, all offering benedictions\nand singing the glories of the Lord. Others also praised the glories of the\n\nLord.\nPURPORT\n\nThe briihma[laS in society were never attentive in banking money for\nfuture retired life. When they were old invalids, they used to approach the\nassembly of the kings, and simply by praising the glorious deeds performed\n\nby the kings, along with their wives, they would be provided with all\nnecessities of life. Such briihma[las were not, so to speak, flatterers of the\nkings, but the kings were actually glorified by their actions, and they were\nsincerely still more encouraged in pious acts by such briihma\"{las in a\n\ndignified way. Lord Sri Kr��a is worthy of all glories, and the praying\n\nbriihma[laS and others were glorified themselves by chanting the glories of\n\nthe Lord.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nUJ1¥4PT iT� � §ii(i!fi�U: ���: I\n\nij�lli+iltt!41: 11�\\ill\n\nMl�-���feisr\n\nriija-miirgarh gate knrte\ndviirakiiyiift kula-striyaft\nharmyii[ly iiruruhur vipra\ntad-ik�ar-a-mahotsavii�\n\nriija miirgam the public roads; gate-while passing over; k,rp;e-by\n-\n\n-\n\nLord Kr�I}a; dviirakiiyii{t-of the city of Dvaraka; k ula-striya� ladies of\nthe respectable families; ha rmyii pi on the palaces; iiruruhu{t- got up;\n-\n\n-\n\nj ust to look upon Him (Kr1111a); mahiiac ce pted as the greatest festival.\n\nvipra-0 brahmaJJas; tat ik§ aJJa\n-\n\nutsavafl\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Kr��a passed over the public roads, all the ladies from the\nrespectable families of Dvaraka went up to the roofs of their palaces just\nto have a look at the Lord. They considered this to be the greatest festival:\n\n", "SB1.2#p0229": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n582\n\n(Canto 1, Ch_ 11\n\nPURPORT\n\nTo have a look at the Lord is a great festive occasion undoubtedly, as it\n\n' as considered by the metropolitan ladies of Dvaraka. This is still followed\nby the devout ladies of India. Especially during the days of the Jhulana\n\nand Janma�tami ceremonies, the ladies of India still throng up in the\n\ngreatest number at the temple of the Lord, where His transcendental\n\neternal form is worshiped. The transcendental form of the Lord installed\n\nin a temple is not different from the Lord personally. Such a form of the\nLord is called arca-vigraha, or area incarnation, and is expanded by the\nLord by His internal potency just to facilitate the devotional service of His\n\ninnumerable devotees who are in the material world. The material senses\n\ncannot perceive the spiritual nature of the Lord, and therefore the Lord\n\naccepts the arca-vigraha which is apparently made of material elements\n\nlike earth, wood, stone, etc., but actually there is no material contami­\n\nnation. The Lord being kaivalya ( Or).e alone), there is no matter in Him. He\n\nis one without a second, and therefore the Almighty Lord can appear in\n\nany form without being contaminated by the material conception. There­\n\nfore, festivities in the temple of the Lord, as held generally, are like\nfestivals performed during the manifestive days of the Lord of Dvaraka,\nabout 5,000 years ago. The authorized acaryas, who know the science\nperfectly, install such temples of the Lord under regulative principles just\n\nto offer facilities to the common man, but persons who are less intelligent,\nwithout being conversant with the science, mistake this great attempt to\nbe\n\nidol worship and poke their nose into that to which they have no\n\naccess. Therefore, the ladies or men who observe festivals in the temples\n\nof the Lord just to have a look at the transcendental form are a thousand\n\ntimes more glorious than those who are nonbelievers in the transcendental\n\nform of the Lord.\n\nIt appears from the verse that the inhabitants of Dvaraka were all owners\nof big palaces. This indicates the prosperity of the city. The ladies got up\non the roofs just to have a look at the procession and the Lord. The ladies\n\ndid not mix with the crowd on the street, and thus their respectability was\nperfectly observed. There was no artificial equality with the man. Female\n\nrespectability is preserved more elegantly by keeping her separate from the\nman. The sexes should not mix unrestrictedly ..\nTEXT 25\n\n����fq-��1\nWf�Rft��:f�ll��ll\n\n", "SB1.2#p0230": "Text 25)\n\nLord Kr��a's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n583\n\nnityarh ninff.§amii[liiniirh\nyadapi dviirakaukasiim\nna vitrpyanti hi drsa{l\nsriyo dhiimiingam acyutam\n\nnityam-regularly, always; ninff.§amiirtiiniim-of those who look at Him;\nyat- although;\n\napi-in\n\nspite\n\nDvaraka; na-never; vitrpy anti\nbeauties; dhiima-angam-the\n\nof;\n-\n\ndvaraka-okasam-the inhanitants\n\nof\n\nsatisfied; hi-exactly; drsaft -sight; sriyaft­\n\nbodily reservoir; acyutam-the\n\ninfallible.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of Dvaraka were regularly accustomed to look upon\nthe reservoir of all beauty, the infallible Lord, yet they were never satiated.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen the ladies of the city of Dvaraka got up on the roofs of their\npalaces, they never thought that they had previously many times seen the\nbeautiful body of the infallible Lord. This indicates that they had no\nsatiation in desiring to see the Lord. Anything material seen for a number\nof times ultimately becomes unattractive by the law of satiation. The law\nof satiation acts materially, but there is no scope for it in the spiritual\nrealm. The word infallible is significant here, because although the Lord\nhas mercifully descended· on earth, He is still infallible. The living entities\nare fallible because when they come in contact with the material world\nthey lack their spiritual identity, and thus the body materially obtained\nbecomes subjected to birth, growth, transformation, situation, deterioration and annihilation under the laws of nature. The Lord's body is not\nlike that. He descends as He is and is never under the laws of the material\nmodes. His body is the source of everything that be, the reservoir of all\nbeauties beyond our experience. No one, therefore, is satiated by seeing\nthe transcendental body of the Lord because there are always manifestations of newer and newer beauties. The transcendental name, form,\nqualities, entourage, etc.,_ are all spiritual manifestations, and there is no\nsatiation in chanting the holy name of the Lord, there is no satiation in\ndiscussing the qualities of the Lord, and there is no limitation of the\nentourage of the Lord. He is the source of all and is limitless.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0231": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n584\n\n[Canto l, Ch. ll\n\nTEXT 26\n\nsriyo niviiso yasyorafl.\npiina-piitrarh mukharh drsiim\nbiihavo loka-piiliiniirh\nsiirangii[!-iirh padiimbujam\nsriyafl.-of the goddess of fortune; niviisafi.-residential place; yasyaone whose; urafl.-chest; piina piitram-the drinking pot; mukham-face;\n-\n\ndr§iim-of eyes; biihava�\n\n-\n\nthe arms; loka-piilaniim-of the administrative\n\ndemigods; siirangiir:iim-of the devotees who talk and sing of the essence\nor substance; pada-ambujam- the lotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's chest is the abode of the goddess of fortune. His moonlike\nface is the drinking vessel for eyes which hanker after all that is beautiful.\n\nHis arms are resting places for the administrative demigods. And His lotus\n\nfeet are the refuge of pure devotees who never talk or sing of any subject\n\nexcept His Lordship.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are different classes of human beings, all seeking different enjoyments from different objects. There are persons who are seeking after the\nfavor of the goddess of fortune, and for them the Vedic literatures give\ninformation that the Lord is always served with all reverence by thousands\nand thousands of goddesses of fortune at the cintiimar-i-dhiima, * the\ntranscendental abode of the Lord where the trees are all desire-trees and\nthe buildings are made of touchstone. The Lord Govinda is engaged there\nin herding the surabhi cows as His natural occupation. These goddesses of\n\n*cintiimarzi-prakara-sadmasu kalpa-vrk�a­\n\nlak�iivrte�u surabh!r abhipiilayantam\nlak�m!-sahasra-sata-sambhrama-sevyamiinam\ngovindam iidi-puru�arh tam aham bhajami (Bs. 5.29)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0232": "Text 26]\n\nLord �!!r.ta's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n585\n\nfortune can be seen automatically if we are attracted by the bodily features\nof the Lord. The impersonalists cannot observe such goddesses of fortune\n\nbecause of their dry speculative habit. And those who are artists, overtaken\n\nby the beautiful creation, should better see to the beautiful face of the\nLord for complete satisfaction. The face of the Lord is the embodiment of\nbeauty. What they call beautiful nature is but His smile, and what they\n\ncall the sweet songs of the birds are but specimens of the whispering voice\n\nof the Lord. There are administrative demigods in charge of departmental\n\nservice of cosmic management, and there are tiny administrative gods in\n\nthe state service. They are always afraid of other competitors, but if they\ntake shelter of the arms of the Lord, the Lord can protect them always\n\nfrom the attacks of enemies. A faithful servant of the Lord engaged in the\n\nservice of administration is the ideal executive head and can well protect\n\nthe interest of the people in general. Other so-called administrators are\nsymbols of anachronisms leading to the acute distress of the people who\n\nare governed by them. The administrators can remain safely under the\nprotection of the arms of the Lord. The essence of everything is the\n\nSupreme Lord: He is called the siiram. And those who sing and talk about\nHim are called the siirangas, or the pure devotees. The pure devotees are\n\nalways hankering after the lotus feet of the Lord. The lotus has a kind of\n\nhoney which is transcendentally relished by the devotees. They are like\nthe bees who are always after the honey. Srila Riipa Gosvami, the great\n\ndevotee iiciirya of the Gau�ya-Vai�pava-sampradaya, has sung a song about\nthis lotus honey, comparing himself to the bee: \"0 my Lord Kr�pa, I beg\n\nto offer my prayers unto You. My mind is like the bee, and it is after some\nhoney. Kindly, therefore, give my bee-mind a place at Your lotus feet,\n\nwhich are the resources for all transcendental honey. I know that even big\n\ndemigods like Brahma do not see the rays of the nails of Your lotus feet,\n\neven though they are engaged in deep meditation for years together. Still,\n\n0 infallible one, my ambition is such, for You are very merciful to your\n\nsurrendered devotees. 0 Madhava, I know also that I have no genuine\n\ndevotion for the service of Your lotus feet, but because Your Lordship is\n\ninconceivably powerful, You can do what is impossible to be done. Your\nlotus feet can deride even the nectar of the heavenly kingdom, and there­\n\nfore I am very much attracted by them. 0 supreme eternal, please,\n\ntherefore, let my mind be fixed at Your lotus feet so that eternally I may\n\nbe able to relish the taste of Your transcendental service.\" The devotees\n\nare satisfied with being placed at the lotus feet of the Lord and have no\nambition to see··His all-beautiful face or aspire for the protection of the\n\nstrong arms of the Lord. They are humble by nature, and the Lord is\n\nalways leaning towards such humble devotees.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0233": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n586\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 27\n\nfu�1{1q\"3tot('J1��:\n\n3{�;r�\"'ifdit�ftffl:\nf�W:tR:n\n\nsitatapatra-vyajanair upaskrta�\nprasiina-var§air abhivar§itaft pathi\npisanga-viisa vana-malaya babhau\nghano yatharkofjupa-capa-vaidyutai�\nsita atapatra- white umbrella; vyaja n ai�- with a camara fan; upaskrta�-\n\nbeing served by; p ra sii na\n\n-\n\nflowers ; var§aift-by the showers; abhivar§itaft­\n\nthus being covered; pathi- on the road; pisanga-viisii-by the yellow garments; vana-miilayii-by the flower garlands; babhau-thus it became;\n\nghanaft- cloud ; yathii as if; arka-the sun; ufjupa- the moon; ciipa\n-\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nrainbow; vaidyutaift-by the lightning.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs the Lord passed along the public road of Dvaraka, His head was\nprotected from the sunshine by a white umbrella. White feathered fans\n\nmoved in semicircles, and showers of flowers fell upon the road. His yellow\n\ngarments and garlands of flowers made it appear as if a dark cloud were\nsurrounded simultaneously by sun, moon, lightning and rainbows.\nPURPORT\nThe sun, moon, rainbow and lightning do not appear in the sky simultaneously. When there is sun, the moonlight becomes insignificant, and if\nthere are clouds and a rainbow, there is no manifestation of lightning. The\nLord's bodily hue is just like a new monsoon cloud. He is compared herein\nto the cloud. The white umbrella over His head is compared to the sun.\nThe movement of the hunch-hair fan of flukes is compared to the moon.\nThe showers of flowers are compared to the stars. His yellow garments are\ncompared to the rainbow. So all these activities of the firmament, being\nimpossible simultaneous factors, cannot be adjusted by comparison. The\nadjustment is only possible when we think of the inconceivable potency.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0234": "Text 28]\nof the\n\nLord ���a's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n587\n\nLord. The Lord is aU-powerful, and in His presence anything\n\nimpossible can be inade possible by His inconceivable energy. But the\n\nsituation created at the time of His passing on the roads of Dvarakii\n\nwas beautiful and could not be compared to anything besides the des<;ription of natural phenomena.\n\nTEXT 28\n,...\n\n.,.... �\n\n\"'\n\n.\n\n,...,\n\nSU'f-1�� �� T'ffi: 'fr�: �lqJq: I\n� f� ij1{ �� � 11��11\npravi§tas tu grharh pitro[I\npari�vakta[I sva-miitrbhi[Ivavande sirasii sapta\ndevaki-pramukhii mudii\np rav i�ta{l - after entering; t u -but ; grham- houses;p itr o{l - of the father;\npari�vakta{l-embraced; sva- miitrb h il; - by His own mothers; vavandeoffered\nobeisances; sirasii- His\nhead; sap ta- seven; devaki- Devaki;\npra mukh ii- headed by; mudii-at that time.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter entering the house of His father, He was embraced by the mothers present, and the Lord offered His obeisances unto them by placing His\nhead at their feet. The mothers were headed by Devaki [His real mother].\nPURPORT\nIt appears that Vasudeva, the father of Lord Kr�l}a, had completely separate residential quarters where he lived with his eighteen wives, out of\nwhom Srimati Devaki is the real mother of Lord Kr��a. But inspite of this,\n\nall other stepmothers were equally affectionate to Him, as will be evident\nfrom the following verse. Lord Kr��a also did not distinguish His real\nmother from His stepmothers, and He equally offered fiis obeisances unto\nall the wives of Vasudeva present on the occasion. According to scriptures\nalso, there are seven mothers:\n\nl) the real mother, 2) the wife of the\n\nspiritual master, 3) the wife of a briihmar-a, 4) the wife of the king, 5) the\n\ncow, 6) the nurse, and 7) the earth. All of them are mothers. Even by this\n\ninj unction of the siistras, the stepmother, who is the wife of the father, is\n\n", "SB1.2#p0235": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n588\n\n(Canto 1, Ch. 11\n\nalso as good as the mother because the father is also one of the spiritual\nmasters. Lord Kr§l)a, the Lord of the universe, plays the part of an ideal son\njust to teach others how to treat their stepmothers.\nTEXT 29\n\nm:\n\n��'ti(IQI\n\n�w\"�r.�:\n\ntii[l putram ankam iiropya\nsneha-snuta-payodhariift\nhar§a-vih valitiitmiinaft\nsi§icur netrajair jalai[l\ntiifi.-all of them ;putram- the son;ankam- the lap;iiropya- having placed\non; sneha-snuta-moistened by affection; payodharii[l-breasts filled up;\n\nhar�a- delight;vihvalita-iitmiinaft-overwhelmed by; si� icuft\n\nwet; netrajaift­\n\n-\n\nfrom the eyes;jalaift-water.\nTRANSLATION\nThe mothers, after embracing their son, sat Him on their laps. Due to\npure affection, milk sprang from their breasts. They were overwhelmed\nwith delight, and the tears from their eyes wetted the Lord.\nPURPORT\nWhen Lord Kf§!la was at V rndavana even the cows would become\nmoistened by affection towards Him, and He would draw milk from the\nnipples of every affectionate living being, so wha·t to speak of the stepmothers who were already as good as His own mother.\nTEXT 30\n\nathiivi.Sat sva-bhavanarh\nsarva-kiimam anuttamam\npriisiidii yatra patniniirh\nsahasrii!li ca �opl1Sa\n\n", "SB1.2#p0236": "Text 31]\n\nLord ��l)a's Entrance in Dvaraki\n\n589\n\natha- thereafter; aviSat- entered; sva-bhavanam- personal palaces; saroaall; kamam-desires; anuttamam- perfect to the fullest e x tent ;priis iidiift\n\n­\n\npalaces; yat ra\n\n-\n\nwhere; patninam-of the wives numbering; sahasrari­\n\nthousands; ca-over and above; § O !iasa\n\n-\n\nsi x teen\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, the Lord entered His palaces, which were perfect to the\nfullest extent. His wives lived in them, and they numbered over sixteen\nthousand.\nPURPORT\nLord Kr�!la had 16,108 wives, and for each and every one of them there\nwas a fully equipped palace complete with necessary compounds and\ngardens. Full description of these palaces is given in the Tenth Canto. All\nthe palaces were made of the best marble stone. They were illuminated by\njewels and decorated by curtains and carpets of velvet and silk, nicely\nbedecked and embroidered with gold lace. The Personality of Godhead\nmeans one who is full with all power, all energy, all opulences, all\nbeauties, all knowledge and all renunciation. Therefore, in the palaces of\nthe Lord there was nothing wanting for fulfilling all desires of the Lord.\nThe Lord is unlimited, and therefore His desires are also unlimited, and the\nsupply is also unlimited. Everything being unlimited, it is shortly described\nhere as sarva-kamam, or full with all desirable equipment.\nTEXT 31\n\n.mt � •zc:•�ru•cd\nAJ\\4M 6:sttdil;f\\ilit«i: I\n\\J'ij\"(i(l( �\n� rMtft�ijeNwttwtwtt: II�� II\n\n�:\n\npatnyaft patim pro�ya grhanupagatam\nvilokya saiijata-mano-mahotsava�\nuttasthur arat sahasasanasayat\nsakam vratair v1i_dita-locanananii�\n\n", "SB1.2#p0237": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n590\np atnya[l.\n\n-\n\nthe ladies (wives of Lord Sri Kr�rya);patim\n\n[Canto I, Ch_ II\n\n-\n\nhusband; p ro § ya\n\n­\n\nwho was away from home; grha-anupiigatam-now returned home; vilokyathus seeing; sa nja t a\n\n-\n\nhaving developed; mana�-maha-utsava�-a sense of\n\njoyful ceremony within the mind; uttasthu[l.-got up; iiriit-from a distance;\n\nsahasa-all of a sudden; iisana --from the seats; iisayiit\n\nmeditation; siik am\n\n-\n\nalong with; vratai[l.\n\n-\n\nlocana-eyes;iinaniift- with such faces.\n\n-\n\nfrom the state of\n\nthe vow; vri�ita- looking coyly;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe queens of Lord Sri Kr��a rejoiced within their minds to see their\n\nhusband home after a long period abroad_ The queens got up at once\nfrom their seats and meditations. As was socially customary, they covered\n\ntheir faces shyly and looked about coyly.\n\nPURPORT\nAs mentioned above, the Lord entered His home palaces occupied by\n\nI6,108 queens. This means that the Lord at once expanded Himself in as\n\nmany plenary expansions as there were queens and palaces and entered in\n\neach and every one of them simultaneously and separately. Here is another\n\nmanifestation of the feature of His internal potency: He can expand\nHimself in as many forms of spiritual identity as He desires, even though\nHe is one without a second. It is confirmed by the sruti mantra that the\n\nAbsolute is one alone, and yet He becomes many as soon as He so desires.\n\nThese manifold expansions of the Supreme Lord are manifested as plenary\n\nand separated portions. The separated portions are representations of His\n\nenergy, and the plenary portions are manifestations of His Personality.\nThus the Personality of Godhead manifested Himself in I6,108 plenary\n\nexpansions and simultaneously entered into each and every one of the\n\npalaces of the queens. This is called vaibhava, or the transcendental\n\npotency of the Lord. And because He can do so, He is also known as\n\nyogesvara. Ordinarily a yogi or mystic living being is able to expand him­\n\nself at utmost to tenfold expansions of his body, but the Lord can do so\n\nto the extent of as many thousands or infinitely, as He likes. Unbelievers\nbecome astonished to learn that Lord Kr�!la married more than 16,000\n\nqueens because they think of Lord Kr�!la as one of them and measure the\n\npotency. of the Lord by their own limited potency. One should know,\n\ntherefore, that the Lord is never on the level of the living beings who are\n\nbut expansions of His marginal potency, and one should never equalize\n\n", "SB1.2#p0238": "Text 31]\n\nLord KJ:��a 's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n591\n\nthe potent and the potency, although there is very little difference of\n\nquality between the potent and the potency. The queens were also\n\nexpansions of His internal potency, and thus the potent and potencies are\n\nperpetually exchanging transcendental pleasures, known as pastimes of the\n\nLord. One should not, therefore, become astonished to learn that the\n\nLord married so many wives. On the contrary, one should affirm that even\n\nif the Lord marries sixteen thousand million wives, He is not completely\n\nmanifesting His unlimited and inexhaustible potency. He married only\n16,000 wives and entered in each and every one of the different palaces\n\njust to impress in the history of the human beings on the surface of the\nearth that the Lord is never equal to or lesser than any human being,\nhowever powerful he may be.\n\no one is, therefore, either equal to or\n\ngreater than the Lord. The Lord is always great in all respects. \"God is\n\ngreat\" is eternal truth.\n\nTherefore, as soon as the queens saw from a distance their husband,\n\nwho was away from home for long periods due to the Battle of Kuruk�etra,\n\nthey all arose from the slumber of meditation and prepared to receive\n\ntheir most beloved. According to Yajfiavalkya's religious injunctions, a\nwoman whose husband is away from home should not take part in any\n\nsocial functions, should not decorate her body, should not laugh and\nshould not go to any relative's house in any circumstance. This is the vow\n\nof the ladies whose husbands are away from home. At the same time, it is\n\nalso enjoined that a wife should never present herself before the husband\nin an unclean state. She must decorate herself with ornaments and good\ndress and should always be present before the husband in a happy and\n\njoyous mood. The queens of Lord Kr�!la were all in meditation, thinking\nof the Lord's absence, and were always meditating upon Him. The Lord's\n\ndevotees cannot live for a moment without meditating on the Lord, and\n\nwhat to speak of the queens who were all goddesses of fortune incarnated\n\nas queens in the pastimes of the Lord at Dvaraka. They can never be\nseparated from the Lord, either by presence or by trance. The gopis at\nVrndavana could not forget the Lord when the Lord was away in the for·\n\nest cow herding. When the Lord boy Kpll)a was absent from the village,\n\nthe gopis at home used to worry about Him traversing the rough ground\nwith His soft lotus feet. By thinking thus, they were sometimes over·\n\nwhelmed in trance and mortified in the heart. Such is the condition of the\npure associates of the Lord. They are always in trance, and so the queens\n\nalso were in trance during the absence of the Lord. Presently, having seen\n\nthe Lord from a distance, they at once gave up all their engagements,\nincluding the vows of women as described above. According to Sri\n\n", "SB1.2#p0239": "592\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 11\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakur, there was a regular psychological reaction\non the occasion. First of all, rising from their seats, although they wanted\nto see the husband, they were deterred because of feminine shyness. But\ndue to strong ecstasy, they overcame that stage of weakness and became\ncaught up with the idea of embracing the Lord, and this thought factually\nmade them unconscious of their surrounding environment. This prime\nstate of ecstasy annihilated all other formalities and social conventions,\nand thus they escaped all stumbling blocks in the path of meeting the\n\nLord. And that is the perfect stage of meeting the Lord of the soul, Sri\n\nKm�.a.\nTEXT 32\n\n<tte�fliM0€¥4-n\n\n((rd'INI: qf(�fl« 1ffil1{ I\nf;M:¥PCI(Ii4(1 ifritR���f\n\n� �������\n\ntam iitmajair dntibhir antariitmanii\nduranta-bhiivii� parirebhire patim\nniruddham apy iisravad ambu netrayor\nvilajjatiniirit bhrgu-varya vaiklaviit\ntam-Him (the Lord); iitmajai�-by the sons; d!§tibh * - by the sight;\nantara-iitmanii- by the innermost part of the heart; duranta-bhiiviiftinsuperable ecstasy; pa rirebhire- embraced; patim- hu sband; niruddhamchoked up; a pi- in spite of; iisravat-tears; ambu-like drops of water;\n\nnetrayo�- from the eyes; vilajjatiniim-of those compact in shyness;\nbhrgu-varya-0 chief of the Bhrgus; vaik laviit- inadvertently\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe insuperable ecstasy was so strong that the queens, who were shy,\nfirst embraced the Lord in the innermost recesses of their hearts. Then\n\nthey embraced Him visually, and then they sent their sons to embrace Him\n[which is equal to personal embracing]. But, 0 chief amongst the Bhrgus,\n\nthough they tried to restrain their feelings, they inadvertently shed tears.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0240": "Text 33]\n\nLord ���a's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n593\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough due to feminine shyness there were many hindrances to\n\nembracing the dear husband Lord Sri Kr�p.a, the queens performed that\nact by seeing Him, by putting Him in the core of their hearts, and by\n\nsending their sons to embrace Him. Still, the act remained unfinished, and\n\ntears rolled down their cheeks despite all endeavors to check them. One indirectly embraces the husband by sending the son to embrace him because\n\nthe son is developed as part of the mother's body. The embrace of the son\n\nis not exactly the embrace of husband and wife from the sexual point of\nview, but the embrace is satisfaction from the affectionate point of view.\n\nThe embrace of the eyes is more effective in the conjugal relation, and\n\nthus according to Srila Jiva Gosvam'i there is nothing wrong in such an exchange of feeling between husband and wife.\nTEXT 33\n\nijqtq((l �1161 �� 6(441�1•1 wR �I\n��'liT��\n�tfipr�lf.f Gitlf<f41lffRl<t_ II��II\n..\n\nyadyapy asau piirsva-gato raho-gatas\ntathiipi tasyiinghri-yugarh navarh navam\npade pade kii virameta tat-padiic\ncaliipi yac chrir na jahiiti karhicit\nya di- although; api-certainly; asau-He (Lord Sri Kr�Qa);piirsva-gatafi.­\n\njust by the side; raha fi. gatafi.\n-\n\n-\n\nexclusively alone; tathiipi-still; tasya- His;\n\nanghri-yugam- the feet of the Lord; navam navam- newer and newer;\n\npade\n\n-\n\nstep; pade -in every step; kii-who; virameta-can be detached from;\n\ntat-padiit-from His feet; ca liipi\n\n-\n\nmoving ; yat -whom; sn{l-the goddess of\n\nfortune; na-never; jah iiti -quits; karhicit-at any time.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Lord\n\nSri Kr��a was constantly by their sides, as well as\n\nexclusively alone, His feet appeared to them to be newer and newer. The\n\n", "SB1.2#p0241": "594\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch_ ll\n\ngoddess of fortune, although by nature always restless and moving, could\n\nnot quit the Lord's feet. So what woman can be detached from those feet,\nhaving once taken shelter of them?\n\nPURPORT\nConditioned living beings are always after the favor of the goddess of\n\nfortune, although by nature she is moving from one place to another. In\n\nthe material world no one is permanently fortunate, however clever one\nmay be. There have been so many big empires in different parts of the\nworld, there have been so many powerful kings all over the w orld, and\n\nthere have been so many fortunate men, but all of them have been\n\nliquidated gradually. This is the law of material nature. But spiritually it is\n\ndifferent. According to Brahma-sarhhitii, the Lord is served very respect­\n\nfully by hundreds and thousands of goddesses of fortune. They are always\n\nin a lonely place also with the Lord. But still the association of the Lord is\n\nso inspiringly newer and newer\n\nthat they cannot quit the Lord for a\n\nmoment, .even though they are by nature very restless and are moving\n\nabout. The spiritual relation 'vith the Lord is so enlivening and resourceful\n\nthat no one can leave the company of the Lord, once having taken shelter\n\nof it.\n\nThe living beings are by constitution feminine by nature. The male or\n\nenjoyer is the Lord, and all manifestations of His different potencies are\nfeminine by nature. In the Bhagavad-gitii, the living beings are designated\n\nas parii-prakrti, or the superior potency. The material elements are aparii­\n\nprakrti, or inferior potency. Such potencies are always employed for the\nsatisfaction of the employer or the enjoyer. The supreme enjoyer is the\nLord Himself, as .stated in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg.\n\n5.29). The potencies,\n\ntherefore, when engaged directly in the service of the Lord, revive the\nnatural color, and thus there is no disparity in the relation of the potent\n\nand potency.\n\nGenerally people engaged in service are always seeking some post under\n\nthe government or the supreme enjoyer of the state. Since the Lord is the\n\nsupreme enjoyer of everything in or outside the univers.e, it is happiness to\n\nbe employed by Him. Once engaged in the supreme governmental service\n\nof the Lord, no living being wishes to be relieved from the engagement.\n\nThe highest perfection of human life is to seek some employment under\n\nthe Lord's supreme service. That will make one extremely happy. One\n\nneed not seek the moving goddess of ·fortune without the relation of the\nLord.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0242": "Text 34)\n\n595\n\nLord Kts.n.a's Entrance in Dvaraka\nTEXT 34\n\n� � �'ll�fli1*J1f(uftf¥�: qf(t�6�� I\nfiAR � � ��ii1J\n� �;{tq(;, �: 11�\\111\nevarh nrpiirtiirh k§iti-bhiira-janmaniim\nak§auhirtibhifl parivrtta-tejasiim\nvidhiiya vairarh svasano yathiinalarh\nmitho vadhenoparat_o niriiyudhal)\nevam- thus ; nrpiir.iim-of the kings or administrators; k� iti bhiira- the\nof the earth; janmanam-born in that way; ak�auhir.\"ibhi�-\n\nburden\n\nempowered by a military strength of horses, elephants, chariots\n\nand\n\nparivrtta- being puffed up by such surroundings; tejasiimprowess; vidhaya- having created; vairam-hostility; svasanab-- interaction\nof air and the pipe plants; yathii-as it is; a n a lam- fir e ; mitha Z,. -wit h one\nanother; vadhena- by killing them; upa rat aZ,. relie v ed ; niriiyudhaf!.- by\ninfantry;\n\n.\n\n-\n\nHimself without being a party to such fighting.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord was pacified after killing those kings who were burdensome\nto the earth. They were puffed up with their military strength, their horses,\nelephants, chariots, infantry, etc. He Himself was not a party in the fight.\nHe simply created hostility between the powerful administrators, and they\nfought amongst themselves. He was like the wind which causes friction\nbetween bamboos and so sparks a fire.\nPURPORT\nAs stated above, the living beings are not factual enjoyers of things\nwhich are manifested as God's creation.. The Lord is the genuine proprietor\nand enjoyer of everything manifested in His creation. Unfortunately,\ninfluenced by the deluding energy, the living being becomes a false enjoyer\nunder the dictation of the modes of nature. Puffed up by such a false\nsense of becoming God, the deluded living being increaSes his material\nstrength by so many activities and thus becomes the burden of the earth,\n\n", "SB1.2#p0243": "596\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 11\n\nso much so that the earth becomes completely uninhabitable by the sane.\n\nThis state of affairs is called dharmasya gliirzi�, or misuse of the energy of\n\nthe human being. When such misuse of human energy is prominent, the\n\nsaner living beings become perturbed by the awkward situation created by\n\nthe vicious administrators who are simply burdens of the earth, and the\nLord appears by H is internal potency just to save the saner section of\n\nhumanity and_to alleviate the burden due to the earthly administrators in\n\ndifferent parts of the world. He does not favor either of the unwanted\nadministrators, but by His potential power He creates hostility between\n\nsuch unwanted administrators, as the air creates fire in the forest by the\n\nfriction of the bamboos. The fire in the forest takes place automatically by the\n\nforce of the air, and similarly the hostility between different groups of\npolitieians takes place by the unseen design of the Lord. The unwariled\n\nadministrators, puffed up by false power and military strength, thus\n\nbecome engaged in fighting amongst themselves over ideological conflicts\n\nand so exhaust themselves of all powers. The history of the world reflects\n\nthis factual will of the Lord, and it will continue to be enacted until the\n\nliving beings are attached to the service of the Lord. In the Bhagavad-gitii\nthis fact is very vividly described (Bg. 7.14-15). It is said, \"The deluding\n\nenergy is My potency, and thus it is not possible for the dependent living\n\nbeings to supersede the strength of the material modes. But those who take\n\nshelter in Me [the Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�pa] can cross over the\n\ngigantic ocean of material energy.\" This means that no one can establish\npeace and prosperity in the world by fruitive activities or by speculative\n\nphilosophy or ideology. The only way is to surrender unto the Supreme\nLord and thus become free from the illusion of the deluding energy.\n\nUnfortunately persons who are engaged in destructive work are unable\n\nto surrender unto the Personality of Godhead. They are all fools of the\nfirst order; they are the lowest of the human species of life; they are\n\nrobbed of their knowledge, although apparently they seem to be academi­\n\ncally educated. They are all of the demoniac mentality, always challenging\n\nthe supreme power of the Lord. Those who are very materialistic, always\n\nhankering after material power and strength, are undoubtedly fools of the\nfirst order because they have no information of the living energy, and being\nignorant of that supreme spiritual science, they are absorbed in material\n\nscience, which ends with the end of the material body. They are the\nlowest of human beings because the human life is especially meant for\n\nreestablishing the lost relation with the Lord, and they miss this opportunity by being engaged in material activities. They are robbed of their\nknowledge because even after prolonged speculation they cannot reach\n\nto the stage of knowing the Personality of Godhead, the summum bonum\n\n", "SB1.2#p0244": "Text 35]\n\nLord l<.r�J!a's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n597\n\nof everything. And all of them are men of demonic principle, and they\nsuffer the consequences, as did such materialistic heroes as Rava!la,\nHira!lyakasipu, Kamsa and others.\nTEXT 35\n\n-.«il�A�..iHftur: ��u��• 1\n� 4Jll(itWJ � � � ����II\n\n��\n\nsa e§a nara-loke\n\n'sminn\n\navati'!lafl sva-miiyayii\nreme stri-ratna-kutastho\nbhagaviin priikrto yathii\nsa�-He (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); e�a�-all these; naraloke-on this planet of human beings; asmin-on this; avat\"ir!la�-having\nappeared;sva- personal, internal; miiyayii-causele ss mercy; reme-enjoyed;\nstri-ratna-woman who is competent to become a wife of the Lord;\nkii t astha�\n\n� among; bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; priikrta[l­\n\nmundane; yathii\n\n-\n\nas if it were.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat Supreme Personality of Godhead Sri .Kf�!la, out of His causeless\nmercy, ap peared on this planet by His internal potency and enjoyed Himself amongst competent women as if He were engaging in mundane affairs.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord married and lived like a householder. This is cetainly like a\nmundane affair, but when we learn that He married 16,108 Wives and\nlived with them separately in each and every palace, certainly it is not\nmundane. Therefore, the Lord, liVing as a householder amongst His\ncompetent wives, is never mundane, and His behavior with them is never\nto be understood as mundane sex relation. The women who became the\nwives of the Lord are certainly not ordinary women, because to get the\nLord as one's husband is the result of many, many millions of births'\ntapasya (austerity). When the Lord appears on different lokas, or planets,\nor on this planet of human beings, He displays His transcendental pastimes\njust to attract the conditioned souls to become His eternal servitors,\nfriends, parents and lovers respectively in the transcendental world where\n\n", "SB1.2#p0245": "598\nthe\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. ll\n\nLord eternally reciprocates such exchanges of service. Service is\n\npervertedly represented in the material world and broken untimely, result­\n\ning in sad experience. The illusioned living being conditioned by material\nnature cannot understand out of ignorance that all our relations here in\nthe mundane world are temporary and full of inebrieties. Such relations\n\ncannot help us be happy perpetually, but if the same relation is established\n\nwith the Lord, then we are transferred to the transcendental world after\n\nleaving this material body and become eternally related with Him in the\nrelation we desire. The women amongst whom He lived as their husband\n\nare not, therefore, women of this mundane world, but are eternally related\nwith Him as transcendental wives, a position which they attained by\n\nperfection of devotional service. That is their competency. The Lord is\n\nparam brahma, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Conditioned souls\n\nseek after perpetual happiness in all places-not only on this earth but also\n\non other planets throughout the universe because constitutionally a spiritual\nspark, as he is, can travel to any part of God's creation. But being\n\nconditioned by the material modes, he tries to travel in space by space­\n\ncraft and so fails to reach his destination. The law of gravitation is binding\nupon him like the shackles of a prisoner. By other processes he can reach\n\nanywhere, but even if he reaches the highest planet, he cannot attain\n\nthat perpetual happiness which he is searching after life after life. When he\n\ncomes, however, to his senses, he seeks after Brahman happiness, knowing\nit for certain that unlimited happiness, which he is seeking, is never attain­\n\nable in the material world. As such, the Supreme Being, Param Brahman,\n\ncertainly does not seek His happiness anywhere in the material world. Nor\n\ncan His paraphernalia of happiness be found in the material world. He\n\nis not impersonal. Because He is the leader and Supreme Being amongst\n\ninnumerable living beings, He cannot be impersonal. He is exactly like us,\n\nand He has all the propensities of an individual living being in fullness. He\n\nmarries exactly like us, but His marriage is neither mundane nor limited by\n\nour experience in the conditioned state. His wives, therefore, appear like\n\nmundane women, but factually they are all transcendental liberated souls,\nperfect manifestations of internal energy.\n\nTEXT 36\n\nac;PCiCMfq\\lwti¥W4�jtRC­\n\niftcHil•f.tc:<itrisftf �I\n� ::qcqqlt(ldlqi(l*I+U�I\n\n�P�4fitq�{i��q: 11�11\n\n", "SB1.2#p0246": "Text 36]\n\nLord �1!'1a 's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n599\n\nuddiima-bhiiva-pi.Suniimala-valguhiisavrir}iivaloka-nihato madano pi yiisiim\nsammuhya ciipam ajahiit pramadottamiis tii\nyasyendriyam vimathitum kuhakair na sekufl.\nuddiima - very grave; bhiiva-expression; pi.Suna -exciting; amala- spot\nless; valgu- hiisa - beautiful smiling; vr i\"r}a- corner of the eye; avalokalooking; nihataft - conquered; madanalt -Cupid (or amadana lt- the greatly\ntolerant Siva); a pi- also ;yiisiim- whose; sammuh ya- being overpowered by;\nciip am-bows; ajahiit - gave up; pramada- woman who maddens; uttamiiftof high grade; tii-all; yasya - whose; indriyam- senses ; vimathitum-to\nperturb; kuhakailt-by magical feats; na -never; sekuft- was able.\n­\n\nTR ANS L ATI O N\nAlthough the queens' beautiful smiles and furtive glances were all\n\nspotless and exciting, and although they could conquer Cupid himself by\nmaking him give up.his bow in frustration, and although even the tolerant\nSiva could fall victim to them, still, despite all their magical feats and\nattractions, they could not agitate the senses of the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nThe path of salvation or the path of going back to Godhead always\n\nforbids the association of women, and the complete saniitana-dharma or\n\nva'!liisrama-dharma scheme forbids or restricts association with women.\nHow, then, can one be accepted as the Sup reme Personality of Godhead\n\nwho is addicted to more than sixteen thousand wives? This question may\n\nbe relevantly raised by inquisitive persons really anxious t<? know about\n\nthe transcendental nature of the Supreme Lord. And to answer such\nquestions, the sages at Naimi�arapya have discussed the transcendental\ncharacter of the Lord in this and in following verses. It is clear herein that\n\nthe feminine attractive features which can conquer Cupid or even the\nsupermost tolerant Lord Siva could not conquer the senses of the Lord.\n\nCupid's business is to invoke mundane lust. The whole universe is moving\n\nbeing agitated by Cupid's arrow. The activities of the world are being\n\ncarried on by the central attraction of male and female. A male is search­\n\ning after a mate to his liking, and thP- female is looking after a suitable\n\nmale. That is the way of material stimulus. And as soon as a male is\n\n", "SB1.2#p0247": "600\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. II\n\ncombine� with a female, the material bondage of the living being is at\n\nonce tightly interlocked by sex relation, and as a result of this, both the\nmale and female's attraction for sweet home, motherland, bodily offspring,\n\nsociety and friendship and accumulation of wealth become the illusory\n\nfield of activities, and thus a false but indefatigable attraction for the\n\ntemporary material existence, which is full of miseries, is manifest. Those\nwho are, therefore, on the path of salvation for going back home and back\n\nto Godhead are especially advised by all scriptural instruction to become\nfree from such paraphernalia of material attraction. And that is possible\n\nonly by the association of the devotees of the Lord who are called the\n\nmahiitmiis. Cupid, therefore, throws his arrow upon the living beings to\n\nmake them mad after the opposite sex, whether the party is actually\n\nbeautiful or not. Cupid's provocations are going on, even among beastly\nsocieties who are all ugly-looking in the estimation of the civilized nations.\nThus Cupid's influence is exerted even amongst the ugliest forms, and what\n\nto speak of the most perfect beauties. Lord Siva, who is considered to be\n\nmost tolerant, was also struck by Cupid's arrow because he also became\n\nmad after the Mohini incarnation of the Lord and acknowledged himself\n\nto be defeated. Cupid, however, was himself captivated by the grave and\n\nexciting dealings of the goddesses of fortune, and he voluntarily gave up his\n\nbow and arrow in a spirit of frustration. Such was the beauty and attraction\nof the queens of Lord Kr�!la. Yet they could not disturb the transcendental\n\nsenses of the Lord. This is because the Lord is all-perfect iitmiiriima, or self­\n\nsufficient. He does not require anyone's extraneous help for His personal\n\nsatisfaction. Therefore, the queens could not satisfy the Lord by their\n\nfeminine attractiveness, but they satisfied Him by their sincere affection\n\nand service. Only by unalloyed transcendental loving service could they\n\nsatisfy the Lord, and the Lord was pleased to treat them as wives in\nreciprocation. Thus being satisfied by their unalloyed service only, the\nLord reciprocated the service just like a devout husband. Otherwise He\n\nhad no business to become the husband of so many wives. He is the\n\nhusband of everyone, but to one who accepts Him as such, He reciprocates.\nThis unalloyed affection for the Lord is never to be compared to mundane\n\nlust. It i� purely transcendental. And the grave dealings, which the queens\ndisplayed in natural feminine ways, were also transcendental because the\n\nfeelings were expressed out of transcendental ecstasy. It is already explained\n\nin the previous verse that the Lord appeared like a mundane husband, but\n\nfactually His relation with His wives was transcendental, pure and uncon­\n\nditioned by the modes of material nature.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0248": "Text 37)\n\nLord ���a's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n601\n\nTEXT 37\n\nm � � �tc1\\·+tN tcf1\\·<i4( I\n311�1q4-. � 041�14 �ffi�: 11�\\911\ntam ayarh manyate loko\nhyasangam api sanginam\niitmaupamyena manujarh\nvyiip_n;wiinarh yato 'budha[l,\ntam-unto Lord Kp�qa; ayam-al! these (common men); manyate-do\nspeculate within the mind; loka[l,- the conditioned souls; hi-certainly;\n\nahgam- unattached ; api-in spite of; sanginam- affected; atma-self;\naupamyena-by comparison with the self; manujam-ordin ary man;\nV)'iiprr-viinam- being engaged in; yata[l,- because; abudhafi.- foolish because\n\nas\n\nof ignorance.\nT RANSLATION\nThe common materialistic conditioned souls speculate that the Lord is\none of them. Out of their ignorance they think that the Lord is affected\nby matter, although He is unattached.\nPURPORT\nThe word abudha[l, is significant here. Due to ignorance only, the foolish\nmundane wranglers misunderstand the Supreme Lord and spread their\nfoolish imaginations amongst innocent persons by propaganda. The Su·\n\npreme Lord Sri Kf�p.a is the original primeval Personality of Godhead, and\nwhen He was personally present before the eyes of everyone, He displayed\nfull-fledged divine potency in every field of activities. As we have already\nexplained in the first verse of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nHe is completely\n\nindependent to act however He likes, but all His actions are full of bliss,\nknowledge and eternity. Only the foolish mundaners misunderstand Him,\nunaware of His eternal form of knowledge and bliss which is confirmed\nin the\n\nBhagavad-gitii and Upani§ads.\n\nHis different potencies work in a\n\nperfect plan of natural sequence, and doing everything by the agency of\nHis different potencies, He remains eternally the supreme independent.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0249": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n602\n\n[Canto I, Ch. II\n\nWhen He descends on the material world by His causeless mercy to\ndifferent living beings, He does so by His own potency, He is not subject\nto any condition of the material modes of nature, and He descends as He\nis originally. The mental speculators misunderstand Him as the Supreme\nPerson, and they consider His impersonal features as inexplicable Brahman\nto be all. Such a conception is also the product of conditioned life, because\nthey cannot go beyond their own personal capacity. Therefore, one who\nconsiders the Lord on the level of one's limited potency is only a common\nman. Such a man cannot be convinced that the Personality of Godhead is\nalways unaffected by the modes of material nature. He cannot understand\nthat the sun is always unaffected by infectious matter. The mental\nspeculators compare everything from the standpoint of experimental\nknowledge of their own selves. Thus when the Lord is found to act like an\nordinary person in matrimonial bondage, they consider Him to be like one\nof them, without considering that the Lord can marry at once sixteen\nthousand wives or more. Due to a poor fund of knowledge they accept\none side of the picture while disbelieving the other. This means·that due\nto ignorance only they always think of Lord Kr�!la as like themselves and\nmake their own conclusions, which are absurd and unauthentic from the\nversion of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n*«<t:1,\"14l:ti� stt'M(Iqlsfil �: I\n� � �s� ,;ft(ija:i� ����II\netad isanam iSasya\nprakrti-stho 'pi tad-gu[lai[!\nna yujyate sadii \"tma-sthair\nyathii buddhis tad-iisrayii\n\n-\n\netat- this; iSanam divinity; iSasya-of the Personality of Godhead;\nprakrt i-sthaft - being in contact with material nature; ap i in spite of;\ntat-gurtaift- by the qualities; na-never; yujyate-is affected; sadii iitmasthaift- by those who are situated in eternity; yathii- as is; buddhifl.intelligence; tat-the Lord; iisrayii-those who are under the shelter of.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis is the divinity of the Personality of Godhead: He is not affected\n\nby the qualities of material nature, even though He is in contact with them.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0250": "Text 38]\n\nLord ��Qa's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n603\n\nSimilarly, the devotees who have taken shelter of the Lord do not become\ninfluenced by the material qualities.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Vedas and Vedic literatures (Sruti and Smrti) it is affirmed that\n\nin the Divinity there is nothing material. He is transcendental (nirgu[la)\n\nonly, the supreme cognizant. Hari, or the Personality of Godhead, is the\n\nSupreme transcendental Person situated beyond the range of material\n\naffection. These statements are also confirmed even by Acarya Sankara.\n\nOne may argue that His relation with the goddesses of fortune may be\n\ntranscendental, but what about His relation with the Yadu dynasty, being\n\nborn in that family, or His killing the nonbelievers like Jarasandha and\n\nother asuras directly in contact with the modes of material nature. The\n\nanswer is that the Divinity of the Personality of Godhead is never in\ncontact with the qualities of material nature in any circumstances. Actually\n\nHe is in contact with such qualities because He is the ultimate source of\neverything, yet He is above the actions of such qualities. He is known,\ntherefore, as Yoge8vara, or the master of mystic power, or in other words\nthe all-powerful. Even His learned devotees are not affected by the influence of the material modes. The great six Gosvamis of Vrndavana all came\nfrom greatly rich and aristocratic families, but when they adopted the life\nof mendicants at Vrndavana, superficially they appeared to be in wretched\nconditions of life, but factually they were the richest of all in spiritual\n\nvalues. Such\n\nmahiibhiigavatas, or first-grade devotees, although moving\n\namongst men, are not contaminated by honor or insult, hunger or satisfaction, by sleep or wakefulness, which are all resultant actions of the three\nmodes of material nature. Similarly, some of them are engaged in worldly\n\ndealings, yet are unaffected. Unless these neutralities of life are there, one\n\ncannot be considered situated in transcendence. The Divinity and His\n\nassociates are on the same transcendental plane, and their glories- are\nalways sanctified by the action of yogamiiyii, or the internal potency of\n\nthe Lord. The devotees of the Lord are always transcendental, even if\n\nthey are sometimes found to have fallen in their behavior. The Lord\n\nemphatically declares in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 9.30) that even if an\nunalloyed devotee is found to be fallen due to a previom material contami­\n\nnation, he is nevertheless to be accepted as fully transcendental because of\n\nhis being engaged cent percent in the devotional service of the Lord. The\n\nLord protects him always because of his rendering service unto Him, and\n\nthe fallen conditions are to be considered accidental and temporary. They\nwill vanish in no time.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0251": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n604\n\n[Canto l, Ch. ll\n\nTEXT 39\n\ntarh menire 'balii miiphii�\nstrairwrh ciinuvratarh rahaft\napramiir-a-vido bhartur\nisvararh matayo yathii\ntam-unto\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nKr�l)a;\n\nmenire-took\n\nit\n\nfor granted; abaliift­\n\ndelicate; miiphiift-because of simplicity; s trairwm-one who is dominated\nby his wife; ca-also; anuvratam\n\n-\n\nvida�-unaware of\n\nfollower; rahaft\n\n-\n\n1one1y place; apramiir-a­\n\nthe extent of glories; bhartu[t-of their husband;\n\niSvaram-the supreme controller; matayaft-thesis; yat hii\n\n-\n\nas it is.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe simple and delicate women truly thought that the Lord Sri Kf�pa,\ntheir beloved husband, followed them and was dominated by them. They\nwere unaware of the extent of the glories of their husband, as the atheists\nare unaware of Him as the supreme controller.\nPURPORT\nEven the transcendental wives of Lord Sri Kr�pa did not know completely the unfathomable glories of the Lord. This ignorance is not mundane because there is some action of the internal potency of the Lord in\nthe exchange of feelings between Him and His eternal associates. The Lord\nexchanges transcendental relations in five ways, as proprietor, master,\nfriend, son and lover, and in each of these pastimes He plays fully by the\npotency of yogamiiyii, the internal potency. He plays exactly like an equal\nfriend with the cowherd boys or even with friends like Arjuna. He plays\nexactly like a son in the presence of Y asodamata, He plays exactly like a\nlover\n\nin\n\nthe\n\npresence\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ncowherd\n\ndamsels,\n\nand\n\nHe\n\nplays\n\nexactly like a husband in the presence of the queens of Dviiraka. Such\ndevotees of the Lord never think of the Lord as the Supreme, but think of\nHim exactly as a common friend, a pet son or a lover or husband very\nmuch dear to heart and soul. That is the relation between the Lord and\nHis transcendental devotees, who act as His associates in the spiritual sky\n\n", "SB1.2#p0252": "Text 39]\n\nLord ���a's Entrance in Dvaraka\n\n605\n\nwhere there are innumerable V aikup.tha planets. When the Lord descends,\nHe does so along with His entourage to display a complete picture of the\n\ntranscendental world where pure love and devotion for the Lord prevail\n\nwithout any mundane tinge of lording it over the creation of the Lord.\nSuch devotees of the Lord are all liberated souls, perfect representations\n\nof the marginal or internal potency in complete negation of the influence\n\nof the external potency. The wives of Lord Kf�p.a were made to forget the\nimmeasurable glories of the Lord by the internal potency so that there\n\nmight not be any flaw of exchange, and they took it for granted that the\nLord was a henpecked husband, always following them in lonely places. In\n\nother words, even the personal associates of the Lord do not know Him\n\nperfectly well, so what do the thesis writers or mental speculators know\n\nabout the transcendental glories of the Lord? The mental speculators\n\npresent different theses as to His becoming the causes of the creation, the\ningredients of the creation or the material and efficient cause of the\n\ncreation, etc., but all this is but partial knowledge about the Lord.\nFactually they are as ignorant as the common man. The Lord can be known\n\nby the mercy of the Lord only, and by no other means. But since the\n\ndealings of the Lord with His wives are based on pure transcendental love\nand devotion, the wives are all on the transcendental plane without\n\nmaterial contamination.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the First Canto, Eleventh\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Lord Kr�!la's Entrance into\nDviirakii. \"\n\n", "SB1.2#p0253": "CHAPTER TWELVE\n\nBirth of Emperor ParTk$it\nTEXT I\n\n�� '!elt';:J\n3N�f41t:;{tqiwt iiiA�t�llm 1\n\\i'q(I4U � � Plml: �: II � II\n5aunaka uviica\na.Svatthiimnopasr§tena\nbrahma-sirHW ru-tejasii\nuttariiyii hato garbha\niSeniijivitafl punafl\nsri saunakab- uvaca - the sage Saunaka said;asvatthamna-of Asvatthama\n\n(the son of Drol)a); upasr§tena- by release of; brahma-Szrfir-ii- the invincible weapon; brahmiistra; uru-tejasii-by high temperature; uttariiyii-of\n\nUttara (mother of Pa�it); hatafl-being spoiled; garbha-womb; iSenaby the Supreme Lord; ajivitafl-brought to life;punafi.-again.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe sage Saunaka said: The womb of Uttara, mother of Maharaja\n\nP�t , was spoiled by the dreadful and invincible brahmastra weapon\nreleased by ASvatthama. But Maharaja Par�it was saved by the Supreme\n\nLord.\nPURPORT\n\nThe sages assembled in the forest of N aimi�iira!lya inquired from\nSuta Gosvami about the birth of Maharaja Pa�it, but in course of the\nnarration other topics like the release of brahmiistra by the son of DroQa,\n607\n\n", "SB1.2#p0254": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n608\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 12\n\nhis punishment by Arjuna, Queen Kuntidevi's prayers, the Pa!l�avas' visit\nto the place where Blu�madeva was lying, his prayers and thereafter the\nLord's departure for Dvaraka were discussed. His arrival at Dvaraka and\nresiding with the sixteen thousand queens, etc., were narrated. They were\nabsorbed in hearing such descriptions, but now they wanted to turn to the\noriginal topic, and thus the inquiry was made by Saunaka ��i. So the subject of the release of the brahmiistra weapon by ASvatthama is renewed.\nTEXT 2\n� �\n\n�: �ur � 'iiil�¥4'1: 1\n\nfiN;f � �l!4141ffl � �1'{ � II � II\ntasya janma mahii-buddhefl.\nkarmiirti ca mahiitmanafl.\nnidhanarh ca yathaiviisit\nsa pretya gataviin yathii\n\ntasya-his (of Maharaja Parik�it); janma- birth; mahii-buddhefl.-of great\nintelligence; k armiirti-activities; ca-also; mahii-iitmanafl.-of the great\ndevotee; nidhanam- demise; ca-also; yathii-as it was; eva-of course;\niisit- happened; safl.-he;pretya-destination after death; gataviin achieved;\nyathii- as it were.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nHow was the great Emperor Parilq;it, who was a highly intelligent and\ngreat devotee, born in that womb? How did his death take place, and what\ndid he achieve after his death?\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe King of Hastinapura (now Delhi) used to be the Emperor of the\nworld, at least till the time of the son of Emperor Parlk�it. Maharaja\nPanK.�it was saved by the Lord in the womb of his mother, so he could\ncertainly be saved from an untimely death due to the ill will of the son of\na br iihmarta. Because the age of Kali began to act just after the assumption\nof power by Maharaja Parlk�it, the first sign of misgivings was exhibited in the cursing of a greatly intelligent and devoted king like\n\n", "SB1.2#p0255": "Text 3)\n\nBirth of Emperor Par�it\n\n609\n\nMaharaja Parlk�it. The king is the protector of the helpless citizens,\n\nand their welfare, peace and prosperity depend on him. Unfortunately,\nby the instigation of the fallen age of Kali, an unfortunate briihmaT)a's\n\nson was employed to condemn the innocent Maharaja Parilqit, and so the\nKing had to prepare himself for death within seven days. Maharaja\n\nPar�it is especially famous as one who is protected by Vil2I)u, and when he\n\nwas unduly cursed by a briihmaT)a's son, he could have invoked the mercy\n\nof the Lord to save him, but he did not want to because he was a pure\n\ndevotee. A pure devotee never asks the Lord for any undue favor. Maharaja\n\nPanK.�it knew that the curse of the briihmaT)a's son upon him was un­\n\njustified, as everyone else knew, but he did not want to counteract it\n\nbecause he knew also that the age of Kali had begun and that the first\n\nsymptom of the age, namely degradation of the highly talented briihmaT)a\n\ncommunity, had also begun. He did not want to interfere with the cur­\n\nrent of the time, but he prepared himself to meet death very cheerfully\n\nand very properly. Being fortunate, he got at least seven days to prepare\n\nhimself to meet death, and so he properly utilized the time in the associa­\n\ntion of Sukadeva Gosvami, the great saint and devotee of the Lord.\n\nTEXT3\n\n� l6\\1t�fl\\�1fil tr� � tt� I\n�WI! 'l�lwtlwtf � �1'1¥\\G\\1�€6 : II � II\ntad idarh srotum icchiimo\ngaditurh yadi manyase\nbriihi na� sraddadhiiniiniirh\nyasya jniinam adiic chuka[l.\ntat-all; idam-this; srotum-to hear; icchiima[l.-all willing; gaditum­\n\nto narrate; yadi-if; manyase-you think; briihi-please speak, na[l.-we;\nsraddadhiiniiniim-who are very much respectful; yasya\n\n- whose; jniinam­\n\ntranscendental knowledge; adiit-delivered; suka[l.-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWe all respectfully want to hear about him [Maharaja Par�it l to\nwhom Sukadeva Gosvami imparted transcendental knowledge. Please\nspeak on this matter.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0256": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n610\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 12\n\nPURPORT\n\nSukadeva Gosvarni imparted transcendental knowledge to Maharaja\n\nParik�it during the remaining seven days of his life, and Maharaja Parik�it\n\nheard him properly, just like an ardent student, and the effect of such a\n\nbona fide hearing and chanting of $rimad-Bhiigavatam was equally shared\nby both the hearer and the chanter. Both of them were benefited. Out\n\nof the nine different transcendental means of devotional service of the\nLord prescribed in the Bhii.gavatam, either all of therri, or some of them or\n\neven one of them, are equally beneficial if properly discharged. Maharaja\n\nPanlqit and Sukadeva Gosvami were serious performers of the first two\n\nimportant items, namely the process of chanting and the process of hearing,\n\nand therefore both of them were successful in their laudable attempt.\n\nTranscendental realization is attained by such serious hearing and chanting\n\nand not otherwise. There is a type of spiritual master and disciple much\n\nadvertised in this age of Kali. It is said that the master injects spiritual\nforce into the disciple by an electrical current generated by the master, and\n\nthe disciple begins to feel the shock. He becomes unconscious, and the\n\nmaster weeps for his exhausting his store of so-called spiritual assets. Such\n\nbogus advertisement is going on in this age, and the poor common man is\nbecomi.ng the victim of such advertisement. We do not find such folk tales\n\nin the dealings of Sukadeva Gosvami and his great disciple Maharaja\nParik�it. The sage recited $rimad-Bhiigavatam in devotion, and the great\n\nKing heard him properly. The King did not feel any shock of electrical\ncurrent from the master, nor did he become unconscious while receiving\nknowledge from the master. One should not, therefore, become a victim\n\nof these unauthorized advertisements made by some bogus representative\n\nof Vedic knowledge. The sages of Naimi�a!J.ya were very respectful in\nhearing about Maharaja Parik�it because of his receiving knowledge from\n\nSukadeva Gosvarni by means of ardent hearing. Ardent hearing from the\n\nbona fide master is the only way to receive transcendental knowledge, and\nthere is no need for medical performances or occult mysticism for miracu­\n\nlous effects. The process is simple, but only the sincere party can achieve\n\nthe desired result.\n\nTEXT4\n\n��\n\nac4)q8(4uac:- -- �- �: 1\nf.(:�:��: f)\\Uiqlii;t1�ijffi II� II\n\n", "SB1.2#p0257": "Text 4]\n\nBirth of Emperor Par�it\n\n611\n\nsuta uviica\n\napipalad dharma-riijaft\n\npit.rvad raiijayan prajiift\n\nniftsprhaft sarva-kamebhyaft\nkr�T}a-piidiinusevayii\n\nsri sutaft uviica-Sr1 Suta Gosvam! said;apipalat- administered prosperi­\n\nty; dharma-riijaft-King\n\nYudhi�thira; pitrvat-exactly\n\nlike\n\nhis\n\nfather;\n\nraiijayan-pleasing; prajiift-all those who took birth; niftsprhaft-without\n\npersonal ambition; sarva-all; kiimebhya[t-from sense gratification; kr�TJa­\n\npiida-the lotus feet of Lord Sri Kr�l)a; anusevayii-by dint of rendering\ncontinuous service.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Siita Gosvami· said: Emperor Yudhi!;thira administered generously\n\nto everyone during his reign. He was exactly like his father. He had no\npersonal ambition and was freed from all sorts of sense gratification be­\n\ncause of his continuous service unto the lotus feet of the Lord Sri K!\"�!la.\nPURPORT\n\nAs mentioned in our introduction, \"There is a need for the science of\n\nKr�!la in human society for all the suffering humanity of the world, and\nwe simply request the leading personalities of all nations to take to the\nscience of Kr�!la for their own good, for the good of society, and for the\ngood of all the people of the world.\" So it is confirmed herein by the\n\nexample of Maharaja Yudhi�thira, the personality of goodness. In India\n\nthe people hanker after Riima-riijya because the Personality of Godhead\n\nwas the ideal king and all other kings or emperors in India controlled the\n\ndestiny of the world for the prosperity of every living being who took\n\nbirth on the earth. Herein the word prajiift is significant. The etymological\n\nimport of the word is \"that which is born.\" On the earth there are many\nspecies of life, from the aquatics up to the perfect human beings, and all\n\nare known as prajiis. Lord Brahma, the creator of this particular universe,\n\nis known as the prajiipati because he is the grandfather of all who have\n\ntaken birth. Thus prajii is used in a broader sense than it is now used. The\n\nking represents all living beings, the aquatics, plants, trees, the reptiles, the\n\nbirds, the animals and man. Every one of them is a part and parcel of the\nSupreme Lord (Bg. 14.4), and the king, being the representative of the\n\nSupreme Lord, is duty-bound to give proper protection to every one of\n\n", "SB1.2#p0258": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n612\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 12\n\nthem. This is not the case with the presidents and dictators of this de­\n\nmoralized system of administration where the lower animals are given no\nprotection while the higher animals are given so-called protection. But\n\nthis is a great science which can be learned only by one who knows the\n\nscience of K[§T:W. By knowing the science of Kr�!J.a, one can become the\n\nmost perfect man in the world, and unless one has knowledge in this\n\nscience, all qualifications and doctorate diplomas acquired by academic\n\neducation are spoiled and useless. Maharaja Yudhi�thira knew this science\n\nof Kr�!la very well, for it is stated here that by continuous cultivation of\nthis science, or by continuous devotional service to Lord Kr�!J.a, he ac­\n\nquired the qualification of administering the state. The father is sometimes\n\nseemingly cruel to the son, but that does not mean that the father has lost\n\nthe qualification to be a father. A father is always a father because he has\n\nalways the good of the son at heart. The father wants every one of his sons\n\nto become a better man than himself. Therefore, a king like Maharaja\n\nYudhi�thira, who is the personality of goodness, wanted everyone under\n\nhis administration, especially human beings who have better developed\nconsciousness, to become devotees of Lord Kr�!la so that everyone can\nbecome free from the trifles of material existence. Hi s motto of adminis­\n\ntration was all good for the citizens, for as personified goodness, he knew\n\nperfectly well what is actually good for them. He conducted the adminis­\n\ntration on that principle, and not on tht- riik§asi or demonic principle of\nsense gratification. As an ideal king, he had no personal ambition, and\n\nthere was no place for sense gratification because all his senses at all times\nwere engaged in the loving service of the Supreme Lord, which includes\n\nthe partial service to the living beings who form the parts and parcels of the\ncomplete whole. Those who are busy rendering service to the parts and\n\nparcels, leaving aside the whole, only spoil time and energy, as one does\n\nwhen watering the leaves of a tree without water�ng the root. If water is\n\npoured on the root, the leaves are enlivened perfectly and automatically,\n\nbut if water is poured on the leaves only, the whole energy is spoiled.\n\nMaharaja Yud�thira, therefore, was constantly engaged in the service of\n\nthe Lord, and thus the parts and parcels of the Lord, the living beings under\n\nhis careful administration, were perfectly attended with all comforts in\n\nthis life and all progress in the next. That is the way of perfect management\n\nof state administration.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�t�m���TI\n� lil �� N� �II� II\n\n", "SB1.2#p0259": "Text6]\n\nBirth of Emperor Par�it\n\n613\n\nsampada[l, kratavo lokii\nmah�i bhriitaro mahi\njambii-dvipiidhipatyarh ca\nyasas ca tridivarh gatam\nsampada[l, opulence; kratava�- sacrifices; lokii[l,-future destination;\nmahi�i-the queens; bhriitara[l,-the brothers; mahi-the earth; jambiidvipa the globe or planet of our residence; adhipatyam sovereignty;\nca also; yasa[l, fame ; ca-and; tridivam-celestial planets; gat am spread\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nover.\nTRANSLATION\nNews even reached the celestial planets about Maharaja Yudhi�thira's\nworldly possessions, the sacrifices by which he would attain a better\ndestination,\n\nhis queen, his stalwart brothers, his extensive land, his\n\nsovereignty over the planet earth, and his fame, etc.\nPURPORT\nOnly a rich and great man's name and fame are known all over the\nworld, and the name and fame of Maharaja Yudhi�thira reached the\nhigher planets because of his good administration, worldly possessions,\nglorious wife Draupadi, the strength of his brothers Bh'ima and Arjuna, and\nhis solid sovereign power over the world, known as Jambiidvipa. Here the\nword loka is significant. There are different lokas or higher planets scat·\ntered all over the sky, both material and spiritual. A person can reach them\nby dint of his work in the present life, as stated in the Bhagavad-gitii\n(Bg. 9.25). No forceful entrance is allowed there. The tiny material scientists and engineers who have discovered vehicles to travel over a few thou·\nsand miles in outer space will not be allowed entrance. That is not the way\nto reach the better planets. One must qualify himself to enter into such\nhappy planets by sacrifice and service. Those who are sinful in every step\nof life can expect only to be degraded into animal life to suffer more and\nmore the pangs of material existence, and this is also stated in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 16.19). Maharaja Yudhi�thira's good sacrifices and\nqualifications were so lofty and virtuous that even the residents of the\nhigher celestial planets were already prepared to receive him as one of\nthem.\nTEXT6\n\n�a�: ti��·(l o�¥1wtm �: ,\n�� �: �� �11�11\n':I\n\n", "SB1.2#p0260": "614\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 12\n\nkim te kiimii[l. sura-spiirhii\nmukunda-manaso dvijii[l.\nadhijahur mudam riipia�\nk�udhitasya yathetare\nkim-what for; te-ail those; kiimii� -objects of sense enjoyment; sura­\n\nof the denizens of heaven; spa rhii[l.\n\n-\n\naspirations; mukunda-manasa[l.-of one\n\nwho is already God conscious; dvijii[l.-0 briihma\"!J.as; adhijahu[l.-could\n\nsatisfy; mudam- pleasure; riij fi a� -of the king; k§udhitasya-of the hungry;\n\nyathii- as it is; itare-in other things.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 brahma!las, the opulence of the King was so enchanting that the\n\ndenizens of heaven aspired for it. But because he was absorbed in the\nservice of the Lord, nothing could satisfy him except the Lord's service.\nPURPORT\nThere are two things in the world which can satisfy living beings. When\n\none is materially engrossed, he is satisfied only by sense gratification, but\n\nwhen one is liberated from the conditions of the material modes, he is\nsatisfied only by rendering loving service for the satisfaction of the Lord.\n\nThis means that the living being is constitutionally a servitor, and not one\n\nwho is served. Being illusioned by the conditions of the external energy,\n\none falsely thinks himself to be the served, but actually he is not served;\nhe is servant of the senses like lust, desire, anger, avarice, pride, madness\n\nand intolerance. When one is in his proper senses by attainment of spiritual\n\nknowledge, he realizes that he is not the master of the material world but\n\nis only a servant of the senses. At that time he begs for the service of the\nLord and thus becomes happy without being illusioned by so-called mate­\n\nrial happiness. Maharaja Yudhi�thira was one of the liberated souls, and\ntherefore for him there was no pleasure in a vast kingdom, good wife,\n\nobedient brothers, happy subjects and prosperous world. These blessings\n\nautomatically follow for a pure devotee, even though the devotee does not\n\naspire for them. The example set herein is exactly suitable. It is said that\n\none who is hungry is never satisfied by anything other than food.\n\nThe whole material world is full of hungry living beings. The hunger is\n\nnot for good food, shelter or sense gratification.\n\nThe hunger is for the\n\nspiritual atmosphere. Due to ignorance only they think that the world is\n\n", "SB1.2#p0261": "Text 7)\n\nBirth of Emperor Par�it\n\n615\n\nnot satisfied because there is not sufficient food, shelter, defense and ob­\n\njects of sense gratification. This is called illusion. When the living being is\nhungry for spiritual satisfaction, he is misrepresented by material hunger.\nBut the foolish leaders cannot see that even the people who are most\nsumptuously materially satisfied are still hungry. And what is their hunger\nand poverty? This hunger is actually for spiritual food, spiritual shelter,\nspiritual defense and spiritual sense gratification. These can be obtained in\nthe association of the Supreme Spirit Lord Sri Kf�p.a, and therefore one\nwho has them cannot be attracted by the so-called food, shelter, defense\nand sense gratification of the material world, even if they are relished by\nthe denizens of the heavenly planets. Therefore, in the Bhagavad-gitii it is\n\nsaid by the Lord (Bg. 8.16) that even in the topmost planet of the universe,\n\nnamely the Brahmaloka, where the duration of life is multiplied by millions\n\nof years by earth calculation, one cannot satisfy his hunger. Such hunger\ncan only by satisfied when the living being is situated in immortality, which\nis attained in the spiritual sky far, far above the Brahmaloka, in the\n\nassociation of Lord Mukunda, the Lord who awards His devotees the\n\ntranscendental pleasure of liberation.\n\nTEXT7\n\n�� it'«: � � �wt�wt I\n�� � cd:il(tgqtwt{�� II \\9 II\nmiitur garbha-gato viraft\nsa tadii bhrgu-nandana\ndadar·sa puru�am kaiiciddahyamiino'stra-tejasii\nmiitu[l\n\n-\n\nmot her; garbha-womb; gataft-being situated there; vira[l -the\n\ngreat fighte�; saft-child Par1k�it; tadii-at that time; bhrgu-nandana-0 son\nof Bhfgu; dadar5a-could see; puru§am-the Supr eme Lord; kaiicit-as\n\nsomeone\n\nelse;\n\ndahyamiinaft -suffering\n\nfrom being\n\nburned; astra\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nbrahmiistra; tejasii-te mperature.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 son of Bhfgu [Saunaka), when the child Pan\"\"lc]it, the great fighter,\n\nwas in the womb of his mother Uttara and was suffering from the burning\n\nheat of the brahmastra [thrown by ASvatthama), he could observe the\n\nSupreme Lord coming to him.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0262": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n616\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 12\n\nPURPORT\nDeath generally involves remaining in trance for seven months. A living\nbeing, according to his own action, is allowed to enter into the womb of a\nmother by the vehicle of a father's semina, and thus he develops his desired body. This is the law of birth in specific bodies according to one's\npast actions. When he is awake from trance, he feels the inconvenience of\nbeing confined within the womb, and thus he wants to come out of it and\nsometimes fortunately prays to the Lord for such liberation. Maharaja\nParik�it, while in the womb of his mother, was struck by the brahmiistra\nreleased by Asvatthama, and he was feeling the burning heat. But because\nhe was a devotee of the Lord, the Lord at once appeared Himself within\nthe womb by His all-powerful energy, and the child could see that someone\nelse had come to save him. Even in that helpless condition, the child\nParik�it endured the unbearable temperature due to his being a great\nfighter by nature. And for this reason the word v'iral) has been used.\nTEXTS\n\n����(l!+tlMW{t( 1\n\nit�li'-16¥4�®... II (; II\nahgu§tha-miitram amalmh\nsphurat-purata-maulinam\napivyadarianam syiimam\nta�idviisasam acyutam\na ngu�tha\n\n-\n\nby the measure of a thumb; matram\n\n-\n\nonly; amalam-tran­\n\nscendental; sphurat- blaz ing; pu rata-gold; maulinam-helmet; apivyavery beautiful; darsanam-to look at; syiimam\n\nblackish ; ta�it -lightning;\nviisasam-clothing; acyutam-the Infallible (Lord).\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe [the Lord) was only thumb high, but He was all transcendental.\nHe had a very beautiful, blackish, infallible body, and He wore a dress of\nlightning yellow and a helmet of blazing gold. Thus He was seen by the\nchild.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0263": "Text9)\n\nBirth of Emperor Par�it\n\n617\n\nTEXT9\n\nsrimad-dirgha-catur-biihum\ntapta-kiiiicana-kurzpalam\nk�atajak�ath gadii-pii[Lim\n\niitmana� saroato diSam\nparibhramantam ulkiibhiim\nbhriimayantam gadiim muhu�\ns rimat- enriched; dirgha- prolonged ; catur-biihum-four-handed; taptakiiii cana\n\n-\n\nmolten gold; ku rz palam\n\n-\n\nearrings ; k§ataja-ak§am-eyes with the\n\nredness of blood; ga dii-piirzim- hand with a club; iitmana�\nall; diSam-around; paribhramantam\n\n-\n\n-\n\nstars; bhriimayantam encircling; gadiim the club; mu hu�\n-\n\nown ; saroatalr­\n\nloitering ; ulkiibhiim-like shooting\n-\n\n-\n\nconstantly.\n\n. TRANSLATION\nThe Lord was enriched with four hands, earrings of molten gold and\neyes blood red with fury. As He loitered about, His club constantly encircled Him like a shooting star.\nPURPORT\nIt is said in the Brahma-samhitii (Ch. V) that the Supreme Lord Govinda\nby His one plenary portion enters into the halo of the universe and distributes himself as Paramatma, or the Supersoul, not only within the heart\nof every living being, but also within every atom of the material elements.\nThus the Lord is all-pervading by His inconceivable potency, and thus He\nentered the womb of Uttara to save His beloved devotee Maharaja Parik�it.\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg.9.13) the Lord assured everyone that His devotees\nare. never to be vanquished. No one can kill a devotee of the Lord because\nhe is protected by the Lord, and no one can save a person whom the Lord\ndesires to kill. The Lord is all-powerful, and therefore He can both save\nand kill as He likes. He became visible to His devotee _Maharaja Parik�it\n\n", "SB1.2#p0264": "Srimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n618\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 12\n\neven in that awkward position (in the womb of his mother) in a shape just\nsuitable for his vision. The Lord can become bigger than thousands of\nuniverses and can become smaller than an atom at the same time. Merciful\nas He is, He becomes just suitable to the vision of the limited living being.\nHe is unlimited. He is not limited by any measurement of our calculation.\nHe can become bigger than what we can think of, and He can become\nsmaller than what we can conceive. But in all circumstances He is the same\nall-powerful Lord. There is no difference between the thumblike Vigm in\nthe womb of Uttarli. and the full-fledged Narli.yap.a in the Vaikup.tha-dhama,\nthe kingdom of Godhead. He accepts the form of arca-vigraha (worshipable\nDeity) just to accept service from His different incapable devotees. By the\nmercy of the arca-vigraha, the form of the Lord in material elements, the\ndevotees who are in the material- world can easily approach the Lord,\nalthough He is not conceivable by the material senses. The arca-vigraha\nis therefore an all-spiritual form of the Lord to be perceived by the\nmaterial devotees; such arca-vigraha of the Lord is never to be considered\nmaterial. There is no difference between matter and spirit for the Lord,\nalthough there is a gulf of difference between the two in the case of the\nconditioned living being. As for the Lord, there is nothing but spiritual\nexistence, and there is nothing except spiritual existence for the pure\ndevotee of the Lord in his intimate relation with the Lord.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n31�ij:jf: ((141((tfl ;ft(Hf'lcc tWmr: I\n� (if;(�({ �� � � IJ�oJJ\nastra-teja� sva-gadayii\nnihiiram iva gopati�\nvidhamantam sannikar�e\nparyaik�ata ka ityasau\nast ro-teja�- radiation of the brahmiistra; sva-gadayii- by means of His\n\nown club; nihiiram-drops of dew; iva-like; gopat � -t he sun; vidhamantam\n\n-act of vanishing; sanni k ar§ e-n earby; paryaik§ata - observing; kafz-who;\n\nityasau-this body.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord was thus engaged in vanquishing the radiation of the\n\nbrahmli.stra, just as the sun evaporates a drop of dew. He was observed by\n\nthe child, who thought it to be Him.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0265": "Text ll)\n\nBirth of Emperor Par�t\n\n619\n\nTEXT ll\n\n� aa;lt�I�'IT � fCf1: I\n\nffmil\n\nm�\n\n�\n\n�\n\n\"'\n\n��� (ft: 11����\n\nvidhuya tad ameyiitmii\nbhagaviin dharmagub vibhu[l\nmi§ato dasamiisasya\ntatraiviintardadhe hari[l\nvidhuya\n\n-\n\nhaving completely washed off; tat-that; ameytitmii-the all­\n\npervading Supersoul; bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; dharmagupthe protector\n\nof righteousness; vibhu[l-the Supreme; mi.§ata[l-while\n\nobserving; dasanuisasya-�f one who is dressed by all direclions; /,a/ra evathen and there; anta[l-out of sight; dadh e- became; hari[l-the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile thus being observed by the child, the Supreme Lord Personality\nof Godhead, the Supersoul of everyone and the protector of the righteous,\nwho stretches in all directions and who is unlimited by time and space,\ndisappeared at once.\nPURPORT\nChild Parik�it was not observing a living being who is limited by time\nand space. There is a gulf of difference between the Lord and the individual living being. The Lord is mentioned herein as the supreme living being\nunlimited by time and space. Every living being is limited by time and\nspace. Even though a living being is qualitatively one with the Lord, still\nquantitatively there is a great difference between the Supreme Soul and\nthe common individual soul. In the Bhagavad-gitii both the living beings\nand the Supreme Being are said to be all-pervading (yena sarvam idam tatam), yet there is a difference between these two kinds of all-pervasiveness.\nA common living being or soul can be all-pervading within his own limited\nbody, but the supreme living being is all-pervading in all space and all time.\nA common living being cannot extend its influence over another common\nliving being by its all-pervasiveness, but the Supreme Supersoul, the\nPersonality of Godhead, is unlimitedly able to exert His influence over all\nplaces and all times and over all living beings. And because He is allpervasive, unlimited by time and space, He can appear even within the\n\n", "SB1.2#p0266": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n620\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 12\n\nwomb of the mother of child Pari1qit. He is mentioned herein as the\nprotector of the righteous. Anyone who is a surrendered soul unto the\nSupreme is righteous, and he is specifically protected by the Lord in all\ncircumstances. He is the indirect protector of the unrighteous also, for He\nrectifies their sins through His external potency. The Lord is mentioned\nherein as one who is dressed in the ten directions. This means dressed with\ngarments on ten sides, up and down. He is present everywhere and can\nappear and disappear at His will from everywhere and anywhere. His\ndisappearance from the sight of the child PanK.�it does not mean that He\nappeared on the spot from any other place. He was present there, and even\nafter His disappearance He was there, although invisible to the eyes of the\nchild. This material covering of the effulgent firmament is also something\nlike a womb of the mother nature, and we are all put into the womb by\nthe Lord, the father of all living beings. He is present everywhere, even in\nthis material womb of mother Durga, and amongst those who deserve to\nsee the Lord.\n\nTEXT 12\n\ntatalJ. saroa-gu[Lodarke\nsiinukula-grahodaye\njajne vamsa-dharalJ. pii[L�Or\nbhuyalJ. piirt�ur ivaujasii\ntatalJ.-t hereupon; sarva-all; gurta-good signs; u darke\nevolved; siinukula-all favorable; grahodaye\n\n-\n\n-\n\nhaving gradually\n\nconstellation of stellar influ­\n\nence; jajiie took birth; va msa d h ara lJ. - heir apparent; pii[Lt}oft -of Pat_l�u;\nbhuyalJ.- being; pii[L�ult iva-exactly like Papc;J.u; ojasii- by prowess.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereupon, when all the good signs of the zodiac gradually evolved,\nthe heir apparent of Papc;J.u, who would be exactly like him in prowess,\ntook birth.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0267": "Text l2j\n\nBirth of Emperor Pari�it\n\n621\n\nPURPORT\nAstronomical calculations of stellar influences upon a living being are\n\nnot suppositions but are factual, as confirmed in Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nEvery living being is controlled by the laws of nature at every minute, just\nas a citizen is controlled by the influence of the state. The state laws are\ngrossly observed, but the laws of material nature, being subtle to our gross\n\nunderstanding, cannot be experienced grossly. As stated in the Bhagavadgitii (Bg. 3.9), every action of life produces another reaction, which is\nbinding upon us, and only those who are acting on behalf of Yajna (Vigm)\nare not bound by reactions. Our actions are judged by the higher authorities, the agents of the Lord, and thus we are awarded bodies according to\nour activities. The law of nature is so subtle that every patt of our body\nis influenced by the respective stars, and a living being obtains his working\nbody to fulfill his terms of imprisonment by the manipulation of such\n\nastronomical influence. A man's destiny is therefore ascertained by the\n\nbirthtime constellation of stars, and a factual horoscope is made by a\nlearned astrologer. It is a great science, and misuse of a science does not\nmake it useless. Maharaja Parilqit or even the Personality of Godhead\nappear in certain constellations of good stars, and thus the influence is\nexerted upon the body thus born at an auspicious moment. The most\nauspicious constellation of stars takes place during the appearance of the\nLord on this material world, and it is specifically called jayanti and is not\n\nto be abused for any other purposes. Maharaja PanK.�it was not only a\ngreat\n\nk§atriya emperor, but also a great devotee of the Lord. Thus he\n\ncannot take his birth at any inauspicious moment. As a proper place and\ntime is selected to receive a respectable personage, so also to receive a\npersonality like Maharaja Parik�it, who is especially cared for by the\nSupreme Lord, a suitable moment is chosen when all good stars assembled\ntogether to exert their influence upon the King. Thus he took his birth\njust to be known as the great hero of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. This suitable\n\narrangement of astral influences is never a creation of man's will, but is\nthe arrangement of the superior management of the agency of the Supreme\nLord. Of course, the arrangement is made according to the good or bad\ndeeds of the living being. Herein lies the importance of pious acts performed by the living being. By pious acts only can one be allowed to get\n\ngood wealth, good education and beautiful features. The samskiiros of the\n\nschool of saniitana-dharma (man's eternal engagement) are highiy suitable\nfor creating an atmosphere for taking advantage of good stellar influences,\n\n", "SB1.2#p0268": "622\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 12\n\nand, therefore, Garbhiidhana-samskiiram, or the first seedling purificatory\nprocess prescribed for the higher castes, is the beginning of all pious acts to\nreceive a good, pious and intelligent class of men in human society. There\n\nwill be peace and prosperity in the world due to good and sane population\nonly; there is hell and disturbance only because of the unwanted insane\npopulace addicted to sex indulgence.\n\nTEXT 13\n� s06'1'11 00 fd�tqlr1:fq: I\n\n� ��(�.uqH:r f!ll=qP:f�crr :q- �������\ntasya pritamanii riijii\nviprair dhaumya-k.rpiidibhifi.\njiitakam kiirayiimiisa\nviicayitvii ca mangalam\ntasya- his; pr1tamaniifl -satisfied; riiji- King Yudhi�thira; viprai�- by the\nlearned briihmarws; dhau mya\n\n-\n\nD haumya; k.rpa-J<rpa; iidibhi�-and others\n\nalso; jiitak am- one of the purificatory processes performed just after the\nbirth of a child; k iirayiimiisa- had them performed; viicayitvii-by recitation;\nca-also; mahgalam-auspicious.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Yudh�thira, who was very satisfied with the birth of Maharaja\nPar�t, had the purificatory process of birth performed. Learned brahma!Uls, headed by Dhaumya and .Kfpa, recited auspicious hymns\n.\n\nPURPORT\nThere is a need for a good and intelligent class of briihma[laS who are\nexpert in performing the purificatory processes prescribed in the system\nof va'!liisrama-dharma. Unless such purificatory processes are performed,\nthere is no possibility of good population, and in the age of Kali the\npopulation all over the world is of siidra quality or lower for want of this\npurificatory process. It is not possible, however, to revive the Vedic process\nof purification in this age for want of proper facilities and good briihmapas,\nbut there is the Piincariitrika system also recommended for this age. The\n\n", "SB1.2#p0269": "Text 13)\n\nBirth of Emperor Parik{!it\n\n623\n\nPiiiicariitric system acts on the siidra class of men, supposedly the popula­\n\ntion of the Kali-yuga, and it is the prescribed purificatory process suitable\n\nto the age and time. Such a purificatory process is allowed only for\n\nspiritual upliftment and not for any other purpose. Spiritual upliftment is\n\nnever conditioned by higher or lower parentage.\n\nAfter the Garbhiidhana purificatory process, there are certain other\n\nsarhskiiras like Simantonnayana, Sadhabhak�arwm, etc., during the period\n\nof pregnancy, and when the child is born the first purificatory process is\n\njiitakarman. This was performed duly by Maharaja Yudhi�thira with the help\nof good and learned briihma[laS like Dhaumya, the royal priest, and\n\nK.fpad.rya, who was not only a priest but also a great general. Both these\n\nlearned and perfect priests assisted by other good briihma[las were em­\n\nployed. by Maharaja Yudhi�thira to perform the ceremony. Therefore all\nthe sarhskiiras or purificatory processes are not mere formalities or social\nfunctions only, but they are all for practical purposes and can be success­\n\nfully performed by expert briihma[laS like Dhaumya and Krpa. Such\n\nbriihma[laS are not only rare but also not available in this age, and there­\n\nfore, for the purpose of spiritual upliftment in this fallen age, the Go­\n\nsvarriis prefer the purificatory processes under Piincariitrika formulas to the\nVedic rites.\n\nK.fpacarya is the son of the great J;t�i Sardban and was born in the\n\nfamily of Gautama. The birth is said to be accidental. By chance, the great\n\nJ;t�i Sardban met ]anapadi, a famous society girl of heaven, and the J;t�i\nSardban discharged semina in two parts. By one part immediately a male\n\nchild and by the other part a female child were born as twins. The male\nchild was later on known as Krpa, and the female child was known as K.fpi.\n\nMaharaja Santanu, while engaged in chase in the jungle, picked up the\n\nchildren and brought them up to the brahminical status by the proper\n\npurificatory process. K.fpacarya later on became a great general like\nDrol)acarya, and his sister was married to Drol)acarya. K{pacarya later on\n\ntook part in the Battle of Kuruk�etra and joined the party of Duryodhana.\n\nK.fpacarya helped kill Abhimanyu, the father of Maharaja Parik�it, but he\n\nwas still held in esteem by the family of the Pap.?avas due to his becoming\n\nas great a briihma[la as Drol)acarya. When the Pap.?avas were sent to the\n\nforest after being defeated in the gambling game with Duryodhana,\n\nDhrtarii�tra entrusted the Pap.?avas to K.fpacarya for guidance. After the\n\nend of the battle, K.fpacarya again became a member of the royal assembly,\n\nand he was called during the birth of Maharaja Parik�it for recitation of\nauspicious Vedic hymns to make the ceremony successful. Maharaja\n\nYudhi�thira, while quitting the palace for his great departure to the\n\n", "SB1.2#p0270": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n624\n\n[Canto 1, Ch_ 12\n\nHimalayas, entrusted l<fpacarya with Maharaja Parik�it as his disciple, and\nhe left home satisfied because of l<fpacarya's taking charge of Maharaja\nParik�it. The great administrators, kings and emperors were always under\nthe guidance of learned briihmarws like l<fpacarya and thus were able to\nact properly in the discharge of political responsibilities.\nTEXT 14\n\n�rtf 'lifJI11nil �lQI\"lq�Uif I\nSIIG:IM;;i ��: �ihr �II� \\lll\nhirar-yarh giirh mahirh griimiin\nhasty-a5viin nrpatir variin\npriidiit svannarh ca viprebhya�\nprajii-tirthe sa tirthavit\nhirar-yam gold;\n-\n\ngiim cows;\n-\n\nelephants; a5viin-horses; n rpati�\n.\n\nhim-land; griimiin-villages; hasti­\n\nma\n-\n\nthe King; variin-rewards; priidii t\n\nin charity; svannam-good food grains; ca-and; vipre bhya�\n\n-\n\n-\n\ngave\n\nunto the\n\nbriihmar-as; prajii-tirthe-on the occasion of giving in charity on the\nbirthday of a son; sa�\n\n-\n\nhe ; tirtha-vit-one who knows how, when and\n\nwhere charity is to be given.\nTRANSLATION\n\nUpon the birth of a son, the King, who knew how, where and when\n\ncharity should be given, gave gold, land, villages, elephants, horses and\ngood food grains to the brahm�as.\n\nPURPORT\nOnly the briihmar-as and sannyiisis are authorized to accept charity from\nthe householders. In all the different occasions of sarhskiiras, especially\nduring the time of birth, marriage and death, wealth is distributed to the\nbriihmar-as because the briihmar-as give the highest quality of service in\nregards to the prime necessity of humankind. The charity was substantial\nin the shape of gold, land, villages, horses, elephants and food grains, with\nother materials for cooking complete foodstuff. The briihmar-as were not,\ntherefore, poor in the actual sense of the ter.m. On the contrary, because\n\n", "SB1.2#p0271": "Text 15]\n\nBirth of Emperor Par�it\n\n625\n\nthey possessed gold, land, villages, horses, elephants and sufficient grains,\nthey had nothing to earn for themselves. They would simply devote themselves to the well-being of the entire society.\nThe word tzrthavit is significant because the King knew well where and\nwhen charity has to be given. Charity is never unproductive nor blind. In\nthe siistras charity was offered to persons who deserve to accept charity by\ndint of spiritual enlightenment. The so-called Daridra-Naraya!la, a misconception of the Supreme Lord by unauthorized persons, is never to be\nfound in the siistras as the object of charity. Nor can a wretched poor man\nreceive much munificent charity in the way of horses, elephants, land and\nvillages. The conclusion is that the intelligent men, or the briihmar-as\nspecifically engaged in the service of the Lord, were properly maintained\nwithout anxiety for the needs of the body, and the King and other householders gladly looked after all their comforts.\nIt is enjoined in the siistras that as long as a child is joined with the\nmother by the navel pipe, the child is considered to be of one body with\nthe mother, but as soon as the pipe is cut and the child is separated from\nthe mother, the purificatory process of jiitakarman is performed. The administrative demigods and past forefathers of the family come to see a newly\nborn ·child, and such an occasion is specifically accepted as the proper time\nfor distributing wealth to the right persons productively for the spiritual\nadvancement of society.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�lfAOII�f!l mn;f !l�telfi<tij'{ I\n� � SlliRt;:fl � .- II�� II\ntam iicur briihmar-iis tufitii\nriijiinam pra5rayiinvitam\ne§a hy asmin prajii-tantau\npuriir-iim paurava11abha\ntam-unto him; U:cuh-addressed; briih mar-ii� the learned briihmar-as;\n-\n\ntu§Jii�-very much satisfied; riijiinam-unto the ki ng; prasrayiin vitam\n\n-\n\nvery\n\nmuch obliging;efi�- this; hi-certainly; as min-in the chain of; prajii-tantau\n-descending line; puriir-iim-of the Purus; paurava nabha the chief among\n-\n\nthe Purus.\n\n-\n\n", "SB1.2#p0272": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n626\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe learned brahm�as, who were very satisfied with the charities of\n\nthe King, addressed him as the chief amongst the Purus and informed him\nthat his son was certainly in the line of descent from the Purus.\nTEXT 16\n\n��WiistRt�i�\"' ri\" 4�1�9;N I\nmit if S�!f(IY.t� fii'\"'!J\"'I 31lfW'\"'!j'1 II� �II\ndaiveniipratighiitena\nsukle sarhsthiim upeyu§i\nriito vo 'nugrahiirthiiya\nvi§rmnii prabha-vi§rmnii\ndaivena-by supernatural power; apratighiitena-by what is irresistible;\n\nsukle-unto the pure; sarhsthiim-destruction; upeyu�i-having been enforced; riitaft\n\n-\n\nrestored; vaft -for you; anu graha-arthiiya-for the sake of\n\nob liging; vi§ryunii-by the all-pervasive Lord; prabha-vi§ryunii-by the allpowerful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahm�as said: This spotless son is restored by the all-powerful\n\nand all-pervasive Lord Vi�u, the Personality of Godhead, in order to oblige\nyou. He was saved when he was doomed to be destroyed by an irresistible\n\nsupernatural weapon.\n\nPURPORT\nThe child Parik�it was saved by the all-powerful and all-pervasive Vi�!lu\n\n(Lord Kr�!la) fo_! two reasons. The first reason is that the child in the\n\nworn b of his mother ·was spotless due to his becoming a pure devotee of the\n\nLord. The second reason is that the child was the only surviving male\n\ndescendant of Puru, the pious forefather of the virtuous King Maharaja\nYudhi�thira. The Lord wants to continue the line of pious kings to rule\n\nover the earth as His representatives for actual progress of a peaceful and\n\n", "SB1.2#p0273": "Text 17)\n\nBirth of Emperor Par�it\n\n627\n\nprosperous life. After the Battle of Kuruk�etra, even up to the next generation of Maharaja Yudhi�thira was annihilated, and there were none who\ncould generate another son in the great royal family. Maharaja Parik�it,\nthe son of Abhimanyu, was the only surviving heir apparent in the family,\nand by the irresistible supernatural brahmiistra weapon of Asvatthama, he\nwas forced to be annihilated. Lord Kr�rta is described herein as Vi�rtu, and\nthis is also significant. Lord Kr1ll}a, the original Personality of Godhead,\ndoes the work of protection and annihilation in His capacity as Vi�rtu.\nLord Vi�rtu is the plenary expansion of Lord Kr�rta. The all-pervasive\nactivities of the Lord are executed by Him in His Vi�rtu feature. Child\nPan\"K�it is described here as spotlessly white because he is an unalloyed\ndevotee of the Lord. Such unalloyed devotees of the Lord appear on the\nearth just to execute the mission of the Lord. The Lord desires the\nconditioned souls hovering in the material creation to be reclaimed to go\nback home, back to Godhead, and thus He helps them by preparing the\ntranscendental literatures like the Vedas, by sending mis ionaries of saints\nand sages and by deputing His representative, the spiritual master. Such\ntranscendental literatures, missionaries and representatives of the Lord\nare spotlessly white because the contamination of the material qualities\ncannot even touch them. They are always protected by the Lord when\nthey are threatened with annihilation. Such foolish threats are made by\nthe gross materialists. The brahmiistra, which was thrown by Asvatthama\nat the child Pan\"K�it, was certainly supernaturally powerful, and nothing of\nthe material world could resist its force of penetration. But the all-powerful\nLord, who is present everywhere, within and without, could counteract it\nby His all-powerful potency just to save a bona fide servant of the Lord\nand descendant of another devotee, Maharaja Yudhi�thira, who was always\nobhged by the Lord by His causeless mercy.\nTEXT 17\n\nij.Cl41lm �mrd� � iff�qftr: 1\n11111l1Jl W(\n\n� � � ll�\\911\n\ntasman niimnii v�ru-riita\niti loke bhav�yati\nmahii-bhiiga na sandeho\nmahii-bhiigavato mahiin\n\n", "SB1.2#p0274": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n628\ntasmiit-therefore;\n\nniimnii-by the\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 12\n\nname; ui§�u-riita�-protected by\n\nVi�l).u, the Personality of Godhead; iti-thus; loke-in all the planets;\nbhavi,syati-shall become well known; mahiibhiiga-most fortunate; na-no;\n\nsand eha� -doubts; mahii-bhiigavata[t-the first-class devotee of the Lord;\nmahan-qualified by all good qualities.\nTRANSLATION\nFor this reason this child will be well known in the world as one who\nis protected by the Personality of Godhead. 0 most fortunate one, there\nis no doubt that this child will become a first-class devotee and will be\nqualified with all good qualities.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord gives protection to all living beings because He is their supreme\n\nleader. The Vedic hymns confirm that the Lord is the Supreme Person\namongst all personalities. The difference between the two living beings is\nthat the one, the Personality of Godhead, provides for all other living\n\nbeings, and by knowing Him one can achieve eternal peace (Katha\n\nUpan�ad). Such protection is given by His different potencies to different\n\ngrades of living beings. But as far as His unalloyed devotees are concerned,\nHe gives the protection personally. Therefore, Maharaja Parik�it is protected from the very beginning of his appearan�e in the womb of his\nmother. And because he is especially given protection by the Lord, the\nindication must be concluded that the child would be a first-grade devotee\nof the Lord with all good qualities. There are three grades of devotees,\n\nnamely the mahiibhiigavata, madhyam-adhikiiri and the kani§thiidhikiiri.\n\nThose who go to the temples of the Lord and offer worshipful respect to\n\nthe Deity without sufficient knowledge in the theological science and\ntherefore without any respect for the devotees of the Lord are called\nmaterialistic devotees, or kani§thiidhikiiri, or the third-grade devotees.\n\nSecondly, the devotees who have developed genuine service mentality for\n\nthe Lord and thus make friendships with similar devotees only, show favor\nto the neophytes and avoid the\n\natheists are called the second-grade\n\ndevotees. But those who see everything in the Lord or everything of the\nLord and also see in everything an eternal relation of the Lord, so that\n\nthere is nothing within their purview of sight except the Lord, are called\n\nthe mahiibhiigavatas, or the first-grade devotees of the Lord. Such firstgrade devotees of the Lord are perfect in all respects. A devotee who may ....\n\n", "SB1.2#p0275": "Birth of Emperor Pari�it\n\nText 18)\n\n629\n\nbe in any of these categories is automatically qualified by all good qualities,\nand thus a mahiibhiigavata devotee like Maharaja Parik�it is certainly perfect in all respects. And because Maharaja Parik�it took his birth in the family of Maharaja Yudhi�thira, he is addressed herein as the mahiibhiigavata,\nor the greatest of the fortunates. The family in which a mahiibhiigavata\ntakes his birth is fortunate because due to the birth of a first-grade devotee,\nthe members of the family, past, present and future up to one hundred\ngenerations, become liberated by the grace of the Lord, out of respect ft>r\nHis beloved devotee. Therefore, the highest benefit is done to one's family\nsimply by becoming an unalloyed devotee of the Lord.\nTEXT 18\n\n���\n��� Ujftft'{���ll�: I\n�ijctMijl RqQ�t('lt m�ctl� �n II� �II\nyudh�thira uviica\napy e§a varhsyiin riijar§in\npupya-slokiin mahiitmana[l\nanuvartitii svid yasasii\nsiidhu-viidena sattamii[l\nsri riijii-the aU-good king (Maharaja Yudhi�thira); uviic a- s aid; apiwhether; e§a{l-this; varhsyiin family; riija11in-of saintly kings; pupyaslokiin-pious by the very name; mahii-iitmana[l-all great souls; anuvartitii\n-follower; svit-it will be; y asasii by achievements; siidhu-viidena-by\nglorification; s attamii[l. great souls.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe good King [Yudh�hira) inquired: 0 great souls, will he become\nas saintly a king, as pious in his very name and as famous and glorified in\nhis achievements, as others who appeared in this great royal family?\nPURPORT\nThe forefathers of King Yudhi�thira were all great saintly kings, pious\nand glorified by their great achievements. They were all saints on the\nr oyal throne. And, therefore, all the members of the state were happy,\npious, well behaved, prosperous and spiritually enlightened. Under strict\n\n", "SB1.2#p0276": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n630\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 12\n\nguidance of the great souls and spiritual injunctions, such great saintly\n\nkings were trained up, and as a result the kingdom was full of saintly\npersons and was a happy land of spiritual life. Maharaja Yudhi�thira was\nhimself a prototype of his ancestors, and he desired that the next king\n\nafter him become exactly like his great forefathers. He was happy to learn\n\nfrom the learned briihmaras that by astrological calculations the child\nwould be born a first-grade devotee of the Lord, and more confidentially\n\nhe wanted to know whether the child was going to follow ig the footsteps\n\nof his great forefathers. That is the way of the monarchical state. The\nreigning king should be a pious, chivalrous devotee of the Lord and fear\npersonified for the upstarts. He must also leave an heir apparent equally\n\nqualified to rule over the innocent citizens. In the modern setup of the\n\ndemocratic states, the people themselves are fallen to the qualities of the\n\nsiidras or less, and the government is run by their representative, who is\n\nignorant of the scriptural mode of administrative education. Thus the\nwhole atmosphere is surcharged with siidra qualities, manifested by lust\n\nand avarice. Such administrators quarrel every day among themselves. The\n\ncabinet of ministers changes often du� to party and group selfishness.\n\nEveryone wants to exploit the state resources till he dies. No one retires\n\nfrom political life unless forced to do so. How can such low-grade men do\n\ngood to the people? The result is corruption, intrigue and hypocrisy. They\n\nshould learn from the Srimad-Bhiigavatam how ideal the administrators\nmust be before they can be given charge of different posts.\nTEXT 19\n\nQurr�:\n\nqp,i �Wm �ltf« �: I\n�: �� U1iT ilOI�i(Ntf.fl II� �II\nbriihmar;tii iicu�\npiirtha prajiivitii siik§iid\n\nik§viikur iva miinava�\n\nbrahmarya� satya sandha5 ca\nriimo diisarathir yathii\n\nbriihmar;tii�-the good briihmar;tas; iicu�-said; piirtha-0 son of Prtha\n\n(Kunh); prajii-those who are born; avitii-m aintainer; siik§iit-directly;\n\nik�viiku�\n\niva\n\nb rah ma {lya[t\n\n-\n\n-\n\nexactly\n\nlike\n\nKing\n\nIk�vaku;\n\nmiinava�-son\n\nof\n\nManu;\n\nfollowers and respectful to the briihmaras; satya-sandh�­\n\ntruthful by promise; ca-also; riima�\n\n-\n\nthe Personality of Godhead Rama;\n\nd iisarathifl-the son of Maharaja Da8aratha ; yath ii\n\n-\n\nlike Him.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0277": "Text 19]\n\nBirth of Emperor Parilqit\n\n631\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe learned brahm�as said: 0 son of Prtha, this child shall be exactly\nlike King �aku, son of Manu, in maintaining all those who are born.\nAnd as for following the brahminical principles, especially in being true to\nhis promise, he shall be exactly like Rama, the Personality of Godhead, the\nson of Maharaja Da8aratha.\nPURPORT\n\nPrajii means the living being who has taken his birth in the material\nworld. Actually the living being has no birth and no death, but because of\nhis separation from the service of the Lord and due to his desire to lord it\nover material nature, he is offered a suitable body to satisfy his material\ndesires. In doing so, one becomes conditioned by the laws of material\nnature, and the material body is changed in terms of his own work. The\nliving entity thus transmigrates from one body to another in 8,400,000\nspecies of life. But due to his being the part and parcel of the Lord, he\nis not only maintained with all necessaries of life by the Lord, but also\nis protected by the Lord and His representatives, the saintly kings. These\nsaintly kings give protection to all the prajiis, or living beings, to live and\nto fulfill their terms of imprisonment. Maharaja Parik�it was actually an\nideal saintly king because while touring his kingdom he happened to see\nthat a poor cow was about to be killed by the personified Kali, and he at\nonce took him to task as a murderer. This means that even the animals\nwere given protection by the saintly administrators, not from any sentimental point of view, but because those who have taken their birth in the\nworld have the right to live. All the saintly kings, beginning from the King\nof the sun globe down to the King of the earth, are so inclined by the\ninfluence of the Vedic literatures. The Vedic literatures are taught in higher\nplanets also, as there is reference in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg . 4. 7) about the\n.\n\nteachings to the sun-god (Vivasvan) by the Lord, and such lessons are\ntransferred by disciplic succession, as it was done by the sun--god to his son\nManu, and from Manu to Maharaja Ik�vaku. There are fourteen Manus in\none day of Brahma, and the Manu referred to herein is the seventh Manu,\nwho is one of the Prajapatis (those who create progeny), and he is the son\nof the sun-god. He is known as the Vaivasvata Manu. He had ten sons, and\nMaharaja Ik�vaku is one of them. Maharaja Ik�vaku also learned bhakti-yoga\nas taught in the Bhagavad-gitii from his father, Manu, who got it from his\nfather, the sun-god. Later on the teaching of the Bhagavad-gitii came down\nby disciplic succession from Maharaja �vaku, but in course of time the\n\n", "SB1.2#p0278": "632\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 12\n\nchain was broken by unscrupulous persons, and therefore it again had to\nbe taught to Arjuna on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra. So all the Vedic\nliteratures are current from the very beginning of creation of the material\nworld, and thus the Vedic literatures are known as apaum§eya (not made\nby man). The Vedic knowledge was spoken by the Lord and first heard by\nBrahma, the first created living being within the universe.\nMahiiriija lk§viiku: One of the sons of Vaivasv�ta Manu. He had one\nhundred sons. He prohibited meat eating. His son Sasada became the next\nking after his death.\nManu: The Manu mentioned in this verse as the father of Ik�vaku is the\nseventh Manu, of the name Vaivasvata Manu, the son of sun-god Vivasvan\nto whom Lord Kr�!ia instructed the teachings of Bhagavad-gitii prior to\nHis teaching them to Arjuna. Mankind is the descendant of Manu. This\nVaivasvata Manu had ten sons, named Ik�vaku, Nabhaga, Dhr�ta, Saryati,\nNari�yanta, Nabhaga, Di�ta, Karii�a, Pr�adhra, and Vasuman. The Lord's\nincarnation Matsya (the gigantic fish) was advented during the beginning\nof Vaivasvata Manu's reign. He learned the principles of Bhagavad-gitii\nfrom his father Vivasvan, the sun-god, and he reinstructed the same to his\nson Maharaja Ik�vaku. In the beginning of the Treta-yuga the sun-god\ninstructed devotional service to Manu, and Manu in his turn instructed it to\nIk�vaku for the welfare of the whole human society.\nLord Riima: The Supreme Personality of Godhead incarnated Himself as\nSri Rama, accepting the sonhood of His pure devotee Maharaja Dasaratha,\nthe King of Ayodhya. Lord Rama descended along with His plenary portions, and all of them appeared as His younger brothers. In the month of\nCaitra on the ninth day of the growing moon in the Treta-yuga, the Lord\nappeared, as usual, to establish the principles of religion and to annihilate\nthe disturbing elements. When He was just a young boy, He helped the\ngreat sage Visvamitra by killing Subahu and striking Mar1ca, the she-demon,\nwho was disturbing the sages in their daily discharge of duties. The\nbriihma'{las and k§atriyas are meant to cooperate for the welfare of the\nmass of people. The briihma'!la sages endeavor to enlighten the people by\nperfect knowledge, and the k§atriyas are meant for their protection. Lord\nRamacandra is the ideal king for maintaining and protecting the highest\nculture of humanity known as brahma'{lya-dharma. The Lord is specifically\nthe protector of the cows and the briihma'{las, and hence He enhances the\nprosperity of the world. He rewarded the administrative demigods by\neffective weapons to conquer the demons through the agency of Visvamitra.\nHe was present in the bow sacrifice of King Janaka, and by breaking the\ninvincible bow of Siva, He married Sitadevi, daughter of Maharaja Janaka.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0279": "Text 20]\n\nBirth of Emperor Par�it\n\n633\n\nAfter His marriage He accepted exile in the forest fourteen years by the\n\norder of His father, Maharaja DaSa.ratl:a. To help the administration of the\n\ndemigods, He killed fourteen thousand demons, and by the intrigues of the\n\ndemons, His wife Sitadevl was kidnapped by Rava!)a. He made friendship\nwith Sugriva, who was helped by ·the Lord to kill Vali, brother of\n\nSugrlva. By the help of Lord Rama, Sugrlva became the king of the\n\nVap.aras (a race of gorillas). He built a floating bridge of stones on the\n\nIndian Ocean and reached Lanka, the kingdom of Ravap.a, who kidnapped\n\nSita. Later on Ravap.a was killed by Him, and Ravap.a's brother Vibhi�ap.a\n\nwas installed on the throne of Lanka. Vibhi�ap.a was one of the brothers\nof Ravap.a, a demon, but Lord Rama made him immortal by His blessings.\n\nOn the expiry of fourteen years, after settling the affairs at Larika, He\n\ncame back to His kingdom Ayodhya by flower plane. He instructed His\n\nbrother Satrughna to attack Lavar)asura, who reigned at Mathura, and the\ndemon was killed. He performed ten Asvamedha sacrifices, and later on\nHe disappeared while taking a bath in the Sarayu River. The great epic\n\nRiimiiya[la is the history of Lord Rama's activities in the world, and the\nauthoritative Riimii_ya[la is written by the great poet Valmiki.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n� � �� � �hftif(: fuf.r:\n\n� A6M61R�lQ4f.:af« �11{11� I I\n0\n\ne§a diitii sarar-yas ca\n\nyathii hy ausinara� sib*\n\nyaso vitanitii sviiniim\n\ndau§yantir iva yajvaniim\n\ne§a�-this\n\nchild; diitii-donor in charity; saror-ya�-protector of the\n\nsurrendered;ca-and;yatha-as; hi-certainly ; auiinaraJ:t-the country named\n\nUSinara; sib*-Sibi; yasa�-fame; vitanitii-disseminator; sviiniim-of the\n\nkinsmen; dau§yantih iva-like Bharata, the son of Du�yanta; yajvanam-of\nthose who have performed many sacrifices.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis child will be a munificent donor of charity and protector of the\n\nsurrendered, like the famous King Sibi of the USinara country. And he will\n\n", "SB1.2#p0280": "634\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 12\n\nexpand the name and fame of his family like Bharata, the son of Maharaja\n\nDu�yanta.\n\nPURPORT\nA king becomes famous by his acts of charity, performances of yajiias,\n\nprotection of the surrendered, etc. A k§atriya king is proud to give\n\nprotection to the surrendered souls. This attitude of a king is called\n\niSvara-bhava, or powerful to give protection in a righteous cause. In the\nBhagavad-gitii the Lord instructs living beings to surrender unto Him, and\n\nHe promises all protection. The Lord is all-powerful and true to His word,\nand therefore, He never fails to give protection to His different devotees.\nThe king, being the representative of the Lord, must possess this attitude\nto give protection to the surrendered souls. at all risk. Maharaja Sibi, the\nKing of Usinara, was an intimate friend of Maharaja Y ayati, who was able\nto reach the heavenly planets along with Maharaja Sibi. Maharaja Sibi was\n\naware of the heavenly planet where he was to be transferred after his\ndeath, and the description of this heavenly planet is given in the Mahii­\n\nbhiirata (.Adi, 96/6-9). Maharaja Sibi was so charitably disposed that he\n\nwanted to give over his acquired position in the heavenly kingdom to\nYayati, but he did not accept it. He went to the heavenly planet along\nwith great [§is like A§itaka and others. On inquiry from the [flis, Yayati\n\ngave an account of Sibi's pious acts when all of them were on the path\n\nto heaven. He has become a member of the assembly of Yamaraja, who\nhas become his worshipful deity. As confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii,\n\nthe worshiper of the demigods goes to the planets of the demigods\n\n(yiinti deva-vratii deviin); so Maharaja Sibi has become an associate of the\ngreat Vai§il)ava authority Yamaraja on that particular planet. While he was\n\non the earth he became very famous as a protector of surrendered souls\n\nand a donor of charities. The King of heaven once took the shape of a\npigeon hunter bird (eagle), and Agni the fire-god took the shape of a\npigeon. The pigeon, while being chased by the eagle, took shelter on the\n\nlap of Maharaja Sibi, and the hunter eagle wanted the pigeon back from\nthe King. The King wanted to give it some other meat to eat and requested\n\nthe bird not to kill the pigeon. The hunter bird refused to accept the\nKing's offer, but it was. settled later on that the eagle would accept flesh\nfrom the body of the King of the pigeon's equivalent weight. The King\n\nbegan to cut flesh from his body to weigh in the balance equivalent to the\nweight of the pigeon, but the mystic pigeon always remained heavier. The\nKing then put himself on the balance to equate with the pigeon, and the\n\n", "SB1.2#p0281": "Birth of Emperor Par�it\n\nText 21]\n\n635\n\ndemigods were pleased with him. The King of heaven and the fire-god\n\ndisclosed their identity, and the King was blessed by them. Devar�i Narada\n\nalso glorified Maharaja Sibi for his great achievements, specifically in\ncharity and protection.\n\nMaharaja Sibi sacrificed his own son for the\n\nsatisfaction of human beings in his kingdom. And thus child Parlk�it was\n\nto become a second Sibi in charity and protection.\n\nDau§yanti Bharata: There are many Bharatas in history, of which\n\nBharata the brother of Lord Rama, Bharata the son of King J;t�abha, and\n\nBharata the son of Maharaja Du�yanta are very famous. And all these\nBharatas are historically known to the universe. This earth planet is\n\nknown as Bharata, or Bharatavar�a, due to King Bharata the son of J;t�abha,\n\nbut according to some this land is known as Bharata due to the reign of\n\nthe son of Du�yanta. So far as we are convinced, this land's name\n\nBhiiratavar§a was established from the reign of Bharata, the son of\n\nKing ��bha. Before him the land was known as llavativar�a, but just after\n\nthe coronation of Bharata, the son of J;t�abha, this land is famous as\nBharatavar�a.\n\nBut despite all this, Bharata, son of Maharaja Du�yanta, was not less\n\nimportant.\n\nHe is the son of the famous beauty Sakuntala. Maharaja\n\nDu�yanta fell in love with Sakuntala in the forest, and Bharata was\n\nconceived. After that, Maharaja forgot his wife Sakuntala by the curse\n\nof Ka�JVamuni, and the child Bharata was brought up in the forest by his\n\nmother. Even in his childhood he was so powerful that he challenged the\n\nlions and elephants in the forest and would fight with them as little children play with cats and dogs. Because of the boy's becoming so strong,\n\nmore than the so-called modern Tarzan, the [§is in the forest called him\n\nSarvadaman, or one who is able to control everyone. A full description\n\nof Maharaja Bharata is given in the Mahabhiirata Adi Parva. The Pap.�avas,\n\nor the Kurus, are sometimes addressed as Bharata due to being born in the\n\ndynasty of famous Maharaja Bharata, the son of King Du�yanta.\nTEXT 21\n\n'4M•nq5fuft�tt\n� � ��:\ndhanviniim agra!lir e�a\ntulyas ciirjunayor dvayofi.\nhutiiSa iva durdhar§afi.\nsamudra iva dustarafi.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0282": "636\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 12\n\ndhanviniim-of the great bowmen; agraflifi.-the foreman; e§aft-this\nchild; tulya[l-equally good; ca-and; arjunayo[l-of the Arjunas; dvayo[lof the two; hutiisa/:1.-fire; iva-like; durdhar§a[l-irresistible; samudro[locean; iva-like; dustaraft-unsurpassable.\nTRA NS LATIO N\nAmongst great bowmen, this child will be as good as Arjuna. He will\n\nbe as irresistible as fire and as unsurpassable as the ocean.\nPURPORT\n\nIn history there are two Arjunas. One is Karta Viryarjuna, the King of\nHaihya, and the other is the grandfather of the child. Both the Arjunas are\nfamous for their bowmanship, and the child Pan\"\"k�it is foretold to be equal\nto both of them, particularly in fighting. A short description of the PiiQgava Arjuna is given below:\nPiiflpava Arjuna: The great hero of the Bhagavad-gitii. He is the k§etraja\nson of Maharaja Part�u. Queen Kunfi could call for any one of the demigods,\nand thus she called lndra, and Arjuna is born by him. Arjuna is therefore\na plenary part of the heavenly King Indra. He was born in the month of\nPhalguna (Feb.-March), and therefore he is also called Phalguni. When he\nappeared as the son of Kunfi, his future greatness was proclaimed by air\nmessages, and all the important personalities from different parts of the\nuniverse, such as the demigods, the Gandharvas, the Adityas (from the sun\nglobe) the Rudras, the Vasus, the Nagas and different nis (sages) of\nimportance, and the Apsaras or the society girls of heaven, all attended the\nceremony. The Apsaras pleased everyone by their heavenly dances and\nsongs. Vasudeva, the father of Lord �!la and the maternal uncle of\nArjuna, sent his priest representative Kasyapa to purify Arjuna by all the\nprescribed sarhskiiras or reformatory processes. His sarhskiira of giving a\nname was performed in the presence of the [§is, residents of Satasp1ga.\nHe married four wives, Draupadi, Subhadra, Citrangada and U1Up1, from\nwhom he got four sons of the names Srutaklrti, Abhimanyu, Babhruvahana,\nand Iravan respectively.\nDuring his student life he was entrusted to study under the great\nprofessor Drortacarya, along with other Part�avas and the Kurus. But he\nexcelled everyone by his studious intensity, and Drortacarya was especially\nattracted by his disciplinary affection. Drortacarya accepted him as a first-\n\n", "SB1.2#p0283": "Text 21]\n\nBirth of Emperor Par'ik{!it\n\n637\n\ngrade scholar and loved heartily to bestow upon him all the blessings of\nmilitary science. He was so ardent a student that he used to practice\nbowmanship even at night, and for all these reasons Professor Drortacarya\nwas determined to make him the topmost bowman of the world. He\npassed very brilliantly the examination in piercing the target, and\nDrortacarya was very pleased. Royal families at Manipur and Tripura are\ndescendants of Babhruvahana. He saved Drol)acarya from the attack of a\ncrocodile, and the A.carya, being pleased with him, rewarded him a\nweapon of the name Brahmasira. Maharaja Drupada was inimical toward\nDro�acarya, and thus when he attacked the Acarya, Arjuna got him arrested\nand brought him before Dro�acarya. He besieged a city of the name\nAhichhatra, belonging to Maharaja Drupada, and after taking it over he\ngave it to Dro�acarya. The confidential treatment of the weapon Brahmasira was explained to Arjuna, and Drortaclirya was promised by Arjuna that\nhe would use the weapon if necessary when he (Drortacarya) personally\nbecame an enemy of Arjuna. By this, the Acarya forecasted the future\nbattle of Kuruk�etra, in which Drol).acarya was on the opposite side.\nMaharaja Drupada, although defeated by Arjuna on behalf of his professor\nDrottlidirya, decided to hand over his daughter Draupadi to his young\ncombatant, but he was disappointed when he heard the false news of\nArjuna's death in the fire of a lac-house intrigued by Duryodhana. He\ntherefore arranged for Draupadl's personal selection of a groom who could\npierce the eye of a fish hanging on the ceiling. This trick was especially\nmade because only Arjuna could do it, and he was successful in his desire\nto hand over his equally worthy daughter to Arjuna. His brothers were at\nthat time living incognito under agreement with Duryodhana, and Arjuna\nand his brothers attended the meeting of Draupadi's selection in the dress\nof briihmar-as. When all the k�atriya kings assembled saw that a poor\nbriihmar-a had been garlanded by Draupadi for her lord, Sri Kr�rya disdosed his identity to -Balarama.\nHe met UlUpi at Haridvar, and he was attracted by the girl belonging to\nNagaloka, and thus Iravan was born. Similarly, he met Citrangada, a\ndaughter of th� King of Mal).ipura, and thus Babhruvahana was born. Lord\nSri Kr��a made a plan to help Arjuna to kidnap Subhadra, sister of Sri\nKr��a, because Baladeva was inclined to hand her over to Duryodhana.\nYudhi�thira also agreed with Sri Kr�rta, and thus Subhadra was taken by\nforce by Arjuna and then married to him. Subhadra's son is Ahhimanyu,\nthe father of Pa�it Maharaja, the posthumous child. He satisfied the\nfire-god by setting fire to the Khart�ava Forest, and thus the fire-god gave\nhim one weapon. lndra was angry when fire was set in the Khart�ava\n\n", "SB1.2#p0284": "638\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 12\n\nForest, and thus Indra, assisted by all other demigods, began fighting with\nArjuna for his great challenge. They were defeated by Arjuna, and Indradeva returned to his heavenly kingdom. Arjuna also promised all protection to one Mayasura, and the latter presented him one valuable conchshell\ncelebrated as the Devadatta. Similarly, he received many other valuable\nweapons from lndradeva when he was satisfied to see his chivalry.\nWhen Maharaja Yudhi�thira was disappointed in defeating the King of\nMagadha, Jarasandha, it was Arjuna only who gave King Yudhi�thira all\nkinds of assurances, and thus Arjuna, Bhima and Lord Kr�!la started for\nMagadha to kill Jarasandha. When he went out to bring all other kings of\nthe world under the subjection of the Pap.�avas, as was usual after the\ncoronation of every emperor, he conquered the country named Kelinda\nand brought in ·subjugation King Bhagdutt. Then he travelled through\ncountries like Antagiri, Ulukpur, Modapur, etc., and brought under subjugation all the rulers.\nSometimes he underwent severe types of penances, and later on he was\nrewarded by Indradeva. Lord Siva also wanted to try the strength of\nArjuna, and in the form of an aborigine, Lord Siva met him. There was a\ngreat fight between the two, and at last Lord Siva was satisfied with him\nand disclosed his identity. Arjuna prayed to the lord in all humbleness,\nand the lord, being pleased with him, presented him the pasupata weapon.\nHe acquired many other important weapons from different demigods. He\nreceived darz!liistra from Yamaraja, pasiistra from Varu!la, and antardhanaastra from Kuvera, the treasurer of the heavenly kingdom. lndra wanted\nhim to come to the heavenly kingdom, the lndraloka planet beyond the\nmoon planet. In that planet he was cordially received by the local residents,\nand he was awarded reception in the heavenly parliament of Indradeva.\nThen he met Indradeva, who not only presented him with his Vajra\nweapon, but also taught him the military and musical science as used in the\nheavenly planet. In one sense, Indra is the real father of Arjuna, and therefore indirectly he wanted to entertain Arjuna with the famous society girl\nof heaven, UrvaSi the celebrated beauty. The society girls of heaven are\nlusty, and UrvaSi was very eager to contact Arjuna, the strongest human\nbeing, and she met him in his room and expressed her desires. But Arjuna\nsustained his unimpeachable character by closing his eyes before UrvaSi\nand addressing her as mother of the Kuru dynasty and placing her in the\ncategory of his mothers Kunti, Madri and Sacidevi, wife of lndradeva.\nDisappointed, UrvaSi cursed Arjuna and left. In the heavenly planet he also\nmet the great celebrated ascetic Lomasa and prayed to him for the protection of Maharaja Yudhi�thira.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0285": "Birth of Emperor Par�it\n\nText 22)\n\n639\n\nWhen his inimical cousin Duryodhana was under the clutches of the\nGandharvas, he wanted to save him and requested the Gandharvas to\nrelease Duryodhana, but the Gandharvas refused, and thus he fought with\nthem and got Duryodhana released. When all the Patt9avas lived incognito,\nhe presented himself in the court of King Virata as a eunuch and was\nemployed as the musical teacher of Uttara, his future daughter-in-law, and\nwas known in the Virata court as the Brhannala. As Brhannala, he fought\non behalf of Uttara, the son of King Virata, and thus defeated the Kurus\nin the fight incognito. His secret weapons were safely kept in the custody\nof a somi tree, and he ordered Uttara to get them back. His identity and\nhis brothers' identity were later on disclosed to Uttara. Drol)acarya was\ninformed of Arjuna's presence in the fight of the Kurus and the Viratas.\nLater, on the Battlefield of Kuruk{letra, Arjuna killed many great generals\nlike Karl)a and others. After the Battle of Kuruk�etra, he punished\nAsvatthama, who killed all the five sons of Draupadi. Then all the brothers\nwent to Bhi�madeva.\nIt is due to Arjuna only that the great philosophical discourses of the\nBhagavad-gitii were again spoken by the\n\nLord on the Battlefield of\n\nKuruk{letra. His wonderful acts on the Battlefield of Kuruk11etra are vividly\ndescribed in the Mahiibhiirata. Arjuna was, however, defeated by his son\nBabhruvahana at Mal)ipura and fell unconscious when Ulupi saved him.Mter\nthe disappearance of Lord Kr�tta, the message was brought by him to\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira. Again, he visited Dvaraka, and all the widow wives\nof Lord Kr�tta lamented before him. He took them all in the presence of\nVasudeva and pacified all of them. Later on, when Vasudeva passed away,\nhe performed his funeral ceremony in the absence of Kr�tta. While Aijuna\nwas taking all the wives of Kr�tta to lndraprastha, he was attacked on the\nway, and he could not protect the ladies in his custody. At last, advised by\nVyasadeva, all the brothers headed for Mahaprasthan. On the way, at the\nrequest of his brother, he gave up all important weapons as useless, and he\ndropped them all in the water.\nTEXT 22\n\n� � f�t f� ftlmf'WR I\nRIRI��cu«< �: f{t(l(lrq4 ������\nmrgendra iva vikranto\nni.§evyo himavan iva\ntitik§ur vasudhevasau\nsahi.§rtufr. pitaraviva\n\n", "SB1.2#p0286": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n640\n\nmrgendra�-the lion; iva-like; vikranta�\n\n-\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 12\n\npowerful; n � e vya�-worthy\n\nof taking shelter; himavan-the Himalayan mountains; iva-like; titik§u�forbearance; vasudhii iva-like the earth; asau-the child; sah�cw�\n\n-\n\ntoler\n\n­\n\nant; pitarau- parents; iva-like.\nTRANSLATION\nThis child will be as strong as a lion, and as worthy a shelter as the\nHimalayan mountains. He will be forbearing like the earth, and as tolerant\n\nas his parents.\n\nPURPORT\nOne is compared to the lion when one is very strong in chasing an enemy.\nOne should be a lamb at home and a lion in the chase. The lion never fails\nin the chase of an animal; similarly, the head of the state should never fail\nin chasing an enemy. The Himalayan mountains are famous for all richness.\nThere are innumerable caves to live in, numberless trees of good fruits to\neat, good springs to drink water from and profuse drugs and minerals to\ncure diseases. Any man who is not materially prosperous can take shelter\nof these great mountains, and he will be provided with everything required.\nBoth the materialist and the spiritualist can take advantage of the great\nshelter of the Himalayas. On the surface of the earth there are so many\ndisturbances caused by the inhabitants. In the modern age the people have\nbegun to detonate atomic weapons on the surface of the earth, and still\nthe earth is forbearing to the inhabitants, like a mother excuses a little\nchild. Similarly, parents are always tolerant to children for all sorts of\nmischievous acts. An ideal king may be possessed of all these good qualities,\nand the child Parik�it is foretold to have all these qualities in perfection.\nTEXT 23\n\nNttti(Qq : � � i1tf«ftqq: I\n�: � � � �: ����II\npitamaha-sama� siimye\nprasade giriSopama�\nasraya� sarva-bhutiiniirh\nyathii devo ramiisraya�\n\n", "SB1.2#p0287": "Birth of Emperor Par�it\n\nText 23)\n\n641\n\npitamaha-grandfather, or Brahma; samatt-equally good; samye-in the\n\nmatter; prasade-in charity or in munificence; girisa-Lord Siva; upamatt\n\n-comparison of\n\nequilibrium; iisrayaft-resort; saroa-all; bhiitiiniim-of\n\nthe living beings; yathii-as; �evatt-the Supreme Lord; ramii-iisraya[t-the\n\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis child will be like his grandfather Yudhi��hira or Brahma in\n\nequanimity of mind. He will be munificent like the lord of the Kailasa Hill,\n\nSiva. And he will be the resort of everyone, like the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead Naraya!la who is even the shelter of the goddess of fortune.\nPURPORT\n\n1ental equanumty refers both to Maharaja Yudhi�thira and Brahma,\n\nthe grandfather of all living beings. According to Sridhara Svami, the\ngrandfather referred to is Brahma, but according to Visvanatha Cakravarti,\n\nthe grandfather is 1aharaja Yudhi�thira himself. But in both the cases the\n\ncomparison is equally good because both of them are recognized repre­\n\nsentatives of the Supreme Lord, and thus both of them have to maintain\n\nmental equanimity, being engaged in welfare work for the living being. Any\n\nresponsible executive agent at the top of administration has to tolerate\ndifferent types of onslaughts from the very persons for whom he works.\n\nBrahmaji was criticized even by the gopis, the highest perfectional devotees\n\nof the Lord. The gopis were not satisfied with the work of Brahmaji\n\nbecause Lord Brahma, as creator of this particular universe, created eyelids\nwhich obstructed their seeing Lord Kr�!la. They could not tolerate a\nmoment's blinking of the eyes, for it kept them from seeing their beloved\n\nLord Kr�!la. So what to speak of others, who are very naturally critical of\n\nevery action of a responsible man? Similarly, Maharaja Yudhi�thira had to\n\ncross over many difficult situations created by his enemies, and he proved\n\nto be the most perfect maintainer of mental equanimity in all critical\ncircumstances. Therefore the example of both grandfathers for maintaining\nequanimity of mind is quite fitting.\n\nLord Siva is a celebrated demigod who awards gifts to beggars. His name\n\nis, therefore, Asuto;;a, or one who is pleased very easily. He is also called\nthe Bhiitanatha, or the lord of the common folk who are mainly attached\n\nto him because of his munificent gifts, even without consideration of the\nafter effects. Ravat�a was very attached to Lord Siva, and by easily pleasing\n\n", "SB1.2#p0288": "642\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 12\n\nhim, Rava!la became so powerful that he wanted to challenge the authority\n\nof Lord Rama. Of course, Rava!la was never helped by Lord Siva when he\nfought with Rama, the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the Lord of\n\nLord Siva. To Bhaumasura, Lord Siva awarded a benediction which is not\n\nonly awkward but also disturbing. Bhaumasura became empowered, by the\n\ngrace of Lord Siva, to vanish anyone's head simply by touching it.\n\nAlthough this was awarded by Lord Siva, the cunning fellow wanted to\n\nmake an experiment of the power by touching the head of Lord Siva. Thus\n\nthe lord had to take shelter of Vi�I)U to save himself from trouble, and\n\nthe Lord Vi�l)u, by His illusory potency, asked the Bhaumasura to make an\n\nexperiment with his own head, and the fellow did it and was finished\n\nhimself, and so the world was saved from all sorts of trouble by such a\n\ncunning beggar of the demigods. But the excellent point is that Lord Siva\n\nnever denies anyone any sort of gift. He is therefore the most generous,\n\nalthough sometimes some kind of mistake is made.\n\nRamii means the goddess of fortune. And her shelter is Lord Vi�tJ.U. Lord\n\nVi�tJ.U is the maintainer of all living beings. There are innumerable living\n\nbeings, not only on the surface of this planet but also in all other hundreds\n\nof thousands of planets, and all of them are provided with all necessities\nof life for the progressive march towards the end of self-realization, but on\n\nthe path of sense gratificatiOn they are put into difficulty by the agency of\n\nmiiyii, the illusory energy, and so travel the path of a false plan of economic\n\ndevelopment. Such economic development is never successful because it is\n\nillusory. These men are always after the mercy of the illusory goddess of\n\nfortune, but they do not know that the goddess of fortune can live only\n\nunder the protection of Vi�ttu. Without Vi�ttu, the goddess of fortune is an\n\nillusion. We should therefore seek the protection of Vi�!J.U instead of\n\ndirectly seeking the protection of the goddess of fortune. Only Vi�pu and\nthe devotees of Vi�tJ.U can give protection to all, and because Maharaja\n\nParik�it was himself protected by Vi�l)u, it was quite possible for him to\n\ngive complete protection to all who wanted to live under his rule.\nTEXT 24\n\n���C(WJI¥41(1�q 0:� tiQJI¥taf4(t: I\n(Mta.C4 (C4l�IU �fur �: 11�\\?11\nsaroa-sadgu[La-mii hiitmye\ne�a kr�!wm antLvrata(t\nrantideva ivodaro\nyayiitir iva dhiirmika[l\n\n", "SB1.2#p0289": "Birth of Emperor Parik{;it\n\n643\n\nsarva-sadgurta-mahatmye-glorified by all godly attributes; e§afi.-this\nchild; kn�am-like Lord .Kfl}Qa; anuvrat afl.-follower in His footsteps;\nrantideva-Rantideva; iva-like; udiirafi.-in the matter of magnamimity;\nyayiitil;r,- Y ayati; iva-like; dhiirmikal;r,-concerning religion.\nTRANSLATION\nThis child will almost be as good as Lord Sri Kr��a by following in His\n\nfootsteps. And in magnanimity he will become as great as King Rantideva.\nAnd in religion he will be like Maharaja Y ayati.\nPURPORT\n\nThe last instruction of Lord Sri Kr��a in the Bhagavad-gitii is that one\nshould give up everything and should follow in the footsteps of the Lord\nalone. Less intelligent persons do not agree to this great instruction of the\nLord, as ill luck would have it, but one who is actually intelligent catches\nup this sublime instruction and is immensely benefited. Foolish people\n\ndo not know that association is the cause of acquiring qualities. Associa­\n\ntion with fire makes an object hot, even in the material sense. Therefore,\n\nassociation with the Supreme Personality of Godhead makes one qualified\nlike the Lord. As we have discussed previously, one can achieve seventy­\n\neight percent of the godly qualities by the Lord's intimate association. To\n\nfollow the instructions of the Lord is to associate with the Lord. The\nLord is not a material object whose presence one has to feel for such\nassociation. The Lord is present everywhere and at all times. It is quite\n\npossible to have His association simply by following His instruction because\n\nthe Lord and His instruction and the Lord and His name, fame, attributes\n\nand paraphernalia, are all identical with Him, being absolute knowledge.\nMaharaja Parik�it associated with the Lord even from the womb of his\n\nmother up to the last day of his valuable life, and thus he acquired all the\nessential good qualities of the Lord in all perfection.\nRantideva: An ancient king prior to the Mahabhiirata period, .referred to\n\nby Narada Muni while instructing Saiijaya as mentioned in Mahiibharata\n(Drortaparva 67 Ch). He was a great king liberal for hospitality and\n\ndistribution of foodstuff. Even Lord Sri Kr��a praised his acts of charity\nand hospitality. He was blessed by the great V as�tha Muni for supplyi�g\n\nhim cold water, and thus he achieved the heavenly planet. He used to\nsupply fruits, roots and leaves to the [§is, and thus he was blessed by them\nby fulfilling his desires. Although a k§atriya by birth, he never ate flesh in\nhis life. He was especially hospitable to Vasi�tha Muni, and by his blessings\n\n", "SB1.2#p0290": "644\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. I2\n\nonly he attained the higher planetary residence. He is one of those pious\n\nkings whose names are remembered in the morning and evening.\n\nYayiiti: The great emperor of the world and the original forefather of all\n\ngreat nations of the world who belong to the Aryan and Indo-E uropean\nstock. He is the son of Maharaja Nahu�a, and he became the emperor of\n\nthe world due to his elder brother's becoming a great and liberated saintly\n\nmystic. He ruled over the world for several thousands of years and performed many sacrifices and pious activities recorded in history, although\n\nhis early youth was very lustful and full of romantic stories. He fell in love\nwith\n\nDevayani, the most beloved daughter of Sukracarya.\n\nDevayani\n\nwished to marry him, but at first he refused to accept her because of her\n\nbeing a daughter of a briihmara. According to siistras, a briihmarw could\n\nmarry the daughter of a briihmara. The y were very much cautious about\nvarra-sankara population in the world. S ukracarya ammended this law of\n\nforbidden marriage and induced Emperor Yayati to accept Devayani.\n\nDevayani had a girl friend named Sarmi�tha, who also fell in love with the\n\nemperor and thus went with her friend Devayani. Sukracarya forbade\n\nEmperor Yayati to call Sarmi�tha into his bedroom, but Yayati could not\n\nstrictly follow his instruction. He secretly married Sarmi�thii also and begot\nsons by her. When this was known by Devayani, she went to her father and\n\nlodged a complaint. Yayati was much attached to Devayani, and when he\n\nwent to his father-in-law's place to call her, Sukracarya was angry with\n\nhim and cursed him to become impotent. Yayati begged his father-in-law\n\nto withdraw his curse, but the sage asked Yayati to ask youthfulness from\nhis sons and let them become old as the condition of his becoming potent.\n\nHe had five sons, two from Devayani and three from Sarmi�tha. From his\n\nfive sons, namely I) Yadu, 2) Turvasu, 3) Druhyu, 4) Anu, and 5) Piiru,\n\nfive famous dynasties, namely l) the Yadu dynasty, 2) the Yavana (Turk)\ndynasty, 3) the Bhoja dynasty, 4) the Mleccha dynasty (Greek), and 5)\n\nthe Paurava dynasty, all emanated to spread all over the world. He reached\n\nthe heavenly planets by dint of his pious acts, but he fell down from there\nbecause of his self-advertisement and criticizing other great souls. After\n\nhis fall, his daughter and grandson bestowed upon him their accumulated\n\nvirtues, and by the help of his grandson and friend Sibi, he was again\npromoted to the heavenly kingdom, becoming one of the assembly\n\nmembers of Yamaraja, with whom he is staying as a devotee. He performed\nmore than one thousand different sacrifices, gave in charity very liberally\n\nand was a very influential king. His majestical power was felt all over the\n\nworld. His youngest son agreed to award him his youthfulness when he\n\nwas troubled with lustful- desires, even for on� thousand years. Finally he\n\n", "SB1.2#p0291": "Text 25]\n\nBirth of Emperor Parik{!it\n\n645\n\nbecame detached from worldly life and returned the youthfulness again to\nhis son Piiru. He wanted to hand over the kingdom to Piiru, but his\nnoblemen and the subjects did not agree. But when he explained to his\nsubjects the greatness of Piiru, they agreed to accept Piiru as the King, and\nthus Emperor Y ayati retired from family_ life and left home for the forest.\nTEXT 25\n\n��:���m:1\n3116_�SJqi:l1iU-.i mwtl q�qiQ'i! 11�'-\\11\ndhrtyii bali-sama� km1e\nprahliida iva sad-graha�\niiharta4o 'svamedhiiniim\nvrddhiiniim paryupiisaka�\ndhrtyii by patience; bali-sama�-like Bali Maharaja; kr��e\n-\n\n-\n\nSri Kr�I].a; prahlada- Prahlada Maharaja; iva-like; sa t-graha�\niiharta- perfor mer; e� a�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nunto Lord\n\ndevotee of;\n\nthis child; asvamedhiiniim-of' Asvamedha sacri­\n\nfices; v.rddhiinam-of the old and\n\nexperienced men; paryupiisaka�­\n\nfollower.\nTRANSLATION\nThis child will be like Bali Maharaja in patience, a staunch devotee of\nLord Kr��a like Prahlada Maharaja, a performer of many a8vamedha\n[horse] sacrifices and a follower of the old and experienced men.\nPURPORT\n\nBali Maharaja: One of the twelve authorities in devotional service of the\nLord. Bali Maharaja is a great authority in devotional service because he\nsacrificed everything to please the Lord and relinquished the connection\nof his so-called spiritual master who obstructed him on the path of\nrisking everything for the service of the Lord. The highest perfection of\nreligious life is to attain to the stage of unqualified devotional service of\nthe Lord without any cause or without being obstructed by any kind of\nworldly obligation. Bali Maharaja was determined to give up everything\nfor the satisfaction of the Lord, and he did not care for any obstruction\nwhatsoever. He is the grandson of Prahlada Maharaja, another authority\nin devotional service of the Lord. Bali Maharaja and the history of his\n\n", "SB1.2#p0292": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n646\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 12\n\ndealings with Vi�!J.U Vamanadeva are described in the Eighth Canto of\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (Chapters ll to 24).\nPrahlada Maharaja: A perfect devotee of Lord Kr�!la (Vi�!J.U)- His\n\nfather, Hira!J.yaka.Sipu, chastised him severely when he was only five years\n\nold for his becoming an unalloyed devotee of the Lord. He is the first son\n\nof Hira!J.yakasipu, and his mother's name was Kayadhu. Prahlada Maharaja\n\nwas an authority in the devotional service of the Lord because he got his\n\nfather killed by Lord Nrsimhadeva, setting the example that even a father\n\nshould be removed from the path of devotional service if such a father\nhappens to be an obstacle. He had four sons, and the eldest son, Virocana,\n\nis the father of Bali Maharaja, mentioned above. The history of Prahlada\nMaharaja's\n\nBhagavatam.\n\nactivities\n\nis\n\ndescribed\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nSeventh\n\nCanto\n\nof Srimad­\n\nTEXT 26\n\nu��;rl1m�;(l�q�•nllt� 1\nf.nlftiji � � • ilii(Uil( n � � 11\nriijar�iniirh janayitii\nsiistii cotpatha-giiminiim\nnigrahitii kaler e�a\nbhuvo dharmasya kiirartiit\nriij�-niniim-of kings\n\nas good\n\nas\n\nsages; janayita-producer;\n\nsiistii­\n\nchastiser; ca-and; utpatha-giiminiim-of the upstarts; nigrahitii-molester;\n\nkaleft-of the quarrelsome; e�a fl -this ; bhuva[l-of the world; dharmasyaof religiosity; kiira[Uit-on account of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis child will be the father of kings who will be like sages. For world\n\npeace and for the sake of religion, he will be the chastiser of the upstarts\n\nand the quarrelsome.\n\nPURPORT\nThe wisest man in the world is a devotee of the Lord. The sages are\n\ncalled the wise men, and there are different types of wise men for different\n\nbranches of knowledge. Unless, therefore, the king or the head of the state\n\nis the wisest man, he cannot control all types of wise men in the state. In\n\n", "SB1.2#p0293": "Text 27]\n\n647\n\nBirth of Emperor Par�it\n\nthe line of royal succession in the family of Maharaja Yudhi�thira, all the\nkings, without exception, were the wisest men of their times, and so also\n\nit is foretold about Maharaja Pan�it and his son Maharaja J anamejaya\n\nwho was yet to be born. Such wise kings can become chastisers of upstarts\nand uprooters of Kali, or quarrelsome elements. As it will be clear in the\nchapters ahead, Maharaja Parik�it wanted to kill the personified Kali who\nwas attempting to kill a cow, the emblem of peace and religion. The\nsymptoms of Kali are l) wine, 2) women, 3) gambling and 4) slaughter­\n\nhouses. Wise rulers of all states should take lessons from Maharaja Parik�it\nin how to maintain peace and morality by subduing the upstarts and\nquarrelsome people who indulge in wine, illicit connection with women,\ngambling and meat-eating supplied by regularly maintained slaughterhouses.\nIn this age of Kali, regular license is issued for maintaining all of these\ndifferent departments of quarrel. So how can they expect peace and\nmorality in the state? The state fathers, therefore, must follow the principles of becoming wiser by devotion to the Lord, by chastising the breaker\nof discipline and by uprooting the symptoms of quarrel, as mentioned\nabove. If we want blazing fire, we must use dry fuel. Blazing fire and moist\nfuel go ill together. Peace and morality can prosper only by the principles\nof Maharaja Pan�it and his followers.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n\"4il�k¥4wtl � ��iNQilt<tl<)\\ l\nstq�<t\n\naq� �Qf: q( \": 11�\\911\n\ntak�akiid iitmano mrtyurh\ndvija-putropasarjitiit\nprapatsyata upasrutya\nmukta-sang� padarh hare�\ntak�akiit-by the snake-bird; iitmana{l-of his personal self; m]tyum­\n\n-\n\n- the son of a briihmarw; upasarjitiit-being sent by;\nnga{l - freed from all attachment;padam-position; ha {l - of the Lord.\n\ndeath; dvija putra\n\nprapatsyate-having taken shelter of; up aSrutya after hearing; muktasa\n\nre\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing about his death, which will be caused by the bite of a\nsnakebird sent by a son of a brahm�a, he will get himself freed from all\n\n", "SB1.2#p0294": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n648\n\nmaterial attachment and surrender\ntaking shelter of Him.\n\nu\n\n[Canto l, Ch_ 12\n\nnto the Personality of Godhead,\n\nPURPORT\nMaterial attachment and taking shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord go\n\nill together. Material attachment means ignorance of transcendental hap­\n\npiness under the shelter of the Lord. Devotional service of the Lord,\nwhile existing in the material world, is a way to practice one's transcenden­\n\ntal relation with the Lord, and when it is matured, one gets completely free\nfrom all material attachment and becomes competent to go back home,\n\nback to Godhead. Maharaja PanK.�it, being especially attached to the Lord·\nfrom the beginning of his body in the womb of his mother, was continually\nunder the shelter of the Lord, and the so-called warning of his death\n\nwithin seven days from the date of curse by the briihmar-a,s son became a\n\nboon to him to prepare himself to go back home, back to Godhead. Since\nhe was always protected by the Lord, he could have avoided the effect of\n\nsuch a curse by the grace of the Lord, but he did not take such undue\n\nadvantage for nothing. Rather, he made the best use of a bad bargain, and\n\nfor seven days continually he heard Srimad-Bhiigavatam from the right\n\nsource, and thus he got shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord by that\nopportunity.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n� �i(fflijl�«l l\n� erf '1lllf tii\\!4�4Jtfflflt¥( ������\njijiiiisitiitma-yiithiirth yo\nmuner vyiisa-sutiid asau\nhitvedarh nrpa gangiiyiirh\nyiisyaty addhiikutobhayam\njijiiiisita- having inquired of; iitma-yiithiirthyafi.-right knowledge of\n\none's own self; mune [l\n\n-\n\nfrom the learned philosopher; vyiisa-sutiit-the\n\nson of Vyasa; asau-he; hitoo-quitting; idam-this material attachment;\n\nn!]Xl-0 King; gangiiyiim-on the bank of the Ganges; yiisyati-will go;\naddhii- directly; akutafl-bhayam-the life of fearlessness.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter inqui ring about proper self-knowledge from the son of Vyasadeva,\n\nwho will be a great philosopher, he will renounce all material attac�1\nand achieve a life of fearlessness.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0295": "Text 29)\n\nBirth of Emperor Par�t\n\n649\n\nPURPORT\nMaterial knowledge means ignorance of the knowledge of one's own\n\nself. Philosophy means to seek after the right knowledge of one's own self,\n\nor the knowledge of self-realization. Without self-realization, philosophy\n\nis dry speculation or a waste of time and energy. $rimad-Bhiigavatam\n\ngives the right knowledge of one's own self, and by hearing $rimadBhiigavatam one can get free from material attachment and enter into the\nkingdom of fearlessness. This material world is fearfulness. Its prisoners\n\nare always fearful as within a prison house. In the prison house no one\n\ncan violate the jail rules and regulations, and violating the rules means\n\nanother term for extension of prison life. Similarly, we in this material\n\nexistence are always fearful. This fearfulness is called anxiety. Everyone in\nthe material life, in all species and varieties of life, is full of anxieties,\n\neither by breaking or without breaking the laws of nature. Liberation, or\n\nmukti, means getting relief from these constant anxieties. This is only\npossible when the anxiety is changed in the devotional service of the Lord.\n\n$rimad-Bhiigavatam gives us this chance of changing the quality of anxiety\nfrom matter to spirit. This is done in the association of a learned philosopher\nlike the self-realized Sukadeva Gosvami, the great son of Sri Vyasadeva.\n\nMaharaja Parik�it, after receiving warning of his death, took advantage of\n\nthis opportunity by association with Sukadeva Gosvami and achieved the\ndesired result.\n\nThere is a sort of imitation of this reciting and hearing of $rimadBhiigavatam by professional men, and their foolish audience thinks that\nthey will get free from the clutches of material attachment and attain\n\nthe life of fearlessness. Such imitative hearing of $rimad-Bhiigavatam is a\ncaricature only, and one should not be misled by such performance of\n\nBhiigavatam saptiiha, undertaken by ridiculous greedy fellows to maintain an establishment of material enjoyment.\nTEXT 29\n\n� � i3qa�� mn :.ilt6wfit«a: ,\n�aqR6q:�!tM:.ii\"Jl: ����e>_,ll\niti rajna upiidiSya\nvipra fotaka-kovida�\nlabdhapacitaya� sarve\npratijagmu� svakan grhan\n\n", "SB1.2#p0296": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n650\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 12\n\niti-thus; riijii.a-unto the King; upiidisya-having advised; viprii-persons\n\nwho\nin\n\nare\n\nwell\n\nastrology\n\nversed\n\nand\n\nin\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nthe\n\nVedas ; jiitaka-kovidiift-persons expert\n\nperformance\n\nof\n\nbirth\n\nceremonies; labdha­\n\napacitayaft:... those who had received sumptuously as remuneration;sarveall of them;pratijagmul:t-went back; svakiin-their own;grhiin-houses.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus those who were expert in astrological knowledge and in perform­\n\nance of the birth ceremony instructed King Yudhi�thira about the future\nhistory of his child. Then, being sumptuously remunerated, they all\nreturned to .their respective homes.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Vedas are the storehouse of knowledge, both material and spiritual.\n\nBut such knowledge aims at perfection of self-realization: In other words,\n\nthe Vedas are the guides for the civilized man in every respect. Since\nhuman life is the opportunity to get free from all material miseries, it is\n\nproperly guided by the knowledge of the Vedas, both in the matters of\nmaterial needs and spiritual salvation. The specific intelligent class of men\n\nwho were devoted particularly in the knowledge of Vedas were called\n\nthe vipras, or the graduates of the Vedic knowledge. There are different\n\nbranches of knowledge in the Vedas, of which astrology and p athology\n\nare two important branches necessary for the common man. So the\n\nintelligent men, generally known as the briihma'(las, took up all the different\nbranches of Vedic knowledge to guide society. Even the department of\nmilitary education (Dhanur-veda) was also taken up by such intelligent\nmen, and the vipras were also teachers of this section of knowledge, as\n\nwere Dro!J.licarya, Kfpacarya, etc.\n\nThe word vipra mentioned herein is significant. There is a little difference\n\nbetween the vipras and the briihma'(lUS. The vipras are those who are\n\nexpert in karma-kii'(lpa, or fruitive activities, guiding the society towards\nfulfilling the material necessities of life, whereas the briihmaras are expert\n\nin spiritual knowledge of transcendence. This department of knowledge is\ncalled jniina-kiirpa, and above this there is the upa5ana-kiirpa. The culmina­\n\ntion of upasana-kiirtpa is devotional service of the Lord Vi�!J.U, and when\n\nthe briihmartas achieve perfection, they are called Vai�!lavas. Vi�!J.U worship\n\nis the highest of all modes of worship. Elevated briihmaras are Vai�!lavas\n\n", "SB1.2#p0297": "Text 30]\n\n651\n\nBirth of Emperor Par�it\n\nengaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord, and thus\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, which is the science of devotional service, is very\ndear to the V ai�!J.avas. And as explained in the beginning of the SrimadBhiigavatam, it is the mature fruit of Vedic knowledge and is superior\nsubject matter, above the three kiirzflas, namely karma, jiiiina and upa5ana.\nAmongst the karma-kiirz{ia experts, the jiitaka expert vipras were good\nastrologers who could tell all the future history of a born child simply by\n\nthe astral calculations of the time (lagna), and such expert jiitaka-vipras\nwere present during the birth of Maharaja Parik�it, and his grandfather,\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira, awarded the vipras sufficiently with gold, land,\n\nvillages, grains and other valuable necessaries of life, which also include\n\ncows. There is a need\" of such vipras in the social structure, and it is the\nduty of the state to maintain them comfortably, as designed in the Vedic\n\nprocedure. Such expert vipras, being sufficiently paid by the state, could\ngive free service to the people in general, and thus this department of\nVedic knowledge could be available for all.\nTEXT 30\n\n{{��FI�:��:I\n�� tt¥4�1�1. � ;w�f'q( II� II\no\n\nsa efia loke vikhyiita�\npan\"k�id iti yat prabhu�\npurvan dr�tam anudhyiiyan\nparlk§eta nare§viha\nsa�-he; e �a� -in this; loke-world; vikhyiita�- famous ; pan\"k�it- one\n\nwho examines; iti-thus; yat-what; prabhu� - 0 my King; p ii rvan- before;\n\ndn ta m-seen; anudhyiiyan- constantly contemplating;\nexamine; n are� u-:unto every man; iha-here.\n\nparik� eta- shall\n\nTRANSLATION\nSo his son would become famous in the world as Par�it [examiner]\nbecause he would come to examine all human beings in his search after\nthat personality whom he saw before his birth. Thus he would come to\nconstantly contemplate Him.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0298": "652\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 12\n\nPURPORT\n\nMaharaja Parik�it, fortunate as he was, got the impression of the Lord\n\neven in the womb of his mother, and thus his contemplation on the Lord\n\nwas constantly with him. Once the impression of the transcendental form\nof the Lord is fixed in one's mind, he can never forget Him in any\n\ncircumstance. Child Pan1qit, after coming out of the womb, was in the\n\nhabit of examining everyone to see whether he was the same personality\n\nwhom he first saw within the womb. But no one could he equal to or more\nattractive than the Lord, and therefore he never accepted anyone. But the\n\nLord was constantly with him by such examination, and thus Maharaja\n\nParik�it was always engaged in the devotional service of the Lord by\n\nremembrance.\n\nSrila ]iva Gosviimi remarks in this connection that every child, if given\n\nan impression of the Lord from his very childhood, certainly becomes a\n\ngreat devotee of the Lord like Mahiiriija Pan7t�it. One may nat he as\n\nfortunate as Maharaja Pan1qit to have the opportunity to see the Lord in\n\nthe womb of his mother, hut even if he is not so fortunate, he can he made\n\nso if the parents of the child desire him to he so. There is a practical example in my personal life in this connection. My father was a pure devotee of\n\nthe Lord, and when I was only four or five years old, my father gave me a\ncouple of forms of Radha and Kr��a. In a playful manner, I used to\n\nworship these Deities along with my sister, and I used to imitate the\n\nperformances of a neighboring temple of Radha-Govinda. By constantly\n\nvisiting this neighboring temple and copying the ceremonies in connection\n\nwith my own Deities of play, I developed a natural affinity for the Lord.\nMy father used to observe all the ceremonies befitting my position. Later\n\non, these activities were suspended due to my association in the schools\n\nand colleges, and I became completely out of practice. But in my youthful\n\ndays, when I met my spiritual master Sri Srimad Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nGosvami Maharaja, again I revived my old habit, and the same playful\nDeities became my worshipful Deities in proper regulation.. This was\n\nfollowed up until I left the family connection, and I am pleased that my\ngenerous father gave the first impression which was developed later into\n\nregulative devotional service by His Divine Grace. Maharaja Prahlada also\n\nadvised that such impressions of a godly relation must be impregnated\nfrom the beginning of childhood, otherwise one may miss the opportunity\n\nof the human form of life, which is very valuable although it is temporary\n\nlike others.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0299": "Birth of Emperor Parik{lit\n\nText 32)\n\n653\n\nTEXT 31\n\nsa riija-putro vavrdhe\niisu sukla ivOt;lupa/:t\niipuryamiirwl:t pitrbhi/:1\nk�thiibhir iva so 'nvaham\nsa�-that; riija-putro�-the r oyal prince; vavrdhe-grew up; asu-very\nsoon; sukle-waxing moon; iva-like; u�upa�- the moon; iipuryamiirw�luxu ri antly; pitrbh�-by the parental guar di ans; kii§thiibh�-plenary development; iva-like; sa�-he; anvaham-day after day.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs the moon, in its waxing fortnight, develops day after day, so the\nroyal prince (Pan�t] very soon developed luxuriantly under the care\nand full facilities of his guardian grandfathers.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�iiMlS� =tnRti\\(f�,l�l I\n� ����....� �it: ������\nyak�yamii[lo 'svamedhena\nj;iiitidrohajihiisayii\nriijii labdha-dhano dadhyau\nniinyatra kara-da[l�ayo/:1\nyak§yamii[la�-desiring to perform; asvamedhena-by the horse sacrifice ceremony; ;niitidroha-fighting with k insmen; jihiisayii f or getting\nfree; riijii- King Yudhil}thira; labdha-dhana�- for getting some wealth;\ndadhyau-th ought about it; na anyatra-not otherwise; kara-dart�ayo/:1taxes an d fines\n-\n\n.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0300": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n654\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust at this time, King Yudhi�thira was considering performing a\nhorse sacrifice to get freed from sins incurred from fighting with kinsmen.\nBut he became anxious to get some wealth, for there were no surplus\nfunds outside of fines and tax collection.\nPURPORT\nAs the briihma[LaS, the vipras had a right to be subsidized by the state,\nand similarly the state executive head had the right to collect taxes and\nfines from the citizens. After the Battle of Kuruk�etra the state treasury\nwas exhausted, and therefore there was no surplus fund except the fund\nfrom tax collection and fines. Such funds were sufficient only for the state\nbudget, and having no excess fund, the King was anxious to get more\nwealth in some other way in order to perform the horse sacrifice.\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira wanted to perform this sacrifice under the instruction of Bhi�madeva.\n\nTEXT 33\n\nG«Jii�G+ti{'S\\\"lf RRtU���R�1: I\n\\T-i sti\\OI+tli:fOS«l;;qj �� \\'{fW: II��II\ntad abhipretam alakua\nbhriitaro 'cy u ta-coditafl\ndhanarh prahi[lam ajahur\nudicy iirh di.Si bhiirisafl\ntat-his; abh ip retam-wishes of the mind; iilak�ya-observing; bhriitara�\n\n-his brothers; acyu ta-t he infallible (Lord Sri Kr�Qa); codi tii�-being\n\nadvised by; dhanam-riche s; prahi[Lam-to collect; iijahu � br ought about;\n-\n\nudicyiim-northern; diSi-direction; bhiiriSa�-sufficient.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUnderstanding the hearty wishes of the King, his brothers, as advised\nby the infallible Lord Kr��a, collected sufficient riches from the North\n[left by King Marotta]\n·\n\n.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0301": "Text 33]\n\nBirth of Emperor Parik{lit\n\n655\n\nPURPORT\n\nMahiiriija Marotta: one of the great emperors of the world. He reigned\nover the world long before the reign of Maharaja Yudhi�thira. He was the\nson of Maharaja Avik�it and was a great devotee of the son of the sun-god,\nknown as Yamaraja. His brother Samvarta was a rival priest of the great\nBrhaspati, the learned priest of the demigods. He conducted one sacrifice\ncalled Sailkara-yajiia by which the Lord was so satisfied that He was\npleased to hand over to him the charge of a mountain peak of gold. This\npeak of gold is somewhere in the Himalayan mountains, and modern\nadventurers may try to find it there. He was so powerful an emperor that\nat the day's end of sacrifice, the demigods from the other planets like\nlndra, Candra, Brhaspati, etc., used to visit his palace. And because he had\nthe gold peak at his disposal, he had sufficient gold in his possession. The\ncanopy of the sacrificial altar was completely made of gold. In his daily\nperformances of the sacrificial ceremonies, some of the inhabitants of the\nVayuloka (airy planets) were invited to expedite the cooking work of the\nceremony. And the assembly of the- demigods in the ceremony was led by\nVisvadeva.\nBy his constant pious work he was able to drive out all kinds of diseases\nfrom the jurisdiction of his kingdom. All the inhabitants of higher planets\nlike Devaloka, Pitrloka, etc., were all pleased with him for his great\nsacrificial ceremonies. Every day he used to give in charity to the learned\n\nbriihmaras\n\nsuch things as beddings, seats, conveyances and sufficient\n\nquantities of gold. Because of munificent charities and performances of\ninnumerable sacrifices, the King of heaven, lndradeva, was fully satisfied\nwith him and always wished for his welfare. Due to his pious activities, he\nremained a young man throughout his life and reigned over the world for\none thousand years, surrounded by his satisfied subjects, ministers, legiti­\n\nmate wife, sons and brothers. Even Lord Sri Kr�p.a praised his spirit of\n\npious activities. He handed over his only daughter to Mahar�i Angira, and\nby his good blessings, he was elevated to the kingdom of heaven. First of\nall, he wanted to offer the priesthood of his sacrifices to learned Brhaspati,\nbut the demigod refused to accept the post because of the King's being a\nhuman being or man of this earth. He was very sorry for this, but on the\nadvice of Narada Muni he appointed Samvarta to the post, and he was\nsuccessful in his mission.\nThe success of a particular type of sacrifice completely depends on the\npriest in charge. In this age, all kinds of sacrifice are forbidden because\n\nthere is no learned priest amongst the so-called briihmaras who go by the\nfalse notion of becoming sons of briihmaras without brahminical qualifi-\n\n", "SB1.2#p0302": "[Canto l, Ch. 12\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n656\n\ncations. In this age of Kali, therefore, only one kind of sacrifice is recommended,\n\nsankirtana-yajfia, as inaugurated by Lord Sri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu.\nTEXT 34\n\n��·�:1\n4UR1��41ijt q: (1+ttt�:aR( ll�'«lll\ntena sambhrta-sambhiiro\ndharma-putro yudh4thirafl\nviijimedhais tribhir bhito\nyajiiaifl samayajadd harim\n\n-\n\ntena-with that wealth; sa mbhrta-collected; sambhiira[l ingredients;\ndha rma putro[l the pious king; yudh4thiro[l- Yudhi�thira; viijimedhaifr,by horse sacrifices; tribhifr,-three times; bh itafl being greatly afraid after\nthe Battle of Kuruk�etra; yaj nai[l-sacrifices; samayajat perfectly wor­\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nshiped; harim-the Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nBy those riches, the King could procure the ingredients for three horse\nsacrifices. Thus the pious King Yudhi�hira, who was very fearful after the\nBattle of Kuruksetra, pleased Lord Hari the Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira was the ideal and celebrated pious King of the\nworld, and still he was greatly afraid after the execution of the Battle of\nKuruk�etra because of the mass killing in the fight, all of which was done\nonly to install him on the throne. He therefore took all the responsibility\nfor sins committed in the warfare, and to get rid of all these sins, he\nwanted to perform three sacrifices in which horses are offered at the altar.\nSuch a sacrifice is very costly. Even Maharaja Yudhi�thira had to collect\nthe necessary heaps of gold left by Maharaja Marutta and the briihmarzas\nwho were given gold in charity by King Marutta. The learned briihmarzas\ncould not take away all the loads of gold given by Maharaja Marutta, and\ntherefore they left behind the major portion of the gift. And Maharaja\n\n", "SB1.2#p0303": "Text 34]\n\nBirth of Emperor Par�it\n\n657\n\nMarutta also did not recollect such heaps of gold given away in charity.\n\nBesides that, all the golden plates and utensils which were used in the\n\nsacrifice were also thrown in the dustbins, and all such heaps of gold re·\n\nmained unclaimed property for a long time, till Maharaja Yudhi�thira\n\ncollected them for his own purposes. Lord Sri Kr�!la advised the brothers\nof Maharaja Yudhi�thira to collect the unclaimed property because it be­\n\nlonged to the King. The more astonishing thing is that no subject of the\n\nstate also collected such unclaimed gold for industrial enterprise, or anything like that. This means that the state citizens were completely satisfied\n\nwith all necessities of life and therefore not inclined to accept unnecessary\nproductive enterprises for sense gratification. Maharaja Yudhi�thira also\n\nrequisitioned the heaps of gold for performing sacrifices and for pleasing\n\nthe Supreme Hari Personality of Godhead. Otherwise he had no desire to\n\ncollect them for the state treasury.\n\nOne should take lessons from the acts of Maharaja Yudhi�thira. He was\n\nafraid of sins committed on the battlefield, and therefore he wanted to\n\nsatisfy the supreme authority. This indicates that unintentional sins are\nalso committed in our daily occupational discharge of duties, and to coun­\n\nteract even such unintentional crimes, one must perform sacrifices as they\nare recommended in the revealed scriptures. The Lord says in the Bhagavad­\n\ngitti (yajiitirthtit karmarto 'nyatra loko 'yam karma-bandhanafr.) that one\n\nmust perform sacrifices recommended in the scriptures in order to get rid of\ncommitments of all unauthorized work, or even unintentional crimes\n\nwhich we are apt to commit. By doing so, one shall be freed from all\n\nkinds of sins. And those who do not do so, but work for self-interest or\n\nsense gratification, have to undergo all tribulations accrued from com­\n\nmitted sins. Therefore, the main purpose of performing sacrifices is to\n\nsatisfy the Supreme Personality Hari. The process of performing sacrifices\n\nmay be different in terms of different times, places, and persons, but the\n\naim of such sacrifices is one and the same at all times and in all circum­\n\nstances, viz., satisfaction of the Supreme Lord Hari. That is the way of\npious life, and that is the way of peace and prosperity in the world at\n\nlarge. Maharaja Yudhi�thira did all these as the ideal pious King in the\n\nworld.\n\nIf Maharaja Yudhi�thira is a sinner in his daily discharge of duties, in\n\nroyal administration of state affairs, wherein killing of man and animals\nis a recognized art, then we can just imagine the amount of sins committed\n\nconsciously or unconsciously by the untrained population of the Kali-yuga\n\nwho have no way to perform sacrifice to please the Supreme Lord. The\n\n", "SB1.2#p0304": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n658\n\n[Canto 1, Ch 12\n.\n\nBhiigavatam says, therefore, that the prime duty of the human being is to\nsatisfy the Supreme Lord by the performance of one's occupational duty.\n\n(Bhiig. 1.2.13)\n\nLet any man of any place of community, caste or creed be engaged in\nany sort of occupational duty, but he must agree to perform sacrifices as it\nis recommended in the scriptures for the particular place, time and person.\nIn the Vedic literatures it is recommended that in Kali-yuga people engage\nin glorifying the Lord by chanting the holy name of Kf�p.a (Kirtaniid eva\n\nkr�rr.asya mukta-sanga� param vrajet) without offense. By doing so one can\nbe freed from all sins and thus can attain the highest perfection of life by\nreturning home, back to Godhead. We have already discussed this more\nthan once in this great literature in different places, especially in the introductory portion by sketching the life of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nand still we are repeating the same with a view to bring about peace and\nprosperity in society.\nThe Lord has declared openly in the Bhagavad-gitii how He becomes\npleased with us, and the same process is practically demonstrated in the\nlife and preaching work of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The perfect\nprocess of performing yajii.as or sacrifice to please the Supreme Lord\nHari (the P�rsonality of Godhead who gets us free from all miseries of\n\nexistence)\n\nis to follow the ways of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in\n\nthis dark age of quarrel and dissension.\n\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira had to collect heaps of gold to secure the para­\n\nphernalia for the horse sacrifice yajii.a in days of sufficiency, so we can\nhardly think of such performance of yajii.as in these days of insufficiency\n\nand complete scarcity of gold. At the present moment we have heaps\n\nof papers and promises of their being converted into gold by economic\ndevelopment of modern civilization, and still there is no possibility of\nspending riches like Maharaja Yudhi�thira, either individually or collectively\n\nor by state patronization. Just suitable, therefore, for the age, is the\nmethod recommended by Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in terms of the\n\nsiistra. Such a method requires no expenditure at all and yet can award\nmore benefit than other expensive methods of yajii.a performances.\nThe horse sacrifice yajii.a or cow sa�rifice yajii.a performed by the Vedic\nregulations shouldn't be misunderstood as a process of killing animals.\n\nOn\n\nthe contrary, animals offered for the yajii.a were rejuvenated to a new span\n\nof life by the transcendental power of chanting the Vedic hymns, which, if\nproperly chanted, are different from what is understood by the common\nlayman. The\n\nVeda-mantras are all practical, and the proof is rejuvenation\n\nof the sacrificed animal.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0305": "Birth of Emperor Par�it\n\nText 35]\n\n659\n\nThere is no possibility of such methodical chanting of the Vedic hymns\n\nby the so-called briihmaras or priests of the present age. The untrained\n\ndescendants of the twice-born families are no more like their forefathers,\n\nand thus they are counted amongst the siidras or once-born men. The once­\n\nborn man is unfit to chant the Vedic hymns, and therefore there is no\n\npractical utility of chanting the original hymns.\n\nAnd to save them all, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu propounded the\n\nsankirtana movement or yajiia for all practical purposes, and the people of\n\nthe present age are strongly recommended to follow this sure and recog­\n\nnized path.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n· � ����fli�T fl��q'( I\n�¥fil�fl4l«twt� fil�iifili4�1 ����II\niihiito bhagaviin riijiiii\nyiijayitvii dvijair nrpam\nuviisa katicin miisiin\nsuhrdiirh priya-kiimyayii\n\niihu ta�-being called by; bhagaviin-Lord Kr��a, the Personality of\n\nGodhead; riijiiii-by the King;yiijayitvii-causing to be performed;dvija�­\n\nby the learned brohmacras; nrpam- on behalf of the King; uvtisa-resided;\n.\n\nkaticit-a few; nuisiin-months; suhpliim-for the sake of the relatives;\n\npriya-kiimyaya-for the matter of pleasure.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord\n\nSri 1\\.r�l}.a, the Personality of Godhead, being invited to the\n\nsacrifices by Maharaja Yu�hira, saw to it that they were performed\nby qualified [twice-born J brahmapas. After that, for the pleasure of the\nrelatives, the Lord remained a few months.\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Kr�!la was invited by Maharaja Yudhi�thira to look into the\n\nsupervision of the performances of yajiia, and the Lord, to abide by the\n\norders of His elderly cousin, caused the performance of yajiias by learned\n\n", "SB1.2#p0306": "660\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 12\n\ntwice-born briihmaras. Simply taking birth in the family of a briihmara\ndoes not make one qualified to perform yajiias. He must be twice born by\nproper training and initiation from the bona fide iiciirya. The once-born\nscions of briihmara families are equal with the once-born siidras, and such\nbralima-bandhu or unqualified once-born scions must be rejected for any\npurpose of religious or Vedic function. Lord Sri Kr�!la was entrusted to\nlook after this arrangement, and perfect as He is, He caused the yajiias to\nbe performed by the bona fide twice-born briihmaras for successful\nexecution.\nTEXT 36\n\ntato riijiiiibh yanujiiiita[l\nkmwyii saha bandhubhi[l\nyayau dviiravatim brahman\nsiirjuno yadubhir vrta[l\ntata[l,- thereafter; riijiiii by the King; abhyanujiiiita[l being permitted;\nknTJayii-as well as by Draupadi; saha- along with; bandhubhi[l other\nrelatives; yayau-went to; dviiravatim-Dvaraka-dhama; brahman-0\nbriihmaras; sa arjuna[l- along with Arjuna; yadubhi[l-by the members of\nthe y adu dynasty; vrtafl -su rro unded\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Saunaka, thereafter the Lord, having bade farewell to King Yudhi�thira,\n\nDraupadi, and other relatives, started for the city of Dvaraka, accompanied\n\nby Arjuna and other members of the Yadu dynasty.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the First Canto, Twelfth Chapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Birth of Emperor Pant.�it. ''\n\n", "SB1.2#p0307": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\nFirst Canto\n\n<�rt Two-Chapters 8-12!\nwith the original Sanskrit text, its Roman transliteration, word-for-word synonyms, translation\nand elaborate purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivectanta swami Prabhupacta\nFounder-A cary a of the Internation al Society\nfor Krishna Consciousness\n\n292 pages\n13 color illustrations\n\nEXPLANATION OF THE COVER\n1. The original spiritual planet, which resembles the whorl\nof a huge lotus flower, is called Goloka Vrndavana. It is the\nabode of Lord Kf�l)a, the original Personality of Godhead.\n\n2. This original planet Goloka throws off a spiritual ray of\n\neffulgence called brahmajyoti which is the ultimate goal of\nthe impersonalists.\n\n3. Within this unlimited brahmajyoti there are unlimited\n\nnumbers\n\nof spiritual\n\nplanets,\n\nas there are innumerable\n\nmaterial planets within the sun rays of the material universes.\nThese spiritual planets are dominated by plenary expansions\nof Lord Kf�l)a, and the inhabitants there are ever liberated\nliving beings. They are all four-handed. The Lord is known\nthere as Narl!yl!l)a, and the planets are known as Vaikup!has.\n\n4. 'Sometimes a spiritual cloud overtakes a corner of the\n\nspiritual sky of brahmajyoti, and the covered portion is\ncalled the mah{!t-tattva. The Lord then, by His portion as\n\nMahl!-Vi�pu, lies down in the water within the mahattattva. The water is called the Causal Ocean (kiiraQa-jala).\n\n5. As He sleeps within the Causal Ocean, innumerable\nuniverses are generated with His breathing. These floating\nuniverses are scattered all over the Causal Ocean. They stay\nduring a breath of Maha·Vi�pu.\n\n6. In each and every universal globe the same Maha-Vi�pu.\nenters again as Garbhodakasl!yi Vi�I)U and lies there on the\nGarbha Ocean on the serpentine Se�a incarnation. From His\nnavel-abdomen sprouts a lotus stem, and on the lotus,\nBrahma. the lord of the universe. is born. Brahml! creates\nall living beings of different shapes in terms of desire within\nthe universe. He also creates the sun. moon and other demi·\ngods.\n\n(continued on back flap)\n\n", "SB1.2#p0308": "7. The sun is situated almost in the center of each and\nevery universe, and it distributes profuse light and heat all\nover the universe. There are mi·llions and billions of suns in\nall the millions and billions of universes within the mahattattva. The suns and moons are required within the universes\nbecause they are dark by nature. The Vedas instruct us to go\nout of the dark universes and reach the glowing eff ulgence,\nthe brahmajyoti.\n\n8. The brahmajyoti is due to the illuminating Vaiku!l!ha\nplanets, which need no sun or moon or power of electricity.\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam helps us reach the supreme planet,\nGoloka Vrndavana. The door is open for everyone. Human\nlife is meant for this particular aim, for it is the highest\nperfection.\n\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nfirst met his spiritual master, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nGosvaml Maharaja, in Calcutta in 1922. Srtla Bhaktisiddhanta\nliked this educated young man and injected in him the idea\nof preaching the message of Srlmad-Bhagavatam all over the\nworld. At Allahabad in 1933 Srila Prabhupada became his\nformally initiated disciple, and in 1937, just days before\n\nhis spiritual master's departure from·this mortal world, he\nwas specifically ordered to spread Kr�r)a consciousness in the\nEnglish language. Thus in 1944 Srila Prabhupada started\nBack to Godhead magazine, which is now circulated in six\ndifferent languages throughout the world, and he also published, in English, the first three volumes of his Srlmad·\nBhagavatam.\nIn 1965, at the advanced age of 70, His Divine Grace.\nsailed to the United States to fulfill his master's sacred\nmission, bringing with him only seven dollars, some books\nand a pair of hand cymbals. Shortly afterwards he began\nclasses on Bhagavad-glta in a small storefront in New York\nCity. Now, only six years later, Srila Prabhupada's International Society for Krishna Consciousness, with more than\nseventy centers in major cities throughout the world, has\nbecome an important institution of spiritual knowledge and\nculture, and Srila Prabhupada's authoritative translations,\ncommentari·es and summary studies of Vedic literature have\nbecome standard textbooks of transcendental science.\n\n", "SB1.2#p0309": "", "SB1.3#p0001": "His Divine Grace\nswami\nFounder-Acarya of the International\n\n", "SB1.3#p0002": "His Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Pnibhupada\n\n", "SB1.3#p0003": "Plate 1 Just to protect the progeny of the Kuru dynasty, Sri Kr�Qa covered the\n\nembryo of Uttara by His personal energy. (p. 388)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0004": "Plate 2 Queen Kunti addressed Lord ��Qa as He started for home. (p. 390)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0005": "Plate 1 Mahatma Vidur a describing his personal experiences in the palace of the\n\nPaQc;!avas. (p. 676)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0006": "Plate 2 Remembering Lord Km1a and His well wishes, benefactions, intimate familial\nrelations and His chariot driving, Aijuna, overwhelmed and breathing very heavily,\nbegan to speak. (p. 771)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0007": "Plate 3 By Kl;�I)a's merciful strengtij only, Arjuna was able to pierce the fish target\n\nand thereby gain the hand of Draupadl. (p. 774)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0008": "Plate 4 By His grace only, Bhlmasena was able to kill the demon Jarasandha. (p. 777)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0009": "Plate 5 0 King! His jokings and frank talks which were pleasing and beautifully\n\ndecorated with smiles are now remembered by me. (p. 794)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0010": "Plate 6 The Lord's abode and the Vaikucy�ha planets in the spiritual sky are far beyond these mundane universes. (p. 812)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0011": "Plate 7 Maharaja Yudhi��hira started towards the North, treading the path which was accepted by his\n\nforefathers. (p. 825)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0012": "Plate 8 Maharaja Parik�it, being petitioned by the personality of Kali, gave him per­\n\nmission to reside in places where gambling, drinking, prostitution and animal slaughter\nwere performed. (p. 919)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0013": "Plate 9 Those who are desirous of achieving complete perfection in life must submissively hear all topics that are connected with the transcendental activities and\nqualities of the Personality of Godhead, who acts wonderfully. (p. 938)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0014": "Plate 10 King Pariksit rewarded the sage coldly by offering him a garland of a dead\nsnake. (p. 963)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0015": "Pfate 11 After hearing from his son that the King had been cursed, the sage repented\nhis son's sinful act.\n\n(p. 973)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0016": "Plate 12 All the demigods living in the higher planets praised the action of the King,\nand in pleasure they continually scattered flowers over the earth. (p. 1168)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0017": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n", "SB1.3#p0018": "ALL GLORY TO 5Rl GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYAsA\n\n���: iji4l��� ��fii�M: I\n� � it��kt ��� ilffl: II� o'll\n� � q-U �\n3Rt\n\n�iijliti+URlM�i : I\n\n� �� l{<i!ii'lfl*l¥1'( II� �I l\nyasya rO.fl.fre prajiifl. saroiis\ntrasyante siidhvy asiidhubhifl.\ntasya mattasya nl1Syanti\nkirtir iiyur bhago gatifl.\ne�a riijiiiirh paro dharmo\nhy iirtiiniim iirti-nigrahafl.\nata enarh vadhi�yiimi\nbhiita-druham assattamam (p. 888)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0019": "OTHER BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-gitii As It Is\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nKrfor.a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (2 volumes)\n\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�rw Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nThe\n\nectar of Devotion\n\nThe Krfor.a Consciousness Movement is the Genuine Vedic Way\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0020": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\nFirst Canto\n\"Creation\"\n\n<Part Three-Chapters 13-19>\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nNew York· Los Angeles· London . Bombay\n\n", "SB1.3#p0021": "Copyright ©\n\n1972\n\nby the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 70-127183\nInternational Standard Book\n\number: 0-912776-34-X\n\nALL RIGHTS RESERVED\n\nReaders interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n3764 Watseka Ave.\nLos Angeles, Calif. 90034\n\nThe Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n32 Tiffany Place\nBrooklyn, �e\" York 11231\n\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles. California 90034\n\nPrinted by Dai\n\n7 Bury Place\n\nGandhi Gram Road\n\nBloomsbury, W.C. I\n\n.luhu, Bombay-5-�\n\nLondon\n\nippon Printing Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan\n\n", "SB1.3#p0022": "TABLE OF CONTENTS\nCHAPTER THIRTEEN\n\nDhrtara$tra Quits Home\nVidura Returns Home\n\n661\n\nThe Supreme Knowledge\n\n663\n\nThe Reception of Vidura\n\n664\n\nThe Sanctity of a Pure Devotee\n\n674\n\nThe Past History of Vidura\n\n679\n\nThe Happy King Yudhi�thira\n\n681\n\nThe Ignorant Conditioned Soul\n\n682\n\nVidura's Instructions to Dh{tara��ra\n\n683\n\nThe Influence of Time\n\n686\n\nTheW arning of Old Age\n\n688\n\nThe Undisturbed Person\n\n693\n\nThe First-class\n\n694\n\nIan\n\nDhrtara�tra Quits Home\n\n696\n\nMaharaja Yudhi��hira, the Pious King\n\n700\n\nThe Supreme Will\n\n709\n\nIllusory Affection\n\n713\n\nOne Living Being Is Food for Another\n\n716\n\nThe Mission of Lord Sri Kr�11a\n\n720\n\nThe Sati Rite\n\n729\n\nCHAPTER\n\nFOURTEEN\n\nDisappearance of Lord Kr$Qa\nYudhi��hira's Anxiety\n\n731\n\nv\n\n", "SB1.3#p0023": "VL\n\nHe Observes Irregularities\n\n733\n\nEverything Disturbed\n\n734\n\nIndications of the Lord's Disappearance\n\n737\n\nThe Lord Is the Source of Everything\n\n739\n\nBad Omens\n\n743\n\nDejected Arjuna\n\n748\n\nYudhif?thira's Anxious Inquiries\n\n750\n\nLord Sr1 K{eyqa's Departure Apprehended\n\n766\n\nCHAPTER FIFTEEN\n\nThe Paoc;javas Retire Timely\nFeelings of Separation by Arjuna\n\n769\n\nThe Lord's Disappearance Admitted\n\n772\n\nThoughts on Lord Sr1 Kreyqa\n\n774\n\nHow Arjuna Was Successful in Gaining Draupadi:\n\n775\n\nHow Bhlma Was Able to Conquer Jarasandha\n\n777\n\nHow the Pat:��avas Were Saved from Durvasa's Wrath\n\n780\n\nHow Arjuna Obtained Different Weapons\n\n783\n\nHow He Fought the Battle of Kurukf?etra\n\n788\n\nThe Law of Struggle for Existence\n\n801\n\nA Summary of Bhagavad-gitii\n\n802\n\nLiberation by Bhagavad-gitii\n\n808\n\nThe Piil)�avas' Timely Retirement\n\n810\n\nThe Mystery of the Lord's Disappearance\n\n814\n\nHow Society Is Affected by Kali\n\n817\n\nMaharaja Par1kf?it Enthroned\n\n818\n\nMaharaja Yudhif?thira Liberated\n\n821\n\nCHAPTER SIXTEEN\nHow Parik�it Recei:ved the Age of Kali\nThe Reign of Maharaja Par!kf?it\n\n837\n\n", "SB1.3#p0024": "Vll\n\nHis World Tour\n\n839\n\nHis Attempt of Exterminate Kali\n\n846\n\nThe King's Reception All Over the World\n\n851\n\nThe Principle of Cow Protection\n\n855\n\nThe King' Anxieties over the Principle\n\n856\n\nCow-killing a Great Drawback\n\n858\n\nDegradation in the Age of Kali\n\n861\n\nLord Krfil)a's Transcendental Attributes\n\n868\n\nThe Age of Kali Incompatible with Everything Noble\n\n869\n\nLord Krfit!a Attractive Even for the Goddess of\nForhtnP.\nThe Delightful Earth During the Lord's Presence\n\n873\n876\n\nCHAPTER SEVENTEEN\nPunishment and Reward of Kali\nMaharaja Parik,it l\\Ieets the Pretender Kali\n\n879\n\nThe Bull, Symbol of Religion\n\n880\n\nCow the Source of Religious Principle\n\n881\n\nCow-killing Astonishing to l\\lahiiriija Parik�it\n\n883\n\nThe King's Bereavement\n\n886\n\nHis Assurance for Cow Protection\n\n887\n\nCow-killing Government Condemned\n\n889\n\nThe Cow Is an Offenseless and Honest Species\n\n892\n\nOffender to the Offenseless\n\n893\n\nThe State's Duty Towards the Offenseless and the\nOffender,\n\n894\n\nThe Philosophy of the Wrongdoer\n\n898\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Energy\n\n903\n\nThe Pillars and the Killers of R eligiosity\n\n904\n\nEarth's Bereavement\n\n905\n\nA Strong King Can Adjust Earthly Disorders\n\n910\n\n", "SB1.3#p0025": "VLLL\n\nConsequences of an Impious Government\n\n913\n\nThe Verdict of the Pious Government\n\n914\n\nClearing Sinners from Sanctified P laces\n\n914\n\nSpecified Spots for Sinful Activities\n\n917\n\nIdeal Leade_rs of Social Welfare\n\n923\n\nDiplomacy in Fighting Evil\n\n924\n\nSpiritual Movements and State Support\n\n927\n\nCHAPTER EIGHTEEN\n\nMaharaja Parfk$it cursed by a srahmaoa soy\nAccepting the Spiritual Master\n\n931\n\nChecking the Evil\n\n934\n\nA Special Concession For the Fallen Age\n\n935\n\nA Feasible Sacrifice in the Age of Kali\n\n940\n\nThe Ass ociation of a Devotee\n\n942\n\nSr1 Kr�l}a, the Unlimited\n\n943\n\nPractical Salvation\n\n948\n\nSignificance of the Unlimited\n\n950\n\nThe Glorious Lord\n\n953\n\nThe Renounced Order of Life\n\n954\n\nThe Story of\n\n957\n\n'laharaja Par!k�it\n\nTrance of Bhaktiyoga\n\n958\n\nFormalities of Reception\n\n960\n\nThe Angry King\n\n962\n\nThe Lord's Special Mercy\n\n964\n\nCaste ')alice\n\n966\n\nThe Puffed-up Bn:ihma!la Boy\n\n968\n\nCursing Not Approved\n\n973\n\nThe Result of Destroying Monarchy\n\n975\n\n", "SB1.3#p0026": "tX\n\nCHAPTER NINETEEN\n\nAppearance of Sukadeva Gosvaml\nThe King Repents\n\n985\n\nThe Rivers Ganges and Yamuna\n\n992\n\nThe Arrival of Great Sages and K ings\n\n995\n\nThe Briihmar-as and the K§atriyas\n\n1001\n\nThe Lord's Special Favor to a Devotee\n\n1003\n\nAppreciation of the Acts of the PiiQ.Q.avas\n\n1010\n\nAttributes of the Sages\n\n1013\n\nMan's Duty\n\n1014\n\nThe Appearance of Sukadeva Gosvami\n\n1015\n\nThe King's Reception\n\n1019\n\nSukadeva Gosvami an Authority\n\n1020\n\nThe Devotee's Fam ily Members\n\n1025\n\nQuestions by the King\n\n1027\n\nAppendixes\nReferences\n\n1033\n\nGlossary\n\n1035\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n1045\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n1047\n\nGeneral Index\n\n1067\n\n", "SB1.3#p0027": "CHAPTER THIRTEEN\n\nDhrtarastra Quits Home\nTEXT I\n��\n\nA\\(���l\"'l�i ��·a.•�..-n �I.\n\\II�I•I(IMwt�( ij�li418�fitffl�t: II � II\nsiita uviica\nviduras tTrtha-yiitriiy iim\n\nmaitreyiid iitmano gatim\n\njiiiitviigiidd hiistina-purom\ntayiiviipta vivitsitafr\n\nsri siitafr\n\nuviica-Sri\n\nSiita\n\nGosvam1 said; vidurafr-Vidura; tirtha­\n\nyiitriiyiim-while traveling to different places of pilgrimage; maitreyiit­\n\nfrom the great sage Maitreya; iitmanafr-of the self; gatim-destination;\n\njiiiitvii-by\n\nknowing\n\nit; i.igiit\n\n-\n\nwent back; hiistina-purom-the\n\ncity\n\nof\n\nHastinapura; taya-by that knowledge; aviipta-sufficiently gainer; vivitsitafr\n\n-being well versed in everything knowable.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Siita Gosvami said: While traveling on a pilgrimage, Vidura received knowledge of the destination of the self from the great sage\nMaitreya and then returned to Hastinapura. He became as well versed in\nthe subject as he desired.\n\nPURPORT\nVidura: One of the prominent figures in the history of the Mahiibhiirata.\nHe was conceived by Vyasadeva in the womb of the maidservant of Am-\n\n661\n\n", "SB1.3#p0028": "662\n\n[Canto 1, Ch 13\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n.\n\nbika, mother of Maharaja Par:u.fu. He is the incarnation of Y amaraja.\nBeing cursed by Mar:u.fuka Muni, he was to become a sudra. The story is\nnarrated as follows. Once upon a time the state police caught some thieves\nwho concealed themselves in the hermitage of Mai)Quka Muni. The police\nconstables, as usual, arrested all the thieves and Mai)Quka Muni along with\nthem. The Magistrate specifically punished the muni to death by being\npierced with a lance. When he was just to be pierced, the news reached the\nking, and he at once stopped the act on consideration of his being a great\nmuni. The king personally begged the muni's pardon for the mistake of\nhis men, and the saint at once went to Y amaraja, who prescribes the\ndestiny of living beings. Yamaraja, being questioned by the muni, replied\nthat the muni in his childhood pierced an ant with a sharpened straw, and\nfor that reason he was put into difficulty. The muni thought it unwise on\nthe part of Yamaraja that he was punished for his childish innocence, and\nthus the muni cursed yamaraja to become a sudra, and this sudra incarnation of Yamaraja was known as Vidura, the sudra brother of Dhrtara�tra\nand Maharaja Pai)QU. But this sudra son of the Kuru dynasty was equally\ntreated by Bhi�madeva, along with his other nephews, and in due course\nVidura was married with a girl who was also born in the womb of a sudriir.i\nby a briihmar.a. Although Vidura did not inherit the property of his\nfather (the brother of Bhi�madeva), still he was given sufficient state property by Dhrtara�tra, the elder brother of Vidura. Vidura was very much\nattached to his elder brother, and all along he tried to guide him in the\nright path. During the fratricidal war of Kuruk�etra, Vidura repeatedly\nimplored his elder brother to do justice to the sons of Pai)QU, but\nDuryodhana did not like such interference by his uncle, and thus he\npractically insulted Vidura. This resulted in Vidura's leaving home for\npilgrimage and taking instructions from Maitreya.\nTEXT2\n\nqmr: i6�U� 31� � �'41<t41'1t: I\n\nii1Mcti¥tRtin� ��i)q((l+t\n\n� II � II\n\nyiivata� krtaviin prasniin\nk�attii kau�iiraviigrata�\njiitaika-bhaktir govinde\ntebhyas coparariima ha\nyiivata�-all that; krtaviin-did he put; prasniin-questions ; k�attii-a\nname of Vi dura; kau�iirava -a name of Maitreya; agrata� -in the presence\n\n", "SB1.3#p0029": "Text 2]\nof; jata-having\n\nDhftarli.!}!ra Quits Home\ngrown\n\nup;\n\n663\n\neka-one; bhakti�-transcendental loving\n\nservice; govinde-unto Lord Kr�JJa; tebhya�-regarding further questions;\n\nca-and; upararama-retired from; ha-in the past.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter asking various questions and becoming established in the transcendental loving service of Lord Kr�!ia, Vidura retired from putting\nquestions to Maitreya Muni.\n\nPURPORT\nVidura retired from putting questions before Maitreya Muni when he\n\nwas convinced by Maitreya ��i that the summun bonum o f life is to be\n\nfinally situated in the transcendental loving service of Lord Sri Kr�JJa, who\n\nis Govinda or one who satisfies His devotees in all respects. The conditioned\n\nsoul or living being in material existence seeks happiness by employing his\n\nsenses in the modes of materialism, but that cannot give him satisfaction.\nHe then searches after the Supreme Truth by the empiric philosophical\n\nspeculative method and intellectual feats. But if he does not find the ulti­\n\nmate goal, he again goes down to material activities and engages himself in\nvarious philanthrophic and altruistic works, which all fail to give him satis­\n\nfaction. So neither fruitive activities nor dry philosophical speculation can\ngive one satisfaction because by nature a living being is the eternal servitor\n\nof the Supreme Lord Sri Kr�Da, and all the Vedic literatures give him direc­\n\ntion towards that ultimate end. The Bhagavad-gzta confirms this statement\n\n(Bg.l5.15).\n\nLike Vidura, an inquisitive conditioned soul must approach a bona fide\n\nspiritual master like Maitreya and by intelligent inquiries must try to know\n\neverything about karma (fruitive activities), jiiiina (philosophical research\nfor the Supreme Truth) and yoga (the linking process of spiritual realiza­\n\ntion). One who is not seriously inclined to put questions before a spiritual\n\nmaster need not accommodate a show bottle spiritual master, nor should\na person who may be a spiritual master for others pose to be so if he is\n\nunable to engage his disciple ultimately in the transcendental loving service\nof Lord Sri Krt>l)a. Vidura was successful in approaching a spiritual master\nlike Maitreya, and he got the ultimate goal of life: bhakti unto Govinda.\nThus there was nothing to be known further about spiritual progress.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0030": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n664\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 13\n\nTEXTS 3-4\n\n6 � qt �: 6(1�}it: I\nt6(ift �� wr: �: 'P-IT II � II\n�������\nac;q•��: ��:«�:f�:mm\ntam bandhum ii.gatarh dr§tvii\ndharma-putra� sahii.nuja�\ndhrtarii§tro yuyutsus ca\nsiita� sii.radvata� prthii.\ngii.ndhii.n draupadl brahman\nsubhadra cottarii. krp\"i\nanyii.S ca jii.maya� pii.r-!Jor\njnii.taya� sasutii.� striya�\n\ntam-him; bandhum-relative; iigatam-having arrived there; dr§tvii-by\nseeing it; dharma-putra�- Yudhi��hira; sahii anuja[l -along with his younger\nbrothers; dhrtarii§tra�-Dhrtara��ra; yuyutsu�-Satyaki; ca-and; siita�Saiijaya; sii.radvata�-Krpacarya; prthii.- Kunti; gii.ndhii.rl:-Gandhari;\ndraupadl Draupadi; brahman-0 brii.hmar-as; subhadrii-Subhadra; caand; uttarii- Uttara; krpi-Krpi; anyii�-others; ca-and;jiimayaft-wives of\nother family members; pii.r-!Jo�-of the Pal)<).avas;jnii.taya�-family members; sasutiift-along with their sons; striya�-the ladies.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen they saw Vidura return to the palace, all the inhabitants,\nMaharaja Yu<lhi!}thira, his younger brothers, Dhrtar�tra, Satyaki, Saiijaya,\n1\\.rpacarya, Kunti, Gandhari, Draupadi, Subhadra, Uttara, 1\\.rpi, and many\nothers, who were wives of the Kauravas, and other ladies with children,\nall hurried to him in great delight. It so appeared that they had regained\ntheir consciousness after a long period.\nPURPORT\nGiindhiir i: The ideal chaste lady in the history of the world. She was the\ndaughter of Maharaja Subala, the King of Gandhara (now Kanda�ar in\nKabul), and in her maiden state she worshiped Lord Siva. Lord Siva is\nworshiped generally by the Hindu maidens to get a good husband.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0031": "Texts 3-4]\n\nDhftara�tra Quits Home\n\n665\n\nGandhari satisfied Lord Siva, and by his benediction to obtain one\n\nhundred sons,\n\nshe was betrothed to Dhrtara�tra, despite\n\nhis being\n\nblind forever. When Gandhari came to know that her would-be husband\n\nwas a blind man, to follow her life companion she decided to become\nvoluntarily blind. So she wrapped up her eyes with many silk linens,\n\nand she was married to Dhftara�tra under the guidance of her elder brother\nSakuni. She was the most beautiful girl of her time, and she was equally\n\nqualified by her womanly qualities, which endeared every member of the\nKaurava court. But despite all her good qualities, she had the natural\n\nfrailties of a woman, and she was envious of Kunti when the latter gave\n\nbirth to a male child. Both the queens were pregnant, but Kunti first\n\ngave birth to a male child. Thus Gandhari became angry and gave a blow\nto her own abdomen. As a result, she gave birth to a lump of flesh only,\n\nbut since she was a devotee of Vyasadeva, by instruction of Vyasadeva the\nlump was divided into one hundred parts, and each part gradually developed to become a male child. Thus her ambition to become the mother\n\nof one hundred sons was fulfilled, and she began to nourish all the children\n\naccording to her exalted position. When the intrigue of the battlefield of\n\nKuruk�etra was going on, she was not in favor of fighting with the\n\nPai)Q.avas; rather, she blamed Dhrtara�tra, her husband, for such a fratri­\n\ncidal war. She desired that the state be divided into two parts, for the sons\nof Piii)Q.u and her own. She was very affected when all her sons died in the\nBattle of Kuruk�etra, and she wanted to curse Bhimasena and Yudhi�thira,\n\nbut she was checked by Vyasadeva. Her mourning over the death of\nDuryodhana and Dul).sasana before Lord Kr�l)a is very pitiful, and Lord\n\nKr�l)a pacified her by transcendental messages. She was equally aggrieved\n\non the death of Karl)a, and she described to Lord Kr�l)a the lamentation\n\nof Karl)a's wife. She was pacified by Srila Vyasadeva when he showed her\n\ndead sons, then promoted to the heavenly kingdoms. She died along with\n\nher husband in the jungles of the Himalayas near the mouth of the Ganges;\n\nshe burned in a forest fire. Maharaja Yudhi�thira performed the death\nceremony of his uncle and aunt.\n\nPrthii: Daughter of Maharaja Surasena and sister of Vasudeva, Lord\n\nKr�l)a's father. Later she was adopted by Maharaja Kuntibhoja, and hence\nshe is known as Kunti. She is the incarnation of the success potency of the\n\nPersonality of Godhead. The heavenly denizens from the upper planets\n\nused to visit the palace of the King Kuntibhoja, and Kunti was engaged for\n\ntheir reception. She also served the great mystic sage Durvasa, and being\n\nsatisfied by her faithful service, Durvasa Muni gave her a mantra by which\n\nit was possible for her to call for any demigod she pleased. As a matter of\n\ninquisitiveness, she at once called for the sun-god, who desired couplement\n\n", "SB1.3#p0032": "666\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 13\n\nwith her, but she declined. But the sun-god assured her immunity from\nvirgin adulteration, and so she agreed to his proposal. As a result of this\ncouplement, she became pregnant, and Karl).a was born by her. By the\ngrace of the sun, she again turned into a virgin girl, but being afraid of her\nparents, she quitted the newly born child Karl).a. After that, when she\nactually selected her own husband, she preferred Pai).�U to be her husband.\nMaharaja Pai).�U later on wanted to retire from family life and adopt the\nrenounced order of life. Kunti refused to allow her husband to adopt such\nlife, but at last Maharaja Piil).�u gave her permission to become a mother\nof sons by calling some other suitable personalities. Kunti did not accept\nthis proposal at first, but when vivid examples were set by Pai).�U she\nagreed_ Thus by dint of the mantra awarded by Durvasa Muni she called\nfor Dharmaraja, and thus Yudhi�thira was born: She called for demigod\nVayu (air), and thus Bhima was born. She called for lndra, the King of\nheaven, and thus Arjuna was born. The other two sons, namely Nakula\nand Sahadeva, were begotten by Pai).�U himself in the womb of Madri.\nLater on, Maharaja Pai).�U died at an early age, for which Kunti was so\naggrieved that she fainted. Two cowives, namely Kunti and Madri, decided\nthat Kunti should live for the maintenance of the five minor children, the\nPa��avas, and Madri should accept the sat\"i rituals by meeting voluntary\ndeath along with her husband. This agreement was endorsed by great sages\n\nlike Satasrriga and others present on the occasion.\nLater on, when the Pa��avas were banished from the kingdom by the\nintrigues of Duryodhana, Kunti followed her sons, and she equally faced\nall sorts of difficulties during those days, During the forest life one demon\ngirl, HiQ.imbi, wanted Bhima as her husband, which was refused by Bhima,\nbut when the girl approached Kunti and Yudhi�thira, they ordered Bhima\nto accept her proposal and give her a son. As a result of this combination,\nGhatotkach was born, and he fought very valiantly with his father against\nthe Kauravas. In their forest life they lived with a brahmarta family that\nwas in trouble because of one Bakasura demon, and Kunti ordered Bhima\nto kill the Bakasura to protect the brahmap.a family against troubles\ncreated by the demon. She advised Yudhi�thira to start for the Paficaladesa. Draupadi was gained in this Paficala-de8a by Arjuna, but by order of\nKunti all the five brothers of the Pa��avas became equally the husbands of\nPaficali or Draupadi. She was married with five Pa��avas in the presence of\nVyasadeva. Kuntidevi never forgot her first child, Karl).a, and after Kar�a's\ndeath in the Battle of Kuruk�etra she lamented and admitted before her\nother sons that Karl).a was her eldest son prior to her marriage with\nMaharaja Pa�Q.u. After the Battle of Kuruk�etra, when Lord Kr�l).a was\ngoing back home, her prayers for the Lord are excellently explained. Later\n\n", "SB1.3#p0033": "T�xts 3-4)\n\nDhftar�!ra Quits Home\n\n667\n\nshe went to the forest with Gandhari for severe penance. She used to take\nmeals after each thirty days. She finally sat down in profound meditation\nand later burned to ashes in a forest fire.\nDraupadi: The most ch,aste daughter of Maharaja Drupada and partly an\nincarnation of goddess Saci, the wife of Indra. Maharaja Drupada performed a great sacrifice under the superintendence of the sage Yaja. By\nhis first offering, Dhr�tadyumna was born, and by the second offering,\n\nDraupadi was born. She is therefore the sister of Dhr�tadyumna, and she\nis also named Pancali. The five Pal)«;lavas married her as a common wife,\n\nand each of them begot a son in her. Maharaja Yudhi�thira begot a son\nnamed Pratibindh, Bhimasena begot a son named Sutasome, Arjuna begot\nSrutakirti, Nakula begot Satanika, and Sahadeva begot Srutakama. She is\ndescribed as a most beautiful lady, equal to her mother-in-law Kunti.\nDuring her birth there was an aero-message that she should be called\nKr�qa. The same message also declared that she is born to kill many a\nBy dint of her blessings from Sankara, she was awarded five\n\nk§atriya.\n\nhusbands, equally qualified. When she preferred to select her own husband,\nprinces and kings were invited from all the countries of the world. She\n\nwas married with the Pal)«;lavas during their exile in the forest, but when\nthey went back home Maharaja Drupada gave them immense wealth as a\ndowry. She was well received by all the daughters-in-law of Dhrtara�tra.\nWhen she was lost in a gambling game, she was forcibly dragged into the\n\nassembly hall, and an attempt was made to see her naked beauty by\n\nDuJ:tsasana, even though there were elderly persons like Bhi�ma and Drol)a\npresent. She was a great devotee of Lord Kr�l)a, and by her praying, the\n\nLord Himself became an unlimited garment to save her from the insult. A\n\ndemon of the name Jatasura kidnapped her, but her second husband\nBhimasena killed the demon and saved her. She saved the Pal)«;iavas from\nthe curse of Mahar�i Durvasa by the grace of Lord Kr�J)a. When the\nPal)«;lavas lived incognito in the palace of Virata, Kicaka was attracted by\n\nher exquisite beauty, and by arrangement with Bhima the devil was killed\nand she was saved. She was very much aggrieved when her five sons were\n\nkilled by Asvatthama. At the last stage, she accompanied her husband\nYudhi�thira and others and fell on the way. The cause of her falling was\n\nexplained by Yudhi�thira, but when Yudhi�thira entered the heavenly\nplanet he saw Draupadi gloriously present there as the goddess of fortune\nin the heavenly planet.\n\nSubhadrii: Daughter of Vasudeva and sister of Lord Sri Kr�J)a. She was\nnot only a very dear daughter of Vasudeva, but also a very dear sister to\nboth Kr�l)a and Baladeva. The two brothers and sister are represented in\n\n", "SB1.3#p0034": "668\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 13\n\nthe famous Jagannatha Temple of Pun, and the temple is still visited by\nthousands of pilgrims daily. This temple is in remembrance of the Lord's\nvisit at Kuruk!}etra during an occasion of solar eclipse and His subsequent\nmeeting with the residents of Vrndavana. The meeting of Radha and Kr�pa\nduring this occasion is-a very pathetic story, and Lord Sri Caitanya in the\necstasy of Radhara!ll always pined for Lord Sri Kmta at Jagannatha Pun.\nWhile Atjuna was at Dvaraka, he wanted to have Suhhadra as his queen, .and\nhe expressed his desire to Lord Kr�!la. Sri Kr�pa knew that His elder\nbrother, Lord Baladeva, was arranging her marriage elsewhere, and since He\ndid not dare to go against the arrangement of Baladeva, He advised Arjuna\nto kidnap Suhhadra. So when all of them were on a pleasure trip on the\nRaivata Hill, Arjuna managed to kidnap Suhhadra according to the plan of\nSri Kr�!la- Sri Baladeva was very angry at Arjuna, and He wanted to kill\nhim, hut Lord �pa implored His brother to excuse Arjuna. Then\nSuhhadra was duly married with Arjuna, and Ahhimanyu was horn of\nSuhhadra. At the premature death of Ahhimanyu, Suhhadra was very\nmortified, hut on the birth of Parik�it she was happy and solaced.\nTEXTS\n\npmtyujjagmu[l. prahaf1epa\npraflarh tanva ivagatam\nabhisangamya vidhivat\npari§vangabhivadanaifl.\nprati towards; ujjagmufl.-went; prahar�e!la-with great delight; priip am\n-life; tanva[l.-of the body; iva-like; iigatam-returned hack; abhisangamya\n-approaching; vidhivat-in due form; pa ri.§uanga-emhracing; abhivadanai[l.\n-by oheisanc�.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith great delight they all approached him, as if life returned to their\nbodies. They exchanged obeisances and welcomed each other with\nembraces.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0035": "Dhftar�tra Quits Home\n\nText 7]\n\n669\n\nPURPORT\nIn the absence of consciousness, the limbs of the body remain inactive.\nBut when consciousness returns, the limbs and senses become active, and\nexistem;e itself becomes delightful. Vidura was so dear to the members of\nthe Kaurava family that his long absence from the palace was comparable\nto inactivity. All of them were feeling acute separation from Vidura, and\ntherefore his return to the palace was joyful for all.\n\nTEXT6\nm: a.....\\cflq\n00\n\nf'CI(il���·6(t: 1\n�� t�le-«qf(st(¥( II � II\nmumucu[l prema-bii�paugharh\nvirahautkarzfhya-katara[l\nraja tam arhayaii cakre\nkrtiisana-parigraham\n\nmumucu[l-emanated;\ntears;\n\nprema-affectionate;\n\nviraha -separation;\n\nbii�paugham-emotional\n\nautkarzfhya-anxiousness; katarii[l-being ag­\n\ngrieved; riijii- King Yud�thira; tam-unto him (Vidura); arhayan-reception; cakre-offered; krta-performance of; iisana-sitting accommodations; parigraham-arrangement of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDue to anxieties and long separation, they all cried out of affection.\nKing Yu�thira then arranged to offer sitting accommodations and a\nreception.\n\nTEXT7\nd \"!!4� R�lk1'41(1l;f Wct'lteit I\nspj��li4-«� (m sm: � � 'R� II \\9 II\ntam bhuktavantarh vi.Srantam\niisinarh sukham-iisane\nprasrayavanato raja\npraha te�arh ca srrzvatam\n\n", "SB1.3#p0036": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n670\ntam-him\n\n[Canto l, Ch_ 13\n\n(Vidura); bhuktavantam-after feeding him sumptuously;\n\nvisriintam-and having taken rest;iisina�-being seated;sukham iisane-on\na comfortable seat; prasraya-avanata[l.-naturally very gentle and meek;\n\nnzja-King Yudhi�thira; p rah a- began to speak; te§iim ca- and by them;\nsrr- vatii m -being heard.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Vidura ate sumptuously and took sufficient rest, he was comfortably seated. Then the King began to speak to him, and all who were\npresent there listened.\nPURPORT\nKing Yudhi�thira was expert in reception also, even in the case of his\n\nfamily members. Vidura was well received by all the family members by\nexchange of embraces and obeisances. After that, bathing and arrangements\nfor a sumptuous dinner were made, and then he was given sufficient rest.\nMter finishing his rest, he was offered a comfortable\n\nplace to sit, and then\n\nthe King began to talk about all happenings, both family and otherwise.\n\nThat is the proper way to receive a beloved friend, or even an enemy.\nAccording to Indian moral codes, even an enemy received at home should\n\nbe so well received that he will not feel any fearful situation. An enemy is\nalways afraid of his enemy, but this should not be so when he is received\n\nat home by his enemy. This means that a person, when received at home,\n\nshould be treated as a relative, so what to speak of a family member like\n\nVidura, who was a well-wisher for all the members of the family. Thus\nYudhi�thira Maharaja began to speak in the presence of all other members.\nTEXTS\n\n� '!CITU\n3IA � ;ft �4¥{�qas'b0l�R1�N<�l'l l\nAqAUiifl'ti;W41«iM61 �€(1+tld}fi: II � II\nyudh�thira uviica\napi smaratha no yu§matpak§ac-chiiyii-samedhitiin\nvipad-gar-iid v�iignyiider\nmocitii yat sa-miitrkii[l.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0037": "Dhrtar�p-a Quits Home\n\nText 8]\n\n671\n\nyudh�thira[l uvaca-Maharaja Yudhi�thira said;api-whether;smarothayou remember; n a[l us;yu§mat-from you;pak§at-partiality towards us\nlike the wings of a bird; saya-protection; samedhitan-we who were\n-\n\nbrought up by you; vipat-gartiit-from various types of calamities;vi.§aby administration of poison; agnyiide[l-by setting on fire; mocita[lreleased from; yat-what you have done; sa-along with; miitrkiifl.-our\nmother.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Yu�1hira said: My uncle, do you remember how you\nalways protected us, along with our mother, from all sorts of calamities?\nYour partiality, like wings of a bird, saved us from poisoning and arson.\nPURPORT\nDue to Pandu 's death at an early age, his minor children and widow were\nthe object of special care by all the elderly members of the family,\nespecially Blu�madeva and Mahatma Vidura. Vidura was more or less\npartial to the Pap.�avas due to their political position. Although Dhrtara�tra\nwas equally careful for the minor children of Maharaja Pap.�u, he was one\nof the intriguing parties who wanted to wash away the descendants of\nPap.�u and replace them by raising his own sons to become the rulers of\nthe kingdom. Mahatma Vidura could follow this intrigue of Dhftara�tra\nand company, and therefore, even though he was a faithful servitor of his\neldest brother Dhftara�!fa, he did not like his political ambition for the\nsake of his own sons. He was therefore very careful about the protection\nof the Pap.�avas and their widow mother. Thus he was, so to speak, partial\nto the Pap.�avas, preferring them to the sons of Dhftara�tra, although both\nof them were equally affectionate in his ordinary eyes. He was equally\naffectionate to both the camps of nephews in the sense that he always\nchastised Duryodhana for his intriguing policy against his cousins. He\nalways criticized his elder brother for his policy of encouragement to his\nsons, and at the same time he was always alert in giving special protection\nto the Pap.�avas. All these different activities of Vidura within the palace\npolitics made him well·known as partial to the Pap.�avas. Maharaja\nYudhi�thira has referred to the past history of Vidura before his going\n.\naway from home for a prolonged pilgrim's journey. Maharaja Yudhi�thira\nreminded him that he was equally kind and partial to his grown-up\nnephews, even after the Battle of Kuruk�etra, a great family disaster.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0038": "672\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch 13\n.\n\nBefore the Battle of Kuruk�etra, Dhp:ara�tra's policy was peaceful\n\nannihilation of his nephews, and therefore he ordered Purocana to build a\n\nhouse at Vara!lavat, and when the building was finished Dhftara�tra desired\nthat his brother's family live there for some time. When the Pa!l�avas were\n\ngoing there in the presence of all the members of the royal family,\n\nVidura tactfully gave instructions to the Pa!l�avas about the future plan of\nDhftara�tra. This is specifically described in the Mahii bh iirata (Ch.l44Adi­\n\nparva). He indirectly hinted, \"A weapon not made of steel or any other\nmaterial element can be more than sharp to kill an enemy, and he who\nknows this is never killed.\" That is to say, he hinted that the party of the\n\nPa!l�avas was_ being sent to Vara!lavat to be killed, and thus he warned\n\nYudhi�thira to be very careful in their new residential palace. He also gave\n\nindications of fire and said that fire cannot extinguish the soul, but it can\nannihilate the material body. But one who protects the soul can live.\n\nKunti could not follow such indirect conversations between Maharaja\nYudhi�thira and Vidura, and thus when she inquired from her son about\n\nthe purport of the. conversation, Yudhi�thira replied that from the talks of\nVidura it was understood that there was a hint of fire in the house where\n\nthey were proceeding. Later on, Vidura came in disguise to the Pa!l�avas\nand informed them that the housekeeper was going to set fire to the house\n\non the fourteenth night of the waning moon. It was an intrigue of\nDhftara�tra that the P3.!1�avas might die all together with their mother.\n\nAnd by his warning the Pa!l�avas escaped through a tunnel underneath\nthe earth so that their escape was also unknown to Dhftara�tra, so much so\nthat after setting the fire, the Kauravas were so certain of the death of the\nPa!l�avas that Dhrtara(ltra performed the last rites of death with great\n\ncheerfulness. And during the mourning period all the members of the\n\npalace became overwhelmed with lamentation, but Vidura did not become\nso, because of his knowledge that the Pa1;1�avas were alive somewhere.\n\nThere are many such instances of calamities, and in each of them Vidura\n\ngave protection to the Pa!l�avas on one hand, and on the other he tried\n\nto restrain his brother Dhftara�tra from such intriguing policies. Therefore,\n\nhe was always partial to the Pa!l�avas, just as a bird protects its eggs by\nhis wing.\n\nTEXT9\n\n� �erlW��: r���,\n\n�if.l �fF'�IM �NijlWfl$0 � II Q.. II\n\n", "SB1.3#p0039": "Text 10)\n\nDhftar�a Quits Home\n\n673\n\nkayii vrttyii vartitam vas\ncaradbhifl k�iti-map!falam\ntirthiini k�etra-mukhyiini\nsevitiiniha bhiitale\nkayii- by which; v rt tyii- me ans; var titam-maintained your livelihood;\n.\n\nva[l-your good self; caradbhi[l-while traveling; k�iti-miip!falam-on the\nsurface of the earth; tirthiini -places of pilgrimage; k�etra-mukhyiini-the\nprincipal holy places; sevitiini- served by you; iha- in this world; bhiitaleon this planet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile traveling on the surface of the earth, how did you maintain\nyour livelihood? At which holy places and pilgrimages did you render\nservice?\nPURPORT\nVidura went out from the palace to detach himself from household\naffairs, especially political intrigues. As referred to hereinbefore, he was\npractically insulted by Duryodhana 's calling him a son of a siidriipi,\nalthough it was not out of place to talk loosely in the case of one's\ngrandmother. Vidura's mother, although a siidriip� was the grandmother of\nDuryodhana, and funny talks are sometimes allowed between grandmother\nand grandchildren. But because the remark was an actual fact, it was\nunpalatable talk for Vidura, and it was accepted as a direct insult. He\ntherefore decided to quit his paternal house and prepare for the renounced\norder of life. This preparatory stage is called viinaprastha-iisrama, or\nretired life for traveling and visiting the holy places on the surface of the\nearth. In the holy places of India, like Vrndavana, Hardvar, Jagannatha\nPuri, Prayaga, etc., there are many great devotees, and there are still free\nkitchen houses for persons who desire to advance spiritually. Maharaja\nYudhi�thira was inquisitive to learn whether Vidura maintained himself\nby the mercy of the free kitchen houses (chhatras).\n\nTEXT 10\n\n�(1:1T llt•tcHtl��n � Rit I\nffitftt� �if.� �:���� II� II\no\n\n", "SB1.3#p0040": "674\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 13\n\nbhavad-vidhii bhiigavatiis\ntirtha-bhutii[l svayarh vibho\ntirthikurvanti tirthiini\nsviinta[l-sthena gadiibhrtii\nbhavat-your good self; vidhii[l-like; bhiigavatii[l- devotees; tirtha -the\n\nholy places of pilgrimage; bhutii[l-converted into; svaya m -personally;\n\nbibho-0 powerful one; tirthikurvanti-make into a holy place of pilgrimage;\ntirthiini-the holy places; sviinta[l-sthena-having been situated in the\nheart; gadiibhrtii-the Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, devotees like your good self are verily holy places personified. Because you carry the Personality of Godhead within your heart, you\n\nturn all places into places of pilgrimage.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Personality of Godhead is omnipresent by His diverse potencies\n\neverywhere, just as electricity power is distributed everywhere within\n\nspace. Similarly, the Lord's omnipresence is perceived and manifested by\nHis unalloyed devotees like Vidura, just as electricity is manifested in an\n\nelectric bulb. A pure devotee like Vidura always feels the presence of the\nLord everywhere. He sees everything in the potency of the Lord and the\n\nLord in everything. The holy places all over the earth are meant for\n\npurifying the polluted consciousness of the human being by an atmosphere\n\nsurcharged with the presence of the Lord's unalloyed devotees. If anyone\n\nvisits a holy place, he must search out the pure devotees residing in such\n\nholy places, take lessons from them, try to apply such instructions in\npractical life and thus gradually prepare oneself for the ultimate salvation,\n\ngoing back to Godhead. To go to some holy place of pilgrimage does not\n\nmean only to take a bath in the Ganges or Yamuna or to visit the temples\n\nsituated in those places. One should also find out representatives of Vidura\nwho have no other desire in life save and except to serve the Personality of\n\nGodhead. The Personality of Godhead is always with such pure devotees\n\nbecause of their unalloyed service which is without any tinge of fruitive\n\naction. They are in the actual service of the Lord specifically by the\nprocess of hearing and chanting. The pure devotees hear from the authori­\n\nties and chant, sing and write of the ,glories of the Lord. Mahamuni\nVyasadeva heard from Narada, and then he chanted in writing; Sukadeva\n\n", "SB1.3#p0041": "675\n\nDhftar�p-a Quits Home\n\nText 11)\n\nGosvami studied from his father, and he described it to Parik�it; that is the\n\nway of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. So by their actions the pure devotees of the\nLord can render any place into a place of pilgrimage, and the holy places\n\nare worth the name only on their account. Such pure devotees are able to\n\nrectify the polluted atmosphere of any place, and what to speak of a holy\nplace rendered unholy by the questionable actions of interested persons\n\nwho try to adopt a professional life at the cost of the reputation of a holy\n\nplace.\n\nTEXT 11\n\natfq 91: ij(((ijii �: �: I\n-at: � qf �: � ij(CI+tl«� II�� II\napi na[l suhrdas tiita\n\nbiindhavii[l knTJa-devatii[l\n\ndn!iib- srutii vii yadava[l\n\nsva-puryiim sukham iisate\n\napi-whether;\n\nna[l-our;\n\nsuhrdafi.-well-wishers;\n\ntiita-0\n\nmy\n\nuncle;\n\nbiindhavii[l-friends; kr.sr-a-devatii[l-those who are always rapt in the ser­\n\nvice of Lord Sri Kr�IJ.a; dr�!ii[l-by seeing them; srutii[l-or by hearing\nabout them; vii-either; yadava[l-the descendants of Yadu; sva- puryiimalong with their residential place; sukham iisate-if they are all happy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy uncle, you must have visited Dvaraka. In that holy place there are\nour friends and well-wishers, the descendants of Y adu, who are always\n\nrapt in the service of the Lord Sri l<f�J.la. You might have seen them or\nheard about them. Are they all living happily in their abodes?\nPURPORT\nThe particular word Kr�!la-devatii[l, i.e., those who are always rapt in\n\nthe service of Lord Kr�!J.a, is significant. The Yadavas and the Pa!l�avas,\n\nwho were always rapt in the thought of the Lord Kr�l)a and His different\n\ntranscendental activities; were all pure devotees of the Lord like Vidura.\nVidura left home in order to devote himself completely to the service of\n\nthe Lord, but the Piil)�avas and the Yadavas were always rapt in the\n\nthought of Lord Kr�!J.a. Thus there is no difference in their pure devotional\n\n", "SB1.3#p0042": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n676\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nqualities. Either remaining at home or leaving home, the real qualification\n\nof a pure devotee is to become rapt in the thought of Kw;ta favorably,\n\ni.e., knowing well that Lord Kr�!!a is the Absolute Personality of Godhead.\n\nKamsa, Jarasandha, Sisupala and other demons like them were also always\n\nrapt in the thought of Lord Kr�Qa, but they were absorbed_in a different\n\nway, namely unfavorably, or thinking Him to be a powerful man only.\nTherefore, Kamsa and SiSupala are not on the same level of pure devotees\n\nlike Vidura, the Pa!!�avas or the Yadavas.\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira was also always rapt in the thought of Lord\n\nKr�!!a and His associates at Dvaraka. Otherwise he would not have asked\n\nall about them from Vidura. Maharaja Yudhi�thira is, therefore, on the\nsame level of devotion as Vidura, although engaged in the state affairs of\n\nthe kingdom of the world.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n� \\if�(·�� � � Q¥(€CUl�� I\n� � fCRT �����II\nity ukto dharma-riijena\n\nsaroam tat samavarrtayat\nyathiinubhutam kramaso\nvinii yadu-kulak§ayam\niti-thus; ukta[t-being asked; dharmariijena-by King Yudhi�hira;\nsa roam-all; tat-that; samavaJ1layat-properly described; yathii-anubhutam\n-as he experienced;. kramasa[t-one after another; vina-without; yadu­\n\nkulak§ayam-annihilation of the Yadu dynasty ..\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus being questioned by Maharaja Yudhi�ra, Mahatma Vidura\ngradually described everything that he personally experienced, except\nnews of the annihilation of the Yadu d ynasty.\nTEXT 13\n\n�� � (<(�g<tRtla'( I\n�·�a:�� Q'i� �:� �¥(�¥(: ������\n\n�;qfit4\n\n", "SB1.3#p0043": "Text 14]\n\nDhftari!tra Quits Home\n\n677\n\nnanv apriyam duroi1aham\nn.rpiim svayam upasthitam\nniivedayat sakaruro\nduflkhitiin dra§tum ak�amafl\nnanu-as a matter of fact; apriyam-unpalatahle; duro�aham-unhear\nahle;\n\n.\n\n­\n\nn rpiim-of\n\nhumankind; svayam-in its own way; upasthitam­\n\nappearance; na-did not; iivedayat-expressed; sakaruzwfl-compassionate;\nduflkhitiin-distressed; dra�tum-to see; ak�amafl-unahle.\nTRANSLATION\nCompassionate Mahatma Vidura could not stand to see the p-ll!l�avas\ndistressed at any time. Therefore he did not disclose this unpalatable and\nunbearable incidence because calamities come of their own accord\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\n\n-\n\nAccording toNiti siistra (civic laws) one should not speak an unpalatable\ntruth to cause distress to others. Distress comes upon us in its own way by\nthe laws of nature, so one should not aggravate it by propaganda. For a\ncompassionate soul like Vidura, especially in his dealings with the beloved\nPap�avas, it was almost impossible to disclose an unpalatable piece of news\nlike the annihilation of the Yadu dynasty. Therefore purposely he refrained\nfrom it.\nTEXT 14\n\n�-�l�¥i�l�l«ft«\"t€tdl <1!4€t�(ili( I\n!lii�S� �ttftifi';fqi «�� I I � \\lll\nkancit kiilam athiiviitsit\nsatkrto devavat sukham\nbhriitur jye�thasya sreyas-krt\nsaroe�iim sukham iivahan\n\nkaiicit-for\nsatkrtafl\n\na\n\nfew\n\n-\n\ndays; kiilam-time; atha-thus; aviitsit resided ;\n\n- being well treated; devavat-just like a godly personality; sukham\n\n-amenities; bhriitu[l.-of the brother; jye§thasya-of the elder; sreyaskrtfor doing good to him; saroe�iim-all others; sukham\nmade it possible.\n\n- happiness ; iivahan­\n\n", "SB1.3#p0044": "678\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Mahatma Vidura, being treated just like a godly person by his\n\nkinsmen, remained there for a certain period just to pacify the mentality\n\nof his eldest brother and in this way bring happiness to all the others.\nPURPORT\n\nSaintly persons like Vidura must he treated as well as a denizen from\n\nheaven. In those days denizens of heavenly planets used to visit homes like\nthat of Maharaja Yu�thira, and sometimes persons like Arjuna and\n\nothers used to visit higher planets. Narada is a spaceman who can travel\n\nunrestrictedly, not only within the material universes but also in the\nspiritual universes. Even Narada used to visit the palace of Maharaja\nYudhi.J?thira and what to speak of other celestial demigods. It is only\nthe spiritual culture of. the people concerned that makes interplanetary\ntravel possible, even in the present body. Maharaja Yudhi�thira therefore\nreceived Vidura in the manner of a reception offered to the demigods.\nMahatma Vidura had already adopted the renounced order of life, and\ntherefore he did not return to his paternal palace to enjoy some material\n\ncomforts. He accepted out of his own mercy what was offered to him by\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira, but the purpose of living in the palace was to deliver\n\nhis too much materially attached elder brother Dhftara�tra. Dhrtara�tra\nlost all his state and descendants in the fight with Maharaja Yudhi�thira,\nand still, due to his sense of helplessness, he did not feel ashamed to accept\nthe charity and hospitality of Maharaja Yudhi�thira. On the part of Maharaja Yudhi�thira, it was quite in order to maintain his uncle in a befitting\n\nmanner, but acceptance of such magnanimous hospitality by Dhftara�tra\nwas not at all desirable. He accepted it because he thought that there was\n\nno other alternative. Vidura particularly came to enlighten Dhftara�tra\nand to give him a lift to the higher status of spiritual cognition. It is the\nduty of enlightened souls to deliver the fallen ones, and Vidura came for\n\nthat reason. But talks of spiritual enlightenment are so refreshing that\nwhile instructing Dhftara�tra, Vidura attracted the attention of all the\nmembers of the family, and all of them took pleasure in hearing him\n\npatiently. This is the way of spiritual realization. The message should be\n\nheard attentively, and if spoken QY a realized soul, it will act on the dormant heart of the conditioned soul. And by continuously hearing, one can\n\nattain the perfect stage of self-realization.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0045": "Text 15)\n\nDhrtar�va Quits Home\n\n679\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�\n\n�Nt\\iEffi\n\n� �qNC(f44il� I\nU,� 4114ui\\titda �: ����II\n\nabibhrad aryamii daruJam\nyathiivad aghakiiri§u\nyiivad dadhiira sudratvam\nsiipiid va�a5atam yama�\nabibhrat- administered; aryamii-Aryama; da{l{Iam-punishment; yathiiv at\n\nas it was suitable; aghakii ri§u-unto the persons who committed\nsins; yavat-as long as; dadhara- accepted; sudratvam-the tabernacle of\na sudra; siipiit-as the result of a curse; var§asatam-for one hundred years;\nyama�- Yamaraja.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs long as Vidura played the part of a siidra, being cursed by Mru;u,luka\nMuni, Aryama officiated at the post of Y amaraja to punish those who\ncommitted sinful acts.\nPURPORT\nVidura, born in the womb of a siidra woman, was forbidden even to a\nparty of royal heritage along with his brothers Dhftara�tra and Pa!l!lu.\nThen how could he occupy the post of a preacher to instruct such learned\nkings and k�atriyas as Dhftara�tra and Maharaja Yudhi�thira? The first\nanswer is that even though it is accepted that he was siidra by birth,\nbecause he renounced the world for spiritual enlightenment by the authority of :{t�i Maitreya and was thoroughly educated by him in transcendental\nknowledge, he was quite competent to occupy the post of an iiciirya or\nspiritual preceptor. According to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, anyone who\nis conversant in the transcendental knowledge or the science of Godhead,\nbe he a briihmar-a or a siidra, a householder or a sannyiis� is eligible to\nbecome a spiritual master. Even in the ordinary moral codes (maintained\nby Ca!lakya Pa!l!iit, the great politician and moralist) there is no harm in\ntaking lessons from a person who may be by birth less than a siidra. This\nis one part of the answer. The other is that Vidura was not actually a\n\n", "SB1.3#p0046": "680\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nsudra. He was to play the part of a so-called sudra for one hundred years,\nbeing cursed by Ma!J.�uka Muni. He was the incarnation of Y amaraja, one\n\nof the twelve Mahajanas on the level with such exalted personalities as\nBrahma, Narada, Siva, Kapila, Bln�ma, Prahlada, etc. Being a Mahajana, it\nis the duty of Yamaraja to preach the cult of devotion to the people of\n\nthe world, as Narada, Brahma, and other Mahajanas do. But Y amaraja is\n\nalways busy in his plutonic kingdom, punishing the doers of sinful acts.\n\nYamaraja is deputed by the Lord to a particular planet, some hundreds of\n\nthousands of miles away from the planet of earth, to take away the\n\ncorrupt souls after death and convict them in accordance with their respec­\n\ntive sinful activities. Thus Y amaraja has very little time to take leave from\nhis responsible office of punishing the wrongdoers. There are more wrong­\n\ndoers than righteous men. Therefore, Yamaraja has to do more work than\n\nother demigods who are also authorized agents of the Supreme Lord. But\n\nhe wanted to preach the glories of the Lord, and therefore by the will of\n\nthe Lord he was cursed by Ma!J.�uka Muni to come into the world in the\nincarnation of Vidura and work very hard as a great devotee. Such a\n\ndevotee is neither a sudra nor a briihmar-a. He is transcendental to such\ndivisions of mundane society, just as the Personality of Godhead assumes\n\nHis incarnation as a hog, but He is neither a hog nor a Brahma. He is above\n\nall mundane creatures. The Lord and His different authorized devotees\n\nsometimes have to play the role of many lower creatures to claim the\n\nconditioned souls, but both the Lord and His pure devotees are always in\n\nthe transcendental position. When Yamaraja thus incarnated himself as\nVidura, his post was officiated by Aryama, one of the many sons of\n\nKa8yapa and Aditi. The Adityas are sons of Aditi, and there are twelve\n\nAdityas. Aryama is one of the twelve Adityas, and therefore it was quite\npossible for him to take charge of the office of Yamaraja during his one\n\nhundred years' absence in the form of Vidura. The conclusion is that\nVidura was never a sudra, but was greater than the purest type of\n\nbriihmar-a.\nTEXT 16\n\n�ro � qr tfut te\\:1(( '\n- �f�ll��ll\nyudh�thiro Iabdha-riijyo\nd.�tva pautram kulandharam\nbhratrbhir loka-piilabhair\nmumude parayii sriyii\n\n", "SB1.3#p0047": "Text 17]\n\nDhrtar�p-a Quits Home\n\n681\n\nyudh�thira�- Yud�thira; labdha-riijya�-possessing his paternal kingdom; dr�tvii-by seeing; pautram-the grandson; kulandharam just suitable for the dynasty; bhriitrbh � by the brothers; lo ka pii labhai�-who\nwere all expert administrators; mumude-enjoyed life; parayii-uncommon;\nsriyii-opulence.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaving won his kingdom and observed the birth of one grandson competent to continue the noble tradition of his family, Maharaja Yudhi�hira\nreigned peacefully and enjoyed uncommon opulence in cooperation with\n\nhis younger brothers, who were all expert administrators to the common\npeople.\n\nPURPORT\nBoth Maharaja Yudhi�thira and Arjuna were unhappy from the beginning of the Battle of Kuruk�etra, but even though they were unwilling to\nkill their own men in the fight, it had to be done as a matter of duty, for it\nwas planned by the supreme will of Lord Sri Kr�!la. After the battle,\nMaharaja Yu�thira was unhappy over such mass killings. Practically\nthere were none to continue the Kuru dynasty after them, the Pii!i�avas.\nThe only remaining hope was the child in the womb of his daughter-in-law,\nUttara, and he was also attacked by A.Svatthama, but by the grace of the\nLord the child was saved. So after the settlement of all disturbing conditions and reestablishment of the peaceful order of the state, and after\nseeing the surviving child Parik�it well satisfied, Maharaja felt some relief\nas a human being, although he had very little attraction for material\nhappiness, which is always illusory and temporary.\nTEXT 17\n\n�m� Sl'i\"E'II;wf (tG_,«:qI I\n31<:ttstiliiC:J?uttRt: �: q(+{§;(ij(t II � \\911\nevarh grhe§u saktiiniirh\npramattiiniirh tadihayii\natyakriimad avijniita�\nkiila� parama-dustara�\nevam thus; grhe§u-in the family affairs; saktiiniim-of persons who are\ntoo attached; pramattiiniim-insanely attached; tadihayii- engrossed in\n-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0048": "682\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 13\n\nsuch thoughts; atyakriimat-surpassed; avijniita[l-imperceptihly; kiila[l.­\n\neternal time; parama-supremely; dustara[l-insurmountahle.\nTRANSLATION\n\nInsurmountable, eternal time imperceptibly overcomes those who are\n\ntoo much attached to family affairs and are always engrossed in their\nthought.\n\nPURPORT\n\n\"I am now happy; I have everything in order; my hank balance is quite\n\nenough; I can now give my children enough estate; I am now successful;\nthe poor beggar sannyiis\"is depend on God, but they come to beg from me;\n\ntherefore I am more than the Supreme God, etc.\" are some of the thoughts\n\nwhich engross the insanely attached householder who is blind to the\npassing of eternal time. Our duration of life is measured, and no one is able\n\nto enhance it even by a second against the scheduled time ordained by the\n\nsupreme will . Such valuable time, especially for the human being, should\n\nbe cautiously spent because even a second passed away imperceptibly\n\ncannot he replaced, even in exchange of thousands of golden coins\n\namassed by hard labor. Every second of human life is meant for making\n\nan ultimate solution to the problems of life, i.e. repetition of birth and\ndeath and revolving in the cycle of 8,400,000 different species of life.\n\nThe material hQdy, which is subject to birth and death, diseases and old\n\nage, is the cause of all sufferings of the living being, otherwise the living\nbeing is eternal: he is never horn, nor does he ever die. Foolish persons\n\nforget this problem. They do not know at all how to solve the problems of\n\nlife, but become engrossed in temporary family affairs without knowing\nthat the eternal time is passing away imperceptibly, and their measured\n\nduration of life is diminishing every second without any solution of the\n\nbig problem, namely repetition of birth and death, disease and old age.\nThis is called illusion.\n\nBut such illusion cannot work on one who is awake in devotional service\n\nof the Lord. Yudhi�thira Maharaja, or his brothers the Pappavas, were all\nengaged in the service of the Lord Sri Kf�pa, and they had very little\nattraction for the illusory happiness of this material world. 1\\.s we have\ndiscussed previously, Maharaja Yudhi�thira was fixed up in the service of\n\nthe Lord Mukunda (the Lord who can award salvation), and therefore he\nhad no attraction even for such comforts of life as are available in the\nkingdom of heaven, because even the happiness obtained in the planet of\n\nBrahmaloka is also temporary and illusory. Because the living being is\n\n", "SB1.3#p0049": "Text 18]\n\nDhrtara�a Quits Home\n\n683\n\neternal, he can be happy only in the eternal abode of the kingdom of God\n\n(Paravyoma) from which no one returns to this region of repeated birth\nand death, disease and old age. Therefore, any comforts of life or any\nmaterial happiness, which does not warrant an eternal life, are but illusion\nfor the eternal living being. One who understands this factually is learned,\nand such a learned person can sacrifice any amount of material happiness\nto achieve the desired goal known as brahma-sukham or absolute happiness. Real transcendentalists are hungry for this happiness, and as a hungry\nman cannot be made happy by all comforts of life minus foodstuff, so the\nhungry man for eternal absolute happiness cannot be satisfied by any\namount of material happiness. Therefore, the instruction described in this\nverse cannot be applied to Maharaja Yudhi�thira or his brothers and\nmother. It was meant for persons like Dhftara�!fa, for whom Vidura came\nespecially to impart lessons.\n\nTEXT 18\n\nt<t<ll¥4¥11'16 I\nN§)«ad11�fl\nUJtfo$1•lRt<tf �d � ¥tti•U•I<t'( II� �II\nviduras tad abhipretya\ndhrtarf4tram abhii§ata\nriijan nirgamyatiirh sighrarh\npa5yedarh bhayam iigatam\nvidura[t- Mahatma Vidura; tat-that; abhipretya-knowing it well;\nDhrtara�tra;\nabhii§ata-said;\nriijan-0\nKing;\ndhrta rii§tram- unto\nnirgamyatiim-please get out immediately; sighram-without the least\ndelay; pasya-just see; idam-this; bhayam-fearfulne ss; iigcitam- already\narrived.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMahatma Vidura knew all this, and therefore he addressed Dhftar�!fa,\nsaying: My dear King, please get out of here immediately. Do not delay.\nJust see how fear has overtaken you.\nPURPORT\nCruel\n\ndeath cares for none, be he Dhftara�tra or even Maharaja\n\nYudhi�thira; therefore spiritual instruction, as was given to old Dhrtara�tra,\nwas equally applicable to younger Maharaja Yudhi�thira. As a matter of\nfact, everyone in the royal palace including the King and his brothers and\n\n", "SB1.3#p0050": "684\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nmother was raptly attending the lectures. But it was known to Vidura\n\nthat his instructions were especially meant for Dhrtara�tra, who was too\n\nmaterialistic. The word riijan is especially addressed to Dhftara�tra signifi­\n\ncantly. Dhrtar�tra was the eldest son of his father, and therefore according\nto law he was to be installed on the throne of Hastinapura. But because he\n\nwas blind from birth, he was disqualified from his rightful claim. But he\n\ncould not forget the bereavement, and his disappointment was somewhat\n\ncompensated after the death of P3.J;l�u, his younger brother. His younger\n\nbrother left behind him some minor children, and Dhrtara�tra became the\n\nnatural guardian of them, but at heart he wanted to become the factual\n\nKing and hand over the kingdom to his own sons, headed by Duryodhana.\n\nWith all these imperial ambitions, Dhrtara�tra wanted to become a king\n\nand contrive all sorts of intrigues in consultation with his brother-in-law\n\nSakuni. But everything failed by the will of the Lord, and at the last\n\nstage, even by losing everything, men and money, he wanted to remain as\n\nKing, being the eldest uncle of Maharaja Yudhi�thira. Maharaja Yudhi�thira,\nas a matter of duty, maintained Dhrtara�tra in royal honor, and Dhrtara�tra\n\nwas happily passing away his numbered days in the illusion of becoming a\nking or the royal uncle of King Yudhi�thira. Vidura, as a saint and as the\nduty-bound\n\naffectionate youngest brother of Dhrtara�tra, wanted to\n\nawaken Dhrtara�tra from his slumber of disease and old age. Vidura there­\n\nfore sarcastically addressed Dhrtara�tra as the \"King,\" which he was\nactually not.. Everyone is the servant of eternal time, and therefore no one\n\ncan be king in this material order. King means the person who can order.\n\nThe celebrated English King wanted to order time and tide, but the time\n\nand tide refused to obey his order. Therefore one is a false king in the\nmaterial world, and Dhrtara�tra was particularly reminded of this false\nposition and of the factual fearful happenings which had already ap­\n\nproached him at that time. Vidura asked him to get out immediately, if he\n\nwanted to be saved from the fearful situation which was approaching\n\nhim fast. He did not ask Maharaja Yudhi�thira in that way because he knew\n\nthat a king like Maharaja Yudhi�thira is aware of all the fearful situations\n\nof this flimsy world, and he would take care of himself, in due course, even\n\nthough Vidura might not be present at that time.\nTEXT 19\n\nsaRtfsti�u WI� �f14�fiN<:SI� I\nu � +«•1sn'l. �:�'It ;r: e+u•l<t: 11��11\n\n", "SB1.3#p0051": "Text 19]\n\nDhftar�p-a Quits Home\n\n685\n\npratikriyii na yasyeha\nkutaicit karhicit prabho\nsa e�a bhagaviin kiilafl\n·\n\nsarve§iirit na/;1 samiigata/;1\np ratikriyii-remedial measure; na-there is none; yasya-of which; ihain this material world; kutascit-by any means; karhicit-or by anyone;\n\nprabho-0 my lord; sa-that; e�afl- positively; bhagaviin-the Personality\nof Godhead; kiila/;1-eternal time; sarve§iim-of all; na [l. -of us; samiigata/;1arrived.\nTRANSLATION\nThis rightful situation cannot be remedied by any person in this\nmaterial world. My lord, it is the Supreme Personality of Godhead as\neternal time [kala] that has approached us all.\nPURPORT\nThere is no superior power which can check the cruel hands of death.\nNo one wants to die, however acute the source of bodily sufferings may\nbe. Even in the days of so-called scientific advancement of knowledge,\nthere is no remedial measure either for old age or for death. Old age is the\nnotice of the arrival of death served by cruel time, and no one can refuse\nto accept either summon calls or the supreme judgment of eternal time.\nThis is explained before Dhrtara�tra because he might ask Vidura to find\n\nout some remedial measure for the imminent fearful situation, as he\n\nhad ordered many times before. Before ordering, however, Vidura informed\nDhrtara�tra that there was no remedial measure by anyone or from any\nsource in this material world. And because there is no such thing in the\nmaterial world, death is identical with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as it is said by the Lord Himself in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg.l2.32).\nDeath cannot be checked by anyone or from any source within this\nmaterial world. Hiral)yakasipu wanted to be immortal and underwent a\nsevere type of penance by which the whole universe trembled, and Brahma\nhimself approached him to disuade Hiral)yakasipu from such a severe type\nof penance. Hiral)yakasipu asked Brahma to award him the blessings of\nimmortality, but Brahma said that he himself was subject to death, even\nin the topmost planet, so how could he award him the benediction of\nimmortality? So there is death even in the topmost planet of this universe,\nand what to speak of other planets, which are far, far inferior in quality to\n\n", "SB1.3#p0052": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n686\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 13\n\nBrahmaloka, the residing planet of Brahma. Wherever there is the influence\nof eternal time, there is this set of tribulations, namely birth, disease, old\nage and death, and all of them are invincible.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n� :Q;:u�q'llSlf �: fii4Mdfl 1\n\\i�Wl: � W9l�6 fitia61��;ufa.fl: ll�oll\nyena caiviibhipanno 'yam\npriir-ail;t priyatamair api\njana� sadyo viyujyeta\nkimutanyair dhanadibhifl\nyena\n\n-\n\npulled by such time; ca-and; eva-certainly; abhipan na� -over­\n\ntaken; ayam\n\n-\n\nthis; prartaifl\n\n-\n\nwith life; priyatamai[l-which is most dear to\n\neveryone; api-even though; jana/1-person; sadyafl-forthwith; viyujyeta­\n\ndo give up; kimuta anyaifl -what to speak of any other thing; dhana-iidibhifl\n-such as wealth, honor, children, land and house.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhoever is under the influence of supreme kala [eternal time] must\n\nsurrender his most dear life, and what to speak o f other things, such as\n\nwealth, honor, children, land and home.\n\nPURPORT\nA great Indian scientist, busy in the planmaking business, was suddenly\ncalled by invincible eternal time while going to attend a very important\nmeeting of the planning commission, and he had to surrender his life, wife,\nchildren, house, land, wealth, etc. During the political upsurge in India\nand its division into Pakistan and Hindusthan, so many rich and influential Indians had to surrender life, property and honor due to the influence\nof time, and there are hundreds and thousands of examples like that all\nover the world, all over the universe, which are all effects of the influence\nof time. Therefore, the conclusion is that there is no powerful living being\nwithin the universe who can overcome the influence of time. Many poets\nhave written verses on the influence of time, many devastations have\ntaken place over the universes due to the influence of time, and no one\ncould check them by any means. Even in our daily life, so many things\n\n", "SB1.3#p0053": "687\n\nDhrtar�tra Quits Home\n\nText 21]\n\ncome and go in which we have no hand, but we have to suffer or tolerate\nthem without remedial measure. That is the result of time.\nTEXT 21\n\nfqqoWI({ij(�SI � R1Rf �� I\n� 'q' i51� m: q(i\\,JtiRie II�� II\npitr-bhriitr-suhrt-putrii\nhatiis te vigatarh vayam\niitmii ca jarayii grastaf:t\npara-geham upiisase\npitr-father; bh riitr-brother; suhrt-well-wishers; putrii�-sons; hatii�­\n\nall dead; te-yours; vigatam-expended; vayam-age; iitmii-the body; caalso ;jarayii- by invalidity; grastaf:t-overcome; p ar a geham\n-\n\n-\n\nanother s home;\n'\n\nupiisase- you do live.\nTRANSLATION\nYour father, brother, well-wishers and sons are all dead and passed\naway. You yourself have expended the major portion of your life, your\nbody is now overtaken by invalidity, and you are living in the home of\nanother.\nPURPORT\nThe King is reminded of his precarious condition, influenced by cruel\ntime, and by his past experience he should have been more intelligent to\nsee what was going to happen to his own life. His father Vicitravirya died\nlong ago, when he and his younger brothers were all little children, and it\nwas due to the care and kindness of Blii�madeva that they were properly\nbrought up. Then again his brother Piil)gu died also. Then in the Battlefield\nof Kuruk�etra his one hundred sons and his grandsons all died, along with\nall other well-wishers like Blii�madeva, Drol)iicarya, Karl)a and many other\nkings and friends. So he had lost all men and money, and now he was living\nat the mercy of his nephew, whom ·he had put into troubles of various\ntypes. And despite all these reverses, he thought that he would prolong\nhis life more and more. Vidura wanted to point out to Dhrtara�tra that\neveryone has to protect himself by his action and the grace of the Lord.\nOne has to execute his duty faithfully depending for the result on the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0054": "Snmmad-Bhigavatun\n\n688\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nsupreme authority. No friend, no children, no father, no brother, no state\nand no one else can protect a person who is not protected by the Supreme\nLord. One should, therefore, seek the protection of the Supreme Lord, for\nthe human form of life is meant for seeking that protection. He was warned\nof his precarious conditions more and more by the following words.\n\nTEXT 22\n3P'I:\n\nst� �)\n\nfit�\n\n•.m\n\nq;(tfi;J:\n\ntU\"SSd I\ntmlf: �11'! ������\n\n�'CSI'*Ifl'l(\n\nandha� puraiva vadhiro\nmanda-prajniiS ca siimpratam\nviiirr-a danto mandiign0\nsariiga� kapham udvahan\nandha� - blind; pura- from the beginning; eva-certainly; vadhira�- hard\nof hearing; manda- prajniib - memo ry shortened; ca - and ; siimpratamrecently; viiirr-a� - lo osened; danta� - teeth; manda- agn* - liver action\ndecreased; sariiga�-with sound; kapham- coughing with mucus; udvahancoming out.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nYou have been blind from your very birth, and recently you have\nbecome hard of hearing. Your mmemmory is shortened, and your intelligence\nis disturbed. Your teeth are loose, your liver is defective, and you are\ncoughing up mmucus.\nPURPORT\nThe symptoms of old age, which had already developed in Dhrtara�tra,\nwere all one after another pointed out to him as warning that death was\nnearing very quickly, and still he was foolishly carefree about his future.\nThe signs pointed out by Vidura in the body of Dhrtara�tra were signs\nof apak�aya, or dwindling of the material body before the last stroke of\ndeath. The body is born, it develops, stays, creates other bodies, dwindles\nand then vanishes. But foolish men want to make a permanent settlement\nof the perishable body and think that their estate, children, society,\n\n", "SB1.3#p0055": "Text 23]\n\nDhftara�tra Quits Home\n\n689\n\ncountry, etc., will give them protection. With such foolish ideas, they be come overtaken by such temporary engagements and forget altogether\nthat they must give up this temporary body and take a new one again to\narrange for another term of society, friendship and love, again to be\nperished ultimately. They forget their permanent identity and become\nfoolishly active for non-permanent occupations, forgetting altogether their\nprime duty. Saints and sages like Vidura approach such foolish men to\nawaken them to the real situation, but they take such siidhus and saints as\nparasites of society, and almost all of them refuse to hear the words of such\nsiidhus and saints, although they welcome show bottle siidhus and so-called\nsaints who can satisfy their senses. Vidura is not a siidhu who satisfies the illgotten sentiment of Dhrtara�tra. He was correctly pointing out the real\nsituation of life, and how one can save oneself from such catastrophies.\nTEXT 23\n\nQhli\\444\\ \\ififflif�ijlijl �� I\n�·nqq�d Aoc+ua:-El •uqR�qa: 11 � �11\naho mahiyasi jantor\nfivitiiSii yathii bhaviin\nbhimiipavarjitarit pir.t;lam\niidatte grha-piilavat\naho\n\n-\n\nalas;\n\nhiyasi- powerful; janto�- of the living beings; jivitiisii­\n\nma\n\nhope for life; yathii-as much as; bhaviin-you are; bhima-Bmmasena (a\nbrother\n\nof\n\nYudhi�thira's);\n\niidatte- eaten by; grha piilavat\n-\n\napavarjitam\n\n-\n\n-\n\nremnants;\n\np i r-t;lam foodstuff;\n-\n\nlike a household dog.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlas, how powerf ul are the hopes of a living being to continue his\nlife. Verily, you are living just like a household dog and are eating remnants of food given by Bhima.\nPURPORT\nA siidhu should never flatter kings or rich men to live comfortably at\ntheir cost. A siidhu is to speak to the householders about the naked truth\n\n", "SB1.3#p0056": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n690\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nof life so that they may come to their senses about the precarious life in\nmaterial existence. Dhftara�tra is a typical example of an attached old\nman in household life. He had become a pauper in the true sense, yet he\nwanted to live comfortably in the house of the Pa!l�avas, of whom Bhi:ma\nespecially is mentioned because personally he killed two prominent sons\nof Dhftara�tra, namely Duryodhana and Dupsasana. These two sons were\nvery much dear to him for their notorious and nefarious activities, and\nBhima is particularly pointed out because he killed these two pet sons.\nWhy was Dhrtariit>tra living there at the house of the Pal)«;lavas? Because\nhe wanted to continue his life comfortably, even at the risk of all humiliation. Vidura, therefore, was astonished how powerful is the urge to continue life. This sense of continuing one's life indicates that a living being\nis �ternally a living entity, and he does not want to change his bodily\nhabitation. The foolish man does not know that a particular term of\nbodily existence is awarded to him to· undergo a term of imprisonment,\nand the human body is awarded, after many, many births and d�aths, as a\nchance for self-realization to go back home, back to Godhead. But persons\nlike Dhftara�tra try to make plans to live there in a comfortable position\nwith profit and interest, for they do not see things as they are. Dhftara�tra\nis blind and continues to hope to live comfortably in the midst of all kinds\nof reverses of life. A sadhu like Vidura is meant to awaken such blind\npersons and thus help them go back to Godhead, where life is eternal.\nOnce going there, no one wants to come back to this material world of\nmiseries. We can just imagine how responsible a task is entrusted to a\nsadhu like Mahatma Vidura.\nTEXT 24\n\naaRif.1qil ��� tRI � �: 1\n� � � 1m ij�(tJf4n � 11 �'clll\nagnir ni�.11to dattaS ca\ngaro dariiS ca dii�itafl\nhrtarit k�etrarit dhanarit ye§am\ntad-dattair asubhifl kiyat\nagni[l-fire; nisr§tafl-set; dat ta[l-given; ca-and; garaft-poison ; daraftmarried wife; ca-and; du�itii(l-insulted; hrta m usurped ; k�e tram k ingdom; dhanam-wealth; ye�iim-of those; tat-their; datta i[l-given by;\nasubh ift subsisting; kiyat-is unnecessary.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0057": "Text 25]\n\nDhrtar3{!tra Quits Home\n\n691\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere is no need to live a degraded life and subsist on the charity of\nthose whom you tried to kill by arson and poisoning. You also insulted\none of their wives and usurped their kingdom and wealth.\n\nPURPORT\nThe system of var[liisrama religion sets aside a part of one's life completely for the purpose of self-realization and attainment of salvation in\nthe human form of life. That is a routine division of life, but persons\nlike Dhrtara�tra, even at their weary ripened age, want to stay home, even in\na degraded condition of accepting charity from enemies. Vidura wanted to\npoint this out and impressed upon him that it was better to die like his\n\nsons than accept such humiliating charity. Five thousand years ago there\nwas one Dhrtara�tra, but at the present moment there are Dhrtara�tras in\nevery home. Politicians especially do not retire fr.om political activities\nunless they are dragged by the cruel hand of death or killed by some\nopposing element. To stick to family life up to the end of one's human\nlife is the grossest type of degradation, and there is absolute need of\neducating such Dhftara�tras by the Viduras, even at the present moment.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n� � w� ,qUI4A m�: ,\nciW4Pwt•d1 iitluit � com� ������\ntasyiipi tava deho'yam\nk.rpapasya jijiv�o[l\nparaity anicchato fi'llo\njarayii viisasi iva\ntasya-of this; api- in spite of; tava- your; deha[l- body; ayam- this ;\nkrpa[lasya-of one who is miserly; jijiv�o[l-of you who desire life;p araiti\n-will dwindle; anicchata[l-even unwilling ; ji'[la[l-deteriorated; jarayaold; viisasz-garments; iva-like.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDespite your unwillingness to die and your desire to live even at the\ncost of honor and prestig e, your miserly body will certainly dwindle and\ndeteriorate like an old garment.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0058": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n692\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 13\n\nPURPORT\nThe words krparasya jifivi�ofl are significant. There are two classes of\nmen. One is called the krpara, and the other is called the briihmara. The\n\nkrpa'}a, or the miserly man, has no estimation of his material body, hut the\nbriihmara has a true estimation of himself and the material body. The\nkrpara, having a wrong estimation of his material body, wants to enjoy\nsense gratification with his utmost strength, and even in old age he wants\nto become a young man by medical treatment or otherwise. Dhftara�p-a\nis addressed herein as a krpara because without any estimation of his\nmaterial body he wants to live at any cost, and Vidura is trying to open\nhis eyes to see that he cannot live more than his term and that he must\nprepare for death. Since death is inevitable, why should he accept such a\nhumiliating position for living? It is better to take the right path, even at\nthe risk of death. Human life is meant for finishing all kinds of miseries of\nmaterial existence, and life should he so regulated that one can achieve the\ndesired goal. Dhftara�tra, due to his wrong conception of life, had already\nspoiled eighty percent of his achieved energy, so it behooved him to\nutilize the remaining days of his miserly life for the ultimate good. Such a\nlife is called miserly because one cannot properly utilize the assets of the\nhuman form of life. Such a miserly man, by good luck only, meets a selfrealized soul like Vidura and by his instruction gets rid of the nescience of\nmaterial existence.\n\nTEXT 26\n\ngata-sviirtham imam deham\nvirakto ·mukta-bandhanafl\navijiiiita-gatir jahyiit\nsa vai dhira udiihrtafl\ngata sviirtham\n-\n\n-\n\nwit hout being properly utilized; imam\n\n-\n\nthis; deham­\n\nmaterial body; viraktalt-indifferently; mukta -being freed; bandhanaltfrom\n\nall\n\nobligations; avijfiiita gatilt\n\nshould give up this body; salt\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nunknown destination; jahyiit\n\n-\n\none\n\nsuch a person; vai-certainly; dhiralt-undis­\n\nturhed; udiihrtap-is said to he so.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0059": "Text 27]\n\nDhrtarawa Quits Home\n\n693\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe is called undisturbed who goes to an unknown, remote place and,\nfreed from all obligations, quits his material body when it has become\nuseless.\n\nPURPORT\n\nNarottama Dasa 'fhakur, a great devotee and iiciirya of the Gausfiya\nV ai�l)ava sect, has sung: \"My Lord, I have simply wasted my life. Having\nobtained the human body, I have neglected to worship Your Lordship, and\ntherefore willingly I have drunk poison.\" In other words, the human body\nis especially meant for cultivating knowledge of devotional service of the\nLord, without which life becomes full of anxieties and miserable conditions_ Therefore, one who has spoiled his life without such cultural activities is advised to leave home without knowledge of friends and relatives\nand, being thus freed from all obligations of family, society, country, etc_,\ngive up the body at some unknown destination so that others may not\nknow where and how he has met his death. Dhira means one who is not\ndisturbed, even when there is sufficient provocation. One cannot give up a\ncomfortable family life due to his affectionate relation with wife and\nchildren. Self-realization is obstructed by such undue affection for family,\nand if anyone is at all able to forget such a relation, he is called the undisturbed, or dhira. This is, however, the path of renunciation based on a\nfrustrated life, but stabilization of such renunciation is possible only by\nassociation with bona fide saints and self-realized souls by which one can\nbe engaged in the loving devotional service of the Lord. Sincere surrender\nunto the lotus feet of the Lord is possible by awakening the transcendental\nsense of service, made possible by association of pure devotees of the Lord_\nDhrtara�tra was lucky enough to have a brother whose very association was\na source of liberation for his frustrated life.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�= weii�'Jt � \\illaf-t:;fa: 311€¥4f!Ui{ 1\n\n� im � it{JdiA�at �: ������\nya[l. svakiit parato veha\njiita-nirveda iitmaviin\nhrdi k.rtvii harirh gehiit\npravrajet sa narottama[l.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0060": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n694\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nya{t-anyone who; svakiit-by his own awakening; parata[l. vii-or by\nhearing from anotlier; iha-here in this world; jiita-becomes; niroeda[l.indifferent to material attachment; atmaviin-consciousness; hrdi-within\nthe heart; krtvii-having been taken by; harim-the Personality of Godhead;\ngehiit-from home; pravrajet-goes away; sa[l.-he\n\nIs;\n\nnara-uttama[l.-the\n\nfirst-class human being.\nTRANSLATION\nHe is certainly a first-class man who awakens and understands, either\nby himself or from others, the falsity and misery of this material world\nand thus leaves home and depends fully on the Personality of Godhead\nresiding within his heart.\nPURPORT\nThere are three classes of transcendentalists, namely, 1)the dhira, or the\none who is not disturbed by being away from the family association, 2)\n\none in the renounced order of life, a sannyasi by frustrated sentiment,\n\nand 3) a sincere devotee of the Lord, who awakens God consciousness by\nhearing and chanting and leaves home depending completely on the Personality of Godhead who resides in his heart. The idea is that the renounced\norder of life, after a frustrated life of sentiment in the material world, may\nbe the stepping stone on the path of self-realization, but real perfection of\nthe path of liberation is attained when one is practiced to depend fully on\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who lives in everyone's heart as\nParamatma. One may live in the darkest jungle alone out of home, but a\nsteadfast devotee knows very well that he is not alone. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is with him, and He can protect His smcere devotee in\nany awkward circumstance. One should therefore practice devotional service at home, hearing and chanting the holy name, quality, form, pastimes,\nentourage, etc., in association with pure devotees, and this practice will\nhelp one awaken God consciousness in proportion to one's sincerity of\npurpose. One who desires material benefit by such devotional activities\ncan never depend on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, although He\nsits in everyone's heart. Nor does the Lord give any direction to persons\nwho worship Him for material gain. Such materialistic devotees may be\nblessed by the Lord with material benefits, but they cannot reach the\nstage of the first-class human beil}g, as above mentioned. There are many\nexamples of such sincere devotees in the history of the world, especially\n\n", "SB1.3#p0061": "Text 28]\n\nDhrtar�tra Quits Home\n\n695\n\nin India, and they are our guides on the path of self-realization. Mahatma\nVidura is one such great devotee of the Lord, and we should all try to\n\nfollow in his lotus footsteps for self-realization.\nTEXT 28\n\n�������\n�Sii4ksfl4�t: : ���:����II\nathodicim diSam yiitu\nsvair ajiiiita-gatir bhaviin\nito 'rviik priiyasafl kiilafl\np urhsiim gu!la-vikar§a!lafl\natha-therefore; udicim-northern side; diSam-direction; yiitu-please\n\ngo away; svaifl-by your relatives; ajiiiita-without knowledge; gatifl­\n\nmovements; bhaviin-of yourself; itaf!-after this; arviik-will usher in;\n\nprayasafl-generally;\n\nkalafl-time;\n\nvikarwcwfl- diminishing.\n\npurhsam-of\n\nmen;\n\ngu!Ja-qualities;\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlease, therefore, leave for the North immediately, without letting\nyour relatives know, for soon that time will approach which will diminish\nthe good qualities of men.\nPURPORT\n\nA life of frustration can be compensated by becoming a dhira, or leaving\n\nhome for good without communicating with relatives, and Vidura advised\nhis eldest brother to adopt this way without delay, because very quickly\n\nthe age of Kali was approaching. A conditioned soul is already degraded\n\nby the material association, and still in the Kali-yuga the good qualities of\n\na man will deteriorate to the lowest standard. He was advised to leave\n\nhome before Kali-yuga approached because the atmosphere which was\ncreated by Vidura, his valuable instructions on the facts of life, would fade\n\naway due to the influence of the age which was fast approaching. To\n\nbecome narottama, or a first-class human being depending completely on\n\nthe Supreme Lord Sri �pa, is not possible for any ordinary man. It is\n\nstated in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 7 .28) that a person who is completely\n\n", "SB1.3#p0062": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n696\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nrelieved of all taints of sinful acts can alone depend on the Supreme Lord\nSri Kr�!la, the Personality of Godhead. Dhftara�tra was advised by Vidura\nat least to become a dhira in the beginning if it were impossible for him to\nbecome a sannyiisi or a narottama. Persistently endeavoring on the line of\nself-realization helps a person to rise to the conditions of a narottama from\nthe stage of a dhira. The dhira stage is attained after prolonged practice of\nthe yoga system, but by the grace of Vidura one can attain the stage\nimmediately simply by willing to adopt the means of the dhira stage,\nwhich is the preparatory stage for sannyiisa. The sannyiisa stage is the\npreparatory stage of paramahamsa, or the first-grade devotee of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 29\n\nfql�ll�\"'\n311\\if+fh:: I\nSUlll\"4i.aNd\n� � <il'tl�u�Qwl\nf.r.lt.qaq iillct4\"a:RM•'41 ������\n•\n\n�\n\n00\n\nevam riijii vidurepiinujena\nprajiiii-cak'�ur bodhita iijami!Jhafl.\nchittvii sve§u sneha-piisiin draphimno\nniScakriima bhriitr-sandarsitiidhvii\nevam-thus; riijii-King Dhrtara�tra; vidurerta anujena-by his younger\nbrother Vidura; prajl'iii-introspective knowledge; cak� u� -eyes; bodhitabeing understood; iijami!Jha[l.-Dhrtara¥.ra, scion of the family ofAjami�ha;\nchittvii-by breaking; sv e� u- regarding kinsmen; sneha-piisiin-strong network of affection; dra{lhimna[l. - because of steadfastness; niscakriimagot out; bhr iitr-brothe r; sandarsita-direction to; adhvii-the path of\nliberation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Maharaja Dhftar�tra, the scion of the family of Ajami�ha, firmly\nconvinced by introspective knowledge [ prajfia ] , broke at once the strong\nnetwork of familial affection by his resolute determination. Thus he im.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0063": "Text 29]\n\nDhrtarawa Quits Home\n\n697\n\nmediately left home to set out on the path of liberation, as directed by\nhis younger brother Vidura.\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the great preacher of the principles of\n$rimad-Bhiigavatam, has stressed the importance of associating with siidhus\nor pure devotees of the Lord. He said that even by a moment's association\nwith a pure devotee, one can achieve all perfection. We are not ashamed to\nadmit that this fact was experienced in our practical life. Were we not\n\nfavored by His Divine Grace Srimad Bhaktisiddhiinta Sarasvati Gosviimi\nMahiiriija, by our first meeting for a few minutes only, it would have been\nimpossible for us to accept this mighty task of describing $rimadBhiigavatam in English. Without seeing him at that opportune moment,\nwe could have become a very great business magnate, but never would we\nhave been able to walk the path of liberation and be engaged in the factual\nservice of the Lord under instructions of His Divine Grace. And here is\nanother practical example by the action of Vidura's association with\nDhftara�tra. Maharaja Dhftara�tra was tightly bound in a network of\nmaterial affinities related to politics, economy and family attachment, and\nhe did everything in his power to achieve so-called success in his planned\nprojects, hut he was frustrated from the beginning to the end so far as his\nmaterial activities were concerned. And yet, despite his life of failure, he\nachieved the greatest of all success in self-realization by the forceful instructions of a pure devotee of the Lord, who is the typical emblem of a\n\nsiidhu. The scriptures enjoin, therefore, that one should associate with\nsiidhus only, rejecting all other kinds of association, and by doing so one\nwill have ample opportunity to hear the siidhus who can cut to pieces the\n\nbonds of illusory affection in the material world. It is a fact that the\nmaterial world is a great illusion because everything appears to be a\ntangible reality, but the next moment everything is evaporated like the\ndashing foam of the sea or a cloud in the sky. A cloud in the sky\nundoubtedly appears to be a reality because it rains, and due to rains so\nmany temporary green things appear, but in the ultimate issue, everything\ndisappears, namely the cloud, rain and green vegetation, all in due course.\nBut the sky remains, and the varieties of sky or luminaries also remain\nforever. Similarly the Absolute Truth, which is compared to the sky,\nremains eternally, and the temporary cloudlike illusion comes and goes\naway. Foolish living beings are attracted by the temporary cloud, but\n\n", "SB1.3#p0064": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n698\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nintelligent men are more concerned with the eternal sky with all its\nvariegatedness.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n.mt � WRJS� �\nqRI?H'II :qa�•nq � 1\nril(ije(06Sic:cl\nfto¥1ttJS4\n¥1wtf(q;uf14q\n6ffl'SI(I(: II� oil\npatirh prayiintam subalasya putri\npati-vratii ciinujagiima siidhvi\nhimiilayarh nyasta-dar�a-prahar§arh\nmanasviniim iva sat samprahiirafl\npatim-her husband; prayiintam-while leaving home; subalasya-of King\nSuhala; putri worthy daughter; pati-vratii-devoted to her husband; ca-\n\nalso; anujagiima-foll owed; siidhvi-the chaste; himiilayam-towards the\nHimalayan mountains; nyasta-dar�a-one who has accepted the rod of the\nrenounced order; praha r�am object of delight; manasviniim-of the great\n-\n\nfighters; iva like; sat-legi timate ; samp rahiirafl\n-\n\n-\n\ngood lashing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGindhari, who was the daughter of King Suhala of Kandahara [or\nGandhara] , followed her husband, seeing that he was going to the\nHimalayan mountains, which are the delight of those who have accepted\nthe staff of the renounced order like fighters who have accepted a good\nlashing from the enemy.\n\nPURPORT\nSaubaliru or Gandhar1, daughter of King Subala and wife of King\nDhrtaral)tra, was ideal as a devoted wife to her husband. The Vedic civilization especially prepares chaste and devoted wives, of whom Gandhari is\none amongst many mentioned in history. L ak�miji Sitadevi was also a\ndaughter of a great king, hut she followed her husband Lord Ramacandra\ninto the forest. Similarly, as a woman she could remain at home or at her\nfather's house, hut as a chaste and gentle lady she followed her husband\n\n", "SB1.3#p0065": "Dhrfarawa Quits Home\n\nText 31]\n\n699\n\nwithout consideration. Instructions for the renounced order of life were\nimparted to Dhftar�tra by Vidura, and Gandhari was by the side of her\n\nhusband. But he did not ask her to follow him because he was at that time\n\nfully determined, like a great warrior who faces all kinds of dangers in the\n\nbattlefield. He was no longer attracted to so-called wife or relatives, and he\ndecided to start alone, but as a chaste lady Gandhari decided to follow her\n\nhusband till the last moment. Maharaja Dhftara�tra accepted the order of\n\nviinaprastha, and at this stage the wife is allowed to remain as a voluntary\nservitor, but in the sannyiisa stage no wife can stay with her former husband. A sannyiisi is considered to be a dead man civilly, and therefore the\n\nwife becomes a civil widow without connection with her former husband.\n\nMaharaja Dhftara�tra did not deny his faithful wife, and she followed her\n\nhusband at her own risk.\n\nThe sannyiisis accept a rod as the sign of the renounced order of life.\n\nThere are two types of sannyiisis. Those who follow the Mayavadi philos­\n\nophy, headed by Sripada Sailkaracarya, accept only one rod (eka-darpa),\n\nbut those who follow the Vai�!lavite philosophy accept three combined\nrods (tri-dar{la). The Mayavadi sannyiisis are ekadarpi-sviimis, whereas the\nV ai�!lava sannyiisis are known as tridarpi-sviimis, or more distinctly,\ntridar4i gosviimis, in order to be distinguished from the Miiyiiviidi philosophers. The ehadarpi sviimis are mostly fond of the Himalayas, but the\nVai�!lava sannyiisis are fond of Vrndavana and Puri. The Vai�!lava sannyiisis\nare narottamas, whereas the Mayavadi sannyiisis are dhiras. Maharaja\nDJ.rtara�tra was advised to follow the dhiras because at that stage it was\ndifficult for him to become a narottama.\n\nTEXT 31\n\najiita-satro[l. k.rta-maitro hutiignir\nvipriin natvii tila-go-bhiimi-rokma*\ngrham pravi§to guro-vandaniiya\nna ciipasyat pitarau saubalim ca\n\n", "SB1.3#p0066": "700\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 13\n\najiita-never born; satrup-enemy; krta-having performed; maitmp­\n\nworshiping the demigods; huta-agni[l-and offering fuel in the fire; vipriin\n\n-the briihmapas; natvii-offering obeisances; tila-go-bhumi-rokmai[l-along\nwith grains, cows, land and gold; grham-within the palace; prav�tafl­\n\nhaving entered into; guru-vandaniiya-for offering respect to the elderly\n\nmembers; na-did not; ca-also; apasyat pitarau-his uncle; saub alimGandhari; ca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaharaja Yu�hira, whose enemy was never hom, perfonned his\n\ndaily morning duties by praying, offering fire sacrifice to_ the sun-god, and\n\noffering obeisances, grains, cows, land and gold to the hrihm�s. He then\nentered the palace to pay respects to the elderly. However, he could not\nfind his uncle and aunt, the daughter of King Subala.\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira was the most pious king because he personally\n\npracticed daily the pious duties for the householders._ The householders are\nrequired to rise early in the morning, and after bathing, they should offer\n\nrespe<;ts to the Deities at home by prayers, by offering fuel in the.sacred\nfire, by giving the briihmaruu in charity land, cows, grains, gold, etc., and\n\nat last offering to the elderly members due respects and obeisances. Unless\n\none is prepared to practice injunctions which are prescribed in the siistras,\n\none cannot be a good man simply by book knowledge. Modern house­\n\nholders are practiced to different modes of life, namely to rise late and\n\nthen take bed tea without any sort of cleanliness and without any purifi­\n\ncatory practices as mentioned above. The household children are taken\nto practice that which the parents practice, and therefore the whole\n\ngeneration glides towards hell. Nothing good can be expected from them\n\nunless they associate with siidhus. Like Dbrtar�tra, the materialistic person\nmay take lessons from a siidhu like Vidura and thus be cleansed of the\n\neffects of modern life.\n\nMaharaja Yudhil?thira, however, could not find in the palace his two\n\nuncles, namely Dbrtar�tra and Vidura, along with Gandhiri, the daughter\nof King Subala. He was anxious to see them and, therefore, asked Saiijaya,\n\nthe private secretary of Dbrtara�tra.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0067": "Dhrtari!tra Quits Home\n\nText 33)\n\n701\n\nTEXT 32\n\n6$:q+t1m;f qSI4itfl«+tiWI9: I\nill4ctil� 'li � fi) �;{�� �: ����II\nft\n\ntatra sanjayam iisinam\npaprocchodvigna-miinasap\ngiivalgape kva nas tiito\nv[ddho hina.S ca netrayop\ntatra-there; sanjayam-unto Saiijaya; iisinam-seated; papraccha-inquired from; udvigna-manasa[l-filled with anxiety; giivalga!le-the son of\nGavalgan, Saiijay a; kva-where is; nap-our; tiitap-uncle; v,rddha[l-old;\nhina[l ca-as also bereft of; netrayop-by the ey es\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Yu�!hira, full of anxiety, turned to Saiijaya, who was\nsitting there, and said: 0 Saiijaya, where is our uncle, who is old and\nblind?\nTEXT 33\n\n31\"11\"1�i�:t�•RY: mI\n1IA' ii'AlidSif �: « • I\nSll:d\\1+11..: � tJWNf %:�dtsqa<( II��II\nambii ca hata-putrii.'rtii\npitrvya[l kva gata[l suhrt\napi mayy akrta-prajne\nhata-bandhup sa bhiiryayii.\niiSamsamiinap samalam\ngangiiyii.m du[lkhito'patat\nambii.[l-mother aunt; ca-and; hata-putrii.-who had lost all her sons;\nii.rtii.-in a sorry plight; pit.royap-uncle Vidura; kva-where; gatap-gone;\nsuhrt-well-wisher; api-whether; mayi-unto me; akrtaprajne-ungrateful;\nhata-bandhu[l-one who has lost all his sons; sap-along with; bhii.ryayii.-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0068": "702\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 13\n\nhis wife; iisamsa-miina[l.-in doubtful mind; samalam-offenses;gahgiiyiimin the Ganges water; du[l.khita[l.-in distressed mind; apatat-fell down.\nTRANSLATION\nWhere is my well-wisher, uncle Vidura, and mother Gandhari, who is\n\nvery afflicted due to all her sons' demise? My uncle Dh.ttara�ra was also\n\nvery mortified due to the death of all his sons and grandsons. Undoubtedly\nI am very ungratefuL Did he, therefore, take my offenses very seriously\n\nand, along with his wife, drown himself in the Ganges?\nPURPORT\n\nThe Pa!J.slavas, especially Maharaja Yudhi�thira and Arjuna, anticipated\n\nthe aftereffects of the Battle of Kuruk�etra, and therefore Arjuna declined\nto execute the fighting. The fight was executed by the will of the Lord,\n\nhut the effects of family aggrievement, as they thought of it before, had\n\ncome to he true. Maharaja Yudhi�thira was always conscious of the great\n\nplight of his uncle Dh.ttara�tra and aunt Gandhari, and therefore he took\n\nall possible care of them in their old age and aggrieved conditions. When,\ntherefore, he could not find his uncle and aunt in the palace, naturally his\n\ndoubts arose, and he conjectured that they went down to the water of\n\nthe Ganges. He thought himself ungrateful because when the Pa!lslavas\n\nwere fatherless, Maharaja Dh.ttar�tra gave them all royal facilities to live,\n\nand in return he had killed all his sons in the Battle of Kuruk�etra. As a\npious man, Maharaja Yudhi�thira took into account all his unavoidable\n\nmisdeeds, and he never thought of the misdeeds of his uncle and company.\n\nDh.ttara�tra had suffered the effects of his own misdeeds by the will of the\nLord, hut Maharaja Yudhi�thira was only thinking of his own unavoidable\n\nmisdeeds. That is the nature of a good man and devotee of the Lord. A\ndevotee never finds fault with others, but tries to find out his own, and\n\nthus rectify them as far as possible.\n\nTEXT 34\n\nAa+td � �: w:: ftl'ul\n� oqe;ca: Actwil • •tad4a: u�vu\npitary uparate piicr9au\nsaroiin na[l. suhrda{l si.Sun\nara��atiim vyasanata{l\npit_royau kva gatiivita[l.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0069": "703\n\nDhrtar�tra Quits Home\n\nText 35]\n\npita ri-upon my father; uparate-falling down; pa[l{iau- Maharaja Pap�u;\nsaroan-all; na[l-us; suhrdafl-we ll wisher; siSun-small children; arak�atiim\n-\n\n-protected; vyasanata[l-from all kinds of dangers; pit.rvyau-un cles; kvawhere; gatau-have departed; ita[l-from this place.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen my father Pap�u fell down and we were all small children,\nthese two uncles gave us protection from all kinds of calamities. They were\nalways our good well-wishers. Alas, where have they gone from here?\nTEXT 35\n\n��\n\nI1At\n\n�«�li'*Q(f.l<tl Ptuctiftla: 1\n\n311t:�'l(¥t:qluft ;r Sl€441eJfacftfCa: 11 �'-\\11\nsuta uviica\nk[payii sneha-vaiklavyiit\nsuto viraha-kar5ita[l\niitmesvaram acak�iirto\nna pratyiihiitipi!]ita[l\nsuta[l uviica- S ii ta Gosvami said; k.rpayii-out of full compassion; sneha­\n\na ik lavyiit-mental\n\nderangement due to profound affection; suta[lSaiijaya; v ira ha-k arsita[l-distressed by separation; iitma-iSvaram-his\nmaster; acak�iirtafl-having not seen; na-did not; pratyiih a replied;\natipi!]ita[l-being too aggrieved.\n\nv\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSiita Gosvami said: Saiijaya, having not seen his own master, Dhftar�tra, due to compassion for his grief and mental condition, could not\nproperly reply to Maharaja Yud�hira.\nPURPORT\nSaiijaya was the personal assistant of Maharaja Yudhi�thira for a very\nlong time, and thus he had the opportunity to study the life of Dhftara�tra.\nAnd when he saw at last that Dhftara�tra had left home without his know-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0070": "704\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatarn\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nledge, even his sorrows had no bound. He was fully compassionate toward\nDhftara�tra because in the game of the Battle of Kuruk�etra, King Dhftara�tra had lost everything, men and money, and at last the King and the\nQueen had to leave home in utter frustration. He studied the situation in\nhis own way because he did not know that the inner vision of D hftara�ra\nwas awakened by Vidura and that therefore he had left home in enthusiastic cheerfulness for a better life after departure from the dark well of\nhome. Unless one is convinced of a better life after renunciation of the\npresent life, one cannot stick to the renounced order of life simply by\nartificial dress or staying out of the home.\nTEXT 36\n\nf4'l$111{fUI qlfOI�f At�l<:'ll-wil<:'l-wl I\n3hUa;a! � !Pit: ql&>l'll�\"(i{ ����II\nvim.rjyiiSrnpi papibhyiim\nvi§tabhyiitmiinam iitmanii\najiita-satrum pratyuce\nprabho[l piidiivanusmaran\nvim.rjya-smearing; as rup i-tears of the eyes; piipibhyiim-with his\nhands; vi§ tabhya-situated; iitmaniim-the mind; iitmanii-by intelligence;\najiita- sat ru m-unto Maharaja Yudhi�thira; pratyil ce - began to reply;\nprabho {l- of his master;padau-feet; anusmaran-thinking after.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFirst he slowly pacified his mind by intelligence, and wiping away his\ntears and thinking of the feet of his master Dhftar�!fa, he began to reply\nto Maharaja Yu�thira.\nTEXT 37\n�p�\n\n;h( � oq'llmd �: te-w�-. 1\n•n..�•�i en ..,.,.,(\\ uAal�� 'lU:'lfll: '' �\"''\nsaii.jaya uviic a\nniiham veda vyavasitam\npitror va[l kula-nandana\ngiindhiiryii vii mahii-biiho\nmu§ito•smi mahiitmabhifi.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0071": "Dhrtar�tfa Quits Home\n\nText 37]\n\n705\n\nsanjayap uviica-Safijaya said; na-not; aham-myself; veda-in knowledge; vyavasitam-determination; pitro\"{l-of your uncles; vafi.-your; kula­\n\nnandana-0 descendant of the Kuru dynasty; giindhiiryii\"{l-by Gandhari;\nvii-or: mahii-biiho-0 great King; mu§itap-cheated; asmi-I have been;\nmahiitmabhi\"{l-great souls.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaiij aya said: My dear descendant of the Kuru dynasty, I have no\n\ninformation of the determination of your two uncles and' Gandh liri. 0\nKing, I have been cheated by those great souls.\n\nPURPORT\nThat great souls cheat others may be astonishing to know, but it is a fact\n\nthat great souls cheat others for a great cause. It is said that Lord K.fj>pa\n\nalso advised Yudlu�thira to tell a lie before Dropacarya, and it was also for\n\na great cause. The Lord wanted it, and therefore it was a great cause.\nSatisfaction of the Lord is the criterion of the bona fides, and the highest\n\nperfection of life is to satisfy the Lord by one's occupational duty. That\n\nis the verdict of Gitii and Bhiigavatam. * Dhftara�tra and Vidura, followed\n\nby Gandhii.ri, did not disclose their determination to Safijaya, although he\nwas constantly with Dhftara�tra as his personal assistant. Safijaya never\nthought that Dhrtara�tra could perform any act without consulting him.\n\nBut Dhftara�tra's going away from home was so confidential that it could\n\nnot even be disclosed to Safijaya. Sanatana Gosvami also cheated the\n\nkeeper of the prison house while going away to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and similarly Raghunatha Dii.sa Gosvami also cheated his priest\n\nand left home for good to satisfy the Lord. To satisfy the Lord, anything\n\nis good, for it is in relation with the Absolute Truth. We also had the same\nopportunity to cheat the family members and leave home to engage in the\n\nnecessary for a great cause, and there is no loss for any party in such tran­\n\nscendental fraud.\n\n*_yataft pravrttir bhiltiiniim yena sarvam idam tatam\nsvakarma[lii tam abhyarcya siddhim vindati miinavaft.\n\n(Bg. 18.46)\n\nataft pumbhir dvija-sre§[hii var[liisrama-vibhiigasaft\n.wanus[hitasya dharmasya saril.siddhir hari-to§a[lam\n\n(Bhiig. 1.2.13)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0072": "[Canto l, Ch. 13\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n706\n\nTEXT 38\n\n3ltll�•lit ¥4•1'=11( �:\n\n(1ld1':\n\nI\n\nSltS;�tll..lfitsntU( (11�&�)s.-q$(\"fJMt ����II\nathiijagiima bhagaviin\nniirada� saha-tumburu�\nprotyutthiiyiibhiviidyiiha\n\n-\n\nsiinujo'bhyarcayan munim\n\natha thereafter; ajagiima\n\n- arrived bhagaviin-the godly personality;\n;\n\nnii rada�-Narada; saha tumburu�-along with his tumbu'ru (musical instru­\n\nment); pra tyutthaya- having gotten up from their seats; abhiviidya­\n\na- anuja�- along with younger\n- thus while receiving in a proper mood; munim­\n\noffering their due obeisances; aha-said;\n\nbrothers; abhyarc ayan\nthe sage.\n\ns\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile Safijaya was thus speaking, Sri Narada, the powerful devotee of\n\nthe Lord, appeared on the scene. Maharaja Yuc;lhi�hira and his brothers received him properly by getting up from their seats and offering obeisances.\nPURPORT\n\nDevar�i Narada is described herein as bhagaviin due to his being the most\n\nconfidential devotee of the Lord. The Lord and His very confidential\n\ndevotees are treated on the same level by those who are actually engaged\n\niii the loving service of the Lord. Such confidential devotees of the Lord\nare very much dear to the Lord because they travel everywhere to preach\n\nthe glories of the Lord in different capacities and try their utmost to con­\n\nvert the nondevotees of the Lord into devotees in order-to bring them to\n\nthe platform of sanity. Actually a living being cannot be a nondevotee of\n\nthe Lord because of his constitutional position, but when one becomes a\n\nnondevotee or nonbeliever, it is to be understood that the person concerned\nis not in a sound condition of life. The confidential devotees of the Lord\n\ntreat such illusioned living beings, and therefore they are most pleasing in\nthe eyes of the Lord. The Lord says in the Bhagavad-gitii that no one is\n\ndearer to Him than one who actually preaches the glories of the Lord to\nconvert the nonbelievers and nondevotees. Such personalities as Narada\n\nmust be offered all due respects, like those offered to the Personality of\n\nGodhead Himself, and Maharaja Yudhi�thira, along with his noble brothers,\n\nwere examples for others in receiving a pure devotee of the Lord like\n\nNarada, who had no other business save and except singing the glories of\nthe Lord along with his vi[tii, a musical stringed instrument ..\n\n", "SB1.3#p0073": "Text 40]\n\nDhrtarawa Quits Home\n\n707\n\nTEXT 39\n\n� �..\n;nt � '1M fq=it�ltti • •r<nfiHu 1\nPRCIT«<t�SII� tli'RII � <Jqftcl;t1ll�'ll\nyudh�thira uviica\nniiharh veda gatirh pitror\nbhagavan kva gatiiv ita�\nambii vii hata-putriirtii\nkva gatii ca tapasvini\nyudh�thira� uviica-Maharaja Yudhi�thira said; na-do not; ahammyself; veda-know it;gatim-departure;pitro�-of the uncles; bhagavan-\n\n0 godly personality;kva-where;gatau-gone;ita�-from this place; ambiimother aunt; vii-either; hata-putrii-bereft of her sons; iirtii-aggrieved;\nkva-where;gata-gone;ca-also; tapasvini-ascetic.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira said: 0 godly personality, I do not know where\nmy two uncles have gone. Nor can I find my ascetic aunt who is griefstricken by the loss of all her sons.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira, as a good soul and devotee of the Lord, was\nalways conscious of the great loss of his aunt and her sufferings as an\nascetic. An ascetic is never disturbed by all kinds of sufferings, and that\nmakes him strong and determined on the path of spiritual progress. Queen\nGandhari is a typical example of an ascetic by her marvelous character in\nmany trying situations. She was an ideal woman as mother, wife and\nascetic, and in the history of the world such character in a woman is rarely\nfound.\n\nTEXT40\n\n• � � ql(f(�'l: I\n31'-IM¥111 � wn00 lf.tQ\"CI¥1: ll\\lo II\nkaJ?la-dharo iviipare\nbhagavan para-dar5aka�\nathababhafle bhagavan\nnarado muni-sattama�\n\n", "SB1.3#p0074": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n708\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nka1'fllldhiiro-captain of the ship; iva-like; apiire-in the extensive\noceans; bhagaviin-representative of the Lord; parodarsakap-one who\ncan give directions to the other end; atha thus; ababhiiJe-began to say;\n-\n\nbhagavan-the godly personality; niirodap-the great sage Narada; munisa\n\nttamap-the greatest among the devotee-philosophers.\nTRANSLATION\nYou are like a captain of a ship in a great ocean and you can direct us\n\nto our destination. Thus addressed, the godly personality, Devar� Narada,\ngreatest of the philosopher devotees, began to speak.\nPURPORT\nThere are different types of philosophers, and the greatest of all of them\nare those who have seen the Personality of Godhead and have surrendered\nthemselves in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. Among all\nsuch pure devotees of the Lord, Devar�i Narada is the chief, and therefore\nhe has been described herein as the greatest of all philosopher devotees.\nUnless one is a sufficiently learned philosopher by hearing the Vedanta\nphilosophy from a bona fide spiritual master, one cannot be a learned\nphilosopher\n\ndevotee.\n\nOne\n\nmust\n\nbe very\n\nfaithful, learned and re­\n\nnounced, otherwise one cannot be a pure devotee. A pure devotee of the\nLord can give us direction towards the other end of nescience. Devar�i\nNarada used to visit the palace of Maharaja Yudhi�thira because the\nPap.�avas were all pure devotees of the Lord, and the Devar�i was always\nready to give them good counsel whenever needed.\nTEXT41\n\n��\n\n\"' m � � 44<l'l(ct� � 1\n�: � �� ..r�4U,u: 1\nB �Ria� B ��,..1\\i � IIV�II\nniirada uviica\nmii kaiicana suco riijan\n\nyad iSvara-va5am jagat\nlokiip sapalii yasyeme\nvahanti balim iSitup\nsa\n\nsarhyunakti bhii.tiini\nsa eva viyunakti ca\n\n", "SB1.3#p0075": "Text 41]\n\nDhrtar�va Quits Home\n\n709\n\nniiradafl uviica-Narada said; mii-never; kaiicana-by all means; sucafldo\n\nyou lament; riijan-0 King; yat-because; iSvaro-vasam-under the\n\ncontrol of the Supreme\n\nLord; jagat-world; lokiifl-all living beings;\n\nsapiiliifl-in cluding their leaders; yasya-whose; ime-all these; vahanti-do\nbear; balim-means of worship; iSitufl-for being\n\nprotected; safl-he;\n\nsamyunakti-gets together; bhutiini-all living beings; safl-he; eva-also;\nviyunakti-disperses; ca-and.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Narada said: 0 pious King, do not lament for anyone, for everyone is under the control of the Supreme Lord. Therefore all living beings\n\nand their leaders carry on worship to be well protected. It is He only who\nbrings them together and disperses them.\n\nPURPORT\nEvery living being, either in this material world or in the spiritual world,\nis under the control of the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead.\nBeginning from Brahmaji, the leader of this universe, down to the insignificant ant, all are abiding by the order of the Supreme Lord. Thus the\nconstitutional position of the living being is subordination under the\n\ncontrol of the Lord. The foolish living being, especially man, artificially\nrebels against the law of the Supreme and thus becomes chastised as an\niisura or lawbreaker. A living being is placed in a particular position by the\norder of the Supreme Lord, and he is again shifted from that place by the\norder of the Supreme Lord or His authorized agents. Brahma, Siva, lndra,\n\nCandra, Maharaja Yu�tliira or, in modern history, Napoleon, Akbar,\n\nAlexander, Gandhi, Subhas or Nehru, all are servants of the Lord, and they\nare placed in and removed from their respective positions by the supreme\nwill of the Lord. None of them is independent. Even though such men or\nleaders rebel so as not to recognize the supremacy of the Lord, they are\nput under still more rigorous laws of the material world by different\nmiseries. Only the foolish man, therefore, says that there is no God.\n\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira was being convinced of this naked truth because he\n\nwas greatly overwhelmed by the sudden departure of his old uncles and\n\naunt. Maharaja Dlqtara�tra was placed in that position according to his\npast deeds; he had already suffered or enjoyed the benefits accrued to him\nin the past, but due to his good luck, somehow or other he got a good\n\nyounger brother, Viduta, and by his instruction he had left to achieve\nsalvation by closing all accounts in the material world.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0076": "[Canto I, Ch. 13\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n710\n\nOrdinarily no one can change the course of one's due happiness and\ndistress by plan. Everyone has to accept them as they come under the\nsubtle arrangement of kiila, or invincible time. There is no use trying to\ncounteract them. The best thing is, therefore, that one should endeavor\nto achieve salvation, and this prerogative is given only to man because of\nhis developed condition of mental activities and intelligence. Only for\nman are there different Vedic instructions for attainment of salvation\nduring the human form of existence. One who misuses this opportunity\nof advanced intelligence is verily condemned and put into different types\nof miseries, either in this present life or in the future. That is the way the\nSupreme controls everyone.\n\nTEXT42\n\n�rnitilftfsil<tl�fqw: \"ii4Jqfiu 1\nttlifi�f .....fil4•�\"fe¥ftfalu :u����\nyathii giivo nasi protiis\n\ntantyiim baddhiis ca diimabhifi.\nviiktantyiim niimabhir baddhii\nvahanti balim iSitu[l\nyathii -as much as; giivafl.-cow; n as i by the nose; protiifl.-women;\n-\n\ntantyiim-by the thread; baddhii[l.-bound up by; ca-also; d iimabh i[l.\nropes;\n\n-\n\nby\n\nviiktantyii m-in the network of Vedic hymns; niima bh i[l.-by\n\nnomenclatures; baddhiifl.- conditioned; v ahan ti\n\n-\n\ncarry on; balim-orders;\n\niSitu[l.-for being controlled by the Supreme Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs a cow, bound through the nose by a long rope, is conditioned,\n\nso also htllllan beings are bound by different Vedic injunctions and ar.e\n\nconditioned to obey the orders of the Supreme.\nPURPORT\n\nEvery living being, whether a man or an animal or a bird, etc., thinks\nthat he is free by himself, but actually no one is free from the severe laws\nof the Lord. The laws of the Lord are severe because they cannot be\ndisobeyed in any circumstance. The manmade laws may be evaded by\ncunning outlaws, but in the codes of the supreme lawmaker, there is not the\n\nslightest possibility of neglecting the laws. A slight change in the course of\n\n", "SB1.3#p0077": "Dhrtar3{!tra Quits Home\n\nText 42)\n\n711\n\nGod-made law can bring about a massive danger to be faced by the\nlawbreaker- Such laws of the Supreme are generally known as the codes of\nreligion under different conditions, but the principle of religion everywhere\nis one and the same, namely, obey the orders of the Supreme God. (Codes\nof Religion) That is the condition of material existence. All living beings\nin the material world have taken up the risk of conditioned life by their\nown selection and are thus entrapped by the laws of material nature. The\nonly way to get out of the entanglement is to agree to obey the Supreme.\nBut instead of becoming free from the clutches of miiyii or illusion, foolish\nhuman beings become bound up by different nomenclatures, being designated as\n\nbriihma!laS,\n\nk§atriyas,\n\nvai.Syas,\n\nsudras,\n\nHindus, Mussulmans,\n\nIndians, Europeans, Americans, Chinese, and many others, and thus they\ncarry out the orders of the Supreme Lord under the influence of respective\nscriptural or legislative injunctions. The statutory laws of the state are\nimperfect imitation replicas or Religious Codes. The secular state, or the\ngodless state, allows the citizens to break the laws of God, but restricts\nthem from disobeying the laws of the state; the result is that the people\nin general suffer more by breaking the laws of God than by obeying the\nimperfect laws made by man. Every man is imperfect by constitution\nunder conditions of material existence, and there is not the least possibility\nof enacting a perfect legislation by the most materially advanced man. On\nthe other hand, there is no such imperfection in the laws of God. If they\nare educated in the laws of God, there is no necessity of a makeshift\nlegislative council vf aimless men. There is necessity of change in the\nmakeshift laws of man, but there is no change in the God-made laws\nbecause they are made perfect by the all-perfect Personality of Godhead.\n(Codes of Religion) Scriptural injunctions are made by liberated representatives of God in consideration of different conditions of living, and by\ncarrying on the orders of the Lord gradually, the conditioned living beings\nbecome free from the clutches of material existence. The factual position\nof the living being is, however, that he is the eternal servitor of the\nSupreme Lord. In his liberated state he renders service to the Lord in\ntranscendental love and thus enjoys a life of full freedom, even sometimes\non the equal level with the Lord or sometimes more than the Lord. But\nin the conditioned material world, every living being wants to be the Lord\nof other living beings, and thus by the illusion of miiyii such mentality of\nlording it becomes a cause of further extension of conditional life. So\nin the material world the living being is still more conditioned, until he\nsurrenders unto the Lord by revjving his original state of eternal servitorship. That is the last instruction of the Bhagavad-gitii and all other\nrecognized scriptures of the world.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0078": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n712\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT43\n\nst\\Clqmaolf 4lU•af4•a+UAi 1\n�-:-��iJ�• � ll\\1�11\n�\n\nyathii kri!lopaskariipam\nsamyoga-vigamiiv iha\nicchayii kri!'itu{l. syatiim\ntathaivesecchayii n{!liim\nyathii.-as\n\nmuch\n\nas;\n\nkri!l a p aska ravam\n-\n\n-\n\nplaythings; s amyoga-union;\n\nvigamau-disunion; iha-as much as; icchaya-by the will of; kri!litu{l. just\n-\n\nto play a part; syat am-takes place; tatha-so also; eva\n\n-\n\ncertainly; iSa-the\n\nSupreme Lord; icchay a-by the will of; nrvam-of the human being.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs a player sets up and disperses his playthings according to his own\nsweet will, so the supreme will of the Lord brings men together and\nseparates them.\nPURPORT\nWe must know for certain that the particular position in which we are\nnow set up is an arrangement of the supreme will in terms of our own acts\nin the past. The Supreme Lord is present as the localized Paramatma in the\nheart of every living being, as it is said in the Bhagavad-gita (Bg. 13.22),\nand therefore He knows everything of our activities in every stage of our\nlives. The reactions of our actions are rewarded by Him by placing us in\nsome particular place. A rich man gets his son born with a silver spoon in\nhis mouth, but the child who came as the rich man's son deserved such a\nplace, and therefore he is placed there by the will of the Lord. And at a\nparticular moment when the child has to be removed from that place, he\nis also carried by the will of the Supreme, even if the child or the father\ndoes not wish to be separated from the happy relation. The same thing\nhappens in the case of a poor man also. Neither rich man nor poor man has\nany control over such meetings or separations of living beings. The example\nof a player and his playthings should not be misunderstood. One may argue\nthat the Lord is bound to award the reactionary results of our own actions,\nand thus the example of a player cannot be applied. But it is not so. We\n\n", "SB1.3#p0079": "713\n\nDhr1ar�tra Quits Home\n\nText44)\n\nmust always remember that the Lord is the supreme will, and He is not\nbound by any law. Generally the law of karma is that one is awarded the\nresult of one's own actions, but in special cases, by the will of the Lord;\nsuch resultant actions are changed also. But this change can be effected by\nthe will of the Lord only, and no other. Therefore, the example of the\nplayer cited in this verse is quite appropriate, for the Supreme Will is\nabsolutely free to do whatever He likes; and because He is all-perfect,\nthere is no mistake in any of His actions or reactions. These changes of\nresultant actions are especially rendered by the Lord when a pure devotee\nis involved. It is assured in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 9.30-31) that the Lord\nsaves a pure devotee who has surrendered unto Him without reservation\nfrom all sorts of reactions of sins, and there is no doubt about thi�. There\nare hundreds of examples vf this by the Lord in the history of the world.\nIf the Lord is able to change the resultant reactions of one's past deeds,\nthen certainly He is not Himself bound up by any action or reaction of His\nown deeds. He is perfect and transcendental to all laws.\n\nTEXT44\n\nyan manyase dhrnvam lokam\nadhrnvam vii na cobhayam\nsarvathii na hi socyiis te\nsnehiid anyatra mohajiit\nyat-even\n\nthough; manyase-you think; dhrnvam-Absolute Truth;\n\nlokam-persons; adh rnvam\nu\n\n-\n\nnonrea lity; vii- either; na-or not; ca-also;\n\nb hayam or bothwise; sarvathii-in all circumstances; na-never; hi-cer-\n\ntainly;\n\nsocyii [l-subject\n\nfor\n\nlamentation;\n\nsnehiit-due\n\nto\n\naffection;\n\nanyatra-or otherwise; mohajiit -due to bewilderment.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, in all circumstances, whether you consider the soul to be an\neternal principle, or the material body to be perishable, or everything to\nexist in the impersonal Absolute Truth, or everything to be an inexplicable\ncombination of matter and spirit, feelings of separation are due only to\nillusory affection and nothing more.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0080": "714\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nPURPORT\nThe actual fact is that every living being is an individual part and parcel\nof the Supreme Being, and his constitutional position is subordinate\ncooperative service. Either in his conditional material existence or in his\nliberated position of full knowledge and eternity, the living entity is\neternally under the control of the Supreme Lord. But those who are not\nconversant with factual kn()wledge put forward many speculative propositions about the real position of the living entity. It is admitted, however,\nby all schools of philosophy, that the livmg being is eternal and that the\ncovering body of five material elements is perishable and temporary.\nThe eternal living entity transmigrates from one material body to another\nby the law of karma, and material bodies are perishable by their fundamental structures. Therefore there is nothing to be lamented in the case of\nthe soul's being transferred into another body, or the material body\nperishing at a certain stage. There are others also who believe in the\nmerging of the spirit soul in the Supreme Spirit when it is uncovered by\nthe material encagement, and there are others also who do not believe in\nthe existence of spirit or soul, but believe in tangible matter. In our daily\nexperience we find so many transformations of matter from one form to\nanother, but we do not lament such changing features. In either of the\nabove cases, the force of divine energy is uncheckable; no one has any\nhand in it, and thus there is no cause of grief.\n\nTEXT45\n\ntasmiij jahy anga vaiklavyam\najiiiina-krtam iitmana[l.\nkatham tvaniithii[l. k[papii\nvarterams te ca miim vinii\nt asm iit- therefore; jahi- give up; ail.ga-0 King; vaik laivyam- disparity of\n\nthe mind; ajiiiina\n\n-\n\nignorance; k rt am due to; iitma na [l.-of yourself; katham\n.\n\n-\n\n-how; tu-but; aniithii[l. - helpless; krp a fliifi. -poor creatures; varteran-be\nable to survive; te-they; ca-also; miim- me; vinii- without\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore give up your anxiety due to ignorance of the self. You are\n\nnow thinking of how they, who are helpless, poor creatures, will exist\nwith()Ut you.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0081": "Text46]\n\nDh rtar3{11J\"a Quits Home\n\n715\n\nPURPORT\nWhen we think of our kith and kin being helpless and dependent on us,\nit is all due to ignorance. Every living creature is allowed all protection by\nthe order of the Supreme Lord in terms of each one's acquired position in\nthe world. The Lord is known as bhiita-bhrt, one who gives protection to\nall living beings. One should discharge his duties only; only the Supreme\nLord can give protection to anyone else. This is explained more clearly in\nthe following verse.\n\nTEXT46\n\n••�4iligun�;il � 'IPI.aRI•: 1\n*fiq+t;4;tf� •fNI�tt14SI<Ji � � 11\\l�ll\nkiila-karma.gupiidhino\ndeho'yam piinca-bhautika[l\nkatham anyiims tu gopii yet\nsarpa-grasto yathiiparam\nkiila[l -eterna l time; karma-action; gupa-modes of nature; iidhina[l­\n\n- mater ial body and mind; ayam-this; piiii a­\n\nunder the control of; deha[l\n\nc\n\nfive; bhautika[l -made of the five elements; katham-how; anyiin-others;\n\nt u-bu t; gopiiy et -give protection; sarpa-grasta[l-one who is bitten by the\n\n-othe s.\n\nsnake; yathii- as much as; param\n\nr\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis gross material body made of five elements is already under the\ncontrol of eternal time [kala] , action [karma] and the modes of material\nnature [ guQa] . How, then, can it, being already in the jaws of the ser p ent,\nprotect others?\nPURPORT\nThe freedom movements of the world and political, economic, social,\nand cultural propaganda can do no benefit to anyone due to their being\ncontrolled by superior power. A conditioned living being is under the full\ncontrol of material nature represented by eternal time and activities under\nthe dictation of different modes of nature. There are three material modes\nof nature, namely goodness, passion and ignorance. Unless one is situated\nin the mode of goodness, one cannot see things as they are. The passionate\nand the ignorant cannot even see things as they are. Therefore a person\nwho is passionate and ignorant cannot direct his activities on the right\npath. Only the man in the quality of goodness can help to a certain extent.\nMost persons are passionate and ignorant, and therefore, their plans and\nprojects can hardly do any good to others. Above the modes of nature\n\n", "SB1.3#p0082": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n716\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nthere is eternal time, which is called kiila because it changes the shape of\neverything in the material world. Even if we are able to do something temporarily beneficial, time will see that the good project is frustrated in course\nof time. The only thing which is possible to be done is to get rid of the\neternal time, kiila, which is compared to kiila-sarpa, or the cobra snake\nwhose bite is always lethal. No one can be saved from the bite of a cobra.\nThe best remedy for getting out of the clutches of the cobralike kiila or its\nintegrity, the modes of nature, is bhakti-yoga, as it is recommended in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 14.26). The highest perfectional project of philanthropic\nactivities is to engage everyone in the act of preaching bhakti-yoga all over\nthe world because that alone can save the people -from the control of miiyii\nor the material nature represented by kiila, karma and gura, as described\n\nabove. The Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 14.26) confirms this definitely.\n\nTEXT47\n\n31C(ijlr.t (C((ijl-.l'tq(IM \"4d\"ti\\li( I\nCMt[f.l ft Q �'R) � �q..i( II \\l\\911\nahadiini sa-hastiiniim\napadiini catu�-padiim\nphalgii.ni tatm mahatiim\njivo jivasya jivanam\nahastiini-those who are devoid of hands; sa-hastiiniim-of those who are\nendowed\n\nwith\n\n-\n\nhands; apadiini those\n\nwho\n\nare endowed\n\nwith legs;\n\ncatu[l-padiim-of those who have four legs ; phalguni-those who are weak;\nta t ra-there;\n\nmahatiim-of the powerful; jiva[l-the living being; jivasya­\n\n-\n\nof the living being; jivanam su bsistence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who are devoid of hands are prey for those who have hands;\nthose devoid of legs are prey for the four-legged. The weak are the\nsubsistence of the strong, and the general rule holds that one living being\nis food for another.\n\nPURPORT\nA systematic law of subsistence in the struggle for existence is there by\nthe supreme will, and there is no escape for anyone by any amount of\nplanning. The living beings who have come to the material world against\nthe will of the Supreme Being are under the control of a supreme power\ncalled miiyii-sakti, the deputed agent of the Lord, and this daivi miiyii is\n\n", "SB1.3#p0083": "Text 47]\n\nDhrtar�a Quits Home\n\n717\n\nmeant to pinch the conditioned souls by threefold miseries, one of which\n\nis explained here in this verse: the weak is the subsistence of the strong.\nNo one is strong enough to protect himself from the onslaught of a\n\nstronger, and by the will of the Lord there are systematic categories of\n\nthe weak, th� stronger and the strongest. There is nothing to be lamented\n\nif a tiger eats a weaker animal, including a man, because that is the law of\n\nthe Supreme Lord. But although the law states that a human being must\n\nsubsist on another living being, there is the law of good sense also, for the\nhuman being is meant to obey the laws of the scriptures also. This is\n\nimpossible for other animals. The human being is meant for self-realization,\n\nand for that purpose he is not to eat anything which is not first offered\n\nto the Lord. The Lord accepts from His devotee all kinds of food\npreparations made of vegetable, namely fruits and leaves and grains. Fruits,\n\nleaves and milk in different varieties can be offered to the Lord, and after\n\nthe Lord accepts the foodstuff, the devotee can partake of the prasiidam\n\nby which all sufferings in the struggle for existence will be gradually\n\nmitigated. This is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 9.22). Even those\nwho are accustomed to eat animals can offer foodstuff, not to the Lord\n\ndirectly, but to an agent of the Lord, under certain conditions of religious\n\nrites. Injunctions of the scriptures are not meant to encourage the eaters\nof animals, hut to restrict them by regulated principles.\n\nThe living being is the source of subsistence for other stronger living\n\nbeings. No one should he very anxious for his subsistence in any circum­\n\nstances because there are living beings everywhere, and no living being\n\nstarves for want of food at any place. Maharaja Yudhi�thira is advised by\n\nNarada not to worry about his uncles' suffering for want of food, for\nthey could live on vegetables available in the jungles as prasiidam of the\nSupreme Lord and thus realize the path of salvation.\n\nExploitation of the weaker living being by the stronger is the natural\n\nlaw of existence; there is always an attempt to devour the weak in different\n\nkingdoms of the living being. There is no possibility of checking this\n\ntendency by any artificial means under material conditions, but it can\n\nonly be checked by awakening the spiritual sense of the human being by\n\npractice of spiritual regulations. The spiritual regulative principles, however,\n\ndo not allow a man to slaughter weaker animals on one side and teach\n\nothers peaceful coexistence. If man does not allow the animals peaceful\n\ncoexistence, how can he expect peaceful existence in human society?\nThe blind leaders must therefore understand the Supreme Being and then\ntry to implement the kingdom of God. The kingdom of God or Riimariijya\n\nis impossible without the awakening of God consciousness in the mass\n\nmind of the people of the world.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0084": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n718\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT48\n\n� � �NI-\"'4 iiR+iiSRtMI �I\n�uswt;iijfl � m � 'ilqql'lfl H\\l� ll\ntad idarh bhagaviin riijann\neka iitmiitmaniirh svadrkantaro'nantaro bhiiti\npasya tam miiyayorudhii\n\n-\n\ntat-therefore; idam-this manifestation; bhaga van the Personality of\nGodhead; rajan-0 King; e ka {l-one without a second; atmii-the Supersoul;\n\n- look;\n\natmanam-by His energies; svadrk-qualitatively like Him; antara{l-with\nout; ananta ra{l-within and by Himself; bhati-so manifests; p as ya\n\ntam-unto Him only; mayaya-by manifestations of different energies;\nurudha-appears to be many.\nTRA NSLATION\nTherefore, 0 King, you should look to the Supreme Lord only, who\nis one without a second and who manifests Himself by different energies\nand is both within and without.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord Personality of Godhead is one without a second, but\nHe manifests Himself by different energies because He is by nature blissful.\nThe living beings are also manifestations of His marginal energy, qualitatively one with the Lord, and there are innumerable living beings both\nwithin and without the external and internal energies of the Lord. Since\nthe spiritual world is a manifestation of the Lord's internal energy, the\nliving beings within that internal potency are qualitatively one with the\nLord\n\nwithout\n\ncontamination\n\nfrom\n\nthe\n\nexternal potency.\n\nAlthough\n\nqualitatively one with the Lord, the living being, due to contamination of\nthe material world, is pervertedly manifested, and therefore he experiences\nso-called happiness and distress in the material world. Such experiences\nare all ephemeral and do not affect the spirit soul. The perception of such\nephemeral happiness and distress is due only to the forgetfulness of his\nqualities, which are equal to the Lord's. There is, however, a regular\ncurrent by which to rectify the fallen condition of the living being by the\nLord Himself from within and without. From within H� corrects the\ndesiring living being as localized Paramatma, and from without He corrects\nby His manifestations, the spiritual master and the revealed scriptures. One\nshould look unto the Lord; one should not be disturbed by the so-called\n\n", "SB1.3#p0085": "Text49]\n\nDhrt arii{ltra Quits Home\n\n719\n\nmanifestations of happiness or distress, but he should try to cooperate\nwith the Lord in His outward activities for correcting the fallen souls. By\n\nHis order only one should become a spiritual master and cooperate with\n\nthe Lord. One should not become a spiritual master for one's personal\n\nbenefit or for some material gain or as an avenue of business or occupation\n\nfor earning livelihood. Bona fide spiritual masters who look unto the\nSupreme Lord to cooperate with Him are actually qualitatively one with\n\nthe Lord, and the forgetful ones are perverted reflections only. Yudhi�thira\n\nMaharaja is advised, therefore, by Narada not to be disturbed with the\n\naffairs of so·called happiness and distress, but to look only unto the Lord\n\nto execute the mission for which the Lord has descended. That was his\n\nprime duty.\n\nTEXT49\n\nm� � ll1m'l �4(161.. : ,\n4fila\"itsctfflcirts�nq+u:u� t\\(fA\\11( ll\\l�ll\nso 'yam adya mahiiriija\nbhagaviin bhiita-bhiivanafl\nkiila-riipo 'vatirro 'syiim\nabhiiviiya sura-dv�iim\nsap-that Supreme Lord; ayam -the Lord Sri Kr�l}a; adya\n\n-\n\nat present;\n\nmahiiriija-0 King; bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; bhuta-bhiivanafl\n-the creator or the father of everything created; kii la -riipafl\n\n-\n\nin the disguise\n\nof devouring time; avatirrafl-descended; asyiim-upon the world; abhiiviiya\n-for eliminating; sura-dv i§iim-those who are against the will of the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat Supreme Personality of Godhead Lord Sri Kr�!la in the guise of\nall devouring time [kala-riipa] has now descended on earth to eliminate\n\nthe envious from the world.\nPURPORT\nThere are two classes of human beings, namely the envious and the\n\nobedient. Since the Supreme Lord is one and the father of all living beings,\nthe envious living beings are also His sons, but they are known as the\n\nasums. But the living beings who are obedient to the Supreme Father are\ncalled devatiis, or demigods, because they are not contaminated by the\nmaterial conception of life. The asums are not only envious of the Lord\n\nin even denying the existence of the Lord, but they are also envious of all\nother livmg beings. The predominance of asums in the world is occasionally\n\n", "SB1.3#p0086": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n720\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nrectified by the Lord when He eliminates them from the world and\nestablishes a rule of devatiis like the Part9avas. His designation as kiila in\ndisguise is significant. He is not at all dangerous, but He is the transcendental form of eternity, knowledge and bliss. For the devotees His factual\nform is disclosed, and for the nondevotees He appears like kiila-rilpa\nwhich is causal form. This causal form of the Lord is not at all pleasing to\nthe. asuras, and therefore they think of the Lord as formless in order to\nfeel secure that they will not be vanquished by the Lord.\nTEXT 50\n\nf.l..q.fd>�\n\n�ti�¥ti!4�4 �I\n\nmt 4{tt¥t�\n\nlAt �n�R�: ll�oll\n\nn4paditam deva-krtyam\navllSe§am pratik§ate\ntiivad yuyam avek§adhvam\nbhaved yiivad ihesvara[l\nn4piiditam-performed; deva-krtyam-what was to be done on behalf of\nthe demigods; avase§am-the rest; p rat ik §at e-being awaited; tiivat-up to\nthat time; yuyam-all of you Part9avas; avek§adhvam-observe and wait;\n\nbhavet-may; yiivat-as long as; iha-in this world; iSvara[l,-the Supreme\nLord.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Lord has already performed His duties to help the demigods, and\n\nHe is awaiting the rest. You Part9avas may wait as long as the Lord is here\n\non earth.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord descends from His abode (Kf�rtaloka), the topmost planet\nin the spiritual sky, in order to help the demigod administrators of\nthis material world when they are greatly vexed by the asuras, who are\nnot only envious of the Lord but also of His devotees. As referred to\nabove, the conditioned living beings contact material association by their\nown choice, dictated by a strong desire to lord it over the resources of the\nmaterial world and become imitation lords of all they survey. Everyone is\ntrying to become an imitation God; there is keen competition amongst\nsuch imitation gods, and such competitors are generally known as asuras.\nWhen there are too many asuras in the world, then it becomes a hell for\nthose who are devotees of the Lord. Due to the growth of the asuras, the\nmass of people who are generally devoted to the Lord by nature and the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0087": "Text 51]\n\nDhrtar�lfa Quits Home\n\n721\n\npure devotees of the Lord, including the demigods in higher pla nets, pray\n\nto the Lord for relief, and the Lord either descends personally from His\nabode or deputes some of his devotees to remodel the fallen condition of\n\nhuman society, or even animal society. Such disruptions take place not\nonly in the human society but also amongst animals, birds or other living\nbeings, including the demigods in the higher planets. Lord\n\nSri �!la\n\ndescended personally to vanquish asuras like Kamsa, J arasandha, Si8upala,\netc., and during the reign of Maharaja Yudhi�thira almost all these asuras\nwere killed by the Lord. Now he was awaiting the annihilation of His own\ndynasty, called the Y aduvamsa, who appeared by His will in this world.\nHe wanted to take them away before His own departure to His eternal\nabode. Narada, like Vidura, did not disclose the imminent annihilation of\nthe Yadu dynasty, but indirectly gave a hint to the King and his brothers\n\nto wait till the incident happens and the Lord departs.\nTEXT 51\n\n�: {{( 1imn tll f41qt � � I\nC\\f� � Sll'ftun•u»JPi mr: 11� � 11\n..\n\ndhrtar�trafi. saha bhriitrii\ngiindhiiryii ca sva-bhiiryayii\ndak§i!lena himavata\n.�i!liim iisramam gatafi.\ndhrtarii� frafi.- D hrt ar astra; saha- along with; bhriitrii- his brother Vidura;\ngiindhiiryii- Ga ndhari also; ca - and; sva-bhiiryayii-his own wife; dak�i!lena\n-by the southern side; himavata[l.-of the Himalayan mountains; ni!liim­\n\nof the nis; iisramam-in shelter; gatafi.-he has gone.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, your uncle, Dhftar�ra, his brother Vidura and his wife\nGandhari have g one to the southern side of the Himalayan mountains\nwhere there are shelters of the great sages.\nPURPORT\nTo pacify the mourning Maharaja Yudhi�thira, Narada first of all spoke\n\nfrom the philosophical point of view, and then he began to describe the\nfuture movements of his uncle, which he could see by his foreseeing\npowers, and thus began to describe as follows.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0088": "722\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 52\n\n�initf1r.eafil����� 1\n\n«8r--f sffitit ;n;tt (18\\itl6: � ����II\nsrotobhifl. saptabhir yii vai\nsvardhuni saptadhii vyadhiit\nsaptiiniim pritaye niima\nsapta-srotafl. pracak1ate\nsrotobhi[l.-by currents; saptabhifi.-by seven (divisions); yii-the river;\nvai-certainly; svardhuni-the sacred Ganges; saptadhii -seven branches;\n\nvyadhiit-created; saptiinii m-of the seven; p ritaye-for the satisfaction of;\nnama-various; sapta-srota fl.-seven sources;pracak�ate-known by name.\nTRANSLATION\nThe place is called Saptasrota (divided by seven) because there the\nwaters of the sacred Ganges divide into seven branches. This was done for\nthe satisfaction of the seven great �is.\nTEXT 53\n\n(ai�HJ(1i!4•ht�..�� :qasll;:qvnPd\\t 1\n� '�Nijlw:(fl�l ij' � Ntl3ttat: ������\nsniitviinusavanam tasmin\nhutvii ciignin yathiividhi\nabbhak� upa.Siintiitma\nsa iiste vigata4af1afl.\nsnii tvii-b y taking bath; anus avana m-regularl y three times (morning,\n\n-\n\nnoon and evening); tasmin-in that Ganges divided into seven; hutvii b y\n\n-\n\nperforming the Agni-hotra sacrifice; ca-also; agnin in the fire; yathiividhi-just according to the tenets of the scripture; abbhak §a [l.-fasting\n\n-\n\nby drinking only water; upa sii nta completely controlled; iitmii-the gross\nsenses and the subtle mind; sa[i.-Dhrtarii.�tra; iiste-would be situated;\n\nvigata -devoid of; e§apa[i.-thoughts in relation with family welfare.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the banks at Saptasrota, Dhftarfu:!tra is now engaged in beginning\n�tariga-yoga by bathing three times daily, in the morning, noon and\nevening, by performing the Agnihotra sacrifice with fire and by drinking\nonly water. This helps one control the mind and the senses and frees one\ncompletely from thoughts of familial affection.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0089": "Text 53]\n\nDhrtarii{lva Quits Home\n\n723\n\nPURPORT\nThe yoga system is a mechanical way to control the senses and the mind\nand divert them from matter to spirit. The preliminary processes are the\nsitting posture, meditation, spiritual thoughts, manipulation of air passing\nwithin the body, and gradual situation in trance, facing the Absolute\nPerson Paramatma. Such mechanical ways of rising up to the spiritual\nplatform prescribe some regulative principles of taking bath daily three\ntimes, fasting as far as possible, sitting and concentrating the mind on\n\nspiritual matters and thus gradually becoming free from vi§aya or material\nobjectives. Material existence means to be absorbed in the material ob­\n\njective, which is simply illusory. House, country, family, society, children,\nproperty, business, etc., are some of the material coverings of the spirit\n\niitmii, and the yoga system helps one to become free from all these\nillusory thoughts and gradually turn towards the Absolute Person Paramatma. By material association and education, we learn simply to concen­\n\ntrate on flimsy things, but yoga is the process of forgetting thein altogether.\n\nModern so-called yogis and yoga systems ·manifest some magical feats, and\n\nignorant persons are attracted by such false things. or they accept the\n\nyoga system as a cheap healing process for diseases of the gross body. But\nfactually the yoga system is the process of learning to forget what we have\nacquired throughout the struggle for existence. Dhrtara�tra was all along\nengaged in improving family affairs by raising the standard of living of his\nsons or by usurping the property of the Pap!lavas for the sake of his own\nsons. These are common affairs for a man grossly materialistic and without\nknowledge of the spiritual force. He does not see how this can drag one\nfrom heaven to hell. By the grace of his younger brother Vidura, Dhftara�tra was enlightened and could see his grossly illusory engagements, and\nby such enlightenment he was able to leave home for spiritual relaization.\n\nSri Naradadeva was just foretelling the way of his spiritual progress in a\n\nplace which was sanctified by the flow of the celestial Ganges. Drinking\nwater only without solid food is also considered fasting. This is necessary\nfor advanceme11t of spiritual knowledge. A foolish man wants to be a\n\ncheap yogi without observing the regulative principles. A man who has no\n\ncontrol over the tongue at first can hardly become a yogi. Yogi and bhogi\n\nare two opposite terms. The bhogi or the merryman who eats and drinks\n\ncannot be a yogi, fm:. a yogi is never allowed to eat and drink unrestrictedly.\n\nWe may note with profit how Dhftara�tra began his yoga system by drinking water only and sitting calmly in a place with a spiritual atmosphere,\ndeeply absorbed in the thoughts of the Lord Hari, the Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0090": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n724\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 54\n\nfalaaQ;it �6JWIQ: Sl�lt61RPI\\41: I\nlR¥tl:twt�l\nlit(ij(liiltQ\"fCC64it¥M: II� \\111\njitiisano jitaSviisa[l\npratyii-hrta-�al}-indriya[l\nhari-bhiivanayii dhvastaraja[l sattva-tamomalalz.\njita-iisana[l-one who has controlled the sitting posture;jita-sviisa[l-one\nwho has controlled the breathing process; pratyii - hrta-turning hack; �tsix; indriya[l-senses; hari-the Absolute Personality of Godhead; bhiivanayii\n-absorbed in; dhvasta\n\n-\n\nconquered; raja \"{l-passion; sattva-goodness; tamap\n\n-ignorance; mala\"{l-contaminations.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who has controlled the sitting postures [the yogic iisana) and\n\nthe breathing process can tum the senses toward the Absolute Personality\n\nof Godhead and thus become immuned from the contaminations of the\n\nmodes of material nature, namely mundane goodness, passion and ignorance.\nPURPORT\n\nThe preliminary ·activities of the way of yoga are iisana, prii[liiyiima,\npratyiihiira, dhyiina, dhiirarii, etc. Maharaja Dhftara�tra was to attain\nsuccess in those preliminary actions because he was seated in a sanctified\nplace and was concentrating upon one objective, namely the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead (Hari). Thus all his senses were being engaged in\nthe service of the Lord. This process directly helps the devotee to get\nfreedom from the contaminations of the three material modes of nature.\nEven the highest mode, the material mode of goodness, is also a cause of\nmaterial bondage, and what to speak of the other qualities, namely passion\nand ignorance. Passion and ignorance increase the material propensities of\nhankering for material enjoyment, and a strong sense of lust provokes the\naccumulation of wealth and power. One who has conquered these two base\nmentalities and has raised himself on the platform of goodness, which is\n\nfull of knowledge and morality, cannot also control the senses, namely the\neyes, the tongue, the nose, the ear and touch. But one who has surrendered\nhimself unto the lotus feet of Lord Hari, as above mentioned, can transcend all influences of the modes of material nature and he fixed in the\nservice of the Lord. The bhakti-yoga process, therefme, directly applies\nsenses to the loving service of the Lord. This prohibits the performer from\n\n", "SB1.3#p0091": "Text 55]\n\nDhrtarawa Quits Home\n\n725\n\nengaging in material activities. This process of turning the senses from\nmaterial attachment to the loving transcendental service of the Lord is\n\ncalled pratyiihiira, and the very process is called priip.iiyiima, ultimately\nending in samiidhi, or absorption in pleasing the Supreme Lord Hari by all\nmeans.\n\nTEXT 55\n\nN(llwtl�¥tr.t � � smeM � I\ni1QIIH4l�lwt'41�\n\nEltiMI(f'HIMI' ����II\n\nvijii.iiniitmani samyojya\nk�etraftie praviliipya tam\nbrahmap.y iitmiinam iidhiire\nghafiimbaram iviimbare\nvijn iina- purified identity; iitmani-of intelligence; samyojya-perfectly\nfixing up; k�etrajne-in the matter of the living being;praviLlpya-merging;\n\ntam-hiin; brahmaczi-in the Supreme; atmanam-pure living being; adhare\n-in the reservoir; ghatiimbaram-sky within the block; i va -like; ambarein the supreme sky.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nDhrtar�a will have to amalgamate his pure identity with intelligence\nand then merge into the Supreme Being with knowledge of his qualitative\noneness, as a living entity, with the Supreme Brahman. Being freed from\nthe blocked sky, he will have to rise to the spiritual sky.\n\nPURPORT\nThe living being, by his desiring to lord it over the material world and\ndeclining to cooperate with the Supreme Lord, contacts the sum total of\nthe material world, namely the mahat-tattva, and from the mahat-tattva\nhis false identity, with the material world, intelligence, mind, and the\nsenses, is developed. This covers his pure spiritual identity. By the yogic\nprocess, when his pure identity is realized, which is known as self-realization, then one has to revert to the original position by amalgamating the\nfive gross elements and the subtle elements, mind and intelligence into the\n\nmahat-tattva again. Thus getting freed from the clutches of the mahattattva, he has to merge in the existence of the Supersoul. In other words,\nhe has to realize that qualitatively he is non-different from the Supersoul,\nand thus he transcends the material sky by his pure identical intelligence\nand thus becomes engaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord.\nThis is the highest perfectional development of spiritual identity, which\nwas attained by Dhrtara�tra by the grace of Vidura and the Lord. The\n\n", "SB1.3#p0092": "[Canto l, Ch. 13\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n726\n\nLord's mercy was bestowed upon him by his personal contact with Vidura,\nand when he was actually practicing the instructions of Vidura, the Lord\nhelped him to attain the highest perfectional stage.\n\nA pure devotee of the Lord does not live in any planet of the material\nsky, nor does he feel any contact with material elements. His so-called\nmaterial body does not exist, being surcharged with the spiritual current\nof the Lord's identical interest, and thus he is permanently freed from all\ncontaminations of the sum total of the mahat-tattva. He is always in the\nspiritual sky, which he attains by being transcendental to the sevenfold\nmaterial coverings by the effect of his devotional service. The conditioned\nsouls are within the coverings, whereas the liberated soul is far beyond the\ncover.\n\nTEXT 56\n\n<tq(ij+(l41gtJO<(�\n\nf.lqCfi(UI\\14: I\n\nf.li!lki61Rf4el�l( 31M �lt!Ri!ii4R�: 1\n6�1;:ij(li(t �: Q;:tt(ij1Rf4e4i4u H�� 11\ndhvast a-miiyii-gurtodarko\nnir uddha-karartii.Sayafl\nnivartitiikhiliihiira\niiste sthiirtur iviicalafl\ntasyiintariiyo maiviibhufl\nsannyastiikhila-karmartafl\n\ndhvasta-being destroyed; miiya-gu11a -the modes of material nature;\nudarkafl-aftereffects;\n\nniruddha-being\n\nsenses and the mind; n iva rtita\nsenses; aste-is\n\nsuspended;\n\nkararta-iisayafl-the\n\n- stopped; akhila-all; h ra{l-food for the\nii ii\n\nsitting; sthii f1 up -immov ab le; ioo-like; adhuni-acalafl ­\n\nfixed up; tasya-his; antariiyafl-hindrances; mii iva-never like that; abhii[t­\n\nbe; sannyasta-renounced; akhila-all sorts; kar ma rtafl-material duties.\nTRANSLATION\nHe will have to suspend all the actions of the senses, even from the\n\noutside, and will have to be impervious to interactions of the senses, which\n\nare influenced by the modes of material nature. After renouncing all\nmaterial duties, he must become immovably established, beyond all sources\nof hindrances on the path.\n\nPURPORT\n\nDhftar�tra had attained, by the yogic process, the stage of negation of\nall sorts of material reaction. The effects of the material modes of nature\n\n", "SB1.3#p0093": "Text 57]\n\nDhrtar�tra Quits Home\n\n727\n\ndraw the victim to the indefatigable desires of enjoying matter, but one\ncan escape such false enjoyment by the yogic process. Every sense is\nalways busy in searching for its food, and thus the conditioned soul is\nassaulted from all sides and has no chance to become steady in any pursuit.\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira was advised by Narada not to disturb his uncle by\nattempting to bring him back home. He was now beyond the attraction\nof anything material. The material modes of nature (the gup.as) have their\ndifferent modes of activities, but above the material modes of nature\nthere is a spiritual mode also which is absolute. Nirgup.a means without\nreaction. The spiritual mode and its effect are identical; therefore the\nspiritual quality is distinguished from its material counterpart by the word\nnirgup.a. After complete suspension of the material modes of nature, one is\nadmitted to the spiritual sphere, and action dictated by the spiritual modes\nis called devotional service or bhakti. Bhakti is therefore nirgup.a attained\nby direct contact with the Absolute.\n\nTEXT 57\n\nq � atQ(twtli! � m: qirit� 1\n\nmt � � � •Rifhtfci\"'RI ����II\nsa\n\nvii adya.taniid rii.jan\nparata[l paiicame'hani\n\nkalevaram hii.syati svam\ntac ca bhasmibhavi§yati\nsa[!,-he; vii-in all probability; adya-today; taniit-from; rii.jan-0 King;\npa ra ta[l-ahead; paiicame-on the\nhii.syati-shall quit; svam-his\n\nfifth; ahani-day; kalevaram-body;\n\nown; tat\n\n-\n\nthat; ca-also; bhasmi-ashes;\n\nbhavi§yati-will turn into.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, he will quit his body, most probably, on the fifth day from\ntoday. And his body will turn to ashes.\n\nPURPORT\nNarada Muni's prophecy prohibited Yudhi�!hira Maharaja to go to the\nplace where his uncle was staying because even after quitting the body by\nhis own mystic power, Dhftara�tra would not be in need of any funeral\nceremony because Narada Muni indicated that his body by itself would\nburn to ashes. The perfection of the yoga system is attained by such mystic\npower: the yogi is able to quit his body by his own choice of time and can\n\n", "SB1.3#p0094": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n728\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 13\n\nattain any planet he desires by turning the present body into ashes by\nself-made fire.\n\nTEXT 58\n\n((�+tl�sfitf� �: tRfi � I\n41ft:� 'fffl'm�fhl+tM+tij� ����II\ndahyamiine'gnibhir dehe\npatyufl patni sahotaje\nbahifl sthita patim siidhvi\ntam agnim anu vek�yati\ndahyamiine-while it is burning; agnibhi[l-by the fire; dehe-the body;\npatyufl-of the\n\nhusband; patni-the wife; saha-utaje-along\n\nwith the\n\nthatched cottage; bahifl-outside;sthitii-situated;patim-unto the husband;\nsiiddvi-the\n\nchaste lady; tam-that; agnim-fire; anu vek§yati-looking\n\nwith great attention shall enter the fire.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile outside observing her husband who will burn in the fire of\nmystic power along with his thatched cottage, his chaste wife will enter\nthe fire with rapt attention.\nPURPORT\nGandhari was an ideal chaste lady, a life companion of her husband, and\ntherefore when she saw her husband burning in the fire of mystic yoga\nalong with his cottage of leaves, she despaired. She left home after\nlosing her one hundred sons, and in the forest she saw that her most\nbeloved husband was also burning. Now she actually felt alone, and therefore entered the fire of her husband and followed her husband to death.\nThis entering of a chaste lady into the fire of her dead husband is called\nthe sati rite, and the action is considered to be most perfect for a woman.\nIn a later age, this sati rite became an obnoxious criminal affair because the\nceremony was forced upon even an unwilling woman. In this fallen age it\nis not possible for any lady to follow the sati rite as chastely as it was done\nby Gandhliii and others in past ages. A chaste wife like Gandhari would\nfeel the separation of her husband to be more burning than actual fire.\nSuch a lady can observe the sati rite voluntarily, and there is no criminal\nforce by anyone. When the rite became a formality only and force was\napplied upon a lady to follow the principle, actually it became criminal,\nand therefore the ceremony was to be stopped by state law. This prophecy\nof Narada Muni to Maharaja Yudhi�thira forbade him to go to his widow\naunt.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0095": "Text 60]\n\nDhrtarawa Quits Home\n\n729\n\nTEXT 59\n\nA((� <ldJII� fwt�IQ4 -��.. I\n\nri�Cfi$1(ij4Ui{ tR1 �: ����II\nviduras tu tad iiScaryam\nniSiimya kuru-nandana\nhar�a-soka-yutas tasmiid\ngantii tirtha-n�evakafl\nvidurafl- Vidura also; tu-but; tat-that incidence; iiSc aryam -wonderful;\niSiimya seeing; kuru-nandana-0 son of the Kuru dynasty; har§adelight; soka-grief; yutap - affected by; tasmiit-from that place; gantiiwent away; t irtha- place of pilgrimage; n�evakap-for being enlivened.\nn\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nVidura, being affected with delight and grief, will then leave that\nplace of sacred pilgrimage.\n\nPURPORT\nVidura was astonished to see the marvelous departure of his brother\nDh:ftar�tra as a liberated yogi, for in his past life he was much attached to\nmaterialism. Of course it was only due to Vidura that his brother attained\nthe desirable goal of life. He was therefore glad to learn about it. But he\nwas sorry that he could not make his brother turn into a pure devotee.\nThis was not done by Vidura because of Dh:ftar�p-a's being inimical to the\nPappavas, who were all devotees of the Lord. An offense at the feet of a\nVai�pava is more dangerous than an offense at the lotus feet of the Lord.\nVidura was certainly very liberal to bestow mercy upon his brother\nDh:ftara�tra, whose past life was very materialistic. But ultimately the\nresult of such mercy certainly depended on the will of the Supreme Lord\nin the present life; therefore Dh:ftara�p-a attained liberation only, and\nafter many such liberated states of life one can attain to the stage of\ndevotional service. Vidura was certainly very mortified by the death of\nhis brother and sister-in-law, and the only remedy to mitigate such lamentation was to go out to pilgrimage. Thus Maharaja Yudhi�thira had no\nchance to call back Vidura, his surviving uncle.\n\nTEXT60\n\n� � ifRG:: ij�: I\nFttfkil it\"i!!� � �I'JI(Iii\"ii:\n\n", "SB1.3#p0096": "730\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 13\n\nity uktviitharuhat svargam\nnaradah saha-tumburuh\nyudhi§thiro vacas tasya\nhrdi krtviijahiic chuca[l.\n.\n\n.\n\niti-thus; uktvii-having addressed; atha-thereafter; arnhat-ascended;\nsvargam-outer space; niiroda[l.-the great sage Narada; saha-along with;\n\ntumburu[l.-his stringed instrument; yudh�thira[l.-Maharaja Yudhi�thira;\n\nvaca[l.-instructions; tasya-of his; hrdi krtvii-keeping in the heart; ajahat­\n\ngave up; suca[l.-all lamentations.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaving spoken thus, the great sage Narada, along with his vin.ii,\n\nascended into outer space. Yudhi�thira kept his instruction in his heart and\nso was able to get\n\nrid of all lamentations.\n\nPURPORT\nSri Naradaji is an eternal spaceman, having been endowed with a spiritual\n\nbody by the grace of the Lord. He can travel in the outer spaces of both\n\nthe material and spiritual worlds without restriction and can approach any\nplanets by mechanical means. Maharaja Yudhi�thira was a pious king, and\nhis previous life as the son of a maidservant. Because of his association\n\nwith pure devotees, he was elevated to the position of an eternal spaceman\n\nand thus had freedom of movement. One should therefore try to follow in\n\nthe footsteps of Narada Muni and not make a futile effort to reach other\nplanets by mechanical means. Maharaja Yudhi�thira was a pious king, and\ntherefore he could see Narada Muni occasionally; anyone who desires to\n\nsee Narada Muni must first be pious and follow in the footsteps of Niirada\n\nMuni.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the First Canto, Thirteenth\nChapter, of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, entitled ..Dhrtarii§/TU Quits Home.,\n\n", "SB1.3#p0097": "CHAPTER FOURTEEN\n\nDisappearance of Lord Kf$1Ja\nTEXT I\n\n. f[!f �'fR\n\nij..,.�a . ,,....4, ftiam �r:a.aa�• 1\nq t;(�� �=if fcl�f!6¥(11 � II\nsuta uviica\nsamprasthite dvarakayam\nj4rwu bandhu-didrk�aya\njnatum ca pur'-ya-slokasya\nk�r'-asya ca viceHitam\nsri suta� uvaca-Sri Siita Gosvami said; samprasthite-having gone to;\n\ndviirakayam-the city of Dvaraka; j4zwu-Arjuna; bandhu-friends and\nrelatives; didrk�aya-for meeting them; jnatum-to know; ca-also; puflyaslokasya-of one whose glories are. sung by Vedic hymns; kn1Jasya-of Lord\nKr�qa; ca-and; vice�titam-further programs of work.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Suta Gosvami said: Arjuna went to Dviraki to see Lord Sri K.r!!�a\n\nand other friends and also to learn from the Lord of His next activities.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in the Bhagavad-gita, the Lord descended on earth for the\n\nprotection of the faithful and annihilation of the impious, so after the\nBattle of Kuruk�etra and establishment of Maharaja Yudhisthira, the\n\nmission of the Lord was complete. The Pap�avas, especially\n\nSri Arjuna,\n\nwere eternal companions of the Lord, and therefore Arjuna went to\nDvaraka to hear from the Lord of His next program of work.\n731\n\n", "SB1.3#p0098": "732\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT2\n\n'\"f�dt: Efi�MriiiQHMJ •wu�Jtst.J: I\n� '\"w;qafUt Rf� �:II� II\nvyatita[l. katicin mii.sas\ntada nayat tato 'rjuna[l.\ndadarsa ghora-riipiir&i\nnimittiini kuriidvaha[l.\nvyatitii[l.-after passing away; katicit-a few; miisii[l.-months; tadii-at\nthat time; na iiyiit- did not return; tata[l.-from there; a ljuna[l. - Arjuna ;\ndadar5a- observed; gho m- fearful; riipiir&i-appearances; nimittiini- various\ncauses; kuriidvaha[l.- Maharaja Yudhi�hira.\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nA few months passed, and Arjuna did not return. Maharaja Yu�hira\n\nthen began to observe some inauspicious omens, which were fearful in\nthemselves.\n\nPURPORT\n\nLord Sri �pa the Supreme Personality of Godhead is ad infinitum,\nmore powerful than the most powerful sun of our experience. Millions\nand billions of suns are created by Him and annihilated by Him within\nHis one breathing period. In the _material world the sun is considered to be\nthe source of all productivity and material energy, and due to the sun only\nw� can have the necessities of life. Therefore, during the personal presence\nof the Lord on the earth, all paraphernalia of our peace and prosperity,\nespecially religion and knowledge, were in full display because of the\nLord's presence, just as there is a full flood of light in the presence of the\nglowing sun. Maharaja Yudhi�thira observed some discrepancies in his\nkingdom, and therefore he became very anxious about Arjuna, who was\nlong absent, and there was also no news about Dvaraka's well-being. He\nsuspected the disappearance of Lord Kr�a, otherwise there would have\nbeen no possibility of fearful omens.\nTEXT3\n\n� � �\n\nmJ �q4e�fifar: 1\n- qawft44'f� � itfNJhU'ldlt:'lwtlt;Q I � II\n\n", "SB1.3#p0099": "Text 3)\n\nDisappearance of Lord .Kr�a\n\n733\n\nkiilasya ca gatim raudrom\n\nviparyastar tu dharmi!wb­\n\npiipiyasim nr!J.iim viirtiim\n\nkrodha-lobhiinrtatmaniim\n\nkiilasya-of the eternal time; ca-also; gatim-direction; raudriim-fear­\n\nful; viparyastab--discrepancies;\n\ntu-but; dharmi!J.ab--specific function;\n\npiipiyasim-sinful; nrr-iim-of the human being; viirtiim-means of livelihood; krodha-anger; lobha-greed; anrta-falsehood; iitmaniim-of the\n\npeople.\nTRANSLATION.\nHe saw that the direction of eternal time had changed, and this was\nvery fearful. There were disruptions in the seasonal regularities. The people\nin general had become very greedy, angry and deceitful. And he saw that\nthey were adopting foul means of livelihood.\nPURPORT\nWhen civilization is disconnected from the loving relation of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, symptoms like changes of seasonal regulations,\n\nfoul means of livelihood, greed, anger and fraudulence become rampant.\n\nThe change of seasonal regulations refers to the atmosphere of one season\nbecoming manifest in another season, for example the rainy season being\n\ntransferred to autumn, or the fruits and flowers of one season fructifying\nin another season. A godless man is invariably greedy, angry and fraudulent.\n\nSuch a man can earn his livelihood by any means, black or white. During\n\nthe reign of Maharaja Yudhi�thira, all the above symptoms were conspicu­\n\nous by their absence. But Maharaja Yudh�thira was astonished to experi­\n\nence even a slight change in the godly atmosphere of his kingdom, and at\n\nonce he suspected the disappearance of the Lord. Foul means of livelihood\n\nimplies deviation from one's occupational duty. There are prescribed duties\n\nfor everyone, such as the briihmap.a, k�atriya, vaiSya and sudra, but any\none of them who deviates from his prescribed duty and declares another's\nduty to be his own is following a foul and improper duty. A man becomes\n\ntoo greedy for wealth and power when he has no higher objective in life\n\nand when he thinks that this earthly life of a few years is all in all.\n\nIgnorance is the cause for all these anomalies in human society, and to\nremove this ignorance, especially in this age of degradation, the powerful\nsun is there to distribute light in the shape of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0100": "734\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT4\n\n�PFI ���='f�l\nf14q}U((«({WI(C(\"i6'Rf ='f �--'( II \\l II\njihmaprayam vyavahrtam\nsathya-miSram ca sauhrdam\npitr-matr-suhrd-bhratrdampatiniim ca kalkanam\njihma-prayam-cheating;\n\nvyavahrtam-in\n\nall\n\nordinary\n\ntransactions;\n\nsathya-duplicity; miSram ca-adulterated in and; sauhrdam -regar ding\n\nfriendly well-wishers;pitr- father; matr-regarding the mother; suhr t- wellwishers; b hratr\n\n-\n\none s own brother; dampat inam-r egarding husband and\n'\n\nwife3 ca- also; kalkanam-mutual quarrel.\nTRANSLATION\nAll ordinary transactions and dealings became polluted with cheating,\n\neven between friends. And in familial affairs, there was always misunderstanding between fathers and mothers and sons, and between well-wishers\nand between brothers. Even between husband and wife there was always\n\nstrain and quarrel.\n\nPURPORT\nA conditioned living being is endowed with four principles of malpractice, namely errors, insanity, inability and cheating. These are signs of\nimperfection, and out of the four the propensity to cheat others is most\nprominent. And this cheating practice is there in the conditioned souls\nbecause the conditioned souls are primarily in the material world imbued\nwith an unnatural desire to lord it over the material world. A living being\nin his pure state is not conditioned by the laws because in his pure state he\nis conscious that a living being is eternally subservient to the Supreme\nBeing, and thus it is always good for him to remain subservient, instead of\nfalsely trying to lord it over the property of the Supreme Lord. In the\nconditioned state the living being is not satisfied even if he actually\nbecomes the lord of all that he surveys, which he never becomes, and\ntherefore he becomes the victim of all kinds of cheating, even with his\nnearest and most intimate relations. In such an unsatisfactory state of\n\n", "SB1.3#p0101": "Text 6]\n\nDisappearance of Lord Kf�a\n\n735\n\naffairs, there is no harmony, even between father and sons or between\nhusband and wife. But all these contending difficulties can he mitigated\nby one process, and that is devotional service of the Lord. The world of\nhypocrisy can he checked only by counteraction of devotional service of\nthe Lord and nothing else. Maharaja Yu�thira, having observed the\ndisparities, conjectured the disappearance of the Lord from the earth.\nTEXT5\n\nP-rll\\'1t401�R!IM f4atM �I\n�l¥11Q�SI� �tl� �: 11�11\nnimittany atyar4fani\nkale tv anugate nrrzam\nlobhady-adharma-pmkrtim\ndr�fvoviicanujam nrpa�\nnimittiini-causes; ati-very serious; ari§fiini-bad omens; kiile-in course\nof time; tu-hut; anugate-passing away; n,rrziim-of humanity at large;\nlabhiidi-agreed, etc.;adharma-irreligious;prakrtim-hahits; d,r�fvii -having\nobserved; uviica-said; anujam-younger brother; n,rpa�-the King.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn course of time it came to pass that people in general became\naccustomed to greed, anger, pride, etc. Maharaja Yudhi�thira, observing all\nthese omens, spoke to his younger brother.\nPURPORT\nA pious king like Maharaja Yudhi�thira at once became perturbed when\nthere were such inhuman symptoms\n\nas\n\ngreed, anger, irreligiosity and\n\nhypocrisy rampant in society. And it appears from this statement that all\nthese symptoms of degraded society were unknown to the people of the\ntime, and it was astonishing for them to have experienced them with the\nadvent of the Kali-yuga or the age of quarrel.\nTEXT6\n\n���en�\neaoqAa'l i\\l(ifil4i �� 1\n\n�cq���cqf?f�d(ll �II\n\n", "SB1.3#p0102": "736\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 1, Ch. 14\n\nyudh�fhira uviica\nsampre�ito dvarakiiyam\nj�!lur bandhu-didrk�aya\njiiatum ca puf1ya-slokasya\nkr�f1Usya ca vice�titam\nyudh�thira� uvaca- Maha raja Yudhi�thira said; sampre�ita�-has gone\nto; dva ro kayam-Dv arak a; j�r-u�-Arjuna; bandhu-friends; didrk�ayafor the sake of meeting;jiiiitum-to know;ca-also;pur-ya-s'lokasya-of the\nPersonality of Godhead; krgwsya-of Lord Sri Kr�l}a;ca-and;vice�titamprogram of work.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Yu�thira said to his younger brother Bhimasena: Bhimasena, I sent Arjuna to Dvaraka to meet his friends and to learn from the\nPersonality of Godhead ��!la of His program of work.\nTEXT7\n\n�R�t: (4811wtl '11m lftq(\\;w �: I\n•U41RI � en �1( �G:'4t51(1 II \\9 II\ngata� saptadhuna miisii\nbhimasena taviinuja\"flniiyati kasya va hetornaham vededam aiijasa\ngatii\"f!--has gone; sapta-seven; adhunii-to date; miisii�-months;\nbhimasena-0 Bhimasena; tava-your; anuja�-younger brother; na-does\nnot; ayati-come back; kasya-fo r what; va-or; heto�-rea son; na-not;\naham-I; veda-know; idam-this;anjasa-factu ally.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince he departed, seven months have passed, yet he has not returned.\nI do not know factually how things are going there.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0103": "Text 8]\n\nDisappearance of Lord 1\\.r�qa\n\n737\n\nTEXTS\n\n3{fq loctMunss�e: � �Sflf!4m�H I\n\n..4Jswt;ftSfl4ilib�� �ctt�ffi� II � II\napi deva�irtad4talz.\nsa kalo 'yam upasthitalz.\nyadatmano ,ngam akrit)arit\nbhagavan utsisrk¥Jti\napi-whether; devar�irtii- by the demigod-saint (Narada); adi§talz.instructed; salz.-that; kala(t-eternal time; ayam-this; upasthita(t- arrived;\nyada-when; iitmana(t-of His own self; a ngam-plenary portion; iikripammanifestation; bhagaviin- the Personality of Godhead; utsisrk§ati-is going\nto quit.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIs He going to quit His earthly pastimes, as Dev�i Narada indicated?\nHas that time already arrived?\nPURPORT\nAs we have discussed many times, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nLord Sri 1\\.r�tta has many plenary expansions, and each and every one of\nthem, although equally powerful, executes different functions. In the\nBhagavad-gitii there are different statements by the Lord, and each of\nthese statements is meant for different plenary portions or portions of the\nplenary portions. For example, Sri Kr�tta the Lord says in theBhagavad-gitii:\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0\ndescendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that\ntime I descend Myself.\" (Bg. 4.7)\n''0 son of Kunfi [ Arjuna] , I am the taste of water, the light of the sun\nand the moon, the syllable om in the Vedic mantras; I am the sound in\nether and ability in man.\" (Bg. 7.8)\n\"If I should cease to work, then all these worlds would he put to\nruination. I would also he the cause of creating unwanted population,\nand I would thereby destroy the peace of all sentient beings.\" (Bg. 3.24)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0104": "[Canto 1, Ch. 14\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n738\n\n\"Whatever action is performed by a great man, common men will follow\nin his footsteps. And whatever standards he sets by exemplary acts, all\n\nthe world pursues.\" (Bg. 3.21)\n\nAll the above statements of the Lord apply to different plenary portions\n\nof the Lord, namely His expansions of Satikar�apa, Vasudeva, Pradyumna,\nAniruddha, Narayapa, etc. All these expansions are He Himself by different\n\ntranscendental expansions, and still the Lord as Sri Kr�pa functions in a\ndifferent sphere of transcendental exchange with different grades of\ndevotees. And yet Lord Kf�pa as He is appears once in the day of Brahma\n(or after a lapse of 864 trillion solar years) in each and every universe, and\nall His transcendental pastimes are displayed in each and every universe in\na routine spool. But in that routine spool the functions of Lord Kr�pa,\nLord Vasudeva, etc., are complex problems for the layman. There is no\ndifference between the Lord's Self and the Lord's transcendental body.\nThe expansions execute differential activities. When the Lord, however,\n\nappears in His person as Lord Sri Kf�pa, His other plenary portions also\n\njoin in Him by His inconceivable potency called yogamiiyii, and thus the\nLord �pa of Vrndavana is different from the Lord Kr�pa of Mathura or\n\nthe Lord Kr�pa of Dviirakii. The viriita ropa of Lord Kr�pa is also different\n\nfrom Him, by His inconceivable potency. The viriita riipa exhibited on the\n\nBattlefield of Kuruk�etra is the material conception of His form. Therefore\nwhen Lord Kf�pa was apparently killed by the bow and arrow of the\nhunter, it should be understood that the Lord left His so-called material\nbody in the material world. The Lord is kaivalya, and for Him there is no\ndifference between matter and spirit because everything is created from\nHim. Therefore His quitting one sort of body or accepting another body\ndoes not mean that He is like the ordinary living being. All such activities\nare simultaneously one and different by His inconceivable potency. When\nMaharaja Yudhi�!hira was lamenting the possibility of His disappearance,\nit was just in pursuance of a custom of lamenting the disappearance of a\ngreat friend, but factually the Lord never quits His transcendental body,\nas is misconceived by less intelligent persons. Such less intelligent persons\nhave been condemned by the Lord Himself in the Bhagavad-gitii, and they\n\nare known as the muphas. That the Lord left His body means that He left\nagain\n\nHis\n\nplenary portions in the respective\n\ndhiimas\n\nabodes), as He left His viriita ropa in the material world.\n\n(transcendental\n\nTEXT9\n\n�:�)��:mun:��n 1\n31Rr.1 ��� �� ���II� II\n\n", "SB1.3#p0105": "Text 9]\n\nDisappearance of Lord ((r�qa\n\n739\n\nyasmiin naft sampado riijyam\n\ndiiriift priir-iift kulam prajiift\n\niisan sapatna-vijayo\n\nlokiis ca yad-anugrahiit\n\nyasmat-from whom; nafl-our; sampadafl-opulence; rajyam-kingdom;\n\ndara[1-good wives; prar-afl-existence of life; kulam-dynasty ; praja[1-\n\nsubjects; asan-have become possible; sapatna-competitors; vijaya[1-\n\nconquering; lokaft-future accomodation in higher planets; ca-and; yat­\n\nby whose; anug rahat-by the mercy of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Him only, all our kingly opulence, our good wives, lives, progeny, our control over our subjects, victory over our enemies and future\naccomodations in higher planets, have become possible. All this is due to\nHis causeless mercy upon us.\nPURPORT\nMaterial prosperity consists of a good wife, good home, sufficient land,\ngood children, aristocratic family relations, victory over competitors and,\nby pious work, attainment of accomodations in the higher celestial planets\nfor better facilities of material amenities. These facilities are earned not\nonly by one's hard manual labor or by unfair means, but by the mercy of\nthe Supreme Lord. Prosperity earned by one's personal endeavor also\ndepends on the mercy of the Lord. Personal labor must be there in addition\nto the Lord's benediction, but without the Lord's benediction no one is\nsuccessful simply by personal labor. The modernized man of Kali-yuga\nbelieves in personal endeavor and denies the benediction of the Supreme\nLord. Even a great sannyasi of India delivered speeches in Chicago pro·\n\ntesting the benedictions of the Supreme Lord. But as far as Vedic sastras\n\nare concerned, as we find in the pages of Srimad-Bhagavatam, the ultimate\nsanction for all success rests in the hands of the Supreme Lord. Maharaja\nYudhi�thira admits this truth in his personal success, and it behooves one to\nfollow in the footsteps of a great king and devotee of the Lord to make\nlife a full success. If one could achieve success without the sanction of the\nLord then no medical practitioner would fail to cure a patient. Despite the\nmost advanced treatment of a suffering patient by the most up-to-date\nmedical practitioner, there is death, and even in the most hopeless case,\nwithout medical treatment, a patient is cured astonishingly. Therefore the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0106": "[Canto 1, Ch. 14\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n740\n\nconclusion is that God's sanction is the immediate cause for all happenings,\ngood or had. Any successful man should feel grateful to the Lord for all\nhe has achieved.\nTEXT 10\n\nqW\\�Idi'I(QOIW fd\\oql't�l'l ('l�f(4il't I\n�� �ms�I\"A4 ;if !f''l'ilwt(II� II\no\n\npasyotpiitan nara-vyaghra\ndivyan bhaumiin sa-daihikan\ndaruflan sarhsato 'diirad\nbhayarh no b uddhi-mohanam\n\n-\n\npasya just see; utpatiin-disturhances; nara-vyiighra-0 man of tigerlike\nstrength; divyan-happenings in the\n\nsky\n\nor\n\nby\n\nplanetary\n\ninfluence;\n\n- happenings of the body\n- awfully dangerous; .Sarhsata�-indicating; adiiratin the near future; bhayam- danger; na�-our; buddhi-intelligence;\nbhauman-happenings on the earth; sa-daihikan\n\nand the mind; daruf1an\n\nmohanam-deludin g.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nJust see, 0 man with a tiger's strength, how many miseries due to\ncelestial influences, earthly reactions and bodily pains-all very dangerous\nin themselves-are forboding danger in the near future by deluding our\n\nintelligence.\n\nPURPORT\n\nMaterial advancement of civilization means advancement of the reactions\nof the threefold miseries due to celestial influence, earthly reactions and\nbodily or mental pains. By the celestial influence of the stars there are\nmany calamities like excessive heat, cold, rains or no rains, and the aftereffects are famine, disease, and epidemic, and the aggregate result is agony\nof the body and the mind. Man-made material science cannot do anything\nto counteract all these threefold miseries. They are all punishments from\nthe superior energy of maya under the direction of the Supreme Lord.\nTherefore our constant touch with the Lord by devotional service can give\nus relief without being disturbed in the discharge of our human duties. The\n\n", "SB1.3#p0107": "Text ll)\n\nDisappearance of Lord K{�qa\n\n741\n\nasuras, however, do not believe in the existence of God, and they make\ntheir own plans to counteract all these threefold miseries, and so they meet\nwith failures every time. The Bhagavad-gitii clearly states that the reaction\nof material energy is never to be conquered because of the binding effects\nof the three modes. They can simply be overcome by one who surrenders\nfully in devotion under the lotus feet of the Lord. (Bg. 7.14)\n\nTEXT 11\n\n�f?4'11cql 'IV \\:$(�f �: i-1: I\ncq�wufil � 311<1\\I�Mt Pffil�( II��II\nuro-ak�i-biihavo mahyam\nsphuranty anga punaJ:i. punaJ:i.\nvepathus ciipi hrdaye\niiriid diisyanti vipriyam\nurn-thighs; ak § i-eyes; biihava �\n\nthe arms; mahyam-in my; sphurantiah ga-left side of the body; puna� puna�-again and again;\nvepathu�\npalpitations; c a-also ; api-c ertainly; hrdaye-in the heart; iiriitdue to fearfulness; dii syanti indicating; vipriyam undesirables.\n-\n\nquivering;\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nT he left side of my body, my thighs, arms and eyes are all quivering\nagain and again. I am 11aving heart palpitations due to fear. All this indicates\nundesirable happenings.\nPURPORT\nMaterial existence is full of undesirables. Things we do not want are\nforced upon us by some superior energy, and we do not see that these\nundesirables are under the grip of the three modes of material nature.\nWhen a man's eyes, arms and thighs all quiver constantly, one must know\nthat something is going to happen which is undesirable. These undesirables\nare compared with fire in a forest. No one goes in the forest to set fire, but\nfire automatically takes place in the forest, creating inconceivable calami·\nties for the living beings of the forest. Such fire cannot be extinguished by\nany human efforts. The fire can only be extinguished by the mercy. of the\nLord, who sends clouds to pour water on the forest. Similarly, undesirable\n\n", "SB1.3#p0108": "[Canto 1, Ch. 14\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n742\n\nhappenings jn life cannot be checked by any number of plans. Such miser­\n\nies can be removed only by the mercy of the Lord, who sends His bona fide\nrepresentatives to erilig hten human beings and thus save them from all\ncalamities.\n\nTEXT 12\n\nftl�.fiq;Qq(�f4ilflr �fi4\"k�l'1'11\nllliW\n\n.\n\nI\n\n(1l(il��� II� �II\n\nsiva�odyantam iidityam\nabhirauty analiinanii\nmiim anga siirameyo 'yam\nabhirebhaty abhiruvat\nsiva-j ackal; e§li-t his; udyantam-rising; adit yam- unto the sun; abhitowards; rauti-crying; anala-fire; anana-face; mam-unto me; ahga-0\ndog ; ayam-this ; abhirebhati barking ; abhiruvat­\n\nBhima; sa rameya [t\nwithout fear.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nJust see, 0 Bhima, how the she-jackel cries at the rising sun and\nvomits fire and how the dog barks at me fearlessly.\nPURPORT\nThese are some bad omens indicating something undesirable in the near\nfuture.\n\nTEXT 13\n\nfill: ��'It�� �1m: 1\n\nii1Uif $J(i'toqlEI � � '4'4 II� �II\nsastii[t kurvanti miim savyam\ndak�irwm pasavo 'pare\nviihiims ca puru�-vyiighra\nlak�ye rudato mama\n\n", "SB1.3#p0109": "Text 15]\n\n743\n\nDisappearance of Lord Kr!!f!.a\n\nsasta[t-useful animals like the cow; ku roanti\n\n- are keeping; miim-me;\n- other\n\nsavyam-on the- left ; dak�irwm-circumambulating; pasava[t apare\n\nlower animals like asses;- vahan-the horses (carriers); ca_:also; puru�avyaghra-0 tiger among men; lak�aye-are seen; rudata[t-weeping; mamaof mine.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Bhimasena, tiger amongst men, nolf useful animals like cows are\npa ssing me on my left side, and lower animals like the asses are circumambulating me. My horses appear to weep upon seeing me.\nTEXT 14\n\n�: 'fi11RnS4fF!•: cp:q:q( l('W(: I\nSkttfii tlt�A� � u.�fil�: 11�\\lll\nmrtyu-duta[t kapoto yam\nuluka[t kampayan mana[t\npratyulukas ca kuhviinair\nviSvam vai sun yam icchata[t\nmrtyu-death;\n\ndiita[t-messenger\n\nuluka[t-owl; - kampayan-trembling;\n\nof;\n\nkapota[t-pigeon;\n\nmana[t-mind;\n\nayam-this ;\n\npratyuluka[t-the\n\nrivals of owls (crows); ca-and; kuhviinai[t-shrieking scream; viSvamthe cosmos; vai-either; siinyam-void; icchata[t-wishing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust see! This pigeon is like a messenger of death. The shrieks of the\nowls and their rival crows make my heart tremble. It appears that they\nwant to make a void of the whole universe.\nTEXT 15\n\n'{Ill�:�: �lfoe(1&f¥r: r\n\nf.N� 'l(ftald eFt � {di(N<:�rlr:ll��II\n\n", "SB1.3#p0110": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n744\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 14\n\ndhumra diSa� paridhaya�\nkampate bhu� sahadribhi�\nnirghatas ca mahams tiita\nsakam ca stanayitnubh�\n\n- smoky; diSa[t- all directions; p aridhaya[l,-encirclement;\n- throbbing; bhu[t- the earth; saha adribhi[t-along with the hills\n\ndhum rn[t\nkampate\n\nand mountains; ni rghata�- bolt from the blue; ca- also; mahan-very\ngreat; tata- that; sakam-lightning; ca-also; stanayitnubhi[t- thundering\nsound without any cloud.\nTRANSLATION\nJust see how the smoke encircles the sky. It appears that the earth\n\nand mountains are throbbing. Just hear the cioudless thunder and see the\nbolts from the blue.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n*U9;'!tikl (CIWI� � Aq::sf{6¥U I\n3lfl1t � � •fht€ijflH �: II� �II\n\"'\n\nvayur vati khara-sparso\nrajasa visrjams tama�\nasrg var�anti jalada\nbibhatsam iva sarvata�\n\n-\n\nvayu [t wind; vati -blowing; khara-sparsa�-sharply; rq,jasa- by the dust;\nvis.rjan-creating; tama [l, - darkness; asrk-blood; var§anti-is raining; jalada[l.\n-the cloud; bibhatsam-disastrous; iva-like; sarvata[t-everywhere.\nTRANSLATION\nThe wind blows violently, blasting dust everywhere and creating\n\ndarkness. Clouds are raining everywhere with bloody disasters.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n", "SB1.3#p0111": "Text 19)\n\nDisappearance of Lord Kr!!Qa\n\n745\n\nsuryam hata-prabham pasya\ngraha-mardam mitho divi\nsasamk ulair bhuta-ga!J.air\njvalite iva rodasi\nsiiryam-the sun; hata-prabham-its rays declining; pasya-just see;\ngraha-mardam-clashes of the stars; mithab--among one another; divi-in\nthe sky; sasamkulaib--being\n\nmixed with; bhiita-ga!J.aib--by the living\n\nentities;jvalite-being ignited;iva-as if;rodasi-crying.\nTRANSLATION\nThe rays of the sun are declining, and the stars appear to he fighting\namongst themselves. Confused living entities appear to be ablaze and\nweeping.\nTEXT 18\n\nW(Q)��:����I\nWI ii'4#qftl(�;w �{$�II� �II\nnadyo nadiiS ca k�ubhitabsaromsi ca manamsi ca\nna\n\njvalaty agnir ajyena\nkalo 'yam kim vidhasyati\n\nnadya�-rivers; nadii� ca-and the tributaries; k§ubhitii�-all perturbed;\nsariimsi-reservoirs of water; ca-and; maniimsi-the mind; ca-also; nadoes not; jvalati-ignite; agni[l-fire;iijyena-with the help of butter;kiila[l\n-the time; ayam-extraordinary it is; kim-what; vidhiisyati-going to\nhappen.\nTRANSLATION\nRivers, tributaries, ponds, reservoirs and the mind are all perturbed.\nButter no longer ignites fire. What is this extraordinary time? What is going\nto happen?\nTEXT 19\n\nWI���WI�\"f�: I\n� 'lffi WI fW44't¥1 � II� �II\n\n", "SB1.3#p0112": "746\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 14\n\nna pibanti stanam vatsii\n\nna duhyanti ca miitarafl.\nrudanty asru-mukhii giivo\nna hr�yanty �abhii vraje\nna-does not; pibanti-suck; stanam-breast; vatsiifl-the calf; na-does\nnot; duhyanti-allow milking; ca-also; miitarafl-the cow; rudanti-crying;\nasru-mukhiifl-with a fearful face;gavafl-the cow; na-does not; h,r§yantitake pleasure; nabhiifl-the bull;vraje-in the pasturing ground.\nTRANSLATION\nThe calves do not suck the teats of the cows, nor do the cows give\n\nmilk. They are standing, crying, tears in their eyes, and the bulls take no\n\npleasure in the pasturing grounds.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n��HUM �ct �Mt u-.eP<t l'f I\n� Gt�q�l Jmn: ,;(\\QI�IEMI'l11: I\nnf�M(I��I:�((4i44M WI: ll�oll\ndaivatiini rudantiva\nsvidyanti hy uccalanti ca\nime jana-padii griimiifl\npurodyiiniikariisramiifl.\nbhr�ta-sriyo niriinandiifl.\nkim agham dar5ayanti nafl.\ndaivatiini-the Deities in the temples; rudanti-seem to be crying; iva\n-like that; svidyanti-lamenting; hi-certainly ;uccalanti-as if going out;\nca-also; ime -this;jana-padiifl.-city;griimiifl-villages;pura-towns;udyiina\n-gardens; iikara-mines; iisramiifl-hermitages, etc.; bhra§ta-devoid of;\nsriyafl.-beauties; niriinandiifl-bereft of all happiness; kim-what sort of;\nagham-calamities; darsayanti-shall manifest; nafl-to us.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Deities seem to be crying in the temple, lamenting and perspiring.\n\nThey seem about to leave. All the cities, villages., towns, gardens, mines\n\n", "SB1.3#p0113": "Text 22)\n\nDisappearance of Lord Kr!!f!a\n\n747\n\nand hermitages are now devoid of beauty and bereft of all happiness. I do\nnot know what sort of calamities are now awaiting us.\nTEXT 21\n\n�it�M.twi· �: 11t: I\n4((6�411 II�� II\n31wtril�'l'mitfwtl\n\n�\n\nmanya etair mahotpii.tair\nnunam bhagavatafl padaifl\nananya-puru�a-sribhirhinii bhur hata-saubhagii\nmanye-you may take it for granted; etaifl-by all these; maha- great;\nutpiitaifl-upsurges ; niinam-for want of; bhaw�vatafl-of the Personality of\nGodhead; p adaifl the marks on the sole of the foot; ananya extraordi\nnary; pur u�a-of the Supreme Personality; srib h ifl by the auspicious signs;\nhinii-dispossessed; bhii�-the earth; hata-saubhagii-without the fortune.\n-\n\n-\n\n­\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nI think that all these earthly disturbances preclude some greater loss\nto the good fortune of the world. The world was fortunate to have been\nmarked with the footprints of the lotus feet of the Lord. These signs\nindicate that this will no longer be.\nTEXT 22\n\n� M�46(ij� llliR!Wf � I\nU\\f: SWUtl&ii{ iR1iJ �: 'liftqQf: ����II\niti cintayatas tasya\ndr�fiir4fena cetasii\nriijiial;l pratyiigamad brahman\nyadu-puryiil;l kapi-dhvajal;l\niti-thus; cintaya ta�-while thinking to himself; tasya of him; dntiiby observing; ar4tena-bad omens; cetasii-by the mind; riipia[l-of the\nking; prati- b ack; iigamat-c ame ; brahman-0 briihmap.as; yadu-puryii�from the kingdom of the Yadus; kapi-dhvaja�-Arjuna_\n-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0114": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n748\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 BrihmC!!l a Saunaka, while Maharaja Yu�hira, observing the\ninauspicious signs on the earth at that time, was thus thinking to himself,\nArjuna came back from the city of the Yados [ Dvaraka] .\nTEXT 23\n\nql(�)f.\\qRtail��� 1\n3fitlil(wtil�� �;d wt�wtl��: ����II\n\n�\n\ntam piidayor nipatitam\nayatha-purvam aturam\nadhovadanam abbindun\nsrjantam nayaniibjayofl\ntam-him (Arjuna); piidayofl-at the feet; nipatitam-bowing down;\nayathii-piirvam-unprecedented; iitumm-dejected; adhovadanam-downward face; abbindun-drops of water;s.rjantam-creating; nayana-abjayo[lfrom the lotuslike eyes.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen he bowed at his feet, the King saw that his dejection was\nunprecedented. His head was down, and tears glided from his lotus eyes.\nTEXT 24\n\nfccJ1¥tlf9\\\\li;(til R�u•�t�sl!i -r�: 1\n� � u,....� �('11(\\Ra( 11�\\lll\nvilokyodvigna-hfdayo\nvicchayam anujam nrpafl\nprcchati sma suhrn madhye\nsamsmaran namderitam\nvilokya- by seeing; uduigna-anxi ous; hrdaya[l-heart; vicchayam-pale\nappearance;anujam-Arjuna;nrpafi.-the King;prcchati-asked;sma-in the\npast; suhrt-friends; madhye-amon gst; samsmamn-remembering; '!iirada\n-Sage Narada; iritam-indicated by.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0115": "Text 26]\n\nDisappearance of Lord Kr�a\n\n749\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Arjuna pale due to heartfelt anxieties, the King, remembering\nthe indications of the sage Narada, questioned him in the midst of friends.\nTEXT 25\n\n� :s�\n\n- ·�lwt�ifl_ ;r: �;n: t\\(Cf'lk1� I\n��i(�ltti(1Rf461W'l4flit\"'l�: ����II\nyudh�thira uvaca\nkaccid anartapuryam nafi,\nsva-janafi, sukham asate\nmadhu-bhoja-daiarharhasatvatandhaka-vr�rzayafi,\nyudhi�thira� uvaca- Yudhi�thira said; kaccit\n\n-\n\nhe ther ; anartapuryam­\n\nw\n\nof Dviiraka; na[l-our; sva-jana[l- relative s; su kham -h appily ; asate-are\npassing their days; madhu-Madhu; bhoja - Bh oj a; dasarha-Dasarha; arha\n-Arha; satvata-Satvata; andhaka-Andhaka; V[§r.wya[l-of the family of\nVp,?J].i.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Yudhi��hira said: My dear brother, please tell me whether\nour friends and relatives, such as Madhu, Bhoja, Dasarha, Arha, Satvata,\n\nAndhaka and the members of the Y adu family, are all passing their days\nin happiness.\nTEXT 26\n\n�¥1R11¥t�: .�«.q@ll� ��:I\n�: �: Efi�1�CAIIwt�fil : 11�,11\nsuro miitiimaha\"{l kaccit\nsvasty aste ootha m a�a\"{l\nmiitula\"{l sanuja\"{l kaccit\nkusaly anaka-dundubhi\"{l\n\n", "SB1.3#p0116": "750\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 14\n\nsiimfl-Surasena; m1Wimaha[l-maternal grandfather; kaccit-whether;\n\nsvasti-all good; aste-passing his days; va-or; atha-therefore; ma�a[l­\n\nrespectful; matula[l-maternal uncle;sa-anuja{l-with his younger brothers;\nkaccit-whether; kusali-all well; anaka-dundubhi[l- Vasudeva.\nTRANSLATION\nIs my respectable grandfather Siirasena in a happy mood? And are my\n\nmaternal uncle and his younger brothers all doing well?\nTEXT 27\n\n{QI(<I«I&k4Hl��: «�l€+11:1t: I\n311d�: � �t7hlfl(cU: � 11�\\911\nsapta sva-siiras tat-patnyo\nmiituliinya{l sahiitmajii[l\niiste sasnu§ii[l k§emam\ndevaki-pramukhii{l svayam\n\nsapta-seven; sva-sara[l-own sisters; tat-patnya[l-his wives; miituliinya[l\n-maternal aunts; saha-along with; iitmajii{l-sons and grandsons; asateare all; sasnu§a{l-with their daughters-in-law; k§emam-happiness; devakiDevaki;pramukha[l-headed by; svayam-personally.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHis seven wives, headed by Devaki, are all sisters. Are they and their\nsons and daughters-in-law all happy?\nTEXTS 28-29\n\n\"���\n�lH�e�:;(l� �iiJ: I\n�: �� il1qr(141(«1(U: II�Gll\n� - id'� � �3�(1�q: I\n�N(I� wcimi't�ei<:�Hdq: ������\nkaccid riijii \"huko jlvaty\nasat-putro 'sya ciinuja{l\nhrdika{l sasuto 'kruro\njayanta-gada-sara!la{l\n\n", "SB1.3#p0117": "Texts 28-29]\n\nDisappearance of Lord Kf�q.a\n\n751\n\nasate kusalam kaccidye ca satrujid iidaya\"fl\nkaccid iiste sukharh riimo\nbhagaviin siitvatiirh prabhu['\nkaccit-whether; riijii-the King; iihuka\"f!.-another name of Ugrasena;\njivati-still living;asat-mischievous;putra\"fl-son; asya-his; ca-also ;anujafl\n-younger brother; hrdika\"fl-Hrdika; sa-sutafl-along with sons such as;\nakrii.ra\"fl-Akrura; jayanta- J ayanta; gada-Gada; sii rallii\"fl-Sarapa; iisate�\nare they ,all; kusalam-in happiness; kaccit-whether; ye-they; ca-.also;\n5atrujit-Satrujit; iidayafl-headed\n\nby; kaccit-whether; iiste-are they;\n\nsukham-all right; riima\"f!.-Balarama; bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; siitvatiim-of the devotees;prabhu\"f!.-protector.\nTRANSLATION\nUgrasena's sons, Kamsa and his younger brother Devaka, are still living.\n\nIs Ugrasena happy? Are Hrdika and sons, Krtavarma, Akriira, Jayanta,\n\nGada, Sirapa and Satrujit, all happy? How is Balarama, the Personality of\nGodhead and the protector of devotees?\n\nPURPORT\nHastinapura, the capital of the Pa!l�avas, was situated somewhere near\npresent New Delhi, and the kingdom of Ugrasena was situated in Mathura.\nWhile returning to Delhi from Dvaraka, Arjuna must have visited the city\nof Mathura, and therefore the inquiry about the King of Mathura is valid.\nAmongst various names of the relatives, the name of Rama or Balarama,\neldest brother of Lor·d Kr�!la, is added with the word Personality of\nGodhead because Lord Balarama is the immediate expansion of Vi�rutattva as prakiisa-vigraha of Lord Kr�pa. The Supreme Lord, although one\nwithout a second, expands Himself as many other Jiving beings. The Vi�rutattva living beings are expansions of the Supreme Lord, and all of them are\nqualitatively and quantitatively equal with the Lord. But expansions of\nthe jiva-sakti, the category of the ordinary living beings, are not at all equal\nwith the Lord. One who considers the jiva-sakti and the Vi�ru-tattva to be\n\non an equal level is considered a condemned soul of the world. Sri Rama\n\nor Balarama is the protector of the devotees of the Lord. Baladeva acts as\nthe spiritual master of all devotees, and by His causeless mercy the fallen\nsouls are delivered. S ri Baladeva appeared as Sri Nityananda Prabhu during\nthe advent of Lord Caitanya, and the great Lord Nityananda Prabhu\nexhibited His causeless mercy by delivering a pair of extremely fallen\n\n", "SB1.3#p0118": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n752\n\n[Canto 1, Ch 14\n.\n\nsouls, namely J agai and Madhai. Therefore it is particularly mentioned\nherein that Balarama is the protector of the devotees of the Lord. By His\n\ndivine grace only one can approach the Supreme Lord Sri K�tta, and thus\nSri Balarama is the mercy incarnation of the Lord, manifested as the\n\nspiritual master, the savior of the pure devotees.\nTEXT 30\n\n�: �¥Ufhd ij(ctltl� �: I\n'fRI�sf.lw) � ¥t4(q(�ij ll�oll\npradyumna\"f!. saroa-vmtiniim\nsukham iiste mahii-ratha\"f!.\ngambhira-rayo 'niruddho\nvardhate bhagaviin uta\npradyumna \"f!.-Pradyumna (a son of Lord Kn>Qa); sarva-all; Vf§pin.iim­\n\nof the members of the Vr�qi famil y; su kham happiness; aste-are in; maha-\n\ntha \"f!.\n\nra\n\n-\n\nthe great general; gambh ira-deeply; raya\"f!. -dexterity; aniruddha\"f!.\n\n-Aniruddha (another grandson of Lord Kr�I)a); va rdhate-flouri shing;\nbhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; uta-must.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHow is Pradyumna, the great general of the Vr�!li family? Is He\n\nhappy? And is Aniruddha, the plenary expansion of the Personality of\n\nGodhead, faring well?\n\nPURPORT\nPradyumna and Aniruddha are also expansions of the Personality of\nGodhead, and thus They are also Vi§rtu-tattva.. At Dvaraka Lord Vasudeva\n\nis engaged in His transcendental pastimes along with His plenary expansions, namely Sailkar�atta, Pradyumna and Aniruddha, and therefore each\nand every one of Them can be addressed as the Personality of Godhead, as\nit is mentioned in connection with the name Aniruddha.\nTEXT 3 1\n\nti1UIJICI�III � iiiiM14<i\\WJ : I\n� � ••f'uOcq((: � '4l't¥tl(�: ������\n\n", "SB1.3#p0119": "753\n\nDisapearance of Lord Kr�r;�a\n\nTexts 32-33]\n\nsu�ertas carude�rtas ca\nsiimbo jiimbavat\"i-sutal;l.\nanye ca kar�rti-pravaral;l.\nsa-putra �abhadayal;l.\n\n-Su�epa; ciirude§rtal;l. - Carude�pa; ca- and; siimba[t - Siimba;\n\nsu� ertal;l.\n\njiimbavati-sutal;l.-the son of Jamhavati; anye- other�; ca- also; kiir§\n\nrti- the\nii[t- all chieftains; sa-putrii[t - along with their\n·\n\nsons of Lord J<r�l).a; pravar\n\nsons; !§abha- �abha; iidayal;l.\n\n- etc.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAre all the chieftain sons of Lord Kr�!la, such as Su� a, Carude�!la,\n\np\nbavati, �bha and all others, along with their sons,\n\nSamba the son of Jam\n\nall doing well?\nPURPORT\nAs already mentioned, Lord J<r�pa had married 16,108 wives, and each\nof them had ten sons. Therefore 16,108 x lO\n\n=\n\n161,080 sons. They all\n\ngrew up, and each of them had as many sons as their father, and the whole\naggregate was something near 1,610,800 family members of the Lord. The\nLord is the father of all living beings, who are countless in number; therefore only a few of them are called to associate with the Lord in His\ntranscendental pastimes as the Lord of Dvaraka on this earth. It is not\nastonishing if the Lord maintained a visible family consisting of so many\nmembers. It is better to refrain from comparing the Lord's position\nwith ours, and it becomes a simple truth\n\nas\n\nsoon\n\nas\n\nwe understand\n\nat least a partial calculation of the Lord's transcendental position. King\nYudhi�thira, while inquiring about the Lord's sons and grandsons at\nDvaraka, mentioned only the chieftains amongst them, otherwise it was\nimpossible for him to remember all the names of the Lord's family\nmembers.\nTEXTS 32-33\n\nMl�\"4(1: �: ¥!d�it(41(q: I\ntj'i;:((�;:(ijlqu�u lt � Qlf:idwt'la: II��II\n3lfit ��qma «l �: 1\n\n3Ift � •��'14u;t il'i«i((a: ������\n\n", "SB1.3#p0120": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n754\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 14\n\ntathaiviinucara� saure�\nsrutadevoddhaviidaya�\nsunanda-nanda-Sir�a!' ya\nye canye satvatar�abha�\napi svasty asate sarve\nrama-k �!Ja-bhujasraya�\napi smaranti kusalam\nasmakam baddha-sauhrda�\ntathii eva-similarly; anucara{l-constant companions; 5aure�-of Lord\nSri\n\nKr�IJa such as; s rutadeva-Srutadeva; uddhava-iidaya�- Uddhava and\n\nothers; sunanda-Sunanda; nanda-Nanda; sir�arya�-other leaders; ye­\n\nall of them; ca-and; anye-others; satvata-liberated souls; nabhii[l.-the\n\nbest men; api-if; svasti-doing well; asate-are; sarve-all of them;rama­\n\nBa larama; kr��a- Lord Kr�IJa; bhujasraya[l.-under the protection of; api­\n\nif also; smaranti-do remember; kusalam-welfare; asmakam-about our­\n\nselves; baddha-sauhrda[l.-bound by eternal friendship.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlso, are Uddhava and others, Nanda, Sunand.a and other leaders of\n\nliberated souls who are constant companions of the Lord, who are pro­\n\ntected by Lord Balarama and Kr¥.1a, all doing well in their respective\nfunctions? Do they, who are all eternally bound in friendship with us,\nremember our welfare?\n\nPURPORT\nThe constant companions of Lord Kr�!J.a, such as Uddhava, etc., are all\nliberated souls, and they had descended along with Lord Kr�pa on this\nmaterial world to fulfill the mission of the Lord. The Pap�avas are also\n\nliberated souls who descended along with Lord Kr�pa to serve Him in His\ntranscendental pastimes on this earth. As stated in the Bhagavad-gita\n\n(Bg. 4.5), the Lord and His eternal associates, who are also liberated souls\n\nlike the Lord, come down on this earth at certain intervals. The Lord\nremembers them all , but His associates, although liberated souls, forget\n\ndue to their being tatasthii-sakti, or marginal potency of the Lord. That\nis the difference between the Vi§ru-tattva and jiva-tattvas. The jiva-tattvas\n\nare infinitesimal potential particles of the Lord, and therefore they require\n\nthe protection of the Lord at all times. And to the eternal servitors of the\nLord, the Lord is pleased to give all protection at all times. The liberated\nsouls never, therefore, think themselves as free as the Lord or as powerful\n\n", "SB1.3#p0121": "Text 34]\n\n755\n\nDisappearance of Lord Kt�t11a\n\nas the Lord, but they always seek the protection-of the Lord in all circumstances, both in the material world and in the spiritual world. This\ndependence of the liberated soul is constitutional, just as sparks of a fire\ncan exhibit the glow of fire along with the fire and not independently.\nIndependently the glow of the sparks is extinguished, although the\nquality of fire or the glowing is there. Thus those who give up the\nprotection of the Lord and become so-called lords themselves, out of\nspiritual ignorance, come back again to this material world, even after\nprolonged tapasya of the severest type. That is the verdict of all Vedic\nliterature.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�AN tftf� � ¥1iM«t<?S: I\n'���\"( � ij(CI+U� ti(ftij: 11�\\lll\nbhagaviin api govindo\nbrahmartyo bhakta-vatsala�\nkaccit pure sudharmiiyiim\nsukham iiste suhrd-vrta�\n\n-\n\nbhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead, Kr�t:J.a; api also;govinda[l- one\nwho enlivens the cows and the senses; brahmaczya[l devoted to the devo­\n\n-\n\ntees or the briihmaczas; bhakta vatsala[l\n\n-affectionate to the devotees;\n\nkaccit-whether; pure-in Dvaraka Puri; sudharmiiyiim-pious assembly;\n\n- happiness; iiste-does enjoy; s hrt-vrta[l- rrounded by friends.\n\nsukham\n\nu\n\nsu\n\nTRANSLATION\nIs Lord .Kf�pa, the Supr eme Personality of Godhead, who gives\npleasure to the cows, senses and the brahmapas, who is very affectionate\ntowards His devotees, enj oying the pious assembly at Dvaraka Puri surrounded by friends?\nPURPORT\nHere in this particular verse the Lord is described as Bhagaviin, Govinda,\nBrahmaczya and Bhaktavatsala. He is Bhagaviin svayam, or the original\n\nSupreme Personality of. Godhead full with all opulences, all power, all\n\nknowledge, all beauty, all fame and all renunciation. No one is equal to or\ngreater than Him. He is Govinda because He is the pleasure of the cows\nand the senses. Those who have purified their senses by devotional service\nof the Lord can render unto Him real service and thereby derive transcen-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0122": "756\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 14\n\ndental pleasure out of such purified senses. Only the impure conditioned\nliving being cannot derive any pleasure from the senses, but being illusioned by false pleasures of the senses, he becomes servant of the senses.\nTherefore, we need His protection for our own interest. The Lord is the\nprotector of cows and the brahminical culture. A society which is devoid\nof cow protection and brahminical culture is not under the direct protection of the Lord, just as the prisoners in the jails are not under the\nprotection of the king but under the protection of a severe agent of the\nking. Without cow protection and cultivation of the brahminical qualities\nin human society, at least for a section of members of the society, no\nhuman civilization can prosper at any length. By brahminical culture or\nby developing the dormant qualities of goodness, namely truthfulness,\nequanimity, sense control, forbearance, simplicity, general knowledge,\ntranscendental knowledge, and firm faith in the Vedic wisdom, one can\nbecome a briihmara and thus see the Lord as He is. And after surpassing\nthe brahminical perfection, one has to become a devotee of the Lord so\nthat His loving affection in the form of proprietor, master, friend, son and\nlover can be transcendentally achieved. The stage of a devotee, which\nattracts the transcendental affection of the Lord, does not develop unless\none has developed the qualities of a briihmara as above mentioned. The\nLord is inclined to a briihmara of quality and not of false prestige. Those\nwho are less than a briihmara by qualification cannot establish any relation\nwith the Lord, just as fire cannot be kindled from the raw earth unless\nthere is wood, although there is a relation between wood and the earth.\nSince the Lord is all-perfect in Himself, there could not be any question of\nHis welfare, and Maharaja Yudhi�thira refrained from asking this question.\nHe simply inquired about His residential place, Dvaraka Puri, where pious\nmen assemble. The Lord stays only where pious men assemble and takes\npleasure in their glorifying the Supreme Truth. Maharaja Yudhi�thira was\nanxious to know about the pious men and their pious acts in the city of\nDvaraka.\nTEXTS 35-36\n\n", "SB1.3#p0123": "Texts 35-36 J\n\n757\n\nDisappearance of Lord Kr�Qll\nmangaliija ca lo kiiniim\nk�emiiya ca bhaviiya ca\niiste yadu-kuliimbhodhiiv\niidyo 'nanta-sakhafl pumiin\nyad biihu-da\"(l�a-guptiiyiim\nsva-puryiim yadavo 'rcitiifl\nki4fanti paramiinandam\nmahii-pauru�ika iva\n\nmangaliiya-for all good; ca also; lokiiniim of all the planets; k� emiiyafor protection; ca-and; bhaviiya for elevation; ca-also; iiste-is there;\nyadu-kula-ambhodhau-in the ocean of the Yadu dynasty; adya fl the\noriginal; ananta.-sakhafl-in the company of Ananta (Balarama); pumiinthe supreme enjoyer; yat- whose; biihu-da\"(l�a guptiiyiim being protected\nby His arms; sva-puryiim-in His own city; yadavafl- the members of the\nYadu family; arcitiifl-as they deserve; ki4fanti are relishing; paramiinandam-transcendental pleasure; mahii-pauru�ikafl-the residents of the\nSP.iritual sky; iva-like_\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe original Personality of Godhead, the enjoyer, and Balarama, the\nprimeval Lord Ananta, are staying in the ocean of the Y adu dynasty for\nthe welfare, protection and general progress of the entire universe. And\nthe members of the Yadu dynasty, being protected by the arms of the\nLord, are enjoying life like the residents of the spiritual sky.\nPURPORT\nAs we have discussed many times, the Personality of Godhead V�!lu\nresides within each and every universe in two capacities, namely as the\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�!lu and the �irodakasayi Vi�!lu. The �irodakasayi\nVi�pu has His own planet on the northern top of the universe, and there\nis a great ocean of milk where the Lord resides on the bed of the Ananta\nincarnation of Baladeva. Thus Maharaja Yudhi�thira has compared the\nYadu dynasty to the ocean of milk and Sri Balarama to the Ananta where\nLord �!la resides. He has compared the citizens of Dviiraka to the liberated\ninhabitants of the Vaiku!lthalokas. Beyond the material sky, further than\nwe can see with our eyes and beyond the sevenfold coverings of the\nuniverse, there is the Causal Ocean in which all the universes are floating\nlike footballs, and beyond the Causal Ocean there is an unlimited span of\n\n", "SB1.3#p0124": "Srimad-Bh�avatam\n\n758\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 14\n\nspiritual sky generally known as the effulgence of Brahman. Within this\neffulgence there are innumerable spiritual planets, and they are known as\nthe Vaiku!ltha planets. Each and every Vaiku!ltha planet is many, many\ntimes bigger than the biggest universe within the material world, and in\neach of them there are innumerable prototypes of V�!lu inhabitants who\nlook exactly like Lord V�!lu. These inhabitants are known as the Mahapauru�ikas, or persons directly engaged in the service of the Lord. They\nare happy in those planets and are without any kind of misery, and they\nlive perpetually in full youthfulness, enjoying life in full bliss and knowledge\nwithout fear of birth, death, old age or disease, and without the influence\nof kiila, eternal time. Maharaja Yu�thira has compared the inhabitants\nof Dvaraka to the Mahapauru�ikas of Vaiku!lthaloka because they are so\nhappy with the Lord. In the Bhagavad-gitii there are many references to\nthe Vaiku!lthalokas, and they are mentioned there as Mad-dhiima, or the\nkingdom of the Lord.\nTEXT 37\n\n��{�Oifl\\.Oldun\n(1(411{� lNtG«ll�Aa: 1\nfit�� m f5il{ijf(d(r�il\n� �:11��1\nyat-pada-susrii�a!!a-muk hya-karma!!a\nsatyadayo dvy�fa-sahasra-yo�ita�\nnirjitya sankhye tridasams tad-ii.s4o\nharanti vajriiyudha-vallabhocitii�\nyat-who se; piida-feet; susriL§apa-administration of comforts; mukhya\n\n-\n\n-the most important; kar m aczii-by the acts of; satyii-iidayalt queens\nheaded by Satyabhama; dvya�Ja-twice eight; sahasra-thousand; yo�ita�­\n\nthe fair sex; nirjitya-by subduing; sankhye-in the battle; tridaian-of the\ndenizens of heaven; tat-iis4a�\n\n-what is enjoyed by the demigods; haranti­\n\ndo take away; vajra-iiyudha-vallabha-the wives of the personality who\ncontrols the thunderbo lt; u citii�-de ser ving.\nTRANSLATION\nThe queens at Dvaraka, headed by Satyabhama, simply by administering comforts at the lotus feet of the Lord, which is the most important of\n\n", "SB1.3#p0125": "Text 37)\n\nDisappearance of Lord Kr�a\n\n759\n\nall services, induced the Lord to conquer the demigods. Thus the queens\n\nenjoy things which are prerogatives of the wives of the controller of\nthunderbolts.\nPURPORT\n\nSatyabhiimii: One of the principal queens of Lord Sri K�!la at Dvaraka.\nAfter killing Narakasura, Lord �!la visited the palace of Narakasura\n\naccompanied by Satyabhama. He went to Indraloka also with Satyabhiimii,\n\nand she was received by Sacidevi, who introduced her to the mother of the\n\ndemigods, Aditi. Aditi was very much pleased with Satyabliama, and she\n\nbenedicted her with the blessings of permanent youth as long as Lord\n\nKr�!la remained on the earth. Aditi also took her with her to show her\nthe special prerogatives of the demigods in the heavenly planets. When she\n\nsaw the piirijiita flower, she desired to have it in her palace at Dvarakii.\nAfter that, she came back to Dvaraka along with her husband and expressed\nher willingness to have the piirijiita flower at her palace. Satyabhiimii's\npalace was especially bedecked with valuable jewels, and even in the\n\nhottest season of summer the inside of the palace remained cool, as if\n\nair-conditioned. She decorated her palace with various flags, heralding the\n\nnews of her great husband's presence there. Once, along with her husband,\n\nshe met Draupadi, and she was anxious to be instructed by Draupadi in\n\nthe ways and means of pleasing her husband. Draupadi was expert in this\n\naffair because she kept five husbands, the Pii!J.pavas, and all were very\nmuch pleased with her. On receipt of Draupadi's instructions, she was\n\nvery much pleased and offered her good wishes and returned back to\nDviiraka. She was the daughter of Satrujit. After the departure of Lord\n\nKr�!J.a, when Arjuna visited Dvaraka, all the queens, including Satyabhama\nand Rukmipi, lamented for the Lord with great feelings. At the last stage\n\nof her life, she left for the forest to undergo severe penances.\n\nSatyabhama instigated her husband to get the piirijata flower from the\n\nheavenly planets, and the Lord got it even by force from the demigods, as\n\na common husband secures things to please his wife. As already explained,\n\nthe Lord had very little to do with so many wives to carry out their\n\norders like an ordinary man. But because the queens accepted the high\nquality of devotional service, namely administering the Lord all comforts,\n\nthe Lord played the part of a faithful complete husband. No earthly\n\ncreature can expect to have things from the heavenly kingdom, especially\nthe parijiita flowers which are simply to be used by the demigods. But due\n\nto their becoming the Lord's faithful wives, all of them enjoyed the special\n\n", "SB1.3#p0126": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n760\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 14\n\nprerogatives of the great wives of the denizens of heaven. In other words,\nsince the Lord is the proprietor of everything within His creation, it is not\nvery astonishing for the queens of Dvaraka to have any rare thing from\nany part of the universe.\nTEXT 38\n\n���·9;�ql3\\if�\n�Tu Ui6lW Q: I\natN�eJII��\n� u\\t1d t\\(6'El&itM61'( II �Gil\nyad biihu-da{l{liibhyudayiinufivino\nyadu-pravirii hy akuto-bhayii muhu�\nadhikramanty anghribhir iihrtiim baliit\nsabhiim sudharmiim sura-sattamocitiim\nyat-whose; biih u dar.pa\n-\n\n-\n\narms ; abhyudaya-influenced by; anujivinaft­\n\nalways living; yadu-the members of the Y adu dynasty; pravirii[l-great\nheroes;\n\nakuta[l bhayii[l-fearless in\n-\n\nevery\n\nrespect; muh u�-constantly;\n\nadhi k ramanti traversing ; anghribhi[l-by foot; iihrtiim-hrought about;\n-\n\nba liit-by force; sabhiim-assemhly house; sudha rmam\n\n-\n\nSu dharma; sura­\n\nsattama-the best among the demigods; ucitiim-deserving.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great heroes of the Yadu dynasty, being protected by the arms\n\nof Lord Sri Kr��a, always remain fearless in every respect. And therefore\ntheir feet trample over the Sudharma assembly house, which the best\ndemigods deserved but which was taken away from them.\nPURPORT\nThose who are directly servitors of the Lord are not only protected by\nthe Lord from all fearfulness, hut also enjoy the best of things, even if\nthey are·forcibly accumulated. The Lord is equal in behavior to all living\nbeings, hut He is partial to His pure devotees, being very affectionate\ntoward them. The city of Dvaraka was flourishing, being enriched with\n\n", "SB1.3#p0127": "Text 39)\n\nDisappearance of Lord .Kf��a\n\n761\n\nthe best of things in the material world. The state assembly house is\nconstructed according to the dignity of the particular state. In the heavenly\nplanet, the state assembly house called Sudharma was deserving of the\ndignity of the best of the demigods. Such an assembly house is never\nmeant for any state on the globe because the human being on the earth\nis unable to construct it, however far a particular state may be materially\nadvanced. But during the time of Lord Kr�!la's presence on the earth, the\nmembers of the Yadu family forcibly brought the celestial assembly house\nto earth and placed it at Dvaraka. They were able to use such force\nbecause they were certain of the indulgence and protection of the Supreme\nLprd �!J.a. In other words, the Lord is provided with the best things in\nthe universe by His pure devotees� Lord Kr�!la was provided with all kinds\nof comforts and facilities available within the universe by the members of\nthe Yadu dynasty, and in return such servitors of the Lord were protected\nand fearless.\n\nA forgetful conditioned soul is fearful. But a liberated soul is never\nfearful, just as a small child completely dependent on the mercy of his\nfather is never fearful of anyone. Fearfulness is a sort of illusion for the\nliving being when he is in slumber and forgetting his eternal relation with\nthe Lord. Since the living being is never to die by his constitution, as\nstated in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 2.20), then what is the cause of fearfulness?\n\nA person may be fearful of a tiger in dream, but another man who is\nawake by his side sees no tiger there. The tiger is a myth for both of them,\nnamely the person dreaming and the person awake, because actually there\nis no tiger; but the man forgetful of his awakened life is fearful, whereas\nthe man who has not forgotten his position is not at all fearful. Thus the\nmembers of Yadu dynasty were fully awake in their service of the Lord,\nand therefore there was no tiger for them to be afraid of at any time.\nEven if there were a real tiger, the Lord was there to protect them.\nTEXT 39\n\n�� m �iffl fcuum 11 1\nst(JS�'4'lt;i\\�: ft�m�<lfila: ������\nkaccit te 'niimayam tiita\nbhra�fa-tejii vibhiisi me\nalnbdha-mano 'vajiiiita[l,\nkim vii tiita ciro�ita[l,\n\n", "SB1.3#p0128": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n762\n\n(Canto I, Ch. 14\n\nkaccit-whether; te-your; amimayam-health is all right;tiita-my dear\nbrother; bhra�ta-bereft\n\nof; tejii[l-luster; vibhiisi-appear; me-to me;\n\nalabdha-miina[l-without respect; avajiiiita[l-neglected; kim-whether; viior;tiita-my dear brother; ciro§ita[l-because of long residence.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy brother Arjuna, please tell me whether your health is all right.\n\nYou appear to have lost your bodily luster. Is this due to others disrespect­\n\ning and neglecting you because of your long stay at Dvaraki?\nPURPORT\n\nFrom all angles of vision, the Maharaja inquired from Arjuna about the\n\nwelfare of Dviraka, but he concluded at last that as long as Lord Sri Kf�pa\n\nHimself was there, nothing inauspicious could happen. But at the same\ntime, Arjuna appeared to be bereft of his bodily luster, and thus he\ninquired of his personal welfare and asked so many vital questions.\nTEXT 40\n\n.r...afitmSliR: �flRq�:'\n\nif � � � ���oll\nkaccin nabhihato 'bhavai[l\nSa.bdadibhir amangalai[l\nna dattam uktam arthibhya\nasaya yat pratiSrutam\nkaccit-whether; na-could not; abhihata[l-addresses by; abhavai[l-unfriendly; sabda-adibhil;l-by sounds;amangalail;l-inauspicious; na-did not;\ndattam-give in charity; uktam-is said; arthibhyal;l-unto one who asked;\nasaya-with hope;yat-what;pratiSrutam-promised to be paid.\nTRANSLATION\nHas someone addressed you with unfriendly words or threatened\nyou? Could you not give charity to one who asked, or could you not\n\nkeep your promise to someone?\n\n", "SB1.3#p0129": "Disappearance of Lor d Kr�\n\nText 41)\n\n763\n\nPURPORT\n\nA k�triya or a rich man is sometimes visited by persons who are in\nneed of money. When they are asked for a donation, it is the duty of the\npossessor of wealth to give in charity in consideration of the person,\nplace and time. If a k�atriya or a rich man fails to comply with this\nobligation, he must be very sorry for this discrepancy. Sim ila rl y, one\nshould not fail to keep his promise to give in charity. These discrepancies\nare sometimes causes of despondency, and thus failing, a person becomes\nsubjected to criticism, which might also be the cause of Arjuna's plight.\nTEXT 41\n\n�QIOf�qj ti itf1lui � I\ntQ(Ci(lqqti � wtl�lit: 1Q(UIS14.:: 11\\l�ll\nkaccit tvam brohma�Jam biilam\ngiim VT;ddham rogi�Jam striyam\n5ara�Jopasrtam sattvam\nniityiik�lfr. sara�Ja-prada�\nkaccit-whether; tvam-yourself; brohma�Jam the briih ma �Ja s ; biilam-\n\nthe child; giim-the cow; vrddha m-old; rogizwm-the diseased; striyamthe woman; 8arana- upsrta m-having approached for protection; sattvamany living being; na-whether; atyiik§ifl-not given shelter; 8ampa-pradafi.deserving protection.\nTRANSLATION\nYou are always the protector of the deserving living beings, su ch as\nbrihm�, children, cows, women and the diseased. Could you not giv e\nthem protection when they approached you for shelter?\nPURPORT\n\nThe briihmaras, who are always engaged in researching knowledge for\nthe society's welfare work, both materially and spiritually, deserve the\nprotection of the king in all respects. Similarly, the children of the state,\nthe cow, the diseased person, the woman and the old man specifically\n\n", "SB1.3#p0130": "764\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 1, Ch. 14\n\nrequire the protection of the state or a k§atriya king. If such living beings\ndo not get protection by the k§atriya, or the royal order, or by the state,\nit is certainly shameful for the k§atriya or the state. Maharaja Yu�thira\nwas anxious to know about this discrepancy on the part of Arjuna, if such\nthings had actually happened.\nTEXT 42\n\n� wntOO� � iiil6€tidi �I\nq(a�<n ifN ¥1iiil,ih,awtma : C�N 11\\l�ll\nkaccit tvam nagamo 'gamyam\ngamyam vasat-krtam striyam\nparojito vatha bhavan\nnottamair nasamai� pathi\nkaccit-whether;\ntvam-yourself;\nna-not; agama[l- did contact;\nagamyiim- impeachable; gamyiim-acceptable; vii-either; asat-k.rtiimimproperly treated; striyam-a woman; pariijita[l-defeated by; vii-either;\natha-after all; bhaviin-your good self; na-not; uttamaift-by superior\npower; na-nor; asama ift-by equals; pathi-on the road.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHave you contacted a woman of impeachable character, or have you\n\nnot properly treated a deserving woman? Or have you been defeated on\n\nthe way by someone who is inferior or equal to you?\nPURPORT\n\nIt appears from this verse that during the time of the Pap�avas free\ncontact between man and woman was allowed in certain conditions only.\nThe higher caste men, namely the briihmaras and k§atriyas, could accept\na woman of the vai.Sya or the sudra community, but a man from the lower\ncastes could not contact a woman of the higher caste. Even a k§atriya\ncould not contact a woman of the briihmara caste. The wife of a briihmara\nis considered one of the seven mothers (namely one's own ·mother, the\nwife of the spiritual master or teacher, the wife of a briihmara, the wife of\na king, the cow, the nurse, and the earth). Such contact between man and\nwoman was known as uttama and adhama . Contact of a briihmara with a\n\n", "SB1.3#p0131": "Text 43)\n\nDisappearance of Lord Kr�11a\n\n765\n\nk§atriya woman is uttama, but the contact of a k§atriya with a woman of\n\na briihma[la is adhama and therefore condemned. A woman approaching a\nman for contact should never be refused, but at the same time the dis·\n\ncretion as above mentioned may also be considered. Bhima was approached\nby Hi!llmbi from a community lower than the sildras, and Yayati refused\nto marry the daughter of Sukracarya because of his being a briihma[la.\n\nVyasadeva, a briihma[la, was called to beget Pap�u and Dhftara�tra.\n\nSatyavati belonged to a family of fishermen, but Para8ara, a great briih­\n\nma[la, begot in her Vyasadeva. So there are so many examples of such\n\ncontacts with woman, but in all cases the contacts were not abominable\nnor were the results of such contacts bad. Contact between man and\n\nwoman is natural, but that also must be carried out under regulated\nprinciples so that social consecration may not be disturbed nor unwanted\n\nworthless population be increased for the unrest of the world.\n\nIt is abominable for a k§atriya to be defeated by one who is inferior in\n\nstrength or equal in strength. If one is defeated at all, he should be de­\n\nfeated by some superior power. Arjuna was defeated by Bhi�madeva, and\nLord Kr�l).a saved him from the danger. This was not insult for Arjuna be­\n\ncause Bhi�madeva was far superior to Arjuna in all ways, namely age,\n\nrespect and strength. But Karpa was eqtial to Arjuna, and therefore Arjuna\n\nwas in crisis when fighting with Karpa. It was felt by Arjuna, and therefore\nKarpa was killed even by crooked means. Such are the engagements of\n\nthe k§atriyas, and Maharaja Yudhi�thira inquired from his brother whether\nanything undesirable happened on the way home from Dvarakii.\nTEXT 43\n\n31fif�?.���mt�l\nijgf<{td d ftRcd)d�l'l � ll'd�ll\napisvit parya-bhunkthiis tvarh\nsambhojyiin vrddha-biilakiin\njugupsitarh karma kincit\nkrtaviin na yad ak�amam\napisvit-if it were so that; parya-by leaving aside; bhunkthiifl.-have\n\ndined; tvam-yourself; sambhojyiin-deserving to dine together; v.rddha­\n\nthe\n\nold men;. biilakiin-boys; jugupsitam-abominable; karma-action;\n\nkiiicit-something; krtaviin-you must have done; na-not; yat-that which;\n\nak�amam-unpardonable.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0132": "[Canto 1, Ch. 14\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n766\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nHave you not taken care of old men and boys who deserve to dine\nwith you? Have you left them and taken your meals alone? Have you\ncommitted some unpardonable mistake which is considered to be\nabominable?\nPURPORT\nIt is the duty of a householder to feed first of all the children and old\nmembers of the family, the briihmaetas and the invalids. Besides that, an\nideal householder is required to call for any unknown hungry man to come\nand dine before he himself goes to take his meals. He is required to call\nfor such a hungry man thrice on the road. The neglect of this prescribed duty of a householder, especially in the matter of the old men and\nchildren, is unpardonable.\nTEXT 44\n\n� ��Jij�ir{l'l � m\\'1\"� I\n\nU\"tlsf41 oon��M�I Wl�l\\l\\ll\n\"\n\nkaccit pre�fhatamenatha\nhrdayenatma-bandhuna\nsunyo 'smi rahito nityam\nmanyase te'nyatha na ruk\nkaccit-whether; p re�thatame na-unto the most dear one; atha-my\n\nbrother Atjuna; hrdayena- most intimate; iitma-bandhuna -own friend\n\nLord Kfl}l].a; su nya{l-void; asmi-I am; rahita{l-having lost; nityam- for all\n\ntime; manyase-you think; te - y our; anyathii-otherwise; na-never; rukmental distress.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOr is it that you are feeling empty all the time because you might\nhave lost your most intimate friend Lord Kf�a? 0 my brother Arjuna, I\ncan think of no other reason for you becoming so dejected.\nPURPORT\n\nAll the inquisitiveness of Maharaja Yudhilzthira about the world situation was already conjectured by Maharaja Yudhilzthira on the basis of\nLord �pa's disappearance from the vision of the world, and this was now\n\n", "SB1.3#p0133": "Text 44)\n\nDisappearance of Lord Kr�q.a\n\n767\n\ndisclosed by him because of the acute dejection of Arjuna, which could\n\nnot have been possible otherwise. So even though he was doubtful about\n\nit, he was obliged to inquire frankly frorn Arjuna on the basis of Sri\n\nNarada's indication.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the First Canto, Fourteenth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled\nK[§[la.\"\n\n\"Disappearance of Lord\n\n", "SB1.3#p0134": "CHAPTER FIFTEEN\n\nThe Paoc;1avas Retire Timely\nTEXT I\n\n·�\n\n�*I)UII(1(CI:���SSN*fi(i;qil: I\nWllwtl\\ltiW� � �W;,��ia : II � ll\nsuta uvaca\nevam kmw-sakhafi, kmw\nbhriitrii riijiiii 'vikalpitafi,\nniinii-sankaspadam riipam\nk�rw-viSle§a-karsitafi,\nsiita[l uv iic a S uta Gosvami said; evam-thus; 1q§ 1J a-sa hhafi,- the celebrated friend of Kr�I].a; knTJafi.- Arjuna; bhriitrii- by his elder brother;\nriijiia- King Yudhi�thira; iivikalpitafi, specula ted; niina-various; sankaiispada m- based on many doubts; riipam -forms; knTJa- Lord Sri Kr�I].a;\nviSle§a feelings of separation; ka rsita{l became greatly bereaved.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuta Gosvami said: Arjuna, the celebrated friend of Lord Kr�J;ta, was\ngriefstricken because of his strong feeling of separation from K�!la, over\nand above all Maharaja Yudhi�!hira's speculative inquiries.\nPURPORT\n\nBeing too much aggrieved, Arjuna practically became choked up, and\ntherefore it was not possible for him to reply properly to the various\nspeculative inquiries of Maharaja Yu�thira.\n769\n\n", "SB1.3#p0135": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n770\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 2\n\nUIW.Id\\G\\wt(«1Ui1 Will: 1\nttili!41?J�«<Iiji\\etftli1Ad( It � It\nsokena su�yadvadanahrt-sarojo hata-prabha�\nvibhum tameviinusmaranniisaknot pratibhii�itum\nsokena-due to bereavement; su�yat-vadana-drying up of the mouth;\n\nhrt-saroja� lotuslike heart; hata-lost; pra b ha�-bodily luster; vibhum-\n\nthe Supreme; tam-unto Lord Kr�l)a; e va-certainly ; anusma ra n t hinking\n-\n\nwithin; na-could not; asaknot-be able; pratibha§ itum\n\n-\n\nprop erly replying.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDue to grief, Arjuna's mouth and lotuslike heart had become dried up.\n\nTherefore his body lost all luster. Now, remembering the Supreme Lord,\n\nhe could hardly utter a word in reply.\n\nTEXT3\n\n���: q'lfUiwtiS� �: I\n�\nf.'IJ!'iliSIUI�€\\fiU(N'filt(: II � II\nkrcchreT)a samstabhya suca�\npiiT)inii ,mrjya netrayo�\nparok�eT)a samunnaddhapral)ayautkaT)thya-kiitara�\nkrcchrel)a-with great difficulty; samstabhya-by checking the force;\nsuca�-of bereavement;pa!1ina-with his hands; am.rjya-smearing; netrayo�\n\n-the eyes; parok §ena due to being out of sight; samunnaddha-increasingly; pra!'l aya-autka!'lthya-eagerly thinking of the affection; katara�-\n\ndistressed.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0136": "The P�avas Retire Timely\n\nText4)\n\n771\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith great difficulty he checked the tears of grief that smeared his\neyes. He was very distressed because Lord Kr� was out of his sight, and\nhe increasingly felt affection for Him.\nTEXT4\n\n���l'f��l\nWJ0qt(tli$1fli€41C illt44•1t::((\"4�1 ftm II \\l II\nsakhyam maitrim sauhrdam ca\nsiirathyiid�u samsmaran\nnrpam agrajam ity iiha\nbii�pa-gadgadayii giro\nsakhyam-well wishing; maitrim-benediction; sauhrdam-intimately re-\n\nlated; ca-also; siirathi-iidi§u-in becoming the chariot driver; samsmaran\n-remembering all these; n.rpam-unto the King; agrajam-the eldest brother; iti-thus; iiha-said; bf¥pa-heavily breathing; gadgadayii-overwhelmingly; girii-by speeches.\nTRANSLATION\nRemembering Lord Kr�!la and His well wishes, benefactions, intimate\nfamilial relations and\n\nHis chariot driving, Arjuna, overwhelmed and\n\nbreathing very heavily, began to speak.\nPURPORT\n. The Supreme Living Being is perfect in all relations with His pure\nSri Arjuna is one of the typical pure devotees of the Lord\n\ndevotee.\n\nreciprocating in the fraternal relationship, and the Lord's dealings with\nArjuna are displays of friendship of the highest perfect order. He was not\nonly a well-wisher of Arjuna, but also He was actually a benefactor, and to\nmake it still more perfect the Lord tied him into a family relationship by\narranging Subhadra's marriage with him. And above all, the Lord agreed to\nbecome a chariot driver of Arjuna in order to protect His friend from\nwarfare risks, and the Lord became actually happy when He established\n\n", "SB1.3#p0137": "[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n772\n\nthe Pa!J.�avas to rule over the world. Arjuna remembered all these one\nafter another, and thus he became overwhelmed with such thoughts.\nTEXTS\n\narjuna uvaca\nvancito 'ham maharaja\nharil)a bandhu-rupil)a\nyena me ,pahrtam tejo\ndeva-vismiipanam mahat\narjunaf!.\n\nuvaca Arj una said; vaiicitaf!.\n\nmaha raja-0\n\n-\n\nKing; haril)a-by the\n\n-\n\nleft by\n\nHim; aham -myself ;\n\nPersonality of Godhead;\n\nriipir-a-as if an intimate friend; yena by whom; me\n-\n\nhave been bereft; tejaf!.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbandhu­\n\nmy ; apahrtam-1\n\npower ; deva-the demigods; vismapanam\n\n-\n\naston\n\n­\n\nishing; mahat-astounding.\nTRANSLA TION\nArjuna said: 0 King! The Supreme Personality of Godhead Hari, who\ntreated me exactly like an intimate friend, has left me alone. Thus my\n\nastounding power, which astonished even the demigods, is no longer with\nme.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gita (Bg. 10.41) the Lord says, \"Anyone specifically\npowerful and opulent in wealth, strength, beauty, knowledge and all that\nis materially desirable is to be considered but a product of an insignificant\nportion of the complete whole of My energy.\" No one, therefore, can be\nindependently powerful in any measure without being endowed by the\nLord. When the Lord descends on the earth along with His eternal ever\nliberated associates, He not only displays the divine energy possessed by\nHimself, but He also empowers His associate devotees with the required\n\n", "SB1.3#p0138": "The P��avas Retire Timely\n\nText6)\n\n773\n\nenergy to execute His mission of incarnation. It is also stated in the\nBhagavad-gitii, Fourth Chapter, that the Lord and His eternal associates\ndescend on the earth many times, but the Lord remembers all the different\nroles of incarnations, whereas the associates, by His supreme will, forget\nthem. Similarly, the Lord takes away with Him all His associates when He\ndisappears from the earth. The power and energy which were bestowed\nupon Arjuna were required for fulfillment of the mission of the Lord, but\nwhen His mission was fulfilled, the emergency powers were withdrawn\nfrom Arjuna because the astounding powers of Arjuna, which were astonishing even to the denizens of heaven, were no longer required, and they\nwere now meant for going back home, back to Godhead. If endowment of\npowers and withdrawal of powers by the Lord are possible even for a\ngreat devotee like Arjuna, or even the demigods in heaven, then what to\nspeak of the ordinary living beings who are but figs compared to such\ngreat souls. The lesson is, therefore, that no one should be puffed up for\nhis borrowed powers from the Lord. The sane man should rather feel\nobliged to the Lord for such benefaction and must utilize such power for\nthe service of the Lord. Such power can be withdrawn at any time by the\nLord, so the best use of such power and opulence is to engage them in the\nservice of the Lord.\n\nTEXT6\n\n�\n\n?401Attli\\wt � GfSPot«o�i;w: I\n\n� oon� �:��������\nyasya k�a!la-viyogena\nloko hy apriya-darSo.nal;t\nukthena rahito hy e�a\nmrtakal;t procyate yathii\nyasya-whose; lc�a[la-a moment; viyogena-by separation; lolca�\nuniverse; hi\n\n-\n\n-\n\nall the\n\ncer tainly; apriya-darsana�-everything appears unfavorable;\n\nukthena-by life; rahita�- being devoid of; hi-certainly; e��-all these\nbodies; mrtaka�-dead bodies; pro cyate-are designated; yathii-as it were.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have just lost Him whose separation for a moment would render all\nthe universes unfavorable and void, as bodies without life.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0139": "774\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nPURPORT\nFactually for a living being there is no one dearer than the Lord. The\nLord expands Himself by innumerable parts and parcels as sviimsa and\n\nvibhinniimsa. Paramatma is the sviimsa part of the Lord, whereas the\nvibhinniirhsa parts are the living beings. As the living being is the important\nfactor in the material body, or without the living being the material body\nhas no value, similarly without Paramatma the living being has no status\n\nquo. Similarly, Brahman or Paramatma has no locus standi without the\nSupreme Lord Sri Kr�!la. This is thoroughly explained in the Bhagavadgitii (Bg. 15.18). They are all interlinked with one another or interdependent factors; thus in the ultimate issue the Lord is the summum bonum and\ntherefore the vital principle of everything.\nTEXT 7\n\n��»JJ�IC( aqa:fi6:J1'4ItH11..i\n• (qttiHfJ(ct �(�1..11( I\n\n����fit�:\ne�'lt*'.. ��� ll\\911\nyat-samsrayiid drupada-geham upiigatiiniim\nrojiiiim svayariwara-mukhe smara-durmadiiniim\ntejo hrtam khalu mayiibhihatas ca matsya\"ft\nsajfikrtena dhanu�iidhigatii ca kr�r-ii\nyat-by whose merciful; samsmyiit-by strength; drupada-geham-in the\nKing Drupada; upiigatiiniim-all those assembled; riij n iim-of\nthe princes; svayamvara-mukhe-on the occasion of the selection of the\nbridegroom; smara-durmadiiniim-all lusty in thought; teja fl power;\nhrtam-vanquished; khalu-as it were; maya - by me; abhihatafl-pierced;\nca-also; matsya fl - the fish target; sajjilqtena-by equipping the bow;\ndhanufi ii-by that bow also; adhigatii-gained; ca-also; lcrfirtii-Draupadi.\npalace of\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nOnly by His merciful strength was I able to vanquish all the lusty\nprinces assembled at the palace of King Drupada for the selection of the\nbridegroom. With my bow and arrow I could pierce the fish target and\nthereby gain the hand of Draupadi.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0140": "Text 8]\n\nThe P��avas Retire Timely\n\n775\n\nPURPORT\nDraupadi was the most beautiful daughter of King Drupada, and when\nshe was a young girl almost all the princes desired her hand. But Drupada\nMaharaja decided to hand over his daughter to Arjuna only and therefore\ncontrived a peculiar way. There was a fish hanging on the inner roof of the\nhouse under the protection of a wheel. The condition was that out of the\nprincely order, one must be able to pierce the fish's eyes through the wheel\nof protection, and no one would be allowed to look up at the target. On\nthe ground there was a water pot in which the target and wheel were\nreflected, and one had to fix his aim towards the target by looking at the\ntrembling water in the pot. Maharaja Drupada well knew that only Arjuna\nor alternately Karpa could successfully carry out the plan. But still he·\nwanted to hand his daughter to Arjuna. And in the assembly of the\nprincely order, when Dhr�tadyumna, the brother of Draupadi, introduced\nall the princes to his grown-up sister, Karpa was also present in the game.\nBut Draupadi tactfully avoided Karpa as the rival of Arjuna, and she\nexpressed her desire through her brother Dhr�tadyumna that she was\nunable to accept anyone who was less than a k§atriya. The vaiiyas and the\nsiidras are less important than the k§atriyas. Karpa was known as a son of\n\na carpenter, who is a siidra. So Draupadi avoided Karpa by this plea. When\nArjuna, in the dress of a poor briihmapa, pierced the difficult target, everyone was astonished, and all of them, especially Karpa, offered a stiff fight\nto Arjuna, but as usual by the grace of Lord Kr�pa he was able to emerge\nvery successful in the princely fight and thus gain the valuable hand of\nKr�l)a,or Draupadi. Arjuna was lamentingly remembering the incidence in\nthe absence of the Lord by whose strength only he was so powerful.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� (cUvsi!4+i\\l��­\n\n�=ifijl+i(•loi�AA� I\n\n+i\"''filf)(t�(!q+\\M\n�S(('I&qij� iffe+\\&4� � II G II\n\n� ijl11\n\ne\n\nyat-sannidhav aham ukha�t}avam agnaye 'dam\nind ram ca samara-ga�m tarasa vijitya\nlabdha sabha maya-kr;tadbhuta-silpa-miiya\ndigbhyo 'haran nr;patayo balim adhvare te\n\n", "SB1.3#p0141": "776\n\nSrirnad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 15\n\nyat-whose; sann idhau-being nearby; aham-myself; u-note of astonishment; khiir.{la vam-the protected forest of lndra, King of heaven;\nagnaye-unto the fire-god; adam-delivered; indram-Indra; ca- also; saalong with; amara-gar.am-the demigods; tarasii-with all dexterity; vijitya\n-having conquered; labdhii-having obtained; sabhii-assembly house;\nmaya-krtii-built by Maya; adbhuta-very wonderful; silpa-art and workmanship; maya-potency; digbhyaft-from all directions; aharan -collecting; nrpatayaft-all princes; balim-presentations; adhvare-brought; teunto you.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause He was near me, it was possible for me to conquer with\n\ngreat dexterity the powerful King of heaven, Indradeva, along with his\n\ndemigod associates and thus enable the fire-god to devastate the Khap�ava\n\nforest. And by His grace only the demon named Maya was saved from the\n\nblazing Khap�ava forest, and thus we could build our assembly house of\nwonderful architectural workmanship where all the princes assembled\n\nduring the performance of Rajasiiya-yajfia and paid you tributes.\nPURPORT\n\nThe demon Mayadanava was an inhabitant of the forest Khat;�.�ava, and\nwhen the Khat;�.gava forest was set on fire, he asked protection from Arjuna.\nArjuna saved his life, and as a result of this the demon felt obliged. He\nreciprocated by building a wonderful assembly house for the Pap�avas,\nwhich attracted the extraordinary attention of all state princes. They felt\nthe supernatural power of the Pap�avas, and thus without grudge all of\nthem submitted and paid tributes to the Emperor. The demons possess\nwonderful and supernatural powers to create material wonders. But they\nare always disturbing elements of the society. The modern demons are the\nharmful material scientists who create some material wonders for disturbance in the society. For example, the creation of the nuclear weapons\nhas caused some panic in the human society. Maya was also a materialist\nlike that, and he knew the art of creating wonderful things. And yet Lord\nKr�!la wanted to kill him. When he was chased both by the fire and the\nwheel of Lord Kf�pa, he took shelter of a devotee like Arjuna, who saved\n\nhim from the wrath of the fire of Lord Sri Kf�pa. Devotees are therefore\n\nmore merciful than the Lord, and in devotional service the mercy of a\ndevotee is more valuable than the mercy of the Lord. Both the fire and\n\n", "SB1.3#p0142": "The P��avas Retire Timely\n\nText9J\n\n777\n\nthe Lord ceased from chasing the demon as soon as both of them saw that\nthe demon was given shelter by a devotee like Arjuna. The demon, feeling\nobliged to Arjuna, wanted to do him some service to show his gratefulness,\n\nbut Arjuna declined to accept anything from him in exchange. Lord Sri\n\n�!!a, however, being pleased with Maya for his taking shelter of a\ndevotee, asked him to render service unto King Yudhi�thira by building a\nwonderful assembly house. The process is that by the grace of the devotee\nthe mercy of the Lord is obtained, and by the mercy of the Lord a chance\nto serve the Lord's devotee is obtained. The club of Bhimasena was also a\n\ngift of Mayadanava.\n\nTEXT9\n\n��:ste11qNI(tsft; +t(fli{ctl�\nris�\\if� '1�1®e::cq4Ff 1\n�wtl(ijl: Slii�wtl�+({qi1J lf'1\n�flitRdiMG\\wt�'{ilks+t\\4� it II �II\nyat-tejasii m;pa-siro 'nghrim ahan makhiirtham\niiryo 'nujas tava gajiiyuta-sattva-viryafl\nteniihr;tiifl pramatha-niitha-makhiiya bhiipii\nyan mocitiis tad anayan balim-adhvare te\nyat- whose; tejasii-by influence; nrpa- sirafl -anghrim-one whose feet are\n\nadored by the heads of kings; ahan-the great; makhiirtham-for the\nsacrifice; iiryafl-respectable; anujafl -younger brother; t ava- your; gajaayuta-ten thousand elephants; satt va-v iryafl - pow e rful existence; tena- by\nhim; iihrtiifl-collected; pramatha-niitha-the lord of the ghosts (Maha­\n\nbhairava); makhiiya-for sacrifice; bhilpiifl- ki ngs; yat moci tiifl - by whom\nthey\n\nwere\n\nreleased; tat a nayan -all of them brought; balim-taxes;\n\nadhvare- presented; te- your.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYour respectable younger broiher, who possesses the strength of ten\nthousand elephants, killed, by His grace, Jarasandha, whose feet were\nworshiped by many kings. These kings had been brought for sacrifice in\nJarasandha's Mahabhairava-yajfia, but they were thus released. Later they\npaid tribute to Your Majesty.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0143": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n778\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 15\n\nPURPORT\nJarasandha was a very powerful king of Magadha, and the history of his\n\nbirth and activities is also very interesting. H is father, King Brhadratha,\nwas also a very prosperous and powerful King of Magadha, but he had no\n\nson, although he married two daughters of the King of Kasi. Being dis­\n\nappointed in not getting a son from either of the two queens, the King,\nalong with his wives, left home to live in the forest for austerities, but in\nthe forest he was benedicted by one great r�i to have a son, and he gave him\none mango to be eaten by the queens. The queens did so and were very\n\nsoon pregnant. The King was very happy to see the queens bearing\n\nchildren, but when the ripe time approached, the queens delivered one\n\nchild in two parts, one from each of the queens' wombs. The two parts\nwere thrown in the forest, where a great she-demon used to live, and she\n\nwas glad to have some delicate flesh and blood from the newly born child.\n\nOut of curiosity she joined the two parts, and the child became complete\n\nand regained life. The she-demon was known as Jara, and being compas­\n\nsionate on the childless King, she went to the King and pre�ented him with\n\nthe nice child. The King was very pleased with the she-demon and wanted\nto reward her according to her desire. The she-demon expressed her\n\ndesire that the child be named after her, and thus the child was surnamed\n\nJarasandha, or one who was joined by Jara the she-demon. In fact, this\nJarasandha was born as one of the parts and parcels of the demon\n\nViprachitti. The saint by whose benediction the queens bore the child was\n\ncalled Candra\n\nKousik,\n\nwho foretold of the child before his father\n\nBrhadratha.\nSince he possessed demoniacal qualities from birth, naturally he became\n\na great devotee of Lord Siva, who is the lord of all ghostly and demonic\n\nmen. Rava!la was a great devotee of Lord Siva, and so also King Jarasa13dha.\n\nHe used to sacrifice all arrested kings before Lord Mahabhairava (Siva),\n\nand by his military power he defeated many small kings and arrested them\n\nto butcher before Mahabhairava. There are many devotees of Lord Maha­\n\nbhairava or Kalabhairava in the province of Bihar, formerly called Magadha.\n\nJarasandha was a relative of Kamsa, the maternal uncle of Kr�!J.a, and\n\ntherefore after Kamsa 's death King Jarasandha became a great enemy of\n�!J.a, and there were many fights between Jarasandha and Kr�!la. Lord\n\n�!la wanted to kill him, but He also wanted that those who served as\n\nmilitary men for Jarasandha might not be killed. Therefore a plan was\n\nadopted to kill him. Kr�!J.a, Bhima and Arjuna together went to Jarasandha\nin the dress of poor briihmar-as and begged charity from King Jarasandha.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0144": "Text 10)\n\nThe P�cJavas Retire Timely\n\n779\n\nJarasandha never refused charity to any briihmafla, and he performed many\nsacrifices also, yet he was not on a par with devotional service. Lord Kr�pa,\nBhima and Arjuna asked J arasandha the facility of combating him, and it\nwas settled that Jarasandha would fight with Bhima only. So all of them\nwere both guests and combatants of Jarasandha, and Bhima and J arasandha\nfought every day for several days. Bhima became disappointed, but Kr�pa\ngave him hints about Jarasandha's being joined together as an infant, and\nthus Bruma dissected him again and so killed him. All the kings who were\ndetained in the concentration camp to be killed before Mahabhairava were\nthus released by Bhima. Feeling thus obliged to the Piip�avas, they paid\ntribute to King Yudh�thira.\nTEXT 10\n\nq�j(ijqIN'l(Cictali'l(lfil�•­\n\n�tNS*41W1Ci�: «'lltli( I\n���:�\ntl«t�tft� t:'d:tif?lfl\"fiQt:ll� oil\npatnyiis taviidhimakha-kJpta-mahii-bh4ekasliigh4tha-ciiru-kabaram kitavail;l sabhiiyiim\nspr�tam vikirya padayol;l patitiisrumukhyii\nyas tat-striyo 'krta hatesa-vimukta-kesiil;l\npatnyiift-of the wife; tava-your; adhimakha d uring the great sacrifigreatly sanctified; sliighi§tha\n-thus glorified; cam-beautiful; kabaram-clustered hair; kitava ift-by the\nmiscreants; sabhiiyiim-in the great assembly; sp!§tam-being caught;\nvikirya- being loosened; padayo ft- on the feet; patita-asru-mukhyiil;l-of the\none who fell down with tears in the eyes; yaft-He; tat-their; striya[l-\n\ncial ceremony; kJpta- dressed; m ahii bh4eka\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwives; akrta-became; hatesa-bereft of husbands; vimukta-kesiil;l-loosened\nhair.\nTRANSLATION\nIt was\n\nHe\n\nonly who loosened the hair of all the wives of the\n\nmiscreants who dared open the cluster of your Queen's hair when she was\nnicely dressed and sanctified for the _great Rajasiiya sacrificial ceremony.\nAt that time she fell down at the feet of Lord Kr��a with tears in\nher eyes.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0145": "780\n\nS rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. IS\n\nPURPORT\n\nQueen Draupadi had a beautiful bunch of hair which was sanctified in\nthe ceremonial function of Rajasiiya-yajfia. But when she was lost in the\nbet, Du!t5asana touched her glorified hair to insult her. Draupadi then fell\ndown at the lotus feet of Lord Kr�!!a, and Lord Kr�!!a decided that all the\nwives of Du!t5asana and company should have their hair loosened as a\nresult of the Battle of Kuruk�etra. Thus after the Battle of Kuruk�etra,\nafter all the sons and grandsons of Dhftar�tra died in battle, all the wives\nof the family were obliged to loosen their hair as widows. In other words,\nall the wives of the Kuru family became widows because of Du!t5asana's\ninsulting a great devotee of the Lord. The Lord can tolerate insults upon\nHimself by any miscreant because the father tolerates even insults from\nthe son. But He never tolerates insults upon His devotees. By insulting a\ngreat soul, one has to forego all the results of pious acts and benediction\nalso.\nTEXT II\n\n�;it��� Wtl'ti �li{\n�sf«M(fli{f!Qt!l�q-: 1\n''t<toscfteaq� ��\nEuU114fl � f4MII�Hit: lit til\n....\n\nyo no fugopa vana etya duranta-krcchriid\nduroiisaso 'ri-racitiid ayutiigrabhug yal;\nSiikiinna-s4fam upayujya yatas tri-lokirit\ntrptiim amamsta salile vinimagna-sanghal;\nya{l-one who; na{l-us; jugopa-gave protection; vana- forest; etyagetting in; duranta-dangerously; krcchr at-trouble; durv iisasa{l- of Durvasa\nMuni; ari-enemy; racitiit-fabricated by; ayuta-ten thousand; agrabhukone who eats before; ya{t-that person; siika-ann a-s4tam-remnants of\nfoodstuff; upayujya-having accepted; yatal;l.- because; tri-lokim-all the\nthree worlds; t_rptiim-satisfied; amamsta- thought within the mind; salile\n-while in the water; vinimagna-sanghal;-all merged into the water.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring our exile, Durvasa Muni, who eats with his ten thousand\ndisciples, intrigued with our enemies to put us in dangerous trouble. At\n\n", "SB1.3#p0146": "Text ll)\n\nThe P��avas Retire Timely\n\n781\n\nthat time He [Lord Kr��a], simply by accepting the remnants of food,\n\nsaved us. By His accepting food thus, the assembly of munis, while bathing\n\nin the river, felt sumptuously fed. And all the three worlds were also\n\nsatisfied.\n\nPURPORT\nDuroiisii Muni: A powerful mystic briihmacw determined to observe the\n\nprinciples of religion with great vows and under strict austerities. His name\nis associated with many historical events, and it appears that the great\n\nmystic could be both easily satisfied and easily annoyed like Lord Siva.\n\nWhen he was satisfied, h(; could do tremendous good to the servitor, but if\n\nhe was dissatisfied he could bring about the greatest calamity. Kumari\n\nKunti, at her father's house, used to minister all kinds of services to all\ngreat briihmaf1as, and being satisfied with her good reception Durvasa\n\nMuni benedicted her with a power to call any demigod she desired. It is\n\nunderstood that he was a plenary incarnation of Lord Siva, and thus he\ncould easily be either satisfied or annoyed. He was a great devotee of Lord\n\nSiva, and by his order he accepted the priesthood of King Svetaketu\n\nbecause of the King's performance of sacrifice for one hundred years.\n\nSometimes he used to visit the parliamentary assembly of the heavenly\n\nkingdom of lndradeva. He could travel in space by his great mystic powers,\n\nand it is understood that he travelled a great distance through space, even\n\nup to the Vaiku�tha planets beyond material space. He travelled all these\n\nlong distances within one year, during his quarrel with King Ambari�a, the\ngreat devotee and Emperor of the world.\n\nHe had about ten thousand disciples, and wherever he visited and\n\nbecame a guest of the great k�atriya kings, he used to be accompanied by\n\na number of followers. Once he visited the house of Duryodhana, the\nenemy cousin of Maharaja Yu�thira. Duryodhana was intelligent enough\n\nto satisfy the briihma\"[la by all means, and the great ni wanted to give some\nbenediction to Duryodhana. Duryodhana knew his mystic powers, and he\n\nknew also that the mystic briihma\"[la, if dissatisfied, could cause some\n\nhavoc also, and thus he designed to engage the briihma\"[la to show his\nwrath upon his enemy cousins the p-ap�avas. When the ni wanted to award\n\nsome benediction to Duryodhana, the latter wished that he should visit the\n\nhouse of Maharaja Yudhi�hira, who was the eldest and chief among all his\n\ncousins. But by his request he would go to him after he had finished his\n\nmeals with his Queen, Draupadi. Duryodhana knew that after Draupadi's\n\ndinner it would be impossible for Maharaja Yudhi�hira to receive such a\n\nlarge number of briihma\"[la guests, and thus the ni would be annoyed and\n\n", "SB1.3#p0147": "782\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 15\n\nwould create some trouble for his cousin Maharaja Yudhi�thira. That was\nthe plan of Duryodhana. Durviisii Muni agreed to this proposal, and he\napproached the King in exile according to the plan of Duryodhana after\nthe King and Draupadi had finished their meals.\nOn his arrival at the door of Mahiiriija Yudhi�thira, he was at once well\nreceived, and the King requested him to finish his noontime religious rites\nin the river and by that time the foodstuff would be prepared. Durviisii\nMuni, along with his large number of disciples, went to take a bath in the\nriver, and Mahiiriija Yudhi�thira was in great anxiety for the guests. As long\nas Draupadi had not taken her meals, food could be served to any number\nof guests, but the ni, by the plan of Duryodhana, reached there after\nDraupadi had finished her meals.\nWhen the devotees are put into difficulty, they have an opportunity to\nrecollect the Lord with rapt attention. So Draupadi was thinking of Lord\nKr�!la in that dangerous position, and the all-pervading Lord could at once\nknow the dangerous position of His devotees. He therefore came there on\nthe scene and asked Draupadi to give whatever food she might have in her\nstock. On her being so requested by the Lord, Draupadi was sorrowful\nbecause the Supreme Lord asked her for some food and she was unable to\nsupply it at that time. She said to the Lord that the mysterious dish which\nshe had received from the sun-god could supply any amount of food if she\nherself had not eaten. But on that day she had already taken her meals,\nand thus they were in danger. By expressing her difficulties she began to\ncry before the Lord as only a woman would do in such a position. The\nLord, however, asked Draupadi to bring up the cooking pots to see if there\nwas any particle of foodstuff left, and on Draupadi's doing so, the Lord\nfound some particle of vegetable sticking to the pot. The Lord at once\npicked it up and ate it. After doing so, the Lord asked Draupadi to call\nfor her guests, the company of Durvasa.\nBhima was sent to call them from the river. Bhima said, \"Why are you\ndelaying, sirs? Come on, the food is ready for you.\" But the briihmaflas,\nbecause of Lord K�!la's accepting a little particle of food, felt sumptuously\nfed, even while they were in the water. They thought that since Maharaja\nYudhi�thira must have prepared many valuable dishes for them and since\nthey were not hungry and could not eat, the King would feel sorry, so it\nwas better not to go there. Thus they decided to go away.\nThis incidence proves that the Lord is the greatest mystic, and therefore\nHe is known as yogesvara. Another instruction is that every householder\nmust offer food to the Lord, and the result will be that everyone, even a\ncompany of guests numbering ten thousand, will be satisfied because of\nthe Lord's being satisfied. That is the way of devotional service.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0148": "Text 12)\n\nThe P��avas Retire Timely\n\n783\n\nTEXT 12\n\nct�iilijltl ��'f �GJ­\n\nfchRifq(J: mttf00s«¥4G>11i\\d ir I\n�sftr 'i41l¥4�� q.8o:clur\n\n� ¥it�'I�� ¥4((1Q-ca${ ������\n\nyat-tejasiitha bhagaviin yudhi sula-piil)-irvismiipita� sa-girijo 'stram adiin nijam me\nanye 'pi ciiham amunaiva kalevare�Ja\npriipto mahendra-bhavane mahad iisaniirdham\n\nyat-by whose; tejasii.-by influence; atha-at one time; bhagavii.n-the\nPersonality of God (Lord Siva); yudhi-in the battle; siila-pii.rifz-one who\nhas a trident in hand; vismii.pitafl-astonished; sa-girijafl-along with the\ndaughter of the Himalayan Mountains; astrom-weapon; adii.t-awarded;\nnijam-of his own; me-unto me;anye api-so also others; ca-and; aham­\n\nmyself; amunii.-by this; eva-definitely; kalevarerw-by the body;prii.ptafl\n-obtained; mahii.-indra-bhavane-in the house of lndradeva;mahat-great;\niisana-ardham-half-elevated seat.\nTRANSLATION\nIt was by His influence only that in a fight I was able to astonish the\n\nPersonality of God Lord Siva and his wife, the daughter of Mount Himalaya. Thus he [Lord Siva] became pleased with me and awarded me his\nown weapon. Other demigods also delivered their respective weapons to\nme, and in addition I was able to reach the heavenly planets in this present\nbody and was allowed a half-elevated seat.\nPURPORT\nBy the grace of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Sri Kr��Ja, all other\ndemigods, including Lord Siva, were pleased with Arjuna. The idea is that\n\none who is favored by Lord Siva or any other demigod may not necessarily\nhe favored by the Supreme Lord Sri �l}a (Godhead). Raval}a was cer­\n\ntainly a great devotee of Lord Siva, hut he could not he saved from the\nwrath of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Lord Ramacandra. And\nthere are many instances like that in the histories of the Purii.ras. But here\nis an instance where we can see that Lord Siva became pleased even in the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0149": "784\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 15\n\nfight with Atjuna. The devotees of the Supreme Lord know how to respect\n\nthe demigods, but the devotees of the demigods sometimes foolishly think\nthat the Supreme Personality of Godhead is no greater than the demigods.\n\nBy such a conception, one becomes an offender and ultimately meets\nwith the same end as Ravarta and others. The instances described by Atjuna\n\nduring his friendly dealings with Lord Sri Kr�!la are instructive for all who\n\nmay be convinced by the lessons that one can achieve all favors simply by\npleasing the Supreme Lord Sri Kr�!la while the devotees or the worshipers\n\nof other demigods may achieve only partial benefits of life, which are also\nperishable, just as the demigods themselves are.\n\nAnother significance of the present verse is that Arjuna, by the grace of\n\nLord\n\nSri Kr�!J.a, was able to reach the heavenly planet even with the\n\nselfsame body and was honored by the heavenly demigod lndradeva, being\n\nseated with him half elevated. One can reach the heavenly planets by the\n\npious acts recommended in the siistras in the category of fruitive activities.\n\nAnd as stated in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 9.21), when the reactions of such\n\npious acts are spent, the enjoyer is again degraded to this earthly planet.\nThe moon is also on the level with the heavenly planets, and only persons\n\nwho have performed virtues only, namely performing sacrifices, giving\n\nin charity and undergoing severe austerities, etc., can be allowed to enter\n\ninto the heavenly planets after the duration of life of the body. Arjuna\nwas allowed to enter into the heavenly planets in the selfsame body simply\n\nby the grace of the Lord, otherwise it is not possible to do so. The present\n\nattempts to enter into the heavenly planets by the modern scientists will\n\ncertainly prove futile because such scientists are not on the level of Arjuna.\n\nThey are ordinary human beings without any assets of sacrifice, charity or\n\nausterities. The material body is influenced by the three modes of material\n\nnature, namely goodness, passion and ignorance. The present population\n\nis more or less influenced by the modes of passion and ignorance, and the\nsymptoms for such influence are exhibited in their becoming very lusty\n\nand greedy. Such degraded fellows can hardly approach the higher plan­\n\netary systems. Above the heavenly planets there are many other planets\nalso, which only those who are influenced by goodness can reach. In\n\nheavenly and other planets within the universe, the inhabitants are all\n\nhighly intelligent, many more times than the human beings, and they are\n\nall pious in the higher and the highest mode of goodness. They are all\ndevotees of the Lord, and although their goodness is not unadulterated,\n\nstill they arc known as demigods possessing the maximum amount of good\n\nqualities possible within the material world.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0150": "Text 13]\n\nThe Pa!l�avas Retire Timely\n\n785\n\nTEXT 13\n\nm it m.m �'5lt:ucso\"'\n•nul\\cte?JOI'I(IRf�\\lN �: l\n\n�: �tta:�·�ij'l:t414\nQ;ci('IQ affir: � \\'{m ll� �ll\ntatraiva me viharato bhuja-da!J.lja-yugmarh\ngii\"!ltfiva-lak�a\"!lam ariiti-vadhiiya devii[l.\nsendrii[l. sritii yad-anubhiivitam iijamU}ha\nteniiham adya mu�ita[l. puru�e\"!la bhu.mnii\ntatra-in that heavenly planet; eva-certainly; me- myself; viharata[l.while staying as a guest; bhuja-dap.t}.a-yugman- both of my arms; giip.t}.ivathe\n\nbow\n\nnamed\n\nGa!l!fiva;\n\nlak§ap.am- mark; ariiti-a demon named\n\nNivatakavaca; vadhiiya-for killing; deva[l.-all the demigods;sa-along with;\nindra[l.-the heavenly King, Indra; srita[l-taken shelter of;yat-by whose;\nanubhavitam-made it possible to be powerful; ajamipha-of the descendant of King Ajami�ha; tena-by Him; aham- myself; adya-at the present\nmoment; mu§itaft- bereft of; puru§ep.a- the Personality; bh iimnii- the\nSupreme.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen I stayed for some days as a guest in the heavenly planets, all\nthe heavenly demigods, including King Indradeva, took shelter of my arms,\nwhich were marked with the Gi!lPiva bow, to kill the demon named\nNivatakavaca. 0 King, descendant of Ajami«Jha, at the present moment I\nam bereft of the Supreme Personality of Godhead by whose influence\nI was so powerful.\nPURPORT\nThe heavenly demigods are certainly more intelligent, powerful and\nbeautiful, and yet they had to take help from Arjuna because of his\n\nGi!lPiva bow, which·was empowered by the grace of Lord Sri K�!J.a. The\n\nLord is all-powerful, and by His grace His pure devotee also can be as\n\n", "SB1.3#p0151": "[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n786\n\npowerful as He may desire, and there is no limit to it. And when the Lord\nwithdraws His power from anyone, he is powerless by the will of the Lord.\nTEXT 14\n\n:q,....\\1�:\n\n-�;il(�lf.\\ilit'itr:aql(-\n\n� � ms&¥tdh{t1'*4i( I\nsr(:qa((i q '4wf � 'AT �\n���( �fuuc4 � � Rl<t¥4: n t vu\nyad-bandhava� kuru-baliibdhim ananta-piirameko rathena tatare 'ham atirya-sattvam\npratyahrtarh bahu dhanarh ca mayii pare�iirh\ntejiis-padarh mar-imayarh ca hrtarh sirobhya[l\nyat-biindhava[l-by whose friendship only; kuru-bala-abdhim-the ocean\nof the military strength of the Kurus; ananta p ii ram-which was insur-\n\nmountable; eka[l-alone; rath en a being seated on the chariot; tatare-\n\nwas able to cross over; aham-myself; at irya- invincible; sattvam-exis·\ntence; pratyiihrtam-drew\nwealth; ca-also;\n\nma\n\nback;\n\nbahu-very large quantity; dhanam­\n\nyii-by me; pare�iim-of the enemy; tejii�-padam­\n\nsource of brilliance; ma11imayam- bedecked with jewels; ca-also ; hrtamtaken by force; sir obhya[l\n\n-\n\nfrom their heads.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe military strength of the Kauravas was like an ocean in which\n\nthere dwelled many invincible existences, and thus it was insurmountable.\n\nBut because of His friendship, I, seated on the chariot, was able to cross\n\nover it. And only by His grace was I able to regain the cows and also\ncollect by force many helmets of the kings which were bedecked with\n\njewels that were sources of all brilliance.\n\nPURPORT\nOn the Kaurava side there were many stalwart commanders like Bhi�ma,\nDropa, Kfpa and Karpa, and their military strength was as insurmountable\nas the great ocean. And yet it was due to Lord �pa's grace that Arjuna\na lone, sitting on the chariot, could manage to vanquish them one after\n\n", "SB1.3#p0152": "The Pita!favas Retire Timely\n\nText 15)\n\n787\n\nanother without difficulty. There were many changes of commanders on\nthe other side, but on the Pal)<Javas' side Arjuna alone on the chariot\ndriven by Lord �pa could manage the whole responsibility of the great\nwar. Similarly, when the Pap�avas were living at the palace of Virata\nincognito, the Kauravas picked a quarrel with King Virata and decided to\ntake away his large number of cows. Thus while taking away the cows,\nArjuna fought with them incognito and was able to regain the cows along\nwith some booty taken by force, the jewels set on the turbans of the royal\norder. Arjuna remembered that all this was possible by the grace of the\nLord.\nTEXT 15\n\n� ¥fi\"l¥igw<A4�'J.'4G>A-\n\n(M�?4tRq¥toca¥ifOca•u\n\nt\n\n�II'(��\n\n�;rtf{� 'if qtU( ��II t'-\\11\n\nyo bh4ma-kaf1la-guru-sal ya-camu�v adabhrarojanya-varya-ratha-ma!'cJ.ala-mal)lj.itiisu\nagrecaro mama vibho ratha-yuthapiiniimiiyur maniimsi ca drsa saha oja iircchat\nya[l-it is He only; bh i§ma\n\n- Bh�ma; kaf1la- K pa; guru-Dropacarya;\nar\n\nsalya-Salya; camu§u-in the midst of the military phalanx; adabhraimmense; rojanya-varya-great royal princes; ratha ma r{lala-chain of\nchariots; mar {litiisu being decorated with; agr eca ra[l-going forward;\n\n-\n\nmama-of mine; vibho-0 great King; ratha-yuthapiiniim-all the charioteers;\n\niiyu[l-duration of life or fruitive activities; maniimsi-mental upsurges;\nca-also; drsa-by glance; saha[l-along with; oja[l-strength; iircchatwithdrew.\nTRANSLATION\nIt was He only who withdrew the duration of life from everyone and\nwho, in the battlefield, withdrew the speculative power and strength of\nenthusiasm from the great military phalanx made by the Kauravas headed\nby B�ma, Karpa, Dropa, Satya, etc. Their arrangement was expert and\nmore than adequate, but He [Lord Sri Kf�pa J , while going forward, did\n\nall this.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0153": "788\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Absolute Personality of Godhead Lord Sri �pa by His plenary\nParamatma portion expands Himself in everyone's heart, and thus He\ndirects everyone in the matter of recollection, forgetfulness, knowledge,\nthe absence of intelligence and all psychological activities (Bg. 15.15). As\nthe Supreme Lord, He can increase or decrease the duration of life of a\nliving being. Thus the Lord conducted the Battle of Kuru�etra according\nto His own plan. He wanted that battle to establish Yudhi�thira as the\nEmperor of this planet, and to facilitate this transcendental business He\nkilled all who were on the opposite party by His ·omnipotent will. The\nother party was equipped with all military strength supported by big\ngenerals like Bln�ma, Dropa, Salya, etc., and it would have been physically\nimpossible for Arjuna to win the battle had the Lord not helped him by\nevery kind of tactic. Such tactics are generally followed by every statesman,\neven in modern warfare, hut they are all done materially by powerful\nespionages, military tactics and diplomatic maneuvers. But because Aijuna\nwas the Lord's affectionate devotee, the Lord did all this Himself without\npersonal anxiety by Arjuna. That is the way of devotional service of the\nLord.\nTEXT 16\n\n�m�g�\"'..M;cC((f;c•aa�RA4«.-14'!4'11f1•ta:\nst(la04aitq¥tm•uf.l r.t�A<nf-w\n\n;flqm&�R<a«IW.nuofV• 11� ���\n\nyad-dol;l�u mii prartihitam gur u-bh4ma-karfwnaptr-trigarta-5alya-saindhava-bahlikadyail;l\nastrii rty amogha-mahimiini niriipitiini\nnopasprsur nrhari-diisam iviisur�ri\n\n­\n\nyat-under whose; dop§u-protection of arms; mii p rarih ita m-my\nself being situated; guru-Dropaciirya; bh'4ma-Bhi�ma; karra-Karpa;\nnaptr-Bhiir:iSrava; trigarta-King Susarma; salya- S a lya; saindhava-King\nJayadratha; biihlika-brother of Maharaja Santanu (Bhi�ma's father);\niidyai/;l-etc.; astriiri-weapons; amogha-invincihle; mahimiini-very\npowe rful; nirilpitiini-applied; na-not; upaprsul;l-touch; nrhari�diisam-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0154": "Text 16]\n\nThe P��avas Retire Timely\n\n789\n\nservitor of N rsimhadeva (Prahlada); iva-like; asura!li-weapons applied by\n\nthe demons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGreat generals like B�ma, Dro!la, Kar!la, BhiiriSrava, Su8armii, Salya,\n\nJayadratha, Bahh\"\"ka, etc., all directed their invincible weapons against me.\n\nBut by His [Lord �!�-a's] grace they could not even touch a hair of my\n\nhead. Similarly, Prahlada Maharaja, the supreme devotee of Lord Nrsinna­\n\ndeva, was unaffected by the weapons the demons used against him.\nPURPORT\n\nThe history of Prahlada Maharaja, the great devotee of Nrsimhadeva, is\n\nnarrated in the Seventh Canto of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. Prahlada Maharaja,\n\na small child of five years only, became the object of envy of his great\n\nfather Hira!lyakaSipu only for his son's becoming a pure devotee of the\n\nLord. The demon father applied all his weapons to kill the devotee son\n\nPrahlada, but by the grace of the Lord he was saved from all sorts of\n\ndangerous actions by his father. He was thrown in a fire, in boiling\noil, from the top of a hill, underneath the legs of an elephant, and was\n\nadministered poison. At last the father himself took up a chopper to kill\nhis son, and thus Nrsimhadeva appeared and killed the heinous father before\n\nthe son. Thus no one can kill the devotee of the Lord. Similarly, Arjuna\n\nwas also saved by the Lord, although all dangerous weapons were applied\n\nby his great opponents like Bhi�ma.\n\nKarra: Born of Kunti by the sun-god prior to her marriage with\n\nMaharaja Pii!l�U. Kar!ia took his birth with bangles and earrings, extra­\n\nordinary signs for an undaunted hero. In the beginning his name was\n\nV asusena, but when he grew up he presented his natural bangles and\n\nearrings to Indradeva, and thenceforward he became known as V aikartan.\n\nAfter his birth from maiden Kunti, he was thrown in the Ganges. Later he\n\nwas picked up by Adhirat, and he and his wife Radha brought him up as\ntheir own offspring. Kar!la was very charitable, especially toward the\n\nbrohmaflas. There was nothing which he could not spare for a briihmara.\n\nIn the same charitable spirit he gave in charity his natural bangles and\n\nearrings to Indradeva, who, being very much satisfied with him, gave him\n\nin return a great weapon called Sakti. He was admitted as one of the\nstudents of Drop.acarya, and from the very beginning there was some\n\nrivalry between him and Arjuna. Seeing his constant rivalry with Arjuna,\n\n", "SB1.3#p0155": "790\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nDuryodhana picked him up as his companion, and this gradually grew\ninto greater intimacy. He was also present in the great assembly of\nDraupadi's svayamvara function, and when he attempted to exhibit his\ntalent in that meeting, Draupadi's brother declared that Kaqta could not\ntake part in the competition because of his being the son of a sudra\ncarpenter. Although he was refused in the competition, still when Arjuna\nwas successful in piercing the fish target on the ceiling and Draupadi\nbestowed her garland to Arjuna, Kan;w and other disappointed princes\noffered an unusual stumbling block to Arjuna while he was leaving with\nDraupadi. Specifically Kar!J.a fought with him very valiantly, but all of\nthem were defeated by Arjuna. Duryodhana was very much pleased with\nKar!J.a because of his constant rivalry with Arjuna, and when he was in\npower, he enthroned Kar!J.a in the state of Anga. Being baffled in his\nattempt to win Draupadi, he advised Duryodhana to attack King Drupada,\nfor after defeating him both Arjuna and Draupadi could be arrested. But\nDro!J.acarya rebuked them for this conspiracy, and they refrained from the\naction. Kar!J.a was defeated many times, not only by Arjuna but also by\nBhimasena. He was the King of the kingdom of Bengal, Orissa and Madras\ncombined. Later on he took an active part in the Rajasiiya sacrifice of\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira, and when there was gambling between the rival\nbrothers, designed by Sakuni, Kar!J.a took part in the game, and he was\nvery pleased when Dr.aupadi was offered as a bet in the gambling. This fed\nhis old grudge. When Draupadi was in the game he was very enthusiastic\nto declare the news, and it is he who ordered Du!J.sasana to take away the\ngarments of both the Pii!J.�avas and Draupadi. He asked Draupadi to select\nanother husband because, being lost by the Pa!J.�avas, she was rendered a\nslave of the Kurus. He was always an enemy of the Pa!J.�avas, and whenever\nthere was an opportunity, he tried to curb them by all means. During the\nBattle of Kuru�etra, he foresaw the conclusive result, and he expressed\nhis opinion that due to Lord Kr�!ia's being the chariot driver of Arjuna,\nthe battle should be won by him. He always differed with B�ma, and\nsometimes he was proud enough to say that within five days he could\nfinish up the Pa!J.�avas, if B�ma would not interfere with his plan of\naction. But he was much mortified when Bhisma died. He killed Ghatotkach\nwith the Sakti weapon obtained from In<kadeva. His son, Brisasena, �as\nkilled by Arjuna. He killed the largest number of Pa!J.�ava soldiers. At last\nthere was a severe fight with Arjuna, and it is he only who was able to\nknock off the helmet of Arjuna. But it so happened that the wheel of his\nchariot got stuck in the battlefield mud, and when he got down to set\nthe wheel right Arjuna took the opportunity and killed him, although he\nrequested Arjuna not to do so.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0156": "Text 16)\n\nThe P��avas Retire Timely\n\n791\n\nNaptri or Bhuri.Sravii: Bhurisrava was the son of Somadutta, a member\nof the Kuru family. His other brother was Salya. Both the brothers and the\nfather also attended the svayarhvara ceremony of Draupadi. All of them\nappreciated the wonderful strength of Arjuna due to his being the devotee\nfriend of the Lord, and thus BhUrisrava advised the sons of Dhftar�tra not\nto pick any quarrel nor to fight with them. All of them also attended the\nRajasuya yajna of Maharaja Yudhi�thira. He possessed one ak�auhiri\nregiment of army, cavalry, elephants and chariots, and all these were\nemployed in the Battle of Kuru�etra on behalf of Duryodhana's party.\nHe was counted by Bhima as one of the Yuthapatis. In the Battle of\nKuruk�etra he was especially engaged in a fight with Satyaki, and he killed\nten sons of Satyaki. Later on, Arjuna cut off his hands, and he was\nultimately killed by Satyaki. After his death he merged into the existence\nof Visvadeva.\nTrigarta or Susarmii: Son of Maharaja Vrddhak�etra and the King of\nTrigarta Desa, and he was also present in the svayarhvara ceremony of\nDraupadi. He was one of the allies of Duryodhana, and he advised\nDuryodhana to attack the l\\iatsyadesa (Darbhanga). During the time of\ncow·stealing in Viratnagar, he was able to arrest Maharaja Virata, but later\non 1aharaja Virata was released by Bhima, and in the Battle of Kurukeyetra\nhe also fought very valiantly, but at the end he was killed by Arjuna.\nJayadratha: Another son of Maharaja Vrddhak�etra. He was the King of\nSindhu (modern Sind Pakistan) De8a. His wife's name was Du�ala. He was\nalso present in the svayarhvara ceremony of Draupadi, and he desired very\nstrongly to have her hand, but he failed in the competition. But since\nthen he sought always the opportu�ty to get in touch with Draupadi.\nWhen he was going to marry in the Salya Desa, on the way to Kamyavan\nhe happened to see Draupadi again and was too much attracted to her.\nThe Pa!l�avas and Draupadi were then in exile, after losing their empire in\ngambling, and jayadratha thought it wise to send news to Draupadi in an\nillicit manner through Kotisa�ya, one of his associates. Draupadi at once\nrefused vehemently the proposal of jayadratha,but being so much attracted by the beauty of Draupadi, he tried again and again. Every time he was\nrefused by Draupadi he tried to take her away forcibly on his chariot, and\nat first Draupadi gave him a good dashing, and he fell like a cut-root tree.\nBut he was not discouraged, and he was able to force Draupadi to sit on\nthe chariot. This incidence was seen by Dhaumya Muni, and he strongly\nprotested the action of jayadratha. He also followed the chariot, and\nthrough Dhatreyak the matter was brought to the notice of Maharaja\nYudhi�thira. The Pa!l�avas then attacked the soldiers of Jayadratha and\nkilled them all, and at last Bhima caught hold of Jayadratha and beat him\n\n", "SB1.3#p0157": "792\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nvery severely, almost dead. Then all but five hairs were cut off his head\nand he was taken to all the kings and introduced as the slave of Maharaja\nYudhi�thira. He was forced to admit himself to be the slave of Maharaja\nYudhi�thira before all the princely order, and in the same condition he was\nbrought before Maharaja Yudhi�thira. Maharaja Yudhi�thira was kind\nenough to order him released, and when he admitted to become a tributary\nprince under Maharaja Yudhi�thira, Queen Draupadi also desired his release.\nAfter this incidence, he was allowed to return to his country. Being so\ninsulted, he went to Gongotri in the Himalayas and undertook a severe\ntype of penance to please Lord Siva. He asked his benediction to defeat\nall the Pa!l�avas, at least one at a time. Then the Battle of Kuruk�etra\nbegan, and he took sides with Duryodhana. In the first day's fight he was\nengaged with Maharaja Drupada, then with Virata and then with\nAbhimanyu. While Abhimanyu was being killed, mercilessly surrounded\nby seven great generals, the Pa!l�avas came to his help, but Jayadratha,\nby the mercy of Lord Siva, repulsed them with great ability. At this,\nArjuna took a vow to kill him, and on hearing this, Jayadratha wanted to\nleave the warfield and asked permission from the Kauravas for this cowardly\naction. But he was not allowed to do so. On the contrary, he was obliged\nto fight with Arjuna, and while the fight was going on Lord Kr�!la reminded\nArjuna that the benediction of Siva upon Jayadratha was that whoever\nwould cause his head to fall to the ground would die at once. He therefore\nadvised Arjuna to throw the head of Jayadratha directly onto the lap of\nhis father, who was engaged in penances at the Samanta Paficaka pilgrimage.\nThis was actually done by Arjuna. Jayadratha's father was surprised to\nsee a severed head on his lap, and he at once threw it to the ground. The\nfather immediately died, his forehead being cracked in seven pieces.\nTEXT 17\n\n��: illf���ir\n\n��lFln:l\n� ��Rt�l&+t(� w.At �\nWIS�m'{�: 11�\"11\nsautye vrtaft kumatina 'tmada isvaro me\nyat-pii.da-padmam abhaviiya bhajanti bhavyiift\nmiirh sriinta-viiham arayo rathino bhuv4tham\nna priiharan yad-anubhiiva-nirasta-cittiift\n\n", "SB1.3#p0158": "Text 17]\n\nThe P��avas Retire Timely\n\n793\n\nsautye -regarding a chariot driver; vrta�-engaged; kumatinii-by bad\nconsciousness; iitmada-one who delivers; iSvara�- the Supreme Lord; memy; yat-whose; piida-padmam-lotus feet; abhaviiya-in the matter of\nsalvation; bhajanti-do render service; bhavyii�-the intelligent class of\nmen; miim-unto me; sriinta-thirsty; viiham-my horses; arayo�-the\nenemies; rathina� -a great general; bhuvi§tham-while standing on the\nground; na-did not; priiharan-attack; yat-whose; anubhiiva-mercy;\nnirasta-being absent; cittii�-mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt was by His mercy only that my enemies neglected to kill me when\nI descended from my chariot to get water for my thirsty horses. And it\nwas due to my lack of esteem for my Lord that I dared engage Him as my\nchariot driver, for He is worshiped and offered services by the best men to\nattain salvation.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�!la is the object of\nworship both by impersonalists and by the devotees of the Lord. The\nimpersonalists worship His glowing effulgence, emanating from His transcendental body of eternal form, bliss and knowledge, and the devotees\nworship Him as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Those who are\nbelow even the impersonalists consider Him to be one of the great historical personalities. The Lord, however, descends to attract all by his specific\ntranscendental pastimes, and thus He plays the part of the most perfect\nmaster, friend, son and lover. His transcendental relation with Arjuna was\nin friendship, and the Lord therefore played the part perfectly, as He did\nwith His parents, lovers and wives. While playing in such a perfect transcendental relation, the devotee forgets, by the internal potency of the\nLord, that his friend or son is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, although sometimes the devotee is bewildered by the acts of the Lord.\nAfter the departure of the Lord, Arjuna is conscious of his great friend,\nbut there is no mistake on the part of Arjuna, nor any ill-estimation of the\nLord. Intelligent men are attracted by the transcendental acting of the\nLord with a pure unalloyed devotee like Arjuna.\nIn the warfield, scarcity of water is a well-known fact. Water is very\nrare there, and both the animals and men, working strenuously in the war-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0159": "[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n794\n\nfield, constantly require water to quench their thrist. Especially wounded\nsoldiers and generals feel very thirsty at the time of death, and it sometimes\nso happens that simply for want of water one has to die unavoidably. But\nsuch scarcity of water was solved in the Battle of Kuruk�etra by means of\nboring the ground. By God's grace, water can be easily obtained from any\nplace if there is facility for boring the ground. The modern system works\non the same principle of boring the ground, hut modern engineers are still\nunable to dig immediately wherever necessary. It appears, however, from\nthe history as far hack as the days of the Pa!l�avas, that big generals like\nArjuna could at once supply water even to the horses, and what to speak\nof men, by drawing water from underneath the hard ground simply by\npenetrating the stratum with a sharp arrow, a method still unknown to\nthe modern scientists.\nTEXT 18\n\n;fl{�G:I<(iM<f(qij�iHlRnr.r\nt qpl �'I« t(iWI�itftl I\n�R� � �wo�nfwr\n�ti&HI w.f � �11:14� '' � G\nnarma'{ly u dara-rucira-smita-sobhitani\nhe piirtha he ,rjuna sakhe kuru-nandaneti\nsanjalpitani nara-deva hrdi-sprsani\nsmartur lufhanti hrdayam mama madhavasya\n\nnarmiirri-conversation in jokes; udiira-talked very frankly; rucirapleasing; smita-sobhitiini-decorated\n\nwith a smiling face; he-note of\n\naddress; piirtha-0 son of Prtha; he-note of address; a rjuna [l.-Arjuna;\n\nsakhe-friend; kuru-nandana-son of the Kuru dynasty; iti-and so on;\nsa ii jalpitiini- such conversations; nara-deva-0 King; h rdi-heart; sp_rsiini.\n\ntouching; smar tu fl,-by remembering them; lu t hanti-over w helms; hrdayam\n\n-heart and soul; mama\n\n-\n\nmy; miidhavasya-of Madhava (Kr�Da).\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King! His jokings and frank talks were pleasing and beautifully\n\ndecorated with smiles. And His addresses unto me as \"0 son of Pflha, 0\nfriend, 0 son of the Kuru dynasty,\" and all such heartiness are now remembered by me, and thus I am overwhelmed.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0160": "Text 19]\n\n795\n\nThe r-ap�avas Retire Timely\nTEXT 19\n\n�t:qR'fwtl>wtN��wc+tl�wnft:'\"�fll�4� Slliji!lf;cf« �: I\n�: �tr fcHtct:qwt4� ri\n� �m. !11\\� it ����\nsayyiisaniifana-vikatthana-bhojaniid4vaikyad vayasya rtavan iti vipra-labdha{l\nsakhyu� sakheva pitrvat tanayasya sarvam\nsehe mahan mahitayii kumater agham me\n\ni\n\ni\n\nsayya- sleeping on one bed; asana- s tting on one seat; a fana- walk ng\n\ni\n\ntogether; vikatthana-self-adoration; b hojana- d ning together; a di � u- and\nin all such dealings; aikyat-because of oneness; vayasya-0 my friend;\nrtavan- t ru th\n\n.\n\nful; iti- th s; vipra labdha[l misbehaved; sakhyu{l- unto a\nj\nj\nu\n\n-\n\n-\n\nfriend; sakha iva- ust like a friend; pit.rvat- ust like the father; tanayasya\n-of a child; sarvam-all;\nglories; kumate\n\n[l\n\n-\n\nsehe- toler ated;\n\nahan g reat; mahitaya-by\nof one who is of low mentality; agham offense; mem\n\n-\n\n-\n\nmine.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGenerally both of us used to live together, sleep, sit and loiter together. And at the time of advertising for acts of chivalry, sometimes, if\nthere were any irregularity, I used to reproach Him by saying, \"My friend,\nYou are very truthful.\" Even in those hours when His value was minimized,\nHe, being the Supreme Soul, used to tolerate all those utterings of mine,\nexcusing me exactly as a true friend excuses his true friend, or a father\nexcuses his son.\nPURPORT\nSince the Supreme Lord\n\nSri Kr�!la is all-perfect, His transcendental\n\npastimes with His pure devotees never lack anything in any respect, either\nas\n\na friend, son or lover. The Lord relishes the reproaches of friends,\n\nparents or fiancees more than the Vedic hymns which are offered to Him·\nby great learned scholars and religionists in an official fashion.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0161": "[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n796\n\nTEXT 20\n\nmst � �: �()tt·h,fi-.\n�����:I\n....\n\n31l4'\"91�Sfi'iqTut�'fi·\n\n�\n\nmq��{����msm 11�o1\n\nso 'harh nrpendra rahital;. puru�ottamena\nsakhya priyer.a suhrda hrdayena sunyal;.\nadhvany urukrama-parigraham anga rak�an\ngopair asadbhir abaleva vinirjito 'smi\nsal;.- that; aham- myself; nrpendra-0 Emperor; rahital;.-bereft of;\npuru§ottamena-by the Supreme Lord; sakhyii-by my friend; priye[laby my dearmost; suhrdii-by the well-wisher; hrdayena-by the heart and\n\nsoul; siinya[l-vacant; a dhvani- recently; urukrama-parigraham-the wives\n\nof the all-powerful; anga-bodies; rak§an-while protecting; gopail).-by the\n\n. cowherds;\n\nasadbhi[l.-by the infidels; abalii iva like a weak woman;\nvinirjital;. asmi- I have been defeated.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Emperor, now I am separated from my friend and dearmost well­\n\nwisher, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore my heart\nappears to be void of everything. In His absence I have been defeated by a\nnumber of infidel cowherdmen while I was guarding the bodies of all the\n\nwives of Kr�!la.\n\nPURPORT\nThe important point in this verse is how it was possible that Arjuna\n\ncould be defeated by a gang of ignoble cowherdmen and how such mundane cowherdmen could touch the bodies of the wives of Lord Krsna who\n\nwere under the protection of Arjuna. Srila Vi8vanatha Cakravarti.Thakur\n\nhas justified the contradiction by research in the Vi§flU Puriifla and Brahma\nPuriifla. In these Puriiflas it is said that once the fair denizens of heaven\npleased A�tavakra Muni by their service and were blessed by the Muni to\n\nhave the Supreme Lord as their husband. �tavakra Muni was curved\n\nin eight joints of his body, and thus he used to move in a peculiarly\n\n", "SB1.3#p0162": "Text 21)\n\nThe P�«Javas Retire Timely\n\n797\n\ncurved manner. The daughters of the demigods could not check their\nlaughter upon seeing the movements of the Muni, and the Muni, being\nangry at them, cursed them that they would be kidnapped by rogues, even\nif they would get the Lord as their husband. Later on, the girls again\nsatisfied the Muni by their prayers, and the Muni blessed them that they\nwould regain their husband even after being robbed by the rogues. So, in\norder to keep the words of the great Muni, the Lord Himself kidnapped\nHis wives from the protection of Arjuna, otherwise they would have at\nonce vanished from the scene as soon as they were touched by the\nrogues. Besides that, some of the gopis who prayed to become wives of the\nLord returned to their respective positions after their desire was fulfilled.\nAfter the departure of Lord Kr�!J.a, He wanted all His entourage back to\nGodhead, and they were called back under different conditions only.\nTEXT 21\n\ntad vai dhanus ta �avafi. sa ratho hayiis te\nso 'ham rathi nrpatayo yata iinamanti\nsarvam k�a!lena tad abhud asad iSa-riktam\nbhasman hutam kuhaka-raddham ivoptam uuam\ntat-the same; vai-certainly; dhanu[l. te-the same bow; i§ava[l. -a rrows;\nsa-the very same; ratha[l.\n\n-\n\nchariot; hayii[l. te-the very same horses; sa�\n\naham-I am the same Arjuna; rathi-the chariot-fighter; n rpataya[l.-all the\n.\n\nkings; yata[l.-whom; iinamanti-offered their respects; sarvam-all; k�apena\n-at a moment's notice; tat-all those; abh ii t-became; asat-useless; iSabecause of the Lord; riktam-being void ; bhasmam-ashes; hutam-offering\nbutter; kuhaka riiddham\n-\n\n-\n\nmoney created by magical feats; iva-like that;\n\nptam-seed; ii�yiim-in barren land.\n\nu\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have the very same Gii!J.�Va bow, the same arrows, the same chariot\ndrawn by the same horses, and I use them as the same Arjuna to whom all\n\n", "SB1.3#p0163": "798\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nthe kings offered their due respects. But in the absence of Lord Kf�a, all\nof them, at a moment's notice, have become null and void. It is exactly\nlike offering clarified butter on ashes , accumulating money with a magic\n\nwand or sowing seeds on barren land.\n\nPURPORT\nAs we have discussed more than once, one should not be puffed up by\nborrowed plumes. All energies and powers are derived from the supreme\nsource, Lord Kr�!la, and they act as long as He desires and cease to\nfunction as soon as He withdraws. All electrical energies are received from\nthe powerhouse, and as soon as the powerhouse stops supplying energy,\nthe bulbs are of no use. In a moment's time such energies can be generated\nor withdrawn by the supreme will of the Lord. Material civilization without the blessing of the Lord is child's play only. As long as the parents\nallow the child to play, it is all right. As soon as the parents withdraw, the\nchild has to stop. Human civilization and all activities thereof must be\ndovetailed with the supreme blessing of the Lord, and without this blessing\nall advancement of human civilization is like decoration on a dead body. It\nis said here that a dead civilization and its activities are something like\nclarified butter on ashes, the accumulation of money by a magic wand and\nthe sowing of seeds in barren land.\n\nrajarhs tvayanupr§tanarh\nsuhrdarh nab- suhrtpure\nvipra-siipa-vimutjhanarh\nnighnatarh mu��ibhir mithafi.\nvam'!'-irh madirarh pitva\nmadonmathita-cetasam\najanatam ivanyonyarh\ncatufi. paiicavaie�itafi.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0164": "Text 24)\n\nThe P��avas Retire Timely\n\n799\n\nriijan-0 King; t va yii-by you; anupr�tiiniim-as you inquired; suh,rdiimof friends and relatives; na�-our; suhrtpure-in the city of Dvaraka; vipra\n\nbriihmaras; siipa- by the curse of; vimii!lhiiniim-of the befooled;\nnighnatiim-of the killed; mu�tibhifl-with bunches of sticks; mitha�among themselves; vii rurim- fermented rice; madiriim-wine; pitvii- ha ving\ndrunk; madonmathita-being intoxicated; cetasiim-of that mental situation; ajiinatiim-of the unrecognized; iva-like; anyonyam-one another;\ncatu�- four; pan ca- five; avase�i t ii� now remaining.\n-the\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, since you have asked me about our friends and relatives in the\ncity of Dvaraka, I will inform you that all of them were cursed by the\nbrahm�as, and as a result they all became intoxicated with wine made of\npurified rice and fought <tmong themselves with sticks, not even recognizing\none another. Now all but four or five of them are dead and gone.\nTEXT 24\n\nsu��ij!{ lllfif {� f.f�� 1\n� f.n�Ht� ¥W44H :q trfflN:JJ�\\lll\npriiyertaitad bhagavata\niSvarasya vice�titam\nmitho nighnanti bhutiini\nbhiivayanti ca yan mitha/;1\npriiyerta etat- it is almost by; bhagavata�-of the Personality of GodiSvarasya-of the Lord; vice�titam-by the will of; mitha� one\nanother; nighnanti-do kill; bhiitiini-the living beings; bhiivayanti-as also\nprotect; ca-also; yat-of whom; mitha/;1-one another.\nhead;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nFactually this is all due to the supreme will of the Lord Personality\nof Godhead. Sometimes people kill one another, and at other times they\nprotect one another.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0165": "800\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the anthropologists, there is nature's law of struggle for\n\nexistence and survival of the fittest. But they do not know that behind the\n\nlaw of nature there is the supreme direction of the Supreme Lord\n\nPersonality of Godhead. In the Bhagavad-gitii it is confirmed that the law\n\nof nature is executed under the direction of the Lord. Whenever, therefore,\n\nthere is peace in the world it must be known that it is due to the good will\n\nof the Lord. And whenever there is upheaval in the world, it is also due to\n\nthe supreme will of the Lord. Not a blade of grass moves without the will\nof the Lord. Whenever, therefore, there is disobedience of the established\n\nrules enacted by the Lord, there is war between men and nations. The\n\nsurest way to the path of peace is, therefore, dovetailing everything to the\n\nestablished rule of the Lord. The established rule is that whatever we do,\n\nwhatever we eat, whatever we sacrifice or whatever we give in charity must\nbe done to the full satisfaction of the Lord. No one should do anything,\neat anything, sacrifice anything or give anything in charity against the will\n\nof the Lord. Discretion is the better part of valor, and one must learn how\n\nto discriminate between actions which may be pleasing to the Lord and\n\nthose which may not be pleasing to the Lord. An action is thus judged by\n\nthe Lord's pleasure or displeasure. There is no· room for personal whims;\nwe must always be guided by the pleasure of the Lord. Such action is\n\ncalled yoga-karmasya kausalam, or actions performed which are linked\nwith the Supreme Lord. That is the art of doing a thing perfectly.\nTEXTS 25-26\n\n\\11<-'Sl�iji � �u:.-Jt�Jrijt�ut'hm: 1\n�f� m;:�wffi ;r�;ft f4N: 11'<'-\\11\n�� ���(�f(ij(l( fq: I\n� � \\'{4110( � t IL'<�II\njalaukasiirh jale yadvan\nmahiinto 'danty artiyasafi,\ndurbaliin balino rajan\nmahanto balino mithafi,\nevarh bal�thair yadubhir\nmahadbhir itaran vibhufi,\nyadiin yadubhir anyonyam\nbhii.bharan saiijahara ha\n\n", "SB1.3#p0166": "Texts 25-26]\n\nThe P��avas Retire Timely\n\njalaukasiim-of the\nmahiintafl.- the larger\n\naquatics;\none;\n\njale-in\n\n801\n\nthe\n\nwater; yad vat- as it is;\n\nadanti-swallows;\n\na 11iyasaZ,.-smaller ones;\n\ndurbaliin-the weak; b alin aZ,.- the stronger; riijan-0 King; ma hiinta[t\nstrongest; bal ina fl.- less strong; mithaZ,.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nin a duel; evam-thus; bali.§tha�­\n\nby the strongest; yad u bh iZ,.-by the descendants of Yadu; mahadbh� -one\nwho has greater strength; itariin-the common ones; vibhuZ,. -the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; yadun-all the Yadus; yadubh iZ,. - by the Yadus;\nanyonyam-among one another; bhubhiiriin-the burden of the world;\nsaii jahii ra-has unloaded; ha-in the past.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, as in the ocean the bigger and stronger aquatics swallow up\n\nthe smaller and weaker ones, so also the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nto lighten the burden of the earth, has engaged the stronger Y adu to kill\nthe weaker and the bigger Yadu to kill the smaller.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the material world the struggle for existence and survival of the\nfittest are laws because in the material world there is disparity between\nconditioned souls due to everyone's desire to lord it over the material\nresources. This very mentality of lording it over the material nature is the\nroot cause of conditioned life. And to give facility to such imitation lords,\nthe illusory energy of the Lord has created a disparity between conditioned\nliving beings by creating the stronger and the weaker in every species of\nlife. The mentality of lording it over the material nature and the creation has naturally created a disparity and therefore the law of struggle for\nexistence. In the spiritual world there is no such disparity, nor is there such\na struggle for existence. In the spiritual world there is no struggle for existence because everyone there exists eternally. There is no disparity because\neveryone wants to render service to the Supreme Lord, and no one wants\nto imitate the Lord in becoming the beneficiary. The Lord, being creator\nof everything including the living beings, factually is the proprietor and\nenjoyer of everything that be, but in the material world, by the spell of\n\nmiiyii or illusion, this eternal relation with the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is forgotten, and so the living being is conditioned under the law\nof struggle for existence and survival of the fittest.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0167": "[Canto l, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n802\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�'••�•q$1iaf.t c�uilq,.m;r � 1\n\n� �fl 'nfil;;::•fitour.t it ���'-'II\ndesa-kOlartha-yuktani\nhrt-tapopasamani ca\nharanti smaratas cittam\ngovindabhihitani me\n\nd esa sp ace; kala-time; a rt ha-im port an ce; y u ktani impregnated with;\n-\n\n-\n\nhrt the heart; tapa-burning; upa8amani-extinguishing; ca-and; haranti-\n\nare attracting; smarata�-by remembering; cittam-mind; govinda-the\nSupreme Personality of pleasure; abhihitiini-narrated by; me-unto me.\nTRANSLATION\nNow I am attracted to those instructions imparted to me by the\n\nPersonality of Godhead [ Govinda] because they are impregnated with\n\ninstructions for relieving the burning heart in all circumstances of time\n\nand spac e\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nHerein Arjuna refers to the instruction of the Bhagavad-gitii, which was\nimparted to him by the Lord in the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra. The Lord\nleft behind Him the instructions of the Bhagavad-gita not only for the\nbenefit of Arjuna alone, but also for all time and in all lands. The Bhagavadgitii, being spoken by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the essence\nof all Vedic wisdom. It is nicely presented by the Lord Himself for all who\nhave very little time to go through the vast Vedic literatures like the\n\nUpani.§ads, Puriir as and Vedanta-sutras. It is put within the study of the\ngreat historical epic Mahabharata, which was especially prepared for the\nless intelligent class, namely the women, the laborers and those who are\nworthless descendants of the bra hmaras , k�atriyas and higher sections of\nthe vaiSyas. The problem which arose in the heart of Arjuna on the\nBattlefield of Kuruk�etra was solved by the teachings of the Bhagavad-gita.\nAgain, after the departure of the Lord from the vision of earthly people,\nwhen Arjuna was face to face with being vanquished in his acquired power\nand prominence, he wanted again to remember the great teachings of the\n\nBhagavad-gita just to teach all concerned that the Bhagavad-gita could be\nconsulted in all critical times, not only for solace from all kinds of mental\n\n", "SB1.3#p0168": "Text 27]\n\nThe P��avas Retire Timely\n\n803\n\nagonies, but also for the way out of great entanglements which may\nembarrass one in some critical hour.\n\nThe merciful Lord left behind Him the great teachings of the Bhagavad­\n\ngitii so that one can take the instructions of the Lord even when He is not\nvisible to material eyesight. Material senses cannot have any estimation of\nthe Supreme Lord, 'but by His inconceivable power, the Lord can incarnate\nHimself to the sense perception of the conditioned souls in a suitable\nmanner through the agency of matter, which is also another form of the\nLord's manifested energy. Thus the Bhagavad-gitii, or any authentic scrip­\n\ntural sound representation of the Lord, is also the incarnation of the Lord.\nThere is no difference between the sound representation of the Lord and\n\nthe Lord Himself. One can derive the same benefit from the Bhagavad-gitii\nas Arjuna did in the personal presence of the Lord.\nThe faithful human being who is desirous of being liberated from the\nclutches of material existence can very easily take advantage of the\n\nBhagavad-gitii, and with this in view, the Lord instructed Arjuna as if\nArjuna were in need of it. In the Bhagavad-gitii, five important factors of\nknowledge have been delineated pertaining to l) the Supreme Lord, 2) the\nliving being, 3) nature, 4) time and space, and 5) the process of activity.\nOut of these, the Supreme Lord and the living being are qualitatively one.\nThe difference between the two has been analyzed as the difference\nbetween the whole and the part and parcel. Nature is inert matter displaying the interaction of three different modes, and eternal time and\nunlimited space are considered to be beyond the existence of the material\nnature. Activities of the living being are different varieties of aptitudes\nwhich can entrap or liberate the living being within and without material\n\nnature. All these subject matters are concisely discussed in the Bhagavad­\n\ngitii, and later the subject matters are elaborated in theSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nfor further enlightenment. Out of the five subjects, the Supreme Lord, the\nliving entity, nature and time and space are eternal, but the living entity,\nnature and time are under the direction of the Supreme Lord, who is\nabsolute and completely independent of any other control. The Supreme\nLord is the supreme controller. The material activity of the living being\nis beginningless, but it can be rectified by transferral into the spiritual\nquality. Thus it can cease its material qualitative reactions. Both the Lord\nand the living entity are cognizant, and both have the sense of identification, of being conscious as a living force. But the living being under the\ncondition of material nature, called mahat-tattva, misidentifies himself as\nbeing different from the Lord. The whole scheme of Vedic wisdom is\ntargetted to the aim of eradicating such a misconception and thus liberating the living being from the illusion of material identification. When\nsuch an illusion is eradicated by knowledge and renunciation, the living\n\n", "SB1.3#p0169": "804\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nbeings are responsible actors and enjoyers also. The sense of enjoyment in the Lord is real, but such sense in the living being is a sort of\nwishful desire only. This difference in consciousness is the distinction of\n\nthe two identities, namely the Lord and the living being. Otherwise there\nis no difference between the Lord and the living being. The living being\nis therefore eternally one and different simultaneously. The whole instruc­\n\ntion of the Bhagavad-gitii stands on this principle.\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord and the living beings are both described\nas saniitana, or eternal, and the Lord's abode far beyond the material sky\nis also described as saniitana. The living being is invited to live in the\nsaniitana existence of the Lord, and the process which can help a living\nbeing to approach the Lord's abode, where the liberated activity of the\nsoul is exhibited, is called saniitana-dharma. One cannot, however, reach\n\nthe eternal abode of the Lord without being free from the misconception\nof material identification, and the Bhagavad-gitii gives us the clue how to\nachieve this stage of perfection. The process of being liberated from the\nmisconception of material identification is called, in different stages,\n\nfruitive activity, empiric philosophy and devotional service, up to tran­\n\nscendental realization. Such transcendental realization is made possible by\n\ndovetailing all the above items in relation with the Lord. Prescribed duties\nof the human being, as directed in the Vedas, can gradually purify the\nsinful mind of the conditioned soul and raise him to the stage of know­\n\nledge. The purified stage of acquiring knowledge becomes the basis of\n\ndevotional service of the Lord. As long as one is engaged in researching\n\nthe solution of the problems of life, it is called jiiiina, or purified know­\n\nledge, but on realizing the actual solution of life, one becomes situated in\n\nthe devotional service of the Lord. The Bhagavad-gitii begins with the\nproblems of life by discriminating the soul from the elements of matter\n\nand proves by all reason and argument that the soul is indestructible in all\n\ncircumstances and that the outer covering of matter, the body and the\n\nmind, change for another term of material existence \"hich is full of\n\nmiseries. The Bhagavad-gitii is therefore meant for terminating all different\n\ntypes of miseries, and Arjuna took shelter of this great knowledge which\nwas imparted to him before, during the Kuruk�etra battle.\nTEXT 28\n\n��\n\n� f\\Mttt«t �: t)UI(QI4_(1(l(i( I\nQt(K•uRI•ni'1 �s���:ll�'ll\n\n", "SB1.3#p0170": "Text 29)\n\nThe P�«Javas Retire Timely\n\n805\n\nsii.ta uvaca\nevam cintayato i4rwl;l\nk�rta-piida-saroruham\nsauhardenatigat)hena\nsantlis'id vimala matil;l\nsutal;l u vtic a- Sii ta Gosvami said; evam-thus; c intayata�-while thinking\nof the instructions; j�r w�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nknTJa piida- the feet of Kr�I]a; saroruham-resembling lotuses; sauhiirdena\n-\n\n-by deep friendship; atigii!lhena- in great intimacy; siintii- pacified; iisit- it\nso became; vimalil-without any tinge of material contamination; matil;lmind.\nTRANSLATION\nSiita Gosvami said: Thus being deeply absorbed in thinking of the\ninstructions of the Lord, which were imparted in the great intimacy of\nfriendship, and in thinking of His lotus feet, Arjuna's mind became pacified and free from all material contamination.\nPURPORT\nSince· the Lord is absolute, deep meditation upon Him is as good as\nyogic trance. The Lord is nondifferent from His name, form, quality,\npastimes, entourage\n\nand specific actions. Arjuna began to think of the\n\nLord's instructions to Him on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra. Those instructions only began to eliminate the tinges of material contamination in the\nmind of Arjuna. The Lord is like the sun; the sun's appearance means\nimmediate dissipation of darkness, or ignorance, and the Lord's appearance\nwithin the mind of the devotee can at once drive away the miserable\nmaterial effects. Lord Caitanya has therefore recommended constant\nchanting of the name of the Lord for protection from all contamination\nof the material world. The feeling of separation from the Lord is undoubtedly painful to the devotee, but because it is in connection with the Lord,\nit has a specific transcendental effect which pacifies the heart. Feelings of\nseparation are also sources of transcendental bliss, and they are never\ncomparable to contaminated material feelings of separation.\nTEXT 29\n\ncUUtcll(tl�lwtqf(i{f(a(l(il\nI\n� f.r4f'HII�'t4NI*tN'tufl$r: �����\n\n", "SB1.3#p0171": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n806\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 15\n\nviisudeviinghry anudhyiina\nparibphhita-ramhasii\nbhaktya nirmathitiise�ak�iiya-dh4arto 'rjunal)\nvasudeva-anghri-the lotus feet of the Lord; anudhyiina-by constant\nparibrrh hita-expanded; ramhasa-with great velocity;\nbhaktya- in devotion; nirmathita-subsided; a5e§a-unlimited; k�aya-dint;\ndh4acw� conception; arjuna�- Arjuna.\nremembrance;\n\n.\n\n-\n\nTRANS LATION\n\nArjuna's constant remembrance of the lotus feet of Lord Sri Krsna\nrapidly increased his devotion, and as a result all the trash in his thou hts\nsubsided.\n\ng\n\nPURPORT\nMaterial desires in the mind are the trash of material contamination.\n\nBy such contamination, the living being is faced with so many compatible\n\nand incompatible things that discourage the very existence of spiritual\n\nidentity. Birth after birth the conditioned soul is entrapped with so many\n\npleasing and displeasing elements which are all false and temporary. They\n\naccumulate due to our reaction to material desires, but when we get into\n\ntouch with the transcendental Lord in His variegated energies by devotion­\n\n:il service, the naked forms of all material desires become manifest, and\nthe intelligence of the living being is pacified in its true color. As soon as\n\nArjuna turned his attention towards the instructions of the Lord, as they\n\nare inculcated in the Bhagavad-gita, his true color of eternal association\n\nwith the Lord became manifest, and thus he felt freed from all material\n\ncontaminations.\n\nTEXT 30\n\nlfui 1Pf.m ..-f q_ 6({ t«tUi'{lif.r I\n'f*.�ii+fu.tl� �(Qitl'i€( q: II� II\no\n\ngitam bhagavata jiianam\nyat tat sangrama-miirdhani\nkiila-karma-tamo-ruddham\npunar adhyagamat prabhu�\n\n", "SB1.3#p0172": "807\n\nThe P��avas Retire Timely\n\nText 30)\n\ngitam-instructed; bhagavatii-by the Personality of Godhead;jniinamtranscendental knowledge; yat-which; tat-that; sahgriima-murdhani-in\nthe midst of\n\nbattle; kala-karma-time and actions; tama[l.-ruddham­\n\nenwrapped by such darkness; puna[!. adhyagamat-revived them again;\nprabhu[l.-the lord of his senses.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of the Lord's pastimes and activities and because of His\nabsence, it appeared that Arjuna forgot the instructions left by the\nPersonality of Godhead. But factually this was not the case, and again\nhe became lord of his senses.\nPURPORT\nA conditioned soul is enwrapped in his fruitive activities by the force of\neternal time. But the Supreme Lord, when He incarnates on the earth, is\nnot influenced by kiila, or the material conception of past, present and\nfuture. The activities of the Lord are eternal, and they are manifestations\nof His iitma-miiyii, or internal potency. All pastimes or activities of the\nLord are spiritual in nature, but to the laymen they appear to be on the\nsame level with material activities. It so appeared that Arjuna and the\nLord were engaged on the Battle of Kuruk�etra as the other party\nwas also engaged, but factually the Lord was executing His mission of\nincarnation in association with His eternal friend Arjuna. Therefore such\napparent material activities of Arjuna did not drive him away from his\ntranscendental position, but on the contrary revived his consciousness of\nthe songs of the Lord, as He sang them personally. This revival of\nconsciousness is assured by the Lord in the Bhagavad-gitii as follows:\nmanmanii bhava mad-bhakto madyiiji miim namaskuru\nmiim evainasi satyam te pratijiine priyo'si me.\n(Bg. 18:65)\nOne should think of the Lord always; the mind should not forget Him.\nOne should become a devotee of the Lord and offer obeisances unto Him.\nOne who lives in that fashion becomes undoubtedly endowed with the\nblessing of the Lord by achieving the shelter of His lotus feet. There is\nnothing to· doubt about this eternal truth. Because Arjuna was His\nconfidential friend, the secret was disclosed to him.\nArjuna had no desire to fight with his relatives, but he fought for the\nmission of the Lord. He was always engaged in the execution of His\n\n", "SB1.3#p0173": "[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n808\n\nmission only, and therefore after His departure he remained in the same\ntranscendental position, even though it appeared that he forgot all the\ninstructions of\n\nthe Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nOne should, therefore, adjust the\n\nactivities of life in pace with the mission of the Lord, and by doing this\none is sure to return back home, back to Godhead. This is the highest\nperfection of life.\nTEXT 31\n\nf� illl(i4:atl 6f5tti6d��: I\n��ij�o·�ud��(iWW: II� t II\nvi.Soko brahma-sampattyii\nsanchinna-dvaita-samsayafi.\nuna-prakr:ti-nairgu1) yiid\nalingatviid asambhavafi.\nviSoka fl.\n\n-\n\nfree from bereavement; brahma-sampattyii-by possession of\n\nsa nchin na\nbeing completely cut off; dvaita-samsayafi.from the doubts of relativity; lina-merged in; prakrti material nature;\n\nspiritual assets;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nna\n\nirgu 11yiit\n\n-\n\ndue to being in transcendence; alingatviit\n\ndevoid of a material body; asambhavafl.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbecause of being\n\nfree from birth and death.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of his possessing spiritual assets, the· doubts of duality were\n\ncompletely cut off. Thus he was freed from the three modes of material\n\nnature and placed in transcendence. There was no longer any chance of his\n\nbecoming entangled in birth and death, for he was freed from material\nform.\n\nPURPORT\nDoubts of duality begin from the misconception of the material body,\nwhich is accepted as the self by less intelligent persons. The most foolish\npart of our ignorance is our identifying this material body with the self.\nEverything in relation with the body is ignorantly accepted as our own.\nDoubts due to misconceptions of myself and mine, in other words, my\nbody, my relatives, my property, my wife, my children, my wealth, my\ncountry, my communitY, and hundreds and thousands of similar illusory\ncontemplations, cause bewilderment for the conditioned soul. By assimi-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0174": "Text 31]\n\nThe P��avas Retire Timely\n\n809\n\nlating the instructions of the Bhagavad-gitii, one is sure to become released\nfrom such bewilderment because real knowledge is to know that the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva, Lord Kf�-p.a, is everything,\nincluding one's self. Everything is a manifestation of His potency as part\nand parcel. The potency and the potent are nondifferent, so the conception of duality is at once mitigated by attainment of perfect knowledge.\nAs soon as Arjuna took up the instructions of the Bhagavad-gitii, expert as\nhe was, he could at once eradicate the material conception of Lord Kr�!la,\nhis eternal friend. He could realize that the Lord was still present before\nhim by His instruction, by His form, by His pastimes, by His qualities and\neverything else related to Him. He could realize that Lord Kr�!la, his\nfriend, was still present before him by His transcendental presence in\ndifferent nondual energies, and there was no question of attainment of the\nassociation of the Lord by another change of body under the influence of\ntime and space. By attainment of absolute knowledge, one can be in\nassociation with the Lord constantly, even in this present life, simply\nby hearing, chanting, thinking of and worshiping the Supreme Lord. One can\nsee Him, one can feel His presence even in this present life simply by\nunderstanding the advaya-jniina Lord, or the Absolute Lord, through the\nprocess of devotional service, which begins with hearing about Him.\nLord Caitanya says that simply by chanting the holy name of the Lord\none can at once wash off the dust on the mirror of pure consciousness,\nand as soon as the dust is removed, one is at once freed from all material\nconditions. To become free from material conditions means to liberate\nthe soul. As soon as one is, therefore, situated in absolute knowledge, his\nmaterial conception of life is removed or emerges from a false conception\nof life. Thus the function of the pure soul is revived in spiritual realization.\nThis practical realization of the living being is made possible due to his\nbecoming free from the reaction of the three modes of material nature,\nnamely goodness, passion and ignorance. By the grace of the Lord, a pure\ndevotee is at once raised to the place of the Absolute, and there is no\nchance of the devotee becoming materially entangled again in conditioned\nlife. One is not able to feel the presence of the Lord in all circumstances\nuntil one is endowed with the required transcendental vision made possible\nby devotional service prescribed in the revealed scriptures. Arjuna attained\nthis stage long before on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra, and when he\napparently felt the absence of the Lord, he at once took shelter of the\ninstructions of the Bhagavad-gitii, and thus again he was placed in his\noriginal position. This is the position of vi5oka, or the stage of being freed\nfrom all grief and anxieties.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0175": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n810\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 32\n\n� ...�::crila� m �l�� 'lEI 1\n�:'mlf mff � � ��: ����II\nniSamya bhagavan margam\nsamstham yadu-kulasya ca\nsva� pathiiya matim cakre\nnibhrtiitmii yudh4thira�\nniSamya deliberating; bhagavat- regarding the Lord; mii11l'am the ways\n-\n\n-\n\nof His appearance and disappearance; samsth am end; yadu-kulasya-of\n-\n\nthe dynasty of King Yadu; ca-also; sva�-the abode of the Lord; pathaya\n-on the way of; matim-desire; cakre-gave attention; nibhrta-atmiilonely and alone; yudh4thira�- King Yudhi�thira.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing of Lord Kr�!ia's returning to His abode, and upon\n\nunderstanding the end of the Y adu dynasty's earthly manifestation,\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira decided to go back home, back to Godhead.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira also turned his attention to the instructions of\n\nthe Bhagavad-gitii after hearing about the Lord's departure from the\nvision of earthly people. He began to deliberate on the Lord's way of\nappearance and departure. The mission of the Lord's appearance and\ndisappearance in the mortal universe is completely dependent on His\nsupreme will. He is not forced to appear or disappear by any superior\nenergy, as the living beings appear and disappear, being forced by the laws\nof nature. Whenever the Lord likes, He can appear Himself from anywhere\nand everywhere without disturbing His appearance and disappearance in\nany other place. He is like the sun. The sun appears and disappears on its\nown accord at any place without disturbing its presence in other places.\nThe sun appears in the morning in India without disappearing from the\nwestern hemisphere. The sun is present everywhere and anywhere all over\nthe solar system, but it so appears that in a particular place the sun appears\nin the morning and also disappears at some fixed time in the evening. The\ntime limitation even of the sun is of no concern, and so what to speak of\n\n", "SB1.3#p0176": "Text 33]\n\nThe P��avas Retire Timely\n\n811\n\nthe Supreme Lord who is the creator and controller of the sun. Therefore,\n\nin the Bhagavad-gitii it is stated that anyone who factually understands\n\nthe transcendental appearance and disappearance of the Lord by His\n\ninconceivable energy becomes liberated from the laws of birth and death\n\nand is placed in the eternal spiritual sky where the Vaikuptha planets are.\n\nThere such liberated persons can eternally live without the pangs of birth,\n\ndeath, old age and disease. In the spiritual sky the Lord and those who are\n\neternally engaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord are all\n\neternally young because there is no old age and disease, and there is no\ndeath. Because there is no death there is no birth. It is concluded therefore\n\nthat simply by understanding the Lord's appearance and disappearance in\ntruth, one can attain the perfectional stage of eternal life. Therefore,\n\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira also began to consider going back to Godhead. The\n\nLord appears on the earth or any other mortal planet along with His\n\nassociates who live with Him eternally, and the members of the Yadu\nfamily who were engaged in supplementing the pastimes of the Lord are no\n\nother than His eternal associates and so also Maharaja Yudh�thira and his\nbrothers and mother, etc. Since the appearance and disappearance of the\n\nLord and His eternal associates are transcendental, one should not be\n\nbewildered by the external features of appearance and disappearance.\n\n·\n\nTEXT 33\n\nprthiipy anusrutya dhanaiijayoditam\nnasam yaduniim bhagavad gatim ca tam\nekiinta-bhaktyii bhagavaty adhok�aje\nnivesitiitmoparariima samsrte/;1.\nprthii- Kunti; api- also; anus rutya\n\n-\n\noverhe aring; dhanaiijaya- Arjuna;\n\nuditam-uttered by; n ii5a m- end; yaduniim\n-of the Personality of Godhead; gatim\nthose; eka anta\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nof the Yadu dynasty; bhagavat\n\ndisappearance; ca-also; tam-all\n\nunalloyed; bhaktyii-devotion; bhagavati-unto the Su­\n\npreme Lord, Sri Kreyqa; adhok � aje- transce ndence; nivesita-iitmii-with full\n\nattention; uparariima -became released from; samsrte [l-material existence.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0177": "812\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nKunti, after overhearing Arjuna's telling of the end of the Yadu dy­\n\nnasty and disappearance of Lord Kr�tta, engaged in the devotional service\n\nof the transcendental Personality of Godhead with full attention and thus\ngained release from the course of material existence.\nPURPORT\nThe setting of the sun does not mean the end of the sun. It means that\n\nthe sun is out of our sight. Similarly, the end of the mission of the Lord\n\non a particular planet or universe only means that He is out of our sight.\n\nThe end of the Yadu dynasty also does not mean that it is annihilated. It\n\ndisappears, along with the Lord, out of our sight. As Maharaja Yudh�thira\n\ndecided to prepare to go back to Godhead, so also Kunti decided, and thus\n\nshe fully engaged herself in the transcendental devotional service of the\n\nLord, which guarantees one passport for going back to Godhead after\nquitting this present material body. The beginning of devotional service of\n\nthe Lord is the beginning of spiritualizing the present body, and thus an\nunalloyed devotee of the Lord loses all material contact in the present\n\nbody. The abode of the Lord is not a myth, as is thought by the unbelievers\n\nor ignorant people, but one cannot reach there by any material means like\n\na sputnik or space capsule. But one can certainly reach there after leaving\nthis present body, and one must prepare himself to go back to Godhead by\n\npracticing devotional service. That guarantees a passport for going back to\n\nGodhead, and Kunti adopted it.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�441(\\ wft lilt � ag m�: I\n\n� «t�ill Ff :qalftRln: ����\\ll\nyayaharad bhuvo bharam\ntam tanurh vijahavajafr.\n\nka{ltakarh ka{lfakeneva\n\ndvayarh capiSitufr. samam\n\nyaya-that by which; aharat-took away; bhuvafr.-of the world; bhiiram\n\n-burden; tiim-that; tanum-body; vijahau-relinquished; aja�-the unborn; ka!lfakam-thorn; ka{lfakena-by the thorn; iva-like that; dvayamboth; ca-also; api-although; iSitu�-controlling; samam-equal.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0178": "Text 34]\n\nThe P��avas Retire Timely\n\n813\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Unborn Lord Sri Kr��a caused the members of theYadu\n\ndynasty to relinquish their bodies, and thus He relieved the burden of the\nworld. This action was like picking out a thorn with a thorn, though both\nare the same to the controller.\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakur suggests that the [§is like Saunaka\n\nand others who were hearing Srimad-Bhiigavatam from Suta Gosvami at\nNaimi�ara�ya were not happy to hear about the Yadus' dying in the\n\nmadness of intoxication. To give them relief from this mental agony, Suta\n\nGosvami assured them that the Lord caused the members of the Y adu\ndynasty to relinquish their bodies by which they had to take away the\nburden of the world. The Lord and His eternal associates appeared on earth\nto help the administrative demigods in eradicating the burden of the world.\n\nHe therefore called for some of the confidential demigods to appear in the\nYadu family and serve Him in His great mission. After the mission was\n\nfulfilled, the demigods, by the will of the Lord, relinquished their corporeal\nbodies by fighting amongst themselves in the madness of intoxication. The\ndemigods are accustomed to drinking\n\nsoma-rasa beverage, and therefore\n\nthe drinking of wine and intoxication are not unknown to them. Some­\n\ntimes they were put into trouble for indulging in intoxication. Once the\n\nsons of Kuvera fell in the wrath of Narada for being intoxicated, but\n\nafterwards they regained their original forms by the grace of the Lord Sri\n\nKr��a. We shall find this story in the Tenth Canto. For the Supreme Lord,\n\nboth the asuras and the demigods are equal, but the demigods are obedient\n\nto the Lord, whereas the asuras are not. Therefore, the example of picking\n\nout a thorn by another thorn is quite befitting. One thorn, which causes\npinpricks on the l�g of the Lord, is certainly disturbing to the Lord, and\n\nthe other thorn, which takes out the disturbing elements, certainly gives\n\nservice to the Lord. So although every living being is a part and parcel of\nthe Lord, still one who is a pinprick of the Lord is called an asura, and one\n\nwho is a voluntary servitor of the Lord is called a devatii or demigod. In the\n\ndevatiis and asuras are always contending, and the\ndevatiis are always saved from the hands of the asuras by the Lord. Both\nmaterial world the\n\nof them are under the control of the Lord. The world is full of two kinds\n\nof living beings, and the Lord's mission is always to protect the devatiis and\n\ndestroy the asuros, whenever there is such need in the world, and to do\ngood to both of them.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0179": "814\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 35\n\n� ��qlfUT �G\\Iflt�;ro I\n�: � it-1 iil(l � W=:t(( ����II\nyatha matsyadi-riipiirti\ndhatte jahyad yatha natafl.\nbhubharafl. k�apito yena\njahau tac ca kalevaram\nyathii-as much as; matsya-iidi-incarnation as a fish, etc.; rupiirti-forms;\ndhatte-eternally accepts; jahyii t-apparently relinquishes; yathii-exactly\nlike; natalz.-magician; bhubhiirafl.-burden of the world; k§apitaft-relieved;\nyena-by which;jahau-let go; tat-that; ca-also; kale v ara m-body\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Lord relinquished the body which He manifested to\ndiminish the burden of the earth. Just like a magician, He relinquishes one\nbody to accept different ones, like the fish incarnation, etc.\nPURPORT\nThe ,Supreme Lord Personality of Godhead is neither impersonal nor\nformless, but His body is nondifferent from Him, and therefore He is\nknown as the embodiment of eternity, knowledge and bliss. In the\nBrhad-vai§rwva Tantra it is clearly mentioned that anyone who considers\nthe form of the Lord Kr�!la to be made of material energy must be\nostracized by all means. And if by chance the face of such an infidel is\nseen, one must clean himself by jumping in the river with his clothing.\nThe Lord is described as amrta, or deathless, because He has no material\nbody. Under the circumstances, the Lord's dying or quitting His body is\nlike the jugglery of a magician. The magician shows by his tricks that he\nis cut into pieces, burnt into ashes or made unconscious by hypnotic\ninfluences, etc., but all are false shows only. Factually the magician\nhimself is neither burnt into ashes nor is he cut into pieces nor is he dead\nor unconscious at any stage of his magical demonstration. Similarly, the\nLord has His eternal forms of unlimited variety of which the fish incarnation, as was exhibited within this universe, is also one. Because there are\ninnumerable universes, somewhere or other the fish incarnation must be\nmanifesting His pastimes without cessation. In this verse, the particular\n\n", "SB1.3#p0180": "The P�c:lavas Retire Timely\n\nfext 36]\n\n815\n\nword dhatte, eternally accepted, (and not the word dhatva, accepted for\n\nthe occasion) is used. The idea is that the Lord does not create the\n\nincarnation of fish; He has eternally such a form, and the appearance and\n\ndisappearance of such an incarnation serve particular purposes. In the\n\nBhagavad-gitii the Lord says (Bg. 7.24-25), \"The impersonalists think that\n\nI have no form and that I am formless, but that at present I have accepted\na form to serve a purpose, and now I am manifested. But such speculators\n\nare factually without sharp intelligence. Though they may be good scholars\nin the Vedic literatures, they are practically ignorant of My inconceivable\n\nenergies and My eternal forms of Personality. The reason is that I reserve\nthe power of not being exposed to the nondevotees by My mystic curtain.\n\nThe less intelligent fools are therefore unaware of My eternal form, which\n\nis never to be vanquished and is unborn.\" In th� Padma Puriirw it is said\n\nthat those who are envious and always angry at the Lord are unfit to know\n\nthe actual and eternal form of the Lord. In the Bhiigavatam also it\nis said that the Lord appeared like a thunderbolt to those who were\n\nwrestlers. Sisupala, at the time of being killed by the Lord, could not see\nHim as Kr�!J.a, being dazzled by the glare of the brahmajyoti. Therefore,\n\nthe temporary manifestation of the Lord as a thunderbolt to the wrestlers\n\nappointed by Kamsa, or the glaring appearance of the Lord before Sisupala,\n\netc., were relinquished by the Lord, but the Lord as a magician is\neternally existent and is never vanquished in any circumstance. Such\n\nforms are temporarily shown to the asuras only, and when such exhibitions\nare withdrawn, the asuros think that the Lord is no more existent, just as\n\nthe foolish audience thinks the magician to be burnt to ashes or cut into\n\npieces. The conclusion is that the Lord has no material body, and therefore\nHe is never to be killed or changed by His transcendental body.\nTEXT 36\n\n�\n\n� lltF{Tf.prt 'lit\n� � �ceoft:qe� : 1\n\na�a«ceascRl«'Eiaet-\n\n�:\n\n•m(;qqJa u ����\n\nyada mukundo bhagavan imam mahzrh\njahau sva tanva sraval)tya-satkathaft\ntadaharevaprati-b uddha-cetasam\nabhadra-hetuft kalir anvavartata\n\n", "SB1.3#p0181": "816\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nyada-when; muk unda�-Lord\nGodhead; imam-this; mah im\n\n-\n\nKr�IJa;\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nbh agavan- the Personality of\n\nea rth; jahau- left; sva tanva-with His self­\n\nsame body; sraviiriya-satkatha�- hearing about Him is worthwhile; tadaat that time; ahareva-from the very day; aproti-buddha-cetasam-of those\nwhose minds are not sufficiently developed; abhadra hetu�- cause of all ill\n-\n\nfortune; kali� anvavartata- Kali fully manifested.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Personality of Godhead Lord Kr�!la left this earthly planet\nin His selfsame form, from that very day Kali, who had appeared partially\nbefore, became fully manifest to create inauspicious conditions for tho8e\nwho are endowed with a poor fund of knowledge.\nPURPORT\nThe influence of Kali can be enforced only upon those who are not fully\ndeveloped in God consciousness. One can neutralize the effects of Kali by\nkeeping oneself fully under the supreme care of the Personality of Godhead. The age of Kali ensued just after the Battle of Kuruk�etra, but it\ncould not exert its influence because of the presence of the Lord. The\nLord, however, left this earthly planet in His own transcendental body,\nand as soon as He left, the symptoms of the Kali-yuga, as were envisioned\nby Maharaja Yudhi�thira prior to Arjuna's arrival from Dvaraka, began to\nmanifest, and Maharaja Yudhi�thira rightly conjectured on the departure\nof the Lord from earth. As we have already explained, the Lord left our\nsight just as when the sun sets it is out of our sight.\nTEXT 37\n\n�mm�qf«14ot\n�\n� liJI � liJI � 6tiiS�+tfwll\nR'llot �'11®��=;rst tl+l�lq � \"�\"''\nyudhi�thiras tat parisarparam budha�\npure ca r�tre ca grhe tathiitmani\nvibhiivya lobhiinrta-jihma-himsaniidy\nm/hnrmn-rnkrnm. tmmn.niivn nnrvndh.iit\n\n", "SB1.3#p0182": "Text 37)\n\nThe P��avas Retire Timely\n\n817\n\nyudh4thira[l-Maharaja Yudhi�thira;tat-that;parisarpa!l-am-expansion;\nbudha[t-thoroughly experienced; pure-in the capital; ca-as also; rii§frein the state; ca-and; grhe-at home; tathii-as also; iitmani-in person;\nvibhiivya-in creating; lobha-avarice; anrta-untruth; jihma-diplomacy;\nhirhsaniidi-violence, envy; adharma-irreligion; cakram-a vicious circle;\ngamaniiya-for departure;paryadhiit-dressed himself accordingly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Yudhi�hira was intelligent enough to understand the influence of the age of Kali (characterized by increasing avarice, falsehood,\ncheating and violence throughout the capital, state and home and among\nindividuals). So he wisely prepared himself to leave home, and he dressed\naccordingly.\nPURPORT\nThe present age is influenced by the specific qualities of Kali, and\nsince the days of the Battle of Kuruk�etra, about five thousand years ago,\nthe influence of the age of Kali began manifesting, and from authentic\nscriptures it is learned that the age of Kali is still to run on for 427,000\nyears. The symptoms of the Kali-yuga, as mentioned above, namely\navarice, falsehood, diplomacy, cheating, nepotism, violence and all such\nthings, are already in vogue, and no one can imagine what is going to·\nhappen gradually with further increase of the influence of Kali till the day\nof annihilation. We have already come to know that the influence of the\nage of Kali is meant for godless so-called civilized man, otherwise those\nwho are under the protection of the Lord have nothing to fear from this\nhorrible age. Maharaja Yudhi�thira was a great devotee of the Lord, and\nthere was no necessity of his being afraid of the age of Kali, but he preferred to retire from active household life and prepare himself to go back\nhome, back to Godhead. The Part�avas are eternal companions of the\nLord, and therefore they are more interested in the company of the Lord\nthan anything else. Besides that, being an ideal king, Maharaja Yudhi�thira\nwanted to retire just to set an example for others. As soon as there is some\nyoung fellow to look after the household affairs, one should at once\nretire from family life to uplift oneself to spiritual realization. No one\nshould rot in the dark well of household life till one is dragged by the will\nof\n\nYamaraja.\n\nModern\n\npoliticians should take lessons from Maharaja\n\nYudhi�thira about voluntary retirement from active life and should make\nroom for the voun�Yer �Yeneration. Also retired old !!entlemen should take a\n\n", "SB1.3#p0183": "[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n818\n\nlesson from him and leave home for spiritual realization before forcefully\ndragged away to meet death.\nTEXT 38\n\n� qW A;rPoiww+u€+1;u �gal: 1\n\\ft�;ftoq1: qB \\�<��� ll�lU\nsvariit pautram vinayinam\natmana� susamam gu\"{la*\ntoyanivyiifl. patim bhiimer\nabhya�incad gajahvaye\nsvariit the emperor;pautra m--unto the grandson; vinayina m-- properly\n-\n\ntrained; iitmanafl-his own self; susamam-equal in all respects;gurzai�-by\nthe qualities; toyanivyii�\nof\n\nthe\n\nland;\n\n-\n\noutskirted by the se as; pat im\n\nabhya§i iicat\n\n-\n\n-\n\nenthroned; gajiihvaye-in\n\nmaster; bhiime�the\n\ncapital of\n\nHastinapura.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, in the capital of Hastinapura, he enthroned his grandson,\n\nwho was trained and equally qualified, as the emperor and master of all\n\nland bordered by the seas.\n\nPURPORT\nThe total land on the earth bordered by the seas was under the subjugation of the King of Hastinapura. Maharaja Yudhi�thira trained his\ngrandson Maharaja Parik�it, who was equally qualified, in state administra�\ntion in terms of the king's obligation to the citizens. Thus Parik�it was\nenthroned on the seat of Maharaja Yudhi�thira prior to his departure back\nto Godhead.\nyinam,\n\nConcerning Maharaja Parik;;it, the specific word used, vina­\n\nis significant.\n\nWhy was the King of Hastinapura,\n\nat least till\n\nthe time of Maharaja Pan\"k�it, accepted as the Emperor of the world? The\nonly reason is that the people of the world were happy because of the good\nadministration of the Emperor. The happiness of the citizens was due to\nthe ample production of natural produce such as grains, fruits, milk, herbs,\nvaluable stones, minerals and everything that the people needed. They\n\n", "SB1.3#p0184": "Text 39]\n\nThe P��avas Retire Timely\n\n819\n\nwere even free from all bodily miseries, anxieties of mind, and disturbances\n\ncaused by natural phenomena and other living beings. Because everyone\n\nwas happy in all respects, there was no resentment, although there were\nsometimes battles between the state kings for political reasons and supremacy. Everyone was trained to attain the highest goal of life, and therefore\n\nthe people were also enlightened enough not to quarrel over trivialities.\n\nThe influence of the age of Kali gradually infiltrated the good qualities\n\nof both the kings and the citizens, and therefore a tense situation developed\nbetween the ruler and the ruled, but still even in this age of disparity\n\nbetween the ruler and the ruled, there can be spiritual emolument and God\nconsciousness. That is a special prerogative.\n\nTEXT 39\n\nil'(lqf � � �Wfqfit �: I\nsmt..m fwt�f!'l'1Wifq4ta}q(: II�Q..Il\nmathu raya m tatha vajram\nsurasen a patim tatab,\nprafopatya m nirnpye�tim\nagnin apibat iSvara[l\n-\n\nmathurayam-at Mathura; tatha-also; vajram-Vajra; surasena-patim­\n\nKing of the Surasenas; tatab,-thereafter; priijapatyiim-Prajapatya sacrifice;\n\nniriipya having performed; �tim-goal; agn in fire; apibat-placed in\n-\n\n-\n\nhimself; iSvara[l-capable.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen he posted V ajra, the son of Aniruddha (grandson of Lord l(r�Q.a ),\n\nat Mathura as the King of Surasena. Afterwards Maharaja Y udhi��hira\n\nperformed a Pra japati sacrifice and placed in himself the fire for quitting\nhousehold life.\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Yudhi��hira, after placing Maharaja Parik�it on the imperial\n\nthrone of Hastinapura, and after posting Vajra, the great-grandson of Lord\nKr��a, as the King of Mathura, accepted the renounced order of life. The\n\n", "SB1.3#p0185": "(Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhligavatarn\n\n820\n\nsystem of four orders of life and four castes in terms of quality and work\nknown as va'Tliisrama-dharma, is the beginning of real human life, and\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira, as the protector of this system of human activities,\ntimely retired from active life as a sannyiisi, handing over the charge of the\nadministration to a trained prince, Maharaja Parik�it. The scientific system\nof va'Tliisrama-dharma divides the human life in four divisions of occupation and four orders of life. The four orders of life as brahmaciiri, grhastha,\n\nviinaprastha and sannyiisa are to be followed by all, irrespective of the\noccupational division. Modern politicians do not wish to retire from active\nlife, even if they are old enough, but Yudhi�thira Maharaja, as an ideal\nking, voluntarily retired from active administrative life to prepare himself\nfor the next life. Everyone's life must be so arranged that the last stage of\nlife, say at least the last fifteen to twenty years prior to death, can be\nabsolutely devoted to devotional service of the Lord to attain the highest\nperfection of life. It is really foolishness to engage oneself all the days of\none's life in material enjoyment and fruitive activities, because as long as\nthe mind remains absorbed in fruitive work for material enjoyment, there\nis no chance of getting out from conditioned life or material bondage. No\none should follow the suicidal policy of neglecting one's supreme task of\nattaining the highest perfection of life, namely going back home, back to\nGodhead.\nTEXT 40\n\n� � ffil. ri {'@'R��Ita.W( I\n� f.\\((�1(: �Rhll�'f4 �i1: lf�oll\n..\n\nvisrjya tatra tat sarvam\ndukiila-valayiidikam\nnirmamo nirahankaral).\nsaiichinniisefla-bandhanal).\nvis.rfya-relinquishing; tatra-all\n\nthose;\n\ntat-that; sarvam-everything;\n\nduku la-belt;\nva layiid ikam-and\nbangles;\nninnama[l- uninterested;\nnirahan kiira[l- u nattached ; saii ch inna-per fectly cut off; aSe�a-bandhana[l\n-unlimited attachment.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaharaja Yudhi�hira at once relinquished all his garments, belt and\nornaments of the royal order and became completely disinterested and\nunattached to everything.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0186": "Text 41]\n\nThe P��avas Retire Timely\n\n821\n\nPURPORT\nTo become purified of material contamination is the necessary qualification for becoming one of the associates of the Lord. No one can become\nan associate of the Lord or can go back to Godhead without such purification. Maharaja Yudhi�thira, therefore, to become spiritually pure, at\nonce gave up his royal opulence by dress and garments. The kasaya or\nsaffron loincloth of a sannyiisi indicates freedom from all attractive material garments, and thus he changed his dress accordingly. He became disinterested in his kingdom and family and thus became free from all material\ncontamination_ or material designation. People are generally attached to\nvarious kinds of designations, namely the designations of family, society,\ncountry, occupation, wealth, position and many others. As long as one is\nattached to such designations, he is considered materially impure. The socalled leaders of men in the modern age are attached by national\nconsciousness, but they do not know that such false consciousness\nis\n\nalso\n\nanother\n\ndesignation\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nmaterially\n\nconditioned\n\nsoul,\n\nand one has· to relinquish such designations before one can become\neligible to go back to Godhead. Foolish people, however, adore such men\nwho die in national consciousness, but here is an example of Maharaja\nYudhi�thira, a royal king who prepared himself to leave this world without\nsuch national consciousness. And yet he is remembered even today because\nhe was a great pious king, almost on the same level with the Personality of\n\nGodhead Sri Rama. And because people of the world were dominated by\n\nsuch pious ·kings, they were happy in all respects, and it was quite possible\nfor such great emperors to rule the world.\nTEXT 41\n\nilflf � 'Rfu � � l'f (11{ I\n't€ql:tqlwf � d q� � mH II\nviicam juhiiva manasi\ntat priirta itare ca tam\nrru;tyiiv apiinam sotsargam\ntam pancatve hy ajohavit\nvacam-speeches;juhiiva-relinquished;manasi-into the mind;tat prape\n-mind into breathing;itare ca-other senses also;tam-into that;m[tyauinto death; apiinam-breathing;sa-utsa�gam-with all dedication;tam-that;\npaiicatve-into the body made of five elements; hi-certainly; ajohavitamalgamated it.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0187": "822\n\nSnmad-Bhigavatun\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen he amalgamated all the sense organs into the mind, then the mind\n\ninto life, life into breathing, his total existence into the embodiments of\n\nthe five elements and his body into death. Then as pure self, he became\nfree from the material conception of life.\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja YU<lhi�hira, like his brother Arjuna, began to concentrate and\ngradually became freed from all material bondage. First of all he concentrated all the actions of the senses amalgamated in the mind, or in other\nwords he turned his mind �owards transcendental service of the Lord. He\nprayed that all material activities were performed by the mind, actions\nand reactions of the material senses, and since he was going back to Godhead, the mind would wind up its material activities and be turned towards\nthe transcendental service of the Lord. There was no longer need for material activities. Actually the activities of the mind cannot be stopped because they are the reflection of the eternal soul, but the quality of the\nactivities can be changed from matter to the transcendental service of the\nLord. The material color of the mind is changed by washing it from contaminations of life-breathing and thereby getting it freed from the contamination of repeated births and deaths and getting it situated in pure\nspiritual life. All is manifested by the temporary embodiment of the material body, which is a production of mind at the time of death, and if the\nmind is purified by practice of transcendental loving service of the Lord,\nand the same is constantly engaged in the service of the lotus feet of the\nLord, there is no more chance of the mind's producing another material\nbody after death. It will be freed from the absorption of material contamination. The pure soul will be able to return back home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 42\n\n��q���S'i�\"'f.t: I\n64¥tk4fi'�HJ41VflAIAII� 11��11\ntritve hutvii ca paiicatvam\ntac caikatve }uhon muni�\nsaroam atmany ajuhavid\nbrahmaCJy atmiinam avyaye\n\n", "SB1.3#p0188": "The Piif.t�avas Retire Timely\n\nText 42)\ntritve-into\n\nthe\n\nthree\n\nqualities;\n\nhutvii-having\n\n823\noffered;\n\nca-also;\n\npaiicatvam-five elements; t at-that; ca-also; ekatve-in one nescience;\najuhot-amalgamated;\n\nmuni[l-the thoughtful; saroam-the\n\nsum\n\ntotal;\n\niitmani-in the soul; ajuhavit-fixed; brahmap.i-unto the spirit; iitmiinamthe soul; avyaye-unto the inexhaustible.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus annihilating the gross body of five elements into the three\nqualitative modes of material nature, he merged them in one nescience\nand then absorbed that nescience in the self, Brahman, which is inexhaust­\n\nible in all circumstances.\nPURPORT\nAll that is manifested in the material world is the product of the mahat­\n\ntattva av ya kt a and things that are visible in our material vision are nothing\n,\n\nbut combinations and permutations of such variegated material products.\nBut the living entity is different from such material products. It is due to\nthe living entity's forgetfulness of his eternal nature as eternal servitor of\nthe Lord, and his false conception of becoming a so-called lord of the\nmaterial nature, that he is obliged to enter into the existence of false sense\n\nenjoyment. Thus a concomitant generation of material energies is the\n\nprincipal cause of the mind's being materially affected. Thus the gross\nbody of five elements is produced. Maharaja Yudhi�thira reversed the\naction and merged the five elements of the body in the three modes of\n\nmaterial nature. The qualitative distinction of the body as being good, bad\n\nor mediocre is extinguished, and again the qualitative manifestations be­\n\ncome merged in material energy, which is produced from a false sense of\nthe pure living being. When one is thus inclined to become an associate of\nthe Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, in one of the innumerable\n\nplanets of the spiritual sky, especially in Goloka Vrndavana, one has to\nthink always that he is different from the material energy; he has nothing\n\nto do with it, and he has to realize himself as pure spirit or Brahman,\nqualitatively equal with the Supreme Brahman (Paramesvara). Maharaja\n\nYudhi�thira, after distributing his kingdom to Pan\"\"k�it and Vajra, did not\n\nthink himself Emperor of the world nor head of the Kuru dynasty.\n\nThis sense of freedom from material relations, as well as freedom from\nmaterial encagement of the gross and subtle encirclement, makes one free\nto act as the servitor of the Lord, even though one is in the material world.\n\nThis stage is called jivanmukta stage, or the liberated stage, even in the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0189": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n824\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 15\n\nmaterial world. That is the process of ending material existence. One must\nnot only think that he is Brahman, but he must act like Brahman. One who\nonly thinks himself Brahman is an impersonalist. And one who acts like\nBrahman is the pure devotee.\n\nTEXT 43\n\nlift«Ril M(I�IU 'I'ttl1e... iffi� : 1\n(�4tkil;ft � iftl��l'qCI<( I\n� M(411�iluf4+1NU :q'1f1 ������\nc'iravasii nirohiiro\nbaddhaviin mukta-miirdhaja!J\ndarsayann iitmano riipam\njafjonmatta-piSacavat\nanavek�amiir-o niragiid\nasnwan badhiro yathii\nc irava sa[l-accepted torn clothing; n irahiiraft-gave up all solid food­\n\n-stopped talking; mukta- miirdhaja[l- untied his hair;\ndarsayan - began to show; atmana[l-of himself; riipam- bodily features;\nja fja- inert;\nmatta-mad; p iSacavat-just like an urchin; anavek�amarw[l\n-without waiting for; ni raga t- was situated; asnwan-wi thout hearing;\nbadh ira[l - just like a deaf man; yatha - as if.\nstuff;\n\nbadd havak\nun\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter that Maharaja Yud�!hira dressed himself in torn clothing, gave\n\nup eating all solid foods, voluntarily became dumb and let his hair hang\n\nloose. All this combined to make him look like an urchin or madman with\n\nno occupation. He did not depend on his brothers for anything. And, just\n\nlike a deaf man, he heard nothing.\n\nPURPORT\nThus being freed from all external affairs, he had nothing to do with\nimperial life or family prestige, and for all practical purposes· he posed\nhimself exactly like an inert mad urchin and did not speak of material\n\n", "SB1.3#p0190": "825\n\nThe Piil)..,avas Retire Timely\n\nText44]\n\naffairs. He had no dependence on his brothers who had all along been\nhelping him. This stage of complete independence from everything is also\ncalled the purified stage of fearlessness.\n\nTEXT44\n\n� stfct���li � ¥1(1�¥111 : I\n� q -R \\q1�4ll'4ij � rm: lt\\l\\lll\nudicirh pravivesasarh\n\ngata-puroarh mahatmabhi\"(l\nhrdi brahma param dhyiiyan\nniivarteta yato gata�\nudicim-the northern side; pravivesasam-those who wanted to enter\nthere; gata-purotim-the path accepted by his forefathers; maha-atmabhifi.by the broad-minded; hrdi-within the heart; brahma-the Supreme; param\n-Godhead; dhyayan - constantly thinking of;na avart eta passed his days;\nyatafl- wherever; gatafl- went.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe then started towards the North, treading the path which was\naccepted by his forefathers and great men, to devote himself completely\nto the thought of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. And he lived in\nthat way wherever he went.\nPURPORT\nIt is understood from this verse that Mahara a Yudhi�thira followed in\n\nj\n\nthe footsteps of his forefathers and the great devotees of the Lord. We\nhave discussed many times before that the system of varrJisrama-dharma,\nas it was strictly followed by the inhabitants of the world, specifically by\nthose who inhabited the Aryavarta province of the world, emphasizes the\nimportance of leaving all household connections at a certain stage of life.\nThe training and education was so imparted, and thus a respectable person\nlike Mahara a\n\nj\n\nYudhi�thira must leave .all family connection for self­\n\nrealization and going back to Godhead. No king or respectable gentleman\nwould continue family life till the end because that was considered suicidal\n\n", "SB1.3#p0191": "826\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 15\n\nand against the interest of the perfection of human life. In order to be free\nfrom all family encumbrances and devote oneself cent percent in the\ndevotional service of Lord Krllqa, this system is always recommended\nfor everyone because it is the path of authority. The Lord instructs in the\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 18.62) that one must become a devotee of the Lord at\nleast at the last stage of one's life. A sincere soul of the Lord like Maharaja\nYu�thira must abide by this instruction of the Lord for his own interest.\nThe specific words Brahman Param indicate Lord Sri Kr�!J.a. This is\ncorroborated in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 10.12) by Arjuna with reference to\ngreat authorities like Asita, Devala, Narada, Vyasa, etc. Thus Maharaja\nYudhi�thira, while leaving home for the North, constantly remembered\nLord Sri Kr�Qa within himself, following in the footsteps of his forefathers\nas well as the great devotees of all times.\nTEXT 45\n\n� ���RR: f){'IMJAJ: I\n�r�..N�� � �'W: �� � u�J�u\nsaroe tam anunirjagmur\n\nbhriitarafl krta-niScayiifl\n\nkaliniidharma mitrerta\n\nd�tvii spr� tiifl prajii bhuvi\nsan,e-all his younger brothers; tam-him; anunirjagmu[l.-left home by\nfollowing the elder; bhratara[l.-brothers; krta-niScaya[l.-decidedly; kalinaby the age of Kali; adharma-principle of irreligion; mitrep.a-by the\nfriend; dntva-observing; sprfltii[i.-having overtaken; praja[l.-all citizens;\nbhuvi- on the earth.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe younger brothers of Maharaja Yud�thira observed that the age of\nKali had already arrived throughout the world ·and that the citizens of the\nkingdom were already affected by irreligious practice. Therefore they decided to follow in the footsteps of their elder brother.\nPURPORT\nThe younger brothers of Maharaja Yudhi�thira were already obedient\nfollowers of the great Emperor, and they had sufficiently been trained to\nknow the ultimate goal of life. They therefore decidedly followed their\neldest brother in rendering devotional service to Lord Sri Kr�!la. According\n\n", "SB1.3#p0192": "Text 46]\n\nThe PiiJ.tcJavas Retire Timely\n\n827\n\nto the principles of saniitana-dharma, one must retire from family life\nafter half the duration of life is finished and must engage himself in selfrealization. But the question of engaging oneself is not always decided.\n\nSometimes retired men are bewildered about how to engage themselves for\n\nthe last days of life. Here is a decision by authorities like the Pa1,19avas. All\n\nof them engaged themselves in culturing favorably the devotional service\n\nof Lord Sri Kr�1,1a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. According to\n\nSvanii Sridhara, dharma, artha, kiima and mok�a, or fruitive activities,\n\nphilosophical speculations or salvation, as conceived by several persons,\n\nare not the ultimate goal of life. They are more or less practiced by\npersons who have no information of the ultimate goal of life. The ultimate\ngoal of life is already indicated by the Lord Himself in the Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(Bg. 18.64), and the Pa!l9avas were intelligent enough to follow it without\nhesitation.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n���t�sS�MEIAI€¥1WJ: I\n� \\:CI(tll'l!4\"�16+.f(UI&1\\l ll\\l�ll\nte siidhu-krta-sarviirthii\n\njniitviityantikam iitmanafi.\n\nmanasii dharayamiisur\n\nvaiku!ltha- cara!lamb ujam\n\nte-all of them; siidhu-krta-having performed everything worthy of a\n\nsaint; sarva-arthiifi.-that which includes everything worthy;jiiiitvii-knowing it well; iityantikam-the\n\nultimate; iitmanafi.-of the living being;\n\nmanasii-within the mind; dhiirayiimiisufi.-sustained; vaikufltha-the Lord\nof the spiritual sky; cara{la-ambujam-lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nThey all had performed all the principles of religion and as a result\n\nrightly decided that the lotus feet of the Lord Sri Kr�� are the supreme\ngoal of all. Therefore they meditated upon His feet without interruption.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord says (Bg. 7.28) that only those who have\n\ndone pious deeds in previous lives and have become freed from the results\n\n", "SB1.3#p0193": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n828\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nof all impious acts can concentrate upon the lotus feet of the Supreme\nLord\n\nSri l(p}!la. The Pii!l�avas, not only in this life but also in their\n\nprevious lives, had always performed the supreme pious work, and thus\nthey are ever free from all the reactions of impious work. It is quite\nreasonable, therefore, that they concentrated their minds unto the lotus\n\nfeet of the Supreme Lord Sri l(p}!la. According to Sri Visvanatha Cakravarti,\n\ndharma, artha, kiima and mok§a principles are accepted by persons who\nare not free from the results of impious action. Such persons affected with\nthe contaminations of the above four principles cannot at once accept the\nlotus feet of the Lord in the spiritual sky. The Vaiku!ltha world is situated\nfar beyond the material sky. The material sky is under the management of\nDurga Devi, or the material enetgy of the Lord, but the Vaiku!ltha world\n\nis managed by the personal energy of the Lord.\nTEXTS 47-48\n\nij:{'lliwt&'fit �� ��: 1f( I\n� wt'Rif�Ojq� �(f'ij'iijtlf � ll\\i\\911\n3fqa�{�qaqi � 3tef4J�tttl�'if¥r: 1\n�� � Pt��--·�..�q ft 11��11\ntad-dhyanod riktaya bhaktya\nviSuddha-dh�a1.1:al!. pare\ntasmin naroya\"{la-pade\nekanta-matayo gatim\navapur duravapam te\nasadbhir v�ayatmabhil!.\nvidhiita-kalma§a-sthiillam\nvirajenatmanaiva hi\ntat-that; dhyiinot-positive meditation; riktayii-being\n\nfreed\n\nbhaktyii-by a devotional attitude; viSuddha-purified; dhi§ap.ii�\n\n-\n\nfrom;\n\nby intel­\n\nligence; pare-unto the transcendence; tasmin-in that; niiriiyazta-the\nPersonality of Godhead\n\nSri Kr�JJa; pade-unto the lotus feet; ekiinta­\n\nmataya�-of those who are fixed in the Supreme, who is one; gatimdestination; aviipu�-attained; duraviipiim-very difficult to obtain; te-by\nthem; asadbhif!.-by the materialists; vi§aya-iitmabhif!.-absorbed in material\nneeds; vidhuta-washed off; kalmU§ii-material contaminations; sthiinamabode; virajena-without material passion; iitmanii eva-by the selfsame\nbody; hi-certainly.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0194": "Text49]\n\nThe Piii.u.favas Retire Timely\n\n829\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus by pure consciousness due to constant devotional remembrance,\n\nthey attained the spiritual sky which is ruled over by the Supreme\nNaraya!la Lord Kr�!la. This is attained only by those who meditate upon\n\nthe one Supreme Lord without deviation. This abode of the Lord Sri\n1\\.r�!la, known as Goloka V rndavana, cannot be attained by persons who\n\nare absorbed in the material conception of life. But the Pa!l�avas, being\n\ncompletely washed of all material contamination, attained that abode in\ntheir very same bodies.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to Srila jlva Gosvami, a person freed from the three modes\n\nof material qualities, namely goodness, passion and ignorance, and situated\n\nin transcendence can reach the highest perfection of life without change\nof body. Srila Sanatana Gosvami in his Hari-bhakti-viliisa says that a\n\nperson, whatever he may be, can attain the perfection of a twice-born\n\nbriihma[La by undergoing the\n\nspiritual disciplinary actions under the\n\nguidance of a bona fide spiritual master, exactly as a chemist can turn gun\n\nmetal into gold by chemical manipulation. It is, therefore, the actual\nguidance that matters in the process of becoming a briihma[La, even with·\n\nout change of body, or in going back to Godhead without change of body.\nSrila Jiva Gosviimi remarks that the word\n\n''hi\" used in this connection\n\npositively affirms this truth, and there is no doubt about this factual\nposition. The\n\nBhagavad-gitii also affirms this statement of\n\nSrila jlva\n\nGosvami when the Lord says (Bg. 14.26) that anyone who executes devo·\n\ntional service systematically without deviation can attain the perfection\n\nof Brahman by surpassing the contamination of the three modes of mate­\n\nrial nature, and when the Brahman perfection is still more advanced by\n\nthe selfsame execution of devotional service, there is no doubt at all that\n\none can attain the supreme spiritual planet Goloka Vrndavana without\n\nchange of body, as we have already discussed in connection with the\nLord's returning to His abode without a change of body.\nTEXT49\n\nf«itsfq qfhtt� � ���¥4'1: I\n\\1.;11��'1 �: f�: � � ����II\n\n", "SB1.3#p0195": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n830\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 15\n\nviduro 'pi parityajya\nprabhiise deham iitmanap\nkmtiiveserta tac-cittap\npitrbhip sva-k�ayam yayau\nvidurafi.- Vidura\n\n(the\n\nuncle\n\nof\n\nMaharaja\n\nYudhi�thira);\n\napi-also;\n\nparityajya-after quitting the body; prabhiise-in the place of pilgrimage\nat Prabhasa; deham iitmanap-his body; knJ]a-the Personality of Godhead;\naveserta- being absorbed in that thought; tat-his; cittap-thoughts and\nactions; pitrbhifi.-along with the residents of Pitrloka; sva-k�ayam-his\nown abode; yayau-departed.\nTRANSLATION\nVidura, while on pilgrimage, left his body at Prabhasa. Because he was\n\nabsorbed in thought of Lord Kr�!ia, he was received by the denizens of the\n\nPitrloka planet where he returned to his original post.\nPURPORT\n\nThe difference between the Pa!i�avas and Vidura is that the Pa!i�avas\nare eternal associates of the Lord Personality of Godhead, whereas Vidura\nis one of the administrative demigods in charge of the Pitrloka planet and\nis known as Yamaraja. Men are afraid of Yamaraja because it is he only who\nawards punishment to the miscreants of the material world, but those who\nare devotees of the Lord have nothing to fear from him. To the devotees\nhe is a cordial friend, but to the nondevotees he is fear personified. As we\nhave already discussed, it is understood that Yamaraja was cursed by\nManduka Muni to be degraded as a sudra, and therefore Vidura was an\nincarnation of Yamaraja. As eternal servitor of the Lord, he displayed his\ndevotional activities very ardently and lived a life of a pious man, so much\nso that a materialistic man like Dhftara�tra also got salvation by his\ninstruction. So by his pious activities in devotional service of the Lord he\nwas able to remember always the lotus feet of the Lord, and thus he\nbecame washed of all contamination of a sudra-born life. At the end he\nwas again received by the denizens of Piqloka and posted in his original\nposition. The demigods are also associates of the Lord without personal\ntouch, whereas the direct associates of the Lord are in constant personal\ntouch with Him. The Lord and His personal associates incarnate in many\nuniverses without cessation. The Lord remembers them all, whereas the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0196": "Text 50]\n\nThe Pir,u,lavas Retire Timely\n\n831\n\nassociates forget due to their being very minute parts and parcels of the\nLord; they are apt to forget such incidences due to being infinitesimal.\nThis is corroborated in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 4.5).\nTEXT 50\n\n� � �� q�(hU'IWiq�ijl( I\n�� llif.ff'� U�I9'(1'1RH1q � ll�oll\ndraupadi ca tadiijiiiiya\npatlniim anapek�atiim\nviisudeve bhagavati\nhy ekiinta-matir iipa tam\ndraupadi- Draupadi (the wife of the Papp avas); ca-and; tadii-at that\n\ntime; iijniiya-knowing Lord :Kn;l}a fully well; patiniim-of the husbands;\nanapek�atiim-who did not care for her; vasudeve-unto Lord Vasudeva\n\n(:Kn;l}a); b hagavati- the Personality of Godhead; hi- exactly; eka-antaabsolutely; matift-concentration; iipa- got; tam-Him (the Lord).\nTRANSLATION\nDraupadi also saw that her husbands, without caring for her, were\nleaving home. She knew well about Lord Vasudeva, Kf�pa, the Personality\n\nof Godhead. Both she and Subhadra became absorbed in thoughts of\nKf�pa and attained the same results as their husbands.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen flying an airplane in outer space, one cannot take care of other\nplanes. Everyone has to take care of his own plane, and if there is any\ndanger, no other plane can help another in that condition. Similarly, at the\nend of life when one has to go back to home, back to Godhead, everyone\nhas to take care of himself without help rendered to another. The help is,\nhowever, offered on ground before flying in space. Similarly, the spiritual\nmaster, the father, the mother, the relatives, the husband, etc., can all\nrender help during one's lifetime, but while crossing the sea one has to\ntake care of himself and utilize the instructions formerly received. Draupadi:\nhad five husbands, and no one asked Draupadi to come, but Draupadi had\nto take care of h6rself without waiting for her great husbands. And because\n\n", "SB1.3#p0197": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n832\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 15\n\nshe was already trained up, she at once took to the concentration of the\nlotus feet of Lord Vasudeva, Kp�qa, the Personality of Godhead. The wives\n\nalso got the same result as their husbands in the same manner, that is to\n\nsay that without changing the body they reached the destination of\n\nback to Godhead. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakur suggests that both\nDraupadi and Subhadra, although her name is not mentioned herein, got\nthe same result. None of them had to quit the body.\nTEXT 51\n�\n\n�:\n\n5Si4?:fij�\n\n....\n\n.\n\nl1•1'4�4i\"ll\n\n�: �lffir {1+Sl41Ui'( I\n.\n\n�tJtW:r�\n\n.\n\n((1+<:44�\n\n,...\n\n.\n\nttl«\n\n� ro lifuiQqfir fttft'( II'-\\� II\n\nya� sraddhayaitad bhagavat-priyiipam\npiirt!lo� sutanam iti samprayiirtam\n\nsrooty alam svastyayanam pavitram\n\nlabdhva harau bhaktim upaiti siddhim\n\nya[l-anyone; sraddhaya-with devotion; e tat-this; bhagavat-priyapam­\n\nof those who are very dear to the Personality of Godhead; pappo[l-of\n\nPa!J.!fu; sutanam-of the sons; iti-thus; samprayartam-departure for the\nultimate\n\ngoal; snzoti-hears; alam-only; svastyayanam-good fortune;\n\npavitram-perfectly pure; labdhva-by obtaining; harau-unto the Supreme\nLord; bhaktim-devotional service; upaiti-gains; siddhim -perfection.\nTRANSLATION\nThe subject of the departure of the sons of Pa��u for the ultimate goal\n\nof life, back to Godhead, is fully auspicious and is perfectly pure.\nTherefore anyone who hears this narration with devotional faith certainly\n\ngains devotional service of the Lord, the highest perfection of life.\nPURPORT\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is a narration about the Personality of Godhead and\n\nof the devotees of the Lord like the Pa!J.!favas and others. The narration\nof the Personality of Godhead and His devotees is absolute in itself, and\n\n", "SB1.3#p0198": "Text 51]\n\nThe PiiJ:tc.favas Retire Timely\n\n833\n\nthus to hear it with a devotional attitude is to associate with the Lord and\nconstant companions of the Lord. By the hearing process of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam one can attain the highest perfection of life, namely going\nback home, back to Godhead, without failure.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifteenth Chapter, First\nCanto, of the S rimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Piir4avas Retire Timely.\"\n\n", "SB1.3#p0199": "CHAPTER SIXTEEN\n\nHow Parik$it Received the Age of Kali\nTEXT 1\n\n�a'�\n\n� ��r4'Nw\n'1(1 ¥ttlfi•I�Ht: � t I\n1P-R ft ti�l'lntiiliaciR!(I:\nij¥Ufa.�et mr 'll'!}utmt II � II\n\n�:\n\nsuta uviica\ntata� pan\"k§id dvija-varya-sik§ayii\nmahim mahii-bhiigavata� saiiisa ha\nyathii hi siityiim abhijiita-kovidiift\nsamiidiSan vipra mahad-gurzas tathii\nsiitaft uvti c a- Siita Gosvami said; tataft-thereafter; pan\"k§it -Maharaja\ndvija-va rya-the great twice-born brahmarzas; sik§ayti-by their\ninstructions; mahim-the earth; mahti-bhiigavataft-the great devotee;\nsastisa-ruled; ha-in the past; yathti-as they told it; hi -certainly ; siitytim\n-at the time of his birth; abhijtita-kovidiift-expert astrologers at the time\nof birth; sa miid iS an - gave their opinions; vipra-0 briihmarzas; mahat-gu[la[l\nParik�it;\n\n-great qualities; tathii-true to that.\nTRANSLATION\nSuta Gosvami said: 0 learned brahm�as, Maharaja Pan�it then began\nto rule over the world as a great devotee of the Lord under the instructions\nof the best of the twice-born brahma�as. He ruled by those great qualities\nwhich were foretold by expert astrologers at the time of his birth.\n\n835\n\n", "SB1.3#p0200": "836\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 16\n\nPURPORT\nAt the time of Maharaja Parik�it's birth, the expert astrologer briihmap.as\nforetold some of his qualities. Maharaja Parik�it developed all those qualities, being a great devotee of the Lord. The real qualification is to become\na devotee of the Lord, and gradually all the good qualities worthy of\npossession develop. Maharaja Parik�it was a mahiibhiigavata, or a first-class\n\ndevotee, who was not only well versed in the science of devotion but also\nable to convert others to become devotees by his transcendental instructions. Maharaja Panlqit was, therefore, a devotee of the first order, and\nthus he used to consult great sages and learned briihmaras who could advise\nhim by the siistras how to execute the state administration. Such great\n\nkings were more responsible than modern elected executive heads because\nthey obliged the great authorities by following their instructions left in\nVedic literatures. There was no need to enact daily a new legislative bill by\nimpractical fools and to alter it again and again conveniently to serve some\npurpose. The rules and regulations were already set forth by great sages\nlike Manu, Yajfiavalkya, Parasara and other liberated sages, and the enactments were all suitable for all ages in all places. Therefore the rules and\nregulations were standard and without flaw or defect. Kings like Maharaja\nParik�it had their council of advisers, and all the members of that council\n\nwere either great sages or briihmap.as of the first order. They did not accept\n\nany salary, nor had they any necessity for such salaries. The state would\n\nget the best advice without expenditure. They were themselves samadarsi,\nequal to everyone, both man and animal. They would not advise the king\nto give protection to man and instruct him to kill the poor animals. Such\ncouncil members were not fools or representatives to compose a fool's\nparadise. They were all self-realized souls, and they knew perfectly well\nhow all living beings in the state would be happy, both in this life and the\nnext. They were not concerned with the hedonistic philosophy of eat, drink,\nbe merry and enjoy. They were philosophers in the real. sense, and they\nknew well what is the mission of human life. Under all these obligations,\nthe advisory council of the king would give correct directions, and the\nking or executive head, being himself a qualified devotee of the Lord,\nwould scrutinizingly follow them for the welfare of the state. The state in\nthe days of Maharaja Yudhi�thira or Maharaja Parik.�it was a welfare state\n\nin the real sense of the term because no one was unhappy in that state, be\nhe man or animal. Maharaja Parik�it was an ideal king for a welfare state\nof the world.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0201": "How P�it Received the Age of Kali\n\nText2]\n\n837\n\nTEXT2\n\n�\n\n�\n\nij..40Jq�'l\n\n�Utffl'( I\n\n�..�lil'41a_llf�i4�q1�4(\n\n�II� II\n\nsa uttarasya tanayam\nupayenta iriivatim\n\njanamejayadims caturas\ntasyam utpiidayat sutiin\nsalJ,-he; uttarasya-of King Uttara; tanayiim-daugh ter; upayeme-mar­\n\nried; iriivatim-lravati; janamejaya-iidin-headed by Maharaja Janamejaya;\ncaturalJ,-four in number; tasyam-her; utpadayat-married; sutiin-sons.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Pa�it married the daughter of King Uttara and begot four sons\n\nheaded by Maharaja Janamejaya.\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Uttara was the son of Virata and maternal uncle of Maharaja\nPanK.�it. lravati, being the daughter of Maharaja Uttara, was the cousin\n\nsister of Maharaja Parik�it, but cousin brothers and sisters were allowed to\n\nget married if they did not belong to the same gotra or family. In the\nVedic system of marriage, the importance of the gotra or family was\n\nstressed. Arjuna also married Subhadra, although she was his maternal\n\ncousin sister.\n\n]anamejaya. One of the rajar�i kings and the famous son of Maharaja\n\nParik�it. His mother's name is lravati, or according to some, Madravati.\n\nMaharaja Janamejaya begot two sons of the names Jnatanika and Sanku­\n\nkar!J.a. He celebrated several sacrifices in the Kuruk�tra pilgrimage, and he\nhad three younger brothers named Srutasena, Ugrasena and Bhimasena II.\n\nHe invaded Taxsila (Ajanta), and he decided to avenge the unlawful curse\n\nupon his great father Maharaja Parik�it. He performed a great sacrifice\n\ncalled Sarpa yajiia to kill the race of serpents, including the Ta�aka,\n\nwhich had bitten his father to death. On request from many influential\ndemigods and sages, he had to change his decision to kill the race of snakes,\n\nbut despite stopping the sacrifice, he satisfied everyone concerned in the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0202": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n838\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 16\n\nsacrifice by rewarding them properly and stopping further procedure of the\nsacrifice. In the ceremony, Mahamuni Vyasadeva also was present, and he\npersonally narrated the history of the Battle of Kuruk�etra before the\nKing. Later on by the order of Vyasadeva, his disciple Vaisampayana\nnarrated before the King the subject matter of Mahiibharata. He was much\naffected by his great father's untimely death and was very anxious to see\nhim again, and he expressed his desire before the great sage Vyasadeva.\nVyasadeva also fulfilled his desire. His father was present before him, and\nhe worshiped both his father and Vyasadeva with great respect and pomp.\nBeing fully satisfied, he made charities most munificently to the briihmar-as\npresent in the sacrifice.\nTEXT3\n\n3111;1f(R141fi!tf41ft;{�Qt'At� I\n� � pn � 4t'Jitfil•it\"t(t: II � II\niijahiimsva-medhams trin\ngangiiyiim bhiiri-dak�i!lan .\nsaradvatam gurum krtva\ndevii yatrok�i-gocarii�\niijahiira-performed;t1Sva-medhiin-horse sacrifices;trin-three;gangiiyiim\n-the\n\nhank\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nGanges;\n\nbhuri-sufficiently;\n\ndak§ir-iin-rewards;\n\nsiiradvatam-unto Krpacarya; gurum-spiritual master; krtvii-having selected; devii�-the demigods; yatra-wherein; ak§i-eyes; gocarii�-within\nthe purview.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Parilq;it, after having selected Kfpacarya for guidance as his\nspiritual master, performed three horse sacrifices on the hanks of the\nGanges. These were executed with sufficient rewards for the attendants.\nAnd at these sacrifices, even the common man could see demigods.\nPURPORT\nIt appears from this verse that interplanetary travel by the denizens\nof higher planets is easy. In many statements in Bhiigavatam, we have\nobserved that the demigods from heaven used to visit this earth to attend\n\n", "SB1.3#p0203": "Text 4]\n\nHow Parilq;it Received the Age of Kali\n\n839\n\nsacrifices performed by influentiaJ kings and emperors. Herein aJso we find\nthat during the time of the horse sacrifice ceremony of Maharaja Parik�it,\nthe demigods from other planets were visible even for the common man\ndue to the sacrificiaJ ceremony. The demigods are not generally visible to\ncommon men, as the Lord is not visible. But as the Lord also, by His\ncauseless mercy, descends to be visible to the common man, similarly the\ndemigods aJso become visible to the common man by their own grace.\nAJthough celestiaJ beings are not visible to the naked eyes of the inhabitants\nof this earth, it was due to the influence of Maharaja Pan'\"k�it that the\ndemigods aJso agreed to be visible. The kings used to spend lavishly during\nsuch sacrifices, as a .cloud distributes rains. A cloud is nothing but another\nform of water, or, in other words, the waters of the earth transform into\nclouds. Similarly, the charity made by the kings in such sacrifices are but\nanother form of the taxes collected from the citizens. But, as the rains\nfall down very lavishly and appear to be more than necessary, the charity\nmade by such kings also seems to be more than what the citizen needs.\nSatisfied citizens will never organize agitation against the king, and thus\nthere was no need in changing the monarchiaJ state.\n\nEven for a king like Mahara ja Yudhi;;thira there was need of a spiritual\n\nmaster for guidance. Without such guidance one cannot make progress in\nspirituaJ life. The spirituaJ master must be bona fide, and one who wants\nto have self-reaJization must approach and take shelter of a bona fide\nspiritual master to achieve real success.\nTEXT4\n\nf.li5UIMij(61 if«: � f(f\"At'lt- � I\ni\"Rlt� Sl.( � •nfict4 � II \\l II\nnijagriihaujasii virab.\nkalim digvijaye kvacit\nm:pa-linga-dharam sii.drarh\nghnantam go-mithunam padii\nnijagraha -sufficiently punished; ojasa\n\n-\n\nby prowess; vira[l-valiant hero;\n\nkalim-unto Kali, the master of the age; digvijaye-on his way to conque1\nthe world; kvacit-once upon a time; nrpa-linga-dharam-one who passes\nin the dress of a king; siidram-the lower class; ghnantam.-hurting; gomithunam-a cow and bull;padii-on the leg.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0204": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n840\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce, when Maharaja Par�it was on his way to conquer the world,\n\nhe saw the master of Kali-yuga, who was lower than a Siidra, disguised as a\n\nking and hurting the legs of a cow and bull. The King at once caught hold\nof him to deal sufficient punishment.\n\nPURPORT\nThe purpose of a king's . going out to conquer the world is not for\n\nself-aggrandizement. Maharaja Panlqit went out to conquer the world\n\nafter his ascendance on the throne, but this was not for the purpose of\naggression on other states. He was the Emperor of the world, and all small\n\nstates were already under his regime. His purpose in going out was to see\nhow things were going on in terms of the godly state. The king, being the\n\nrepresentative of the Lord, has to execute the will of the Lord duly.\n\nThere is no question of self-aggrandizement. Thus as soon as Maharaja\n\nParik�it saw that a lower class man in the dress of a king was hurting the\n\nlegs of a cow and a bull, at once he arrested and punished him. The king\ncannot tolerate insults to the most important animal, the cow, nor can he\n\ntolerate disrespect for the most important man, the briihmar.a. Human\n\ncivilization means to advance the cause of brahminical culture, and to\n\nmaintain it, cow protection is essential. There is a miracle in milk, for it\n\ncontains all the necessary vitamins to sustain human physiological con­\n\nditions for higher achievements. Brahminical culture can only be advanced\n\nwhen man is educated to develop the quality of goodness, and for this\nthere is prime necessity of food prepared with milk, fruits and grains.\n\nMaharaja PanK.�it was astonished to see that a black sudra, dressed like\n\na ruler, was mistreating a cow, the most important animal in human society.\n\nThe age of Kali means mismanagement and quarrel. And the root cause\n\nof all mismanagement and quarrel is that worthless men with the modes of\n\nlower class men, who have no higher ambition in life, come to the helm of\n\nthe state management. Such men at the post of a king are sure to hurt\n\nfirst the cow and the brahminical culture and thereby to push all society\ntowards hell. Maharaja PanK.�it, trained as he was, got the scent of this\n\nroot cause of all quarrel in the world. Thus he wanted to stop it in the\nvery beginning.\n\nTEXTS\n\n��\n� (Jtf4�Jnt � �flEC\\it� �: I\n\n", "SB1.3#p0205": "Text 5]\n\nHow Pa�it Received the Age of Kali\n\n841\n\nt<�Ml�, �·� qf 1(: ql(ht9t(( I\n\nij�UHtf ¥tCI¥tftl � � lilt II\nsaunaka uvaca\nkasya hetor nijagraha\n\nkalim digvijaye nrpa[l\n\nm:deva-cihna-dhrk sudrako\n\n,sau gam ya[l pada-hanat\n\ntat kathyatarh mahii-bhaga\n\n·\n\nyadi krrrw-kathasrayam\n\n5aunaka[l uviica-Saunaka J112i said; kasya-for what; heto�-reason;\n\nnijagriiha-sufficiently punished; kalim-the master of the age of Kali;\ndigvijaye-during the time of his world tour; nrpa[l-a king; nrdeva­\n\nroyal person; cihna-dhrk-decorated like; sudraka�-lowest of the sudras;\n\nasau-he; gam-cow; ya�-one who; padii-hanat-struck on the leg; tat-all\n\nthat; kathyatiim-please describe; mahii-bhiiga-0 greatly fortunate one;\n\nyadi-if, however; krgw-about Kr12J.la; kathii-iisrayam-related with His\ntopics.\nTRANSLATION\nSaunaka �i inquired: Why did Maharaja Pan�it simply punish him,\nsince he was the lowest of the Siidras, having dressed as a king and harmed\n\nthe legs of a cow? Please describe all these incidences as they relate to the\ntopics of Lord Kr��a.\nPURPORT\nSaunaka and the [§is were astonished to hear that the pious Maharaja\n\nParik!]it simply punished the culprit and did not kill him. This suggests\n\nthat a pious king like Maharaja Parik!]it should have at once killed an\n\noffender who wanted to cheat the public, being dressed like a king and at\n\nthe same time daring to insult the purest of the animals, a cow! The r�is in\n\nthose days, however, could not even imagine that in the advanced days of\n\nthe age of Kali the lowest of the sudras will be elected as administrators\nand will open organized slaughteroouses for killing cows. Anyway, although\nhearing about a sudraka who was a cheat and insulter of a cow was not\n\nvery interesting to the great [§is, they nevertheless wanted to hear about it\n\nto see if the event had any connection with Lord Kr12p.a. They were\nsimply interested in the topics of Lord Krl2!J.a, for anything that is dove-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0206": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n842\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 16\n\ntailed with the narration of Kmta is worth hearing. There are many\ntopics in the Bhiigavatam about sociology, politics, economy, cultural\naffairs, etc., but all of them are in relation with Kr�!J.a, and therefore all of\nthem are worth hearing. Kr�!la is the purifying ingredient in all matters,\nregardless of what they are. In the mundane world, everything is impure\ndue to its being a product of the three mundane qualities. The purifying\nagent is, however, Kr�!J.a.\nTEXT6\n\nqc:aail:sti�fecf � I\nflti'I�((1G\\I�I�(Ifl 44G\\(1!M44: II � II\nac�«U(l4\n\nathaviisya padiim-bhojamakaranda-lihiim satiim\nkimanyair asad-iiliipair\niiyu�o yad asadvyaya�\nathava-otherwise; asya-of\n\nHis (Lord Kr�Qa's); padam-bhoja-lotus\n\nfeet; makaranda-lihiim-of those who lick the honey from such a lotus\nflower; satam-of those who are to exist eternally; kimanyaifl-what is the\nuse of anything else;asat-illusory;iiliipaifl-topics;ayu§afl-of the duration\nof life; yat-that which is; asadvyayafl-unm�cessary waste of life.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees of the Lord are accustomed to licking up the honey\navailable from the lotus feet of the Lord. What isthe use of topics which\nsimply waste one's valuable life?\nPURPORT\n\nLord Kr�!la and His devotees are both on the transcendental plane;\ntherefore the topics of Lord Kr§lQa or of His pure devotees are equally\ngood. The Battle of Kuruk�etra is full of politics and diplomacy, but\nbecause the topics are related with Lord l<f�!J.a, the Bha gavad-gita is\ntherefore adored all over the world. There is no need to eradicate politics,\neconomics, sociology, etc., which are mundane to the mundaners. To a\npure devotee who is actually related with the Lord, such mundane things\nare transcendental if dovetailed with the Lord or with His pure devotee.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0207": "Text 7)\n\nHow Par�it Received the Age of Kali\n\n843\n\nWe have so far heard and talked about the activities of the Pap.�avas, and\nwe are dealing with the topics of Maharaja Parik�it, hut because all these\n\ntopics are related with the Lord Sri Kr�p.a, they are all transcendental,\n\nand pure devotees have great interest in hearing them. We have already\ndiscussed this matter in connection with the prayers of Bhi�madeva.\nOur duration of life is not very long, and there is no certainty when we\nshall he ordered to leave everything for the next stage. Thus it is our duty\nto see that not a moment of our life is wasted in topics which are not\nrelated with Lord Kf�p.a. Any topic, however pleasant, is not worth\nhearing if it is devoid of its relation of Kr�p.a.\nThe spiritual planet, Goloka Vrndavana, eternal abode of Lord Kr�p.a,\nis shaped like the whorl of a lotus flower. Even when the Lord descends\n\non any one of the mundane planets, He does so by manifesting His own\nabode as it is. Thus His feet remain always on the same big whorl of\nlotus flower. His feet are also as beautiful as the lotus fl0wer. Therefore\nit is said that Lord Kr�p.a has lotus feet.\n\nA living being is eternal by constitution. He is, so to speak, in the whirl­\n\npool of birth and death due to his contact with material energy. Freed\nfrom such material energy, a living entity is liberated and is eligible to\nreturn hack home, hack to Godhead. Those who want to live forever\nwithout changing their material body should not waste valuable time with\ntopics other than those relating to Lord Kr�p.a and His devotees.\n\nTEXT7\n\n� 1_•114tW 'f�iwtPFtfit;Mi( I\n((lq({fl � \" : �� II \\9 II\nk�udrayu�am nf[llim anga\nmartyanam rtam icchatam\nihopahuto bhagavlin\nmrtyu\"{l. Siimitra-karma�i\nk�udra-very small; iiyu§iim-of the duration of life; nrpiim-of the\nhuman being; anga-0 Siita Gosvami; martyiiniim-of those who are sure\nto meet death; .rtam-eternal life; icchatiim-of those who desire it; ihaherein; upahuta\"{l.-called for being present; bhagaviin-representing the\nLord; mrtyu�- the controller of death, Yamaraja; siimitra-supressing;\nkarmapi-performances.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0208": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n844\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Siita Gosvami, there are those amongst men who desire freedom\n\nfrom death and get eternal life. They escape the slaughtering process by\ncalling the controller of death, Yamaraja.\n\nPURPORT\nThe living entity, as he develops from lower animal life to a higher\n\nhuman being and gradually to higher intelligence, becomes anxious to get\n\nfreed from the clutches of death. Modern scientists try to avoid death by\n\nphysiochemical advancement of knowledge, but alas the controller of\n\ndeath, Yamaraja, is so cruel that he does not spare even the very life of the\n\nscientist himself. The scientist, who puts forward the theory of stopping\n\ndeath by advancement of scientific knowledge, becomes himself a victim\n\nof death when he is called by Yamaraja. What to speak of stopping death,\n\nno one can even enhance the short period of life even by a fraction of a\n\nmoment. The only hope of suspending the cruel slaughtering process of\nYamaraja is to call him to hear and chant the holy name of the Lord.\n\nYamaraja is a great devotee of the Lord, and he likes to be invited to\n\nkirtanas and sacrifices by the pure devotees who are constantly engaged in\n\nthe devotional service of the Lord. Thus the great sages, headed by Saunaka\n\nand others, invited\n\nYamaraja\n\nto attend\n\nthe sacrifice performed\n\nNaim�lira!lya. This was good for those who did not want to die.\n\nat\n\nTEXTS\n;f ���PiN� � ._lqfl:M (tl;(tih: I\n\n� ft ll&fqte,l(?t: �: I\n� � � ��PM \": II � II\nka5cin mriyate tii.vad\nyii.vad ii.sta ihii.ntakafl\netad-artham hi bhagavii.n\niihutafl paramar�ibhifl\naho nrloke piyeta\nhari-lilii.mrtam vacafl\nna\n\nna-not; ka5cit-anyone; mriyate-will die; tiivat-so long; yiivat-as long\n\nas; iiste- is present; iha-herein; antaka[l-one who causes the end of life;\n\n", "SB1.3#p0209": "Text9]\n\nHow Par�it Received the Age of Kali\n\n845\n\netat-t his; artham - reason; hi- certainly; bh agav an-the representative of\n\nthe Lord; ah u tafl -invited; parama-r�ibhifl-by the great sages; aho-alas;\n\nn rloke - in human society; p iye ta- let them drink; han-lila-transcendental\npastimes of the Lord; amrtam-nectar for eternal life; vacafl-narrations.\nTRANSLATION\nAs long as Yamaraja, who causes everyone's death, is present here, no\n\none shall meet with death. The great sages have invited the controller of\ndeath, Yamaraja, who is the representative of the Lord. Living beings who\nare under his grip should take advantage by hearing the deathless nectar\nin the form of this narration of the transcendental pastimes of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nEvery human being does not like to meet death, but he does not know\nhow to get rid of death. The surest remedy for avoiding death is to get\noneself accustomed to hearing the nectarean pastimes of the Lord as they\n\nare systematically narrated in the text of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. It is advised\nherein, therefore, that any human being who desires freedom from death\nshould take to this course of life as recommended by the nis headed by\n\nSaunaka.\n\n·\n\nTEXT9\n\n� 'l;a:SI(I(It\n\n� 'l;a:lfftl. I\n\n��rm-�tt.n��: �����\nmandasya manda-prajiiasya\nvayo manaayu�aS ca vai\n\nnidraya hriyate naktarh\n\ndiva ca vyartha-karmabhil).\nmandasya-of the lazy; manda-paltry; praj ii asya-of intelligence; vayafl\n\n-age; manda- short; ayu�afl-of duration of life; ca-and; vai-exactly;\n\nn id raya-by sleeping; h riyate - passes away; naktam- night; div a-daytime;\nca-also; vyartha-for nothing; karmabhifl-by activities.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nLazy human beings with paltry intelligence and a short duration of\n\nlife pass the night sleeping and the day performing activities that are for\nnaught.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0210": "846\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 16\n\nPURPORT\nThe less intelligent do not know the real value of the human form of\nlife. The human form is a special gift of material nature in the course of\nher enforcing stringent laws of miseries upon the living being. It is a chance\nto achieve the highest boon of life, namely to get out of the entanglement\nof repeated birth and death. The intelligent take care of this importa�t\ngift by strenuously endeavoring to get out of the entanglement. But the\nless intelligent are lazy and unable to evaluate the gift of the human body\nto achieve liberation from the material bondage; they become more interested in so-called economic development and work very hard throughout\nlife simply for the sense enjoyment of the temporary body. Sense enjoyment is also allowed to the lower animals by the law of nature, and thus a\nhuman being is also destined to a certain amount of sense enjoyment\naccording to his past or present life. But one should definitely try to\nunderstand that sense enjoyment is not the ultimate goal of human life.\nHerein it is said that during the daytime one works \"for nothing\" because\nthe aim is nothing but sense enjoyment. We can particularly observe how\nthe human being is engaged for nothing in great cities and industrial towns.\nThere are so many things manufactured by human energy, but they are all\nmeant for sense enjoyment, and not for getting out of the material\nbondage. And after working hard during the daytime, a tired man either\nsleeps or engages in sex habits at night. That is the program of materialistic\ncivilized life for the less intelligent. Therefore they are designated herein\nas lazy, unfortunate and short-lived.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n��\n� qu� f(iit'\"SCI�ij_\n\n• !if.�! f.t'51�¥4� I\n� mi+t;cRtfSiqi (RI:\n�\n4�·1�fViu« \"� oll\nsuta uviica\nyada pan\"\"k�it kuru-]angale 'vasat\nkalim pravi§tam nija-cakravartite\nni.Samya viirtam anatipriyam tatal).\nsariisanam samyuga-sau!l{iir adade\n\n", "SB1.3#p0211": "Text 10]\n\nHow Parikl]it Received the Age of Kali\n\n847\n\nsuta� uvaca -Siita Gosvami said; yada- when; pa rik §it- Maharaja Parik�it;\nku ru-jiingale - in the capital of Kuru's empire; avasat-was residing; kalimthe symptoms of the age of Kali; pravi§t am -entered; nija-cakravartitewithin his jurisdiction; n iSamya - thus hearing; viirtiim- news ; anatipriyamnot very palatable; tata� - thereafter; sara-asanam-arrows and bow;\nsa myuga-having gotten a chance for; saurt!li�-martial activities; adadetook up.\nTRANSLATION\nSilta Gosvami said: While Maharaja Pa�it was residing in the capital\nof the Kuru empire, the symptoms of the age of Kali began to infiltrate\nwithin the jurisdiction of his state. When he learned about this, he did not\nthink the matter very palatable. This did, however, give him a chance to\nfight. He took up his bow and arrows and prepared himself for military\nactivities.\nPURPORT\nThe state administration of Maharaja Parik�it was so perfect that he was\nsitting in his capital peacefully. But he got the news that the symptoms of\nthe age of Kali had already infiltrated into the jurisdiction of his state,\nand he did not like this news. What are the symptoms of the age of Kali?\nThey are 1) illicit connection with women, 2) indulgence in meat-eating,\n\n3) intoxication, and 4) taking pleasure in gambling. The age of Kali literally\nmeans the age of quarrel, and the above-mentioned four symptoms in\nhuman society are the root causes for all kinds of quarrel. Maharaja\nPan1qit heard that some of the people of the state already had taken to\nthose symptoms, and he wanted to take immediate steps against such\ncauses of unrest. This means that at least up to the regime of Maharaja\nP�it, such symptoms of public life were practically unknown, and as\nsoon as they were slightly detected, he wanted to root them out. The news\nwas not palatable for him, but in a way it was because Maharaja Parik�it\ngot a chance to fight. There was no need to fight with small states because\neveryone was peacefully under his subordination, but the Kali-yuga miscreants gave his fighting spirit a chance for exhibition. A perfect k�atriya\nking is always jubilant as soon as he gets a chance to fight, just as a\nsportsman is eager when there is a chance for a sporting match. It is no\nargument that in the age of Kali such symptoms were predestined. If so,\nthen why was there preparation for fighting out such symptoms? Such\narguments are offered by lazy and unfortunate men. In the rainy season,\n\n", "SB1.3#p0212": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n848\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 16\n\nrain is predestined, and yet people take precautions to protect themselves.\nSimilarly, in the age of Kali the symptoms as above mentioned are sure to\ninfiltrate into social life, but it is the duty of the state to save the citizens\nfrom the association of the agents of the age of Kali. Maharaja Parik�it\nwanted to punish the miscreants indulging in the symptoms of Kali, and\nthus save the innocent citizens who were pure in habit by culture of\nreligion. It is the duty of the king to give such protection, and Maharaja\nParilqit was perfectly right when he prepared himself to fight.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n�l'ld�Ntd\n\n�;�et'3i'llf�: � I\n�IJQflqqM$fi�I\n(q�Wf�l fijl� �:����II\nsvalankrtarh syama-turanga-yojitarh\nratharh mrgendra-dhvajam asrital;l puriit\nvrto rathasva-dvipapatti-yuktaya\nsvasenaya digvijayaya nirgata�\nsvalan krtam- very\nwell decorated; syama-black; tu ranga- horses;\nyojitam- tackled; ratham- chariot; mrgendra- lion ; dh vajam- flagged;\na srita�- under the protection; purat- from the capital; vrta�-surrounded\nby; ratha-charioteers; a5va-cavalry; dvipapatti- elephants; yuktayii- thus\nbeing equipped; svasenaya- along with infantry; digvijayaya-for the\npurpose of conquering; ni rgata � - went out.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Par�it sat on a chariot drawn by black horses. His flag was\n\nmarked with the sign of a lion. Being so decorated and surrounded by\n\ncharioteers, cavalry, elephants and infantry soldiers, he left the capital to\n\nconquer in all directions.\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Parik�it is distinguished from his grandfather Arjuna, for black\nhorses pulled his chariot instead of white horses. He marked his flag with\n\n", "SB1.3#p0213": "Text 12]\n\nHow Pa�t Received the Age of Kali\n\n849\n\nthe mark of a lion, and his grandfather marked his with the mark of Hanumanji. A royal procession like that of Maharaja Parik�it surrounded by\nwell-decorated chariots, cavalry, elephants, infantry and band is not only\npleasing to the eyes, but also is a sign of a civilization that is aesthetic\neven on the fighting front.\nTEXT 12\n\nbhadriiSvam ketumiilam ca\nbharatam cottaran kuriin\nkimpuru�adlni var�arzi\nvijitya jagr:he balim\nbhadrasvam-Bhadrasva; ketumalam-Ketumala; ca-also; bharatam­\n\nBharata; ca-and; uttaran-the northern countries; kuron-the kingdom\nof the Kuru dynasty; kimpuru�a-adini-a country beyond the northern\nside of the Himalayas; var�arzi-parts of the earth planet; vijitya-conquering; jagrhe-exacted; balim-strength .\nTRANSLATION\nMahara ja P�it then conquered all parts of the earthly planetBhadrasva, Ketumiila, B harata, the Northern portion of Kurujaitgala, Kimpuru�, etc.-and exacted tributes from their respective rulers.\nPURPORT\nBhadrasva: It is an island near Meru Parvata. There is a description of this\n\nisland in the Mahiibhiirata (Bhi�ma Parva 7/16-18). The description was\nnarrated by Saiijaya to Dhrtara�tra.\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira also conquered this island, and thus the province\nwas included within the jurisdiction of his empire. Maharaja Parilqit was\nformerly declared to be the emperor of all lands ruled by his grandfather,\nbut still he had to establish his supremacy while he was out of his capital\nto exact tribute from such states.\nKetumiila: This earth planet is divided into seven parts, and according\n\nto others it is divided into nine parts. This earth is called Jambiidvipa, and\nis divided into nine var�as. Bharatavar�a is one of the above-mentioned nine\n\n", "SB1.3#p0214": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n850\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 16\n\nvar§as. Such var§as are known as continents in the modern geographical\n\ncontext. Ketumala is described as one of the above var§as. It is said that in\nthis var§a, women are the most beautiful. This var�a was conquered by\nArjuna also. A description of this part of the world is available in the\n\nMahiibhiirata (Sabhii 28.6).\n\nIt is said that this part of the world is situated on the western side of\nthe Meru ·Parvata, and inhabitants of this province used to live up to ten\nthousands of years (Bhi§ma Paroa 6.16.31-32). Human beings living in this\npart of the globe are of golden color, and the women resemble the angels\nof heaven. The inhabitants are free from all kinds of diseases and griefs.\nBhiiratavar�a: This part of the world is also one of the nine var�as of the\nJamhiidvipa or earthly planet. Each planet is also sometimes called a\ndvipa because of its being an island in the fathomless outer space. Each\nplanet is factually an island in the airy ocean of outer space. Jambudvipa\nis only one of such countless islands in this airy ocean of space. A\ndescription of Bharatavar�a is given in the Mahiibhiirata (Bhi§ma Paroa,\nChapters 9 to 1 0).\nUttariin: According to Sridhara Svanli these parts of the world are\ncalled Ilavartavar!)a, or the Mediterranean countries of Europe. The\ndescription of the Ilavartavar!)a is given in the Mahiibhiirata (Sabhii 28.6-7)\nas follows:\nnagaras ca vanarit ca vii nadiS ca vimalodaka�\npuru�iin deva-kalpiirhS ca priya-darsana�\nadr§ta-piirvan subhagan sa dadarsa dhanaiijaya�\nsadiiniirit ca subhriirti niiriS ca apsariisam-nibha\n\nIt is twice mentioned here that the women are beautiful, and some of\nthem are equal to the apsaras or heavenly women. Therefore the countries\nmentioned are round about the Mediterranean coast.\nKimpuru�avar§a: It is stated to be situated beyond the northern side of\nDarjelling Dhavala Giri and probably may be a country like Nepal, Bhutan,\nTibet and China. These parts of the world were also conquered by Arjuna\n(Sabhii 28/1-2). The Kimpuru�as are descendants of the daughter of\nDak�a. \"hen Maharaja Yudhi�thira performed a horse sacrifice yajiia, the\ninhabitants of these countries were also present to take part in the festival,\nand they paid tributes to the emperor. This part of the world is called\nKimpuru�avar�a, or sometimes the Himalayan provinces (Himavafi). It is\nsaid that Sukadeva Gosvami was born in these Himalayan provinces, and\nhe came to Bharatavar�a after crossing the Himalayan countries.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0215": "Texts 13-15]\n\nHow Par�it Received the Age of Kali\n\n851\n\nIn other words, Maharaja Parik�it conquered all the world, namely all\nthe continents adjoining all the seas and oceans in all directions, namely\nthe eastern, western, northern and southern parts of the world.\nTEXTS 13-15\n\ntatra tatropasnwiinaft\nsva-puroe�iim mahiitmaniim\npragiyamiirwm ca ya.Saft\nkr�rya-miihiit mya-sucakam\niitmiinam ca paritriitam\na5vattiimno 'stra-tejasa/.l\nsneham ca v�!li-piirthiiniirh\nte�iirh bhaktim ca kesave\ntebhya/.l parama-santu�!afl.\npnty-ujjrmbhita-locanaft\nmahii-dhaniini viisiimsi\n·dadau hiiriin mahii-manii/.l\ntatra tatra-everywhere the King visited; upas.r!l vana[l,- continuously he\nheard; sva-pu roe.sam-about his own forefathers; mahatmanam-who were\n\nall great devotees of the Lord; p ragiyama!lam- unto those who were thus\naddressing; ca-also ; yas a[l, - glories; kr§�a- Lord l(r§p.a; mahatmya -glorious\nacts; su cakam-indicating ; atmanam-his personal self; ca-also;paritriitam\n\n-delivered; asvatthamnal_l-of Asvatthama; astra-weapon; tejasafl,- powerful rays; sneham-affection; ca-als o; vn� i-parthanam-between descendants of Vr§I].i and that of Prtha; te §iim- of all of them; bhaktim -devotion;\n\nca-also; kesave-unto Lord\n\nl(r§I].a; te b hyal_l- unto them; parama-ex­\n\ntremely; santu§!afl. - please d ; priti-attraction; ujjrmbhita -pleasingly open;\nlo cana[l, -one who has such eyes; mahii-dhanan i-valuable riches; vasiirhsi-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0216": "852\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 16\n\nclothing; dadau-gave in charity; haran- necklace ; maha manii{l one who\nhas a broader outlook.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWherever the King visited, he continuously heard the glories of his\n\ngreat forefathers, who were all devotees of the Lord, and also of the\nglorious acts of Lord Kr��a. He also heard how he himself had been pro­\n\ntected by the Lord from the powerful heat of the weapon of ASvatthama.\n\nPeople also mentioned the great affection between the descendants of\nVr��i and Pftha due to the latter's great devotion to Lord Ke8ava. The\n\nKing, being very pleased with the singers of such glories, opened his eyes\n\nin great satisfaction. Out of magnanimity he was pleased to award them\nvery valuable necklaces and clothing.\n\nPURPORT\n\nKings and great personalities of the state are presented with welcome\naddresses. This is a system from time immemorial, and Maharaja Parik�it,\nsince he was one of the well-known emperors of the world, was also presented with addresses of welcome in all parts of the world as he visited\nthose places. The subject matter of those welcome addresses was Kr�!J.a.\nKr�!la means Kr�pa and His eternal devotees, as the king means the king\nand his confidential associates.\nKr�!la and His unalloyed devotees cannot be separated, and therefore\nglorifying the devotee means glorifying the Lord and vice versa. Maharaja\nParik�it would not have been glad to hear about the glories of his forefathers like Maharaja Yu�thira and Arjuna, etc., had they not been\nconnected with the acts of Lord Kr�!la. The Lord descends specifically to\ndeliver His devotees (paritrar-aya sadhiinam). The devotees are glorified by\nthe presence of the Lord because they cannot live for a moment without\nthe presence of the Lord and His different energies. The Lord is present\nfor the devotee by His acts and glories, and therefore Maharaja Parik�it\nfelt the presence of the Lord when He was glorified by His acts, especially\nwhen he was saved by the Lord in the womb of his mother. The devotees\nof the Lord are never in danger, but in the material world which is full of\ndangers in every step, the devotees are apparently placed into dangerous\npositions, and when they are saved by the Lord, the Lord is glorified.\nLord Kr�!la would not have been glorified as the speaker of the Bhagavadgitii had His devotees like the Pa�;u;lavas not been entangled in the Battle-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0217": "Text 16]\n\nHow Parik{lit Received the Age of Kali\n\n853\n\nfield of Kuruk�etra. All such acts of the Lord were mentioned in the\naddresses of welcome, and Maharaja PanK.�it, in full satisfaction, rewarded\nthose who presented such addresses. The difference between the presentation of welcome addresses today and in those days is that formerly the\nwelcome addresses were presented to a_ person like Maharaja Parlk�it. The\nwelcome addresses were full of facts and figures, and those who presented\nsuch addresses were sufficiently rewarded, whereas in the present days the\nwelcome address is presented not always with factual statements but to\nplease the postholder, and often they are full of flattering lies. And rarely\nare those who present such welcome addresses rewarded by the poor\nreceiver.\nTEXT 16\n\n����ctl(it4wt1�41'4Wf(ijitWfS(Ojj¥{1\"{\n\n��\\St4ld10jfij'��� � �lf(UII(Pi4 II�� II\nsarath ya-piira�ada-sevana-sakh ya-dautya\nvirlisananugamana-stavana-pra!lliman\nsnigdhe�u pli!lt)�u jagat-pra!latirh ca v4r-or\nbhaktirh karoti nrpatis cara!liiravinde\nsarathya-acceptance\n\nof\n\nthe\n\npost of a chariot driver; piira�ada­\n\nacceptance of the presidency in the assembly of the Rajasiiya sacrifice;\nsevana - engaging the mind constantly in the service of the Lord; sakhyato think of the Lord as a friend; dautya - acceptance of the post of a\nmessenger; vira-asana- acceptance of the post of a watchman with a drawn\nsword at night; anugamana - following in the footsteps; stavana-offering\nof prayers; prapaman- offering obeisances; snigdhe� u- unto them who are\nmalleable to the will of the Lord;piipt)u�u-unto the sons of Pap�u;jagatthe universal; prapatim-one who is obeyed; ca-and; vi§po�-of Vi�pu;\nbhaktim- devotion; karoti-does; n.rpat*-the King; carapa -aravinde-unto\nHis lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaharaja Par�it heard that out of His causeless mercy Lord Kr��a\n[ Vi��u], who is universally obeyed, rendered all kinds of service to the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0218": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n854\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 16\n\nmalleable sons �f Pa��u by accepting posts ranging from chariot driver to\n\npresident to messenger, friend, night watchman, etc., according to the will\nof the Pa��avas, obeying them like a servant and offering obeisances like\n\none younger in years. When he heard this, Maharaja Pan�it became over­\n\nwhelmed with devotion to the lotus feet of the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Krwa is everything to the unalloyed devotees like the Pa��avas.\n\nThe Lord was for them the Supreme Lord, the spiritual master, the wor­\n\nshipable Deity, the guide, the chariot driver, the friend, the servant, the\n\nmessenger and everything they could conceive of. And thus the Lord also\n\nreciprocated the feeling of the Pa!l�avas. Maharaja Parik�it, as a pure\n\ndevotee of the Lord, could appreciate the Lord's transcendental recipro­\n\ncation of the feelings of His devotees, and thus he himself also was over­\n\nwhelmed with the dealings of the Lord. Simply by appreciating the dealings\n\nof the Lord with His pure devotees, one can attain salvation. The Lord's\n\ndealings with His devotees appear to be ordinary human dealings, but one\n\nwho knows them in truth becomes at once eligible to go back home, back\nto Godhead. The Pa!l�avas were so malleable to the will of the Lord that\n\nthey could sacrifice any amount of energy for the service of the Lord, and\nby such unalloyed determination they could secure the Lord's mercy in\n\nany shape they desired.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n� 'hi¥tlwt� \\i'lf 'IM¥4�'1( 1\nitlftti( twf� +ti(Rf'(( � lr II t\\911\ntasyaivam vartamiinasya\n\npiirve�am vrttim anvaham\n\nnlitidiire kiliiScaryam\n\nyad asit tan nibodha me\n\ntasya-of Maharaja Parik!?it; evam- thus; vartamanasya-remaining ab­\n\nsorbed in such thought;purve�am-of his forefathers; vrttim-good engage­\n\nment; anvaham-day after day; na-not; atidure-far off; kila-verily;\n\nascaryam-astonishing; yat-that; iisit-was; tat-which; nibodha-know it;\nme-from me.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0219": "Text 18]\n\nHow Par�it Received the Age of Kali\n\n855\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow you may have heard from me of what happened while Maharaja\nPan�it was passing his days hearing of the good occupations of his forefathers and being absorbed in thought of them.\nTEXT 18\n\n�: � � w�0141aq�� tW{ ,\n� �·fit€4ffii+l€4 �� II� �u\ndharmal;l padaikena caran\nvicchiiyam upalabhya giim\nprcchati smasru-vadanam\nvivatsiim iva miitaram\ndharma[l - the personality of religious principles; pada-leg; ekena-on\n\none only; c aran-wandering; vicchay am- overtaken by the shadow of grief;\npalabhya-having\n\nu\n\nmet;\n\ngam- the\n\ncow;\n\nprcchati-asking;\n\nsma-with;\n\nasru-vadanam-with tears on the face; vivatsam-one who has lost her offspring; iva-like; miitaram-the mother.\nTRANSLATION\nThe personality of religious principles, Dharma, was wandering about\nin the form of a bull. And he met the personality of earth in the form of a\ncow who appeared to grieve like a mother who had lost her child. She had\ntears in her eyes, and the beauty of her body was lost. Thus Dharma\nquestioned the earth as follows.\nPURPORT\nThe bull is the emblem of the moral principle, and the cow is the representative of the earth. When the bull and the cow are in a joyful mood, it\nis to be understood that the people of the world are also in a joyful mood.\nThe reason is that the bull helps production of grains in the agricultural\nfield, and the cow delivers milk, the miracle of aggregate food values. The\nhuman society, therefore, maintains these two important animals very\ncarefully so that they can wander everywhere in cheerfulness. But at the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0220": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n856\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 16\n\npresent moment in this age of Kali both the bull and the cow are now\nbeing slaughtered and eaten up as foodstuff by a class of men who do not\nknow the brahminical culture. The bull and the cow can be protected\nfor the.good of all human society simply by spreading brahminical culture\nas the topmost perfection of all cultural affairs. By advancement of such\nculture, the morale of society is properly maintained, and so peace and\nprosperity are also attained without extraneous effort. When brahminical\nculture deteriorates, the cow and bull are mistreated, and the resultant\nactions are prominent by the following symptoms.\n\nTEXT 19\n�\n\n��\n\nifiM\"I:�S'1'4t¥U�'4'1\nNi:0itt1R1 toelttijt\"Ui§� I\n�«<q�(jf\\1\n�\n� � �il:qfu �� ����II\ndharma uviica\nkaccid bhadre 'niimayam iitmanas te\nvicchiiyiisi mliiyate�an mukhena\niilak�aye bhavat[m antariidhim\ndure bandhum socasi kancaniimba\ndharma� uvaca- D harma inquired; kaccit-whether; bhadre-madam;\nanamayam-quite hail and hearty; atmana�-self; te-unto you; vicchaya\nasi-appear to be covered with the shadow of grief; mlayata- which\ndarkens; i§ at-s l ightly ; mukhena-by the face; alak §aye you look; bhavatim\n-\n\n-unto\n\nyourself; antaradhim -some disease within; dure\n\nbandhum\n\n-\n\nfriend;\n\nso casi\n\n-\n\nthinking\n\nof;\n\n-\n\nlong distant;\n\nka n car w- someone;\n\namba-0\n\nmother.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDharma [in the form of a bull) asked: Madam, are you not hail and\n\nhearty? Why are you covered with the shadow of grief? It appears by your\n\nface that you have become black. Are you suffering from some internal\ndisease, or are you thinking of some relative who is away in a distant place?\n\n", "SB1.3#p0221": "How Pa�it Received the Age of Kali\n\nText 20]\n\n857\n\nPURPORT\nThe people of the world in this age of Kali are always full of anxieties.\nEveryone is diseased with some kind of ailment. From the very faces of the\npeople of this age, one can find out the index of the mind. Everyone feels\nthe absence of his relative who is away from home. The particular symptom\nof the age of Kali is that no family is now blessed to live together. To earn\n<!.\n\nlivelihood, the father lives at a place far away from the son, or the wife\n\nlives far away from the husband and so on. There are sufferings from\ninternal diseases, separation from those near and dear, and anxieties for\nmaintaining the status quo. These are but some important factors which\nmake the people of this age always unhappy.\n\nTEXT 20\n\npiidair nyiinarh socasi maikapiidam\niitmiinarh vii vr�alair bhok�yamiiram\niiho suriidin hrta-yajna-bhiigiin\nprajii uta svin maghavaty avar�ati\npiidai[l.\n\n-\n\nby three legs; nyunam\n\nfor that; mii\n\n-\n\n-\n\ndiminished; socasi-if you are lamenting\n\nmy; eka-piidam-only one leg; iitmiinam-own body; vii-or;\n\nvr�ala*-by the unlawful meat-eaters; bhok�yamiiram-to be exploited;\niiho-in sacrifice; suriidin-the authorized demigods; hrta yajna-dev oid of\n-\n\nsacrificial; bhiigiin-share; prajii[l.-the living beings; uta-increasing; suitwhether; maghavati-in famine and scarcity; ava r� ati-bec ause of rainlessness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have lost my three legs and am now standing on one only. Are you\n\nlamenting for my state of existence? Or are you in great anxiety because\nhenceforward the unlawful meat-eaters will exploit you? Or are you in a\nsorry plight because the demigods are now bereft of their share of sacrificial\nofferings because no sacrifices are being performed at present? Or are you\n\n", "SB1.3#p0222": "858\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 16\n\ngrieving for living beings because of their sufferings due to famine and\ndrought?\n\nPURPORT\nWith the progress of the age of Kali, four things particularly, namely,\n\nthe duration of life, mercy, the power of recollection, and moral or\nreligious principles, will gradually diminish. Since Dharma, or the princi­\n\nples of religion, would be lost in the proportion of three out of four, the\n\nsymbolic bull was standing on one leg only. When three fourths of the population of the whole world become irreligious, the situation is converted into\n\nhell for the animals. In the age of Kali, godless civilizations will create so\n\nmany so-called religious societies in which the Personality of Godhead will\n\nbe directly or indirectly defied. And thus faithless societies of man will make\n\nthe world uninhabitable for the saner section of people. There are grada­\n\ntions of human beings in terms of proportionate faith in the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. The first-class faithful men are the Vai�!J.avas and\n\nthe briihmar-as, then the k§atriyas, then the vaiSyas, then the siidras, then\n\nthe mlecchas, the Y avanas and at last the car-piilas. The degradation of\n\nthe human instinct begins from the mlecchas, and the car-piila state of life\n\nis the last word in human degradation. All the above terms mentioned in\n\nthe Vedic literatures are never meant for any particular community or\nbirth. They are different qualifications of human beings in general. There\nis no question of birthright or community. One can acquire the respective\nqualifications by one's own efforts, and thus the son of a Vai�!J.ava can\n\nbecome a mleccha, or the son of a car-piila can become more than a\nbriihmar-a, all in terms of their association and intimate relation with the\nSupreme Lord.\n\nThe meat-eaters are generally called mlecchas. But all meat-eaters are\n\nnot mlecchas. Those who accept meat in terms of scriptural injunctions\n\nare not mlecchas, but those who accept meat without restriction are called\nmlecchas. Beef is forbidden in the scriptures, and the bulls and cows are\noffered special protection by followers of the Vedas. But in this age of\n\nKali, people will exploit the body of the bull and the cow as they like, and\n\nthus they will invite sufferings of various types.\n\nThe people of this age will not perform any sacrifice. The mleccha\n\npopulation will care very little for performances of sacrifices, although\n\nperformance of sacrifice is essential for persons who are materially engaged\nin sense enjoyment. In the Bhagavad-gitii performance of sacrifices is\nstrongly recommended (Bg. 3.14-16).\n\n", "SB1.3#p0223": "How P�it Received the Age of Kali\n\n859\n\nThe living beings are created by the creator Brahma, and just to maintain the created living being progressively towards the path of back to\nGodhead, the system of performing sacrifice is also created by him. The\nsystem is that living beings live on the produce of grains and vegetables,\nand by eating such foodstuff they get vital power of the body in the shape\nof blood and semina, and from blood and semina one living being is able\nto create other living beings. But the production of grains, grass, etc.,\nbecomes possible by rain, and this rain is made to shower properly by\nperformance of recommended sacrifices. Such sacrifices are directed by\nthe rites of the Vedas, namely Siima, Yajus, 1?-k and Atharva. In the Manusmrti it is recommended that by offering sacrifice on the altar of the fire,\nthe sun-god is pleased. When the sun-god is pleased, he properly collects\nwater from the sea, and thus sufficient clouds collect on the horizon and\nrains fall. After sufficient rains fall, there is sufficient production of grains\nfor men and all animals, and thus there is energy in the living being for\nprogressive activity. The mlecchas, however, make plans to install slaughterhouses for killing bulls and cows along with other animals, thinking that\nthey will prosper by increasing the number of factories and live on animal\nfood without caring for performance of sacrifices and production of grains.\nBut they must know that even for the animals they must produce grass\nand vegetables, otherwise the animals cannot live. And to produce grass\nfor the animals, they must require sufficient rains. Therefore they have to\ndepend ultimately on the mercy of the demigods like the sun-god, Indra,\nCandra, etc., and such demigods must be satisfied by performances of\nsacrifice.\nThis material world is a sort of prison house, as we have several times\nmentioned. The demigods are servants of the Lord to see to the proper\nupkeep of the prison house. These demigods want to see that the rebel\nliving beings, who want to survive faithlessly, are gradually turned towards\nthe supreme power of the Lord. Therefore, the system of offering sacrifice\nis recommended in the scriptures.\nThe materialistic men want to work hard and enjoy fruitive results for\nsense enjoyment. Thus they are committing many types of sins at every\nstep of life. Those who are, however, consciously engaged in the devotional\nservice of the Lord are transcendental to all varieties of sin and virtue.\nTheir activities are free from the contamination of the three modes of\nmaterial nature. For the devotees there is no need for performance of\nprescribed sacrifices because the very life of the devotee is a symbol of\nsacrifice. But persons who are engaged in fruitive activities for sense\nenjoyment must perform the prescribed sacrifices because that is the only\n\n", "SB1.3#p0224": "Srimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n860\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 16\n\nmeans to get free from the reaction of all sins committed by the fruitive\nworkers. Sacrifice is the means for counteracting such accumulated sins.\nThe demigods are pleased when such sacrifices are performed, just as\nprison officers are satisfied when the prisoners are turned into obedient\nsubjects. Lord Caitanya, however, has recommended only one yajiia or\nsacrifice, called the sankirtana-yajiia, the chanting of Hare Kr�!J.a, in which\neveryone can take part. Thus both devotees and fruitive workers can\nderive equal benefit from the performances of smikirtana-yajiia.\nTEXT 21\n\n�:�afct�\nttft:q�$;f)\n�(ili�Rftliji( I\n\nffi � � �Ckhi(fllua � teBittl( II�� II\narak�yamii[liift striya uroi biiliin\nsocasy atho puru§iidair iviirtiin\nviicam devzm brahma-kule kukarma[ly\nabrahma!lye riija-kule kuliigryiin\narak§yamiifliift-unprotected; striyaft -women; urvi-on the earth; biiliin\n-children; socasi\n\n-\n\nyou are feeling compassion; atho-as such; puru§a-iidaift\n\n-by men;iva-like that; iirtiin-those who are unhappy;viicam-vocabulary;\ndevim-the goddess; brahma-kule-in the family of the briihma!la; kukarma[li-acts against the principles of religion; abrahmartye -persons against\nthe brahminical culture; riija kule-in the administrative family; kula-\n\nagryiin-most of all the families (the briihmartas).\nTRANSLATION\nAre you feeling compunction for the unhappy women and children\n\nwho are left forlorn by unscrupulous persons? Or are you unhappy\n\nbecause the goddess of learning is being handled by brahm3!J.aS addicted to\n\nacts against the principles of religion? Or are you sorry to see that the\nbrahma!J.aS have taken shelter of administrative families that do not respect\n\nbrahminical culture?\n\n", "SB1.3#p0225": "Text 22]\n\nHow P�it Received the Age of Kali\n\n861\n\nPURPORT\nIn the age of Kali, the women and the children, along with briihma[las\nand cows, will be grossly neglected and left unprotected. In this age, illicit\nconnection with women will render many women and children uncared\nfor. Circumstantially, the women will try to become independent of the\nprotection of men, and marriage will be performed as a matter of formal\nagreement between man and woman. In most cases, the children will not\nbe taken care of properly. The briihma[las are traditionally intelligent\nmen, and thus they will be able to pick up modern education to the topmost rank, but as far as moral and religious principles are concerned, they\nshall be the most fallen. Education and bad character go ill together, but\nsuch things will run parallel. The administrative heads as a class will condemn the tenets of Vedic wisdom and will prefer to conduct a so-called\nsecular state, and the so-called educated briihma[laS will be purchased by\nsuch unscrupulous administrators. Even a philosopher and writer of many\nbooks on religious principles may also accept an exalted post in a government which denies all the moral codes of the siistras. The briihma[las are\nspecifically restricted in accepting such service. But in this age they will not\nonly accept service, but they will do so even if it is of the meanest quality.\nThese are some of the symptoms of the Kali age which are harmful to the\ngeneral welfare of human society.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nkim k�atra-bandhun kalinopasr�tii.n\nro�traiJi vii. tair avaropitii.ni\nitas tato vasana-pii.na-vasa�\nsnii.na-vyavii.yonmu.kha-jiva-lokam\nkim-whether; k�atra-bandhun-the unworthy administrators; kalinaby the influence of the age of Kali; upamt an-bewilde red ; ra�t ra[l i state\n-\n\naffairs; vii-or; tai� -by them; avaropitiini-put into disorder; ita�\n\n-\n\nhere ;\n\n", "SB1.3#p0226": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n862\ntata�-there;\n\noo-or;\n\nasana\n\n-\n\naccepting\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 16\n\nfoodstuff; pana-drink ; uasa�­\n\nresidence; snana-bath; vyavaya- sexual intercourse; unmukha- inclined;\n\njiva-lokam- human society.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe so-called administrators are now bewildered by the influence of\n\nthis age of Kali, and thus they have put all state affairs into disorder. Are\nyou now lamenting this disorder? Now the general populace does not\nfollow the rules and regulations for eating, sleeping, drinking, mating, etc.,\n\nand they are inclined to perform such anywhere and everywhere. Are you\n\nunhappy because of this?\nPURPORT\nThere are some necessities of life on a par with the lower animals, and\n\nthey are eating, sleeping, fearing and mating. These bodily demands are\n\nboth for the human being and the animals. But the human being has to\n\nfulfill such desires, not like animals, but like a human being. A dog can\nmate with a bitch before the public eyes without hesitation, but if a\n\nhuman being does so the act will be considered a public nuisance and the\n\nperson will be criminally prosecuted. Therefore for the human being there\n\nare some rules and regulations, even for fulfilling common demands. The\n\nhuman society avoids such rules and regulations when it is bewildered by\n\nthe influence of the age of Kali. In this age, people are indulging in such\n\nnecessities of life without following the rules and regulations, and this\n\ndeterioration of social and moral rules is certainly lamentable because of\n\nthe harmful effects of such beastly behavior. In this age, the fathers and\nthe guardians are not happy with the behavior of their wards. They should\n\nknow that so many innocent children are victims of bad association\nawa�ded by the influence of this age of Kali. We know from Snmad\n\n­\n\nBhagavatam that Ajamila, an innocent son of a briihmar-a, was walking\n\ndown a road and saw a sudra pair sexually embraced. This attracted the\n\nboy, and later on the boy became a victim of all debaucheries. From a\npure briihmar-a, he fell down to the position of a wretched urchin, and it\n\nwas all due to bad association. There was but one victim like Ajamila in\nthose days, but in this age of Kali the poor innocent students are daily\n\nvictims of cinemas which attract men only for sex indulgence. The so-called\n\nadministrators are all untrained in the affairs of a k§atriya. The k§atriyas\n\nare meant for administration, as the brahmar-as are meant for knowledge\n\n", "SB1.3#p0227": "How Par�it Received the Age of Kali\n\nText 23]\n\n863\n\nand guidance. The word k§atriya-bandhu refers to the SO·called administrators or persons promoted to the post of the administrator without proper\ntraining by culture and tradition. Nowadays they are promoted to such\nexalted posts by the votes of people who are themselves fallen in the rules\nand regulations of life. How can they select a proper man when they are\n\nthemselves fallen in the standard of life? Therefore, by the influence of the\nage of Kali, everywhere, politically, socially or religiously, everything is\ntopsy-turvy, and therefore for the sane man it is all regrettable.\nTEXT 23\n\n�\n� �(Jq(IJ(i61\"461(�\nrnru;. 1\n\n31�flM4 � �\n� f.tqtuJf?4�(i:;r.6Jf.l ����II\nyad-viimba te bhii.ri-bhariivatiirakrtiivatiirasya harer dharitri\nantarhitasya smarati visr�tii\nkarmiir-i nirviir-a-vilambitiini\n\nyat-that; vii-may be; amba-0 mother; te-your; bh u ri-heavy ; bharaload;\n\navatiira\n\n-\n\ndecreasing\n\nthe\n\nload;\n\nkrta-done; avatiirasya\n\n-\n\none who\n\nincarnated; hare[l-of Lord Sri Kr�Qa; dharitri-0 earth; antarhitasya-of\nHim who is now out of sight; smarati-while thinking of; visr§tii-all that\nwere performed; karmiir-i-activities; nirviirza-salvation; vilambitani-that\nwhich entails.\nTRANSLATION\n0 mother e�rth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, incarnated\nHimself as Lord Sri Kr�!!a just to unload your heavy burden. All His\n\nactivities here are transcendental, and they cement the path of liberation.\nYou are now bereft of His presence. You are probably now thinking\n\nof those activities and feeling sorry in their absence.\nPURPORT\nThe activities of the Lord included liberation, but they are more relish­\n\nable than the pleasure derived from nirviirw or liberation. According to\n\n", "SB1.3#p0228": "864\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 16\n\nSrila ]iva Gosvami and Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakur, the word used here\n\nis niroii\"{la-vilambitiini,\n\nthat which mipimizes the value of liberation. To\n\nattain nirvii\"{la or liberation, one has to undergo a severe type of tapasya,\nausterities, but the Lord is so merciful that He incarnates to diminish the\n\nburden of the earth. Simply by remembering such activities, one can defy\n\nthe pleasure derived from niroii\"{la and reach the transcendental abode of\nthe Lord to associate with Him, eternally engaged in His blissful loving\nserVIce.\nTEXT 24\n\n�\n\n�\n\nii4ij--�\n\n�\n\n�WI W4if{Huftt 1\n� en � � 'ifel�('ti\nij�i�d ft; � � ll�'dll\n\nidam mamiicak�va taviidhimulam\nvasundhare yena vikarsitiisi\nkiilena vii te baliniim baliyasii\nsuriircitam kim hrtam amba saubhagan\nidam-this; mama-unto me; ii c ak§va-kindly inform; tava-your; iidhimu lam-the root cause of your tribulations; vasundhare-the reservoir of\nall riches; ye na-by which; vikar§itii asi-reduced to much weakness;\n\nkiilena-by the influence of time; vii- or; te-your; baliniim\n\n- very powerful;\n\nbaliyasii-more powerful; sura-arcitam-adored by the demigods; kimwhether; hrtam-taken away; amba-mother; saubhagam-fortune.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMother, you are the reservoir of all riches. Please inform me of the\n\nroot cause of your tribulations by which you have been reduced to such a\n\nweak state. I think that the powerful influence of time, which conquers the\nmost powerful, might have forcibly taken away all your fortune, which\n\nwas adored even by the demigods.\n\nPURPORT\nBy the grace of the Lord, each and every planet is created fully equipped.\n\nSo this earth is not only fully equipped with all the riches for the main-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0229": "Text 25)\n\nHow P�it Received the Age ·of Kali\n\n865\n\ntenance of the inhabitants, but also when the Lord descends on the earth,\nthe whole earth becomes so enriched with all kinds of opulences that even\nthe denizens of heaven worship it with all affection. But by the will of the\nLord, the whole earth can at once be changed. He can do and undo a thing\nat His sweet will . Therefore no one should consider himself to be selfsufficient or independent of the Lord.\nTEXT 25\n\n\\{{Qg�\n\n� ft � � � '=l'fi�CZ065m I\nii4dM� lR qa��ihWcUif4{: 11�'-\\11\ndharo{ly uvaca\nbhavan hi veda tat saroam\nyan mam dharmanuprcchasi\ncaturbhir vartase yena\npadair loka-sukhavaha*\nsri dhara[li uvaca-mother earth replied; bhaviin-your good self; hi­\n\ncertainly; veda-know; tat saroam-all that you have inquired from me; yatthat; mam-from me; dharma-0 personality of religious principles;\nanuprcchasi-you have inquired one after another; caturbhi.fi,-by four;\nvartase-you exist; yena-by which; padai�-by the legs; loka-in each\nand every planet; sukha-avaha*-increasing the happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nThe earthly deity [in the form of a cow] thus replied to the personality of religious principles [in the form of a bull] : 0 Dharma, whatever\nyou have inquired from me shall be known to you. I shall try to reply to\nall those questions. Once you too were maintained by your four legs and\nincreased happiness all over the universe by the mercy of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe principles of religion are laid down by the Lord Himself, and the\nexecutor of such laws is Dharmaraja or Yamaraja. Such principles work\nfully in the age of Satya-yuga; in the Treta-yuga they are reduced by a\nfraction of one fourth; in the Dvapara they are reduced to one half, and in\n\n", "SB1.3#p0230": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n866\n\n[Canto I, Ch\n\n16\n\nthe Kali-yuga they are reduced to one fourth, gradually diminishing to the\nzero point, and then deva5tation takes place_ Happiness in the world\n\ndepends proportionately on the maintenance of the religi ous principles,\nindividually or collectively. The best part of valor is to maintain the\nprinciples despite all kinds of odds. Thus one can be happy during the span\nof life and ultimately return to Godhead.\n\nTEXTS 26-30\n\n�������IRl�ttt•H � 311'*4'{ I\n·�\n\n....\n\n�\n\n��!·M �: � ������\n� wd�1� iM �' if��: 1\n(CfJij.-;4 m� �Tfrij� �� � II�\\911\nstt•t�Af�:���t�llll: I\n���tffitCf4�i;fTS'1(tf<1: 1�<:1\n���lltffi'� � �6:tgun: I\n�i +t&*lf'l�5f� FA���� II\n� gutqi�OI �irf.rmr.r (11\"Sfij'{ I\n�n*4tfitu��qr:q;n �� IJ�oll\nsatyam saucam dayii k�iintis\ntyiigafi, santo�a iirjavam\nsamo damas tapafi. siimyam\ntitik�oparatifi. srutam\njniinam viraktir aiSvaryam\nsauryam tejo balam smrtifi.\nsviitantryam kausalam kiintir\ndhairyam miirdavam eva ca\npriigalbhyam prasrayafi. s'ilam\nsaha ojo balam bhagafi,\ngiimbhiryam sthairyam iistikyam\nkirtir miino 'nahankrtifi.\nete ciinye ca bhagavan\nnityii yatra mahii-gu'(liifi,\npriirthyii mahattvam icchadbhir\nna viyanti sma karhicit\n\n", "SB1.3#p0231": "Texts 26-30]\n\nHow Pa�it Received the Age of Kali\n\n867\n\nteniiham gu!la-piitref!a\nsri-niviisena siimpratam\nsociimi rahitam lokam\npiipmanii kalinek�itam\nsatyam-truthfulness; saucam-cleanliness; daya-intolerance of others'\nunhappiness; k.sant*-self-control even _if there is cause of anger; tyiiga[lmagnanimity; santo§aft-self-satisfaction; arjavam-straightforwardness;\nsama[t-fixing of the mind; dama[l-control of the sense organs; tapa[ltrueness to one's responsibility; samyam-indiscrimination of friend and\nfoe; titik§ii-tolerance of the offenses of others; uparati[l-indifference to\nloss and gain;srutam-following scriptural injunctions;ji'ianam-knowledge\n(self-realization); virakt*-detachment from sense enjoyment; aisvaryamleadership; sauryam-chivalry; teja[t-influence; balam-to render possible\nthat which is impossible; smrti[l-to find one's proper duty;svatantryamnot to depend on others; kausalam-dexterity in all activities; kiinti[!beauty; dhairyam-freedom from disturbance;mardavam-kindheartedness;\neva-thus; ca-also; priigalbhyam-ingenuity; prasraya[t-gentility; suammannerliness;saha-determination;oja[t-perfect knowledge;balam-proper\nexecution; bhaga[l-object of enjoym«:nt; giimbhi\"ryam-joyfulness;\nsthairyam-immovability; iistikyam-faithfulness; ki\"rti[l-fame; .miina[lworthy to be worshiped; anaharikrtift-pridelessness; et.e- all these; ca\nanye-also many others; ca-and; bhagavan-the Personality of Godhead;\nnitya[t-everlastingly; yatra-where;mahii-gurza[l-great qualities; prlirthyii�\n-worthy to possess; mahattvam-greatness; icchadbhi[l-those who desire\nso; na-never; viyanti-deteriorates; sma-ever; karhicit-at any tim.e; tena\n-by Him; aham-myself; gurza-piitrerza-the reservoir of all qualities; srigoddess of fortune; nivasena-by the resting place; sampratam- very\nrecently; sociimi-I am thinking of; rahitam-bereft of; lokam-planets;\npapmanii-by the store of all sins;kalina-by Kali; ik§itam-is seen.\nTRANSLATION\nIn Him reside I) truthfulness, 2) cleanliness, 3) intolerance of another's\nunhappiness, 4) the power to control anger, 5) self-satisfaction, 6) straightforwardness,\n\n7) steadiness of mind, 8) control of the sense organs, 9)\n\nresponsibility, 10) equality, II) tolerance, 12) equanimity, 13) faithfulness, 14) knowledge, 15) a�sence of sense enjoyment, 16) leadership, 17)\nchivalry, 18) influence, 19) the power to make everything possible, 20) the\ndischarge of proper duty, 21) complete independence, 22) dexterity, 23)\nfullness of all beauty, 24) serenity, 25) kindheartedness, 26) ingenuity,\n\n", "SB1.3#p0232": "868\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 16\n\n27) gentility, 28) magnanimity, 29) determination, 30) perfection of all\nknowledge, 31) proper execution, 32) possession of all objects of enjoyment, 33) joyfulness, 34) immovability, 35) fidelity, 36) fame, 37) worship,\n38) pridelessness, 39) being (as the Personality of Godhead), 40) eternity,\nand many other transcendental qualities which are eternally present and\nnever to be separated from Him. That Personality of Godhead, the reservoir of all goodness and beauty, Lord Sri Kr�!J.a, has now closed His transcendental pastimes on the face of the earth. In His absence the age of Kali\nhas spread its influence everywhere, so I am sorry to see this condition of\nexistence.\nPURPORT\nEven if it were possible to count the atoms after smashing the earth into\npowder, still it is not possible to estimate the unfathomed transcendental\nqualities of the Lord. It is said that Lord Anantadeva has tried to expostu­\n\niate the transcendental qualities of the Supreme Lord with his numberless\ntongues, and that for numberless years together it has been impossible to\nestimate the qualities of the Lord. The above statement of the qualities of\nthe Lord is just to estimate His qualities as far as a human being is able to\nsee Him. But even if it is so, the above qualities can also be divided into\nmany subheadings. According to Sn1a ]iva Gosvami, item No. 3 can be\nsubdivided into 1) protection of the surrendered souls, and 2) well wishes\n\nfor the devotees. In the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord states that He wants every\n\nsoul to surrender unto Him only, and by doing so He assures everyone that\n\nHe will give protection from the reactions of all sins. Therefore unsurren­\n\ndered souls are not devotees of the Lord, and thus there is no particular\nprotection for everyone in general. For the devotees He has all good wishes,\nand for those who arc actually engaged in the loving transcendental service\nof the Lord, He gives particular attention. He gives direction to such pure\ndevotees to help them discharge their responsibilities on the path back to\nGodhead. By equality (10), the Lord is equally kind to everyone, as the\nsun is equal in distributing its rays over everyone. Yet there are rnany who\nare unable to take advantage of the sun rays. Similarly, the Lord says that\nsurrendering unto Him is the guarantee for all protection from Him, but\nunfortunate persons are unable to accept this proposition, and therefore\nthey suffer from all material miseries. So even though the Lord is equally\nwell wishing to everyone, the unfortunate living being, due to bad association only, is unable to accept His instructions in toto, and for this the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0233": "Texts 26-30]\n\nHow P�t Received the Age of Kali\n\n869\n\nLord is never to be blamed_ He is called the well-wisher for the devotees\nonly. He appears to be partial to His devotees, but factually the matter\nrests on the living being to accept or reject equal treatment by the Lord.\nThe Lord never deviates from His word of honor. When He gives assurance for protection, the promise is executed in all circumstances. It is the\nduty of the pure devotee to be fixed up in the discharge of duty entrusted\nto him by the Lord or the Lord's bona fide representative, the spiritual\nmaster. The rest is carried on by the Lord without a break.\nResponsibility of the Lord is also unique. The Lord has no responsibility\nbecause all His work is done by His different appointed energies. But still\nHe accepts voluntary responsibilities in displaying different roles in His\ntranscendental pastimes. As a boy, He was playing the part of a cowboy.\nAs the son of Nanda Maharaja, He discharged responsibility perfectly.\nSimilarly, when He was playing the part of a k§atriya as the son of\nMaharaja Vasudeva, He displayed all the skill of a martially spirited k§atriya.\nIn almost all cases, the k§atriya king has to secure a wife by fighting or\nkidnapping. This sort of behavior for a k§atriya is praiseworthy in the\nsense that a k§atriya must show his power of chivalry before his would-be\nwife so that the daughter of a k§atriya can see the valor of her would-be\nhusband. Even the Personality of Godhead Sri Rama displayed such a\nspirit of chivalry during His marriage. He broke the strongest bow, called\nHaradhanu, and achieved the hand of Sita Devi, the mother of . all\nopulence. The k§atriya spirit is displayed during marriage festivals, and\nthere is nothing wrong in such fighting. Lord Sri Kr�!la discharged such\nresponsibility fully because although He had more than 16,000 wives, in\neach and every case He fought like a chivalrous k§atriya and thus secured\na wife. To fight 16,000 times to secure 16,000 wives is certainly only\npossible by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Similarly, He displayed\nfull responsibility in every action of His different transcendental pastimes.\nItem No. 14, knowledge, can be further extended into five subheadings,\nnamely 1) intelligence, 2) gratefulness, 3) power of understanding the\ncircumstantial environments of place, object and time, 4) perfect knowledge of everything, and 5) knowledge of the self. Only fools are ungrateful\nto their benefactors. The Lord, however, does not require benefit from\nanyone. besides Himself because He is full in Himself; still He feels benefited by the unalloyed services of His devotees. The Lord feels grateful to\nHis devotees for such unsophisticated, unconditional service and tries to\nreciprocate it by rendering service, although the devotee also has no such\ndesire in his heart. The transcendental service of the Lord is itself a transcendental benefit for the devotee, and therefore the devotee has nothing\n\n", "SB1.3#p0234": "870\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 16\n\nto expect from the Lord. On the assertion of the Vedic aphorism, saroam\n\nkhalv idam brahma, we can understand that the Lord, by the omnipresent\n\nrays of His effulgence, called brahmajyoti, is all-pervading inside or outside\nof everything, like the omnipresent material sky, and thus He is also\nomniscient.\n\nAs far as the beauty of the Lord is concerned, He has some special\n\nfeatures distinguished from all other living beings, and over and above that\nHe has some special attractive beautiful features by which He attracts the\n\nmind of even Radhara!Jl, the supermost beautiful creation of the Lord. He\n\nis known, therefore, as Madana-Mohana, or one who attracts the mind even\n\nof Cupid. Sn,a .Jlva Gosvami Prabhu has scrutinizingly analyzed other\n\ntranscendental qualities of the Lord and affirms that Lord Sri Kr�!la is the\n\nAbsolute Supreme Personality of Godhead (Param Brahman). He is omni­\n\npotent by His inconceivable energies, and therefore He is the Yogesvara or\n\nthe supreme master of all mystic powers. Being the Yoge8vara, His eternal\nform is spiritual, a combination of eternity, bliss and knowledge. The\n\nnondevotee class cannot understand the dynamic nature of His knowledge\n\nbecause they are satisfied to reach up to His eternal form of knowledge.\n\nAll great souls aspire to be equal in knowledge with Him. This means that\n\nall other knowledge is ever insufficient, flexible and measurable, whereas\n\nthe knowledge of the Lord is ever fixed and unfathomable. Srila Siita\nGosvami affirms in the Bhiigavatam that although He was observed by the\n\ncitizens of Dvaraka every day, they were ever increasingly anxious to see\n\nHim again and again. The living being can appreciate the qualities of the\n\nLord as the ultimate goal, but they cannot attain the status quo of such\n\nequality. This material world is a product of the mahat-tattva, which is a\n\nstate of the Lord's dreaming condition in His Yoga-nidrii mystic slumber\nin the Causal Ocean, and yet the whole creation appears to be a factual\npresentation of His creation. This means that the Lord's dreaming condi­\n\ntions are also factual manifestations. He can therefore bring everything\n\nunder His transcendental control, and thus whenever and wherever He does\nappear, He does so in His fullness.\n\nThe Lord, being all that is described above, maintains the affairs of the\n\ncreation, and by His so doing He gives salvation even to His enemies who\n\nare killed by Him. He is attractive even to the topmost liberated soul, and\n\nthus He is worshipable even by Brahma and Siva, the greatest of all demi­\n\ngods. Even in His incarnation of Puru�avatara He is the Lord of the creative\n\nenergy. The creative material energy is working under His direction, as it\nis confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 9.10). He is the control switch of\n\nthe material energy, and to control the material energy in the innumerable\n\n", "SB1.3#p0235": "Text 31]\n\nHow Parilq;it Received the Age of Kali\n\n871\n\nuniverses, He is the root cause of innumerable incarnations in all the universes. There are more than 500,000 incarnations of Manu in only one\nuniverse, besides other incarnations in different universes. In the spiritual\nworld, however, beyond the mahat-tattva, there is no question of incarnations, but there are plenary expansions of the Lord in the different Vaiku!J.thas. The planets in the spiritual sky are at least three times the number\nof those within the innumerable universes in the mahat-tattva. And all the\nNaraya !J.a forms of the Lord are but expansions of His Vasudeva feature,\nand thus He is Vasudeva, Naraya!J.a and Kr�!la simultaneously. He is \"srikrrrw govinda hare murii.re, he niitha niiriiya[!a viisudeva,\" all in one. His\nqualities, therefore, cannot be counted by anyone, however great one may\nbe.\nTEXT 31\n\niitmiinam ciinusociimi\nbhavantam ciimarottamam\ndeviin pit[n-r:�in siidhun\nsaroiin var[!iims tathii \"sramiin\niitmanam-myself; ca-also; anusocami-lamenting; bhavantam-yourself;\nca-as well as; amara-uttamam-the best amongst the demigods; deviinabout the demigods; pitfn about the denizens of the Pitrloka planet;\n-\n\nnin-about the sages; sadhun-about the devotees; sa rvan-all of them;\nvaqliin- sec tions; tatha-as also; asraman-orders of human society.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI am thinking about myself and also, 0 best amongst the demigods,\nabout yourself, as well as about all the demigods, sages, denizens of the\nPitrloka, devotees of the Lord and all men obedient to the system of var!J.a\nand asrama in human society.\nPURPORT\nTo effect the perfection of human life there is cooperation between\nmen and demigods, sages, denizens of the Pitrloka, devotees of the Lord\n\n", "SB1.3#p0236": "872\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 16\n\nand the scientific system of vaqw and iiSrama orders of life. Distinction of\nhuman life and animal life therefore begins with the scientific system of\nva'?la and iisrama, guided by the experience of the sages in relation with\nthe demigods, gradually rising to the summit of reestablishing our eternal\nrelation with the Supreme Absolute Truth Personality of Godhead Lord\nSri Kr�!J.a. When God-made va'?liisrama-dharma, which is strictly meant for\n\ndeveloping animal consciousness into human consciousness and human\nconsciousness into godly consciousness, is broken by advancement of foolishness, the whole system of peaceful and progressive life is at once disturbed. In the age of Kali, the first attack of the venomous snake is struck\nagainst the God-made va'?liisrama-dharma, and thus a person properly\nqualified as a briihmar-a is called a sudra, and a sudra by qualification\n\nis passing as a briihmar-a, all on a false birthright claim. To become a\nbriihmar-a by a birthright claim is not at all bona fide, although it may be\na fulfillment of one of the conditions. But the real qualification of a\n\nbriihmar-a is to control the mind and the senses, and to cultivate tolerance,\nsimplicity, cleanliness, knowledge, truthfulness, devotion and faith in the\nVedic wisdom. In the present age, consideration of the necessary qualifi­\n\ncation is being neglected, and the false birthright claim is being supported\n\neven by a popular, sophisticated poet and author of Riimacarita-manas.\n\nThis is all due to the influence of the age of Kali. Thus mother earth,\nrepresented as a cow, was lamenting the regrettable condition.\nTEXTS 32-33\n\njffAI(� ill ftN �(ql'fi·tU�-\n\nEfil¥u(ijq: (1¥\\'it{'{ 'ijt'(i'.4d¥qt5t�: 1\nm �·r: (Cii'.t1(1�tdit�ii44 f�\n\n� ¥{�ijS§('fil 11��11\n{f�l(lt&li!tre�••P'��:\n��: (1'4�'tlijift1 I\ntft;w�(\\� aq�;q m�\n� � 1lf oqqlil��{f � II� �II\nbrahmiidayo bahutitham yad-apii:hga-mok�akiimiis-tapaft samacaran bhagavat-prapanniift\nsii sn\"?l sva-viisam aravinda-vanam vihiiya\nyat-piiqa-saubhagam alam bhajate 'nuraktii\n\n", "SB1.3#p0237": "Texts 32-33]\n\nHow Pa�it Received the Age of Kali\n\n873\n\ntasyaham abja-kuliSankusa-ketu-ketail)\nsrimat-padair bhagavatafi. samalank[tangi\ntrin aty aroca up alabhya tato vibhutim\nlokan sa miim vyasr;jad utsmayatzm tadante\nbrahmti-iidayafi.-demigods such as Brahma; b ahut itha m -for many days;\n\nyat -of Lak�mi, the goddess of fortune; aptinga-mok�a-glance of grace;\nktimtifi.-being\n\ndesirous\n\nof;\n\ntapafi.-penances;\n\nsamacaran-executing;\n\nbhagavat -unto the Personality of Godhead; prapannafi.-surrendered; sa­\n\nshe (the goddess of fortune); sn?t-Lak�miJI; s va-vtis am -her own abode;\n\naravinda-vanam-the forest of lotus flowers; vihtiya-leaving aside; yatwhose; ptida-feet;\nb haj ate -worships;\n\nsaubhag am -all-blissful; alam-without hesitation;\nanurok tti-being attached; tas ya-His; aham -myself;\n\nabja-lotus flower; kuliSa-thunderbolt; ankusa-rod for driving elephants;\n\nketu-flag; ketaifi.-impressions; srimat-the owner of all opulence;padaifi.\n-by the soles of the feet; bhagavata�-of the Personality of Godhead;\nsa mal a nkrta-angi-one whose body is so decorated; trin-three;uti-superseding; aroce-beautifully decorated; u pa lab hya-having obtained; tatafi.thereafter; vi bhu tim- specific powers; loktin-planetary systems; safi.-He;\nmam-me; vyasrjat -gave up; utsmayat im- while feeling proud;tadanteat the end.\nTRANSLATION\nLa�miji, the goddess of fortune, whose glance of grace was sought\nby demigods like Brahma and others and for whom they surrendered many\na day unto the Personality of Godhead, gave up her own abode in the\nforest of lotus flowers and engaged herself in the service of the lotus feet\nof the Lord. I was endowed with specific powers to supersede the fortune\nof all the three planetary systems by being decorated with the impressions\nof the flag, thunderbolt, elephant driving rod and lotus flower, which are\nsigns of the lotus feet of the Lord. But at the end, when I felt I was so\nfortunate, the Lord left me.\nPURPORT\nThe beauty and opulence of the world can be enhanced by the grace of\n\nthe Lord and not by any manmade planning. When the Lord Sri Kmta was\n\npresent on this earth, the impressions of the special signs of His lotus feet\n\nwere stamped on the dust, and as a result of this specific grace, the whole\n\nearth was made as perfect as possible. In other words, the rivers, the seas,\nthe forests, the hills and the mines, which are the supplying agents for the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0238": "874\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto l, C h 16\n.\n\nnecessities of men and animals, were fully discharging their respective\nduties. Therefore the riches of the world surpassed all the riches of all\nother planets in the three planetary systems of the universe. One should,\ntherefore, ask that the grace of the Lord always be present on earth so that\nwe may be favored with His causeless mercy and be happy, having all\nnecessities of life. One may ask how we can detain the Supreme Lord on\nthis earth after His mission is fulfilled and He has left this earth for His\nown abode. The answer is that there is no need to detain the Lord. The\nLord, being omnipresent, can be present with us if we want Him at all. By\nHis omnipresence, He can always be with us if we are attached to His\ndevotional service by hearing, chanting, remembering, etc.\nThere is nothing in the world with which the Lord is disconnected. The\nonly thing we must learn is to excavate the source of connection and thus\nbe linked with Him by offenseless service. We can be connected with Him\nby the transcendental sound representation of the Lord. The holy name of\nthe Lord and the Lord Himself are identical, and one who chants the holy\nname of the Lord in an offenseless manner can at once realize that the\nLord is present before him. Even by the vibration of radio sound, we can\npartially realize sound relativity, and by resounding the sound of transcendence we can verily feel the presence of the Lord. In this age, when\neverything is polluted by the contamination of Kali, it is instructed in the\nscriptures and preached by Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu that by chanting\nthe holy name of the Lord, we can at once be free from contamination and\ngradually rise to the status of transcendence and go back to Godhead. The\noffenseless chanter of the holy name of the Lord is as auspicious as the\nLord Himself, and the movement of pure devotees of the Lord all over the\nworld can at once change the troublesome face of the world. Only by the\npropagation of the chanting of the holy name of the Lord can we be\nimmune from all effects of the age of Kali.\nTEXT 34\n\n� � ¥4¥41Rt¥4(¥tlij(tt�i(l(l�f(u0�(1¥4qt�aJ:J�¥46;sa:\n\nm�:�\\-.qa>� q�\nQi41��1.�<+i4¥4NWG>ti( ll�'clll\nyo vai mamiitibharam iisura-varhsa-riijiiiim\nak�auhir.i-satam apiinudad iitmatantra[l\ntviirh du[lstham unapadam iitmani pauru�er-a\nsampiidayan yadu�u ramyam abibhrad an gam\n\n", "SB1.3#p0239": "Text 35)\n\nHow Parilq;it Received the Age of Kali\n\n875\n\nya[l-He who; uai-certainly; mama-mine; atibharam-too burdensome;\n\nasura-uarhsa-unbelievers; riijnam-of the kings; ak§auhi[li-one military\n\ndivision* j satam-hundreds of such divisions; apanudat-extirpated;atma­\n\ntantraft-self-sufficient; tvam-unto you; duftstham-put into difficulty;\n\nunapadam-devoid of strength to stand; iitmani-internal; pauru§epa-by\n\ndint of energy; sampiidayan-for executing;yadu§u-in the Yadu dynasty;\n\nramyam-transcendentally beautiful j abibhrat-accepted;an gam-body.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 personality of religion, I was greatly overburdened by the undue\n\nmilitary phalanx arranged by atheistic kings, and I was relieved by the\ngrace of the Personality of Godhead. Similarly you were also in a distressed\ncondition, weakened by your standing strength, and thus He also incarnated by His internal energy in the family of the Yadus to relieve you.\nPURPORT\nThe asuras want to enjoy a life of sense gratification, even at the cost of\n\nothers' happiness. In order to fulfill this ambition, the asuras, especially\natheistic kings or state executive heads, try to equip themselves with all\n\nkinds of deadly weapons to bring about a war in a peaceful society. They\n\nhave no ambition other than personal aggrandizement, and thus mother\n\nearth feels overburdened by such undue increases of military strength. By\nincrease of the asuric population, those who follow the principles of religion become unhappy, especially the devotees or devas.\n\nOnly in such a situation the Personality of Godhead incarnates to\n\nvanquish the unwanted asuras and to reestablish the true principles of\n\nreligion. This was the mission of Lord Sri Kr�!J.a, and He fulfilled it.\nTEXT 35\n\nCA f(l m m{\n\n�:q..�\n�'WC�Hi�Nd�C3€f�j�:\n� (1'41�'4M�¥41fwt1•d\nu.tltti€1t���eM ff4;::ftC31�i II �'-\\11\n\"'\n\nka va saheta viraham puru§Ottamasya\n\npre mavaloka-rue ira-smita-valgu-jalpailt\n\nsthairyam samanam aharan madhu-manininam\nromotsavo mama yad anghri vitahkitayalt\n\n* An ak�auhirti phalanx consists of\n21,870 chariots, 21,870 elephants, 106,950\ninfantrymen, and 65,600 cavalrymen.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0240": "(Canto l, Ch. 16\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n876\n\nkii-who;\n\ntxi-either;\n\nsaheta-can\n\ntolerate;\n\nviraham-separation;\n\npurn§ottamasya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; premii-loving;\navaloka-glancing; ruc ira-smita- pl easing smile; valgu-jalpa ifl -hearty ap­\n\npeals; st ha iry am-gravity; samiinam-along with passionate wrath; aharat­\n\nconquered; madhu-sweethearts; miinininiim-women such as Satyahhama;\nroma-utsava fl - hair standing on end out of pleasure; mama-:-mine; yat­\n\nwhose; anghri-feet; vi t anki ta yafl-imprinted with.\nTRANSLATION\nWho can, therefore, tolerate the pangs of separation from that\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead? He could conquer the gravity and\n\npassionate wrath of His sweethearts like Satyahhama and others by His\n\nsweet smile of love, pleasing glance and hearty appeals. When He traversed\nmy [earth's] surface, I would he immersed in the dust of His lotus feet\n\nand thus would he sumptuously covered with grass which appeared like\nhairs standing on me out of pleasure.\n\nPURPORT\nThere were chances of separation between the Lord and His thousands\n\nof queens because of the Lord's being absent from home, hut as far as His\nconnection with earth was concerned, the Lord would traverse the earth\n\nwith His lotus feet, and therefore there was no chance of separation. When\n\nthe Lord left the surface of the earth to return to His spiritual abode, the\nearth's feelings of separation were therefore more acute.\nTEXT 36\n\ntayor evam kathayatofl\nprthivi-dharmayos tadii\n\npan\"\"k � in-niima-riija 11ifl\n\npriipta� priicim sarasvatim\n\ntayo ft-hetween them; evam-thus; kathayato{l- engaged in conversation;\n\nprth ivi-earth ; dharmayo�- and the personality of religion; tadii-at that\n\ntime; pan\"\"k §it-King Parik�?it; nii.ma-of the name; riijar§ifl-a saint amongst\n\n", "SB1.3#p0241": "How Panklzit Received the Age of Kali\n\nText 36]\nkings; priiptafl\n\n-\n\narr ived ; priicim\n\n-\n\n877\n\ntlowing towards the East; sarasvatim­\n\nRiver Sarasvati.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the earth and personality of religion were thus engaged in conversation, the saintly King Maharaja Parik!zit reached the shore of the\nSarasvati River, which flowed towards the East.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the First Canto, Sixteenth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"How Pan\"\"k§it Received the\nAge of Kali.\"\n\n", "SB1.3#p0242": "CHAPTER SEVENTEEN\n\nPunishment and Reward of Kali\nTEXT l\n��\n�\n\ntitf� 00 (944¥U•UI� I\n\n(at(� :q � � tqeiSUwt( II � II\nsuta uvaca\n\ntatra go-mithunam raja\n\nhanyamanam anathavat\n\ndar4a-hastam ca vr�alam\n\ndadrse nrpa-liiiichanam\n\nsri suta� uvaca-Sr1 Suta Gosvami said; tatra-thereupon;go-mithunam­\n\na cow and a bull; rajii-the King; hanyamanam-being beaten; aniithavat­\n\nappearing to be bereft of their owner; da(l{ia-hastam-with a club in\n\nhand; ca-also; vr�lam-lower caste siidra; dadrse-observed; nrpa-a king;\nliiichanam-dressed like.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuta Gosvami said: Mter reaching that place, Maharaja Pa�it observed that a lower caste Siidra, dressed like a king, was beating a cow and\na bull with a club, as if they had no owner.\n\nPURPORT\nThe principal sign of the age of Kali is that lower caste sudras, i.e. men\n\nwithout brahminical culture and spiritual initiation, will be dressed like\n\nadministrators or kings, and the principal business of such non-k�atriya\n\nrulers will be to kill the innocent animals, especially the cows and the bulls\n\n879\n\n", "SB1.3#p0243": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n880\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 17\n\nwho shall be unprotected by their masters, the bona fide vai.Syas, or the\nmercantile community. In the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 18.44), it is said that the\nvaisyas are meant to deal in agriculture, cow protection and trade. In the\nage of Kali, the degraded vai.Syas, or the mercantile men, are engaged in\nsupplying cows to slaughterhouses. The k�atriyas are meant to protect the\ncitizens of the state, whereas the vaiSyas are meant to protect the cows\nand bulls and utilize them to produce grains and milk. The cow is meant\nto deliver milk, and the bull is meant to produce grains. But in the age of\nKali, the sudra class of men are in the posts of administrators, and the\ncows and bulls, or the mothers and the fathers, unprotected by the vaiSyas,\nare subjected to the slaughterhouses organized by the sudra administrators.\nTEXT 2\n\nvr�am mrrliila-dhavalam\nmehantam iva bibhyatam\nvepamiinam padaikena\nsidantam sii.dra-tiit;litam\nvr�am- the bull; mrrtiila-dhavalam-as white as a white lotus; mehantamurinating; iva-as if; bibhyatam- being too afraid; vepamiinam-trembling;\npadii ekena-standing on only one leg; sidantam\n\n-\n\nterrified; sii.dra-tiit;litam­\n\nbeing beaten by a sii.dra.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe bull was as white as a white lotus flower. He was terrified of the\nSiidra who was beating him, and he was so afraid that he was standing on\none leg, trembling and urinating.\nPURPORT\nThe next symptom of the age of Kali is that principles of religion,\nwhich are all spotlessly white, like the white lotus flower, will be attacked\nby the uncultured sudm population of the age. They may be descendants\nof briihma[la or k�atriya forefathers, but in the age of Kali, for want of\nsufficient education and culture of Vedic wisdom, such sudra-like popula-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0244": "Text3)\n\nPunishment and Reward of Kali\n\n881\n\ntion will defy the principles of religion, and persons who are religiously\nendowed will be terrified by such men. They will declare themselves as\n\nadhering to no religious principles, and many 'isms' and cults will spring up\n\nin Kali-yuga only to kill the spotless bull of religion. The state will be\n\ndeclared to be secular, or without any particular principle of religion, and\nas\n\na result there will be total indifference to the principles of religion. The\n\ncitizens will be free to act as they like, without respect for siidhu, siistra\n\nand guru. The bull standing on one leg indicates that the principles of\nreligion are gradually diminishing. Even the fragmental existence of reli­\n\ngious· principles will be embarrased by so many obstacles as if in the\n\ntrembling condition of falling down at any time.\n\nTEXT3\n\nt1f l1il \\t� � � UlqiiJC:<tiJ{ I\nf'l�hn��� qqQfic�� 11 � 11\ngiirit ca dharma-dughiirit di:niirit\nbhrsarit sii.dra-padiihatiim\nvivatsiirits iiSru-vadaniim\nk�iimiirit yavasam-icchati:m\ngiim-the cow; ca-also; dharma-dughiim-beneficial because one can\n\ndraw religion from her; di:niim- now rendered poor; bhrsam- distressed;\n\nsii.dra-the lower caste; padiihatiim-beaten on the legs; vivatsiim-without\nany\n\ncalf; iiSru-vadaniim-with tears in her eyes; k�iimiim-very weak;\n\nyavasam-grass; icchati:m-as if desiring to have some grass to eat.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the cow is beneficial because one can draw religious principles from her, she was now rendered poor and calfless. Her legs were\nbeing beaten by a Siidra. There were tears in her eyes, and she was\ndistressed and weak. She was hankering after some grass in the field.\nPURPORT\nThe next symptom of the age of Kali is the distressed condition of the\n\ncow. Milking the cow means drawing the principles of religion in a liquid\n\nform. The great nis and munis would live .only on milk. Srila Sukadeva\n\n", "SB1.3#p0245": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n882\n\n[Canto I, Ch 17\n.\n\nGosvami would go to a householder while he was milking a cow, and he\nwould simply take a little quantity of it for subsistence. Even fifty years\n\nago, no one would deprive a siidhu of a quart or two of milk, and every\n\nhouseholder would give milk like water. For a saniitanist (the follower of\n\nVedic principles) it is the duty of every householder to have cows and\nbulls as household paraphernalia, not only for drinking milk, but also for\n\nderiving religious principles. The saniitanist worships cows on religious\n\nprinciples and respects briihmartas. The cow's milk is required for the\n\nsacrificial fire, and by performing sacrifices the householder can be\nhappy. The cow's calf is not only beautiful to look at, but also gives\nsatisfaction to the cow, and so she delivers as much milk as possible. But\nin the Kali-yuga, the calves are separated from the cow as early as\npossible for purposes which may not be mentioned in these pages of\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam. The cow stands with tears in her eyes, and the\nsiidra milkman draws milk from the cow artificially, and when there is no\n\nmilk the cow is sent to be slaughtered. These greatly sinful acts are\nresponsible for all the troubles in present society. They do not know\nwhat they are doing in the name of economic development. The influence\nof Kali will keep them in the darkness of ignorance, and despite all\nendeavors for peace and prosperity, they must try to see the cows and\nthe bulls happy in all respects. Foolish people do not know how happiness\nis earned by making the cows and bulls happy, but it is a fact by the law\nof nature. Let us take it from the authority of Srimad-Bhiigavatam and\nadopt the principles for the total happiness of humanity.\n\nTEXT4\n\n�\n\n�¥11�(:\n\niN•awf\\(�1 i1R1\n\n¥1J(q<'4R060�f( I\n4.1'11itN6¥1t.: II � II\n\npapraccha ratham arii,Phal)\nkartasvara-paricchadam\nmegha-gambhiraya vaca\nsamaropita-karmukal)\npapraccha\n\n-\n\ninquired ; ratham chariot ; aru{lhal)\n-\n\n-\n\nseated on; kartasvara­\n\ngold; paric chadam embossed with; megha cloud; gambhirayii e xonera\n-\n\nting;\nbow.\n\n-\n\n-\n\n­\n\nviicii-sound; samiiropita well equipped; kiirmukaft-arrows and\n-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0246": "Punishment and Reward of Kali\n\nText 5]\n\n883\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Pan�it, well equipped with arrows and bow and seated on a\ngold embossed chariot, spoke to him [the Siidra] with a deep voice sounding like thunder.\nPURPORT\nAn administrative head or king like Mahara a Pan\"K�it, with full ma estic\n\nj\n\nj\n\nauthority, well equipped with weapons to chastise miscreants, can challenge\nthe agents of the age of Kali . Then only will it he possible to counteract\nthe degraded age. And in the absence of such strong executive heads, there\nis always disruption of tranquility. The elected show bottle executive head,\nas representative of a degraded public, cannot be equal with a strong king\nlike Mahara a Pan\"K�it. The dress or style of royal order does not count. It\n\nj\n\nis one's actions which are counted.\nTEXTS\n\n� tt� � t�el�'l�l'( .ret 1\n�sftr � it&ii4�anf� : II � II\nkas tvarh mac-chara[le loke\nbaliid-dharhsy-abaliin bali:\nnaradevo sivefie[la\nnatavat-karma[liidvija�\nka�-who are; tvam-you; mat-my; sara[le\n\n-\n\nunder protection; loke-in\n\nthis world; baliit-by force; harhsi killing ; abaliin-those who are helpless;\n-\n\nbal\"l-althoug h full of strength; nara-deva�-man-god; asi-appear to be;\nvefie[lU\n\n-\n\nby your dress; natavat- like a theatrical player; karma[lii\n\n-\n\nby deeds;\n\nadvija�-a man not twice-born by culture.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 who are you? You appear to be strong, and yet you dare kill,\nwithin my protection, those who are helpless? By your dress you pose\nyourself to be a godly man [king], but by your deeds you are opposing\nthe principles of the twice-born �atriyas.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0247": "[Canto l, Ch. 17\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n884\n\nPURPORT\nThe brii.hmar-as, k§atriyas and vaisyas are called twice-born because for\nthese higher classes of men there is one birth by parental conjugation and\nthere is another birth of cultural rejuvenation by spiritual initiation from\nthe bona fide ii.cii.rya or spiritual master. So a k§atriya is also twice-born\nlike a brii.hmar-a, and his duty is to give protection to the helpless. The\nk§atriya king is considered to be the representative of God to give\nprotection to the helpless and chastise the miscreants. Whenever there are\nanomalies in this routine work by the administrators, there is an incarnation\nof the Lord to reestablish the principles of a godly kingdom. In the age of\nKali, the poor helpless animals, especially the cows, which are meant to\nreceive all sorts of protection from the administrative heads, are killed\nwithout restriction. Thus the administrative heads, under whose nose such\nthings happen, are so-called\n\nrepresentatives\n\nof\n\nGod. Such powerful\n\nadministrators are rulers of the poor citizens by dress or office only, but\nfactually they are worthless, lower class men without the cultural assets\nof the twice-born. No one can expect justice or equality of treatment from\nonce-born (without spiritual culture) lower class men. Therefore in the age\nof Kali everyone is unhappy due to the maladministration of the state.\nThe modern human society is not twice-born by spiritual culture. Therefore the people's government, by the people who are not twice-born, must\nbe a government of Kali in which everyone is unhappy.\n\nTEXT6\n\nm p1 � tt � t�Am�.., 1\ntUl�S(CI\\Il�l(«ftt'�� II� II\nyas tvarh kr�'!e gate diirarh\nsaha giir-tJiva-dhanvanii\nsocyo 'sy asocyiin rahasi\npraharan vadham arhasi\nyafi,\n\n-\n\non account of; tvam-you rogue; kHTJe-Lord Kr�Qa; gate-having\n\ngone away; diiram-out of sight; saha\n\n-\n\nalong with;gar-t}l\"va-the bow named\n\nGal)�va; dhanvanii-the carrier; socyafi,- culprit; asi- you are considered;\na5ocyan-innocent ; rahasi-in a secluded place; p raharan-beating ; vadhamto be killed; arhasi- deserve.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0248": "Text 7)\n\nPunishment and Reward of Kali\n\n885\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou rogue, do you dare beat an innocent cow because Lord Kr�!la and\nArjuna, the carrier of the G��va bow, are out of sight? Since you are\nbeating the innocent in a secluded place, you are considered a culprit and\ntherefore deserve to be killed.\nPURPORT\nIn a civilization where God is conspicuously banished and there is no\ndevotee warrior like Arjuna, the associates of the age of Kali take advantage\nof this lawless kingdom and arrange to kill innocent animals like the cow\nin secluded slaughterhouses. Such murderers of animals stand to be\ncondemned to death by the order of a pious king like Maharaja Parilqit.\nFor a pious king, the culprit who kills an animal in a secluded place is\npunishable by the death penalty, exactly like a murderer who kills an\ninnocent child in a secluded place.\n\nTEXT 7\n\n� 'f1 t\"ll�lf4q�: �: � � I\n11�01 fit �� � �: qf((41:\\tfi II \\9 II\ntvam vii mrniila-dhavala[l\npiidair n yiina[l padii caran\nvr§a-riipe!la kim kascid\ndevo na[l parikhedayan\ntvam-yourself; vii-either; mrniila-dhavala[l-as white as a lotus; piidai[lof three legs; nyiina[l-being deprived; padii\n\n-\n\non one leg; caran-moving;\n\nvr§a-bull; riipe!la-in the form of; kim-whether; kascit-someone; deva[tdemigod; na[l-us; parikhedayan-causing grief.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen he [Maharaja Par�t) asked the bull: 0, who are you? Are you\na bull as white as a white lotus or demigod? You have lost your three legs\nand are only moving on one. Are you some demigod causing us grief in the\nform of a bull?\n\n", "SB1.3#p0249": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n886\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 17\n\nPURPORT\nAt least up to the time of Maharaja Parik�it, no one could imagine the\nwretched conditions of the cow and the bull. Maharaja Par�it was,\ntherefore, astonished to see such a horrible scene. He inquired, therefore,\nwhether the bull was not a demigod assuming such a wretched condition\nto indicate the future of the cow and the bull.\n\nTEXTS\n\nif � Etfi(�fi:IUi\n\n�qqf{d¥:� I\n�saccij�qRat'{f?fon�snfUiwti �:u � 11\nna ja.tu karuavendraru\"irit\n\ndordar-!la-parirambhite\nbhutale 'nupatanty asmin\nvinii te priir-iniim suca�\nna- not; jiitu- at any time; kauravendriirtiim-of the kings in the Kuru\ndynasty; dordar-�a- strength of arms; parirambhite -protected by; bhu­\n\ntale-on the surface of the earth; anupatanti -grieving; asmin- up till now;\nvinii-save and except; te- you; priir-iniim-of the living being; suca�tears in the eyes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow for the first time in a kingdom well protected by the arms of\n\nthe kings of the Kuru dynasty, I see you grieving with tears in your eyes.\n\nUp till now no one on earth has ever shed tears because of royal negli gence.\nPURPORT\n\nThe protection of the lives of both the human being and the animals is\nthe first and foremost duty of a government. A government must not\ndiscriminate in such principles. It is simply horrible for a purehearted\nsoul to see organized animal killing by the state in this age of Kali.\nMaharaja Parik�it was lamenting for the tears in the eyes of the bull, and\nhe was astonished to see such an unprecedented thing in his good kingdom.\nBoth men and animals were equally protected as far as life was concerned.\nThat is the way in God's kingdom.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0250": "Punishment and Reward of Kali\n\nText9]\n\n887\n\nTEXT9\n\n���IPI?JI\"'il � � � �I\n� (l(l(MC lft� ���II� II\n�\n\nmii saurabheyiitra iuco\nvyetu te vr�aliid bhayam\n\nmii rod\"ir amba bhadrarh te\nkhaliiniirh mayi iiistari\nmii-do not; saurabheya-0 son of Surabhi; atra-in my kingdom;\n\niuca� - lamentation; vyetu-let there be no; te-your; vr�aliit-by the iudra;\nbhaya m-cause\n\nof fear; mii-do not; rodiJ:t- cry; amba-mother cow;\n\nbhadram-all good; te-unto you; khaliiniim-of the envious; mayi-while I\nam living; iiistari-the ruler or subduer.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 son of Surabhi, you need lament no longer now. There is no need\nto fear this low-class siidra. And, 0 mother cow, as long as I am living as\nthe ruler and subduer of all envious men, there is no cause for you to cry.\n\nEverything will be good for you.\n\nPURPORT\nProtection of bulls and cows and all other animals can only be possible\nwhen there is a state ruled by an executive head like Maharaja Parik�it.\nMaharaja Pan\"k�it addresses the cow as mother for he is a cultured twiceborn k�atriya king- Surabhi is the name of the cows which exist in the\n\nspiritual planets and are especially reared by Lord Sri Kr�pa Himself_ As\nmen are made after the form and features of the Supreme Lord, so also\nthe cows are made after the form and features of the surabhi cows in the\nspiritual kingdom. In the material world the human society gives all\nprotection to the human being, but there is no law to protect the descendants of Surabhi who can give all protection to men by supplying the\nmiracle food milk. But Maharaja Parik�it and the Pap�avas were fully\nconscious of the importance of the cow and bull, and they were prepared\nto punish the cow-killer with all chastisement, including death. There has\nsometimes been agitation for the protection of the cow, but for want of\npious executive heads and suitable laws, the cow and the bull are not\n\n", "SB1.3#p0251": "[Canto 1, Ch. 17\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n888\n\ngiven protection. The human society should recognize the importance of\nthe cow and the bull and thus give all protection to these important\nanimals, following in the footsteps of Maharaja Parik�it\n\n.\n\nBy protecting the\n\ncow and brahminical culture, the Lord, who is very kind to the cow and\nthe\n\nbriihmar-as (go-briihmar-a-hitiiya), will be pleased with us and will\n\nbestow upon us real peace.\n\nTEXTS 10-ll\n\n���:��t���m·��-Hu�: 1\n��i(�tfRt ��rWJ: ll�oll\n� � 1fU � Glijliti+uMf9is.(: 1\n�\n\n� � l{��(1�+t(ll��ll\nyasya rii§tre prajii/:t sarviis\ntrasyante siidhvy asiidhubhi/:t\ntasya mattasya nasyanti\nkzrtir iiyur bhago gati/:t\n�§a riijniim paro dharmo\nhy iirtiiniim iirti-nigraha/:t\nata enam vadhi§yiimi\nbhiita-druham asattamam\n\nyasya-one whose; rii§tre- in the state; p rajii/:t -living beings; sarvii/:t- one\nand all; trasyante-are terrified; siidhvi-0 chaste one; asiidhubhi/:t-by the\nmiscreants;\n\ntasya-his; mattasya-of the illusioned; nasyanti- vanishe s;\nkzrti/:t fame; iiyu/:t-duration of life; bhaga/:t-fortune; gati/:t- good rebirth;\ne§a-these are; riijniim- of the kings; parab,-superior; dharmab, occupa\ntion; hi- certainly; iirtiiniim-of the sufferers; iirti-sufferings; nigraha/:tsubdual; ata1;t-therefore; enam-this man; vadhiniimi-I shall kill; bhiitadru ham- revolter against other living beings; asattamam-the most\n-\n\n-\n\n­\n\nwretched.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 chaste one, the king's good name, duration of life and good rebirth\n\nvanish when all kinds of living beings are ter rified by miscreants in his\n\nkingdom. It is certainly the prime duty of the king to subdue first the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0252": "Texts 10-11]\n\nPunishment and Reward of Kali\n\n889\n\nsufferings of those who suffer. Therefore I must kill this most wretched\nman because he is violent against other living beings.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen there is some disturbance caused by wild animals in a village or\ntown, the police or others take action to kill them. Similarly, it is the duty\nof the government to kill at once all bad social elements such as thieves,\ndacoits, murderers, etc. The same punishment is also due to animal-killers\nbecause the animals of the state are also the prajii. Prajii means one who\nhas taken birth in the state and includes both men and animals. Any living\nbeing who takes birth in a state has the primary right to live under the\nprotection of the king. The jungle animals also are subject to the king, and\nthey have a right to live also. So what to speak of domestic animals like\nthe cows and bulls.\nAny living being, if he terrifies other living beings, is a most wretched\nsubject, and the king should at once kill such a disturbing element. As the\nwild animal is killed when it creates disturbances, similarly any man who\nunnecessarily kills or terrifies the jungle animals or other animals must be\npunished at once. By the law of the Supreme Lord, all living beings, in\nwhatsoeyer shape they may be, are the sons of the Lord, and no one has\nany right to kill another animal, unless it is so ordered by the codes of\nnatural law. The tiger can kill a lower animal for his subsistence, but a man\ncannot kill an animal for his subsistence. That is the law of God, who has\ncreated the law that a living being subsists by eating another living being.\nThus the vegetarians are also living by eating other living beings. Therefore,\nthe law is that one should live only by eating specific living beings, as\nordained by the law of God. The Isopan�ad directs that one should live\nby the direction of the Lord and not at one's sweet will . A man can subsist\non varieties of grains, fruits and milk ordained by God, and there is no\nneed of animal food, save and except in particular cases.\nThe illusioned king or the executive head, even though sometimes\nadvertised as a great philosopher and learned scholar, will allow slaughterhouses in the state without knowing that torturing poor animals clears the\nway to hell for such foolish kings or executive heads. The executive head\nalways must be alert to the safety of\"the prajiis, both man and animal, and\ninquire whether a particular living being is harassed at any place by\nanother living being. The harassing living being must at once be caught and\nput to death, as shown by Maharaja PanK�it.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0253": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n890\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 17\n\nThe people's government, or government by the people, should not\nallow killing innocent animals by the sweet will of foolish government\nmen. They must know the codes of God, as mentioned in the revealed\nscriptures. Maharaja Pa�it quotes here that in the codes of God the\nirresponsible king or state executive jeopardizes his good name, duration\nof life, power and strength and ultimately his progressive march towards a\nbetter life or salvation after death. Such foolish men do not even believe\nin existence in the next life.\nWhile commenting on this particular verse, we have in our presence the\nstatement of a great modern politician who has recently died and left his\n\nwill , which discloses his poor fund of knowledge of the codes of God\nmentioned by Maharaja Parik�it. The politician was so ignorant of the\ncodes of God that he writes: \"I do not believe in any such ceremonies and\nto submit to them, even as a matter of form would be hypocrisy and an\nattempt to delude ourselves and others ...I have no religious sentiment in\nthe matter.\"\nContrasting these statements of a great politician in the modern age with\nthat of Maharaja Parik�it, we find a vast difference. Maharaja Pan'\"k�it was\npious according to the scriptural codes, whereas the modern politician\ngoes by his personal belief and sentiments.Any great man of the material\nworld is after all a conditioned soul. He is bound up by his hands and feet\nby the ropes of material nature, and still the foolish conditioned soul\nthinks of himself as free to act by his whimsical sentiments. The conclusion\nis that people in the time of Maharaja Parik�it were happy, and the animals\nwere given proper protection because the executive head was not whimsical\nnor ignorant of God's law. Foolish faithless creatures try to avoid the\nexistence of the Lord and proclaim themselves secular at the cost of\nvaluable human life. The human life is especially meant for knowing the\nscience of God, but foolish creatures, especially in this age of Kali, instead\nof knowing God scientifically, make propaganda against religious belief as\nwell as the existence of God, even though they are always bound by the\nlaws of God by the symptoms of birth, death, old age and disease.\nTEXT 12\n\n�st� (R qli::i�'l � �C: I\n�\\�%«ti��PII�'i1M'li'( II� �II\nko 'vrscat tava piidiims trzn\nsaurabheya catu�-pada\nmii bhiivams tviidrsii rii�tre\n\nriijniim kr§7Jiinuvartiniim\n\n", "SB1.3#p0254": "Punishment and Reward of Kali\n\nText 13)\n\n891\n\nka� who is he; avri cat-cut off; tava-your; padiin-legs; trin-three;\nsaurabheya-0 son of Surabhi; catu [l pada you are four-legged; mii-never\nto be; bhiivan-it so happened; tviidria�-as yourself; rii�(re-in the state;riijfi iim-of the kings; kHTJ a anuvartiniim-those who follow the codes of\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nI<{�Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nHe [Maharaja Par�it] repeatedly addressed and questioned the bull\nthus: 0 son of Surabhi, who has cut off your three legs? In the state of\nthe kings who are obedient to the laws of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Kr��a, there is no one as unhappy as you.\nPURPORT\nThe kings or the executive heads of all states must know the codes of\n\nLord Kr�!la (generally Bhagavad-gitii and Snmad-Bhiigavatam) and must\n\nact accordingly in order to fulfill the mission 'of human life, which is to\nmake an end to all miseries of material conditions. One who knows the\ncodes of Lord Kr�!la can achieve this end without any difficulty. In the\n\nBhagavad-gitii in a synopsis -we can understand the codes of Godhead, and\nin the Snmad-Bhiigavatam the same codes are explained further.\nIn a state where the codes of Kr�!la are followed, no one is unhappy.\nWhere such codes are not followed, the first sign is that three legs of the\n\nrepresentative of religion are cut off, and thereby all miseries follow.\nWhen �I)a was personally present, the codes of Kr11J.la were being followed without question, but in His absence such codes are presented in the\npages of Snmad-Bhiigavatam for the guidance of the blind persons who\nhappen to be at the helm of all affairs.\nTEXT 13\n\n311(&Ctlft !'I lit en m'\\Wfl¥1tR1•1(1 1\n31f�tM�Eikti( �;d ..aMt,OI( II� �II\niikhyiihi vr�a bhadram va�\nsiidhuniim akrtiigasiim\niitma-vairiipya-kartiirarit\npiirthiiniim kirti-du�ar-am\niikhyiihi just let me know; vr�a-0 bull; bhadram-good; vafz -for you;\nsiidhuniim-of the honest; akrta-agasiim-of those who are offenseless;\n-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0255": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n892\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 17\n\niitma-vairupya-deformation of the self; kartiiram-the doer; piirthiiniimof the sons of Prtha; kirti-du�ar;wm-blackmailing the reputation.\n\nTltANSLATION\n0 bull, you are offenseless and thoroughly honest; therefore I wish\n\nall good to you. Please tell me of the perpetrator of these mutilations\n\nwhich blackmail the reputation of the sons of IJrtha.\n\nPURPORT\nThe reputation of the reign of Maharaja Ramacandra and that of the\nkings who followed in the footsteps of Maharaja Ramacandra, like the\n\nPap9avas and their descendants, are never to be forgotten because in their\n\nkingdom offenseless and honest living beings were never in trouble. The\n\nbull and the cow are the symbols of the most offenseless living beings\n\nbecause even the stool and urine of these animals are utilized to benefit\n\nhuman society. The descendants of the sons of Pftha, like Maharaja\n\nParik�it and others, were afraid of losing their reputations, but in the\n\nmodern days they are not even afraid of killing such offenseless animals.\n\nHerein lies the difference between the reign of those pious kings and the\n\nmodern states ruled by irresponsible ex:ecutive heads without knowledge\n\nin the codes of God.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�s•u•r�tf � ��� q� 1\n� � �l(ttl14>'l� P II� \\lll\njane 'niigasy agham yunjan\n\nsarvato 'sya ca mad-bhayam\n\nsiidhuniim bhadram eva syiid\nasiidhu-damane krte\n\njane-to the living beings; aniigasi-those who are offenseless; aghamsufferings; yunjan-by applying; sarvata[l-anywhere and everywhere;\n\nasya-of such offenders; ca-and; mat-bhayam-fear me; siidhuniim- of the\nhonest persons; bhadram-good fortune; eva-certainly; syiit-will take\nplace; asiidhu-dishonest miscreants; damane-curbed down; krte-being so\ndone.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0256": "Text 15)\n\nPunishment and Reward of Kali\n\n893\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhoever causes offenseless living beings to suffer must fear me anywhere and everywhere in the world. By curbing dishonest miscreants, one\nautomatically benefits the offenseless.\nPURPORT\nDishonest miscreants flourish because of cowardly and impotent executive heads of state. But when such executive heads are strong enough to\ncurb all sorts of dishonest miscreants, in any part of the state, certainly\nthey cannot flourish. When the miscreants are punished in an exemplary\nmanner, automatically all good fortune follows. As said before, it is the\nprime duty of the king or the executive head to give protection in all\nrespects to the peaceful offenseless citizens of the state. The devotees of\nthe Lord are by nature peaceful and offenseless, and therefore it is the\nprime duty of the state to arrange to convert everyone to become a devotee\nof the Lord, and thus automatically there will be peaceful offenseless\ncitizens. Then the only duty of the king will be to curb the dishonest\nmiscreants. That will bring about peace and harmony all over human\nsociety.\nTEXT 15\n\n'3J'U� � � atl•l%f4C(pt : I\n31i(ijl���l1('4�1fq QlfG:¥( ����II\naniigafl.Sv iha bhii.tefiu\nya iigaskrn nirankusafi.\niihartiismi bhujarh siikfiiid\namartyasyiipi siingadam\naniigafi,su iha- to the offenseless; bh ii.t efi u- living beings;yaf!.- the person;\nco mmi ts offense; nirankusafi,- upstart; iiharta asmi-l shall bring\nforth; bhujam- arms; siikfiiit- dire c tly; amartyasya api-even one who is a\ndemigod; siingadam-with decorations and armor.\n\niigaskrt\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAn upstart living being who commits offenses by torturing those who\nare offenseless shall be directly uprooted by me, even though he be a\ndenizen of heaven with armor and decorations.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0257": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n894\n\n[Canto 1, Ch_ 17\n\nPURPORT\nThe denizens of the heavenly kingdom are called amaras, or deathless,\ndue to their possessing a long span of life, far greater than that of the\nhuman beings. For a human being, who has only a maximum one hundred\nyear duration of life, a span of life spreading over millions of years is\ncertainly considered to be deathless. For example, from the Bhagavad-gitii\nwe learn that on the Brahmaloka planet, the duration of one day is calculated to be 4,300,000 x 1,000 solar years. Similarly, in other heavenly\nplanets one day is calculated to be six months of this planet, and they\nget a life of ten million of their years. Therefore, in all higher planets,\nsince the span of life is far greater than that of the human being, the\ndenizens are called deathless by imagination, although actually no one\nwithin the material universe is deathless.\n\n·\n\nMaharaja Pan\"\"k�it challenges even such denizens of heaven if they torture the offenseless. This means that the state executive head must be as\nstrong as Maharaja Pa�it so that he may be determined to punish the\nstrongest offenders. It should be the principle of a state executive head\nthat the offender of the codes of God is always punished.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n00 ft q00 �: ��I3'4RJSWC( I\n'lijffls;:ql;s: :qql\\l(l'lwtlqQ�qqlfwt' II� �II\n\\:I\n\nriijno hi paramo dharma[l\nsva-dharma-s thii nupiilanam\nSiisato 'nyiin yathii-siistram\naniipady utpathiin iha\nriijna[l.-of the king or the executive head; hi-certainly; parama[l.supreme; dharma[!.-occupational duty; sva-dharma-stha-one who is faith­\n\n- giving protection always; siisata[l.- others; yathii- accordingly Siistram-rulings of\nscriptures; aniipadi - withou t danger; utpathiin - persons going astray; ihaful to his prescribed duty; anupiilanam\n\nwhile ruling over; anyiin\n\n;\n\nas a matter of fact.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is the supreme duty of the ruling king to give all protection to\nlaw-abiding persons and to chastise those who stray from the ordinances\nof the scriptures in ordinary times, when there is no emergency.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0258": "Text 17)\n\nPunishment and Reward of Kali\n\n895\n\nPURPORT\nIn the scriptures there is mention of iipad-dharma, or occupational duty\nat times of extraordinary happenings. It is said sometimes that the great\nsage Visvamitra had to live on the flesh of dogs in some extraordinary\ndangerous position. In cases of emergency, one may he allowed to live on\nthe flesh of animals of all description, hut that does not mean that there\nshould he regular slaughterhouses to feed the animal eaters and that this\nsystem should he encouraged by the state. No one should try to live on\nflesh in ordinary times simply for the sake of the palate. If anyone does\nso, the king or the executive head should punish him for gross enjoyment.\nThere are regular scriptural injunctions for different persons engaged\nin different occupational duties, and one who follows them is called\nsva-dharma-stha, or faithful in one's prescribed duties. In the Bhagavadgitii also (Bg. 18.48) it is advised that one should not give up his occupational prescribed ·d uties, even if they are not always flawless. Such svadharma might he violated in cases of emergency, if one is forced by\ncircumstances, hut they cannot he violated in the ordinary times. The\nstate executive head is to see that such sva-dharma is not changed by the\nfollower, whatever it may he, and he should give all protection to the\nfollower of sva-dharma. The violater is subject to punishment in terms of\nthe siistra, and it is the duty of the king to see that everyone strictly\nfollows his occupational duty, as prescribed in the scripture.\n\nTEXT 17\n,.\n'l:fJ1 \\ro'if\n\n� �: q1o:g��li1i �\"ffi'l�tq \": I\n\nim �: PJlt a:1�li1.1 tt•lii�IW{ �:II� \\911\ndharma uviica\netad va[t piir-t)aveyiiniim\nyuktam iirtiibhayam vaca[t\nye�iim gur-a-gar-aift kr§TJ.O\ndautyiidau bhagaviin krta[t\n\ndharma[�, uviica- the personality of religion said; etat-all these; va[t- by\nyou; piir-t)aveyiiniim-of those who are in the Parp;lava dynasty; yukta mjust befitting; iirta- the sufferer; abhayam-freedom from all fears; vaca[lspeeches; ye�iim-those; gur-a-gar-ai[t-by the qualifications; kr§TJ.aft-even\n\n", "SB1.3#p0259": "896\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 17\n\nLord K.f�qa; dautya-iidau- the duty of a messenger, etc.; b hagaviin the\nPersonality of Godhead; krta�-performed.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe personality of religion said: These wordsjust spoken by you befit\n\na person of the Pa��ava dynasty. Captivated by the devotional qualities\nof the Pa��avas, even Lord Kr�a, the Personality of Godhead, performed\nduties as a messenger.\n\nPU RPORT\n\nThe assurances and challenges made by Mahara.ja Parik�it are never\nexaggerations of his real power. The Maharaja said that even the denizens\nof heaven could not escape his stringent government if they were violators\nof religious principles. He was not proud falsely because a devotee of the\nLord is equally or sometimes more powerful than the Lord by His grace,\nand any promise made by a devotee, though it may be ordinarily very\ndifficult to fulfill, is properly executed by the grace of the Lord. The\nP��avas, by their unalloyed devotional service and full surrender unto\nthe Lord, made it possible for the Lord to become a chariot driver or\nsometimes their letter messenger. Such duties executed by the Lord for\nHis devotee are always very pleasing to the Lord because the Lord wants\nto render service to His unalloyed devotee whose life has no other engagement than to serve the Lord with full love and devotion. Maharaja Par�it,\ngrandson of Arjuna, the celebrated friendly servitor of the Lord, was a\npure devotee of the Lord like his grandfather, and therefore the Lord was\nalways with him, even from the time when he was helplessly lying in the\nwomb of his mother and was attacked by the blazing Brahmiistra weapon\nof A.Svatthama. A devotee is always under the protection of the Lord, and\ntherefore the assurance of protection by Maharaja Pan\"\"kl?it could never be\nwithout meaning. The personality of religion accepted this fact and thus\nthanked the King for his being true to his exalted position.\nTEXT 18\n\n", "SB1.3#p0260": "Text 18]\n\nPunishment and Reward of Kali\n\n897\n\nna vayam klesa-bljiini\nyatal) syul) puru§ar§abha\npuru§arh tam vijiinimo\nviikya-bheda-vimohjtiil)\nna-not; vayam-we; klesa-bijiini-the root cause of sufferings; yatal)wherefrom; syufl-it so happens; puru�a-r�abha-0 greatest of all human\nbeings; puru§am-the person; tam-that; vijiinima�-know; viikya-bhedadifference of opinion; vimohitii�-bewildered by.\nTRANSLATION\n0 greatest among human beings, it is very difficult to ascertain the\nparticular miscreant who has caused our sufferings because we are bewildered by all the different opinions of theoretical philosophers.\nPURPORT\nThere are many theoretical philosophers in the world who put forward\ntheir own theory of cause and effect especially about the cause of suffering\nand its effect on different living beings. Generally there are six great\nphilosophers: Ka�iida, the author of Vais�ika philosophy; Gautama, the\nauthor of logic; Pataiijali, the author of mystic yoga; Kapila, the author\nof Sankhya philosophy; Jaimini, the author of Karma-mimiirilsa; and\nVyasadeva, the author of Vedanta Darsana.\nAlthough the bull, or the personality of religion, and the cow, the\npersonality of the earth, knew perfectly well that the personality of Kali\nwas the direct cause of their sufferings, still, as devotees of the Lord, they\nknew well also that without the sanction of the Lord no one could inflict\ntrouble upon them. According to the Padma Puriirw, our present trouble\nis due to the fructifying of seedling sins, but even those seedling sins also\ngradually fade away by execution of pure devotional service. Thus even if\nthe devotees see the mischiefmongers, they do not accuse them for the\nsufferings inflicted. They take it for granted that the mischiefmonger is\nmade to act by some indirect cause, and therefore they tolerate the\nsufferings, thinking them to be God-given in small doses only, otherwise\nthe sufferings should have been greater.\nMaharaja Parilu}it wanted to get a statement of accusation against the\ndirect mischief monger, but they declined to give it on the above-mentioned\n\n", "SB1.3#p0261": "[Canto I, Ch. 17\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n898\n\ngrounds. Speculative philosophers, however, do not recognize the sanction\nof the Lord, but they try to find out the cause of sufferings in their own\nway, as will be described in the following verses. According to Snla Jiva\n\nGosvii:ml, such speculators are themselves bewildered, and thus they cannot\n\nknow that the ultimate cause of all causes is the Supreme Lord, the\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n� M$Nq('(\"fl 311\\(l�+tl\"'ll'R'R! I\n��s� � � �������\nkecid vikalpa-vasanii\niihur iitmiinam iitmanal;t\ndaivam anye pare karma\nsvabhiivam apare prabhum\nkecit-some of them; vikalpa-vasaniil;t-those who deny all kinds of\nduality; iihul;t- declare; iitmiinam- own self; iitmanal;t-of the self; daivamsuperhuman;\n\nanye-others;\n\napare-someone\n\nelse;\n\nkarma-activity;\n\nsvabhiivam- material nature; apare-many other; p ra bhum-authorities\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSome of the philosophers, who deny all sorts of duality, declare that\n\none's own self is responsible for his personal happiness and distress. Others\n\nsay that superhuman powers are responsible, while yet others say that\n\nactivity is responsible, and the gross materialists maintain that nature is\nthe ultimate cause.\nPURPORT\n\nAs referred to above, philosophers like Jaimini and his followers establish that fruitive activity is the root cause of all distress and happiness, and\neven if there is a superior authority, some superhuman powerful God or\ngods, He or they are also under the influence of fruitive activity because\nthey reward result according to one's action, and action is not independent\nbecause action is performed by some performer; therefore the performer\nhimself is the cause of his own happiness or distress. In the Bhagavad-gitii\n\n", "SB1.3#p0262": "Punishment and Reward of Kali\n\nText 20)\n\n899\n\nalso it is confirmed (Bg. 6.5) that by one's mind, freed from material\naffection, one can deliver himself from the sufferings of material pangs.\nSo one should not entangle oneself in matter by the mind's material\naffections. Thus one's own mind is one's friend or enemy in one's material\nhappiness and distress.\nAtheistic materialistic Sankhyaites conclude that material nature is the\ncause of all causes. According to them, combinations of material e lements\nare the causes of material happiness and distress, and disintegration of\nmatter is the cause of freedom from all material pangs. Gautama and\nKa�ada find out that the atomic combination is the cause of everything,\nand impersonalists like Al!tavarkra discover that the spiritual effulgence of\nBrahman is the cause of all causes. But in the Bhagavad-gita the Lord\nHimself declares that He is the source of impersonal Brahman also, and\ntherefore He, the Personality of Godhead, is the ultimate cause of all\ncauses. It is also confirmed in the Brahma-sarhhita that Lord Kr��a is the\nultimate cause of all causes.\nTEXT 20\n\n3(S\\ij'Hi-G>M�·RJ� � Rf�Ft: I\n31SII� � � ((1¥4\"1l't�l ll�oll\napratarkyiid anirdesyiid\niti ke�v api niScaya{l.\natriinuruparh riijar§e\nvimrsa sva-mani�ayii\n\nr\n- someone ; api - also; niscaya{l.-definitely concluded; atra-he ein; anu m pam - which of them is right; riijar§e-0\n\napratarkyiit-beyond the power of reasoning; ani desyiit-beyond the\n\npower of thinking; iti-thus; ke�u\nr\n\nsage\n\namongst\n\nthe\n\nkings; vi mrsa-judge\n\nman l§ayii- power of intelligence.\n\nyourself;\n\nsva-by\n\nyour own;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere are also some thinkers who believe that no one can ascertain\nthe cause of distress by argumentation, nor can one know it by imagina·\ntion, nor can it be expressed by words. 0 sage amongst kings, judge for\nyourself by thinking over all this with your own intelligence.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0263": "900\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch.. l7\n\nPURPORT\nThe Vai�v.avites or the devotees of the Lord do believe, as above ex­\n\nplained, that nothing can take place without the sanction of the Supreme\nLord. He is the supreme director, for He confirms in the Bhagavad-gitii\n(Bg. 15.15) that He, as all-pervading Paramatma, stays in each and every­\n\none's heart and keeps vigilance over all actions and witnesses all activities.\n\nThe argument of the atheist that one cannot be punished for one's misdeeds, unless proved before a qualified justice, is refuted herein, for we\n\naccept the perpetual witness and constant companion of the living being.\n\nA living being may forget all that he might have done in his past or present\n\nlife, but one must know that in the same tree of the material body, the\n\nindividual soul and the Supreme Soul as Paramatma are sitting like two\nbirds. One of them, the living being, is enjoying1 the fruits of the tree,\n\nwhereas the Supreme Being is there to witness the activities. Therefore the\n\nParamatma feature or the Supreme Soul is actually the witness of all\n\nactivities of the living being, and by His direction only the living being can\n\nremember or forget what he might have done in the past. He is, therefore,\n\nboth the all-pervading impersonal Brahman and the localized Paramatma\n\nin everyone's heart. He is the knower of all past, present and future, and\n\nnothing can be concealed from Him. The devotees know this truth, and\ntherefore they discharge their duties sincerely, without being overly\n\nanxious for rewards. Besides that, one cannot estimate the Lord's reactions\n\neither by speculation or by scholarship. Why does He put some into\n\ndifficulty and not others? He is the supreme knower of the Vedic know­\n\nledge, and thus He is the factual Vedantist. At the same time He is the\n\ncompiler of the Vedanta. No one is independent of Him, and everyone is\nengaged in His service in different ways. In the conditioned state, such\n\nservices are rendered by the living being under force by the material nature,\n\nwhereas in the liberated state the living being is helped by the spiritual\nnature in the voluntary loving service of the Lord. There is no incongruity\nor inebriety in His actions. All are on the path of Absolute Truth.\n\nBhl�madeva correctly estimated the inconceivable actions of the Lord.\n\nThe conclusion is, therefore, that the sufferings of the representative of\nreligion and the representative of the earth, as present before Maharaja\n\nPankJ?it, are planned in order to prove that Maharaja Pa�it was the ideal\nexecutive head, for he knew well how to give protection to the cows (the\n\nearth) and the briihma!las (religious principles), the two pillars of spiritual\n\nadvancement. Everyone is under the full control of the Lord_ He is quite\ncorrect in His action when He desires something to be done by someone,\n\nirrespective of the consideration of the particular case. Maharaja PankJ?it\n\n", "SB1.3#p0264": "Text 22)\n\nPunishment and Reward of Kali\n\n901\n\nwas thus put to test for his greatness. Now let us see how he solves it by\nhis sagacious mind.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n��\n\n� d � � �... ll:;ii(1'EI+m I\n(1+uf'-ijwt +r.m1 �: �� �II�� II\nsiita uviica\nevam dharme p ravadati\nsa samraf} dvija-sattamiifl\nsamiihitena manasii\nvikhedafl paryaca�ta tam\nsiitafl uviica- Su ta Gosvam! said; evam- so; dharme-the personality of\n\n-\n\nreligion; p ravadati- thus having spoken; safl he ;\n\namriit -the Emperor;\n\ns\n\ndvija-sattamiifl-0 best among the briihmaras; samiihite na-with proper\nattention;\n\nmanasii- by\n\nthe\n\nmind;\n\nvikhedafl- without\n\nany\n\nmistake;\n\nparyaca�ta- coun terreplied; tam-unto him.\nTRANSLATION\nSuta Gosvami\n\nsaid:\n\n0\n\nbest amongst the brahmaJ)as, the Emperor\n\nP�it, thus hearing the personality of religion speak, was fully satisfied,\nand without mistake or regret he gave his reply.\nPURPORT\nThe statement of the bull, the personality of religion, was full of\nphilosophy and �nowledge, and the King was satisfied, since he could\nunderstand that the suffering bull was not an ordinary one. Unless one is\nperfectly conversant with the law of the Supreme Lord, one cannot speak\nsuch things touching p hilosophical truths. The Emperor, being also on an\nequal level of sagacity, replied to tlw point, without doubts or mistakes.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n<l:fitijf'\\!1\n�JiiftA ���I\n�: � fi.-Eiif®rA �������\n\n", "SB1.3#p0265": "902\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 17\n\nrajoviica\ndharmam brav�i dharma-jna\ndharmo 'si vr�a- riipa-dhrk\nyad adharma-krtafl sthiinam\nsucakasyiipi tad bhavet\nriijii uviica-the King said; dharmam - religiosi ty;brav�i - as you speak;\ndharma-jna - like one who knows the codes of religion; dharmafl- the\npersonality of religion; asi- you are; vr�a-rupa-dhrk-in the disguise of a\nbull; yat-whatever; adharma-krtafl-one who acts irreligiously; sthiinamplace; sucakasya-of the identifier;api- also;tat- that;bhavet- becomes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King said: 0 you, who are in the form of a hull! You know the\ntruth of religion, and you are speaking on the principles that if one knows\nthe location of irreligious acts, one will know the perpetrator. You are no\nother than the personality of religion.\n\nPURPORT\nA devotee's conclusion is that no one is directly responsible to become\na benefactor or mischiefmonger without the sanction of the Lord; therefore he does not consider anyone to be directly responsible for such\naction. But in both the cases he takes it for granted that either benefit or\nloss is God-sent, and thus it is His grace. In case of benefit, no one will\ndeny it is God-sent, but in case of loss or reverses it becomes doubtful how\nthe Lord could be so unkind to His devotee as to put him in great difficulty. Jesus Christ was seemingly put into such great difficulty, being\ncrucified by the ignorant, but he was never angry at the mischiefmongers.\nThat is the way of accepting a thing, either favorable or unfavorable. Thus\nfor a devotee the identifier is equally a sinner, like the mischiefmonger.\nBy God's grace, the devotee tolerates all reverses, and Maharaja Pa�it\nobserved this, and therefore he could understand that the bull was no\nother than the personality of religion himself. In other words, a devotee\nhas no suffering at all because so-called suffering is also God's grace for a\ndevotee who sees God in everything. They never placed any complaint\nbefore the King for being tortured by the personality of Kali, although\neveryone lodges such complaints before the state authorities. The extraordinary behavior of the bull made the King conclude that the bull was\n\n", "SB1.3#p0266": "Text 23)\n\n903\n\nPunishment and Reward of Kali\n\ncertainly the personality of religion, otherwise no one could understand\nthe finer intricacies of the codes of religion.\nTEXT 23\n\nSl1m\n\n\\Etid�•�• � •a�(ino;cu 1\n� �.mq \\(61wtlfitkt �: ����II\nathavii deva-miiyii.yii.\nniinarh gatir agocarii.\ncetaso vacasas cii.pi\nbhutiiniim iti niScaya�\n\nathavii.-alternatively; deva-the Lord; m iiyiiyii�-energies; nuna m\nlittle; gati�-movement; agocarii\n\n-\n\n-\n\nvery\n\ninconceivable; cetasa�-either by the\n\nmind; vacasa�-by words; ca-or; api-also; bhiitiiniim- of aU living beings;\niti- thus; niScaya�\n\n-\n\nconcluded.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus it is concluded that the Lord's energies are inconceivable. No\none can estimate them by mental speculation or by word jugglery.\nPURPORT\nA question may be raised\n\nas\n\nto why a devotee should refrain from\n\nidentifying an actor, although he knows definitely that the Lord is the\nultimate doer of everything. Knowing the ultimate doer, one should not\npose himself as ignorant of the actual performer. To answer this doubt,\nthe reply is that the Lord is also not directly responsible because everything\nis done by His deputed miiyii-sakti, or material energy. The material\nenergy is always provoking doubts about the supreme authority of the\nLord. The personality of religion knew perfectly well that nothing can\ntake place without the sanction of the Supreme Lord, and still he was put\ninto doubts by the deluding energy, and thus he refrained from mentioning the supreme cause. This doubtfulness was due to the contamination of both Kali and the material energy. The whole atmosphere of the\nage of Kali is magnified by the deluding energy, and the proportion of\nmeasurement is inexplicable.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0267": "904\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�cr.�� (1�f'IM qm: � i(n: I\n�l��� ll«t! ��HIFIG\\(64 ll �'flU\ntapa[!. saucarit daya satyam\niti padiifl. krte krta'{l.\nadharmaritsais trayo bhagna[l.\nsmaya-sanga-madais tava\ntapafi,-austerity; saucam-cleanliness; daya-mercy; satyam-truthful­\n\nness; iti-thus; padafi.-legs; krte-in the age of Satya; krta[!.-established;\nadharma- irreligiosity; aritsai[l.-by the parts; trayafi.-three combined;\nbhagna[l.-broken;smaya-pride; sanga-too much association with women;\nmadai[!.-intoxication; tava-your.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the age of Satya [tru thfulness] your four legs were established by\nthe four principles of austerity, cleanliness, mercy and truthfulness. But it\nappears that three of your legs are broken due to rampant irreligion in the\nform of pride, lust for women, and intoxication.\nPURPORT\nThe deluding energy, or material nature, can act upon the living beings\nproportionately in terms of the living beings' falling prey to the deluding\nattraction of miiyii. Moths are captivated by the glaring brightness of\nlight, and thus they become a prey to the fire. Similarly, the deluding\nenergy is always captivating the conditioned souls to become a prey to\nthe fire of delusion, and the Vedic scriptures warn the conditioned souls\nnot to become a prey to delusion but to get rid of it. The Vedas warn us\nnot to go to the darkness of ignorance but to the progressive path of\nlight. The Lord Himself also warns that the deluding power of material\nenergy is too powerful to overcome, but one who completely surrenders\nunto the Lord can easily do so. But to surrender unto the lotus feet of the\nLO£d is also not very easy. Such surrender is possible by persons of\nausterity, cleanliness, mercy and truthfulness. These four principles of\nadvanced civilization were remarkable features in the age of Satya. In that\nage, every human being was practically a qualified briihma[la of the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0268": "Text 25)\n\n905\n\nPunishment and Reward of Kali\n\nhighest order, and in the social orders of life they were all paramaharhsas,\nor the topmost in the renounced order. By cultural standing, the human\nbeings were not at all subjected to the deluding energy. Such strong men\nof character were competent enough to get away from the clutches of\n\nmiiyii. But gradually, and as the basic principles of brahminical culture,\n\nnamely austerity, cleanliness, mercy and truthfulness, became curtailed\nby proportionate development of pride, attachment for women and\nintoxication, the path of salvation or the path of transcendental bliss\nretreated far, far away from the human society. With the progression of\nthe age of Kali, people are becoming very proud, and attached to women\nand intoxication. By the influence of the age of Kali, even a pauper is\nproud of his penny, the women are always dressed in an overly attractive\nfashion to victimize the minds of men, and the man is addicted to\ndrinking wine, smoking, drinking tea and chewing tobacco, etc. All these\nhabits, or so-called advancement of civilization, are the root causes of all\nirreligiosities, and therefore it is not possible to check corruption, bribery\nand nepotism. Man cannot check all these evils simply by statutory acts\nand police vigilance, but he can cure the disease of the mind by the\nproper medicine, namely advocating the principles of brahminical culture\nor the principles of austerity, cleanliness, mercy and truthfulness. Modern\ncivilization and economic development are creating a new situation of\npoverty and scarcity with the result of blackmailing the consumer's\ncommodities. If the leaders and the rich men of the society spend fifty\npercent of their accumulated wealth mercifully for the misled mass of\npeople and educate them in God consciousness or in the knowledge of\n\nBhiigavatam, certainly the age of Kali will be defeated in its attempt to\nentrap the conditioned souls. We must always remember that false pride,\nor too high an estimation of one's own values of life, undue attachment\nto women or association with them, and intoxication will divert the\nhuman civilization from the path of peace, however much the people\nclamor\n\nfor peace in the world.\n\nThe\n\npreaching\n\nof the\n\nBhiigavatam\n\nprinciples will automatically render all men practiced to austerity, clean\nboth inside and outside, merciful to the suffering, and truthful in daily\nbehavior. That is the way of correcting the flaws of human society which\nare very prominently exhibited at the present moment.\nTEXT 25\n\nro;ff � � � f.l��q�: I\n� f41t��\\iftUS4¥tia�l\\«r: �: ����II\n\n", "SB1.3#p0269": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n906\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 17\n\nidiinim dharma piidas te\nsatyam nirvartayed yata�\ntam jighrk�aty adharmo 'yam\nanrtenaidhita� kali�\nidiinim-at the present moment; dharma-0 personality of religion;\npiidalt-legs; te-of you; satyam-truthfulness; nirvartayet-hobbling along\nsomehow\n\nor\n\nother;\n\nyatalt-whereby;\n\ntam-that; jighr k �ati-trying\n\nto\n\ndestroy; adharmalt-the personality of irreligion; ayam-this; anrtena-by\ndeceit; edhita lt- flourishing; kalilt-quarrel personified.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou are now standing on one leg only, which is your truthfulness, and\n\nyou are somehow or other hobbling along. But quarrel personified [ Kali],\n\nflourishing by deceit, is also trying to destroy that leg.\n\nPURPORT\nThe principles of religion do not stand on some dogmas or manmade\nformulas, but they stand on four primary regulative observances, namely\nausterity, cleanliness, mercy and truthfulness. The mass of people must be\neducated to practice these principles from childhood. Austerity means to\naccept voluntarily things which may not be very comfortable for the body\nbut are conducive for spiritual realization, for example, fasting. Fasting\ntwice or four times a month is a sort of austerity which may be voluntarily\naccepted for spiritual realization only, and not for any other purposes,\npolitical or otherwise. Fastings which are not meant for self-realization\nbut for some other purposes are condemned in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 17.\n56). Similarly, cleanliness is necessary both for the mind and the body.\nSimply bodily cleanliness may help to some extent, but cleanliness of the\nmind is necessary, and it is effected by glorifying the Supreme Lord. No\none can cleanse the accumulated mental dust without glorifying the Supreme Lord. A godless civilization cannot cleanse the mind because it has\nno idea of God, and for this simple .reason people under such a civilization\ncannot have good qualifications, however they may be materially equipped.\nWe have to see things by their resultant action. The resultant action of\nhuman civilization in the age of Kali is dissatisfaction, so everyone is\nanxious to get peace of mind. This peace of mind was complete in the Satya\nAge because of the existence of the above-mentioned attributes of the\nhuman being. Gradually these attributes have diminished in the Treta-yuga\n\n", "SB1.3#p0270": "Text 27]\n\nPunishment and Reward of Kali\n\n907\n\nto three fourths, in the Dviipara to half, and in this age of Kali they are\ndiminished to one fourth, which is also gradually diminishing on account\nof prevailing untruthfulness. By pride, either artificial or real, the resultant\naction of austerity is spoiled; by too much affection for female association,\ncleanliness is spoiled; b y too much addiction to intoxication, mercifulness\n\nis spoiled; and by too much lying propaganda, truthfulness is spoiled. The\nrevival of Bhiigavata-dharma can save the human civilization from falling\na prey to evils of all description.\nTEXT 26\n\n� � i{fll� ;::q•Ri� m 1\n.ijlij(J:�(riH�: �: tij4i1ijctil ������\niyam ca bhiimir bhagavatii\nnyiisitoru-bharii sat!:\nsr\"imadbhis tat-padanyiisaibsarvatab- krta-kautukii\niyam\n\n-\n\nthis; ca-and; bh ii mi � - surface of the earth; bhagavatii-by the\n\nPersonality of Godhead; nyiisita\n\n-\n\nbeing performed personally as well as by\n\nothers; urn-great; bharii-burden; sat!:- being so done; sr\"imadbhib--by the\nall-auspicious; tat-that; pada nyiisaib--footprints; sarvatab--all\n\naround;\n\nkrta-done; kautukii-good fortune.\nTRANSLATION\nThe burden of the earth was certainly diminished by the Personality\nof Godhead and by others as well. When He was present as an incarnation,\n\nall good was performed because of His auspicious footprints.\nTEXT 27\n\n� � �i\\(l�ijlijfl I\n\n3UUAo:ql tqo�'II'SU: ��� 'ltflffif·l�\\91\nsocaty asru-kalii siidhv\"i\ndurbhagevojjhitii sat!:\nabrahmaJJyii nrpa-vyiijiibsiidrii bhok�yanti miim iti\n\n", "SB1.3#p0271": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n908\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 17\n\nsoc ati-lamenting; asru-kalii--with tears in the eyes; siidhvz-the chaste;\n\ndurbhagii-as if the most unfortunate; iva-like; iijjhitii-forlorn; sati being\n-\n\nso done; abrah ma!lyii[l\n\n-\n\ndevoid of brahminical culture; nrpa vyiijii[l\n-\n\nas the ruler; siidriilz-lower class; bhok�yanti-would enjoy; miim\n\n-\n\n-\n\nposed\n\nme; iti­\n\nthus.\nTRANSLATION\nNow she, the chaste one, being unfortunately forsaken, as it were,\n\nby the Personality of Godhead, laments her future with tears in her eyes,\n\nfor n ow she is being ruled and enjoyed by lower class men who pose as\nrulers.\n\nPURPORT\nThe k§atriya, or the man who is qualified to protect the sufferers, is\nmeant to rule the state. Untrained lower class men, or men without\nambition to protect the sufferers, cannot be placed on the seat of an\nadministrator. Unfortunately, in the age of Kali the lower class men,\nwithout training, occupy the post of a ruler by strength of popular\nvotes, and instead of protecting the sufferers, such men create a situation\nquite intolerable for everyone. Such rulers illegally gratify themselves at\nthe cost of all comforts of the citizens, and thus the chaste mother earth\ncries to see the pitiable condition of her sons, both men and anim als. That\nis the future of the world in the age of Kali when irreligiosity prevails\nmost prominently. And in the absence of a suitable king to curb irreligious\n\ntendencies, educating the people systematically in the teaching of SrimadBhiigavatam will clear up the hazy atmosphere of corruption, bribery,\nblackmailing, etc.\nTEXT28\n\n� � '1ft � (ii�N�I �: I\nf;atalil'i� u w�slilli� ������\niti dharmam mahzm caiva\n\nsiintvayitvii mahii-rathalz\n\nniSiitam iidade khangarh\nkalaye 'dharma-hetave\niti-thus; dharmam-the personality of religion; mahim-the earth; ca­\n\nalso; eva-as; siintvayitvii-after pacifying; mahii-ratha� -the general who\n\n", "SB1.3#p0272": "Punishment and Reward of Kali\n\nText 29]\n\n909\n\ncould fight alone with thousands of enemies; n isiitam -sharp; iidade-took\nup; khmigam-sword; kalaye-to\n\nkill the personified Kali; adharma­\n\nirreligion; hetave-the root cause.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaharaja Pa�it, who could fight one thousand enemies singlehandedly, thus pacified the personality of religion and the earth. Then he\ntook up his sharp sword to kill the personality of Kali, who is the cause\nof all irreligion.\nPURPORT\nAs described above, the personality of Kali is he who deliberately\ncommits all kinds of sinful acts which are forbidden in the revealed\nscriptures. This age of Kali will certainly be full of all activities of Kali,\nbut this does not mean that the leaders of society, the executive heads,\nthe learned and intelligent men, or above all the devotees of the Lord\nshall sit down tight and become callous to the reactions of the age of\nKali. In the rainy season certainly there will be profuse rainfalls, but that\ndoes not mean that men should not take means to protect themselves\nfrom the rains. It is the duty of the executive heads of state and others\nto take all necessary actions against the activities of Kali or the persons\ninfluenced by the age of Kali; and Maharaja Pan�it is the ideal executive\nhead of the state, for he became at once ready to kill the personality of\nKali with his sharp sword. The administrators should not simply pass\nresolutions for anticorruptional steps, but they must be ready with sharp\nsword to kill the persons creating corruptions from the angle of vision of\nthe recognized Siistras. The administrators cannot prevent corrupt activities\nby allowing wine shops. They must at once close all shops of intoxicating\ndrugs and wine and force punishment even by death for those who\nindulge in the habit of intoxication of all description. That is the way of\nstopping the activities of Kali, as exhibited herein by Maharaja Par!k�it,\nthe mahii-ratha.\n\nTEXT29\n\n� filt�iij41N� Nm iqetS{§WI'( 1\n\\'t�ql((if� ftmn � ¥f:qAce: ������\n\n", "SB1.3#p0273": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n910\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 17\n\ntarh jighii.rhsum abhipretya\nvihii.ya nrpa-liinchanam\ntat-pii.da-miilam sirasii.\nsamagii.d bhaya-vihvala�\ntam- him; jighiirhsu m- willing to kill; abhipretya- knowing it well;\nvihiiya- leaving\n\naside; nrpa-liinchanam-the\n\nmiilam-at his feet; sirasii - by\n\nthe\n\ndress\n\nof a king; tat-pii.da­\n\nhead; samagiit -fully surrendered;\n\nbhaya- vihvala�- under pressure of fearfulness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the personality of Kali rmderstood that the King was willing to\nkill him, he at once abandoned the dress of a king, and, under pressure of\nfear, completely surrendered to him, bowing his head.\n\nPURPORT\nThe royal dress of the personality of Kali is artificial. The royal dress\n\nis suitable for a king or k§atriya, but when a lower class man artificially\ndresses himself as a king, his real identity i\n\nisclosed by the challenge of\n\na bona fide k§atriya like Maharaja Parik�it. A real k§atriya never surrenders.\nHe accepts the challenge of his rival k§atriya, and he fights either to die\nor to win. Surrender is unknown to a real k§atriya. In the age of Kali there\nare so many pretenders dressed and posed like administrators or executive\nheads, but their real identity is disclosed when they are challenged by a\nreal k§atriya. Therefore when the artificially dressed personality of Kali\nsaw that to fight Maharaja Pan�it was beyond his capacity, he bowed\ndown his head like a subordinate and gave up his royal dress.\n\nTEXT 30\n\nqftffl QIGA1+ft(: fJRl (\\..4«te: I\n��Q�����oll\n\"'\n\npatitam piidayor v\"ira�\nkrpayii. dlna-vatsala�\nsarar-yo niivadh\"ic chlokya\naha cedam hasann iva\n\n", "SB1.3#p0274": "Punishment and Reward of Kali\n\nText 31)\n\n911\n\npa titam-fallen down; piidayo�-at the feet; vira�-the hero; krpayiiout of compassion; dlna vatsala�\n-\n\n-\n\nkind to the poor; sara[L ya�-one who is\n\nqualified to accept surrender; na-not; avadhit-did kill; slo kya�-one who\nis worthy of being sung; iiha-said; ca-also; idam\n\niva\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthis; hasan-smiling;\n\nlike.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Pa�it, who was qualified to accept surrender and worthy\nof being sung in history, did not kill the poor surrendered and fallen Kali,\nbut smiled compassionately, for he was kind to the poor.\nPURPORT\nEven an ordinary k§atriya d oes not kill a surrendered person, and what\nto speak of Maharaja Parik�it, who was by nature compassionate and kind\nto the poor. He was smiling because the artificially dressed Kali disclosed\nhis identity as a lower class man, and he was thinking how ironic it was\nthat no one was saved from his sharp sword when he desired to kill, but the\npoor lower class Kali was spared by his timely surrender. Maharaja Pa�it's\nglory and kindness is therefore sung in history. He was a kind and compassionate emperor, fully worthy of accepting surrender even from his\nenemy. Thus the personality of Kali was saved by the will of Providence.\n\nTEXT 31\n\nriij o viica\nna\n\nte gu!liikesa-yaio-dharii[Liim\nbaddhiiiijaler vai bhayam asti kiiicit'\n\nna vartitavyam bhavatii kathancana\nk§etre madlye tvam adharma-bandhu�\n\n", "SB1.3#p0275": "[Canto 1, Ch. 17\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam\n\n912\n\nsri raja uvaca- the King said; na-not; te-your ; gu�akesa-Arjuna; yaia[ldharli!l- lim-of you who inherited the fame; baddhanjale[l-one with folded\nhands; vai-certainly; bhayam-fear; asti-there is; kincit-even a slight;\nna-neither;\n\nvartitavyam-can\n\nbe\n\nallowed\n\nto\n\nlive; bhavata-by\n\nyou;\n\nkathancana-by all means; k§etre-in the land; madiye-in my kingdom;\ntva m-you; adharma-bandhu[l-the friend of irreligion.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King thus said: We have inherited the fame of Arjuna; therefore\nsince you have surrendered yourself with folded hands you need not fear\nfor your life. But you cannot remain in my kingdom, for you are the friend\nof irreligion.\n\nPURPORT\nThe personality of Kali, who is the friend of all kinds of irreligiosities,\nmay be excused if he surrenders, but in all circumstances he cannot be\nallowed to live as a citizen in any part of a welfare state. The Pap9.avas\nwere entrusted representatives of the Personality of Godhead Lord Kr�pa,\nwho practically brought into being the Battle of Kuru�etra, but not for\nany\n\npersonal\n\ninterest.\n\nHe\n\nwanted that an ideal King like Maharaja\n\nYudhi�thira and his descendants like Maharaja Pal\"ikflit should rule the\nworld, and therefore a responsible king like Maharaja Pal\"ikflit cannot allow\nthe friend of irreligiosity to flourish in his kingdom at the cost of the good\nfame of the Pap9.avas. That is the way of wiping out corruption in the state,\nand not otherwise. The friends of irreligiosity should be banished from the\nstate, and that will save the state from corruption.\nTEXT 32\n\n� wt(4>ctUtiqsstWist+t'4�t:\n�'llsi\\4\n�,�...44�\n\n�\n\niiimJ � +t1ll1 � �: II� �II\n\ntviim vartamlinam nara-deva-dehe�v\nanupravrtto 'yam adharma-piiga[l\nlobho 'nrtam cauryam anaryam arhho\njye§fha ca maya kalahas ca dambha[l\n\n", "SB1.3#p0276": "Text 33]\n\nPunishment and Rew ard of Kali\n\n913\n\ntv am- you; vartamanam-while present; nara-deva-a man-god, or a\nking; dehe§u- in the body; anupravrtta � - beginning all over; ayam-all\nthese; adharma - irreligious principles; piiga� - in the masses; lobha�greed; anrtam- falsity; cau ryam - robbery; ana ryam-incivility; arhha�­\n\ntreachery; jye�t ha - misfo rtune; ca- and; maya-cheating; k alaha � - quarrel;\n\nca-and; dambha� - v anity.\nTRANSLATION\nIf the personality of Kali or irreligion is allowed to act as a man-god\nor an executive head, certainly irreligious principles like greed, falsehood,\nrobbery, incivility, treachery, misfortune, cheating, quarrel and vanity will\nabound.\nPURPORT\n\nThe principles of religion, namely austerity, cleanliness, mercy and\ntruthfulness, as we have already discussed, may be followed by the follower\nof any faith. There is no need of turning the coat of a Hindu to Mohammedan to Christian or some other faith and thus become a renegade\nwithout following the principles of religion. The Bhiigavatam religion urges\nfollowing the principles of religion. The principles of religion are not the\ndogmas or regulative principles of a certain faith. Such regulative principles\nmay be different in terms of the time and place concerned. One has to see\nwhether the aims of religion have been achieved. Sticking to the dogmas\nand formulas without attaining the real princivles is no good. A secular\nstate may be impartial to any particular type of faith, but the state cannot\nbe indifferent to the principles of religion as above mentioned. But in the\nage of Kali, the executive heads of state will be indifferent to such religious\nprinciples, and therefore under their patronage the opponents of religious\nprinciples, namely greed, falsehood, cheating, pilfery, etc., will naturally\nfollow, and so there is no meaning in a propaganda crying to stop corruption in the state.\nTEXT 33\n\n._Mijo4\n\nij<(�.{,. �\n..\n\n� � ._�,\n�R q:qillf4awtfitqn 11 � � 11\n\n", "SB1.3#p0277": "914\n\nSrimad-Bhigav atam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 17\n\nna vartitavyarh tad adharma-bandh o\n\ndarmerta satyena ca vartitavye\nbrahmiivarte yatra yajanti yajiiair\nyajiiesvararh yajiia-vitiina-vijiiiitt\nna-not; vartitavyam-deserve\n\nto remain; tat-therefore; adharma­\n\nirreligiosity; bandho-friend; dharmerta-with\n\nreligion; satyena-with\n\ntruth; ca-also; vartitavye-being situated in; brahmiivarte-place where\nsacrifice is performed; yatra-where; yajanti-duly perform; yajiiaitt-by\nsacrifices or devotional services; yajiiesvaram- unto the Supreme Lord, the\nPersonality of Godhead;yajiia-sacrifice;vitiina\n\n-\n\nspr eading;vijiiiifr.-experts.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, 0 friend of irreligion, you do not deserve to remain in a\nplace where experts perform sacrifices acc ording to truth and religious\nprinciples for the satisfaction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nYajiiesvara, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the beneficiary\nof all kinds of sacrificial ceremonies. Such sacrificial ceremonies are prescribed differently in the scriptures for different ages. In other words,\nsacrifice means to accept the supremacy of the Lord and-thereby perform\nacts by which the Lord may be satisfied in all respects. The atheists do not\nbelieve in the existence of God, and they do not perform any sacrifice for\nthe satisfaction of the Lord. Any place or country where the supremacy\nof the Lord is accepted and thus sacrifice is performed is called brahmiivarta. There are different countries in different parts of the world, and each\nand every country may have different types of sacrifice to please the\nSupreme Lord, but the central point in pleasing Him is ascertained in the\nBhiigavatam, and it is truthfulness. The basic principle of religion is truthfulness, and the ultimate goal of all religions is to satisfy the Lord. In this\nage of Kali, the greatest common formula of sacrifice is the sankirtarwyajiia. That is the opinion of the experts who know how to propagate the\nprocess of yajiia. Lord Caitanya preached this method of yajiia, and it is\nunderstood from this verse that anywhere and everywhere the sacrificial\nmethod of sankirtana-yajiia may be performed in order to drive a way the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0278": "Punishment and Reward of Kali\n\nText 34]\n\n915\n\npersonality of Kali and save the human society from falling prey to the\ninfluence of the age.\nTEXT 34\n\n- �•1?41f.l�'IR\n(Jtii�'{Rti<lf � �I\n\ncmr-��\n\nM(&f¥\\RI\"R��ftit1�\"\n3lmR 11�\\111\n\nyasmin harir bhagaviin ijyamiina\nijyiitma-murtir yajatiim sam tanoti\nkiimiin amoghiin sthira-jangamiiniim\nan tar bahir viiyur-iva�a iitmii\nyasmin-in\nbhagaviin-the\n\nsuch\n\nijya-iitma- the soul\n\nceremonies; hari�- the\n\nsacrificial\n\nSupreme\n\nLord;\n\nijyamiina�-being\n\nworshiped;\n\nof all worshipable deities; murti�-in\n\nthe forms;\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nyajatiim-those who worship; Sam-welfare; tanoti-spreads; kiimiin-desires; amoghiin-inviolable; sthira-jangamiiniim-of all the moving and the\nunmoving; anta�- within; bahi�\nof them; iitmii-spirit soul.\n\n- outside; viiyu�- air; iva-like; �a�-of all\ne\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn all sacrificial ceremonies, although sometimes a demigod is worshiped, the Supreme Lord Personality of Godhead is worshiped because\nHe is the Supersoul of everyone, and exists both inside and outside like the\n·air. Thus it is He only who awards all welfare to the worshiper.\nPURPORT\nIt is even sometimes seen that demigods like Indra, Candra, etc., are\nworshiped and offered sacrificial awards, yet the rewards of all such sacrifices are awarded to the worshiper by the Supreme Lord, and it is the Lord\nonly who can offer all welfare to the worshiper. The demigods, although\nworshiped, cannot do anything without the sanction of the Lord because\nthe Lord is the Supersoul of everyone, both moving and nonmoving.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0279": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n916\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 35\n��em;r\n\nq{\\f?lfl¥td�e:\n64Q611'e'lt(\n\nm1.11ia�q1: 1\n�an&WaQa( ������\n\n�\n\nsri suta uviica\npanlc�itaivam iid� ta{l\nsa kalir jiita-vepathu{l\ntam udyatiisim iihedarh\nda\"!lpa-pii\"!lim ivodyatam\nsri suta{l uviica- Sri Siita Gosvami said; pan7c�itii-by Maharaja Parik�it;\nevam-thus; iid� tafl- being ordered; sa{l-he; kali{l- the personality of Kali;\n\njiita- there was; vepathu{l- trembling; tam- him; udyatii- raised up; asim sword; iiha-said; idam-thus; da[lpa-pii\"!lim- Yamaraja, the personality of\ndeath; iva-like; udyatam-almost ready.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Suta Gosvami said: The personalit y of Kali, thus being ordered by\n\nMaharaja Pa�it, began to tremble in fear. Seeing the King before him\n\nlike Yamaraja, ready to kill him, Kali spoke to the King as follows.\nPURPORT\n\nThe King was ready to kill him at once as soon as the personality of\nKali would disobey his order. Otherwise the King had no objection to\nallow him to prolong his life. The personality of Kali also, after attempting\nto get rid of the punishment in various ways, decided that he must\nsurrender unto him, and thus he began to tremble in fear of his life. The\nKing, or the executive head, must be so strong as to stand before the\npersonality of Kali as the personality of death, Yamaraja. The King's\norder must be obeyed, otherwise the culprit's life is in risk. That is the way\nto rule the personalities of Kali who create disturbance in the normal life\nof the state citizens.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n41��€1'€1\n� � �\n\nm�ihf 6ill(ltl 1\nm � � �•'�•�s�w6-., ut�u\n\n", "SB1.3#p0280": "Text 37]\n\nPunishment and Reward of Kali\n\n917\n\nkalir uviica\nyatra kva viitha vatsyiimi\nsiirva-bhauma taviijnayii\nlak�aye tatra tatriipi\ntviim iitte�u-sariisanam\nkalifi. uviica-the personality of Kali said; yatra- anywhere; kva-and\n\neverywhere; vii-either; atha-thereof; vatsyiimi-1\n\nshall reside; siirva­\n\nbhauma-0 Lord (or Emperor) of the earth; tava-your; ajnayii-by the\norder;lak�aye-1 see; tatra-anywhere and everywhere; tatriipi-also; tviimyour Majesty; iitta- taken over; i�u-arrows; sariisanam- bows.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Your Majesty, though I may live anywhere and everywhere under\nyour order, I shall but see you with bow and arrows wherever I look.\nPURPORT\n\nThe personality of Kali could see that Maharaja Parik�it was the emperor\nof all lands all over the world, and thus anywhere he might live he would\nhave to meet with the same. The personality of Kali was meant for\nmischief, and Maharaja P�it was meant for subduing all kinds of\nmischiefmongers, especially the personality of Kali. It was better, therefore, for the personality of Kali to have been killed by the King then and\nthere instead of being killed elsewhere. He was, after all, a surrendered\nsoul before the King, and it was for the King to do what was required.\nTEXT 37\n\nR � i! �\n\nfwlq+�(m I\n\n• fiRm � 311feia�s�ijltlwti( ����II\ntan me dharma-bhrtiim sre�tha\nsthiinam nirde�tum arhasi\nyatraiva niyato vatsya\niiti�thams te 'nusiisan6m\n\ntat-therefore; me-me; dharma-bhrtiim-of all the protectors of religion;\nsre� tha- the chief; sthiinam-place; nirde�tum-fix; arhasi-may you do so;.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0281": "918\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1,. Ch. 17\n\nyatra-where; eva-certrunly; niyata[t -always; vatsye-can reside; ati�fhanpermanently situated; te-your; anuslisanam-under your rule.\nTRANSLATION\n\nTherefore, 0 chief amongst the protectors of religion, please fix some\nplace for me where I can live permanently under the protection of your\ngovernment.\nPURPORT\n\nThe personality of Kali adressed Maharaja P�it as the chief amongst\nthe protectors of religiosity because the King refrained from killing a\nperson who surrendered unto him. A surrendered soul should be given all\nprotection, even though he may be an enemy. That is the principle of\nreligion. And we can just imagine what sort of protection is given by the\nPersonality of Godhead to the person who surrenders unto Him, not as an\nenemy but as a devoted servitor. The Lord protects the surrendered soul\nfrom all sins and all resultant reactions of sinful acts. (Bg. 18.66)\nTEXT 38\n\n��CIFJ\n\nai��6M<(I � �f;r .� W I\n� qr.f �: Qffl ���: II��II\nsiita uviica\nabhyarthitas tadii tasmai\nsthiiniini kalaye dadau\ndyiitarh piinarh striya[l siinii\nyatriidharma.S catur-vidha[l\nsiitafl uviica-Sii ta Gosvarrii said; abhyarth itafl-thus being petitioned;\ntadii-at that time; tasmai-unto him; sthiiniini-places; kalaye-to .the\npersonality of Kali; dadau gave him permission; dyiitam gambling;\npiinam- drinking; striya[t-illicit association of women; siiniip-animal\nslaughter; yatra-wherever; adha rm ap-sinfu l activi ties; catur vid ha fl-four\nkinds of.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0282": "Text 38)\n\nPunishment and Reward of Kali\n\n919\n\nTRANSLATION\nSiita Gosvimi said: Maharaja Parik.!jit, thus being petitioned by the\npersonality of Kali, gave him permission to reside in places where gambling,\ndrinking, prostitution and animal s laughter were performed.\nPURPORT\nThe basic principles of irreligiosity, such as pride, prostitution, intoxica­\n\ntion and falsehood, counteract the four principles of religion, namely\n\nausterity, cleanliness, mercy and truthfulness. The personality of Kali was\n\ngiven permission to live in four places particularly mentioned by the King,\nnamely the place of gambling, the place of prostitution, the place of\n\ndrinking and the place of animal slaughter.\n\nSrila Jiva Gosvami directs that drinking against the principles of scrip­\n\ntures, such as the Sautriima!li-yajii.a, etc., association with women outside\n\nmarriage, and killing animals against the injunctions of scripture, are\nirreligious. In the Vedas two different types of injunctions are there for\n\nthe pravrttas, or those who are engaged in material enjoyment, and for the\n\nnivrttas, or those who are liberated from material bondage. The Vedic\n\ninjunction for the pravrttas is to gradually regulate their activities towards\nthe path of liberation. Therefore, for those who are in the lowest stage of\nignorance and indulge in wine, woman and flesh, drinking by performing\n\nSautriimari-yajiia, association of woman by marriage and flesh-eating by\nsacrifices are sometimes recommended. But such recommendations in the\nVedic literature are meant for a particular class of men, and not for all.\n\nBut because there are injunctions of the Vedas for particular types of\n\npersons, such activities by the prav[ttas are not considered adharma. One\n\nman's food may be poison for others; similarly, what is recommended for\nthose in the modes of ignorance may be poison for those in the modes of\n\ngoodness. Srila Jiva Gosvami Prabhu, therefore, affirms that recommendations in the scriptures for a certain class of men are never to be considered\n\nadharma, or irreligious. But such activities are factually adharma, and they\n\nare never to be encouraged. The recommendations in the scriptures are not\nmeant\n\nfor\n\nencouragement of such adharmas, but for regulating the\n\nnecessary adharmas gradually toward the path of dharma.\n\nFollowing in the footsteps of Maharaja Pan\"\"kl)it, it is the duty of all\n\nexecutive heads of states to see that the principles of religion, namely\n\nausterity, cleanliness, mercy and truthfulness, are established in the state�\n\n", "SB1.3#p0283": "920\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 17\n\nand the principles of irreligion, namely pride, illicit female association or\nprostitution, intoxication and falsity be checked by all means. And to\nmake the best use of a bad bargain, -the personality of Kali may be transferred to places of gambling, drinking, prostitution and slaughterhouses,\nif there are any places like that. Those who are addicted to these irreligious\nhabits may be regulated by the injunctions· of the scripture. In all circum·\nstances they should not be encouraged by any state. In other words, the\nstate should categorically stop all sorts of gambling, drinking, prostitution\nand falsity. The state which wants to eradicate corruption by majority\nmay introduce the principles of religion in the following manner:\n1. Two compulsory fasting days in a month, if not more (austerity).\nEven from the economic point of view, such two fasting days in a month\nin the state will save tons of food, and the system will also act very favorably on the general health of the citizens.\n2. There must be compulsory marriage of young boys and girls attaining\ntwenty-four years of age and sixteen years of age respectively. There is no\nharm in coeducation in the schools and colleges provided the boys and\ngirls are duly married, and in case there is any intimate connection between\na male and female student, they should be married properly without illicit\nrelation. The divorce act is encouraging prostitution, and this should be\nabolished.\n3. The citizens of the state must give in charity up to fifty percent of\ntheir income for the purpose of creating a spiritual atmosphere in the state\nor in the human society, both individually and collectively. They should\npreach the principles of Bhiigavatam by a) karma-yoga or doing everything\nfor the satisfaction of the Lord, b) regular hearing of the SrimadBhiigavatam from authorized persons or realized souls, c) chanting of the\nglories of the Lord congregationally at home or at places of worship,\nd) rendering all kinds of service to Bhiigavatas engaged in preaching SrimadBhiigavatam, and e) residing in a place where the atmosphere is saturated\nwith God consciousness. If the state is regulated by the above process,\nnaturally there will be God consciousness everywhere.\nGambling of all description, even speculative business enterprises, is\nconsidered to be degrading, and by encouraging gambling in the state,\nthere is a complete disappearance of truthfulness. Allowing young boys\nand girls to remain unmarried more than the above-mentioned ages and\nlicense for animal slaughter houses of all description should be at once\nprohibited. The flesh-eaters may be allowed to take flesh as is mentioned\nin the scriptures, and not otherwise. Intoxication of all description, even\nthe smoking of cigarettes, the chewing of tobacco or drinking of tea, must\nbe prohibited.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0284": "Text 39]\n\nPunishment and Reward of Kali\n\n921\n\nTEXT 39\n\n� �l\"qttl'1t ��d�'li:OidiC: I\nm� � � �' �t \"� � ������\npuna.S ca yiicamiiniiya\n\njiita-rupam adiit prabhuft\n\ntato 'nrtam madam kiimam\n\nrajo vairam ca paiicamam\n\npunaft-again; ca-also; yiicamiiniiya-to the beggar; jiita-riipam-gold;\n\nadiit-gave away; prabhuft-the king; tataft- whereby; anrtam-falsehood;\nmadam-intoxication; kiimam-lust; raja\"ft-on account of a passionate\nmood; vairam-enmity; ca-also; paiicamam-the fifth one.\nTRANSLATION\nThe personality of Kali asked for something more, and because of his\n\nbeggi ng, the King gave him permission to live where there is gold because\nwherever there is gold there is also falsity, intoxication, lust, envy and\nenmity.\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough Maharaja Pan'\"'kl?it gave Kali permission to live in four places,\n\nit was very difficult for him to find the places because during the reign of\n\nMaharaja P�it there were no such places. Therefore Kali asked the King\n\nto give him something practical which could be utilized for his nefarious\n\npurposes. Maharaja Pan'\"'kl?it thus gave him permission to live in a place\nwhere there is gold, because wherever there is gold there are all the above­\n\nmentioned four things, and over and above them there is enmity also.\nSo the personality of Kali became gold standardized. According to Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, gold encourages falsity, intoxication, prostitution, envy and\n\nenmity. Even a gold standard exchange and currency is bad. Gold standard\n\ncurrency is based on falsehood because currency is not on a par with the\nreserved gold. The basic principle is falsity because currency notes are\n\nissued more in value than the actual reserved gold. This artificial inflation\nof currency by the authorities encourages prostitution of state economy.\n\nThe price of commodities becomes artificially inflated because of bad\n\nmoney or artificial currency notes. Bad money drives away good money.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0285": "(Canto 1, Ch. 17\n\n922\n\nInstead of paper currency, actual gold coins should be used for exchange,\nand this will stop prostitution of gold. Gold ornaments for women may be\nallowed by control, not by quality, but by quantity. This will discourage\nlust, envy and enmity. When there is actual gold currency in the form of\ncoins, the influence of gold in producing falsity, prostitution; etc., will\nautomatically cease. There will be no need of an anticorruption ministry\nfor another term of prostitution and falsity of purpose.\nTEXT40\n\nqf.l qif �f.l alilhi¥1�: �: 1\nan�{�oa � ��Q(( <�NT<�i(( ll\\loll\namuni paiica sthiiniini hy\nadharma-prabhavaly. kalily.\nauttareye[la dattiini\nnyavasat tan-nidesakrt\namuni-all those; panca-five; sthiiniini places; hi-certainly; adharmapra bhava ly.-encouraging; k alily.-the age of Kali;\nauttareye[la-by the son of Uttara; dat tiini delivered; nyavasat- dwelt;\ntat-by him; nidda k rt directed.\n-\n\nirreli gi ous principles;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the personality of Kali, by the directions of Maharaja Par�it,\nthe son of Uttara, was allowed to live in those five places.\nPURPORT\nThus the age of Kali began with gold standardization, and therefore\nfalsity, intoxication, animal slaughter and prostitution are rampant all over\nthe world, and the saner section is eager to drive out corruption. The\ncounteracting process is suggested above, and everyone can take advantage\nof this suggestion.\nTEXT41\n\n3fmf;{ifij''t� m: �: � 1\nfit� \\IJiilit � itctNRig�: 11\\l�ll\n\n", "SB1.3#p0286": "Punishment and Reward of Kali\n\nText 41]\n\n923\n\nathaitiini na se veta\nbubhii�ul;l puru�al;l kvacit\nviSe�ato dharma-suo\nriijii loka-patir gurul;l\natha-therefore; etani-all these; na\nbubhilfiu�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nnever; seveta- come in contact;\n\nthose who desire well-being; purufia�-person; kvacit-in any\n\ncircumstances; viS efiata �- specifically; dha rm a -sllal;l-those who are on the\nprogressive path of liberation; riijii-the king; loka patil;l\n-\n\n-\n\npublic leader;\n\ngum�-the brtihmaf1-as and the sannytisis.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nTherefore whoever desires progressive well-being, especially kings,\nreligionists, public leaders, brahma!las and sannyasis, should never come in\ncontact with the four above-mentioned irreligious principles.\n\nPURPORT\nThe brii hmafla is the religious preceptor for all other castes, and the\nsannyiisis\n\nare the\n\nspiritual masters for all the castes and orders of\n\nsociety. So also are the king and the public leaders who are responsible for\nthe material welfare of all people. The progressive religionists and those\nwho are responsible human beings or those who do not want to spoil their\nvaluable human lives should refrain from all the principles of irreligiosity,\nespecially from illicit connection with women. If a briihmafla is not truthful, all his claims as a brahmaf1.a at once become null and void. If a sannyasi\n\nis illicitly connected with women, all his claims as a sannyiisi at once\nbecome false. Similarly, if the king and the public le�der are unnecessarily\nproud or habituated to drinking and smoking, certainly they become\ndisqualified to discharge public welfare activities. Truthfulness is the basic\nprinciple for\n\nall\n\nreligions.\n\nThe\n\nfour\n\nleaders\n\nof the human society,\n\nnamely the sannyiisi, the brtihmafla, the king and the public leader, must\nbe tested crucially by their character and qualification. Before one can be\naccepted as a spiritual or material master of society, he must be tested by\nthe above-mentioned criteria of character. Such public leaders may be\nless qualified in academic qualifications, but it is necessary primarily that\nthey are free from the contamination of the four disqualifications, namely\ngambling, drinking, prostitution and animal slaughter.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0287": "Srimad-Bhigayatam\n\n924\n\n[Qmto l, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT42\n\nml Wl!i�mt'{(N: ��'lftr I\n\nstRt�« 311\\IW -'ltf =if e¥Htit�d\\ ����U\nvr�asya �tams trin padiin\ntapafl saucam dayam iti\npratisandadha asvasya\nmah1m ca samavardhayat\nvr§asya o f the hull (the personality of religiosity); na§ tan -lost; binlegs ; tapafl austerity ; saucam cleanliness ; dayam mercy ;\niti etc.; pratisandadhe reestablished; asvasya by encouraging activities;\nmah1m-the earth; ca an d; samavardhayat-perfectly improved.\n-\n\nthree; padiin\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the King reestablished the lost legs of the personality of\nreligion [the bull], and by encouraging activities he sufficiently improved\nthe condition of the earth.\nPURPORT\nBy designating particular places for the personality of Kali, Maharaja\nParik�?it practically cheated Kali. In the presence of Kali, Dharma (in the\nshape of a hull), and the earth (in the shape of a cow), he could actually\nestimate the general condition of his kingdom, and therefore he at once\ntook proper steps to reestablish the legs of the hull, namely austerity,\ncleanliness and mercy. And for the general benefit of the people of the\nworld, he saw .that the gold stock might he employed for stabilization.\nGold is certainly a generator of falsity, intoxication, prostitution, enmity\nand violence, hut under the guidance of a proper king or public leader or a\n\nbriihmar-a or sannyiis� the same gold can he properly utilized to reestablish the lost legs of the bull, the personality of religion.\n\nMaharaja P�it, therefore, like his grandfather Arjuna, collected all\nillicit gold kept for the propensities of Kali and employed it in the\n\nsankirtana-yajii.a, as per instruction of the Srimad-11hiigavatam. As we have\nsuggested before, one's accumulated wealth may be divided in three parts\n\nfor distribution, namely fifty percent for the service of the Lord, twentyfive percent for the family members and twenty-five percent for personal\n\n", "SB1.3#p0288": "Punishment and Reward of Kali\n\nTexts 43-44]\n\n925\n\nnecessities. Spending fifty percent for the service of the Lord or for\npropagation of spiritual knowledge in society by way of the sankirtana­\n\nyajfia is the maximum display of human mercy. People of the world are\ngenerally in darkness regarding spiritual knowledge, especially in regard to\ndevotional service of the Lord, and therefore to propagate the systematic\ntranscendental knowledge of devotional service is the greatest mercy that\none can show in this world. When everyone is taught to sacrifice fifty\npercent of his accumulated gold for the Lord's service, certainly austerity,\ncleanliness and mercy automatically ensue, and thus the lost three legs of\nthe personality of religion are automatically established. When there is\nsufficient austerity, cleanliness, mercy and truthfulness, naturally mother\nearth is completely satisfied, and there is very little chance for Kali to\ninfiltrate the structure of human society.\nTEXTS43-44\n\nt1 �\n\n�iwtl({l 3IR1wi qf�it� I\n\nfcmqt;flq�� (l$1(w.f � ������\n\n�� ��: i1(tt��le'( 1\n11�1� ��1 u��a: ������\nsa e§a etarhy adhyiista\niisanam pii.rthivocitam\npitiimahenopanyastam\nriij;iiraryam vivik§atii\niiste 'dhunii sa riijar§*\nkauravendra-sriyollasan\ngajiihvaye mahii-bhagas\ncakravarti brhac-chravii�\nsa�-he; e§a�- thi s; etarhi-at the present; adh yiiste - is ruling over;\n\niisanam-the throne; piirthiva-ucitam-just befitting a king; pitiimahena­\n\nf\n\nby the grandfather; upanyas tam- being handed over; riij iii -by the king;\n\nryam- forest;\n\nvivik}atii - desiring; iiste-is\n\nadhunii-at present;\nsa[l-that; riijar�ip-the sage amongst the kings; kauravendra-the chief\namongst the Kuru kings; .Sriyii-glories; u l las an- spreading; gajiih vaye- in\nHastinapu ra; mah ii -bh iigap - the most fortunate; cakravarti-the Emperor;\nbrhat-srav ii [l- hi ghly famous.\nara\n\nthere;\n\n", "SB1.3#p0289": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n926\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe most fortunate Emperor Maharaja Pa�it , who was entrusted\n\nwith the kingdom of Hastinapura by Maharaja Yu�thira when he desired\nto retire to the f orest, is now ruling the world with great success due to his\nbeing glorified by the deeds of the kings of the Kuru dynasty.\nPURPORT\nThe prolonged\n\nsacrificial\n\nceremonies undertaken by\n\nthe sages of\n\nNaimi�ara�ya were begun a very little after the demise of Maharaja\nPan�it. The sacrifice was to continue for one thousand years, and it is\nunderstood that in the beginning some of the contemporaries of Baladeva,\nthe elder brother of Lord Kr��a, also visited the sacrificial place. According\nto some authorities, the present tense is also used to indicate the nearest\nmargin of time from the past. In that sense, the present tense is applied to\nthe reign of Maharaja Parikl?it here. For a continuous fact, also, present\ntense can be used. The principles of Maharaja Pan\"k�it can be still continued,\nand human society can still be improved if there is determination by the\nauthorities. We can still purge out from the state all the activities of\nimmorality introduced by the personality of Kali if we are determined to\ntake action like Maharaja Parik�it. He alloted some place for Kali, but in\nfact Kali could not find such places in the world at all because Maharaja\nPan�it was strictly vigilant to see that there were no places for gambling,\ndrinking, prostitution and animal slaughter. Modern administrators want\nto banish corruption from the state, but fools as they are, they do not\nknow how to do it. They want to issue licenses for gambling houses, wine\nand other intoxicating drug houses, brothels and hotel prostitution and\ncinema houses, and falsity in every dealing, even in their own, and they\nwant at the same time to drive out corruption from the state. They want\nthe kingdom of God without God consciousness. How can it be possible to\nadjust two contradictory matters? If we want to drive out corruption from\nthe state, we must first of all organize society to accept the principles of\nreligion, namely austerity, cleanliness, mercy and truthfulness, and to\n\nmake the condition favorable we must close all places of gambling,\n\ndrinking, prostitution and falsity. These are some of the practical lessons\n\nfrom the pages of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nTEXT45\n\n�dl�¥il::tsq+tflf'l�tf� �:\n� Ti � <Of�: ll'd'-\\11\n\n� q�:\n\n", "SB1.3#p0290": "Text 45)\n\nPunishment and Reward of Kali\n\n927\n\nittham-bhiitanubhiivo 'yam\nabhimanyu-suto nrpa�\nyasya piilayata� k�au{lim\nyiiyam satriiya dik�itii�\nittham-bhiita-being thus;\n\nabhimanyu-suta�-son of\n\nanubhiiva�-experience;\n\nayam-of\n\nthis;\n\nAbhimanyu; nrpa�-the king; yasya-whose;\n\npiilayata�-on account of his ruling; k�au{lim-on the earth; yiiyam-you\nall; satriiya-in performing sacrifices; dik�ita�-initiated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMa haraja Pan�t, the son of Abhimanyu, is so experienced that by\n\ndint of his expert administration and patronage, it has been possible for\n\nyou to perform a sacrifice such as this.\nPURPORT\nThe briihma{las and the sannyiisis are expert in spiritual advancement of\n\nsociety, whereas the k�atriyas or the administrators are expert in the\nmaterial peace and prosperity of human society. Both of them are the\n\npillars of all happiness, and therefore they are meant for full cooperation\n\nfor common welfare. Maharaja Pan�it was experienced enough to drive\naway Kali from his field of activities and thereby make the state receptive\n\nto spiritual enlightenment. If the common people are not receptive, it is\nvery difficult to impress upon them the necessity of spiritual enlighten­\n\nment. Austerity, cleanliness, mercy and truthfulness, the basic principles of\n\nreligion, prepare the ground for the reception of advancement of spiritual\n\nknowledge, and Maharaja Pan�it made this favorable condition possible.\n\nThus the .nJis of Naimi�aral)ya were able to perform the sacrifices for a\nthousand years. In other words, without state support, no doctrines of\n\nphilosophy or religious principles can progressively advance. There should\n\nbe complete cooperation between the briihma{las and the k�atriyas for this\n\ncommon good. Even up to Maharaja A.Soka, the same spirit was prevailing.\nLord Buddha was sufficiently supported by King Asoka, and thus his\n\nparticular cult of knowledge was spread all over the world.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the First Canto, Seventeenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled «Punishment and Reward of\nKali.\"\n\n", "SB1.3#p0291": "CHAPTER EIGHTEEN\n\nMaharaja Parfl<$it cursed by a Brahmaoa Boy\nTEXT I\n\n� :acr�\n\n� � �wt(lfin�it � 'lld¢\\l � 1\nq� �: t;WI�I&ij4iaiut: II � II\nsiita uviica\nyo vai drau[ty-astra-viplufito\nna miitur udare mrta�\nanugrahiid bhagavata�\nkrfirtasyiidbhuta-karmarta�\nsiita[l.\n\nuvaca- Sri Suta\n\nGosvami said; ya[l.-one who; vai-certainly;\n\ndraupi-astra-by the weapon of the son of Drof)a; viplu�tafl.-burnt by;\nna-never; matu[l.-of the mother; udare-in the womb of; mrta[l.\n\n- met his\n\ndeath; anugrahat-by the mercy of; bhagavata[l.-of the Personality of God­\n\nhead; kn1Jasya-of l<f�qa;adbhuta-karmartafl.-of one who acts wonderfully.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Suta Gosvami said: Due to the mercy of the Personality of Godhead\nSri l<rF!�a, who acts wonderfully, Maharaja P ar�i t, though struck by the\nweapon of the son of Dro�a in his mother's womb, could not be burnt.\nPURPORT\n\nThe sages of Naimi�aral).ya became struck with wonder after hearing\n\nabout the wonderful administration of Mah ar aja Parik�it, especially with\nreference to his punishing the personality of Kali and making him com­\n\npletely unable to do any harm within the kingdom. Suta Gosvami was\n\n929\n\n", "SB1.3#p0292": "[Canto l, Ch 18\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n930\n\n_\n\nequally anxious to describe Maharaja Pari:'k:flit's wonderful birth and death,\nand this verse is stated by Siita Gosvami to increase the interest of the\nsages of Naimi�araJ;tya.\nTEXT2\n\nbrahma-kopotthitiid yas tu\ntak�akiit priir-a-viplaviit\nna sammumohorubhayiid\nbhagavaty arpitiisaya�\nbrahma-kopa-fury of a briihmarza; utthitiit-caused by;yalt-what was;\ntu-but; tak§akiit-by the snake-bird; priirza-viplaviit-from dissolution of\nlife; na-never; sammum oha\n\n-\n\nfulness; bhagavati\n\n-\n\nunto\n\nbecame overwhelmed; uru bhayiit\n-\n\n-\n\ngreat fear­\n\nthe Personality of Godhead; mpita-surrendered;\n\niiSaya[l.-consciousness.\nTRANSLATION\nFurthermore, Maharaja Pa�it was always consciously surrendered to\n\nthe Personality of Godhead, and therefore he was neither afraid nor overwhelmed by fear due to a snake-bird which was to bite him b ecause of the\n\nfury of a brahm�a boy.\n\nPURPORT\n\nA self-surrendered devotee of the Lord is called Narayat:�a-pariiyafla . Such\na person is never afraid of any place or person, not even of death. For him\nnothing is as important as the Supreme Lord, and thus he gives equal\nimportance both to heaven and hell. He knows well that both heaven and\nhell are creations of the Lord, and similarly life and death are different\nconditions of existence created by the Lord. But in all conditions and in\nall circumstances, remembrance of Narayat�a is essential. The NarayaJ;tapariiya!la practices this constantly. Maharaja Parik�it was such a pure devotee. He was wrongfully cursed by an inexperienced son of a briihma11a who\nwas under the influence of Kali, and Maharaja Parik�it took this to be sent\nby Narayat:Ja. He knew that Narayat:Ja (Lord Kr�!Qa) saved him when he was\n\n", "SB1.3#p0293": "Text3)\n\nMaharaja Par�it Cursed by a Brahm�a Boy\n\n931\n\nburnt in the womb of his mother, and if he were to be killed by a snake\n\nbite, it would also take place by the will of the Lord. The devotee never\n\ngoes against the will of the Lord; therefore anything sent by God is a\n\nblessing for the devotee. Therefore Maharaja Pan\"k�it was neither afraid of\n\nnor bewildered by such things. That is the sign of a pure devotee of the\nLord.\n\nTEXT3\n\nw.fu: q H!(lldl�<t4�Rt: I\n�4{Hi�J(i � � � ��6H( II � II\ni3t(l\\iil\n\nutsrjya sarvatafz sangam\nvijiiiitiijita-samsthitifz\nvaiyiisaker jahau si§yo\ngangiiyiim svam kalevaram\nuts.rjya- after leaving aside; sarvatafz-all around; sangam- association;\n\nvijiiata-being understood; ajita-one who is never conquered (the Person­\n\nality of Godhead); samsthitifz-actual position; vaiyasakeft-unto the son\n\nof Vyasa; jahau-gave up; s�yafz-as a disciple; gangayam-on the bank of\n\nthe Ganges; svam-his son; kalevaram-material body.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFurthermore, after leaving all his associates, the King surrendered\n\nhimself as a disciple to the son of Vyasa [Sukadeva Gosvami), and thus he\nwas able to understand the actual position of the Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word ajita is significant here. The Personality of Godhead Sri\n\nKr��a is known as Ajita, or unconquerable, and He is so in every respect.\n\nNo one can know His actual position. He is unconquerable by knowledge\n\nalso. We have heard about His dhama, or place, eternal Goloka Vrndavana,\nbut there are many scholars who interpret this abode in different ways.\n\nBut by the grace of a spiritual master like Sukadeva Gosvami, unto whom\nthe King gave himself up as a most humble disciple, one is able to under·\n\nstand the actual position of the Lord, His eternal abode, and His transcendental paraphernalia in that dhama or abode. Knowing the transcendental\n\n", "SB1.3#p0294": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n932\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 18\n\nposition of the Lord and the transcendental method by which one can\napproach that transcendental dhiima,. the King was confident about his\n\nultimate destination, and by knowing this he could leave aside everything\n\nmaterial, even his own body, without ariy difficulty of attachment. In the\n\nBhagavad-gitii, it is stated, param d.r�tvii nivartate, or one can give up all\n\nconnection of the material attachment when one is able to see the param,\n\nor the superior quality of things. We understand the superior quality of\n\nenergy of the Lord and the material quality of material energy from the\n\nBhagavad-gitii and by the grace of a bona fide spiritual master like Sukadeva\nGosvami. It is quite possible to know everything of the superior energy\n\nof the Lord by which the Lord manifests His eternal name, quality,\npastimes, paraphernalia and variegatedness. Unless one thoroughly under­\n\nstands this superior or eternal energy of the Lord, it is not possible to\nleave the material energy, however one may theoretically speculate on the\n\ntrue nature of the Absolute Truth. By the grace of Lord Kr�l).a, Maharaja\nPari\"k�it was able to receive the mercy of a personality like Sukadeva\nGosvami, and thus he was able to know the actual position of the uncon­\n\nquerable Lord. It is very difficult to find the Lord from the Vedic litera­\n\ntures, but it is very easy to know Him by the mercy of a liberated devotee\n\nlike Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nTEXT4\n\n�JSNicn6iitf � amlfliji( 1\n�U;:ijHi14lsw:t¥1�sf'l � 6t:qdJ\"ilit'(ll'll'l\nnottamasloka-viirtiiniirh\nju�atiirh tat-kathiimrtam\nsyiit sambhramo 'nta-kiile 'pi\nsmaratiirh tat padambu-jam\nna-never; uttama-sloka-the Personality of Godhead, who is sung of by\nthe Vedic hymns; viirtiiniim-of those who live on them;ju�atiim-of those\n\nwho are engaged in; tat-His; kathii-amrtam-transcendental topics about\nHim; syiit-it so happens; sambhramtJb-misconception; anta-at the end;\n\nkiile-in time; api- also; smaratiim-remembering; tat-His; pada-ambu-jamlotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis was so because those who have dedicated their lives to the tran­\n\nscendental topics of the Personality of Godhead, of whom the Vedic hymns\n\n", "SB1.3#p0295": "Text 5)\n\nMaharaja P�it Cursed by a Brahm�a Boy\n\n933\n\nsing, and who are constantly engaged in remembering the lotus feet of the\nLord, do not run the risk of having misconceptions at the last moment of\ntheir lives.\nPURPORT\nThe highest perfection of life is attained by remembering the transcen­\n\ndental nature of the Lord at the last moment of one's life. This perfection\n\nof life is made possible by one who has learned the actual transcendental\n\nnature of the Lord from the Vedic hymns sung by a liberated soul like\n\nSukadeva Gosvami or someone in that line of disciplic succession. There is\n\nno gain in hearing the Vedic hymns from some mental speculator. When\n\nthe same is heard from an actual self-realized soul and is properly understoo d by service and submission, everything becomes transparently clear.\n\nThus a submissive disciple is able to live transcendentally and continue to\n\nthe end of life. By scientific adaptation, one is able to remember the Lord\neven at the end of life when the power of remembrance is slackened due\n\nto derangement of bodily membranes. For a common man, it is very diffi­\n\ncult to remember things as they are at the time of death, but by the grace\n\nof the Lord and His bona fide devotees, the spiritual masters, one can get\n\nthis opportunity without difficulty. And it was done in the case of\nMaharaja Pan�it.\n\nTEXTS\n\ntiivat kalir na prabhavet\npravifi to 'plha sarvata(l\nyiivad iSo mahiin urvyiim\niibhimanyava eka-riit\ntiivat- s o long; kalifl- the personality of Kali; na- cannot; prabhavet­\n\nflourish; prav41afl- entered in; api- even though; iha-here; s arvatafl - every ­\n\nwhere; yiivat-as long as; iSafl- the Lord; mahan- great; urvyiim- powerfu l ;\niibhimanyavafl-the son of Abhimanyu; eka-riit- the one emperor.\nTRANSLATION\nAs long as the great, powerful son of Abhimanyu remains the Emperor\n\nof the world, there is no chance of the Personality of Kali flourishing.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0296": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n934\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 18\n\nPURPORT\n\nAs we have already explained, the personality of Kali had entered the\njurisdiction of this earth long ago, and he was looking for an opportunity\nto spread his influence all over the world. But he could not do so satisfactorily due to the presence of Mahara.ja Parilujit. That is the way of good\ngovernment. The disturbing elements like the personality of Kali will\nalways try to extend their nefarious activities, but it is the duty of the able\nstate to check them by all means. Although Maharaja Pan�it alloted places\nfor the personality of Kali, at the same time he gave no chance to the\ncitizens to be swayed by the personality of Kali.\nTEXT6\n\n�M'Itf.t qiR ¥f4MIS«1(1J �I\n-:\n�:11�11\nyasminn ahani yarhy eva\nbhagaviin utsasarja giim\ntadaivehiinuvrtto 'siiv\nadharma-prabhavafl kali\"fl\nyasmin-on that; ahani-very day; yarhi eva-in the very moment;\nbhagaviin-the\n\nPersonality of Godhead; utsasarja-left aside; giim-the\n\nearth; tadii-at that time; eva-certainly; iha-in this world; anuvrtta[lfollowed;asuu-he;adharma-irreligion;prabhava\"fl-accelerating; kali\"fl-the\npersonality of quarrel.\nTRANSLATION\nThe very day and moment the Personality of Godhead Lord Sri Kr!?�a\n\nleft this earth, the personality of Kali, who promotes all kinds of irreligious\nactivities, came into this world.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Personality of Godhead and His holy name, qualities, etc., are all\nidentical. The personality of Kali was not able to enter the jurisdiction of\nthe earth due to the presence of the Personality of Godhead. And similarly, if there is an arrangement for the constant chanting of the holy\n\n", "SB1.3#p0297": "Text7]\n\nMaharaja P�it Cursed by a B rahm�a Boy\n\n935\n\nnames, qualities, etc., of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, there is no\nchance at all for the personality of Kali to enter. That is the technique of\ndriving away the personality of Kali from the world. In modernized human\nsociety there are great advancements of material science, and they have\ninvented the radio to distribute sound in the air. So instead of vibrating\nsome nuisance sound for sense enjoyment, if the state arranges to distribute\ntranscendental sound by resounding the holy name, fame and activities\nof the Lord, as they are authorized in the Bhagavad-gitii or Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam , then a favorable condition will be created, and the principles\nof religion in the world will be reestablished, and thus the executive\nheads, who are so anxious to drive away corruption from the world, will\nbe successful. Nothing is bad if properly used for the service of the Lord.\n\nTEXT7\n\nlitl�f! � ��\"�I\n�I?J R\\�� �ij(lfVI ��� \\911\nniinud ve� ti kali m s am riit\nsiirang a iva siira- bh uk\nkusal iiny iisu siddhyanti\nnetariir-i krtiini yat\nna-never; anudve�ti-envious; kalim-unto the personality of Kali; samrat-the Emperor; s iira nga-re alist, like the bees; iva-like; siira-bhuk-one\nwho accepts the substance;kusaliini-auspicious objects; iisu-immediately;\n\nsiddhyanti-become successful; na-never; it a riir-i -which are inauspicious;\n\nkrtiini-being performed;yat-as much as.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja P�t was a realist, like the bees who only accept the\nessence [of a flower] . He knew perfectly well that in this age of Kali,\nauspicious things produce good effects immediately, whereas inauspicious\nacts must be actually performed [to render effects]. So he was never\nenvious of the personality of Kali.\nPURPORT\nThe age of Kali is called the fallen age. In this fallen age, because of the\nliving beings' being in an awkward position, the Supreme Lord has given\nsome special facilities to them. So by the will of the Lord, a living being\n\n", "SB1.3#p0298": "936\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 18\n\ndoes not become a victim of a sinful act until the act is actually performed.\n\nIn other ages, simply by thinking of performing a sinful act, one used to\nbecome a victim of the act. On the contrary, a living being, in this age, is\nawarded with the results of pious acts simply by thinking of them.\nMaharaja Parik�it, being the most learned and experienced king by the\ngrace of the Lord, was not unnecessarily envious of the personality of\nKali because he did not intend to give him any chance to perform any\nsinful act. He protected his subjects from falling prey to the sinful acts of\nthe age of Kali, and at the same time he gave full facility to the age of\nKali by alloting him some particular places. At the end of the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam it is said that even though all nefarious activities of the\n\npersonality of Kali are present, there is a great advantage in the age\nof Kali. One can attain salvation simply by chanting the holy name of the\nLord. Thus Maharaja Parik�it made an organized effort to propagate\nchanting of the Lord's holy name, and thus he saved the citizens from the\nclutches of Kali. It is for this advantage only that great sages sometimes\nwish all good for the age of Kali. In the Vedas also it is said that by dis­\n\ncourse on Lord Kreyl).a's activities, one can get rid of all the disadvantages of\nthe age of Kali. In the beginning of the Srimad-Bhagavatam it is also said\nthat by the recitation of Srimad-Bhagavatam, the Supreme Lord becomes at\n\nonce arrested within one's heart. These are some of the great advantages of\nthe age of Kali, and Maharaja Parik�it took all the advantages and did not\nthink any ill of the age of the Kali, true to his V aig1avite cult.\n\nTEXTS\n\nf4i � � � � �(•ft�l I\n\n�:��'flit�������\nkim nu bale§U surer-a\n\nkalina dhira-bhirur-ii\n\napramattafi, pramatte§U\nyo vrko nr§u vartate\n\nkim-what; nu-may be; bale§u-among the less intelligent persons;\n\nsurer-a- by the powerful; kalina-by the personality of Kali; dhira- self­\n\ncontrolled; bhirur-ii-by one who is afraid of; apramattafi,- one who is\n\ncareful; pramatte§u-among the careless; yafi,-one who; vrkafi,-tiger ;\n\nnr�u-among men; vartate-exists.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0299": "Text9]\n\nMaharaja P�it Cursed by a Brahmru;Ia Boy\n\n937\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Pan�it considered that less intelligent men might find the\npersonality of Kali to be very powerful, but that those who are selfcontrolled would have nothing to fear. The King was powerful like a tiger\nand took care for the foolish, careless persons.\nPURPORT\nThose who are not devotees of the Lord are careless and uni ntelligent.\n\nUnless one is thoroughly intelligent, one cannot be a devotee of the Lord.\n\nThose who are not devotees of the Lord fall prey to the actions of Kali. It\n\nwill not be possible to bring about a saner condition in society unless we\n\nare prepared to accept the modes of action adopted by Maharaja Pan\"K�it,\ni.e., propagation of devotional service of the Lord to the common man.\n\nTEXT9\n\naqcdft<til<i'l'H � qaftfttd INti\n+4GO'l\"'0<i II � II\nctlij�ct�q<J¥(R�t4\nupavarrtitam etad vafi.\n\npurtyam parlk§itam mayii\n\nviisudeva-kathopetam\n\niikh yiinam yad aprcchata\n\nupavarrtitam-almost everything described; etat-all these; vafi.-unto\n\nyou; pu[tyam-pious; parlk§itam-about Maharaja Parik�it; mayii-by me;\n\nviisudeva-of Lord KpJJ)a; kathii-narrations; upetam-in connection with;\n\niikhyiinam-statements;yat-what;aprcchata-you asked from me.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 sages, as you did ask me, now I have almost described everything\n\nregarding the narrations about Lord Kr��a in connection with the history\nof the pious Maharaja Pan�it.\nPURPORT\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the history of the activities of the Lord. And the\n\nactivities of the Lord are performed in relation with the devotees of the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0300": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n938\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 18\n\nLord. Therefore, the history of the devotees is not different from the\nhistory of Lord Kr��a 's activities. A devotee of the Lord regards both the\nactivities of the Lord and those of His pure devotees on an equal level, for\nthey are all transcendental.\nTEXT 10\n\nCfitlwU�Wqol: I\n�;�;((ij�l(ijl�: ll�o)l\n\n� �: cpn l11FRJ:\n\nyii yiifl, kathii bhagavatafl,\nkathaniyorukarmartaft\ngu[La-karmiisrayiifl, pumbhifl,\nsamsevyiis tii bubhii§ubhifl,\nyii�-whatever;\n\nyiif!,-and\n\nwhatsoever;\n\nkathii�-topics; bhagavatafl,­\n\nabout the Personality of Godhead; kathaniya-were to be spoken by me;\nurukarmartaft-of Him who acts wonderfully; gu[ta-transcendental qualities; karma-uncommon deeds; asrayaf!,-involving; pumbhift-by persons;\nsamsevyiifl,-ou ght to be heard by; tii-all of them; bubhii§ubhifl,-by those\nwho want their own welfru:e.\nTRANSLATION\nThose who are desirous of achieving complete perfection in life must\nsubmissively hear all topics. that are connected with the transcendental\nactivities and qualities of the Personality of Godhead, who acts wonderfully.\nPURPORT\nThe systematic hearing of the transcendental activities, qualities and\nnames of Lord Sri Kr��a pushes one t oward eternal life. Systematic hearing\nmeans to know Him gradually in truth and fact, and this knowing Him in\ntruth and fact means to attain eternal life, as it is stated in the Bhagavadgita. Such transcendental glorified activities of Lord Sri Kr��a are the\nprescribed remedy for counteracting the process of birth, death, old age\nand disease, which are considered to be material awards for the conditioned living being. The culmination of such a perfectional stage of life is\nthe goal of human life and the attainment of transcendental bliss.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0301": "Text ll)\n\nMaharaja Pa�it Cursed by a Brahm�a Boy\n\n939\n\nTEXT ll\n\n��:\n� iiift � � �lflRiUCfij( tN: I\n\n�wm �'k'!li..PI'i� ;J: ������\nr�aya ucufl\nsuta fiva samiifl saumya\nsiisvat'ir viSadam yasafl\nyas tvam samsasi kr§!wsya\nmartyiiniim amrtam hi nafl\nsr'i nayafl ucufl\n\n-\n\nthe good sages said; suta-0 Suta Gosvami; fiva-we\n\nwish you life for; samiifl - many years; saumya-grave; siisvat'ifl\n\n-\n\neternal;\n\nviSadam- par ti cularly; ya5afl-in fame; yafl tvam- because you; samsasi­\n\nspeaking nicely; kr�rtasya-of Lord Sri Kreyl).a; martyiiniim-of those who\n\ndie; amrtam\n\n-\n\neternity of life; hi-certainly; n afl- our.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe good sages said: 0 grave Siita Gosvami! May you live many years\nand have eternal fame, for you are speaking very nicely about the activities\nof Lord ��a the Personality of Godhead. This is just like nectar for\nmortal beings like us.\nPURPORT\nWhen we hear about the transcendental qualities and activities of the\n\nPersonality of Godhead, we may always remember what has been spoken\n\nby the Lord Himself in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 4.9). His acts, even when\nHe acts in human society, are all transcendental, for they are all accen­\n\ntuated by the spiritual energy of the Lord, which is distinguished from His\n\nmaterial energy. As stated in the Bhagavad-gitii, such acts are called\n\ndivyam. This means that He does not act or take His birth like an ordinary\n\nliving being under the custody of material energy. Nor is His body material\n\nnor changeable like that of ordinary living beings. And one who under­\n\nstands this fact, either from the Lord or from authorized sources, is not\n\nreborn after leaving the present material body. Such an enlightened soul is\n\n", "SB1.3#p0302": "940\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 18\n\nadmitted into the spiritual realm of the Lord and engages in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. Therefore, the more we hear about the\n\ntranscendental activities of the Lord, as they are stated in the. Bhagavad­\n\ngitii and Srimad-Bhiigavatam, the more we can know about His transcendental nature and thus make definite progress on the path back to\nGodhead.\nTEXT 12\n\n�r11....,,.,m � � 1\nanqA44RI •n��q�q'IR1if q II� �II\nkarmaf!y asminn aniiSviise\n\ndhuma-dhumriitmaniim bhaviin\n\niipiiyayati govinda­\n\npiida-padmiisavam madhu\n\nkarma !li-performance of; asmin-in this; aniisuase-without certainty;\n\ndhuma-smoke; dhum ra-iit maniim-tinged body and mind; bhaviin\n\n-\n\nyour\n\ngood self; ii piiyayati-very much pleasing; govinda-the Personality of\n\nGodhead; piida-feet; pad mii-iisavam-nectar of the lotus flower; madhuhoney.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWe have just begun performance of this fruitive act ivity, a sacrificial\n\nf ire, without certainty of its result due to the many imperfections in our\naction. Our bodies have become black from the smoke, but we are factually\n\npleased by the nectar of the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead\n\nGovinda, which you are distributing.\n\nPURP ORT\nThe sacrificial fire kindled by the sages of Nai�ar�ya was certainly\n\nfull of smoke and doubts because of so many flaws. The first flaw is that\n\nthere is an acute scarcity of expert briihmap.as able to carry out such performances successfully in this age of Kali. Any discrepancy in such sacrifices spoils the whole show, and the result is uncertain, like agricultural\nenterprises. The good result of tilling the paddy field depends on providential rain, and therefore the result is uncertain. Similarly, performance\n\n", "SB1.3#p0303": "Text 13)\n\nMaharaja Pa�it Cursed by a Brahm� a Boy\n\n941\n\nof any kind of sacrifice in this age of Kali is also uncertain. Unscrupulous\n\ngreedy briihmarws of the age of Kali induce the innocent public to such\n\nuncertain sacrificial shows without disclosing the scriptural injunction that\nin the age of Kali there is no fruitful sacrificiai performance but the sacrifice of the congregational chanting of the holy name of the Lord. Siita\n\nGosvami was narrating the transcendental activities of the Lord before\n\nthe congregation of sages, and they were factually perceiving the result of\nhearing these transcendental activities. One can feel this practically, as one\ncan feel the result of eating food. Spiritual realization acts in that way.\n\nThe sages of Naim�ar�ya were practically sufferers from the smoke of\n\na sacrificial fire and were doubtful about the result, but by hearing from a\n\nrealized person like Siita Gosvaml, they were fully satisfied. In the BrahmaVaivarta Purii!la, Vi�I).U tells Siva that in the age of Kali, men full of anxie­\n\nties of various kinds can vainly labor in fruitive activity and philosophi­\n\ncal speculations, but when they are engaged in devotional service, the\nresult is sure and certain, and there is no loss of energy. In other words,\n\nnothing performed for spiritual realization or for material benefit can be\n\nsuccessful without devotional service of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n• �I\nlt4N«1flet4A �i;wl �11?1: II� �II\nUMiil e-•nA\n\n;r\n\ntulayiima laveniipi\nna svargam niipunar-bhavam\n\nbh agavat-sangi-sangasya\n\nmartyiiniim kim-utii.Si§afi.\ntulayiima-to be balanced with; lavena-by a moment; api-even; na­\n\nnever; svargam-heavenly planets; na -neither;apunafi.-bhavam-liberation\nfrom matter; bhagavat-sangi- devotee of the Lord; sangasya-of the associa·\n\ntion; martyiiniim-those who are meant for death; kim-what is there; uta­\n\nto speak of; iisi§afi.-worldly benediction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe value of a moment's association with the devotee of the Lord\n\ncannot even be compared to the attainment of he av enly planets or Iiber a-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0304": "942\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 18\n\ntion from matter, and what to speak of worldly benedictions in the form\nof material prosperity, which is for those who are meant for death.\nPURPORT\nWhen there are some similar points, it is possible to compare one thing\n\nto another. One cannot compare the association of a pure devotee to anything material. Men who are addicted to material happiness aspire to reach\nthe heavenly planets like the moon, Venus, lndraloka, etc., and those who\nare advanced in material philosophical speculations aspire after liberation\n\nfrom all material bondage. When one becomes frustrated in all kinds of\n\nmaterial advancement, one desires the opposite type of liberation, which\n\nis called apunar-bhava, or no rebirth. But the pure devotees of the Lord do\n\nnot aspire after the happiness obtained in the heavenly kingdom, nor do\n\nthey aspire after liberation from material bondage. In other words, for the\npure devotees of the Lord, the material pleasures obtainable in the heavenly\nplanets are like phantasmagoria, and because they are already liberated\n\nfrom all material conceptions of pleasure and distress, they are factually\n\nliberated even in the material world. This means that the pure devotees of\n\nthe Lord are engaged in a transcendental existence, namely, in the loving\nservice of the Lord, both in the material world and in the spiritual world.\n\nAs a government servant is always the same, either in the office or at home\n\nor at any place, so a devotee has nothing to do with anything material, for\n\nhe is exclusively engaged in the transcendental service of the Lord. Since\n\nhe has nothing to do with anything material, what pleasure can he derive\n\nfrom material benedictions like kingship or other overlordships, which are\nfinished quickly with the end of the body? Devotional service is eternal,\n\nand it has no end because it is spiritual. Therefore, since the assets of a\n\npure devotee are completely different from material assets, there is no\ncomparison between the two. Siita Gosvami was a pure devotee of the\n\nLord, and therefore his association with the r�is in the Naimi�r�ya is\n\nunique. In the material world, association with gross materialists is veritably\n\ncondemned. The materialist is called yosit-sangi, or one who is much at­\n\ntached to material entanglement (women and other paraphernalia). Such\n\nattachment is conditioned because it drives away the benedictions of life\nand prosperity. And just the opposite is bhiigavata-sangi, or one who is\n\nalways in the association with the Lord's name, form, qualities, etc. Such\n\nassociation is always desirable; it is worshipahle, it is praiseworthy, and one\nmay accept it as the highest goal of life.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0305": "Text 14]\n\nMaharaja P�it Cursed by a Brahm�a Boy\n\n943\n\nTEXT 14\n\nV\n\n� «1A(4i'-4P'If\n'l�oq�Cfil\"(t4(1401@\n;nq\n\n;n;d\n\n!JOIIWI'i!J\"l@ iiPU�squ it +4qt4111MU U��ll\n\nko niima trpyed rasavit kathiiyiim\nmahattamaikiinta pariiyar-asya\nniintam gur-iiniim agur-asya jagmur\nyogesvarii ye bhava-piidma-mukhyii�\nkafl-who is he;nama-specifically; trpyet-get full satisfaction; rasavit­\n\nexpert in relishing mellow nectar; kathiiyiim- in the topics of; mahattama­\n\nthe greatest amongst the living being;ekiinta-exclusively;pariiyar-asya-of\n\none who is the shelter of; na-never;antam-end;gur-iiniim-of attributes;\n\nagur-asya-of the Transcendence; jagmufl-could ascertain; yogesvarii�­\n\nthe lords of mystic power; ye-all they; bhava-Lord Siva; piidma-Lord\nBrahma;mukhyiifl-heads.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Personality of Godhead Lord Kr��a\n\n[ Govinda] is the exclusive\n\nshelter for al l great living beings, and His transcendental attributes cannot\n\neven be measured by such masters of mystic powers as Lord Siva and Lord\nBrahma. Can anyone who is expert in relishing nectar [rasa] ever be fully\n\nsatiated by hearing topics about Him?\n\nPURPORT\nLord Siva and Lord Brahma are two chiefs of the demigods. They\n\nare full of mystic powers. For example, Lord Siva drank an ocean of\n\npoison of which one drop is sufficient to kill an ordinary living being.\n\nSimilarly, Brahma could create many powerful demigods, including Lord\n\nSiva. So they are isvaras, or lords of the universe. But they are not the\n\nsupreme powerful. The supreme powerful is Govinda, Lord Kr�Qa. He is\n\ntranscendence, and His transcendental attributes cannot be measured even\n\nby such powerful iSvaras as Siva and Brahma. Therefore Lord Kr��a is the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0306": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n944\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 18\n\nexclusive shelter of the greatest of all living beings. Brahma is counted\namongst the living beings, but he is the greatest of all of us. And why is the\ngreatest of all the living beings so much attached to the transcendental\ntopics of Lord Kr�i).a? Because He is the reservoir of all enjoyment. Everyone wants to relish some kind of taste from everything, but one who is\nengaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord can derive unlimited pleasure from such engagement. The Lord is unlimited, and His\nname, attributes, pastimes, entourage, variegatedness, etc., are unlimited,\nand those who relish them can do so unlimitedly and still not feel satiated.\nThis fact is confirmed in the Padma Puriif!.a.\nThere is no end of such transcendental discourses. In mundane affairs\nthere is the law of satiation, but in transcendence there is no such satiation.\nSuta Gosvami desired to continue the topics of Lord Kr�l)a before the\nsages of Naimi�aral)ya, and the sages also expressed their readiness to hear\nfrom him continually. Since the Lord is transcendence and His attributes\nare transcendental, such discourses increase the receptive mood of the\npurified audience.\nTEXT 15\n\n� 1Rf.t � ¥f41'4dl'4twn\n\nij('Et�EiiW{fq(I�UI�\n«l(S(R\n�\n�\n� .n Hijtft« ftt;t u����\ntan no bhaviin vai bhagavat-pradhiino\nmahattamaikiinta-pariiyaf!.asya\nharer udiirarh caritarh viSuddharh\nsusrii§atiirh no vitanotu vidvan\ntat-therefore;\n\nnaft\n\nbhagavat-in relation\n\n-\n\nof\n\nus;\n\nbhaviin\n\nwith the\n\n-\n\nyour\n\ngood self; vai- certainly;\n\nPersonality of Godhead; pradhiinaft­\n\nchiefly; mahattama-the greatest of all greats; ekiinta-exclusively; pariiya�asya-of the shelter; hareft-of the Lord; udiiram-i m partial; caritamactivities; viSuddham- transcendental; susrii§atiim- those who are receptive; naft-ourselves; vitanotu-kindly describe; vidvan-0 learned one.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Siita Gosvami, you are a learned and pure devotee of the Lord\nbecause the Personality of Godhead is your chief object of service. There-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0307": "Text 16)\n\nMaharaja Pa�it Cursed by a Brahmll!la Boy\n\n945\n\nfore please describe to us the pastimes of the Lord, which are above all\nmaterial conception, for we are anxious to receive such messages.\nPURPORT\nThe speaker on the transcendental activities of the Lord should have\nonly one object of worship and service, Lord Kr�l)a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. And the audience for such topics should be anxious to\nhear about Him. When such a combination is possible, namely a qualified\nspeaker and a qualified audience, it is then ari.d there very much congenial\nto continue discourses on the transcendence. Professional speakers and a\nmaterially absorbed audience cannot derive real benefit from such discourses. Professional speakers make a show of Bhiigavata-saptaha for the\nsake of family maintenance, and the materially disposed audience hears\nsuch discourses of Bhiigavata-saptaha for some material benefit, namely\nreligiosity, wealth, gratification of the senses, or liberation. Such Bhiigava­\n\ntam discourses are not purified from the contamination of the material\nqualities. But the discourses between the saints of Naimi�aral)ya and Sri\nSuta Gosvami are on the transcendental level. There is no motive for\nmaterial gain. In such discourses, unlimited transcendental pleasure is\nrelished both by the audience and the speaker, and therefore they can\ncontinue the topics for many thousands of years. Now Bhiigavata-saptahas\nare held for seven days only, and after finishing the show, both the\naudience and the speaker become engaged in material activities as usual.\nThey can do so because the speaker is not Bhiigavata-pradhiina, and the\naudience is not susrii.§atiim, as explained above.\nTEXT 16\n\n� ¥t«l¥u•I�HJ: .mf�\n�;nqf4•ikot¥tG>w�f.{:\n��1(1�,��..\n�\n�\n(CtiR:iiCNfqiG>'{a( II� �11\n�\n\nsa vai mahii-bhiigavata/;1 parlk§id\nyeniipavargiikh yam adabhra-buddhil)\njfliinena vaiyiisaki-sabditena\nbheje khagendra-dhvaja-piida-mii.lam\nsal)- he; vai- certainly; mahii-bhiigavata/;1-first-class devotee; panK�itthe King; yena-by which; apavarga-iikhyam-by the name of liberation;\n\n", "SB1.3#p0308": "946\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 18\n\nadabhra-fixed; buddhifi.- intelligence; jniinena- by knowledge; vaiyiisakithe son of Vyasa; sabditena-vibrated by; bheje-taken to; khagendraGarw;la, the king of the birds; dhvaja-flag;piida-miilam-soles of the feeL\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Siita Gosvami, please describe those topics of the L ord by which\nMaharaja Pa�it, whose intel igence was fixed on liberation, attained the\nlotus feet of the Lord, who is the shelter of Garu�a, the king of birds.\nThose topics were vibrated by the son of Vyasa [ Sn1.a Sukadeva].\nPURPORT\nThere is some controversy amongst the students on the path of liberation.\n\nSuch transcendental students are known as impersonalists and devotees of\n\nthe Lord. The devotee of the Lord worships the transcendental form of\n\nthe Lord, whereas the impersonalist meditates upon the glaring effulgence\nor the bodily ray of the Lord, known as the brahmajyoti. Here in this\n\nverse it is said that Maharaja Pan�it attained the lotus feet of the Lord by\ninstructions in knowledge delivered by the son of Vyasadeva, Sn1.a Suka­\n\ndeva Gosvami. Sukadeva Gosvami was also an impersonalist in the begin­\n\nning, as he has admitted himself in the Bhiigavatam (2.1.9), but later on\nhe was attracted by the transcendental pastimes of the Lord and thus\n\nbecame a devotee. Such devotees with perfect knowledge are called mahii­\n\nbhiigavata, or first-class devotees. There are three classes of devotees,\n\nnamely the prakrta, madhyam, and mahii-bhiigavata. The prakrta or third­\n\nclass devotees are temple worshipers without specific knowledge of the\nLord and the Lord's devotees. The madhyam, or the second-clas s devotee,\n\nknows well the Lord, the Lord's devotee, the neophytes, and the nondevo­\n\ntees also. But the mahii-bhiigavata, or the first-class devotee, sees everything in relation with the Lord and the Lord present in everyone's\nrelation. The mahii-bhiigavata, therefore, does not make any distinction,\n\nparticularly between a devotee and nondevotee. Maharaja Pan�it was such\n\na mahii-bhiigavata devotee because he was initiated by a mahii-bhiigavata\n\ndevotee, Sukadeva Gosvami. He was equally kind, even to the personality\nof Kali, and what to speak of others.\n\nSo there are many instances in the transcendental histories of the world\n\nof an impersonalist who has later become a devotee. But a devotee has\n\nnever become an impersonalist. This very fact proves that on the transcendental steps, the step occupied by a devotee is higher than the step\n\n", "SB1.3#p0309": "Text 17)\n\nMaharaja P�it Cursed by a Brahm�a Boy\n\n947\n\noccupied by an impersonalist. It is also stated in the Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(Bg.\n\n12.5) that persons stuck on the impersonal step undergo more\n\nsufferings than achievement of reality. Therefore knowledge imparted by\n\nSukadeva Gosvami unto Maharaja Parik�it helped him attain the service of\n\nthe Lord. And to attain to this stage of perfection is called apavarga, or\nthe perfect stage of liberation. Simple knowledge of liberation is material\nknowledge. Actual freedom from material bondage is called liberation, but\n\nto attain the transcendental service of the Lord is called the perfect stage\nof liberation. Such a stage is attained by knowledge and renunciation, as\n\nwe have already explained (Bhiig.\n\n1.2.12), and perfect knowledge, as\n\ndelivered by Srila Sukadeva Gosvami, results in the attainment of tran­\n\nscendental service of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�\n\n�'14'({11�'l�l;c'k4�·r.tl!(\n�\n\n&114RIIU;c;�u:qf(Jlqqaai\n\n�\n\n'lltli!461fiHI'I'( U � \\911\n\ntan nal) pararh purtyam asarhvrtiirtham\niikhyiinam aty adbhuta-yogan�tham\n·iikhyiihy-anantiicaritopapannarh\npiirik�itarh bhiigavatiibhiriimam\n\n-\n\ntat-therefore; nal)-untQ us; param su preme; pu[tyam-purifying;\nasariwrtiirtham-as it is; iikhyiinam-narration; ati-very; adbhuta-wonderful; yogan�tham-compact in bhakti-yoga; iikhyiihi-describe; ananta-the\nUnlimited; iicarita-activities; upapannam-full of; piin\"k§itam-spoken to\nMaharaja Parik�it; bhiigavata-of the pure devotees; abhiriimam-particu­\n\nlarly very dear.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus please narrate to us the narrations of the Unlimited, for they are\n\n,\n\npurifying and supreme. They were spoken to Maharaja Pa n� it and they\nare very dear to the pure devotees, being full of bhakti-yoga.\nPURPORT\n\nWhat was spoken to Maharaja Pan�it and what is very dear to the pure\n\ndevotees is Srimad-Bhiigavatam. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is mainly full of the\n\nnarrations of the activities of the Supreme Unlimited, and therefore it is\n\n", "SB1.3#p0310": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n948\n\n[Canto l, Ch_ 18\n\nthe science of bhakti-yoga, or devotional service of the Lord. Thus it is\n\npara, or supreme, because although it is enriched with all knowledge and\nreligion, it is specifically enriched with the devotional service of the Lord.\nTEXT18\n\n��\n\nam \" �\"'�t�SQ (R(\ni(ld�lfq RJl¥i�IC:U: I\na:1'+N¥id\\l f%�-(tRt- in�\n¥i(\"ij¥iltr\\l+tf4NI\"l•iha:\nU ��II\nsiita uviica\naho vayarh janma-bhrto'dya hiisma\nvrddhiinuvrttyiipi viloma-jiitii�\ndau�kulyam iidhirh vidhunoti szghrarh\nmahattamiiniim abhidhiina-yoga�\nsiitafi. uvaca- Suta Gosvam1 said; aho-how; vayam-we;janma-bhrtafi.­\n\npromoted in birth; adya-today; ha-cl early; asma-have become; vrddha­\n\nanuvrttyii-by serving those who are advanced in knowledge; api-althou gh;\n\n-\n\nviloma jiita[l.\nbirth;\n\n- born in a mixed caste; dau�kulyam-disq alification of\n\niidhim-sufferin gs;\n\nu\n\nvidhunoti-purifies;\n\nszgh ram-very\n\nsoon;\n\nmahattamcinam-of those who are great; abhidhana- conversation; yoga[l.­\n\nconnection.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Siita Gosvami said: 0 God, although we are born in a mixed caste,\n\nwe are still promoted in birthright simply by serving and following the\n\ngreat who are advanced in knowledge- Even by conversing with such great\n\nsouls, one can without delay clean up all disqualifications resulting from\nlower births.\n\nPURPORT\nSuta Gosvami did not take his birth in a briihma!la family. He was born\n\nin a family of mi xed caste, or an uncultured low family. But because of\nhigher association, like Sri Sukadeva Gosvami and the great .'\"§is of Naimi�rav.ya, certainly the disqualification of inferior birth was washed off.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0311": "Text 18]\n\nMaharaja Parilqit Cursed by a Brahm�a Boy\n\n949\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu followed this principle in pursuance of the\n\nVedic usages, and by His transcendental association He elevated many low­\n\nborn, or those disqualified by birth or action, to the status of devotional\nservice and established them in the position of iiciiryas, or authorities. He\nclearly stated that any man, whatever he may be, whether a brahmara or\n\nsudra by birth, or a householder or mendicant in the order of society, if\nhe is conversant with the science of Kr�l)a, he can be accepted as an\n\niiciirya or guru, a spiritual master.\n\nSuta �osvami learned the science of Kr�l)a from great n� and authori­\n\nties like Sukadeva, Vyasadeva, etc., and he was so qualified that even the\n\nsages of Naimi�aral)ya eagerly wanted to hear from him the science of\n\nKr�l)a in the form of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. So he had the double association:\n\nof great souls by hearing and preaching. Transcendental science or the\nscience of Kr�l)a has to be learned from the authorities, and when one\npreaches the science, he becomes still more qualified. So Suta Gosvami had\nboth the advantages, and thus undoubtedly he was completely freed from\n\nall disqualifications of low birth and mental agonies. This verse definitely\n\nproves that neither Srila Sukadeva Gosvami refused to teach Suta Gosvami\n\nabout the transcendental science, nor the sages of the Naimi�ar3l)ya refused\n\nto hear lessons from him because of his inferior birth. This means that\n\nthousands of years ago there was no bar in learning or preaching the\n\ntranscendental science because of inferior birth. The rigidity of the so­\n\nca!led caste system in Hindu society became prominent within only one\n\nhundred years or so when the number of dvija-bandhus, or disqualified men\nin the families of higher castes, increased. Lord Sri Caitanya revived the\n\noriginal Vedic system, and He elevated Thakur Haridasa to the position of\n\nnamacarya, or the authority in the preaching of the glories of the holy\n\nname of the Lord, although His Holiness Srila Haridasa Thakur was\npleased to appear in a family of Mohammedans.\nSuch is the power of pure devotees of the Lord. The Ganges water is\naccepted as pure, and one can become purified after taking a bath in the\nwaters of the Ganges. But as far as the great devotees of the Lord are\nconcerned, they can purify a degraded soul even by being seen by the lowborn, and what to speak of association. Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwanted to purify the whole atmosphere of the polluted world by sending\nqualified preachers all over the world, and it remains with the Indians to\ntake up this task scientifically and thus to do the best kind of humanitarian work. The mental diseases of the present generation are more acute\nthan bodily diseases; it is quite fit and proper to take up the preaching of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam all over the world without delay. Mahattamanam\n\n", "SB1.3#p0312": "[Canto 1, Ch. 18\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n950\n\nAbhidhiina also means dictionary of great devotees, or a book full of the\nwords of great devotees. Such a dictionary of the words of great devotees\nand that of the Lord are in the Vedas and allied literatures, specifically the\n\nS nmad-Bhiigavatam.\n\n·\n\nTEXT 19\n\n1(1:\n\n�4io1Jl � �\n'l(\"EEaEfilr(lq(ltfOI�\nq)s;w;::aijRfi�I'EIIwtwt;:Jl\n'�«!!\"•�11{ :qqwra'lt:\nkutalt punar gro-ato niima tasya\nmahattanwikiinta-pariiyapasya\nyo 'nanta-sak tir bhagaviin ananto\nmahad-gu!latviid yam anantam-iihult\n\nkutalt-what to say; punafi.-again; g_�ataft one who chants; namaname; tas ya-His; ma hattama great devotees; e kiinta-ex clusive;\npariiyartasya-of one who is shelter of; yaft He who; ananta-is the\nUnlimited; 5aktilt-potency; bh agaviin- the Personality of Godhead;\nanantafi.-immeasurable; ma hat-great; gu rtatviit on account of such\nattributes; yam-whom; anantam-by the name ananta; iihult -is called.\n\n-\n\nholy\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnd what to speak of those who are under the direction of the great\ndevotees, chanting the holy name of the Unlimited who has unlimited\npotency? The Personality of Godhead, unlimited in potency and transcendental by attributes, is called the ananta [Unlimited].\nPURPORT\nThe dvija-bandhu, or the less intelligent uncultured men born of higher\ncastes, put forward many arguments against the lower caste men becoming\n\nbriihmartas in this life. They argue that birth in the family of sudros or less\nthan sudras is made possible by one's previous sinful acts, and therefore\none has to complete the terms of disadvantages due to lower birth. And to\nanswer these false logicians,\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam asserts that one who\n\n", "SB1.3#p0313": "Text 20]\n\nMaharaja Par�it Cursed by a Brahm3.!1 a Boy\n\n951\n\nchants the holy name of the Lord under the direction of a pure devotee\ncan at once get free from the disadvantages due to lower caste birth. A\npure devotee of the Lord does not commit any offense while chanting the\nholy name of the Lord. There are ten different offenses in the chanting of\nthe holy name of the Lord. To chant the holy name under the direction of\na pure devotee is offenseless chanting. Offenseless chanting of the holy\nname of the Lord is transcendental, and, therefore, such chanting can at\nonce purify one from the effects of all kinds of previous sins. This offenseless chanting indicates that one has fully understood the transcendental\nnature of the holy name and has thus surrendered unto the Lord. Transcendentally the holy name of the Lord and the Lord Himself are identical,\nbeing absolute. The holy name of the Lord is as powerful as the Lord. The\nLord is the all-powerful Personality of Godhead, and He has innumerable\nnames, which are all nondifferent from Him and are equally powerful also.\nIn the last word of the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord asserts that one who surrenders fully unto Him is protected from all sins by the grace of the Lord.\nSince His name and He Himself are identical, the holy name of the Lord\ncan protect the devotee from all effects of sins. The chanting of the holy\nname of the Lord can undoubtedly deliver one from the disadvantages of\na lower caste birth. The Lord's unlimited power is extended on and on by\nthe unlimited expansion of the devotees and incarnations, and thus every\ndevotee of the Lord and incarnations also can be equally surcharged with\nthe potency of the Lord. Since the devotee is surcharged with the potency\nof the Lord, even fractionally, the disqualification due to lower birth cannot stand in the way.\nTEXT 20\n\nC(ijfHIIJ\n\n�\n\ne_Hij;w\n\n�4.(11¥0qt;wRt�II�WM\ntl��ij(l'{ � ���·fft!J �<fswt�: lt�olt\n\"'\n\netiivatiilarh nanu sucitena\nguruzir as iimyiinatiSiiyanasya\nhitvetariin priirthayato vibhutir\nyasyiinghri rer-um ju�ate 'nabhipso�\netiivata-so far; alam-unnecessary; nanu-if at all; su citena - by description; gurai� - by\n\nattributes; a siimya-immeasu rable ; anati.Siiyanasya-of\n\n", "SB1.3#p0314": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n952\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 18\n\none who is unexcelled; hitoo-leaving aside; itariin-others;priirthayataflof those who ask for; vibhiUi{l-favor of the goddess of fortune; yasyaone whose; anghri-feet; repum-dust; ju§ate-serves; anabhipso[l.-of one\nwho is unwilling.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is now ascertained that He [the Personality of Godhead] is unlimited\n\n. and there is none equal to Him. Conseque ntly no one can speak of Him\nadequately. Great demigods cannot obtain the favor of the goddess of fortune e ven by prayers, but this very goddess renders service unto the Lord,\n\nalthough He is unwilling to have such service.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Personality of Godhead, or theParamesvara Param Brahma, according to the sriitis, has nothing to do. He has no equal. Nor does anyone excel\nHim. He has unlimited potencies, and His every action is carried out systematically in His natural and perfect ways. Thus the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is full in Himself, and He has nothing to accept from anyone\nelse, including the great demigods like Brahma. Others as k for the favor of\nthe goddess of fortune, and despite such prayers she declines to award such\nfavors. But still she renders service unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, although He has nothing to accept from her. The Personality of\nGodhead in His l\\laha-Vi�J;tu feature begets Brahma, the first created person\nin the material world, from His naval lotus stem and not in the womb of\nthe goddess of fortune who is eternally engaged in His service. These are\nsome of the instances of His complete independence and perfection. That\nHe has nothing to do does not mean that He is impersonal. He is transcendentally so full of inconceivable potencies that simply by His willing,\neverything is done without physical or personal endeavor. He is called,\ntherefore, yogesvara, or the Lord of all mystic powers.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�\n\n44€'4140;w(CII�\n\nI(�fl9111q,�u(uuwu\n� �..���ij..l 81�13:\ncit ;n;{ � ¥441'4�qa:��: II�� II\na•\n\n", "SB1.3#p0315": "Text 21)\n\nMaharaja P�it Cursed by a Brahm�a Boy\n\n953\n\nathiipi yat-piidanakhiivasntam\njagad virincopahrtiirhar-iimbha�\nsesam puniity anyatamo mukundiit\nko niima loke bhagavat-padiirtha�\natha-therefore; api-certainly; yat-whose; piida-nakha-nails of the\n\nfeet; avasntam-emanating; jagat-the whole universe; virinca\n\n-\n\nBrahmaji;\n\nupahrta- collected ;arhar-a- worship; ambha�-water ;sa-along with; !.Sam­\n\nLord Siva; puniiti -purifie�; anyatama�-who else; mukundiit-besides the\n\nPersonality of Godhead Sri Knl}a; ka�- who; niima-name; loke-within\n\nthe world; bhagavat-Supreme Lord ; pada\n\n-\n\nposition ; artha�-worth.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWho can be worthy of the name of the Supreme Lord but the Person­\n\nality of Godhead Sri Kr��a? Brahmaji collected the water emanating from\n\nthe nails of His feet in order to award it to Lord Siva as a worshipful welcome. This very water [the Ganges] is purifying the whole universe,\n\nincluding Lord Siva.\n\nPURPORT\nThe conception of many gods in the Vedic literatures by the ignorant\n\nis completely wrong. The Lord is one without a second, hut He expands\n\nHimself in many ways, and this is confirmed in the Vedas. Such expan­\n\nsions of the Lord are limitless, but some of them are the living entities. The\nliving entities are not as powerful as the Lord's plenary expansions, and\n\ntherefore there are two different types of expansions. Lord Brahma is\ngenerally one of the living entities, and Lord Siva is the via medium between\n\nthe Lord and the living entities. In other words, even demigods like Lord\n\nBrahma and Lord Siva, who are the chief amongst all demigods, are never\n\nequal to or greater than Lord Vi��u the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nThe goddess of fortune, La4mi and all-powerful demigods like Brahma\n\nand Siva are engaged in the worship of Vi��u or Lord Kr!!l'}a; therefore who\n\ncan be more powerful than Mukunda (Lord Kr��a) to be factually called\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead? The goddess of fortune, Lak�rmJI,\n\nLord Brahma and Lord Siva are not independently powerful, but they are\n\npowerful as expansions of the Supreme Lord, and all of them are engaged\n\nin the transcendental loving service of the Lord, and so also are the living\n\nentities. There are four sects of worshipful devotees of the Lord, and the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0316": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n954\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 18\n\nchief amongst them are the Brahma-sampradaya, Rudra-sampradaya and\n\nSri-sampradaya, descending directly from Lord Brahma, Lord Siva and the\n\ngoddess of fortune, Lak�mi, respectively. Besides the above-mentioned\nthree\n\nsampradiiyas, there is the Kumara-sampradaya, descending from\nSanatkumara. All of the four original sampradiiyas are still scrupulously\n\nengaged in the transcendental service of the Lord up to date, and they all\ndeclare that Lord Kr��a Mukunda is the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nand no other personality is equal to Him or greater than Him.\nTEXT 22\n\nmer �\n� a.tlR!I ijf'{i!l( I\n\n�'Sll3(*fir:\n\n�\n�ql(+ht�'l�\n�f(ij(q5j4(:\n�: ���\"'\nyatriinuraktii� sahasaiva dhirii\nvyapohya dehiidi§u sangam ii�ham\nvrajanti tat piirama-harhsyam antyarh\nyasminn ahirhsopasama� sva-dharma�\nyatra-unto whom; anuraktii[z -firmly attached;sahasii-all of a sudden;\n\neva-certainly; dhirii!z-self-controlled; vyapohya-leaving aside; deha-the\ngross and subtle mind; iid�u-relating to; sangam -attachment; ii�hamtaken to; vrajanti-go away; tat-that;piirama-harhsyam-the highest stage\nof perfection; antyam-and beyond that; yasmin-in which; ahimsii-nonviolence; upasama�-and renunciation; sva-dharma�-consequential occu­\n\npation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSelf-controlled persons who are attached to the Supreme Lord Sri\n\nKr��a can all of a sudden give up the world of material attachment, including the gross body and subtle mind, and go away to attain the highest perfection of the renounced order of life, by which nonviolence and renunciation are consequential.\nPURPORT\nOnly the self-controlled can gradually be attached to the Supreme\nPerson;�li ty of Godhead. Self-controlled means not indulging in sense enjoyment more than is necessary. And those who are not self-controlled are\n\n", "SB1.3#p0317": "Text 23]\n\nMaharaja Pa�it Cursed by a Brahm�a Boy\n\n955\n\ngiven over to sense enjoyment. Dry philosophical speculation is a subtle\nsense enjoyment of the mind. Sense enjoyment leads one to the path of\ndarkness. Those who are self-controlled can make progress on the path of\nliberation from the conditional life of material existence. The Vedas,\ntherefore, enjoin that one should not go on the path of darkness but should\nmake a progressive march towards the path of light or liberation. Selfcontrol is actually achieved not by artificially stopping the senses from\nmaterial enjoyment, but by becoming factually attached to the Supreme\nLord by engaging one's unalloyed senses in the transcendental service of\nthe Lord. The senses cannot be forcibly curbed, but they can be given\nproper engagement. Purified senses are, therefore, always engaged in the\ntranscendental service of the Lord. This perfectional stage of sense engage·\nment is called bhakti-yoga. So those who are attached to the means of\nbhakti-yoga are factually self-controlled and can all of a sudden give up\n\ntheir homely or bodily attachment for the service of the Lord. This is called\nthe paramahamsa stage. Hamsas, or swans, accept only milk out of a mix·\nture of milk and water. Similarly, those who accept the service of the Lord\ninstead of miiyii's service are called the paramahamsas. They are naturally\nqualified with all the good attributes, such as pridelessness, freedom from\nvanity, nonviolence, tolerance, simplicity, respectability, worship, devotion\nand sincerity. All these godly qualities exist in the devotee of the Lord\nspontaneously. Such paramahamsas, who are completely given up to the\nservice of the Lord, are very rare. They are very rare even amongst the\nliberated souls. Real nonviolence means not to be envious. In this world\neveryone is envious of his fellow being. But a perfect paramahamsa, being\ncompletely given up to the service of the Lord, is perfectly nonenvious. He\nloves every living being in relation with the Supreme Lord. Real renunciation means to have perfect dependence on God. Every living being is\ndependent on someone else because he is so made. Actually everyone is\ndependent on the mercy of the Supreme Lord, but when one forgets his\nrelation with the Lord, he becomes dependent on the conditions of\nmaterial nature and thus becomes completely dependent on the mercy of\nthe Lord. Real independence means to have complete faith in the mercy\nof the Lord without being dependent on the conditions of matter. This\nparomaharhsa stage is the highest perfectional stage in bhakti-yoga, the\n\nprocess of devotional service to the Supreme Lord.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n31( tt m- �� 31MII41'lt� � I\n\n", "SB1.3#p0318": "956\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 18\n\n;rq: qij�..:u�t�«'i\n\nqaf6tar� � �� � : ������\n\naham hi pnto'ryama!lo bhavadbhir\niicak�a iitmiivagamo'tra yiiviin\nnabhafl patanty iitmasamam patattri!las\ntathii samam v�!lu-gatim vipa5citafl\naham-my humble self;hi-certainly;pf§lafl-asked by you;aryamapa[lmay describe; iitma\navagama[l-as far as my knowledge is concerned; atra-herein; yiiviin-so\nfar; nabha[l-sky;patanti- fly on; iitma-samam-as far as it can;patattripa[lthe birds; tathii-thus; samam- similarly; vi§ pu gatim-knowledge of Vi�\\}u;\nvipa5cita[l-even though learned.\nas powerful as the sun; bhavadbhi[l-by you; iicak§e\n\n-\n\n­\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 r�. who are as powerfully pure as the sun, I shall try to describe to\nV�I)U as far as my kno wledge is\nconcerned. As the birds fly in the sky as far as their capacity allows, so do\nthe learned devotees describe the L or d as far as their realization allows.\n\nyou the transcendental pastimes of\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Absolute Truth is unlimited. No living being can know\nabout the unlimited by his limited capacity. The Lord is impersonal,\npersonal and localized. By His impersonal feature He is all-pervading\nBrahman, by His localized feature He is present in everyone's heart as the\nSupreme Soul, and by His ultimate personal feature He is the object of\ntranscendental loving service by His fortunate associates the pure devotees.\nThe pastimes of the Lord in different features can only be estimated partly\nby the great learned devotees. So Srila Siita Gosvami has rightly taken this\nposition in describing the pastimes of the Lord as far as he has realized.\nFactually only the Lord Himself can describe Himself, and His learned\n\ndevotee also can describe Him as far as the Lord gives him the power\n\nof description.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n��� \\il��'1f\n\nTEXT 25\n\nft� � t(i\\' I\nttnww�•a: �: MNd€lf't(ft � 11�\\lll\n\n", "SB1.3#p0319": "Maharaja Par�it Cursed by a Brahm�qta Boy\n\n957\n\nmq �N11{,\n� ufeff.rnl;f � ��6�N._( 11�'-\\11\n\n��·�qij:q�:\n\n...\n\nekadii dhanur udyamya\nvicaran mrgayiim vane\nmrgiin anugata� sriinta�\nk§udhitas t�ito bhrsam\njaliisayam acak§iirw�\npravivda tam iiSramam\ndadarsa munim iisinam\nsiintam milita-locanam\nekadii-once upon a time; dhanu�-arrows and bow; udyamya-taking\nfirmly; vi caran-following; mrgayiim-hun ting excursion; vane-in the forest; mrgiin-stags; anugata�-while following; sriinta�-fatigued; k§udhita�\n-hungry; tr§ita�- being thirsty; bhrsam- extremely;jaliisayam- reservoir\nof water; acak§iirza�\n\n-\n\nthat famous; iisramam\n\nwhile finding out; p ravivda-entered into; tam­\n\n-\n\nhermitage of �amika J;t�i; dadarsa\n\n-\n\nsaw; munim­\n\nthe sage; iis ina m-seated; siintam-all silent; milita-closed; loc an a m-eyes\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nOnce upon a time Maharaja Par�it, while engaged in hunting in the\nforest with bow and arrows, became extremely fatigued, hungry and\nthirsty while following the stags. While searching for a reservoir of water,\nhe entered the hermitage of the well-kn own Samika �� and saw the sage\n\nsitting silently with closed eyes.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Lord is so kind to His pure devotees that in proper time\nHe calls such devotees up to Him and thus creates a circumstance auspicious\nfor the devotee. Maharaja Parik.f?it was a pure devotee of the Lord, and\nthere was no reason for him to become extremely fatigued, hungry and\nthirsty because a devotee of the Lord never becomes perturbed by such\nbodily demands. But by the desire of the Lord, even such a devotee can\nbecome apparently fatigued and thirsty just to create a situation favorable\nfor his renunciation of worldly activities. One has to give up all attachment\nfor worldly relations before one is able to go back to Godhead, and thus\n\n", "SB1.3#p0320": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n958\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 18\n\nwhen a devotee is too much absorbed in worldly affairs, the Lord creates a\n\nsituation to cause indifference. The Supreme Lord never forgets His pure\n\ndevotee, even though he may be engaged in so-called worldly affairs.\n\nSometimes He creates an awkward situation, and the devotee becomes\nobliged to renounce all worldly affairs. The devotee can understand by the\n\nsignal of the Lord, but others take it to be unfavorable and frustrating.\n\nMaharaja Pan�it was to become the medium for the revelation of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam by Lord Sr1 Kr�tla, as his grandfather Arjuna was the medium\n\nfor the Bhagavad-gitii. Had Arjuna not been taken up with an illusion of\n\nfamily affection by the will of the Lord, the Bhagavad-gitii would not have\n\nbeen spoken by the Lord Himself for the good of all concerned. Similarly,\n\nhad Maharaja Pan�it not been fatigued, hungry and thirsty at this time,\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nwould\n\nnot have been spoken by Srila Sukadeva\n\nGosviimi, the prime authority of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. So this is a prelude\n\nto the circumstances under which Srimad-Bhiigavatam was spoken for the\n\nbenefit of aU concerned. The prelude, therefore, begins with the words\n\n\"Once upon a time.\"\n\nTEXT 26\n\nq�401SUOI¥4wiltf4lq1(<1'(\nI\n�1..\"441�� smt Qlt1'4�fifi4'( ������\n$(Rl\n\npratiruddhendriya-prii.!lamanobuddhim upii.ratam\nsthii.na-trayii.t param prii.ptam\nbrahma-bhiitam avikriyam\npratiruddha-restrained; indriya-the sense organs;prara-air of respira­\n\ntion; manafl- the mind;buddhim-intelligence; upiiratam-inactive;sthiina­\n\nplaces; trayiit-from the three;param-transcendental; priiptam-achieved;\n\nbrahma-bhiitam-qualitatively equal with the Supreme Absolute; avikriyam- unaffected.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\nMuni's sense organs, breath, mind and intelligence were all\n\nrestrained from material activities, and he was situated in a trance apart\nfrom the three [wakefulness, dream and unconsciousness] , having achieved\n\na transcendental position qualitatively equal with the Supreme Absolute.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0321": "Text 27]\n\nMaharaja Pa�it Cursed by a Brahm�a Bo y\n\n959\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears that the Muni, in whose hermitage the King entered, was in\nyogic trance. The transcemlental position is attained by three processes,\nnamely the process of jniina, or theoretical knowledge of transcendence,\nthe process of yoga, or factual realization of trance by manipulation of the\nphysio logical and phychological functions of the body, and the most\napproved process of bhakti-yoga, or the engagement of senses in the\ndevotional service of the Lord. In the Bhagavad-gitii also we have the\ninformation of the gradual development of perception from matter to a\nliving entity. Our material mind and body develop from the living entity,\nthe soul, and being influenced by the three qualities of matter, we forget\nour real identity. The jniina process theoretically speculates about the\nreality of the soul. But bhakti-yoga factually engages the spirit soul in\nactivities. The perception of matter is transcended to still subtler states of\nthe senses. The senses are transcended to the subtler mind, and then to\nbreathing activities and gradually to intelligence. Beyond the intelligence,\nthe living soul is realized by the mechanical activities of the yoga system,\nor practice of meditation restraining the senses, regulating the breathing\nsystem and applying intelligence to rise up to the transcendental position.\nThis trance stops all material activities of the body. The King saw the\nMuni in that position. He also saw the Muni as follows.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�ut\\uf���\n��*111«4!\n\n(1(itun�.�\n\n� 1\n\n�������\n\nviprak\"irr-a-jatiicchannarh\nrauraver-iijinena ca\nvi.Su�yat-tiilur udakarh\ntathii-bhiitam ayiicata\nviprak i'\"!la- all\nelongated hair;\n\nscattered; jata-iicchannam - covered with compressed,\nra\n\nura ver-a -by the skin of a stag; ajinena-by the skin;\n\nca- also; vi.Su§yat-dried up; tiilu[l-palate; u dakam- water; tathii-bhiitamin that state; ayiicata-asked for.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0322": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n960\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage, in meditation, was covered by the skin of a stag, and elon­\n\ngated, compressed hair was scattered all over him. The King, whose palate\n\nwas dry from thirst, asked him for water.\n\nPURPORT\nThe King, being thirsty, asked the sage for water. That such a great\ndevotee and King asked for water from a sage absorbed in trance was\ncertainly providential. Otherwise there was no chance of such a unique\nhappening. Maharaja Pan�it was thus placed in an awkward position so\nthat gradually Srimad-Bhagavatam could be revealed.\nTEXT 28\n\n�q:ui'{4441R«t¥OStnw�1a:\n\\fl(llafl;:n�Ff\n\n'l94.4'llwt�\n':I\n\n( ������\n\nalabdha-tnw-bhumy-iidir\nasampriiptiirghya-sunrta\"f!.\n\navajnii.tam ivii.tmii.nam\n\nmanyamii.nas cukopa ha\n\nalabdh a - having not received; tnw-seat of straw; bhumi-place; ii.difl­\n\nampriipta- not properly received; arghya- water for reception; sunrta\"f!.­\n\nas\n\nsweet words; avajnii.tam-thus being neglected; iva-like that; ii.tmii.nam­\n\npersonally; manya mii.nafi. - thinking like that; c ukopa - became angry; hain that way.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King, not received by any formal welcome by means of being\n\noffered a seat, place, water and sweet addresses, considered himself\n\nneglected, and so thinking he became angry.\nPURPORT\n\nThe law of reception in the codes of the Vedic principles states that\neven if\n\nan\n\nenemy is received at home, he must be received with all\n\n", "SB1.3#p0323": "Text 29)\n\nMaharaja P�it Cursed by a Briihm�q1a Boy\n\n961\n\nrespects. He should not be given a chance to understand that he has come\n\ninto the house of an enemy. When Lord K�tla, accompanied by Arjuna\nand Bhima, approached Jarlisandha in Magadha, the respectable enemies\nwere given a royal reception by King Jarasandha. The guest enemy,\n\nnamely Bhima, was to fight with Jarasandha, and yet they were given a\n\ngrand reception. At night they used to sit down together as friends and\n\nguests, and in the day they used to fight, risking life and death. That was\n\nthe law of reception. The reception law enjoins that a poor man, who has\n\nnothing to offer his guest, should be good enough to offer a straw mat for\nsitting, a glass of water for drinking and some sweet words. Therefore, to\n\nreceive a guest, either friend or foe, there is no expense. It is only a ques·\n\ntion of good manners.\n\nWhen Maharaja Parik�it entered the door of Samika :{t�i, he did not\n\nexpect a royal reception by the �i because he knew that saints and nis\n\nare not materially rich men. But he never expected that a seat of straw, a\n\nglass of water and some sweet words would be denied to him. He was not\n\nan ordinary guest, nor was he an enemy of the :{t�i, and therefore the cold\nreception by the �i astonished the King greatly. As a matter of fact, the\n\nKing was right to get angry with the :{t�i when he needed a glass of water\n\nvery badly. To become angry in such a grave situation was not unnatural\nfor the King, but because the King himself was not less than a great saint,\n\nhis becoming angry and taking action were astonishing. So it must be\n\naccepted that it was so ordained by the supreme will of the Lord. The\n\nKing was a great devotee of the Lord, and the saint was also as good as the\nKing. But by the will of the Lord, the circumstances were so created that\nthey became ways to the King's becoming unattached to family connec·\n\ntion and governmental activities and thus becoming a completely surren­\n\ndered soul unto the lotus feet of Lord Kr�tla. The merciful Lord sometimes\n\ncreates such awkward positions for his pure devotees in order to drag them\n\ntowards Himself from the mire of material existence. But outwardly the\n\nsituations appear to be frustrating to the devotees. The devotees of the\nLord are always under the protection of the Lord, and in any condition,\n\nfrustration or success, the Lord is the supreme guide for the devotees. The\n\npure devotees, therefore, accept all conditions of frustration as blessings\n\nfrom the Lord.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n31lF'�: mn ���lltllR<:n�'iwt : 1\nJR1IOf � im:m � � \"�'\"\n\n", "SB1.3#p0324": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n962\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 18\n\nabhiita-piirval), sahasii\nk�ut-tnlbhyiim arditiitmanal),\nbriihmar-am praty abhiid brahman\nmatsaro'manyur eva ca\n\nl),\n\nabhu ta-p u roa -unprecedented; sahasa- circumstantially; k§ut-hunger;\n\ni\n\ntnlbhyam-as well as by thirst; ard ta- being distressed; atmana[l-of his\nself;\n\nbriihmartam-unto\n\nbrahman-0\n\na\n\nbrahmarta;\n\nfl\n\ni\n\nprat -against;\n\nfl\n\nabhu t-became;\n\nbriihmartas; matsa ra -envious; manyu -angry; eva-thus;\n\nca-and.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 hrahm�as, the King's anger and envy, directed toward the brahm�a\nsage, were unprecedented, being that circumstances had made him hungry\nand thirsty.\nPURPORT\nFor a king like Maharaja Parik�it to become angry and envious, especially at a sage and briihmarta, was undoubtedly unprecedent�d. The King\nknew well that briihmar-as, sages, children, women and old men are always\nbeyond the jurisdiction of punishment. Similarly, the king, even though\n\nhe commits a great mistake, is never to be considered a wrongdoer. But in\nthis case, Maharaja Parik�it became angry and envious at the sage due to\n\nhis thirst and hunger, by the will of the Lord. The King was right to punish\nhis subject for coldly receiving him or neglecting him, but because the\nculprit was a sage and a brahmar-a, it was unprecedented. As the Lord is\nnever envious of anyone, so also the Lord's devotee is never envious of\nanyone. The only justification for Maharaja Parik�it's behavior is that it\nwas ordained by the Lord.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n« ;m� •l(]ltl�{•i � I\nRAq00..���>.UI � �(+fttlij : Jl�oll\n\n�\n\nsa tu brahma-r�er amse\ngatiisum uragam ru�ii\nvinirgacchan dhanu�kotyii\nnidhiiya puram iigatal}\n\n", "SB1.3#p0325": "Text 31)\n\nMaharaja Pari�it Cursed by a Brahm�a Boy\n\n963\n\nsa�- the King; tu-however; brahma-r§e�-of the briihmaf!a sage; amseon\n\nthe\n\nshoulder;\n\ngatiisum-lifeless;\n\nuragam-snake;\n\nru§ii-in\n\nanger;\n\nvinirgacchan-while leaving; dhanu�-kotya-with the front part of the\n\nbow; nidhiiya-by placing it; puram-palace; iigata�-re turned.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile leaving, the King, being so insulted, picked up a lifeless snake\nwith his bow and angrily placed it on the shoulder of the sage. Then he\nreturned to his palace.\nPURPORT\nThe King thus treated the sage tit for tat, although he was never\naccustomed to such silly actions. By the will of the Lord, the King, while\ngoing away, found a dead snake in front of him, and he thought that the\nsage, who had coldly received him, thus might be coldly rewarded by being\noffered a garland of a dead snake. In the ordinary course of dealing, this\nwas not very unnatural, but in the case of Maharaja Parik�it's dealing with\na briihmarta sage, this was certainly unprecedented. It so happened by the\nwill of the Lord.\nTEXT 31\n\nf;pzdi�'Ni(Uft +ftft.5m: I\n'l'UQ'IINOitfulffi ?1 �: 11��11\n\n� ft\n\ne§a kim nibhrtiise�akararto militek§af!a�\nmr§ii-samiidhir iiho-svit\nkim nu syiit k§atra-bandhubhi�\n\n-\n\ne¥tfl-this; him whether; nibhrta -a se�a-meditative mood; harartaft­\n\n-\n\nsenses; milita closed ; ik §ar afi.-eyes; mr§ii-false; samiidhifi.-tranc e; iiho­\n\nremains; svit-if it is so; kim-either; nu-but ; syiit-may be; k§atra-bandhubhifi.\n\n-by the lower k§atriya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon returning, he began to contemplate and argue within himself\nwhether the sage had been actually in meditation with senses concentrated\n\n", "SB1.3#p0326": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n964\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 18\n\nand eyes closed or whet her he had just been feigning trance just to avoid\nreceiving a lower �atriya.\nPURPORT\nThe King, being a devotee of the Lord, did not approve of his own\n\naction, and thus he began to wonder whether the sage was really in a\n\ntrance or was just pretending in order to avoid receiving the King, who was\nk§atriya and therefore lower in rank. Repentance comes in the mind of\na good soul as soon as he commits something wrong. Srila Vi.Svanatha\n\nCakravarti Thakur, as well as Snla Jiva Gosvami, do not believe that the\nKing's action was due to his past misdeeds. The arrangement was so\n\nmade by the Lord just to call the King back home, back to Godhead.\nAccording to\n\nSrila\n\nViSvanatha Cakravarti, the plan\n\nwas made by\n\nthe will of the Lord, and by the will of the Lord the situation of\n\nfrustration was created. The plan was that by his so-called misdeed,\n\nthe King could be cursed by an inexperienced briihmap.a boy infected\n\nby the influence of Kali, and thus the King would leave his hearth\nand home for good. His connections with Srila Sukadeva Gosvanii would\n\nenable the presentation of the great Srimad-Bhiigavatam, which is con·\n\nsidered to be the book incarnation of the Lord. This book incarnation\n\nof the Lord gives much fascinating information of the transcendental\n\npastimes of the Lord, like His riisa-b.lii with the spiritual cowherd damsels\n\nof Vrajabhiimi. This specific pastime of the Lord has a special significance\n\nbecause anyone who properly learns about this particular pastime of the\nLord will certainly be dissu�ded from mundane sex desire and be placed\n\non the path of sublime devotional service to the Lord. The pure devotee's\nmundane frustration is meant to elevate the devotee to a higher transcen­\n\ndental position. By placing Arjuna or the P a!l�avas in frustration due to\n\nthe intrigue\n\nof\n\ntheir cousin brothers, the prelude of the Battle of\n\nKuru�etra was created by the Lord. This was to incarnate the sound\nrepresentative of the Lord, Bhagavad-gitii. So by placing King Pan�it in\n\nan awkward position, the incarnation of Srimad-Bhiigavatam was created\nby the will of the Lord. Being distressed by hunger and thirst was only\n\nshow, because the King endured much, even in the womb of his mother.\nHe was never disturbed by the glaring heat of the Brahmastra struck by\n\nASvatthama. The King's distressed condition was certainly unprecedented.\n\nThe devotees like Maharaja Pan�it are powerful enough to forbear such\n\ndistresses, by the will of the Lord, and they are never disturbed. The\n\nsituation, in this case, is therefore all planned by the. Lord.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0327": "Text 33)\n\nMaha raja P�it Cursed by a Brahm�a Boy\n\n965\n\nTEXT 32\n\n� �sRr� Rrol ��:\n\n� mflfci ani � 6��'11if1( ����II\ntasya putro'ti tejasvi\nviharan biilako 'rbhakaifl\nroj;iiigham priipitam tiitam\nsrutvii tatredam abravit\ntasya-his (the sage's); putraft-son; uti-extremely; tejasvi powerful;\n-\n\nviharan-while\n\nplaying;\n\nbiilakaft-with boys; arbhakaift-who\n\nchildish; riijii.ii:_by the King; agham-distress ; priipitam\n\n-\n\nwere all\n\nmade to have;\n\ntiitam-the father; srutvii-by hearing; tatra-then and there; idam-all\nthese; abravit-spoke\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage had a son who was very powerful, being a brahma�a's son.\nWhile he was playing with inexperienced boys, he heard of his father's\ndistress, which was occasioned by the King. Then and there the boy\nspoke as follows.\nPURPORT\nDue to Maharaja Pan�it's good government, even a boy of tender age,\nwho was playing w ith other inexperienced boys, could become as power­\n\nful as a qualified brohmarta. This boy was known as Srri.gi, and he achieved\ngood training in brahmacarya by his father so that he could be as powerful\n\nas a brahmarta, even at that age. But because the age of Kali was seeking an\nopportunity to spoil the cultural heritage of the four orders of life, the\ninexperienced boy gave a chance for the age of Kali to enter into the field\nof Vedic culture. Hatred of the lower orders of life began from this\nbrohmarta boy, under the influence of Kali, and thus cultural life began to\ndwindle day after day. The first victim of brahminical injustice was Maharaja Parik�it, and thus the protection given by the King against the onslaught of Kali was slackened.\nTEXT 33\n\n� �: �imf��N I\n���� ll<41..fWR� ������\n\n", "SB1.3#p0328": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n966\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 18\n\naho adharma[l. piiliiniirh\npivniirh bali-bhujiim iva\nsviiminy agharh yad diisiiniirh\ndviira-piiniirh suniim iva\n\naho-just look at; adharma[l.-irreligion; piiliiniim-of the rulers; pivniim\n-of one who is brought up; bal i bhujiim- like the crows; iva-like; sviimini\n-\n\n-unto the master; agham-sin; yat-what is; diisiiniim-of the servants;\ndvii ra piiniim-keeping watch at the door; suniim-of the dogs; iva-like.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n[The brahm�a's son, Srrigi, said:] 0 just look at the sins of the rulers\nwho, like crows and watchdogs at the doo r, per petrate sins against their\nmast ers, cont rary to the princ iples governing servants.\nPURPORT\nThe briihmaf�-as are considered to be the head and brains of the social\nbody, and the k�atriyas are considered to be the arms of the social body.\nThe arms are required to protect the body from all harms, but the arms\nmust act according to the directions of the head and brain. That is a\nnatural arrangement made by the supreme order, for it is confirmed in the\nBhagavad-gitii that four social orders or castes, namely the briihmaf�-as, the\nk�atriyas, the vaiSyas and the siidras are set up according to quality and\n\nwork done by them. Naturally the son of a briihmaf�-a has a good chance\nto become a briihma� by the direction of his qualified father, as a son of a\nmedical practitioner has very good chance to become a qualified medical\npractitioner. So the caste system is quite scientific. The son must take advantage of the father's qualification and thus become a briihmaf�-a or\nmedical practitioner, and not otherwise. Without being qualified, one\ncannot become a briihma� or medical practitioner, and that is the verdict\nof all scriptures and social orders. Herein Srngi, a qualified son of a great\n\nbriihmaf�-a, attained the required brahminical power both by birth and\n\ntraining, but he was lacking in culture because he was an inexperienced\nboy. By the influence of Kali, the son of a briihmaT}a became puffed\nup with brahminical power and thus wrongly compared Maharaja Par�it\nto crows and watchdogs. The King is certainly the watchdog of the state\nin the sense that he keeps vigilant eyes over the border of the state for its\nprotection and defense, but to address him as a watchdog is the sign of a\nless cultured boy. Thus the downfall of the brahminical powers began as\n\n", "SB1.3#p0329": "Text 34]\n\nMaharaja Parik.!jit Cursed by a Brahma!la Boy\n\n967\n\nthey gave importance to birthright without culture. The downfall of the\n\nbriihma[La caste began in the age of Kali. And since briihma[Las are the\nheads of the social order, all other orders of society also began to deterio·\nrate. This beginning of brahminical deterioration was highly deplored by\nthe father of Sp1gi, as we will find.\nTEXT 34\n\nbriihma[Lai[z k§atra-bandhur hi\ngrha-piilo niriipita[l.\nsa katham tad-grhe dviifi,sthafi.\nsa-bhii[l!lam bhoktum arhati\nbriihmaraifi.-by the brahminical order; k§atra-bandhufl.-the sons of the\nk§atriyas; hi-certainly; grha-piilajl- the watchdog; nirupita[t- designated;\nsafl.-he ; katham-on what grounds; tat grhe in the home of him (the\nmaster); dviifl.sthafl.- keeping at the door; sa-bhii[l�am-in the same pot;\nbhoktum-to eat; arhati-deserves.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe des cendants of the kingly orders are definitely designated as\nwatchdogs, and they must keep themselves at the door. On what grounds\ncan dogs enter the house and claim to dine with the master on the\nsame plate?\nPURPORT\nThe inexperienced briihma[La boy certainly knew that the King asked\nfor water from his father and the father did not respond. He tried to\nexplain away his father's inhospitality in an impertinent manner befitting\nan uncultured boy. He was not at all sorry for the King's not being well\nreceived. On the contrary, he justified the wrong act in a way characteristic\nof the briihma[Las of Kali-yuga. He compared the King to a watchdog, and\nso it was wrong for the King to enter the home of a briihma[La and ask for\nwater from the same pot. The dog is certainly reared by its master, but that\ndoes not. mean that the dog shall claim to dine and drink from the same\npot. This mentality of false prestige is the cause of the downfall of the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0330": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n968\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 18\n\nperfect social order, and we can see that in the beginning it was started by\nthe inexperienced son of a briihmarta. As the dog is never allowed to enter\nwithin the room and hearth, although it is reared by the master, similarly,\naccording to S!'flgi, the King had no right to enter the house of Kau�ika l_t�i.\n\nAccording to the boy's opinion, the King was on the wrong side and not\nhis father, and thus he justified his silent father.\nTEXT 35\n\nkmw gate bhagavati\nsiistary utpatha-giiminiim\ntad bhinna-setun adyiiham\nsiismi pa5yata me balam\nk_r�l]e-Lord Kr�qa; gate-having departed from this world; bhagavati­\n\nthe Personality of Godhead; sastari-the supreme ruler; utpatha-giiminamof those who are upstarts; tat bhinna\ntector; adya-today; aha m\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbeing separated; setiin-the pro­\n\nmyself; siismi-shall punish; pasyata-just see;\n\nme-my; balam-prowess.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the departure of Lord Sri ��a the Personality of Godhead\nand supreme ruler of everyone, these upstarts have flourished, our protector being gone. Therefore I myself shall take up this matter and punish\nthem. Just witness my power.\nPURPORT\nThe inexperienced briihmarta, puffed up by a little brahma-teja, became\ninfluenced by the spell of Kali-yuga. Maharaja Pan�it gave license to Kali\nto live in four places as mentioned herein before, but by his very expert\ngovernment the personality of Kali could hardly find the places allotted\nhim. The personality of Kali-yuga was, therefore, seeking the opportunity\nto establish authority, and by the grace of the Lord he found a hole in the\npuffed up inexperienced son of a briihmarta. The little briihmarta wanted\nto show his prowess in destruction, and he had the audacity to punish a\ngreat king like Maharaja Par1k�it. He wanted to take the place of Lord\n\n", "SB1.3#p0331": "Text 36]\n\nMaharaja Pa�it Cursed by a Brahm�a Boy\n\n969\n\nKr��a after His departure. These are the principal signs of upstarts who\nwant to take the place of Sri Kr��a under the influence of the age of Kali.\nAn upstart with a little power wants to become an incarnation of the Lord.\nThere are many false incarnations after the departure of Lord Kr��a from\nthe face of the globe, and they are misleading the innocent public by\naccepting the spiritual obedience of the general mass of people to maintain\nfalse prestige. In other words, the personality of Kali got the opportunity\nto reign through this son of a b riihmar-a, Spigi.\nTEXT 36\n\n(�CRiilt it�tatwvit ail$1i�fi: 1\netin� �� qpq\"if fccijijJ ( 11�'11\nity uktvii ro�atiimriik�o\nvayasyiin ni- biilakafl\nkausiky iipa upasprsya\nviig vajram visasarja ha\niti- thus; uktva-saying; ro �a- tamra -ak� a[l-with red-hot eyes due to\nbeing angry; vayasyan- unto the playmates; [§i- balakaf!- the son of a [§i;\nkausiki-the river\n\nKausika; iipa[l-water; upasprsya-hy touching; vak­\n\nwords; vajram-thunderbolt; visasa rja-threw; ha-in the past.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of the r�, his eyes red-hot with anger, touched the water of\nthe River Kausika while speaking to his playmates and discharged the\nfollowing thunderbolt of words.\nPURPORT\nThe circumstances under which Maharaja Parilqit was cursed were\nsimply childish, as it appears from this verse.\n\nSrngi was showing his\n\nimpudency amongst his playmates, who were innocent. Any sane man\nwould have prevented him from doing such great harm to all human\nsociety. By killing a king like Maharaja Parik;;it, just to make a show of\nacquired brahminical powers, the inexperienced son of a briihmar-a committed a great mistake.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0332": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n970\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 37\n\n� ���·ij+f4:it� �: mS(i\"'wr ,\n�� � t�� :q(fa.al it�� 11�\\911\niti lnnghita-maryiidam\ntak�akafi. sap tame 'hani\ndank�yati sma kuliingiiram\ncodito me tata-druham\niti-thus; langhita-surpassing; maryiidam- etiquette; tak§ak af!.-sn ake­\n\nbird; saptame-on the seventh; ahani- day; dank§yati-will bite; sma­\n\ncertainly; kuln-an giiram- the wretched of the dynasty;\ndone; me-by; tata-druham-enmity towards the father.\n\nc oditafi. - hav ing\n\nT RANSLATION\nThe brahma!la's son cursed the King thus: On the seventh day from\ntoday a snake-bird will bite the most wretched one of that dynasty\n[Maharaja Pan�t] because of his having broken the laws of etiquette by\ninsulting my father.\nPURPORT\nThus the beginning of the misuse of brahminical power began, and\ngradually the briihmartas in the age of Kali became devoid of both\nbrahminical powers and culture. The briihmarta boy considered Maharaja\nPan\"k�it to be kuliingiira, or the wretched of the dynasty, but factually the\nbriihmarta boy himself was so because from him only the briihmarta caste\n\nbecame powerless, like the snake whose poisoned teeth are broken. The\nsnake is fearful as long as his poison teeth are there, otherwise he is fearful\n\nonly to children. The personality of Kali conquered the briihmarta boy\nfirst, and gradually the other castes. Thus the whole scientific system of the\n\norders of society in this age has assumed the form of a vitiated caste sys­\n\ntem which is now being uprooted by another class of men similarly in­\n\nfluenced by the age of Kali. One should see to the root cause of vitiation\nand not try to condemn the system as it is, without knowledge of its\nscientific value.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0333": "Text 39)\n\nMaharaja Pa�it Cursed by a Brahm�a Boy\n\n971\n\nTEXT 38\n\n��� � � \\lctctie�( 1\nttm ��� �:m umm1 � ( ������\ntato'bhyetyiisramam biilo\ngale-sarpa�kalevaram\npitaram v\"ik�ya dul)khiirto\nmukta-ka!ltho ruroda ha\ntata[t- thereafter; abhyetya- after entering into; ii.Sramam- the hermitage;\n\nbiilal)-boy; gale -sarpa- the\n\nsnake\n\non\n\nthe\n\nshoulder; kalevaram-body;\n\npitaram-unto the father; v\"ik§ya- having seen; duflkhiirtafl-in a sorry\nplight; mukta- kaflthafl-loudly; ruroda-cried; ha-in the past.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, when the b oy returned to the hermitage, he saw a snake on\n\nhis father's shoulder, and out of his grief he cried very loudly.\nPURPORT\nThe boy was not happy because he committed a great mistake, and he\n\nwanted to be relieved of the burden on his heart by crying. So after enter­\n\ning the hermitage and seeing his father in that condition, he cried loudly\n\nso that he might be relieved. But it was too late. The father regretted the\n\nwhole incidence.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n311�r �� ��a:n:f€1:.-::e\"'N�;wrwl( 1\ne..�t1�� �� ttl � Jl� 11��11\nu �1\n\nsa vii iingiraso brahman\nsrutvii suta-viliipanam\nunmuya sanakair netre\ndr�tvii ciimse mrtoragam\nsal)-he ; vai-also; iingiras afl- the r�i hom in the family of\n\nAngini;\n\nbrahman-0 Saunaka; srutvii-on hearing; suta-his son; viliipanam- crying\n\n", "SB1.3#p0334": "[Canto l, Ch. 18\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n972\n\nin distress; unmilya-opening; sanakaip-gradua lly; netre-by the eyes;\ndr�lvii-by seeing; ca-also; amse-on the shoulder; mrta-dead; uragamsnake.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 brahmaJ.las, the rt�i, who was born in the family of\n\nArigira Muni,\n\nhearing his son crying, grad ually opened his eyes and saw the dead snake\n\naround his neck.\n\nTEXT40\n\n� �� m�fi: UAA 1\n� en aS\\t'#;<I�ES�: U At�(q({ ltVoU\nvis.rjya tan ca papraccha\nvatsa kasmiidd hi rod�i\nkena vii te 'pakrtam\nity ukta� sa nyavedayat\nuis.rjya throwing aside; tam-that; ca-also; papraccha-asked; vatsa....:\nmy dear son; kasmat-what for; hi-certainly; rod�i cryi ng; kena-by\n-\n\n-\n\nwhom; uti-otherwise; te-they; apakrtam-misbehaved; iti-thus; ukta[l.being asked; sa[!.- the boy; nyavedayat-informed of everything.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe threw the dead snake aside and asked his son why he w as crying,\n\nwhether anyone had done him harm. On hearing this, the son explained to\n\nhim what happened.\n\nPURPORT\nThe father did not take the dead snake on his neck very seriously. He\nsimply threw it away. Actually there was nothing seriously wrong in\n\nMaharaj a Parik�it's act, but the foolish son took it very seriously, and\n\nbeing influenced by Kali he cursed the King and thus ended a chapter of\nhappy history.\n\nTEXT4l\n\n�\n�\n\nij8if6((\n\n�\n\nQlaR WIR*I�+i4WI;(( I\n\n", "SB1.3#p0335": "Maharaja Par�it Cursed by a Brahm�a Boy\n\nText 41]\n\n973\n\nniSamya saptam atadarham narendram\nsa briihma!JO natmajam abhyanandat\naho batamho mahad adya te krtam\nalpiyasi droha urur damo dhrta�\nn iSamya\n\n-\n\nafter hearing; saptam-cursed; atadarham-never to be con­\n\ndemned; nara-indram-unto the King, best of humankind; safl\n\n-\n\nthat;\n\nbriihmaflalz-briihmafla [§i; na-not; iitma jam-his own son; abhyanandat-\n\ncongratulated;\n\naho- alas;\n\nadya- today;\n\nte-yourself;\n\nbata-distressing;\n\namhalz- sins; mahat\n\nkrtam -performed;\n\n-\n\ngreat;\n\nalpiyasi-insignifican t;\n\ndrohe-offense; urulz-very great; damafz-punishment; dhrtalz-awarded.\nTRANSLATION\nThe father heard from his son that the King had been cursed, although\nhe should never have been condemned for he was the best amongst all\nhuman beings. The �i did not congratulate his son but, on the contrar y,\nbegan to repent, saying: Alas! What a great sinful act was performed by\nmy son. He has awarded heavy punishment for an insignificant of fense.\nPURPORT\nThe king is the �est of all human beings. He is the representative of\nGod, and he is never to be condemned for any of his actions. In other\nwords, the king can do no wrong. The king may order hanging of a culprit\nson of a briihmap.a, but he does not become sinful for killing a briihmafla.\nEven if there is something wrong with the king, he is never to be condemned. A medical practitioner may kill a patient by mistaken treatment,\nbut such a killer is never condemned to death. So what to speak of a good\nand pious king like Maha raja Pan\"'kl?it ? In the Vedic way of life, the king is\ntrained to become a rii ja'§i, or a great saint, although he is ruling as king.\nIt is the king only by whose good government the citizens can live peacefully and without any fear. The riijar§is would manage their kingdom so\nnicely and piously that their subjects would respect them as if they were\nthe Lord. That is the instruction of the Vedas. The king is called narendra,\nor the b est amongst the human beings. How then could a king like Maha-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0336": "[Canto 1, Ch. 18\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n974\n\nraJa Pa�it he condemned by an inexperienced puffed up son of a\nbrii hmarza, even though he attained the powers of a qualified briihmarza?\n\nThe Samlk J;t�i, since he was an experienced good briihmarza, did not\n\napprove of the actions of his condemned son. He began to lament for all\n\nthat his son had done. The king was beyond the jurisdiction of curses as a\ngeneral rule, and what to speak of a good king like Maharaja Parik�it. The\n\noffense of the King was most insignificant, and his being condemned to\n\ndeath was certainly a very great sin for Spi.gi. Therefore the �i Saniik\n\nregretted the whole incidence.\n\nTEXT42\n\n• �4(�4 �\nea:iuQ¥�(QNqfif.i'\n4�atij_l\n(RtttUI gm\nNW<OP6 ttS::Iwoti�¥Pm sm: nv�u\n\nWI\n\nna vai nrbhir nara-devam pariikhyam\nsammiitum arhasy avipakva-buddhe\nyat-tejasii durvi§aherza guptii\nvindanti bhadrii[ly akutobhayiifi. prajii�\nna-never; vai-as a matter of fact; nrbhifl-by any man; nara-devam­\n\nunto a man-god; pariikhyam-who is transcendental; sammatum-place on\n\nequal footing; arhasi-deserve; avipakva-unripe or immature; buddhe­\n\nintelligence; yat-by whose; tejasii-by the prowess; durv�ahe[La-unsur­\n\npassable; gupta[l-protected; vindant i -enjoys; bhadriirzi-all prosperity;\n\nakutafl-bhayii�-completely defended; prajiifl- the subjects.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my boy, your intelligence is immature, and therefore you have no\n\nknowledge that the King, who is the best amongst human beings, is as good\nas\n\nthe Personality of Godhead. T herefore he is never to be placed on an\n\nequal footing with common men. The citizens of the state live in prosperity, being protected by his unsurpassable prowess.\nTEXT43\n\n31�\\'44¥1�\n\nwc<\\cc;um\n\n('41f'UUIC4tf\n\n�: I\n\n", "SB1.3#p0337": "Text 43]\n\nMaharaja Pa�it Cursed by a Brahmat;ta Boy\n\n975\n\nalak§yamiir-e nara-deva-niimni\n\nrathiihga-piir-iiv ayam ariga lokafi.\n\ntadii hi caura-pracuro vinahk.syaty\n\narak§yamiir-o 'vivaruthavat k§artiit\n\nalakuamiir-e-being abolished; nara-deva-monarchical; niimni-of the\nname;\n\nratha-ahga-piir-au-the\n\nrepresentative\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nLord; ayam\n\n-\n\nthis;\n\nanga-0 my boy; lokafi. - this world; tadii hi-at once; caura-thieves;\n\npracurafi.-too much; vi nank�yati-vanquishes; arak�yamiir-afi.-being protec ted; avivariithavat-like lambs; k�ar-iit-at once_\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear boy, the Lord, who carries the wheel of a chariot, is represented\nby the monarchical regime, and when this regime is abolished the whole\nworld becomes filled with thieves, who then at once vanquish the\nunprotected subjects like scattered lambs_\nPURPORT\nAccording to Srimad-Bhiigavatam the monarchical regime represents the\nSupreme Lord, fhe Personality of Godhead. The king is said to be the\nrepresentative of the Absolute Personality of Godhead because he is trained\nto acquire the qualities of God to protect the living beings. The Battle of\nKuruk�etra was planned by the Lord to establish the real representative of\nthe Lord, Maharaja Yudhi��hira. An ideal king thoroughly trained by\nculture and devotional service with the martial spirit makes a perfect king.\nSuch a personal monarchy is far better than the so-called democracy of no\ntraining and responsibility. The thieves and rogues of modern democracy\nseek election by malrepresentation of votes, and the successful rogues and\nthieves devour the mass of population. One trained monarch is far better\nthan hundreds of useless ministerial rogues, and it is hinted herein that by\nabolition of a monarchical regime like that of Maharaja Parilqit, the mass\nof people become open to many attacks of the age of Kali. They are never\nhappy in an overly advertised form of democracy. The result of such a\nkingless administration is described in the following verses.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0338": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n976\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT44\n\nq(qfJqf101wt;q4\n�\nq(1lf4Pt4il( I\n���m\n\"Wl m����q' �:II\\/\\/''\n�\n\n;r:\n\ntad adya nafl piipam upaity ananvayam\nyan na§ta-niithasya vasor vilumpakiit\nparasparam ghnanti sapanti vrnjate\npasiin -striyo 'rthiin puru-dasyavo janiifl\ntat-for this reason;adya- from this day;nafz-upon us;papam-reaction\nof sin; upaiti-will overtake; anan vaya m\n\n-\n\ndisru pti on;yat\n\nabolished; nathasya-of the monarchy; vaso{z\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbecause ; na§!a­\n\nof wealth; vilumpakat­\n\nbeing plundered; parasparam-between one another; ghnanti-will kill;\nsapanti-will do harm; v,mjate-will steal;pasun-animals; striyafl- women;\narthiin-riches;puru- greatly ;dasyavafl- thieves; janiifz- the mass of people.\nTRANSLATION\nDue to the termination of the monarchical regimes and the plundering\nof the people's wealth by rogues and thieves, there will be great social\n\ndisruptions. People will be killed and injured, and animals and women will\n\nbe stolen. And for all these sins we shall be responsible.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word nafz (we) is very significant in this verse. The sage rightly\ntakes the responsibility of the briihmapm as a community for killing\nmonarchical government and thus giving an opportunity to the so-called\ndemocrats, who are generally plunderers of the wealth of the state subjects.\nThe so-called democrats capture the administrative machine without assuming responsibility for the prosperous condition of the citizens. Everyone captures the post for personal gratification, and thus instead of one\nking, a number of irresponsible kings grow up to tax the citizens. It is\nforetold herein that in the absence of good monarchical government,\neveryone will be the cause of disturbance for others by plundering riches,\nanimals, women, etc.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0339": "Text 45]\n\nMaharaj a P�it Cursed by a Brahm�a Boy\n\n977\n\nTEXT45\n\n�: srf� Wflri\nil'lli'4+tl\"41(\\ij-4ht�:\n�+til+tiMfwA�ijl<:+t•d\nwit *ticflwtlfltq qofdi!M:! ������\ntadiirya-dharmafl praviliyate nrrtiirh\nvarflilsramiiciira-yutas trayi-mayafl\ntato 'rtha-kiimiibhinivesitiitmaniirh\nsuniirh kapiniim iva varrta-sankarafl\n\ntadii-at that time; iirya -progressive civilization; dharm afl-engagement;\npraviliyate-is systematically vanquished; nrrtiim-of humankind; varrta­\n\ncaste;iiSrama- orders of society; iiciira-yutafl-composed in a good manner;\ntrayi-mayafl-in terms of the Vedic injunction; tatafl-thereafter; artha­\n\neconomic development; kiima-abhinivesita-fully absorbed in sense gratification; iitmaniim-of men; suniim-like dogs; kapiniim-like monkeys;\niva-thus; varyw-sankaraft -unwanted population_\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time the people in general will fall systematically from the\npath of a progressive civilization in respect to the qualitative engagements\nof the castes and the orders of society and the Vedic injunctions. Thus\nthey will be more attracted to economic development for sense gratification, and as a result there will be an unwanted population on the level of\ndogs and monkeys.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is foretold herein that in the absence of a monarchical regime, the\ngeneral mass of people will be an unwanted population like dogs and monkeys. As the monkeys are too sexually inclined and dogs are shameless in\nsexual intercourse, the general mass of population born of illegitimate\nconnection will systematically go astray from the Vedic way of good\nmanners and qualitative engagements in the castes and orders of life_\nThe Vedic way of life is the progressive march of the civilization of the\nAryans_ The Aryans are progressive in Vedic civilization_ The Vedic civili-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0340": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n978\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 18\n\nzation 's destination is to go back to Godhead, back home, where there is\nno birth, no death, no old age and no disease. The Vedas direct e veryone\nnot to remain in the darkness of the material world hut to go towards\nthe light of the spiritual kingdom far beyond the material sky. The\nqualitative caste system and the orders of life are scientifically planned\nby the Lord and His representatives, the great nis. The perfect way of life\ngives all sorts of instruction in the things both material and spiritual. The\nVedic way of life does not allow any man to be like the monkeys and dogs.\n\nA degraded civilization of sense gratification and economic development\nis the by-product of a godless or kingless government of the people, by the\npeople, and for the people. The people should not, therefore, begrudge the\npoor administrations they themselves elect.\n\nTEXT46\n\n�Ril �: U(J�'\\-u�tcn: 1\n�l\"t(lflltlil�\n�I\n�--� � �iill41'i&SN+i(ftr'u\\l�ll\ndharma-piilo nara-pati\"f!.\nsa tu samrii{l brhac-chraviift\nsiik§iin mahii-bhiigavato\nriijar�ir haya-medhayiit\nk§ut-trt-srama-yuto dino\nnaiviismac chiipam arhati\ndharma-piila\"f!.-the protector of religion; nara-pa t i\"f!. - the King; sa\"f!.-he;\ntu-but; samriit- Emperor; brhat highly; sravii\"f!.-celebrated; siik§iitdirectly; mahii-bhiigavata\"f!.-the first-class devotee of the Lord; riijar#ftsaint amongst the royal order; haya-medhayiit-great performer of horse\nsacrifices; k§ut-hunger; trt- thirst; srama-yuta\"f!. - tired and fatigued; dina\"f!.stricken; na- never; eva-thus; asmat- by us; siipam-curse ;arhati- deserves.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Emperor Par�it is a pious king. He is highly celebrated and is a\n\nfirst-class devotee of the Personality of Godhead. He is a saint amongst\n\nroyalty, and he has performed many horse sacrifices. When such a king is\n\ntired and fatigued, being stricken with hunger and thirst, he does not at all\ndeserve to be cursed.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0341": "Text 47 ]\n\nMaharaja Pa�it Cursed by a Brahm3.!1a Bo y\n\n979\n\nPURPORT\nAfter explaining the general codes relating to the royal position and\n\nasserting that the king can do no wrong and therefore is never to be con­\n\ndemned, the sage Samik wanted to say something about Emperor Pan�it\n\nspecifically. The specific qualification of Maharaja Parikfjit is summarized\nherein. The King, even calculated as a king only, was most celebrated as a\n\nruler who administered the religious principles of the royal order. In the\n\nsiistras the duties of all castes and orders of society are prescribed. All the\nqualities of a k§atriya mentioned in the Bhagavad-gitii (18.43) were present\n\nin the person of the Emperor. He was also a great devotee of the Lord and\na self-realized soul. Cursing such a king, when he was tired and fatigued\n\nwith hunger and thirst, was not at all proper. The Samik �i thus admitted\n\nfrom all sides that Maharaja Parik�it was cursed most unjustly. Although\n\nall the briihma[las were aloof from the incidence, still for the childish action\n\nof a briihma[La boy, the whole world situation was changed. Thus the �i\n\nSamik, a brahma[La, took responsibility for all deterioration of the good\n\norders of the world.\n\nTEXT47\n\n�\n\n�t�! 'l'l�;nq•9;f{;u 1\nvt p �+rcu( � t4;u¥t(Rr nwu\napape�u sva-bhrtye�u\nbalenapakva-buddhina\npaparh krtarh tad bhagavan\nsarvatma k�antum arhati\n\napiipe�u-unto one who is completely free from all sins; sva-bhrtye�u­\n\nunto one who is subordinate and deserves to be protected; biilena-by a\nchild; apakva-who\n\nis\n\nimmature; buddhina-by\n\nintelligence; piipam­\n\nsinful act; krtam-has been done; tat bhagavan-therefore the Personality\nof Godhead; sarva-tltmii-who is all-pervading; k�antum-just to pardon;\n\narhati-deserve.\nTRANSLATION\nThen the r�i prayed to the all-pervading Personality of Godhead to\n\npardon his immature boy who had no intelligence and who committed the\n\n", "SB1.3#p0342": "980\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch 18\n.\n\ngreat sin of cursing a person who was completely free from all sins, who\n\nwas subordinate and who deser ved to be protected.\nPURPORT\n\nEveryone is responsible for his own action, either pious or sinful. The\n\nJ;t�i Samik could foresee that his son had committed a great sin by cursing\nMaharaja Pan�it, who deserved to be protected by the briihmaczas, for he\n\nwas a pious ruler and completely free from all sins because of his being a\n\nfirst-class devotee of the Lord. When an offense is done unto the devotee\nof the Lord, it is very difficult to overcome the reaction. The briihmapas,\n\nbeing at the head of the social orders, are meant to give protection to their\n\nsubordinates and not to curse them. There are occasions when a briihmapa\n\nmay furiously curse a subordinate k§atriya or vaiSya, etc., but in the case\nof Maharaja Pan'\"k�it there was no grounds as already explained. The\n\nfoolish boy had done it out of sheer vanity in being a briihmapa's son, and\n\nthus he became liable to be punished by the law of God. The Lord never\nforgives a person who condemns His pure devotee. Therefore the foolish\nSrngi had not only committed a sin by cursing a king, but also the greatest\noffense. Therefore the r�i could foresee that only the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead could save his boy from his sinful act. He therefore directly\n\nprayed for pardon from the Supreme Lord who alone can undo a thing\n\nwhich is impossible to change. The appeal was made in the name of a\nfoolish boy who had developed no intelligence at all.\n\nA question may be raised herein that since it was the desire of the Lord\n\nthat Pan�it Maharaja was put into that awkward position so that he might\nbe delivered from material existence, then why was a briihmacza's son made\n\nresponsible for this offensive act? The answer is that the offensive act was\n\nperformed by a child only so that he could be excused very easily, and thus\n\nthe prayer of the father was accepted. But if the question is raised why the\n\nbrii hmapa community as a whole was made responsible for allowing Kali\n\ninto the world affairs, the answer is given in the Variiha Purora that the\n\ndemons who acted inimically toward the Personality of Godhead but were\n\nnot killed by the Lord were allowed to take birth in the families of the\n\nbriihmaczas to take advantage of the age of Kali. The all-merciful Lord gave\n\nthem a chance to have their births in the families of the pious briihmaczas\n\nso that they could progress toward salvation. But the demons, instead of\nutilizing the good opportunity, misused the brahminical culture due to\n\nbeing puffed-up by vanity in becoming briihmaczas. The typical example is\n\nthe son of Samik J;t�i, and all the foolish sons of briihmaczas are warned\n\n", "SB1.3#p0343": "Text48)\n\nMaharaja Par�it Cursed by a Brahm�a Boy\n\n981\n\nhereby not to become as foolish as Srrigi and be always on guard against\n\nthe demoniac qualities which they had in their previous births. The foolish\n\nboy was, of course, excused by the Lord, but others, who may not have a\nfather like Samik �i, will be put into great difficulty if they misuse the\nadvantages obtained by birth in a brtihmarta family.\n\nTEXT48\n\nftl«fjijl fitsa�u �: ftmm3rit 1\n=ml�stftaf4PQ �: Slllils(qft 11\\l�ll\ntiras-krtii vipralabdhiifl\nsaptii[t k.siptii hatii api\nniisya tat pratikurvanti\ntad-bhaktiifl prabhavo'pi hi\ntirafl-krtiifl-being defamed; vipralabdhiifl-being cheated; saptiift-being\n\ncursed; k§iptiift-disturbed by negligence; hatiifl-or even being killed;\n\napi-also; na-never; asya-for all these acts; tat\ncounteract;\n\ntat-the\n\nLord's;\n\napi-although; hi-certainly.\n\nbhaktiifl-devotees;\n\n-\n\nthem; pratikurvanti­\n\nprabhavafl-powerful;\n\nTRANSLATION\n.\nThe devotees of the Lord are so forbearing that even though they are\ndefamed, cheated, cursed, disturbed, neglected or even killed, they are\nnever inclined to avenge themselves.\nPURPORT\n�i Sanu'\"k also knew that the Lord does not forgive a person who has\n\ncommitted an offense at the feet of a devotee. The Lord can only give\n\ndirection t o take shelter of the devotee only. He thought within himself\n\nthat if Maharaja Par�it would counter-curse the boy, he might be saved.\n\nBut he knew also that a pure devotee is callous about worldly advantages\n\nor reverses. As such, the devotees are never inclined to counteract personal\n\ndefamation, curses, negligences, etc. As far as such things are concerned, in\n\npersonal affairs the devotees do not care for them. But in case of their\nbeing performed against the Lord and his devotees, then the devotee takes\nvery strong action. It was a personal affair, and therefore Samik {t� knew\n\nthat the King would not take counteraction. Thus there was no other\nalternative than to place an appeal to the Lord for the immature boy.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0344": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n982\n\n[Canto 1, Ch_ 18\n\nIt is not that only the briihmarws are powerful enough to award curses\n\nor blessings upon the subordinates, but the devotee of the Lord, even\nthough he may not be a briihmarza, is more powerful than a briihmarza_ But\n\na powerful devotee never misuses the power for personal benefit. Whatever\npower the devotee may have is always utilized in service towards the Lord\n\nand His devotees only.\n\nTEXT49\n\n� �ilidl�WC (i)Si6al 'l(lfJf.t: I\n� �Siifl � � 6(��4( ����\"\niti putra-krtiighena\nso 'nutapto mahii-munifr,\nsvayam viprakrto riijnii\nnaiviingham tad acintayat\niti-Lhus; putra-son; krta-done by; aghena-by the sin; sa}l- he, th e\nmuni; anutaptaJ:r,- regretting; mahii-munifr,- the sage; svayam- personally;\n\nviprakrtafr,-being so insulted; riijiiii-the King; na-not; eva- certainly ;\n\nangham- the sin; tat- that; acintayat- thought of it.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe sage thus regretted the sin committed by his own son. He did not\n\ntake the insult paid by the King very seriously_\nPURPORT\n\nThe whole incidence is now cleared up. Maharaja Parik�it's garlanding\nthe sage with a dead snake was not at all a very serious offense, but Spigi's\ncursing the King was a serious offense. The serious offense was committed\n\nby a foolish child only; therefore he deserved to be pardoned by the Su­\n\npreme Lord, although it was not possible to get free from the sinful reac­\n\ntion. Maharaja Parik�it also did not mind the curse offered to him by a\n\nfoolish briihmarza. On the contrary, he took full advantage of the awkward\nsituation, and by the great will of the Lord, Maharaja P�it achieved the\n\nhighest perfection of life through the grace of Srila Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nActually it was the desire of the Lord, and Maharaja P�it, J;t�i Sarm\"k\n\nand his son Spi.gi were all instrumental in fulfilling the desire of the\n\nLord. So none of them were put into difficulty because everything was\n\ndone in relation with the Supreme Person.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0345": "Text 50]\n\nMaharaja Par�it Cursed by a Brahma!la Boy\n\n983\n\nTEXT 50\n\npriiyasafl siidhavo loke\nparair dvandve�u yojitiifl\nna vyathanti na hr§yanti\nyata iitmii'gurtiisrayafl\nprayasa�- generally; sadhava�- saints ; loke-in this world; parai� - by\n\nothers; dvandve§u-in duality; yojita�- being engaged; na- never; vyathanti-distressed;\n\nna-nor;\n\nhr§yanti-takes pleasure;\n\nyata {! -because ; alma­\n\nself; agu u.u- asraya� -transcendental.\nTRANSLATION\nGenerally the transcendentalists, even though engaged by others in the\ndualities of the material world, are not distressed. Nor do they take pleasure [in worldly things], for they are transcendentally engaged.\nPURPORT\nThe transcendentalists are the- empiric philosophers, mystics and the\ndevotees of the Lord. Empiric philosophers aim at the perfection of merging into the being of tile Absolute, the mystics aim at perceiving· the allpervading Supersoul, and the devotees of the Lord are engaged in the transcendental loving service of the Personality of Godhead. Since Brahman,\nParamatma, or Bhagavan are different phases of the same Transcendence,\nall these transcendentalists are beyond the three modes of material nature.\nMaterial distresses and happinesses are products of the three modes, and\ntherefore the causes of such material distress and happiness have nothing\nto do with the transcendentalists. The King was a devotee, and the [§i was\na mystic. Therefore both of them were unattached to the accidentaJ incidence created by the supreme will. The playful child was an instrument\nin fulfilling the Lord's will.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta Purports of the First Canto, Eighteenth\nChapter, of the Srlmad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Maharaja PanK§it Cursed by\na Briihmafla Boy.\"\n\n", "SB1.3#p0346": "CHAPTER NINETEEN\n\nAppearance of sukadeva Gosvaml\nTEXT I\n\n��\n\nif(lqfij@t� - �\nf€4f:qw:ijtlii(l�'it)(i �:\nam � wft:q'i•u4t�d\nM(I•IM ;mfur �m II � 11\nsiita uvaca\nmahi-patis tv atha tat-karma garhyam\nvicintayann atma-krtam sudurmanalt\naho maya nicam anarya-vat krtam\nniragasi brahmar-i gii{lha-tejasi\n\nv\n\nu\n\nsiita{t u aca-S ta Gosvam1 said; mahi-pati{t- the King; tu-but; athaact; garhyam abominable; v icintayan- thus thinking; atma-krtam- do e by himself; sudurma na{t- er y much depressed; aho\nalas; maya-by me; n\"icam-heinous;\na rya unci lized; vat-like; krtam done ; niraga i-unto one who is faultless; brahmar-i- unto a brahmar-a; gu{iha grave ; tejasito the powerful.\nthus (while coming back home); tat-that; karma\n\nv\n\nnii -\n\nvi\n\n-\n\nn\n\n-\n\ns\n\n-\n\nun\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Siita Gosvami said: While returning home, the King [Maharaja\nPa�it) felt that the act he had committed against the faultless and\npowerful brahma!Ul\n\nwas heinous and uncivilized. Consequently he\n\nwas\n\ndistressed.\nPURPORT\nThe pious King regretted his accidental impr oper treatment of the\npowerful\n\nbriihma\"(la who was faultless. Suc h repentance is natural for a\n985\n\n", "SB1.3#p0347": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n986\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 19\n\ngood man like the King, and such repentance delivers a devotee from all\nkinds of sins accidentally committed. The devotees are naturally faultless.\nAccidental sins committed by a devotee are sincerely regretted, and by the\ngrace of the Lord all sins unwillingly committed by a devotee are b urnt in\nthe fire of repentance.\nTEXT2\n\n'\"� mit it ti('t�stWwtact\n�\n\n� � w:nRI<{If:lta: 1\n\n� �\n\ncNf.t&�;(14 it\n\n;( �\n\n�Wf{�fl:(l II � II\n\ndhruvam tato me krta-deva-helaniid\nduratyayam vyasanam niiti-dirghiit\ntad astu kiimam hy agha-ni§krtiiya me\nyathii na kuryiim punar evam addhii\ndhruvam-sure and certain;tatal).-therefore;me-my;krta-deva-helaniitbecause of disobeying the orders of the Lord;duratyayam-very difficult;\nvyasanam-calamity; na-n ot;ati\n\n-\n\ngreatly; dirghiit-far off; tat-that; astu­\n\nlet it be; kiimam-desire w ithout reservations; hi-certainly; agha-sins;\nni§krtiiya-for getting free; me-my; yathii-so that; na-never; kuryiimshall I do it;punal). -again ; evam-as I have done;addhii-directly.\nTRANSLATION\n[King Parik�it thought:] Due to my neglecting the injunctions of the\nSupreme Lord I must certainly expect some difficulty to overcome me in\nthe near future. I now desire without reservation that the calamity come\nnow, for in this way I may be freed of the sinful action and not commit\nsuch an offense again.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord enjoins that briihmapas and cows must be given all\nprotection. The Lord is Himself very much inclined to do good to\nbriihmapas and cows (go-brohmapa-hitiiya ca). Maharaja Pan\"kljit k new all\nthis, and thus he concluded that his insulting a powerful briihmapa was\n\n", "SB1.3#p0348": "Text3]\n\nAppearance of Sukadeva Gosvlimi\n\n987\n\ncertainly to be punished by the laws of the Lord, and he was expecting\nsomething very difficult in the very near future. He therefore desired the\n\nimminent calamity to fall on him and not on his family members. A man's\npersonal\n\nmisconduct affects all family members.· Therefore Maharaja\n\nParik�it desired the calamity to fall on him alone. By suffering personally he\nwould be restrained from future sins, and at the same time the sin which\nhe had committed would be counteracted so that his descendants would\nnot suffer. That is the way a responsible devotee thinks. The family mem·\nhers of a devotee also share the effects of a devotee's service unto the\nLord. Maharaja Prahlada saved his demon father by his personal devotional\n\nservice. A devotee son in the family is the greatest boon or blessing of\nthe Lord.\nTEXT3\n\nadyaiva riijyam balam rddha-kosam\nprakopita-brahma-kuliinalo me\ndahatv abhadrasya punar na me ,bhiit\npiipi\"yasi dhir dvija-deva-gobhyafi,\nadya-this day; eva-on the very; rajyam-kingdom; balam rddhastrength and riches; kosam-treasury; prakopita-ignited by; brahma-kulaby the brahmarza community; anala[l.-fire; me dahatu-let it burn me;\nabhadrasya-inauspiciousness;puna[l.- again;na- not;me- unto me;abhiitmay occur; papiyasi'�sinful; dhilt-intelligence; dvija-brahmarzas; devathe Supreme Lord; gobhya[l.-and the cows.\nTRANSLATION\nI am uncivilized and sinful due to my neglect of brahminical culture,\nGod consciousness and cow protection. Therefore I wish that my king dom,\nstrength and riches burn up immediately by the fire of the brahma�a's\nwrath\n\nso\n\nattitudes.\n\nthat in the future I may not be guided by such inauspicious\n\n", "SB1.3#p0349": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n988\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 19\n\nPURPORT\nProgressive human civilization is based on brahminical culture, God\nconsciousness and protection of cows. All economic development of the\nstate by trade, commerce, agriculture and indust ries must be fully utilized\nin relation to the above principles, otherwise all so-called economic\ndevelopment becomes a source of degradation. Cow protection means\nfeeding the brahminical culture which leads towards God consciousness,\nand thus perfection of human civilization is achieved. The age of Kali\naims at killing the higher principles of life, and although Maharaja Pa�it\nstrongly resisted the domination of the personality of Kali within the world,\nthe influence of the age of Kali came at an opportune moment, and even a\nstrong king like Maharaja Pan\"K�it was induced to disregard the brahminical\nculture due to a slight provocation of hunger and thirst. Maharaja Parik�it\nlamented the accidental incidence, and he desired that all his kingdom,\nstrength and accumulation of wealth would be burnt up for not being\nengaged in brahminical culture, etc.\nProvidentially also, where wealth and strength are not engaged in the\nadvancement of brahminical culture, God consciousness and cow protection, the state and home are surely doomed. If we want peace and prosperity in the world, we should take lessons from this verse; every state and\nevery home must endeavor to advance the cause of brahminical culture for\nself-purification, God consciousness for self-realization and cow protection\nfor getting sufficient milk and the best food to continue a perfect civilization.\n\nTEXT4\nU\n\n�R144Rl�t¥USOVJilt �\n�:��:I\n\n{I� � wtf:q\"(ul �� ste'ffi� fild�Ef.I<U14( II $/ II\nsa cintayann ittham athasrrwd yathii\nmunel). sutokto nirrtis tak§akiikhyal).\nsa siidhu mene na cirerta tak§akiinalam prasaktasya virakti-kiirartam\nsal).-he, the K ing; cintayan-thinking; ittham-like this; atha-now;\nasrrtot\n\n-\n\nheard; yathii-as; mun e l). -of the sage; suta ukta[l-uttered by the\n-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0350": "Appearance of Sukadeva Gosvami\n\nText 4)\n\n989\n\nson; nirrtift-death; tak�aka-iikhyafl-in relation with the snake-bird; sap­\n\nhe (the King); siidhu-well and good; mene-accepted; na-not; cirerza­\n\nvery long time; tak�aka-snake-bird; analam-fire; prasaktasya-for one who\nis too attached; virakti-indifference; kiirarzam-cause.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the King was thus repenting, he received news of his imminent\n\ndeath, which would be due to the bite of a snake-bird, occasioned by the\n\ncurse spoken by the sage's son. The King accepted this as good news, for it\nwould be the cause of his indifference towards worldly things.\nPURPORT\nReal happiness is achieved by spiritual existence or by cessation of the\n\nrepetition of birth and death. The repetition of birth and death can be\n\nstopped only by going back to Godhead. In the material world, even by\nattaining the topmost planet (Brahmaloka), one cannot get rid of the\n\nconditions of repeated birth and death, but we do not accept the path of\nattaining perfection. The path of perfection frees one from all material\nattachments, and thus one becomes fit to enter into the spiritual kingdom.\n\nTherefore, those who are materially poverty-stricken are better candidates\n\nthan those who are materially prosperous. Maharaja Parik�it was a great\ndevotee of the Lord and a bona fide candidate for entering into the\n\nkingdom of God, but even though he was so, his material assets as the\n\nEmperor of the world were setbacks to perfect attainment of his rightful\n\nstatus as one of the associates of the Lord in the spiritual sky. As a devotee\nof the Lord, he could understand that the cursing of the briihmarw boy,\n\nalthough unwise, was a blessing upon him, being the cause of detachment\n\nfrom worldly affairs, both political and social. Samika Muni also, after\nregretting the incidence, conveyed the news to the King as a matter of\n\nduty so that the King would be able to prepare himself to go back to\n\nGodhead. Samika Muni sent news to the King that foolish Spigi, his son,\n\nalthough a powerful briihmarza boy, unfortunately had misused his spiritu­\n\nal power by cursing the King unwarrantedly. The incidence of the King's\n\ngarlanding the muni was not sufficient cause for being cursed to death,\nbut since there was no way to retract the curse, the King was informed to\n\nprepare for death within a week. Both Samika Muni and the King were\n\nself-realized souls. Samika Muni was a mystic, and Maharaja Parik�it was a\ndevotee.\n\nTherefore\n\nrealization.\n\nNeither\n\nthere was no\n\ndifference between\n\nthem\n\nof them was afraid of meeting death.\n\nin self­\n\nMaharaja\n\n", "SB1.3#p0351": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n990\n\n[Canto l, 0.. 19\n\nPa�it could have go ne to the muni to beg his pardon, but the news of\nimminent death was conveyed to the King with so much regret by the\nmuni that the King did not want to shame the muni further by his presence\n\nthere. He decided to prepare himself for his imminent death and find out\nthe way to go back to Godhead.\nThe life of a human being is a chance to prepare himself to go back to\nGodhead, or to get rid of the material existence, the repetition of birth\nand death. Thus in the system of varp.iiSrama-dharma every man and woman\nis trained up for this purpose. In other words, the system of varp.iisramadharma is known also as saniitana-dharma, or eternal occupation. The\n\nsystem of varr-asrama-dharma prepares a man for going back to Godhead,\nand thus a householder is ordered to go to the forest as viinaprastha to\nacquire complete knowledge and then to take sannyiisa prior to his\ninevitable death. Par�it Maharaja was fortunate to get a seven-day notice\nto meet his inevitable death. But for the common man there is no definite\nnotice, although death is inevitable for all. Foolish men forget this sure\nfact of death and neglect the duty of preparing themselves for going back\nto Godhead. They spoil their lives in animal propensities to eat, drink, be\nmerry and enjoy. Such an irresponsible life is adopted by the people in the\nage of Kali because of a sinful desire to condemn brahminical culture, God\nconsciousness and cow protection, for which the state is responsible. The\nstate must employ revenue to advance these three items and thus educate\nthe populace to prepare for death. The state which does so is the real welfare state. The state of India should better follow the examples of Maharaja\nParik�it, the ideal executive head, than to imitate other materialistic states\nwhich have no idea of the kingdom of Godhead, the ultimate goal of human\nlife. Deterioration of the ideals of Indian civilization has brought about the\ndeterioration of civic life, not only in India but also abroad.\n\nTEXTS\n\nam\n\nw,..�....d � �\n�..ooJt � ��\nf)\\UneJ'Ue!!4I'IN'1;40i'llwt\n\n:aqlf?t�h( 511('1'1Jwt«UI(\n\nII '-\\ II\n\natho vihiiyemam amurh ca lokarh\nvimarsitau heyatayii purastiit\nkr�TJiinghri-seviim adhimanyamiina\nupiiviSat priiyam amartya-nadyiim\n\n", "SB1.3#p0352": "Text 5]\n\nAppearance of Sukadeva Gosvarni\n\n991\n\natho-thus;vihiiya-giving up;imam-this;amum-and the next;ca-also;\n\nlokam-planets; vimariitau-all of them being judged; heyatayi.i._because\nof inferiority;purastat-hereinbefore; k.\"§T}U-{lnghri-lotus feet of the Lord,\n\nSr! Kf�Qa; sevam-transcendental lqving service; adhimanyamanafl-one\n\nwho thinks of the greatest of all achievements;upaviSat-sat down firmly;\n\nprayam-for fasting; amartya-nadyam-on the bank of the transcendental\nriver (the Ganges or the Yamuna:).\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Par�it sat down firmly on the banks of the Ganges to con­\n\ncentrate his mind in Kr��a consciousness, rejecting all other practices of\n\nself-realization, because transcendental loving service of Kr�Qa is the\n\ngreatest achievement, superseding all other methods.\nPURPORT\n\nFor a devotee like Maharaja Par�it, none of the material planets, even\n\nthe topmost Brahmaloka, is as desirable as Goloka Vrndavana, the abode\nof Lord Sri Kr��a, the primeval Lord and Original Personality of Godhead.\n\nThis earth is one of the innumerable material planets within the universe,\n\nand there are innumerable universes also within the compass of the mahat­\n\ntattva. The devotees are told by the Lord and His representatives, the\nspiritual masters or acaryas, that not one of the planets within all the\n\ninnumerable universes is suitable for the residential purposes of a devotee.\n\nThe devotee always desires to go back home, back to Godhead, just to\n\nbecome one of the associates of the Lord in the capacity of servitor,\n\nfriend, parent or conjugal lover of the Lord, either in one of the innumer­\n\nable Vaiku!ltha planets or in the Goloka V rndavana, the planet of Lord Sri\n\nKr�!ia. All these planets are eternally situated in the spiritual sky, the\nParavyoma, which is on the other side of the Causal Ocean within the\nmahat-tattva. Maharaja Parik�it was already aware of all this information\ndue to his accumulated piety and birth in a high family of devotees, the\nV aif?!la vas, and thus he was not at all interested in the material planets.\n\nModern scientists are very eager to reach the moon by material arrange­\n\nments, but they cannot conceive of the highest planet of this universe.\n\nBut a devotee like Maharaja PanK.f?it does not care a fig for the moon or,\n\nfor that matter, any of the material planets. So when he was assured of his\n\ndeath on a fixed date, he became more determined in the transcendental\n\nloving service of the Lord Kr�!la by complete fasting on the bank of\n\n", "SB1.3#p0353": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n992\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 19\n\nthe transcendental River Yamuna which flows down by the capital of\n\nHastinapura (in the Delhi state). Both the Ganges and the Yamuna are\n\namartya (transcendental) rivers, and Yamuna is still more sanctified for\n\nthe following reasons.\n\nTEXT6\n\n� �Q\"t:>fl�4lf4f1�f)QJIIej\"Qluq�qil�;ft\n� <il'fil�+t�hl �\n�\n\nW WI � ¥ff{iq&ua: II � II\n\nya vai lasac-chr\"i-tulas\"i-vimisrakn rJanghri-rer-v-abhyadhikambu-netr\"i\npunati lokan ubhayatra sesiin\nkas tam na seveta mari§yamiir-a\"ft\nya-the river which; vai- alw ays; lasat-f loati ng with; sr\"i-tulas\"i- tulasi\n\nleaves; vimiSra-mixed; kr� r-a-anghri\n\n-\n\nlotus feet of the Lord, Sri Kpwa;\n\nrer-u-dust; abhyadhika-auspicious; ambu-water; netn-that\n\nwhich is\n\ncarrying; puniiti-s anctifies ; lokan-pl an e ts ; ubhayatra-b o th the upper and\n\nlower or inside and outside; sa \"isan-along with Lord Siva ; ka\"fl - who else;\n.\ntam-that river; na-does not; seveta-worship; mari§yamiir-a\"ft-one who is\n-\n\nto die at any moment.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe river [Ganges, by which the King sat to fast] carries the most\n\nauspicious water, which is mixed with the dust of the lotus feet of the\n\nLord and tulasi leaves. Therefore that water sanctifies the three worlds\n\ninside and outside and even sanctifies Lord Siva and other demigods. Consequently everyone who is destined to die must take shelter of this river.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Pan\"k�t, just after receiving the news of his death within seven\n\ndays, at once retired from family life and shifted himself to the sacred\n\nbank of the Yamuna River. Generally it is said that the King took shelter\n\non the bank of the Gang es, but according to Srila ]Iva Gosvami, the King\n\ntook shelter on the bank of the Yamuna. Snl.a Jiva Gosvami\"'s statement\n\n", "SB1.3#p0354": "Text 7]\nappears\n\nAppearance of Sukadeva Gosvlimi\n\n993\n\nto be more accurate because of the geographical situation.\n\nMaharaja P�it resided in his capital Hastinapura, situated near present\n\nDelhi, and the River Yamuna flows down past the city. Naturally the King\nwould take shelter of the River Yamuna because she was flowing past his\n\n�ace door. And as far as sanctity is concerned, the River Yamuna is more\ndirectly connected with Lord Kr�!la than the Ganges. The Lord sanctified\n\nthe River Yamuna from the beginning of His transcendental pastimes in\n\nthe world. While His father Vasudeva was crossing the Yamuna with the\n\nbaby Lord Kr�!la for a safe place at Gokula on the other bank of the river\nfrom Mathura, the Lord fell down in the river, and by the dust of His\n\nlotus feet the river at once became sanctified. It is especially mentioned\n\nherein that Maharaja Pan�it took shelter of that particular river which is\n\nbeautifully flowing, carrying the dust of the lotus feet of Lord Kr�!J.a,\n\nmixed with tulasi leaves. Lord Kr�!ia 's lotus feet are always besmeared with\n\nthe tulasi leaves, and thus as soon as His lotus feet are c�mtacted with the\nwater of the Ganges and the Yamuna, the rivers become at once sanctified.\n\nThe Lord, however, contacted the River Yamuna more than the Ganges.\nAccording to the Variiha Purii\"{la, as quoted by Srila Jiva Gosvami, there is\n\nno difference between the water of the Ganges and the Yamuna, but when\nthe water of the Ganges is sanctified one hundred times, it is called the\nYamuna. Similarly, it is said in the scriptures that one thousand names of\nV�!J.U are equal to one name of Raina, and three names of Lord Rama are\nequal to one name of Kr�!J.a.\n\nTEXT7\n\n� �CIP>uQ 6 qiUC�q:\n� 3IRr N�qQI( I\n\n��\n\nUt;((ieftucwt;q'lil\nUfwtAdl\nU\"ffiQ'I(dQ: II \" II\n\niti vyavacchidya sa pii\"{l{iaveyafl\npriiyopavesam prati v�rtu-padyiim\ndadhau mukundiinghrim ananya-bhiivo\nmuni-vrato mukta-samasta-sangafl\n\n·\n\niti-thus; vyavacchidya-having decided; safl-the King; pii\"{l{iaveyafl­\n\nworthy descendant of the PaJ;u.}avas; priiya-upavesam-for fasting until\n\ndeath; prati\n\n-\n\ntowards ; v�\"{lu-padyiim-on the bank of the Ganges (emanat-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0355": "994\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 19\n\ning from the lotus feet of Lord Vi�J;!U); dadhau-gave himself up; mukundaanghrim-unto the lotus feet of Lmd Kf�J;ia; ananya-without deviation;\nb/uiva�-spirit; muni-vrata�-with the vows of a sage; mukta-liherated\nfrom; samasta-all kinds of; sanga�-association.\n\nTRA NSLATION\n·Thus the King, the worthy descendant of the P��avas, decided once\nand for all and sat on the Ganges' banks to fast until death and give\nhimself up to the lotus feet of Lord Kr��a, who alone is able to award\nliberation. So, freeing himself from all kinds of associations and attachments, he accepted the vows of a sage.\nPURPORT\nThe water of the Ganges sanctifies all the three worlds, including the\ngods and the demigods, because it emanates from the lotus feet of the\nPersonality of Godhead V��u. Lord Kr�!la is the fountainhead of the\nprinciple of Vi�J;lu-tattva, and therefore shelter of His lotus feet can deliver\none from all sins, including an offense which was committed by the King\nunto a briihmarw. Maharaja Pan'\"k�it, therefore, decided to meditate upon\n\nthe lotus feet of Lord Sri Kr�!J.a, who is Mukunda, or the giver of liberations of all description. The hanks of the Ganges or the Yamuna give one\na chance to remember the Lord continuously. Maharaja Pan�it freed\nhimself from all sorts of material association and meditated upon the\nlotus feet of Lord Kr�!J.a, and that is the way of liberation. To he free\nfrom all material association means to cease completely from committing\nany further sins. To meditate upon the lotus feet of the Lord means to\nbecome free from the effects of all previous sins. The conditions of the\nmaterial world are so made that one has to commit sins willingly or\nunwillingly, and the best example is Maharaja Pan'\"k�it himself, who was a\n\nrecognized sinless pious king. But he also became a victim of an offense,\neven though he was ever unwilling to commit such a mistake. And he was\ncursed also, hut because he was a great devotee of the Lord, even such\nreverses of life became favorable. The principle is that one should not\nwillingly commit any sin in his life and should constantly remember the\nlotus feet of the Lord without deviation. In such a mood only the Lord\nwill help the devotee to make regular progress towards the path of liberation and thus attain the lotus feet of the Lord. Even if there are accidental\n\n", "SB1.3#p0356": "Text 8]\n\nAppearance of Sukadev a Gosvami\n\n995\n\nsins committed by the devotee, the Lord saves the surrendered soul from\nall sins, as it is confirmed in all scriptures.\n\nsvapiidamularh bhajata� priyasya tyaktiinyabhiivasya hari� paresa�\nvikarma yaccotpatitarh kathancid dhunoti sarvam h,rdi sannivi�.ta.h\n(Bhiig. 11.5.42)\nTEXTS\n\nvfr�\n\n�\n� �: ('C�GQU\n�\nij'Mfll•l'lN�:\n� ft �f.r � �: II (; II\ntatropajagmur bhuvanam puniinii\nmahiinubhiivii munayafi. sa-si§yiifi.\npriiyer.a tirthiibhigamiipadesaifi.\nsvayam hi tirthiini punanti santafi.\n\ntatra-there; upajagmufi.- arrived; bhuvanam- the universe; puniiniifi.those who can sanctify; mahii-anubhiiviifi,-great minds; munayafi.-thinkers ;\nsa- s � yiifi.-along with their disciples; prayer-a- almost; t ir tha-place of\npilgrimage; abhigama-journey; apadesaifi.-on the plea of; svayam-personally; hi-certainly; tirthiini-all the places of pilgr image; punan ti-sanctify;\nsantafi. - sages.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAt that time all the great minds and thinkers, accom panied by their\ndis cipl es, and sages who could verily s an ctify a place o f p ilgrima ge just by\ntheir presence, ar rived there on the plea of making a pilg rim's j ourn ey .\nPURPORT\n\nWhen Maharaja Pa�it sat down on the bank of the Ganges, the news\nspread in all directions of the universe, and the great-minded sages, who\ncould follow the importance of the occasion, all arrived there on the plea\nof pilgrimage. Actually they came to meet Maharaja Pari4it and not to\ntake a bath of pilgrimage because all of them were competent enough to\n\n", "SB1.3#p0357": "996\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 19\n\nsanctify the pilgrimages. Common men go to pilgrimage sites to get them­\n\nselves purified of all sins. Thus the place of pilgrimage becomes overbur­\n\ndened with the sins of others. But when such sages visit overburdened\n\nplaces of pilgrimage, they sanctify the place by their presence. Therefore\nthe sages who came to meet Maharaja Par�it were not very much\n\ninterested in getting themselves purified like other common men, hut on\n\nthe plea of taking a hath in that place they came to meet Maharaja Par�it\nbecause they could foresee that Srimad-Bhiigavatam would he spoken by\n\nSukadeva Gosvami_ All of them wanted to take advantage of the great\n\noccasion.\n\nTEXTS 9-10\n\natf:ci{fijg�q·t:\n�-.R:�Ill{gdi\\'<1'1\n'RroU � U'l\n(w-AA+t�\\&ti!flit II � II\nanfi1un\n�l(i(l�l �: N'4�1((: I\n�� ami: �: Fttilf.t-\n\nlqi�Wil\n\natrir vas�thas cyavana� saradviin\nari�tanemir bhrgur angiriis ca\npariisaro giidhi-suto 'tha riima\nutath ya indrapramadedhmaviihau\nmedhiitithir devala iir��e!lo\nbhiiradviijo gautama� pippaliida�\nmaitreya aurva� kava�a� kumbhayonir\ndvaipiiyano bhagaviin niiradas ca\natri to nt'irada-all names of the different saintly personalities who arrived\n\nthere from different parts of the universe.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom different parts of the universe there arrived great sage& like\nAtri, Cyavana, Saradviin, �1anemi, Bh�, Vas�ha, Parasara, V i8vlimitra,\n\n", "SB1.3#p0358": "Texts 9-10]\nAri.girii,\n\nAppearance of Sukadeva Gosvimi\n\nPara8urama,\n\nDevala, Ar�ti��a,\n\nUtathya, lndrapramada,\n\nBharadvaja,\n\n997\n\nIdhmavahu, Medhatithi,\n\nGautama, Pippalada, Maitreya, Aurva,\n\nKav�a, Kumhhayoni, Dvaipayana and the great personality Narada_\nPURPORT\n\nCyavana: A great sage and one of the sons of Bhfgu Muni. He was born\n\nprematurely when his pregnant mother was kidnapped. Cyavana is one of\nthe six sons of his father.\n\nBhrgu: When Brahmaji was performing a great sacrifice on behalf of\n\nVaru�a, Mahar�i Bhrgu was born from the sacrificial fire. He was a great\nsage, and his very dear wife was Puloma. He could travel in space like\n\nDurvasa, Narada and others, and he used to visit all planets of the\n\nuniverse. Before the B attle of Kuru�etra, he tried to stop the battle.\n\nSometimes he instructed Bharadvaja Muni about astronomical evolution,\n\nand he is the author of the gr.eat Bhrgu-samhitii, the astrological calculation. He explained how air, fire, water and earth are generated from ether.\n\nHe explained how the air in the stomach works and regulates the intestines.\n\nAs a great philosopher, he logically established the eternity of the living\n\nentity (Mahiibhiirata, Siinti, Ch. 87). He was also a great anthropologist,\n\nand the theory of evolution was long ago explained by him. He was a\n\nscientific propounder of the four divisions and orders of human society\nknown as the vaT{liisrama institution. ·He converted the k§atriya king\nBitahavyak to become a b riihmar-a.\n\n.\n\nPariiSara: He is the grandson of Vasi�tha Muni and father of Vyllsadeva.\n\nHe is the son of Mah�i Sakti, and his mother's name was Adrisyanti. He·\nwas in the womb of his mother when she was only twelve years old. And\n\nfrom within the womb of his mother he learned the Vedas. His father was\n\nkilled by a demon, Kalmaspada, and to avenge this he wanted to annihilate\n\nthe whole world. He was, however, restrained by his grandfather Vasi�ha.\n\nHe then performed a Rak�as-killing yajna, but Mahar�i Pulasta restrained\nhim. He begot Vyasadeva, being attracted by Satyavati, who was to\n\nbecome the wife of Maharaja Santanu. By the blessings of Parasara,\n\nSatyavati became fragrant for miles. He was present also during the time\n\nof Bhli?ma's death. He was spiritual master of Maharaja Janaka and a great\n\ndevotee of Lord Siva. He is the author of many Vedic scriptures and\n\nsociological directions.\n\nGiidhi-suta or ViSviimitro: A great sage of austerity and mystic power.\n\nHe is famous as Gadhi-suta because his father was Gadhi, a powerful\nking of the province of Kanyakubja (part of Uttar Pradesh). Although he\n\nwas a k§atriya by birth, he became a briihmar-a in the very same body by\n\n", "SB1.3#p0359": "998\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 19\n\nthe power of his spiritual achievements. He picked a quarrel with V asi�ha\nMuni when he was a k�atriya king, and performed a great sacrifice in\ncooperation with Matanga Muni and thus was able to vanquish the sons of\nVas�tha. He became a great yogi, and yet he failed to check his senses and\nthus was obliged to become the father of Sakuntalii, the beauty queen of\nworld history. Once, when he was a k�atriya king, he visited the hermitage\nof Vas�tha Muni, and he was given a royal reception. Visvamitra wanted\nfrom V as�tha a cow named Nandini, and the Muni refused to deliver it.\nHe stole the cow, and thus there was a quarrel between the sage and the\nKing. Visvamitra was defeated by the spiritual strength of V as�tha, and\nthus the King decided to become a briihmarta. Before becoming a briihmarta he underwent severe austerity on the hank of the Kausika. He was\nalso one who tried to stop the Kuruk�etra war.\nAngirii: He is one of the six mental sons of Brahma and the father of\nBrhaspati, the great learned priest of the demigods in the heavenly planets.\nHe is horn of the semen of Brahmaji given to a cinder of fire. Utthato and\nSamvarta are his sons. It is said that he is still performing austerity and\nchanting the holy name of the Lord at a place known as Alokananda on\nthe hanks of the Ganges.\nUtathya: One of the three sons of Mahar� A.Ii.girii. He was the spiritual\nmaster of Maharaja Mandhata. He married Bhadrii, the daughter of Soma\n(Moon). Varu-!la kidnapped his wife Bhadrii, and to retaliate the offense of\nthe god of water, he drank all the water of the world.\nMedhiitithi: An old sage of yore. An assembly member of the heavenly\nKing lndradeva. His son was Kanva Muni, who brought up Sakuntala in\nthe forest. He was promoted to the heavenly planet by strictly following\nthe principles of retired life (viinaprastha).\nDevala: A great authority like Niirada Muni and Vyasadeva. His good\nname is on the list of authorities mentioned in the Bhagavad-gitii when\nArjuna acknowledged Lord Kr�!la as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nHe met Maharaja Yu�thira after the Battle of Kuruk�etra, and he is the\nelder brother of Dhaumya, the priest of the Pii-!l�ava family. Like the\nk�atriyas, he also allowed his daughter to select her own husband in a\nsvayamvara meeting_, and at that ceremony all the bachelor sons of the\n�is were invited. According to some, he is not .Aiita Devala.\nGautama: One of the seven great sages of the universe. Saradvan\nGautama is one of his sons. Persons in the Gautama-gotra (dynasty) today\nare either his family descendants or in his disciplic succession. The\nbriihma!las who profess Gautama-gotra are generally family descendants,\nand the k�atriyas and vaiSyas who profess Gautama-gotra are all in the line\n\n", "SB1.3#p0360": "Appearance of Sukadeva Gosvami\n\nText 11]\n\n999\n\nof his disciplic succession. He is the husband of the famous Ahalya who\nturned into stone, and lndradeva the King of the heaven molested her.\nAhalya was delivered by Lord Ramacandra. He is the grandfather of\nKrpacarya, one of the heroes of the Battle of Kuru�etra.\nMaitreya: A great .r§i of yore. He was spiritual master of Vidura and a\n\ngreat religious authority. He advised Dhrtara�tra to keep good relations\nwith the Pap.!lavas. Duryodhana disagreed and thus was cursed by him. He\nmet Vyasadeva and had religious discourses with him.\nTEXT 11\n\n�\n\n�qfliiltAftfqt�l\n\n�\n\n(Ntftff4t�l\n31(AII(tl� I\n�\n;n;�W't�stf4(1'l\n� {m ������II\nanye ca devar§i-brahmar�i-varyii\nriijar§i-varyii aru[liidayas ca\nniiniir§eya-pravariin same tiin\nabhyarcya riijii sirasii vavande\n\nanye-many\n\nothers; ca-also; deva r�i-saintly demigods; brahmar�i­\n\nsaintly briihma[&as; varyiifl -topmost ; riijar�i varyiifl topmost saintly kings;\n-\n\narupa iidayafl-a\n\n-\n\nspecial rank of riijar�is; ca-and; niinii- many others;\n\niir�eya-pravariin-chief\n\namongst\n\nassembled\n\nabhyarcya-by\n\ntogether;\n\nthe dynasties of the sages; sametiinworshiping;\n\nriija\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nEmperor;\n\nsirasii-bowed his head to the ground; vavande-welcomed.\nTRANSLATION\n'There were also many other saintly demigods, kings and special royal\n\norders called �adayas [a special rank of rajar�is] from different dynasties\nof sages. When they all assembled to gether to meet the Emperor [Pari�t],\n\nhe received them properly and bowed his head to the ground.\nPURPORT\n\nThe system of bowing the head to the ground to show respect to\nsuperiors is an excellent etiquette which obliges the honored guest deep\ninto the heart. -Even the first-grade offender is excused simply by this\n\n", "SB1.3#p0361": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1000\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 19\n\nprocess, and Maharaja Pari4it, although honored by all the .riJis and kings,\nwelcomed all the big men in that humble etiquette in order to be excused\nfrom any offenses. Generally at the last stage of one's life this humble\nmethod is adopted by every sensible man in order to be excused before\ndeparture. In this way Maharaja Pari\"k�it implored everyone's good will for\ngoing back home, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�I\n����II\nsukhopav�te�v atha te�u bhiiyab,\nkrta-pra!liimab, sva-cik\"ir§itam yat\nvijiiiipayiimiisa viviktacetii\nupasthito ,gre ,bhi.grh1ta-pii!lifl\nsukha-happily; upavi§te§u-all\n\nsitting down; atka-thereupon;\n\nte§u­\n\nunto them (the visitors); bhu yafi. - again; k_rta p ra!l iimafi.-having offered\n-\n\nsva-his own; cikirljitam- decision of fasting; yat who;\nvijiiiipayiimiisa-submitted; vivikta-cetiifi.-one whose mind is detached from\nworldly affairs; upas thitafi. - being present; agre-before them; abhigrhitaobeisances;\n\n-\n\npiirifi.-humbly with folded hands.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter all the �s and others had seated themselves comfortably, the\n\nKing, humbly standing before them with folded hands, told them of his\ndecision to fast until death.\nPURPORT\nAlthough the King had already decided to fast until death on the bank\nof the Ganges, still he humbly expressed his decision to elicit the opinions\nof the great authorities present there. Any decision, however important,\nshould be confirmed by some authority. That makes the matter perfect.\nThis means that the monarchs who ruled the earth in those days were not\nirresponsible dictators. They scrupulously followed the authoritative deci-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0362": "Appearance of Sukadeva Gosvami\n\nText 13]\n\n1001\n\nsions of the saints and sages in terms of Vedic injunction. Maharaja\nParik�it, as a perfect king, followed the principles by consulting the\nauthorities, even up to the last days of his life.\nTEXT 13\n<(JIIEIRI\"\n\n3fif cPi\n\n�\n+t('ij+tl�'uft4it€5U I\n• � �lfiiUiqli(it'EIi{\n{Ui{ f� iRf � ������\n\\IW4Ht+tl\n\nriijoviica\naho vayarh dhanyatamii nrpiirtiirh\nmahattamiinugrahartiya-filiifl\nriijiiiirh kularh briihmarta-piida-sauciid\n·\n\nsn\n\ndiiriid visr§tarh bata garhya-karma\n\nro1a uvaca-the fortunate King said; aho-ah; vayam-we; dhanya­\n\ntamafl-most thankful; nrpiirtam-of all the kings; mahattama-of the great\nsouls; anugrahartiya-s'iliifl-trained to get favors; riijiiam\n\n-\n\nof the royal;\n\nkulam-orders; briihmarta-pada-feet of the brahma[tas; sauciit-refu se after\ncleaning; diirat-at a distance; visr§tam- always left out; bata-on account\nof; garhya\n\n-\n\ncondemnable; kar ma\n\n-\n\nactivities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe fortunate King said: We are the most grateful of all the kings\nwho are trained to get favors from the great souls. Generally you [sages]\n\nconsider royalty as refuse to be rejected and left in a distant place.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to religious principle, stool, urine, wash water, etc., must be\nleft out at a long distance. Attached bath rooms, urinals, etc., may be very\nconvenient amenities of modern civilization, but they are ordered to be\nsituated at a distance from residential quarters. That very example is cited\nherein in relation to the kingly order for those who are progressively\nmarching back to Godhead. Lord\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said that\n\nto be in intimate touch with dollars and cents men, or the kingly\n\n", "SB1.3#p0363": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1002\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 19\n\norder, is worse than suicide for one who desires to go back to Godhead. In\nother words, the transcendentalists do. not generally associate with inen\nwho are too enamored by the external beauty of God's creation. By\nadvanced knowledge in spiritual realization, the transcendentalist knows\nthat this beautiful material world is nothing but a shadowy reflection of\nthe reality, the kingdom of God. They are not, therefore, very ·much\ncaptivated by royal opulence or anything like that. But in the case of\nMaharaja PanK.�it, the situation was different. Apparently the King was\ncondemned to death by an inexperienced briihmal)a boy, but factually he\nwas called by the Lord to return to Him. Other transcendentalists, the great\nsages and mystics who assembled together because of Maharaja Parik�it's\nfasting unto death, were quite anxious to see him, for he was going back to\nGodhead. Maharaja Par1k�it also could understand that the great sages' who\nassembled there were all kind to his f orefathers, the Pa��avas, because of\ntheir devotional service of the Lord. He felt, therefore, grateful to the\nsages for being present there at the last stage of his life, and he felt that it\nwas all due to the greatness of his late forefathers or grandfathers. He felt\nproud, therefore, that he happened to be the descendant of such great\ndevotees. Such pride for the devotees of the Lord is certainly not equal to\nthe puffed up sense of vanity for material prosperity. The first is reality,\nwhereas the other is false and vain.\n\nTEXT 14\n\nmer\n\nqo::t«il\nOi4R'hhR1� •[�lkf+t'Wul( I\n�\\Jjq�c{t\nf;r�\n�\n\n�\n\n� ¥141'411 � 11�\\lll\n\n.\n\ntasyaiva me 'ghasya pariivareso\nvyiisakta-cittasya grhe�v abhik�l)am\nnirveda-mulo dvija-siipa-riipo\nyatra prasakto bhayam iisu dhatte\ntasya-his; eva-certainly; me-mine; aghasya-of the sinful; parii-tr anscendental;avara-mundane; isa[l-controller, the Supreme Lord; vyiisaktaoverly\n\nattached;\n\ncittasya-of\n\nthe\n\nmind; grhe� u-to\n\nfamily\n\naffairs;\n\nabhik§l)am-always; nirveda-mula[l-the.source of detachment; dvija-siipacursing by the briihmal)a; rupa[l- form of; yatra-whereupon; prasakta[l-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0364": "Text 15]\n\nAppearance of Sukadeva Gosvimi\n\n1003\n\none who is affected; bhayam-fearlessness ; iisu-very soon; dhatte-take\nplace.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, the controller of both the\n\ntranscendental and mundane wor lds, has graciously overtaken me in the\nfor m of a brahmll!la's curse. Due to my being too much attached to family\n\nlife, the Lord, in order to save me, has appeared before me in such a way\nthat out of fear only I will detach myself from the world.\nPURPORT\n\nMaharaja Pan\"k�it, although born in a family of great devotees, the\nPa�t}avas, and although securely trained in transcendental attachment for\nthe association of the Lord, still found the allurement of mundane family\nlife so strong that he had to be detached by a plan of the Lord. Such\ndirect action is taken up by the Lord in the case of a special devotee.\nMaharaja Parik�it could understand this by the presence of the topmost\n\ntranscendentalists in the universe. The Lord resides with His devotees, and\n\ntherefore the presence of the great saints indicated the presence of the\nLord. The King therefore welcomed the presence of the great r�is as a\nmark of favor of the Supreme Lord.\nTEXT 15\n\n� qN�Id sri'� f�\n1111 � � t(1��4\\� I\nfi:IJ!lqqt: f(WijaJ4il Cfl\nC::\\l(qJ ilm fil�ll¥1: II �� II\ntam mopayiitam pratiyantu viprii\ngangii ca devi dhrta-cittam iSe\ndvijopasrfitafl. kuhakas tak§ako vii\ndasatv alam giiyata vi.§!lu-giithiifl.\ntam-for that reason; mii-me; upayiitam- taken shelter of; pratiyantujust accept me; vipriifi,-0 briihma!J.as; gangii\n\n-\n\nmothe r Ganges; ca-also;\n\ndeui-direct representative of the Lord; dhrta-taken into; cittam-heart;\niSe-unto the Lord; dvija upasntafl.-cre ated by the briihma!J.a; kuhakafl-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0365": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1004\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 19\n\nsomething magical; tak�k�-the snake-bird; vii-either; dasatu-let it bite;\n\nalam-without further delay; gayata-please go on singing; V�'(tu-gatha/:1narration of the deeds of Vi��;tu.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 brahma!138, just accept me as a completely surrendered soul, and\n\nlet mother Ganges, the representative of the Lord, also accept me in that\n\nway, for I have already taken the lotus feet of the Lord into my heart. Let\nthe snake-bird-or whatever magical thing the brahm�a created-bite me\n\nat once. I only desire that you all continue singing the deeds of Lord Vi��;tu.\nPURPORT\n\nAs soon as one is given up completely unto the lotus feet of the Supreme\n\nLord,· he is not at all afraid of death. The atmosphere created by the\n\npresence of great devotees of the Lord on the bank of the Ganges and\n\nMaharaja Pan'\"k�it's complete acceptance of the Lord's lotus feet were\n\nsufficient guarantee to the King for going back to Godhead. He thus\nbecame absolutely free from all fear of death.\nTEXT 16\n\n\\�I'Ail!i4€4wt�\nSIQIT\n(tdJ��! I\n� � ���q�all �\n� m iPft r�: ����\"\npuna5 ca bhiiyad bhagavaty anante\nratil;l prasangas ca tad-iisraye§u\nmahatsu yam yam upayami sr�tim\nmaitry astu sarvatra namo dvijebhya/:1\npunal)-again;ca-and;bhiiyat-let it be;bhagavati-unto Lord Sri Kp:IJ.a;\n\nanante-who has unlimited potency; ratil;l-attracting; prasang�-association; ca-also; tat-His; asraye�u-with\n\nthose\n\nwho\n\nare His devotees;\n\nmahatsu-within the material creation; yam yam-whichever; upayami-1\nmay\n\ntake; sntim-my birth; maitri-friendly relation; astu-let it be;\n\ntra- everywh ere;\n\nsa roa\n\nbrahma'(las.\n\nnam�-my\n\nobeisances;\n\ndvijebhya/:1-unto\n\nthe\n\n", "SB1.3#p0366": "Appearance of Sukadeva Gosvami\n\nText 17)\n\n1005\n\nTRANSLATION\nAgain, offering obeisances unto all you brahma�as, I pray that if I\n\nshould again take my b irth in the material world I will have complete\n\nattachment to the unlimited Lord ��a, association with His devotees\nand friendly relations with all living beings.\n\nPURPORT\nThat a devotee of the Lord is the only perfect living being is explained\n\nherein by Mahariija Parik�it. A devotee of the Lord is no one's enemy,\nalthough there may be many enemies of a devotee. A devotee of the Lord\n\ndoes not like to associate with non-devotees, although he has no enmity\n\nwith them. He desi�:es association with the devotees of the Lord. This is\n\nperfectly nat ural because birds of the same feather mix together. And the\nmost important function of a devotee is to have complete attachment for\nLord Sri Kr��a, the father of all living beings. As a good son of the father\n\nbehaves friendly with all his other brothers, so also the devotee of the\nLord, being a good son of the supreme father, Lord Kfll�a, sees all other\n\nliving beings in relation with the supreme father. He tries to bring back the\n\nupstart soilS of the father to a saner stage and to get them to accept the\n\nsupreme fatherhood of God. Maharaja Parik�it was certainly going back to\n\nGodhead, but even if he were not to go back, he prayed for a pattern of\n\nlife which is the most perfect way in the material world. A pure devotee\ndoes not desire the company of a personality as great as Brahma, but he\n\nprefers the association of a petty living being, provided he is a devotee of\nthe Lord.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�\n\n�\n\n(liiiQiq('lt('*':\n\n311�\"'� m �: ,\n:aa:•\"'a(C(t �011� �\n('lflJ\\'4�1:\n\n((1Wf;q(ij¥U(: II �\"II\n\niti sma riijiidhyavasaya-yuktafi.\npriicina-miile�u kuse�u dhirafi.\nudanmukho dak�i!la-kiila iiste\nsamudra-patnyiifi. sva-suta-nyasta-bhiirafi.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0367": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1006\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 19\n\niti-thus; sma-as in the past; raja-the King; adhyavasaya-persever ance;\nyukta�-being engaged; priicina-eastern; mule�u- with the root; kuse�uon a seat made of kusa straw; dhi\"ra[l-self-controlled; udanmuk ha[l - facing\nthe northern side; dak�irw- on the southern; kula-bank; aste-situated;\nsamudra-the sea; patnya�-wife of (the Ganges); sva-own; suta-son ;\nnyasta-given over; bhiira�-the charge of administration.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn perfect self-control Maharaja Pan�it sat down on a seat of straw,\nwith straw-roots facing the east, placed on the southern bank of the\nGanges, and he himself faced the north. Just previously he had given\ncharge of his kingdom over to his sons.\nPURPORT\nThe River Ganges is celebrated as the wife of the sea. The seat of kusa\nstraw is considered to be sanctified if the straw is taken out of the earth\ncomplete with root, and if the root is pointed towards the east it is\nconsidered to be auspicious. Facing the north is still more favorable for\nattaining spiritual success. Maharaja Pan\"'k�it handed over the charge of\nadministration to his son before leaving home. He was thus fully equipped\nfor all f avorable conditions.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�\n\nlil\n\n6M'il(�q(%\n\nsu�q�� AA �qijft: 1\n\n�\n\n·� �1\\Mwt �� Ql�tt �: II� �II\n\nevam ca tasmin nara-deva-deve\npriiyopavi§te divi deva-sanghii�\nprasasya bhumau vyakiran prasunair\nmuda muhur dundubhaya5ca nedu�\nevam-thus; ca-and; tasmin-in that; nara-deva-deve-upon the King's;\npraya- upavi�te-being engaged in fasting to death; divi-in the sky; deva­\n\ndemigods; sangha�-all of them; prasasya- h aving praised the action;\n\n", "SB1.3#p0368": "Text 19)\n\nAppearance of Sukadeva Gosvami\n\n1007\n\nbhiimau-on the earth; vyakiran - scattered; prasiin ai�-with flowers; mudiiin pleasure; muhuft-continually; dundubhayafl-celestial drums; ca-also;\nnedufl-beaten.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the King, Maharaja Pan�it, sat to fast until death. All the demi­\n\ngods of the higher planets praised the King's actions and in pleasure\n\ncontinually scattered flowers over the earth and beat celestial drums.\nPURPORT\n\nEven up to the time of Maharaja Par�it there were interplanetary\ncommunications, and the news of Maharaja Pan\"k�it's fasting unto death to\nattain salvation reached the higher planets in the sky where the intelligent\ndemigods live. The demigods are more luxurious than human beings, but\nall of them are obedient to the orders of the Supreme Lord. There is no\none in the heavenly planets who is an atheist nonbeliever. Thus any devotee\nof the Lord on the surface of the earth is always praised by them, and in\nthe case of Maharaja Par�it they were greatly delighted and thus gave\ntokens of honor by scattering flowers over the earth and by beating\ncelestial drums. A demigod takes pleasure in seeing someone go back to\nGodhead. He is always pleased with a devotee of the Lord, so much so\nthat by his adhidaivic powers he may help the devotees in all respects. And\nby their actions, the Lord is pleased with them. There is an invisible chain\nof complete cooperation between the Lord, the demigods and the devotee\nof the Lord on earth.\nTEXT 19\n\n� l\n\n(1Jlql41ijl\n\nit\n\n���i('IWIU I\n�:\nSl�last«fi�ijl(l\n��\n����II\n�\n\nmahar§ayo vai samupiigatii ye\nprasasya siidhv ity anumodamiiniifl\niicufl prajiinugraha-sl a-siirii\nyad uttama-sloka-gur.iibhiriipam\n\n", "SB1.3#p0369": "[Canto 1, Ch. 19\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1008\nmaha r§ ayaft-the\n\ngreat sages; vai-as a matter of course; samupiigatiift­\n\nassembled there; ye-;-those who; prasasya-by praising; .siidhu-quite all\nright; i ti- thus; anumodamiiniift-all approving; u cufl-said; prajiinugrahadoing good to the living being; s'ila-siiriifl-qualitatively powerful; yatbecause; uttama-sloka-one who is praised by selected poems; gur.aabhirupam-as beautiful as godly qualities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the great sages who were assembled there also praised the decision\n\nof Maharaja Pan�it and they expre ssed their approval by saying, \"Very\ngood.\" Naturally the sages are inclined to do good to common men, for\n\nthey have all the qualitative powers of the Supreme Lord. Therefore they\nwere very much pleased to see Maharaja P�it, a devotee of the Lord,\n\nand they spoke as follows.\n\nPURPORT\nThe natural beauty of a living being is enhanced by rising up to the\nplatform of devotional service. Maharaja PanK.�it was absorbed in attachment for Lord Kr��a. Seeing this, the great sages assembled were very\npleased, and they expressed their approval by saying, \"Very good.\" Such\nsages are naturally inclined to do good to the common man, and when\nthey see a personality like Maharaja Par\"ik�it advance in devotional service,\ntheir pleasure knows no bound, and they offer all blessings in their power.\nDevotional service of the Lord is so auspicious that all demigods and sages,\n\nup to the Lord Himself, become pleased with the devotee, and therefore\n\nthe devotee finds everything auspicious. All inauspicious matters are\nremoved from the path of a progressive devotee. Meeting all the great sages\n\nat the time of death was certainly auspicious for Maharaja Parik�it, and\nthus he was blessed by the so-called curse of a b riihmara s boy.\n'\n\nTEXT 20\n\n91\n\n(11Jfif�4 �\nPJi (1¥4W*�! I\n�\n\nqJ\n\n�\n\nitsU4Rt;f\n�\n\n(11:1f�a:a!\n\n�·�1'4�41�1•m IJ�oll\n\n", "SB1.3#p0370": "Text 20)\n\nAppearance of Sukadeva Gosvami\n\n1009\n\nna vii idam riijar�i-varya citram\n\nbhavatsu kr�f!am samanuvrate�u\n\nye 'dhyiisanam riija-kirita-ju�tam\n\nsadyo jahur bhagavat-piirsva-kiimiib,\n\nna-neither; vii-like this; idam-this; riijar§i-saintly king; varya-the\nchief; citram-astonishing; bhavatsu-unto you all; kf$1Jam-Lord Kp�Qa;\nsamanuvrate$u-unto those who are strictly in the line of; ye-who;\n\nadhyiisanam-seated on the throne; raja-kinta-helmets of kings; ju$tam­\n\ndecorated; sadyab,-immediately;jahub,-gave up; bhagavat-the Personality\nof Godhead;piirsva-kiimiib,-desiring to achieve association.\nTRANSLATION\n[The sages said:) 0 chief of all the saintly kings of the P��u dynasty\n\nwho are strictly in the line of Lord Sri Kr�a! It is not at all astonishing\n\nthat you give up your throne, which is decorated with the helmets of\n\nmany kings, to achieve eternal association with the Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nFoolish politicians who hold political administrative posts think that the\n\ntemporary posts they occupy are the highest material gain of life, and\ntherefore they stick to that post even up to the last moment of life without\n\nknowing that achievement of liberation as one of the associates of the Lord\n\nin His eternal abode is the highest gain of life. The human life is meant for\nachieving this end. The Lord has assured us in the Bhagavad-gitii many\n\ntimes that going back to Godhead, His eternal abode, is the highest achieve­\n\nment. PrahHida Maharaja, while praying to Lord Nrsimha, said, \"0 my\nLord, I am very much afraid of the materialistic way of life, and I am not\n\nthe least afraid of Your present ghastly ferocious feature as Nrsirhhadeva.\n\nThis materialistic way of life is something like a grinding stone, and we are\n\nbeing crushed by it. We have fallen into this horrible whirlpool of the\ntossing waves of life, and thus, my Lord, I pray at Your lotus feet to call\n\nme back to Your eternal abode as one of Your servitors. This is the summit\n\nliberation of this materialistic way of life. I have very bitter experience of\nthe materialistic way of life. In whichever species of life I have taken birth,\ncompelled by the force of my own activities, I have very painfully experi­\n\nenced two things, namely separation from my beloved and meeting with\n\n", "SB1.3#p0371": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1010\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 19\n\nwhat is not wanted. And to counteract them, the remedies which I undertook were m ore dangerous than the disease itself. So I drift from one\npoint to another birth after birth, and I pray to You therefore to give me\na shelter at Your lotus feet.\" The Pap.�ava kings, who are more than many saints of the world, know\nthe bitter results of the materialistic way of life. They are never captivated\nby the glare of the imperial throne they occupy, and they seek always the\nopportunity of being called by the Lord to associate with Him eternally.\nMaharaja Parik�it was the worthy grandson of Maharaja Yu�thira.\nMaharaja YudhiJ?thira gave up the imperial throne to his grands on, and\nsimilarly Maharaja Pan�it, the grandson of Maharaja Yudhi�thira, gave up\nthe imperial throne to his son ]anamejaya. That is the way of all the kings in\nthe dynasty because they are all strictly in the line of Lord Kr�p.a. Thus the\ndevotees of the Lord are never enchanted by the glare of materialistic life,\nand they live impartially, unattached to the objects of the false illusory\nmaterialistic way of life.\nTEXT 21\n\n�\n\n� 6N�(I41t�\nmt �·EI((ij, t«N 1\nitct 1ft W(':f\\<ft mnct\nsaroe vayam tiivad ihiismahe 'tha\nkalevaram yiivad asau vihiiya\nlokam param viraja.skam viSokam\nyiisyaty ayam bhiigavata-pradhiinafl\n\ns\n\narve-all; vayam-of us; tiivat-as long as; iha-at this place; asmahe­\n\nshall stay; atka-hereafter; kalevaram-the body; yiivat-so long; asau-the\nKing;\n\nvihiiya -giving\n\nvirajaskam - c ompletely\n\nup;\n\nlokam-the\n\nfree\n\nfrom\n\nplanet;\n\nparam-the\n\nsupreme;\n\nmundane contamination; visokam­\n\ncompletely freed from all kinds of lamentation; yasyati-returns; ayamthis; bhiigavata -devotee; pradhiinafl-the forem ost.\nTRANSLATION\nWe shall all wait here until the foremost devotee of the Lord,\n\nMaharaja Pan�t, returns to the supreme planet, which is completely free\n\nfrom all mundane contamination and all kinds of lamentation.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0372": "Text 22]\n\nAppearance of Sukadeva Gosvimi\n\nlOll\n\nPURPORT\nBeyond the limitation of the material creation, which is compared to\nthe cloud in the sky, there is the Paravyoma, or the spiritual sky, full of\nplanets called Vaiku!!thas. Such V aiku!ltha planets are also differently\nknown as the Puru�ottamaloka, Acyutaloka, Trivikramaloka, Hr�kesaloka, Kesavaloka, Aniruddhaloka, Madhavaloka, Pradyumnaloka,\nSankar�aJ;�aloka, Sr!dharaloka, V asudevaloka, Ayodhyaloka, Dvaraka loka, and many other millions of spiritual lokas wherein the Personality\nof Godhead predominates; and all the living entities there are liberated\nsouls with spiritual bodies as good as that of the Lord. There is no material\ncontamination; everything there is spiritual, and therefore there is nothing\nobjectively lamentable. They are full of transcendental bliss, and are\nwithout birth, death, old age and disease. And amongst all the abovementioned Vaiku!lthalokas, there is one supreme loka called Goloka\nVrndavana, which is the abode of the Lord Sri Kr�!la and His specific\nassociates. Maharaja Par!k�it was destined to achieve this particular loka,\nand the great �is assembled there could foresee this. All of them consulted\namongst themselves about the great departure of the great King, and they\nwanted to see him up to the last moment because they would no more be\nable to see such a great devotee of the Lord. When a great devotee of the\nLord passes away, there is nothing to be lamented because the devotee is\ndestined to enter into the kingdom of God. But the sorry plight is that\nsuch great devotees leave our sight, and therefore there is every reason to\nbe sorry. As the Lord is rarely to be seen by our present eyes, so also are\nthe great devotees. The great �is, therefore, correctly decided to remain\non the spot till the last moment.\n\nTEXT 22\n� 6tA•toat�:q tR\\f�(l_\n\n� �� � \"qlotl�litil( I\n3[Tqjqa;nW1fliW1;:q �\n\n��R6tM\n\nf�: ������\n\nii.Srutya tad r�i-gar.a-vacafl. parik�it\nsamam madhu-cyud guru cii.vyalikam\nii.bh(4atainii.n abhinandya yuktii.n\nsusrii�amiir.a.S ca'ritiini v�r-ofl.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0373": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1012\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 19\n\nasrutya-just after hearing; tat-that; !§i-ga(la-the sages assembled;\nvacafz-speaking; parik§it-Maharaja Parik�it; samam-impartial; madhucyut-sweet to hear; guru-grave; ca-also; avyalikam-perfectly true;\nabhii§ata-said; enan-all of them; abhinandya-congratulated; yuktiinappropriately presented; susrii§amii!lafz-being desirous; caritiini-activities\nof; vi§!lO!z-the Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nAll that was spoken by the great sages wru> very sweet to hear, full of\n\nmeaning and appropriately presented as perfectly true. So after hearing\nthem, Maharaja Pari�it, desi ring to hear of the activities of Lord Sri\nK��a, the Personality of Godhead, congratulated the great sages.\nTEXT 23\n\n��\n\n«1\n\n� � �I\n..\"�911Jl'SI � Cfi�\nq(l�Q&¥11€¥4\\n�'( II�� II\n�\nsamagata!z sarvata eva sarve\nveda yatha murti-dharas tri-pr§the\nnehatha namutra ca kascanartha\nrte paranugraham atma-sllam\nsamiigata!z-assembled; sarvata!z-from all directions; eva-certainly;\nsarve-all of you; vediifz-supreme knowledge; yatha-as; miirti-dharii/lpersonified; tri-p!§the-on the ·planet of Brahma (which is situated above\nthe three planetary systems, namely the upper, intermediate and lower\nworlds); na-not; iha-in this world; atka-thereafter; na-nor; amutra-in\nthe other world; ca-also; kascana-any other; artha/l-interest; rte-save\nand except; para-others; anugraham-doing good to; atma-sl am-own\nnature.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King said:\n\n0 great sages, you have all very kindly assembled\n\nhere, having come f rom all parts of the universe. You are all as good as\n\nsupreme knowledge personified, who resides in the planet above the three\n\n", "SB1.3#p0374": "Text 24]\n\nAppearance of Sukadeva Gosviimi\n\n1013\n\nworlds [ Satyaloka]. Consequently you are naturally inclined to do good to\nothers, and but for this you have no interest, either in this life or the next.\nPURPORT\nSix kinds of opulences, namely wealth, strength, fame, beauty, knowledge and renunciation, are all originally the different attributes pertaining\nto the Absolute Personality of Godhead_ The living beings, who are part\nand parcel entities of the Supreme Being, have all these attributes partially,\nup to the full strength of seventy-eight percent. In the material world these\nattributes (up to seventy-eight percent of the Lord's attributes) are covered\nby the material energy, as the sun is covered by a cloud. The covered\nstrength of the sun is very dim, compared to the original glare, and\nsimilarly living beings with such attributes become almost extinct from\ntheir original color_ There are three planetary systems, namely the lower\nworlds, the intermediate worlds and the upper worlds_ The human beings\non earth are situated at the beginning of the intermediate worlds, but\nliving beings like Brahma and his contemporaries live in the upper worlds,\nof which the topmost is Satyaloka. In Satyaloka the inhabitants are fully\ncognizant of Vedic wisdom, and thus the mystic cloud of material energy\n\nis cleared, and therefore they are known as the Vedas personified. Such\npersons, being fully a ware of knowledge both mundane and transcendental,\nhave no interest in either the mundane or transcendental worlds. They are\npractically desireless devotees. In the mundane world they have nothing to\nachieve, and in the transcendental world they are full in themselves_ Then\nwhy do they come to the mundane world? They descend on different\nplanets as messiahs by the order of the Lord to deliver the fallen souls. On\nthe earth they come down and do good to the people of the world in\ndifferent circumstances under different climatic influences. They have\nnothing to do in this world save and except reclaim the fallen souls rotting\nin material existence, deluded by material energy.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nmllf �:\n\n'l4'f4ill¥i �\n\n� finn (Rit�(lliUt( I\n(1€fktcwtl fJC4441�1f �\n� � (1'5114t�ijlfiJ�'fil: 11�\\l·ll\n\n", "SB1.3#p0375": "[Canto 1, Ch. 19\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1014\n\ntatas ca val} prcchyam imam viprcche\nviSrabhya viprii iti krtyatiiyiim\n\nsarviitmanii mriyamiirwis ca krtyam\n\nsuddham ca tatriimrsatiibhiyuktiil;l\n\ntatal}-as such; ca-and; val;l-unto you; prcchyam-that which is to be\n\nasked; imam-this; viprcche-beg\n\nto ask you; viSrabhya-trustworthy;\n\nvipriil;l-briihmarws; iti-thus; krtyatiiyiim-out\n\nof all different duties;\n\nsarva-iitmanii-by every one; mriyamii!'lail;l-especially those who are just\nabout to die; ca-and; krtyam-dutiful; suddham-perfectly correct; ca­\n\nand; tatra-therein; iimrsata-by complete deliberation; abhiyuktiil;l-just\n\nbefitting.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 trustworthy briihmaJ)as, I now ask you about my immediate duty.\n\nPlease, after proper deliberation, tell me of the unalloyed duty of everyone\n\nin ail circumstances, and specifically of those who are just about to die.·\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse the King has placed two questions before the learned\n\nsages. The first question is wha t is the duty of everyone in all circum­\n\nstances, and the second question is what is the specific duty of one who is\n\nto die very shortly. Out of the two, the question relating to the dying man\n\nis most important because everyone is a dying man, either very shortly or\n\nafter one hundred years. The dura tion of life is immaterial, but the duty\nof a dying man is very important. Maharaja PanK.�it placed these two\n\nquestions before Sukadeva Gosvami also on his arrival, and practically the\n\nwhole of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, beginning from the Second Canto up to\n\nthe last Twelfth Canto, deals with these two questions. The c onclusion\n\narrived at thereof is that devotional service of the Lord Sri Kr�p.a, as i t is\n\nconfirmed by the Lord Himself in the last phases of the Bhagavad-gitii, is\nthe last word in relation to everyone's permanent duty in life. Maharaja\n\nParik�it was already aware of this fact, but he wanted the great sages\n\nassembled there to unanimously give their verdict on his conviction so\n\nthat he might be able to go on with his confirmed duty •without contro­\n\nversy. He has especially mentioned the word suddha, or perfectly correct.\nFor transcendental realization or self-realization, many processes are rec­\n\nommended by various classes of philosophers. Some of them are first-class\n\nmethods, and some of them are second- or third-class methods. The first-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0376": "Appearance of Sukadeva Gosvami\n\nText 25)\n\n1015\n\nclass method demands that one give up all other methods and surrender\n\nunto the lotus feet of the Lord and thus be saved from all sins and their\nreactions.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�\nt«t\"0)0l4i\n\n��\n��\n\nOiq((t�:s(t\n\n•n+ta+tr-il�: 1\n\nf.t:jR1l+tgit\n��:\n\n���\"'\"\n\ntatriibhavad bhagaviin vyiisa-putro\n\nyadrcchayii giim atamiino 'napek�a�\n\nalak�ya-lingo nija-liibha-tu�to\n\nvrtas ca biilair avadhiita-ve�aft\n\ntatra-there; abhavat-appeared; bhagaviin-powerful; vyiisa-putra�-son\n\nof Vyasadeva;yadr-is as; icchayii-one desires;giim-the earth; atamiina�­\n\nwhile traveling; anapek�a�-disinterested; alak�ya-unmanifested; linga�­\n\nsymptoms; nija-liibha-self-realized; tu�tafi--satisfied; vrta�-surrounded\n\nby; ca-and; biila*-by children; avadhiita-neglected by others; ve�a�dressed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that moment there appeared the powerful son of Vyasadeva who\ntraveled over the earth disinterested and satisfied with himself. He did not\nmanifest any symptoms of belonging to any social order or status of life.\n\nHe was surrounded with women and children, and he dressed as if others\nhad neglected him.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word Bhagaviin is sometimes used in relation with some of the great\n\ndevotees of the Lord, like Sukadeva Gosviimi. Such liberated souls are\n\ndisinterested in the affairs of this material world because they are selfsatisfied by the great achievements of devotional service. As explained\nbefore, Sukadeva Gosvam'i never accepted any formal spiritual master,\n\nnor did he undergo any formal reformatory performances. His father,\nVyasadeva, was his natural spiritual master because he heard Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam from him. After this, he became completely self-satisfied.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0377": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n1016\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 19\n\nThus he was not dependent on any formal process. The formal processes\n\nare necessary for those who are expected to reach the stage of complete\n\nliberation, but Sri Sukadeva Gosvam.i was already in that status by the\ngrace of his father. As a young boy he was expected to be properly dressed,\n\nbut he went about naked and was disinterested in social customs. He was\n\nneglected by the general populace, and inquisitive boys and women sur­\n\nrounded him as if he were a madman. He thus appears on the scene while\ntraveling on the eartn on his own accord. It appears that to the inquiry of\n\nMaharaja Pan�it, the great sages were not unanimous in their decision as\nto what was to be done. For spiritual salvation there were many prescrip­\n\ntions according to the different modes of different persons. But the\nultimate aim of life is to attain the highest pedectional stage of devotional\n\nservice of the Lord. As doctors differ, so also sages differ in their different\nprescriptions. While such things were going on, the great powerful son of\nVyasadeva appeared on the scene.\n\nTEXT 26\n\nd\n\n(tt!i!4 M¥tl(qla;4i\\(iieltiQwi't�•ll\"'4(\n\n;m�tam d vyf¥ta-var�am su-kumiira-piidakaroru-biihv-arhsa-kapoln-giitram\nciirv-iiyatiik�onnasa-tulya-karrwsubhrv-iinanam kambu-sujiita-ka!ltham\ntam-hi m; d uyf¥ta-sixteen; var�am-years; su-kumiira-delicate; piidalegs; kara-hands; urn-thighs; biihu-arms; arhsa-shou lde rs ; kapola-fore\n\nhead; giitram-body ; ciiru-beautiful; iiyata-broad; ak�a\n\n-\n\n­\n\n- eyes; unnasa­\n\nhigh nose; tulya-similar; kaT'{la ears; subhru-nice brows; iinanam-face;\n\nkambu-conchshell; sujiita-nicely built; ka!ltham-neck.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis son of Vyasadeva was only sixteen years old. His legs, hands,\nthighs, arms, shoulders, forehead and the other parts of his body were all\n\n", "SB1.3#p0378": "Appearance of �ukadeva Gosvami\n\nText 27]\n\n1017\n\ndelicately formed. His eyes were beautifully wide, and his nose and ears\nwere highly raised. He had a very attractive face, and his neck was well\nformed and beautiful like a conchshell.\nPURPORT\nA respectable personality is described beginning with the legs, and this\n\nhonored system is observed here with Sukadeva Gosvami. He was only\n\nsixteen years of age. A person is honored for his achievements and not for\nadvanced age. A person can be older by experience and not by age. Sri\n\nSukadeva Gosvami, wh o is described herein as the son of Vyasadeva, w as\nby his knowledge m ore experienced than all the sages present there, although he was only sixteen years old.\nTEXT 27\n\nPl•('liit!\n���¥tlctd'11flf at�ct<A(G;(\n��\n\n� I\n\n�qilui4wd\n((4¥t(ht¥t1+11( II �\\911\n\nctct\"Jt\n\nI�\n\nSR�¥'ilil\n\nnigii{lha-jatrum prthu-tunga-vak§asam\niivarta-niibhim vali-valgiidarani ca\ndig-ambaram vaktra-vikir'{la-kesam\npralamba-biihum svamarottamiibham\nnigii {iha-covered;\nvak§asam-chest;\n\njatru m-collarb one; prthu-broad; tunga-sw o llen;\n\niivarta-whirled;\n\nniibhim-navel;\n\nvali-valgu-striped;\n\nudaram-abd omen; ca-also; dik-ambaram-dressed by all direc tions (naked);\nvaktra-curled;\n\nv ikir'{la-scattered;\n\nbiihum-hands; su-amara-uttama-the\n\nkesam-hair;\nbest\n\npralamba-elong ated;\n\nam ongst\n\nthe gods (Kr�qa) ;\n\niibham-hue.\nTR ANSLATION\nHis collarbone was fleshy, his chest broad and thick, his navel deep and\nhis abdomen beautifully striped. His arms were long, and curly hair was\nstrewn over his beautiful face. He was naked, and the hue of his body\nreflected that of Lord Kr��a.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0379": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1018\n\n[Canto l, Ch. 19\n\nPURPORT\nHis bodily features indicate him to be different from common men. All\n\nthe signs described in connection with the b odily features of Sukadeva\n\nGosvam1 are uncommon symptoms, typical of great personalities, according\n\nto physiognomical calculations. His b odily hue resembled that of Lord\nKr�J}.a, who is the Supreme amongst the gods, demigods, and all living\n\nbeings.\n\nTEXT28\n\nsyiimam sadiipivya-vayo 'nga-lak�myii\nstrifUim mano-jnam rucira-smitena\npratyutthitiis te munayafi. sviisanebhyas\ntal-lak�a!la-jna api gii!lha-varcasam\nsyiimam- blacki sh; sadii-always; apivya -e xcessively ; vayafi, -age ; angasym pto m s; lak§myii-by the opulence of; st ri[iiim-of the fair sex; mana�jiiam - attr act ive; rucira- bea utiful; smitena-s miling ; p ratyu t th itiifi.-stoo d\nup; t e- all of the m ; munayafi.-the great sages ; s va - own; iisa n ebhy afl, - from\nthe seats; tat-those; lak�art a-jii iifi. - expert in the art of physiognomy;\napi-even ; gii!lha-varcasam-covered glories .\nTRANSLATION\nHe was dark and very beautiful due to his youth. Because of the\n\nglamor of his body and his attractive smiles, he was pleasing to women.\n\nThough he tried to cover his natural glories, the great sages present there\n\nwere all expert in the art of physiognomy, and so they honored him by\nrising from their seats.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n�\n\nH�OfflsfQ¥.A 311tRTR\n� � mms�ml\n\n", "SB1.3#p0380": "Text-30]\n\nAppearance of Sukadeva Gosvimi\n\n1019\n\nm��:��\n� �qf?t�\n\nsa V�flU-riito\n\ntmr: ������\n\n•tithaya iigatiiya\n\ntasmai saparyiim sirasiijahiira\ntato nivrttii hy abudhii� striyo ·rbhakii\nmahiisane sopavivesa piijita�\n\nsa�-he;vi,s!'u-riitaf!.-Maharaja Parik�it (who is always protected by Lord\n\nVi�J;m); atithaye-to become a guest; iigatiiya-one who arrived there;\n\ntasmai-unto him; saparyiim-with the whole body; sirasii-with bowed\nhead; iijahiira-offered obeisances; tata�-thereafter; nivrttiib-\n\n--\n\nceased; hi­\n\ncertainly;abudhii�-less intelligent; striyatL- women ;arbhakiib--boys;�ahii­\n\nasa n e exalted seat; sa-he; upavivesa-sat down; piijita[l.-being respected.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Parilq;it, who is also known as Vi��urata [one who is always\n\nprotected by Vi��u], bowed his head to receive the chief guest, Sukadeva\n\nGosvami. At that time all the ignorant women and boys ceased following\n\nSrila Sukadeva. Receiving respect from all, Sukadeva Gosvami took his\n\nexalted seat.\n\nPURPORT\n\nOn Sukadeva Gosvami's arrival at the meeting, everyone, except Srila\n\nVyasadeva, Nirada and a few others, stood up, and Maharaja Parilqit, who\n\nwas glad to receive a great devotee of the Lord, bowed down before him\n\nwith all the limbs of his body. Sukadeva Gosviimi also exchanged the\ngreetings and reception by embrace, shaking of hand<;, nodding and bowing\n\ndown, especially before his father and Narada Muni. Thus he was offered\n\nthe presidential seat at the meeting. When he was so received by the king\nand sages, the street boys and le�s intelligent women who followed him\nwere struck with wonder and fear. So they retired from their frivolous ac­\n\ntivities, and everything was full of gravity and calm.\nTEXT 30\n\n�\n\n4\\ij�.., � +ttltef\n\n'ltRfifU<ji��:\n\n", "SB1.3#p0381": "[Canto 1, Ch. 19\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1020\n\nsa sariwrtas tatra mahiin mah\"iyasam\nbrahmar§i-riijar§i-devar§i-sanghaifr.\nvyarocatiilam bhagaviin yathendur\ngrahark�a-tarii-nikaraifr. par\"itafr.\nsafr. - Sri Sukadeva\n\nGosvami; samvrtafr.-surrounded by; tatra-there;\n\nmahan-great; mah\"iyasiim-of the greatest; brahmar�i-saint among the\nbriihmartas; riijarfi i-saint among the kings; devar§i-saint among the demi­\n\ngods; sanghaifr.�by the assembly of; vyarocata-well deserved; alam-able;\nbhagaviin-powerful; yathii-as; indufr.-the moon; graha- planets; rk§aheavenly bodies; tiirii-stars ; nikaraifr.- by\n\nsurrounded by.\n\nthe\n\nassembly\n\nof; pantafr.­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosvami was then surrou nded by saintly sages and demigods\n\njust as the moon is surrou nded by stars, planets and other heavenly bodies.\nHis presence was gor geous, and he was respected by all.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the great assembly of saintly personalities, there was Vyasadeva the\n\nbrahmar�i, Narada the devarfii, Parasurama the great ruler of the k.satriya\n\nkings, etc. Some of them were powerful incarnations of the Lord. Sukadeva\n\nGosvami was not known as brahmar_si, riijar§i or devar§� nor was he an\nincarnation like Narada, Vyasa or Para8urama, etc. And yet he excelled\n\nthem in respects paid. This means that the devotee of the Lord is more\n\nhonored in the world than the Lord Himself. One should, therefore, never\nminimize the importance of a devotee like Sukadeva Gosvami.\nTEXT 31\n\n!14:1(.'iji((QlWf+ttO&�iiRf\n\nanr writ +tl•li!falS�q€4 I\n� �mr: �·§4�� fiRT 'l�4t��� II�� II\n\n", "SB1.3#p0382": "Text 31]\n\nAppearance of Sukadeva Gosvami\n\n1021\n\npra5iintam iisinam aku!ltha-medhasam\n\nmunim nrpo bhiigavato ,bhyupetya\n\npra\"{lamya miirdhniivahital) krtiinjalir\nnatvii girii siinrtayiinvaprcchat\n\npra5iintam-perfectly pacified; iisinam-sitting; aku\"{lfha-without hesita­\n\ntion; medhasam-one who has sufficient intelligence; munim-unto the\n\ngreat sage; nrpal)-the. King (Maharaja Parik�it); bhiigavatal)-the great\n\n·devotee;\n\nabhyupetya-approaching\n\nhim; pra\"{lamya- bowing\n\ndown;\n\nmiirdhnii-his head; avahital)- p ro perly ; krta-anjalil)-with folded hands;\nnatvii-politely, by words; girii siinrtaya-in sweet voices; anvaprcchat-\n\ninquired.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Sri Sukadeva Gosvami sat perfectly pacified, intelligent and\n\nready to answer any question without hesitation. The great devotee,\n\nMaharaja Pa�t, approached him, offered his respects by bowing before\n\nhim, and politely inquired with sweet words and folded hands.\nPURPORT\n\nThe gesture now adopted by Maharaja Parikl?it of questioning a master\n\nis quite befitting in terms of scriptural injunctions. The scriptural injunc­\n\ntion is that one should humbly approach a spiritual master to understand\n\nthe transcendental science. Maharaja P�it was now prepared for meeting\n\nhis death, and within the very short time of seven days he was to know the\nprocess of entering the kingdom of God. In such important cases, one is\n\nrequired to approach a spiritual master. There is no necessity of approaching a spiritual master unless one is in need of solving the problems of life.\nOne who does not know how to put questions before the spiritual master\n\nhas no business to see him. And the qualification of the spiritual master is\n\nperfectly manifested in the person of Sukadeva Gosvami. Both the spiritual\n\nmaster and the disciple, namely Sri Sukadeva Gosvaml and Maharaja\nParik�it, attained perfection through the medium of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nSukadeva Gosvamllearned Srimad-Bhiigavatam from his father Vyasadeva,\n\nbut he had no chance to recite it. Before Maharaja Parikf}it he recited\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam and answered the questions of Maharaja Parik�it unhesitatingly, and thus both the master and the disciple got salvation.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0383": "1022\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT32\n\nq�(\\:tgillfl\n� 3M qtf � (1J\\ottH �: I\ntiQ�IRI��qul �: �: ������\npanlc�id uviica\n\naho adya vayam brahman\nsat-sevyiif!. k�atra-bandhavaf!.\nkrpayiitithi-riiperta\nbhavadbhis tirthakiif!. krtiif!.\nparik§it uva ca-t he fortunate Maharaja Parik�it said; aho\n\n- a h; adya­\n\ntoday; vayam- we; brahman-0 briihmartas; sat-sevyiif!.-eligible to serve\nthe devotee; k�atra-the ruling class; bandhava�-friends; krpayii-by your\n\nmercy; atithi-rii.perta-in the manner of the great; bhavadbhif!.-by your\ngood self; tirthakii�-qualified for being places of pilgrimage; krtiif!.-done\nby you.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe fortunate King Pa�it said: 0 brahma!la, by your mercy only\n\nyou have sanctified us, making us like unto places of pilgrimage, all by\n\nyour presence here as my guest. By your mercy, we, who are but unworthy\n\nroyalty, become eligible to serve the devotee.\nPURPORT\n\nSaintly devotees like Sukadeva Gosvami generally do not approach\n\nworldly enjoyers, especially those in royal orders. Maharaja Prataparudra\n\nwas a follower of Lord Caitanya, but when he wanted to see the Lord, the\n\nLord refused to see him because he was a king. For a devotee who desires\n\nto go back to Godhead, two things are strictly prohibited: worldly enjoyers\n\nand women. Therefore, devotees of the standard of Sukadeva Gosvami are\n\nneve.r interested in seeing kings. Maharaja Parlk�it was, of c ourse, a different\ncase. He was a great devotee, although a king, and therefore Sukadeva\n\nGosvami came to see him in his last stage of life. Maharaja Parik�it, out of\nhis devotional humility, felt himself an unworthy descendant of his great\n\nk§atriya forefathers, although he was as great as his predecessors. The\n\nunworthy sons of the royal orders are \"Called k§atra-bandhavas, as the\n\nunworthy sons of the briihmartas are called dvija-bandhus or brahma-\n\n", "SB1.3#p0384": "Text33]\n\nAppearance of Sukadeva Gosvami\n\n1023\n\nbandhus. Maharaj a PanK�it was greatly encouraged by the presence of\n\nSukadeva Gosvami He felt himself sanctified by the presence of the great\n\nsaint whose presence turns any place into a place of pilgrimage.\nTEXT33\n\nye§iirh sarhsmara[liit purhsiirh\nsadya(l suddhyanti vai grhii(l\nkim punar darsana-sparsapada-sauciisaniidibhi(l\nye§iim- of whom; sarhsmara[liit-by remembrance; purhsiim-of a person;\n\nsadya(l- instantly;\n\nsuddhyanti-cleanses;\n\nvai-certainly; grhii(l-all\n\nhouses; kim-what; puna(l-then; dad ana- meeting; spada- touching; piida\n-the feet; sauca- washing; iisana-iidibhi(l-by offering a seat, etc.\nTRANSLATION\nSimply by remembering you our houses bec ome instantly sanctified.\nAnd what to speak of seeing you, touching you, washing your holy feet\nand offering you a seat in our home?\n\nPURPORT\nThe importance of holy places of pilgrimage is due to the presence of\ngreat sages and saints. It is said that sinful persons go to the holy places\nand leave their sins there to accumulate. But the presence of the great\nsaints disinfects the acc umula ted sins, and thus the holy places continue\nto remain sanctified by the grace of the devotees and saints present there.\nIf such saints appear in the homes of worldly people, certainly the\naccumulated sins of such worldly enjoyers become neutralized. Therefore,\nthe holy saints actually have no self-interest with the householders. The\nonly aim of such saints is to sanctify the houses of the householders, and\nthe householders therefore should feel grateful when such saints and sages\nappear at their doors. A householder who dishonors such holy orders is a\ngreat offender. It is enj oined, therefore, that a householder who does not\nbow down before a saint at once must undergo fasting for the day in order\nto neutralize the great offense.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0385": "Srimad�Bhigavatam\n\n1024\n\n[Canto 1, 0.. 19\n\nTEXT 34\n\n(1ff-1Qtlit +ttlifil;:qld¥1f.l +t(l'*'lf'i I\n� ...�� � � Awnt« �: ���\\/II\nsiinnidhyiit te mahii-yogin\npiitakiini mahiinty api\nsadyo nasyanti vai pumsiim\nvi§rwr iva suretarii[l\nsiinnidhyiit-on account of the presence; te-your; mahii-yogin-0 great\nmystic; pii takiini- sins; mahiinti-invulnerahle; api �in spite of; sadya[limmediately; nasyanti\n\n- vanquished; vai-certainly; pumsiim-of a person;\n- like; sura­\n\nvi§!Jo�-like the presence of the Personality of Godhead; iva\n\nitarii�- other than the demigods.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust as the atheist cannot remain in the presence of the Personality of\nGodhead, so also the invulnerable sins of a man are immediately vanquished\nin your presence, 0 saint! 0 great m ystic!\nPURPORT\nThere are two classes of human beings, namely the atheist and the\ndevotee of the Lord. The devotee of the Lord, because. of manifesting\ngodly qualities, is called a demigod, whereas the atheist is called a demon.\nThe demon cannot stand the presence of Viwu the Personality of Godhead.\nThe demons are always busy in trying to vanquish the Personality of\nGodhead, but factually as soon as the Personality of Godhead appears,\neither by His transcendental name, form, attributes, pastimes, paraphernalia\nor variegatedness, the demon is at once vanquished. It is said that a ghost\ncannot remain as soon as the holy name of the Lord is chanted. The great\nsaints and devotees of the Lord a:re in the list of His paraphernalia, and\nthus as soon as a saintly devotee is present, the ghostly sins are at once\nvanquished. That is the verdict of all Vedic literatures. One is recommended,\ntherefore, to associate only with saintly devotees so that worldly demons\nand ghosts cannot exert their sinister influence.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0386": "Text 35]\n\nAppearance of Sukadeva Gosvami\n\n1025\n\nTEXT 35\n\n3fftllt¥1•1!!41(sffif: pr: qiU<tfil� : I\n�q:t::ce�!ft€4fl\n<�it��I'Ei'l\"lil!i4: II ��II\napi me bhagaviin pntafl,\nkrrQafl, piiru;lu-suta-priyafl,\npaitr-§vaseya-pnty-artharh\ntad-gotrasyiitta-biindhavafl,\n\napi-definitely; me-unto me; bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead;\n\npnta�-pleased; kmw�-the Lord; piirtpu-suta-the sons of King Pat:tl;lu;\npriyafl,-dear; paitr-in relation with the father; svaseya-the sons of the\n\nsister;priti-satisfaction; artham-in the matter of; tat-their;gotrasya-of\nthe descendent; iitta-accepted; biindhava�-as friend.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord K�a, the Personality of Godhead, who is very dear to the sons\n\nof King Pa��u, has accepted me as one of those relatives just to please His\n\ngreat cousins and brothers.\n\nPURPORT\nA pure and exclusive devotee of the Lord serves his family interest more\n\ndexterously than others who are attached to illusory family affairs.\n\nGenerally people are att ached to family matters, and the whole economic\nimpetus of human soc iety is moving under the influence of family affec­\n\ntion_ Such deluded persons have no information t hat one can render better\n\nservice to the family by becoming a devotee of the Lord. The Lord gives\n\nspecial protection to the family members and descendants of a devotee, even\nthough such members are themselves nondevotees! Maharaja Prahlada was\n\na great devotee of the Lord, but his father Hirapyaka8ipu was a great atheist\n\nand declared enemy of the Lord. But despite all this, Hira�yakasipu was\nawarded salvation due to his being the father of Maharaja Prahlada.\n\nThe Lord is so kind that he gives all protection to the family members\nof His devotee, and thus the devotee has no need to bother about his\nfamily members, even if such family members are left aside to discharge\n\ndevotional service. Maharaja Yu�thira and his brothers were the sons of\n\nKunti,\"the paternal aunt of Lord K�pa, and Maharaja Par�it admits the\n\npatronage of Lord K�pa because of his being the only grandson of the\ngreat Pap�avas.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0387": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1026\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 36\n\n�\n\nitsfA4�·•�(�W �: � � I\n\nf;mf flttt•uonW�f 4Riot� ct4\\ttQ: ������\nanyathii te 'vyakta-gater\n\ndarsanam na� katham nrrtiim\n\nnitariim mriyamiirtiiniim\n\nsamsiddhasya vaniyasa�\nanyathii-otherwise; te-your; avyakta-gate[l.-of one whose movements\n\nare invisible;darsanam-meeting; na�-for us; katham-how; nrrtiim-of the\n\npeople; nitariim-specifically; mriyamiirtiiniim-of those who are abou.t to\n\ndie; samsiddhasya-of one who is all-perfect; vaniyasa�-voluntary appearance.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOtherwise [without being inspired by Lord Kr��a] how is it that you\n\nhave voluntarily appeared here, though you are moving incognito to the\ncommon man and are not visible to us who are on the verge of death.\nPURPORT\nThe great sage Sukadeva Gosvami was certainly inspired by Lord Kr��a\n\nto appear voluntarily before Maharaja Parik�it, the great devotee of the\n\nLord, just to give him the teachings of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. One can\n\nachieve the nucleus of devotional service of the Lord by the mercy of the\nspiritual master and the Personality of Godhead. The spiritual master is\n\nthe manifested representative of the Lord to help one achieve ultimate\n\nsuccess. One who is not authorized by the Lord cannot become a spiritual\n\nmaster. Srila Sukadeva Gosvami is an authorized spiritual master, and\n\nthus he was inspired by the Lord to appear before Maharaja Par�it and\n\ninstruct him in the teachings of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. One can achieve the\nultimate success of going back to Godhead if he is favored by the Lord's\n\nsending His true representative. As soon as a true representative of the\nLord is met by a devotee of the Lord, the devotee.is assured a guarantee\n\nfor going back to Godhead just after leaving the present body. This,\nhowever, depends on the sincerity of the devotee himself. The Lord is\n\nseated in the heart of all living beings, and thus he knows very well the\nmovements of all individual persons. As soon as the Lord finds that a\n\n", "SB1.3#p0388": "Text 37]\n\nAppearance of Sukadeva Gosvimi\n\n1027\n\nparticular soul is very eager to go back to Godhead, the Lord at once sends\nHis bona fide representative. The sincere devotee is thus assured by the\nLord of going back to G odhead. The conclusion is that to get the assis­\n\ntance and help of a bona fide spiritual master means to receive the direct\n\nhelp of the Lord Himself.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n� 4tlf41wcf m � I\n���' � m�¥(101� ri111n ����\n3RI: 'l�lfll\n\nata� prcchiimi samsiddhim\n.\n.\nyogmam paramam gurum\n\n. -\n\npuru�asyeha yat kiiryam\n\nmriyamiirwsya sarvathii\n\nata�\n\n- therefore; pr hiimi-beg to inquire; samsiddhim-the way of percc\n\nfection; yogin iim-of\n\nthe\n\nsaints; paramam-the\n\nSupreme; gu ru m-the\n\nspiritual master; puru�as ya-of a person; iha-in this life; yat\n\n- whate er;\nv\n\nkiiryam-duty; mriyamiirwsya-of one who is going to die; sarvathii-in\nevery way.\nTRANSLAT ION\n\nYou are the spiritual master of great saints and devotees. I am there­\n\nfore begging you to show the way of perfection for all persons, and\nespecially for one who is about to die.\nPURPORT\nUnless one is perfectly anxious to inquire about the way of perfection,\nthere is no necessity of approaching a spiritual master. A spiritual master\nis not a kind of decor? .:ion for a householder. Generally a fashionable\nmaterialist engages a so-called spiritual master without any profit. The\npsuedo-spiritual master flatters the so-called disciple, and thereby both\nthe master and his ward go to hell without a doubt. Maharaja Parik�it is\nthe right type of disciple because he puts forward questions vital to the\ninterest of all men, particularly for the dying men. The question put\nforward by Maharaja Parik�it is the basic principle of the complete thesis\n\nof Srimad-Bhiigavatam. Now let us see how intelligently the great master\nreplies.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0389": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1028\n\n[Canto 1, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT38\n\n�'Qil<��'lti1 � �� �: sm 1\n� 1NI4l4 � il,_ft: � Aq�t( ������\nyac chrotavyam atho japyam\nyat kartavyam nrbhi� prabho\nsmartavyam bhajaniyam vii\nbriihi yadvii viparyayam\nyat-whatever; srotavyam-worth\n\nhearing; atho-thereof; japyam­\n\nchanted; yat-what also; kartavyam-executed; nrbhi�-by the people in\ngeneral; prabho-0\n\nmaster; smartavyam-that\n\nwhich is\n\nremembered;\n\nbhajanijam-worshipable; vii-either;briihi-please explain;yadvii-what it\nmay be; viparyayam-against the principle.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlease let me know what a man should hear, chant, remember and\nworship, and also what he should not do. Please explain all this t o me.\n\nTEXT39\n\n;@ � iWo{ m ���...4( 1\n;f � Uct(lllwt'lfl •n(lc;f � II�Q..II\nnunam bhagavato brahman\ngrhe�u grha-medhiniim\nna lak§yate hy avasthiinam\napi go-dohanam kvacit\nnunan-because; bhagavata�-of you, who are powerful; brahman-0\nbriihmarza; grhe�u-in the houses; grha-medhiniim-of the householders;\nna-not; lak�yate-are seen; hi-exactly; avasthiinan-staying in; api-even;\ngo dohanam-milking the cow;kvacit-rarely.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 powerful brahma-!J.a, it is said that you hardly stay in the houses of\n\nmen long enough to milk a cow.\n\nPURPORT\nSaints and sages in the renounced order of life go to the houses of the\n\nhouseholders at the time they milk the cows, early in the morning, and\n\n", "SB1.3#p0390": "Text40]\n\nAppearance of Sukadeva Gosvimi\n\n1029\n\nmilk\n\nfor subsistence. A pound of milk fresh from the\nask some quantity of\nmilk bag of a cow is sufficient to feed an adult with all vitamin values, and\ntherefore saints and sages live only on milk. Even the poorest of the house­\n\nholders keep at least ten cows, each delivering twelve to twenty quarts of\n\nmilk and therefore no one hesitates to spare a few pounds of milk for\n,\n\nthe mendicants. It is the duty of householders to maintain the saints and\n\nsages, like the children. So a saint like Sukadeva Gosvami would hardly\nstay at the house of a householder for more than five minutes in the\n\nmorning. In other words, such saints are very rarely seen in the houses of\n\nhouseholders, and Maharaja Parik�it therefore prayed to him to instruct\n\nhim as soon as possible. The householders also should be intelligent enough\nto get some transcendental information from visiting sages. The house­\n\nholder should not foolishly ask a saint to deliver what is available in the\n\nmarket. That should be the reciprocal relation between the saints and the\nhouseholders.\n\nTEXT40\n��\n\ni(iilitl¥1�6 : 'l!: � {lqT 'tW'I.:&l flm I\nSlf44116 � � 'lli(lq�: 11\\loll\nsuta uviica\nevam iibhii�ita� Pf§ta�\nsa riijiiii slakrrwyii girii\npratyabh�ata dharma-jiio\nbhagaviin biidariiyap,i�\nsuta� uviica-Sri Suta Gosvami said; evam-thus;iibhii�ita�- being spoken;\npnt�-and asked for; s�-he; riijiiii-by the King; slak�flayii-by sweet;\ngiro-language; pratyabh�ata-began to reply; dharma-jii�-one who\nknows the principles of religion; bhagaviin-the powerful personality;\n\nbiidariiya\"!li�-son of Vyasadeva.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Siita Gosvimi said: The King thus spoke and questioned the sage,\nusing sweet language. Then the great and powerful personality, the son of\nVyasadeva, who knew the principles of religion, began his reply.\nThus e n d the Bhaktivedanta purports of the First Canto, Nineteenth\nChapter of Srimad-Bhagavatam, ..Appearance of Sri Sukadeva Gosviimi.\"\n\nEND OF THE FIRST CANTO\n\n", "SB1.3#p0391": "References\nThe purports of Srimad-Bhiigavatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptural sources are specifically cited in the First Canto.\n\nAmarakoSa. (Sanskrit Dictionary)\nBhagavad-g'itii\nBrah ma-sarhhitii\nBmhma-vaivarta Purii{la\nBrhad-vai�{lava Tantra\nBrhan-Niirad'iya Purii{la\nCaitanya-bhiigavata\nCaitanya-caritiimrta\nChiindogya Upani�ad\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya\nHari-bhakti-viliisa\nHarivarhSa.\nlsopan�ad\nKatha Upani�ad\nKaumadi (Dictionary)\nKe{la Upani�ad\nLinga Purii!la\nMahiibhiimta\nManu-sarhhitii\nMarka{lpeya Purii{la\nMatsya Purii{la\nNcimda-bhakti-siitra\nNcirada-paiicariitra\nNarasirhha Purii{la\nPadma Purii{la\nRiimiiya{la\nSabdakoSa. (Sanskrit Dictionary)\nSkanda Purii{la\nSr'imad-Bhiigavatam (Bhiigavata Purii{la)\n1033\n\n", "SB1.3#p0392": "1034\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nVtimana Pum!Jll\nVtiyaviya 1'antra\nVediinta-siitra\nVedas\nV�{lu-dharmottara\nV�!_lU fura.!Jll\nViSva-PrabiiSa (Sanskrit Dictionary)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0393": "Glossary\nA\nAcarya-an authorized teacher of a particular ctdt.\n\nAdbhuta-the rasa of wonder.\n\nAdi-ra�a-original pure sex psychology.\n\nAhankara- the meeting point of matter and spirit.\nAjita-Kr�Q.a, .the unconquerable.\n\nAkiiicanas-those who have no material assets.\n\nAnarthas-unwanted habits.\n\nAnna-prasana-ceremony or samskara of offering solid food to a teething\nchild at the age of six to seven months.\n\nApad-dharma-duty in emergencies.\nApara-material inferiority.\n\nApauru,eya-not made by man (transcendental).\nApavarga-the perfect stage of liberation.\nApsaras-the society girls of heaven.\n\nArea-a form of the Lord manifested through a material agency such as\n\nmind, metal, earth, paint, wood, stone, jewel or drawing. It is\n\naccepted as an incarnation of Godhead and worshiped according to\nregulations.\n\nArchan-the procedures followed in connection with worshiping the area.\n\nArtha-economic development.\n\nAsrama-orders of life in connection with self-realization.\n\nA!fa-siddhi-the eightfold mystic perfections.\n\nAsura-one who is against the service of the Lord.\n\nAsuto�a-Siva, who is easily pleased.\nAsvamedha-yajiias-horse sacrifices.\n\nAtma-maya-K{�I}a's internal potency.\n\nAtmiirama-self-satisfied in spiritual values.\n\nAtma-tattva-knowledge concerning liberation.\nAtma-vidya-knowledge of Kr�Q.a.\n\nAvatara-(lit., one who descends) an incarnation 'Of God.\nAve.sa-an incarnation of Godhead partially empowered.\n\nAvidya-nescience.\n\nA_yodh ya-loka-the V aikuQ.tha planet of Lord Ramacandra.\n1035\n\n", "SB1.3#p0394": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1036\n\nB\nBala-spiritual strength.\n\nBhagavata-in relation with the Personality of Godhead.\n\nBhiigavata-sangi-one who is always in Kr$Qa's association.\n\nBhakta-vatsala-Kl;�l}a, lover of His devotee.\nBhakti-activities of the purified senses.\n\nBhakti-vediintas-pure devotees who are followers of Vedanta.\nBhakti-yoga-direct attachment to Kr$Qa.\n\nBhava-the stage of transcendental ecstasy experienced after transcendental affection.\n\nBhayiinaka-the rasa of ghastliness.\n\nBhogf-a person who engages only in sense gratification.\nBhiitanatha-Siva, lord of the common people.\nBrahmii-the first created being of a universe.\n\nBrahma-bandhu-unqualified once-born sons of briihmaras.\nBrahma-bhilta-self-satisfaction.\nBrahmacarya-student\n\nlife\n\nspiritual master.\n\nof celibacy and study of siistras under a\n\nBrahman-the Absolute Truth.\n\nBriihmarza-a person in the mode of goodness.\nBrahma-sampradaya-the\nBrahma.\n\ndisciplic\n\nsuccession\n\ndescending\n\nfrom\n\nBrahmiistra-a nuclear weapon released by chanting certain hymns.\nBrahma-sukham-absolute happiness.\n\nc\nCarzpiila-dog-eater.\n\nCandratoka-the moon.\n\nCarude�pa-a son of Kr�J}a and Rukmipi.\n\nCintiimarzi-dhiima-the abode of the Lord, Kr�J}aloka.\n\nD\nDiisya-the rasa of servitorship.\nDayii-the rasa of mercy.\n\nDeva-a demigod or godly person.\n\nDevaki-the mother of Lord Kr�J}a.\n\nDevaki-nandana-l<f�J}a, the joy of Devaki.\n\nDevata-a person obedient to the service of the Lord.\n\nLord\n\n", "SB1.3#p0395": "Glossary\n\n1037\n\nDharma-the capacity to render service, which is the essential quality of a\n\nliving being.\nDharmasya-glapifi.-misuse of human energy.\nDhenukasura-,a demon killed by Lord Baladeva.\nDhira-one who is undisturbed by the material energy.\n\nDhr�tadyumna-the son of Maharaja Drupada and brother of Draupadi.\nDhftara�tra-the father of the Kurus and brother of Vidura.\nDraupadi-daughter of King Drupada and wife of the Pap�avas.\nDropiiciirya-the military teacher of Arjuna and commander-in-chief of the\nKurus in the Battle of Kur�etra.\nDurgii-sakti-the material energy.\nDuryodhana-chief of the evil-minded sons of Dhftara�tra.\nDviirakii-a fortified city built by Kr�l,la within the sea.\nDviirapa-yuga-the third age of the cycle of a maha-yuga.\nDvija- twice-horn.\n\nE\nEkadaruJi-svami-an impersonalist in the renounced order.\n\nG\nGandharvas-the celestial singers of the heavenly planets.\nGanges-the sacred river which runs throughout the entire universe.\nGarbhadhana-samskiira- the seed-giving reformatory process.\nGarbha-sthuti-hymns glorifying Garbhodakasayi Vi�pu.\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�pu-the Vi�pu expansion who enters each universe to\ncreate diversity.\nGayii-Lord Buddha's birthplace.\nGoloka-a name Qf the planet of Kr�J}a.\nGosviimi-master of the senses.\nGovinda-a name of Kr�J}a, \"one who gives pleasure to the land, the cows,\nand the senses.\"\nGrhastha-the householder stage of life.\nGrtsamada-the scholar entrusted by Vyiisadeva with the �g-veda.\n\nH\nHiisya-the rasa of comedy.\nHirapmayena-patrepa-the veil of impersonal Brahman which covers the\n\npersonal feature of the Absolute.\nHirapyakasipu-a great atheist killed by Lord Nrsimhadeva.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0396": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1038\nHltidhini-the potency\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead for\n\nspiritual bliss.\nHr�ikesa-a name of Krgta, \"master of all senses.\"\n\nI\nIndra-the King of the heavenly planets.\nlndraloka-the planet where Lord lndra resides.\nIsvara-controller.\nltihiisas- Vedic histories.\n\nJ\nJagannatha Misra-the father of Lord Caitanya.\nJaimini-the scholar entrusted by Vyasadeva with the Siima-veda.\nJamadagni-the father of Lord Parasurama.\n]atakiima-a purificatory process at birth.\n]itendriyii-one who has full control over his senses.\n]iva-the soul or atomic living entity.\n]ivanmukta-a liberated person.\n]niina-transcendental knowledge.\n]niina-yoga-the empirical process of linking with the Supreme.\n]niini--one engaged in the cultivation of knowledge.\n\nK\nKala-eternal time.\nKali-yuga-the age in which quarrel is a common affair.\nKalki-an incarnation of the Lord who appears at the end of Kali-yuga.\nKalpa-millennium or material manifestation during the day of Brahma.\nKiima-Iust and desire.\nKamadeva-Cupid.\nKamsa-Krgta's uncle, who was always trying to kill Him.\nKartada-author of Vaise�ika philosophy.\nKan�thiidhi/;iiri third grade devotee.\n-\n\n-\n\nKarartodakasayi Vi�rtu-the Vi�rtu\n\nexpansion from whom all the material\n\nuniverses emanate.\nKaratiilas-hand cymbals used by devotees.\nKarca-authorized recorded notes.\nKarma-material activities subject to reaction.\nKazi-a Muslim magistrate.\nKirtana-ehanting of the glories of Kr�rta.\nKrpaearya-Maharaja Parik!jit's spiritual master.\nKrpi-the mother of Asvatthama.\nKr�ra-hathii-narrations spoken by or about Kr§rta.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0397": "Glossary\n\n1039\n\nK�atriya-the martial caste, which is in the mode _of passion.\nK�attra-bandhavas-unworthy sons of the royal order.\nK�irodakasayi Vi�!lu-the Supersoul.\nKunti-the mother of Arjuna and aunt of Lord Kr�t}ll·\nKuvera-the treasurer of the demigods.\n\nL\nLak�mi-the goddess of fortune, eternal consort of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Narayal)a.\nLak�mipriya-the first wife of Lord Caitanya.\nLanka-the kingdom of the demon Rava!la.\nLila-transcendental pastimes of the Lord.\n\nM\nMadana-Mohana-Kr�!la, who attracts the mind of Cupid.\nMadhurya-conjugal love of God.\nMadhusiidana-Kr��. killer of the Madhu demon.\nMadhyaloka- the middle planets in the universe.\nMadhyam-adhikari-second-grade devotee.\nMahiibhiirata-epic poem written by Vyasadeva.\nMahamantra-the great chant for deliverance, the Hare K!flfLU mantra.\nMahapauru�ikas-the inhabitants of the Vaiku!ltha planets.\nMahatmil-a devotee of the Lord constantly engaged in His service.\nMahat-tattva-the total material energy.\nMahhan-Cora- Kr�!la, the butter thief.\nManasa-putras-the mental sons of Brahma.\nMantras-transcendental sound or Vedic hymns.\nManu-the father of mankind.\nManu-samhita-the lawbook for mankind.\nMayapura-the birthplace of Lord Caitanya.\nMayavada-the system of philosophy propounded by the impersonalists.\nMrdahga-a particular type of drum specially made in Bengal.\nMukti-recovery\n\nfrom\n\nmaterial existence and reinstatement in one's\n\noriginal form.\nMuktipada-Lord Vi�!lu, whose lotus feet are worshiped by the liberated\nsouls.\nMukunda-Kr�J]a, giver of liberation.\nMuni-a sage or self-realized soul.\n\nN\nNagas-celestial serpents.\nNakula-one of Arjuna's younger brothers.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0398": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1040\n\nNanda Maharaja-Lord Kr�l]a's foster father.\nNarayatta-the four·handed expansion of the Supreme Lord Kr�l]a.\nNiiriiya[la-pariiya[la-a self-surrendered devotee of Kr�l]a.\nNiiriiya[la-smrti-constant remembrance of Kr�l]a.\nNarottama-a first-class human being.\nNimai Patt9it-a name of Lord Caitanya before His acceptance of the\nrenounced order.\nNiroii[la-cessation of material existence.\nNitya-baddha-eternally conditioned souls.\nNivrttas-liberated souls.\nNivrtti-miirga-the path of renunciation.\nNrsimha-half-man, half-lion incarnation of KrflQa.\n\np\nPara-transcendental superiority.\nParam brahma-the Supreme Brahman, the Personality of Godhead.\nParamatma-the Supersoul, or localized aspect of the Lord.\nParamparii-disciplic succession.\nParam satyam-the Supreme Truth.\nParii-prakrti-the superior potency of the Lord.\nParavyoma-the kingdom of God.\nPasa[l�i-an offender to the Lord.\nPatala-the lowest planetary system within the universe.\nPataiijali-the author of the Yoga-sutras.\nPhalguni\n\nPiirpima-the\n\nfull moon night in the month of\n\nPhalguni\n\n(Feb.-March).\nPitrloka-the planet of the departed forefathers.\nPrabhupiida-a representative of the lotus feet of the Lord.\nPrakrta-sahajiyii-pseudo-devotees of Kr�l]a.\nPrakrti-energy or nature.\nPrasiidam-mercy; divine remnants of foodstuffs offered to the Deity.\nPravrtti-miirga-the path of sense enjoyment.\nPremii-spontaneous attraction of love.\nPurii[las-supplements of the Vedas.\nPuru�a-an incarnation of Godhead for material manifestation.\n\nR\nRiijar�i-a great saint ruling as king.\nRasa-a spiritual relationship through spiritual sense perception.\n\nRatha-yiitrii-a car festival in which the J agannatha Deity is paraded.\nRaudra-the rasa of ane:er.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0399": "Glossary\n\n1041\n\nRavapa-a powerful atheist killed by Lord Ramacandra.\nRohipi-the mother of Baladeva.\nRilpa Gosvami-chief of the six Gosvamis of Vrndavana.\n\ns\nSac-cid..ananda vigraha-the eternal form of the Lord, full of bliss and\nknowledge.\n\nSacidevi-the mother of Lord Caitanya.\nSiidhu-great sage.\nSiikhya-the rasa of fraternity.\n\n- Samiidhi-trance, or absorption in the service of the Lord.\nSamba-a son of Kr�l}a and Jambavati.\n\nSarit.skiiras-purificatory processes.\nSamvit-the knowledge potency of the Lord.\nSaniitana-dharrna-man's eternal engagement.\n\nSandhini-the eternal existence potency of the Lord.\nSandipani Muni-teacher of Kr�l}a and Baladeva.\n\nSannyiisa-the renounced order of life for spiritual culture.\nSanta-the rasa of neutrality.\n\nSiistras-revealed scriptures or Vedic literatures.\nSattva-the material mode of goodness.\nSiitvatas-eternal devotees of the Lord.\n\nSatyaloka-the topmost planetary system within the universe.\nSatya-yuga-the first of the four ages of a rnahii-yuga.\nSiiyujya-impersonal liberation.\n\nSik}�takam-the eight slokas of Lord Caitanya.\n\nSimanta-nayanam-a sarit.skiira performed during pregnancy.\nSiva-the predominating deity of the mode of ignorance.\n\nSoma-rasa-a beverage drunk by demigods.\nSravarta- hearing.\n\nS.nigiira-the rasa of conjugal love.\n\nSpi.gi-the briihrna[la boy who cursed Maharaja Parik�it.\n\nSruti-direct Vedic injunctions.\n\nSudarsana-cakra-the wheel weapon used by Kr�pa.\n\nSuddha-sattva-the purified state of the soul freed from matter.\n\nSudras-persons in the mode of ignorance, the laborer class.\n\nSurabhi-the cows herded by Govinda.\nSurasena-the father of Vasudeva and grandfather of Lord Kr�l]a.\n\nSuryaloka-the sun.\n\nSvargaloka-the heavenly planets.\nSvarupa-original spiritual form.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0400": "Siimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1042\n\nSvariipa Damodara Gosvami-Lord Caitanya's private secretary.\n\nSvayamvara-a ceremony in which a girl selects a husband.\n\nSyiimasundara-a name for the original form of K{�a.\n\nT\nTamas-darkness or ignorance of the undeveloped mind.\n\nTamo-gupa-the ignorant mode of nature.\n\nTapasya-voluntary acceptance of some material trouble for progress in\nspiritual life.\n\nTiiriika-Briihman-transcendence that delivers the soul.\nTatasthii-$akti-the marginal potency of the Lord.\n\nTirtha-holy place, or a saint able to deliver fallen souls.\n\nTreta-yuga-the second age in the cycle of a mahii-yuga.\n\nTridap{li gosviimi-a devotee of the Lord who is in the renounced order of\nlife.\n\nu\nUpani]ads-the philosophical portions of the Vedas. They are 108 m\nnumber.\n\nUrukrama-the Supreme Lord, whose activities are glorious.\nUttama-adhikari-an advanced devotee of the Lord.\n\nv\nVaikm;ttha-the spiritual world, where there is no anxiety.\nVai�\\}avas-devotees of the Lord.\nVaiiya-the mercantile caste, who are in the modes of passion and ignorance.\n\nVarpas-castes or sections of society in terms of qualification and\noccupation.\nVarpa-sankara-unwanted children.\n\nVasudeva-the father of Lord Kr�\\la.\nVasudeva-Lord Kr�\\la, the son of Vasudeva.\nVatsalya-the rasa of parenthood.\nVibhatsa-the rosa of shock.\n\nVibhiUi-specific power deputed to a living being.\n\nVipras-graduates of Vedic knowledge.\nVim- the rasa of chivalry.\n\nV�pu-jana-devotees of the Lord.\nV�pu-miiyti-sense enjoyment.\n\nVi�\\lupriya Devi-the second wife of Lord Caitanya.\n\n·\n\n", "SB1.3#p0401": "Glosury\n\n1043\n\nVi$t;mraUr-one who is always protected by Vi�I}U.\nVi�I}U·tattva-the status of Godhead.\nViSva-dharma-universal religion.\nV{ndavana-the village where K�l}a lived as a child; the topmost transcen·\ndental abode of the Supreme Lord.\n\nVyasasana-the seat of Sri Vyasadeva or his genuine representative.\n\ny\nYajiia-sacrifice.\nYajiie8vara-the Supreme Lord, who is the beneficiary of all sacrifices.\nYamaraja-the demigod who punishes sinful living entities after death.\nYasoda-Lord Kt:�IJ.a's foster mother.\nYa5oda-nandana-the child of Yasoda, Kr�l}a.\nYoga-that which links with the Supreme.\nYoga.nidra-mystic slumber.\nYogesvara.._the master of all mystic powers, the Supreme Lord, K�l}a.\nYudhi�tliii'a-the eldest of the five Pal}c;lava brothers.\nYuga>--one of the four ages of the universe.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0402": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\nVowels\n\n(i �u �u �r stlr\nQ: ai an al) au\n0\n\n.:. ril (anusviira)\n\n: 1;t (visarga)\n\nConsonants\n\nGutturals:\n\nCfi ka\n\n� kha\n\nilga\n\nPalatals:\n\n� ca\n\n� cha\n\nCerebrals:\n\net a\n\nDentals:\n\n�ria\n\n�ja\n\n� gha\n\"'jha\n\n5{ ria\n\n?; tha\n\n:g �a\n\n�� a\n\ntJT I}a\n\na ta\n\ntJ tha\n\n� da\n\n� dha\n\n;::rna\n\nLabials:\n\nq pa\n\nq) pha\n\ni( ba\n\nl{bha\n\n� rna\n\nSemivowels:\n\nCf ya\n\n{ ra\n\n� Ia\n\nq va\n\nSibilants:\n\n�Sa\n\nE(p\n\n�sa\n\nAspirate:\n\n� ha\n\nS=\n\n•\n\n(avagraha)- the apostrophe\n\n1be vowels above should be pronounced as follows:\n\na - like the a in organ or the u. in but\na - like the ii in far but held twice as long as a.\ni - like the i in pin.\n- like the iin pique but held twice as long as i.\nI\nu - like the u in push.\n1045\n\n", "SB1.3#p0403": "1046\nu - like the u in rule but held twice as long as u.\nr\nlike the ri in Rita (but more like French ru).\nr - same as ri but held twice as long.\n-\n\n\\ - like lree (lruu).\ne - like the e in they.\nai - like the ai in aisle.\no - like the o in go.\nau-\n\nlike the ow in how.\n\nril (anusviira) - a resonant nasal like the n in the French word bon.\ntt (visarga) a final h-sound: atJ is pronounced like aha; iQ like ihi.\n-\n\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\nk - as in kite\ng\n\n-\n\nas m\n\nri\n\n-\n\nas\n\nkh- as in Eckhart\n\ngtve\n\ngh- as in dig-hard\n\nin sing\n\nc\n\nch - as in staunch-heart\n\nj\n\njh - as in hedgehog\n\nii\n\nt\n\n-\n\nas in tub\n\nQ\n\n-\n\nas\n\nin chair\n\n-\n\nas\n\n-\n\nas\n\nin joy\n\n-\n\nas\n\nin canyon\n\nth - as in light-heart\n\nrn a (prepare to say\n\nthe r and say na ) .\n\n«;;ha- as in red-hot\n\nI)\n\n-\n\nas\n\nin dove\n\nCerebrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, but the following\ndentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth:\nt\n\n-\n\nas\n\nin tub but with tongue against teeth.\n\nth - as in light-heart but tongue against teeth.\nd - as in dove but tongue against teeth.\n\ndh- as in red-hot but with tongue against teeth.\nn - as in nut but with tongue in between teeth.\np - as m pme\nph- as in up-hill (not f)\nb\n\n-\n\nas\n\nin bird\n\nbh- as in rub-hard\n\nm - as in mother\n\ny - as in yes\n\nr - as m run\n\nI\n\nv - as in vine.\n\ns - as in s un\n\n.\n\n-\n\nas\n\nin light\n\n8 (palatal) - as in the s in the German word sprechen\n�(cerebral)\n\n-\n\nas\n\nthe sh in shine\n\nh - as in home\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, only a flowing\nof short and long (twice as long as the short) syllables.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0404": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\n\nThi\n\nindex constitutes a complete listing of the first and third lines of each of the Sanskrit verses of the\n\nFirst Canto of $rimad-Bhagavatam, arranged in English alphabetical order. In the first column the Sanskrit\ntransliteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse references and\npage number for each verse are to be found.\n\nA\nabbhak�a upasantatmii\niibh�atainan abhinandya yuktiin\nabhidravati miim iSa\nabhimanyu-sutam sii.ta\nabhisangamya vidhivat\nabhii.ta-pii.rva{l sahasa\nabhyacafitfinuriigiisrai{l\nabhyarthitas tadii tasmai\nabibhrad-aryamii da(ljlam\nabrohma(lyii nrpa-vyiija{l\nadan me jiianam aiSvaryam\nadharmiimsais trayo bhagna[l\nadhijahur mudarit rojiiafl\nadhikramanty anghribhir iihrtam\nadhovadanam abbindii.n\nadhvany urukrama-parigraham\nadhyagiin mahad iikhyiinam\nadrfitasruta-vastutviit\nadyaiva rojyarit balam rddha-kosam\nagnir nisrflto dattas ca\nagrecaro mama vibho ratha\nagre gunebhyo jagad-atmaniSvare\nahaituky aprotihata\naharit cadhyagamarit tatro\naharit ca tad-brahma-kule·\naham ca tasmai mahatarit mahiyase\naharit hi pnto 'ryama(lo bhavadbhifl\naharit purotitabhave 'bhavam mune\naha raja dharma-sutaft\naha�ye siras tasya\naharta4o 'svamedhlinam\n\n13.53\n\n722\n\n19.22\n\n1011\n\n8.10\n\n383\n\n4.9\n\n199\n\n13.5\n\n668\n\n18.29\n\n961\n\n9.11\n\n452\n\n17.38\n\n918\n\n13.15\n\n679\n\n17.27\n\n907\n\n5.39\n\n276\n\n17.24\n\n904\n\n12.6\n\n613\n\n14.38\n\n760\n\n14.23\n\n748\n\n15.20\n\n796\n\n7.11\n\n333\n\n3.32\n\n172\n\n19.3\n\n987\n\n13.24\n\n690\n\n15.15\n\n787\n\n10.21\n\n532\n\n2.6\n\n90\n\n3.44\n\n187\n\n6.8\n\n286\n\n6.25\n\n301\n\n18.23\n\n955\n\n5.23\n\n254\n\n8.47\n\n431\n\n7.38\n\n357\n\n12.25\n\n645\n\nahartiismi bhujarit sak�at\nahastani sa-hastanam\naho adharma{l piiliinam\nalto adya vayam brahman\naho alarit sliighyatamam yado{l\naho batiiritho mahad adya te\naho bata svar-yasasas tiraskari\naho deva�ir dhanyo 'yam\naho ka�tam aho 'nyiiyyam\naho mahiyasi janto{I\naho maya nicam aniirya-vat krtam\naho me pa§yatiijiiiinam\naho nrloke piyeta\naho saniitha bhavata sma\naho suriidin hrta-yajiia-bhiigiin\naho vayarit dhanyatamii nrpii(liim\naho vayam janma-bhrto 'dya\niihii.ta iva me sighrom\nahii.to bhagavan rojiiii\niijahariisva-medhiirits trin\najarit prajiitarit jagata{l siviiya tat\najiinann api saritftaram\najiinatam ivanyonyam\najas tvam asya k�emiiya\najata-satrav abhavan\najata-satru[l krta-maitro hutagni[l\najata-satru[l prtanam\najata-satrurit protyii.ca\nakaro� sacivarit dii.tam\niikhyahi vr�a bhadrarit va{l\nakhyahy-anantacaritopapannam\niikhyatany apy adhitani\n\n1047\n\n17.15\n\n893\n\n13.47\n\n716\n\n18.33\n\n965\n\n19.32\n\n1022\n\n10.26\n\n541\n\n18.41\n\n972\n\n10.27\n\n542\n\n6.38\n\n315\n\n9.12\n\n453\n\n13.23\n\n689\n\n19.1\n\n985\n\n8.48\n\n432\n\n16.8\n\n844\n\nll.8\n\n562\n\n16.20\n\n857\n\n19.13\n\n1001\n\n18.18\n\n948\n\n6.33\n\n309\n\n12.35\n\n659\n\n16.3\n\n838\n\n5.21\n\n251\n\n7.20\n\n342\n\n15.23\n\n798\n\n8.33\n\n413\n\n10.6\n\n519\n\n13.31\n\n699\n\n10.32\n\n549\n\n13.36\n\n704\n\n9.20\n17.13\n\n462\n891\n\n18.17\n\n947\n\n1.6\n\n62\n\n", "SB1.3#p0405": "1048\nakrii.ras cograsenas ca\nalabdha-miino 'vajntita�\nalabdha-t.�a-bhumy-iidi�\ntilak§aye bhavatim antartidhim\nalak1ya-lingo nija-ltibha-tu�ta�\nalak§yamii fle nara-deva-ntimni\nalak�yam sarva-bhuttintim\nalankrtam pii�·kumbha�\ntilokya vadanam sakhyu�\ntimantrya ctibhyanujntita�\ntimantrya pti[l{iu·putrtims ca\ntimantrya vi[ltim ra!layan\ntimayo ywca bhUttintim\nambii ca hata-putrti 'rtti\nambti vti hata-putrtirtti\namuni panca sthtintini hi\nantiga�sv iha bhute�u\nantima rii.piitmani rii.pa\ntinanda samplave !ina�\nananya puru§a inohi�\ntinarttin bhtirgavopiigtic\ntinartiin sa upaurajya\nanarthopaiamam stik�tit\nanavek�amiiflO niragtit\nandha� puraiva vadhira�\nailgu�!ha-miitram amalam\nanta�-prav4ta tibhtiti\nanta�sthafr sarva-bhuttintim\nantar bahii ca loktims trin\nantarhitasya smarati visH!ti\nantaro 'nantaro bhtiti\nanugrahtid bhagavatafl\nanugraham manyamiinafl\nanugrahtin mahti-vi�!lofl\nanuvartitti svid yaiasti\nanvtidravad damsita ugraanvagacchan rathair vipriifr\nanvavocan gami§yanta�\niinvik§ikim alarkiiya\nanyiiS ca jtimayafl pii!lflo�\nanyathii te vyakta-gatefl\nanye ca devar§i-brahmaf1i-\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n1l.l6\n\n570\n\n14.39\n\n761\n\n18.28\n\n960\n\n16.19\n\n856\n\n19.25\n\n1015\n\n18.43\n\n974\n\n8.18\n\n391\n\n11.15\n\n569\n\n7.52\n\n369\n\n10.8\n\n521\n\n8.7\n\n381\n\n6.37\n\n314\n\n5.33\n\n268\n\n13.33\n\n701\n\n13.39\n\n707\n\n17.40\n\n922\n\n17.15\n\n893\n\n10.22\n\n534\n\n6.17\n\n293\n\n14.21\n\n747\n\n10.35\n\n551\n\n11.1\n\n555\n\n7.6\n\n324\n\n15.43\n\n824\n\n13.22\n\n688\n\n12.8\n\n616\n\n2.31\n\n128\n\n8.14\n\n387\n\n6.31\n\n307\n\n16.23\n\n863\n\n13.48\n\n718\n\n18.1\n\n929\n\n6.10\n\n287\n\n6.31\n\n307\n\n12.18\n\n629\n\n7.17\n\n339\n\n9.2\n\n440\n\n5.30\n\n264\n\n3.11\n\n148\n\n13.4\n\n664\n\n19.36\n\n1026\n\n19.11\n\n999\n\nanye ca kiir�!li-pravarti�\nanye ca munaya� suta\nanye ca munayo brahman\nanye 'pi ctiham amunaiva\nanyonyam tisit sanjalpa�\napii[l{iavam idam kartum\ntippanna� samsrtim ghortim\naptipe1u sva-bhrtye§u\napare vasudevasya\napasyan sahasottasthe\napasyat puru�am pur[lam\niipiiyayati govinda\naptiyayat surtin anytin\napi devar�i[ltidiHa�\napi mayy akrta-prajne\napi me bhagavtin prita�\nap. na� suhplas tiita\napipalad dharma-raja�\napi smaranti kusalam\napi. smaratha no yu�matapi. svasty tisate sarve\napi.svit pary!l-bhunkthtis tvam\napivyadarianam sytimam\ntiplutii hari-piidtibjaapramii!la-vido bhartu�\napramatta� pramatte�u\napratarkytid anirdesytit\naprcchad vividhtin dharmiin\ntipuryamii!lafl pi.trbhi�\napy adya nas tvam sva-krtehita\napy e�a vamsytin rtijar�in\ntirabdha-karma·nirvti!lafl\narak§attim vyasanata�\narak§yamiiflti� striya urvi btiltin\narhaf1am upapeda ik1a!liya�\narjun� sahasti '}niiya\niiruroha ratham kaiicit\nasamJianna ivtibhiiti\niisamsamiina� samalam\ntisan sapatna-vijaya�\ntisate kusalam kaccit\nasau gu11amayair bhiivaifl\n\n14.31\n\n752\n\n1.7\n\n63\n\n9.8\n\n448\n\n15.12\n\n783\n\n10.20\n\n531\n\n8.11\n\n384\n\n1.14\n\n71\n\n18.47\n\n979\n\n8.33\n\n413\n\n6.18\n\n294\n\n7.4\n\n319\n\n18.12\n\n940\n\n3.17\n\n154\n\n14.8\n\n737\n\n13.33\n\n701\n\n19.35\n\n1025\n\n13.11\n\n675\n\n12.4\n\n610\n\n14.33\n\n753\n\n13.8\n\n670\n\n14.33\n\n753\n\n14.43\n\n765\n\n12.8\n\n616\n\n8.2\n\n376\n\n11.39\n\n604\n\n18.8\n\n936\n\n17.20\n\n899\n\n9.25\n\n468\n\n12.31\n\n653\n\n8.37\n\n419\n\n12.18\n\n629\n\n6.28\n\n304\n\n13.34\n\n702\n\n16.21\n\n860\n\n9.41\n\n496\n\n7.55\n10.8\n\n372\n521\n\n4.30\n\n217\n\n13.33\n\n701\n\n14.9\n\n738\n\n14.29\n\n750\n\n2.33\n\n130\n\n", "SB1.3#p0406": "1049\n\nSanskrit Verse Index\niisinii dirgha-satrepa\niisino 'pa u.pasp.riya\nasirbhir yu.jyamiin o 'nyaifl\na$raddadhiiniin ni�sattviin\niisraya� saroa-bhiitiiniim\nasrg var�nti jalada�\nasru.tya tad ni-gapa-vacaft\na5rilyantiisi.§a� satyii�\na�tame meru.devyiim tu.\niiste 'dhu.nii sa raja�*\niiste sasnu.�a� k�emam\niiste yadu.-kultimbhodhtiu.\nastra-gramas ca bhavatti\nastram brahma-siro mene\nastrii{ly amogha-mahimiini\nastra-tejaft sva-gadayii\nasty eva me saroam idam\niiSvii sya ciisvapiikebhya�\na5vatthiimnopasr�tena\nasyiinu.bhiivam bhagavii n\nata enam vadhi�yiimi\natal;t param yad avyaktam\natal;t prcchiimi samsiddhim\nala� pu.mbhir dvija-sre�thiil;t\nataft siidho 'tra yat siiram\natha duriigatiin sau.ri{l\nathaitiini na seveta\nathiijagiima bhagaviin\nathiikhyiihi harer dhlman\nathiipi yat-piidanakhiivasmam\natharviingirasiim iislt\nathiisau. yu.ga-sandhyiiyiim\natha tam su.kham iis1na{l\natha te samparetiiniim\nathiivabhii�e bhagaviin\nathavii deva-miiyiiyiil;t\nathaviisya padiim-bhoja\nathiivisat sva-bhavanam\natha viSve§a viSviitman\natheha dhanyii bhagavanta\nathoc!iclm diSam yiitu\natho mahii-bhiiga bhaviin\n\n1.21\n\n79\n\n7.3\n\n319\n\n11.23\n\n580\n\n4.17\n\n207\n\n12.23\n\n640\n\n14.16\n\n744\n\n19.22\n\n1011\n\n10.19\n\n530\n\n3.13\n\n150\n\n17.44\n\n925\n\n14.27\n\n750\n\n14.35\n\n756\n\n7.44\n\n363\n\n7.19\n\n341\n\n15.16\n\n788\n\n12.10\n\n618\n\n5.5\n\n226\n\n11.22\n\n579\n\n12.1\n\n607\n\n9.19\n\n461\n\n17.11\n\n888\n\n3.32\n\n172\n\n19.37\n\n1027\n\n1.13\n\n101\n\n1.11\n\n67\n\n10.33\n\n550\n\n17.41\n\n922\n\n13.38\n\n706\n\n1.18\n\n75\n\n18.21\n\n952\n\n4.22\n\n211\n\n3.25\n\n163\n\n5.1\n\n223\n\n8.1\n\n375\n\n13.40\n\n707\n\n17.23\n\n903\n\n16.6\n\n842\n\n11.30\n\n588\n\n8.41\n\n424\n\n3.39\n\n180\n\n13.28\n\n695\n\n5.13\n\n237\n\nathopasprsya salilam\nathopetya sva-sibiram\natho vihiiyemam amu.m\natimartyiini bhagaviin\niitmii ca jarayii grastaft\niitmiinam ciinu.sociimi\niitmiinam ca paritriitam\niitmaniitmiinam iitmastham\niitmano'bhimu.khiin c!iptiin\niitmany iitmii nam iivesya\niitmiiriimam purra-kiimam\niitmiiriimii s ca munayaft\niitmii-riimiiya Siintiiya\niitma-tu.lya-balair guptiim\niitmau.pamyena manujam\niitma-vairiipya-kartiiram\niitmesvaram acak§iirwl;t\nato vai kavayo nityam\natriinu.riipam riijar§e\natrir vas�thas cyavanal;t\natyakriimad avijfriitaft\nautkar!hyiisru-kaliik�asya\nau.ttareyapa dattiini\navajfriitam iviitmiinam\naviipu.r du.raviipiim te\navatiirii hy asankhyeyiil;t\navatiire �o�aiame\navek�ate mahii-bhiiga{l\navicyu.to 'rthaft\navidyayiitmani krte\navijfriita-gatir jahyiit\navipakva-ka�yii(liim\niivrtya rodas1 kham ca\n\n7.20\n\n342\n\n7.41\n\n360\n\n19.5\n\n990\n\n1.20\n\n77\n\n13.21\n\n687\n\n16.31\n\n871\n\n16.14\n\n851\n\n16.15\n\n291\n\n8.12\n\n385\n\n9.43\n\n500\n\n11.4\n7.10\n\n558\n329\n\n8.27\n\n403\n\n11.11\n\n565\n\n11.37\n\n601\n\n17.13\n\n891\n\n13.35\n\n703\n\n2.22\n\n114\n\n17.20\n\n899\n\n19.9\n\n996\n\n13.17\n\n681\n\n6.16\n\n292\n\n17.40\n\n922\n\n18.28\n\n960\n\n15.48\n\n828\n\n3.26\n\n164\n\n3.20\n\n156\n\n4.8\n\n198\n\n5.22\n\n252\n\n3.33\n\n173\n\n13.26\n\n692\n\n6.21\n\n297\n\n7.30\n\n350\n\nB\n7.33\n\n353\n\n11.26\n\n584\n\nbabandhiimar�a-tiimriik�a/1\nbiihavo loka-piiliiniim\nbahift sthita patim sadhvl/1\nbiila-dvija-su.hrn-mitrabhadriiSvam ketu.miilatn ca\n\n13.58\n\n728\n\n8.49\n\n433\n\n16.12\n\n849\n\nbhagaviims tatra bandhuniim\nbhagaviin api govinda/1\nbhagaviin api vipra�e\n\n11.21\n\n578\n\n14.34\n\n755\n\n9.3\n\n440\n\n", "SB1.3#p0407": "1050\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nbhagaviin devaki-putra[l\nbhagavati ratir astu me\nbhagava t-sangi·sahgasya\n\n7.50\n\n368\n\n9.39\n\n493\n\n18.13\n\n941\n\nbhagavat-tattva-vijniinam\nbhagavaty ILtlama-Slake\nbhaktir utpadyate p1uhsa[l\nbhakti-yaga·vidhiin.{irtham\nbhakti-yagena manasi\nblwktyii nirmathitiise�a\nbhaktyii \"vesya mana yasmin\nbharata-vyapadesena\nbhariivatiira(layiinye\nbhartu{l priyam drau(lir iti\nbhartus ca vipriyam vira\nbhautikiinam ca bhavanam\nbhavad-vidhii bluigavatii{l\nbhavan hi veda tat sarvam\nbhava-sindhu-plava dnta/1\nbhavatamtdita·priiyam\nblwvata 'dadanarh yarhi\nbhavata dadanmh yat syat\nbhaviiya nas tvarh bhava visvabhiivayaty e�a sattvena\nbhave 'smin klisya-miinaniim\nbhejire munaya 'thagre\nbhidyate hrdaya-granthif!\nbhik�ubhir vipravasite\nbhik�ubhir vipravasite\nbhimiipavarjita�h pi(lflam\nbhm§{a-sriya niriinandii{1\nbhratrbhir laka-piiliidhai{1\nbhrotur jye�thasya sreya�-krt\nbhUbhara{l k§apita yena\nbhuri(li bhuri-karmti(li\nbhuta-hatyiim tathaivaiktim\nbhutale 'nupatanty asmi11\nbhute�u ciintarhita iil11141-tantra{l\nbhute§u kalasya gatim\nbhutvatmapasamapelam\nbhuya{l papraccha lath brahrnan\nbrahma-bandhur na hanlavya{l\nbrahma!laya ba{luti,ham\n·\n\n2.20\n\nIll\n\n2.18\n\n108\n\n7.7\n\n325\n\n8.20\n\n394\n\n7.4\n\n319\n\n15.29\n\n805\n\n9.23\n\n465\n\n4.29\n\n216\n\n8.34\n\n414\n\n7.14\n\n336\n\n7.39\n\n358\n\n4.17\n\n207\n\n13.10\n\n673\n\n16.25\n\n865\n\n6.34\n\n310\n\n5.8\n\n229\n\n8.38\n\n421\n\n8.25\n\n400\n\n11.7\n\n561\n\n2.34\n\n131\n\n8.35\n\n415\n\n2.25\n\n119\n\n2.21\n\n113\n\n6.2\n\n282\n\n6.5\n\n284\n\n13.23\n\n689\n\n14.20\n\n746\n\n13.16\n\n680\n\n13.14\n\n677\n\n15.35\n\n814\n\nl.ll\n\n67\n\n8.52\n\n436\n\n17.8\n3.36\n\n886\n177\n\n8.4\n\n377\n\n3.9\n\n147\n\n6.1\n\n281\n\n7.53\n\n370\n\nL6.32\n\n872\n\nbrahma-kapatthitiid yas tu\nbrahma-nadyam sarasvatyam\nbrahmacwi[l k§atra-bandhur hi\nbrohma(lam praty abhild brahman\nbrahma(lya[l satya sandhas ca\nbrahma(ly atmanam iidhiire\nbrahma-teja vinirmuktai{1\nbrahmavartam kuruk�etram\nbrahmavarte yatra yajanti ajiiai[l\nbrahmeti paramatmeti\nbrhadasva bharadvaja{l\nbruhi bhadraya bhiltanam\nbruhi na{l sraddadhananam\nbruhi na{l sraddadhananam\nbmhi yagesvare kr�'!e\nbmya{l snigdhasya s�yasya\nbuddha ntimnanjana-suta{l\n\n18.2\n\n930\n\n7.2\n\n318\n\n18.34\n\n967\n\n18.29\n\n961\n\n12.19\n\n630\n\n13.55\n\n725\n\n8.17\n\n390\n\n10.34\n\n551\n\n17.33\n\n913\n\n2.11\n\n98\n\n9.6\n\n443\n\nl.ll\n\n67\n\n1.17\n\n74\n\n12.3\n\n609\n\n1.23\n\n81\n\n1.8\n\n64\n\n3.24\n\n160\n\nc\ncacara duscaram brahma\ncakara riijyam dharmef!a\ncakre veda·tara{l siikha{l\ncakm{l krpiim yadyapi tulyacanriiyatiik�annasa-tulya-kar!la\ncaturbhir vartase yena\ncaturda5am narasimham\ncatur-hatram karma suddham\nceta etair anaviddham\ncetasa vacasas capi\nchindanti kavidiis tasya\nchittva sve§u sneha·piisiin\nciravasa nirahiirafi\ncitra.dhatu vicitriidrin\ncitra-dhvaja-patiikagrai/1\ncitra-svanai[l patrarathai{l\n\n3.6\n\n144\n\n9.49\n\n508\n\n3.21\n\n157\n\n5.24\n\n256\n\n19.26\n\n1016\n\n16.25\n\n865\n\n3.18\n\n155\n\n4.19\n\n209\n\n2.19\n\n110\n\n17.23\n\n903\n\n2.15\n\n104\n\n13.29\n\n696\n\n15.43\n\n824\n\n6.12\n\n289\n\n11.13\n\n568\n\n6.12\n\n289\n\nD\n!ladara karajair urau\n!ladarsa ghara-rUpii(li\ndadarsa munim iisinam\n!ladarsa puru�am kaiicit\n!ladhau mukundiinghrim\ndadhmau daravararh te�am\ndadhmayamiina{l kara-kaiijadadhre kamatha-mpeflU\n\n3.18\n\n155\n\n14.2\n\n732\n\n18.25\n\n956\n\n12.7\n\n615\n\n19.7\n\n993\n\n11.1\n\n555\n\n11.2\n\n556\n\n3.16\n\n154\n\n", "SB1.3#p0408": "1051\n\nSanskrit Verse Index\ndahatv abhadrasya punar na me\ndahyamanii� prajii{L sarvii{t\ndahyamiine'gnibhir dehe\ndaivam anye 'pare karma\ndaivatiini rudant!va.\ndaiveniipratighiitena\ndak�i[!ena himavata�\ndiina-dharmiin riija-dharmiin\nda[!pa-hastarh ca vr�alam\ndank�yati sma kuliingiiram\ndarsana-spar5a-sarhliipadarsayann iitmano rupam\ndarsayan vartma dhlrii[liim\ndiiru[!iin sarhsato 'duriit\ndiiturh sa kr�!lii gangiiyiim\ndau�kulyam iidhirh vidhunoti\ndesa-kiiliirtha-yuktiini\ndeva-dattiim imiirh vl[liim\ndevakyiirh vasudevasya\ndeviin pitfn-r�ln siidhun\ndevar�i/t priiha viprar�im\ndevar�ir niirada� siik�iit\ndevlrh sarasvatlrh vyiisam\ndhanarh prahi[!Um iijahu�\ndhiinvantararh dviidasamam\ndhanviniim agra(tlr e�a�\ndharma� padaikena caran\ndharma/t projjhita-kaitavo'tra\ndharma� svanu�thita/t purhsiim\ndharmarh bravl.si dharma-jna\ndhannarh pravadatas tasya\ndharma-piilo nara-patih\ndharmiirtha-kiima-mok�iirhs ca\ndharmasya hy iipavargyasya\ndharmyarh nyiiyyarh sa-karu[!Um\ndhatte bhagarh sat yam rtaln dayiim\ndhrtarii�tra� saha bhriitrii\ndhrtariifitro yuyutsus ca\ndhrta-ratha-cara[lo'bhyayiic\ndhrta-vratena hi mayii\ndhrtyii bali-sama� krfi!le\ndhruvarh tato me krta-deva-\n\n19.3\n\n987\n\n7.31\n\n351\n\n13.58\n\n728\n\n17.19\n\n898\n\n14.20\n\n746\n\n12.16\n\n626\n\n13.51\n\n721\n\n9.27\n17.1\n\n472\n879\n\n18.37\n\n970\n\n10.11\n\n523\n\n15.43\n\n824\n\n3.13\n\n150\n\n14.10\n\n740\n\n8.1\n\n375\n\n18.18\n\n948\n\n15.27\n\n802\n\n6.32\n\n308\n\n1.12\n\n69\n\n16.31\n\n871\n\n5.1\n\n223\n\n9.19\n\n461\n\n2.4\n\n87\n\n12.33\n\n654\n\n3.17\n\n154\n\n12.21\n\n635\n\n16.18\n\n855\n\n1.2\n\ndig-iimbararh vaktra-vik!r[IUdig-desa-kiiliivyutpanna�\ndraupadi ca tadiijniiya\ndr�tii� srutii vii yadava�\ndmvii nipatitarh bhumau\ndr�tviinuyiintam r�im iitmajam\ndr�tviistra-tejas tu tayo�\ndrsyate yatra dharmiidi/t\ndugdhemiim o�adhlr viprii�\ndurbaliin balino riijan\ndurbhagiirhS ca janiin vlk�ya\ndvaipiiyaniidibhir viprai�\ndviipare samanupriipte\ndviiri dviiri grhii[!arh ca\ndvijopas�!a� kuhakas tak�ako vii\ndvitlyarh tu bhaviiyiisya\ndyutarh piinarh striya� sunii�\n\n14.15\n\n743\n\n10.15\n\n526\n\n13.56\n\n726\n\n6.16\n\n292\n\n6.19\n\n295\n\n19.27\n\n1017\n\n6.8\n\n286\n\n15.50\n\n831\n\n13.11\n\n675\n\n9.4\n\n441\n\n4.5\n\n195\n\n7.31\n\n351\n\n4.29\n\n216\n\n3.14\n\n152\n\n15.25\n\n800\n\n4.18\n\n207\n\n8.7\n\n381\n\n4.14\n\n204\n\n11.15\n\n569\n\n19.15\n\n1003\n\n3.7\n\n145\n\n17.38\n\n918\n\n18.24\n\n956\n\n6.9\n\n286\n\n6.13\n\n289\n\nE\nekadii dhanur udyamya\nekadii nirgatiirh gehiit\neka eviitiyiito'ham\nekiinta-bhaktyii-bhagavaty\nekiinta-matir unnidra�\n\n15.33\n\n811\n\n4.4\n\n194\n\n51\n\n2.8\n\n94\n\n17.22\n\n901\n\n9.29\n\n476\n\n18.46\n\n978\n\n9.28\n\n475\n\n2.9\n\n95\n\n7.49\n\n367\n\n10.25\n\n538\n\n13.51\n\n721\n\n13.3\n\ndhumrii disa� pa.ridhaya�\ndhundhury-iinaka-gha!ltiidyii�\ndhvasta-miiyii-gu[!odarka�\ndhyiiyatas cara[liimbhojam\ndidrk�ustad aharh bhuya�\n\nekiitmajii me jananl\nekonavirhse virhsatime\nefia diitii sara[lyas ca\ne�a hi brahmabandhuniim\nefia hy asmin prajii-tantau\ne�a kim nibh�tasaefia riijniirh para dharma�\nefiU vai bhagaviin siik�iit\netad-ilrtharh hi bhagaviin\netaddhyiitura-cittiiniim\n\n6.6\n\n285\n\n3.23\n\n159\n\n12.20\n\n633\n\n7.57\n\n373\n\n12.15\n\n625\n\n18.31\n\n963\n\n17.11\n\n888\n\n9.18\n\n458\n\n16.8\n6.34\n\n844\n310\n\n664\n\n9.37\n\n489\n\n4.28\n\n216\n\n12.25\n\n645\n\n]0 2\n\n986\n\netad lsanam !Sasya\netad ruparh bhagavata�\netad va/t pii[!paveyiiniim\netii� pararh strltvam\n\n11.38\n\n602\n\n3.30\n\n170\n\n17.17\n\n895\n\n10.30\n\n547\n\n", "SB1.3#p0409": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1052\nelan niiniivatiirii[liim\netat 51lmsucitam brahman\netiivad uktvoparariima tan-mahat\netiivatiilam nanu siicitena\nete ciimsa-kalii{l pum51l{l\nete ciinye ca bhagavan\n\n3.5\n\n141\n\n5.32\n\n266\n\n6.25\n\n301\n\n18.20\n\n951\n\n3.28\n\n166\n\n16.29\n\n866\n\nevam iibh�ita{l pr�lafl\nevath bali�!hair yadubhi�\nevam cakiira bhagaviin\nevath ca tasmin nara-deva-deve\nevam cintayato ji�?o�\n\n19.40\n15.26\n\n1029\n\n4.24\n\n212\n\n19.18\n\n1006\n\n15.28\n\n804\n\nevam dharme pravadati\nevam drafi!ari d.nyatvam\nevam grhe1u saktiiniim\nevam janmiini karmii[li\nevam kr§f!a-mater brahman\n\n17.21\n\n901\n\n3.31\n\n171\n\n13.17\n\n681\n\n3.35\n\n176\n\n6.27\n\n303\n\n15.1\nevam kr�f!a-sakha{l kr�flafl\n6.1\nevam niSamya bhagaoon\n5.34\nevam nrf!iim kriyii-yoga{l\nevam nrpii[liim k�iti-bhiira-janmaniim 11.34\n7.40\nevam par!k�tii dharmam\n2.20\nevam prasanna-mana51li].\n\n769\n\nevam pravrttasya sadii\nevam pravrttasya viSuddha-ceta51l{l\nevam riijii vidure[liinujena\nevam 51lmbhii§ya bhagaviin\nevamvidhii gadant!niim\nevam yatantam vijane\n\n800\n\n281\n269\n595\n359\nIll\n\n4.26\n\n215\n\n5.25\n\n257\n\n13.29\n\n696\n\n6.37\n\n314\n\n10.31\n\n549\n\n6.20\n\n296\n\nG\ngajiihvaye mahii-bhiiga{l\ngambhira-rayo 'niruddha{l\ngambh!ra-slak�f!ayii viicii\ngiimbh!ryam sthairyam ii.stikyam\ngiim ca dharma-dughiim dLnii.m\ngiim paryatams tu�tamanii gatagiindhiir! dhrtarii§l rai ca\ngiindhiin draupadL brahman\ng(indhiir'im putra-sokiirtii.m\ngandhiiryii vii mahii.-bii.ho\ng(i[lt;Iiva-muktair viSikhair upii hare\ngantum krtamatir brahman\ngatii{l saptiidhunii miisii.{l\ngata-sviirtham imam deham\ngava/ga[le kva nas tii.ta{l\n\n17.44\n\n925\n\n14.30\n\n752\n\n6.20\n\n296\n\n16.28\n\n866\n\n17.3\n\n881\n\n6.26\n\n302\n\n10.9\n\n522\n\n13.4\n\n664\n\n8.3\n\n376\n\n13.37\n\n704\n\n7.16\n\n338\n\n8.8\n\n382\n\n14.7\n\n736\n\n13.26\n\n692\n\n13.32\n\n701\n\ngayan miidyann idam tantryii\ngayanti cottamasloka{l\nghiitayitoo51lto riijiia{l\nghoram.pratibhayiikiiram\ngitam bhagavatii jiiiinam\ngopura-doora-miirge�u\ngopy iidade tvayi krtiigasi diima\ngovinda go-dvijagrham pravi§!o guru-vandaniiya\ngr[lOnti gu[la-niimiini\nguf!a-karmiisrayii{l pumbhi{l\n\n6.38\n\n315\n\n11.20\n\n577\n\n8.5\n\n378\n\n6.13\n\n289\n\n15.30\n\n806\n\n11.13\n\n568\n\n8.31\n\n410\n\n8.43\n\n427\n\n13.31\n\n699\n\n5.36\n18.10\n\n272\n938\n\nH\nhantiismiii janmani bhaviin\nharanti smaratai cittam\nharer gu[liikfiipta-mati{l\nharer udiiram caritam visuddham\nhari-bhiivanayii dhvastaharmyii[ly iiruruhur vipra\nhar�-soka-yutas tasmiit\nhar�a-vihvalitiitmiina{l\nhatoo svariktha-sprdha iitatiiyina{l\nhimiilayam nyasta-da[lt;la-prahar�m\nhira[lyam giim mah!m griimiin\nhitoovadyam imam lokam\nhitvedam nrpa gangiiyiim\nhitvetariin priirthayato vibhiiti{l\nhrdi brahma param dhyiiyan\nhrdikafl 51lsuto 'kriira{l\nhrdi krtoo harim gehii.t\nhrdi-stham piijayiimii51l\nhrdy anta{l-stho hy abhadrii[li\nhrtam k�etram dhanam yefiil. m\nhutii.ia iva durdhar�{l\n\n6.21\n\n297\n\n15.27\n\n802\n\n7.11\n\n333\n\n18.15\n\n944\n\n13.54\n\n724\n\n11.24\n\n581\n\n13.59\n\n729\n\n11.29\n\n588\n\n10.1\n\n511\n\n13.30\n\n698\n\n12.14\n\n624\n\n6.23\n\n299\n\n12.28\n\n648\n\n18.20\n\n951\n\n15.44\n\n825\n\n14.28\n\n750\n\n13.27\n\n693\n\n9.10\n\n451\n\n2.17\n\n107\n\n13.24\n\n690\n\n12.21\n\n635\n\nI\nicchayii kii{litu{l syiitiim\nidam bhiigavatam niima\nidam hi pumsas tapasa{l srutasya vii\nidam hi viivam bhagaviin ivetara{l\nidam mamiicak� tavii.dhimularh\nidiinim dharma piidas te\nihopahuto bhagavan\nimam svanigamam brahman\nime jana-padii gnima{l\n\n13.43\n\n712\n\n3.40\n\n181\n\n5.22\n\n252\n\n5.20\n\n249\n\n16.24\n\n864\n\n17.25\n\n905\n\n16.7\n\n843\n\n5.39\n\n276\n\n14.20\n\n746\n\n", "SB1.3#p0410": "Sanskrit Verse Index\nime jana-pada� svrddhii�\nindriiri-vyiikulam lokam\niiasya hivase loka�\nitas tato vii5ana-piina-viisa�\niti bhiimtam iikhyiinam\niti bhita� pmjii-drohiit\niti bruvii[lllm samstuya\niti cintayatas tasya\niti codlritii viica�\niti dharmam mahlm caiva\nitihiisa-purii[lllm ca\nitihiisa-puriiriniim\niti langhita-maryiidam\niti matir upakalpitii vil[fi[lii\niti me na tu !Jodhiiya\niti milrty-{lbhidhiinena\niti priyiim valgu-vicitra-jalpa*\niti pu.tra-krta ghena\niti riijna upiidisya\niti samprasna-samhr�!a�\niti sma riijiidhyavasaya-yukta�\nito'rviik priiya5a� kiila�\nittham-bhiltiinubhiivo 'yam\nittham 5arot-priivr�ikiiv rtil hare�\nity ukto dharma-riijena\nity uktvii ro�tiimriik§a�\nity uktvii thiiruhat svargam\niyam ca bhilmir bhagavatii\n\n8.40\n\n422\n\n3.28\n\n166\n\n6.7\n\n285\n\n16.22\n\n861\n\n4.25\n\n213\n\n9.1\n\n439\n\n4.1\n\n191\n\n14.22\n\n747\n\n11.10\n\n564\n\n17.28\n\n908\n\n4.20\n\n210\n\n4.22\n\n2ll\n\n18.37\n\n970\n\n9.32\n\n481\n\n8.50\n\n434\n\n5.38\n\n275\n\n7.17\n\n339\n\n18.49\n\n982\n\n12.29\n\n649\n\n2.1\n\n83\n\n19.17\n\n1005\n\n13.28\n\n695\n\n17.45\n\n926\n\n5.28\n\n262\n\n13.12\n\n676\n\n18.36\n\n969\n\n13.60\n\n729\n\n17.26\n\n907\n\nJ\njagrhe paurufiam riipam\njahy astra-teja unnaddham\njajiie vamsa-dhara{l pii(l{io{l\njalii5ayam acakfiii(la{l\njalii5ayiiiichiva-jaliinjalaukasiim jale yadvat\njambii.-dv!piidhipatyam ca\njana{l sadyo viyujyeta\njaname jayiidlms catura{l\njanayaty iisu vairiigyam\njane 'niigasy agham yuiijan\njanitii vifi!lu-yasasa{l\n\n3.1\n\n135\n\n7.28\n\n349\n\n12.12\n\n620\n\n18.25\n\n956\n\n6.12\n\n289\n\n15.25\n\n800\n\n12.5\n\n612\n\n13.20\n\n686\n\n16.2\n\n837\n\n2.7\n\n92\n\n17.14\n\n892\n\n3.25\n\n163\n\n1053\n\njanmiidy asya yato 'nvayiid\njanma guhyam bhagavata�\njanmaiSvarya-sruta-sr!bh�\njanma karma ca visviitman\njanma-karma-rahasyam me\njita{l pariisariid yogi\njitaika-bhaktir govinde\njitakam kiimyiimiisa\njihmapriiyam vyavahrtam\njijiiiisitam adh!tam ca\njijiiiisitam susampannam\njijiiiisitiitma-yiithiirth ya{l\njitiisano jitasviisa{l\nfivanti niitmiirtham asau pariisroyam\nfivasya tattva-jijiiiisii\njlvema te sundara-hiisa-sobhitam\njlvitum niirhatha kli§tam\njiiiinam guhyatamam yat tat\njiiiinam viraktir aiSvaryam\njiiiinam yat tad adh!nam hi\njiiiinena vaiyiisaki-sabditena\njiiiitum ca pu(lya-slokasya\njiiiitum ca pu(lya-slokasya\njiiiitviigiidd hiistina-puram\njugupsitam dharma-krte'nuiiisata{l\njugupsitam ka\"rma kiiicit\n\nl.l\n\n43\n\n3.29\n\n169\n\n8.26\n\n402\n\n8.30\n\n409\n\n6.36\n\n313\n\n4.14\n\n204\n\n13.2\n\n662\n\n12.13\n\n622\n\n14.4\n\n734\n\n5.4\n\n225\n\n5.3\n\n224\n\n12.28\n\n648\n\n13.54\n\n724\n\n4.12\n\n202\n\n2.10\n\n96\n\n1 l .l 0\n\n564\n\n9.12\n\n453\n\n5.30\n\n264\n\n16.27\n\n866\n\n5.35\n\n270\n\n18.16\n\n945\n\n14.1\n\n731\n\n14.6\n\n735\n\n13.1\n\n661\n\n5.15\n\n240\n\n14.43\n\n765\n\nK\nkaccid iinartapuryiim na{l\nkaccid iiste sukham riima{l\nkaccid bhadre 'niimayam iitmanas\nkaccid riijii \"huko jivati\nkaccin niibhihato 'bhiivai{l\nkaccit prefithatameniitha\nkaccit pure sudharmiiyiim\nkaccit te 'niimayam tiita\nkaccit tvam briihma(lam biilam\nkaccit tvam niigamo 'gamyiim\nkakfi\"iviin gautamo 'tris ca\nkiila{l priidurabhii.t kiile\nkalii{l sarve harer eva\nkiila-karma-gu(liidh!na{l\nkiila-karma-tamo-ruddham\n\n14.25\n\n749\n\n14.29\n\n750\n\n16.19\n\n856\n\n14.28\n\n750\n\n14.40\n\n762\n\n14.44\n\n766\n\n14.34\n\n755\n\n14.39\n\n761\n\n14.41\n\n763\n\n14.42\n\n764\n\n9.7\n\n443\n\n6.27\n\n303\n\n3.27\n\n165\n\n13.46\n\n715\n\n15.30\n\n806\n\n", "SB1.3#p0411": "1054\nkiila.-rupo'vatlr(lo 'syiim\nkiilasya ca gati1n raudriim\nkalau nafita-driiim efia/t\nkiilena vii te baliniim baliyasii\nkaleva.ralit hiisyati svam\nkalim agatam iijiiiiya\nkali1h sattva-hara�n pumsii1n\nkaliniidharma mitre(la\nkalpiinta idam adiiya\nkiimalit dahatu miim niitha\nkiimam vavarfia parjanyaft\nkiimiin amoghan sthira-jahgamiiniim\nkiimasya nendriya-pr'itift\nkaiicit kiilam athaviitslt\nka!ltakam kaf1Jakeneva\nkarmabhir grhamedh'iyaift\nkarma(ly asminn anasviise\nkarma-sreyasi muphiinam\nkar!la-dhiira iviipiire\nkasmin yuge pravrtteyam\nkas tvam �nac-chara(le loke\nkasya hetor nijagraha\nkasya vii brhatlm etam\nkatham alakfiitaft pauraift\nkatham anyams tu gopiiyet\nkatham bayam niitha ciro�ite tvayi\nkathiim bhiigavatlm pu(lyiim\nkatha1n cedam udasriikfilft\nkathaln sa v'iraft sri yam ahga\nkatham tvanathaft krpa!laft\nkatham vii piif1paveyasya\nkauravendra-pura-strl[liim\nkarLsiky apa upasprsya\nkii vii saheta viraham\nkayii vrttyii vartitam vaft\nkecid iihur a jam jiitam\nkecid vikalpa-vasaniift\nkena vii te 'pakrtam\nke vayam niima-riipiibhyiim\nkhetakharvatavatli ca\nki�nanyair asad-iiliipaift\nkimidam svit kuto veti\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n13.49\n\n719\n\n14.3\n\n732\n\n3.43\n\n186\n\n16.24\n\n864\n\n13.57\n\n727\n\n1.21\n\n79\n\n1.22\n\n80\n\n15.45\n\n826\n\n6.29\n\n305\n\n8.10\n\n383\n\n10.4\n\n515\n\n17.34\n\n915\n\n2.10\n\n96\n\n13.14\n\n677\n\n15.34\n\n812\n\n8.51\n\n435\n\n18.12\n\n940\n\n4.25\n\n213.\n\n13.40\n\n707\n\n4.3\n\n193\n\n17.5\n\n883\n\n16.5\n\n840\n\n7.9\n\n328\n\n4.6\n\n196\n\n13.46\n\n715\n\n11.10\n\n564\n\n4.2\n\n192\n\n6.3\n\n282\n\n4.11\n\n201\n\n13.45\n\n714\n\n4.7\n\n197\n\n10.20\n\n531\n\n18.36\n\n969\n\n16.35\n\n875\n\n13.9\n\n672\n\n8.32\n\n412\n\n17.19\n\n898\n\n18.40\n\n972\n\n8.38\n\n421\n\n6.11\n\n288\n\n16.6\n7.26\n\n842\n347\n\nkim k§atra-bandhun kalinopasrfitan\nkim nu biilefiu iure(la\nkim prLI!ar dariana-spariakimpurufiiidini varfiii[li\nkim te kiitniift sura-sparhaft\nkim vii bhagavata dharmiif t\nklrtyatniinam yaso yasya\nko nama trpyed rasavit kathayam\nko vii bhagavatas tasya\nko 'vrscat tava piidams tnn\nkrcchre(la samstabhya sucaft\nkrl{lanti paramiinandam\nkrpayii sneha-vaiklavyat\nkrpayatithi-rupe(lU\nkr�!la evam bhagavati\nkrfi!la krfi!lU maha-baho\nkrfi!lUm ca tat-prabhava-jiiaft\nkrfi!liihghri-seviim adhi�nanyamanaft\nkrfi!lasya niirado'bhyiigiit\nkrfi!laveie(lU tac-cittaft\nkrfi!laya viisudeviiya\nkr�!le gate bhagavati\nkrfi!le lasat-plta-pate catur-bhuje\nkr�!le sva-dhiimopagate\nku!lo 'stn ga!lfiivam ciipam\nkrta-�nanu-krta-vatya\nkrtaviin bhiiratam JWl tvam\nkrtaviin kila karmii[li\nkfiatajiikfiam gadii-pii!li�\nk.slyante casya karmii!li\nkfiudriiyu,siim nrfliim ahga\nkfiut-trt-sra�na-yuto dinaft\nku�natim aharad iit�na-vidya_yii yaft\n\n16.22\n\n861\n\n18.8\n\n936\n\n19.33\n\n1023\n\n16.12\n\n849\n\n12.6\n4.31\n\n613\n218\n\n10.11\n\n523\n\n18.14\n\n943\n\n1.16\n\n73\n\n17.12\n\n890\n\n15.3\n\n770\n\n14.36\n\n756\n\n13.35\n\n703\n\n19.32\n\n1022\n\n9.43\n\n500\n\n7.22\n\n343\n\n9.10\n19.5\n\n451\n990\n\n4.32\n\n219\n\n15.49\n\n829\n\n8.21\n\n395\n\n18.35\n\n968\n\n9.30\n\n477\n\n3.43\n\n186\n\n9.15\n\n455\n\n9.40\n\n495\n\n5.3\n\n224\n\n1.20\n\n77\n\n12.9\n\n617\n\n2.21\n\n113\n\n16.7\n\n843\n\n18.46\n\n978\n\n9.36\n\n488\n\nkuru-jiihgala-piiiicaliin\nkuru pratiSrutam sat_yam\nkurviiflii yatra karmiiri\nkurvanti sarvii t�nakam iitmakurvanty ahaituklm bhaktim\n\n10.34\n\n551\n\n7.54\n\n370\n\nkuialiin y iiiu siddhyanti\nkutaft punaft saivad abhadram lsvan\nkutaft punar grrato nama tasya\nkutaft saiicoditaft krfirafi\n\n18.7\n\n5.36\n\n272\n\n3.39\n\n180\n\n7.10\n\n329\n935\n\n5.12\n\n236\n\n18.19\n\n950\n\n4.3\n\n193\n\n", "SB1.3#p0412": "Sanskrit Verse Index\nL\nlabdhiipacitaya{l sarve\nlabdhii sabhii maya-krtiidbhutalakfiaye tatra tatriipi\nlalit.a-gati-viliisa-valguh iisalasat-ku!l!iala-nirbhiita-\n\n12.29\n\n649\n\n15.8\n\n775\n\n17.36\n\n916\n\n9.40\n\n495\n\n11.19\n\n575\n\nUliivatiiriinurato\n\n2.34\n\n131\n\nlWi vidadhata[l svairam\n\n1.18\n\n75\n\n15.31\n\n808\n\n14.5\n\n735\n\n17.32\n\n912\n\nlina-prakrti-nairgu!lyiit\nlobhiidy-adharma-prakrtim\nlobho 'nrtam cauryam aniiryam\nlokii[l sapiilii yasyeme\nlokarh pararh virajaskarh visokam\nlokas_yiijiinato vidviin\n\n13.41\n\n708\n\n19.21\n\n1010\n\n7.6\n\n324\n\nM\nmii bhuvarhs tviidrsii rii�tre\nmadhu-bhoja-dasiirharhamadhu-bhoja-dasiirhiirhamahii-bhiiga na sandeha[l\nmahii-dhaniini viisiimsi\n\n17.12\n\nmaharfiayo vai samupiigatii ye\nmahatsu yiim yiim upayiimi srfitim\nmahl-patis tv atha tat-karma\nmainam piirthiirhasi triitum\nmaitreya aurva[l kavafia{l\nmii kaiicana suco riijan\nmii mamsthii hy etad iiscaryam\nmiim anga siirameyo 'yam\nmama nisita-sarair vibhidyamiina\nmiim sriinta-viiham arayo rathinam\n\n890\n\n11.11\n\n565\n\n14.25\n\n749\n\n12.17\n\n627\n\n16.15\n\n851\n\n19.19\n\n1007\n\n19.16\n\n1004\n\n19.1\n7.35\n\n985\n354\n\n19.10\n\n996\n\n13.41\n\n708\n\n8.16\n\n389\n\n14.12\n\n742\n\n9.34\n\n484\n\n15.17\n\n792\n\nmanasii dhiirayiimiisu[l\nmandii{l sumanda-mataya{l\nmandam jahiisa vaiku!ltha[l\nmandasya manda-prajiiasya\nmangaliiya ca lokiiniim\n\n15.46\n\n827\n\n1.10\n\n66\n\n8.44\n\n428\n\nma[lim jahiira murdhanyam\nmiinitii nirvyalikena\nmiinudve§!i kalim samriit\nmanya etair mahotpiitai{l\nmanye tviim kiilam liiinam\nmanye tviim vifiaye viiciim\nmari:ci-miirii rfiaya{l\n\n16.9\n\n845\n\n14.35\n\n756\n\n7.55\n\n372\n\n4.28\n18.7\n\n216\n935\n\n14.21\n\n747\n\n8.28\n\n406\n\n4.13\n\n203\n\n6.30\n\n306\n\n1055\n\nmii roaul asya jan an!\nmii rorfir amba bhadram te\nmaru-dhanvam atikramya\nmii saurabheyiitra suca{l\nmatam ca viisudevasya\nmiitii S!iuniim nidhanarh sutiiniim\nmathuriiyiith tathii vajram\nmatir mayi nibaddheyam\nmat-kiima[l sanakai[l siidhu[l\nmattam pramattam unmattam\nmiitula/1 siinuja[l kaccit\nmiitur garbha-gato vlra[l\nmayii-gu[lair virocitam\nmayaivobhayam iimniitam\nmayii-javanikiicchannam\nmiiyiim vyudasya cicchaktyii\nmiiyiinubhiivam avidam\nmayy iitmaje 'nanya-gatau\nmedhiitithir devala iir.stifie{la[l\nmegha-gambhlrayii viicii\nmi.§ato daiamiisasya\nmitho nighnanti bhutiini\nmohayan miiyayii lokam\nmrdanga-iankha-bheryas ca\nmrdhe mrdhe 'neka-mahiimrgiin anugata[l sriinta[l\nmrgendra iva vikriinta[l\nmrfiii-samiidhir iiho-svit\nmrtyiiv apiinam sotsargam\nmrtyu-duta[l kapoto 'yam\nmucyatiim mucyatiim efiafi\nmukunda-sevayii yadvat\nmumucu{l prema-biifipaugham\nmumukfiavo ghora-rupiin\nm1maya{l siidhu prfito'ham\nmuniga{la-nrpavarya-sank ule 'n ta[lmurcchayitvii hari-kathiim\n\n7.47\n\n366\n\n17.9\n\n887\n\n10.35\n\n551\n\n17.9\n7.32\n\n887\n352\n\n7.15\n\n338\n\n15.39\n\n819\n\n6.24\n\n300\n\n6.22\n\n298\n\n7.36\n\n355\n\n14.26\n\n749\n\n12.7\n\n615\n\n3.30\n\n170\n\n7.53\n\n371\n\n8.19\n\n39:\n\n7.23\n\n344\n\n5.31\n\n265\n\n6.6\n\n285\n\n19.10\n\n996\n\n17.4\n\n882\n\n12.ll\n\n619\n\n15. 24\n\n799\n\n9.18\n\n458\n\n10.15\n\n526\n\n8.24\n\n399\n\n18.24\n\n956\n\n12.22\n\n639\n\n18.31\n\n963\n\n15.41\n\n821\n\n14.14\n\n743\n\n7.43\n\n362\n\n6.35\n\n312\n\n13.6\n\n669\n\n2.26\n\n120\n\n2.5\n\n89\n\n9.41\n\n496\n\n6.32\n\n308\n\nN\nnabha{l patanty atmasamam\nna bhartur natmanas carthe·\nnabhi-hradiimbujiid iisit\n\n18.23\n\n955\n\n7.51\n\n369\n\n3.2\n\n137\n\n", "SB1.3#p0413": "1056\nna casya kascin nipurena dhatuft\nna dattam uktam arthibhyaft\nnadhayo vyadhayaft klesaft\nnadyaft samudra girayaft\nnadyo nadas ca k§ubhitaft\nnaham veda gatim pitroft\nnaham veda vyavasitam\nna hy asya karhicid rajan\nna hy asyanyatamam kiiicit\nna hy e§a vyavadhat kalaft\nnaicchadd hantum guru-sutam\nnaimi§e 'nimi§ak§etre\nnaino riijiia[t praja-bhartuft\nnai§karmyam apy acyuta-bhavanaiviirhat_y abhidhatum vai\nnaivasau veda samharam\nna jatu kauravendranam\nna jvalaty agnir ajyena\nna karhicit kvapi ca duftsthita\nna kascin mriyate tavat\nna/;ulafz sahadevas ca\nna lak§yase milpha-dHa\nna lak§yate hy avasthanam\nnala-veru saras-tanbanamaft pahkaja-nabhaya\nnamaft pahkaja-netroya\nnamtini rilpari mano-vacobhift\nnamanti yat-pada-niketam\nnamtiny anantasya hata-trapaft\nnamtiny anantasya yaso 'nkitani\nnamasye puru§am tvadyam\nna me syan nirayan mok§a�\nnamo 'kiiicana-vittaya\nnanakhyane tihase§U\nnanar§eya-pravaran sametan\nnana-sankaspadam rilpam\nnanda-gopa-kumtiraya\nnaneva bhati viSvatmti\nniintam guranam agurasya\nnanurilpanurilpas ca\nnanv apriyam duroi§aham\nnanyam tvad abhayam pasye\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n3.37\n\n178\n\n14.40\n\n762\n\n10.6\n\n519\n\n10.45\n\n517\n\n14.18\n\n745\n\n13.39\n\n707\n\n13.37\n\n704\n\n9.16\n\n456\n\n7.28\n\n349\n\n6.4\n\n283\n\n7.40\n\n359\n\n1.4\n\n59\n\n8.50\n\n434\n\n5.12\n\n236\n\n8.26\n\n402\n\n7.27\n\n348\n\n17.8\n\n886\n\n14.18\n\n745\n\n5.14\n16.8\n\n239\n\nnarmary udara-rucira-smitanarthasya dharmaikantasya\nna sammumohorubhayat\nna sehire vimuhyantaft\nna§[a-proye§v abhadre§U\nna veda ka5cid bhagavams\nnasya tat pratikurvanti\nnata.h sma te natha sadahghri\nnafa-nartaka-gandharoafi.\nna tathii viisudevasya\nna te gupakesa-ya5o-dhararam\nnatidilre kila5ca�yam\nnatiprasidadd hrdayaft\nna va idam rojar§i-varya citram\nna vai jano jatu kathancanavrajet\n\n14.19\n\n745\n\n3.22\n\n158\n\n17.5\n\n883\n\n2.26\n\n120\n\n2.4\n\n87\n\n15.18\n\n794\n\n2.9\n\n95\n\n18.2\n\n930\n\n10.10\n\n522\n\n2.18\n\n108\n\n8.29\n\n407\n\n18.48\n\n981\n\n11.6\n\n560\n\n11.20\n\n577\n\n5.9\n\n230\n\n17.31\n\n9ll\n\n16.17\n\n854\n\n4.27\n\n216\n\n19.20\n\n1008\n\n5.19\n\n247\n\n18.42\n\n974\n\n17.31\n\n911\n\n844\n\n7.50\n\n368\n\n8.19\n\n392\n\n19.39\n\n1028\n\n6.13\n\n289\n\n8.22\n\n396\n\n8.22\n\n396\n\n3.37\n\n178\n\n4.ll\n\n201\n\n6.26\n\n302\n\n5.11\n\n233\n\n8.18\n\n391\n\n8.49\n\n433\n\n8.27\n\n403\n\n9.28\n\n475\n\n19.ll\n\n999\n\n15.1\n\n769\n\n8.21\n\nna pibanti stanam vatsaft\nnara-devatvam apannaft\nnaradevo 'si ve§era\nnarayara-kalaft santaft\nnaroyaram namaskrtya\n\n395\n\n2.32\n\n129\n\n18.14\n\n943\n\n10.19\n\n530\n\n13.13\n\n676\n\n8.9\n\n382\n\nna vai nrbhir nara-devam\nna vartitavyam bhavata\nna vartitavyam tad adharmana vayam klesa-bijani\nnavedayat sakaruraft\nna vitrpyanti hi drsaft\nnavy aropya mahimayyam\nna vyathanti na hr§yanti\nna yad vacas citra-padam harer\nna yasya kascid dayito 'sti\nnayati kasya va hetofi.\nna yujyate sada \"tma-sthaifi.\nnehatha namutra ca kascanarthafi.\nneyam sobhi§yate tatra\nnidhanam ca yathaivasit\nnidraya hriyate naktam\nnigama-kalpa-taror galitam\nnigrahita kaler e§a/1\nnigilpha-jatrum prthu-tuhganifi.sprhaft saroa-kamebhyafi.\nnifi.sreyasaya ·lokasya\nnijagrahaujasa viraft\n\n17.33\n\n913\n\n17.18\n\n896\n\n13.13\n\n676\n\n11.25\n\n582\n\n3.15\n\n153\n\n18.50\n\n983\n\n5.10\n\n231\n\n8.29\n\n407\n\n14.7\n\n736\n\n11.38\n\n602\n\n19.23\n\n1012\n\n8.39\n\n422\n\n12.2\n\n608\n\n16.9\n\n845\n\n1.3\n\n55\n\n12.26\n\n646\n\n19.27\n\n1017\n\n12.4\n\n610\n\n3.40\n16.4\n\n181\n839\n\n", "SB1.3#p0414": "1057\n\nSanskrit Verse Index\nnimittiiny atyari§¥Jni\nnirgate niirode suta\nnirghiita5 ca mahiims tiita\nninK�areniibhinandan\nninK�ya kHriipakrtam gurofl\nnirjitya sankhye tridasiims tat\nnirmamo nirohahkiira{l\nniruddham apy iisravad ambu\nniropito biilaka eva yoginiim\nniroeda ·mazo dvija siipa riipa{l\nniryiity agiiriin no 'bhadram\nniSamya bhagavan miirgam\nniSamya bhima-gaditam\nniSamya bhi�moktam athiicyutoktam\nniSamya pre�tham iiyiintam\nniwmya saptam atadarham\nniSamya viirtiim anatipriyiim tata/l\nniSiitam iidade khangam\nni�piiditam deva-krtyam\nnitariim mriyamiiniiniim\nnityam ninK�amiiriiniim\nnivartitakhiliihiira/l\nnivesayitvii nija-riijya isvara/l\nnivrtta-saroedriya-vrtti-vibhrama/l\nnotpiidayed yadi ratim\nnottamasloka-viirtiiniim\nnunam bhagavato brahman\nnrdeva-cihna-drk sudraka/l\nnrpa-liilga-dharam sudram\nnrpam agrajam ity iiha\nniinam vrata-sniina-hutiidinesvara/l\nnyarundhann udgalad bii�pam\nnyavedayat tam priyiiyai\n\n14.5\n\n735\n\n7.1\n\n317\n\n14.15\n\n743\n\n10.31\n\n549\n\n7.42\n\n361\n\n14.37\n\n758\n\n15.40\n\n820\n\n11.32\n\n592\n\n5.23\n\n254\n\n19.14\n\n1002\n\n10.14\n\n525\n\n15.32\n\n810\n\n7.52\n\n369\n\n10.3\n\n513\n\n11.16\n\n570\n\n18.41\n\n972\n\n16.10\n\n!l46\n\n17.28\n\n908\n\n13.50\n\n720\n\n19.36\n\n1026\n\n11.25\n\n582\n\n13.56\n\n726\n\n10.2\n\n512\n\n9.31\n\n479\n\n2.8\n\n944\n\n18.4\n\n932\n\n19.39\n\n1028\n\n16.5\n\n!l40\n\n16.4\n\n839\n\n15.4\n\n771\n\n10.28\n\n544\n\n10.14\n\n525\n\n7.41\n\n360\n\n0\nom nama bhagavate viisudeviiya\nom nama bhagavato tubhyam\n\nl.l\n\n43\n\n5.37\n\n274\n\np\npiidair nyiinam socasi maikapiidam\npada-trayam yacamiina/l\npade pade kii virameta tat-padiit\npiihi piihi mahii-yogin\npaitr-�vaseya-prity artham\n\n16.20\n\n857\n\n3.19\n\n155\n\n11.33\n\n593\n\n8.9\n\n382\n\n19.35\n\n1025\n\npaiicadawm viimanakam\npaiicama{l kapilo nama\npiirflu-putriin upiisiniin\npiipam krtam tad bhagaviin\npiipiyasim nrram viirtiim\n\n3.19\n\n155\n\n3.10\n\n148\n\n9.11\n\n452\n\n1!!.47\n\n979\n\n14.3\n\n732\n\npapraccha ratham iiriiflha{l\npariidravat priira-paripsur uroyiim\nparaity anicchato jirra{l\npariijito viitha bhaviin\npiirakyasyaiva dehasya\n\n17.4\n\npariisaro giidhi-suto 'tha riima\npiiriisarya mahii-bhiiga\nparasparam ghnanti sapanti\npariivara-jiia{l sa ni{l\npariivare brahmari dharmato vratai{l\n\n19.9\n\n996\n\n5.2\n\n224\n\npariivareso �nasaiva vi,svam\npariiyaram k�emam ihecchatiim\nparebhya/l 5ailk ita/! snehiit\nparibhromantam ulkiibhiim\npartk�in-niima-riijar�i{l\nparik§itaivam iidi§ta{l\nparik§ito 'tha riijar§e/l\nparisriintendriyiitmiiham\nparitu§yati siirtro/l\nparok§era samunnaddhapara 'pi manute 'nartham\npiirtha prajiivitii siik§iit\npiirthiviid diiru[lo dhiima/l\nparvato niirado dhaumya/l\npa5yanti bhaktyut-kalitiimaliitmanii\npasyanti nityam yad anugrahe§itam\npasyanty ado riipam adabhrapasyanty iitmani ciitmiinam\npasyotpiitiin nara-vyiighra\npatim prayiintam subalasya putri\npatitam piidayor vira/l\npatnya/l patim pro§ya\npatnyiis taviidhimakha-kJpta-mahiiphalanty ·O§adhya{l saroii/l\nphalgiini tatra mahatiim\npibanti yii/l sakhy-adhariimrtam\npibata bhiigavatam rosam iilayam\n\n!l82\n\n7.1!l\n\n340\n\n13.25\n\n691\n\n14.42\n\n764\n\n!l.48\n\n432\n\n18.44\n\n976\n\n4.16\n\n206\n\n5.7\n\n22!l\n\n5.6\n\n227\n\n11.6\n\n560\n\n10.32\n\n549\n\n12.9\n\n617\n\n16.36\n\n876\n\n17.35\n\n916\n\n7.12\n\n335\n\n6.14\n\n290\n\n5.2\n\n224\n\n15.3\n\n770\n\n7.5\n\n321\n\n12.19\n\n630\n\n2.24\n\n117\n\n9.6\n\n443\n\n10.23\n\n536\n\n10.27\n\n542\n\n3.4\n\n140\n\n2.12\n\n99\n\n14.10\n\n740\n\n13.30\n\n698\n\n17.30\n\n910\n\n11.31\n\n589\n\n15.10\n\n779\n\n10.5\n\n517\n\n13.47\n\n716\n\n10.28\n\n544\n\n1.3\n\n55\n\n", "SB1.3#p0415": "1058\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\npisanga-viisii vana-miila_yii babhau\npitiimaha-sama!t siirnye\npitiimahenopanyastarn\n\n11.27\n\n586\n\n12.23\n\n640\n\n17.43\n\n925\n\npitaratn siintvayiirniisa\npitaram sarva-suhrdam\npitaratn vik§ya du/tkhiirta[l\npilary uparate pii[lpU\npitrii cl:munwto raJa\n\n9.48\n\n507\n\npitr-bhriitr-suhrt-putrii[l\npitr-bhuta-prajesiicfin\npitr-rniitr-suhrd-bhriitrprabodhito 'pltihiisai[t\npriidiit svannam ca viprebhya[t\npradyurnna[t sarva-V{fi[ltniim\npradyumna-siimbiimba-sutiidayo'\npradyurnnas ciirudesnas ca\npradyumniiyiiniruddhiiya\npriigalbh_yam prasraya{t sl nm\npragiiyata[t sva-vlryii[li\nprag'iyarnii[lam ca yasa[t\npriihiirjunam prakupita[t\npraharfia-vegocchasitaprahviibhiviidaniisle.sapriijiipatyam nirnpye.s.tim\np;ajiisarga-nirodhe 'pi\nprajopadravam iilak§ya\nprakhyiihi dufikhair muhur\npriik kalpa-vi§ayiim etiirn\npriikrteniitmanii viprii[t\npra[larnya murdhniivahita[t\nprii[lii-padam abhiprek§ya\npra[Iemu/1 pii[l(iavii bh�snwm\nprapannam viratham bhltam\nprapatsyata upasrutya\npriirthyii nwhattvam icchadbhi[l\nprasabham abhisasiira madpriisiida-sikhariiruphii[l\npriisiidii yatra patniniim\nprasanna-hiisaru[la-locanollasat\nprasiintam iisinam aku[l[haprasasya bhiimau vyakiran prasiinai[l\nprasrayiivanato riijii\npratidrsam iva naikadhiirkam ekam\n\nll.5\n\n558\n\n18.38\n\n971\n\n13.34\n\n702\n\n9.49\n\n508\n\n13.21\n\n687\n\n2.27\n\n121\n\n14.4\n\n743\n\n8.46\n\n430\n\n12.14\n\n624\n\n14.30\n\n752\n\n10.29\n\n546\n\n11.17\n\n570\n\n5.37\n\n274\n\n16.28\n\n866\n\n6.33\n\n309\n\n16.13\n\n851\n\n7.34\n\n353\n\n11.17\n\n570\n\n11.22\n\n579\n\n15.39\n\n819\n\n6.24\n\n300\n\n7.32\n\n352\n\n5.40\n\n278\n\n6.4\n\n283\n\n8.47\n\n431\n\n19.31\n\n1020\n\n7.21\n\n342\n\n9.4\n\n441\n\n7.36\n\n355\n\n12.27\n\n647\n\n16.29\n\n866\n\n9.38\n\n491\n\n10.16\n\n527\n\n11.30\n\n588\n\n9.24\n\n466\n\n19.31\n\n1020\n\n19.18\n\n1006\n\n13.7\n\n669\n\n9.42\n\n498\n\npratikriyii na yasyeha\npratipiijya vacas te�iirn\npratiruddhendriya-priirwpratisandadha iisviisya\npratiSrutam ca bhavatii\npratyabhii�ata dharma-jii.a[l\npratyudyayu{1 prajii{t sarvii{t\npratyujjagrnu{t prahar�e[la\npratyujjagmii rathair hHtii[l\npratyuliikas ca kuhviinai[t\npratyutthiiyiibhivadyiiha\npratyutthitiis te munaya{t\npravarta-miinasya gu[lair aniitnwna[t\nprav�tas tu grham pitro{t\nprayii[liibhimukham krgwm\nprayasa[t sadhavo loke\npriiyopavi§to gangiiyiirn\npriiye[laitad bhagavatalj.\npraye[liilpiiyu§a[l sabhya\npriiye[la tirthiibhigamiipadesai[l\npriiyopavi§tam gangiiyiim\nprayujyamiine mayi tarn\nprcchati srniisru-vadaniim\nprcchati sma suhrn madhye\nprema-smita-snigdhaprerniitibhara-nirbhinna\npnty-utphulla-rnukhii{t procu[l\npriyii[t paranwhatnsiiniim\npriyam ca bhlnw-senasya\nproviiciisuraye siinkhyarn\nprthiipy anusrutya\nprthayettham kalapadai/1\npujayiirniisa dharnw-Fia[t\npujayiimiisa vidhivat\npumsiim ekiintata[t sreya[l\npunas ca bhuyiid bhagavaty anante\npunas ca yiicarnii niiya\npuniiti lokiin ubhayatra sesiin\npurufiam tam vijiinlnw/1\npuru§a-svabhiiva-vihitiin\npuru§asyeha yat kiiryam\npurvan drfitam anudhyiiyan\n\n13.19\n\n684\n\n2.1\n\n83\n\n18.26\n\n958\n\n17.42\n\n924\n\n7.38\n\n357\n\n19.40\n\n1029\n\n11.3\n\n557\n\n13.5\n\n668\n\n11.18\n\n574\n\n14.14\n\n743\n\n13.38\n\n706\n\n19.28\n\n1018\n\n5.16\n\n242\n\n11.28\n\n587\n\n8.17\n\n390\n\n18.50\n\n983\n\n4.10\n\n200\n\n15.24\n\n799\n\n1.10\n19.8\n3.42\n\n66\n995\n184\n\n6.28\n\n304\n\n16.18\n\n855\n\n14.24\n\n748\n\n11.8\n\n562\n\n6.17\nll.5\n4.31\n\n293\n558\n218\n\n7.54\n\n370\n\n3.10\n\n148\n\n15.33\n\n8ll\n\n8.44\n\n428\n\n9.9\n\n450\n\n4.33\n\n220\n\n1.9\n\n65\n\n19.16\n\n1004\n\n17.39\n\n921\n\n19.6\n\n992\n\n17.18\n\n896\n\n9.26\n\n469\n\n19.37\n\n1027\n\n12.30\n\n651\n\n", "SB1.3#p0416": "Sanskrit Verse Index\nputra-sokiituriift sarve\nputreti tanmnyatayii tarav<�!t\n\n7.58\n\n374\n\n2.2\n\n83\n\n7.49\n\n367\n\n12.32\n\n653\n\nR\nriij ii dharmn-suto riijnyiift\nriijii labdha-dhano dadh yau\nriija-miirgam gate kr�!le\nriijams tvayiinupr§tiiniim\nriijan nirgamyatiim srghram\nriijar§ayas ca tatriisan\nriijar§\"lniim janayitii\nrajas tamaft prakrtayaft\nriijii tam arhayiin cakre\nriijniigham priip tam tiitam\nriijnaft pratyiigamad brahmnn\nriijniim .kulam briihmarta-piida-sauciit\nriijrio hi paramo dharmaft\nriima-kr�!liiv iti bhuvaft\nrantideva ivodiiraft\nratim udvahatiid addhii\nratna-da{l{iam gu4iikeial}\nriito vo 'nugrahiirthiiya\nreme stri-ratna-kiitastho\nrg-yaju{t-siimiitharviikhyiift\n[§ayo mnnavo deviift\n[§ibhir yiicito bheje\nrudanty asru-mukhii giivaft\nri.ipam bhagavato yat tat\nrii.pam sa jagrhe miitsyam\n\n11.24\n\n581\n\n15.22\n\n798\n\n13.18\n\n683\n\n9.5\n\n442\n\n12.26\n\n646\n\n2.27\n\n121\n\n13.6\n\n669\n\n18.32\n\n965\n\n14.22 . 747\n19.13\n\n1001\n\n17.16\n\n894\n\n3.23\n\n159\n\n12.24\n\n642\n\n8.42\n\n425\n\n10.17\n\n528\n\n12.16\n\n626\n\n11.35\n\n597\n\n4.20\n\n210\n\n3.27\n\n165\n\n3.14\n\n152\n\n14.19\n\n745\n\n6.18\n\n294\n\n3.15\n\n153\n\ns\nsa cintayann ittham athiisr!lol\nsad-asad-rii.payii ciisau\nsa deva-devo bhagaviin pratik§atiim\nsiidhayitviijiita-satroft\nsiidhii.niim bhadram eva syiit\nsadyaft punanty upasputiift\nsadyo nasyanti vai pumsiim\nsa e§a bhagaviin drortaft\nsa e§a etarhy adhyiiste\nsa e�a loke vikhyiitaft\nsa e�a nara loke 'smin\nsa eva bhagaviin kala[!\nsa eva bhii.yo nija-v\"lrya-coditiim\n\n19.4\n\n988\n\n2.30\n\n127\n\n9.24\n\n466\n\n8.5\n\n378\n\n17.14\n\n892\n\nLl5\n\n7l\n\n19.34\n\n1024\n\n7.45\n\n364\n\n17.43\n\n925\n\n12.30\n\n651\n\n11.35\n\n597\n\n13.19\n\n684\n\n10.22\n\n534\n\nsa eva jiva-lokasya\nsa eva prathamnm dew[t\nsa evedam sasarjiigre\nsa go-dohana-miitrarit hi\nsahiinujaift pratyavaruddhasahasra-mii.rdha-sravartiik§i-niisikam\nsahasra-yuga-paryante\nsa kadiicit sarasvatyiift\nsiikiinna-si,ltam upayujya yatas trisa katham tad-grhe dviiftsthaft\nsakhyam mnitnm sauhrdam ca\nsakhyuft sakheva pit_rvat tanayasya\nsakrd yad darsitam rii.pam\nsiik§iin mnhii-bhiigavataft\nsamiigatiift sarvata eva sarve\nsamiihitena mnnasii\nsamnm carantam sarvatra\nsambhii.tam §O{iasa-kalam\nsamhatyiinyonyamubhayo[l\nsamkirtyamiinam munibhir\nsammiirjita �mnhiimiirgasammuhya ciipam a]aflat\nsamo damns tapaft siimyam\nsampadaft kratavo lokiift\nsampadyamiinam iijiiiiya\nsampanna eveti viduft\nsamprasthite dvariikiiyiim\nsampre§ito dviirakiiyiim\nsamsiirirtiim karurtayiiha puriirtasamsthiim ca pii[l{iu-putriirtiim\nsamsthite 'tirathe pii[l{iau\nsamudra-nigrahiidini\nsamviidaft samnbhii.t tiita\n5amyiipriisa iti proktaft\nsaiijalpitiini nara-deva hrdi5ankha-tii.rya-niniidena\nsiinnidhyiit te mnhii-yogin\nsannivartya d[!lham snigdhiin\nsiintvayiimiisa munibhift\nsapadi sakhi-vaco ni.Samya madhye\nsapiilo yad-vase lokaft\nsaptiiniim pntaye niimii\n\n1059\n7.24\n\n345\n\n3.6\n\n144\n\n2.30\n\n127\n\n4.8\n\n198\n\n10.1\n\n511\n\n3.4\n\n140\n\n6.30\n\n306\n\n4.15\n\n205\n\n15.11\n\n780\n\n18.34\n\n967\n\n15.4\n\n771\n\n15.19\n\n795\n\n6.22\n\n298\n\n18.46\n\n978\n\n19.23\n\n1012\n\n17.21\n\n901\n\n8.28\n\n406\n\n3.1\n\n135\n\n7.30\n\n350\n\n5.28\n\n262\n\n1Ll4\n\n568\n\n11.36\n\n598\n\n16.26\n\n866\n\n12.5\n\n612\n\n9.44\n3.34\n\n501\n175\n\n14.1\n\n731\n\n14.6\n\n735\n\n2.3\n\n85\n\n7.12\n\n335\n\n9.13\n\n454\n\n3.22\n\n158\n\n4.7\n\n197\n\n7.2\n\n318\n\n15.18\n\n794\n\n11.18\n\n574\n\n19.34\n\n1024\n\n10.33\n\n550\n\n8.4\n\n377\n\n9.35\n\n486\n\n9.14\n\n454\n\n13.52\n\n722\n\n", "SB1.3#p0417": "1060\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nsapta sva-saras tat-patnya�\nsaradvatam gurum krtvii\nsa-rahasyo dhanur-veda�\nsa nija-putro vavrdhe\n!araflopasrtam sattvam\n\n14_27\n16.3\n7.44\n12.31\n14.41\n\n750\n838\n363\n653\n763\n\nsaraflJO niivadhic chlokyap\nsarathya-piira�ada-sevana-sakhyasarpo 'dasatpadii spnta�\nsarvam iitmany ajuhavit\nsarvam kala krtam manye\n\n17.30\n16.16\n6_9\n15.42\n9.14\n\n910\n853\n286\n822\n454\n\nsarvam k§aflena tad abhii.d asat\nsarvam tad idam iikhyiitam\nsarvartu-sarva-vibhava\nsarva-sad�a -miihiitmye\nsarvathii na hi socyiis te\n\n15.21\n6.36\n11.12\n12.24\n13.44\n\n797\n313\n566\n642\n713\n\nsarviitmakeniipi yadii\nsarviitmana� samadr!a�\nsarviitmanii mriyamiiflaiS ca\nsarvato-mukham iiyiiti\nsarva-varfliisramiifliim yat\n\n4.26 215\n9.21 463\n19_24 1013\n7.26 347\n4.18 207\n\nsarva-vedetihiisiiniim\nsarve babhii.vus te tii.§flim\nsarve tam anunirjagmu�\nsarve te 'nimi§air ak§ai�\nsarve vayam vayam tiivad ihiismahe\n\n3.41 183\n9.44 501\n15.45 826\n10.13 524\n19_21 1010\n\nsa sadhu mene na cire!la tak�akiisa samhitiim bhiigavatim\nsasamkulair bhii.ta-ga!lai�\nsa samrti{ kasya vii heto�\n!asamsu� siidhavo riijiiiim\n\n19.4\n7.8\n14.17\n4.10\n9.45\n\nsa samvrtas tatra mahan mahiyasiim\nsa samyunakti bhutiini\n!asiisa giim indra iviijittisraya�\nsasato 'nyiin yathii siistram\nsa sn?t sva- viisam aravinda-vanam\n\n19.30 1019\n13.41 708\n10.3\n513\n17.16 894\n16.32 872\n\nSiutti/1 kurvanti mtim savyam\n�a�tham atrer apatyatvam\nsasvatantra na kalpasit\nsa tair vyarocata nrpa{l\nsatkrtam siltam tisinam\n\n14.13\n3.11\n6.7\n9.3\n1.5\n\n742\n148\n285\n440\n61\n\nsatram svargiiyalokiiya\nsatsangan mukta-dufisanga{l\n\n1.4\n10.11\n\n59\n523\n\n988\n327\n744\n200\n503\n\nsat-sevayiidirghayiipi\nsattvam rajas Lama iti prakrtefr. gur11is\nsattvam viSuddham k�emtiya\n\n6.23\n2.23\n2.25\n\n299\n115\n119\n\nsa tu brahma-ner amse\nsa tu samsriivayiimtisa\nsatyam saucam dayii k¢nti�\nsa uccakiise dhavalodaro darafl\nsauhiirdeniitigii{lhena\n\n18.30\n3.42\n16.26\n11.2\n15.28\n\n962\n184\n866\n556\n804\n\nsa uttarasya tanayiim\nsautye vrta� kumatinii 'tmada\nsa vii adya-taniid nijan\nsa vii iingiraso brahman\nsa vii ayam sakhy-anugita-sat-\n\n16.2\n15.17\n13.57\n18.39\n10.24\n\n837\n792\n727\n971\n537\n\nsa vii ayam yat padam atra sii.raya�\nsa vai bhaviin veda samasta-guhyam\nsa vii idam viSvam amogha-lila�\nsa vai kiliiyam puru�� puriitana�\nsa vai mahii-bhiigavatafl pan\"\"k§it\n\n10.23\n5.6\n3.36\n10.21\n18.16\n\n536\n227\n177\n532\n945\n\nsa vai nivrtti-niratafl\nsa vai pumsiim paro dharma/�\nsa veda dhiitufl padavim parasya\nsa vi§flu-riito 'tithaya iigatiiya\nsa yiimiidyaifl sura-ga!laifl\n\n328\n7.9\n2.6\n90\n3.38 179\n19.29 1018\n3.12 149\n\nsayam bheje di!am pasctit\nstiyam priitar grflUn bhak tyii\n!ayytisanti{ana-vikatthanasendrtifl sritti yad-anubhtivitam\nseSam puntity anyatamo mukundtit\n\n10.36\n3.29\n15.19\n15.13\n18.21\n\n552\n169\n795\n785\n952\n\nsphltiiiijanapadiims tatra\nsibirtiya nini§antam\nsldantyii bhiiri-bhtire!la\nsikttim gandha-jalair upttim\nsiSayi§or anupriiflam\n\n6.11\n7.34\n8.34\n11.14\n6.29\n\n288\n353\n414\n568\n305\n\nsi§icufi sma vrajiin giivafl\nsi§yailJ prasi§yais tac-chi§yaifl\nsi§yair upetti tijagmu{l\nsittitapatram jagrtiha\nsittitapatra-vyajanair upaskrtafl\n\n10.4\n4.23\n9.8\n10.17\n11.27\n\n515\n211\n\nsita-viSikha-hato visirfla-damsa[l\nsivai§odyantam iidityam\nsiviiya lokasya bhaviiya bhii.taye\nsmaran mukundtinghry-upagiihanam\nsmartavyam bhajaniyam vti\n\n9.38 491\n14.12 742\n4.12 202\n5.19 247\n19.38 1028\n\n448\n\n528\n586\n\n", "SB1.3#p0418": "1061\n\nSanskrit Verse Index\nsntitvanusavanam tasmin\nsntitva pitva hrade nadyti/l\nsneham ca V[§l}i-ptirthtintim\nsneha-ptisam imam chindhi\nsnigdhe�u par-sfu�u jagat-prar-atim\nsoctimi rahitam lokam\nsocaty asru-kalti siidhv\"i\nsocyo'sy asocyiin rahasi\nso 'ham nrpendra rahita/t\nso 'ham va/t srtivayi�ytimi\nsokena su�yadvadanaso 'yam adya maharaja\nspHtam vikirya padayo/t\nspntvapas tam parikramya\nsraddadhtinasya btilasya\nsravar-a-smarararhtiri\nsri- k[§I}U k[ §I]U·Sakha V[�[l.i\nsrimad bhtigavate mahtimuni-krte\nsrimadbhis tat-padanytisai/t\nsrimad-dirgha-catur-btihum\nsriyo nivaso yasyora/t\nsrr-oty alam svastyayanam\nsrr-vano 'nugraham dutayti\nsr!lvanti gayanti gr!lanti\nsr!lvattim sva-kathtim kni}U/t\nsrotavya/l kirtitavyas ca\nsrotobhi/t saptabhir yti vai\nsrutavams tad-abhipretam\nsrutva bhagavatti proktam\nsthairya.m samtinam aharan madhusthtina-traytit param prtiptam\nsthitavati para-sainiktiyur ak�[lti\nsthity-iidaye hari-viriiici-hareti\nstri-dharman bhagavad-dharman\nstri[ltim madd-hata-bandhiintim\nstr\"i-siidra-dvijabandhiiniim\nstriyas ca sva-puram yiisyan\nsubhadrii draupadL kunt\"i\nsudadanena sviistrer-a\nsuddhi-kiimo na sp.tuyiit\nsuhrdiim ca visokiiya\nsukam adhyiipayiimiisa\n\n13.53\n\n722\n\n6.14\n\n290\n\n16.14\n\n851\n\n8.41\n\n424\n\n16.16\n\n853\n\n16.30\n\n866\n\n17.27\n\n907\n\n17.6\n\n884\n\n15.20\n\n796\n\n3.44\n\n187\n\n15.2\n\n770\n\n13.49\n\n719\n\n15.10\n\n779\n\n7.29\n\n350\n\n5.29\n\n263\n\n8.35\n\n415\n\n8.43\n\n427\n\n1.2\n\n51\n\n17.26\n\n907\n\n12.9\n\n617\n\n11.26\n\n584\n\n15.51\n\n832\n\n11.10\n\n564\n\n8.36\n\n417\n\n2.17\n\n107\n\n2.14\n\n103\n\n13.52\n\n722\n\n7.1\n\n317\n\n7.29\n\n350\n\n16.35\n\n875\n\n18.26\n\n958\n\n9.35\n\n486\n\n2.23\n\n115\n\n9.27\n\n472\n\n8.51\n\n435\n\n4.25\n\n213\n\n8.-�5\n\n429\n\n10.9\n\n522\n\n8.13\n\n386\n\n1.16\n\n73\n\n10.7\n\n520\n\n7.8\n\n327\n\nsukhopavilleftv atha Leftu bhiiya�\nsunanda-nanda-iir�ar-yii�\nsiinyo 'smi rahito nit yam\nsuriisuriir.iim udadhim\nsiiro miitiimaha� kaccit\nsiiryam hata-prabham pasya\nsufier-as ciirude�r-as ca\nsusrufiO� sraddadhiinasya\nsiita jiiniisi bhadram te\nsiita jlva samii/t saumya\nsiita siita mahii-bhiiga\nsva/t pathiiya matim cakre\nsvalankrtam syiima-turanga-yojitam\nsvamiiyayii\"vrr-od garbham\nsviiminy_agham yad diisiiniim\nsviim kii�tiim adhunopete\nsviiniim ciinanya-bhiiviiniim\nsviiniim mrtiiniim yat krtyam\nsva-nigamam apahiiya matsva-nirmiLefiu nirvilta/t\nsvanufithitasya dharmasya\nsva-prii[l.iin ya/t parapriir-ai/t\nsvariit) pautram vinayinam\nsva-sukham upagate kvacit\nsviitantryam kauslam kiinti/t\nsviiyambhuva kayii vrttyii\nsvayam ca gurubhir viprai/t\nsvayam viprakrto riijiiii\nsyiimam sadiip\"ivya-vayo 'hgasyiin mahat-sevayii viprii/t\nsyiit sambhramo 'nta-kiile 'pi\n\n19.12\n\n1000\n\n14.32\n\n753\n\n14.44\n\n766\n\n3.16\n\n154\n\n14.26\n\n749\n\n14.17\n\n744\n\n14.31\n\n752\n\n2.16\n\n105\n\n1.12\n\n69\n\n18.11\n\n939\n\n4.2\n\n192\n\n15.32\n\n810\n\n16.11\n\n848\n\n8.14\n\n387\n\n18.33\n\n965\n\n1.23\n\n81\n\n7.25\n\n346\n\n7.58\n\n374\n\n9.37\n\n489\n\n2.33\n\n130\n\n2.13\n\n101\n\n7.37\n\n356\n\n15.38\n\n818\n\n9.32\n\n481\n\n16.27\n\n866\n\n6.3\n\n282\n\n11.23\n\n580\n\n18.49\n\n982\n\n19.28\n\n1018\n\n2.16\n\n105\n\n18.4\n\n932\n\nT\ntac chraddadhiinii/t munaya/l\ntad abhipretam iilakfiya\ntad adya na/l piipam upaity\ntadiihareviiprati-buddha-cetasiim\ntadii hi cau ra-pracuro\ntadaivehiinuvrtto 'siiu\ntadii rajas-tamo-bhiivii/t\ntadiirudad vii�pa-kaliikulii k�\"i\ntadiirya-dharma/t praviuyate nmiim\ntad asau vadhyatiim piipa/t\n\n2.12\n\n99\n\n12.33\n\n654\n\n18.44\n\n976\n\n15.36\n\n815\n\n18.43\n\n974\n\n18.6\n2.19\n\n934\n110\n\n7.15\n\n338\n\n18.45\n\n977\n\n7.39\n\n358\n\n", "SB1.3#p0419": "1062\ntad astu kiimUin hy aghatadii sucas te pramrjiimi bhadre\ntadii tad aham isasya\ntadii te bhriitara� sarve\ntad bhinna-setii.n adyiiham\ntad dharmajiia mahii-bhiiga\ntadd hi sva_yam veda\ntad-dhyiinod riktayii bhaktyii\ntadeva hy iimayarn dravyam\ntad idam bhagaviin riijan\ntad idarn griihayiimiisa\ntad idarh srotum icchiima�\ntadopasamhrtya gira� sahasrari/t\ntad-vadhas tasya hi sreya�\ntad-viig-visargo janatiigha-viplava�\ntadvai bhagavato rii.pam\ntad vai dhanus ta i§ava� sa ratha�\ntad viiyasam tirtharn usanti miinasii�\ntad vik�ya prcchati munau jagadus\ntad-yasa� piivanam dik§u\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\n19.2\n7.16\n\n986\n338\n\n6.10\n\n287\n\n9.2\n\n440\n\n18.35\n\n968\n\n7.46\n\n365\n\n5.20\n\n249\n\n15.47\n\n828\n\n5.33\n\n268\n\n13.48\n\n718\n\n3.41\n\n183\n\n12.3\n\n609\n\n9.30\n\n477\n\n7.37\n\n356\n\n5.11\n\n233\n\n3.3\n\n139\n\n15.21\n\n797\n\n5.10\n\n231\n\n4.5\n\n195\n\n8.6\n\n380\n\n1.5\n\n61\n\n4.23\n\n211\n\n8.36\n\n417\n\n5.34\n\n269\n\n4.24\n\n212\n\ntiil! putram ankam iirop_ya\ntii{l sraddhayii me 'nupadam\ntak�akiid iitmano mrtyum\ntal-labhyate duftkhavad anyataft\ntam abhijiiiiya sahasii\n\n11.29\n\n588\n\n5.26\n\n259\n\n12.27\n\n647\n\n5.18\n\n245\n\n4.33\n\n220\n\ntam iipatantam sa vilak�ya dii.riit\ntamasas tu rajas tasmiit\ntam iitmajair dH(ibhir antariitmanii\ntam ayam manyate loka�\ntiim biipham ity upiimantrya\n\n7.18\n\n340\n\n2.24\n\n117\n\n11.32\n\n592\n\nta edakii tu munaya�\nta eta Hayo vedam\nta eva pasyanty acire[la tiivakam\nta eviitma-viniiSiiya\nta eva veda durmedha*\n\ntarh bandhum iigatam d!§(vii\ntam bhuktavantam visriintam\ntam dvyaHa-var�am su-kumiira-piidatam imam aham ajarh sarira-bhiijiim\ntam jighiimsum abhipretya\ntam jighrk�ty adharmo yam\ntam me dharma-bhrtiim sre§{ha\n\n11.37\n\n601\n\n8.45\n\n429\n\n13.3\n\n664\n\n13.7\n\n669\n\n19.26\n\n1016\n\n9.42\n\n498\n\n17.29\n\n909\n\n17.25\n\n905\n\n17.37\n\n917\n\ntam menire 'balii mii.phii�\ntam mopayiitam pratiyantu\ntam piidayor nipatitam\ntam ii.cur briihma[liiS tuHii�\ntam udyatiisim iidhedam\ntam upasrutya ninadam\ntan-mii.lam avyaktam agiidhatan na� param puf!yam\ntan na� susrufiamii[liiniim\ntan no bhaviin vai bhagavat\ntiin sametiin mahii-bhiigiin\ntantrarh siitvatam iicafi!a\ntapa� saucam dayii satyam\ntarhy eviitha muni-srefitha\ntasmiid ekena manasii\ntasmiid idam daiva-tantrarn\ntasmiij jahy anga vaiklavyam\ntasman niimnii vifi[IU-riita�\ntasmims tadii labdha-rucer mahiitasmin niiriiya[la-pade\ntasmin nirmanuje'ra[lye\ntasmin nyasta dhiya� piirthii�\ntasmin sva iisrame vyiisa�\ntasyiiharn abja-kuliSiihkusa-ketutasyaiva he to� prayateta kovidal!\ntasyaiva me 'ghasya pariivaresa�\ntasyaivam khilam iitmiinam\ntasyaivam me'nuraktasya\ntasyaivam vartamiinasya\ntasya janma mahii-buddhe{l\ntasya janma mahiiscaryam\ntasya karmii!l.Y udiirii(li\ntasya mattasya nasyanti\ntasya nirhara[liidini\ntasyiintariiyo rnaiviibhuft\ntasyiinuvihito 'niithiifttasyiipi tava deho yam\ntasya pritamanii riijii\ntasya putro mahii-yogi\ntasya putro 'ti teja.�v!\ntasyiitmano 'rdham\nlata iisiidya tarasii\nlata� kalau sampravrtte\n\n11.39\n\n604\n\n19.15\n\n1003\n\n14.23\n\n748\n\n12.15\n\n625\n\n17.35\n\n916\n\n11.3\n\n557\n\n5.1\n\n226\n\n18.17\n\n947\n\n1.13\n\n70\n\n18.15\n\n944\n\n9.9\n\n450\n\n3.8\n\n146\n\n17.24\n\n904\n\n8.12\n\n385\n\n2.14\n\n103\n\n9.17\n\n457\n\n13.45\n\n714\n\n12.17\n\n627\n\n5.27\n\n260\n\n15.47\n\n828\n\n6.15\n\n291\n\n10.12\n\n523\n\n7.3\n\n319\n\n16.33\n\n872\n\n5.18\n\n245\n\n19.14\n\n1002\n\n4.32\n\n219\n\n5.29\n\n263\n\n16.17\n\n854\n\n12.2\n\n608\n\n4.9\n\n199\n\n1.17\n\n74\n\n17.10\n\n888\n\n9.46\n\n504\n\n13.56\n\n726\n\n9.17\n\n457\n\n13.25\n\n691\n\n12.13\n\n622\n\n4.4\n\n194\n\n18.32\n\n965\n\n7.45\n\n364\n\n7.33\n\n353\n\n3.24\n\n160\n\n", "SB1.3#p0420": "Sanskrit Verse Index\ntata/l par!k�it dvija-varya-sik�ayii\ntata/l priidufikrtam teja�\ntata/l sadyo vimucyeta\ntata/l saptadase jiita/l\ntata/l saptama iikii.tyiim\n\n16.1\n\ntata/l sarva-gurwdarke\ntatas ca va� prcchyam imam\ntatas te kmw-hrdayii/1\ntathii \"hrtam pasuvat piisa-baddham\ntathaiviinucarii/l saure/l\n\n12.12\n\n620\n\n19.24\n\n1013\n\n9.47\n\n505\n\ntathii parama-hamsiiniim\ntathiipi bata me daihya�\ntathiipy ekiinta-bhakte�u\ntathiiyam ciivatiiras te\ntat kathyatiim mahii-bhiiga\ntat-krtam mali va�amyam\ntat kularh pradahaty iisu\ntato 'bhyetyiisramam biila/1\ntato nivrttii hy abudhii/1 striya�\ntato 'nrtam madam kiimam\ntato'nyathii kincana yad vivak�ata/t\ntato riijniibhyanujniita/1\ntato 'rtha-kiimiibhinivesitiitmaniim\ntato vinasanam priigit\ntato yudhi�thiro gatvii\ntat-piida-mulam sirasii\ntatriibdako#·pratimaft k�arto bhavet\ntatriibhavad bhagaviin vyiisa-putra/1\ntatra brahmarfiayaft sarve\ntatra dundubhayo nedu.fl\ntatra go-mithunam riijii\ntatriihiimar�ito bh!ma/l\ntatraiva me viharato bhuja-dart!fatatra k\"irtayato viprii/l\ntatriinvaham krftrta-kathiift\ntatrarg-veda-dhara/1 pailaft\ntatra sanjayam iis!nam\ntatriis!nam kuru-patim\ntatra tatra ha tatratyair\ntatra tatriinjasii\"yu�man\ntatra tatropasmviinal}\ntatropajagmur bhuvanam puniiniift\ntatropan!ta-balayaft\n\n835\n\n7.21\n\n342\n\n1.14\n\n7l\n\n3.21\n\n157\n\n3.12\n\n149\n\n7.42\n\n361\n\n14.32\n\n753\n\n8.20\n\n394\n\n4.30\n\n217\n\n9.22\n\n464\n\n7.25\n16.5\n\n346\n840\n\n9.21\n\n463\n\n7.48\n\n366\n\n18.38\n\n971\n\n19.29\n\n1018\n\n17.39\n\n921\n\n5.14\n\n239\n\n12.36\n\n660\n\n18.45\n\n977\n\n9.1\n\n439\n\n9.48\n\n507\n\n17.29\n\n909\n\n11.9\n\n563\n\n19.25\n\n1015\n\n9.5\n\n442\n\n9.45\n\n503\n\n17.1\n\n879\n\n7.51\n\n369\n\n15.13\n\n785\n\n3.44\n\n187\n\n5.26\n\n259\n\n4.21\n\n210\n\n13.32\n\n701\n\n8.3\n\n376\n\n10.36\n\n552\n\n1.9\n\n65\n\n16.13\n\n851\n\n19.8\n\n995\n\n11.4\n\n558\n\ntat sarvam na� samiicak�va\ntiivad yii.yam avek�adhvam\ntiivat kalir na prabhavet\ntayii vilasite�v es.u\ntayor evam kathayato�\ntebhya� parama-santu�ta�\ntejasii martinii h!nam\n\n1063\n4.13\n\n203\n\n13.50\n\n720\n\n18.5\n2.31\n16.36\n\n876\n\n16.15\n\n851\n\n7.56\n\n372\n\ntejo hrtam khalu mayiibhihatas ca\ntejo-viiri-mrdiim yathii vinimaya�\nte mayy apetiikhila-ciipale'rbhake\nteniiham gurta-piitrerta\nteniihrtii� pranwtha-niitha-makhiiya\n\n15.7\n\ntena sambhrta-sambhiira/l\nte nin!yodakam sarve\nte siidhu-krta-sarviirthii/1\nthiipi socasy iitmiinam\ntiras-krtii vipralabdhii/t\ntirthiini k�etra-mukhyiini\ntirth!kurvanti t!rthiinifi\ntiryan nf.s�u yiida�su\ntitik�ur vasudheviisau\ntit vyavacchidya sa piirt!faveya/l\n\ntvam apy adabhrasruta visrutam\ntvam atmanatmiinam avehy\ntvam duftstham unapadam atmani\ntvam eko dahya-mananam\ntvam naft sandarsito dhatrii\ntvam parya{ann arka iva tri:Zokim\ntvam sqd-gurur naft paramam ca\ntvam vii mrniila-dhavalaft\ntviim vartamiinam nara-deva-dehe�u\ntvat-padair ankita bhiiti\n\n774\n\nl.l\n\n43\n\n5.24\n\n256\n\n16.30\n\n866\n\n15.9\n\n777\n\n12.34\n\n656\n\n8.2\n\n376\n\n15.46\n\n827\n\n5.4\n\n225\n\n18.48\n\n981\n\n13.9\n\n672\n\n13.10\n\n673\n\n8.30\n\n409\n\n12.22\n\n639\n\n19.7\n\n993\n\n15.38\ntoyan\"ivyii/l patim bhume/1\ntri-bhuvana-kamanam tamiila-varrtam 9.33\ntri/1-sapta-krtva/l kupita/l\n3.20\ntr!n aty aroca upalabhya tataft\n16.33\n15.42\ntritve hutvii ca pancatvam\n\ntrt\"iyam rfii-sargam vai\ntulayiima laveniipi\nturye dharma-kalii-sarge\ntu�tuvur munayo hrfitii/l\ntvam iidyaft puru�a/l siik�iit\n\n933\n128\n\n3.8\n\n818\n482\n156\n872\n822\n146\n\n18.13\n\n941\n\n3.9\n\n147\n\n9.47\n\n505\n\n7.23\n\n344\n\n5.40\n\n278\n\n5.21\n\n251\n\n16.34\n\n874\n\n7.22\n\n343\n\n1.22\n\n80\n\n5.7\n\n288\n\n11.7\n\n561\n\n17.7\n\n885\n\n17.32\n\n912\n\n8.39\n\n422\n\n", "SB1.3#p0421": "1064\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\ntvayti khalu purtirfini\ntvayi me 'nanya-vi§ayti\ntvajan kalevararh yogi\ntyaktvti sva-dharmo.rh cararttimbujam\n\n1.6\n8.42\n9.23\n5.17\n\n62\n425\n465\n244\n\nu\nucchi�ta-leptin anumodito\n5.25 257\n19.19 1007\nilcu� prajanugraha-sila-stirti[l\n19.17 1005\nudanmukho dak§irta-killa tiste\n598\nuddamo.-bhtiva-pisuntimo.la-valguhtisa- 11.36\n3.7\n145\nuddhari§yann uptidatta\nuddhava� stityakaiS caiva\nudicirh pravivestistim\nudytinopavananimair\nukthena rahito hy e§a�\nunmo.tta-milka-jaflavat\n\n10.18\n15.44\n11.12\n15.6\n4.6\n\n529\n825\n566\n773\n196\n\nunmilya sanakair netre\nupadharya vacas tasyti�\nuptiharad vipriyam eva tasya\nupalebhe'bhidhtivantim\nupavarrtitam etad va[l\n\n18.39\n8.11\n7.14\n8.8\n18.9\n\n971\n384\n336\n382\n937\n\nurukramasytikhila-bandha-muktaye\nilrv-ak�i-bahavo mo.hyam\nU§itvti htistinapure\nuttamo.-sloka-caritam\nuttartiyti hato garbha\n\n5.13\n14.11\n10.7\n3.40\n12.1\n\n237\n741\n520\n181\n607\n\nuttasthur arlit sahasti\"santis aytit\nuts,rjya sarvata[l sangam\nuvtica ctisahanty asya\nuvtisa katicin mtistin\n\n11.31\n18.3\n7.43\n12.35\n\n589\n931\n362\n659\n\nvticarh devirh brahmo.-kule\nuticam juhtiva manasi\nvadanti tat tattva-vida[l\nvtihtims ca puru�a-vyaghra\nvairagya-rtigoptidhibhytim\n\n16.21\n15.41\n2.11\n14.13\n9.26\n\n860\n821\n98\n742\n469\n\nvaiSamptiyatta evaika�\nvai�rtavarh teja tistidya\nvaiyiisaker jahau s�ya[l\nvtijimedhais tribhir bhita�\nvtiktantytirh ntimabhir baddhti[l\n\n4.21\n8.15\n18.3\n12.34\n13.42\n\n210\n388\n931\n656\n710\n\nvaktram niniya bhaya-bhtivanayti\nvamSam kuror vamsa-davtigni-\n\n8.31\n10.2\n\n410\n512\n\nv\n\nvantidri-nady-udanvanta[l\nvancito 'ham mo.htirtija\nvapur alaka-kultivrtananabjam\n\n8.40\n15.5\n9.33\n\n422\n772\n482\n\nvapanarh dravirttidtinam\nvtiramukhyti.s ca satasa[l\nvtirartendrarh puraskrtya\nvarrtayanti smo. kavaya�\nvartamtino vayasy adye\n\n7.57\n11.19\n11.18\n3.35\n6.2\n\n373\n575\n574\n176\n282\n\nvartamtino vayasy adye\nvtirurtirh mo.dirtirh pitvti\nvasi§tha indrapramo.da[l\nvtisudeva-kathopetam\nvtisudevtinghry anudhyana\n\n6.5\n15.23\n9.7\n18.9\n15.29\n\n284\n798\n443\n937\n805\n\nvtisudeva-pararh jntinam\nvtisudeva-parti veda�\nvtisudeva-parti .yoga�\nvtisudeva-paro dharma�\nvtisudeve bhagavati\n\n2.29\n2.28\n2.28\n2.29\n2.7\n\n123\n123\n123\n123\n92\n\nvtisudeve bhagavati\nvtisudeve bhagavati\nvavande sirasti sapta\nvavnu� kusumo.* knrtam\nvayarh tu na vitrpyamo.\n\n2.22\n15.50\n11.28\n10.16\n1.19\n\n114\n831\n587\n527\n76\n\nvtiyur vtiti khara-sparsa�\nvepamtinarh padaikena\nvepthus ctipi hrdaye\nvettha tvarh saumya tat-sarvam\nvetthedam drorta-putrasya\n\n14.16\n17.2\n14.11\n1.8\n7.27\n\n744\n880\n741\n64\n348\n\nvibhtivya lobhanrta-jihmo.-hirhsantidi\nvibhurh tamevtinusmo.ranvicak�arto 'sytirhati veditum vibho[l\nvidhamantam sannikar�e\nvidhatse svena virye[la\n\n15.37\n15.2\n5.16\n12.10\n7.24\n\n816\n770\n242\n618\n345\n\nvidhtiya vairarh svasano yathtinalam\nvidhii.ta-kalma�ti-sthtinam\nvidhii.ya tad ameyatmti\nviduras tad abhipretya\nviduras tirtha-ytitrtiyam\n\n11.34\n15.48\n12.11\n13.18\n13.1\n\n595\n828\n619\n683\n661\n\nviduras tu tad tiscaryam\nviduro 'pi parityajya\nvijaya-ratha-kutumba tittatotre\nvijnantitmani sarhyojya\nvijnapaytimiisa vivihtacetti�\n\n13.59 729\n15.49 829\n9.39 498\n13.55 725\n19.12 1000\n\n", "SB1.3#p0422": "Sanskrit Verse Index\nvikiryamiicwlt kusumai\nvik�amiirw'pi niipasyamvik�anta[t sneha�ambaddhii[t\nvilokyodvigna-hrdaya[t\nvimocitiiham ca sahiitmajii vibho\n\n10.18\n6.19\n10.13\n14.24\n8.23\n\n529\n295\n524\n748\n398\n\nvimucya rasaniibaddham\nvimrjyasrori piiribhyiim\nvinirgacchan dhan�kotyii\nvipada[t santu tii[t sa5vat\nvipad-garad vi�iignyiide[t\n\n7.56\n13.36\n18.30\n8.25\n13.8\n\n372\n704\n962\n400\n670\n\nviprakirpa-ja(iicchannam\nvipra-siipa-vimu{lhiiniim\nv4iin mahtigne[t puru�da-darsaniit\nvi5e¥Jto dharma-swl{t\nviSircw danto mandiigni[t\n\n18.27\n15.22\n8.24\n17.41\n13.22\n\n959\n798\n399\n922\n688\n\nviSoko brahma-sampattyii\nvis,rjya taii ca papraccha\nvis,rjya tatra tat sarvam\nvisuddhayii dhiiracwyii\nvis�yat-tiilur udakam\n\n15.31\n18.40\n15.40\n9.31\n18.27\n\n808\n972\n820\n479\n959\n\nvitarkayan vivikta-stha[t\nvivatsiims iiSru-vadaniim\nvivikta eka iisi'na[t\nvrajanti tat pii rama-hamsyam\nvrddha[t kula-pati[t siitam\n\n4.27\n17.3\n4.15\n18.22\n4.1\n\n216\n881\n205\n954\n191\n\nv,rjinam niirhati priiptum\nvrkodaras ca dhaumyas ca\nvrkodariividdha-gadiibhimarsavr�am m.rrziila-dhava,lam\nvr1a-ropera kim ka5cit\n\n7.46\n10.10\n7.13\n17.2\n17.7\n\n365\n522\n336\n880\n885\n\nvr1asya n�fiims trin piidiin\nv.rto rathiisva-dvipapatti-yuk tayii\nvyadadhiid yajiia-santatyai\nvyarocatiilam bhagaviin yathendu[t\nvyiisiidyair iSvarehtijiiai[t\n\n17.42 924\n16.11 848\n4.19 209\n19.30 1019\n430\n8.46\n\nvyasanam vik�ya tat te�iim\nvyatitii[t katicin miisii[t\nvyavahita-Prtanii-mukham\n\n8.13\n14.2\n9.36\n\n386\n732\n488\n\ny\nyac chrrvatiim rasa-jiiiiniim\nyac chrotavyam atho japyam\nyad adharma-krta{! sthiinam\n\n76\n1.19\n19.38 1028\n17.22 901\n\n1065\n\nyadii hy adharme(Ul tamo-dhiyo\nyadii mrdhe kaurava-sriijayiiniim\n\n10.25\n7.13\n\n538\n336\n\nyadii mukundo bhagaviin imiim\nyad anudhyiisinii yuktii�\nyadii parik�it kuru-jiingale 'vasal\nyadiisararam iitmiinam\nyadiitmano'ngam iikri{lam\n\n15.36\n2.15\n16.10\n7.19\n14.8\n\n815\n104\n846\n341\n737\n\nyadatra kriyate karma\nyad biihu-dart{liibhyudayiinujivinaf!\nyad biihu-dart!Ia-guptiiyiim\nyad-dof!�u mii prartihitam guruyad e�a pumsiim r�abhaf! sriyaf!\n\n5.35\n14.38\n14.36\n15.16\n10.26\n\n270\n760\n756\n788\n541\n\nyadisvare bhagavati\nyadof! priyasyiinvaviiye\nyadun yadubhir anyonyam\nyad-viikyato dharma ititara[t sthita{!\nyad-viimba te bhuri-bhariivatiira-\n\n5.32\n8.32\n15.26\n5:15\n16.23\n\n266\n412\n800\n240\n863\n\nyad vijijiiiisayii yuktii[t\n9.16\nyadyapy asau piiriva-gato raho-gata[t 11.33\nyadyapy astram brahma-sira[t\n8.15\nyady e�oparatii devl\n3.34\nya eka !So jagad-iitma-lilayii\n10.24\n\n456\n593\n388\n175\n537\n\nya[t sraddhayaitad bhagavatya[t svakiit parato veha\nya[t sviinubhiivam akhila-sruti-siiram\nya idam miiyayii devyii\nyai[t kopitam brahma-kulam\n\n15.51\n13.27\n2.3\n8.16\n7.48\n\n832\n693\n85\n389\n366\n\nyajate yajiia-purufiam\nyiijayitviisvamedhais tam\nyak�yamiirto 'svamedhena\nyamiidibhir yoga-pathai[t\nyam manyase miituleyam\n\n5.38\n8.6\n12.32\n6.35\n9.20\n\n275\n380\n653\n312\n462\n\nyam pravrajantam anupetam apetayiini veda-vidiim sre�fha[t\nyan manyasi dhruvam lokam\nyan me'sums tyajata{l siik.siit\nyarhy ambujiik�pasasiira bho\n\n2.2\n1.7\n13.44\n9.22\n11.9\n\n83\n63\n713\n464\n563\n\nyiisiim grhiit pu�kara-locana/J pati!J\nyasmiin na[t sampado riijyam\nyasmin harir bhagaviin ijyamiina[t\nyasminn ahani yarhy eva\nyaso vitanitii svii niim\n\n10.30\n14.9\n17.34\n18.6\n12.20\n\n547\n738\n915\n934\n633\n\n", "SB1.3#p0423": "1066\nyas tvam kr�tte gate duram\nyas tvam iamsasi kr�ttasya\nyasya k�atta-viyogena\nyasyiimbhasi iayiinasya\nyasyiimiiimiena srjyante\nyasyiim vai irii.yamattayam\nyasya piilayatafi k�auttim\nyasya rii�tre prajii{l sarviifi\nyasyiivatiiro bhutiiniim\nyasyiivayava-samsthiinaifi\nyathii dharmiidayas ciirthiifi\nyathii giivo nasi protiifi\nyathiiham mrta-vatsii \"rtii\nyathii hi sutyiim abhijiita kovidiifi\nyathii hr.sikesa khalena devaki\nyathii hy avahito vahnifi\nyathii kri{lopaskariittiim\nyathii matsyiidi-rii.piitti\nyathii nabhasi meghaugha[l\nyathiinubhutam kramaiafi\nyathii pankena pankiimbha[l\nyathiividiisina[l kulyii[l\nyathii-vidhy upasangamya\nyat krta[l kr�!la-sampraina[l\nyat piida-samirayii[l suta\nyat-piida-susruftarw -·mu/;hyayatra dharma-suto riijii\nyatraiva niyato vatsye\nyatra kva viibhadram abhud amuftya\nyatra kva viitha vatsyiimi\nyatriinuraktii[l sahasaiva dhirii[l\nyatreme sad-asad-rii.pe\nyat-samirayiid drupada-geham\nya.t-sannidhiiv aham ukhii[l{iavam\nyat-tejasii durv�ahetta guptii[l\nyat-tejasii nrpa-siro 'nghrim ahan\nyat-tejasiitha bhagaviin yudhi sulayiivad dadhiira sudratvam\nyiivad iSo mahan urvyiim\nyii vai lasac-dhri-tulasi-vimisrayiivata[l krtaviin prasniin\nyii virya-sulkena hrtii[l svayamvare\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n17.6\n\n884\n\n18.11\n\n939\n\n15.6\n\n773\n\n3.2\n\n137\n\n3.5\n\n141\n\n7.7\n\n325\n\n17.45\n\n926\n\n17.10\n\n888\n\n1.13\n\n70\n\n3.3\n\n139\n\n5.9\n\n230\n\n13.42\n\n710\n\n7.47\n\n366\n\n16.1\n8.23\n\nyayiiham etat sad-<Isat sva-miiyayii\nyayiiharad bhuvo bhiiram\nyii yiifi kathii bhagavatafi\nyayii sammohito jivafi\nyayau dviiravatim brahman\nye 'dhyiisanam riija-kirita-ju�tam\nyena caiviibhipanno 'yam\nyenaiviiham bhagavatafi\nyenaiviisau na tu§yeta\nyena me 'pahrtam teja/1\nye§iim gutta-ga ttai/1 knl}a{l\nye§iim na ciinyad bhavatafi\nye§iim samsmaranat pumsam\n\n5.27\n\n260\n\n15.34\n\n812\n\n18.10\n\n938\n\n7.5\n\n321\n\n12.36\n\n660\n\n19.20\n\n1008\n\n13.20\n\n686\n\n5.31\n\n265\n\n5.8\n\n229\n\n15.5\n\n772\n\n17.17\n\n895\n\n8.37\n\n419\n\n19.33\n\n1023\n\n835\n398\n\n2.32\n\n129\n\n13.43\n\n712\n\n15.35\n\n814\n\n3.31\n\n171\n\n13.12\n\n676\n\n8.52\n\n436\n\n3.26\n\n164\n\n11.21\n\n578\n\n2.5\n\n89\n\n1.15\n\n71\n\n14.37\n\n758\n\n9.15\n\n455\n\n17.37\n\n917\n\n5.17\n\n244\n\n17.36\n\n916\n\n18.22\n\n954\n\n3.33\n\n173\n\n15.7\n\n774\n\n15.8\n\n775\n\n18.42\n\n974\n\n15.9\n\n777\n\n15.12\n\n783\n\n13.15\n\n679\n\n18.5\n\n933\n\n19.6\n\n992\n\n13.2\n\n662\n\n10.29\n\n546\n\nyo bhi§ma-kartta-guru-salya-camu�u\nyo 'miiyayii santatayiinuvrttyii\nyo 'nanta-saktir bhagaviin ananta[l\nyo no jugopa vana etya durantayo 'siivaniigasafi suptiin\nyo vai drau[ly-<Istra-viplu:�ta/1\nyo vai mamiitibharam iisura-vamsayo yoginas chanda-mrtyo[l\nyudhiHhira/l kiirayitvii\nyudhi§thiras tad akarttya\nyudhi§thiras tat parisarpa[lam\nyudhi§thiro labdha-riijya[l\nyudhi§thiro tiacas tasya\nyudhi turaga-rajo-vidhumra-vi§vak\nyuga-dharma-vyatikaram\nyu§mat-krte bahun klesiin\n\n15.15\n\n787\n\n3.38\n\n179\n\n18.19\n\n950\n\n15.11\n\n780\n\n7.35\n\n354\n\n18.1\n\n929\n\n16.34\n\n874\n\n9.29\n\n476\n\n9.46\n\n504\n\n9.25\n\n468\n\n15.37\n\n816\n\n13.16\n\n680\n\n13.60\n\n729\n\n9.34\n\n484\n\n4.16\n\n206\n\n9.13\n\n454\n\n", "SB1.3#p0424": "General Index\nto the First Canto\n\nNumeral\n\nin boldface type indicate references to translations of the verses of $rimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nA\n\nAdministrators\nas lowest of sii.dras, 841\n\nAbsolute Truth\n\nas symbols of anachronisms, 585\n\nBrahman, Paramatma, Bhagavan, 53, 98\n\na\n\nbewildered by influence of Kali·yuga, 862\n\na chief of all living personalities, 5-6, 23,\n\nby dress and office only, 884\n\n45\n\ndon't know how to banish corruption 926\n\na simultaneou ly one and different, 4 7\nupreme Person amongst relative per-\n\nliving l.ike animal , 539\n\nons 24\n\nmust be ready with sharp sword, 909\n\na\n\ncannot be impersonal, 50\n\nmust be weU-ver ed in siistras, 470\n\ndi tinguished from God, 5\n\nquarrel every day, 630\n\nhas no mundane hands or leg , 24·25\n\nshould never pretend to be nonviolent,470\n\nidentified as Kr�f.la, 44\n\nuntrained become rogues and thieves, 4 73\n\nindicate summum bonum, 5\nrealized by devotional service, 100\n\nSee also Government, Politicians\nAdr�ta-pii.rvan subhagan sa dadarsa dhananjaya�\nverses quoted, 850\n\nrealized by varrtiisrama sy tern, 102\nee also Kr�rya\n\nAdultery\nwomen create havoc by, 475\n\nAciiryas\nassimilated e\n\nence of siistras, 10, 63, 363\n\nAdvaita Prabhu\narranges meeting of Lord Caitanya and\n\nestablished temples, 398\n\nSacidevi, 18\n\ngive directions for people in general, 65\n\nas chief cause of Caitanya's advent, 15\n\none must have full confidence in, 191\n\nhis house Caitanya's headquarters, 14\n\none must not try to surpass, 191\ntheir wor hip recommended in Gitii, 65\nSee also Devotees, Transcendentalist\nActivities\nimpetus for generated from self, 174\n\nAffection\nas symptom of life, 426\nYudhi�thira deluded by, 432\nAggressor\nmust be killed, 371\n\nof Kr�!la attractive, 259\n\nsix kinds de cribed, 339\n\nof K�!la mysterious to layman, 179\nof Kr�!la spotless, 177\n\nAgni\npresented Sudar5ana to Kr�rya, 448\n\nof soul adulterated with matter, 111\n\ntook shape of pigeon, 634\n\nof the soul as devotional service, 111\n\nAgnihotra sacrifice\n\nActor\nAdham.a\n\nAgriculture\n\nas contact of kfialriya with briihmarta woman, 765\n\n·\n\nperform6d by Dhrtara�tra, 722\n\nKmw compared to, 392\n\nsame in every creation, 288\nAhahkara\n\nAdharma\n\nas knot of spirit and matter, 114\n\nKr�ra incarnates when rise in, 49\n\nas sense of individuality, 136\n\n1067\n\n", "SB1.3#p0425": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1068\n\nAnxiety\n\nAhimsa\nLord Buddha's cult, 162\n\nalleviated by remembering Km1a, 333\n\nnonsensical, 4 74\n\nas fearfulness, 649\n\nAjamiljha\n\nchanged from material· to spiritual, 649\n\nAjamila\n\ndue to sense gratification, 311\n\nsaved by God at the end, 245\nAkrura\n\nmaterial world full of, 357\n\ndue to ignorance of self, 714\n\nDhrtarii?�ra scion of family of, 696\n\ndue to too many engagements, 67\n\nfell down by bad association, 862\n\nattained success by offering prayers, 571\n\ncommander-in-chief of Vr?l)i dynasty, 571\n\nfor maintaining status quo, 857\n\nArcanii\n\nfor neophyte devotees, 298\n\nto engage gross body, 261\n\nAmarakosa\n\nSanskrit dictionary cited, 276\n\nA rca-vigraha\n\nAnantadeva\n\nas incarnation of Kr�tJa, 19\nfor women,sudras, etc., 397\n\nas directly empowered incarnation, 144\n\ncan't estimate Kr�t�a 's qualities, 866\n\nmade of wood, earth, etc., 397\n\nAnger\n\nas symptom of life, 426\n\nto facilitate devotional service, 397, 582,\n618\n\nKr?l)a's the same as His pleasure, 354\nobject of Kr?l)a's blessed, 354\n\nArjuna\n\nall the demigods pleased with, 783\n\nAnimals\n\nalways a conqueror, 483-484\n\narrested son of Gautaml, 353\n\nalways anxious in Kali-yuga, 519\n\nasuras be.come, 106\n\nas carrier of the Gat��iva bow, 885\n\nconcentrated selfishness of, 94\n\nas typical fraternal pure devotee, 265, 771\n\nas conqueror of sleep, 529\n\ncannot hear properly, 130\n\ncontrolled by tamas mode, 118\n\nbereaved by Kr�r;Ja's disappearance, 769-\n\ngiven no protection, 612\n\ndefeated by cowherd men, 795\n\neating of allowed in emergencies, 895\n\n771\n\nhiiVe right to live, 631\n\ndefeated by his son, 639\n\nkiller of punishable by death, 357, 885\n\nexpert in military science, 349\n\nmost conditioned souls live as, 187\n\ngained hand of Draupadi, 775\n\nrejuvenated by yajiias, 436, 658\n\nhis emergency powers withdrawn, 773\n\nfought valiantly for Kr91)a, 14,267\n\nKr�t�a descends among, 409\n\nG!tii reinstructed to, 265\n\nof a country are citizens also, 516\n\nhis pursuit and punishment of Asvatthama,\n\nroyal edition of in Kali-yuga, 187\nsacrificed in name of yajiia, 241\n\n340-374\nkilled Niratakavach demon, 785\n\nAnimal slaughter\n\nKr9t�a his friend and driver, 340\n\nas major vice of Kali-yuga, 62\n\nas symptom of barbarian society, 4 71\n\npacifies Draupadi, 338-339\n\npreached under garb of Vedas 162\n\ntaught\n\nPar�it as good a bowman as, 636\n\nKali resides in slaughterhouses, 919\n,\n\nrampant in time of Buddha, 161\n\nAiijana\n\nArt\n\nAnnihilation\n\nArtha\n\nas parent of Lord Buddha, 161\n\ndone by Vi�tJU, 627\n\nin service of Kr�p.a, 254\nSee Economic development\n\nsiimvartaka fire at time of, 352\n\nAryama\n\nnot applicable to Kr�tJa, 78, 498\n\nAryans\n\nAnthropomorphism\nAnti-matter\n\nas effect of Paramatma, 129\n\nmilitary science by DrotJ:Icarya,\n\n364\n\ntook charge of Y amaraja's office, 680\nthose who are progressive in Vedic civilization, 977\n\n", "SB1.3#p0426": "General Index\n\n1069\n\nA tharva-veda\n\nAsita\naccepts Kr�!la as God, 393\n\nentrusted to Sumantu i\\luni Arigiras, 211\n\ndescribes Kr�l)a's creations, 74\n\nAthiito brahma-jijiiiisii\n\ninstructed Yudhi��hira, 447\n\ncited by Lord Caitanya, 22\nAtheists\n\nAssociation\nchildren victims of bad, 862\n\nbaffled at every step, 60\n\nliberation from material, 111\n\nBuddha emblem of theism to, 161, 162\n\nof Bhiigavatas miraculous, 109-110\n\ndon't perform sacrifices, 914\n\nof Lord Mukunda, 615\n\nhate the very name of God, 279\n\nof pure devotees removes all obstacles,\n\nlike Raval)a or Hira!Jyakasipu, 49\nnone on higher planets, 1007\n\n258\nvalue of a moment's with a devotee, 941\nwith\n\ngross materialists\n\ncondemned,\n\n67,\n\ntheir theory of creation, 138\nunaware of supreme controller, 45, 604\n\nSee also Asuras, Nondevotees\n\n248,942\nwith Kr��1a through His name, pastimes,\n\n.iftmii\n\ninstructions, etc., 76, 105, 244, 273,\n\nas self, distinquished from matter, 68, 329\n\n643\n\nscriptures meant to satisfy, 68\n\nA�liihga-yoga\n\nuttered by i\\1ayavadis, 34\n\n.iftmiiriimas\n\npracticed by Dhrtara&�ra, 722\nA�tavakra l\\tuni\n\nindifferent to material enjoyment, 329\n\nauthor of philosophical system, 64\n\nKr�l)a as all-perfect, 600\n\nbelieves Brahman is cause of all causes,\n\nout of thousands of karmis, one may become, 329\n\n899\nblessed fair denizens of heaven, 796\n\nself-satisfied, 321, 330, 405, 559\ntake shelter of internal energy, 321\n\nAstrology\n\nSee also Devotees, Transcendentalists\n\nas branch of Vedas, 650\n\n\".if tmiiriima\" sloka\n\nfor factual horoscope, 621\n\nexplained nine ways by Bhattacarya, 27\n\njataka-vipras expert in, 651\n\nexplained sixty-four ways by Caitanya,\n\nAsuras\n\n28,330-333\n\nas demons, 106\n\nincluded in Bhiigavatam, 330\n\nas lawbreakers, 709\n\nAtom\n\nas pinprick for Lord, 813\n\nKr�l)a becomes smaller than, 618\n\nbecome animals, 106\ncan't recognize Lord's authority, 393\n\nParamatma resides within, 388\nAttachment\n\ndescribed in Gitii, 106\nenjoy at cost of others' happiness, 873\n\nof friendly devotee, 332\n\nhid earth in filthy place, 145\n\nto Kr�l)a is success, 399\n\ninhabit\n\ndownward\n\nplanetary\n\nsystems,\n\n138\nmake world hell for devotees, 720\npastimes in connection with, 418\nrectified by mercy of devotees, 106\nvanquished by Kr�l)a, 414\n\nSee also Atheists, Nondevotees\nAsvatthama\nas son of DroJ;Jacarya, 340, 385\nbeheaded Draupadi's sons, 317-318, 377,\n\n340\nbriihmarta acted like butcher, 339\nhis hair and jewel severed, 3 72\nthrew brahmiistra, 385\n\nAudience\nbona fide at Naimi�araJ;Jya, 192\nbona fide by service and surrender, 114\nAusterity\nas corollary to bhakti, 93, 906\ndefined, 906\nperformed to know Kr�l)a, 124\nspoiled by pride, 907\nundergone by politicians, 125\nAusterities\nmust be performed for knowledge, 126\nperformed by Kumaras, 144\nAvarice\nconquered by tolerance, 474\n\n", "SB1.3#p0427": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1070\n\nBhagavad-gita\n\nB\n\nheard by people in general,419\n\nBalarama\n\nappeared as 'ityananda Prabhu,751\n\nas counterpart of Sri KwJa,78\n\nKr�rya promises protection in, 634\n\nmisinterpreted even by great scholars, 8\n\nas mercy incarnation of K�r)a, 751\n\nquoted, 30, 49, 256, 392, 478, 596,657,\n\nas prakasa-vigraha of Kr�rya,751\n\nrecommends worship of acarya, 65\n\nas Rohir;tinandana,572\n\nto be consulted in all critical times, 802-\n\nas original spiritual master,573\nas primeval Lord Anania,757\n\n705,737,772,807,815\n\nto be broadcasted by Indians,80\n803\n\nas Sarikar�ar;ta, 160,572\n\nBhagavan\n\nas twentieth incarnation,160\n\nabove Paramatma feature,53\n\nbelongs to Vi�(lu-tattva, 115,572\n\nabove three modes,119\n\nborn of wife of Vasudeva,78\n\nas controller of all opulences, 69\n\nexhibited Kf�l)a's beauty,168\n\nas last word in Absolute Truth,98\n\nexpansions from, 160\n\nas protector of devotees,98,103\n\nkilled Dhenukasura,573\nBali\n\ninstructs surrender to Sri Kr�r)a, 8\n\nserved by all great sages,119\n\nplayed like human being,77\n\nSee also Kr�rya\n\n·taharaja\n\nas grandson of Prahlada, 645\n\nBhagavata Purorza\n\nVamana begged land from,156\n\nBhakti\n\nSee Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nParik�it like him in patience, 645\n\nBattle of Kuruk�etra\n\nas topmost transcendental activity, 92\n\nall fighters achieved salvation,408,487\n\nconsidered l ow-grade by some,92\n\ndeath toll in, 431\n\neasy for neophytes,93\n\nbetween family members,377\n\nfought by will of Kr�rya, 436\n\nfor realization of positive form, 93\n\nfought in a sporting spirit,490\n\nindependent of karma and jiiana, 105\n\nKali-yuga ensued after, 816\n\nsublime for pure devotees, 92-93\n\nBengal\n\nSee also Bhakti-yoga, Devotional service\n\nas Lord Caitanya's birthplace, 7\n\nBhaktivinode Th�kur\n\nfalse incarnations in, 78\n\nNityananda deputed to preach there,18\n\nBhagavad-gita\n\nas Kr�rJ.a-katha spoken by Kr�r)a,337\npreliminary\n\nstudy\n\n187\n\nas Vai�ryava scholar,9\n\ndescribes Kr�rya's creations,74\n\nBhakti-yoga\n\nas codes of Godhead, 891\nas\n\ncreeper described,39\n\nof Bhagavatam,\n\nas function of internal energy,321\n\nas linking in devotional service,320\n\nas remedy for cobralike kala, 716\n\nindependent of jiiana and karma, 271\n\nas sound representation of Lord, 302\n\nknowledge concomitant factor of,271\n\ncommentaries\n\nnarrations of Unlimited full of, 94 7\n\n·as torch bearer for blind,187\n\non\n\nby\n\nself-motivated\n\nscholars,8\n\ndeclares Kr�rya's orders, 378\ndescribes\n\nliving\n\nenergy, 25\n\nbeings\n\nSee also Bhakti, Devotional service\n\nBharata\nas\n\nsuperior\n\ndescribes Lord's inferior ener gi es, 26\ndescribes vibhii.ti-mat sattvas, 5\ndescribes vibhii.tis, 144\never-fresh, 77\n\nKr�rya realized by,113, 361,479\n\nfive factors of knowledge in,803\n\nbrother of Lord Rama,635\n\nParik�it compared to 633-634\n\nson of King J;l.�abha, 635\n\nson of Maharaja Du�yanta, 635\n\nBharatavar�a\n\nearth known as 635\n\nParik�it King o� 328,849\n\n·\n\n", "SB1.3#p0428": "General Index\nBody\n\nBhaumasura\n\nbenedicted by Lord Siva, 642\n\nas center of concentrated selfishne s, 94\n\nkilled by Kr�l}a, 547\n\nas gift of material energy, 480\nas\n\nBhlma\n\nfought Hi�imba rak�asa, 400, 765\n\nproduction\n\nof mind at death, 130,\n\n822\n\ngiven poisoned cake, 400\n\nas superfluous outer covering of soul, 95,\n\nkilled Duryodhana and Dul)sasana, 337, 690\n\nawarded according to our activities, 621,\n\nhis club a gift of Mayadanava, 777\n\n174,432\n\nrecommended killing Asvatthama, 369\n\n631\n\nBhi�madeva\n\nchange of called death, 304\n\nas best amongst eight Vasiis, 451, 501\n\ndeteriorates Like old garment, 691\n\nas chief of descendants of King Bharata,\n\ndeveloping finer tissues of human, 567\n\ndoes not act in sleep, 173\n\n442\nas perfect yo(si, 477\n\nduration of reduced in Kali-yuga, 208\n\nexcelled Kr�Qa in knowledge, 431\n\nfixes mind on wounded Kr�l}a, 486\n\nhis passing as subject of Chapter\n\nenlivened by ecsta y, 293\n\nevery part controlled by stars, 621\nfor term of imprisonment, 690\n\nine,\n\ngross\n\n439-509\n\nand\n\nsubtle\n\nKr?r_!a, 174,\n\nin chivalrous humor with Kr�Qa, 431,484\n\nas\n\nemanations\n\nfrom\n\n261\n\nin relation of servitorship, 485\n\ngross to be engaged in temple worship,\n\nmerged in Supersoul, 500\n\nhuman meant for cultivating knowledge,\n\nknown all over universes, 503,504\n\nPal)�avas his grandchildren, 431\n\nsaw Kr&Qa at time of death, 479\n\n261\n693\n. Kr&rJa 's attracts everyone, 483\n\nKr&r)a's full of all auspiciousness, 562\n\nBhoja dynasty\n\nKr�l)a's is par excellence spiritual, 140\n\nas descendants of Vr&Qi, 566\n\nKr�l)a's resembles tamala tree, 483\n\nemanated from Druhyu, 644\n\nKr&l}a 's the source of everything, 583\n\nBhrgu\n\nas father of Saunaka, 615\n\nliving beings have original spiritual, 171\n\npropounded varruzsrama dharma, 997\n\nmaterial afflicted with three inebrieties,\n\naccording to previous work, 247\n\nmeant for service of others, 433\n\nin aristocratic family, 402\n\nperishable and temporary, 714\n\nBirth\n\n305\nParlk�it's a shelter for others, 202\n\nby parental conjugation, 884\n\nKrwa's like appearance of sun, 540\n\n!§is appear from Vi�r_lU 's, 307\n\nlaw of in specific bodies, 616\n\nspiritualized like iron in fire, 305, 504,\n\nof the Unborn, 413\n\nsymbolical marks on Kr�l)a's, 397\n\nsenses active parts of, 537\n\nKr�l)a's transcendental, 78, 170, 306\n\n812\n\nof Narada transcendental pastime, 306\n\nBliss\n\n1071\n\nto satisfy material desires, 631\n\nsecond is spiritual initiation, 214, 884\nconducted by htadhini potency, 25\nKr�l)a full of, 345\n\nof Brahman realization, 332\n\nvery little without glorification of Kr�r_1a,\n\nlifted earth\n409\n\nBoys\n\nSee also Material body\n\nbecome brahmaciiri at age five, 257\n\ntheir killing greatest of sins, 434\n\nsatisfaction beginning of, 231\n\n230\nBoar incarnation\n\ntranscendental described, 304-305\n\nBrahma\n\nalways jiva-tattva, 142\n\nas author of Brahma-samhitii, 44\n\nfrom nether\n\nregions, 145,\n\nas deity of rajas, 116\n\nas direct son of Narayar_1a, 415\n\n", "SB1.3#p0429": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n1072\nBrahma\n\nas rngineer of material prison house, 4 7,\n59, 117, 137, 943\nas incarnation of Garbhodakasayi Vi�r;tu,\n142\nas prajiipati, grandfather of prajiis, 611\nas qualitative incarnation, 75\n\nas\n\nrecipient\n\nand\n\ndistributor\n\nknowledge, 44, 114\n\nof\n\nVedic\n\nattacked by Siva, 341\n\nBrahman\n\ncalled substance by Sankaracarya, 6\n\ncelibacy practiced to enter, 4 79\n\ndescribed by Caitanya, 24-25\n\neverything is, 269\n\nfrom Him everything emanates, 24\n\nhas no locus standi without Kr�l')a, 744\nhas three primary energies, 25\n\nhirarmo.yena pii trera veil of, 320\n\nits realization a negative conception, 24\n\ncannot enter Svetadvlpa, 563\n\nnever impersonal, 25\n\nenters Narayar;ta, 305\n\npalatable meditations on, 177\n\ngenerated from rajo-gura, 142\n\nrealization of not absolute vision, 320\n\ndescribed as the supreme god in Vedas, 5\nfour Kumiiras his sons, 144\n\nhas percentage of Kr�I)a's qualities, 169\nhe also struggles for existence, 7, 86\n\none must act like, 824\n\nrealization of bliss of, 332\n\nrealization of taught by Kumaras, 144145\n\nhis life calculated, 143\n\nrealized by students of Upani�ads, 98\n\nKr�l')a appeared because of his prayers, 415\n\nuttered by 1\\layavadls, 34\n\nknown as Padmanabha, 415\n\nmanifest from lotus flower, 137\n\nonce allured by his daughter, 340-341\n\npraises fortune of residents of Vraja, 24\n\nsubject of delineated by Vyasadeva, 226\n\nBriihmo.ras\n\nadminister fruitive sacrifices, 204\nas conditioned souls, 112\n\nself-born, 227\n\nas head and brains of social body, 966\n\nworshiped by Hirar;tyakasipu, 121\n\nauthorized professions of, 364\n\ntaught Narada, 220\n\nworshiped by materialists, 117\nworshiped by passionate, 121\nRrahmo.ciiri\n\nat age of five, 257\n\nas vipras, 85\n\nby quality not birth, 145, 341, 355\n\ncould accept vaiSya or sudro woman, 764\ndegraded in Kali-yuga, 609\n\ndirect k.satriyas, 157, 381\n\nattached and detached trained to be, 472\n\nenvious of Caitanya's popularity, 13\n\nshould perform sacrifices, 472\n\nhave true estimation of themselves, 692\n\ncommunities no longer maintained, 67\nBrahmajyoti\n\nas expansion of Kr�r:ta's personal glow,\n499\n\ngiven protection, 379\n\ninvited to Rajasiiya sacrifice, 497\nkilling of, 435\n\nKr�l')a relieves distress of, 428\n\nas glowing effulgence transcendental, 389\n\nmust be punished if aggressors, 339\n\nno sweet relations with Kr�l')a in, 500\n\nnever attentive in banking money, 581\n\nmonists merge with, 406\n\nspread unlimitedly, 503\n\nBrahmaloka\n\nas topmost planet, 246\n\nmust cut family ties, 425\n\nnone qualified for sacrifices in Kali-yuga,\n14, 437\n\npreceptors for other castes, 364, 921\n\none cannot satisfy his hunger on, 615\n\nqualified to study Vedas, 213\n\nas emanation from Kr�l')a, 321\n\ntheir killing greatest of sins, 434\n\nBrahman\n\nas glowing effulgence, 98\n\nas living force, 6\nas\n\npartial manifestation of Krg•a's opu­\n\nlences, 136\n\nas ultimate cause of all causes, 24\n\nsymbols of mode of goodness, 112\nwives of considered mothers, 587\n\nBrohmiirfla Puriira\n\ndescribes birth of Dattiitreya, 149\n\nBrahma-5amhitii\n\nas summary of $rimad-Rhiigavatam, 32\n\n", "SB1.3#p0430": "General Index\nCaitanya Mahiiprabhu\n\nBrahma-samhitii\ncited,141,165,305,396,533,594,617\nexcavated by Lord Caitanya, 32\n\n20-21,22-28\n\ncited,334,941\n'arada enters\n\ndescribes bhakti creeper, 39\n\ndiscourses with Sarvabhauma BhaHaciirya,\n\nBrahma-vaivarta Puriirw\nBreathing\n\n1073\n\nessence of preaching of, 8-9\narayal)a through His,305\n\nVedas produced by Kr�11a's,301-302\n\nexplains iitmiiriima sloka, 330\n\ngave practical demonstration of B hiigavatam, 6, 8, 80, 215\ngranted audience to King Prataparudra,32-\n\nBrhad-vai,srwva Tantra\ncited, 814\n\n33\n\nBrhan-Niiradiya Purii!la\n\nharder than thunderbolt,softer than rose,\n\nquoted,35\nBuddha\n\nHis appearance described, 7,10\n\n32\nHis civil disobedience against Kazi, 13-14\n\ndenied Vedas, deluded atheists, 23,161\n\nHis eight prayers presented, 40-41\n\nforetold in Bhiigavatam, 161, 163\n\nHis life and teachings,7-41\n\nhis cult of ahiritsii, 161, 162\n\nHis talks with Ramananda Raya, 29-31\n\nmade faithless faithful to him,161\n\ninstructs Rupa Gosvami,38-39\n\npaved path of theism, 163\n\ninstructs Sanatana Gosvami,33, 37\n\nsupported by King Asoka,927\n\nin yellow color in Kali-yuga,143\n\nBull\nas Dharmn, discourses with cow,855-877\n\nas Dharma, discourses with Parik�il, 891908\nbeaten by sudra, 840\n\n37-38\n\nCa[!piila\n\neven his stool is beneficial, 892\n\nas dog-eater, 196\n\nhis legs restored by Parik�it,924-925\n\ncan attain spiritual perfection, 10\n\nmeant to produce grains,880\n\nSee also Cow, Cow killing, Cow protecting,Religion\n\nby birthright not acknowledged by Caitan­\n\nby work and qualification, 102\n\nGarbhiidana-sarhskiiram for higher ca tes,\n\nCaitanya-bhiigavata\n\n622\n\ncited,18\n\nperfection of,102\n\nCaitan ya-caritiimrta\n\nSee also Var[liisrama-dharma\n\ncited,19\n\nCelibacy\n\nteachings to Sanatana Gosvami in, 37\n\nKumaras situated in vow of, 144\n\nCaitanya l\\lahaprabhu\n\npracticed to enter Brahman, 479\n\naccepts Jagai and l\\1adhai,16\naccepts sannyiisa, 17-18\n\nChiindogya Upani§ad\ncited, 209\n\naccepts spiritual master, 232\n\nas father of congregational chanting,7\n\nCaste system\n\nya,l6\n\nc\n\nBhagavan, as person Bhiigavatam,\n\nrecommended spotless Pura[!a, 54\n\ntravels throughout lndia, 18-19, 31-32,\n\nas emblem of moral principles,855\n\nas\n\nis self-same Lord Sri Kr�l}a, 8\n\nprotested being called God,106\n\n6\n\nChanting\n\nas principle of devotional service,416-417\n\nas ideal sannyiisi, 17, 32\n\nforces Lord's presence,310\n\nchants holy names of gopis, 17\n\nmitigates miseries,325\n\nbanishes Junior Haridasa,32\nchildhood pastimes,10-12\n\nKr�11a seen and heard by, 302\n\nno bar for,277\n\ncondemns interpretation of Vedas, 22-24\n\nof divine activities,95\n\ndefeats Kasmiri Pal)<;lit, 12-13\n\ntranscendental method of, 276\n\nconverts Prakasananda,34-37\n\nrevives spiritual senses,276\n\n", "SB1.3#p0431": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1074\nChanting·\n\nwith attention and reverence, 108\n\nConditioned souls\n\naccept material nature as all in all, 250\nbewilderment of, 808\n\nCharity\n\nas corollary to blwkti, 93\n\nhouseholder\nas, 472\n\ndisease of, 323\n\ngive fifty percent of income\n\ndream of spiritual engagements, 195\nimprisoned life for, 241\nmost live Like animals, 187\n\nof Rantideva praised by Kr�r)a, 643\n\nreformed by ex tern a! energy, 322\n\nonly briihmaras and sannyiisis authorized\nto accept, 364, 624\n\nrotting in kingdom of material energy,\n\nParik�it compared to King Sibi in, 633-\n\n238, 266\ntheir four llaws, 163\n\n634\n\ntheir present forms not factual, 171\n\nChildren\n\nbegotten in passion dviju-bandhus, 214\ngiven protection, 379\n\ngrossly neglected in Kali-yuga, 861\n\nin slaughterhouses of education, 81\n\nmore wanted by foolish, 122\n\nunwanted called varra-sankaras, 380\n\nVedic literatures for their benefit, 252\n\nSee also Human beings, Men\n\nConjugal humor\n\ndevotees in, 332\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti in, 486\n\nCooperation\n\nas principle of devotional service, 416-417\n\nChivalry\n\nas Bh:i�ma 's relation to Kr�r:ra, 484\n\nresides in Kr�l)a, 865\n\nneeded to broadcast Rhiigavatam, 235\n\nCorruption\n\npollutes atmosphere in Kali-yuga, 235\n\nCinema\n\nas sense-gratificatory diversion, 67\n\nmaterial creation likened to, 74\n\nre ult of low-grade administrators, 630\n\nCosmos\n\nas emanation of energy of Mukunda, 250\n\nCitizens\n\nas shadow of spiritual world, 46-47\n\nhave no respect for siidhu, siistra, and\n\nas Supreme Lord Himself, 249\n\nguru, 881\n\nimmuned from effects of fighting, 489\n\nbecomes identical with Kr�IJa, 255\n\ntheir welfare is duty of king, 152, 609\n\ncompared to objects made of gold, 47\n\nCivilization\n\ncreated by will of Lord, 45\n\nexisting by Lord's will, 136, 264\n\nfour principles of advanced, 904\n\nresults from interaction of material modes,\n\ngodless cannot cleanse mind, 906\nof polished cats and dogs, 379\n\n47\n\nperfection of human, 566\n\nseen as form of Lord, 172\n\nCleanliness\n\nas primary regulative observance, 906\n\nfor body and mind, 90Q\nresides in Kr�IJa, 865\n\nspoiled by illicit sex, 907\n\nCloud\n\nKr�'la compared to, 586\n\nmahat-tattva compared to, 136\n\nCodes of Religion\n\nCow\n\ntwo types of dissolution of, 533\nas emblem of peace and religion, 646\n\nas representative of the earth, 855\nbeaten by sildra, 879-882\n\nconsidered mother, 587\n\neconomic development\nland and, 516\n\ncentered\n\nenlivened by Kr�IJa, 395\n\ncited, 711\n\neven her stool beneficial, 892\n\nbewildered by KJ'ljl)a's activities, 410\n\ngives less milk in Kali-yuga, 208\n\nCommon man\n\nhis view of non-violence, 432\nKr�'la a puzzle for, 392\n\nYudhi��hira aggrieved like, 432\n\nConditioned souls\n\nabsorbed in matter, 195\n\nabout\n\ngiven protection, 379\n\ngives miraculous milk, 379, 880\nKr�'la relieves distress of,428\n\nreligious principles drawn from her, 881\n\nCow killing\n\ndiscussed by Caitanya and Kazi, 14\n\n", "SB1.3#p0432": "General Index\nCow killing\nends human civilization, 199\n\nnot allowed by King Parik�it, 203\n\nCow protection\n\nfeeds brahminical culture, 988\nprosperity dependent on, 396\n\nCreation\n\nbeginning of, 127\n\nby goodness of Vi�l)u, 116\n\nmahat-tattva let loose at, 136\n\nnothing lamentable in God's, 178\n\nof sixteen principles of material action, 135\n\nperformed by living beings, 251\n\nCupid\n\nconquered by Kr�l)a's wives, 599\n\ninvokes mundane lust, 599\n\nKr�l)a attracts mind of, 868\n\nD\n\n1075\n\nDemigods\n\nand asuras equal to Kr�l)a, 813\n\nas assisting hands of Vasudeva, l 26\n\nas branches of tree of V i�I)U, 60\nas parts of God's body, 54, 120\n\ncannot award ·liberation, 117, 121,124\n\ncan't act without Kr�r)a's sanction, 122,\n91 5\ncarry out affairs of cosmos, 4 7, 323\ncreated by Brahrna, 943\n\ncreated from portions of puru� a 141\n,\n\ndrink soma-rasa, 813\n\nfeared Hirar.1yakasipu, 167\n\nflesh-eaters sacrifice to, 242\nLive on Svar planets, 503\n\nmore luxurious than human beings, 1007\nNarada sage among, 146\n\nnot V�flU·tattva, 120\n\nsee to upkeep of prison house, 859\n\nOasaratha Maharaja\n\nas father of Lord Rama, 632\n\nserved by Lord Rama, 158\n\ntheir ghastly forms rejected, 120\n\ncontrolled arrows by sound, 364\n\nused to visit earth, 838-839\n\nas Brahma, Vi�I)U and Siva, 149\n\nworship of rejected, 54, 121\n\nDattatreya\n\nexhibited Kr�l)a's knowledge, 168\n\ninstructed Alarka, Prahlada, Yadu, etc.,\n149\n\nworship of recommended in Puriif!as, 240\n\nYajnesvara at their sacrifices, 272\n\nDemocracy\n\npeople never happy in, 975\n\nDeath\n\nanimal killer punishable by, 885\nas change of body, 304\n\nas lightning and illumination, 303\n\nas trance for seven months, 616\n\nbath in Ganges when it occurs, 375\nBhi�rna saw Kr�l)a at time of, 479\n\neveryone's caused by Yamaraja, 845\n\nfoolish men forget, 990\n\nsurcharged with sudra qualities, 630\n\nthieves and rogues of, 975\n\nDemons\n\nmaterial scientists as, 776\n\nSukracarya spiritual master of, 449\n\nDesires\n\nas diseased activity of soul, 11]\nas symptom of life, 426\n\nbody given to satisfy material, 631\n\nimposed upon all by material nature, 7\n\ndifficult to get rid of, 108\n\nmodern scientists try to avoid, 844\n\nmaterial are trash, 806\n\ninevitable due to duality, 383, 692\n\nNarayal)a-paral)a not afraid of, 930\n\nof a pure devotee, 304\none must remember\n\narayal)a at, 185\n\nliving being never vacant of, 299\n\nnaked forms become manifest, 806\nrelief from, 312\n\nDestiny\n\nParik�it had seven days to prepare for,\n\ndetermined by constellations of stars at\n\nremembering Kr�l)a at, 478-479\n\neveryone creates his own, 407\n\n609\n\nsurest remedy for, 845\n\nDeity\n\napproved by iit;iiryas, not idol, 19\n\nas area incarnation of Kr�l)a, 19\nidentical with the Lord, 19\nworshioed at horne, 4 75\n\nbirth, 621\n\nDestruction\n\nby Lord Siva, 116-117\ndone by supreme will, 136\n\nDetachment\n\nby culture of knowledge, 125\n\nfrom worldliness by hearing, 314\n\n", "SB1.3#p0433": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n1076\nDetachment\n\nnot becoming inert, 93\n\nresults from devotional service, 92\n\nDevaki\n\nGod appeared in her womb, 69\nher sons killed by Kamsa, 399\nKr�IJa pleasure of, 395\n\nunderwent penances, 125\n\nDevotees\nKr�r:ta protects family of, 1025\n\nKr�IJa's kinsmen and relations as, 347\n\nl*e bees, 585\n\nmay fall down, 245\n\nmeditate on Kr�IJa's pastimes, 498\nmore honored than Kr�IJa, 1020\nmust be plain and gentle, 263\n\nwas Ppini in previous lifetime, 414\n\nneophyte attracted by Deities, 100\n\nalways desire to go back home, 991\n\nneophyte may _make show of hearing, 101\n\narcan.ii for neophyte, 298\n\nnever counteract personal curses, 981\n\nDevotees\n\nalways fearless, 344\n\nare all successful, 181\n\nare submissive, 114\nas briihma[las by action, 112\nas\n\nconfidential associates of God, 106,\n\n336\n\nneophyte may imitate karmis, 248\n\nneophyte must serve pure devotee, 264\n\nnever find fault, 702\n\nnever same as fallen karmis, 248\n\nnever unkind to enemy, 363\n\nnever vanquished, 617\n\nno bodily disqualification of, 548\n\nas emblem of all knowledge, 181, 228\n\nnot bewildered, 8\n\nas friends to all, 60\n\noffer sacrifice to Vi�t.m, 60\n\nas favorable servitors of God, 60, 180\n\nas only perfect living beings, 1005\n\nas property of Kr�IJa, 405\nas rasa-graha, 248\n\nas\n\nVi§[IU-jan.a, 334\n\nas wisest men in world, 646\n\nattached to one another, 405\n\nbring new order of life, 244\n\nby nature peaceful and offenseless, 893\ncalled akii'icanas, 405\n\ncannot remain in darkness, 114\n\ncan see Kr�!Ja's universal form, 140\ndo not claim to be God, 106\n\ndo not like impersonalists, 334\n\nenchanted by glories of Lord, 429\nenter pastimes of Kr�IJa, 108, 406\n\nnot mercantile community, 408\n\npersecuted, 540\n\npersonal experiences of, 327\nplay part of enemies, 490\n\nprotected by God, 69\nput in dangers, 399\n\nrealize Bhagavan, 98\n\nreformed by Lord's chastisement, 248\n\nrender loving service physically and mentally, 270\n\nsecond-class see four principles, 100-101\n\nsins of burnt in fire of repentance, 986\n\nsometimes fall down, 248\n\nstrictly prohibited from sex indulgence, 6\nsurcharged with Kr�t)a's potency, 951\n\ntalks about are Kf§T}a-kathii, 336\n\nfeel pangs of separation, 297\n\ntheir lives a symbol of sacrifice, 859\n\nhave all good qualifications, 202\n\nthree grades of, 628\n\nfour sects of worshipful, %3-954\nhave never become impersonalists, 946\nhave secret treasure house, 404\n\nhear, glorify, remember, 103\n\nimmune to material miseries, 181\n\nin a forlorn position, 249\n\ninject transcendental sound, 378\n\nin list of Kr�l)<l's paraphernalia, 1024\nin touch with all-great, 381\n\nknow how to respect demigods, 784\n\nknow no one but Kr�IJa, 387\n\nKr�IJa may carry out order of, 487\n\ntheir lives in a nutshell, 302\ntolerate all reverses, 902\n\nunaffected by material qualities, 603\nunder direct care of Kr�IJa, 506\n\nungrudgingly accept tribulations, 458\n\nvalue of a moment's association with, 941\nSee also Vai§[lavas, Pure Devotees, Spiri-\n\ntual master, Transcendentalists, Gosvamis, Liberated souls\n\nDevotional service\n\naccumulates birth after birth, 301\n\nacquiring a hankering for, 299\n\n", "SB1.3#p0434": "General Index\nDevotional service\n\nArjuna became a different person by, 426\n\nas culmination of all knowledge, 29, 112,\n325, 804\n\nas dynamic activity, 244\n\n1077\n\nDevotional service\nnot for less intelligent transcendentalist,\n100\n\npastimes manifest by dint of, 239\n\nperfect way of described, 105, 249\n\nas highest perfection of life, 29, 423, 426\n\nprinciples of, 416-417\n\nas natural inclination, 262\n\nrectifies our present senses, 140\n\nas most confidential knowledge, 265\n\nas serving the Lord by purified senses, 39\n\nas superior quality of occupation, 91\n\nas unalloyed activity of the soul, Ill\natmosphere surcharged with, 255\n\nattracts liberated soul, 27\n\nauthorized codes in Pancariitrika system,\n276\n\nhegins with hearing, 108, 109, 326, 419\n\nqualities of material field, 331\n\nrejuvenates man, Ill\n\nresults in causeless knowledge and detachment, 92\n\nreveals Lord, 141\n\nsatisfies soul, 95, 312\n\nsins eradicated in, 263\n\nsometimes polluted, 91\n\nspiritualizes present body, 812\n\nbrings peace, 268\n\nspiritually relishable, 249\n\nCaitanya wants it birth after birth, 40\n\ntaught to Riipa Gosvami, 39\n\nby association of Bhiigavatas, 110\n\ncalled highest perfection by Caitanya, 3\n\nchecks world of hypocrisy, 735\n\nculminates in premii, 275,326\n\ndear to perfect beings and the Lord, 219\ndestroys passion and ignorance, 110\nenlivening to the self, 115\n\nexplained in The Nectar of Devotion, 39\n\nextinguishes fire of illusion, 325\n\neyes anointed with tinge of,141\nfacilitated by arca-vigraha, 582\n\nfive stages of, 39\n\nfor material gain, 91\nfor postgraduate spiritual students, 215\n\nfor self-realization, 313\n\nfor show a disturbance, 101\n\nfreedom as main pivot of, 315\n\nfree from designations, 39\n\nfrees one from material encumbrances, 54\nGod realization by, 320\n\nin exchange for material power, 248\nis infectious, 258\n\nis not inaction, 111, 537\n\nKr�J;�a bestows boon of, 482\n\nleads one to side of Lord, 141\nliberation its by-product, 105, 231\n\nlike flow of river, 262\n\nsuggested by Ramananda Raya, 30\n\ntaught to Sanatana Gosvami, 37\nto enter Kr�va's mysteries, l 70\nto realize Absolute Truth, 100\n\ntranscendental to sin and virtue, 859\ntwo categories of, 39\n\n·\n\nunmotivated and uninterrupted, 90, 576\nvanishes passion and ignorance, 262\n\nSee also Bhakti, Bhakti-yoga\nDharma\nas hull, beaten by sii.dra, 879-881\nas\nas\n\nhull, discourses\n\n909\n\nwith Parik!lit, 885-\n\n�!)a's laws and orders, 378\n\nas that which sustains, 91\n\nKr�J)a incarnates when decline in, 49\n\nmeant for ultimate liberation, 96\nnot ultimate goal of life, 827\n\nDhaumya Muni\nas learned priest of Piil)l;iavas, 440\nprotected\n\nthe\n\naction\n\nof\n\nDhftar�tra\n\naddressed as scion of family of Ajami4ha,\n\n696\nadvised to follow dhiras, 669\n\nlike touchstone, 305\n\nas attached householder; 690\n\nmixed described, 275, 313\n\none in every home now, 691\n\nmiseries mitigated by, 324\n\nNarada fixed in unbroken, 146, 307\n\nno desire for self-aggrandizement in, 73\n\nJayadratha,\n\n791\nrecited hymns at Panx�it's birth, 622\n\nhis sons the Kurus, 388\n\noverwhelmed with grief, 377\npracticed �failga-yoga, 722\n\n", "SB1.3#p0435": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1078\nDisciplic succession\n\naU Gosvamis, 61\n\nbona fide speaker must be in, 70\n\ndistributes knowledge aU over world, 212\n\nDurga Devi\n\nmanages material sky, 828\n\nDurvasa Muni\n\naccepted priesthood of King Svetaketu,\n\nfor serious student of rasa, 59\n\nno change or disturbance in, 58\n\nof Bhiigavata school, 58\nSee also Paramparii\n\nDisease\n\navoided by regulated diets, 268, 474\n\n781\nas incarnation of Lord Siva, 781\n\nquarreled with King Ambari�, 781\n\nDuryodhana\n\ndid well on throne, 430\n\ndispleased by ASvatthama, 337\n\nunder clutches of Gandharvas, 639\n\ncause and remedy may be same, 147\nleaders disturbed by, 208\n\nmaterial .caused by hankering, 405\nof conditioned souls, 323\n\nof mind c_ured, 905\n\nDistress\n\nincludes so-called happiness, 147\nremembering Kw.1a in, 333\n\nunder control of kiiln, 710\n\nDoubt\n\nclouds of cleared off, 114\n\nfrom misconception of material body, 808\n\nDuty\n\nusurped kingdom of PaQ(iavas, 379\n\naccording to· conceptions of life, 94\nexecuted by Kr�Qa, 419\n\nfoul and improper, 733\n\nhighest perfection to please Lord Hari, 102\n\ninnumerable for man, 245\n\nKr�l)a tested Arjuna's sense of, 360\n\nmay be useless labor, 94\n\nof mental speculator, 94\n\nperfection by following, 112\n\nprovoked by material energy, 903\n\nperformed by thoughts, words, and deeds,\n\nattained same results as PaQ(iavas, 831\n\nprescribed for everyone, 733\n\ncouldn't withdraw respect for briihmaf!a,\n\nrelinquished by devotional service, 245\n\nDraupadl\n\nbegs release of Asvatthama, 362-367\n361-363\n\nher hand won by Arjuna, 775\nher sons beheaded, 337\n\ninsulted by vicious assembly, 380, 400\n\noverwhelmed with grief, 377\nDrinking\n\nas sense-gratificatory diversion, 67\n\n451\n\nprescribed in all scriptures, 68\n\nsoi. of Drol)a punished for negligence of,\n349\nto parents, family, society, etc., 245\n\nto poets, scientists, etc., 245\nDvaraka\n\nas ideal of human civilization, 567\n\nas Kr�Qa 's prosperous metropolis, 555\n\nKali resides in places of, 919\n\nenhanced celebrity of earth, 543\n\nas father of ASvatthama, 385\n\ninhabitants all liberated souls, 557\n\nDroQacarya\n\nfilled with opulences of all seasons, 566\n\nas partial incarnation of Bl;haspati, 449\n\ninhabitants felt separation from Kr�l)a,\n\nKarl)a his student, 789\n\nKr�Qa's entrance there as subject of Chap­\n\nconception of due to ignorance, 499\n\nno mills, factories, or slaughterhouses in,\n\nmaterial world full of, 383\n\nprostitutes in, 576\n\nhis good name respected, 358\n\nDuality\n\neveryone envious of others in, 383\n\nmitigated by knowledge, 809\nof matter and spirit, 383\n\nDul;lsasana\n\nkilled by Bhima, 690\n\nDurgii Devi\n\nLord present in womb of, 620\n\n555-556\n\nter Eleven, 555-605\n567\n\nwhere pious men assemble, 756\nDvii suparf!ii sayija sakhiiyii samanam vrk�am\npar4asvajiite, verses quoted, 128\n\nDvija-bandhus\nas friends of twice-born, 158\n\nchildren begotten in passion are, 214\n\n", "SB1.3#p0436": "General Index\nDvija-bandhus\n\nclassified with women and 5ii.dras, 158, 215\n\nE\n\n1079\n\nduality of inferior and superior in material world, 99\n\neveryone's borrowed from Kr�pa, 473\n\nforce of divine uncheckable, 714\n\nEarth\n\nas absolute property of Kr�pa, 539\n\nas cow, discourses with bull, 855-877\n\nhuman for developing finer senses, 567\n\nhuman not for animal propensities, 474\n\nas fragment of material world, 238\n\nhuman squeezed out by industries, 423,\n\ncertified by Kr�pa as place of misery, 544\n\ninfluence of Kr�pa's, 265\n\nas middJe planet, 137-138\n\n518\n\nconsidered mother, 587\n\nK�l)a has manifold energies, 126, 345\n\ndemigods used to visit, 838-839\n\nno loss of in devotional service, 941\n\ncultivated by Prthu, 152\n\ndivided into nine var_sas, 849\n\nknown as Bhiiratavar�a, 635\nknown as Jambudvipa, 613\n\npacified by Parik�it, 909\n\nKr�tta's compared to electrical, 175\n\nnondifferent from energetic, 25-26, 53\nof cause and effect, 127\nof human spoiled, 405\n\nof Lord in every sphere of life, 267\n\nParik�it compared to, 640\n\nproper utilization of human, 255\n\nuninhabitable by the sane, 596\n\nrelative forms of, 53\n\nrepresented by cow, 855\nSee also Cow\n\nEconomic Development\n\nbecomes source of degradation, 988\n\ncentered about land and cows, 516\nillusory and never successful, 642\n\npurified from material inebrieties, 473\nspiritual foiled by material assets, 405\n\nspoiled by watering leaves, 612\n\nvia medium manifests living beings, 266\n\nEnergy, external\n\naccepts thankless task, 322\n\nincluded in fruitive works, 146\n\nas checking curtain of miiyii, 392\n\nNiirada didn't waste time in, 288\n\ncan work only on living beings, 323\n\ninferior to devotional service, 231\n\nneeded for sense gratification, 52\n\nregulated for karmis, 5-6\n\nEcstasy\n\nannihilates formalities, 592\n\neight kinds of, 293\n\nNiirada absorbed in ocean of, 293\n\nEducation\n\nand bad character go ill together, 861\n\nbewildering or enlightening, 176\n\ncompared to darkness, 321\n\ncontrolled by Vi�pu forms, 117\n\nexpansions are inferior forms, 126\n\nhas manifested cosmic world, 46\n\nliving being imprisoned by, 322\n\npartially identical with Kr�pa, 250\npure devotee not engaged in, 93\n\nrelations of body and mind due to, 427\n\nbad system of, 67\n\nsins rectified through, 322, 620\n\nNiirada did not have proper, 255\n\nturned\n175\n\ngeared to sense gratification, 81\nslaughterhouses of, 81\n\nEnemy\n\ndevotee never unkind to, 363\n\ndevotee plays part of Kr�pa's, 492\n\neveryone afraid of his supposed, 326\n\nkinds not killed, 356\n\nEnergy\n\nacts according to Lord's omnipotency,\n174\n\nconverted in Lord's service, 255\ndiversions of human, 241\n\nsubsides by God's will, 175\ninto\n\ninternal\n\nby\n\nGod's\n\ngrace,\n\nwhen manifested is temporary, 46\n\nEnergy, internal\n\niitmiiriiTTUJ$ take shelter of, 3.21\ncompared to moonlight, 321\n\nexpansions of are superior forms, 126\n\nhuman beings product of, 250-251\n\nKr�tta's abode manifestation of, 186\nmanifests Lord's eternal form, 46, 140\npastimes performed by, 75\n\nwhen manifested is real, 46\n\n", "SB1.3#p0437": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1080\nEnjoyer\n\nof fruitive work hould be God, 237\n\nFear\n\nsupreme is K{�l)a, 273\n\nEnjoyment\n\nfrom identifying with body, 327\n\neradication of false, 346\n\nEnvy\n\nnone on spiritual plane, 269\n\nin name of religion, 241\n\ndevotee is never envious, 303\nencouraged by gold, 921\n\npersonified afraid of Kr$f.1a, 410\n\nvanished by holy name, 558\n\nFearlessness\n\nas independence from everything, 825\n\neveryone in material world envious, 52\n\nentrance into kingdom of, 649\n\nKr�f.la has no object of, 407\n\ninstilled by Kr${1a, 343\n\nEternity\n\nconducted by sandhini potency, 25\n\nEyes\n\nsubject covered by Vediinta-siltra, 226\nannointed with tinge of devotional service,\n141\n\nof devotees perfect, 140, 310\n\nF\nFaith\n\nin God by travelling alone, 290\n\nin spiritual master and Kr�f.la, 277\nresides in Kr$JJa, 865\n\nFallen souls\n\nSee Conditioned souls\n\nFalsehood\n\nas principle of irreligiosity, 919\n\nencouraged by gold, 921\n\nFamily\n\naffection cut by KrS.!Jl!-, 425\n\nAsvatthama as burnt remnants of his, 358\n\ncannot save us at time of death, 7\nextended selfishness for, 94\n\nleft by Maharaja Parik�it, 185\n\nmaintained by Bhiigavata business, 184\nof devotee liberated, 629\nstrong attachment to, 68\n\nties cut by pure devotee, 425\n\nFasting\n\nfor spiritual realization, 906\n\nvalue of compulsory fasting days, 920\n\nFather\n\nas spiritual master, 588\n\nKr�t�a is everyone's, 90, 347\n\nFear\n\nliving being enters womb by semina of, 616\nas greatest material problem, 558, 649\n\nas illusion of slumbering living being, 761\navoided by prowess, 475\n\ncalled anxiety, 649\n\ndue to ignorance of next problem, 558\n\nFire\n\nshelter of is Kmta, 383\nas soul of Vedic sacrifice, 118\n\ncompared to material existence, 344\nkindled by spiritual master, 129\n\nof lamentation, illusion, feafulness, 325\n\nof mystic yoga, 728\n\nof sacrifice must be worshiped, 217\n\nParlk�it irresistible as, 636\n\nSupersoul compared to, 129\n\nFlesh-eating\n\ndiscouraged by Vedas, 242\n\nprohibited by Ik�vaku, 632\n\nSee al!o Cow killing, Slaughterhouses\n\nFools\n\nafter more wealth, wives, etc., 122\n\ncannot know transcendence, 178\nhave no information of soul, 94\n\nungrateful to benefactors, 867\nworship Siva, 117\n\nForefathers\n\nsee newly born child, 625\n\nworshiped by passionate and ignorant,122\n\nForm of Kr�IJa\n\ncomprehends all tastes, 332\neternal relations with, 294\n\nis not material, 171, 276\n\nnonbeliever in, a faithless demon, 26\nsought life after life, 294\n\nwithout touch of mahat-tattva, 140\n\nFreedom\n\nas main pivot of devotional service, 315\nas meeting the complete spirit, 95\ndesired by spirit soul, 95\n\nfrom material encagement, 823\nfrom passion and ignorance, 297\nliving being anxious for, 315\n\nmisuse of causes suffering, 407\n\nof Narada unlimited, 315\n\n", "SB1.3#p0438": "General Index\n\n1081\n\nGanges\n\nFreedom\nsurrender to spiritual master is, 315\n\nsanctifies after prolonged use, 72\n\nthrough devotional service, 315\n\nwater used by Advaita to worship Kr�l)a,\n\nFrieudship\nas relation of Aijuna and Kr�•)a, 360\nmales attracted to Kr�l)a in humor of,332\n\n15\nGarbhodakasayi Vi(li)U\nBrahma rests in body of, 306\n\nFruitive activities\n\nenters each universe, 136, 137\n\nas painful and transient, 236-237\n\nglorified in Garb ha-stuti, 142\n\ncannot lead one to perfection, 237\n\nK(llrodakasayi Vi(ll.JU His expansion, 138\n\ncompared to banyan tree, 270\nfor promotioi1 to better planets, 53, 246\nmade subservient to devotional service,237\n\nlotus flower from His navel, 137\nGiiyatri mantra\nfor spiritually advanced, 46\n\nMarlci authority on, 308\n\nin first sloka of Bhiigavatam, 50\n\nrewarded by Kr�l)a, 124\n\ninvoked by Vyasadeva, 46\n\ntranscended by Bhiigavatam, 51\n\nGlorification\n\nFruitive workers -\n\nactual object is Kr�l)a, 104\n\nas materialists, l 79\n\nas Hari-kirtana, 254\n\ncompared to crows, 232\n\nas real use of knowledge, 254\n\ndevotees sometimes imitate, 248\n\nof an unqualified person, 104\n\nopposed to devotional service, l 7\n\nof Kr�•!a perfection of life, 31, 103\n\nprone to degradation, 248\n\nof Lord, propaganda against, 234\n\nshould not be discouraged, 242\ntake pleasure in wine and women, 232\nSee also Karmis\n\nGoddess of fortune\nKr�l!a's chest the abode of, 584\nKr�l!a served by, 428\nrestless and moving, 594\n\nG\n\nGold\n\nGambling\n\ncomplete scarcity of, 658\n\nas major vice of Kali-yuga, 62\n\nencourages falsity, lust, envy, etc., 921\n\ndestroys truthfulness, 920\n\nproperly utilized, 924\n\nKali resides in places of, 919\n\nGoloka Yrudavana\n\nof all description degrading, 920\n\nabode of Lord KT\\\\1)3, 169\n\nGandhari\nfollowed Dhftara�tra to Himalayas, 698\nideal wife, mother, ascetic,507,698, 707\nno less than Bhl(lmadeva, 507\n\nshaped like whorl of lotus, 843\nSee also Spiritual sky\nGoodness\nBrahman realized by, 118\n\nGru.1esa\n\ndevotee becomes happy in mode of, 110\n\nworshiped by passionate, 121, 272\n\neveryone in this mode in Satya-yu.ga, 213\n\nwrote down Mahiibhiirata, 445\n\nfull of knowledge and morality, 725\nlack of causes impatience, 207-208\n\nGanges\nas wife of the sea, 1006\n\nmode of now almost nil, 213\n\nbathed in during lunar eclipse, 10\n\nof Narada like the sun, 228\n\nbath in when death occurs, 375\n\npure devotee in unalloyed mode of, Ill\n\nin seven branches at Saptasrota, 722\n\nr�is situated in quality of, 442\n\nmixed with lotus dust and tulasi leaves,\n\nto seek God in lonely forest, 298\nYudhi�hira personality of, 611\n\n376,992\nParlk(lit awaited death on its bank, 185\npurifies whole universe, 953\none\n\nYamuna, 993\n\nhundred\n\n·\n\nas conjugal associates of KT\\\\1)3, 418\n\npraised by Ke5ava Kasmiri, 12-13\nsanctified\n\nGop�\n\nBhi�ma aspired to remember, 496\ntimes\n\ncalled\n\ndissatisfied with Brahma's work, 641\nexhibit highest form of worship, 8\n\n", "SB1.3#p0439": "1082\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nGopis\n\nHappiness\n\nimitated Kr�va's movements,495\n\nby glorifying Kr�1.1a,104\n\nKr�•�a's pastimes with,168\n\nby making cows and bulls happy,882\n\nrelishing activities of, 311\n\ndepends on religious principles,864\n\ntested by Km�a,360\n\ndevotees live for others',202\n\ntheir holy names chanted by Caitanya,17\n\neveryone has his destined,24 7\n\ntheir mode of worship recommended by\n\nhard struggle for,266\n\nCaitanya,8-9,17\nworship Syamasundara\n\nhow to realize reality of,14 7\nis mii ya s illusion,266,316\n'\n\nGovernment\n\nJaimini's theory of,898\n\nduty of to kill bad social elements, 889\n\nmixed is feature of material life,247\n\nmonarchy superior form of,509\n\nsought by every living being,151\n\nprotection of lives first duty of,886\n\ntwo pillars of,927\n\nmachinery of polluted, 47l\n\nobtained automatically,246\n\nperfect if leader is perfect,515\n\nspiritual feeling of,294\n\nshouldn't allow animal slaughter,890\nSee also Administrators,Politicians\n\nGovinda\n\nas pleasure of cows and senses,755\ncalled on by Caitanya, 41\ncause of .Maha- Vi�pu, 533\n\ndistributes Himself as Paramatmii, 617\nexclusive shelter of great living beings,943\nherds surabhi cows,584\n\ninclined to briihma_nas and cows, 396\n\nmaterialists cannot address,403\nrecite His name at death,185\n\nSee also Kr�•�a\nGrhamedhis\n\nare envious of others,4\n\nlive for benefit of family members,4\n\npass night in sex,day in money,5\n\nperform welfare work for material prosperity, 435\n\ntheir subject matters for hearing,4\n\nSee Householder\n\nH\nHankering\n\nas cau e of material disease,405\n\nunder control ofkaw,407,710\n\nHarer niima harer nama harer niimaiva kevalam,\n\nHari\n\nverse quoted,35\nbeyond range of material affection, 603\n\nhighest perfection His pleasure, 102\n\nincarnated to· unload earth's burden,863\n\npleased by Yudhi��hira,656\n\nsacrifices performed to satisfy,657\n\nSee also Kr�1.1a\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya\n\ncited,332\nHari-bhakti-vilasa\n\ncited,829\nHaridasa Thakur\n\nallured by miiya, 313\n\nap peared in Mohammedan family,29,85\nas acarya of holy name,85,949\n\nincident with Jagai and Madhai, 15\n\nHari-namiimrta-vyakarara\n\ngrammar by ]iva Gosvami,12\nHarivamsa\n\nscriptures cited,153\nHastinapura\n\nentered by Sukadeva Gosviimi,197\n\na diseased activity of soul,111\n\nentrusted to Parik�it,926\n\ndue to interaction of material modes,405\n\nking of was emperor of world,608,818\n\nas ymptom of life, 426\n\nfor devotional service,299\n\nHappiness\n\nas ce sation of repetition of birth and\ndeath, 989\n\nbaffled by material nature,86,91,132\n\nby changing subject matter, 311\nby cooperation between man and God,520\n\nestablished by King Hasti,197\n\nmarked with lotus footprints,422\nnow Delhi,197\n\nHearing (about Kr�pa)\n\naffinity for gained by service,106\napplicable for everyone,9\n\nas most important devotional principle,\n109,326,419,501\n\n", "SB1.3#p0440": "General Index\nHearing (about l<r�r;ta)\n\nas only remedial process, 267\n\nas principle of devotional service, 416-417\nas sacrifice, 79\n\ncalled SraVUfiU, 63\n\nclears all sins, 260\n\ndevelops desire for service, 108\n\neagerness for is first qualification, 107\nends material bondage, 105, 107\n\nfor detachment from worldliness, 314\nfor pleasure of heart's desire, 57\n\nfor self-realization, 79, 80, 260, 678\nfor transcendental tastes, 58\n\n1083\n\nHirar;�yakasipu\n\nBrahma his worshipful deity, 121\nflouted authority of Lord, 49\n\nunderwent bodily torture, J 25\n\nHistory\n\nconnected with Kr�r;�a's activities, Hl4\n\nfrom time of Buddha, 183\n\nof great devotees, 182\n\nof universe repeats itself, 288\n\nPurtif!aS and Mahiibhiirata as, 183\n\nHoly names\n\nadvented with advent of Caitanya, 10\n\nall have same potency, 10,108\n\nfrom right sources, 189,418\n\nas common platform for realization, 1 0\n\nmind should he engaged in, 261\n\nas powerful as Lord Himself, 71\n\nfrom unauthorized sources, 101, 418\n\nas method for waking up, 60\n\nmitigates miseries, 8, 325\n\nCaitanya regains consciousness hearing, 21\n\nNarada developed taste for, 259\n\nchanting of for self-realization, 10, 79\n\nmore important than reading, 63\nnarrations of His pastimes, 30, 76, 95,103,\n262\nnecessary for explaining, 63\n\ncan free one immediately, 71\n\ndescribed in Sik�a�takam, 40\n\nfeared by fear personified, 71, 558\n\nHaridasa Thakur iiciirya of, 85\n\nnecessary to assimilate scriptures, 63\n\nhundreds and millions, 10, 40\n\npatient and submissive, 56\n\nmake Caitanya laugh, cry and dance, 35\n\none uplifted by, 70\n\nrecommended in Kali-:ruga, 216\nRukmil)l attracted by, 332\n\nto learn spiritual art, 70\n\nwe have no taste for, 108\n\nidentical with Kr�r;ta, 872\n\noffenseless chanter of, 872\n\nproduce transcendental emotion, 35-36\n\nuttered by helpless, 71, 403\nHouseholder\n\nas order of life, 102\n\nHeart\n\nknots of cut, 113\n\nKr�Qa appeared on lotus of Narada's, 292,\n310\nKr�Qa present in everyone's, 499\n\nloving service established in, no_\n\ndistinguishes between male and female ,\n196\n\nenlightened by mendicants, 199, 291\n\nglamour of his worlilly possessions, 199\n\nhappy by sacrifice, 88 2\n\nmirror of, 310\n\nkeeps cows and hulls, 882\n\nof suffering person penetrated, 344\n\nmust feed old men and children first, 766\n\ntranscendental sound injected into, 378\n\nordered to take viinaprastha, 990\n\nekadaflfli sviimis fond of, 699\n\npracticed to different modes of life, 700\n\nof devotee illuminated by Krwa;ll4\nperfection when one is satisfied at, 216\n\nHimalayas\n\nKr�r;ta marvelous as, 393\n\nmust offer food to Kr�l)a, 782\nParlk�it as ideal, 202\n\nfamous for all richness, 640\n\nrequired to rise early, 700\n\npeak of gold in, 655\n\nsaints sanctify houses of, 1023\n\nParik9it compared to, 640\nVyasadeva resides in, 206\n\nHirar;tyagarhhas\n\nrules not observed, 67\n\nsometimes asks favors from Kr�Qa, 424\n\nSukadeva took milk from, 198\n\nSee Yogis\n\ntranscendental for realizing ultimate truth,\n\nbifurcated by Nrsiniha, 71, 155\n\nVyasadeva played part of, 196,318\n\nHirar;tyakasipu\n\n4\n\n", "SB1.3#p0441": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1084\nHuman beings\n\nas products of internal energy, 250-251\n\nbound by Vedic injunctions, 710\n\nbusy with questions and answers, 89\n\nHypocrisy\n\nas result of low-grade administrators, 630\n\nas symptom of Kali-yuga, 208\n\nI\n\ncan hear properly, 130\n\ncannot create ideology acceptable to everyone, SIS\n\ncompatible foodstuffs for, 471\n\nelder brothers of all living beings, 517\n\nIgnorance\n\nacceptance of gross and subtle coverings\nin, 174, 261\n\nArjuna seemingly polluted by, 488\n\nenvious and obedient, 719\n\nas cause of anomalies in human society\n\nfiner instincts of destroyed by factories,\n\nbest means to get out of, 345\n\nextended selfishness of, 94\n\n567\n\nfoolish bound by nomenclatures, 711\n\ngood qualities of destroyed by Kali-yuga,\n\n80\n\nKmia plays like, 408\n\n733\n\ncompared to darkness, 261\n\nconception of duality -due to, 499\n\ndestroyed by devotional service, 110\n\nnondevotees always in, 179\n\nrelative truths hidden in, ll3-ll4\n\nlive on Bhur and Bhuvar planets, 503\n\nSiva as deity of, 116\n\ntheir only duty tapasya, 147\n\nto think of Kr��a as ordinary man, 463\n\npastimes of Kr��a to attract, 260\n\nSee also Living beings\n\nHuman civilization\n\nbasis of progressive, 988\n\nDviinikii-dhlima ideal of, 567\n\nended by cow killing, 199\n\nhighest goal of, 420\n\nthose in worship forefathers, etc., 122\n\n1mpersonalists\n\neschew meanings from Bhiigavatam, 193\nfall down and get material forms, 494\n\nhave no idea of transcendental form, 265\n\nKr��a takes no personal interest in, 579\n\nas chance to get out of fruitive action, 8-9,\n\nminimize Kr��a's omnipotency, 124\nsiiyiijya as liberation of, 496\nthink themselves Brahman, 824\nunable to evaluate devotees, 334\n\nas combination of matter and spirit, 5\n\nSee also Miiyiiviidis,\n\nSee also Civilization, Modern Civilization\n\nHuman life\n\n241\n\nbegins when religion begins, 52\n\nbrahminical stage highest, 112\n\nworship Kr�ra's glowing effulgence, 791\n\nIncarnations\n\nmeant for self-realization, 4, 67, 80, 151,\n\nBhiigavatam as literary incarnation of\nKr�ra, 182, 244\ncreated by unscrupulous men, 78\ndisplay eternal blissful association, 75\n\nnot for sense gratification, 97\n\nexpand from K�irodakasayi V�r.u, 138\n\ndestruction of noble aims of, 423\n\nmeant for dying like B�ma, 501\n\n242,329,378,4Q2,405,472, 717,890\n\nnot meant for economic development and\nsex indulgence, 6\n\nperfection of by devotional service, 423\nresponsibility of, 112\n\neach has specific function, 145\n\nfor creation, maintenance, destruction, 76\n\nindirectly empowered called vibhii.tis, 144\nin each and every species, 131\n\nlike innumerable rivulets, 144, 164\n\nshould be regulated, 692\n\nlisted, 165\n\nSee also Life\n\nof the millennia, 143\n\nto inquire about Absolute Truth, 97\n\nHunger\n\ncontrolled by yoga, 475\n\nof eachyuga a different color, 143\n\nof unlimited categories, 75\nperform adventures, 74\n\nfor a spiritual atmosphere, 614\n\npretenders accepted as, 106\n\nwife better half of, 364\n\nsymptoms of taught to Saniitana Gosviimi,\n\nHusband\n\nwife's duty to follow, 507\n\nreclaim those in pure goodness, 131\n\n37\n\n", "SB1.3#p0442": "General Index\nIndians\n\n1085\n\nJesus Christ\n\ndeterioration of ideals of,990\nhave duty to broadcast Bhiigavatam and\nGltii, 80, 234\nhave failed in their duty,234\nshould understand KnTJ-a-kiitha, 377\nIndra\nas controller of rains,516\nconquered by Arjuna,776\ngave Sakti weapon to Karpa, 789\nhis worship stopped by K.rwa,123\npost taken by Y ajna, 150\nsubject to law of karma, 305\ntook shape of eagle, 634\nYudhi��hira compared to,380\nInitiation (spiritual)\nbrings quick change in life, 285\nrefraining from sinful activities after, 16\nsacred thread ceremony,214\nIntelligence\nengaged in Kr�pa's devotion,300\nfirm and fixed in K{�!).a, 300\nGod beyond\napproach of mundane,\n296\nmeager in Kali-yuga, 208\npacified in its true color, 806\nused to meditate on Supersoul,292\nIntoxication\nas major vice of Kali-yuga, 62\nas principle of irreligiosity,919\ndeath penalty for,909\ndecrease degree of,403\nencouraged by gold,921\nspoils mercifulness,907\nYadus die in madness of,813\nlrreligiosity\nas barbarous condition, 52\nbasic principles of,919\ncaused by personality of Kali,909\nroot causes of, 905\nlsopan�d\nbasic philosophy of,539\ncited, 889\n\nJ\n]anmiidy Cl$ya yata[l\nsloka cited,104\nverse begins Vediinta-sutra, 53\nverse cited by Lord Caitanya, 22\n\nverse suggests K{�!).a is source of everything, 6\n\nnever angry at mischief mongers, 902\nJiva Gosvami\naccepts K{�!).a as God, 393\nas V �!).ava scholar, 9\nauthor of K!fi[la-sandarbha, 44\ncited, 153, 168, 204, 209,593,652,829,\n866,868,898,919,964,992,993\nwrote commentary on Bhagavatam, 50\nwrote Sanskrit grammar using holy names,\n12\nJivas\nas expansions of Kr�pa,168\nas living entities,117\npossess percentage of Kr�l.la's qualities,169\nrequire Kr�l.la's protection, 754\nsometimes controlled by matter,117\nSee also Living beings\n]iiiina\n\nas researching problems of life, 804\nas theoretical knowledge of transcendence,\n959\nto know everything of Brahman,502\n]iiiinis\nas dry mental speculators,75\nprohibited from sex indulgence, 6\nVediinta-sutra addressed to,87\nJustice\nnone when·there. is animal killing,162\nYudhi�\\hira replaced on principle of, 430\n\nK\nKali,personality of\nbecame gold standardized, 921\ndeliberately commits sins,909\ndriven away by constant chanting of holy\nnames,934-935\nflourishes by deceit,906\nhis royal dre_ss artificial,910\nmeant for mischief,917\nsaved by will of Providence, 911\nsurrendered under pressure of fear,910\nKali-yuga\nall sacrifices but sankirtana forbidden in,\n14, 656\nage of quarrel on slight provocation,\n234\nas iron age of quarrel, 66\nas most condemned age, 73\nCaitanya in yellow color appeared in, 145\nchronology of, 328, 817\nas\n\n", "SB1.3#p0443": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1086\n\nKali-yuga\nclouded Buddrusm taught by Sarikaracarya\nin, 27\n\nKarmis\nsuffer results of their actions, 248\ntrained by Niirada-paiicariitro, 146\n\ncows, women, etc., unprotected in, 379-\n\n380\ndegradation of briihma!las in, 609\n\nSee. also Fruitive workers\n\nKarJ;�a\n\nborn of Kunti by sun-god, 789\n\ndense darkness of ignorance in, 186\n\ndestroys all good qualities of man, 80\nensued after Battle of Kuru�etra, 816\n\nenthroned in stat� of Aitga, 790\n\nKatha Upan�ad\ncited, 525, 628\n\nfour major vices of, 62\n\nKaumadi Dictionary\n\nHariniima-yajna recommended in, 437\n\nKeqa Upani¥Jd\n\nfull of ignorant men, 158\n\ncited, 327\n\nKalki appears at end of, 164\nLife span in, 79\n\nLord Buddha appears in, 161\n\nMahiibhiirata more essential than Vedas in,\n\n217\nman addicted to wine, tea, etc., in, 905\nmany \"isms\" and cults spring up in, 881\nmeans mismanagement and quarrel, 840\n\ncited, 323\n\n'Ke8ava Bharati\nKing\n\nawarded Caitanya sannyiisa, 18\nas ·protector of helpless citizens, 609\nas representative of Supreme Lord, 203\nbelongs in front Line of battle, 489\nhis duty to be pious, 152\n\nmen have short lives in, 66\n\nhis wife considered mother, 587\n\nsaturated with vicious habits, 73\n\nmust cut family ties, 425\n\nno expert briihma!las in, 437\nsurcharged with faithlessness, 67\n\nVarl)iisroma-dharma exploited in, 102\n\nVyasadeva foresaw anomalies in, 207\n\nideal has no personal ambition, 612\n\nnever to be condemned for any action, 973\nno question of self-aggrandizement _for,\n\n840\n\nwomen dressed too attractively in, 905\n\npeople happy under pious, 413\n\nkilled by K{�J;la, 7l\n\nrepresents all living beings, 611\n\nKam�a\n\npersecutes Devaki, 399\n\nKapila\n\nas author of Sankhya philosophy, 897\nKarma\ncan be changed by Kr�J;�a's will, 713\n\neveryone subject to its law, 305\n\nincreases chain of material activities, 436\n\nknots of cut by remembering Kr�J;�a, 104\n\nplus devotional service is karma-yoga, 105\nterminated, ll3\nKarma-yoga\n\nas doing everytfting for �J;la, 920\nas\n\nkarma plus devotional service, 105\n\nbhakti not dependent on, 105\n\none's activity changed into, 270\nKarmis\nas\n\nfoolish materialists, 87, 100\n\ndevoid of iitma-tattva knowledge, 6\nfew desire liberation, 87\n\ninclined to economic development, 5\n\nof thousands, one becomes iitmiiriima, 329\n\nprotects all projiis, 631\nshould be fear personified for\n\nupstarts,\n\n630\nspoils kingdom if bad, 519\nsubdues sufferings, 888-889\nunrestricted in sense control, 367\n\nSee also Monarchy\n\nKingdom of God\n\n·entered after many births, 136\n\nentered by eagerness to hear about Kr�IJa,\n\n107\neternal happiness iri, 132\n\nfor one cleared of all sins, 108\n\nis delightful, 74\n\nking guides subjects back to, 203\nnot for grossly illusioned, 403\nsecret of entering, 180\n\nwanted\nwithout\nGod\n926\nSee also Spiritual sky\nKirtaniid\n\neva\n\nkn�Jasya\n\nbrojet, quoted, 658\n\nconsciousness,\n\nmukta-sanga\n·\n\nparom\n\n", "SB1.3#p0444": "General Index\nKnowledge\nadvancement of experimental, 420\n\n1087\n\nKr�IJa\naccepted spiritual master, 252\n\nas basis of devotional service, 804\n\naddressed as Nanda-Nandana, 465\n\nas concomitant factor of bhakti, 271\n\naddressed as Piirtha-Sakhe, 465\n\nas knowing everything of Brahman, 502\nbhakti-vedantas impartial in distributing,\n\n257\n\naddressed as Vijrlya-Sakhe, 465\naddressed as Yasoda-Nandana, 465\nadvised .Yudhi�thira to lie, 705\n\nBlii�madeva excelled Kr�r)a in, 431\n\nappeared as four-armed Vi�I)U, 78\n\nby association of Bhiigavatas, 110\n\nappeared on lotus of Narada's heart, 292\n\nconducted by samvit potency, 25\n\nArjuna fought for His cause, 267\n\ncovered by illusion without KwJa, 564\n\nas ajita, unconquerable, 492\n\nculminates in descriptions of the Lord,\n253\nculture of brings detachment, 125\ndeductive called paramparii, 114\ndependent on devotional service, 92,112,\n325\ndevotee emblem of all, 181,228\ndistributed by disciplic successions, 212\neighteen items in culturing, 125\nend of physical is sense gratification, 125\nfragmental accumulation of, 267\nintrospective called prajna, 696\nits five factors in Gila, 803\n\nas Almighty God, 428\nas all-perfect iilmiiriima, 600\nas all-pervading, 44,406\nas asamaurdha, unparalleled, 540\nas ii tmiiriima, 405\nas eternal master, 229\nas eternal time, 406, 719\nas everyone's father, 347\nas factual Vedantist, 900\nas Gadadhara, 422\nas great wheel-carrier, 180, 469\nas hero in all circumstances, 418\nas kaivalya, one alone, 582,738\n\nits goal is K{�qa, 213\n\nas k�atriya, 381\n\nits real use is glorification, 254\n\nas Lord of Madhu, 426, 529\n\nKr�qa beyond range of experimental, 393\nleads to perfection of life, 253\nlight of pure, 114\n\nas Makhan-Cora, butter thief, 530\nas nirgu[la, 603\nas Paramatma, 107\n\nmaterial means ignorance of self, 649\n\nasParame5vara Param Brahma, 952\n\nmaterial related to body and mind, 227\n\nasParam-Puru§a, 321,326\n\nmore confidential is Paramatma,265\n\nas shelter of Garuc;la, 946\n\nmost confiderltial imparted to Brahma,\nArjuna, etc., 265\nmust be goal of austerities, 126\n\nas summum bonum, 168\nas supreme cognizant, 603\nas supreme independent, 601\n\nnone beyond Vedas, 212\n\nas supreme Narayal)a, 829\n\nnot used for Kr�qa is nescience, 254\n\nas Vasudeva, 160\n\nof Kr�qa fixed and unfathomable, 868\n\nas vijayasakhe, friend of Arjuna, 484\n\nordinary called jnanan, 265\n\nas vital force and unborn, 408\n\nperfect material and spiritual, 93\n\nattractive in His activities, 259\n\nphysical condemned as ajiiana, 125\n\nbenefactor of truthful devotee, 107\n\nplus devotional service is jiiana-yoga, 105\n\nboy of Nanda, 395\n\nreal is Vasudeva, 809\n\ncent percent perfect, 389\n\nreception of through paramparii system,\n185\nresides in Kr�qa, 174,865\nVedic literature like milk ocean of, 184\nKoran\n\ndescribes Bhiigavata-dharma and Kr�r:1a, 38\ndiscussed by Caitanya and Kazi, 13\n\ncentral pivot of living beings, 91\nchastised by Yasoda, 410-411\nchief amongst all eternals, 525\ncompared to desire tree, 560\ncompared to puppet master, 286\ncompared to sun, 113,261,344-345,463\n\n.•\n\n478,564,810,866,867\n\n", "SB1.3#p0445": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n1088\n\nKr�J;J.a\n\nKm1a\ncompared to tree, 250\n\nknown as Madana-Mohana, 868\n\ncompared with gold mine, 47\n\nknown as Parikajanabhi, 397\n\nconquered by loving service, 430\n\nknown as yogesvara, 590\n\ncompetent to instill fearlessness, 343\n\ncontacted by bhakti, 93\n\nlast word in the Transcendence, 115\n\ncousin of the PaJ;J.�avas, 376\n\ncynosure of neighboring eyes, 497\n\nleft planet in selfsame form, 816\nlifted Govardhana Hill, 393\n\ndecorated with garlands, 397\n\nlike actor dressed as player, 392\n\nenjoyed wounds of Bh1�madeva, 486\n\nlimitless and the source of all, 583\n\ndefined in choice poetry, 76, 253\nenlivener of cows and senses, 395\n\nequal to everyone, 34 7\n\nlike thunderbolt to Kamsa's wrestlers, 815\nLord of supreme mysticism, 388\nmaster of all mystic powers, 81\n\nmiiyii is opposite of, 564\n\nequibalanced, 463\n\nespecially inclined to His devotees, 69\n\nestablishes glories of His devotee, 469\neternally irreproachable factor, 392\n\neternally the Supreme Lord, 410\n.\n\nknown as uttama-sloka, 429\n\nmeans all-attractive, 44\n\nmeans Kr�l)a and His eternal devotees,\n336, 852\n\nmore merciful than Lord Rama, 396\n\nexplained by Caitanya in grammar read­\n\nmost gentle and master of monists, 404\n\nfamous as Govardhanadhani-Hari, 540\n\nmysterious and infallible, 389\n\nings, 12\n\nmother, well-wisher, Lord, etc., 561\n\nforever free from illusion, 44\n\nnephew of Kunfi, brother of Subhadra,\n\nfull of variegatedness, 345\n\nobeyed social customs, 382\n\nfountainhead of all incarnations, 75\n\ngenuine proprietor and enjoyer, 595\nhas manifold energies, 345, 409\nhas no false ego, 464\n\n377\n\nof Kuruk�etra and Dvaraka the same, 558\nonly Lord known to Caitanya, 41\n\noriginal person of Vi�J;J.U categories, 120\n\nhas no responsibility, 867\n\npersonified by sound, 301\n\nHis activities spotless, 177\n\nplayed part of boar, 145\n\nHimself is this cosmos, 249\n\nplayed like human being, 77, 128\n\nHis anger and pleasure the same, 354\nHis eyes red as the rising sun, 467\n\nplaying like actor in drama, 178\nplays like a human, 408\n\npleasure of Devakl, 395\n\nH1s four aides-de-camp, 274\nHis glance cool as a lotus, 397\n\npotent all-powerful with all energies, 345\n\nHis principal attributes, 168\n\nproperty of devotees, 405\n\nHis mercy equally distributed, 381\n\nprimeval Lord, cause of all causes, 8, 44\n\nproperty of materially impoverished, 404\n\nHis qualities listed, 865-866\nHis smile, 428, 565\n\nproprietor of transcendental abode, 428\n\nHis wives, 590\n\npuzzle for the common man, 392\n\nHis sons and family members, 753\nhusband of everyone, 600\n\nin black color in Dvapara-yuga, 143\nilluminates heart of devotee,\n\n114\n\nincessantly supplies others, 559\nintimate friend of Arjuna, 483\n\ninvisible to aU, 391\n\nis ad infinitum, 732\n\nis all good at all times, 488\n\nis full of bliss, 345\n\nkilled Putana witch, 393\n\npurifying ingredient in all matters, 842\n\nrelishes reproaches of friends, etc:, 795\n\nrepresented by monarchical regime, 975\nreservoir of all beauty, 583\nreservoir of all rasas, 56\n\nroot of complete tree, 240\nseen by spiritual television, 310\n\nseen eye to eye in suddha-sattva state, Ill\nself-satisfied, 404\n\nson of Vasudeva, 44, 69, 395\n\nsoul of the universe, 408, 424\n\n", "SB1.3#p0446": "General Index\nI<{�I) a\n\nspiritual master within and without, 323\n\nstomach of complete body, 240\nstopped worship of Indra, 123\n\n1089\n\nK�irogakasayi Vi9t:�u\nSvetadvlpa His abode, 415\nKumaras\nas directly empowered incarnation, 144\n\nsupreme authority on Vedas, 355\n\nexhibited Kr�t:13's knowledge, 168\n\nsupreme guide for devotees, 961\n\ntaught process of Brahman realization,\n\nsupreme goal of life, 124\n\n- supreme iSvara, 391\nSupreme Unborn, 813\n\nthree names of Riima equal to one name\nof, 993\n\ntranscendental to all laws, 713\n\nsituated in vow of celibacy, 144\n\nKunti\n\n144-145\n\nas helpless widow, 399\n\nas mother of mahiitmiis, 420\nas Sati, or chaste, 390\n\ntranscendental to three modes, 227\n\nas sister of Vasudeva, 571\n\nultimate dependable object, 421\n\ndestined to suffer by providence, 454\n\nultimate sanctioning officer, 267\n\nplaying part of innocent woman, 395\n\nunknowable by greatest brain, 395\n\nVr�t:�ls her paternal family\n\ntrue to His word, 634\n\nultimate goal of knowledge, 213\n\nunaffected by modes of nature, 127\n\nunrivalled, 390\n\nvanquishes everything inauspicious, 332\n\nSee also Absolute Truth, Govinda, Hari,\n\nMukunda,\n\nBhagaviin,\n\nCaitanya Mahiiprabhu\n\nSupreme Lord,\n\nK¥Jtriyas\nas arms of social body, 966\n\nbound to just fight, 432\n\ncannot contact b riihmara woman, 764\n\ncannot tolerate insults, 490\n\ncould accept vaiiya or sii.dra woman, 764\n\ndirected by briihmaras, 157, 381\n\nbore Arjuna by Indra, 636\n\nher prayers, 391-428\n\npuzzled about Kr�t:�a, 392\n\nYa§oda more exalted than, 412-\n\nKurus\nkilled in battle, 337\n\nKr�t:l3 protects progeny of, 388\n\nsons of Piit:�c.Ju and Dhrtar�fra, 388\n\ntheir military strength like an ocean, 786\nYudhi�thira King of, 377\n\nKuvera\n\ngave weapon to Arjuna, 638\n\nGuhyakas as companions of, 441\n\nL\n\nduty to give in charity, 763\n\nexpert in material peace, 927\n\ninvited to Rajasuya sacrifice, 497\njubilant at chance to fight, 847\n\nkilled twenty-one times by Bhrgupati, 157\nKr�IJa appeared among, 381\n\nmeant to rule, 908\n\nnot to accept charity, 470\n\nLamentation\n\neveryone full of, 326\n\nnone on spiritual plane, 269\n\nLaws of nature\n\nattempted independence from, 420\ncannot be altered, 378\n\ncannot be experienced grossly, 621\n\nproud to give protection, 634\n\nevery action has reaction, 146\n\nsecured wives by kidnapping, 867\n\npenalize atheists, 49\n\nreal never surrender, 910\n\nshould be defeated by superiors, 765\n\nsterness of, 431\n\nworship Vi,s.nu-tattvas, 121\n\nK�irodaka5iiyi Vi,s.nu\nas collective Paramatm3, 116, 138\n\nas expansion of Garbhodakaiiiyi Vi�!UJ,\n138\n\nincarnations expand from, 138\n\n_\n\nhis sons fell in wrath of Narada,813\n\nliving beings bound by, 176, 621\n\nwork under direction of Kr�t:l3. 352, 798\n\nLeaders\n\nchange in heart required for, 234-235\ndeny existence of Lord, 73\ndisappoint voters, 97\n\nmust cut family ties, 425\n\nopposed to glorifying Lord, 73\nshould hear Bhiigavatam, 234\n\n", "SB1.3#p0447": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1090\nLeaders\nunlucky, faithless, 208\nLiberated souls\n\nLiterature\nfull of descriptions of the Lord, 233\nin the modes of passion and ignorance, 232\n\nalways on progressive path, 195\n\nmundane is decoration of dead body, 232\n\nindifferent to matter, 195\n\ntranscendental\n\nsee past and future, 206\nwithout four flaws, 163\nSee also Devotees, Transcendentalists\n\nLiberation\n\nsometimes\n\nimperfectly\n\ncomposed, 233-234\nworthless, 238\nLiving beings\nall represented by the king, 611\n\nas by-product of devotional service, 105\n\nall sons of God, 130-131\n\nas freedom from reactionary work, 104\n\nanxious for full freedom, 315\n\nas goal of all dharmas, 96\n\nas basis of bodily machinery, 6\n\nas relief from anxieties, 649\n\nas false enjoyers, 595\n\nby following sages, 119\n\nas prakrti, 326\n\nby knowing mystery of Lord's incarnation,\n170\n\nBhtigavatam meant for all, 238\n\nby meditation on h>tus feet of Kr�J;13, 401,\n\nbound by laws of nature, 176,378,621\n\n994\n\nas vibhinnarirJa parts of Kr�r;ta, 774\n\ncan also create, 251\n\nchild in womb prays for, 616\n\ncan become godly, 169\n\nfor sense satisfaction, 331\n\ncannot be nondevotees, 706\n\nfrom material association, ll1\n\ncannot be renouncers, 404\n\nmany fall from path of, 108\n\ncannot remain silent, 311\n\nonly from sattva platform, 118\n\ncompared to fruit-eating birds, 128\n\nperfection of, 694\n\ncompared to sun rays, 565\n\nsimple knowledge of is material, 947\n\ncompared to wooden dolls, 286\n\nthose serious about are nonenvious, 120\n\ncreate chain of fruitive work, ll4\n\nto renovate stage of svariipa,545\n\ncreated from portions of puru§a, 141\ncreated to serve God, 177,229,251,416,\n\nLife\naim of to end all miseries, 122\n\n421,614\n\nall calamities of are dreams, 402\n\ndevelop sort of complexity, 326\n\nbare necessities of, 122\n\ndevotees the only perfect, 1005\n\nbenefit in by Vi�pu worship, 122\n\nexpanded by internal and external poten-\n\nduration reduced in Kali-yuga, 207,208\nenergy of the Lord in every sphere of, 267\n\ncies, 126\nfeminine by nature, 594\n\nfor a life just punishment, 356\n\nfour principles of malpractice of, 734\n\ngoal is devotional service, 426\n\nfour types of, 100\n\nits perfection attained by renunciation,\n\ngodly called devas, 105\n\n242\nits perfection is dependence on Kr�r;ta, 420\n\nhappy in absolute dependence, 464\n\nLord proprietor in every sphere of, 272\nmolded to remember l<{�r;ta, 272\nmotto of, 122\nof Brahma calculated, 143, 306\npermanent life of bliss and knowledge, 2:17\nshortened by irregular habits, 66\nsymptoms of, 426\nSee also Human life\nLiM\nSee Pastimes of Kr!!r;ta\n\nLinga Purii{ia\n\ncited, 309\n\nhave form beyond subtlety, 173\nhave no material names or forms, 535\nhave original spiritual bodies, 91,171\nhelpless in all respects, 130\nidentical with the Lord, 251\nin meshes of birth and death, 71\nin state of forgetfulness, 88\ninvited to live in saniitana existence, 804\nKr�r:ta never on level of, 590\nKr�r;ta the central pivot of, 91\n�pa wants them back home, 132\nlimited by time and space, 619\nlivP. on 111'ains and ve11:etables, !J59\n\n", "SB1.3#p0448": "General Index\nLiving beings\nmanifested by via medium energy, 266\n\nLove\n\nmaterial world full of hungry, 614\n\nmaterial world not their home, 472\n\nmust have affection, 426\n\nneither male nor female, 196\n\nnever vacant of desires, 299\nno one can create, 357\n\nno planet without, 352\n\nnot original or infallible, 391\n\none is food for another, 716\n\npresence known by gross body, 172\n\nseek happiness, 151\n\nserving material energy, 266\n\nsituated in immortality, no, 176, 263,615\nsituated in their own glory, 174\n\nof God transcendental to mukti, 36\n\nprimary manifestations of, 56\nLust\n\ntranscendental ecstatic invoked, 181\n\nas diseased activity of soul, 111\nCupid invokes mundane, 599\n\ndestroyed by devotional service, no\n\nprovokes accumulation of wealth, 725\nrelief from, 312\n\nso-called society. friendship, love, 524\n\nM\nMadhvacarya\n\naccepts K.r��a as God, 393\n\ndescribes Kr�I,la's creations, 74\n\nspecies of, 130\n\nMiidhyandina-sruti\n\ntheir miseries and mixed happiness, 247\n\nMahiibhiigavata\n\nstrewn within material world, 128\n\ncited, 204\n\ntheir sustenance of existence, 88,91\n\nas first-grade devotee, 628\n\ntranscendental to modes of nature, 321\n\nuncontaminated by honor or insult, etc.,\n\nwar involves massacre of, 434\n\nSee also Devotees, Transcendentalists\n\nthink themselves inferior energy, 9.9\n\nunable to enjoy, 346\n\nwho catch the truth, 136\n\nSee also ]ivas, Liberated souls, Conditioned\nsouls, Human beings, Men, Soul\n\nLotus feet of K.r��a\n\nMaharaja Paiik�it as, 629\n\n603\n\n.Mahabhairava\n\nSee Siva\n\nMahiibhiirata\n\nas part of fifth Veda, 63,209\n\nas most suitable boat, 401\n\ncited, 431, 444, 448, 449,469,634,635,\n\nCaitanya prays to be atom of, 41\n\ncompiled by Vyasadeva, 45\n\nGanges mixed with dust of, 376\n\ndescribes pastimes of incarnations, 76\n\nas refuge of pure devotees, 584\nfavorable service unto, 180\n\n643,672,850\n\ncondemned by Narada, 241\n\nglorified by Riipa Gosvami, 585\n\nfor women, iudras, and dvija-bandhus, 24,\n\nliberation by meditation bn, 994\n\nhistories of millions of planets in, 183\n\nLak�mi engaged in service of, 871\n\nlicking honey from, 842\n\nnectar of distributed by Siita Gosvami, 940\n\nparticular marks on, 422\nSarikaraciirya recommended shelter of, 185\n\nsecret treasure house in, 404\nsurrendering to, 245\n\ntaste of remembered, 248\n\nwhy thus named, 843\nLove\n\nof all beings follows love of God, 27\n\nof God by devotional service, 326\n\nmiseries superfluous to, 324\n\nmisunderstand themselves, 322\n\n1091\n\nactually lust in the material world, 524\n\nas relation between living being and God,\n\n326\n\nindirect manifestation of. 56\n\n194,214\n\nmore essential than\n\n217\n\nVedas in Kali-yuga,\n\nsource for Vai�pava literatures, 9\nMahiijanas\n\nas authorized agents of Lord, 119\n\nduty to preach cult of devotion, 680\n\nknow principles of transcendental knowledge, 460\n\nknow purpose of religion, 119\n\nMahiipuriirw\n\nSee Srimad-Bhiigavatam, 184\n\nMahiitmiis\n\nas servants of God, 106\n\n", "SB1.3#p0449": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1092\n\nMaterial body\n\nMahiitmiis\n\ndeliver supreme asset, 404\n\nknow Kr�1.1a to be the cause of all causes,\n49\nknow Vasudeva is everything, 499\n\ntransformed to spiritual body, 314\n\nSee also Body\n\nMaterial elements\n\nand spiritual spark create knot, 104\n\nPa�;��avas were all, 420\n\nemanate from K{�qa, 47\n\nSee also Devotees, Transcendentalists\n\nfive gross, 136\n\nprotected by internal potency, 126\n\nMahat-tattva\n\ndifferent from the Lord, 139\n\ndivided into sixteen parts, 136\n\nencompasses l!verything created, sustained,\nand annihilated, 10\n\nliving beings merge into, 136\n\nmaterial manifestations products of, 823\n\nMahii-V�JIU\n\nHis glance impregnates material sky, 137\nlies on Causal Ocean, 138\n\nManmanii\n\nbhava\n\nmad-bhakto\n\nMantras\n\nmostly begin with praf1ava omkiira, 204\nnot\n\npronouncing, 204\n\nVedic\n\nalways expert in\n\nnot different from Puni.f1as and\n\nItahiisa,\n\nhave no creative power, 138\nsenses made of, 276\n\ntwenty-four in all, 148\nMaterial energy\ncalled Durga-sakti, 502\n\nconditioned souls attacked by, 346\nprovokes doubts, 903\n\nscientists, etc., dolls of, 233\nsouls rotting in kingdom of, 266\nsprouted out of ignorance, 25\n\nmadyiiji miim\n\nnamaskuru, verses quoted, 807\n\nparivni.jakiiciiryas\n\nexplained by Sarikhya philosophy, 148\n\n204\n\nManus\n\nSee also Modes of nature, Miiyii, Material\n\nnature\nMaterial existence\n\ncaused by skin relation, 427\n\nconquered by Puni.f1as, 88\nended by hearing, 105\nfull of fear, 558\n\nfull of miseries, 267\n\nfull of undesirables, 741\n\nas qualitative incarnations, 75\n\nholy names deliver one from, 10\n\nincarnated from Brahma, 142\n\nlike blazing forest fire, 344\n\nauthors of civic codes, 357\n\nprominent named, 143\nManu-samhitii\n\ngives directions to kings, 4 73\nManu-smrti\n\nrecommends fire sacrifice, 859\nMarici\nas authority on fruitive work, 308\ncreated from body of Lord, 306\n\nMarkaflfleya Puriif1a\n\ncited, 153\n\nMarriage\n\nas formal agreement only, 861\n\ncompulsory, 920\nnot for sense gratification, 97\n\nsamskiira undergone at, 215\n\nMaterial body\n\nas foreign dress, 494\n\ndevelops by contact with living entity, 6\n\nspiritual consciousness expressed through\nmedium of, 284\n\nlike a mirage, 46\n\ntemporary, illusory, full of miseries, 91\n\nMaterialists\n\ncannot be happy, 86\n\ncannot utter holy name, 403\ncompared to camels, 86-87\nfall down, 308\n\nhave many subject matters for hearing, 4\n\nmake foolish threats against devotees, 627\nsure to commit sins, 435\n\ntheir activities limited to selfishness, 94\n\ntheir gain limited to time and space, 95\ntheir own blood sweet to them, 87\ntheir way of life described, 5-8\n\nthink creation is automatic, 48\n\ntwo classes of, 1 79\n\nworship Brahma, 117\nMaterial nature\n\naccepted as all in all by conditioned souls,\n250\nas mother of all living\n\nbeings, 517\n\n", "SB1.3#p0450": "General Index\n\\laterial nature\n\nas ocean tossing with waves of time, 7\n\nbaffles happiness, 86\n\ndoesn't allow us independence, 419\n\nhas enough foodstuff for everyone, 517\n\nits insurmountable intricacies, 73\nliving beings placed under guidance of,\n\n534\n\nno one survives struggle with, 7\nwhimsically exploited, 423\n\nSee also Material world, Miiyii, Modes of\nnature, Threefold miseries\nMaterial world\nas body of absolute whole, 48\n\nas darkest region of creation, 86\n\n1093\n\nMaterial world\n\nso-ca!Jed happiness and distress in, 7l 7\n\nto reclaim Living beings, 178\n\nSee also Material nature, Modes of nature,\nThreefold miseries\nMatsya\nadvented during reign of V aivasvata Manu,\n\n632\n\nas lila incarnation,\n\n142\n\nexhibited Kr�f.la's knowledge, 168\n\nMatsya Puni!Ul\n\nas oldest Purii!Ul, 50\n\nrefers to Bhagavatam, 50\n\nMatter\n\nadulterates soul's activity, 111\n\nas great illusion, 697\n\nas effect of Paramatma, 129\n\nas part of whole creation, 238\n\nconditioned souJ absorbed in, 195\n\nas interaction of two energies, 47\n\nas prison house, 116, 859\n\nas shadowy reflection of reality, 1002\nas world of death, 6\n\ncannot create, 415\n\nimpure senses in collaboration with, 480\nin service of spirit, 269\nis static, 77\n\nas world of duality, 383\n\nliberated soul indifferent to, 195\n\ncompared with forest fire, 513\n\nsatisfaction of heart beyond, 216\n\ncan be turned into spiritual abode, 256\nconnected to Kr�IJa superficially, 178\n\ncreated at certain intervals, 136\n\ncreated by three modes of nature, 44\n\nreduced to oblivion by time, 208\n\ntransformed from one form to another,\n\n714\n\nMiiyii\n\n392\n\ncreated to satisfy whims of nitya-baddha,\n\nas checking curtain,\n\ndependence sign of misfortune in, 419\n\nas relations of body and mind, 427\n\n540\n\nDhrtara��ra closed all accounts in, 709\n\nearth a fragment of, 238\n\nas deputed agent of Kr�IJ.a, 716, 903\nas sense gratification,\n\n311\n\nas thinking oneself the creator, 47\n\nexists only as a dream, 7\n\nboth delusion and mercy, 429\n\nfreedom from inhabiting, 300\n\ndeluding attraction of, 904\n\nfalsity and mis�ry of, 694\nfull of anxieties, 357\n\nfull of calamities, 401\n\nfull of danger in every step, 852\n\nfull of hungry living beings, 614\nis fearfulness, 649\n\ncompared to darkness, 345\n\nfalse representations createdlby, 378\n\nhappiness is her illusion, 316\nher\n\nillusion\n\nservice, 255\n\ndissipated\n\nby\n\ndevotional\n\ninternal potency also ca!Jed, 321\n\nits forms not satisfying, 294\n\nliteratures under influence of,\n\nKr�IJa left viriiJa-riipa in, 738\n\nsouls saved from clutches of, 324\n\nKr�IJa descends on, 259\n\nlike mirage, 44\n\nlikened to cinema, 74\n\nliving entities strewn within, 128\n\nmanifestation of ingredients for, 135\n\ntried to allure Haridisa Thakur, 313\n\nSee also Material nature, Material world\nMayavada philosophy\nadvocates theory of illusion, 26\nBuddhism, 27\n\nNarada ignored formalities of, 302\n\nas clouded\n\nnot living beings' home, 472\n\nis mundane, 77\n\nno one independent in, 47\n\n238\n\nopposite of Kr�Q.a, 564\n\nimaginary explanation of VedlJ$, 27\n\n", "SB1.3#p0451": "S!imad-Bhagavatam\n\n1094\n\nMercy\n\nMayavada philosophy\n\none can hear Kr�IJa by His, 296\n\nrepresented by Sankara sampradiiya, 26\n\nPar;�(lavas dependent on Kr�r;�a's, 419\n\nMayavadis\n\nprosperity depends on Kr�r;�a's, 739\n\ncannot utter holy name, 34\n\nspiritual master represents Kr�r;�a's, 344\n\nconverted to bhakti cult, 36\n\ndesignate themselves as NiiriiyaJ,la, 34\n\nsay Bhiigavatam written by V opadeva, 50\n\nMen\n\nspoiled by intoxication, 907\n\nMilitary science\n\nArJuna expert in, 349\n\nSee also Impersonalists\n\ngross dependence on material weapons,\n\naddicted to fruitive work, 279\n\n364\nin Dhanur-veda, 364\n\nadvanced in knowledge, 278\nall are not equal, 88\n\ntaught by Dror;�acarya, 364\n\nMilk\n\nall conducted by different modes, 88\nas branches of tree of Vi�r;�u, 60\n\nas cause and cure of disease, 268-269\n\ncompared to butter, women to fire, 528\n\ncow gives less in Kali-yuga, 208\n\nfour classes of good described, 278\n\nmiraculous form of food, 379,840\n\ngreat !§is live on only, 881\n\nfour classes of bad described, 279\n\nrequired for sacrificial fire, 882\n\ngood acknowledge God's authority, 278\n\nspoiled by serpent, 101,184\n\nhave consciousness higher than animals, 45\nin Kali-yuga, 66\n\nMind\n\nin need of money, 278\n\ninquisitive, 278\n\nas basis of gross body, 130\n\nMendicant\n\nas superfluous outer covering, 95\n\nlives by gifts of nature, 291\n\ncompared to a boat, 239\n\nmust experience God's creation, 290\n\nMental speculation\n\ndisease of cured, 108,905\n\nbetter than fruitive work, 179\n\nface is index of, 857\n\nhovering in mental spheres, 94\nto understand Absolute, 179\n\nMercy\n\nKr�r;�a, 230\n\nwithout\n\nactivities of cannot be stopped, 822\nagitated by mundane topics, 239\n\nSee also Human beings\n\nunattractive\n\nsufficient in Parik�it's kingdom, 202\n\nglorification\n\nKr�r;�a beyond expression of, 178-179\n\nof\n\nas miiyii, 429\n\nas primary regulative observance. 906\nbestowed by Caitanya, 417\n\ndeath of Niirada's mother as, 287\n\ndevotee's more valuable than Kr�r;�a's, 776\nfull recipients of Kr�r;�a's, 408\n\nKr�r;�a descends out of, 395\n\nKr�'>a knowabl� by His, 395\n\nKr�r;�a's appearance within, 805\n\nmaterial color of changed, 822\n\nnot satisfied by material forms, 294\nof pantheist diverted, 240\n\nshould be engaged in hearing, 261\n\nspirit soul beyond its jurisdiction, 187\n\nstrengthened by travelling.alone, 290\nworship of form within, 398\n\nMiseries\n\nalleviated by remembering Kr�Qa, 333\n\ncan be ended in human life, 67\ndevotee immune to, 181\n\nKr�r;�a's pastimes are His, 259\n\ndue to bodily pains, celestial influences,\n\nlove of God dependent on Kr�r;�a's, 325\n\neveryone in flames of material, 247,343\n\nKr�r;�a's relative to recipient, 408\n\nmaximum display of human, 924\n\nearthly reactions, 740\n\nmaterial existence full of, 267\n\nnatural-gifts dependent on K{��;ta's, 423\n\nmitigated by devotional service, 267, 278,\n\nof great souls, 270\n\nobtained automatically, 246\n\nof Dei lies in temple, 618\n\nof K{�Qa equally distributed, 381,406\nof Sukadeva Gosvami, 86\n\n324,325\noffered by eternal lime, 407\nrelief from, 169\n\n", "SB1.3#p0452": "General Index\nMiseries\n\nsuperfluous to living entities, 324\n\n�1odern civilization\n\nas child's play only, 798\n\nas decoration on a dead body, 798\n\n1095\n\nMother\n\nKr�va 's, 561\n\nmust protect child, 384\n\narada bound to his, 285\n\nseven kinds listed, 587\n\nas dungeon of demons, 567\n\nMukti\n\ncompletely bewildered, 97\n\nMukunda\n\nbased on sense gratification, 97\n\ncreates poverty and scarcity, 905\n\ndependent on hearing and glorifying, 103\ndetached from Lord, 60\n\nSee Liberation\nassociation of, 615\n\npersonal and impersonal conception of,\n\n250\n\neating vital part of human energy, 238\n\nsenses engaged in His service, 312\n\nnot interested in religion, 52\n\nSee also Kr9va\n\nlike detached hand or leg, 250\n\nsex Life focal point of, 50\n\nSee also Human civilization, Civilization\n\nModes of nature\n\nYudhi9thira fixed in service o(682\n\nMystic powers\n\nas weeds to devotional creeper, 39\ndevotee endowed with, 277\n\nbalanced mode is goodness, 298\n\nfor sense satisfaction, 331\n\nforce one to fall down, 308\n\nYoge8vara master of, 388, 603\n\ncannot affect Kr9va, 127\nKr9va aloof from, 404\n\nKr�va's enchant conditioned souls, 429\n\nN\n\nKr9va's pastimes transcendental to, 105\n\nliving being transcendental to, 321\n\nNagaras ca vanarh ca vii nadis ca vimalodaka�\n\nproduce material assets, 405\n\nNaimi�rar)ya\n\nLord indirectly associated with, 116\n\nSee also Material nature, Threefold mrs�1ohini\n\neries, Material energy\n\nverses quoted, 850\n\nas hub of universal wheel, 59-60\n\nas meeting place of great sages, 59\n\nBhiigqvatam spoken at, 59\n\nincarnation exhibited l<r9va's beauty, 168\nSiva mad after, 600\n\nbriihmaflaS prefer it, 60\n\nthousand-year sacrifice at, 59\n\nYamaraja invited to sacrifice at, 844\n\nMonarchy\n\nas superi6r form of government, 509\n\nNai_sharmyam apy ac_yuta-bhiivava_yitam\n\nYudhi9thira an ideal monarch, 509\n\nNanda Maharaja\n\nmonarchs were not cowards, 489\nSee also King\n\nquoted, 271\n\nas father of Kr9va, 8, 41, 78, 395\n\nas foster father of Baladeva, 572\n\nMonist\n\nhas no access to Bhiigavata-dharm.a, 219\n\nKr9va master of, 404\n\nmerges with brahmajyoti, 406\n\nnot a paramaharhsa, 219\n\nas King of Vraja, 8\n\nNara and Narayava\n\nas twin sons of King Dharma, 147\n\nincarnation exhibited Kr9va 's renunciation,\n\nSukadeva Gosvami as, 194\n\nunscrupulous imagination of, 323\n\nMoon\n\n168\n\nNarada Muni\n\naccepts Kr9va as God, 44, 393\n\nas best among the Vai�vavas, 238\n\nas heavenly planet, 784\n\ndevotee does not care for, 991\n\nas chief of philosopher devotees, 708\n\ninhabitants drink soma-rasa, 246\n\n.as directly empowered incarnation, 144\n\nKr�va is light of, 737\n\nas liberated spaceman, 308\n\nKr�va afraid of His, 410-411\n\nas perfect living being, 228\n\nKr9va compared to, 321\nMother\n\n·\n\nas good as Supersoul, 228\n\nas maidservant's son, 109\n\n", "SB1.3#p0453": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1096\narada Muni\n\nas sage among the demigods, 146, 223\n\nNescience\nknowledge not used for Kr��Ja is, 254\n\nas second iiciirya, 220\n\nocean of crossed by chanting, 311, 401\n\nas spiritual master of Vyasadeva, 45, 146,\n\nrelease from clutches of, 344\n\n220, 223-279\n\nBhiigavatam delivered through his mercy,\n54\ncomparable with himself only, 444\ndescribes God's creations, 74\neverything mysterious known to him, 227\nfollowing in his footsteps, 266\n\nremoved, 261\n\nNiti-siistra (civic laws)\ncited, 677\nNityananda Prabhu\nas chief whip of Caitanya, 14\nsaves Jagai and Madhai, 15-16\nNon devotees\n\ngiven virui by Kr�l)a, 308-309\n\nalways harmful, Ill\n\nhis life after initiation, 283-316\n\nalways in ignorance, l 79\n\nhis previous life, 255-264\n\ncareless and unintelligent, 937\n\nKuvera's sons fell in his wrath, 813\n\ndeceived by jugglery of Kr�•Ja, 179\n\npropagates devotional service, 146\n\ndo not gain anything, 245\n\nsaw himself and Kr�l)a simultaneously,\n\nengaged in material wranglings, 398\n\n294\n\nfall prey to actions of Kali, 937\n\nsings glories of Lord, 74\n\nKr�r:ta silent in case of, 482\n\ntaught by Brahma, 220\n\nmislead men with poor fund of knowl-\n\nwrote Niirada-paiicariitra, 146\n\nNiirada-bhahti-siitra\nfollowed by great authorities, 308\ntrains karmis for liberation, 146\nNarasimhadeva\nas transcendental incarnation, 75\n\nNarasimha Purii(la\ncited, 308\nNarayar;ta\nabove material creation, 10, 87\nas plenary portion of Kr�r;ta, liS\n\nedge, 8\nnot in sound condition, 706\non path of further entanglement, 577\nopposed to devotional service, 1 7\n\nSee also Asuras, Atheists\nNonviolence\ncommon man's conception of, 432\nmeans not to be envious, 955\nso-called, 356\nNrsimhadeva\nbifurcated Hirar;tyakasipu, 155\n\nexhibits four arms, 370\n\n0\n\nincarnation worshiped at Badarinarayar;ta,\n148\nlies on water of devastation, 305\nnot within jurisdiction of mahat-tattva, 10\nPari�it compared to, 641\nresides in Vaikur;ttha planets, 370\nVyasadeva incarnation of, 54\nNiiriiya[lll� paro'vyaktiit a[l$la-{lvyakta sambha­\n\nOmkiira\nSee Praf!ava [om}\nOm namo bhagavate viisudeviiya\nquoted, I\n\nOm namo dhimahi\nquoted, 274\n\np\n\nvam, �erses quoted, 460\nNarottama Dasa Thakur\nquoted, 693\nsongs of, 531\nNavadvipa\nas birthplace of Lord Caitanya, 7\nsurcharged with sankirtana movement, 14\n\nNectar of Devotion\ncited, 39\nNescience\nconditioned soul covered by, 322\n\nPadma Purii[lll\ncited, 27, 44, 50, 815, 897, 944\nPancariitra\nacts on siidra class, 623\nas authorized codes of devotional service,\n276\ncited, 274\ndevotional service established on, 101\nmore important than Vediinta in Kaliyuga, 276\n\n", "SB1.3#p0454": "General Index\nPaiicariitra\nrecommended for this age, 623\n\nPiitu;lavas\n\nall mahiitmiis, 420\n\nas eternal companions of Kr�l)a, 376,494\n\nas order carriers of Krl)Qa, 436\n\nattained Krl)Qaloka in selfsame body, 829\n\ncent percent dependent on Krl)Qa, 382,\n387, 390, 419\n\nentrusted to Krpiiciirya, 623\n\nideal family of devotees, 385\n\nintimately associated with Kr!lt)a, 523\nKrl)Qa's dealings with, 418\n\nmalleable to will of Krl)Qa, 854\n\n1097\n\nParam dr§tvii nivartate\nquoted, 932\n\nParamparii\n\nas bona fide reception of knowledge, 185\nas deductive knowledge, 114\n\ntranscendental sound through, 277\n\nSee also Disciplic succession\n\nPariisara\n\nas father of Vyiisadeva, 157, 765\nas\n\nthe\n\nauthor\n\nof\n\nDharma-siistras,\n\n473\nlearned Vedas in womb of mother, 997\n\nParik�it Maharaja\n\nalmost as good as Sr1 Kr�l)a, 643\n\nnot idle, 420\n\nas celebrated friendly servitor of K[�l)a, 896\n\ntheir existence due to Sri K{�l)3 only,\n\nas \"examiner\", 651\n\non same plane as Kr!ll)a, 336\n421\nParamahariuas\n\nas first-grade devotees, 44, 696\n\nas emperor of the world, 200, 851\n\nas heir apparent of Pap!lu, 620\nas King of Bharatavar�a, 328\n\nas saint amongst royalty, 978\n\nBhiigavatam especially meant for, 328\n\nborn to be hero of Bhiigavatam, 621\n\nin water of spiritual bliss, 557\n\ncompared to Ik�viiku and Riima, 631\n\nmeditate on Sri Kr!lt)a, 44\n\ngarlanded r§i with snake, 960-963\n\nperfectly nonenvious, 87, 955\n\nheard Bhiigavatam from Sukadeva Gosvam'i, 57\n\nin highest stage of sannyiisa, 151\n\nliterature enjoyed by them, 233\nmonist not counted amongst, 219\nSee also Devotees, Transcendentalists\n\nParamiitmii\n\nabove impersonal feature, 53\n\nchastised personality of Kali, 328\n\nfirst victim of brahminical injustice, 965\n\ngot seven day notice of his death, 185, 990\n\nhis birth and activities wonderful, 199\n\nhis birth as subject of Chapter 12, 607-660\n\nhis capital Hastinapura, 993\n\nas eternal time, 406\n\nhis devotional service of remembrance, 652\n\nas K�1rodakasiiyi Vi�1_1u, 116\n\nincreased prestige of Pap!lu dynasty, 200\n\nas guide and witness, 128\n\nas localized aspect of Brahman, 24\n\nas more confidential knowledge, 265\n\nas partial manifestation of Kr!lpa's opu-\n\nhis enemies bowed to him, 201\n\ninherited kingdom from Yudhi�thira, 200\nkind to poor, 911\n\nmeant to subdue mischiefmongers, 917\n\nas partial realization of Vasudeva, 124\n\nnothing undesirable in his life, 201\nperformed sankirtana-yajiia, 924\n\ndirects all psychological activities, 788\n\nprotected by Vi�pu, 609\n\nlences, 136\n\ndestines all actions and reactions, 406\nGovinda distributes Himself as, 618\n\nhas no locus standi without Krsna, 774\nincluded within Krlll)a, 345\nis Kr!lt)a, 107\n\nliving being has no status quo without,\n774\n\nour constant companion, 406\n\npowerful like a tiger, 937\n\nParivriijakiiciirya\n\nas itinerant preachers, 204,\n\nas stage of sannyiisa, 151\n\nmay hear and chant scriptures, 290\n\nnot always expert in mantras, 204\n\ntravels alone through God's creation, 290\n\nPassion\n\nrealized by yogis, 98\n\nbetter than ignorance, 118\n\nwitnesses all actions, 406\n\nchildren begotten in, 214\n\nresides within atoms, 388\nSee also Supersoul\n\nBrahma deity of, 116\n\ncivilized life of man in, 118\n\n", "SB1.3#p0455": "1098\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nPassion\n\ndestroyed by devotional service, no\nin art, culture, morals, ethics, 118\n\nlust, desire, hankerings in, 112\nPastimes of Kr_r_1a\n\nabove all material conception, 945\napparently contradictory, 409\n\nPeace\ndue to good will of the Lord 267,800\nfoolish leaders fail to bring 73\n\nimpossible for godless society, 31\n\nk�atriyas expert in material, 927\nnot brought by l.iterary men, 238\n\nof citizens depends on king, 609\n\nappear human, 407\n\nsages anxious for, 60\n\nattractive and confidential, 57-58, 260, 538\n\nthrough sahkirtana, 33\n\nas exchange of transcendental pleasures, 591\ncan only be described by devotees, 239, 406\n\ndeathless nectar in form of, 845\n\ndisplayed in all variegatedness, 331\n\nhave no material contamination, 408\nheard at N aimi�ara!lya, 79-80\n\nidentical with Kj\"�r_1a, 3, 261\nin a routine spool, 738\n\nsought by various illusory methods, 9\n\nwhen Kr�r_1a was on earth, 732\n\nPerfection\n\nby bhakti-yoga, 479\n\nby dying like Bhi�ma, 501\nby\n\nmoment's\n\nassociation\n\nwith\n\nnot attained by fruitive work, 237\n\nin childhood most attractive, 396\n\nof human civilization, 566\n\nmanifest in every species, 131\n\nof life by hearing, 260\n\nmove like clock hand, 494\n\nof life is God realization, ll2, 253\n\nmanifested in day of Brahmaji, 115\nmisexplained by impersonalists, 193\nnarrated in Bhiigavatam, 58\nnot newly accepted, 115\n\nremembering is benedictory, 104, 302\nSukadeva Go vam'i attracted by, 332\nsupplemented by Yadus, 811\narada instructs Vyasa to de crihe, 252\n\nperformed by internal power , 75\nsanctify Vrajabhumi, 396\n\nof irrevocable devotional service, Il l\nof life by renunciation, 242\n\nsign of in devotional service, 249\n\nwhen one is satisfied at heart, 216\nPhilanthropy\n\nfor the le\n\nfortunate, 77\n\ntint of sense gratification, 97\nPhilosophy\n\nas duty of mental speculator, 94\n\nas seeking after knowledge of one's self, 649\n\nto attract people in general, 411\n\nin service of Kr�r.1a, 254\n\nVyasadeva could think of, 237\n\nshould establish God as sentient, 254\n\nwith gopis, 168\n\nto satisfy Lord's senses, 229\n\nPeace\n\nby advancement of brahminical culture, 988\n\nby broadcasting Bhiigavatam, 234\n\nby cooperation between man and God, 520\nby curbing miscreants, 893\nby devotional service, 251, 268\n\nwithout self-realization dry speculation, 649\n\nPittloka\n\nobtained by charitable work, 246\n\nYamaraja in charge of , 830\nPlanets\nconditions on each different, 159\n\nby glorifying the Lord, 73\n\ncreated fully equipped, 862\n\nby hearing Bhiigavatam, 327\n\nhistories of, 183\n\nby knowing Kr�f.la, 628\n\nby protection of women, 379\nby revival of relation with KHI)a, 525\nby sacrifice to Vi�!JU, 60\n\ninnumerable in each universe, 131\n\nin universal form, 171\n\nin Vaikur;1tha self-illuminated, 307\n\nno forceful entry into higher, 613\n\nby spreading brahminical culture, 856\n\nnone without living beings, 352\n\ncow emblem of, 646\n\nseven downward systems, 138\n\nby subduing upstarts, 646\n\ndestroyed if Kr�f.la ceased to work, 737\n\ndue to good population, 622\n\npure\n\ndevotee, 697\n\nreached by mechanical arrangements, 246\n\nsituated on body of puru�a, 139\nthree divisions named, 307\n\n", "SB1.3#p0456": "General Index\nPlanets\n\n1099\n\nPride\n\nVedic literatures on higher, 631\nYudhi�thira 's fame known on higher, 613\nPleasure\neveryone searching after, 329\nfrom glorification of Kr�r_1a, 316\nnone for transcendentalists in mundane\nliterature, 232\nof fruitive workers gross, 232\n\nspoils austerity, 907\nProprietor\nof all universes is Kr�r;ta, 181\nin every sphere of life is Kr�r;ta, 272\nKr�r}a is supreme, 263\nProsperity\nas disqualification· for spiritual life, 403\ndepends on protection of cows and briih-\n\nPoetry\n\nmaf!as, 396\n\nas duty of mental speculator, 94\n\nflourishes by natural gifts, 423\n\nKr§r).a defined in, 253\n\nfollows spiritual well-being, 65\n\nof Bhiigavatam, 334\n\ngood wife, good home, etc., 402, 739\n\nunder influence of miiyii, 238\n\nis intoxicating, 402-403\n\nused to glorify Kr§r;ta, 254\n\nmaterial fever of, 287\n\nPoliticians\nas dolls of material energy, 233\n\nwelfare work for material, 435\nProstitution\n\nbusy with questions and answers, 89\n\nas principle of irreligiosity, 919\n\ndon't retire from active life, 691, 820\n\nencouraged by divorce act, 920\n\nfight for sense gratification, 97\n\nencouraged by gold, 921\n\nin illusion and fearfulness, 327\n\nKali resides in places of, 919\n\nmasses tools in their hands, 235\n\nprostitutes are uecessary citizens, 576\n\nmodern go by personal belief, 890\nshould take lessons from Yudhi§thira, 817\n\nprostitutes as sincere devotees, 5 75\nProtection\n\nundergo severe austerities, 125\n\ndone by Vi�r).u, 627\n\nSee also, Government, Administrators\n\ngiven to cows by men, 887\n\nPopulation\nhell due to unwanted, 622\n\ngiven to cows, women, etc., 379\ngiven to surrendered soul, 918\n\nin Kali-yuga of sii.dra quality, 622\n\nking duty-bound to give, 6ll\n\npeace due to good, 622\n\nnot for everyone in general, 866\n\nPradyumna\nas expansion on right of Sarlkar§at�a, ll5,\n274\n\nPiil)�avas dependent on Kr�IJa's, 382, 387\nPrthu\nas directly empowered incarnation, 144\n\nas great general of Vr§r:ti family, 751\n\nexcavated produces from earth, 153\n\nas incarnation of Kamadeva, 573\n\nincarnation with executive function, 75,\n165\n\nPrahlada Maharaja\nafraid of materialistic life, 1009\n\nPunishment\n\nbrief history of, 789\n\nlife for a life is just, 356\n\ncited, 652\n\nto reclaim conditioned souls, 323\n\ndisciple of Narada, 298\n\nPuriif!aS\n\ninstructed by Dattlitreya, 149\n\nas histories of millions of planets, 183\n\nParik§it staunch devotee like, 645\n\nas part of fifth Veda, 24, 63, 209\n\nperfect devotee of Kr§r;ta, 646\n\nas source for Vai�r_1ava literatures, 9\n\ntested by Kr§r;ta, 360\n\ncited, 54\n\nPraf!ava (om)\n\ncompiled by Vyasadeva, 45\n\nas primeval hymn, 26\n\nconquer material existence, 88\n\nas basis of aU Vedic hymns, 26\n\nentrusted to Romahar�ar_1a, 2ll\n\nidentical with form of Lord, 26\n\nfor different types of men, 88\n\nPride\nas principle of irreligiosity, 919\n\nmade easy for women, etc., 24\nmention Hare. KniJa mantra, 10\n\n", "SB1.3#p0457": "§rimad-Bhigavatam\n\nllOO\n\nQ\n\nmisunderstood as imaginary stor_ies, 578\npurpose same as Vedas, 23\n\nQuestions\nabout K[l}l}a original and perfect, 3\n\nrecommend demigod worship, 240\nSiita Gosvami well-versed in, 62\n\nSee also Sastras,\nVedas,\nRhagavatam, Vediinta-siitra\n\n$rimad-\n\nbirds, beasts, men busy with, S9\nof briihmaras please Siita Gosvami, 83\nshould not he challenging, 61\nSiita Gosvam'i able to answer all, 204\n\nPure devotees\naccept frustration as blessing of Kri}J.la, 961\n\nthat pertain to K[l}f}a, 89\n\nact like Brahman, 824\n\nto elicit clear meaning, 61\n\nalways in spiritual sky, 726\n\nworthy in relation to Kr§J.la, 89\n\nalways sound in body and mind, 468\ncannot forget Krll'.la for a moment, 493\ncleared of all sin, 258\n\nR\n\nr\n\nR.adhara l\n\ncommit no offense while chanting, 951\n\nattracted by K[l}f}a, 868\n\ncut off family ties, 425\n\nHer\n\nemblems of holy men, 697\nfaithful, learned, renounced, 708\nfeel no contact with material elements,\n\n726\nforget position of Krllf.la, 411\n\nfeelings\n\nexpression,\n\nof\n\nseparation\n\nsupermost beautiful creation, 868\n\nRajas\nSee\n\nPassion\n\nRamacandra\n\nfrom crude men, 85 -\n\naccepted spiritual master, 252\n\nhave no desire for personal profit, 180\n\nappeared in Treta-yuga, 632\n\nhighest ambition of, 467\n\ncontrolled Indian Ocean, 158\n\nhonored equally with Lord, 72\n\ncut tie of affection for wife, 425\n\nknown as vice-lords, 72\n\nexhibited Kf§t)3's fame, 168\n\nmaterial\n\nblessings automatically follow,\n\n614\nmaterial pleasures like phantasmagoria to,\n\n942\nmore liberal than Lord, 33\nmore.powerful than Ganges, 72\nnecessity of, 273\nnever ask undue favor of K[l}f}a, 424, 609\n\nexiled in forest, 633\nkilled Ravapa, 158\nK rll'.la more merciful than, 396\nParikl}it compared to, 631\nremained a king's son, 396\ntranscendental incarnation, 75, 142\n\nRiimiiya[IU\n\nas history of Lord Rama, 76, 159, 633\n\nnever fall down, 308\n\nas part of Vedas, 63\n\nnever offend another pure devotee, 33\n\ncited, 364\n\nnothing hut spiritual existence for, 618\nqualifications described, 273\nrectify polluted atmosphere, 675\n\nsource for V ail}pava literatures, 9\n\nRasa dance\nmisunderstood by foolish, 58\n\nshelter of their lotus feet, 72\n\nrelished by liberated persons, 46\n\ntested by Krllf.la, 360\n\nsite of seen by Caitanya, 38\n\ntheir assets not material, 942\ntheir association removes all obstacles, 258\ntheir death described, 304\nunattracted to material activities, 258\n\nSee also Devotees, Transcendentalists\nPurification\n\nas attainment of spiritual knowledge, 271\nby prescribed Vedic activities, 218\nof sound, 342\n\nbeyond\n\n522-523\n\nwith spiritual cowherd damsels, 964\n\nRiisa-lilii\nSee Rasa dance\nRasas (mellow relationships)\n\nbasic principles of all activities, 57\nbetween K rll'.l a and His servitor, 492\nbetween members of same species, 56\ndifferent\n\n-transcendental\n\nvariegatedness, 275\n\n", "SB1.3#p0458": "General Index\nGod is reservoir of aU, 56\n\nKr�(la's form comprehends all, 332\n\nof the material world, 57\n\nHOI\n\nRemembrance\nParik�it performed devotional service of,\n652\n\none expert in relishing, 943\n\nRenunciation\n\nsensual pleasures, 56\n\nas detachment from material affection,\n\nsum total called love, 56\n\n502\n\ntwelve varieties named, 56\n\nobstruction on path of, 91\n\nbuilt staircase to heaven, 159\n\nperfection of life by, 242\n\nRaval)a\n\nperfect dependence on God is real, 955\n\nflouted authority of Lord, 49\ngiven lessons by Hanuman, 14\n\nRomahar�a(la\n\nentrusted with Purii[!as, 211\n\nkidnapped Slta, 159\n\nfather of Suta Gosvami, 83\n\nkilled by Lord Rama, 71, 158\n\nRudra\n\nunderwent bodily torture, 125\n\nSee Siva\n\nReligion\n\nRukmil)i\n\nas extra function of human, 52\n\nattracted by hearing of Kr�r:Ja, 332\ndaughter of king of Vidarbha, 547\n\nas real means to know God, 187\n\nas rendering service to Kr�(la, 124\n\nbattles fought on principles of, 356\n\ncodes of enacted by Kr�r:Ja, 119, 186,416\ncow emblem of, 646\n\ndemigod worship a perversity of, 123\n\nenjoyment in name of, 241\n\nprincipal queen at Dvitraka, 573\n\nRupa Gosvami\n\ndivided his wealth, 38\n\ngave up worldly pomp, 404\n\nhis song quoted, 585\n\ninstructed by Caitanya, 38-39\n\nfor matetial profit, 96\n\nwrote Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, 3 9\n\nfour primary subjects of, 52\n\ns\n\nfour principles of, 906\n\ninferior to devotional service, 231\n\nSabda-ko5a Dictionary\n\npath of seen through Mahiibharata, 217\n\nSacrifice\n\nmanufactured, 67\n\nprescribed codes of God, 81\n\ncited, 331\n\nacts performed to satisfy God, 914\n\nprinciples of are not dogmas, 913\n\nby hearing, 79\n\npurpose of k!1own by mahiijanas 119\n\ncounteracts accumulated sins, 859\n\nprinciples of spotlessly white, 880\n,\n\nreestablished by Kr�(la, 416\n\nto abide by the orders of Kr�(la, 378\n\ncorollary to bhakti, 93\n\ndevotee's life a symbol of, 859\n\nfire the soul of Vedic, 118\n\ntruthfulness basic principle of, 923\n\nfor Kali-yuga is sankirtana-yajrw, 914\n\nwomen more interested in, 395\n\nhouseholder happy by, 882\n\nas principle of devotional service, 416-417\n\npeople's occupations purified by, 209\n\nsin in name of , 67\n\nRemembrance\n\nfor supreme cause is superior, 91\n\nmeans to accept supremacy of God, 914\n\ncomes from Kr�r:Ja, 174\n\nrain made to shower properly by, 859\n\ndevotee attains trance by, 493\n\nsuccess depends on priest in charge, 655\n\ncuts knots of karma, 104\n\nNarada\\ will continue always, 300\nof Bhagavan, 103\n\nof K�Qa alleviates miseries, 333\n\nscriptures sanction restricted animal, 357\n\nto please Kr�(la, 124, 657\n\nSee also Sankirtana-yajiia\n\nSaints\n\nof Kr�Qa in distress, 333\n\nbroadcast holy· name, 235\n\nof pastimes brings liberation, 104\n\ngiven milk freely by householders, 882\n\nof Naraya(la at death, 10, 185, 478-4 79\n\nof taste of lotus feet, 248\n\ncompared to swans, 232\n\nimportance of association with, 697\n\n", "SB1.3#p0459": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1102\n\nSaints\nmeant to awaken blind persons, 690\npure devotee emblem of, 697\n\nSannyiisa\n\nforbidden for ordinary men, 290\n\nfour stages named, 151\nmust be accepted from another sannyiisi, 18\n\nspiritual master in shape of, 323\n\nSalvation\n\nby chanting holy names, 936\nby conquering lust, anger, etc., 474\n\ndesire for, results from sense gratification,\n52\n\ntaken by Sukadeva Gosviimi, 84\n\nSannyiisi\n\nCaitanya did not accept name of, 290\n\nconsidered a dead man civilly, 699\nduty-bound to take risks, 290\n\nfor those who died at Kuruk�etra, 408\n\nheld in high estimation, 17,319\n\nprogressive path of, 255\n\nso-called, 67\n\ninferior to devotional service, 231\n\nSamiidhi\n\nabsorption in pleasing Hari, l 01, 725\n\nmaster of all varrws and iisramas, 18\n\ntwo types of, 699\n\nYudhi�\\hira became, 820\n\nby remembering Kr�va, 493\n\nSarvam khalv idam brahma\n\nhis Hari-bhakti-viltisa cited, 829\n\nSiistras\n\nquoted, 868\n\nSaniitana Gosviimi\n\nVai�vava scholar, 9\n\ncited, 355, 359, 403, 625\n\nSankariiciirya\n\nadmits Niiriiyava above material creation,\n87, 393\ncited, 603\n\ndidn't touch Srimad-Bhiigavatam, 87\n\nhis commentation spoils everything, 36\nhis followers ignorant of Vai$1).ava knowledge, 22\n\nhis followers known as Vediintists, 21-22\n\nordered to teach by God, 27\n\nrecommended\nKr$va, 185\n\nshelter\n\nof lotus\n\nfeet of\n\nSaitkar.sapa\n\nplanet of, lOll\n\nplenary portion of Baladeva, llS, 160,\n274, 572\n\nSiinkhya philosophy\n\ncalled metaphysics, 148\n\nexplains twenty-four elements, 148\nKapila author of, 897\n\nSahkirtana-yajiia\n\neven for wild animals, 33\n\nleaders should take advantage of, 33\n\nrecommended for all practical purposes,\n14\n\nsacrifice for Kali-yuga, 656, 914\n\nsure and recognized path, 659\n\nmany varieties of, 68\n\nmust be accepted in toto, 273\n\nprescribe different methods, 68\n\nprescribe duties of orders and castes, 979\n\nrecommend offenseless chanting of holy\nnames, 10\n\nSarvabhauma tests Caitanya's symptoms\n\nwrote Siiriraka-bh�ya, 87\n\nperformed by Parik$it, 924\n\nessence of assimilated by iiciirya, 363\n\ngive symptoms of incarnations, 37\n\nsanction restricted animal sacrifice, 357\n\npaved path of theism, 163\n\nquoted, 460\n\ndetermine incarnations of God, 21\n\nby, 20\n\nspiritual master in shape of, 323\n\nthose who can see through eyes of, 208\n\nSee also B\"hagavad-gltii, Srimad-Bhiigavatam,\nUpaniplds, Vedas\n\nSati rite\n\nbecame obnoxious criminal affair, 728\nmost perfect action for a woman, 728\n\nvoluntary death of widow, 364\n\nSatisfaction\n\nbeginning of transcendental bliss, 231\nby chanting glories of Lord, 311\nfrom devotionai service, 312\n\nfrom questions about Kr�J.la, 90\n\nof heart beyond matter, 216\n\nnone from sensual activities, 311\n\nSatyaki\n\nBhiirisrava killed ten sons of, 791\n\nnarrated activities of Samba, 573\nsided with Yud�thira, 369\n\n", "SB1.3#p0460": "General Index\nSatya-yuga\n\n1103\n\nSelf-realization\n\neveryone in mode of goodness in, 213\n\nto see pure self and the Lord, 174\n\nfour principles of religiosity in, 904\n\nSee also Yoga\n\ngolden age, 79\nhundred thousand year life span in, 79\nSaunaka Muni\nelderly leader of nis, 191\nheaded sages of Naimi�ra!lya, 59\nhis inquiries praised by Siita Gosvami, 181\nson of B�gu, 615\n\nScience\ncan't counteract threefold miseries, 740\nends with end of body, 596\nto challenge the Lord, 159\nScientists\ncannot conceive of highest planet, 991\ncannot manufacture brain, 48\n\nSelf-satisfaction\nresides in Kr�l)a, 865\ntranscendental to material existence, 110111\nSense gratification\nactivities of ignorance, 31\nas standard of civilization, 53, 67\ncompared to jaundice, 235\nconditioned soul alert in, 195\ndemoniac principle of, 612\ndepends on economic development, 52\ndestined according to past or present life,\n846\ndestroyed by devotional service, 93\n\ndepend on imperfect senses, 393\n\ndry speculative theories for, 254\n\nmodern demons, 776\n\nenjoyed by dogs and hogs, 151\n\nnot on level of Arjuna, 784\n\nfor those who are not self-controlled, 954-\n\nscience of chanting hymns unknown to,\n348\nthink ultimate source is sun, 48\n\n955\nincreases duration of disease, 91\ninferior to devotional service, 231\n\ntry to avoid death, 844\n\nirresponsible life of, 257\n\nas master, 113\n\nmaterially engrossed satisfied only by, 96,\n\nSelf\nbeyond gross and subtle bodies, 94,174\n\nliteratures full of, 235\n614\n\nbody is superficial covering of, 174\n\nmaterial, mystic, liberation, 331\n\nenlivened by devotional service, 115\n\nnot ultimate goal of human l.ife, 846\n\ngenerates impetus for activities, 174\n\nonly for bare necessities, 122\n\npotent active principle, 94\nsatisfied by worthy questions, 89\nscriptures meant to satisfy, 68\nspiritual in constitution, 68\nSelfishness\nself-centered or self-extended, 94, 203\nSelf-realization\nby hearing and chanting, 70, 79, 313, 678\ncause of cheerfulness, 224\nindifference to needs of body, I 74\nKali-yuga men lazy in, 67\nliberated soul alert in, 195\n\nphilosophical speculation as subtle, 955\nsaps human energy, 66\nspiritual suicide for, 97\nsubstitute for real happiness, 151\ntemporary and miserable, 253\nun-der pretense of religiosity, _knowledge,\netc. 187\nvarious programs for, 246\nworldly men engaged in, 328\nYudhi��hira free from, 611\nSenses\nactive parts of body, 537\n\nlike eating food, 941\n\namalgamated in the mind, 822\n\nnot hampered by any status of life, 31\n\ncannot be forcibly curbed, 955\n\nobstructed by family affection, 693\n\ncannot know transcendental identity, 35\n\nper-fect under lotus feet of Kr�l)a, 174\n\ncontrolled by better engagements, 537\n\npurpose of human Life, 242, 329, 402,\n\ncontrol of is basis of morality, 4 70\n\n405,472,717\nrealization of pure identity, 725\n\ncreated according to desire, 130\neach searching for its food, 727\n\n", "SB1.3#p0461": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1104\nSenses\near most effective of, 326\neleven,136\n\nengaged in service of Mukunda,312\n\n�niiga\n\ncarried Baladeva from this world,573\n\nSex\n\ndirectly empowered incarnation,144\n\nfalse pleasures of, 754\n\nRhiigavatam not sex literature,54\nBhiigavatam recited to support,188\n\nimperfect, 393\n\nhouseholder life a license for,4 73\n\nenlivened by J<r�r;ta, 395\n\ncenter of material enjoyment, 416\n\nHr�ike5a proprietor of, 239, 399\n\nillicit spoils cleanliness,907\n\nimpure in collaboration with matter, 480\n\nJ<r�r;ta not approached with material,172,\n\nits reality in spiritual world,50\n\nlike venomous serpents, 312\n\nordinary beings beget by,415\n\nmust be controlled,470\n\n296,300\n\nregulated for fruitive workers,5·6\n\nmade of material elements, 276\n\nnot absolute by themselves,564\n\nSukadeva transcendental to,196\n\nof liberated person perfect,239\n\nVisviimitra a victim of,537\n\nstricUy prohibited for transcendentalists,6\n\nnot for unrestricted enjoyment,97\nphilosophy to satisfy the Lord's,229\n\nrectified by devotional service, 140,294\nrequire certain satisfaction,97\n\nrestraint of by yoga system, 312\n\nspiritual perceive presence of Lord,293\nspiritual revived by chanting,276\n\nwhole creation moving under,50\n\nShelter\n\nof fearlessness is Kr�r)a,383\n\nParlk�it's body a shelter for others,202\n\nShyness\n\ncheck to unrestricted mixing of man and\n\nuseless without consciousness,421\n\nwoman,528\n\nextra-natural beauty of fair sex, 527,528\n\nSeparation\n\nfeeling of leads to eight ecstasies,293\n\nfelt Like a thunderbolt,420\n\nlike fish from water,420\narada's feeling of mitigated,297\n\npainful for devotee,297,805\nServants\n\npowerful women controlled by,475\n\nSilence\n\ncontrols talkativeness, 475\n\nliving being cannot maintain, 311\n\nSimultaneously one and different\ndescribed in Bhagavatam, 53\n\ndemigods as, 122\nliving beings constitutionally, 229,614\n\nKpma and His energies,253\n\nLord and Living beings are, 324,619,803,\n\nof God respected as God,106,255\n\nof God risk everything, 107\n\nof senses like lust, anger,etc., 416,614\n\nService\n\n804\n\nSin\n\nthe Lord and His devotees,306\ncleared by hearing, 260\n\ncounteracted by sacrifice,657, 859\n\nbody meant for,433\n\ndirect is favorable,180\n\neradicated by devotional service,263\n\nindirect is unfavorable, 180\n\nKali great representative of,200\n\nof Krsno and Krsna identical,299\n\nmaterialist sure to commit,435\n\nhighest quality by briihma[tas, 624\n\neradicated by sages' food,258\n\nmaterial has satiation,299\n\nKr�J;I3 protects surrendered soul from,918\n\nof L�rd and d���tees identical, 225,426\n\nmurderer purified of, 357\n\n427\n\nof devotee burnt in fire of repentance, 986\n\nperverted reflection in material world,598\n\nproduct of desires,108\n\nspiritual has no satiation,299\n\nrectified through external energy,620\n\nphysically and mentally,270\n\npure devotee cleared of all,258\n\nto J<r�r;ta direcUy or indirectly,180\nto perverted senses,524\n\ntotal counted together, 301\n\nwithout reverential admiration,4ll\n\nunintentional committed daily, 657\nSltii\n\nYudhiHhira laments for his,433\n\nkidnapped by RavaJ.la, 159,632\n\n", "SB1.3#p0462": "General Index\nSita\nSiva\n\nnos\n\nSmrti stistras\n\nmother of all opulence, 867\n\ncited, 357\n\nas qualitative form, 116\n\nSociety\nextended selfishness of, 94\n\nborn from Brahma, 142\n\nof foolish materialists, 244\n\nawards gifts to beggars, 641\n\ncompared to curd, 143\n\ndeity of ignorance, ll6\n\ndestroys material prison house, 117\n\ndevotee of Lord Caitanya, 12\n\ndrank an ocean of poison, 943\n\nDurvasa Muni incarnation of, 781\n\nin eight orders and statuses, 151\n\nSoul\n\nabove body and mind, 94\n\nand matter create knot, 104\n\nand Supersoul one and different, 113\nbeauty of, 528\n\nbeyond jurisdiction of mind, 187\n\nfought with Arjuna, 638\n\nbody external dress of, 432\n\nhis percentage of Kr�l)a's attributes, 168-\n\ndesires complete freedom, 95\n\nhis bow broken by Lord Rama, 632\n\n169\n\ncompared to sky, 172\n\nits diseased activities, Ill\n\nincarnation of Garhhodakasa:Yi Vi�r_Ju, 142\n\nmaterial forms false to, 494\n\nmad after Mohini incarnation, 600\n\nnot seen by material senses, 172\n\noffended by Citraketu, 245\n\nto soul relationship, 427\n\nJarasandha devotee of, 778\nmarginal position of, 142\n\nParik�it munificent like, 641\n\nto appear as Sankaraciirya, 27\n\nvia medium between Lord and living entities, 953\n\nvictim of Kr�r;ta's wives, 599\nworshiped by foolish, ll7\n\nworshiped by passionate, 121\n\nnever pierced, burnt, etc., 485\n\nsatisfied by devotional service, 95\nuncontaminated and indestructible, 485\n\nSee· also Living Beings\nSpiritual master\naccepted by Lord Kr�r)a, Lord Rama, etc.,\n\n252\n\naccepts only sincere inquirer, 85\n\napproached with receptive ear, 130, 282\n\nworshiped for good husbands, 12\n\nardent hearing from, 610\n\nchalked out ways for all classes, 105\n\nbona fide servant of Kr�l)a, 255\n\ncut off all family ties, 425\n\nentrusts specific service, 277\n\nprefer Paricariitrika formulas, 623\n\nhis wife considered mother, 587\n\nSix Gosvaniis\n\ncited, 305\n\ndeputed to go to V�ndavana, 18\n\nrichest of all, 603\n\nSkanda Purtif1a\n\nBaladeva is original, 573\ncan elevate anyone, 118\n\nhis direction purifying, 70\n\nhis words penetrate the heart, 344\n\nin shape of scriptures and saints, 323\n\ncited, 485\n\ninstructs Vedas, 84-85\n\nghastly places, 357\n\nknows art of glorification, 256\n\nSlaughterhouses\n\nno necessity for, 423\n\nnone in Dvaraka, 567\n\nnot allowed by King Par1k�it, 203\nSee also Flesh eating, Cow killing\nSleep\nArjuna conqueror of, 529\n\nconquered by spiritual culture, 4 74\ndiseased activity of soul, Ill\n\ngross body inactive during, 173\n\nrefused to be taken by Maharaja ParikJ!it,\n\n200\n\nkindles spiritual fire, 129\n\nKr�l)a is, 561\n\nmercy representative of Kr�l)a, 344, 553\n\nmust be authorized by Kr�l)a, 1 026\nmust be satisfied, 64\n\nmust be worshiped, 217\n\nnot a decoration for householders, 1027\nnot for earning a livelihood, 719\n\nobedience and submission to, 65\n\nof all sages is Vyasadeva, 86.\n\nqualitatively one with Kr�l)a, 719\n\nrejected if unworthy, 363\n\n", "SB1.3#p0463": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1106.\nSpiritual Master\nSupersoul becomes, 323\n\nsurrender to is freedom, 31 5\n\ntransparent via medium, 182, 255, 276,\n315, 344\n\nSee also Devotees, Transcendentalists\n\nSpiritual sky\n\nBrahman spread all around in, 136\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\nKHTJ.a-kathii spoken about Kr�1.1a, 337\n\nKr� 1_13 's nature described in nine cantos, 78\n\nliterary incarnation of God, 182, 244\n\nmature fruit of Vedic tree, 55\n\nmeans of conquest, 88\n\nmeant to be heard from beginning, 54\nnarration of Lord's svariipa, 46\n\neffulgence of Brahman, 757\n\nnot an imaginary story, 198\n\nentered only by spiritual body, 314\n\npenetrated\n\nenjoyment without inebriety in, 486\n\neveryone fully cognizant and blissful in,\n36\n\nno struggle for existence in, 801\n\npure devotee in, 726\n\nnis cannot enter, 308\n\nParlk�it born to be hero of, 621\nthrough\n\nCaitanya's mercy, 6\n\nmedium\n\npostgraduate study, 329\n\nquoted, 462,995\n\nquoted by Caitanya to Bhattacarya, 27\n\nreferred to in oldest Purii[!as, 50\n\nSee also Hari-dhama, Goloka-Vrndavana,\n\nspotless Purii[!a, 45, 336\n\nKingdom of God, Vaiku1_1tha\n\nSrldhara Svaml\n\nas original commentator on Bhiigavatam,\n50, 74, 153\n\ncited, 153, 233, 353, 370, 641, 827, 850\n\nSri k!§TJ.a govinda hare muriire, he niitha niiriiya[!a viisudeva\n\nquoted, 870\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam\n\nas powerful sun, 733\n\navailable for all sincere souls, 87\n\nbegins with surrender of devotee, 53\n\ncalled $ulca-sarhhitii, 198\n\nchosen by Caitanya at annaprasana ceremony, 11\n\ncited, 27, 331, 416, 460, 646, 658, 705,\n946,947,975\n\ncompiled by Vyasdeva, 45\n\nconfirms Brahma not independent, 5\n\ncream of Vedic knowledge, 86, 183\n\ndescribed activities of Kr�1_13, 418\n\nscience of Kr�1.1a, 7\n\nsummum bonum of life personified, 187,\n323\n\nto correct flaws of human society, 903\n\ntorch bearer for blind, 187, 891\ntranscendental torchlight, 87\n\ntwelve cantos, 18,000 slokas, 50\n\nwhy it's called natural commentation, 64\n\nwritten under order of Narada, 45\n\nundertaken by greedy fellows, 649\nSee alsoBhagavad-gita, Pura[!as, Vedantasiitra\n\n$ruti mantras\n\nanything sung in praise of Kr�1.1a, 531\n\ncited, 57, 128, 211, 409, 533, 548, 589,\n952\n\nconfirm Kr�1.1a all-perfect, 49\n\nsay birthless appears to take birth, 176\n\nstate Brahman the source of everything, 48\n\nStudents\n\nas order of life, 102\n\nbusy with questions and answers, 89\n\ndesignates God as the param satyam, 5\n\nopposed to devotional service, 1 7\n\never-fresh, 77\n\npostgraduate in spiritual line, 112\n\nessence of all histories, 184\nforetold Lord Buddha, 163\n\nfrom bogus h_i red reciter, 188\n\nfrom lips of Sukadeva Gosvaml, 55\n\nGita preliminary study of, 187\n\nhistory of Par;u;lava mahatmas, 420\n\nhits on target of Absolute Truth, 5\nits authority established, 50\n\nLord\n\npurely transcendental urge of soul, 29\n\nunlimited news from, 238\n\nunlimited Vaikur.1tha planets, 307\n\nof\n\nParlk�it ardent, 610\n\nseriously inquisitive, 100\n\nSubhadra\n\nattained same results as Pa1_1«;lavas, 831\n\nsister of Kr�l)3, 377\n\nwife of Arjuna, 636, 637\n\n$iidras\n\nas dancers, singers, etc., 577\n\n", "SB1.3#p0464": "General Index\nSiidras\n\nas population in Kali-yuga, 16,622\n\ncannot penetrate Vedas, 24\n\ncan practice ·devotional service, 93\ncan take shelter of Lord,72\n\nclassified with women and dvija-bandhus,\n158\n\nPaiicariitrika system acts on, 623\n\nshould be maintained by higher castes,47 l\n\nshould never bank money, 47l\n\nso-called briihm.attas counted amongst, 659\n\nunimportant elements in society, 497\n\nSuffering\n\nby misuse of freedom,407\n\ncreated by living being, 417\n\nof a karmi and a devotee, 248\n\nSupersoul\n\nbecomes spiritual master,323\n\nBhi�ma merged himself in,500\n\ncontroller and savior from all miseries, 8\nmeditated on by Narada,292\nNarada as good as, 228\n\npervades all things,129\n\nprotector of righteous,619\n\nsource of proton, neutron, etc., 129\nstretches in all directions, 619\n\nunlimited by time and space, 619\n\nvia medium of relation with,427\n\nSee also Paramatma\n\nSupreme Lord\n\ncognizant of all minute details,4 7\n\ndressed in the ten directions, 620\n\nroot cause of pointed out, 322\n\nhas inconceivable energies,45\n\nexperienced by his knowledge, 1017\n\nis omniscient, 50\n\nheard Bhiigavatam from Vyasadeva,57\n\nis unlimited,243\n\nSukadeva Gosvami\n\nhad uncommon bodily features, 1018\n\nhis bona fide representative, 58\n\nliberated in womb of mother,57\n\nmakes Bhiigavatam more relishable, 55\n\nis an individual, 45\n\nis the total body,54\n\nking is representative of,203\n\nknows everything directly and indirectly,\n5\n\nspiritual master of all sages, 86\n\nnameless, inactive, formless to speculators,\n\nspoke Bhiigavatam to SiHa Gosvami, 61\n\nno illusion for Him, 50\n\nspoke Bhiigavatam to Maharaja Parik�it, 57\nsubsisted only on milk, 881-882\n\ntranscendental to sex relations, 195-196\n\nwas equibalanced monist, 194\n\nwelcomed questions of Maharaja Parik�it,\n2\n\nSummum bonum\n\nK[§l).a as one without a second,168\n\nSun\n\nll07\n\nultimate source of all energies, 5\n\nBhiigavatam compared to, 186,733\nBrahma's power compared to, 143\n\nKr§l).a compared to, 113, 261, 344-345,\n413,463,564,805,810,866\n\nKr§l).a is light of,737\n\nKr�va luminous like, 478\n\nKr�va 's birth like appearance of,540\nNarada 's goodness compared to,228\n\nnot partial to anyone,408\n\nperceived differently but is one,499\n\nSupersoul\nabsolute one without a second, 129\nand soul one and different, ll3\nawards all welfare to worshiper, 915\n\n179\n\nreciprocates with devotees, 108\nroot of all categories, 53\n\nto be obeyed in all respects, 49\n\nultimate sanction in His hands, 739\n\nSee also l<r§t;�a\n\nSurrender\n\nas principle of devotional service,416-417\nas remedial measure, 322\n\nby influence of association, 322-323\ndifficult for impersonalists, 124\n\nis not easy, 904\n\nto lotus feet of Lord, 245\n\nto spiritual master is freedom, 315\n\nSiita Gosvami\n\ncongratufated by Saunaka Mun.i, 191\nheard from Sukadeva Gosvanii,61\n\npraised as free from all vice, 62\n\npraises Saunaka's inquiries, 181\nquestioned by sages,61\n\nson of Romahar§3!Ja, 83\n\nSvapiidamiilam bhajata/1 priyasya tyaktiinyabhiivasya harifi paresa/1\nverses quoted,995\n\n", "SB1.3#p0465": "�rimad-Bhipvatam\n\n1108\nSvetadvipa\n\nabode of �rodakaSiyi Vi�qu,415\n\nreplica of Vaikupthaloka, 563\n\nSyamasi.mdara\n\nTime\nno one should grudge being controlled by,\n455\n\nnot to he wasted on flimsy things,247\n\nSee Kr�J;�a\n\noffers happiness and miseries, 407\n\nT\n\nreduces matter to oblivion,208\nthe subtle arrangement of, 710\nunmanifested forces of, 208\n\nTamas\nSee Ignorance\n\nTapasya\n\nas voluntary acceptance of bodily pains,\n125\n\nonly duty of human being, 147\n\nsanctifies one's existence, 151\nTaste\n\nunseen forces in course of,206\n\nwasted by people in general,257\n\nTolerance\nconquers avarice,474\nresides in Kr�f.la,865\n\nTranscendentalists\n\nfirst-class are devotees,100\n\nof lotus feet remembered, 248\n\nknow the Absolute Truth,98\n\ntranscendental destroys material, 258\n\nthree clas8es of,694\n\nof the Personality of Godhead, 261\n\nTeachers\nbriihmaCtas should become, 364\n\nmay lecture from Vedas, 31\n\nnon-envious,pure in heart,52\n\nworship Vi�pu,117\n\nSee also Aciiryas, Devotees, Atmliriimas,\nMahatmas,\n\nmisguided, 67\n\nrejected if unworthy, 363\nshould not drink or smoke, 470\nTeachings of Lord Caitanyc:\n\ncited,9, 27, 28, 31,37\nTemples\n\nestablished by iiciiryas, 398\n\nfor less intelligent,394\n\nMahiibhiigavata,\n\nTretii-yuga\n\nsilver age, 79\n\nSri Rama appeared in, 632\n\nten thousand year life span, 79\nTruthfulness\n\nbasic principle of religion, 923\n\ncentral point in pleasing God, 914\n\ntranscendental places, 298\n\ndestroyed by gambling, 920\n\ncontinued by physical knowledge,125\n\nresides in Kr�f.la, 865\n\nThreefold miseries\n\ndescribed, 53\n\nfreedom from,416\n\nmaterial science can't counteract, 740\n\nmitigated by spiritualized activities; 269\nnot desired for us by Kr�J;�a,271\npinch conditioned soul, 717\n\nSee also Material nature, Modes of nature,\n\nprimary regulative observance, 906\n\nspoiled by lying propaganda, 907\nVyasadeva situated in, 237\nTulasl\n\nKumliras attracted by flavor of, 332\n\nleaves mixed in Ganges, 992\n\nleaves used by Advaita to worship Kr�f.la,\n15\n\nMaterial world\n\nu\n\nTime\nannihilates everything, 283\n\ncannot exert influence on Kr�J;�a,561\n\nchanges shape of everything, 716\n\nconquers the most powerful, 862\ncontrols action of air and other elements,\n455\n\nKr�J;�a 's is eternal,406\n\nKr�f.la not influence by, 807\nNlirada's memory undisturbed by, 283\n\nParoma­\n\nhal'hsas\n\nUniverses\nall\n\nproduced\n\n137\n\nby\n\nMahli- Vi�pu,\n\narise from Kr�f.la, 44\n\nhistory of repeats itself, 288\ninnumerable planets in each, 131\nKf�I_la soul of,408,424\n\nproprietor of is Kr�f.la, 181\npurified by Ganges, 953\n\n44,\n\n", "SB1.3#p0466": "General Index\nUpan4ads\n\n1109\n\nVarriisrama-dharma\n\ncited, 320\n\ndirect meanings summarized by Vyasadeva, 23\n\nmessage of expressed in Vedanta-siltra, 36\n\nsource for Vai�p.ava literatures, 9\n\nstudents of realize Brahman, 98\n\nSee also $astras, Vedas, Puraras, Vedanta­\n\nits institutional function in human society,\n102\n\nnatural for civilized life, 102\n\nnot necessary for Sukadeva Gosviimi, 85\nprescribes many duties, 84\n\nrestricts association with women, 599\nsuperficial only, 29\n\nsystem impossible now, 68\n\nsiltra\n\nv\nVaikup.tha\n\ndevotees qualified to enter, 308\n\nNarada can turn any place in to, 298\nNarayana resides in, 370\n\nSvet�d Jipa replica of , 563\n\nunlimited planets in spiritual s ky , 307\n\nSee also Spiritual sky\n\nVai�p.avas\n\nalways humble in their behavior, 467\n\nBhagavatam dear to, 651\n\nby nature nonviolent, 14\n\nturns crude man into pure devotee, 85\n\nSee also Caste system\n\nVasudeva\n\nas brother of Kunti, 571\nas father of Kr�r:ra , 1\n\nas son of King Su ras ena, 571\n\nVasudeva\n\naff inity for hearing His messages, 106\n\nas all in all in ev erythin g, 420, 499\n\nas full-fledged Absolute Truth, 100\n\nas one who lives everywhere in full consciousness, 6\n\nas plen ary portion of Kr�r�a, 1 1 5\n\nfearless devotees of Lord, 14\n\nas son of\n\nnever tolerate bla sp h emy, 14\n\nHis name has powers of His Self, 7 l\n\niirada ��i best amongst, 238\n\ntranscendenta l to brahmaras, 112\n\nSee also Devotees, Tr a us ce ndenta lists\nVaisyas\n\ncan practice devotional service, 93\n\ndegr aded engaged in cow s la u gh ter , 880\ngiven c ha rge of animal protection, 471\n\nun imp ortant elements in so c iety , 497\n\nworship\n\niil miki\n\ni �r.1u , 121\n\nasudeva and Devaki, 44\n\ndemigods Hi\n\nassi ling h an ds , 126\n\nis Kmw, 160\n\nViisudeva{l sarvam iti\nq uo ted, 320\n\nViiyavlya ?\"antra\ndescribes\n\nLord\n\nBrahmii's\n\nma terial universe, 59\n\ncreation\n\nof\n\nVediinta-siitm\n.\nexplained in t e xt of $rimad-Bhiigavatam,\n22\n\nauthor of Riimayara, 633\n\ndelineated Kr�r.1 a s pa sl i mes, 254\n'\n\ndescribes Kr�r:ra's creations, 74\n\nViimana\n\nbegged land from Bali Maharaja . 156\nexhibill'd Kr�r:ra's bea uty . 168\n\nHi history in Bhiigavatam, 645\n\ntranscendental incarnation, 75. 142\n\nVamana Purii!W\ncite d, 341\n\nVarrasrama·dharma\n\nbased on e thics - 30\n\nboy s beconH' brahma diris under, 257\n\nfl ow ery interpretations of, 185\n\nfools' ind ul gence in its study, 35\n\nfor spirit ual graduates, 215\n\nhas no human deficiencies, 36\nindi rect\n\ndescribed by Ramananda Riiya, 29\n\n22\n\nnot monopoly\n\ndiiya, 22\n\nPa nc arii t.ra\n\ncondemned\n\nby\n\ntudy of Sarikara sampra­\n\nm or e important Lhan in Kali-\n\nyuga, 276\n\nself-effulgent. s unl i ke , 23\n\nstudied by all bona fide sampradiiyas, 22\n\nSee also\n\nbrohn by advancem�>nt of fooli shncs ,870\n\nits four orders named_ 102\n\ninterpre tations\n\nCailanya.\n\nVedas,\n\niistras, Srimad-Bhrlgava-\n\nl.am\nVedas\n\nalso on hig her planets, 631\n\n", "SB1.3#p0467": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\nlllO\n\nVedas\nas desire tree, 56\n\nas emanations from Kr�r;�a's breathing, 204\nas guides for civilized man, 650\n\n·\n\nas milk ocean of knowledge, 184\n\nas source for Vai�r;�ava literatures, 9\nauthority unchallengeable, 23\n\ncited, 14, 24, 52, 53, 296, 391, 603, 955\n\ndenied by Lord Buddha, 161\n\ncareful about protection of Pa!l�avas, 671\nenlighiened by Maitreya !{.�i, 679\n\nfollowing in his lotus footsteps, 695\nViolence\n\nas weed to devotional creeper, 39\n\non religious principles, 356\nViriita-ropa\n\nas gigantic external feature of Kr�r:ra, 172\n\ndescribe Brahma as supreme god, 5\n\ndifferent from Kr�r:ra, 738\n\ndirect prescribed duties, 804\n\nimaginary, 170\n\ndirected at liberating spirit soul, 5\n\ndivided into four by Vyasadeva, 157, 209\n\nefficacy of hymns of, 436-437\n\nentrusted to different scholars, 211\n\nfifth is Puriiras, Mahiibhtirata, etc., 209\nfor benefit of fallen souls, 252\n\nespecially for impersonalist, 139\n\nmaterial conception of Kr�r:ra's form, 738\n\nmeant for neophyte, 139\nVi�!JU\n\nall-blissful forms of worshiped, 120\n\nas qualitative form, ll6, 345\n\nfour named, 158\n\nCaitanya chanted His name, 106\n\nMahiibhiirata more essential than in Kali-\n\ncreation by His goodness, 116\n\nK{�r_1a supreme authority on, 355\nyuga, 217\n\nmust be worshiped, 217\n\nno knowledge beyond, 212\n\nnot understood by women, sii.dras, etc., 24\noffer allurement of material gain, 96\n\nproduced by God's breathing, 301-302\n\nprove God has transcendental eyes and\nmind, 24\n\npurpose of to know Kr�r;�a, 124, 184\n\nreceived by Brahma from Supreme Person,\n5\n\nSarasvati Ri�er intimately connected with,\n318\n\nsum and substance of, 124,126\n\nthree subject matters of, 256\n\ncompared to a tree, 60\n\ndoes work of protection and annihilation,\n627\n\nhas no material form, 276\n\nhas three primary energies, 25\nHis causeless mercy unparallelled, 308\n\nHis devotees offer sacrifices, 60\n\nincarnates in every species, 131\n\nin material world is K�irodakasayi Vi�pu,\n116\n\nlying on Svetadvipa, 563\n\nmaintains material prison house, 117\nmust be at all Vedic sacrifices, 272\n\none thousand of His names equal one\nname of Rama, 993\n\nthumblike in womb of Uttara, 618\n\nunauthorized scholars of, 162\n\nto act for His pleasure liberating, 60\n\nwarn against darkness of ignorance, 904\nSee also Puriiras, Sastras,\nUpani§ads,\n\nworshiped by transcendentalists, 117\n\nverdict of, 139, 480\n\nVediinta-sutra\n\nVedavyasa\n\nSee Vyasadeva\n\nVedic hymns\n\nchanted to please Kr�r:ra, 506\n\nultimate benefit from, 116\n\nworshiped by devotional service only, 117\n\nVi§ru-dharrrwttara\n\ncited 153\nVi§ruPuriira\n\ncited, 25\nVi§ru-tattvas\n\ngive new life to sacrificed animals, 14\n\nas Kr�r:ra and His plenary parts, 116\n\nto control weapons, 364\n\ncomt from Supreme Brahman, 24\n\nheard from mental speculator, 933\ntoo difficult for ordinary man, 24\n\nVidura\n\nas incarnation of Yamaraja, 680,830\n\nas worshipful objects of service, 120\n\nsource of, 275\ntheir\n\n168\n\npossession\n\nof\n\nKr�!la's\n\nattributes,\n\n", "SB1.3#p0468": "General Index\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakur\n\nllll\n\nVyasadeva\n\nnot followed by mechanical Vedanta stu-\n\naccepts Kr�r)a as God, 393\napproved\n\nsongs\n\nof\n\nNarottama\n\ndent , 22\n\nDasa\n\nplayed part of householder, 196,318\n\nThakur, 532\n\nresides in Himalayas, 206\n\ncited 64-65, 153, 276, 461, 592, 641,\n\nT§i amongst the brahmarws, 223\n\n796,813,828,832,964\n\nspiritual preceptor for all men, 61\n\ndeals with pure sex psychology, 50\ndescribes Kr�r:r-a 's creations, 74\n\nw\n\nin humor of conjugal love, 486\nV ai�!'ava scholar, 9\nwrote\n\ncommentary\n\nBhiigavatam, 50\n\non\n\nSrlmad-\n\nWar\nalways involve massacre of innocent, 434\ncodes of religious, 356\n\nViSva-Prakti5a Sanskrit Dictionary\n\ndue to animal slaughter, 357\n\ncited 330\n\nhot and cold, 67\n\nViSva-rilpa\n\nSee Virata-rilpa\n\nWealth\nas Lak�mi, 268\n\nVrndavana\n\ndifficult problem for devotees, 108\n\ndistributed to brahmartas, 624\n\nas Lord Kr�r:�a's appearance place, 8\nas worshipable as the Lord, 8\n\nmore wanted by foolish, 122 ,108\nproper distribution of, 924\n\nits importance disclosed by Caitanya, 18\nnondifferent from the Lord, 8\nplaces\n\nof\n\nWelfare work\n\npilgrimage excavated by six\n\ngosvtimi&,\n\ndevotees eager to render, 208\n\n18\n\nfor material prosperity, 329, 435\n\nresidents protected by Kr�r:r-a, 393\nsanctified by Kr�r:r-a's pastimes, 396\nVai�!'ava sannyasi& fond of, 699\n\nof Maharaja Parik�it, 203\nWife\nas better half of husband, 364\n\nVmu dynasty\n\nduties of, 591\n\nAkriira commander-in-ehief of, 571\n\nher duty to follow husband, 507\n\ndescendants of, 566\n\nmore wives wanted by fooli h, 122\nof sannyas! a civil widow, 699\n\nKr�r:r-a chief descendant of, 427\npaternal family of Kunti, 424\n\nWomen\n\ncannot penetrate Vedas, 24\n\nPradyumna great general of, 751\n\ncan practice-devotional service, 93\n\nthe Yadu dynasty, 160\n\ncan take shelter of Lord, 72\n\nVyasadeva\n\nclassified with dvija-bandhus and sildras,\n\nas incarnation of Naraya!fa, 54,75,252\n\n158\n\ncalled to beget Pa!'�u and Dhrtara�p-a,\n\ncompared to fire, men to buller, 528\n\n-765\ncompiled all Vedic literature, 23,45,897\n\ncreate havoc by adultery, 475\n\ncompromising spirit of, 242\n\ndifficult problem for devotees, 108\n\nconfirms Kr�r)a is original person, 44,393\n_\ndelivered Bhagavatam to Sukadeva, 57\n\nfruitive workers take pleasure in, 232\n\ndressed too attractively in Kali-yuga, 905\n\ndescribes Kr�ra's creations, 74\n\ngrossly neglected in Kali-yuga, 86\n\ndisciple of Narada, 146, 220\n\nhave no discriminatory power, 362\n\nhistory of his birth, 205\n\nless intelligent, 394\n\ndivided Veda into branches, 157\n\nhis transcendental scholarship, 226\n\nhis Vedanta-siltra dazzling as midday sun,\n\n23\n\nillicit connection with, 62\n_\n\nmild nature of, 361-362\nmore powerful than men, 475\nmost beautiful in Keturnala, 850\n\nhis vision completely perfect, 237\n\nnot desired by Caitanya, 40\n\ninstructed by Narada, 223-279\n\n?ffer obeisances without reservation, 395\n\n", "SB1.3#p0469": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n1112\n\nYoga\n\nWomen\npowerful controlled by shyness, 475\n\nas cheap healing proces , 723\n\npower of inspiration for men, 475\n\ncontrols hunger, 475\n\nSati rite most perfect action for, 728\n\nfactual realization of trance, 959\n\ntheir killing greatest of sins, 434\n\nfor realizing Kr�l)a, 124\n\ntheir material beauty an illusion, 528\n\nhow to establi h oneself in, 479\n\nunable to speculate, 395\n\nmechanical system, 723\n\nunchaste when unprotected, 379, 380\n\nvarrtiisrama-dharma\n\nrestricts . association\n\nwith, 599\n\nrestraint of senses by, 312\nto get in touch with Supreme, 124\n\nSee also Self-realization,\n\nYogamiiyii\n\nWork\ndestruction of tree of, 269\n\nas Kr�•p's inconceivable potency, 738\n\nonly for the Lord, 272\n\nfully displayed in pastimes, 604\n\ntransmigration according to nature of, 247,\n\nsanctifies Kf�l)a 's glories, 603\n\nYogiS\n\n270\nWorship\n\ncan expand tenfold, 590\n\nof demigods rejected, 121\n\nof Srimad-Bhiigavatam, 182\n\ny\nY adii yadii hi dharmasya g!iini/t\nquoted, 49\nYadu dynasty\nconfidential demigods in, 813\ndied in madness of intoxication, 813\n\nengaged in ninefold devotional service, 466\nleave body at o,..-n will, 477\nmodern manifest magical feats, 723\nopposed to devotional service, 17\nprohibited from sex indulgence, 6\nrealize Paramlitmli, 98\nstranded by mystic powers, 124\nunsuccessllll take good births, 124-125\nYudhi�thira\n\ninstructed by Dattalreya, 149\n\naddressed as chief amongst the Purus, 626\n\nKr�•.1a's own dynasty, 160, 721\n\nas prototype of his ancestors, 630\n\nprotected by the arms of the Lord, 757\n\ncompared to lndra, 380\n\nsupplemented Kr�•.1a's pastimes, 811\n\nhead of mahiitmiis, 420\n\nSee Sacrifice\n\nhis power loving affection, 430\n\nYajiia\n\nYajiiiirthii karma[IO 'nyatra karma-bandhana[1\nquoted, 657\nYajiiavalkya\ncited, 591\nYamariija\nas Vidura, 830\ncordial friend to devotees, 830\ncursed by i\\1a1_1�uka Muni, 680\ndoes not spare life of scienlist, 844\nfather of Yudhi�!hira, 368\nfear personified to nondevotees, 830\n\nhis enemy never born, 379, 700\nhis rule established by Kr�•)a, 385, 413\nhis solid sovereign power, 613\nKing of Kurus, 377\nknew science of Kr�?a, 612\nlike inert mad urchin, 824\nmorality personified, 421\nno mere tax collector, 508\nParik�it inherited kingdom from, 200\npersonality of goodness, 611\nretired to set example, 817\n\nz\n\ninvited to Naimi�ara!1ya sacrifice, 844\none of twelve Mahiijanas, 680\n\nYasoda\nbound baby Kgl)a, 410\nher good fortune, 24\nmore exalted than Kunti, 412\nmother of Kr�l)a, 78\n\nYena sarvam ida1h tatam\nquoted, 619\n\nZodiac\ngood signs at Parik�it's birth, 620\nZoomorjlhism\nnot applicable to Kr�•)a, 78\n\n", "SB1.3#p0470": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\nFirst Canto\n\n<Part Tllree-Chapters 13-19>\nwith the original Sanskrit text, its Roman tran$literation, word-for-word synonyms, translation\nand elaborate purports by\n\nHis DMne Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society\nfor Krishna Consciousness\n446pages\n\n12 color illustrations\n\nEXPLANATION OF THE COVER\n1. The original spiritual planet, which resembles the whorl\nof a huge lotus flower, is called Goloka Vrndavana. It is the\nabode of Lord Kf�l)a, the original Personality of Godhead.\n\n2. This original planet Goloka throws off a spiritual ray of\n\neffulgence called brahmajyoti which is the ultimate goal of\nthe impersonalists.\n\n3. Within this unlimited brahmajyoti there are unlimited\n\nnumbers\n\nof spiritual\n\nplanets,\n\nas there are innumerable\n\nmaterial planets within the sun rays of the material universes.\nThese spiritual planets are dominated by plenary expansions\nof Lord Kf�l)a, and the inhabitants there are ever liberated\nliving beings. They are all four-handed. The Lord is known\nthere as Narayal)a, and the planets are known as Vaikufi!has.\n\n4. Sometimes a spiritual cloud overtakes a corner of the\n\nspiritual sky of brahmajyoti, and the covered portion is\n\ncalled the mahat-tattva. The Lord then, by His portion as\n\nmahattattva. The water is called the Causal Ocean (kiiraf}a-jala).\nMaha-Vi�fiu, lies down in the water within the\n\n5. As He sleeps within the Causal Ocean, innumerable\nuniverses are generated with His breathing. These floating\nuniverses are scattered all over the Causal Ocean. They stay\nduring a breath of Maha-Vi�f!U.\n\n6. In each and every universal globe the same Maha-Vi�ru\nenters again as Garbhodakasayl Vi�I)U and lies there on the\nGarbha Ocean on the serpentine Se�a incarnation. From His\nnavel-abdomen sprouts a lotus stem, and on the lotus,\nBrahma, the lord of the universe, is born. Brahma creates\nall living beings of different shapes in terms of desire within\nthe universe. He also creates the sun, moon and other demigods.\n\n(continued on back flap)\n\n", "SB1.3#p0471": "7. The sun is situated almost in the center of each and\nevery universe, and it distributes profuse light and heat all\n\nover the universe. There are millions and billions of suns in\nall the millions and billions of universes within the mahat­\n\ntattva. The suns and moons are required within the universes\nbecause they are dark by nature. The Vedas instruct us to go\nout of the dark universes and reach the glowing effulgence,\nthe brahmajyoti.\n\n8. The brahmajyoti is due to the illuminating Vaikur!ha\nplanets, which need no sun or moon or power of electricity.\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam helps us reach the supreme planet,\n\nGoloka Vrndavana. The door is open for everyone. Human\n\nlife is meant for this particular aim, for it is the highest\nperfection.\n\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupiida\nfirst met his spiritual master, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nGosvami Maharaja, in Calcutta in 1922. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\n\nliked this educated young man and injected in him the idea\nof preaching the message of Sr/mad-Bhagavatam all over the\nworld. At Allahabad in 1933 Srila Prabhupada became his\n\nformally initiated disciple, and in 1937, just days before\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta's departure from this mortal world, he\nwas specifically ordered to spread Kr�r:ta consciousness tn the\nEnglish language. Thus in 1944 Srila Prabhupada started\n\nBack .to Godhead magazine, which is now circulated in six\ndifferent languages throughout the world, and he also published, in English, the first three volumes of his SrTmad·\n\nBhagavatam.\n\nIn 1965, at the advanced age of 70, His Divine Grace\nsailed to the United States to fulfill his master's sacred\nmission, bringing with him only seven dollars, some books\nand a pair of hand cymbals. Shortly afterwards he began\nclasses on Bhagavad-glta in a small storefront in New York\nCity. Now, onl_y six years later, Srila Prabhupada's Inter·\nnational Society for Krishna Consciousness, with more than\nseventy centers in major cities throughout the world, has\nbecome an important institution of spiritual knowledge and\nculture, and Srila Prabhupada's authoritative translations,\ncommentaries and summary studies of Vedic literature have\nbecome standard textbooks of transcendental science.\n\n", "SB1.3#p0472": "", "SB2.1#p0001": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n", "SB2.1#p0002": "ALL GLORY TO SRT GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\n�ii�l!41(1iR1Jt � � � q� I\nq� � tltserf'�� ms�+�&'( ����II\naham eviisam eviigre\nniinyad yat sad-asat param\npasciid aham yad etac ca\nyo'vasi�yeta so'smy aham\n\n(p. 507)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0003": "OTHER BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-gitii As 1t 1s\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nK!§[W, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (2 volumes)\nSri lsopani§ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr§rw Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe K!fi[W Consciousness Movement is the Genuine Vedic Way\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0004": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\nSecond Canto\n\"The cosmic Manifestation\"\n\n<Part one-chapters 1-6>\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n•\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York\n\n·\n\nLos Angeles\n\n·\n\nLondon\n\n·\n\nBombay\n\n", "SB2.1#p0005": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB2.1#p0006": "PLATE ONE\nFive thousand years ago the great rajar�i (saintly king) Maharaja\n\nParik!?it reigned as emperor of the world. Having received a warning that\n\nhe would die within a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and\n\nretired to the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now Delhi) to fast until\n\ndeath and receive spiritual enlight�nment. There, in an assembly of\nlearned saints, he heard the entire Srimad-Bhiigavatam from the great\n\nsage\n\nSukadeva Gosvami.\n\n'fhe\n\nBluigavatam begins\n\nwith Emperor\n\nParik!?it's sober inquiry to Sukadeva Gosvami: \"You are the spiritual\nmaster of great saints and devotees. I am therefore begging you to show\n\nthe way of perfection for all persons, and especially for one who is about\nto die. Please let me know what a man should hear, chant, remember and\nworship, and also what he should not do. Please explain all this to me.\"\n\nSukadeva Gosvami's answer to this question and numerous other ques­\n\ntions posed by Maharaja Parik!?it, concerning everything from the nature\n\nof the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages in rapt\n\nattention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's death.\n(pp. 22-26)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0007": "", "SB2.1#p0008": "PLATE SIX\nMter being born out of the lotus growing from the navel of\nGarbhodaka8ayi V i�Qu, Lord Brahmii turned his attention toward the\ntask of creation. But he could see only darkness in every direction. Then\nBrahmii heard the sound tapa (penance) vibrated in the ether, and he sat\nin meditation. After one thousand celestial years, the sound of ��Qa's\nflute entered into the ear of Brahmii as the Vedic mantra om. When the\nsound vibration of ��Qa's flute was expressed through the mouth of\nBrahmii, it became the Gayatri mantra. Thus by the influence of ��Qa's\nflute, Brahmii, the supreme creature and first living entity of this material universe, attained all Vedic knowledge and became the original\nspiritual master of all living entities. (p. 123)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0009": "", "SB2.1#p0010": "PLATE SEVEN\nOn the full-moon night of the autumn season, Lord Sri Kr!?I.la attracted\nthe young milkmaids of V:rndavana to the forest with the sound of His\n\ncelebrated flute. As they approached Him, one of the gopis said to Krf?I,la,\n\n\"Dear Kr!?I,la, by seeing Your beautiful face decorated with tresses of\n\nhair, by seeing the beauty of Your earrings falling on Your cheeks, and\n\nby seeing the nectar of Your lips, the beauty of Your smiling glances,\n\nYour two arms, which assure complete fearlessness, and Your broad\nchest, whose beauty arouses conjugal attraction, we have simply surrendered ourselves to become Your maidservants.\" (p. 145)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0011": "", "SB2.1#p0012": "PLATE EIGHT\nOur material senses cannot perceive the transcendental, all-spiritual\n\nbody of the Supreme Lord. Nevertheless, out of His causeless mercy, the\nLord, by expanding His spiritual potencies, can manifest Himself as the\n\nDeity, or arca-vigraha, thus allowing us to see Him. A lthough seemingly\n\nmade of material elements like stone, wood, or earth, the Deity, the area\n\nincarnation, is directly Lord Sri Kr�r:ta Himself. The omnipotent\nSupreme Personality of Godhead can appear anywhere without being\ncontaminated by matter. (pp. 167-171)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0013": "", "SB2.1#p0014": "PLATE NINE\nIn the supreme spiritual abode of Goloka Vrndiivana, Lord Kr!?l).a al­\n\nways revels in pastimes of love with His dearest devotees, the gopfs. And\nof all the gopfs, Srimati: Radhiiriil).i is the dearmost, for she is the com­\n\nplete tenderhearted\n\nfeminine\n\ncounterpart of the Lord.\n\n\"My dear\n\nauspicious Radhariil).i,\" said K.r!?l).a once upon Their meeting, \"Your body\n\nis the source of all beauty. Your red lips are sweeter than nectar, Your\n\nface bears the aroma of a lotus flower, Your words defeat the melodious\n\nvibrations of the cuckoo, and Your limbs are cooler than the pulp of san­\n\ndalwood. All My transcendental senses are overwhelmed in ecstatic\n\npleasure by tastin � You, who are completely decorated with beautiful\nqualities.\"\n\n(p. 173)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0015": "", "SB2.1#p0016": "PLATE TEN\nLord Sri Kr�I).a, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, incar­\n\nnates Himself in various forms age after age to perform specific missions.\n\nHere we see His ten most prominent lilii-avataras (pastime incarna­\n\ntions). Beginning in the lower left-hand corner and moving clockwise,\n\nwe find (1) Lord Matsya, the fish incarnation, who protected Vaivasvata\n\nManu by supporting the boat he was in during a complete inundation of\nthe universe;\n\n(2) Lord Kurma, the tortoise incarnation, whose shell\n\nserved as a pivot for Mandara Mountain when it was being used as a\n\nchurning rod by the theists and the atheists; (3) Lord Varaha, the boar\nincarnation, who lifted the earth up from the nether regions of the uni­\n\nverse and slew the great demon Hiral).yak�a; (4) Lord Nrsirhhadeva, the\n\nhalf-man half-lion, who bifurcated the strong body of the atheist\nHiral).yakasipu with His nails;\n\n(5) Lord Vamanadeva, the dwarfbrahmar:w incarnation, who begged three steps of land from Bali\nMaharaja; (6) Lord Parasurama, who annihilated the administrative\nclass (�atriyas) twenty-one times; (7) Lord Ramacandra, who accepted\n\nexile in the forest with His beloved consort, SHadevi, and then exhibited\n\nsuperhuman powers by controlling the Indian Ocean and killing the\n\natheist King Raval).a; (8) Lord Sri .Kr�IJ.a Himself (seen here with Lord\n\nBalarama, His first expansion), who performed such wonderful pastimes\n\nas holding Govardhana Hill aloft for seven days to protect His friends in\nVrndavana from King Indra's inundation;\n\n(9) Lord Buddha, who ap­\n\npeared just to delude those who are envious of the faithful theists; and\n\n(10) Lord Kalki, who will a p pear at the end of the Kali-yuga to annihilate all the atheists. (p. 197)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0017": "", "SB2.1#p0018": "PLATE ELEVEN\nDesirous to learn the cause of all causes, Sri Narada Muni approached\n\nhis father, four-headed Lord Brahmii, and spoke as follows: \"My dear\n\nfather, whatever was created in the past, whatever will be created in the\n\nfuture, and whatever is being created at present, as well as everything\n\nwithin the universe, is within your grip, just like a walnut. As the spider\nvery easily creates the network of its cobweb without being defeated by\nothers, so also you yourself, by employing your self-sufficient energy,\n\nappear to create without any others' help. Yet we are moved to wonder\n\nabout the existence of someone more powerful than you when we think\n\nof your great austerities and perfect discipline, although your good self is\n\nso powerful in the matter of creation. My dear father, what is the source\nof your knowledge, and under whom are you working?\" Lord Brahma\n\nreplied, \"My dear Narada, what you have spoken about me is under­\n\nstandable, because unless and until one is aware of the Personality of\nGodhead, who is the ultimate truth beyond me, one is sure to be illu­\n\nsioned by observing my powerful activities. The truth is that I create\n\nonly after the Lord's creation by His personal effulgence, the brahma­\n\njyoti, just as when the sun manifests its fire, then the moon, the firma­\n\nment, the planets and the twinkling stars are also manifest. Therefore I\n\noffer my obeisances and meditate upon Lord Kr�r:ta, the Personality of\n\nGodhead, whose invincible potency influences the less intelligent class of\nmen to call me the supreme controller.\" (pp. 238-249)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0019": "", "SB2.1#p0020": "PLATE TWELVE\nFive hundred years ago, in Nadiya, India, the Lord incarnated as Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu to introduce the smikirtana-yajfia, the sacrifice of\ncongregationally chanting the Hare Kr�l).a mantra. Accompanied by His\ndear devotees, especially Sri Nityananda Prabhu, Sri Advaita Acarya, Sri\nGadadhara PaQ.Qita, and Sri Srivasa PaQ.Qita, Lord Caitanya would\nnightly perform kirtana at Sri Srivasa's house. There He preached, there\nHe sang, there He danced, and there He expressed the highest spiritual\necstasies-infusing whoever saw and heard Him with kmw-bhakti, devotional service to Lord Sri Kr�l).a. (p. 269)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0021": "", "SB2.1#p0022": "PLATE THIRTEEN\nIn a corner of the spiritual sky (brahmajyoti) a spiritual cloud sometimes appears, and the covered portion is called the mahat-tattva. Then,\nby His plenary portion known as Mahii-Vi!?I:J.U, the Lord lies down within\nthe water of the mahat-tattva. This water is called the Causal Ocean.\nWhile Mahii-Vi!?I:J.U sleeps within the Causal Ocean, innumerable universes are generated along with His breathing. These floating universes\nscatter all over the Causal Ocean, remaining manifest only during the\nbreathing period of Mahii- Vi!?I:J.U. In each and every universal globe the\nsame Maha-Vi!?I:J.U enters as Garbhodakasiiyi Vi!?I:J.U and lies down on the\nserpentlike Se!?a incarnation, and from His navel a lotus sprouts. Upon\nthe lotus is born Brahma, the lord of the universe, who creates the sun,\nthe moon, the demigods and all forms of living beings of different shapes\nin terms of their different desires.\n\n(p. 278)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0023": "", "SB2.1#p0024": "PLATE FOURTEEN\nThe universal form of the Lord is the complete whole of everything\nthat be. This form, adorned with various crowns, clubs, discs, spears and\nother weapons, is difficult to look at because of its glaring, fiery\neffulgence, immeasurable like the sun. Many, many other forms expand\nwithout limit from this universal body of the Lord, which spreads\nthroughout the sky and the planets and all space in between. His arms\nare the resting place for the great demigods and other leaders, such as\n\nLord Brahmii, Siva, Siirya and Candra. Indeed, all varieties of living en­\n\ntities, including the birds, beasts, trees and everything that be, are all\ncovered by the universal form of the Lord at all times, although He is\ntranscendental to all of them, eternally existing as the Supersoul in a\nform not exceeding nine inches. (pp. 280-305)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0025": "", "SB2.1#p0026": "PLATE FIFTEEN\nThe original spiritual planet, which resembles the whorl of a huge\nlotus flower, is called Goloka V:rndavana. It is the abode of Lord K:r�J.la,\nthe original Personality of Godhead. This original planet of Goloka\nthrows off a spiritual effulgence called the brahmajyoti, within which are\nunlimited numbers of spiritual planets or Vaikul).thalokas. The conception of spiritual bliss (brahmarumda) is fully present in those planets.\nEach of them is eternal, indestructible and free from all kinds of\ninebrieties experienced in the material world. Each of them is selfilluminating and more powerfully dazzling than (if we can imagine) the\ntotal sunshine of millions of mundane suns. The inhabitants of those\nplanets have full knowledge of everything; they are all godly and free\nfrom all sorts of material hankerings. They have nothing to do there except to render transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord\nNarayal).a, who is the predominating Deity in every Vaikul).tha planet.\nThe Lord and His eternal servitors in the transcendental kingdom all\nhave eternal forms, which are auspicious, infallible, spiritual and eternally youthful. In other words, they do not experience birth, death, old\nage or disease. Thus that eternal land is full of transcendental enjoyment,\nbeauty and bliss. (pp. 308-309)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0027": "", "SB2.1#p0028": "PLATE TWO\n\nHaridiisa Thakura, a great devotee of Lord Sri: Caitanya, used to live in\n\na cave, and by chance a great venomous snake also was a copartner of the\n\ncave. Some admirers of Haridasa, who had to visit the Thakura every\n\nday, feared the snake and gave a suggestion to the Thakura to leave that\n\nplace. Because his devotees were afraid of the snake, Haridasa Thakura\nagreed to the proposal on their account. But as soon as this was settled,\n\nthe snake actually crawled out of its hole in the cave and left the cave for\ngood. By the dictation of the Lord, who lives also within the heart of a\n\nsnake, the snake gave preference to Haridiisa and decided to leave the\nplace and not disturb him. (p. 75)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0029": "", "SB2.1#p0030": "PLATE THREE\nA plenary portion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead known as\nthe Supersoul resides within the body in the region of the heart. He\nmeasures about eight inches and has four hands, carrying a lotus, a\nwheel of a chariot, a conchshell and a club respectively. His mouth expresses His happiness, His eyes are spread like lotus petals and His garments, bedecked with valuable jewels, are yellowish like the saffron of a\nkadamba flower. His ornaments are all made of gold, set with jewels, and\nHe wears a glowing headdress and earrings. On His chest He wears the\nKaustubha jewel engraved with a beautiful calf, on His shoulders He\nwears other jewels, and around His neck He wears a garland of fresh\nflowers. About His waist He wears an ornamental wreath; on His fingers,\nrings studded with valuable jewels. His leglet, His bangles, His oiled hair\ncurling with bluish tint and His beautiful smiling face are all very pleasing. The Lord's magnanimous pastimes and the glowing glancing of His\nsmiling face all indicate His extensive benedictions. (pp. 80-85)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0031": "", "SB2.1#p0032": "PLATE FOUR\nBy the strength of scientific knowledge of transcendence, the meditative devotee should be well situated in absolute realization and thus be\nable to extinguish all material desires. Then he can give up the material\nbody by blocking with his heel the air hole through which stool is evacuated and then lifting the life air progressively through the six primary\nplaces. Slowly, searching out the proper places with intelligence, he\nshould push up the life air from the navel to the heart, from there to the\nchest, and from there to the root of the palate. Thereafter, he should\npush up the life air to the space between the eyebrows, and then, blocking up the seven outlets of the life air, he should maintain his aim for\ngoing back home, back to Godhead. If he is completely free from all\ndesires for material enjoyment, he should then reach the cerebral hole\nand give up this material connection, having gone to the Supreme.\n\n(pp. 99-102)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0033": "", "SB2.1#p0034": "PLATE FIVE\nBecause he is fixed in unbroken devotional service to the Lord, Narada\nMuni has received the grace of the almighty Vi�l).u. Thus he is a liberated\nspaceman, and he can travel anywhere without restriction, both in the\ntranscendental world and in the three divisions of the material world. As\nhe travels, he constantly sings the glories of the Lord and vibrates his\n\nvitzd, which is charged with transcendental sound and which was given to\nhim by Lord .i(r�l).a Himself. (p. 1 06)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0035": "", "SB2.1#p0036": "CHAPTER ONE\n\nThe First step in God Realization\n\nINVOCATION\n�\n\n; ...\n\n.. .\n\n\"\\\n\n3.P ;J'fl � ;rm�Ff\n\nI\n\nom nama bhagavate viisudeviiya\nom-0 my Lord; nama� - my respectful obeisances unto You; bhagavate\n-unto the Personality of Godhead; vasudeviiya - unto Lord Kr��a, the son\nof Vasudeva.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my\n\nLord, the aU-pervading Personality of Godhead, I offer my\n\nrespectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\n\nViisudevaya means to Kr��a, the son of Vasudeva. As by chanting the\nname of Kr��a, Vasudeva, one can achieve all the good results of charity,\nausterity and penances, so by the chanting of this\n\nbhagavate viisudevaya,\n\nmantra, om namo\n\nit is to be understood that the author or the\n\nspeaker, or anyone of the readers of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nis offering\n\nrespectful obeisances unto the Supreme Lord Kr��a, the reservoir of\nall\n\npleasure.\n\nIn the First Canto of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, the principles\n\nof creation are described, and as such, the First Canto can be called\n\"Creation.\"\nSimilarly, in the Second Canto, the post-creation cosmic manifestation is\ndescribed. The different planetary systems are described in the Second\nCanto as different parts of the universal body of the Lord. For this reason,\nthe Second Canto can be called \"The Cosmic Manifestation.\" There are ten\nchapters in the Second Canto, and in these ten chapters the purpose of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam and the different symptoms of this purpose are nar­\n\nrated. In the First Chapter, the glories of chanting are described, and the\nprocess of meditation on the universal form of the Lord by the neophyte\nI\n\n", "SB2.1#p0037": "2\n\nSrimad -Bh agavatam\n\n[ Canto 2, Ch. l\n\ndevotees is hinted. In the first verse, Sukadeva Gosvami replies to the\n\nquestions of Maharaja Parik�it, who asked him about one's duties at the\n\npoint of his death. Maharaja Parik�it was glad to receive Sukadeva Go­\n\nsvami, and he was proud of being a descendant of Arjuna, the intimate\n\nfriend of Kr�!J.a. Personally, he was very humble and meek, but he expressed his gladness that Lord Krwa was very kind to the sons of Pa!J.�U,\nor his grandfathers, especially his own grandfather, Arjuna. And because\nLord Kr�!la is always pleased with his family, therefore, at the verge of\n\nMaharaja Parik�it's death, Sukadeva Gosvami was sent to help him in the\n\nprocess of self-realization. Maharaja Parik�it was a devotee of Lord Kr�!la\n\nfrom his childhood, so he had natural affection for Krsna, and Sukadeva\n\nGosvami could understand his devotion to Lord Kr�!J.a. Therefore, he\n\nwelcomed the questions about his duty. Because the King hinted that\n\nworship of Lord Kr�!la is the ultimate function of every living entity,\nSukadeva Gosvami welcomed the suggestion and said, \"Because you have\n\nraised questions about Kr�!J.a, your question is most glorious.\" The translation of the first verse is as follows.\n\nTEXT l\n\n��\n\n�Utt� ij Sl.ta: rif if�ij � I\n3lmfl��: '!m �ij\"\"��,; �: 'R.:II ? II\n,...,\n\n.\n\n.\n\n..\n\n,...\n\nsri suka uviica\nvariyiin e�a te prasna[l,\nkrto loka-hitam nrpa\niitmavit-sammata[l, purhsiim\nsrotavyiidi�u ya[l, para[!,\nsri suka uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said: variyiin-glorious; e§a-all\n\nthese; te-your; prasna[l,-questions; krta[l,-made by you; loka-hitam­\n\nbeneficial for all men; n!Pa-the king; iitmavit-transcen denta l ist; sam­\n\nmata[l, - approved;pumsiim-of all men; srotavyiidi§u-in the matter of all\n\nkinds of hearing;ya[l,-what is;para[l,-the supreme.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said: My dear King, your question is glorious\nbecause it is very beneficial to all kinds of people. To hear the answer to\n\nthis question is the prime subject matter of hearing, and it is approved by\nall transcendentalists.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0038": "Text 2)\n\nThe First Step in God Re aliz ation\n\n3\n\nPURPORT\nEven the very question is so nice that it is the best subject matter for\n\nhearing. Simply by such questioning and hearing, one can achieve the\n\nhighest perfectional stage of life. Because Lord Kr�!la is the original\n\nSupreme Person, any question about Him is original and perfect. Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu said that the highest perfection of life is to achieve\n\ntranscendental loving service of Kr��a. Because questions and answers\nabout Kr��a elevate one to that transcendental position, the questions of\n\nMaharaja Parilqit about Kr��a philosophy are greatly glorified. Maharaja\n\nParik�it wanted to absorb his mind completely in Kr��a, and such ab­\n\nsorption can be effected simply by hearing about the uncommon activities\n\nof Kr��a. For instance, in the Bhagavad-gita it is stated that simply by\nunderstanding the transcendental nature of Lord Kr��a's appearance,\n\ndisappearance, and activities, one can immediately return back to home,\nback to Godhead, and never come back to this miserable condition of\n\nmaterial existence. It is very auspicious, therefore, to hear always about\nKr��a. So Maharaja Parik�it requested Sukadeva Gosviimi to narrate the\n\nactivities of Kr�!!a so that he could engage his mind in Kr��a. The activities\n\nof Kr�!!a are nondifferent from Himself. As long as one is engaged in\n\nhearing such transcendental activities of Krwa, he remains aloof from the\n\nconditional life of material existence. The topics of Lord Kr�!la are so\nauspicious that they purify the speaker, the hearer, and the inquirer. They\n\nare compared to the Ganges waters, which flow from the toe of Lord\nKr�!J.a. Wherever the Ganges waters go, they purify the land and the person\n\nwho bathes in them. Similarly, Kmw-kathii or the topics of Kr�!!a are so\n\npure that wherever they are spoken, the place, the hearer, the inquirer, the\nspeaker and all concerned become purified.\nTEXT 2\n\nsrotavyiidini riijendra\nn[!l-iirh santi sahasrasa�\napasyatiim iitma-tattvarh\ngrhe�u grha-medhiniim\nsrotavyiidini-subject matter for hearing; riijendra-0 Emperor; nnuim­\n\nof the human society; santi-there are; sahasrasa�-hundreds and thou-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0039": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n4\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 1\n\nsands; apasyatam-of the blind; atma-tattvam-knowledge of self, the\n\nultimate truth; grhe§u-at home; grha-medhinam-of persons too materially\n\nengrossed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose persons who are materially engrossed, being blind to the know­\n\nledge of ultimate truth, have many things as subject matter for hearing in\n\nthe human society, 0 Emperor.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the revealed scriptures there are two nomenclatures for the house­\n\nholder's life. One is grhastha, and the other is grhamedhi. The grhasthas\n\nare those who live together with wife and children, but live transcen­\n\ndentally for realizing the ultimate truth. The grhamedhis, however, are\nthose who live only for the benefit of the family members, extended or\ncentralized, and thus are envious of others. The word medhi indicates\n\njealousy of others. The grhamedhis, being interested in family affairs\n\nonly, are certainly envious of others. Therefore, one grhamedhi is not on\n\ngood terms with another grhamedhi, and in the extended form, one\ncommunity, society or nation is not on good terms with another counter­\n\npart of selfish interest. In the age of Kali, all the householders are jealous\n\nof one another because they are blind to the knowledge of ultimate truth.\n\nThey have many subject matters for hearing, namely political, scientific,\n\nsocial, economic and so on, but due to a poor fund of knowledge, they set\n\naside the question of the ultimate miseries of life, namely miseries of\n\nbirth, death, old age and disease. Factually, the human life is meant for\nmaking an ultimate solution to birth, death, old age and disease, but the\ngrhamedhis, being illusioned by the material nature, forget everything\n\nabout self-realization. The ultimate solution of the problems of life is to\n\ngo back to home, back to Godhead, and thus, as stated in the Bhagavad­\n\ng\"ita, the miseries of material existence-birth, death, old age and diseaseare removed. (Bg. 8.16)\n\nThe process of going back to home, back to Godhead, is to hear about\n\nthe Supreme Lord, His name, form, attributes, pastimes, paraphernalia and\n\nvariegatedness. Foolish people do not know this. They want to hear some­\n\nthing about the name, form, etc., of everything temporary, but they do\nnot know how to utilize this propensity of hearing for the ultimate good.\n\nMisguided as they are, they also create some false literatures about the\n\n", "SB2.1#p0040": "Text 3]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n5\n\nname, form, attributes, etc., of the ultimate truth. One should not, therefore, become a grhamedhi simply to exist for envying others, but one\nshould become a real householder in terms of the scriptural injunctions.\n\nTEXT 3\n\nr� rn ��Fr.����: 1\nft(ql �� mt� ��oT� �T II � II\nnidrayii hriyate naktarh\nvyaviiyena ca vii vaya�\ndiva ciirthehayii riijan\nkutumba-bharartena vii\nnidrayii-by sleeping; hriyate- wastes; nakta m\nindulgence; ca-also; vii- eith er; vaya�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nnight; vyaviiyena-sex\n\nduration of life; d iva- days; ca­\n\nand; artha-economic; ihayii-development; rajan-0 King; kutumbafarnilv members; bha ra rt ena- maintaining; va-either.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe lifetime of such envious householders is passed at night either in\nsleeping or in sex indulgence, and in the daytime either in making money\nor maintaining family members.\nPURPORT\nThe present human civilization is primarily based on the principles of\nsleeping and sex indulgence at night and earning money in the day and\nspending the same for family maintenance. Such form of human civilization is condemned by the Bhiigavata school.\nBecause human life is a combination of matter and spirit soul, the whole\nprocess of Vedic knowledge is directed at liberating the spirit soul from\nthe contamination of matter. The knowledge concerning this is called\n\natma-tattva. Those men who are too materialistic are unaware of this\nknowledge and are more inclined to economic development for material\nenjoyment. Such materialistic men are called karmis or fruitive laborers,\n\n", "SB2.1#p0041": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n6\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nand they are allowed regulated economic development or association of\nwoman for sex indulgence. Those who are above the karmis, that is, the\njniinis, yogis and devotees, are strictly prohibited from sex indulgence.\nThe karmis are more or less devoid of iitma-tattva knowledge, and as such,\ntheir life is spent without spiritual profit. The human life is not meant for\nhard labor for economic development, nor is it meant for sex indulgence\nlike the dogs and hogs. It is specially meant for making a solution to the\nproblems of material life and the miseries thereof. So the karmis waste\ntheir valuable human life by sleeping and sex indulgence at night, and by\nlaboring hard in the daytime to accumulate wealth, and after doing so,\nthey try to improve the standard of materialistic life. The materialistic way\nof life is described herein in a nutshell, and how foolishly men waste the\nboon of human life is described as follows.\n\nTEXT 4\n\n«14����\"IRt����rit'4«�€fq\n\nI\n\n� � f.f� ��q ;r 'l�trfu II� II\ndehiipatya-kalatriidi§v\niitma-sainye§v asatsv api\nte§iirh pramatto nidhanarh\npasyann api na pasyati\ndeha-body; apatya-children; kalatra-wife; iidi§u-and in everything in\nrelation to them; iitma-own; sainye§u-fighting soldiers; asatsu-fallible;\napi\n\n-\n\nin spite of; te§iim-of all of them; p ramatta�-too attached; nidhanam\n\n-destruction; pasyan\n\n-\n\nhaving been experienced; api-although; na-does\n\nnot; pasyati-st:<e it.\nTRANSLATION\n\n·\n\nPersons devoid of atma-tattva do not inquire into the problems of life,\n\nbeing too attached to the fallible soldiers like the body, children, wife,\n\netc. Although sufficiently experienced, still they do not see their inevitable\ndestruction.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0042": "Text 4]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n7\n\nPURPORT\nThis material world is called the world of death. Every living being,\nbeginning from Brahma, whose duration of life is some thousands of\nmillions of years, down to the microbial germs who live for a few seconds\nonly, is struggling for existence. Therefore, this life is a sort of fight with\nmaterial nature, which imposes death upon all. In the human form of life,\na living being is competent enough to come to an understanding of this\ngreat struggle for existence, but being too attached to family members,\n\nsociety, country, etc., he wants to win over the invincible material nature\nby the aid of bodily strength, children, wife, relatives, etc. Although he is\nsufficiently experienced in the matter by dint of past experience and\nprevious examples of the deceased predecessors, he does not see that the\nso-called fighting soldiers like the children, relatives, society members and\ncountrymen are all fallible in the great struggle. One should examine the\nfact that his father or his father's father has already died, and therefore he\nhimself is also sure to die, and similarly, his children, who are the wouldbe fathers of their children, will also die in due course. No one will\nsurvive in this struggle with material nature. The history of human society\ndefinitely proves it, yet the foolish people still suggest that in the future\nthey will be able to live perpetually, with the help of material science.\n\nThis poor fund of knowledge exhibited by human society is certainly\n\nmisleading, and it is all due to ignoring the matter of the constitution of\nthe living soul. This material world exists only as a dream, due to our\nattachment to it. Otherwise, the living soul is always different from the\n\nmaterial nature. The great ocean of material nature is tossing with the\n\nwaves of time, and the so-called living conditions are something like\nfoaming bubbles, which appear before us as bodily self, wife, children,\n\nsociety, countrymen, etc. Due to a lack of the knowledge of self, we\n\nbecome victimized by the force of ignorance and thus spoil the valuable\nenergy of human life in a vain search after permanent living conditions,\n\nwhich are impossible in this material world.\n\nOur friends, relativf:s and so-called wives and children are not only\n\nfallible, but also bewildered by the outward glamor of material existence.\n\nAs such, they cannot save us. Still we think that we are safe within the\n\norbit of the family, society or country.\n\nThe whole materialistic advancement of human civilization is like the\n\ndecoration of a dead body. Everyone is a dead body flapping only for a\n\nfew days, and yet all the energy of human life is being wasted in the\ndecoration of this dead body. Sukadeva Gosvami is pointing out the duty\n\n", "SB2.1#p0043": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n8\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nof the human being after showing the actual position of bewildered human\nactivities. Persons who are devoid of the knowledge of iitma-tattva are\nmisguided, but those who are devotees of the Lord and have perfect\nrealization of transcendental knowledge are not bewildered.\n\nTEXT\n\n5\n\n�tw �·���;O� m: 1\n��: �ijo:t£� m���ll '-\\ II\nij$i'll(ij\n\ntasmiid bhiirata sarviitmii\nbhagaviin isvaro hari�\nsrotavya� kirtitavyas ca\nsmartavyas ceccha tiibhayam\ntasmiit-for this reason; bhiirata-0 descendant of Bharata; sarviitmiithe Supersoul; bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; iSvara�-the controller; hari�-the Lord who vanquishes all miseries; srotavya�-is to be\nheard; kirtitavya�-to be glorified; ca\nbered; ca\n\n-\n\n-\n\nalso; smartavya�-to be remem­\n\nand; icchatii-of one who desires; abhayam-freedom.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 descendant of King Bharata, one who desires to be free from all\nmiseries must hear, glorify and also remember the Personality of Godhead,\n\nwho is the Supersoul, the controller and the savior from all miseries.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the previous verse, Sri Sukadeva Gosvami has described how the\n\nfoolish materially-attached men are wasting their valuable time in the\nimprovement of the material conditions of life by sleeping, indulging in\nsex life, developing economic conditions and maintaining a band of rela­\n\ntives who are to be vanquished in the air of oblivion. Being engaged in all\nthese materialistic activities, the living soul entangles himself in the cycle\nof the law of fruitive actions. This entails the chain of birth and death in\n\nthe 8,400,000 species of life: the aquatics, the vegetables, the reptiles, the\nbirds, the beasts, the uncivilized man, and then again the human form,\n\n", "SB2.1#p0044": "Text 6]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n9\n\nwhich is the chance of getting out of the cycle of fruitive action. Therefore, if one desires freedom from this vicious circle, then one must cease\n\nto act as a karmi or enjoyer of the results of one's own work, good or bad.\n\nOne should not do anything, either good or bad, on his own account, but\nmust execute everything on behalf of the Supreme Lord, the ultimate\nproprietor of everything that be. This process of doing work is recom­\n\nmended in the Bhagavad-gitii also (Bg. 9.27), where instruction is given for\n\nworking on the Lord's account. Therefore, one should first of all hear\nabout the Lord. When one has perfectly and scrutinizingly heard, one must\nglorify His acts and deeds, and thus it will become possible to remember\nconstantly the transcendental nature of the Lord. Hearing and glorifying\nthe Lord are identical with the transcendental nature of the Lord, and by\nso doing, one will be always in the association of the Lord. This brings\n\nfreedom from all sorts of fearfulness. The Lord is the Supersoul (Param­\n\niitmii) present in the hearts of all living beings, and thus by the above\nhearing and glorifying process, the Lord invites the association of all in His\ncreation. This process of hearing and glorifying the Lord is applicable for\neveryone, whoever he may be, and it will lead one to the ultimate success\nin everything in which one may be engaged by providence. There are\nmany classes of human beings: the fruitive workers, the empiric philosophers, the mystic yogis, and ultimately, the unalloyed devotees. For all of\nthem, one and the same process is applicable for achieving the desired\nsuccess. Everyone wants to be free from all kinds of fearfulness, and everyone wants the fullest extent of happiness in life. The perfect process for\nachieving this, here and now, is recommended in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nwhich is uttered by a great authority like Snl.a Sukadeva Gosvam1. By\nhearing and glorifying the Lord, all a person's activities become molded\ninto spiritual activities, and thus all conception of material miseries\nbecomes completely vanquished.\n\nTEXT 6\n\n�Fl ���t ��qfu� 1\niif.-qz•wT: 'if!\n\n�� ;mrt�: II � II\n\ne tiiviin siinkhya-yogiibhyiirh\nsva-dharma-parini§thayii\njanma-liibha� para� purhsiim\nante niiriiyar-a-smrti�\n\n", "SB2.1#p0045": "10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\netavan-all these; sankhya-complete knowledge of matter and spirit;\n\nyogabhyam-knowledge of mystic power; sva-dharma-particular occupational duty; parini§fhaya-by full perception; janma-birth; liibha[l.-gain;\n\npara[t-the supreme; purhsam-of a person; ante-at the end; narayarwPersonality of Godhead; smrtift-remembrance.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe highest perfection of human life, achieved either by complete\n\nknowledge of matter and spirit, by practice of mystic powers, or by per­\n\nfect discharge of occupational duty, is to remember the Personality of\n\nGodhead at the end of life.\n\nPURPORT\nNarayatJ.a is the transcendental Personality of Godhead beyond the\n\nmaterial creation. Everything that is created, sustained, and at the end,\n\nannihilated, is within the compass of mahat-tattva (material principle) and\n\nis known as the material world. The existence of NarayatJ.a, or the\nPersonality of Godhead, is not within the jurisdiction of this mahat-tattva,\n\nand as such, the name, form, attributes, etc., of NarayatJ.a are beyond the\n\njurisdiction of the material world. By speculation of empiric philosophy,\n\nwhich discerns matter from spirit, or by cultivation of mystic powers,\n\nwhich ultimately helps the performer to reach any planet of the universe\n\nor beyond the universe, or by discharge of religious duties, one can achieve\n\nthe highest perfection, provided one is able to reach the stage of Narayarwsmrti, or constant remembrance of the Personality of Godhead. This is\n\nonly possible by the association of a pure devotee, who can give a finishing\n\ntouch to the transcendental activities of all jnanis, yogis, or karmis, in\n\nterms of the prescribed duties defined in the scriptures. There are many\n\nhistorical instances of the achievement of spiritual perfection, such as that\nof the Sanakadi J,l�is or the nine celebrated Y ogendras, who attained per­\n\nfection only after being situated in the devotional service of the Lord.\n\nNone of the devotees of the Lord ever deviated from the path of devo­\n\ntional service by taking to other methods as adopted by the jiianis or\n\nyogis. Everyone is anxious to achieve the highest perfection of his particular activity, and it is indicated herein that such perfection is Narayar-a­\n\nsmrti, for which everyone must endeavor his best. In other words, life\n\nshould be molded in such a manner that one is able to progressively\n\nremember the Personality of Godhead in every step of life.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0046": "Text 7)\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\nll\n\nTEXT 7\n\n� � mfr;{� ��: I\n�m{�l nt� � gun�m �: II \\9 II\nprayer-a munayo riijan\nnivrttii vidhi-§edhata[l\nnairgur-ya-s thii raman te s ma\ngur-iinukathane hare[l\npriiyena-mainly; munaya[l-all sages; riijan-0 King; nivrttii[l- above\nthe; vidhi - regulative principles; §edhata[l- from restrictions; nairgur-yasthii[l,-transcendentally situated; ramante-take pleasure in; sma-distinctly;\ngur-iinukathane - describing the glories; hare[l - of the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it, mainly the topmost transcendentalists, who are above\nthe regulative principles and restrictions, take pleasure in describing the\nglories of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe topmost transcendentalist is a liberated soul and, therefore, is not\nwithin the purview of the regulative\n\nprinciples. A neophyte, who is\n\nintended to be promoted to the spiritual plane, is guided by the spiritual\nmaster under regulative principles. He may be compared to a patient who\nis treated by various restrictions under medical jurisdiction. Generally,\nsuch liberated souls also take pleasure in describing the transcendental\nactivities. As mentioned above, since Naraya�a, Hari, the Personality of\nGodhead, is beyond the material creation, His form and attributes are not\nmaterial. The topmost transcendentalists or the liberated souls realize Him\nby advanced experience of transcendental knowledge, and therefore they\ntake pleasure in the discussion of the transcendental qualities of the Lord's\npastimes. In the Bhagavad-gitii, the Personality of Godhead declares that\nHis appearance and activities are all divyam, or transcendental. (Bg. 4.9)\n\nThe common man, who is under the spell of material energy, takes it for\ngranted that the Lord is like one of us, and therefore he refuses to accept\nthe transcendental nature of the Lord's form, name, etc. The topmost\ntranscendentalist is not interested in anything material, and his taking\n\n", "SB2.1#p0047": "[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n12\n\ninterest in the matter of the Lord's activities is definite proof that the Lord\nis not like one of us in the material world. In the Vedic literatures also, it\n\nis confirmed that the Supreme Lord is one, but that He is engaged in His\ntranscendental pastimes in the company of His unalloyed devotees and\nthat simultaneously He is present as the Supersoul, an expansion of\nBaladeva, in the heart of all living entities. Therefore, the highest per­\n\nfection of transcendental realization is to take pleasure in hearing and\ndescribing the transcendental qualities of the Lord and not in merging into\nHis impersonal Brahman existence, as the impersonalist monist aspires.\nReal transcendental pleasure is realized in the glorification of the transcendental Lord, and not in the feeling of being situated in His impersonal\nfeature. But there are also others who are not the topmost transcendentalists, but are in the lower status, and who do not take pleasure in\n\ndescribing the transcendental activities of the Lord. Rather, they discuss\n\nsuch activities of the Lord formally with the aim of merging into His\nexistence.\n\nTEXT 8\n\n� � 9l1lf ��tuf �� I\n31�, �N(Ii(t �q���M\\ti'( II� II\nidam bhiigavatam niima\npuriirwm b rahma-sammitam\n\nadhitaviin dviipariidau\n\npitur dvaipiiyaniid aham\n\nidam-this;\n\nbhiigavatam-Srimad-Bhiigavatam;\n\nniima-of\n\nthe\n\nname;\n\npuriir-am- Vedic supplimentary; brahma-sammitam-approved as the es­\n\nsence of the Vedas; adhitaviin-studied; dviipariidau-at the end of the\n\nDvapara-yuga;pitu[t-from my father; dvaipiiyaniit-Dvaipayana Vyasadeva\n\naham-myself.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of the Dvapara-yuga, I studied this great supplement of\nVedic literature of the name Srimad-Bhagavatam, which is equal to all the\nVedas, from my father, Srila Dvaipayana Vyasadeva.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0048": "Text 8]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n13\n\nPURPORT\nThe statement made by Srila Sukadeva Gosvami that the topmost\ntranscendentalist, who is beyond the jurisdiction of regulations and restrictions, mainly takes to the task of hearing about and glorifying the\nPersonality of Godhead, is verified by his personal example. Sukadeva\nGosvami, being a recognized liberated soul and the topmost transcendentalist, was accepted by all of the topmost sages present in the meeting\nduring the last seven days of Maharaja Parik�iL He cites from the example\nof his life that he himself was attracted by the transcendental activities of\nthe Lord, and he studied Srimad-Bhiigavatam from his great father, Sri\n\nDvaipayana Vyasadeva. Srimad-Bhiigavatam, or, for that matter, any other\n\nscientific literature, cannot be studied at home by one's own intellectual\ncapacity. Medical books of anatomy or physiology are available in the\nmarket, but no one can become a qualified medical practicioner simply by\nreading such books at home. One has to be admitted to the medical\ncollege and study the books under the guidance of learned professors.\n\nSimilarly, Srimad-Bhiigavatam, the postgraduate study of the science of\n\nGodhead, can only be learned by studying it at the feet of a realized soul\nlike Srila Vyasadeva. Although Sukadeva Gosvami was a liberated soul\n\nfrom the very day of his birth, he still had to take lessons of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam from his great father, Vyasadeva, who compiled the SrimadBhiigavatam under the instruction of another great soul, Sri Narada Muni.\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu instructed a learned briihmap.a to study\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam from a personal bhiigavatam. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is\nbased on the transcendental name, form, attributes, pastimes, entourage\nand variegatedness of the Supreme Person, and it is spoken by the\nincarnation of the Personality of Godhead, Srila Vyasadeva. Pastimes of\nthe Lord are executed in cooperation with His pure devotees, and consequently historical incidences are\n\nmentioned\n\nin\n\nthis great\n\nliterature\n\nbecause they are related to Kr�':la· It is called brahma-sammitam because\nit is the sound representative of Lord Kr�':la-like the Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nBhagavad-gitii is the sound incarnation of the Lord because it is spoken by\n\nthe Supreme Lord, and Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the sound representative of\nthe Lord because it was spoken by the incarnation of the Lord about the\n\nactivities of the Lord. As stated in the beginning of this book, it is the\nessence of the Vedic desire-tree and the natural commentation on the\n\nBrahma-sutras, the topmost philosophical thesis on the subject matter of\n\nBrahman. Vyasadeva appeared at the end of Dvapara-yuga as the son\n\nof Satyavati, and therefore the word Dviipara-iidau, or \"beginning of\n\n", "SB2.1#p0049": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n14\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nDvapara-yuga,\" in this context means just prior to the beginning of the\nKaii-yuga. The logic of this statement is, according to Srila )Iva Gosviimi,\n\ncomparable to calling the upper portion of the tree the beginning. The\n\nroot of the tree is the beginning of the tree, but in common knowledge,\n\nthe upper portion of the tree is first seen. In that way the end of the tree\nis accepted as its beginning.\n\nTEXT 9\n\nqfMwf1sM' ��tnf 3'mli1Wd�l I\n4JOi1�*lffl �q 31� tf� I I Q) I I\nparini�fhito 'pi nairgu[! ya\nuttama-sloka-lilayii\n\ngrhita-cetii riijar�e\n\niikh yiinam yad adhitaviin\n\nparini�fhita�-fully realized; api-in spite of; nair-gurye-in transcen­\n\ndence; uttama-enlightened; sloka-verse; lilayii-by the pastimes; grhita­\n\nbeing attracted; cetii ft- attention ; riijar§e-0 saintly King; iikhyiinam-de­\n\nlineation; yat\n\n-\n\nthat; adhitaviin-I have studied.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 saintly King, I was certainly situated perfectly in transcendence,\n\nyet I was still attracted by the delineation of the pastimes of the Lord,\n\nwho is described by enlightened verses.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Absolute Truth is realized as the impersonal Brahman at the first\n\ninstance by philosophical speculation and later on as the Supersoul by\n\nfurther progress of transcendental knowledge. But, if, by the grace of the\nLord, an impersonalist is enlightened by the superior statements of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, he is also converted into a transcendental devotee of the\n\nPersonality of Godhead. With a poor fund of knowledge, we cannot\n\nadjust to the idea of the personality of the Absolute Truth, and the\n\n", "SB2.1#p0050": "Text 10)\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n15\n\npersonal activities of the Lord are deplored by the less intelligent impersonalists; but reasons and arguments together with the transcendental\nprocess of approaching the Absolute Truth help even the staunch impersonalist to become attracted by the personal activities of the Lord. A\nperson like Sukadeva Gosvami cannot be attracted by any mundane\nactivities, but when such a devotee is convinced by superior method, he is\n\ncertainly attracted by the transcendental activities of the Lord. The Lord\n\nis transcendental, as are His activities. He is neither inactive nor impersonal.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n� itsf�Tfil �iwi\"t�fqit � 1\n���PH� �t f!ii� �: �II� oil\n..\n\ntad aharh te 'bhidhiisyiimi\nmahiipaum§iko bhaviin\nyasya sraddadhatiim iisu\nsyiin mukunde mat* sati\ntat-that; aham-1; t e-unto you; abhidhiisyiim i-shall recite; mahiipaum§ikaft-the most sincere devotee of Lord Kr�!J.a; bhaviin-your good\n\nself; yasya-of which; sraddadhatiim-of one who gives full respect and\n\nattention; asu-very soon; syiit-it so becomes; mukunde-unto the Lord\n\nwho awards salvation; mat* - faith; sati-u nflinching .\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat very Srimad-Bhagavatam I shall recite before you because you are\n\nthe most sincere devotee of Lord Kr�!la. One who gives full attention and\nrespect to hearing Srimad-Bhagavatam achieves unflinching faith in the\n\nSupreme Lord, the giver of salvation.\nPURPORT\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is recognized Vedic wisdom, and the system of\n\nreceiving Vedic knowledge is called avaroha-panthii, or the process of\n\nreceiving transcendental knowledge through bona fide disciplic succession.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0051": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n16\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nFor advancement of material knowledge there is the need for personal\n\ncapacity and researching aptitude, but in the case of spiritual knowledge,\n\nall progress depends more or less on the mercy of the spiritual master.\n\nThe spiritual master must be satisfied with the disciple; only then is\n\nknowledge automatically manifest before the student of spiritual science.\n\nIt should not, however, be misunderstood to be something like magical\n\nfeats whereby the spiritual master acts like a magician and injects spiritual\nknowledge into his disciple, as if surcharging him with an electrical current.\n\nThe bona fide spiritual master reasonably explains everything to the\n\ndisciple on the authorities of Vedic wisdom. The disciple can receive such\n\nteachings not exactly intellectually, but by submissive inquiries and a\nservice attitude. The idea is that both the spiritual master and the disciple\nmust be bona fide. In this case, the spiritual master, Sukadeva Gosvami, is\n\nready to recite exactly what he has learned from his great father Srila\nVyasadeva, and the disciple, Maharaja Parik�it, is a great devotee of Lord\n\nKr�':la. A devotee of Lord Kr�':la is he who believes sincerely that by\n\nbecoming a devotee of the Lord one becomes fully equipped with every­\n\nthing spiritual. This teaching is imparted by the Lord Himself in the pages\nof the Bhagavad-gitii, in which it is clearly described that the Lord\n(Sri Kr�':la) is everything, and to surrender unto Him solely and wholly\n\nmakes one the most perfectly pious man. This unflinching faith in Lord\nKr��a prepares one to become a student of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, and one\n\nwho hears Srimad-Bhiigavatam from a devotee like Sukadeva Gosvami is\nsure to attain salvation at the end, as Maharaja Parik�it did. The profession­\n\nal reciter of Srimad-Bhiigavatam and the pseudo-devotees whose faith\n\nis based on one week's hearing are different from the duo of Sukadeva\nGosvami\n\nand\n\nMaharaja\n\nParik�it.\n\nSrila Vyasadeva explained Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam unto Sukadeva Gosvami from the very beginning of the\n\n''janmiidyasya\" verse, and so Sukadeva Gosvami also explained it to\n\nthe King. Lord Kr��a is described as the Mahiipuru�a in the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam (Canto\n\nll) in His devotional feature as Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is Lord KH�a Himself in His\n\ndevotional attitude, descended on earth to bestow special favors upon the\n\nfallen souls of this age of Kali. There are two verses particularly suitable\nto offer as prayers to this Mahiipuru�a feature of Lord Kr��a.\n\ndhyeyarh sadii paribhava-ghnam abhi�fa-doharh\ntirthiispadarh siva-virinci-nutarh sararyam\n\n", "SB2.1#p0052": "Text\n\n10]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n17\n\nbhrtyiirti-ham prarwta-piila bhaviibdhi-potam\nvande mahiipuru§a te carariiravindam.\n(Bhag. 11.5.33)\ntyaktvii su-dus-tyaja-surepsita-riijya-lak§mim\ndharmi§tha iirya-vacasii yad agiid-araryam\nmiiyii-mrgam dayitayepsitam anvadhiivad\nvande mahiipuru§a te carariiravindam.\n(Bhag. 11.5.34)\nIn other words, puru§a means the enjoyer, and mahiipuru§a means the\n\nsupreme enjoyer, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�t�a. One\nwho deserves to approach the Supreme Lord Sri Kr�t�a is called the\n\nmahiipauru§ika. Anyone who hears Srimad-Bhiigavatam attentively from\n\nits bona fide reciter is sure to become a sincere devotee of the Lord, who\n\nis able to award liberation. There was none so attentive as Maharaja\nParik�it in the matter of hearing Srimad-Bhiigavatam, and there was none\n\nso qualified as Sukadeva Gosvami to recite the text of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nTherefore, anyone who follows the footsteps of either the ideal reciter or\n\nthe ideal hearer, Sukadeva Gosvami and Maharaja Parik�it respectively,\n\nwill undoubtedly attain salvation like them. Maharaja Parik�it attained\n\nsalvation by hearing only, and Sukadeva Gosvami attained salvation by\nreciting only. Recitation and hearing are two processes out of nine devo­\n\ntional activities, and by strenuously following the principles, either in all\n\nor by parts, one can attain the absolute plane. So the complete text of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, beginning with the ''janmiidyasya\" verse up to the\nlast one in the twelfth canto, was spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami for the\n\nattainment of salvation by Maharaja Parik�it. In the Padma Puriira, it\nis mentioned that Gautama Muni advised Maharaja Ambari�a to hear\n\nregularly Srimad-Bhiigavatam as it was recited by Sukadeva Gosvami, and\nherein it is confirmed that Maharaja Ambari�a heard Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nfrom the very beginning to the end, as it was spoken by Sukadeva\nGosvami One who is, therefore, actually interested in the Bhiigavatam\n\nmust not play with it by reading or hearing a portion from here and a\n\nportion from there, but one must follow the footsteps of great kings like\nMaharaja Ambari�a or Maharaja Parilqit and hear it from a bona fide\n\nrepresentative of Sukadeva Gosvami\n\n", "SB2.1#p0053": "18\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nTEXT ll\n\n�(ft�f.�Q'tl'11'1fit�061't1¥{\nI\n�;rt 'ft f;rufhj �l'tt�til , II � � II\netan nirvidyamiiniiniim\nicchatiim akuto-bhayam\nyoginiirh nrpa nin;titarh\nharer-niimiinukirtanam\netat-it is; nirvidyamiiniiniim-of those who are completely free from all\n\nmaterial desires; icchatiim-of those who are desirous of all sorts of\n\nmaterial enjoyment;akuto-bhayam-free from all doubts and fear;yoginiim\n\n-of all who are self-satisfied; nrpa-0 King; nirr.itam-decided truth;\n\nhare�-of the Lord, Sri Km1a; nama-holy name; anu-after someone,\nalways; kirtanam-chanting.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, constant chanting of the holy name of the Lord after the ways\nof the great authorities is the doubtless and fearless way of success for\nall, including those who are free from all material desires, and also those\nwho are desirous of all material enjoyment, as well as those who are selfsatisfied by dint of transcendental knowledge.\nPURPORT\nIn the previous verse, the great necessity for attaining attachment to\nMukunda has been accredited. There are different types of persons who\ndesire to attain success in different varieties of pursuits. Generally the\npersons are materialists who desire to enjoy the fullest extent of material\ngratification- Next to them are the transcendentalists, who have attained\n\nperfect knowledge about the nature of material enjoyment and thus are\n\naloof from such an illusory way of life. More or less, they are satisfied in\n\nthemselves by self-realization_ Above them are the devotees of the Lord,\n\nwho neither aspire to enjoy the material world nor desire to get out of it.\n\nThey are after the satisfaction of the Lord Sri Kr��a- In other words, the\ndevotees of the Lord do not want anything on their personal account. If\n\n", "SB2.1#p0054": "Text ll]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n19\n\nthe Lord desires, the devotees can accept all sorts of material facilities, and\nif the Lord does not desire, the devotees can leave aside all sorts of\n\nfacilities, even up to the limit of salvation. Nor are they self-satisfied,\nbecause they want the satisfaction of the Lord only. In this verse, Sri\n\nSukadeva Gosvami recommends the transcendental chanting of the holy\nname of the Lord. By offenseless chanting and hearing of the holy name\nof the Lord, one becomes acquainted with the transcendental form of the\nLord, and then with the attributes of the Lord, and then with the transcendental nature of His pastimes, etc. Here it is mentioned that one\nshould constantly chant the holy name of the Lord after hearing it from\n\nauthorities. This means hearing from the authorities is the first essential.\n\nHearing of the holy name gradually promotes one to the stage of hearing\nabout His form and so on about His attributes, His pastimes, etc., and\nthus the necessity of the chanting of His glories develops successively.\nThis process is recommended not only for the successful execution of\ndevotional service, but also even for those who are materially attached.\n\nAccording to Sri Sukadeva Gosvami, this way of attaining success is an\n\nestablished fact, concluded not only by him, but also by all other previous\n\niiciiryas. Therefore, there is no need of further evidence. The process is\nrecommended not only for the progressive students in different departments of ideological success, but also for those who are already successful\nin their achievement as fruitive workers, as philosophers or as devotees of\nthe Lord.\n\nSrila Jiva Gosvami instructs that chanting of the holy name of the Lord\n\nshould be loudly done, and it should be performed offenselessly as well,\nas is recommended in the Padma Puriip,a. One can deliver himself from the\neffects of all sins by surrendering himself unto the Lord. One can deliver\n\nhimself from all offenses at the feet of the Lord by taking shelter of His\n\nholy name. But one cannot protect himself if one commits an offense at\nthe feet of the holy name of the Lord. Such offenses are mentioned in the\n\nPadma Puriirw as being ten in number. The first offense is to vilify the\ngreat devotees who have preached about the glories of the Lord. The\n\nsecond offense is to see the holy names of the Lord in terms of worldly\ndistinction. The Lord is the proprietor of all the universes, and therefore\n\nHe may be known in different places by different names, but that does\n\nnot in any way qualify the fullness of the Lord. Any nomenclature which\n\nis meant for the Supreme Lord is as holy as the others because they are\n\nall meant for the Lord. Such holy names are as powerful as the Lord, and\n\nthere is no bar for anyone in any part of the creation to chant and glorify\nthe Lord by the particular name of the Lord as it is locally understood.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0055": "20\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nThey are all auspicious, and one should not distinguish such names of the\nLord as material commodities. The third offense is to neglect the orders of\n\nthe authorized iiciiryas or the spiritual masters. The fourth offense is to\nvilify scriptures or Vedic knowledge- The fifth offense is to define the holy\nname of the Lord in terms of one's mundane calculation. The holy name\n\nof the Lord is identical with the Lord Himself, and one should understand\nthe holy name of the Lord to be nondifferent from Him. The sixth offense\n\nis to interpret the holy name. The Lord is not imaginary, nor is His holy\nname. There are persons with a poor fund of knowledge who think the\nLord to be an imagination of the worshiper and therefore think His holy\n\nname to be imaginary. Such a chanter of the name of the Lord cannot\n\nachieve the desired success in the matter of chanting the holy name. The\n\nseventh offense is to commit sins intentionally on the strength of the holy\nname. In the scriptures it is said that one can be liberated from the effects\n\nof all sinful actions simply by chanting the holy name of the Lord; one\nwho takes advantage of this transcendental method and continues to\n\ncommit sins on the expectation of neutralizing the effects of sins by\n\nchanting the holy name of the Lord is the greatest offender at the feet of\n'\n\nthe holy name. Such an offender cannot purify himself by any recommended method of purification. In other words, one may be a sinful man\nbefore chanting the holy name of the Lord, but after taking shelter in the\nholy name of the Lord and becoming immune, one should strictly restrain\noneself from committing sinful acts with a hope that his method of\nchanting the holy name will give him protection. The eighth offense is to\n\nconsider the holy name of the Lord and His chanting method to be equal\n\nto some material auspicious activity. There are various kinds of good\nworks for material benefits, but the holy name and His chanting are no\n\nmere auspicious holy services. Undoubtedly the holy name is holy service,\n\nbut He should never be utilized for such purposes. Since the holy name\nand the Lord are of one and the same identity, one should not try to\nbring the holy name into the service of mankind. The idea is that the\n\nSupreme Lord is the supreme enjoyer. He is no one's �ervant or order\nsupplier. Similarly, since the holy name of the Lord is idehtical with the\nLord, one should not try to utilize the holy name for one's personal\n\nservice.\n\nThe ninth offense is to instruct those who are not interested in chanting\n\nthe holy name of the Lord about the transcendental nature of the holy\n\nname. If such instruction is imparted to an unwilling audience, the act is\n\nconsidered to be an offense at the feet of the holy name. The tenth\n\noffense is to become disinterested in the holy name of the Lord even after\n\n", "SB2.1#p0056": "Text 12]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n21\n\nhearing of the transcendental nature of the holy name. The effect of\n\nchanting the holy name of the Lord is perceived by the chanter as libera­\n\ntion from the conception of false egoism. False egoism is exhibited by\n\nthinking oneself to be the enjoyer of the world and thinking everything in\n\nthe world to be meant for the enjoyment of one's self only. The whole\n\nmaterialistic world is moving under such false egoism of \"I\" and \"mine,\"\n\nbut the factual effect of chanting the holy name is to become free from\nsuch misconception.\n\nTEXT 12\n\nw�����,\n��\n\n'-A: 11��11\n\nkim pramattasya bahubh*\nparok�air hayanair iha\nvararh muhurtarh viditarh\nghatate sreyase yata�\nkim-what is; pramattasya-of the bewildered; bahubh*-by many;\n\nparok�a*-unexperienced; hayana*-years; iha-in this world; varam­\n\nbetter; muhurtam-a moment; v iditam -conscious; ghatate-one can try\nfor; sreyase-in the matter of the supreme interest; yata�-by that.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhat is the value of a prolonged life which is wasted, inexperienced by\n\nyears in this world? Better a moment of full consciousness, because that\ngives one a start in bearching after his supreme interest.\n\nPURPORT\nSri1a Sukadeva Gosvami instructed Maharaja PanK.�it about the impor­\n\ntance of chanting the holy name of the Lord by every progressive gentle­\n\nman. In order to encourage the King, who had only seven remaining days\nof life, Srila Sukadeva Gosvami asserted that there is no use in living\n\nhundreds of years without any knowledge of the problems of life-better\n\nto live for a moment with full consciousness of the supreme interest to be\n\n", "SB2.1#p0057": "22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nfulfilled. The supreme interest of life is eternal, with full knowledge and\n\nbliss. Those who are bewildered by the external features of the material\n\nworld and are engaged in the matter of the animal propensities of the eatdrink-and-be-merry type of life are simply wasting their lives by the\nunseen passing away of valuable years. We should know in perfect con­\n\nsciousness that human life is bestowed upon the conditioned soul to\n\nachieve spiritual success, and the easiest possible procedure to attain this\nend is to chant the holy name of the Lord. In the previous verse, we have\ndiscussed this point to a certain extent, and we may further be enlightened on the different types of offenses committed unto the feet of\nthe holy name. Srila Jiva Gosvami Prabhu has quoted many passages from\nauthentic scriptures and has ably supported the statements in the matter\n\nof offenses at the feet of the holy name. From Vi§rtu-jiimala Tantra, Srila\n\nJiva Gosvami has proven that one can be liberated from the effects of all\nsins simply by chanting the holy name of the Lord. Quoting from the\n\nMiirkaru)eya Puriira, Sri Gosvam�i says that one should neither blaspheme\n\nthe devotee of the Lord nor indulge in hearing others who are engaged in\nbelittling a devotee of the Lord. A devotee should try to restrict the\n\nvilifier by cutting out his tongue, and being unable to do so, one should\ncommit suicide rather than hear the blaspheming of the devotee of the\nLord. The conclusion is that one should neither hear nor allow vilifica­\n\ntion of a devotee of the Lord. As far as distinguishing the Lord's holy\n\nname from the names of the demigods, the revealed scriptures disclose\n\n(Bg. 10.41) that all extraordinarily powerful beings are but parts and\n\nparcels of the supreme energetic, Lord Krwa. Except the Lord Himself,\n\neveryone is subordinate; no one is independent of the Lord. Since no one\nis more powerful than or equal to the energy of the Supreme Lord, no\n\none's name can be as powerful as that of the Lord. By chanting the Lord's\n\nholy name, one can derive all the stipulated energy synchronized from all\n\nsources. Therefore, one should not equalize the supreme holy name of the\nLord with any other name. Brahma, Siva or any other powerful god can\n\nnever be equal to the Supreme Lord Vi��u. The powerful holy name of\n\nthe Lord can certainly deliver one from sinful effects, but one who\n\ndesires to utilize this transcendental potency of the holy name of the\nLord in one's sinister activities is the most degraded person in the world.\n\nSuch persons are never excused by the Lord or by any agent of the Lord.\n\nOne should, therefore, utilize one's life in glorifying the Lord by all\n\nmeans, without any offense. Such activity of life, even for a moment, is\n\nnever to be compared with a prolonged life of ignorance, like the lives of\n\nthe tree and other living entities who may live for thousands of years\nwithout prosecuting spiritual advancement.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0058": "Text 13]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n23\n\nTEXT 13\n\nkha!vango nama rajar�ir\njiiatveyattam ihayu�a�\nmuhurtat sarvam utsrjya\ngatavan abhayam harim\nkhatvanga�-King Khatvanga; nama-name; rajar�*-saintly king;jiiatva\n-by knowing; iyattam-duration; iha-in this world; ayu�a�-of one's life;\nmuhurtat-within only a moment; sarvam-everything; utsrjya-leaving\naside;gatavan-had undergone; abhayam-fully safe;harim-the Personality\nof Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nThe saintly King, Maharaja Khatvanga, after being informed that the\nduration of his life would· be only a moment more, at once got himself\nfreed from all material activities and took shelter of the supreme safety,\nthe Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nA fully responsible man should always be conscious of the prime duty\nof the present human form of life. The activities of life to meet the\nimmediate necessities of material life are not everything. One should always\nbe alert in his duty for attainment of the best situation in the next life.\nHuman life is meant for preparing ourselves for that prime duty. Maharaja\nKhatvanga is mentioned herein as the saintly King because even within the\nresponsibility of the state management, he was not at all forgetful of the\nprime duty of life. Such was the case with other rajar�is (saintly kings),\nlike Maharaja Yudhi�thira and Maharaja Parik�it. They were all exemplary\npersonalities on account of their being alert in discharging their prime duty.\nMaharaja Khatvanga was invited by the demigods in the higher planets to\nfight demons, and as a king, he fought the battles to the full satisfaction\nof the demigods. The demigods, being fully satisfied with him, wanted to\ngive him\n\nsome\n\nbenediction\n\nfor\n\nmaterial\n\nenjoyment, but\n\nMaharaja\n<.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0059": "24\n\nS rimad Bhagavatam\n-\n\n[ Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nKhatvanga, being very much alert to his prime duty, inquired from the\n\ndemigods about his remaining duration of life. This means that he was not\n\nas anxious to accumulate some material benediction from the demigods as\nhe was to prepare himself for the next life. He was, however, informed by\n\nthe demigods that his life would last only a moment longer. The King at\n\nonce left the heavenly kingdom, which is always full of material enj oyment\nof the highest standard, and coming down on this earth, took ultimate\n\nshelter of the all-safe Personality of Godhead. He was successful in his\n\ngreat attempt and got liberation. This attempt, even for a moment, by the\n\nsaintly King, was successful because he was always alert to his prime duty.\n\nMaharaj a Parik�it was thus encouraged by the great Sukadeva Gosvami,\n\neven though he had only seven days left in his life to execute the prime\n\nduty of hearing the glories of the Lord in the form of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nBy the will of the Lord, Maharaj a Parik�it instantly met the great Sukadeva\n\nGosvami, and the great treasure of spiritual success left by him is nicely\n\nmentioned in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nTEXT\n\n14\n\ntaviipy etarhi kauravya\n\nsaptiiharh jivitiivadhift\n\nupakalpaya tat sarvarh\n\ntiivad yat siimpariiyikam\n\ntava-your; api-also; etarhi-therefore; kauravya-born in the family of\n\nKuru; s aptiiham-seven days; j ivita-duration of life; avadh ift -up to the\n\nlimit of; upakalpaya-get them performed; tat-those; sarvam-all; tiivat­\n\nso long; yat- which are; siimpariiyikam-rituals for the next life.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Par�it, now your duration of life is limited to seven more\ndays, so during this time you can perform all those rituals which are\nneeded for the best purpose of your next life.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0060": "Text 15]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n25\n\nPURPORT\n\nSukadeva Gosvami, after citing the example of Maharaja Khatvanga,\nwho prepared himself for the next life within a very short time, encouraged\nMaharaja Parik�it that he had still seven days at his disposal and that he\ncould easily take advantage of the time to prepare himself for the next\nlife. Indirectly, the Gosvami told Maharaja Parik�it that he should take\nshelter of the sound representation of the Lord for the seven days still\nremaining in the duration of his life and thus get himself liberated. In\nother words, everyone can best prepare himself for the next life simply\nby hearing Snmad-Bhagavatam, as it was recited by Sukadeva Gosvami to\nMaharaja Parik�it. The rituals are not formal, but there are also some\nfavorable conditions, which are required to be carried out, as instructed\nhereafter.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n3forij'til� � � atttFt •MeiG:t�: I\nt0;<UI�(1fi� ar mY �� � :q � II� �II\nanta-kale tu puru§a\n\nagate gata-siidhvasa[t\n\nchindyiid asanga-sastrera\n\nsprhiirh dehe 'nu ye ca tam\n\nanta-kiile-at the last stage of life; tu-but; puru§a{t-a person; agate­\n\nhaving arrived; gata-siidhvasa{!-without any fear of death; chindyiit-must\ncut off; asa ri ga nonattac hment; sastrera-by the weapon of; sprhiim-all\n-\n\ndesires; dehe-in the matter of the material tabernacle; anu-pertaining;\nye-all that; ca-also; ta m -them.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAt the last stage of one's life, one should be bold enough not to become\nafraid of death. But he must cut off all attachment to the material body\nand everything pertaining to it and all desires thereof.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0061": "26\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nPURPORT\nThe foolishness of gross materialism is that people think of making a\npermanent settlement in this world, although it is a settled fact that one\nhas to give up everything here that has been created by valuable human\nenergy. Great statesmen, scientists, philosophers, etc., who are foolish,\nwithout any information of the spirit soul, think that this life of a few\nyears only is all in all and that there is nothing more after death. This poor\nfund of knowledge, even in the so-called learned circles of the world, is\nkilling the vitality of human energy, and the awful result is being keenly\nfelt. And yet the foolish materialistic men do not care for what is going to\n\nhappen in the next life. The preliminary instruction in the Bhagavad-g\"ita\n\nis that one should know that the identity of the individual living entity is\nnot lost even after the end of this present body, which is nothing but\noutward dress only. As one changes an old garment, so the individual\nliving being also changes his body, and this change of body is called death.\nDeath is, therefore, a process of changing the body at the end of the\nduration of the present life. An intelligent person must be prepared for\nthis and must try to have the best type of body in the next life. The best\ntype of body is a spiritual body, which is obtained by those who go back\nto the kingdom of God or enter the realm of Brahman. In the second\nchapter of this canto, this matter will be broadly discussed, but in as far as\nthe change of body is concerned, one must prepare now for the next life.\nFoolish people attach more importance to the present temporary life, and\nthus the foolish leaders make appeals to the body and the bodily relations.\nThe bodily relations not only extend to this body but also to the family\n\nmembers, wife, children, society, country and so many other things which\n\nend at the end of life. After death one forgets everything about the present\n\nbodily relations; we have a little experience of this at night when we go to\nsleep. While sleeping, we forget everything about this body and bodily\nrelations, although this forgetfulness is a temporary situation for only a\n\nfew hours. Death is nothing but sleeping for a few months in order to\n\ndevelop another term of bodily encagement, which we are awarded by the\n\nlaw of nature according to our aspiration. Therefore, one has only to\nchange the aspiration during the course of this present body, and for this,\nthere is need of training in the current duration of human life. This training\ncan be begun at any stage of life, or even a few seconds before death, but\n\nthe usual procedure is for one to get the training from very early life,\n\nfrom the stage of brahmacarya, and gradually progress to the grhastha,\n\nviinaprastha and sannyiisa orders of life. The institution which gives such\n\n", "SB2.1#p0062": "Text 16]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n27\n\ntraining is called varriisrama-dharma, or the system of saniitana-dharma,\nthe best procedure for making the human life perfect. One is, therefore,\nrequired to give up the attachment to family or social or political life just\nat the age of fifty years, if not earlier, and the training in the viinaprastha\nand sannyasa asramas is given for preparation of the next life. Foolish\nmaterialists, in the garb of leaders of the people in general, stick to family\naffairs without attempting to cut off relations with them, and thus they become victims of nature's law and get gross bodies again, according to their\nwork. Such foolish leaders may have some respect from the people at the\nend of life, but that does not mean that such leaders will be immune from\nthe natural laws under which everyone is tightly bound by the hands and\nfeet. The best thing is, therefore, that everyone voluntarily give up family\nrelations by transferring the attachment from family, society, country and\neverything thereof to the devotional service of the Lord. It is stated herein\nthat one should give up all desires of family attachment. One must have a\nchance for better desires; otherwise there is no chance of giving up such\nmorbid desires. Desire is the concomitant factor of the living entity. The\nliving entity is eternal, and therefore his desires, which are natural for a\nliving being, are also eternal. One cannot, therefore, stop desiring, but the\nsubject matter for desires can be changed. So one must develop the desires\nfor returning home, back to Godhead, and automatically the desires for\nmaterial gain, material honor and material popularity will diminish in\nproportion to the development of devotional service. A living being is\nmeant for service activities, ·and his desires are centered around such a\nservice attitude. Beginning from the top executive head of the state, down\nto the insignificant pauper in the street, all are rendering some sort of\nservice to others. The perfection of such a service attitude is only attained\nsimply by transferring the desire of service from matter to spirit, or from\nSatan to God.\n\nTEXT 16\n\ngrhat pravrajito dhira/;1\npurya-tirtha-jaliipluta/;1\nsucau vivikta asino\nvidhivat kalpitasane\n\n", "SB2.1#p0063": "28\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n-\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\ngrhiit-from one's home; pravrajita�-having gone out; dhira�-selfcontrolled; pu!lya-pious; tirtha-sacred place; jaliiplnta[!-fully washed;\nsue au-cleansed; vivikte-solitary; iisina�-seated; vidhivat-according to\nregulations; kalpita-being done; iisane-on a sitting place.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne should leave home and practice self-control. In a sacred place he\nshould bathe regularly and sit down in a lonely place duly sanctified.\n\nPURPORT\nTo prepare oneself for the better next life, one must get out of one's socalled home. The system of vamiisrama-dharma or saniitana-dharma prescribes retirement from family encumbrances as early as possible after one\nhas passed fifty years of age. Modern civilization is based on family comforts, the highest standard of amenities, and therefore, everyone expects to\nlive a very comfortable life after retirement in a well furnished home\ndecorated with fine ladies and children, without any desire to get out of\nsuch a comfortable home. High government officers and ministers stick to\ntheir prize posts until death, and they neither dream nor desire to get out\nof homely comforts. Bound by such hallucinations, materialistic men\nprepare various plans for a still more comfortable life, but suddenly cruel\ndeath comes without mercy and takes away the great planmaker against\nhis desire, forcing him to give up the present body for another body. Such\na planmaker is thus forced to accept another body in one of the 8,400,000\n\nspecies of life according to the fruits of the work which he might have\nperformed. In the next life, generally, persons who are too much attached\nto family comforts are awarded lower species of life on account of sinful\nacts performed during a long duration of sinful life, and thus all the\nenergy of the human life is spoiled. In order to be saved from the danger\nof spoiling the human form of life and being attached to unreal things, one\nmust take warning of death at the age of fifty, if not earlier. The principle\nis that one should take it for granted that the death warning is already\nthere, even prior to the attainment of fifty years of age, and thus at any\nstage of life one should prepare himself for a better next life. The system\nof the saniitana-dharma institution is so made that the follower is trained\nfor the better next life without any chance of the human life being\nspoiled. The holy places all over the world are meant for the residential\npurposes of retired persons getting ready for the better next life. Intelligent\n\n", "SB2.1#p0064": "Text 17)\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n29\n\npersons must go there at the end of life, and for that matter, after fifty\nyears of age, to live a life of spiritual regeneration for the sake of being\nfreed from family attachment, which is considered to be the shackle of\nmaterial life. One is recommended to quit home just to get rid of material\nattachment, because one who sticks to family life until death cannot get\nrid of material attachment, and as long as one is materially attached, one\ncannot understand spiritual freedom. One should not, however, become\nself-complacent simply by leaving home or by creating another home at\nthe holy place either lawfully or unlawfully. Many persons leave home and\ngo to such holy places, but due to bad association, again become family\nmen by illicit connection with the opposite sex. The illusory energy of\nmatter is so strong that one is apt to be under such illusion at every stage\nof life, even after quitting one's happy home. Therefore, it is essential that\none should practice self-control by celibacy without the least desire for\nsex indulgence. Sex indulgence, for a man desiring to improve the condition of his existence, is considered to be suicidal, or even worse. Therefore, to live apart from family life means to become self-controlled from\nall sense desires, especially sex desires. The method is that one should have\na sitting place duly sanctified, made of straw, skin of the deer and carpet,\nand thus sitting on it one should chant the holy name of the Lord without\noffense, as prescribed above. The whole process is to drag the mind from\nmaterial engagements and fix it on the lotus feet of the Lord. This simple\nprocess alone will help one advance to the hig,hest stage of spiritual success.\n\nTEXT\n\n17\n\n3l�=tre\"1'1«, � f,rg�t �I\nq;iT i4�0�ij� ifiA!itliit+iN�H.� II� \\911\nabhyasen manasa suddham\ntrivrd-brahmak§aram param\nmano yacchej jita-svaso\nbrahma-bijam avismaran\nabhyaset-just get it into practice; manasa-by the mind; suddhamsacred; trivrt-composed of the three; brahmak§aram-transcendental letters; param-the supreme; mana�-mind; yacchet-get under control; jitasvasa�-by regulating the breathing air; brahma-absolute; bijam-seed;\navismaram-without being forgotten.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0065": "30\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter sitting in the above manner, make the mind remember the three\ntranscendental letters [A.U .M.] , and by regulating the breathing process,\ncontrol the mind so as not to forget the transcendental seed.\n\nPURPORT\nOmkiira or the prar-ava is the seed of transcendental realization, and it is\ncomposed of three transcendental letters A.U .M. By its chanting by the\nmind, in conjunction with the breathing process, which is a transcendental\nbut mechanical way of getting into trance, as devised by the experience of\ngreat mystics, one is able to bring the mind, which is materially absorbed,\nunder control. This is a way of changing the habit of the mind. The mind\nis not to be killed. Mind or desire cannot be stopped, but to develop a\ndesire to function for spiritual realization, the quality of engagement by\nthe mind has to be changed. The mind is the pivot of the active sense\norgans, and as such if the quality of thinking, feeling and willing is changed,\nnaturally the quality of actions by the instrumental senses will also change.\nOmkiira is the seed of all transcendental sound, and it is the transcendental\nsound only which can bring about the desired change of the mind and the\nsenses. Even a mentally deranged man can be cured by treatment of\ntranscendental sound. In the Bhagavad-gitii, the prar-ava or omkiira has\nbeen accepted as the direct literal representation of the Supreme Absolute\nTruth. One who is not able to chant directly the holy name of the Lord,\nas recommended above, can easily chant the prartava or omkiira. This\nomkiira is a note of address, such as, \"0 my Lord,\" just as \"om hari om\"\nmeans \"0 my Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\" As we have\nexplained before, the Lord's holy name is identical with the Lord Himself.\nSo also is omkiira. But persons who are unable to realize the transcendental\npersonal form or name of the Lord on account of their imperfect senses\n(in other words, the neophytes) are trained to the practice of selfrealization by this mechanical process of regulating the breathing function\nand simultaneously repeating the prar-ava omkiira within the mind. As we\nhave several times expressed, since the transcendental name, form, attributes, pastimes, etc., of the Personality of Godhead are impossible to be\nunderstood by the present material senses, it is necessary that through the\nmind, the center of sensual activities, such transcendental realization be\nset into motion. The devotees, however, directly fix their minds on the\n\n", "SB2.1#p0066": "Text 18]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n31\n\nPerson of the Absolute Truth. But one who is unable to accommodate such\npersonal features of the Absolute is disciplined in that impersonality to\ntrain the mind to make further progress.\n\nTEXT 18\n\nfwP'4'0)0f§:'t��:��wmt :stf.l«ldv.r: I\n�: ��8 �ij \"-ll�f-§.�111��11\nniyacched vi§ayebhyo 'k§iin\nmanasii buddhi-siirath*\nmana� karmabhir iik§iptarh\nsubhiirthe dhiirayed dhiyii\nniyacchet\n\n-\n\nwithdraw; vi§ayebhya� from sense engagements; ak§iin-\n\nthe senses; manasii-by dint of the mind; buddhi\n\n-\n\nintelligence; siirath*­\n\ndriver; mana�-the mind; karmabh*-by the fruitive work; iik§iptambeing absorbed in; subhiirthe-for the sake of the Lord; dhiirayet- hold\nup; dhiyii-in full consciousness.\nTRANSLATION\nGradually,\n\nas\n\nthe mind becomes progressively spiritualized, withdraw\n\nit from sense activities, and by intelligence the senses will be controlled.\nThe mind, being too much absorbed in material activities, can be engaged\nin the service of the Personality of Godhead and become fixed in full\ntranscendental consciousness.\nPURPORT\nThe first process of spiritualizing the mind by mechanical chanting of\nthe prar-ava omkiira and controlling the breathing system is technically\ncalled the mystic or yogic process of prii[tiiyiima, or fully controlling the\nbreathing air. The ultimate state of this prii[tiiyiima system is to become\nfixed up in trance, technically called the stage of samiidhi. But experience\nhas proven that even the samiidhi stage also fails to control the materiallyabsorbed mind. For example, the great mystic Visvamitra Muni, even in\nthe stage of samiidhi, became a victim of the senses and cohabited with\n\n", "SB2.1#p0067": "32\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nMenaka. History has already recorded it. The mind, although ceasing to\nthink of sensual activities at present, remembers past sensual activities\n\nfrom the subconscious status and thus disturbs one from cent per cent\n\nengagement in self-realization. Therefore, Sukadeva Gosvami recommends\nthe next step of assured policy, namely to fix one's mind in the service of\n\nthe Personality of Godhead. Lord Sri Kr�':la, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, also recommends this direct process in the Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(Bg. 6.47). Thus, the mind being spiritually cleansed, one should at once\n\nengage himself in the transcendental loving service of the Lord by the\n\ndifferent devotional activities o� hearing, chanting, etc. That is the surest\npath of progress even for the disturbed mind, if performed under proper\n\nguidance.\n\nTEXT 19\n\na��lt�t4 �tt1�a:�J0�'l � 1\n� f.lfttqtf� mr: �� Wf � 1\n� �\" � � !iHffa:RIII��II\ntatraikiivayavarh dhyiiyed\navyucchinnena cetasii\nmano nirvi§ayarh yuktvii\ntata� kincana na smaret\npadarh tat paramarh vi§rwr\nmano yatra prasidati\n\ntatra-thereafter; eka-one after one; avayavam-limbs of the body;\n\ndhyiiyet-should be concentrated upon; avyucchinnena-without being\n\ndeviated from the complete form; cetasii-by the mind; mana�-mind;\n\nnirvi§ayam-without being contaminated by sense objects; yuktvii-being\ndovetailed; tata�-after that; kincana-anything; na-do not; smaret-think\n\nof; padam-personality; tat-that; para mam- Supreme; vi§r-o�-of Vi�':lu;\nmana�- the mind; yatra- w hereupon; prasidati- becomes reconciled.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, you should meditate upon the limbs of Vi�pu, one after\n\nanother, without being deviated from the conception of the complete\n\n", "SB2.1#p0068": "Text 19]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n33\n\nbody, and thus the mind becomes free from all sense objects. There should\nbe no other thing to be thought upon. Because the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Vi�J).U, is the Ultimate Truth, the mind becomes completely\nreconciled in Him only.\nPURPORT\nFoolish persons, bewildered by the external energy of Vi�I).U, do not\nknow that the ultimate goal of the progressive search after happiness is to\n\nget into touch directly with Lord Vi�I).U, the Personality of Godhead.\n\nVi§ru-tattva is an unlimited expansion of different transcendental forms\nof the Personality of Godhead, and the supreme or original form of Vi§ru­\n\ntattva is Govinda or Lord Kr�pa, the supreme cause of all causes. Therefore,\n\nthinking of Vi�pu or meditation upon the transcendental form of Vi�pu,\nspecifically upon Lord Kr�pa, is the last word on the subject of meditation.\n\nThis meditation may be begun from the lotus feet of the Lord. One should\n\nnot, however, forget or be misled from the complete form of the Lord;\n\nthus one should practice thinking of the different parts of His transcenden­\n\ntal body, one after another. Here in this verse, it is definitely assured that\n\nthe Supreme Lord is not impersonal. He is a person, but His body\nis different from\n\nmeditation\n\nthose\n\nof conditioned persons like us. Otherwise,\n\nbeginning from the prarava omkiira up to the limbs of\n\nthe personal body of Vi�pu would not have been recommended by\n\nSukadeva Gosvami for the attainment of complete spiritual perfection.\n\nThe Vi�pu forms of worship in great temples of India are not, therefore,\n\narrangements of idol worship, as it is wrongly interpreted by a class of men\n\nwith a poor fund of knowledge, but they are different spiritual centers of\n\nmeditation on the transcendental limbs of the body of Vi�pu. The wor­\n\nshipable deity in the temple of Vi�pu is identical with Lord Vi�pu by the\ninconceivable potency of the Lord. Therefore, a neophyte's concentration\n\nor meditation upon the limbs of Vi�pu in the temple, as contemplated in\n\nthe revealed scriptures, is an easy opportunity for meditation for persons\nwho are unable to sit down tightly at one place and then concentrate upon\n\nprarava omkiira or the limbs of the body of Vi�pu, as recommended herein\nby Sukadeva Gosvami, the great authority. The common man can benefit\nmore by meditating on the form of Vi�pu in the temple than on the\n\nomkiira, the spiritual combination of A.U .M. as explained before. There is\n\nno difference between omkiira and the forms of Vi�pu, but persons who\nare unacquainted with the science of Absolute Truth try to create\n\ndissension by differentiating between the forms of Vi�p.u and that of\n\n", "SB2.1#p0069": "[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n34\n\nomkiira. Here it is indicated that the Vi��u form is the ultimate goal of\n\nmeditation, and as such it is better to concentrate upon the forms of Vi��u\nthan on impersonal omkiira, as the latter process is more difficult than the\nformer.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n��t¥0Ati'tl� R1{t qW{ 300R: I\n�RUN( �TU � � � � ll�oll\nrajas-tamobhyiim iik�iptarh\nvimupharh mana iitmana�\nyacched dhiirar;wyii dhiro\nhanti yii tat-krtarh malam\n\nraja�-passionate modes of nature; tamobhyiim-as well as by the\nignorant modes of material nature; iik�iptam\n\n-\n\nagi tated ; vimupham-bewil­\n\ndered; mana�- the mind ; iitmana�-of one's own; ya c chet- get it rectified;\ndhiirar;wyii- by conception (of Vi��u); dhira�- the pacified; hanti- destroys;\n\nyii-all those; tat-krtam-done by them; ma lam\n\n-\n\ndi rty things.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nOne's mind is always agitated by the passionate modes of material\n\nnature and bewildered by the ignorant modes of nature. But one can\nrectify such conceptions by the relation of Vi��u and thus become pacified by cleansing the dirty things created by them.\nPURPORT\n\nPersons generally conducted by the modes of passion and the modes of\nignorance cannot be bona fide candidates for being situated in the tran­\n\nscendental stage of God realization. Only the persons conducted under the\nmodes of goodness can have the knowledge of the Supreme Truth. Effects\n\nof the modes of passion and ignorance are manifested by too much\n\nhankering after wealth and women. And those who are too much after\nwealth and women can only rectify their leanings by constant remem­\n\nbrance of Vi��u in His potential impersonal feature. Generally the imper­\n\nsonalists or monists are influenced by the modes of passion and ignorance.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0070": "Text 21]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n35\n\nSuch impersonalists think of themselves as liberated souls, but they have\nno knowledge of the transcendental personal feature of the Absolute Truth.\nActually they are impure in heart on account of being devoid of knowledge\nof the personal feature of the Absolute. In the Bhagavad-gitii, it is said that\nafter many hundreds of births, the impersonalist philosopher surrenders\nunto the Personality of Godhead. To acquire such a qualification of God\nrealization in the personal feature, the neophyte impersonalist is given a\nchance to realize the relation of the Lord in everything by the philosophy\nof pantheism.\nPantheism in its higher status does not permit the student to form an\nimpersonal conception of the Absolute Truth, but the conception of the\nAbsolute Truth is extended in the field of the so-called material energy.\nEverything created by the material energy can be dovetailed with the\nAbsolute by service attitude, which is the essential part of living energy.\nThe pure devotee of the Lord knows the art of converting everything into\nits spiritual existence by this service attitude, and in that devotional way\nonly can the theory of pantheism be perfected.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n� �ltt¥\\IOI�i litftr.ft �Rfi��IJT : I\n� �� � 31t�;;f ���: II�� II\nyasyiirh sandhiiryamii[tiiyiirh\nyogino bhakti-lak§ara�\niisu sampadyate yoga\niisrayarh bhadram ik§ata�\nyasyiim-by such systematic remembrance; sandhiiryamiirtiiyiim-and\nthus being fixed in the habit of; yogina�-the mystics; bhakti-lak§ara�being practiced to the devotional system; iisu-very soon; sampadyateattains success; yoga�-connection by devotional service; iisrayam\n\n-\n\nunder\n\nthe shelter of; bhadram-the aU-good; ik §ata�-which seeing that.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, by this system of remembrance and by being fixed in the\nhabit of seeing the ail-good personal conception of the Lord, one can very\nsoon attain devotional service of the Lord under His direct shelter.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0071": "S rimad B hagavatam\n\n36\n\n-\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\nSuccess of mystic performances is achieved only by the help of the\ndevotional attitude. Pantheism, or the system of feeling the presence of\nthe Almighty everywhere, is a sort of training of the mind to become\naccustomed to the devotional conception, and it is this devotional attitude\nof the mystic that makes possible the successful termination of such mystic\nattempts. One is not, however, elevated to such a successful status without\nthe tinge of mixture in devotional service. The devotional atmosphere\ncreated by such pantheistic vision develops into devotional service in later\ndays, and that is the only benefit for the impersonalist. It is confirmed in\nthe Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 12.5) that the impersonal way of self-realization is\nmore troublesome because it reaches the goal in an indirect way, although\nthe impersonalist also becomes obsessed with the personal feature of the\nLord after a long time.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n���\n\ntt?tl�� ��tt�� I\nttmft qt � � ¥�it1¥�e4J\\ ������\nriijoviica\nyathii sandhiiryate brahman\ndhiira[l-ii yatra sammatii\nyiidrsi vii hared iisu\npuru§asya mano-malam\n\nsri riijii uviica-the lucky king said; yathii-as it is; sandhiiryate-the\nconception is made; brahman-0 briihmarta; dhiirartii-conception; yatrawhere and how; sammatii-in a summary; yiidrsi-the way by which; viieither or; haret-extricated; iisu-without delay; puru§asya-of a person;\nmanaly,-of the mind; malam-dirty things\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe lucky King Par�it, inquiring further, said,\n\n0 brahmapa, please\n\n", "SB2.1#p0072": "Text 22)\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n37\n\ndescribe in full detail the process as to how and where the mind has to be\napplied and how the conception can be fixed so that the dirty things in a\nperson's mind can be removed.\nPURPORT\nThe dirty things in the heart of a conditioned soul are the root cause of\n\nall troubles for him. A conditioned soul is surrounded with the manifold\nmiseries of material existence, but on account of his gross ignorance he is\n\nunable to remove the troubles due to dirty things in the heart, accumulated\n\nduring the long prison life in the material world. He is actually meant to\nserve the will of the Supreme Lord, but on account of the dirty things in\nthe heart, he likes to serve his concocted desires. These desires, instead of\n\ngiving him any peace of mind, create new problems of life and thus bind\n\nhim to the cycle of repeated birth and death. These dirty things of fruitive\nwork and empiric philosophy can be removed only by his association with\nthe Supreme Lord. The Lord, being omnipotent, can offer His association\n\nby His inconceivable potencies. Thus persons who are unable to pin their\n\nfaith on the personal feature of the Absolute are given a chance to associate\n\nwith His viriita rupa, or the cosmic impersonal feature of the Lord. The\ncosmic impersonal feature of the Lord is a feature of His unlimited potencies. Since the potent and potencies are identical, even the conception of\nHis impersonal cosmic feature helps the conditioned soul to associate with\nthe Lord indirectly and thus gradually rise to the stage of personal contact.\nMaharaja Parik�it was already directly connected with the personal\n\nfeature of the Lord Sri Kr��a, and as such he had no business to inquire\nfrom Sukadeva Gosvam'i about where and how to apply the mind in the\n\nimpersonal viriifa rupa of the Lord. But he inquired after a detailed de­\n\nscription of the matter for the benef-it of others, who are unable to\nconceive of the transcendental personal feature of the Lord as the form of\neternity, knowledge and bliss. The nondevotee class of men cannot think\n\nof the personal feature of the Lord. Because of their poor fund of know­\n\nledge, the personal form of the Lord, like Rama or Kf�l).a, is completely\nrevolting to them. They have a poor estimation of the potency of the Lord.\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii, it is explained by the Lord Himself (Bg. 9.11) that\n\npeople with a poor fund of knowledge deride the Supreme Personality of\n\nthe Lord, taking Him to be a common man. Such men are ignorant of the\ninconceivable potency of the Lord. By the inconceivable potency of the\n\nLord, He can move in the human society or any other society of living\n\nbeings and yet remain the same omnipotent Lord without deviating in the\n\n", "SB2.1#p0073": "38\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 1\n\nslightest from His transcendental position. So, for the benefit of men who\nare unable to accept the Lord in His personal eternal form, Maharaja\nParilqit inquired from Sukadeva Gosvam1 how to fix the mind on Him in\nthe beginning, and the Gosvam1 replied in detail as follows.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n� �qy:q\nMijl«'1t RijSQI(1l �Q �a�: ,\n� � � �: �������\nsri suka uviica\njitiisano jita-sviiso\njita-sango jitendriya�\nsthule bhagavato riipe\nmana� sandhiirayed dhiyii\nsri suka uviica-Sukadeva Gosvam1 said; jitiisana�-controlled Sittmg\n\nposture; jita-sviisa�-controlled breathing process; jita-sanga�-controlled\nassociation; jitendriya�-controlled senses; sthule-in the gross matter;\nbhagavata�-unto the Personality of Godhead; riipe-in the feature of;\nmana�- the mind; sandhiirayet-must apply; dhiyii-by intelligence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami answered,\n\nOne should control the sitting posture,\n\nand regulate the breathing process by the yogic pra�ayama and thus control\nthe mind and the senses, and with intelligence apply the mind to the gross\npotencies of the Lord [called the virata riipa].\nPURPORT\nThe materially-absorbed mind of the conditioned soul does not allow\n\nhim to transcend the limit of the bodily conception of self, and thus the\nyoga system for meditation (fixing the mind upon the Supreme, control­\n\nling the sitting posture and breathing process) is prescribed in order to\nmold the character of the gross materialist. Unless such materialists are\n\n", "SB2.1#p0074": "Text 24]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n39\n\nable to cleanse the materially absorbed mind, it is impossible for them to\n\nconcentrate upon thoughts of transcendence. And to do so one may fix\none's mind on the gross material or external feature of the Lord. The\n\ndifferent parts of the gigantic form of the Lord are described in the fol­\n\nlowing verses. The materialistic men are very anxious to have some mystic\n\npowers as a result of such controlling process, but the real purpose of\nyogic regulations is to eradicate the accumulated dirty things like lust,\n\nanger, avarice and all such material contaminations. If the mystic yogi is\n\ndiverted by the accompanying feats of mystic control, then his mission of\n\nyogic success is a failure, because the ultimate aim is God realization. He is\ntherefore recommended to fix his gross materialistic mind by a different\n\nconception and thus realize the potency of the Lord. As soon as the\npotencies are understood to be instrumental manifestations of the tran­\n\nscendence, the next step is automatically advanced, and gradually the stage\nof full realization becomes possible for him.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nN�\\lt(ij@ �Slf �� (lllq'l�HU¥( I\n� �� RW � � lml � ������\nvise§aS tasya deho'yarh\nsthavi§thas ca sthaviyasiim\nyatredarh vyajyate visvarh\nbhiitarh bhavyarh bhavac ca sat\n\nvise§a[l-personal; tasya-his; dehaft-body; ayam-this; sthavi§tha[t­\n\ngrossly material; ca-and; sthaviyasiim-of all matter; yatra- where in ; idam\n\n-\n\n-all these phenomenal; vyajyate-is experienced; visvam u niver se; bhiitam\n-past; bhavyam-future; bhavat- p resent; ca-and; sat- resu ltant\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis gigantic manifestation of the phenomenal material world as a\nwhole is the personal body of the Absolute Truth, wherein the universal\nresultant past, present and future of material time is experienced.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0075": "40\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\nAnything either material or spiritual is but the expansion of the energy\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and as stated in the Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(Bg. 13.13), the omnipotent Lord has His transcendental eyes, heads and\nother bodily parts distributed everywhere. He can see, hear, touch or\nmanifest Himself from anywhere and everywhere, for He is present everywhere as the Supersoul of all infinitesimal souls, although He has His\nparticular abode in the absolute world. This relative world is also His\nphenomenal representation because it is nothing but the expansion of\nHis transcendental energy. Although He is in His abode, still His energy is\ndistributed everywhere, just as the sun is localized as well as expanded\neverywhere and the rays of the sun, being nondifferent from the sun, are\n\naccepted as expansions of the sun disc. In the Vi§r-u Puriirw (V.P. 1.22.52)\n\nit is said that as fire expands its rays and heat from one place, similarly the\nSupreme Spirit, the Personality of Godhead, expands Himself by His manifold energy everywhere and anywhere. The phenomenal manifestation of\n\nthe gigantic universe is only a part of His viriita body. The less intelligent\nclass of men cannot conceive of the transcendental all-spiritual form of\nthe Lord, but they are astounded by His different energies just as the\naborigines are struck with wonder by the manifestation of lightning, a\ngigantic mountain or a hugely expanded banyan tree. The aborigines praise\nthe strength of the tiger and the elephant because of their superior energy\nand strength. The asuras also cannot recognize the existence of the Lord,\nalthough there are vivid descriptions of the Lord in the revealed scriptures,\nalthough the Lord incarnates and exhibits His uncommon strength and\n\nenergy, and although He is accepted as the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nby learned scholars and saints like Vyasadeva, Narada, Asita and Devala in\nthe past and by Arjuna in the Bhagavad-gitii, as also by the iiciiryas like\n\nSankara, Ramanuja, Madhva and Lord Sri Caitanya in the modern age. The\n\nasuras do not accept any evidential proof from the revealed scriptures, nor\ndo they recognize the authority of the great iiciiryas. They want to see eye\nto eye at once. Therefore they can see the gigantic body of the Lord as\n\nviriita, which will answer their challenge, and as they are accustomed to pay\nhomage to superior material strength like that of the tiger, elephant,\nlightning, etc., they can offer respect to the viriita rupa. Lord Kr��a, by the\n\nrequest of Arjuna, exhibited His viriita riipa for the asuras. A pure devotee\n\nof the Lord, being unaccustomed to look into such mundane gigantic form\nof the Lord, requires special vision for the purpose. The Lord, therefore,\nfavored Arjuna with special vision for looking into His viriita riipa,\n\n", "SB2.1#p0076": "Text 25]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n41\n\ndescribed in the Eleventh Chapter of the Bhagavad-gitii. This viriita riipa\n\nof the Lord was especially manifested, not for the benefit of Arj una, but\n\nfor that unintelligent class of men who accept anyone and everyone as the\nincarnation of the Lord and so mislead the general mass of people. For\nthem, the indication is that one should ask the cheap incarnation to exhibit\nhis viriita riipa and thus be established as an incarnation. The viriita rupa\nmanifestation of the Lord is simultaneously a challenge to the atheist and\na favor for the asuras who can think of the Lord as viriita and thus\ngradually cleanse the dirty things in their hearts in order to become\nqualified to actually see the transcendental form of the Lord in the near\nfuture. This is a favor of the all-merciful Lord to the atheists and the gross\nmaterialists.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n3fo:si\\� �ffisf� «m�IJl� 1\n�u�: �ffll �tS«T +til�'{ �HIJIT��: 11�'-\\ll\nar�a-kose sarire 'smin\nsaptiivarara-sarhyu te\nvairiija� puru§O yo 'sau\nbhagaviin dhararasraya�\nar �a kose- within the universal shell; sarire-in the body of;asmin-this;\n-\n\nsapta- se venfol d ; avarara- co ve rings ; sarhyut e - being so done; vairiija�the gigantic universal; puru§a�-form of the Lord; ya�- l hat; asau:-1-lc;\n\nbhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; dharara- conc eption ; iisraya{tobj ect of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe gigantic universal form of the Personality of Godhead, within\nthe body of the universal shell, which is covered by sevenfold material\nelements, is the subject for virata conception.\nPU RPORT\nSimultaneously, the Lord has multifarious other forms, and all of lhcm\nare identi cal with the original fountainhead form of the Lord Sri Kr�1.1a.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0077": "42\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii, it has been proven that the original transcendental\n\neternal form of the Lord is Sri Kr��a, the Absolute Personality of Godhead,\n\nbut by His inconceivable internal potency, iitma-miiyii, He can expand\n\nHimself by multifarious forms and incarnations simultaneously, without\n\nbeing diminished in His full potency. He is complete, and although innumerable complete forms are being emanated from Him, He is still complete\n\nwithout any loss. That is His spiritual or internal potency. In the Eleventh\nChapter of the Bhagavad-gitii, the Personality of Godhead, Lord Kr��a,\n\nmanifested His viriita riipa just to convince the less intelligent class of men,\n\nwho cannot conceive of the Lord as appearing just like a human being, that\nHe factually has the potency of His claim to be the Supreme Absolute\n\nPerson without any rival or superior. Materialistic men can think, although\nvery imperfectly, of the huge universal space, comprehending an innu­\n\nmerable number of planets as big as the sun. They can see only the circular\nsky overhead, without any information that this universe, as well as many\n\nother hundreds of thousands of universes, are each covered by sevenfold\n\nmaterial coverings of water, fire, air, sky, ego, noumenon and material\n\nnature, just like a huge football, pumped and covered, floating on the\n\nwater of the Causal Ocean, wherein the Lord is lying as Maha-Viwu. All the\nuniverses in seed are emanating from the breathing of the Maha-Vi��u, who\n\nis but part of a partial expansion of the Lord, and all the universes\n\npresided over by the Brahmiis vanish when the Mahii-Vi��u withdraws His\n\ngreat breathing. In this way, the material worlds are being created and\n\nvanished by the supreme will of the Lord. The poor foolish materialist can\n\njust imagine how ignorantly he puts forward an insignificant creature to\nbecome His rival incarnation, simply on the allegations of a dying man.\n\nThe viriita riipa was particularly exhibited by the Lord just to give lessons\nto such foolish men, so that one can accept a person as the incarnation of\n\nGodhead only if such a person is able to exhibit such viriita riipa as Lord\n\nKr��a did. The materialistic person may concentrate his mind upon the\n\nviriita or gigantic form of the Lord in his own interest and as recommended\nby Sukadeva Gosviimi, but he must be on his guard not to become misled\n\nby pretenders who claim to be the identical person with Lord Kr��a but\n\nare not able to act like Him or exhibit the virii{a riipa, comprehending the\n\nwhole of the universe.\n\nTEXT 26\n\nqy���\n'ffitiJfstq� ��- I\nft\n\n\" �\n\n\"'\n\n'\n\n", "SB2.1#p0078": "The First Step in God Realization\n\nText 26]\n\n43\n\n�� N��1� �(!'f.t\n�Ft� � � �� 11��11\npiitiilam etasya hi piida-mulam\npathanti piir§rzi-prapade rasiitalam\nmahiitalarh viSva-srjo 'tha gulphau\ntaliitalarh vai puru§asya janghe\npiitiilam\n\n-\n\nthe planet in the bottom of the universe; etasya-of his; hi­\n\nexactly; piida-mulam-soles of the feet; pathanti-they study it;piir§rzi-of\nthe\n\nankles; prapade-under\n\nRasatala; mahiitalam-the\n\nthe\n\nplanet\n\nfoot; rasiitalam-the planets\nnamed\n\nnamed\n\nl\\1ahatala; visva-srja�-of the\n\ncreator of the universe; atha-thus; gu lphau-the calves; tala-the planet\nnamed Tala; atala-the planet named Atala; vai-as they are;puru§asya-of\nthe gigantic person; janghe-on the knees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPersons who have realized it have studied that the planets known as\nPatala constitute the bottom of the feet of the Universal Lord, and the\nankles and the soles are the Rasatala planets. The calves are Mahatala\nplanets, and His knees constitute the Tala and Atala planets.\n\nPURPORT\nOutside the bodily existence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nthe manifested cosmic existence has no reality. Everything and anything\nof the manifested world rests on Him, as confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii\n(Bg. 9.4), but that does not imply that everything and anything in the\nvision of a materialist is the Supreme Personality. The conception of the\nuniversal form of the Lord gives a chance to the materialist to think of the\nSupreme Lord, but the materialist must know for certain that his visualization of the world in a spirit of lording over it is not God realization. The\nmaterialistic view of exploitation of the material resources is occasioned by\nthe illusion of the external energy of the Lord, and as such, if anyone war1ts\nto realize the Supreme Truth by conceiving of the universal form of the\nLord, one must cultivate the service attitude. Unless the service attitude is\nrevived, the conception of viriita realization will have very little effect on\n\n", "SB2.1#p0079": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n44\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nthe seer. The transcendental Lord, in any conception of His form, is never\na part of the material creation. He keeps His identity as Supreme Spirit in\n\nall circumstances and is never affected by the three material qualities, for\n\neverything material is contaminated. The Lord always exists by His internal\nenergy.\n\nThe universe is divided into fourteen planetary systems. Seven planetary\n\nsystems, called Bhur, Bhuvar, Svar, Mahar, Jana, Tapas, and Satya, are\nupward planetary systems, one above the other. There are also seven\nplanetary systems downward, known as Tala, Atala, Vitala, Rasatala,\n\nTaliitala, Mahatala and Piitiila, gradually, one below the other. In this verse,\n\nthe description begins from the bottom because it is in the line of devotion\n\nthat the Lord's bodily description should be begun from His feet. Sukadeva\n\nGosviimi is a recognized devotee of the Lord, and he is exactly correct in\n\nthe description.\n\nTEXT 27\n\ndve jiinuni sutalam visva-murter\nurudvayam vitalam ciitalam ca\nmahitalam taj-jaghanam mahipate\nnabhastalarh niibhisaro grr-anti\ndve -two; jiinuni\n\nSutala;\n\n-\n\nleg joints; sutalam-the planetary system named\n\nviSva-murte�-of the\n\nuniversal form; urudvayam -two thighs;\n\nvitalam-the planetary system named Vitala; ca-also; atalam-the planets\n\nnamed Atala; ca-and; mahitalam-the planetary system named Mahitala;\n\ntat-of their; jaghanam-lower portion of the thighs; mahipate-king;\nnabhastalam-outer space; niibhi s a ra� -depression of the navel; grrwnti­\n\nthey take it so.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe joints of the legs of the universal form are the planetary system of\n\nthe name Sutala, and the lower portions of the thighs are the Vitala and\n\n", "SB2.1#p0080": "Text 28)\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n45\n\nAtala planetary systems. The upper portion of the thighs are Mahitala, and\nouter space is the depression of His navel.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�1m;r'T�\n��;f � ���I\netuif\nf��:\n� � iMttul ij��'Ttof: 11��11\nura�-sthalarh jyotir-anikam asya\ngrivii mahar vadanarh vai jano'sya\ntapa variitirh vidur iidi-purhsa�\nsatyarh tu sir§ii[l-i sahasra-sir§r-a�\nura�-high; sthalam-place\n\n(the chest); jyo t ir-a nikam-the luminary\n\nplanets; asya-of Him; grivii-the neck; maha{t-the planetary system above\nthe luminaries; vadanam-mouth ; vai ex act ly; jan a�-the planetary system\n-\n\nabove Jano; asya-of Him; tapa�-the planetary system above the Maha�;\nvariitim- forehead; vidu�-is known; iidi-the original; purhsa�-personality;\nsatyam-the topmost planetary system; tu-but; sir§ii[l-i the head; sahasra\n-\n\n-one thousand; sir§rta�-one with heads.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe chest of the Original Personality of the gigantic form is the\nluminary plan�tary system, His neck is the Mahar planets, His mouth is the\nJana planets, and His forehead is the Tapas planetary system. The topmost\nplanetary system, known as the Satyaloka, is the head of Him who has one\nthousand heads.\nPURPORT\n\nThe effulgent luminary planets like the sun and the moon are situated\nalmost in the midplace of the universe, and as such they are to be known\nas the chest of the original gigantic form of the Lord. And above the\nluminary planets, called also the heavenly places of the universal directorate\n\n", "SB2.1#p0081": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n46\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\ndemigods, there are the Mahar, Jana, Tapas planetary systems, and,\nabove all, the Satyaloka planetary system, where the chief directors of the\nmodes of material nature reside, namely Vi�pu, Brahma, and Siva. This\nVi�p.u is known as the K�irodakasayi Vi�p.u, and He acts as the Supersoul\nin every living being. There are innumerable universes floating on the causal\nocean, and in each of them the representation of the vinita form of the\nLord is there along with innumerable suns, moons, heavenly demigods,\n\nBrahmas, Vi�p.us and Sivas, and all of them are situated in one part of the\ninconceivable potency of Lord Kr�p.a, as it is stated in the Bhagavad-gitii\n(Bg. 10.42).\n\nTEXT\n\n29\n\n...\n\n�;:�\n\n��\n\nr.firfrl �:\n;uJ1��� 1 tm.{� ilm\n�nun� rr;� �fit�: II �<!_,II\nindriidayo biihava iihur usrii�\nkaqwu diSa� srotram amu§ya sabda�\n\nniisatya-dasrau paramasya niise\n\nghriirw'sya gandho mukham agnir iddha�\nindriidaya�-demigods headed by the heavenly king, Indra; biihava�arms; iihu{l.-are called; usrii{l.-the demigods; ka111au-the ears; di.Sa{l.-the\n\nfour directions; srotram-sense of hearing; amu§ya-of the Lord; sabda�sound; niisatya-dasrau-the demigods known as Asvinikumaras;paramasya\n\n-of the Supreme; niise-nostrils; ghriirw�-sense of smelling; asya-of Him;\ngandha�-flavor; mukham-mouth;agn*-fire;iddha�-blazing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis arms are the demigods headed by Indra, the ten directional sides are\n\nHis ears, and physical sound is the sense of His hearing. His nostrils are the\n\ntwo Asvinikumaras, and the material flavor is the sense of His smelling. His\n\nmouth is the blazing fire.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0082": "Text 30)\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n47\n\nPURPORT\nThe description of the gigantic form of the Personality of Godhead made\nin the eleventh chapter of the Bhagavad-gitii is further explained here in the\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam. The description in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 11.30) runs\nas follows: \"0 Vigm, I see You devouring all people in Your blazing\nmouths and covering all the universe by Your immeasurable rays. Scorching\nthe worlds, You are manifest.\" In that way, S rimad-Bhiigavatam is the\n\npostgraduate study for the student of the Bhagavad-gitii. Both of them are\nthe science of Kr��a, the Absolute Truth, and so they are interdependent.\n\nThe conception of the viriita-puru�a or the gigantic form of the Supreme\n\nLord is said to include all the dominating demigods as well as the domi­\n\nnated living beings. Even the minutest part of a living being is controlled by\n\nthe empowered agency of the Lord. Since the demigods are included in the\n\ngigantic form of the Lord, worship of the Lord whether in His gigantic\n\nmaterial conception or in His eternal transcendental form as Lord Sri\nKr��a also appeases the demigods and all the other parts and parcels, as\nmuch as watering the root of the tree distributes energy to all other parts.\nTherefore, for a materialist also, worship of the universal gigantic form of\n\nthe Lord leads one to the right path. One need not risk being misled by\napproaching many demigods for fulfillment of different desires. The real\nentity is the Lord Himself, and all others are imaginary, for everything is\nincluded in Him only.\n\nTEXT 30\n\ndyaur ak§i[Li cak§ur abhUt patmiga[l\npak�mii[Li v4por ahani ubheca\ntad-bhrii-vijrmbha[l parame§fhi-dhi§fl yam\niipo'sya tiilii rasa eva jihvii\n\n", "SB2.1#p0083": "48\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\ndyau�-sphere of outer space; ak�i!l i-the eyeballs; cak �u �- of eyes\n\n(senses); abhut-it so became; pata ngal} the sun; pak§ma!l i- eyelids;\nv4!lo�- of the Personality of Godhead, Sri Vi��u; ahan i- day and night;\nubhe-both; ca-and; tat-His; bhrii-eyebrows; vijrmb ha� mo vement s;\npa ra me§f hi- the supreme entity (Brahma); dhi�!lyam- p ost; iipa�- Varu�a,\nthe director of water; asya His; taW-palate; ra sa� juice; eva-certainly;\njihva- the tongue.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sphere of outer space constitutes His eyepits, and the eyeball is\n\nthe sun as the power of seeing; His eyelids are both the day and night, and\n\nin the movements of His eyebrows, the Brahma and similar supreme\n\npersonalities reside. His palate is the director of water, Varu�a, and the\n\njuice or essence of everything is His tongue.\nPURPORT\n\nTo common sense the description in this verse appears to be somewhat\ncontradictory because sometimes the sun has been described as the eyeball\nand sometimes as the outer space sphere. But there is no room for\ncommon sense in the injunctions of the sastras. We must accept the\ndescription of the siistras and concentrate more on the form of the\nviriita riipa than on common sense. Common sense is always imperfect,\nwhereas description in the sastras is always perfect and complete. If there\nis any incongruity, it is due to our imperfection and not the sastras'. That\nis the method of approaching Vedic wisdom.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�i�'19'ij� ftRt �f9'ij'\n� �: ��T f�tf;r I\nm:n \\i\\itflt��u :r.t �m\n�9'ij�m\n����: II�� II\nchan d arhsy anantasya siro g[!lanti\ndam§tra yama� sneha-kalii dvijani\n\nhaso janonmadakari ca maya\nduranta-sargo yad-apanga-mok§a�\n\n", "SB2.1#p0084": "Text 32]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n49\n\nchandarhsi- the Vedic hymns; anantasya-of the Supreme; sira�- cerebral\n\nj\n\nj\n\npassage; gnwnt i- they say; darh§t ra�- aws of teeth; yama�- Yamara a, the\ndirector of sinners; sneha-kala�-the art of affection; dvijani\n\n-\n\nthe set of\n\nteeth; hasa�-smile; janonmadakari-the most alluring; ca-also; mayaillusory energy; duranta-unsurpassable;\n\nsarga�-the material creation;\n\nyad-apanga- whose glance; mok§a�-casting over.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey say that the Vedic hymns are the cerebral passage of the Lord,\nand the jaws of the teeth are Y ama, god of death, who punishes the\nsinners. The art of affection is his set of teeth, and the most alluring\nillusory material energy is His smile. This great ocean of material creation\nis but the casting of His glance over us.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Vedic assertion, this material creation is the result of the\nLord's casting a glance over the material energy, which is described herein\nas\n\nthe most alluring illusory energy. The conditioned souls who are\n\nallured by such materialism should know that the material temporary\ncreation is simply an imitation of the reality and that those who are\ncaptivated by such alluring glances of the Lord are put under the direction\n\nj\n\nof the controller of sinners called Yamara a. The Lord smiles affectionately,\ndisplaying His teeth. The intelligent person who can grasp these truths\nabout the Lord becomes a fully surrendered soul unto Him.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�-s1'iji1it� � itm\n�: ��s�� Wl_ 1\n� �t i'fun � f�r\n�aJ: ij� f�sf�ij\"fY: ������\nvri!lottarau§{ho ,dhara eva lobho\ndharma[£ stano ,dharma-patho ,sya p[§{ham\nkas tasya me!ihrarh V[§arwu ca mitrau\nkuk§* samudrii girayo,sthi -sanghiil;t\n\n", "SB2.1#p0085": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n50\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 1\n\nvri!fa-modesty; uttara-upper; o�tha-lip; adhara�-chin; eva-certainly;\nlobha�-hankering; dharma�-religiousness; stana�-breast; adharma-irreligiousness;patha�-way;asya-His;pntham-back;ka�-Brahma;tasya-His;\nme!fhram-genitals; Vf§U!WU- testicles; ca-also; mitrau-the Mitravarw;1as;\nkuk�*-waist; samudrii�-the\n\noceans; giraya�-the hills; asthi-bones;\n\nsmighii�-stack.\n\nTRANSLATION\nModesty is the upper portion of His lips, hankering is His chin,\n\nreligiousness is the breast of the Lord, and irreligion is His back. Brahmaji,\nwho generates all living beings in the material world is His genitals, and the\nMitravar�as are His two testicles. The ocean is His waist, and the hills\n\nand mountains are the stacks of His bones.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Lord is not impersonal, as misconceived by less intelligent\nthinkers. Rather, He is the Supreme Person, as confirmed in all authentic\nVedic literatures. But His personality is different from what we can\nconceive. It is stated here that Brahmaji acts as His genitals and the\nMitravaru�as are His two testicles. This means that, as person, He is complete with all organs of the body, but they are of different types with\ndifferent potencies. When the Lord is, therefore, described as impersonal,\nit should be understood that His personality is not exactly of the type of\npersonality found within our imperfect speculation. One can, however,\nwo rship the Lord even by seeing the hills and mountains or the ocean and\nthe sky as different parts and parcels of the gigantic body of the Lord, the\nviriita puru§a. The viriita riipa, as exhibited by Lord Kr��a to Arjuna, is a\nchallenge to the unbelievers.\n\nTEXT 33\n...\n\n'\"'\n\n�� �S?.f\n\n¥(���\n\n�nor\n\nFf�ijWflofq\"?, I\n\n�Wf;:ijfihi : 'elf� mcrft�\ncd �orwm: ������\n\n", "SB2.1#p0086": "Text 33]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n51\n\nnadyo'sya niil)yo'tha tanii-ruhiirti\nmahiruhii viSva-tanor nrpendra\nananta-virya� svasitarh miitariSvii\ngatir vaya� karma gura-praviiha�\nnadya�-the rivers; asya-of Him; niil)ya�-veins; atha-and thereafter;\ntanii-ruhiirz,i-hairs on the body;mahiruhii�-the plants and trees ;visva-tano�\n-of the universal form; nrpendra-0 King; ananta-virya�-of the omnipotent; svasitam-breathing; miitariSvii-air;gat*-movement;vaya�-passing ages;karma-activity;gurz,a-praviiha�-reaction of the modes of nature.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, the rivers are the veins of the gigantic body, the trees are hairs\n\nof His body, and the omnipotent air is His breathing. The passing ages are\nHis movements, and His activities are the reactions of the three modes of\nmaterial nature.\nPURPORT\nThe Personality of Godhead is not a dead stone, nor is He inactive, as is\npoorly thought by some schools. He moves with the progress of time, and,\ntherefore, He knows all about the past and future, along with His present\nactivities. There is nothing unknown to Him. The conditioned souls are\ndriven by the reactions of the modes of material nature, which are the\nactivities of the Lord. As it is stated in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 7.12), the\nmodes of nature act under His direction only, and as such no natural\nfunctions are blind or automatic. The power behind the activities is the\nsupervision of the Lord, and as such, the Lord is never inactive as is\nwrongly conceived. The Vedas say that the Supreme Lord has nothing to do\npersonally, as is always the case with superiors, but everything is done by\nHis direction. As it is said, not a blade of grass moves without His sanction.\nIn the Brahma-smhhita (verse 48), it is said that all the universes and the\nheads of them (the Brahmas) exist only for the duration of His breathing\nperiod. The same is confirmed here. The air on which the universes and the\nplanets within the universes exist is nothing but a bit of breathing\nof the unchallengeable virata puru§a. So even by studying the rivers,\ntrees, air and the passing ages, one can conceive of the Personality\nof Godhead without being misled by the formless conception of the\nLord. In the Bhagavad-gita (Bg.\n\n12.5) it is stated that those who are\n\n", "SB2.1#p0087": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n52\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 1\n\nmuch inclined to the formless conception of the Supreme Truth are more\ntroubled than those who can intelligently conceive of the personal form.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n� - f��m-3:\nqm� «�1ft �v.t� �w: 1\n(;'\n\n.\n\n�����\n«\n\n�m:\n\n��\n..\n\n«ttf.f��: II� �II\n(;',...,.\n\niSasya kesiin vidur ambuviihiin\nviisas tu sandhyiirh kuru-varya bhumna�\navyaktam iihur hrdayarh manaS ca\nsa candramii� sarva-vikiira-kosa�\n\niSasya-of the supreme controller; kesiin-hairs on the head; vidu�-you\nmay know it from me; ambuviihiin-the clouds which carry water; viisas tu\n-the dress;sandhyiim-termination of day and night; kuru-varya-0 best of\nthe Kurus; bhumna�-of the Almighty; avyaktam-the prime cause of\nmaterial creation; iihu�-it is said; hrdayam-intelligence; manas ca-and\nthe mind; sa�-He; candramii�-the moon; sarva-vikiira-kosa�-reservoir\nof all changes.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 best amongst the Kurus, the clouds which carry water are the hairs\non His head, the termination of days or nights are His dress, and the\nsupreme cause of material creation is His intelligence. His mind is the\nmoon, the reservoir of all changes.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n", "SB2.1#p0088": "Text 36]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n53\n\nvijniina-saktirh mahim iimananti\nsarviitmano 'nta�-karar-am giritram\na8viisvatary-u�tra-gajii nakhiini\nsarve mrga� pasava� sror-i-dese\nvijii iina-saktim-consciou sness; mahim-pr inciple of matter; iimanantithey call it so; sarviitmana�-of the omnipresent; anta�-karar-am-ego;\ngiritram- R udra (Siva); asva-hor se; asvata ri-mule; U§tra- camel; gajii�elephant; nakhiini-nails; sarve-all other; mrgii� - stags; pasava�-quadru\npeds; sror-i-dese-on the region of the belt­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe principle of matter [ mahat-tattva] is the consciousness of the\nomnipresent Lord, as asserted by the experts, and Rudradeva is His ego.\nHorse, mule, camel and elephant are His nails, and wild animals and all\nquadrupeds are situated in the belt zone of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 36\n\nvayiimsi tad vyiikarar-am vicitram\nmanur mani§ii manujo niviisa�\ngandharva-vidyiidhara-ciirartiipsara�\nsvara-smrtir asuriinika-virya�\nvayiirhsi-varieties of birds; tad vyiikarar-am-vocables; vicitram- artistic;\nmanu�- the father of mankind; mani§ ii- thoughts; manuja�-mankind (the\n\nsons of Manu); niviisa� - residence; gandharva-the human beings named\nGandharvas; vidyiidhara-the Vidyadharas; c iirar-a- the Cara�as; apsara�the angels; svara-musical rhythm; smrtih-remembrance; asuriinika-the\ndemoniac soldiers; virya� - prowess .\n\n", "SB2.1#p0089": "[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n54\n\nTRANSLATION\nVarieties of birds are indications of His masterful artistic sense. Manu:\n\nthe father of mankind, is the emblem of His standard intelligence, and\n\nhumanity is His residence. The celestial species of human beings, like the\n\nGandharvas, Vidyadharas, Cara�as, and angels, all represent His musical\n\nrhythm, and the demoniac soldiers are representations of His wonderful\nprowess.\n\nPURPORT\nThe aesthetic sense of the Lord is manifested in the artistic, color­\n\nful creation of varieties\n\nof birds like the peacock, parrot, cuckoo\n\nand others. The celestial species of human beings, like the Gandharvas\n\nand Vidyadharas, can sing wonderfully and can entice even the minds\n\nof the heavenly demigods. Their musical rhythm represents the mu­\n\nsical sense of the Lord.\n\nHow then can He be impersonal? His mu­\n\nsical taste, artistic sense and standard intelligence, which is never fal­\n\nlible, are different signs of His Supreme Personality. The Manu-sarhhitii\nis\n\nthe standard law book for humanity, and every human being is\n\nadvised to follow this great hook of social knowledge. The human\n\nsociety is the residential quarters for the Lord-this means the human\n\nbeing is meant for God realization and association with God. This\n\nlife is a chance for the conditioned soul to regain his eternal God\n\nconsciousness and thus fulfill the mission of life. Maharaja Prahlada\nis the right type of the Lord's representative in the family of asuras.\n\nNone of the living beings is away from the Lord's gigantic body. Each\n\nand every one has a particular duty in relation to the supreme body.\n\nDisruption in the matter of discharging the specific duty assigned\n\nto each and every living being is the cause of disintegration between\n\none living being and another, but when the relation is reestablished\n\nin relation with the Supreme Lord, there is complete unity between\n\nall living beings, even up to the limit of the wild animals and human\nsociety.\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahiiprahhu\n\nferocious\n\nanimals\n\ndisplayed\n\nthis\n\nliving\n\nunity in\n\nthe jungle of Madhya Pradesh, where even the tigers, elephants and\nmany\n\nother\n\nperfectly\n\ncooperated\n\nin\n\nglorifying\n\nthe Supreme Lord. That is the way to peace and amity all over the\n\nworld.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0090": "Text 37)\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n55\n\nTEXT 37\n\n;{�\n\n�w �\"'\nrer�wr��:,\n��aftqq?j',\n���: � f€rn;r;rm : ���\\911\nbrahmiinanam k§atra-bhujo mahiitmii\nvil) urur anghri.Srita-knra-varywfl\nniiniibhidhiibhijyagaropapanno\ndravyiitmakafl karma vitiina-yoga[l\nbrahma-the briihmaras; iinanam-face; k§atra- the k§atriyas; bhuja[l-the\narms; mahiitmii-the viriifa puru§a; vi{- the vaisyas; iirufl-thighs; ahghrisrita\n-under the protection of his feet; kr§ra-varrafl-lhe sudras; niinii-various;\n\nabhidhii-by names; abhijyagara-the demigods; upapanna{t\n\n-\n\nbe ing over­\n\ntaken; dravyiitmakafl-with feasible goods; karma-activili c s; vitiina-yoga[l\n-performances of sacrifice.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe vira1a puru�a's face is the brahmru;tas, His arms are the �atriyas,\nHis thighs are the vaisyas, and the siidras are under the protection of His\nfeet. All the demigods who are worshipable are also overtaken by Him,\nand it is the duty of everyone to perform sacrifices with feasible goods to\nappease the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nMonotheism is practically suggested here. Offering sacrifices to many\ndemigods under different names is mentioned in the Vedic literatures, but\nthe suggestion made in this verse is that all those varieties of demigods are\nincluded in the form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; they are only\nthe parts and parcels of the original whole. Similarly, the divisions of the\norders of the human society, namely the briihmaras or the intelligent class,\nthe k§atriyas or the administrators, the vaisyas or the mercantile community and the sudras or the laborer class, are all included in the body of\nthe Supreme. As such, sacrifice by every one of them in terms of pleasing\n\n", "SB2.1#p0091": "56\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nthe Supreme by feasible goods is recommended. Generally, the sacrifice is\noffered with clarified butter and grains, but with the progress of time,\nhuman society has produced varieties of goods by transforming materials\nsupplied by God's material nature. Human society, therefore, must learn\n\nto offer sacrifices not only with clarified butter, but also with other\nmanufactured goods in the propagation of the Lord's glory, and that wiU\nbring about perfection in human society. The intelligent class of men, or\nbriihmar-as, may give direction for such sacrifices in consultation with the\nprevious iiciiryas; the administrators may give all facilities to perform such\nsacrifices; the vaisya class or mercantile community, who produce such\ngoods, may offer them for sacrifice, and the sudra class may offer their\nmanual labor for the successful termination of such sacrifice; Thus by the\ncooperation of all classes of human beings, the sacrifice recommended in\nthis age, namely the sacrifice of congregational chanting of the holy name\nof the Lord, may be executed for the common welfare for all the people\n\nof the world.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n�41;{ijjt)��\n\n�: ij�: ��t ��f ij I\n\n��s�� qWt �\n\n'fw{: � Wi �ijtsf�fitif'�ll ��II\n\niyiin asiiv isvara-vigrahasya\nya� sannivesa� kathito mayii te\nsandhiiryate'smin vapu§i sthavi§the\nmana� svabuddhyii na yato'sti kiiicit\n\niyiin- all these; asau-that; iSvara -Supreme Lord; vigrahasya-of the\nform; ya�-whatsoever; sannivesa�-as they are located; kathita�-explained; mayii-by me; te-unto you; sandhiiryate-one may concentrate;\nasmin-in this; vapu§i- form of viriita; sthavi§the-in the gross; mana�mind; svabuddhyii-by one's intelligence; na-not; yata�- beyond Him;\nasti-there is; ki ii cit- anything else.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0092": "Text 38]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n57\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have thus explained to you the gross material gig antic conception\nof the Personality of Godhead. One who seriously desires liberation\nconcentrates his mind on this form of the Lord, because there is nothing\nmore than this in the material world.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhag avad-g itii, the Supreme Personality of Godhead has verily\nexplained that the material nature is only an order-carrying agent of His\n(Bg. 9.10). She is one of the different potencies of the Lord, and she acts\nunder His direction only. As the Supreme transcendental Lord, He simply\n\ncasts a glance over the material principle, and thus agitation of the matter\nbegins, and the resultant actions are manifested one after another by six\nkinds of gradual differentiations. All material creation is moving in that\nway, and as such, it so appears and disappears in due course.\nLess intelligent persons with a poor fund of knowledge cannot accommo­\n\ndate the thought of this inconceivable potency of the Lord Sri Kr��a, by\nwhich He appears just like a human being (Bg. 9.11). His appearance in the\nmaterial world as one of us is also His causeless mercy upon the fallen souls.\nAlthough He is transcendental to all material conceptions, still by His\nunbounded mercy upon His pure devotees, He comes down and manifests\nHimself as the Personality of Godhead. Materialistic philosophers and\nscientists are too much engrossed with atomic energy and the gigantic\nsituation of the universal form, and they offer respect more seriously to\nthe external phenomenal feature of material manifestations than to the\n\nnoumenal principle of spiritual existence. The transcendental form of the\n\nLord is beyond the jurisdiction of such materialistic activities, and it is\n\nvery difficult to conceive that the Lord can be simultaneously localized\n\nand all-pervasive, because the materialistic philosophers and scientists think\n\nof everything in terms of their own experience. Because they are unable to\n\naccept the personal feature of the Supreme Lord, the Lord is kind enough\n\nto demonstrate the virii!a feature of His transcendental form, and herein\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvami has vividly described this form of the Lord. He\n\nconcludes there is nothing beyond this gigantic feature of the Lord. None\n\nof the materialistic thoughtful men can go beyond this conception of the\ngigantic form. The minds of the materialistic men are flickering and con-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0093": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n58\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 1\n\nstantly changing from one aspect to the other. Therefore, one is advised to\nthink of the Lord by thinking of any part of His gigantic body and by\none's intelligence only. One can think of Him in any manifestation of the\nmaterial world-the forest, the hill, the ocean, the man, the animal, the\ndemigod, the bird, the beast or anything else. Each and every item of the\nmaterial manifestation entails a part of the body of the gigantic form, and\nthus the flickering mind can be fixed in the Lord only and nothing else.\nThis process of concentrating on the different bodily parts of the Lord\nwill gradually diminish the demoniac challenge of godlessness and bring\nabout gradual development of devotional service of the Lord. Everything\nbeing the part and parcel of the Complete Whole, the neophyte student\nwill gradually realize the hymns of lsopani§ad which state that the Supreme\nLord is everywhere, and thus he will learn the art of not committing any\noffense on the body of the Lord. This sense of God-mindedness will\ndiminish one's pride of challenging the existence of God. Thus one can\nlearn to show respect to everything, for all things are the parts and parcels\nof the supreme body.\n\nTEXT 39\n\nsa saroa-dhi-vrtty-anubhiita-sarva\niitmii yathii svapnajanek§itaika�\ntam satyam iinanda-nidhirh bhajeta\nniinyatra sajjed yata iitma-piita�\nsa�- He, the Supreme Person; saroa-dhi-vrtti-the process of realization\nby all sorts of intelligence; anubhii ta-cognizant; sarve-everyone; iitmii­\n\nSupersoul; yathii-as much as; svapnajana-a person dreaming; ik§ita-seen\nby; eka�-one and the same; tam-unto Him; satyam-Supreme Truth;\n\niinanda-nidhim-the ocean of bliss; bhajeta-must one worship; na-never;\nanyatra-anything else; sajjet-be attached; yata�- whereby; iitma-piita�degradation of oneself.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0094": "Text 39]\n\nThe First Step in God Realization\n\n59\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne should concentrate his mind upon the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who alone is distributed in so many manifestations, as much as\nordinary persons create thousands of manifestations in dream. One must\nconcentrate the mind on Him who is the only all-blissful Absolute Truth.\nOtherwise one will be misled and will cause his own degradation.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse, the process of devotional service is indicated by the great\nGosvami, Srila Sukadeva. He tries to impress upon us that instead of\ndiverting our attention to several branches of self-realization, we should\n\nconcentrate upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead as the supreme\nobject of realization, worship and devotion. Self-realization is, as it were,\n\noffering a fight for eternal life against the material struggle for existence,\nand therefore by the illusory grace of the external energy, the yogi or the\ndevotee is faced with many allurements which can entangle a great fighter\nagain in the bondage of material existence. A yogi can attain miraculous\nsuccesses in the matter of material achievements, and they are called artimii,\n\nlaghimii, etc., by which one can become more minute than the minutest or\nlighter than the lightest, or in the ordinary sense, may achieve material\nbenedictions in the shape of wealth and women. But he is warned against\n\nsuch allurements\n\nbecause to become again entangled in such illusory\n\npleasure means degradation of the self and further imprisonment in the\nmaterial world. By this warning, one should follow one's vigilant intelligence only.\n\nThe Supreme Lord is one, and His expansions are various. He is,\n\ntherefore, the Supersoul of everything. When a man sees anything, he must\n\nknow that his seeing is secondary and the Lord's seeing is primary. One\ncannot see anything without the Lord's having first seen it. That is the\n\ninstruction of the Vedas and the Upani§ads. So whatever we see or do, the\n\nSupersoul of all acts of seeing or doing is the Lord. This theory of\n\nsimultaneous oneness and difference between the individual soul and\n\nthe Supersoul is propounded by Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as the\nphilosophy of acintya-bhediibhedii-tattva. The virii{a riipa, or the gigantic\nfeature of the Supreme Lord, includes everything materially manifested,\n\nand therefore the virii{a or gigantic feature of the Lord is the Supersoul of\nall living and nonliving entities. But the viriita riipa is also the manifestation\n\nof Naraya!la or Vi�!lu, and going further on and on one will eventually see\n\n", "SB2.1#p0095": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n60\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. l\n\nthat Lord Kr��a is the ultimate Supersoul of everything that be. The\n\nconclusion is that one should unhesitatingly become a worshiper of Lord\nKr��a, or, for that matter, His plenary expansion, Naraya�a, and none\n\nelse. In the Vedic hymns, it is clearly said that first of all Naraya�a cast\na glance over matter and thus there was creation. Before creation, there\n\nwas neither Brahma nor Siva, and what to speak of others. Sripad\n\nSarikaracarya has definitely accepted this, that Naraya�a is beyond the\n\nmaterial creation and all others are within the material creation. The whole\nmaterial creation is, therefore, one and different from Naraya�a, simulta­\n\nneously, and this supports the philosophy of acintya-bhediibhedii-tattva of\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Being an emanation from the glancing\n\npotency of Naraya�a, the whole material creation is nondifferent from\nHim. But because it is the effect of His external energy (bahiranga-miiyii)\n\nand is aloof from the internal potency (iitma-miiyii), the whole material\n\ncreation is different from Him at the same time. The example given in this\nverse very nicely is that of the dreaming man. The dreaming man creates\n\nmany things in the dream, and thus he himself becomes the entangled seer\nof the dream and is also affected by the consequences. This material\n\ncreation is also exactly a dream-like creation of the Lord, but He, being\nthe transcendental Supersoul, is neither entangled nor affected by the\n\nreactions of such a dream-like creation. He is always in His transcendental\n\nposition, but essentially He is everything, and nothing is apart from Him.\n\nOne should therefore concentrate on Him only as His part and parcel\n\nwithout deviation, otherwise one is sure to be overcome by the potencies\nof the material creation, one after another. It is confirmed in the Bhagavad­\n\ngitii as follows:\n\nsarva-bhiitani kaunteya prakrtirh yiinti miimikiim\nkalpak§aye punas tiini kalpiidau visrjiimy aham\n\"0 son of Kunti, at the end of the millennium every material manifesta­\n\ntion enters into My nature, and at the beginning of another millennium, by\nMy potency I again create.\" (Bg. 9.7)\n\nThe human life is, however, an opportunity to get out of this repetition\n\nof creation and annihilation. It is a means whereby one may escape the\nLord's external potency and ertter into His internal potency.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Second Canto, First\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The First Step in God\nRealization.\"\n\n", "SB2.1#p0096": "CHAPTER TWO\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n1EXT 1\n\n��\n\n� �s��� � ��� �(l_l\n���·\n�mtt-��: II� II\nsri suka uviica\nevam purii dhiirartayiitma-yonir\n\nn01tiim smrtim pratyavarudhya tu�tiit\n\ntathii sasarjedam amogha-dr�tir\n\nyathiipyayiit priig vyavasiiya-buddhil;t\n\nsri: suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-just in the same way;\n\npurii prior to the manifestation of the cosmos; dhiira rt ayii- by such concep-\n\ntion; iitma-yonil;t-of Brahmaji; na�tiim-lost; s mrtim remembrance; pratyavarudhya- by regaining consciousness; tu�tiit- because of appeasing the\nLord; tathii-thereafter; sasarjedam-created this material world; amoghadnt*-one who has attained clear vision; yathii-as; apyayiit - c reat ed ;\npriik-as formerly; vyavasaya-ascertained; buddh*-intelligence.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said: Formerly, prior to the manifestation of the\ncosmos, Lord Brahma, by meditating on the virata rupa, regained his lost\nconsciousness by appeasing the Lord. Thus he was again able to rebuild the\ncreation as it was before.\nPURPORT\nThe example cited herein of Sri Brahmaji is one of forgetfulness.\nBrahmaji is the incarnation of one of the mundane attributes of the Lord.\n61\n\n", "SB2.1#p0097": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n62\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nBe ing the incarnation of the passion-mode of material nature, he is empowered by the Lord to generate the beautiful material manifestation. Yet,\ndue to his becoming one of the numerous living entities, he is apt\nto forget the art of his creative energy. This forgetfulness of the living\nbeing-beginning from Brahma down to the lowest insignificant ant-is a\n\ntendency which can be counteracted by meditation on the viriifa mpa of\n\nthe Lord. This chance is available in the human form of life, and if a\nhuman being follows the instruction of Srimad-Bhiigavatam and begins to\n\nmeditate upon the viriifa mpa, then revival of his pure consciousness and\ncounteraction to the tendency of his forgetfulness of his eternal relation­\n\nship with the Lord can follow simultaneously. And as soon as this\n\nforgetfulness is removed, at once the vyavasiiya-buddhi, as it is stated\nhere and in the Bhagavad-gitii (2.41), follows at once. This ascertained\n\nknowledge of the living being leads to loving service of the Lord, which the\nliving being requires. The kingdom of God is unlimited; therefore the\nnumber\n\nof the assisting\n\nhands of the\n\nLord\n\nis also unlimited. The\n\nBhagavad-gitii asserts that the Lord has His hands, legs, eyes and mouths in\nevery nook and corner of His creation (Bg. 13.13). This means that the\nexpansions of differentiated parts and parcels, called jivas or the living\nentities, are assisting hands of the Lord, and all of them are meant for\nrendering a particular pattern of service to the Lord. The conditioned\n\nsoul, even in the position of a Brahmii, forgets this by the influence of\n\nillusory material energy generated out of false egoism. Such false egoism\ncan be counteracted by invoking God consciousness. Liberation means\ngetting out of the slumber of forgetfulness and becoming situated in the\nreal loving service of the Lord, as it is exemplified in the case of Brahmii.\nThe service of Brahma is the sample of service in liberation distinguished\n\nfrom the so-called altruistic services full of mistakes and forgetfulness.\nLiberation is never inaction, but service without human mistakes.\n\nTEXT 2\n\nft qJT � �\ntpsuqfi{Q.J�\n�:\nqft-�4(ij?l Wf ��t.t\n�� 611(1��1 �A: II � II\n\n�·;a:�\n\nsiibdasya hi brahmarta e�a panthii\nyan niimabhir dhyiiyati dhir apiirtha*\nparibhramams tatra na vindate 'rthiin\nmiiyiimaye viisanayii sayiinafi.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0098": "Text 2)\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n63\n\nsiibdasya-of the Vedic sound; hi-certainly; bra hmar- a� -of the Vedas;\ne§ a� -these;panthii- the way; yat what is; niimabhi\"{l by different names;\n-\n\ndhyiiyati-ponders over, dhily,-intelligence; apiir th ai�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nby meaningless ideas;\n\nparibhraman-wandering; tatra- there; na-never ; vi ndate enj oys; arthiin-\n\nrealities; miiyiimaye-in illusory things; viisanayii-by different desires;\n\nsayiina� as if dreaming in sleep.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe way of presentation of the Vedic sounds is so bewildering that the\nintelligence of the people is directed to meaningless things, like the\nheavenly kingdoms, etc. The conditioned souls hover in a dream of such\nheavenly illusory pleasures, but actually they do not relish any tangible\nhappiness in such places.\nPURPORT\n\nThe conditioned soul is always engaged in laying out plans for happiness\nwithin the material world, even up to the end of the universal limit. He is\nnot even satisfied with available amenities within this planet earth, where\nhe has exploited the resources of nature tc the best of his capacity. He\nwants to go to the moon or the planet Venus to exploit resources there.\nBut the Lord has warned us in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 8.16) about the\nworthlessness of all the innumerable planets of this universe, as well as\nthose planets within other systems. There are innumerable universes and\nalso innumerable planets in each of them. But none of them is immune to\nthe chief miseries of material existence, namely the pangs of birth, the\npangs of death, the pangs of old age and the pangs of disease. The Lord\nsays that even the topmost planet known as the Brahmaloka or Satyaloka\n(and what to speak of other planets, like the heavenly planets, etc.) is not\na happy land for residential purposes due to the presence of material pangs,\nas\n\nabove mentioned. Conditioned souls are strictly under the laws of\n\nfruitive activities, and as such they go up to Brahmaloka sometimes and\nagain come down to the Patalaloka, as if they were unintelligent children on\na merry-go-round. The real happiness is in the kingdom of God, where no\none has to undergo the pangs of material existence. Therefore, the Vedic\nways of fruitive activities by the living entities are misleading. One thinks\nof a superior way of life in this country or that, or in this planet or\nanother, but nowhere in the material world can he fulfill his real desire of\n\n", "SB2.1#p0099": "64\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nlife, namely eternal life, full intelligence and complete bliss. Indirectly Srila\nSukadeva Gosvami affirms that Maharaja Parik�it, in the last stage of life,\n\nshould not desire to transfer himself to the so-called heavenly planets, but\n\nshould prepare himself for going back home, back to Godhead. None of\nthe material planets, nor the amenities available there for living conditions,\n\nis everlasting; therefore one must have a factual reluctance to enjoy such\n\ntemporary happiness as they afford.\n\nTEXT 3\n\n��\n\n�ii(st+toffl\n\nRf:{s;:q.�(;.f\n\n�\n\nOiltt('(it;fa:: I\n\n��\nm{�lOT: II � II\n�\n\nil\n\nata� kavir niimasu yiivad artha�\nsyiid apramatto vyavasiiya-buddh*\nsiddhe'nyathiirthe na yateta tatra\nparisramam tatra samik§amarw�\nata�-for this reason; kav*-the enlightened person; niimasu-in the\n\nmatter of names only; yiivat-minimum; artha�-necessity;syiit-must be;\n\napramatta�-without being mad after them; vyavasiiya buddhi�- intelli\n-\n\n­\n\ngently fixed; siddhe-for success; anyatha-otherwise; arthe-in the interest\n\nof;na-should never ;yate ta-endeavor for; tatra- there; parisramam-labor­\n\ning hard; tatra-there;samik§amarw�-one who sees practically.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nFor this reason the enlightened person should endeavor only for the\n\nminimum necessities of life while in the world of names. He should be\n\nintelligently fixed and never endeavor for unwanted things, being compe­\n\ntent to perceive practically that all such endeavors are merely laboring hard\nfor nothing.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0100": "Text 3]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n65\n\nPURPORT\nThe Bhiigavata-dharma or the cult of Srimad-Bhiigavatam is perfectly\ndistinct from the way of fruitive activities, which are considered by the\ndevotees to be merely a waste of time. The whole universe, or for that\n\nmatter all material existence, is moving on as jagat, simply for planning\n\nbusiness to make one's position very comfortable or secure, although\neveryone sees that this existence is neither comfortable nor secure, nor can\nit ever become comfortable or secure at any stage of development. Those\nwho are captivated by the illusory advancement of material civilization\n(following the way of phantasmagoria) are certainly madmen. The whole\n\nmaterial creation is a jugglery of names only; in fact, it is nothing but a\n\nbewildering creation of matters like earth, water and fire. The buildings,\nfurniture, cars, bungalows, mills, factories, industries, peace, war or even\nthe highest perfection of material science, namely the atomic energy and\nelectronics, are all simply bewildering names of material elements with their\nconcomitant reactions of the three modes. Since the devotee of the Lord\nknows them perfectly well, he is not interested in creating unwanted things\nfor a situation which is not at all reality, but simply names of no more\nsignificance than the babble of sea waves. The great kings, leaders and\nsoldiers fight with one another in order to perpetuate their names in\nhistory. They are forgotten in due course of time, and they make place for\nanother era in history. But the devotee realizes how much history and\nhistorical persons are useless products of flickering time. The fruitive\nworker aspires after a big fortune in the matter of wealth, woman and\nworldly adoration, but those who are fixed in perfect reality are not at all\ninterested in such false things. For them it is all a waste of time. Since\nevery second of human life is important, an enlightened man should be\nvery careful to utilize time very cautiously. One second of human life\nwasted in the vain research of planning happiness in the material world can\nnever be replaced, even by spending millions of coins of gold. Therefore,\n\nthe transcendentalist desiring freedom from the clutches of miiyii, or the\nillusory activities of life, is warned herewith not to be captivated by the\nexternal features of fruitive actors. Human life is never meant for sense\n\ngratification, but for self-realization. Srimad-Bhiigavatam instructs us solely\n\non this subject from the very beginning to the end. Human life is simply\nmeant for self-realization. The civilization which aims at this utmost\nperfection never indulges in creating unwanted things, and such a perfectional civilization prepares men only to accept the bare necessities of life\n\n", "SB2.1#p0101": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n66\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nor to follow the principle of the best use of a bad bargain. Our material\nbodies and our lives in that connection are bad bargains because the living\nentity is actually spirit, and spiritual advancement of the living entity is\nabsolutely necessary. Human life is intended for the realization of this\nimportant factor, and one should act accordingly, accepting only the bare\nnecessities of life and depending more on God's gift without diversion\nof human energy for any other purpose, such as being mad for material\n\nenjoyment. Such materialistic advancement of civilization is called \"the\n\ncivilization of the demons,\" which ultimately ends in wars and scarcity.\n\nThe transcendentalist is specifically warned herewith to be fixed in mind,\n\nso that even if there is difficulty in plain living and high thinking he will not\n\nbudge even an inch from his stark determination. For a transcendentalist,\n\nit is a suicidal policy to be intimately in touch with the sense-gratifiers of\nthe world, because such a policy will frustrate the ultimate gain of life.\nSukadeva Gosvami met Maharaja Parik�it when the latter felt a necessity for\n\nsuch a meeting. It is the duty of a transcendentalist to help persons who\n\ndesire real salvation and to support the cause of salvation. One might note\n\nthat Sukadeva Gosvami never met Maharaja Parik�it while he was ruling as a\n\ngreat king. For a transcendentalist, the mode of activities is explained in\nthe next sloka.\n\nTEXT 4\n\n� ftRt ft tfiftrqt: wOO-\n\nifiit ��fu:{ !qqt.q: � I\n\ntt?tt�e1 � �1'14rst�t\nft:•���el�l � ft w: II \\? II\nsatyiim k§itau kim kasipol:t prayiisair\nbiihau svasiddhe hy upabarhar-ail:t kim\nsaty aiijalau kim purudhiinna-piitryii\ndig-valkaliidau· sati kim dukiilail:t\n\nsatyiim-being in possession; k�itau-earthly flats; kim-where is the\n\nnecessity; kaSipol:t-of bed and cots; prayiisail:t-endeavoring for; biihau­\n\nthe arms; svasiddhe-being self-sufficient; hi-certainly; upabarhar-ail:t-bed\n\nand bedstead; kim-what is the use; sati-being present; aiijalau-the palms\n\n", "SB2.1#p0102": "Text 4]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n67\n\nof the hands; kim-what is the use; pumdha-varieties of; anna-eatables;\npiitryii-by the utensils; dik-open space; valkala-iidau-skins of trees; satibeing existent; kim-what is the use of; dukulai[l,-clothes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen there are ample earthly flats to lie on, then what is the necessity\nof cots and beds? When one can use his own arms, what is the necessity of\na pillow? When one can use the palms of his hands, then what is the\nnecessity of varieties of utensils? When there is ample covering, or the\nskins of trees, then what is the necessity of clothing?\n\nPURPORT\nThe necessities of life for the protection of the body, etc., must not be\n\nunnecessarily increased. Human energy is spoiled in a vain search after\nsuch illusory happiness. If one is able to lie down on the floor, then why\nshould one endeavor to get a good bedstead or soft cushion to lie on? If\n\none can rest without any pillow and make use of the soft arms endowed\nby nature, there is no necessity of searching after a pillow. If we make a\nstudy of the general life of the animals, we can see that they have no\nintelligence to build big houses, furniture, a.'ld other household paraphernalia, and yet they maintain a healthy life by lying down on the open land.\nThey do not know how to cook or prepare foodstuff, yet they still live\nhealthy lives more easily than the human being. This does not mean that\nhuman civilization should revert to animal life nor that the human being\n\nshould live naked in the jungles without any culture, education, and\nsense of morality. An intelligent human cannot live the life of an\nanimal; rather, man should try to utilize his intelligence in arts and\nscience, poetry and philosophy. In such a way he can further the\n\nprogressive march of human civilization. But here the idea given by\n\nSnl.a Sukadeva Gosvami is that the reserve energy of human life, far\n\nsuperior to that of animals, should simply be utilized for self-realization.\n\nAdvancement of human civilization must be towards the goal of establishing our lost relationship with God, which is not possible in any form of\n\nlife other than the human. One must realize the nullity of the material\n\nphenomenon, considering it a passing phantasmagoria, and must endeavor\n\nto make a solution to the miseries of life. Self-complacence with a polished\ntype of animal civilization geared to sense gratification is deluswn, and\n\n", "SB2.1#p0103": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n68\n\n[Canto 2, Ch- 2\n\nsuch a \"civilization\" is not worthy of the name. In pursuit of such false\nactivities, a human being is in the clutches of miiyii, or illusion. Great sages\nand saints in the days of yore were not living in palatial buildings\nfurnished with good furniture and so-called amenities of life. They used\nto live in huts and groves and sit on the flat ground, and yet they have left\nimmense treasures of high knowledge with all perfection. Srila Ri:ipa\nGosvami and Srila Saniitana Gosvami were high-ranking ministers of state,\n\nbut they were able to leave behind them immense writings on transcendental knowledge, while residing only for one night underneath one tree.\nThey did not live even two nights under the same tree, and what to speak\nof well-furnished rooms with modern amenities. And still they were able\n\nto give us most important literatures of self-realization. So-called comforts\nof life are not actually helpful for progressive civilization; rather, they are\ndetrimental to such progressive life. In the system of saniitana-dharma of\nfour divisions of social life and four orders of progressive realization, there\nare ample opportunities and sufficient directions for a happy termination\nof the progressive life, and the sincere followers are advised there to accept\na voluntary life of renunciation in order to achieve the desired goal of life.\nIf one is not accustomed to abide by the life of renunciation and selfabnegation from the beginning, one should try to get into the habit at a\nlater stage of life as recommended by Srila Sukadeva Gosvami, and that\nwill help one to achieve the desired success.\n\nTEXT 5\n\n�IJf '* qf?.r ;{ � �� flWf\n��nf�t: �: IDm�� I\n\n�: �� •t')q(hU\"{\n�f� cmtft '\"l��� II'-\\ II\n\nqJ\n�\n\nciriirti kim pathi na santi diSanti bhik§iirh\nnaiviinghripii� parabhrta� sarito 'py asu§yan\nruddhii guhii� hm ajito 'vati nopasanniin\nkasmiid bhajanti kavayo dhana-durmadiindhiin\nciriiri-torn clothes; kim-whether; pathi-on the road; na\n\nthere is; diSanti-give in charity; bhik§iim\n\n-\n\n-\n\nnot; santi­\n\nalms; na-not; eva-also; anghri-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0104": "Text 5)\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n69\n\npii�-the trees; para bhrta�-one who maintains others; sarita�-the rivers;\napi-also; asu§yan-have dried up; ruddhii�-closed; guhii�-caves; kimwhether; ajita�-the Almighty Lord; avati-give protection; na-not; upa­\n\nsanniin-the surrendered soul; kasmiit-what for then; bh ajanti-flatters ;\nkavaya�-the learned; dhan a\n\n-\n\nwealth; dur-mada-andhiin-too intoxicated\n\nby.\nTRANSLATION\nAre there no torn clothes lying on the common road? Do the trees,\nwhich exist for maintaining others, no longer give alms in charity? Do the\nrivers, being dried up, no longer supply water to the thirsty? Are the caves\nof the mountains now closed, or, above all, does the Almighty Lord not\nprotect the fully surrendered souls? Why then do the learned sages go to\nflatter those who are intoxicated by hard-earned wealth?\nPURPORT\nThe renounced order of life is never meant for begging nor living at the\n\ncost of others as a parasite. According to the dictionary, a parasite is a\nsycophant who lives at the cost of society without making any contribution\n\nto that society. The renounced order is meant for contributing something\nsubstantial to the society and not depending on the earnings of the\n\nhouseholders. On the contrary, acceptance of alms from the householders\nby the bona fide mendicant is an opportunity afforded by the saint for\ntangible benefit of the donor. In the saniitana-dharma institution, alms­\n\ngiving to the mendicant is part of a householder's duty, and it is advised\nin the scriptures that the householders should treat the mendicants as\ntheir family children and should provide them with food, clothing, etc.,\nwithout being asked. Pseudo-mendicants, therefore, should not take ad­\n\nvantage of the charitable disposition of the faithful householders. The first\n\nduty of a person in the renounced order of life is to contribute some\n\nliterary work for the benefit of the human being in order to give him\n\nrealized direction toward self-realization. Amongst the other duties in the\n\nrenounced order of life of Srila Sanatana, Snia Riipa and the other\n\nGosvamis of Vrndavana, the foremost duty discharged by them was to\n\nhold learned discourses amongst themselves at Sevakuiija Vrndavana (the\n\nspot where Sri Radha-Damodara Temple was established by Srila Jiva\n\nGosvami and where the actual samadhi tombs of Snia Riipa Gosvami and\n\nSnia Jiva Gosvami are laid). For the benefit of all in human society, they\n\n", "SB2.1#p0105": "70\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nleft behind them immense literatures of transcendental importance.\nSimilarly, all the iiciiryas who voluntarily accepted the renounced order of\n\nlife aimed at benefiting the human society and not at living a comfortable\n\nor irresponsible life at the cost of others. However, those who cannot\n\ngive any contribution should not go to the householders for food, for such\nmendicants asking bread from the householders are an insult to the highest\norder. Sukadeva Gosvami gave this warning especially for those mendicants\n\nwho adopt this line of profession to solve their economic problems.\n\nSuch mendicants are in abundance in the age of Kali. When a man becomes\n\na mendicant willfully or by circumstances, he must be of firm faith and\n\nconviction that the Supreme Lord is the maintainer of all living beings\n\neverywhere in the universe. Why, then, would He neglect the maintenance\nof a surrendered soul who is cent percent engaged in the service of the\nLord? A common master looks to the necessities of his servant, so how\n\nmuch more would the all-powerful, all-opulent Supreme Lord look after\n\nthe necessities of life for a fully surrendered soul. The general rule is that\na mendicant devotee will accept a simple small loincloth without asking\n\nanyone to give it in charity. He simply salvages it from the rejected torn\n\ncloth thrown in the street. When he is hungry he may go to a magnanimous\ntree which drops fruits, and when he is thirsty he may drink water from\nthe flowing river. He does not require to live in a comfortable house, but\n\nshould find out a cave in the hills and may not be afraid of jungle animals,\n\nkeeping faith in God, who lives in everyone's heart. The Lord may\n\ndictate to tigers and other jungle animals not to disturb His devotee.\n\nHaridas Thakur, a great devotee of Lord Sri Caitanya, used to live in such\na cave, and by chance a great venomous snake also was a copartner of\n\nthe cave. Some admirer of Thakur Haridas, who had to visit the Thakur\nevery day, feared the snake and gave a suggestion to the Thakur to leave\nthat place. Because his devotees were afraid of the snake and they were\n\nregularly visiting the cave, Thakur Haridas agreed to the proposal on their\n\naccount. But as soon as this was settled, the snake actually crawled out of\n\nits hole in the cave and left the cave for good before everyone present. By\nthe dictation of the Lord, who lives also within the heart of the snake, the\nsnake gave preference to Haridas and decided to leave the place and not\n\ndisturb him. So this is a tangible example of how the Lord gives protection\n\nto a bona fide devotee like Thakur Haridas. According to the regulations\nof the saniitana-dharma institution, one is trained from the beginning to\n\ndepend fully on the protection of the Lord in all circumstances. The path\nof renunciation is recommended for acceptance by one who is fully\n\naccomplished and fully purified in one's existence. This stage is described\n\n", "SB2.1#p0106": "Text 6]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n71\n\nalso in the Bhagavad-gitii as daivi sampad (Bg. 16.5). A human being is required to accumulate daivi sampad, or spiritual assets; otherwise, the next\nalternative, iisuri sampad, or material assets, will overcome him disproportionately, and thus one will be forced into the entanglement of different\nmiseries of the material world. A sannyiisi should always live alone without\ncompany, and he must be fearless. He should never be afraid of living\nalone, although he is never alone. The Lord is residing in everyone's\nheart, and unless one is purified by the prescribed process, one will feel\nthat he is alone. But a man in the renounced order of life must be\npurified by the process; thus he will feel the presence of the Lord everywhere and will have nothing to fear (such as being without any company).\nEveryone can become a fearless and honest person if his very existence is\npurified by discharging the prescribed duty for each and every order of\nlife. One can become fixed in one's prescribed duty by faithful aural reception of Vedic instructions and assimilation of the essence of Vedic\nknowledge by devotional service of the Lord.\n\nTEXT\n\n6\n\n����fiq:\n� fWiT s� ��: I\n� r..#t f.t4iji¥il �\n� II� II\nd�u<«_�(+t�\nevam svacitte svata eva siddha\niitmii priyo'rtho bhagaviin ananta�\ntarh nirvrto niyatiirtho bhajeta\nsamsiira-hetiiparamas ca yatra\n\nevam-thus; svacitte-in one's own heart; svata� - by His omnipotency;\n\neva-certainly; s iddha�\n\nfully represented; iitmii-the Supersoul; priya�­\n\n-\n\nvery dear; artha[l.-substance; bhagaviin\n\n-\n\nthe Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead; ananta�-the eternal unlimited; tam-unto Him; nirvrtah-being\ndetached from the world; niyata- permanent; artha�-the supreme gain;\nbhajeta-one must worship; samsiira-hetu-the cause of the conditioned\n\nstate of existence; uparama �-cessation; ca-certainly; yatra- in which.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0107": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n72\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus being fixed, one must render service unto the Supersoul situated\nin one's own heart by His omnipotency. Because He is the Almighty\nPersonality of Godhead, eternal and unlimited, He is the ultimate goal of\n\nlife, and by worshiping Him one can end the cause of the conditioned\nstate of existence.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead Sri Kr��a, as it is confirmed in the\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 18.61), is the all-pervading omnipresent Supersoul.\nTherefore one who is a yofi can only worship Him because He is the\nsubstance and not illusion. Every living creature is engaging in the\nservice of something else. A living being's constitutional position is to\nrender service, but in the atmosphere of miiyii, or illusion, or the conditional state of existence, the conditioned soul seeks the service of\nillusion. A conditioned soul works in the service of his temporary body,\nbodily relatives like the wife and children, and the necessary paraphernalia\n\nfor maintaining the body and bodily relations, namely the house, land,\n\nwealth, society, country, etc., but he does not know that all such\n\nrenderings of service are totally illusory. As we have discussed many times\n\nbefore, this material world is itself an illusion, like the mirage in the\n\ndesert. In the desert there is an illusion of water, and the foolish animals\nbecome entrapped by such illusion and run after water in the desert,\n\nalthough there is no water at all. But because there is no water in the\n\ndesert, one does not conclude that there is no water at all. The intelligent\n\nperson knows well that there is certainly water, water in the seas and\n\noceans, but such vast reservoirs of water are far, far away from the desert.\n\nOne should therefore search for water in the vicinity of seas and oceans\n\nand not in the desert. Every one of us is searching after real happiness in\n\nlife, namely eternal life, eternal or unlimited knowledge and unending\n\nblissful life. But foolish people who have no knowledge of the substance\n\nsearch after the reality of life in the illusion. This material body does not\n\nendure eternally, and everything in relation with this temporary body,\n\nnamely the wife, children, society, country, etc., also changes along with\n\nthe change of body. This is called samsiira or repetition of birth, death,\n\nold age and disease. We would like to find a solution for all these problems\nof life, but we do not know the way. Herein it is suggested that anyone who\n\n", "SB2.1#p0108": "Text 6]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n73\n\nwants to make an end of these miseries of life, namely repetition of birth,\ndeath, disease, and old age, must take to this process of worshiping the\nSupreme Lord and not others, as it is also ultimately suggested in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 18.65). If we at all want to end the cause of our con·\nditioned life, we must take to the worship of Lord Sri Kr�tJ.a, who is\npresent in everyone's heart by His natural affection for all living beings,\n\nwho are actually the parts and parcels of the Lord (Bg. 18.61). The baby\nin the lap of his mother is naturally attached to the mother, and the\nmother is attached to the child. But when the child grows up and becomes\noverwhelmed by circumstances, he gradually becomes detached from\nthe mother, but the mother always expects some sort of service from the\n\ngrown·up child, and she is equally affectionate for her child, even though\nthe child is forgetful. Similarly, because we are all part and parcel of the\nLord, the Lord is always affectionate to us, and He always tries to get us\nback home and back to Godhead. But we, the conditioned souls, do not\ncare for Him and run instead after the illusory bodily connections. We must\ntherefore extricate ourselves from all illusory connections of the world\nand seek reunion with the Lord, trying to render service unto Him because\nHe is the ultimate truth. Actually we are hankering after Him as the child\nseeks the mother. And to search out the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwe need not go anywhere else, because the Lord is within our hearts. This\ndoes not, however, suggest that we should not go to the places of worship,\nnamely the temples, churches and mosques. Such holy places of worship\nare also occupied by the Lord because the Lord is omnipresent. For the\ncommon man these holy places are centers of learning about the science of\nGod. When the temples are devoid of activities, the people in general\nbecome disinterested in such places, and consequently the mass of people\ngradually become godless, and a godless civilization is the result. Such a\nhellish civilization increases artificially the conditions of life, and existence\n\nbecomes intolerable for everyone. The foolish leaders of a godless civiliza­\n\ntion try to devise various plans to bring about peace and prosperity in\nthe godless world under a patent trademark of materialism, and because\nsuch attempts are illusory only, the people elect incompetent, blind\nleaders one after another who are incapable of offering solutions. If we\nwant at all to end this anomaly of a godless civilization, we must follow\n\nthe principles of revealed scriptures like the Srimad-Bhiigavatam and follow\n\nthe instruction of a person like Sri Sukadeva Gosvami who has no attrac­\n\ntion for material gain.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0109": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n74\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 7\n\nm\n\nrromVffl� �;mm ;m� ;:��rq_\n��\n\nq'��;r\n.\n\n,...\n\n.\n\n'll�\n\n��ilil'{\n\n�\n\n.\n\n;r�o�\n\n'lftm'n�'tlat� II \\9 II\n\"'J\n\nkas tiirh tv aniidrtya pariinucintiim\nrte pasiin asatirh niima kuryiit\npasyaii janarh patitarh vaitararyarh\nsva-karma-jiin paritiipiiii ju§iiram\nka�-who else; tiim-that; tu-out; aniidrtya-by neglecting; pariinucintiim-transcendental thoughts; rte-without; pa8iin-the materialists;\nasatim-in the nonpermanent; niima-name; kuryiit-will adopt; pa8yanseeing definitely; janam-the general mass of people; patitam-fallen;\nvaitarary�m-in V aitara!li, the river of suffering; s va-karma-jiin-produced\nfrom one's own work;paritiipiin-suffering;ju§ii[lam-being overtaken by.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWho else but the gross materialists will neglect such transcendental\nthought and take to the nonpermanent names only, seeing the mass of\npeople fallen in the river of suffering as the consequence of accruing the\nresult of their own w ork?\nPURPORT\nIn the Vedas it is said that persons who are attached to demigods to the\nexclusion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are like the animals who\nfollow the herdsman even though they are taken to the slaughterhouse.\nThe materialists, like animals, also do not know how they are being misdirected by neglecting the transcendental thought of the Supreme Person.\nNo one can remain vacant of thought. It is said that an idle brain is a devil's\nworkshop because a person who cannot think in the right way must think\nof something which may bring about disaster. The materialists are always\nworshiping some minor demigods, although this is condemned in the\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 7.20). As long as a person is illusioned by material\n\n", "SB2.1#p0110": "Text 8]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n75\n\ngains, he petitions the respective demigods to draw some particular benefit\nwhich is, after all, illusory and nonpermanent. The enlightened transcendentalist is not captivated by such illusory things; therefore he is always\nabsorbed in the transcendental thought of the Supreme in different stages\nof realization, namely Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan. In the previous\nverse it is suggested that one should think of the Supersoul, which is one\nstep higher than the impersonal thought of Brahman, as it was suggested in\nthe case of contemplating the viriita riipa of the Personality of Godhead.\nIntelligent persons who can see properly may look into the general\nconditions of the living entities who are wandering in the cycle of the\n8,400,000 species of life, as well as in different classes of human beings.\n\nIt is said that there is an everlasting belt of water called the River V aitara�i\nat the entrance of the plutonic planet of Yamaraja, who punishes sinners\nin different manners. After being subjected to such sufferings, a sinner is\nawarded a particular species of life according to his deeds in the past. Such\nliving entities as are punished by the Yamaraja are seen in different varieties\nof conditioned life. Some of them are in heaven, and some of them are in\nhell. Some of them are briihmarws, and some of them are misers. But no\none is happy in this material world, and all of them are either class A., B.\nor C. prisoners suffering because of their own deeds. The Lord is impartial to all circumstances of sufferings of the living entities, but to one\nwho takes shelter at His lotus feet, the Lord gives proper protection, and\nHe takes such a living entity again back home, back to Himself.\n\nTEXT\n\n8\n\n\"-ti��lfll��\n��11�11\nkecit sva- dehiintar-hrdayiivakii.Se\npriidesa-miitram puru§arh vasantam\ncatur-bhujam kafija-rathiinga-sankhagadiidharam dhiira[layii smaranti\nke c it\n\n-\n\nothers; sva-deha-antar-within the body; hrdaya-avakiise-in the\n\nregion of the heart; priidesa-miitram-only measured by eight inches;\n\n", "SB2.1#p0111": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n76\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\npuru§am-the Personality of Godhead; vasantam-residing; catu�-bhujamwith four hands; kafija-lotus; ratha-a�iga-the wheel of a chariot; sankhaconchshell; gadii-dharam-and with a club in the hand; dhiirar-ayii-conceiving in that way; smaranti-do meditate upon Him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOthers conceive of the Personality of Godhead residing within the body\nin the region of the. heart and measured only by eight inches, with four\n\nhands carrying a lotus, a wheel of a chariot, a conchshell and a club\n\nrespectively.\n\nPURPORT\nThe all-pervading Personality of Godhead resides as Paramatma in the\nheart of each and every living entity. The measurement of the localized\nPersonality of Godhead is estimated to expand from the ring finger to the\nend of the thumb, more or less eight inches. The form of the Lord described\nin this verse with distribution of different symbols-beginning from the\nlower right hand up and down to the lower left hand with lotus, wheel of\na chariot, conchshell and club respectively-is called J anardana, or the\nplenary portion of the Lord that controls over the general mass. There are\nmany other forms of the Lord with varied situations of the symbols of\n\nlotus, conchshell, etc., and they are differently known as Puru�ottama,\nAcyuta, Narasimha, Trivikrama, Hr�ike8a, Kesava, Madhava, Aniruddha,\nPradyumna,\n\nSankar�a�a,\n\nSridhara,\n\nVasudeva,\n\nDiimodara,\n\nJ aniirdana,\n\nNaraya�a, Hari, Padmanabha, Vamana, Madhusiidana, Govinda, Kr��a,\n\nVi��umiirti, Adhok�aja and Upendra. Such twenty-four forms of the lo­\n\ncalized Personality of Godhead are worshiped in different parts of the\n\nplanetary system, and in each of them there is an incarnation of the Lord\n\nhaving a different Vaiku�tha planet in the spiritual sky, which is called the\n\nParavyoma. There are many other hundreds and scores of different forms\n\nof the Lord, and each and every one of them has a particular planet in the\n\nspiritual sky, of which this material sky is only a fragmental offshoot. The\nLord exists as puru§a, or the male enjoyer, although there is no comparing\nHim to any male form in the material world. But all such forms, advaita,\n\nare nondifferent from one another, and each of them is eternally young.\nThe young Lord with four hands is nicely decorated, as described below.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0112": "Text 10)\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n77\n\nTEXT 9\n\nSf�hNfl\n;{fe�lii�oi\n�<!�ftl������ I\n.\n,..\n�R{lfl�0fl�l'fi•i!>\n\n�rnm�Oltll\\S�\n\n11�11\n\nprasanna-vaktram naliniiyate k§ar-am\nkadamba-kiiijalka-piswiga-viisasam\n\nlas an mahiiratna-hirar- mayiingadarh\nsphuran mahiiratna-kirita-kur!Ialam\nprasanna-expresses happiness; vaktram- mouth; nalina-iiyat a-spre ad\nlike the petal s of a lotus; ik§ar-am-eyes; kadamba-kadamba flower;\n\nkiiijalk a - saffron; piswiga-yellow; viisasam- garments; lasan- hanging;\nmahiiratna-valuable j e we ls; hirar-maya-made of gold; a rigad am- o rn a\nment; s p huran-glowing; mahiiratna-valuable j ewels ; kinta- headdre ss ;\nkur-!ia lam- earr i ngs .\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis mouth expresses His happiness. His eyes are spread like the petals\nof a lotus, and His garments are yellowish like the saffron of a kadamba\nflower and bedecked with valuable jewels. His ornaments are all made of\ngold, set with jewels, and He wears a glowing headdress and earrings.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n�fostM;c:q�lj(��\n\ntftif�(lqIG\\q�q'f_\n��ijUf\n�����\"\"Rfl��TSsl� II� oil\n\n", "SB2.1#p0113": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n78\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nunnidra-hrt-pankaja-kaf\"!likiilaye\nyogesvariisthiipita-piida-pallavam\nsri-lak§aram kaustubha-rat na-kandharam\namliina-lak§myii vana-miilayiicitam\nunnidra-blooming; hrt-heart; pankaja-1otus flower; kaf\"!likii-iilaye-on\nthe surface of the whorl; yogesvara-the great mystics; iisthiipita\n\n-\n\nplaced;\n\npiida-pallavam-lotus feet; sri-goddess of fortune, or a beautiful calf;\n\nlak§ar-am-marked in that way; kaustubha-Kaustubha jewel; ratna-other\njewels ; k an dha ram-on the shoulder; amliina-quite fresh; lak�mya-beauty;\nvana-miilayii-by a flower garland; ii c itam\n\n-\n\nspread over.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nHis lotus feet are placed over the whorl of the lotus-like hearts of great\n\nmystics. On His chest there is the Kaustubha jewel engraved with a beautiful\n\ncalf, and there are other jewels on His shoulders, and the complete torso is\n\ngarlanded with fresh flowers.\n\nPURPORT\nThe ornaments, flowers, clothings and all other decorations on the\ntranscendental body of the Personality of Godhead are identical with the\nbody of the Lord. None of them are made of material ingredients, otherwise\nthere is no chance of their decorating the body of the Lord. As such, in the\nParavyoma, spiritual varieties are also distinguished from the material\nvariegatedness.\n\nTEXT ll\n\n�Aij\n\niRci���Woi�otm:fu:\n�Ttf��t���¥tl�l��ii('tq � II��II\nvibhii§itam mekhalayiinguliyakair\nmahiidhanair niipura-kankar-adibhily,\nsnigdhiimalii-kuiicita-nlla-kuntalair\nvirocamiiniinana-hiisa-pesalam\n\n", "SB2.1#p0114": "Text 12]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n79\n\nvibhil§itam-well decorated; mekhalayii-with an ornamental wreath\nabout the waist; miguliyakai�-by finger rings; mahiidhanai�-all highly\nvaluable; nupura-ringing leglet; karikap,a-iidibh*-also by bangles; snigdha\n-greasy; amalii-spotless; kuii cita- curling; nila- bluish; ku ntala*- hair;\n\nvirocamiina- very pleasing; iinana- face; hiisa- smile; pesalam- beautiful.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe is well decorated with an ornamental wreath about His waist and\nrings on His fingers studded with valuable jewels. His leglet, bangles, oiled\nhair curling with bluish tint, and His beautiful smiling face are all very\npleasing.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the most beautiful person\namongst all others, and Snla Sukadeva Gosvami describes every part of His\ntranscendental beauty, one after another, in order to teach the impersonalist that the Personality of Godhead is not an imagination by the devotee\nfor facility of worship, but that He is the Supreme Person in fact and figure.\n\nThe impersonal feature of the Absolute Truth is but His radiation, as the\n\nsun rays are but radiations from the sun.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n��zm:�lil\"'������ I\nM;o{11+tt� �t\n(iJ\"ij\nttl�,.+titl\n\n�IJ141o:tRte� II� �II\n\nadina-lilii-hasitek§a!lollasad\nbhm-bhariga-sarhsucita-bhury-anugraham\nik§eta cintiimayam enam isvararh\nyiivan mano dhiira!layiivati§thate\nadina-very\n\nmagnanimous; lila-pastimes; has ita -smiling ; ik§a!la-by\n\nglancing over; ullasat-glowing; bhm-bhariga-signals of the eyebrow;\n\nsarhsii cita-indic ated; bhuri-extensive; anugraham- benediction; ik§eta-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0115": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n80\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\none must concentrate on; cintamayam-transcendental; enam-this par­\n\nticular; isvaram-the Supreme Lord; yavat-as long as; mana�-the mind;\ndhiirar wya\n\n-\n\nby meditation; avat4thate-can be fixed on.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's magnanimous pastimes and the glowing glancing of His\n\nsmiling face are all indications of His extensive benedictions. One must\n\ntherefore concentrate on this transcendental form of the Lord, as long as\n\nthe mind can be fixed on Him by meditation.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gita (Bg. 12-5) it is said that the impersonalist undergoes\na series of difficult programs on account of his impersonal meditation. But\n\nthe devotee, due to the Lord's personal service, gets through very easilyImpersonal meditation is therefore a source of suffering for the impersonalist. Here, the devotee has an advantage over the impersonalist philosopher.\n\nThe impersonalist is doubtful about the personal feature of the Lord, and\n\ntherefore he always tries to meditate upon something which is not\n\nobjective- For this reason there is an authentic statement in the Bhiigavatam\n\nregarding the positive concentration of the mind on the factual form of the\nLord_\n\nThe process of meditation recommended herein is bhakti-yoga, or the\n\nprocess of devotional service after being liberated from the material\nconditions.\n\n]niina-yoga is the process of liberation from the material\n\nconditions. After one is liberated from the conditions of material existence,\n\ni.e., when one is nivrtta, as previously stated herein, or when one is freed\nfrom all material necessities, one becomes qualified to discharge the process\n\nof bhakti-yoga. Therefore bhakti-yoga includes jiiana-yoga, or, in other\n\nwords, the process of pure devotional service simultaneously serves the\npurpose of jiiana-yoga; liberation from material conditions is automatically\n\nachieved by the gradual development of pure devotional service. These\neffects of bhakti-yoga are called anartha-nivrtti. Things which are artifi­\n\ncially acquired gradually disappear along with the progress of bhakti-yoga.\n\nMeditation on the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead, the first\n\nprocessional step, must show its effect by anartha-nivrtti. The grossest type\n\nof anartha which binds the conditioned soul in the material existence is sex\ndesire, and this sex desire gradually develops in the union of the male and\n\n", "SB2.1#p0116": "Text 12]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n81\n\nfemale. When the male and female become united, the sex desire is further\naggravated by the accumulation of buildings, children, friends, relatives,\nand wealth. When all these are acquired, the conditioned soul becomes\noverwhelmed with such entanglements, and the false sense of egoism, or\nthe sense of myself and mine, becomes prominent, and the sex desire\nexpands to various political, social, altruistic, philanthropical, and many\nother unwanted engagements, which are all like the foam of the sea waves\nwhich becomes very prominent at one time and the next moment vanishes\nas quickly as a cloud in the sky. The conditioned soul is encircled by such\nproducts, as well as products of sex desire, and therefore bhakti-yoga\nleads to gradual evaporation of the sex desire, which is summarized in\nthree headings, namely profit, adoration, and distinction. All conditioned\nsouls are mad after these different forms of sex desires, and one shall see\nhimself how much he has been freed from such material hankerings based\nprimarily on the sex desire. As a person feels his hunger satisfied after\neating each morsel of foodstuff, he must similarly be able to see the degree\nto which he has been freed from sex desire. The sex desire is diminished\nalong with its various forms by the process of\n\nbhakti-yoga because\nbhakti-yoga automatically, by the grace of the Lord, effectively results in\n\nknowledge and renunciation, even if the devotee is not materially very well\neducated. Knowledge means to know things as they are, and if by deliberation it is found that there are things which are at all unnecessary, naturally\nthe person who has acquired knowledge leaves aside such unwanted things.\nWhen the conditioned soul finds by culture of knowledge that material\nnecessities are unwanted things, he becomes detached from such unwanted\nthings. This stage of knowledge is called vairiigya, or detachment from\nunwanted things. We have previously discussed that the transcendentalist\nis required to be self-sufficient and should not beg from the rich blind\n\npersons to fulfill the bare necessities of life. Sukadeva Gosvami has\n\nsuggested some alternatives for the bare necessities of life, namely the\n\nproblem of eating, sleeping and sheltering, but he has not suggested any\n\nalternative for sex satisfaction. One who has the sex desire still with him\nshould not at all try to accept the renounced order of life. For one who has\nnot attained to this stage, there is no question of a renounced order of life.\nSo by gradual process of devotional service under the guidance of a proper\nspiritual master, and following the principles of the Bhiigavatam, one must\nbe able at least to control the gross sex desire before one accepts the\nrenounced order of life factually.\nSo purification means getting free gradually from sex desire, and this is\nattained by meditation on the person of the Lord as described herein,\n\n", "SB2.1#p0117": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n82\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nbeginning from the feet. One should not try to go upwards artificially\n\nwithout seeing for himself how much he has been released from the sex\ndesire. The smiling face of the Lord is the Tenth Canto of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, and there are many upstarts who at once try to begin with\n\nthe Tenth Canto and especially with the five chapters which delineate the\n\nrasa-lila of the Lord. This is certainly improper. By such improper study\n\nor hearing of Bhiigavatam, the material opportunists have played havoc by\n\nindulgence of sex life in the name of Bhiigavatam. This vilification of\n\nBhiigavatam is rendered by the acts of the so-called devotees; one should be\n\nfree from all kinds of sex desire before he tries to make a show of recital\n\nof Bhiigavatam. Sri Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakur clearly defines the import\n\nof purification as cessation from sex indulgence. He says \"yathii yathii\n\ndhis ca sudhyati vi§aya-liimpatyarh tyajati tathii tathii dhiirayed iti citta­\n\nsuddha-tiiratamyenaiva dhyiina-tiiratamyam.\" And as one gets free from\n\nthe intoxication of sex indulgence by purification of intelligence, one\n\nshould step forward for the next meditation, or in other words, the progress\nof meditation on the different limbs of the transcendental body of the\n\nLord should be enhanced in proportion to the progress of purification of\n\nthe heart. The conclusion is that those who are still entrapped by sex\nindulgence should never progress to meditation above the feet of the Lord;\n\ntherefore recital of Srimad-Bhiigavatam by them should be restricted within\nthe First and Second Cantos of the great literature. The purificatory\n\nprocess must be completed by assimilating the contents of the first nine\n\ncantos. Then one should be admitted into the realm of the Tenth Canto of\n\nSrim ad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n%�n�n;r �i«r.\n\n'00� �ft.Rf �: I\nm m �'\"'¥tqli!l �\nq� q� ��fu �?.ff � II� �II\n\nekaikaso 'ngiini dhiyiinubhiivayet\n\npiidiidi yiivadd hasitarh gadii-bhrta�\n\njitarh jitarh sthiinam apohya dhiirayet\n\npararh pararh suddhyati dhir yathii yathii\n\n", "SB2.1#p0118": "Text 13]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n83\n\nekaikasa[t-one to one, or one after another; migani-limbs; dhiya-by\n\nattention; anubhavayet-meditate upon; pada-adi-legs, etc.; yavat-until;\n\nhasitam-smiling; gada-bhrta[t-the Personality of Godhead; jitarit jitamgradually controlling the mind; sthanam-place; apohya-leaving; dharayet­\n\nmeditate upon; pararit param-higher and higher; suddhyati-purified;\n\ndhill-intelligence; yatha yatha-as much as.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe process of meditation should begin from the lotus feet of the Lord\nand progress to His smiling face. The meditation should be concentrated\nupon the lotus feet, then the calves, then the thighs, and in this way higher\nand higher. The more the mind becomes fixed upon the different parts of\nthe limbs, one after another, the more the intelligence becomes purified.\nPURPORT\nThe process of meditation recommended in the Srimad-Bhagavatam is\n\nnot to fix one's attention on something impersonal or void. The medita­\n\ntion should concentrate on the Person of the Supreme Godhead, either in\nHis virata riipa, the gigantic universal form, or in His sac-cid-ananda­\n\nvigraha, as described in the scriptures. There are authorized descriptions\n\nof Vi�!lu forms, and there are authorized representations of Deities in the\n\ntemples. Thus one can practice meditating upon the Deity, concentrating\n\nhis mind on the lotus feet of the Lord and gradually rising higher and\nhigher, up to His smiling face.\n\nAccording to the Bhagavata school, the Lord's rasa dancing is the\n\nsmiling face of the Lord. Since it is recommended in this verse that one\nshould gradually progress from the lotus feet up to the smiling face, we\nshall not jump at once to understand the Lord's pastimes in the rasa dance.\n\nIt is better to practice to concentrate our attention by offering flowers and\ntulasi to the lotus feet of the Lord. In this way, we gradually become\n\npurified by the arcana process. We dress the Lord, bathe Him, etc., and\nall these transcendental activities help us purify our existence. When we\n\nreach the higher standard of purification, if we see the smiling face of the\nLord or hear the rasa dance pastimes of the Lord, then we can relish His\n\nactivities. In the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, therefore, the riisa dance pastimes\nare delineated in the Tenth Canto (Chapters 29-34).\n\n", "SB2.1#p0119": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n84\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nThe more one concentrates on the transcendental form of the Lord,\neither on the lotus feet, the calves, the thighs or the chest, the more one\nbecomes purified. In this verse it is clearly stated, \"the more the intelligence\nbecomes purified,\" which means the more one becomes detached from\nsense gratification. Our intelligence in the present conditioned state of life\nis impure due to being engaged in sense gratification. The result of medi­\n\ntation on the transcendental form of the Lord will be manifested by one's\ndetachment from sense gratification. Therefore, the ultimate purpose of\nmeditation is purification of one's intelligence.\n\nThose who are too engrossed in sense gratification cannot be allowed to\nparticipate in arcanii or to touch the transcendental form of the RadhaKr��a or Vi��u Deities. For them it is better to meditate upon the gigantic\n\nvirii{a rupa of the Lord, as is recommended in the next verse. The impersonalists and the voidests are therefore recommended to meditate upon\nthe universal form of the Lord, whereas the devotees are recommended to\n\nmeditate on the Deity worship in the temple. Because the impersonalists\n\nand the voidists are not sufficiently purified in their spiritual activities,\n\narcanii is not meant for them.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� �sWwJ.\nFi�� � ��:1\n��: � �q\nnt14WH'ti9\\ w.«t: � II� \\lll\n\nqm{\n\nyiivan na jiiyeta pariivare ,smin\nvisvesvare draHari bhakti-yoga�\ntiivat sthaviya� puru§asya riipam\nkriyiivasiine prayata� smareta\nyiivat-as long as; na-does not; jiiyeta\n\n-\n\ndevelop; para-trans cendental;\n\navare-mundane; asmin-in this form of; viSvesvare-the Lord of all worlds;\n\ndra§ tari-unto the seer; bhak ti yoga� -devotional service; tiivat-so long;\n-\n\nsthaviya� -the gross materialist; puru§asya-of the viriita puru§a; riipamuniversal form; kriyii-avasiine-at the end of one's prescribed duties;\nprayata{l-with proper attention; smareta-one should remember.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0120": "Text 14]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n85\n\nTRANSLATION\nUnless the gross materialist develops a sense of loving service unto the\nSupreme Lord, the seer of both the transcendental and material worlds, he\nshould remember or meditate upon the universal form of the Lord at the\nend of his prescribed duties.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord is the seer of all worlds, both material and transcendental. In other words, the Supreme Lord is the ultimate beneficiary and\nenjoyer of all worlds, as it is confirmed in the Bhagavad- gitii (Bg. 5.29).\nThe spiritual world is the manifestation of His internal potency, and the\nmaterial world is the manifestation of His external potency. The living\nentities are also His marginal potency and they can, by their own choice,\nlive in either the transcendental or material worlds. The material world is\nnot a fit place for living entities because they are spiritually one with the\nLord, and in the material world the living entities become conditioned\nby the laws of the material world. The Lord wants all living entities, who\nare His parts and parcels, to live with Him in the transcendental world, and\nfor enlightening conditioned souls in the material world, all the Vedas and\nthe revealed scriptures are there-expressly to recall the conditioned souls\nback home, back to Godhead. Unfortunately, the conditioned living entities, although suffering continually the threefold miseries of conditioned\nlife, are not very serious about going back to Godhead. It is due to their\nmisguided way of living, complicated by sins and virtues. Some of them\nwho are virtuous by deeds begin to reestablish the lost relation with the\nLord, but they are unable to understand the personal feature of the Lord.\nThe real purpose of life is to make contact with the Lord and be engaged\nin His service. That is the natural position of living entities. But those who\nare impersonalists and are unable to render any loving service to the Lord\nhave been advised to meditate upon His impersonal feature, the viriipa or\nuniversal form. But some way or other, one must try to reestablish one's\nforgotten relation with the Lord if one at all desires real happiness in life,\nto reclaim his natural unfettered condition. For the less intelligent beginners, meditation on the impersonal feature, the viriita or universal form of\nthe Lord, will gradually qualify one to rise up to the personal contact. One\nis advised herewith to meditate upon the viriipa riipa specified in the\nprevious chapters in order to understand how the different planets, seas,\nmountains, rivers, birds, beasts, human beings, demigods and all that we\ncan conceive are but different parts and limbs of the Lord's viriita form.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0121": "[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n86\n\nThis sort of thinking is also a type of meditation on the Absolute Truth,\nand as soon as such meditation begins, one develops one's godly qualities,\nand the whole world appears to be a happy and peaceful residence for all\nthe people of the world. Without such meditation on God, either personal\nor impersonal, all good qualities of the human being become covered with\nmisconceptions regarding his constitutional position, and without such\nadvanced knowledge, the whole world becomes a hell for the human being.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�� � �l('l\"t'IT�� �-\n\n� ��rnw ��\nm:q���;{�\n���m�: 11�'-\\11\nsthirarh sukharh casanam asthito yatir\nyada jihiisur imam anga lokam\nkale ca dese ca mano na sajjayet\npral)an niyacchen manasii jitasu[l,\nsthiram-without\n\nbeing\n\ndisturbed; sukham-comfortable; ca-also;\n\niisanam-sitting accommodation; asthita[l,-being situated; yati[l,-the sage;\nyadii-whenever; jihiisu[!,-desires to give up; imam-this; anga-0 King;\nlokam-this body; kale-in time; ca-and; dese-in proper place; ca-also;\nmana[l,-mind; na-not; sajjayet-may\n\nnot be\n\np erp le xed ; pral)iin-the\n\nsenses;niyacchet-must control; manasa-by the mind;jitiisu[l,-conquering\nthe life air.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, whenever the yogi desires to leave this planet of human beings,\nhe should not be perplexed about the proper time or place, but should\n\ncomfortably sit without being disturbed and, regulating the life air, should\ncontrol the senses by the mind.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gita (Bg. 8.14) it is clearly stated that a person who is\ntotally engaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord, and who\n\n", "SB2.1#p0122": "87\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\nText 16]\n\nconstantly remembers Him in every step, easily obtains the mercy of the\nLord by entering into His personal contact. Such devotees do not need\nto seek an opportune moment to leave the present body. Rather, those who\nare mixed devotees, alloyed with fruitive action or empirical philosophic\nspeculation, require an opportune moment for quitting this body. For\nthem the opportune moments are stated in theBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 8.23-26).\nBut these opportune moments are not as important as one's being a\nsuccessful yogi who is able to quit this body as he likes. However, such a\nyogi must be competent to control his senses by the mind. Mind is easily\n\nconquered simply by engaging it at the lotus feet of the Lord. Gradually,\nby such service, all the senses become automatically engaged in the service\nof the Lord. That is the way of merging into the Supreme Absolute.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n3'f'RiUif¥41�'4rlf�'6'6tf\n\n�mf'w:ijfff(4(1\nmana� svabuddhyiimalayii niyamya\nk§etra-jna etiirit nilayet tam iitmani\niitmiinam iitmany avarudh ya dhiro\nlabdhopa.Siintir virameta krtyiit\nmana� - the mind; sva-buddhyii-by his own intelligence; amalayiiunalloyed-niyamya- by regulati ng ; k§ etra jne-unto the living entity; etiim\n-\n\n-all of them; nilay e t- merge; tam-that; iitmani-the self; iitmiinam- the\nself; iitmani-in the Superself; avarud h ya being locked up; dh ira[t - the\n-\n\nfully satisfied; labdha-upasiinti[t-one who has attained full bliss; virameta\n\n- ceases from; kr tyiit- all other activities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter,\n\nthe\n\nyogi should\n\nmerge\n\nhis\n\nmind,\n\nby his\n\nunalloyed\n\nintelligence, into the living entity, and then merge the living entity into\nthe Superself. And by doing this, the fully satisfied living entity becomes\n\n", "SB2.1#p0123": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n88\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nsituated in the supreme stage of satisfaction, so that he ceases from all\nother activities.\n\nPURPORT\nThe functions of the mind are thinking, feeling, and willing. When the\nmind is materialistic, or absorbed in material contact, it acts for material\nadvancement of knowledge, destructively ending in discovery of nuclear\nweapons. But when the mind acts under spiritual urge, it acts wonderfully\n\nfor going back home and back to Godhead for life in complete bliss and\neternity. Therefore mind has to be manipulated by good and unalloyed\n\nintelligence. Perfect intelligence is to render service unto the Lord. One\n\nshould be intelligent enough to understand that the living being is, in all\n\ncircumstances, a servant of the circumstances. Every living being is serving\nthe dictates of desire, anger, lust, illusion, insanity, and enviousness-all\nmaterially affected.\n\nBut even executing such dictations of different\n\ntemperaments, he is perpetually unhappy. When one actually feels this and\nturns his intelligence to inquire about it from the right sources, he gets\n\ninformation of the transcendental loving service of the Lord. Instead of\nserving materially for the above-mentioned different humors of the body,\n\nthe living entity's intelligence then becomes freed from the unhappy\nillusion of materialistic temperament, and thus, by unalloyed intelligence,\n\nthe mind is brought into the service of the Lord. The Lord and His\n\nservice are identical, being on the absolute plane. Therefore the unalloyed\n\nintelligence and the mind are merged into the Lord, and thus the living\n\nentity does not remain a seer himself but becomes seen by the Lord\n\ntranscendentally. When the living entity is directly seen by the Lord, and\nthe Lord dictates to him to act according to His desire, and the living\nentity follows Him perfectly, the living entity ceases to discharge any other\n\nduty for his illusory satisfaction. In his pure unalloyed state, the living\n\nbeing attains the stage of labdhopasanti and ceases all material hankerings.\n\nTEXT 17\n� q;r �sf;{flm 'R: 3{ij!\n\n� � �l ���I\n;r ��;r���\n91 �Am\"�� Sf� ���\\SII\n\n", "SB2.1#p0124": "Text 17]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n89\n\nna yatra kalo 'nimi§arh para� prabhu�\nkuto nu devii jagatarh ya isire\nna yatra sattvarh na rajas tamas ca\nna vai vikaro na mahan pradhanam\nna-not; yatra-wherein; kala�-destructive time; animi§am-of the\nheavenly demigods; para�\n\n-\n\nsuperior; prabhu�-controller; kuta�-where is\n\nthere; nu-certainly; deva�-the demigods; jagatam-the mundane creatures; ye-those; isire-rules; na-no; yatra-therein; sattvam-mundane\ngoodness; na-nor; raja�-mundane passion; tama�-mundane ignorance;\nca\n\n-\n\nalso; na-nor; vai-certainly; vikara�-transformation; na-nor; mahan­\n\nthe material causal ocean; pradhanam-material nature.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn that transcendental state of labdhopasanti there is no supremacy of\ndevastating time, which controls even the celestial demigods (and what to\nspeak of the demigods themselves?) who are empowered to rule over\nmundane creatures. Nor is there the mode of material goodness, nor\npassion, nor ignorance, nor even the false ego, nor the material Causal\nOcean, nor the material nature.\n\nPURPORT\nDevastating time, which controls even the celestial demigods by its\nmanifestations of past, present and future, does not act on the transcendental plane. The influence of time is exhibited by the symptoms of birth,\ndeath, old age and disease, and these four principles of material conditions\nare present everywhere in any part of the material cosmos up to the\n\nplanet Brahmaloka, where the duration of life of the inhabitants appears to\nus to be fabulous. Insurmountable time even brings about the death of\nBrahma, so what to speak of other demigods like lndra, Candra, Siirya,\nVayu, Varul)a, etc.? The astronomical influence directed by the different\ndemigods over mundane creatures is also conspicuous by its absence. In the\nmaterial existence, the living entities are afraid of Satanic influence, but\nfor a devotee on the transcendental plane there is no such fear at all. The\nliving entities change their material bodies in different shapes and forms\nunder the influence of the different modes of material nature, but in the\ntranscendental state the devotee is gur-atita, or above the material modes\nof goodness, passion or ignorance, and as such the false ego of \"I am the\n\n", "SB2.1#p0125": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n90\n\n·\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nLord of all I survey\" does not arise there. In the material world the false\n\nego of the living being trying to lord it over the material nature is some­\n\nthing like the moth's falling in the blazing fire. The moth is captivated\n\nby the glaring beauty of the fire, and when he comes to enjoy it, the\nblazing fire consumes him. In the transcendental state the living being is\n\npure in his consciousness, and as such he has no false ego to lord it over\n\nthe material nature, but his pure consciousness dictates him to surrender\n\nunto the Supreme Lord, as stated in the Bhagavad-gita (7.19): \"vasudeva�\nsarvam iti sa mahatma sudurlabha�.\" All this indicates that on the\ntranscendental state there is neither material creation nor the Causal Ocean\n\nfor material nature.\n\nThe above-mentioned state of affairs is factual on the transcendental\n\nplane, but is factually revealed in a transcendentalist's knowledge of the\n\nadvanced state of pure consciousness. Such transcendentalists are of two\n\ntypes, namely the impersonalists and the devotees. For the impersonalist\n\nthe ultimate goal or destination is the brahmajyoti of the spiritual sky, but\n\nfor the devotees the ultimate goal is the V aiku�tha planets. The devotees,\nhowever, experience the above-mentioned state of affairs by attainment\n\nof spiritual forms for activity in the transcendental loving service of the\n\nLord. But the impersonalist, because of his neglecting the association\n\nof the Lord, does not develop a spiritual body for spiritual activity, but\nremains a spiritual spark only, merged in the effulgent spiritual rays of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord is the full-fledged form of\n\neternity, bliss and knowledge, but the formless brahmajyoti is simply\neternity and knowledge. The Vaiku�tha planets are also forms of\n\neternity, bliss and knowledge, and therefore the devotees of the Lord, who\n\nare admitted in the abode of the Lord, also get a body of eternity, bliss and\n\nknowledge. As such there is no difference between one another. The Lord's\n\nabode, name, fame, entourage, etc., are of the same transcendental quality,\n\nand how this transcendental quality differs from the material world is\nexplained herewith in this verse. In the\n\nBhagavad-gita, three principal\n\nsubjects have been explained by Lord Sri Kr��a, namely karma-yoga,\n\njniina-yoga and bhakti-yoga, but one can reach the Vaikutttha planets by\nthe practice of bhakti-yoga only. The other two are incompetent in\nhelping one to reach the Vaikuttthalokas, although they can, however.,\n\nconveniently take one to the effulgent brahmajyoti, as described above.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0126": "Text 18]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\nTEXT\n\n91\n\n18\n\nt# � �t�W{f;ij �\n� i{�(ffl����: I\n� G.l(l�¥404+\\iiril(ii«l\n004WRI�qa: q� � 11��11\nparmn padarh vai§r-avam iimananti tad\nyan neti netity atad utsisrk§ava�\nvisrjya dauriitmyam ananya-sauhrdii\nhrdopaguhyiirha-padarh pade pade\nparam-the supreme; padam- situation; vai§r-avam-in relation with the\nPersonality of Godhead; iimananti-do they know; tat-that; yat which;\n-\n\nneti-not this; neti-not this; iti-thus; atat-g odless; utsisrk§ava�-those\nwho\n\ndesire to avoid; vis!jya-giving it up completely; dauriitmyam­\n\nperplexities; ananya\n\n-\n\nabsolu t ely; sauhrda-in good will; hrda upaguhya­\n\ntaking them into his heart; arha-that which is only worshipable;padamlotus feet; pade pade-every moment.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe transcendentalists desire to avoid everything which is godless,\nknowing that supreme situation in which everything is in relation with\nthe Supreme Lord Vi�':lu. Therefore a pure devotee who is in absolute\nharmony with the Lord does not create perplexities, but worships the\nlotus feet of the Lord at every moment, taking them into his heart.\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii, \"mad-dhiima\" (\"My abode\") is mentioned several\ntimes, and according to the version of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nSri Kr�':la there exists the unlimited spiritual sky wherein the planets are\n\ncalled V aiku':lthas, or the abode of the Personality of Godhead. In that\nsky, which is far, far beyond the material sky and its sevenfold coverings,\nthere is no need of the sun or the moon, nor is there necessity of electricity\nfor illumination because the planets are self-illuminating and more brilliant\nthan the material suns. Pure devotees of the Lord are absolutely in\n\n", "SB2.1#p0127": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n92\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nharmony with the Personality of Godhead, or in other words, they always\nthink of the Lord as their only dependable friend and well-wisher. They do\n\nnot care for any mundane creature up to the status of Brahma, the lord of\nthe universe. They only can definitely have a clear vision of the V aiku�tha\n\nplanets. Such pure devotees, being perfectly directed by the Supreme\nLord, do not create any artificial perplexity in the matter of tran­\n\nscendental understanding by wasting time in discussing what is Brahman\n\nor what is not Brahman or maya, nor do they falsely think of them­\n\nselves as one with the Lord, or argue that there is no existence of the\nLord separately, or that there is no God at all, or that living beings are\n\nthemselves God, or when God incarnates Himself He assumes a material\n\nbody. Nor do they concern themselves with many obscure speculative\n\ntheories, which are in actuality so many stumbling blocks on the path of\n\ntranscendental understanding. Apart from the class of impersonalists or\n\nnondevotees, there are other classes also who pose themselves as devotees\nof the Lord but at heart maintain the idea of salvation by becoming one\n\nwith the impersonal Brahman. They manufacture their own way of devo­\n\ntional service wrongly by open debauchery and mislead others who are\n\nsimpletons or debauchees like themselves. All these nondevotees and\ndebauchees are, according to Visvanatha Cakravarti,\n\nduratmas, or the\n\ncrooked souls in the dress of mahatmas, or the great souls. Such nondevotees and debauchees are completely excluded from the list of transcendentalists by presentation of this particular verse by Sukadeva Go­\n\nsvami.\n\nSo the Vaiku�tha planets are factually the supreme residential places\n\ncalled the param padam. The impersonal brahmajyoti is also called the\nparam padam due to its being the rays of the Vaiku�tha planets, as the\nsun rays are the rays of the sun. In the Bhagavad-gita (Bg. 14.27) it is\nclearly said that the impersonal brahmajyoti rests on the person of the\nLord, and because everything rests on the brahmajyoti directly and\nindirectly, everything is generated from the Lord, everything rests on\nHim, and after annihilation, everything is merged in Him only. Therefore,\n\nnothing is independent from Him. A pure devotee of the Lord no longer\n\nwastes valuable time in discriminating the Brahman from non-Brahman\n\nbecause he knows perfectly well that the Lord Param Brahman, by His\n\nBrahman energy, is interwoven in everything, and thus everything is\n\nlooked upon by a devotee as the property of the Lord. The devotee tries\n\nto engage everything in His service and does not create perplexities by\nfalsely lording it over the creation of the Lord. He is so faithful that he\n\nengages himself, as well as everything else, in the transcendental loving\n\n", "SB2.1#p0128": "Text 19]\n\n93\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\nservice of the Lord. In everything, the devotee sees the Lord, and he sees\neverything in the Lord. The specific disturbance created by a duriitmii, or\ncrooked soul, is due to his maintaining that the transcendental form of\nthe Lord is something material.\n\nTEXT\n\n� ijRf�(�lt\n\n19\no�C4Rq�')\n\nPtij1'1t��4ij(f.� :\n�����mflsFre\n� ��f!l$f+i�M�tfi�H II� �II\n'\n\nittham munis tuparamed vyavasthito\nvijiiiina-drg-virya-surandhitiisaya�\nsva-piir�r-iniipipya gudam tato 'nilam\nsthiine�u �a{sunnamayej jita-klama�\nittham-thus, by Brahman realization; mun*- the philosopher; tu-bu t;\nuparamet-should retire; vyavas thita�- well situated; vijiiana-dr k-by scientific knowledge; v irya- strength; su-randhita-well regulated; iisaya�-aim\nof life; sva-piir�r-inii- with the heel of one's foot; iipidya-by blocking;\ngudam-air\n\nhole;\n\ntata�- thereaf ter;\n\nanilam-life\n\nair;\n\nsthiine�u-in the\n\nplaces; �a{su six primary; unnamayet-must be lifted; jita-klama�-by\n-\n\nextinguishing material desires.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy the strength of scientific knowledge, one should be well situated in\nabsolute realization and thus be able to extinguish all material desires and\nthen give up the material body by blocking the air hole [through which\nstool is evacuated] with the heel of one's foot and lifting the life air from\none place to the other in the six primary places.\nPURPORT\nThere are many duriitmiis who claim to have realized themselves as\nBrahman and yet are unable to conquer material desires. In the Bhagavad-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0129": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n94\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\ngitii it is clearly explained (Bg. 18.54) that an absolute self-realized soul\nbecomes completely aloof from all material desires. Material desires are\nbased on the false ego of the living being and are exhibited by his childish\nand useless activities to conquer the laws of material nature and by his\ndesire to lord it over the resources of the five elements. With such mentality, one is led to believe in the strength of material science up to the\ndiscovery of atomic energy and space travel by mechanical vehicles, and\nby such tiny advancements of material science the false egoist tries to\n\nchallenge even the strength of the Supreme Lord, who can finish all man's\n\ntiny endeavors in less than a second. The well-situated self, or Brahman­\n\nrealized soul, perfectly understands that the Supreme Brahman or the\n\nPersonality of Godhead is the all-powerful Vasudeva and that he (the selfrealized living being) is a part and parcel of the supreme whole. As such,\nhis constitutional position is to cooperate with Him in all respects in the\ntranscendental relation of the served and the servitor. Such a self-realized\nsoul ceases to exhibit his useless activities by attempting to lord it over\nmaterial nature and fully engages himself in faithful devotion to the Lord,\nscientifically well informed.\n\nThe expert yogi who has thoroughly practiced the control of the life air\n\nby the prescribed method of the yoga system is advised to quit the body as\nfollows. He should plug up th� evacuating hole by the heel of the foot and\n\nthen progressively move the life air on and on to six places: navel, abdomen, heart, chest, palate, the eyebrows and the cerebral pit. Controlling\n\nthe life air by the prescribed yogic process is mechanical, and the practice\n\nis more or less a physical endeavor for spiritual perfection. In olden days\n\nsuch practice was very common for the transcendentalist, for the mode of\n\nlife and character in those days were favorable. But in modern days, when\n\nthe influence of Kali Age is so disturbing, practically everyone is untrained\nin this art of bodily exercise. Concentration of the mind is more easily\n\nattained in these days by the chanting of the holy name of the Lord. The\nresults are more effective than those derived from the inner exercise of the\n\nlife air.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0130": "Text 21]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n95\n\nniibhyiirh sthitarh hrdy-adhiropya tasmiid\nudiina-gatyorasi tarh nayen mun*\ntato 'nusandhiiya dhiyii manasvi\nsva-tiilu-mularh sanakair nayeta\nniibhyiim-on the navel;sthitam-situated;hrdi-in the heart;adhiropyaby placing; tasmiit-from there; udiina-soaring; gatya-force; urasi-on the\nchest; tam-thereafter; nayet-should draw; muni[l-meditative devotee;\ntata[l-them; anusandhaya-just\nmanasvi-the\n\nto search out; dhiyii-by intelligence,\n\nmeditative; sva-tiilu-mulam-at the\n\nsanaka*-slowly; nayeta-may be brought\n\nroot of the\n\npalate;\n\nm.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe meditative devotee should push up the life air from the navel to\nthe heart, from there to the chest and from there to the root of the palate,\nslowly, and search out the proper places with intelligence.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are six circles of the movement of the life air, and the intelligent\nbhakti-yogi\n\nshould search out the places with intelligence and in a\n\nmeditative mood. Among these, mentioned above is the sviidhi§thiinacakra, or the powerhouse of the life air, and above this, just below the\nabdomen navel, there is the mar-ipuraka-cakra. When upper space is further\nsearched out in the heart, it is called the aniihata-cakra, and further up,\nwhen it is placed at the root of the palate, it is called the viSuddhi-cakra.\n\nTEXT 2 1\n\n", "SB2.1#p0131": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n96\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\ntasmiid bhruvor antaram unnayeta\nniruddha-saptiiyatano 'napek�a�\nsthitvii muhiirtiirdham akurtha-dr�tir\nnirbhidya murdhan visrjet pararh gata�\ntasmiit-from there; bhruvo�-of the eyebrows; antaram-in between,\nshould be brought in; niruddha-by blocking up; sapta-seven\n\nu n naye ta\n\n-\n\nayata n a� -outlets of the life air; anape k§ a� -independent of all material\nenjoyment; sthitvii-by keeping; muhurta-moment; ardham-half of a;\nakurtha back home, back to Godhead; dn t*-one whose aim is targetted\nlike that;nirbhidya-punching ; murdhan-the cerebral hole; v is rjet-should\ngive up this body;param-the Supreme; gata� having gone to.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the bhakti-yogi should push up the life air in between the\neyebrows, and then, blocking up the seven outlets of the life air, he should\nmaintain his aim for going back home, back to Godhead. If he is com­\n\npletely free from all desires for material enjoyment, he should then reach\n\nthe cerebral hole and give up this material connection, having gone to the\nSupreme.\nPURPORT\nThe process of giving up all material connection and returning home,\nback to Godhead, the Supreme, is recommended herein. The condition is\nthat one should be completely freed from desire for material enjoyment.\nThere are different grades of material enjoyments in respect to duration of\nlife and sensual gratification. The highest plane of sensual enjoyment for\nthe longest period of life is mentioned in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 9.20). All\nare but material enjoyments, and one should be thoroughly convinced\nthat he has no need of such long duration of life, even in the Brahmaloka\nplanet. He must return home, back to Godhead, and must not be attracted\nby any amount of material facilities. In the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 2.59) it is\nsaid that this sort of material detachment is possible to attain when one is\nacquainted with the supreme association of life. Pararh dr�(vii nivartate.\nOne cannot be freed from material attraction unless he has complete\nunderstanding of the nature of spiritual life. The propaganda by a certain\nclass of impersonalists that spiritual life is void of all varieties is dangerous\npropaganda to mislead the living beings into becoming more and more\n\n", "SB2.1#p0132": "Text 22]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n97\n\nattracted by material enj oyments. As such, persons with a poor fund of\nknowledge cannot have any conception of the param; they try to stick\n\nto the varieties of material enj oyments, although they may flatter them­\n\nselves to be Brahman-realized souls. Such less intelligent persons cannot\nhave any conception of the param, as mentioned in this verse, and there­\n\nfore they cannot reach the Supreme. The devotees have full knowledge of\nthe spiritual world, the Personality of Godhead and His transcendental\nassociation in unlimited spiritual planets called Vaikupthalokas. Herein\nakurtha-dr§tifl is mentioned. Akurtha and vaikurtha convey the same\n\nimport, and only one who has his aim fixed upon that spiritual world and\n\npersonal association with the Godhead can gi ve up this material connection\neven while living in the material world. This param and the para�n dhiima\nmentioned in several places of the Bhagavad-gitii are one and the same\nthing. One who goes to the pararh dhiima does not return again to this\nmaterial world. This is not possible even by reaching the topmost loka of\nthe material world.\nThe life air passes through seven openings, namely two eyes, two\nnostrils, two ears and one mouth. Generally it passes through the mouth\nat the time of an ordinary man's death. But the yogi, as above mentioned,\n\nwho controls the life air in his own way, generally releases the life air by\npuncturing the cerebral hole in the head. The yogi therefore blocks up all\nthe above-mentioned seven openings, so that naturally the life air will\nburst forth through the cerebral hole, whic,_ is the sure sign of leaving the\nmaterial connection by the great devotees.\n\nTEXT\n\n22\n\n� sp.m:�'{ � q'l�\n�tJ4«1'1Hft' � f� I\nace1Nq�4\ng�\n\nm\n\n•1�0rit01ij�� ������\n\nyadi prayiisyan nrpa piirame§{hyarh\nvaihiiyasiiniim uta yad vihiiram\na§ {iidhipatyarh gur-a-sanniviiye\nsahaiva gacchen manasendriyais ca\n\n·\n\n", "SB2.1#p0133": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n98\nyadi\n\n-\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nhowever; p ra y asyan maintaining a desire; nrpa-0 King; parame_\n\n-\n\n§thyam- the governing planet of the material world; vaihayasanam-of the\nbeings known as the Vaihayasas; uta-it is said; ya t what is; viharam-\n\nplace of enjoyment; a§t a -lidhipat yam\n\n-\n\nlording over with eightfold achieve­\n\nments; gurw-sannivaye-in the world of three modes of nature; saha\n\n-\n\nalon g\n\nwith; eva-certainly; gacchet-should go; manasa- accompanied by mind;\nind riya*\n\n-\n\nand the senses; ca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, if however, a yogi maintains a desire for improved material\nenjoyments, like transference to the topmost planet of Brahmaloka, or the\nachievement of the eightfold perfections and traveling in outer space along\n\nwith the V aihayasas, or a situation in one of the millions of planets, then\nhe has to take away with him the mind and the senses materially moulded.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the upper status of the planetary systems there are thousands and\nthousands of times greater facilities for material enjoyments than in the\nlower planetary systems. The topmost planetary systems are comprised of\nplanets like Brahmaloka, Dhruvaloka (the pole star), etc., and all of them\nare situated beyond the Maharloka. The inhabitants of those planets are\nempowered with eightfold achievements of mystic perfections. They do\nnot have to learn and practice the mystic processes of yoga perfection and\nachieve the power of becoming small, particle-like (a[Lima-siddhi), or\nlighter than a soft feather (laghima-siddhi). They do not have to get anything and everything from anywhere and everywhere (prapti-siddhi), to\nbecome heavier than the heaviest (mahima-siddhi), to act freely even to\ncreate something wonderful or to annihilate anything at will (isitii-siddhi),\nto control over all material elements (vasita-siddhi), to possess such power\nas\n\nwill never bring about frustration in any desire (priikamya-siddhi), or\n\nto assume any shape or form as one may desire even whimsically\n(kiimiivasiiyitii-siddhi). All these expediencies are as common as natural\n\ngifts for the inhabitants of those higher planets. They do not require any\nmechanical help to travel in outer space, and they can move and travel\nat will from one planet to any other planet within no time. The inhabitants\nof the earth cannot move even to the nearest planet except by mechanical\nvehicles like spacecraft, but the highly talented inhabitants of such higher\nplanets can do everything very easily.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0134": "Text 23]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n99\n\nSince a materialist is generally inquisitive to experience what is actually\nin such planetary systems, he wants to see everything personally. As\ninquisitive persons tour all over the world to gain direct local experience,\nsimilarly the less intelligent transcendentalist also desires to have some\nexperience of those planets about which he has heard so many wonderful\nthings. The yogi can, however, easily fulfill his desire by going there with\nthe present materialistic mind and senses. The prime factor of the materialistic mind is to lord it over the material world, and all the siddhis\nmentioned above are features of domination over the world. The devotees\nof\n\nthe Lord are not ambitious to dominate a false and temporary\n\nphenomenon. On the other hand, a devotee wants to be dominated by the\nsupreme predominator, the Lord. A desire to serve the Lord, the supreme\npredominator, is spiritual or transcendental, and one has to attain this\npurification of the mind and the senses to get an admission into the\nspiritual kingdom. With the materialistic mind one can reach the best\n\nplanet in the universe, but no one can enter into the kingdom of God.\n\nSenses are called spiritually purified when they are not involved in sense\ngratification. Senses require engagements, and when the senses are engaged\ntotally in the transcendental loving service of the Lord, they have no\nchance to become contaminated by material infections.\n\nTEXT 23\n\ntflit��UIJ\n\nqfijl\\�-\n\n�rnf(;cJliJ:tl: qiil;tl d{R�� I\nWI � ilfd+tl\"*'f.:a\n\"\n..\n\n&::.- .... ....\n\nl'=i�nqPOJI•I«+itNmJ.f1{, II�� II\n\nyogesvariirtiirh gatim iihur antarbahis-tri-lokyii� pavaniintar-atmaniim\nna karmabhis tiirh gatim iipnuvanti\nvidyii-tapo-yoga-samiidhi-bhiijiim\nyogesvariirtiim-of the great saints and devotees; gatim- destinations;\niihu� - it is said; antar - within; bah*-without; tri-tokyiifl,-of the three\nplanetary systems; pavana-antar-within the air; iitmaniirh-of the subtle\nbody; na-never; karmabh*-by fruitive activities; tam- that; gatim-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0135": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n100\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nspeed; apnuvanti-achieve; vidya-devotional service; tapa�-austerities;\nyoga-mystic power; samadhi-knowledge; bhiijiim-of those who entertain.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe transcendentalists are concerned with the spiritual body. As such,\nby the strength of their devotional service, austerities, mystic power and\n\ntranscendental knowledge, their movements are unrestricted within and\nwithout the material worlds. The fruitive workers, or the gross materialists, can never move in such an unrestricted manner.\nPURPORT\nThe material scientist's endeavor to reach other planets by mechanical\nvehicles is only a futile attempt. One can, however, reach heavenly planets\nby virtuous activities, but one can never expect to go beyond Svarga or\nJanaloka by such mechanical or materialistic activities, either gross or\nsubtle. The transcendentalists who have nothing to do with the gross\nmaterial body can move anywhere within or without the material worlds.\nWithin the material worlds they move in the planetary system of the\n\nMahar, Jana, Tapas, and Satyalokas, and beyond the material worlds they\ncan move in the Vaiku!lthas as unrestricted spacemen. Narada Muni is one\nof the examples of such spacemen, and Durvasa Muni is one of such\nmystics. By the strength of devotional service, austerities, mystic powers\nand transcendental knowledge, everyone can move like Narada Muni or\nDurvasa Muni. It is said that Durvasa Muni traveled over the complete\nmaterial space and part of spiritual space within one year only. The speed\nof the transcendentalists can never be attained by the gross or subtle\nmaterialists.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�� �Rr P-4�1tl«l ;rn:\nij\\Wittl JUN� �:qtfT I\n\nFr-{dtt;(!i\\�\n\n�'(t�R=.tl_ .\nw:nffl � � ijW\\Rt{ II� 'clll\n\n", "SB2.1#p0136": "Text 25]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n101\n\nvai.Sviinararh yiiti vihiiyasii gata�\nSU§Umr-ayii brahma-pathena soci§ii\nvidhuta-kalko 'tha harer udastat\nprayiiti cakrarh nrpa sai.Sumiiram\nvaisviinaram-the controlling deity of fire; yiiti-goes; vihiiyasii-by the\n\npath in the sky (the Milky Way); gata�-by passing over; SU§umr-ayii-by\nthe Su�Uml).ii; brahma-Brahmaloka; pathena-on the way to; soci§ii­\n\nilluminating; vidhUta-being washed off;\nhare�-of Lord Hari; udastiit\n\n-\n\nk alk a� -dirt; atka-thereafter;\n\nupwards; prayiiti-does reach; cakram­\n\ncircle; nrpa-0 King; saisumaram-named Sisumara.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, such a mystic, when he passes over the Milky Way by the il­\n\nl uminating Su�umQ.a to reach the highest planet, Brahmaloka, goes first to\nVai�vanara, the planet of the deity of fire, wherein he becomes completely\n\ncleansed of all contaminations, and thereafter he still goes higher, to the\ncircle of Sisumara, to relate with Lord Hari, the Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThe polar star of the universe and the circle thereof is called the\nSisumara circle wherein the local residential planet of the Personality of\nGodhead (K�irodakasayi Vi�l).u) is situated. Before reaching there, the\n\nmystic passes over the Milky Way to reach the Brahmaloka, and while\n\ngoing there he reaches first the Vaisvanaraloka, where the demigod controls the fire. In this planet the yogi becomes completely cleansed of all\ndirty sins acquired while in contact with the material world. The Milky\n\nWay in the sky is indicated herein as the way leading to the Brahmaloka,\n\nthe highest planet of the universe.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n", "SB2.1#p0137": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n102\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\ntad visva-niibhirh tv ativartya vi�r-or\nar-iyasii virajeniitmanaika[l.\nnamaskrtarh brahma-vidiim upaiti\nkalpiiyu�o yad vibudhii ramante\ntat-that; viSva-niibhim-navel of the universal Personality of Godhead;\n\ntu-but; ativartya-crossing over; vi�rw[l.-of Lord Vi��u, the Personality of\n\nGodhead; aniyasa-due to mystic perfection; virajena-by the purified;\n\niitmanii-by\n\nthe living entity; eka[l.-alone; namaskrtam- worshipable;\n\nbrahma-vidiim-by those who are transcendentally situated; upaiti- reaches;\nkalpa-iiyu�af!-a period of 4,300,000,000 solar years; yat-the place;\nvib u dhii[l. - se lf-realiz e d souls; ramante-do enjoy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis Sisumara is the pivot for the turning of the complete universe, and it is called the navel of Vi��u [ Garbhodakasayi Vi��u]. The\n\nyogi alone goes beyond this circle of Sisumara and attains the planet\n\n[Maharloka] where the purified saints like Bhrgu enjoy a duration of life\nof 4,300,000,000 solar years. This planet is worshipable even by the\nsaints who are transcendentally situated.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�\n\nac�..ijw\n\na<cno:te�\n\nG;�&1'U;f « f;rit�\"1J fffl'{ I\n�rm �a.���\n� � � qi(�B� ����II\natho anantasya mukhiinalena\ndandahyamiinarh sa nin7£§ya viSvam\nniryiiti siddhesvara-yu§ta-dhi§ f! yam\nyadd vai pariirdhyarh tad u piirame§thyam\natha[l.- thereupon; anantasya-of Ananta, the resting incarnation of\n\nGodhead; mukha-analena-by the fire emanating from His mouth; dandah-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0138": "Text 26]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n103\n\nyamiinam-burning into ashes; sa�-he; nirik§ya-be seeing this; viSvam­\n\nthe universe;niryiiti-goes out; siddhesvara-yu§!a-dhi§[tyam-airplanes used\n\nby the great purified souls; yat-the place; vai-wherein; pariirdhyam15,480,000,000,000 solar years; tat\n\n-\n\nthat; u-the exalted; piirame§!hyam\n\n-Satyaloka, where Brahmii resides.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the time of final devastation of the complete universe [the end of\nthe duration of the life of Brahma], a flame of fire emanates from the\nmouth of Ananta [from the bottom] . He sees all the planets of the\nuniverse burning into ashes, and thus he leaves for the Satyaloka by airplanes used by the great purified souls. The duration of life in Satyaloka\nis calculated to 15,400,000,000,000 years.\nPURPORT\nIt is indicated herein that the residents of Maharloka, where the purified\n\nliving entities or demigods possess a duration of life that is calculated to\n\nbe 4,300,000,000 solar years, have airships by which they reach the\nSatyaloka, the topmost planet of the universe. In other words, the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam gives us many clues about other planets far, far away from us\nwhich modern planes and spacecraft cannot reach, even by imaginary\nspeeds. The statements of Srimad-Bhiigavatam are accepted by great\n\niiciiryas like Sridhara Svami, Ramiinujiiciirya, V allabhiiciirya, etc. Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu specifically accepts Srimad-Bhiigavatam as the\n\nspotless Vedic authority, and as such no sane man can ignore the state­\n\nments of Srimad-Bhiigavatam when it is spoken by the self-realized soul\n\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvami, who follows the footsteps of his great father Srila\nVyasadeva, the compiler of all Vedic literatures. In the creation of the\n\nLord there are many wonderful things which we can see with our own eyes\n\nevery day and night, but we are unable to reach them equipped by modern\n\nmaterialistic science. We should not, therefore, depend on the fragmentary\nauthority of materialistic science for knowing things beyond the range of\n\nscientific purview. For a common man, both modern science and Vedic\nwisdom are simply to be accepted only because none of the statements,\n\neither of modern science or of Vedic literature, can be verified by him. The\nalternative for a common man is to believe either of them or both of them.\n\nThe Vedic way of understanding is, however, more authentic because it\n\n", "SB2.1#p0139": "104\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nhas been accepted by the iicaryas who are not only faithful and learned\n\nmen. but are also liberated souls without any of the flaws of conditioned\n\nsouls. The modern scientists are, however, conditioned souls liable to so\n\nmany errors and mi:3takes; therefore the safe side is to accept the authentic\n\n\\ersion of \\\"edic literatures, like Srimad-Bhiigavatam, which is accepted\n\nunanimous!�- by the great c7ciiryas.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nna yatra soko na jarii na mrtyur\n\nniirtir na codvega rte kutascit\n\nyac cit tato 'dafl k[payiinidam vidiim\n\nduranta-du fl kha-prabhaviinudarsaniit\n\nna-never; _yatra-there are; sokafl-bereavement; na-nor; jarii-old age;\n\nna-nor; mrtyufl-death; na-nor; iirtifl-pains; na-nor; ca-also; udvega{l.­\n\nanxieties; rte-save and except; kutascit-sometimes; yat-because of; citconsciousness; tatafl-therefore ;adafl-compassion; krpayii-out of heartfelt\n\nsympathy; anidam vidiim-of those who are ignorant of the process of\n\ndevotional service; duranta-unsurpassable; du{l.kha-misery; prabhavaaggrandizement: anudarsaniit-by successive experience.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn that planet of Satyaloka, there is neither bereavement, nor old age\nnor death. There is no pain of any kind and therefore no anxieties, save\nthat sometimes, due to consciousness, there is a feeling of compassion for\nthose who, unaware of the process of devotional service, become subjected\nto the aggrandizement of unsurpassable miseries in the material world.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0140": "Text 27)\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n105\n\nPURPORT\nFoolish men of materialistic temperament do not take advantage of\nsuccessive authorized knowledge. The Vedic knowledge is authorized and\nis acquired not by experiment but by authentic statements of the Vedic\nliteratures explained by bona fide authorities. Simply by becoming an\nacademic scholar one cannot understand the Vedic statements, but one has\nto approach the real authority who has received the Vedic knowledge by\ndisciplic succession, as it is clearly explained in the Bhagamd-gitii (Bg. 4.2).\nLord Kr�!la affirmed that the system of knowledge as explained in the\nBhagavad-gitii was explained to the sun-god, and the knowledge descended\n\nby disciplic succession from the sun-god to his son .\\lanu, and from .\\lanu\nto King Ik�vaku (the forefather of Lord Ramacandra), and thus the system\nof knowledge was explained down the line of great sages one after another.\nBut in due course of time the authorized succession was broken, and\ntherefore, just to reestablish the true spirit of the knowledge, the Lord\nagain explained the same to Arjuna because he was a bona fide candidate\nfor understanding due to his becoming a pure devotee of the Lord.\nBhagavad-gitii, as it was understood by Arjuna, is also explained (Bg. 10.\n\n12-13), but there are many foolish men who do not follow the footsteps\nof Arjuna in understanding the spirit of Bhagavad-gitii. They create instead\ntheir own interpretations, which are as foolish as themselves, and thereby\nonly help to put a stumbling block on the path of real understanding,\nmisdirecting the innocent followers who are less intelligent, or the sudras.\nIt is said that one should become a briihmarw before one can understand\nthe Vedic statements, and this stricture is as important as the stricture that\nno one shall become a lawyer who has not qualified himself as a graduate.\nSuch a stricture is not an impediment in the path of progress for anyone\nand everyone, but it is necessary for an unqualified understanding of a\nparticular science. Vedic knowledge is misinterpreted by those who are\nnot qualified briihma[!as. A qualified briihma[!a is one who has undergone\nstrict training under the guidance of a bona fide spiritual master.\nThe Vedic wisdom guides us to understand our relation with the\n\nSupreme Lord Sri Kr�pa and to act accordingly in order to achieve the\n\ndesired result of returning home, back to Godhead. But materialistic men\ndo not understand this. They want to make a plan to become happy in a\nplace where there is no happiness. For false happiness they try to reach\nother planets, either by Vedic rituals or by spacecraft, but they should\nknow for certain that any amount of materialistic adjustment for becoming\n\n", "SB2.1#p0141": "[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n106\n\nhappy in a place which is meant for distress cannot benefit the misguided\nman because, after all, the whole universe with all its paraphernalia will\ncome to an end after a certain period. Then all plans of materialistic\nhappiness will automatically come to an end. The intelligent person therefore makes a plan to return home, back to Godhead. Such an intelligent person surpasses all the pangs of material existence, like birth, death,\ndisease and old age. Actually he is happy because he has no anxieties of\nmaterial existence, but as a compassionate sympathizer he feels unhappiness for the suffering materialistic men, and thus he comes occasionally\nbefore the materialistic men to teach them the necessity of going back to\nGodhead. All the bona fide iiciiryas preach this truth of returning home,\nback to Godhead, and warn men not to make a false plan for happiness in\na place where happiness is only a myth.\n\nTEXT 28\n\nmiT����691k+i91ltftS91�'{Rl(�(o{ I\n�rn4� ���� m\n\nii4P.4l�+i'll � llil�+tf<-5�11 ��II\n\ntato viSe�arh pratipadya nirbhayas\nteniitmaniipo 'nala-miirtir atvaran\njyotirmayo viiyum upetya kiile\nviiyv-iitmanii kharh brhad-iitma-lingam\n\n� thereafter; viSe�am particularly; pratipadya-by obtaining; nir� without any doubt; tena-by that; iitmanii-pure self; apa�- w ater;\nan la-fire; miirti�-forms; atvaran-by surpassing; jyoti\naya� effulgent;\ntata\n\n-\n\nbhaya\n\n-\n\n-\n\na\n\nrm\n\nviiyum\n\n-\n\natmosphere; upetya\n\n-\n\n-\n\nhaving reached there; kiile-in due course of\n\ntime; viiyu-air; iitmanii-by the self; kham-ethereal; brhat-great; iitmalingam-real form of the self.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter reaching Satyaloka, the devotee is specifically able to be incor­\n\nporated fearlessly by the subtle body in an identification similar to that of\n\n", "SB2.1#p0142": "Text 28]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n107\n\nthe gross body, and one after another he gradually attains stages of existence from earthly to watery, fiery, glowing, and airy until he reaches the\nethereal stage.\nPURPORT\nAnyone who can reach the Brahmaloka or Satyaloka by dint of spiritual\nperfection and practice is qualified to attain three different types of perfection. One who has attained a specific planet by dint of pious activities\nattains places in terms of comparative pious activities. One who has\nattained the place by dint of viriita or Hiral)yagarbha worship is liberated\nalong with the liberation of Brahma. But one who attains the place by dint\nof devotional service is specifically mentioned here, in relation to how he\ncan penetrate into the different coverings of the universe and thus ultimately disclose his spiritual identity in the absolute atmosphere of supreme\nexistence.\nAccording to Srila ]Iva Gosvami, all the universes are clustered together\nup and down, and each and every one of them is separately sevenfoldcovered. The watery portion is beyond the sevenfold coverings, and each\ncovering is ten times more expansive than the previous covering. The\nPersonality of Godhead who creates all such universes by His breathing\nperiod lies above the cluster of the universes. The water of the Causal\nOcean is differently situated than the covering water of the universe. The\nwater that serves as covering for the universe is material, whereas the\nwater of the Causal Ocean is spiritual. As such, the watery covering mentioned herein is considered to be the false egoistic covering of all living\nentities, and the gradual process of liberation from the material coverings\none after another, as mentioned herein, is the gradual process of being\nliberated from false egoistic conceptions of the material gross body, and\nthen being absorbed in the identification of the subtle body till the attain­\n\nment of the pure spiritual body in the absolute realm of the kingdom of\nGod.\n\nSrila Sridhara Svami confirms that a part of the material nature, after\n\nbeing initiated by the Lord, is known as the mahat-tattva. A fractional\n\nportion of the mahat-tattva is called the false ego. A portion of the ego is\n\nthe vibration of sound, and a portion of sound is atmospheric air. A\nportion of the airy atmosphere is turned into forms, and the forms con­\n\nstitute power of electricity or heat. Heat produces smell of flavor of the\n\nearth, and the gross earth is produced by such flavor. And all these combined together constitute the cosmic phenomenon. Extension of the cosmic\n\n", "SB2.1#p0143": "S rimad Bhagavatam\n\n108\n\n-\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nphenomenon is calculated to be diametrically (both ways) 4,500,000,000\nmiles. Then the coverings of the universe begin. The first stratum of the\nco,·ering is calculated to extend eight million miles, and the subsequent\ncoverings of the universe are respectively of fire, effulgence, air and ether,\none after another, each extending ten times further than the previous. The\nfearless de,·otee of the Lord penetrates each one of them and ultimately\nreaches the absolute atmosphere where everything is of one and the same\nspiritual identity. Then the devotee enters one of the Vaikup.tha planets\nwhere he assumes the exact form of the Lord and engages in the loving\ntranscendental service of the Lord. That is the highest perfection of\ndeYotional life. Beyond this there is nothing to be desired or achieved by\nthe perfect yogi.\n\nTEXT 29\n\nghriirzena gandharh rasanena vai rasarh\nntparh ca d�tyii svasanarh tvacaiva\nsrotrerza copetya nabho-gurzatvam\npriirzena ciikutim upaiti yogi\nghrii[lena-by smelling; gand h a m -flavor; rasanena-by taste; vai-exactly;\nrasa m -palate; rii pam\n\n-\n\nform s; ca-also; d�tyii-by vision; svasanam-con­\n\ntact; tvacii-touch; eva-as it were;\n\nsrotre[la-by vibration of the ear; ca­\n\nalso; upetya-by achieving; nabhas-gurzatvam -identi fi c ation of ether; prii­\n\nrena-by sense organs; ca-also; iikiitim-material activities; upa iti- att ains;\nyogi-the devotee.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotee thus surpasses the subtle objects of different senses like\nthe flavor by smelling, the palate by tasting, the vision by seeing forms,\n\nthe touch by contacting, the vibration of the ear by ethereal identification,\n\nand the sense organs by material activities.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0144": "Text 30]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n109\n\nPURPORT\nBeyond the sky there are subtle coverings, as in the case of the\nelementary coverings of the universes. The gross coverings are a develop·\nment of partial ingredients of the subtle causes. So the yogi or devotee,\nalong with liquidation of the gross elements, relinquishes the subtle causes\nlike the flavor by smelling, etc. The pure spiritual spark, the living entity,\nthus becomes completely cleansed of all material contamination to become\neligible for entrance into the kingdom of God.\n\nTEXT 30\n\nij\n\n{�itPs;:t�('i�\n�����\n\n� � � iR trffir\nfet�l'1�iti g� II� II\no\n\nsa bhiita-siik�mendriya-sannikar�am\nmanomayam devamayam vikiiryam\nsamsiidya gatyii saha tena yiiti\nvijniina-tattvam gurw-sannirodham\nsa�-he (the devotee); bhiita-the gross; siik�ma- and the subtle; indri_ya\n-senses; sannikar�am-the point of neutralization; manomayam-mental\n\nplane ; devamayam-in the mode of goodness; vi k iiryam-egoism; samsiidya\n-surpassing; gatyii-by the progress; saha\n\n-\n\nalong with; tena\n\n-\n\nthem; yii.ti­\n\ngoes; vijntina-perfect knowledge; tattvam- tru th ; gura-material modes;\nsannirodham-completely suspended.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotee, thus surpassing the gross and the subtle forms of coverings, enters the plane of egoism. And in that status he merges the material\n\nmodes of nature [ignorance and passion] in this point of neutralization\n\nand thus reaches egoism of goodness. After this, all egoism is merged in\n\nthe mahat-tattva, and he comes to the point of pure self-realization.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0145": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nno\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nPURPORT\nPure self-realization, as we have several times discussed, is the pure\nconsciousness of admitting oneself as the eternal servitor of the Lord.\nThus one is reinstated in his original position of transcendental loving\nservice of the Lord, as it will be clearly explained in the following\nverse. This stage of rendering transcendental loving service to the Lord\nwithout any hopes of emolument from the Lord, or any other way,\ncan be attained when the material senses are purified and the original\npure state of the senses revived. It is suggested herein that the process of purifying the senses is by the yogic way, namely the gross\nsenses are merged in the modes of ignorance, and the subtle senses are\nmerged in the mode of passion. The mind belongs to the mode of goodness\nand therefore is called devamaya, or godly. Perfect purification of the\nmind is made possible when one is fixed in the conviction of being the\neternal servitor of the Lord. Therefore simple attainment of goodness is\nalso a material mode; one has to surpass this stage of material goodness and\nreach the point of purified goodness, or viisudeva-sattva. This viisudeva­\n\nsattva helps one to enter into the kingdom of God.\nWe may also remember in this connection that the process of gradual\n\nemancipation by\n\nthe devotees\n\nin the\n\nmanner mentioned above,\n\nalthough authoritative, is not viable at the present age because of people's\nbecoming primarily unaware of the yoga practice. The so-called yoga\npractice by the professional protagonists may be physiologically beneficial,\nbut such small successes cannot help one in the attainment of spiritual\nemancipation as mentioned herein. Five thousand years ago, when the\nsocial status of human society was in perfect Vedic order, the yoga process\nmentioned herein was a common affair for everyone because everyone,\nspecifically the briihmartas and k§atriyas, was trained in the transcendental\nart in the custody of the spiritual master far away from home, in the status\nof brahmacarya. Modern man, therefore, is incompetent to understand it\nperfectly.\n\nLord Sri Caitanya, therefore, made it easier for the prospective devotee\n\nof the present age in the following specific manner. Ultimately there is no\ndifference in the result. The first and foremost point is that one must\nunderstand the prime importance of bhakti-yoga. The living beings in\ndifferent species of life are undergoing different terms of\n\nencagement\n\naccording to their fruitive actions and reactions. But in the execution of\ndifferent activities, one who secures some resources of bhakti-yoga can\nunderstand the importance of service to the Lord through the causeless\nmercy of the Lord, as well as of the spiritual master. A sincere soul is\n\n", "SB2.1#p0146": "Text 30]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\nlll\n\nhelped by the Lord by meeting a bona fide spiritual master, the representative of the Lord. By the instruction of such a spiritual master, one gets the\nbhakti-yoga. Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu recommends the\n\nseed of\n\ndevotee to sow the seed of bhakti-yoga in his heart and nurture it by the\nwatering of hearing and chanting the holy name, fame, etc., of the Lord.\nThe simple process of offenseless chanting and hearing the holy name of\nthe Lord will gradually promote one very soon to the stage of emancipation. There are three stages of chanting the holy name of the Lord. The\nfirst stage is the offensive chanting of the holy name, and the second is the\nreflective stage of chanting the holy name. The third stage is the offenseless chanting of the holy name of the Lord. In the second stage only, the\nstage of reflection via media between the offensive and offenseless stages,\nthe stage of emancipation is automatically attained. And in the offenseless\nstage, one actually enters into the kingdom of God, although physically he\nmay be apparently within the material world. To attain the offenseless\nstage, one must be on guard in the following manner.\nWhen we speak of hearing and chanting, it means one should not only\nchant and hear of the holy name of the Lord as Rama, Kr��a, (or systematically the sixteen names of Hare Kr��a, Hare Kr��a, Kr��a Kr��a, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare), but one should\n\nalso read and hear the Bhagavad-gitii and Srimad-Bhiigavatam in the asso­\n\nciation of devotees. The primary practice of\n\nbhakti-yoga will cause the\n\nseed already sowed in heart to sprout, and by a regular watering process, as\nmentioned above, the bhakti-yoga creeper will begin to grow. By systematic nurturing, the creeper will grow to such an extent that it will penetrate\nthe coverings of the universe, as we have heard in the previous verses, reach\nthe effulgent sky, the brahmajyoti, and go farther and farther and reach\nthe spiritual sky where there are innumerable spiritual planets called\nV aikunthalokas.\n.\n\n.\n\nAbove\n\nall\n\nof them there is Krsnaloka or Goloka\n. ..\n\nV rndavana, wherein the growing creeper enters and takes repose at the\n\nlotus feet of Lord Sri Kr��a, the original Personality of Godhead. When\n\none reaches the lotus feet of Lord KHIJa at Goloka V�ndavana, the\nwatering process of hearing and reading, as also chanting of the holy name\nin the pure devotional stage, fructifies, and the fruits grown there in the\nform of love of God are tangibly tasted by the devotee, even though he is\nhere in this material world. The ripen fruits of love of God are relished\nonly by the devotees constantly engaged in the watering process as\ndescribed above. But the working devotee must always be mindful that\nthe creeper which has so grown may not be cut off. Therefore he should\nbe mindful of the following considerations:\n\n1) Offense by one at the feet of a pure devotee may be likened to\n\n", "SB2.1#p0147": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nll2\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nthe mad elephant who devastates a very good garden if it enters.\n\n2) One must be very careful to guard himself against such offenses\nat the feet of pure devotees, as much as a creeper is protected by all\nround fencing.\n\n3) It so happens that by the watering process some weeds are also\n\ngrown, and unless such weeds are uprooted, the nurturing of the\nmain creeper, or the creeper of bhakti-yoga, may be hampered.\n\n4) Actually these weeds are material enjoyment, merging the self\n\nin the Absolute without separate individuality, and many other\ndesires in the field of religion, economic development, sense enjoyment and emancipation.\n\n5) There are many other weeds, like disobedience of the tenets of\n\nthe revered scriptures, unnecessary engagements, killing animals and\nhankering after material gain, prestige and adorations.\n\n6) If sufficient care is not taken, then the watering process may\n\nonly help to breed the weeds, stunting the healthy growth of the\nmain creeper and resulting in no fructification of the ultimate requirement: love of God.\n\n7) The devotee must therefore be very careful to uproot the\ndifferent Weeds in the very beginning. Only then the healthy growth\nof the main creeper will not be stunted.\n\n8) And by so doing, the devotee is able to relish the fruit of love\n\nof God and thus live practically with Lord Kr�!J.a, even in this life, and\nbe able to see the Lord in every step.\nThe highest perfection of life is to enjoy life constantly in the association of the Lord, and one who can relish this does not aspire after any\n\ntemporary enjoyment of the material world via other media.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n6;u�'i'11�qfa �­\n\nll������\n�t tlfl ill•lctfl mft �:\n� � �� �sw ''����\nteniitmaniitmiinam upaiti siintam\niinandam iinandamayo 'vasiine\n\n", "SB2.1#p0148": "Text 31]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\nll3\n\netiirh gatirh bhiigavatirh gato ya�\nsa vai punar neha vi§ajjate 'nga\ntena-by that purified; iitmanii-by the self; iitmiinam-the Supersoul;\nupaiti-attains; siintam-rest ;iinandam-satisfaction; iinandamaya�-naturally so being; avasiine-being freed from all material contamination; etiimsuch; gatim-destination; bhiigavatim-devotional; gata�-attained by; ya�\n-the person; sa�-he; vai-certainly; puna�-again; na-never; iha-in this\nmaterial world; vi§ajjate-becomes attracted; anga-0 Maharaja Parik�it.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnly the purified soul can attain the perfection of associating with the\nPersonality of Godhead in complete bliss and satisfaction in his constitutional state, and whoever is able to renovate such devotional perfection is\nnever again attracted by this material world, and he never returns.\nPURPORT\n\nWe should specially note in this verse the description of bhiigavatirh\ngati. To become merged in the rays of the Param Brahman, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, as it is desired by the brahmaviidi impersonalist,\nis not bhiigavati perfection. The Bhiigavatas never accept merging in the\nimpersonal rays of the Lord, but always aspire after personal association\nwith the Supreme Lord in one of the V aiku�tha spiritual planets in the\nspiritual sky. The whole of the spiritual sky, of which the total number of\nthe material skies is an insignificant part only, is full of unlimited numbers\nof Vaiku�tha planets, and the destination of the devotee (the Bhagavata)\nis to enter into one of the V aiku�tha planets in each of which the\nPersonality of Godhead, in His unlimited personal expansions, enjoys\nHimself in the association of unlimited numbers of pure devotee associates.\nThe conditioned souls in the material world, after gaining emancipation by\ndevotional service, get promoted in these planets. But the number of everliberated souls is far, far greater than the conditioned souls in the material\nworld, and the ever-liberated souls in the V aiku�tha planets never care to\nvisit this miserable material world.\nThe impersonalists who aspire to merge in the impersonal brahmajyoti\neffulgence of the Supreme Lord, but have no conception of loving devotional service to Him in His personal form in the spiritual manifestation,\n\n", "SB2.1#p0149": "114\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nmay be compared to certain species of fish, who, being born in the rivers\nand rivulets, migrate to the great ocean. They cannot stay in the ocean\nindefinitely, for their urge for sense gratification brings them back to the\nrivers and streams to spawn. Similarly, when the materialist becomes\nfrustrated in his attempts to enjoy himself in the limited material world,\nhe may seek impersonal liberation by merging either with the Causal Ocean\nor with the impersonal brahmajyoti effulgence. However, as neither the\nCausal Ocean nor the impersonal brahmajyoti effulgence afford any superior substitute for association and engagement of the senses, the impersonalist will fall again into the limited material world to become entangled\nonce more in the wheel of births and deaths, drawn on by the inextinguishable desire for sense engagement. But any devotee who enters the\nkingdom of God by transcendental engagement of senses in devotional\nservice, and associates with the liberated souls and the Personality of\nGodhead there, will never be attracted to the limited surroundings of the\nmaterial world.\nIn the Bhagavad-gita (Bg. 8.15) also the same is confirmed, as the Lord\nsays, \"The great mahatmas, or the bhakti-yogis, after attaining My association, never come back to this material world, which is full of miseries and\nis nonpermanent.\" The highest perfection of life is therefore to attain His\nassociation, and nothing else. The bhakti-yogi, being completely engaged\nin the Lord's service, has no attraction for any other process of liberation\nlike jiiiina or yoga. A pure devotee is a one hundred percent devotee of the\nLord and nothing more.\nWe should further note in this verse the two words siintam and iinandam,\nwhich denote that devotional service of the Lord can really bestow upon\nthe devotee two important benedictions, namely peace and satisfaction.\nThe impersonalist is desirous of becoming one with the Supreme, or in\nother words, he wants to become the Supreme, which is a myth only; and\nthe mystic yogis become encumbered by various mystic powers and so\nhave neither peace nor satisfaction. So neither the impersonalist nor the\nyogi can have real peace and satisfaction, but the devotee can become fully\npeaceful and satisfied because of his association with the complete\nwhole. Therefore merging in the Absolute or attaining some mystic powers\nhave no attraction for the devotee.\nAttainment of love of Godhead means complete freedom from any\nother attraction. The conditioned soul has many attractions, such as becoming a religious man, or a rich man, or a first-class enjoyer or becoming\nGod himself, or becoming powerful like the mystics and acting wonderfully\nby getting anything or doing anything, but all these aspirations should be\n\n", "SB2.1#p0150": "Text 32]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n115\n\nrejected by the prospective devotee who actually wants to revive his\ndormant love of God. The impure devotee aspires after all of the abovementioned material things by perfection of devotion. But a pure devotee\nhas none of the tinges of the above contaminations influenced by material\ndesires, impersonal speculations and attainment of mystic powers. One\ncan attain the stage of love of God by pure devotional service, or by\n\"learned labor of love,\" for the sake of the devotee's lovable object, the\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTo be more clear, if anyone wants to attain the stage of love of Godhead,\nhe must give up all desires for material enjoyment, he should refrain from\nworshiping any of the demigods and should devote himself only to the\nworship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He must give up the\nfoolish idea of becoming one with the Lord and the desire to have some\nwonderful powers just to get the ephemeral adoration of the world. The\npure devotee is only favorably engaged in the service of the Lord without\nany hope of emolument. This will bring about love of Godhead, or the\nstage of siintam and iinandam, as stated in this verse.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�ij�ij���\n�� :q- �� :q I\n� � �ij��(j{!\n3lrof�) �F{ �: 11��11\nete srti te nrpa veda-gite\ntvayiibhip[§fe ca saniitane ca\nye vai purii brahma[!a iiha tu§{a\niiriidhito bhagaviin viisudevaft\nete-all that is described; srti-w ay; te-unto you; nrpa-0 Maharaja\nParilqit; veda-gite-according to the version of the Vedas; tvaya-by Your\nMajesty; abhipr§te being properly inquired; ca-also; saniitane-in the\n-\n\nmatter of eternal truth; ca-verily; ye-which; vai-cer tainly ;purii- before;\nb rahma[!e-unto Lord Brahma; aha-said; tu§{aft-being satisfied; iiriidhitaft\n-being worshiped; bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; viisudevaftLord Kr��a.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0151": "116\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nTRA�SLATIOX\n\"Your '\\lajesty '\\laharaja Par�it, know that all that I have described in\n\nreply to your proper inquiry is just according to the version of the Vedas,\n\nand it is eternal truth. This was described personally by Lord Kr��a unto\nBrahma, with whom the Lord was satisfied upon being properly worshiped.\nPURPORT\n\nThe two different ways of reaching the spiritual sky and thereby getting\n\nemancipation from all material bondage, namely either by the direct\n\nprocess of reaching the kingdom of God or by gradual process through the\n\nother higher planets of the universe, are set forth exactly according to the\nversion of the Vedas. The Vedic versions in this connection are, yada sarve\n\npramucyante kama ye'sya hrdi sthita�/ atha martyo 'mrto bhavanty atra\n\nbrahma sama.Snute and te'rcir abhisambhavanti: \"Those who are free from\n\nall material desires, which are diseases of the heart, are able to conquer\ndeath and enter the kingdom of God through the Arci planets.\" These Vedic\n\nversions corroborate the version of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, and the latter\n\nis further confirmed by Sukadeva Gosvami, who affirms that the truth was\n\ndisclosed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead Lord Sri K�I).a, Vasudeva,\n\nto Brahmii, the first authority of the Vedas. The disciplic succession holds\n\nthat the Vedas were uttered by Lord Kr��a to Brahma, from Brahma to\nNarada, and from Narada to Vyasadeva, and then from Vyasadeva to\n\nSukadeva Gosvami and so on. So there is no difference between the version\n\nof all the authorities. Nor do they differ from one another. The truth is\neternal, and as such there cannot be any new opinion about the truth. That\n\nis the way of knowing the knowledge contained in the Vedas. It is not a\nthing to be understood by one's erudite scholarship or by the fashionable\n\ninterpretations of mundane scholars. There is nothing to be added and\nnothing to be subtracted, because the truth is the truth. One has to accept,\n\nafter all, some authority. The modern scientists are also authorities for the\ncommon man for some scientific truths. The common man follows the\nversion of the scientist. This means that the common man follows the\n\nauthority. The Vedic knowledge is also received in that way. The common\n\nman cannot argue what is beyond the sky or beyond the universe, but he\nmust accept the versions of the Vedas as they are understood by the\nauthorized disciplic succession. In the Bhagavad-gitii also the same process\n\nof understanding the Gitii is stated in the Fourth Chapter.lf one does not\n\n", "SB2.1#p0152": "Text 33]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\nlli\n\nfollow the authoritative version of the iiciiryas, he will vainly search after\nthe truth mentioned in the Vedas.\n\nTEXT\n\n33\n\n;(mtt�: ftR: �A�: d�<td�( I\n\n� � �Rti�•n � � ������\nna hy ato'nyaft sivaft panthii\nvi.Sataft samsrtiiv iha\nviisudeve bhagavati\nbhakti-yogo yato bhavet\nna-never; hi\n\n-\n\ncertainl y; ataft\n\n-\n\nbeyond this; anyaft\n\n-\n\nany other; siva'{l­\n\nauspicious; panthii ft-means; vi.Sataft-w andering ; samsrtau-in the material\nworld; iha-in this life; viisudeve-unto Lord Vasudeva, Kr�!ia; bhagavatithe Personality of Godhead;\n\nb hakti yogaft\n-\n\n-\n\nyataft-wherein; bh avet may result in.\n\ndirectly devotional service;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"For those who are wandering in the material universe, there is no more\nauspicious means of deliverance than what is aimed at in the direct\ndevotional service of Lord Kr�!ia.\n\nPURPORT\nAs will be clarified in the next verse, devotional service, or direct bhak tiyoga, is the only absolute and auspicious means of deliverance from the\ngrip of material existence. There are many indirect methods for deliverance\nfrom the clutches of material existence, but none of them are as easy and\nauspicious as bhakti-yoga. The means of jiiiina and yoga and other allied\n\ndisciplines are not independent to deliver a performer. Such activities help\n\n-one to reach the stage of bhakti-yoga after many, ma·ny years. In the\n\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 12.5) it is said that those who are attached to the\nimpersonal feature of the Absolute are liable to many troubles in the\n\npursuit of their desired goal, and the empiricist philosophers, searching\n\n", "SB2.1#p0153": "118\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nafter the Absolute Truth (Bg. 7 .19) realize the importance of Vasudeva\n\nrealization as all in all after many, many births. As far as yoga systems are\nconcerned, it is also said in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 6.4 7) that amongst the\n\nmystics who are after the Absolute Truth, the one who is always engaged\nin the service of the Lord is the greatest of all. And the last instruc­\n\ntion in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg.\n\n18.66) advises fully surrendering unto\n\nthe Lord, leaving aside all other engagements or different processes for\nself-realization and liberation from material bondage. And the purport of\nall Vedic literatures is to induce one to accept the transcendental loving\n\nservice of the Lord by all means.\n\nAs it is already explained in the texts of Srimad-Bhiigavatam (First\n\nCanto), either direct bhakti-yoga or the means which ultimately culminate\n\nin bhakti-yoga, without any tinge of fruitive activity, constitute the highest\n\nform of religion. Everything else is simply a waste of time for the performer.\n\nSrila Sridhara Svami and all other iiciiryas, like ]iva Gosvami, etc., agree\n\nthat bhakti-yoga is not only easy, simple, natural and free from trouble,\nbut that it is the only source of happiness for the human being.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�iltlt ���(\"'� m��(f 444lq�1 I\n�tl��( �Wt(l���� ����II\nbhagaviin brahma kiirtsnyena\ntrir anvik�ya mani§ayii\ntad adhyavasyat kiitastho\nratir iitman yato bhavet\n\nbhagaviin-the great personality Brahmii; brahma- the Vedas; kiirtsnyena\n\n-by summarization; tri�-three times; anvik§ya-scrutinizingly examined;\nmani§ayii-with scholarly attention; tat-that; adhyavasyat-ascertained it;\n\nkiitasthah-with concentration of the mind; ratih attraction; iitman\n(iit.mani):_unto the Supreme Personality of Godhe;d Sri Kr��a; yata�by which; bhavet-it so happens.\n-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0154": "Text 35]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n119\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great personality Brahma, with great attention and concentration\n\nof the mind, studied the Vedas three times and, after scrutinizingly exam­\n\nining them, ascertained that attraction for the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead Sri Kr��a is the highest perfection of religion.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvami is referring to the highest Vedic authority, Lord\nBrahma, who is the qualitative incarnation of Godhead. The Vedas were\ntaught to Brahmaji in the beginning of the material creation. Although\n\nBrahmaji was to hear Vedic instructions directly from the Personality of\n\nGodhead, in order to satisfy the inquisitiveness of all prospective students\nof the Vedas, Brahmaji, just like a scholar, studied the Vedas three times,\n\nas is generally done by all scholars. He studied with great attention, con­\n\ncentrating on the purpose of the Vedas, and after scrutinizingly examining\nthe whole process, he ascertained that becoming a pure unalloyed devotee\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead Sri Kr��a is the topmost perfection\n\nof all religious principles. And this is the last instruction of the Bhagavad­\n\ngitii directly presented by the Personality of Godhead. The Vedic con­\n\nclusion is thus accepted by all iiciiryas, and those who are against this\nconclusion are only veda-viida-ratas, as explained in the Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(Bg.\n\n2.42).\n\nTEXT\n\n35\n\n� d� �: (ql€¥4'11 �: I\n\n�\n\n��(a+tN*: ''��''\n\nbhagaviin sarva-bhute�u\nlak§ita[t sviitmanii hari[t\ndrsyair buddhyiidibhir dra§{ii\nlak§artair anumiipakai[t\nbhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; sarva-all; bhute�u-in the living\n\nentities; lak§ita[t-is visible; sva-iitmanii-along with the self; hari[t-the\n\n", "SB2.1#p0155": "120\n\nSrimad- Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nLord; drsya*-by what is seen; buddhi-adibhilJ-by intelligence; dra§ta­\n\none who sees; lak§ana*-by different signs; anumiipaka*-by hypothesis.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead Lord Sri Kr�!la is there in every living being\nalong with the individual soul. And this fact is perceived and hypothesized\nin our acts of seeing and taking help of the intelligence.\nPURPORT\nThe general argument of the common man is that since the Lord is not\n\nvisible to our eyes, how can one either surrender unto Him or render\n\ntranscendental loving service unto Him? To such a common man, here is\n\na practical suggestion given by Snla Sukadeva Gosvami as to how one can\n\nperceive the Supreme Lord by reason and perception. Actually the Lord is\nnot perceivable by our present materialized senses, but when one is\n\nconvinced of the presence of the Lord by practical service attitude, there\n\nis a revelation by the Lord's mercy, and such a pure devotee of the Lord\n\ncan perceive the Lord's presence always and everywhere. He can, however,\n\nperceive that intelligence is the form-direction of the Paramatma plenary\nportion of the Personality of Godhead. Presence of Paramatma in every­\n\none's company is not very difficult to realize, even for the common man.\nThe procedure is as follows. One can perceive one's self-identification and\n\nfeel positively that he exists. He may not feel it very abruptly, but by using\n\na little intelligence, he can feel that he is not the body. He can feel that the\n\nhand, the leg, the head, the hair, and the limbs are all his bodily parts and\n\nparcels, but as such the hand, the leg, the head, etc., cannot be identified\nwith his self. Therefore just by using intelligence he can distinguish and\nseparate his self from other things that he sees. So the natural conclusion\n\nis that the living being, either man or beast, is the seer, and he sees besides\n\nhimself all other things. So there is a difference between the seer and the\n\nseen. Now, by a little use of intelligence we can also readily agree that the\n\nliving being who sees the things beyond himself, by ordinary vision, has no\n\npower to see or to move independently. All our ordinary actions and\n\nperceptions depend on various forms of energy supplied to us by nature in\nvarious combinations. Our senses of perception and of action, that is to\n\nsay, our five perceptive senses of l) hearing, 2) touch, 3) sight, 4) taste,\n\nand 5) smell, as well as our five senses of action, namely l) hands, 2) legs,\n\n", "SB2.1#p0156": "Text 35]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n121\n\n3) speech, 4) evacuation organs and 5) reproductive organs, and also our\nthree subtle senses, namely 1) mind, 2) intelligence, and 3) ego, (thirteen\nsenses in all), are supplied to us by various arrangements of gross or subtle\nforms of natural energy. And it is equally evident that our objects of\nperception are nothing but the products of the inexhaustible permutations\nand combinations of the forms taken by natural energy. As this conclusively proves that the ordinary living being has no independent power of\nperception or of motion, and as we undoubtedly feel our existence being\nconditioned by nature's energy, we conclude that he who sees is spirit, and\nthe senses as well as the objects of perception are material. The spiritual\nquality of the seer is manifest in our dissatisfaction with the limited state\nof materially conditioned existence. That is the difference between spirit\nand matter. There are some less intelligent arguments that matter develops\nthe power of seeing and moving as a certain organic development, but such\nan argument cannot be accepted because there is no experimental evidence\nthat matter has produced anywhere a living entity. Trust no future,\nhowever pleasant. Idle talks regarding future development of matter into\nspirit are actually foolish because no matter has ever developed the power\nof seeing or moving in any part of the world. Therefore it is definite that\nmatter and spirit are two different identities, and this conclusion is arrived\nat by the use of intelligence. Now we come to the point that the things\nwhich are seen by a little use of intelligence cannot be automatic unless we\naccept someone as the user of or director of the intelligence. Intelligence\ngives one direction like some higher authority, and the living being cannot\nsee or move or eat or do anything without the use of intelligence. When\none fails to take advantage of intelligence he becomes a deranged man, so\na living being is dependent on intelligence or the direction of a superior\nbeing. Such intelligence is all-pervading. Every living being has his intelligence, and this intelligence, being the direction of some higher authority,\nis just like the father's giving direction to his son. The higher authority, who\nis present and residing within every individual living being, is the Superself.\nAt this point in our investigation, we may consider the following\nquestion: on the one hand we realize that all our perceptions and activities\nare conditioned by arrangements of material nature, yet we also ordinarily\nfeel and say, \"I am perceiving\" or \"I am doing.\" Therefore we can say that\nour material senses of perception and action are moving because we are\nidentifying the self with the material body, and that the superior principle\nof Superself is guiding and supplying us according to our desire. By taking\nadvantage of the guidance of Superself in the form of intelligence, we can\neither continue to study and to put into practice our conclusion that \"I am\n\n", "SB2.1#p0157": "122\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nnot this body,\" or we can choose to remain in the false material identifi­\n\ncation, fancying ourselves to be the possessors and doers. Our freedom\nconsists in orienting our desire either toward the ignorant material miscon­\n\nception or the true spiritual conception. We can easily attain to the true\nspiritual conception by recognizing the Superself (Paramatma) to be our\nfriend and guide and by dovetailing our intelligence with the superior\nintelligence of Paramatma. The Superself and the individual self are both\nspirit, and therefore the Superself and the individual self are both qualitatively one and distinguished from matter. But the Superself and the\nindividual self cannot be on an equal level because the Superself gives\ndirection or supplies intelligence and the individual self follows the\ndirection, and thus actions are performed properly. The individual is\ncompletely dependent on the direction of the Superself because in every\nstep the individual self follows the direction of the Superself in the matter\nof seeing, hearing, thinking, feeling, willing, etc.\nSo far as common sense is concerned, we come to the conclusion that\nthere are three identities, namely matter, spirit and Superspirit. Now if\n\nwe go to the Bhagavad-gitii, or the Vedic intelligence, we can further\nunderstand that all the three identities, namely matter, individual spirit,\nand the Superspirit, are all dependent on the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. The Superself is a partial representation or plenary portion of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Bhagavad-gitii affirms that the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead dominates all over the material world by\nHis partial representation only. God is great, and He cannot be simply an\n\norder supplier of the individual selves; therefore the Superself cannot be a\n\nfull representation of the Supreme Self, Puru�ottama, the Absolute Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. Realization of the Superself by the individual self is\nthe beginning of self-realization, and by the progress of such self-realization\n\none is able to realize the Supreme Personality of Godhead by intelligence,\n\nby the help of authorized scriptures, and principally, by the grace of the\nLord. The Bhagavad-gitii is the preliminary conception of the Personality\n\nof Godhead Sri Kr��a, and Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the further explanation\nof the science of Godhead. So if we stick to our determination and pray for\n\nthe mercy of the director of intelligence sitting within the same bodily tree,\n\nlike two birds (as explained in the Upani§ads), certainly the purport of the\n\nrevealed informations in the Vedas becomes clear to our vision and there\n\nis no difficulty in realizing the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva.\n\nThe intelligent man therefore, after many births of such use of intelligence,\n\nsurrenders himself at the lotus feet of Vasudeva, as confirmed by the\n\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 7.19 ) .\n\n·\n\n", "SB2.1#p0158": "Text 36]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n123\n\nTEXT 36\n\n� (Ni�'1T mlW{ &ft: � � I\n�: t\\Maot��mli•NI'\"iOII(I��Il\ntasmiit saroiitmanii riijan\nhari� saroatra saroadii\nsrotavya� kirtitavya5 ca\nsmartavyo bhagaviin nf!l-iim\ntasmiit-therefore; saroa-all; iitmanii-soul; riijan-0 King; hari[t-the\nLord; saroatra-everywhere; saroadii-always; srotavya�-must be heard;\nkirtitavya�-glorified; ca-also; smartavya�-be remembered; bhagaviin­\n\nthe Personality of Godhead; nf!1-iim-by the human being.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, it is therefore essential that every human being hear, glorify\nand remember the Supreme Lord Personality of Godhead always and\neverywhere.\nPURPORT\nSnl.a Sukadeva Gosvami begins this verse with the word tasmiit, or\n\n\"therefore,\" because in the previous verse he has already explained that\n\nthere is no auspicious means for salvation other than the sublime process\nof bhakti-yoga. The bhakti-yoga process is practiced by the devotees in\n\ndifferent methods like hearing, chanting, remembering, serving the lotus\n\nfeet of the Lord, worshiping, praying, rendering service of love, becoming\n\nfriendly, and offering all that one may possess. All nine methods are\n\nbona fide methods, and either all of them, some of them or even one of\n\nthem can bring about the desired result for the sincere devotee. But out of\n\nall the nine different methods, the first one, namely hearing, is the most\n\nimportant function in the process of bhak ti-yoga. Without hearing suffi­\n\nciently and properly, no one can make any progress by any of the\n\npracticing methods. And for hearing only, all the Vedic literatures are\n\nthere, compiled by authorized persons like Vyasadeva, who is the powerful\n\nincarnation of Godhead. And as it is ascertained that the Lord is the\n\n", "SB2.1#p0159": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n124\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 2\n\nSupersoul of everything, He should therefore be heard and glorified every­\n\nwhere and always. That is the special duty of the human being. And\nthe human being, when he gives up the process of hearing about the\nall-pervading Personality of Godhead, becomes victim to hearing rubbish\ntransmitted by man-made machines. Machinery is not bad because through\nthe machine one can take advantage of hearing about the Lord, but because\nmachinery is used for ulterior purposes, it is creating rapid degradation in\nthe standard of human civilization. It is said here that it is incumbent upon\n\nthe human beings to hear because the scriptures like Bhagavad-gttii, Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, etc., are made for that purpose. Living beings other than\nhuman beings\n\nhave no capacity to hear such Vedic literatures. If the\n\nhuman society gives itself to the process of hearing the Vedic literature, it\n\nwill not become victim to the impious sounds vibrated by impious men\n\nwho degrade the standards of the total society. Hearing is solidified by the\nprocess of chanting. One who has perfectly heard from the perfect source\nbecomes convinced about the all-pervading Personality of Godhead and\nthus becomes enthusiastic in the matter of glorifying the Lord. All the\n\ngreat iiciiryas, like Ramanuja, Madhva, Caitanya, Sarasvati Thakur or even,\n\nin other countries, Mohammed, Christ and others, have all extensively\nglorified the Lord by chanting always and in every place. Because the Lord\nis all-pervading, it is essential to glorify Him always and everywhere. In the\nprocess of glorifying the Lord there should be no restriction of time and\n\nspace. This is called saniitana-dharma or bhiigavata-dharma. Saniitana means\neternal, always and everywhere. Bhiigavata means pertaining to Bhagavan,\n\nthe Lord. The Lord is the master of all time and all space, and therefore\n\nthe Lord's holy name must be heard, glorified and remembered everywhere\nin the world, and that will bring about the desired peace and prosperity so\n\neagerly awaited by the people of the world. The word ca includes all the\n\nremaining processes or methods of bhakti-yoga, as mentioned above.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n� it� 3lmR: m\n�lfld �tl\"Ul�l� �®'( I\n\n�\n\na\nw'i4�tfq�u�•4\n�� {I!Q�Uj(1(t� 11�\\SII\n\n", "SB2.1#p0160": "Text 37]\n\nThe Lord in the Heart\n\n125\n\npibanti ye bhagavata iitmana� satiirh\nkathiimrtarh sravarw-pute�u sambhrtam\npunanti te vi�aya-vidii�itiisayarh\nvrajanti tac-carar-a-sarornhiintikam\npibanti- who drink; ye- those; bhagavata�-of the Personality of Godhead; iitmana�-of the most dear; satiim-of devotees; kathii-amrtam-the\nnectar of the messages; srava r- a-pute� u-within the earholes; sambhrtamfully filled; punanti - purify ; te- their ; vi�aya- material enj oyment; vidii§i­\n\ntiisayam -polluted aim of life; vrajanti-do go back; tat-the Lord's; carar-a\n-feet; saroruha-antikam-near the lotus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who drink through aural reception, fully filled with the nectarean\nmessage of Lord Kr��a, the beloved of the devotees, purify the polluted\naim of life known as material enjoyment and thus go back to Godhead, to\nthe lotus feet of Him [the Personality of Godhead].\nPURPORT\nThe sufferings of human society are due to a polluted aim of life, namely\nlording it over the material resources. The more the human society is\nengaged in the exploitation of undeveloped material resources for sense\ngratification, the more it will be entrapped by the illusory material energy\nof the Lord, and thus the distress of the world will be intensified instead\nof diminished. The human necessities of life are fully supplied by the Lord\nin the shape of foodgrains, milk, fruit, wood, stone, sugar, silk, j ewels,\ncotton, salt, water, vegetables, etc., in sufficient quantity to feed the\nhuman race of the world as well as those on each and every planet within\nthe universe. The supply source is complete, and only a little energy by the\nhuman being is required to get them into the proper channel. There is no\nneed of machines and tools or huge steel plants for artificially creatin g\ncomforts of life. Life is never made comfortable by creating artificial needs,\nbut by plain living and high thinking. The highest perfectional thinking for\nhuman society is suggested here by S ukadeva Gosvami, namely , hearing\nsufficiently $rimad-Bhiigavatam. For men in this age of Kali, when they\nhave lost the perfect vision of life, this $rimad-Bhiigavatam is the torch-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0161": "126\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch 2\n.\n\nlight by which to see the real path. Snla Jlva Gosviiml Prahhupada has\n\ncommented on the kathiimrtam mentioned in this verse and has indicated\n.\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam to he the nectarean message of the Person ality of\nGodhead. By sufficiently hearing the Snmad-Bhiigavatam, the polluted\n\naim of life, namely lording it over matter, will subside, and the people in\ngeneral in all parts of the world will he able to live a peaceful life of\n\nknowledge and bliss.\n\nFor a pure devotee of the Lord, any topics iri relation with His name,\n\nfame, quality, entourage, etc., are all pleasing, and ·because such topics\n\nhave been approved by great devotees like Narada, Hanuman, Nanda\n\nMaharaja and other inhabitants of Vrndavana, certainly such messages are\n\ntranscendental and pleasing to the heart and soul.\n\nAnd by the constant hearing of the messages of the Bha avad-gitii, and\n§\nlater of Snmad-Bhiigavatam, one is assured herein by Snla Sukadeva\nGosvami that he will reach the Personality of Godhead and render Him\n\ntranscendental loving service in the spiritual planet of the name Goloka\nvrndavana, which resembles a huge lotus flower.\n\nThus by the process of bhakti-yoga, directly accepted as suggested in\n\nthis verse by hearing sufficiently the transcendental message of the Lord,\nthe material contamination is directly eliminated without one's attempting\n\nto contemplate the imp�rsonal virii!a conception of the Lord. And by\n\npracticing bhakti-yoga, if the performer is not purified from the material\ncontamination, he must he a pseudo-devotee. For such an imposter there\n\nis no remedy for being freed from the material entanglement.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Second Canto, Second\n\nChapter, of the Snmad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Lord in the Heart.,\n\n", "SB2.1#p0162": "CHAPTER THREE\n\nPure Devotional service: The Change in Heart\nTEXT I\n\n�\"\"�\n\n��ll� �� �;ftfqun'( II � II\n�m� wrr-r �� l{ll ,\nsri suka uviica\n\nevam etan nigaditarh\n\np[§{aviin yad bhaviin mama\n\nn[!liirh yan mriyamiirtiiniim\nmanu§ye§U mani§ir-iim\n\nsri: suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-so; etat-all these;\n\nnigaditarh answered ; p[§{aviin-as you inquired; yat-what; bhaviin your\n�\n\n-\n\ngood self; mama-unto me; nrr- iim\n\n-\n\nof the human being; yat-one; mriya­\n\nmii[liiniim-on the threshold of death; manu§ye§ u\nbeings; mani§ir-iim-of the intelligent men.\n\n-\n\namongst the human\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said: Maharaja Pan�it, as you have inquired\n\nfrom me as to the duty of the intelligent man who is on the threshold of\n\ndeath, so I have answered you.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the human society all over the world there are millions and billions\n\nof men and women, and almost all of them are less intelligent because\n\nthey have very little knowledge of spirit soul. Almost all of them have a\n\nwrong conception of life, for they identify themselves with the gross and\n\nsubtle material bodies, which they are not, in fact. They may be situated\n\nin different high and low positions in the estimation of human society, but\none should know definitely that unless one inquires about his own self\n127\n\n", "SB2.1#p0163": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n128\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\nbeyond the body and the mind, all his activities in human life are total\nfailures. Therefore out of thousands and thousands of men, one may\ninquire about his spirit self and thus consult the revealed scriptures like\nVediinta-sutras, Bhagavad-gitii and Srimad-Bhiigavatam. But in spite of\n\nreading and hearing such scriptures, unless one is in touch with a realized\nspiritual master, he cannot actually realize the real nature of self, etc.\n\nAnd out of thousands and hundreds of thousands of men, someone may\n\nknow what Lord Kr�'!a is in fact. In the Caitanya-caritiimrta (Madhya\n\n20/122-123) it is said that Lord Kr�l).a, out of His causeless mercy, pre­\n\npared the Vedic literatures in the incarnation of V yasadeva for reading\nby the intelligent class of men in a human society which is almost totally\nforgetful of the genuine relation with Kr�l).a. Even such an intelligent\n\nclass of men may be forgetful in their relation with the Lord. The whole\n\nbhakti-yoga process is therefore a revival of the lost relation. This revival\n\nis possible in the human form of life, which is obtained only out of the\nevolutionary cycle of 8,400,000 species of life. The intelligent class of\n\nhuman being must take a serious note of this opportunity. All human\n\nbeings are not intelligent, so the importance of human life is not always\n\nunderstood. Therefore man�i[Liim, meaning thoughtful, is particularly used\nhere. Such a mani§irtiim person, like Maharaja Parik�it, must therefore\n\ntake to the lotus feet of Lord Kr�'!a and fully engage himself in devotional\nservice, hearing, chanting, etc., of the holy name and pastimes of the Lord\n\nwhich are all hari-kathiimrta. This action is especially recommended when\none is preparing for death.\n\nTEXTS 2-7\n\nBUR'4�(1€f,l�� �\n\n;mut:\n\nqf� I\n\nHf'IPS::t€f;l'44:« ��: �.mfr.{ II � II\n� mtrr� �1€f;l'i�il%1'�l � I\n'4trtii.U ��q��q'Phl'{ll�ll\n3t'SUt1€f;l'lF4R\\R\\ \\<C•i€f;l+\\l��: W.Fll\nfi4�l..(cll'{ (litf€f;I¥H m-o�� \\1\n��smift � �rn€f;l'4 �t � 1\nsR6@qillf. � OOU �ro II � II\n�i{t�� (il€fd.{ls\"(1(34'�'(I\n$11�4�tfqill\\: �'ri tf� .q(�fu�'( II � II\n\n", "SB2.1#p0164": "Text 2-7]\n\n··\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\n129\n\n�� it�f.%1q: if�1�1q: ���«4{ I\nRltU'¥.1� fttfW ((1\"4�r� \\illf �Tf{_II \\9 II\nbrahma-varcasa-kiimas tu\nyajeta brahmar-a� patim\nindram indriya-kiimas tu\nprajii-kiima� prajii-patin\ndevirh miiyiirh tu sn-kiimas\ntejas-kiimo vibhiivasum\nvasu-kiimo vasun rudriin\nvirya-kiimo'tha viryaviin\nanniidya-kiimas tv aditirh\nsvarga-kiimo'dite� sutiin\nvisviin deviin riijya-kiima�\nsiidhyiin sarhsiidhako visiim\niiyu�-kiimo'svinau devau\npu�fi-kiima iliirh yajet\nprat4fhii-kiima� puru�o\nrodasi loka-miitarau\nriipiibhikiimo gandharviin\nstn-kiimo 'psara urvasim\niidhipatya-kiima� sarve�iirh\nyajeta parame�{hinam\nyajiiarh yajed yasas-kiima�\nkosa-kiima� pracetasam\nvidyii-kiimas tu giriSarh\ndiimpatyiirtha umiirh satim\nbrahma-the\n\nabsolute; varcasa-effulgen c e; kamas tu- but one who\n\ndesires in that way;yajeta-do worship; b ro hmar- a�- of the Vedas; patimmaster; indram-the\n\nKing of heaven; indriya-kiimas tu- but one who\n\ndesires strong sense or gans;p rajii-k ii ma� -one who desires many offspring;\n\npraj ii-patin- the Prajapatis; devim-the goddess; miiyiirh-unto the mistress\nof the material world; tu-but; sn-kiima�- one who desires beauty; teja�power; kiima�- one who so desires; vibhiivasum- the fire-god; vasu-kiima�one who wants wealth; vasun-the Vasu demigods; rudriin-the Rudra\nexpansion of Lord � iva; virya-kii ma�-one who wants to be very strongly\n\n", "SB2.1#p0165": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n130\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\nbuilt; atka-therefore; viryavan-the most powerful; anna-adya-grains;\nkiimafl-one who so desires; tu-but; aditim-Aditi, mother of the demi­\n\ngods; svarga-heaven; kiimafl-so desiring; adite� sutan-the sons of A diti;\nvisviin-Visvadeva; deviin-demigods; riijya-kamafl-those who hanker for\nkingdoms; siidhyiin-the Sadhya demigods; samsiidhaka�-what fulfills the\nwishes; viSiim-of the mercantile community; iiyu�-kiima�-desirious of long\n\nlife; asvinau-the two demigods known as the A svini brothers; devau- the\n\ntwo demigods; pu�ti-kiimafl-one who desires a strongly built body; iliim­\n\nthe earth; yajet-must worship; prati§thii-kamafl-one who desires good\n\nfame, or stability in a post; puru§a�-such men; rodasi\"-the horizon;\n\nloka-miitarau-and the earth; riipa-beauty; abhikiima�-positively aspiring\n\nfor; gandharvan-the residents of the Gandharva planet, who are very\n\nbeautiful and are expert in singing; stn-kamafl.-one who desires a good\n\nwife;apsara� urvaSim-the society girls of the heavenly kingdom; iidhipatya­\n\nkiimafl.-one who desires to dominate others; sarve§iim-everyone; yajeta­\n\nmust worship;parame§thinam-Brahma, the head of the universe; yajfiam­\n\nthe Personality of Godhead; yajet-must worship; yasas-kiima�-one who\ndesires to be famous; kosa-kiimafl-one who desires a good bank balance;\n\npracetasam-the treasurer of heaven, known as Kuvera; vidyii-kiimas tu­\n\nbut one who desires education; girisam-the Lord of the Himalayas, Lord\n\nSiva; diimpatya-artha�-and for conjugal love; umiim satim-the chaste\n\nwife of Lord Siva, known as Uma.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne\n\nwho\n\ndesires to be absorbed in the impersonal brahmajyoti\n\neffulgence should worship the master of the Vedas (Lord Brahma or\nBrhaspati, the learned priest), one who desires powerful\n\nsex\n\nshould\n\nworship the heavenly King, lndra, and one who desires good progeny\nshould worship the great progenitors called the Prajapatis. One who desires\ngood fortune should worship Durgadevi, or the superintendant of the\n\nmaterial world. One desiring to be very powerful should worship fire, and\none who aspires after money only should worship the V asus. One should\n\nworship the Rudra incarnation of Lord Siva if he wants to be a great\n\nhero. One who wants a large stock of grains should worship Aditi. One\nwho desires a worldly kingdom should worship Visvadeva, and one who\n\nwants to be popular with the general mass of population should worship\n\nthe Sadhya demigod. One who desires a long span of life should worship\n\nthe demigods known as ASvim1mmaras, and a person desiring a strongly\n\n", "SB2.1#p0166": "Text 2-7]\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\n131\n\nbuilt body should worship the earth. One who desires stabilization in his\n\npost should worship the horizon and the earth combined. One who desires\nto be beautiful should worship the beautiful residents of the Gandharva\n\nplanet, and one who desires a good wife should worship the Apsaras and\n\nthe Urva.Si society girls of the heavenly kingdom. One who desires tangible\nfame should worship the Personality of Godhead, and one who desires a\ngood bank balance should worship the demigod VaruJ)a. If one desires to\nbe a greatly learned man he should worship Lord Siva, and if one desires a\ngood marital relation he should worship the chaste goddess, Uma, wife of\nLord Siva.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are different modes of worship for different persons desiring\nsuccess in particular subjects. The conditioned soul living within the\npurview of the material world cannot be an expert in every type of\n\nmaterially enjoyable asset, but one can have considerable influence over a\nparticular matter by worshiping a particular demigod, as mentioned above.\nRava!la was made a very powerful man by worshiping Lord Siva, and he\n\nused to offer severed heads to please Lord Siva. He became so powerful\nby the grace of Lord Siva that all the demigods were afraid of him, until\nhe at last challenged the Personality of Godhead Sri Ramacandra and thus\n\nruined himself. In other words, all such persons who aspire after gaining\nsome or all of the material objects of enjoyment, or the gross materialistic\n\npersons, are on the whole less intelligent, as it is confirmed in the Bhagavad­\n\ngitii (Bg. 7 .20). It is said there that those who are bereft of all good sense,\nor those whose intelligence is withdrawn by the deluding energy of miiyii,\n\naspire after all sorts of material enjoyment in life by pleasing the respective\n\ndemigods, or by advancing the material civilization under the heading of\nscientific progress. The real problem of life in the material world is to\n\nsolve the question of birth, death, old age and disease. No one wants to\n\nchange his birthright, no one wants to meet death, no one wants to be\nold or invalid, and no one wants diseases. But these problems are solved\n\nneither by the grace of any demigod nor by the so-called advancement of\n\nmaterial science. In the Bhagavad-gitii, as well as in the Snmad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nsuch less intelligent persons have been described as devoid of all good\n\nsense. Sukadeva Gosvami said that out of the 8,400,000 species of living\n\nentities, the human form of life is rare and valuable, and out of those rare\n\nhuman beings those who are conscious of the material problems are rarer\n\n", "SB2.1#p0167": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n132\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\nstill, and the still more rare persons are those who are conscious of the\n\nvalue of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam because it contains the messages of the\nLord and His pure devotees. Death is inevitable for everyone, intelligent\n\nand foolish. But Panlqit Maharaja has been addressed by the Gosvami as\nthe mani§i, or the man of highly developed mind, because at the time of\n\ndeath he left all material enjoyment and completely surrendered unto the\nlotus feet of the Lord by hearing His messages from the right person,\nlike Sukadeva Gosvami. But aspiration for material enjoyment by endeav­\n\noring persons is condemned. Such aspirations are something like the\n\nintoxication of the degraded human society. Intelligent persons should\ntry to avoid it and seek instead the permanent life by returning home,\n\nback to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 8\n\n�����: �fqg.r_tr�l\noom: ��lil�ltftli!Wil�\n\n�IJIFI. 11 � 11\n\ndharmiirtha uttama-slokam\ntantu� tanvan pitfn yajet\nrak§ii-kiima� pur-ya-janiin\nojas-kiimo marud-gar-iin\ndharma-artha�-for spiritual advancement; uttama-slokam-the Supreme\n\nLord or persons attached to the Supreme Lord; tantu�-for offspring;\ntanvan- and for their protection; pitfn-the residents of the Pitrloka;\n\nyajet-must worship; rak§ii-kiima�-one who desires protection; pur-ya­\n\njanan-pi ous persons; ojas-kama�-one who desires strength should wor­\n\nship; marud-gar-an-the demigods.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne should worship Lord Vi�I).U or His devotee for spiritual advancement of knowledge, and for protection of heredity and advancement of\nthe dynasty one should worship the different demigods.\nPURPORT\n\nThe path of religion entails making progress on the path of spiritual\n\nadvancement, ultimately reviving the eternal relation with Lord Viwu in\n\n", "SB2.1#p0168": "Text 9]\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\n133\n\nHis impersonal effulgence, localized Paramiitma feature, and ultimately in\nHis personal feature by spiritual advancement of knowledge. And one who\nwants to establish a good dynasty and be happy in the progress of tem­\n\nporary bodily relations should take shelter of the pitas and the demigods\n\nin other pious planets. Such different classes of worshipers of different\ndemigods may ultimately reach the respective planets within the universe,\n\nbut he who reaches the spiritual planets in the brahmajyoti achieves the\n\nhighest perfection.\n\nTEXT 9\n\n(IJilt.l'tl ���fa' � � I\nEfil'iEti14i\\ � m�: � � II � II\nriijya-kiimo manun deviin\nnirrtim tv abhicaran yajet\nkiima-kiimo yajet somam\nakiima� pum�am param\nriijya-kiimaft- anyone desiring an empire or kingdom; manun-the Manus,\nsemi-incarnations of God; deviin- demigods; n ir rtim- demons; tu-but;\nabh icaran-desiring victory over the enemy; yajet- should worship; kamakama�- one who desires sense gratification; yajet - should worship; somam\n-the demigod named Candra; akiima�- one who has no material desires to\nbe fulfilled; pum�am-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;param-the\nSupreme.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who desires domination over a kingdom or an empire should\nworship the Manus. One who desires victory over an enemy should worship the demons, and one who desires sense gratification should worship\nthe moon. But one who desires nothing of material enjoyment should\nworship the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nFor a liberated person, all the enj oyments listed above are considered to\nbe absolutely useless. Only those who are conditioned by the material\nmodes of external energy are captivated by different types of material\n\n", "SB2.1#p0169": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n134\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\nenjoyment. In other words, the transcendentalists have no material desires\n\nto be fulfilled, whereas the materialist has all types of desires to be fulfilled.\n\nThe Lord has proclaimed that the materialists, who desire material enjoyment and thus seek the favor of different demigods, as above mentioned,\n\nare not in control of their senses and so give themselves to nonsense. One\n\nshould therefore not desire any sort of material enjoyment, being sensible\n\nenough to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The leaders of\nnonsensical persons are still more nonsensical because they preach openly\n\nand foolishly that one can worship any form of the demigods and get the\n\nsame result. This sort of preaching is not only against the teachings of\n\nthe Bhagavad-gitii, or those of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, but it is also\n\nfoolish, just as it is foolish to claim that with the purchase of any travel\n\nticket one may reach the same destination. No one can reach Bombay\nfrom Delhi by purchasing a ticket for Baroda. It is clearly defined herein\nthat persons impregnated with different desires have different modes of\nworship, but one who has no desire for material enjoyment should worship the Supreme Lord Sri Kr�!la, the Personality of Godhead. And this\n\nworshiping process is called devotional service. Pure devotional service\n\nmeans service of the Lord without any tinge of material desires, including\ndesire for fruitive activity and empiric speculation. For fulfillment of\nmaterial desires one may worship the Supreme Lord, but the result of\nsuch worship is different, as it will be explained in the next verse. Generally\n\nthe Lord does not fulfill anyone's material desires for sense enjoyment,\nbut He awards such benediction to worshipers of the Lord, for they ulti­\n\nmately come to the point of not desiring material enjoyment. The conclu­\n\nsion is that one must minimize the desires for material enjoyment, and for\n\nthis one should worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is de­\n\nscribed here as param, or beyond anything material. Sripada Sarikaracarya\n\nhas also stated, niiriiya[La� paro 'vyaktiit: the Supreme Lord is beyond the\nmaterial encirclement.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n�1ft qt �r�11 �l I\n� 'IRfitTtir.t trn � tR1{ II� ott\n\n�:\n\nakiima� sarva-kiimo vii\n\nmok�a-kiima udiira-dhi{t\ntivrerta bhakti-yogena\nyajeta puru�am param\n\n", "SB2.1#p0170": "Text 10)\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\n135\n\nakiima� - one who has transcended all material desires; sarva-kiima� -one\nwho has the sum total of material desires; va-either; moksa-kamah-one\n.\nwho desires liberation; udiira-dhi?l-with broader intelligence; tivr erz d- with\n\ngreat force; bhakti-yogena-by devotional service of the Lord; yajetashould worship; puru�am-the Lord; param-supreme whole.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA person who has broader intelligence, who may be full of all material\ndesire or may be without any material desire, and who also desires liberation, by all means must worship the Supreme Whole Personality of\nGodhead.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead Lord Sri Kr��a is described in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii as the Puru�ottama, or the Supreme Personality. It is He\nonly who can award liberation to the impersonalists by absorbing such\naspirants in the brahmajyoti, the bodily rays of the Lord. The brahmajyoti\nis not separate from the Lord, as the glowing sun ray is not independent of\nthe sun disc. Therefore one who desires to merge into the supreme impersonal brahmajyoti must also worship the Lord by bhakti-yoga, as it is\nrecommended here in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam. Bhakti-yoga is especially\nstressed here as the means of all perfection. In the previous chapters it has\n\nbeen stated that bhakti-yoga is the ultimate goal of both karma-yoga and\n\njniina-yoga, and in the same way in this chapter it is emphatically declared\nthat bhakti-yoga is the ultimate goal of the different varieties of worship\nof the different demigods. Bhakti-yoga, thus being the supreme means of\n\nself-realization, is recommended here. Everyone must therefore seriously\n\ntake up the methods of bhakti-yoga, even though one aspires for material\nenjoyment or liberation from material bondage.\n\nAkiimafl is one who has no material desire. A living being, naturally\n\nbeing the part and parcel of the supreme whole puru§am piirrzam, has as\nhis natural function to serve the Supreme Being, j ust as the parts and\nparcels of the body, or the limbs of the body, are naturally meant to serve\nthe complete body. Desireless means, therefore, not to be inert like the\nstone but to he conscious of one's actual position and thus desire satisfac­\n\ntion only from the Supreme Lord. Srila ]Iva Gosvaml has explained this\n\ndesirelessness as bhajaniya-parama-puru�a-sukha-miitra svasukhatvam in his\n\nSandharbha. This means that one should only feel happy by experiencing\n\n", "SB2.1#p0171": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n136\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\nthe happiness of the Supreme Lord. This intuition of the living being is\nsometimes manifested even during the conditioned stage of a living being\nin the material world, and such intuition is expressed in the manner of\naltruism, philanthropism, socialism, communism, etc., by the undeveloped\nminds of less intelligent persons. In the mundane field such an outlook of\ndoing good to others in the form of society, community, family, country or\nhumanity is a partial manifestation of the same original feeling in which a\npure living entity feels happiness by the happiness of the Supreme Lord.\nSuch superb feelings were exhibited by the damsels of Vrajahhumi for the\nhappiness of the Lord. The gopis loved the Lord without any return, and\nthis is the perfect exhibition of the akama� spirit. Kama spirit, or the desire\nfor one's own satisfaction, is fully exhibited in the material world, whereas\nthe spirit of akama� is fully exhibited in the spiritual world.\nThoughts of becoming one with the Lord, or being merged in the\n\nbrahmajyoti, can also he exhibitions of kama spirit if they are desires for\none's own satisfaction to he free from the material miseries. A pure devotee\ndoes not want liberation so that he may be relieved from the miseries of\nlife. Even without so-called liberation, a pure devotee is aspirant for the\nsatisfaction of the Lord. Influenced by the kama spirit, Arjuna declined to\nfight in the Kuruk�etra battlefield because he wanted to save his relatives\nfor his own satisfaction. But being a pure devotee, he agreed to fight on\nthe instruction of the Lord because he came to his senses that satisfaction\nof the Lord at the cost of his own satisfaction was his prime duty. Thus he\nbecame akama�. That is the perfect stage of a perfect living being.\n\nUdara-dhift means one who has broader outlook. People with desires for\nmaterial enjoyment worship small demigods, and such intelligence is condemned in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 7.20) as hrta-jiiiina, the intelligence of\none who has lost his senses. No one can obtain any result from demigods\nwithout getting sanction from the Supreme Lord. Therefore a person with\na broader outlook can see that the ultimate authority is the Lord, even\nfor material benefits. Under the circumstances, one with a broader outlook,\neven with the desire for material enjoyment or for liberation, should\ntake to the worship of the Lord directly. And everyone, either an\n\nakama�\n\nmok§a-kiima, should worship the Lord with\nthat bhakti-yoga may be perfectly\nadministered without any mixture of karma and jiiiina. As the unmixed\n\ngreat\n\nor a\n\nsakiima\n\nexpedience.\n\nor\n\nThis\n\nimplies\n\nsun ray is very forceful and is therefore called tivra, similarly unmixed\n\nbhakti-yoga of hearing, chanting, etc., may be performed by one and all\nregardless of inner motive.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0172": "Text ll)\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\n137\n\nTEXT ll\n\n�m �l� f;{:�4Htla>�: I\n+t•N���jt llllt � lWltnfll:Y: II� �II\netiiviin eva yajatiim\niha n*sreyasodaya�\nbhagavaty acalo bhiivo\nyad bhiigavata-smigata�\netiiviin-all these different kinds of worshipers; eva-certainly; yajatiimhighest benediction; udayaft\n-development; bhagavati-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nac ala�-unfl inching ; bhiiva�-spontaneous attraction;yat-which; bhiigavata\n-pure devotee of the Lord; sa rigatafr.-association\nwhile worshiping; iha-in this life; n *sreyas a\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll the different kinds of worshipers of multi-demigods can attain the\nhighest perfectional benediction, which is spontaneous attraction unflinchingly fixed upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead, only by the\nassociation of the pure devotee of the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nAll living entities within the material creation, beginning from the first\ndemigod Brahma down to the small ant in different statuses of life, are\nconditioned under the law of material nature or the external energy of the\nSupreme Lord. The living entity in his pure state is conscious of the fact\nthat he is a part and parcel of the Lord, but when he is thrown into the\nmaterial world on account of his desire to lord it over material energy, he\nbecomes conditioned by the three modes of material nature and thus\nstruggles for existence for the highest benefit. This struggle for existence\nis something like following the will-o'-the-wisp under the spell of material\nenjoyment. All plans of material enjoyment, either by worship of different\ndemigods as described in the previous verses of this chapter or by modernized advancement of scientific knowledge without the help of God or\ndemigod, are illusory only because, despite all such plans for happiness, the\nconditioned living being within the compass of material creation can never\n\n", "SB2.1#p0173": "Srim ad B hag avatam\n\n138\n\n-\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\nsolve the problems of life, namely birth, death, old age and disease. The\nhistory of the universe is full of such planmakers, and many kings and\nemperors come and go, leaving a planmaking story only. But the prime\nproblems of life remained unsolved despite all endeavors by such planmakers.\n\nActually human life is meant for making a solution to the problems of\n\nlife. Such problems can never be solved by satisfying the different demigods, by different modes of worship, or by so-called scientific ad van cement\nof knowledge without the help of God or the demigods. Apart from the\ngross materialists, who care very little either for God or for the demigods,\nthe Vedas recommend worship of different demigods for different benefits,\nso they are neither false nor imaginary. The demigods are as factual as we\n\nare, but they are much more powerful due to their being engaged in the\ndirect service of the Lord by managing different departments in the\nuniversal government. The Bhagavad-gitii affirms this, and the different\nplanets of the demigods are mentioned there, including the one of the\nsupreme demigod Lord Brahmii. The gross materialists believe neither in\nthe existence of God nor the demigods. Nor do they believe that different\nplanets are dominated by different demigods. They are creating a great\n\ncommotion about reaching the closest celestial body, the Candraloka or\nthe moon, but even after much mechanical research, they have only very\n\nscanty information of this moon, and in spite of much false advertisement\nfor selling land on the moon, the puffed up scientists or gross materialists\ncannot live there, and what to speak of reaching other innumerable planets\nwhich they are unable even to count. However, the followers of the Vedas\n\nhave a different method of acquiring knowledge. They accept the state­\n\nments of the Veclic literatures as authority in toto, as we have already\n\ndiscussed\n\nin Canto One, and therefore they have full and reasonable\n\nknowledge of God and demigods and of their different residential planets\n\nsituated within the compass of the material world and beyond the limit of\nthe material sky. The most authentic Vedic literature accepted by the\n\ngreat\n\nIndian\n\niiciiryas like Sankara, Ramiinuja, Madhva, Vi�!J.usvami,\n\nNimbiirka, Caitanya, etc., and studied by all important personalities of\n\nthe world, is the Bhagavad-gitii, in which the worship of the demigods and\n\ntheir\n\nrespective residential planets are mentioned. The\n\nBhagavad-gitii\n\naffirms:\n\nyiinti deva-vratii deviin pitfn yiinti pitr-vratii[l.\nbhutiini yiinti bhutejyii yiinti mad-yiijino 'pi miim\n\n", "SB2.1#p0174": "Text 12)\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\n139\n\n\"The worshipers of demigods reach the respective planets of the demigods, and the worshipers of forefathers reach the planets of the forefathers_\nThe gross materialist remains in the different material planets, but the\n\ndevotees of the Lord reach the kingdom of God.\" (Bg. 9.25)\n\nWe also have information from the Bhagavad-gitii that all the planets\nwithin the material world, including the Brahmaloka, are but temporarily\nsituated, and after a fixed period they are all annihilated. Therefore the\ndemigods and their followers are all annihilated at the period of devastation, but one who reaches the kingdom of God gets a permanent share in\neternal life. That is the verdict of Vedic literature. The worshipers of the\ndemigods have one facility more than the unbelievers due to their conviction of the Vedic version by which they can get information of the\nbenefit of worshiping the Supreme Lord in the association of the devotees\nof the Lord_ The gross materialist, however, without any faith in the Vedic\nversion, remains eternally in darkness, driven by a false conviction on the\nbasis of imperfect experimental knowledge, or the so-called material\nscience, which can never reach into the realm of transcendental knowledge.\nTherefore unless they come in contact with a transcendentalist like the\npure devotee of the Lord, the attempts of the gross materialists or the\nworshipers of the temporary demigods are simply a waste of energy. Only\nby the grace of the divine personalities, the pure devotees of the Lord, can\none achieve pure devotion, which is the highest perfection of human life.\nOnly a pure devotee of the Lord can show one the right way of progressive\nlife. Otherwise both the materialistic way of life, without any information\nof God or the demigods, and the life engaged in the worship of demigods\nin pursuit of temporary material enjoyments, are all different phases of\n\nphantasmagoria. They are nicely explained in the Bhagavad-gitii also, but\n\nthe Bhagavad-gitii can be understood in the association of pure devotees\n\nonly, and not by the interpretations of politicians or dry philosophical\nspeculators.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�� srRtfYttqgafl�ffi+U<:+ist«l<: � �\n\ngUl'4«S\\·: I\n\nfi::tif4('(..q(jqq�f4 ��:\n'lit f.rim d{4itlltl � wt ��II � �II\n\n", "SB2.1#p0175": "140\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\njiiiinam yad iipratinivrtta-gurwrmi-cakram\niitma-prasiida uta yatra gure�v asmiga�\nkaivalya-sammata-pathas tv atha bhakti-yoga�\nko nirvrto hari-kathiisu ratirh na kuryiit\njiiiinam-knowledge; yat- that which; ii-up to the limit of; pratinivrtta- completely withdrawn; gura-urmi- the waves of the material modes;\ncakram- whirlpool; iitma-prasiida�-self-satisfaction; uta- moreover; yatrawhere there is; gure� u - in the modes of nature; asariga�-no attachment;\nkaivalya- transcendental; sammata- approved; path a�-path; tu-but; atha\n-therefore; bhakti-yoga� - devotional service; ka�-who; nirvrta�- absorbed in; hari-kathiisu-in the transcendental topic of the Lord; ratimattraction; na-shall not; kuryiit-do.\nTRANSLATION\nTranscendental knowledge in relation with the Supreme Lord Hari is\nknowledge resulting in the complete suspension of the waves and whirlpools of the material modes. Such knowledge is self-satisfying due to its\nbeing free from material attachment, and being transcendental it is\napproved by authorities. Who could fail to be attracted?\nPURPORT\nAccording to Bhagavad-gitii the characteristics of pure devotees are\n\nwonderful (Bg. 10.9). The complete functional activities of a pure devotee\n\nare always engaged in the service of the Lord, and thus they exchange\nfeelings of ecstasy between themselves and relish transcendental bliss. This\n\ntranscendental bliss is experienced even in the stage of devotional practice\n\n(siidhana-avasthii), if properly undertaken under the guidance of a bona\nfide spiritual master. And in the mature stage the developed transcendental\n\nfeeling culminates in realization of the particular relationship with the\nLord by which a living entity is originally constituted (up to the relationship of conjugal love with the Lord, estimated as highest transcendental\nbliss). Thus bhakti-yoga, being the only means of God realization is called\n\nkaivalya. Srila Jlva Gosvami quotes the Vedic version (eko niiriiyarto deva[l.\npariivariiriirh parama iiste kaivalya-sangita[l.) in this connection and establishes that Naraya!J.a, the Personality of Godhead, is known as kaivalya,\n\nand the means which enables one to approach the Lord is called the\n\n", "SB2.1#p0176": "Text 13]\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\n141\n\nkaivalya-panthii, or the only means of attainment of Godhead. This kaivalyapanthii begins from sravarw, or hearing those topics that relate to the\nPersonality of Godhead, and the natural consequence of hearing such\nhari-kathii is attainment of transcendental knowledge, which causes a\n\ndetachment from all mundane topics, for which a devotee has no taste at\n\nall. For a devotee, all mundane activities, social and political, become unattractive, and in the mature state such a devotee becomes disinterested\neven in his own body, and what to speak of bodily relatives. In such a\nstate of affairs one is not agitated by the waves of the material modes.\nThere are different modes of material nature, and all mundane functions\nin which a common man is very much interested or takes part become\nunattractive for the devotee. This state of affairs is described herein as\npratinivrtta-gurwrmi, and it is possible by iitma-prasiida, or complete selfsatisfaction without any material connection. The first-class devotee of the\nLord attains this stage by devotional service, but despite his loftiness, still,\n\nfor the matter of the Lord's satisfaction, he may play the voluntary part of\na preacher of the Lord's glory and dovetail all into devotional service, even\n\nmundane interest, just to give a chance to the neophytes to transform\nmundane interest into transcendental bliss. Srila Rupa Gosvami has de­\n\nscribed this action of a pure devotee as \"nirbandhaft knrw-sambandhe\n\nyuktarh vairiigyam ucyate. \"Even mundane activities dovetailed with service\nof the Lord are also calculated to be transcendental or approved kaivalya\naffairs.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n���Tl\n\n�mtf�-:1\nf�ril�'it!�I� � ��I«fiti3ifii Cli�II � � J.l\nsaunaka uviica\nity abhivyiihrtarh riijii\nnisamya bharatar§abhaft\nkim anyat pf§taviin bhiiyo\nvaiyiisakim nirh kavim\niti-thus; abhivyiihrtarh-all that was spoken; riijii-the king; niSamya­\n\nby hearing; bharata-nabhaft-Maharaja Parik�i t; kim-what ; anyat-more;\n\n", "SB2.1#p0177": "[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n142\n\nPr� t avan- did he inquire from him; bhuya� - again; vaiyasakim\nson of Vyasadeva; r� im- one who is well versed; kavi m - poetic\n\n-\n\nunto the\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaunaka said,\n\nThe son of Vyasadeva, Srila Sukadeva Gosvami, was a\n\nhighly learned sage and was able to describe things in a poetic manner.\n\nWhat did Maharaja Parik�it again inquire from him after hearing all that\nhe said?\n\nPURPORT\nA pure devotee of the Lord automatically develops all godly qualities,\nand some of the prominent features of those qualities are as follows:\nHe is kind, peaceful, truthful, equable, faultless, magnanimous, mild,\nclean, nonpossessive, a well-wisher to all, satisfied, surrendered to Kr�pa,\nwithout hankering, simple, fixed, self-controlled, a balanced eater, sane,\nmannerly, prideless, grave, sympathetic, friendly,poetic expert, and silent.\n,\n\nOut of these twenty-six prominent features of a devotee, as described by\nKr�padasa Kaviraj a in his Caitanya-caritamrta, the qualification of being\n\npoetic is especially mentioned herein in relation to S ukadeva Gosvami.\n\nThe presentation of Srimad-Bhagavatam by his recitation is the highest\n\npoetic contribution. He was a self-realized learned sage. In other words, he\nwas a poet amongst the sages.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�� ffi:;{ tm ;il�[t{ lll� I\n� m:�v:i1\"�1:·m �: �m �'4t:t u � ���\ntac chusrii§atam vidvan\nsiita no 'rhasi bha§itum\nkatha hari-kathodarka�\nsatam syu� sadasi dhmvam\ne\n\netat-this; susrii§atam-of those eager to hear; vidvan-0 learned; siitabha§itum-just to\n\nSiita Gosvami; n a�- unto us; arhasi-may you do it;\n\n", "SB2.1#p0178": "Text 14)\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\nexplain it; kathii�-topics ; ha ri kathii-udarkii�\n-\n\n-\n\n143\n\nresult in the topics of the\n\nLord; satiim-of the devotees; syu �-may be; sadasi-in the assembly of;\ndhru vam\n\n-\n\ncertainly.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 learned Suta Gosvami! Please continue to explain such topics to us\nbecause we are all eager to hear. Besides that, topics which result in the\ndiscussion of the Lord Hari should certainly be discussed in the assembly\nof devotees.\nPURPORT\nAs we have already quoted above from the Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu of\nRiipa Gosvami, even mundane things, if dovetailed in the service of the\nLord Sri Kr�!J.a, are accepted as transcendental. For example, the epics or\nthe histories of Riimiiya[La and Mahiibhiirata, which are specifically recommended for the less intelligent classes of men (women, siidras and unworthy\nsons of the higher castes), are also accepted as Vedic literature because\nthey are compiled in connection with the activities of the Lord. Mahiibhiirata is accepted as the fifth division of the Vedas after its first four\ndivisions, namely Siima, Yajus, l;{k and Atharva. The less intelligent class\nof men do not accept Mahiibhiirata as part of the Vedas, but great sages\nand authorities accept it as the fifth division of the Vedas. Bhagavad-gitii\nis also part of the Mahiibhiirata, and it is full of the Lord's instruction for\n\nthe less intelligent class of men. Some less intelligent men say that\nBhagavad-gitii is not meant for the householders, but such foolish men\nforget that Bhagavad-g�--tii was explained to a grhastha like A�una and\nspoken by the Lord in His role as a grhastha (family man). So Bhagavad­\n\ngitii, although containing the high philosophy of the Vedic wisdom, is for\nthe beginners in the transcendental science, and Srimad-Bhiigavatam is for\n\ngraduates and postgraduates in the transcendental science. Therefore\n\nliteratures like Mahiibhiirata, the Purii[tas, and similar other literatures\nwhich are full of the pastimes of the Lord, are all transcendental literatures, and they should be discussed with full confidence in the society of\ngreat devotees.\nThe difficulty is that such literatures, when discussed by professional\n\nmen, appear to be mundane literature like histories or epics because there\nare so many historical facts and figures. It is said here, therefore, that such\nliteratures should be discussed in the assembly of the devotees. Unless they\n\n", "SB2.1#p0179": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n144\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\nare discussed by devotees, such literatures cannot be relished by the\nhigher class of men. So the conclusion is that the Lord is not impersonal\nin the ultimate issue. He is the Supreme Person, and He has His different\nactivities. He is the leader of all living entities, and He descends at His will\nand by His personal energy to reclaim the fallen souls, playing exactly like\nthe social, political or religious leaders. Because such roles ultimately\nculminate in the discussion of topics of the Lord, all such preliminary\ntopics are also transcendental. That is the way of spiritualizing the civic\nactivities of human society. Men have inclinations for studying history\nand many other mundane literatures, stories, fiction, dramas, magazines,\nnewspapers, etc., so let them be dovetailed with the transcendental service\nof the Lord, and all of them will turn to the topics relished by all devotees.\nThe propaganda that the Lord is impersonal, that He has no activity, and\nthat He is a dumb stone without any name and form has encouraged\npeople to become godless, faithless demons, and the more they deviate\nfrom the transcendental activities of the Lord, the more they become\naccustomed to mundane activities that only clear their path to hell instead\nof return them home, back to Godhead.* Stimad-Bhiigavatam b egins from\nthe history of the Pa�9avas (with necessary politics and social activities),\nand yet Stimad-Bhiigavatam is said to be the Piiramharhsa-sarhhitii, or the\nVedic literature meant for the topmost transcendentalist, and in the\n\nStimad-Bhiigavatam, paramjfiiina,\n\nhighest transcendental knowledge, is\n\ndescribed. Pure devotees of the Lord are all paramaharhsas, and they are\n\nlike the swans, who know the art of sucking milk out of a mixture of milk\nand water.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n� lll•�=:tJl um q•u�4ti't �: 1\n�w: �:v��� ������\n\n«\n\n*Even fifty years ago, the social structure of all Indians was so arranged that they\nwould not read any literature which was not connected with the activities of the Lord.\nThey would not play any drama which was not connected with the Lord. They would\nnot organize a fair or ceremony which was not connected with the Lord. Nor would\nthey visit a place which was not holy and sanctified by the pastimes of the Lord. Therefore even the common man in the village would talk about Riimiiya�:�a and Mahiibhiirata,\nGi'tii and Bhiigavatam, even from his very childhood. But by the influence of the age of\nKali, they have been dragged to the civilization of the dogs and hogs, laboring for bread\nwithout any sense of transcendental knowledge.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0180": "Text 15)\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\n145\n\nsa vai bhagavato raja\npar!Javeyo maha-ratha�\nbala-kriljanakai� kriljan\nkmw-kriljarh ya adade\nsa�-he; vai-certainly; bhagavata�-great devotee of the Lord; rajaMaharaja Panlqit; par!Javeya�-grandson of the Pa��avas; maha-ratha�-a\ngreat fighter; biila-while a child; kn!Janakai�-with play dolls; kriljanplaying; kr§ra-Lord Kr��a; kriljiim-activities ;ya�-who; iidade-accepted.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Parik�it, the grandson of the Pa��av as , was from his very\nchildhood a great devotee of the Lord. Even while playing with dolls, he\n\nused to worship Lord Kr�':la by imitating the worship of the family Deity.\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhagavad-gita it is stated (Bg. 6.41) that even a person who has\n\nfailed in the proper discharge of the yoga practice is given a chance to\ntake birth in the house of devout brahmar-as or in the houses of rich men\nlike the k§atri ya kings or rich merchants. But Maharaja Parik�it was more\n\nthan that because he was a great devotee of the Lord since his previous birth,\nand as such he took his birth in an imperial family of the Kurus, and\nespecially that of the Pa��avas. So from the very beginning of his childhood he had the chance of knowing intimately the devotional service of\nLord Kr�pa in his own family. The Pal).�avas, all being devotees of the\n\nLord, certainly venerated family Deities in the royal palace for worship.\nChildren who appear in such families fortunately generally imitate such\n\nworship of the Deities, even in the way of childhood play. By the grace of\nLord Sri Kr�l).a, we had the chance of being born in a V ai��ava family, and\n\nin our childhood we imitated the worship of Lord Kr��a by imitating our\nfather, and our father encouraged us in all respects to observe all functions\n\nsuch as the Ratha-yatra and Dola-yatra ceremonies, and he used to spend\n\nmoney liberally for distributing prasadam to us children and our friends.\n\nOur spiritual master, who also took his birth in a Vai��ava family, got all\n\ninspirations from his great V ai��ava father Thakur Bhaktivinode. That is\n\nthe way of all lucky V aiwava families. The celebrated Mirabai was a\nstaunch devotee of Lord Kr��a as the great lifter of Govardhana Hill.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0181": "146\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\nThe life history of many such devotees is almost the same because\n\nthere is always symmetry between the early lives of all great devotees of\nthe Lord. According to Jiva Gosvami, Maharaja Parik�it must have heard\nabout the childhood pastimes of Lord Kr��a at Vrndavana, for he used to\n\nimitate the pastimes with his young playmates. According to Sridhara\n\nSvami, Maharaja Par�it used to imitate the worship of the family Deity\nby elderly members. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti also confirms the view­\n\npoint of Jiva Gosvami. So accepting either of them, Maharaja Parik�it was\n\nnaturally inclined to Lord Kr��a from his very childhood, and he might\n\nhave imitated either of the above-mentioned procedures, and all of them\n\nestablish his great devotion from his very childhood, a symptom of a\n\nmahiibhiigavata. Such mahiibhiigavatas are called nit_ya-siddhas, or souls\nliberated from birth. But there are also others who may not be liberated\n\nfrom birth but who develop a tendency for devotional service by associa­\n\ntion, and they are called siidhana-siddhas. There is no difference between\n\nthe two in the ultimate issue, and so the conclusion is that everyone can\nbecome a siidhana-siddha, a devotee of the Lord, simply by association\n\nwith the pure devotees. The concrete example is our great spiritual master\nSri Narada Muni. In his previous life he was simply a boy of a maidservant,\n\nbut through association with great devotees he became a devotee of the\nLord of his own standard, unique in the history of devotional service.\n\nTEXT 16\n\nq�•mtNi� � ;:u!!a.;cq(lar: I\n'3t4ll!1�: mlf �i �����II\nvaiyiisakiS ca bhagaviin\nviisudeva-pariiya[!aft\nurugii_ya-gu[!odiiriift\nsatiim syur hi samiigame\nvaiyiisakift-the son of Vyasadeva; ca-also; bhagaviin-full in transcen­\n\ndental knowledge; viisudeva-Lord Kr��a; pariiyaf!aft-attached to; urugiiya\n\n-of the Personality of Godhead Sri Kr��a, who is glorified by great phi­\n\nlosophers;gu[ta-udiiriif!,-great qualities; satiim-of the devotees;syuf!,-must\n\nhave been; hi-as a matter of fact; samiigame-by the presence of.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0182": "Text 16]\n\nPure Devotional Service: The C hange in Heart\n\n147\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami, the son of Vyasadeva, is also full in transcendental\nknowledge and a great devotee of Lord Kr�l)a, son of Vasudeva. So there\nmust have been disc ussion of Lord Kr�l)a, who is glorified by great philosophers and in the c ompany of great devotees.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word satiim is very important in this verse. Satiim means the pure\ndevotees who have no other desire than to serve the Lord. In the association of such devotees, only the transcendental glories of Lord Kr�!la are\nproperly discussed. It is said by the Lord that His topics are all full of\n\nspiritual significance, and once one properly hears about Him in the\n\nassociation of the satiim, certainly one senses the great potency and so\nautomatically attains to the devotional stage of life. As already described,\n\nMaharaja Parik�it was a great devotee of the Lord from his very birth and\n\nso was Sukadeva Gosvami. Both of them were on the same level, although\n\nit appeared that Maharaja Panl<�it was a great King accustomed to royal\nfacilities whereas Sukadeva Gosvami was a typical renouncer of the world,\nso much so that he did not even put a cloth on his body. Superficially,\n\nMaharaja Par�it and Sukadeva Gosvami might seem to be opposites, but\nbasically they were both unalloyed pure devotees of the Lord. When such\ndevotees are assembled together, there can be no topics save discussions of\n\nthe glories of the Lord, or bhakti-yoga. In the Bhagavad-gitii also, when\n\nthere were talks between the Lord and his devotee Arjuna, there could not\nbe any other topic except bhakti-yoga, however the mundane scholars may\n\nspecul�te on it in their own ways. The use of the word ca after vaiyiisakift\nsuggests, according to Sn!a Jlva Gosvami, that both Sukadeva Gosvami\nand Maharaja Par�it were of the same category, settled long before, al­\n\nthough one was playing the part of the master and the other the disciple.\nSince Lord Krwa is the center of the topics, the word viisudeva-pariiyarza[l.,\n\nor devotee of Vasudeva, suggests devotee of Lord Kr�!J.a, the common aim.\n\nAlthough there were many others who assembled at the place where\nMaharaja Parik�it was fasting, the natural conclusion is that there was no\n\nother topic except the glorification of Lord Kr�!J.a, because the principal\n\nspeaker was Sukadeva Gosvami, and the chief audience was Maharaja\n\nParik�it. So Srimad-Bhiigavatam, as it was spoken and heard by two princi­\n\npal devotees of the Lord, is only for the glorification of the Supreme Lord\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Sri Kf�l)a.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0183": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n148\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�Rr � �IQWSI«i � �I\n�1 tmlofl ;fm �itiifi'!{ld�111��1j\niiyur harati vai pumsiim\nudyann astam ca yann asau\ntasyarte yat-k§aro nita\nuttama-sloka-viirtayii\niiyu�- duration of life; harati-decreases; va i- certainly;pumsiim of the\n-\n\npeople; udyan- rising; as tam\n\n-\n\nse tting; ca-also; yan-moving; asau-the sun;\n\ntas_y a- of one who glorifies the Lord; rte-except; yat-by whom;k§ara�time; nita� utilized ; uttama-sloka-the aU-good Personality of Godhead;\nviirtayii-in the topics of.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nBoth by rising and setting, the sun decreases the duration of life of\n\neveryone, except one who utilizes the time by discussing topics of the ailgood Personality of Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse indirectly confirms the greater importance of utilizing the\nhuman form of life to realize our lost relationship with the Supreme Lord\nby acceleration of devotional service. Time and tide wait for no man. So\nthe time indicated by the sunrise and the sunset will be uselessly wasted if\nsuch time is not properly utilized for realizing identification of spiritual\nvalues. Even a fraction of the duration of life wasted cannot be compensated by any amount of gold. Human life is simply awarded to a living\nentity (jiva) so he can realize his spiritual identity and his permanent source\nof happiness. A living being, especially the human being, is seeking happiness, because happiness is the natural situation of the living entity. But he\nis vainly seeking happiness in the material atmosphere. A living being is\nconstitutionally a spiritual spark of the complete whole, and his happiness\ncan be perfectly perceived in spiritual activities. The Lord is the complete\nspirit whole, and His name, form, quality, pastimes, entourage and per·\nsonality are all identical with Him. Once a person comes into contact with\nany one of the above-mentioned energies of the Lord through the proper\n\n", "SB2.1#p0184": "Text 17]\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\n149\n\nchannel of devotional service, the door of perfection is immediately\nopened. In the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord has explained such contact in the\nfollowing words: \"Endeavors in devotional service are never baffled. Nor\nis there failure. A slight beginning of such activities is sufficient even to\ndeliver a person from the great ocean of material fears.\" (Bg. 2.40) As a\n\nhighly potent drug injected intravenously acts at once on the whole body,\n\nsimilarly the transcendental topics of the Lord injected through the car of\nthe pure devotee of the Lord can act very efficiently. Aural realization of\n\nthe transcendental messages implies total realization, just as fructification\n\nof one part of a tree implies fructification of all other parts. This realization\n\nfor a moment in the association of pure devotees like Sukadeva Gosvami\nprepares one's complete life for eternity. And as such, the sun fails to rob\nthe pure devotee of his duration of life inasmuch as he is constantly busy\nin the devotional service of the Lord, purifying his existence. Death is a\nsymptom of the material infection of the eternal living being, and due to\nmaterial infection only the eternal living entity is subjected to the law of\nbirth, death, old age and disease.\nThe materialistic way of pious activities, like charity, etc., is recommended in the smrti siistras as quoted by Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti\nThakur. Money given in charity to a suitable person is guaranteed bank\nbalance in the next life. Such charity is recommended to be given to a\n\nbriihmar-a. If the money is given in charity to a non·briihmar-a (without\nbrahmanical qualification) the money is returned in the next life in the\nsame proportion.lf it is given in charity to a half·cducatcd briihmar-a, even\nthen the money is returned double. If the money is given in charity to a\nlearned and fully qualified briihmar-a, the money is returned a hundred and\n\nthousand times, and if the money is given to a veda-piiraga (one who has\n\nfactually realized the path of the Vedas), it is returned by unlimited\n\nmultiplication. The ultimate end of Vedic knowledge is to realize the\nPersonality of Godhead Lord Kr�':la, as it is stated in the Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(vedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyafl,). There is a guarantee of money being\n\nreturned if given in charity, regardless of the proportion. Similarly, a\n\nmoment passed in the association of a pure devotee by hearing and chanting\n\nthe transcendental messages of the Lord is a perfect guarantee for eternal\nlife, for returning home, back to Godhead. Mad-dhiima gatvii punar janma\n\nna vidyate. In other words, a devotee of the Lord is guaranteed eternal life.\n\nA devotee's old age or disease in the present life is but an impetus to such\n\nguaranteed eternal life.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0185": "150\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch 3\n\nTEXT 18\n\nm: ft ;r �•q� lRU: ft. ;r SQ«�91(1' 1\n\n91 (ctl�P<l WI � Ai mij �sq� II� �II\ntarava[l kim na jivanti\nbhastrii[l kim na svasanty uta\n\nna khiidanti na mehanti\n\nkim griime pasavo 'pare\ntarava[l-the trees; kim-whether; na-do not; jivanti-live; bhastrii[lbellows;kim-whether;na-do not; svasanti-breathe;uta-also; na-do not;\nkhiidanti-eat;na-do not; mehanti-discharge semen;kim-whether;griime\n-in the locality ;pasava[l.-beastly living being; apare-others.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nDo the trees not live? Do the bellows of the blacksmith not breathe?\nAll around us, do the beasts not eat and discharge semen?\nPURPORT\nThe materialistic man of the modern age will argue that life, or part of\n\nit, is never meant for discussion of theosophical or theological arguments.\n\nLife is meant for the maximum duration of existence for eating, drinking,\n\nsexual intercourse, making merry and enjoying life. The modern man wants\n\nto live forever by the advancement of material science, and there are many\n\nfoolish theories for prolonging life to the maximum duration. But the\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam affirms that life is not meant for so-called economic\ndevelopment or advancement of materialistic science for the hedonistic\n\nphilosophy of eating, mating, drinking and merrymaking. Life is solely\n\nmeant for tapasya, for purifying existence so that one may enter into\neternal life just after the end of the human form of life.\n\nThe materialists want to prolong life as much as possible because they\n\nhave no information of the next life. Therefore they want to get the\nmaximum comforts of life only in this present life, thinking conclusively\n\nthat there is no life after death. This ignorance about the eternity of the\n\nliving being and the change of covering in the material world has played\n\n", "SB2.1#p0186": "Text 19]\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\n151\n\nhavoc in the structure of the modern human society. Consequently there\nare many problems multiplied by various plans of modernized man. The\nplans for solving the problems of society have only aggravated the troubles.\nEven if it is possible to prolong life more than one hundred years, advance­\n\nment of human civilization does not necessarily follow. The Bhiigavatam\n\nsays that certain trees live for hundreds and thousands of years. At\n\nVrndavana there is a tamarind tree (the place is known as Imlitala) which\n\nis said to be existing since the time of Lord Kr��a. In the Calcutta\nBotanical Garden there is a banyan tree said to be older than five hundred\nyears, and there are many such trees all over the world. Svami Sari.karacarya\n\nlived only thirty-two years, and Lord Caitanya lived forty-eight years.\n\nDoes it mean that the prolonged lives of the above-mentioned trees are\n\nmore important than Sankara or Caitanya? Prolonged life without spiritual\nvalue is not very important. One may doubt that trees have life because\nthey do not breathe. But modern scientists like Bose have already proved\nthat there is life in plants, so breathing is no sign of actual life. The\n\nBhiigavatam says that the bellows of the blacksmith breathes very soundly,\nbut that does not mean that the bellows has life. The materialist will argue\n\nthat life in the tree and life in the man cannot be compared because the\ntree cannot enjoy life by eating palatable dishes or by enjoying sexual\n\nintercourse. In reply to this, the Bhiigavatam asks whether other animals\n\nlike the dogs and hogs, living in the same village with human beings, do not\n\neat and enjoy sexual life. The specific utterance of Srimad-Bhiigavatam in\n\nthis connection regarding \"other animals\" means that persons who are\nsimply engaged in the matter of planning a better type of animal life\nconsisting of eating, breathing, and mating are also animals in the shape\nof human beings. A society of such polished animals cannot benefit\n\nsuffering humanity, for an animal can easily harm another animal but\nrarely do good.\n\nTEXT 19\n-A-...HW�(f4U\n\"'\n�\n�\n\"�•��\n��\\,:\n\n�: �: I\n\n;r q�ai4¥.�'iqcf1 �ll ;n1l �: II� �II.\nsva-vir)-variiho�tra-kharaift\nsamstutaft puru�aft pasuft\nna yat-kan:w-pathopeto\njiitu nama gadiigrajaft\n\n", "SB2.1#p0187": "152\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\nsva-a dog; vi(i-varaha-the village hog who eats stool; U§{ra-the camel;\n\nkhara*-and by the asses; samstuta[I-perfectly praised; puru�a�-a person;\n\npasu�-animal; na-never; yat-of him; karrta-ear; patha-path; upeta�­\n\nreached;jatu-at any time; nama-the holy name; gada-agraj�- Lord Kr�!la,\n\nthe deliverer from all evils.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMen who are like dogs, hogs, camels and asses praise those men who\nnever listen to the transcendental pastimes of Lord Sri Kr��a, the deliverer\n\nfrom evils.\n\nPURPORT\nThe general mass of people, unless they arc trained systematically for a\n\nhigher standard of life in spiritual values, arc no better than the animals,\n\nand in this verse they have been particularly put on the level of the dogs,\n\nhogs, camels and asses_ Modern university education practically prepares\none to acquire a doggish mentality to accept the service of a greater\n\nmaster. Like the dogs, after finishing a so-called education, the so-called\n\neducated persons move from door to door with applications for some\n\nservice, and mostly they are driven away, informed of no vacancy. As the\n\ndogs arc negligible animals and serve the master faithfully for bits of\nbread, similarly one serves a master without sufficient rewards.\n\nPersons who have no discrimination in the matter of foodstuff and who\n\neat all sorts of rubbish are compared with lhe hogs. Hogs arc very much\n\nattached to eating stools. So the stool is a kind of foodstuff for a\nparticular type of animal. And even the stones arc eatable by a particular\n\ntype of animal or bird. But the human being is not meant for eating\neverything and anything, save grains, vegetables, fruits, milk, sugar, etc.\n\nAnimal food is not meant for the human being. For chewing solid food,\n\nthe human being has a particular type of teeth meant for cutting fruits and\n\nvegetables. The human being is endowed with two canine teeth as a\n\nconcession for such persons who will eat animal food at any cost. It is\n\nknown to everyone that one man's food is another man's poison. Human\n\nbeings are expected to accept the remnants of food offered to Lord Sri\nKr�':la, and the Lord accepts foodstuff from the categories of leaves,\n\nflowers, fruits, etc. (Bg. 9.26) No animal food is offered to the Lord, as\n\nprescribed by Vedic scriptures. Therefore, a human being is meant to eat\na particular type of food. He should not imitate the animals to derive so-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0188": "Text 19]\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\n153\n\ncalled vitamin values. Therefore, a person who has no discrimination in\nregard to eating is compared with the hogs.\nThe camel is a kind of animal which takes pleasure in eating thorns.\nSimilarly, a person who wants to enjoy family life or the worldly life of\nso-called enjoyment is compared with the camel. Materialistic life is full\nof thorns, so one should live only by the prescribed method of Vedic\nregulations just to make the best use of a bad bargain. Life in the material\nworld is maintained by sucking one's own blood. The central point of\nattraction for material enjoyment is sex life. To enjoy sex life is to suck\none's own blood, and there is not much more to be explained in this\nconnection. The camel also sucks its own blood while chewing the thorny\ntwigs. The thorns that the camel eats cut the tongue of the camel, and so\nblood begins to flow within the camel's mouth. The thorns, mixed with\nfresh blood, create a taste for the foolish camel, and so he enjoys the\nthorn-eating business with false pleasure. Similarly, the grcat business\nmagnates, industrialists who work very hard to earn money by different\nways and questionable means, eat the thorny result of their action mixed\nup with their own blood. Therefore the Bhiigavatam has situated these\ndiseased fellows along with the camels.\nThe ass is another animal who is celebrated as the greatest fool, even\namongst the :1nimals. The ass works very hard and carries burdens of the\nmaximum weight without making profit for itself.* The ass is generally\nengaged by the washerman, whose social position is not very respectable.\nAnd the &pecial qualification of the ass is that it is very much accustomed\nto being kicked by the opposite sex. The ass, when he begs for sexual\nintercourse, is kicked by the fair sex, yet he still follows the female\nfor such sexual pleasure. A henpecked man is compared, therefore,\nwith the ass. The general mass of people work very hard, especially in the\nage of Kali. In this age the human being is actually engaged in the work of\nan ass, carrying heavy burdens and driving thela and rickshaws. The so-called\nadvancement of human civilization has engaged a human being in the work\nof an ass. The laborers in great factories and workshops are also engaged in\nsuch burdensome work, ami after working hard during the day, the poor\nlaborer has to be again kicked by the fair sex, not only for sex enjoyment\nbut also for so many household affairs.\n\n*!Iuman life is meant for earning values. This life is called arthadam. or that which\ncan deliver values. And what is the greatest value of life\"? It is returning horne, back to\n\nCodlwad, as indicated in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 8.15). One's selfishness must be aimed\n\n", "SB2.1#p0189": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n154\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\nSo Srimad-Bhiigavatam's categorization of the common man without\nany spiritual enlightenment into the society of the dogs, hogs, camels and\nasses is not at all an exaggeration. The leaders of such ignorant masses of\n\npeople may feel very proud of being adored by such a number of dogs and\nhogs, but that is not very flattering. The Bhiigavatam openly declares that\n\na person, although a great leader of such dogs and hogs disguised as men,\n\nmay have no taste for being enlightened in the science of Kr�J).a. Such a\n\nleader is also an animal and nothing more. He may be designated as a\n\npowerful, strong animal, or a big animal, but in the estimation of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam he is never given a place in the category of man on account of\n\nhis atheistic temperament. Or, in other words, such godless leaders of dogs\n\nand hog-like men\n\nproportion.\n\nare bigger animals with animal qualities in greater\n\nat the point of going back to Godhead. The ass does not know his self-interest, and it\nworks very hard for others only. Similarly, a person who works very hard for others\nonly, forgetting his personal interest available in the human form of life, is compared to\nthe ass. In the Brahma-vaivarta Purii!W it is said:\nasitim caturas caiva lak§iirhs tan jiva-jiiti§u\nbhramadbhi� puru§ai� priipyarh miinu§yam janma-paryayiit\ntad apy abhalatiim jiita� te§iirh iitmiibhimiininiim\nvariikiiriim aniisritya govinda-carara-dvayam\nThe human life is so important that even the demigods in the higher planets sometimes\naspire after a human body on this earth because in the human body only can one easily\ngo back to Godhead. And in spite of having obtained such an important body, if one\ndoes not reestablish his lost eternal relation with Govinda, Lord Kr��a, he is certainly a\nfool who has forgotten his self-interest. This human form of material body is obtained\nby a gradual process of evolution of one body after another in the cycle of 8,400,000\nvarieties of life. And the poor man, forgetting this importance for his own interest,\ninvolves himself in so many illusory engagements for uplifting the position of others as\nleader of political emancipation and economic development. There is no harm in trying\nfor political emancipation or economic development, but one should not forget the\nreal aim of life: all such philanthropic activities must be dovetailed to returning to\nGodhead. One who does not know this is compared to the ass who works only for\nothers without their or his own welfare in mind.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0190": "Text 20]\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\n155\n\nTEXT 20\n\nmat�liR*\"'fit. �\nWf Sll,trnr:\nri� ;rm I\n��•1Jt �rm �\n\n�\n\n�qtll�!i�•u�•n'?.fn ll':(oll\n\nbile batornkrama-vikramiin ye\nna srrwatal; karyw-pu{e narasya\njihviisati diirdurikeva siita\nna copagiiyaty urngiiya-giithii�\nbile-snake holes; bata-like; urnkrama-the Lord, who acts marvelously;\n\nvikra miin-prowess ; ye-all these; na-never; snwatal; -heard; karr-a-pu{ethe earholes; narasya-of the man, jihvii-tongu e; asati-useless; diirdurikii\n-of the frogs; eva-e x actly like that; siita-0 Suta Gosvami; na-never; caalso; upagiiyati-chants loudly; urngiiya\n\n-\n\nworth singing; giith ii� -songs\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who has not listened to the messages about the prowess and\nmarvelous acts of the Personality of Godhead and has not sung or chanted\nloudly the worthy songs about the Lord is to be considered to possess\nearholes like that of the snakes and a tongue like that of the frogs.\n\nPURPORT\nDevotional service of the Lord is rendered by all limbs or parts of the\nbody. It is the transcendental dynamic force of the spirit soul; therefore a\ndevotee is engaged one hundred percent in the service of the Lord. One\ncan engage in devotional service when the senses of the body are purified\nin relation with the Lord, and one can render service to the Lord with the\nhelp of all senses. As such, the senses and the action of the senses are to be\nconsidered as impure or materialistic as long as they are employed in sense\ngratification only. The purified senses are engaged not in sense gratification\nbut in the service of the Lord in toto. The Lord is the Supreme with all\nsenses, and the servitor who is part and parcel of the Lord also has the\n\n", "SB2.1#p0191": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n156\n\n[Canto 2, Ch_ 3\n\nsame senses. Service of the Lord is the completely purified use of the\nsenses, as it is described in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii. The Lord imparted in­\n\nstructions with full senses, and Arjuna received them with fuLl senses, and\nthus there was a perfect exchange of sensible and logical understanding\nbetween the master and the clisciple. Spiritual understanding is nothing\nlike an electrical charge from the master to the disciple, as it is foolishly\nclaimed by some propaganda-mongers. Everything is full of sense and\nlogic, and the exchange of views between the master and disciple is possible\n\nwhen the reception is submissive and real only. In the Caitanya-caritiimrta\nit is said that one should receive the teaching of Lord Caitanya with\n\nintellect and full senses so that one can logically understand the great\nmiSSIOn.\nIn the impure state of a living being, the respective senses are fully\nengaged in mundane affairs. If the car is not engaged in the service of the\n\nLord by hearing about Him in the Bhagavad-gitii or in the SrimadBhiigavatam, certainly the holes of the ear will be filled up w ith some\nrubbish. Therefore the messages of the Bhagavad-gitii and the SrimadBhiigavatam should be preached all over the world very loudly. That is the\nduly of a pure devotee who has actually heard about them from the\nperfect sources. Many want to speak something to others, but because\nthey are not trained up to speak on the subject matter of Vedic wisdom\nthey are all speaking nonsense, and the people are receiving them \\vith no\nsense. There are hundreds and thousands of sources for distributing\nmundane news of the world, and people of the world arc also receiving\nthem. Similarly, the people of the world should be taught to hear the\ntranscendental topics of the Lord, and the devotee of the Lord must\nspeak loudly so that they can hear. The frogs loudly croak, with the\nresult that they invite the snakes to eat them. The human tongue is\nespecially given for chanting the Vedic hymns and not for croaking like\n\nthe frogs. The word asati used in this verse is also significant. Asati means\n\na woman who has become a prostitute. A prostitute has no reputation for\ngood womanly qualities. Similarly, the tongue, which is given to the\nhuman being for chanting the Vedic hymns, will be considered a prostitute\nwhen it is engaged in the matter of chanting some mundane nonsense.\n\nTEXT 21\nlm::\n\n'ri '&��h:�e�'i*�¥t1W � �it..gt�'l_ I\n\n", "SB2.1#p0192": "Text 21]\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Chang e in Heart\n\n�1 �1 m �ij �1\n\nrufu�€fil�alt\n\n157\n\ntn II�� II\n\nbhiira� param pat{a-kirita-ju§tam\napy uttamiiligam na namen mukundam\nsiivau karau no kurute saparyiim\nharer lasat-kiiiicana-kwikal)aU vii\nbhiira�-a great burden; param- heavy; pat [a-silk; kirita- turban; ju§tam\n-dressed with; ap i-even; uttama\n\n-\n\nupper ; wigam\n\n-\n\nparts of the body; na­\n\nnever; namet-bow down; mukundam-Lord Kr�l).a, the deliverer; siivaudead bodies; karau-hands; no-do not; kurute-do; saparyiim-worshiping;\n\nhare�-of the Personality of Godhead; lasat-glittering ; kiiiicana-made of\ngold; k wikanau\n\n-\n\nbangles; vii-even though.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe upper portion of the body, though crowned with a silk turban, if\nnot bowed down before the Personality of Godhead who can award\nmukti [freedom], is a heavy burden only. And the hands, though decorated with glittering bangles, if not engaged in the service of the Personality of Godhead Hari, are like those of a dead man.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated hereinbefore, there are three kinds of devotees of the Lord.\nThe first-class devotee does not see at all anyone who is not in the service\nof the Lord, bul the second-class devotee makes distinctions between\ndevotees and nondevotees. The second-class devotees are therefore meant\nfor preaching work, and as referred to in the above verse, they musl\nloudly preach the glories of the Lord. The second-class devotee accepts\ndisciples from the section of third-class devotees, or nondevotees. Sometimes the first-class devotees also come down to the category of the\nsecond-class devotee for preaching work. But the common man who is\nexpected to become at least a third-class devotee is advised herein to visit\nthe temple of the Lord and bow down before the Deity, even though he\nmay be a very rich man or even a king with a silk turban or crown. The\nLord is the Lord of everyone, including the great kings and emperors, and\n\n", "SB2.1#p0193": "158\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\nas such, rich men in the estimation of mundane people must therefore\n\nmake a point to visit the temple of Lord Sri Kr��a and regularly bow down\nbefore the Deity. The Lord in the temple in the worshipable form is never\n\nto be considered to be made of stone or wood because the Lord in His arcii\nincarnation as the Deity in the temple shows immense favor to the fallen\nsouls by His auspicious presence. By the hearing process, as mentioned\nhereinbefore, this realization of the presence of the Lord in the temple is\n\nmade possible. As such, the first process of hearing in the routine work of\ndevotional service is the essential point. Hearing by all classes of devotees\n\nfrom the authentic sources like Bhagavad-gitii and Srimad-Bhiigavatam is\nessential. The common man who is puffed up with his material position\n\nand does not bow down before the Deity of the Lord in the temple, or\nwho defies temple worship without any knowledge of the science, must\nknow that his so-called turban or crown will only succeed in further\ndrowning him in the water of the ocean of malerial existence. A drowning\nman with a heavy weight on his head is sure to go down more swiftly than\nothers who have no heavy weight. A foolish, puffed up man defies the\nscience of God and says God has no meaning for him, but when he is in\nthe grip of God's law and is caught up by some disease like cerebral thrombosis, that godless man sinks into lhe ocean of nescience by the weight of\nhis material acquisition. Advancement of material science without God\nconsciousness is a heavy load on the head of human sociel y, so one must\ntake heed of this great warning.\nThe common man, if he has no time to worship the Lord, may at least\nengage his hands for a few seconds washing or sweeping the Lord's temple.\nMaharaja Prataparudra, the greatly powerful king of Orissa, was always\nvery busy with heavy state responsibilities, yet he made it a point to sweep\nthe temple of Lord Jagannatha at Puri once a year during the festival of\nthe Lord. The idea is that, however important a man one may be, he must\naccept the supremacy of the Supreme Lord. This God consciousness will\nhelp a man even in his material prosperity. Maharaja Prataparudra's subordination before the Lord Jagannatha made him a powerful king, so much\nso that even the great Pathan in his time could not enter into Orissa on\naccount of the powerful Maharaja Prataparudra. And at last Maharaja\n\nPrataparudra was graced by Lord Sri Caitanya on the very grounds of his\nacceptance of subordination to the Lord of the universe. So even though a\nrich man's wife has glittering bangles made of gold on her hands, she must\nengage herself in rendering service to the Lord.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0194": "Text 22)\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\nTEXT\n\n159\n\n22\n\nbarhiiyite te nayane nariir-iim\nlirigiini vi§l}OT na nirik§ato ye\npiidau nrr-am tau drnma-janma-bhiijau\nk§etrii!li niinuvrajato harer yau\nba rhiiyite- like plumes of a peacock; te - those; nayane-eyes; nariirtiimof men; li 1i giini-forms; vi§f!O�-of the Personality of Godhead; na-does\nnot; nirik§ata�-look on; ye- all such; p iidau- legs ; nrr-iim - of men; tauthose; d rn ma-ja n ma -being born of the tree; bhiija u-like that, k§etriirtiholy places; na- never; anuvrajata�-goes after; hare� - of the Lord; yauwhich.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe eyes which do not look at the symbolic representations of the\nPersonality of Godhead Vi�I)U [His forms, name, quality, etc.] are like\nthose printed on the plumes of the peacock, and the legs which do not\nmove to the holy places [where the Lord is remembered] are considered\nto be like tree trunks.\nPURPORT\nEspecially for the householder-devotees, the path of Deity worship is\n\nstrongly recommended. As far as possible, every householder, by the\ndirection of the spiritual master, must install the Deity of Vi�r;tu, forms\nlike Riidha-Kr�r;ta, Lak�mi-Niiriiyar;ta or Sitii-Riima especially, or any other\nform of the Lord, like Nrsimha, Variiha, Gaura-Nitai, Matsya, Kurma,\n\nsiilagriima-silii and many other forms of Vi�r;tu, like Trivikrama, Kesava,\nAcyuta, Vasudeva, Niiriiyar;ta, Diimodara, etc., as they are recommended\nin the Vai§rtava Tantras or Puriirtas, and one's family should worship strictly\nfollowing the directions and regulations of arcanii-vidhi. Any member\n\n", "SB2.1#p0195": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n160\n\n[Canto 2, Ch\n\n.\n\n3\n\nof the family who is above twelve years of age should be initiated by a\n\nbona fide spiritual master, and all the members of the household should be\nengaged in the daily service of the Lord, beginning from morning (4 a.m.)\n\ntill night (J 0 p.m.) by performing mangala-iiriitrika, niranjana, arcana, pujii,\n\nkirtana, srngiira, bhoga vaikiili, sandhyii-iiriitrika, patha, bhoga (at night),\n\nsayana-iiriitrika, etc. Engagement in such worship of the Deity, under\n\nthe\n\ndirection of a bona fide spiritual master, will greatly help the\n\nhouseholders to purify their very existence and make rapid progress in\nspiritual knowledge. Simple theoretical book knowledge is not sufficient\nfor a neophyte devotee.\n\nBook knowledge is theoretical, whereas the\n\narcana process is practical. Spiritual knowledge must be developed by a\n\ncombination of theoretical and practical knowledge, and that is the\n\nguaranteed way for attainment of spiritual perfection. The training of\ndevotional service by a neophyte devotee completely depends on the\n\nexpert spiritual master who knows how to lead his disciple to make gradual\n\nprogress towards the path back home, back to Godhead. One should not\n\nbecome a pseudo-spiritual master as a matter of business to meet one's\n\nfamily expenditure, but one must be an expert spiritual master to deliver\nthe disciple from the clutches of impending death. Srila Visvanatha\nCakravartl Thakur has defined the bona fide qualities of a spiritual master,\nand one of the verses in that description reads:\nsri'-vigrahiiriidhana-nitya-niiniisrngiira-lan-mandira-miirjaniidau\nyuktasya bhaktiims ca niyunjato'pi\nvande guroft sri-carmy,iiravindam.\nSri-vigraha is the arcii or suitable worshipable form of the Lord, and the\n\ndisciple should be engaged in worshiping the Deity regularly by srngiira,\n\nby proper decoration and dressing, as also mandira-miirjaniidau, the matter\nof cleansing the temple. The spiritual master teaches the neophyte devotee\n\nall these kindly and personally to help him gradually in the realization of\n\nthe transcendental name, quality, form, etc., of the Lord.\n\nAttention engaged in the service of the Lord, especially in dressing and\n\ndecorating the temple, accompanied by musical ki'rtana and spiritual in­\n\nstructions from scriptures, can only save the common man from the\n\nhellish cinema attraction and rubbish sex-songs broadcast everywhere by\n\nradios. If one is unable to maintain a temple at home, he should go to\nanother's temple where all the above performances are regularly executed.\n\nVisiting the temple of a devotee and looking at the profusely decorated\n\n", "SB2.1#p0196": "Text 23)\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\n161\n\nforms of the Lord well dressed in a well decorated sanctified temple\nnaturally infuse the mundane mind with spiritual inspiration. People\nshould visit holy places like Vrndavana where such temples and worship\nof the Deity are specifically maintained. Formerly all rich men like kings\nand rich merchants constructed such temples under the direction of expert\ndevotees of the Lord, like the six Gosvamis, and it is the duty of the\ncommon man to take advantage of these temples and festivals observed in\nthe holy pilgrimages by following the footprints of great devotees (anuvraja). One should not visit all these sanctified pilgrimages and temples\nwith sightseeing in mind, but one must go to such temples and sanctified\nplaces immortalized by the transcendental pastimes of Lhc Lord and\nguided by proper men who know the science. This is called wwvraja. Anu\nmeans to follow. It is therefore best to follow the instruction of Lhc bona\nfide spiritual master, even in visiting temples and the holy places of pilgrimage. One who does not move in that way is as good as a standing\ntree condemned by the Lord not to move. The moving tendency of the\nhuman being is misused by visiting places for sightseeing. The best purpose of such traveling tendencies could be fulfilled by visiting the holy\nplaces established by great iiciiryas and thereby not being misled by the\natheistic propaganda of moneymaking men who have no knowledge of\nspiritual matters.\n\nTEXT 23\n\nG\\�l\n\nlii4Nijl¥f��'?.t\n\"\n\n��m���;:r�'\n\n��'1'ltl\n\nif���!:\n\n�ij!i{§i}� ;r��� ������\njivaiichavo bhiigavatiinghri-rer-um\nna jiitu mart_yo'bhilabheta yas tu\nsri-vi�r-u-padyii manu-jas tulasyiift\nsvasaii chavo yas tu na veda gandham\nji van- while living; savaft-a dead body; bhiigavata-anghri-rer-um-dust of\nthe feet of a pure devotee; na- never;jiitu\n\nat any time; martyaft mortal;\nabhilabheta- partic ularly received; yaft-a person; tu-but; sri-with opulence; v�r-u-padyiift-of the lotus feet of Vi�I).U; manu-jaft-a descendant of\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0197": "[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhligavatam\n\n162\n\nManu (a man); tulasyii �-leaves of the tulasi tree; svasan-while breathing;\n\nsava�-still a dead body; ya�-who; tu-but; na veda never experienced;\n-\n\ngandham-the flavor.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe person who has not at any time received the dust of the feet of a\n\npure devotee of the Lord upon his head certainly is a dead body. And the\n\nperson who has never experienced the flavor of the tulasi leaves from the\nlotus feet of the Lord is also a dead body, although breathing.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Snla Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakur, the breathing dead\n\nbody is a ghost. When a man dies, he is called dead, but when he again\n\nappears in a subtle form not visible to the present vision and yet acts, such\n\na dead body is called a ghost. Ghosts are always very bad elements, always\ncreating a fearful situation for others. Similarly, the ghost-like nondevotees\n\nwho have no respect for the pure devotees, nor for the Vi�!J.U Deity in the\n\ntemples, create a fearful situation for the devotees at all times. The Lord\n\nnever accepts any offering by such impure ghosts. There is a common\nsaying that one should first love the dog of the beloved before one shows\nany loving sentiments for the beloved. The stage of a pure devotee is\n\nattained by sincerely serving a pure devotee of the Lord. The first con­\n\ndition of devotional service of the Lord is therefore to be a servant of a\npure devotee, and this condition is fulfilled by the statement \"reception\n\nof the dust of the lotus feet of a pure devotee who also served another\n\npure devotee.\" That is the way of pure disciplic succession, or devotional\n\nparamparii.\n\nMaharaja Rahuga!J.a inquired from the great saint Ja�bharata as to how\n\nhe attained such a liberated stage of a paramahamsa, and in answer the\ngreat saint replied as follows:\n\nrahiiga[Laitat tapasii na yiiti na\ncejyayii nirvapa[Liid grhiid vii\nna cchandasii naiva jaliigni-suryair\nvinii mahat-piida-rajo 'bhi§ekam\n\n\"0 King Rahuga!la, the perfectional stage of devotional service or the\n\nparamahamsa stage of life cannot be attained without being blessed by the\n\n", "SB2.1#p0198": "Text 24)\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\n163\n\ndust of the feet of great devotees. It is never attained by tapasya (austerity),\n\nthe Vedic worshiping process, acceptance of renounced order of life, the\n\ndischarge of the duties of household life, the chanting of the Vedic hymns,\n\nor the performance of penances in the hot sun, within cold water or be­\n\nfore the blazing fire.\"\n\nIn other words, Lord Sri Kr�r;a is the property of His pure unconditional\n\ndevotees, and as such only the devotees can deliver Kr�r;a to another\ndevotee; Kr��1a is never obtainable directly. Lord Caitanya therefore\n\ndesignated Himself as the \"gopi-bhartur diisa-diisa-diisiinudiisa,\" or \"the\n\nmost obedient servant of the servants of the Lord who maintains the gopi\n\ndamsels at V�ndavana.\" A pure devotee therefore never approaches the\nLord directly, but tries to please the Lord's servant of servants, and thus\n\nthe Lord becomes pleased, and the devotee then only can relish the taste\nof the tulasi leaves stuck to His lotus feet. In the Brahma-samhitii it is said\nthat the Lord is never to be found by becoming a great scholar of the\nVedic literatures, but He is very easily approachable through His pure\ndevotee. In V rndavana all the pure devotees pray for the mercy of\nSrlmatl Radharar;l, the pleasure potency of Lord Kr�r;a. Srlmatl Radharii'!l\n\nis a tender-hearted feminine counterpart of the supreme whole, resembling\n\nthe perfectional stage of the worldly feminine nature. Therefore, the\nmercy of Radharar;l is available very readily by the sincere devotees, and\nonce She recommends such a devotee to Lord Kr�r;a, the Lord at once\n\naccepts the devotee's admittance in His association. The conclusion is,\n\ntherefore, that one should be more serious about seeking the mercy of\nthe devotee than that of the Lord directly, and by doing so (by the good\n\nwill of the devotee) the natural attraction for the service of the Lord will\nbe revived.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n� �\n� •JJU+ti�(R..,��:\n\nea:�«l(\n�\n\nftlfit;��n?f � �\n� iii� •nOJt�!! ri: ������\n\ntad asmasiirarh hrdayarh bate dam\nyad grhyamiirwir hari-niima-dheya*\nna vikriyetiitha yadii vikiiro\nnetre jalarh giitra-ruhe�u har§a[l,\n\n", "SB2.1#p0199": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n164\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\ntat-that;asmasiiram-is steel-framed;hrdayam-heart; batedam- certainly that; yat-which; grhyamiinai�-in spite of chanting; hari-niima-the\nholy name of the Lord; dheyai�-by concentration of the mind;na-does\nnot; vikriyeta-change; atha-thus; yadii-when; vikiira�-reaction; netrein the eyes;jalam-tears;giitra-mhe§u-at the pores; har§a�-eru ptions of\necstasy.\nTRANSLATION\nCertainly that heart is steel-framed which, in spite of chanting the\nholy name of the Lord with concentration, does not change when ecstasy\ntakes place and tears fill the eyes and hairs stand on end.\nPURPORT\nWe should note with profit that in the first three chapters of the\nSecond Canto, a gradual process of development of devotional service\nis being presented.\n\nIn the First Chapter the first step in devotional\n\nservice for God consciousness by the process of hearing and chanting has\nbeen stressed, and a gross conception of the Personality of Godhead in His\n\nuniversal form for the beginners is recommended. By such a gross concep­\n\ntion of God through the material manifestations of His energy, one is\nenabled to spiritualize the mind and the senses and gradually concentrate\nthe mind upon Lord Vi�rw, the Supreme, who is present as the Supersoul\nin every heart and everywhere, in every atom of the material universe. The\nsystem of paiica-upiisanii, recommending five mental attitudes for the\n\ncommon man, is also enacted for this purpose, namely gradual develop­\n\nment, worship of the superior that may be in the form of fire, electricity,\n\nthe sun, the mass of living being, Lord Siva and at last, the impersonal\n\nSupersoul, the partial representation of Lord Vi�r;tu. They are all nicely\ndescribed in the Second Chapter, but in the Third Chapter further develop­\n\nment is prescribed after one has actually reached the stage of Viwu wor­\n\nship, or pure devotional service, and the mature stage of Vi�r;tu worship is\n\nsuggested herein in relation to the change of heart.\nThe whole process of spiritual culture is aimed at changing the heart of\nthe living being in the matter of his eternal relation with the Supreme Lord\nas subordinate servant, his eternal constitutional position. So with the\nprogress of devotional service, the reaction of change in the heart is\nexhibited by gradual detachment from the sense of material enjoyment by\n\na false sense of lording it over the world and an increase in the attitude of\n\n", "SB2.1#p0200": "Text 24]\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\n165\n\nrendering loving service to the Lord. Vidhi-bhakti, or regulated devotional\nservice by the limbs of the body (namdy the eyes, the ears, the nose,\n\nthe hands, the legs, as already explained hereinbefore), is now stressed\n\nherein in relation to the mind, which is the impetus of all activities of the\n\nlimbs of the body. It is expected by all means that by discharging regulated\ndevotional service one must manifest the change of heart. If there is no\nsuch change, the heart must be considered as steel-framed, for it is not\nmelted even when there is chanting of the holy name of Lhe Lord. We must\n\nalways remember that hearing and chanting are the basic principles of\ndischarging devotional duties, and if Lhcy are properly performed there\n\nwill follow the reactional ecstasy with signs of lears in the eyes and\nstanding of the hairs on the body. These arc natural consequences and are\n\nthe preliminary symptoms of bhiiva stage, which occurs before one\nreaches the perfectional stage of prema, love of Godhead.\n\nIf the reaction does nol take place, even after continuous hearing and\n\nchanting of the holy name of the Lord, it may be considered to be due to\noffenses only. That is the opinion of the Sandharbha. In the beginning of\n\nchanting of the holy name of the Lord, if the devotee has not been very\ncareful about evading the ten kinds of offenses at the feet of the holy\nname, certainly the reaction of feelings of separation will not be visible by\ntears in the eyes and standing of the hair on end.\n\nThe bhiiva stage is manifested by eight transcendental symptoms, namely\n\nstuntedncss,\n\nperspiration, standing of hairs on end, failing in voice,\n\ntrembling, paleness of the body, tears in the eyes and finally trance. The\nNectar of Devotion, a summary study of Snla Rupa Gosvami's Bhaktirasiimrta-sindhu, explains those symptoms and vividly describes other\ntranscendental developments, both in steady and accelerating manifestations.\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravartl Thakur has very critically discussed all these\n\nbhava displays in connection with some unscrupulous neophyte's imitating\nthe\n\nabove\n\nsymptoms for\n\ncheap appreciation.\n\nNot\n\nonly\n\nVisvanatha\n\nCakravarti but also Srila Rupa Gosviimi treated them very critically.\nSometimes all the above eight symptoms of ecstasy are imitated by the\n\nmundane devotees (prakrta sahajiyas), but the pseudo symptoms are at\n\nonce detected when one sees the pseudo devotee addicted to so many\n\nforbidden things. A person addicted to smoking, drinking or illegitimate\n\nsex with women, even though decorated with the signs of a devotee, cannot\n\nhave all the above-mentioned ecstatic symptoms. But it is seen that some­\n\ntimes they are willfully imitated, and for this reason Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti accuses the imitators of being stone-hearted men. They are even\n\n", "SB2.1#p0201": "166\n\nS rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 3\n\naffected sometimes by the reflection of such transcendental symptoms,\nyet if they still do not gi ve up the forbidden habits, then they are hopeless\ncases for transcendental realization.\nWhen Lord Caitanya met Srila Ramananda Raya of Kavaur on the bank\nof Godavari, the Lord developed all these symptoms, but because of the\npresence of some nondevotee briihma!ws who were attendants of the Raya,\nthe Lord surpressed these symptoms. So sometimes they are not visible\neven in the body of the first-class devotee for certain circumstantial\nreasons. Therefore real steady bhiiva is definitely displayed in the matter\nof cessation of material desires (k§iinti), utilization of every moment in\nthe transccnden tal loving service of the Lord (avyiirtha-kiilatvam), eagerness for glorifying the Lord constantly (niima-giine sadii rnci), attraction\nfor living in the land of the Lord (pritis tad-vasati sthale), complete detachment from material happiness (virakti), and pridelessness (miinasunyatii). One who has developed all these transcendental qualities is really\n\npossessed of the bhiiva stage, as distinguished from the stone-hearted\nimitator or mundane devotee.\nThe whole process can be summarized as follows: the advanced devotee\nwho chants the holy name of the Lord in a perfectly offenseless manner\nand is friendly to everyone can actually relish the transcendental taste of\nglorifying Lhe Lord. And the result of such realization is reflected in the\ncessation of all material desires, etc., as mentioned above. The neophytes,\ndue to their being in the lower stage of devotional service, are invariably\nenvious, so much so that they invent their own ways and means of devotional regulations without following the iiciiryas. As such, even if they\nmake a show of constantly chanting the holy name of the Lord, they\ncannot relish the transcendental taste of the holy name. Therefore, the\nshow of tears in the eyes, trembling, perspiration or unconsciousness, etc.,\nare all condemned. They can, however, get into touch with a pure devotee\nof the Lord and rectify their bad habits; otherwise they shall continue to\nbe stone-hearted and unfit for any treatment. A complete progressive\nmarch on the return path home, back to Godhead, will depend on the\ninstructions of the revealed scriptures directed by a realized devotee.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n", "SB2.1#p0202": "Text 25]\n\nPure Devotional Service: The Change in Heart\n\n�\n\n167\n\n�ttm�u�+tNQI��II<&:l � �l �: 11�'-\\11\n\nathabhidhehy miga mano'nukularh\nprabha§ase bhiigavata-pradhiinaJ:t\nyad aha vaiyasakir atma-vidyavisarado nrpatirh sadhu pr§taJ:t\natk a- therefore; abhidhehi-please\n\nexplain; miga-0\n\nS u ta\n\nGosvami;\n\nmanaJ:t-mind; anukulam-favorable to our mentality; prabha§ase-you do\n\nspeak; bhagavata-the great devotee; pradhanaJ:t-the chief;yad aha-what\nhe spoke ;vaiyasakiJ:t- Sukadeva Gosvami;atma-vidya-transcendental know­\n\nledge;\n\nvisaradaJ:t-expert; nrpatim-unto\n\npntaJ:t-being asked.\n\nthe king; sadhu-very good;\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Siita Gosvami, your words are pleasing to our minds. Please therefore\n\nexplain this to us as it was spoken by the great devotee Sukadeva Gosvami,\n\nwho is very expert in transcendental knowledge, and who spoke to\n\nMaharaja Parilqit upon being asked.\n\nPURPORT\nKnowledge explained by the previous acarya like Sukadeva Gosvami\n\nand followed by the next like Siita Gosvami is always powerful transcendental\n\nknowledge,\n\nsubmissive students.\n\nand it is therefore penetrating and useful to all\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Second Canto, Third\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Pure Devotional Service:\nThe Change in Heart. \"\n\n", "SB2.1#p0203": "CHAPTER FOUR\n\nThe Process of creation\n\nTEXT\n\n1\n\n� �qf:et'\n\n�ttl«%.f(ffr\nfl��f;{��;J: I\n� ijfif �itmnvff� n � 11\nsuta uviica\nvaiyiisaker iti vacas\ntattva-niscayam iitmana�\nupadhiirya matim kr§rte\nauttareya� satim vyadhiit\nsuta� uva ca\n\n-\n\nS i:i ta Gosvami said; vaiyasake�I-of Sukadeva Gosvami; iti­\n\nthus; vac a�-speeches; tattva-niscayam-that\n\niitmana�-in the self; upadhiirya\n\n-\n\ntion of the mind; kr§rte\n\n-\n\nwhich verifies\n\nthe truth;\n\nju st having realized; matim-concentru­\n\nunto Lord Kr�t;�a; auttareya�-the son of Uttara;\n\nsatim-chaste; vyadhiit- applied\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuta Gosvami said: Maharaja Parikl?it, the son of Uttara, after hearing\nthe speeches of Sukadeva Gosvami, which were all about the truth of the\nself, applied his concentration faithfully upon Lord Kr�J)a.\nPURPORT\nThe word satim is very significant. This means existing and chaste. And\n\nboth imports are perfectly applicable in the case of l\\laharaja Parlk§it. The\n\nwhole Vedic adventure is to draw one's attention entirely unto the lotus\n\nfeet of Lord Kr§pa without any diversion, as it is instructed in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 15.15). Fortunately Maharaja Parlk�it had already been\n\nattracted to the Lord from the very beginning of his body, in the womb\nof his mother. In the womb of his mother, he was struck by the brahmiistra\n\n169\n\n", "SB2.1#p0204": "170\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\natomic bomb released by Asvatthama, but by the grace of the Lord he was\nsaved from being burnt by the fiery weapon, and since then the King\n\ncontinually concentrated his mind upon Lord KH�a, which made him\n\nperfectly chaste in devotional service. So by natural sequence he was a\n\nchaste devotee of the Lord, and when he further heard from Snla Sukadeva\nGosvami that one should worship the Lord only and no one else, even\nthough full of all desires or desireless, his natural affection for Kr��a was\nstrengthened. We have already discussed these topics in this connection.\nTo become a pure devotee of Lord Kr��a, two things are very much\n\nessential, namely having a chance of being born in the family of a devotee\n\nand having the blessings of a bona fide spiritual master. By the grace\nof Lord Kr��a, Parik�it Maharaja had both opportunities. He was born\nin a family of devotees like the Pa��avas, and just to continue the\n\ndynasty of the Pa��avas, Maharaja PanK.�it was specifically saved by the\n\nLord just to show special favor to the Pa��avas, and later on, by the\narrangement of the Lord, Maharaja Parik�it was cursed by the boy of a\nbriihmm;w and was able to get the association of a spiritual master like\n\nSukadeva Gosvami. In the Caitanya-caritamrta it is said that a fortunate\nperson, by the mercy of the spiritual master and Lord Kr��a, achieves the\npath of devotional service. This was perfectly applicable in the case of\nMaharaja Parik�it. By way of being born in the family of devotees, he\nautomatically came in touch with K��a, and after being so contacted he\nconstantly remembered Him. Consequently Lord Kr��a gave the King a\n\nfurther chance of development in devotional service by introducing him\nto Sukadeva Gosvami, a stalwart devotee of the Lord with perfect know­\n\nledge in self-realization. And by hearing from a bona fide spiritual master,\nhe was perfectly able to concentrate his chaste mind further upon Lord\nKr��a, as a matter of course.\n\nTEXT\n\n2\n\nI\n311��1Sli�IW11•1(4�fct�i!\n�:;:nN�� ���II\"< II\niitma-jiiyii-sutiigiirapasu-dravirw-bandhu�u\nriijye ciivikale nityam\nvimflhiim mamatiirh jahau\n\niitma-body; jiiyii-wife; suta-son; agiira-palace; pasu-horses and ele­\n\nphants; dravira-treasury house; bandhu�u-unto friends and relatives;\n\n", "SB2.1#p0205": "Text 2)\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n171\n\nrajye-in the kingdom; ca-also; avikale-without being disturbed; nityamconstant; virn�hiim-deep-rooted; mamatiim\n\n-\n\naffinity ; jahau\n\n-\n\ngave up.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Parik�it, as a result of his wholehearted attraction for Lord\nKr�!la, was able to give up all deep-rooted affection for his personal body,\nwife, children, palace, animals, horses and elephants, treasury house,\nfriends and relatives, and his undisputed kingdom.\nPURPORT\nTo become liberated means to become free from dehiitma-buddhi,\nthe illusory attachment for personal bodily coverings and everything\nconnected with the body, namely the wife, children and all other entanglements. One selects a wife for bodily comforts, and the result is children.\nFor wife and children one requires a dwelling place, and as such the\nresidential house is also necessary. The animals like horses, elephants,\ncows, dogs, etc., are all household animals, and a householder has to keep\nthem as household paraphernalia. In the modern civilization the horses\nand elephants have been replaced by cars and conveyances with considerable horsepower. To maintain all the household affairs, one has to\nincrease the bank balance and be careful about the treasury house, and in\norder to display the opulence of material assets, one has to keep good\nrelations with friends and relatives, as well as become very careful about\nmaintaining the status quo. This is called material civilization of material\nattachment. Devotion for\n\nLord Kr�t�a means negation of a11 material\n\nattachments as detailed above. By the grace of Lord Kr�r;J.a, Maharaja\nPari1(�it was awarded all material amenities and an indisputed kingdom to\nenjoy the undisturbed position of king, but by the grace of the Lord he\nwas able to give up all connection with material attachment. That is the\nposition of a pure devotee. Maharaja Parilqit, due to his natural affection\n\nfor Lord Kr�':la as a devotee of the Lord, was always executing his royal\n\nduties on behalf of the Lord, and as a responsible king of the world he was\n\nalways careful to see that the influence of Kali would not enter his kingdom. A devotee of the Lord never thinks of his household paraphernalia as\nhis own, but surrenders everything for the service of the Lord. Thereby\nliving entities under a devotee's care get the opportunity for God realization by the management of a devotee master.\nAttachment for household paraphernalia and for Lord Krwa go poorly\ntogether. One attachment is the path of darkness, and the other attachment is the path of light. Where there is light, there is no darkness, and\n\n", "SB2.1#p0206": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n172\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nwhere there is darkness, there is no light. But an expert devotee can turn\neverything to the path of light by service attitude of the Lord, and the best\nexample here is the Pii��avas. Maharaja Yudhi�thira and householders\nlike him can turn everything into light by dovetailing the so-called material\nassets in the service of the Lord, but one who is not trained up or is unable\nto turn everything to the service of the Lord (nirbandha� k[§[W-sambandhe)\n\nmust give up all material connection before he can be fit to hear and chant\nthe glories of the Lord, or in other words, one who has seriously heard\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam for one day even, like Maharaja Parik�it, from a fit\npersonality like Sukadeva Gosvami, may be able to lose all affinity for\nmaterial things. There is no utility simply in imitating Maharaja Parik�it\n\nand hearing Bhi.igavatam from professional men, even for seven hundred\n\nyears. To take Srimad-Bhi.igavatam as a means of maintaining family\n\nexpenditure is the grossest type of ni.imi.ipari.idha offense at the feet of the\nL ord (sarva-subha-kriya-si.imyam api prami.idaft).\n\nTEXTS 3-4\n\n�en� �fliT � �: I\n��� �� �;n: II� II\n�t � �� ��ffrt�� I\n�� �Fr ��� � il'Jt II 'd II\n�\n\npapraccha cemam eviirtham\n\nyan mi.irh prcchatha sattami.ift\n\nkmranubhiiva-sravarte\n\nsraddadhiino mahii-maniift\n\nsarhsthiirh vijniiya sannyasya\n\nkarma trai-vargikarh ca yat\n\nviisudeve bhagavati\n\niitma-bhiivarh dp:Jharh gataft\n\npapraccha-asked;\n\nca-also; imam-this; eva-exactly like; artham­\n\npurpose; yat-that; miim-unto me; prcchatha-you are asking; sattamii/:t-\n\n0 great sages; kr§rta-an u bhiiva-rapt in the thought of Kr� � a; sravarte-in\n\nhearing; sraddadhiina�-full of faith; mahii-maniift-great soul; sarhsthiim-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0207": "Texts 3-4]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n173\n\ndeath; vijiiaya-being informed; sannyasya-renouncing; karma-fruitive\nactivities;\n\ntrai-vargikam-three\n\nprinciples\n\ndevelopment and sense gratification;\nvasudeve-unto\n\nLord\n\nof\n\nreligion,\n\neconomic\n\nca-also; yat-what it may be;\n\nKr�r;ta; bhagavati-the\n\nPersonality of\n\nGodhead;\n\natma-bhavam-attraction of love; dn:lham-firmly fixed; gata[l-achieved.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 great sages, the great soul Maharaja Parik�it, constantly rapt in the\n\nthought of Lord Kr�r;ta, knowing well of his imminent death, renounced\nall\n\nsorts\n\nof\n\nfruitive\n\nactivities,\n\nnamely acts of religion, economic\n\ndevelopment and sense gratification, and thus fixed himself firmly in his\nnatural love for Kr�r;ta and asked exactly all these questions, as you are\nasking me.\n\nPURPORT\nThe\n\nthree actiVIties of religion, economic development and sense\n\ngratification are generally attractive for conditioned souls struggling for\nexistence in the material world. Such regulated activities prescribed in the\nVedas are called the karma-karu.Jiya conception of life, and householders\nare generally recommended to follow the rules just to enjoy material\n\nprosperity both in this life and in the next. Most people are attracted by\nsuch activities. Even in the activities of their modern godless civilization,\npeople are more concerned with economic development and sense gratification without any religious sentiments. As a great emperor of the world,\nMaharaja Parik�it had to observe such regulations of the Vedic karma­\n\nkarpiya section, but by the slight association with Sukadeva Gosvami he\ncould perfectly understand that Lord Kf�p.a, the Absolute Personality of\n\nGodhead (Vasudeva), for whom he had a natural love since his birth, is\n\neverything, and thus he fixed his mind firmly upon Him, renouncing all\nmodes of Vedic karma-kar,Piya activities. This perfectional stage is attained\nby a jiiiini after many, many births. The jiianis, or the empiric philosophers\nendeavoring for liberation, are thousands of times better than the fruitive\n\nworkers, and out of hundreds of thousands of such jiianis one is liberated\n\nfactually. And out of hundreds of thousands of such liberated persons,\n\neven one person is rarely found who can firmly fix his mind unto the lotus\n\nfeet of Lord Sri Kr�r;ta, as it is declared by the Lord Himself in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 7.19). Maharaja Parik�it is specially qualified with the\n\n", "SB2.1#p0208": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n174\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nword mahiimanii�, which puts him on an equal level with the mahiitmiis\n\ndescribed in the Bhagavad-gitii. In the later age also there were many\n\nmahiitmiis of this type, and they also gave up all karma-kiir-!f,iya concep­\n\ntions of life, solely and wholly depending on the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead Kr�p.a. Lord Caitanya, who is Lord Kr�p.a Himself, taught us in\nHis Sik§ii§takam:\n\niisli§ya vii piida-ratiirit pina�tu miim adarsaniin marma-hatiirit karotu vii\nyathii tathii vii vidadhiitu lampato mat-priirw-niithas tu sa eva niipara�.\n\"Lord Kr�p.a, who is the lover of many devotees (women), may embrace\n\nthis fully surrendered maidservant or may trample me with His feet, or He\n\nmay render me brokenhearted by not being present before me for a long\n\nduration of time, still He is nothing less than the Absolute Lord of my\n\nheart.\"\n\nSnla Rupa Gosvami spoke thus:\n\nviracaya mayi dar-!f,am dina-bandho dayiirit vii\ngatir iha na bhavatta� kiicid anyii mamiisti\nnipatatu sata-koti nirbhararit vii naviimbha�\ntad api kila payoda� stuyate ciitakena.\n\"0 Lord of the poor, do what you like with me, give me either mercy or\n\npunishment, but in this world I have none to look after except Your Lord­\n\nship. The ciitaka bird always prays for the cloud, regardless of whether it\n\nshowers. rains. or throws a thunderbolt.\"\n\nSrlla Madhavendra Pur!, the grand-spiritual master of Lord Caitanya,\n\ntook leave of all karma-kar�iya obligations in the following words:\n\nsandhyii-vandana bhadram astu bhavato bho[l, sniina tubhyarit namo\nbho deva[l, pitaras ca tarpar-a-vidhau niiharit k§ama[l, k§amyatam\nyatra kviipi ni§adya yiidava-kulottamasya karitsa-dvi§a�\nsmiirarit smiiram agharit hariimi tad alarit manye kim anyena me.\n\"0 my evening prayer, all good unto you. 0 my morning bath, 1 bid\n\nyou good-bye. 0 demigods and forefathers, please excuse me. I am unable\n\nto perform any more offering for your pleasures. Now I have decided to\n\nfree myself from all reactions of sins simply by remembering anywhere\nand everywhere the great descendant of Yadu and the great enemy of\n\nKamsa [Lord Kr�p.a] . I think this is sufficient for me. So what is the use of\n\nfurther endeavors?\"\n\n", "SB2.1#p0209": "Texts 3-4]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n175\n\nSrila Madhavendra Puri said further:\n\nmugdham miim nigadantu niti-nipu[Lii bhriintam muhur vaidikiiJ:t\nmandam biindhava-saiicayii jat;la-dhiyam muktiidariiJ:t sodariiJ:t\nunmattam dhanino viveka-caturiiJ:t kiimam mahii-diimbhikam\nmoktum na k§iimate maniig api mano govinda-piida-sprham.\n\"Let the sharp moralist accuse me of being illusioned; I do not mind it.\nExperts in Vedic activities may slander me as being misled, friends and\nrelatives may call me frustrated, my brothers may call me a fool, the\nwealthy mammonites may point me out as mad, and the learned philosophers may assert that I am much too proud; still my mind does not budge\nim inch from the determination of serving the lotus feet of Govinda,\n\nthough I be unable to do it.\"\n\nAnd also Prahlada Maharaja said:\n\ndharmiirtha-kiima iti yo 'bhihitas trivarga\nik§ii trayi naya-damau vividhii ca viirtii.\nmanye tad etad akhilam nigamasya satyam\nsviitmiirpa[Larh svasuhrdaJ:t paramasya pumsaJ:t.\n\"Religion, economic development and sense gratification are celebrated\nas three means of attaining the path of salvation. Of these, ik§ii trayi\n\nespecially, i.e., knowledge of the self, knowledge of fruitive acts and\n\nlogic and also politics and economics, are different means of livelihood. All\nthese are different subjects of Vedic education, and therefore I consider\nthem temporary engagements. On the other hand, surrendering unto the\nSupreme Lord Vi��u is a factual gain in life, and I consider it the ultimate\n\ntruth.\"\n\nThe whole matter is concluded in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 2.41) as\nvyavasiiyiitmikii buddhiJ:t, or the absolute path of perfection. Sri Baladeva\nVidyabhu�a�a, a great Vai��ava scholar, defines this as bhagavad-arcaniiriipaika-ni§kiima-karmabhir visuddha-cittaJ:t, accepting transcendentalloving\nservice of the Lord as the prime duty, free from fruitive reaction.\n\nSo Maharaja Parik�it was perfectly right when he accepted firmly the\n\nlotus feet of Lord Kf��a, renouncing all karma-kii[Ll}iya conceptions of\nlife.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0210": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n176\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 5\n\n'{rnrerr;r\nijl\\'Rhf ;:r�) if�. ij��� ifcf1'N I\nqlttf�ij�� ��: �: �11�11\nriijoviica\nsamicinarh vaco brahman\nsarva-jiiasya taviinagha\ntamo visiryate mahyarh\nhare� kathayata� kathiim\nriijii uviica-the King said; samicinam perfectly right; vaca� speeches;\nbrahman-0 learned briihmarw; s ar va jii asya- one who knows all; tavayour; anagha- without any contamination; tama�-darkness of ignorance;\nvi Siryate gradually disappearing; mahy am-unto me; hare� of the Lord;\nkathayata�-as you are speaking; kathiim topics.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Par�it said:\n\n0 learned brahmap.a, you know everything\n\nbecause you are without material contamination. Therefore whatever you\nhave spoken to me appears to be perfectly right. Your speeches are\n\ngradually destroying the darkness of my ignorance, for you are narrating\n\nthe topics of the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nThe practical experience of Maharaj a Paril(�it is disclosed herein, re­\n\nvealing that transcendental topics of the Lord act like inj ections when they\nare received by the sincere devotee from a person who is perfectly uncontaminated by material tinges. In other words, reception of the messages of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam from professional men, heard by a karma-kiir-fliya\naudience, never acts miraculously as it is stated here. Devotional hearing\nof the messages of the Lord is not like hearing ordinary topics; therefore\nthe action will be felt by the sincere hearer by experience of the gradual\ndisappearance of ignorance.\n\nyasya deve para bhaktir yathii deve tathii gurau.\ntasyaite kathitii hy arthii� prakiisante mahiitmanaft\n(Svetiisvatara Upani§ad 6.23)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0211": "Text 6]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n177\n\nWhen a hungry man is given food to eat, he feels satiation of hunger and\nthe pleasure of dining simultaneously. Thus he does not have to ask\n\nwhether he has actually been fed or not. The crucial test of hearing Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam is that one should get positive enlightenment by such an act.\n\nTEXT 6\n\nbhuya eva vivitsiimi\nbhagaviin iitma-miiyayii\nyathedarh srjate viSvarh\nduroibhiivyam adhiSvara*\nbhiiya[t-again; eva-also; vivitsiimi- I wish to learn; bhagaviin- the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; iitma\n\n-\n\npersonal ; miiyayii-by the energies; yathii- as;\n\nidam-this phenomenal world; srjate-does create; visvam- universe; durvi­\n\nbhiivyam-inconceivable ; adhisvaraih-by the great demigods.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI beg to know from you how the Personality of Godhead, by His\npersonal energies, creates these phenomenal universes as they are, which\nare inconceivable even by the great demigods.\nPURPORT\n\nIn every inquisitive mind the important question of the creation of the\n\nphenomenal world arises, and therefore for a personality like Maharaja\nPanK.�it, who was to know all activities of the Lord from his spiritual\nmaster, such inquiry is not uncommon. For every unknown thing, we have\n\nto learn and inquire from a learned personality. The question of creation\n\nis also one of such inquiries to be made from the right person. The\n\nspiritual master, therefore, must be one who is sarva-jiia, as stated herein­\n\nbefore in connection with Sukadeva Gosvami. Thus all inquiries on God\nwhich are unknown to the disciple may be made from the qualified\n\n", "SB2.1#p0212": "178\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nspiritual master, and here the practical example is set by Maharaja\nParik�it. It was, however, already known to Maharaja Parik�it that everything that we see is born out of the energy of the Lord, as we have all\nlearnt in the very beginning of Srimad-Bhiigavatam (janmiidy asya yata[t).\n\nSo Maharaja Parik�it wanted to know the process of creation. The origin of\n\ncreation was known to him; otherwise he would not have inquired how the\nPersonality of Godhead, by His different energies, creates this phenomenal\nworld. The common man also knows that the creation is made by some\ncreator and is not created automatically. We have no experience in the\n\npractical world that a thing is created automatically. Foolish people say\nthat the creative energy is independent and acts automatically, as electrical\nenergy works. But the intelligent man knows that even the electrical energy\nis generated by an expert engineer in the localized powerhouse, and thus\nthe energy is distributed everywhere under the resident engineer's supervision. The Lord's supervision in connection with creation is mentioned\neven in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg.\n\n9.10), and it is clearly said there that\n\nmaterial energy is a manifestation of one of many such energies of the\n\nSupreme (pariisya saktir vividhaiva sruyate). An inexperienced boy may\n\nbe struck with wonder by seeing the impersonal actions of electronics or\nmany other wonderful things conducted by electrical energy, but an\nexperienced man knows that there is a living man behind the action, who\ncreates such energy. Similarly the so-called scholars and philosophers of the\nworld may, by mental speculation, present so many Utopian theories\nabout the impersonal creation of the universe, but an intelligent devotee\nof the Lord, by studying the Bhagavad-gitii, can know that behind the\n\ncreation is the hand of the Supreme Lord, just as in the generating elec­\n\ntrical powerhouse there is the resident engineer. The research scholar finds\n\nout the cause and the effect of everything, and the research scholars as\n\ngreat as Brahma, Siva, Indra and many other demigods are sometimes\n\nbewildered by seeing the wonderful creative energy of the Lord, so what\nto speak of the tiny mundane scholars dealing in petty things. As there\nare differences in the living conditions of different planets of the universe,\n\nand as one planet is superior to others, similarly the brains of the living\n\nentities in those respective planets are also of different categorical values.\n\nAs it is stated in the Bhagavad-gitii, one can compare the long duration of\n\nlife of the inhabitants of Brahmii's planet, which is inconceivable to the\n\ninhabitants of this planet earth, to the categorical value of the brain of\n\nBrahmiiji, also inconceivable by any great scientist of this planet. And with\nsuch high brain power, even Brahmiiji has described in his great Samhitii\n\n(Brahma-samhitii) as follows:\n\n", "SB2.1#p0213": "Text 6]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n179\n\niSvara� parama� kmw�\nsac-cid-iinanda-vigraha�\naniidir iidir govinda�\nsarva-kiirar-a-kiirar-am\n(Bs. 5.1)\nBrahmiijl admits Lord Kmw to be the supreme cause of all causes. But\npersons with tiny brains within this petty planet earth think of the Lord\nas one of them. Thus when the Lord says in the Bhagavad-gitii that He\n(Lord Kr��a) is all in all, the speculative philosophers and the mundane\nwranglers deride Him, and the Lord regretfully says:\navajiinanti miim mut;lhii\nmiinu§irh tanum iisritam\nparam bhiivam ajiinanto\nmama bhuta-mahesvaram.\n(Bg. 9.11)\nBrahmii and Siva (and what to speak of other demigods) are bhutas or\ncreated powerful demigods that manage universal affairs, much like min·\nisters who are appointed by the king. The ministers may be isvaras or\ncontrollers, but the Supreme Lord is mahe5vara or the creator of the\n\ncontrollers. Persons with a poor fund of knowledge do not know this, and\ntherefore they have the audacity to deride Him because He comes before\nus by His causeless mercy occasionally as a human being. The Lord is not\nlike the human being.\n\nHe is sac-ci d-iinanda-vigraha, or the Absolute\n\nPersonality of Godhead, and there is no difference between His body and\nHis soul. He is both the power and the powerful.\n\nMaharaja Parik�it did not ask his spiritual master, Sukadeva Gosvami,\n\nto narrate Lord Kr��a's pastimes in Vrndavana, but he wanted to hear first\n\nabout the creation of the Lord. Sukadeva Gosvami did not say that the\nKing should hear about the direct transcendental pastimes of the Lord.\n\nThe time was very short, and naturally Sukadeva Gosviimi could have gone\ndirectly to the Tenth Canto to make a shortcut of the whole thing, as it is\n\ngenerally done by the professional reciters. But neither the King nor the\n\ngreat speaker of Srimad-Bhagavatam jumped up like the organizers of\n\nBhaga.vatam, but both of them proceeded systematically, so that both\n\nfuture readers and hearers may take lessons from the example of the\n\nprocedure of reciting Srimad-Bhagavatam. Those who are in control of the\n\nexternal energy of the Lord, or in other words those who are in the material\n\n", "SB2.1#p0214": "S rimad Bhagav at am\n\n180\n\n-\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nworld, must first of all know how the external energy of the Lord is\nworking under the direction of the Supreme Personality, and afterwards\none may try to enter into the activities of His internal energy. The\nmundaners are mostly worshipers of Durga Devi, the external energy of\n�9'!a, but they do not know that Durga De vi is but the shadow energy\nof the Lord. Behind her astonishing display of material workings, the\ndirection of the Lord is there, as it is confirmed in the Gitii (Bg. 9.10).\nThe Brahma-samhitii affirms that Durga-sakti is working by the direction\nof Govinda, and without His sanction the powerful Durga-sakti cannot\nmove even a blade of grass. Therefore the neophyte devotee, instead of\njumping at once on the platform of transcendental pastimes presented by\nthe internal energy of the Lord, may know how great the Supreme Lord is\nby inquiring about the process of His creative energy. In the Caitanyacaritiimrta also, descriptions of the creative energy and the Lord's hand\n\nin il are explained, and the author of Caitanya-caritiimrta has warned the\nneophyte devotees to be seriously on guard against the pitfall of neglecting\nthe knowledge about K��rya as to how great He is. Only when one knows\nLord K�§rya's greatness can one firmly put one's unflinching faith in Him;\notherwise, like the common man, Lord K�9'!a will be mistaken as one of\nthe many demigods, or a historical personality, or a myth only, even by\nthe great leaders of men. The transcendental pastimes of the Lord in\nV�ndavana, or even at Dvarakii, are relishable by persons who have already\nqualified themselves in advanced spiritual techniques, and the common\nman may be able to attain to such a plane by the gradual process of service\nand inquiries, as we shall see in the behavior of Mahiir·aja Parik�?it.\n\nTEXT 7\n\nmqp:ffir � ��ij- �: ,\n���RfiuqTf��wRti: �:� 1\n� stfh��\"J}tft�wr_ � �)fij :q II 1.911\n�\n\nyathii gopiiyati vibhur\nyathii sarhyacchate puna�\nyiirh yiirh saktim upii.sritya\npuru-sakt* para� pumiin\n\n", "SB2.1#p0215": "Text 7]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n181\n\niitmiinarh kriflayan kriflan\nkaroti vikaroti ca\nyathii as; gopiiyati- maintains; vibhuft -the great; yathii-as;\n-\n\ncchate- winds up;puna� - again ;yiirh yiim\n\n-\n\nsarhya­\n\nas; saktim-ener gies; upiisritya­\n\nby employing; pur u sakti ft-the all-powerful;paraft-the Supreme; pumiin-\n\nPersonality of Godhead; iitmiinam- plenary expansion; kriflayan- having\nengaged them; kriflan-as also personally being engaged; karoti- do them;\n\nvikaroti-and causes to be done; ca-and.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKindly describe how the Supreme Lord, who is all-powerful, engages\nHis different energies and different expansions in maintaining and again\nwinding up the phenomenal world in the sporting spirit of a player.\nPURPORT\nIn the Kathopani§ad the Supreme Lord is described as the chief eternal\nbeing amongst all other eternal individual beings (nityo nityiiniirh cetanas\ncetaniiniim) and the one Supreme Lord who maintains innumerable other\nindividual living beings (eko bahiiniirh yo vidadhiiti kiimiin). So all living\nentities, both in conditioned state and in liberated state, are maintained by\nthe Almighty Supreme Lord. Such maintenances arc effected by the Lord\nthrough His different expansions of Self and three principal energies,\nnamely the internal, external and marginal energies. The living entities are\nHis marginal energies, and some of them, in the confidence of the Lord,\nare entrusted with the work of creation also, as are Brahma, Marici, etc.,\nand the acts of creation are inspired by the Lord unto them (tene brahma\n\nhrdii).\n\nThe external energy {miiyii) is also impregnated with the jivas or\n\nconditioned souls. The unconditioned marginal potency acts in the spiritual\nkingdom, and the Lord, by His different plenary expansions, maintains\nthem in different transcendental relations displayed in the spiritual sky.\nSo the one Supreme Personality of Godhead manifests Himself in many\n\n(bahu syiima), and thus all diversities are in Him and He is in all diversities,\nalthough He is nevertheless different from all of them. That is the inconceivable mystic power of the Lord, and as such everything is simultaneously\none and different from Him by His inconceivable potencies {acintya­\n\nbhediibheda-tattva).\n\n", "SB2.1#p0216": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n182\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 8\n\n;@ � Jm'l «®N��ut: I\n�f'ffimm ��� �� 11 � 11\nnunarh bhagavato brahman\nharer adbhuta-karmar-a�\ndurvibhiivyam iviibhiiti\nkavibhiS ciipi ce�fitam\nnunam-still insufficient; bhagavata�-of the Personality of Godhead;\nbrahman-0 learned briihmar-a; hare�-of the Lord; adbhuta- wonderful;\nkarma ra�-one who acts; durvibhiivyam inconceivable ; iva-like that;\niibhiiti- appears; kavibh*-even by the highly learned; ca also ; api in\nspite of; ce§t itam- being endeavored for.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 learned brahma�a, the transcendental activities of the Lord are\nall wonderful, and they appear to be inconceivable because even great\nendeavors by many learned scholars have still proved to be insufficient.\nPURPORT\nThe acts of the Supreme Lord, in the creation of just this one universe,\nappear to be inconceivably wonderful. And there are innumerable universes,\nand all of them aggregated together are known as the created material\nworld. And this part of His creation is only a fractional portion of the\ncomplete creation. The material world stands as a part only (ekiirhsena\nsthito jagat). Supposing that the material world is a display of one part of\nHis energy, the remaining three parts consist of the Vaikur-tha-jagat or\nspiritual world described in the Bhagavad-gitii as mad-dhiima or saniitanadhiima, or the eternal world. We have marked in the previous verse that He\ncreates and again winds up the creation. This action is applicable in the\nmaterial world only because the other greater part of His creation, namely\nthe Vaiku�tha world, is neither created nor annihilated; otherwise the\nVaiku!ltha-dhama would not have been called eternal. The Lord exists\nwith dhiima; His eternal name, quality, pastimes, entourage and personality\nare all a display of His different energies and expansions. The Lord is\n\n", "SB2.1#p0217": "Text 8]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n183\n\ncalled aniidi, or having no creator, and iidi, or the origin of all. We think\nin our own imperfect way that the Lord is also created, but the Vedanta\ninforms us that He is not created. Rather, everything else is created by\nHim (niiriiyap,a[l, paro'vyaktiit). Therefore for the common man these are\nall very wonderful matters for consideration. Even for the great scholars\nthey are inconceivable, and thus such scholars present theories contradictory to one another. Even for the insignificant part of His creation, this\nparticular universe, they have no complete information as to how far this\nlimited space is extended, or how many stars and planets are there, or the\ndifferent conditions of those innumerable planets. Modern scientists have\ninsufficient knowledge of all this. Some of them assert that there are\n100,000,000 planets scattered all over space. In a news release from\nMoscow dated 21/2/60, the following piece of knowledge was relayed:\n\"Russia's well-known professor of astronomy Boris Vorontsov-Velianino\nsaid that there must be an infinite number of planets in the universe\ninhabited by beings endowed with reason.\n\"It could be that life similar to that on earth flourishes on such planets.\n\"Doctor of Chemistry Nikolat Zhirov, covering the problem of atmosphere on other planets, pointed out that the organism of a Martian, for\ninstance, could very well adapt itself to normal existence with a low body\ntemperature.\n\"He said that he felt that the gaseous composition of Martian atmosphere\nwas quite suitable to sustain life of beings which have become adapted to\nit.\"\nThis adaptibility of an organism to different varieties of planets is\ndescribed in the Brahma-samhitii as vibhuti-bhinnam, i.e., each and every\none of the innumerable planets within the universe is endowed with a\nparticular type of atmosphere, and the living beings there are more perfectly\nadvanced in science and psychology because of a better atmosphere.\n\nVibhuti means specific powers, and bhinnam means variegated. Scientists\nwho are attempting to explore outer space and are trying to reach other\nplanets by mechanical arrangements must know for certain that organisms\nadapted to the atmosphere of earth cannot exist in the atmospheres of\nother planets (Easy Journey to Other Planets). One has to prepare himself,\ntherefore, to be transferred to a different planet after being relieved of the\npresent body, as it is said in the Bhagavad-gitii, yiinti deva-vratii deviin pitfn\nyiinti pitr-vratii� bhUtiini yiinti bhutejyii yiinti mad-yiijino 'pi miim: \"Those\nwho worship the demigods will take birth among the demigods; those who\nworship ghosts and spirits will take birth among such beings, and those\nwho worship Me will live with Me.\" (Bg. 9.25)\n\n", "SB2.1#p0218": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n184\n\n[ Canf.u 2, Ch. 4\n\nMaharaja Parlk�it's statement regarding the working of the creative\n\nenergy of the Lord discloses that he knew everything of the process of\n\ncreation. Why then did he ask Sukadeva Gosvami for such information?\n\nMaharaja Parlk�it, being a great emperor, a descendant of the Pap�avas and\na great devotee of Lord Kr�pa, was quite able to know considerably about\n\nthe creation of the world, but that much knowledge was not sufficient. He\nsaid therefore that even greatly learned scholars fail to know about that,\n\neven after great effort. The Lord is unlimited, and His activities are also\n\nunfathomed. Any living being, up to the standard of Brahmaji, the highest\n\nperfect living being within the universe, with a limited source of knowledge\nand with imperfect senses can never imagine knowing about the unlimited.\nWe can know something of the unlimited when it is explained by the\n\nunlimited, as it has been done by the Lord Himself in the unique statements\n\nof the Bhagavad-gitii, and it can also be known to some extent from\n\nrealized souls like Sukadeva Gosvami, who learned it from Vyasadeva, a\n\ndisciple of Narada, and thus the perfect knowledge can descend by the\nchain of disciplic succession only, and not by any form of experimental\nknowledge, old or modern.\n\nTEXT 9\n\nyathii gu[tiims tu prakrter\nyugapat kramaio'pi vii\nbibharti bhurisas tv ekafl.\nkurvan karmiirti janmabhifl.\nyathii-as they are; gu[tiin-the modes of; tu-but; prakrte[l-of the\n\nmaterial energy; yugapat-simultaneously; kramasa[l-gradually; api-also;\n\nvii-either; bibharti-maintains; bhiiriSa[l-many forms; tu-but; eka[l-the\nsupreme one; kurvan-acting; karmar i\ntions.\n\n-\n\nactivities; janmabhifl.- by incarna­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is one, whether He alone acts\nwith the modes of material nature, or simultaneously expands in many\nforms, or expands consecutively to direct the modes of nature.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0219": "Text 10)\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n185\n\nTEXT 10\n\nf4f�fffld�d� ;r;�'fG � � I\n�i1lff'ot�:qu��ll� ll�oll\nvicikitsitam etan me\nbravitu bhagaviin yathii\nsii bde brahmar-i ni§r-iita[t\nparasmirhs ca bhaviin khalu\nvicikitsitam-doubtful inquiry; etat this; me-of me; bravitu-just clear\nup; bhagavan-powerful like the Lord; yathii-as much as; siibde-sound\n-\n\ntranscendental; brahmar-i-Vedic literature; ni§[tiita[t- fully realized; parmi n in transcendence; ca-also; bhaviin-your good self; khalu-as a\n\nas\n\n-\n\nmatter of fact.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKindly clear up all these doubtful inquiries, because you are not only\nvastly learned in the Vedic literatures and self-realized in transcendence,\nbut you are also a great devotee of the Lord, and therefore you are as good\nas the Personality of\n\nGodhead.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Brahma-sarhhitii it is said that the Supreme Absolute Truth,\nGovinda, the Personality of Godhead, although one without a second, is\ninfallibly expanded by innumerable forms nondifferent from one another,\nand although He is the original person, He is still ever young with permanent youthful energy. He is very difficult to be known simply by learning\nthe transcendental science of the Vedas, but He is very easily realized by\nHis pure devotees.\nThe expansion of different forms of the Lord, as from Kr��a to Baladeva\nto Sankar�a�a, from Sankar�a�a to Vasudeva, from Vasudeva to Aniruddha,\nfrom Aniruddha to Pradyumna and then again to second Sankar�a�a and\nfrom Him to the Naraya�a-Puru�avataras, and innumerable other forms,\nwhich are compared to the constant flowing of the uncountable waves of\na river, are all one and the same. They are like lamps of equal power which\nkindle from one lamp to another. That is the transcendental potency of the\n\n", "SB2.1#p0220": "186\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch 4\n.\n\nLord. The Vedas say that He is so complete that even though the whole\ncomplete identity is emanated from Him, He still remains the same\ncomplete whole (pur[tasya purr-am adiiya purr-am eviivasisyate). As such,\nthere is no validity in a material conception of the Lord by the mental\nspeculators. Thus He remains always a mystery for the mundane scholar,\neven if he is vastly learned in the Vedic literatures (vede§u durlabham\n\nadurlabham iitma-bhaktau). Therefore, the Lord is beyond the limit of conception for mundane learned scholars, philosophers or scientists. He is\neasily understandable by the pure devotee because the Lord declares in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii that after surpassing the stage of knowledge, when one is\nable to be engaged in the devotional service of the Lord, then only can one\n\nknow the true nature of the Lord (Bg. 18.54). No one can have any clear\nconception of the Lord or His holy name, form, attributes, pastimes, etc.,\n\nunless one is engaged in His transcendental loving service. The statement of\nthe Bhagavad-gitii that one must first of all surrender unto the Lord, being\nfreed from all other engagements, means that one must become a pure\nunconditional devotee of the Lord. Only then can one know Him by the\nstrength of devotional service.\nMaharaja Parik�it admitted in the previous verse that the Lord is inconceivable even for the greatest learned scholars. Why then should he again\nrequest Sukadeva Gosvami to clarify his insufficient knowledge about the\nLord? The reason is clear. Sukadeva Gosviimi was not only vastly learned\nin the Vedic literatures, but he was also a great self-realized soul and a\npowerful devotee of the Lord. A powerful devotee of the Lord is, by the\n\n�\n\n?\n\ngr� ce of the Lord, more than the ord Himself. The Personality of Go head\n_\nOcean to reach the Island\nS n Ramacandra attempted to bndge the Indian\nof Lanka, but Sri Hanumanji, the unalloyed devotee of the Personality of\nGodhead, could cross the ocean simply by jumping over it. The Lord is so\n\nmerciful upon His pure devotee that He presents His beloved devotee as\n\nmore powerful than Himself. The Lord expressed Himself to be unable to\n\nsave Durvasa Muni, although the Muni was so powerful that he could reach\nthe Lord directly in these material conditions. But Durvasa Muni was saved\nby Maharaja Ambari�a, a devotee of the Lord. Therefore, a devotee of the\nLord is not only more powerful than the Lord, but also worship of the\n\ndevotee is considered more effective than direct worship of the Lord\n\n(mad-bhakta pujiibhyadhikii).\nThe conclusion is, therefore, that a serious devotee must first approach\na spiritual master who is not only well versed in the Vedic literatures but is\nalso a great devotee with factual realization of the Lord and His different\n\nenergies. Without the help of such a devotee spiritual master, no one can\n\n", "SB2.1#p0221": "The Process of Creation\n\nText ll]\n\n187\n\nmake progress in the transcendental science of the Lord. And a bona fide\n\nspiritual master like Sukadeva Gosvami does not speak about the Lord\nonly in the matter of His internal potencies, but also explains how He\nassociates with His external potencies.\nThe Lord's pastimes, in the internal potency, are displayed in His activities in Vrndavana, but His external potential works are directed in His\nfeatures of Kara�aq1.avasayi Vi��u, Garbhodakasayi Vi��u, and K�irodakasayi Vi��u. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti offers his good counsel to the\ninterested Vai��avas when he says that they should not only be interested\nto hear about the Lord's activities (like riisa-lilii, etc.), but that they must\nbe keenly interested in His pastimes in His features of the Puru�iivatiiras in\nconnection with sr�ti-tattva, creational functions, following the examples\nof Maharaja Parik�it, the ideal disciple, and Sukadeva Gosvami, the ideal\nspiritual master.\n\nTEXT\n\nll\n\n� �e{f:;;f\n\n(t:9141li� mT ��?.T?( �: I\n�'T�:a'l�\\'ilt:� smr� 31�� II��II\n..:»\n\nsiita uviica\nity upiimantrito riijiiii\ngu[tiinukathane hare�\nh�ikesam anusmrtya\nprativakturh pracakrame\nsiita uviica- S ii ta Gosvami said;iti-thus;upiimantrita�-being requested;\nriijiiii-by the King; gur-a-anukathane-in describing the transcendental\n\nattributes of the Lord; hare�-of the Personality of Godhead; hr�ikesamthe master of the senses;anusmrtya-properly remembering;prativaktumjust to reply;pracakrame-executed the preliminaries.\nTRANSLATION\nSiita Gosvami said, When Sukadeva Gosvami was thus requested by the\nKing to describe the creative energy of the Personality of Godhead, the\nformer then systematically remembered the master of the senses [Sri\n\nKr�!la] , and to reply properly he spoke thus.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0222": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n188\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nPURPORT\nThe devotees of the Lord, while delivering some speeches and describing\nthe transcendental attributes of the Lord, do not think that they can do\nanything independently. They think that they can speak only what they\nare induced to speak by the Supreme Lord, the master of the senses. The\n\nsenses of the individual being are not his own, and the devotee knows that\n\nsuch senses belong to the Supreme Lord and that they can be properly\n\nused when they are employed for the service of the Lord. The senses are\n\ninstruments, and elements are ingredients, all endowed by the Lord; therefore whatever an individual can do, speak, see, etc., is under the direction\n\nof the Lord only. The Bhagavad-gitii confirms this (Bg. 15.15): saroasya\n\nciiharh hrdi sannivi§to matta� smrtir jiiiinam apohanarh ca. No one is free\n\nto act freely and independently, and as such, one should always seek the\npermission of the Lord to do or eat or speak, and by the blessing of the\nLord everything done by a devotee is beyond the principles of four defects\ntypical of the conditioned soul.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n&T�<ii �etA\n\n� � �\n(1�:�;H41t ��\n�'nroRm� ���3lt�P�I!j4cl�i{\n\n;p{:\n\nII r�ll\n\nsri suka uviica\nnama� parasmai pur u§iiya bhiiyase\nsad-udbhava-sthiina-nirodha-lilayii\ngrhita-sak ti-tritayiiya dehiniim\nantarbhaviiyiinupalak§ya-vartmane\nnama� -offeri ng obeisances; pa rasmai - the Supreme; pu ru §iiya- Person­\n\nality of Godhead; bhiiyase- unto the complete whole; sad-udbhavacreation of the material world; sthiina-its maintenance; nirodha-and its\nwinding up; lilayii-by the pastime of; grhita-having accepted; sakti­\n\npower; tritayiiya- three modes; dehiniim-of all who possess material\n\n", "SB2.1#p0223": "Text 13]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n189\n\nbodies; antarbhaviiya-unto Him who resides within; anupala k§ya-incon\nceivable; vartmane-one who has such ways.\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami said: Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead who, for the creation of the material\nworld, accepts the three modes of nature. He is the complete whole residing\nwithin the body of everyone, and His ways are inconceivable.\nPURPORT\nThis material world is a manifestation of the three modes of goodness,\npassion and ignorance, and the Supreme Lord, for the creation, maintenance and destruction of the material world, accepts three predominating\nforms of Brahma, Vi�!lu and Sankara (Siva). As Vi�!lu He enters into every\nbody materially created. As Garbhodakasayi Vi�!lu He enters into every\nuniverse, and as K�irodakasayi Viwu He enters in the body of every living\nbeing. Lord Sri Kr�!la, being the origin of all Vi§r-u-tattvas, is addressed\nhere as paraf! pumiin, or Puru�ottama, as described in the Bhagavad-gitii\n(Bg. 15.18), or the complete whole. The puru§iivatiiras are therefore His\nplenary expansions. Bhakti-yoga is the only process by which one can\n\nbecome competent to know Him. Because the empiric philosophers and\nmystic yogis cannot conceive of the Personality of Godhead, He is called\nanupalak§ya-vartmane, the Lord of the inconceivable way, or bhakti-yoga.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n� ;rq: (1!fifJt'1f�smn�mTRcr�(1��'{�\n��:���\nQl'4�ijlf1iji!JPi4&\\I'Mq II� �II\nbhuyo namaf! sad-vrjina-cchide 'sa tam\nasambhaviiyiikhila-sattva-murtaye\npurhsiirh punaf! piiramaharhsya iisrame\nvyavasthitiiniim anumrgya-diiSU§e\n\n", "SB2.1#p0224": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n190\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nbhuyaft again; namaft-my obeisances; sat-of the devotees or of the\n-\n\npious; vrjina\n\n-\n\ndistresses; chide-the liberator; asatiim-of the atheist, non­\n\ndevotee demons; asambhaviiya-cessation of further unhappiness; akhilacomplete; sattva-goodness; murtaye-unto the Personality; purhsiim-of\nthe transcendentalists; punaf!,-again; piiramaharhsye- highest stage\n\nof\n\nspiritual perfection; iisrame-in the status; vyava sthit iin ii m-particularly\nsituated; anumrgya- destination; diisu�e-one who delivers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI again offer my respectful obeisances unto the form of complete\n\nexistence and transcendence, who is the liberator from all distresses of the\n\npious devotees and the destroyer of the further advances in atheistic\ntemperament of the nondevotee demons. For the transcendentalists, who\n\nare situated in the topmost spiritual perfection, He grants their specific\n\ndestinations.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Kr�rta is the complete form of all existence, both material and\nspiritual. Akhila means complete, or that which is not khila, inferior. As\nstated in the Bhagavad-gitii, there are two kinds of nature (prakrti), namely\nthe material nature and the spiritual nature, or the external and internal\npotencies of the Lord. The material nature is called anarva, or inferior, and\nthe spiritual nature is called superior or transcendental. Therefore the form\nof the Lord is not of the inferior material nature. He is complete transcen­\n\ndence. And He is miirti, or having transcendental form. The less intelligent\nmen, who are unaware of His transcendental form, describe Him as impersonal Brahman. But Brahman is simply the rays of His transcendental body\n\n(yasya prabhii). The devotees, who are aware of His transcendental form,\nrender Him service; therefore the Lord also reciprocates by His causeless\n\nmercy and thus delivers His devotees from all distresses. The pious men\n\nwho follow the rulings of the Vedas are also dear to Him, and therefore\nthe pious men of this world are also protected by Him. The impious and\nthe nondevotees are against the principles of the Vedas, so such persons\nare always hampered from making advances in their nefarious activities.\nSome of them, who are specially favored by the Lord, are killed by Him\npersonally, as in the cases of Ravarta, Hirartyakasipu, Kamsa, etc., and thus\nsuch demons get salvation and are thereby checked from further progress\nin their demoniac activities. Just like a kind father, either in His favor upon\n\n", "SB2.1#p0225": "Text 14]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n191\n\nthe devotees or His punishment of the demons, He is ever kind to everyone\nbecause He is complete existence for all individual existence.\nThe paramahamsa stage of existence is the highest perfectional stage of\n\nspiritual values. According to Srimati Kuntidevi, the Lord is factually\nunderstood by the paramahamsas only. As there is gradual realization of\nthe transcendence from impersonal Brahman to localized Paramatma to\nthe Personality of Godhead, Puru�ottama Lord Kr��1a, similarly there is\ngradual promotion of one's situation in the spiritual life of sannyiisa.\nKuticaka, bahiidaka, parivriijakiiciirya and paramahamsa are gradual progressive stages in the renounced order of life, sannyiisa, and Queen Kuntidevi, the mother of the Pap9-avas, has spoken about them in her prayers\nfor Lord Kr�pa (Canto One, Chapter Eight). The paramaharhsas are general­\n\n!\n\nly ound both among th� i�1personalists and the de�ote�s, but according to\n\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam (as It IS clearly stated by KunbdeVI), pure bhaktt-yoga\nis understood by the paramaharhsas, and she has especially mentioned\nthat the Lord descends (paritrii[tiiya siidhiiniim) especially to award bhaktiyoga to the paramahamsas. So ultimately the paramaharhsas, in the true\nsense of the term, are unalloyed devotees of the Lord. Snla Jiva Gosvami\nhas directly accepted that the highest destination is bhakti-yoga, by which\none accepts the transcendental loving service of the Lord. Those who\n\naccept the path of bhakti-yoga are the factual paramahamsas.\n\nSince the Lord is very kind to everyone, the impersonalists, who accept\n\nbhakti as the means of being merged in the existence of the Lord in His\nimpersonal brahmajyoti, are also awarded their desired destination. He has\nassured everyone in the Bhagavad-gitii: ye yathii miirh prapadyante. According to Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti, there are two classes of paramahamsas,\nnamely the brahmiinandis (impersonalists) and the premiinandis (devotees),\n\nand both are awarded their desired destinations, although the premiinandis\n\nare more fortunate than the brahmiinandis. But both the brahmiinandis\nand the premiinandis are transcendentalists, and they have nothing to do\n\nwith the inferior material nature full of the existential miseries of life.\n\nTEXT\n\n14\n\n;rijt���\nN\\N·i2P� il: tqilll..ll{.l\n\nfZt(tttQIRIRfm\n<Nm\n� ;mfGr �� ;rt{: II� \\?II\n\n", "SB2.1#p0226": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n192\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nnamo namas te'stv r§abhiiya siitvatiim\nvidura-kii§thiiya muhu� ku-yoginiim\nnirasta-siimyiitiSayena riidhasii\nsva-dhiimani brahmari ramsyate nama�\n. nama� namas te - let me offer my obeisances unto You; astu- are;\n\nn abh iiya - unto the great associate; siitvatiim-of the members of the Y adu\ndynasty; vidura -k ii�thaya- one who is far from mundane wranglers; muhu�\n-always; ku-yoginiim-of the nondevotees; ni ro sta- vanquished; siimyaequal status; atisayena- by greatness; riidhasii- by opulence; sva-dhiimaniinHis own abode; brahmari-in the spiritual sky; ramsyate-enjoys; nama�\n-1 do bow down.\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto Him who is the associate\nof the members of the Y adu dynasty and who is always a problem for the\n\nnondevotees. He is the supreme enjoyer of both the material and spiritual\n\nworlds, yet He enjoys His own abode in the spiritual sky. There is no one\nequal to Him because His transcendental opulence is immeasurable.\nPURPORT\nThere are two sides of the transcendental manifestations of the Supreme\n\nLord, Sri Kr��a. For the pure devotees He is the constant companion, as\n\nin the case of His becoming one of the family members of the Yadu\n\ndynasty, or His becoming the friend of Arjuna, or His becoming the\n\nassociate neighbor of the inhabitants of Vrndavana, as the son of Nanda­\n\ny asoda, the friend of Sudama, Sridama and Madhumari.gala, or the lover of\n\nthe damsels of V rajabhumi, etc. That is part of His personal features. And\nby His impersonal feature He expands the rays of the brahmajyoti, which\nis limitless and all-pervasive. Part of this all-pervasive brahmajyoti, which\nis compared with the sun rays, is covered by the darkness of mahat-tattva,\n\nand this insignificant part is known as the material world. In this material\nworld there are innumerable universes like the one we can experience, and\n\nin each of them there are hundreds of thousands of planets like the one\n\nwe are inhabiting. The mundaners are more or less captivated by the\nunlimited expansion of the rays of the Lord, but the devotees are con­\n\ncerned more with His personal form, from which everything is emanating\n\n(janmiidy asya yata�). As the sun rays are concentrated in the sun disc, so\n\n", "SB2.1#p0227": "Text 14]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n193\n\nthe brahmajyoti is concentrated in Goloka V rndavana, the topmost spiritual\nplanet in the spiritual sky. The immeasurable spiritual sky is full of spiritual\nplanets, named Vaiku�thas, far beyond the material sky. The mundaners\nhave no sufficient information of even the mundane sky, so what can they\nthink of the spiritual sky? Therefore the mundaners are always far, far\naway from Him. Even if they are able to manufacture some machine, in\nthe future, whose speed may be accelerated to the velocity of the air or\nmind, the mundaners will still be unable to imagine reaching the planets\nin the spiritual sky. So the Lord and His residential abode will always\nremain a myth or a mysterious problem, but for the devotees the Lord\nwill always be available as an associate.\nIn the spiritual sky His opulence is immeasurable. The Lord resides in all\nthe spiritual planets, or innumerable V aiku�tha planets, by expanding\nHis plenary portions along with His liberated devotee associates, but the\nimpersonalists who want to merge in the existence of the Lord are allowed\nto merge as one of the spiritual sparks of brahmajyoti. They have no\n\nqualifications for becoming one of the associates of the Lord either in the\nV aikur;Itha planets or in the supreme planet Goloka V rndii.vana, described\n\nBhagavad-gitii as the mad-dhiima, and here in this verse as the\nsva-dhiima of the Lord.\nThis mad-dhiima or sva-dhiima is described in the Bhagavad-gitii as\nin the\n\nfollows:\n\nna tad bhiisayate suryo na sasiihko na piivka[t\nyad gatvii na nivartante tad-dhiima paramam mama.\n(Bg. 15.6)\nThe Lord's sva-dhiima does not require any sunlight or moonlight or\n\nelectricity for illumination. That dhiima, or place, is supreme, and whoever\ngoes there never comes back to this material world.\nThe Vaikur;Itha planets and the Goloka Vrndii.vana planet are all self­\n\nilluminating, and the rays are scattered by those sva-dhiima of the Lord\n\nwhich constitute the existence of the brahmajyoti. It is further confirmed\nin the Vedas like the Mur-!laka, Katha and Svetiisvatara Upani§ads:\n\nna tatra suryo bhiiti na candratiirakam\nnemii vidyuto bhiinti kuto ayam agnifl,\ntam eva bhiintam anubhiiti sarvam\ntasya bhiisii sarvam idam vibhiiti.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0228": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n194\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nIn the sva-dhiima of the Lord there is no need of sun, moon, or stars for\nillumination. Nor is there need of electricity, so what to speak of ignited\nlamps? On the other hand, it is because of those planets being selfilluminating that all effulgence has become possible, and whatever there is\nthat is dazzling is due to the reflection of that sva-dhiima.\n\nOne who is dazzled by the effulgence of the impersonal brahmajyoti\n\ncannot know the personal transcendence; therefore in the lsopan�ad it is\nprayed that the Lord shift His dazzling effulgence so that the devotee can\nsee the real reality. It is spoken thus:\nhirar-mayena piitrer-a satyasyiipihitam mukham\ntat tvam pii�ann apiivrr-u satya-dharmiiya dntaye.\n\n\"0 Lord, You are the maintainer of everything both material and\nspiritual, and everything flourishes by Your mercy. Your devotional service,\nor bhakti-yoga, is the actual principle of religion, satya-dharma, and I am\nengaged in that service. So kindly protect me by showing Your real face.\nPlease, therefore, remove the veil of Your brahmajyoti rays so that I can see\nYour form of eternal bliss and knowledge.\"\n\nTEXT 15\n\nyat-kirtanam yat-smarar-am yad-ik§ar-am\nyad-vandanam yac-chravar-am yad-arhar-am\nlokasya sadyo vidhunoti kalma�am\ntasmai subhadra-sravase nama nama�\nyat- whose;\n\nkirtanam- glorification;\n\nyat- whose; smarar-am- remem­\n\nbrances; yat-whose; ik�ar-am-audience; yat-whose; vandanam- prayers ;\n\nyat- whose; sravar-am- hearing about; yat-whose ; arhar-am-worshiping;\nlokasya-of all people; sadya�\n\n-\n\nforthwith; vidhunoti- specifically cleanses;\n\nkalma§am-effects of sins; tasmai-unto Him; subhadra\n\n-\n\nall auspicious;\n-\n\nsravase-one who is heard; nama�- by due obeisances; nama{t- again and\nagam.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0229": "Text 15)\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n195\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto the all-auspicious Lord\nSri Kf�J)a, about whom glorification, remembrances, audience, prayers,\n\nhearing and worship can at once cleanse the effects of all sins of the\nperformer.\nPURPORT\nThe sublime form of religious performances to free oneself from all\n\nreactions of sins is suggested herein by the greatest authority, Sri Sukadeva\nGosvami. Kirtanam, or glorifying the Lord, can be performed by very many\n\nways, such as remembering, visiting temples to see the Deity, offering\nprayers in front of the Lord, and hearing recitations of glorification of the\nLord as they are mentioned in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam or in the Bhagavad­\n\ngitii. Kirtana can be performed both by singing the glories of the Lord in\naccompaniment with melodious music and by recitation of scriptures like\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam or Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nThe devotees may not be disappointed in the absence of the Lord\n\nphysically, though they may think of not being associated with Him. The\ndevotional process of chanting, hearing, remembering, etc., (either all or\n\nsome of them, or even one of them) can give us the desired result of being\nassociated with the Lord by discharging the transcendental loving service\n\nof the Lord in the above manner. Even the very sound of the holy name of\n\nLord Kr�J)a or Rama can at once surcharge the atmosphere spiritually, and\n\nwe must know definitely that the Lord is present wherever such pure\n\ntranscendental service is performed, and thus the performer of offenseless\n\nkirtana has positive association with the Lord. Similarly, remembrance and\n\nprayers also can give us the desired result if they are properly done under\nexpert guidance. One should not concoct forms of devotional service.\nOne may worship the form of the Lord in a temple, or one may imperson­\n\nally offer the Lord devotional prayers in a mosque or a church. One is sure\n\nto get free from the reactions of sins, provided one is very careful about\nnot committing sins willingly in expectation of getting free from the\n\nreactions of sins by worshiping in the temple or by offering prayers in the\n\nchurch. This mentality of committing sins willfully on the strength of\n\ndevotional service is called niimno baliit piipa-buddhily, the greatest offense\n\nin the discharge of devotional service. Hearing is, therefore, essential in\n\norder to keep oneself strictly on guard against such pitfalls of sins. And in\norder to give special stress to the hearing process, the Gosvami invokes\nall auspicious fortune in this matter.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0230": "[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n196\n\nTEXT 16\n\nvicak§a[tii yac-carar opasiidaniit\nswigarh vyudasyobhayato 'ntar-iitmanaft\nvindanti hi brahma-gatirh gata-klamiis\ntasmai subhadra-sravase namo namaft\nvic ak§ar-iift -highly intellectual; yat\n\n-\n\nwhose ; carar-a-upasiidaniit-simply\n\ndedicating oneself unto the lotus feet; swi gam attachment; vyudasya-\n\ngiving up completely; ubhayata[t-for present and future existence; antariitmana[t-of the heart and soul; vindanti-moves progressively; hi-certainly; b ra hma gatim\n-\n\n-\n\ntowards spiritual existence; gata klamiift without dif-\n\n-\n\nficulty; tasmai-unto Him; subhadra all auspic io u s; sravase-unto one who\n-\n\n-\n\nis heard; namaft-my due obeisances; namaft\n\n-\n\nagain and again.\n\nTRA NSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances again and again unto the allauspicious Lord Sri Kr��a. The highly intellectual, simply by surrendering\nunto His lotus feet, are relieved of all attachments to present and future\n\nexistences and without difficulty progress towards spiritual existence.\n\nPURPORT\n\nLord Sri Kr��a has repeatedly instructed Arjuna, or for that matter\neveryone concerned with becoming His unalloyed devotee. In the last\nphase of His instruction in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 18.64-66) He instructed\nmost confidentially as follows:\nsarva-guhyatamarh bhiiyaft snm me paramarh vaca[l\ni§!o'si me dpjham iti tato vak§yiimi te hitam\nmanmanii bhava mad-bhakto madyiifi miirh namaskuru\nmiim evai§yasi satyarh te pratijiine priyo'si me\n\n", "SB2.1#p0231": "The Process of Creation\n\n197\n\nsarva-dharman parityajya mam ekam sararwm vraja\naharh tvarh sarva-papebhyo mok§ayi§yfimi ma suca�\n\"My dear Arjuna, you are very dear to Me, and therefore only for your\ngood I will disclose the most secret part of My instructions. It is simply\nthis: become a pure devotee of Mine and give yourself unto Me only, and\nI promise you full spiritual existence, by which you may gain the eternal\nright of transcendental loving service unto Me. Just give up all other ways\nof religiosity and exclusively surrender unto Me and believe that I will\nprotect you from your sinful acts, and I shall deliver you. Do not worry\nany more.\"\nPersons who are intelligent take serious notice of this last instruction of\nthe Lord. Knowledge of the self is the first step in spiritual realization,\nwhich is called confidential knowledge, and\n\na step further is God\n\nrealization, which is called more confidential knowledge. The culmination\nof the knowledge of Bhagavad-gita is God realization, and when one attains\nthis stage of God realization, he naturally, voluntarily becomes a devotee\nof the Lord to render Him loving transcendental service. This devotional\nservice of the Lord is always based on love of God and is distinguished\nfrom the nature of routine service as prescribed in karma-yoga, jnana-yoga\nor dhyana-yoga.\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii there are different instructions for\n\nsuch men of different categories, and there are various descriptions for\n\nvan;tfisrama-dharma, sannyasa-dharma, yati-dharma, the renounced order\nof life, controlling the senses, meditation, perfection of mystic powers,\netc., but one who fully surrenders unto the Lord to render service unto\nHim, out of spontaneous love for Him, factually assimilates the essence of\nall knowledge described in the Vedas. One who adopts this method very\nskillfully attains perfection of life at once. And this perfection of human\nlife is called brahma-gati, or the progressive march in spiritual existence.\nAs enunciated by Snl.a Jiva Gosvami on the basis of Vedic assurances,\n\nbrahma-gati means to attain a spiritual form as good as that of the Lord,\n\nand in that form the liberated living being eternally lives on one of the\nspiritual planets situated in the spiritual sky. Attainment of this perfection\nof life is easily available to a pure devotee of the Lord without undergoing\nany difficult method of perfection. Such a devotional life is full of kirtana,\n\nsmara!J-a, ik§a!J-a, etc., as mentioned in a previous verse. One must therefore\nadopt this simple way of devotional life in order to attain the highest\nperfection available in any category of the human form of life in any part\nof the world. Lord Brahmii, when he met Lord Kr�r;ta as a playful child at\nVrndavana, offered his prayer in which he said:\n\n", "SB2.1#p0232": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n198\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nsreya� srutirh b haktim udasya te vibho\nklisyanti ye kevala- bodha-la bdhaye\nte�iim asau klesala eva si§yate\nniinyad yathii sthiila-tu§iivaghiitiniim.\n(Bhag. 10.14.4)\n\nBhakti-yoga is the highest quality of perfection to be achieved by the in­\n\ntelligent person in lieu of performing a large quantity of spiritual activities.\n\nThe example cited here is very appropriate. A handful of real paddy is\nmore valuable than heaps of paddy skins without any substance within.\nSimilarly, one should not be attracted by the jugglery of karma-kiirfla or\n\njii.iina-kiirfla or even the gymnastic performances of yoga, but skillfully\nshould take to the simple performances of kirtanam, smararam, etc.,\n\nunder a bona fide spiritual master and without any difficulty attain the\nhighest perfection.\n\nTEXT 17\n\naqf€4;{1\n\n��\n'i�AA;ft 'i�Ra::ij+{fi'el: I\n� ;{ f.l;:ifi=ij �;n �\n�ij �W-1� ;{'tl ;{lt: I I � \\911\n�\n\ntapasvino diina-parii yasasvino\nmanasvino mantra-vida[!. su-mangaliifl.\nk§emarh na vindanti vinii yad-arpararh\ntasmai sub hadra-sravase namo nama[!.\n\ntapasvina[l.-the great learned sages; diina-pariifl.-the great performer of\n\ncharity; yasasvina[l.- the\n\ngreat worker of distinction; manasvina[l.- the\n\ngreat philosophers or mystics; mantra-vida[l.-the great chanter of the\nVedic hymns; su-mangalii�-strict followers o f Vedic principles; k§emam­\n\nfruitful result; na-never; vindanti\n\n- attain; vinii-without; yad-arparam­\n\ndedication; tasmai-unto Him; su bhadra- auspicious; sravase- hearing about\nHim; nama[!.- my obeisances; nama[!.-again and again.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0233": "Text 17]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n199\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto the all-auspicious Lord Sri\nKr��a again and again because the great learned sages, the great performers of charities, the great workers of distinction, the great philosophers\nand mystics, the great chanters of the Vedic hymns and the great followers of Vedic principles cannot achieve any fruitful result without\ndedication of such great qualities to the service of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nAdvancement of learning, charitable disposition of mind, taking part in\npolitical, social or religious leadership of human society, philosophical\n\nspeculations or the practice of the yoga system, becoming expert in the\nVedic rituals, and all similar high qualities in man serve one in the attain­\n\nment of perfection only when they are employed in the service of the\nLord. Without such dovetailing\n\n,\n\nall such qualities become sources of\n\ntrouble for people in general. Everything can either be utilized for one's\nown sense gratification or in the service of one other than oneself. There\nare two kinds of self-interest also, namely personal selfishness and extended selfishness. But there is no qualitative difference between personal\nand extended selfishness. Theft for personal interest or for the family\ninterest is of the same quality-namely, criminal. A thief pleading not\nguilty because of committing theft not for personal interest but for the\ninterest of society or country has never been excused by the established\nlaw of any country. People in general have no knowledge that the selfinterest of a living being attains perfection only when such an interest\ncoincides with the interest of the Lord. For example, what is the interest\nof maintaining body and soul together? One earns money for maintenance\nof the body (personal or social), but unless there is God consciousness,\nunless the body is being properly maintained to realize one's relation with\n\nGod, all good efforts to maintain body and soul together are similar to the\n\nattempts of the animals to maintain the body and soul together. The\npurpose of maintaining the human body is different from that of the\n\nanimals. Similarly, advancement of learning, economic development, philo­\n\nsophical research, study in the Vedic literature or even the execution of\n\npious activities (like charity, opening of hospitals, the distribution of food\n\ngrains, etc.) should be done in relation with the Lord. The aim of all such\nacts and endeavors must be for the pleasure of the Lord and not for the\n\n", "SB2.1#p0234": "[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n200\n\nsatisfaction of any other identity, individual or collective (sarhsiddhir\nhari-to§arwm). In the Bhagavad-gitii also the same principle is confirmed\n(Bg. 9.27), and it is said there that whatever we may give in charity and\nwhatever we may observe in austerity must be given over to the Lord or be\ndone on His account only. The expert leaders of a godless human civilization cannot bring about a fruitful result in all their different attempts at\neducational advancement or economic development unless they are God\nconscious. And to become God conscious one has to hear about the allauspicious Lord, as He is described in literature like the Bhagavad-gitii and\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nTEXT 18\n\nN;ua(arrr ����C!q;�n\namtl\\�t:� lf.{f;(!(qij1'!.�: I\nit�:qqm�:\n���SfliNwfet �:11 ��II\nkiriita-hur-iindhra-pulinda-pulkasii\niibhira-sumbhii yavanii� khasiidaya�\nye 'n ye ca piipii yad-apiisrayiisrayii�\nsudhyanti tasmai prabhavi§r-ave nama�\nkiriita-a province of old Bharata; hu r-a-part of Germany and Russia;\n\niindhra-a province of Southern India; pulinda-the Greeks; pulkasii{tanother province; iibhira\n\npart of old Sindh; su m bhii[t another province;\nyavanii� - the Turks; khasa-iidaya[t-the Mongolian Province; ye-even\nthose; anye- others; ca also; piipii[t -addic ted to sinful acts; yat- whose;\napiisraya-iisrayii�-having taken shelter of the devotees of the Lord;\nsudhyanti-at once purified; tasmai-unto Him; prabhavi§r-ave-unto the\npowerful Vi�tm; nama[t-my respectful obeisances.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nKirata, Hiina, Andhra, Pulinda, Pulkasa, Ahhira, Sumbha, Y avana and\nthe Khasa races and even others who are addicted to sinful acts can be\npurified by taking shelter of the devotees of the Lord due to His being the\nsupreme power. I beg to offer my respectful obeisances unto Him.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0235": "Text 18]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n201\n\nPURPORT\nKiriita: A province of old Bharatavaqa mentioned in the Bhi§ma Parva\nof Mahiibhiirata. Generally the Kiratas are known as the aboriginal tribes\nof India, and in modern days the Santa] Parganas in Bihar and Chota\nNagpur might comprise the old province named Kirata.\n\nHur-a: The area of East Germany and part of Russia is known as the\n\nprovince of the Hiirtas. Accordingly, sometimes a kind of hill tribe is\nknown as the Hiirtas·\n\nAndhra: A province in Southern India mentioned in the Bhi�ma Parva\n\nMahiibhiirata. It is still extant under the same name.\n\nPulinda: It is mentioned in the Mahiibhiirata, (Adi\n\n174.38) viz.,the in­\n\nhabitants of the province of the name Pulinda. This country was conquered by Bhimasena and Sahadeva. The Greeks are known as Pulindas,\nand it is mentioned in the Vana Parva of Mahiibhiirata that the non- Vedic\n\nrace of this part of the world would rule over the world. This Pulinda\nProvince was also one of the provinces of Bharata, and the inhabitants\n\nwere classified amongst the k�atriya kings. But later on, due to their giving\n\nup the brahminical culture, they were mentioned as mlecchas (just as\n\nthose who are not followers of the Islamic culture are called kafirs, and\n\nthose who are not followers of the Christian culture are called heathens).\n\nAbhira: This name also appears in the Mahiibhiirata, both in the Sabha\n\nParva and Bhi�ma Parva. It is mentioned that this province was situated\non the River Sarasvab in Sind. The modern Sind Province formerly extended on the other side of the Arabian Sea, and all the inhabitants of that\nprovince were known as the Abhiras. They were under the domination of\nMaharaja YudhiHhira, and, according to the statements of Markart�eya,\nthe mlecchas of this part of the world would also rule over Bharata. Later\non this proved to be true, as it was proved in the case of the Pulindas. On\nbehalf of the Pulindas, Alexander the Great conquered India, and on behalf of the Abhiras, Mohammed Ghori conquered India. These Abhiras\n\nwere also formerly k§atriyas within the brahminical culture, but they gave\n\nup the connection. But the k§atriyas, who were afraid of Parasurama and\nhad hidden themselves in the Caucasian hilly regions, later on became\nknown as the Abhiras, and the place they inhabited was known as Abhiradesa.\n\nSumbha or the Kaitkas: the inhabitants of the Kanka province of old\n\nBharata, mentioned in the Mahiibhiirata.\n\nYavanas: Yavana was the name of one of the sons of Maharaja Y ayati\n\nwho was given the part of the world known as Turkey to rule over. Therefore the Turks are Yavanas due to being descendants of Maharaja Yavana.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0236": "202\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nThe Yavanas were therefore k�atriyas, and later on, by giving up the\n\nbrahminical culture, they became mleccha yavanas. Descriptions of the\n\nYavanas are in the Mahiibhiirata (Adi 85.34). Another prince ofTuvasu was\n\nalso known as Yavana, and his country was conquered by Sahadeva, one of\n\nthe Pa!J.�avas. The western Yavana joined with Duryodhana in the Battle\nof Kuruk�etra under the pressure of Kar!J.a. It is also foretold that these\n\nY avanas also would conquer India, and it proved to be true.\n\nKhasiidaya: The inhabitants of the Khasade�a are mentioned in the\n\nMahiibhiirata (Drofla Parva). Those who have a stunted growth of hair on\n\nthe upper lip are generally called Khasas. As such, the Khasadayas are the\nMongolians and the Chinese and others who are so designated.\n\nThe above-mentioned historical names are different nations of the\n\nworld. Even those who are constantly engaged in sinful acts are all corri­\n\ngible to the standard of perfect human beings if they take shelter of the\n\ndevotees of the Lord. Jesus Christ and Hajral Mohammed, two powerful\ndevotees of the Lord, have done tremendous service on behalf of the\nLord on the surface of the globe. And from the version of Srila S�kadeva\n\nGosvami it appears that instead of running a godless civilization in the\npresent context of the world situation, if the leadership of world affairs\n\nis entrusted to the devotees of the Lord, for which a worldwide organization under the name and style of The International Society for Krishna\n\nConsciousness has already been started, then by the grace of the Almighty\n\nLord there can be a thorough change of heart in human beings all over the\n\nworld because the devotees of the Lord are able authorities to effect such\n\na change by purifying the dust-worn minds of the people in general. The\n\npoliticians of the world may remain in their respective positions because\n\nthe pure devotees of the Lord are not interested in political leadership or\n\ndiplomatic implications. The devotees are interested only in seeing that\n\nthe people in general are not misguided by political propaganda and in\n\nseeing that the valuable life of a human being is not spoiled in foUowing a\ntype of civilization which is ultimately doomed. If the politicians would,\n\ntherefore, be guided by the good counsel of the devotees, then certainly\nthere would be a great change in the world situation by the p urifying\npropaganda of the devotees, as shown by Lord Caitanya. As Sukadeva\nGosvami began his prayer by discussing the word yat-kirtanam, so also\n\nLord Caitanya recommended that simply by glorifying the Lord's holy\n\nname, a tremendous change of heart can Lake place by which the com­\n\nplete misunderstanding between the human nations, created by politicians,\n\ncan at once be extinguished. And after the extinction of the fire of mis­\n\nunderstanding, other profits will follow. The destination is to go back\n\n", "SB2.1#p0237": "Text 18]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n203\n\nhome, hack to Godhead, as we have several times discussed in these\npages.\nAccording to the cult of devotion, generally known as the Vai§!J.ava\n\ncult, there is no bar for anyone to advance in the matter of God realiza·\n\ntion. A V ai§�tava is powerful enough to turn into a V ai§�lava even the\nKirata, etc., as above mentioned. In the Bhagavad-gitii also it is said by the\n\nLord (Bg. 9.32) that there is no bar to becoming a devotee of the Lord\n(even for those who are low-horn, or women, siidras or vaiSyas), and by\n\nbecoming a devotee everyone is eligible to return home, back to Godhead.\n\nThe only qualification is that one take shelter of a pure devotee of the\nLord who has thorough knowledge in the transcendental science of Kr§!la\n\n(Bhagavad-gitii and Srimad-Bhiigavatam). Anyone from any part of the\n\nworld who becomes well conversant in the science of Kr§�la becomes a\npure devotee and a spiritual master for the general mass of people and may\nreclaim them by purification of heart. A person, though he be even the\nmost sinful man, can at once be purified by systematic contact with a pure\nVai§!J.ava. A Vai§!J.ava, therefore, can accept a bona fide disciple from any\npart of the world without any consideration of caste and creed and\npromote him by regulative principles to the status of a pure V ai§tlava\nwho is transcendental to hrahminical culture. The system of caste, or\n\nvarriisrama-dharma, is no longer regular even amongst the so-called followers of the system. Nor is it now possible to reestablish the institutional\nfunction in the present context of social, political and economic revolu·\ntion. Without any reference to the particular custom of a country, one can\nbe accepted to the V ai§!J.ava cult spiritually, and there is no hindrance in\n\nthe transcendental process. So by the order of Lord Sri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu, the cult of Srimad-Bhiigavatam or the Bhagavad-gitii can be\n\npreached all over the world, reclaiming all persons willing to accept the\n\ntranscendental cult. Such cultural propaganda by the devotees will cer·\nt ainly be accepted by all persons who are reasonable and inquisitive,\n\nwithout any particular bias for the custom of the country. The Vai§!J.ava\n\nnever accepts another V aiwava on the basis of birthright, just as he never\n\nthinks of the Deity of the Lord in a temple as idol worship. And to remove\nall doubts in this connection, Sri1a Sukadeva Gosvami has invoked the\n\nblessings of the Lord, who is all-powerful (prabhavi§rave namah). As the\nall-powerful Lord accepts the humble service of His devotee in devotional\n\nactivities of the arcana, His form as the worshipable Deity in the temple,\n\nsimilarly the body of a pure Vai§!lava changes transcendentally at once by\n\ngiving himself up to the service of the Lord and training by a qualified\n\nVai§ttava. The injunction of V ai§ttava regulation in this connection runs\n\n", "SB2.1#p0238": "204\nas\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nfollows: (arcye vi§rwu siladhir guru§u nara-matir vai§rwve jiiti-buddhi�\n\nsri-vi§[!Or niimni sabda-siimiinya-buddhi�, etc.) \"One should not consider the\n\nDeity of the Lord as worshiped in the temple to be an idol, nor should\none consider the authorized spiritual master as an ordinary man. Nor\nshould one consider a pure Vai�ttava to belong to a particular caste, etc.\"\nThe conclusion is that the Lord, being all-powerful, can, under any and\nevery circumstance, accept anyone from any part of the world, either\npersonally or through His bona fide manifestation as the spiritual master.\nLord Caitanya accepted many devotees from communities other than the\nvarriisramites, and He Himself declared, to teach us, that He does not\nbelong to any caste or social order of life, but that He is the eternal servant\nof the servant of the Lord who maintains the damsels of Vrndavana (Lord\nKr�tta). That is the way of self-realization.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nij' � 3\\k'ii�'{'E{ijl'il:it�-\n\n�4{4{ijwil4i4: I\n•tac.t��1�N1�1�<1Rf)t�<ftqq')\n\nt'\"' '\"'\nr::.\n�\n1�Hf.R� l{tf.{F{ ��\nSHili!>d\nli.{ t I ��II\n\nsa e§a iitmiitmavatiim adhisvaras\ntrayimayo dharmamayas tapomaya�\ngata-vyallkair aja-sankariidibhir\nvitarkya-liligo bhagaviin prasidatiim\n\nsa�-He; esa�-it is; iitmii-Supersoul; iitmavatiim-of the self-realized\nsouls; adhiSvara�- the Supreme Lord; trayimaya[1 -personi fied Vedas;\ndharma maya�- personified religious scripture; tapomaya�- personified austerity; gata-vyallkaifl-by those who are above all pretensions; aja-Brahmiiji; sankara-iidibhi�-by Lord Siva and others; vitarkya-linga�-one who\nis observed with awe and veneration; bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead ; prasidatiim-be kind toward me.\nTRANSLATION\nHe is the Supersoul and the Supreme Lord of all sel f-realized souls. He\n\nis the personification of the Vedas, religious scriptures and austerities. He\n\n", "SB2.1#p0239": "Text 191\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n205\n\nis worshiped by Lord Brahmii and Siva and all those who are transcen­\n\ndental to all pretensions. Being so revered with awe and veneration, may\nthat Supreme Absolute be pleased with me.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, although the Lord of\nall followers of different paths of self-realization, is knowable only by\nthose who are above all pretensions. Everyone is searching for eternal\npeace or eternal life, and with an aim to this destination everyone is either\nstudying Vedic scriptures or other religious scriptures or undergoing severe\nausterity as empiric philosophers, as mystics yogis or as unalloyed devotees, etc. But the Supreme Lord is perfectly realized by the devotees only\nbecause they are above all pretensions. Those who are on the path of selfrealization are generally classified as karmis, jniinis, yogis, or devotees of\nthe Lord. The karmis, who are much attracted by the fruitive activities of\nthe Vedic rituals, are called bhukti-kiimi, or those who desire liberation\nfrom material existence. The mystic yogis, who practice different types of\nausterities for attainment of eight kinds of material perfections and who\nultimately meet the Supersoul Paramiitmii in trance, are called siddhi­\n\nkiimi, or those who desire the perfection of becoming finer than the\nfinest, heavier than the heaviest, and who desire to get everything desired,\nto have control over everyone, to create everything liked, etc. All these\nare capacities of a powerful yogi. But the devotees of the Lord do not\nwant anything like that for self-satisfaction. They want only to serve the\nLord because the Lord is great, and as living entities they are eternally\nsubordinate parts and parcels of the Lord. This perfect realization of the\nself by the devotee helps him to become desireless, to desire nothing for\nhis personal self, and thus the devotees are called n4kiimi, without any\ndesire. A living entity, by his\n\nco\n\nnstitu tional position, cannot be void of\n\nall desires (the bhukti-kiimi, mukti-kiimi and siddhi-kiimi a ll desire something for personal satisfaction), but the ni§kiimi devotees of the Lord\ndesire everything for the satisfaction of the Lord. They are completely\ndependent on the orders of the Lord and are always ready to discharge\ntheir duty for the satisfaction of the Lord.\nIn the beginning Arjuna placed himself as one of those who desire self­\n\nsatisfaction, for he desired not to fight in the Battle of Kuruk�etra, but to\nmake him desireless the Lord preached the Bhagavad-gitii, in which the\nways of karma-yoga, jniina-yoga , hatha-yoga, and also bhakti-yoga were\nexplained. Because Arjuna was without any pretension, he changed his\n\n", "SB2.1#p0240": "206\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\ndecision and satisfied the Lord by agreeing to fight (lwri§ye vacanarh tava),\nand thus he became desireless.\nThe examples of Brahma and Lord Siva are specifically cited here because Brahmaji, Lord Siva, Srimati Lal\\:�miji and the four Kumaras, Sanaka,\nSanatana, etc., are leaders of the four desireless V ai�rava sampradiiyas.\nThey are all freed from all pretensions. Srila Jiva Gosvami interprets the\nword gata-vyalikaift as projjhita-kaitavai[t, or those who are freed from all\npretensions (the unalloyed devotees only). In the Caitanya-caritamrta it is\nsaid: bhukti-mukti siddhi-kiimi, sakali 'asiinta,' kmw-bhakta-n4kiima, ata\neva 'santa.' Those who are after fruitive results for their pious activities,\nthose who desire salvation and identity with the Supreme, and those who\ndesire material perfections of mystic powers are all restless because they\nwant something for themselves, but the devotee is completely peaceful because he has no demand for himself and is always ready to serve the desire of\nthe Lord. The conclusion is, therefore, that the Lord is for everyone because no one can achieve the result of his respective desires without being\nsanctioned by Him, but as stated by the Lord in Bhagavad-gitii (Bg.\n8.9), all such results are awarded by Him only, for the Lord is adhisvara\n(the original controller) of everyone, namely the Vediintists, the great\nkarma-kiirt!liyas, the great religious leaders, the great performers of austerity and all who are striving for spiritual advancement. But ultimately He\nis realized by the pretensionless devotees only. Therefore special stress is\ngiven to the devotional service of the Lord by Srila Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nTEXT\n\n20\n\n�: qf<p��qRt: SNIIqRT� qRtffiEhq�\n:\n-tRPtRf�Wj('(j�ij\nSffil((li it lltFfF{ m 1JRJ: II0( II\no\n\nsriyaf! patir yajfia-pati[t prajii-patir\ndhiyiirh patir loka-patir dharii-patif!\npatir gatis ciindhaka-vnrti-siitvatiirh\nprasidatiirh me bhagaviin satiirh patif!\nsriyaf!-all opulence; pa tif! owner ; yajfia-of sacrifice; patifl-director;\nprajii-patif!-leader of all living entities; dhiyiim-of intelligence; pati[t-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0241": "Text 20]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\nmaster; loka-pati�-proprietor\n\nof all\n\n207\n\nplanets; dhara-earth; pat*-the\n\nsupreme; pat*- head; gat*- destination; ca-also; andhaka-one of the\nkings of the Yadu dynasty; vmti-the first king of the Yadu dynasty;\nsatvatam-the Yadus; prasidatam--be merciful; me-upon me; bhagavanLord Sri Kr�rta; s at am-of all devotees; pati�- Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMay Lord Sri Kr�tJ.a, who is the worshipable Lord of all devotees, the\nprotector and glory of all the kings like Andhaka and V r�rti of the Y adu\ndynasty, the husband of all goddesses of fortune, the director of all sacrifices and therefore the leader of all living entities, the controller of all\nintelligence, the proprietor of all planets, spiritual and material, and the\nsupreme incarnation on the earth (the supreme all in all), be merciful\nupon me.\nPURPORT\nSince Sukadeva Gosviimi is one of the prominent gata-vyalikam, who\nare freed from all misconceptions, he therefore expresses his own realized\nperception of Lord Sri Kr�p.a as His being the sum total of all perfection,\nthe Personality of Godhead. Everyone is seeking the favor of the goddess\nof fortune, but they do not know that Lord Sri Kr�rta is the beloved\nhusband of all goddesses of fortune. In the Brahma-sarhhita it is said that\nthe Lord, in His transcendental abode of Goloka V rndiivana, is accustomed\nto herding the surabhi cows and is served there by hundreds of thousands\nof goddesses of fortune. All these goddesses of fortune are manifestations\nof His transcendental pleasure potency (hliidini-sakti) in His internal energy,\nand when the Lord manifested Himself on this earth He partially displayed\n\nthe activities of His pleasure potency in His riisa-lilii just to attract the\n\nconditioned souls who are all after the phantasmagoria pleasure potency\n\nin degraded sex enjoyment. The pure devotees of the Lord like Sukadeva\n\nGosvami, who is completely detached from the abominable sex life of the\n\nmaterial world, discussed this act of the Lord's pleasure potency certainly\n\nnot in relation to sex, but to relish a transcendental taste inconceivable by\n\nthe mundaners who are after sex life. Sex life in the mundane world is the\nroot-cause of being conditioned by the shackles of illusion, and certainly\n\nSukadeva Gosvami was never interested in the sex life of the mundane\n\nworld. Nor does the manifestation of the Lord's pleasure potency have\n\nany connection with such degraded things. Lord Caitanya was a strict\n\nsannyasi, so much so that He did not allow any woman to come near Him,\n\n", "SB2.1#p0242": "208\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nnot even to bow down and offer respects. He never even heard the prayers\nof the devadiisis offered in the temple of J agannatha because a sannyiisi is\nforbidden to hear songs sung by the fair sex. Yet even in the rigid position\nof a sannyiisi He recommended the mode of worship preferred by the\ngopis of v rndavana as the topmost loving service possible to be rendered\nto the Lord. And Srimati Radhara�i is the principal head of all such\n\ngoddesses of fortune, and therefore She is the pleasure counterpart of the\nLord and is nondifferent from Kr��a.\nIn\n\nthe\n\nVedic\n\nrituals\n\nthere\n\nare\n\nrecommendations\n\nfor performing\n\ndifferent types of sacrifice in order to achieve the greatest benefit of\nlife. Such benedictions as the result of performing great sacrifices are,\nafter all, some favors given by the goddess of fortune, and the Lord, being\nthe husband or lover of .the goddess of fortune, factually is the Lord of\nall sacrifices also. And He is the final enjoyer of all kinds of yajiia; therefore Yajiiapati is another name of Lord Viwu. It is recommended in the\nBhagavad-gitii that everything should be done for the Yajiiapati ( yajiiiirthe\nkuru karmiir-i), otherwise acts will be the cause of conditioning by the\nlaw of material nature. Those who are not freed from all misconceptions\n\n(vyalikam) perform sacrifices to please the minor demigods, but the\n\ndevotees of the Lord know very well that Lord Sri Kr��a is the supreme\nenjoyer of all performances of sacrifices; therefore they perform the\n\nsarikirtana-yajiia (sravanam kirtanam vi§r-o�), especially recommended in\nthis age of Kali. In Kali-yuga, performance of other types of sacrifice is not\nfeasible due to insufficient arrangement and inexpert priesthood.\nWe have information from the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 3.9-10) that Lord\n\nBrahma, after giving rebirth to the conditioned souls within the universe,\n\ninstructed them to perform sacrifices and to lead a prosperous life. By\nsuch sacrificial performances the conditioned souls will never be in diffi­\n\nculty to keep body and soul together. Ultimately they can purify their\nexistence. They will find natural promotion into spiritual existence, the\n\nreal identity of the living being. A conditioned soul should never give up\nthe practice of sacrifice, charity and austerity, in any circumstances. The\n\naim of all such sacrifices is to please the Yajfiapati, the Personality of\n\nGodhead; therefore the Lord is also Prajiipati. According to the Katho­\n\npani§ad, the one Lord is the leader of the innumerable living entities. The\nliving entities are maintained by the Lord (eko bahiiniirh yo vidadhiiti\nkiimiin). The Lord is called, therefore, the supreme bhiita-bhrt, or maintainer of all living beings.\nLiving beings are endowed with intelligence proportionately in terms\n\nof their previous activities. All living beings are not equally endowed with\n\n", "SB2.1#p0243": "Text 20]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n209\n\nthe same quality of intelligence because behind such development of\nintelligence the control of the Lord is there, as is declared in the Bhagavadgitii (Bg. 15.15). As Paramiitma, Supersoul, the Lord is living in everyone's\nheart, and from Him only one's power of remembrance, knowledge and\nforgetfulness follows (mattal;t smrtir jniinam apohanam ca). One person can\nsharply remember past activities by the grace of the Lord while others\ncannot. One is highly intelligent by the grace of the Lord, and one is a fool\nby the same control. Therefore the Lord is dhiyiim pat*, or the Lord of\nintelligence.\nThe conditioned souls strive to become lords of the material world.\nEveryone is trying to lord it over the material nature by applying his\nhighest degree of intelligence. This misuse of intelligence by the conditioned\nsoul is called madness. One's full intelligence should be applied to get free\nfrom the material clutches. But the conditioned soul, due to madness only,\nengages his full energy and intelligence in sense gratification, and to achieve\nthis end of life he willfully commits all sorts of misdeeds, and the result is\nthat instead of attaining unconditional life of full freedom, the mad\nconditioned soul is entangled again and again in different types of bondage\nin material bodies. Everything that we see in the material manifestation is\nbut the creation of the Lord. Therefore He is the real proprietor of\neverything in the universes. The conditioned soul can enj oy a fragment\nof this material creation under the control of the Lord but not selfsufficiently. That is the instruction in the fsopani�ad. One should be\nsatisfied with things which are awarded by the Lord of the universe. It is\nout of madness only that one tries to encroach upon another's share of\nmaterial possession.\nThe Lord of the universe, out of His causeless mercy upon the conditioned souls, descends by His own energy (iitma-miiyii) to reestablish the\neternal relation of the conditioned souls with the Lord. He instructs all to\nsurrender unto Him instead of falsely claiming to be enjoyers for a certain\nlimit under His control. When He so descends He proves how much greater\nis His ability to enjoy, and He exhibits His power of enjoyment by (for\ninstance) marrying 16,000 wives at once. The conditioned soul is very\nproud of becoming the husband of even one wife, but the Lord laughs, and\nso the intelligent man can just know who is the real husband. Factually,\nthe Lord is the husband of all women in the creation of the Lord, but a\nconditioned soul under the control of the Lord feels proud to become the\nhusband of one or two wives.\nAll these qualifications as the different types of pati mentioned in this\nverse are meant for Lord Sri Kr�!la, and Sukadeva Gosvami has therefore\n\n", "SB2.1#p0244": "210\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\n\n[Ca-nto 2, Ch. 4\n\nspecially mentioned the pati and gati of the Y adu dynasty. The members\nof the Y adu dynasty knew that Lord Sri Kr�!la is everything, and all of\n\nthem intended to return to Lord Kr��a after He had finished His transcendental pastimes on the earth. The Y adu dynasty was annihilated by the\nwill of the Lord because the members had to return home with the Lord.\nThe annihilation of the Y adu dynasty was a material show created by the\nSupreme Lord; otherwise the Lord and the members of the Y adu dynasty\nare all eternal associates. The Lord is therefore the guide of all devotees,\nand as such, Sukadeva Gosvami offered Him due respects with love-laden\nfeelings.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n��'ll�\n...\n\nmt��f;a- ft: �*4'il<:+iwt: I\n�;a' � � 4�1�'4\n«�� lllmi.�� ����II\n\nyad-anghry-a bh idhyiina-samiidhi-dhautayii\ndhiyiinupaSyanti hi tattvam iitmana�\nvadanti caitat kavayo yathii-rucam\nsa me mukundo bhagaviin prasidatiim\nyad-anghri-whose lotus feet; abhidhyiina-thinking of every second;\n\nsamiidhi-trance; dhautayii-being washe d off; dh iyii-b y such clean intelligence; anupasyanti-does see by following authorities; hi-certainly;\ntattvam-the Absolute Truth; iitmana[l-of the Supreme Lord and of one­\n\nself; vadanti-they\n\nsay; ca-also; etat-this; kavaya[l-philosophers or\n\nlearned scholars;yathii-rucam-as he thinks; sa[l-He; me-mine; mukunda[l\n-Lord Kr��a (who gives liberation);bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead;\n\nprasidatiim-be pleased with me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is the Personality of Godhead Sri Kr��a who gives liberation. By\n\nthinking of His lotus feet every second, the devotee in trance can see the\nAbsolute Truth by following in the footsteps of authorities, whereas the\n\n", "SB2.1#p0245": "Text 21]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n211\n\nlearned mental speculators think of Him according to their whims. May\nthe Lord be pleased with me.\nPURPORT\nThe mystic yogis, after a strenuous effort to control the senses, may be\nsituated in a trance of yoga just to have a vision of the Supersoul within\neveryone, but the pure devotee, simply by remembering the Lord's lotus\nfeet at every second, at once becomes posted in real trance because by such\nrealization his mind and intelligence become completely cleansed of the\ndiseases of material enjoyment. The pure devotee thinks himself fallen into\nthe ocean of birth and death and incessantly prays to the Lord to lift him\nup. He only aspires to become a speck of transcendental dust at the lotus\nfeet of the Lord. The pure devotee, by the grace of the Lord, absolutely\nloses all attraction for material enjoyment, and to keep free from contamination he always thinks of the lotus feet of the Lord. King Kulasekhara, a\ngreat devotee of the Lord, prayed:\n\nkmw tvadiya-pada-pankaja-paiijariintam\nadyaiva visatu me miinasa-riija-harhsaft\npriirw-prayii[La-samaye kapha-viita-pittaift\nkart!hiivarodhanavidhau smarartarh kutas te.\n\"My Lord Kr�!la, I pray that the swan of my mind may immediately sink\ndown to the stems of the lotus feet of Your Lordship and be locked up in\nthe network; otherwise at the time of my final breath, when my throat is\nchoked up with cough, how will it be possible to think of You?\"\nThere is an intimate relationship between the swan and the lotus stem.\nSo the comparison is very appropriate: without becoming a swan or\n\nparamaharhsa, one cannot enter into the network of the lotus feet of the\nLord. The mental speculators, as it is stated in the Brahma-sarhhitii, even\nby dint of learned scholarship, cannot even dream of the Absolute Truth\nby speculating over it for eternity. The Lord reserves the right of not being\nexposed to such mental speculators. And because they cannot enter into\nthe network stem of the lotus feet of the Lord, all mental speculators differ\nin conclusions, and at the end they make a useless compromise by saying\n\"as many conclusions, as many ways,\" according to one's own inclination\n\n(yathii-rucam). But the Lord is not like a shopkeeper trying to please all\nsorts of customers in the mental speculator exchange. The Lord is what\nHe is, the Absolute Personality of Godhead, and He demands absolute\n\n", "SB2.1#p0246": "212\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nsurrender unto Him only. The pure devotee, however, by following the\nways of previous iiciiryas or authorities, can see the Supreme Lord through\n\nthe transparent medium of a bona fide spiritual master (anupasyanti). The\n\npure devotee never tries to see the Lord by mental speculation, but by\n\nfollowing the footsteps of the iiciiryas (mahiijano yena gata� sa panthii).\nTherefore there is no difference of conclusions amongst the V ai�!J.ava\niiciiryas regarding the Lord and the devotees. Lord Caitanya asserts that the\nliving entity (jiva) is eternally the servitor of the Lord and that he is\n\nsimultaneously one and different from the Lord. This tattva of Lord\n\nCaitanya is shared by all the four sampradiiyas of the V ai�!J.ava school\n(all accepting eternal servitude of the Lord even after salvation), and there\nis no authorized V ai�!lava iiciirya who may think of the Lord and himself\nas one.\nThis humbleness of the pure devotee who is one hundred percent\n\nengaged in His service puts the devotee of the Lord in a trance to realize\n\neverything, because to the sincere devotee of the Lord, the Lord reveals\n\nHimself, as it is stated in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 10.10). The Lord, being the\n\nLord of intelligence in everyone (even in the nondevotee), favors His\n\ndevotee with proper intelligence so that automatically the pure devotee is\n\nenlightened with the factual truth about the Lord and His different\n\nenergies. The Lord is revealed not by one's speculative power or by one's\nverbal jugglery over the Absolute Truth. Rather, He reveals Himself to a\n\ndevotee when He is fully satisfied by his service attitude. Sukadeva Gosvami\n\nis not a mental speculator or compromiser of the theory of \"as many ways,\nas\n\nmany conclusions,\" but He prays to the Lord only, invoking His tran­\n\nscendental pleasure. That is the way of knowing the Lord.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nSl*-iiR<t1 � � �T\nW<t�<iiJ�� miT � � I\n�� � f?t.<?.l�<t:\n� it swft�: ��� II� �II\npracoditii yena purii sarasvati\n\nvitanvatiijasya satim smrtim hrdi\n\nsva-lak�arii priidurabhUt kiliisyata�\nsa me �iriim r�abha� prasidatiim\n\n", "SB2.1#p0247": "Text 22]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n213\n\npracodita-inspired;yena-by whom;pura-in the beginning of creation;\nsarasvati-the goddess of learning; vitanvatii-amplified; ajasya-of Brahmii,\nthe first created living being; satirh smrtim-potent memory; hrdi-in the\nheart; sva-in his own; Zak�a!lii-aiming at;p riidurabhiit- became generated;\n\nkila-as if: iisyata�-from the mouth; sa�-he; me-unto me; [§irtam-of the\nteachers;r§abha�- the chief;prasidatam- be pleased.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMay the Lord, who in the beginning of the creation amplified the\npotent knowledge of Brahma from within his heart and inspired him with\nfull knowledge of creation and of His own Self, and who appeared to be\ngenerated from the mouth of Brahma, he pleased upon me.\nPURPORT\nAs we have already discussed hereinbefore, the Lord, as the Supersoul of\nall living beings from Brahmii to the insignificant ant, endows all with the\nrequired knowledge potent in every living being. A living being is sufficiently potent to possess knowledge from the Lord in the proportion of\n\n50/64, or 78% of the full knowledge acquirable. The living being, being\nconstitutionally part and parcel of the Lord, is unable to assimilate all the\nknowledge that the Lord possesses Himself. In the conditioned state, the\nliving being is subject to forget everything after a change of body known\nas death. This potent knowledge is again inspired by the Lord from within\nthe heart of every living being, and it is known as the awakening of knowledge, for it is comparable to awakening from sleep or unconsciousness.\nThis awakening of knowledge is under full control of the Lord, and\ntherefore we find in the practical world different grades of knowledge in\ndifferent persons. This awakening of knowledge is neither an automatic nor\n\na material interaction. The supply source is the Lord Himself (dhiyiim\npat*), for even Brahmii is also subjected to this regulation of the supreme\ncreator. In the beginning of the creation, Brahma is born first without any\nfather and mother because before Brahmii there were no other Living\nbeings. Brahmii is born from the lotus which grows from the abdomen of\nthe Garbhodakasayi Vigm. and therefore he is known as Aja. This Brahmii\nor Aja is also a living being, part and parcel of the Lord, but being the most\npious devotee of the Lord, Brahmii is inspired by the Lord to create,\nsubsequent to the main creation by the Lord, through the agency of\nmaterial nature. Therefore neither the material nature nor Brahmii is\n\n", "SB2.1#p0248": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n214\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nindependent of the Lord. The material scientists can merely observe the\nreactions of the material nature without understanding the direction behind\nsuch activities, as the child can see the action of electricity without any\nknowledge of the powerhouse engineer. This imperfect knowledge of the\nmaterial scientist is due to a poor fund of knowledge. The Vedic knowledge\nwas therefore first impregnated within Brahma, and it appears that Brahma\ndistributed the Vedic knowledge. Brahma is undoubtedly the speaker of\nthe Vedic knowledge, but actually he was inspired by the Lord to receive\nsuch transcendental knowledge, as it directly descends from the Lord. The\n\nVedas are therefore called apauru§eya, or not imparted by any created\nbeing. Before the creation the Lord was there {niiriiyarw� para 'vyaktiit),\nand therefore the words spoken by the Lord are vibrations of transcendental sound. There is a gulf of difference between the two qualities of\n\nsound, namely prakrta and aprakrta. The physicist can only deal with the\n\nprakrta sound or sounds vibrated in the material sky, and therefore we\nmust know that the Vedic sounds recorded in symbolic expressions cannot\nbe understood by anyone within the universe unless and until one is\ninspired by the vibration of supernatural (aprakrta) sound, which descends\nin the chain of disciplic succession from the Lord to Brahma, from Brahma\nto Narada, from Narada to Vyasa and so on. No mundane scholar can\ntranslate or reveal the true import of the Vedic mantras (hymns). They\ncannot be understood unless one is inspired or initiated by the authorized\nspiritual master. The original spiritual master is the Lord Himself, and the\nsuccession comes down through the sources of paramparii, as is clearly\nstated in the Fourth Chapter of the Bhagavad-gitii. So unless one receives\nthe transcendental knowledge from the authorized paramparii, one should\nbe considered useless\n\n(viphala-matal}), even though one may be greatly\n\nqualified in the mundane advancements of arts or science.\n\nSukadeva Gosvami is praying from the Lord by dint of being inspired\n\nfrom within by the Lord so that he could rightly explain the facts and\nfigures of creation as inquired by Maharaja Parik�it. A spiritual master is\nnot a theoretical speculator, like the mundane scholar, but is srotriyarh\n\nbrahmani§tham.\nTEXT 23\n\n�� �n � �i� � � 'Wf:\n� g!Jfl'{ tft� tft:t�ll�+tcti:\n\nmS?i� �F{ q:qffir lt II� �II\n\n", "SB2.1#p0249": "Text 23]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\n215\n\nbhiitair mahadbhir ya imii� puro vibhur\nnirmiiya se te yadamii§U piiru§a�\nbhunkte guran §o(ia5a §o(iasiitmaka�\nso'lankr§i§ta bhagaviin vaciirhsi me\nbhiitail;t-by the elements; mahadbhiJ;t-of material creation; ya�-He\nwho; imii�-all these; pu ra �-bodies; vibhu�-of the Lord; nirmiiya-for\nbeing set up; sete-lie down; yadamii§u-one who incarnated; piiru§a�Lord Vi�ru; bhunkte-causes to be subjected; guriin-the three modes of\nnature; §o(ia5a-in sixteen divisions; §O(iasiitmaka�-being the generator of\nthese sixteen; sa�-He; alank[§i§ta-may decorate; bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; vaciirhsi-statements; me-mine.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMay the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who enlivens the materially\ncreated bodies of the elements by lying down within the universe, and who\nin His puru�a incarnation causes the living being to he subjected to the\nsixteen divisions of material modes which are his generator, be pleased to\ndecorate my statements.\nPURPORT\nSukadeva Gosvami (unlike a mundane man who is proud of his own\ncapability) as a fully dependent devotee invokes the pleasure of the\nPersonality of Godhead so that his statements might be successful and so\nthat they might be appreciated by the hearers. The devotee always thinks\nof himself as instrumental for anything successfully carried out, and he\ndeclines to take credit for anything done by himself. The godless atheist\nwants to take all credit for activities, without knowing that even a blade\nof grass cannot move without the sanction of the Supreme Spirit, the\nPersonality of Godhead. Sukadeva Gosvami therefore wants to move by\nthe direction of the Supreme Lord, who inspired Brahma to speak the\nVedic wisdom. The truths described. in the Vedic literatures are neither\ntheories of mundane imagination nor are they ficticious, as the less intelligent class of men sometimes think. The Vedic truths are all perfect\ndescriptions of the factual truth without any mistake or illusion, and\nSukadeva Gosvami wants to present the truths of creation not as a metaphysical theory of philosophical speculation, but as the actual facts and\nfigures of the subject, since he would be dictated to by the Lord exactly in\n\n", "SB2.1#p0250": "216\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nthe same manner as Brahmaji was inspired. As stated in the Bhagavad-gitii\n(Bg. 15.15), the Lord is Himself the father of the Vediinta knowledge, and\nit is He only who knows the factual purport of the Vediinta philosophy. So\n\nthere is no greater truth than the principles of religion mentioned in the\n\nVedas. Such Vedic knowledge or religion is disseminated by authorities\n\nlike Sukadeva Gosvami because he is a humble devotional servitor of the\n\nLord who has no desire to become a self-appointed interpreter without\n\nauthority. That is the way of explaining the Vedic knowledge, technically\nknown as the paramparii system, or descending process.\n\nThe intelligent man can see without mistake that any material creation\n\n(either one's own body or a fruit or flower) cannot beautifully grow up\nwithout the spiritual touch. The greatest intelligent man of the world or\n\nthe greatest man of science can present everything very beautifully only\ninsofar as the spirit life is there or insomuch as the spiritual touch is there.\n\nTherefore the source of all truths is the Supreme Spirit, and not gross\n\nmatter as it is ill-conceived by the gross materialist. We get information\nfrom the Vedic literature that the Lord Himself first of all entered the\n\nvacuum of the material universe, and thus everything gradually developed\none after another. Similarly, the Lord is situated as localized Paramatma\nin every individual being; hence everything is done by Him very beautifully.\n\nThe sixteen principal creative elements, namely earth, water, fire, air, sky,\n\nand the eleven sense organs, first developed from the Lord Himself and\n\nwere thereby shared by the living entities. Thus the material elements were\ncreated for the enjoyment of the living entities. The beautiful arrangement\n\nbehind all material manifestations is therefore made possible by the energy\n\nof the Lord, and the individual living entity can pray to the Lord only for\n\nits prop er understanding. Since the Lord is the supreme entity, different\nfrom Sukadeva Gosvami, the prayer can be offered to Him. The Lord\n\nhelps the living entity to enjoy material creation, but He is aloof from\nsuch false enjoyment. Sukadeva prays for the mercy of the Lord, not\n\nonly for being helped personally in presenting the truth, but also for help­\n\ning others to whom he would like to speak.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n;I+Hd� llff.ffl ��:tA � I\n�� � �;ou(itl4i(i&l('l�'{> 11�\\111\n\n", "SB2.1#p0251": "The Process of Creation\n\nText 24)\n\n217\n\nnamas tasmai bhagavate\nviisudeviiya vedhase\npapur jiiiinam ayarh saumyii\nyan-mukhiimburuhiisavam\n\nnama�-my obeisances; tasmai-unto him; bhagavate-unto the Person­\n\nality of Godhead; viisudevaya-unto Vasudeva or His incarnations; vedhasethe compiler of the Vedic literatures; papu�- drunk; jii iinam- knowledge;\n\nayam- this\n\nVedic\n\nknowledge; saumyii�- the devotees, especially the\n\nconsorts of Lord Kr�l).a; yat-from whose; mukha-amburuha-the lotus­\n\nlike mouth; iisavam-nectar from this mouth.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto the incarnation of Vasudeva,\nSrila Vyasadeva, who compiled the Vedic scriptures. The pure devotees\ndrink up the nectarean transcendental knowledge dropping from the\nlotus-like mouth of the Lord.\nPURPORT\n\nIn pursuance of the specific utterance vedhase, or the compiler of the\n\nsystem of transcendental knowledge, Snla Sr'idhara Svam'i has commented\n\nthat the respectful obeisances are offered to Snla Vyasadeva, who is the\nincarnation of Vasudeva. Srila J'iva Gosvam'i has agreed to this, but Snla\nVisvanatha Cakravart'i Thakur has made a further advance, namely that\n\nthe nectar from the mouth of Lord Kr�l).a is transferred to His different\n\nconsorts, and thus they learn the finer arts of music, dance, dressing,\ndecorations and all such things which are relished by the Lord. Such music,\n\ndance and decorations enjoyed by the Lord are certainly not anything\nmundane, because the Lord is addressed in the very beginning as para, or\n\ntranscendentaL This transcendental knowledge is unknown to the forgotten\n\nconditioned souls. Srila Vyasadeva, who is the incarnation of the Lord,\n\nthus compiled the Vedic literatures to revive the lost memory of the\nconditioned souls about their eternal relation with the Lord. One should\ntherefore try to understand the Vedic scriptures from the lotus-like mouth\n\nof Vyasadeva, or Sukadeva, the nectar transferred by the Lord to His\nconsorts in the conjugal humor. By gradual development of transcendental\n\nknowledge, one can rise to the stage of the transcendental arts of music\n\n", "SB2.1#p0252": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n218\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 4\n\nand dance displayed by the Lord in His riisa-luii. But without having the\nVedic knowledge one can hardly understand the transcendental nature\nof the Lord's rasa dance and music. The pure devotees of the Lord,\nhowever, can equally relish the nectar both in the form of the profound\nphilosophical discourses or in the form of kissing by the Lord in the rasa\ndance, as there is no mundane distinction between the two.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�(:l�eU�'ti �1:. �I«Pt ftrl� I\n��S+����R<I�'t�: ����II\netad eviitma-bhu rtljan\nnaradaya viprcchate\nveda-garbho 'bhyadhat siik§ad\nyad aha harir atmana�\netat-on this matter; eva- e x actly; atma-bhufl.-the first-born (Brahmaji);\n\nrajan-my dear King; naradtiya- unto Niirada Muni; viprcchate-having inquired about it from; veda-garbha�-one who is impregnated with Vedic\nknowledge from birth; abhyadhtit-apprised; slik§at- directly; yad ahawhat he spoke; ha rif!.\n\n- the Lord; atmanafl. - unto His own (Brahmii).\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear King, Brahmii, the first-born, on being questioned by Narada,\n\nexactly apprised him on this subject, as it was directly spoken by the\n\nLord to His own son, who is impregnated with Vedic knowledge from his\n\nvery birth.\n\nPURPORT\nAs soon as Brahmii was born out of the abdomenal lotus petals of\nVi�!lu, he was impregnated with Vedic knowledge, and therefore he is\nknown as veda-garbha, or a Vedantist from the embryo. Without Vedic\nknowledge, or perfect infallible knowledge, no one can create anything.\nAll scientific knowledge and perfect knowledge are Vedic. One can get\n\n", "SB2.1#p0253": "Text 25]\n\nThe Process of Creation\n\nall types of information from the\n\n219\n\nVedas, and as such, Brahma was\n\nimpregnated with all-perfect knowledge so that it was possible for him to\ncreate. Thus Brahma knew the perfect description of creation, as it was\nexactly apprised to him by the Supreme Lord Hari. Brahma, on being\n\nquestioned by Narada, told Narada exactly what he had heard directly\n\nfrom the Lord. Narada again exactly told the same thing to Vyasa, and\nVyasa also told Sukadeva exactly what he heard from Narada. And\n\nSukadeva was going to repeat the same statements as he heard them from\nVyasa. That is the way of Vedic understanding. The language of the Vedas\n\ncan he revealed only by the above-mentioned disciplic succession, and not\notherwise.\n\nThere is no use in theories. Knowledge must be factual. There are many\n\nthings that are complicated, and no one can understand them unless they\n\nare explained by one who knows. The Vedic knowledge is also very\ndifficult to know and must be learned by the above-mentioned system,\n\notherwise it is not at all understood.\n\nSukadeva Gosvami, therefore, prayed for the mercy of the Lord so that\n\nhe might be able to repeat the very same message that was spoken directly\nby the Lord to Brahma, or what was directly spoken by Brahma to Narada.\n\nTherefore the statements of creation, which were explained by Sukadeva\n\nGosvami, are not at all, as the mundaners suggest, theoretical, but they\n\nare perfectly correct. One who hears these messages and tries to assimilate\nthem gets perfect information of the material creation.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Second Canto, Fourth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Process of Creation.,\n\n", "SB2.1#p0254": "CHAPTER FIVE\n\nThe cause of All causes\n\nTEXT l\n\nniirada uviica\ndeva-deva namas te 'stu\nbhuta-bhiivana puroa-ja\ntad vijiinihi yaj jiiiinam\niitma-tattva-nidarsanam\nsri niirada/:t uviica- Sri Narada said; deva-of all demigods; deva- the demigod; nama/:t-obeisances; te-unto you as; astu-are; bhuta-bhiivana-the\ngenerator of all living beings; puroa ja -the first-born; tad vijiinihi\n-\n\n-\n\nplease\n\nexplain that knowledge; yaj j iiiina m whic h knowledge; iitma-tattva-tran-\n\nscendental; nida rsa nam\n\n-\n\nspec ifically directs_\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Narada Muni asked Brahmiiji: 0 chief amongst the demigods, 0\nfirst-born living entity, I beg to offer my respectful obeisances unto you.\nPlease tell me that transcendental knowledge which specifically directs one\nto the truth of the individual soul and the Supersoul.\nPURPORT\nThe perfection of the paramparii system, or the path of disciplic\nsuccession, is further confirmed. In the previous chapter it has been\nestablished that Brahmaj i, the first-born living entity, received know­\n\nledge directly from the Supreme Lord, and the same knowledge is imparted to Narada, the next disciple. Narada asked to receive the know­\n\nledge, and Brahmaji imparted it upon being asked. Therefore asking for\ntranscendental knowledge from the right person and receiving it properly\n\n221\n\n", "SB2.1#p0255": "222\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nis the regulation of the disciplic succession. This process is recommended\nin the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 4.2). The inquisitive student must approach a\nqualified spiritual master to receive transcendental knowledge by surrender,\nsubmissive inquiries and service. Knowledge received by submissive inquiries and service is more effective than knowledge received in exchange\nfor money. A spiritual master in the line of disciplic succession from\nBrahma and Narada has no demand for dollars and cents. A bona fide\nstudent has to satisfy him by sincere service to obtain knowledge of the\nrelation and nature of the individual soul and the Supersoul.\n\nTEXT 2\n\n���:��WI\n���qiij��� �: 11�11\nyad riiparh yad adhi§thiinarh\nyata� mtam idarh prabho\nyat sarhstharh yat pararh yac ca\ntat tattvarh vada tattvata�\nyat-what; riipam-the symptoms of manifestation; yat-wha t; adhi§thiinam-background; yata�-from where; S f§tam\n\n-\n\ncrea t ed; idam-this world;\n\nprabho-0 my father; yat-in which; sarhstham-conserved; yat\nparam-under control;yat-what are; ca-and; tat-all these; tvam\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwhat;\n\nyourself;\n\nvada-please describe; tattvata[l-factually.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear father, please describe fac tually the symptoms of this mani­\n\nfest world. What is its background? How is it created? How is it conserved?\n\nAnd under whose control is all this being done?\n\nPURPORT\nThe inquiries by Narada l\\1uni appear to be very reasonable on the basis\nof factual cause and effect. The atheists, however, put forward many selfmade theories without any touch of cause and effect. The manifested\nworld, as well as the spirit soul, is still unexplained by the godless atheists\nthrough the medium of experimental knowledge, although they have put\nforward many theories manufactured by their fertile brains. Contrary\nto such mental speculative theories of creation, however, Narada Muni\nwanted to know all the facts of creation in truth, and not by theories.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0256": "The Cause of All Causes\n\nText 3]\n\n223\n\nTranscendental knowledge regarding the soul and the Supersoul includes\nknowledge of the phenomenal world and the basis of its creation. In the\nphenomenal world three things are factually observed by any intelligent\nman: the living beings, the manifest world, and the ultimate control over\nthem. The intelligent man can see that neither the living entity nor the\nphenomenal world are creations of chance. The symmetry of creation and\nits regulative actions and reactions suggests the plan of an intelligent brain\nbehind them, and, by genuine inquiry, one may find out the ultimate\ncause with the help of one who knows them factually.\nTEXT 3\n\nri����:l\n\"h(I'48EMi( fm ����nf<id tR II � II\nsarvarh hy etad bhaviin veda\nbhuta-bhavya-bhavat-prabhu�\nkariimalaka-vad viSvarh\nvijiiiiniivasitarh tava\nsarvam-all and everything; hi-certainly; e tat-this; bhaviin -your good\n\nself; veda- know; bhuta-all that is created or born; bhavya-all that will\nbe created or born; bhavat-all that is being created; prabhu�-you, the\n\nmaster of everything; kara-iimalaka-vat-just like a walnut within your\ngrip; visvam-the universe; vijiiana-avasitam-within your knowledge scien­\n\ntifically; tava-your .\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear father, all this is known to you scientifically because whatever\nwas created in the past, whatever will be created in the future, or whatever\nis being created at present, as well as everything within the universe, is\nwithin your grip, just like a walnut.\nPURPORT\nBrahmii is the direct creator of the manifested universe and everything\nwithin the universe. He therefore knows what happened in the past, what\nwill happen in the future, and what is happening at present. Three principal\n\n", "SB2.1#p0257": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n224\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nitems, namely the living being, the phenomenal world and the controller,\nare all in continuous action-past, present, and future-and the direct\nmanager is supposed to know everything of such actions and reactions, as\none knows about a walnut within the grip of one's palm_ The direct\nmanufacturer of a particular thing is supposed to know how he learned the\nart of manufacturing, where he got the ingredients, how he set it up and\nhow the products in the manufacturing process are being turned out.\nBecause Brahmii is the first-born living being, naturally he is supposed to\nknow everything about creative functions.\n\nTEXT 4\n\n�ft$.1i'il �a:NIU �� �a:l�+i<:fit I\n��: � � �ij'(ql�+i+ir:ftn II IJ II\nyad vijniino yad-iidhiiro\nyat-paras tvarh yad-iitmaka�\neka� srjasi bhiitiini\nbhutair eviitma-miiyayii\nyad vijniina� the source of knowledge; yad-iidhiira�-under whose\n-\n\nprotection;\n\nyad para�-under\n-\n\nwhose\n\nsubordination;\n\ntvam-you; yad­\n\niitmaka�-in what capacity; e ka�-alone; srjasi-you are creating; bhutiinithe living entities; bh uta *-with the help of material elements; evacertainly; atma-self; mayaya-by potency-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear father, what is the source of your knowledge? Under whose\n\nprotection are you standing? And under whom are you working? What is\n\nyour real position? Do you alone create all entities with material elements\n\nby your personal energy?\n\nPURPORT\nIt was known to Sri Niirada Muni that Lord Brahma attained creative\nenergy by undergoing severe austerities_ As such, he could understand that\n\nthere was someone else superior to Brahmaji who invested Brahma with\n\n", "SB2.1#p0258": "The Cause of All Causes\n\nText 5]\n\n225\n\nthe power of creation. Therefore he asked all the above questions. Discoveries of progressive scientific achievements are therefore not independent. The scientist has to attain the knowledge of a thing already existing\nby means of the wonderful brain made by someone else. A scientist can\nwork with the help of such an awarded brain, but it is not possible for the\nscientist to create his own or a similar brain. Therefore no one is independent in the matter of any creation, nor is such creation automatic.\n\nTEXT 5\n\n��mf.{;J��I\n\n3TlH\\�IRfi+t'4e+1f\n\n�;nfl\\Ri!f13j+t: II \"'. II\n\niitman bhiivayase tiini\nna pariibhiivayan svayam\niitma-saktim ava§{abhya\nurywniibhir iviiklamaft\niitman (iitmani)-by self; bhiivayase-manifest; tiini-all those; na-not;\npariibhiivayan-being\ndefeated;\nsvayam yourself; iitma-saktim-selfsufficient power; ava§{abhya-being employed; urrwniibhift-the spider;\niva-like; aklamaft- without help.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs the spider very easily creates the network of its cobweb and manifests its power of creation without being defeated by others, so also\nyou yourself, by employment of your self-sufficient energy, create without\nany other's help.\nPURPORT\nThe best example of self-sufficiency is the sun. The sun does not\nrequire to be illuminated by any other body. Rather, it is the sun which\nhelps all other illuminating agents, for in the presence of the sun no other\nilluminating agent becomes prominent. Narada compared the position of\nBrahma with the self-sufficiency of the spider, who creates its own field of\nactivities without any other's help by employment of its own energetic\ncreation of saliva.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0259": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n226\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 6\n\n;nt � -rt lQ�'S(Iq( ;r � � I\n•u¥t�qg� � fid'ga��ij: II � II\nniiharh veda pararh hy asmin\nniipararh na samarh vibho\nniima-rupa-gur-air bhiivyarh\nsadasat kincid anyata�\nna-do not;aham- myself; veda-know;pa ram-superior; hi-for; asmin­\n\nin this world;na-neither; aparam-inferior; na-nor ; samam-equal; vibho-\n\n0 great one; niima-name; riipa-characteristics; gur-a*-by qualification;\nbhiivyam-all that is created; sat-eternal ; asat-temporary; kincit-or anything like that; anyata�-from any other source.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhatever we can understand by nomenclature, characteristics and\nfeatures of a particular thing, superior, inferior or equal, eternal or\ntemporary, is not created from any source other than that of your lordship, thou so great.\n\nPURPORT\nThe manifested world is full of varieties of created beings in 8,400,000\nspecies of life, and some of them are superior and inferior to others. In\nhuman society the human being is considered to be the superior living\nbeing, and amongst the human beings there are also different varieties:\ngood, bad, equal, etc. But Narada Muni took for granted that none of\n\nthem has any source of generation besides his father Bra hmaj i Therefore he\n.\n\nwanted to know all about them from Lord Brahma.\n\nTEXT 7\n\n�# � �: ®+UWt: I\n� �� � q(l��f � � II \\9 II\n\n� WUW\\4!4(!!\n\n", "SB2.1#p0260": "The Cause of All Causes\n\nText 7]\n\n227\n\nsa bhaviin acarad ghorarh\nyat tapafl su-samiihitafl\ntena khedayase nas tvarh\nparii sankiirh ca yacchasi\n\nsafl- he; bhaviin- your good self; acarat- undertook; ghoram- severe;\nyat tapa[t-meditation; su-samiihitafl-in perfect discipline; tena-for that\nreason; k hedayase\n\n-\n\ngives pain; naft-ourselves; tvam-your good self; para­\n\nthe ultimate truth; sankam-doubts; ca-and; yacchasi-giving us a chance.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nYet we are moved to wonder about the existence of someone more\npowerful than you when we think of your great austerities in perfect\ndiscipline, although your good self is so powerful in the matter of creation.\n\nPURPORT\n\nFollowing in the footsteps of Sri Narada Muni, one should not blindly\naccept his spiritual master as God Himself. A spiritual master is duly\nrespected on a par with God, but a spiritual master claiming to be God\nHimself should at once be rejected. Narada Muni accepted Brahma as the\nSupreme due to Lord Brahma's wonderful acts in creation, but doubts\narose in him when he saw that Lord Brahma also worshiped some superior\nauthority. The Supreme is supreme, and He has no worshipable superior.\nThe ahangrahopasana, or the one who worships himself with the idea of\nbecoming God Himself, is misleading, but the intelligent disciple can at\nonce detect that the Supreme God does not need to worship anyone,\nincluding Himself, in order to become God. Ahangrahopasana may be one\nof the processes for transcendental realization, but the ahangrahopasanii\ncan never be God Himself. No one becomes God by undergoing a process of\ntranscendental realization. Narada Muni thought of Brahmiiji as the Supreme Person, but when he saw Brahmiiji engaged in the process of\ntranscendental realization, doubts arose in him. So he wanted to be clearly\ninformed.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0261": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n228\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 8\n\n�it�: Q�� -�1\nR�•�tlrn � �qs?j�fl�ij: u (; \"\netan me prcchata� saroarh\nsaroa-jfia sakalesvara\nvijiinihi yathaivedam\naharh budhye 'nusiisita�\netat-all those; me-unto me; prcchata�-inq uisitive; saroam-all that is\ninquired; s ar va -jiia-one who knows everything; sakala-over all; iSvarathe controller; vijiinihi-kindly explain; yathii-as; eva-they are; idamthis; aham-myself; budh ye-can understand; anusiisita�-just learning from\nyou.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear father, you know everything, and you are the controller of\n\nall. Therefore may all that I have inquired from you kindly be instructed\nto me so that I may be able to understand them as your student.\nPURPORT\nThe inquiries made by Narada Muni are very important for everyone\nconcerned, and as such Narada requested Brahmajl to deem them suitable\nso that all others who may come in the line of disciplic succession of the\nBrahma-sampradaya may also know them properly without any difficulty.\n\nTEXT 9\n\na���\n� �fOiiili�<�� �Mf?f;f�1\n� ��: � ll•l�§.lttm II � II\n...\n\nbrahmoviica\nsamyak kiirup.ikasyedarh\n\n", "SB2.1#p0262": "Text 10)\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\n229\n\nvatsa te vicikitsitam\nyad aharh codita� saumya\nbhagavad-virya-darsane\nsri brahma uvaca- Lord Brahma said; samyak-perfectly; karurikasyaof you, who are very kind; idam this ; vatsa-my dear boy; te your ;\nvicikitsitam inquisitiveness; yat- by which; aham- myself; codita[l - in\nspired; saumya-0 gentle one; bhagavat-of the Personality of Godhead;\nvi rya prowess ; darsane-in the matter of.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n­\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma said,\n\nMy dear boy Narada, being merciful upon all\n\n(including myself) you have asked all these questions because I have been\ninspired to see into the prowess of the Almighty Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nBrahmaji, being so questioned by Naradaji, congratulated him, for it is\nusual for the devotees to become very enthusiastic whenever they are\nquestioned concerning the Almighty Personality of Godhead. That is the\nsign of a pure devotee of the Lord. Such discourses on the transcendental\nactivities of the Lord purify the atmosphere in which such discussions are\nheld, and the devotees thus become enlivened while answering such questions. It is purifying both for the questioners and for one who answers the\nquestions. The pure devotees are not only satisfied by knowing everything\nabout the Lord, but they are also eager to broadcast the information to\nothers, for they want to see that the glories of the Lord are known to\neveryone. Thus the devotee feels satisfied when such an opportunity is\noffered to him. This is the basic principle of missionary activities.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n����'If Sl'f4lf'f m: I\n31Niji� qt � OJtl:t� � ft it II� oil\n\n", "SB2.1#p0263": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n230\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nniinrtarh tava tacciipi\nyathii miirh prabravi§i bho�\navijiiiiya pararh matta\netiivat tvarh yato hi me\nna not; anrtam- false; tava-of yours; tat-that; ca also; api as you\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nhave stated; yathii-in the matter of; miim-of myself; prabravi§i-as you\ndescribe; bho�-0 my son; avij iiiiya without knowing; param-the Su-\n\npreme; matta[t-beyond myself; etiivat-all that you have spoken; tvamyourself; yata�-for the reason of; hi-certainly; me-about me:\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhatever you have spoken about me is not false because unless and\n\nuntil one is aware of the Personality of Godhead, who is the ultimate truth\nbeyond me, one is sure to be illusioned by observing my powerful activities.\nPURPORT\n\"The frog in the well\" logic illustrates that a frog residing in the atmosphere and boundary of a well cannot imagine the length and breadth of\nthe gigantic ocean. Such a frog, when it is informed of the gigantic length\nand breadth of the ocean, first of all does not believe that there is such an\nocean, and if someone assures him that factually there is such a thing, the\nfrog then begins to measure it by imagination by means of pumping its\nbelly as far as possible, with the result that the tiny abdomen of the frog\nbursts and the poor frog dies without any experience of the actual ocean.\nSimilarly, the material scientists also want to challenge the inconceivable\npotency of the Lord by measuring Him with their frog-like brains and their\nscientific achievements, but at the end they simply die unsuccessfully,\nlike the frog.\nSometimes a materially powerful man is accepted as God or the incarnation of God without any knowledge of the factual God. Such a material\nassessment may be gradually proceeded on, and the attempt may reach to\nthe highest limit of Brahmaji, who is the topmost living being within the\nuniverse and has a duration of life unimaginable by the material scientist.\nAs we get information from the most authentic book of knowledge, the\n\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 8.17), Brahmaji's one day and night is calculated to be\nsome hundreds of thousands of years on our planet. This long duration of\nlife may not be believed by \"the frog in the well,\" but persons who have a\n\n", "SB2.1#p0264": "Text 10]\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\n231\n\nrealization of the truths mentioned in the Bhagavad-gitii accept the existence of a great personality who creates the variegatedness of the complete\nuniverse. It is understood from the revealed scriptures that the Brahmaji\nof this universe is younger than all the other Brahmas in charge of the\nmany, many universes beyond this, but none of them can be equal to the\nPersonality of Godhead.\nNaradajl is one of the liberated souls, and after his liberation he was\nknown as Narada; otherwise, before His liberation, he was simply a son of\na maidservant. The questions may be asked why Naradaji was not aware of\nthe Supreme Lord and why he misconceived Brahmajl as the Supreme\nLord, although factually he was not so. A liberated soul is never bewildered\nby such a mistaken idea, so why did Naradaji ask all those questions just\nlike an ordinary man with a poor fund of knowledge? There was such\nbewilderment in Arjuna also, although he is eternally the associate of the\nLord. Such bewilderment in Arjuna or in Narada takes place by the will of\nthe Lord so that other nonliberated persons may realize the real truth and\nknowledge of the Lord. The doubt arising in the mind of Narada about\nBrahmaji's becoming all-powerful is a lesson for the frogs in the well, that\nthey may not be bewildered in misconceiving the identity of the Personality of Godhead (even by comparison with a personality like Brahma, so\nwhat to speak of ordinary men who falsely pose themselves as God or an\nincarnation of God). The Supreme Lord is always the Supreme, and as we\nhave tried to establish many times in these purports, no living being, even\nup to the standard of Brahma, can claim to be one with the Lord. One\nshould not be misled when people worship a great man as God after his\ndeath as a matter of hero worship. There were many kings like Lord\nRamacandra, the King of Ayodhya, but none of them are mentioned as\nGod in the revealed scriptures. To become a good king is not necessarily\nthe qualification of becoming Lord Rama, but to be a great personality\nlike Kr�!la is the qualification of becoming the Personality of Godhead. If\nwe scrutinize the characters who took part in the Battle of Kuruk�etra, we\nmay find that Maharaja Yudhi�thira was no less a pious king than Lord\nRamacandra, and by character study Maharaja Yudhi�thira was a better\nmoralist than Lord Kr�!J.a. Lord Kr�!la asked Maharaja Yudhi�thira to lie,\nbut Maharaja Yudhi�thira protested. But that does not mean that Maharaja\nYudhi�thira could be equal to Lord Ramacandra or Lord Kr�!J.a. The great\nauthorities have estimated Maharaja Yudhi�thira to be a pious man, but\nthey have accepted Lord Rama or Kr�!la as the Personality of Godhead.\nThe Lord is therefore a different identity in all circumstances, and no idea\nof anthropomorphism can be applied there. The Lord is always the Lord,\nand a common living being can never be equal to Him.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0265": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n232\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 11\n\niR � Fm �ij il4!441Rfitf{ I\n���?.11 mm �wr.t: ������\nyena sva-roci�ii visvarh\nrocitarh rocayiim y aham\nyathiirko 'gnir yathii soma\nyathark�a-graha-tiirakii[l\nyena\n\n-\n\nby whom; sva-rocisa-by His own effulgence; visvam-all the\n\nworld; rocitam\n\n-\n\nalready created potentially; rocayiimi-do manifest; aham­\n\nI; yathii-as much; arka[l-the sun; agni[l-fire; yathii-as; soma[l-the moon;\nyathii-as dso; rk�a-firmament; graha-infl ue ntial planets; tiirakii[l-star s.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI create after the Lord's creation by His personal effulgence [known\n\nas the brahmajyoti], just as when the sun manifests its fire, the moon,\nthe firmament, the influential planets and the twinkling stars are also\nmanifest.\nPURPORT\nLord Brahmaji said to Narada that his impression that Brahma was\nnot\n\nthe supreme authority in the creation was correct. Sometimes\n\nless intelligent men have the foolish impression that Brahma is the\n\ncause of all causes. But Narada wanted to clear the matter by the\nstatements of Brahmaji, the supreme authority in the universe. As the\ndecision of the supreme court of a state is final, similarly the j udgement of\nBrahmaji, the supreme authority in the universe, is final in the Vedic\nprocess of acquiring knowledge. As we have already affirmed in the\n\nprevious verse, Naradaji was a liberated soul; therefore, he was not one of\nthe less intelligent men who accept a false god or gods in their own ways.\nHe represented himself as less intelligent and yet intelligently presented a\ndoubt to be cleared by the supreme authority so that the uninformed\nmight take note of it and be rightly informed about the intricacies of the\ncreation and the Creator.\nIn this verse Brahmaji clears up the wrong impression held by the less\n\nintelligent and affirms that he creates the universal variegatedness after\n\n", "SB2.1#p0266": "The Cause of All Causes\n\nText ll]\n\nthe potential creation by the glaring effulgence of Lord Sri\n\n233\n\nKr��a.\n\nBrahmaj i has separately also gi ven this statement in the sarhhitii known as\nthe Brahma-sarhhitii, and he says there:\n\nyasya prabhii prabhavato jagad-m;u}.a-kotikoti§V ase§a-vasudhiidi aSe§a-bhUtam\ntad-brahma ni§kalam anantam asesa bhutam\ngovindam iidi pum§arh tam aharh bhajiimi\n\"I serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead Govinda, the primeval Lord\nwhose effulgence of His transcendental body, known as the brahmajyoti,\nunlimited, unfathomed and all-pervasive, is the cause of Lhe creation of\nunlimited numbers of planets, etc., with varieties of climates and specific\nconditions of life.\"\nThe same statement is in the Bhagavad�gitii (Bg. 14.27). Lord Kr��a is\n\nthe background of the brahmajyoti (brahma[Le hi prati§thiiham). In Lhc\n\nNirukti, or Vedic dictionary, the import of prati§thii is mentioned as that\nwhich establishes. So the brahmajyoti is not independent or self-sufficient.\nLord Sri Kr��a is ultimately the creator of the brahmajyoti, mentioned in\nthis verse as sva-roci§ii, or the effulgence of the transcendental body of the\nLord. This brahmajyoti is all-pervading, and aJI creation is made possible\nby its potential power; therefore the Vedic hymns declare that everything\nthat exists is being sustained by the brahmajyoti (sarvarh khalv idarh\n\nbrahma). Therefore the potentiaJ seed of all creation is the brahmajyoti,\nand the same brahmajyoti, unlimited and unfathomed, is established by\nthe Lord. Therefore the Lord (Sri Kr��a) is ultimately the supreme cause\nof all creation (aharh sarvasya prabhava�).\n\nOne should not expect the Lord to create like the blacksmith with a ham­\n\nmer and other instruments. The Lord creates by His potencies. He has His\n\nmultifarious potencies (pariisya saktir vividhaiva srii yate). Just as the smaJl\n\nseed of a banyan fruit has the potency to create a big banyan tree, similarly\n\nthe Lord disseminates all varieties of seeds by His potential brahmajyoti\n\n(sva-roci§ii), and the seeds are made to develop by the watering process of\n\npersons like Brahma. Brahma cannot create the seeds, but he can manifest\nthe seed into a tree, j ust as a gardener helps the plants and orchards to\n\ngrow by the watering process. The example cited here of the sun is very\n\nappropriate. In the material world the sun is the cause of all illumination:\n\nfire, electricity, the rays of the moon, etc. All luminaries in the sky are\n\ncreations of the sun, the sun is the creation of the brahmajyoti, and the\nbrahmajyoti is the effulgence of the Lord. Thus the ultimate cause of\ncreation is the Lord.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0267": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n234\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 12\n\n� � � qiij�ql� � I\n4\"'1141 � � ij(\\� ::t41iffi(i¥( II�� II\ntasmai namo bhagavate\nviisudeviiya dhimahi\nyan-miiyayii durjayayii\nmiirh vadanti jagad-gurum\ntasmai-unto Him; nama� offer my obeisances; bhagavate-unto the\nGodhead; viisudeviiya-unto Lord Kn�J.a; dhimahi-do\nmeditate upon Him; yat-by whose; miiyayii- po tencies ; durjayayii-invincible; miin:-unto me; vadanti they say;jagat world; gurum the master.\n-\n\nPersonality of\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my obeisances and meditate upon Lord Kr��J.a [Vasudeva], the\nPersonality of Godhead, whose invincible potency influences them [the\nless intelligent class of men] to call me the supreme controller.\nPURPORT\nAs will be more clearly explained in the next verse, the illusory potency\nof the Lord bewilders the less intelligent to accept Brahmaji, or for that\nmatter any other person, as the Supreme Lord. Brahmaji, however, refuses\nto be called this, and he directly offers his respectful obeisances unto Lord\nVasudeva, or S ri Kr��a the Personality of Godhead, as he has already\noffered the same respects to Him in the Brahma-sarhhitii:\n\niSvara� paramafl, kmwfl. sac-cid-iinanda-vigrahafl,\naniidir iidir govindafl, sarva-kiirar-a-kiirar-am.\n\"The Supreme Lord is the Personality of Godhead Sri Kr��J.a, the primeval\nLord in His transcendental body, and the ultimate cause of all causes. I\nworship that primeval Lord Govinda.\"\nBrahmaji is conscious of his actual position, and he knows how less\nintelligent persons are bewildered by the illusory energy of the Lord and\n\n", "SB2.1#p0268": "Text 13]\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\n235\n\nwhimsically accept anyone and everyone as God. A responsible personality\nlike Brahmaji refuses to be addressed as the Supreme Lord by his disciples\nor subordinates, but foolish persons praised by men of the nature of dogs,\nhogs, camels, and asses feel flattered to be addressed as the Supreme Lord.\nWhy such persons take pleasure in being addressed as God, or why such\npersons are addressed as God by foolish admirers, is explained in the\nfollowing verse.\n\nTEXT 13\n\nAe:&uu;p•u � �\"tm1it� 1\nf.litmn Aiili�$;1 (! ��� �: \"� ���\n..\n\nvilajjamiinayii yasya\nsthiitum-ik§ii-pathe 'muyii\nvimohitii vikatthante\nmamiiham iti durdhiya�\nvilajjamiinayii-by one who is ashamed of; yasya- whose; sthiitum-to\nstay; ik§ii-pathe-in the front; amuyii-by the bewildering energy; vimo­\n\nhitii� - those who are bewildered; vikatthante-talks nonsense; mama-it\nis mine; aham-I am everything; iti-thus vituperating; du r dhiya� -thus\nill conceived.\nTRANSLATION\nThe illusory energy of the Lord cannot take precedence, being ashamed\nof her position, but those who are bewildered by her always talk nonsense,\nbeing absorbed in the thought of, 'It is I, and it is mine.'\nPURPORT\nThe invincible powerful deluding energy of the Personality of God, or\nthe third energy, representing nesci-ence, can bewilder the entire world of\nanimation, but still she is not strong enough to be able to stand in front\nof the Supreme Lord. Nescience is behind the Personality of Godhead\nwhere she is powerful enough to mislead the living beings, and the primary\nsymptom of such bewildered persons is that they talk nonsense. Nonsensical talks are not supported by the principles of Vedic literatures, and\n\n", "SB2.1#p0269": "236\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nfirst-grade nonsense talk is, \"It is I, it is mine.\" A godless civilizalion is\nexclusively conducted by such false ideas, and such persons, wilhout any\nfactual realization of God, accept a false God or falsely declare themselves\nto be God to mislead persons who are already bewildered by the deluding\nenergy. Those who are, however, before Lhe Lord, and who surrender unto\nHim, cannol be influem:ed by Lhc deluding energy; therefore Lhey arc free\nfrom Lhe misconceplion of \"It is I, it is mine,\" <.�nd therefore they do not\naccept a false God or pose themselves as equal to the Supreme Lord.\nldentificalion of Lhe bewildered person is dislinclly given in Lhis verse.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� d:qm� ��ll Q;.r :q 1\n��M�1cW ij� �s�sr'Rl QmT:II � \\JII\ndravyarh karma ca kiilas ca\nsva-bhiivo jiva eva ca\nviisudeviit para brahman\nna ciinyo 'rtho 'sti tattvata�\ndravya m-the ingredients (earth, water, fire, air and sky); karma-the\ninteraction; ca-and; kiila � - et ernal time; ca-also; sva-b h iiva� - intuition\nor nature; jiva � - the living being; eva- certainl y ; ca-and; vasudeviit-from\nVasudeva; para�-differentiated parts; brahman-0 briihmar-a; na - never;\n\nca-also; anya[l - separate; artha[l-value; asti-there is; t attva t a [l - in truth.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe five elementary ingredients of creation, the interaction thereof set\nup by eternal time, and the intuition or nature of the individual living\nbeings are all differentiated parts and parcels of the Personality of Godhead,\nVasudeva, and in truth there is no other value in them.\nPURPORT\n\nThis phenomenal world is impersonally the representation of Vasudeva\nbecause the ingredients of its creation, their interaction and the enjoyer of\n\n", "SB2.1#p0270": "Text 15]\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\n237\n\nthe resultant action, the living being, are all produced by the external and\n\ninternal energies of Lord Kr��1a. This is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii\n(Bg. 7.4-5). The ingredients, namely earth, water, fire, air, sky, as well as\n\nthe conception of material id(:ntity, intelligence, and the mind, arc produced of the external energy of the Lord. The li,�ng entit y who enjoys the\ninteraction of the above gross and subtle ingredients, as set up by th(�\n\neternal time, is the offshoot of internal potency, with freedom either to\nremain in the material world or in the spiritual world.ln !he material world\nthe living entity is enticed by deluding nescience, but in th e s piritual world\nhe is in the normal condition of spiritual C'xistence without any delusion.\nThe living entity is known as the marginal p ot e n c y of the Lord. 13ul in all\ncircumstanccs, neither the material ingred icn ts nor the spi rit ual parts and\nparcels arc independent from the Personality of Godhead Vasudeva because\nall things, either products of the external, internal, or marginal potencies\nof the Lord, are simply displays of the same effulgenee of the Lord, just\nas light, heat and smoke are displays of fire. None of them are separate\nfrom the fire-all of them combine together to be called fire; :;imilarly, all\nphenomenal manifestations, as well as the effulgence of the body of\nVasudeva, are His impersonal features, whereas He eternally exists in His\ntranscendental form called sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha�, distinct from all conceptions of the material ingredients mentioned above.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n;mp;[�J�qU\n\n� �:{l ;nwr�T: I\n....\n\n;mp;ri1Jlf{t am ;mr.ri1N{l\n\n�: II � �II\n\nniiriiym;w-parii vedii\ndevii niiriiyariinga-jii�\nniiriiyara-parii lokii\nniiriiyara-parii makhii[l.\n\nniiriiyara-the Supreme Lord; parii[l.-is the cause and is meant for;\nvedii[l. - kn owl e dge ; devii[l. - the demigods; niiriiyara -the Supreme Lord;\nanga-jii[L - assisting hands; niiriiyara-the Personality of Godhead; parii[l.for the sake of; lokii[l.-the planets; niiriiya(1 a-the Supreme Lord; parii[Ljust please Him; makhii[l. - al l sacrifices.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0271": "238\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Vedic literatures are made by and are meant for the Supreme\nLord, the demigods are also meant for serving the Lord as parts of the\n\nbody, the different planets are also meant for the sake of the Lord, and\n\ndifferent sacrifices are performed just to please Him.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vediinta-sutras (siistra-yonitviit), the Supreme Lord is\nthe author of all revealed scriptures, and all revealed scriptures are for\nknowing the Supreme Lord. Vedas means knowledge that leads to the\nLord. The Vedas are made just to revive the forgotten consciousness of the\nconditioned souls, and any literature which is not meant for reviving God\nconsciousness is rejected at once by the Niiriiyar-a-para devotees. Such\ndeluding books of knowledge, not having Nariiyap.a as their aim, are not at\nall knowledge but are the playgrounds for crows who are interested in the\nrejected refuse of the world. Any book of knowledge (science or art) must\nlead to the knowledge of Nariiyap.a; otherwise it must be rejected. That is\nthe way of advancement of knowledge. The Supreme worshipable Deity is\nNariiyap.a. The demigods are recommended secondarily for worship in\nrelation to Nariiyap.a because the demigods are assisting hands in the\nmanagement of the universal affairs. As the officers of a kingdom are\nrespected due to their relation to the king, similarly the demigods are\nworshiped due to their relation to the Lord. Without the Lord's relation,\nworship of the demigods is unauthorized (avidhi-pilrvakam), just as it is\nimproper to water the leaves and branches of a tree without watering its\nroot. Therefore the demigods are also dependent on Nariiyap.a. The lokas,\nor different planets, are attractive because there are different varieties of\nlife and bliss partially representing the sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha. Everyone\nwants the eternaJ life of bliss and knowledge. In the material world such\neternal life of bliss and knowledge is progressively realized in the upper\nplanets, but after reaching there one is inclined to achieve further progress\naJong the path back to Godhead. Duration of life, with a proportionate\nquantity of bliss and knowledge, may be increased from one planet to\nanother. One can increase the duration of life to thousands and hundreds\nof thousands of years in different planets, but nowhere is there eternal life.\nBut one who can reach the highest planet of Brahmii can aspire to reach\nthe planets in the spiritual sky where life is eternal. Therefore, the progres-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0272": "239\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\nText 16]\n\nsive journey from one planet to another is culminated by reaching the\nsupreme planet of the Lord (mad-dhiima) where life is eternal and full of\nbliss and knowledge. All different kinds of sacrifices are performed just to\nsatisfy Lord Naraya�a with a view to reach Him, and the best sacrifice\nrecommended in this age of Kali is sankirtana-yajiia, the mainstay of\ndevotional service of a Niiriiyara-para devotee.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n;mwarro � ;:nw.rarqt\ni{l{lqOltft\n\nijr.:f\n\ni\\lW-faml\n\n�: ,\n\nqfij: II � �II\n\nniiriiyara-paro yogo\nniiriiyarta-param tapa�\nniiriiyarta-param jiiiinam\nniiriiyarta-parii gat*\nniiriiyara-para�-just to know Naraya�a; yoga�- concentration of mind;\nniiriiyara-param just with an aim to achieve Naraya�a; tapa� austerity ;\nniiriiyara param just to realize a glimpse of Naraya�a ; j iiiinam culture of\ntranscendental knowledge; niiriiyarta-parii-the path of salvation ends by\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nentering the kingdom of Naraya�a;gat*-progressive path.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll different types of meditation or mysticism are means for realizing\nNiiraya�a. All austerities are aimed at achieving Naraya�a. Culture of\ntranscendental knowledge is for getting a glimpse of Naraya�a, and ultimately salvation is entering the kingdom of Naraya�a\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nIn meditation, there are two systems of yoga, namely a§tiinga-yoga and\nsiinkhya-yoga. A§tiinga-yoga is practice in concentrating the mind, releasing\noneself from all engagements by the regulative processes of meditation,\nconcentration, sitting posture, blocking the movements of the internal\ncirculation of air, etc. Siinkhya-yoga is meant for elucidating the truth\nfrom ephemerals. But ultimately both the systems are meant for realizing\n\n", "SB2.1#p0273": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n240\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nthe impersonal Brahman, which is but a partial representation of Naraya!la,\nthe Personality of Godhead. As we have explained before, the impersonal\nBrahman effulgence is only a part of the Personality of Godhead. Impersonal Brahman is situated on the person of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and as such, Brahman is the glorification of the Personality of\nthe Godhead. This is confirmed both in the Bhagavad-gitii and in the\n\nMatsya Puriirw.\n\nGati means ultimate destination, or the last word in\n\nliberation. To be one with the impersonal brahmajyoti is not ultimate\nliberation, but superior to that is the sublime association of the Personality\nof Godhead in one of the innumerable spiritual planets in the V aiku!ltha\nsky. Therefore the conclusion is that Naraya!la, or the Personality of\nGodhead, is the ultimate destination for all kinds of yoga systems as well\nas all kinds of liberation.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�Ft �·��:t.t� i;?..4?�·uft\"-4(?.t�¥t�: 1\n� �Tfil �m�;nfu�: 11�\\911\ntasyiipi dra§tur isasya\nkil ta-sthasyiikhiliitmana�\nsrjyarh srjiimi mto 'ham\nik§ayaiviibhicodita�\ntasya- His; api - certai nly; dra§tu�-of the seer; isasya - of the controller;\nkuta-sthasya-of the one who is over everyone's intelligence; akhilaiitmana�-of the Supersoul; srjyam- that which is already created; srjiimido I discover; Sf§ ta�- created; aham- my self; ik§ ayii-by glance over; evaexactly; abhicodita�-being inspired by Him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nInspired by Him only, I discover what is already created by Him\n[Naraya!la] under His vision as the all-pervading Supersoul, and I am also\ncreated by Him only.\nPURPORT\nEven Brahma, the creator of the universe, admits that he is not the\n\nactual creator but is simply inspired by the Lord Naraya!la and therefore\n\n", "SB2.1#p0274": "Text 17]\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\n241\n\ncreates under His superintendence those things which are already created\nby Him, the Supersoul of all living entities. Two identities of soul, the\nSupersoul and the individual soul, are admitted to be in the living entity,\neven by the greatest authority of the universe. The Supersoul is the Su·\npreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, whereas the individual soul is the\neternal servitor of the Lord. The Lord inspires the individual soul to create\nwhat is already created by the Lord, and by the good will of the Lord a\ndiscoverer of something in the world is accredited as the discoverer. It is\nsaid that Columbus discovered the Western hemisphere, but actually the\ntract of land was not created by Columbus. The vast Lract of land was\nalready there by the omnipotency of the Supreme Lord, and Columbus, by\ndint of his past service unto the Lord, was blessed with the credit of dis·\ncovering America. Similarly, no one can create anything without the sane·\ntion of the Lord, since everyone sees according to his ability. This ability is\nalso awarded by the Lord according to one's willingness to render service\nunto the Lord. One must therefore be voluntarily willing to render service\nunto the Lord, and thus the Lord will empower the doer in proportion to\nhis surrender unto the lotus feet of the Lord. Lord Brahma is a great\ndevotee of the Lord; therefore he has been empowered or inspired by the\nLord to create a universe like the one manifested before us. The Lord also\ninspired Arjuna to fight in the field of Kuruk�etra as follows:\ntasmiit tvam utti§[ha yaso labhasva\njitvii satriin bhurik§Va riijyam samrddham\nmayaivaite nihatii� piirvam eva\nnimitta-miitram bhava savyasiicin\n(Bg. 11.33)\nThe Battle of Kuruk�etra, or any other battle at any place or at any time,\nis made by the will of the Lord, for no one can arrange such mass annihilation without the sanction of the Lord. The party of Duryodhana insulted\nDraupadi, a great devotee of Kr��a, and she appealed to the Lord as well\nas to all persons who were silent observers of this unwarranted insult.\nArjuna was then advised by the Lord to fight and take credit; otherwise\nthe party of Duryodhana would be killed anyway by the will of the Lord.\nSo Arjuna was advised just to become the agent and take the credit for\nkilling great generals like Bhi�ma, Kar�a, etc.\nIn the Vedas such as the Ka[ha Upani§ad, the Lord is described as the\nsarva-bhuta-antariitmii,\n\nor the Personality of Godhead who resides in\n\neveryone's body and who directs everything for one who is a surrendered\nsoul unto Him. Those who are not surrendered souls are put under the\n\n", "SB2.1#p0275": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n242\ncare\n\nof the\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nmaterial nature (bhriimayan saroa-bhutiini yantriimphiini\n\nmiiyayii); therefore, they are allowed to do things on their own account\nand suffer the consequences themselves. Devotees like Brahma and Arjuna\ndo not do anything on their own account, but as fully surrendered souls\nthey always await indications from the Lord; therefore they attempt to\ndo something which appears to be very wonderful to the ordinary vision.\nOne of the Lord's names is Urukrama, or one whose actions are very wonderful and are beyond the imagination of the living being, so the actions of\nHis devotees sometimes appear to be very wonderful due to the direction\nof the Lord. Beginning from Brahma, the topmost intelligent living entity\nwithin the universe, down to the smallest ant, every living entity's intelligence is overseen by the Lord in His transcendental position as the witness\nof all actions. The subtle presence of the Lord is felt by the intelligent\nman who can study the psychic effects of thinking, feeling, and willing.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n� � � � gonaq: 1\nMRie•�� � f{TlFfT mit: II� �II\nsattvarh rajas tama iti\nnirgurwsya guriis trayaft\nsthiti-sarga-nirodhe�u\ngrhitii miiyayii vibhoft\nsattvam-mode of goodness; rajaft-mode of passion; ta maft- mode of ignorance; iti-all these; nirgur-asya-of the transcendence; guras trayaft\n\n�\n\nare\n\nthree qualities; sthiti-.maintenance; sarga-creation; nirodhe§u-in destruction; grhitiift-accepted; miiyayii-by the external energy; vibho ft\n\n-\n\nof the\n\nSupreme.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Lord is pure spiritual form, transcendental to all material\n\nqualities, yet for the sake of the creation of the material world and its\n\nmaintenance and annihilation, He accepts through His external energy,\nthe material modes of nature called goodness, passion and ignorance.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0276": "Text 19]\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\n243\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord is the master of the external energy manifested by\nthe three material modes, namely goodness, passion and ignorance, and as\nmaster of this energy He is ever nonaffected by the influence of such\nbewildering energy. The living entities or the jivas are, however, affected by\nor are susceptible to being influenced by such modes of material natur�that is the difference between the Lord and the living entities. The living\nentities are subjected by those qualities, although originally Lhc living\nentities are qualitatively one with the Lord. In other words, the material\nmodes of nature, being products of the energy of the Lord, are certainly\nconnected with the Lord, but the connection is just like that between the\nmaster and the controller, whereas the living entities, who are entangled in\nthe material world, are neither masters nor controllers of that energy.\nRather, they become subordinate to or controlled by such energy. Factually the Lord is eternally manifested by His internal potency or spiritual\nenergy just like the sun and its rays in the clear sky, but at times He creates\nthe material energy, as the sun creates a cloud in the clear sky. As the sun\nis ever increasingly unaffected by a spot of cloud, so also the unlimited\nLord is unaffected by the spot of material energy manifested at times in\nthe unlimited span of the Lord's rays of brahmajyoti.\n\nTEXT\n\n19\n\nEta4if.l(ot�� S::c.l�awtf?tqa�: 1\ntm��������n: 11��11\nkiirya-kiira[!a-kartrtve\ndravya-jiiiina-kriyiisrayiifi,\nbadhnanti nityadii muktarh\nmiiyinarh puru§arh gu[!iifi,\nkiirya-effect ; kiirarw cause ; kartrtve-in activities; d ravya-material ;\njiiiina-knowledge ; k riyii-iisrayiifi,-manifested by such symptoms; badhnanti-conditions; nityadii-eternally; muktam-transcendental; miiyinam\n-affected by material energy; puru § am the living entity; gur-iifi.-the\n-\n\n-\n\nmaterial modes.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0277": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n244\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese three modes of material nature, being further manifested as\nmatter, knowledge and activities, put the eternally transcendental living\nentity under conditions of cause and effect and make him responsible for\nsuch activities.\nPURPORT\nBecause they are between the internal and external potencies, the\neternally transcendental living entities are called the marginal potency of\nthe Lord. Factually, the living entities are not meant to be so conditioned\nby material energy, but due to their being affected by the false sense of\nlording over the material energy they come under the influence of such\npotency and thus become conditioned by the three modes of material\nnature. This external energy of the Lord covers up pure knowledge of the\nliving entity's eternally existing with Him, but the covering is so constant\nthat it appears that the conditioned soul is eternally ignorant. Such is the\nwonderful action of miiyii, or external energy manifested as if materially\nproduced. By the covering power of the material energy, the material\nscientist cannot look beyond the material causes, but factually, behind\nthe material manifestations, there are adhibhuta, adhyiitma and adhidaiva\nactions, which the conditioned soul in the mode of ignorance cannot see.\nThe adhibhuta manifestation entails repetitions of births and deaths with\nold age and diseases, the adhyiitma manifestation conditions the spirit\nsoul, and the adhidaiva manifestation is the controlling system. These are\nthe material manifestations of cause and effect and the sense of responsibility of the conditioned actors. They are, after all, manifestations of the\nconditioned state, and freedom from such a conditioned state by the\nhuman being is the highest perfectional attainment.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�®ir�w\"nr: '\n�:rcrttf�� �qf � �'�: ll�oll\n�\n\nttt�\n\n...\nsa e§a bhagaviil lingais\ntribhir etair adhok§ajal;t\nsvalak§ita-gatir brahman\nsarve§iirh mama cesvaraft\n\n", "SB2.1#p0278": "The Cause of All Causes\n\nText 21]\n\n245\n\nsa�-He; e§a�-this; bh agaviin-the Personality of Godhead; lingai�-by\nthe symptoms; tribhi�-by the three; eta*-by all these; adhok§aja�-the\nSuperseer Transcendence; su-alak§ita-veritably unseen; gat*-movement;\nbrahman-0 Narada; sarve·§iim-of everyone; mama-mine; ca-as also;\niSvara�-the controller.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Brahma�a Narada, the Su perseer, the transcendent Lord, is beyond\nthe perception of the material senses of the living entities because of the\n\nabove-mentioned three modes of nature. But He is the controller of\neveryone, including myself.\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg.\n\n7.24-25) the Lord has declared very clearly\n\nthat the impersonalist, who gives more importance to the transcendental\nrays of the Lord as brahmajyoti and who concludes that the Absolute\nTruth is ultimately impersonal and only manifests a form at a time of\nnecessity, is less intelligent than the personalist, however much he may be\nengaged in the matter of studying the Vedanta. The fact is that such impersonalists are covered by the above-mentioned three modes of material\nnature; therefore, they are unable to approach the transcendental Personality of the Lord. The Lord is not approachable by everyone because He is\ncurtained by His yogamiiyii potency. But one should not wrongly conclude\nthat the Lord was formerly unmanifested and has now manifested Himself\nin the human form. This misconception of the formlessness of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is due to the yogamiiyii curtain of the Lord and\ncan be removed only by the Supreme Will, as soon as the conditioned soul\nsurrenders unto Him. The devotees of the Lord who are transcendental to\nthe above-mentioned three modes of material nature can see the allblissful transcendental form of the Lord with their vision of love in the\nattitude of pure devotional service.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n'f.l� � �q � 11� mtrn � I\n�� J:tt,.0J:tl smf �'I� ����II\n\n", "SB2.1#p0279": "246\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nkiilarh karma sva-bhiivarh ca\nmiiyeso miiyayii svayii\niitman yadrcchayii priiptarh\nvibubhii§ur upiidade\nkiilam-eternal time; karma-fate of the living entity; sva-bhiivam-nature; ca- also; miiyii- potency; iSa�- the controller; miiyayii- by the energy;\n\nsvayii- of His own; iitman {iitmani)- unto His Self; yadrcchayii-independently; pr ap tam- being merged in; vibubhii § u�- appearing differently;\nu piidade- acce pt ed for being created again.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, who is the controller of all energies, thus creates, by His\nown potency, eternal time, the fate of all living entities, and their particular nature, for which they were created, and He again merges them\nindependently.\nPURPORT\nThe creation of the material world, wherein the conditioned souls are\nallowed to act subordinately by the Supreme Lord, takes place again and\nagain after being repeatedly annihilated. The material creation is something like a cloud in the unlimited sky. The real sky is the spiritual sky,\neternally filled with the rays of the brahmajyoti, and a portion of this\nunlimited sky is covered by the mahat-tattva cloud of the material creation\nin which the conditioned souls, who want to lord it against the will of the\nLord, are put into play as they desire under the control of the Lord by\nthe agency of His external energy. As the rainy season appears and disappears regularly, similarly the creation takes place and is again annihilated\nunder the control of the Lord, as is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii\n(Bg. 8.19). So the creation and annihilation of the material worlds is a\nregular action of the Lord just to allow the conditioned souls to play as they\nlike and thereby create their own fate of being differently created again in\nterms of their independent desires at the time of annihilation. The creation,\ntherefore, takes place at a historical date (as we are accustomed to think\nof everything which has a beginning in our tiny experience). The process\nof creation and annihilation is called aniidi, or without reference to\ndate regarding the time the creation first took place, because the duration\nof a partial creation even is 86,400,000 years. The law of creation is,\n\n", "SB2.1#p0280": "The Cause of All Causes\n\nText 22)\n\n247\n\nhowever, as mentioned in the Vedic literatures, that it is created at certain\n\nintervals and is again annihilated by the will of the Lord. The whole\n\nmaterial or even the spiritual creation is a manifestation of the energy of\nthe Lord, just as the light and heat of a fire are different manifestations\nof the fire's energy. The Lord therefore exists in His impersonal form by\n\nsuch expansion of energy, and the complete creation rests on His impersonal feature. Nonetheless He keeps Himself distinct from such crea­\n\ntion as the piir[Lam (or complete), so no one should wrongly think that\n\nHis personal feature is not existent due to His impersonal unlimited ex­\n\npansions. The impersonal expansion is a manifestation of His energy, and\nHe is always in His personal feature despite His innumerable unlimited\n\nexpansions of impersonal energies (Bg. 9.5-7). For human intelligence it\n\nis very difficult to conceive how the whole creation rests on His expansion\n\nof energy, but the Lord has given a very good example in the Bhagavad­\n\ngitii. It is said that although the air and the atoms rest within the huge\nexpansion of the sky, like the resting reservoir of everything materially\n\ncreated, still the sky remains separately without being affected. Similarly\n\nthe Supreme Lord, although He maintains everything created by His\n\nexpansion of energy, always remains separate, which is accepted even by\n\nSarikaraciirya, the great advocate of the impersonal form of the Absolute.\nHe says niiriiyal)a� paro 'vyaktiit, or Narayal)a exists separately, apart\n\nfrom the impersonal creative energy. The whole creation thus merges\nwithin the body of transcendental Narayal)a at the time of annihilation,\n\nand the creation emanates from His body again with the same unchanging\ncategories of fate and individual nature. The individual living entities,\nbeing parts and parcels of the Lord, are sometimes described as iitmii,\n\nqualitatively one in spiritual constitution. But because such living entities\n\nare apt to be attracted to the material creation, actively and subjectively,\nthey are therefore different from the Lord.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n��: lfftcrmt: �: I\n�on � �: �� ����\"\n\n�\n\nkiiliid gu[La-vyatikara�\npari[Liima� sva-bhiivata�\nkarma[LO janma mahata�\npuru�iidh4thitiid abhUt\n\n", "SB2.1#p0281": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n248\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nkalat-from the eternal time; gu[ta-vyatikara�- transformation of the\nmodes by reaction; pari[tama�\n\n-\n\nt ransformation ; sva-bhavata�- from the\n\nnature; karmana�-of activities; janma\n\n-\n\ncr ea tion ; mahata�-of the mahat­\n\ntattva; puru§a-adhi§thitat-because of the puru§a incarnation of the Lord;\nabhut-it took place.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the incarnation of the first puru�a (Kara�ar�avasayi Vi��u), the\nmahat-Lattva, or the principles of material creation, take place, and then\ntime is manifested, and in course of time the three qualities appear. Nature\nmeans the three qualitative appearances. They transform into activities.\nPURPORT\nBy the omnipotcncy of the Supreme Lord, the whole material creation\nevolves by the process of transformation and reactions one after another,\nand by the same omnipotency, they are wound up again one after another\nand conserved in the body of the Supreme. Kala, or time, is the synonym\nof nature and is the transformed manifestation of the principles of material creation. As such, kala may be taken as the first cause of all creation,\nand by transformation of nature different activities of the material world\nbecome visible. These activities may be taken up as the natural instinct of\neach and every living being, or even of the inert objects, and after the\nmanifestation of activities there are varieties of products and by-products\nof the same nature, and originally these are all due to the Supreme Lord.\n\nThe Vediinta-sutras and the Bhiigavatam thus begin with the Absolute\nTruth as the beginning of all creations (janmiidy asya yata\"{t).\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�\n�t�lUII�'im.-t�:fiqij� I\n�:SNII1�C14i'4i! �04ijll1��: 11��11\nmahatas tu vikurvii[tiid\nraja�-sattvopabphhitat\ntama�-pradhanas tv abhavad\ndravya-jniina-kriyiitmaka�\n\n", "SB2.1#p0282": "Text 23]\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\n249\n\nmahata[l-of the mahat-tattva; tu-but; vikurva!'lat-being transformed;\nraja[l- material mode of passion; sattva- mode of goodness; upab rrithitatbecause of being increased; tama[l-the mode of darkness; pradhana[lbeing prominent; tu-but; abhavat-took place; d ravya-matter ; jiiiinamaterial knowledge; kr iyii iitmaka[l predominantly material activities.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe cause of malerial activities is due to mahat-tattva being agitated.\nAt first there is transformation of Lhe modes of goodness and passion, and\nJaler on, due Lo the mode of ignorance, matter, its knowledge, and differ·\nent activities of malerial knowledge come into play.\nPURPORT\n�1alcrial <:rcalions of every description are more or less due to the dcvcl·\n\nopmcnl of I he mode of passion (tamas). The mahat-tattva is the principle\nof malcrial ercation, and when it is agitated by the will of the Supreme at\nfirs I I he morles of passi on and goodness are prominent, and afterwards the\nmode of passion, being generated in due course by material activities of\ndifferent varieties, becomes prominent, and the living entities are thus\ninvolved more and more in ignorance. Brahma is the representation of the\nmode of passi on, and Vi�':lu is the representation of the mode of goodness,\nwhile Lhe mode of ignorance is represented by Lord Siva, the father of\nmaterial activities. Material nalure is called the mother, and the initiator for\nmaterialislic life is lhe falher, Lord Siva. All material creation by the\nliving entities is therefore initiated by the mode\n\nof passion. With the\n\nadvancement of the duration of life in a particular millennium, the differ­\n\nent modes act by gradual de ve l o p me n t and in the age of Kali (when the\n,\n\nmode\n\nof\n\npassion is most prominent) material activities of different\n\nvarieties, in the name of advancement of human civilization, take place,\nand the living entities become more and more involved in forgetting their\nreal identity-the spiritual nature. B y a slight cultivation of the mode of\ngoodness, a glimpse of spiritual nature is perceived, but due to the prominence of the mode of passion, the mode of goodness becomes adulterated.\nTherefore one cannot transcend the limits of the material modes, and\ntherefore realization of the Lord, who is always transcendental to the\nmodes of material nature, becomes very difficult for the living entities,\neven though prominently situated in the mode of goodness through culti-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0283": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n250\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nvation of the various methods. In other words, the gross matters are\nadhibhutam, their maintenance is adhidaivam, and the initiator of material\nactivities is called adhyiitmam, and in the material world these three principles act as prominent features, namely as raw material, its regular\nsupplies, and its use in different varieties of material creations for sense\nenjoyment by the bewildered entities.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nso 'hankiira iti prokto\nvikuroan samabhut tridhii\nvaikiirikas taijasas ca\ntiimasas ceti yad-bhidii\ndravya-saktift kriyii-saktir\njniina-saktir iti prabho\n\nsa[t the very same thing; aharikiiral) - ego; iti-thu s; p rokta[t- said;\n-\n\nvikuroan- being transformed; samabhut-became manifested; tridhii-in\n\nthree features; vaikiirika[l.-in the mode of goodness; taijasa[l.-in the mode\nof passion; ca-and; tiimasal)-in the mode of ignorance; ca-also; iti-thus;\nyat-what is; bhidii divided ; d ravya sak t il) powers that evolve matter;\nkriya sakti[t initiation that creates; jn ana saktil)-intelligence that guides;\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\niti-thus; p rabho - the master.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe self-centered materialistic ego, thus being transformed into three\n\nfeatures, becomes known as the modes of goodness, passion and ignorance\nin three divisions, namely the powers that evolve matter, knowledge of\n\nmaterial creations, and the intelligence that guides such materialistic\nactivities. Narada, you are quite competent to understand this.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0284": "Text 24]\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\n251\n\nPURPORT\nMaterialistic ego, or the sense of identification with matter, is grossly\nself-centered, devoid of clear knowledge of the existence of God_ And this\nself-centered egoism of the materialistic living entities is the cause of their\nbeing conditioned by the other paraphernalia and continuing their bondage\nof material existence. In the Bhagavad-gitii this self-centered egoism is very\nnicely explained in the Seventh Chapter (verses 24-27). The self-centered\nimpersonalist, without clear conception of the Personality of Godhead,\nconcludes in his own way that the Personality of Godhead takes a material\nshape from His original impersonal spiritual existence for a particular\nmission. And this misleading conception of the Supreme Lord by the selfcentered impersonalist continues, even though he is seen to be very interested in the Vedic literatures such as the Brahma-sutras and other highly\nintellectual sources of knowledge. This ignorance of the personal feature\nof the Lord is due simply to ignorance of the mixture of different modes.\nThe impersonalist thus cannot conceive of the Lord's eternal spiritual\nform of eternal knowledge, bliss and existence. The reason is that the\nLord reserves the right of not exposing Himself to the nondevotee who,\neven after a thorough study of literature like the Bhagavad-gitii, remains\nan impersonalist simply by obstinacy. This obstinacy is due to the action\nof yogamiiyii, a personal energy of the Lord that acts like an aide-de-camp\nby covering the vision of the obstinate impersonalist. Such a bewildered\nhuman being is described as muflha, or grossly ignorant, because he is\nunable to understand the transcendental form of the Lord as being unborn\nand unchangeable. If the Lord takes a form or material shape from His\noriginal impersonal feature, then it means that He is born and changeable\nfrom impersonal to personal. But He is not changeable. Nor does He ever\ntake a new birth like a conditioned soul. The conditioned soul may take a\nform birth after birth due to his conditional existence in matter, but the\n\nself-centered impersonalists also, by their gross ignorance, accept the Lord\nas one of them because of self-centered egoism, even after so-called advancement of knowledge in the\n\nVedanta. The Lord, being situated in the\n\nheart of every individual living entity, knows very well the tendency of\nsuch conditioned souls in terms of past, present and future, but the bewildered conditioned soul hardly can know Him in His eternal form. By\nthe will of the Lord, therefore, the impersonalist, even after knowing the\nBrahman and Paramatma features of the Lord, remains ignorant of His\neternal personal feature as ever-existent Narayap.a, transcendental to all\nmaterial creation.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0285": "[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n252\n\nThe cause of such gross ignorance is constant engagement by the\nmalerialislic man in the matler of artificially increasing material demands\nof life. To realize the Supreme Personalily of Godhead, one has to purify\nlhc malcrialistic senses by devotional service. The mode of goodness, or\nlhe brahminical culture recommended in the Vedic literatures, is helpful\nlo such spiritual realiza lion\n\n, and thus the jniina-sakti stage of the con­\n\ndilioncd soul is comparatively better than the other two stages, namely\n\ndravya-sakti and kriyii-sakti. The whole material civilization is manifested\nby a huge accumulation of materials, or, in other words, raw materials for\nindustrial pmposcs, and the industrial enterprises (kriyii-sakti) are all due\nlo gross ignorance of spirilual life. in order to rectify this great anomaly\nof malcrialislic civilization, based on the principles of dravya-sakti and\nkriyii-snkli, one has lo adopt lhc process of devotional service of the Lord\nby adoplion of the principles of karma-yoga, mentioned in the Bhagavadgi.lii as follows:\n\nyat karo§i yad asniisi yaj juho§i dadiisi yat\nyat tapasyasz kaunteya tat kuru§va mad arparwm.\n(Bg. 9.27)\n\nTEXT 25\n\n(fl�Rtl<\\fq\n\n�lUIIi('{'ll¥1: I\n\n��PIT\"3ll�ot: ���S(!t�41: ����II\ne\n\ntiimasiid api bhiitiider\n\nvikurviil)iid abhiin nabhafl.\ntasya miitrii gul)af/. sabdo\nlingarh yad dra§tr-drsyayo�\n\n-\n\ntiimasiit-from the darkness of false ego; api -certainly; bh iita iidefl.\n\n- of\n­\n\nthe material elements; vikurviil)iit-because of transformation; a b h ii t-gen\n\nerated; nab hafl.-the sky; tasya-its; miitrii-subtle form; gul)af/.-quality ;\n\nsab dafl. -sound ; liligam-characteristics; yat-as its ; d ra§ t r-the seer; drsya­\n\nyof/.-of what is seen.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFrom the darkness of false ego, the first of the five elements, namely\n\n", "SB2.1#p0286": "The Cause of All Causes\n\nText 25]\n\n253\n\nthe sky, is generated. Its subtle form is the quality of sound, exactly as\nthe seer is in relationship with the seen.\nPURPORT\nThe five elements, namely sky, air, fire, water, and earth, are all but\ndifferent qualities of the darkness of false ego. This means that the false\nego in the sum total form of mahat-tattva is generated from the marginal\npotency of the Lord, and due to this false ego of lording it over the material creation, ingredients are generated for the false enjoyment of the\nliving being. The living being is practically the dominating factor over the\nmaterial elements as the enjoyer, though the background is the Supreme\nLord. Factually, save and except the Lord, no one can be called the\nenjoyer, but the living entity falsely desires to become the enjoyer, which\nis the origin of false ego. When the bewildered living being desires this, the\nshadow elements are generated by the will of the Lord, and the living\nentities are allowed to run after them as after phantasmagoria.\nIt is said that first the tanmiitrii sound is created and then the sky, and\nin this verse it is confirmed that actually it is so, but sound is the subtle\nform of the sky, and the distinction is like that between the seer and the\nseen. The sound is the representation of the actual object, as the sound\nproduced speaking of the object gives an idea of the description of the\nobjf�ct. Therefore sound is the subtl e characteristic of the object. Similarly,\nsound representation of the Lord, in terms of His characteristics, is the\ncomplete form of the\n\nLord, as was seen by Vasudeva and Maharaja\n\nDasaratha, the fathers of Lord Kr��a and Lord Rama. The sound representation of the Lord is nondifferent from the Lord Himself because the\nLord and\n\n!lis representation in sound are absolute knowledge. Lord\n\nCaitanya has instructed us that in the holy name of the Lord, as sound\nrepresentation of the Lord, all the potencies of the Lord are invested, and\nthus one can immediately (�njoy the association of the Lord by the pure\nvibration of the sound representation of His holy name, and the concept\nof the Lord is immediately manifested before the pure devotee. A pure\ndevotee, therefore, is not aloof from the Lord even for a moment. The\nholy name of the Lord, as it is recommended in the siistras,\nHare Kmw, Hare Kmw, K[§[ta KrHw, Hare Hare\nHare Riima, Hare Riima, Riima Riima, Hare Hare,\nmay therefore be constantly chanted by the aspiring devotee in order to be\n\n", "SB2.1#p0287": "254\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nconstantly in touch with the Supreme Lord. One who is thus able to\nassociate with the Lord is sure to be delivered from the darkness of the\ncreated world, a product of false ego (tamaso mii jyotir gamaya).\n\nTEXTS 26-29\n\n;pn{t� �� �q:JguTt�: I\nt{\\trqi{t�-0�€1i� S{liJf $t: 00 q� ������\nqrfufq Wilt� cr.T�q�: I\n�qmr �it ��:rq ������II\n�� fmiurrm:ft� «tl�iNi'( 1\n�m� � q('�\"'<t: ������\nf��i��l\nq(l�t{lt �e�q!ii�;a:�qganf�a: ������\nnabhaso 'tha vikuroiir-iid\nabhut sparsa-gur-o 'nila[!\npariinvayiic chabdaviirhs ca\npriir-a oja[! saho balam\nviiyor api vikuroar-at\nkiila-karma-svabhiivata[!\nudapadyata tejo vai\nmpavat sparsa-sabdavat\ntejasas tu vikuroiir-iid\n\niisid ambho rasiitmakam\nmpavat sparsavac ciimbho\ngho§avac ca pariinvayiit\nvise§aS tu vikuroiir-iid\nambhaso gandhaviin abhut\npariinvayiid rasa-sparsasabda-mpa-gur-iinvita[!\n\n", "SB2.1#p0288": "Texts 26-29]\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\n255\n\nnabhasal}-of the sky; atha-thus;vikurvar-at-being transformed; abhutgenerated;\n\nsparsa-touch;\n\ngur-a!J-quality;\n\nanilal}-air;\n\npara-previous;\n\nanvayat-by succession; sabdavan-full of sound; ca-also; prar-a!J-life;\nojal}-sense perception; sahal}-fat; balam-strength; vayol}-of the air;\napi-also; vikurvar-at-by transformation; kala-time; karma-reaction of\nthe past; sva-bhiivatal}-on the basis of nature; udapadyata-generated;\ntejal}-fire; vai-duly; riipavat-with form; sparsa-touch; sabdavat-with\nsound also; tejasal}-of the fire; vikurvar-at-on being transformed; asitit so happened; ambhal}-water; rasa-atmakam-composed of juice; riipavat\n-with form; sparsavat-with touch; ca-and; ambhal}-water; gho§avatwith sound; ca-and; para-previous; anvayat-by succession; viSe§al}variegatedness; tu-but; vikurvar-at-by\nwater;\n\ntransformation; ambhasal}-of\n\ngandhavan-odorous; abhut-became; para-previous; anvayat­\n\nby succession;rasa-juice;sparsa-touch; sabda-sound; riipa-gur-a-anvital}qualitative.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause the sky is transformed, the air is generated with the quality of\ntouch, and by previous succession the air is also full of sound and the basic\nprinciples of duration of life: sense perception, mental power and bodily\nstrength. When the air is transformed in course of time and nature's course,\nfire is generated, taking shape with the sense of touch and sound. Since\nfire is also transformed, there is a manifestation of water, full of juice as\npreviously. It also has form and touch and is also full of sound. And\nwater, being transformed from all variegatedness on earth, appears odorous\nand, as previously, becomes qualitatively full of juice, touch, sound and\nform respectively.\nPURPORT\nThe whole process of creation is an act of gradual evolution and\ndevelopment from one element to another, reaching up to the variegatedness of the earth as so many trees, plants, mountains, rivers, reptiles, birds,\nanimals and varieties of human beings. The quality of sense perception is\nalso evolutionary, namely generated from sound, then touch, and from\ntouch to form. Taste and odor are also generated along with the gradual\ndevelopment of sky, air, fire, water and earth. They are all mutually the\ncause and effect of one another, but the origin al cause is the Lord Himself\n\nin plenary portion, as Maha-Vi�l).U lying in the causal water of the mahat-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0289": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n256\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\ntattva. As such, Lord Krwa is described in the Brahma-sarhhita as the cause\nof all causes, and this is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gita as follows:\naharh sarvasya prabhavo matta� sarvarh pravartate\niti matva bhajante marh budha bhiiva-samanvita�.\n(Bg. 10.8)\nThe qualities of sense perception are fully represented in the earth, and\nthey are manifested in other elements to a lesser extent. In the sky there is\nsound only, whereas in the air there is sound and touch. In the fire there is\nsound, touch and shape, and in the water there is taste also along with the\n\nother perceptions, namely sound, touch, shape, etc. In the earth, however,\n\nthere are all the above-mentioned qualities with an extra development of\nodor also. Therefore on the earth there is a full display of variegatedness\n\nof life, which is originally started with the basic principle of air. Diseases\nof the body take place due to derangement of air within the earthly body\nof the living beings. Mental diseases result from special derangement of the\n\nair within the body, and as such the yogic exercise is specially beneficial\nto keep the air in order so that diseases of the body become almost nil by\nsuch exercises, and when properly done the duration of life also increases,\nand one can have control over death also by such practices. A perfect yogi\ncan have command over death and quit the body at the right moment,\nwhen he is competent to transfer himself to a suitable planet. The bhakti_yogi, however, surpasses all the yogis because, by dint of his devotional\nservice, he is promoted to the region beyond the material sky, and he is\n\nplaced in one of the planets in the spiritual sky by the supreme will of the\nLord, the controller of everything.\n\nTEXT\n\n30\n\n�f{ft., +{;(l :sr� � mftlJ � ,\n..\n\n�J£{1dlf.stf.lffisf��li\\d)lt��ll*f:.i: II� oil\nvaikiirikan mano jajfie\ndeva vaikarika dasa\ndig-vatarka-praceto 'svivahnindropendra-mitra-ka�\n\n", "SB2.1#p0290": "Text 30)\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\n257\n\nvaikiirikiit-from the mode of goodness; mana[!-the mind; jajiie-generated; devii[l-demigods; vaikiirikii[l-in the mode of goodness; dasa-lcn\nin number; dik-the controller of direction; viita-the controller of air;\narka-the sun; praceta[l- Varu�a; asvi-the Asvinikumaras; vahni-the firegod; indra-the King of heaven; upendra-the deity in heaven; mitra-one\nof the twelve Adityas; kii[l-Prajapati Brahma.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the mode of goodness the mind was generated and became manifest, as also the ten demigods controlling the bodily movements. Such\ndemigods are known as the controller of directions, the controller of air,\nthe sun-god, the father of Da�a Prajapati, the A8vinikumaras, the fire-god,\nthe King of heaven, the worshipable deity in the heaven, the chief of the\nAdityas, and Brahmaji the Prajapati. All came into existence.\nPURPORT\nVaikiirika is the neutral stage of creation, and tejas is the initiative of\ncreation, while tamas is the full display of material creation under the spell\nof the darkness of ignorance. Manufacture of the \"necessities of life\" in\nfactories and workshops, excessively prominent in the age of Kali or in the\nage of the machine, is the summit stage of the quality of darkness. Such\nmanufacturing enterprises by the human society are in the mode of darkness\nbecause factually there is no necessity for the commodities manufactured.\nThe human society primarily requires food for subsistance, shelter for\nsleeping, defense for protection and commodities for satisfaction of the\nsenses. The senses are the practical signs of life, as will be explained in the\nnext verse. Human civilization is meant for purifying the senses, and\n\nobjects of sense satisfaction should be supplied as much as absolutely\nrequired, but not for aggravating artificial sensory needs. Food, shelter,\ndefense and sense gratification are all needs of material existence. Otherwise, in his pure uncontaminated state of original life, the living entity has\nno such needs. The needs are, therefore, artificial, and in the pure state of\nlife there are no such needs. As such, increasing the artificial needs, as is\nthe standard of material civilization, or advancing the economic development of human society, is a sort of engagement in the darkness of knowledge. By such engagement, human energy is spoiled, because human energy\nis primarily meant for purifying the senses in order to be engaged in satis-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0291": "258\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nfying the senses of the Supreme Lord. The Supreme Lord, being the\nsupreme possessor of spiritual senses, is the master of the senses, Hr�ike8a.\n\nHnika means the senses, and iSa means the master. The Lord is not the\nservant of the senses, or, in other words, He is not directed by the dictation\nof the senses, but the conditioned souls or the individual living entities are\n\nservants of the senses. They are conducted by the direction or dictation of\n\nthe senses, and therefore material civilization is a kind of engagement in\n\nsense gratification only. The standard of human civilization should be to\n\ncure the disease of sense gratification, and this can be done simply by\nbecoming an agent for satisfying the spiritual senses of the Lord. The\n\nsenses are never to be stopped in their engagements, but they should be\n\npurified by engaging them in the pure service of sense gratification of the\nmaster of the senses. This is the instruction of the whole Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nArjuna wanted first of all to satisfy his own senses by his decision not to\n\nfight with his kinsmen, etc., but Lord Sri Kr��a taught him the Bhagavadgitii just to purify Arjuna 's decision for sense gratification. Therefore\nArjuna agreed to satisfy the senses of the Lord, and thus he fought the\n\nBattle of Kuruk�etra, as the Lord desired.\n\nThe Vedas instruct us to get out of the existence of darkness and go\n\nforward on the path of light (tamaso mii jyotir gamaya). The path of light\nis therefore to satisfy the senses of the Lord. Misguided men, or less intelli­\n\ngent men, follow the path of self-realization without any attempt to\nsatisfy the transcendental senses of the Lord by following the path shown\n\nby Arjuna and other devotees of the Lord. On the contrary, they artificially\n\ntry to stop the activities of the senses (yoga system), or they deny the\ntranscendental senses of the Lord (jiiiina system). The devotees are, how­\n\never, above the yogis and the jniinis because pure devotees do not deny\n\nthe senses of the Lord; they want to satisfy the senses of the Lord. Only\n\nbecause of the darkness of ignorance do the yogis and jiiiinis deny the\nsenses of the Lord and thus artificially try to control the activities of the\n\ndiseased senses. In the diseased condition of the senses there is too much\n\nengagement of the senses in increasing material needs. When one comes to\n\nsee the disadvantage of aggravating the sense activities, one is called a\n\njiiiini, and when one tries to stop the activities of the senses by the practice\nof yogic principles, he is called a yogi, but when one is fully aware of the\ntranscendental senses of the Lord and tries to satisfy His senses, one is\n\ncalled a devotee of the Lord. The devotees of the Lord neither try to deny\nthe senses of the Lord nor do they artificially stop the actions of the\n\nsensc:s. But they do voluntarily engage the purified senses in the service of\nthe: master of the senses, as was done by Arjuna, thereby easily attaining\n\nthe perfection of satisfying the Lord, the ultimate goal of all perfection.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0292": "Text 31)\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\n259\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�Q�t��� � l\n�fm: f��f:{: srttJf� � 1\n�t;i�cpmO(tfi��' �ifmf��:ll� �II\n\"\n\n....\n\ntaijasiit tu vikuroiiriid\nindrayiir-i dasiibhavan\njiiiina-sak t* k riyii-sak tir\nbuddhi� priir-as ca taijasau\nsrotrarh tvag-ghriir-a-drg-jihvii\nviig-dor-meflhriilighri-piiyava�\ntaijasiit- by the passionate egoism; tu but; vikurviir-iit-transformation\nof; indrayiir-i-the senses; dasa-ten in number; abhavan-g e nerated; jiiiina\nsakt * -the five senses for acquiring knowledge; kriyii-sakti�-the five\nsenses of activities; buddh* -intelligence; prii r-a� -the living energy; caalso; taijasau-all products of the mode of passion; srotram-the sense for\nhearing; tvak-the sense for touching; ghriirw -the sense for smelling; drkthe sense for seeing; jihvii- the sense for tasting; viik-the sense for speaking; do�-the sense for handling; meflhra -the genitals; a li ghri- the legs;\npiiyava [t-the sense for evacuating.\n-\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy further transformation of the mode of passion, the sense organs\nlike the ear, skin, nose, eyes, tongue, mouth, hands, genitals, legs, and the\noutlet for evacuating, together with intelligence and living energy, are all\ngenerated.\n\nPURPORT\nThe living condition in the material existence depends more or less on\none's intelligence and powerful living energy. Intelligence to counteract the\nhard struggle for existence is assisted by the senses for acquiring knowledge,\nand the living energy is maintained by manipulating the active organs, like\nhands and legs, etc. But on the whole, the struggle for existence is an\nexertion of the mode of passion. Therefore all the sense organs, headed\n\n", "SB2.1#p0293": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n260\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nby intelligence and the living energy, priir:w, are different products and byproducts of the second mode of nature, called passion. This mode of\npassion is, however, the product of the air element, as described before.\n\nTEXT 32\n\nyadaite 'sangatii bhiivii\nbhutendriya-mano-gurii�\nyadiiyatana-nirmiire\nna sekur brahma-vit-tama\nyadii as long as; ete-all these; asa ligatii�-without being assembled;\n-\n\nbhiivii�-remained so situated; bhuta elements; indriya- senses; mana�-\n\nmind; gu [l ii�\n\n-\n\nmodes of nature; yadii\n\n-\n\nthe matter of being formed; na seku�\n\nso long; iiyatana body; nirmii[Le-in\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwas not possible; brahma-vit-tama-\n\n0 Narada, the best knower of transcendental knowledge.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Narada, best of the transcendentalists, the forms of the body could\n\nnot take place as long as these created parts, namely the elements, senses,\nmind and the modes of nature, were assembled.\nPURPORT\n\nThe different types of bodily construction of the living entities are\nexactly like different types of motor cars manufactured by assembling the\nallied motor parts. When the car is made ready, the driver sits in the car\nand moves it as he desires. This is also confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii\n(Bg. 18.61): the living entity is as if seated on the machine of the body,\nand the car of the body is moving by the control of material nature, just as\nthe railway trains are moving under the direction of the controller. The\nliving entities are, however, not the bodies; they are separate from\nthe cars of the body. But the less intelligent material scientist cannot\n\n", "SB2.1#p0294": "Text 33]\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\n261\n\nunderstand the process of assembling the parts of the body, namely the\nsenses, the mind and the qualities of the material modes. Every living\nentity is a spiritual spark, part and parcel of the Supreme Being, and by the\nkindness of the Lord, for the Father is kind to His sons, the individual\nliving beings are given a little freedom to act according to their will lo\nlord it over the material nature. Just as the father gives some playthings to\nthe crying child to satisfy him, similarly the whole material creation is\nmade possible by the will of the Lord to allow the bewildered living\nentities to lord it over things as they desire, although under Lhe control of\nthe agent of the Lord. The living entities are exactly like small children\nplaying the material field under the control of the maidservant of the\nLord (nature). They accept the iiyii, or the maidservant, as all in all and\nthus wrongly conceive the Supreme Truth to be feminine (Goddess Durga,\netc.). The foolish, childlike materialists cannot reach beyond the concep·\ntion of the maidservant, material nature, but the intelligent grown-up sons\nof the Lord know well that all the acts of material nature are controlled\nby the Lord, just as a maidservant is under the control of the master, Lhe\nfather of the undeveloped children.\nThe parts of the body, namely the senses, etc., are the creation of the\nmahat-tattva, and when they are assembled by the will of the Lord, the\nmaterial body comes into existence, and the living entity is allowed to use\nit for further activities. It is explained as follows.\n\nTEXT\n\n33\n\n� � �� �•1'4'60Rti'liliR:cm 1\n���4�A\n\n�\n\nm!�: ������\n\ntadii samhatya ciinyonyam\nbhagavac-chakti-coditii[l\nsad-asattvam upiidiiya\ncobhayam sasrjur hy ada�\ntadii-all those; samhatya-being assembled; ca-also; anya-one; anyam\n-other; bhagavat-by the Personality of Godhead; sakti-energy; coditii[lbeing applied; sad-asattvam- primarily and secondarily; upiidiiya- accepting;\nca-also; u bhayam-both; sasrju[l-came into existence; hi-certainly; ada[l\n-this universe.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0295": "262\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch_ 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus when all these became assembled by force of the energy of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, this universe certainly came into being\nby accepting both the primary and secondary causes of creation.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse it is clearly mentioned that the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead exerts His different energies in the creation; it is not that He\nHimself is transformed into material creations. He expands Himself by His\n\ndifferent energies, as well as by His plenary portions. In a corner of the\nspiritual sky of brahmajyoti a spiritual cloud sometimes appears, and the\n\ncovered portion is called the mahat-tattva. The Lord then, by His plenary\n\nportion asMaha-Vi��;tu,lies down within the water of the mahat-tattva, and\n\nthe water is called the Causal Ocean (Kara�;ta·jala). WhileMaha-Vi��;tu sleeps\nwithin the Causal Ocean, innumerable universes are generated along with\nHis breathing. These universes are floating, and they are scattered all over\n\nthe Causal Ocean. They stay only during the breathing period of Maha­\n\nVi��;tu. In each and every universal globe, the sameMaha-Vi��;tu enters again\nas Garbhodakasayi Vi��;tu and lies there on the serpentlike Se�a incarnation,\n\nand from His navel a lotus stem is sprouted, and on the lotus, Brahma the\n\nlord of the universe is born. Brahma creates all forms of living beings of\n\ndifferent shapes in terms of different desires within the universe. He\ncreates also the sun, moon and other demigods.\n\nTherefore the chief engineer of the material creation is the Lord Him­\n\nself, as it is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gi\"tii (Bg. 9.10). It is He only who\n\ndirects the material nature to produce all sorts of moving and nonmoving\ncreations.\n\nThere are two modes of material creation: the creation of the collective\n\nuniverses, as stated above, done by theMaha-Vi��;tu, and the creation of the\nsingle universe. Both are done by the Lord, and thus the universal shape,\nas we can see, takes place.\n\nTEXT 34\n\nf1a<U4!J1C:,t{i]i('( I\nC4tt�l«�()l·a\n..aa�4 � ;i):(ts'Jft�+ilfl�t II� \\/II\n\n", "SB2.1#p0296": "Text 34]\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\n263\n\nvar§a-piiga-sahasriinte\ntad aru;lam udake sayam\nkiila-karma-svabhiiva-stho\njivo 'jivam ajivayat\nvar§a-piiga-many years;\nar�am\n\n-\n\nsahasra-ante-of thousands of years; tat-that;\n\nthe universal globe; udake-in the causal water; sayam-being\n\ndrowned; kala-eternal time; karma-action; svabhiiva-sthaft-according to\nthe modes of nature; jivaft\n\n-\n\nthe Lord of the living beings; ajivam\n\n-\n\nnon\n\n­\n\nanimated; ajivayat-caused to be animated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus all the universes remained thousands of eons within the water\n[Causal Ocean] , and the Lord of living beings, entering in each of them,\ncaused them to be fully animated.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord is described here as the jiva because He is the leader of all\nother jivas (living entities). In the Vedas He is described as the nitya, the\nleader of all other nityas. The Lord's relation with the living entities is like\nthat of the father with the sons. The sons and the father are qualitatively\nequal, hut the father is never the son, nor is the son ever the father who\nbegets. So, as described above, the Lord as GarbhodakaMiyi Vi�!lu or\nHira!Jyagarbha Supersoul enters into each and every universe and causes it\nto be animated by begetting the living entities within the womb of the\nmaterial nature, as is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii (14.3). After each\nannihilation of the material creation, all the living entities are merged\nwithin the body of the Lord, and after creation they are again impregnated\nwithin the material energy. In the material existence, therefore, the\nmaterial energy is seemingly the mother of the living entities, and the\nLord is the father. When, however, the animation takes place, the living\nentities revive their own natural activities under the spell of time and\nenergy, and thus the varieties of living beings are manifested. The Lord is,\ntherefore, ultimately the cause of all animation over the material world.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0297": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n264\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 35\n\n� ��i filfmt\n\n�: I\n(1�WckjW�I� : (1���0�£1i ����II\n«\n\nsa eva puru§aS tasmad\nart!iam nirbhidya nirgata�\nsahasrorv-anghri-bahv-ak§a�\nsahasranana-sir§aviin\nsa�- He, the Lord; eva-Himself; puru §a�- the Supreme Personality of\ntasmat-from within the universe; art!iam Hira�Jyagarbha;\nnirbhidya- dividing; nirgata� came out; sahasra- th ousands; uru- thighs;\nanghri- legs ; bahu- arms; ak §a�- eyes; sahasra-thousands of; iinanamouths; sir §a viin- wi th heads also.\nGodhead;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord [ Maha-Vi�!J.U], although lying in the Causal Ocean, came out\nof it, and dividing Himself as Hira!J.yagarbha, He entered into each universe\nand assumed the vira{a riipa, with thousands of legs, arms, mouths, and\nheads, etc.\nPURPORT\nThe expansions of the planetary systems within each and every universe\n\nare situated in the different part of the viriita rilpa (universal form) of the\nLord, and they are described as follows:\n\nTEXT 36\n\ntt���t�lctili Cfi(!�CJ iJ;frl1iot: I\n\n�: � mno.xf ijN�IR�: 11��11\nyasyehavayavair lokiin\nkalpayanti mani§irta�\nkatyadibhir adha� sapta\nsaptordhvam jaghanadibh*\n\n", "SB2.1#p0298": "Text 37]\n\n265\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\nyasya-whose; iha-in the universe; avayavai[t-by Lhe limbs ol' lhe body;\nlokiin-all the planets; kalpayanti-imagine; mani'� i r w� grea l philosophers;\n-\n\nkati-iidibh*-down from the waist; adha�-downwards; sapta-seven systems; sapta-urdham-and seven systems upwards; jaghana-iidibh*-front\n\nportion_\nTRANSLATION\nGreat philosophers imagine that the complete planetary systems in the\nuniverse are displays of the different limbs of the universal body of the\nLord, downwards and upwards.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word kalpayanti, or \"imagine,\" is significant- The virata universal\nform of the Absolute is an imagination of lhe speculative philosophers who\nare unable to adjust to the eternal two-handed form of Lord Sri Kr�t�aAlthough the universal form, as imagined by the great philosophers, is one\nof the features of the Lord, it is more or less imaginary. It is said that seven\nupper planetary systems are situated above the waist of the universal\nform, whereas the lower planetary systems are situated down from His\nwaist. The idea impressed herein is that the Supreme Lord is conscious of\nevery part of His body, and nowhere in the creation is there anything\nbeyond His control.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n� � i1&f �;rif� iiWf! I\n�T�� �: 'tf!+'lff �ro �Ttfij II �\\911\npuru§asya mukharh brahma\nk§atram etasya biihava�\nurvor vaisyo bhagavata�\npadbhyiirh sudro vyajiiyata\npuru§asya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; mukham-mouth;\n\nbrahma-is the briihmartas; k§atram-the royal order; etasya-of Him;\n\nbiihava�-the arms; iirvo�-the thighs; vaisya�-are the mercantile men;\nbhagavata�-of the Personality of Godhead; padbhyiim-from His legs;\nsiidra�-the laborer class; vyajiiyata-became manifested_\n\n", "SB2.1#p0299": "266\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmal)aS represent His mouth, the k�atriyas His arms, the\n\nvaisyas His thighs, and the siidras are born of His legs.\n\nPURPORT\nAll living beings are stated to be the parts and parcels of the Supreme\nLord, and how they are so is explained in this verse. The four divisions of\nhuman society, namely the intelligent class or the briihma[laS, the administrative class or the k§atriyas, the mercantile class or the vaiSyas, and the\n\nsiidra class or the laborers, are all in different parts of the body of the\nLord. As such, no one is different from the Lord. The mouth of the body\nand the kgs of the body are nondifferent constitutionally, but the mouth\nor the head of the body is qualitatively more important than the legs. At\nthe same time, the mouth, the legs, the arms and the thighs are all\ncomponent parts of the body. These limbs of the body of the Lord are\nmeant to serve the complete whole. The mouth is meant for speaking and\neating, the arms are meant for the protection of the body, the legs are\nmeant for carrying the body, and the waist of the body is meant for\nmaintaining the body. The intelligent class in society, therefore, must\nspeak on behalf of the· body, as well as accept foodstuff to satisfy the\nhunger of the body. The hunger of the Lord is to accept the fruits of\nsacrifice. The briihma[laS or the intelligent class must be very expert in\nperforming such sacrifices, and the subordinate class must j oin in such\nsacrifices. To speak for the Supreme Lord means to glorify the Lord by\nmeans of propagating the knowledge of the Lord as it is, broadcasting the\nfactual nature of the Lord and the factual position of all other parts of\nthe whole body. The briihma[l-aS, therefore, are required to know the\n\nVedas or the ultimate source of knowledge. Veda means knowledge, and\nanta means the end of it. According to Bhagavad-gitii, the Lord is the source\nof everything (aham sarvasya prabhavafl), and thus the end of all knowledge (Vedanta) is to know the Lord, to know our relationship with Him\nand to act according to that relationship only. The parts of the body are\nrelated to the body; similarly, the living being must know his relationship\nwith the Lord. The human life is especially meant for this purpose, namely\nto know the factual relationship of every living being with the Supreme\nLord. Without knowing this relationship, the human life is spoiled. The\n\nintelligent class of men, the briihma[laS, are therefore especially responsible\n\n", "SB2.1#p0300": "Text 38]\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\n267\n\nfor broadcasting this knowledge of our relationship with the Lord and\nleading the general mass of people to the right path. The administrative\nclass is meant for protecting the living beings so that they can serve this\npurpose; the mercantile class\n\nis\n\nmeant for producing food grains and\n\ndistributing them to the complete human society so that the whole population is given a chance to live comfortably and discharge the duties of\nhuman life. The mercantile class is also required to give protection to the\ncows in order to get sufficient milk and milk products, which alone can\ngive the proper health and intelligence to maintain a civilization perfectly\nmeant for knowledge of the ultimate truth. And the laborer class, who\nare neither intelligent nor powerful, can help by physical services to the\nother higher classes and thus be benefitted by their cooperation. Therefore the universe is a complete unit in relationship with the Lord, and\nwithout this relationship with the Lord the whole human society is\ndisturbed and is without any peace and prosperity. This is confirmed in the\n\nVedas: briihma[to 'sya mukham iisid, biihu riijanya� krta�.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n�:�: 1F!�1tf��T�ts��: I\n� �� �� �t�tt.til \"mt�;r: ������\nbhUrloka� kalpita� padbh yiirh\nbhuvarloko 'sya niibhita�\nhrdii svarloka urasii\nmaharloko mahiitmana�\nbhiift-the lower planetary systems up to the stratum of the earth; lokaft\n-the planets; kalpitaft-it is so imagined or said; padbhyiim-out of the legs;\n\nbhuva� - the upper; loka� - the planetary system; asya- of Him (the Lord's);\nnabhita� - from the navel abdomen; hrdii- by the heart; svarloka ft - the\nplanetary systems occupied by the demigods; urasa-by the chest; mahar­\n\nloka�-the planetary system occupied by great sages and saints; mahaiitmanaft-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe lower planetary systems, up to the limit of the earthly stratum,\n\n", "SB2.1#p0301": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n268\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nare said to he situated in His legs. The middle planetary systems, heginning from the Bhuvarloka, are situated in His navel. And the still higher\nplanetary systems, occupied by the demigods and highly cultured sages\nand saints, are situated in the chest of the Supreme Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are fourteen spheres of planetary systems within this universe.\nThe lower systems are called the Bhiirloka, the middle systems are called\nBhuvarloka, and the higher planetary systems, up to Brahmaloka, the\nhighest planetary system of the universe, are called the Svarloka. And all\nof them arc situated on the body of the Lord. In other words, no one\nwithin this universe is without a relationship with the Lord.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n� ��ls� ij�: (ij;(l!4tr:( I\n�: ��� ;m�(qi: �: 11��11\ngriviiyiim janaloko 'sya\ntapoloka� stana-dvayiit\nmurdhabh* satyalokas tu\nbrahmaloka� saniitana�\ngnvayam-up to the neck; janal o kafL - the Janaloka planetary system;\nasya-of Him; tapoloka�-the Tapoloka planetary system; stana-dvayiit­\n\nbeginning from the breast; murdhabh*-by the head; satyaloka�-the\nSatyaloka p lanetary system; tu-but; brahmaloka�-the spiritual planets;\n\nsaniitana�- eternal.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the forefront of the chest up to the neck of the universal form\n\nof the Lord are situated the planetary systems named J analoka and\n\nTapoloka, whereas Satyaloka, the topmost planetary system, is situated\n\non the head of the form. The spiritual planets, however, are eternal.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0302": "Text 39]\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\n269\n\nPURPORT\nMany times in these pages we have discussed the spiritual planets\n\nsituated beyond the material sky, and the description is corroborated in\n\nthis verse. The word saniitana is significant. This very idea of eternity is\nexpressed in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 8.20), where it is said that beyond the\nmaterial creation there is the spiritual sky, where everything is eternal.\nSometimes Satyaloka, the planet in which Brahma resides, is a lso called\nBrahmaloka. But the Brahmaloka mentioned here is not the same as the\nSatyaloka planetary system. This Brahmaloka is eternal, whereas the\nSatyaloka planetary system is not eternal. And to distinguish between the\n\ntwo, the adjective saniitana has been used in this case. According to Srila\n\n]lva Gosvami, this Brahmaloka is the loka or abode of Brahma, or the\nSupreme Lord. In the spiritual sky all the planets are as good as the Lord\nHimself. The Lord is all spirit, and His name, fame, glories, qualities,\npastimes, etc., are all nondifferent from Him because l-Ie is absolute. As\nsuch, the planets in the kingdom of God are also nondifferent from Him.\nIn those planets there is no difference between the body and the soul, nor\nis there any influence of time as we experience it in the material world.\nAnd in addition to there being no influence of time, the planets in the\nBrahmaloka, due to their being spiritual, are never annihilated. All varie·\ngatedncss in the spiritual planets is also one with the Lord, and therefore\nthe Vedic aphorism ekam eviidvitiyam is fully realized in that saniitana\n\natmosphere of spiritual variegated ness. This material world is only a shadow\nphantasmagoria of the spiritual kingdom of the Lord, and because it is a\n\nshadow it is never eternal; the variegatedness in the material world of\n\nduality (spirit and matter) cannot be compared with that of the spiritual\n\nworld. Because of a poor fund of knowledge, less intelligent persons\n\nsometimes mistake the conditions of the shadow world to be equivalent to\nthose of the spiritual world, and thus the Lord and His pastimes in the\nmaterial world are mistaken as one with the conditioned souls and their\n\nactivities. The Lord condemns such less intelligent persons in the Bhagavadgitii (9.11):\navajiinanti miim murJhii miinu§irh tanum iisritam\nparam bhiivam ajiinanto mama bhuta-mahesvaram\n\nWhenever the Lord incarnates, He does so in His full internal potency\n\n(iitma-miiyii), and less intelligent persons mistake Him to be one of the\n\nmaterial creations. Srila Sridhara Svami, therefore, rightly commenting on\n\n", "SB2.1#p0303": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n270\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nthis verse, says that the Brahmaloka mentioned here is Vaiku�tha, the\nkingdom of God, which is saniitana or eternal and is therefore not exactly\nlike the material creations described above. The virii{a universal form of\nthe Lord is an imagination for the material world. It has nothing to do\nwith the spiritual world, or the kingdom of God.\n\nTEXTS 40-41\n\n{1f;€fil4i �twt ��tit � mit: I\n��+lli�m: �4-tiTij<i�ld�f( II�Joll\n� ij �'lit+tiT wro+� �«l<t�f( I\n'tf<f� q1�<1�<t � ��: �� IIIJ �II\ntat-katyiirh ciitalarh klytam\nurubhyiirh vitalarh vibho�\njiinubhyiirh sutalarh suddharh\njanghiibh yiirh tu taliitalam\nmahiitalarh tu gulphiibhyiirh\nprapadiibhyiirh rasiitalam\npiitiilarh piida-talata\niti lokamaya� pumiin\ntat-in His; ka{yiim-waist; ca-also; atalam-the first planetary system\nbelow the earth; k{ptam-situated; iirubhyiim-on the thighs; vitalam-the\n\nsecond planetary system below; vibhofl.- 0 Narada; jiinubhyiim- on the\nankles; sutalam-the third planetary system below; su ddham purified;\njanghiibhyiim-on the joints; tu- b ut; taliitalam-the fourth planetary\nsystem below; mahiitalam-the fifth planetary system below; t u - but;\ngulphiibh yiim- situated on the calves;prapadiibhyiim-on the upper or front\nportion of the feet; rasiitalam-the sixth planetary system below; piitiilamthe seventh planetary system below; pii da- tala ta fl.- on the bottom or soles\nof the feet; iti- thus; lokamaya�-ful1 of planetary systems; pum an - the\n-\n\nLord.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear son Narada, know from me that there are seven lower plane­\n\ntary systems out of the total fourteen: the first planetary system, known as\n\n", "SB2.1#p0304": "Texts 40-41]\n\nThe Cause of All Causes\n\n271\n\nthe Atala, is situated on the waist; the second, Vitala, is situated on the\nthighs; the third, Sutala, on the ankles; the fourth, Talatala, on the joints;\nthe fifth, Mahatala, on the calves; the sixth, Rasatala, on the upper portion\nof the feet; and the seventh, Patala, is situated on the soles of the feet.\nThus the virata form of the Lord is full of all planetary systems.\n\nPURPORT\nModern enterprisers (the astronauts who travel in space) may take infor­\n\nmation from Srimad-Bhagavatam that in space there are fourteen divisions\nof planetary systems. The situation is calculated from the earthly planetary\nsystem, which is called Bhilrloka. Above Bhilrloka there is Bhuvarloka, and\nthe topmost planetary system is called Satyaloka. These are the upper\n\nseven lokas, or planetary systems. And similarly, there are seven lower\nplanetary systems, known as Atala, Vitala, Sutala, Talatala, Mahatala,\n\nRasatala and Patala lokas. All these planetary systems are scattered over\n\nthe complete universe,\n\nwhich occupies an area of\n\n2,000,000,000 x\n\n2,000,000,000 square miles. The modern astronauts can travel only a few\nthousand miles away from the earth, and therefore their attempt to travel\nin the sky is something like child's play on the shore of an expansive\nocean. The moon is situated in the third status of the upper planetary\n\nsystem, and in the Fifth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam we shall be able to\nknow the distant situation of the various planets scattered over the vast\nmaterial sky. There are innumerable universes beyond the one in which we\nare put, and all these material universes cover only an insignificant portion\n\nof the spiritual sky, which is described above as sanatana-brahmaloka. The\nSupreme Lord very kindly invites the intelligent human beings to return\n\nback home, back to Godhead, in the following verse of the Bhagavad-\n\ngita:\n\niibrahma-bhuvaniil lokiift punar iivartino 'rjuna\n\nmarh apetya tu kaunteya punar janma na vidyate.\n(Bg. 8.16)\n\nBeginning from Satyaloka, the topmost planet of the universe situated\njust below the eternal Brahmaloka, as described above, all the planets are\nmaterial. And one's situation in any of the many material planets is still\nsubjected to the laws of material nature, namely birth, death, old age and\ndisease. But one can get complete liberation from all the above-mentioned\n\nmaterial pangs when one enters into the eternal Brahmaloka sanatana\n\natmosphere, the kingdom of God. Therefore liberation, as contemplated\n\n", "SB2.1#p0305": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n272\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 5\n\nby the speculative philosophers and the mystics, is possible only when one\nbecomes a devotee of the Lord. Anyone who is not a devotee cannot enter\n\ninto the kingdom of God. Only by attainment of service attitude in the\ntranscendental position can one enter into the kingdom of Godhead.\nTherefore the speculative philosophers, as well as the mystics, must first of\n\nall be attracted to the devotional cult before they can factually attain\n\nliberation.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n��: �'«f: 't<!+�j ��Jf€fi1SB£ �: I\n�: �tre1�i�m�n�l€h€h�4\"fl ������\nbhUrloka� kalpita� padbhyiim\nbhuvarloko 'sya niibhita�\nsvarloka� kalpito miirdhn ii\niti vii loka-kalpanii\nbhiirloka�-the entire planetary system beginning from PiWila to the\nearthly planetary system; kalpita�\n\n-\n\nimagined ; padbhyiim-situated on the\n\nlegs; bhuvarloka�-the Bhuvarloka planetary system; asya-of the universal\nform of the Lord; niibhita�\n\n-\n\nout of the navel abdomen; svarloka�\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nhigher planetary system beginning with the heavenly planets-kalpita�imagined; miirdhnii-beginning from the chest to the head; iti\n\n-\n\neither; loka-the planetary systems; kalpanii imagination.\n\nthus; vii­\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nOthers may divide the whole planetary system into three divisions,\nnamely the lower planetary systems on the legs up to the earth, the middle\nplanetary systems on the navel, and the upper planetary systems of\nSvarloka from the chest to the head of the Supreme Personality.\nPURPORT\nThe three divisions of the complete planetary systems are here men­\n\ntioned; fourteen are imagined by others, and that is also explained.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Second Canto, Fifth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Cause of All Causes.\"\n\n", "SB2.1#p0306": "CHAPTER SIX\n\nPuru�a-sukta confirmed\n\nTEXT l\n\nll4@641�\nqffi ��� � � ij'lf �: I\n1iifXI�o41&ldi'Siltti �� Wot«t� :q II � II\nbrahmovaca\nviiciirh vahner mukharh k�etrarh\nchandasiirh sapta dhiitava{t\nhavya-kavyiimrtiinniiniirh\njihvii sarva-rasasya ca\nbrahmii uviica-Lord Brahma said; viiciim-of the voice; vahne[t-of fire ;\nmukham-the mouth; k� e tram-generat i ng center; chandasiim-of the Ved ic\n\nh ymns, such as Gayatri; sapta- sev en ; dhiitava[t-skin and six other layers;\no fferings for the d emigods and the forefathers; amrta-food\nfor human beings; anniiniim-of all sorts of foodstu ffs; jihvii th e tongue;\nh avya k avya\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsarva-all; rasasya-of all delicacies; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma said: The mouth of the virata puru�a [the universal form\nof the Lord] is the generating center of the voice, and the controlling deity\nis Fire. His skin and six other layers are the generating centers of the Vedic\nhymns, and His tongue is the productive center of different foodstuffs\nand delicacies for offering to the demigods, the forefathers and the general\nmass of people.\nPURPORT\nThe opulences of the universal form of the Lord are described herein,\nand it is said that His mouth is the generating center of all kinds of voices,\nand its con t rolling deity is the fire demigod And His skin and other six\n.\n\n273\n\n", "SB2.1#p0307": "274\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nlayers of the bodily constructions are the representative generating centers\nof the seven kinds of Vedic hymns, like the Giiyatri, etc. Giiyatri is the\n\nbeginning of all Vedic mantras, and it is explained in the first volume of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam. Since the generating centers are the different parts of\n\nthe universal form of the Lord, and since the form of the Lord is transcen­\n\ndental to the material creation, it is to be understood that the voice, the\n\ntongue, the skin, etc., suggest that the Lord in His transcendental form is\n\nnot without them. The material voice, or the energy of intaking foodstuff,\n\nis generated originally from the Lord; such actions are but perverted\n\nreflections of the original reservoirs-the transcendental situation is not\n\nwithout spiritual variegatedness. In the spiritual world, all the perverted\n\nforms of material variegatedness are fully represented in their original\n\nspiritual identity. The only difference is that material activities are con­\n\ntaminated by the three modes of material nature, whereas the potencies in\nthe spiritual world are all purified because they are engaged in the un­\n\nalloyed transcendental loving service of the Lord. In the spiritual world,\n\nthe Lord is the sublime enjoyer of everything, and the living entities there\nare all engaged in His transcendental loving service without any contamina­\n\ntion of the modes of material nature. The activities in the spiritual world\nare without any of the inebrieties of the material world, but there is no\n\nquestion of impersonal voidness on the spiritual platform, as suggested by\n\nthe impersonalists. Devotional service is defined in the Niirada-paficariitra\nas follows:\n\nsarvopiidhi-vinirmuk tarh tatparatvena nirmalam\n\nhr�mer-a hr�ikesa-sevanarh bhak tir ucyate.\n\nOriginally, since all the senses are being produced out of the Lord's reser­\n\nvoir of senses, the sensual activities of the material world are to be purified\n\nby the process of devotional service, and thus the perfection of life can be\n\nattained simply by purifying the present position of our material activities.\n\nAnd the purifying process begins from the stage of being liberated from\n\nthe conception of different designations. Every living entity is engaged in\nsome sort of service, either for the self, or for the family, or for the society,\n\ncountry, etc., but, unfortunately, all such services are rendered due to\n\nmaterial attachment. The attachments of the material affinity may be\n\nsimply changed to the service of the Lord, and thus the treatment of being\n\nfreed from material attachment begins automatically. The process of\n\nliberation is therefore easier through devotional service than by any other\n\nmethods, for in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 12.5) it is said that one is subjected\nto various kinds of tribulations if one is impersonally attached: kleso\n'dhikataras te§iim avyak tiisak ta-ce tasiim.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0308": "Pu�a-siikta Confirmed\n\nText 3]\n\n275\n\nTEXT 2\n\n�� :q tWit� � 4(+\\itfll I\natn�;j)(l��1;rt :q itton .{t;::sc.{ta;� : II � II\nsarviisiiniirh ca viiyos ca\ntan-nase paramiiyar-e\nasvinor O§adhiniirh ca\nghriir-o moda-pramodayo�\nsaroa-all; asiiniim-different kinds of life air; ca-and; viiyo�-of the air;\nca-also; tat-His; niise-in the nose; pa rama -iiya r-e- in the transcendental\ngenerating center; asvino�-of the ASvinikumara dem ig o ds ; O§adhiniim-of\nall medicinal herbs; ca-also; ghriir-a�-His smelling power; moda-pleasure;\n\npramodayofl-specific sport.\nTRANSLATION\nHis two nostrils are the generating centers of our breathing and of all\nother airs, His smelling powers generate the Asvinikumara demigods and\nall kinds of medicinal herbs, and His breathing energies produce different\nkinds of fragrance.\nTEXT 3\n\n����:·�1\n� � :q ijN;-;rt �'l+\\l€t.i�l�l��: II � II\nriipii[tiirh tejasiirh cak§ur\ndiva� siiryasya ciik§irti\nkarr-au disiirh ca tirthiiniirh\nsro tram iikiisa-sabdayofl\nriipiirtiim-for all kinds of forms; tejasiim-of all that is illuminating;\ncak§u�-the eyes; diva�- that which glitters; siiryasya-of the sun; ca-also;\n\nak§irti-the eyeballs; karr-au-the ears; disiim-of al l directions; ca-and;\ntirthiiniim-of all the Vedas; srotram-the sense of hearing; iikiisa-the sky;\nsabdayo�-of all sounds.\nTRANSLATION\nHis eyes are the generating centers of all kinds of forms, and they\nglitter and illuminate. His eyeballs are like the sun and the heavenly planets.\nHis ears hear from all sides and are receptacles for all the Vedas, and His\n\n", "SB2.1#p0309": "276\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nsense of hearing is the generating center of the sky and of all kinds of\nsound.\nPURPORT\nThe word tirthiiniim is sometimes interpreted to mean the places of\npilgrimage, but Srila Jlva Gosvami says that it means the reception of the\nVedic transcendental knowledge. The propounders of the Vedic knowledge\nare also known as the tirthas.\n\nTEXT 4\n\n� �@IUaiT � � �� I\n� �q�t�P•i)� w.i� � � II \\Ill\ntad-giitrarh vastusiiriirtiirh\nsaubhagasya ca bhiijanam\ntvag asya sparsa-viiyos ca\nsarva-medhas_ya caiva hi\ntat- 1-Iis; giitram- bodily surface; vastusiiriirtiim-of the active principles\nof\n\nall articles; saubhagasya-of all auspicious opportunities; ca\n\n-\n\na nd;\n\nbhiijanam-field of production; tvak-skin; asya- 1-Iis; sparsa- touch; viiyofl.\n-of the moving airs; ca-also; sarva-all kinds of; medhasya-of sacrifices;\nca-also; eva-certainly; hi-exactly.\nTRANSLATION\nHis bodily surface is the breeding ground for the active principles of\neverything and for all kinds of auspicious opportunities. His skin, like the\nmoving air, is the generating center for all kinds of senses of touch and is\nthe place for performing all kinds of sacrifices.\nPURPORT\nThe air is the moving agent of all the planets, and as such the generating\n\ncenters for promotion to the deserving planets, the sacrifices, are His\nbodily surface and are naturally the origin of all auspicious opportunities.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0310": "Text 6)\n\n277\n\nPurW?a-siikta Confirmed\nTEXT 5\n\n(hno�� Rft;rt � � �: I\n� W�l0l(l!i!W!Ftl\\ II � II\nromli[ly udbhijja-jatinarh\nyair vii yajiias tu sambhrtaJ:t\nkesa-smasru-nakhiiny asya\nsilii-lohiib bhra-vidyutam\nromii[li-hairs on the body; udbhijja-ve getabl es; jiitiniim-of the kingdoms; yaiJ:t-by which; vii-either; yajiiaJ:t\nparticularly served ; kesa\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsacrifi ces; tu-but; sambhrtaJ:t­\n\nhairs; s masru fac ial ; nakhiini-nails; asya of\n-\n\nHim; silli-stones; loha-iron ores; iibbhra\n\n-\n\n-\n\nmica; vidyutiim-elect ricity\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe hairs on His body are the cause of all vegetation, particularly of\nthose trees which are required as ingredients for sacrifice. The hairs on\nHis head are reservoirs for the clouds, and His face is the breeding ground\nof electricity and mica. His nails are of stones and iron ores.\n\nPURPORT\nThe polished nails of the Lord generate electricity, and the clouds rest\non the hairs of His head, and from His face mica is produced. One can\ntherefore collect all sorts of necessities of life from the person of the\nLord, and therefore the Vedas affirm that everything that is produced\nis caused by the Lord. The Lord is the supreme cause of all causes.\n\nTEXT 6\n\nbiihavo loka-piiliiniirh\npriiyasaJ:t k§ema-karma[liim\n\n", "SB2.1#p0311": "278\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nbiihava�-arms: loka-piiliiniim-of the governing deities of planets,\nthe demigods; priiyasa�-almost always; k�ema-karmartiim-of those who\nare leaders and protectors of the general mass.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's arms are the productive fields for the great demigods and\n\nother leaders of the living entities who protect the general mass.\nPURPORT\n\nThis important verse of $rimad-Bhiigavatam is corroborated and nicely\n\nexplained in the Bhagavad-gztii (Bg. 10.41-42) as follows:\n\nyad yad vibhiitimat sattvarh srimad urjitam eva vii\ntat tad eviivagaccha tvarh mama tejo 'rhsa-sambhavam\nathavii bahunaitena kim jiiiitena taviirjuna\nvi§tabhyiiham idarh krtsnam ekiirhsena sthito jagat\nThere are many powerful kings, leaders, learned scholars, scientists,\nartists, engineers, inventors, excavators, archeologists, industrialists, politicians, economists, business magnates, and many more powerful deities\nor demigods like Brahma, Siva, lndra, Candra, Surya, V aru�a, Marut, etc.,\nwho are all protecting the interest of the universal affairs of maintenance,\n\nin different positions, and all of them are different powerful parts and\n\nparcels of the Supreme Lord. The Supreme Lord Sri Kr��a is the father\n\nof all living entities. They are placed in different high and low positions\n\naccording to their desires or aspirations. Some of them, as particularly\n\nmentioned above, are specifically endowed with powers by the will of\nthe Lord. A sane person must know for certain that a living being,\n\nhowever powerful he may be, is neither absolute nor independent. All\n\nliving beings must accept the origin of their specific power as mentioned\nin this verse. And if they act accordingly, then simply by discharging their\nrespective occupational duties, they can achieve the highest perfection of\nlife, namely eternal life, complete knowledge and inexhaustible blessings.\n\nAs long as the powerful men of the world do not accept the origin of their\nrespective powers, namely the Personality of Godhead, the actions of miiyii\n\nor illusion will continue to act. The actions of miiyii and illusion are such\n\nthat a powerful person, misled by the illusory material energy, wrongly\n\n", "SB2.1#p0312": "Text 7)\n\nPuru�a-siikta Confirmed\n\n279\n\naccepts himself as all in all, and does not develop God consciousness. As\nsuch, the false sense of egoism (namely myself and mine) has become\noverly prominent in the world, and there is a hard struggle for existence in\nthe human society. The intelligent class of men, therefore, must admit the\nLord as the ultimate source of all energies and thus pay tribute to the Lord\nfor His good blessings. Simply by accepting the Lord as the supreme proprietor of everything, as He is actually so, one can achieve the highest\nperfection of life. Whatever a person may be in the estimation of the\nsocial order of things, if a person tries to reciprocate a feeling of love\ntowards the Supreme Personality of Godhead and is satisfied with the\nblessings of the Lord, he will at once feel the highest peace of mind for\nwhich he is hankering life after life. Peace of mind, or in other words the\nhealthy state of mind, can only be achieved when the mind is situated in\nthe transcendental loving service of the Lord. The parts and parcels of the\nLord are endowed with specific powers for rendering service unto the\nLord, just as a big business magnate's sons are empowered with specific\npowers of administr�tion. The obedient son of the father never goes\nagainst the will of the father and therefore passes life very peacefully in\nconcurrence with the head of the family, the father. Similarly, the Lord\nbeing the father, all living beings should fully and satisfactorily discharge\nthe duty and will of the father, as faithful sons. This very mentality will at\nonce bring peace and prosperity to the human society.\n\nTEXT 7\n\n� l{ltr: �� � �:q I\nW�'Wmm rl�RUJ �IWGJ( II \\911\nvikramo bhur bhuvaft svas ca\nk§emasya sarartasya ca\nsarva-kiima-varasyiipi\nhares cararta iispadam\nvikrama[t-forward steps; bhuft bhuva[l-of the lower and upper planets;\nsvaft as well as of heaven; ca- also; k§emasya-of protection of all that we\n-\n\nhave; sarartasya-of fearlessness; ca\n\n-\n\nalso; sarva-kiima-all that we need;\n\nvarasya-of all benediction; api- exactly; hare[t-of the Lord; carartaftlotus feet; aspadam-shelter.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0313": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n280\n\n[Canto 2, Ch_ 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the forward steps of the Lord are the shelter of the three upper,\nlower, and heavenly planets, as well as for all that we need. They serve as\nprotection from all kinds of fear.\nPURPORT\nFor absolute protection from all sorts of fear, as well as for all our needs\nof life, we must take shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord, not only in this\nplanet but also in all the upper, lower, and heavenly planets. This absolute\ndependence on the lotus feet of the Lord is called pure devotional service,\nand it is directly hinted within this passage. No one should have any kind\nof doubt in this matter, nor should one be inclined to seek the help of any\nother demigods, because all of them are dependent on Him only. Everyone,\nexcept the Lord Himself, is dependent on the mercy of the Lord; even\nthe all-pervading Supersoul is also dependent on the supreme aspect of\nBhagavan, the Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 8\n\n�q�·q��:l\n�: N� �q(lt�tl Sf�k41'1;<(MtQ : II � II\napiirh viryasya sargasya\nparjanyasya prajii-pate[l.\npurhsa[l. sisna upasthas tu\npraj iity-iinanda-nirvrti[l.\napii m of water; viryasya-of the semen; sargasya-of the generative;\nparjanyasya-of rains; p rajii pate[l. of the creator; purhsa[l.-of the Lord;\nsisna[l.-the genitals; upastha[l. tu- the place where the genitals are situated;\nprajiiti- due to begetting; iinanda-pleasure; nirvrt i[l.- c ause_\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the Lord's genitals originate water, semen, generatives, rains, and\nthe procreators. His genitals are the cause of a pleasure that counteracts\nthe distress of begetting.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0314": "Puru�a-siikta Confirmed\n\nText 9]\n\n281\n\nPURPORT\nThe genitals and the pleasure of begetting counteract the distresses of\nfamily encumbrances. One would cease to generate altogether if, by the\ngrace of the Lord, there were not a coating, a pleasure-giving substance, on\nthe surface of the generative organs. This substance gives a pleasure so\nintense that it counteracts fully the distress of family encumbrances. A\nperson is so captivated by this pleasure-giving substance that he is not\nsatisfied by giving birth to a single child, but he increases the number of\nchildren, with great risk of maintaining them, simply for this pleasuregiving substance. This pleasure-giving substance is not false, however,\nbecause it originates from the transcendental body of the Lord. In other\nwords, the pleasure-giving substance is a reality, but it has taken up an\nassumption of pervertedness on account of material contamination. In the\nmaterial world, sex life is the cause of many distresses on account of\nmaterial contact. Therefore, the sex life in the material world should not\nbe encouraged beyond the necessity. There is a necessity for generating\nprogeny even in the material world, but such generation of children must\nbe carried out with full responsibility for spiritual values. The spiritual\nvalues of life can be realized in the human form of material existence, and\nthe human being must adopt family planning with reference to the context\nof spiritual values, and not otherwise. The degraded form of family\nrestriction by use of contraceptives, etc., is the grossest type of material\ncontamination. Materialists who use these devices want to fully utilize the\npleasure potency of the coating on the genitals by artificial means, without\nknowing the spiritual importance. And without knowledge of spiritual\nvalues, the less intelligent man tries to utilize only the material sense\npleasure of the genitals.\n\nTEXT 9\n\n�� �q��l\n� �6�<:ttl�� � �: II � II\npiiyur yamasya mitrasya\nparimok§asya niirada\nhiritsiiyii nirrter mrtyor\nnirayasya gudam smrtam\n\n", "SB2.1#p0315": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n282\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\npiiyu�- the evacuating outlet; yamasya- the controlling deity of death;\nmitrasya-of\n\nMitra; parimok�asya-of the\n\nevacuating hole; niirada-0\n\nNarada; hirhsiiyii�-of envy; nirrte�-of misfortune; mrtyo�-of death;\n\nnirayasya-of hell; gudam-the rectum; smrtam-is understood.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Narada, the evacuating outlet of the universal form of the Lord is the\nabode of the controlling deity of death, Mitra, and the evacuating hole\nand the rectum of the Lord is the place of envy, misfortune, death,\nhell, etc.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n��\n\n��\nqf�:l\n;nsif �m � �:numd�.n:im: ll�oll\npariibhuter adharmasya\ntamasas ciipi pascima�\nniiflyo nada-nadiniirh ca\ngotrii[tiim asthi-sarhhatiJ:t\n\npariibhute�-of frustration; adharmasya-of immortality; tamasa�-of\nignorance; ca-and; api- as also; pas c ima�-b a c k ; naflya�-of the intestines;\nnada-of the gr eat rivers; nadiniim-of the rivulets; ca-also;gotrii[tiim-of\n\nthe mountains; as thi-bones ; sarhhat * - accumu lation .\nTRANSLATION\nThe back side of the Lord is the place for all kinds of frustrations and\nignorance, as well as for immorality; from His veins flow the great rivers\nand rivulets, and on His bones are stacked the great mountains.\n\nPURPORT\nIn order to defy the impersonal conception of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, a systematic analysis of the physiological and anatomical\n\n", "SB2.1#p0316": "Text 11]\n\nPuru�a-siikta Confirmed\n\n283\n\nconstitution of His transcendental body is given here. lt is clear from the\navailable description of the body of the Lord (His universal form) that the\nform of the Lord is distinct from the forms of ordinary mundane conception. In any case, He is never a formless void. Ignorance is the back side of\nthe Lord, and therefore the ignorance of the less intelligent class of men\nis also not separate from His bodily conception. Since His body is the\ncomplete whole of everything that be, one cannot assert that He is impersonal only. On the contrary, the perfect description of the Lord holds that\nHe is both impersonal and personal simultaneously. The Personality of\nGodhead is the original feature of the Lord, and His impersonal emanation\nis but the reflection of His transcendental body. Those who are fortunate\nenough to have a view of the Lord from the front can realize His personal\nfeature, whereas those who are frustrated and are thus kept on the\nignorance side of the Lord, or, in other words, those who have the view of\nthe Lord from the back side, realize Him in His impersonal feature.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n�04'ffiHifi.,.�{'U � � :q I\n� AAd � w.f �:���� �II\navyakta-rasa-sindhuniirh\nbhutiiniirh nidhanasya ca\nudararh viditarh purhso\nhrdayarh manasa� padam\nav yakta- impersonal feature; rasa-sindhuniim-of the seas and oceans of\nwater; bhutiiniim-of those who take birth in the material world; nidhanasya\n-of the annihilation; ca-also; udaram-His belly; viditam-is known by the\nintelligent class of men; purhsa[l-of the great personality; hrdayam-the\nheart; manasa[l-of the subtle body; padam-place.\nTRANSLATION\nThe impersonal feature of the Lord is the abode of great oceans, and\nthe resting place for the materially annihilated living entities is the belly of\nthe Lord. His heart is the abode of the subtle material bodies of living\nbeings. Thus it is known by the intelligent class of men.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0317": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n284\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 8.17-18) it is stated that according to human\ncalculations one day of Brahma is equal to one thousand ages of four\nmillenniums (4,300,000 years) each, and the same period is calculated to\nbe his night also. A Brahma lives for one hundred such years and then dies.\n\nA Brahma, who is generally a great devotee of the Lord, attains liberation\nafter such a downfall. The universe (called the brahmii[tpa, or the round\nfootball-like domain controlled by a Brahma) thus becomes an nihilated,\nand thus the inhabitants of a particular p lanet, or of the whole universe,\nare also annihilated.A vya k t a mentioned here in this verse, means the night\n,\n\nperiod of Brahma, when partial annihilation takes p lace and the living entities of that particular brahmii[tpa, up to the planets of Brahmaloka, along\nwith the big oceans, etc., are all reposed in the belly of the viriifa puru§a. At\nthe end of a Brahma's night, the creation again takes place, and the living\nentities, reserved within the belly of the Lord, are let loose to play their\nrespective parts as if being awakened from a deep slumber. Since the living\nentities are never destroyed, the annihilation of the material world does not\nannihilate the existence of the living entities, but until liberation is attained\none has to accept one material body after another, again and again,\nrepeatedly. The human life is meant for making a solution to this repeated\nchange of bodies and thereby attaining a place in the spiritual sky where\neverything is eternal, blissful, and full of knowledge. In o ther words, the\nsubtle forms of the living entities take place in the heart of the Supreme\nBeing, and such forms take tangible shape at the time of creation.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n·��:q�mutf�l:i!tl\n��11� :q � q�:U<:IU 'RPliJP{ II� �II\ndharmasya mama tubhyarh ca\nkumiiriirtiirh bhavasya ca\nvijniinasya ca sattvasya\nparasyiitmii pariiya[tam\ndharmasya-of\n\nreligious\n\ntubhyam-of yours; ca\n\n-\n\nprinciples,\n\nor\n\nof\n\nYamaraja; mama\n\n-\n\nmine ;\n\nand; kumiiriirtiim-of the four Kumaras; bhavasya\n\n", "SB2.1#p0318": "Texts 13-16]\n\nPurlli!a-sukta Confirmed\n\n285\n\n-Lord Siva; ca-and also; vijiiiinasya-of transcendental knowledge; ca­\n\nalso; sattvasya-of tru t h ; parasya -o f the great personality ;iitmii-consciousness; pariiya[tam-dependent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlso the consciousness of that great personality is the abode of\nreligious principles, mine, yours, and that of the four bachelors, Sanal(a,\nSanatana, Sanatkumara and Sanandana. That consciousness is also the\nabode of truth and transcendental knowledge.\n\nTEXTS 13-16\n\naharh bhaviin bhavas caiva\nta ime munayo 'grajii�\nsuriisura-narii niigii�\nkhagii mrga-sansrpii[t\ngandarviipsaraso yak§ii\nrak§o-bhuta-ga[toragii�\npasava� pitara� siddhii\nvidyiidhriis ciirartii drumii�\nanye ca vividhii jivii\njala-st hala-nab hau kasa�\ngrahark§a-ketavas tiiriis\ntat;litastanayitnava[t\n\n", "SB2.1#p0319": "286\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Hhagavatam\n\nsarvam puru§a evedam\nbhutam bhavyam bhavac ca yat\ntenedam iivrtam visvam\nvitastim adhi ti§{hati\naham-myself; bhaviin- yourself ; bhav a�\n\n-\n\nLord Siva; ca-also; eva-cer­\n\ntainly; te- they ; ime-all; munaya[t-the great sages; agraja�\nyou; sura-the demigods; asura-the demons; narii�\n\n-\n\nborn before\n\nthe human beings;\nniigii�- thc inhabitants of the Naga planet; khagii�-bir ds; mrga-beasts;\nsaris_rpii[t-reptiles; gandharva-apsarasa[t, yak§ii[l,, rak§a[l,-bhuta-garw-uragii[l,,\npasava[l, pitara[t, siddhii[t, vidyiidhrii[t, clira!Jii[l,-all inhabitants of different\nplanets; druma[t- the vegetable kingdom; anye-many others; ca--:also;\nvividhii�-of different varieties; j ivii�- living entities; jala- water; sthalaland; nabhaukasa[t-the inhabitants of the sky, or the birds; graha the\nasteroids; rksa- the influential stars; ketava� the comets; tiira� Lhe luminaries; ta flita[t- the lightning; stanayitnava�-the sound of the clouds;\nsarvam-everyt hi ng ; puru§a[l, the Personality of Godhead; eva idam-cer\ntainly all these; bhutam-whatever is created; bhavyam- whatever will be\ncreated; bhavat-and whatever was created in the past; ca- also; yat- whatever; tena idam-it is all by Him; av rta m covered; visvam u niversally\ncom prehending; vitastim- half cubit ; adhi ti§ t hati-situ ated.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n­\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeginning from me [Brahm a] down to you and Bhava [Siva], all the\ngreat sages who were born before you, the demigods, the demons, the\nNagas, the human beings, the birds, the beasts, as well as the reptiles, etc.,\nand all phenomenal manifestations of the universes, namely the planets,\nstars, asteroids, luminaries, lightning, thunder, and the inhabitants of the\ndifferent planetary systems, namely the Gandharvas, Apsaras, Y�as,\nR�asas, Bhiitagattas, Uragas, Pa8avas, Pitaras, Siddhas, Vidyadharas,\nCarattas, and all other different varieties of living entities, including the\nbirds, beasts, trees and everything that be, are all covered by the universal\nform of the Lord at all times, namely past, present and future, although\nHe is transcendental to all of them, eternally existing in a form not exceeding nine inches.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead by His partial representation,\nmeasuring not more than nine inches as Supersoul, expands by His poten-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0320": "Text 17)\n\nPurlli}a-siikta Confirmed\n\n287\n\ntial energy in the shape of the universal form, which includes everything\n\nmanifested in different varieties of organic and inorganic materials.\n\nManifested varieties of the universe are therefore not different from the\nLord, just as golden ornaments of different shapes and forms are non­\n\ndifferent from the original stock reserve of gold. In other words, the Lord\nis the Supreme Person who controls everything that is within the creation,\n\nand still He remains the supreme separate identity, distinct from all\n\nmanifested material creation. In the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg.\n\n9.4-5)\n\nHe is\n\ntherefore said to be Y oge8vara. Everything rests on the potency of Lord\nSri Kr��a, and still the Lord is different from and transcendental to all\n\nsuch identities. In the Vedic Puru§a-suk ta of the .[{k-mantra, this is also\nconfirmed. This philosophical truth of simultaneous oneness and difference\n\nwas propounded by Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and it is known as\nacintya-bhediibheda-tattva.\n\nBrahma,\n\nNarada and all others are simul­\n\ntaneously one with the Lord and different from the Supreme Lord. We are\n\nall one with Him, just as the gold ornaments are one in quality with the\n\nstock gold, but the individual gold ornament is never equal in quantity\n\nwith the stock gold. The stock gold is never exhausted even if there are\n\ninnumerable ornaments emanating from the stock because the stock is\n\npurywm, complete, and even if purr-am is deducted from the purr-am, still\n\nthe supreme pun;wm remains the same purr-am. This fact is inconceivable\n\nto our present imperfect senses. Lord Caitanya therefore defined His\ntheory of philosophy as acintya (inconceivable), and as confirmed in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii as well as in the Bhiigavatam, Lord Caitanya's theory of\nacintya-bhediibheda-tattva is the perfect philosophy of the Absolute Truth.\n\nTEXT 17\n\nsvadhi§[tyarh pratapan priir-o\nbahis ca pratapaty asau\nevarh viriijarh prataparhs\ntapaty antar bahi[l pumiin\n\nsvadhi§r-yam-radiation; pratapan-by expansion;priir-a[l-living energy;\n\nbahi[l-external; ca-also; pratapati-illuminated; asau-the sun; evam-in\n\n", "SB2.1#p0321": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n288\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nthe same way; viriijam-the universal form; pratapan-by expansion of;\n\ntapati-enlivens; anta�-internally; bah*- externally; pumiin-the Supreme\nPersonality.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs the sun is illuminated both internally and externally by expanding\n\nits radiation, similarly the Supreme Personality of Godhead, by expanding\nHis universal form, maintains everything in the creation both internally\nand externally.\nPURPORT\nThe universal form of the Lord, or the impersonal feature of the Lord\nknown as brahrnajyoti, is clearly explained here, compared to the radiation\nof the sun. The sunshine may expand all over the universe, but the source\n\nof the sunshine, namely the sun planet or the deity known as the\n\nSuryanariiyaQa, is the basis of such radiation. Similarly, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead Lord Kr�Qa is the basis of the impersonal brahrnaj_yoti radiation, or the impersonal feature of the Lord. This is confirmed\nin the Bhagavad-gjtii (14.27). So the universal form of the Lord is the\nsecondary imagination of the impersonal form of the Lord, but the primary\n\nform of the Lord is Syamasundara, with two hands, playing on His eternal\n\nflute. Seventy-five percent of the expansive radiation of the Lord is mani­\n\nfested in the spiritual sky (tripiid-vibhiiti), and twenty-five percent of His\n\npersonal radiation comprehends the entire expansion of the material\nuniverses. This is also explained and stated in the Bhagavad-gjtii (10.42).\n\nThus the seventy-five percent expansion of His radiation is called His\ninternal energy, whereas the twenty-five percent expansion is called the\n\nexternal energy of the Lord. The living entities, who are residents of the\n\nspiritual as well as the material expansions, are His marginal energy\n\n{tafasthii-sakti), and they are at liberty to live in either of the energies,\n\nexternal or internal. Those who live within the spiritual expansion of the\nLord are called liberated souls, whereas the residents of the external\n\nexpansion are called the conditioned souls. We can just make an estimate\nof the number of the residents of the internal expansions in comparison\n\nwith the number of residents in the external energy and may easily con­\n\nclude that the liberated souls are far more numerous than the conditioned\n\nsouls.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0322": "Text 18)\n\nPur�-sf1kta Confirmed\n\n289\n\nTEXT 18\n\n«f��� �� tt�f44lC( I\n� m � ��: ������\nso 'mrtasyiibhayasyeso\nmartyam annam yad atyagiit\nmahimai§a'tato brahman\npum§asya duratyaya�\nsa�- He (the Lord); amrtasya-of deathlessness; abhayasya-of fearlessness; isa�-the controller; martyam-dying; annam-fruitive action; yatone who has; atyagiit-has transcended; mahimii-glories; e§�-of Him;\ntata�-therefore; brahman-0 briihma!la N arada;pum§asya\n\n-\n\nof the Supreme\n\nPersonality; duratyaya�-immeasurable.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the controller of immortality\nand fearlessness, and He is transcendental to death and the fruitive actions\nof the material world. 0 Narada, 0 brahmaf}a, it is therefore difficult to\nmeasure the glories of the Supreme Person.\nPURPORT\nThe glories of the Lord, in the transcendental seventy-five percent\nportion of the Lord's internal potency, are stated in the Padma Purii[la\n(Uttara-kha[lpa). It is said there that those planets in the spiritual sky,\nwhich comprises the seventy-five percent expansion of the internal potency\nof the Lord, are far, far greater than those planets in the total universes\ncomposed of the external potency of the Lord. In the Caitanya-cal'itiimrta,\nthe total universes in the external potency of the Lord are compared to\na bucketful of mustard seeds. One mustard seed is calculated to be a universe itself. In one of the universes, in which we are now living, the number\nof planets cannot be counted by human energy, so how can we think of\nthe sum total in all the universes, which are compared to a bucketful of\nmustard seeds? And the planets in the spiritual sky are at least three times\nthe number of those in the material sky. Such planets, being spiritual, are\nin fact transcendental to the material modes; therefore they are constituted\n\n", "SB2.1#p0323": "290\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nin the mode of unalloyed goodness only. The conception of spiritual bliss\n\n(brahmiinanda) is fully present in those planets. Each of them is eternal,\nindestructible and free from all kinds of inebrieties experienced in the\nmaterial world. Each of them is self-illuminating and more powerfully\ndazzling than (if we can imagine) the total sunshine of millions of mundane\n\nsuns. The inhabitants of those planets are liberated from birth, death, old\nage and diseases and have full knowledge of everything; they are all godly\nand free from all sorts of material hankerings. They have nothing to do\nthere except to render transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord\nNaraya!J.a, who is the predominating Deity of such Vaiku!J.tha planets.\nThose liberated souls are engaged incessantly in singing songs mentioned in\nthe Siima-veda (vedai� siir-ga-pada-kramopani§adair giiyanti yam siimagii�).\n\nAll of them are personifications of the five Upani§ads. Tripiid-vibhuti, or the\n\nseventy-five percent portion known as the internal potency of the Lord, is\nto be understood as the kingdom of God far beyond the material sky; and\nwhen we speak of piida-vibhuti, or the twenty-five percent portion comprising His external energy, we should understand that this refers to the\nsphere of the material world. It is also said in the Padma Puriirw that the\nkingdom of tripiid-vibhuti is transcendental, whereas the piida-vibhuti is\n\nmundane. Tripiid-vibhiiti is eternal, whereas the piida-vibhuti is transient.\n\nThe Lord and His eternal servitors in the transcendental kingdom all have\neternal forms which are auspicious, infallible, spiritual and eternally youth­\n\nful. In other words, there is no birth, death, old age and disease. That\n\neternal land is full of transcendental enjoyment and full of beauty and\n\nbliss. This very fact is also corroborated in this verse of Srimad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nand the transcendental nature is described as amrta; and as it is described\n\nin the\n\nVedas: utiimrtatvasydanaft. The Supreme Lord is the Lord of\n\nimmortality, or in other words, the Lord is immortal, and because He is\nthe Lord of immortality He can award immortality to His devotees. In the\n\nBhagavad-gttii also (Bg. 8.16) the Lord assures that whoever may go to\nHis abode of immortality shall never return to this mortal land of three­\n\nfold miseries. The Lord is not like the mundane lord. The mundane master\nor lord never enjoys equally along with his subordinates, nor is a mundane\nlord immortal, nor can he award immortality to his subordinate. The\nSupreme Lord, who is the leader of all living entities, can award all the\nqualities of His personality unto His devotees, including immortality and\n\nspiritual bliss. In the material world there is always anxiety or fearfulness\n\nin the heart of all living entities, but the Lord, being Himself the supreme\n\nfearless, also awards the same quality of fearlessness to His pure devotees.\n\nMundane existence is itself a kind of fearfulness because in all mundane\n\n", "SB2.1#p0324": "Text 19]\n\nPu�a-siikta Confirmed\n\n291\n\nbodies the effects of birth, death, old age and disease always keep a living\nbeing compact in fearfulness. In the mundane world, there is always the\ninfluence of time, which changes things from one stage to another, and\nthe living entity, originally being avikiira or nonchangeable, suffers a great\ndeal on account of changes due to the influence of time. The changing\neffects of the eternal time are conspicuously absent in the immortal kingdom of God; it is therefore to be understood that there is no influence of\ntime and therefore no fear\n\nwhatsoever.\n\nIn the material world, so­\n\ncalled happiness is the result of one's own work. One can become a rich\nman by dint of one's own hard labor, and there are always fear and doubts\nas to the duration of such acquired happiness. But in the kingdom of God,\nno one has to endeavor to attain a standard of happiness. Happiness is the\nnature of the spirit, as it is stated in the Vediinta-siitras: iinandamayo\n\n'bhyiisiit-it is by nature full of happiness. Happiness in spiritual nature\nalways increases in volume with a new phase of appreciation; there is no\nquestion of decreasing the bliss. Such unalloyed spiritual bliss is nowhere\nto be found within the orbit of the material universe, including the Janaloka planets, or, for that matter, the Maharloka or Satyaloka planets, because even Lord Brahma is subjected to the laws of fruitive actions and\nthe law of birth and death. It is, therefore, stated here: duratyaya{l, or,\nin other words, spiritual happiness in the eternal kingdom of God cannot\nbe imagined even by the great brahmaciiris or sannyiisis who are eligible to\nbe promoted to the planets beyond the region of heaven. Or, the greatness\nof the Supreme Lord is so great that it cannot be imagined even by the\ngreat brahmaciiris or sannyiisis, but such happiness is factually attained by\nthe unalloyed devotees of the Lord, by His divine grace.\n\nTEXT 19\n\npiide§U saroa-bhiitiini\npurhsa{l sthiti-pado vidu{l\namrtam k§emam abhayam\ntri-miirdhno 'dhiiyi miirdhasu\n\n", "SB2.1#p0325": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n292\npade�u-in\n\nthe one-fourth\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\npart; sarva-aU; bhutani-living\n\nentities;\n\npurhsa�-of the Supreme Person; sthiti-pada�-the reservoir of all material\nopulence; vidu�-you should know; amrtam-deathlessness; k�emam-all\nhappiness, free from the anxiety of old age, diseases, etc.; abhayam-fearlessness; tri-murdhna�-beyond the three higher planetary systems; adhtiyi\n-exist; murdhasu-beyond the material coverings.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is to be known as the supreme\nreservoir of all material opulences by the one-fourth part of His energy in\nwhich all the living entities exist. Deathlessness, fearlessness, and freedom\nfrom the anxieties of old age and disease, exist in the kingdom of God,\nwhich is beyond the three higher planetary systems and beyond the\n\nmaterial coverings.\n\nPURPORT\nOut of the total manifestations of the sandhini energy of the Lord, onefourth is displayed in the material world, and three-fourths is displayed in\nthe spiritual world. The Lord's energy is divided into three component\nparts, namely sandhini, sarhvit and hladini, or, in other words, He is the\nfull manifestation of existence, knowledge and bliss. In the material world\nsuch a sense of existence, knowledge and pleasure are meagerly exhibited,\nand all living entities, who are minute parts and parcels of the Lord, are\neligible to relish such consciousness of existence, knowledge and bliss very\n\nminutely in the liberated stage, whereas in the conditioned stage of material\nexistence they can hardly appreciate what is the factual, existential,\n\ncognizable and pure happiness of life. The liberated souls who exist in far\ngreater numerical strength than those souls in the material world can\nfactually experience the potency of the above-mentioned sandhini, sarhvit\nand hladini energies of the Lord in the matter of deathlessness, fearlessness and freedom from old age and disease.\n\nIn the material world, the planetary systems are arranged in three\n\nspheres, called triloka or Sva rga , Ma r tya , Piitala, and all of them constitute\n\nonly one-fourth of the total sandhini energy. Beyond that there is the\nspiritual sky where the V aiku!ltha planets exist beyond the coverings of\nseven material strata. In none of the triloka planetary systems can one\nexperience the status of immortality, full knowledge and full bliss. The\n\n", "SB2.1#p0326": "Text 20)\n\nPuru�-siikta Confirmed\n\n293\n\nupper three planetary systems are called siittvika planets because they provide facilities for a long duration of life and relative freedom from disease\nand old age, as well as a sense of fearlessness. The great sages and saints are\npromoted beyond the heavenly planets to the Maharloka, but that also is\nnot the place of complete fearlessness because at the end of one kalpa the\nMaharloka is annihilated and the inhabitants have to transport themselves\nto still higher planets. Yet even on these planets no one is immune from\ndeath. There may be a comparative extension of life, expansion of knowledge and sense of full bliss, but factual deathlessness, fearlessness and\nfreedom from old age, diseases, etc., are only possible beyond the material\nspheres of the coverings of the material sky. Such things are situated on\nthe head (adhiiyi miirdhasu).\n\nTEXT 20\n\npiidiis trayo bahis ciisann\naprajiiniirh ya iisramii�\nantas tri-lokyiis tv aparo\ngrha-medho 'brhad-vrata[l\npiidii/:t traya�-the cosmos of three-fourths of the Lord's energy; bahi/:tthus situated beyond; ca-and for all; iisan-were ; aprajiiniim-of those\nwho are not meant for rebirth; ye-those; iisramii/:t- status of life; anta[lwithin; tri-lokyii�-of the three worlds; tu-but; apara/:t- oth ers; grhame dha[l - attached to family life; a brhat vra ta[l - without strictly following\n-\n\na vow of celibacy.\nTRANSLATION\nThe spiritual world, which consists of three-fourths of the Lord's\nenergy, is situated beyond this material world, and it is especially meant\nfor those who will never be reborn. Others, who are attached to family\nlife and who do not strictly follow celibacy vows, must live within the\nthree material worlds.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0327": "294\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\nThe climax of the system of varriisrama-dharma or saniitana-dharma is\n\nclearly expressed here in this particular verse of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. The\nhighest benefit that can be awarded to a human being is to train him to be\ndetached from sex life, particularly because due to sex indulgence only\nthe conditioned life of material existence continues birth after birth.\nHuman civilization in which there is no control of sex life is a fourth-class\ncivilization because in such an atmosphere there is no liberation of the\nsoul encaged in the material body. Birth, death, old age and disease are\nrelated to the material body, and they have nothing to do with the spirit\nsoul. But as long as the bodily attachment for sensual enjoyment is encouraged, the individual spirit soul is forced to continue the repetition of\nbirth and death on account of the material body, which is compared to\ngarments subjected to the law of deterioration.\n\nIn order to award the highest benefit of human life, the varriisrama\n\nsystem trains the follower to adopt the vow of celibacy beginning from\n\nthe\n\norder of brahmaciiri. The brahmaciiri life is for students who are\n\neducated to follow strictly the vow of celibacy. Youngsters who have had\nno taste of sex life can easily follow the vow of celibacy, and once fixed in\nthe principle of such a life, one can very easily continue to the highest\nperfectional stage, attaining the kingdom of the three-fourths energy of\nthe Lord. It is already explained that in the cosmos of three-fourths energy\nof the Lord, there is neither death nor fear, and one is full of the blissful\nlife of happiness and knowledge. A householder attached to family life\ncan easily give up such a life of sex indulgence if he has been trained in the\n\nprinciples of the life of brahmaciiri. A householder is recommended to quit\n\nhome at the end of fifty years (paiicasordham vanam vrajet) and live a life\n\nin the forest; then, being fully detached from family affection, he may\naccept the order of renunciation as a sannyiisi fully engaged in the service\n\nof the Lord. Any form of religious principles in which the followers are\n\ntrained to pursue the vow of celibacy is good for the human being because\n\nonly those who are trained in that way can end the miserable life of ma­\n\nterial existence. The principles of nirvii!la, as recommended by Lord\nBuddha, are also meant for ending the miserable life of material existence.\nAnd this process, in the highest degree, is recommended here in the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, with clear perception of ideal perfection, although basically\nthere is no difference between the process of Buddhists, Sari.karites and\n\nVai�?tmvites. For promotion to the highest status of perfection, namely\nfreedom from birth and death, anxiety and fearfulness, not one of these\nprocesses allows the follower to break the vow of celibacy.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0328": "Text 21)\n\n�a-siikta Confirmed\n\n295\n\nThe householders and persons who have broken the vow of celibacy\ndeliberately cannot enter into the kingdom of deathlessness. The pious\nhouseholders or the fallen yogis or the fallen transcendentalists can be\npromoted to the higher planets within the material world (one-fourth of\nthe energy of the Lord), but they will fail to enter into the kingdom of\ndeathlessness. Abrhad-vratas are those who have broken the vow of celibacy_ The viinaprasthas, or those retired from family life, and the sannyiisis,\nor the renounced persons, cannot break the vow of celibacy if they want\nsuccess in the process. The brahmaciins, viinaprasthas and the sannyiisis\ndo not intend to take rebirth (apraja), nor are they meant for secretly\nindulging in sex life. Such a falldown by the spiritualist may be compensated by another chance of human life in good families of learned\nbriihmaras or of rich merchants for another term of elevation, but the best\nthing is to attain the highest perfection of deathlessness as soon as the\nhuman form of life is attained; otherwise the whole policy of human life\nwill prove to be a total failure. Lord Caitanya was very strict in advising\nHis followers in this matter of celibacy. One of His personal attendants,\nChota Haridasa, was severely punished by Lord Caitanya because of his\nfailure to observe the vow of celibacy. For a transcendentalist, therefore,\nwho at all wants to be promoted to the kingdom beyond material miseries,\nit is worse than suicide to deliberately indulge in sex life, especially in the\nrenounced order of life. Sex life in the renounced order of life is the most\nperverted form of religious life, and such a misguided person can only be\nsaved if, by chance, he meets a pure devotee.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n� M=t:Cifill N?J�.... «1�1'11'1?;]9\\ � I\n'ltG:M?ll :ot f.rm � ���: ������\nsrti vicakrame viSvam\nsiisaniinasane ubhe\nyad avidyii ca vidyii ca\npuru§as tiibhayiisrayafz\nsrti-destination of the living entities; vicakrame-exists comprehensively; viSvam-the all-pervading Personality of Godhead; siisana-activities of\nlording it over; anasane-activities in the matter of devotional service;\nub he-both; yat-what is; auidyii-nesc ience; ca-as well as; vidyii-factual\n\n", "SB2.1#p0329": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n296\nknowledge; ca\n\n-\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nand ; purn§a�-the Supreme Person; tu-but; ubhaya-for\n\nboth of them; asraya�-master.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy His energies, the all-pervading Personality of Godhead is thus comprehensively the master in the activities of controlling and in devotional\nservice. He is the ultimate master of both nescience and factual knowledge\nof all situations.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word visvam is significant in this verse. One who travels perfectly in\nevery field of activity is called the purn§a� or k§etrajiia. These two terms,\n\nk§etrajiia and purn§a, are equally applicable to both the individual self and\nthe Supreme Self, the Lord. In the Bhagavad-gita the matter is explained\nas follows:\n\nk§etr�jiiarh capi marh viddhi sarva-k§etre§U bharata\nk§etra-k§etrajiiayor jiiiinarh yat taj jiiiinarh matarh mama\n(Bg. 13.3)\nK§etra means the place, and one who knows the place is called the\nk§etrajiia. The individual self knows about his limited field of activities,\nbut the Supreme Self, the Lord, knows about the unlimited field of activities. The individual soul knows about his own thinking, feeling and willing\n\nactivities, but the Supersoul or the Paramiitmii, the sup reme controller,\nbeing present everywhere, knows everyone's thinking, feeling and willing\nactivities, and as such the individual living entity is the minute master of\nhis personal affairs, whereas the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the\nmaster of everyone's affairs, past, present, and future (vedaharh samatitani,\netc.). Only the ignorant person does not know this difference between the\nLord and the living entities. The living entities, as distinguished from the\nincognizant matter, may be qualitatively equal to the Lord in the matter of\ncognizance, but the living entity can never be equal to the Lord in full\nknowledge of past, present and future.\nAnd because the living entity is partially cognizant, he is therefore\nsometimes forgetful of his own identity. This forgetfulness is specifically\nmanifested in the field of the ekapad-vibhiiti of the Lord, or in the material\nworld, but in the tripad-vibhuti field of actions, or in the spiritual world,\n\n", "SB2.1#p0330": "Text 22]\n\nPur�a-siikta Confirmed\n\n297\n\nthere is no forgetfulness by the living entities, who are free from all kinds of\ncontaminations resulting from the forgetful state of existence. The material\nbody is the symbol of the gross and subtle form of forgetfulness; therefore\nthe whole atmosphere of the material world is called avidyii, or nescience,\nand similarly the whole atmosphere of the spiritual world is called vidyii,\nor full of knowledge. There are different stages of avidyii, and they are\ncalled dharma, artha, and mok§a. The idea of mok§a, or liberation, held by\nthe monist in the matter of oneness of the living entity and the Lord by\nultimate merging in one, is also the last stage of materialism or forgetfulness. To acquire the knowledge of qualitative oneness of the self and\nSuperself is partial knowledge and ignorance also because there is no\nknowledge in the matter of quantitative difference, as explained above.\nThe individual self can never be equal to the Lord in cognizance, otherwise\nhe could not be placed in the state of forgetfulness. So, because there is a\nstage of forgetfulness of the individual selves, or the living entities, there is\nalways a gulf of difference between the Lord and the living entity, as\nbetween the part and the whole. The part is never equal to the whole. So\nthe conception of one hundred percent equality of the living being with\nthe Lord is also nescience.\nIn the field of nescience, activities are directed toward lording it over\nthe creation. In the material world, therefore, everyone is engaged in\nacquiring material opulence to lord it over the material world. Therefore\nthere is always clash and frustration, which are the symptoms of nescience.\nBut in the field of knowledge, there is devotional service of the Lord\n\n(bhakti). Therefore there is no chance of being contaminated by the\ninfluence of nescience or forgetfulness (avidyii) in the liberated stage of\ndevotional activities. The Lord is thus the proprietor both of the fields of\nnescience and of cognition, and it remains the choice of the living entity\nto exist in either of the above regions.\n\nTEXT\n\n22\n\n4�1<::ut �---iii� �f�IITlWti: I\n���+{�4•111! N�Jtftfl{: w:t �i'.II�N\"{ \"��\"\nyasmiid ar-!iarh virii9 jajiie\nbhiltendriya-gur-iitmakafi.\ntad dravyam atyagiid vi$vam\ngobhifi. siirya iviitapan\n\n", "SB2.1#p0331": "298\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nyasmat-from whom; arz�am-universal globes; virat-and the gigantic\n\nuniversal form; jajiie-appeared; bhuta-elements; indriya-senses; gurzaatmaka[l-qualitative; tat dravya m the universes and the universal form,\n-\n\netc.; atyagat-surpassed; viSvam-all the universes; gobhi[l-by the rays;\nsurya[l-the sun; iva-like; atapan-distributed rays and heat.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom that Personality of Godhead, all the universal globes and the\nuniversal form with all material elements, qualities, and senses are generated. Yet He is aloof from such material manifestations, like the sun, which\nis separate from its rays and heat.\n\nPURPORT\nThe supreme truth has been ascertained in the previous verse as puru�a\nor the puru�ottama, the Supreme Person. The Absolute Person is the isvara\nor the supreme controller by His different energies. The ekapad-vibhuti\n\nmanifestation of the material energy of the Lord is just like one of the\nmany mistresses of the Lord, by whom the Lord is not so much attracted,\nas indicated in the language of the Gita (bhinna prakrti[l.). But the region\nof the tripad-vibhuti, being a pure spiritual manifestation of the energy of\nthe Lord, is, so to speak, more attractive to Him. The Lord, therefore,\ngenerates the material manifestations by impregnating the material energy,\nand then, within the manifestation, He expands Himself as the gigantic\nform of the visva-riipa. The vi.Sva-riipa, as it was shown to Arjuna, is not\nthe original form of the Lord. The original form of the Lord is the transcendental form of Puru�ottama, or Kr�!la Himself. It is very nicely explained herein that He expands Himself just like the sun. The sun expands\nitself by its terrible heat and rays, yet the sun is always aloof from such\nrays and heat. The impersonalist takes into consideration the rays of the\nLord without any information of the tangible, transcendental, eternal\nform of the Lord, known as Kr�!J.a. Therefore Kr�!J.a, in His supreme\npersonal form, with two hands and flute, is bewildering for the impersonalists who can accommodate only the gigantic vi.Sva-riipa of the Lord. They\nshould know that the rays of the sun are secondary to the sun, and similarly the impersonal gigantic form of the Lord is also secondary to the\npersonal form as Puru�ottama. The Brahma-samhita confirms this statement as follows:\n\n", "SB2.1#p0332": "Text 23)\n\n299\n\nPu�a-siikta Confirmed\niinanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhiivitiibhis\ntiibhir ya eva nijarnpatayii kaliibh*\ngoloka eva nivasaty akhiliitma-bhii.to\ngovindam iidi-puru�am tam aham bhajiimi\n\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda, the one who enlivens\nthe senses of everyone by His personal bodily rays, resides in His transcendental abode, called Goloka. Yet He is present in every nook and corner of\nHis creation by expansion of happy spiritual rays, equal in power to His\npersonal potency of bliss.\" He is therefore simultaneously personal and\nimpersonal by His inconceivable potency, or He is the one without a\nsecond, displaying complete unity in diversity of material and spiritual\nmanifestations. He is separated from everything, and still nothing is dif·\nferent from Him.\n\nTEXT\n\n23\n\n;{TP<ti<${R1�1G:�Rl �;{: I\n;{{� ���HT'f_ ���ij- II�� II\n�\n\nyadiisya niibhyiin naliniid\naham iisarh mahiitmana�\nniividarh yajna-sambhiiriin\npuru�iivayaviin rte\nyadii-at the time of; asya-His; niibhyiit-from the abdomen; naliniitfrom the lotus flower;aham-myself;iisam-took my birth;maha-iitmana[l­\n\nof the great person; na avidam-did not know; yajna- sacri f i cial ; sam­\n\nbhiiriin-ingredients; puru§a-of the Lord; avayaviit-personal bodily limbs;\n\nrte-except.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen I was hom from the abdominal lotus flower of the Lord\n\n[ Maha-Vi�9-u], the great person, I had no other ingredients for sacrificial\nperformances\nGodhead.\n\nexcept\n\nthe\n\nbodily limbs of ·the . great\n\nPersonality of\n\n", "SB2.1#p0333": "300\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch 6\n.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Brahmii., the creator of the cosmic manifestation, is known as\n\nSviiyambhuva, or one who is born without father and mother. The general\n\nprocess is that a living creature is born out of the sex combination of the\n\nmale father and the female mother. But Brahmii., the first-born living\n\nbeing, is born out of the abdominal lotus flower of the Maha-Vi�Q.U\n\nplenary expansion of Lord Kr�l)a. The abdominal lotus flower is part of\n\nthe Lord's bodily limbs, and Brahmii. is born out of the lotus flower.\n\nTherefore Lord Brahma is also a part of the Lord's body. Brahmii., after\n\nhis appearence in the gigantic hollow of the universe, saw darkness and\nnothing else. He felt perplexity, and from his heart he was inspired by\n\nthe Lord to undergo austerity, thereby acquiring the ingredients for\nsacrificial performances. But there was nothing besides the two of them,\n\nnamely the Personality of Maha-Vi�l)U and Brahma himself, born of the\n\nbodily part of the Lord. For sacrificial performances many ingredients\n\nwere in need, especially animals. The animal sacrifice is never meant for\nkilling the animal, but for achieving the successful result of the sacrifice.\n\nThe animal offered in the sacrificial fire is, so to speak, destroyed, but\n\nthe next moment it is given a new life again by dint of the Vedic hymns\n\nchanted by the expert priest. When such an expert priest is not available,\nthe animal sacrifice in the fire of the sacrificial altar is forbidden. Thus\nBrahma created even the sacrificial ingredients out of the bodily limbs of\n\nthe Garbhodakasay1 Vi�Q.u, which means that the cosmic order was\n\ncreated by Brahma himself. Also, nothing is created out of nothing, but\n\neverything is created from the person of the Lord. The Lord says in the\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 10.8), aham saroasya prabhavo matta\"fl saroam pravartate. \"Everything is made from My bodily limbs, and I am therefore the\n\noriginal source of all creations.\"\n\nThe impersonalists argue that there is no use in worshiping the Lord\n\nwhen everything is nothing but the Lord Himself. The personalist, however,\n\nworships the Lord out of a great sense of gratitude, utilizing the ingredients\nborn out of the bodily limbs of the Lord. The fruits and flowers are avail­\n\nable from the body of the earth, and yet mother earth is worshiped by the\n\nsensible devotee with ingredients born from the earth. Similarly, mother\nGanges is worshiped by the water of the Ganges, and yet the worshiper\n\nenjoys the result of such worship. Worship of the Lord is also performed\nby the ingredients born from the bodily limbs of the Lord, and yet the\nworshiper, who is himself a part of the Lord, achieves the result of devo­\n\ntional service of the Lord. While the impersonalist wrongly concludes that\n\n", "SB2.1#p0334": "Text 25)\n\nPuru�a-siikta Confirmed\n\n301\n\nhe is the Lord himself, the personalist, out of a great gratitude, worships\nthe Lord in devotional service, knowing perfectly well that nothing is\ndifferent from the Lord. The devotee therefore endeavors to apply everything in the service of the Lord because he knows that everything is the\nproperty of the Lord and that no one can claim anything as one's own.\nThis perfect conception of oneness helps the worshiper in being engaged\nin His loving service, whereas the impersonalist, being falsely puffed up,\nremains a nondevotee forever, without being recognized by the Lord.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nij!! �� q�: ijtJ�: �m: 1\n� � �t���ti tlil���am\"�: 11 ����\nte§u yajiiasya pasava[l\nsa-vanaspataya[l kusa[l\nidarh ca deva-yajanarh\nkalas corugur-iinvita[l\nte§u -in such sacrifices; yajiiasya-of the sacrificial performance; pasava[l\n-the animals or the sacrificial ingredients; sa vanaspataya[l-along with\n-\n\nflowers and leaves; kusii[l- the straw; idam-all these; ca-as also; deva­\n\nyajanam-the\n\nsacrificial\n\naltar; kiila{l\n\n-\n\nsuitable time; ca-as also;\n\nurn­\n\ngreat; gur-a-anvita{l-qUJlified.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor performing sacrificial ceremonies, sacrificial ingredients, such as\nflowers, leaves and straw, along with the sacrificial altar and a suitable\ntime [Spring] are all required.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n", "SB2.1#p0335": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n302\n\n[Canto 2, Ch_ 6\n\nvastiinyo§adhayafl sneha\nrasa-loha-mrdo jalam\nreo yajurh�i samani\nciitur-hotrarh ca sattama\nvast uni- utensils ; O §adhaya�- grains ; sneha� - clarified butter; rasa-lohamrdafl - honey , gold and earth; jalam- water; rca�- the .f{g-veda; yajiirh�ithe Yajur-veda; samani-the Sama-veda; catur-hotram-four persons conducting the performance; ca-all these; sattama-0 most pious one.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOther requirements are utensils, grains, clarified butter, honey, gold,\nearth, water, J,tg-veda, Y ajur-veda, Sama-veda and four priests to perform\nthe sacrifice.\nPURPORT\nTo perform a sacrifice successfully, at least four expert priests are\nneeded: one who can offer (hota), one who can chant (udgata), one who\ncan kindle the sacrificial fire (brahmii) without the aid of separate fire, and\none who can chant the hymns. Such sacrifices were conducted from\nthe birth of Brahma, the first living creature, and were carried on till the\nreign of Maharaja Yudhi�!hira. But such expert brahmar-a priests are very\nrare in this age of corruption and quarrel, and therefore in the present age\n\nonly the yajiia of chanting the holy name of the Lord is recommended. The\nscriptures enjoin:\n\nharer nama harer nama harer niimaiva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva nasty eva gatir anyatha.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n� +1�� �un� � � 1\n�ijla$Ji�t: �: «t�q@ ?J�!:4 :q ����II\n...\n\n", "SB2.1#p0336": "Text 26]\n\nPurl.Jl?Cl-siikta Confirmed\n\n303\n\nniima-dheyiini mantras ca\ndak�i[!iis ca vrutiini ca\ndevatiinukruma� kalpa�\nsmikalpas tantrum eva ca\nniima dh eyiin i-invoking the names of the demigods; m antrii�- specific\n-\n\nhymns to offer to a particular demigod; ca-also; dak §i[l-ii�-reward; caand; vrutiini-vows; ca-and; devatii-anukruma�-one demigod after another;\n\nkalpa�-the specific scripture; sa n kalpa�\n\n-\n\nthe specific purpose; tantrum­\n\na particular process; eva-as they are; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\nOther necessities include invoking the different names of the demigods\nby specific hymns and vows of recompense, in accordance with the\nparticular scripture, for specific purposes by specific processes.\n\nPURPORT\nThe whole process of offering sacrifice is under the category of fruitive\naction, and such activities are extremely scientific. They mainly depend\non the process of vibrating sounds with a particular accent. It is a great\nscience, and due to being out of proper use for more than four thousand\nyears, for want of qualified briihmar-as, such performances of sacrifice are\nno longer effective. Nor are they recommended in this fallen age. Any such\nsacrifice undertaken in this age as a matter of show may simply be a\ncheating process by the clever priestly order. But such a show of sacrifices\ncannot be effective at any stage. Fruitive action is being carried on by the\nhelp of material science and to a little extent by gross material help, but\nthe materialists await a still more subtle advancement in the process of\nvibrating sounds on which the Vedic hymns are established. Gross material\nscience cannot direct tl1e real purpose of human life. They can only\nincrease the artificial needs of life without any solution to the problems\nof life; therefore the way of materialistic life leads to the wrong type of\nhuman civilization. Since the ultimate aim of life is spiritual realization,\nthe direct way of invoking the holy nam� of the Lord, as mentioned above,\nis precisely recommended by Lord Caitanya, and people of the modern\nage can easily take advantage of this simple process which is tenable to the\ncondition of the complicated social structure.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0337": "304\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 27\n\n� ��\n\nSWlf� ijll� I\n\n��ttlt'l�� �: Ql�ijl �:q-r 11�\\911\ngatayo matayas caiva\npriiyas-cittam samarpar-am\npum§iivayavair ete\nsambhiirii� sambhrtii mayii\n\ngataya�-progress to the ultimate goal (Vi��m); mataya�-worshiping the\ndemigods; ca-as also; eva-certainly; priiyas-cittam-compensation; samarpar-am-ultimate offering;pum§a-the Personality of Godhead; avayava*from the parts of the body of the Personality of Godhead; ete-these;\nsambhiirii�-the ingredients; sambhrtii�-were arranged; mayu-by me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus I had to arrange all these necessary ingredients and parap hernalia\nof the sacrifice from the personal bodily parts of the Personality of\nGodhead. By invocation of the demigods' names, the ultimate goal, Vi�!lu,\nwas gradually attained, and thus compensation and ultimate offering was\ncomplete.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse special stress is given to the person of the Supreme Lord,\nand not to His impersonal brahmajyoti, as being the source of all supplies.\nNaraya�a, the Supreme Lord, is the goal of sacrificial results, and therefore\nthe Vedic hymns are ultimately meant for attaining this goal. Human life\nis thus made successful by pleasing Naraya�a and getting entrance into the\ndirect association of Naraya�a in the spiritual kingdom of V aiku�tha.\n\nTEXT 28\n�\n\n�n-:t;=q=l�=:q �ll_ I\n�tfr:Ntlll�� II�(; II\n\n", "SB2.1#p0338": "Text 28]\n\nPur�a-sukta Confirmed\n\n305\n\niti sambhrta-sambhiira{t\npuru�iivayavair aham\ntam eva puru�arit yajiiarit\ntenaiviiyajam iSvaram\niti - thus; sambhrta - ex ecuted; sambhii ra{t- equipped myself well; puru�a\n-the Personality of Godhead; avayavai{t-by the parts and p arc els; aham­\n\nI; tam eva-unto Him ; puru�am-the Personality of Godhead; yajiiam- the\nenjoyer\n\nof\n\nall sacrifices; tena\n\ne\n\nva- by all those; ayajam- worship ed;\n\niSvaram- the supreme controller.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus I created the ingredients and paraphernalia for offering sacrifice\nout of the parts and parcels of the body of the Supreme Lord, the\nenjoyer of the sacrifice, and I performed the sacrifice to satisfy the Lord.\nPURPORT\nPeople in general are always anxious to have peace of mind or peace in\nthe world, but they do not know how to achieve such a standard of\npeace in the world. Such peace in the world is obtainable by perf or mances\nof sacrifice and by practicing austerity. In the Bhagavad-gitii the following\nprescription is recommended:\nbhoktiirarit yajiia-tapasiirit sarva-loka-mahesvarom\nsu-hrdarit sarva-bhutiiniirit jniitvii miirit siintim rcchati\n(Bg. 5.29)\n\"The karma-yogis know that the Supreme Lord is the factual enjoyer and\nmaintainer of all sacrifices and of the austere life. They also know that the\nLord is the ultimate proprietor of all the planets, and He is the factual\nfriend of all living entities. Such knowledge gradually converts the karmayogis into pure devotees of the Lord through the association of unalloyed\ndevotees, and thus they are able to be liberated from the material b ondage.\"\nBrahma, the original living being within the material world, taught us\nthe way of sacrifice. The word sacrifice suggests dedication of one's own\ninterests for satisfaction of a second person. That is the way of all\nactivities. Every man is engaged in sacrificing his interests for others, either\n\n", "SB2.1#p0339": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n306\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nin the form of family, society, community, country or the entire human\nsociety. But perfection of such sacrifices is attained when they are\nperformed for the sake of the Supreme Person, the Lord. Because the Lord\nis the proprietor of everything, because the Lord is the friend of all living\ncreatures, and because He is the maintainer of the performer of sacrifice,\nas\n\nwell as the supplier of the ingredients of sacrifices, it is He only and\n\nno one else who should be satisfied by all sacrifices.\nThe whole world is engaged in sacrificing energy for advancement of\nlearning, social upliftment, economic development and plans for total\nimprovement of the human condition, but no one is interested in sacrificing\nfor the sake of the Lord, as it is advised in the Bhagavad-gitii. Therefore,\nthere is no peace in the world. If men at all want peace in the world, they\nmust practice sacrifice in the interest of the supreme proprietor and friend\nof all.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n� �TWit � ;rer I\n�\"l. �:m�upfij � t!«+uRm: 11�'<.11\n�\n\n�\n\ntatas te bhriitara ime\nprajiiniirh patayo nava\nayajan vyaktam avyaktarh\npurn§arh su-samiihitii�\ntataft- thereafter; te-your; bhriitaralz -brothers; ime-these; prajiiniimof the living creatures; pataya lz - masters; nava-nine in number; ayajanperformed;\n\nvyak tam- manifested; avya k tam- non manifested; purn§am­\n\npersonalities; su-samiihitii/1- with proper rituals.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear son, thereafter your nine brothers, who are the masters of\nliving creatures, performed the sacrifice with proper rituals to satisfy both\n\nthe manifested and nonmanifested personalities.\n\nPURPORT\nThe manifested personalities are the demigods like the ruler of the\nheavenly kingdom, Indra, and his associates; and the nonmanifested\n\n", "SB2.1#p0340": "Pu�a-siikta Confirmed\n\nText 30]\n\n307\n\npersonality is the Lord Himself. The manifested personalities are mundane\ncontrollers of the material affairs, whereas the nonmanifested Personality\nof Godhead is transcendental, beyond the range of the material atmosphere.\nIn this age of Kali the manifested demigods are also not to be seen due to\nspace travel being completely stopped. So both powerful demigods and the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead are nonmanifested to the covered eyes\nof the modern man. Modern men want to see· everything with their\neyes, although they are not sufficiently qualified. Consequently, they\ndisbelieve in the existence of the demigods or of the Supreme God. They\nshould see through the pages of authentic scriptures and should not\nsimply believe their unqualified eyes. Even in these days, God can also be\nseen by qualified eyes tinged with the ointment of love of God.\n\nTEXT 30\n\nm �fit� �sql: I\nfi«ro f.���: ffiQNf�� II� II\n\nml�\n\n�or.r:\n\no\n\ntatas ca manava� kale\nlJlTe nayo 'pare\npitaro vibudhii daitya\nmanu§yii� kratubhir vibhum\ntata�-thereafter; ca-also; manava�-the Manus or the fathers of mankind; kale-in due course of time; iji re-worshiped; r§ aya�- great sages;\napare-others; pitara�\n\n-\n\nthe forefathers; vibudha�-the learned scholars;\n\ndaitya�-great devotees of the demigods; manu§ ya�-mankind; kratubh*\nvibhum-by perfor man ce of sacrifices in order to please the Supreme Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, by performance of sacrifice meant to please the Supreme\nLord, Manu, the father of mankind, worshiped great sages, learned scholars\nand forefathers.\nPURPORT\nThe daityas are devotees of the demigods because they want to derive\nthe greatest possible material facilities from them. The devotees of the Lord\n\n", "SB2.1#p0341": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n308\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nare eka-ni.§{ha, or absolutely attached to the devotional service of the Lord.\nTherefore they have practically no time to see the benefits of material\nfacilities. Because of their realization of their spiritual identity, they are\nmore concerned with spiritual emancipation than with material comforts.\n\nTEXT 31\n\nniiriiyare bhagavati\ntad idarh visvam iihitam\ngrhita-miiyorn-gura�\nsargiidiiv agura� svata�\nniiriiyare-unto Naraya!J.a; bhagavati-the Personality of Godhead; tat\n\nidam-all these material manifestations; visvam-all the universes; iihitamsituated; g rhita-having accepted; miiyii\n\n-\n\nmatcrial energies; uru-gu[!a�­\n\ngreatly powerful; sarga-iidau-in the ma tter of creation, maintenance and\ndestruction; agura�\n\n-\n\nwithout affinity for the material modes; svata�­\n\nself-sufficiently.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the material manifestations of the universes are therefore situated\nin His powerful material energies, which He accepts self-sufficiently,\nalthough He is eternally without affinity for the material modes.\n\nPURPORT\nThe question put by Narada before Brahma concerning the sustenance\nof the material creation is thus answered. Material actions and reactions,\nas the material scientist can superfi�ially observe, are not basically ultimate\ntruth in regards to creation, maintenance, and destruction. But the material\nenergy is a potency of the Lord which is displayed in time, accepting the\nthree qualities of goodness, passion and ignorance in the forms of Vi�!J.U,\nBrahma and S iva. The material energy thus works under the supreme spell\nof His Lordship, although He is always transcendental to all such material\n\n", "SB2.1#p0342": "Text 32]\n\nPurtllla-siikta Confirmed\n\n309\n\nactiVIties. A rich man constructs a big house by spending his energy\nin the shape of resources, and similarly he destroys a big house by\nhis resources, but the maintenance is always under his personal care.\nThe Lord is the richest of the rich because He is always fully complete in\nsix opulences. Therefore He is not required to do anything personally, but\n\neverything in the material world is carried out by His wishes and direction;\n\ntherefore, the entire material manifestation is situated in Naraya'!a, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Impersonal conception of the supreme\ntruth is due to lack of knowledge only, and this fact is clearly explained by\nBrahmaji, who is supposed to be the creator of the universal affairs.\n\nBrahmaji is the highest authority of Vedic wisdom, and his assertion in\nthis connection is therefore the supreme information.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�tfi{ �Nt!!\"fil� ro ro?f �: I\nR� �(iq�\\111l qftqffir f,r�\"' 11��11\nsrjiimi tan-niyukto 'ham\nharo harati tad-vasa�\nvisvarh puru§a-rilpera\nparipiiti tri-sakti-dhrk\nsrjami-do create; tat-by His; niy ukta�- a ppo i nt m ent ; aham-1; haraft­\n\nLord Siva; harati-destroys; tat-vasa�-under His subordination; visvam­\n\nihe\n\nwhole universe; puru§a-Personality of Godhead; rilpera-by His\n\neternal form; paripiiti- maintains; tri-sakti-dhrk-the controller of three\nf�nergu�s.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy His will, I create, Lord Siva destroys, and He Himself, in His\neternal form as the Personality of Godhead, maintains everything. He is\nthe powerful controller of these three energies.\nPURPORT\nThe conception of one without a second is clearly confirmed here.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0343": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n310\n\n[Canto 2, Ch . 6\n\nThe one is Lord Vasudeva, and by His different energies and expansions\nonly, different manifestations, both in the material and in the spiritual\nworlds, are maintained. In the material world also, Lord Vasudeva is\n\neverything, as is stated in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 7.19): viisudeva� saroam\n\niti, everything is Vasudeva only. In the Vedic hymns also the same\nVasudeva is held to be supreme. It is said in the Vedas, viisudeviit paro\n\nbrahman na ciinyo'rtho'ti tattvata: in fact there is no greater truth than\nVasudeva. And Lord Kr�!la affirms the same truth in the Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(Bg.\n\n7.7), matta� paratararh niinyati: there is nothing above Me (Lord\n\nKr�!la). So the conception of oneness, as is overly stressed by the impersonalist, is also accepted by the personalist devotee of the Lord. The\ndifference is that the impersonalist denies personality in the ultimate issue,\nwhereas the devotee gives more importance to the Personality of Godhead.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam explains this truth in the verse under discussion: Lord\nVasudeva is one without a second, but because He is all-powerful, He can\nexpand Himself as well as display His omnipotencies. The Lord is described\n\nhere as omnipotent by three energies (tri-sakti-dhrk). So primarily His\n\nthree energies are internal, marginal, and external. This external energy is\nalso displayed in the three modes of goodness, passion and ignorance.\nSimilarly, the internal potency is also displayed in three spiritual modes,\n\nsarhvit, sandhini, and hliidini. The marginal potency or the living entities\nare also spiritual (prakrtirh viddhi me pariim), but they are never equal with\n\nthe Lord. The Lord is nirasta siimya atisaya; in other words, no one is\ngreater than or equal to the Supreme Lord. So the living entities, including\neven such great personalities as Lord Brahma and Lord Siva, are all\nsubordinate to the Lord. In the material world also, in His eternal form of\nVi�!lu He maintains and controls all the affairs of the demigods, including\nBrahma and Siva.\n,\n\nTEXT 33\n\nrnr �SNmf ijtij �i\\�q��0fu I\nwtl�'l1'•Nij: ftM\"#:Ioti {t�{t�l�'i�'( II� �II\niti te 'bhihitam tiita\nyathedam anuprcchasi\nniinyad bhagavata[l kincid\nbhiivyam sad-asad-iitmakam\n\n", "SB2.1#p0344": "Text 33]\n\nPurlJ.'!a-siikta Confirmed\n\n311\n\niti-thus; te-unto you; abhihitam- e x pl ained ; tata-my dear son; yathaas; idam-all these; anuprcchasi-as you have inquired; na never ; anyat-\n\nanything else; bhagavata{l. -beyond the Personality of Godhead; kiiicitnothing; bhavyam-to be thought ever; sat\n\n-\n\ncause; asat-effect; atmakam­\n\nin the matter of.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear son, whatever you inquired from me, I have thus explained\nunto you, and you must know for certain that whatever there is (either as\ncause or as effect, both in the material and spiritual worlds) is dependent\non the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThe complete cosmic situation, both in the material and in the spiritual\nmanifestations of the energies of the Lord, is working and moving first as\nthe cause and then as the effect. But the original cause is the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Effects of the original cause become the cause of\nother effects, and thus everything, either permanent or temporary, is\nworking as cause and effect. And because the Lord is the primeval cause of\nall persons and all energies, He is called the cause of all causes, as it is\nconfirmed in the Brahma-samhita as well as in the Bhagavad-gitii. The\nBrahma-samhitii affirms:\n\niSvara[l. parama[l. kmw[l. sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha{l.\naniidir adir govinda[l. sarva-kiira[la-kiira[lam.\nAnd in the Bhagavad-gitii it is said:\n\n(Bs. 5.1)\n\naham sarvasya prabhavo matta{l. sarvam pravartate\niti matvii bhajante miim budhii bhiiva samanvita[l..\n(Bg. 10.8)\nSo the original primeval cause is vigraha, the personal, and the impersonal\nspiritual effulgence, brahmajyoti, is also the effect of the Supreme Brahman\n{brahma[lo hi prati§thaham), Lord Krwa.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0345": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n312\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 34\n\n;r\n\n;r\n\nmcit ilsw �q��\n'\"'\n�\n\"\n'\"'\n....P.\n;r � tfiR;:� �;rnl �qT •IIQ: I\n\ni{ �� q���ij<;q�\n;:r;:i{ W��T � m: II� 'dll\nna bhiirati me'nga mr§opalak§yate\nna vai kvacin me manaso mr§ii gat*\nna me hr§ikiirti patanty asat-pathe\nyan me hrdautkarfhyavatii dhrto har*\n\nna-never; bhiirati-statements; me-mine; anga-0 Narada; mnii-un­\n\ntruth; upalak§yate - prove to be; na-never; vai-c crtainly; kvacit-at any\n\ntime; me-mine; manasa � -of the mind; mr§ii - untruth; gati� - p ro gress;\nna-nor; me- mine; h[§ikiirti-se nses ; patanti-degrades; asat-pathe-in the\ntemporary matter; yat- becau se ; me - mine; hrdii-heart; autkarfhyavatii­\n\nby great earnestness; dhrta � - c a u ght hold of; ha ri� -the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Narada, because I have caught hold of the lotus feet of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Hari, with great zeal, whatever I say has never\nproved to have been false. Nor is the progress of my mind ever deterred.\nNor are my senses ever degraded by temporary attachment to matter.\nPURPORT\nLord Brahma is the original speaker of Vedic wisdom to Narada, and\n\nNarada is the distributor of transcendental knowledge all over the world\nthrough his various disciples, like Vyasadeva and others. The followers of\nVedic wisdom accept the statements of Brahmaji as gospel truth, and\n\ntranscendental knowledge is thus being distributed all over the world by\n\nthe process of disciplic succession from time immemorial, since the\nbeginning of the creation. Lord Brahma is the perfect liberated living being\n\nwithin the material world, and any sincere student of transcendental\n\nknowledge must accept the words and statements of Brahmaji as infallible.\n\nThe Vedic knowledge is infallible because it comes down directly from the\n\n", "SB2.1#p0346": "Text 34)\n\nPufW1a-sukta Confirmed\n\n313\n\nSupreme Lord unto the heart of Brahma, and since he is the most perfect\n\nliving being, Brahmaji is always correct to the letter. And this is because\nLord Brahma is a great devotee of the Lord who has earnestly accepted the\n\nlotus feet of the Lord as the supreme truth. In the Brahma-samhitii, which\n\nis compiled by Brahmajl, he repeats the aphorism, govindam iidi-puru§am\ntam aham bhajiimi: \"I am a worshiper of the original Personality of\n\nGodhead, Govinda, the primeval Lord.\" So whatever he says, whatever he\nthinks, and whatever he does normally in his mood are to be accepted as\ntruth because of his direct and very intimate connection with Govinda,\n\nthe primeval Lord. Sri Govinda, who pleasingly accepts the loving tran­\n\nS�::endental service of His devotees, gives all protection to the words and\nactions of His devotees. The Lord declares in the Bhagavad-gitii ( Bg. 9.31 ),\n\nkaunteya pratijiinmi: \"0 son of Kunti, please declare it.\" The Lord asks\nArjuna to declare, and why? Because sometimes the declaration of Govinda\n\nHimself may seem to be contradictory to mundane creatures, but the\n\nmundaner will never find any contradiction in the words of the Lord's\n\ndevotees. The devotees are especially protected by the Lord so that they\n\nmay remain infallible. Therefore the process of devotional service always\n\nbegins in the service of the devotee who appears in disciplic succession.\nThe devotees are always liberated, but that does not mean that they are\n\nimpersonal. The Lord is a person eternally, and the devotee of the Lord is\n\nalso a person eternally. Because the devotee has his sense organs even at\n\nthe liberated stage, he is therefore a person always. And because the\n\ndevotee's service is accepted by the Lord in full reciprocation, the Lord is\nalso a person in His complete spiritual embodiment. The devotee's senses,\n\nbeing engaged in the service of the Lord, never go astray under the attrac­\n\ntion of false material· enjoyment. The plannings of the devotee never go in\n\nvain, and all these things are due to the faithful attachment of the devotee\n\nfor the service of the Lord. This is the standard of perfection and liberation.\nAnyone, b�nning from Brahmajl down to the human being, is at once put\n\non the path of liberation simply by his attachment in great earnestness for\nthe Supreme Lord, Sri Kr�!la, the primeval Lord. The Lord affirms this in\nthe Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nmiim ca yo 'vyabhiciirerta bhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gu[liin samatityaitiin brahmabhiiyiiya kalpate.\n(Bg. 14.26)\nAnyone, therefore, who is earnestly serious in heart and soul about\n\nbeing in intimate touch with the Personality of Godhead in the relation-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0347": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n314\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nship of transcendental loving service will always be infallible in words and\naction. The reason is that the Supreme Lord is Absolute Truth, and anything earnestly dovetailed with the Absolute Truth attains the same transcendental quality. On the other hand, any amount of mental speculation\non the strength of material science and knowledge without any bona fide\ntouch with the Absolute Truth is sure to be a mundane untruth and failure,\nsimply due to not being in touch with the Absolute Truth. Such godless,\nunfaithful words and actions, however materially enriched, are never to be\ntrusted. That is the purport of this important verse. A grain of devotion is\nmore valuable than tons of faithlessness.\n\nTEXT 35\n'\"'\n\n.\n\nmS{\n\n'\"'\n\n�l�ltt'it�NI+PH\n\nSf�=uqJ\\�f�: m: I\n3fR'.IFt � � (1'41���� �: 11�4.11\nso 'ham samiimniiyamayas tapomaya�\nprojii-patiniim abhivandita[l. pati[l.\niisthiiya yogam nipur-am samiihitas\ntam niidhyagaccham yata iitma-sambhava[l.\nsafl aham-m y self (the great Brahmii); samamniiyamayafl-in the chain\nof disciplic succession of Vedic wisdom; tapomaya[l.-successfully undergone all austerities; projii-patiniim-of all the forefathers of living entities;\nabhivandita[l.-worshipable; pati[l.- m aste r; iisthiiya-successfull y practiced;\nyogam-mystic powers; nipur-am-very expert;\n\nsamiihita[l. -self - r ealized;\n\ntam-the Supreme Lord; na-did not; adhyagaccham-p roperl y understood;\nyata[l.-from whom; iitma-self; sambhava[l.-generated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough I am known\n\nas\n\nthe great Brahma, perfect in the disciplic\n\nsuccession of Vedic wisdom, and although I have undergone all austerities\n\nand am an expert in mystic powers and self-realization, and although I am\n\n", "SB2.1#p0348": "Text 35]\n\nPu�a-siikta Confirmed\n\n315\n\nrecognized as such by the great forefathers of the living entities, who offer\nme respectful obeisances, still I cannot understand Him, the Lord, the very\nsource of my birth.\nPURPORT\nBrahma, the greatest of all living creatures within the universe, is admitting his failure to know the Supreme Lord in spite of his vast learning\nin the Vedic wisdom, austerity, penance, mystic powers and self-realization,\nand despite being worshiped by the great Prajapatis, the forefathers\nof the living entities. So these qualifications are not sufficient to know the\nSupreme Lord. Brahmaji could understand the Lord to a little extent only\nwhen he was trying to serve Him by the eagerness of his heart (hrdaut­\n\nkarthya), which is the devotional service mood. Therefore, the Lord can\nbe known only by the sincere mood of eagerness for service, and not by\nany amount of material qualification as scientist or speculative philosopher\nor by attainment of mystic powers. This fact is clearly corroborated in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 18.54-55):\nbrahma-bhiita[! prasanniitmii na socati na kiink�ati\nsama[! sarve�u bhiite�u mad-bhaktim labhate pariim.\nbhaktyii miim abhijiiniiti yiiviin yas ciismi tattvata[!\ntato miim tattvato jiiiitvii visate tad anantaram.\nSelf-realization only, by attainment of the above high qualifications of\nVedic wisdom, austerity, etc., can help one on the path of devotional\nservice. But failing in devotional service, one remains still imperfect because even in that position of self-realization, one cannot factually know\nthe Supreme Lord. By self-realization, one is qualified to become a devotee,\nand the devotee, by service mood (bhaktyii) only, can gradually know the\nPersonality of Godhead. One should not, however, misunderstand the\nimport of viSate (enters into) as being merged into the existence of the\nSupreme. Even in the material existence, one is merged in the existence\nof the Lord. No materialist can disentangle self from matter due to the\nself's being merged in the external energy of the Lord. As no layman can\nseparate butter from milk, similarly no one can extricate the merged self\nfrom matter by acquiring some material qualification. This visate by\ndevotion (bhakti) means to be able to participate in the association of the\nLord in person. Bhakti, or devotional service of the Lord, means to become\nfree from the material entanglement and then to enter into the kingdom\n\n", "SB2.1#p0349": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n316\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nof God, becoming one like Him. Losing one's individuality is not the aim\nof bhakti-yoga or of the devotees of the Lord. There are five types of\nliberations, one of which is called sayujya-mukti, or being merged into the\nexistence or body of the Lord. The other forms of liberation maintain the\nindividuality of the particle soul and involve always being engaged in the\ntranscendental loving service of the Lord. The word viSate, used in the\nverses of the Bhagavad-gita, is thus meant for the devotees who are not at\nall anxious for any kind of liberation. The devotees are satisfied simply in\nbeing engaged in the service of the Lord, regardless of the situation.\nLord Brahma is the first living being, who learnt directly the Vedic wisdom from the Lord (tene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye). Therefore, who can\nbe a more learned Vedantist than Lord Brahma? He admits that in spite of\nhis perfect knowledge in the Vedas, he was unable to know the glories of\nthe Lord. Since no one can be more than Lord Brahma, how can a so-called\nVedantist be perfectly cognizant of the Absolute Truth? The so-called\nVedantist, therefore, cannot enter into the existence of the Lord without\nbeing trained in the matter of Bhakti-vedanta, or Vedanta plus bhakti.\n\nVedanta\n\nmeans\n\nself-realization,\n\nand bhakti means realization of the\n\nPersonality of Godhead, to some extent. No one can know the Personality\nof Godhead in full, but at least to a certain extent, one can know the\nAbsolute Truth, Personality of Godhead, by self-surrender and devotional\nattitude, and by nothing else. In the Brahma-sarhhita also, it is said, vede§u\n\ndurlabham, or simply by study of Vedanta one can hardly find out the\nexistence of the Personality of Godhead, but the Lord is adurlabham atma­\n\nbhaktau, very easily available to His devotee. S nla Vyasadeva, therefore,\n\nwas not satisfied simply with compiling the Vedanta-siitras, but over and\nabove this, by the advice of his spiritual master, Narada, he compiled the\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam in order to understand the real import of Vedanta.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is, therefore, the absolute medium to understand the\nAbsolute Truth.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n;rnls�� �ui �qf\nlNT�� ��� ��I\nttl �l{lt�� � q;;fiW{\n� wt+�: � �: ����II\n\"\n\n.\n\n.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0350": "Text 36]\n\n317\n\nPur�a-siikta Confirmed\nnato 'smy aharh tac-cararmh samiyu�iirh\nbhavacchidarh svasty-ayanarh su-mahgalam\n\nyo h y iitma -rna ya- vibhavarh srna paryagiid\nyathii nabh a� sviintam athiipare kuta�\n\nnata�-let me offer my obeisances; asmi-am; aham-1; tat-the Lord's;\ncarar-am-feet; samiyu�iim-of the surrendered soul; bhavacc hidam-that\nwhich stops repetition of birth and death; svasty-ayanarh-perception of all\nhappiness; su-mangalam-all-auspicious; ya� -one wh o; hi-ex al t ly ; alma'\n\nmaya -personal energies; vibhavam-p otency; sm a-re rtain l y; parya�a 1- can­\n\nnot estirnak; ya th a- a s much as;nabha/1-thc sky;wan/am-ils own limit;\n\natha th er dore ; ap are -uth ers; kuta�-how.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore it is best for me to surrender unto His feet, which alone can\ndeliver one from the miseries of repeated birth and death. Such surrender\nis all-auspici ous and allows one to perceive all happiness. Even the sky\ncannot estimate the limits of its own expansion. So what can others do\nwhen the Lord Himself is unable to estimate His own limits?\nPURPORT\nLord Brahmii, the greatest of all learned living beings, the greatest\nsacrificer, the greatest observer of the austere life, and the greatest selfrealized mystic, advises us, as the supreme spiritual master of all living\nbeings, that one should simply surrender unto the lotus feet of the Lord\nin order to achieve all success, even up to the limit of being liberated from\nthe\n\nmiseries\n\nof\n\nmaterial life and being endowed with all-auspicious\n\nspiritual existence. Lord Brahma is known as the pi tiimaha, or the father's\nfather. A young man consults his experienced father about discharging\nhis duties. So the father is naturally a good advisor. But Lord Brahmii is the\nfather of all fathers. He is the father of the father of Manu, who is the\nfather of mankind all over the universal planets. Therefore the mankind\nof this insignificant planet should kindly accept the instruction of Brahmiiji\nand would do well to surrender unto the lotus feet of the Lord rather\nthan try to estimate the length and breadth of the Lord's potencies. His\npotencies are immeasurable, as is confirmed in the Vedas. Parasya saktir\nvividhaiva sriiyate sv iibhaviki jii.ii na-b ala kri yii ca. He is greatest of all, and\n-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0351": "318\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nall others, even the greatest of all living beings, namely, Brahmaji, admits\nthat the best thing for us is to surrender unto Him. Therefore only those\npersons with a very poor fund of knowledge claim that they themselves\nare lords of all that they survey. And what can they survey? They cannot\nsurvey even the length and breadth of a small sky in one small universe.\nThe so-called material scientist says that he would need to live forty\nthousand years to reach the highest planet of the universe, being carried by\na sputnik. This is also utopian because no one can be expected to live\nforty thousand years. Besides, when the space pilot returns from his travel,\nnone of his friends would be present to receive him back as the greatest\nastronaut, as has become fashionable for modern bewildered scientific men.\nOne scientific man, who had no belief in God, was very much enthusiastic\nin making plans for his material existence and therefore opened a hospital\nto save the living. But after opening the hospital, he himself died within\nsix months. So one should not spoil his human life, which is obtained after\nmany, many changes of bodies in 8,400,000 species of life, simply for the\nconcocted material happiness of life by increasing artificial needs in the\nname of advancement of economic development and scientific knowledge,\nbut one should simply surrender unto the feet of the Lord to make a\nsolution of all miseries of life. That is the instruction of Lord Krsna\n\ndirectly in the Bhagavad-gitii, and that is the instruction of Sn ��dBhiigavatam by Brahmaji, the supreme father of all living beings.\n\nAnyone denying this surrendering process as recommended both in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii and in the Snmad-Bhiigavatam and, for that matter, in all\n\nauthorized scriptures, will be forced to surrender unto the laws of material\nnature. The living entity, by his constitutional position, is not independent.\nHe must surrender, either unto the Lord or unto material nature. Material\n\nnature is also not independent of the Lord, since the Lord Himself has\n\nclaimed material nature as mama miiyii, or \"My energy\" (Bg. 7.14), and as\n\nme bhinnii prakrtir a�tadhii, or \"My separated energy in eight divisions.\"\n\n(Bg. 7.4) Therefore material nature is also controlled by the Lord, as He\n\nhas claimed in Bhagavad-gitii: mayiidhyak§ena prakrtift suyate sacariicaram,\n\n\"Under My direction only is material nature working, and thus are all\nthings moving.\" (Bg. 9.10) And the living entities, being superior energy to\nmatter, have choice and discrimination either to surrender unto the Lord\nor to surrender unto material nature. By surrendering unto the Lord, one\nis happy and liberated, but by surrendering unto material nature the living\nentity suffers. So the end of all suffering means surrendering unto the Lord\nbecause the surrendering process itself is bhavacchidam or liberation from\n\nall material miseries, svastyayanam or perception of all happiness, and\nsuma�igalam or the source of everything auspicious.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0352": "Text 37]\n\nPu�a-siikta Confirmed\n\n319\n\nTherefore liberty, happiness and all good fortune can be attained only\n\nby surrendering unto the Lord because He is full liberty, full happiness and\n\nfull auspiciousness. Such liberation and happiness are also unlimited, and\nthey have been compared to the sky, although such liberation and\n\nhappiness are infinitely greater than the sky. In our present position we\n\ncan simply understand the magnitude of greatness when it is compared\n\nwith the sky. We fail to make a measurement of the sky, but the happiness\nand liberty obtained in association with the Lord are far greater than the\n\nsky. That spiritual happiness is so great that it cannot be measured, even\n\nby the Lord Himself, not to speak of others.\n\nIt is said in the scriptures, brahma sukham hy anantam, spiritual happi­\n\nness is unlimited. Here it is said that even the Lord cannot measure such\n\nhappiness. This does not mean that the Lord cannot measure it and is\n\ntherefore imperfect in that sense. The actual position is that the Lord can\n\nmeasure it, but the happiness in the Lord is also identical with the Lord on\n\naccount of absolute knowledge. So the happiness derived from the Lord\n\nmay be measured by the Lord, but the happiness increases again, and the\n\nLord measures it again, and then again the happiness increases more and\n\nmore, and the Lord measures it more and more, and as such there is\n\neternally a competition between increment and measurement, so much so\nthat the competition is never stopped, but goes on unlimitedly ad in­\n\nfinitum. Spiritual happiness is iinandiimbudhi-vardhanam, or the ocean of\nhappiness which inr:reases. The material ocean is stagnant, but the spiritual\n\nocean is dynamic. In the Caitan ya-caritiimrta, (4th Chapter, Adi-lilii)\n\nKaviraja Gosvami has very nicely described this dynamic increment of the\n\nocean of spiritual happiness in the transcendental person of Srimati\n\nRadharatti, the pleasure potency of Lord Kr�Qa.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n;ntWJ� � �tq� tf�: Ffit!�llq� Wf!\n(Inti��· +ilWti>attf�\nNMrl4d �� �� 11�\\911\nniiham na yuyam yad-rtam gatim vidur\nna viimadeva[l kim utiipare surii[l\ntan-miiyayii mohita-buddhayas tv idam\nvinirmitam ciitma-samarh vicak§mahe\n\n", "SB2.1#p0353": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n320\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nna-neither; aham-1; yiiyam-all you sons; yat-whose; rtam-factual;\ngatim-movements;\nkim-what;\n\nma yaya-by\n\nvi du�-do know; na-nor; vamadeva�--Lord\n\nuta-else;\nthe\n\napare-others;\n\nillusory\n\nenergy;\n\nsuro{l-demigods;\n\nmohit a-bewildered;\n\ntat-by\n\nSiva;\nHis;\n\nbuddhaya{l­\n\nwith such intelligence; tu-but; idam-this; vinirmitam-what is created;\nca-also; atma-samam-by dint of one's personal capacity; vicak§mahe­\n\nobserve.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince neit her Lord Siva nor you nor I could ascertain the limits of\n\nspiritual happiness, how can other demigods know it? And because all of\nus\n\nare bewildered by the illusory external energy of the Supreme Lord, we\n\ncan see only this manifested cosmos according to our individual capacity.\nPURPORT\nWe have many times mentioned the names of twelve selected authorities\n\n(dvadasa-mahajana), of which Brahma, Narada and Lord Siva head the list\nas the first, second and third in order of merit of those who know some­\n\nthing of the Supreme Lord. Other demigods, semi-demigods, Gandharvas,\n\nCiira!J.aS, Vidyadharas, human beings, or asuras cannot possibly know fully\n\nabout the potencies of the Absolute Lord, Sri Kr�J)a. The demigods, semi­\n\ndemigods, Gandharvas, etc., are all highly intelligent persons in the upper\nplanets. The human beings are inhabitants of the intermediate planets, and\n\nthe asuras are inhabitants of the lower planets. All of them have their\nrespective conceptions and estimations of the Absolute Truth, as does the\nscientist or the empiric philosopher in thP human society. All such living\n\nentities are creatures of the material nature, and consequently they are\nbewildered by the wonderful display of the three modes of material nature.\n\nSuch bewilderment is mentioned in the Gita ( Bg . 7.13): tribhir gurwmayair\n\nbhavair ebhi{l sarvam idam jagat, every entity, beginning from Brahma\n\ndown to the ant, is individually bewildered by the three modes of material\nnature, namely goodness, passion and ignorance. Everyone thinks, in\n\nterms of individual capacity, that this universe, which is manifested before\n\nus, is all in all. And so the scientist in the human society of the twentieth\n\ncentury calculates the beginning and end of the universe in his own way.\nBut what can the scientists know? Even Brahma himself was once bewil­\n\ndered, thinking himself the only one 13rahma favored by the Lord, but\n\nlater on, by the grace of the Lord, he came to know that there are innu-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0354": "Puru�a-siikta Confirmed\n\nText 38)\n\n321\n\nmerable more powerful Brahmas as well in far bigger universes beyond this\nuniverse, and all of these universes combined together form ekapiid-vibhuti\nor one-fourth of the manifestation of the Lord's creative energy. The other\nthree-fourths of His energy are displayed in the spiritual world, so what\ncan the tiny scientist with a tiny brain know of the Absolute Personality\nof Godhead, Lord Kr�J;la? The Lord says, therefore, mohitam niibhijiiniiti\n\nmiim ebhya� param avyayam: bewildered by such modes of material\nnature, they cannot understand that there is a Supreme Person beyond\nthese manifestations who is the absolute controller of everything. Brahma,\n\nNarada and Lord Siva know about the Lord to a considerable extent, and\n\ntherefore one should follow the instructions of these great personalities\n\ninstead of being satisfied with a tiny brain and its playful discoveries such\n\nas spacecraft and similar products of science. As the mother is the only\n\nauthority to identify the father of a child, so the mother Vedas, presented\nby the recognized authority such as Brahma, Narada or Siva, etc., is the\nonly authority to inform us about the Absolute Truth.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n��lllfiit mtrf;:ij ���:I\n;p;fM� � �� � ;pf: ������\nyasyiivatiira-karmii[li\ngiiyanti hy asmad-iidaya�\nna yam vidanti tattvena\ntasmai bhagavate nama�\nyas ya -whose; avatara-incarnation; karmarzi-activities; gayanti-chant\n\nin glorification; hi-indeed; a s mat a daya � -persons like us; na-do not;\n-\n\n_yam-whom; vidanti\n\n-\n\nkno w ; tattvena-cent percent as He is; tasmai-unto\n\nHim; bhagavate-unto the Personality of Godhead Sri Km1a; nama�-re­\n\nspectful obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet us offer our respectful obeisances unto that Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead whose incarnations and activities are chanted by us for\n\nglorification, though He can hardly be fully known as He is.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0355": "322\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said that the transcendental name, form, quality, pastimes, paraphernalia, personality, etc., cannot possibly be perceived by the gross\nmaterialistic senses. But when the senses are purified by the process of\nhearing, chanting, remembering, and worshiping the lotus feet of the holy\nDeity, etc., the Lord reveals Himself proportionately to the advancement\n\nof the quality of devotional service (ye yathii miim prapadyante). One\n\nshould not expect the Lord to be an order-supplying agent who must be\npresent before us as soon as we desire to see Him. We must be ready to\n\nundergo the prescribed devotional duties, following the path shown by the\npredecessors in the disciplic succession from Brahma, Narada and similar\nauthorities. As the senses are progressively purified by bona fide devotional\nservice, the Lord reveals His identity according to the spiritual advancement\nof the devotee. But one who is not in the line of devotional service can\nhardly perceive Him simply by calculations and philosophical speculations.\nSuch a hard worker can present a jugglery of words before the audience,\nbut can never know the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His personal\n\nfeature. The Lord has clearly stated in the Bhagavad-gl;ta that one can know\nHim only by devotional service. No one can know the Lord by any puffed\n\nup material process of challenge, but the humble devotee can please the\nLord by his earnest devotional activities. Thus the Lord reveals Himself\nproportionately before the devotee. Lord Brahma therefore offers his\n\nrespectful obeisances as a bona fide spiritual master and advises us to\n\nfollow the process of sravara and kirtana. Simply by this process, or simply\nby hearing and chanting the glories of the activities of the Lord's incar­\n\nnation, one can certainly see within himself the identity of the Lord. We\nhave already discussed this subject in Volume One of Srimad-Bhiigatavam,\n\nin connection with the verse:\n\ntac chraddadhiinii munayo jniina-vairiigya-yuktayii\npa.Syanty iitmani ciitmiinam bhaktyii sruta-grhitayii.\n(Bhag. 1.2.12)\nThe conclusion is that no one can know the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead fully by any method, but He can be seen and felt partially by the\n\ndevotional service process of hearing, chanting, etc.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0356": "323\n\n�-siikta Confirmed\n\nText 39]\n\nTEXT 39\n\nij � �: �: � � �'*�ht: I\n\n3WilT�'4;:qt�'4�t�+u4 ij eiii:0M qffif� n��\"\nw\n\ne�a iidya� pum�a�\nkalpe kalpe srjaty aja�\n\niitmiitmany iitmaniitmiinarh\nsa sam yacchati piiti ca\nsa�-He; e�a�-the very; iidya�-the original Personality of Godhead;\npuro�a�-the M aha- V igm incarnation, a plenary portion of Govinda, Lord\nKrf?�a; kalpe kalpe-in each and every millennium; s rjati crea tes; aja�the unborn; iitma-self; iitmani-upon the self; iitmanii-by His own self;\n-\n\niitmiinam-own self; safl-He; samyacchati-absorbs; p iiti\n\n-\n\nmaintains; ca­\n\nalso.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"That Supreme original Personality of Godhead, Lord Sri Kr!jna, expanding His plenary portion as Maha-Vi!j!Q.U, the first incarnation, creates\nthis manifested cosmos, but He is unborn. The creation, however, takes\nplace in Him, and the material substance, as well as the manifestations,\nare all Himself, which He maintains for some time and again absorbs into\nHimself again.\nPURPORT\nThe creation is nondifferent from the Lord, and still He is not in the\ncreation. This is explained in the Bhagavad-gitii as follows:\nmaya tatam idam saroarh jagad avyakta-miirtinii\nmat-sthiini saroa-bhiitiini na ciiham te�v avasthita{l\n(Bg. 9.4)\nThe impersonal conception of the Absolute Truth is also a form of the\nLord called avyakta-miirti. Miirti means form, but because His impersonal\nfeature is inexplicable by our limited senses, He is the avyakta-miirti form,\nand in that inexplicable form of the Lord the whole creation is resting, or,\nin other words, the whole creation is the Lord Himself, and the creation is\n\n", "SB2.1#p0357": "324\n\nS rim ad -Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nalso nondifferent from Him, but simultaneously He, as the original Personality of Godhead Sri Kr��a, is aloof from the created manifestation.\n\nThe impersonalist gives stress to the impersonal form or feature of the\nLord and does not believe in the original personality of the Lord, but the\nVai�!lavas accept the original form of the Lord, of whom the impersonal\nform is merely one of the features. The impersonal and personal conceptions of the Lord are existing simultaneously, and this fact is clearly\ndescribed both in the Bhagavad-gitii and the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, and also\nin other Vedic scriptures. Inconceivable by human intelligence, the idea\nmust simply be accepted on the authority of the scriptures, and it can only\nbe practically realized by the progress of devotional service unto the Lord,\nand never by mental speculation or inductive logic. The impersonalists\ndepend more or less on inductive logic, and therefore they always remain\nin darkness about the original Personality of Godhead\n\nSri Kr�!la. Their\n\nconception of Kr��a is not clear, although everything is clearly mentioned\nin all the Vedic scriptures. A poor fund of knowledge cannot comprehend\nthe existence of an original personal form of the Lord when He is expanded\nin everything. This imperfectness is due, more or less, to the material\nconception that a substance which is distributed widely in parts can no\nlonger exist in the original form.\n\nThe original personality of Godhead (iidya�) Govinda expands Himself\n\nas the Maha-Vi��u incarnation and rests in the Causal Ocean which He\nHimself creates. The Brahma-samhitii confirms this as follows:\n\nyaft kiira[liifT!ava-jale bhajati sma yoganidriim ananta-jagad-a[l{ia-sa-romakupaft\niidhiira-saktim avauunbya pariim sva-miirtim\ngovindam iidi-puru§arh tam aham bhajiimi\nLord Brahmajl says in his Brahma-samhitii, \"I worship the primeval Lord\nGovinda, who lies down in the Causal Ocean in His plenary portion as\nMaha-Vi��u, with all the universes generating from the pores of hair on\nHis transcendental body, and who accepts the mystic slumber of eternity.\"\nSo this Maha-Vi�!lu is the first incarnation in the creation, and from\nHim all the universes generate and all material manifestations are pro.duced,\n\none after another. The Causal Ocean is created by the Lord as the mahat­\n\ntattva, as a cloud in the spiritual sky, and is a part of His different\nmanifestations only. The spiritual sky is an expansion of His personal rays,\nand He is the mahat-tattva cloud also. He lies down and generates the\nuniverses by His breathing, and again, by entering into each universe as\n\n", "SB2.1#p0358": "Purlli!a-sukta Confirmed\n\nTexts 40-41]\n\n325\n\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�p.u, He creates Brahma, Siva and many other demigods\nfor maintenance of the universe and again absorbs the whole thing into His\nperson, as is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii:\nsarva-bhiitiini kaunteya prakrtirh viinti miimikiim\nkalpak§aye punas tiini kalpiidau visrjiimy aham.\n(Bg. 9.7)\n\n\"0 son of Kunti, when the kalpa or the duration of the life of Brahma is\nended, then all the created manifestations enter into My prakrti, or energy,\nand again, when I desire, the same creation takes place by My personal\nenergy.\"\nThe conclusion is that these are all displays of the Lord's inconceivable\npersonal energies only, of which no one can have any full information, and\nthis point we have already discussed.\n\nTEXTS 40-41\n\nM� �� � ��;n ij40J:�•I��-Rf'{ I\nC'\n� \\01'1=1� �ll'f ��� 11\\?oll\n•\n\n•\n\n,...,\n\n('\n\n....\n•\n\n,..._\n\n\" \"' ,...\n==+\"\n�1!1 TW� �: � mo=ilFttT.. J:I\n.:.,�'\"\"\n��J:Irnl:\n\n�T\n\n.\n\n1\n\na��t�;f.fuR�a �a� II\\?� II\nvisuddharh kevalarh jiiiinarh\npratyak sarhyag avasthitam\nsatyarh purr-am aniidy-antarh\nnirgur-arh nityam advayam\nf§€ vidanti munaya�\nprasiintiitmendriyiisayii�\nyadii tad eviisat-tarkais\ntiro-dhiyeta viplutam\n\nvisuddham-without any material tinge; ke vala m- pure and perfect;\n\njiiiinam- knowledge; p ra tya k -al l -per vading ; sa rit yak- in ful I ness; avasthitam\n-situated; sat_yam- truth; pu rr-am-absolute ; anadi-without any beginning;\n\nantam-and so also without any ��nd; nirgur-am - dev oid of material modes;\n\n", "SB2.1#p0359": "326\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nnityam-eternal; advayam-without any rival; �e-0 Narada, 0 great\nsage; vidanti-they can understand only; munaya�-the great thinkers;\nprasanta-pacified; atma-self; indriya-senses; asaya�-sheltered; yadiiwhilc; tat-that; eva-certainly; asat-untenable; tarkai�-arguments; tirodhiyeta-disappears; viplutam-distorted.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead is pure, being free from ;ill contaminations\nof material tinges. He is the Absolute Truth and the embodiment of full and\nperfect knowledge. He is all-pervading, without beginning or end, and\nwithout rival. 0 Narada, 0 great sage, the great thinkers can know Him\nwhen completely freed from all material hankerings and when sheltered\nunder undisturbed conditions of the senses. Otherwise, by untenable\narguments, all is distorted, and the Lord disappears from our sight.\nPURPORT\nHere is an estimation of the Lord apart from His transcendental activities\nin the temporary material creations. Mayavada philosophy tries to designate the Lord as contaminated by a material body when He accepts forms\nof incarnation. This sort of interpolation is completely denied herein by\nexplaining the position of the Lord as pure and unalloyed in all circumstances. According to Mayavada philosophy, the spirit soul, when covered\nby nescience, is designated as jiva, but when he is freed from such ignorance\nof nescience he is merged in the impersonal existence of the Absolute\n\nTruth. But here it is said that the Lord is eternally the symbol of full and\nperfect knowledge. This is His speciality: perpetual freedom from all\nmaterial contaminations. This distinguishes the Lord from the individual,\ncommon living entities who have the aptitude of being subordinated by\nnescience and thus becoming materially designated. In the Vedas it is said\nthat the Lord is vijiian am iinandam, full of bliss and knowledge. The conditioned souls are never to be compared to Him because such individual\nsouls have the tendency of becoming contaminated. Although after liberation the living entity can become one with the same quality of existence\nas the Lord, his very tendency to become contaminated, which the Lord\nnever has, makes the individual living entity different from the Lord.\nIn the Vedas it is said, ayam atma apahata papna itit: the individual\n\niitmii becomes polluted by sin, but the Lord is never contaminated by\n\n", "SB2.1#p0360": "Texts 40-41]\n\nPuru�-siikta Confirmed\n\n327\n\nsins. The Lord is compared to the powerful sun. The sun is never\ncontaminated by anything infectious because it is so powerful. On the\ncontrary, infected things are sterilized by the rays of the sun. Similarly,\nthe Lord is never contaminated by sins; on the contrary, the sinful living\nentities become sterilized by contact with the Lord. This means that the\nLord is also all-pervading like the sun, and as such the word pratyak is\nused in this verse. Nothing is excluded from the existence of the Lord's\npotential expansions. The Lord is within everything, and He is all-covering\nalso, without being disturbed by the activities of the individual souls.\nHe is therefore infinite, and the living entities are infinitesimal. In the\n\nVedas it is said that only the Lord alone exists, and ali others' existences\ndepend on Him. He is the generating reservoir for everyone's existential\ncapacity; He is the Supreme Truth of all other categorical truths. He is the\nsource of everyone's opulence, and therefore no one can equal Him in\nopulence. Being full of all opulences, namely wealth, fame, strength,\nbeauty, knowledge .and renunciation, certainly He is the Supreme Person.\nAnd because He is a person, He has many personal qualities, although He\nis transcendental to the material modes. We have already discussed the\nstat(•ment, illhambh,-ita-guno hari�. (Rhiig. 1.7.10) II is transcendental quali­\n\nties are so attractive that even the liberated souls (iitmiiriimas) are also\nattracted by them. Although possessed of aiJ personal qualities, He is,\nnevertheless, omnipotent. Therefore, personally He has nothing to do, for\neverything is being carried out by His omnipotent energies. This is confirmed by the Vedic m antras: pariisya saktir vividhaiva sriiyate sviibhiiviki\n\njniina-bala-kriyii ca. This suggests His specific spiritual form, which can\nnever be experienced by the material senses. He can be seen only when the\nsenses are purified by devotional service, yam eva4a Vf[lUte tanurh sviim.\nAs such, there are basic differences between the Lord and the living\nentities, in so many respects. No one can be compared to the Lord, as the\nVedas declare, ekam eviidvitiyam brahma dvaitiit vai bhayam bhavati.\nThe Lord has no competitor, and He has nothing to fear from any other\nbeing, nor can anyone be equal to Him. Although He is the root of all\nother beings, there are basic differences between Him and other beings.\nOtherwise there was no necessity of the statement in the previous verse\nthat no one can know Him one hundred percent as He is, na yam vidanti\n\ntattvena. That no one can fully understand Him is explained also in this\nverse, but the qualification for understanding to some degree is mentioned\nhere. Only the prasiintas, or the unalloyed devotees of the Lord, can know\nHim to a greater extent. The reason is that the devotees have no demands\nin their lives but to be obedient servants of the Lord, while all others,\n\n", "SB2.1#p0361": "Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n328\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nnamely the emperic philosophers, the mystics, and the fruitive workers,\n\nall basically have some demand, and as such they cannot be pacified. The\nfruitive worker wants reward for his work, the mystic wants some perfection of life, and the empiric philosopher wants to merge in the existence\nof the Lord. Somehow or other, as long as there is a demand for sense\nsatisfaction, there is no chance for pacification; on the contrary, by\nunnecessary dry speculative arguments, the whole matter becomes dis·\ntorted, and thus the Lord moves still further away from our understanding.\nThe dry speculators, however, because of their following the principles of\nausterity and penance, can have knowledge of the impersonal features of\nthe Lord to some extent, but there is no chance of their understanding\nHis ultimate form as Govinda because only the amaliitmanas, or the\ncompletely sinless persons, can accept pure devotional service of the Lord,\nas is confirmed in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 7.28):\n\nye§iim tv antagatam piipam janiinam pu[lya-karma[!iim\nte dvandva-moha-nirmukta bhajante miim dnlha-vratii[l\n\nTEXT 42\n\n3Wit�:\n��:\n\n��:\n�:\n\n�\n�JtWi� I\n\n� Nm �tJT ��ar\nftm.__�---�� :qftt?14l�: II 'tl �II\niidyo 'vatiira[l puru§afi. parasya\nkiila[l svabhiiva[l sad-asan-manas ca\ndravyam vikiiro gu[la indriyii[li\nviriit svariit sthiisnu cari§[lU· bhiimna[l\n\nadya[l- first; avatiira[l- incarnation; puru§a[l- Karap.arp.avasayi Vi�p.u;\nparasya-of the Lord; kiila[l.-time; svabhii va[l.- space ; sat-resultant; asateause; manafi.- mind; ca-also; dravyam-elements; vikiira[l- ma t erial ego;\ngu[lafi,-modes of nature; indriyli[l i-sc nses ; virii[ - the complete whole\nbody; svarii[ - Garbhodakasayi Vi�p.u; sthiisnu-immovable; c ari§ [lU - mov·\nable; bhumna[l-of the Supreme Lord.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0362": "Text 42)\n\nPuru�a-sukta Confirmed\n\n329\n\nTRANSLATION\nKaral)iirl)ava8ayi Vi�I)U is the first incarnation of the Supreme Lord,\nand He is the master of eternal time, space, cause and effects, mind,\nelements, material ego, modes of nature, senses, the universal form of the\nLord, Garbhodaksayi V�I)U, and the sum total of all living beings, both\nmoving and nonmoving.\nPURPORT\nThat the material creation is not permanent has been discussed many\ntimes hereinbefore. The material creation is but a temporary exhibition of\nthe material energy of the Almighty God. This material manifestation is\nnecessary to give a chance to the conditioned souls who are unwilling to\nassociate with the Lord in the relationship of loving transcendental service.\nSuch unwillingconditioncd souls are not allowed to enter into the liberated\nlife of spiritual existence because at heart they are not willing to serve.\nInstead, they want to enjoy themselves as imitation Gods. The living\nentities are constitutionally eternal servitors of the Lord, but some of\nthem, because of misusing their independence, do not wish to serve;\ntherefore they are allowed to enjoy the material nature, which is called\n\nmiiyii, or illusion. It is called illusion because the living beings under the\nclutches of miiyii are not factually enjoyers, although they think that they\nare, being illusioned by miiyii. Such illusioned living entities are given a\nchance at intervals to rectify their perverted mentality of becoming false\nmasters of the material nature, and they are imparted lessons from the\n\nVe das about their eternal relationship with the Supreme Lord Kr�p.a\n(ve dais ca saroair aham eva ved yaM. So the temporary creation of the\n\nmaterial manifestation is an exhibition of the material energy of the Lord,\nand to manage the whole show the Supreme Lord incarnates Himself as the\nKarap.arl)avasayi Vi�I)U just as a magistrate is deputed by the government\nto manage affairs temporarily. This Kara!J.odakasayi Vi�I)U causes the\nmanifestation of material creation by looking over His material energy (sa\n\naik�ata�)- In the first volume of this book we have already discussed to\nsome extent the explanation of the verse jagrhe paum�arh riiparh. The\nduration of the illusory play of material creation is called a kalpa, and we\nhave already discussed the creation's taking place in kalpa after kalpa. By\nHis incarnation and potential activities, the complete ingredients of creation, namely time, space, cause, result, mind, the gross and subtle elements\nand their interactional modes of nature-goodness, passion and ignorance-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0363": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n330\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nand then the senses and their reservoir source, the gigantic universal\nform\n\nas\n\nthe second incarnation Garbhodakasayi Vi�pu, and all living\n\nbeings, both moving and standing, which come out of the second incarnation, all became manifested. Ultimately, all these creative elements and\n\nthe creation itself are but potential manifestations of the Supreme Lord;\nnothing is independent of the control of the Supreme Being. This first\n\nincarnation in the material creation, namely Karaparpavasayi Vi�pu, is the\nplenary part of the original Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr�pa, described\nin the Brahma-samhitii as follows:\nyasyaikani.Svasitakiilam athiivalam b _ya\njivanti loma�vilajii jagad-a!l{la-niithii�\nv4r-ur mahan sa iha yasya kala-vi.Se§o\ngovindam iidi-pum§arh tam aham bhajiimi\nAll the innumerable universes are maintained only during the breathing\n\nperiod of Maha-Vi�pu or Karaparpavasayi Vi�pu, who is only a plenary\n\npart of Govinda, the original Personality of Godhead Lord Kf�pa.\n\nTEXTS 43-45\n\n31� � � �it �m\n�\nit\n�Na;ta;tt� I\n���T:\n\\Cm���\n11��11\n��\"'���� :\n(',...\n\"'\n���·\n\nit\n\ntt'ri�ww.n: I\nit en ��liT: �\n..t) \"' � �·�\"t\n�\n\"\")\\1:\n�\na:�·�\n\"'\n3Trt1\n\n�\n\n\"' \"' �\nt1 Sl�IG�I+.t�-\n\n�JO��q��,hn:\n����II\nttff� � ����:�� � �f.l�\n�tr�r��'t��Tuf\n�� qt\n��rr.qt=a:\"T.(4:r:l:�q,.'( I I ��I I\n\n", "SB2.1#p0364": "Texts 43-45]\n\nPu�a-siikta Confirmed\n\n331\n\naham bhavo yajiia ime prajesii\ndak§iidayo ye bhavad-iidayas ca\nsvarloka-piiliifi. khagaloka-piilii\nnrloka-piilas talaloka-piiliifi.\ngandharva-vidyiidhara-cararesii\nye yak§a-rak§oraga-niiganiithiifi.\nye vii r§i[!iim r§abhiifi. pitfriim\ndaityendra-siddhesvara-diinavendriifi.\nanye ca ye preta-piSiica-bhiitakii§mii[!fla-yiido-mrga-pak§yadhisiifi.\nyat kiiica loke bhagavan mahasvad\noja[l.-sahasvad balavat k§amiivat\nsri-hri-vibhuty-iitmavad adbhutiirram\ntattvam param riipavad asvariipam\naham- myself (Brahmii.ji); bhavafi.- Lord Siva; yajiiafi.- Lord V i�!JU; ime\n\n-all these; prajesiifi.-the father of the living beings; dak§a-iidayafi.- Dak�a;\nMarici, Manu, etc.; ye-those;bhavat-yourself;iidayafi. ca-and the bachelors\n\n(Sanat-ku mara and his brothers); svarloka-piiliifi.- the leaders of the heavenly\nplanets; khagaloka-piilafi.-the leaders of space travellers; nrloka-piiliifi.­\n\nthe leaders of mankind; talaloka-piilafi.-the leaders of the lower planets;\n\ngandharva- the residents of Gandharvaloka; vidyiidhara- the residents of\n\nthe Vidyadhara planet; ciirara-isiifi.-the leaders of the Cara!Jas; ye-as also\n\nothers; yak§a-the leaders of the Yak�as; rak§a-demons; uraga-snakes;\n\nniiga-niithiifi.-leaders of the Nagaloka (below the earth); ye-others; vii­\n\nalso; [§i[!iim-of the sages; [§abhiifi.-the chief;pitfriim-of the forefathers;\n\ndaitya-indra-leaders of the atheists; siddha-isvaras-leaders of the Siddha­\n\nloka planets (spacemen); diinava-indriifi.-Ieaders of the non-Aryans; anye­\n\nbesides them; ca-also; ye-those; preta-dead bodies; piSiica-evii spirit;\n\nbhiita-j inn; kii§miirfla-a special type of evil spirit; yiidafi.-a quatics ; mrga\n-animals; pak§i-adhiSiifi.-giant eagles; yat-anything ; kim ca-and everything; loke-in the world; bhagavat-possessed of bhaga, or extraordinary\n\npower; mahasvat-of a special degree; oja[l-sahasvat-specific mental and\n\nsense dexterity; balavat-possessed of strength; k§amavat-possessed of\n\nforgiveness; sri-beauty; hri-ashamed of impious acts; vibhiiti-riches;\n\niitmavat-possessed of intelligence; adbhuta-wonderful; arram- race; tatt­\n\nvam-specific truth; param-transcendental; \"riipavat-as if the form of;\n\nasvariipam-not the form of the Lord.\n\n", "SB2.1#p0365": "332\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nMyself [ Brahma], Lord Siva, Lord V��u, great generators of living\nbeings like Da4a and Prajapati, yourselves [ Narada and the Kumaras],\nheavenly demigods like lndra, Candra, etc., the leaders of the Bhurloka\nplanets, the leaders of the earthly planets, the leaders of the lower planets,\nthe leaders of the Gandharva planets, the leaders of the Vidyadhara planets,\nthe leaders of the Cara�aloka planets, the leaders of the Y ak�as, Rak�as and\nUragas, the great sages, the great demons, the great atheists and the great\nspacemen, as well as the dead bodies, evil spirits, satans, jinn, kii�ma��as,\ngreat aquatics, great beasts and great birds, etc.-in other words, anything\nand everything which is exceptionally possessed of power, opulence,\nmental and perceptual dexterity, strength, forgiveness, beauty, modesty,\nopulence, and breeding, which is either in form or is formless-may appear\nto be the specific truth and the form of the Lord, but actually are not so.\nThey are only a fragment of the transcendental potency of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThose in the list given above, beginning from the name of Brahmaji, the\n\nfirst living creature within the universe, down to Lord Siva, Lord Vi�p.u,\n\nNarada and other powerful demigods, men, supermen, sages, r�is, and\nother lower creatures of extraordinary strength and opulence, including\n\nthe dead bodies, satans, evil spirits, jinn, aquatics, birds and beasts, etc.,\n\nmay appear to be the Supreme Lord, but factually none of them is the\n\nSupreme Lord; every one of them possesses only a fragment of the great\n\npotencies of the Supreme Lord. The less intelligent class of men is sur­\n\nprised to see the wonderful actions of material phenomena, as the aborigines are fearful of a great thunderbolt, a great and gigantic banyan tree,\n\nor a great lofty mountain in the jungle. For such undeveloped human\n\nbeings, merely the slight display of the Lord's potency is captivating. A\n\nstill more advanced person is captivated by the powers of the demigods and\n\ngoddesses. Therefore, those who are simply astonished by the powers of\n\nanything in the creation of the Lord, without any factual information of\nthe Lord Himself, are known as Saktas, or worshipers of the great powers.\n\nThe modern scientist is also captivated by the wonderful actions and reac­\n\ntions of natural phenomena and therefore is also Sakta. These lower grade\n\npersons gradually rise to states of becoming Sauriyas, or worshipers of the\nsun-god, Giirtapatyas, or worshipers of the mass of people as janatii-\n\n", "SB2.1#p0366": "Text 46]\n\nPuru�a-sukta Confirmed\n\n333\n\njaniirdana or daridrya-narayaJ)a, etc., in the form of Ga�apati, and then\nrise to the platform of worshiping Lord Siva in search for the ever-existing\n\nsoul, and then to the stage of worshiping Lord Vi��u, the Supersoul, etc.,\n\nwithout any information of Govinda or Lord Kr�l)a, who is the original\n\nLord Vi�I)U. In other ways some are worshipers of race, !'lationality, birds,\nbeasts, evil spirits, satans, etc. The general worship of Sanideva, the lord\n\nof distressful condition, and Sitaladev1, the goddess of smallpox, is also\n\ncommon to the mass of people, and there are many foolish men who\nworship the mass of people or the poor class of men. So different persons,\n\nsocieties and communities, etc., worship some of the potential manifesta­\n\ntions of the Lord, wrongly accepting the powerful object as God. But in\nthis verse it is advised by Brahmajl that none of them is the Supreme Lord,\n\nhut they are only borrowed plumes from the original Almighty Lord Sri\nKf�l)a. When the Lord advises in Bhagavad-gitii to worship Him alone, it is\n\nto be understood that worshiping Lord Kr��;ta includes worshiping all that\n\nis mentioned, because He, Lord Kp�rya, includes everyone.\n\nWhen the Lord is described as formless in the Vedic literatures, it is to\n\nbe understood that all these forms mentioned above, within the experience\nof universal knowledge, are different exhibitions of the Lord's transcen­\n\ndental potencies only, and none of them factually represent the transcen­\n\ndental form of the Lord. But at the same time, when the Lord actually\n\ndescends on the earth or anywhere within the universe, the less intelligent\n\nclass of men also mistake Him to be one of them, and thus they imagine the\n\nTranscendence to be formless or impersonal. Factually, the Lord is not\n\nformless, nor does He belong to any of the multiforms experienced within\n\nthe universal forms. One should try to know the truth about the Lord by\n\nfollowing the instruction of Brahmajl.\n\nTEXT 46\n\npriidhiinyato yiin f§U iimananti\nliliivatiiriin puru�asya bhiimna�\niipiyatiiin karrza-ka�iiya-so�iin\nanukram4ye ta imiin supesiin\n\n", "SB2.1#p0367": "334\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 6\n\npradhiinyata[l-chiefly;yan-all those;�e-0 Narada;amananti-worship;\n\nlila-pastimes; avataran-incarnati�ns; pum§asya-of the Personality of\nGodhead; bhumna[l-the Supreme; apiyatam-in order to be relished by\nyou; karr-a-ears; ka§aya-foul\n\nmatter; SO§lin-that\n\nwhich evaporates;_\n\nanukrami§ye-shall state one after another; te-they ; imiin-as they are in\nmy heart; supesiin-all pleasing to hear.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Narada, now I shall state, one after another, the transcendental\nincarnations of the Lord, known as lila avataras. Hearing of their activities\ncounteracts all foul matters accumulated in the ear. These pastimes are\npleasing to hear and are to be relished. Therefore they are in my heart.\"\nPURPORT\nAs it was said in the beginning of Srimad-Bhiigavatam (Bhag. 1.5.8), one\n\ncannot be fully satisfied by hearing unless and until one is given a chance\n\nto hear of the transcendental activities of the Lord. So Brahmajl is also\ntrying, in this verse, to stress the importance of narrating the transcenden­\n\ntal pastimes of the Lord as He comes and manifests Himself here on the\n\nsurface of the material planets. Every living entity has a tendency to hear\n\npleasing messages, and as such almost every one of us is inclined to hear\nnews and talks broadcast by the radio stations. But the difficulty is that\n\nno one is satisfied at heart by hearing all those messages. The cause of such\ndissatisfaction is the incompatibility of the message with the innermost\n\nstratum of the living soul. This transcendental literature is especially pre­\n\npared by Srila Vyasadeva to give the utmost s�tisfaction to the people in\ngeneral by narration of the activities of the Lord,\n\nas\n\ninstructed by Sri\n\nNarada Muni to Srila Vyasadeva. Such activities of the Lord are principally\n\nof two varieties. One concerns the mundane manifestation of the material\n\ncreative force, and the other deals with His pastimes in the form of dif­\n\nferent incarnations in terms of the time and place. There are innumerable\n\nincarnations of the Lord, like the waves of the river flowing constantly in\nand out. Less intelligent persons take more interest in the creative forces of\n\nthe Lord in the material world, and, being disconnected from their rela­\n\ntionship with the Lord, they put forward many theories of the creation in\n\nthe name of scientific research. The devotees of the Lord, however, know\n\nwell how the creative forces work concurrently by the action and reaction\n\n", "SB2.1#p0368": "Text 46]\n\nPunJl?a-sukta Confirmed\n\n335\n\nof the material energy of the Lord. Therefore they take more interest in\nthe transcendental activities of the Lord as He incarnates Himself on the\n\nsurface of the material world. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the history of such\n\nactivities of the Lord, and people who take interest in hearing Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam clear their hearts of accumulated mundane filth. There are a\nthousand and one rash literatures on the market, but one who has taken\ninterest in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam loses all interest in such filthy literatures. Sri Brahmajl is thus attempting to narrate the principal incarnations\nof the Lord so that they may be drunk by Narada as transcendental\n\nnectar.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta pu rports of the Second Canto, Sixth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Puru§a-sukta Confirmed.\"\n\n", "SB2.1#p0369": "", "SB2.2#p0001": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n", "SB2.2#p0002": "ALL GLORY TO SRI GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\n�(f('4Riltcnif � � � q� I\nq� � ;_ftsqf�� ms�.,�li'( ����II\naham eviisam eviigre\nniinyad yat sad-asat param\npasciid aham yad etac ca\nyo'vasi§yeta so'smy aham\n\n(p. 507)\n\n", "SB2.2#p0003": "OTHER BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-g!tii As It Is\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nKr�rw, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (2 volumes)\nSr!lsopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKrfirra Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Kr�rra Consciousness Movement is the Genuine Vedic Way\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\n", "SB2.2#p0004": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\nSecond Canto\n\"The cosmic Manifestation\"\n\n<Part Two-Chapters 7-10>\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n0\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "SB2.2#p0005": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3959 Landmark Street\nCulver City, California 90230\n\n© 1972 the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nALL RIGHTS RESERVED\n\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 70-127183\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-35-8\n\nPrinted by Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan\n\n", "SB2.2#p0006": "TABLE OF CONTENTS\nCHAPTER SEVEN\nScheduled Incarnations\nwith Specific Functions\nGigantic Boar Incarnation\n\n337\n\nHis Lordship Kapila\n\n340\n\nThe Four Kumaras\n\n344\n\nThe Spell of W omanly Attraction\n\n347\n\nPrince Dhruva Maharaja\n\n350\n\nEmperor l,{.�abhadeva\n\n354\n\nHayagr1va Incarnation\n\n355\n\nLord Fish\n\n356\n\nLord Tortoise\n\n358\n\nNarasimhadeva\n\n359\n\nThe Holy Name Is Worth Chanting\n\n362\n\nVamanadeva Favors Bali Maharaja\n\n365\n\nHariJ.savatara Instructs Narada\n\n369\n\nM anvantara Incarnations\n\n371\n\nDhanvantari Inaugurates M edical Science\n\n372\n\nParasurama Uproots the Thorns of the Earth\n\n374\n\nSrtmad Riimiiyar_ta Summarized\n\n375\n\nThe Lord with Beautiful Black Hair\n\n380\n\nPiitana Witch Killed by Kr�l).a\n\n382\n\nThe Venomous Kaliya Snake Chastised\n\n384\n\nGovardhana Hill Lifted by Lord Kr�l).a\n\n389\n\nv\n\n", "SB2.2#p0007": "vi\nHow Dem ons May Attain Salvation\n\n393\n\nThe Tree of Vedic Knowledge\n\n394\n\nKalki: the Supreme Chastiser\n\n397\n\nThe Prowess of V i9l).U\n\n400\n\nThe Hoax of Altruism\n\n403\n\nSurrendering unto the Lord\n\n405\n\nThe Ultimate Benefactor\n\n412\n\nBhiigavatam in a Nutshell\n\n416\n\nCHAPTER EIGHT\n\nQuestions by King Parik�it\nDescending Process of Disciplic Succession\n\n421\n\nProfessional Bhiigavatam Reciters Are Useless\n\n425\n\nAutumnal Rains upon Muddy Pools\n\n426\n\nHome after a Troubled Journey\n\n428\n\nQuestions to Establish Philosophical Basis of\n\nBhiigavatam\n\n429\n\nActions and Reactions of Karma\n\n436\n\nScientific Divisions of Human Society\n\n439\n\nCommon Religious Affiliations\n\n441\n\nDevotees Can Defeat Mystic Yogis\n\n443\n\nPlying the Boat in the Ocean\n\n445\n\nThe Faithful and the Infidels\n\n448\n\nThe Nectar of the Message\n\n452\n\nVi91)uratas Should Hear Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n454\n\nCHAPTER NINE\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lords version\nDreaming that One Is King\n\n457\n\nDifferent Dresses Offered by Illusory Energy\n\n459\n\nMisconceptions of \"I\" and \"Mine\"\n\n461\n\n", "SB2.2#p0008": "vu\n\nKp�l)a's Form Is Sac-cid-iinanda\n\n464\n\nPenance: the Wealth of the Briihmap.as\n\n467\n\nTranscendental Sound from the Right Source\n\n471\n\nSpiritual Sky Manifested to Lord Brahma\n\n472\n\nConspicuous Absence of Time\n\n475\n\nLadies Beautiful as Lightning\n\n479\n\nIntoxicating Sight of the Lord\n\n482\n\nParamaharhsas Free From Malice\n\n485\n\nThe Lord Shakes Hands with Brahma\n\n488\n\nHighest Perfectional Ingenuity\n\n491\n\nPotential Power Is Penance Only\n\n494\n\nDesiring Is the Living Symptom\n\n496\n\nl<.f�Qa Plays Like a Spider\n\n498\n\nThe Pitfall of Pride\n\n501\n\nParaphernalia of Devotional Service\n\n503\n\nThe Creator \"I\" and the Created \"I\"\n\n507\n\nTake Shelter of the Light of the Lord\n\n512\n\nEyes Sm eared with the Ointment of Love\n\n517\n\nThe Ultim ate Goal of Life Is Vi�QU\n\n521\n\nDresses for Dead Men\n\n524\n\nThe Fire Is Always Fire\n\n528\n\nThe Cream of Srimad-Bh(igavatam\n\n531\n\nThe Com pletely Satisfied Stage of Life\n\n534\n\nBrahma Recreates the Universe\n\n537\n\nNarada, the Dearmost Son, of His Father\n\n540\n\nThe Brahm a-Sam pradaya\n\n545\n\nCHAPTER TEN\nBhagavatam Is The Answer\nSixteen Elementary Manifestations\n\n550\n\nThe Right Direction of Life\n\n552\n\n", "SB2.2#p0009": "Vl.U\n\nWinding Up the Cosmic Manifestation\n\n555\n\nThe Supreme Fountainhead\n\n556\n\nThe Controller and the Controlled\n\n558\n\nOne Should Praise the Engineer\n\n562\n\nThe Glance of the Lord\n\n567\n\nSense Organs and Sense Perceptions\n\n570\n\nMan Proposes and God Disposes\n\n570\n\nAural Reception of Knowledge\n\n575\n\nDutiful Occupational Sacrifice\n\n578\n\nBegetting Offspring\n\n580\n\nSupersoul Sits In the Heart\n\n584\n\nEternal Forms of the Lord\n\n589\n\nThe Almighty Father Vi�l).U\n\n594\n\nThe Frog in the Well\n\n597\n\nKr�Da's Pleasure Feature\n\n600\n\nThe Exhaling and Inhaling of Vi�l).U\n\n604\n\nIntelligence Behind the Beauty\n\n608\n\nAppendixes\nReferences\n\n613\n\nGlossary\n\n615\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n621\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n623\n\nGeneral Index\n\n633\n\n", "SB2.2#p0010": "His Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "SB2.2#p0011": "Plate 1 The Lord assumed the gi gantic form of a boar and fought with the demon\nHiraQyiik�a.\n\n(p. 338)\n\n", "SB2.2#p0012": "Plate 2 Dhruva Maharaja is benedicted by the Personality of Godhead. (p. 350)\n\n", "SB2.2#p0013": "Plate 3 To help the demigods, the primeval Lord assumed the incarnation of a gigantic tortoise, swimming in the ocean\n\nof milk. (p. 358)\n\n", "SB2.2#p0014": "Plate 4 The Personality of Godhead Narasinihadeva killed the demon Hiral)yakasipu\n\nby piercing him with His nails. (p. 359)\n\n", "SB2.2#p0015": "Plate 5 After hearing the elephant's plea, the Lord cut the mouth of the crocodile to\n\nsave the elephant. (p. 364)\n\n", "SB2.2#p0016": "Plate 6 Bali Maharaja was very glad to receive the Lord's remaining step on his head.\n(p. 366}\n\n", "SB2.2#p0017": "Plate 7 Lord\n\nRamacandra appeared along with His eternal consort Sfta, brother\n\nLak�maQa and servant Hanuman. (p. 375)\n\n", "SB2.2#p0018": "Plate 8 ln order to diminish the burden of the world, Lord Kt�Qa appeared with His\nimmediate expansion Lord Balariima. (p. 381)\n\n", "SB2.2#p0019": "Plate 9 The Lord sucked the breast of the Putana witch along with her life air, and the\ndemon's gigantic body fell down. (p. 383)\n\n", "SB2.2#p0020": "Plate 10 At the age of three months, Lord Kmta killed the Sakatasura demon, who\nhad remained hldden behind a cart. (p. 383)\n\n", "SB2.2#p0021": "Plate 11 A demon of the name Sarikhaclic;!a tried to kidnap Kr�t;�a's cowherd damsels.\n\n(p. 391)\n\n", "SB2.2#p0022": "Plate 12 At the end of Kali-yuga the Lord app eared as the supreme chastiser. (p. 397)\n\n", "SB2.2#p0023": "CHAPTER SEVEN\n\nScheduled Incarnations\nwith Specific Functions\nTEXT 1\n\n�&tsm:r\n�mn ��IJIFf �\nsttif � ��;r.:Q:\n\n�� �'Wliji{rn:��\nij ���tfaflrcr �� � II � II\nbrahmoviica\nyatrodyata[l. k§iti-taloddhararziiya bibhrat\nkrau!lim tanum sakala-yajiia-mayim ananta[l.\nantar-mahiirrzava upiigatam iidi-daityam\ntam darh§trayiidrim iva vajra-dharo dadiira\nbrahmii uviica- Lord Brahmii said; yatra-at that time (when); udyata[l.attempted; k§iti-tala-the earthly planet; uddhararziiya-for the matter of\nlifting; bibhrat-assumed; krau!lim-pastimes ; tanum-form; sakala- total;\nyajiia-mayim- all -inc lusive sacrifices; ananta[l.- the Unlimited; an ta r-wit hin\nthe universe; ma hii- arrz ave - the great Garbha Ocean; upiigatam- having\narrived at; adi-the first; daityam- de mon; tam-h i m; darh§t raya- by the\ntusk; adrim-the flying mountains; iva - like ; vajra-dhara[l.-the controller\nof the thunderbolts; dadii ra-pierced .\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma said: At the time when the unlimitedly powerful Lord\nassumed t he form of a boar as a pastime, just to lift up the earthly\nplanet, which was drowned in the great ocean of the universe called the\nGarbhodaka,\n\nthe first demon [ Hira�ya�a]\n\npierced him with His tusk.\n337\n\nappeared, and the Lord\n\n", "SB2.2#p0024": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n338\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nPURPORT\nSince the beginning of creation, the demons and the demigods or the\nV ai��avas are always the two classes of living beings to dominate the\nplanets of the universes. So Lord Brahma is the first demigod, and\nHira�yak§a is the first demon in this universe. Only under certain con­\n\nditions do the planets float as weightless balls in the air, and as soon as these\nconditions are disturbed, the planets may fall down in the Garbhodaka\nOcean which covers half the universe. The other half is the spherical dome\nwithin which the innumerable planetary systems exist. The floating of the\nplanets in the weightless air is due to the inner constitution of the globes,\nand the modernized drilling of the earth to exploit oil from within is a sort\nof disturbance by the modern demons resulting in a greatly harmful\nreaction of the floating condition of the earth. A similar disturbance was\n\ncreated formerly by the demons headed by Hira�yak�a (the great exploiter\n\nof the gold rush), and the earth was detached from its weightless condition\nand fell down into the Garbhodaka Ocean. The Lord, as the maintainer of\n\nthe whole creation of the material world, therefore assumed the gigantic\n\nform of a boar with a proportionate snout and picked up the earthly\n\nplanet from within the water of Garbhodaka. Sri Jayadeva Gosvami, the\ngreat V ai��ava poet, sang as follows:\n\nvasati dasana-sikhare dharari tava lagnii\nsasini kalanka-kaleva nimagnii\nkesava dhrta-siikara-riipa\njaya jagadisa hare.\n\"0 Kesava! 0 Supreme Lord who has assumed the form of a boar! 0\n\nLord! The earthly planet rested on Your tusks, and it appeared like the\n\nmoon engraved with spots.\"\n\nSuch is the symptom of an incarnation of the Lord. The incarnation of\n\nthe Lord is not the concocted idea of a fanciful class of men who create\nan incarnation out of imagination. The incarnation of the Lord appears\nunder certain extraordinary circumstances like the above-mentioned occa­\n\nsion, and the incarnation performs a task which is not even imaginable by\nthe tiny brain of mankind. The modern creators of the many cheap incar­\n\nnations may take note of the factual incarnation of God as the gigantic\nboar with a suitable snout to carry the earthly planet.\n\nWhen the Lord appeared to pick up the earthly planet, the demon of\n\nthe name Hira�yak§a tried to create a disturbance in the methodical\n\nfunctions of the Lord, and therefore he was killed by being pierced by the\n\nLord's tusk. According to Srila ]iva Gosvami, the demon Hira�J.yiik§a was\n\nkilled by the hand of the Lord. Therefore his version is that after being\n\n", "SB2.2#p0025": "Text 21\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n339\n\nkilled by lhc hand of the Lord, the demon was pierced by the tusk, and\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravartl Thakur confirms this version.\nTEXT 2\n\nillret\n\n�;p;rq_ W1ill'l �\n\n������\n\n�� �'Pirn: �TRY\n��;nrnffi�:ll �II\njiito rucer ajanayat suyamiin suyajiia\niikuti-sunur amariin atha dak§i[Liiyiim\nloka-trayasya mahatim aharad yadiirtirh\nsviiyambhuvena manunii harir ity anukta[l.\njiita fi.\n\n-\n\nwas born; ruce[l-of the wife of Prajapati; ajanayat- gave birth;\n\nsuyamiin-headed by Suyama; suyajiia [l.- Suyaj ii. a; iikuti-siinur-of the son\nof Aku ti; amariin- the demigods; atha-thus; dak§irtiiyiim-unto the wife of\n\nthe name DakJ?iJ;�ii; loka- the planetary systems; trayasya- of the three;\nmahatim-very great; aharat-diminished; yat-all those; iirtim\nsviiyambhuvena-by\n\nthe\n\n-\n\ndistresses;\n\nManu named Svayambhuva; manunii- by the\n\nfather of mankind; hari[l.- Hari; iti- thus; anukta[l.- named.\nTRANSLATION\n:rhe Prajapati first begot Suyajiia, in the womb of his wife Akiiti, and\nthen Suyajria begot demigods, headed by Suyama, in the womb of his wife\nDak�iJ;Iii. Suyajria, as the lndradeva, diminished very great miseries in the\nthree planetary systems (upper, lower and intermediate), and because he so\ndiminished the miseries of the universe, he was later called Hari by the\ngreat father of mankind, namely Svayambhuva Manu.\nPURPORT\nJ n order to guard against the invention of unauthorized incarnations of\n\nGod by lhc fanciful less intelligent persons, the name of the father of the\n\nbona fide incarnations is also mentioned in the authorized revealed scriptures. No one, therefore, can be accepted as an incarnation of the Lord if\n\nhi\n\nfather's name, as well as the name of the village or place in which he\n\nappears, is not mentioned by the authorized scriptures. In the BhiigavataPuriira the name of the Kalki incarnation, which is to take place in almost\n\n", "SB2.2#p0026": "[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n340\n\n400,000 years, is mentioned along with the name of His father and the\nname of the village in which He will appear. A sane man, therefore, does\nnot accept any cheap edition of incarnation without reference to the\nauthorized scriptures.\n\nTEXT 3\n�\n\\ll �\n\n�\n\nri\n\n\"\n\n\"\"\n\n•\n\n:q �·.!,� � �t:4�5tfl\n�'TM:«ti;w�ffi� I\n\n�� �<:i{�l440 ���� wrr tfifq� t'fffi � II � II\njajiie ca kardama-grhe dvija devahutyiim\n\nstn\"\"bhi{!, samam navabhir iitmagatirh sva-miitre\n\nuce yayiitma-samalam gur-a-sanga-pankam\nasmin vidhUya kapilasya gatim prapede\njajiie-took birth; ca-also; kardama-the Prajapati ·named Kardama;\n\ngrhe-in the house of; dvija-0 briihmar.a; devahutyiim-in the womb of\nDevahuti; stn\"\"b hi{!, - by women; samam-accom p anied by; navabhi[l,-by\n\nnine; iit ma-ga tim - spiritual realization; sva-miitre-unto His own mother;\n\nuce-uttered; yayii- by which; iit ma-samalam - coverings of the spirit soul;\n\ngur.a-salig a- associa ted with the modes of nature; palikam-mud; asmin­\n\nthis very life; vidhuya- being washed off; kapilasya-of Lord Kapila; gatimliberation; prape de- achieved.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord then appeared as the Kapila incarnation, being the son of the\nprajapati brahmal).a Kardama and his wife Devahuti, along with nine other\nwomen [sisters]. He spoke to His mother about self-realization, by which,\nin that very lifetime, she became fully cleansed of the mud of the material\n\nmodes and thereby achieved liberation, the path of Kapila.\n\nPURPORT\nThe instructions of Lord Kapila to His mother Devahuti are fully\n\ndescribed in the Third Canto (Chapters 25-30) of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam,\n\n", "SB2.2#p0027": "Text 3]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n341\n\nand anyone who follows the instructions can achieve the same liberation\nobtained by Devahuti. The Lord spoke Bhagavad-gita, and thereby Arjuna\nachieved self-realization, and even today anyone who follows the path of\n\nArjuna can also attain the same benefit as Sri Arjuna. The scriptures are\n\nmeant for this purpose. Foolish unintelligent persons make their own\ninterpretations by imagination and thus mislead their followers, causing\nthem to remain in the dungeon of material existence. However, simply by\nfollowing the instructions imparted by Lord Kr��a or Lord Kapila, one can\nobtain the highest benefit, even today.\nThe word iitma-gatim is significant in the sense of perfect knowledge of\n\nthe Supreme. One should not be satisfied simply by knowing the qualitative\nequality of the Lord and the living being. One should know the Lord as\n\nmuch as can be known by our limited knowledge. It is impossible for the\nLord to be known perfectly as He is, even by such liberated persons as Siva\n\nor Brahmii, so what to speak of other demigods or men in this world. Still,\n\nby following the principles of the great devotees and the instructions\n\navailable in the scriptures, one can know to a considerable extent the\nfeatures of the Lord. His Lordship Kapila, the incarnation of the Lord,\n\ninstructed His mother fully about the personal form of the Lord, and\nthereby she realized the personal form of the Lord and was able to achieve\na place in the Vaikurthaloka where Lord Kapila predominates. Every\nincarnation of the Lord has His own abode in the spiritual sky. Therefore\n\nLord Kapila also has His separate V aiku�tha planet. The spiritual sky is not\n\nvoid. There are innumerable V aiku�tha planets, and in each of them the\nLord, by His innumerable expansions, predominates, and the pure devotees\n\nwho are there also live in the same style as the Lord and His eternal\nassociates.\n\nWhen the Lord descends personally or by His personal plenary expan­\n\nsions, such incarnations are called aritsa, kala, gura, yuga, and manvantara\n\nincarnations, and when the Lord's associates descend by the order of the\n\nLord, such incarnations are called saktyavesa incarnations. But in all cases\n\nall the incarnations are supported by the invulnerable statements of the\n\nauthorized scriptures, and not by any imagination of some self-interested\npropagandist. Such incarnations of the Lord, in either of the above\n\ncategories, always declare the Supreme Personality of Godhead to be the\n\nultimate truth. The impersonal conception of the supreme truth is just a\nprocess of negation of the form of the Lord from the mundane conception\n\nof the supreme truth.\n\nThe living entities, by their very constitution, are spiritually as good as\n\nthe Lord, and the only difference between them is that the Lord is always\n\n", "SB2.2#p0028": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n342\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nsupreme and pure, without contamination by the modes of material\n\nnature, whereas the living entities are apt to be contaminated by associa­\n\ntion \\>\\<'ith the material modes of goodness, passion and ignorance. This\ncontamination by the material modes can be washed off completely by\n\nknowledge, renunciation and devotional service. Devotional service to the\nLord is the ultimate issue, and therefore those who are directly engaged in\n\nthe devotional service of the Lord do not only acquire the necessary\nknowledge in spiritual science, but also attain detachment from material\n\nconnection and are thus promoted to the kingdom of God by complete\nliberation, as is stated in the Bhagavad-g'itii (Bg. 14.26):\n\nmiim ca yo· 'vyabhiciirerta\nbhak ti-yogena sevate\nsa gurtiin samat'ityai 'tan\nbrahma-bhiiyiiya kalpate\nEven in the nunliberated stage, a living entity can be directly engaged in\n\nthe transcendental loving service of the Personality of Godhead Lord Kr��a\n\nor His plenary expansions Ram a, N arasimha, etc. Thus, with the pro­\n\nportionate improvement of such transcendental devotional service, the\n\ndevotee makes definite progress in the matter of brahma-gati, or iitma-gati,\n\nand ultimately attains kapilasya gati, or the abode of the Lord, without\n\ndifficulty. The antiseptic potency of devotional service to the Lord is so\ngreat that it can neutralize the material infection even in the present life\nof a devotee. A devotee does not need to wait for his next birth for\ncomplete liberation.\n\nTEXT 4\n\natrer apatyam abhikiink§ata iiha tu§to\ndatto mayiiham iti yad bhagaviin sa datta{l\nyat-piida-pankaja-pariiga-pavitra-dehii\nyogarddhim iipur ubhay'im yadu-haihayiidyii[l.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0029": "Text 4]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n343\n\natref!,-of the sage Atri; apatyam -issue; abhikiilik§ataf!,-having prayed\nfor; aha-said it; tu§tafl-being satisfied; dattaf!,-given over; mayii-by me;\naham-myself; iti-thus; yat-because; bhagavan-the Personality of Godhead; saf/,-He; dattaf!,-Dattatreya; yat-pada-one whose feet; pankajalotus; pariiga-dust; pavitra-purified; d ehiif!,-body; yoga-mystic; rddhi m opulence; apuf!,-got; ubhayim-for both the worlds; yadu-the father of\nthe Yadu dynasty; haihaya-adya�-and others, like King Haihaya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Atri prayed for offspring, and the Lord, being satisfied\nwith him, promised to incarnate as Atri's son, Dattatreya [Datta, the son\nof Atri]. And by the grace of the lotus feet of the Lord, many Yadus,\nHaihayas, etc., became so p urified that they obtained both material and\nspiritual blessings.\nPURPORT\nTranscendental relations between the Personality of Godhead and the\nliving entities are eternally established in five different affectionate humors,\nwhich are known as santa, dasya, sakhya, vatsalya and madhurya. The\nsage Atri was related with the Lord in the affectionate vatsalya humor,\nand therefore, as a result of his devotional perfection, he was inclined to\nhave the Personality of Godhead as his son. The Lord accepted his prayer,\nand He gave Himself as the son of Atreya. Such a relation of sonhood\nbetween the Lord and His pure devotees can be cited in many instances.\nAnd because the Lord is unlimited, He has an unlimited number of fatherdevotees. Factually the Lord is the father of all living entities, bul out of\ntranscendental affection and love between the Lord and His devotees, the\nLord takes more pleasure in becoming the son of a devotee than in becoming one's father. The father actually serves the son, whereas the son\nonly demands all sorts of services from the father; therefore a pure devotee\nwho is always inclined to serve the Lord wants Him as the son, and not as\nthe father. The Lord also accepts such service from the devotee, and thus\nthe devotee becomes more than the Lord. The impersonalists desire to\nbecome one with the Supreme, but the devotee becomes more than the\nLord, surpassing the desire of the greatest monist. Parents and other\nrelatives of the Lord achieve all mystic opulences automatically because\nof their intimate relationship with the Lord. Such opulences include all\n\n", "SB2.2#p0030": "344\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\ndetails of material enj oyment, salvation and mystic powers. Therefore, the\ndevotee of the Lord does not seek them separately, wasting his valuable\ntime in life. The valuable time of one's tife must therefore be fully engaged\nin the transcendental loving service of the Lord. Then other desirable\nachievements are automatically gained. But even after obtaining such\nachievements one should be on guard against the pitfall of offenses at the\nfeet of the devotees. The vivid example is Haihaya, who achieved all such\nperfection of devotional service but, because of his offense at the feet of a\ndevotee, was killed by Lord Parasurama. The Lord became the son of\nthe great sage Atri and became known as Dattatreya.\n\nTEXT 5\n\n��wit �it\n31� ij'ffi{_ �ij: � :qij!ij;ft� I\n�q('t+gt4�@:+RI�\n\n�������11�11\n\"'\n\ntaptarh tapo vividha-loka-sisrk§ayii me\n\niidau saniit sva-tapasa[l. sa catu[l.-sano 'bhut\npriik-kalpa-samplava-vina§tam ihiitma-tattvarh\nsamyag jagiida munayo yad acak§atiitman\ntaptam- having undergone austerities;\n\ntapa [l -penance; vividha-loka­\n\ndifferent planetary systems; sisrk§ayii-desiring to create; me-of mine;\niidau-at first; saniit-from the Personality of Godhead; sva-tapasa[l.-by\ndint of my own penances; sa[!.- He, the Lord; catu[l.-sana[l.-the four bachelors named Sanat-kumara, Sanaka, Sanandana and Sanatana; abhiitappeared; priik-previous; kalpa- creation; samplava-in the inundation;\n\nvina§tam-devastated; iha- in this material world; iitma- the spirit; tattvam\n-truth; sam yak- in complete; jagiida- became manifested; munaya[l.- sages;\nyat- that which; acak§ata-saw clearly; iitman-the spirit.\nTRANSLATION\nIn order to create different planetary systems I had to undergo\n\nausterities and penance, and the Lord, thus being pleased with me, in-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0031": "Scheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\nText 6]\n\n345\n\ncarnated in four sanas [ Sanaka, Sanatkumara, Sanandana and Sanatana].\nIn the previous creation the spiritual truth was devastated, but the four\nsanas explained it so nicely that the truth at once became clearly -perceived by the sages.\nPURPORT\n\nVi.§r-u-sahasra-niima prayers there is a mention of the Lord's\nname as saniit and saniitanatama. The Lord and the living entities are both\nqualitatively saniitanam, or eternal, but the Lord is saniitanatama or the\nIn the\n\neternal\n\nin the\n\nsuperlative degree.\n\nThe living entities are\n\npositively\n\nsaniitanam, but not superlatively because the living entities are apt to fall\nto the atmosphere of noneternity also. Therefore, the living entities are\nquantitatively different from the superlative saniitana, the Lord.\n\nThe word san is also.used in the sense of charity; therefore when every­\n\nthing is given up in charity unto the Lord, the Lord reciprocates by giving\nHimself unto the devotee. This is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii also\n(Bg. 4.11):\nwhole\n\nye yathii miim prapadyante. Brahmaji wanted to create the\n\ncosmic\n\nsituation as it was in the\n\nprevious millennium, and\n\nbecause, in the last devastation, knowledge of the Absolute Truth was\naltogether erased from the universe, he desired that the same knowledge again be -renovated; otherwise there would be no meaning in\nthe creation. Because there is prime necessity for transcendental knowledge,\nthe ever-conditioned souls are given a chance for liberation in every\nmillennium of creation. This mission of Brahmaji was fulfilled by the\ngrace of the Lord when the four sanas, namely Sanaka, Sanatkumara,\n\nSanandana, and Sanatana, appeared as his four sons. These four sanas\nwere incarnations of the knowledge of the Supreme Lord, and as such\nthey explained transcendental knowledge so explicitly that all the sages\ncould at once assimilate this knowledge without the least difficulty. By\nfollowing in the footsteps of the four Kumaras, one can at once see the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead within oneself.\n\nTEXT 6\n\n� ���R! �\n\n;m:r:run � �fij �:�f.{: 1\nt�l�+t�l � f9ttt+tlt€ti\n�O'lf@fif��;n��wtfl: II �II\n\n", "SB2.2#p0032": "346\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\ndharmasya dak§a-duhitary-ajanUj ta murtyiim\nniiriiyap,o nara iti sva-tapal) prabhiival)\ndr§tviitmano bhagavato niyamiivalopam\ndevyas tv ananga-prtanii ghatitum na sekuft\ndharmasya-of Dharma (the controller of religious principles); dak§aDa�a, one of the Prajapatis; duhitari-unto the daughter; ajani:}ta-took\nbirth; murtyiim-of the name Murti; niiriiyap,a[l -Naray�a; naraft-Nara;\niti-thus; sva-tapa/)-· personal penances; prabhiivaft-strengt h; dn tvii- by\nseeing; iitmanal)-of His own; bhagavata[l-of the Personality of Godhead;\nniyama-avalopam-breaking the vow; devyaft celestial beauties; tu-but;\nananga-prtana[l-companion of Cupid; ghatitum-to happen; na-never;\nsekuft-made possible.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn order to exhibit His personal way of austerity and penance, He\nappeared in twin forms as Naraya�a and Nara in the womb of Miirti,\nthe wife of Dharma and the daughter of D�a. Celestial beauties, the\ncompanions of Cupid, went to try to break His vows, but they were\nunsuccessful, for they saw that many beauties like them were emanating\nfrom Him, the Personality of Godhead.\nPU RPORT\n\nThe Lord, being the source of everything that be, is the origin of all\nausterities and penances also. Great vows of austerity are undertaken by\nsages to achieve success in self-realization. Human life is meant for such\ntapasya, with the great vow of celibacy or brahmacarya. In the rigid life\nof tapasya, there is no place for the association of woman. And because\nhuman life is meant for tapasya, for self-realization, factual human civilization, as conceived by the system of saniitana-dharma or the school of\nfour castes and four orders of life, prescribes rigid dissociation from\nwoman in three stages of life. In the order of gradual cultural development,\none's life may be divided in four divisions: celibacy, household life,\nretirement, and renunciation. During the first stage of life, up to twentyfive years of age, a man may be trained as a brahmaciiri under the guidance\nof a bona fide spiritual master just to understand that woman is the real\nbinding force in the material existence. If anyone wants to get freedom\nfrom the material bondage of conditional life, he must get free from the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0033": "Text 6]\n\nSchedUled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n347\n\nattraction for the form of woman. Woman, or the fair sex, is the enchanting\nprinciple for the living entities, and the male form, especially of the human\nbeing, is meant for self-realization. The whole world is moving under the\nspell of womanly attraction, and as soon as a man becomes united with a\nwoman, he at once becomes a victim of material bondage under a tight\nknot. The desires for lording it over the material world, under the intoxication of a false sense of lordship, specifically begin just after the man's\nunification with a woman. The desires for acquiring a house, possessing\nland, having children and becoming prominent in society, the affection for\ncommunity and the place of birth, and the hankering for wealth, which\nare all like the phantasmagoria or illusory dreams of life, encumber a\nhuman being, and he is thus impeded in his progress toward self-realization,\nthe real aim of life. The brahmaciiri, or a boy from the age of five years,\nespecially from the higher castes, namely from the scholarly parents (the\n\nbriihmar-as), the administrative parents (the k§atriyas), or the mercantile\nor productive parents (the vai.Syas), is trained until twenty-five years of age\nunder the care of a bona fide guru or teacher, and under strict observance\n\nof discipline he comes to understand the values of life along with taking\nspecific training for livelihood. The brahmaciiri is then allowed to go home\nand enter householder life and get married to a suitable woman. But there\n\nare many brahmaciiris who do not go home to become householders but\n\ncontinue the life of nai§thika-brahmaciiris, without any connection with\nwomen. They accept the order of sannyiisa, or the renounced order of\nlife, knowing well that combination with women is an unnecessary burden\nthat checks self-realization. Since sex desire is very strong at a certain stage\nof life, the guru may allow the brahmaciiri to marry; this license is given\nto a brahmaciiri who is unable to continue the way of nai§thika­\n\nbrahmacarya, and such discriminations are possible for the bona fide guru.\nA program of so-called family planning is needed. The householder who\n\nassociates with woman under scriptural restrictions, after a thorough\ntraining of brahmacarya, cannot be a householder like cats and dogs. Such\na householder, after fifty years of age, would retire from the association\nof woman as a viinaprastha to be trained up to live alone without the\nassociation of woman. When the practice is complete, the same retired\nhouseholder becomes a sannyiisi, strictly separate from woman, even from\nhis married wife. Studying the whole scheme of disassociation from women,\nit appears that a woman is a stumbling block for self-realization, and the\nLord appeared as Narayai:la to teach the principle of womanly disassocia­\n\ntion with a vow in life. The demigods, being envious of the austere life of\nthe rigid b rahmaciiris, would try to cause them to break their vows by dis-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0034": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n348\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\npatching soldiers of Cupid. But in the case of the Lord, it became an\nunsuccessful attempt when the celestial beauties saw that the Lord can\nproduce innumerable such beauties by His mystic internal potency, so\nthere was no need to be attracted by others externally. There is a common\nproverb that a confectioner is never attracted by sweetmeats. The confectioner, who is always manufacturing sweetmeats, has very little desire\nto eat them; similarly, the Lord, by His pleasure potential powers, can\nproduce innumerable spiritual beauties and not be the least attracted by\nthe false beauties of material creation. One who does not know, foolishly\nalleges that Lord Kr�tta enj oyed women in His riisa-lilii in Vrndavana, or\nwith His sixteen thousand married wives at Dvaraka.\n\nTEXT 7\n\nkiimam dahanti krtino nanu TO§a-dr§tyii\nro§am dahantam uta te na dahanty asahyam\nso 'yam yad antaram alam pravi.San bibheti\nkiima� katham nu punar asya mana[l srayeta\nkamam-lust; dahanti- chastises; krt ina[l, -great stalwarts; nanu-but;\nro§a-dntya-by wrathful glance; ro§am-wrath ; dahantam-being overwhelmed; uta although; te-they; na-cannot; dahanti subj ugate; asah-\n\nyam- in to lerab l e; sa�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthat; ayam\n\n-\n\nHim; yat-because; antaram-within;\n\nalu m- howe ver; p ravi.San-entering ; bibheti-is afraid of; k ama[l, - l ust ; katham how; nu-as a matter of fact ; puna[l-again; asya- His; mana[l- mind;\n-\n\nsrayeta-take shelter of.\nTRANSLATION\nGreat stalwarts like Lord Siva can, by their wrathful glance, overcome\n\nlust and vanquish him, yet they cannot be free from the overwhelming\n\neffects of their own wrath. Such wrath can never enter into the heart of\n\n", "SB2.2#p0035": "Text 8)\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n349\n\nHim [the Lord], who is above all this. So how can lust take shelter in\nHis mind?\nPURPORT\nWhen Lord Siva was engaged in severely austere meditati.on, Cupid,\n\nthe demigod of lust, threw his arrow of sex desire, and Lord Siva, thus\n\nbeing angry at him, glanced at Cupid in great wrath, and at once the body\n\nof Cupid was annihilated. Although Lord Siva was so powerful, he was\n\nunable to get free from the effects of such wrath. But in the behavior of\nLord Vigm there is no incidence of such wrath at any time. On the con·\n\ntrary, Bhrgu Muni tested the tolerance of the Lord by purposely kicking\n\nHis chest, but instead of being angry at Bhrgu Muni the Lord begged his\n\npardon, saying that Bhrgu Muni's leg might have been badly hurt due to\nHis chest being too hard. The Lord has the sign of the foot of Bhrgu-piida\n\nas the mark of tolerance. The Lord, therefore, is never affected by any\n\nkind of wrath, so how can there be any place for lust, which is less strong\nthan wrath? When lust or desire is not fulfilled, there is the appearance of\n\nwrath, but in the absence of wrath how can there by any place for lust?\n\nThe Lord is known as iipta-kiima�, or one who can fulfill His desires by\n\nHimself. He does not require anyone's help to satisfy His desires. The Lord\n\nis unlimited, and therefore His desires are also unlimited. All living\n\nentities but the Lord are limited in every respect; how then can the\n\nlimited satisfy the desires of the unlimited? The conclusion is that the\nAbsolute Personality of Godhead has neither lust nor anger, and even if\n\nthere is sometimes a show of lust and anger by the Absolute, it should be\nconsidered an absolute benediction.\n\nTEXT 8\n\nviddhaft sapatny-udita-patribhir anti riijiio\nbalo 'pi sann upagatas tapase vanani\ntasmii adiid dhruva-gatim gwate prasanno\ndivyiift stuvanti munayo yad upary-adhastiit\n\n", "SB2.2#p0036": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n350\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nviddha[l- pinched by; sapatni-a co-wife; udita-uttered by; patribhi[lby sharp words; anti-just before; riijiia[l-of the Icing; biila[l-a boy; apialthough; s an-being so; upagata[l\nni\n\n-\n\n-\n\ntook to; tapase\n\n-\n\nsevere penances; vanii­\n\nin a great forest; tasmai-therefore; adiit-gave as a reward; dhru.va­\n\ngatim-a path to the Dhruva planet;g.T[late-on being prayed for; prasanna[l\n-being satisfied; divyii[l-deniz ens of higher planets; stuvanti-do pray;\nmunaya[l-great sages;yat-thereupon; upari\n\n--\n\nup; adhastiit-down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing insulted by sharp words spoken by the co-wife of the king, even\n\nin his presence, Prince Dhruva, though only a boy, took to severe penances\nin the forest. And the Lord, being satisfied by his prayer, awarded him the\nDhruva planet, which is worshiped by great sages, both upward and downward.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen he was only five years old, Prince Dhruva, a great devotee and the\nson of l\\laharaja Uttanapada, was sitting on the lap of his father. His stepmother did not like the King's patting her stepson, so she dragged him out,\nsaying that he could not claim to sit on the lap of the King because he was\nnot born out of her womb. The little boy felt insulted by this act of his\nstepmother. Nor did his father make any protest, for he was too attached\nto his second wife. After this incidence, Prince Dhruva went to his own\nmother and complained. His real mother also could not take any step\nagainst this insulting behavior, so she wept. The boy inquired from his\nmother how he could sit on the royal throne of his father, and the poor\nqueen replied that only the Lord could help him. The boy inquired where\nthe Lord could be seen, and the queen replied that it is said that the Lord\nis sometimes seen by great sages in the dense forest. The child prince\ndecided to go into the forest to perform severe penances in order to\nachieve his objective.\nPrince Dhruva performed a stringent type of penance under the in­\n\nstruction of his spiritual master, Sri Narada Muni, who was specifically\ndeputed for this purpose by the Personality of Godhead. Prince Dhruva\nwas initiated by Narada to chant the hymn composed of eighteen letters,\nnamely om namo bhagavate viisudeviiy\n. a, and Lord Vasudeva incarnated\nHimself as Prsnigarbha, the Personality of Godhead with four hands, and\n\n", "SB2.2#p0037": "Text 9]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n351\n\nawarded the Prince a specific planet above the seven stars. Prince Dhruva,\nafter achieving success in his undertakings, saw the Lord face to face, and\nhe was satisfied that all his needs were fulfilled.\nThe planet awarded to Prince Dhruva Maharaja is a fixed Vaikuptha\nplanet, installed in the material atmosphere by the will of the Supreme\nLord Vasudeva. This planet, although within the material world, will not\nbe annihilated at the time of devastation, but will remain fixed in its\nplace. And, because it is a V aiku!J.tha planet never to be annihilated, it is\nworshiped even by the denizens of the seven stars situated below the\nDhruva planet, as well as the planets which are even above the Dhruva\nplanet. Mahar�i Bhrgu 's planet is situated above the Dhruva planet.\nSo the Lord incarnated Himself as Prsnigarbha just to satisfy a pure\ndevotee of the Lord. And this perfection was achieved by Prince Dhruva\nsimply by chanting the hymn mentioned above, after being initiated by\nanother pure devotee, Narada. A serious personality can thus achieve the\nhighest perfection of meeting the Lord and attain his objective simply by\nbeing guided by a pure devotee, who automatically approaches by dint of\none's serious determination to meet the Lord by all means.\nThe description of Prince Dhruva's activities can be read in detail in the\n\nFourth Canto of Snmad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nTEXT 9\n\n���wtij�:q$;l•ld f�FPtC£�MG'{1�il� � q�� I\n�wrn �tffif � � �\n\n��\"ll �f;r � �lf;r II � II\n\nyad venam utpatha-gatarh dvija-viikya-vajra\nni§plu§ta-pauru§a-bhagarh niraye patantam\n\ntriitviirthito jagati putra-padarh ca lebhe\ndugdhii vasuni vasudhii sakaliini yena\n\nyat-when; venam-unto King Vena; utpatha-gatam-going astray from\n\nthe righteous path; dvija-of the briihmar-as; viikya-wo r ds of cursing;\nvajra-thunderbolt; ni§p lu§ta-being burnt by; pauru§a-great deeds; bha­\n\ngam-opulence; niraye into hell; patan tam-going down; triitvii-by de-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0038": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n352\nlivering; arthita[l,\n\n-\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nso being prayed for;jagati-on the world;putra-padam\n\n­\n\nthe position of the son; ca-as well as; Zebhe-achieved; dugdhii--exploited;\nvasuni-- produce; vasudha-the earth; sakaliini-all kinds of ;yena- by whom.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaharaja Vena went astray from the path of righteousness, and the\nbrahmal)aS chastised him by the thunderbolt curse. By this King Vena was\nburnt with his good deeds and opulence and was en route to hell. The\nLord, by His causeless mercy, descended as his son, by the name of Prthu,\n\ndelivered the condemned King Vena from hell, and exploited the 'earth by\ndrawing all kinds of crops as produce.\n\nP URPORT\nAccording to the system of varrasrama-dharma, the pious and learned\nbriihmaras were the natural guardians of society. The briihmaras, by their\nlearned labor of love, would instruct the administrator kings how to rule\nthe country in complete righteousness, and thus the process would go on\nas a perfect welfare state. The kings or the k�atriya administrators would\nalways consult the council of learned briihmaras. They were never autocratic monarchs. The scriptures like Manu-samhitii and other authorized\nbooks of the great sages were guiding principles for ruling the subjects,\nand there was no need for less intelligent persons to manufacture a code\nof law in the name of democracy. The less intelligent mass of people have\nvery little knowledge of their own welfare, as the child has very little\nknowledge of its future well-being. The experienced father guides the\ninnocent child towards the path of progress, and the childlike mass of\npeople need similar guidance. The standard welfare codes are already there\nin the Manu-samhitii and other Vedic literatures. The learned briihmaras\nwould advise the king in terms of those standard books of knowledge and\nwith reference to the\n\nparticular\n\nsituation of time and place.\n\nSuch\n\nbriihmaras were not paid servants of the king, and therefore they had the\nstrength to dictate to the king on the principles of scriptures. This system\ncontinued even\n\nup to the\n\ntime of Maharaja Candragupta, and the\n\nbriihmara Cal)akya was his unpaid prime minister.\nMaharaja Vena did not adhere to this principle of ruling, and he disobeyed the learned briihmaras. The broad-minded briihmaras were not\nself-interested, but looked to the interest of complete welfare for all the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0039": "Text 10)\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n353\n\nsubjects. They wanted to chastise King Vena for his misconduct and so\nprayed to the Almighty Lord as well as cursed the king.\nLong life, obedience, good reputation, righteousness, prospects of being\npromoted to higher planets, and blessings of great personalities are all\nvanquished simply by disobeying a great soul. One should strictly try to\nfollow in the footsteps of great souls. Maharaja Vena became a king,\nundoubtedly due to his past deeds of righteousness, but because he willfully neglected the great souls, he was punished by the loss of all the abovementioned acquisitions. In the Viimana Puriir-a, the history of Maharaja\nVena and his degradation are fully described. When Maharaja Prthu heard\nabout the hellish condition of His father, Vena, who was suffering from\nleprosy in the family of a mleccha, he at once brought the former king to\nKuru�etra for his purification and relieved him from all sufferings.\nMaharaja Prthu, the incarnation of God, descended by the prayer of the\nbriihmar-as to restore the disorders on earth. He produced all kinds of\ncrops. But, at the same time, He performed the duty of a son who deJjvers\nthe father from hellish conditions. The word putra means one who delivers\nfrom hell, called put. That is a worthy son.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n�� 3ffit ����1 � :q:qR ��� �iSiit�l=il�t� I\n\"'\"J:4&:�qrTll{rnq��:\n�\"[ltf{�\n�: Sffilrij�UJ: qft�:lt Z II\no\n\nniibher asiiv r§abha iisa sudevi-siinur\nyo vai caciira sama-drg ja{la-yoga-caryiim\nyat piiramaharhsyam �ayaft padam iimananti\nsvasthaft pra5iinta-karartaft parimukta-sanga[t\nniibheft- by Maharaja Nabhi; asau- the Personality of Godhead; !§abhaft:t;t�abha; iisa-became; sudevi- Sudevi; siinuft- the son of; yaft- who; vaicertainly; caciira-performed; sama-drk - equibalanced ; ja{la-material ;yogaca ryiim- performance of yoga; yat- which; piiram ah arhsyam- the highest\nstage of perfection; r§ayaft- the learned s ages ;padam- situat io n ; iimananti­\n\ndo accept; svasthalt- self-reposed ;p rasiinta- suspended; k arartalt- the material senses;parimukta- perfectly liberated; sm iga[l. - material contamination.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0040": "354\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord appeared as the son of Sudevi, the wife of King Nahhi, and\nwas known as ��ahhadeva. He performed materialistic yoga to equihalance\nthe mind. This stage is also accepted as the highest perfectional situation of\nliberation, wherein one is situated in one's self and is completely satisfied.\n\nPURPORT\nOut of many types of mystic performances for self-realization, the\n\nprocess of ja(_}.a-yoga is also one accepted by authorities. This ja(_}.a-yoga\n\ninvolves practicing becoming like a dumb stone without being affected by\nmaterial reactions. Just as a stone is indifferent to all kinds of attacks and\n\nreattacks of external situations, similarly one practices ja(_]a-yoga by\n\ntolerating voluntary infliction of pain upon the material body. Such yogis,\n\nout of many self-infliction methods, practice plucking out the hairs on\ntheir head, without shaving and without any instrumental help. But the\n\nreal purpose of such ja(_]a-yoga practice is to get free from all material\naffection and to be completely situated in the self. At the last stage of his\nlife, Emperor ��abhadeva wandered like a dumb madman without being\naffected by all kinds of bodily mistreatment. Seeing him like a madman,\nwandering naked with long hair and a long beard, less intelligent children\nand men in the street used to spit on him and urinate on his body. He used\nto lie in his own stool and never move. But the stool of his body was\nflavored like the smell of fragrant flowers, and a saintly person would\n\nrecognize him as a paramahamsa, one in the highest state of human\nperfection. One who is not able to make his stool fragrant should not,\n\nhowever, imitate Emperor J:{.�ahhadeva. The practice of jm}a-yoga was\n\npossible by ��abhadeva and others on the same level of perfection, but\nsuch an uncommon practice is impossible for an ordinary man.\nThe real purpose of ja(_]a-yoga, as mentioned here in this verse, is\nprasiinta-karar-a\"ft, or subduing the senses. The whole process of yoga,\nunder whatever heading it may be, is to control the unbridled material\nsenses and thus prepare oneself for self-realization. In this age specifically,\nthis ja(_]a-yoga cannot be of any practical value, but on the other hand the\n\npractice of bhakti-yoga is feasible because it is just suitable for this age. The\nsimple method of hearing from the rightful source of Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nwill lead one to the highest perfectional stage of yoga. ��abhadeva was the\n\nson of King Nabhi and the grandson of King Agnidhra, and he was the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0041": "Text ll]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n355\n\nfather of King Bharata, after whose name this planet earth was called\nBhiiratavar§a. ��abhadeva's mother was also known as Merudevi, although\nher name is mentioned here\n\nas\n\nSudevi. It is sometimes proposed that\n\nSudevi was another wife of King Agnidhra, but since King ��abhadeva is\nmentioned elsewhere as the son of Merudevi, it is clear that Merudevi and\nSudevi are the same person u nder different names.\n\nTEXT ll\n\n�\n\n+lTf.Jr-{ ��wit\n\n�\n....\n\n� � ���·H�tq;{\\t(�OJ: I\n....\n\n....\n\n,...\n\n....\n\n�� �@ltrlST�t«<R�l\n\n�q���*fl:�ms��:ll� Zll\nsatre mamiisa bhagaviin haya-sira§iitho\nsiik§iit sa yajiia-puru§as tapaniya-van;w�\nchandomayo makhamayo 'khila-devatiitmii\nviico babhiivur usatift svasato 'sya nasta�\n\nsatre-in the sacrificial ceremony; mama-of mine; iisa-appeared; bhagaviin - the Personality of Godhead; haya-sira§ii-with His horselike head;\natha- thus; siik.siit- directly; sa[l- He; yajiia-puru§a[l- the person who is\npleased by performances of\ncha n d o maya[l -per sonified\n\nsacrifice; tapan iya-golden; va r[la[l -hue;\n\nVedic\n\nhymns;\n\nmakhamaya�-personified\n\nsacrifices; akhila-all that be; devata-iitmii-soul of the demigods; viicafi-­\n\nsounds; babhiiva[l-become audible; usatt[l-very pleasing to hear; svasa­\n\nta[t-while breathing; asya- His; nasta[l-through the nostrils.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord appeared as the Hayagriva incarnation in the sacrifice\nperformed by Brahma. He was the personified sacrifices, and the hue of\nHis body was golden. He is the personified Vedas as well, and the Supersoul\nof atl demigods. When He breathed, all the sweet sounds of the Vedic\nhymns came out of His nostrils.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0042": "S rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n356\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic hymns are generally meant for sacrifices to be performed by\nthe fruitive workers who also want to satisfy the demigods to achieve their\nfruitive result. But the Lord is the personified sacrifices and personified\nVedic hymns. Therefore one who is directly a devotee of the Lord is a\nperson who has automatically both served the purposes of sacrifices and\npleased the demigods. The devotees of the Lord may not perform any\nsacrifice or may not please the demigods as per Vedic injunctions, and still\nthe devotee is on a higher level than the fruitive workers or the worshipers\nof different demigods.\n\nTEXT 12\n\"\"\n\n�T\n\n\"\"\n\n\"'\n\n��tl ��;n�:\n\n�r�tr1f;IT�m��ij:l\nFi���� m�� ���\n�1� ij��m ��lll�� II Z �II\nmatsyo yugiinta-samaye manunopalabdha�\nk§OIJimayo nikhila-jiva-nikiiya-keta�\nvisraritsitiin uru-bhaye salile mukhiin me\nadiiya tatra vijahiira ha veda-miirgiin\nmatsya[l -incarnation of the fish; yuga-anta-at t h e end of the millennium; samaye-at the time of; manunii-the would-be Vaivasvata Manu;\nupalabdha�-seen; k§OIJimaya�-up to the earthly planets; nikhila-all;\njiva-living entities; nikiiya-keta�-shelter for; vis ra ritsitiin-emanating from;\nuru-great; bhaye-out of fear; salile-in the water; mukhiit-from the\nmouth; me-mine; adiiya-having taken to; tatra-there; vijahiira- enjoyed;\nha-certainly; veda-margan-all the Vedas.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of the millennium, the would-be V aivasvata Manu, of the\nname Satyavrata, would see that the Lord in the fish incarnation is the\nshelter of all kinds of living entities, up to those in the earthly planet. Out\n\n", "SB2.2#p0043": "Text 13]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n357\n\nof fear of the vast water, at the end of the millennium, the Vedas come\nout of m y [ Brahma's] mouth, and the Lord enjoys those vast waters\nand protects the Vedas.\n\nPURPORT\nDuring one day of Brahma, there are fourteen Manus, and at the end of\n\neach Manu, there is devastation up to the earthly planets, and the vast\n\nwater is fearful even to the personality of Brahma. So in the beginning of\nthe would-he Vaivasvata Manu, such devastation would he seen by him.\n\nThere would he many other incidences also, such as the killing of the\n\nfamous Sankhasura, etc. This foretelling is by past experience of Brahmiiji,\n\nwho knew that in that fearful devastating scene, the Vedas would come\n\nout of his mouth, hut the Lord in His fish incarnation not only would\n\nsave all living entities, namely the demigods, animals, man and the great\nsages, hut would also save the Vedas.\n\nTEXT\n\n13\n\n�'h:1���1���1�T���ijlll�� 3l���: I\n\"'\n+\"'�o;t\nq:; 3q'E4�•��1:TH:\ntlT:t\n�llllS�tfl�lUlifiO�: II Z �II\n\"'\n\n•\n\n....\n\nk§irodadhiiv amara-diinava-yuthapiiniim\nunmathnatiim amrta-labdhaya adi-deva[t\nPf§thena kacchapa-vapur vidadhiira gotrarh\nnidriilc§arw,dri-parivarta-ka§iirta· kart!Iu[t\n\nk§ira-milk; udadhau-in the ocean of; amara-the demigods; diinava-the\n\ndemons; yutha-piiniim-of the leaders of both hosts; unmathnatiim-while\nchurning; amrta-nect ar; labdhaya-for gaining; iidi-deva[t-thc primeval\n\nLord; pr§thena-by the backbone; kacc hapa- tor t oi se; vapu [t -body ; vida­\n\ndhiira-assumed; g otram- the\nsleeping;\n\nitching.\n\nMandara\n\nadri-parivarta- rolling\n\nthe\n\nHill; nidriih §arwft-while partly\n\nhill; k a§iirw - sc ratching ; kart!liifl.­\n\n", "SB2.2#p0044": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n358\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe primeval Lord then assumed the tortoise incarnation in order to\n\nserve as a resting\n\nplace\n\n[pivot]\n\nfor the Mandara Mountain, which\n\nwas acting as a churning rod. The demigods and demons were churning\n\nthe ocean of milk with the Mandara Mountain in order to extract\n\nnectar. The mountain moved back and forth, scratching the back of\n\nLord Tortoise, who, while partly sleeping, was experiencing an itching\n\nsensation.\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough it is not in our experience, there is a milk ocean within this\n\nuniverse. It is accepted even by the modern scientist that there are\nhundreds and hundreds of thousands of planets hovering over our heads,\n\nand each of them has different kinds of climatic conditions. Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam gives much information which may not tally with our present\n\nexperience. But as far as Indian sages are concerned, knowledge is received\n\nfrom the V cdic literatures, and the authorities accept without any hesita­\n\ntion that we should look through the pages of authentic books of\n\nknowledge (siistra-cak§usvat). So we cannot deny the existence of the\n\nocean of milk as stated in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam unless and until we\n\nhave experimentally seen all the planets hovering in space. Since such an\n\nexperiment is not possible, naturally we have to accept the statement of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam as it is because it is so accepted by spiritual leaders\n\nlike Sndhara Svam1, J!va Gosvam1, V isvanatha Cakravarti and others. The\nVedic process is to follow in the footsteps of great authorities, and that is\n\nthe only process for knowing that which is beyond our imagination.\n\nThe primeval Lord, being all-powerful, can do whatever He likes, and\n\ntherefore His assuming the incarnation of a tortoise or a fish for serving a\nparticular purpose is not at all astonishing. Therefore we should not have\n\nany hesitation whatsoever in accepting the statements of the authentic\n\nscriptures like Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nThe gigantic work of churning the JTiilk ocean by combined effort of\n\nthe demigods and the demons required a gigantic resting ground or pivot\n\nfor the gigantic Mandara Hill. Thus to help the attempt of the demigods\n\nthe primeval Lord assumed the incarnation of a gigantic tortoise, swim­\n\nming in the oceatl of milk. At the same time, the mountain scratched\nHis backbone as He was partly sleeping and thus relieved His itching\n\nsensation.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0045": "Text 14)\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n359\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�mq���T � �m��\n'liC�H �q���T��. �Cf.U�e{Cf;ft{_ I\n��'ll'g\n��Tl�CIJ:IRT�T Rlmtf N�� ';1\\Cf: �;:ij1'{_11 Z '11 II\n\"\n\n�\n\n\"\n\n.\n\nr-\n\n�\n\n\"'\n\n�f\".\n\ntrai-pi§taporu-bhaya-hii sa nrsimha-rupam\n\nhrtvii bhramad-bhrukuti-dam§tra-kariila-vaktram\n\ndaityendram iisu gadayiibhipatantam\n\niiriid urau nipiitya vidadiira nakhai[t sphurantam\n\nt rai -pi§tapa - the\n\ndemigods;\n\nu-bhaya-hii- one who vanquishes great\n\nur\n\nfears; sa [t - He , the Personality of Godhead; nrsimha- rn pa m- assuming the\n\nincarnation Nrsiritha ; krt uii- doing so; bhramat-by rolling; bhru-kuti­\n\neyebrows;dam§tra-teeth; kariila- great ly fearful; vak l ram-- mout h; daitya­\n\nin dram-the king of the demons; ii.Su-immediately; gadayii-with club in\n\nhand; abhipatantam- while falling down; iiriit - n e arby; urau-on the thighs;\n\nn ipiitya- placing on; vidadiira - pierced; nakhai[t -by the nails; sphurantamwhile challenging.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead assumed the incarnation of Narasirithadeva\nin order to vanquish the great fears of the demigods. He killed the king\nof the demons [ Hiral).yakasipu], who challenged the Lord with a club\nin his hand, by placing the demon on His thighs and piercing him with His\nnails, rolling His eyebrows in anger and showing His fearful teeth and\nmouth.\nPURPORT\nThe history of Hira�yakasipu and his great devotee son Prahlada Maha­\n\nraja is narrated in the Seventh Canto of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. 1-Iiral).yakasipu\nbecame very powerful by material achievements and thought himself to\nbe immortal by the grace of Brahmaji. Brahmaji declined to award him\nthe\n\nbenediction\n\nof\n\nimmortality\n\nbecause\n\nhe\n\nhimself\n\nis\n\nnot\n\nan\n\nimmortal being. But Hira�yakasipu derived Brahmaji's benediction in a\nroundabout way, almost equal to becoming an immortal being. Hira�yakasipu was sure that he would not be killed by any man or demigod or by\n\n", "SB2.2#p0046": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n360\n\nl Canlo 2, Ch. 7\n\nany kind of known weapon, nor would he die in day or night. Tlw Lon!,\n\nhowever, assumed the incarnation of half-man and half-lion, which was\nbeyond the imagination of a materialistic demon like Hira�yakasipu, and\n\nthus, keeping pace with the benediction of Brahmaji, the Lord killed\nhim. He killed him on His lap, so that he was killed neither on the land\nnor on the water nor in the sky. He was pierced by Narasimha's nails,\nwhich were beyond the human weapons imaginable by Hiral).yakasipu.\nThe literal meaning of Hiral).yakasipu is one who is after gold and soft\nbedding, the ultimate aim of all materialistic men. Such demonic men,\n\nwho have no relationship with God, gradually become puffed up by\nmaterial acquisitions and begin to challenge the authority of the Supreme\n\nLord and torture those who are devotees of the Lord. Prahlada l\\laharaja\n\nhappened to be the son of Hiral).yakasipu, and because he was a great\n\ndevotee, his father tortured him to the best of his ability. In this extreme\nsituation, the Lord assumed the incarnation of Narasimhadeva, and just\n\nto finish the enemy of the demigods, the Lord killed Iliral).yakasipu in a\nmanner which was beyond the demon's imagination. Materialistic plans\n\nof godless demons are always frustrated by the all-powerful Lord.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�:e<�(\"4�;{ q� �'Tat\n� 1{?;fqftRl�ill�� 3lRJ: I\n�m:��liiR<4�\n(f�w.£: l!>l��W�w:rT&:f� II� �II\nanta[l.-sarasy uru-balena pade grhito\ngriiherta yiitha-patir ambuja-has ta iirta[l.\niihedam iidi-puru§iikhila-loka-niitha\ntirtha-sravaft sravarta-mwigala-niimadhe ya\nantaft-sarasi-within the river; uru bale na-by superior strength; pade-\n\nleg; grhita[l.\n\n-\n\nbeing taken up; griiherta-by the crocodile; yiitha-pati[l.-of\n\nthe leader of the elephants; ambuja-hastaft-with a lotus flower in Lhe hand;\n\niirta[l.-greatly aggrieved; aha-addressed; idam-like this; iidi-puru §a\n\n-\n\nthe\n\noriginal enjoyer; akhila-loka-niitha-the Lord of the universe; tirtha-srava[l.-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0047": "Text 15)\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n361\n\nas famous as a place of pilgrimage; s ravarza-man gala all good simply by\n-\n\nhearing the name; niima dheya\n-\n\n-\n\nwhose holy name is worth chanting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe leader of the elephants, whose leg was attacked in the river by a\ncrocodile of superior strength, was much aggrieved. Taking a lotus flower\nin his trunk, he addressed the Lord, saying, '0 original enjoyer, Lord of the\nuniverse! 0 deliverer, as famous as the place of pilgrimage! All are purified\nsimply by hearing Your holy name, which is worthy to be chanted.'\n\nPURPORT\nThe history of delivering the leader of the elephants, whose leg was\nattacked in the river by the superior strength of a crocodile, is described in\n\nthe Eighth Canto of Srimad-Bhiigavatam (Bhiig. 8.2.4). Since the Lord is\n\nabsolute knowledge, there is no difference between His holy name and the\nPersonality of Godhead. The leader of the elephants was much distressed\nwhen he was attacked by the crocodile. Although the elephant is always\nstronger than the crocodile, the latter is stronger than the elephant when\nit is in the water. And because the elephant was a great devotee of the Lord\nin his previous birth, he was able to chant the holy name of the Lord by\ndint of his past good deeds. Every living entity is always distressed in this\nmaterial world because this place is such that in every step one has to meet\nwith some kind of distress. But one who is supported by his past good\ndeeds engages himself in the devotional service of the Lord, as is confirmed\n\nin the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 7.19). Those who are supported by impious acts\ncannot be engaged in the devotional service of the Lord, even though they\nare distressed. This is also confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 7.15). The\n\nPersonality of Godhead Hari appeared at once on the back of His eternal\nbearer Garu�a and delivered the elephant.\nThe elephant was conscious of his relation with the Supreme Lord. He\n\naddressed the Lord as iidi-puru§a, or the original enjoyer. Both the Lord\nand the living beings are conscious and are therefore enjoyers, but the\nLord is the original enjoyer because He is the creator of everything. In a\nfamily, both the father and his sons are undoubtedly enjoyers, but the\nfather is the original enjoyer, and the sons are subsequent enjoyers. A pure\ndevotee knows well that everything in the u�:J,iverse is the property of the\nLord, and a living entity can enjoy a thing as ordained by the Lord. A\n\n", "SB2.2#p0048": "362\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nliving being cannot even touch a thing which is not alloted to him. This\n\nidea of the original enjoyer is explained very nicely in the lsopan4ad.\n\nOne who knows this difference between the Lord and himself never accepts\n\nanything without first offering it to the Lord.\n\nThe elephant addressed the Lord as akhila-loka-niitha, or the Lord of the\n\nuniverse, and as such He is the Lord of the elephant also. The elephant,\n\nbeing a pure devotee of the Lord, specifically deserved to be saved from\n\nthe attack of the crocodile, and because it is a promise of the Lord that\nHis devotee will never be vanquished, it was quite befitting that the\n\nelephant called upon the Lord to protect him, and the merciful Lord also\nat once responded. The Lord is the protector of everyone, but He is the\n\nfirst protector of one who acknowledges the superiority of the Lord\n\nwithout being so falsely proud as to deny the superiority of the Lord or to\n\nclaim to be equal to Him. He is ever superior. A pure devotee of the Lord\n\nknows this difference between the Lord and himself. Therefore a pure\n\ndevotee is given first preference because of his full dependence, whereas\n\nthe person who denies the existence of the Lord and declares himself the\n\nLord is called asu ra, and as such he is given protection by the strength of\n\nlimited power subject to the sanction of the Lord. Since the Lord is\n\nsuperior to everyone, His perfection is also superior. No one can imagine\n\nit.\n\nThe elephant addressed the Lord as tirtha-srava�, or \"famous as the place\n\nof pilgrimage.\" People go to places of pilgrimage in order to be delivered\n\nfrom the reactions of unknown sinful acts. But one can be freed from all\n\nsinful reactions simply by remembering His holy name. The Lord is there­\n\nfore as good as the holy places of pilgrimage. One can be free from all\n\nsinful reactions after reaching a place of pilgrimage, but one can have the\nsame benefit at home or at any place simply by chanting the holy name of\nthe Lord. For a pure devotee, there is no need to go to the holy place of\npilgrimage. He can be delivered from all sinful acts simply by remembering\nthe Lord in earnestness. A pure devotee of the Lord never commits any\nsinful acts, but because the whole world is full of the sinful atmosphere,\n\neven a pure devotee may commit a sin unconsciously, as a matter of\n\ncourse. One who commits sinful acts consciously cannot be worthy of\n\nbecoming a devotee of the Lord, but a pure devotee who unconsciously\ndoes something sinful is certainly delivered by the Lord because a pure\ndevotee remembers the Lord always.\n\nThe Lord's holy name is called sravar-a-mangala. This means that every­\n\nthing ausp icious is received simply by hearing the holy name. In another\nplace in Srimad-Bhiigavatam, His holy name is described as pur-ya-sravar-a-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0049": "Text 16]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n363\n\nkirtana. It is a pious act simply to chant and hear all about the Lord. The\n\nLord descends on this earth and acts like others in connection with the\nactivities of the world just to create subject matter for hearing about Him;\notherwise the Lord has nothing to do in this world, nor has He any\nobligation to do anything. He comes out of His own causeless mercy and\nacts as He desires, and the Vedas and Puriirws are full of descriptions of His\ndifferent activities so that people i n general may naturally be eager to hear\nand read something about His activities. Generally, however, the modern\nfictions and novels of the world occupy a greater part of people's valuable\ntime. Such literatures cannot do good to anyone; on the contrary, they\nagitate the young mind unnecessarily and increase the modes of passion\nand ignorance, leading to increasing bondage to the material conditions.\nThe sam<' aptitude for hearing and reading is better utilized in hearing and\nreading of the Lord's activities. This will give one all around benefit.\nIt is concluded, therefore, that the holy name of the Lord and things in\nrelation with Him are always worth hearing, and therefore He is called here\nin this verse niima-dheya, or one whose holy name is worth chanting.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n....\n\n•\n\nr--. \"\n\n��ar ���� Fn�crlOl ij�-\n\n��ij �ll� �iffi'i_ ivTT�R II � �II\nsrutvii haris tam ara!liirthinam aprameyas\ncakriiyudhaft patagariija-bhujiidhirnflhaft\ncakrerw nakra-vadanam vinipiitya tasmiidd\nhaste pragrhya bhagaviin krpayojjahiira\n\nsrutvii-by hearing; hari�-the Personality of Godhead; tam-him; ara[Iaarthinam- one who is in need of help; apram eya [l - the unlimitedly power­\n\nful Lord; cakra- wheel; iiyudha[l - equipped with His weapon; pataga-riijathe king of the birds (Garu�a); bhuja-adhirnflha[l\n\n-\n\nbeing seated on the\n\nwings of; cakre[Ia-by the wheel; nakra-vadanam-the mouth of the croco­\n\ndile; vinipii t ya- cutting in two; tasmiit-from the mouth of the crocodile;\nhaste-in the hands; prag rhya-t aking hold of the trunk; bhagavan- the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0050": "364\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nPersonality of Godhead; k:payii-out of causeless mercy; ujjahiira-delivered him.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead, after hearing the elephant's plea, felt that\nhe needed His immediate help, for he was in great distress. Thus at once\nthe Lord appeared there on the wings of the king of birds, Garu�a, fully\nequipped with His weapon, the wheel [ cakra] . And with the wheel He\n\ncut to pieces the mouth of the crocodile to save the elephant, and He\ndelivered the elephant by lifting him by his trunk.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord resides in His V aiku!J.tha planet. No one can estimate how far\n\naway this planet is situated. It is said, however, that anyone trying to\nreach that planet by airships or by mindships, traveling for millions of\nyears, will find it still unknown. Modern scientists have invented airships\nwhich are material, and a still finer material attempt is made by the yogis\n\nto travel by mindships. The yogis can reach any distant place very quickly\n\nwith the help of mindships. But neither the airship nor the mindship has\n\naccess into the kingdom of God in the V aiku!J.thaloka, situated far beyond\n\nthe material sky. Since this is the situation, how was it possible for the\nprayers of the elephant to be heard from such an unlimitedly distant place,\n\nand how could the Lord at once appear on the spot? These things cannot\nbe calculated by human imagination. All this was possible by the unlimited\n\npower of the Lord, and therefore the Lord is described here as aprameya,\nfor not even the best human brain can estimate His powers and potencies\n\nby mathematical calculation. The Lord can hear from such a distant place,\n\nHe can eat from there, and He can appear simultaneously in all places at a\n\nmoment's notice. Such is the omnipotency of the Lord.\n\nTEXT\n\n17\n\n'J'ill;rli �lifm:�)st�f�ij: ijar�t\n\"'\n\n\"\n\n� f.t��'tli ��?.fll�: I\n\"\n\n�qt trt� iii�� f;rq�;;3�\n\"\n\n� ttl� :q� \"Sf�� 'ill�: II Z \\911\n�hQ\n'\"' �\n\n", "SB2.2#p0051": "Text 17]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n365\n\njyiiyiin gurwir avarajo'py adite� sutiiniirh\nlokiin vicakrama imiin yad athiidhiyajna�\nk§miirh viimanena jagrhe tripadacchalena\nyiicniim rte pathi caran prabhubhir na ciilya�\njyiiyiin- the\napi\n\n-\n\ngreatest; gurw*-by\n\nqualities;\n\navaraja�-transcendental;\n\na!though He is so; adite�-of Aditi; sutiiniim-of all the sons known as\n\nAdityas; lokiin-all the planets; vicakrame\n\n-\n\nsurpas sed ; imiin-in t his uni­\n\nverse; yat-one who; atka-therefore; adhiyajiia�-the Supreme Personality\nof\n\nGodhead; k§miim-all the lands; viimanena-in the incarnation of\n\nVamana; jagrhe- a ccepted; tri-pada- three steps; chalena-by pretention;\n\nyiiciiam-begging; rte-without; pathi ca ran-passing over the right path;\nprabhubhi�-by authorities; na-never to be; calya�-to be bereft of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, although transcendental to all material modes, still surpassed\nall qualities of the sons of Aditi, known .as the Adityas. The Lord appeared\nas\n\nthe youngest son of Aditi. And because He surpassed all the planets of\n\nthe universe, He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. On the pretense\nof asking for a measurement of three footsteps of land, He took away all\nthe lands of Bali Maharaja. He asked simply because without begging, no\nauthority can take one's rightful possession.\nPURPORT\nThe history of Bali Maharaja and his charity to Vamanadeva is described\n\nin the Eighth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam. Bali Maharaja conquered all the\n\nplanets of the universe by rightful possession. A king can conquer other\n\nkings by strength, and such possession is considered to be rightful. So\n\nBali Maharaja possessed all the lands of the universe, and he happened to\n\nbe charitably disposed toward the briihmar-as. The Lord therefore pre­\n\ntended to be a beggar briihmar-a, and He asked for a measurement of three\n\nfootsteps of land from Bali Maharaja. The Lord, as the proprietor of\neverything, could take from him all the lands that Bali Maharaja possessed,\n\nbut He did not do so because Bali Maharaja possessed all those lands by\n\nking's rights. While Bali Maharaja was asked by Lord Vamana for such\n\nsmall charity, the spiritual master of Bali Maharaja, namely Sukracarya,\nobjected to this proposal because he knew that Vamanadeva was Vi��u\n\n", "SB2.2#p0052": "366\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nHimself, pretending to be a beggar. Bali Maharaja did not agree to abide\nby the order of his spiritual master when he understood that the beggar\nwas Vi�!lu Himself, and he at once agreed to give Him in charity the land\nrequested. By this agreement Lord Vamana covered all the lands of the\nuniverse with His first two steps and then asked Bali Maharaja where to\nplace the third step. Bali Maharaja was very glad to receive the Lord's\nremaining step upon his head, and thus Bali Maharaja, instead of losing\neverything that he possessed, was blessed by the Lord's becoming his\nconstant companion and doorman. So, by giving everything to the cause of\nthe Lord, one does not lose anything, but he gains everything that he\ncould never otherwise expect.\n\nTEXT 18\n\nniirtho baler ayam urukrama-piida-saucam\niipaft sikhii-dhrtavato vibudhiidhipatyam\nyo vai pratiSrutam rte na cikir§ad anyad\niitmiinam anga manasii haraye' bhimene\nna -never; artha[t-of any value in comparison with; bale [t-of strength;\n\nayam -this; urukrama-piida-saucam-the water washed from the feet of the\n\nPersonality of Godhead; iipaft-water; sikhii-dhrtavata[t-of one who has\nkept it on his head; vibudha-adhipatyam -supremacy over the kingdom\nof the demigods;yaft-one who; vai-certainly; pratisrutam what was duly\npromised; rte na-besides that; cikir§ at tried for; anyat-anything else;\niitmiinam-even his personal body; anga-0 Narada; manasii-within his\nmind; haraye-unto the Supreme Lord; abhimene-dedicated.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja, who put on his head the water washed from the lotus\nfeet of the Lord, did not think of anything else besides his promise, in\n\n", "SB2.2#p0053": "Text 18]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n367\n\nspite of being forbidden by his spiritual master. The king dedicated his own\npersonal body to fulfill the measurement of the Lord's third step. For such\na personality, even the kingdom of heaven, which he conquered by his\nstrength, was of no value.\nPURPORT\n\nBali Maharaja, by gammg the transcendental favor of the Lord in\nexchange for his great material sacrifice, was able to have a place in the\nV aiku:p.!haloka with equal or greater facilities of eternal enjoyment; therefore he was not at all the loser by sacrificing the kingdom of heaven,\nwhich he possessed by his material strength. In other words, when the\nLord snatches away one's hard-earned material possessions and favors one\nwith His personal transcendental service for eternal life, bliss and knowledge, such taking away by the Lord should be considered a special favor\nupon such a pure devotee.\nMaterial possessions, however alluring they may be, cannot be permanent\npossessions. Therefore one has to voluntarily give up such possessions, or\none has to leave such possessions at the time of quitting this material body.\nThe sane man knows that all material possessions are temporary, and the\nbest use of such possessions is to engage them in the service of the Lord so\nthat the Lord may be pleased with him and award him a permanent place\nin His param dhiima.\nIn the\n\nBhagavad-gitii, the param dhiima of the Lord is described as\n\nfollows:\n\nnirmiina-mohii jita-sanga-do§ii\nadhyiitma-nityii vinivrtta-kiimii{l\ndvandvair vimuktii[l. sukha-du[l.kha-samjiiair\ngacchanty amiiflhiift padam avyayam tat\nna tad bhiisayate suryo\nna sasiinko na piivaka[l\nyad gatvii na nivartante\ntad dhiima paramam mama\n\n(Bg. 15.5-6)\n\nOne who possesses more in this material world, in the shape of houses,\nland, children, society, friendship and wealth, possesses these things only\nfor the time being. One cannot possess all this illusory paraphernalia, ere-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0054": "368\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nated by miiyii, permanently. Such a possessor is more illusioned in the mat­\n\nter of his self-realization; therefore one should possess less or nothing, so\nthat he may be free from artificial prestige. We are contaminated in the\n\nmaterial world by association with the three modes of material nature.\nTherefore, the more one is spiritually advanced by devotional service to\nthe Lord, in exchange for his temporary possessions, the more one is freed\n\nfrom the attachment of material illusion. And to achieve this stage of life\none must be firmly convinced about spiritual existence and its permanent\n\neffects. To know exactly the permanency of spiritual existence, one must\n\nvoluntarily practice to possess less or the minimum only to maintain the\nmaterial existence without any difficulty. One should not create artificial\nneeds. That wiU help one to be satisfied with the minimum. Artificial\nneeds of life are activities of the senses. The modern advancement of\ncivilization is based on these activities of the senses, or, in other words, it\n\nis the civilization of sense gratification. Perfect civilization is the civilization\n\nof iitmii, or the soul proper. The civilized man of sense gratification is on\n\nan equal level with animals because animals cannot go beyond the activities\n\nof the senses. Above the senses there is the mind. The civilization of mental\n\nspeculation is also not the perfect stage of life because above the mind\nthere is the intelligence, and the Bhagavad-gitii gives us information of the\n\nintellectual civilization. The Vedic literatures give different directions for\n\nthe human civilization, including the civilization of the senses, of the mind,\n\nof intelligence, and the civilization of the soul proper. The Bhagavad-gitii\n\nprimarily deals with the intelligence of man, leading one to the progressive\npath of the civilization of the spirit soul. And Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the\ncomplete human civilization dealing with the subject matter of the soul\nproper. As soon as a man is raised to the status of the civilization of the\n\nsoul, he is fit to be promoted to the kingdom of God, and the kingdom\nof God is described in the Bhagavad-gitii as per the above verses.\n\nThe primary information of the kingdom of God informs us that there\n\nis no need of sun nor moon nor of electricity, which are all necessary in\n\nthis material world of darkness. And the secondary information of the\n\nkingdom of God explains that anyone able to reach that kingdom by\n\nadoption of the civilization of the soul proper, or, in other words, by\n\nthe method of bhakti-yoga, attains the highest perfection of life. One is\n\nthen situated in the permanent existence of the soul, with full knowledge\n\nof transcendental loving service for the Lord. Bali Maharaja accepted this\n\ncivilization of the soul in exchange for his great material possession and\n\nthus became fit for promotion to the kingdom of God. The kingdom of\n\nheaven, which he achieved by dint of his material power, was considered\nmosl insignificant in comparison wiLh the kingdom of God.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0055": "Text 19)\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n369\n\nThose who have attained the comforts of material civilization, made for\nsense gratification, should try to attain the kingdom of God by following\nin the footsteps of Bali l\\laharaj a, who exchanged his acquired material\n\nstrength, adopting the process of bhakti-yoga as recommended in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii and further explained in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nTEXT 19\n.\n\n.\n\n\"\n\n�1:1' :q ;m� � ��Ft. T�-\n\nli� m�qft� i3CJR �ill{_ I\n� :q +ii416Jij+ii�Jiij\"ij�\n\n��ef�m:lllT Tq��� II Z �II\ntubhyarh ca niirada bh[Sarh bhagaviin vivrddhabhiivena siidhu paritu§ta uviica yogam\n\njniinarh ca bhiigavatam iitma-satattva-diparh\nyad viisudeva-sara[tii vidur aiijasaiva\n\ntubhyam-unto you; ca-also; niirada-0 Narada; bhrsam-very nicely;\n\nbhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; vivrddha- develo ped; bhiivena-by\n\ntranscendental love; siidhu-your goodness; paritU§taft- being satisfied;\n\nuviica-described; yogam- service; jniinam-kn owle dge; ca-also; bhiigava­\n\ntam - the science of God and His devotional service; iitma-the self; sa­\n\ntattoo-with all details; dipam-just like the light in the darkness;yat-that\nwhich; viisudeva- sarariift - those who are souls surrendered unto Lord\nVasudeva; vidu[l -know them; aiijasii-perfectly well; eva-as it is.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Narada, you were taught about the science of God and His transcen·\ndental loving service by the Personality of Godhead in His incarnation of\nHamsavatara. He was very much pleased with you, due to your intense\nproportion of devotional service. He also explained unto you, lucidly, the\nfull science of devotional service, which is especially understandable by\npersons who are souls surrendered unto Lord Vasudeva, the Personality of\nGodhead.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0056": "370\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nCanto 2, Ch. 7]\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe devotee and devotional service are two correlative terms. Unless one\nis inclined to be a devotee of the Lord, he cannot enter into the intracacies\nof devotional service. Lord Sri Kr��a wanted to explain the Bhagavad-gitii,\nwhich is the science of devotional service, unto Sr'i Arjuna because Arjuna\nwas not only a friend of Lord Kr��a, but was a great devotee as well. The\nwhole process is that all living entities, being constitutionally parts and\n\nparcels of the supreme living being, the Absolute Personality of Godhead,\nhave proportionately minute independence of action also. So the prelimi­\n\nnary qualification for entering into the devotional service of the Lord is\nthat one become a willing cooperator, and as such one should voluntarily\n\ncooperate with persons who are already engaged in the transcendental\n\ndevotional service of the Lord. By cooperating with such persons, the\nprospective candidate will gradually learn the techniques of devotional\n\nservice, and with the progress of such learning one becomes proportionately\nfree from the contamination of material association. Such a purificatory\n\nprocess will establish the prospective candidate in firm faith and gradually\nelevate him to the stage of transcendental taste for such devotional service.\n\nThus he acquires a genuine attachment for the devotional service of the\n\nLord, and his conviction carries him on to the point of ecstasy, just prior\n\nto the stage of transcendental love.\n\nSuch knowledge of devotional service may be divided into two sections,\nnamely preliminary knowledge of the nature of devotional service and the\n\nsecondary knowledge of execution. Bhiigavatam is in relation with the\n\nPersonality of Godhead, His beauty, fame, opulence, dignity, attraction\nand transcendental qualities which attract one towards Him for exchange\nof love and affection. There is a natural affinity of the living entity for the\n\nloving service of the Lord. This affinity becomes artificially covered by\n\nthe influence of material association, and Srimad-Bhiigavatam helps one\n\nvery genuinely remove that artificial covering. Therefore it is particularly\n\nmentioned herein that Srimad-Bhiigavatam acts like the lamp of transcen­\n\ndental knowledge. These two sections of transcendental knowledge in\ndevotional service become revealed to a person who is a soul surrendered\nunto Vasudeva; as it is said in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 7.19), such a great\n\nsoul, fully surrendered unto the lotus feet of Vasudeva, is very, very rare.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0057": "Text 20]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n371\n\nTEXT 20\n\n� � ��:rfuij ��5 ��IJ1t\nii�ij� ii����t Fi�ffll\n� � �q c;��m� mlfcf\n�H� N'lg ��elf ��P.f*tft�: II� oil\ncakram ca dik�v avihatam dasasu sva-tejo\nmanvantare�u manu-vamsa-dharo bibharti\ndu�te�u riijasu damam vyadadhiit sva-kirtim\nsatye tri-pr�tha usatim prathayams caritra*\ncakram-the Sudarsana wheel of the Lord; ca-as well as; dik�u- in all\ndirections; avihatam- without being deterred; dasasu-ten sides; sva-teja[tpersonal strength; manvantare�u-in different incarnations of Manu; manu­\n\nvamsa-dharaft-as the descendant of the Manu dynasty; bibharti-rules\nover; du�te�u- unto the miscreants; riijasu- upon the kings of that type;\n\ndamam- subjection; vyadadhiit- performed; sva-kirtim- personal glories;\nsatye in the Satyaloka planet; tri-pr�the-the three planetary systems;\n-\n\nu8atim- glorious; prathayan- established; caritra*- characteristics.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the incarnation of Manu, the Lord became the descendant of the\nManu dynasty and ruled over the miscreant kingly order, subjecting them\nby His powerful wheel weapon. Undeterred in all circumstances, His rule\nwas characterized by His glorious fame, which spread over the three lokas,\nand above them up to the planetary system of the Satyaloka, the topmost\nin the universe.\nPURPORT\nWe have already discussed the incarnations of Manu in the First Canto.\nIn one day of Brahma there are fourteen Manus, changing one after\nanother. In that way there are 420 Manus in a month of Brahma and\n5,040 Manus in one year of Brahma. Brahma lives for one hundred years\nin his calculation, and as such there are 504,000 Manus in the jurisdiction\nof one Brahma. And there are innumerable Brahmas, and all of them live\nonly during one breathing period of Maha-Vi�l).u. So we can just imagine\n\n", "SB2.2#p0058": "[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n372\n\nhow the incarnations of the Supreme Lord work all over the material\nworlds, which comprehend only one-fourth of the total energy of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nThe Manvan tara incarnation chastises all the miscreant rulers of different\nplanets with as much power as that of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwho punishes the miscreants with His wheel weapon. The Manvantara\nincarnations disseminate the transcendental glories of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�ijR� �qqt\"l �lf.r �;rtm �art ��illt � 3Tm �� 1\n� � +{trf�f!{�I��I:T\n3T�Qf�i;\\+i@1�4'4��hol � II� Z II\ndhanvantaris ca bhagaviin svayam eva kirtir\nniimnii n,r[liirh puru-rujiirh ruja iisu hanti\nyajne ca bhiigam amrtiiyur-aviivarundha\niiyu§ya-vedam anusiisty avatirya lake\ndhan vanta ri�-the incarnation of God named Dhanvantari; ca-and;\nbhagaviin\n\n-\n\nthe Personality of Godhead; svayam eva-personally Himself;\n\nkirtifl.-fame personified; niimnii-by the name; nr[tiim puru-rujiim-of the\ndiseased living entities; rujaft-diseases; iisu-very soon; h anti- cu res; yajne\n-in the sacrifice; ca-also; bhiigam share; amrta-nectar; iiyuft-duration\n-\n\nof life; ava-from; avarundhe-obtains; iiyu§ya-of duration of life; vedam\n-knowledge; an uSiisti-directs; avatirya-inca rn ating; lake-in the universe.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord in His incarnation of Dhanvantari very quickly cures the\n\ndiseases of the ever diseased living entities simply by His fame personified,\n\nand due to Him only the demigods achieve long duration of life. Thus\n\nthe Personality of Godhead becomes ever glorified.\n\nHe also exacted a\n\nshare from the sacrifices, and it is He onJy who inaugurated the medical\nscience or the knowledge of medicine in the universe.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0059": "Text 22]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n373\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the beginning of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, everything emanates from the ultimate source of the Personality of Godhead; it is there­\n\nfore understood in this verse that medical science or knowledge in medicine\n\nwas also inaugurated by the Personality of Godhead in His incarnation\nDhanvantari, and thus the knowledge is recorded in the Vedas. The Vedas\n\nare the source of all knowledge, and thus knowledge in medical science is\nalso there for the perfect cure of the diseases of the living entity. The\nembodied living entity is diseased by the very construction of his body.\n\nThe body is the symbol of diseases. The disease may differ from one\n\nvariety to another, but disease must be there j ust as there is birth and death\nfor everyone. So, by the grace of the Personality of Godhead, not only\n\ndiseases of the body and mind are cured, but also the soul is relieved of the\n\nconstant repetition of birth and death. The name of the Lord is also called\n\nbhavau§adhi, or the source of curing the disease of material existence.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nk�atrarh k�ayaya vidhinopabhrtarh mahatma\n\nbrahma-dhrug ujjhita-patharh narakarti-lipsu\n\nuddhanty asiiv avanikar-takam ugra-viryas\ntrifl-sapta-krtva urudhiira-parasvadhena\n\nk�atram-the\n\nroyal order; k�ayaya-for the matter of diminishing;\n\nvidhina-by destination; upabhrtam-increased in proportion; mahiitmii­\n\nthe Lord in the form of the great sage Parasurama; brahma-dhruk-the\n\nultimate truth in Brahman; ujjhita-patham-those who have given up the\n\npath of Absolute Truth; naraka-arti-lipsu-desirous to suffer pain in hell;\n\nuddhanti-exacts; asau-all those; avanikar.takam-thorns of the world;\n\nugra-virya[l-awfully powerful; trifl-sapta-thrice seven times; krtoofl-performed; urudhara-very sharp;paraSvadhena-by the great chopper.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0060": "374\n\nS nmad -Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the ruling administrators, who are known as the l�atriyas, turned\nastray from the path of Absolute Truth, being desirous to suffer in hell,\nthe Lord, in His incarnation as the sage Parasurama, uprooted those\nunwanted kings, who appeared as the thorns of the earth. Thus He thrice\nseven times uprooted the �atriyas with His keenly sharpened chopper.\nPURPORT\nThe k§atriyas, or the ruling administrators of any part of the universe,\neither on this planet or on other planets, are factually the representatives of\nthe Almighty Personality of Godhead, and they are meant to lead the\nsubjects towards the path of God realization. Every state and its administrators, regardless of the nature of the administration-monarchy or\ndemocracy, oligarchy or dictatorship or autocracy-have the prime responsibility to lead the citizens toward God realization. This is essential\nfor all human beings, and it is the duty of the father, spiritual master,\nand ultimately the state to take up the responsibility to lead the citizens\ntowards this end. The whole creation of material existence is made for\nthis purpose, just to give a chance to the fallen souls who rebelled against\nthe will of the Supreme Father and thus became conditioned by material\nnature. The force of material nature gradually leads one to a hellish condition of perpetual pains and miseries. Those going against the prescribed\n\nrules and regulations of conditional life are called brahmojjhita-pathas, or\npersons going against the path of the Absolute Truth, and they are liable\nto be punished. Lord Para8urama, the incarnation of the Personality of\n\nGodhead, appeared in such a state of worldly affairs and killed all the\n\nmiscreant kings twenty-one times. Many k�atriya kings fled away at that\ntime from India to other parts of the world, and according to the authority\n\nof the Mahii.bhii.rata, the kings of Egypt originally migrated from India\nbecause of Parasurama's program of chastisement. The kings or admin­\n\nistrators are similarly chastised in all circumstances whenever they become\ngodless and plan a godless civilization, and that is the order of the\nAlmighty.\nTEXT 23\n\n3l�<:st(1l<:JW�: �� �\n��ffi;ffl � g(lf.\\� I\n\n", "SB2.2#p0061": "Text 23)\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n375\n\n� � «�� mN�\n\n��'\"� � 3l1Rhu4Ea:l ��ll\nasmat-prasiida-sumukha� kalayii kalesa\nik�viiku-vamsa avati'rya guror nidese\nti�than vanam sa-dayitiinuja iivivesa\nyasmin virudhya daia-kandhara iirtim iircchat\nasmat-unto us, beginning from Brahma down to the insi\n\ngnificant ant;\n\nprasiida- causeless mercy; sumukha�-so inclined; kalayii- with His plenary\nextensions; kales a�\n\n-\n\nthe Lord of all potencies; ik�viiku -Maha raj a Ikeyvaku,\n\nin the dynasty of the sun;\n\nva ms e- f amily;\n\navatirya-by descending in;\n\nguro�-of the father or spiritual master; nidese-under the order of; t�than\n-being situated in; vanam-in the forest; sa-dayitii-anuja�-along with His\nwife and younger brother; iivivesa-entered in; yasmin-unto\n\nwhom;\n\nvi ru dhya-being rebellious; daia-kandhara�-Rava�a, who had ten heads;\niirtim great distress; arcchat-achieved.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nDue to His causeless mercy upon all living entities within the universe,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, along with His plenary extensions,\nappeared in the family of Maharaja lk�vaku as the Lord of His internal\npotency, Sita. Under the order of His father, Maharaja Dasaratha, He\nentered the forest and lived there for considerable years with His wife and\nyounger brother. RavaQ.a, who was very materially powerful, with ten\nheads on His shoulders, committed a great offense against Him and was\nthus ultimately vanquished.\nPURPORT\nLord Rama is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and His brothers,\n\nnamely Bharata, Lak�ma�a and S atrughna, are His plenary expansions. All\n\nfour brothers were Vi§ru-tattva and were never ordinary human beings.\n\nThere are many unscrupulous and ignorant commentators on Srimad\n\nRiimiiyara who present the younger brothers of Lord Ramacandra as\nordinary living entities. But here in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, the most\n\n", "SB2.2#p0062": "376\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nauthentic scripture on the science of Godhead, it is clearly stated that His\n\nbrothers were His plenary expansions. Originally Lord Ramacandra is the\n\nincarnation of Vasudeva, Lak�mapa is the incarnation of Sankar�apa,\nBharata is the incarnation of Pradyumna, and Satrughna is the incarnation\n\nof Aniruddha, expansions of the Personality of Godhead. Lak�mijl Sita is\n\nthe internal potency of the Lord and is neither an ordinary woman nor\n\nthe external potency incarnation of Durga. Durga is the external potency\nof the Lord, and she is associated with Lord Siva.\n\nAs stated in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 4.7), the Lord appears when there\n\nis discrepancy in the discharge of factual religiousness, and Lord Rama­\n\ncandra also appeared under the same circumstances, accompanied by His\n\nbrothers, who are expansions of the Lord's internal potency, and by\nL�miji Sitadevi.\n\nLord Ramacandra was ordered by His father, Maharaja Dasaratha, to\n\nleave home for the forest under awkward circumstances, and the Lord, as\nthe ideal son of His father, carried out the order, even on the occasion of\nHis being declared the King of Ayodhya. One of His younger brothers,\n\nLak�mapajl, desired to go with Him, and so also His eternal wife, Sitajl,\n\ndesired to go with Him. The Lord agreed to both of them, and all together\nthey entered the Dal).gakaral).ya Forest, to live there for fourteen years.\n\nDuring their stay in the forest, there was some quarrel between Ramacandra\n\nand Raval).a, and the latter kidnapped the Lord's wife, Sita. The quarrel\n\nended in the vanquishing of the greatly powerful Raval).a, along with all\n\nhis kingdom and family.\n\nSita is L�nu]I, or the goddess of fortune, but she is never to be enjoyed\n\nby any living being. She is meant for being worshiped by the living being\n\nalong with her husband, Sn Ramacandra. A materialistic man like Raval).a\n\ndoes not understand this great truth, but on the contrary he wants to\n\nsnatch Sitadevi from the custody of Rama and thus incurs great miseries.\nThe materialists, who are after opulence and material prosperity, may take\n\nlessons from the Riimiiyara that the policy of exploiting the nature of the\nLord without acknowledging the supremacy of the Supreme Lord is the\n\npolicy of Raval).a. Raval).a was very advanced materially, so much so that\nhe turned his kingdom, Lanka, into pure gold, or full material wealth.\nBut because he did not recognize the supremacy of Lord Ramacandra and\ndefied Him by stealing His wife Sita, Raval).a was killed and all his opulence\nand power destroyed.\nLord Ramacandra is a full incarnation with six opulences in full, and He\nis therefore mentioned in this verse as kalesaft, or master of all opulence.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0063": "Text 24]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n377\n\nTEXT 24\n\nII�IJII\nyasmii adiid udadhi riiflha-bhayiinga-vepo\nmiirgam sapady ari-puram haravad d idhak§o/t\ndure suhrn-mathita-ro�a-susorra-dr§ tyii\ntiitapyamiina-makaroraga-nakra-cakraft\nyasmai -unto whom; adiit\n\n-\n\ngave; udadhift-the great Indian Ocean;\n\nrii flha bhaya-affected by fear; anga-vepaft\n-\n\nway; sapad i\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbodily trembling; miirgam­\n\nqu ickly; ari p uram - the city of the enemy; haravat-like\n-\n\nthat of Hara (Mahadeva); d idhak §o [l-desiring to burn into ashes; dureat a long distance; s u-hrt\n\n-\n\nintimate friend; ma t hita- bei ng aggrieved by;\n\nro�a-in anger; su-s orra-red hot; dntyii-by such a glance; tiitapyamiina-\n\nburning in heat; makara- sharks ; uraga\n\n-\n\nsnakes; nakra\n\n-\n\ncrocodi les; cakrafl ­\n\ncircle.\n\nTRA NSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead Ramacandra, being aggrieved for His\ndistant intimate friend [ Sita ], glanced over the city of the enemy RavaQ.a\nwith red-hot eyes like those of Hara [who wanted to burn the kingdom of\nheaven]. The great ocean, trembling in fear, gave Him His way because its\nfamily members, the aquatics like the sharks, snakes and crocodiles, were\nbeing burnt by the heat of the angry red-hot eyes of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe Personality of Godhead has every sentiment of a sentient being,\nlike all other living beings, because He is the chief and original living entity,\nthe supreme source of all other living beings. He is the nitya, or the chief\neternal amongst all other eternals. He is the chief one, and all others are\nthe dependent many. The many eternals are supported by the one eternal,\nand thus both the eternals are qualitatively one. Due to such oneness, both\nthe eternals have constitutionally a complete range of sentiments, but the\ndifference is that the sentiments of the chief eternal are different in\n\n", "SB2.2#p0064": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n378\n\nL Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nquantity from the sentiments of the dependent eternals. When Ramacandra\nwas angry and showed His red-hot eyes, the whole ocean became heated\nwith that energy, so much so that the acquatics within the great ocean felt\nthe heat, and the personified ocean trembled in fear and offered the Lord\nan easy path for reaching the enemy's city. The impersonalists will see\nhavoc in this red-hot sentiment of the Lord because they want to see\nnegation in perfection. Because the Lord is absolute, the impersonalists\nimagine that in the absolute the sentiment of anger, which resembles\nmundane sentiments, must be conspicuous by absence. Due to a poor fund\nof knowledge, they do not realize that the sentiment of the Absolute Person is transcendental to all mundane concepts of quality and quantity. Had\nLord Ramacandra's sentiment been of mundane origin, how could it\ndisturb the whole ocean and its inhabitants? Can any mundane red-hot eye\ngenerate heat in the great ocean? These are factors to be distinguished in\nterms of the personal and impersonal conception of the Absolute Truth.\n\nAs it is said in the beginning of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, the Absolute\n\nTruth is the source of everything, so the Absolute Person cannot be devoid\nof the sentiments that are reflected in the temporary mundane world.\nRather, the different sentiments found in the Absolute, either in anger or\nin mercy, have the same qualitative influence, or, in other words, there is\nno mundane difference of value because these sentiments are all on the\nabsolute plane. Such sentiments are definitely not absent in the Absolute,\nas the impersonalists think, making their mundane estimation of the\ntranscendental world.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�:�q!(l(i�;>f'i���ll-\n\n=:��::n:r �\n\"'\"\"'\n�\n� � \" ,...,.\na:�(tf.i'SI�(t�os.�wt\nl£fti6J«(\nI\n\n��fll: � rc.��qfu �­\n\nN�� �msf� 11�'-\\11\n\nvak§a�-sthala-sparsa-rugna-mahendra-viihadantair vUJ.ambita-kakubju§a u!lha-hiisam\nsadyo'subhi� saha vine§yati diira-hartur\nvisphurjitair dhanu§a uccarato'dhisainye\n\n", "SB2.2#p0065": "Text 26)\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n379\n\nvak§a�-s t ha la-chest; sparsa- touched by; ru gna- broken; mahii-indrathe King of heaven; vaha-the conveyor; dantai�-by the trunk; vi!fambitailluminated; kakubju§ a� all directions thus being served; u!fha-hiisamovertaken by laughter; sadya� within no time; asubh*-by the life;\nsaha- along with; vine§yati-was killed; dara-hartu�-of the one who\nkidnapped the wife; visphiirjitai�-by the tingling of the bow; dhanu§a�bow; uccarata�- strolling fast; adhisainye-in the midst of the fighting\n-\n\n-\n\nsoldiers of both sides.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Rava�a was engaged in the battle, the trunk of the elephant\nwhich carried the King of heaven, lndra, broke in pieces, having collided\nwith the chest of Rav�a, and the scattered broken parts illuminated all\ndirections. Rava�a therefore felt proud of his prowess and began to loiter\nin the midst of the fighting soldiers, thinking himself the conqueror of all\ndirections. But his laughter, overtaken by joy, along with his very air of\nlife, suddenly ceased with the tingling sound of the bow of Ramacandra,\nthe Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nHowever powerful a living being may be, when he is condemned by God\nno one can save him, and, similarly, however weak one may be, if he is\nprotected by the Lord no one can annihilate him.\n\nTEXT\n\n26\n\n��:\n\nw�����:\nM�ot14:414:4 tfi�l ���{: I\n�RI: ��Rt ��:\n\n�IJ(:;m�ll��ll\nbhumefi. suretara-variitha-vimarditayafi.\nklesa-vyayaya kalaya sita-kmw-kesafi.\njatafi. kaT\"4yati jananupalak§ya-margafi,\nkarma[Li catma-mahimopanibandhanani\n\n", "SB2.2#p0066": "380\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nbh um e� - of the entire world; sura-itara-other than godly persons;\nvariltha-soldiers; vimarditaya ft- distressed by the burden; klesa-miseries;\nvyayaya- for the matter of diminishing; kalaya- along with His plenary\nexpansion; sita-kmw-not only beautiful but also black; kesa� - with such\nhairs; jatafl- having appeared; ka1\"4yati- would act; jana- people in general;\nanupalak§ya-rarely to be seen; marga� - path; karma!li- activities; ca:also; atma-m ahima- glories of the Lord Himself; upanibandhaniini-in\nrelation to.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the world is overburdened by the fighting strength of kings who\n\nhave no faith in God, the Lord, just to diminish the distressed condition of\n\nthe world, descends with His plenary portion. The Lord comes in His\n\noriginal form, with beautiful black hair. And just to expand His transcen­\n\ndental glories, He acts extraordinarily. No one can properly estimate how\n\ngreat He is.\n\n·\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is especially describing the appearance of Lord Kr��a and His\nimmediate expansion, Lord Baladeva. Both Lord Krwa and Lord Baladeva\nare one Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord is omnipotent, and He\n\nexpands Himself in innumerable forms and energies, and the whole unit is\nknown as the one Supreme Brahman. Such extensions of the Lord are\n\ndivided into two divisions, namely personal and differential. Personal\nexpansions are called the Vi§ru-tattvas, and the differential expansions are\n\ncalled the jiva-tattvas. And in such expansional activity, Lord Baladeva is\nthe first personal expansion of Kr��a, the Supreme Personality of Godhea'd.\n\nIn the Vi§!lU Purara, as well as in the Mahabharata, both Kr��'a and\nBaladeva are mentioned as having beautiful black hair, even- i11 Their\nadvanced age. The Lord is called anupalak§ya-marga[l. or, in -still more\ntechnical Vedic terms, avan-manasa-gocara: one who is never to be seen\nor realized by the limited sense perception of the people in general. In the\n\nBhagavad-gita it is said by the Lord, naharh prakasa� sarvasya yogamaya\nsamavrtafl (Bg. 7.25). In other words, He reserves the right of not being\nexposed to anyone and everyone. Only the bona fide devotees can know\nHim by His specific symptoms, and out of such many, many symptoms,\none symptom is mentioned here in this verse, that the Lord is sita-knra­\n\nkesa[t, or one who is observed always with beautiful black hair. Both Lord\n\n", "SB2.2#p0067": "Text 26]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n381\n\nKrgta and Lord Baladeva have such hair on Their heads, and thus even in\nadvanced age They appeared like young boys sixteen years old. That is the\nparticular symptom of the Personality of Godhead. In the Brahma-samhitii\nit is stated that although He is the oldest personality among all the living\nentities, still He always looks like a new, youthful boy. That is the characteristic of a spiritual body. The material body is symptomized by birth,\ndeath, old age and diseases, hut the spiritual body is conspicuous by the\nabsence of those symptoms. Living entities who reside in the V aiku!Jthalokas in eternal life and bliss have the same type of spiritual body, without\nbeing affected by any signs of old age. It is described in the Bhiigavatam\n(Canto Six) that the party of Vi�:r:mdutas who came to deliver Ajiimila\nfrom the clutches of the party of Y amariija appeared like youthful boys,\ncorroborating the description in this verse. It is ascertained thus that the\nspiritual bodies in the V aiku�thalokas, either of the Lord or of the other\ninhabitants, are completely distinct from the material bodies of this world.\nTherefore, when the Lord descends from that world to this world, He\ndescends in His spiritual body of Atma-miiyii or internal potency, without\nany touch of the bahirangii-miiyii or external material energy. The allegation that the impersonal Brahman appears in this material world by\naccepting a material body is quite absurd. Therefore the Lord, when He\ncomes here, has not a material body, but a spiritual body. The impersonal\n\nbrahmajyoti is only the glaring effulgence of the body of the Lord, and\nthere is no difference in quality between the body of the Lord and the\nimpersonal ray of the Lord, called brahmajyoti.\nNow the question is why the Lord, who is omnipotent, comes here to\ndiminish the burden of the world, created by the unscrupulous kingly\norder. Certainly the Lord does not need to come here personally for such\npurposes, hut He actually descends to exhibit His transcendental activities\nin order to encourage His pure devotees, who want to enjoy life by chanting\nthe glories of the Lord. In the Bhagavad-gitii it is stated (Bg. 9.13-14) that\nthe mahatmas, great devotees of the Lord, take pleasure in chanting of the\nactivities of the Lord. All Vedic literatures are meant for turning one's\nattention towards the Lord and His transcendental activities. Thus the\nactivities of the Lord, in His dealings with worldly people, create a subject\nmatter for discussion by His pure devotees.\nTEXT 27\n\n", "SB2.2#p0068": "[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n382\n\ntokena jiva-hararwrh yad uliiki-kiiyiis\ntrai-miisikasya ca padii sakato'pavrtta[t\nyad ringatiintaragatena divi-sprsor vii\nunmulanarh tv itarathiirjunayor na bhiivyam\nto k e na by a child;ji\"va hararam- killing a living being; yat-one which;\nuliik i kiiyiift assumed the giant body of a demon; trai-miisikasya-of one\nwho is only three months old; ca-also; padii- by the leg; sakatalt upavrtta[t-turned over the cart; yat-one who; ringatii-while crawling; antaraga te n a being overtak.en;divi high in the sky; sprsoft touching; vii-either;\nunmu lanam-uprooting; tu- but ; itarathii -anyone else than; arjunayoftof the two arjuna trees; na bhiivyam-was not possible.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere is no doubt about Lord Kr��Ja's being the Supreme Lord, other­\n\nwise how was it possible for Him to kill a giant demon like Piitana when\nHe was just on the lap of His mother, to overturn a cart with His leg when\n\nHe was only three .months old, to uproot a pair of arjuna trees, so high\n\nthat they touched the sky, when He was only crawling. All these activities\n\nare not possible for anyone other than the Lord Himself.\nPURPORT\n\nOne cannot manufacture a God by one's mental speculation or by\nnumerical votes, as has become a practice for the less intelligent class of\nmen. God is God eternally, and an ordinary living entity is eternally a part\nand parcel of God. God is one without a second, and the ordinary living\nentities are many without number. All such living entities are maintained\nby God Himself, and that is the verdict of the Vedic literatures. When Kr�!la\nwas on the lap of His mother, the demon Putana appeared b efore His\nmother and prayed to nurture the child in her lap. Mother Y asoda agreed,\nand the child was transferred onto the lap of Putana, who was in the garb\n\n", "SB2.2#p0069": "Text 27]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n383\n\nof a respectable lady. Putana wanted to kill the child by smearing poison\n\non the nipple of her breast. But when everything was complete, the Lord\n\nsucked her breast along with her very air of life, and the demon's gigantic\n\nbody, said to be as long as six miles, fell down. But Lord Kr��a did not\n\nneed to expand Himself to the length of the she-demon Putanii, although\nHe was quite competent to extend Himself more than six miles long. In His\n\nVamana incarnation He posed Himself as a dwarf briihmara, but when He\ntook possession of His land, promised by Bali Maharaja, He expanded His\n\nfootstep to the top end of the universe, extending over thousands and\n\nmillions of miles. So it was not very difficult for Kr��a to perform a\n\nmiracle by extending His bodily feature, but He had no desire to do it\nbecause of His deep filial love for His mother, Y asoda. If Y asoda would\n\nhave seen Kr��a in her lap extending six miles to cope with the she-demon\n\nPutana, then the natural filial love of Y asoda would have been hurt because\nin that way Y asoda would come to know that her so-called son, Krwa, was\n\nGod Himself. And with the knowledge of the Godhead of Kr��a, Y a8oda\n\nmayi would have lost the temper of her love for Kr��a as a natural mother.\n\nBut as far as Lord Kr��a is concerned, He is God always, either as a child\n\non the lap of His mother, or as the coverer of the universe, Vamanadeva.\n\nHe does not require to become God by undergoing severe penances,\n\nalthough some men think of becoming God in that way. By undergoing\n\nsevere austerities and penances, one cannot become one or equal with God,\n\nbut one can attain most of the godly qualities. A living being can attain\ngodly qualities to a large extent, but he cannot become God; whereas\nKr��a, without undergoing any type of penance, is God always, either in\n\nthe lap of His mother or growing up or at any stage of growth.\n\nSo at the age of only three months He killed the Sakatasura who\n\nremained hidden behind a cart in the house of Y asodamay'i. And when He\n\nwas crawling and was disturbing His mother from doing household affairs,\n\nthe mother tied Him with a grinding pestle, but the naughty child dragged\nthe pestle up to a pair of very high arjuna trees in the yard of Y asodamayi,\n\nand when the pestel was stuck in between the pair of trees, they fell down\n\nwith a horrible sound. When Y asodamayi came to see the happenings, she\n\nthought that her child was saved from the falling trees by the mercy of the\n\nLord, without knowing that the Lord Himself, crawling in her yard, had\n\nwreaked the havoc. So that is the way of reciprocation of love affairs be­\n\ntween the Lord and His devotees. Y asodamay'i wanted to have the Lord as\nher child, and the Lord played exactly like a child in her lap, but at the same\n\n", "SB2.2#p0070": "Srirnad-Bhagavatam\n\n384\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\ntime played the part of the Almighty Lord whenever it was so required.\nThe beauty of such pastimes was that the Lord fulfilled everyone's desire.\nIn the case of felling the gigantic arjuna tree, the Lord's mission was to\ndeliver the two sons of Kuvera, who were condemned to become trees by\nthe curse of Narada, as well as to play like a crawling child in the yard of\nY asoda, who took transcendental pleasure in seeing such activities of the\nLord in the very yard of her home.\nThe Lord in any condition is Lord of the universe, and He can act as\nsuch in any form, gigantic or small, as He likes.\n\nTEXT 28\n\nyad vai vraje vraja-pa.Sun vi§atoya-pitii.n\npii.lii.ms tv ajivayad anugraha-dnti-vr�tyii\ntac-chuddhaye 'ti-vi§ a-virya-vilola-jih vam\nuccii.tayi§yad uragam viharan hradinyii.m\nyat-one\nanimals\n\nwho; vai-certainly; vraje-at\n\nVrndavana;\n\nvraja-pa.Sun-the\n\nthereof; vi§a-t oya -poiso ned water; pitan-those\n\nwho\n\ndrank;\n\npii.lii.n- t he cowherd men; tu-also; ajivayat-brought to life; anugraha-dnti\n-mercifuJ glance; vntyii. by the showers of; tat-that; suddhaye-for\n-\n\npurification; ati\n\n-\n\ne x ceedingly; vi§a-virya-highly potent poison; vilola-lurk­\n\ning; jihva m -one who has such a tongue; u c cii.tayi§yat-severely punished;\nuragam-unto the snake; viharan-taking it as a pleasure; hradinyii.m-in\nthe river.\nTRANSLATION\nThen also when the cowherd boys and their animals drank the poisoned\n\nwater of the River Yamuna, and after the Lord [in His childhood] revived\n\nthem by His merciful glance, just to purify the water of the River Yamuna\nHe jumped into it as jf playing and chastised the venomous Kaliya snake,\n\n", "SB2.2#p0071": "Text 29]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n385\n\nwhich was lurking there, its tongue emitting waves of poison. Who can\nperform such Herculean tasks but the Supreme Lord?\n\nTEXT\n\n29\n\ntat karma divyam iva yan niSi niftsayiinam\ndiiviigninii suci-vane paridahyamiine\nunne�yati vrajam ato'vasitiinta-kiilam\nnetre pidhiipya sabalo'nadhigamya-virya[l.\ntat -that; kar ma-a ctivity; divyam -superhuman; i va -like; yat- which;\nniSi-at night; ni[l.say iinam- sleeping carefreely; diiva-agninii-by the flare\nof the forest fire; suci-vane-in the dry forest; paridahyamiine-being set\nablaze; unne�yati-would deliver; v rajam\n\n-\n\nall the inhabitants of Vraj a;\n\nata[l. -hence; avasita -surely; anta-kiilam-last moments of life; netre-on\nthe eyes; p idhiipya -simply by closing; sabala[l.\n\nanadh igamya- unfathomable; virya[l. -p rowess\n\n-\n\nalong with Baladeva;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the very night of the day of the chastisement of the Kaliya snake,\nwhen the inhabitants of Vrajabhumi were sleeping carefreely, there was a\nforest fire ablaze due to dry leaves, and it appeared that all the inhabitants\nwere sure to meet their death. But the Lord, along with Balarama, saved\nthem simply by closing His eyes. Such are the superhuman activities of the\nLord.\n\n·\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough in this verse the Lord's activity has been described as superhuman, it should be noted that the Lord's activities are always superhuman,\nand that distinguishes Him from the ordinary living being. Uprooting a\ngigantic banyan or arjuna tree and extinguishing a blazing forest fire simply\n\n", "SB2.2#p0072": "386\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nby closing one's eyes are certainly impossible by any kind of human endeavor. But not only are these activities amazing to hear, but in fact all\nother activities of the Lord, whatever He may do, are all superhuman, as\nis confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg.\n\n4.9). And whoever knows the\n\nsuperhuman activities of the Lord, due to their very transcendental nature,\nbecomes eligible to enter the kingdom of Kr��a, and as such, after quitting\nthis present material body, the knower of the transcendental activities\nof the Lord goes back home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 30\n\ngrhr.ita yad yad upabandham amu§ya miitii\nsulbam sutasya na tu tat tad amu§ya miiti\nyaj jrmbhato 'sya vadane bhuvaniini gopi\nsamvik§ya sa�ikita-manii[L pratibodhitiisit\n\ng_rh [tita-by taking up; yat yat-whatsoever; upabandham-ropes for\ntying; amu§ya-His; miitii-mother; sulbam-ropes; sutasya-of her son;\nna-not; tu-however; tat tat by and by; amu§ya-His; miiti-was suffi-\n\ncient; yat-that which; j_rmbhat a/;1. -opening the mouth; asya-of Him;\nvadane-in the mouth; bhuvaniini-the worl ds; gopi the cowherd woman;\n-\n\nsamvik§ya-so seeing it; san kita-manii[L\n\n-\n\ndoubtful in mind; pratibodhit\"a­\n\nconvinced in a different way; iisit-was so done.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the cowherd woman [Kr�!!a's foster mother, Ya8odii) was trying\n\nto tie the hands of her son with ropes, she found the rope to be always\n\ninsufficient in length, and when she finally gave up, Lord Kr�!la, by and by,\nopened His mouth, wherein the mother found all the universes situated.\n\nSeeing this, she was doubtful in her mind, hut she was convinced in a\ndifferent manner of the mysti<; nature of her son.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0073": "Text 31]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n387\n\nPURPORT\nOne day Lord Kr�!la as the naughty child disturbed His mother Y asoda,\nand she began to tie up the child with ropes just to punish Him. But no\nmatter how much rope she used, she found it always insufficient. Thus\nshe became fatigued, but in the meantime the Lord opened His mouth, and\nthe affectionate mother saw within the mouth of her son all the universes\nsituated together. The mother was astonished, but out of her deep affection\nfor Krwa she thought that the Almighty Godhead Narayal).a had kindly\nlooked after her son just to protect Him from all the conlinuous calamities\nhappening to Him. Because of her deep affection for Kr�Qa, she could\nnever think that her very son was Narayal).a, the Personality of Godhead\nHimself. That is the action of yogamiiyii, the internal potency of the\nSupreme Lord, which acts to perfect all the pastimes of the Lord with\nHis different types of devotees. Who could play such wonders without\nbeing God?\nTEXT 31\n.\n\n....\n\n\"\n\n;r� � ��({fijlltf� �� f{l�\n\n��fqfu���:q\"l\n\n�'m'lij f�fu �PlR'tfu�ltiJf\n� �o��r.�fij til,�� II� Z II\nnandam ca mok§yati bhayiid varu!lasya piisiid\ngopiin bile§u pihitiin maya-siinunii ca\nahny iiprtam niSi sayiinam atiSrame!la\nlokam viku!ltham upane§yati gokulam sma\n\nnandam-unto Nanda (the father of Kr�pa); ca-also; mok§yati- saves;\nbhayiit- from the fear of; varu!lasya-of V arul).a, the demigod of water;\n\npiisiit- from the clutches of; gopiin-the cowherd men; bi le§u-in the caves\nof the mountain; pihitiin- placed; maya-siinunii-by the son of Maya;\nca- also; ahni iiprtam- being very engaged during the daytime; nisi-at\n\nnight; sayiinam-lying down; atiSrame!la-because of hard labor; lokamplanet; viku!ltham-the spiritual sky; upane§yati-He awarded; gokulamthe highest planet; sma-certainly.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0074": "Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n388\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kr�Q.a saved His foster father Nanda Maharaja from the fear of the\n\ndemigod Varu�a and released the cowherd boys from the caves of the\n\nmountain, for they were placed there by the son of Maya. Also, to the\ninhabitants of Vrndavana, who were busy working during daytime and\n\nsleeping soundly at night because of their hard labor in day, Lord Kr��a\n\nawarded promotion to the highest planet in the spiritual sky. All these\nacts\n\nare transcendental and certainly prove without any doubt His\n\nGodhood.\nPURPORT\nNanda Maharaja, the foster father of Lord Kr��a, went to take his bath\n\nin the River Yamuna in the dead of night, mistakenly thinking that the\nnight was already over; thus the demigod Varu�a took him to the V aru!la\n\nplanet just to hav.e a look at the Personality of Godhead Lord Kr�!la, who\nappeared there to release the father. Actually there was no arrest of Nanda\nMaharaja by V aru!la because the inhabitants of Vrndavana were always\nengaged in thinking of Kr9Q.a, in constant meditation on the Personality\nof Godhead in a particular form of samiidhi, or trance of bhakti-yoga.\nThey had no fear of the miseries of material existence. In the Bhagavad­\n\ngitii it is confirmed that to be in association with the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead by full surrender in transcendental love frees one from the\n\nmiseries inflicted by the laws of material nature. Here it is clearly\n\nmentioned that the inhabitants of v rndavana were extensively busy in the\n\nhard labor of their day's work, and due to the day's hard labor they were\nengaged in sound sleep at night. So practically they had very little time\nto devote to meditation or to the other paraphernalia of spiritual activities.\nBut factually they were engaged in the highest spiritual activities only.\n\nEverything done by them was spiritualized because everything was dove­\n\ntailed in their relationship with Lord Sri Kr�!la· The central point of\nactivities was Kr�!la, and as such the so-called activities in the material\n\nworld were saturated with spiritual potency, and that is the advantage of\n\nthe way of bhakti-yoga. One should discharge one's duty on Lord Kr�!la's\n\nbehalf, and all one's actions will be saturated with Kr�!la thought, the\nhighest pattern of trance in spiritual realization.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0075": "Text 32)\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n389\n\ngopair makhe pratihate vraja-viplaviiya\ndeve 'bhivar§ati pa.Sun k[payii rirak§u�\ndhartocchilindhram. iva sapta-diniini saptaval\"§o mahidhram anaghaikakare salilam\ngopai�-by the cowherd men; makhe-in offering a sacrifice to the King\nof heaven; pratihate-being hampered; vraja-viplaviiya-for devastating the\nwhole existence of Vrajahhumi, the land of Kreyl).a's pastimes; deve-by\nthe King of heaven; abhivar§ati\n\n-\n\nhaving poured down heavy rain; pasun­\n\nthe animals; k rpayii- by causeless mercy upon them; rirak§u[l- desired to\nprotect them; dharta-held up; ucchilindh ram- uprooted as an umbrella;\niva-exactly like that; sapta-diniini- continuously for sevep days; saptavar§a[l-although He was only seven years old; mahidhram-the Govardhana\nHill; anagha\n\n-\n\nwithout being tired; ekakare-in one hand only; salilam­\n\nplayfully.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the cowherd men of V rndavana stopped offering sacrifice to the\nheavenly King, lndra, under instruction of Kr�r:ta, the whole tract of land\nknown as V raja was threatened to he washed away by constant heavy\nrains for seven days. Lord Kf�l).a, out of His causeless mercy upon the\ninhabitants of V raja, held up the hill known as Govardhana with one\nhand only, although He was only seven years old. He did this to protect\nthe animals from the onslaught of water.\n\nPURPORT\nChildren play with an umbrella generally known as a frog's umbrella,\nand Lord Kna).a, when He was seven years old only, could snatch the\ngreat hill known as the Govardhana Parvata at Vrndavana and hold it for\nseven days continually with one hand, just to protect the animals and the\ninhabitants of v rndavana from the wrath of Indra, the heavenly King, who\nwas denied sacrificial offering by the inhabitants of Vrajabhiimi.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0076": "390\n\nSiimad -Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nFactually there is no need of offering sacrifices to the demigods for\n\ntheir services if one is engaged in the service of the Supreme Lord.\n\nSacrifices recommended in the Vedic literahtre for satisfaction of the\n\ndemigods are a sort of inducement to the sacrificers just to realize the\nexistence of higher authorities. The demigods are engaged by the Lord as\n\ncontrolling deities of the material affairs, and according to the Bhagavad­\n\ngitii, when a demigod is worshiped the process is accepted as the indirect\nmethod for worshiping the Supreme Lord. But when the Supreme Lord is\n\nworshiped directly there is no need of worshiping the demigods or offer­\n\ning them sacrifices as is recommended in particular circumstances. Lord\n\nKm1a therefore advised the inhabitants of the Vrajabhumi not to offer\nany sacrifices to the heavenly King Indra. But Indra, not knowing\n\nLord Kr��a in Vrajabhumi, was angry at the inhabitants of V rajabhumi\n\nand tried to avenge the offense. But, competent as the Lord was, He saved\n\nthe inhabitants and animals of Vrajabhumi by His personal energy and\nproved definitely that anyone who is directly engaged as a devotee of the\n\nSupreme Lord need not satisfy any other demigods, however great, even to\n\nthe level of Brahma or Siva. Thus this incidence definitely proved without a\n\ndoubt that Lord Kr��a is the Personality of Godhead and He was so in all\n\ncircumstances, as a child on the lap of His mother, as a boy seven years\n\nold, and as an old man of 125 years of age. In either case He was never on\n\nthe level of the ordinary man, and even in His advanced age He appeared a\n\nyoung boy sixteen years old. These are the particular features of the\n\ntranscendental body of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 33\n\nkriflan vane niSi nisiikara-rasmi-gauryiirh\nriis onmukha[l kala-padiiyata-murcchitena\nuddipita-smara-rujiirh vraja-bhrd-vadhuniirh\nhartur har4yati siro dhanadiinugasya\n\n", "SB2.2#p0077": "Text 33)\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n391\n\nkripan-while engaged in His pastimes; vane-in the forest of Vrndavana;\n\nniSi-nocturnal; nis iikara-the moon; rasmi-gauryam-white moonshine;\n\nriisa-unmukha�-desiring to dance with; kala-pad ii yata-accompanied by\nsweet songs; murcchitena-and melodious music; uddipita-awakened;\nsmara-rujiim-sex desires; vraja-bhrt-the inhabitants of Vrajabhumi; vadhii­\n\nnam- of the wives; hartu�-of the kidnappers; hari�yati-will vanquish;\ndhanada-anugasya-of the follower of the rich Kuvera.\n\nsira�-the head;\n\nPURPORT\nWhen the Lord was en_gaged in His pastimes of the rasa dance in the\nforest of v rndavana, enlivening the sexual desires of the wives of the\ninhabitants of V rndavana by sweet and melodious songs, a demon of the\nname Sankhacii�a, a rich follower of the treasurer of heaven [ Kuvera] ,\nkidnapped the damsels, and the Lord severed his head from his trunk.\nTRANSLATION\nWe should carefully note that the statements described herein are the\n\nstatements of Brahmajl to Narada, and He was speaking to Narada of\n\nevents that would happen in future during the advent of Lord Kr��a. The\n\npastimes of the Lord are known to the experts who are able to see past,\npresent and future, and Brahmajl, being one of them, foretold what\nwould happen in the future. The killing of Saitkhacu�a by the Lord is a\n\nmore recent incident, after\n\nriisa-lilii,\n\nand not exactly a simultaneous\n\naffair. In the previous verses we have seen also that the Lord's engagement\n\nin the forest fire affairs was described along with His pastimes of punishing\n\nthe Kaliya snake, and similarly the pastimes of the riisa dance and the\n\nkilling of Sailkhacu�a are also described herein. The adjustment is that all\nthese incidences would take place in the future, after the time when it was\nbeing foretold by Brahmaji to Narada. The demon Sankhaciipa was killed\nby the Lord during His pastimes at Horika in the month of Phalguni, and\nthe same ceremony is still observed in India by the burning of the effigy\n\nof Saitkhacii�a one day prior to the Lord's pastimes at Horika generally\n\nknown as IIoli.\n\nGenerally the future appearance and the activities of the Lord or His\n\nincarnations are foretold in the scriptures, and thus the pseudo-incarnations\n\nare unable to cheat persons who are in the knowledge of the events as they\nare described in the authoritative scriptures.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0078": "[ C<mlo 2, Ch. 7\n\n�)J'imad-llhilgavalam\n\n2\n\nTEXTS 34-35\n�\n�\n\n� \"\n��\\Cl\\C\\�\\tfl��-\n\n�\n....\n\n•\n\n,...\n\n..z::.\n\n�'f.��;n: tf,fqliTOiStf.mT: I\n\n3Trit :q �IIC!'\"�ii� ���rfi�\n�mmr+--�N������t: II� CJII\nif �l �� �fi{f�T�f:l 3lT�T'11!\nr.tlW.flllt����mtm: I\nC'\n\nlf(�·-- �il,..,.\n<::\n.,.;�lr-.\"lij�\n\n•\n\nC' �\n\n��'11�1'{-\n\n� �t:� �ftun T;{� Q<::\"lii�J:_II�'-\\II\nye cu prulumbu-lihrLm-durduruhdy-ari�fa-\n\nnwllc bhu- kurh s u-yuvun ii fz l.: up i -p au r-l) ru kii dyiifz\n\nunye ca siilvu-ltuja-brdvrda-danlllllllkrrt-\n\nWfJliJ 1.-�u-sum bara-vidiiralhu-ru k tlli-mu kh.vii[L\nye vii mrdhe s um ili-sii l inu iilluciipiifz\nhiimboja-nwls.yu-ku.ru-srii.juya-l.:aikayiidyii[L\nyiisyanty adarsanam alum bala-piirtha-bh im a­\n\nvyiijiihvuyena hari[Lii nilayarh t adiyam\nye-all those; ca-totally; pralamba-the demon named Pralamba; khara\n�ardhavasura;\nmon\n\ndar dura-Bakasura; kc5i-the Ke81 demon; ari§{a-the\n\nAri�tasura; malla-a\n\nwrestler in\n\nthe\n\ncourt\n\nof Kamsa; ibha­\n\nJvalayaplc)a; kamsa-the King of Mathura and the maternal uncle of\n\n!?�a; yavanii[l-the kings of Persia and other adjoining places; kapirivida; pau!l!iraka-iidyiifz-Pau��raka and others; anye-others; ca-as\nJch\n\nas;\n\nsiilvu-King\n\nSalva; kuja-Narakasura; balvala-King\n\nBalvala;\n\nntavakra-the brother of Sisupala, a dead rival of Kr��a's; saptok§a­\n\nng Saptok�a; sambara-King Sambara; viduratha-King Vidiiratha; rukmi:tkhyii[l-Lhe brother of Rukmil)l, the first Queen of Kg;J;ta at Dvaraka.\n-all\n\nthose; oo-eilhf�r;\n\nmrcJhe-in\n\nthe balllefield; samiti-siilina[l-all\n\nry pow1:rful; iitta-ciipiifz-well equipped with bows and arrows; kiimboja1:\n\nKing of Kamhoja; matsya-Lhe King of Dvarbhariga; kum-the sons of\n\n•rlarafi�ra; .�rii.juya- King Spijaya; kaikaya-iidyiifz- the King of Kekaya and\n\n•wrs; yrl.�yanti-would attain; adarsanam -impersonal merging within the\nr1hmajyoti; a lam - whal to speak of; bala-Baladeva, the elder brother of\n\n", "SB2.2#p0079": "Texts 34-35 J\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n393\n\nKr�Qa; partha-A�una; bhima-t he second PaQI;lava; vyaja-ahvayena-by the\n\nfalse names; hari!lii-by Lord Hari; nilayam- the abode; tadiyam-of Him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll demonic personalities like Pralamba, Dhenuka, Baka, Kesi, Ari&ta,\nCa�ura, MuHika, Kuvalayapi�a elephant, Kamsa, Y avana, N arakasura, and\nPau Q c:h·aka, and great marshals like Salva, Dvivida monkey, and Balvala,\n\nDanlavakra, the seven bulls, Sambara, Viduratha and Rukmi, as also great\n\nwarriors like Kamboja, Matsya, Kuru, Sp'ijaya and Kekaya, would all\nfight vigorously, either with the Lord Hari directly or with Him under His\n\nnames of Baladeva, Arjuna, Bhima, etc. And the demons, thus being killed,\n\nwould attain either the impersonal brahmajyoti or His personal abode in\nthe VaikuQtha planets.\n\nPURPORT\nAll\n\nmanifestations, both in the material and spiritual worlds, are\n\ndemonstrations of the different potencies of Lord Kf�Q.a. The P ersonality\n\nof Godhead Baladeva is l lis im m ediate personal expansion, and Bhima,\n\nA�una, etc. , are His personal associates. The Lord would appear (and He\ndot�s so whenever He appears) with all His associates and potencies.\nTlwrdon� Ll11� rcbdlious S(}uls, like the demons and dt�moniac men, menLimu�d by rwnws likt' Pralamba, dt:., would bt� killed either by the Lord\n\nllirnsd f or hy I lis ussot:iates. All these uffairs will be cl('arly e x plained in\nthe Tenth Canto. But we should know well that all the above-mentioned\nlivinl!: 1�ntiti1�s kill1�d would uttain sal v ation either IJy being me rg ed in Llw\n\nbrahmajyoti of the Lord or being allo we d to enter into the abodes of the\n\nLord called VaikuQ�has. This is already explained by Bhil?madeva ( First\n\nCanto). All persons who participated in the Battlefield of Kurukl?etra or\n\notherwise with the Lord or with Baladcva, etc., would be b enefit k d by\n\nattain ing spiritual existence according to the situation of Llw mind at the\n\ntime of death. Those who recogniz ed Llu� Lord would 1�11ler V uikup!lra,\n\nand those who estim ated the Lord as a powtTful being on ly would atlain\n\nsalvation by mergin g into the spirit u al cxistcnc1� of tht' impt'rsonal bmlrnw­\n\nj_yoli of thl� Lor d. But CVITY OIW or t i H�lll would gl'l release from rnalcrial\nl�xistcrH:I�. Since Sllt:h is Ll w ht�ndit or !hose who played wilh lire Lord\n\ninirn ieuiJy , OIH� 1:an i rnal!:iiH � whal would Ill' !he position of lfro:-;c who\n\nfh�voully Sl� rv< �d Llu� Lord ill lrallscclldl�lllal rclaliollslrip willr llir11.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0080": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n394\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 36\n\nkiilena milita-dhiyiim avamrsya nftliirh\nstokiiyu§iirh sva-nigamo bata dura-piira�\niivirhitas tv anuyugarh sa hi satyavatyiirh\nveda-drumarh vita-paso vibhaji§yati sma\nkiilena-in course of time; milita-dhiyiim-of the less intelligent persons;\navamrsya-considering\n\nthe\n\ndifficulties; nfr-iim-of humanity\n\nat large;\n\nstoka-iiyu§iim-of the short-living persons; sva-nigama� -the Vedic litera­\n\ntures\n\ncompiled by\n\nhim;\n\nbata- exactly; dura -piira�- greatly difficult;\n\niivirhita� - having appeared as; tu-but; anuyugam-in terms of the age;\nsa�- H e , the Lord; hi-certainly; satyavatyiim:._in the womb of Satyavati;\nveda-drumam-the desire tree of the Vedas; vita-pa§a�-by division of\nbranches; vibhaji§yati-would divide; sma-as it were.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord Himself in His incarnation as the son of Satyavati [Vyasa­\n\ndeva] would consider His compilation of the Vedic literature to be very\ndifficult for the less intelligent persons with short life, and thus He would\n\ndivide the tree of Vedic knowledge into different branches, according to\nthe circumstances of the particular age.\n\nPURPORT\nHerc:in Brahma mentions the future compilation of Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nfor the short-lived persons of the Kali age. A s explained in the First Canto,\n\nLhe less in te llig1 m t persons of the age of Kali would be not only short-lived,\nbuL also perplexed with so many problems of life due to the awkward\n\nsitualion of the godless human society. Advancement of material com-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0081": "Text 37)\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n395\n\nforts of the body is activity in the mode of ignorance according to the laws\nof material nature. Real advancement of knowledge means progress of\nknowledge in self-realization. But in the age of Kali the less intelligent\nmen\n\nmistakenly\n\nyears\n\n(now\n\nto\n\naU\n\nin\n\nall. They\n\ninformation\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nbe\n\nconsider\n\nfactually\n\nthe\n\nreduced\n\nshort\nto\n\nlifetime\n\nabout\n\nforty\n\nof\n\none\n\nor\n\nhundred\n\nsixty\n\nyears)\n\nare less intelligent because they have\n\neternity\n\nof\n\nlife,\n\nand\n\nthey\n\nidentify\n\nwith\n\nno\nthe\n\ntemporary material body existing for forty years and consider it the\nonly basic principle of life. Such persons are described as equal to the asses\nand bulls. But the Lord, as the compassionate father of all living beings,\nimparts unto them the vast Vedic knowledge in short treatises like the\n\nBhagavad-gitii and, for the graduates, the Srimad-Bhiigavatam. The Puriir-as\nand theMahiibhiirata are also similarly made by Vyasadeva for the different\ntypes of men in the modes of material nature. But none of them are\nindependent of the Vedic principles.\n\nTEXT 37\n\ndeva-dvi§iirh nigama-vartmani ni�thitiiniim\npurbhir mayena vihitiibhir ad.riya-turbhi[!\nlokiin ghnatiim mati-vimoham atipralobham\nve§am vidhiiya bahu bhii§yata aupadharmyam\n\ndeva-dvi§iim-of those who were envious of the devotees of the Lord;\n\nniga ma-t he Vedas; vartmani-on the path of; ni§thitiiniim-of the well\nsituated; purbhi[!-by rockets; mayena- made by the great scientist Maya;\n\nvihitiibhi[!-made by; adrsya tUrbhilz-unseen in the sky; lokiin-the differ-\n\nent planets; ghnatiim-of the killers; mati-vimoham-bewilderment of the\nmind; atipralobham- very attractive; ve§am- dress; vidhiiya having done\n-\n\nso; bahu bhii§ yate\n\n-\n\nprinciples.\n\nwould talk very much; aupadharmyam- subreligious\n\n", "SB2.2#p0082": "Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n396\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the atheists, after being well versed in the Vedic scientific\n\nknowledge, would annihilate inhabitants of different planets, flying unseen\n\nin the sky on well-built rockets prepared by the great scientist Maya, the\nLord would bewilder their minds by dressing Himself attractively\n\nas\n\nBuddha and would preach on subreligious principles.\nPURPORT\n\nThis incarnation of Lord Buddha is not exactly the same Buddha incar­\n\nnation as we have in the present history of mankind. According to Srila\n]iva Gosvami, the Buddha incarnation mentioned in this verse appeared in\n\na different Kali age. In the duration of life of one Manu there are more\n\nthan seventy-two Kali-yugas, and in one of them the particular type of\n\nBuddha mentioned here would appear. Lord Buddha incarnates at a time\n\nwhen the people are most materialistic and preaches common-sense reli­\n\ngious principies. Such ahirhsii is not a religious principle itself, but it is an\n\nimportant quality for persons who are actually religious. It is a common­\n\nsense religion because one is advised to do no harm to any other animal or\n\nliving being because such harmful actions are equally harmful to him who\n\ndoes the harm. But before learning these principles of nonviolence one has\nto learn two other principles, namely to be humble and to be prideless.\n\nUnless one is h umble and prideless, one cannot be harmless and non­\n\nviolent. And after being nonviolent one has to learn tolerance and sim­\n\nplicity of living. One must offer respects to the great religious preachers\n\nand spiritual leaders and also train the senses for controlled action, learning\nto be unattached to family and home, and enacting devotional service to\nLh1: Lord, etc. At the ultimate stage one has to accept the Lord and become\n\nllii-i 1kvotce; otherwise there is no religion. In religious principles there\n\nmust be God in the center; otherwise simple moral instructions are simply\n\nsubreligious principles, generally known as upadharma, or nearness to\n\nreligious principles.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n�����fq �::mt t:� �: em�:��:\ntff'1fo� fu.jJiJio:{T ��T �:I\n\n", "SB2.2#p0083": "Text 38]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\nr-.. ,...\n\n397\n\n,... ....\n\n�m �:n ��fij � r�t ;J �=:.t\n\n�+i�f>�RJ�iffi\"i:_�� 11��11\nyarhy iilaye�v api satiirh na hare� kathii� syu�\npii�a[!flino dvija-janii V[§Ulii nrdevii�\nsviihii svadhii v�afl iti sma giro na yatra\nsiistii bhavi§yati kaler bhagaviin yugiinte\nyarhi- when it would so happen; iilaye§u-in the residence of; api- even;\nsatiim-civilized gentlemen; na-no; harefi,-of the Personality of Godhead;\n\nkathii�- topics; syu�- would take place; pii§a!1 flina�-atheists; dvija-janiifi.persons declaring themselves to be the higher three classes (briihma11as,\n\nk�atriyas and vai.Syas); vr� alii�- the lower class sudras; n r-deva�-mini sters\nof the government; sviihii-hymns to perform sacrifices; svadhii-the ingredients to perform sacrifices; va�a t-the altar of sacrifice; iti-all these;\nsma-shall; giraf!,-words; na-never; yatra- anywhe re; sastii-the chastiser;\n\nbhavi�yati - would appear; kal e � -of the Kali age; bhagaviin-t.he Personality\nof Godhead; yuga-an t e -at the end of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, at the end of Kali-yuga, when there would exist no topics\n\non the subject of God, even at the residences of so-called saints and respectable gentlemen of the three higher castes, and when the power of\ngovernment would be transferred to the hands of ministers elected from\nthe lowborn siidra class or those less than them, and when there would be\nnothing known of the techniques of sacrifice, even by word, at that time\nthe Lord would appear as the supreme chastiser.\n\nPURPORT\nThe symptoms of the worst conditions of the material world, at the last\nstage of this age, called Kali-yuga, are stated herein. The sum and substance\nof such conditions is godlessness. Even the so-caJied saints and higher\ncastes of the social orders, generally known as the dvija-janas or Lhe twiceborn, will become atheists. As such, all of them will practically forgel even\nthe holy name of the Lord, and what to speak of His aclivilies. The higher\ncastes of society, namely the intelligent class of men guiding the destinies\n\n", "SB2.2#p0084": "398\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nof the social orders, the administrative class of men guiding the law and\n\norder of the society, and the productive class of men guiding the economic\n\ndevelopment of the society, must all be properly well versed in knowledge\n\nof the Supreme Lord, knowing factually His name, quality, pastimes, en­\n\ntourage, paraphernalia and personalities. The saints and the higher castes or\n\norders of the society are judged by their proportion of knowledge in the\nscience of God, or tattva-jii.iina, and not by any kind of birthright or bodily\n\ndesignations. Such designations, without any knowledge of the science of\n\nGod and practical knowledge of devotional service, are considered to be but\n\ndecorations of dead bodies. And when there is too much inflation of these\n\ndecorated dead bodies in society, there develop so many anomalies in the\n\nprogressive, peaceful life of the human being. Because of the lack of\n\ntraining or culture in the upper section of the social orders, they are no\nmore to be designated as the dvija-janas, or the twice-born. The significance\n\nof being twice-born has been explained in many places in these great\n\nliteratures, and again one i� being reminded herewith that birth, executed\n\nby the sex life of the father and the mother, is called animal birth. But\n\nsuch animal birth and progress of life on the animal principles of eating,\n\nsleeping, fearing and mating (without any scientific culture of spiritual\n\nlife) is called the sudra life, or, to be more explicit, the uncultured life of\n\nthe lower class of men. It is stated herein that the governmental power of\nthe society in the Kali-yuga would be passed over to the uncultured, god­\n\nless laborer classes of men, and thus the nrdevas (or the ministers of the\n\ngovernment) would be the vnalas, or the uncultured lower-class men of\n\nsociety. No one can expect any peace and prosperity in a human society\n\nfull of uncultured lower classes of men. The symptoms of such uncultured\n\nsocial animals are already in vogue, and it is the duty of the leaders of men\nto take note of it and try to reform the social order by introducing the\n\nprinciples of twice-born men trained in the science of God consciousness.\n\nThis can be done by expanding the culture of Srimad-Bhiigavatam all over\n\nthe world. In the degraded condition of the human society, the Lord in­\n\ncarnates as the Kalki avatiira and kills all the demonic without mercy.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n� ijtflS��l � � ��T:\n�Tij9.J �JRC{'Ff't{l��1�u: I\n\n", "SB2.2#p0085": "Text 39]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n399\n\nsarge tapo'ham ;l'§ayo nava ye prajesii�\nsthiine 'tha dharma-makha-manv-amariivanisiift\nante tv adharma-hara-manyuvasiisuriidyii\nmiiyii-vibhutaya imiift puru-sakli-bhiijaft\nsarge-in the beginning of the creation; tapaft-penance; aham-myself;\n\n�aya[1-sages; nava-nine;ye prajesiift-those who would generate;sthiine­\n\nin the middle while maintaining the creation; atha- certa inly ;\n\ndharma-­\n\nreligion; makha-Lord Vi�!J-U; manu-the father of mankind; amara-the\n\ndemigods deputed to control the affairs of maintenance;avanisii�- and the\n\nkings of different planets; ante-at the end; tu-but; adharma-irreligion;\n\nhara-Lord Siva; manyu-vasa-subjected to anger; asu.ra-lidyiift-atheists,\nthe enemies of the devotees; maya-energy; vibhutayaft-powerful repre­\n\nsentatives; ima�-al1 of them; puru-sakti-bhajaft- of the Supreme Powerful\nLord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the beginning of creation there is penance, myself [Brahm a), the\nPrajapatis, and great sages who generate; then, during the maintenance of\nthe creation, there is Lord Vi�!lu, the demigods with controlling powers,\n\nand the kings of different planets. But at the end there is irreligion, and\n\nthen Lord Siva and the atheists full of anger, etc. All of them are different\nrepresentative manifestations of the energy of the supreme power, the\n\nLord.\nPURPORT\nThe material world is created by the energy of the Lord, which is\n\nmanifested in the beginning of the creation by the penance of Brahmajl,\n\nthe first living being in the creation, and then there are the nine Prajapatis,\nknown as great sages. In the stage when the creation is maintained,\n\nthere are devotional service to Lord Vi§ii)U, or factual religion, the di f­\n\nferent demigods, and the kings of different planets who maintain the\n\nworld. At last, when the creation is preparing to wind up, there is first\nthe principle of irreligion, then Lord Siva along with the atheists, full\n\n", "SB2.2#p0086": "400\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nof anger. But all of them are but different manifestations of the Supreme\nLord. Therefore Brahma, Vi�pu and Mahadeva (Siva) are different incarna­\n\ntions of the different modes of material nature. Visnu is the Lord of the\n\nmode of goodness. Brahma is the lord of the mod� of passion, and Siva\n\nis the lord of the mode of ignorance. Ultimately, the material creation is\n\nbut a temporary manifestation meant to give the chance of liberation to\nthe conditioned souls who are entrapped in the material world, and one\n\nwho develops the mode of goodness under the protection of Lord Vi;;vu\n\nhas the greatest chance of being liberated by following the Vaig1ava\nprinciples and thus being promoted to the kingdom of God, no more to\nreturn to this miserable material world.\n\nTEXT 40\n\nft�on� ��il�Jl9tr ���\n�: tnf'�trN�fWiqir ��ffi 1\n� �: �����m\n\nN'l�\n\nvi§[wr nu virya-garwniirh katamo'rhatiha\nyaft piirthiviiny api kavir vimame rajiirhsi\ncaskambha yaft sva-rahasiis khalatii tri-p.T§tharh\nyasmiit tri-siimya-sadaniid uru-kampayiinam\n\nv4f1o[l-of Lord Vi�pu; nu-but; v irya-prowess; garwniim-in the matter\nof accounting; katama[t-who else; arhati-is able to do it; iha-in this\nworld; ya[t-one who; piirthiviini-the atoms; api-also; kavi[t-great scientist; vimame-might have counted; rajiimsi- particles; caskambha-could\n\ncatch; ya[t-one who; sva-rahasii-by His own leg; askhalatii-without being\nhampered; tri-p.T§tham-the topmost planetary space; yasmiit -by which;\ntri-siimya-the neutral state of the three modes; sadaniit-up to that place;\num-kampayiinam-moving very greatly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWho can describe completely the prowess of Vi��u? Even the scientist,\nwho might have counted the particles of the atoms of the universe, cannot\n\n", "SB2.2#p0087": "Text 41]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n401\n\ndo so. Because it is He only who, in His form of Trivikrama, moved His leg\neffortlessly beyond the topmost planet, Satyaloka, up to the neutral\nstate of the three modes of material nature. And all were moved.\n\nPURPORT\nThe highest scientific advancement of the material scientist is atomic\nenergy. But the material scientist is not able to have an estimation of the\nparticles of atoms contained in the whole of the universe. But even if one\nis able to count such atomic particles or is able to roll up the sky, like\none's bedding, even then one is unable to estimate the extent of the\nprowess and energy of the Supreme Lord. He is known as Trivikrama\nbecause once, in His incarnation of Vamana, He expanded His leg beyond\nthe highest planetary system of Satyaloka and reached the neutral state of\nthe modes of nature called the covering of the material world. There are\nseven layers of material coverings over the material sky, and the Lord\ncould penetrate even those coverings. And with His toe He made a hole\nthrough which the water of the Causal Ocean filters into the material sky,\nand the current is known as the sacred Ganges, which purifies the planets\nof the three worlds. In other words, no one is equal to the transcendentally\npowerful Vi�I)U. He is omnipotent, and no one is equal to or greater\nthan Him.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n;n;� Nwtr��t ����\niW-fN� �� �StfU � I\n;yftf\"l_ �IJTT'l. �m;{';{ �:\n�fjts� �+rwffl on� m1{,! I�� II\nniintam vidiimy aham ami munayo'gra-jiis te\nmiiyii-balasya puru§asya kuto'varii ye\ngiiyan gurtiin dasa-satiinana iidi-devaft\nse§o'dhuniipi samavasyati niisya piiram\nna\n\n-\n\nnever ; antam- end; vidami-do I know; aha m- myself; ami-and all\n\nthose; munaya {l\n\n-\n\ngreat sages; ag ra jii {l - born prior Lo yourself; te- you ;\n-\n\nmiiyii-balasya-of the omnipotent; purU§asya-of the Personality of God-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0088": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n402\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. �\n\nhead; kuta�-what to speak of others; avarii�-born after us; ye- t hose\ngayan-by singing; gur-an- the qualities; da.Sa-sata-anana�-orw who has ten\n\nhundred faces; adi-deva�-the first incarnation of the Lord; .Se$a�- known\nas Se�a; adhunii-up to date; api -- even; samavasyati-can achieve; na-not:\n\nasya -of Him ; piiram- limit.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNeither myself nor all the sages who were born before you know fully\nthe omnipotent Personality of Godhead. So what can others, who are\nborn after us, know about Him? Even the first incarnation of the Lord.\nnamely Se�a, has not been able to reach the limit of such knowledge,\nalthough He is describing the qualities of the Lord with ten hundred\nfaces.\nPURPORT\nThe omnipotent Personality of Godhead has primarily three potentiaJ\nmanifestations, namely internal, external, and marginal potencies, with\nunlimited expansions of these three energies. As such, the potential expansions can never be caJculated by anyone because even the Personality\nof God Himself, as the incarnation of Se�a, could not estimate the\npotencies, although He has been describing them continuaJly with His om\nthousand faces.\nTEXT 42\n\n� � �rr;n;{ ���;:r�:\n\"'\n\n��r�;r.nr�(ftfGJ �� r��,\n�nm�����.\n�(l'ild'd'(l� � �'iP'IT\n�trt�f'IRrm: ���it������\n\"'\n\n•\n\nyefiiim sa e�a bhagaviin dayayed ananta�\nsarviitmanasrita-pado yadi nirvyalikam\nte dustariim atitaranti ca deva-mayam\nnai�am mamaham iti dhift sva-srgala-bhak$ye\n\n", "SB2.2#p0089": "Text 42)\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n403\n\nye§ll!ll-unlo those only;sa[l.-the Lord; e§a[l.-the; bhagavan-the Personality of Godhead; dayayet-does bestow His mercy; ananta[l.-the unlimited potential;sarva-atmana-by all means without reservation;asrita-pada[l.\n-surrendered soul; yadi-if such surrender; nirvyalikam-without pretention; te-L hose only; dustaram-insurmountable; atitaranti-can overcome;\nca-and the paraphernalia; deva-mayam-diverse energies of the Lord; nanot ;e§am-of them; mama-mine;aham-myself; iti-thus;dhi[l,-conscious;\nsva-dogs; srgala-jackals; bhak§ye-in the matter of eating.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBut anyone who is specifically favored by the Supreme Lord, the\nPersonality of Godhead, due to unalloyed surrender unto the service of\nthe Lord, can overcome the insurmountable ocean of illusion and can\nunderstand the Lord also. But those who are attached to this body, which\nis meant to be eaten up at the end by dogs and jackals, cannot do so.\n\nPURPORT\nThe unalloyed devotees of the Lord know the glories of the Lord in the\nsense that they can understand how great the Lord is and how great is His\nexpansion of diverse energy. Those who are attached to the perishable\nbody can hardly enter into the realm of the science of Godhead. The whole\nmaterialistic world, based on the conception of the material body as the\nself, is ignorant of the science of God. The materialist is always busy working for the welfare of the material body, not only of his own but also that\nof his children, kinsmen, communitymen, countrymen, etc. They have\nmany branches of philanthropic and altruistic activities from a political,\nnational, and international angle of vision, but none of the field work can\ngo\n\nbeyond\n\nthe jurisdiction of the misconception of identifying the\n\nmaterial body with the spir it soul. Unless, therefore, one is saved from the\nwrong conception of the body and the soul, there is no knowledge of\nGodhead, and unless there is knowledge of God, all advancement of malerial civilization, however dazzling, should be considered to be a failure.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0090": "::;nmad-Hhagavatam\n\n404\n\nL Canto Z, Ch_ 7\n\nTEXTS 43-45\n\n\"\n\n'\"'\n\n.\n\n�<;>1(1t'fl· � � 'lll•l'iltfT\n<:'\nTt ��� �� ���:q: I\n� �: � :q 'i�� ��T�\nSll+lfNrn:� � �� ����II\n�\n\n•\n\n�������W1TN'-\n\n��u ;p;r;JJiqiQt: 1\n\n�\n\n��trl\n� �1R��:ql �: 11'6'611\n�1ij�furat�OE4�fqtq��'\"'\n\n\"'\n\n�ij14Aq{I�I{�Rqan:\nft+t'TttotM_441q.-AA*I-\n\nWllm�OT��;��ttl:\nvediiham anga paramasya hi yoga-miiyiirh\nyuyarh bhavas ca bhagaviin atha daitya-varyaft\npatni manoft sa ca manus ca tad-iitmajiis ca\npriicinabarhir rbhur anga uta dhruvaS ca\nik§viikur aila-mucukunda-videha-giidhiraghv-amban§a-sagarii gaya-niihu§iidyii[!\nmiindhiitralarka-satadhanvanu-rantidevii\ndevavrato balir amurttarayo dilipaft\nsaubharyutanka-sibi-devala-pippaliidasiirasvatoddhava-pariisara-bhuri§ertiift\nye 'nye vibhi§arta-haniimad-upendradattapiirthiir§ti§erta-vidura-srutadeva-varyiift\nveda-know it; aham- my sel f; anga-0 Narada; paramasya-of the Su­\n\npreme; hi-certainly; yoga- miiyiim-poten cy; yuyam-yo urse lf ; bhavaftSiva; ca-and; bhagaviin-the great demigod; atha-as also; daitya-varyaft­\n\nPrahlada Maharaja, the great devotee of the Lord born in the family of\n\nthe ath e i st ; patni- Sataru p a; manoft-of Manu; saft-he; ca-also; manuft-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0091": "Texts 43-45]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n405\n\nSvayambhuva;ca-and;tat-atmaja� ca-and his children like Priyavrata, Uttanapada, Devahiiti, etc.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Narada, although the potencies of the Lord are unknowable and\nimmeasurable, still, because we are all surrendered souls, we know how He\nacts through yogamaya potencies. And, similarly, the all-powerful Siva,\nthe great king of the atheist family, namely Prahlada Maharaja, Svayambhuva Manu, his wife Satariipa, his sons and daughters like Priyavrata,\nUWinapada, Akiiti, Devahiiti, Prasiiti, etc., Pracinabarhi, ltbhu, Ariga\nthe father of Vena, Maharaja Dhruva, l�vaku, Aila, Mucukunda, Maharaja Janaka, Gadhi, Raghu, Ambari�a, Sagara, Gaya, Nahu�a, Mandhata,\nAlarka, Satadhanu, Anu, Rantideva, Bhi�a, Bali, Amiirtaraya, Dilipa,\nSaubhari, Utarika, Sibi, Devala, Pippalada, Sarasvata, Uddhava, Parasara,\nBhiiri�J.la, Vibhi�aJ.la, Haniiman, Sukadeva Gosvam1, Arjuna, Ar�ti�ena,\nVidura, Srutadeva, etc., all also know the potencies of the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nAll the great devotees of the Lord, as mentioned above, who flourished\nin the past or present, and all devotees of the Lord who will come in the\nfuture, are aware of the different potencies of the Lord along with the\npotency of His name, quality, pastimes, entourage, personality, etc. And\nhow do they know? Certainly it is not by mental speculation, nor by any\nattempt by dint of limited instruments of knowledge. By the limited\ninstruments of knowledge (either senses or the material instruments like\nmicroscopes and telescopes) one cannot even fully know the Lord's material potencies, which are manifested before our eyes. For example there\nare many millions and billions of planets far, far beyond the scientist's\ncalculation. But these are only the manifestations of the Lord's material\nenergy. What can the scientist hope to know of the spiritual potency of\nthe Lord by such material efforts? Mental speculations, by adding some\ndozens of \"if's\" and \"maybe's,\" cannot aid the advancement of knowledge\n-on the contrary, such mental speculation will only end in despair by\ndismissing the case abruptly and declaring the nonexistence of God. The\nsane\n\nperson,\n\ntherefore, ceases to\n\nspeculate on subjects beyond the\n\njurisdiction of his tiny brain, and as a matter of course he tries to learn to\nsurrender unto the Supreme Lord, who alone can lead one to the platform\n\n", "SB2.2#p0092": "[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n406\n\nof real knowledge. In the Upani§ads it is clearly said that the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead can never be known simply by working very hard\nand taxing the good brain, nor can He be known simply by mental speculation and jugglery of words. The Lord is knowable only by one who is a\nsurrendered souL Herein Brahmaji, the greatest of all material living beings,\nacknowledges this truth. Therefore, the fruitless spoiling of energy by\npursuing the path of experimental knowledge must be given up. One should\ngain knowledge by surrendering unto the Lord and by acknowledging the\nauthority of the persons mentioned herein. The Lord is unlimited and,\nby the grace of the yogamiiyii, helps the surrendered soul to know Him\nproportionately with the advance of one's surrendering process.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n� � f€l�r�tl� :q �T\n�q�u 3lf1 �'Tern 1\n����;rr 3lA � �utl it II�G.II\nte vai vidanty atitaranti ca deva-miiyiim\nstri-sudra-hii[La-sabarii api piipa-fivii{t\nyady adb huta-krama-pariiyar-a-sila-sik§iis\ntiryag-janii api kim u sruta-dhiirar-ii ye\nte-such persons; vai-undoubtedly; vidanti-do know; atitaranti-surpass; ca-also; deva-miiyiim- the covering energy of the Lord; stri-such as\nwomen; sudra- the laborer class of men; hur-a- the mountaineers; sabarii{lthe Siberians, or those lower than the sudras; api\nsinful living beings; yadi\n\n-\n\n-\n\nalthough; piipa-jiviift­\n\nprovided; ad b huta krama-one whose acts are so\n-\n\nwonderful; pariiya [L a-those who are devotees; sila-behavior; sik§ii{ltrained up by, tir yak-janii\"{t- eve n those who are not human beings; api_\n\nalso; kim-what; u-to speak of; sruta-dhii ra[Lii{t-those who have taken\nto the idea of the Lord by hearing about Him; ye- those.\nTRANSLATION\nSurrendered souls, even from the groups leading sinful lives, such as\nthe woman, the laborer class, the mountaineers, the Siberians, etc., or\n\n", "SB2.2#p0093": "Text 47]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n407\n\neven the birds and beasts, can also know about the science of Godhead\nand become liberated from the clutches of the illusory energy by surrendering unto the pure devotees of the Lord and by following in their footsteps\nin devotional service.\nPURPORT\nSometimes there are inquiries as to how one can surrender unto the\nSupreme Lord. In the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg.\n\n18.66) the Lord asked Arjuna\n\nto surrender unto Him, and therefore persons unwilling to do so question\nas to where God is and to whom they should surrender. The answer to\nsuch questions or inquiries is given herein very properly. The Personality\nof Godhead may not be present before one's eyes, but if one is sincere in\nwanting such guidance the Lord will send a bona fide person who can\nguide one properly back to home, back to Godhead. There is no need of\nmaterial qualifications for making progress in the path of spiritual realization. In the material world, when one accepts some particular type of\nservice, he is required to possess some particular type of qualification\nalso. Without this one is unfit for such service. But in the devotional\nservice of the Lord the only qualification required is surrender. Surrendering oneself is in one's own hand. If one likes, he can surrender immediately\nwithout any delay, and that begins his spiritual life. The bona fide representative of God is as good as God Himself. Or, in other words, the loving\nrepresentative of the Lord is more kind and more easy to approach. A sinful soul cannot approach the Lord directly, but such a sinful man\ncan very easily approach a pure devotee of the Lord. And if one agrees\nto put himself under the guidance of such a devotee of the Lord, he\ncan also understand the science of God and can also become like the\ntranscendental pure devotee of the Lord and thus get his liberation back\nto Godhead, back home for eternal happiness.\nSo realization of the science of Godhead and relief from the unnecessary,\nuseless struggle for existence are not at all difficult for the willing candidate.\nBut they are very difficult for persons who are not surrendered souls but\nonly simple, profitless speculators.\n\nTEXT 47\n\n� st�tlret'tllti m�1mf\nm: � �: q(+{k¥4<1+4( I\n� o:r � �(ithi(i:h€41\"{ fsti�(?.{f\n�q� � w-��¥{(0{(\n\n", "SB2.2#p0094": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n408\n.�e.\n\n•\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. �\n\n• ....\n\n�ef��: 'R��\n\n�ftf�f��ftf5J� 11�\\911\nsasvat praSiint am abhayarh pratibodha-miitrarh\nsuddharh samarh sad-asa ta[l paramiitma-lallvam\nsabdo na yatra puru-kiirakaviin kriyiirtho\nmiiyii parai ty abhimukhe ca vilajjamiinii\ntad vai padarh bhagava ta[l, paramasya purhso\nbrahmeti yad vidur ajasra-sukharh visokam\nsaSvat-eternal ; prasiintam-without disturbance; abhayam-without fear\npratibodha-miitram-a consciousness opposed to the material counterpart\n\nsuddham-uncontaminated ;samam- without distinction ;sat-asat aft- of th<\ncause and e ffect; paramiitma-laltvam-the principle of primeval cause\nsabdaft -specu lative sou nd ; na-not; yatra- w here there is; puru-kiirakaviir\n-resulting in fruitive action; kriyii-artha{t-for the matter of sacrifice; miiyi\n-iUusion; paraiti-flies away ; abhimukhe in front of; ca-also; vilajjamiint\n-being ashamed of; tat- that ; vai-is certainly; padam ultimate phase\nbhagavata{t-of the Personal ity of Godhead; paramasya-of the Supreme\n-\n\n-\n\npurhsa{t-of the person; brahma-the Absolute; iti-thus; yat\n\n-\n\nwhich ; viduf\n\n- k no wn as; ajasra-unlimited; sukham-happiness; viSokam-without grief\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhat is realized as the Absolute Brahman is full of unlimited bli&\nwithout grief. That is certainly the ultimate phase of the supreme enjoyer\nthe Personality of Godhead. He is eternally void of all disturbances, with\nout any fear, complete consciousness as opposed to matter, uncontam\ninated, without any distinction, the principle primeval cause of all causel\nand effects, in whom there is no sacrifice for fruitive activities, and ir\nwhom the illusory energy does not stand.\nPURPORT\nThe suprern<� enjoyer, Personalit y of Godhead, is the Supreme Brahman\nor th<� summum bonum he e a u s e of His �u:ing the supreme cause of all\n<:aus<�s. 'nu� <:one<:ption of imp<:rsonal Brahman n:alizalion is the first s t ep\n\n.\n\ndw� to IIis disliru:Lion from Lh<� illusory < :orH:<:p t ion of mate ri a l <�xislcnce.\n\nIn olh<�r words, i rn ru� rsonal Brah rnan is a f<�alu n� of Lh<� A bsolu le dislincl\n\n", "SB2.2#p0095": "Text 47)\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n409\n\nfrom th<� mat<�rial variegatedness, just as light is a conc t�ption distinct from\nits counterpart, uarktwss. But the light has its variegatedness, which is seen\nby thos<� who furth<�r advance in th(� light, and thus the ultimate reali:wtion\nof Brahman is the source of the Brahman light, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, the summum bonum or the ultimate source of every thing.\nTherdore, meding the Personality of Godhead includes the realization of\nthe impersonal Brahman as reali.,ed a1 first in contrast with material\ninebri et y . The Personality of Godhead is the third step of Brahman realization. As explained in the First Canto, one must understand all three\nfeatures of the Absolute-Brahman, Pararnatma, and Bhagavan.\nPratibodha-miitram is just the opposite conception of material existence.\nln matter there are material miseries, and thus in the first realization of\nBrahman there is the negation of such material inebrieties and a feeling of\neternal existence distinct from the pangs of birth and death, disease and\nold age. That is the primary conception of impersonal Brahman.\nThe Supreme Lord is the Supreme Soul of everything, and therefore in\nthe supreme conception affection is realized. The conception of affection\nis due to the relationship of soul to soul. A father is affectionate to his\nson because there is some relationship of nearness between the son and the\nfather. But that sort of affection in the material world is full of inebriety.\nWhen the Personality of Godhead is met, the fullness of affection becomes\nmanifested because of the reality of the affectionate relationship. He is not\nthe object of affection by material tinges of body and mind, but He is the\nfull, naked uncontaminated object of affection for all living entities because He is the Supersoul or Paramatma within everyone's heart. In\nthe liberated state of affairs, the full-fledged affection for the Lord is\nawakened.\nAs such, there is an unlimited flow of happiness, everlasting, without\nany fear of being broken as we have experienced here in the material\nworld. The relationship with the Lord is never broken; thus there is no\ngrief and no fear. Such happiness is inexplicable by words, and there can\nbe no attempt to generate such happiness by fruitive activities by arrangement and sacrifices. But we must know also that happiness, unbroken\nhappiness, exchanged with the Supreme Person, the Personality of Godh<�ad\nas\n\ndescribed in this verse, transcends the impersonal conception of the\n\nUpani§ads. Jn the Upani§ads the description is more or less negation of the\nmaterial conception of things, but this is not denial of the transcend(�ntal\nsenses of the Supreme Lord. Herein also the same is affirmed in the statements about th(� material dem(�nts; tlu�y an� all tramwcndcntal, free from\nall contamination of material identification. And also the liberated souls\n\n", "SB2.2#p0096": "L Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n410\n\nan: not devoid of senses; otherwise there cannot be any reciprocation oi\nunhampered spiritual happiness exchanged belween them in spunlancou�\nunbrokt:n joy. All the senses, both of the Lord and of the dcvolees, an\nwithout any material c_ontamination. They arc so because they are beyond\nthe material cause and effects, as it is clearly mentioned herein (sad-asata{l,\n\nparam). The illusory material energy cannot work there, being ashamed\nbefore the Lord and His transcendental devotees. In the material world the\nsense activities are not without grief, but here it is clearly said thal the\nsenses of the Lord and the devotees are without any grief. There is a\ndistinct difference between the material and spiritual senses. And it\nshould be understood without denying the spiritual senses because of a\nmaterial conception.\nThe senses in the material world are surcharged with material ignorance.\nIn every way the authorities have recommended purification of the scnseE\nfrom the material conception. In the material world the senses are manipulated for individual and personal satisfaction, whereas in the spiritual world\nthe senses are properly used for the purpose for which they were originally\nmeant, namely the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord. Such sensual activities arc natural, and therefore sense gratification there is uninterrupted\nand unbroken by material contamination because the senses are spiritually\npurified. And such satisfaction of the senses is equally shared by the\ntranscendental reciprocators. Since the activities are unlimited and constantly increasing, there is no scope for material attempts or artificial\narrangements. Such happiness of transcendental quality is called brahma­\n\nsa ukhyam, which will be clearly described in the Fifth Canto.\n\nTEXT 48\n\nsadhryan niyamya yatayo yama-karta-hetim\njahyu{l svariip iva nipiina-khanitram indr a{l\nsadhrya h\n\n-\n\nartificial mental speculation or meditation; n iyamy a -co ntrol\n_\n\n­\n\nling; yataya{l-the mystics; yama-karta-hetim-the process of spiritual culturc; jahyu ft - are given up; svariit-fully independent; iva-as; n ipiin a-well;\n\n�\n\nk anitram trouble for digging; in dra[l-the controlling demigod supplying\nrams.\n\n-\n\n_\n\n", "SB2.2#p0097": "Text 49]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n411\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn such a transcendental stale there is no need of artificial control of\nthe mind, mental speculation or meditation, as performed by the jnanis\nand yogis. Such processes are given up, as the heavenly King, Indra, does\nnot take the trouble to dig a well.\nPURPORT\nA poor man in want of water digs a well and undertakes the trouble of\ndigging. Similarly, those who are poor in transcendental realiz.ation speculate on the mind or meditate by controlling the senses. But they do not\nknow that such control of the senses and achievement of spiritual perfection are simultaneously made possible as soon as one is\n\nfactually\n\nengaged in the transcendental loving service of the Supreme Person, the\nPersonality of Godhead. It is for this reason that the great liberated souls\nalso desire to be associated in hearing and chanting the activities of the\nLord. The example of lndra is very appropriate in this connection. King\nlndra of heaven is the controlling deity or demigod for arranging clouds\nand supplying rains in the universe, and as such he does not have to take\nthe trouble to dig a well for his personal water supply. For him, digging\na well for a water supply is simply ludicrous. Similarly, those who are\nfactually engaged in the loving service _of the Lord have attained the\nultimate goal of life, and for them there is no need of mental speculation\nto find out the true nature of God or His activities. Nor do such devotees\nhave to meditate upon the imaginary or real identity of the Lord. Because\nthey are factually engaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord,\nthe Lord's pure devotees have already achieved the results of mental\nspeculation and meditation. The real perfection of life is therefore to be\nengaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 49\n\n�\n\n� f?f�iFlfol ��\n\"\"\n\n��f.Wtl� mt\": �\n)tJtu�: I\n\n�\n\n�lt!N•I'if���\n���;{f�ij'�: ����II\n\n", "SB2.2#p0098": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n412\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nsa sreyasiim api vibhur bhagaviin yatu'sya\nbhiiva-svabhava-vihitasya sataft prasiddhift\nde he sva-dhiitu-vigame 'nuvisiryamare\nvyvmeva tatra puru§o na viSiryate ja{t\n\nsaft-He; sreyasiim- all auspiciousness; api - also; vibhuft-l he master;\nbhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; yataft--because; asya-of the living\n\nentity; bhiiva-natural modes; sva-bhiiva-own constitution; vihitasya-performances; sataft- all good work; prasiddh*- ultimate success; dehe- of\nthe body; sva-dhiitu-forming elements; vigame - being vanquished; annafter;\n\nvis iryamare - having\n\ngiven up; vyoma - sk y ; iva- lik e ; tatra-there\n\n­\n\nupon ; pnru§a/t- the living entity; na-never; viSiryate- b ecomes vanquished;\naja ft- due to being unborn.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead is the supreme master of everything\nauspicious because the results of whatever actions are performed by the\nliving being, either in the material or spiritual existence, are awarded by the\nLord. As such, He is the ultimate benefactor. Every individual living entity\nis unborn, and therefore even after the annihilation of the material\nelementary body, the living entity exists, exactly like the air within the\nbody.\nPURPORT\nThe livin g entity is unborn and eternal, and as it is confirmed in the\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg.\n\n2.30), the living entity is not exhausted even though\n\nthe mat1�rial e lementary body is vanquished. As long as the living entity is\nin th1: material existence, actions perf or m ed by him are rewarded in the\n\nnext life, or even in the present life. S imilarly, in his spiritual life also\nadions an: rewarded by the Lord by the five kinds of liberation. Even Lhc\nimpersonalist eannot achieve the desired merging into the existence of the\nSupn�me without being favored by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nIt is confirmed in th1� Bhagavad-gitii also (Bg. 4.11) that the Lord aw ards\nsimilar results, as one desires, in one's present life. The living entities are\n\ngiv1:n fn:1:dom to make their choice, and the Lord awards them accordingly.\nIt is the duty of everyone, therefore, to worship de v outly only the\nPersonality of Godhead to achieve his desired goal. The impersonalist,\n\n", "SB2.2#p0099": "Text 49]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n413\n\ninstead of speculating or meditating, can directly execute the routine\ndevotional service of the Lord and thus easily obtain the desired goal.\nThe devotees, howt�ver, are naturally inclined to become associates of\nthe Lord without being merged in the spiritual existence, as conceived by\nthe impersonalisl. The devotees, therefore, following their constitutional\ninstincts, achieve the desired goal of becoming servitors, friends, fathers,\nmothers or conjugal lovers of the Lord. The devotional service of the Lord\ninvolves nine transcendental processes of hearing and chanting, etc., and\nhy performing such easy and natural devotional services the devotees\nachieve the highest perfeetional results, far, far superior to merging into\nthe (�xistcncc of the Brahman. The devotees are, therefore, never advised\nto indulge in speculating upon the nature of the Supreme, or artificially\nmeditating on the void.\nOne should not, however, misunderstand that after the annihilation of\nthis present body there is no body by which one can associate with the\nLord face to face. The living entity is unborn. It is not that he is manifest\n\nwith the creation of the materiaJ body. On the other hand, it is true that\nthe material body develops only by the desire of the living entity. The\nevolution of the material body is due to such desires of the living being.\nAccording to the desires of the living being, the material body develops.\nSo from the spirit soul the material body comes into existence, generated\nfrom the living force. As the living being is eternal, so he exists just like the\nair within the body. Air is within and without the body. Therefore when\nthe external covering, the material body, is vanquished, the living spark,\nlike the air within the body, continues to exist. And by the direction of\nthe Lord, because He is the ultimate benefactor, the living entity is at once\nawarded the necessary spiritual body befitting his association with th1�\nLord in the manner of siiriipya (equal bodily feature), siilokya (equal\nfacility to live in the same planet with the Lord), siir§ti (equal possession\nof opulence like the Lord), and siimipya (1�qual association with Lhc Lord).\n\nThe Lord is so kind that even if a devotee of the Lord cannot fulfill tht'\n\ncomplcle course of devotionaJ service unaJloyed and uncontaminated by\nmaterial association, he is given another chance in the next life by being\nawarded a birth in the family of a devotee or rich man so that without\nbeing engaged in the struggle for material existence, the devotee can finish\nthe remaining purification of his existence and thus immediately, aflt'r\n\nrelinquishing the present body, go back home, back to Godhead. Thil' is\n1:onfirrru�d in the Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nIn this (:onru�dion detailed information is available in tht' Wwp;aua/san.darblw of Srila Jiva Gosvami Prabhupada. Once achieving Lhe spiritual\n\n", "SB2.2#p0100": "[ Cant o 2, Ch. 7\n\nSrima d-Bhagavatam\n\n414\n\nexistence, the devotee is eternally situated there, as already discussed in\nthe previous verse.\n\nTEXT 50\n\nm��sflll���N��: I\n(1+41�� ��G:;:q�ld\\ � �d\\ 11'-\\oll\nso 'yam te 'bhihitas tiita\nbhagaviin visva-bhiivanaft\nsamiisena hare r niinyad\nanyasmiit sad-asac ca yat\nsaft- that; ayam- the same; te-unto you; abhi hita ft\n\n-\n\nc x plained\n\nby me;\n\ntiita- my dear son; bhagaviin- the Personality of Godhead; viSva-bhiivanaft\n-the creator of the manifested worlds; samiisena-in brief; ha re ft\n\n-\n\nwithout\n\nHari, the Lord; na- never; anyat- anything else; an yasmiit- being the cause\nof; sat-manifested or phenomenal;asat-noumenal; ca- and ; yat- whatever\nthere may be.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear son, I have now explained in brief the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, who is creator of the manifested worlds. Without Him, Hari, the\n\nLord,\n\nthere\n\nexistences.\n\nare\n\nno other causes of the phenomenal and noumenal\n\nPURPORT\nAs we have generally the experience of the temporary, material world\nand conditioned souls trying to lord it over the material worlds, so\nBrahmajl explained to Naradadeva that this temporary world is the work\nof the external potency of the Lord, and the conditioned souls struggling\nhere for existence are the marginal potency of the Supreme Lord Personality of Godhead, and but for Him, Hari, the Supreme Lord, there is no\nother cause for all these phenomenal activities. He is the primeval cause\nof all causes. This does not mean, however, that the Lord Himself is\ndistrib uted impersonally. He is aloof from all these interactions of the\nexternal and m�rginal potencies. In the Bhagavad-gitii, it is confirmed\n\n", "SB2.2#p0101": "Text 51]\n(Bg. 9.4)\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n415\n\nthat by His potencies alone He is present everywhere and\n\nanywhere, and everything that is manifested rests on His potency only, but\nHe, as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is always aloof from them.\nThe potency and the potent are simultaneously one and different from one\nanother.\nOne should not deprecate the Supreme Lord for the creation of this\nmiserable world, j ust as one should not blame the king for creating a\nprisonhouse in the government. The prisonhouse is a necessary institution\nof the establishment of the government for those who are disobedient to\nthe laws of the government. Similarly, this material world, full of miseries,\nis a temporary creation of the Lord for those who have forgotten Him and\nare trying to lord it over the false manifestation. He, however, is always\nanxious to get the fallen souls back home, back to Godhead, and for this\nHe has given so many chances to the conditioned souls via the authoritative\nscriptures, His representatives, and personal incarnations also. Since He\nhas no direct attachment to this material world, He is not to be blamed\nfor its creation.\nTEXT 51\n\n� � ;m� � �w�l\nmm� � � �� 114.�11\nidarh bhiigavatarh niima\nyan me bhagavatoditam\nsmigraho 'yarh vibhutiniirh\ntvam etad vipulikum\nidam-this; bhiigavatam-the science of Godhead; nama-of the name;\nyat that which; me-unto me; bhagavata-by the Personality of Godhead;\n-\n\nuditam enlightened;\n-\n\nsa ngra hafl.- is\n\nthe\n\naccumulation\n\nof; ayam-His;\n\nvibhutiniim-of the diverse potencies;- tvam-your good self; etat-this\nscience of Godhead; vipuli- expand; k um\n\n-\n\ndo it.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Narada, this science of God, Srimad-Bhagavatam, was spoken to me\nin a nutshell by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and it was spoken in\n\n", "SB2.2#p0102": "Srimad-Bhllgavatam\n\n416\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\na nutshell as the accumulation of His diverse potencies. Please expand this\n\nscience yourself.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Bhiigavatam in a nutshell, spoken in about half a dozen verses by the\n\nPersonality of Godhead, as it will appear ahead, is the science of God, and\n\nit is the potential representation of the Personality of Godhead. He, being\nabsolute, is nondifferent from the science of God, Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nBrahmaji received this science of Godhead from the Lord directly, and he\n\nhanded over the same to Narada, who in his turn ordered Srila Vyasadeva\nto expand it. So the transcendental knowledge of the Supreme Lord is not\n\nmental speculation by the mundane wranglers, but is uncontaminated,\neternal, perfect knowledge beyond the jurisdiction of material modes.\n\nThe Bhiigavata Purar.a is therefore the direct incarnation of the Lord in the\n\nform of transcendental sound, and one should receive this transcendental\nknowledge from the bona fide representative of the Lord in the chain of\n\ndisciplic succession from the Lord to Brahmaji, from Brahmaji to Narada,\n\nfrom Narada to Vyasa, from Vyasadeva to Sukadeva Gosvami, from\n\nSukadeva Gosvami to Sfita Gosvami, as the ripened fruit of the Vedic tree\n\ndrops from one hand to another without being broken by falling suddenly\n\nfrom the high branch down to the earth. Therefore unless one hears the sci­\n\nence of Godhead from the bona fide representative of the disciplic succes­\n\nsion, as above mentioned, it will be a difficult job for one to understand the\n\ntheme of the science of Godhead. It should never be heard from the\n\nprofessional Bhiigavatam reciters who earn their livelihood by gratifying\nthe senses of the audience.\n\nTEXT 52\n\n�ro��m���\n(Nt�:+triiR�e� � (ft(!Qf �����II\nyathii harau bhagavati\nnrr-iim bhaktir bhavi§yati\n\nsarviitmany akhiliidhiire\n\niti sankalpya varr.aya\n\n", "SB2.2#p0103": "Text 52)\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n417\n\nyathii-as much as; harau-unto the Personality of Godhead; bhagavati­\n\nunto the Lord; nwiim-for human beings; bhakti[t-devotional service;\nbhav4yati- beco me enlightened; sarva-iitmani-the Absolute Whole; ak hila­\n\niidhiire-unto the summum bonum; iti-thus; sankalpya- by determination;\nvarrwya-describe.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlease describe the science of Godhead with determination and in a\n\nmanner by which it will be quite possible for the human being to develop\n\ntranscendental devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead Hari,\n\nthe Supersoul of every living being and the summum bonum source of all\nenergies.\n\nPURPORT\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the philosophy of devotional service and the\n\nscientific presentation of man's relationship with the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. Prior to the age of Kali there was no need for such a book of\n\nknowledge to know the Lord and His potential energies, but with the\n\nbeginning of the age ofKali the human society became gradually influenced\n\nby four sinful principles, namely illegitimate connection with women,\n\nintoxication, gambling and unnecessary killing of animals. Because of these\n\nbasic sinful acts, gradually man became forgetful of his eternal relation\nwith God. Therefore man became blind, so to speak, to his ultimate goal\n\nof life. The ultimate goal of life is not to pass a life of irresponsibility like\nthe animals and indulge in a polished way in the four animal principles,\n\nnamely eating, sleeping, fearing and mating. For such a blind human\n\nsociety in the darkness of ignorance, Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the torchlight\n\nto see things in proper perspective. Therefore it was necessary to describe\nthe science of God from the very beginning, or from the very birth of the\nphenomenal world.\n\nAs we have already explained previously, Srimad-Bhiigavatam is so\n\nscientifically presented that any sincere student of this great science will\nbe able to understand the science of God simply by reading it with attention\n\nor simply by regularly hearing it from the bona fide speaker. Everyone is\nhankering after happiness in life, but in this age, blind as they arc, the\n\nmembers of human society have no proper vision that the Personality of\n\nGodhead is the reservoir of all happiness because He is the ultimate source\nof everything:janmiidasya yata[t. Happiness in complete perfection without\n\n", "SB2.2#p0104": "418\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\n\n[ Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nhindrance can be achieved only by our devotional relationship with Him.\nAnd it is only by His association that we can get rid of the distressful\nmaterial existence. Even those who are after the en oyment of this material\n\ni\n\nworld can also take shelter of the great science of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, and\n\nthey will be successful at the end. Narada is therefore requested or ordered\nby his spiritual master to present this science with determination and in\n\ngood plan. Narada was never advised to preach the principles of Bhiigavatam\n\nto earn a livelihood, but he was ordered by his spiritual master to take the\nmatter very seriously in a missionary spirit.\n\nTEXT 53\n\nmiiyiirh varr-ayato 'mu§ya\nisvarasyiinumodata[l.\n\ns.rr-vata[l. sraddhayii nityarh\nmiiyayiitmii na muhyati\n\nmiiyiim-affairs of the external energy; vaqwyata[l.-while describing;\n\namu§ya-of the Lord; i:Svarasya-of the Personality of Godhead; anumodata[l.\n-thus\n\nappreciating; snwata[l.-thus hearing; sraddhayii-with devotion;\n\nnit yam- regularly; miiyayii- by the illusory energy; iitmii-the living entity;\n\nna-never; muhyati-becomes illusioned.\n\nTRANSLATION\nActivities of the Lord, in association with His different energies, should\n\nbe described, appreciated and heard in accordance with the teachings of the\n\nSupreme Lord. If this is done regularly with devotion and respect, one is\nsure to get out of the illusory energy of the Lord.\"\nPURPORT\nThe science of learning a subject matter seriously is different from the\nsentiments of the fanatics. The fanatics or the fools may consider the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0105": "Text 53]\n\nScheduled Incarnations with Specific Functions\n\n419\n\nLord's activities in relation with external energy useless for them, and they\nmay falsely claim to be higher participants in the internal energy of the\nLord, but factually the Lord's activities, either in relation with the external\n\nenergy or with the internal energy, are equally good. On the other hand,\nthose who are not completely free from the clutches of the external energy\n\nof the Lord should devoutly hear regularly about the activities of the Lord\n\nin relation with the external energy. They should not foolishly jump up to\nthe activities of the internal energy, falsely attracted by the Lord's internal\n\npotential activities like His riisa-lwi. The cheap reciters of the Bhiigavatam\n\nare very much enthusiastic about the Lord's internal potential activities,\nand the pseudo-devotees, absorbed in material sense enjoyment, falsely\n\njump lo the stage of liberated souls and thus fall down deeply into the\nclutches of external energy.\n\nSome of them think that to hear about the pastimes of the Lord means\n\nto hear about His activities with the gopis or about His pastimes like\nuplifting Lhe Govardhana Hill, etc., and they have nothing to do with the\n\nLord's plenary expansions as the puru§iivatiiras and Their pastimes of\n\ncreation, maintenance, or annihilation of the material worlds. But a pure\ndcvolee knows that there is no difference between the pastimes of the\nLord, either in riisa-lilii or in creation, maintenance or destruction of the\nmaterial world. Rather, the description of such activities of the Lord as\n\npuru§iivatiiras are specifically meant for persons who are in the clutches of\nthe external energy. Riisa-lilii, etc., are meant for the liberated souls and\n\nnot for the conditioned souls. The conditioned souls, therefore, must hear\n\nthe Lord's pastimes in relationship with the external energy with appre­\n\nciation and devotion, and such acts are as good as the hearing of riisa-lilii in\nthe liberated stage. A conditioned soul should not imitate the activities of\nliberated souls. Lord Sri Caitanya never indulged in hearing the riisa-lilii\nwith ordinary men.\n\nIn the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, the science of God, the first nine cantos\n\nprepare the ground for hearing the Tenth Canto. This will be further ex­\n\nplained in the last chapter of this canto. In the Third Canto it will be more\nexplicit. A pure devotee of the Lord, therefore, must begin reading or\n\nhearing $rimad-Bhiigavatam from the very beginning, and not from the\n\nTenth Canto. We have several times been requested by some so-called\ndevotees to take up the Tenth Canto immediately, but we have refrained\n\nfrom such an action because we wish to present Srimad-Bhiigavatam as\n\nthe science of Godhead and not as a sensuous understanding for the\n\nconditioned souls. This is forbidden by such authorities as Sri Brahmaji.\n\nBy reading and hearing $rimad-Bhiigavatam as a scientific presentation,\n\n", "SB2.2#p0106": "420\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 7\n\nthe conditioned souls will gradually be promoted to the higher status of\n\ntran cendental knowledge after being freed from the illusory energy based\n\non sense enjoyment.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Second Canto, Seventh\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Scheduled Incarnations with\nSpecific Functions.\"\n\n", "SB2.2#p0107": "CHAPTER EIGHT\n\nQuestions by King Parik�it\nTEXT l\n\nriijoviica\nbrahmar.ii codito brahman\ngur.iikhyiine 'gur.asya ca\nyasmai yasmai yathii priiha\nniirado deva-dar§anaft\nriijii-the King; uviica- inquired; brahmar.ii- by Lord Brahma; codita[!­\n\nbeing instructed; brahman-0 learned briihmar.a (Sukadeva Gosvaml);\n\ngur-a-iikhyiine-in narrating the transcendental qualities; agur-asya-of the\nLord, who is without material qualities; ca\n\n-\n\nand ; yasmai yasmai- and\n\nwhom; yathii-as much as;proha-explained; niirada[t-Narada Muni; deva­\n\ndarsanaf!-one whose audience is as good as that of any demigod.\nTRANSLATION\nKing\n\nPar�it inquired from\n\nSukadeva Gosvami:\n\nHow did Narada\n\nMuni, whose hearers are as fortunate as those instructed by Lord Brahma,\n\nexplain the transcendental qualities of the Lord, who is without material\n\nqualities, and before whom did he speak?\n\n·\n\nPURPORT\nDevar�i Narada was directly instructed by Brahmaji, who was also\n\ndirectly instructed by the Supreme Lord; therefore the instruction_s im­\n\nparted by Narada to his various disciples are as good as those of the\nSupreme Lord. That is the way of understanding Vedic knowledge. It\ncomes down from the Lord by disciplic succession, and this transcen­\n\ndental knowledge is distributed to the world by this descending process.\n421\n\n", "SB2.2#p0108": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n422\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\nThere is no chance, however, to receive the Vedic knowledge from mentaJ\nspeculators. Therefore, wherever Narada Muni goes, he represents himself\nas authorized by the Lord, and his appearance is as good as that of the\nSupreme Lord. Similarly, the disciplic succession which strictly follows\nthe transcendental instruction is the bona fide chain of disciplic succession,\nand the test for such bona fide spiritual masters is that there should be no\ndifference between the instruction of the Lord originally imparted to His\ndevotee and that which is imparted by the authority in the line of disciplic\nsuccession. How Narada Muni distributed the transcendental knowledge of\nthe Lord will be explained in later cantos.\n\nlL will appear also that the Lord existed prior to the material c:reation,\nand therefore His transcendental name, quality, etc., do not represent any\nmaterial quality. Whenever, therefore, the Lord is described as agu!la, or\nwithout any quality, it does not mean that He has no quality, but that He\nhas no material quality, such as the modes of goodness, passion, or\nignorance, as the conditioned souls have. He is transcendental to all\nmalt:'rial conceptions, and thus He is described as agu[l-a.\n\nTEXT 2\n\ntm:��01flt �(!��I\n«fgij•:fTt� � ��: II � II\netad veditum icchiimi\ntattvarh tattva-vidiirh vara\nharer adbhuta-viryasya\nkathii loka-sumangalii{l\nelal-all thes(:; veditum-jusl understand; icchiimi-do 1 wish; tattvamthe truth; laltva-vidiim-of thos e who are well versed in the maller of\nAbsolute Truth; va ra-the great; hare{l-of the Lord; adbhuta-viryasya-of\nthe one who possesses wonderful potencies; kalhii�-narr ations; loka-for\nall pla ne ts; su-mw igala[l. a u spicious\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King said: I wish to know. Narr ations concer ning the Lord, who\npossesses wonderful potencies, are certainly auspicious for living beings\nin all planets.\nPURPORT\n\n.�rimad-Hhiigavatam, whieh is full of narration of the activities of the\n\nSupn:rru: Lord, is auspicious for all living beings residing in every planet.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0109": "Text 3 J\nOne who Lake\n\nQuestions by King Par�it\nit as belonging lo a particular\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam i\n\neel i\n\n423\ncertainly mistaken.\n\ncertainly a very d<\"ar scrip ture for Lh<' d<'volf'e\n\nof\n\nthe Lord. but it is auspicious even for the nondevolec\n\nal o b c cau e it\n\nexplain· that even the nondcvolees hovning under the\n\npcll of material\n\ne·ne:r gy c·an b<\" ddive:rc:d from such dutchcs if th e y hear with devotion and\n\nallcnlion the: narration of the: Srimad-Bhiigavatam from the: right source\nn:pn·1-wnling t h e· L ord by disciplic succession.\n\nTEXT 3\n\n�t�I�RctZJ;I�M I\n�Am f;r:� ���� Cfie�('f:_ II � II\nC$tt4(4\n\n�\n\nkathayasva mahiibhiiga\nyathiiham akhiliitmani\nkr�fle nivesya niftsangarh\nmanas tyak�ye kal evaram\nkathayasva- please continue speaking; mahiibhiiga-0 gre atly fortunate\none; yathii-as much as; aham-1; akhila-iitmani-unlo the\n\nkr�fle-unto Lord Sri Kr��a; nivesya\n\n-\n\nupreme Soul;\n\nha ving placed; niftsangam-being freed\n\nfrom material qualities; manaft-mind; tyah§ye-may relinquish; kalevaram\n\n-body.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0\n\ngreatly fortunate Sukadeva Gosvami, please continue narrating\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam so that I can place my mind upon the Supreme Soul,\nLord Kr��a, and, being completely freed from material qualities, thus\n\nrelinquish this body.\n\nPURPORT\nTo be fully e ngag ed in hc:aring the: lransc:cndenlal narration descrillt'd in\n\nthe lexl of Srimad-Bhiigavatam means to be c:onstantly associall'd with the\n\nSupreme Soul Sri Kr�J)a. And to be constantly associated with the Supreme\n\nLord Kr��a means to be liberated from the qualities of matter. Lord Kr�pa\n\nis like the sun, and the material contamination is like the d a rkne ss J\\..,\n.\n\ndarkness is dissipated in the pr esence of the sun, so Lo be constantly\n\n", "SB2.2#p0110": "424\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nengaged in the association of the Lord Sri Kr�r)a means to be uncontami­\n\nnated by the material qualities. Contamination by material qualities is the\n\ncause of repeated birth and death, and liberation from material qualities is\ntranscendence. Maharaja Parik�it is now a realized soul by this secret of\n\nliberation through the grace of Sukadeva Gosvami, for the latter informed\nthe King that the highest perfection of life is to be in remembrance of\n\nNiiraya�a at the end of life. Maharaja Parik�it was destined to give up his\n\nbody at the end of seven days, and thus he decided to continue the\n\nremembrance of the Lord by His association with the topic of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, and thus to quit his body in full consciousness of the\n\npresence of the Lord Sri Kr��a, the Supreme Soul.\n\nThe hearing of Srimad-Bhiigavatam performed by the professional men\n\n�\n\nis· different from the transcendental hearing of Ma araja Parik�it. Maharaja\nP arik�it was a soul realized in the Absolute Truth, Sri Kmra, the Personality\n\nof Godhead. The fruitive materialist is not a realized soul; he wants to derive som1: material benefit from his so-called hearing of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nUndoubtedly such an audience, hearing Srimad-Bhiigavatam from the\n\nprofessional men, can derive some material benefit as desired by them,\n\nbut that does not mean that such a pretense of hearing Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nfor a week is as good as that of Maharaja Parik�it.\n\nIt is the duty of the sane to hear Srimad-Bhiigavatam from a self-realized\n\nsoul without being duped by professional men, and one should continue\nsuch hearing till the end of one's life so that one can actually have the\n\ntranscendental association of the Lord and thus be liberated simply by\n\nhearing Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nMaharaja Parik�it had already given up all his connections with his\n\nkingdom and family, the most attractive features of materialism, but still\n\nhe was conscious of his material body. He wanted to be free of such\nbondage also by the constant association of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 4\n\n��: ��� f;wi �on�� ��f�� 1\n\nm;r ;ffi�)qiJl +tff.rl'l, fl� � II \\l I I\nsrrwata{l. sraddhayii nityarh\ngrr-atas ca sva-ce§titam\nkiilena niitidirgher-a\nbhagaviin visate hrdi\n\n", "SB2.2#p0111": "Text 5]\n\nQuestions by King Par�it\n\n425\n\nsrrwata{l-of lhose who hear; sraddhayii- in earnestness; n ityam regu\nlarly, always· gr!latafl - laking lhe malter; ca-also; sva c e§titam s e riou ly\nby one's own endeavor; k alena duration ; na-not; atidirghe!la-very pro-\n\n-\n\n­\n\n-\n\n-\n\nlonged time; bhagaviin\n\n-\n\nthe Personality of Godhead\n\nbecomcs manifest; hrdi-within one's hearL\n\nSri Kr�l).a; vi.Sate­\n\nTRANSLATION\nPersons who hear Srimad-Bhagavatam regularly and are alwa y s taking\nthe matter very seriously will have the Personality of Godhead Sri Kr��a\nmanifested in their hearts within a short time.\nPURPORT\nCheap devotees or the material devotees of the Lord are very much\n\ndesirous lo see the Lord personally without making any requi ite qualifica­\n\ntion. Such third-grade devotees should know well that material attachment\n\nand seeing the Lord eye to eye cannot go together. It is not such a\n\nmechanical process that the professional Bhiigavatam reciters can do the\n\njob on behalf of the third-grade materialist pseudo-devotee. The professional\nmen are useless in this connection because they are neither self-realized\nnor interested in the liberation of the audience. They are simply interested\n\nin maintaining the material establishment of family attachment and earning\nsome material benefits out of the profession. Maharaja Parik�it had no\nmore than seven days to live, but for others Maharaja Parik�it personally\n\nrecommends that one should hear Srimad-Bhiigavatam regularly, nityam,\n\nalways by one's own effort and with serious devotion also. That will help\n\none to see the Lord Sri Kr�l}a manifested in one's heart within no time.\n\nThe pseudo-devotee, however, is very anxious to see the Lord by his\n\nwhims,\n\nnot\n\nmaking\n\nany\n\nserious\n\neffort\n\nto\n\nhear Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nregularly and without detachment from material benefi l. That is not lhe\n\nway recommended by an authority like Maharaja Parik�it, who heard and\nbenefitted\n\nby hearing Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nTEXT\n\n5\n\n", "SB2.2#p0112": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n426\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\nprav4ta� karrw-randhrerta\nsviiniim bhiiva-saroruham\ndhunoti samalarh krwa�\nsalilasya yathii sarat\nprav4 ta�-thus being entered; karrta-randhrerta-through the holes--of\n\nthe ears; svii niim-according to one's liberated position; bhiiva-constitutional\n\nrelationship;\n\nsa ra [l. ruham the lotus flower; dhunoti-cleanses;\n-\n\n-\n\nsamalam-material qualities like lust, anger' avarice, hankering, etc.; k[§[ta�\n\n-Lord Kf�l)a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; salilasya-of the reservoir of waters; yathii\n\n-\n\nas it were; sarat-the autumn season.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sound incarnation of Lord Kr��a, the Supreme Soul [i.e. Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam), entering into the heart of a self-realized devotee, sits on the\n\nlotus flower of his loving relationship and thus cleanses the dust of material\n\nassociation, such as lust, anger, hankerings, etc., and acts like the autmpnal\n\nrains upon the pools of muddy water.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said that a single pure devotee of the Lord can deliver all the fallen\n\nsouls of the world, and thus one who is actually in the confidence of a pure\ndevotee like Narada or Sukadeva Gosvami and thus empowered by one's\n\nspiritual master, as Narada was by Brahmiiji, can not only deliver himself\n\nfrom the clutches of miiyii, or illusion, but can deliver the whole world by\n\nhis pure and empowered devotional strength. The comparison to the\n\nautumnal rain which falls on the muddy reservoirs of water is very\nappropriate. During the rainy season, all waters of the rivers become\n\nmuddy, but in the month of July-August, the autumn season, when there\nis a slight rainfall, the muddy waters of the rivers all over the world become\n\nat once clear. By addition of some chemical, a small reservoir of water\n\nlike that of the metropolitan waterworks tanks, etc., can be cleared, but\nby such a tiny effort it is not possible to clear up all the reservoirs of\n\nwater like the rivers, etc. Similarly, a powerful pure devotee of the Lord\n\ncan deliver not only his personal self but also many others in his association.\n\nIn other words, the cleansing of the polluted heart by other methods\n\n(like r:ulture of empiric knowledge or mystic gymnastics) can simply\n\n", "SB2.2#p0113": "Questions by King Par�it\n\nText 6]\ncleanse om�·\n\n427\n\nown heart, but devotional service to the Lord i so powerful\n\nthat it can clean c the hearts of the people in general, by the devotional\n\nservice of the pure empowered devotee. A true repre entative of the Lord\nlike Narada,\nlater\n\nSukadeva Gosvami, Lord Caitanya, the six Gosvamis and\n\nSrila Bhaktivinode Thakur or Srimad Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nThakur, etc., can deliver all people by their empowered devotional service.\n\nBy sincere efforts to hear Srimad-Bhiigavatam one realizes his constitu·\n\ntiona! relationship with the Lord in the transcendental humor of servitude,\n\nfriend hip, paternal affection or conjugal love, and by such self-realization\none becomes situated at once in the transcendental loving service of the\nLord. All\n\nuch pure devotees like Narada were not only self-realized souls,\n\nbut they were engaged in preaching work automatically by spiritual\n\nimpetus, and thus they delivered many poor souls entangled in the\nmaterial mode . They became so powerful hecause they sincerely followed\n\nthr Bhiigavatam principle\naction\n\nby regular hearing and worshiping. By such\n\nthe ac ·urnulated material lusts, etc., become clean ed by the\n\nper onal endeavor of the Lord within the heart. The Lord is always within\n\nthe heart of the living being, but He becomes maniLested by one's\ndevotional\n\nervicc.\n\nPurification of the heart by culture of knowledge or mystic yoga may\n\nbe all right for the time being for an individual person, but it i\n\ncleansing the\n\nlike\n\ntagnant water in small quantity by chemical processes.\n\nSuch clarification of water may stand for the time being and the sediments\n\nsettle down, but by a slight agitation everything becomes muddy. The\n\nidea i that devotional service to the Lord is the only method of cleansing\n\nthe heart for good. Whereas other methods may be superficially good for\n\nthe time being, there is a risk of becoming muddy again due to agitation\n\nof the mind. Devotional service to the Lord, with specific attention for\n\nhearing Srimad-Bhiigavatam regularly and always, is the best recommended\n\nmethod for liberation from the clutches of illusion.\n\nTEXT\n\n6\n\ndhautiitmii puru�a{l. kmw.­\n\npiida-mulam na muiicati\n\nmuk ta-sarva-pariklesa{l.\n\npiintha{l. sva-sarar-am yathii\n\n", "SB2.2#p0114": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n428\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\ndhauta-iitmii-a person whose heart has been cleansed; puru§a{l.-the\n\nliving being; kmw-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; piida-miilnm­\n\nthe shelter of the lotus feet; na-never; muiicati-gives up; mukta-liber­\n\nated; sarva-all; parikle§a{l.-of all miseries of life; piintha�-the traveler;\n\nsva-sarartam-in his own abode; yathii-as it were.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA pure devotee of the Lord, whose heart is once cleansed by the\n\nprocess of devotional service, never relinquishes the lotus feet of Lord\n\nKf�l)a because they fully satisfy him, as the traveler is satisfied at home\n\nafter a troubled journey.\n\nPURPORT\nOne who is not a pure devotee of the Supreme Lord Kr�I:ta is not\ncompletely cleansed in the heart. But a perfectly cleansed person never\nquits the devotional service of the Lord. In discharging such devotional\n\nservice, as it was ordered by Brahmajl to Narada in the preaching of\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, sometimes the representative of Lhe Lord engaged in\npreaching\n\nwork meets various so-called difficulties of life. This was\n\nexhibited by Lord Nityananda when He delivered the two fallen souls Jagai\nand Madhai, and similarly\n\nnonbelievers.\n\nLord Jesus Christ was crucified by the\n\nBut such difficulties are suffered by the devotees in\n\npreaching work very gladly because in such activities, alLhough apparently\n\nvery severe, the devotees of the Lord feel transcendental pleasure because\nthe Lord is satisfied. Prahlada Maharaja suffered greatly, but still he never\n\nforgot the lotus feet of the Lord. This is because a pure devotee of Lhe Lord\n\nis so purified in the heart that he cannot leave the shelter of Lord KnH:ta in\n\nany circumstances. There is no self-interest in such service. The progress of\n\nculturing knowledge by the jiiiinis or the bodily gymnastics by the yogis\n\nare ultimately given up by the respective performers, but a devotee of the\nLord cannot give up the service of the Lord, for he is ordered by his\n\nspiritual master. Pure devotees like Narada or Nityananda Prabhu take up\nthe order of the spiritual master as the sustenance of life. They do not\n\nmind what becomes of the future of their lives. They take the matter very\nseriously as the order comes from the higher authority, from the repre­\n\nsentative of the Lord, or from the Lord Himself.\n\nThe example set herein is very appropriate. A traveler leaves home to\n\nsearch for wealth in far distant places, sometimes in the forest and\n\n", "SB2.2#p0115": "Text 7)\n\nQuestions by King Pa�it\n\n429\n\nsometimes on the ocean and sometimes on hilltop . Certainly there are\nmany troubles for the traveler when he is in such unknown place . But all\nsuch troubles are at once mitigated as soon as the\n\nense of his family\n\naffection is remembered, and as soon as he returns home he forget all\nsuch troubles on the way.\n\nA pure devotee of the Lord is exactly in a family tie with lhe Lord, and\ntherefore he is undeterred in discharging his duty in full affectionate tie\nwith the Lord.\n\nTEXT 7\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\n��l ��'l. �ms� �Pl! 1\n���ttl ��on ::tl �ffi � t;ffl � II \\9 II\n\nyad adhiitu-mato brahman\ndehiirambho 'sya dhiitubhi{l.\nyadrcchayii hetunii vii\nbhavanto jiinate yathii\nyat-a\nit is; adhii tu mata{l. without being materially con tituted;\nbrahman-0 learned briihmarza; deha the material body; ii rambha{l. - the\nbeginning of; asya- of the living being; dhiitubhi{l.-by matter; yadrcchayiiwithout cause, accidental; hetunii-due to some cause; vii-either; bhavanta{l.\n-your good self;jiinate-as you may know it; yathii- so you inform me.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 learned brahmru:ta, the transcendental spirit soul is different from\n\nthe material body. Does he acquire the body accidentally or by some\ncause? Will you kindly explain this, for it is known to you.\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Parilqit, being a typical devotee, is not only satisfied by\n\nconfirming the importance of hearing the Srimad-Bhiigavatam from the\n\nrepresentative of Brahmajl by disciplic succession, but he is still more\n\nanxious to establish the philosophical basis of $rimad-Bhiigavatam. $rimad­\n\nBhiigavatam is the science of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and as\n\n", "SB2.2#p0116": "[Canto 2, Ch_ 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n430\n\nsuch all questions that may arise in the mind of a serious student must be\ncleared by the statements of the authority. A person on the path of\n\ndevotional service may inquire from his spiritual master all about Lhe\nspiritual position of God and the living beings. From the Bhagavad-gitii,\nas\n\nwell as from the Snmad-Bhiigavatam, it is known that qualitatively the\n\nLord and the living beings are one. The living being in the conditioned\nstate of material existence is subjected to many transmigrations by\n\ncontinuously changing the material body. But what are the causes of such\n\nmaterial embodiment of the part and parcel of the Lord? Maharaja Parik�it\n\ninquires about this very important matter for the benefit of all classes of\ncandidates on the path of self-realization and devotional service to the\nLord.\n\nIndirectly it is confirmed that the Supreme Being, the Lord, makes no\n\nsuch material changes of body. He is spiritually whole, with no difference\n\nbetween His body and His soul, unlike the conditioned soul. The liberated\n\nliving beings, who associate with the Lord in person, are also exactly like\nthe Lord. Only the conditioned souls awaiting liberation are subjected to\n\nchange of bodies. How was the process first begun?\n\nIn the process of devotional service, the first step is to take shelter of the\n\nspiritual master and then inquire from the spiritual master all about the\n\nprocess. This inquiry is essential in order to be made immune to all kinds\nof offenses in the path of devotional service. Even if one is fixed in\n\ndevotional service like Maharaja Parik�it, he must still inquire from the\nrealized spiritual master all about this. In other words, the spiritual master\n\nmust also be well versed and learned so that he may be able to answer all\nthese inquiries from the devotees. Thus one who is not well versed in\nthe authorized scriptu res and not able to answer all such relevant inquiries\n\nshould not pose as a spiritual master for the matter of material gain. It is\n\nillegal to become a spiritual master if one is unable to deliver the disciple.\n\nTEXT 8\n\n3lRft� ����lq_ q� ����;{��Ill� I\n�;p:{ ;:r ��q ��::q� Cl: � 1\nijf.H;rn\"Tf?ml m:m: ���f;:r� II� II\n.\n\n-\\'\n\n�\n\n...\n\niisid yad-udariit padmarh\n\nloka-sarhsthiina-lak§ar-am\n\n", "SB2.2#p0117": "Text 8]\n\nQuestions by King Pa�it\n\n431\n\nyiiviin ayam vai puru�a\niyattiivayavaift prthak\ntiiviin asiiv iti proktaft\nsamsthiivayavaviin iva\niisit-as\n\nit\n\ngrew; yat udariit-f ro m whose abdomen; padmam-lotus\n-\n\nflower;loka-world; samsthiina-situation; lak§arwm-possessed of; yiiviin­\n\nas it were;ayam-this;vai-certainly;pur�afl.-the Supre me Personalit y of\nGodhead; iyattii\n\n-\n\nme asure ment ; avayavaift-by embodiment; prthak-dif\n\n­\n\nferent; tiiviin-so; asau-that; iti proktaft-it is so said; samsthii-situation;\navayavavan-embodiment; iva-like.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf the Supreme Personality of Godhead, from whose abdomen the\nlotus stem sprouted, is possessed of a gigantic body according to His own\ncaliber and measurement, then what is the specific difference between\nthe body of the Lord and those of other common living entities?\n\nPURPORT\nOne should note how M aharaja Parik�it int elli gently put the questions\nbefore his spi ritual master for scientific un de rstan ding of the transcendental\nbody of Lhe Lord. It has been described in many places before this that\nLhe Lord assumed a very gigantic body, like Kara!lodakasay1 Vi�!lu, from\nwhose hair pores innumerable universes have generated. The body of the\nGarbhodaka8ay1 Vi� !lu is described as sprouting the lotus stem within\nwhich all the pl an ets of the universe remain, and at the t op of the stem\nthere is the lotus flower on which Lord Brahma is born. In the creation of\nlhe material world He undoubtedly assumes the gigantic body, and living\nen lities also gel bodies, big or small, according to the respective nece sity\n\n.\n\nFor example , an elepha nt gets a gigantic body according to its need , and\nso also an ant gets its body according to its needs. Similarly, if the\n\nPe rso nality of Godhead assumes a gig antic body to accomodate the universes or .the planets of a particular universe, there is no difference in Lhc\nprinciple of assuming or accepting a particu lar type of body in terms of\nne cessi ty A living being and the Lord cannot be distinguished simply by\n.\n\nthe diffe rence of the magn itu de of the body. So the answer depends on the\nspecific significance of the body of the Lord, as distinguished from the\nbody of lhc common living being.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0118": "[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n432\n\nTEXT 9\n�: �HT 4{(lll';f 4{ijl�l{l ��a�� I\n\"\n\n��\n\n�rf\n\n,...\n\nij�q\n\nc:rrfllq����n II � II\n\naja� srjati bhiitiini\nbhiitiitmii yad-anugrahiit\ndadrse yena tad-riipam\nniibhi-padma-samudbhava�\naja�-one\n\nwho is\n\nborn\n\nwithout\n\na\n\nmaterial source;\n\nsrjati- creates;\n\nbhiltiini-all those materially born; bhiita-iitmii-having a body of matter;\n\nyat\n\n-\n\nwhose; anugrahiit-by the mercy of; dadrse-could see; yena-by\n\nwhom; tat-rilpam-His form of body; niibhi-navel;padma- lotus flower;\n\nsamudbhavaft-being born of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBrahma, who was not born of a material source but of the lotus flower\n\ncoming out of the navel abdomen of the Lord, is the creator of all those\nwho are materially born. Of course, by the grace of the Lord, Brahma was\nable to see the form of the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nThe first living creature, Brahma, is called ajaft because he did not take\n\nhis birth from the womb of a mother materially born. He was directly\nborn from the bodily expansion of the lotus flower of the Lord. Thus it is\n\nnot readily understandable whether the body of the Lord and that of\nBrahma are of the same quality or different. This must also be clearly\nunderstood. One thing is, however, certain:\n\nBrahma was completely\n\ndependent on the mercy of the Lord because after his birth he could\ncreale living beings by the Lord's grace only, and he could see the form of\nLhe Lord. Whether the form seen by Brahma is of the same quality as that\n\nof Brahma is a bewildering question, and Maharaja Parilqit wanted to get\nclear answers from Snla Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0119": "Text ll)\n\n433\n\nQuestions by King P�it\nTEXT 10\n\n,... ,...\n\n� :qnq �?£ ��Ill Ff�T�-l�QJ�:\n\"\n\n....\n\nijCfctfl �ffl� il�:\n\nI\n\n�ij (1�!!lil� : II Z II\no\n\nsa ciipi yatra puru§O\nviSva-sthity-udbhaviipyayaft\nmuktviitma-miiyiirh miiyesaft\nsete sarva-guhii-sayaft\nsafl. - H e; ca- a lso ; api as He is; yat ra\n-\n\n-\n\nwhere; puru§afi. -t he Personality\n\nof Godhead; viSva-the material worlds; sthit i-maintenance; udbhava­\n\ncreation; apyayafl. -annihilation ; muktvii-without being touched; iitmamiiyiim-own energy; miiyesafl. -the Lord of all energies; sete-does Lie on;\nsarva-guhii-sayaft-one who lies in everyone's heart.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlease also explain the Personality of Godhead, who lies in every heart\nas the Supersoul and as the Lord of all energies, hut is untouched by His\n\nexternal energy.\nPURPORT\nUndoubtedly the form of the Lord who was seen by Brahmii must be\ntranscendental, otherwise how could He simply look upon the creative\nenergy without being touched? It is understood also that the same puru§a\nlies in the heart of every living entity. This also requires proper explanation.\nTEXT ll\n\npuru§iivayavair lokiift\nsa-piiliift piirva-kalpitiift\nlokair amu§yiivayaviift\nsa-piilair iti §usmma\n\n", "SB2.2#p0120": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n434\n\npuru�a-universal form of the\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\nLord (viriita puru§a[l}; avayavai[l.-by\n\ndifferent parts of the body ; lokii[l.-the pl a neta ry syste m; sa-piilii[l.-with\nrespective govern ors; pu rva-formerly; kalpitii[l.-discussed; lokai[l.-by Lhe\ndiffe re nt planetary systems; amu�ya-llis;avayauii[l.-differcnt parts of the\nbody; sa-piilai[l.-with the governors; iti-thus; susruma-1 heard.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 learned brahm�a, it was formerly explained that all the planets of\nthe universe with their respective governors are situated in the different\nparts of the gigantic body of the vira!a puru�a. I have also heard that the\ndifferent planetary systems are supposed to be in the gigantic body of the\nvirata puru�a. But what is their actual position? Will you please explain\nthat?\n\nTEXT\n\n12\n\n�m� �r.irfcr�r.(!qt ;rt �m tr.t��'ltfij 1\nC' .\n\n����� 3TP�Itr.:l T.J �� �cr: II Z �II\nyiiviin kalpo vikalpo vii\nyathii kiilo 'numiyate\nbhuta-bhavya-bhavac-chabda\niiyur -miinarh ca yat sata[l.\nyavan-as it is; kalpafl-the duration of time between creation and\nannihilation; vikalpafl\n\n-\n\nsub s idiary creation and annihilation; vii-either;\n\nyathii-as also; kiilafl-the time; anumiyate-is measured; bhuta-past;\nbhavya future; bhavat-present; sabdaf!-sou nd; iiyuf!-duration of lif e;\n-\n\nmii.nam-measurement; ca-also; yat which; sataft-of all living beings\n-\n\nm\n\nall planets.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAJHo please explain the duration of time between creation and annihilation, and that of other subsidiary creations, as well as the nature of time,\nindicated hy the sound of past, present and future. Also, please explain\nthe duration and measurement of life of the different living beings known\nas the demigods, the human beings, etc., in different planets of the universe.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0121": "Text 14 J\n\nQuestions by King Par�it\n\n435\n\nPURPORT\nPast, present and future are different features of time to indicate the\nduration of life for the universe and all its paraphernalia, including the\ndifferent living beings in different planets.\n\nTEXT 13\n\nClil�T�W-fr � ��tTijs�t �tl'Ttr I\ntT�: ;r.�tT(1m ��fif:�e�Ht II Z �II\nkiilasyiinugatir yii tu\nlak§yate '[!vi brhaty api\nyiivatyaft karma-galayo\nyiidrsir dvija-sallama\nkiilasya-of the eternal Lime; anugatift -- beginning ; yii tu-as they are;\nlak§yate-expcrieneed; a!wi-small; brhati-great ; api-e ven; yiivatyafl.-as\nlong as; karma-gataya�-in terms of the work performed; yiidrfift-as it\nmay;dvija-sattama-0 purest of all b riihma[!as.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 purest of the brahm�as, please also explain the cause of the different durations of time, both short and long, as well as the beginning of\ntime, following the course of action.\n\nTEXT 14\n\"\n\n�\n\n....\n\n...\n\n....\n\n'\n\n�f� ;:r.qe•H�Plr �41 ��� I\n\n!!� gf�Jl;ri �h qftiJflitlll�all{ II Z �II\nyasmin kamw-samiiviiyo\nyathii ycnopagrhyate\ngrL[liiniirh gu!tiniirh caiva\npari[liimam abhipsatiim\n\n", "SB2.2#p0122": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n436\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\nyasmin-in which; karma-actions; samavayaft-accumulation; yatha-as\nfar as; yena-by which;upagrhyate-takes over;gurtiinam-of the different\nmodes of material nature; gur-inam-of the living beings; ca-also; evacertainly; parir-amam-resultant; abhipsatiim-of the desires.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen again, kindly describe how the proportionate accumulation of\nthe resultant actions of the different modes of material nature act upon\nthe desiring living being, promoting or degrading him among the different\nspecies of life, beginning from the demigods down to the most insignificant\ncreatures.\nPURPORT\nThe actions and reactions of all works in the material modes of nature,\neither in the minute form or in the gigantic form, are accumulated, and thus\nthe result of such accumulated actions and reactions of karma, or work,\nbecome manifested in the same proportion. How such actions and reactions\ntake place, what are the different procedures, and in what proportion they\nact are all the subject matter of Maharaja Parik�it's inquiries from the\ngreat brahmarw, Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nLife in the higher planets, known as the abode of the denizens of heaven,\nis obtained not by the strength of spacecraft (as is now being contemplated\nby the inexperienced scientists), but by works done in the mode of\ngoodness.\n\nThere is even restriction on the very planet where we are now living for\n\nentrance of foreigners to a country where the citizens are more prosperous.\n\nFor example, the American government has many restrictions for entrance\n\nof foreigners from less prosperous countries. The reason is that the Americans do not wish to share their prosperity with any foreigner who has not\nqualified himself as a citizen of America. Similarly, the same mentality is\n\nprevailing in every other planet also where there are more and more intelli­\n\ngent living beings residing. The higher planetary living conditions are all in\n\nthe mode of goodness, and anyone desiring te enter the higher planets\nlike the moon, sun, Venus, etc., must qualify thoroughly by activity in\ncomplete goodness.\nMaharaja Parik�it's inquiries are on the basis of proportionate actions\n\nof goodness which qualify one in this planet to be promoted to the highest\n\nregions of the universe.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0123": "Text 15)\n\nQuestions by King Pa�it\n\n437\n\nEven on this planet of our present residence, no one can achieve a good\nposition within the social order without being qualified with proportionate\ngood work.\n\no one can forcibly sit on the chair of a high court judge\n\nwithout being qualified for the post. Similarly, no one can enter into the\nhigher regions of the planetary system without being qualified by good\nworks in this life. Persons addicted to the habits of passion and ignorance\nhave no chance of entering the higher planetary system simply by an\nelectronic mechanism.\nAccording to the statement of the Bhag avad-gitii (Bg. 9.25), persons\ntrying to qualify themselves for promotion to the higher regions of\nheavenly planets can go there; similarly, persons trying for the Pitrlokas\ncan go there; similarly, persons trying to improve the conditions on this\nearth can also do that, and persons who are engaged in going back home,\nback to Godhead, can also achieve the result. These various actions and\nreactions of work in the mode of goodness are generally known as pious\nwork with devotional service, culture of knowledge with devotional\nservice, mystic powers with devotional service and (at last) devotional\nservice unmixed with any other varieties of goodness. This unmixed\ndevotional service is transcendental and is called the parii bhakti, which\nalone can promote a person to the transcendental kingdom of God. Such\na transcendental kingdom is not a myth, but is as factual as the moon\nplanet. It requires the transcendental qualities to understand the kingdom\nof God and God Himself.\n\nTEXT 15\n\nbhu-piitiila-kakub-vyomag raha-nak�atra-bhubhrtiim\nsarit-samudra-dvipiiniim\nsambhava5 caitad-okasiim\n\nbhu�-piitiila-underneath the land; kakub-four sides of the heavens;\nvyoma-the\n\nsky;\n\ngraha-the\n\nplanets;\n\nnakfiatra-the\n\nstars; bhubhrtiim\n\n-of the hills; sarit-the river; samudra-the sea; dvipiiniim-of the islands;\nsa m bha u a\n\nft appearan ce; ca-also; etat-their; okasiim-of the inhabitants.\n-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0124": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n438\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of the brahmal)as, please also describe how the creation of the\nglobes throughout the universe, the four directions of the heavens, the\nsky, the planets, the stars, the mountains, the rivers, the seas and the\n\nislands, as well as their different kinds of inhabitants, takes place.\n\nPURPORT\nThe inhabitants of different varieties of land, etc., are differently\n\nsituated, and not all of them are equal in all respects. The inhabitants of\nthe land are different from the inhabitant\n\nof the water or the sky, and\n\nsimilarly the inhabitants of the different planets and stars in the sky are\n\nalso different from one another. No place is vacant by the laws of the\nLord, but the creatures of one particular place are different from others.\n\nEven in the human society the inhabitants of the jungles or those of the\n\ndesert are different from those of the cities and villages. They are so made\n\naccording to different qualities of the modes of nature. Such adjustment\nof the laws of nature is not blind. There is a great plan behind the arrangement.\n\nMaharaja Parik�it requests the great sage Sukadeva Gosvami to\n\nexplain all these authoritatively, in accordance with proper understanding.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n!f'fllJf'{�����\n.\n\n�\n\n\"\n\n.\n\n�mr\npramii[lam a[l!fa-kosasya\nbahyiibhyantara-bhedataft\nmahatiim ciinucaritam\nvar[tii.Srama-vini.Scayaft\n\npramii[lam-extent and measurement; a[l!fa-kosasya-of the universe;\n\nbiihya-outer space; abhyantara-inner space; bhedata[l,-by division of;\n\nmahatiim-of the great souls; ca-also; anucaritam-character and activities;\nvar!1a-castes; ii.Srama-orders of life; uiniScayaft-specifically describe.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0125": "Text 16]\n\nQuestions by King Pariksit\n\n439\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlso, please describe the inner and outer space of the universe by\nspecific divisions, as well as the character and activities of the great souls,\nand also the characteristics of the different classifications of the castes and\norders of social life.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Parilqit is a typical devotee of Lord Kr�l).a, and as such he is\n\nanxious to know the complete significance of the creation of the Lord. He\n\nwants to know the inner and outer space of the universal form. It is quite\n\nfitting for the real searcher of knowledge to know all about this. Those who\nare of the opinion that the devotees of the Lord are satisfied with some\nsentiments only can find good lessons in the inquiries of Maharaja Parik�it\n\nas to how much a pure devotee is inquisitive to know things in their\n\ntrue perfection. The modern scientist is unable to know about the inner\nspace of the universal horizon, and what to speak of the space which\ncovers the universes.\nMaharaja Parik�it is not simply satisfied with material knowledge only.\n\nHe is inquisitive about the characters and activities of the great souls or\n\ndevotees of the Lord. The glories of the Lord and the glories of His devotees, combined together, comprise the c.omplete knowledge of Srimad­\n\nBhagiivatam. Lord Kr�l).a showed His mother the complete universal creation within His mouth, while she, completely charmed by her son, wanted\nto see the inner mouth of the Lord just to see how much earth the child\n\nhad eaten. By the grace of the Lord the devotees are able to see everything\n\nin the universe within the mouth of the Lord.\nThe very idea of the scientific divisions of four classes of human society\n\nand four orders of life is also inquired about herewith on the basis of indi­\n\nvidual personal quality. The four divisions are exactly like the four divisions\n\nof one's personal body. The parts and parcels of the body are nondifferent\nfrom the body, but by themselves they are only parts and parcels of the\n\nbody. That is the significance of the whole scientific\n\nystem of four\n\norders of castes and social orders. The value of such scientific divisions\n\nof human society can only be ascertained in terms of the proportionate\ndevelopment of devotional service to the Lord. Any person employed in\n\nthe government service is a part and parcel of the entire government,\n\nincluding the president. Everyone is a government servant, but no one is\n\nthe government himself. That is the position of all living entities in the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0126": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n440\n\ngovernment of the Supreme Lord.\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\no one can artificially claim to the\n\nsupreme po ition of the Lord, but everyone is meant to serve the purpose\n\nof the supreme whole.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n� ��t;i =tt �+lf �?tl �it � I\n���?tl�a� �: 11 Z '!�II\nyugiini yuga-miinam ca\ndharmo yas ca yuge yuge\navatiiriinucaritam\nyad iiScaryatamam hare�\nyugiini-the different ages; yuga-miinam-the duration of each age; ca­\n\nas well as; dharma�-the particular occupational duty;ya� ca-and which;\nyuge yuge\ntion;\n\n-\n\nin each and every yuga or particular age; avatiira-the incarna­\n\nanucaritam-and\n\nthe activities of the incarnation; yat-which;\n\niiScaryatamam-the most\nLord.\n\nwonderful activities; hare�-of the Supreme\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlease explain all the different ages in the duration of the creation, and\n\nalso the duration of such ages. Also tell me about the different activities\nof the different incarnations of the Lord in different ages.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Kr�!la is the original Personality of Godhead, and all the incarna­\n\ntions of the Supreme Lord, although nondifferent from Him, are emana­\n\ntions from the Supreme. Maharaja Parik�it inquires from the great learned\nsage Sukadeva Gosvami about the different activities of such incarna­\n\ntions so that the incarnation of the Lord may be confirmed by His\nactivities in the authoritative scriptures. Maharaja Parik�it is not to be\n\ncarried away by the sentiments of the common man to accept an incarna­\n\ntion of the Lord very cheaply. Instead he wished to accept the incarnation\n\nof the Lord by symptoms mentioned in the Vedic literatures and confirmed\nby an iiciirya like Sukadeva Gosvami. The Lord descends by His internal\n\n", "SB2.2#p0127": "441\n\nQuestions by King Par�it\n\nText 18]\n\nenergy without any obligation to the laws of material nature, and thus His\nactivities are also uncommon. The specific activities of the Lord are\nmentioned, and one should know that the activities of the Lord and the\nLord are identical due to being on the absolute plane. Thus to hear the\nactivities of the Lord means to associate with the Lord directly, and\nassociation of the Lord directly means purification from material contamination. We have already discussed this point in the First Volume.\n\nTEXT 18\n•\n\n....\n\nC'\n\n,..._'\n\n�orr �:m:ITfT �:��: trr�Fl?<l �11[�: 1\n\n�afr.lt UJ\\qrlllf =q ��: �;;�'! i:!T�m� II Z �II\nnrru\"irh siidhararto dharmafl.\nsavi.Se§as ca yiidrsafl.\nsrertiniirh riijanJirtiirh ca\ndharmafl. krcchre§u jivatiim\nhuman\n\nsociety; siidhiirartafl.- general; dharmafl. -religious\n\naffiliation; s a ui.Se§afl.\n\nspecific; ca-also; yiid[Safl.-as they are; srertinii.m-of\n\nnntiim-of\n-\n\n-\n\nthe particular three classes; riijar�irtiim-of the saintly royal order; ca-also;\ndharmafl.-occupational\n\nduty;\n\nkrcchre�u-in\n\nconditions; jivatiim-of the living\n\nthe matter of\n\ndistressed\n\nbeings.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlease also explain what may generally be the common religious\naffiliations of human society, as well as their specific occupational duties\nin religion, the classification of the social orders as well as the administrative royal orders, and the religious principles for one who may be in\nthe distressed condition of life.\nPURPORT\nThe common religion of all classes of human beings, regardless of whosoever and whatsoever one may be, is devotional service. Even the animals\nmay be included in devotional service to the Lord, and the best example\n\n", "SB2.2#p0128": "442\n\nSrimad -Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\nis set by Sri Bajraitgajl or Hanuman, the great devotee of Lord Sri Rama.\n\nAB we have already discussed, even the aborigines and cannibals can also\n\nbe engaged in the devotional service of the Lord if they happen to be\nunder the guidance of a genuine devotee of the Lord. In the Skanda\nPuriir-a there is a narration that a hunter in the jungle became the most\n\nenlightened devotee of the Lord by the guidance of Sri Narada ·Muni.\n\nTherefore devotional service to the Lord can be equally shared by every\n\nliving being.\n\nReligious affiliation in terms of different countries and cultural circum­\n\nstances is obviously not the common religion of the human being, but the\n\nbasic principle is devotional service. Even if a particular type of religious\nprinciple does not recognize the supremacy of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, the followers still have to obey the disciplinary principles\nlaid down by a particular leader. Such a leader of a religious sect is never\nthe supreme leader because such a circumstantial leader comes to the\n\nposition of leadership after undergoing some penance. The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead does not, however, require to be under disciplinary\naction to become leader, as we see in the activities of Lord Kr�!ta·\n\nThe occupational duties of the castes and the orders of society, follow­\n\ning the principles of livelihood, also depend on the principle of devotional service. In the Bhagavad-gitii it is stated that a person can achieve\n\nthe highest perfection of life simply by awarding the results of one's\n\noccupational duty unto the devotional service of the Lord. People follow­\n\ning the principles of devotional service of the Lord can never be put into\n\ndifficulty, and thus there cannot be any question of iipad-dharma, or\nreligion in distress. AB will be explained in this book by the greatest\n\nauthority, Srila Sukadeva Gosvami, there is no religion save and except\n\nthe devotional service of Lhe Lord, though this may be presented in\ndifferent forms.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n��Rt qR� ��uf ��IJf� I\n��f-:rf�p:i'frr�r\\;�fR&f.fiiN � II� �II\ntattviiniirh parisankhyiinarh\nlak§ar-arh hetu-lak�ar-am\npuru§iiriidhana-vidhir\nyogasyiidhyiitmikasya ca\n\n", "SB2.2#p0129": "Text 20]\n\nQuestions by King Pan�it\n\n443\n\ntattvanam-of the elements that constitute the creation;parisankhyanam\n-of the nu·mber of such elements; lak§arwm-symptoms; hetu-lak§ap.amthe symptoms of the CaHses; puru§a-complete; arcidhana-devotional\nservice; vidhi�-rules and regulations; yogasya-cultivation of the yoga\nsystem; adhyatmikasya-spiritual methods leading to devotional service;\nca-also.\nTRANSLATION\nKindly explain all about the elementary principles of creation, the\nnumber of such elementary principles, their causes, and their development,\nand also the process of devotional service and the method of mystic\npowers.\nTEXT 20\n\n��}\\�fflw+r�� �fir;n� I\n��q%���an��Rl�T11Jtfr:\nII� II\no\n\nyogesvaraiSvarya-gatir\nlinga-bhangas tu yoginiim\nvedopaveda-dharmar-am\nitihiisa-purar-ayo�\nyogesvara-the master of the mystic powers;aiSvarya-opulence;gati�advancement; Zinga-astral body; bhanga�-detachment; tu-but; yoginam\n--of the mystics; veda-transcendental knowledge; upaveda-knowledge in\npursuance of the Veda indirectly;dharmar-am-of the religiosities;itihasahistory;purar-ayo�-of the Purar-as.\nTRANSLATION\nWhat .are the opulences of the great mystics, and what is their ultimate\nrealization? How does the perfect mystic become detached from the subtle\nastral body? What is the basic knowledge of the Vedic literatures, including\nthe branches of history and the supplementary Pur�as?\nPURPORT\nThe yogesvara, or the master of mystic powers,. can exhibit eight kinds of\nwonders of perfection by becoming smaller tli.an the atom or lighter than\n\n", "SB2.2#p0130": "444\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\na feather, getting anything and everything he desires, going anywhere and\n\neverywhere he likes, creating even a planet in the sky, etc. There are many\n\nyogesvaras having different proficiencies in these wonderful powers, and\nthe topmost of all of them is Lord Siva. Lord Siva is the greatest yogi, and\n\nhe can perform such wonderful things, far beyond the ordinary living\n\nbeings. The devotees of the Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, do\nnot directly practice the process of mystic powers, but, by the grace of the\nLord, His devotee can defeat even a great yogesvara like Durvasa Muni,\n\nwho picked up a quarrel with Maharaja Ambari�a and wanted to show the\n\nwonderful achievements of his mystic powers. Maharaja Ambari�a was a\n\npure devotee of the Lord, and thus without any effort on his part the\nLord saved him from the wrath of Y ogesvara Durvasa Muni, and the latter\n\nwas obliged to beg pardon from the King. Similarly, at the time of\nDraupadi's precarious position, when she was attacked by the Kurus who\n\nwanted to see her naked in the open assembly of the royal order, the Lord\n\nsaved her from being stripped by supplying an unlimited length of sari to\ncover her. And Draupadi knew nothing of mystic powers. Therefore the\n\ndevotees are also yogesvara by the unlimited power of the Lord, just as a\n\nchild is powerful by the strength of the parents. They do not try to protect\n\nthemselves by any artificial means, but are saved by the mercy of the\n\nparents.\n\nMaharaja Parik�it\n\ninquired from the\n\nlearned\n\nbriihma[La· Sukadeva\n\nGosvami about the ultimate destination of such great mystics or how they\nattain such extraordinary powers by their own efforts or by the grace of\n\nthe Lord. He inquired also about their detachment from the subtle and\n\ngross material bodies. He inguired also about the purports of the Vedic\nknowledge, and, as is stated in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 15.15), the whole\n\npurport of all the Vedas is to know the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nand thus become a transcendental loving servant of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 21\n\nsamplava[l. sarva-bhutiiniim\nvik rama[l. pratisankrama[l.\n4tiipurtasya kiimyiiniim\ntri-vargasya ca yo vidh*\n\n", "SB2.2#p0131": "Text 21]\n\nQuestions by King Pa�it\n\n445\n\nsamplavafi.-the perfect means or complete devastation; sarva-bhutiinam\n-of all living beings; vikramafi.-specific power or situation;pratisankramafi.\n-ultimate destruction; i§tii-performance of Vedic rituals;pilrtasya-pious\nacts in terms of religion; kiimyanam-rituals for economic development;\ntri-vargasya-the three means of religion, economic development and\nsense satisfaction; ca-also; yafi.-whatsoever;vidhifi.-procedures.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlease explain unto me how the living beings are generated, how they\nare maintained, and how they are annihilated. Tell me also of the advantages and disadvantages of discharging devotional service unto the Lord.\nWhat are the Vedic rituals and injunctions of the supplementary Vedic\nrites, and what are the procedures of religion, economic development\nand sense satisfaction?\nPURPORT\nSamplavafi., in the sense of \"perfect means,\" is employed to denote the\ndischarging of devotional service, and pratisamplavafi. means just the opposite, or that which destroys the progress of devotional service. One who is\nfirmly situated in devotional service of the Lord can very easily execute the\nfunction of conditional life. Living the conditional life is just like plying a\nboat in the middle of the ocean. One is completely at the mercy of the\nocean, and at every moment there is every chance of being drowned in the\nocean by slight agitation. If the atmosphere is all right, the boat can ply\nvery easily, undoubtedly, but if there is some storm, fog, wind, or cloud,\nthere is every po sibility of being drowned in the ocean. No one can control\nthe whims of the ocean, however one may be materially well equipped.\nOne who has cro sed the oceans by ship may have sufficient experience of\nsuch dependence upon the mercy of the ocean. But one can ply over the\nocean of material existence by the grace of the Lord very easily, without\nany fear of storm or fog. It all depends on the will of the Lord; no one can\nhelp if there is some unfortunate danger in the state of conditional life.\nThe devotees of the Lord, however, cross the ocean of material exi tence\nwithout anxiety because a pure devotee is always protected by the Lord\n(Bg. 9.13). The Lord gives special attention to His devotees in their activities within material, conditional life. (Bg. 9.29) Therefore everyone should\ntake shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord and be a pure devotee of the Lord\nby all means.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0132": "446\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nOne should know, therefore, from the expert spiritual master the advan­\n\ntages and disadvantages of discharging devotional service, just as Maharaja\n\nPanK�it asked his spiritual master Sn1a Sukadeva Gosvami. According to\n\nBhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu, the science of devotional service, one should not\neat more than what he requires to maintain body and soul together.\n\nVegetable diets and milk are sufficient for maintenance of the human\n\nbody, and therefore one has no need to eat anything more to satisfy the\n\npalate. One should also not accumulate money to become puffed up in the\n\nmaterial world. One should earn his livelihood easily and honestly, for it is\n\nbetter to become a coolie for honest livelihood than to become a great\n\nman in the society by hook and crook. There is no harm if one becomes\n\nthe richest man in the world by honest dealings, but one should not sacrifice the honest means of livelihood simply to accumulate wealth. Such an\nendeavor is harmful to devotional service. One should not talk nonsense.\n\nA devotee's business is to earn the favor of the Lord. Therefore a devotee\n\nshould always glorify the Lord in His wonderful creations. A devotee\n\nshould not decry the creation of the Lord, defying Him by saying that He\n\nhas created a false world. The world is not false. Factually we have to take\n\nso many things from the world for our maintenance, so how we can say\n\nthat the world is false? Similar! y, how can one think of the Lord as being\n\nwithout form? How can one become formless and at the same time have\nall intelligence and consciousness, direct and indirect? So there are many\n\nthings for a pure devotee to learn, and he should learn them perfectly from\n\na bona fide personality like Sukadeva Gosvami.\nThe favorable conditions for discharging devotional service are that one\n·\n\nshould be very enthusiastic in serving the Lord. The Lord in His form of\nSn Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted the cult of devotional service to the Lord\nto be preached all over the world, in every nook and corner, and therefqre\n\na pure devotee's duty is to discharge this order as far as possible. Every\n\ndevotee should be very enthusiastic, not only in performing his daily rituals\nof devotional service, but in trying to preach the cult peacefully by following in the footsteps of Lord Caitanya. If he is not superficially successful\n\nin such an attempt, he should not be deterred from the discharge of his\nduty. Success or failure has no meaning for a pure devotee because he is a\nsoldier in the field. Preaching the cult of devotional service is something\n\nlike declaring war against materialistic life. There are different kinds of\nmaterialists, such as the fruitive workers, the mental speculators, the mystic\n\njugglers, and so many others. All of them are against the existence of\nGodhead. They would declare that they are themselves God, although in\n\nevery step and in every action they are dependent on the mercy of the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0133": "Questions by King Pa�it\n\nText 22]\n\n447\n\nLord. Therefore a pure devotee may not associate with such gangs of\natheists. A strong devotee of the Lord will not be misled by such atheistic\npropaganda of the nondevotees, but a neophyte devotee should be very\ncautious about them. A devotee should see to the right discharge of devotional service under the guidance of a bona fide spiritual master and should\nnot stick only to the formalities. Under the direction of the bona fide\nspiritual master one should see how much service is being executed, and\nnot simply in the matter of rituals. A devotee should not hanker after\nanything, but he should be satisfied with things that may automatically\n\ncome to him by the will of the Lord. That should be the principle of a\ndevotional life. And all these principles are easily learned under the gui­\n\ndance of ·a sp!ritual master like Sukadeva Gosvami. Maharaja Parik�it\ninquired from Sukadeva correctly, and one should follow his example.\n\nMaharaja Parik�it inquired about the process of creation, maintenance\n\nand destruction of the material world, the process of Vedic rituals and the\nmethod of executing pious activities in terms of the supplementary Vedas\nlike the Puriiras, Mahiibhiirata, etc. As explained before, the Mahiibhiirata\n\nis the history of ancient India, and so also the Puriiras. Pious acts are\n\nprescribed in the supplementary Vedas (smrtis), and they are specifically\n\nmentioned in the matter of digging tanks and wells for water supply of the\npeople in general. To implant trees on the public roads, to construct public\ntemples and places of worship of God, to establish places of charity where\nthe poor destitutes can be provided with foodstuff, and similar activities,\nare called purta.\n\nSimilarly, the process of fulfilling the natural desires for sense gratification was also inquired about by the King for the benefit of all concerned.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n�' �m;rt �: tm� ���: ,\n...\n\n...\n\n�\n\n.\n\n31�1�+4\"\"91-nl �'lTall � ot{Wfwt �'«<! ����II\n\nyo viinusayiniirh sarga[l\np�ar.!iasya ca sambhava[l\niitmano bandha-mok�au ca\nvyavasthiinarh sva-riipata[l\n\n", "SB2.2#p0134": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n448\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\nya[l-all tho e; oo-either; anusayinam-merged into the body of the\nLord; sarga[l-creation; pa§ar.!lasya-of the infidels; ca-and; sambhava[lappearance; atmana{l-of the living beings; bandha-conditioned; mok§aUbeing liberated; ca-also; vyavasthanam-being situated; sva-riipata[l-in an\nunconditioned tate.\nTRANSLATION\nPlease also explain how, merged in the body of the Lord, living beings\nare created, and how the infidels appear in the world. Also please explain\nhow the unconditioned living entities exist.\nPURPORT\nThe progressive devotee of the Lord must inquire from the bona fide\nspiritual master how living entities merged in the body of the Lord again\ncome back at the time of creation. There are two kinds of living entities.\nThere are the ever liberated unconditioned living beings as well as the ever\nconditioned living beings. Of the ever conditioned living beings, there are\ntwo divisions. They are the faithful and the infidels. Of the faithful there\nare again two divisions, namely the devotees and the mental speculators.\nThe mental speculators desire to merge into the existence of the Lord, or\nto become one with the Lord, whereas the devotees of the Lord desire to\nkeep separate identities and constantly engage in the service of the Lord.\nThe devotees who are not fully purified, as well as the empiric philosophers, become conditioned again during the next creation for further\n\npurification. Such conditioned souls become liberated by further progress\n\nof devotional service to the Lord. Maharaja Parik�it asked all these ques­\n\ntions from the bona fide spiritual master in order to become fully equipped\n\nin the cience of God.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n��;::;rt �� f.rijJ��r:r:rt I\n� �� tf� �ltf���ij mfu�?! f.J�:11 ��II\nyatha:tma-tantro bhagavan\nvikri!iaty atma-mayaya\n\n", "SB2.2#p0135": "Text 24)\n\nQuestions by King Parik{lit\n\n449\n\nvis [jya vii yathii miiyiim\nudiiste siik�ivad vibhufl.\nyathii-as; iitma tantrafl.-independent; bhagaviin the Personality of\n-\n\n-\n\nGodhead; vik npati-enjoys His. pastimes; iitma-miiyayii-by His internal\n\npotency; vis[jya-giving up; vii-as also; yathii-as He desires; miiyiim- the\n\nexternal potency; udiiste remains; siik�ivat-just as the witness; vibhufl.-\n\nthe almighty.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe independent Personality of Godhead enjoys His pastimes by His\n\ninternal potency and at the time of annihilation gives them up to the\nexternal potency, and He remains a witness to it all.\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Kr�l).a, being the Supreme Personality of Godhead and foun­\n\ntainhead of all other incarnations, is the only independent person. He\n\nenjoys His pastimes by creation as He desires and gives them up to the\n\nexternal energy at the time of annihilation. By His internal potency only\nHe kills the demon Putanii, even though enjoying His pastimes in the lap of\n\nHis mother Y asodii. And when He desired to leave this world He created\n\nthe pastimes of killing His own family members (Yadu-kula) and remained\n\nunaffected by such annihilation. He is the witness of everything that is\nhappening, and yet He has nothing to do with anything. He is indepen­\n\ndent in every respect. Maharaja Paiilq; t desired to know more perfectly,\nfor a pure devotee ought to know well.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nsarvam etac ca bhagavan\nprcchato me'nupiirvasafl.\ntattvato 'rhas y udiihartum\n. prapanniiya mahii-mune\n\n", "SB2.2#p0136": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n450\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\nsarvam-all these; etat-inquiries; ca-also that I have not been able to\nask; bhagavan-0 great sage; prcchata{l-of the inquisitive; me-myself;\n\nanupurvasa{l-from the beginning; tattvata{l-just in accordance with the\n\ntruth; a rhas i-may kindly be explained; udiihartum-as you will let know;\nprapanniiya-one who is surrounded; mahii-mune-0 great sage.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great sage, representative of the Lord, kindly satisfy my inquisitiveness in all that I have inquired from you and all that I may not have\n\ninquired from you from the very beginning of my questionings. Since I\n\nam a surrendered soul unto you, please impart full knowledge in this\n\nconnection.\n\nPURPORT\nThe spiritual master is always prepared to impart knowledge to the\ndisciple and specifically when the disciple is very inquisitive. Inquisitiveness on the part of a disciple is greatly necessary for the progressive\ndisciple. Mah ar aja Parik�it is a typical disciple because he is perfectly\n_\n\ninquisitive. If one is not very inquisitive about self-realization, one need\nnot approach a spiritual master simply to make a show of discipleship.\nMaharaja Parik�it is inquisitive, not only for all that he has inquired, b�t\nhe is also anxious to know what he has not been able to inquire. Factually\nit is not possible for a man to inquire about everything from the spiritual\nmaster, but the bona fide spiritual master is able to enlighten the disciple\nin every way for the disciple's benefit.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n3f'flaf ft �� 'RitiD �: I\n3A1: ��g� �i'ft ·1{:�: � 11�'�11\n\n3N\n\natra pramiirwm hi bhaviin\n·\n\nparame§thi yathiitma-bhu{l\napare ciinut4thanti\npurve�iirh piiroa-jai{l k rtam\n\n", "SB2.2#p0137": "Text 25]\n\nQuestions by King Pan�it\n\n451\n\natra-in this matter; pramartam-evidentiaJ facts; hi-certainly; bhaviinyourself; parame§thi-Brahmii, the creator of the universe; yatha-as;\n\natma-bhu�-born directly from the. Lord; apare-others; ca-only; anu­\n\nti§thanti-just to follow; purve§iim-as a matter of custom; piirva-jai[t­\n\nknowledge suggested by a previous philosopher; krtam-having been done.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 great sage, you are as good as Brahma, the original living being.\nOthers follow custom only, as followed by the previous philosophical\nspeculators.\nPURPORT\nIt may be argued that Sukadeva Gosvami is not the only authority of\nperfect knowledge in transcendence because there are many other sages\nand their followers. Contemporary to Vyasadeva or even prior to him\nthere were many other great sages, such as Gautama, Kal)iida, J aimini,\nKapila and A�tavakra, and aJl of them have presented a philosophical path\nby themselves. Patafijali is also one of them, and all these six great !§is\nhave their own way of thinking, exactly like the modern philosophers\n\nand mental speculators. The difference between the six philosophical\n\npaths put forward by the renowned sages above mentioned and that of\nSukadeva Gosvami, as presented in the Srimad-Bhtlgavatam, is that all the\n\nsix sages mentioned above speak the facts according to their own thinking,\n\nbut Sukadeva Gosvami presents the knowledge which comes down directly\n\nfrom Brahmaji, who is known as atma-bhu�, or born of and educated by\n\nthe Almighty Personality of Godhead.\n\nVedic transcendental kno wledge descends directly from the Personality\n\nof Godhead. By His mercy, Brahma, the first living being in the universe,\n\nwas enlightened, and from Brahmaji, Narada was enlightened, and from\n\nNa r ada , Vyasa was enlightened. Sukadeva Gosvami received such transcen·\n\ndental knowledge directly from his father, Vyasadeva. Thus the knowledge,\n\nbeing received from the chain of disciplic succession, is perfect. One cannot\n\nbe a spiritual master in perfection unless and until one has received the\n\nsame by disciplic succession. That is the secret of receiving transcendental\nknowledge. The six great sages mentioned above may Le great thinkers,\n\nLut their knowledge Ly mental speculation is not perfect. However perfect\n\nan empiric philosopher may be in presenting a philosophical thesis, such\n\n", "SB2.2#p0138": "[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n452\n\nknowledge is never perfect because it is produced by an imperfect mind.\n\nSuch great sages also have their disciplic succession, but they are not\n\nauthorized because such knowledge does not come directly from the\n\nindependent Supreme Personality of Godhead, Narayapa. No one can be\nindependent except Narayapa; therefore no one's knowledge can be\n\nperfect due to being dependent on the flickering mind. Mind is material,\n\nand thus knowledge presented by material speculators is never transcen­\n\ndental and can never become perfect. Mundane philosophers, being im­\n\nperfect in themselves, disagree with other philosophers because a mundane\n\nphilosopher is not a philosopher at all unless he presents his own theory.\n\nIntelligent persons like Maharaja Parilqit do not recognize such mental\n\nspeculators, however great they may be, but hear from the authorities like\nSukadeva Gosvami, who is nondifferent from the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead by the paramparii system, as is specially stressed in the Bhagavadgitii.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n��: 'RlttRI\" iltAost���·�+tr 1\n�s��<�41t'l � et\"f.f.trTf*lRA:� 11��11\n\n9(\n\nna me 'savafl pariiyanti\nbrahmann anilSaniidami\npibato 'cyuta-piyii§am\ntad viik yiibdhi-vinifls[tam\n\nna-never;\nbrahman-0\n\nme-mine;\n\nlearned\n\nasavaft-life;\n\nbriihma'{la;\n\npa myanti-becomes\n\nanasaniit\n\nami-because\n\nexhausted;\n\nof\n\nfasting;\n\npibatafl-hecause of my drinking; acyuta-the infallible; piyii§am-nectar;\n\ntat-your ; viik yabdhi\n\n-\n\nocean of speech; viniftsrtam-flowing down from.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 learned brahm�a, because of my drinking the nectar of the message\nof the infallible Personality of Godhead, which is flowing down from the\nocean of your speeches, I do not feel any sort of exhaustion due to my\nfasting.\"\n\n", "SB2.2#p0139": "Text 27)\n\nQuestions by King Par�it\n\n453\n\nPURPORT\nThe disciplic succession from Brahma, Narada, Vyasa and Sukadeva\nGosvami is particularly different from others. The disciplic succession\nfrom other sages is simply a waste of time, being devoid of Acyuta-kathii,\n\nor the message of the infallible Lord. The mental speculator can present\ntheir theories very nicely by reason and arguments, but such reasons and\n\narguments are not infallible because they arc defeated by better mental\n\nspeculators. Maharaja Parik�it was not interested in the dry speculation of\n\nthe flickering mind, but he was interested in the topics of the Lord because\n\nfactually he felt that by hearing such a nectarean message from the mouth\n\nof Sukadeva Gosvami he was not feeling any exhaustion, even though he\nwas fasting because of his imminent death.\n\nOne can indulge in hearing the mental speculators, but such hearing can­\n\nnot be prolonged for any length of time. One will be exhausted very soon\n\nby hearing such hackneyed ways of thinking, and no one in the world can\n\nbe satisfied simply by h�aring such useless speculations. The message of\n\nthe Lord, especially from a personality like Sukadeva Gosvami, can never\nbe tiring, even though one may be exhausted from other causes.\n\nIn some editions of the $rimad-Bhiigavatam, the text of the last\n\nline of this verse reads anyatra kupitiid dvijiit, which means the King\nmight be overwhelmed by the thought of his imminent death by\n\nsnakebite. The snake is also twice-born, and its anger is compared with the\ncursing. briihma!la boy who was without good intelligence. Maharaja\nParilqit was not at all afraid of death because of being fully encouraged by\n\nthe message of the Lord. One who is fully absorbed in Acyuta-kathii can\nnever be afraid of anything in this world.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n��\n� 1341'4Rstfl � qi$011ilf+IRI �: I\n\niUA(Idl � mal W�(lijwt � I FN�ll\nsiita uviica\nsa upiimantrito riijiiii\nkathiiyiim iti sat-pate{!.\nbrahmariito bhrsarit prito\nvi�r-uriitena saritsadi\n\n", "SB2.2#p0140": "454\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\nsri suta{l. uvac a- Srila Suta Gosvami said; sa{t-he (Sukadeva Gosvami);\nupamantrita�-thus being inquired; rajiia-Ly the King; kathiiyam-in the\ntopics of; iti-thus; sat-pate�-of the highest truth; brahmariita{tSukadeva Gosvami; bhrsam-very much; prita[t-pleased; vi§r-uriitena-by\nMaharaja Parik�it; samsadi-in the meeting.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSiita Gosvami said: Thus Sukadeva Gosvami, being invited by Maharaja\n\nPar�it to speak on topics of the Lord Sri Kr��a with the devotees, was\n\nvery much pleased.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam can only be legitimately discussed among the devo­\n\ntees of the Lord. As the Bhagavad-gita was authoritatively discussed be­\n\ntween Lord Kr�!la and Arjuna (the Lord and the devotee respectively),\n\nsimilarly Srimad-Bhagavatam, which is the postgraduate study of the\nBhagavad-gita, can also be discussed between the scholars and devotees\n\nlike Sukadeva Gosvami and Maharaj a Parik�it. Otherwise the real taste of\n\nthe nectar cannot be relished. Sukadeva Gosvami was pleased with\n\ni\\1aharaja Parik�it because he was not at all tired of hearing the topics of\n\nthe Lord, and he was more and more anxious to hear them on and on with\n\ninterest. Foolish interpreters unnecessarily tackle the Bhagavad-gita and\n\nSnmad-Hhiigavatam when they have no access to the subject matter. There\n\nis no use in nondevotees' meddling with the two topmost Vedic literatures,\nand therefore Sankaracarya did not touch Snmad-Bhagavatam for commen­\n\ntation. In his wmm<�ntation on t h e Bhagavad-gitii., Sripada Sarikariicarya\n\naccepted Lord Kr�!la as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but later on\nh(: commented from the impersonalist's view. But, being conscious of his\n\nposition, he did not comment on the Snmad-Bhagavatam.\n\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvami was protected by Lord Km1a (vide Brahmavaivarta Purii[la), and therefore he is known as Brahmarii.ta, and Sriman\nParik�it Maharaja was protected by Vi�!I-U, and thus he is known as the\nVi�!luriita. As devotees of the Lord, they are always protected by the\n\nLord. It is clear also in this connection that a Visnurii.ta should hear\n\n,grimad-Bhiigavatam from Brahmarata and no one -;;lse because others\nmisrepresent the transcendental knowledge and thus spoil one's valuable\n\ntime.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0141": "Text 28]\n\nQuestions by King Par�it\n\n455\n\nTEXT 28\n\n!IT{ � ;m�\n\n� �tA«f'olid� I\n\nilri �·���stl:ffi\n\n�tAth�q\n\n� 11�<=11\n\npraha bhiigavatarh nama\npuriirtarh brahma-sammitam\nbrahmarte bhagavat-proktarh\nbrahma-kalpa upiigate\n\npraha-he said; bhiigavatam-the science of the Personality of Godhead;\n\nnama-of the name; purartam-the supplement of the Vedas; brahmasammitam just in pursuance of the Vedas; brahmarte-unto Lord Brahma;\n-\n\nbhagavat-proktam-was spoken by the Personality of Godhead; brahma­\n\nkalpe the millennium in which Brahma was first generated; upiigate-\n\njust in the beginning.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe just began to reply to the inquiries of Maharaja P\"arik�it by saying\n\nthat the science of the Personality of Godhead was spoken first by the\nLord Himself to Brahma when he was first born. Srimad-Bhagavatam is the\n\nsupplementary Vedic literature, and it is j�st in pursuance of the Vedas.\n\nPURPORT\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the science of the Personality of Godhead. The\n\nimpersonalist always tries to misrepresent the personal feature of the Lord\n\nwithout knowing the science of this great knowledge, and SrimadBhagavatam is in pursuance of the Vedas and scientific knowledge of the\n\nPersonality of Godhead. To learn this science one should take shelter of\n\nthe representative of Sri Sukadeva and follow in the footsteps of Maharaja\n\nParik�it without foolishly attempting to interpret, thereby committing a\ngreat offense at the feet of the Lord. The dangerous ways of interpreta­\n\ntions by the nondevotee class of men have played havoc in understanding\nthe Srimad-Bhagavad-gitii and the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, and the careful\n\nstudent should be always alert in this matter if he at all wants to learn Lhe\nscience of Godhead.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0142": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n456\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 29\n\n� � 1f(TI�: ql\"t�lllaWRr I\nt'\n!.\n...,.iJI\n�\nott\nm«tl+ti�41Mq\"i'.4Sfifl II� �II\n3tlft�\nyad yat parik§id !§abhafl\npiirpuniim anuprcchati\niinupurvyera tat sarvam\niikhyiitum upacakrame\nyat yat-whatsoever; pan?t§it the King; r§abhafl-the best; piirpun iim\n-\n\nin the dynasty of Pa�9u; anuprc c hati\n\n­\n\n-\n\ngoes on inquiring; iinupurvyera­\n\nthe beginning to the end; tat-all those; sar vam\n\n-\n\nfu l ly; iikhyiit u.m-to\n\ndescribe; upacakrame-he just prepared himself.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe also prepared himself to reply to all that King Parik�it inquired\nfrom him. Maharaja Parik�it was the best in the dynasty of the Pal)9us,\nand thus he was able to ask the right questions from the right person.\"\nPURPORT\nM aharaj a Parik�il askP-d many questions, some of them very curiously,\nto know things as they are, but it is not necessary for the master to answer\n\nLhcm in the order of the disciple's inquiries, one after the other. But\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi, experienced teacher that he was, answered all the\nquestions in a syslemalic way as they were received from the chain of\ndisciplic succession. And he answered all of them without exception.\n\nThus P-nd the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Second Canto, Eighth\nChapll�r, of lhl� �rimad 11hagavata m, entitled \"Questions By King Pan?t§it.\"\n-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0143": "CHAPTER NINE\n\nAnswers by Citing\nthe Lords version\nTEXT l\n\n� ��\n�l�¥tl41'ij m:twt_ qw.t��if41�;t: I\n\"' ��: ��ftUs:tftl II � II\nsri suka uviica\niitma-miiyiim rte riijan\nparas yiinu bhaviitmana/;I.\nna gha{etiirtha-sambandha/;1.\nsvapna-dr�tur iviinjasii\nsri sukaft uvaca- S rt S ukadeva Gosvam1 said; iitma-the Supreme Personality o� Godhead; miiyiim-energy; rte-without; rajan-0 King; parasyaof the pure soul; anubhava-iitmanal),-of the purely conscious; na never;\nghateta-it can so happen; artha- meaning; sambandha �-relation with the\nmaterial body; svapna- dream; d ra§ tu�-of the seer; iva-like it; anjasii-\n\ncomplctely.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said: 0 King, unless one is influenced by the\nenergy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, there is no meaning to the\n\nrelationship of the pure soul in pure consciousness with the material body.\n\nIt is just like the dreamer seeing his own body working.\nPURPORT\n\nThe question of Maharaja Parik�it is perfectly answered as to how a\nliving entity began his material life, although he is apart from the material\nbody and mind. The spirit soul is distinct from the material conception of\nhis life, but he is absorbed in such a material conception because of being\ninfluenced by the external energy of the Lord, called iitma-miiyii. This is\nalready explained in the First Canto in comwction with Vyasadcva's\n457\n\n", "SB2.2#p0144": "458\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nrealization of the Supreme Lord and His external energy. The external\nenergy is controlled by the Lord, and the living entities are controlled by\nthe external energy-by the will of the Lord; Therefore, although the living\nentity is purely conscious in his pure state, he is subordinate to the will of\nthe Lord in being influenced by the external energy of the Lord. In the\n\nBhagavad-gitii also the same thing is confirmed (Bg. 15.15), that the Lord\nis present within the heart of every living entity, and all consciousness and\nforgetfulness of the living entity are influenced by the Lord.\nNow the next question will automatically be made as to why the· Lord\ninfluences the living entity to such consciousness and forgetfulness. The\nanswer is that the Lord clearly wishes that every living entity be in his\npure consciousness as the part and parcel of the Lord and thus be engaged\nin the loving service of the Lord as he is constitutionally made; but because\nthe living entity is partially independent also, he may not be willing to\nserve the Lord, but may try to become as independent as the Lord is.\nThe whole nondevotee class of living entities are all desirous of becoming\nequally as powerful as the Lord, although they are not fit to become so.\nThe living entities are illusioned by the will of the Lord because they\nwanted to become like Him. As a person thinks of becoming a king without\npossessing the necessary qualification, similarly when the living entity\ndesires to become the Lord Himself, he is put in a condition of dreaming\nthat he is a king. Therefore the first sinful will of the living entity is to\nbecome the Lord, and the consequent will of the Lord is that the living\nentity forgets his factual life and thus dreams of the land of utopia where\nhe may become one like the Lord. The child cries to have the moon from\nthe mother, and the mother gives the child a mirror to satisfy the crying\nand disturbing child with the shadow of the moon. Similarly, the crying\nchild of the Lord is given over to the shadow of the material world to lord\nit over as karmi and to give this up in frustration to become one with the\nLord. Both these stages are dreaming illusions only. There is no necessity\nof tracing out the history when the living entity desired this. But the fact\nis that as soon as he desired such, he was put under the control of iitma­\n\nmiiyii by the direction of the Lord. Therefore the living entity in his\nmaterial condition is dreaming falsely that this is \"mine\" and this is \"I.\"\nThe dream is that the conditioned soul thinks of his material body as \"I\"\nor falsely thinks that he is the Lord and that everything in connection with\nthat material body is \"mine.\" Thus in dream only the misconception of \"I\"\nand \"mine\" persists life after life. This continues life after life, as long as\nthe living entity is not purely conscious of his identity as the subordinate\npart and parcel of the Lord.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0145": "Text 2 )\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n459\n\nIn hi\npure consciousness, however, there is no such misconceived\ndream, and in that pure conscious state the living entity does not forget\nthat he i never the Lord, but that he is eternally the servitor of the Lord\nin transcendental love.\n\nTEXT 2\n\n'1� �� � il��q�1 I\n�oit g� �� �11�11\nbahu-riipa iviibhiiti\nmiiyayii bahu-riipayii\nramamiir-o gur-e�v asyii\nmamiiham iti manyate\nbahu-riipafl-multiforms; iva-as it were; iibhiiti-manifested; miiyayiiby the influence of the exterior energy; bahu-riipayii-in multifarious\nforms; ram amiirt afl- enjoying as it were;gu� e �u\n\n-\n\nin the modes of different\n\nqualities; asyiifl-of the external energy; mama-mine; aham-1; iti-thus;\nmanyate-thinks.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe illusioned living entity appears in so many forms which are\noffered by the external energy of the Lord, and the encaged living entity,\nwhile enjoying in the m odes of material nature, misconceives, thinking in\nterms of \"I\" and \"mine.\"\nPURPORT\nThe different forms of the living entities are different dresses offered\nby the illusory external energy of the Lord according to the modes of\nnature desired to be enjoyed by the living being. The external material\nenergy is represented by her three modes, namely goodness, passion and\nignorance. So even in the material nature there is a chance of an independent choice by the living entity, and according to his choice the material\nenergy offers\n\nhim\n\ndifferent\n\nvarieties\n\nof\n\nmaterial\n\nbodies.\n\nThere are\n\n900,000 varieties of material bodies in the water, two million vegetable\nbodies,\n\n1,100,000\n\nworms\n\nand\n\nreptiles,\n\none million forms of birds,\n\nthree million different bodies of beasts, and 400,000 human forms.\nAltogether there are 8,400,000 varieties of bodies in different planets of\nthe universe, and the living entity is traveling by so many transmigrations\naccording to different modes of enjoying spirit within himself. Even in\none particular body the living entity changes from childhood to boyhood,\n\n", "SB2.2#p0146": "460\n\nS�imad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nfrom boyhood to youth, from youth to old age and from old age to an­\n\nother body created by his own action. The living entity creates his own\n\nuody by his personal desires, and the external energy of the Lord supplies\n\nhim the exact form by which he can enjoy his desires to Lhe fullest extent.\n\nThe tiger wanted to enjoy the blood of another animal, and therefore, by\n\nthe grace of the Lord, the material energy supplies him the body of the\n\ntiger with facilities for enjoying blood from another animaL Similarly,\na living entity desiring to get the body of a demigod in the higher\n\nplanet can also get it by the grace of the Lord. And if he is intelligent\n\nenough, he can desire to get a spiritual body to enjoy the company of the\n\nLord, and he will get it. So the minute freedom of the living entity can be\n\nfully utilized, and the Lord is so kind that he will award him the same\n\ntype of body that he desires. It is like dreaming of a golden mountain. A\n\nperson knows what a mountain is, and he knows also what gold is. Out\n\nof his desire only he dreams of a golden mountain, and when the dream is\n\nover he sees something else in his presence. He finds in his awakened state\n\nthat there is neither gold nor a mountain, and what to speak of a golden\nmountain.\n\nThe different positions of the living entities in the material world under\n\nmultifarious manifestations of bodies arc due to the misconception of\n\n\"mine\" and \"L\" The kanni thinks of this world as \"mine,\" and the jiiiini\n\nthinks \"I am\" <:verything. The whole material conception of politics,\n\nsociology, philanthropy, altruism, etc., conceived by the conditioned souls\nis on the basis of this misconceived \"I\" and \"mine,\" and this I and mine\n\nare products of a strong desire to enjoy material life. Identification of the\n\nbody and the place where the body is obtained under different con­\n\nceptions of socialism, nationalism, family affection, and so on and so forth\nis all due to forgetfulness of the real nature of the living entity, and the\n\nwhole misconception of the bewildered living entity can be removed by\nthe association of Sukadeva Gosvam'i and Maharaja Parik�it, as all this is\n\nexplained in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nTEXT 3\n\n�m��m�ctil�+tlte4l: 1\n�ij •l�(t+&i\\ii�tl�� � II � II\nyarhi viiva mahimni sve\nparasmin kiila-miiyayofl\n\n", "SB2.2#p0147": "Text 3]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n461\n\nrameta gata-sammohas\ntyaktvodiiste tadobhayam\nyarh i-at any time; viiva-certainly; mahimni-in the glory; s ve-of him­\n\nself; pa rasm in in the Supreme; kala-time; m ii ya yo[l\n-\n\n-\n\nalso the material\n\nenergy; rameta -enjoys; gata-sammoha�-being freed from misconception;\ntyaktv ii\n\n-\n\ngiving up; udiiste-in fullness; tadii-that; u bhayam -both\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as the living entity becomes situated in his constitutional\nglory and begins to enjoy the transcendence beyond time and material\nenergy, he at once gives up the two misconceptions of life [mine and I)\nand thus becomes fully manifested as the pure self.\nPURPORT\nThe two misconceptions of life, namely \"I\" and \"mine,\" are verily\nmanifested in two classes of men. In the lower state the conception of\n\"mine\" is very prominent, and in the higher state the misconception of\n\"T\" is prominent. In the animal state of life the misconception of \"mine\"\nis perceivable even in the category of cats and dogs, and they fight with\none another with the same misconception of \"mine.\" In the lower stage\nof human life the same misconception is also prominent in the shape of\n\"It is my body,\" \"It is my house,\" \"It is my family,\" \"It is my caste,\"\n\"It is my nation,\" \"It is my country,\" and so on. And in the higher stage\nof speculative knowledge, the same misconception of \"mine\" is transformed into \"I am,\" or \"It is all I am,\" or \"I,\" etc. There are many classes\nof men comprehending the same misconception of \"I\" and \"mine\" in different color. But the real significance of such \"I\" can only be realized when\none is situated in the consciousness of \"I am the eternal servitor of the\nLord.'' This is pure consciousness, and the whole Vedic literatures teach us\nthis conception of life.\nThe misconception of \"I am the Lord,\" or \"I am the Supreme,\" is more\ndangerous than the misconception of \"mine.\" Although there are sometimes directions in the Vedic literatures to think oneself one with the\nLord, that does not mean that one becomes identified in every respect\nwith the Lord. Undoubtedly there is oneness of the living entity with the\nLord in many respects, but ultimately the living entity is subordinate to\n\n", "SB2.2#p0148": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n462\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nthe Lord, and he is constitutionally meant for satisfying the senses of the\nLord. The Lord therefore asks the conditioned souls to surrender unto\n\nHim. Had the living entities not been subordinate to the supreme will, why\n\nwould the living entity be asked to surrender? Had the living being been\n\nequal in all respects, then why was he put under the influence of miiyii?\nWe have\n\nalready\n\ndiscussed\n\nmany times that the material energy is\n\ncontrolled by the Lord. The Bhagavad-gitii confirms this controlling power\n\nof the Lord over the material nature (Bg. 9.10). Can a living entity who\n\nclaims to be as good as the Supreme Being control the material nature?\nThe foolish \"I\" would reply that he would do so in the future. Even\n\naccepting that in the future one would be as good a controller of the\n\nmaterial nature as the Supreme Being, then why is he now under the con­\n\ntrol of the material nature? The Bhagavad-gitii says that one can be freed\n\nfrom the control-of the material nature by surrendering unto the Supreme\n\nLord, but if there is no surrender, then the living entity will never be able\n\nto control the material nature. So this misconception of \"I\" must also be\n\ngiven up by practicing the way of devotional service or firmly being situ­\n\nated in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. A poor man without\n\nany employment or without any occupation may undergo so many\n\ntroubles in life, but if by chance the same man gets a good service under\n\nthe government, he at once becomes happy. There is no profit in denying\n\nthe supremacy of the Lord, who is the controller of all energies, but one\n\nshould be constitutionally situate-d in one's own glory, namely to be\nsituated in the pure consciousness of being the eternal servitor of the Lord.\n\nIn his conditional life the living entity is servant of the illusory miiyii, and\nin his liberated state he is the pure unqualified servant of the Lord. To\n\nbecome untinged by the modes of material nature is the qualification for\nentering into the service of the Lord. As long as one is a servant of mental\nconcoctions, one cannot be completely free from the disease of \"I\" and\n\"mine.\"\n\nThe Supreme Truth is without any contamination of the illusory\n\nenergy because He is the controller of that energy. The relative truths are\napt to be engrossed with illusory energy. The best purpose is, however,\n\nserved when one is directly facing the supreme truth, as when one faces\n\nthe sun. The sun overhead in the sky is full of light, but when the sun is\n\nnot in the visible sky, all is in darkness. Similarly, when one is face to\n\nface with the Supreme Lord, he is freed from all illusions, and one who\n\nis not so is in the darkness of illusory miiyii. The Bhagavad-gitii confirms\nthis as follows:\n\n", "SB2.2#p0149": "Text 4)\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n463\n\nmiirh ca yo 'vyabhiciirerw bhakti-yogena sevate\n\nsa gur-iin samatityaitiin brahma-bhiiyiiya kalpate\n(Bg. 14.26)\nSo the science of bhakti-yoga, of worshiping the Lord, glorifying the\n\nLord, hearing the Srimad-Bhiigavatam from the right sources (not from\n\nthe professional man but from a person who is Bhiigavatam in life) and\n\nbeing always in the association of pure devotees, should be adopted in\nearnestness without being misled by misconceptions of \"I\" and \"mine.\"\n\nThe karmis are fond of the conception of \"mine,\" and the jiiiinis are fond\n\nof the conception of \"I,\" and both of them are unqualified to be free from\n\nthe bondage of the illusory energy. Srimad-Bhiigavatam, .and primarily the\n\nBhagavad-gitii, are both meant for delivering a person from the misconcep­\n\ntion of \"I\" and \"mine,\" and Snla Vyasadeva transcribed them for the\n\ndeliverance of the fallen souls. The living entity has to be situated in the\n\ntranscendental position where there is no more influence of time nor of the\nmaterial energy. In conditioned life the living entity is subjected to the\n\ninfluence of ti_me in the dream of past, present and future. The mental\n\nspeculator tries to conquer the influence of time by future speculation of\n\nbecoming Vasudeva or the Supreme Lord himself by means of culture of\nknowledge and conquering over ego. But the proeess is not perfect. The\n\nperfect process is to accept Lord Vasudeva as the Supreme in everything,\n\nand the best perfection of culturing knowledge is to surrender unto Him\n\nbecause He is the source of everything. In that conception only can one\n\nget rid of the misconception of I and mine. Both Bhagavad-gitii and the\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam confirm it. Srila Vyasadeva has specifically contributed\nto the illusioned living entities the science of God and the process of\n\nbhakti-yoga in his great literature Srimad-Bhiigavatam, and the conditioned\nsoul should fully take advantage of this great science.\nTEXT 4\n\n31h:+t'l�� � �•lctl\"fll( I\n� cl� �<Wt�l€h�ilR:�: II � II\niit ma-tattva-visuddh y-artharh\nyad iiha bhagaviin rtam\n\nbrahmar.e dariayan riipam\navyalika-vratiid.rta[l,\n\n", "SB2.2#p0150": "464\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\natma-tattvam-the science of God or that of the living entity; visuddhi­\n\npurification; artham-goal; yat-that which; aha-said; bhagavan-the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; rtam-in reality; brahma!le-unto Lord Brahma;\n\ndariayan-by showing; rupam-eternal form; avyalilca-without any deceptive motive; vrata-vow; adrtah-worshiped.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, the Personality of Godhead, being very much pleased with Lord\n\nBrahma because of his nondeceptive penance in bhakti-yoga, presented\n\nHis eternal and transcendental form before Brahma. And that is the\n\nobjective goal for purifying the conditioned soul.\nPURPORT\n\nAtma-tattvam is the science of both God and the living entity. Both the\n\nSupreme Lord and the living entity are known as iitmii. The Supreme Lord\n\nis caUed Paramiitmii or Parambrahma, and the living entity is called the\n\natmii or the brahma or the jiva. Both the Paramiitmii and the jiviitmii, being\n\ntranscendental to the material energy, are called iitmii. So Sukadeva\n\nGosvami explains this verse with the aim of purifying the truth of both\n\nthe Paramiitmii and the jiviitmii. Generally people have many wrong con­\n\nceptions about both of them. The wrong conception of the jiviitmii is to\nidentify the material body with the pure soul, and the wrong conception\nof Paramiitmii is to think Him. on an equal level with the living entity. But\n\nboth misconceptions can be removed by one stroke of bhakti-yoga, just as\nin the sunlight both the sun and the world and everything within the sunlight are properly seen. In the darkness no one can see the sun, nor himself,\n\nnor the world. But in the sunlight one can see the sun, himself and the\n\nworld around him. Srila Sukadeva Gosvami therefore says that for purifi­\n\ncation of both wrong conceptions, the Lord presented His eternal form\n\nbefore Brahmaji, being fully satisfied by Brahma's nondeceptive vow of\n\ndischarging bhakti-yoga. Except for bhakti-yoga, any method for realization\nof iitrrta-tattva, or the science of iitmii, will prove deceptive in the long run.\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gita, the Lord says that only by bhakti-yoga can one\n\nknow Him perfectly, and then one can enter into the science of God.\n\nBrahmaji undertook great penance in performing bhakti-yoga, and thus he\n\nwas able to see the transcendental form of the Lord. His transcendental\nform is one hundred percent spiritual, and one can see Him only by\n\n", "SB2.2#p0151": "Text 5]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n465\n\nspiritualized vision after proper discharge of tapasya or penance in pure\n\nbhakti-yoga. The form of the Lord which was manifested before Brahma\n\nis not one of the forms with which we have experience in the material\n\nworld. Brahmaji did not perform such severe types of penance just to see\na form of material production. Therefore the question by Maharaja Parik�it\nabout the form of the Lord is answered. The form of the Lord is sac-cid­\n\niinanda, or eternal, full of knowledge and full of bliss. But the material\nform of the living being is neither eternal, nor full of knowledge, nor\nblissful. That is the distinction between the form of the Lord and that of\n\nthe conditioned soul. The conditioned soul, however, can regain his form\nof eternal knowledge and bliss simply by seeing the Lord by means of\n\nbhakti-yoga.\n\nThe summary is that due to ignorance the conditioned soul is encaged\nin the temporary varieties of material forms. But the Supreme Lord has no\n\nsuch temporary form like the conditioned souls. He is always possessed of\n\nan eternal form of knowledge and bliss, and that is the difference between\nthe Lord and the living entity. One can understand this difference by the\n\nprocess of bhakti-yoga. Brahma was then told by the Lord the gist of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam in four original verses. Thus Srimad-Bhiigavatam is not\na creation of the mental speculators. The sound of Srimad-Bhiigavatam is\n\ntranscendental, and the resonance of Srimad-Bhiigavatam is as good as that\n\nof the Vedas. Thus the topic of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the science of\n\nboth the Lord and the living entity. Regular reading or hearing of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam is also performance of bhakti-yoga, and one can attain the\n\nhighest perfection simply by the association of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. Both\n\nSukadeva Gosvami and Maharaja Parik�it attained perfection through the\nmedium of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nTEXT 5\nij'\n\n31l�� :jfiRd qU �:\n��mFf fu�l\n\n�t Wflvot\"l\"\"0i{ ��;r ��Rtf\n\n3Jtf?<Jf'O{f(fatR�\n\n�II� II\n\nsa iidi-devo jagatiim paro gurufi.\nsvadhi§p.yam iisthiiya sisrk§ayaik§ata\n\ntiim niidhyagacchad d.riam atra sammatiim\nprapanca-ninniip.a-vidhir yayii bhavet\n\n", "SB2.2#p0152": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n466\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nsa�-he; adi-deva�-the first demigod;jagatam-of the universe;para�­\n\nsupreme; guru�-spiritual master; svadhi§p,xam-his lotus seaL; iisthaxa-to\n\nfind out the source of it; sisrk§a)'ti-for the matter of creating the universal\naffairs; aik§ata-began to think;tam-in that matter; na-could not; adhxa­\n\ngacchat-understand; d.r8am-the direction;. atra-therein; sammatam-just\nthe\n\nproper\n\nway; prapaiica-material;\n\nnirmap,a-construction; vidh*­\n\nprocess;xaxii-as much as; bhavet-should be.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma, the first spiritual master, supreme in the universe, could\n\nnot trace out the source of his lotus seat, and while thinking of creating\n\nthe material world, he could not understand the proper direction for such\ncreative work, nor could he find out the process for such creation.\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse i\n\n·\n\nthe prelude for explaining the transcendental nature of the\n\nform and the abode of the Lord. In the beginning of Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nit is already said that the Supreme Absolute Truth exists in His own abode\n\nwithout any touch of the deluding energy. Therefore the kingdom of God\n\nis not a myth but factually a different and transcendental sphere of planets\n\nknown as the Vaikur;Jthas. This will also be explained in this chapter.\n\nSuch knowledge of the spiritual sky far above this material sky and its\n\nparaphernalia can be known only by dint of devotional service or bhakti_yoga. The power of creation by Lord Brahma was also achieved by bhakti_yoga. Brahmaji was bewildered in the matter of creation, and he could not\neven trace out the source of his own existence. But all this knowledge was\n\nfully achieved by him through the medium of bhakti-_yoga. By bhakti-_yoga\n\non1: can know the Lord, and by knowing the Lord as the Supreme, one is\n\nahle to know everything else. One who knows the Supreme knows\n\neverything else. That is the version of all Vedas. Even the first spiritual\nmaster of the universe was enlightened by the grace of the Lord, so who\n\ndst: can attain perfect knowledge of everything without the mercy of the\nLord'( If anyone desires to seck perfect knowledge of everything, he must\n\ns1:ek the merey of the Lord, and there is no other means. To seck knowlf:!Jgt: on the strength of one's personal attempt is a sheer waste of time.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0153": "Text 61\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n467\n\nTEXT 6\n\n\"'\n\n\"\n\nij l+.(.-iji{1_ �....\n\n,...\n\n�,...\n\n.\n\n\"\n\n\"\n\n�qtfi!UW{ T�� q:qt ltll;! I\n\n��!I\n�����\nf�ft��;n;rt � � � �: II � II\nsa cintayan dvyak§aramekadiimbhasy\nupiisrrwd dvir-gaditarh vaco vibhuft\nspade§u yat §Opa5am ekavirhsarh\nni�kiiicaniiniirh nrpa yad dhanarh viduft\nsaft- he; cintayan- while thus thinking; dvi- two; ak�aram- syllable s;\nekadii-once upon a time;ambhasi-in the water; upiis rrwt- heard it nearby;\n\ndvi ft - t wi ce; gaditam- uttered; vac a ft - words; vibhuft- the great; sparse�uof the spar-Sa letters; yat- which; �oflasam- the sixteenth; ekavirhsam-and\nthe t wenty-first; n4kiii c a n iiniim - of the renounced order of life; nrpa-0\nKing; yat- what is; dhanam- wealth ; viduft-as it is known.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile thus engaged in thinking, in the water, Brahmaji heard twice\nfrom nearby two syllables joined together. One of the syllables was taken\nfrom the sixteenth and the other from the twenty-first of the sparsa\nalphabets, and both joined to become the wealth of the renounced order\nof life.\nPURPORT\nIn Sanskrit language, the consonant alphabets are divided into two\ndivisions, namely the sparsa-varcws and the tiilavya-varr-as . From ka to ma\nthe letters are known as the sparsa-varr-as, and the sixteenth of the group\nis called ta, whereas the twenty-first letter is called pa. So when they are\njoined together, the word tapa, or penance, is constructed. This penance is\nthe beauty and wealth of the briihmaras and the renounced order of life_\nAccording to Bhiigavata philosophy, every human being is meant simply\nfor this tapa and for no other business, lweause by penance only can one\nrealize his sdf; and sdf-n:aliz.ation, and nol sense grali ficalion, is the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0154": "468\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nbusiness of human life. This tapa, or penance, was begun from the very\n\nbeginning of the creation, and it was first adopted by the supreme spiritual\n\nmaster, Lord Brahma. By tapasya only can one get the profit of human life,\n\nand not by a polished civilization of animal life. The animal does not know\nanything except sense gratification in the jurisdiction of eat, drink, be\n\nmerry and enjoy. But the human being is made to undergo tapasya for\ngoing ba�k to Godhead, back to home.\n\nWhen Lord Brahma was perplexed about how to construct the material\n\nmanifestations in the universe and went down within the water to find out\nthe means and the source of his lotus seat, he heard the word tapa vibrated\nLwice. To take the path of tapa is the second birth of the desiring disciple.\n\nThe word upiisnwt is very significant. It is similar to upanayana, or bringing\n\nthe disciple nearer to the spiritual master for the path of tapa. So Brahmajl\n\nwas thus initiated by Lord Kr�l)a, and this fact is corroborated by Brahmaji\n\nhimself in his book the Brahma-sarhhitii. In the Brahma-samhitii Lord\nBrahma has sung in every verse govindam iidi-purusam tam aham bhajiimi.\n\nThus Brahma was initiated by the Kr�l)a mantra, by Lord Kr�l)a Himself,\n\nand thus he became a V ai�J)ava, or a devotee of the Lord, before he was\n\nable to construct the huge universe. It is stated in the Brahma-samhitii that\nLord Brahma was initiated into the eighteen-letter Kr�l)a mantra, which is\n\ngenerally accepted by all the devotees of Lord Kr�J)a. We follow the same\n\nprinciple because we belong to the Brahma sampradiiya, directly in the\n\ndisciplic chain from Brahma to Narada, from Narada to Vyasa, from\nVyasa to Madhva Muni, from Madhva Muni to Madhavendra Pun, from\nMadhavendra Pun to Isvara Pun, from Isvara Pur! to Lord Caitanya and\n\ngradually to His Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatl, our divine master.\nOne who is thus initiated in the disciplic succession is able to achieve the\n\nsame result or power of creation. Chanting of this holy mantra is the only\nshelter of the desireless pure devotee of the Lord. Simply by such tapasya,\n\nor penance, the devotee of the Lord achieves all perfections like Lord\nBrahm a.\n\nTEXT 7\n\nf;t� m<U� �\nfer� (131(f4:4G\\q�t(4{1W{:\n�NtOt(+U�<4(t( � �\n��tf� � it;{: II \\9 II\n\n", "SB2.2#p0155": "Text 7]\n\n469\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord s V ersion\n'\n\nniSamya tad-vaktr-didrk§ayii diSo\nvilokya tatriinyad apasyamiina�\nsvadh4r-yam iisthiiya vim.riya taddhitam\ntapasy upiidi§ta iviidadhe mana{t\nniSamya-after hearing; tat-that; vaktr t he speaker; did rk§ayii just\n-\n\n-\n\nto find out who spoke; diSa{t-ali sides; vilokya-by seeing; tatra-there;\nanyat-any other; apasyamii na{t\n\n-\n\nnot to be found; svadhifir-yam-on his\n\nlotus seat; iisthiiya-sit down; vi mrsya- thin king; tat-it; hitam -welfar e ;\n\ntapasi- in penance; upiidifit a{l -as he was instructed; iva-in pursuance of;\niidadh e - gave; ma na {t - atte ntion.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he heard the sound, he tried to find out the speaker, searching\non all sides. But when he was unable to find anyone besides himself, he\nthought it wise to sit down on his lotus seat firmly and give his attention\nto the execution of penance, as he was instructed.\nPURPORT\nTo achieve success in life, one should follow the example of Lord\nBrahma, the first living creature in the beginning of creation. After being\ninitiated by the Supreme Lord to execute tapasya, he was fixed in his\ndetermination to do it and although he could not find anyone besides\nhimself, he could rightly understand that the sound was transmitted by the\nLord Himself. Brahma was the only living being at that time because there\nwas no other creation, and none could be found there except himself. In\nthe beginning of the First Canto, First Chapter, first verse of the SrimadBhiigavatam, it is already mentioned that Brahma was initiated by the Lord\nfrom within. The Lord is within every living entity as the Supersoul, and\nHe initiated Brahma because Brahma was willing to receive the initiation.\nThe Lord can similarly initiate everyone who is inclined to have it.\nAs already stated, Brahma is the original spiritual master for the universe,\nand since he was initiated by the Lord Himself, the message of $rimad­\n\nBhagavatam is coming down by disciplic succession, and in order to recf'ive\nthe real message of Srimad-Bhiigavatam one should approach the current\nlink, or spiritual master in the chain of disciplic succession. After being\ninitiated by the proper spiritual master in that chain of succession, one\nshould engage himself in the discharge of tapasya in the execution of\n\n", "SB2.2#p0156": "[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n470\n\ndevotional service. One should not, however, think himself on the level\nof Brahmii to be initiated directly by the Lord from inside because in the\n\npresent age no one can be accepted to be a\n\npure as Brahmii. The post\n\nof Brahmii to officiate in the creation in the universe is offered to the most\n\npure Jiving being, and unle s one is so qualified one cannot expect to be\ntreated Like Brahmiiji directly. But one can have the same facility through\n\nunalloyed devotees of the Lord, and scriptural instructions (as revealed\n\nin the Bhagavad-gi:tii and Sri:mad-Bhiigavatam especially), and also the\n\nbona fide spiritual master available to the\nappears a\n\nincere soul. The Lord Himself\n\nthe spiritual master to a person who is sincere in heart to serve\n\nthe Lord. Therefore the bona fide spiritual master who happens to meet\nthe sincere devotee should be accepted as the most confidential and\n\nbeloved repre entative of the Lord.lf a person is posted under the guidance\nof such a uona fide\n\npiritual master, it may be accepted without any\n\ndoubt that the desiring person has achieved the grace of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 8\n�\n\n.\n\nT�\n\n�\n\n��\n\n('(��l�+t+tP4a;�l\n\nfijf�flf��T W�ffl+ltn�: I\n�\n\n�\n\n3Rr=�<J\n\n.\n\nOOT���l��WFf\n\" .\n\n.\n\nij4�414:41�4ijl\ndivyam sahasriibdam amogha-darsano\njitiiniliitmii vijito bhayendriya[l\n\natapyata smiikhila-loka -tiipanam\n\ntapas tapiyiims tapatiim s amiihita[l\n\ndivyam-pe rt aining to the demigods in the higher planets; sahasra-one\n\nthousand; abdam-y ears; amogh a-spotless , without a tinge of impurity;\n\ndarsa nafl-o n e who has s uch a vision of life; jita-controlled; a nila- li fe;\niitmii-min d; v ijita-controlled over; ubh aya-bot h; indriyafl-one who has\n\nsuch senses; atapyata-executed penance; sma-in the past; akhila-all;\nloka-planet; tiipan am- enlighteni ng; tapafl-penance; tapiyiin- extremeiy\n\nhard penance; tapatiim-of all the executors of penances; s am iih itafl- thus\nsituated.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0157": "Text 8)\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n471\n\nTRANS LATION\nLord Brahma underwent penances for one thousand years by the\ncalculations of the demigods. He heard this transcendental vibration from\nthe sky, and he accepted it as divine. Thus he controlled his mind and\nsenses, and the penances which he executed were a great lesson for the\nliving entities. Thus he is known as the greatest of all ascetics.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Brahma heard the occult sound tapa, but he did not see the person\nwho vibrated the sound. And still he accepted the instruction as beneficial\nfor him, and th�refore he engaged himself in meditation for one thousand\ncelestial years. One celestial year is equal to 6\n\nx\n\n30\n\nx\n\n12 x 1000 of\n\nour years. His acceptance of the sound was due to his pure vision of the\nabsolute nature of the Lord. And due to hi\n\ncorrect vision, he made no\n\ndistinction between the Lord and the Lord's instruction. There is no\ndifference between the Lord and sound vibration coming from Him, even\nthough He is not personally present. The best way of understanding i to\naccept such divine instruction, and Brahma, the prime spiritual master of\neveryone, is the living example of this process of receiving transcendental\nknowledge. The potency of transcende.ntal sound is never minimized\n\nbecause the vibrator is apparently absent. Therefore Srimad-Bhii.gavatam\n\nor the Bhagavad-gitii or any revealed scripture in the world is never to be\naccepted as an ordinary mundane sound without transcendental potency.\nOne has to receive the transcendental sound from the right source and\naccept it as a reality and prosecute the direction without any hesitation.\nThe secret of success is to receive the sound from the right source of a\nbona fide spiritual master. Mundane manufactured sound has no potency,\nand as such, seemingly transcendental sound received from an unauthorized\nperson also has no potency. One should be qualified enough to discern\nsuch transcendental potency, and either by discriminating or by fortunate\nchance if one is able to receive the transcendental sound from the bona\nfide spiritual master, his path of liberation is guaranteed. The disciple,\nhowever, must be ready to execute the order of the bona fide spiritual\nmaster as Lord Brahma executed the instruction of his spiritual master, the\nLord Himself. Following the order of the bona fide spiritual master is the\nonly duty of the disciple, and this completely faithful execution of the\norder of the bona fide spiritual master is the secret of success.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0158": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n472\n\n[ Can to 2, Ch. 9\n\nLord Brahma controUed his two grades of senses by means of sense\n\nperception and sense organs because he had to e hgage such senses in the\n\nexec ution of the order of the Lord. Therefore controlling the senses means\nto c:nl!;agc: the m in the transcendental service of the Lord. The Lord's order\n\nde:-wc:nds in dis c :i p lic succession th rou gh the bona fide spiritual master, and\nthus c:xcc:tllion of the order of t.hc: bona fide spiritual master is factual\nc·onlrol of Lhc: sensc:s. Such e x e c u tion of penance in full faith and sincerity\nmack Brahmajl so powerful that he became the c re ato r of the universe.\n\nAnd oc:eause he was able to attain such power, he is cal led the best amongst\nall Lhc: tapusvis.\n\nTEXT 9\n\ntasmai sva-lokarh bhagaviin sabhiijita[l.\nsandaT'Sayiimiisa param na yat-param\nvyapeta-sanklesa-vimoha-siidhvasarh\nsva-dr�tavadbhir puru�air abh4tutam\ntasmai-unto him; sva-lokam-His own p l an et or abode; bhagaviin-the\nPe rson al ity of Godhead; sabhiijitaft-being plea sed by t he penance of\nBrahma; sandarsayiimiisa-manifested; pa ram-the supreme; na-not; yatof which ; param-f urther supreme ; vyapeta comp lete ly given up; sanklesa\n-\n\n-five kinds of material afflictions; vimoha- without illusion; siidhvasamfearfulness of material existence ; sva-dr�tavadbhi[l.-by\n\nthose who have\n\nperfectly realized the self; puru�ai[l.-by persons; abh4tutam- worsh iped\nby.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead, being thus very much satisfied with the\n\npenance of Lord Brahma, was pleased to manifest His personal abode,\n\nVaiku��ha, Lhe supreme planet above all others. This transcendental abode\n\nof Lhe Lord is adored by all self-realized persons freed from all kinds of\n\nmiseries and fearfulness of illusory existence.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0159": "Text 9)\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n473\n\nPURPORT\nTlw LrouLic� of penance accepted by Lord Brahma were certainly in the\n\nlirH: of devotional service (bhakti). Otherwise there was no chance of\nVaikU(l�ha or svalokam, the Lord's personal abodes, becoming visible to\n\nBrahnriijl. The personal abodes of the Lord, known as Vaikutttha , are\n\nn1:iLh1:r mylh nor material, as conceived by the impersonalists. But such\nreali�ation of Lhe transcendental abodes of the Lord is possible only\n\nthrough devotional service, and thus the devotees enter into such abodes.\nThen: is undoubtedly trouble in executing penance, but the trouble\n\naccepted in executing bhakti-_yoga is transccnden�al happiness from the\n\nv1:ry beginning, whc:rcas the trouble of penance in other processes of self­\n\nrealization (namely jiiiina_yoga, dh:viina_yoga. etc.) \\vithout any V aiku(l!ha\n\nrealization ends in trouble only and nothing more. There is no profit in\nbiting husks without grains. Similarly, there is no profit in executing\ntroublesome penances other than bhakti-yoga for self-realization.\n\nExecution of bhakti-_yoga is exactly like sitting on the lotus sproutl'd\n\nout of the abdomen of the transcendental Personality of Godhearl, for\nLord Brahma was seated there. Brahmaji was able to please the Lord, and\n\nthe Lord was also pleased to show Brahmaji His personal abode. Srila Jlva\nGosvami narrates, in the comments of his Krama-sandarbha\n\nannotation\n\nof Srimad-Bhiigavatam, quotations from the Giirga Upani§ad, Vedic evi­\n\ndence. It is said that Yajfi.avalkya described this transcendental abode of\n\nthe Lord to Gargi, and it is said there that the abode of the Lord is\n\nsituated above the highest planet of the universe, namely Brahmaloka.\n\nThis abode of the Lord, although described in the revealed scriptures like\n\nthe Bhagavad-g'itii and the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, remains only a myth for\n\nthe less intelligent class of men with a poor fund of knowledge. Herein\n\nthe word svad!§tavadbhi is very significant. One who has actually reali�ed\n\nhis sdf reali�cs Lhe transcendental form of one's -self. Impersonal reali:wlion\nof self and the Supreme is not complete, because it is just an opposite\n\nconception of material personalities. The Personality of Godhead and the\n\npersonalities of devotees of the Lord arc all transcendental; they do not\n\nhave material bodies. The material body is overcast with five kinds of\n\nmiserable conditions, namely ignorance, material conception, attachment,\n\nhatred and absorption. As long as one is overwhelmed with these five\n\nkinds of material miseries, there is no question of entering into the\nVaikup�halokas. Impersonal conception of one's self is just the negation of\n\nmaterial personality, far from the positive existence of personal form. These\npersonal forms of the transcendental abode will be explained in the follow-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0160": "Srimad Bhiigavatam\n\n474\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\ning verses. Brahmajl also described this highest planet of the V aikur.thaloka\nas\n\nGoloka Vrndavana, where the Lord resides as a cowherd boy keeping\n\ntran cendental surabhi cows and surrounded by hundreds and thousands\n\nof goddesses of fortune.\n\ncintamar-i-prakara-sadmasu kalpavrk§alak§avrte§u surabhir abhipiilayantam\nlak§mi- sahasra-sata-sambh rama-sevyamana rh\ngovindam iidi-puru§arh tam aharh bhajiimi\n\n(Bs. 5.29)\n\nThe statement of the Bhagavad-gita, yad gatva na nivartante tad dhiima\n\nparamarh mama, is also confirmed herewith. Param means tran cendental\n\nBrahma. Therefore, the abode of the Lord is also Brahma, nondifferent\nfrom\n\nlhe Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord is known as\n\nVaikur;1tha, and His abode is also known as Vaikur;ttha. And uch Vaikur;1tha\n\nrealization and worship can be made possible by transcendental form and\nsense.\n\nTEXT 10\n\nsrm\n\n� �ttl'itttitl:\n\n� � fiN ;r � Cfa��$fl'i! I\n;r\n\n���am��\n\n�\n\nij{iti(l�tt1: II� II\no\n\npravartate yatra rajas tamas tayofi.\nsattvarh ca miSrarh na ca kala-vikramafi.\nna yatra miiya kim utapare harer\nanuvrata yatra surasurarcitafi.\npravartate-prevail; yatra- wherein; raja[!. tamafi.\n\n-\n\nthe modes of igno­\n\nrance and passion; tay ofi.-both of them; sattvam-the mode of goodness;\nca-and;\n\nmisram-mix:ture; na-never; ca-and; kiila-time; vikramafi.­\n\ninfluence; na-neither;\n\nyatra\n\n-\n\nthe rein; maya- illusory external energy;\n\nkim -what ; uta-there is; apa re others; ha re [l.-of the Personality of\n-\n\nGodhead; anuvratiifi.-devot ees; yatm-wherein; sura- the demigods; asura\n·\n\n-the demons; arc ita[l.-wor!i hiped\n\n.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0161": "Answers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\nText 10)\n\n475\n\nTRANSLATION\nJn that personal abode of the Lord, the material modes of ignorance\nand passion do nol prevail, nor is there any of their influence in the matter\nof goodnt',ss. There is no predominance of the influence of time, so what\nto speak of the illusory external energy that cannot enter in that region.\nWithout discrimination, both the demigods and the demons worship the\nLord as devotees.\n\nPURPORT\nThe k in gdo m of God, or tlw a trnosplwre of Vaiku�1(ha natun�, which is\ncalled th<: tripiid-vibhuti, is IInce ti111cs bigger than the material universes\nand is < h :s nikd hnc, as also in the Hhagavad-gitii, in a nut hell. This\n\nuniverse, < o n ta in inj!; l,illion: of stars and p lan ets is one of the billions of\n·\n\n,\n\nsu<:h ttlli\\!·rses clw; tt'tTd toj!;dlwr wi thin the compass of mahat-tattva.\nAnd all Lhnw millions and billions of ttnivcrs<�s co mbined together consti·\n\nlute only one fourth of the mag n i l tt dc of the whole creation of the Lord.\nThnc is the spiritual sky also; L H'yon d this sky th e spiri tua l planets arc\n\nLlwrc under the narrH�S of Vaikll�t�ha, and all of them constitute three\nfourths of the entire creation of the Lord. God's creations arc always\ninnumerable. Even the leaves of a tree cannot be counted by a man, nor\nthe hairs on his head. However, foolish men are puffed up with the idea of\nbecoming God Himself, though unable to create a hair of their own bodies.\nMan may discover so many wonderful vehicles of journey, but even if he\nreaches the moon by his much advertised spacecraft, he cannot remain\nthere. The sane man, therefore, without being puffed up, as if he were the\nGod of the universe, abides by the instructions of the Vedic literature, th<�\neasiest way to acquire knowledge in transcendence. So let us know through\nthe authority of Srimad-Bhiigavatam of the nature and constitution of\nthe transcendental world beyond the material sky. In that sky the material\nquaJities, especially the modes of ignorance and passion, are completely\nabsent. The mode of ignorance influences a living entity to the habil of\nlust and hankering, and this means that in the V aiku!lthalokas the living\nentities are free from these two things. As confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii,\n\nin the brahma-bhuta stage of life one becomes free from hankering and\nlamentation. Therefore the conclusion is that the inhabitants of Lh<'\n\nVaikul).tha planets are aJI brahma-bhiita living enlilics, as distinguished\n\nfrom the mundane creatures who are all eompacl in hankering and lamt'n·\nLalion. Wlu�n one is nul in the modes of ignorance and passion, on<' is\n\n", "SB2.2#p0162": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n476\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nsupposed to be situated in the mode of goodness in the material world.\n\nGoodness in the material world also at t imes become contaminated with\n\ntouches of the modes of passion and ignorance. In the Vaiku�thaloka, it is\n\nunalloyed goodness only.\n\nThe whol.e situation there is one of freedom from the illusory manifes­\n\ntation of the external energy. Although illusory energy is also part and\nparcel of the Supreme Lord, still illusory energy is differentiated from the\nLord. The illusory energy is not, however, false, as claimed by the monist\n\nphilosophers. The rope accepted as a snake may be an illusion to a particu­\n\nlar person, but the rope is a fact, and the snake is also a fact. The illusion of water on the hot desert may be illusion for the ignorant animal\n\nsearching out water in the desert, but the desert and water are actual facts.\nTherefore the material creation of the Lord may be an illu ion to the non­\n\ndevotee class of men, but to a devotee even the material creation of the\nLord is a fact, as the manife tation of His external energy. But this energy\n\nof the Lord is not all. The Lord has His internal energy also, which has\nanother\n\nreation known to be the Vaiku�thalokas, where there is no\n\nignorance, no passion, no illusion and no past and present. With a poor\n\nfund of knowledge one may be unable to understand the existence of such\nthings as the Vaiku�tha atmosphere, but that does not nullify its existence.\n\nThat spacecraft cannot reach these planets does not mean that there are\n\nno such planets, for they are described in the revealed scriptures.\n\nAs quoted by Snla Jiva Gosvami, we can know from the Niirada­\n\npancariitra that the transcendental world or V aiku�tha atmosphere is\n\nenriched with transcendental qualities. These transcendental qualities, as\n\nrevealed through the devotional service of the Lord, are distinct from the\n\nmundane qualities of ignorance, passion and goodness. Such qualities are\n\nnonattainable by the nondevotee class of men. In the Piidma Puriil)a,\n\nUttara-hhal)pa, it is stated that beyond the one-fourth part of God's\n\ncreation, there is the three-fourths part manifestation. The marginal line\n\nbetween the material manifestation and the spiritual manifestation is the\nViraja River, and beyond the Viraja, which is a transcendental current\n\nflowing from the perspiration of the body of the Lord, there is the three­\n\nfourths part manifestation of God's creation. This part is eternal, ever­\n\nlasting, without any deterioration, and unlimited, and contains the highest\n\npcrfectional stage of living conditions. In the Siilikhya-kaumudi it is\n\nslated that unalloyed goodness or transcendence is just opposite to the\n\nmaterial modes. All living entities are eternally associated without any\nbreak, and th1� Lord is the chief and prime entity there. In the Agama\n\nPurii[WS also, the transcendental abode is described as follows: The asso-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0163": "Text\n\n11]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n477\n\nciated members Lherc are free to go everywhere within the creation of the\nLord, and Lherc is no limit to such creation, particularly in Lhe region of\nthe three-fourths magnitude. Since the nature of that region is unlimited,\nLherc is no history of such association, nor is there end of it.\nThe conclusion may be drawn that because of the complete absence of\nLhe mundane qualities of ignorance and passion, there is no queslion of\ncreation nor of annihilation. In the material world everything is created\nand everything is annihilated, and the duration of life between the creation\nand annihilation is temporary. In the transcendental realm there is no\ncreation and no de truction, and thus Lhe duration of life i eternal unlimitedly. In other words, everything in the transcendental world is cverlasling, full of knowledge and bliss without any deterioration. Since there\nis no deterioration, there i no past, present and future in the estimation of\ntime. It is clearly stated in this verse that the influence of time is conspicuous by its absence. The whole material existence i\n\nmanifested by\n\nactions and reactions of clements which make the influence of time\nprominent in the matter of past, present and future. There are no such\nactions and reactions of cause and effects there, so the cycle of birth,\ngrowth, exi tence, transformations, deterioration and annihilation, or the\nsix material changes, are not existent there. It is the unalloyed manifestation of the energy of the Lord without any illusion as experienced here in\nthe material world. The whole Vaikul)tha existence proclaims that everyone\nthere is a follower of the Lord. The Lord is the chief leader there without\nany competition of leadership, and the people in general are all followers\nof the Lord. It is confirmed in the Vedas, therefore, that the Lord is the\nchief leader, and all other living entities are subordinate to Him, as only\nthe Lord satisfies all the needs of all other living entities.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n��en:\n\n\"'\n\n��:\n\nfq��T: �: �$: I\n� �� ��lf�OfSJffi;r�: ij�;:f�: II��II\nsyiimiivadiitiifl. sata-patra-locanii[l\npi.Sa�iga-vastriifl. su-rucafl. su-pesasafl.\nsaroe catur-biihava unmi§an-mapipraveka-n4·kiibhara�;tiifl. su-varcasafl.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0164": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n478\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nsyama-sky -bluish; avadata[l-glowing;sata patra-lotus flower; locanii[l-\n\neyes; pisahga-yellowish; vastrii[l-clothing; su- ru ca[l-greatly attractive;\nsu pesas a�-growing youthful; sarve-all of them; c atu [l- four ; biihava[l-\n\nhands; unmi§an-rising luster; mar-i-pearls; praveka-s u perior quality;\n\nni§ka-<lb h a rar-ii[l-ornamental medallion; su-varcasa[l-effulgent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of the V aikul).tha planets are described as having a\n\nglowing sky-bluish complexion. Their eyes resemble the lotus flower, their\n\ndress is of yellowish color and their bodily features very attractive. They\n\nare just the age of growing youths, they all have four hands, they are all\nnicely decorated with pearl necklaces with ornamental medallions, and\nthey all appear to be effulgent.\n\nPURPORT\nThe inhabitants in VaikuJJ.thaloka are all personalities with spiritual\n\nbodily features not to be found in the material world. We can find the\n\ndescriptions in the revealed scriptures like Srimad-Bhagavatam. Impersonal\n\ndescriptions of transcendence in the scriptures indicate that the bodily\n\nfeatures in VaikuJJ.thaloka are never to be seen in any part of the universe,\n\nAs there are different bodily features in different places of a particular\n\nplanet, or as there are different bodily features between bodies in different\n\nplanets, similarly the bodily features of the inhabitants in the Vaikul).tha­\n\nlokas are completely different from those in the material universe. For\nexample, the four hands are distinct from two hands in this world.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n��t�'i'lll�i:t+l« :\n\nqf{�(�:t�o:s f�tf�: II� �II\npraviila-vaidurya-mrrtiila-varcasa[l\nparisphurat-kur-flala-mauli-malina[l\npravala-coral; vaidurya-a\n\ny\n\nspecial diamond; mrr-iila-celestial lotus;\n\nvarcas a[l-ra s ; parisphurat-blooming; k u{l!fala-earring; mauli-heads; ma­\n\nlina[l-wilh garlands.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0165": "Text 13 J\n\n479\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\nTRANSLATION\n\nSome of them are effulgent like the coral and diamond in complexion\n·\nand have garlands on their heads, blooming like the lotus flowers, and some\nwear earrings.\nPURPORT\nThere are some inhabitants who have attained the liberation of sarilpya,\nor possessing bodily features like that of the Personality of Godhead. The\n\nvaidurya diamond is especially meant for the Personality of Godhead, but\none who achieves the liberation of bodily equality with the Lord is\nespecially favored with such diamonds on the body.\n\nTEXT 13\n\nm�: qfuft �\n�iiTi1t;fi�-�\nmit�:\n\nsr�mn�fll :\n\nm���\n\n�:IIZ�ll\n\nbhr.tlj4rubhir ya[t•parito virajate\nlasad-vimanavalibhir mahatmanam\nvidyotamana[l pramadottamadyubhi[l\nsa-vidyud abhravalibhir yatha nabha[l\nbhraj41)ubhi[l-by the glowing; yaft the Vaikul)tha-lokas; paritaftsurrounded by; virojate-thus situated; Zasat-brilliant; vimana-airpl anes;\navalibhi[l-assemblage; maha-atmanam-of the great devotees of the Lord;\n-\n\nvidyo tamii na[l-beautiful like the lightning; p ramada- ladies ; uttamacelestial; adyubhi[l-by complexion; sa-vidyut-with electric lightning;\nabhravalibhi[l-with clouds in the sky; yathii-as it were; nabha[l the sky.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe V aikuQ!ha planets are also surrounded by various airplanes, all\nglowing and brilliantly situated, belonging to ·the great mahatmas or devotees of the Lord. The ladies also are as beautiful as lightning because of\n\n", "SB2.2#p0166": "480\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\ntheir celestial complexions, and all these combined together appear just\nlike the sky decorated with both clouds and lightning.\n\nPURPORT\nlt appears that in the Vaikur;ttha planets there are airplanes also brilliantly glowing, and they are occupied by the great devotees of the\nLord with ladies of celestial beauty as brilliant as lightning. As there are\nairplanes, so there must be different types of carriages also like the air·\nplanes, but they may not be driven machines, as we have experience in\nthis world. Because everything is of the same nature of eternity, bliss and\nknowledge, the airplanes and carriages are of the same quality as Brahman.\nAs there is nothing except Brahman, so it should not be misconceived that\nthere is only void and no variegatedness. To think like that is due to a\npoor fund of knowledge, otherwise no one would have such a misconcep·\ntion of voidness in the Brahman. As there are airplanes, ladies, and gentlemen, so there must be cities and houses and everything else just suitable\nto the particular planets. One should not carry the ideas of imperfection\nfrom this world to the transcendental world without taking into considera·\ntion the nature of the atmosphere, as completely free from the influence\nof time, etc., as described previously.\n\nTEXT 14\n\nsrir yatra riip i[ly urugiiya-piidayoft\nkaroti miinam bahudhii vibhiitibhift\nprenkham srit ii yii kusumiikariinugair\nvigiyamiinii. priya-karma g iiyati\nsn\"[l-the goddess of fortune; yatra in the v aik u r;ttha planets; riipi [li-in\n-\n\nher transcendental form; urugiiya the Lord, who is sung of by the great\n-\n\ndevotees; piidayo ft-under the lotus feet of the Lord; ka ro ti\n\n-\n\ndoes; miinam\n\n", "SB2.2#p0167": "Text 15)\n-respectful\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\nservices; bahudhii-in\n\ndiverse\n\n481\n\nparaphernalia; vibhiitibhift­\n\naccompanied by her persona l associates; pren kham-movement of enjoyment; sritii-taken shelter of; yii-who; ku sumiikara-spring; anugaift-by\nthe black bees; vigiyamiinii-being followed by the songs; priya-karmaactivities of the dearmost; giiyati s inging\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe goddess of fortune in her transcendental form is engaged in the\nloving service of the Lord's lotus feet, and being moved by the black bees,\nfollowers of spring, she is not only engaged in variegated pleasure-service\nto the Lord, along with her constant companions-but also she is engaged\nin singing the glories of the Lord's activities.\n\nTEXT 15\n\ndadarsa tatriikhila-siitvatiirh patirh\nsriyaft patirh yajna-patirh jagat-patim\nsunanda-nanda-prabaliirhartiidibh*\nsva-pii�adiigrai[l. parisevitarh vibhum\ndadar-Sa-Brahma saw; tatrq-there in the Vaikut;�thaloka; akhila-entire;\nsiitvatiim-of the g reat devotees; patim-the Lord; sriyafi.-of the goddess\nof fortune; patim-the Lord; yajiia\n\n-\n\nuniver e; patim-the Lord; sunand a\n\nsacrific e; patim-the Lord; jagat-the\n-\n\nS unanda; nanda-Nanda; -prabala­\n\nPrabala; arharta-ArhaJ;ta; iidibhifl, -b y them ; sva-piir§ada-own associates;\nagraifi,-by the foremost; parisevitam-being served in transcendental love;\nvibhum-the Great Almighty.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma saw in the Vaiku�tha planet the Personality of Godhead,\nwho is the Lord of the entire devotee community, the Lord of the goddess\nof fortune, the Lord of all sacrifices, and the Lord of the universe, and who\n\n", "SB2.2#p0168": "482\n\nS rimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nis served by the foremost servitors like Nanda, Sunanda, Prabala, and\nArha�a, His immediate associates.\nPURPORT\nWhen we speak of the king it is naturally understood that the king is\naccompanied by his confidential associates, like his secretary, private\nsecretary, aide-de-camp, ministers, advisers, etc. So also when we see the\nLord we see Him with His different energies, associates and confidential\nservitors, etc. So the Supreme Lord, who is the leader of all living entities,\nthe Lord of all devotee sects, the Lord of all opulences, the Lord of\nsacrifices and the enjoyer of everything in His entire creation, is not only\nthe Supreme Person, but also He is always surrounded by His immediate\nassociates, all engaged in their loving transcendental service to Him.\n\nTEXT 16\n\nSHhl�l('(t'6aJil· =o\"\"4�� ,�\n....,1\"\"'1�'\"'(\n\n��� ��\ntft�� ��« �� f� II�G.II\n\nf�R;;j\n\nbhrtya-prasiidiibhimukham drg-iisavam\nprasanna-hiisiirur-a-locaniinanam\nkiritinam kur!lalinam catur-bhujam\npitiirh-sukam vak�asi lak�itam sriyii\nbhrtya-the servitor; p rasada-affection; a bh i m ukham- favorably facing;\nd rk-the very sight; iisavam-an intoxication; prasanna-very much pleased;\nhilsa-smile; arura- reddish; locana-eyes; ananam- face; kiritinam- with\nhelmet; kur!lal inam- with earrings; catuft-bhujam-with four hands; pitiim\n-yellow; sukam- d ress ; vak�asi-on the chest; lak§ itam\n\n-\n\nm ar\n\nked with;\n\ns riyii-the goddess of fortune.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead, seen leaning favorably towards His\nloving servitors, His very sight intoxicating and attractive, appeared to be\n\n", "SB2.2#p0169": "Text 17]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n483\n\nvery much satisfied. He had a smiling face decorated with an enchanting\nreddish hue. He was dressed in yellow robes and w ore earrings and a helmet\non his head. He had four hands, and His chest was marked with the\nlines of the goddess o f fortune.\nPURPORT\nIn the Piidma Purii[ta, Uttara-khaft!ia, there is a full description of the\nyoga-pitha or the particular place where the Lord i in audience to His\neternal devotees. In that yoga-pitha, the personifications of religiousness,\nknowledge, opulence, and renunciation are all seated at the lotus feet\nof the Lord. The four Vedas, namely .[?.k, Siima, Yajus, and A tharoa, are\n\npresent there personally to advise the Lord. The sixteen energies headed by\n\nCap�a are all present there. Cap�a and Kumuda are the two first door­\n\nkeepers, and at the middle door there are the doo rkeepers named Bhadra\nand Subhadra, and at the last door there are J aya and Vijaya. There are\nother doorkeepers also, named Kumuda, Kumudak�a, Pup�arika, Vamana,\n\nSankukarlla, Sarvanetra, Sumukha, etc. The palace is well decorated and\n\nprotected by the above-mentioned doorkeepers .\n\nTEXT 17\n\n3l�afF:IRf.l�ttft;.«i\ntR\n....\n.\n,... \"\n�\n�:tfl���f��: I\n�� �if: �mm �'if�:\n-,:)\n� �\n\n� (1{¥tiii1'4T� II� \\911\n\nadhyarha[tiyiisanam iisthitarh pararh\nvrtarh catu[l.-§o!ia.Sa-panca-saktibhifi.\nyuktarh bhagaifi. svair itaratra ciidhruvaifi.\nsva eva dhiiman ramamiirtam iSvaram\nadhya rhart iya-gre at ly worshi pa bl e; iisanam-throne; iisthitam-scated on\nSupreme; vrtam- surrou nded by; catufi.-four, namely\npf'(lk[ti, puru§a, mahat and ego; § O!ia sa - t he sixtee n ; panca- t he five; saktibhifl.-by the energies; yuktam- emp owe r cd with; bhagai {1 - l lis opuleru:e�;\nsvaifl- personal; itaratra-other minor prow<�sses; ca-a !so; adhm vaifl-INII·\nit; param- th e\n\n", "SB2.2#p0170": "484\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nporary; sva-own; eva-certainly; dhaman-abode; ramama[la.m-enjoying;\n\nisvaram-the Supreme Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord was seated on His throne and was surrounded by different\n\nenergies like the four, the sixteen, the five, and the six natural opulences,\n\nalong with other insignificant energies of the temporary character. But He\nwas the factual Supreme Lord, enjoying His own abode.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord is naturally endowed with His six opulences, namely He\n\nis the richest in wealth, He is the most powerful, He is the most famous,\nHe is the most beautiful, He is the greatest in knowledge, and He is the\n\ngreatest renouncer as well. And for His material creative energies, He is\n\nserved by four, namely the principles of prakrti, puru§a, mahat-tattva and\n\nego. He is also served by the sixteen, namely the five elements, earth,\nwater, air, fire and sky, the five perceptive sense organs, namely the eye,\n\near, nose, tongue and skin, and the five working sense organs, namely the\nhand, the leg, the stomach, the evacuation outlet and the genitals. Together\n\nwith the mind, they are sixteen in all. And the five includes the sense\n\nobjects, namely form, taste, smell, sound and touch. All these twenty-five\n\nitems serve the Lord in the material creation, and all of them are personally\n\npresent to serve the Lord. The insignificant opulences numbering eight\n(the U§ta.-siddhis, attained by yogis for temporary overlordship) are also\nunder His control, but He is naturally full with all such powers without\n\nany effort, and therefore He is the Supreme Lord.\n\nThe living being, by severe penance and performances of bodily exer­\n\ncises, can temporarily attain some wonderful power, but that does not\n\nmake him the Supreme Lord. The Supreme Lord by His own potency is\n\nunlimitedly more powerful than any yogi, He is unlimitedly more learned\n\nthan any jii.ani, He is unlimitedly richer than any wealthy person, He is\n\nunlimitedly more beautiful than any beautiful living being, and He is\nunlimitedly more charitable than any philanthropist. He is above all, and\n\nno one is equal to or greater than Him. Nor can anyone reach His level of\n\nperfection in all the above powers by any amount of performance of\npenance or yogic demonstration. The yogis are dependent on His mercy.\n\nOut of His immensely charitable disposition He can award some temporary\n\n", "SB2.2#p0171": "Text 18]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n485\n\npowers to the yogis because of the yogis' hankering after them, but to His\nunalloyed devotees, who do not want anything from the Lord save and\nexcept His transcendental service, the Lord is so pleased that He gives\nHimself in exchange for unalloyed service.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n���lijla;qft'{iijlr{it\n�ifff?j:\n\n\"'\n\n\"'\n\n3l���: I\n\n;r.w{ ��� fq��--\n\n�, ({R� tp;ffi� 11��11\n\ntad-darianii.hliida-pariplutii.ntaro\nhr�yat-tanufl, prema-bhariisru-locanafl,\nnaniima piidiimbujam asya visva-srg\nyat piiramaharhsyena pathii.dhigamyate\ntat- by that audience of the Lord; dar5ana-audience; ii.hlii da-joy ;\nparipluta- overwhelmed; antara � - within the heart; hnyat-full in ecstasy;\ntanu � -bo dy; prema-bhara-in full transcendental love; as ru - tears; locana�\n-in the eyes; naniima-bowed down; piidiimbujam -under the lotus feet;\nasya- of the Lord; v iSva-srg- the creator of the universe; yat- which;\npiiramaharhsyena-by the great liberated soul;pathii-thc path ;adhigamyate\n-is followed.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahrna, thus seeing the Personality of Godhead in His fullness,\nbecame overwhelmed with joy within his heart, and thus in full transcendental love and ecstasy, his eyes became full with tears of love. He thus\nbowed down before the Lord. That is the way of highest perfection for\nthe living being [ paramahamsa] .\nPURPORT\nIn the beginning of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam it is stated that this .great\n\nliterature is meant for the paramaharhsas. Param nirmatsariiriim satiim,\n\n", "SB2.2#p0172": "486\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\ni.e. the Srimad-Bhiigavatam is meant for such persons who are completely\n\nfree from malice. In the conditioned life the malicious life begins from the\n\ntop, namely bearing malice against the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nThe Personality of Godhead is an established fact in all the revealed\n\nscriptures, and in the Bhagavad-gi:tii the personal feature of the Supreme\nLord is especially mentioned, so much so that in the last portion of the\n\ngreat literature it has been emphatically stressed that one should surrender\nunto the Personality of Godhead to be saved from the miseries of life.\n\nUnfortunately, persons with impious backgrounds do not believe in the\n\nPersonality of Godhead, and everyone wants to become God himself without any qualification. This malicious nature in the conditioned soul con­\n\ntinues even up to the stage when a person wants to be one with the Lord,\n\nand thus even the greatest of the empiric philosophers speculating on\nbecoming one with the Supreme Lord cannot become a paramahamsa\n\nbecause the malicious mind is there. Therefore the paramaharhsa stage of\nlife can only be attained by those who are fixed in the practice of bhakti­\n\nyoga. This bhakti-yoga begins if a person has the firm conviction that\nsimply discharging devotional service to the Lord in full transcendental\n\nlove can elevate him to the highest perfectional stage of life. Brahmaji\n\nbelieved in this art of bhakti-yoga; he believed in the words of the Lord to\nexecute tapa, and he discharged the function \\vith great penance and thus\n\nachieved the great success of seeing the V aiku�thalokas and the Lord also\n\nby personal experience. No one can reach the abode of the Supreme Lord\n\nby any mechanical means of the mind or machine, but one can reach the\n\nabode of the V aiku��halokas simply by following the process of bhakti­\n\nyoga because the Lord can be realized only through the bhakti-yoga\nprocess. Lord Brahmiiji was actually sitting on his lotus seat, and from\nthere, by executing the process of bhakti-yoga in great seriousness, he\ncould see the V aiku�thalokas with all variegatedness as well as the Lord in\n\nperson and His associates.\n\nFollowing in the footsteps of Lord Brahma, any person, even up to this\n\nday, can attain the same perfection by following the path of the parama­\n\nhamsa as recommended herein. Lord Caitanya also approved of this method\nof self-realization for men in this age. One should first, with all conviction,\n\nbelieve in the Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�J!a, and without making\n\nefforts to realize Him by speculative philosophy, one should prefer to\n\nhear about Him from the Srimad-Bhagavad-gi:tii and later on from the text\nof the Srimad-Bhiigavatam. He should hear such discourses from a person\n\nBhiigavatam and not from the professional man, nor from the karmi:, jiiiini:\n\nor yogi. That is the secret of learning the science. One does not need to be\n\n", "SB2.2#p0173": "Text 19]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n487\n\nin the renounced order of life; he can remain in his present condition of\nlife,_ but he must search out. the association of a bona fide devotee of the\nLord and hear from him the transcendental message of the Lord with faith\nand conviction. That is the path of the paramaharhsa recommended herein.\nAmongst various holy names of the Lord, He is called also ajita, or one\nwho can never be conquered by anyone else. Yet He can be conquered by\nthe paramahamsa path, as is practically realized and shown by the great\nspiritual master Lord Brahmii. Lord Brahma has personally recommended\nthis paramahamsa-pantha in his own words as follows:\n\njiiiine prayiisam udapiisya namanta eva\njivanti sanmukharitiirh bhavadiyaviirtiim\nsthiine sthitiift sruti-gatiirh tanuviinmanobhir\nye priiyaso )ita-jito 'pyasi tais trilokyiim\nLord Brahma said, \"0 my Lord Kr�!J.a, a devotee who abandons the path\nof empiric philosophical speculation aimed at becoming merged in the\nexistence of the Supreme and engages himself in hearing Your glories and\nactivities from a bona fide siidhu, or saint, and who lives an honest life in\nthe occupational engagement of his social life, can conquer Your sympathy\n\najita, or unconquerable by anyone.\"\n(Bhiig. 10.14.3) That is the path of the paramaharhsas, which was person­\n\nand mercy even though You are\n\nally followed by Lord Brahmii and later on recommended by him for\nattaining perfect success in life.\nTEXT 19\n\nij ��oi mrn� ctiR\n�cmtr A��R1'11�atll_ I\n� ���'RWllMtl ftm\nfir:r: fWf s0ij+i'11: � � II Z �II\ntam priyamiir-am samupasthitarh kavirh\nprajii-visarge nija-siisaniirhar-am\nbabhii§a i§at-smita-soci§ii girii\npriyaft priyam prita-maniift kare sp[San\ntam-unto Lord Brahmii; p riyamiil)am\n\n-\n\nworthy of being dear; samu­\n\npasthit am present before; kavim-the great scholar; praj ii-living entities;\n-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0174": "488\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nvisarge- in the matter )f creation; nija- His own; sasana-con trol; arha!1am\n\n-just suitable; babhii§e-addressed; 4at-mild; smita-smiling; soci§ii­\n\nenlightening; girii-words;priya�-the beloved;priyam-the counterpart of\nlove; prita-manii{!- being very much pleased; lwre- by the hand; sprsun­\n\nshaking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnd seeing Brahma present before Him, the Lord accepted him as\n\nworthy to create living beings, to be controlled as He desired, and thus\nbeing much satisfied with him, the Lord shook hands with Brahma and,\n\nslightly smiling, addressed him thus.\n\nPURPORT\nThe creation of the material world is not blind nor accidentaL The living\n\nentitie\n\nwho are ever conditioned, or nitya-bandha, are thus given a\n\nchance for liberation under the guidance of His own representative like\nBrahma. The Lord instructs Brahma in Vedic knowledge in order to diffuse\n\nthis knowledge to the conditioned souls. The conditioned souls are forget·\n\nful souls in their relationship with the Lord, and thus a period of creation\nand the process of dissemination of Vedic knowledge are necessary activi­\n\nties of the Lord. Lord Brahma has great responsibility to deliver the conditioned souls, and therefore he is very dear to the Lord.\n\nBrahma also does his duty very perfectly, not only by generating the\n\nliving entities but also by spreading his party for reclaiming the fallen\n\nsouls. The party is called the Brahma-sampradiiya, and any member of this\nparty to date is naturally engaged in reclaiming the fallen souls back to\n\nGodhead, back to home. The Lord is very much anxious to get back His\n\nparts and parcels, as stated in the Bhagavad-gitii. No one is more dear than\nthe one who takes the task of reclaiming the fallen souls back to Godhead.\n\nThere are many renegades from the Brahma-sampradaya whose only\nbusiness is to make men more forgetful of the Lord and thus entangle\n\nthem more and more in material existence. Such persons are never dear to\n\nthe Lord, and the Lord sends them deeper into the darkest region of\n\nmatter so that such envious demons may not be able to know the Supreme\n\nLord.\n\nAnyone, however, preaching the mission of the Lord in the line of\n\nBrahma-sampradiiya is always dear to the Lord, and the Lord, being\n\nsatisfied with such a preacher of the authorized bhakti cult, shakes hands\n\nwith him in great satisfaction.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0175": "Text 20]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n489\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�.m�w:u03eii\"Cf\n\n�� mt'ffl: �iT � f� I\n\"'\n\nffi � � �: iliitfill1¥( 11�01\\\nsri bhagaviin uviica\ntvayiiham to�ita� samyag\nveda-garbha sisrk�ayii\nciram bhrtena tapasii\ndus to�a� kuta-yoginiim-\n\nsri bhagaviin uv iica -the all-beautiful Personality of Godhead said; tvayii\n-by you; aham-I am; t o�ita�- pleased; sam_yak-complete; veda-garbhaimpregnated with the Vedas; s isrk �ayii-for creating; ciram-for a long\ntime; bhrtena -accumulated ; tapasii-by penance; dus to� a�- very hard to\nplease; kuta-yoginiim-for the pseudo mystics-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe beautiful Personality of Godhead addressed Lord Brahma:\n\n0\n\nBrahma, impregnated with the Vedas, I am very much pleased with your\nlong accumulated penance with the desire for creation. Hardly am I\npleased with the pseudo mystics.\nPURPORT\nThere are two kinds of penance: one for sense gratification and the\nother for self-realization. There are many pseudo mystics who undergo\nsevere penances for their own satisfaction, and there are others who undergo severe penances for the satisfaction of the senses of the Lord. For\nexample, the penances undertaken to discover nuclear weapons will\nnever satisfy the Lord because such a penance is never satisfactory. By\nnature's own way, everyone has to meet death, and if such a process of\ndeath is accelerated by anyone's penances, there is no satisfaction of the\nLord. The Lord wants every one of His parts and parcels to attain eternal\nlife and bliss by coming home to Godhead, and the whole material creation\nis meant for that objective. Brahma underwent severe penances for that\npurpose, namely to regulate the process of creation so that the Lord might\n\n", "SB2.2#p0176": "[ Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nS rimad Bhagavatam\n\n490\n\nbe satisfied, and therefore the Lord was very much pleased with hi m , and\nfor this Brahma was impregnated with Vedic knowledge. The ultimate\n\npurpose of Vedic knowledge is to know the Lord and not to misuse the\n\nknowledge for any other purposes. Those who do not utilize Vedic know­\n\nledge for that purpose are known as k ii. !a- y ogis, or pseudo transcendentalists who spoil their lives with ulterior motives.\n\nTEXT 21\n\nvaram varaya bhadram te\nvaresam miibhiviiiichitam\n\nbra hman chre ya[l. -pariSriima[l.\n\npurhsiim mad-darsaniivadhi[l.\nvaram-benediction; varaya-just ask from; bhadram-auspicious; teunto you; varesam-the giver of all benediction; mii (miim}-from Me;\nubhiviiiichitam-wishing; brahman-0 Brahmii;\n\ncess; pari-sriima[l.-for\n\naU\n\nsreya?l-the u ltima te suc­\n\npenances; p u m siim-for everyone; mat-My;\n\ndadana-realization; avadh i[l. - up to the limit of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI wish you good luck. 0 Brahma, you can ask from Me, the giver of\n\nall benediction, all that you may desire. You may know that the ultimate\nbenediction, as the result of all penances, is to see Me by realization.\n\nPURPORT\nTh1: ultima!�: realization of the S upreme Truth is to know and see eye\nto eye the Pt:rsonality of Godhead. Realization of the impersonal Brahman\n\nand locali:wd Paramatma features of the Personality of Godhead is not\n\nul timate n:alization. When one realizes the Supreme Lord, one does not\n\n�t r uggl e hard to perform such penances. The next stage of life is to dis-\n\n1:harg1: devotional service to the Lord just to satisfy Him. In other words,\n\n", "SB2.2#p0177": "Texl 22)\n\n491\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\none who has realized and seen the Supreme Lord has attained all perfection\nbecause everything is included there in that highest perfectional stage. The\n\nimpersonalisls and Lhe pseudo mystics, however, cannot reach this state.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nmani§itiinubhiivo ')ram\nmama lokiivalokanam\nyad upasrutya rahasi\ncakartha paramarh tapafi.\nmani§i t a-i ngenuit y ; anubhiiv afi. percept ion ; ayam th is ; mama My;\nloka-abo d c ; a va lokanam seeing by actual experience; yat because ;\nupasrutya-hearing; rahasi-in great penance; caka rtha having performed;\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nparamam-high est ; tapaf!.-penance.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe highesl perfectional ingenuity is the personal perception of My\nabodes, and Lhis has been possible because of your submissive attitude in\n\nthe performance of severe penance on My order.\nPURPORT\nThe highest pcrfcctional stage of life is to know the Lord by actual\nperception, by the grace of the Lord. This can be attained by everyone\nwho is willing to discharge the act of devotional service to the Lord as\n\nenj oined in the revealed scriptures that are standard and accepted by the\n\nbona fide iiciiryas, spiritual masters. For example, the Bhagavad-gitii is the\n\nappr o v e d Vedic literature accepted by all the great iiciiryas, such as\nS ankara, Ramanuj a, Madhva, Caitanya, Visvanatha, Baladeva, Siddhanta\nSarasvali and many others. In that Bhagavad-gitii the Personality of God­\n\nhead, Sii Kr�!la, asks that one should always be mindful of Him, one should\n\nalways be His devotee, one should always worship Him only, and one\nshould always bow down before the Lord. And by doing so one is sure to\n\n", "SB2.2#p0178": "492\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\ngo back home., back to Godhead, without any doubt. In other places also\n\nthe same order is there, that one should give up all other engagements and\n\nfully surrend<�r unto the Lord without any hesitation. And the Lord will\n\ngive such a devotee all protection. And these are the secrets of attaining the\n\nhighest perfectional stage. Lord Brahma exactly followed these principles\nwithout any superiority complex, and thus he attained the highest per­\n\nrcdional sta�<: of exp<�riencing the abode of the Lord and the Lord Himself\n\nwith all II is paraphernalia. Impersonal realization of the effulgence of the\n\nbody of the Lord is not the highest perfectional stage, nor is the stage of\nParamatma n�ali:t.ation. The word mani§ita is significant. Everyone is\n\nfalsely or fa<:lually proud of his so-called learning. But the Lord says that\n\ndu: hi�hf'st perfcetional stage of learning is to know Him and His abode,\ndevoid of all illusion.\n\npratyadi§tam maya tatra\ntvayi karma-vimohite\ntapa me hrdayam sak§adatmiiham tapaso 'nagha\np ratyadi§ tam- ordered by; maya-by Me ; tatra- because of; t v ayi - unto\n\nyou; karma- dut y ; vimohite - being perplexed; tapa[t -penance; me -M ine ;\nhrdaya m- heart ; sak§ilt-directly; atma-life a nd soul; aham- Myself;\n\ntap as a[t - of one who is engaged in penance; anagha-0 sinless one.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Brahma, the sinless, you may know from Me that it was I who\n\nordered you to undergo penance at first on your being perplexed in your\nduty, because such penance is My heart and soul, and because of that,\n\npenance and I are nondifferent.\n\nPURPORT\nThe penance by which one can see the Personality of Godhead eye to\n\neye is to be understood as devotional service to the Lord and nothing else\n\n", "SB2.2#p0179": "Text 23]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n493\n\nb('(:attsc only by <.lis(:harging devotional service in transcendPnlal love can\none approa(:h the Lord. Such penance is the internal potency of the Lord\nand is nondiff(!rcnt from Him. Such acts of internal potency are exhibited\nby nonattachmcnt for material enjoyment. The living entities are encagcd\nin the conditions of material bondage because of their propen ity for\novcrlordship. But by engagement in the devotional service of the Lord one\nbecomes detached from such enjoying spirit. The devotees automatically\nbecome detached from worldly enjoyment, and this detachment is the\nresult of perfect knowledge. Therefore the penance of devotional service\ninclude knowledge and detachment, and that is the manifestation of the\ntranscendental potency.\nOne cannot enjoy material illusory prosperity if he desires to return\nhome, back to Godhead. One who has no information of the transcendental bli s in the association of the Lord foolishly desire to enjoy this temporary material happiness. In the Caitan_ya-caritiimrta it is said that if\nsomeone sincerely wants to see the Lord and at the arne time wants to\nenjoy this material world, he is considered to be a fool only. One who\nwants to remain here in the material world for material enjoyment has no\nbusiness entering into the eternal kingdom of God. Such a foolish devotee\nis favored by the Lord by His snatching all that he may posse s in the\nmaterial world. If such a foolish devotee of the Lord again tries to recoup\nhis position, then the merciful Lord again snatches away all that he may\nhave possessed. By such repeated failures in material prosperity he becomes\nvery unpopular with his family members and friends. In the material world\nthe family members and the friends honor persons who may be very\nsuccessful in accumulating wealth by any means. The foolish devotee of\nthe Lord is thus put into forcible penance by the grace of the Lord, and at\nthe end the devotee becomes perfectly happy, being engaged in the service\nof the Lord. Therefore penance in devotional service of the Lord, either by\nvoluntary submission or being forced by the Lord, is necessary for attaining\nperfection, and thus such penance is the internal potency of the Lord.\nOne cannot, however, be engaged in the penance of devotional service\nwithout being completely free from all sins. As is stated in the Bhagavadgitii, only a person who is completely free from all reactions of sins can\nengage himself in the worship of the Lord. Brahmajl was sinless, and\ntherefore he faithfully discharged the advice of the Lord, \"tapa tapa,'' and\nthe Lord, being satisfied with him, awarded him the desired result. Therefore love and penance combined can only please the Lord, and thus one is\nable to attain His complete mercy. He directs the sinless, and the sinless\ndevotee attains the highest perfection of life.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0180": "494\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�Til wm�� wP� � �: 1\nfm Qtlm f.r� tM if �� ijq: 11 � � 11\nsrjiimi tapasaivedam\ngrasiimi tapasii puna[!.\nbibharmi tapasii visvam\nviryam me duscaram tapab\nsrjiimi-I create; tapasii-by the same energy of penance; eva-certainly; idam-this; grasiimi lapasii-I do withdraw also by the same energy;\npu n a [t - again; bibharmi-do maintain; tapasii-by penance; visvam-Lhe\ncosmos; viryam- p o l ency ; me- 1ine; duscaram- evere; tapa[!-penance.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nI create this cosmos by such penance, I maintain it by the same energy,\n\nand I withdraw it all by the same energy. Therefore the potential power is\npenance only.\n\nPURPORT\nIn executing penance, one must be determined to return home, back to\nGodhead, and must decide to undergo all types of tribulations for that end.\nEven for material prosperity, name and fame, one has to undergo severe\ntypes of pena11ce, otherwise no one can become an important figure in this\nmaterial world. Why, then, are there severe types of penance for perfection\n\nof devotional service? An easygoing life and attainment of perfection in\ntranscendental realization cannot go togelht!r. The Lord is more clever Lhan\nany living entity; therefore He wants to see how painstaking the devotee is\nin devotional service. The order is received from the Lord, either directly\n\nor through the bona fide spiritual master, and to execute that order, howI:VI!r painstaking, is the severe Lype of penance. One who follows the\nprim:ipl1: rigidly is sure to achi1:vc success in attaining the Lord's mercy.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0181": "495\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\nText 25]\n\nTEXT 2 5\n\n;4fYlql'€1\n\n� ������Stff� �Pl I\n� ��wt � Mtlf'«t4( ll�'d II\nsri brahmoviica\nbhagavan sarva-bhutiiniim\nadhyak�o'vasthito guhiim\nveda hy apratiruddhena\nprajniinena ciki�itam\nsri brahmii uviica- L ord Brahma said; bhagavan-0 my Lord; sarva-all;\n\nbhiitiiniim-of all living entities; adhyak�afi.-director; a vasthita {l. -situa t ed ;\nguhiim-within the heart; veda- know; hi-certainly; apratiruddhena- wit hout hindrance; prajniinena-by superintelligence; cikir�itam\n\n-\n\nendea v ors\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma\n\nsaid:\n\n0 Personality of Godhead, You are situated in\n\nevery living entity's heart as the supreme director, and therefore You are\naware of all endeavors by Your superior intelligence, without any hindrance whatsoever.\nPURPORT\nThe Bhagavad-gitii confirms that the Lord is situated in everyone's\nheart as the witness, and as such He is the supreme director of sanction.\nThe director is not the enjoyer of the fruits of action, but without His\nsanction no one can enjoy. For example, in a prohibited area a habituated\ndrunkard puts forward his application to the director of drinking, and the\ndirector, considering his case, sanctions only a certain amount of liquor for\ndrinking. Similarly, the whole material world is full of many drunkards, in\nthe sense that each and every one of the living entities has something in\nhis mind to enjoy, and everyone desires the fulfillment of his desires very\nstrongly. The almighty Lord, very kind to the living entity, as the father\nis kind to the son, fulfills the living entity's desire for his childish satisfaction. With such desires in mind, the living entity does not actually enjoy,\n\n", "SB2.2#p0182": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n496\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nbut he serves the bodily whim unnecessarily, wilhou l profil. The drunkard\ndocs nut derive any profit oul of drinking, but because he has become a\n\nservant of the drinking habit and does nol wish to gt�t out of it, the merciful Lord gives him all facilities to fulfill such desires.\n\nThe impersonalists recommend that one should become desireless, and\n\nothers recommend banishing desires altogether. That is impossible; no one\n\ncan banish desires altogether because desiring is tht: living symptom. With­\n\naut having desires a living entity would be dead, which he is nol. Therefore,\n\nliving conditions and desire go together. Perfection of desires may be\n\nachieved when one desires to serve the Lord, and the Lord also desires\n\nthat every living entity should banish all personal desire\n\nand cooperate\n\nwith the desires of the Lord. That is the last instruction of Lhe Bhagavad­\n\nBrahmajl agreed to this proposal, and therefore he is given the\n\ngitii.\n\nresponsible post of creating generations in the vacant universe. Oneness\n\nwith the Lord is therefore to dovetail one's desires with the desires of the\nSupreme Lord. That makes for the perfection of all desin�s.\n\nThe Lord, as the Supersoul in the heart of every living being, knows\n\nwhat is there in the mind of each living entity, and no one can do anything\nwithout the knowledge of the Lord within. By His superior intelligence,\n\nthe Lord gives everyone the chance to fulfill his desires lo the fullest extent,\nand Lhe resultant reaction is also awarded by Lhe Lord.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n��� ;mr�;nf�l\n��?.IT� ii[y;fF;rt � �mqur: ������\ntathiipi niitha-miinasya\nniitha niithaya niithitam\npariivare yathii rope\njaniyiirh te tv ariipirwft\n\ntathii api\n\n--\n\nin spite of that; niitha-miinasya-of the one who is asking for;\n\nniitha-of the\n\nLord; nathaya-please award; niithitam-as it is desired;\n\npariivare-in the matter of mundane and transcendental; yathii-as it is;\nrope\n\n-\n\nin Lhe form;jiiniyiim-may it be known; te-Your; tu-but; arnpii;ta[l.\n\n-one who is formless.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0183": "Text 27)\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n497\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn spite of that, my Lord, I am praying to You, kindly to fulfill my\n\ndesire. May I please be informed how, in spite of Your transcendental\nform, You assume the mundane form, although You have no such form at\n.\nall.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n��APili\\WJ wtlwtl�liflq;jf(ij4(_ I\n�� Mqiil� w-l f.r�aJ�Wiwr-fl II ��II\nyathiitma-miiyii-yogena\nniinii-sakty-upab[lhhitam\nvilumpan visdan g[h{lan\nbibhrad iitmiinam iitmanii\nyathii-as much as;iitma-own;miiyii-potency;yogena-by combination;\nniinii-various; sakti-energy; upab[lhhitam-by combination and permutation; vilumpan-in the matter of annihilation; visdan-in the matter of\ngeneration; g[h{lan-in the matter of acceptance; bibhrat-in 'the matter of\nmaintenance; iitmiinam-own self; iitmanii-by the self.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAnd how You, by Your own Self, manifest different energies for\nannihilation, generation, acceptance and maintenance by combination and\npermutation.\nPURPORT\nThe whole manifestation is the Lord Himself by diffusion of His different energies only, namely the internal, external and marginal, just as the\nsunlight is the manifestation of the energy of the sun planet. Such energy\nis simultaneously one and different from the Lord, just as the sunshine is\nsimultaneously one and different from the sun planet. The energies are\nacting by combination and permutation by the indication of the Lord, and\n\nthe acting agents, like Brahma, v�!lU and Siva, are also different incarna-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0184": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n498\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\ntions of the Lord. In other words, there is nothing but the Lord, and still\n\nthe Lord is different from all such manifestive activities. How it is so will\nbe explained later on.\n\nkripasy amogha-sankalpa\nurr-aniibhir yathorr-ute\ntathii tad-v4ayiim dhehi\nmani§iim mayi miidhava\nkripasi-as You do play; amogha-infallible; sankalpa-determination;\n\nurr.tiibhi[l-the spider; yathii-as much as; urr-ute-covers; tathii-so and so;\n\nlal-vi�ayiim-in the subject of all those; dhehi-do let me know; mani§iimphilosophically; mayi-unto me; miidhava-0 master of all energies.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 master of all energies, please tell me philosophically all about them.\n\nYou play like the spider who covers itself by its own energy, and Your\n\ndetermination is infallible.\n\nPURPORT\nBy the inconceivable energy of the Lord, every creative element has its\n\nown potencies, known as the potency of the element, potency of know­\n\nledge and potency of different actions and reactions. By a combination of\n\nsuch potential energies of the Lord there is the manifestation of creation,\n\nmaintenance and annihilation in due course of time and by different\n\nagents like Brahma, Vi��u and Mahesvara. Brahma creates, Vi��u main­\n\ntains, and Lord Siva destroys. But all such agents and creative energies are\nemanations from the Lord, and as such there is nothing except the Lord,\nor th1: one supreme source of\n\ndifferent diversities. The exact e x am pie is the\n\nspider and spider's web. The web is created by the spider, and it is main­\n\nlaifled by the spider, and as soon as it likes, the whole thing is wound up\n\n", "SB2.2#p0185": "Text 29]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n499\n\nwithin the spider. The spider is covered within the web. If an insignificant\nspider is so powerful as to act according to its will, why can't the Supreme\nBeing act by His supreme will in the creation, maintenance and destruction\nof the cosmic manifestations? By the grace of the Lord, a devotee like\nBrahma, or one in his chain of disciplic succession, can understand the\nalmighty Personality of Godhead eternally engaged in His transcendental\npastimes in the region of different energies.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n�•1€4�0� �liT ��:I\n�: �mtl if� 41\\�M(I� ����II\nbhagavac-chik�itam aharh\nkaravar-i hy atandrita[l.\nnehamiina[l. prajii-sargarh\nbadhyeyarh yad-<mugrahiit\nbhagavat-by the Personality of Godhead; sik�itam-taught by; ahammyself; karaviirti-be acting; hi-certainly; atand rita[l.-instrumental; na-never; ihamiina[l.-although acting; prajii sargam-generation of the living\n-\n\nentities; badhyeyam-be conditioned;yat-as a matter of fact; anugrahiitby the mercy of.\nTRANSLATION\nPlease tell me so that I may be taught in the matter by the instruction\nof the Personality of Godhead, and thus I may act instrumentally to\ngenerate living entities, without being conditioned by such activities.\nPURPORT\nBrahmaji does not want to b ecome a speculator dependent on the\nstrength of his personal knowledge and conditioned to material bondage.\nEveryone should know in clear consciousness that one is, in the execution\nof all activities, an instrument. A conditioned soul is instrumental in the\nhands of the external energy, gur-amayi miiyii, or the illusory energy of the\nLord, and in the liberated stage the living entity is instrumental to the will\n\n", "SB2.2#p0186": "500\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nof the Personality of Godhead directly. To be instrumental to the direct\n\nwill of the Lord is the natural constitutional position of the living entity,\n\nwhereas to be an instrument in the hands of the illusory energy of the Lord\n\nis material bondage for the living entity. In that conditioned state, the\n\nliving entity speculates on the Absolute Truth and His different activities.\n\nBut in the unconditional stage, the living entity directly receives knowledge\nfrom the Lord, and such a liberated soul acts flawlessly, without any\n\nspeculative habit. The Bhagavad-gitii confirms emphatically (Bg. 10.10-ll)\n\nthat the pure devotees, who are constantly engaged in the loving transcen­\n\ndental service of the Lord, are directly advised by the Lord, so much so\n\nthat the devotee unwaveringly makes progress on the path home, back to\n\nGodhead. Pure devotees of the Lord are therefore not proud of their\n\ndefinite progress, whereas the nondev?tee speculator is in the darkness of\n\nillusory energy and is very much proud of his misleading knowledge based\non speculation without any definite path. Lord Brahma wanted to be saved\n\nfrom that pitfall of pride, although he was posted in the most exalted\nposition within the universe.\n\nyii.vat sakhii. sakhyur ivesa te krtaft\nprajii.-visarge vibhajiimi bho janam\naviklavas te parikarmap.i sthito\nmii me samunnaddha-mado ]a-miininaft\n\nyii.vat-as it is; sakhii-friend; sakhyuft-unto the friend; iva-like that;\niSa-0\n\nLord; te- You; krtaft-have accepted; prajii-the living entities;\n\nvisarge-in the matter of creation; vibhajii.mi-as I shall do it differently;\nbhoft-0 my Lord;janam-those who are born; aviklavaft-without being\n\nperturbed; te- Your; parikarmap.i-in the matter of service; sthitaft-thus\n\nsituated; mii.-never it may be; me-unto me; samunnaddha-resulting arise;\nmadaft-madness; aja-0 unborn one; miininaft-thus being thought of.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0187": "Text 30]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n501\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, the unborn, You have shaken hands with me just like tt\n\nfriend does with a friend [as if equal in position]. I shall be engaged in the\ncrealion of different types of living entities, and I shall be occupied in\n\nYour service. I shall have no perturbation, but I pray that all this may not\ngive rise to pride, as if I were the Supreme.\n\nPURPORT\n\nLord Brahma is definitely situated in the humor of friendship with Lhe\n\nLord. Every living being is eternally related with the Personalily of God­\n\nhl�ad in one of five different transcendental humors, namely siinta, diisya,\n\nsakhya, viitsalya and miidhurya. We have already discussed these five kinds\n\nof humors in relationship with the Personality of Godhead. It is clearly\n\ncxhibilcd herein that Lord Brahma is related to the Personality of Godhead\nin Lhc� lranscendental humor of friendship. A pure devotee may be related\n\nwilh lhe Lord in any one of the transcendental humors, even in the humor\n\nof parenthood, but the devotee of the Lord is always a transcendental\n\nservitor. No one is equal to or greater than the Lord. That is the version of\nthe Bhagavad-gitii. Brahmaji, although eternally related with the Lord\n\nin the transcendental humor of friendship, and although entrusted with\n\nthe most exalted post of creating different grades of living entities, still is\n\nconscious of his position, that he is neither the Supreme Lord nor is\n\nsupremely powerful. It is possible that some personality, within or without\n\nthe universe, even though extremely powerful, sometimes shows more\n\npower than the Lord Himself. Still the pure devotee knows that t his power\n\nis a vibhuti delegated by the Lord, and such a delegated powerful living en­\n\ntity is never independent. Sri Hanumanji crossed the Indian Ocean by jump­\n\ning over the sea, and Lord Sri Ramacandra engaged Himself in marching\nover the bridge, but this does not mean that Hanumanji was more powerful\n\nthan the Lord. Sometimes the Lord gives extraordinary powers to His\n\ndevotee, but the devotee knows always that the power belongs to the\n\nPersonality of Godhead and that the devotee is only an instrument. The\n\npure devotee is never puffed up like the nondevotee class of men who\nfalsely think that they are God. It is astonishing to see how a person who\n\nis being kicked by the laws of the Lord's illusory energy in every step can\n\nfalsely think of becoming one with the Lord. Such thinking is the last\nsnare of the illusory energy offered to the conditioned soul. The first\n\n", "SB2.2#p0188": "502\n\nSnmad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nillusion is that he wants to become Lord of the material world by\n\naccumulating wealth and power, but when he is frustrated in that attempt\n\nhe wants to be one with the Lord. So both becoming the most powerful\n\nman in the material world or desiring to become one with the Lord are\n\ndifferent illusory snares. And because the pure devotees of the Lord are\nsurrendered souls, they are above the illusory snares of miiyii. Because he\n\nis a pure devotee, Lord Brahma, even though the first dominating deity\n\nin the material world, and therefore able to do many wonderful things,\nwould never, like the nondevotee with a poor fund of knowledge, have\n\nthe audacity to think of becoming one with the Lord. People with a poor\n\nfund of knowledge should take lessons from Brahma when they are puffed\nup with the false notion of becoming God.\n\nFactually Lord Brahma does not create the living entities. In the\n\nbeginning of the creation he is empowered to give different bodily shapes\n\nto the living entities according to their work during the last millennium.\n\nBrahmaji's duty is just to wake the living entities from their slumber and\n\nto engage them in their proper duty. The different grades of living entities\n\nare not created by Brahmaji by his capricious whims, but he is entrusted\n\nwith the task of giving the living entities different grades of body so that\n\nthey can work accordingly. And still he is conscious that he is only\n\ninstrumental, so that he may not think of himself as the Supreme Powerful\nLord.\n\nDevotees of the Lord are engaged in the specific duty offered by the\n\nLorJ, and such duties arc successfully carried out without hindrance\n\nbecause they are ordained by the Lord. The credit of success does not go\n\nto the doer but to the Lord. But persons with a poor fund of knowledge\nLake the credit of success into their own accounts and give nothing to the\n\ncredit of the Lord. That is the symptom of the nondevotee class of men.\n\nTEXT 31\n\nsri bhagaviin uviica\njiiiinam parama-guhyarh me\nyad vijiiiina-samanvitam\n\n", "SB2.2#p0189": "Text 31)\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n503\n\nsa-rahasyarh tad-angarh ca\ngrhiir-a gaditarh maya\nsri bhagavan uvaca-the Personality of Godhead said; jiianam- knowledge\nacquired; parama-extremely; guhyam-confidential; me-of Mine; yatwhich is; vijiiana-realization; samanvitam-coordinated;sa-rahasyam-with\ndevotional service; tat-of that; angam ca- necessary paraphernalia;grhar-a\n-just try to take up;gaditam-explained; maya- by Me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead said: Knowledge about Me as described in\nthe scriptures is very confidential, and it has to be realized in conjunction\nwith devotional service. The necessary paraphernalia for that process is\nbeing explained by Me. You may take it up carefully.\n\nPURPORT\n.\n\nLord Brahma is the topmost devotee of the Lord within the universe,\n\nand therefore the Personality of Godhead replied to his four principal\ninquiries in four important statements, which are known as the original\nBhagavatam in four verses. These were Brahma's questions: l. What are\nthe forms of the Lord both in matler and transcendence? 2. How are the\ndifferent energies of Lhe Lord working? 3. How does the Lord play with\nHis different energies? 4. How may Brahma be instructed to discharge the\nduty entrusted with Him? The prelude to the answers is this verse under\ndiscussion, wherein the Lord informs Brahma that knowledge of Him, the\nSupreme Absolute Truth, as it is stated in the revealed scriptures, is very\nsubtle and cannot be understood unless one is self-realized by the grace of\nthe Lord. The Lord says that Brahma may take the answers as He\nexplains them. This means that transcendental knowledge of lhe absolute\nSupreme Being can be known if it is made known by the Lord Himself.\nBy Lhe mental speculation of the greatest mundane thinkers, the Absolute\nTruth cannot be understood. The mental speculators can reach up to the\nstandard\n\n<?f impersonal Brahman realization, but factually,\n\ncomplete\n\nknowledge of transcendence is beyond the knowledge of impersonal\nBrahman. Thus it is called the supreme confidenlial wisdom. Out of many\nliberaled souls, someone may be qualified to know the Personality of\nGodhead. In the Bhagavad-gita il is also said by the Lord Himself thal out\n\n", "SB2.2#p0190": "[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad Bhiigavatam\n\n504\n\nof many hundreds of thousands of people, one may try for perfection in the\nhu111an !if!', and out of many liberated souls one may know Him as He is.\n\nThcrrfore, the knowledge of the P!�rsonality of Godhead may be attained\nbv devotional ::;en icc\n\nonly. Rahasyam means devotional service. Lord\nBha�avad-gi.tii because I!e found Arjuna to\n\n.\nJ(r��Ja instructed Arjuna in the\n\nbe a dev(>tec and friend. Wilhoul such qualifications, no one can enter into\nl he 111 yslery of Lhc\n\nBhagavad-gLLii. Therefore, on\n\nP!'rsonalily of Godhead unless one becomes\n\na\n\ne\n\ncannot understand the\n\ndevotee and discharges\n\ndevotional service. This mystery is love of Godhead. Therein lies the main\n\nqualification for knowing the mystery of the Personality of Godhead. And\n\nto attain the stage of transcendental love of Godhead regulative principles\nof devotional service must be followed. The regulative principles are called\n\nuidhi-bhakti, or devotional service of the Lord, and they can be practiced\n\nby a neophyte with his present senses. Such regulative principles are mainly\n\nba ed on hearing and chanting of the glories of the Lord. And such hearing\n\nand chanting of the glories of the Lord can be made possible in the a so·\n\nciation of devotees only. Lord Caitanya therefore recommended five main\n\nprinciples for attaining perfection in the devotional service of the Lord.\n\nThe first is association of devotees (hearing); second is chanting the glories\n\nof the Lord; third, hearing Srimad-Bhiigavatam from the pure devotee;\n\nfourth, residing in a holy place connected with the Lord; and fifth, worshiping the Deity of the Lord \\vith devotion.\n\nuch rules and regulations\n\nare parts of devotional service. So, as requested by Lord Brahmii, the\n\nPersonality of Godhead will explain all about the four questions put\n\nforward by Brahmii, and others also which are parts and parcels of the\nsame questions.\n\nTEXT 32\n\ntf(q!JOiif;-it;: I\n� �W�1'1'4� ij 'id\\���ld_ ������\nttNI'1(\n\n�\n\nyiiviin aham yathii-bhiivo\n\nyad-riipa-gu!la-karmaka[l\n\ntathaiva tattva-vijii.iinam\n\nastu te mad-anugrahiit\nyiiviin\n\n- as I am in eternal form; aham- Myself; yathii- as much as; bhiiva[l\n\n-transcendental existence; yat those; riipa-various forms and colors;\n\n-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0191": "Answers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\nText 32]\n\ngura-qualities; karmaka�-activities; tathii-so and\n\n505\n\nso; eva-certainly;\n\ntattva-vijiiiinam- factual realization; astu-Iet it be unto you; te-unto you:\nmat- Mine; anugrahiit- by causeless mercy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll of Me, namely My actual eternal form, My transcendental existence,\ncolor, qualities and activities-let all be awakened within you by factual\nrealization, out of My causeless mercy.\nPURPORT\nThe\n\necret of\n\nuccc s in understanding the intricacie of knowledge of\n\nthe Absolute Truth, the Personality of Godhead, is the cau eless mercy of\nthe Lord. Even in the material world, the father of many son di close the\nsecret of his po ition to the pet sons. The father discloses the confidence\n\nunto the son whom he thinks worthy. An important man in the\n\nocial\n\norder can be known by his mercy only. Similarly, one must be very clear to\nthe Lord in order to know the Lord. The Lord is unlimited: no one can\nknow Him completely, but one's advancement in the transcendental loving\n\nservice of the Lord can make one eligible to know the Lord. Here we can\nsee that the Lord is sufficiently pleased with Brahmiijl, and therefore He\n\noffers His causeless mercy to him so that Brahmiiji may have the factual\n\nrealization of the Lord by His mercy only.\n\nIn the Vedas also it is said that a person cannot know the\n\nbsolute\n\nTruth Personality of Godhead simply by dint of mundane education or\n\nintellectual gymna tic . One can know the Supreme Truth if one has\nunflinching faith in the bona fide spiritual master as well a in the Lord.\nSuch a faithful per on, even though illiterate in the mundane\n\nense, can\n\nknow the Lord automatically by the mercy of the Lord. In the Bhagavad­\n\ngitii al o, it is said that the Lord reserves the right of not being exposed to\neveryone, and\n\nHe keeps Himself concealed from the faithless by His\n\nyoga-miiyii potency.\n\nTo the faithful the Lord reveals Hi11Jself in His form, quality and\n\npastimes. The Lord is not formless, as it is wrongly conceived by the\n\nimpersonalist, but Hi form is not like one that we have experienced. The\nLord di closes Hi\n\nform, even to the extent of mea urement, to His pure\n\ndevotees, and that is the meaning of yiiviin, as is explained by Srila ]'iva\nGosvami, the greatest scholar of Snmad-Bhagavatam.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0192": "506\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nThe Lord discloses His transcendental nature of existence. The mundane\n\nwranglers make mundane conceptions of the form of the Lord. It is said\n\nin the revealed scriptures that the Lord has no mundane form; therefore\n\npersons with a poor fund of knowledge conclude that He must be\n\nformless. They cannot distinguish between the mundane form and the\n\nspiritual form. According to them, without a mundane form one must be\nformless. This conclusion is also mundane because formlessness is the\n\nopposite conception of form. Negation of the mundane conception does\n\nnot establish a transcendental fact. In the Brahma-sarhhitii it is said that\n\nthe Lord has a transcendental form and that He can utilize any one of His\n\nsenses for any purpose. For example, He can eat with His eyes, and He can\nsee with His leg. In the mundane conception of form, no one can eat with\n\none's eyes nor see with his leg. That is the difference between the mundane\nbody and the spiritual body of sac-cid-iinanda. Spiritual body does not\nmean formless, but a different type of body which we cannot conceive with\nour present mundane senses. Formless therefore means devoid of mundane\n\nform, or possessing a spiritual body of which the nondevotee can have no\n\nconception by the speculative method.\n\nThe Lord discloses to the devotee His unlimited varieties of transcen­\n\ndental bodies, all identical with one another with different kinds of bodily\n\nfeatures. Some of the transcendental bodies of the Lord are blackish, and\n\nsome of them are whitish. Some of them are reddish, and some of them\n\nare yellowish. Some of them are four-handed, and some of them are\n\ntwo-handed. Some of them are like the fish, and some of them are like\nthe lion. All these different transcendental bodies of the Lord, without\n\nany differential category, are disclosed to the devotees of the Lord by the\n\nmercy of the Lord, and thus the impersonalists' false arguments claiming\n\nthe formlessness of the Supreme Truth do not appeal to a devotee of the\nLord, even though such a devotee may not be very advanced in devotional\n\nservice.\n\nThe Lord has unlimited numbers of transcendental qualities, and one of\n\nthem is His affection for His unalloyed devotee. In the history of the\n\nmundane world we can appreciate His transcendental qualities. The Lord\nincarnates Himself for the protection of His devotees and for the annihila­\n\ntion of the faithless. His activities are in relationship with His devotees,\n\nand the Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nis full of such activities of the Lord in\n\nrelationship with His devotees, and the nondevotees have no knowledge of\n\nsuch pastimes. The Lord lifted the Govardhana Hill when He was only seven\n\nyears old and protected His pure devotees at Vrndavana from the wrath\n\nof lndra, who was overflooding the place with rain. Now this lifting of the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0193": "Text 33)\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n507\n\nGovardhana Hill by a seven-year-old boy may be unbelievable for the\nfaithless, but for the devotees it is absolutely believable. The devotee\nbelieves in the almighty potency of the Lord, while the faithless say that\nthe Lord is almighty but do not believe it. Such men with a poor fund of\nknowledge do not know that the Lord is the Lord eternally, and that one\ncannot become the Lord by meditation for millions of years nor by mental\nspeculation for billions of years.\nThe impersonal interpretation of the mundane wranglers is completely\nrefuted in this verse because it is clearly stated here that the Supreme\nLord has His qualities, form, pastimes, and everything that a person has.\nAll these descriptions of the transcendental nature of the Personality of\nGodhead are factual realization\n\nby the devotee of the Lord, and by the\n\ncauseless mercy of the Lord they become revealed to His pure devotee,\nand to no one else.\n\naham eviisam evcigre\nniin yad yat sad-asat param\n\npa.Sciid aham yad etac ca\nyo'va.Si§yeta so'smy aham\naham- I, the Personality of Godhead; eva-certainly; iisam-existed; evaonly; agre-before the creation; na-never; a n yat-anything else; yat-all\nthose; sat-the effect; asat-the cause; pa ram-the supreme; pasc iit- at the\nend; aham-1, the Personality of Godhead; yat-all these; etat-creation;\nca-also; yaft-everything; ava.S i§ yeta\n\n-\n\nremains; saft-that; asmi-1 am; aham\n\n-I, the Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nBrahma, it is I, the Personality of Godhead, who was existing before\nthe creation when there was nothing but Myself. Nor was there the\nmaterial nature, the cause of this creation. That which you see now is\nalso I, the Personality of Godhead, and after annihilation what remains\nwill also be I, the Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0194": "508\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nWe should note very carefully that the Personality of Godhead is\n\naddressing Lord Brahma and specifying with great emphasis Himself,\n\npointing out that it is He, the Personality of Godhead, who existed before\n\nthe creation, it is He only who maintains the creation, and it is He only\n\nwho remains after the annihilation of the creation. Brahma is also a\n\ncreation of the Supreme Lord. The impersonalist puts forth the theory\nof oneness in the sense that Brahma, also being the same principle of \"I\"\n\nbecause he is an emanation from the I, the Absolute Truth, is identical\nwith the Lord, the principle of I, and thus there is nothing more than\n\nthe principle of I, as explained in this verse. Accepting the argument of\n\nthe impersonali t, it is to be admitted that the Lord i the creator I, and\nthe Brahma is the created I. Therefore there is a difference between the\n\ntwo \"I's,\" namely the predominator I and the predominated I. Therefore\nthere are still two I's, even accepting the argument of the impersonalist.\n\nBut we must note carefully that these hvo I's are accepted in the Vedic\n\nliterature (Kathopan4ad) in the sense of quality. The Kathopan4ad says,\n\nnityo nityiiniim cetanas cetaniiniim eko bahuniim yo vidadhiiti kiimiin\n(Katha 2.2.13)\nThe creator \"I\" and the created \"I\" are both accepted in the Vedas as quali­\n\ntatively one because both of them are nityas and cetanas. But the singular\n\"I\" is the creator \"I,\" and the created \"I's\" are of plural number because\n\nthere are many \"I's\" like Brahma and those generated by Brahma. It is the\nsimple truth. The father creates or begets a son, and the son also creates\n\nmany other sons, and all of them may be one as human beings, but at the\n\nsame time from the father, the son and the grandsons are all different. The\n\nson cannot take the place of the father, nor can the grandsons. Simultane­\n\nously the father, the son and the grandson are one and different also. As\n\nhuman beings they are one, but as relativities they are different. Therefore\nthe relativities of the creator and the created or the predominator and the\n\npredominated have been differentiated in the Vedas by saying that the\npredominator \"I\" is the feeder of the predominated \"I's,\" and thus there is a\nvast difference between the two principles of \"I.\"\n\nIn another feature of this verse, no one can deny the personalities of\n\nboth the Lord and Brahma. Therefore in the ultimate issue both the\n\npredominator and predominated are persons. This conclusion refutes the\n\nconclusion of the impersonalist that in the ultimate issue everything is\n\nimpersonal. This impersonal feature stressed by the less intelligent imper-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0195": "Text 33]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n509\n\nsonalist school is refuted by pointing out that the predominator \"I\" is the\n\nAbsolute Truth, and He is a person. The predominated \"I,\" Brahma, is also\n\na person, but he is not the Absolute. For realization of one's self in spiritual\npsychology it may be convenient to assume oneself as the same principle\n\nas the Absolute Truth, but there is always the difference of the predomi­\n\nnated and the predominator, as is clearly pointed out here in this verse,\nwhich is gro sly misused by the impersonalists. Brahma is factually seeing\neye to eye his predominator Lord who, in His transcendental eternal form,\n\nexists even after the annihilation of the material creation. The form of the\nLord, as seen by Brahma, existed before the creation of Brahma, and the\n\nmaterial manifestation with all ingredients and agents of material creation\nare also energetic expansions of the Lord, and after closing the exhibited\n\nenergy of the Lord, what remains is the same Personality of Godhead.\n\nTherefore the form of the Lord exists in all circumstances of the creation,\nmaintenance and annihilation. The Vedic hymns confirm this fact in the\n\nstatement, \"viisudevo vii idam agra iisin na brahmii na ca sahkaraft eko vai\n\nniiriiya[J.a iis�n na brahmii na isiino, etc.\" Before the creation there was none\nexcept Vasudeva. There was neither Brahma nor Sankara. Only\n\narayaQa\n\nwas there and no one else, neither Brahma nor !sana. Snpada Sankaracarya\nalso confirms in his comments on the Bhagavad-gitii that\n\narayaQa, or the\n\nPersonality of Godhead, is transcendental to all creation, but the whole\n\ncreation is the product of avyakta. Therefore the difference between the\n\ncreated and the creator is always there, although both the creator and\ncreated are of the same quality.\n\nThe other feature of the statement is that the supreme truth is Bhagavan,\n\nor the Personality of Godhead. The Personality of Godhead and His\n\nkingdom have already been explained. The kingdom of Godhead is not\n\nvoid as conceived by the impersonalists. The VaikuQtha planets are full of\n\ntranscendental variegatedness, including the four-handed residents of those\n\nplanets, and with great opulence of wealth and prosperity, and there are\n\neven airplanes and other amenities required for high-grade personalities.\n\nTherefore the Personality of Godhead exists before the creation, and He\n\nexists with all transcendental variegatedness in the V aikul).thalokas. The\nVaikul).thalokas, also accepted in the Bhagavad-gitii as being of the saniitana\n\nnature, are not annihilated even after the annihilation of the manifested\ncosmos. Those transcendental planets are of a different nature altogether,\n\nand that nature is not subjected to the rules and regulations of material\n\ncreation, maintenance or annihilation. The existence of the Personality of\n\nGodhead implies the existence of the VaikuQthalokas, as the existence of a\n\nking implies the existence of a kingdom.\n\nIn various places of Srimad-Bhiigavatam and in other revealed scriptures\n\n", "SB2.2#p0196": "510\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nthe existence of the Personality of Godhead is mentioned. For example,\nMaharaja Parik�it asks, \"Sa cii.pi yatra puru�o viSva-sthity-udbhavii.pyaya[l\n\nmuktvii.tma-mii._yii.rh mii.yesa� sete sarva-guhtisaya[1?\" How does the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, the cause of creation, maintenance and annihilation,\n\nwho is always freed from the influence of the illusory energy and is the\ncontroller of the same, lie in everyone's heart? Similar also is a question of\nVidura's: \"Tattvii.nii.rh bhagavarhs te§ii.rh katidhii. pratisahkrama� tatremarh\n\nka upii.siran ka u svid anuserata.\" Sridhara Svami explains this in his notes:,\n\n\"During the annihilation of the creation, who serves the Lord lying on the\n\nSe�a, etc.\" This means that the transcendental Lord with all His name,\nfame, quality and paraphernalia exists eternally. The same confirma­\n\ntion is also in the Kii.si-Khapt}a -in connection with Dhruva-carita. It is\n\nsaid there, \"Na cyavante'pi yad-bhaktii mahatyiirh pralayiipadi ato 'cyuto­\n\nkhile loke sa eka� sarvago 'vyaya�.\" Even the devotees of the Personality\n\nof Godhead are not annihilated during the period of the entire annihilation\n\nof the material world, not to speak of the Lord Himself. The Lord is ever­\n\nexistent in all three stages of material change.\n\nThe impersonalist adduces no activity in the Supreme, but in this dis­\n\ncussion between Brahma and the Supreme Personality of Godhead the\n\nLord is said to have activities also, as He has His form and quality. The\n\nactivities of Brahma and other demigods during the time and maintenance\nof the creation are to be understood as the activities of the Lord. The king,\n\nor the head executive of a state, may not be seen in the government offices,\n\nfor he may be engaged in royal comforts. Yet it should be understood that\neverything is being done under his direction, and everything is at his com­\n\nmand. The Personality of Godhead is never formless. He may not be\n\nvisible in His personal form in the material world to the less intelligent\n\nclass of men, and therefore He may be sometimes called formless. But\n\nactually He is always in His eternal form in His V aikup.tha planets as well\n\nas in other planets of the universes as different incarnations. The example\n\nof the sun is very appropriate in this connection. The sun in the night may\nnot be visible to the eyes of men in the darkness, but the sun is visible\nwherever it has risen. Because the sun is not visible to the eyes of the in­\n\nhabitants of a particular part of the earth does not mean that the sun has\nno form.\n\nIn the Aitarey{l Upani�ad there is the hymn \"ii.tmaivedam agra ii.sit\n\npuru�a-vidha[l.\" This mantra indicates the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead (Kr�!la) even before the appearance of the puru�a incarnation. In the\n\nBhagavad-gitii it is said (Bg. 15.18) that Lord Kr�!la isPuru§ottama because\n\nHe is the Supreme Puru�a, transcendental even to the puru�a ak�ara and the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0197": "Answers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\nText 33]\n\n511\n\npuru§a k§ara. The ak§ara puru§a, or the Maha-Vi��u, throws His glance over\nprakrti, or material nature, but the existence of the Puru�ottama was\nthere even before that. The Aitareya Upani§ad therefore confirms the\nstatement of the Bhagavad-gitii that Lord Kr��a is the Supreme Person\n(Puru§ottama).\nIn some of the Vedas it is also said that in the beginning only the impersonal Brahman was there. But according to this verse, the impersonal\nBrahman, which is the glowing effulgence of the body of the Supreme\nLord, may be called the immediate cause, but the cause of all causes or the\nremote cause is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord's impersonal feature is existent in the material world because by material senses\nor material eyes the Lord cannot be seen or perceived. One has to spiritualize the senses before one can expect to see or perceive the Supreme Lord.\nBut He is always engaged in His personal capacity, and He is eternally\nvisible to the inhabitants of Vaiku�thaloka, eye to eye. Therefore He is\nmaterially impersonal, just as the executive head of the state may be\nimpersonal in the government offices, although he is not impersonal in\nthe government house. Similarly, the Lord is not impersonal in His abode,\nwhich is always nirasta-kuhakam, as is stated in the very beginning of the\nBhiigavatam. Therefore both the impersonal and personal features of the\nLord are acceptable, as mentioned in the revealed scriptures. This Personality of Godhead is very emphatically explained in the Bhagavad-gitfi in\nconnection with the verse, \"brahmaro hi prati§thiiham, (Bg. 14.27).\nTherefore in all ways the confidential part of spiritual knowledge is\nrealization of the Personality of Godhead, and not His impersonal Brahman\nfeature. One should therefore have his ultimate aim of realization not in\nthe impersonal feature but in the personal feature of the Absolute Truth.\nThe example of sky within the pot and the sky without the pot may be\nhelpful to the student for his realization of the all-pervading quality of the\ncosmic consciousness of the Absolute Truth. But that does not mean that\nthe individual part and parcel of the Lord becomes the Supreme by a false\nclaim. It means only that the conditioned soul is a victim of the illusory\nenergy in her last snare. To claim to become one with the cosmic consciousness of the Lord is the last trap set by the illusory energy or daivi\nmiiyii. Even in the impersonal existence of the Lord, as it is in the material\ncreation, one should be after the personal realization of the Lord, and that\nis the meaning of \"pasciid aharit yad etac ca yo 'vasi§yeta so 'smy aham. ''\n\nBrahmaji also accepted the same truth when he was instructing Narada.\nHe\n\nsaid,\n\n(Bhiig.\n\n\"So 'yam\n\n2. 7.50).\n\nte\n\nThere\n\n'bhihitas\nis\n\nno\n\ntiita\n\nother\n\nbhagaviin\n\ncause\n\nvisva-bhii_yana!t.,\n\nof all causes\n\nthan tlu�\n\n", "SB2.2#p0198": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n512\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nupreme Per onality of Godhead, Hari, and therefore this ver e aham eva\n\nnever indicate\n\nanything other than the Supreme Lord, and one should\n\ntherefore follow the path of Brahma-sampradiiya, or the path of Brahmaji\n\nto Na.rada, to Vyasadeva, etc., and make it a point in life to realize the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, or Lord Kr�J.la. This very confiden·\ntial instruction to the pure devotees of the Lord was also given to A1juna\nand to Brahma in the beginning of the creation. The demigods like Brahma,\n\nVi�J.lu, Mahesvara, Indra, Candra, V aru1.1a are undoubtedly different forms\n\nof the Lord for execution of different functions; the different elemental\n\ningredients of material creation, as well as the multifarious energies, also\n\nmay be of the same Personality of Godhead, but the root of all of them is\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr�J.la, and one should be attached\nto the root of everything rather than bewildered by the branches and\n\nleaves. That in the instruction given in this verse.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�� � 31�mt ;J W�mt �� I\n<1ffi\\?.tIC::kJr.it mlfT tfq'TS� tr?.fT �: II��II\nrte'rtharh yat pratiyeta\nna pratiyeta ciitmani\ntad vidyiid iitmano miiyiirh\nyathiibhiisc yathii tamafl.\nrte- wit ho ut; artham-value; yat-which; pratiyeta-appears to be; nadoes not; pratiyeta-appears to be; ca-certainly; iitmani-in My relation;\n\ntat- tha t ; vidyiit-must you know; iitmana[l-Mine; miiyiim-illusory ener­\n\ngy; yathii-as much as; iibhiisafl.-in reflection; yathii-as it is; tamafl.darkness.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Brahma, whatever appears to be of any value, if it is without relation\n\nto Me, has no reality. Know it as My illusory energy, that reflection which\n\nappears to be in darkness.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the previous verse it has already been concluded that in any stage of\n\nthe cosmic manifestation-namely its appearance, its sustenance, its growth,\n\n", "SB2.2#p0199": "Text 34]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n513\n\nits interactions of different energies, its deterioration and its disappearance-all has its basic relation with the existence of the Personality of\nGodhead. And as such, whenever there is forgetfulness of this prime relation with the Lord, and things are accepted as real without being related\nwith the Lord, that conception is called the product of the illusory energy\nof the Lord. Because nothing can exist without the Lord, it should he\nknown that the illusory energy is also an energy of the Lord. The right\nconclusion of dovetailing everything in relationship with the Lord is\ncalled yoga-miiyii, or the energy of union, and the wrong conception of\ndetaching a thing from its relationship with the Lord is called daivi miiyii,\nor mahii-miiyii, of the Lord. Both the miiyiis also have connection with the\nLord because nothing can exist without being related with l lim. As such,\nthe wrong conception of detaching relationships from the Lord is not\nfalse but illusory.\nMisconceiving one thing for another thing is called illusion. The example\nof accepting the rope as a nake is illusion, hul it is not false. The rope, as\nit exists in the front of the illusioned person, is nol at all false, but the\nacceptance is illusory. Therefore the wrong conception of accepting this\nmaterial manifestation as being divorced from the energy of the Lord is\nillusion, but it is not false. And this illusory conception is called the reflection of the reality in the darkness of ignorance. Anything that appears\nas apparently not being \"produced out of My energy\" is called miiyii. The\nconception that the living entity is formless or that the Supreme Lord is\nformless is also illusion. 1n the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 2.12) it is said by the\nLord in the midst of the battlefield that the warriors who were standing\nin front of Arjuna, Arjuna himself, and even the Lord were all existing\nbefore, they were existing on the battlefield of Kuruk�etra, and they\nwould all continue to he individual personalities in the future also, even\nafter the annihilation of the present body and even after being liberated\nfrom the bondage of material existence. In all circumstances, the Lord and\nthe living entities are individual personalities, and the personal features of\nboth the Lord and living beings are never abolished; only the influence of\nthe illusory energy, the reflection of light in the darkness, can, by the\nmercy of the Lord, be removed. In the material world, the light of the\nsun is also not independent, nor is that of the moon. The real source of\nlight is the brahmajyoti, which diffuses light from the transcendental body\nof the Lord, and the same light is reflected in varieties of light: .the light\nof the sun, the light of the moon, the light of the fire,· or the light of\nelectricity. So the identity of self as being unconnected with the Supreme\nSelf, the Lord, is also illusion, and the false claim that \"I am the Supreme\"\n\n", "SB2.2#p0200": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n514\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nis also the last illusory snare of the same miiyii, or the external energy of\nthe Lord.\nThe\n\nVediinta-sutra in the very beginning affirms that everything is born\n\nfrom the Supreme, and thus, as explained in the previous verse, all\n\nindividual living entities are born from the energy of the supreme living\n\nbeing, the Personality of Godhead, as Brahma himself was born from the\n\nenergy of the Lord, and all other living entities are born from the energy\nof the Lord through the agency of Brahma, and none of them has any\n\nexistence without being dovetailed with the Supreme Lord.\n\nThe independence of the individual living entity is not real independence,\n\nbut is just the reflection of the real independence existing in the Supreme\nBeing, the Lord. The false claim of supreme independence by the con­\n\nditioned souls is illusion, and this conclusion is admitted in this verse.\n\nPersons with a poor fund of knowledge become illusioned, and therefore\n\nthe so-called seientists, physiologists, empiric philosophers, etc., become\ndazzled by the glaring reflection of the sun, moon, electricity, etc., and\n\ndeny the existence of the Supreme Lord, putting forward theories and\ndifferent speculations about creation, maintenance and annihilation of\n\neverything material. The medical practitioner may deny the existence of\nthe soul in the physiological bodily construction of an individual person,\n\nbut he cannot give life to the dead body, even though all the mechanisms\n\nof the body exist even after death. The psychologist makes a serious\n\nstudy of the physiological conditions of the brain, as if the construction\n\nof the cerebral lump is the machine of the functioning mind, but in the\n\ndead body the psychologist cannot bring back the function of the mind.\n\nThese scientific studies of the cosmic manifestation or that of the bodily\n\nconstruction independent of the Supreme Lord are different reflective\n\nintellectual gymnastics only, but at the end they are all illusion and nothing\nmore. All such advancement of science and knowledge in the present con­\n\ntext of material civilization is the action of the covering influence of the\n\nillusory energy. The illusory energy has two phases of existence, namely\n\nthe covering influence and the throwing influence. By the throwing influ­\n\nence the living entities are thrown into the darkness of ignorance, and by\n\nthe covering influence she covers the eyes of men with a poor fund of\nknowledge about the existence of the Supreme Person who enlightened\n\nLhe supreme individual living being, Brahma. The identity of Brahma with\n\nthe Supreme Lord is never claimed herein, and therefore such a foolish\n\nclaim by the man with a poor fund of knowledge is another display of\n\nLhe illul:iory energy of the Lord. The Lord says in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii\n\n(Bg. 16.1 8-20) that demoniac persons who deny the existence of the Lord\n\n", "SB2.2#p0201": "Text 34)\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n515\n\nare thrown more and more into the darkness of ignorance, and thus such\ndemoniac persons transmigrate life after life without any knowledge of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThe sane man, however, is enlightened in the disciplic succession from\n13rahmaji, who was personally instructed by the Lord, or in the disciplic\nsuccession from Arjuna, who was personally instructed by the Lord in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii. He accepts the statement of the Lord, aham saroasya\nprabhavo matta� saroam pravartatel iti matvii bhajante miim budhii bhiivasamanvitiift\" (Bg.l 0.8). The Lord is the original source of all emanations,\nand everything that is created, maintained and annihilated exists by the\nenergy of the Lord. The sane man who knows this is actually learned, and\ntherefore he becomes a pure devotee of the Lord, engaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord.\nAlthough the reflectory energy of the Lord displays various illusions to\nthe eyes of persons with a poor fund of knowledge, the sane person knows\nclearly that the Lord can act, even from far, far beyond our vision, by His\ndifferent energies, just as the fire can diffuse heat and light from a distant\nplace. In the medical science of the ancient sages, known as the .if.yur-veda,\nthere is definite acceptance of the Lord's supremacy in the following\nwords: \"jagad-yonir anicchasya cid-iinandaika-riipirw� pumso 'sti prakrtir\nnityii praticchiiyeva bhiisvata� acetaniipi caitanya-yogena paramiitmana�\nakarod viSvam akhilam anityam niitakii-krtim.\" There is one Supreme\nPerson who is the progenitor of this cosmic manifestation, whose energy\nacts as prakrti, or the material nature, dazzling like the reflection. By such\nillusory action of the prakrti, even the dead matter is caused to move by\nthe cooperation of living energy of the Lord, and the material world\nappears like a dramatic performance to the ignorant eyes. The ignorant\nperson, therefore, may even be a scientist or physiologist in the drama of\n\nprakrti, while the sane person knows the prakrti as the illusory energy of\nthe Lord. By such a conclusion, and as is confirmed by the Bhagavad-gitii,\nit is clear that the living entities are also a display of the superior energy\n\n(parii prakrt*) of the Lord, just as the material world is a display of the\ninferior energy (aparii prakrtiM of the Lord. The superior energy of the\nLord cannot be as good as the Lord, although there is very little difference\nbetween the energy and the possessor of the energy, or the fire and the\nheat. Fire is possessed of heat, but heat is not fire. This simple thing is not\nunderstood by the man with a poor fund of knowledge who falsely claims\nthat the fire and heat are the same. This energy of the fire (namely heat) is\nexplained here as a reflection, and not directly fire. Therefore the living\nenergy represented by the living entities is the reflection of the Lord, and\n\n", "SB2.2#p0202": "516\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nnever the Lord Himself. And as the reflection of Lhe Lord, the existence of\n\nthe living cntily is dependent on the Supreme Lord, who is the original\n\nlighl. This material energy may be compared with darkness, as actually it\nis darkness, and Lhe activities of the living entities in the darkness are re·\n\nflections of the original lighl. The Lord should be understood by the con­\n\ntext of this verse. Nondcpcndence of both the energies of the Lord is\n\nexplained as miiyii, or illusion. No one can make a solution of the darkness\nof ignorance simply by the reflection of light. Similarly, no one can come\n\nout of the material existence simply by Lhc reflected light of the common\n\nman, but one has to receive the light from the original light itself. The\nreflection of sunlight in the darkness is unable to drive out the darkness,\n\nbut the sunlight which is outside the reflection can drive out the darkness\n\ncompletely. In darkness no one can see the things in a room. Therefore a\n\nperson in the dark is afraid of snakes and scorpions, although there may\n\nnot be such things. But in the light the things in the room can be clearly\n\nseen, and the fear of snakes and scorpions is at once removed. Therefore\n\none has to take shelter of the light of the Lord, as in the Bhagavad-gitii or\n\nthe $nmad-Bhiigavatam, and not the reflective personalities who have no\n\ntouch with the Lord. No one should hear Bhagavad-gitii or $nmad­\n\nBhiigavatam from a person who is a nonbeliever in the existence of the\n\nLord. Such a person is already doomed, and any association with such a\n\ndoomed person makes the associater also doomed.\n\nAccording to the Padma Purii[la, within the material compass there are\n\ninnumerable material universes, and all of them are full of darkness. Any\nliving being, beginning from Brahmas (there are innumerable Brahmas also\n\nin innumerable universes) to the insignificant ant, are all born in darkness,\n\nand they require factual light from the Lord to see Him directly, just as\n\nthe sun can be seen only by the direct light of the sun. No lamp or manmade torchlight, however powerful it may be, can help one to see the sun.\n\nThe sun reveals itself. Therefore the action of different energies of the\n\nLord or the Personality of Godhead Himself can be realized by the light\n\nmanifested by the causeless mercy of the Lord. The impersonalists say that\nGod cannot be seen. God can be seen by the light of God and not by man­\n\nmade speculations. Here it is specifically mentioned as vidyiit, which is an\n\norder by the Lord to Brahma. This direct order of the Lord is a manifestation of His internal energy, and this particular energy is the means of\n\nseeing the Lord eye to eye. Not only Brahma but anyone who may be\ngraced by the Lord to see such merciful direct internal energy can also\n\nrealize the Personality of Godhead without any mental speculation.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0203": "Answers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\nText 35]\n\n517\n\nTEXT 35\n\nyathii mahiinti bhUtiini\nbhiite�ilcciivace�v anu\npravi�tiiny aprav4tiini\ntathii te�u na te�v aham\nyatha-as it is: mahiinti-the universal: bhutiini\navace�u-in the\n\nminule\n\nand gigantic:\n\n-\n\ne lemc nt\n\nanu-afler:\n\n: bhute�u ucca­\n\np ra vi�tiini-e nl ered :\n\napravi�tiini-not entered: tathii-so much -o; te�u-in them: na-nol: te§uin them: aham-�Jy elf.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Brahma, please know that the universal elements enter into the\ncosmos and at the same time do not enter into the cosmos; similarly, I\nMyself also exist within everything created, and at the same time I am\noutside of everything.\nPURPORT\nThe great elements of material creation, namely earth, water, fire, air\nand ether, etc., all enter into the body of all manifested entities, namely\nthe seas, mountain , aquatics, plants, reptiles, birds, bea t , human beings,\ndemigods and everyone materially manifested, and at the same time such\nelements are differently situated. In the developed stage of consciousness,\nthe human being can\n\ntudy both physiological and physical cience. but\n\nthe ba ic principles of such sciences are nothing but the material elements\nand nothing more. The body of the human being and the body of the\nmountain, a\n\nalso the body of the demigods, including Brahma, are all of\n\nthe same ingredients, namely earth, water, etc., and at the same time the\nelements are beyond the body. The elements were created fir t, and therefore they entered into the bodily construction later on, but in both circumstances they entered the cosmos as well as not entered. Similarly, the\nSu preme Lord, by His different energies, namely the internal and external,\nis within everything in the manifested cosmos, and at the arne time He is\n\n", "SB2.2#p0204": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n518\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\noutside of everything, situated in the kingdom of God (V aiku�thaloka) as\n\ndescribed before. This is very nicely stated in the Brahma-sarhhitii as\nfollows:\n\niinanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhiivitiibhis\ntiibhir ya eva nijariipatayii kaliibhi[l.\ngoloka eva nivasaty akhilatma-bhii.to\ngovindam iidi-puru§arh tam aha1h bhajiimi\n\"\n\n(Bs. 5.37)\n\nI worship the Personality of Godhead Govinda, who, by expansion of His\n\ninternal potency of transcendental existence, knowledge and bliss, enjoys\n\nin His own and expanded forms. Simultaneously He enters into every atom\nof the creation.\"\n\nThis expansion of His plenary parts is also more definitely explained in\n\nthe same Brahma-sarhhitii as follows:\n\neko 'py asau racayiturh jagad-ar4a-1wtirh\nyac-chak tir asti jagad-ar.!fa-cayii yad-anta[l\nar.!fiintarastha-paramiir.u-cayiintarastharh\ngovindam iidi-puru�arh tam aharh bhajiimi\n\n(Bs. 5.35)\n\n\"I worship the Personality of Godhead Govinda, who, by one of His\n\nplenary portions, enters into the existence of every universe and every\n\nparticle of the atoms and thus manifests His infinite energy all over the\n\nmaterial creation unlimitedly.\"\n\nThe impersonalists can imagine or even perceive that the Supreme\n\nBrahman is thus all-pervading, and therefore they conclude that there is no\npossibility of His personal form. Herein lies the mystery of His transcen­\n\ndental knowledge. This mystery is the transcendental love of Godhead,\n\nand one who is surcharged with such transcendental love of Godhead can\n\nsee the Personality of Godhead in every atom and every movable or\n\nimmovable object without any difficulty. And at the same time he can see\n\nthe Personality of Godhead in His abode of Goloka, enjoying eternal\npastimes with His eternal associates, who are also expansions of His\ntranscendental existence. This vision is the real mystery of spiritual know­\n\nledge, as is stated by the Lord in the beginning, \"sa-rahasyarh tad-angarh ca_\"\n\nThis mystery is the most confidential part of the knowledge of the\nSupreme, and it is impossible to be discovered by the mental speculators\n\nhy dint of intellectual gymnastics. The mystery can be revealed through\nLhe proc;ess recommended by Brahmaji in his Brahma-sarhhitii as follows:\n\n", "SB2.2#p0205": "Text 35 J\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n5 19\n\npremiiiijana-cchurita-b ha k ti-vilocane na\nsanta� sadaiva hrdaye�u vilokayanti\nyam syiimasundaram acintya-gur-a-svariiparh\ngovindam iidi-puru�arh tam aharh bhajiimi.\n\n(Bs. 5.38)\n\n\"I worship the original Personality of Godhead, Govinda, whom the pure\ndevotees whose eyes are smeared with the ointment of love of Godhead\n\nalways observe within their hearts. This Govinda, the original Personality\nof Godhead, is Syamasundara with all transcendental qualities.\"\n\nTherefore, although He is present in every atom, the Supreme Per·\n\nsonality of Godhead may not be visible to the dry speculators; still the\nmystery is unfolded before the eyes of the pure devotees because their\n\neyes are anointed with love of Godhead. And this love of Godhead can be\nattained only by the practice of transcendental loving service of the Lord,\n\nand nothing else. The vision of the devotees is not ordinary; it is purified\n\nby the process of devotional service. In other words, as the universal\nelements are both within and without, similarly the Lord's name, form,\n\nquality, pastimes, entourage, etc., as they are described in the revealed\n\nscriptures or as they are being performed in the Vaikul)thalokas, far, far\n\nbeyond the material cosmic manifestation, are factually being televised in\nthe heart of the devotee. The man with a poor fund of knowledge cannot\n\nunderstand, although by material science one can see things far away by\n\nmeans of television. Factually, the spiritually developed person is able to\n\nhave the television of the kingdom of God always reflected within his\nheart. That is the mystery of knowledge of the Personality of Godhead.\n\nThe Lord can award anyone and everyone liberation (mukti) from the\n\nbondage of material existence, yet He rarely awards the priVIlege of love of\nGodhead, as is confirmed by Narada, \"mukti dadhiiti karhicil sma na\n\nbhakti-yogam.\" This transcendental devotional service of the Lord is so\n\nwonderful that the occupation keeps the deserving devotee always rapt in\n\npsychological activities, \\vithout any deviation from the absolute touch.\n\nThus love of Godhead, developed in the heart of the devotee, is a great\n\nmystery. It was previously told by Brahmajl to Narada that the desires of\nBrahmaji are never unfulfilled because he is always absorbed in the tran­\n\nscendental loving service of the Lord; nor has he any desire in his heart\nsave and except the transcendental service of the Lord. That is the beauty\nand mystery of the process of bhakti-yoga. As the Lord's desire is in­\n\nfallible, as He is acyuta, similarly the desires of the devotees in the tran­\n\nscendental service of the Lord are also acyuta, infallible. It is very diffic.ult,\nhowever, for the layman to understand without knowledge of the mystery\n\n", "SB2.2#p0206": "520\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\nof devotional service, as it is very difficult to know the potency of touch­\n\nstone. As touchstone is rarely found, a pure devotee of the Lord is al o\nrarely to be seen, even amongst the millions of liber a ted souls (katsv api\n\nmahiimune ) . Out of aU kinds of perfections attained by the process of\nknowledge, yoga perfection in devotional service i the highest of all and\n\nthe most mysterious also, even more mysterious than the eight kinds of\nmystic perfection attained by the process of yogic performances. In the\n\nBha�avad-g'itii. the Lord therefore advised Arjuna about this bhakti-_yoga:\nsarva-guhyatamam bhilya�\nSff!U me paramarh vaca�\n\n'·jwt hear from .\\le again about the most confidential part of instructions\n\nin the Bhagavad-gitii..\" (Bg. 18.64) The same wa· confirmed by Brahm aj1\n\nto Narada in the following words: \"idarh bhii.gavatam nama yan me bhaga­\n\nvatoditam/ sangraho 'yam vibhutinii.m tvam etad vipulilwm. Yathii harau\nbhagavati n[f!ii.m bhaktir bhavi§yati.\" Brahmaji\n\naid to\n\narada. \"Whatever\n\nI have spoken to you about the Bhiigavatam was explained to me by\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, and I am advising you to expa,nd\n\nthese topics nicely so that people may easily under tand the mysterious\n\nbhakti-yoga by transcendental loving service to the Lord.\" It is to be noted\n\nhere that the mystery of bhakti-yoga was disclosed to Brahmaji by the Lord\n\nHimself, and the same was explained by Brahmaji to Narada, and Narada\n\nexplained the same to Vyasa and from Vyasa to Sukadeva Gosvami, and\n\nthat same knowledge is coming down, in the unalloyed chain of disciplic\n\nsuccession. If one is fortunate enough to have received the knowledge in\n\nthe transcendental disciplic succession, surely he may have the chance of\nunderstanding the mystery of the Lord and that of the Snmad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nthe sound incarnation o f the Lord.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n'«11�(-:t M�l� ��M�IijW\\IS�: I\n31-=:fq04M�ti+lt �� �� II� �II\netiivad eva jijniisyarh\ntattva'-jijniisunii.tmana�\n\nanvaya-vyatirekii.bhyii.rh\n\nyat syii.t sarvatra sarvadii.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0207": "Text 36]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n521\n\netavat-up to this: eva-certainly; jijiiiisyam-is to be required; tattvaAbsolute Truth; jijiiiisuna-the student; atmana[t-of the Self; anvayadirectly;\n\nvy\n\natirekii bhyiim-indire ctly ;\n\nsarvatra-in all space and time;\n\nyat-whatever; syat-it\n\nsarvada-in\n\nall\n\nmay\n\nbe;\n\ncircumstance .\n\nTRANSLATION\nA person who is searching after the Supreme Absolute Truth, the\nPersonality of Godhead, has to search it out up to this, certainly in all\ncircumstances, and in all space and time, and both directly and indirectly.\n\nPURPORT\nTo unfold the mystery of bhakti-yoga, as it is explained in the previous\nverse. is the ultimate stage of all inquiries or the highest objective for the\ninquisitive. Everyone is searching after self-realization in different ways,\nnamely by karma-yoga,\n\nby jiiana-_yoga, by dh_yana yoga by raja-yoga, or\n-\n\n,\n\nby bhakti-_yoga, etc. To Pngage in self-realization is the responsibility of\nevery living entity developed in consciousness. One who is developed in\nconsciou ness certainly makes enquiries into the my tery of lhe self, of the\ncosmic situation and of the problems of life, in all spheres and fields,\nnamely social, political, economic, cultural, religious, moral, etc., and in\ntheir different branches. But here is explained the goal of all uch inquiries.\nThe Vediinta-sutra philosophy begins with this inquiry of life and the\nBhagavatam answers such inquiries up to this point. or the mystery of all\ninquiries. Lord Brahma wanted to be perfectly educated by the Personality\nof Godhead, and here is the answer by the Lord finished in four nutshell\nverses, namely beginning from aham eva to this verse, etavad eva. This is\nthe end of all self-realization processes. )len do not know that the ultimate\ngoal of life is Vi�!lu or the Supreme Personality of Godhead due to being\nbewildered by the glaring reflection in the darkness, and as such everyone\nis entering into the darkest region of material existence, driven by the\nuncontrolled senses. The whole material existence has sprung up by sense\ngratification, desires based principally on the sex desire, and the result is\nthat in spite of all advancement of knowledge, the final goal of all activities\nof the living entities is sense gratification. But here is the real goal of life,\nand everyone should know it by inquiries put before a bona fide spiritual\nmaster expert in the science of bhakti-yoga, or from a living personality of\nBhiigavata m life. Everyone is engaged in various kinds of scriptural in-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0208": "522\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nqumes, but the Srimad-Bhiigavatam gives answers to all of the various\n\nstudents of self-realization: this ultimate objective of life is not to be\n\nsearched out without any great labor or perseverance. One who is imbued\n\nwith such sincere inquiries must ask the bona fide spiritual master in the\ndisciplic succession from Brahmaji, and that is the direction given here.\n\nBecause the mystery was disclosed before Brahmaji by the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, the mystery of all such inquiries regarding self­\n\nrealization must be put before such a spiritual master who is directly the\nrepresentative of the Lord, acknowledged in that disciplic succession. Such\n\na bona fide spiritual master is able to clear up the whole thing by evidences\nfrom the revealed scriptures, both directly and indirectly. Although every­\n\none is free to consult the revealed scriptures in this connection, still one\nrequires the guidance of a bona fide spiritual master, and that is the direc­\n\ntion in this verse. The bona fide spiritual master is the most confidential\nrepresentative of the\n\nLord, and one must receive direction from the\n\nspiritual master in the same spirit as Brahmaji received them from the\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Lord Kr��a. The bona fide spiritual master in\nthat bona fide chain of disciplic succession never claims to be the Lord\n\nHimself, although such a spiritual master is greater than the Lord in the\n\nsense that he can deliver the Lord by his personally realized experience.\n\nThe Lord is not to he found simply by education or by a good fertile brain,\n\nbut surely He can be found by the sincere student through the transparent\nmedium of the bona fide spiritual master.\n\nThe revealed scriptures give direction directly to this end, but because\n\nthe bewildered living entities are blinded by the glaring reflection in the\ndarkness, they are unable to find out the truth of the revealed scriptures.\n\nFor example, in the Bhagavad-gitii the whole direction is targetted toward\n\nthe Personality of Godhead Lord Sri Kr��a, but for want of a bona fide\nspiritual master in the line of Brahmaji or the direct hearer, Arjuna, there\n\nare different distortions of the revealed knowledge by many unauthorized\n\npersons who just want to satisfy their own whims. Undoubtedly the\n\nBhagavad-gitii is accepted as one of the most brilliant stars in the horizon\n\nof the spiritual sky, yet the interpretations of the great book of knowledge\nhave so grossly been distorted that every student of the Bhagavad-gitii is\n\nstill in the same darkness of glaring material reflection, and such students\n\nare hardly enlightened by the Bhagavad-gitii. In the Gitii practically the\n\nsame instruction is imparted as in the four prime verses of the Bhiigavatam,\n\nbut due to wrong and fashionable interpretations by unauthorized persons,\none cannot reach the ultimate conclusion. In the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 18.61)\nit is clearly said,\n\n", "SB2.2#p0209": "Text 36]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n523\n\niSvara� saroa-bhutiiniirh hrd-dese 'rjuna ti§thati\nbhriimayan saroa-bhiitiini yantriirii!fhiini miiyayii\n\nThe Lord is situated in the heart of all living beings (as Paramatma), and\nHe is controlling all of them in the material world under the agency of His\nexternal energy. Therefore it is clearly mentioned that the Lord is the\nsupreme controller and that the living entities are controlled by the Lord.\nIn Lhe same Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 18.65) the Lord directs as follows:\n\nmanmanii bhava mad-bhakto\nmadyiiji miim namaskuru\nmiim evai§yasi satyam te\npratijiine priyo 'si me\n\nIt is clear in this verse of the Bhagavad-gitii that the direction of the Lord\nis that one should be Godminded, a devotee of the Lord, a worshiper of the\nLord, and must offer all obeisances unto Lord Kr�!J.a, and by so doing, the\ndevotee will undoubtedly go back to Godhead, back to home.\nIndirectly it is said that the whole Vedic social construction of human\nsociety is so made that everyone acts as the part and parcel of the complete\nbody of the Lord. The intelligent class of men, or the briihma\"[laS, are\nsituated on the face of the Lord; the administrative class of men, or the\n\nk§atriyas, are situated on the arms of the Lord; the productive class of\nmen, or the vaiSyas, are situated on the belt of the Lord; and the laborer\nclass of men, or the sudras, are situated on the legs of the Lord. Therefore\nthe complete social construction is the body of the Lord, and each and\nevery part of the body, namely the briihma!las, the k§atriyas, the vaiSyas\nand the fiidras, is meant to serve the Lord's whole body conjointly; otherwise it becomes unfit to be coordinated with the supreme consciousness of\noneness. Universal consciousness is factually achieved by coordinated service of all concerned to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and that\nalone can insure total perfection.\nTherefore even the great scientists, the great philosophers, the great\nmental speculators, the great politicians, the great industrialists and the\ngreat social reformers, etc., cannot give any relief to the restless society of\nthe material world because they do not know the secret of success as\nmentioned in this verse of the Bhiigavatam, namely that one must know\nthe mystery of bhakti-yoga. In the Bhagavad-gitii also it is said,\n\n", "SB2.2#p0210": "524\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nna miirh du�krtino mii!fhii� prapadyante nariidhamii�\nmiiyayii 'pahrta-jiiiinii iisurarh bhiivam iisritii�\n(Bg. ?.J 5)\nThe so-caJled great leaders of human society, because they are ignoran l\n\nof this great knowledge of\n\nbhakti-yoga and are always engaged in the\n\nignoble acts of sense gratification, bewildered by the extcrnaJ energy of\n\nthe Lord, are stubborn rebels against the supremacy of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, and they never agree to surrender unto Him\n\nbecause they are fools, miscreants and the lowest type of human beings.\n\nSuch faithless nonbelievers may be highly educated in the material sense\n\nof the term, but factually they are Lhe greatest fools of the world because\n\nby the influence of the external material nature all their so-called acquisi­\n\ntion ofknowledge has been made null and void. Therefore all advancement\n\nof knowledge in the present context of things is being misused in terms of\n\nthe cats and dogs fighting with one another for sense gratification, and all\nacquisition of knowledge in science, philosophy, fine arts, nationality,\n\neconomic development, religiousness and great activities are being spoiled\n\nby being used as dresses for dead men. There is no utility in the dresses\n\nused for covering a coffin of the dead body save getting a faJse applause\n\nfrom the ignorant public. The Srimad-Bhiigavatam therefore says again\n\nand again that without attainment of the status of bhakti-yoga, all activi­\n\nties of the human society are to be considered as absolute failures only.\nIt is said:\n\npariibhavas tiivad abodha-jiito\nyiivan na jijiiiisata iitma-tattvam\nyiivat hriyiis tiivad idam mano vai\nkarmiitmakam yena sarira-bandha[l\n\n(Bhag. 5:5.5)\n\nAs long as one is blind to inquiring after self-realization, all material\n\nactivities, however great they may be, are all different kinds of defeat\nbecause the aim of human life is not fulfilled by such unwanted and\n\nprofitless activities. The function of the human body is to attain freedom\nfrom the material bondage, but as long as one is fully absorbed in material\n\nactivities, his mind will be overwhelmed in the whirlpool of matter, and\nthus he will continue to be encaged in the material bodie life after life.\n\nevarh manaft karma-vasarh prayuhkte\navidyayiitmany upadhiyamiine\npritir na yiivan mayi viisudeve\nna mucyate deha-yogena tiivat (Bhiig. 5.5.6)\n\n", "SB2.2#p0211": "Text 36 J\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n525\n\nIt is one's mind that generates different kinds of bodies for suffering\n\ndifferent kinds of material pangs. Therefore as long as the mind is absorbed\nin fruitive activities, it is to be understood that the mind is absorbed in\nnP-s<\"iencc, and thu\n\none is sure to again and again be subjected to material\n\nbondage in different bodies until one develops a transcendental love of\nGodhP-ad, Vasudeva, the Supreme Person. To become absorbed in the\ntranscendental name, quality, form and activities of the Supreme Person,\n\nVasudeva, means to change the temper of the mind from matter to absolute\n\nknowledge, which lead� one to the path of absolute realization and thus\nfrees one from the bondage of material contact and encagements in\ndifferent material bodies.\n\nSr11a [Iva Gosvami Prabhupada therefore comments on the words\n\nsaroatra\n\nsaroadii in\n\nthe sense that the principles of bhakti-_yoga,\n\nor\n\ndevotional service to the Lord, are apt in all circumstances, i.e., it is\nrecommended in\n\nall the\n\nrevealed\n\nscriptures, it is performed by all\n\nauthorities, it is important in all places, it is u eful in all causes and\n\neffects, etc. As far as all the revealed scriptures are concerned, he quotes\n\nfrom the Skanda Puriirw on the topics of Brahma and Narada as follows :\n\nsarhsiire 'smin mahii-ghore janma-mrtyu-samiikule\npujanarh viisudevasya tiirakarh viidibhi[t smrtam.\n\nIn the material world, which is full of darkness and dangers, combined\n\nwith birth and death and full with different anxieties, the only way to get\nout of the great entanglement is to accept loving transcendental devotional\n\nservice of the Lord Vasudeva. This is accepted by all classes of philosophers.\n\nSrila [Iva Gosvami also quotes another common passage which is found\n\nin three Puriir-as, namely the Padma Puriir-a, the Skanda Puriir-a and Linga\n\nPuriir-a. It runs as follows:\n\niilo�ya saroa-siistriini viciirya ca punaft punaft\nidam ekam su.ni�pannam dhyeyo niiriiyartaft sada.\n\n\"By scrutinizingly reviewing all the revealed scriptures and judging them\n\nagain and again, it is now concluded that Lord Niiriiya!la is the Supreme\nAbsolute Truth, and thus He alone should be worshiped.\"\nThe same truth is also indirectly described as follows:\n\n", "SB2.2#p0212": "526\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\npiirarh gato pi vediiniirh sarva-siistriirtha-vedyapi\nyo na sarvesvare bhaktas tam vidyiit puru§iidhamam.\n\"Even though one may have gone to the other side of all the Vedas, and\n\neven though one is well versed in all the revealed scriptures, if one is not a\n\ndevotee of the Supreme Lord, he must be considered to be the lowest of\nmankind.\" Similarly, it is also stated indirectly as follows:\n\nyasyiisti bhaktir bhagavaty akiiicanii\nsarvair gup,ais tatra samiisate suraft\nhariiv abhakte§U kuto mahat-gup,amano-ratheniisato dhiivato yahi.\nOne who has unflinching devotion unto the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead must have all the good qualities of the demigods, and contrarily\n\none who is not a devotee of the Lord must be hovering in the darkness of\nmental speculation and thus must be engaged in the material imperma­\n\nnence.\n\nIt is also said in the Eleventh Canto of Srimad-Bhiigavatam:\n\nsabda brahmap,i ni§p,iito na ni§p,iiyiit pare yadi\nsravas tasya srama-phalo hy adhenum iva rak.sataft\n\"One may be well versed in all the transcendental literature of the\n\nVedas, but if he fails to be acquainted with the Supreme, then it must be\n\nconcluded that all of his education is like the burden of the beast or as\n\none's keeping a cow without milking capacity.\"\n\nSimilarly, the liberty of discharging loving transcendental service to the\n\nLord is invested in everyone, even the women, the siidras, the forest\n\ntribes, or any other living beings who are born in inful conditions.\n\nte vai vidanty atitaranti ca deva-miiyiirh\nstri-sudra-hup,a-sabarii api piipa-jivii[l\nyady adbhuta-krama-pariiyap,a-silasik�iis\ntiryag-janii api kimu sruta-dhiirartii _yc\n(Bhiig. 2.7.46)\nThe lowest of human beings can be elevated to the highest stage of\n\ndevotional life if they are trained up by the bona fide spiritual master\n\nwell versed in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. If the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0213": "Answers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\nText 36]\n\n527\n\nlowest can be so elevated, then what to speak of the highest who are well\nversed in the Vedic knowledge? The conclusion is that devotional service\nof the Lord is open for all, regardless of who they are. That is the\nconfirmation of its application for all kinds of performers of the service.\nTherefore\n\ndevotional\n\nservice of the Lord with perfect knowledge\n\nthrough the training of a bona fide spiritual master is advised for everyone,\neven if they happen not to be human beings. This is confirmed in the\n\nGarut;la Puriirw as follows:\nkita-pak§i-mrgiir-iim ca harau sannyasta-karmar-iim\nurdhvam eva gatim manye kim punar jiiiininiim nrr-iim\n\"Even the worms, birds and beasts are assured of elevation to the\nhighest\n\nperfectional life if they\n\nare\n\ncompletely surrendered to the\n\ntranscendental loving service of the Lord, so what to speak of those\nphilo ophers amongst the human beings?\"\nTherefore there is no need to seek properly qualified candidates for\ndischarging devotional service of the Lord. Let them be either well behaved\nor ill trained, let them be either learned or fools, let them be either grossly\nattached or in the renounced order of life, let them be liberated souls\nor desirous of salvation, let them be inexpert in the discharge of devotional\nservice or expert in the same, all of them can be elevated to the supreme\nposition by discharge of devotional service under the proper guidance.\nThis is also confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii as follows:\n\napi cet suduriiciiro bhajate miim ananya-bhiik\nsiidhur eva sa mantavya[l samyag vyavasito hi sa[1\nmiim hi piirtha vyapiisritya ye 'pi syu,h piipa-yonaya[l\nstriyo vaiSyiis tathii sildriis te 'pi yiinti pariim gatim\n(Bg. 9.30,32)\nEven if a person is fully addicted to all sorts of sinful acts, if he happens\nto be engaged in the loving transcendental service of the Lord under proper\nguidance, he is to be considered the most perfect holy man without a\ndoubt. And thus any person, whatsoever and whosoever he or she may beeven the fallen woman, the less intelligent laborer class or the dull mercantile type of men, or even men lower than all these-can attain the highest\nperfection of life by going back home, back to Godhead, provided he or\nshe takes shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord in all earnestness. This sincere earnestness is the only qualification that can lead one to the highest\n\n", "SB2.2#p0214": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n528\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nperfectional stage of life, and unless and until such real earnestness is\n\naroused, there is a difference between cleanliness or uncleanliness, learning\nor nonlearning in the material estimation. The fire is always fire, and thus\n\nif someone touches the fire, knowingly or unknowingly, the fire will act\n\nin its own way without any discrimination. The principle is: harir harati\npiipiini du§!a-cittair api smrta[l,. The all-powerful Lord can purify the\n\ndevotee of all sinful reactions, just as the sun can sterilize all sorts of\n\ninfections by its powerful rays. \" Attraction of material enjoyment cannot\n\nact upon a pure devotee of the Lord.\" There are hundreds and thousands\nof aphorisms in the revealed scriptures. Atmiiriimiis ca munaya[l,. Even the\n\nself-realized souls are also attracted by the transcendental loving service\nof the Lord. Kecit kevalayii bhaktyii viisudeva-pariiya[lii: \"Simply by hear­\n\ning and chanting, one becomes a great devotee of Lord Vasudeva.\" Na\n\ncalati bhagavat-padiiravindiil lavanimi§iirdham api sa vairr;aviigrya[l,: \"A per­\n\nson who does not move from the lotus feet of the Lord even for a moment\nor a second is to be considered the greatest of all Vai�l)avas.\" Bhagavatpiir§adatiirh priipte mat-sevayii pratitarh te: \"The pure devotees are con­\n\nvinced of attaining the association of the Personality of Godhead, and\n\nthus they are always engaged in the transcendental loving service of the\n\nLord.\" Therefore in all continents, in all planets, in all universes, there is\n\ncurrency of devotional service of the Lord, or bhakti-yoga, and that is the\n\nstatement of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam and allied scriptures. Everywhere\n\nmeans in every part of the creation of the Lord. The Lord can be served\n\nby all the senses, or even simply by the mind. The South Indian briihmarta\nwho served the Lord simply on the strength of his mind also factually\nrealized\n\nthe\n\nLord. Success is guaranteed for a devotee who fully\n\nengages any one of his senses in the mode of devotional service. The Lord\ncan be served by any ingredient, even the most common commodities-a\nflower, a leaf, a fruit or a little water, which are available in any part of the\n\nuniverse and without any cost-and thus the Lord is served universally by\n\nthe universal entities. He can be served simply by hearing, He can be served\n\nsimply by chanting or reading about His activities, He can be served simply\nby adoring Him and accepting Him.\n\nIn the Bhagavad-g'itii it is stated that one can serve the Lord by offering\n\nthe result of one's own work; it does not matter what one does. Generally\nmen may say that whatever they are doing is inspired by God, but that\n\nis not all. One should actually work on behalf of God as a servant of God.\n\nThe Lord says in the Bhagavad-g'itii: (Bg. 9.27)\n\nyat karo§i yad asniisi yaj juho�i dadiisi yat\nyat tapasyasi kaunteya tat kuru�va mad-arparwm\n\n", "SB2.2#p0215": "Text 36]\n\n.Answers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n529\n\nDo whatever you like or whatever may be easier for you to do, eat\nwhatever you may eat, sacrifice whatever you can sacrifice, give whatever\nyou may give in charity, and do whatever you may undertake in penance,\nbut everything must be done for Him only. If you do business or if you\naccept some employment, do so on behalf of the Lord. Whatever you may\neat, you may offer the same to the Lord and be assured that He will return\nthe food after eating it Himself. He is the complete whole, and therefore\nwhatever He may eat as offered by the devotee is accepted because of the\ndevotee's love, but again it is returned as prasiidam for the devotee so\nthat he can be happy by eating. In other words, be a servant of God and\nlive peacefully in that consciousness, ultimately returning home, back to\nGodhead.\nIt is said, yasya smrtyii ca niimoktyii tapo-yajiia-kriyiidi.§u niinarh sam­\n\npurr-atiimeti sadyo vandetam acyutam. I offer my obeisances unto Him,\nthe infallible, because simply by either remembering Him or vibrating His\nholy name one can attain the perfection of all penances, sacrifices or\nfruitive activities, and thi\n\nprocess can be universally followed. It is en·\n\njoined, akiima� sarva-kamo vii mok§a-kiima udariidhi/;1. tibrer;a bhakti­\n\nyogena yajeta puru§arh param: \"A person, though he may be full of desires or may have no desires, may follow this path of infallible bhakti­\n\nyoga for complete perfection.\" One need not be anxious to propitiate\neach and every demigod and goddess because the root of all of them is the\nPersonality of Godhead. As by pouring water on the root of the tree all\nthe branches and leaves are served and enlivened, so by rendering service\nunto the Supreme Lord every god and goddess becomes automatically\nserved without extraneous effort. The Lord is all-pervading, and therefore\nservice unto Him is also all-pervading. This fact is corroborated in the\n\nSkanda Puriirw a\n\nfollows:\n\n\"arcite deva-devese sankha-cakra-gadiidhare.\n\narcita� sarva-deva� syur yata� sarva-gato hari�.\" When the Supreme Lord,\nthe Personality of Godhead, who carries in His hands a conchshell, wheel,\ndub, and lotus flower, is worshiped, certainly all other demigods are\nworshiped automatically because Hari the Personality of Godhead is allpervading. Therefore, in all cases, namely nominative, objective, causative,\ndative, ablative, pos essive and supportive, everyone is benefitted by such\ntranscendental loving service of the Lord. The man who worships the Lord,\nthe Lord Himself who is worshiped, the cause for which the Lord is\nworshiped, the source of supply, the place where such worship is done,\netc.-everything is benefitted by such an action.\nEven during the annihilation of the material world, the process of\n\nbhakti-yoga can be applied. Kiilena na�tii pralaye viir-iyam: the Lord is\nworshiped in devastation because He protects the Vedas from being\n\n", "SB2.2#p0216": "530\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nannihilated. He is worshiped in every millennium or yuga, as it is said,\nkrte yad dhyiiyato vigmrh tretiiyiirh yajato makhai[l\ndviipare paricaryayiirh kalau taddhari-kirtaniit\n\nIn the Vi�r;u Puriirw it is written: \"sa hiinis tan-mahacchidram sa moha�\nsa ca vibhrama� yan-muhurtarh kwrarh viipi viisudevarh na.cintayet. \"If even\nfor a moment remembrance of Vasudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is missed, that is the greatest loss, that is the greatest illusion, and that\nis the greatest anomaly. The Lord can be worshiped in all stages of life.\nFor instance, even in the womb of their mothers Maharaja Prahlada and\nMaharaja Pari1).�it worshiped the Lord; even in his very childhood, at the\nage of only five years, Dhruva Maharaja worshiped the Lord; even in full\nyouth, Maharaja Ambari�a worshiped the Lord; and even at the last stage\nof his frustration and old age Maharaja Dhrtara*a worshiped the Lord.\nAjamila worshiped the Lord even at the point of death, and the Lord was\nworshiped by Citraketu even in heaven and in hell. In the Narasirhha\nPuriirw it is said that as the hellish inhabitants began to chant the holy\nname of the Lord they began to be elevated from hell towards heaven.\nDurvasa Muni has also supported this view: \"mucyeta yan-niimny udite\nniirako 'pi_\" Simply by chanting the holy name of the Lord the inhabitants\nof hell became released from their hellish persecution. So the conclusion·\nof Srimad-Bhiigavatam, as given by Sukadeva Gosvami to Maharaja Parilqit,\nis: etad nirvidyii maniiniim icchatam akuto-bhayam yoginiinam api nir[litam\nharer niimiinukirtanam: \"0 King, it is finally decided that everyone,\nnamely those in the renounced order of life, the mystics, and the enjoyers\nof fruitive work, should chant the holy name of the Lord fearlessly to\nachieve the desired success in their pursuits.\"\nSimilarly, it is indicated indirectly in various places of revealed scriptures:\nl. Even though one is well versed in all the Vedas and scriptures, if one\nis not a devotee of the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, he is\nconsidered to be the lowest of mankind.\n2. In the Garu�a Puriirw, Brhad-Niiradiya Puriir-a and Padma Puriir-a, the\nsame is repeated: What is the use of Vedic knowledge and penances for one\nwho is devoid of devotional service of the Lord?\n3. What is the comparison of thousands of Prajapatis with one devotee\nof the Lord?\n4. Sukadeva Gosvami said (Bhiig. 2.4.17) that neither the ascetic, nor\none who is greatly munificent, nor one who is famous, nor the great\n\n", "SB2.2#p0217": "Text 36]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n531\n\nphilosopher, nor the great occultist, nor anyone else can achieve the\ndesired result without being engaged in the service of the Lord.\n\n5. Even if a place is more glorious than heaven, if there is no glorification of the Lord of Vaikul)tha nor His pure devotee, it should be at once\nquitted.\n\n6. The pure devotee refuses to accept all the five different types of\nliberation in order to be engaged in the service of the Lord.\nThe final conclusion, therefore, is that the glories of the Lord must be\nalways and everywhere proclaimed, one should hear about His glories, one\nshould chant about His glories, and one should always remember His\nglories because that is the highest perfectional stage of life. As far as\nfruitive work is concerned, it is limited to an enjoyable body; as far as\n\nyoga is concerned, it is limited to the acquirement of mystic power; as far\nas empiric philosophy is concerned, it is limited to the attainment of\ntranscendental knowledge; and as far as transcendental knowledge is\n\nconcerned, it is limited to attainment of salvation. Even if they are\nadopted, there is every chance of discrepencies in discharging the particular\ntype of functions. But adoptation of the transcendental devotional service\nof the Lord has no limit, nor is there fear of falling down. The process\nreaches automatically to the final stage by the grace of the Lord. In the\npreliminary stage of devotional service there is an apparent requisition of\nknowledge, but in the higher stage there is no necessity of such k nowledge.\nThe best and guaranteed path of progress is therefore engagement in\nbhakti-yoga, pure devotional service.\nThe cream of Srimad-Bhiigavatam in the foregoing four Slokas is sometimes squeezed out by the impersonalist for different interpretations in\ntheir favor, but it should be carefully noted that the four slokas were first\ndescribed by the Personality of Godhead Himself, and thus the impersonalist has no scope to enter into them because he has no conception of\nthe Personality of Godhead. Therefore, the impersonalist may squeeze out\nany interpretations from them, but such interpretations will never be\naccepted by those who are taught in the disciplic succession from Brahma,\nas will be cleared up in the following verses. Besides that, the Sruti confirms that the Supreme Truth Absolute Personality of Godhead never\nreveals Himself to anyone who is falsely proud of his academic knowledge.\n\nThe Sruti mantra clearly says:\n\nniiyam iitmii pravacanena labhyo na medhayii na bahudhii srutena\nyam evai.§a vnmte tena labhyas tasyai.§a iitmii vivrr-ute tanurh sviim\n\n", "SB2.2#p0218": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n_\n\n532\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nThe whole matter i explained by the Lord Himself, and one who ha no\n\napproach to the Lord in His personal feature can rarely understand the\n\npurport of Srimad-Bhiigavatam without being taught by the bhiigavatas in\n\nthe disciplic succes ion.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n� ijijtf� mat ij� I\n�� ��:rti� ;r ffil�Rf Cfifrl'� II� \\911\netan matam samiit4tha\n\nparamep,a samiidhinii\n\nbhaviin kalpa-vikalpe§u\n\nna vimu hyati karhicit\n\ni ; matam-the conclusion; samiiti§ tha-remain\n\netat-thi\n\nfixed up;\n\nparamep,a-by the upreme; samiidhinii-concentration of the mind; bhaviin\n-your elf; kalpa-intermediate devastation; vikalpe§u-in the final devas­\n\ntation; na\n\nplacence.\n\nim u hya t i will never bewilder; ka rhi c it- anything like com­\n\nv\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Brahma, just follow this conclusion by fixed concentration of mind,\nand no pride will disturb you, neither in the partial nor final devastations.\"\n\nPURPORT\nAs in the Bhagavad-gitii, Tenth Chapter, the Personality of Godhead,\nLord Kr�r;ta, has summarized the whole text in four ver es, namely,\n\n\"aham sarvasya prabhava�,\" etc., so also the complete Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nal o has been summarized in four verses, as aham eviisam eviigre, etc., and the\n\nsecret purpo e of the most important Bhiigavatite conclusion is explained\nby the original speaker of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, who was also the\n\noriginal speaker of the Bhagavad-gitii, the Personality of Godhead, Lord\n\nSri Kr�r;ta. There are many grammarians and nondevotee material wranglers\n\nwho have tried to present false interpretations of these four verses of the\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, but the Lord Himself advised Brahmaji not to be\n\n", "SB2.2#p0219": "Text 37]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n533\n\ndeviated from the fixed conclusion the Lord taught him. The Lord was\n\nthe teacher of the nucleus four verses of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, and Brahma\n\nwas the receiver of the knowledge. Misinterpretation of the word aham\n\nby the word jugglery of the impersonalist should not disturb the mind of\nthe trict follower\n\nof the Srimad-Bhiigavatam. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the\n\ntext of the Personality of Godhead and His unalloyed devotees, who are\n\nalso known as the Bhiigavatas, and any outsider should have no acce ·s to\nthis confidential literature of devotional service. But unfortunate! y the\nimper onalist, who has no relation with the Supreme Per onality of\nGodhead, ometime tries to interpret Srimad-Bhiigavatam by his poor fund\n\nof knowledge in grammar and dry speculation. Therefore, the Lord warns\nBrahma (and, through Brahma, all future devotees of the Lord in the\ndisciplic succession of Brahma) that one should never be misled by the\nconclusion of the so-called grammarians or by other men with a poor fund\nof knowledge, but mu t always fix the mind properly, via the paramparii\n\nsystem. No one should try to give a new interpretation by dint of mundane\nknowledge. And the first thing, therefore, in pursuance of the system of\nknowledge received by Brahma is to approach a bona fide guru who i the\nrepre entative of the Lord following the paramparii sy tern. l o one should\n\ntry to queeze out his own meaning by imperfect mundane knowledge. The\nguru, or the bona fide spiritual master, is competent to teach the di ciple\nin the right path with reference to the context of all authentic Vedic\nliterature. He doe\n\nnot attempt to juggle words to bewilder the student.\n\nThe bona fide spiritual master, by his personal activities, teaches the\ndisciple the principles of devotional service. Without personal service, like\nthe impersonalist and dry speculators, one would go on speculating life\nafter life and would be unable to reach the final conclusion. By following\nthe instructions of the bona fide spirih1al master in conjunction with the\nprinciple of revealed scriptures, the student will rise to the plane of complete knowledge, which will be exhibited by development of detachment\nfrom the world of sense gratification. The mundane wranglers are surpri ed\nas to how one can detach himself from the world of\n\nen e gratification,\n\nand thus any attempt to be fixed in God realization appears to them to be\n\nmysticism. Thi detachment from the sen ory world is called the brahmabhuta stage of realization, the preliminary stage of tran cendental devotional life (parii bhakti{t). The brahma-bhuta stage of life is also known as the\niitmiiriima stage, in which one is fully self-sati fied and does not hanker for\nthe world of sense enjoyment. This stage of full satisfaction is the proper\nsituation for understanding the transcendental knowledge of the Person­\n\nality of Godhead. The Srimad-Bhiigavatam affirms this:\n\n", "SB2.2#p0220": "534\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\nevam prasanna-manaso bhagavat-bhakti-yogata�\n\nbhagavat-tattva·vijniinam muk ta·sangasya jayate. (Bhiig.l. 2. 20)\n\nThus in the completely satisfied stage of life, exhibited by full detachment\n\nfrom the world of ense enjoyment as the result of performing devotional\nservice, one can understand the science of God in the liberated stage.\n\nIn this stage of full satisfaction and detachment from the sensory world,\n\none can know the mystery of the science of God with aH its confidential\nintricacies,· and not by grammar or academic\n\npeculation. And because\n\nBrahma qualified himself for such reception, the Lord was pleased to\n\ndisclose the purpose of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. This direct instruction by the\n\nLord to any devotee who is detached from the world of sense gratification\n\nis possible, as is stated in the Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nte�iirit satata-yuktiiniirit bhajatiirit priti-purvakam\n\ndadiimi buddhi·yogam tam yena miim upayanti te. (Bg. 10.10)\nUnto the devotees who are constantly engaged in the transcendental\n\nloving service (priti-purvakam) of the Lord, the Lord out of His causeless\nmercy upon the devotee gives direct instructions so that the devotee may\n\nmake accurate progress on the path of returning home, back to Godhead.\n\nOne should not, therefore, try to understand these four verses of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam by mental speculation. Rather, by direct perception of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, one is able to know all about His abode,\nV aiku�tha, as was seen and experienced by Brahmaji. Such V aiku�tha\n\nrealization is possible by any devotee of the Lord situated in the transcendf:ntal position as a result of devotional service.\n\nIn the Gopiila-tiipani Upani�ad (Sruti) it is said that the Lord appeared\n\nbefore Brahmaji as \"gopa-vesome purastiid iivirbhuvaft\n\n:\n\n\"\n\nthe Lord appeared\n\nbefore Brahma as a cowboy, that is, as the original Personality of Godhead,\nLord Sri Kr��a, Govinda, who is later described by Brahmaji in his Brahma­\n\nsarithitii:\n\ncintiima!li-prakara-sadmasu kalpavrk�alak§iivrte§u surabhir abhipiilayantam\nlak§mi-sahasra-sata-sambhrama-sevyamiinarh\n\ngovindam iidi-puru�arit tam aharit bhajiimi.\n\n(Bs. 5.29)\n\nBrahmaji desires to worship the original Personality of Godhead, Lord\n\nSri Kr��a, who resides in the topmost V aiku�tha planet, known as Goloka\n\n", "SB2.2#p0221": "Text 38]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n535\n\nVrndiivana, and where He is in the habit of keeping surabhi cows as a\n\ncowboy, and where He is served by hundreds and thousands of goddesses\nof fortune (the gopis) with love and respect.\n\nTherefore Lord Sri Kr��a is the original form of the Supreme Lord\n(kmzas tu bhagaviin svayam). This is also clear in this instruction. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is Lord Kr�!J.a, and not directly Niiriiyar-a\nor puru§a-avatiiras because such manifestations are subsequent. Therefore\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam means consciousness of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead Lord Sri Kr�!J.a, and Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the sound representation of the Lord as much as the Bhagavad-gitii is. Thus the conclusion is\nthat Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the science of the Lord in which the Lord and\nHis abode are perfectly realized.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n��\n6+!tfa\\.Wc¥t'5fwit '5\\;n;ri q<�mwt'( 1\n\nq�ij«t� �it �q'tl�'twtl ;:tt�I(R: II ��II\nsri suka uviica\nsampradiSyaivam (Jjano\njaniiniim parame�thinam\npaSyatas tasya tad-riipam\niitmano nyarurwddharifi.\n\nsri sukafi. uviica-Sn Sukadeva Gosvami said; sampradiSya-thus fully\ninstructing Brahmaji; evam-thus; ajanafi.-the Supreme Lord;janiiniim-of\n\nthe living entities; parame�thinam-unto the supreme leader, Brahmii;\npasyata�-while he was seeing; tasya-His; tat-rU:pam-that transcendental\nform; iitmana{t-of the Absolute; nyarur-at-disappeared; harifi.-the Lord,\nthe Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, after being seen in His\n\ntranscendental form, instructing Brahmaji, the leader of the living entities,\ndisappeared,\" said Sukadeva Gosvami to Maharaja Pan�it.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0222": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n536\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse it is clearly mentioned that the Lord is ajana[t, or the Su­\n\n(iitmano\nrilpam) to Brahmaji while He was instructing him in the summarization of\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam in four verses. He is ajana[t, or the Supreme Person\namongst janiiniim, or all persons. All living entities are individual persons,\npreme Person, and He was showing His transcendental form\n\nand amongst all such persons Lord Hari is Supreme, as it is confirmed in the\n\nSruti mantra, nityo nityiiniim cetana.S cetaniiniim. So there is no place for\n\nimpersonal features in the transcendental world as there arc impersonal\n\nfeatures in the material world. Whenever there is cetana, or knowledge,\n\nthe per onal feature comes in. In the spiritual world everything is full\n\nof knowledge, and therefore everything in the transcendental world\nis personal; nothing is impersonal there. In the transcendental world, the\n\nland, the water, the tree, the mountain, the river, the man, the animal, the\n\nbird and everything arc all of the same quality, namely cetana, and there­\n\nfore everything there is individual and personal. Srimad-Bhiigavatam gives\n\nus this information as the supreme Vedic literature, and it was personally\n\ninstructed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead to Brahmiiji so that the\nleader of the living entities might broadcast the message to all in the uni­\n\nverse in order to teach the supreme knowledge of bhakti-yoga. Brahmaji in\n\nhis turn instructed Narada, his beloved son, the same message of SrimadBhiigavatam, and Narada, in his turn, taught the same to Vyasadcva, who\nagain taught it to Sukadeva Gosvami, and through Sukadeva Gosvami's\ngrace and by the mercy of Maharaja Parik�it we are all given Srimad­\n\nHhiigavatam perpetually to learn the science of the Absolute Personality of\nGodhead, Lord Kr��a.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n� m P«mn§t�: ,\n31��\n��� N-� m� � �������\nantarhite ndri yiirthiiya\nharaye vihitiiiijalilz\nsarva-bhutamayo vi.Svam\nsasarjedam sa purvavat\nantarhita-on disappearance; indriya-arthiiya-unto Lhe Personality of\n\nCodhead, the olljedive of all senses;haroye-unlo Lhe Lord; vihita-aiijal*-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0223": "Answers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n537\n\nin folded hands; sarva-bhuta-all living entities; may a�\n\nfull of; vi.Svam­\n\nText 39]\n\nthe universe; sas arja\n\n-\n\ncreated; idam this ; sa�\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nhe, Brahmiijl; purvavat­\n\nexactly like before.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the disappearance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari,\nwho is the object of transcendental enjoyment for the senses of devotees,\nBrahma, with folded hands, began to recreate the universe full with living\nentities, as it was previously.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, is the object for fulfilling\nthe senses of all living entities. Illusioned by the glaring reflection of the\nexternal energy, the living entities worship the senses instead of engaging\nthem properly in fulfilling the desire of the Supreme.\nIn the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya there is the following ver c:\n\nak§ino� phalarh tviidrsarh darsanarh hi\ntano� phalarh tvadrsa-gatra-sahga�\njihvii-phalarh tviidrsa-kirtanarh hi\nsudurlabha-bhiigavatarh hi loke.\n\"0 devotee of the Lord, the purpose of the visual sense is fulfilled simply\n\nby seeing you, and to touch your body is the fulfillment of this bodily\ntouch. The tongue is meant for glorifying your qualifies because in this\nworld it is very difficult to find a pure devotee of the Lord.\"\nOriginally the senses of the living entity were awarded for this purpose,\nnamely to engage them in the transcendental loving service of the Lord or\nthat of His devotees, but the conditioned souls, illusioned by the material\nenergy, became captivated by sense enjoyment. Therefore the whole pro·\ncess of God consciousness is meant to rectify the conditional activities of\nthe senses and to re-engage them in the direct service of the Lord. Lord\nBrahma thus engaged his senses in the Lord by recreating the conditioned\nLiving entities to act in the recreated universe. This material universe is thus\ncreated and annihilated by the will of the Lord. It is created to giw a\nchance to the conditioned soul to act to return home, Lack to Godhead,\nand servants like Brahmajl, Naradajl, Vyasajl and tht>ir company become\nbusy with the same purpose of the Lord: to n�claim the conditioned souls\nfrom the field of sense gratification and return them to the normal stage of\n\n", "SB2.2#p0224": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n538\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nengaging the senses in service of the Lord. Instead of doing so, i.e. converting the actions of the senses, the impersonalists began to make the\nconditioned souls sense-less, and the Lord also sense-less. That is improper\ntreatment for the conditioned souls. The diseased condition of the senses\nmay be treated by curing the defect, but not uprooting it altogether. When\nthere is some disease in the eyes, the eyes may be cured to see properly.\nPlucking out the eyes is no treatment. Similarly, the whole material\ndisease is based on the process of sense gratification, and liberation from\nthe diseased condition is to re-engage the senses to see the beauty of the\nLord, hear His glories, and act on His account. Thus Brahmajl recreated\nthe universal activities again.\n\nTEXT40\n\n���Rt�«l M�+tl� �'fA: I\n��RilW��� 11��11\nprajiipatir dharmapatir\nekadii niyamiin yamiin\nbhadrarh prajiiniim anvicchann\niit4that sviirtha-kiimyayii\nprajii pati[l -the forefather of all living entities; dharma-pati[l-the father\n-\n\nof religious life; ekadii-once upon a time; niya miin rules and regulations;\n-\n\nyamiin-principles of control; bhadram-welfare; prajiiniim-of the living\nbeings; anvicchan-desiring; iit4th a t -situated; sva-artha-own interest;\n\nkiimyayii-so desiring.\nTRANSLATION\nThus once upon a time the forefather of living entities and the father\n\nof religiousness, Lord Brahma, situated himself in the acts of regulative\nprinciples, desiring self-interest for the welfare of all living entities.\nPURPORT\n\nNo one can be situated in an exalted position without having undertaken\na regulative life of rules and regulations. An unrestricted life of sense\ngratification is animal life, and Lord Brahma, in order to teach all concerned within the jurisdiction of his generations, taught the same principles\n\n", "SB2.2#p0225": "Text 42]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n539\n\nof sense control for executing higher duties. He desired the welfare of\neveryone as servants of God, and anyone desiring the welfare of the\nmembers of his family and generations must conduct a moral, religious\nlife. The highest life of moral principles is to become a devotee of the Lord\nbecause one who is a pure devotee of the Lord has all the good qualities\nof the Lord. On the other hand, one who is not a devotee of the Lord,\nhowever qualified he may be in the mundane sense of the term, cannot be\nqualified with any good quality worthy of the name. The pure devotees of\nthe Lord, like Brahma and persons in the chain of disciplic succession, do\nnot do anything to instruct their subordinates without acting accordingly\nthemselves.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n�. �: Pt�Ht¥11 ft¥lti:\\1'1¥taiHt: I\n1�: � 31� � :q II'JoJ I\n0..\n\ntam niirada[t priyatamo\nrikthiidiiniim anuvrata[t\nsusrii�amiir-alt silena\npra5rayer-a damena ca\ntam-unto him; niirada[t-the great sage Narada; p riyatama [t- very dear;\nrikthiidiiniim-of the inheritor sons; anuvrota[t-very obedient; susrii§amiir-aft-always ready to serve; silena-by good behavior; pra5rayer-a-by\nmeekness; dam e na\n\n-\n\nby sense control; ca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNarada, the most dear of the inheritor sons of Brahma, alw ays ready\nto serve his father, strictly follows the instructions of his father by his\n\nmannerly behavior, meekness and sense control.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n� RRfa;'t'{NtoM� ¥1�tuPt: 1\n�tttffi �� mR 'Ff€i1'4ft(\\ I I'll� II\n\n", "SB2.2#p0226": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n540\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nmiiyiirh vividi�an v4rwr\nmiiyesasya mahii-muni�\nmahii-bhiigavato riijan\npitararh paryato�ayat\nmiiyiim-energies; vividi�an-desiring to know; vi�rw�-of the Personality\nof Godhead; miiyii-isasya-of the master of all energies; mahii-mun*-the\n\ngreat\n\nage; mahii-bhiigavata�-the first-class devotee of the Lord; riijan-\n\n0 King; pitaram-unto his father; paryato�ayat-very much pleased.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNarada very much pleased his father and desired to know all about the\n\nenergies of Vi�I)U, the master of all energies, for he [ Narada] was the\n\ngreatest of all sages and greatest of all devotees, 0 King.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Brahma, being the creator of all living beings in the universe, is\n\noriginally the father of several well-known sons, like Dak�a, the Sanakas,\n\nand Narada. In three departments of human knowledge, namely fruitive\nwork (karma-kiirtfla), transcendental knowledge (jiiiina-kiirfla), and devo­\n\ntional service (upiisanii-kiirtfla), disseminated by the Vedas, Devar�i Narada\ninherited from his father Brahma devotional service, whereas the Dak�as\n\ninherited from their father fruitive work, and Sanaka, Sanatana, etc.,\ninherited from their father information about jfiiina-kiirfla, or transcen­\n\ndental knowledge. But out of them all, Narada is described here as the\n\nmost beloved son of Brahma because of good behavior, obedience, meekness and readiness to render service unto the father. And Narada is famous\nas the greatest of all sages because of his being the greatest of all devotees.\n\nNarada is the spiritual master of many famous devotees of the Lord. He is\n\nspiritual master of Prahlada, Dhruva and Vyasa, down to the forest animal\nhunter Kirata. His only business is to turn everyone to the transcendental\nloving service of the Lord. Therefore all these features of Narada make\n\nhim the dearmost son of his father, and all this is due to Narada's being a\nfirst-class devotee of the Lord. The devotees are always anxious to know\n\nmore and more about the Supreme Lord, the master of all energies. As\nis confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii:\n\n", "SB2.2#p0227": "Text 43)\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n541\n\nmac-citta mad-gata -priittii bodhayanta� parasparam\nkathayantas ca miirh nityarh tu§yanti ca ramanti ca\n(Bg. 10.9)\n\nThe Supreme Lord is unlimited, and His energies are also unlimited. No\n\none can know them completely. Brahmaji, being the greatest living entity\nwithin this universe and being directly instructed by the Lord, must know\n\nmore than anyone within this universe, although such knowledge may not\n\nbe complete, and thus it is the duty of everyone to ask about the unlimited Lord from the spiritual master in the disciplic succession of Brahma,\n\nwhich descends from\n\narada to Vyasa, from Vyasa to Sukadeva and so on.\n\nTEXT 43\n\ntU§tarh niSiimya pitararh\nlokiiniirh prapitiimaham\ndeva�i� paripapraccha\nbhaviin yan miinuprcchati\ntu §tam satisfied; niSiimya-after seeing; pitaram-the father; lokiiniim-\n\nof the whole universe; prapitiimaham-the great-grandfather; devar§*- the\n\ngreat sage Narada; paripapraccha- inquired ; bhaviin\nmii-from me; anuprc cha ti\n\n-\n\ninquiring.\n\n-\n\nyourself ; yat- as it is;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada also inquired in detail from his father Brahma,\nthe great-grandfather of all the universe, after seeing him well satisfied.\nPURPORT\nThe process of understanding spiritual or transcendental knowledge\n\nfrom the realized person is not exactly like asking an ordinary question\n\nfrom the schoolmaster. The schoolmasters in the modern days are paid\n\n", "SB2.2#p0228": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n542\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nagents for giving some information, but the spiritual master is not a paid\nagent. Nor can he impart instruction without being authorized. In the\n\nBhagavad-gitii, the process of understanding transcendental knowledge is\ndirected as follows:\n\ntad viddhi pra[!ipiitena pariprasnena sevayii\nupadeh§yanti te jniina1h jniininas tattva-darsinaft\nArjuna was advised to receive transcendental knowledge from the realized\n\nperson by surrender, questions and service. Receiving transcendental know­\n\nledge is not like exchanging dollars; such knowledge has to be received by\n\nservice to the spiritual master. As Brahmaji received the knowledge directly\n\nfrom the Lord by satisfying Him fully, similarly one has to receive the\n\ntranscendental knowledge from the spiritual master by satisfying him. The\n\nspiritual master's satisfaction is the means of assimilating transcendental\nknowledge. One cannot understand transcendental knowledge simply by\nbecoming a grammarian. The Vedas declared:\n\nyasya deve parii bhaktir yathii deve tathii gurau\ntasyaite kathitii hy art haft prahiisante mahiitmana[l\n\"Only unto one who has unflinching devotion to the Lord and to the\n\nspiritual master does transcendental knowledge become automatically\n\nrevealed.\" Such a relationship between the disciple and the spiritual master\n\nis eternal. One who is now the disciple is the next spiritual master. And one\n\ncannot be a bona fide and authorized spiritual master unless one has been\nstrictly obedient to his spiritual master. Brahmaji, as disciple of the\n\nSupreme Lord, received the real knowledge and imparted it to his dear\n\ndisciple Narada, and similarly Narada, as spiritual master, handed over this\n\nknowledge to Vyasa and so on. Therefore the so-called formal spiritual master and disciple are not facsimiles of Brahma and Narada or Narada or\n\nVyasa. The relationship between Brahma and Narada is reality, while the\n\nso-called formality is the relation between the cheater and cheated. It is\n\nclearly mentioned herewith that Narada is not only well behaved, meek\n\nand obedient, but is also self-controlled. One who is not self-controlled,\n\nspecifically in sex life, can neither become a disciple nor a spiritual master.\n\nOne must have disciplinary training in controlling speaking, anger, tongue,\n\nmind, belly and the genitals. One who has controlled the particular senses\nmentioned above is called a\n\ngosviimi. Without becoming a gosviimi one\n\ncan neither become a disciple nor a spiritual master. The so-called spiritual\n\n", "SB2.2#p0229": "Text 44]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n543\n\nmaster without sense control is certainly the cheater, and the di ciple of\n\nsuch a so-called spiritual master is the cheated_\n\nOne should not think of Brahmaji as a dead great-grandfather, a\n\nwe\n\nhave experience in this planet. He is the oldest great-grandfather, and he\nis still living, and Narada is also living. The age of the inhabitants of the\n\nBrahmaloka planet is mentioned in the Bhagavad-gitii. The inhabitants of\nthis small planet earth can hardly calculate even the duration of one day\n\nof Brahma.\n\nTEXT 44\n\ntasmii idam bhiigavatam\n\npuriirwm da.Sa-lak�af�-am\n\nproktam bhagavatii priiha\n\npritaft putriiya bhiita-krt\n\ntasmai-thereupon; idam-this; bhiigavatam-the glories of the Lord or\n\nthe science of the Lord; puriif�-am-Vedic supplementary; dasa-lak§arwm­\n\nten characteristics; proktam-described; bhagavatii-by the Personality of\n\nGodhead; priiha-said; pritaft-in satisfaction; putriiya-unto the son;\nbhiita-krt-the\n\ncreator of the universe.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereupon the supplementary Vedic literature, Srimad-Bhagavatam,\nwhich was described by the Personality of Godhead and contains ten\ncharacteristics, was· told by the father [Brahma] to his son Narada with\nsatisfaction.\nPURPORT\nAlthough the Srimad-Bhiigavatam was spoken in four verses, it had ten\n\ncharacteristics which will be explained in the next chapter. In the four\n\nverses it is first said that the Lord existed before the creation, and thus the\nbeginning of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam includes the\n\nVediinta aphorism,\n\n", "SB2.2#p0230": "[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n544\n\njanmiidyasya. ]anmiidyasya is the beginning, yet the four verses in which\n\nit is said that the Lord is the root of everything that be, beginning\n\nfrom the creation up to the supreme abode of the Lord, naturally\n\nexplain\n\nthe\n\nten\n\ncharacteristics.\n\nOne\n\nshould not misunderstand by\n\nwrong interpretations that the Lord spoke only four verses, and therefore\n\nall the rest of the 17,994 verses are all useless. The ten characteristics, as\n\nwill be explained in the next chapter, require so many verses just to ex·\n\nplain them properly. Brahmaji also advised Narada previously that he\n\nshould expand the idea that he had heard from Brahmaji. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu instructed this to Srila Rupa Gosvami in a nutshell, but the\n\ndisciple Rupa Gosvami expanded this very elaborately, and the same\n\nsubject was further expanded by Jiva Gosvami and even further by Sri\nVisvanatha Cakravartl Thakur. We are just trying to follow in the foot­\n\nsteps of all these authorities. So Srimad-Bhiigavatam is not like ordinary\n\nfiction or mundane literature. It is unlimited in strength, and however one\n\nmay expand it to one's own capacity, Bhiigavatam still cannot be finished\nby such expansion. Srimad-Bhiigavatam, being the sound representation\n\nof the Lord, is simultaneously explained in four verses, as well as in four\n\nbillions of verses all the same, inasmuch as the Lord is smaller than the\natom and bigger than the unlimited sky. Such is the potency of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam.\n\nTEXT 45\n\n�: � � fH((4�Ra! orr r\n� ;{{If. � ottl«l�lf'ldij'S(ij- l'd�l\nniiradaft priiha munaye\nsarasvatyiis tate nrpa\ndhyiiyate brahma paramarh\nvyiisiiyiimita-tejase\n\nniiradaft-the great sage Narada; priiha-instructcd; munaye-unto the\n\ngreat sage; sarasvatyii�-of the River Sarasvati; tate-on the hank; nrpa-\n\n0 King;dhyiiyate-unto the meditative; brahma-AbsoluteTruth;paramam\n-the Supreme; vyiisiiya-unto Snl.a Vyasadeva; amita unlimited ; tejase-\n\nunto the powerful.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0231": "Text 45]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n545\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn succession, 0 King, the great sage, Narada, instructed SrimadBhagavatam unto the u nlimitedly powerful Vyasadeva, who meditated in\ndevotional service upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Absolute\nTruth, on the bank of the River Sarasvati.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Fifth Chapter of the First Canto of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, Narada\ninstructed the great sage Vyasadeva as follows:\n\natho mahii-bhiiga bhaviin amogha-drk\nsuci-sravii� satya-rato dhrta-vrata�\n\nurukramas yiikhila-bandha-muktaye\nsamiidhiniinusmara tad vice�titam\n\"0 greatly fortunate, pious philosopher, your name and fame are universal,\nand you are fixed in the Absolute Truth with spotless character and infallible vision. I ask you to meditate upon the activities of the Personality\nof Godhead, whose activities are unparalleled.\"\nSo in the disciplic succession of the Brahma-sampradaya, the practice\n\nof yoga meditation is not neglected. But because the devotees are bhakti­\n\nyogis, they do not undertake the trouble to meditate upon the impersonal\n\nBrahman, but, as is indicated here, on Brahma Paramam or the Supreme\nBrahman. Brahman realization begins from the impersonal effulgence, but\nby further progress of such meditation, manifestation of the Supreme Soul,\nParamatma realization, takes place. And progressing further, realization of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead is fixed. Sri Niirada Muni, as the\n\nspiritual master of Vyasadeva, knew very well the position of Vyasadeva,\n\nand thus he certified the qualities of Srila Vyasadeva as fixed in the Absolute Truth with great vow, etc. He advised meditation upon the transcendental activities of the Lord. Impersonal Brahman has no activities, but the\nPersonality of Godhead has many activities, and all such activities are\ntranscendental without any tinge of material quality. 1f the activities of\n\nthe Supreme Brahman would have been material activities, then Narada\n\nwould not have advised Vyasadeva to meditate upon them. And the\n\nParam Brahman is Lord Sri Kr�!la, as is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nIn the Tenth Chapter of the Bhagavad-gitii, when Arjuna realized the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0232": "[Canto 2, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n546\n\nfactual position of Lord Kr�tJa, he addressed Lord Kr�tta in the following\n\nwords:\n\npararh brahma pararh dhiima pavitrarh paramarh bhaviin\npuru§arh siisvatarh divyam iidi-devam ajarh vibhum\niihus tviim r�aya� sarve devar�ir niiradas tathii\nasito devalo vyiisa� svayarh caiva brav�i me (Bg. 10.12-13)\nArjuna summarized the purpose of the Bhagavad-gitii by his realization of\nLord Sri Kr�J}a and thus said, \"My dear Personality of Godhead, You are\n\nthe Supreme Absolute Truth, the Original Person in the eternal form of\nbliss and knowledge, and this is confirmed by Narada, Asita, Devala and\nVyasadeva, and, above all, Your personal self has also confirmed it.\"\n\nWhen Vyasadeva fixed his mind in meditation, he did it in bhakti-yoga\n\ntrance and actually saw the Supreme Person with miiyii, the illusory energy,\nin contraposition. As we have discussed before, the Lord's\n\nmiiyii or\n\nillusion is also a representation because miiyii has no existence without the\nLord. Darkness is not independent of light. Without light, no one can\n\nexperience the contraposition of darkness. But this miiyii or illusion can­\n\nnot overcome the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but stands apart from\nHim (apiisrayam).\n\nTherefore, perfection of meditation is to realize the Personality of God­\n\nhead along with His transcendental activities. Meditation on the impersonal\n\nBrahman is a troublesome business for the meditator, as is confirmed in\nthe Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nkleso 'dhikataras te�iim avyaktiisakta-cetasiim\n\n(Bg. 12.5)\n\nTEXT 46\n\n� � W � �lfa:G\\4( I\n��SI��t���t: II'<��II\nyad utiiharh tvayii PHto\nvairiijiit puru�iid idam\nyathiisit tad upiikhyiiste\nprasniin anyiirhs ca krtsnasa�\n\n", "SB2.2#p0233": "Text 46]\n\nAnswers by Citing the Lord's Version\n\n547\n\nyat-what;uta-is, however; aham-I; tvaya-by you; p n t afl - I am asked;\n\nvairajat-from the universal form; puru§at-from the Personality of God­\n\nhead; idam-this world; yathii-as it; ii s it\n\n-\n\nwas; tat-that; upiikhyiiste-\n\n1 shall explain; prllSnan-all the questions; anyiin-others; ca-as well as;\n\nkrtsnasa{l-in great detaiL\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, your questions as to how the universe became manifested\nfrom the gigantic form of the Personality of Godhead, as well as other\nquestions, I shall answer in detail by the explanation of the four verses\nalready m entioned.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the beginning of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, this great tran­\n\nscendental literature is the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic knowledge,\n\nand therefore all questions that can be humanly possible regarding the\nuniversal affairs, beginning from its creation, are all answered in the\n\n$rimad-Bhiigavatam. It depends only on the qualification of the person\n\nwho explains. The ten divisions of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, as explained by\n\nthe great speaker Srila Sukadeva Gosvam'i, are the limitation of all ques­\n\ntions, and intelligent persons will derive all intellectual benefits from\nthem by proper utilization.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Second Canto, Ninth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad Bha gavatam\n-\n\nLord's Version.\"\n\n,\n\nentitled \"Answers by Citing the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0234": "CHAPTER TEN\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\nto All Questions\nTEXT I\n\n� '3e1Rr\nat;r wr1 �� � m�: I\n'4\"4�������qI WNf ij�: II � II\nAri suka uviica\natra sargo visargai ca\nsthiinarh po§artam utayal).\nmanvantaresanukathii\nnirodho muktir iiSraya�\nsri\n\nsuka�\n\nuviica-Sukadeva\n\nGosvami\n\nsaid;\n\natra-in\n\nthis\n\n$rimad­\n\nBhiigavatam; sarga� -statement of the creation of the universe; visarga[l.statement\n\nof\n\nsubcreation;\n\nca-also;\n\nsthiinam-the\n\nplanetary system;\n\npo§a!lam-protection; iitaya[l.-creative impetus; manvantara\n\n-\n\nchanges of\n\nManus; iSa-anukathiil).-science of God; n ir o dha� -going back home, back\n\nto Godhead; m ukti [l\n\n-\n\nliberatio n ; asrayal).-the summum bonum.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosvami said: \"In the Srimad-Bhagavatam there are ten divi­\n\nsions of statements regarding the following: creation of the universe,\n\nsubcreation, planetary systems, protection by the Lord, creative impetus,\nchange of Manus, science of God, return to home, back to Godhead,\nliberation, and the summum bonum.\nTEXT 2\n\n� �'g'l(�� ..ql'11fil(\n\n�I\n�� '4(1�+u'1: ���II� II\n549\n\n", "SB2.2#p0235": "[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam\n\n550\n\ndasamasya viSuddh y-artham\nnaviiniim iha lhk�aram\nvarrayanti mahiitmiinafl,\nsruteniirthena ciiiijasii\ndasamasya-of the summum bonum; visuddhi-isolation; artham- pur pose; naviiniim-of the other nine; iha-in this Srimad-Bhiigavatam;\nlak§a!Wm-symptoms; va qwyanti -they describe; mahii-iitmiinafl-the great\nsages; snitena-by Vedic evidences; arthena-by direct explanation; ca-or;\naii.jasii-summar ily\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn order to eliminate transcendence of the summum bonum, the\nsymptoms of the rest are described sometimes by Vedic inference, sometimes by direct explanation, and sometimes by summary explanation giveQ\nby the great sages.\nTEXT 3\n\n�f� ���:1\n� -g1Jl�'4+l41�fcf : �: �(f: II� 11\nbhuta-miitrendriya-dhiyiim\njanma sarga udiihrtal;t\nbrahmaro gura-vai�amyiid\nvisargafl pauru§a[l sm[la[l\nbhuta- the five gross elements like the sky etc.; miitrii obj e cts perceived\nby the senses; indriya-the senses; dhiyam-of the mind;janma-creation;\n,\n\n-\n\nsargaft-manifestation; udahrtafl-is called the creation; brahma'{taft-of\n\nBrahma, the first puru§a; gu'{ta-vai§amyat-by interaction of the three\nmodes\n\nof\n\nnature; uisargaft-recreation; pauru§aft-resultant\n\nactivities;\n\nsmrtafl- it is so known.\nTRANSLATION\nThe elementary creation of sixteen items of matter-namely the five\nelements [fire, water, land, air and sky], sound, form, taste, smell, touch,\neyes, ears, nose, tqngue, skin and mind-is known as sarga, whereas subsequent resultant interaction of the modes of material nature is called\nvisarga.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn order to e x plai n the ten divisional symptoms of the SrimadBhiigavatam, there are seven continuous verses. The first of these under\n\n", "SB2.2#p0236": "Text 4]\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n551\n\nreference pertains to the sixteen elementary manifestations of earth,\nwater, etc., with material ego composed of material intelligence and\nmind, and the subsequent creation is a result of the reactions of the abovementioned sixteen energies of the first puru�a, the Maha-Vi��u incarnation\nof Govinda, as is later on explained by Brahma in his treatise the Brahma­\n\nsarhhitii as follows:\nyafl kiirar-iiTTLava-jale bhajati sma yoganidriim ananta-jagadar-fla-saromakupafl\niidhiira-saktim avalambya pariirh sva-miirtirh\ngovindam iidi-puru§arh tamaharh bhajiimi\n\n(B.s. 5.4 7)\n\nThe first puru�a incarnation of Govinda, Lord Kr��a, known as the\nMaha-Vi�!}.U, goes into a yoga-nidrii mystic sleep, and the innumerable\nuniverses are situated in potency in each and every hair hole of His transcendental body.\nAI:, is mentioned in the previous verse, srutena (or with reference to the\nVedic conclusions), the creation is made possible from the Supreme Personality of Godhead directly by manifestation of His particular energies.\nWithout such a Vedic reference, the creation appears to be a product of\nmaterial nature, and this conclusion comes from a poor fund of knowledge.\nFrom Vedic reference it is concluded that the origin of all energies (namely\ninternal, external, and marginal) is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nAnd as has been explained hereinbefore, the illusory conclusion is that\ncreation is made by the inert material nature. The Vedic conclusion is\ntranscendental light, whereas the non-Vedic conclusion is material darkness. The internal potency of the Supreme Lord is identical with the\nSupreme Lord, and the external potency is enlivened in contact with the\ninternal potency. The parts and parcels of the internal potency which react\nin contact with the external potency are called the marginal potency, or\nthe living entities.\nThus the original creation is directly from the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, or Param Brahman, and the secondary creation, as reactionary\nresultant of the original ingredients, is made by Brahma, and the activities\nof the whole universe are thus started.\nTEXT\n\n4\n\nmRf�tO&N\\JI�: � ��atlc:: I\n+t;;.c9'6(ifUI � �: •tttRi-cH II � II\n\n", "SB2.2#p0237": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n552\n\n[Canto 2, Ch_ 10\n\nst hitir vaikur-tha-vijaya�\npo�ar-arh trul-anugraha�\nmanvantariir-i sad-dharma\nutaya� karma-viisanii�\nsthit*-right situation; vaikur-tha-vijaya�-victory of the Lord of Vai­\n\nkurttha; po§ar-am maintenance ; tat-anugraha�-His causeless mercy; man-\n\nvantar iir-i-reign of the Manus; sat-dharmafz.-perfect occupational duty;\niltayafz.-impetus to work; karma- viisaniifz.-desire for fruitive work.\nTRANSLATION\nThe right situation for the living entities is to obey the laws o f the Lord\n\nand thus be in perfect peace of mind under the protection of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. The Manus and their laws are meant to give right\n\ndirection in life. The impetus of activity is the desire for fruitive work.\nPURPORT\n\nThis material world is created, maintained for some time, and again\n\nannihilated by the will of the Lord. The ingredients for creation and the\n\nsubordinate creator, Brahma, are first created by Lord Vi�!J.U in His first\nand second incarnations. The first Puru§a incarnation is Maha-Vi�!J.U, and\n\nthe second Puru�a incarnation is the Garbhodakasayi Vi�rtu, from whom\nBrahma is created. The third Puru�a avatiira is the K�irodakasayi Vi�!J.u,\n\nwho lives as the Supersoul of everything in the universe and maintains the\n\ncreation generated by Brahma. Siva is one of the many sons of Brahma,\nand he annihilates the creation. Therefore the original creator of the\n\nuniverse is Vi�!lu, and He is also maintainer of the created beings by His\ncauseless mercy. As such, it is the duty of all conditioned souls to ac­\n\nknowledge the· victory of the Lord and thus become pure devotees and\n\nlive peacefully in this world where miseries and dangers of life are always\n\nin existence. The conditioned souls who take this material creation as the\n\nplace for satisfaction of the senses, and thus are illusioned by the external\n\nenergy of Vi�!lu, remain again to be subjected to laws of material nature,\n\ncreation and destruction.\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii it is said that beginning from the topmost planet\n\nof this universe down to the lowest planet, the Patalaloka, all are de­\n\nstructible, and the conditioned souls may travel in space either by good or\nbad work or by the modern spacecraft, but they are sure to die everywhere,\n\n", "SB2.2#p0238": "Bhagavatam is the Answer\n\nText 5]\n\n553\n\nalthough the duration of life in different planets is different. The only\nmeans to attain eternal life is to go back home, back to Godhead, where\nthere is no more rebirth as in the material planets. The conditioned souls,\nbeing unaware of this very simple fact by forgetting the relationship with\nthe Lord of V aikutitha, try to plan out a permanent life in this material\nworld, being illusioned by the external energy, and thus become engaged\nin various types of economic and religious development of life, forgetting\nthat they are meant for going back home, back to Godhead. This forgetful­\n\nness is so strong due to the influence of miiyii that the conditioned souls\ndo not at all want to go back to Godhead. By sense enjoyment they\n\nbecome victims of birth and death repeatedly and thus spoil human lives\nwhich are chances for going back to Vi�tiU· The directive scriptures made\n\nby the Manus at different ages and millenniums are called sad-dharma,\ngood guidance for the human beings, who should take up the advantage of\n\nall the revealed scriptures on their own interest to make life's succe sful\ntermination. The creation is not false, but it is a temporary manifestation\njust to give a chance for the conditioned souls to go back to Godhead. And\nthe desire to go back to Godhead and functions performed in that direction\nare the right path of work. When such a regulative path is accepted, the\nLord gives all protection to His devotees by His causeless mercy, while the\nnondevotees risk their own activities to bind themselves up in the chain of\n\nfruitive reactions. The word sad-dharma is significant in this connection.\nSad-dharma, or duty performed for going back to Godhead and thus\nbecoming His unalloyed devotee, is the only pious activity; all others may\nbe pretendingly pious, but actually they are not so. It is for this reason\nonly that the Lord advises in the Bhagavad-gitii to give up all so-called\n\nreligious activities and be completely engaged in the devotional service of\nthe Lord in order to become free from all anxieties due to the dangerous\nlife of material existence. To work situated in the sad-dharma is the right\ndirection of life. One's aim of life should be to go back home, back to\nGodhead, and not be subjected to repeated births and deaths in the material world by getting good or bad bodies for temporary existence.\nHerein lies the intelligence of human life, and one should desire the activities of life in that way.\n\nTEXT 5\n\n��Hi3:t:tf(d\nnifl�l�qi{;W\\1( I\n�IJO�!MHqW11W1R�iw\\1q�: II� II\n\n", "SB2.2#p0239": "S rim ad -Bhagavatam\n\n554\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\navat iiriin ucaritam\nhares ciisyiinuvartiniim\npumsiim iSa-kathiifl. proktii\nniiniik hyiino pabrrhhitiifl.\nauatiira-incarnation of Godhead; anucaritam-activities; harefl, -of the\nPersonality of Godhead; ca-also; asya- of His; anuvartiniim-followers;\npu m sii m -of the persons; isa kathiifl.\n-\n\n-\n\nscience of God; proktiifl,-i\n\nsaid;\n\nniinii- various; iikhyiina- narrations; upabrmhitiifl.-described.\nTRANSLATION\nThe science of God describes the incarnations of the Personality of\nGodhead and His different activities together with the activities of His\ngreat devotees.\nPURPORT\nDuring the course of existence of the cosmic manifestation, the chronology of )'tistory is created, recording the activities of the living entities.\nPeople in general have a tendency to learn history and narrations of\ndifferent men and times, but due to lack of knowledge in the science of\nGodhead, they are not apt to study the history of the incarnations of the\nPersonality of Godhead. It should always be remembered that the material\ncreation is created for the salvation of the conditioned souls. The merciful\nLord, out of His causeless mercy, descends in the material world to various\nplanets and acts for the salvation of the conditioned souls. That makes the\nhistory and narrations worth reading. Srimad-Bhiigavatam offers such\ntranscendental topics of the Lord in relationship with great devotees.\nTherefore the topics of the devotees and the Lord are to be given respectful aural reception.\nTEXT 6\n\n�S�IS�i401Wl�: � �Rfif'l: I\nURfifi�l;401ql� mut otfq�� : II � II\nnirodho 'syiinusayanam\niitmanafl. saha saktibhifl.\nmuktir hitviinyathii riipam\nsva-riiperza vyavasthitifl.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0240": "Bhagavatam is the Answer\n\nText 6]\nniro dhaft- winding\n\nup\n\nof\n\n555\n\nlhe cosmic manifestation; asya-of His;\n\nanusayanam-lying down of the Puru�a incarnation .Maha-Vi�I)U in mystic\n\nslumber; iitmanaft-of the living entities; saha\nthe energies;\n\n-\n\nalong with; sak t ibhift- with\n\nmuktift-liberation; hit vii-giving up; anyathii- otherwise ;\n\nmpam- form; sva riipe r-a\n-\n\n-\n\nin constitutional form; vyavasthitift-permanent\n\nsituation.\nTRA N S LATION\nWhen the living entity, along with his conditional living tendency,\nmerges with the mystic lying down of the Maha-Vi�!lu, it is called the\nwinding up of the cosmic manifestation. Liberation is the permanent\nsituation of the form of the living entity after giving up the changeable\nmaterial gross and subtle bodies.\nPURPORT\n\nAs we have discussed several times, there are two types of living entities.\nMost of them are ever liberated, or nitya-muktas, while some of them are\never conditioned. The ever conditioned souls are apt to develop a mentality\nof lording over the material nature, and therefore the material cosmic\ncreation is manifested to give the ever conditioned souls two kinds of\nfacilities. One facility is that the conditioned soul can act according to his\ntendency to lord it over the cosmic manifestation, and the other facility\nis to give a chance to the conditioned soul to come back to Godhead. So\nafter the winding up of the cosmic manifestation, most of the conditioned\nsouls merge into the existence of the Maha-Vi�!lu Personality of Godhead,\nlying in His mystic slumber, to be recreated again when there will be the\nnext creation. But some of the conditioned souls, who follow the transcendental sound in the form of Vedic literatures and are thus able to go\nback to Godhead, attain spiritual and original bodies after quitting the\nmaterial conditional gross and subtle bodies. The material conditional\nbodies develop out of the living entities' forgetfulness of the relationship\nwith Godhead, and during the course of the cosmic manifestation, the\nconditioned souls are given a chance to revive their original status of life\nby the help of revealed scriptures, so mercifully compiled by the Lord in\nHis different incarnations. Reading or hearing of such transcendental\nliteratures helps one to become liberated even in the conditional state of\nmaterial.existence. The whole Vedic literatures aim at devotional service\nof the Personality of Godhead, and as soon as one is fixed to this point, he\nat once becomes liberated from the conditional life. The material gross\n\n", "SB2.2#p0241": "Sriinad-Bhagavatam\n\n556\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nand subtle forms are simply due to ignorance of the conditioned soul, and\nas soon as he is fixed in the devotional service of the Lord, he becomes\neligible to be freed from the conditioned state. This devotional service is\ntranscendental attraction for the Supreme on account of the latter's being\nthe source of all pleasing humors. Everyone is after some pleasure of humor\nfor enjoyment, but does not know the supreme source of all attraction\n\n(rasa vai sa rasarh hy eviiyarh labdhviinandi bhavati). The Vedic hymns\n\ninform everyone about the supreme source of all pleasure; the unlimited\nfountainhead of all pleasure is the Personality of Godhead, and one who is\nfortunate enough to get this information through the transcendental\n\nliteratures like Srimad-Bhiigavatam becomes permanently liberated to\noccupy one's proper place in the kingdom of God.\n\nTEXT 7\n\n�� qm s �\\�t«W�� I\n� 3(1�: qt q q(+tk�Rt � II \\9 II\n��\n\niibhiisa.S ca nirodha.S ca\nyato 'sty adhyavasiyate\nsa iisraya� pa rarh brahma\np aramiitmeti sabdyate\niib hiisa� - t he cosmic manifestation; ca-and; nirodha� and its winding\nup; ca-also; yata� from the source; as ti- is; adhyavasiyate-become\n-\n\n-\n\nmanifested; saft-He; iisrayaft-reservoir; param-the Supreme; brahmaBe i ng; pa ramiitmii-the Supersoul; iti-thus; sab dyate- c all ed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe supreme one who is celebrated as the Supreme Being or the\n\nSupreme Soul is the supreme source of the cosmic manifestation as well as\n\nits reservoir and winding up. Thus He is the Supreme Fountainhead\n\nAbsolute Truth.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSynonyms of the supreme source of all energies, as explained in the yery\n\nbeginning of the Srimad-Bhiigatavam, are janmiidyasya yata�, vadanti tat\n\n", "SB2.2#p0242": "Text 7)\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n557\n\ntattvavidas tattvam yaj jiiiinam advayam, brahmeti paramiitmeti bhagaviin\niti sabdyate, called Param Brahma, Paramatma or Bhagavan. The word iti\nused here in the verse completes the synonyms and thus indicates Bhagavan.\nThis will be further explained in the later verses, but this Bhagavan means\n\nultimately Lord Kr�JJa because the Srima�-Bhiigavatam has already accepted\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead as Krl?r:ta. Kmws tu bhagaviin svayam.\nThe original source of all energies or the summum bonum is the Absolute\nTruth which is called Param Brahma, etc., and Bhagavan is the last word of\nthe Absolute Truth. But even with the synonyms of Bhagavan, such as\nNarayal).a, Vi�I).U, Puru�a, etc., the last word is Kr!l).a, as confirmed in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii: aham sarvasya prabhavo malta� sarvam pravartate, etc.\nBesides that, the Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the representation of Lord Kr��a\nas sound incarnation of the Lord. KnTJe sva-dhiimopagate dharmajiiiiniidibhi� saha/ kalau na�ta-drsiim e§a� puriir-iirko'dhunodita�. Thus by\ngeneral conclusion Lord Kr�Qa is the ultimate source of all energies, and the\nword Kr�Qa means that. And to explain Kr�Qa or the science of Kr�Qa, the\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam has been prepared. In the First Canto of SrimadBhiigavatam this truth is indicated in the questions and answers by Suta\n\nGosvami and great sages like Saunaka, etc., and in the First and Second\nChapters of the canto this is explained. In the Third Chapter this subject\nis more explicit, and in the Fourth Chapter even more explicit. In the\nSecond Canto the Absolute Truth as the Personality of Godhead is further\nemphasized, and the indication is the Supreme Lord Kr�J).a. The summary\n\nof Srimad-Bhiigavatam in four verses, as we have already discussed, is\nsuccinct. This Supreme Personality of Godhead in the ultimate issue is\n\nconfirmed by Brahma in his Brahma-samhitii as iSvara� parama� kr§rta�\n\nsac-cid-Gnanda-vigraha�. So it is concluded in the Third Canto of the\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam. The complete subject matter is elaborately explained\nin the Tenth and Eleventh Cantos of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam. In the matter\nof changes of the Manus of manvantaras, such as the Sviiyambhuva manvantara and Ciik§U§a manvantara, as they are discussed in the Third, Fourth,\nFifth, Sixth and Seventh Cantos of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, Lord Kril).a is\nindicated. In the Eighth Canto V aivasvata manvantara explains the same\nsubject indirectly, and in the Ninth Canto the same purport is there. In the\nTwelfth Canto the same is further explained, specifically regarding the\ndifferent incarnations of the Lord. Thus it is concluded by studying the\n\ncomplete Srimad-Bhiigavatam that Lord Sri Kr�l).a is the ultimate summum\nbonum, or the ultimate source of all energy. And according to the grades\n\nof worshipers, the indications of the nomenclature may be differently\nexplained as Narayal).a, Brahma, Paramatma, etc.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0243": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n558\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 8\n\n;;(Ts\\lfl�� �:��: I\n\n�: � ��N�Rt�: II l II\nyo 'dhyiitmiko 'yam puru§a�\nso 'siiv eviidhidaivika�\nyas tatrobhayaviccheda�\npuru§o hyiidhibhautika�\n\nyaft-one who; adhyiitmika�-is possessed of the sense organs; ayamthis; puru§alt- personality; sa[!- he; as au-that; eva-also; adhidaivika[tcontrolling deil y ;ya[t- that which; tatra-there; ubhaya-of both; vicchedaft\n-separation; puru§aft-person; hi-for; iidhibhautikaft-the vi ible body or\nthe embodied living entity.\nTRANSLATION\nThe individual person possessing different instruments of senses is\n\ncalled the adhyatmic person, and the individual controlling deity of the\nsenses is called adhidaivic. And the embodiment which is seen on the eye­\n\nballs is called the adhibhautic person.\n\nPURPORT\nThe supreme controlling summum bonum is the Personality of Godhead\nin His plenary portion of Paramii.tmii. or the Supersoul manifestation. In\nthe Bhagavad-gitii it is said:\n\nathavii bahunaitena him jiiiitena taviirjuna\nvi.§tabhyiiham idarh hrtsnam ekiirhsena sthito jagat\n\"All the controlling deities like Vi�r;tu, Brahmii. and Siva are different\nmanifestations of the Paramii.tmii. feature of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead Sri Kr�r;ta, and He exhibits himself in such manners by entering\ninto each and every universe generated from Him.\" (Bg. 10.42) But still\napparently\n\nthere are divisions of the controller and controlled. For\n\nexample, in the food-controlling department the controller of food i:; a\n\nperson made of the same ingredients as the person who is controlled.\n\nSimilarly, each and every individual in the material world is con trolkd by\n\n", "SB2.2#p0244": "Text 9]\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n559\n\nthe higher demigods. For example, we have our senses, but the senses are\ncontrolled by superior controlling deities. We cannot see without light,\nand the supreme controller of light is the sun. The sun-god is in the sun\nplanet, and we, the individual human beings or any other being on this\nearth, are all controlled by the sun-god as far as our eyes are concerned.\nSimilarly, all the senses that we have are controlled by the superior demigods, who are also as much living entities as we are, but one is empowered\nwhile the other is controlled. The controlled living entity is called the\n\nadhyiitmic person, and the controlter is called the adhidaivic person. All\n\nthese positions in the material world are due to different fruitive activities.\nAny individual living being can become the sun-god or even Brahma or any\nother god in the upper planetary system by a higher grade of pious work,\nand similarly one becomes controlled by the higher demigods by lower\ngrades of fruitive activities. So every individual living entity is subject to\nthe supreme control of the Paramatma, who puts everyone in different\npositions of the controller and the controlled.\nThat which distinguishes the controller and controlled, i.e. the material\n\nbody, is called the adhibhautic pum§a. The body is sometimes called\npum§a, as is confirmed in the Vedas in the following hymn: \"sa vii e§a\npum�o 'nna-rasama_ya.\" This body is called anna-rasa embodiment. This\n\nbody depends on food. The living entity which is embodied does not eat\nanything, however, because the owner is spirit in essence. The material\n\nbody requires replacement of matters for the wearing and tearing of the\n\nmechanical body. Therefore the distinction between the individual living\nentity and controlling planetary deities is in the anna-rasamaya body. The\nsun may have a gigantic body, and the man may have a smaller body, but\nall these visible bodies are made of matter; nonetheless, the sun-god and the\nindividual person related as the controller and the controlled are the same\nspiritual parts and parcels of the Supreme Being, and it.is the Supreme\nBeing who places different parts and parcels in different positions. And\nthus the conclusion is that the Supreme Person is the sheller of all.\n\nTEXT 9\n\n��'4*1(1�\n�\n�I\n��������:II� II\nekam elwtariibhiive\nyadii nopalabhiimahe\n\n", "SB2.2#p0245": "560\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. lO\n\ntritayam tatra yo veda\nsa iitmii sviisrayiiSraya{l.\n\nekam-one; ekatara-another; abhiive-;ll the absence of;yadii-because;\n\nna-does not; upalabhiimahe-perceptible; tritayam-in three stages; tatra­\n\nthere;ya{l.-the one; veda-who knows; sa[l iitm ii- the Supersoul; sva-own ;\n\niisraya-shelter; iisraya[l-of the shelter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the above-mentioned three stages of different living entities are\n\ninterdependent. In the absence of one, the other is not understood. And\n\nthe Supreme Being who is seeing every one of them as the shelter of the\nshelter is independent of all, and therefore He is the supreme shelter.\nPURPORT\n\nSo there are innumerable living entities, one dependent on the other in\n\nthe relationship of the controlled and the controller. But without the\nmedium of perception, no one can know or understand who is the con­\n\ntrolled and who is the controller. For example, the sun controls the\npower of our vision, and we can see the sun because the sun has its body,\nand the sunlight is useful only because we have eyes. Without our having\n\neyes, the sunlight is useless, and without sunlight the eyes are useless.\n\nThus they are interdependent, and neither of them is independent. There­\n\nfore the natural question arises concerning who made them interdepen­\n\ndent, and one who has made such a relationship of interdependence must\nbe ultimately completely independent. As it is stated in the beginning of\nthe Srimad-Bhiigavatam, the ultimate source of all interdependent objec­\n\ntives is the complete independent subject. This ultimate source of all inter­\n\ndependence is the Supreme Truth or Paramatma, the Supersoul, who is not\n\ndependent on anything else. He is sviisrayiisraya[l. He is only dependent\n\non His self, and thus He is the supreme shelter of everything. Although\n\nParamatma or Brahman are subordinate to Bhagavan, because Bhagavan\n\nis Puru�ottama or the Superperson, He is the source of the Supersoul also.\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 15.18) Lord Kr�r;ta says that He is the Puru�ottama\n\nand the source of everything, and thus it is concluded that Sri Kr�!la is the\n\nultimate source and shelter of all entities including the Supersoul or\n\nSupreme Brahman. Even accepting that there is no difference between the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0246": "Text 10)\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n561\n\nSupersoul and the individual soul, the individual soul is dependent on the\nSupersoul for being liberated from the illusion of material energy. The\nindividual is under the clutches of illusory energy, and therefore although\nqualitatively one with the Supersoul, he is under the illusion of identifying\nhimself with matter. And to get out of this illusory conception of factual\nlife, the individual soul has to depend on the Supersoul to be recognized as\none with Him. In that sense also the Supersoul is the supreme shelter. And\nthere is no doubt about it.\nThe individual living entity or the jiva is always dependent on the\nSupersoul Paramatma because the individual soul forgets his spiritual\nidentity whereas the Supersoul Paramiitmii does not forget His transcen·\ndental po ition. In the Bhagavad-gitii these separate positions of the jiva­\n\niitmii and the paramiitmii are specifically mentioned. In the Fourth Chapter,\nArjuna, the jiva soul, is represented as forgetful of his many, many previous birth , but the Lord, the Supersoul, is not forgetful. The Lord even\nremembers when He taught the Bhagavad-gitii to the sun-god some billions\nof years before. The Lord can remember such millions and billion\n\nof\n\nyears, as is stated in the Bhagavad-gitii as follows:\n\nvediiharh samatitiini vartamiiniini cii.rjuna\nbhav4yiirti ca bhiitiini miirh tu veda na kascana\nThe Lord in His eternal blissful body of knowledge is fully aware of all\nthat happened in the past, and that which is going on at the present as\nwell as what will happen in the future. And in spite of His becoming the\nshelter of both the Paramiitmii and Brahman, persons with a poor fund\nof knowledge are unable to understand Him as He is.\nThe propaganda of the identity of cosmic consciou.sness with the consciousness of the individual living entities is completely misleading because\neven a person or individual soul like Arjuna could not remember his past\ndeeds, although he is always with the Lord. And what can the tiny\nordinary man know about his past, present and future, falsely claiming to\nbe one with the cosmic consciousness.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n�� � -���:1\n�SlR'(���:�:�o\n\n", "SB2.2#p0247": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n562\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\npuru�o '!l!iam vinirbhidya\nyadiisau sa vinirgata{l\niitmano 'yanam anvicchann\napo 'sriik�icchuc* sucifl.\npuru§a[l.-the Supreme Person, Paramatma; a[t{iam-the universes; vinirbhidya\n\n-\n\nmaking them each separately situated; yadii-when; asau-the\n\nsame; sa[l.-He (the Lord); vinirgata[l.-came out; iitmana[l.-of Himself;\n\nayanam-lying in place; anvicchan-desiring; apa[l.-water; asriik§it-created;\nsuci[l.-the most pure; suci[l.-transcendental.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe gigantic universal form of the Lord [ Maha-Vli!�u], which came\nout of the causal ocean, the place of appearance of the first puru�aavatara, after separating the different universes, entered into each of the\nseparate universes, desiring to lie on the created transcendental water\n[ Garbhodaka] .\nPURPORT\nAfter analysis of the living entities and the Supreme Lord Paramatma,\nthe independent source of all other living beings, Srila Sukadeva Gosvami\nis now presenting the prime necessity for devotional service of the Lord,\n\nwhich is the only occupational business of all living entities. The Supreme\nLord\n\nSri Kr��a and all His plenary portions and extensions of plenary\n\nportions are nondifferent from one another, and thus the supreme independence is there in each and every one of them. In order to prove this,\n\nSukadeva Gosvami (as promised to King Panlqit) describes herein the\n\nindependence of the Puru§a-A vatiira Personality of Godhead, even in the\n\nsphere of the material creation. Such activities of the Lord are also\ntranscendental, and therefore they are also lila, or pastimes, of the absolute\nLord. Such pastimes of the Lord are very conducive to the hearers for\n\nself-realization in the field of devotional service. Some may argue, why not\n\nthen relish the transcendental lilii of the Lord as exhibited in the land of\nMathura and Vrndavana, which are sweeter than anything in the world?\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakur replies that the pastimes of the Lord\n\nin V rndavana are meant to be relished by advanced devotees of the Lord.\nNeophyte devotees will misunderstand such supreme transcendental activi­\n\nties of the Lord, and therefore for the neophyte the Lord's pastimes in\n\n", "SB2.2#p0248": "Bhagavatam is the Answer\n\nText 10]\n\n563\n\nthe material sphere related to creation, maintenance and destruction are\nverily relishahle by the prakrta, or mundane devotees of the Lord. As the\n\n.roga system mainly based on bodily exercises is meant for the person who\nis too much attached to the bodily conception of existence, similarly the\npastimes of the Lord related to creation and destruction of Lhe material\nworld are for those who are too much materiaJiy attached. For such\nmundane creatures the functions of the body as well as the functions of\nthe cosmic world by physical laws in relationship with Lhe Lord are al o\ntherefore included in understanding the lawmaker, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. The scientists explain the material functions by so many\ntechnological terms of material law, but such blind scientists forget Lhe\nlawmaker. The $rimad-Bhiigavatam points out the lawmaker. One should\nnot be amazed by the mechanical arrangement of the complicated engine\nor dynamo, but one should be praising the engineer who creates such a\nwonderful working machine. That is the difference between the devotee\nand nondevotee. Devotees are always full with praising the Lord who\ndirects the physical Laws. In the Bhagavad-gita the direction of the Lord\nupon the material nature is described as follows:\n\nmayadhyak§ena prakrti� suyate sacariicaram\nhetunanena kaunteya jagad viparivartate.\n\"The material nature full of physical laws is one of My different energies;\ntherefore it is neither independent nor blind. Because I am transcendentally\nall-powerful, simply by My glancing over the material nature, the physical\nlaws of nature work so wonderfully. The actions and reactions of the\nphysical laws work on that account, and thus the material world is created,\nmaintained and annihilated again and again.\"\nMen with poor fund of knowledge, however, become astonished by\nstudying the physical laws both within the construction of the individual\nbody as well as the cosmic manifestation and foolishly decry the existence\nof God, taking it for granted that the physical laws are independent without\nany metaphysical control. The Bhagavad-gitii replies to this foolishness in\nthe following words:\n\navajananti marh mu�ha miinu§irh tanum asritam\npararh bhavam ajiinanto mama bhuta-mahesvaram.\n\"The foolish men [mu�haft) do not know the Personality of Godhead in\nHis eternal form of bliss and knowledge.\" The foolish man thinks of the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0249": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n564\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\ntranscendental body of the Lord as something like his own, and therefore\n\nhe cannot think of the Lord's unlimited power of control, even though He\nis not visible in the acting of the physical laws. The Lord is, however,\n\nvisible to the naked eyes of the people in general when He descends\n\nHimself by His own personal potency. Lord Kr��a incarnated Himself as\n\nHe is and played very wonderful parts as the Lord Himself, and the\n\nBhagavad-g1Lii concerns such wonderful actions and knowledge, and yet\n\nfoolish men will not accept Lord Kr��a as the Supreme Lord. Generally\n\nthey consider the infinitesimal and infinite features of the Lord because\nthey themselves are unable to become either the infinitesimal or the\ninfinite, but one should know that the infinite and infinitesimal sizes of\n\nthe Lord are not His highest glories. The most wonderful manifestation of\n\nthe Lord's power is exhibited when the infinite Lord becomes visible to\n\nour eye\n\nas one of us. Yet His activities are different from those of the\n\nfinite beings. To lift a mountain at the age of six years or to marry\nsixteen thou and wives in His prime of youth are some of the examples of\nHis infinite energy, but the milfjhas, after seeing them or hearing about\n\nthem, decry them as legendary and take the Lord as one of them. They\n\ncannot understand that the Lord Sri Kr�tJa, although in the form of a\nhuman being by His own potency, is still the Supreme Lord with full\n\npotency as supreme controller.\nWhen, however, the\n\nmilf}has gi ve submissive aural reception to the\n\nmessages of the Lord as in the Srimad- Bhagavad-gitii or in the .Sn-mad­\n\nBhiigavatam through the channel of disciplic succession, such milfjhas also\nbecome devotees of the Lord by the grace of His pure devotees. And for\n\nthis rea on only, either in the Bhagavad-gitii or in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nthe pa times of the Lord in the material world are delineated for the\n\nbenefit of those men with a poor fund of knowledge.\n\nTEXT 11\n\nat(CC€41fl( (CC�t!ltJ e«Jiqfttfi(l\"t 1\n\n� ;nut�ult ;nq �: �Wt'f>ctH II � � II\ntiisv aviitsit sva-sntiisu\nsahasram parivatsariin\ntena niiriiyarw niima\nyad iipafl. puru§odbhaviifl.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0250": "Text 12)\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n565\n\ntasu-in that; avatsit-resided; sva-own; sntasu-in the matter of creation; sahasram-one thousand; parivatsaran-ycars of His measurement;\ntena-for that reason; naraya r wfl.-th e Personality of Godhead named\n\nNarayaD.a; nama-name; yat-because; apa fl. - water; puru§a-udbhava{t­\n\nemanated from the Supreme Person_\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat Supreme Person is not impersonal and therefore is distinctively a\nnara, or person. Therefore the transcendental water created from the\nSupreme Nara is known as nara. And because He lies down on that water,\nHe is known as Naray�a.\n\nTEXT\n\n12\n\n����������=if I\n�C::�st� �WI ������II\ndravyarh karma ca kalas ca\nsva-bhavo jiva eva ca\nyad-anugrahataft santi\nna santi yad-upek§aya\nd ravyam-ph ysical elements; ka rma-action ; ca-and; kalaf!.-time; caalso; sva-bhavafl. jiva[l-the living entities; eva-certainly; ca-also; yatwhose; anug rahatafl.-by the mercy of; santi-exist; na-does not; santiexist; yat-upek§aya- by negli gence\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne should know definitely that all material ingredients, activities,\ntime, modes, and the living entities who are meant to enjoy them all,\nexist by His mercy only, and as soon as He does not care for them, everything becomes nonexistent.\nPURPORT\nThe living entities are the enjoyers of the material ingredients, time,\nmodes, etc., because they want to lord it over the material nature. The\n\n", "SB2.2#p0251": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n566\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nLord is the supreme enjoyer, and the living entities are meant to a sist the\nLord in His enjoyment and thus participate in the transcendental enjoy­\n\nment of everyone. The enjoyer and the enjoyed both participate in enjoy­\n\nment, but, deluded by the illusory energy, the living entities want to\n\nbecome the enjoyer like the Lord, although they are not meant for such\nenjoyment. The jivas or the living entities are mentioned in the Bhagavad­\n\ngitii as the superior nature or para prakrti of the Lord, and so also it is\n\nmentioned in the Vi§[I.U Purii[ta. Therefore the tiving entities are never the\n\npuru§as, or the factual enjoyers. As such, the spirit of enjoyment by the\nliving entity in the material world is false. ln the spiritual world the living\n\nentities are pure in nature, and therefore they are associates in the enjoy­\n\nment of the Supreme Lord. In the material world the spirit of enjoyment\nby the living entities by dint of their own actions (karma) becomes\n\ngradually faded by the laws of nature, and thus the illusory energy dictates\n\nin the ear of the conditioned souls to become one with the Lord. This is\n\nthe last snare of the illusory energy. When the last illusion is also cleared\n\noff by the mercy of the Lord, the living entity again becomes reinstated in\nhis original position and thus becomes actually liberated. And for this\n\nattainment of liberation from the material clutches, the Lord creates the\n\nmaterial world, maintains it for some time (one thousand years of His\nmeasurement, as is stated in the previous verse), and then again annihilates\n\nit by His will. The living entities are therefore completely dependent on\n\nthe mercy of the Lord, and all their so-called enjoyments by scientific\n\nimprovement are crushed into dust when the Lord desires.\n\nTEXT\n\n13\n\n� W11W1A�0W{ �l4RICNI( (1f!R�: I\n� R<14t4 ���,�����II\neko niiniitvam anvicchan\nyoga-talpiit samutthitaft\nviryam hirar-mayam devo\nmiiyayii vyasrjat tridhii\nekafi-1 Je, on1: alone; niin iitvam-varie t i s; anvicchan-so desiring; yoga­\n\nc\n\ntalpiit from the bedstead of mystic slumber; samutthitafi-thus generated;\n\n-\n\nviryam the s mi n a; hira fl mayam-golden hue; deuaft\n\nf:\n\n- the demigod; miiyayii\n\n-by the external energy; uyasrj t-perfectly created; tridhii-in three fea­\n\ntures.\n\na\n\n", "SB2.2#p0252": "Bhagavatam is the Answer\n\nText 13]\n\n567\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, while lying on His bed of mystic slumber, generated the\nseminal symbol, golden in hue, through external energy out of His desire\nto manifest varieties of living entities from Himself alone.\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhagavad-gita the creation and annihilation of the material world\nare stated as follows:\n\nsarva-bhiitiini kaunteya prakrtirh yanti miimikam\nkalpak§aye punas tani kalpadau visrjiimy aham\nprakrtirh sviim ava�tabhya visrjiimi puna[!. puna[!.\nbhuta-griimam imam krtsnam avasarh prakrter va.Siit.\n(Bg. 9.7-8)\n\"At the end of each millennium the creative forces, namely the material\nnature as well as the living entities who struggle in the material nature, all\nmerge together into the transcendental body of the Lord, and again when\nthe Lord desires to manifest them, all of them are again displayed by the\nLord.\n\"Therefore Lhe material nature is working under the control of the Lord.\nAll of them, under the agency of material nature and under the control of\nthe Lord, are thus repeatedly created and annihilated by the will of the\nLord.\"\nAs such, before the creation or manifestation of the material cosmic\nworld, the Lord exists as total energy (mahasamasti), and thus desiring\nHimself to be diffused to many, He expands Himself further into multitotal energy (samasti), and from the multi-total energy He further expands\nHimself into individuals in three dimensions, namely adhyiitmic, adhidaivic\n\nand adhibhautic, as explained before (vyasti). As such, the whole creation\nand the creative energies are nondifferent and different simultaneously.\nBecause\n\neverything is an\n\nemanation from Him (the Maha-Vi�!lu or\n\nMahasamasti), nothing of the cosmic energies is different from Him; but\nall such expanded energies have specific functions and display as designed\nby the Lord, and therefore they are simultaneously different from Lhe\nLord. The living entities are also similar energy (marginal potency) of Lhe\nLord, and thus they are simultaneously one and different from Him.\nAt the stage of nonmanifestation, the living energies remain potenl in\nthe Lord, and when they are let loose in the cosmic manifestation they are\nexhibited differently in lerms of different desires under Lhe modes of\n\n", "SB2.2#p0253": "[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n568\n\nnature. Such differential manifestations of the living energies are conditional states of the living entities. The liberated living entities, however,\nin the saniitana or eternal manifestation, are unconditionally surrendered\nsouls, and therefore they are not subject to the conditions of creation and\nannihilation. So this creation takes place by the glance of the Lord from\nHis bedstead of mystic slumber. And thus all the universes and the lord of\n\nthe universe, Brahma, are again and again manifested and annihilated.\n\nTEXT 14\n\natN�+t¥.n��� q: 1\n� .n� � � � u�vu\nadhidaivam athadhyiitmam\nadhibhutam iti prabhu�\nathaikam pauru�am viryam\ntridhiibhidyata tac chnm\nadhidaivam-the controlling entities; atha now; adhyiitmam-the con-\n\ntrolled entities; adhibhutam-the material bodies; iti-thus; prabhu�-the\nLord; atha-in this way; ekam-one only; pauru�am\n\n-\n\nof His Lordship;\n\nviryam- potency; tridhii-in three; abhidyata-divided ; tat-that; S[[lUjust hear from me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust hear from me how the potency of His Lordship divides one into\n\nthree, called by the names controlling entities, controlled entities and the\nmaterial bodies, in the manner mentioned above.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�:� 3114i1Sld\\ � �:I\n�:��iii' mr: mvit �: llt�ll\nanta� sarira iikiiSiit\npuru�asya vice§tata[l.\noja� saho balam jajne\ntata� prii[lO mahan asuft\n\n", "SB2.2#p0254": "Text 16]\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n569\n\nanta� sa rire-within the body; iikiisiit-from the sky; puru§asya-of\n\nMaha-Vi��u; vi ce§tata[t - while so trying, or willing; oja�-energy of the\n\nsenses; saha�-mental force; balam-bodily strength; jajiie-generated;\n\ntata�-thereafter; p riir w �-living force; mahiin as u�-the fountainhead of\neveryone's life.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the sky situated within the transcendental body of the manifesting Maha-Vi��u, sense energy, mental force and bodily strength are all\ngenerated, as well as the sum total of the fountainhead of the total living\nforce.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n31�1U1Ht ti 5{1Qff: � e�\"ij!l I\nacqiW(�qqlwtfkr wt(�qfltf41�1 : II� �II\nanu priiranti yam priiriih\nprii[tantam sarva-jantu§u\napiinantam apiinanti\nnara-devam iviinugii�\nanu prii[tanti-follow the living symptoms; yam-whom; prii[tii�-senses ;\nprii[tantam-endeavoring; sarva-jantu§u-in all living entities; apiinantam­\n\nstop endeavoring; apiinanti-all others stop; nara-devam-the king; ivalike; anugii�\n\n-\n\nthe followers.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs the followers of the king follow their lord, similarly when the total\nenergy is in motion, all other living entities move, and when the total\nenergy stops endeavoring, all other living entities stop sense activities.\nPURPORT\nThe individual living entities are completely dependent on the total\n\nenergy of the supreme puru§a. No one has independent existence, just as\n\nno electric lamp has independent effulgence. Each and every electrical\ninstrument depends fully on the total powerhouse; the total powerhouse\n\n", "SB2.2#p0255": "570\n\nS nmad -Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\ndepends on the electric generating water reservation; water depends on the\ncloud; the cloud depends on the sun; the sun depends on creation, and the\ncreation depends on the movement of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the cause of all causes.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n��<f.� 6tm fetlft: 1\n\nff4qteJt 6t�� sueJA(4\nM(f¥itR1 11 �\"II\n\"\npriir-eniik§ipatii k§ut-tr!l\nantarii jiiyate vibhoft\n\npipiisato jak§ataS ca\npriin mukham nirabhidyata\npriir-ena- by the living force; iih§ipatii-being agitated; k§ut-hunger;\ntrt-thirst; antarii- from within;jiiyate-generates; vib h o[l, - of the Supreme;\n\npipiisata� - being desirous to quench the thirst; jah §ata�-being desirous to\neat; c a-and; prii k- at first; mukham-mouth; nirabhidyata-was opened.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe living force, being agitated by the virata puru�, generated hunger\nand thirst, and when He desired to drink and eat, the mouth opened.\n\nPURPOR T\nThe process functioning for all living beings in the womb of the mother\nto develop the sense organs and sense perceptions appears to f?llow the\nsame principles in the case of viriita puru§a, the sum total of all living\nentities. Therefore the supreme cause of all generation is not impersonal\nor without desire. The desires for all kinds of sense perception and sense\norgans are there in the Supreme, and they take place in the individual\npersons. And this desire is the nature of the supreme living being, the\nAbsolute Truth. Because He has the sum total of all mouths, the individual\nliving entities have mouths. Similarly with all other senses and sense organs.\nHere the mouth is the symbolic representation of all sense organs, and the\nsame principle is applicable in others also.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0256": "Text 19)\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n571\n\nTEXT 18\n\ntJ(if('l(ijlij � �\" �m- 1\nmit .,I.,I<W � � q)sftl•t+q� II t �II\nmukhatas tiilu nirbhinnarh\njihva tatropajiiyate\ntato niinii-raso j ajiie\njihvayii yo 'dhigamyate\nmukhataft-from the mouth; tiilu-the palate; nirbh i nnam- being generated; jihvii- the tongue; tatra-thereupon; upajiiyate-becomes manifested;\ntataft- thereupon; niinii rasa�- various tastes; jajii e- became manifested;\n-\n\njihvayii-by the tongue;ya�-which; adhigam yate beco m e relished.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the mouth the palate became manifested, and thereupon the\ntongue was also generated. After this all the different tastes came into\nexistence so that the tongue can relish them.\nPURPORT\nThis gradual process of evolution suggests the explanation of the controlling deities (adhidaiva) because Varu�a is the controlling deity for all\nrelishable juices. Therefore the mouth becomes the resting place for the\ntongue, which tastes all the different juices of which the controlling deity\nis the V aruJ;ta. It suggests, therefore, that V arul)a was also generated along\nwith the development of the tongue. The tongue and the palate, being instrumental, are adhibhiitam, or the forms of matter, but the_ functioning deity\nwho is a living entity is adhidaiva, whereas the person undergoing the\nfunction is adhyiitmic, and thus the three categories are also explained as\nto their birth after the opening of the mouth of the viriita puru§a. The\nfour principles mentioned here in this verse serve to explain the three main\nprinciples, namely the adhyiitma, adhidaiva and adhibhiitam, as explained\nbefore.\nTEXT\n\n19\n\n��qflqi•L��: I\n�� � � �: e¥C:stl446 ����II\n\n", "SB2.2#p0257": "S rim ad -Bhagavatam\n\n572\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nvivak§or mukhato bhumno\nvahnir viig vyahrtam tayo�\njale caitasya suciram\nnirodha� samajiiyata\nvivak�o�- when there was a need to speak; mukhata�\nbhumna�-of the Supreme; vah n*\nfire;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nfrom the mouth;\n\nthe fire or the controlling deity of\n\nviik- vibration; vyahrtam- speeches; tayo�- by both; jale- in the\n\nwater; ca-however; etasya\n\n-\n\nof all these; suciram-very very long time;\n,\n\nnirodha�- suspension; samajayata did continue.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Supreme desired to speak, there was vibration of speeches\nfrom the mouth. Then the controlling deity Fire generated from the\nmouth. But when He was lying in the water, all these functions remained\nsuspended.\nPURPORT\nThe peculiarity of the gradual development of the different senses is\nsimultaneously being supported by their controlling deities. It is to be\nunderstood, therefore, that the activities of the sense organs are controlled\nby the will of the Supreme. The senses are, so to speak, offering a license\nfor the conditioned souls, and they are to use them properly under the\ncontrol of the controlling deity deputed by the Supreme Lord. One who\nviolates such controlling regulations has to be punished by degradation to\nthe lower status of life. Take, for example, the tongue and its controlling\ndeity Varup.a. The tongue is meant for eating, and men, animals and birds\neach have their different tastes because of different licenses. The taste of\nthe human beings and that of the swine are not on the same level. The\ncontrolling deity, however, awards or certifies a particular type of body\nwhen the particular living entity develops a taste in terms of different\nmodes of nature. If the human being develops taste without discrimination,\nas does the swine, then the controlling deity is certainly certified for the\nnext term to award him the body of a swine. The swine accepts any kind\nof foodstuff, including stools, and a human being who has developed su·ch\nindiscriminate taste must be prepared for a degraded life in the next life.\nSuch life is also God's grace because the conditioned soul desired a body\nlike that for perfectly tasting a particular type of foodstuff, and if a man\n\n", "SB2.2#p0258": "Text 20)\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n573\n\ngets the body of a swine it must be considered the grace of the Lord because He awards the facility. After death the body is offered by superior\ncontrol, and not blindly. A human being, therefore, must be on his guard\nas to what sort of body he is going to have in the next life. Irresponsible\n\nlife of indiscrimination is risky, and that is the declaration of all scriptures.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n;nffi f.t<f4fq6i � � I\n��;:�malt � Nlm: II� oil\nniisike nirabhidyetiirh\ndodhiiyati nabhm�vati\ntatra viiyu r gandha-vaho\nghrii[!.O nasi jighrk�atafl.\nniisike-in the nostrils; nirabhidy e tiim-being developed; dodhiiyaterapidly blowing; nabhasvati-air respiration; tatra\n\n-\n\nthereupon; v iiyufl.\n\n-\n\nair;\n\ngandha-vahafl.-smelling odor; gh rii r- afi. - sense of smell; nasi-in the nose;\njighrkfi atafi. - de siring to smell odors.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherea fter, when the supreme puru�a desired to smell odors, the\nnos trils and respiration generated, the nasal instrument and odors came\ninto existence, and the controlling deity of air, carrying smell, also became\nmanifested.\nPURPORT\n\nThe nasal instrument, odor, and the controlling deity air, smelling, etc.,\nall became manifested simultaneously when the Lord desired to smell. The\nVedic mantras confirm this statement in the Upani§ads' statement that\neverything is first desired by the Supreme, and then the subordinate living\nentity can act upon it. The living entity can see only when the Lord sees,\nthe living entity can smell when the Lord smells, and so on. The idea is\nthat the living entity cannot do anything independently. He can imply\nthink of doing something independently, but he cannot act independentlyThis independence of thinking is there by the grace of the Lord, bul the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0259": "S r1mad -Bhagavatam\n\n574\n\n[ Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nthinking can be given shape by the grace of the Lord, and th<�refore the\ncommon saying is that man proposes and Cod di poses. The whole explana­\n\nj\n\ntion is on the sub ect of absolute dependence of the living entities and\nabsolute independence\n\nof the Supreme Lord. Le\n\nintelligent persons,\n\nclaiming to be on an equal level with God, first of all must prove themselves to be absolute and independent, and then they must substantiate\ntheir claim as one with Cod.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n� f.Hiel��t;f:q�: I\n�vfiJuil���: 11��11\nyadiitmani niriilokam\niitmiinam ca didrk�atafl.\nnirbhinne ak§ip.i tasya\njyotiS cak§ur gul)a-graha�\nyada-while; atmani-unto\n\nHimself; niriilokam-without\n\nany light;\n\niitmiinam-His own transcendental body; ca-also other bodily forms;\n\nk\n\ndid r �a ta� -desired to look upon; nirbhinne-due to being sprouted;\nak$ i[li-of the eyes; tasya of Him;jyo t* the sun; ca\n-\n\n-\n\nk§ u�-the eyes;gura­\n\ngraha�- the power of seeing.\nTRANSLATION\nThus when everything existed in darkness, the Lord desired to see\nHimself and all that was created. Then the eyes, the illuminating god Sun,\n\nj\n\nthe power of vision and the ob ect of sight all became manifested.\nPURPORT\nThe universe is by nature dense darkness, and therefore the total creation is ealled tamas or darkness. The night is the real feature of the universe, for then no one can see anything, including oneself. The Lord, out\nof His causeless mercy, first desired to see Himself and all the creation as\nwell, and thus the sun became manifested, the power of vision of all living\n\nj\n\nentities became possible, and the ob ects of vision were also manifested.\nThis means the whole phenomenal world became visible after the creation\n\nof the sun.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0260": "Text 23)\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n575\n\n1EXT 22\n\ntlt\\4'41-.� ��-.(ijNc�: I\n�:q f� �:�gum:: ����II\nbodhyamiinasya r�ibhir\niitmanas taj jighrk�ata�\nkarrwu ca nirabhidyetiirh\ndiSa� srotram gurta-graha�\nbodhyamanasya- desiring to understand; r�ibh* by the authorities;\niitm ana�-of the Supreme Being; tat-that; jighrk�ata� - when he desired\nto take up; kar r wu- the ears; ca-also; nira bh idye tiim-became manifested;\n\ndiSa�-the direction or the god of air; srotram-the power of hearing; guragraha� -and the objects of hearing.\nTRANSLATION\nBy development of the desire of the great sages to know, the ears, the\npower of hearing, the controlling deity of hearing, and the objects of\nhearing became manifested. The great sages desired to hear about the Self.\nPURPORT\nAs is stated in the Bhagavad-gitii, one should try to know by advancement of knowledge about the Supreme Lord, the summum bonum of\neverything. Knowledge does not mean to know the laws of nature or of\nphysical knowledge that are working by the direction of the Lord. The\nscientists are eager to hear about the physical laws that are working in the\nm�terial nature. They are eager to hear through the medium of radio and\ntelevision about the things which are taking place far away from them in\nother planets, but they should know that the power of hearing and the\ninstruments for hearing were given to them by the Lord for hearing about\nthe Self, or about the Lord. Unfortunately the power of hearing is misused in hearing the vibrations of mundane affairs. The great sages were\ninterested to hear about the Lord through V cdic knowledge and nolhing\nmore. And thal is the beginning of aural reception of knowledge.\nTEXT 23\n\n� �fo;ttcl�Qit�fhtdl'( I\n\n���(hi+ti\\�tt: I\nij;f �tra4W4ia� �ail�: ������\n....\n\n", "SB2.2#p0261": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n576\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nrostuno mrdu-kathinyalaghu-gurvo§r-a-sitatii.m\njighrk�atas tvan nirbhinnii\ntasyiirh roma-mahiruhiil).\ntatra ciintar bahir viitas\ntvaca labdha-gur-o vrtaft\nvastuna{t-of all matters; mrdu-softness; kii thinya- h ardness; laghulightness; guru-heaviness; 0$[1-U-Warmness; sitatiim-coldness; jigh[k�ata{t\n-desiring to perceive; tvak- touch sensation; nirbhinnii-distributed; tasyiim\n-in the skin; roma-hairs on the body; ma h i- ru hii{t- as well as the trees,\nthe controlling deities; tat ra- there; c a - a lso; anta{t-within; bahift- outside;\nviita{t tvacii-sense of touch or the skin; labdha- h aving been perceived;\ngur-afl.-objects of sense perception; v r tafl. -gener ated.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen there was a desire to perceive the physical characteristics of\n\nmatter, as softness, hardness, warmth, cold, lightness, heaviness, etc., the\nbackground of sensation, skin, the skin pores, the hairs on the body and\n\ntheir controlling deities (the trees) were generated. Within and without the\nskin there is\n\nprominent.\n\nan\n\nair covering through which sense perception became\n\nPURPORT\nThe physical characteristics of matter, as softness, etc., are subject of\nthe sense perception, and thus physical knowledge is the subject matter of\nthe touch sensation. One can measure the temperature of matter by\ntouching with the hand, and one can measure the weight of a matter by\nlifting with the hand and thus estimate its heaviness or lightness. The\nskin, the skin pores and the hairs on the body are all interdependent with\ntouch sensation. The air blowing within and without the skin is also an\n\nobject of sense perception. This sense perception is also the source of\nknowledge, and therefore it is suggested here that physical or physiological\nknowledge are subordinate to the knowledge of the Self, as above mentioned. Knowledge of Self can expand to the knowledge of phenomena,\nbu l physical knowledge cannot lead to the knowledge of Self.\nThere is, however, intimate relation between the hairs on the body and\nthe vegetation on the body of the earth. The vegetables are nourishment\n\n", "SB2.2#p0262": "Text 24]\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n577\n\nfor the skin both as food and medicine, as is stated in the Third Canto:\n\n\"tvacam asya vinirbhinniim vivisur dhi§[lyam O§adhi{!,.,\n\nTEXT\n\n24\n\n� (i(i&d(ij� '1t'1t€h�R1r.t14ttl I\n• if��f� �� II�IJII\nhastau ruruhatus tasya\nnii.na-karma-cikir.sayii\ntayos tu balaviin indra\niidiinam ubhayiisrayam\nhastau-the h ands; ruruhatu� -manifested; ta sya- H is; nana- various;\n\nkarma-work; ciki� aya-being so desirous; tayo� - of them; tu-however;\nbalaviin-to\n\ngive strength; ind ra� -the demigod in heaven; iidiinam­\n\nactivities of the hand; ubhaya- iis rayam- dependent on both the demigod\nand the hand.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter when the Supreme Person desired to perform varieties of\nwork, the two hands and their controlling strength, and lndra, the demigod\nin heaven, became manifested, as also the acts dependent on both the\nhands and the demigod.\nPURPORT\nIn every item we can note with profit that the sense organs of the living\nentity are never independent in any stage. The Lord is known as the Lord\nof the senses (Hnikesa), and thus the sense organs of the living entities\nbecome manifested by the will of the Lord, and each organ is controlled\nby a certain type of demigod. No one, therefore, can claim any proprietor·\nship of the senses. The living entity is controlled by the senses, the senses\nare controlled by the demigods, and the demigods are the servants of the\nSupreme Lord. That is the arrangement in the system of creation. The\nwhole thing is controlled ultimately by the Supreme Lord, and there i no\nindependence either of the material nature or of the living entity. The\nillusioned living entity who claims to be the lord of his senses is under the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0263": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n578\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nclutches of the external energy of the Lord, and as long as a living entity\ncontinues to be puffed up by his tiny existence, he is to be understood to\nbe under the stringent control of the external energy of the Lord, and there\nis no question of liberation from the clutches of illusion (maya), however\nmuch one may declare himself a liberated soul.\n\nTEXT 25\n\niff({ �'Rf: q� ��� I\n\n��:�R�:fm;ffil: ������\ngatim jig'4ata[l piidaa\nruruhate 'bhikiimikam\npadbhyiim yajiiafl svayarh havyam\nkarmabhifl kriyate nrbhi[l\ngatim-movement;\n\nj igi§ata[l so desiring; piidau the legs; ruruhate-\n\n-\n\nbeing manifested; ab hikami kam-purp oseful; padbhyam\n\n-\n\nfrom the legs;\n\nyajiia[l a certain demigod of the name Vi�t:tu; svaya m personally Himself;\nhavyam the duties; ka rmabh il;t by one's occupational duty; kriyatecaused to be done; nrbh i[l by different human beings.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThereupon, by so desiring to control movement, His legs became\n\nmanifested, and from the legs the controlling deity named Vi��u generated.\n\nBy His personal supervision of this act, all varieties of human being are\n\nbusily engaged in dutiful occupational sacrifice\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\n\nEvery human being is engaged in his particular occupational duty, and\nsuch activities are visible as men go hither and thither. This is very prominently visible in big cities of the world: people are going all over the\ncilies with great concern, from one place to another. This movement is\nnol only limited within the cities but is also visible outside the cities from\none place to another, or from one city to another, by different means of\nvehicles. They are moving by cars and rails on the roads, by subways within\nthe earth and by planes in the sky for the purpose of business success. But\n\n", "SB2.2#p0264": "Text 25]\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n579\n\nin all these movements the real purpose is to earn wealth for comfortable\nlife. And for this comfortable life the scientist is engaged, the artist is\nengaged, the engineer is engaged, the technician is engaged, all in different\nbranches of human activity. But they do not know how to make the\nactivities purposeful to fulfill the mission of human life. Without knowing\nthis secret, all their activities are targetted towards the goal of sense\ngratification without any control, and therefore by all this business they\nare unknowingly entering into the deep regions of darkness.\nBecause they have been captivated by the external energy of the Supreme Lord, they have completely forgotten the Supreme Lord Vi�!JU, and\nthus they have taken it for granted that this life, as presently manifested\nunder the conditions of material nature, is all in all for enjoying the high·\nest amount of sense gratification. But such a wrong conception of life\ncannot give anyone the desired peace of mind, and thus in spite of all\nadvancement of knowledge by using the resources of nature, no one is\nhappy in this material civilization. The secret is that in every step they\nshould try to execute sacrifices towards the path of world peace. The\n\nBhagavad-gitii also advises the same secret in the following verses.\nsve sve karma[l-y abhiratafl sarhsiddhirh labhate nara[l.\nsva-karmanir atafl siddhirh yathii vindati tac chrrm\nyatafl pravrttir bhutiiniirh yena sarvam idarh tatam\nsva-karma[l-ii tam ab�yarcya siddhirh vindati miinava[l.\nThe Lord said to A�una, \"Just hear from Me how one can attain the\nhighest perfection in life simply by discharging his specified occupational\nduty.\n\"Man can attain the highest perfection of life by worshiping the Supreme Lord and by performing sacrifice for the sake of the Supreme Lord\nVi�!J.U, who is all-pervading, and by whose control every living being acquires his desired facilities, according to his personal propensity.\"\nThere is no harm in having different propensities in life because every\nhuman being is proportionately independent to chalk out the plan of his\nlife by different occupations, but he should make it a point in his life to\nknow perfectly well that he is not independent absolutely. He is certainly\nunder the control of the Supreme Lord and under different agencies. And\nknowing this, he should make it a point that by his work and the result of\nhis labor he serves the Supreme Lord as it is prescribed by the authorities\nexpert in the transcendental loving service of the Supreme Lord Vi�pu.\nAnd for performing such occupational duties of life the leg is the most\n\n", "SB2.2#p0265": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n580\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nimportant instrument of the body because without the help of the legs no\none can move from one place to another, and therefore the Lord has\nspecial control over the legs of all human beings, which are meant for\nperforming yajiias.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n� f�m � SJ�I��IJijt�: I\n�3lRl� � fWi ��� 11��11\nnirabhidyata si.Sno vai\nprajiinandiimrtiirthina[l\nupastha iisit kiimiiniirh\npriyarh tad-ubhayii.Srayam\nni rabhidyata- came out;sisna[l - the genitals; vai- certainly; prajii-iinanda\n-sex pleasure; amrta-arthina[l- aspiring to taste the nectar; upastha[l- the\nmale or female organ; iisit-came into existence; kiimiiniim-of the lustful;\n\npriyam- very dear; tat-that; ubhaya-iis rayam- shelter for both.\nTRANSLATION\nThereupon, for sex pleasure, begetting offspring and tasting heavenly\n\nnectar, the Lord developed the genitals, and thus there is the genital organ\n\nand its controlling deity, the Prajapati. The object of sex pleasure and the\ncontrolling deity are under the control of the genitals of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe heavenly plea ure for the conditioned soul is sex pleasure, and this\npleasure is tasted by the genitals_ The woman is the object of sex pleasure,\nand both the sense perception of sex pleasure and the woman are controlled by the Prajapati, who is under the control of the Lord's genitals.\nThe impersonalist must know from this verse that the Lord is not imper­\n\nsonal because he has His genitals on which all the pleasurable objects of\nsex depend. No one would have taken the trouble to maintain children if\nthere were no taste of the heavenly nectar by means of sexual intercourse.\n\nThis material world is created to give a chance to the conditioned souls for\n\nrejuvenation for going back home , back to Godhead, and therefore gen-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0266": "Text 27)\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n581\n\neralion of the living being is necessary for upkeep of the purpose of\ncreation. The sex pleasure is an impetus for such action, and as such one\ncan even serve the Lord in the act of such sex pleasure. The service is\ncounted when the children born out of such sex pleasure are properly\ntrained in God consciousness. The whole idea of material creation is to\nrevive the dormant God consciousness of the living entity. In other forms\nof life, besides the human form, the sex pleasure is prominent only without any motive of service for the mission of the Lord. But in the human\nform of life the conditioned soul can render service to the Lord by creating\nprogeny suitable for the attainment of salvation. One can beget hundreds\nof children and enjoy the celestial pleasure of sexual intercour e provided\nhe is able to train up the children in God consciousness. Otherwi e begetting children is on the level of the swine. Rather, the wine is more\nexpert that the human being because the swine can beget a dozen piglets\nat a time, whereas the human being can give birth to one only at a time.\nSo one hould always remember that the genitals, sex pleasure, the woman,\nand Lhe offspring are all related in the service of the Lord, and one who\nforgets this relationship in the service of the Supreme Lord becomes\nsubjected to the threefold miseries of material existence by the laws of\nnature. Perception of sex plea ure is there even in the body of the dog,\nbut there is no sense of God consciousness. The human form of life is\ndistinct from that of the dog by the perception of God consciousness.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n��tQ� FR� ���\nmn �ffill � � ��: 11�-.sll\nutsisrk§or dhiitu-malarh\nnirabhidyata vai gudam\ntata[l. piiyus tato mitra\nutsarga ubhayiiSraya[l.\nutsisrk§ o{l. -desiring to evacuate; dhiitu-malam-refuse of eatables;\nnirabh idyata-became open; vai-certainly; gu dam -t he evacuating hole;\ntata[l. -thereafter ; piiyu[l. -the evacuating sense organ; tata [l.-t hereaft er ;\nmitra[l. -t he controlling demigod; u t sa rga[l. -the sub tance evacuated;\nub haya -both ; iisraya[l. - she lter.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0267": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n582\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, desiring to evacuate the refuse of eatables, the evacuating\n\nhole, anus, and the sensory organ thereof developed along with the con­\n\ntrolling deity Mitra. The sensory organ and the evacuating substance are\nboth under the shelter of the controlling deity.\nPURPORT\nEven in the matter of evacuating stool, the refuse is controlled, so how\n\ncan the living entity claim to be independent?\n\nTEXT 28\n\n3TTM�I : �: � �i!((+{qJi(ij! I\n....\n\n�r.mm �: 'l$.J�<:�ij� �tf'J:.II��II\niis is[pso[l, pura[l, puryii\n\nniibhi-dviiram apiinata[l,\ntatriipiinas tato mrtyu[l,\nprthaktvam ubhayiiSrayam\nii.sisrpso[l,-desiring to go everywhere;pura[l,-in different bodies;puryii[l,­\n\nfrom one body; niibhi-dviiram-the navel or abdominal hole; apiinata[l,­\n\nwas manifested; tatra-thereupon; apiina[l,-stopping of the vital force;\n\ntata[t- thereafter; mr ty u[t - death; prthak tvam- sep a rately; ubhaya- both;\niisrayam- sheIter.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, desiring to move from one body to another, the navel and\n\nthe air of departure and death were combinedly created. The navel is the\nshelter for both, namely death and the separating force.\nPURPORT\nThe priip.a-viiyu continues the life, and the apiina-viiyu stops the living\n\nforce. And both the vibrations are generated from the abdominal hole,\nnavel. This navel is the joint from one body to the other. Lord Brahma\n\n", "SB2.2#p0268": "Text 29]\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n583\n\nwas born out of the abdominal hole of Garbhodakasayi Vi��u as a separate\nbody, and the same principle is followed even in the birth of any ordinary\nbody. The body of the child develops from the body of the mother, and\nwhen the child is separated from the body of the mother, it is separated\nby cutting the navel joint. And that is the way the Supreme Lord manifested\n\nHimself as separated many.\n\nThe living entities are therefore\n\nseparated parts, and thus they have no independence.\n\nTEXT 29\n\"\n\n\"\"\n\n3T1T���I�I�I+Ueot ���: I\n;m: ��� ��: �f!�t� ����II\naditsor anna-piiniiniim\niisan kuk§y-antra-nii{laya[l,\nnadya[l, samudriis ca tayos\ntu§ti{l, pU§tis tad-ruraye\niiditso[l- desiring to have; anna-piiniiniim-of food and drink; iisan-there\nkuk§i-abdomen ; antra-intestines; nii�aya[l-and the artery;\nnadya[l-the rivers; sam udrii[l, - seas; ca-also; tayo[l-of them; tu§tiltsustenance;pu§ti{l,-metabolism; tat-of them; iis raye-the source.\n\nbecame;\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen there was desire to have food and drink, the abdomen and the\nintestines and also the arteries became manifested. The rivers and the seas\nare the source of their sustenance and metabolism.\nPURPORT\nThe controlling deities of the intestines are rivers, and those of the\narteries, the seas. Fulfillment of the belly with food and drink is the\ncause of sustenance, and the metabolism of the food and drink replaces\nthe waste of the bodily energies. Therefore, the body's health is dependent\non healthy actions of the intestines and the arteries. The rivers and the seas,\nbeing the controlling deities of the two, keep the intestines and the arteries\nin healthy order.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0269": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n584\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 30\n\nFl�����\nm ��.� �: � � :q ll�oll\nnididhy�or iitma-miiyiim\nhrdayam nirabhidyata\ntato mana.S candra iti\nsankalpa[l kiima eva ca\nnid idh yiiso� being desirious to know ;iitma-miiyiim-own energy; hrda-\n\nyam the location of the mind; nirabhidyata-was manifested; tata{l-\n\nthereafter; mana � th e mind; ca n dra �-the controlling deity of the mind,\n-\n\nthe moon; iti-thus; sa nka lpa � determination; kiima �-desire ; eva-as\n-\n\nmuch as; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen there was a desire to think about the activities of His own\nenergy, then the heart, the seat of the mind, the mind, the moon,\ndetermination and all desire became manifested.\nPURPORT\nThe heart of every living entity is the seat of the Supersoul Paramatma,\na plenary expansion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Without His\npresence the living entity cannot get into the working energy according to\nhis past deeds. The living entities who are conditioned in the material\nworld are manifested in the creation in terms of respective inclinations\ninherent in them, and the requisite material body is offered to each and\nevery one of them by the material energy under the direction of the\nSupersoul. This is explained in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 9.10). When, therefore, the Supersoul is situated in the heart of the conditioned soul, the\nrequisite mind is manifested in the conditioned soul, and he becomes\nconscious of his occupation as one is conscious of his duty after waking\nup from slumber. Therefore the material mind of the living entity develops\nwhen the Supersoul sits on his heart, after which the mind, the controlling deity, moon, and then the activities of the mind (namely thinking,\nfeeling, and willing) all take place. The activities of the mind cannot begin\nwithout the manifestation of the heart, and the heart becomes manifested\nwhen the Lord wants to see the activities of the material creation.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0270": "Text 32)\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n585\n\n1EXT 31\n\nM�:\nl\n�wtcij;:it+t�W �$�Tan Q�l+ii'Tflf!M: II�� II\ntvak-carma-miirhsa-rudhiramedo-majjiisthi-dhiitava�\nbhiimy-ap-tejomaya{t sapta\npriir-o vyomiimbu-viiyubh�\ntvak-the thin layer on the skin; carma-skin; miirhsa-flesh; rudhirablood;meda� - fat; majjii- marrow ; asthi- bone; dhiitavaft -el ements ; bhumi\n-earth;ap-water;teja�- fire; mayii�\n\n-\n\np redominating; sapta seven; priirw�\n-\n\n-breathing air; vyoma-sky; ambu-water; viiyubh*-by the air.\nTRANSLATION\nThe seven elements of the body, namely the thin layer on the skin,\nthe skin, the flesh, the blood, fat, the marrow and the bone, are all made of\nearth, water and fire, whereas the life breathing air is produced by the\nsky, water and air.\nPURPORT\nConstruction of the whole material world is prominently made by\nthree elements, namely earth, water and fire. But the living force is produced by sky, air, and water. So water is the common element both in the\ngross and subtle forms of all material creation, and it should be noted\nherewith that due to necessity, water, being most prominent in the material creation, is the principal element of all the five. This material body is\nthus an embodiment of the five elements, and the gross manifestation is\nperceived because of three, namely, earth, water, and fire. Sensation of\ntouch is perceived due to the thin layer on the skin, and bone is as good\nas\n\nhard stone. Since the breathing air of life is produced of sky, air and\n\nwater, open air, regular bath and ample space to live in are favorable for\nhealthy vitality. Fresh produce of the earth like grains and vegetables,\nfresh water and heat are good for the upkeep of the gross body.\nTEXT 32\n\ngt'lk+i�lwfl� �� gan: I\n�: �4fi4�1(k+il �f.{P.i(II._�Nan ����II\n\n", "SB2.2#p0271": "S rim ad -Bhagavatam\n\n586\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nguru'itm.akiinindriyar-i\nbhutiidi-prabhavii gur-ii�\nmana� sarva-vikiirii.tmii.\nbuddhir vijiiiina-rupir-i\ngu r-a iitmakiini- attached to the qualities; ind ri yiir-i- sense s ; bhutiidi-\n\nmateriat ego; prabhavii� inftuenced by; gur- ii � modes of material nature;\n-\n\n-\n\nmana�-the mind; sarva-all; vikara-affection (happiness and distress);\niitma- form; buddh0- intelligence;vijiiana-deliberation; mpir-i- featuring.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sense organs are attached to the modes of material nature, and the\nmodes of material nature are products of the false ego. Mind is subjected\nto all kinds of material experiences (happiness and distress), and the\nintelligence is the feature of mind's deliberation.\nPURPORT\nIllusioned by the material nature, the living entity identifies with false\nego. More clearly, when the living entity is entrapped by the material\nbody he at once identifies with the bodily relationships, forgetting his own\nidentity as spirit soul. This false ego associates with different modes of\nmaterial nature, and thus the senses become attached to the modes of\nmaterial nature. Mind is the instrument for feeling different material expcrienl:es, bu l intelligence is deliberative and can change everything for\nthe better. The intelligent person, therefore, can attain salvation from the\nillusion of material existence by proper use of intelligence. An intelligent\nperson can detect the awkward position of material existence and thus\nbegin to inquire as to what he is, why he is subjected to different kinds of\nmiseries, how to get rid of all miseries, and thus, by good association, an\nadvanced intelligent person can turn towards the better life of selfn:alization. It is advised, therefore, that an intelligent person associate with\ngreat sages and saints who are on the path of salvation. By such association,\none can receive instructions which are able to slacken the conditioned\nsoul's attachment for matter, and thus gradually the intelligent man gets rid\nof the illusion of matter and false ego and is promoted to the real life of\neternity, knowledge and blissfulness.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0272": "Text 33)\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n587\n\nTEXT 33\n\n��tRffl � �� � � 'llf1 I\n�M��{Ui{e�ftwet'(\n������\netad bhagavato mparh\nsthiilarh te vyiihrtarh mayii\nmahy-iidibhi.S ciivara'!lair\na§fabhir bahir iivrtam\netat-all these; bhagavata�-of the Personality of Godhead; mpam - form;\n\ns th ulam- gross ; te-unto you; vyiihrtam- explained; mayii- by me; mahi­\n\nthe planets; iidibhi {t - et cetera; ca-unlimitedly; ava ra r w i�-by coverings;\n\na§tabh*-by eight; bah*- ext;ernal; iivrta m- covered.\nTRANSLATION\nThus by all this, the external feature of the Personality of Godhead is\ncovered by gross forms of planets, et cetera, which were explained to you\nby me.\nPURPORT\nAs explained in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg.\n\n7.4) the separated material\n\nenergy of the Personality of Godhead is covered by eight kinds of mate­\n\nrial coverings: namely earth, water, fire, air, sky, mind, intelligence and\n\nfalse ego. All these are emanations from the Personality of Godhead as\nHis external energy. These coverings are just like the covering of clouds\n\nfor the sun. The cloud is a creation of the sun, yet it actually covers the\neyes so that one cannot see the sun. The sun cannot be covered by the\n\nclouds. The cloud can at utmost extend a few hundreds of miles in the\nsky, but the sun is far greater than millions of miles. So a hundred-mile\n\ncovering is not competent to cover millions of miles. Therefore, one of\n\nthe various energies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead cannot, of\n\ncourse, cover the Lord. But these coverings are created by Him to cover\n\nthe eyes of the conditioned souls who want to lord it over the material\n\nnature. Actually the conditioned souls are covered by the illusory creative\ncloud of matter, and the Lord reserves the right of not being exposed to\n\n", "SB2.2#p0273": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n588\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nthe eyes of the conditioned souls. And because they have no eyes of\ntranscendental vision and because they cannot see the Personality of Godhead, they therefore deny the existence of the Lord as well' as the transcendental form of the Lord. The covering of the gigantic material feature is\naccepted by such men with poor fund of knowledge, and how it becomes\nso is explained in the following verse.\n\nata� pararit siik�matamam\navyaktarit nirvi.Se�ar-am\naniidi-madhya-nidhanarit\nnityarit viin-manasa� param\nata�- therefore; param-transcendental; siik§matamam- finer than the\nfinest; avyaktam unmanifested ; nirvi.Se§ar-am-without material features;\n-\n\naniidi-without beginning; madhya\n\n--\n\nwithou t an intermediate stage; nid­\n\nhanam-without end; nityam-ete rn al; viik-words; manasa�-of the mind;\nparam-trans·cendental.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore beyond this [gross manifestation] there is a transcendental\nmanifestation finer than the finest form, which has no beginning, no inter­\n\nmediate stage and no end; therefore it is beyond the limits of expression or\nmental speculation and is distinct from the material conceptionPURPORT\nThe gross external body of the Supreme is manifested at certain intervals, and thus the external feature or form of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is not the eternal form of the Lord, which has no beginning, no\nintermediate stage and no end. Anything which has beginning, interim and\nend is called material. The material world is begun from the Lord, and thus\nthe form of the Lord, before the beginning of the material world, is certainly transcendental to the finest or the finer material conception. The\nether in the material world is considered to be the finest. Finer than the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0274": "Bhagavatam is the Answer\n\nText 35]\n\n589\n\nether is mind, intelligence, and false ego. But all the eight outward cover·\nings are explained as outer coverings of the Absolute Truth. The Absolute\nTruth is therefore beyond the expression and speculation of the material\nconception, He is certainly transcendental to all material conceptions.\nThis is called niroise�arwm.\n\nOne should not, however, misunderstand\n\nniroise�arwm as being without any transcendental qualifications. Vise�a[tam\nmeans qualities. Therefore nir added with it means that He has no mate·\nrial qualities or variegatedness. This nullifying expression is described in\nfour transcendental qualifications, namely unmanifested, transcendental,\neternal and beyond the conception of mind or word. Beyond the Limits of\nwords means negation of the material conception, and unless one is\ntranscendentally situated, it is not possible to know the transcendental\nform of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n� � 1Nl � �?_It4ftflij I\n� 3lN Wl �� ¥tatta�4 fffi'�: ������\namuni bhagavad-riipe\nmayii te hy anuvarrtite\nubhe api na g[h[tanti\nmiiyii-mte vipa.S-citaft\namuni-aU these; bhagavat-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nrope-in the forms; maya\n\n-\n\nby me; te-unto you; hi-certainly; anuvarrtite­\n\ndescribed respectively; ubhe-both; api also; na- never; grhrtanti-accepts;\n-\n\nmaya-external; S!§te- being so manifested; vipas-citaft- the learned one\nwho knows.\nTRANSL ATION\nBoth the above forms of the Lord, as just described unto you from the\nmaterial angle of vision, are not accepted by the pure devotees of the Lord\nwho know Him well.\nPURPORT\nThe impersonalists think of the Absolute Personality of Godhead in two\ndifferent ways, as above mentioned. On the one hand they worship the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0275": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n590\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nLord in His vi.Sva-riipa or all-pervading universal form, and on the other\n\nthey think of the Lord's unmanifested, indescribable, subtle form. The\n\ntheories of pantheism and monism are respectively applicable to these two\nconceptions of the Supreme as gross and subtle, but both of them are re­\n\njected by the learned pure devotees of the Lord because they are aware\n\nof the factual position. This is very clearly mentioned in the Eleventh\n\nChapter of the Bhagavad-gitii., Arjuna's experience of the viSva-riipa of the\nSupreme Lord Sri Kr�':la.\n\nadnta-piiroam hr§ito 'smi dr§fvii\nbhayena ca pravyathitarh mana me\ntad eva me darsaya deva riiparh\n\nprasida devesa jagannivii.sa (Bg. 11.45)\n\nArjuna, as a pure devotee of the Lord, never previously saw the contem­\n\nplated universal form of the Lord (viSva-riipa), but when he did see, his\n\ncuriosities became satisfied. But he was not happy to see such a form of\n\nthe Lord because of his attachment as a pure devotee. He was therefore\nafraid to see the gigantic form of the Lord. He therefore prayed to the\n\nLord to assume His fourhanded Naraya!la or Kr�r;Ia form, which alone\n\ncould please him (Arjuna). Undoubtedly the Lord has the supreme potency\n\nto exhibit Himself in multifarious forms, but the pure devotees of the\n\nLord are interested in His forms as are eternally exhibited in the abode of\n\nthe Lord, known as the tripiid-vibhiiti or kingdom of God. The Lord in\nthe tripiid-vibhiiti abode exhibits Himself in two forms, either with four\n\nhands or with two hands. The visva-riipa exhibited in the material mani­\n\nfestation has unlimited hands and unlimited dimensions with everything\nunlimited. The pure devotees of the Lord worship Him in His Vaikur;Jtha\n\nforms as Naraya!la or Kr�r;Ia. Sometimes the same V aikur;Itha forms of the\nLord are in the material world also by His grace as Sri Rama, Sri Kr�r;Ia,\n\nSri Narasimhadeva, etc., and thus the pure devotees also worship them.\n\nUsually the features shown in the material world have no existence in the\n\nVaikur;Itha planets, and thus they are not accepted by the pure devotees.\n\nWhat the pure devotees worship from the very beginning are eternal forms\n\nof the Lord existing in the Vaikur;Itha planets. The nondevotee imperson­\n\nalists imagine the material forms of the Lord, and ultimately they merge in\n\nthe impersonal brahmajyoti of the Lord, whereas the pure devotees of the\nLord are worshipers of the Lord both in the beginning and also in the\n\nperfect stage of salvation, eternally. The worship of the pure devotee\nnever stops, whereas the worship of the impersonalist stops after his\n\n", "SB2.2#p0276": "591\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\nText 36]\n\nallainment of salvation, being merged in the impersonal form of the Lord\nknown as brahmajyoti. Therefore the pure devotees of the Lord are described here as vipascita, or the learned who are in the knowledge of the\nLord perfectly.\n\nTEXT 36\n\nij �:q��\n\n�r-t q� I\n•uq�q� �� ef!hq���: -«:\"'u����\nsa viicya-viicakatayii\nbhagaviin b rahma-riipa-dhrk\nniima-rupa-k riyii dhatte\nsa-karmiikarmaka� para�\n\ns�\n\n-\n\nHe; viicya\n\n-\n\nby His forms and activities; viicakatayii-by His transcen­\n\ndental qualities and entourage; bhagavan\n\n-\n\nthe Personality of Godhead;\n\nbrahma-absolute; riip a dhrk by accepting visible forms; nama-name;\n-\n\n-\n\nriipa-form; kriyii-pastimes; dhatte- accepts ; sa karma\n-\n\n-\n\nengaged in work;\n\nakarmaka�- without being affected; para�- transcendence.\nTRANSLATION\nHe, the Personality of Godhead, manifests Himself in a transcendental\nform, being the subject of His transcendental name, quality, pastimes,\nentourage and transcendental variegatedness. Although He is unaffected\nby all such activities, He appears to be so engaged.\nPURPORT\nWhenever there is need of material creation, the transcendental Personality of Godhead accepts forms in the material world for creation, maintenance and destruction, and one should be intelligent enough to know\nHis activities in truth without being biased to conclude that He descends\nin the material world by accepting a form created by material nature.\nAny form accepted from the material nature has its affection to everything\ndone in the material world. A conditioned soul who accepts the material\n\nform for undergoing a certain term of material activities is subj ected to\nthe laws of matter. But here in this verse it is clearly stated that the forms\nand activities of the Lord, although they appear to be the same as those of\n\n", "SB2.2#p0277": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n592\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nanother conditioned soul, are supernatural and impossible for the condi­\n\ntioned soul. He, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is always unaffected\nby such activities. In the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord says:\n\nna miirh karmiiri limpanti na me karma-phale sprhii\niti miirh yo'bhijiiniiti karmabhir na sa baddhyati\n(Bg. 4.14)\n\nThe Lord is never affected by the activities which He apparently\n\nperforms by His different incarnations and personalities, nor does He have\n\nany desire to achieve success by fruitive activities. The Lord is full by His\n\ndifferent potencies of wealth, strength, fame, beauty, knowledge and\nrenunciation, and thus He has no reason for physical exertion like the\n\nconditioned soul. Therefore an intelligent person who can distinguish\nbetween the transcendental activities of the Lord and those of the condi­\n\ntioned souls also is not bound by the reactions of activities. The Lord as\n\nVisnu, Brahma and Siva conducts the three modes of material nature.\n·\nFr m Vi�ttu is born Brahma, and from Brahma is born Siva. Sometimes\n\n�\n\nBrahma is a separated part of Vi�ttu, and sometimes Brahma is Vi�ttu\nHimself. Thus Brahma creates the different species of life all over the\n\nuniverse, which means that the Lord creates the whole manifestation\neither Himself or through the agency of His authorized deputies.\n\nTEXTS 37-40\n\n�ill N(1lr+41>_\"f.�'41wti11.ftlq...IOII\"{ � I\n�R� mtr�l�gclqilo{II��SII\nf?ti\"i\\(IYHijl � �i1_ f?ti•�ql..-wt(l\"{l\n+tHf �:fq�u:qj� ��r��YN�I�qil\"{ ����II\n�\n'tf'{l\"'tlritli\\-�� � �'(i{fi{ I\n<ct•ll�l1.qwr.·�fltU\"iq �(}�q1\"{11��II\n��� �� 1:R'S���lft�: I\n�ij�lfj�i�f'l�t: dutf ��1: 11\\loll\n\"\n\nprajii-patin maniin deviin\nnin pitr-gar-iin prthak\nsiddha-ciirar-a-gandharviin\nvidyiidhriisura-guh yakiin\n\n", "SB2.2#p0278": "B hagavatam is the Answer\n\nTexts 3 7-40]\n\n593\n\nkinnariipsaraso niigiin\nsarpiin k imp uru§iin nariin\nmiitf rak.saft pisiiciiritS ca\npreta-bhuta-viniiyakiin\nkii§ miir-!lonmiida-ve tiiliin\nyiitudhiiniin grahiin api\nkhagiin mrgiin pasun vrk§iin\nginn nrpa sarisrpiin\ndvi-vidhiiS catur-vidhii ye'nye\njala-sthala-nabhaukasaft\nkusaliikusalii miSrii�\nkarmapiim gatayas tv imii�\nprajii-patin-Brahma and his sons like Dak12a and o thers; manun-the periodical heads like Vaivasvata Manu, etc.; deU�1n-like Indra, Candra, Varurta,\netc.; Hin-like Bhrgu, V asi11tha, etc.; pitrgariin-the inhabitants of the\nPita planets; prthak-separately; siddha-the inhabitants of the Siddha\n\nplanet; ciirara-inhabitants of the Carapa planet;gandharviin-inhabitants\n\nof the Gandharva planets; vidyadhra-inhabitants of the same planet;\n\nasura-the\n\natheists; _guhyakiin-the inhabitants\n\nof the Yak�a planet;\n\nkinnara-the inhabitants of the Kinnara planet; apsarasaft-the beautiful\nangels of the Apsara planet; niigiin-the inhabitants of the Nagaloka\n\n(serpentine); sa1piin-inhabitants of the Sarpaloka (snakes); kimpuru§iin­\n\nmonkey-shaped inhabitants of the Kimpuru�a planet; nariin-inhabitants\nof the earth;miitf-inhabitants of the Matrloka; rak§ap-inhabitants of the\ndemoniac planet; pisiiciin-inhabitants of the Pisacaloka; ca-also; p reta­\n\ninhabitants of Pretaloka; bhuta-the evil spirits; viniiyakiin-the goblins;\nkusmurpa-will o' the wisp; unmilda-lunatics; vetaliin-the jinn; ya t u\n­\n\ndhiiniin-a particular type of evil spirit; grahiin-the good and evil stars;\n\napi-also; khagan-the birds; mrgan-the forest animals;pasiin-the household animals; vrk§iin-the ghosts; girin-the mountains; n.1pa-O King;\nsaris.JPii.n -reptiles; dvi-vidhiift-the moving and the standing living entities;\ncatur-vidha�-living entities born in the embryo, in eggs, in perspiration\n\nand in seeds;ye-others; anye-all;jala-water; sthala-land; nabhaukasa�­\n\nbirds; kusala-in happiness; akusal�-in distress; miSr�-in mixed happiness and distress;karmarziim-according to one's own past deeds; gatayaft­\n\nas result of;tu-but; imii�-al1 of them.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, know from me that Brahma and his sons, like Dakl}a, and\nthe\n\nperiodical\n\nheads\n\nlike\n\nVaivasvata\n\nManu,\n\netc.,\n\ndemigods\n\nlike\n\n", "SB2.2#p0279": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n594\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nlndra, Candra, Varul).a, etc., great sages like Bhrgu, Vyasa, Vasi��ha, etc.,\n\nthe inhabitants of the Pitrloka, the inhabitants of the Siddhaloka, the\n\nCaral).as, Gandharvas, Vidy �dharas, Asuras, Yak�as, Kinnaras, Angels, the\n\nserpentines, the monkey-shaped Kimpuru�as, the human beings, the in­\n\nhabitants of Matrloka, the demons, Pisacas, ghosts, spirits, lunatics, evil\n\nspirits, good and evil stars, the goblins, the animals in the forest, the birds,\nthe household animals, the reptiles, the mountains, the moving and\n\nstanding living entities, the living entities who are born in embryos, in\n\neggs, in perspiration and in seeds, and all others who may be in the w ater,\n\nland and sky, who may be in happiness or in distress or in mixed\n\nhappiness and distress, according to past deeds, are all created by the\nSupreme Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nThe varieties of living entities are mentioned in this list, and, with no\n\nexception from the highest topmost planet down to the lowest planet of\n\nthe universe, all of them in different species of life arc created by the\n\nAlmighty Father Vi�tm, and therefore no one is independent of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord th€refore\nclaims all living entities as Hi offsprings in the following verse:\n\nsarva-yoni§u kaunteya murtaya� sambhavanti yii�\ntiisiim brahma mahad yonir aham bija-prada� pita\n(Bg. 14.4)\n\nThe material nature is compared to the mother. Although every living\n\nbeing is seen to be coming out of the mother's body, still it is a fact that\n\nthe mother is not the ultimate cause of such a birth. The father is the\nultimate cause of birth. Without the father's seed, no mother can give\nbirth to a child. Therefore the Jiving beings that are within the innu­\n\nmerable universes in different varieties of forms and position are all\nborn out of the seeds of the Almighty Father, Personality of Godhead,\n\nand only to the man with a poor fund of knowledge does it appear\n\nthat they are born out of the material nature. Being under the material\nenergy of the Supreme Lord, all living entities beginning from Brahma\n\ndown to the insignificant ant are manifested in different bodies according\nto their past deeds.\n\nThe material nature is one of the energies of the Lord (Bg. 7.4). The\nmaterial nature is inferior in comparison to the living entities, the superior\n\nnature. The superior nature and inferior nature of the Lord combined\ntogether to manifest the whole universal affairs.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0280": "Text 41]\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n595\n\nSome of the living entities are relatively happy and in better conditions\nof life, whereas others are in distressed conditions of life. But factually\nnone of them are adually happy in the material conditional life. No one\ncan be happy in prison life, although one is a first-class prisoner and the\nother is a third-class prisoner. The intelligent person should not try to be\npromoted from third-class prison life to first-class prison life, but should\ntry to be released from the prison altogether. One may be promoted to\nfirst-class prisoner, but the same first-class prisoner is again degraded to a\nthird-class prisoner in the next term. One should try to be free from\nprison life and go back to home, back to Godhead. T hat is the real goal for\nall types of living entities.\nTEXT 41\n\nij\"\"� �� Wr ftm: ij<i'11(ijfil: I\n6�1��'�0 �wt � 416��\\fl I\n���its-�� � �({{� ll'd�ll\nsattvarit rajas tama iti\ntisra� suranrniirakii�\ntatriipy ekaika.So riijan\nbhidyante gatayas tridhii\nyadaikaikataro'nyiibhyiirit\nsva-bhiiva upahanyate\nsattvam-the mode of goodness; raja�- the mode of passion; tamaft -the\nmode of darkness; iti-thus; tisra [l-trio; sura- demigod; nr-human being;\nnii ra kii ft - one who is suffering hellish conditions; tatra api-even there;\n\nekaikasa[l- another; riijan-0\n\nKing;\n\nbhidyante- divide into; gataya[t­\n\nmovements; tridhii-three; yadii-at that time; e k aikatara[l. -one in relation\nwith another; an yiibhyiim- from the other; s v a bhiiva[l.- habit; upahanyate\n-\n\n-develops.\nTRANSLATION\nAccording to the different modes of material nature-the mode of\ngoodness, the mode of passion and the mode of darkness-there are\ndifferent living creatures, who\n\nare\n\nknown\n\nas\n\ndemigods, human beings\n\nand hellish living entities. 0 King, even a particular mode of nature, being\nmixed with the other tw�, is divided into three, and thus each kind of\nliving creature is influenced by the other modes and acquires its habits also.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0281": "[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n596\n\nPURPORT\nThe living entities individually are being conducted by a particular mode\n\nof nature, but at the same time there is every chance of being influenced\nby the other two. Generally, all conditioned souls in the material encage­\n\nment are influenced by the mode of passion because every one of them is\ntrying to lord it over the material nature to fulfill individual desire. But in\nspite of the individual mode of passion, there is always the chance of being\n\ninfluenced by other modes of nature by association. If one is in good\nassociation he can develop the modes of goodness, and if he is in bad\n\nassociation he may develop the modes of darkness or ignorance. Nothing\n\nis stereotyped. One can change his habit by good or bad association, and\none has to become intelligent enough to discriminate between good and\n\nbad. The best association is the service of the devotees of the Lord, and\nby that association one can become the highest qualified man by the\ngrace of pure devotees of the Lord. As we have already seen in the life of\nSrila Narada Muni, he became the topmost devotee of the Lord simply\nby the association of pure devotees of the Lord. By birth he was the son\nof a maidservant and had no knowledge of his father and no academic\neducation, even of the lowest status. But simply by associating with the\ndevotees and by eating the remnants of their foodstuff, he gradually\ndeveloped the transcendental qualities of the devotees. By such association,\nhis taste for chanting and hearing the transcendental glories of the Lord\nbecame prominent, and because the glories of the Lord are nondifferent\nfrom the Lord, he got direct association with the Lord by means of sound\n\nrepresentation. Similarly, there is the life of Ajamila (Sixth Canto), who\nwas the son of a briihma!la and was educated and trained properly in the\ndischarge of the duties of a briihmarta but in spite of all this, because\n\nhe contacted the bad association of a prostitute, was put into the path of\nthe lowest quality of Ca[lpiila, or the last position of human beings. Therefore the Bhiigavatam recommends always the association of the mahat, or\n\nthe great soul, for opening the gate of salvation. And to associate with\npersons engaged in lording it over the material world means to enter into\nthe darkest region of hell. One should try to raise himself by the association\nof the great soul, and that is the way of perfection of life.\n\nTEXT 42\n«\n\n�� lil•ltldl lllRF{ � I\n....\n\n��·uq�\"lFt��--;c(ij(IR:fil: 11\\1�11\n\n", "SB2.2#p0282": "Text 42)\n\n597\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\nsa evedarh jagad-dhatii\nbhagaviin dharma-rfipa-dhrk\npu§!'-iiti sthiipayan visvarh\ntiryan-nara-suriidibhi�\nsa�\n\n-\n\nHe; eva-certainly; idam\n\n-\n\nthis; jagat dhiitii\n-\n\n-\n\nthe maintainer of the\n\nentire universe; bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; dharma-rfipa-dhrk\n-assuming the form of religious principles;pU§fl-iiti-maintains; sthiipayan\n-after establishing; visvam-the universes; tiryak - living entities lower\nthan the human beings; nara-the human beings; sura-iidibhi�-by the\ndemigodly incarnations.\nTRANSLATION\nHe, the Personality of Godhead, as maintainer of all in the universe,\nappears in different incarnations after establishing the creation, and thus\nHe reclaims all kinds of conditioned souls amongst the humans, nonhumans\nand the demigods.\nPU RPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead Vi�t;tu incarnates Himself in\ndifferent societies of living entities to reclaim them from the clutches of\nillusion, and such activities of the Lord are not limited only to the human\nsociety. He incarnates Himself even as a fish, hog, tree and many other\nforms, but less intelligent persons who have no knowledge of Him deride\nHim even if He is in the human society as a human being. The Lord therefore says in the Bhagavad-gitii:\n\navajiinanti miirh miitjha miinu§irh tanum iisritam\npararh bhiivam ajiinante mama bhiita-mahesvaram. (Bg. 9.ll)\nAs we have already discussed in the previous verses, it is concluded that\nthe Lord is never a product of the material creation. His transcendental\nposition is always unchanged. He is the eternal form of knowledge and\nbliss, and He executes His almighty will by His different energies. As such\nHe is never the subject of reaction -for all His acts. He is transcendental to\nall such conceptions of action and reactions. Even if He is visible in the\nmaterial world, the exhibition is only of His internal energy, for He is\nabove the good and bad conceptions of this material world. In the material\nworld the fish or the hog may be considered lower than the man, but\n\n", "SB2.2#p0283": "[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n598\n\nwhen the Lord appears as a fish or hog, He is neither of them in the\nmateriaJ conception. It is His causeless mercy that He appears in every\nsociety or species of life, but He is never to be considered one of them.\nConceptions of the material world such as good and bad, lower and upper,\nimportant and insignificant are estimations of the material energy, and\nthe Supreme Lord is transcendental to all such conceptions. The word\npararit bhii.vam, or transcendental nature, can never be compared with the\n\nmaterial conception. We should not forget that the potencies of the Almighty Lord are always the same and do not decrease because the Lord\nassumes the form of a lower animal. There is no difference between Lord\n\nSri Rama, Lord Sri Kr9p.a or His incarnations of fish and hogs. He is allpervading and simultaneously localized at any and every place. But the\nfoolish person with a poor fund of knowledge, for want of that pararit\n\nbhii.vam of the Lord, cannot understand how the Supreme Lord can take\n\nthe form of a man or a fish. Everything is compared to its own standard of\nknowledge, as the frog in the well considers the sea lo be one like the well.\nThe frog in the well cannot even think of the sea, and when such a frog is\ninformed of the greatness of the sea it takes the conception of the sea as a\nlittle greater than the well. As such, one who is foolish in the transcendental science of the Lord will find it difficult to understand how Lord Vi9p.u\ncan equally manifest Himself in every society of living entities.\n\nTEXT 43\nmn �'1{)S(I�I\n\n4f(l!fil�\";J: I\n\nijf.t;q�0Rr ffil m li.lwti.O�ft;:uf.te : IIV�II\ntata[l. kii.liigni-rudrritmii.\nyat Sf§tam idam ii.tmana[l.\n\nsanniyacchati tat kale\nghaniinikam iviinila[l.\ntat a{l.-lhereafter at the end; kala-destruction; agni-fire; rudra-ii.tmiiin Lhe form of Rudra; yat whatever; sntam-created; idam-all these;\n-\n\niitmana[l.-of l lis own; sam-completely; niya cchati\n\n-\n\na\n\nnnihilates; tat kiile­\n\nal Lh1: 1:nd of Lhe millennium; ghana-anikam-bunches of clouds; iva-like\nLhal of; anila[l. -a i r\n\n.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0284": "Text 43 J\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n599\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, at the end of the millennium, the Lord Himself in the form\nof Rudra, the destroyer, will annihilate the complete creation as the wind\ndisplaces the clouds.\nPURPORT\nThis creation is very appropriately compared to the clouds. The clouds\n\nare created or situated in the sky, and when they are displaced they remain\n\nin the same sky without manifestation. Similar! y, the whole creation is\n\nmade by the Supreme Personality of God in His form of Brahma, il is\nmaintained by Him in the form of Vi��m, and it is destroyed by Him in the\nform of Rudra or Siva, all in- due course. This creation, maintenance and\ndestruction are nicely explained in the Bhagavad-gitii as follows:\n\nbhuta-griima{l sa eviiyam bhutvii bhutvii praliyate\nriitryiigame 'vasa{l piirtha prabhavaty ahariigame\nparas tasmiit tu bhiivo 'nyo 'vyakto 'vyaktiit saniitana{l\n\nya{l sa sarve§U bhute§U na5yatsu na vinasyati (Bg. 8.19-20)\n\nThe nature of the material world is that it is first created very nicely,\n\ndevelops very nicely, stays for a great number of years (even beyond the\n\ncalculation of the greatest mathematician), but after that it is again\n\ndestroyed during the night of Brahma without any resistance, and again at\n\nthe end of the night of Brahma the same is again manifested as creation Lo\n\nfollow the same principles of maintenance and destruction. The foolish\nconditioned soul who has taken this temporary world as a permanent\n\nsettlement has to learn intelligently why such creation and destruction\ntake place. The fruitive actors in the material world are very enthusiastic\n\nin the creation of big enterprises, big houses, big empires, big industries and\nso many big, big things out of the energy and ingredients supplied by the\n\nmaterial agent of the Supreme Lord. With such resources, and at the cost\n\nof valuable energy, the conditioned soul creates, satisfies his whims, bu L\n\nunwillingly has to depart from all his creations and enter into another phase\n\nof life to create again and again. And to give hope to such foolish con­\n\nditioned souls who waste their energy in this temporary material world,\n\nthe Lord gives information that there is another nature which is eternally\n\n", "SB2.2#p0285": "S rim ad Bh agavatam\n\n600\n\n-\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nexislent without being occasionally created or destroyed, and the conditioned soul can understand what he should do and how his valuable\nenergy may be utilized. Instead of wasting his energy in matter, which is\nsure to be destroyed in due course by the supreme will, he (the conditioned\nsoul) should utilize his energy in devotional service of the Lord so that he\ncan be transferred to the other, eternal nature where there is no birth, no\ndeath, no creation, no destruction, but permanent life instead, full of\nknowledge and unlimited bliss. This temporary creation is thus exhibited\nand destroyed just to give information to the conditioned soul who is\nattached to temporary things. It is meant also to give him a chance for selfrealization, and not for sense gratification, which is the prime aim of all\nfruitive actors.\n\nTEXT 44\n\n� � �� +t•l€4'14{: I\n�� ft 1ft mtf� ��: H'J'JII\n':I\n\nitthambhiivena kathito\nbhagaviin bhagavattama�\nnetthambhiivena hi param\ndm§tum arhanti suraya�\nittham-in these features; bhiivena-matter of creation and destruction;\n\nk ath ita� -described ; bhagaviin the Personality of Godhead; bhagavattama�\n-\n\n-by the great transcendentalists; na-not; ittham-in this; bhiivenafeatures; hi-only;pa ram most glorious; dra§tum-to see; arhanti-deserve;\n-\n\ns\n\nii raya[l-great devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great transcendentalists thus describe the activities of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, but the pure devotees deserve to see more glorious\nthings in transcendence, beyond these features.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord is not only creator and destroyer of the material manifestations of His different energies. He is more than simple creator and de-\n\n", "SB2.2#p0286": "Bhagavatam is the Answer\n\nText 45]\n\n601\n\nstroyer, for there is His feature of iinanda, or His pleasure feature. This\npleasure feature of the Lord is understood by the pure devotees only, and\nnot by others. The impersonalist is satisfied simply by understanding the\nall-pervasive influence of the Lord, called Brahman realization. Greater than\nthe impersonalist is the mystic who sees the Lord situated in his heart as\nParamiitmii, the partial representation of the Lord. But there are pure\ndevotees who take part in the direct pleasure (iinanda) potency of the\nLord by factual reciprocation of loving service. The Lord in His abode\ncalled the V aiku�tha planets, which are eternal manifestations, always\nremains with His associates and enjoys transcendental loving services by\nHis pure devotees in different transcendental humors. The pure devotees of\nthe Lord thus undergo a practice of that devotional service of the Lord\nduring the manifestation of the creation and take full advantage of the\nmanifestation by qualifying themselves to enter into the kingdom of God.\nThe Bhagavad-gitii confirms this:\n\nbhaktyii miim abhijiiniiti yiiviin yas ciismi tattvata�\ntato miirh tattvato jniitvii viSate tad anantaram. (Bg. 18.55)\nBy development of pure devotional service one can know factually the\nLord as He is and thus become trained in the bona fide service of the\nLord and be allowed to enter into the direct association of the Lord in so\nmany capacities. And the highest glorious association with the Lord is\nmade possible in the planet of Goloka V rndavana, where Lord Kr�pa\nenjoys Himself with the gopis and His favorite animals, the surabhi cows.\nDescription of this transcendental land of K r��a is given in the Brahmasarhhitii, considered by Lord Sri Caitanya to be the most authentic literature in this connection.\n\nTEXT 45\n\ndfUr �\"ttG:1 � I\n·� ¥tt44t<ltq« ft: ffil. ll'd�ll\n\n�\n\nniisya karma\"(li janmiidau\nparasyiinuvidhiyate\nkartrtva-prat4edhiirtharh\nmiiyayiiropitarh hi tat\n\n", "SB2.2#p0287": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n602\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nna- never; asya- of the creation; karmarti- in the rna tter of; janma-iidau­\n\ncreation and destruction; parasya-of the Supreme; anuvidhiyate-it is so\ndescribed; ka rtrtva-engineering ; prati§edha-artham-counteract; miiyayiiby the external energy; iiropitam-is manifested· hi-for; tat-the creator.\nTRANSLATION\nThere is no direct engineering by the Lord for the creation and destruction of the material world. What is described in the Vedas about His\ndirect interference is simply to counteract the idea that material nature is\nthe creator.\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic direction for creation, maintenance and destruction of the\nmaterial world is this: \"yato vii imiini bhutiini jiiyante yena jiitiini jivanti\n\nyat prayanty abhisarhvisanti,\" i.e. everything is created by Brahman, and\n\nafter creation everything is maintained by Brahman, and after annihilation\neverything is conserved in Brahman. Gross materialists without any knowledge of Brahman, Paramatma or Bhagavan conclude material nature to be\nthe ultimate cause of the material manifestation, and the modern scientist\nalso shares this view that material nature is the ultimate cause of all\nmanifestations of the material world. This view is refuted by all Vedic\nliterature. The Vedanta philosophy mentions that Brahman is the fountainhead\n\nof\n\nall\n\ncreation,\n\nmaintenance and destruction, and Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, the natural co.mmentation on the Vediinta philosophy, says,\n\n\"janmiidy asya yato 'nvayiid itaratas ciirthe�v abhijiialz svariit,\" etc.\nInert matter is potential energy undoubtedly by interactions, but it has\n\nno initiative of its own. Srimad-Bhiigavatam therefore comments on the\n\naphorism of janmiidyasya as abhijiialz and svariit, i.e. the Supreme Brahman\n\nis not inert matter, but He is supreme consciousness and is independent.\n\nTherefore inert matter cannot he the ultimate cause of the creation,\nmaintenance and destruction of the material world. Superficially it appears\nthat the material nature is the cause of creation, maintenance and de­\n\nstruction, but material nature is set into motion for creation by the supreme conscious being, the Personality of Godhead. He is the background\nof all creation, maintenance and destruction, and this is confirmed in the\n\nHhagavad-gitii:\n\nmayiidhyak�erw pralqtilJ. siiyate sacariicaram\nhetuniinena kaunteya jagad viparivartate.\n\n(Bg. 9.10)\n\n", "SB2.2#p0288": "Text 45]\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n60 3\n\nThe material nature is one of the energies of the Lord, and she can work\nunder the direction of the Lord (adhyakwrw). When the Lord throws His\n\ntranscendental glance over the material nature, then only can the material\nnature act, as the father contacts the mother, and then the mother is able\nto conceive a child. The material nature therefore produces the moving and\n\ntanding manifestation of the material world after being contacted by the\n\nsupreme father, and not independently. Therefore although it appears, to\nthe layman, that the mother gives birth to the child, the experienced man\nknows that the father gives birth to the child. To consider material nature\n\nas the cause of creation, maintenance, etc., is c,alled the \"logic of nipples\n\non the neck of the goat.\" The Caitanya-caritiimrta by Srila Kr�p.adasa\nKaviraja Gosvami describes this logic of ajagalastana as foUows (a\n\nex­\n\nplained by IIis Divine Grace Sri Srimad Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami\nMaharaja): \"The material nature, as the material cause, is known as\n\npradhiina, and as efficient cause is known as miiyii. But being inert matter,\nit is not the remote cause of creation.\" Kaviraja Gosvami states as follows:\n\nataeva krrrw mul, jagat karan\nprakrti karan jaichhe ajagalastan\n\n(C.c., Adi 5.61)\n\nBecause the Kii.rap.ii.rpavasayi V i�p.u is a plenary expansion of Kr�r�a, it is\nHe who electrifies the matter to be in motion. The example of electrifica­\n\ntion is quite appropriate. A piece of iron is certainly riot fire, b_ut when\nthe iron is made red-hot, certainly it has the quality of fire through its\n\nburning capacity. Matter is compared with the piece of iron, and it is\nelectrified or made red-hot by the glance or manipulation of the supreme\nconsciousness of Vi�pu. By such electrification only does the energy of\n\nmatter become displayed by various actions and reactions. Therefore the\n\ninert matter is neither efficient nor is it the material cause of the cosmic\nmanifestation. Sri Kapiladeva has said:\n\nyatholmukiid visphulihgiid dhiimiid viipi svasambhaviit\napy iitma-tveniibhimatiid yathiignil;t prthag ulmukiit\n(Bhiig. 3.28.40)\nThe original fire, its flame, its sparks, and its smoke arc all one, as fire is\n\nstill fire yet is different from the flame, flame is different from sparks, and\n\nsparks are different from the smoke. In every one of them, namely in the\nflames, in the sparks and in the smoke, the integrity of fire is present, and\nstill all of them and each and every one of them are differently situated\nwith different positions. The cosmi\n\n� manifestation is compared to the\n\n", "SB2.2#p0289": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n604\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nsmoke (when the smoke passes over the sky so many forms appear resembling many known and unknown manifestations), the sparks are compared to living entities, and Lhe flames are compared to material nature,\npradhii.na. One must know that each and every one of them is effective\nsimply by being empowered by the quality of fire (original). Therefore\nevery one of them, namely the material nature, the cosmic manifestation\nand the living entities, are all but different energies of the Lord (fire).\nTherefore those who accept the material nature as the original cause\n(prakrti, the cause of creation according to Sarikhya philosophy) of cosmic\nmanifestation are not correct in their conclusion. The material nature has\nno separate existence without the Lord. Therefore, setting aside the Supreme Lord as the cause of all causes is the logic of ajagalastan, or trying\nto milk the nipples on the neck of the goat. The nipples on the neck of a\ngoat may seem like sources of milk, but it will be foolish to try to get milk\nfrom such nipples.\nTEXT 46\n\n3Fi ij QUT: �: eR'fiiN �: 1\nAA: eNRuit � �: ��: ���� 11\nayam tu brahma!la� kalpa�\nsa-vikalpa udii.hrta�\nvidhi� siidhii.rar-o yat ra\nsargii.� prii.krta-vaikrtii.�\nayam-this process of creation and annihilation; tu- but ; brahmar-a[l-of\nBrahma; kalpaft-his one day; sa-vikalpaft-along with the duration of the\n\nuniverses ; udahrta[l -exemplified; vidhi[l -regulat i ve principles; sadharar-aft\n\n-in summary; yatra- wherein ; sargiifl.- creation; p rakrta- i n the matter of\n\nmaterial nature; vaikrtii[l- disbursement .\nTRANSLATION\nThis process of creation and annihilation described herein is in summary\nthe regulative principle during the duration of Brahma's one day, as well\nas the creation of mahat in which the\n\nmaterial nature is dispersed.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are three different types of creation, called mahiikalpa, vikalpa\nand kalpa. In the mahiikalpa the Lord assumes the first incarnation of\n\n", "SB2.2#p0290": "Text 46]\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n605\n\nPuru�a as Kara!lodakasay1 Vi�!lu with all the potencies of mahat-tattva and\n\nthe sixteen principles of creative matter and instruments. The creative\n\ninstruments are eleven, and the ingredients are five, and all of them are\nproducts of mahat or materialistic ego, and these creations by the Lord in\nHis feature of Kara!lodakasay1Vi�!lu are called mahiikalpa. Creation of\n\nBrahma and dispersion of the material ingredients are called vikalpa, and\ncreation by Brahma in each day of his life is called kalpa. Therefore each\n\nday of Brahma is called a kalpa, and there are thirty kalpas in terms of\nBrahma's days, which is also confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii as follows:\n\nsahasra-yuga-paryantam ahar yad brahmar-o vidu[t\nriitrirh yuga-sahasriintiirh te 'horiitravido janii[t (Bg. 8.17)\nIn the upper planetary system the duration of one complete day and night\n\nis equal to one complete year of this earth. This is accepted even by the\nmodern scientist and testified by the astronauts. Similarly, in the region of\n\nstill higher planetary systems, the duration of day and night is still greater\n\nthan in the heavenly planets. The four yugas are calculated in terms of the\n\nheavenly calendars and accordingly are twelve thousand years in terms of\n\nthe heavenly planets. This is called divya-yuga, and one thousand divyayugas make one day of Brahma. Creation during the day of Brahma is\ncalled kalpa, and creation of Brahma is called vikalpa, and when vikalpas\nare made possible by the breathing of Maha-Vi�!lu they are called mahiikalpa. There are regular and systematic cycles of these mahiikalpas,\nvikalpas and kalpas, and in answer to Maharaja Parik�it's question about\nthem, Sukadeva Gosvami answered in the Prabhasa-kharJ«;ia of the Skanda\nPurar-a, and they are as follows:\n\nprathama[l svetakalpas tu dvitiyo nilalohita[l\nviimadevas trtiyas tu tato giithiintaroparaly,\nraurava[l pancamal). prokta[l §a§!ha[t priir-a iti smrta[t\nsaptamo 'tha brhatkalpa[t kandarpo '§!ama[t ucyate\nsavyotha navama[t prokta iSiino dasama[t smrtal).\ndhyiina ekiidasa[t proktas tathii siirasvato 'para[t\ntrayodasa udiinas tu garUf}o 'tha caturdasa[t\nkaurma[t pancadaso jneya[t pauqwmiisi prajiipate[t\n§Ot}aso niirasirhhas tu samiidhis tu tato 'para[t\niigneyo vi§r-uja[t saura[t somakalpas tato 'para[t\ndviivimso bhiivana[t prokta[t supumiin iti ciipara[t\nvaikurt!has ciirci§aS tadvat vallikalpas tato 'para[t\n\n", "SB2.2#p0291": "S rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n606\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nsaptavirhso'tha vairiijo gaun7wlpas tathiipara[z\nmiihesvaras tathii proktas tripuro yatra ghiitita�\npitrkalpas tathii ciinte ya� kuhur brahmarta� smrta�\nTherefo�c the thirty kalpas of Brahma are: L Svetakalpa, 2. Nilalohita,\n3. Vamadeva, 4. Giithantara, 5. Raurava, 6. Priil).a, 7. Brhatkalpa, 8. Kandarpa, 9. Savyotha, 10. !Sana, 11. Dhyana, 12. Sarasvata, 13. Udana,\n14. Garu�a, 15. Kaurma, 16. Narasimha, 17. Samadhi, 18. Agneya,\n19. Vi�J).uja, 20. Saura, 21. Somakalpa, 22. Bhavana, 23. Supuma, 24. Vaikul).tha, 25. Arci�a, 26. Vallikalpa, 27. Vairaja, 28. Gaurikalpa, 29. Mahesvara, 30. Paitrkalpa.\nThese are Brahma's days only, and he has to live months and years up\nto one hundred, so we can just imagine how many creations there are in\nkalpas only. Then again there are vikalpas which are generated by the\nbreathing of Maha-Vi�p.u, as is stated in the Brahma-sarhhitii (yasyaikaniSvasita-kiilam athiivalambya jivanti lomavilajii jagadar4a-niithiiM. The\nBrahmas live only during the breathing period of Maha-Vi�J).U. So the exhaling and inhaling of Vi�l).U are mahiikalpas, and all these are due to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, for no one else is the master of all\ncreation .\n\nTEXT 47\n\nqf<l41oi =Tt ���I\n�·�®liil?�l�tl�lt'mi�¥ttil � ll\\/\\911\n·\n\nparimar.am ca .kalasya\nkalpa-lak§a[tU-Vigraham\nyathii purastiid vyiikhyiisye\npiidmarh kalpam atho SfftU\nparimii11am-measurement; ca-also; kiilasya-of time; kalpa- day of\n\nBrahmii; lak§a !l a-symptoms; vigraham-form ; yathii-as much as;purastiit\n\n-hereafter; vyiikhyiisye-shall be explained; piidmam-by the name Padma;\nkalpam-duration of day; atho-thus; Sf[lu-just hear.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, I shall in due course explain the measurement of time in its\ngross and subtle features with specific symptoms of each of them, but for\nthe present let me explain unto you the Padma-kalpa.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0292": "Text 48]\n\nBhagav atam is the Answer\n\n607\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe present duration of a kalpa of Brahma is called Varaha-kalpa or\nSvetavaraha-kalpa because the incarnation of the Lord as Varaha took\n\nplace during the creation of Brahma, who was born on the lotus coming\nout of the abdomen of Vigm. Therefore this Varaha-kalpa is also called\n\nPadma-kalpa, and this is testified by iiciiryas like ]Iva Gosvami as well as\n\nViSvanatha Cakravarti Thakur in pursuance of the first commentator,\nSvami Sridhara. So there is no contradiction between the Varaha and the\n\nPadma-kalpa of Brahma.\n\nTEXT 48\n\n�� �\n�;it�� � �Ri'q: I\n��lFrij��<:lictl �t![�li'Jtl'l. ��\nsaunaka uviica\nyadiiha no bhaviin suta\nk§attii bhiigavatottama[t\ncaciira tirthiini bhuvas\ntyaktvii bandhun su-dustyajiin\nsaunakalt uviica-Sn Saunaka Muni said; y at- as; aha-you said; na[t­\n\nunto us; bhaviin-your good self; suta-0 Sii ta; k§ attii-Vidura; bhiigavata.\n\nuttama[t-one of the topmost devotees of the Lord; caciira-practiced;\ntirthiini-places of pilgrimage; bhuva[t-on the earth; tyaktvii leaving aside;\nbandhun-all relatives; su-dustyajiin-very difficult to give up.\nTRANSLATION\nSaunaka J.t�i, after hearing all about the creation, inquired from Siita\nGosvami about Vidura, as Siita Gosvami previously informed him how\nVidura left home, leaving aside all relatives who were very difficult to\nleave.\nPURPORT\n\nThe ��is headed by Saunaka were more anxious to know about Vidura,\n\nwho met Maitreya ��i while traveling in the pilgrimage sites of the world.\n\n", "SB2.2#p0293": "[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n608\n\nTEXTS 49-50\n\n�:��� ijcrros��ijf�: 1\n�\n\n.\n\n�\n\nw � ���ll �e�v:t�\"RI � 11\\1�11\n\n��m� ��f-1���\n,... \"\n\n.\n\n�\n\n�l��:q:rnl-m•ll91r::r� � � l•iij�I\"{ �: II� II\no\n\nk§attu[l. kausiiraves tasya\nsamviido 'dhyiitma-samsrita[l.\nyad vii sa bhagaviims tasmai\npnt as tattvam uvaca ha\nbriihi nas tad idam saumya\nvidurasya vice§titam\nbandhu-tyiiga-nimittam ca\nyathaiviigatavan puna[!.\nk§attu[l.-of\n\nVidura;\n\nkausiirave[l.-as that of\n\nMaitreya; tasya-their;\n\nsamvada[l.-news; adhyatma-in the matter of transcendental knowledge;\nsamsrita[l.-full of; yat-which; vii-anything else; sa[l.-he; bhagaviin-his\ngrace; tasmai-unto him; p ntafi.-inquired; tattvam-the truth; uviicaanswered; ha-in the past; b riihi- please tell; na[l.-unto us; tat- those\nmatters; idam-here; saumya-0 gentle one; vidurasya-of Vidura; vice,stitam-acti vi ties; bandhu-tyiiga-renouncing the friends; nimittam-cause\nof; ca-also;\n\nyathii-as; eva-also; iigatavan-came back; puna[l.-again\n\n(at home).\nTRANSLATION\nSaunaka J.t�i said:\n\nLet us know, please, what topics were discussed be­\n\ntween Vidura and Maitreya, who talked on transcendental subjects, and\nwhat was inquired by Vidura and replied by Maitreya. Also please let us\nknow what was the reason for Vidura's giving up the connection of family\n\nmembers, and why he again came home, and please also let us know the\nactivities of Vidura while he was in the places of pilgrimage.\n\nPURPORT\nSri Siita Gosvami was narrating the topics of creation and destruction of\nthe material world, but it appears that the r§is headed by Saunaka were\nmore inclined to hear of transcendental subjects which are on a higher\n\n", "SB2.2#p0294": "Text 51]\n\nBhagavatam is the Answer\n\n609\n\nlevel than the physical. There are two classes of men, namely those too\nmuch addicted to the gross body and the material world, and the others,\non the higher level, who are interested more in transcendental knowledge.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam gives facility to everyone, both to the materialist and\nthe transcendentalist. And by hearing Srimad-Bhiigavatam, in the matter of\nthe Lord's glorious activities both in the material world and in the transcendental world, men can derive equal benefit. The materialists are more\ninterested in the physical laws, how they are acting, and they see wonders\nin those physical glamours. Sometimes, due to physical glamours, they for·\nget the glories of the Lord. They should know definitely that physical\nactivities and their wonders are all initiated by the Lord. The rose flower\nin the garden gradually takes its shape and color to become beautiful and\nsweet not by a blind physical law, although it appears like that. Behind\nthat physical law there is the direction of the complete consciousness of\nthe Supreme Lord, otherwise things cannot take shape so systematically.\nThe artist draws a picture of a rose very nicely with all attention and\nartistic sense, and yet it does not become as perfect as the real rose. If\nthat is the real fact, how can we say that the real rose has taken its shape\nwithout intelligence behind the beauty? This sort of conclusion is due to a\npoor fund of knowledge. One must know from the above description of\ncreation and annihilation that the supreme consciousness is so omnipresent\nthat it can take care of everything with perfect attention. That is the fact\nof the omnipresence of the Supreme Lord. There are persons, however,\nstill more foolish than the gross materialists, who claim to be transcenden·\ntalists, and they claim to have such supreme all-pervading consciousness,\nbut offer no proof. Such foolish persons cannot know what is going on\nbehind the next wall, yet they are falsely proud of possessing the cosmic\nall-pervading consciousness of the Supreme Person. For them also, hearing\n\nof Srimad-Bhiigavatam is a great help to open their eyes that by simply\n\nclaiming supreme consciousness one does not become so, but actually one\nhas to prove in the physical world that he has such supreme consciousness.\nThe [§is of Naimi�ara�ya, however, were above the gross materialists and\nthe false transcendentalists, and thus they are always anxious to know the\nreal truth in transcendental matters, as they are discussed by authorities.\n\n�t W �t*4rit(lf!M: 1\nm� � �: !(�·�•«�: 11'-\\�11\n\n�\n\n", "SB2.2#p0295": "610\n\n[Canto 2, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nsiita uviica\nriijiiii pan1.§itii Pr§to\nyad avocan mahii-mun*\ntad vo 'bhidhiisye S!flula\nriijiia� prasniinusiirata�\n\nsri siita� uviica-Sri Suta Gosvami replied;riijii.ii-by the King; pan1r.§itii\n\nby Parik�it; pr§t�-as asked; yat\n\n-\n\n­\n\nwhat; avoc at-spoke; mahii-mun 0-the\n\ngreat sage; tat-that very thing; va�-unto you; abhidhiisye-1 shall explain;\n\ns nwta please hear; riijn�-by the King; prasna question ; anusiirata�\n-\n\n-\n\nm\n\naccordance with.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Suta Gosviimi explained:\n\nI shall now explain to you the very\n\nsubjects which were explained by the great sage in answer to King\nPari�it's inquiries. Please hear them attentively.\nPURPORT\nAny question that is put forward may be answered by quoting the\n\nauthority, and that satisfies the saner section. That is the system even in\nthe law court. The best lawyer gives evidence from the past judgement of\n\nthe court without taking much trouble to establish his case. This is called\n\nthe paramparii system, and learned authorities follow it without manufacturing rubbish interpretations.\n\nzsvara� parama� kr§[la� sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha�\naniidir iidir govinda� sarva-kiira[la-kiira[lam\nLet us all obey the Supreme Lord whose hand is in everything, without\n\nexception.\n\nThus ends the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Second Canto, Tenth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Bhiigavatam is the Answer.\"\n\nEND OF THE SECOND CANTO\n\n", "SB2.2#p0296": "", "SB3.1#p0001": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\nThird Canto\n\n<Part one-Chapters 1-8>\nwith the original Sanskrit text, its Roman transliteration, word-for-word synonyms, translation\nand elaborate purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society\nfor Krishna Consciousness\n330 pages\n7 color illustrations\n\nThe science of God is greater than all other sciences,\nand this spiritual technology is rationally and authoritatively\n\nexplained\n\nBhagavatam,\n\nin\n\nthe\n\n18,000 verses of SrTmad­\n\nIndia's sublime contribution of culture,\n\nphilosophy, politics, sociology, religion and love.\nDivine Grace A.C.\nhas\n\nundertaken\n\nHis\n\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nthe\n\nmighty\n\ntask\n\nof\n\nrendering\n\nthis\n\nsupremely potent work into the English language in a\ncomplete, authoritative and scholarly manner, from the\nviewpoint of a fully realized spiritual master. Thus in\neach verse one will find new enlightenment regarding\nthe Absolute Truth, the origin of all emanations. Sriinad­\n\nBhagavatam is an important cultural presentation for\nthe respiritualization of the entire human society.\n\n(continued on back flap)\n\ncover picture: When the many-headed serpent Kaiiya began to\npoison the River Yamuna, K{�rya, the Supreme Godhead, chastised\nhim and drove him away by dancing on his heads.\nback cover: After 100 celestial years of meditation, Lord Brahma,\nseated on his lotus, was able to behold the transcendental body of\nthe Supreme Lord, who was lying on the waters of devastation.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0002": "(continued from front flap)\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam,\n\nwhich\n\nhas never before been\n\npresented to the English-speaking world, is now being\nput forward, at a time when such a work is greatly\nneeded, by one who is uniquely qualified to do so\nproperly.\n\nIn his purports to the First Canto of the\n\nBhagavatam, His Divine Grace wrote, \"There are thousands and thousands of literary men all over the world,\nand for thousands of years they have created thousands\nof\n\nliterary works for the information of people in\n\ngeneral.\n\nUnfortunately, none of them have brought\n\npeace and tranquility on earth, either among men or\namong nations. This is due to a spiritual vacuum i'n\nthese literatures.\" Srimad-Bhagavatam was written 5,000\nyears ago by the great sage Vyasadeva, the author of the\nfamed Bhagavad-gtta,\n\nspecifically to fill this vacuum\n\nwith spiritual knowledge of the highest order. His Divine\nGrace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada has undertaken the great task of rendering Srimad-Bhagavatam\ninto English, and therefore thoughtful men throughout\nthe English-speaking world can take advantage of this\ntranscendental knowledge.\nHis Divine Grace does not write with any professional\nmotive in mind. Upon the order of his spiritual master,\nhe has taken up this work as a matter of spiritual\nresponsibility and has dedicated his life to spreading the\nmessage of Srimad-Bhagavatam. His Divine Grace says,\n\"It is the great need of modern civilization. I am hopeful\nof its good reception by the thinkers and leaders of\nsociety.\"\n\n", "SB3.1#p0003": "His Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "SB3.1#p0004": "Plate 1 Vidura placed his bow at the door and quit his brother's palace for good.\n(p. 15)\n\n", "SB3.1#p0005": "Plate 2 While playing like small children, K.r�l)a and Balarama killed Dhenukasura and the other ass\ndemons. (p. 86)\n\n", "SB3.1#p0006": "Plate 3 The 16,000 princesses all looked upon Lord K{�l)a with eagerness, joy and shyness and offered to\nbe His wives. (p. 97)\n\n", "SB3.1#p0007": "Plate 4 Kr�Q.a is known as Ranchor, or one who fled from fighting. (p. 1 00)\n\n", "SB3.1#p0008": "Plate 5 \"Because of your pure and unflinching devotional service, your visit to\nMe in this lonely place is a great boon for you.\" (p. 129)\n\n", "SB3.1#p0009": "Plate 6 Seated at the mouth of the celestial Ganges River, Vidura inquired from\nthe great learned sage Maitreya. (p. 159)\n\n", "SB3.1#p0010": "Plate 7 Lord Brahmii could see the Personality of Godhead lying on the lotuslike\nwhite bedstead, the body of Se�anii a. (p. 322)\n\n", "SB3.1#p0011": "srtmad-Bhagavatam\n\n", "SB3.1#p0012": "ALL GLORY TO SRT GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSrimad·-ahagavatam\nof\n\nK�S�A-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\n� (qEfii'ilt ��'ffi'ilff{+tt=ti Ehl'i!;lqle�q\"'( 1\nsea:�� � �'i'{((4rli'l1Rs:ql�q.,.._ II�� II\npurhsarh svakamaya viviktamargairabhyarcatarh kamahughanghripadmam\npradarsayantarh krpaya nakhendumayukhabhinniihgulicatupatram (pg. 324)\n\n·\n\n", "SB3.1#p0013": "OTHER BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nBhagavad-g!tii As It Is\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\n\nKmw, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (2 volumes)\nSri lsopani§ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\n\nKr;Srw Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nThe JVPctar of Devotion\nThe KtHW Consciousne.�.� Movement is the Genuine Vedic Way\nBack to Godhead Maga::illl' (Founder)\n\n", "SB3.1#p0014": "Sr•mad-Bhagavatam\nThird Canto\n\"The status auo\"\n\n<Part one-Chapters 1-8>\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n•\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London · Bombay\n\n", "SB3.1#p0015": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the international Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n3959 Landmark Street\nCulver City, California 90230\n\n© 1972 the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nALL RIGHTS RESERVED\n\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 70-127183\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-37-4\n\nPrinted by Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan\n\n", "SB3.1#p0016": "TABLE OF CONTENTS\nCHAPTER ONE\nQuestions by Vidura\n\n1\n\nVidura Questions Maitreya J;l�i\n\n1\n\nDhrtara��ra Sets Fire to �he House of the Pat;u;lavas\n\n5\n\nYudhi��hira Unfairly Defeated in Gambling\n\n7\n\nPolitical Suggestions by Vidura\n\n9\n\nVidura Insulted by Duryodhana\n\n13\n\nVidura the Pilgrim\n\n19\n\nThe Yadus Die Due to Violent Passion\n\n22\n\nVidura Meets Uddhava\n\n25\n\nVidura Questions Uddhava\n\n27\n\nHow Akrura Fell on Kr�11a's Footsteps\n\n33\n\nHow Arjuna Satisfied Lord Siva\n\n38\n\nVidura Laments for Dhrtara�tra\n\n41\n\nWhy Kr�qa Refrained from Killing the Kurus\n\n44\n\n.KJ:�qa Appears for the Sake of the Yadus\n\n47\n\nCHAPTER TWO\nRemembrance of Lord Kf'$Qa\n\n49\n\nUddhava in His Childhood\n\n50\n\nUddhava's Ecstatic Changes\n\n53\n\nThe Sun of the World Has Set\n\n56\n\nThe Yadus Unable to Know Kr�qa as Supreme\n\n59\n\n.KJ;�I)a's Body the Ornament of All Ornaments\n\n63\n\nThe Gopis' Anguish when Kr�t:�a Left\n\n65\n\nv\n\n", "SB3.1#p0017": "Table of Contents\nKr�!)a's Behavior Pains Vi dura\n\n69\n\nSisupala's Merging into the Body of K!·�!)a\n\n72\n\nPutana Granted the Position of Kr�f!a's Mother\n\n78\n\nKr�11a Dispatched to the Hou e of\n\n81\n\nanda Maharaja\n\nChild Kr�f!a Appeared Like a Lion Cub\n\n83\n\nGreat Wizards Killed by Kr�Qa\n\n86\n\nK��!)a Enjoyed the Riisa Dance\n\n89\n\nCHAPTER THREE\n\nThe Lord's Pastimes Out of Vfndavana\n\n91\n\nKam a Killed by Krsoa and Balariima\n\n91\n\nRukmioi Swept Away by Krsr.ra\n\n93\n\nKrsoa Marries the Kidnapped Princesses\n\n97\n\nKrsr.�a Exhibits the Powers of His Devotees\n\n100\n\nThe Great Burden of Earth Abated\n\n103\n\nThe Yadus Quarrel Among Themselves\n\n105\n\nHor e Sacrifices Performed by Yudhisthira\n\n107\n\nKr�oa Enjoys Conj ugal Love\n\nl lO\n\nThe Yadus Visit Pl.aces of Pilgrimage\n\nll5\n\nCHAPTER FOUR\n\nVldura Approaches Maltreva\n\n119\n\nThe Yadus Destroyed by the Will of Kr�r.�a\n\n120\n\nKrsoa 's Eyes Reddish Like the Sunri e\n\n124\n\nUddhava Awarded Krsr;ta's Ultimate Favor\n\n129\n\nAlthough Unborn, Krsr;ra Takes Birth\n\n132\n\nPure Devotees Have No Material Afflictions\n\n135\n\nNara-Niiriiyaoa Still in the Himalayas\n\n139\n\nDevotees Are Servants of Society\n\n142\n\nVidura Afflicted by Krsr;ra's Departure\n\n145\n\nKrsr;ra Leave the Vision of the Mundane World\n\n150\n\nVL\n\n", "SB3.1#p0018": "Table of Contents\nUddhava Reaches Badarikii'rama\n\n152\n\nEnvious Beasts Cannot Know Kr�oa\n\n155\n\nCHAPTER FIVE\nVldura's Talks With Maltreva\n\n159\n\nVidura Satisfied in Transcendence\n\n159\n\nGreat Philanthropic Souls\n\n162\n\nThe Independent Desireless Lord\n\n164\n\nA Civilized Man Must Be Twice Born\n\n167\n\nThe Nectar of Topics of Krsr:ta\n\n171\n\nTopics of Krsoa the Only Remedy\n\n174\n\nMaterialists Pitied by the Pitiable\n\n177\n\nThe All-Inclusive Service\n\n181\n\nVidura Formerly the Controller Yamaraja\n\n183\n\nCompassion of the Lord for the Sleeping Energy\n\n187\n\nThe Reservoir of Would-Be Entities\n\n191\n\nThe Chief Function of False Ego is Godl.essness\n\n194\n\nControlling Deities of Physical Elements\n\n199\n\nThe Shade of Kr�oa's Lotus Feet\n\n202\n\nBrahma, Vi�ou and Mahesvara\n\n207\n\nThe Kingdom of All Pleasures\n\n211\n\nLumps of Sin in the Shape of Foodstuff\n\n215\n\nImplication in Conditions of Cosmic Creation\n\n218\n\nCHAPTER SIX\ncreation of the universal Form\n\n221\n\nThe Supreme Lord Enters the Twenty-three\nElements\n\n222\n\nThe Gigantic Universal Form Manifested\n\n225\n\nThe Aggregate Creation Rests in Visou\n\n229\n\nDemigods Construct the Cosmos\n\n231\n\nVtt\n\n", "SB3.1#p0019": "Table of Contents\nThe Mouth of the Universal Form Manifested\n\n234\n\nHis Eyes Manifested\n\n235\n\nHis Ears Manifested\n\n236\n\nHis Skin Manifested\n\n237\n\nHis Hands and Legs Manifested\n\n239\n\nHis Heart Manifested\n\n240\n\nHis Ego Manifested\n\n241\n\nPlanets Manifested from the Universal Form\n\n242\n\nVedic Wisdom Manifested\n\n244\n\nService Manifested from the Legs of VisQu\n\n249\n\nThe Creation of the Social Divisions\n\n251\n\nGlorification of Km1a by Pure Speech\n\n253\n\nKrsQa's Bewildering Potency\n\n257\n\nObeisances to Kr g1a a Matter of Sanity\n\n259\n\nCHAPTER SEVEN\nFurther InQuiries bY Vldura\n\n261\n\nK rsQa, Master of All Energies\n\n262\n\nPure Soul Is Pure Consciousness\n\n266\n\nMaitreya Agitated by the Inquisitive Vidura\n\n269\n\nThe Bewilderment of Mischievous Living Beings\n\n272\n\nCessation of Unlimited Miserable Conditions\n\n278\n\nThe Lowest of Fools Live Merrily\n\n281\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\n286\n\nContradictions of Faithiess Atheists\n\n291\n\nSpiritual Masters are Kind to the Needy\n\n294\n\nSpotless Devotees of the Lord\n\n297\n\nMaitreya l;tsi Immortal\n\n300\n\nVLU\n\n", "SB3.1#p0020": "Table of Contents\n\nCHAPTER EIGHT\n\nManifestation of Brahma\nfrom oarbhodakas'ayi Vi$1JU\n\n303\n\nThe Book Bhiigavatam and Devotee Bhiigavata\n\n305\n\nGreat Sages Travel Via the Ganges\n\n307\n\nThe Brahminical Power of Forgiveness\n\n311\n\nThe Subtle Subject of Creation\n\n314\n\nLord Brahmii Born of the Lotus Flower\n\n316\n\nThe Eternal Wheel in the Hand of Visou\n\n319\n\nBrahmii Developed Required Knowledge\n\n321\n\nThe Lord Shows His Lotus Feet\n\n324\n\nVisou, the Self-Situa�ed Tree\n\n327\n\nBrahmii Inclined to Create\n\n330\n\nix\n\n", "SB3.1#p0021": "CHAPTER ONE\n\nQuestions by Vidura\nTEXT l\n\n� ��\n�it� W � � Fti� I\n� q.:( � � �·l('lf4\\¥4( II � II\nsri suka uviica\n\nevam-etat purii pr�to\n\nmaitreyo bhagaviin kila\n\nk�attrii vanam prav4tena\n\ntyaktvii sva-grham rddhimat\n\nsri suka/:t\n\nuviica-Sr1 Sukadeva Gosvami said; e vam-thus; etat-this;\n\npurii-formerly; pr�tal:t-being asked; maitreya/:t- the great sage Maitreya;\nbhagaviin-His Grace; kila-certainly; k§attrii-by Vidura; vanam-forest;\n\npravi§tena-entering; tyaktvii-renouncing; sva-grham-own house; rddhimat-prosperous.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami said: After renouncing his prosperous home and\nentering the forest, King Vidura, the great devotee, asked this question of\n\nHis Grace Maitreya J;l�i:\n\nTEXT2\n\n3Pi ¥4?.4iil ���: I\ncn<�*R �T stf€1��11E¥4(1€tl�l'( II � II\n\n�\n\nyadvii ayam mantra-krd vo\nbhagaviin akhilesvara/:t\n\npauravendra-grham hitvii\n\npravivesatmasiit krtam\nl\n\n", "SB3.1#p0022": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n2\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. l\n\nyat-the house; vai-what else is there to say; ayam-Srl Kr�I}a; mantra­\n\nkrt-minister; va?l-you people; bhagaviin- the Personality of Godhead;\n\nakhila-\"isvara?l-the Lord of everything; pauravendra-Duryodhana;grham­\n\nhouse; hitvii-giving up; pravivesa-entered; iitmasiit-identify with oneself;\n\nkrtam-so accepted.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhat else is there to say about the residential house of the PiiQ.c;lavas?\nSri Kr�Q.a, the Lord of everything, acted as your minister. He used to enter\nthat house as if it were His own, and He did not take any care of\nDuryodhana's house.\nP U RPORT\nAccording to the Gauftya acintya-bhediibheda-tattva philosophy, anything which satisfies the senses of the Supreme Lord, Sri Kr�Q.a, is also\n\nSri Kr�t:ta. For example, Sri Vrndavana-dhama is nondifferent from Sri\n\nKr�Q.a (tad-dhiima-m:ndavanam) because at Vrndavana the Lord enjoys the\n\ntranscendental bliss of His internal potency. Similarly, the house of the\n\nPiiJ;Jc;lavas was also the source of transcendental bliss for the Lord. It is\n\nmentioned here that the Lord identified the house with His own Self. Thus\nthe house of the PiiJ;Jc;lavas was as good as Vrndavana, and Vidura should\n\nnot have given up that place of transcendental bliss. Therefore the reason\nfor his quitting the house was not exactly family misunderstanding;\n\nrather, Vidura took the opportunity to meet J;t�i Maitreya and discuss\n\ntranscendental knowledge.\n\nFor a saintly person like Vidura, any dis­\n\nturbance due to worldly affairs is insignificant.\n\nSuch\n\ndisturbances,\n\nhowever, are sometimes favorable for higher realization, and therefore\nVidura took advantage of a family misunderstanding in order to meet\nMaitreya J;t�i.\n\nTEXT3\n\n�\n\n�\n.\n\n�mtcn:a\n\na�ttone\n�\n\n�: I\n\"'\n\n�� ({1' � � l((Ui\\014 ;:r: 3J+rr II � II\nriijoviica\nkutra k§attur bhagavatii\nmaitreyeriisa sangama�\nkadii vii saha sarhviida\netad varcwya na� prabho\n\n", "SB3.1#p0023": "Questions by Vidura\n\nText 4)\n\nriija\n\nuvac a\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nKing\n\nsaid;\n\n3\n\nkutra-wherein;\n\nk�attu�-with\n\nVidura;\n\nbhagavata-and with His Grace; maitreyer-a-with Maitreya; asa\n\n-\n\nthere\n\nwas; sangama�- meeting; kada-when; vii-also; saha-with; sariwada�­\n\ndiscussion; etat-this; var(laya-describe; na�-unto me; prabho-0 my\n\nlord.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King asked Sukadeva Gosvami: Where and when did the meeting\n\nand discussion take place between Saint Vidura and His Grace Maitreya\nMuni? Kindly oblige, my lord, and describe this to us.\nPURPORT\n\nExactly as Saunaka ];l�i inquired of Suta Gosvami and Suta Gosvami\n\nreplied, so Srila Sukadeva Gosvami replied to King Parik�it's inquiries.\n\nThe King was very anx ious to understand the meaningful discussion that\n\ntook place between the two great souls.\n\nTEXT 4\n\n';{ u��:q(ij� fer�(�lq�q';{: 1\n• �{Nf« 31�: �ft�n II \\1 II\nna hy alparthodayas tasya\nvidurasyamalatmana�\ntasmin variyasi prasna�\nsadhu-vadopabpnhita�\nna-never;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nalpa-artha-small\n\n(unimportant)\n\npurpose;\n\nudaya�-raised; tasya-his; vidurasya- of Vidura; amala-atmana�-of the\n\nsaintly man; tasmin- in that; variyasi-highly purposeful; prasna�-ques­\n\ntion; sadhu-vada-things approved by saints and sages; upabpnhita�-full\nwith.\nTRANSLATION\nSaint Vidura was a great ·and ·pure devotee of the Lord, and therefore\n\nhis questions to His Grace {{�i Maitreya must have been very purposeful,\non the highest level, and approved by learned circles.\nPURPORT\n\nQuestions and answers among different classes of men have different\n\nvalu e . Inquiries by me rcantile men in a business exchange cannot be\n\n", "SB3.1#p0024": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n4\nexpected to\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 1\n\nbe highly purposeful in spiritual values. Questions and\n\nanswers by different classes of men can be guessed by the caliber of the\n\npersons concerned. In Bhagavad-gitii, the discussion was between Lord Sri\nKn;r:Ja\n\nand\n\nArjuna,\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Person\n\nand the supreme\n\ndevotee\n\nrespectively. The Lord admitted Arjuna to be His devotee and friend\n\n(Bg. 4.3), and therefore any sane man can guess that the discussion was on\n\nthe topic of the bhakti-yoga system. Actually the whole Bhagavad-gitii is\n\nbased on the principle of bhakti-yoga. There is a difference between\n\nkarma and karma-yoga. Karma is regulated action for the enjoyment of\n\nthe fruit by the performer, but karma-yoga is action performed by the\n\ndevotee for the satisfaction of the Lord. Karma-yoga is based' on bhakti,\n\nor pleasing the Lord, whereas karma is based on pleasing the senses of the\n\nperformer himself. According to Srimad-Bhiigavatam, one is advised to\n\napproach a bona fide spiritual master when one is actually inclined to\n\nquestion from an elevated level of spiritual understanding. A common\n\nman who has no interest in spiritual values has no need to approach a\nspiritual master just as a matter of following fashion.\n\nAs a student, Maharaja Par'ik�it was serious about learning the science of\n\nGod, and Sukadeva Gosvam1 was a bona fide spiritual master in the\n\ntranscendental science. Both of them knew that the topics discussed by\nVidura and :jl�i Maitreya were elevated, and thus Maharaja Parik�it was\n\nvery interested to learn from the bona fide spiritual master.\n\nTEXTS\n��\n\nl('!('l�€4fs� 'lit mrt �OOT I\n� � ij'ltN<:stmt �� II� II\n�\n\nsuta uviica\n\nsa evam r�i-varyo 'yam\n\npr�to riijnii parlk�itii\npratyiiha tam su-bahuvit\npritiitmii sruyatiim iti\n\nsri suta� uviica-Sri Suta Gosvami said; sa�- he; evam- thus; r�i-varya�­\n\nthe great r�i; aya m - Sukadeva Gosvam'i; pr�ta�-being questioned; riijnii­\n\nby the King; parik�itii-Maharaja Parik�it; prati aha-replied; tam-unto\n\nthe\n\nKing;\n\nsu-bahuvit-highly\n\nexperienced; prita-iitmii-fully\n\nsruyatiim-please hear me; iti-thus.\n\nsatisfied;\n\n", "SB3.1#p0025": "Text 6]\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\n5\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Siita Gosvami said: The great sage Sukadeva Gosvami was highly\n\nexperienced and was pleased with the King. Thus being questioned by the\nKing, he said to him, Please hear the topics attentively.\nTEXT6\n\n� �qr;;T\n� ij � �W11�(1'f{\nwwtet�:\n�\n·\n\n�� Wfl'l �\n�\n\n�\n\n�11�11\n\nsri suka uvaca\n\nyada tu raja sva-sutiin asiidhun\n\npu�r;wn na dharmef!a vina�ta-d r�t*\nbhriitur yavi�thasya sutiin vibandhun\np ravesya liik�a-bhavane dadiiha\n\nsri suka� uviica-Sr\"i Sukadeva Gosvam\"i said;yadii-when; tu-but; raja­\n\nKing Dhrtara��ra; sva-sutiin-his own sons; asiidhun-dishonest; puHtan­\n\nnourished;na-never; dharme[!a-on the right path; vina�ta-dr�t*-one who\nhas lost his insight; bhriitu�-of his brother; yavi�thasya-younger; sutiin­\n\nsons; vibandhun-having no guardian (father); pravesya-made to enter;\n\nliik�ii-lacquer; bhavane-in the house; dadiiha-set on fire.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said: King Dhrtar�tra became blind under the\ninfluence of impious desires to nourish his dishonest sons, and thus he set\nfire to the lacquer house to burn his fatherless nephews, the Pa�u;Iavas.\nPURPORT\nDhrtara��ra was blind from birth, but his blindness in committing\n\nimpious activities to support his dishonest sons was a greater blindness\n\nthan his physical lack of eyesight. The physical lack of sight does not bar\none from spiritual progress. But when one is blind spiritually, even though\n\nphysically fit, that blindness is dangerously detrimental to the progressive\n\npath of human life.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0026": "6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. l\n\nTEXT7\n\ni«ct�OtfI:\nWI �avn•m.1\n\n��I\n\n�: ��:\n\n\\'41Q((�ttI:\n\ni:qil'tlf;r II \\9 II\n\nyadii sabhiiyiim kuru-deva-devyiifl\nkesiibhimarsarh suta-karma garhyam\nna viirayiimiisa nrpafl snu�iiyiifl\nsviistrair harantyiifl kuca-kuhkumiini\nyadii-when; sabhiiyiim-the assembly; kuru-deva-devyiifl-of Draupadi,\n\nthe wife of godly Yudhi��hira; kesa-abhimarsam-insult by grabbing her\nhair; suta-karma-action taken by his son; garhyam-which was abominable;\nna-did not; viirayiimiisa\n\n-\n\nforbidden; nrpafl-the King; snu�iiyiifl-of his\n\ndaughter-in-law; sviistraifl-by her\n\ntears; harantyiifl-of\n\nshe who was\n\nwashing; kuca-kuhkumiini-red dust on her breast.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King did not forbid his son Du\\J.sasana's abominable action of\ngrabbing the hair of Draupadi, the wife of the godly King Yudhi�thira,\neven though her tears washed the red dust on her breast.\nTEXTS\n\n� �llf � �:\n�.� � 1\nWI��� �\nij1{t �aft tta:�H1�1=;tl: II � II\ne�ttlcte¥14�\n\ndyute tv adharmerJa jitasya siidhofl\nsatyiivalambasya vanam gatasya\nna yiicato ,diit samayena diiyam\ntamo-ju�iirto yad ajiita-satrofl\ndyute-by means of gambl ing ; tu-but; adharmerJa-by unfair tricks;\njitasya-of the vanquished; siidhofl- a saintly person; satya-avalambasyaone who embraced truth as shelter; vanam-forest; gatasya-of the goer;\nna-never; yiicatafl-when asked for; adiit-delivered; samayena-in due\n\n", "SB3.1#p0027": "7\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\nText 9]\n\ncourse; dayam- right share; tama� ju�ar w�-overwhelmed by illusion; yat-\n\nas much as; ajiita-satro�-of one who had no enemy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYudhi�thira, who was born without any enemy, was unfairly defeated\n\nin gambling. But because he had taken the vow of truthfulness, he went\noff to the forest. When he came back in due course and begged the return\nof his rightful share of the kingdom, he was refused by Dhrtara�ra, who\nwas overwhelmed by illusion.\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Yudhi�'hira was the rightful heir to his father's kingdom.\nBut just to favor his own sons, headed by Duryodhana, Dhrtara�'ra,\nMaharaja Yudhi�'hira's uncle, adopted various unfair means to cheat his\nnephews of their rightful share of the kingdom. At last the PaQ<;iavas\ndemanded only five villages, one for each of the five brothers, but that\nwas also refused by the usurpers. This incidence led to the War of\nKuruk�etra. The Battle of Kuruk�etra, therefore, was induced by the\nKurus, and not the Pal)<;iavas.\nAs k�a.triyas, the proper livelihood of the PaQ<;iavas was only to rule,\nand not to accept any other occupation. A briihma7Ja, k�atriya or vaiSya\nwill not accept employment for his livelihood under ap.y circumstances.\n\nTEXT9\n\n�� �: �\n�•l!{g��lf;r � Pf: I\n!I\nfflA �(11+l'leti�W1f.i\nmit� � �et�o��� : II �II\nyadii ca piirtha-prahita� sabhiiyiim\njagad-gurur yiini jagiida k[§f!U�\nna tiini pumsiim amrtiiyaniini\nriijoru mene k�ata-pul)-ya-lesa�\nyada- when;\n\nca-also;\n\npiirtha-prahita�-being\n\nadvised\n\nby\n\nArjuna;\n\nsabhiiyiim-in the assembly; jagat-guru�-of the teacher of the world;\nyiini-those;\n\njag ada- went;\n\nkr�IJ- a�\n\n-\n\nLord\n\nKmta; na-never; tiini-such\n\nwords; pumsiim-of all men of sense; amrta-ayaniini-as good as nectar;\n\n", "SB3.1#p0028": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n8\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. I\n\nraja-the King(Dhrtara�tra or Duryodhana); uru-very important; mene­\n\ndid consider; k�ata-dwindling; pu{lya-lesa�-fragment of pious acts.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Kr�t:ta was sent by Arjuna into the assembly as the spiritual master\nof the whole world, and although His words were heard by some [like\n\nBhi�ma, etc.) as pure nectar, it was not so for the others, who were\ncompletely bereft of the last farthing of past pious works. The King\n\n( Dhrtar�tra or Duryodhana] did not take the words of Lord Kr�t:ta very\n·\n\nseriously.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Kr�t:ta, who is the spiritual master of the entire universe, accepted\n\nthe duty of a messenger, and, deputed by Arjuna, went to the assembly of\n.1\\ing Dh�tara�tra on a peace mission.\n\nKr!!Da is everyone's Lord, yet\n\nbecause He was the transcendental friend of Arjuna, He gladly accepted\n\nthe role of messenger, exactly like an ordinary friend. That is the beauty\nof the Lord's behavior with His pure devotees. He reached the assembly\nand spoke about peace, and the message was relished by Bhit�ma and\n\nother great leaders because it was spoken by the Lord Himself. But due to\n\nthe exhaustion of the pious results of their past deeds, Duryodhana, or his\n\nfather, Dhrtara�tra, did not take the message very seriously. That is the\n\nway of persons who have no credit of pious deeds. By past pious deeds,\n\none may become the king of a country, but because the results of the\n\npious acts of Duryodhana and company were dwindling, it became\nevident from their actions that they were sure to lose the kingdom to the\nPai)Qavas. The message of Godhead is always like nectar to the devotees,\n\nbut it is just the opposite to the non devotees. Sugar �andy is always sweet\nto\n\na\n\nhealthy man, but it tastes very bitter to persons suffering from\n\njaundice.\nTEXT 10\n\n'l!:\n\n�\nf.li� t�i� I\n\nijfl{�t�i CIU�Ii\n�� � Jl�oll\nyadopahii.to bhavanam pravi�to\nm ant raya pr�ta� kila pii.rvajen a\n\n", "SB3.1#p0029": "9\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\nText 11)\n\nathaha tan mantra-drsam var\"iyan\nyan mantril}o vaidurikam vadanti\nyada- when; upahiitafi, -w as called by; bhavanam-the palace; prav4tafi-­\n\nentered; mantraya-for consultation; pntafi--asked by; kila_:_of course;\npiirvajena-by the elder brother; atha-thus; aha-said; tat-that; mantra­\n\nadvice;\n\ndrsam-jus t\n\nvariyan-excellent;\n\nsuitable;\n\nyat- that\n\nwhich;\n\nma n tril}a [l - the ministers of state, or expert politicians; vaidurikam­\n\ninstructions by Vidura; vadanti-do they sa y.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen\n\nVidura was invited\n\nby his elder brother [Dhrtarii�ra)\n\nfor\n\nconsultation, he entered the house and gave instructions which were\nexactly to the point. His advice is well-known, and instructions by Vidura\nare approved by expert ministers of state.\nPURPORT\n\nPolitical suggestions by Vidura are known as expert, just as, in modern\ntimes, Pat;t<).it Cat;takya is considered the authority in good counsel both in\npolitical and moral instructions.\nTEXT 11\n\nam�: S1Rf��0\n��\n�) � t�G\\(1�:\n� � �� � ������\na]ata-satrofi, pratiyaccha dayam\ntitik�ato durv4aharh tavagafi,\nsahanujo yatra vrkodarahifi,\nsvasan ru�a yat tvam alam bibhe�i\na]ata-satrofi,-of Yudhi�thira, who has no enemy; pratiya c cha- retur n;\ndayam - legi timate share; titikfiatafi,-of\nd u rvi�aham - unbearable;\n\ntava - your;\n\nhim\n\nwho\n\naga �� off e nse;\n\nis\n\nso\n\nforebearing;\n\nsaha- along\n\nwith;\n\nan u jafi, -younger brothers; yatra- wherein; vrkodara- Bhima; ahifi,- revenging snake; svasan -breathing heavily;. ru�a - in anger; yat - whom; tvamyou; ala m- v eril y ; bibhe�i-do fear.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0030": "Srimad-Bhligavatam\n\n10\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. I\n\nTRANSLATION\n[Vidura said: J You must now return the legitimate share to Yudhi�thira,\n\nwho has no enemies and who has been forebearing through untold\nsufferings d�e to your offenses. He is waiting with his younger brothers,\namong whom is the revengeful Bhima, breathing heavily like a snake.\n\nSurely you are afraid of him.\n\nTEXT 12\n\npartharits tu devo bhagavan mukundo\ngrhitavan sa-k�iti-deva-deval;l\n\naste sva-puryiirit yadu-deva-devo\nvinirjitiise�a-nrdeva-deva�\n\npiirthan-the sons of Prtha (Kuntl); tu-but; devaft - Lord; bhagavan­\n\nthe Personality of Godhead; mukundaft-Sri Kr�J:Ja, who awards liberation;\ngrhltavan.:..has taken up; sa-with; k�iti-deva-devaft-the brahma�as and the\n\ndemigod s; aste-is present; sva purya m along with His family; yadu-deva.\ndevaft-worshiped by the royal order of the Y adu dynasty; vinirjita-\n\n-\n\nconquered by; ase�a- unlimited ; n rde va -kin gs; deval;l- Lord\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kr��a, the P�rsonaijty of Godhead, has accepted the sons of Prtha\n\nas His kinsmen, and all the kings of the world are with Lord Sri Kr��a. He\n\nis present in His home with all His family members, the kings and princes\n\nof the Yadu dynasty, who have conquered an unlimited number of rulers,\nand He is their Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nVidura gave Dhrtara�tra very good counsel regarding political alliance\nwith the sons of Prtha, the Pa�uJ,avas. The first thing he said was that Lord\nKr�T)a was intimately related with them as their cousin. Because Lord\nKmta is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He is worshipable by all\n\n", "SB3.1#p0031": "Questions by Vidura\n\nText 13)\n\nll\n\nbrahma!laS and demigods, who are the controllers. of the universal affairs.\nBesides that, Lord Krf�Qa and His family members, the royal order of the\nYadu dynasty, were the conquerers of all kings of the world.\nThe k�atriyas used to fight the kings of various dominions and kidnap\ntheir beautiful princess-daughters, after conquering their relat ives. This\nsystem was laudable because the k�atriyas .and the princesses would be\nmarried only on the basis of the chivalry of the conquering k�atriya. All\nthe young princes of the Yadu dynasty married the daughters of other\nkings in this way, by chivalrous force, and thus they were conquerors of\nall the kings of the world. Vidura wanted to impress upon his elder brother\nthat fighting with the Pary<.favas was fraught with many dangers because\nthey were supported by Lord Krf�Qa, who had conquered, even in His\nchildhood, demons like Kamsa and Jarasandha and demigods like Brahma\nand lndra. Therefore all universal power was behind the Pary<.favas.\nTEXT 13\n\nsa €§a do�a� puru§a-dvir) aste\n\ngrhan pravi�to yam apatya-matya\npu§rzasi kr�ryad vimukho gata-sris\ntyafiisvasaivam kula-kausalaya\nsa�- he; e�a�-this; do �a�-offense personified; p u m�a dvi t-envious of\nKrflf!a; aste-exists; grhan -household; pravi§ta� entered; yamwhom; apatya matya -thinking to be your son; pu§rzasi-maintaining;\nkr�!lat- from Kr�f)a; vimukha�-in opposition; gata-sr�-devoid of everything auspicious; tyaja-give up; asu-as soon as possible; asaivaminauipicious; kula-family; kausawya�for the sake of.\n-\n\nLord\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANS LA TION\nYou are maintaining offense personified, Duryodhana, as your infallible son, but he is envious of Lord Knl}a. And because.you are thus maintaining a nondevotee of Kr�l}a, you are devoid of all auspicious qualities.\nRelieve yourself of this ill fortune as soon as possible and do good to the\nwhole family!\n\n", "SB3.1#p0032": "12\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch_ 1\n\nPURPORT\nA good son is called apatya, one who does not allow his father to fall\ndown. The son can protect the father's soul when the father is dead by\noffering sacrifices to please the Supreme Lord, Vi�p.u. This system is still\nprevalent in India. After the death of his father, a son goes to offer sacrifices at the lotus feet of Vi�p.u at Gaya and thus delivers the father's soul\nif the father is fallen. But if the son is already an enemy of Vi�p.u, how, in\nsuch an inimical mood, can he offer sacrifice unto Lord Vi�p.u's lotus feet?\nLord J:<r�rya is directly the Personality of Godhead, Vi�p.u, and Duryodhana\nwas inimical to Him. He would therefore be unable to protect his father,\nDhrtara�tra, after his death. He himself was to fall down because of his\nfaithlessness towards Vi�p.u.\nVidura\n\nadvised\n\nHow, then, could he protect his father?\n\nDhrtara�tra to get rid of such an unworthy son as\n\nDuryodhana as soon as possible if he was at all anxious to see to the good\nof his family.\nAccording to the moral instructions of Cap.akya Pap.�it, \"What is the\nuse of a son who is neither a learned man nor a devotee of the Lord?\" If\na son is not a devotee of the Supreme Lord, he is just like blind eyes-a\nsource of trouble. A physician may sometimes advise the extrication of\nsuch useless eyes from their sockets so that one can be relieved of the\nconstant trouble. Duryodhana was exactly like blind, troubling eyes; he\nwould be a source of great trouble to the family of Dhrtara�tra, as foreseen by Vidura. Vidura therefore rightly advised his eldest brother to get\nrid of this source of trouble. Dhrtara�tra was wrongly maintaining such\n.personified offense under the mistaken impression that Duryodhana was a\ngood son, able to liberate his father.\nTEXT 14\n\n�cti�st\n�\n5(�q�$��\nSIQ(it:t:\n�\n\nQ�\\i(Uftq�C?;:\n\n�l��'ISWC II t �II\n\nityuciviirhs tatra suyodhanena\npravrddha-ko pa-sphuritadharerta\nasatkrta� sat-spfhartiya-sua�\nk�atta sa-karrtlinuja-saubalena\n\n", "SB3.1#p0033": "Questions by Vidura\n\nText 15)\niti-thus;\n\nucivan-while\n\nspeaking;\n\ntatra-there;\n\n13\n\nsuyodhanena-by\n\nDuryodhana; pravrddha-swollen with; kopa-anger; sphurita-flapping;\n\nadhare('ta-lips; asatkrtaft-insulted; sat-respectable; sprha('ti:ya-illafl-de­\n\nsirabJe qualities; k�attii-Vidura; sa-with; kar(la-Karna; anuja-younger\nbrothers; saubalena-with Sakuni.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile speaking thus, Vidura, whose personal character was esteemed by\n\nrespectable persons, was insulted by Duryodhana, who was swollen with\n\nanger and whose lips were trembling. Duryodhana was in company with\nKar!la, his younger brothers and his maternal uncle Sakuni.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said that giving good counsel to a foolish person causes the fool to\n\nbecome angry, just as feeding milk to a snake only increases its venomous\n\npoison. Saint Vidura was so honorable that his character was looked up to\n\nby all respectable persons. But Duryodhana was so foolish that he dared\n\nto insult Vidura. This was due to his bad association with Sakuni, his\n\nmaternal uncle, as well as with his friend Kar!la, who always encouraged1\nDuryodhana in his nefarious acts.\n\nTEXT 15\niti\n\n*<'t+lsOqM&:c �\n�: wt �� �:1\n\n�srm: � w\nfir�l�<{c1t'u'ij �m;t: II ��II\nka enam atropajuhava jihmarh\ndasyafl sutarh yad-balinaiva pu�tafl\ntasmin pratipatt parakrtya aste\nnirvasyatam asu purac chvasanafl\nka!t-who;\n\nenam-this;\n\natra-here;\n\nupajuhava-called\n\nfor; jihmam­\n\ncrooked; dasya�-of a kept mistress; sutam-son; yat -whose; balinaiva­\n\nby whose subsistence; pu�tafl-grown up; tasmin-unto him; prati:pafl­\n\nenmity; parakrtya-enemy's interest; iiste-situated; nirvasyatam-get him\n\nout; iisu-immediately; purat-from the palace; svasanafl-Jet him breathe\nonly.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0034": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n14\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nWho asked him to come here, this son of a kept mistress? He is so\n\ncrooked that he spies in the interest of the enemy against those on whose\n\nsupport he has grown up. Toss him out of the palace immediately and\n\nleave him with only his breath.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen getting married, the k�atriya kings would take on several other\nyouthful girls along with the married princess. These girl attendants of the\nking were known as diisis, or attendant mistresses. By intimate association\nwith the king, the diisis would get sons. Such sons were called diisi-putras.\nThey had no claim to a royal position, but they would get maintenance\nand other facilities just like princes. Vidura was the son of such a diisi, and\nhe was thus not counted amongst the k�atriyas. King Dhrtara�tra was very\naffectionate toward his younger diisi-putra brother, Vidura, and Vidura\nwas a great friend and philosophical advisor to Dhrtara�tra. Duryodhana\nknew very well that Vidura was a great soul and well-wisher, but unfortunately he used strong words to hurt his innocent uncle. Duryodhana\nnot only attacked Vi dura's birth, but he also called him an infidel because\nhe seemed to support the cause of Yudhi�thira, whom Dui:yodhana consid·\nered his enemy. He desired that Vidura be immediately put out of the\n\npalace and deprived of all his possessions. If possible, he would have liked\nhim caned until he· was left with nothing but his breath. He charged that\nVidura was a spy of the Pap4avas because he advised King Dhrtara�tra in\ntheir favor. Such is,. the situation of palace life and the intricacies of\ndiplomacy that even a faultless person like Vidura could be charged with\nsomething abominable and punished. Vidura was struck with wonder at\nsuch unexpected behavior from his nephew Duryodhana, and before anything actually happened, he decided to leave the palace for good.\nTEXT 16\n\n� \\\"G�lft � �\n·lif�\"ij: � � mRalsfif I\n�\n\n��-�-\n\ntl<:t���t\n\n�lilliR: ������\n\nsvayam dhanur dviiri nidhii_ya miiyiim\nbhriitul;. puro marmasu tii{lito'pi\nsa ittham aty ulbar-a-kan;w-biirwir\ngata-vyatho'yiid uru miinayiinal;.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0035": "Text.l6]\ns\n\n15\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\nvayam-he himself; dhanu� dviiri-bow on the door; nidhiiya - keeping;\n\nmiiyiim - the external nature; bhriitu� - brother's; pu ra�-from the palace;\nmarmasu-in the core of the heart; tii{1ita�-being afflicted; api- in spite of;\ns\n\na� - he\n\n(Vidura);\n\nittham-like\n\nthis;\n\nati\n\nulbara - severely; karra-ear;\n\nbarai�-by the arrows; gata-vyatha�-without being sorry; ayat - excited ;\nuru-great; miinayiina�-so thinking.\nTRANSLATION\nThus being pierced by arrows through his ears and afflicted to the core\nof his heart, Vidura placed his bow on the door and quit his brother's\npalace. He was not sorry, for he considered the acts of the external\nenergy to be supreme.\nPURPORT\nA pure devotee of the Lord is never perturbed by an awkward position\ncreated by the external energy of the Lord. In Bhagavad-gitii it is stated:\nprakrte� kriyamii!liini gu!lai� karmii!li sarvasa�\nahankiira-vimii!lhiitmii kartiiham iti manyate.\n(Bg. 3.27)\nA conditioned soul is absorbed in material existence under the influence\n\nof different modes o.f external energy. Absorbed in the false ego, he\n\nthinks that he is doing everything by himself. The external energy of the\nLord, the material nature, is fully ,. under the control of the Supreme Lord,\nand the conditioned soul is fully under the grip of the external energy.\nTherefore, the conditioned soul is fully under the control of the law of\nthe Lord. But, due to illusion only, he thinks himself independent in his\nactivities. Duryodhana was acting under such influence of the external\nnature, by which he would be vanquished at the ultimate end. He could\nnot accept the sound advice of Vidura, but on the contrary he insulted\nthat great soul, who was the well-wisher of his whole family. Vi dura could\nunderstand this because he was a pure devotee of the Lord. In spite of\n\nbeing very strongly insulted by Duryodhana's words, Vidura could see that\nDuryodhana, under the influence of miiyii,\n\nthe external energy, was\n\nmaking progress on the path toward his own ruination. He therefore\nconsidered the acts of the external energy to be supreme, yet he also saw\nhow the internal energy of the Lord helped him in that particular situation.\nA devotee is always in a renounced temperament because the worldly\nattractions can never satisfy him. Vidura was never attracted by the royal\npalace of his brother. He was always ready to leave the place and devote\nhimself completely to the transcendental loving service of the Lord. Now\n\n", "SB3.1#p0036": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n16\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 1\n\nhe got the opportunity by the grace of Duryodhana, and instead of being\n\nsorry at the strong words of insul t, he thanked him from within because it\n\ngave him the chance to live alone in a holy place and fully engage in the\n\ndevotional service of the Lord. The word gata-vyatha� (without being\n\nsorry) is significant here because Vidura was relieved from the tribulations\n\nwhich trouble every man entangled in material activities. He therefore\n\nthought that there was no need to defend his brother with his bow because\n\nhis brother was meant for ruination. Thus he left the palace before\n\nDuryodhana could act. Miiya, the supreme energy ofthe Lord, acted here\n\nboth internally and externally.\n\nTEXT 17\n\nf;rti(l: ..a(�flttd,1if\n�:\n�·\n31\"'414i'ic:�f*4i}q�oql\n�ffl � ij((i('{Rt: \"�\"\"\n6\n\nsa nirgata� kaurava-pu[!ya-labdho\ngajahvayat tirt h a-pada� padiini\n\nanvakramat pul)ya-cikir�ayorvyarft\nadhi�thito yani sahasra-murt*\n\nsa�-hc (Vidura); nirgata� - after having quit; kaurava-the Kuru dynas­\n\nty; pu[!ya- piety; labdha�-so achieved; gaja-ahvayat- from Hastinapura;\n\ntirtha-pada�-of the Supreme Lord; padani-pilgri mages; anvakramat-took\nshelter; pul)ya - piety;\n\ncikir�aya-desiring\n\nso; urvy iim-of high\n\ngrade;\n\nadh�thita�-situated; yani- all those; sahasra-thousands; murt*-forms.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy his piety, Vidura achieved the advantages of the pious Kauravas.\nAfter leaving Hastinapura, he took shelter of many places of pilgrimages,\nwhich are the Lord's lotus feet. With a desire to gain a high order of pious\n\nlife, he traveled to holy places where thousands of transcendental forms\nof the Lord are situated.\nPURPORT\nVidura was undoubtedly a highly elevated and pious soul, otherwise he\n\nwould not have taken his birth in the Kaurava family. To have high parent­\n\nage, to possess wealth, to be highly learned and to have great personal\n\nbeauty are all due to past pious acts. But such pious possessions are not\n\n", "SB3.1#p0037": "Text 17)\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\n17\n\nsufficient for obtaining the grace of the Lord and being engaged in His\ntranscendental loving service. Vidura considered himself less pious, and\ntherefore he decided to travel to all the great places of pilgrimage in the\nworld in order to achieve greater piety and advance nearer to the Lord. At\nthat time, Lord Kpjl)a was personally present in the world, and Vidura\ncould at once approach Him directly, but he did not do so because he\nwas not sufficiently freed from sin. One cannot be one hundred percent\ndevoted to the Lord unless and until he is completely free from all effects\nof sin. Vidura was conscious that by the association of the diplomatic\nDhrtara�tra and Duryodhana he had lost his piety and was therefore not fit\nto associate at once with the Lord. In Bhagavad-gita this is confirmed in\nthe following verse:\n\nye�iirh tvanta-gatam piipam jananam purtya-karmar-am\nte dvandva-moha-nirmuktii bhajante miim dnlha-vratii� (Bg. 7.28)\nPersons who are sinful asuras like Kamsa and .T arasandha cannot think of\nLord Kr�l)a as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Absolute Truth.\nOnly those who are pure devotees, those who follow the regulative principles of religious life as prescribed in the scriptures, are able to engage themselves in karma-yoga and then Fiiina-yoga and thereafter, by pure meditation, can understand pure consciousness. When God consciousness is\ndeveloped, one can take advantage of the association of pure devotees.\n\nSyiin mahat-sevayii viprii� purya-tirtha: one is able to associate with the\nLord even during the existence of this life.\nPlaces of pilgrimages are meant for eradicating the sins of the pilgrims,\nand they are distributed all over the universe just to give facility to all concerned for attaining pure existence and God realization. One should not\nbe satisfied, however, merely by visiting the places of pilgrimage and performing one's prescribed duties; he should be eager to meet the great souls\nwho are already there, engaged in the service of the Lord. In each and\nevery place of pilgrimage, the Lord is present in His various transcendental\nforms.\nThese forms are called arca-murtis, or forms of the Lord which can be\neasily appreciated by the common man. The Lord is transcendental to\nour mundane senses. He cannot be seen with our present eyes, nor can\nHe be heard with our present ears. To the degree that we have entered\ninto the service of the Lord or to the proportion to which our lives are\nfreed from sins, we can perceive the Lord. But even though we are not\nfree from sins, the Lord is kind enough to allow us the facility of seeing\nHim in His arca-murtis in the temple. The Lord is all powerful, and there-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0038": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n18\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 1\n\nfore He is able to accept our service by presentation of His area form. No\none, therefore, should foolishly think tl)e area in the temple to be an idol.\nSuch an area-murti is not an idol but the Lord Himself, and to the proportion to which one is free from sins, he is able to know the significance of\nthe area-murti. The guidance of a pure devotee is therefore always\nrequired.\nIn the land of Bharatavar�a there are many hundreds and thousands of\nplaces of pilgrimage distributed all over the country, and by traditional\npractice the common man visits such holy places during all seasons of the\nyear. Some of the area representations of the Lord situated in different\nplaces of pilgrimage are mentioned herewith. The Lord is present at\nMathurii (the birthplace of Lord Km1a) as Adi-Kesava; the Lord is present\nat Puri (Orissa) as Lord Jagannatha (also known as Puru�ottama); He is\npresent at Allahabad (Prayag) as Bindu-Madhava; at Mandara Hill he is\npresent as Madhusiidana. In the Anandaral'}ya, He is known as\nVasudeva, Padmanabha and Janiirdana; at Vi�J}ukiinci, He is known as\nVi�QU; and at Mayaura, He is known as Hari. There are millions and billions of such area forms of the Lord distributed all over the universe. All\nthese area-murtis are summarized in the Caitanya-earitamrta in the following words:\nsarvatra prakiisa tiinhiira bhakte sukhodite\njagatera adharma niisi dharma sthapite\n\n\"The Lord has so distributed Himself all over the universe just to give\npleasure to the devotees, to give the common man facility to eradicate his\nsins, and to establish religious principles in the world.\"\nTEXT 18\n\n�\n\n��lqiii•ufWjeRa1<:� 1\n���\n��:\ne�e�tij!\n�n�:�a��: 11 �<:II\npure�u purtyopavaniidri-kunje�v\napanka-toye�u sarit-sara/;lsu\nananta-lingai/;l samalankrte�u\neaeiira t\"irthiiyatane�v ananya/;l\n\n", "SB3.1#p0039": "Text 19]\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\n19\n\npure�u- holy places like Ayodhya, Dvaraka, Mathura, etc.; puf!yapiety; upavana - the air; adri-hill; kunje�u - in the orchards; apanka-with·\nout sin; toye�u-in the water; sarit - river; sa ra� s u-lakes; ananta-linga*the forms of the unlimited; s amalankrte�u- being so decorated; eaeiiraexecuted; tirtha - places of pilgrimage; ayatane�u-holy land; ananya�alone or seeing Kr�rya alone.\nTRANSLATION\nHe began to travel along, thinking only of Kr�Qa, through various holy\nplaces like Ayodhya, Dvaraka and Mathura. He traveled where the air, hill,\norchard, river and lake are all pure and sinless and where the forms of the\nUnlimited decorate the temples. Thus he performed the pilgrim's progress.\nPURPORT\nThese area forms of the Lord may be considered idols by the atheists,\nbut that does not matter for persons like Vidura or His many other\nservants. The forms of the Lord are mentioned here are ananta-lihgam.\nSuch forms of the Lord have unlimited potency, the same as that of the\nLord Himself. There is no difference between the potencies of the area and\nthose of the personal forms of the Lord. The example of the postbox and\npost office may be applied here. The little postboxes distributed all over\nthe city have the same potency as the postal system in general. The duty\nof the post office is to carry letters from one place to another. If one puts\nletters in postboxes authorized by the general post office, the function of\ncarrying letters is performed without a doubt. Similarly, the area-murti\ncan also deliver the same unlimited potency of the Lord as when He is personally present. Vidura, therefore, could see nothing but Kr�l)a in the\ndifferent area forms, and ultimately he was able to realize Kr�l)a alone and\nnothing else.\nTEXT 19\n\n'1f\n\nq4arlr\\�f��tR't:\n'\n\n\"'\n\n�ss��n :��:\nd��=\n����)\n� � ��tf.lll����\n.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0040": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n20\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 1\n\ngiim paryatan medhya-vivikta-vrtti�\nsadii \"pluto 'dha� sayano 'vadhuta�\nalak�ita� svair avadhuta-ve�o\nvratiini cere hari-to�arJiini\ng m-earth; paryatan - traversing; medhya - pure; vivikta-vrtt -independent occupation for living; sadii-always; iipluta�-s anctified ; adha�-011\n\na\n\n*\n\nthe earth; sayana�-lying avadhuta�-without dressing (of the hair, etc.);\n\n;\n\na\n\nlak�ita� - without being seen; sva\n\n* -alone; avadhuta ve�a�-dressed like a\n-\n\nmendicant; vratiini-vows; cere- performed; hari-to�arJiini-that pleases the\nLord.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile so traversing the earth, he simply performed duties to please the\nSupreme Lord Hari. His occupation was pure and independent. He was\n\nconstantly sanctified by taking his bath in holy places, although he was\nin the dress of a mendicant and had no hair dressing nor a bed on which to\n'\nlie. Thus he was always unseen by his various relatives.\nPURPORT\nThe first and foremost duty of a pilgrim is to satisfy the Supreme Lord\nHari. While traveling as a pilgrim, one should not be worried about pleasing society. There is no need to depend on social formalities or occupation\nor dress. One should remain always absorbed in the function of pleasing\nthe Lord. Thus sanctified by thought and action, one is able to realize the\nSupreme Lord by the process of a pilgrim's journey.\nTEXT 20\n\n� �wt �l((lflq\n� �l'i(l\\?lill'{ 511«1{ I\n?ln-.:.0!iJie !Wr�t.''4st.l-\n\nilt¥tqsn'4�t.l\n\n�: ll�oU\n\nittham vrajan bhiiratam eva var�am\nkiilena yiivad gataviin prabhiisam\ntiivac chasiisa k�itim eka-cakriim\nekiitapatriim ajitena piirtha�\nittham-like this; vrajan - while traveling; bhiiratam-lndia; eva-only;\nvar�am-the tract of land; kiilena-in due course of time; yiivat-when;\ngataviin - visited; prabhiisam- Prabhasa pilgrimage site; tiivat-at that time;\n\n", "SB3.1#p0041": "Text 21)\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\n21\n\nsasiisa-rules; k�itim-the world; eka-cakriim-by one military force; ekaone; atapatriim-flag; ajitena\n\n- by the mercy of the unconquerable Kr�qa;\n\npiirtha�- Maharaja Yudhi!?�hira.\nTRANSLATION\nThus, when he was in the land of Bharatavaqsa traveling to all the places\nof pilgrimage, he visited Prabhasa�tra. At that time Maharaja Yudhi��hira\nwas the emperor and held the world under one military strength and one\nflag.\nPURPORT\nMore than five thousand years ago, while Saint Vidura was traveling the\nearth as a pilgrim, India was known as Bharatavar�a, as it is known even\ntoday. The history of the world cannot give any systematic account for\nmore than three thousand years into the past, but before that the whole\nworld was under the flag and military strength of Maharaja Yudi�thira,\nwho was the emperor of the world. At present there are hundreds and\nthousands of flags flapping in the United Nat ions, but during the time of\nVidura there was, by the grace of Ajita, Lord Kr�l}a, only one flag. The\nnations of the world are very eager to again have one state under one flag,\nbut for this they must seek the favor of Lord Kr�qa, who alone can help\nus to become one worldwide nation.\nTEXT 21\n\n«Ciflil�\n� �fle'IQ'{ ,\n�\n�+{�13�il\\li\n(1((?461 SI�QfliQiq � ll�tll\ntatriitha susriiva suhrd-vina�tirh\nvanarh yathii ve(tu-.favahni-sarhsrayam\nsarhspardhayii dagdham athiinusocan\nsarasvafirh pratyag iyiiya tii.�rtim\ntatra-there; atha-thereafter; susriiva-heard; suhrt- kinsmen; vin.a�timall dead; vanam-forest; yathii-as much as; vertu-javahni\n\n- fire due to the\n\nbamboos; s arhsrayam-friction with one another; sarhspardhaya-by vio·\nlent passion; dagdham- burnt; atha-thus; anus o c a n-thinking; sarasvatimthe River Sarasvati; pratyak-westward; iyiiya- went; tii.�rtim- silently.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0042": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n22\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. l\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the place of pilgrimage at Prabhasa, it came to his knowledge that all\nhis relatives had died due to violent passion, just as an entire forest burns\ndue to fire produced by the friction of bamboos. After this he proceeded\nwest, where the River Sarasvati flows.\nPURPORT\nBoth the Kauravas and the Yadavas were relatives of Vidura, and Vidura\n\nheard of their extinction due to fratricidal war. The comparison of the\nfriction of forest bamboos to that of passionate human societies is appro­\n\npriate. The whole world is compared to a forest. At any moment there\n\nmay be a flare up of fire in the forest due to friction. No one goes to the\n\nforest to set it on fire, but due only to friction between bamboos, fire\n\ntakes place and burns an entire forest. Similarly, in the greater forest of\n\nworldly transaction, the fire of war takes place because of the violent\n\npassion of the conditioned souls illusioned by the external energ) . Such a\n\nworldly fire can be extinguished only by the water of the mercy cloud of\n\nsaints, just as a forest fire can be extinguished only by rains falling from a\n\ncloud.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nm\n\nf,ta@�l\"'el\n\n'\"'\n\n\"'\n\n\"\n\n...\n\nlli{(Pof\n\n00: I\ndh} W::Ri� ff.tf �\n�mrt� � 311m� II��II\n'Ni{twH�\n\ntasyiim tritasyosanaso manos ca\nprthor athii g ner asitasya viiyo�\nfirtham sudiisasya gaviim guhasya\nyac chriiddha-devasya sa iisi�eve\ntasyii m -on the bank of the River Sarasvati; t ritasya - the pilgrimage site\n\nnamed Trita; usanasa� -the pilgrimage site named Usana; mano� ca-as\n\nalso of the pilgrimage site named Manu; prtho�-that of Prthu; atha­\n\nthereafter; ag ne�-that of Agni; asitasya-that of Asita; viiyo�- that of\n\nVayu; t'irtham-places of pilgrimages; sudiisasya-of the name Sudasa;\n\ngavam-that of Go; g uhasya-that of Guha; yat-thereupon; sraddhadevasya-of the name Sraddhadeva; sa�- Vidura; iis�eve- duly visited and\nperformed the rituals.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0043": "Questions by Vidura\n\nText 23]\n\n23\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the bank of the River Sarasvati there were eleven places of\n\npilgrimage, namely, (1) Trita,\n\n(2) U8ana, (3) Manu, (4) Prthu, (5) Agni,\n(6) Asita, (7) Vayu, (8) Sudasa, (9) Go, (10) Guha and (11) Sraddhadeva.\n\nVidura visited all of them and' dWy performed rituals.\nTEXT 23\n\n�� � m.���:\n�cnf.l 'fliWI6Wnfit fqtaft: 1\n\n���f1\\.�lfl;<t'4K(IM\n�C:�..I€\\I&UI'4�u;.\"'6\n\nII� :i.ll\n\nanyiini ceha dvija-deva-devai�\nkrtiini niiniiyatanani v�r-o�\npratyanga-mukh yankita-mandiriir-i\nyad-darsaniit kr�r-am anusmaranti\nanyiini- others; ca-also; iha-here; dvija-deva- great sages; deva*-by\n\ndemigods; krtani-established by; niinii-various; iiyataniini-various forms;\nv�r-o�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; prati-each and every;\nang a-part; muk hya\n\n-\n\nthe chief; a itk i ta\n\n-\n\nmarked; mandiriil)i- temples ; yat\n\n­\n\nwhich; darsaniit-by seeing fFom a distance; kn�wm-the original Personality of Godhead; anusmaranti-constantly remembers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere were also many other temples of various forms of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead Vi�1,1u, established by great sages and demigods.\n\nThese temples were marked with the chief emblems of the Lord, and they\nreminded one always of the original Personality of Godhead, Lord Kr�J1.a.\nPURPORT\nHuman society is divided into four social orders of life and four divi­\n\nsions, applying to each and every individual person. This system is called\nvarr-iisrama-dharma and has already been discussed in many places in this\ngreat literature. The sages, or persons who completely devoted themselves\nto the spiritual upliftment of the entire human society, were known as\ndvija-deva, the best amongst the twice-born. The denizens of superior\nplanets, from the moon planet and upwards, were known as devas. Both\n\n", "SB3.1#p0044": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n24\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. l\n\nthe dvija-devas and the devas always establish temples of Lord Vi�J;�U in His\nvarious forms, such as Govinda, Madhusudana, Nrsimha, Madhava, Kdava,\nNarayaQa, Padmanabha, Parthasarathi and many others. The Lord expands\nHimself in innumerable forms, but all of them are nondifferent from one\nanother. Lord Vi�J;�u has four hands, and each hand holds a particular\nitem-either a conchshell, wheel, club or lotus flower. Of these four\nemblems, the cakra, or wheel, is the chief. Lord Kr�qa, being the original\nVi�J;JU form, has only one emblem, namely the wheel, and therefore He is\nsometimes called the Cakri. The Lord's cakra is the symbol of the power\nby which the Lord controls the whole manifestation. The tops of Vi�J;Ju\ntemples are marked with the symbol of the wheel so that people may have\nthe chance to see the symbol from a very long distance and at once\nremember Lord Kr�qa. The purpose of building very high temples is to\ngive people a chance to see them from a distant place. This system is\ncarried on in India whenever a new temple is constructed, and it appears\nthat it is coming down from a time before recorded history. The foolish\npropaganda by atheists that temples were only constructed in later days is\nrefuted here because Vidura visited these temples at least 5,000 years ago,\nand the temples of Vi�J;JU were in existence long, long before Vidura visited\nthem. The great sages and demigods never established statues of men or\ndemigods, hut they established temples of Vi�J;�u for the benefit of\ncommon men, to raise them to the platform of God consciousness.\nTEXT 24\n\n���\n��\n���1:. �w��\n�\n�m��\n� mtmi � ����II\ntatas tv ativrajya sura§tram rddham\nsauvira-matsyan kurujangalams ca\nkalena tavad yamunam upetya\ntatroddhavam bhagavatam dadarsa\ntatafl- from there; tu- hut; ativrajya- by passing over; sura� tram-the\nkingdom of Surat;rdd h am\n\n-\n\nvery wealthy; sauvira...:..the kingdom of Sauvlra;\n\nmatsyiin- the kingdom of M atsya; ku rujiinga liin-the kingdom of western\n\nIndia up to the Delhi province; ca-also; kiilena-in course of time;\n\ntiivat-as soon as; yamu n iim- bank of the River Yamuna; upetya- reaching;\n\n", "SB3.1#p0045": "Text 24]\ntatra\n\n-\n\nthere ;\n\nQuestions by Vidura\nuddhavam\n\n-\n\nUddhava,\n\none\n\nof\n\n25\nthe\n\nprominent\n\nbhiigavatam-the great devotee of Lord Kr�I).a; dadarsa\n\n-\n\nYadus;\n\nhappened to see.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter he passed through very wealthy provinces like Surat, Sauvira\nand Matsya and through western India, known as Kurujari.gala. At last he\nreached the bank of the Yamuna, where he happened to meet Uddhava,\nthe great devotee of Lord Kr�I).a.\nPURPORT\nThe tract of land comprising about one hundred square miles from\n\nmodern Delhi to the Mathura district in Uttar Pradesh, including a portion\n\nof the Gurgaon district in Punjab (East India), is considered to be the\ntopmost place of pilgrimage in all of India. This land is sacred because\n\nLord Kr�l}a traveled through it many times. From the very beginning of\n\nHis appearance, He was at Mathura in the house of His maternal uncle\n\nKamsa, and He was reared by His foster father\n\nMaharaja Nanda at\n\nVrndavana. There are still many devotees of the Lord lingering there in\n\necstasy in search of Kr�l)a and His childhood associates, the gopi:s. It is not\nthat such devotees meet Kr�IJa eye to eye in that tract of land, but a\ndevotee's eagerly searching after Kr�l!a is as good as his seeing Him per­\n\nsonally. How this is so cannot be explained, but it is factually realized by\n\nthose who are pure devotees of the Lord. Philosophically, one can under­\n\nstand that Lord Kr�l)a and His remembrance are on the absolute plane and\n\nthat the very idea of searching for\n\nHim at Vrndavana in pure God\n\nconsciousness gives more pleasure to the devotee than seeing Him eye to\n\neye. Such devotees of the Lord see Him eye to eye at every moment, as is\nconfirmed in the Brahma-samhita:\n\npremanjana- cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nsanta� sadaiva hr:daye�u vilokayanti.\nyam syamasundaram acintya-gul)a-svarupam\ngovindam adi-jJUru�am tam aham bhajami\n\n(Bs. 5.38)\n\n\"Those who are in ecstasy of love with the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, Lord Syamasundara [Kr�l)a], see Him always in their hearts due\n\nto love and devotional service rendered to the Lord.\" Both Vidura and\n\nUddhava were such elevated devotees, and therefore they both came to\n\nthe bank of the Yamuna and met each other.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0046": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n26\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 25\n\nC{����t\n!t�rrci\n�: sn. � sta� 1\nsnf�'l mt stotir.t �\nII�'-\\II\n(((IrtI'l'b0'Aq'4 d1!J, 'frn'l(\n�\n\n...\n\nsa viisudeviinucaram prasantam\nbrhaspate� prak-tanayam pratitam\niilingya giit;lham prartayena bhadram\nsviinam aprcchad bhagavat-prajaniim\nsa�- Vidura; vasudeva-Lord Kr�J;�a; anucaram-constant companion;\np rasiintam - very sober and gentle; brhaspate�-of Brhaspati, the learned\nspiritual master of the demigods;prak-formerly; tanayam-son or disciple;\npra titam - acknowled ge d;\n\niilingya - embracing; giitJham-very\n\nfeelingly;\n\npra[tayena-in love; bhadram-auspiciou s; svaniim-his own; aprcchatasked; bhagavat-of the Personality of Godhead; prajanam-family .\nTRANSLATION\nThen,\n\ndue\n\nto\n\nhis great\n\nlove\n\nand\n\nfeeling,\n\nVidura\n\nembraced\n\nhim\n\n[ Uddhava] who was a constant companion of Lord Kr!!r:ta and formerly a\n\ngreat student of Brhaspati. Vidura then asked him for news of the family\nof Lord Kr!!r:ta, the Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nVidura was older than Uddhava, like a father, and therefore when the\ntwo met, Uddhava bowed down before Vidura, and Vidura embraced him\nbecause Uddhava was younger, like a son. Vidura's brother Pa1,11;lu was\nLord Kr�1,1a's uncle, and Uddhava was a cousin to Lord Kr!!IJa. According\n\nto social custom, therefore, Vidura was to be respected by Uddhava on the\n\nlevel of his father. Uddhava was a great scholar in logic, and he was known\nto be a son or disciple of Brhaspati, the greatly learned priest and spiritual\nmaster of the demigods. Vidura asked Uddhava about the welfare of his\nrelatives, although he already knew that they were no longer in the world.\n\nThis inquiry appears to be very queer, but Srila }iva Gosvami states that\nthe news was shocking to Vidura, who therefore inquired again due to\n\ngreat curiosity. Thus his inquiry was psychological and not practical.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0047": "Text 26)\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\n27\n\nTEXT 26\n\nifi���um �\nq'\"'M\"\\�\n\n��-\n\n��m'T�i I\n3IRrnr aoqi': � f-1�\n�1 �\n�������\nkaccit purartaU puru§aU SVanabhyapadmanUV[ttyeha kiliivat\"irrtau\nasata urvyii� kusalam vidhaya\nkrtak�artau kusalam sura-gehe\nkaccit-whether; pura!lau-the original; puru�au-Personalities of God­\n\nhead (Kr�IJ.a and Balarama); svaniibhya-Brahma; padma-anuvrttyeha-by\n\nthe request of the one who is born from the lotus; kila-certainly;\n\navat\"irrtau-incarnated; iisate-are; urvya�-in the world; kusalam-well­\n\nbeing; vidhaya-for doing so; krtak�a!lau-the elevators of everyone's\n\nprosperity; kusalam-all well; sura-gehe-in the house of Surasena.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[Please tel l me J whether the original Personalities of Godhead, who\n\nincarnated Themsel ves at the request of Brahma [who is born out of the\nlotus flower from the Lord] and who have increased the prosperity of\nthe world by elevating everyone, are doing wel l in the house of Surasena.\nPURPORT\nLord Kr�•)a and Balarama are not two different Personalities of God·\n\nhead. God is one without a second, but He expands Himself in many\nforms without their being separate from one another. They are all plenary\n\nexpansions. The immediate expansion of Lord Kr�l)a is Baladeva, and\n\nBrahma, born from the lotus flower from Garbhodakasay! Vi�l)u, is an\n\nexpansion of Baladeva. This indicates that Kr�l)a and Baladeva are not\n\nsubjected to the regulations of the universe; on the contrary, the whole\nuniverse is under Their subjugation. They appeared at the request of\n\nBrahma to liberate the burden of the world, and They relieved the world\n\nby many superhuman activities so that everyone became happy and pros­\n\nperous. Without the grace of the Lord, no one can become happy and\n\nprosperous. Because the happiness of the family of devotees of the Lord\n\n", "SB3.1#p0048": "28\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. l\n\ndepends on the happiness of the Lord, Vidura first of all inquired about\nthe well-being of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�B��UJi\n\nq�:\n\n�t\n\n��mn � 3ffi� ���i �Tft:\n\n1\n\n� � �qUJt fq(l��mr\n«1'1. !! '!I�\n'!l«rfaTWf II �\\911\nkaccit kuriirtiim paramab- suhrn no\nbhamab- sa aste sukham anga sauribyo vai svasffliirh pitrvad dadati\nvaran vadanyo vara tarpa[tena\n·\n\nkaccit-whether; kuriirtii m-of the Kurus; paramab--greatest; suhrt\n\nwisher;\n\n-\n\nwe ll­\n\nnab- our; bhamab--brother-in-law; sab--he; aste-.is; sukham-\n\nhappy; anga-0 Uddhava; saurib-- Vasudeva; yab--one who;vai- certainly;\nsvasfflam-of the sisters; pitrvat-like father; dadati-gives; varan- every\n\n­\n\nthing desirable; vadany o {t -munificent; vara-wife; tarpa[tena-by pleasing.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[Please tell me] whether the best friend of the Kurus, our brother-inlaw Vasudeva, is doing well. He is very munificent. He is like a father to his\nsister, and he is always pleasing to his wives.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Kr!!Da's father, Vasudeva, had sixteen wives, and one of them,\nnamed Paurav! or Rohii)J:, the mother of Baladeva, was the sister of Vidura.\nVasudeva, therefore, is the husband of Vidura's sister, and thus they were\nbrothers-in-law. Vasudeva's sister Kunt! was the wife of Pal)gu, Vidura's\nelder brother, and in that sense also, Vasudeva was brother-in-law to\nVidura. Kuntl was younger than Vasudeva, and it was the duty of the\n'\nelder brother to treat younger sisters as daughters. Whenever anything was\nneeded by Kunt!, it was munificently delivered by Vasudeva, due to his\ngreat love for his younger sister. Vasudeva never dissatisfied his wives, and\nat the same time he supplied the objects desired by his sister. He had\nspecial attention for Kunt! because she became a widow at an early age.\nWhile inquiring about Vasudeva's welfare, Vidura remembered all about\nhim and the family relationship.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0049": "29\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\nText 29)\n\nTEXT 28\n\nitiNA\\�1���\n\n3tl�� �� �R:: I\nq �&�IJ\\T �atsf�il\n3ffil\\lf f� ��u� ������\nSlUR\n_,\n\nkaccid varuthadhipatir yadunam\npradyumna aste sukham anga vira[t\nyam rukmirt\"i bhagavato'bhilebhe\naradhya vipran smaram adisarge\nkaccit-whether;\nyadunam-of\n\nthe\n\nvarutha- military ;\n\nYadus;\n\nadhipat * -commander-in - chief;\n\npradyumna�-the\n\nson\n\nof\n\nKr�Qa\n\nnamed\n\nPradyumna; liste-is; sukham-happy; anga-0 Vidura; vira�-the great\n\nwarrior;\n\nyam-whom;\n\nrukmirtl\"-the\n\nwife\n\nof Kr�I}a\n\nnamed Rukmil)i;\n\nbhagavata�-from the Personality of Godhead; abhilebhe-got as a prize;\nliradhya-pleasing; vipran-brahmartas; smaram -- Cupid (Kamadeva); adi­\n\nsarge-in his previous life.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Uddhava, please tell me how is Pradyumna, the commander-in-chief\nof the Y adus, who was Cupid in a former life? Rukmi!Ji bore him as her\nson from Lord Kp:;r;ta, by the grace of brahma!JaS whom she pleased.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Srila Jiva Gosvam1, Smara (Cupid, or Kamadeva) is one of\n\nthe eternal associates of Lord Kr�J1a. Jiva Gosvam1 has explained this very\nelaborately in his treatise KnTJa-sandarbha.\nTEXT 29\n\n", "SB3.1#p0050": "S rirnad-Bhagavatarn\n\n30\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. l\n\nkaccit sukham siitvata-vr�!Ii-bhojadiisiirha-kiil)iim-adhipq� sa iiste\n\nyam abhya�incac chata-patranetro\nnrpiisaniisiim parihrtya duriit\n\nkaccit-whether; sukham-a!l well; siitvata-the Satvata race; Vf�l)i-the\n\nVr�t;ti dynasty; bhoja-the Bhoja dynasty; diisiirha-kiil)iim-the Dasarha\nrace; adhipa]J. -King Ugrasena; sa�-he; iiste-do exist; yam-whom;\nabhya§incat-insta!led; sata-patra-netra�!-Lord Sri Kr�t;t a; nrpasaniisiimhope of the royal throne; parihrtya-giving up; diiriit-at a distant place.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my friend, [tell me] whether Ugrasena, the King of the Satvatas,\nVr�11is, Bhojas and Dasiirhas, is now doing well. He went far away from His\nkingdom, leaving aside all hopes of his royal throne, but Lord Kr!!'1a again\nreinstalled him.\nTEXT 30\n\n•F.F: «� wr:\n\n�\n\n�Siaft U� m'i �T\"r: I\n�� q \\ilMr:JQ\"t !f<ll�\n� g( tilsP...cti�l �.(llSJ II� II\no\n\nkaccid dhare� saumya suta� sadrk�a\n\niiste 'gra(Ii rathinam siidhu samba�\n\nasuta yam jiimbavati vratiit;lhyii\n\ndevarh guham yo 'mbikayii dhrto 'gre\n\nkaccit-whether; dhare�-of the Personality of Godhead; saumya-0\n\ngrave one; suta�-son; sadrk§a-similar; iiste-fare well; agral)\"i?I-forward;\n\nrathiniim-of the warriors; siidhu-well behaved; siimba�-Samba; asuta­\n\ngave birth; yam-whom; jiimbavati-]ambavat1, ,a queen of Lord Kr�•:1a 's;\n\nvratiit;lhyii-enriched by vows; devam-the demigod; guham-of the name\n\nKarttikeya; ya�I- whom; ambikayii- unto the wife of Siva; dhrta�I- born;\n\nagre-in the previous birth.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 gentle one, does Samba fare well? He exactly resembles the son of the\nPersonality of Godhead. In a previous birth he was born as Karttikeya in\n\n", "SB3.1#p0051": "Text 31)\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\n31\n\nthe womb of the wife of Lord Siva, and now he has been born in the womb\nof Jambavati, the most enriched wife of Kr�J}a.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Siva, one of the three qualitative incarnations of the Personality of\nGodhead, is the plenary expansion of the Lord. Karttikeya, born of him, is\non the level of Pradyumna, another son of Lord Kr�J}a. When Lord Sri\nKri!l')a descends into the material world, aJI His plenary portions also\nappear with Him to exhibit different functions of the Lord. But for the\npastimes at Vrndavana, aJI functions are performed by the Lord's different plenary expansions. Vasudeva is a plenary expansion of Narayal)aWhen the Lord appeared as Vasudeva before Devaki and Vasudeva, He\nappeared in His capacity as Narayal)a- Similarly, aJI the demigods of the\nheavenly kingdom appeared as associates of the Lord in the forms of\nPradyumna, Samba, Uddhava, etc- It is learned here that Kamadeva\nappeared· as Pradyumna, Karttikeya as Samba, and one of the Vasus as\nUddhava_ All of them served in their different capacities in order to enrich\nthe pastimes of Kri!J}a.\nTEXT 31\n\n�:�:\n�it������\nflfa � �-rfq{{1411{_ II�� II\nh�emarn sa kaccid yuyudhiina iiste\nya� phiilguniil labdha-dhanii-rahasyatt\nlebh e 'ii jasiidhok�aja-sevayaiva\ngatirh tadiyiim yatibhir duriipiim\n\nk$emam-all good; sa�- he; kaccit- whether ; yuyudhiina�- Satyaki ;asteis there; ya�-one who; phiilguniit-from A�una; labdha-ac hieved; dhanurahasya�- one who understands the intricacies of military art; lebhealso achieved; aiijasii-summarily; adhok�aja transcendence; sevaya-by\nservice; eva-certainly; gatim-destination; tadiyiim-transcende nt al; yatibh*-by great renouncers; duriipiim-very difficult to achieve.\n-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0052": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n32\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Uddhava, does Yuyudhana fare well? He learned the intricacies of the\n\nmilitary art from Arjuna and attained the transcendental destination which\nis very difficult to reach even for great renouncers.\nPURPORT\nThe destination of transcendence is to become the personal associate of\n\nthe Personality of Godhead, who is known as adhok�aja, He who is beyond\n\nthe reach of the senses. The renouncers of the world, the sannyasis, give up\n\nall worldly connections, namely, family, wife, children, friends, home,\nwealth-everything-to attain the transcendental bliss of Brahman happi­\n\nness. But adhok�aja happiness is beyond Brahman happiness. The empiric\nphilosophers enjoy a transcendental quality of bliss by philosophical\n\nspeculation on the Supreme Truth, but beyond that pleasure there is the\n\npleasure which is enjoyed by Brahman in His eternal form of the\n\nPersonality of Godhead. Brahman bliss is enjoyed by living entities after\n\nliberation from material bondage. But Param Brahman, the Personality of\n\nGodhead, enjoys eternally a bliss of His own potency, which is called the\n\niihladini potency. The empiric philosopher who studies Brahman by negation of the external features has not yet learned the quality of the ahladini\n\npotency of Brahman. Out of many potencies of the Omnipotent, there are\n\nthree features of His internal potency-namely samvit, sandhini and\nahladini. And in spite of their strict adherence to the principles of yama,\nniyama, asana, dh yana, dhiiranii and praJ;l-ayiima, the great yogis and jniinis\n\nare unable to enter into the internal potency of the Lord. This internal\n\npotency is, however, easily realized by the devotees of the Lord by dint of\n\ndevotional service. Yuyudhana achieved this stage of life, just as he\nachieved expert knowledge in military science from Arjuna. Thus his life\n\nwas successful to the fullest extent from both the material and spiritual\nangles of vision. That is the way of devotional service to the Lord.\nTEXT 32\n\n��: ���;w..'N 3ffi�\n¥t•1'4�S(qift:\nlQ'fi(!��tsi1\nlf:\n��tt��ttfqm,��a-\n\nit����: II� �II\n\n", "SB3.1#p0053": "Text 33)\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\n33\n\nkaccid budha/;1. svastyanamiva iiste\nsvaphalka-putro bhagavat-prapanna/;1.\nya/;1. kmw-padiinkita-marga-piimsuw\nace�tata prema-vibhinna-dhairya/;1.\nkaccit-whether; budha/;1.-very learned; svasti-well;anamiva/;1.-faultless;\n\naste-do exist; svaphalka-putra/;1.-the son of S vaphalka, Akrura; bhagavat­\n\nregarding the Personality of Godhead; prapanna/;1.-surrendered; ya /;1. -one\nwho; kmw-the Lord; pada-ankita-marked with footprints;marga-path;\n\npiimsu�u-dust ; acefitata-exhibited; prema-vibhinna-lost in transcendental love; dhairya/;1.-mental equilibrium.\nTRANSLATION\nPlease tell me whether Akrura, the son of Svaphalka, is doing well. He is\n\na faultless soul surrendered unto the Personality of Godhead. He once lost\n\nhis mental equilibrium due to his ecstasy of transcendental love and fell\ndown on the dust of a road which was marked with the footprints of Lord\n\nKr�f!a\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\n\nWhen Akrura came to Vrndavana in search of Kr�f!a, he saw the footprints of the Lord on the dust of Nanda-grama and at once fell on them in\necstasy of transcendental love. This ecstasy is po's sible for a devotee who is\nfully absorbed in incessant thoughts of Kr�l')a. Such a pure devotee of the\nLord is naturally faultless because he is always associated with the supremely pure Personality of Godhead. Constant thought of the Lord is the\nantiseptic method for keeping oneself free from the infectious contamination of the material qualities. The pure devotee of the Lord is always in\ncompany with the Lord by thinking of Him. Yet, in the particular context\nof time and place, the transcendental emotions take a different turn, and\nthis breaks the mental equilibrium of the devotee. Lord Caitanya was the\ntypical example of the transcendental ecstasy, as we can understand from\nthe life of this incarnation of God.\nTEXT 33\n\n1:���\n�� �� 1;�: I\n���ot�1:i\n� � �:fflFI� II��II\n���\n\n", "SB3.1#p0054": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n34\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. l\n\nkaccic chivarh devaka-bhoja-putrya\nvi�rtu-prajaya iva deva-matuft\nya vai sva-garbhertll dadhara devarh\ntrayi yatha yajiia-vitanam artham\nkaccit-whether; sivam-everything well; devaka-bhoja-putryii[t-of the\ndaughter of King Devaka-bhoja; v4rtu-prajiiya(t-of she who gave birth to\n\nthe Personality of Godhead; iva-like that of; deva-matu�-of the mother\n\nof the demigods (Aditi); ya-one who; vai-indeed; sva-garbhe\"{la-by her\nown womb; dadhara\n\n- concei ed; devam'-the Supreme Lord; trayi- the\nv\n\nVedas; yatha-as much as; yajiia-vitanam-spreading the sacfificial; artham­\n\npurpose.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs the Vedas are the reservoir of sacrificial purposes, so the daughter of\nKing Devaka-bhoja conceived the Supreme Personality of Godhead in her\n\nwomb, as did the mother of the demigods. Is she [Devaki) doing well?\nPURPORT\n\nThe Vedas are full of transcendental knowledge and spiritual values, and\n\nthus Devaki, the mother of Lord Kr�11a, conceived the Lord in her womb\n\nas the personified meaning of the Vedas. There is no difference between\nthe Vedas and the Lord. The Vedas aim at the understanding of the Lord,\nand the Lord is the Vedas personified. Devaki is compared to the meaningful Vedas and the Lord to their purpose personified.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n31AM4>t�ij � � �1\n\n���:1\n�;d'� � ft: ��ftr\n'�Wit�\n�+4ijtl�� 11�\\lll\nl(:\n\n�t\n\napi-svid aste bhagavan sukharh vo\nya� satvatarh kama-dugho 'niruddha�\nyam iimananti sma hi sabda-yonirh\nmano-mayarh sattva-tur\"iya-tattvam\napi-as also; svit-whether; aste-does He; bhagavan-the' Personality of\n\nGodhead; sukham-all happiness; va�-of you; ya�-one who; satvatam­\n\nof the devotees; kama-dugha�-source of all desires; aniruddha�-the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0055": "Text 35)\n\n35\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\nplenary expansion Aniruddha; yam-whom; amananti-accept; sma-from\n\nyore; hi- certainly;sabda-yonim- the cause of the IJ-g-veda;manafl-mayam­\n\ncreator of the mind; sattva-transcendental; turiya-the fourth expansion;\n\ntattvam-principle.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMay I inquire whether Aniruddha is doing well? He is the fulfiller of all\nthe desires of the pure devotees and has been considered from yore to be\nthe ca:use of the J;l.g-veda, the creator of the niind and the fourth plenary\n·\n\nexpansion of Vi�l).u.\nPURPORT\n\nAdi-caturbuja, the original expansions from Baladeva, are Vasudeva,\n\nSankar�a�;ta, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. All of Them are Vi�rw-tattvas or\nnondifferent Personalities of Godhead. In the incarnation of Sri Rama, all\n\nthese different expansions appeared for particular pastimes: Lord Rama\nis the original Vasudeva, and His brothers were Sankar�a�;ta, Pradyumna\nand Aniruddha. Aniruddha is also the cause of Maha-Vi��;tu, from whose\n\nbreathing the IJ-g-veda appeared. All this is nicely explained in the\nMiirkar4eya Puriirw. In the incarnation of Lord Kr�J;ta, Aniruddha\nappeared as the son of the Lord. Lord Kr!il}a in Dvaraka is the Vasudeva\n\nexpansion of the original group. The original Lord Kr�l}a never leaves\n\nGoloka Vrndavana. All the plenary expansions are one and the same\n\nV�!lu-tattva, and there is no difference in their potency.\nTEXT 35\n\natrqr�\n\n�\n\nr.r�m�-\n\n�<11 it I\n�'M1�t«k���: � �r� � n�'-\\11\n'lwtW44MI\n\napi-svid anye ca nijiitma daivam\nananya-vrttyii samanuvratii ye\nhrdlka-satyiitmaja-ciirude�!la\ngadiidayafl, svasti caranti saumya\napi-as also; svit-whether; anye-others; ca-and; nija-atma-of one's\n\nown self;\n\ndaivam-Sri Kr�Qa; ananya - a b solutely; vrttya-faith; samanu.­\n\nvratafl,-followers; ye-all those; li rdlka - 1- lrdlka; satya-atmaja-born\n\nof\n\n", "SB3.1#p0056": "[Canto 3, Ch. 1\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n36\n\nSatyabhama; car u. de�!la- Carude�Qa; gada- G a da; adaya�- and others; svasti\n\n-\n\nall well; caranti- pass time; saumya-0 sober one.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 sober one, others, such as Hrdika, Carude�r:ta, the son of Satyabhama,\n\nand Gada, who accept Lord Sri Kr�r:ta as the soul of the self and thus\n\nfollow His path without deviation-are they well?\nTEXT 36\n\n·3ffir�� �\n�ifur �: qftqllir � I\n���\n�m\n(il!lll�t �\n\n�ttlf!titll ����II\n\na pi sva-dorbh yiirh vijayiicyutiibh yiirh\ndharme!la dharma� paripati setum\nduryodharw 'tapyata yat-sabhayiirh\nsiimriijya-lak�myii-vijayiinuvrttyii\nap i- as aJso; sva-dorbhyiim-own arms; vijaya- Arj una; acyutabhyiim­\n\nalong with Sri Kr�Qa; dharme!la-on religious principles; dharma�- King\nYudhi�thira; paripiiti\n\n-\n\ndhana�- Duryodhana;\n\nmaintains; setum-the respect of religion; duryoatapyata- envied;\n\nyat- whose;\n\nsabhiiyam- royal\n\nassembly; siimriijya- imperial; lak§ myii- o p ulence; vijaya-anuvrttyii-by the\n\nservice of A�una.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlso let me inquire whether Maharaja Yudhi!!thira is now m aintaining\n\nthe kingdom according to religious principles and with respect for the path\nof\n\nreligion.\n\nFormerly\n\nDuryodhana\n\nwas burning\n\nwith envy because\n\nYudhi�'hira was being protected by the arms of K.r!!r:ta and Arjuna as if\n\nthey were his own arms.\n\nPURPORT\nM a ha raja Yudhi�thira was the emblem of religion. When he was ruling\n\nhis kingdom with the help of Lord Kr!!Qa and Arjuna, the opulence of his\n\nkingdom surpassed all imaginations of the opulence of the kingdom of\n\nheaven. His actual arms were Lord Kr!!Qa and Arjuna, and thus he surpassed\n\neveryone's opulence. Duryodhana, being envious of this opulence, planned\n\n", "SB3.1#p0057": "37\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\nText 37)\n\nso many schemes to put Yudhi��hira into difficulty, and at last the Battle\nof Kuruk�etra was brought about. After the Battle of Kuruk�etra, Maharaja\nYudhi��hira was again able to rule his legitimate kingdom, and he reinstated the principles of honor and respect for religion. That is the beauty\nof a kingdom ruled by a pious king like Maharaja Yudhi�thira.\n\nTEXT 37\n\nft\n\n�A���wff\n�Tm��Cfli oq� I\n��nfl:_ql� �� �\n� �?JR<it ft� ������\nen\n\nkim vii krtaghe§V aghamaty amar:�i\nbhimo 'hivad dirghatamarh vyamuncat\nyasyiinghri-patarh rat;ta-bhur na sehe\nmiirgarh gadayas carato vicitram\nkim-whether; vii-either; krta-performed; aghe� u-unto the sinners;\naghamati-angry; amar�\"i-unconquerable; bhimalz- Bhima; ahivat-like the\ncobra; dirghatamam-long cherished; vyamun cat\n-\n\n-\n\nhas\n\nreleased; yasya­\n\nwhose; a;tghri pata m-putting on the steps; rat;ta bhulz-the field of battle;\n-\n\n-\n\nna-could not; sehe-tolerate; margam-the path; gadaya!z-by the clubs;\ncarata!z- playing; vicitram-wonderful.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[Please tell me J whether the uncon 'luerable Bhima, who is like a cobra,\nhas released his long-cherished anger upon the sinners? The field of battle\ncould not tolerate even the wonderful playing of his club when he stepped\non the path.\nPURPORT\nVidura knew the strength of Bhima. Whenever Bhima was on the battlefield, his steps on the path and the wonderful playing of his club were\nunbearable for the enemy. Powerful Bhima did not take steps against the\nsons of Dhrtar a�tr a for a long time. Vidura's inquiry was whether he had\nyet released his anger, which was like that of a suffering cobra. When a\ncobra releases its venom after long-cherished anger, its victim cannot\nsurvive.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0058": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n38\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. l\n\nTEXT 38\n\n��\n(�'{llql;ri\ntt•vtl:c't�•fm\n�\n3(�\n���)\n\n�m�\n\n�� 11��11\n\nkaccid yasodha ratha�yuthapanam\ngiir.t;liva-dhanvoparatiirir iiste\nalak�ito yac-chara-kuta-gutjho\nmaya-kiriito girisas tuto�a\nkaccit- whc the r; yasv dhii-famous; ratha-yuthapiiniim-amongst the great\n\nchariot warriors; gii!1tJiva-Ga1;1Qiva; dhanva-bow; uparatari�-one who\n\nhas vanquished the enemies; aste-doing well; alak�ita�-without being\nidentified; yat-whose; sara-kuta-gutjha�-being covered by arrows; mayii­\n\nkirata� fa!se hunter;girisa�-Lord Siva; tuto�a-was satisfied.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n[ Ple�se tell me] whether Arjuna, whose bow bears the name Ga!l�iva\nand who is always famous amongst the chariot warriors for vanquishing\nhis enemies, is doing well. He once satisfied Lord Siva by covering him\nwith arrows when Siva came as an unidentified false hunter.\nPURPORT\nLord Siva tested Arjuna's strength by picking a quarrel with him over a\n\nhunted boar. He confronted Arjuna in the false dress of a hunter, and\nArjuna covered him with arrows until Lord Siva was satisfied with\nArjuna's fighting. He offered Arjuna the Pasupati weapon and blessed him.\nHere Vidura inquired about the great warrior's well-being.\nTEXT 39\n\n", "SB3.1#p0059": "39\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\nText 39)\n\nyamav utasvit tanayau prthiiyii�\npiirthair vrtau pak�mabhir ak�il)\"iva\nremiita uddiiya mrdhe sva-riktharit\nparat supar1JliV iva vajri-vaktriit\nyamau-twins (Nakula and Sahadeva) utasv it-whet h er; tanayau-sons;\nprthayii�-of Prtha; pii ;tha*-by the sons of Prtha; vrtau-protected;\npak�mabhi�-by shields; ak�il)i-of the eyes; iva-like; re miite\ncarelessly;\n\nu ddii ya-snatching;\n\nmrdhe-in\n\n-\n\nplaying\n\nthe fight; sva-riktham-own\n\nproperty; pariit-from the enemy Duryodhana; supariJau-Garw;l.a, the\ncarrier of Lord Vi�l)u; iva\n\n-\n\nlike; vajri-vaktriit-from the mouth of lndra.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAre the twin brothers who are protected by their brothers doing well?\nJust as the eye is always protected by the eyelid, they are protected by\nthe sons of Prtha, who snatched back their rightful kingdom from the\nhands of their enemy Duryodhana, just as Garu\"a snatched nectar from\nthe mouth of lndra, the thunderbolt carrier.\nPURPORT\nlndra, the King of heaven, carries a thunderbolt in his hand and is very\nstrong, yet Garu�a, the carrier of Lord Vi�I)U, was able to snatch nectar\nfrom his mouth. Similarly, Duryodhana was as stong as the King of\nheaven, and still the sons of Prtha, the Piit:��avas, were able to snatch away\ntheir kingdom from Duryodhana. Both GaruQ.a and the Parthas are pet\ndevotees of the Lord, and thus it was possible for them to face such\nstrong enemies.\nVidura's inquiry was about the youngest brothers of the Pai)Q.avas,\nnamely Nakula and Sahadeva. These twin brothers were sons of Madri,\nthe stepmother of the other Piii)Q.avas. But although they were stepbrothers, because Kunfi took charge of them after the departure of\nMadri with her husband Maharaja Piil)�u, Nakula and Sahadeva were as\ngood as the other three Pal)�avas, Yudhi��hira, Bhi:ma and Arjuna. The\nfive brothers are known in the world as regular brothers. The three elder\nPiil)�avas took care of the younger brothers, just as the eyelid takes care\nof the eye. Vidura was anxious to know whether, after winning back their\nown kingdom from the hands of Duryodhana, the younger brothers were\nstill living happily under the care of the elder brothers.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0060": "40\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT40\n\nq��\n��IIJ ft;nfq\n�I\nq�+ftit � Aft��\n\n.'N:\n\nq-qwm;r: 11\\loll\n\naho prthiipi dhriyate''rbhakarthe\nrajar�i-varyer.a vinapi tena\nyas tv eka-v\"iro 'dhiratho vijigye\ndhanur dvit\"iya� kakubhas catasra�\naho-0 my lord; prt ha- Kunfi ; api-also; dhriyate- bears her life;\narbhaka-arthe-for the sake of fatherless children; rajar�i- King PaJ;�{lu;\nvarye!la-the best; vinapi- without him; tena- him ; ya� -one who; tu-but;\neka- alone; vira � the warrior; adhiratha� commander ; vijigye- could\nconquer; dhanu�- the bow; dvitiya� the second; kukubha�- directions ;\nc atas ra �- four\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my lord, is Prtha still living? She lived only for the sake of her\n\nfatherless children; otherwise it was impossible for her to live without\nKing Par:t«;;u, who was the greatest commander and who alone conquered\n\nthe four directions simply with the help of a second bow.\nPURPORT\n\nA faithful wife cannot live without her lord, the husband, and therefore\n\nall widows used to voluntarily embrace the burning fire which consumed\nthe dead husband. This system was very common in India because all the\nwives were chaste and faithful to their husbands. Later on, with the\nadvent of the age of Kali, the Wives gradually began to be less adherent to\ntheir husbands, and the voluntary embrace of the fire by the widows\nbecame a thing of the past. Very recently the system was abolished, since\nthe voluntary system had become a forcible social custom.\nWhen Maharaja Pat:t«;;u died, both his wives, namely Kunt1 and Madr1,\nwere prepared to embrace the fire, but Madri requested Kunt1 to live for\nthe sake of the younger children, the five PiiJ;�«;;avas. This was agreed upon\nby Kunfi at the added request of Vyasadeva. In spite of her great\nbereavement, Kuntl decided to live, not to enjoy life in the absence of her\nhusband, but only to give protection to the children. This incidence is\n\nreferred to here by Vidura because he knew all the facts about his sister-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0061": "Questions by Vidura\n\nText 41)\n\n41\n\nin-law, Kuntidev1. It is understood that Maharaja Pat:t�u was a great\nwarrior and that he alone, with the help of bow and arrow, could conquer\nthe world's four directions. In the absence of such a husband, it was\nalmost impossible for Kuntl to live on even as a widow, but she had to do\nit for the sake of the five children.\nTEXT41\n\n«lR4tt�i1\n\n�:�\n� tR:m r.tm q:\n� � ij(ffi�i\n3ft\n\n·\n\n\\i!4f'lli{\n\n(1'4t�Aawt ll'l �II\n\nsaumyiinusoce tam adha�-patantam\nbhriitre paretiiya vidudruhe ya�\nniryiipito yena suhrt sva-puryii\naham sva-putriin samanuvratena\nsaumya-0\n\ngentle one; anusoc e-just lamenting; tam- hi m ; adha�­\n\npa t antam- gliding down; bhriitre-on his brother's; paretiiya- death; vidudruhe- revolted against; ya�-one who; niryiipi t a�- driven out; yena-by\n\nwhom; suhrt\n\n-\n\nwell wisher; sva-puryii�-from his own house; aham- myself;\n-\n\nsva putriin- with his own sons; samanuv ratena-accepting the same line of\n-\n\naction.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 gentle one, I simply lament for him [ Dhrtar a�1ra J who rebelled\nagainst his brother after death. By him I was driven out of my own house,\nalthough I am his sincere well-wisher. He did this by accepting the line of\naction adopted by his own sons.\nPURPORT\n\nVidura did not ask about the welfare of his elder brother because there\nwas no chance of his well-being, only news of his gliding down to hell.\nVidura was a sincere well-wisher for Dhrtara��ra, and he had a thought\nabout him in the corner of his heart. He lamented that Dhrtara�tra could\nrebel against the sons of his dead brother Piit:t�u and that he could drive\nhim (Vidura) out of his own house on the dictation of his crooked sons.\nIn spite of these actions, Vidura never became an enemy of Dhrtara�tra\nbut continued to be his well-wisher, and at the last stage of Dhrtara��ra's\n\n", "SB3.1#p0062": "42\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 1\n\nlife, it was he only who proved to be his real friend. Such is the behavior\nof a Vai�l)ava like Vidura: he desires all good, even for his enemies.\nTEXT42\n\n�st\n\nnJiJfilcMC�;w\nm ·� \"''�M �: ,\n;u4\\q��= �- smm.mq. � �� tl\\l�ll\nso 'ham harer martya-vit}ambanena\ndrso nr!'am ciilayato vidhatu�\nnanyopalak�ya� padavim prasadac\ncariimi pasyan gata-vismayo 'tra\nsa� aham-therefore,I; h are� - of the Personality of Godhead; martya­\n\n- on\n- of the people in general; c alayata� -bewildering; vidhatu�in order to do it; na-not; anya - other ; upa lak�ya� -seen by others;\npad vim -glories; p rasadat -by the grace of; carami-do travel; pasyan- by\nin this mortal world; vit}ambanena-without being recognized; drsa�\nsight; nr!'am\na\n\nseeing; gata-vismaya�-without doubt; at ra-in this matter.\nTRANSLATION\n\nI am not astonished at this, having traveled over the world without\n\nbeing seen by others. The activities of the Personality of Godhead, which\n\nare like those of a man in this mortal world, are bewildering to others, but\nI know of His greatness by His grace, and thus I am happy in all respects.\nPURPORT\nAlthough he was the brother of Dhrtara�tra, Vidura was completely\n\ndifferent. By the grace of Lord Kr�l)a, he was not as foolish as his\n\nbrother, and thus his brother's association could not influence him.\n\nDhrtara�tra and his materialistic sons wanted to falsely lord it over the\n\nworld by dint of their own strength. The Lord encouraged them in\nthis, and thus they became more and more bewildered. But Vidura\n\nwanted to achieve sincere devotional service of the Lord and therefore\n\nbecame a soul absolutely surrendered to the Absolute Personality of God­\n\nhead. He could realize this in the progress of his pilgrim's journey, and\n\nthus he was freed from all doubts. He was not at all sorry to be bereft of\n\nhis hearth and home because he now had experience that dependence\n\n", "SB3.1#p0063": "Text 43]\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\n43\n\non the mercy of the Lord is a greater freedom than so-called freedom at\nhome. A person should not he in the renounced order of life unless he is\nfirmly convinced of being protected by the Lord. This stage of life is\nexplained in Bhagavad-gitii as abhayarh sattva-sarhsuddh*: every living\n\nentity is factually completely dependent on the mercy of the Lord, hut\nunless one is in the pure state of existence, he cannot he established in this\nposition. This stage of dependence is called sattva-sarhsuddhi�, or purifica­\n\ntion of one's existence. The result of such purification is exhibited in\n\nfearlessness. A devotee of the Lord, who is called niiriiya[la-para, is never\n\nafraid of anything because he is .always aware of the fact that the Lord\nprotects him in all circumstances. With this conviction, Vidura ·traveled\nalone, and he was not seen or recognized by any friend or foe. Thus he\nenjoyed freedom of life without obligation to the many duties of the\nworld.\n\nWhen Lord Sri Kw,1a was personally present in the mortal world in His\n\neternal blissful form of Syamasundara, those who were not pure devotees\nof the Lord could not recognize· Him or know His glories. Avajiiniinti mii.rh\n\nmu{lhii. mii.nu�irh tanum iisritam (Bg. 9.11): He is always bewildering to the\nnondevotees, hut He is always seen by the devotees by dint of their pure\ndevotional service to Him.\n\nTEXT43\n\nwrntJJt �W�'�•;cf\nQf u•na�6f �:\nqt=Uafq4Uf'aflr(l�tJt.\n�- � ��II'( mHII\n;l9f\n\nnunarh nrpii�Jiirh tri-madotpathii.niirh\n\nmahim-muhus ciilayatiirh camubh*\n\nvadhii.t prapanniirti-jihir�ayeso\n\n'py upaik�atiigharh bhagavii.n kuruiJiim\n\nnunam-of course; nrpii1Jii.m- of the kings; tri- three; mada-utpathiinii.mgoing\n\nastray\n\nout\n\nof\n\nfalse\n\npride; mahim- earth; muhu�-constantly;\n\ncii.layatii.m-agitating; camubh*-by movement of soldiers; vadhiit-from\nthe act of killing; prapanna-surrendered; arti-jihir§aya-willing to relieve\n\nthe distress of the sufferers; iSa�-the Lord; api-in spite of; upaik�ata­\n\nwaited; agham-offenses; bhagaviin-the Supreme Lord; kuru�Jiim-of the\nKurus.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0064": "44\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nDespite His being the Lord and being always willing to relieve the\n\ndistress of sut'ferers, He [Kr!!Qa] refrained from killing the Kurus, although\n\nthey committed all sorts of sins and although He saw other kings constantly\n\nagitating the earth by their strong military movements carried out under\nthe dictation of three kinds of false pride.\n\nPURPORT\nAs declared in Bhagavad-g\"ita, the Lord appears in the mortal world to\nexecute His much-needed mission of killing the miscreants and giving\nprotection to the suffering faithful. In spite of that mission, Lord K�s.11a\ntolerated the insult to Draupadi by the Kurus and the injustices perpetrated\nagainst the Pa�;u;lavas, as well as insults to Himself. The question may be\nraised, \"Why did He tolerate such injustices and insults in His presence?\nWhy did He not chastise the Kurus immediately?\" When Draupadl was\ninsulted in the assembly by the Kurus by their attempt to see her naked\nin the presence of all, the Lord protected Draupadl by supplying an\nunlimited length of clothing. But He did not chastise the insulting party\nimmediately. This silence of the Lord did not mean, however, that He\nexcused the offenses of the Kurus. There were many other kings on earth\nwho had become very proud of three kinds of possessions-wealth, education and followers-and they were constantly agitating the earth by movements of military strength. The Lord was just waiting to get them together\non the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra and kill them all at one time,just to make\n\na short-cut in His killing mission. Godless kings or heads of state, when\n\npuffed up by advancement of material wealth, education and increase of\npopulation, always make a show of military strength and give trouble to\nthe innocent. When Lord Kr1!11a was personally present, there were many\nsuch kings all over the world, and He thus arranged for the Battle of\nKuruk�etra. In His manifestation of visva-rupa, the Lord expressed His\nmission of killing as follows: \"I have willingly descended on the earth in\nMy capacity of inexorable Time in order to decrease the unwahted population. I shall finish all those who have assembled here except you, the\nPaJ;JI;lavas. This killing does not wait for you to take part in it. It is already\narranged: all will be killed by Me. If you want to become famous as the\nhero of\n\nthe battlefield and thus enjoy the booty of war, then, 0\n\nSavyasacin, just become the immediate cause of this killing and thus take\nthe credit. I have already killed all the great warriors, Bhi�ma, DroJ;Ja,\n.Jayadratha, KarJ;Ja and many other great generals. Do not worry. Fight the\nbattle and be famous as a great hero.\" (Bg. 11.32-34)\n\n", "SB3.1#p0065": "45\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\nText 44)\n\nThe Lord always wants to see His devotee as the hero of some episode\nwhich He Himself performs. He wanted to see His devotee and friend\nA�una as the hero of the Battle of Kuruk�etra, and thus He waited for all\nthe miscreants of the world to assemble. That, and nothing else, is the\nexplanation of His waiting.\nTEXT 44\n\n;:tfl{l�q;{I:U;{Iq\n\n�\n\n�����hatA\n�I\nwtr<!4�ill �sifd ��\nq'(t !IIJllitlif ��� II 'cl'clll\najasya janmotpatha-nasanaya\nkarmiil)y akartur grahartaya pumsiim\nnanv anyatha ko 'rhati deha-yogam\npara gurtanam uta karma-tantram\najasya-of the unborn; jan ma\n\n-\n\nappearance; utpatha-nasanaya-for the\n\nsake of annihilating the upstarts; karmart i-w orks ; a k art u �-of one who\n\nhas nothing to do; grahal)aya-to take up; p urh sam\n\n-\n\nof all persons; nanu\n\nanyatha-otherwise; k a�-who ; a rhati�may deserve; deha yogam-contact\n-\n\nof the body; parab,-transcendental; g tt l)anam-of the three modes of\n\nnature; uta-what to speak of; karma-tantram-the law of action and\nreaction.\nTRANSLATION\nThe appearance of the Lord is manifested for the annihilation of the\nupstarts.\n\nHis\n\nactivities\n\nare\n\ntranscendental\n\nand\n\nare\n\nenacted\n\nfor the\n\nunderstanding of all persons. Otherwise, since the Lord is transcendental\nto all material modes, what purpose could He serve by coming to earth?\nPURPORT\nlsvara� parama� kr�rJa� sac-cid-ananda-vigraha� (Brahma-samhita, 5.1):\nthe form of the Lord is eternal. blissful and all-knowing. His so-called\nbirth is therefore an appearance only, like the birth of the sun on the\nhorizon. His birth does not, like that of the living entities, take place\nunder the influence of material nature and the bondage of the reactions\nof past deeds. His works and activities are independent pastimes and are\n\n", "SB3.1#p0066": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n46\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. l\n\nnot subject to the reactions of material nature. In Bhagavad-g\"ita it is\nsaid:\nna miirh karmiirti limpanti na me karma-phale sprha\niti marh yo 'bhijiinati karmabhir na sa baddhyate\n\n(Bg. 4.14)\n\nThe law of karma enacted by the Supreme Lord for the liying entities\ncannot be applicable to Him, nor has the Lord any desire to improve Himself by activities like those of ordinary living beings. Ordinary living beings\nwork for the improvement of their conditional lives. But the Lord is already full of all opulence, all strength, all fame, all beauty, all knowledge\nand all renunciation. Why should He desire improvement? No one can\n\nexcel Him in any opulence, and therefore the desire for improvement is\n\nabsolutely useless for Him. One should always discrimin�te between the\nactivities of the Lord and those of ordinary living beings. Thus one may\ncome to the right conclusion regarding the Lord's transcendental position.\nOne who can come to the conclusion of the Lord's transcendence can become a devotee of the Lord and can at once be free from all reactions of\n\npast deeds. It is said, karmii[l.i nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhiijam: The\nLord minimizes or nullifies the reactionary influence of the devotees' past\n\ndeeds. (B.s. 5:54)\n\nThe activities of the Lord are to be accepted and relished by all living\n\nentities. His activities are to attract the ordinary man towards the Lord.\nThe Lord always a�s ·in favor of the devotees, and therefore ordinary\nmen\n\nwho\n\nare\n\nfruitive\n\nactors\n\nor\n\nseekers\n\nof\n\nsalvation\n\nmay\n\nbe\n\nattracted to the Lord when He acts as protector of the devotees. The\n\nfruitive\n\nactors can attain their goals by devotional service, and the\n\nsalvationists can also attain their goal in life by devotional service to the\nLord. The devotees neither want the fruitive results of their work nor do\nthey want any kind of salvation. They relish the glor�ous superhuman\nactivities of the Lord, such as His lifting Govardhana Hill, His killing the\ndemon Put ana in infancy, etc. His activities are enacted to attract all kinds\nof men karmis\n-\n\n,\n\njnan\"is and bhaktas. Because He is transcendental to all\n\nlaws of karma, there is no possibility of His accepting a form of maya as\nis forced on the ordinary living entities who are bound by the actions imd\nreactions of their own deeds.\nThe secondary purpose of His appearance is to annihilate the upstart\nasuras and to stop the nonsense of atheistic propaganda by less intelligent\npersons.\n\nBy\n\nthe\n\nLord's causeless Jl1er<;.y,\n\nthe asuras who are killed\n\npersonally by the Personality of Godhead get salvation. The meaningful\n\n", "SB3.1#p0067": "47\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\nText45]\n\nappearance of the Lord is always distinct from ordinary birth. Even the\npure devotees have no connection with the material body, and certainly\nthe Lord, who appears as He is, in His sac-cid-ananda form, is not limited\nby a material form.\nTEXT45\n\n�\n\nqq•u�eJtwn•u�1\naccwRI4aWilij�\\lmil\n� � ..,Q411\\A\nOil � � �i: 11\\l'-\\11\ntasya prapannakhila-loka-panam\navasthitanam anusasane sve\narthaya jatasya yadu�v ajasya\nvartam sakhe kirtaya tirtha-kirte�\n\ntasya- His; prapanna\n\n-\n\nsurrendered ; akhila-loka-piiniim-all rulers of the\n\nentire universe; avasthitanam-situated in; anusasane-under the control\nof; sve-own self; art h. aya\n\n-\n\nfor the interest of; jiitasya-of the born;\n\nyadu�u-in the family of the Yadus; ajasya-of the unborn; vartamtopics; sakhe-0 my friend; kirtaya-please narrate; tirtha-kirte�-of the\nLord, whose glories are chanted in the places of pilgrimage.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my friend, please, therefore, chant the glories of the Lord, who is\nmeant to be glorified in the places of pilgrimage. He is unborn, and yet He\nappears by His causeless mercy upon the surrendered rulers of all parts of\nthe universe. Only for their interest did He appear in the family of His\nunalloyed devotees, the Yadus.\nPURPORT\nThere are innumerable ·rulers all over the universe in different varieties\nof planets: the sun-god in the sun planet, the moon-god in the moon\nplanet, lndra in the heavenly planet, Vayu, Varurya, and those in the\nBrahmaloka\n\nplanet where\n\nLord\n\nBrahma is\n\nliving.\n\nAll are\n\nobedient\n\nservants of the Lord. Whenever there is any trouble in the administration\nof the innumerable planets in different universes, the rulers pray for an\n\n", "SB3.1#p0068": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n48\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. l\n\nappearance, and the Lord appears. The Bhagavatam has already confirmed\nthis in the following verse:\n\nete Camsa-ka[a� pumsa� kmws ttL bhagavan svayam\nindrari-vyakulam lokam mrt;layanti yuge yuge (Bhag. 1.3.28)\nIn every millennium, whenever there is any trouble for the obedient\nrulers, the Lord appears.\n\nHe also appears for the sake of His pure\n\nunalloyed devotees. The surrendered rulers and the pure devotees are\nalways strictly\n\nunder the control of the Lord, and they are never\n\ndisobedient to the desires of the Lord. The Lord is therefore always\nattentive to them.\nThe purpose of pilgrimages is to remember the Lord constantly, and\ntherefore the Lord is known as tirtha-kirti. The purpose of going to a\nplace of pilgrimage is to get the chance to glorify the Lord. Even today,\nalthough times have changed, there are still pilgrimage sites in India. For\nexample, in Mathura and Vrndavana, where we had a chance to stay,\npeople are awake from early in the morning at 4 A.M. up until nighttime\nand are constantly engaged, some way or other, in chanting the holy\nglories of the Lord. The beauty of such a pilgrimage site is that automatically one remembers the holy glories of the Lord. His name, fame,\nquality, form, pastimes and entourage are all identical to the Lord, and\ntherefore chanting the glories of the Lord invokes the personal presence of\nthe Lord. Anytime or anywhere pure devotees meet and chant the glories\nof the Lord, the Lord is present without any doubt. It is said by the Lord\nHimself that He always stays where His pure devotees chant His glories.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, First\nChapter, of the S rimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Questions by Vidura.\"\n\n", "SB3.1#p0069": "CHAPTER TWO\n\nRemembrance of Lord Kr$r:-ta\nTEXT l\n\n��\n� �: �: � cna\\ �44liliUI( I\n�· � � 3{i�UaQIMI�lQ(: II �· II\nsri suka uviica\niti bhiigavatafl. PHtafl.\nk�attrii viirtiirh priyiisrayiim\nprativakturh na cotseha\na�,ttkar-thyiit smiiritesvarafl.\nsri sukaf:i. uviica-Sri Suk adeva said; iti-thus; bhiigavata[I-the great\ndevotee; pr�taf:i.-being asked; k�attrii by Vidura; viirtiim-message; pri y a\n-\n\n­\n\niisrayiim-regarding the dearest; prativaktum-to reply; na-not; ca-also;\nutsehe-became\n\neager;\n\naut kar-t hyiit -by\n\nremembrance; isvarafl.-the Lord.\n\nexcessive\n\nanxiety; smiirita­\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said: When the great devotee Uddhava was asked\n\nby Vidura to speak on the messages of the dearest [Lord Kr��a], Uddhava\nwas\n\n·\n\nunable\n\nto answer immediately due to excessive anxiety at the\n\nremembrance of the Lord ..\n\nTEXT 2\n\n�: qill(14tft � 511<1(1�11 �: I\n\n�*'U�\"\"44't � � ��\"' II ' II\n49\n\n", "SB3.1#p0070": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n50\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\nyafl. panca-hiiyano miitrii\npriitariisiiya yiicitafl.\n\ntan naicchad racayan yasya\nsaparyiirh biila-lilayii\nya[1-one who; paiica-five; hiiyana[l.-years old; miitrii-by his mother;\n\npriitariisiiya- for breakfast; yiicita[l.- called for; tat- that; na- not; aicchat­\n\nliked;\n\nra c ayan -- playing;\n\nchildhood.\n\nyasya-whose; saparyiim-service;\n\nbiila-lilayii­\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe was one who even in his childhood, at the age of five years, was so\n\nabsorbed in the service of Lord Kr��a that when he was called by his\n\nmother for morning breakfast, he did not wish to have it.\nPURPORT\n\nFrom his very birth, Uddhava wa:s a natural devotee of Lord Kr��a, or\n\na nitya-siddha, a liberated soul. From natural instinct he used to serve\nLord Kr��a, even in his childhood. He used to play with dolls in the form\n\nof Kr�l)a, he would serve the dolls by dressing, feeding and worshiping them,\n\nand thus he was constantly absorbed in the play of transcendental\nrealization. These are the signs of an eternally liberated soul. An eternally\n\nliberated goul is a devotee of the Lord who never forgets Him. Human\nlife is meant for reviving one's eternal relation with the Lord, and all\n\nreligious injunctions are meant for awakening this dormant instinct of the\n\nliving entity. The sooner this awakening is brought about, the quicker the\n\nmission of human life is fulfilled. In a good family of devotees, the child\n\ngets the opportunity to serve the Lord in many ways. A soul who is\n\nalready advanced in devotional service has the opportunity to take birth\n\nin such an enlightened family. This is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(6.41 ) . Suciniirh srimatiirh gehe yoga-bhra§tO 'bhi jiiyate: even the fallen\n\ndevotee gets the opportunity to take his birth in the family of a well­\n\nsituated briihmara or in a rich, well-to-do mercantile family. In both these\nfamilies there\n\nis a\n\ngood opportunity to revive one's sense of God\n\nconsciousness automatically because particularly in these families the\n\nworship of Lord Kr�I].a is regularly performed and the child gets the\n\nopportunity to imitate the process of worship called arcanii.\n\nThe piiiicariitriki formula for training persons in devotional service is\n\nlemple worship, whereby the neophytes get the opportunity to learn\ndevotional Hcrvice to the Lord. Maharaja Par1k�it also used to play with\n\n", "SB3.1#p0071": "51\n\nRemembrance of Lord Kr�r;ta\n\nText3]\n\nKr�l).a dolls in his childhood. In India the children in good families are\nstill given dolls of the Lord like Rama and Kf�l).a, or sometimes the\ndemigods, so that they may develop the aptitude of service to the Lord.\nBy the grace of the Lord we were given the same opportunity by our\nparents, and the beginning of our life was based on this principle.\nTEXT3\n\n'Pf� � � � �RJ: l\nftl 'fRil SIRhl\"ll'ld:\nqai(M�41(( u � u\n.._\n�\n\nsa katharh sevayii tasya\nkiilena jarasarh gata[l\n\nP!§to viirtiirh pratibriiyiid\nbhartu[l piidiiv anusmaran\nsa[l- Uddhava;\n\nk a tha m how; sevayii-by such service; tas ya-his;\nr s m inv li dit y; gataft - undergone ; P!fita�asked for; viirtiim message ; p ra tib rii yiit-just to reply; bhartu[l-of the\nLord; piidau- His lotus feet; an us ma ran remembering\n-\n\nkiilena-in course of time; ja a a\n\n-\n\na\n\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUddhava thus served the Lord continually from childhood, and in his\nold age that attitude of service never slackened. As soon as he was asked\nabout the message of the Lord, he at once remembered all about Him.\nPURPORT\nTranscendental service to the Lord is not mundane. The service attitude\nof the devotee gradually increases and never becomes slackened. Generally,\nin old age a person is allowed retirement from mundane service. But in the\ntranscendental service of the Lord there is no retirement at all; on the\ncontrary, the service attitude increases more and more with the progress\nof age. In the transcendental service there is no satiation, and therefore\nthere is no retirement. Materially, when a man becomes tired by rendering\nservice in his physical body, he is allowed retirement, but in the transcendental service there is no feeling of fatigue because it is spiritual service\nand is not on the bodily plane. Service on the bodily plane dwindles as the\nbody grows older, but the spirit is never old, and therefore on the spiritual\nplane the service is never tiresome.\nUddhava undoubtedly became old, but that does not mean that his\nspirit became old. His service attitude matured on the transcendental\n\n", "SB3.1#p0072": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n52\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\nplane, and therefore as soon as he was questioned by Vidura about Lord\nKr�t:J.a, he at once remembered his Lord by reference to the context and\nforgot himself on the physical plane. That is the sign of pure devotional\n\nservice to the Lord, as will be explained later on (lak§arwm bhaktiyogasya, etc.) in Lord Kapila's instruction to His mother Devahiiti.\nTEXT4\n\nujq\\(� i'*'llifoti«< �I\n\n�\n\ntiut ¥�fi&41f\\wc f.pm: � * 11 \\lll\nsa muhurtam abhilt tU§rim\nkr§TJiinghri sudhayii bhrsam\ntivrera bhakti-yogena\nnimagna[l siidhu nirvrta[l\nsa[l-Uddhava;\n\nmuhurtam-for\n\na\n\nmoment;\n\nabhut\n\n-\n\nbecame; til§r-im­\n\ndead silent; k!§TJa an ghr i-lotus feet of the Lord; sudh ay ii-by the nectar;\n-\n\nbhrsam\n\n-\n\nwell matured; tivrer-a-by very strong; bhakti-yogena-devotionat\n\nservice; n imagnaft-absorbed in; s ii dh u good; nirvrta[1\n-\n\n-\n\nfulty in love.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor a moment he remained dead silent, and his body did not move. He\n\nbecame absorbed in the nectar of remembering the Lord's lotus feet in\ndevotional ecstasy, and he appeared to be going increasingly deeper into\nthat ecstasy.\nPURPORT\n\nOn the inquiry by Vidura about J<.r�I].a, Uddhava appeared to be\nawakened from slumber. He appeared to regret that he had forgotten the\nlotus feet of the Lord. Thus he again remembered the lotus feet of the\nLord and remembered all his transcendental loving service unto Him, and\nby so doing he felt the same ecstasy that he used to feel in the presence of\nthe Lord. Because the Lord is absolute, there is no difference between His·\nremembrance and His personal presence. Thus Uddhaya remained completely silent for a moment, but then he appeared to be going deeper and\ndeeper into ecstasy. Feelings of ecstasy are displayed by highly advanced\ndevotees of the Lord. There are eight kinds of transcendental changes in\nthe\n\nbody-tears,\n\nthrobbing,\n\nshivering\n\nchoking\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nbody,\n\nperspiration,\n\nthroat, etc.-and all\n\nUddhava in the presence of Vidura.\n\nrestlessness,\n\nwere manifested by\n\n", "SB3.1#p0073": "Remembrance of Lord Kr��a\n\nText 5]\n\n53\n\nTEXT 5\n\n�fl'5ttt�tft i�� �: I\n�j �� �(sttt<6\"!3d: II �II\npulak ot.I/J hin llll-srtrviiiLgo\n\nrrwncan m ila d drsii suca[1.\n-\n\npiirtLiirtho lah§itas tena\nsnelLa-pra.�am-sampluta[L\npulaka-ud/Jhillna-bodily dwng •�s of lranscendenlal ecstasy; sarviihga[1.evcry pari ol' llw body; IILI.Lii.can-smcaring; milat\n\n-\n\nopening; drsii b y the\n-\n\n•�y<:s; :iu.ca{L-!ca rs of 1,!:1' ic f: piir!w-artlw[L- corn plelc ach ievemen 1:; lak§ita[1.Lhus obsnvcd; t1•tw-by Vidura; sndw-pmsara-exlensive love; samplutafLLhoroughly assirnilaii�1L\nTRANSLATION\nIt was so observed by Vidura that Uddhava had all the transcendental\nbodily chang es due to total ecstasy, and he was trying to wipe away tears\nof separation from his eyes. Thus Vidura could understand that Uddhava\nhad completely assimilated extensive love for the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe symptoms of the h ighest order of devotional l i fe were obiierved by\n\nVidura, an experienced devotee of the Lord, and he confirmed Uddhava's\nperfectional stage of\n\nlove\n\nof\n\nGodhead.\n\nEcstatic bodily changes are\n\nmanifested from the spiritual plane and are not artificial expressions\n\ndeveloped by practice. There are three different stages of development in\ndevotional service. The first stage is that of following the regulative\nprinciples prescribed in the codes of devotional serv ice the second stage is\n,\n\nthat of assimilation and realization of the steady condition of devotional\n\nservice, and the last stage is that of ecstasy symptomized by transcendental\nbodily expression. The nine different modes of devotional. service, such as\nheari ng, chanting, and remembering, are the beg inning of the process. Ry\n\nregular hearing of the glo rie s and pastimes of the Lord, the i mpur iti es\n\nin the student's heart begin to be washed off. The more one is cleansed of\nimpur ities, the more one becomes fixed in devotional service. Gradually\nthe activities take the forms of steadiness, fi r m faith, taste, realization and\nassimilation, one after another. These different stages of gradual develop·\n\nment increase love of God to the highest stage, and in the highest stage\n\n", "SB3.1#p0074": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n54\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\nthere are still more symptoms, such as affection, anger and attachment,\ngradually\n\nl'ising in exceptional cases to the mahii-bhiiva stage, which is\n\ngenerally nol possible for the living entities. All these were manifested by\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the personification of love of God.\nIn the JJhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu by Srila Riipa Gosvami, the chief disciple\nof\n\nLord\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, these transcendental symptoms\n\ndisplayed by pure devotees like Uddhava are systematically described. We\nhave written a summary study of Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu entitled The\nNectar of Devotion, and one may consult this book for more detailed\ninformation on the science of devotional service.\n\nTEXT6\n\nsanakair bhagaval-lokiin\nnrlokam punar iigata�\nvimrjya netre viduram\npratyiihoddhava utsmayan\nsanaka*-a little after; bhagavat-the Lord; lokat-from the abode;\n\nnrlokam\n\n-\n\nthe planet of the human beings; puna{t iigata � -coming again;\n\nvimr jy a- wiping; netre\naha\n\n-\n\n�\n\neyes; viduram-unto Vidura; p ratya\n\n-\n\nin affection;\n\nsaid; uddhava�- Uddhava; utsmayan-by all those remembrances.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great devotee Uddhava soon came back from the abode of the Lord\n\nto the human plane, and wiping his eyes, he awakened his reminiscence of\nthe past and spoke to Vidura in a pleasing mood.\nPURPORT\nWhen Uddhava was fully absorbed in the transcendental ecstasy of love\nof God, he actually forgot all about the external world. The pure devotee\nlives constantly in the abode of the Supreme Lord, even in the present\nbody, which apparently belongs to this world. The pure devotee is not\nexactly on the bodily plane, since he is absorbed in the transcendental\nthought of the Supreme. When Uddhava wanted to speak to Vidura, he\ncame down from the abode of the Lord, Dvaraka, to the material plane of\nhuman beings. Even though a pure devotee is present on this mortal\nplanet, he is here in relation to the Lord for engagement in transcendental\n\n", "SB3.1#p0075": "Text 7]\n\nRemembrance of Lord Kr'l}.a\n\n55\n\nloving service, and not for any material cause. A living entity can live\neither on the material plane or in the transcendental abode of the Lord,\n\nin accordance with his existential condition. The conditional changes of\n\nthe living entity are explained in the Caitanya-caritamrta in the instruc­\n\ntions given to Srila Rupa Gosviimi by Lord Sri Caitanya: \"The living\n\nentities all over the universes are enjoying the effects of the respective\n\nfruitive results of their own work, life after life. Out of all of them, some\n\nmay be influenced by the association of pure devotees and thus get the\nchance to execute devotional service by attainment of taste. This taste is\n\nthe seed of devotional service, and one who is fortunate enough to have\nreceived such a seed is advised to sow it in the core of his heart. As one\ncultivates a seed by pouring water to fructify it, similarly the seed of\n\ndevotional service sown in the heart of the devotee may be cultured by\n\npouring water in the form of hearing and chanting of the holy name\n\nand pastimes of the Lord. The creeper of devotional service, so nourished,\n\ngradually grows, and the devotee, acting as a gardener, goes on pouring\nthe water of constant hearing and chanting. The creeper of devotional\n\nservice gradually grows so high that it passes through the entire material\nuniverse and enters into the spiritual sky, growing still higher and higher\n\nuntil it reaches the planet of Goloka Vrndiivana. The devotee gardener is\n\nin touch with the abode of the Lord even from the material plane by dint\n\nof performing devotional service to the Lord simply by hearing and\n\nchanting. As a creeper takes shelter of another, stronger tree, similarly the\n\ncreeper of devotional service, nourished by the devotee, takes shelter of\n\nthe lotus feet of the Lord and thus becomes fixed. When the creeper is\nfixed, then the fruit of the creeper comes into existence, and the gardener\n\nwho nourished it is able to enjoy this fruit of love, and his life becomes\nsuccessful.\" That Uddhava attained this stage is evident from his dealings.\n\nHe could simultaneously reach the supreme planet and still appear in this\n\nworld.\n\nTEXT7\n\n��\n\n'PIQilfaiPI� •ftUMGt•Rol (I\n�· � wt: n� � lla� •lC&:t«( II � II\nuddhava uviica\nknr;a-dyumar-i-nimloce\ngirr-e§v ajagarer-a ha\nkim nu na� kusalarh briiyiirh\ngata-sri§u grhe�v aham\n\n", "SB3.1#p0076": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n56\nsri uddhavafl. uvac a\n\n-\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\nSri Uddhava said; k[§r_ta-dyunwri-the K r��a sun;\n\nnimloce-having set; girre§u-being swallowed; ajagarera-by the great\n\nsnake; /w-in the past; kim\nbriiyam\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwhat; nu-else; nafl.\n\n-\n\nour ; kusalam-welfare;\n\nmay I say; gala-gone away; sri§u-grhe§u-in the house; aham-I.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Uddhava said: My dear Vidura, the sun of the world, Lord Kr�t:ta,\nhas set, and our house has now been s wallowed by the great snake of time.\nWhat can I say to you about our welfare?\nPURPORT\n\nThe disappearance of the Kr�l').a sun may be explained as follows,\n\naccordirg to the commentary of Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakur.\n\nVidura was struck with great sorrow when he got the hint of the\nannihilation of the great Yadu ·dynasty as well as his own family, the\nKuru dynasty.\n\nUddhava could\n\nunderstand the grief of Vidura, and\n\ntherefore he first of all wanted to sympathize with him by saying that\nafter the sunset everyone is in darkness. Since the entire world was\n\nmerged in the darkness of grief, neither Vidura nor Uddhava nor anyone\nelse could be happy. Uddhava was as much aggrieved as Vidura, and there\n\nwas nothing further to be said about their wel fare.\n\nThe comparison of Kr�r.1a to the sun is very appropriate. As soon as the\n\nsun sets, darkness automatically appears. But the darkness experienced by\nthe common man does not affect the sun itself either at the time of\n\nsunrise or of sunset.\n\nLord Kr�t:ta's appearance and disappearance are\n\nexactly like that of the· sun. He appears and disappears in innumerable\n\nuniverses, and as long as He is present in a particular universe there is all\ntranscendental light in that universe, but the universe from which He\n\npasses away is put into darkness. His pastimes, however, are everlasting.\nThe Lord is always present in some universe, just as the sun is present\neither in the eastern or the western hemisphere. The sun is always present\n\neither in India or in America, but when the sun is present in India, the\nAmerican land is in darkness, and when the sun is present in America, the\nIndian hemisphere is in darkness.\n\nAs the �un appears in the morning and gradually rises up to the\n\nmeridian and then again sets in one hemisphere while simultaneously\nrising in the other, so Lord Kr�l')a's disap pe ar a n ce in one universe and the\n\nbeginning of His different pastimes in another take place simultaneously.\nAs soon as one pastime is finished here, it is manifested in another\n\nuniverse. And thus His nitya-lila or eternal pastimes are going on without\n\n", "SB3.1#p0077": "Remembrance of Lord Kr��a\n\nText 8]\n\n57\n\nending. As the sunrise takes place once in twenty-four hours, similarly the\npastimes of\nBrahmii,\n\nLord Kr��a take place in a universe once in a daytime of\n\nthe\n\naccount\n\nof\n\nwhich\n\nis\n\ngiven\n\nin the\n\nBhagavad-gitii as\n\n4,300,000,000 solar years. But wherever the Lord is present, all His\n\ndifferent pastimes as described in the revealed scriptures take place at\nregular intervals.\n\nAs at sunset the snakes become powerful, thieves are encouraged,\n\nghosts become active, the lotus becomes disfigured and the cakraviiki\n\nlaments, so with the disappearance of Lord Kr��a, the atheists feel\n\nenlivened, and the devotees become sorry.\nTEXTS\n\n�) i«f �� � f;(� l\nit d� ;r fttiff � ((\\\\'4'( II � II\ndurbhago bata loko 'yarh\nyadavo nitariim api\nye sarhvasanto na vidur\nharirh minii ivo�upam\n\ndurbhaga�\nyadava�-the\nthose;\n\n- unfortunate; bata- certainly; Zoka�-universe; ayam-this;\nYadu dynasty; nitariim-more specifically; api-also; ye­\n\nsarhvasanta{1-living\n\ntogether;\n\nna-did\n\nnot;\n\nvidu�-understand;\n\nharim-the Personality of Godhead; minii[1-the fishes; iva u�upam\n\nthe moon.\n\n- lik\n\ne\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis universe with all its planets is most unfortunate. And even more\nunfortunate are the members of the Yadu dynasty because they could not\nidentify Lord Hari as the Personality of Godhead, any more than the fish\ncould identify the moon.\nPURPORT\nUddhava lamented for the unfortunate persons of the world who could\n\nnot recognize Lord S ri Kr��a in spite of seeing all His transcendental godly\nqualities. From the very beginning of His appearance within the prison\n\nbars of King Kamsa up to His mau§ala-lilii, although He exhibited His\npotencies as the Personality of Godhead in the six opulences of wealth,\nstrength, fame, beauty, knowledge and renunciation, the foolish persons\n\nof the world could not understand that He was the Supreme Lord. Foolish\n\npersons might have thought Him an extraordinary historical figure because\n\n", "SB3.1#p0078": "58\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\nthey had no intimate touch with the Lord, but more unfortunate were the\nfamily members of the Lord, the members of the Y adu dynasty, who were\nalways in company with the Lord but were unable to recognize Him as the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Uddhava lamented his own fortune also\nbecause although he knew Kr�l'}a to be the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, he could not properly use the opportunity to render devotional\nservice to the Lord. He regretted everyone's misfortune, including his own.\nThe pure devotee of the Lord thinks himself most unfortunate. That is due\nto excessive love for the Lord and is one of the transcendental perceptions\nof viraha, the suffering of separation.\nIt is learned from the revealed scriptures that the moon was born from\nthe milk ocean. There is a milk ocean in the upper planets, and there Lord\nVi�rw, who controls the heart of every living being as Paramatma (the\nSupersoul), resides as the �irodakasayi Vi�p.u. Those who do not believe\nin the existence of the ocean of milk because they have experience only of\nthe salty water in the ocean should know that the world is also called the\nGo, which means the cow. The urine of a cow is salty, and according to\n\nAyurvedic medicine, the cow's urine is very effective in treating patients\nsuffering from liver trouble. Such patients may not have any experience of\nthe cow's milk because milk is never given to liver patients. But the liver\npatient may. know that the cow has milk also, although he has never\ntasted it. Similarly, men who have experience only of this tiny planet\nwhere the salt-water ocean exists may take information from the revealed scriptures that there is also an ocean of milk, although we have\nnever seen it. From ·this ocean of milk the moon was born, but the fish in\nthe milk ocean could not recognize that the moon was not another fish\nand was different from them. The fish took the moon to be one of them\nor maybe something illuminating, but nothing more. The unfortunate\npersons who do not recognize Lordl<f�l'}a are like such fish. They take Him\nto be one of them, although a little extraordinary in opulence, strength,\netc. The .8hagavad-gitii confirms such foolish persons to be most unfortunate: avajiinanti miirh muflhii miinu�irh tanum iisritam. (Bg. 9.11)\n\nTEXT9\n\n(fl<t'a: � '«'IO'il�t m-mn: 1\n61(CI61'l1tf 6l lt(li<UQ'I4Q(I II ' II\nmgita-jnii� puru-prauflhii\nekiiriimiis ca siitvatii�\nsiitvatiim f§abharh sarve\nbhutiiviisam amarhsata\n\n", "SB3.1#p0079": "Text 10]\n\nRemembrance of Lord Kr�':la\n\n59\n\ni ngita jn iil;l.-expert in psychic study; puru prau{ihii {t - highly experienced;\n-\n\n-\n\neka-one; iiriimiil;l.- rela x ation; ca\n\nsiitvatiim r�abham\n\n-\n\nhead\n\nof\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nalso; siitvatiil;l.\n\n-\n\ndevotees, or own men;\n\nfamily; sarve- all; bhuta-iiviisam-all­\n\npervading; amarhsata-could think.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Yadus were all experienced devotees, learned and expert in psychic\nstudy. Over and above this, they were always with the Lord in all kinds of\nrelaxations, and stiU they were able to know Him as the one Supreme who\ndwells everywhere.\nPURPORT\nIn the Vedas it is said that the Supreme Lord or the Paramiitmii cannot\nbe understood simply by the strength of one's erudition or power of\nmental speculation: niiyam iitmii pravacanena labhyo/ na medhayii na\n\nbahunii srutena. He can be known only by one who has the mercy of the\nLord. The Yiidavas were all exceptionally learned and experienced, but in\nspite of their knowing the Lord as the one who lives in everyone's heart,\nthey could not understand that He is the original Personality of Godhead.\nThis lack of knowledge was not due to their insufficient erudition, but it\nwas due to their misfortune.In Vrndavana, however, the Lord was not even\nknown as the Paramatmii because the residents of Vrndiivana were pure\nunconventional devotees of the Lord and could only think of Him as\ntheir object of love. They did not know that He is the Personality of\nGodhead. The Yadus or the residents of Dviirakii, however, could know\nLord Kt�!la as Vasudeva or the Supersoul l iving everywhere, but not as the\nSupreme Lord. As scholars of the Vedas, they verified the Vedic hymns:\n\n\"eko deval;l. ...\" \"sarva-bhutiidhiviisal;l....\" \"antaryiimi... \" and \"v[§!!iniirh\npara-devatii .\n\n.\n\n. \" The Yadus, therefore, accepted Lord Kr�l).a as the Super-\n\nsoul incarnated in their family, and not more than that.\nTEXT 10\n\n�� 'lml mt � aq1�a:ea:1f\\m: t\n� � 6G:Iit,(1�il'il(l�+t;1 ro II� oil\ndevasya miiyayii spr�tii\nye ciinyad asad iisritii/:1.\nbhriimyate dhir na tad viikyair\niitmany rqitiitmano harau\n\n", "SB3.1#p0080": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n60\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\ndevasya-of the Personality of Godhead; mayaya- by the influence of\n\nexternal energy; spr§tiib-infected; ye-all those; ca-and; anyat-othe rs;\n\nas at-illusory ;\n\niisritii�-being\n\ntaken\n\nto;\n\nbhramyate -bewilder;\n\ndhi/:1-\n\nintelligence; na-not; tat-that; vak ya *-by those words; atmani-in the\nSupreme Self; up tii tma rw�t -surrendered souls; harau-unto the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUnder no circumstances can the words of persons who are bewildered\n\nby the illusory energy of the Lord deviate the intelligence of those who are\n\ncompletely surrendered souls.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Kr�t:la is the Supreme Personality of Godhead according to all\nthe evidences of the Vedas. He is accepted by all aciiryas, including S ripada\nSankaracarya. But when He was present in the world, different classes of\nmen accepted Him differently, and therefore their calculations of the Lord\n\nwere also different. Generally, persons who had faith in the revealed\nscriptures accepted the Lord as He is, and all of them merged into great\n\nbereavement when the Lord disappeared from the world. In the First\nCanto\n\nwe\n\nhave\n\nalready\n\ndiscussed\n\nthe lamentation\n\nYudhi�thira, to whom the disappearance of\n\nof\n\nArj una and\n\nLord Kr�t:ia was almost\n\nintolerable up to the end of their lives.\nThe Yadavas were only partially cognizant of the Lord, but they are\nalso glorious because they had the opportunity to associate with the Lord,\nwho acted as the head of their family, and they also rendered the Lord\nintimate service. The Yadavas and other devotees of the Lord are different\nfrom those who wrongly calculated\n\nHim to be an ordinary human\n\npersonality. Such persons are certainly bewildered by the illusory energy.\nThey are hellish and are envious of the Supreme Lord. The illusory energy\nacts very powerfully on them because in spite of their elevated mundane\neducation, such persons are faithless and are infected by the mentality of\n\natheism. They are always very eager to establish that Lord Kr�t:la was an\n\nordinary man who was killed by a hunter due to His many impious acts in\n\nplotting to kill the sons of Dhrtara�tra and )ari:isandha, the demonic kings\nof the earth. Such persons have no faith in the statement of the Bhagavadgitii that the\n\nLord is unaffected by the reactions of work: na marh\n\ntiini dharmii[li limpanti. According to the atheistic point of view, Lord\n\nKr�t:ia's family, the Yadu dynasty, was vanquished due to being cursed by\n\nthe brahmarws for the sins committed by Kr�t:la in killing the sons of\n\nDhrtara�tra, etc. All these blasphemies do not touch the heart of the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0081": "Text 11]\n\nRemembrance of Lord Kr�t:ta\n\n61\n\ndevotees of the Lord because they know perfectly well what is what.\nTheir intelligence regarding the Lord is never disturbed. But those who are\ndisturbed by the statements of the asuras are also condemned. That is what\nUddhava meant in this verse.\nTEXT ll\n\n��eaeqt=uqf.utatijf\n\nWflllt.l\n31t<:\\l'�l � f4fil¥4 il�loqWif( II��II\n..\n\npradarsyatapta-tapasam\navitrpta-drsam nrrtam\n\nadayantar adhad yas tu\n\nsva-bimbam loka-locanam\npradarsya-by\n\nexhibiting;\n\natapta-without\n\nundergoing;\n\ntapasam­\n\npenances;avitrpta-drsam-without fulfillment of vision; nrrtiim-of persons;\nadaya-taking;anta{t-disappearance;adhat-performed;ya�-who; tu-but;\nsva-bimbarn- His own form; loka-locanam-public vision.\n\n·\n\n. TRANSLATION\nLord Sri Krsna, who manifested His eternal form before the vision of all\non the earth, performed His disappearance by removing His form from the\nsight of those who were unable to see Him [as He is] due to not executing\nrequired penance.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word avitrpta-drsam is most significant. The conditioned\nsouls· in the material world are all trying to satisfy their senses in various\nways, but they have failed to do so because it is impossible to be satisfied\nby such efforts. The example of the fish on land is very appropriate. If one\ntakes a fish from the water and puts it on the land, it cannot be made\n\nhappy by any amount of offered pleasure. The spirit soul can be happy\nonly in the association of the supreme living being, the Personality of\nGodhead, and nowhere else. The Lord, by His unlimited causeless mercy,\nhas innumerable Vaikup.tha planets in the brahmajyoti sphere of the\nspiritual world, and in that transcendental world there is an unlimited\narrangement for the unlimited pleasure of the living entities.\nThe\n\nLord\n\nHimself comes to display His transcendental pastimes,\n\ntypically represented at Vrndavana, Mathura and Dvaraka. He appears\njust to attract the conditioned souls back to Godhead, back home to the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0082": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n62\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\neternal world. But for want of sufficient piety, the onlookers are not\nattracted by such pastimes of the Lord. In Bhagavad-gitii it is said that only\nthose who have completely surpassed the way of sinful reaction can engage\nthemselves in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. The entire\nVedic way of ritualistic performances is to put every conditioned soul on\nthe path of piety. By strict adherence to the prescribed principles for all\norders of social life, one can attain the qualities of truthfulness, control of\nthe mind, control of the senses, forbearance, etc., and can be elevated to\nthe plane of rendering pure devotional service to the Lord. Only by such a\ntranscendental vision are one's material hankerings fully satisfied.\nWhen the Lord was present, persons who were able to satisfy their\nmaterial hankerings by seeing Him in true perspective were thus able to go\nback with Him to His kingdom. But those persons who were unable to see\nthe Lord as He is remained attached to material hankerings and were not\nable to go back home, back to Godhead. When the Lord passed beyond\nthe vision of all, He did so in His original eternal form, as stated in this\nverse. The Lord left in His own body; He did not leave His body as is\ngenerally misunderstood by the conditioned souls. This statement defeats\nthe false propaganda of the faithless nondevotees that the Lord passed\naway like an ordinary conditioned soul. The Lord appeared in order to\nrelease the world from the undue burden of the nonbelieving asuras, and\nafter doing this, He disappeared from the world's eyes.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n-�aiqfit� �'lllHJ ���al � I\nR4U44 � I'{ m¥«•al::\nqf\n\n�\n\n�������II\n\nyan martya luau-payikarh sva-yogamiiyii-balarh darsayatii grhitam\nvismiipanarh svasya ca saubhgarddhe�\npararh padarh bhii�aT)a-bhii�aT)iingam\nyat- His eternal form; mar tya-mortal world; lilau-payikam-just suitable\nfor the pastimes; sva-yoga-miiyii-balam-potency of the internal energy;\ndarsayatii-for manifestation; grhitam-discovered; vismiipanam\n\n-\n\nwonder\n\n­\n\nful; svasya-of His own; ca-and; saubhagarddhe�-of the opulent; param-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0083": "Text 12)\n\nRemembrance of Lord Kf�r:ta\n\n63\n\nsupreme; padam-ultimate stand; bhii�a!w-ornament; bhii�a�iingam-of\nthe ornaments.\nTRANS LATION\nThe Lord appeared in the mortal world by His internal potency,\nyoga-maya. He came in His eternal form, which is just suitable for His\n\npastimes. These pastimes were wonderful for everyone, even for those\n\nproud of their own opulence, including the Lord Himself in His form as\n\nthe Lord of Vaiku!ltha. Thus His [Sri ��J].a' s] transcendental body is the\nornament of all ornaments.\n\nPURPORT\nIn conformity with the Vedic hymn� (nityo nityiiniim cetanas cetaniiniim),\n\nthe\n\nPersonality of\n\nGodhead 1s .:m:ore excellent than all other living\n\nbeings within all the universes in the material world. He is the chief of\nall living entities; no one can surpass Him or be equal to Him in wealth,\nstrength, fame, beauty, knowledge or renunciation. When Lord Kf�J].a was\nwithin this universe, He seemed to be a human being because He appeared\nin a manner just suitable for His pastimes in the mortal world. He did not\n\nappear in human society in His V aikurtha feature with four hands because\nthat would not have been suitable for His pastimes. But in spite of His\nappearing as a human being, no one was or is equal to Him in any respect\nin any of the six different opulences. Everyone is more or less proud of his\n\nopulence in this world, but when Lord Kr�J].a was in human society, He\n\nexcelled all His contemporaries within the universe.\n\nWhen the Lord's pastimes are visible to the human eye, they are called\n\nprakata, and when they are not visible they are called aprakata. In fact, the\n\n�ord's pastimes never stop, just as the sun never leaves the sky. The sun is\n\nalways in its right orbit in the sky, but it is sometimes visible and\n\nsometimes· invisible to our limited vision. Similarly, the pastimes of the\nLord are always currer1t in one universe or another, and when Lord Kr�t:ta\n\ndisappeared from the transcendental abode of Dvaraka, it was simply a\ndisappearance from the eyes of the people there. It should not be\nmisunderstood that His transcendental body, which is just suitable for the\n\npastimes in the mortal world, is in any way inferior to His different\n·\n\nexpansions in the Vaikurthalokas. His body manifested in the material\nworld is transcendental par excellence in the sense that His pastimes in the\nmortal world excel His mercy displayed in the Vaikurthalokas. In the\nVaikurthalokas the Lord is merciful toward the liberated or nitya-muk ta\n\nliving entities, but in His pastimes in the mortal world He is merciful even\n\n", "SB3.1#p0084": "64\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\nto the fallen souls who are nitya-baddha or conditioned forever. The six\n\nexcell en t opulenccs which He displayed in the mortal world by the agency\n\nof His internal potency, yoga-miiyii, are rare even in the V aikur)�halokas.\n\nAll His pastimes were manifested not by the material energy but by His\n\nspiritual energy. The excellence of His riisa-lilii at Vrndavana and His\n\nhouseholder life with 16,000 wives is wonderful even for Naraya!la in\nVaiku!ltha and is certainly so for other living entities within this mortal\n\nworld. His pastimes are wonderful even for other incarnations of the Lord,\nsuch as Sri Rama, Nrsimha and Varaha. His opulence was so superexcellent\n\nthat His pastimes were adored even by the Lord of Vaikurrtha, who is not\ndifferent from Lord Kr�r:ra Himself.\n\nTEXT 13\n\ntl(�f.{;wi�(f\n\n�\nf.R�\"lf ti��tt4 �:I\n't.l��;r �� rffi fil��� ���fll�t'i9'4a' 11��11\nyad�dharma-siinor bata riijasii ye\nnirtk§ya drk-svastyayanam tri-lokaft\n\nkiirtsnyena ciidyeha gatam vidhiitur\n\narviik-srtau kausalam ity amatiyata\nyat-which ; dharma-siinob-of Maharaja Yudhi�thira; bata-certainly;\n\nriijasiiye-in the arena of the Rajasuya sacrifice; nirtk§ya-by observing;\ndrk-sigh t ; svastyayanam-plcasing; tri-loka�-the th ree worlds; kiirtsnyena in sum total; ca-thus; adya-today; iha-within the universe;gatam-\n\nsurpassed; vidhiitu?t-of the creator (Brahma); arviik-recent mankind;\n\nsrtau-in t he material world; kaus'alam\ncontemplated.\n\n-\n\ndexterity ; iti-thus; amanyata­\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the demigods from the upper, lower and mi ddle universal planetary\nsystems assembled at the altar of the Rajasuya sacrifice performed by\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira. After seeing the beautiful bodily features of Lord\nKI;��a, they all contemplated that He was the ultimate dexterous creation\nof Brahma, the creator of human beings.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0085": "65\n\nRemembrance of Lord Kr�r:ta\n\nText 14]\n\nPURPORT\nThere was nothing comparable to the bodily features of Lord Kp)IJ.a\nwhen He was present in this world. The most beautiful object in the\nmaterial world may be compared to the blue lotus flower or the full moon\nin the sky, but even the lotus flower and the moon were defeated by the\nbeauty of the bodily features of Lord Kr�IJ.a, and this was certified by the\ndemigods, the most beautiful living creatures in the universe. The demigods\nthought that Lord Kr�IJ.a, like themselves, was also created by Lord\nBrahma, but in fact Brahma was created by Lord Kr�IJ.a. It was not within\nthe power of Brahma to create the transcendental beauty of the Supreme\nLord. No one is the creator of Kr�IJ.a; rather, He is the creator of everyone.\n\nAs He says in Bhagavad-gitii, aha1h sarvasya prabhavo matta[t sarvam\npravartate. (Bg. 10.8)\nTEXT 14\n\n44$1!J(IilG$1(RHIQ·\n\\'ft�JI'istf(R:s�\\if+t...1:\nd�..(�\\'EI4\\it�tO\n��: � tttta!•n: 11 � \\lll\nyasyiinuriiga-pluta-hiisa-riisaliliivaloka-pratilabdha-miinii�\nvraja-striyo drgbhir anupravrttadhiyo 'vatasthu� kila krtya-se�ii�\nyasya\n\n-\n\nwhose; anu .riiga-attachment; pluta-enhanced by; hiisa-laugh\n\n­\n\nter; rasa-humors; lila-pastimes; avaloka-glancing; pratilabdha-obtained\nthereof; miinii{t-anguished; vraja-striya�-damsels of Vraja; drgbh*\n\n-\n\nwith\n\nthe eyes; anup ravrtta-fo llowi n g; dhiya�-by intelligence; avatasthu�-sat\nsilently; kila-indeed; krtya se�ii�-without finishing household duties.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe damsels of Vraja, after pastimes of laughter, humor and exchanges\nof glances, were anguished when K�f!IJ.a left them. They used to follow Him\nwith their eyes, and thus they sat down with stunned intelligence and\ncould not finish their household duties.\n\n.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0086": "[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n66\n\nPURPORT\nIn His boyhood at Vrndavana, Lord Kr�rya was notorious as a teasing\n\nfriend in transcendental love to all the girls His age. His love for them was\nso intense that there is no comparison to that ecstasy, and the damsels of\n\nVraja were so much attached to Him that their affection excelled that of\n\nthe great demigods like Brahma and Siva. Lord Kr�rya finally admitted His\n\ndefeat before the transcendental affection of the gopis and declared that\n\nHe was unable to repay them for their unalloyed affection. Although the\n\ngopis were seemingly anguished by the Lord's teasing behavior, when\n\nKr!il).a would leave them they could not tolerate the separation and used to\n\nfollow Him with their eyes and minds. They were so stunned by the·\nsituation that they could not finish their household duties. No one could\n\nexcel Him even in the dealing of love exchanged between boys and girls. It\n\nis said in the revealed scriptures that Lord Kr�I'Ja personally never goes\n\nbeyond the boundary of Vrndavana. He remains there eternally because of\n\nthe transcendental love of the inhabitants. Thus even though He is not\n\nvisible at present, He is not away from Vrndavana for a moment.\n\n.TEXT 15\n\n�fd·i{f�qr��:\nm{�d..,'ij��r\"'46R'lt\nq(ICI�it\n+l'(fd�l\n\n�sfq ami't lltFIF{ �: II� �II\n\nsva-·santa-rupe�v itaraitf. sva-rupair\n\nabh yardyamanefiv anukampitatmii\n\nparavareso mahad-arhsa-yuk to\n\nhy ajo 'pi jato bhagaviin yathiignitt\n\nsva-santa-rupe�u-unto the peaceful devotees of the Lord; itaraifl-others,\n\nnondevotees;\n\nsva-riipaitf.-according\n\nto\n\ntheir\n\nown\n\nmodes\n\nof nature;\n\nabh yardyamiine�u- being harrassed by; anukampita-iitmii-the all-compas­\n\nsionate Lord; pariivara-spiritual and material; isafl-controller; mahat­\n\namsa-yuktafl-accompanied by the plenary portion of mahat-tattva; hi­\n\ncertainly; aja{l-the unborn; api-although; jiita{l-be born; bhagaviin­\n\nthe Personality of Godhead; yathii-as if; agnifl-the fire.\n\n·\n\n", "SB3.1#p0087": "Text 15)\n\nRemembrance of Lord Kr��a\n\n67\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead, the all-compassionate controller of both\nthe spiritual and material creations, is unborn, but when there is friction\nbetween His peaceful devotees and persons who are ·in the material modes\nof nature, He takes birth ,just like fire, accompanied by the mahat-tattva.\nPURPORT\nThe devotees of the Lord are by nature peaceful because they have no\nmaterial hankering. A liberated soul has no hankering, and therefore he has\nno lamentation. One who wants to possess also laments when he loses his\n\npossession. Devotees have no hanke�;ings for material possessions and no\nhankerings for spiritual salvation. They are situated in the transcendental\nloving service of the Lord as a matter of duty, and they do not mind where\nthey are or how they have to act. Karmis, jiiiinis and yogis all hanker to\n\npossess some material or spiritual assets. Karmis want material possessions,\n\njiiiinis arid yogis want spiritual possessions, but devotees do not want any\nmaterial or spiritual assets. They-want only to serve the Lord anywhere in\nthe material or spiritual worlds that the Lord desires, and the Lord is\nalways specifically compassionate towards such devotees.\nThe karmis, jiiiinis and yogis have their particular mentalities in the\nmodes of nature, and therefore they are called !.tara or nondevotees. These\nitaras, including even the yogis, sometimes harass the devotees of the Lord.\nDurvasa Muni, a great yogi, harassed Maharaja Ambari�a because the\nlatter was a great devotee of the Lord. And the great karmi and jiiiini\nHiratlyakasipu even harassed his own Vai�pava son, Prahlada Maharaja.\nThere are many instances of such harassment of the peaceful devotees of\nthe Lord by the itaras. When such friction takes place, the Lord, out of\nHis great compassion towards His pure devotees, appears in person,\naccompanied by His plenary portions controlling the mahat-tattva.\nThe Lord is everywhere, both in the material and spiritual domains, and\nHe appears for the sake of His devotees when there is friction between His\ndevotee and the nondev�tee. As electricity is generated by friction of\nmatter anywhere and everywhere, similarly, the Lord, being all-pervading,\nappears because of the friction of devotees .and nondevotees. When Lord\nKr��a appears on a mission, all His plenary portions accompany Him.\nWhen He appeared as the son of Vasudeva, there were differences of\nopinions\n\nabout\n\nHis\n\nincarnation.\n\nSome\n\nsaid,\n\n\"He\n\nis\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\n", "SB3.1#p0088": "[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n68\n\nPersonality of GodhP.ad.\" Some said, \"He is an incarnation of NarayatJ.a,\"\nand others said,\n\n\"He is the incarnation of K�irodakasayi Vi�J;Ju.\" But\n\nactually He is the original Supreme Personality of G odhe ad- Kr§�t as tu\nbhagaviin svayam- and Narayara, the puru:�as and all other incarnations\naccompany Him to function as different parts of His pastimes. Mahatamsa-yukta� indicates that He is accompanied by the puru�as, who create\nthe mahat-tattva. It is confirmed in the Vedic hymns, mahiintam vibhum\niitmiinam.\nLord Kr�t:J.a appeared, just like electricity, when there was friction\nbetween Kamsa and Vasudeva and Ugrasena. Vasudeva and Ugrasena were\nthe Lord's devotees, and Kamsa, a representative of the karmis and jniinis,\n�as a nondevotee. Kr�t:ta, as He is, is compared to the sun. He first appeared\nfrom the ocean of the womb of Devaki, and gradually He satisfied the\ninhabitants of the places surrounding Mathura, just as the sun enlivens the\nlotus flower in the morning. Gradually rising up to the meridian of\nDvaraka, the Lord set like the sun, placing everything in darkness, as\n·\n\ndescribed by Uddhava.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n'If @G;ti��BG;Ilt� �Qiit( I\nN�kl;j\n�� :q' t�Rit� �\n� �1:11�6lt1G:il�'Tti: II��II\nmiim khedayaty etad ajasya janmavi{lambanam yad-vasu.deva-gehe\nvraje ca viiso 'ri-bhayiid iva svayam\npu.riid vyaviitsid yad-ananta-virya�\nmiim-to me; khedayati - gives me distress; etat- this; ajasya-of the\nu nborn; janma- birth; vi{lambanam- bewildering;yat-that; vasudeva-gehe­\n\nin the home of Vasudeva; vraje- in Vrndavana; ca-also; viisa� - inhabitation; ari - enemy; bhayiit - beca u se of fear; iva-as if; svayam - Himself;\np u riit-from\n\nMathura\n\nPuri; vyaviit si t -fled; yat-one\n\nwho is; ananta­\n\nv'irya�- unlimitedly powerful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen I think of Lord Kr!!Qa-how He was born in the,prison house of\n\nVasudeva although He is unborn, how He went away from His father's\nprotection to Vraja and lived there incognito out of fear of the enemy,\n\n", "SB3.1#p0089": "Text 17]\n\nRemembrance of Lord Kr�r:ta\n\n69\n\nand how, although He is unlimitedly powerful, He fled from Mathur a in\nfear-all these bewildering incidences give me distress.\nPURPORT\nBecause Lord Sri Kr�Da is the original person .from whom everything\n\nand\n\neveryone has emanated-aha m sarvasya prabhava� (Bg. 10.8),\njanmiidy asya yata� (Vs. 1.12)-nothing can be equal to or greater than\nHim. The Lord is supremely perfect, and whenever He enacts His tran·\n\nscendental pastimes as a son, a rival or an object of enmity, He plays the\npart so perfectly that even pure devo tees like Uddhava are bewildered.\nFor example,\n\nUddhava knew perfectly well that Lord Sri\n\nKr�Da is\n\ne ternally existent and can neither die nor disappear for good, ye t he\nlamented for Lord Kr�l)a. All these events are perfect arrangements to\n\ngive perfection to His supreme glories. It is for enjoyment's sake. When a\n\nfather plays with his little son and the father lays down on the floor as if\ndefeated by the son, it is just to give the little son pleasure, and nothing\n\nmore. Because the Lord is all-powerful, it is possible for Him to adjust\nopposites such as birth and no birth, power and defeat, fear and fearless­\n\nness, etc. A pure devotee knows very well how it is possible for the Lord\nto adjust opposite things, but he laments for the nondevotees who, not\n\nknowing the supreme glories of the Lord, think of Him as imaginary simply\nbecause there are so many apparently contradictory statements in the\n\nscriptures.\n\nFactually\n\nthere is nothing contradictory, but every thing is\n\npossible when we understand the Lord as the Lord and not as one of us,\n\nwith all our imperfection.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n. r-iff« �(f: �ijt •\n� �\n\nfffi:l\n\neMil��ft((Af\nift��'i)d\\;ctl( II� \"II\n\ndunoti ceta� smarato mamaitad\nyad iiha piidiiv abhivandya pitro�\ntiitiimba kamsiid uru-sankitiiniim\npras\"idatam no 'krta-n�krt\"iniim\ndunoti-it gives me pain; ceta�-heart; smarata�-while thinking of;\n\nmama-my; etat-this;yat-as much as ; iiha-said ; piidau feet ; abhivandya-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0090": "Srimad-Bha gavatam\n\n70\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\nworshiping; pit ro � -of the parents; tiita- my dear father; amba- my dear\nmother; kamsiit-out of Kamsa's; urn-great; sankitiiniim-of those who\n\nare afraid; pras idatam be pleased with; nafi.-our; akrta-nol executed;\n-\n\nn\n\ni§krt iniim- duties to serve you.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kr�t:ta begged pardon from His parents for Their [Kr�qa's and\n\nBalarama's) inability to serve their feet, due to being away from home\n\nbecause of great fear of Kamsa. He said, \"0 mother, 0 father, please\n\nexcuse Us for this inability.\" All this behavior of the Lord gives me pain at\n\nheart.\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears that Lord Kr�l)a and Baladeva were both very greatly afraid\n\nof Kamsa, and therefore They had to hide Themselves. But if Lord Kr�t;�a\n\nand Baladeva are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, how was it possible\nthat They were afraid of Kamsa? Is there any.contradiction in such state­\n\nments? Vasudeva, due to his great appreciation for Kr�t;�a, wanted to give\nHim protection. He never thought that Kr�t;�a was the Supreme Lord and\n\ncould protect Himself; he thought of Kr�qa as his son. Because Vasudeva\n\nwas a great devotee of the Lord, he did not like to think that Kr�l)a might\n\nbe killed like his other children. Morally, Vasudeva was bound to deliver\n\nKr�t;�a to the hands of Kamsa because he had promised to turn over all his\n\nchildren. But out of his great love for Kr�t;�a he broke his promise, and the\nLord was very pleased with Vasudeva for his transcendental mentality. He\n\ndid not want to disturb the intense affection of Vasudeva, and thus He\nagreed to be carried by His father to the house of Nanda and Yasoda. And\n\njust to test the intense love of Vasudeva, Lord Kr�t,la fell down in the\nwaters of the Yamuna while his father was crossing the river. Vasudeva\n\nbecame mad after his child as he tried to recover Him in the midst of the\nrising river.\n\nThese are all glorified pastimes of the Lord, and there is no contradic­\n\ntion in such manifestations. Since Kr�t;�a is the Supreme Lord, He was\n\nnever afraid of Kamsa, but to please His father He agreed to be so. And the\nmost brilliant part of His supreme character was that He begged pardon\n\nfrom His parents for being unable to serve their feet while absent from\nhome because of fear of Kamsa. The Lord, whose lotus feet are worshiped\n\nby demigods like Brahm a and Siva, wanted to worship the feet of Vasudeva;\n\nSuch instruction by the Lord to the world is quite appropriate. Even if\none is the Supreme Lord, one must serve his parents. A son is indebted to\n\n", "SB3.1#p0091": "7l\n\nRemembrance of Lord Kr�f}a\n\nText 19)\n\nhis parents in so many ways, and it is the duty of the son to serve his\nparents, however great the son may be. Indirectly, Kp)r:Ja wanted to teach\nthe atheists who do not accept the supreme fatherhood of God, and they\nmay learn from this action how much the Supreme Father\nrespected.\n\nhas to be\n\nUddhava was simply struck with wonder by such glorious\n\nbehavior of the Lord, and he was very sorry that he was unable to go with\nHim.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�\n\nsjifeit'Jl�\nFm��rij � AAJr.tl\nq) Fl���q;r �lllt ti� RR� II� <=II\nen\n\n3TJt�1\n\nko va amu§yiinghri-saroja-rel)um\n\nvismartum \"i.fita pumiin vijighran\nyo visphurad-bhru-vitapena bhumer\n\nbhiiram krtiintena tirasc akiira\n\n·\n\nka�-who\nrel)um-dust\n\nelse;\nof\n\nvii-either; amu§ya-the Lord's; anghri -feet; sarojalotus; vismartum\n\nthe\n\n-\n\nforge tting; iSita-may be able;\n\npumiin-person; vijighran-smelling; ya�-one who; v i s phu rat-expanding;\n\nbhru-vitapena- by the leaves of the eyebrows; bhume�\n\n-\n\nof the earth;\n\nbhiiram- burden; krtii ant ena-by death blows; tirascakara-executed.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWho, after smelling the dust of His lotus feet even once, could ever\nforget it? Simply by expanding the leaves of His eyebrows [ Kr�f}a] has\ngiven the death blow to those who were burdening the earth.\nPURPORT\nLord Kr!lr:Ja cannot be accepted as one of the human beings, even though\nHe played the role of an obedient son. His actions were so extraordinary\nthat by the simple raising of His eyebrows He could deliver death blows to\nthose who were burdening the earth.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n-m\n\n�lt\n� pi fl:qa)sfit ftif(: I\n\nlR��\n\n", "SB3.1#p0092": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n72\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\nt(j �fir;{: «�� �\n�;{\n�tm nc:r ������\ndr�ta bhavadbhir nanu riijasuye\ncaidyasya kr§I'Jam dvi�ato 'pi siddhil).\nyiim yogina� samsprhayanti samyag\nyogena kas tad viraham saheta\ndr� tii -it has been seen; bhavadbhil).-by your good self; nann-of course;\nriijasii, ye in the assembly of the Rajasuya sacrifice performed by\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira; caidyasya-of the King of Cedi (Sisupala); kr§ryamunto Kr�l)a; dvi§ ata�-envying ; api in spite of; siddh i�- success; yamwhich; yogina�- the yogis; sam sprhayan t i verily desire; samyak fully;\nyogena-by performance of yoga; ka�- who; ta t His ; uiraham sep aration ;\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsaheta-can tolerate.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nYou have personally seen how the King of Cedi [Sisupala) achieved\nsuccess in yoga practice, although he hated Lord Kr&r;ta. Even the actual\nyogis aspire after such success with great interest by performance of their\nvarious practices.\nPURPORT\nLord Kr�l)a's causeless mercy was exhibited in the great assembly o f\n\nMaharaja Yudi�thira. He was merciful even to His enemy, the King of\n\nCedi, who always tried to be an envious rival of the Lord. Because it is not\n\npossible to be a bona fide rival of the Lord, the King of Cedi was extremely\n\nmalicious toward Lord Kr&J:ta. In this he was like many other asuras, such\n\nas Kamsa and J arasandha In the open assembly of the Rajasiiya sacrifice\n.\n\nperformed by Maharaja Yudhi�thira, Sisupala insulted Lord Kr�r;ta, and he\nwas finally killed by the Lord. But it was seen by everyone in the\nassembly that a light flashed out of the body of the King of Cedi and\nmerged into the body of Lord Kr�J:ta. This means that Cediraja achieved\n\nthe salvation of attaining oneness with the Supreme, which is a perfection\n\nmost desired by the j;iiin\"is and yogis and for which they execute their\n\ndifferent types of transcendental activities.\n\nIt is a fact that persons who are trying to understand the Supreme Truth\n\nhy their personal endeavors of mental speculation or mystic powers of yoga\n\nachieve the same goal as others who are personally killed by the Lord.\nRoth achieve the salvation of merging in the\n\nbrahmajyoti rays of the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0093": "Text 20)\n\nRemembrance of Lord Kr�r:ta\n\n73\n\ntranscendental body of the Lord. The Lord was merciful even to His\nenemy, and the success of the King of Cedi was observed by everyone who\n\nwas present in the assembly. Vidura was also present there, and therefore\nUddhava referred the incident to his memory.\nTEXT 20\n\nWR�w.fiu\n\nPti<ctid��( I\n�\nq((+JI!lWf II� o II\ntathaiva canye nara-loka-v\"irii\nya iihave knrya-mukhiiravindam\nnetra* pibanto nayaniibhiriimam\npiirthiistra-puta[t padam iipur asya\ntathii-as also; eva ca-and certainly; anye-others; nara-loka-human\n\nsociety;v\"irii[l,-fighter;ye-those;ahave-on the battlefield (of Kuruk�ctra);\n\nknr. a -Lord Kr�1.1 a's; mukha-aravindam-face like a lotus flower;netraihwith the eyes; pibanta(t-while seeing;nayana-a.bhiriirnan-very pleasin to\nthe\n\ng\n\neyes; piirtha-Arj una; astra-puta[t-purified; padarn-abode; iipu�t­\n\nachieved; asya-of\n\nHim.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCertainly others who were fighters on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra\nwere purified by the onslaught of Arjuna's arrows, and while seeing the\nlotuslike face of Kr�r:ta, so pleasing to the eyes, they achieved the abode\nof the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Sri Kr�t:Ja, appears in this\n\nworld\n\nfor\n\ntwo missionary purposes: to deliver the faithful, and to\n\nannihilate the miscreants. But because the Lord is absolute, His two\n\ndifferent kinds of actions, although apparently different, are ultimately\none and the same.\n\nHis annihilation of a person like Sisupala is as\n\nauspicious as His actions for the\n\nprotection of the faithful. All the\n\nwarriors who fought against A � una but who were able to see the lotus­\n\nlike face of the Lord on the battlefront achieved the abode of the Lord,\n\nexactly as the devotees of the Lord do. The words \"pleasing to the eyes\n\nof the seer\" are very significant. When the warriors from the other side of\n\n", "SB3.1#p0094": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n74\n\n[ Ca nto 3, Ch. 2\n\nthe battlefield saw Lord Kr�!)a at the front, they appreciated His beauty,\n\nand their dormant instinct of love of God was awakened. Sisupala saw\nthe Lord also, but he saw Him as his enemy, and his love was not\nawakened.\n\nTherefore\n\nSisupala\n\nachieved\n\noneness\n\nwith\n\nmerging in the impersonal glare of His body, called the\n\nthe\n\nLord\n\nby\n\nbrahmajyoti.\n\nOthers, who were in the marginal position, being neither friends nor\n\nenemies but slightly in love of Godhead by appreciating the beauty of\n·\n\nH1s face, were at once promoted to the spiritual planets, the V aikw)thas.\n\nThe Lord's personal abode is called Goloka Vrndavana, and the abodes\n\nwhere His plenary expansions reside are called the Vaiku!)�has, where the\n\nLord is present as Naraya!)a. Love of Godhead is dormant in every living\n\nentity, and the entire process of devotional service unto the Lord is meant\n\nfor awakening this dormant, eternal love of Godhead. But there are degrees\n\nof such transcendental awakening. Those whose love of God is awakened\n\nto the fullest extent go back to Goloka Vrndavana planet in the spiritual\n\nsky, whereas persons who have just awakened to love of Godhead by\naccident or association are transferred to the V aiku!)�ha planets. Essen­\n\ntially there is no material difference between Goloka and V aiku!)�ha, but\n\nin the V aiku!)�has the Lord is served in unlimited opulence, whereas in\nGoloka the Lord is served in natural affection.\n\nThis love of God is awakened by the association of pure devotees of the\n\nLord. Here the word piirthiistra-puta{l. is significant. Those who saw the\n\nbeautiful face of the Lord on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra were purified\n\nfirst by Arjuna when he made his onslaught with arrows. The Lord\nappeared for the mission of diminishing the burden of the world, and\n\nArjuna was assisting the Lord by fighting on His behalf. Arjuna personally\n\ndeclined to fight, and the whole instruction of the Bhagavad-gitii was\n\ngiven to Arjuna to engage him in the fight. As a pure devotee of the Lord,\n\nArjuna agreed to fight in preference to his own decision, and thus Arjuna\nfought to assist the Lord in His mission of diminishing the burden of the\n\nworld. All the activities of a pure devotee are executed on behalf of the\nLord because a pure devotee of the Lord has nothing to do for his person­\n\nal interest. Arjuna's killing was as good as killing by the Lord Himself. As\nsoon as Arjuna shot an arrow at an enemy, that enemy became purified of\n\nall material contaminations and became eligible to be transferred to the\n\nspiritual sky. Those warriors who appreciated the lotus feet of the Lord\n\nand saw His face at the front had their dormant love of God awakened, and\n\nthus they were transferred at once to Vaiku!)thaloka, not to the impersonal\n\nstate of brahmajyoti as was Sisupala. SisupiHa died without appreciating\n\nthe Lord, while others died with appreciation of the Lord. Both were\n\n", "SB3.1#p0095": "Text 21)\n\nRemembrance of Lord Kr�l).a\n\n75\n\ntransferred to the spiritual sky, but those who awakened to love of God\nwere transferred to the planets of the transcendental sky.\n\nUddhava seemingly lamented that his own position was less than that of\n\nthe warriors on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra because they had attained\n\nto Vaikut;�tha, whereas he remained to lament the disappearance of the\nLord.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n� �e•wt•Ri�l4:'5qm\n�no���'lii8Qij4:�:\n\n'1ft\n\n�Mri�:\nfitiflai\\aq�6QIG\\fta:\n\n\"� � 11\n\nsvayarh tv asamyiitiSayas tryadhisa�\nsviiriijya-lak�myiipta-samastakiima�\nbalirh haradbhis cira-loka-piila*\nkirita-koty el)itapiidapitha�\nsvayam-Himself;\n\ntu-but;\n\nasamya-unique;\n\natisaya�- greater;\n\ntri­\n\nadhl.�a �- Lord of the three; sviiriijya-independent supremacy; lak�mifortune;\n\napta\n\n-\n\nachieved;\n\nsamastakama�-all\n\ndesires; balim-worshiping\n\nparaphernalia; haradbh*-offered by; cira-loka-piila*-by\n\nthe eternal\n\nmaintainers of the order of creation; kirita-koti- millions of helmets;\n\nel)ita-piida-pitha�-feet honored by prayers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri KHI).a is the Lord of all kinds of threes and is independently\nsupreme by achievement of all kinds of fortune. He is worshiped by the\neternal maintainers of the creation, who offer Him the paraphernalia of\nworship by touching their millions of helmets to His feet.\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Kr�qa is so mild and merciful, as described in the above verses,\n\nand yet He is the Lord of all kinds of threes. He is the Supreme Lord of the\n\nthree worlds, the three qualities of material nature and the three puru�as\n\n(Karal).odakasayi, Garbhodakasayi and K�1rodakasay1. Vi�t:tu). There are\n\ninnumerable universes, and in each and every universe there are different\n\nmanifestations of Brahmii, Vi�t:tu and Rudra. Besides that, there is the\nSe�a-murti who bears all the universes on His hoods. And Lord Kr�l)a is the\nLord of all of them. As the incarnation of Manu, He is the original source\n\n", "SB3.1#p0096": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n76\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\nof all Manus in innumerable universes. Each universe has manifestations\nof 540,000 Manus.\n\nHe is the Lord of the three principal potencies,\n\nnamely cit-sakti, miiyii-sakti and tatasthii-sakti, and He is the complete\nmaster of six kinds of fortune-wealth, strength, fame, beauty, knowledge\nand renunciation. There is none who can excel Him in any matter of\nenjoyment, and certainly there is no one greater than Him. No one is equal\nto or greater than Him. It is the duty of everyone, whoever and wherever\none may be, to surrender completely unto Him. It is not wonderful,\ntherefore, that all the transcendental controllers surrender to Him and\nmake all offerings of worship.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n4t4'i� �\nA•8Nq€ttf\nq1ae..l{ 1\nM8�,wf\n��\n�������\n�\n\n�\n\ntat tasya kainkaryam alam bhrtiinno\nvigliipayaty anga yad ugrasenam\nti�than ni�ar;r;am parame�thi-dhi�r;ye\nnyabodhayad deva nidhiirayeti\ntat- therefore; tasya- His; kai nkaryam-service; alam-of course; bhrtiinthe servitors; na�-us; vigliipayati-gives pain; anga-0 Vidura; yat-as\nmuch as; ugrasenam-unto King Ugrasena; ti�than- being seated; n�ar;r;amwaiting upon Him; parame�thi-dhi��ye-on the royal throne; nyabodhayatsubmitted; deva-addressing my Lord; nidhiiraya-please know it; iti-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, 0 Vidura, does it not pain us, His servitors, when we\n\nremember that He [Lord l<t!!lla J used to stand before King Ugrasena, who\n\nwas sitting on the royal throne, .and used to submit explanations before\nhim, saying, \"0 My lord, please let it be known to you\"?\nPURPORT\nLord Kr�Qa's gentle behavior before His so-called superiors such as His\n\nfather, grandfather and elder brother, His amiable behavior with His so­\n\ncalled wives, friends and contemporaries, His beha�ior as a child before His\n\n", "SB3.1#p0097": "Text 23)\n\n77\n\nRemembrance of Lord Kr�J].a\n\nmother Yasoda, and His naughty dealings with His young girl friends\ncannot bewilder a pure devotee like Uddhava. Others, who are not devo·\ntees, are bewildered by such behavior of the Lord, who acted just like a\nhuman being. This bewilderment is explained by the Lord Himself in the\nBhagavad-gitii as follows:\navajiinanti miirh mu{lha\nmiinu§trh tanum iisritam\npararh bhavam ajii.nanti\nmama bhuta-mahesvaram\n\n(Bg. 9.11)\n\nPersons with a poor fund of knowledge belittle the Personality of Godhead, Lord Krey11a, not knowing His exalted position as the Lord of everything. In Bhagavad-gitii the Lord has explained His position clearly, but\nthe demoniac atheistic student squeezes out an interpretation to\nsuit his own purpose and misleads unfortunate followers into the same\nmentality. Such unfortunate persons merely pick up some slogans from\nthe great book of knowledge, but are unable to estimate the Lord as the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Pure devotees like Uddhava, however,\nare never misled by such atheistic opportunists.\nTEXT 23\n\nq 'AiJ � \\{'f;cEfMStli\nfll'lf('l44NP'l44G>�('llv.f1\n���m�R«rtm�\n\" � � m m ������\naho baki yarh s tana-kiila-kutarh\n\njigharhsa yapaya yad apy asadhvt\nlebhe gatirh dhat ry uc itarh tato 'nyarh\nkarh va dayalurh saraf!arh vrajema\n\n·\n\naho-alas; baki-the she-demon (Piitana); yam-whom; stana-breast;\nkala-dead; kutam- poison; jigh arhsaya-out of envy; apayayat-nourished;\napi-although; asii.dhv\"i-unfaithful; lebhe-achieved; gatim-destination;\ndhat ryu c itam-just suitable for the nurse; t ata�-be yond whom; anyamother; kam-who else; va-certainly; dayalum-mercifui; sara f! am-sheltcr;\nvrajema -shall I take.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0098": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n78\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\nTRANS LA TION\nAlas, how shall I take shelter of one more merciful than Him who\ngranted the position of mother to a she-demon [Putana] although she was\nunfaithful and she prepared deadly poison to he sucked f rom he r b reas t ?\nPURPORT\nHere is an example of the extreme mercy of the Lord, even to His\nenemy. It is said that a noble man accepts the good qualities of a person\nof doubtful character, j ust as one accepts nectar from a stock of poison.\nIn His babyhood, He was administered deadly poison by Putana, a shedemon who tried to kill the wonderful baby. And because she was a\ndemon, it was impossible for her to know that the Supreme Lord, even\nthough playing the part of a baby, was no one less than the same Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. His value as the Supreme Lord did not diminish\nupon His becoming a baby to please His devotee Y asoda. The Lord may\nassume the form of a baby or a shape other than that of a human being,\nbut it doesn't make the slightest difference; He is always the same Supreme.\n\nA living creature, however powerful he may become by dint of severe\npenance, can never become equal to the Supreme Lord.\nLord Kfl)l)a accepted the motherhood of Putana because she pretended\nto be an affectionate mother, allowing Krfll)a to suck her breast. The Lord\naccepts the least qualification of the living entity and awards him the\nhighest reward. That is the standard of His character. Therefore, who but\nthe Lord can be the ultimate shelter?\n\nTEXT 24\n\n� 1414l'll6f�i�tf\n�!�\ntr �� ���\n�\\1\n\nW\\liii�'IN6RI'( 11�'«111\n\nmanye 'suran bhiigavatiirhs try -adhise\nsarhrambha-miirgiibhinivifita-cittiin\nye sarhyuge 'cak�ata tiirk�ya-putram\namse sunabhayudham apatantam\nmanye-1\n\nthink;\n\nasuriin-the\n\ndemons;\n\nbhiigava tan- great\n\ndevotees;\n\ntri-adhiSe·-unto the Lord of the threes; sarhram bha- enmity; m iirga- by\nthe way of; abhiniv � ta cittan- absorbed in thought; ye-those; samyuge-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0099": "Text 25]\n\nRemembrance of Lord Kr�':la\n\n79\n\nin the fight; acak�ata-could see; tiirk�ya-putram-Garw).a, the carrier of\nthe Lord; arhse-on the shoulder; suniibha-the wheel; ayudham-one who\ncarries the weapon; iipatantam-coming forward.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI consider the demons, who are inimical toward the Lord, to be more\nthan the devotees because while fighting with the Lord, absorbed in\nthoughts of enmity, they are able to see the Lord carried on the shoulder\nof Garu<Ja, the son of Tark�ya [ Kasyapa], and carrying the wheel weapon\nin His hand.\nPURPORT\nThe asuras who fought against the Lord face to face got salvation due to\ntheir being killed by the Lord. This salvation of the demons is not due to\ntheir being devotees of the Lord; it is because of the Lord's causeless\nmercy. Anyone who is slightly in touch with the Lord, somehow or other,\nis greatly benefited, even to the point of salvation, due to the excellence\nof the Lord. He is so kind that He awards salvation even to His enemies\nbecause they come into contact with Him and are indirectly absorbed in\nHim by their inimical thoughts. Actually, the demons can never be equal\nto the pure devotees, but Uddhava was thinking in that way because of his\nfeelings of separation. He was thinking that at the last stage of his life he\nmight not be able to see the Lord face to face as did the demons. The fact\nis that the devotees who are always engaged in the devotional service of the\nLord in transcendental love are rewarded many hundreds and thousands\nof times more than the demons by being elevated to the spiritual planets,\nwhere they remain with the Lord in eternal, blissful existence. The demons\nand impersonalists are awarded the facility of merging in the brahmajyot\"i\neffulgence of the Lord, whereas the devotees are admitted into th� spiritual\nplanets. For comparison, one can just imagine the difference between\nfloating in space and residing in one of the planets in the sky. The pleasure\nof the living entities on the planets is greater than that of those who have\nrio body and who merge with the molecules of the sun's rays. The\nimpersonalists, therefore, are no more favored than the enemies of the\nLord; rather, they are both on the same level of spiritual salvation.\n\nTEXT 25\n\nctu\\C«(q �wn ilftm �\\il l'l � 1.\nf'*t'lfl� �: ����: 11��11\n..\n\n..\n\n", "SB3.1#p0100": "Srirnad-Bhagavatarn\n\n80\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\nvasudevasya devakyii.m\njiito bho jendra-bandhane\ncikir�ur bhagaviin asyii.�\nsam ajeniibhiyii.cita�\nvasudevasya-of the wife of Vasudeva; devakyiim-in the womb of\nDevaki; jiita�- born of; bhoja-indra- the King of the Bhojas; bandhane- in\nthe prison house; cikir�u�- for doing; bhagaviin- the Personality of Godhead; asyii�-of the earth; sam- welfare; ajena-by Brahmii; abhiyiicita�being prayed for.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead, Lord Sri Kr�r;ta, being prayed to by Brahrna\n\nto bring welfare to the earth, was begotten by Vasudeva in the womb of\n\nhis wife Devaki in the prison of the King of Bhoja.\nPURPORT\nAlthough\n\nthere\n\nis\n\nno\n\ndifference between the Lord's pastimes of\n\nappearance and disappearance, the devotees of the Lord do not generally\ndiscuss the subject matter of His disappearance. Vidura inquired indirectly\nfrom Uddhava about the· incidence of His disappearance, since he asked\nhim to relate Kr§TJa-kathii, or topics on the history of Lord Kr�rya. Thus\nUddhava began the topics from the very beginning of His appearance as the\nson of Vasudeva and Devaki in the prison of Kamsa, the King of the\nBhojas, at Mathura; The Lord has no business in this world, but when He\nis so requested by devotees like Brahmii, He descends on the earth for the\nThis is stated in Bhagavad-gitii (4.8):\nparitriir-iiya siidhiiniim viniisiiya ca du§krtiim dharma-samsthiipaniirthiiya\nsambhaviimi yuge yuge.\nwelfare of the entire universe.\n\nTEXT 26\n\nm ..�at'ilf'r�: m. mrlfil�a• 1\n1(4f;IC(� (UU�d'SI �: (N�� 11��11\ntato nanda-vrajam ita�\npitrii kamsiid vibibhyatii\nekiidasa samiis tatra\ng\"lujhiirc* sabalo 'vasat\n\n", "SB3.1#p0101": "Text 27)\n\nRemembrance of L ord Kr�t:ta\n\n81\n\ntata�-thereafter; nanda-vrajam-cow pastures of Nanda Maharaja; ita�\nbeing\n\nbrought_\n\nup;\n\npitrii-by\n\nHis\n\nfather;\n\nkamsiit-from\n\n­\n\nKamsa;\n\nvibibh yatii-being afraid of; ekiidasa-eleven; samii�-years; tatra-therein;\ngutjha-arc*-covered fire; sabala�-with Baladeva; avasat-resided.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, His father, being afraid of Kari:tsa, brought Him to the cow\npastures of Maharaja Nanda, and there He lived for eleven years like a\ncovered flame with His elder brother Baladeva.\nPURPORT\nThere was no necessity of the Lord's being dispatched to the house of\nNanda Maharaja out of fear of Kamsa's determination to kill Him as_ soon as\nHe appeared. It is the business of the asuras to try to kill the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead or to prove by all means that there is no God or\nthat Kw�a is an ordinary human being and not God. Lord Kr�Qa is not\naffected by such determination of men of Kamsa's class, but in order to\nplay the role of a child He agreed to be carried by His father to the cow\npastures of Nand a Maharaja because Vasudeva was afraid of Kamsa. Nanda\nMaharaja was due to receive Him as his child, and Yasodamay1 was also to\nenjoy the childhood pastimes of the Lord, and therefore to fulfill everyone's desire, He was carried from Mathura to Vrndavana just after His\nappearance in the prison house of Kamsa. He lived there for eleven years\nand completed all His fascinating pastimes of childhood, boyhood and\nadolescence with His elder brother, Lord Baladeva, His first expansion.\nVasudeva's thought of protecting Kr�qa from the wrath of Kamsa is part\nof a transcendental relationship. The Lord enjoys more when someone\ntakes Him as his subordinate son who needs the protection of a father\nthan He does when someone accepts Him as the Supreme Lord. He is the\nfather of everyone, and He protects every.one, but when His devotee takes\nit for granted that the Lord is to be protected by the devotee's care, it is a\ntranscendental joy for the Lord. Thus when Vasudeva, out of fear of\nKamsa, carried Him to Vrndavana� the Lord enjQyed it; otherwise, He had\nno fear from Kamsa or anyone else.\nTEXT 27\n\nqt\\'� �eM(fflf� CH4«fl&: I\n\nttawnq�\"\n\n�tijetMal!,fiN ����u\n\n", "SB3.1#p0102": "Srimad-Bhagav-atam\n\n82\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\nparito vatsapair vatsiims\nciirayan vyaharad vibhufl\nyamunopavane kujaddvija-sankulitiinghripe\nparitafl-surrounded\n\nby;\n\nvatsapaifl-cowherd\n\nboys;\n\nvatsiin-calves;\n\nciirayan-herding, tending; vyaharat-enjoyed by traveling; vibhufl-the\n\nAlmighty; yamuna-the Yamuna River; upavane-gardens on the shore;\n\n. kujat-vibrated by\n\nthe voice; dvija-the twice-born birds; sankulita­\n\ndensely situated; anghripe-trees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn His childhood, the Almighty Lord was surrounded-by cowherd boys\n\nand calves, and thus He traveled on the shore of the Yamuna River,\n\nthrough gardens densely covered with trees and filled with vibrations of\nchirping birds.\n\nPURPORT\nNanda Maharaja was a landholder for King Kamsa, but because by caste\n\nhe was a vaisya, a member of th.e mercantile and agricultural community,\n\nhe maintained thousands of cows. It is the duty of the vaisyas to give\n\nprotection to the cows, just as the k�atriyas are to give protection to the\n\nhuman beings. Because the Lord was a child, He was put in charge of the\ncalves with His other cowherd boy friends. These cowherd boys were great\n\nr�is and yogis in their previ ous births, and after many such pious births,\n\nthey gained the association of the Lord and could play with Him on equal\n\nterms. Such cowherd boys never cared to know who Kr�l)a was, but they\n\nplayed with Him as a most intimate and lovable friend. They were so fond\n\n.of the Lord that at night they would only think of the next morning when\nthey would be able to meet the Lord and go together to the forests for\n\ncowherding.\n\nThe forests on the shore of the Yamuna are all beautiful gardens full of\n\ntrees of mango, jackfruit, apples, guava, oranges, grapes, berries, palinfruit\nand so many other plants and fragrant flowers. And because the forest was\non the bank of the Yamuna, naturally there were ducks, cranes and\n\npeacocks on the branches ofthe trees. All these trees and birds and beasts\n\nwere pious living entities born in the transcendental abode of V rndavana\njust to give pleasure to the Lord and His eternal associates, the cowherd\n\nboys.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0103": "Remembrance .of Lord Kr�Qa\n\nText 28]\n\n83\n\nWhile playing like a small child with His associates, the Lord killed\nmany\n\ndemons,\n\nincluding\n\nAghasura,\n\nBakasura,\n\nPralambasura\n\nand\n\nGardabhasura. Although He appeared at Vrndavana just as a boy, He was\nactually like the covered flames of a fire. As a small particle of fire can\nkindle a great fire with fuel, so the Lord killed all these great demons,\nbeginning from His babyhood in the house of Nanda Maharaja. The land\nof Vrndavana, the Lord's childhood playground, still remains today, and\nanyone who visits these places enjoys the same transcendental bliss,\nalthough the Lord is not physically visible to our imperfect eyes. Lord\nCaitanya recommended this land of the Lord as identical with the Lord\nand therefore worshipable by the devotees. This instruction is taken up\nespecially by 'the followers of Lord Caitanya known as the Gaw;fiya\nVai�J;Javas. And because the land is identical with the Lord, devotees like\nUddhava and Vidura therefore visited these places five thousand yea;s\nago in order to have direct contact with the Lord, visible or not visible.\nThousands of devotees of the Lord are still wandering in these sacred\nplaces of Vrndavana, and all of them are preparing themselves to go back\nhome, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 23\n\n� �� �ufttaf a\\ill'MI'{ 1\n��:11��1\n�\nkaumiirirh darsayarhs ce�tiirh\nprek�a1J\"iyiirn vrajaukasiim\nrudann iva hasan mugdhabiila-sirhhiivalokana[l.\nkaumiir\"im just suitable to childhood; da rsayan used to show; ce�tiim-\n\n-\n\nactivities; prek�an\"iyiim\n\n-\n\nworthy to be seen; vraja-okasiim-by the inhabi­\n\ntants of the land of Vrndavana; rudan\nlaughing; mugdha\n\n-\n\n-\n\ncrying; iva\n\n-\n\njust like; hasan­\n\nstruck with wonder; biila-sirhha-lion cub; avalokana[l.­\n\nlooking like that.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord displayed His activities just suitable for childhood, He\nwas only visible to the residents of Vrndavana. Sometimes He would cry\nand sometimes laugh, just like a child, and while so doing He would\nappear like a lion cub.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0104": "[Canto 3, Ch 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n84\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nIf anyone wants to enjoy the childhood pastimes of the Lord, then he\nhas to follow in the footsteps of the residents of Vrajavas1 like Nanda,\nUpananda and other parental inhabitants. A child may insist on having\nsomething and cry like anything to get it, disturbing the whole neighborhood, and then immediately after achieving the desired thing, he laughs.\nSuch crying and laughing is enjoyable to the parents and elderly members\nof the family, so the Lord would simultaneously cry and laugh in this way\nand merge His devotee parents in the humor of transcendental pleasu_re.\nThese incidents are enjoyable only by the residents of Vraja like Nanda\nl\\Jaharaja, and\n\nnot by the\n\nimpersonalist worshipers of Brahman or\n\nParamatma. Sometimes when He was attacked in the forest by demons,\nKr!!J:ta would appear struck with wonder, but He looked on them like the\ncub of a lion and killed them. His childhood companions would also be\nstruck with wonder, and when they came back home they would narrate\nthe story to their parents, and everyone would appreciate the qualities of\ntheir Kr!!rya. Child Kr!!J:ta did not belong only to His parents, N anda and\nYasoda, but He was the son of all the elderly inhabitants of Vrndavana\nand the friend of all contemporary boys and girls. Everyone loved Kr�rya;\nHe was the life and soul of everyone, including the animals, the cows and\nthe calves.\n\nTEXt 29\n\nu � � � � Mdtftt'fl( I\n\n\"«W�•II'l\n\n� (Uii:�fl('i(\\_ ����II\n\nsa eva go-dhanam lak�myii\n\n- niketam sita-go-vr�am\n\ncarayann anugan gopan\nrartad-vertur ariramat\n\nsa�- He (Lord Kr�11a); eva-certainly; go-dhanam\n\n- the treasure of cows;\n\nlak�myii�- by opulence; niketam- reservoir; sita-go-vr�am-beautifl!l cows\n\nand bulls; ciirayan-herding; anugiin-the followers;gopiin-cowherd boys;\n\nrartat -.L lowing; vertu�-flute; ariramat - nlivened.\ne\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile herding the very beautiful bulls, the Lord, who was the reservoir\n\nof all opulence and fortune, used to blow His flute, and thus He enlivened\nHis faithful followers, the cowherd boys.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0105": "Text 29]\n\nRemembrance of Lord Kr�l).a\n\n85\n\nPURPORT\nAs He grew to six and seven years old, the Lord was given charge of\n\nlooking after the cows and bulls in the grazing grounds. He was the son of\n\na well-to-do landholder who owned hundreds and thousands of cows, and\naccording to Vedic economics, one is considered to be a rich man by the\n\nstrength of his store of grains and cows. With only these two things, cows\nand grain, humanity can solve its eating problem. Human society needs\nonly sufficient grain and sufficient cows to solve its economic problems.\n\nAll other things but these two are artificial necessities created by man to\n\nkill his valuable life at the human level and waste his time in things which\n\nare riot needed. Lord Kr�!)a, as the teacher of human society, personally\n\nshowed by His acts that the mercantile community or the vaisyas should\n\nherd cows and bulls and thus give' protection to the valuable animals.\n\nAccording to smrti regulation, the cow is the mother and the bull the\n\nfather of the human being. The cow is the mother because just as one\n\nsucks the breast of one's mother, human society takes cow's milk.\n\nSimilarly, the bull is the father of human society because the father earns\n\nfor the children just as the bull tills the ground to produce food grains.\n\nHuman society will kill its spirit of life by killing the father and the\n\nmother. It is mentioned herein that the beautiful cows and bulls were of\nvarious checkered colors-red, black, green, yellow, ash, etc. And because\nof their colors and healthy smiling features, the atmosphere was enlivening.\n\nOver and above all, the Lord used to play His celebrated flute. The\n\nsound vibrated by His flute would give His friends such transcendental\n\npleasure that they would forget all the talks of the brahmananda which is\n\nso praised by the impersonalists. These cowherd boys, as will be explained\nby Sukadeva Gosvam1, were living entities who had accumulated heaps of\n\npious acts and thus were enjoying with the Lord in person and were\nhearing His transcendental flute. The Brahma-samhita confirms the Lord's\n\nblowing His transcendental flute.\n\nvenum kvaT)antam aravinda-daliiyatak�am\nbarhavatamsam asitambuda-sundarangam\nkandarpa-koti-kaminiya-vise�a-sobham\ngovindam adi-puru§am tam aham bhajami\n\n(Rs. 5.30)\n\nBrahmaj1 said, \"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who plays on His\n\ntranscendental flute. His eyes are like lotus flowers, He is decorated with\npeacock plumes, and His bodily color resembles a fresh black cloud\n\nalthough His bodily features are more beautiful than millions of cupids.\"\nThese are the special features of the Lord.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0106": "86\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nTEXT 30\n\nSISilili itiiil(l\\-. �: ¥1if�fqu�: 1\n� 6«4!J/:O'EIQI1i �: stlc-.¥1Milll.� II\no\n\nprayuktan bhoja-rajena\nmayina� kama-riipirw�\nlilaya vyanudat-tams tan\nbiila� krit;lanakiin iva\nprayuktiin-engaged;\n\nbhoja-rajena-by\n\nKing\n\nKamsa; mayina�-great\n\nwizards; kama-riipip,a�-who could assume any form they liked; l\"ilaya-in\nthe course of the pastimes; vyanudat-killed; tiin-them; tan-as they came\nthere; bala�-the child; kr\"it;lanakan-dolls; iva-like that.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great wizards who were able to assume any form were engaged by\nthe King of Bhoja, Kamsa, to kill Kr�t:ta, but in the course of His pastimes\nthe Lord killed them as easily as a child breaks dolls.\nPURPORT\nThe atheist Kamsa wanted to kill Kr�rya just after His birth. He failed to\ndo so, but later on he got information that Kr�rya was living in Vrndavana\nat the house of Nanda Maharaja. He therefore engaged many wizards who\ncould perform wond�rful acts and assume any form they liked. All of\nthem appeared before the child Lord in various forms, like Agha, Baka,\n\nPutana, Saka�a; Trryavarta, Dhenuka and Gardabha, and they tried to kill\n\nthe Lord at every opportunity. But one after another, all of them were\nkilled by the Lord as if He were only playing with dolls. Children piay\nwith toy lions, elephants, boars and many similar dolls, which are broken\nby the children in the course of their playing with them. Before the\nAlmighty Lord, any powerful living being is just like a toy lion in the\nhands of a playing child. No one can excel God in any capacity, and therefore no one can be equal to or greater than Him, nor can anyone attain\nthe stage of equality with God by any kind of endea�or. ]iiiina, yoga and\n_bhakti\n\nare\n\nthree\n\nrecognized\n\nprocesses\n\nof\n\nspiritual\n\nrealization.\n\nThe\n\nperfection of such processes can lead one to the desired goal of life in\nspiritual value, but that does not mean that one can_attain a perfection equal\nto the Lord's by such endeavors. The Lord is the Lord at every stage.\n\nWhen He was playing just like a child on the lap of His mother Yasoda­\n\nmayi or just like a cowherd boy with His transcendental friends, He\n\n", "SB3.1#p0107": "Remembrance of Lord Kr��a\n\nText 32]\n\n87\n\ncontinued to remain God, without the slightest diminution of His six\nopulences. Thus He is always unrivaled.\n\nTEXT 31\n\nfilqwsn( N«r41�'1 � �lil�INqll_l\ni:$�1QII4fl.Pt�Ji4���4 �f1fitct�'l_ll��ll\nvipanniin vi�a-piinena\nnigrhya bhujagiidhipam\nutthiipyiipiiyayad-giivas\ntat toyam prakrti-sthitam\nvipanniin- per plexed\n\nin\n\ngreat\n\ndifficulties; v�a-piinena-by\n\ndrinking\n\npoison; nigrhya-sub duing; bhujaga-iidhipam-the chief of the reptiles;\n\nutthiipya\n\n-\n\nafter coming out; apiiyaya t- caused to drink; giiva�- the cows;\n\ntat-that ; toyam-water \\ p ra krti-natu ral; sthitam- situated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of V rndavana were perplexed by great difficulties\n\nbecause a certain portion of the Yamuna was poisoned by the chief of the\n\nreptiles [Kaliya]. The Lord chastised the snake king within the water and\n\ndrove him away, and after coming out of the river, He caused the cows to\n\ndrink the water and proved that the water was again in its natural state.\nTEXT 32\n\n�� fA:\\lt1�a � 1\n�.:;it�M4itq(�{q: 11��11\n��qroe�.,\n\nayiijayad go-�avena\ngopa-riijam dvijottama*\nvittasya coru-bhiirasya\nciki�an sadvyayam vibhu�\nayiijayat- made to perform; go-savena-by worship of the cows; gopa­\n\nriijam-the\n\nking\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ncowherds;\n\ndvija-uttama*-by\n\nthe\n\nlearned\n\nbriihmaJJ.as; vittasya-of the w.ealth; ca-also; uru-bhiirasya-great opulence;\nc ikir�ari\ngreat.\n\n-\n\ndesi ring\n\nto\n\nact;\n\nsadvyayam- proper\n\nutilization; vibhu�-the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0108": "Srimad-Bh�avatam\n\n88\n\n[Canto 3, Ch 2\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Lord, Kr�J.la, desired to utilize the opulent financial\n\nstrength of Maharaja Nanda for worship of the cows, and also He wanted\nto give a lesson to lndra, the King of heaven. Thus He advised His father\nto perform worship of go, or the pasturing land and the cows, with the\nhelp of learned brahmaJ.las.\n\nPURPORT\nSince He is the teacher of everyone, the Lord also taught His father,\n\nNanda Maharaja. Nanda Maharaja was a well-to-do landholder and owner\n\nof many cows, and, as was the custom, he used to perform yearly\n\nworship of lndra, the King of heaven, with great opulence. This worship\nof demigods by the general populace is also advised in the Vedic literature\n\njust so people can accept the superior power of the Lord. The demigods are\nservants of the Lord deputed to look after the management of various\n\nactivities of universal affaris. Therefore it is advised in the Vedic scriptures\n\nthat one should perform yajnas to appease the demigods. But one who is\ndevoted to the Supreme Lord has no need to appease the demigods.\n\nWorship of the demigods by common people is an arrangement for\nacknowledging\n\nthe supremacy of the\n\nSupreme\n\nLord, but it is not\n\nnecessary. Such appeasement is generally recommended for material gains\nonly. As we have already discussed in the Second Canto of this literature,\n\none who admits the supremacy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\ndoes not need to worship the secondary demigods. Sometimes, being\n\nworshiped and adored by less intelligent living beings, the demigods\nbecome puffed up with power and forget the supremacy of the Lord.\n\nThis happened when Lord Kr�Qa was present in the universe, and thus the\nLord wanted to give a lesson to the King of heaven, Indra. He therefore\n\nasked Maharaja Nanda to stop the sacrifice offered to lndra and to use the\n\nmoney properly by performing a ceremony worshiping the cows and the\n\npasturing ground on the hill of Govardhana. By this act Lord Kr�Qa\ntaught human society, as He has instructed in the Bhagavad-gita also,\n\nthat one should worship the Supreme Lord by all acts and by all their\n\nresults.\n\nThat will bring\n\nabout\n\nthe desired success. The vaisyas are\n\nspecifically advised to give protection to the cows and their pasturing\n\nground or agricultural land instead of squandering their hard-earned\nmoney. That wi ll satisfy the Lord. The perfection of one's occupational\n\nduty, whether in the sphere of duty to oneself, one's community or one's\n\nnation, is judged by the degree to which the Lord is satisfied.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0109": "Remembrance of Lord Kr�t;ta\n\nText 341\n\n89\n\nvar�atindre vraja/:t kopad\nbhagnamiine 'ti-vihvalal:t\ngo-tra-lila-tapatre[La\ntrato bhadranugrhf!ata\nvar§ati-in pouring water; indre-by the J(jng of heaven, lndra; vraja/:l­\n\nthe land of cows (V rndavana); kopat bhagnaman e - ha ving been in anger on\nbeing insulted; ati\n\n-\n\nhighly; vihvala/:l\n\n-\n\nperturbed; go tra- the hill for the\n-\n\ncows; l'ila-tapatre[La-by the pastirri'e umbrella; tratal:t -were protected;\n\nbhadra-0 sober one; anugrhnata-by the merciful Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n0 sober Vidura, King lndra, his honor having been insulted, poured\nwater incessantly on Vflldavana, and thus the inhabitants of Vraja, the\nland of cows, were greatly distressed. But the compassionate Lord Kr�11a\nsaved them from danger with His pastime umbrella, the Govardhana Hill.\nTEXT 34\n\n��+i\n\n.�� ��.,')urr.r.'(.ct:rn'( 1\n\n� � � � ����: ll�'dll\nsarac-chasi-karair mr�tam\nmanayan rajani-mukham\ngayan kala-padam reme\nstri[Lam ma[Lt;lala-ma[Lt;lanal:t\nsarat-autumn; sasi-moon; karai/:t-by the shine; m r§tam-b rightened;\nmanayan-thinking so; rajani-mukham-the face of the night; gayan­\n\nsinging; kala-pa dam- pleasing songs; rem e -enj oyed; stril)am-of the wo­\n\nmen; ma[Lt;lala-mal)f]ana/:l-as the central beauty of the assembly of women.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the third season of the year, the Lord enjoyed the central beauty of\nthe assembly of women by attracting them with His pleasing songs in an\nautumn night brightened by moonshine.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0110": "[Canto 3, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n90\n\nPURPORT\nBefore leaving the land of cows, Vrndavana, the Lord pleased His young\n\ngirl\n\nfriends, the transcendental gopis,\n\nin His riisa-lilii pastimes.\n\nUddhava stopped his description of the Lord's activities.\n\nHere\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Second\n\nChapter, of the Srlmad-Bhagavatam,. entitled\nKniJ.a.\"\n\n\"Remembrance of Lord\n\n", "SB3.1#p0111": "CHAPTER . THREE\n\nThe Lord's Pastimes\nOut Of\nvrndavana\nTEXT l\n\n��\n��: « 3ll'Rlr\n\nf�eM�itl\n\n�t �­\n\n�\n\n;r�����ij: I\n\n�\n���\n� oifcMi! ��m�� II � II\nuddhava uviica\n\ntata� sa agatya puram sva-pitros\n\ncikir�ayii sam baladeva-samyuta�\n\nnipiitya tungiid ripu-yutha-niitham\n\nhatam vyakar�ad vyasum ojasorvyiim\n\nsri uddhava� uvaca-Sr! Uddhava said; tata�-th ereaft er; sa�- the Lord;\nagatya\n\n-\n\nof Mathura; sva-pitro�_:own parents;\n\ncoming; puram-the city\n\nci kir�aya\n\n-\n\nw ishing well; sam-wel l be ing; baladeva-samyuta�-with Lord\n-\n\nBaladeva; nipatya\n\nniitham-leader\n\n-\n\nof\n\ndragging down; tungiit-from the throne; ripu-yuthapublic\n\nenemies;\n\nhatam-killed; vyakar�at-pulle d;\n\nvyasum-on the ground; ojasii-by strength; urvyiim\n\n-\n\n-\n\nvery great.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Uddhava said: Thereafter Lord Kr!!Q.a went to Mathura City with\nSri Baladeva, and to please Their parents They dragged Kamsa, the\n. leader of public enemies, down from his throne and killed him, pulling\nhim along the ground with great strength.\nPURPORT\nKing Kamsa's death is only briefly described here because such pastimes\nare vividly and elaborately described in the Tenth Canto. The Lord proved\n\n91\n\n", "SB3.1#p0112": "92\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 3\n\nto be a worthy son of His parents even at the age of sixteen years. Both\nbrothers, Lord Kr!!r;Ja and Lord Baladeva, went to Mathura from V rndavana\nand killed Their maternal uncle, who had given so much trouble to Their\nparents, Vasudeva and Devaki. Kamsa was� great giant, and Vasudeva and\nDevaki never thought that Kr�r;Ja and Balariima (Baladeva) would be able\nto kill such a great and strong enemy. When the two brothers attacked\nKamsa on the throne, Their parents feared that now Kamsa would finally\nget the opportunity to kill their sons, whom they had hidden for so long\nin the house of Nanda Maharaja. The parents of the Lord, due to parental\naffection, felt extreme danger, and they almost fainted. Just to convince\nthem that They had actually killed Kamsa, Kr�r;Ja and Baladeva pulled\nKamsa's dead body along the ground to encourage them.\nTEXT2\n\n�it: �m �ijf��t 1\n� � � -� \"��11�11\nsiindlpane� sakrt proktam\nbrahmiidhitya savistaram\ntasmai priidiid varam putram\nmrtam pafi.ca-janodariit\nsandipane�-of Sandipani Muni; sak rt-once only; proktam-instructed;\nbrahma-all the\nadhitya-after\n\nVedas\n\nwith\n\ntheir different branches of knowledge;\n\nstudying; savistaram-in all details; tasmai-unto him;\n\npriidiit-rewarded; varam-benediction; putram-son; mrtam-who\n\nwas\n\nalready dead; pafi.ca-jana-the region of the departed souls; udariit-from\nwithin.\nTRA NSLATION\nThe Lord learned all the Vedas with their different branches simply by\n\nhearing t hem once from H_is teacher, Sandipani Muni, whom he rewarded\nby bringing back his dead son from the region of Y amaloka.\nPURPORT\n\nNo one but the Supreme Lord can become well-versed in all the\nbranches of Vedic wisdom simply by hearing once from his teacher. Nor\ncan anyone bring a dead body back to life after the soul has already gone\nto the region of Y amaraja. But Lord Kr�t;Ja ventured to the planet of\nYamaloka and found the dead son of His teacher and brought him back to\n\nhis father as a reward for the instructions received. The Lord is con-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0113": "Text 3)\n\nThe Lord's Pastimes Out of Vrndavana\n\nstitutionally well-versed in all the\n\n93\n\nVedas, and yet to teach by example\n\nthat everyone must go to learn the Vedas from an authorized teacher and\nmust satisfy the teacher by service and reward, He Himself adopted this\nsystem. The Lord offered His services to His teacher, Sandipani Muni, and\nthe muni, knowing the power of the Lord, asked something which was\nimpossible to be done by anyone else. The teacher asked that his beloved\nson, who had died, be brought back to him, and the Lord fulfilled the\nrequest. The Lord is not, therefore, an ingrate to anyone who renders Him\nsome sort of service. The devotees of the Lord who always engage in His\nloving service are never to be disappointed in the progressive march .of\ndevotional service.\nTEXT3\n\nsamiihutii bhl§maka-kanyayii ye\nsriyafl savarrtena bubhu�ayai�iim\ngiindharva-vrttyii m�atiim sva-bhiigam\njahre padam murdhni dadhat supar!laft\nsamiihutii(l - invited; bhl§maka-of King. Bhl�maka; kanyayii-by the\ndaughter; ye- all those; sriyaft- fortune; savar!lena-by a similar sequence;\n\nbu b hu�dyii- expecting to be so; e�iim- of them; giindharva-in marrying;\nvrttyii-by such a custom; m�atiim- carrying so; sva-bhiigam-own share;\njahre - took away; padam-let; murdhni-on the head; dadhat- placed;\nsupar!laft-Garu<).a.\nTRANSLATION\nAttracted by the beauty and fortune of Rukmi�i, the daughter of\nKing Bhi�maka, many great princes and kings assembled to marry her.\nBut Lord Kr��, stepping over the other hopeful candidates, carried her\naway as His own share, as Garu�a carried away nectar.\nPURPORT\nPrincess Rukmiryi, the daughter of King Bhi11maka, was actually as\nattractive as fortune itself because she was as valuable as gold both in\ncofor and value. Since the goddess of fortune, Lakllmi, is the property of\n\n", "SB3.1#p0114": "[Canto 3, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n94\n\nthe Supreme Lord, RukmiJ;J! was actually meant for Lord Kr�J;Ja. But\n\nS isupala was selected as her bridegr\\)om by RukmiJ;J!'s elder brother,\n\nalthough King Bhi�maka wanted his daughter to be married to Kr�J;Ja.\n\nS isupala,\nSisupala, came there with his party with the\n\nRukmiQ1 invited Kr�J;Ja to take her away from the clutches of\nso when the bridegroom,\n\ndesire to marry RukmiJ;J1, Kr�J;Ja all of a sudden swept her from the\nscene, stepping over the heads of all the princes there, just as Garw;la\ncarried away nectar from the hands of the demons. This incident will\nbe clearly explained in the Tenth Canto.\n\nTEXT4\n\n�\n\n��\"twml\n�iff('\"'1'1ftt\n\n1!����: ��: m: u � 11\n\nkakudmino 'viddhanaso damitvii\nsvayariware niignajitim uviiha\ntad-bhagnamiiniin api grdhyato jfiari\njaghne 'k�ata� sastra-bhrta� sva-sastrai[l\nkakud mina {t- bulls whose noses were not pierced; aviddhanasa�pierced by the nose; damitvii- subduing; svayariware-in the open competition to\n\nselect\n\nthe\n\nbridegroom; niignijit i Princess Nagnijiti; uviiha-\n\nmarried; tat-bhagnamiinii�-in that way all who were disappointed; apieven\n\nth,ough;\n\ngrdhyayta�- wanted;\n\nwounded; ak �ata�\n\n-\n\naj iiiin\n\n-\n\nfools;\n\njaghne- killed\n\nand\n\nwithout being wounded; sastra-bhrta�-equipped with\n\nall weapons; sva-satra*- by His own weapons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy subduing seven bulls whose n oses were not pierced, the Lord\n\nachieved the hand\n\nof Princess Nagnajiti in the open competition to\n\nselect her bridegroom. Althoug h the Lord was victorious, His competitors\nasked the hand of the Princess, and thus there was a fight. Well-equipped\n\nwith weapons, the Lord killed or wounded all of them, but He wa s not\n\nhurt Himself.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0115": "Text 5]\n\nThe Lord's Pastimes Out of Vrndavana\n\n95\n\nTEXTS\n\niW:i q�\n\n�\n� 9;� �I\niiN(.itlS(f4� � �:\nSf114iw�irt � � 11 � 11\n�\n\npriyam prabhur gramya iva priyayii\nvidhitsur arcchad dyutarum yad-arthe\nvajry adravat tam sagarto ru�andha�\nkri(la-mrgo nunam ayam vadhunam\npriyam-of the dear wife; prabhuft ...;.. the Lord;gramyaft-ordinary living\nbeing; iva-in the manner of; priyiiyiift - just to please; vldhitsu�-wishing;\n'iircchat- brought about;dyutarum-the p'iirijata flower tree;yat- for which;\narthe-in, the matter of; vajri- lndra, the King of heaven; adravat tamwent forward to fight with Him; sa-gartaft- with full strength; ru�'ii-in\nanger; andhaft-blind; krip'ii-mrgaft-henpecked; nunam-of course;ayamthis;vadhun'iim-of the wives.\nTRANSLATION\nJust to please His dear wife, the L9rd brought back the parijata tree\nfrom heaven, just as an ordinary husband would do. But Indra, the King\nof heav�n, induced by his wives (henpecked as he was), ran after the Lord\nwith full force to fight Him.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord once went to the heavenly planet to present an earring to\nAditi, the mother of the demigods, and His wife Satyabhiima also went\nwith Him. There is a special flowering tree called the piirij'iita which grows\nonly in the heavenly planets, and Satyabhama wanted this tree. Just to\nplease His wife, like an ordinary husband, the Lord brought back the tree,\nand this enraged Vajri, or the controller of the thunderbolt. lndra's wives\ninspired him to run after the Lord to fight, and Indra, because he was a\nhenpecked husband and also a fool, listened to them and dared to fight\nwith Kr!!J:Ja. He was a fool on this occasion because he forgot that\neverything belongs to the Lord.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0116": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n96\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 3\n\nThere was no fault on the part of the Lord, even though He took away\nthe tree from the heavenly kingdom, but because he was henpecked,\n\ndominated by his beautiful wives like S ac!, lndra became a fool, j ust as all\n\npersons who are dominated by their wives are generally foolish. lndra\nthought that Kr�t;�a was a henpecked husband who only by the will of His\nwife Satyabhama took away the property of heaven, and therefore he\nthought that K r�t;�a could be punished. He forgot that the Lord is the\nproprietor of everything and cannot be henpecked. The Lord is fully\nindependent, and by His will only He can have hundreds and thousands of\nwives like Satyabhama. He was not, therefore, attached to Satyabhama\nbecause she was a beautiful wife, but He was pleased with her devotional\nservice and thus wanted to .reciprocate the unalloyed devotion of His\ndevotee.\n\nTEXT6\n\nwt � ·� � �\n\nql��l\n��\n\n�\n\n��:��II� II\n\nsutani mrdhe kharh vapu�ii grasantarh\ndr�tvii suniibhon mathitarh dharitryii\n. iimantritas tattanayiiya se�arh\ndattvii tad-antal;l-puram iivivesa\nsutam-son; mrdhe-in the fight; kham-the sky; vapu�ii-by his body;\n\ngrasantam-while devouring; dr� f va- seeing; suniibhot-by the sudarsana\n\nwheel; mathitam-killed; dharitryi.i-by the earth; iimantrital;l-being prayed\nfor; tat-tanayiiya-to the son of Narakasura; se�am-that which was taken\nfrom;\n\ndattvii-returning; it;\n\ntat-his;\n\nantal;l puram-inside the house;\n-\n\niivivesa- entered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNarakasura, the son of Dharitri, the earth, tried to grasp the whole sky,\nand for this he was killed by the Lord in a fight. His mother then prayed\nto the Lord, which led to the return of the kingdom to the son of\nNarakasura, and thus the Lord entered the house of the demon.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0117": "Text 7]\n\nThe Lord's Pastimes Out of V�ndavana\n\n97\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said in other Puriirtas that Narakiisura was the son of Dharitr1, the\nearth, by the Lord Himself. But he became a demon due to the bad.\nassociation of Biil)a, another demon. An atheist is called a demon, and it is\na fact that even a person born of good parents can turn into a demori by\nbad association. Birth is not always the criterion of goodness; unless and\nuntil one is trained in the culture of good association, one cannot become\ngood.\n\nTEXT7\n\n'1(4:q�t:\n�\"·�·�·\n·��;r q-r ttR+u�..�� 1\n� � ��: �I i \\9 II\niliSI3(141Sf��·'lf\\\"St�:\ntatriihrtas ta nara-deva-kanya�\nkujena dr�tva harim iirta-bandhum\nutthiiya sadyo jagrhu� prahar�avri{liinuraga-prahitiivalokai�\ntatra-inside the house of Narakiisura; iihr tii� - kidnapped; ta�-al1 those;\nnara-deva-kanya�- daughters of many kings; kujena-by the demon;\ndr�tva- by seeing; harim-the Lord; arta-bandhum-the friend of the\ndistressed; utthiiya-at once got up; sadyaft-then and there; jagrhu�accepted; prahar�a-j oyfully; vri{ia-shyness; anuriiga- attachment; prahitaavalokai�-by eager glancing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere in the house of the demon, all the princesses kidnapped by\nNarakasura at once became alert upon seeing the Lord, the friend of the\n\ndistressed. They looked upon Him with eagerness, joy and shyness and\noffered to be His wives.\nPURPORT\nNarakasura kidnapped many daughters of great kings and kept them\nimprisoned in his palace. But when he was killed by the Lord and the Lord\n\n", "SB3.1#p0118": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n98\n\n[Canto 3, C h. 3\n\nentered the house of the demon, all the princesses were enlivened with\njoy and offered to become His wives because the Lord is the only friend of\nthe distressed. Unless the Lord accepted them, there would be no chance\nof their being married because the demon kidnapped them from their\nfathers' custody and therefore no one would agree to marry them.\nAccording to Vedic society, girls are transferred from the custody of the\nfather to the custody of the husband. Since these princesses had already\nbeen taken away from the custody of their fathers, it would have been\ndifficult for them to have any husband other than the Lord Himself.\nTEXTS\n\n3JRrt � ��ostr.n� ��fq�ft( I\n� �� 'nufr.l�: (q+ff+4�1 .JI �II\niisam muhurta ekasmin\nnaniigare�u yo�itam\nsavidham jagrhe pa!lin\nanuriipa� sva-mayaya\nasiim-all those; muhurta-at one time; e kasmin- simultaneously; nanagare�u-in different compartments; yo�itam-of the women;sa-vidham-in\nperfect\n\nrituals; jagrhe a ccepted ;\n-\n\npa!lin\n\n-\n\nhands ; anuriipa�-exactly to\n\nmatch; sva-mayaya-by His internal potency.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll those princesses were lodged in different apartments, and the Lord\nsimultaneously assumed different bodily expansions exactly matching each\nand every princess, and He accepted their hands in perfect rituals by His\ninternal potency.\nPURPORT\nIn the Brahmq-samhita the Lord is described as follows in regard to His\ninnumerable plenary expansions:\nadvaitam acyutam anadim ananta-rupam\nadyam pura!la-puru�am navayauvanam ca\nvede�u durllabham adurUabham atma-bhaktau\ngovindam adi-purufiam tam aham bha]ami\n\n(Bs.\n\n5.33)\n\n\"The Lord, Govinda, whom I worship, is the original Personality of\nGodhead. He is nondifferent from His innumerable plenary expansions,\n\n", "SB3.1#p0119": "The Lord's Pastimes Out of Vrndavana\n\nText 10)\n\n99\n\nwho are all infallible, original and unlimited and who have eternal forms.\nAlthough He is primeval, the oldest personality, He is always fresh and\nyoung.\" By His internal potency the Lord can expand Himself into various\npersonalities of svayam-prakasa and again into prabhava and vaibhava\nforms, and all of them are nondifferent from one another. The forms into\nwhich the Lord expanded to marry the princesses in different apartments\nwere all slightly different just to match each and every one of them. They\nare called vaibhava-vilasa forms of the Lord and are effected by His\ninternal potency, yoga-maya.\nTEXT9\n\n��\"\"\n<Ji+iN���il1f�R+t�;J\n\n11.��\n\n�\n\n�\n\n('\n«�: I\n\n��� II �II\n\ntasv apatyany ajanayad\natma-tulyani sarvata�\nekaikasyam dasa dasa\nprakrter vibubhu�aya\ntasu-unto them; apatyani -offspring; ajanayat begot; iitma-tulyani-\n\nall like Himself; sarvata�-in all respects; eka-ekasyam-in each and every\none\n\nof\n\nthem; dasa-ten; dasa-ten; pra krte� -for expanding Himself;\n\nvibubhu�aya-so desiring.\nTRANSLATION\nJust to expand Himself according to His transcendental features, the\n\nLord begot in each and every one of them ten offspring with exactly His\nown qualities.\n\nTEXT 10\n\nN��� �em: �I\n3NI�Wf�\\44 �� ��m� �II� oil\niifil�+t..\n\nkala-magadlta-salvadin\nanikai rundhata� puram\najighanat svayam divyam\nsva-pumsarh· teja iidiiat\n\n.\n\nkala-Kalayavana; magad ha-the King of Magadha (Jarasandha);\n\nsalva­\n\nKing Salva; iidin-.and others; anika*-by the soldiers; rundhata�- being\nencircled; puram\n\n-\n\nthe city of Mathura; a[tghanat-killed; svayam-person-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0120": "Srirnad-Bhagavatarn\n\n100\nally; divyam\n\n-\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 3\n\ntranscendental ; sva-pumsiim-of His own men; teja�-prow­\n\ness; iidi.Sat-exhibited.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKalayavana, the King of Magadha and Salva attacked the city of\n\nMathura, but when the city was encircled by their soldiers, the Lord\n\nrefrained from killing them personally, just to show the power of His\n\nown men.\n\nPURPORT\nAfter the death of Kamsa, when Mathura was encircled by the soldiers\n\nof Kalayavana, J arasandha and Salva, the Lord seemingly fled from the\n\ncity, and thus He is known as Ranchor, or one who fled from fighting.\n\nActually, the fact was that the Lord wanted to kill them through the\nagency of His own men, devotees like Mucukunda, Bhima, etc. Kalayavana\nand the King of Magadha were killed by Mucukunda and Bhima respec­\n\ntively, who acted as agents of the Lord. By such acts the Lord wanted to\n\nexhibit the prowess of His devotees, as if He were personally unable to\n\nfight but His devotees could kill them. The relationship of the Lord with\n\nHis devotees is a very happy one. Actually, the Lord descended at the\n\nrequest of Brahma in order to kill all the undesirables of the world, but to\n\ndivide the share of glory He sometimes engaged His devotees to take the\ncredit. The Battle of Kuruk�etra was designed by the Lord Himself, but\n\njust to give credit to His devotee Arjuna (nimitta-miitram bhava savyasiicin ),\n\nHe played the part of the charioteer, while Arjuna was given the chance to\n\nplay the fighter and thus become the hero of the Battle of Kuruk�etra.\n\nWhat He wants to do Himself by His transcendental plans, He executes\n\nthrough His confidential devotees. That is the way of the Lord's mercy\ntowards His pure unalloyed devotees.\n\nTEXT ll\n\n� � if11Ji � iliiq�i � I\n\"10A4ilf�� �II��II\n5ambaram dvividam biirtam\nmuram balvalam eva ca\nanyiims ca dantavaktriidin\navadhit kiims ca ghiitayat\n\n", "SB3.1#p0121": "Text 13]\n\nThe Lord's Pastimes Out of Vrndavana\n\n101\n\nsambaram- Sambara j dvividam-Dvivida; biinam-Bana j muram- Mura j\n.\n\n.\n\nbalvalam-Balvala; eva ca-as also; anyiin-others; ca-also; dantavakra-\n\niidln-like\n\nDantavakra and\n\nothers; avadhit-killed; kiin ca-and many\n\nothers;ghiitayat-caused to be killed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOf kings like Sambara, Dvivida, Ba�a, Mura, Balvala and many other\ndemons, such as Dantavakra, some He killed Himself, and some He caused\n\nto be killed by others [Sri Baladeva, etc J.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�1U':410ij �: qfij�l\"f41'{ I\n� �: tm �tU+tN��j d: II� �II\n\n3N �\n\natha te bhriitr-putriil)iim\n\npak�ayo� patitiin nrpiin\n\ncaciila bhu� kurukfietram\n\nye�iim iipatatiim bala*\n\natha-thereafter;te- your; bhriitr-putriil)iim-of the nephews;pak�ayo�­\n\nsides;\n\npatitan-killed; nrpan-kings; cacala-shook;\n\nbhu�-the\n\nearth;\n\nkuruk�etram-Battle of Kuruk�etra; ye�am-of whom; iipatatiim-traversing; bala*-by strength.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen, 0 Vidura, the Lord caused all the kings, both the enemies and\n\nthose on the side of your fighting nephews, to be killed in the Battle of\n\nKuruk�tra. All those kings were so great and strong that the earth seemed\nto shake as they traversed the warfield.\nTEXT 13\n\n�:�1(1t1(4iif�lt1i\n\nm�;q·�tt¥t: 1\nwiN;f � �\n��1�fj� � � mor_ 11��11\nt+t;o<Stq.�\n\n", "SB3.1#p0122": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n102\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 3\n\nsa karrta-du�siisana-saubaliinii.rh\nkumantrapiikena hata-sriyiiyu�am\nsuyodhanarh sii.nucararh sayii.narh\nbhagnorum urvyiirh na nananda pasyan\nsa�-He (the Lord); karrta- Karl) a; du�siisana-Dul;l siisana; saubaliiniim­\n\nSaubala; kumantra-piikena-by the intricacy of ill advice; hata-sriyabereft of fortune; ii.yu�am-duration of life; suyodhanam - Duryodhana;\nsa-anucaram-with\n\nfollowers;\n\nsayiinam - lying\n\ndown;\n\nbhagn a- broken;\n\nurum-thighs; urvyiim-very powerful; na-did not; nananda-take pleasure;\npas yan-seeing like that.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuryodhana was bereft of his fortune and duration of life because of\n\nthe intricacy of ill advice given by Kar�a, Du�sasana and Saubala. When he\n\nlay on the ground with his followers, his thighs broken although he was\npowerful, the Lord was not happy to see the scene.\nPURPORT\nThe fall of Duryodhana, the leading son of Dhftara�tra, was not pleasing\nto the Lord, although He was on the side of Arjuna and it was He who\nadvised Bhima how to break the thighs of Duryodhana while the fight was\ngoing on.\n\nThe\n\nLord is constrained to award punishment upon the\n\nwrongdoer, but He is not happy to award such punishments because the\nliving entities are originally His parts and parcels. He is harder than the\nthunderbolt for the wrongdoer and softer than the rose for the faithful.\nThe wrongdoer is misled by bad associates and by ill advice which is\nagainst the established principles of the Lord's order, and thus he becomes\nsubject to punishment. The surest path to happiness is to live by the\nprinciples laid down by the Lord and not to disobey His established laws,\nwhich are enacted in the Vedas and the Puriirws for the forgetful living\nentities.\nTEXT 14\n\n�wnstt ��ro\n���t\n3{� ��� � � �������\nkiyii.n bhuvo 'yam k�apitoru-bhiiro\nyad drorta-bh�miirjuna-bhima-mula*\n\n", "SB3.1#p0123": "Text 14]\n\nThe Lord's Pastimes Out of Vrndavana\n\n103\n\na�t(idasak§auhir:i ko madaritsair\naste balam duroi§aham yadunam\nkiyan-what is this; bhuva�-of the earth; ayam-this; k§apita-abated;\nuru-very great;\n\nbhiira�-burden; yat-which; dror-a-Drol)a;\n\nBru�ma; arjuna-Arjuna;\n\nbh'lma-Bhima;\n\nmula*-on\n\nbhi§ma­\n\nthe background;\n\na§tadasa-eighteen; ak§auhir.i-phalanxes of military strength (vide Bhag.\n1.16.34); ka�-who; madamsai�-with\n\nMy descendants; aste-are still\n\nthere; balam-great strength; durvi�aham-unbearable; yadunam-of the\nY adu _dynasty.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[After the end of the Battle of Kuruk�etra, the Lord said:]\n\nThe\n\nabatement of the great burden of the earth has now been effected with the '\nhelp of Dro!la, Bhi�ma, Arjuna and Bhima. But what is this? There is still\nthe great strength of the Yadu dynasty, born of Myself, which may be a\nmore unbearable burden.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIt is a wrong theory that due to an increase in population the world\nbecomes overburdened and therefore there are wars and other annihilating\nprocesses. The earth is never overburdened. The heaviest mountains and\noceans on the face of the earth hold more living entities than there are\nhuman beings, and they are not overburdened. If a census were taken of\nall the living beings on the surface of the earth, certainly it would be found\nthat the number of humans is not even five percent of the total number of\nliving beings. If the birth rate of human beings is increasing, then the birth\nrate of other living beings is increasing proportionately. The birth rate of\nlower animals-beasts, aquatics, birds, etc.-is far greater than that of\nhuman beings. There is an adequate arrangement for food for all the living\nbeings all over the earth by the order of the Supreme Lord, and He can\narrange more and more if there is actually a disproportionate increase of\nliving beings.\nTherefore, there is no question of an increase in population causing a\nburden. The earth became overburdened due to dharma-gliini, or irregular\ndischarge of the Lord's desire. The Lord appeared on the earth to curb the\nincrease in miscreants, and not the increase in population, as is wrongly\nput forward by the mundane economist. When Lord Kf�!)a appeared,\nthere had been a sufficient increase in miscreants who had violated the\ndesire of the Lord. The material creation is meant for fulfilling the desire\nof the Lord, and His desire is that the conditioned souls who are unfit to\nenter into the kingdom of God have a chance to improve thei� conditions\nfor entering. The entire process of cosmic arrangement is intended just to\n\n", "SB3.1#p0124": "104\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[ Canto 3, Ch. 3\n\ngive a chance to the conditioned souls to enter the kingdom of God, and\nthere is an adequate arrangement for their maintenance by the nature of\nthe Lord.\nTherefore, although there may be a great increase in population on the\n\nsurface of the earth, if. the people are exactly in line with God conscious­\n\nness and are not miscreants, such a burden on the earth is a source of\npleasure for her. There are two kinds of burdens. There is the burden of\nthe beast and the burden of love. The burden of the beast is unbearable,\nbut the burden of love is a source of pleasure. Sri Visvanatha Cakravarti\ndescribes the burden of love very practically. He says that the burden of\nthe husband on the young wife, the burden of the child on the lap of the\nmother, and the burden of wealth on the businessman, although actually\nburdens from the viewpoint of heaviness, are sources of pleasure, and in\nthe absence of such burdensome objects, one may feel the burden of separation, which is heavier to bear than the actual burden of love. When Lord\nK.[�l)a referred to the burden of the Y adu dynasty on the earth, He referred\nto something different than the burden of the beast. The large numbers of\nfamily members born of Lord Kr�l)a counted to some millions and were certainly a great increase in the population of the earth, but because all of\nthem were expansions of the Lord Himself by His transcendental plenary\nexpansions, they were a source of great pleasure for the earth. When the\n\nLord referred to them in connection with the burden on the earth, He had\nin mind their imminent disappearance from the earth. ALL the members of\nthe family of Lord K[�l)a were incarnations of different demigods, and\nthey were to disappear from the surface of the earth along with the Lord.\nWhen He referred to the unbearable heaviness on the earth in connectior\nwith the Yadu dynasty, He was referring to the burden of their separation\nSrila ]lva Gosvami �onfirms this inference.\nTEXT 15\n\nTiPit � fit m�\n1{'0111\\<(l(fiQf4Jl4.4'11'11'(\n\n���\n�� ������II\nmitho yadai�iim bhavitii viviido\nmadhv-iimadiitiimra-vilocaniiniim\nna�iim vadhopiiya iyiin ato 'nyo\nmayy udyate 'ntardadhate svayam sma\n\n", "SB3.1#p0125": "Text 16]\n\nThe Lord's Pastimes Out of Vrndavana\n\n105\n\nmitha�-one another; yadii- when; e�iim-of them; bhavitii- will take\nplace; viviidaft\n\n-\n\nquarrel ; madhu-iimadii-intoxication by drinkin g; tiimra­\n\nvilocaniiniim-of their eyes being copper-red;\n\nna-not; e�iim-of them;\n\nvadhopiiya�-means of disappearance; iyiin-like this; ata�\n\n-\n\nbesides this;\n\nanya�-alternative; mayi-on My; udyate-disappearance; antardadhatewill disappear; svayam-themselves ; s ma-certainly.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen they quarrel among themselves, influenced by intoxication, with\ntheir eyes red like copper because of drinking [ madhu], then only will they\ndisappear; otherwise, it will not be possible. On My disappearance, this\nincident will take place.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord and His associates appear and disappear by the will of the\nLord. They are not subjected to the laws of material nature. No one was\nable to kill the family of the Lord, nor was there any possibility of their\nnatural death by the laws of nature. The only means, therefore, for their\ndisappearance was the makeshow of a fight amongst themselves, as if\nbrawling in intoxication due to drinking. That so-called fighting would\nalso take place by the will of the Lord, otherwise there would be no cause\nfor their fighting. Just as Arjuna was made to be illusioned by family\naffection and t!ws the Bhagavad-g\"itii was spoken, so the Yadu dynasty was\nmade to be intoxicated by the will of the Lord, and nothing more. The\ndevotees and associates of the Lord are completely surrendered souls.\nThus they are transcendental instruments in_ the hands of the Lord and can\nbe used in any way the Lord desires. The pure devotees also enjoy such\npastimes of the Lord because they want to see Him happy. Devotees of\nthe Lord never assert independent individuality; on the contrary, they\nutilize their individuality in pursuit of the desires of the Lord, and this\ncooperation of the devotees with the Lord makes a perfect scene of the\nLord's pastimes.\n, TEXT 16\n\n�r�m� � ����H{ I\nwt;a.�l'i� ij�d.: � tl� ._,,����\nevarh sancintya bhagaviin\nsva-riijye sthiipya dharmajam\n\n", "SB3.1#p0126": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n106\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 3\n\nnanda-yiimiisa suhrdafl\nsiidhuniirh vartma darsayan\nevam-thus; sa ii cintya\n\n-\n\nthinking within Himself; bhagaviin-the Person­\n\nality of Godhead; sva-riijye-in his own kingdom; sthiipya- ins talling;\n\ndharmajam\n\n-\n\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira; nanda-yiimiisa-gladdened; suhrdafl­\n\nfriend of all; siidhuniim-of the saints; vartma- path; darsayan- by indica­\n\ntion.\n\nLord\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri\n\nKr�l).a,\n\nthus\n\nthinking\n\nto Himself,\n\nestablished\n\nMaharaja\n\nYudhi��hira in the position of supreme control of the world in order to\nshow the ideal of administration on the path of piety.\nTEXT 17\n\n��� �: t@ti�: �� I\n« � ��·: ��1�11 �: II �\\9!1\nuttariiyiirh dhrtafl puror\nvarhsafl siidhv abhimanyunii\nsa vai draurzy-astra-samplu§taltpunar bhagavatii dhrtafl\nuttariiyiim-unto Uttara; dhrtafl-conceived; puroft-of Puru; varhsafl­\n\ndescendant; siidhu abhimanyunii-by the hero Abhimanyu; sa� - he; vai­\n\ncertainly; draurzi-astra-by the weapon of Draul)i, the son of Drol)a;\n\nsamplu�ta�-being burnt;puna�-again for the second time; bhagavatii-by\nthe Personality of Godhead; dhrta�-protected.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe embryo of the descendant of Piiru, who was begotten by the great\nhero Abhimanyu iir: the womb of Uttara, his wife, was burnt by the\nweapon of the son of Drol).a, but later on he was again protected by the\n\nLord.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe embryonic body of Par1k�it which was in formation after Uttara's\npregnancy by Abhimanyu, the great hero, was burned by the brahmiistra\n\nof Asvatthama, but a second body was given by the Lord within the womb,\nand thus the descendant of Puru was saved. This incident is the direct\nproof that the body and the living entity, the spiritual spark, are different.\nWhen the living entity takes shelter in the womb of a woman through the\ninj�ction of the semina of a man, there is an emulsification of the man's\n\n", "SB3.1#p0127": "Text 18)\n\nThe Lord's Pastimes Out of Vrndavana\n\n107\n\nand woman's discharges, and thus a body is formed the size of a pea,\n\ngradually developing into a complete body. But if the developing embryo\n\nis destroyed in some way or other, the living entity has to take shelter in\nanother body or in the womb of another woman. The particular living\n\nentity who was selected to be the descendant of Maharaja Puru, or the\n\nPiiJ;J�avas, was not an ordinary living entity, and by the superior will of the\n\nLord he was destined to be the successor to Maharaja Yudhi�thira. There­\n\nfore, when Asvatthama destroyed the embryo of Maharaja Par!k�it, the\n\nLord, by His own internal potency, entered into the womb of Uttara by\n\nHis plenary portion just to give audience to the would-be Mahariija\n\nPar1k�it, who was in great danger. By His appearance within the womb, the\nLord encouraged the child and gave him complete protection in a new\n\nbody by His omnipotency. By His power of omnipresence He was present\n\nboth inside and outside of Uttara and other members of the PaJ;J�ava\n\nfamily.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�lilt��.4Wt+t���f�:\n\nI\n\n�sft������:«f: 11��11\nayiijayad dharma-sutam\nasva-medhais tribhir vibhu�\nso 'pi k§miim anujai rak,�an\nreme knrJam-anuvrata�\nayajayat-made to perform; dharma-sutam-by the son of Dharma\n\n(Maharaja Yudhi�thira); asva-medha*-by horse sacrifices; tribh*-three;\n\nvibhu�-the Supreme Lord; sa�-1\\laharaja Yudhi�thira; api-also; k§mam­\n\nthe earth; anujai�-assisted by his younger brothers; rak§an-protecting;\n\nreme-enjoyed; kr�rJam-Kr�qa, the Personality of Godhead; anuvrata�constant follower.\n\nTRA NSLATION\nThe Supreme Lord induced the son of Dharma to perform three horse\nsacrifices, and Maharaja Yudhi�thira, constantly following Kr��;�a, the\nPersonality of Godhead, protected and enjoyed the earth, assisted by his\nyo unger brothers.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira was the ideal monarchical representative on the\n\nearth because he was a constant follower of the Supreme Lord, Sri Kr�r)a.\n\nAs stated in the Vedas (lSopani§ad), the Lord is the proprietor of the\n\nentire manifested cosmic creation, which presents a chance for the condi-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0128": "108\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 3\n\ntioned souls to revive their eternal relationship with the Lord and thus go\nback to Godhead, back home. The whole system of the material world\nis arranged with that program and plan. Anyone who violates the plan is\npunished by the law of nature, which is acting by the direction of the\nSupreme Lord. Maharaja Yudhi��hira was installed on the throne of the\nearth as a representative of the Lord. The king is always expected to be\nthe representative of the Lord. Perfect monarchy necessitates representation of the supreme will of the Lord, and Maharaja Yudhi�thira was the\nideal monarch on this supreme principle. Roth the King and the subjects\nwere happy in the discharge of worldly duties, and thus protection of the\ncitizens and enjoyment of natural life, with full cooperation of material\nnature, followed in the reign of Maharaja Yudhi��hira and his worthy\ndescendants like Maharaja Par1k�it.\nTEXT 19\n\n...l€41'1rq � �tEM((q?.tltjii : I\n�ftf� ��1'1(1� H1f(6lf+tl�: ����\nbhagavan api vi.Svatma\nloka-veda-pathanuga�\nkaman si§eve dvarvatyam\nasaktab, sankhyam iisthitab,\nbhagaviin- the Personality of Godhead; api- also; visva-iitmii- the Supersoul of the universe; loka- custom; veda-the Vedic principles; patha­\n\nanugab,- follower .of the path; kamiin-the necessities of life; si§eveenjoyed; dviirvatyiim-in the city of Dvaraka; asakta b, without being\nattached; siinkhyam- knowledge in Sarikhya philosophy; asthitab,-being\n-\n\nsituated.\nTRA N S LA TI ON\nSimultaneously, the Personality of Godhead enjoyed life in the city of\n\nDvaraka, strictly in conformity with the Vedic customs of society. He was\n\nsituated in detachment and knowledge, as enunciated by the Sankhya\nsystem of philosophy.\n\nPURPORT\nWhile Maharaja Yudhi��hira was the Emperor of the earth, Lord Sr1\nKr&r;�a was the King of Dvaraka and was known as Dvarakadhisa. Like\nother subordinate kings, He was under the regime of Maharaja Yudhi��hira.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0129": "Text 20]\n\nThe Lord's Pastimes Out of Vrndavana\n\n109\n\nAlthough Lord Sri Kr�l')a is the supreme emperor of the entire creation,\n\nwhile He was on this earth He never violated the principles of the Vedic\n\ninjunctions because they are the guide for human life. Regulated human\n\nlife according to the Vedic principles, which are based on the system of\n\nknowledge called Siinkhya philosophy, is the real way of enjoyment of the\nnecessities of life. Without such knowledge, detachment and custom, the\n\nso-called human civilization is no more than an animal society of eat,\ndrink, be merry and enjoy. The Lord was acting freely, as He willed, yet\n\nby His practical example He taught not to lead a life which goes against\n\nthe principles of detachment and knowledge. Attainment of knowledge\n\nand detachment, as very elaborately discussed in Siirikhya philosophy, is\n\nthe real perfection of life. Knowledge means to know that the mission of\n\nthe human form of life is to end all the miseries of material existence and\nthat in spite of having to fulfill the bodily necessities in a regulated way,\n\none must be detached from such animal life. Fulfilling the demands of the\n\nbody is animal life, and fulfilling the mission of spirit soul is the human\n\nmission.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�ffl�it� � �'{1��1 I\n4.fR�OII'1sta'1 �f.t�'1 �t¥4'11 ll�oll\nsn igdha-smitiivalokena\nviicii piyii§a-kalpayii\ncaritrettiinavadyena\nsri-niketena ciitmanii\nsnigdha- gentle; smita-avalokena-by a glance with s�eet smile; viica- by\n\nwords;\n\npiyii�a- kalpaya-compared\n\nanavadyena-without\n\nto nectar; caritretta-by character;\nflaw; . sri-fortune; niketena-residence; ca-and;\n\natmanii-by His transcendental body.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe was there in His transcendental body, the residence of the goddess of\nfortune, with His usual gentle and sweetly smiling face, His nectarean\nwords and His flawless character.\nPURPORT\nIn the previous verse it is described that Lord Kr�J;ta, being situated in the\n\ntruths of Siinkhya philosophy, is detached from all kinds of matter. In\n\nthe present verse it is described that He is the residence of the goddess of\n\n", "SB3.1#p0130": "no.\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhligavatam\n\nfortune. These two things are not at all contradictory. Lord Kr�l).a is\ndetached from the' variegatedness of the inferior nature, but He is 'in\neternal, blissful enjoyment of the spiritual nature, or His inter.nal potency.\nOne who has a poor fund of knowledge cannot understand this distinction\nbetween the external and internal potencies. In Bhagavad-g'itii, the internal\npotency is described as the para prakrti. In the Vi§rtU Puriirta also, the\ninternal pot�ncy of Vi�I).U is described as para sakti. The Lord is never\ndetached from the association of para sakti.\n\nThis para sakti and her\n\nmanifestations are described in the Brahma-samhita as iinanda-cinmaya­\n\nrosa-pratibhii.vitii.bhi�. (Bs. 5.37) The L ord is eternally joyful and cognizant\nin the taste derived from such transcendental bliss. Negation of the\nvariegatedness of the inferior energy does not necessitate negation of the\npositive transcendental bliss of the spiritual world. Therefore the Lord's\ngentleness, His smile, His character and everything related to Him are all\ntranscendental. Such manifestations of the internal potency are the reality,\nof which the material shadow is only a temporary representation from\nwhich everyone with proper knowledge must be detached.\nTEXT 21\n\n�\" <m•\"i � � w:m � 1\n.� �Uii(tl �u���ot«l•;a:: II�� II\nimam lokam amum caiva\nramayan sutaram yadun\nreme k�aJJadayii. dattak�arta-strl.-k�aJJa-sauhrda�\nimam-this; lokam-earth; amum-and the other worlds; ca-also; evacertainly; ramayan- pleasing; sutariim-specifically; yadun-the\nreme-enjoyed; k�aJJadayii.-by night; datta\n\n-\n\nwomen; k�aJJa-conjugal love; sauhrda�\n\n-\n\nY adus;\n\ngiven by; k�aJJa-leis u re; stn­\n\nfriendship\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord enjoyed His pastimes, both in this world and in other worlds\n[higher planets), specifically in the association of the Yadu dynasty. At\nleisure hours offered by night, He enjoyed the friendship of conjugal love\nwith women.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord enjoyed in this world with His pure devotees. Although He is\nthe Personality of Godhead and is transcendental to all material attach-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0131": "Text 22]\n\nThe Lord's Pastimes Out of Vrndavana\n\n111\n\nment, He nevertheless exhibited much attachment for His pure devotees\non the earth, as well as for the demigods who engage in His service in the\nheavenly planets as powerful delegated directors in the management of all\n\nmaterial activities. He displayed special attachment for His family members,\n\nthe\n\nY adus, as well as for His sixteen thousand wives, who had the\n\nopportunity to meet Him in the leisure hours of night. All these 'a1tach·\n\nments of the Lord are manifestations of His internal potency, of which the\n\nexternal potency is only a shadow representation. In the Skanda Purii[la,\n\nPrabhiisa khart{la Chapter, in the topics between Lord Siva and Gaur!,\n\nthere is confirmation of His internal potential manifestations. There is\n\nmention of the Lord's meeting with sixteen thousand cowherd damsels\nalthough He is the Hamsa (transcendental) Supersoul and maintainer of all\n\nliving entities. The sixteen thousand cowherd damsels are a display of\n\nsixteen varieties of internal potencies. This will be more elaborately\n\nexplained in the Tenth Canto. It is said there that Lord KreyJ;la is just like\n\nthe moon and the internal potential damsels are like the stars around the\nmoon.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n� ('4¥4101� (fqffl(tiUIW{ qW{ I\n•z«\\\\! � f«<tt: ij'4'5ti*HI 11��11\n·\n\ntasyaivam ramamiirtasya\nsamvats.aNrgartiin bahun\ngrhamedhe�u yoge�u\nviriiga� samajiiyata\ntasya- His;\n\nevam -thus;\n\nram\n\namiirtasya- enj oying;\n\nsamvatsara- many\n\nyears; gartiin-number; bahun-great many; grhamedhe�u-in household\n\nlife; yoge�u-in sex life; viraga�- detachment; samajiiyata- awakened.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Lord was thus engaged in household life for many, many years, but\nat last His detachment from ephemeral sex life was fully manifested.\nPURPORT\nEven though the Lord is never attached to any kind of material sex\n\nlife, as the universal teacher He remained a householder for many, many\n\nyears, just to teach others how one should live in householder life. Srlla\n\nVisvanatha Cakravartl Thakur explains that the word samajiiyata means\n\n\"fully exhibited.\" In all His activities while present on the earth, the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0132": "Srimad- Bhagavatani\n\n112\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 3\n\nLord exhibited detachment. This was fully displayed when He wanted\nto teach by example that one should not remain attached to household\nlife for all the days of one's life. One should naturally develop detachment as a matter of course. The Lord's detachment from household life\ndoes not indicate detachment from His eternal associates, the transcendental cowherd damsels. But the Lord desired to end His so-called\nattachment to the three modes of material nature. He can never be\ndetached from the service of His transcendental associates like Rukmii).I\nand other goddesses of fortune, as described in the Brahma-samhitii:\n\nlak§mi-sahasra-sata-sambhrama-sevyamiinam. (Bs. 5.3 7)\nTEXT 23\n\n���!���:��I\n� �� �Til� ���: 11��11\ndaiviidhine§u kiime§u\ndaiviidhina� svayam pumiin\nko vi.Srambheta yogena\nyogesvaram anuvrata�\ndaiva supernatural; adhine�u- being controlled; kiime§u in sense enjoy-\n\n-\n\nment; daiva-adhina�- controlled by supernatural force; svayam- himself;\n\npumii n- living\n\nentity;\n\nka�\n\n-\n\nwhoever; vi.Srambheta-can have\n\nfaith in;\n\nyogena- by devotional service; yoge svaram- the Supreme Lord; anuvrata�- serving\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEvery living entity is controlled by a supernatural force, and thus his\n\nsense enjoyment is also under the control of that supernatural force. No\none, therefore, can put his faith in Lord Kr�J}.a's transcendental sense\n\nactivities but one who has become a devotee of the Lord by rendering\ndevotional service.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii, no one can understand the transcendental\nbirth and activities of the Lord. The same fact is herein corroborated: no\n\none but one who is enlightened by the devotional service of the Lord can\nunderstand the difference between the Lord's activities and those of\nothers, who are controlled by the supernatural force. The sense enjoyment\nof all animals, men and demigods within the purview of the material\n\n", "SB3.1#p0133": "Text 24]\n\nThe Lord'& Pastimes Out of Vrndavana\n\n113\n\nuniverse is controlled by the supernatural force called the prakrti, or\ndaivi-miiyii. No one is independent in obtaining sense enjoyment, and\neveryone in this material world is after sense enjoyment. Persons who are\nthemselves under the control of supernatural power cannot believe that\nLord Kr1!1}8 is not under aqy control beyond Himself in the matter of\nsense enjoyment. They cannot understand that His senses are transcendental. In the Brahma-sarhhitii the Lord's senses are described as omnipotent; i.e., with any sense He can perform the activities of the other\nsenses. One who has limited senses cannot believe that the Lord can eat by\nHis transcendental power of hearing and can perform the act of sex life\nsimply by seeing. The controlled living entity cannot even dream of such\nsense activities in his conditional life. But simply by the activities of\n\nbhakti-yoga, he can understand that the Lord and His activities are always\ntranscendental. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 18.55), bhaktyii\nmiim abhijiiniiti yiiviin yas ciismi tattvata�: one cannot know even a\nfraction of the activities of the Lord if he is not a pure devotee of the\nLord.\nTEXT 24\n\nCM\\If4-t�itll�f.Att���: I\n. ��: ·� �•I!Jt'\"'ij�T: ����II\npuryiirh kadiicit kr'i{Iadbhir\nyadu-bhoja-kumiiraka*\nkopitii munayaft sepur\nbhagavan-mata-kovidii�\npu ryiim - in the city of Dvaraka; kadiicit-once upon a time; kr'i{Iadbh*by sporting activities; yadu- the descendants of Yadu; bhoja - the descendants of Bhoja; kumii rakai{l- princes; kopi tii�-became angry; munaya�the great sages; sepuft - cursed; bhagavat - Personality of Godhead; matadesire; kovidiift - cognizant.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce upon a time, great sages were made angry by the sporting activities\nof the princely descendants of the Y adu and Bhoja dynasties, and thus, as\ndesired by the Lord, the sages cur�d them .\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nThe associates of the Lord who were playing the part of princes of\ndescendants of the Yadu and Bhoja dynasties were not ordinary living\n\n", "SB3.1#p0134": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n114\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 3\n\nentities. It is not possible that they could offend any saintly man or sage,\nnor could the sages, who were all pure devotees of the Lord, be influenced\nto anger by any of the sporting activities of the princes born in the holy\ndynasty of Y adu or Bhoja wherein the Lord Himself appeared as a\ndescendant. The cursing of the princes by the sages is another transcendental pastime of the Lord to make a show of anger. The princes were\ncursed in order that one may know that even the descendants of the Lord,\nwho could never be vanquished by any act of material natu�e, were\nsubjected to the reactions of anger by great devotees of the Lord. One\nshould, therefore, take great care and attention not to commit an offense\nat the feet of a devotee of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�qa+ttWf'��11: I\n11�: � � ��M+tl�c:n: 11�'-\\11\n\nmr:\n\ntata� katipayair miisair\nvr�T}i-bhojiindhakiidaya�\nyayu� prabhiisam samhr�tii\nrathair deva-vimohitii�\ntata�- thereafte r ; katipaya*-a few;miisa*-months passing; vr�rti-the\ndescendants of V reyni; bhoja-the descendants of Bhoja; andhaka-iidayaltand others, like the sons of Andhaka;yayu�- went;prabhiisam-the place\nof pilgrimage named Prabhasa; samhr§tii� -with great pleasure; ratha*-on\ntheir chariots; deva- by KwJa; vimohitii�- bewildered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA\n\nfew\n\nmonths\n\npassed,\n\nand then,\n\nbewildered by 1f<r!!lJa,\n\nall the\n\ndescendants of Vr�qi, Bhoja and Andhaka who were incarnations of\n\ndemigods went to Prabhasa, while those who were eternal devotees of the\nLord did not leave but remained in Dvaraka�\n\ntatra sniitvii pitfn deviin\nr§ims caiva tad-ambhasii\ntarpayitviitha viprebhyo\ngiivo bahu-gurta dadu�\n\n", "SB3.1#p0135": "The Lord's Pastimes Out of Vrndavana\n\nText 26)\n\n115\n\ntatra-there; snatva-by taking bath; pitfn-forefathers; devan-demi­\n\ngods; r�in-great sages; ca-also; eva-certainly; tat-of that; ambhasa-by\n\nthe water; tarpayitva-by pleasing; atka-thereupon; viprebhya�-unto the\n\nbrahmartas;\ncharity.\n\ngava�-cows;\n\nbaliu-gurtii[I-greatly\n\nuseful;\n\ndadu�-gave\n\nin\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter arriving there, all of them took bath, and with the water of this\nplace of pilgrimage they offered their respects to the forefathers, demigods\nand great sages and thus satisfied them. They gave cows to the brahmaJ.las\nin royal charity.\nPURPORT\nAmongst the devotees of the Lord there are several divisions, mainly\n\nnitya-siddhas and siidhana-siddhas. The nitya-siddha devotees never fall\ndown t'J\n\nthe region of the material atmosphere, even though they\n\nsometimes come onto the material plane to execute the mission of the\n\nLord. The siidhana-siddha devotees are chosen from the conditioned souls.\n\nOut of the siidhana devotees, there are mixed and pure devotees. The\n\nmixed devotees are sometimes enthusiastic about fruitive activities and are\n\nhabituated to philosophical speculation. The pure devotees are free from\nall these mixtures and are completely absorbed in the service of the Lord,\n\nregardless of how and where they are situated. Pure devotees of the Lord\n\nare not enthusiastic to put aside their service to the Lord in order to go\n\nvisit holy places of pilgrimage. A great devotee of the Lord in modern\n\ntimes, Sri Narottamadasa Thakur, has sung like this: \"To visit holy places\n\nof pilgrimage is another bewilderment of the mind because devotional\nservice to the Lord at any place is the last word in spiritual perfection.\"\n\nFor pure devotees of the Lord who are completely satisfied with the\n\ntranscendental loving service of the Lord, there is hardly any necessity to\n\nvisit the various places of pilgrimage. But those who are not so advanced\n\nhave\n\nthe\n\nprescribed\n\nduties of visiting pilgrimage sites and regularly\n\nperforming the rituals. The part of the princely order of the Yadu dynasty\n\nwho went to Prabhasa performed all duties to be done in a place of\n\npilgrimage and offered their pious actions to their forefathers and others.\nAs a rule, every human being is indebted to God, the demigods, great\n\nsages, other living entities, people in general, forefathers, etc., for various\n\ncontributions received from them. Thus everyone is obliged to repay the\n\ndebt of gratitude. The Yadus who went to the Prabhasa pilgrimage site\nperformed their duties by distributing land, gold, and well-nourished cows\n\nin royal charity, as described in the following verse.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0136": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n116\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 3\n\nhirar;tyam rajatam sayyiim\nviisiimsy ajina-kambaliin\nyiinam rathiin ibhiin kanyii\ndhariim-vrtti-kar\"im api\nhirar;tyam-gold; raja tam- gold coins; saj.yiim- bedding; vasiimsi-clothing; ajina\n\n-\n\nani m al\n\nskin\n\nfor seats; ·kambaliin-blankets; ya nam\n\nrathiin chariots; ibhiin-elephants; kanyii�-gi rls;\nkarin to provide livelihood; api- also.\n-\n\n-\n\ndhariim-land;\n\nhorses;\n\nvrtti­\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe brahmar;tas were not only given well-fed cows in charity, but also\ngold, gold coins, bedding, clothing, animal skin seats, blankets, horses,\nelephants, girls and sufficient land for maintenance.\nPURPORT\nAll these charities were meant for the briihmar-as whose lives were\ndevoted entirely to the welfare of society, both spiritually and materially.\nThe briihmar-as were not giving their services as paid servants, but the\n\nsociety provided them with all necessities. It was arranged for some of the\n\nbriihmar-as, who were in difficulty for marriage, to be given girls. The\nbriihmar-as, therefore, had no economic problems. The k�atriya kings and\nrich mercantile men would provide them with all that they needed, and in\nexchange the briihmar-as were completely devoted to the elevation of\nsociety. That was the way of social cooperation between the different\ncastes. When the briihmar-a class or caste gradually became easygoing,\nbeing fed by the society although they had no brahminical qualifications,\nthey degraded themselves into brahma-bandhus, or disqualified briihmapas,\nand thus other members of society also gradually fell down from the\nsocial standard of progressive life. As described in Bhagavad-gitii, the\ncaste system is the creation of the Lord and is arranged according to the\nquality of work rendered to society and not in terms of birthright, as\nfalsely claimed in the present degraded society.\nTEXT 28\n\n311Ji � � �� �ftEt�.fllll{: I\n\ntltNSw�leEt : �: � �: ����II\n\n", "SB3.1#p0137": "The Lord's Pastimes Out of V�ndavana\n\nText 28)\n\n117\n\nannam coru-rasam tebhyo\ndattvii bhagavad-arpartam\ngo-vipriirthiisava� surii�\nprartemur bhuvi murdhabh*\nan n am- foodstuff; ca- also; uru- rasam- highly delicious; tebhya�- unto\nthe briihmartas; dattvii- after supplying; bhagavat-arpartam-which was first\noffered to the Personality of Godhead;go-cow;vipra-briihmartas; arthapurpose;\n\niisava�-purpose\n\nof\n\nliving;\n\nsurii� - all\n\nthe\n\nvaliant k�atriyas;\n\nprartemu�-offered obeisances; bhu vi-touching the ground; murdhabhi�with their heads.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter they offered the brahmar;tas highly delicious foodstuffs\nwhich\n\nwere\n\nfirst\n\noffered to the Personality of Godhead, and they\n\noffered their respectful obeisances by touching their heads to the ground.\nThey lived perfectly by protecting the cows and the briihmar;tas.\nPURPORT\nThe behavior exhibited by the descendants of Y adu in the pilgrimage\nsite of Prabhasa was highly cultured and exactly to the point of human\nperfection. The perfection of human life is attained by following three\nprinciples of civilization: protecting the cows, maintaining the brahminical\nculture and, above all, becoming a pure devotee of the Lord. Without\nbecoming a devotee of the Lord, one cannot perfect one's human life.\nThe perfection of human life is to be elevated to the spiritual world,\nwhere there is no birth, no death, no diseases and no old age. That is the\nhighest perfectional aim of human life. Without this aim, any amount of\nmaterial advancement in so-called comforts can only bring the defeat of\nthe human form of life.\nBriihmartas and Vai�r;tavas do not accept any foodstuff which is not first\noffered to the Personality of Godhead. Foodstuff offered to the Lord is\naccepted by the devotees as the mercy of the Lord. After all, the Lord\nsupplies all kinds of foodstuff, both to the human being and to other\nanimals. A human being must be conscious of the fact that all foodstuffs,\nnamely grains, vegetables, milk, water, etc. -the prime necessities of lifeare supplied by the Lord for mankind, and such foodstuffs cannot be\nmanufactured by any scientist or materialist in a laboratory or factory\nestablished by human effort. The intelligent class of men are called\nbrii.hmarzas, and those who have realized the Absolute Truth in His supreme\npersonal feature are called Vai�r;tavas. But both of them accept foodstuffs\nwhich are the remnants of sacrifice. Sacrifice is ultimately meant to satisfy\n\n", "SB3.1#p0138": "118\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 3\n\nthe yajfia�purufla, Vi�l)u. In Bhagavad-gita (Bg. 3.13) it is said that one who\n\naccepts foodstuffs as the remnants of sacrifice is freed from all sinful\n\nreactions, and one who cooks foodstuffs for maintenance of his body\ntakes in all kinds of sins, which lead only to suffering. The foodstuffs\nprepared by the Yadus at the Prabhasa pilgrimage site to offer to the bona\nfide brahmar-as there were all offered to the Personality of Godhead,\nVi�l)u. They offered their sincere obeisances by touching their heads to\nthe ground. The Yadus or any enlightened family in Vedic culture are\ntrained for attainment of human perfection by total cooperation of service\nbetween the different divisions of social orders.\nThe word uru-rasam is also significant here. Hundreds of delicacies can\nbe prepared simply by the combination of grains, vegetables and milk.\n\nAll such preparations are in the mode of goodness and therefore can be\noffered\n\nto the\n\nPersonality\n\nof Godhead.\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(Bg. 9.26 ), the Lord accepts only foodstuffs which are within the range of\n\nfruits, flowers, leaves and liquids, provided they are offered in complete\n\ndevotional service. Devotional service is the only criterion for a bona fide\noffering to the Lord. The Lord assures that He positively eats such food­\n\nstuffs offered by the devotees. So, j udging from all sides, the Yadus were\nperfectly trained civilized persons, and their being cursed by the brahmar-a\nsages was only by the desire of the Lord; the whole incident was a warning\nto all concerned that no one should behave lightly with brahmar-as and\nVai�l)avas.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Chapter, Third\n\nCanto, of the S rimad-Bhagavatam, entitled\nVrndiivana. \"\n\n\"The Lord's Pastimes Out of\n\n", "SB3.1#p0139": "CHAPTER FOUR\n\nVidura Approaches Maitreva\nTEXTl\n\n��\n\n311f��G>�i_ilijf����'{ I\n� ft�� ���� q�,t�: II � II\nuddhava uviica\natha te tad-anujniitii\nbhuktvii pitvii ca viirur-im\ntayii vibhramsita-jniinii\nduruktair marma pasprsu�\nudd hava� uviica- U ddhava said; atha-thereafter; te-they (the Yadavas);\n\ntat-by the briihmar-as; anuj n iitiitt - being permitted; bhuktvii\n\npitvii\n\n-\n\ndrinking;\n\nca and; viirur-im-liquor; .tayii-by\n-\n\n-\n\npartaking;\n\nthat; vibhramsita­\n\njTiiina�-being bereft of knowledge; durukta*-with harsh words; marmathe core of the heart; pasprsu�\n\n-\n\ntouch ed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, all of them [the descendants of V I:l!l}i and Bhoja J , being\npermitted by the brahma1.1as, partook of the remnants of prasadam and\nalso drank liquor made of rice. By drinking they all became delirious, and,\nbereft of knowled ge, they touched the cores of each other's hearts with\nharsh words.\nPURPORT\nIn ceremonies when briihmar-as and Vai�l)avas are sumptuously fed, the\nhost partakes of the remnants of foodstuff after the guest has given permission. So the descendants of Vr�l)i and Bhoja formally took permission\nfrom the briihmarws and ate the prepared foodstuff. K�atriyas are\n\n119\n\n", "SB3.1#p0140": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n120\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\npermitted to drink at certain occasions, so they all drank a kind of light\nliquor made of rice. By such drinking they became delirious and bereft of\nsense, so much so that they forgot their relationship with one another and\nused harsh words which touched the cores of each other's hearts. Drinking\nis so harmful that even such a highly cultured family becomes affected by\nintoxication and can forget themselves in a drunken state. The descendants\nof Vr�t:ti and Bhoj a were not expected to forget themselves in this way, but\n\nby the will of the Supreme it happened, and thus they became harsh\ntowards one another.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�\n\n��a.11uf �-t+i'ft;ij�ij(1fl( I\nfit�l'EIM «lctt«<i:o(wttf'rer �Wf'l_ II � II\n·te§iirh maireyado§erta\nvi§amilqtacetasiim\nnimlocati raviiviisid\nver-uniimiva mardanam\nte�iim-of\nvi� a m 'ikrta\n\n-\n\nthem;\n\nmaireya-of\n\nintoxication;\n\ndo�erw -by\n\nthe\n\nfaults;\n\nbecame unbalanced; cetasiim-of those of whom the minds;\n\nnimlocati-sets; ravau-the sun; asit-takes place; vert ii niim-of the bamboos; iva-as; ma rda n am-destruction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs by the friction of bamboos destruction takes place, so also, at sunset,\nby the interaction of the faults of intoxication, all their minds became\nunbalanced, and destruction took place.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen there is need of fire in the forest, by the will of the Supreme it\ntakes place due to friction among the bamboos. Similarly, the descendants\nof Y adu were all destroyed by the will of the Lord by the process of selfdestruction. Just as there is no possibility of a fire's occurring deep in a\nforest due to human effort, so also there was no power in the universe\nwhich could vanquish the descendants of the Y adus, who were protected\nby the Lord. The Lord wanted them to be so destroyed, and thus they\nobeyed His order, as indicated by the word tad-anujniita.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0141": "Text3]\n\nVidura Approaches Maitreya\n\n121\n\nTEXT3\n\n�(4t�¥tf:qf:qf qfth'llittJl+t �: I\n\n����\n\n,�,q��ll�ll\n\nbhagaviin sviitmamiiyiiyii\ngatirh tam avalokya sa�\nsarasvatim upasprsya\nvrk.sa-miilam upiiviSat\nbhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; sva-iitma-miiyayii- by His internal\npotency; gatim-the end; tam-that; a v al o k ya-foreseeing; saf't-He (KH�a);\nsarasvatim- the River Sarasvati; upasprsya-after sipping water; vrk§a-mulam\n-at the foot of a tree; upavisat-sat down.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead, Lord Sri Kr�qa, after foreseeing the end\n\n[of His family] by His internal potency, went to the bank of the River\nSarasvati and sat down there underneath a tree.\nPURPORT\nAll the above-mentioned activities of the Y adus and Bhojas were\nexecuted by the internal potency of the Lord because He wanted them to\nbe dispatched to their respective abodes after He had finished His mission\nof descent. They were all His sons and grandsons and were given complete\nprotection by the paternal affection of the Lord. How they could be\n\nvanquished in the presence of the Lord is answered in this verse: every thing\n\nwas done by the Lord Himself (svatma maya yaM. The Lord's family\n\nmembers were either incarnations of His plenary expansions or demigods\nfrom the heavenly planets, and thus before His departure He separated\nthem by His internal potency. Before being dispatched to their respective\nabodes, they were sent to the holy place of Prabhasa, where they\nperformed pious activities and took food and drink to their heart's content. It was then arranged for them to be sent back to their abodes so that\nothers could see that the powerful Y adu dynasty was no longer in the\nworld. In the previous verse, the word anujiiata, indicating that the whole\nsequence of\n\nevents was arranged by the Lord, is significant. These\n\nparticular pastimes of the Lord are not a manifestation of His external\nenergy or material nature. Such an exhibition of His internal potency is\n\n", "SB3.1#p0142": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n122\n\n[Canto 3, Ch.4\n\neternal, and therefore one should not conclude that the Yadus and Bhoj as\n\ndied in a drunken state in an ordinary fratricidal wa�. Sri .fiva Gosvami\ncomments on these incidences as magical performances.\n\nTEXT4\n\n� � � ·stq•uM��ur t: I\n� �� st�tftf6· � 4iat{l!an IICJ II\naham cokto bhagavatii\nprapanniirtiharer-a ha\nbadarim tvam prayiihiti\nsva-kulam sanjihir,sur-a\naham-1; ca\nprapanna\n\n-\n\n-\n\nand; ukta� -was told; bhagava tii-by the Supreme Lord;\n\nof the surrendered; arti-harer-a-by He who is the vanquisher\n\nof the distresses; ha-indeed; badarim-to Badari; tvam-you; prayiihishould go; iti-thus; sva-kulam-His own family; sanjihir�ur-ii-by desiring\nto destroy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord is the vanquisher of the distresses of one who is surrendered\n\nunto Him. Thus He who desired to destroy His family told me previously\nto go to BadanK.asrama.\n\nPURPORT\nWhile at Dvaraka, U ddhava was warned to avoid the distresses which\nwere to follow the disappearance of the Lord and the destruction of the\nYadu dynasty. He was advised to proceed to Badarikasrama because\nthere he could associate with the devotees of Nara-NarayaQa, and in their\nassociation of devotional service he could increase his eagerness for chanting, hearing, knowledge and detachment.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� � i31twt'l(l4R� I\nwit� ll�: 1fld\\�$'4oll�: II � II\ntathiipi tad-abhipretam\njiinan naham arindama\nPfflthato'nvagamam bhartufi.\npiida-viSleflar-iikflamafi.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0143": "Text6]\n\n123\n\nVidura Approaches Maitreya\n\ntathiipi-yet, in spite of; tat-abhipretam-His desire;jiinan--knowing; nanot; aham-1; arindama- 0 subduer of the enemy (Vid ura);pr�thata�-behind; anvagamam-followed; bhartu[l-of the master; piida-visle�a!la-separation from His lotus feet; ak�ama�-not being able.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYet in spite of my knowing His desire [to destroy the dynasty], 0\nArindama [ Vidura), I followed Him because it was impossible for me to\nbear separation from the lotus feet of the master.\nTEXT6\n\n�Jn«J;i AA-� �PI� ttRI� I\n�ij ft(((C�� ��'i�q.{� II � II\nadriik�am ekam iisinam\nvicinvan dayitam patim\nsrt-niketarit sarasvatyiirh:\nkrta-ketam aketanam\nadrak�am-1\n\nsaw;\n\nekam-alone;\n\nasinam-sitting;\n\nvicinvan-deeply\n\nthinking; dayitam- patron; patim-master; sri-niketam-the shelter of the\ngoddess of fortune; sarasvatyam-on the bank of the Sarasvati;krta-ketamtaking shelter;aketanam-being situated without a shelter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus following, I saw my patron and master [ Lord Sri Kr�J].a] sitting\nalone and deeply thinking, taking shelter on the bank of the River\nSarasvati although He is the shelter of the goddess of fortune.\nPURPORT\nThose who are in the renounced order of life often take shelter underneath a tree. The Lord was found by U ddhava in that condition of taking\nshelter as do persons who have no shelter. Because He is the proprietor of\neverything, everywhere is His shelter, and everywhere is under His shelter.\nThe entire material and spiritual cosmic manifestation is sustained by Him,\nand therefore\n\nHe is the shelter of everything. So there was nothing\n\nastonishing in His taking shelter in the way of the unsheltered who are in\nthe renounced order of life.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0144": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n124\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT7\n·\n\n:r.r��qrnlqrcri'!.I7W�I m !fWffi�IJlit:;:r.t� I\n��� tfl���ar :q- II \\9 II\nsyiimiivadiitarh virajarh\nprasiintiiru[ta-locanam\ndorbhis caturbhir viditarh\npita-kausiimbarerta ca\n\nsyama-avadatam-beautiful with black color; virajam-formed of pure\n·\ngoodness; prasiinta-peaceful; arurta-reddish; locana�-eyes; dorbhi�t-by\nthe arms; caturbh*-four; viditam-being recognized; pita-yellow; kausasilken; ambarerta-with garments; ca-and.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's body is blackish, but is eternal, full of bliss and knowledge,\nand very, very beautiful. His eyes are always peaceful,· and they are\nreddish like the rising morning sun. I could immediately recognize Him as\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead by\n\nHis\n\nfour hands, different\n\nsymbolic representations, and yellow colored silk garments.\nTEXTS\n\nq('f mrNf�\n\n��one.f�� 1\n���\"t� ���II� II\nviima uriiv adhisritya\ndak�irtiinghri-saroruham\napiisritiirbhakiisvattham\nakrsari:t tyakta-pippalam\nviime-on the left; urau-thigh; adhisritya-placed on; dak�irta-anghrisaroruham-the right lotus foot; apiisrita-taking rest against; arbhakayoung; asvattham-banyan tree; akrsam-cheerful; tyakta-having left;\npippalam-household comforts.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord was sitting, taking rest against a young banyan tree, with His\n\nright lotus foot on His left thigh, and although He had left all household\ncomforts, He looked quite cheerful in that posture.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0145": "Text9]\n\nVidura Approaches Maitreya\n\n125\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakur, the Lord's sitting\nposture-keeping His back against the newly grown banyan tree-is also\nmeaningful. Asvattha, the banyan tree, is so called because the tree does\nnot die very quickly; it continues to live for many, many years. His legs\n\nand their energies are the material ingredients, which are five in all: earth,\n\nwater, fire, air and sky. The material energies represent.ed by the banyan\ntree are all products of His external potency and are therefore kept to\nHis back. And because this particular universe is the smallest of all, the\n\nbanyan tree is therefore designated as small, or as a child. Tyaktapippalam indicates that He had now finished His pastimes in this particular\n\nsmall universe, but since the Lord is absolute and eternally blissful, there\nis no difference between His leaving or accepting something. The Lord\nwas now prepared to leave this particular universe and go into another,just\nas the sun rises on one particular planet and sets in another simultaneously\n\nbut does not change its own situation.\n\nTEXT9\n\n�;�\n���·�·\n�� fq 3l� ��lfl II� II\ntasmin mahii-bhiigavato\ndvaipiiyana-suhrt-sakha\nlokananucaran siddha\nasasada yadrcchaya\ntasmin-then;\n\nmahii-bhagavataJ:t-a\n\ngreat\n\ndevotee\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\ndvaipayana-·of Kw).a-dvaipayana Vyasa; suhrt-a well-wisher; sakha-a\nfriend; lokan-the three worlds; anucaran- traveling; siddhe-in that asrama;\niisasada- arrived; yadrcchaya- by his own perfect accord.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, after traveling in many parts of the world, Maitreya, a\ngreat devotee of the Lord and a friend and well-wisher of the great sage\nKr�1,1a-dvaipiiyana Vyiisa, reached that spot out of his own perfect accord.\nPURPORT\nMaitreya was one of the disciples of Mahar�?i Pariisara, the father of\n\nVyasadeva. Thus Vyasadeva and Maitreya were friends and mutual well-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0146": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n126\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\nwishers. By some fortunate accident, Maitreya reached the place where\nLord Sri Kr�J].a was resting. To meet the Lord is not an ordinary incident.\n\nMaitreya was a great sage and a learned scholar-philosopher but not a pure\n\ndevotee of the Lord, and therefore his meeting with the Lord at that time\n\nmay have been due to ajiiiita-sukrti, or some unknown devotional service.\n\nPure devotees always·· engage in pure devotional activities, and therefore\n\ntheir meeting with the Lord i�? natural. But when those who are not up to\n\nthat standard meet the Lord, it is due to the unforeseen fortune of\naccidental devotional service.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n('!�·���\n\n�ft;a::\n\n����\n�\n+tl+t�I416J�N�+t:q..�ttl'i:t II� oil\n�\ntasyiinuraktasya muner mukunda�\npramoda-bhiiviinata-kandharasya\niisrrwato miim anuriiga-hiisasamik�ayii visramayann uviica\ntasya-his (Maitreya's); an uraktasya-although attached; mune�-of the\n\nsage; mukunda�-the Lord who awards salvation; pramoda-bhiiva-in a\npleasing attitude; iinata-lowered; kandharasya-of the shoulder; asrrwata�while thus\n\nhearing; miim-unto me; anuriiga-hiisa-with kind smiling;\n\nsamikflayii-particularly\nrest; uviica-said.\n\nseeing me; vis ramayan-allowi ng me complete\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya Muni was greatly attached to Him [the Lord], and he was\nlistening in a pleasing attitude, with his shoulder lowered. With a smile\nand a particular glance upon me, having allowed me to rest, the Lord spoke\nas follows:\nPURPORT\nAlthough both Uddhava and Maitreya were great souls, the Lord's\n\nattention was more on Uddhava because he was a spotlessly pure devotee.\n\nA jiiiina-bhakta, or one whose devotion is mixed with the monistic view­\n\npoint, is not a pure devotee. Although Maitreya·was a devotee, his devotion\n\n", "SB3.1#p0147": "Vidura Approaches Maitreya\n\nText 11]\n\n127\n\nwas mixed. The Lord reciprocates with His devotees on the basis of\ntranscendental love and not on the basis of philosophical knowledge or\nfruitive activities. In the transcendental loving service of the Lord, there\nis no place for monistic knowledge or fruitive activities. The gopis in\nVrndii.vana were neither highly learned scholars nor mystic yogis. They\nhad spontaneous love for the Lord, and thus He became their heart and\nsoul, and the gopis also became the heart and soul of the Lord. Lord\nCaitanya approved the relationship of the gopis with the Lord as supreme.\nHerein the Lord's attitude towards Uddhava was more intimate than with\nMaitre�a Muni.\nTEXT 11\n\nt.fut•tctlsEU'i!il\n�\nitG:I('1t'ij�wt4\\�d\n���N¥1�: I\n� ���t�\n'1ffflf«il�wt m �: II��II\nsri bhagaviin uviica\nvediiham antar manasipsitarh te\ndadiimi yat tad duraviipam anya*\nsatre purii visva-srjiirh vasuniirh\nmat-siddhi-kiimena vaso tvaye,stalt\nsri bhagaviin uviica-the\n\naham-I; anta �\n\n-\n\nPersonality of Godhead said; veda\n\n-\n\nknown;\n\nwithin ; manasi-the mind; ipsitam- what you desired;\n\nte-your; dadiimi-I give you; yat\n\n-\n\nw\n\nhich is; tat-that; duraviipam-very\n\ndifficult to achieve; anyai� -by others; satre-in the sacrifice;purii-in the\ndays of yore; viSva-s.rjiim-of those who expanded this creation; vasuniim­\n\nof the Vasus; mat-siddhi-kiimena-with a desire to achieve My association;\n\nvaso-0 Vasu; tvayii- by you; i§ta�\n\n-\n\nultimate goal of life.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Vasu, I know from within your mind what you desired in the days of\nyore when the V asus and other demigods who are responsible for expanding the universal affairs performed sacrifices. You particularly desired to\nachieve My association. This is very difficult to obtain for others, but I\naward it unto you.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0148": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n128\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\nPURPORT\nUddhava is one of the eternal associates of the Lord, and a plenary\nportion of Uddhava was one of the eight V asus in the days of yore. The\neight Vasus and the demigods in the upper planetary system, who are\nresponsible for the management of the universal affairs, performed a\nsacrifice in the days of yore, desiring to fulfill their respective ultimate\ngoals in life. At that time an expansion of Uddhava, acting as one of the\nV asus, desired to become an associate of the Lord. The Lord knew this\nbecause He is present in the heart of every living entity as Paramatma, the\nSuperconsciousness. In everyone's heart there is the representation of the\nSuperconsciousness, who gives memory to the partial consciousness of'\nevery living entity. The living entity, as partial consciousness, forgets\nincidences of his past life, but the Superconsciousness reminds him how to\n\nact in terms of his past cultivation of knowledge. Bhagavad-gitii confirms\n\nthis fact in various ways: ye yathii iniirh prapadyante tiirhs tathaiva\nbhajiimy aham (Bg. 4.11), sarvasya ciiharh hrdi sannivi�to mattaft smrtir\njiiiinam apahanarh ca (Bg. 15.15).\n\nEveryone is at liberty to desire as he likes, but the desire is fulfilled by\nthe Supreme Lord. Everyone is independent to think or desire, but the\nfulfillment of one's desire depends on the supreme will. This law is\nexpressed as \"Man proposes, God disposes.\" In the days of yore, when the\ndemigods and Vasus performed sacrifice, Uddhava, as one of the Vasus,\ndesired to enter into the association of the Lord, which is very difficult\nfor those busy in empiric philosophical speculation or fruitive activities.\nSuch persons have practically no information of the facts about becoming\nan associate of the Lord. Only the pure devotees can know, by the mercy\nof the Lord, that the personal association of the Lord is the highest perfection of life. The Lord assured Uddhava that He would fulfill his desire. It\nappears that when the Lord informed him by His indication to Uddhava,\nthe great sage Maitreya finally became aware of the importance of entering\ninto the association of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n:;ron �'il(11fd:t� . 'ia;�(t � I\n� �l$l'l � ��\n� �� ��a;l�t-tql. II� �II\n�\n\n� �\n\n", "SB3.1#p0149": "Vidura Approaches Maitreya\n\nText 13]\n\n129\n\nsa e�a siidho caramo bhaviiniim\niisiiditas te mad-anugraho yat\nyan miirh nrlokiin raha utsrjantarh\ndi�tyii dadrsviin visadiinuvrttyii\n\nsa[l-that; e�a[l\n\n-\n\nof those; siidho-0 honest one; carama[l- the ultimate;\n\nbhaviiniim-of all your incarnations (as Vasu); iisiidita[l-now achieved; teunto you; mat-My; an ug raha[l\n\n-\n\nmercy; yat- as it is; yat-because; miim­\n\nMe; nrlo kiin- the planets of the conditioned souls; raha[l-in seclusion;\nut srjantam- while quitting; di�tyii by seeing; dadrsviin- what you have\n-\n\nseen; visada-anuvrttyii-by unflinching devotion.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 honest one, your present life is the last and the supermost because in\nthis term of life you have been awarded My ultimate favor. Now you can\ngo to My transcendental abode, Vaiku!l1ha, by leaving this universe of\nconditioned living entities. Your visit to Me in this lonely place because of\nyour pure and unflinching devotional service is a great boon for you.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen a person is fully conversant with knowledge of the Lord as far as\ncan be known by a perfect living entity in the liberated state, he is allowed\nto enter into the spiritual sky, where the V aiku!llha planets exist. The Lord\nwas sitting in a lonely place just about to disappear from the vision of the\ninhabitants of this universe, and Uddhava was fortunate to see Him even\nat that time and thus receive the Lord's permission to enter V aiku!llha.\nThe Lord is everywhere at all times, and His appearance and disappearance\nare merely the experience of the inhabitants of a particular universe. He is\njust like the sun. The sun does not appear or disappear in the sky, but it is\nonly in the experience of men that in the morning the sun rises and in the\nevening the sun sets. The Lord is simultaneously both in Vaiku!llha and\neverywhe re within and without V aiku!llha.\nTEXT 13\n\n��.�A�\n� f.t'fGUIN 1t¥ttfa;(1i{ I\n� � 'fritlt¥41'4.w\n\"�€&:�,� � �� ������\n\n", "SB3.1#p0150": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n130\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\npura maya proktam ajaya nabhye\n\npad me ni�artr-aya. mamadi-sarge\n\njnanarh pararh man-mahimiivabhiisarh.\nyat siirayo bhagavatarh vadanti\n\npu rii-in the days of yore; maya-by Me; proktam-was said; ajiiy a-unto\n\nBrahma; niibhye-out of the navel; padm e-on the lotus; n� avvay a- unto\n\nthe one situated on; mama-My; adi-sarge-in the beginning of creation;\njiiiinam-knowledge;\n\nparam-sublime;\n\nmat-mahimii-My transcendental\n\nglories; avabhiisam-that which clarifies; yat-which; suraya[l.-the great\n\nlearned sages; bhiigavatam-Srimad-Bhiigavatam; vadanti-do say.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Uddhava, in the lotus millennium in the days of yore, at the beginning\nof the creation, I spoke unto Brahma, who is situated on the lotus which\ngrows out of My navel, about My transcendental glories, which the great\nsages describe as Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nPURPORT\nThe explanation of the Supreme Self, as given to Brahma and already\n\nexplained in the Second Canto of this great literature, is further clarified\n\nherein. The Lord said that the concise form of Srimad-Bhiigavatam as\ne:.;:ained to Brahma was meant to elucidate His personality. The impersonal explanation of those four verses in the Second Canto is nullified\n\nherewith. Sridhara Svami also explains in this connection that the same\nconcise form of the Bha gavatam concerned the pastimes of Lord Km1a\n\nand was never meant for impersonal indulgence.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n��itd1:ffi : 'Rl{� �:\n��I\n�it�?.t(hu\n�\n��:\nm!jre(lif� II� �II\nity adrtokta� paramasya purhsa[l.\n\npratik�ar-iinugraha-bhajano 'ham\n\nsnehottha-roma skhalitak�aras tarh\n\nmuncan chuca� pranjalir ababha�e\n\n·\n\n", "SB3.1#p0151": "Vidura Approaches Maitreya\n\nText 15]\n\n131\n\n- being favored; ukta�-addressed; paramasya-of the\nanugraha -bhiijanii� - object of favor;\naham-myself; sneha-affection;\nuttha-eruption; romii-hairs on the body; skhalita-slackened; ak�aral;tof the eyes; tam- that; mu fican-smearing; suca�-tears; pranjal *- with\nfolded hands; ababha�e - said .\niti- thus; iidrta\n\nSupreme; pumsa�-Personality of Godhead; pratik�ar-a-every moment;\n\nTRANSLATION\nUddhava said: 0 Vidura, when I was thus favored at every moment\n\ny\n\nby the Supreme �erson,alit of Godhead and addressed by Him with great\n·\naffection, my words failed in tears, and the hairs on my body erupted.\nAfter smearing my tears, 1, with folded hands, spoke like this:\nTEXT 15\n\nEit � � ql<::e(ht�l�t\n\n��\n\n\"1�cft(\ni\n.\n\n� -nt wtantfr ��\n�fwl�!!fun�:\n\n���'-\\\"\n\nko nvisa te pada-saroja-bhajarh\nsudurlabho 'rthe�u catur�v apiha\ntathapi naham pravrrwmi bhuman\nbhavat-padam-bhoja-ni�evarrotsukal;t\nkaf!. nu �sa-O my Lord; te- Your; pada-saroja-bhajam-of the devotees\nengaged in the transcendental loving service of Your lotus feet; sudurlabhaf!.-very difficult to obtain; arthe�u-in the matter of; catur�u-in the\nfour objectives; api-in spite of; iha-in this world; tathapi\n\n- yet; na-do not;\n\naham-I; pravrrromi-prefer; bhiiman-0 great one; bhavat- Your; padambhoja- lotus feet; ni�ev a rw-utsuka�\n\n- anxiou s to serve.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, devotees who engage in the transcendental loving service\nof Your lotus feet have no difficulty in achieving anything within the\n\nrealm of the four principles of religiosity, economic development, sense\n\ngratification and liberation. But, 0 great one, as far as I am concerned, I\nhave preferred only to engage in the loving service of Your lotus feet.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0152": "132\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\nPURPORT\nThose who are associated with the Lord in the V aikut�-tha planets achieve\nall the bodily features of the Lord and appear to be the same as Lord\nVigm. Such liberation is called siirupya-mukti, which is one of the five\nkinds of liberation. The devotees engaged in the transcendental loving\nservice of the Lord never accept the siiyujya-mukti, or merging in the\nrays of the Lord called the brahmajyoti. The devotees can achieve not\nonly liberation but any success in the realm of religiosity, economic\ndevelopment or sense gratification up to the standard of the demigods in\nthe heavenly planets. But such a pure devotee as U ddhava refuses to\naccept all such facilities. A pure devotee wants simply to engage in the\nservice of the Lord and does not consider his own personal benefit.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�otlwft��� :.ro� a\n\n�ttt�S¥flft+fttkq�ltlo:f'l_\n\"\"\"�1.,.,e�t�\"q·;ft �'I<:;T��·'f':\n((flf'iw-�.d: �Rr ffi�lfft� II� �II\n\nkarmiirty anihasya bhavo 'bhava.sya te\ndurgiisrayo 'thiiri-bhayiit pa.liiya.nam\nkiiliitmano yat pramadii-yutiisraya�\nsviitman-rate�l khidyati dhir vidiim iha\nkarmii[li-activities; anihasya-of one who has no desire; bha va�-birth;\n\n- ,.\n- out of fear of the enemies;\n\nabhavasya-of one who is never born; te-your; durga iis aya�-taking\nshelter of the fort; atka-thereafter; ari-bhayiit\n\npaliiyanam-flee; kiilii-iitmana�-of He who is the controller of eternal\ntime; yat-t h at; pramadii-yuta-in the association of women; iisrama�­\n\nhousehold life; sva-iitman-by Your own Self; rate�-one who enjoys;\nkhidyati-disturbs; dh0-intelligence; vidiim-of the learned; iha-in this\nworld.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy Lord, even the learned sages become disturbed in their intelligence\n\nwhen they see that Your Greatness engages in fruitive work although You\n\nare free from all desires, that You take birth although You are unborn,\n\nthat You flee out of fear of the enemy and take shelter in a fort although\nYou are the controller of invincible time, and that You enjoy householder\n\nlife surrounded by many women although You enjoy in Your Self.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0153": "Text 16]\n\nVidura Approaches Maitreya\n\n133\n\nPURPORT\nPure devotees of the Lord are not very much concerned with philosophical speculation in regard to transcendental knowledge of the Lord. Nor is\nit possible to acquire complete knowledge of the Lord. Whatever little\nknowledge they have about the Lord is sufficient for them because devotees\nare simply satisfied in hearing and chanting about the transcendental\npastimes of the Lord. This gives them all transcendental bliss. But some\nof the pastimes of the Lord appear contradictory, even to such pure\ndevotees, and thus Uddhava asked the Lord about some of the contradictory incidences in His pastimes. The Lord is described as having nothing\nto do personally, and it is actually so because even in the creation and\nsustenance of the material world, the Lord has nothing to do. It seems\ncontradictory, then, to hear that the Lord personally lifts the Govardhana\nHill for the protection of His unalloyed devotees. The Lord is the Supreme\nBrahman, the Absolute Truth, the Personality of Godhead appearing like\na man, but\n\nUddhava had doubts whether He could have so many\n\ntranscendental activities.\nThere is no difference between the Personality of Godhead and the\nimpersonal Brahman. How then can the Lord have so many things to do,\nwhereas the impersonal Brahman is stated to have nothing to do either\nmaterially or spiritually? If the Lord is ever unborn, how then is He born\nas the son of Vasudeva and Devaki? He is fearful even to kala, the supreme\nfear, and yet the Lord is afraid of fighting J arasandha and takes shelter in a\nfort. How can one who is full in Himself take pleasure in the association of\nmany women? How can He take wives and, just like a householder, take\npleasure in the association of family members, children, relatives and\nparents? All these apparef!.tly contradictory happenings bewilder even the\ngreatest learned scholars, who, thus bewildered, cannot understand whether\ninactivity is a fact or whether His activities are only imitations.\nThe solution is that the Lord has nothing to do with anything mundane.\nAll His activities are transcendental. This cannot be understood by the\nmundane speculators. For the mundane speculators there is certainly a kind\nof bewilderment, but for the transcendental devotees there is nothing\nastonishing in this. The Brahman conception of the Absolute Truth is\ncertainly the negation of all mundane activities, but the Param Brahman\nconception is full with transcendental activities. One who knows the\ndistinctions between the conception of Brahman and the conception of\nSupreme Brahman is certainly the real transcendentalist. There is no\nbewilderment for such transcendentalists. The Lord Himself also declares\nin Bhagavad-g'itii, \"Even the great sages and demigods can know hardly\n\n", "SB3.1#p0154": "134\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\nanything about My activities and transcendental potencies.\" (Bg. 10.2)\nThe right explanation of the Lord's activities is given by Grandfather\n\nBhi�madeva (Bhiig. 1.9.16) as follows:\n\nna hy asya karhicid riijan pumiin veda vidhitsitam\nyad-vijijniisayii yuktii muhyanti kavayo 'pi hi\nTEXT17\n\n� m � � ��(;ijI(�OiS(1i(t€44f41\\l:\n�: � l1� ��� '{'1t '{t�dl� � II �\\911\nmantre�u miim vii upahuya yat tvam\nakurt hitiikhartt;la-sadiitma-bodha�\nprcche� prabho mugdha iviipramattas\ntan no mano mohayafiva deva\nmantre§u-in consultations; miim-unto me; vai-as either; upahuya- by\ncalling; yat-as much as; tvam- Your Lordship; aku (1thita-without hesitation; akhartt;la- witho ut being separated; sadii-eternally; iitma-self;\nbodha � - i ri tel li gent ; prcche�- as ked; prabho-0 my Lord; mugdha�bewildered; iva-as if it were so; apramatt a� - although never bewildered;\ntat-that; na�-us; mana�- mind; mohayati - bewilders; iva-as it is so;\ndeva-0 my Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, Your eternal Self is never divided by the influence of time,\n\nand there is no limitation to Your perfect knowledge. Thus You were\n\nsufficiently able to consult with Yourself, yet You called upon me for\nconsultation, as if bewildered, although You are never bewildered. And\n\nthis act of Yours bewilders me.\n\nPURPORT\nUddhava was never actually bewildered, but he says that all these\ncontradictions appear to be bewildering. The whole discussion between\nKr�pa and Uddhava was meant for the benefit of Maitreya, who was\nsitting nearby. The Lord used to call Uddhava for consultation when the\ncity was attacked by J arasandha and others and when He executed great\nsacrifices as part of His routine royal work as Lord of Dvaraka. The Lord\n\n", "SB3.1#p0155": "Text 18)\n\nVidura Approaches Maitreya\n\n135\n\nhas no past, present and future because He is unhampered by the influence\nof eternal time and thus nothing is hidden from Him. He is eternally\nself-intelligent. Therefore His calling for Uddhava to give Him enlightenment is certainly astonishing. All these actions of the Lord appear to be\ncontradictory, although there is no contradiction in the routine activities\nof the Lord. Therefore it is better to see them as they are and not attempt\nto explain them.\nTEXT 18\n\n��U�+t�$0:�\n\niNR ����\n3lfit � ;fr �IJIR +Rf�� � ��;f � ����II\njniinam param sviitma-raha[!-prakiisam\n\nproviica kasmai bhagaviin samagram\n\napi k§amam no grahartiiya bhartar\nvadiinjasii yad vrjinam tarema\n\njiiiinam-knowledge;\nprakiisam\n\nmystery;\n\n-\n\nparam-supreme;\n\nenlightenin g;\n\n(Brahmaji); bhagaviin-the\n\ntotal; api\n\n-\n\nif so; k§amam\n\nbharta�-my Lord; vada\n\n-\n\nsva-iitma-own\n\npr o viica\n\n-\n\nsaid;\n\nself;\n\nraha[t­\n\nkasmai-unto\n\nKa\n\nPersonality of Godhead; samagram-in sum\n\n-\n\nable; na[!-unto me; grahartiiya-acceptabl e;\n\nsay ; aiijasii-in detail; yat\n\nmiseries; tarema_:_can cross over.\n\n-\n\nthat which; vrjinam­\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, kindly explain to us, if You think us competent to receive\nit, that transcendental knowledge which gives enlightenment about Yourself and which You explained before to Brahmaji.\nPURPORT\nA pure devotee like Uddhava has no material afflictions because he\nengages constantly in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. A\ndevotee feels afflicted without the association of the Lord. Constant\nremembrance of the Lord's activities keeps the devotee alive, and therefore Uddhava requested that the Lord please enlighten him with the\nknowledge\nBrahmaji.\n\nof\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nas\n\nwas\n\npreviously\n\ninstructed\n\nto\n\n", "SB3.1#p0156": "Srimad-Bhigavatarn\n\n136\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 19\n\n���f4:�hilt.: � ij' � tR: I\n3flf«:��l(ftl\"t.::ltf 300fel: �f � II� �II\nityiivedita-hiirdiiya\n\nmahyarh sa bhagaviin para�\n\niididesiiravindiik§a\n\niitmana� paramiirh sthitim\n\niti-avedita-thus being prayed to by me; hardaya- from the core of my\n\nheart; mahyam-unto me; sa�- He; bhagavan- the Personality of Godhead;\n\npara�- Supreme; adidesa- instructed; aravinda-ak�a�- the lotus-eyed; atmana ft - of Himself; paramiim-transcendental; sthitim\n\n- situation .\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen I thus expressed my heartfelt desires unto the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead, the lotus-eyed Lord instructed me about His transcenden­\n\ntal situation.\n\nPURPORT\nThe words paramiirh sthitim are significant in this verse. The Lord's\ntranscendental situation was not even spoken of to Brahma when the four\nverses\n\nof Srimad-Bhiigavatam were explained (Bhiig.\n\n2.9.30-33). This\n\ntranscendental situation comprises His dealings with devotees engaged\nin transcendental loving service, as exhibited at Dvaraka and V rndavana.\nWhen the Lord explained about His specific transcendental situation, it\nwas meant for U ddhava only, and therefore U ddhava particularly said\n\n\"mah.ram\" (\"unto me\"), although the great sage Maitreya was also sitting\n\nthere. Such a transcendental situation is hardly understood by those whose\ndevotion is mixed with speculative knowledge or fruitive activities. The\nLord's activities in confidential love are very rarely disclosed to the\ngeneral devotees who are attracted by devotion mixed with knowledge\nand mysticism. Such activities are the inconceivable pastimes of the Lord.\nTEXT 20\n\no,q'41(1N6'Ht.:JP.ilt.::�6'*41€+4'11'4'41•t: I\n� � q�\n�.\nfitaf41dtst\nN((I�R¥41 II� II\n\nJJ\n\no\n\n", "SB3.1#p0157": "Vidura Approaches Maitreya\n\nText 20]\n\n137\n\nsa evam iiriidhita-piida-tirthiid­\n\nadhita-tattviitma-vibodha-miirgaft\n\nprartamya piidau parivrtya devam\nihiigato 'ham virahiituriitmii\n\nsaft-so myself; evam-thus; aradhita-worshiped; pada-firthat-the Per­\n\nsonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nadhita-studied; , tattva-atma-self-knowledge;\n\nvibodha-understanding; margaft-path; pra{lamya-after saluting; padauat His lotus feet;parivrtya-after circumambulating;devam-the Lord; iha­\n\nat this place; agatah- reached; aham-I; viraha-separation; iitura-atmaaggrieved in self.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have studied the path of understanding self-knowledge from my\nspiritual master, the Personality of Godhead, and thus after circumambulating Him I have come to this place, very much aggrieved due to\nseparation.\nPURPORT\nSri U ddhava 's actual life is the direct symbol of the \"Catuftsloki\n\nBhagavatam\" enunciated first to Brahmijl by the Personality of Godhead.\n\nThese four very great and important verses from Srimad-Bhagavatam are\n\nparticularly taken out by the Mayavadi speculators, who construe a\ndifferent purport to suit their impersonal view of monism. Here is the\nproper answer to such unauthorized speculators. The verses of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam are purely theistic science understandable by the postgraduate\n\nstudents of Bhagavad-gita. The unauthorized dry speculators are offenders\n\nat the lotus feet of the Lord Sri Kr�J.la because they distort the purports\nof Bhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam to mislead the public and prepare\n\na direct path to the hell known as andha-tamisra. As confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gita (Bg. 16.20) such envious speculators are without knowledge\nand are surely condemned life after life. They unnecessarily take shelter\n\nof Srlpada Sailkaracarya, but he was not so drastic as to commit an\n\noffense at the lotus feet of Lord Kr�J.la. According to Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, Srlpada Sankaracarya preached the Mayavadi philosophy for\n\na particular\n\npurpose.\n\nSuch a philosophy was necessary to defeat the\n\nBuddhist philosophy of the nonexistence of the spirit sou� but it was never\n\nmeant for perpetual acceptance. ·It was an emergency. Thus Lord Kr�J.la\n\nwas accepted by Sankaracarya as the Supreme Personality of Godhead in\n\nhis commentation on Bhagavad-gita. Since he was a great devotee of Lord\nKr�J.la, he did not dare write any commentary on Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nbecause that would have been a direct offense at the lotus feet of the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0158": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n138\nLord.\n\nBut later\n\nspeculators,\n\nin the name\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 4\nof\n\nMayavadi philosophy,\n\nunnecessarily make their commentary on the Catu�sloki Bhiigavatam\n\nwithout any bona fide intent.\n\nThe monistic dry speculators have no business in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nbecause this particular Vedic literature is forbidden for them by the\n\ngreat author himself. Srila Vyasadeva has definitely forbidden persons\n\nengaged in religiosity, economic development, sense gratification and\n\nfinally, salvation, from trying to understand Srimad-Bhiigavatam, which is\nnot meant for them (Bhiig. 1.1.2). Sripada Sridhara Svami, the great\ncommentator on Srimad-Bhiigavatam, has definitely forbidden the salva­\n\ntionists or monists to deal in Srimad-Bhiigavatam . It is not for them. Yet\nsuch\n\nunauthorized\n\npersons\n\nperversely\n\ntry\n\nto\n\nunderstand\n\nSnmad­\n\nBhiigavatam, and thus they commit offense at the feet of the Lord, which\neven Sripada Sankaracarya dared not do. Thus they prepare for their\ncontinuation of miserable life. It should be particularly noted herein that\n\nUddhava studied the Catu�sloki Bhiigavatam directly from the Lord, who\n\nspoke them first to Brahmaji, and this time the Lord explained more con­\n\nfidentially the self-knowledge mentioned as the paramiirit sthitim. Upon\n\nlearning such self-knowledge of love, Uddhava felt very much aggrieved by\n\nfeelings of separation from the Lord. Unless one is awakened to the stage\n\nof Uddhava-everlastingly feeling the separation of the Lord in transcen­\n\ndental love, as was exhibited by Lord Caitanya also-one cannot understand the real import of the four essential verses of Snmad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nOne should not indulge in the unauthorized act of twisting the meaning\n\nand thereby putting himself on the dangerous path of offense.\n\nTEXT 21\n\nmst ij(�t..ce•a:PNI•uftl�! � I\nqfit� � � � ������\nso 'ham tad-darsaniihliida\nviyogiirtiyuta� prabho\n\ngami§ye dayitarit tasya\n\nbadaryiisrama-TI1art!lalam\n\nsa� aham-thus myself; tat-His; darsana-audience; iihliida-pleasure;\n\nviyoga-without that; iirtiyuta(!-afflicted by distress; prabho-my dear sir;\n\ngami�ye-'shall\n\ngo; dayitam-so\n\ninstructed; tasya-His; badaryiis rama­\n\nBadarikasrama, in the Himalayas; ma�{lalam-association.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0159": "Text 22]\n\nVidura Approaches Maitreya\n\n139\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Vidura, now I am mad for want of the pleasure of seeing Him,\nand just to mitigate this I am now proceeding to Badarikasrama in the\nHimalayas for association, as I have been instructed by Him.\nPURPORT\nA pure devotee of the Lord of the standard of Uddhava constantly\nassociates\n\nwith the\n\nLord in the double perception of simultaneous\n\nseparation and meeting. The pure devotee is not for a moment unengaged in the transcendental service of the Lord. Execution of the Lord's\nservice is the main occupation of the pure devotee. Uddhava's separation\nfrom the Lord was unbearable, and therefore he starte-d to Badarikasrama\nin .obedience to the Lord's order because the order of the Lord and the\nLord Himself are identical. As long as one is engaged in the execution of\nthe order of the Lord, there is no factual separation from Him.\nTEXT 22\n\n'il(lttOit � it(� �rtliiflifif: I\n� � � �'W � �� 111(';(.11\nq;r\n\nyatra niiriiyaro devo\nnaras ca bhagaviin nilt\nmrdu tivrarit tapo dirgharit\ntepiite loka-bhiivanau\nyatra-where; niiriiyara�-the Personality of Godhead; deva�-by incarnation; naralt-human being; ca-also; bhagaviin-the Lord;r.sqt-great sage;\nmrdu-amiable to everyone; tivram-severe; tapa�-penance; dirgham\n\n-\n\nvery\n\nlong; tepiite-performing; loka-bhiivanau-welfare of all living entities.\nTRANSLATION\nThere in Badarikasrama the Personality of Godhead, in His incarnation\nas the sages Nara and Naraya�a, has been undergoing great penance since\ntime immemorial for the welfare of all amiable living entities.\nPURPORT\nBadarikasrama on the Himalayas, the abode of the N ara-NarayaJ;Ja sages,\nis a great place of pilgrimage for the Hindus. Even up to the present,\n\n", "SB3.1#p0160": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n140\n\n[ Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\nhundreds and thousands of pious Hindus go to pay respects to the incarnation of Godhead Nara-Narii.yat;ta. It appears that even five thousand years\nago this holy place was being visited by such a holy being as Uddhava, and\neven at that time the place was known to be very, very old. This particular\npilgrimage site is very difficult to visit for ordinary men because of its\ndifficult situation in the Himalayas in a place which is covered by ice\nalmost all year. A few months during the summer season people can visit\nthis place at great personal inconvenience. There are four dhiimas, or\n\nkingdoms of God, which represent the planets of the spiritual sky, which\nconsists of the brahma-jyoti and the Vaikut;tthas. These are Badarikasrama,\n\nRii.mdvaram, Jagannatha Pur! and Dvaraka. Faithful Hindus still visit all\nthese holy places for perfection of spiritual realization, following in the\nfootsteps of devotees like Uddhava.\nTEXT 23\n\n��\n(€�4f�l�q� � �:� � I\n�IWfwtl�l'l� �·i)q�qRfd �: 11�·�11\nsri suka uviica\nity uddhaviid upiikan;ya\nsuhrdiirh duftsaharh vadham\nFiiineniisamayat k�attii\nsokam utpatitam budhaft\nsri sukaft uviica- Sri S uka Gosvii.mi said; iti-thus; uddhaviit-from\nUddhava; up iikar!l ya- he aring; suhrdii m- of friends and relatives; duftsaham-unbearable;\nvadham-annihilation; jniinena- by\ntranscendental\nknowledge; asamayat- pacified himself; k�attii- Vidura; sokam-bereavement; utpatitam arise n; budha � - the learned.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said: After hearing from Uddhava all about the\n\nannihilation of his friends and relatives, the learned Vidura pacified his\noverwhelming bereavement by dint of his transcendental knowledge.\nPURPORT\n\nVidura was informed that the result of the Battle of Kuruk�etra was the\nannihilation of his friends and relatives as well as the destruction of the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0161": "Text 24]\n\nVidura Approaches Maitreya\n\n141\n\nYadu dynasty and also the passing away of the Lord. All these hurled him\ninto bereavement for the time being, but because he was highly advanced\nin transcendental knowledge, he was quite competent to pacify himself by\n'\nenlightenment. As it is stated in Bhagavad-g'itii, due to our long association\nwith bodily relationships, bereavement on account of the annihilation of\nfriends and relatives is not at all astonishing, but one has to learn the art of\nsubduing such bereavement with higher transcendental knowledge. The\ntalks between Uddhava and Vidura on the topic of Kpll')a began at sunset,\nand Vi dura was now further advanced in knowledge due to his association\nwith Uddhava.\n\nTEXT 24\n.\n\n�\n\n�\n\nij �iFf� ��� �'Pl: I\nfit��� i� �uNR� ll�'dll\n\n«\n\nsa tam mahii-bhiigavatam\nvrajantam kauravar�abha�\nvisrambhiid abhyadhattedam\nmukhyam knr_�,a-parigrahe\nsa[!.- Vidura; tam-unto Uddhava; m ahii-b hiigavatam- the great devotee\nof the\n\nLord; vrajantam\n\n-\n\nwhi le going; kaurava-r�abha-the be t amongst\n\nthe Kauravas; visrambhiit-out of confidence; abhyadhatta-submitted;\n\nida m t his ; mu kyam unto the chief; lcJ;s.f!a-Lord Kpma; pa rig rahe in\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\ndevotional service to the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Uddhava, the chief and most confidential amongst the devotees\nof\n\nthe Lord, was going away,\n\nVidura, in affection and confidence,\n\nquestioned him.\nPURPORT\nVidura was much older than Uddhava. By family relationship Uddhava\nwas a contemporary brother of Kr�l')a's, while Vidura was as elderly as\nKr�!]a's father Vasudeva. But although j unior by age, Uddhava was much\nadvanced in the devotional service of the Lord, and therefore he is described herein as the chief amongst the devotees of the Lord. Vidura was\nconfident about this, and thus he addressed Uddhava in that higher\ncategory. That is the way of courteous dealings between two devotees.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0162": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n142\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 25\n\n��\nr« �k44��:3l��\n�\n�\n�it�cH\nt�€f I\n��s�ftf � f?ftujlr\n•\n\n��: �'��� ������\n..\n\n.#\n\nvidura uviica\njniinarh pararh sviitrna-raha�-prakiisarh\n·\n\nyad iiha yogesvara isvaras te\n\nvak tum bhaviin no 'rhati yadd hi vi§ftor\nbhrtyii� sva-blqtyiirtha-krtas caranti\nvidura� uviica- Vi dura said; jniinam- knowledge; param-transcendental;\ns va -ii tma-regarding the self; raha�-mystery; prakiisam-enlightening; yatthat which; iiha- said; yoga-isvara�-the master of all mystics; is var a�- the\nLord; te-unto you; vaktum-to narrate; bhaviin- your good self; na�\nme;\n\narhati- deserve ;\n\nyat-for; hi-reason\n\nof;\n\nvi�[10 �- of\n\nLord\n\n-\n\nunto\n\nVi�t:tu;\n\nbhrtya�-servan t s ; sva-bhrtyartha-krta�-for the interest of their servants;\ncaranti-do wonder.\nTRANSLATION\nVidura said: 0 ·l.J.ddhava, because the servants of Vi��u, the Lord,\nwander in the interest\n\n·\n\nof serving others, it is quite fit that you kindly\n\ndescribe the self-knowledge with which you have been enlightened by the\nLord Himself.\n\nPURPORT\nThe servants of the Lord are actually the servants of society. They have\nno interest in human society other than to enlighten it in transcendental\nknowledge; they are interested in imparting knowledge of the relationship\nof the living being with the Supreme Lord, the activities in that transcendental relationship, and the ultimate goal of human life. That is the real\nknowledge which can help society achieve the real aim of human welfare.\nKnowledge in the matter of the bodily necessities of eating, sleeping, mating and fearing, transformed into various branches of advancement of\n\nknowledge, is all temporary. A living being is not the material body but an\n\neternal part and parcel of the Supreme Being, and thus revival of his self-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0163": "Text 26]\n\nVidura Approaches Maitreya\n\n143\n\nknowledge is very essential. Without this knowledge, the human life is\nbaffled. The servants of the Lord, Vi�l).u, are entrusted with this responsible work, and so they wander over the earth and to all other planets in\nthe universe. Thus the knowledge which was received by Uddhava directly\nfrom the Lord deserves to be distributed in human society, especially to\npersons like Vidura who are highly advanced in the devotional service of\nthe Lord.\nReal transcendental knowledge descends in the disciplic succession from\nthe Lord to Uddhava, from Uddhava to Vidura and so on. Such supreme\ntranscendental knowledge is not possible to achieve by the process of imperfect\n\nspeculation as\n\nperformed· by the so-called learned mundane\n\nwranglers. Vidura was anxious to know from Uddhava that confidential\n\nknowledge known as paramam sthitim, in which the Lord is known by His\ntranscendental pastimes. A lthough Vidura was older than Uddhava, he was\nanxious to become a servant of Uddhava in the transcendental relationship.\nThis formula of transcendental disciplic succession is taught by Lord\nCaitanya also. Lord Caitanya advises that one receive transcendental knowl­\n\nedge from anyone-whether a brahmaT}U Or a siidra, a householder Or a\n\nsannyasi-provided that person is factually conversant with the science of\nKr�rya. A person who knows the science of Kr�rya is factually a bona fide\nspiritual master.\nTEXT 26\n\n:,.�:;�\n� � ��� �: �'ft(4tsffi· I\n�s� �� fu� 11�'11\nuddhava uvaca\nnanu te tattva-samradhya\nr.si� kau�iiravo 'ntike\n\nsak�ad bhagavata \"di�to\n\nmartya-lokam jihasata\n\nsri uddhava� uvaca-Sri Uddhava said; nanu-however; te-yourself;\n\ntattva-samradhya�-one who is worshipable for reception of transcendental\n\nknowledge; r�*-learned scholar; kau�iirava�-unto the son of Ku�aru\n(Maitreya); antike-staying nearby; sak�at-dir ectly; bhagavata-by the\n\nPersonality of Godhead; iidi�ta�-·instructed; martya-lokam-mortal world;\njihasata-while quitting.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0164": "144\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Uddhava said: You may take lessons from the great learned sage\nMaitreya, who is nearby and who is worshipable for reception of transcendental knowledge.\n\nHe was directly instructed by the Personality of\n\nGodhead while He was about to quit this mortal world.\nPURPORT\nAJthough one may be well versed in the transcendental science, one\nshould be careful about the offense of maryii-diivyati-krama, or impertinently surpassing a greater personality. According to scriptural injunction\none should be very careful of transgressing the law of maryii-diivyatikrama because by so doing one loses hi\n\nduration of life, his opulence,\n\nfame, piety and the blessings of all the world. To be well versed in the\ntranscendental science necessitates awareness of the techniques of spiritual\nscience.\nUddhava, being well aware of all these technicalities of transcendental\nscience, advised Vidura to approach Maitreya R,�i to receive transcendental\nknowledge. Vidura wanted to accept Uddhava as his spiritual master,\nbut Uddhava did not accept the post because Vidura was as old as\nUddhava's father and therefore Uddhava could not accept him as his\ndisciple, especially when Maitreya was present nearby. The rule is that in\nthe presence of a higher personality one should not be very eager to impart instructions, even if one is competent and well-versed. So Uddhava\ndecided to send an elderly person like Vidura to Maitreya, another elderly\nperson, but he was well versed also because he was directly instructed by\nthe Lord while He was about to quit this'mortal world. Since both Uddhava\nand Maitreya were directly instructed by the Lord, both had the authority\nto become the spiritual master of Vidura or anyone else, but Maitreya,\nbeing elderly, had the first claim to becoming the spiritual master, especially for Vidura, who was much older than Uddhava. One should not\nbe eager to become a spiritual master cheaply foi- the sake of profit and\nfame, but should become a spiritual master only for the service of the\nLord. The Lord never tolerates the impertinence of maryii-diivyati-krama.\nOne should never pass over the honor due to an elderly spiritual master\nin the interests of one's own personal gain and fame. Impertinence on the\npart of the p ·uedo-spiritual master is very risky to progressive spiritual\nrealiza lion.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0165": "Vidura Approaches Maitreya\n\nText 27]\n\n145\n\nTEXT 27\n\n��\n\n�\"' R-q��u·��· ij1:lq{ �INffl�N: I\n�Ulf'lq � ��\n��3tlq•tfclf.l�i m� ���\\911\n\n�\n\n�\n\nsrT suka uviica\n\niti saha vidure[ta visva-murter\ngu[ta-kathayii sudhayii pliivitorutiipa�\nk�a[tam iva puline yamasvasus tiirh\nsamu�ita aupagavir nisiirh tato 'giit\nsrT suka� uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; saha- along with;\nvidrue[ta- Vidura; visva-murte�-of the Universal Person; gu[ta-kathayii­\n\nin the discourse of transcendental qualities; sudhayii-n ectare an; pliivita­\n\nu rutii pa� -overwhelmed by great affliction; k�a[tam-moment; iva-like\nthat; puline-on the bank of; yamasvasu� tam- R iver Yamuna; samu,sita�­\n\npassed on; aupagavih -the son of Aupagava (Uddhava); nisiim-the night;\n\ntata�-thereafter; agiit-went away.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami said: 0 King, thus discussing the transcendental\nname, fame, qualities, etc., on the bank of the Yamuna, Vidura became\noverwhelmed with great affliction. He passed the night as if it were a\nmoment, and thereafter he went awa y.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word used here for Kr�qa is visva-murti. Both Uddhava and Vidura\nwere in great affliction because of Lord Kr1Jqa's departure, and the more\nthey discussed the transcendental name, fame and qualities of the Lord,\nthe more the picture of the Lord became visible to them everywhere. Such\nvisualization of the transcendental form of the Lord is neither false nor\nimaginary but is factual Absolute Truth. When the Lord is perceived as\n\nvisva-murti, it is not that He loses His personality or transcendental eternal\n\nform, but He becomes visible in the same form everywhere.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0166": "[Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n146\n\nTEXT 28\n\n��\n�unit�-\n\nf.N�·utq•,ij!\n�N��q q-!1\nI'�: I\n� Q �fu! � �:{ftuq- � 3{� ?t{�: ������\nriijoviica\nnidhanam upagate�u VfFJ.i-bhoje�v\nadhjratha-yuthapa-yuthape�u mukhya�\nsa tu katham avasi�ta uddhavo yadd harir\napi tatyaja iikrtirit tryadh\"isa�\nsn\n\nra1a uviica-the King inquired; nid h anam -destruction; upagate�u­\n\nhaving overtaken;vr�rti-of the Vr�t:�i dynasty;bhoje� u-the Bhoja dynasty;\n\nadhiratha-great commander; yuthapa\n\n-\n\ncommander i n chief; yuthape.su-\n\n-\n\namongst them; mukhyab,-prominent; sab,-he; tu-only; katham-how;\n\navasi�.ta�-remained;uddhavab,-Uddhava;yat-whereas;har*-the Personality of Godhead; api-also; tatyaje-finished; iikrtim-complete pastimes;\n\ntri-adhisa�-the Lord of the three worlds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King inquired: At the end of the pastimes of the Lord of the three\n\nworlds, Sri Kr�J.la, and after the disappearance of the members of the\nVr�J.li and Bhoja dynasties, who were the best of the great commanders,\n\nwhy did Uddhava alone remain?\n\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Sr! ]lva Gosvam!, nidhanarn means the transcendental\n\nabode of the Lord. Ni means the highest, and dhanam means opulence.\n\nAnd because the abode of the Lord is the highest manifestation of\n\ntranscendental opulence, His abode can therefore be called nidhanam.\n\nApart frc.m the grammatical elucidation, the real purpose of the word\n\nnidhanam is to indicate that all the members of the Vr�l').i and Bhoja\n\ndynasties were direct associates of the Lord, and after the end of His\n\npastimes, all the associates were dispatched to their respective positions in\n\nthe transcendental abode.\n\nSr!la Visvanatha Cakravart! Thakur elucidates the meaning of iikrtim as\n\npastimes. A means complete, and krtim means transcendental pastimes.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0167": "Text 29)\n\nVidura Approaches Maitreya\n\n147\n\nSince the Lord is identical with His transcendental body, there is no\n\nquestion of His changing or quitting His body. To act in accordance with\n\nthe rules and customs of the material world, the Lord seems to take His\n\nbirth or leave His body, but the pure devotees of the Lord know well the\n\nactual fact. It is necessary, therefore, for the serious students of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam to follow the notes and comments of the great iiciiryas like\n\nJiva Gosvami and Visvanatha Cakravarti. To others, who are not devotees\n\nof the Lord, the comments and explanations of such iiciiryas may appear to\n\nbe grammatical jugglery, but to the students who are in the line of\n\ndisciplic succession, the explanations of the great iiciiryas are quite fit.\n\nThe word upagate�u is also significant. All the members of Vr;;!)i and\n\nBhoja directly reached the abode of the Lord. Other devotees do not reach\n\nthe abode of the Lord directly, but the pure associates of the Lord have no\n\nattraction for the opulence of any planets of the material world. Some­\n\ntimes, due to inquisitiveness, devotees who are to be promoted to the\nabode of the Lord have some attraction for the opulence of the higher\nmaterial planets above the earth, and thus they desire to see them while\n\ngoing up to the perfection. But the Vr;;!)is and Bhojas were directly dispatched because they had no\n\nattraction for material planets. Srila\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakur also suggests that according to the Amara­\n\nkosa dictionary, iikrti also means signal. Lord Kriil')a ordered Uddhava by\n\nsignal to go to Badarikasrama after His departure, and Uddhava, as a pure\n\ndevotee of the Lord, carried out the order more faithfully than going back\n\nto Godhead or the abode of the Lord. That was the cause of his remaining\nalone even after the departure of the Lord from the face of the earth.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n� �en�\ni!fil�\n'll+ilq�TTS:�: I\n\"'\n� ·��� �� �;;r���� 11�<?,11\n�\n�AI'1��·\"1\n\n\"\n\nsrf suka uviica\nbrahma-siipapadesena\nkiileniimogha-viincchita?t\nsamhrtya sva-kularh s phitarh\ntyak�yan deham acinta-yat\nsri suka� uvii c a - S ukadeva Gosvami said; brahma-siipa-cursing ·b y the\n\nbriih\"'flnas;apadesena-on the plea, by such a show; kiilena-by the eternal\ntime; amogha-unfailing; viincchita�-one who so desires; sarhhrtya-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0168": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n148\nclosing;\n\nsva-kulam-own\n\nfamily;\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\nsph!tam-exce sively\n\nnumerous;\n\ntyak§yan- for disappearing; deham- the universal form; acinta-yat:-th ought\nto Himself.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami replied: My dear King, the cursing of the brahma!las\nwas only a plea, but the actual fact is the supreme desire of the Lord. He\n\nwanted to disappear from the face of the earth after dispatching His\n\nexcessively numerous family members. He thought to Himself as follows:\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word tyak§yan is very significant in relation to Lord\n\nSri Kr�qa's leaving His body. Since He is the eternal form of existence,\n\nknowledge and bliss, His body and His Self are identical. Therefore how is\n\nit possible that He would leave His body and then disappear from the vision\n\nof the world? There is a great controversy amongst the nondevotees or\nMiiyiiviidis about the mysterious disappearance of the L ord, and the doubts\n\nof those men with a poor fund of knowledge have been very elaborately\n\ncleared by Srlla Jiva Gosvaml in his Krrrw-sandarbha.\n\nAccording to Brahma-samhitii, the Lord has many forms. It is stated\n\ntherein that the Lord has innumerable forms, and when He appears within\nthe vision of the living entities, as Lord Kr�qa actually appeared, all such\n\nforms amalgamate with Him. Besides all these infallible forms, He has His\nuniversal\n\nform,\n\nKuruk�etra.\n\nas\n\nmanifested\n\nbefore\n\nArjuna\n\non\n\nthe\n\nBattlefield\n\nof\n\nHere in this verse the word sphitam is also used, which\n\nindicates that He left His gigantic universal form called the viriita-rupa, not\nHis primeval, eternal form, because there is hardly any possibility of His\n\nchanging His form of sac-cid-iinanda. This simple understanding is at once\n\nrealized by the devotees of the Lord, but those who are nondevotees, who\nperform hardly any devotional service to the Lord, either do not under­\n\nstand this simple fact or purposely raise a controversy to defeat the eternity\n\nof the transcendental body of the Lord. This is due to the defect called the\ncheating propensity of the imperfect living entities.\n\nBy practical experience also, it is seen, up to the present day, that the\n\nLord's transcendental form is worshiped by devotees in different temples,\n\nand all the devotees of the Lord factually realize that the form of the\nDeity in the temple is nondifferent from the form of the Lord. This incon­\n\nceivable performance of the internal potency of the Lord is described in\n\nIJ/wgavml-gitii: niiham praka.<a� sarvasya yogamiiyii-samavrtatt.\n\n(Bg. 7.25)\n\nThe Lord reserves the right of not being exposed to everyone. In the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0169": "Vidura Approaches Maitreya\n\nText 30)\nit\n\nPadma .Purii[la\n\nis said,\n\nata�\n\nsri-kr§t:w-niimiidi\n\n149\nna\n\nbhaved griihyam\n\nindriya*. The name and form of the Lord cannot be perceived by the\nmaterial senses, but when He appears within the vision of the mundane\n\npeople He assumes the form of the viriita-rupa. This is an additional material exhibition of form and is supported by the logic of a subject and\n\nits adjectives. In grammar, when an adjective is taken away from the\n\nsubject, the subject it modifies does not change. Similarly, when the Lord\nquits His virii{n-rupa, His eternal form does not change, although there is no\n\nmaterial difference between Himself and any one of His innumerable forms.\n\nIn the Fifth Canto it will be seen how the Lord is worshiped in different\n\nplanets in His different forms, even now, and how He is worshiped in\ndifferent temples of this earth also.\n\nSrlla ]Iva Gosvaml and Srila Visvanatha Cakravarll Thakur have very\n\nelaborately explained this incidence of the Lord's disappearance in their\n\ncommentaries, quoting various authentic versions of Vedic literatures. We\n\npurposely do not include them all here to avoid an increase in the volume\n\nof this book. The entire matter is explained in Bhagavad-gitii, as quoted\n\nabove: the Lord reserves the right of not being exposed to everyone. He\nalways keeps Himself out of the vision of the nondevotees, who are devoid\n\nof love and devotion, and thus He puts them still further away from the\n\nLord. The Lord appeared on the invitation of Brahma, who prayed before\n\nthe K�lrodakasayl Vi�t;JU, and therefore when the Lord appeared, all the\nforms of Vi�t:IU amalgamated with Him, and when the mission was fulfilled,\nall of them disintegrated from Him in the usual course.\nTEXT 30\n\n3l.Witti\\ifil�m �fir �;{ ��·�q'{_ 1\n�� JJ;ellit ��·��ijf t��: II� II\no\n\nasmallokiid uparate\nmayi ji'iiin'ath mad-iisrayam\narhaty uddhava eviiddhii\nsampraty iitmavatiim vara�\nasmiit-from this (universe); lokiit-earth; uparate-having disappeared;\n\nmayi-of\n\nMyself; jtiiinam-knowledge; mat-iisrayam-concerning Myself;\n\narhati- deserves;\n\nuddhava?l- U ddhava;\n\neva- certainly;\n\naddhii-directly;\n\nsamprati-al l.he present moment; iitmavatiim-of the devotees; vara(tforemost.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0170": "150\n\nSr'imad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow I shaU leave the vision of this mundane world, and I see that\n\nUddhava, the foremost of My devotees, is the only one who can he directly\nentrusted with knowledge about Me.\n\nPURPORT\n\n.Jriiinarh mad-ii.�rayarn is significant in this verse. Transcendental knowledge has three departmental divisions, namely knowledge of impersonal\nBrahman, knowledge of the all-pervading Supersoul and knowledge of the\nPersonality of Godhead. Out of the three, transcendental knowledge of the\nPersonality of Godhead has special significance and is known as bhagavat­\n\ntattva-vijriam, specific knowledge of the Personality of Godhead. This\nspecific knowledge is realized by pure devotional service and no other\n\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 18.55) confirms this: bhaktyii miim abhijiiniili\nyavan yas ca smi tattvata{1.. \"Only persons engaged in devotional service\n\nmeans.\n\ncan factually know the transcendental position of the Lord.\" Uddhava\nwas considered to be the best amongst all devotees of that time, and therefore he was directly instructed by the Lord's grace, so that people might\ntake advantage of U ddhava's knowledge after the disappearance of the\nLord from the vision of the world. This is one of the reasons why Uddhava\nwas advised to go to Badarikasrama, where the Lord is personally represented by the Nara-Narayar)a Deity. One who is transcendentally advanced\ncan gain direct inspiration from the temple Deity, and thus a devotee of the\nLord always takes shelter of a recognized temple of the Lord in order to\nmake tangible advancement in transcendental knowledge by the grace of\nthe Lord.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�cftsuq{q'f\"ff��oro:rt��n ��: 1\n3«ft �;:i �)i !lm�� ftJgQ; II�� II\nnoddhavo 'rw api man-nyuno\nyad gur:tair nardita{'L prabhult\nato mad-vayunam lokarh\ngriihayann iha ti§thatu\nuddhavaft- Uddhava; a r:tu-slightly; ap i -also; mat- M ysel f;\nnyuna(t - inf erior; yat- becau se; gurw* - by the modes of material nature;\nna-nor; ardita�- �ffected; prabhu�- master; ata�- therefore; mat-vayurw-not;\n\n", "SB3.1#p0171": "Text 31]\n\nVidura Approaches Maitreya\n\n151\n\nnam- knowledge of Me (the Personality of Godhead); lokam-the world;\ngrahaya n -just to disseminate; iha-in this world; ti,sphatu-may remain.\nTRANSLATION\nUddhava is not inferior to Me in any way because he is never affected\nby the modes of material nature. Therefore he may remain in this world in\norder to disseminate specific knowledge of the Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThe specific qualification for becoming the representative of the Lord is\nto be unaffected by the material modes of nature. The highest qualification of a person in the material world is to be a briihma[ta. But since a\n\nbriihma[ta is in the mode of goodness, to be a briihma[ta is not sufficient\nfor becoming a representative of the Lord. One has to transcend the mode\nof goodness abo and be situated in unalloyed goodness, unaffected by any\nof the qualities of material nature. This stage of transcendental qualification is called suddha-sattva, or viisudeva' and in this stage the science of\nCod can be realized. As the Lord is not affected by the modes of material\nnature, so a pure devotee of the Lord is also not affected by the modes of\nnature. That is the primary qualification for being one with the Lord. A\nperson who is able to attain this transcendental qualification is called\n\njivanmukta, or liberated, even though he is apparently in material conditions. This liberation is achieved by one who constantly engages in the\ntranscendental loving service of the Lord. In Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu it is\nstated:\n\nlhii yasya harer diisye karma[tii manasii girii\nnikhiliisv apy avasthiisu jivanmukta� sa ucyate.\n\"Anyone who, by his actions, mind and words, lives only for the transcendental loving service of the Lord, is certainly a liberated soul, even though\nhe may appear to be in a condition of material existence.\" U ddhava was\nin such a transcendental position, and thus he was selected to be the\nfactual representative of the Lord in His bodily absence from the vision of\nthe world. Such a devotee of the Lord is never affected by material strength,\nintelligence or even renunciation. Such a devotee of the Lord can withstand all onslaughts of material nature, and therefore he is known as\n\ngosvami. Only such gosvamis can penetrate the mysteries of the Lord's\ntranscendental loving relationships.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0172": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n152\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 32\n\n� f?le(��un m��: �� I\n�����mm �Wl� ijmN;n II� �II\nevarh tri-loka-guru[lii\nsandi�ta� sabda-yoninii\nbadaryiisramam iisiidya\nharim ije samiidhinii\nevam-thus; tri-loka-three worlds; guru[lii-by the spiritual master;\n\nsandi�.ta�-being perfectly\n\nof all\n\ntaught; sabda-yoninii-by one who is the source\n\nVedic knowledge; badarya-iisramam-in the pilgrimage site of\n\nBadarikasrama; iisiidya- reaching; harim-unto the\n\nsamadhina- by trance.\n\nLord; \"ije-satisfied;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami informed the King that Uddhava, being thus in­\n\nstructed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the source o( all\n\nVedic knowledge and the spiritual master of the three worlds, reached the\n\npilgrimage site of Badarikasrama and engaged himself there in trance to\nsatisfy the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Kr�� is factually the spiritual master of the three worlds, and\n\nHe is the original source of all Vedic knowledge. It is very difficult, how­\n\never, to understand the personal feature of the Absolute Truth, even from\n\nthe Vedas. His personal instructions are needed in order to understand the\n\nPersonality of Godhead as the Supreme Absolute Truth. Bhagavad-gitii is\n\nthe evidence of such transcendental knowledge in gist. One cannot know\n\nthe Supreme Lord unless one is graced by the Lord Himself. Lord Kr�va\nexhibited this specific mercy towardsArjuna and Uddhava while He was in\nthe material world.\n\nUndoubtedly. Bhagavad-gita was spoken by the Lord on the B attlefield\n\nof Kuruk�etra just to encourage Arjuna to fight, and yet to complete the\ntranscendental knowledge of Bhagavad-gita, the Lord instructed Uddhava.\n\nThe Lord wanted Uddhava to fulfill His mission and disseminate knowl­\n\nedge which He had not even spoken in Bhagavad-gl:ta. Persons w ho are\nattached to the words of the Vedas may also know from this verse that\n\nthe Lord is the source of all Vedic knowledge. One who is unable to\n\n", "SB3.1#p0173": "Text 32]\n\nVidura Approaches Maitreya\n\n153\n\nunderstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead by going through the\n\npages of the Vedas may take shelter of one of the Lord's devotees, such as\n\nUddhava, in order to advance further in knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Brahma-sarhhitii says that it is very difficult to\n\nunderstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead from the Vedas, but He\n\nis easily understood from a pure devotee like Uddhava. Taking mercy on\n\nthe great sages who lived at Badarikasrama, the Lord authorized Uddhava\n\nto speak on His behalf. Unless one has such authorization, one cannot\nunderstand or preach the devotional service of the Lord.\n\nWhile present on this earth, the Lord executed many uncommon\n\nactivities, even traveling in space to bring down the piirijiita from heaven\n\nand recovering the son of His teacher (Sandlpani l\\1uni) from the regions of\ndeath. Uddhava was certainly informed of the conditions of life on other\n\nplanets, and all the sages were anxious to know of them, just as we are\nanxious to know about the planets in space. Uddhava was particularly\n\ndeputed to carry a message to Badarikasrama, not only to the sages of\nthat place of pilgrimage but also to the Nara-Naraya�a Deities. Such a\n\nmessage must have been more confidential than the knowledge described\n\nin the pages of the Vedas.\n\nThe Lord is undoubtedly the source of all knowledge, and the messages\n\ndispatched through Uddhava to Nara-Naraya�a and other sages were also\n\npart of the Vedic knowledge, but they were more confidential and could\n\nbe sent or understood only through such a. pure devotee as Uddhava. Since\n\nsuch confidential knowledge was known only to the Lord and Uddhava, it\n\nis said that Uddhava is as good as the Lord Himself. Every living entity\n\ncan, like Uddhava, also become a confidential messenger on the same level\n\nas the Lord, provided he becomes confidential himself by dint of loving\n\ndevotional service. Such confidential knowledge is entrusted, as confirmed\n\nin Bhagavad-g\"itii, only to pure devotees like Uddhava and A�una, and one\n\nhas to learn the mystery through them, and not otherwise. One cannot\n\nunderstand Bhagavad-g\"itii or Sr\"imad-Bhiigavatam without the help of such\nconfidential\n\ndevotees\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nLord.\n\nAccording\n\nto\n\nSrila\n\nVisvanatha\n\nCakravarti Thakur, that confidential message must have concerned the\n\nmystery of His departure and the annihilation of His dynasty after the\n\nend of His appearance in the mundane world for one hundred years.\n\nEveryone must have been very anxious to know about the mystery of the\n\nannihilation of the Y adu dynasty, and that message must have been\nexplained by the Lord to Uddhava and dispatched to Badarikasrama for\n\nthe information of N ara-Naraya�a and other pure devotees of the Lord.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0174": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n154\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 33\n\nfif�US�itll;;��l ii\"ITI� q�t�;r: I\n�m���� �fUT ��WI :q ������\nviduro 'py uddhaviic chrutvii\nk!§�Jasya paramiitmana�\nkrit;la yo piitta-d ehas ya\nkarmii[!i sliighitiini ca\nvidura�- Vidura; api-also; uddhaviit-from the source of Uddhava;\n\nsrutvii-having heard; kr��Jasya-of Lord\n\nKr�TJ.a; paramiitmana�-of the\n\nSupersoul; krit;layii-for the sake of pastimes in the mortal world; upiitta­\n\nextraordinarily accepted; dehasya-of the body; karmii[li-transcendental.\n\nactivities; sliighitiini- most glorious; ca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVidura also heard from Uddhava about the appearance and disappear­\n\nance of Lord Kr�r;ta, the Supersoul, in the mortal world, which is a subject\n\nmatter sought after with great perseverance by the great sages.\nPURPORT\n\nThe subject matter of the appearance and disappearance of the Super­\n\nsoul, Lord Sri Kr$r:ta, is a mystery even for the great sages. The word\n\nparamiil;mana�\n\nis significant in this verse. An ordinary living being is\n\ngenerally called the iitmana�, but Lord Kr��l\\1 is never an ordinary living\nbeing because He is\n\nparamiitmanaft, the Supersoul.\n\nYet His appearance\n\nas one of the human beings and His disappearance again from the mortal\n\nworld are subject matters for the research workers who execute research\n\nwork with great perseverance. Such subject matters are certainly of increas­\n\ning interest because the researchers have to search out the transcendental\nabode of the Lord, which He enters after finishing His pastimes in the\n\nmortal world. But even the great sages have no information that beyond\n\nthe material sky there is the spiritual sky where Sri KnDa eternally resides\n\nwith His associates, although at the same time He exhibits His pastimes in\nthe mortal world in all the universes one after another. This fact is con­\n\nfirmed in Brahma-samhitii (Bs. 5.37): goloka eva nivasaty akhiliitmabhuta�.\n\n\"The Lord, by His inconceivable potency, resides in His eternal abode,\n\nGoloka, yet at the same time, as the Supersoul, He is present everywhere­\n\nboth in the spiritual and material skies- by His multivarieties of manifes­\n\ntation.\" Therefore His appearance and disappearance are simultaneously\n\n", "SB3.1#p0175": "Text 34]\n\nVidura Approaches Maitreya\n\n155\n\ngoing on, and no one can say definitely which of them is the beginning and\nwhich is the end. His eternal pastimes have no beginning or end, and one\nhas to learn of them from the pure devotee only and not waste valuable\ntime in so-called research work.\nTEXT 34\n\n{tiritte � ��� 1-lTUotT ��� I\n��t ��t 'ffl_.n Ft��� ll�'dll\ndeha-nyasam ca tasyaivam\ndhirartam dhairya-vardhanam\nanye§am du§karataram\npasiinam viklavatmanam\ndeha-nyiisam-entering\ndhirart iim\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nbody;\n\nca\n\n-al. so ;\n\ntasya-His; evam-also;\n\nof great sage s; dhairya- perseverance; vardhanam-increa ing;\n\nany e §am- for others; du§karataram-very difficult to ascertain; pasiinam­\n\nof the beasts; viklava-disturbed; atmanam- of such a mind.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's glorious acts and His acceptance of various transcendental\nforms for the performance of extraordinary pastimes in the mortal world\nare very difficult for anyone other than His devotees to understand, and\nfor the beasts they are simply a mental disturbance.\nPURPORT\nThe transcendental forms and pastimes of the Lord, as described in\nBhagavad-g\"ita, are difficult subject matters for those who are not devotees\n\nto understand. The Lord never reveals Himself to persons like the Fian\"is\nand yogis. And there are others who, because of their envying the Lord\nfrom the bottom of their hearts, are classified amongst the beasts, and for\nsuch envious beasts the subject matter of the Lord's appearance and\ndisappearance is simply a mental disturbance. As confirmed in Bhagavadg'ita (Bg.\n\n7.15), the miscreants who are simply concerned with material\n\nenjoyment, who work very hard like beasts of burden, can hardly know\nthe Personality of Godhead at any stage due to asurika-bhava, or a spirit of\nrevolt against the Supreme Lord.\nThe transcendental bodily expansions manifested by the Lord for His\npastimes in the mortal world, and the appearance and disappearance of\nsuch transcendental expansions, are difficult subject matters, and those\n\n", "SB3.1#p0176": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n156\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 4\n\nwho are not devotees are advised not to discuss the Lord's appearance and\ndisappearance, lest they commit further offenses at the lotus feet of the\nLord. The more they discuss the transcendental appearance and disappearance of the Lord in the asuric spirit, the more they enter into the darkest\nregion of hell, as stated in Bhagavad-gTtii (Bg.\n\n16.20). Anyone who is\n\nagainst the transcendental loving service of the Lord is more or less a\nbeastly creature, as confirmed in this verse of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�r.i :q ��g �tij;J ���'{, I\n\\i�p;r;f � �ij- � ��a-: ������\niitmiinarh ca kuru-sre�tha\nkr�T.tena manasek§itam\n\ndhyiiyam gate bhiigavate\n\nruroda prema-vihvalal),\n\niitmanam- himself; ca-also; kuru-sre�.tha-0 best amongst the Kurus;\n\nkr§f.lena- by\n\nKr�qa;\n\nmanasii- by\n\nthe\n\nmind;\n\nik�itam- remembered;\n\ndhyiiyan-lhus lhi n k i n g of; gate-having gone ; bhiigavate-of the devotee;\n\nru roda- cried loudly; prerna-vihvalal),-overwhelmed by the ecstasy of love.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUnderstanding that he was remembered by Lord Kr�t:ta [while quitting\nthis world], Vidura began to cry loudly, overwhelmed by the ecstasy of\nlove.\nPURPORT\nVidura was overwhelmed by the ecstasy of love when he understood that\nLord Kr�l)a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, thought of him at the\nlast moment. Although he thought of himself as insignificant, he was remembered by the Lord, by His causeless mercy. Vidura accepted this as a\ngreat favor, and thus he cried. This crying is the last word in the progressive\npath of devotional service. One who can cry for the Lord in love is\ncertainly successful in the line of devotional service.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n��: �: m:t 31�: 1\nsmmf �:� � Til� �f;r: ������\n\n", "SB3.1#p0177": "Vidura Approaches Maitreya\n\nText 36]\n\n157\n\nkalindyii[t katibhi[t siddha\n\nahobhir bharatar�a.blwb.\nprapadyata sva[t·saritam\nyatra. mitra-suto muni?t\nkalindya/:1.-on Lhe bank of the Yamuna; katibhi?t-a few;siddhe-being\nso passed; ahobhi ft\n\n-\n\nda ys; bharata·r§abha[t-0 best of the Bharata dynasty;\n\nprapa.dyata-reached; sva/:1.-sa.ritam-the\n\ncelestial\n\nwater of\n\nyal:ra-where; mitra-suta[t-the son of Mitra; muni?t-sage.\n\nthe Gange ;\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter passing a few days on the bank of the River Yamuna, Vidura, the\nself-realized soul, reached the bank of the Ganges, where the great sage\nMaitreya was situated.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Ch apter, Third\n\nCanto, of Srlmad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Vidura Approaches Maitreya.\"\n\n", "SB3.1#p0178": "CHAPTER FIVE\n\n'\nVidura s Talks with Maitreva\nTEXT l\n\nsri suka uviica\ndviiri dyunadya r�abha/:1. kuru[liirh\nmaitreyam as\"inam agadha-bodham\nk�attopasrtyacyuta-bhava-siddha/:1.\npapraccha sausuya-gu[!iibhitrpta/:1.\nsuka� uvaca- Sukadeva Gosvami said; dvari-on the mouth of; dyunadya�-the celestial River Ganges; rflabha�-the best of the Kurus; kuriiramof the Kurus; maitreyam-unto Maitreya; asinam-sitting; agadha-bodhamof unfathomed knowledge; k§atta- Vidura; upasrtya having approached\n-\n\nnearer; acyuta the infallible LOFd; bhava-character; siddha�-perfect;\n-\n\npapraccha-inquired;\n\nsauSilya- gentleness;\n\ngura-abhitrpta�- satisfied\n\nm\n\ntranscendental qualities.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami said: Vidura, the best amongst the Kuru dynasty,\n\nwho was perfect in devotional service to the Lord, thus reached the mouth\n\nof the celestial Ganges River [Hardwar], where Maitreya, the great fathom­\n\nless learned sage of the world, was seated. Vidura, who was perfect in\n\ngentleness and satisfied in transcendence, inquired from him.\n\n159\n\n", "SB3.1#p0179": "160\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\n\nVidura was already perfect due to his unalloyed devotion to the\ninfallible Lord. The Lord and the living entities are all qualitatively the\nsame by nature, but the Lord is quantitatively much greater than any\nindividual living entity. He is ever infallible, whereas the living entities are\nprone to fall under the illusory energy. Vidura had already surpassed the\nfallible nature of the living entity in conditional life due to his being\nacyuta-bhiiva, or legitimately absorbed in the devotional service of the\nLord. This stage of life is called acyuta-bhava-siddha, or perfection by\ndint of devotional service. Anyone, therefore, who is absorbed in the\ndevotional service of the Lord is a liberated soul and has all admirable\nqualities. The learned sage Maitreya was sitting in a solitary place on the\nbank of the Ganges at Hard war, and Vidura, who was a perfect devotee of\nthe Lord and possessed all good transcendental qualities, approached him\nfor inquiry.\nTEXT2\n\n��\n\n����\nij: ij� q�� ift I\n��\n�\n\ntRci\n� �CTF{ q�; II � II\n�\n\nvidura uviica\nsukhaya karmii{li karoti loko\n\nna ta * sukham viinyad-upiiramam vii\n\nvindeta b h uyas tata eva du�kham\n\nyad atra yuktam bhagaviin vaden naft\n\nvid u ra� uviica-Sri Vidura said; sukhaya-for attaining happiness;\nkarmiiri-fruitive activities; karoti-everyone does so; loka�-in this world;\nna-never; ta*-by those activities;sukham-any happiness; vii-or; anyatdifferently; upiiramam-satiation; vii-either; vindeta-achieve; bhiiya�-on\nthe contrary; tata�-by such activities; eva-certainly; du�kham-miseries;\nyat-that which; atra-under the circumstances; yuktam-right course;\nbhagaviin-0 great one; vadet-may kindly enlighten; na�-us.\nTRANSLATION\n\nVidura said: 0 great sage, in this world everyone engages in fruitive\n\nactivities to attain happiness, but they find neither satiation nor the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0180": "Text3]\n\nVidura 's Talks with Maitreya\n\n161\n\nmitigation of distress. On the contrary, they are only aggravated by such .\nactivities. Please, therefore, give us directions on how one should live for\nreal happiness.\nPURPORT\nVidura asked Maitreya some common questions, which was not originally his intention. Uddhava asked Vidura to approach Maitreya Muni and\ninquire into all the truths concerning the Lord, His name, fame, quality,\nform,\n\npastimes,\n\nentourage, etc., and\n\nthus when Vidura approached\n\nMaitreya, he should have asked only about the Lord. But out of natural\nhumility he did not immediately ask about the Lord, but inquired into a\nsubject which would be of great importance to the common man. A\ncommon man cannot understand the Lord. He must first know the real\nposition of his life under the influence of the illusory energy. In illusion\none thinks that he can be happy only by fruitive activities, but what\nactually happens is that one becomes more and more entangled in the\nnetwork of action and reaction and does not find any solution to the\nproblem of life. There is a nice song in this connection: \"Because of a\ngreat desire to have all happiness in life, I built this house. But unfortunately the whole scheme has turned to ashes because the house was\nunexpectedly set on fire.\" The law of nature is like that. Everyone tries\nto become happy by planning in the material world, but the law of nature\nis so cruel that it sets fire to one's schemes; the fruitive worker is not\nhappy in his schemes, nor 1s there any satiation of his continuous\nhankering for happiness.\nTEXT3\n�\n\n���� ��:�1\n���\n�lit�\nTffl;ij\n�;f\n�mR ¥fotllf.t Wll�i'f� II � II\njanasya kr�!liid-vimukhasya daiviid\nadharma-§'ilasya sudu�khitasya\nanugrahiiyeha caranti nunam\nbhutiini bhavyiini janiirdanasya\njanasya-of the common man; kr.sru\"it- from the Supreme Lord Kr�IJa;\nvimukhasya-of the one who has turned his face against the Lord; daiviitby the influence of external energy ; adha rma Siwsya- of one who is engaged\n-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0181": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n162\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nin irreligion; sudu[tkhitasya-of one who is always unhappy; anugrahiiyadue to being compassionate towards them; iha-in this world; carantiwander; nu nam-certainly; bh u tiini-persons ; bh avyiini-great philanthropic souls;janiird anasya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my lord, great philanthropic souls travel on the earth on behalf of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead to show compassion to the fallen souls\nwho are adverse to the sense of subordination to the Lord.\nPURPORT\nTo be obedient to the wishes of the Supreme Lord is the natural position\nof every living entity. But due only to past misdeeds, a living being becomes adverse to the sense of subordination to the Lord and suffers all the\nmiseries of material existence. No one has anything to do but render\n\ndevotional service to the Supreme Lord, S ri Kr�t)a. Therefore any activity\nother than transcendental loving service to the Lord is more or less a\n\nrebellious action against the supreme will. All fruitive activity, empirical\nphilosophy and mysticism are more or less against the sense of subordination to the Lord, and any living entity engaged in such rebellious activity\nis more or less condemned by the. laws of material nature, which work under the subordination of the Lord. Great unalloyed devotees of the Lord\nare compassionate towards the fallen, and therefore they travel all over the\n\nworld with the mission of bringi ng souls back to Godhead, back to home.\nSuch pure devotees of the Lord carry the message of Godhead in order\n\nto deliver the fallen souls, and therefore the common man who is bewildered by the influence of the external energy of the Lord should avail\nhimself of their association.\nTEXT4\n\n�� CR� � W{:\n�(() � � �ml{ I\n� � � �Rti\\d\n�\n\n«�� ���\\Ill\n\ntat siidhuvaryiidisa vartma sam nafl\nsarhriidhito bhagaviin yena purhsiim\nhrdi sthito yacchati bhaktzpiite\nFiiinarh sa tattviidhigamarh puriir-am\n\n", "SB3.1#p0182": "Vidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\nText 4 J\n\n163\n\ntat-therefore; siidhuvarya-0 great one amongst the saints; ii disa pl e asc\n.\nmstruct\n; vartma-the pa th; sam-auspi cious; na{1 -for us;\nsarhriidhitahbeing y erfectly erved; bhagaviin- the Personality of\nGodhead; yen�by wh1c ; purhsiim�of he l iving entity; hrdi sthita{t -re\niding in the heart;\nyacchatt-awards; bhakttpute unto the unalloyed devotee;jiiiinam-knowl\nedge; sa-tha t; tattva-truth; adhigamam- by which one\nlearns· puriinamauthorized, old.\n-\n\n�\n\n�\n\n-\n\n'\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, 0 great sage, please give me instruction on the transcendental\ndevotional service of the Lord, so that l:le who is situated in the heart of\neveryone can be pleased to impart, from within, knowledge of the Absolute\nTruth in terms of the ancient Vedic principles delivered only to those who\nare purified by the process of devotional service.\n\nPURPORT\nAs already e x pl a i ne d in the First Canto of Srimad-Bhiigavatarn, the\nAbsolute Truth is realized in three different phases-although they are\none and the same-in terms of the knower's capacity to understand. The\n\nmost capabl e transcendentalist is the pure devotee of the Lord who is\nwithout any tinge of fruitive actions or philosophical speculation. By\ndevotional service only does one's heart become completely purified from\n\nall material coverings like karma, jniina and yoga. Only in such a puri fie d\nsta ge does the Lord, who is seated in everyone's heart with the individual\nsoul, give instruction so that the devotee can reach the ultimate destination\n\nof going back home, back to Godhead. This is confirmed in Bhagavad\n\n­\n\ngitii (Bg. 10.10): te§iirh satata-yuktii.nii.rh bhajatiirn. Only when the Lord is\nsatisfied ·with the devotional service of the devotee does He impart\nknowledge, as He did for A�una and Uddhava.\n\nThe jruinis, yogis and karmis cannot expect this direct coop eration of\n\nthe Lord. They are not able to satisfy the Lord by transcendental loving\n\nservice, nor do they believe in such service to the Lord. The bhakti process,\nas performed under the regulative principles of vaidhi-bhakti, or devotion­\n\nal service following the prescribed rules and regulations, is defined by the\n\nrevealed scriptures and confirmed by great iiciiryas. This practice can help\n\nthe neophyte devotee to rise to the stage of riiga-bhakti, in which the Lord\nresponds from within as the caitta-guru or the spiritual master as Super­\n\nconsciousness. All transcendentalists other than devotees do not make any\ndistinction between the individual soul and the Supersoul because they\nmiscalculate the Superconsciousness and individual consciousness to be\n\n", "SB3.1#p0183": "Srimad-Bhagavatain\n\n164\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\none and the same. Such miscalculation by the nondevotees makes them\nunfit to receive any direction from within, and therefore they are bereft\nof the direct cooperation of the Lord. After many, many births, when\nsuch a nondualist comes to sense that the Lord is worshipable and that the\ndevotee is simultaneously one and different from the Lord, then only can\nhe surre nder unto the Lord, Vasudeva. Pure devotional service begi ns from\nthat point. The process of understanding the Absolute Truth adopted by\n\nthe misguided nondualist is very difficult, whereas the devotee's way of\nunderstanding the A bs o l ute Truth comes directly from the Lord, who is\npleased by devotional service. On behalf of many neophyte devotees,\nVidura, at the very first instance, inquired from .Maitreya about the path\nof devotional service, by which the Lord, who is seated within the heart,\ncan be pleased.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�Rf qiijtfUI ��1�610\n4:41�1\\'4� ��:I\n� ��� �\nf.rill:\n� tftr iilfRIT � II � II\n.\n\nkaroti karmii.!J.i krtii.vatii.ro\nyii.ny ii.tma-tantro bhagavii.tits tryadh'isa�\nyathii. sasarjii.gra idati1. nir'ihaft\nsarhsthii.pya vrttirh jagato vidhatte\nkaroti-does them; karmarti-transcendental activities; lqta-by accepting; avatara{t-incarnations;ynni-all those; atma-tantra{t-Self-independent;\nbhagavan-the Personality of Godhead; tryadhisa{t-the Lord of the three\nworlds; yatha-as\n\nm uch\n\nas; sasarja-created; agre-at first; idam-this cos­\n\nmic manifestation; niriha{t-although desireless; sarhsthapya-by establishing; vrttim-means of livelihood;jagata{t-of the universes; vidhatte-as He\nregulates.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great sage, kindly narrate how the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwho is the independent desireless Lord of the three worlds and the controller of all energies, accepts incarnations and creates the cosmic manifestation with perfectly arranged regulative principles for its maintenance.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0184": "165\n\nVidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\nText 6)\n\nPURPORT\nLord Kr�l)a is the original Personality of Godhead from whom the\n\nthree creative incarnations, namely the puru§a-avatiiras- Kara pa rp avasayi\nVieyl)u,\n\nGarbhodakasayi\n\nVi�I)U and\n\nK�1rodakasay1\n\nVi�l)u-expand.\n\nThe\n\nwhole material creation is conducted by the three puru§as in successive\nstages under the external energy of the Lord, and thus material nature is\ncontrolled by Him. Thinking material nature to be independent is like\nseeking milk from the nipplelike bags on the neck of a goat. The Lord is\nindependent and desireless. He does not create the material world for His\nown satisfaction as we create our household affairs to fulfill our material\n\ndesires. Actually the material world is created for the illusory enj oyment\n\nof the conditioned souls, who have been against the transcendental\nservice of the Lord since time immemorial. But the material universes are\nfull in themselves. There is no scarcity for maintenance in the material\nworld. Because of their poor fund of knowledge, the materialists are\ndisturbed when there is an apparent increase of population on the earth.\nWhenever there is a living being on the earth, however, his subsistence is\nimmediately arranged by the Lord. The other species of living entities,\nwho far outnumber human society, are never disturbed for maintenance;\nthey are never seen dying of starvation. It is only human society that is\ndisturbed about the food situation and, to cover up the real fact of\nadministrative mismanagement, takes shelter in the plea that the population is excessively increasing. If there is any scarcity in the world, it is the\nscarcity of God consciousness, otherwise, by the grace of the Lord, there\nis no scarcity of anything.\n\nTEXT6\n\n�: �� � �� t;rm\n� � « F.it'(tt�: I\nitT���\n�qi\n�Gsri'Cfit il�� �s� II � II\n\nw\n\nyathii punab. sve kha idarh nivesya\nsete guhiiyiirh sa nivrtta-vrtti?t\nyogesvariidh!svara eka etad\nanupravi�to bahudhii yathii \"s!t\n\n", "SB3.1#p0185": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n166\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nyathii- as much as; puna�- again; sve-in His; l•he-form of space (virii?ariipa); idam-this; n ivesya� entering into; sete-Iies down; guhiiy ii m-within\nLhe universe; satt- He (the Personality of Godhead); n ivrtt a- without\nendeavor; vrtti[l-means of livelihood; yo ga-isvara-the master of all mystic powers; adhisvara{t-proprietor of everything; ekaft-one without a\nsecond; e t at -thi s; anupravifi!a[l-entering afterwards; b ahudhii-by innumerable; yathii-as much as; iisit-exists.\nTRANSLATION\nHe lies down on His own heart spread in the form of .the sky, and thus\n\nplacing the whole creation in that space, He expands Himself into many\n\nliving entities, which are manifested as different species of life. He does\nnot have to endeavor for His maintenance because He is the master of all\n\nmystic powers and the proprietor of everything. Thus He is distinct from\nthe living entities.\n\nPURPORT\nThe questions regarding creation, maintenance and destruction, which\n\nare mentioned in many parts of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, are in relation\n\nto different millenniums (kalpas), and therefore they are differently\ndescribed by different authorities when questioned by different students.\nThere is no difference regarding the creative principles and the Lord's\ncontrol over them, yet there are some differences in the minute details\n\nbecause of different kalpas. The gigantic sky is the material body of the\nLord, called the viriita-riipa, and all material creations are resting on the\n\nsky or the heart of the Lord. Therefore, beginning from the sky, the first\nmaterial manifestation to the gross vision, down to the earth, everything is\n\ncalled Brahman. Sarvarh khalv idarh brahma: \"There is nothing but the\n\nLord, and He is one without a second.\" The living entities are the superior\nenergies, whereas matter is the inferior energy, and the combination of\nthese energies brings about the manifestation of this material world, which\nis in the heart of the Lord.\nTEXT7\n\n�\n\n�\n\nm:��ilffiUij\nCliltl1U1'4dl� : I\n\n�FI\nq;ft WI q:tq�qftl �ijf ;J:\n\n�wii.n�q�dl'tdlf.l II \" u·\n\n", "SB3.1#p0186": "Text 7)\n\nVidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\n167\n\nkii{lan vidhalte dvija-go-surii[liim\nk§emiiya karmii[ly avatiira-bhcdai�\nmano na trpyaty api srf!vatiim na�\nsusloka-maules caritiimrtiini\nlcri{ian-manifesting pastimes; vidhatt e -perform; dvija- twice-horn; gocow; suriir-iim-of the demigods; k.semiiya- welfare; kar miir-i\n\n-\n\ntranscenden ­\n\ntal activities; avatiira-incarnations; bhedai[t-differently; mana['t-mind;\nna-never; trpyati-satisfies; api\n\n-\n\nin spite of; snwatiim-continudusly hear­\n\ning; na[l-our; susloka-auspicious; maule[l-of the Lord; carita-characteristic ; am rtiini-undying.\nTRANSLATION\nYou may narrate also about the auspicious characteristics of the Lord\nin His different incarnations for the welfare of the twice-born, the cows\nand the demigods. Our minds are never satisfied completely although we\ncontinuously. hear of His transcendental activities.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord appears in this universe in different incarnations like Matsya,\nKurma, Variiha and Nrsimha, and He manifests His different transcend,ental activities for the welfare of the twice-born, the cows and the demigods.\nThe Lord is directly concerned with the twice-born or civilized men. A\ncivilized man is one who has taken his birth twice. A living entity takes\nbirth in this mundane world due to the union of male and female. A\nhuman being is born due to union of the father and mother, but a\ncivilized human being has another birth by contact with a spiritual\nmaster, who becomes the actual father. The father and mother of the\nmaterial body are so only in one birth, and in the next birth the father\nand mother may be a different couple. But the bona fide spiritual master,\nas the representative of the Lord, is the eternal father because the spiritual\nmaster has the responsibility to lead the disciple to spiritual salvation or\nthe ultimate goal of life. Therefore, a civilized man must be twice-born,\notherwi e he is no more than the lower animals.\nThe cow is the most important animal for developing the human body\nto perfection. The body can be maintained by any kind of foodstuff, but\ncow's milk is particularly essential for developing the finer tissues of the\nhuman brain so that one can understand the intricacies of transcendental\nknowledge. A civilized man i\n\nexpected to live on foodstuffs comprising\n\nfruits, vegetables, grains, sugar and milk. The bull helps in the agricultural\n\n", "SB3.1#p0187": "168\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nprocess of producing grain, etc., and thus in one sense the bull is the\nfather of humankind, whereas the cow is the mother, for she supplies\nmilk to human society. A civilized man is therefore expected lo give all\nprotection to the bulls and cows.\nThe demigods, or the living entities who live in the higher planets, are\nfar superior to human beings. Since they have better arrangements for\nliving conditions, they live far more luxuriously than human beings, yet\nthey are all devotees of the Lord. The Lord incarnates in different forms,\nsuch as those of a fish, a tortoise, a hog, a combined lion and man, etc.,\njust to give protection to civilized man, the cow and the demigods, who\nare directly responsible for the regulative life of progressive self-realization.\nThe whole system of the material creation is planned so th.at the conditioned souls may have the opportunity for self-realization. One who\ntakes advantage of such an arrangement is called a demigod or civilized\nman. The cow is meant to help maintain such a high standard of living.\nThe Lord's pastimes for the protection of the twice-born civilized men,\nthe cows and the demigods are all transcendental. A human being is\ninclined to hear good narrations and stories, and therefore there are so\nmany books, magazines and newspapers on the market to satisfy the\ninterests of the developed soul. But the pleasure in such literature, after it\nis read once, becomes stale, and people do not take any interest in reading\n·uch literature repeatedly. In fact, newspapers are read for less than an\nhour and then thrown in the dustbins as rubbish. The case is similar with\nall other mundane literatures. But the beauty of transcendental literatures\n\nlike Bhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam is that they never become old.\n\nThey have been read in the world by civilized man for the last five\n\nthousand years, and they have never bec ome old. They are ever fresh to\n\nthe learned scholars and devotees, and even by daily repetition of the\nverses of Bhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam, there is no satiation for\n\ndevotees like Vidura. Vidura might have heard the pastimes of the Lord\nmany, many times before he met Maitreya, but still he wanted the same\nnarrations to be repeated because he was never satiated by hearing them.\nThat is the transcendental nature of the Lord's glorious pastimes.\n\nTEXTS\n\n���\nJl4ii'1Jl4il'l '« Jl4it4RJ51i\\ I\n31�mtt� ft �e*4Mitil��\n:\n\n5RiRt: II <; II\n\n", "SB3.1#p0188": "Text 8]\n\nVidura's Talks with Maitrcya\n\n169\n\nyui.� lal/lltl-ilhl'dairadhi-lulw-lliilho\nlokii11 ulokii11 sa/111 /olw-piiliin\n1/l't/.'fpad ,)'II/I'II hi Sllf'VII-SIIl/VII\nnikiiya-bhl'do 'dhilrrta{l pmt.l.la{l\nyai{t-by whom; tu.tlva-trulh: bhcdai{l-by diff ·rcllliat.ioll; adhi-lokaniilha{t-Lhe\n\nKing of the ki11gs; loht:in-plallcls; alo/; U: n -pla ne ts of the\n\nlower region; salta-along with ; loka-piilan.-n:spc·c·tive kings;\n\nacikfpal­\n\nplanned; yatra- wherein; hi- c e rtainl y ; sa.rvu-all: saltvu-ex iste11ee; nil.:ii yaliving e11titics;\n\nbh e d a. { t -diff e re nc e ; adhii.'rta{l-oc ·upic·d; pmt;ita{1-i t so\n\nappears.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme King of all kings has created different planets and places\nof habitation where living entities are situated in terms o f the modes of\nnature and work, and He has created their different kings and t'ulers.\nPURPORT\nLord Kr�l}a is the chief 1\\.ing of all kings, and He has created diff erent\nplanets for all kinds of living entities.\n\nF.v en on this planet there are\n\ndifferent places for inhabitation by different types of men. There are\nplaces like d es erts, icelands and vall eys in mountainous co untries and in\n,\n\neach of them there are different kin ds of men bom of different modes of\nnature according to their p ast deeds. There are people in the Arabian\ndeserts and in the valleys of the H im alayan Mountains, and the i11habitants\nof these two places differ from one another, just as the inhabitant s of the\nice lands also differ from them. Similarly, there are also different planf ls.\n'\n\nThe planets below the earth down Lo the Pa tii la planet are full of various\nkinds of living beings; no planet is vacant, as is wrongly imagined by the\nmodern so-called scientist. In Bhagavad-g!ta we find it s aid by the Lord\nthat the living entities are sarva-gata, or pres ent in every sphere of life. So\nthere is no doubt that on other planets there are also inhabitants like us,\nsometimes with\n\ngreater intelligence and greater opulence.\n\nThe living\n\nconditions for th ose of greater intelligence are more luxurious than on this\nearth. There are also planets where no sunlig ht reaches, and there are\nliving entities who must live there due to their past deeds. All such plans\nfor living conditions are made by the Supreme Lord, and Vidura requested\nMaitreya to describe this for the sake of further enlightenment.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0189": "170\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nTEXT9\n\n31i�Efi�­\n\n�qifir:u..i � � � 1\n..i(i4uil\nft�(fm�4lf.t-\n\n� ;if cr$r � II � II\n\nyena pra]aniim uta iitma-karma\n\nriipiibhidhiiniim ca bhidiim vyadhatta\n\nniiriiya{lo viivasrg iitma-yonir\n\netac ca no var{laya vipra-varya\n\n;rena-by which; prajiiniim-of those who are born; uta-as also; alma­\n\nkarma-destined\n\nengagement;\n\nrupa-form\n\nand\n\nfeature; abhidhiiniim­\n\nendeavors; ca-also; bhidiim--:differentiation; vyadhatta-dispersed; niiriiya­\n\n!la�-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; visvasrk-the creator of the\n\nuniverse; iitma-yoni�-self-sufficient; etat-all these; ca-also; na�-unto\n\nus; var[laya-describe; vipra-varya-0 chief amongst the briihma[las.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 chief amongst the brahmat;tas, please also describe how Narayat;ta, the\n\ncreator of the universe and the self-sufficient Lord, has differently created\nthe natures, activities, forms, features and names of the different living\ncreatures.\n\nPURPORT\nEvery living being is under the plan of his natural inclinations in terms\n\nof the modes of material nature. His work is manifested in terms of the\n\nnature of the three modes, his form and bodily features are designed\naccording to his work, and his name is designated according to his bodily\n\nfeatures. For example, the higher classes of men are white (sukla), and the\n\nlower classes of men are black. This division of white and black is in\n\nterms of one's white and black duties of life. Pious acts lead one to take\n\nbirth in a good and highly placed family, to become rich, to become\n\nlearned, and to acquire beautiful bodily features. Impious acts lead one to\nbecome poor by parentage, to be always in want, to become a fool or\n\nilliterate and to acquire ugly bodily features. Vidura requested Maitreya\n\nto explain these differences between all the living creatures made by\nNarayar;ta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0190": "Text 10]\n\n171\n\nVidura's Talks with Maitreya\nTEXT 10\n\nq��\n\n�\n\nifmf;{\n\n�lr�l\nMliti(f41i!4(1'1\ni'�OI�l'l�Ell(( II � II\no\n\npariivare§iirh bhagavan vratiini\nsrutiini me vyiisa-mukhiid abh\"\"ik�rwm\natrpnuma k§ulla-sukhiivahiiniirh\nte�iimrte kr§!w-kathiimrtaughiit\npara-higher; avara-lower; efiiim-of all these; bhagavan-0 my lord, 0\n\ngreat one; vratiini- occu p ations; srutiin i-heard; me-by me; vyiisa- Vyasa;\nmukhiit-from the mouth; abhik� [lam- re peatedly; atrpnuma-1 am satis­\n\nfied; k§ ulla-little; sukha-iivahiiniim-that which causes happines ; te§iimout of that; amrta-reality; krfi!la kathii\n-\n\n-\n\ntalks about the Personality of\n\nGodhead, Lord Kn>t:�a; amr ta- oghiit-from the nectar.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my lord, I have repeatedly heard about these higher and lower\nstatuses of h uman society from the mout h of Vyasadeva, and I am quite\nsatiated with all these lesser subj ect matters and their happiness. They\n\nhave not satisfied me with the nectar of topics about Kr�f!a.\nPURPORT\nBecause people are very much interested in hearing social and historical\npresentations,\n\nS rlla\n\nVyasadeva has compiled many books such as the\n\nPurii[laS and Mahiibhiirata. These books are reading matter for the mass of\npeople,\n\nand they\n\nwere\n\ncompiled with a view\n\nto reviving their God\n\nconsciousness, now forgotten in the conditional life of material existence.\nThe real purpose of such literatures is not so much to present topics of\nhistorical references, but to revive the people's sense of God consciousness.\nFor example, Mahiibhiirata is the history of the Battle of Kuruk�etra, and\ncommon people read it because it is full of topics regarding the social,\npolitical and economic problems of human society. But factually the most\nimportant part of Mahiibhiirata is Bhagavad-g'itii, whi�h is automatically\ntaught to readers along with the historical narrations of the Battle of\nKuruk�etra.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0191": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n172\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nVidura explained to Maitreya his position of being fully satiated with\nthe knowledge of mundane social and political topics and having no more\ninterest in them. He was anxious to hear transcendental topics regarding\nLord S ri Kr-�Qa. Because. there were insufficient topics directly concerning\nKr�Qa in the Puriir-as, Mahiibhiirata, etc., he was not satisfied and wanted\n\nto know more about Kr�Qa. KnTJa-kathii, or topics regarding Kr�l)a, are\n\ntranscendental, and there is no satiation in hearing such topics. Bhagavadgitii is important on account of its being Kr�TJa-kathii, or speeches delivered\n\nby Lord Kr�Qa. The story of the Battle of Kuruk�etra may be interesting\nfor the mass of people, but to a person like Vidura who is highly\nadvanced\n\nin devotional service, only Kr�TJa-kathii and that which is\n\ndovetailed with Kr�TJa-kathii is interesting. Vidura wanted to hear of\n\neverything from Maitreya, and so he inquired from him, but he desired\nthat all the topics be in relationship with Kr�qa. As fire is never satisfied\nin its consumption of firewood, so a pure· devotee of the Lord never hears\nenough about Kr�Qa. Historical events and other narrations concerning\n\nsocial and political incidents all bec om e transcendental as soon as they\n\nare in relationship with Kw�a. That is the way to transform mundane\nthings into spiritual identity. The whole world can be transformed into\nVaikuJ;J�ha if all worldly activities are dovetailed with KnTJa-katha.\n\nThere are two important Kr�TJa-kathiis current in the world Bhagavad\ngita and Srimad-Bhiigavatarr�;. Bhagavad-gitii is Kr�TJa-kathii because it is\nspoken by Kr�Qa, whereas Snmad-Bhiigavatam is Kr§TJa-kathii because it\n-\n\n­\n\nnarrates about Kr!!Qa. Lord Caitanya advised all His disciples to preach\n\nKnrJa-kathii all over the world without discrimination because the\ntranscendental value of Kr�TJa-katha can purify one and all from material\ncontamination.\nTEXT ll\n\n�s�\nri! en v_tffil(t6€1ql;wl({ I\n�: �;nit � �\n�\n\n�\n\nfi§;rfu ������\n\nkas trpnuyiit tzrtha-pado 'bhidhiiniit\nsatre§u vafl. siiribhir i{lyamaniit\nyafl. kar[la-nii{llrh puru§asya yiito\nbhava-pradiirh geha-ratirh chinatti\nkafl. who is that man; tr pnuyat that can be satisfied; tirtha-padaf!-\n\n-\n\nwhose lotus feet are all the places of pilgrimage; abhidhanat-from the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0192": "Text ll]\n\nVidura 's Talks with Maitreya\n\n173\n\ntalks of; satre.su-in human society; va�-one who is; suribhi�-by great\ndevotees; iflyamiiniit-one who is so worshiped;yafl-who; karrta-nii{iim­\n\nin the holes of the ears; purufiasya-of a man; yiita�-entering; bhava­\n\npradiim- that which awards births and deaths ;geha-ratim-family affection;\nchinatti-is cut off.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWho in human society can be satisfied without hearing sufficient talk\nof the Lord, whose lotus feet are the sum total of all places of pilgrimage\nand who is wor shiped by great sages and devotees? Such topics can cut\noff one's bondage to family affection simply by entering the holes of\none's ears.\nPURPORT\nKnrt a-kathii is so powerful that simply by entering into a person's ear it\ncan at once give deliverance from the bondage of family affection. Family\n\naffection is an illusory manifestation of the external energy, and it is the\n\nonly impetus for all mundane activities. As long as there is mundane\nactivity and the mind is absorbed in such engagement, one has to undergo\n\nthe repetition of birth and death in the current material nescience. People\nare most influenced by the mode of ignorance, and some are influenced\n\nby the passionate mode of material nature, and under the spell of these\ntwo modes a living being is actuated by the material conception of life.\n\nThe mundane qualities do not allow a living entity to understand his real\n\nposition. The qualities of both ignorance and passion strongly bind one to\n\nthe illusory bodily conception of the self. The best among the fools who\n\nare thus deluded are those who engage in altruistic activities under the\n\nspell of the material mode of passion. Bhagavad-gita, which is direct\n\nKr�rta-kathii, gives humanity the elementary lesson that the body is\nperishable and that the consciousness which is spread throughout the body\n\nis imperishable. The conscious being, the imperishable self, is eternally\n\nexistent and cannot be killed under any circumstances, even after the\ndissolution of the body. Anyone who misunderstands this perishable body\n\nto be the self and who works for it in the name of sociology, politics,\n\nphilanthropy, altruism, nationalism or internationalism, under the false\nplea of the bodily conception of life, is certainly a fool and does not know\n\nthe implications of reality and unreality. Some of them are above the\n\nmodes of ignorance and passion and are situated in the mode of goodness,\n\nbut mundane goodness is always contaminated by tinges of ignorance and\n\npassion. Mundane goodness can enlighten one that the body and the self\n\nare different, and one in goodness is concerned with the self and not the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0193": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n174\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nbody. But due to being contaminated, those in mundane goodness cannot\nunderstand the real nature of the self as a person. Their impersonal\nconception of the self as distinct from the body keeps them in the mode\nof goodness within material nature, and unless they are attracted by\n\nKnrw-kathii, they will never be liberated from the bondage of material\nexistence. Kr�r:za-kathii is the only remedy for all people of the world\nbecause it can situate one in pure consciousness of the self and .liberate\none from material bondage. To preach Kr�fta-kathii aU over the world, as\nrecommended by Lord Caitanya, is the greatest missionary activity, and\nall sensible men and women of the world may join in this great movement\nstarted by Lord Caitanya.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n-�un;rt\n\n�fq ij lfR6'11i �: I\n\n4r.c\"l\"li st1Riij(C41fll���� 3 �: �1411( ����II\nmunir vivak�ur bhagavad-gu'(liiniirh\nsakhiipi te bhiiratam iiha kr �r:za�\nyasmin nr'!liirh griimya-sukhiinuviidair\nmatir gr hTtii nu hare� kathiiyiim\nmunifl the sage; vivak§ufl- described; bhagavat-of the Personality of\n-\n\nGodhead; guriiniim- transcendental qualities; sakhii- friend; api- also; te­\n\nbhiiratam- the Mahiibhiirata; iiha-has described; krfirafl- Kr�!ladvaipiiyana Vyasa; yasmin-in which; nrriim-of the people; griimyaworldly; sukhii-anu viidaifl pleasure derived from mundane topics; matiflattention ;grhitii nu just to draw towards; hare[l-of the Lord; kathiiyiim speeches of (Bhagavad-gitii).\nyour;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nYour\n\nfriend\n\nthe\n\ngreat\n\nsage\n\nKr!!f.la-dvaipayana\n\nVyiisa\n\nhas already\n\ndescribed the transcendental qualities of the· Lord. in his great work; the\nMahabharata. But the whole idea is to draw the attention of the mass of\npeople to Kr!!f.la-kathii [Bhagavad-gita) through their strong affinity for\nhearing mundane topics.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0194": "Text 13]\n\nVidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\n175\n\nPURPORT\nThe great sage Krf}J;la-dvaipayana Vyasa is the author of all Vedic\n\nliterature, of which his works\n\nVediinta-sutra, Srimad-Bhiigavatam and\nMahiibhiirata are very popular readings. As stated in Bhiigavatam (1.4.25),\nSrila Vyasadeva compiled the Mahiibhiirata for the less intelligent class of\nmen who take more interest in mundane topics than in the philosephy of\nlife. The\n\nVediinta-sutra was compiled for persons already above the mun­\n\ndane topics, who might already have tasted the bitterness of the so-called\n\nhappiness of mundane affairs. The first aphorism of Vediinta-sutra is\nathiito brahma-jipiiisii, i.e., only when one has finished the business of\nmundane inquiries in the marketplace of sense gratification can one make\n\nrelevant inquiries regarding Brahman, the Transcendence. Those persons\nwho are busy with the mundane inquiries which fill the newspapers and\n\nother such literatures are classified as stri-sudra-dvijabandhus, or women,\n\nthe laborer class and unworthy sons of the higher classes\n\n(briihmaf)a,\nk�atriya and vaisya). Such less intelligent men cannot understand the\npurpose of Vediinta-sutra, although they may make a show of studying\nthe siitras in a perverted way. The real purpose of Vedanta-sutra is\nexplained by the author himself in the Srimad-Bhagavatam, and anyone trying to understand Vedanta-sutra without reference to SrimadBhiigavatam is certainly misguided. Such misguided persons, who are\ninterested in the mundane affairs of philanthropic and altruistic work\n\nunder the misconception of the body as the self, could better take\n\nadvantage of the Mahabharata, which was specifically compiled by Srila\n\nVyasadeva for their benefit. The great author has compiled the Mahabhiirata in such a way that the less intelligent class of men, who are more\ninterested in mundane topics, may read the Mahiibhiirata with great relish\nand in the course of such mundane happiness can also take advantage of\n\nBhagavad-gitii, the preliminary study of Srimad-Bhiigavatam or the\nVediinta-sutra. Srila Vyasadeva had no interest in writing a history of\nmundane activities other than to give less intelligent persons a chance for\n\ntranscendental realization through Bhagavad-gitii. Vidura's reference to\nthe\n\nMahiibhiiraJa indicates that he had heard of the Mahiibhiirata from\n\nVyasadeva, his real father, while he was away from home and was touring\n\nthe places of pilgrimage.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n", "SB3.1#p0195": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n176\n\n\":\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nq;::I�WRIMtf�\n��RiflY:P'I+tl�\n\nsii sraddadhiinasya vivardhamiinii\nviraktim anyatra karoti ptuhsa{t\nhare[! padiinu.smrti-nirvrtasya\nsamasta-du{l.khiipyayam. iisu dhatte\nsa-those topic\n\nof Kr�pa, or Kr.s �J a-katha; sraddadhanasya-of one who\n\nis anxious to hear; vivardham ana- gradually increasing; viraktim-indifference; anyat ra- in other things (than\none\n\nwho is so engaged; hare{t- of\n\nuch topics); karoti-does; pu rhsa[l. - of\nti'H�\n\nLord; pada-anusmrti- constant\n\nremembrance of the lotus feet of the Lord; nirvrtasya- one who has\nachieved such transcendental bliss; samasta-du{l.kha-all miseries; apyayamvanqui hed; asu- wi tho11 L delay; dhatte-cxecutes.\nTRANSLATION\nFor one who is anxious to engage constantly in hearing such topics,\nKr�J;ta-kathii graduaJiy increases his indifference towards all other things.\nSuch constant remembrance of the lotus feet of Lord Kr�J;ta by the\n\ndevotee who has achieved transcendental bliss vanquishes all his miseries\nwithout delay.\n\nPURPORT\nWe must certainly know that en the absolute plane KnTJ-a- kathii and\nKr�r:ra are one and the same. The Lord is the Absolute Truth, and therefore l l is name, form, quality, etc., which are all understood to be KnTJ-alwthii, are nondifferent from Him. Bhagavad-g'itii, being spoken by the\nLord, is as good as the Lord Himself. When a sincere devotee reads\nBhaga v ad-g'itii, this is as good as his seeing the Lord eye to eye in his\n\npersonal presence, but this is not so for the mundane wrangle r . All the\npotencies of the Lord are there when one reads Bhagavad-g'itii, provided\n\nit is read in the way recommended in the G'itii by the Lord Himself. One\ncannot foolishly manufacture an interpretation of Bhagavad-g'itii and still\n\nbrin g about transcendental benefit. Anyone who tries to squeeze some\nartificial meaning or interpretation from Bhagavad-g'itii for an ulterior\nmotive is not .�raddadhiina-purhsa (one engaged anxiously in bona fide\nhearing of KnTJ-a-kathii). Such a person cannot derive any benefit from\nreading Hhagavad-g'itii, however great a scholar he may be in the estimation\nof a layman. The sraddadhiina, or faithful devotee, can actually derive all\n\n", "SB3.1#p0196": "Text 14)\n\nVidura 's Talks with Maitreya\n\n177\n\nthe benefits of Bhagavad-gitii because by the omnipotency of the Lord he\nachieves the transcendental bliss which vanquishes attachment and nullifies\nall concomitant material miseries. Only the devotee, by his factual experience, can understand the import of this verse spoken by Vidura. The\npure devotee of the Lord enjoys life by constantly remembering the lotus\nfeet of the Lord by hearing Kr�TJa-kathii. For such a devotee there is\nno such thing as material existence, and the much advertised bliss of\nbrahmiinanda is like a fig for the devotee who is in the midst of the\ntranscendental ocean of bliss.\nTEXT 14\n\n(tls:W\\....��....tHW<Ni(ts�*t .\n\": � �JFcciW<�Wi 1\nfttunRt �sf.l[l{q� iM'41�1cua:•rRI%fiW<I'(\nII� \\lll\ntiinc chocya-socyiin avido 'nusoce\nhare� kathiiyiim vimukhiin aghena\nk,�irwti devo 'nimi§as tu ye�iim\niiyur vrthii-viida-gati-smrtiniim\n\no\n\n- pi t iable; soc yiin-of the pi tia ble; avida�-ignoran t;\nr\ny - to the topics of; vimukhiin-adverse; aghe n a-because of sinful activities; kfiiroti-decaying;\ndeva�-0 sage; ani mi�a�-eternal time; tu-but; y e,siim- of whom; iiyu�duration of life; vrthii-uselessly; viida-philosophical speculations; gatitiin-all those; s cya\n\nanusoce-1 pity; ha e�-of the Lord; kathii iim\n\nultimate goal; smrtiniim-of those following different rituals.\nTRANSLATION\n0 sage, persons who, because of their sinful activities, are adverse to the\n\ntopics of Transcendence and thus are ignorant of the purpose of the\nMahabharata (Bhagavad-gita) are pitied by the pitiable. I also pity them\nbecause I\n\nsee how their duration oi' life is spoiled by eternal time while\n\nthey involve themselves in presentations of philosophical speculation,\ntheoretical ultimate goals of life, and different modes of ritual.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the modes of material nature, there are three kinds of\nrelationships between human beings and the Supreme Personality of\n\n", "SB3.1#p0197": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n178\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nGodhead. Those who are in the modes of ignorance and passion are\nadverse to the existence of God, or else they formally accept the existence\nof God in the capacity of an order supplier. Above them are those who are\nin the mode of goodness. This second class of men believe the Supreme\nBrahman to be impersonal. They accept the cult of bhakti, in which\nhearing of Kr§rJ a-kathii is the first item, as a means and not the end. Above\nthem are those who are pure devotees. They are situated in the transcendental stage above the mode of material goodness. Such persons are\ndecidedly convinced that the name, form, fame, qualities, etc., of the\nPersonality of Godhead are nondifferent from one another on the absolute\nplane. For them, hearing of the topics of Kr;;l)a is equal to meeting with\nHim eye to eye. According to this class of men, who are situated in\npure devotional service to the Lord, the highest goal of human life is\npuru�iirtha, devotional service to the Lord, the real mission of life. The\nimpersonalists, because they engage in mental speculation and have no\nfaith in the Personality of Godhead, have no business hearing the topics\nof Kn>l)a. Such persons are pitiable for the first-class pure devotees of the\nLord. The pitiable impersonalists pity those who are influenced by the\nmodes of ignorance and passion, but the pure devotees of the Lord take\npity on them both because both waste their most valuable time in the\nhuman form of life in false pursuits, sense enjoyment and mental speculative presentations of different theories and goals of life.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n� �q�: �llt€4 � �\"\n� � �'Efldtt lit\nftAA wt: � �: II� '-\\11\n\n�\n\n..\n\ntad asya kau§iirava sarma-diilur\nhare(t kathiim-eva kathiisu siiram\nuddhrtya pu§pebh ya iviirla-bandho\nsiviiya nalt kirtaya tirtha-kirte[t\ntat-therefore;\n\nasya- His;\n\nkau�iirava-0\n\nMaitreya;\n\nsar ma-diitu� - of\n\none who awards good fortune; hare� - of the Lord; kathiim-topics; evaonly; kathiisu-of aU topics; siiram-the essence; uddhrtya-by quoting;\npu�pebhya[!-from the flowers; iva-like that; arta-bandho-of the friend\n\n", "SB3.1#p0198": "Vidura's Talks with M a itreya\n\nText 16]\n\nof the distressed; sivaya-for welfare; na�\n\n-\n\n179\n\nof us; kirtaya-kindly describe;\n\ntirtha- pilgrimage; kirte�-of glorious.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Maitreya, 0 friend of the distressed, the glories of the Supreme Lord\ncan alone do good for people aU over the world. Therefore, just as bees\ncoUect honey from flowers, kindly describe the essence of all t opics-the\ntopics of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThere are many topics for different persons in different modes of\nmaterial nature, but the essential topics are those in relationship with the\nSupreme Lord. Unfortunately, materilllly affected conditioned souls are\nall more or less adverse to topics of the Supreme Lord because some of\nthem do not believe in the existence of God and some of them believe\nonly in the impersonal feature of the Lord. In both cases there is nothing\nfor them to say of God. Both the nonbelievers and the impersonalists\ndeny the essence of all topics; therefore, they engage in topics of relativity in various ways, either in sense gratification or mental speculation.\nFor the pure devotees like Vidura, the topics of both the mundaners and\nthe mental speculators are useless in all respects. Thus Vidura requested\nMaitreya to talk of the essence only, the talks of Kr�r)a, and nothing else.\n\nTEXT 16\n\nN'ijij�.-qfu:tf<t+J�qP.f\n\n�\n\nst•lilijti:IRfi : I\n:qm\n��\\�'ilfUI\n��: � m � ������\nifiijf.Rm::\n\nsa visva-janma-s thiti-sarit yamiirthe\nkrtiivatiira(t pragrhita-sakti(l.\ncakiira karmii[L y atipuru�ii!ti\nyiini.svara(t kirtaya tiini mahyam\nsa�-the\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead; visva-universe; janma-creation;\n\nsthiti-maintenl!nce; samyama-arthe-with a view to perfect control; krtaaccepted; avatura�-incarnation; pragrhita-accomplished with; sakti[l.potency; cakara-performed; karma�i-transcendental activities; atipuru�ar-i-superhuman;yani-all those; isvara[l.-the Lord; kirtaya-please chant;\ntani-all those; mahyam-unto me.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0199": "[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n180\n\nTRANSLATION\nKindly chant all those superhuman transcendental activities of the\n\nsupreme controller, the Personality of Godhead, who accepted incarna­\n\ntions fully equipped with all potency for the full manifestation and\nmaintenance of the cosmic creation.\nPURPORT\nVidura was undoubtedly very eager to hear about Lord Kr�t:Ja in\nparticular, but he was overwhelmed because Lord Kr�t:Ja had just passed\n\naway from the visible world. He therefore wanted to hear about Him in\nHis puru�a incarnations, which He manifests with full potencies for the\ncreation and maintenance of the cosmic world. The activities of the puru�a\nincarnations are but an extension of the activities of the Lord. This hint\n\nwas given by Vidura to Maitreya because Maitreya could not decide which\npart of the activities of Lord Kr�t;�a should be chanted.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n��\n�����:���J!Fr: I\n� frr:�;;m,ij;r � if! � 11�\\911\nsri suka uviica\nsa evarh bhagaviin pr�taf:t\nk�attrii kau�iiravo munih\npurhsiirh ni�ireyasiirthena\ntam iiha bahu-miinayan\n\nS ri Sukadeva Gosvami said; sa[l he ; evam-this; bhabeing requeste d ; k§altra-by Yidura; kau§a·\nrava[l-Maitreya; muni[l the great sage; puritsiim-for all p e ople; ni�sresri suka[l uvaca\n\ngaVtin\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe great sage; pntaft\n\n-\n\n-\n\nyasa\n\n-\n\nfor the greatest welfare; arthena--for that; tam-unto him; aha­\n\nnarrated; bahu\n\n-\n\ngreatly ; manayan-honored.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami said: The great sage Maitreya Muni, after honoring\n\nVidura very greatly, began to speak, at Vidura 's request, for the greatest\n\nwelfare of all people.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0200": "Text 18]\n\nVidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\n181\n\nPURPORT\nThe great sage Maitreya Muni is described here as bhagaviin because he\n\nsurpassed all ordinary human beings in learning and experience. Thus his\nselection of the greatest welfare service for the world is considered\n\nauthoritative. The all-inclusive welfare service for the entire human society\n\nis devotional service to the Lord, and, as requested by Vidura, the sage\ndescribed the same very appropriately.\n\nTEXT 18\n\nmaitreya uviica\nsiidhu pr�tam tvayii siidho\nlokiin siidhv anugrh[lata\nkirtirh vitarwatii loke\niitmarw 'dhok§ajiitmana�\nmaitreyaft uvaca-Sri\" Maitreya\n\nsaid;\n\nsadhu-all good; prfttam-I am\n\nasked; tvaya-by you; siidho-0 good one; lolzan-all the people; siidhu\nan�grh�atii-showing mercy in goodness; kirtim-glories; vitanvata-broadcasting; loke-in the world; iitmanaft-of the self; adhok,saja-the Tran­\n\nscendence; iitmanaft-mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Maitreya said: 0 Vidura, all glory unto you. You have inquired\nfrom me of the greatest of all goodness, and thus you have shown your\n\nmercy both to the world and to me because your mind is always absorbed\n\nin thoughts of the Transcendence.\nPURPORT\nMaitreya Muni, who was experienced in the science of Transcendence,\n\ncould understand that Vidura's mind was fully absorbed in Transcendence.\n\nAdhok§aja means that which transcends the limits of sense perception or\nsensuous experience. The Lord is transcendental to our sense experience,\n\nbut He reveals Himself to the sincere devotee. Recause Vidura was always\nabsorbed in thought of the Lord, Maitreya could estimate Vidura's tran-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0201": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n182\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nscendental value. He appreciated the valuable inquiries of Vidura and thus\nthanked him with great honor.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�*latlG:�I�Uieft4'� I\n\n� �: ������\nnaitac citrarh tvayi k�al/:ar\nbada.raya(wviryaje\ngrhit;o 'nanya-bhavena\n\nyat tvaya harir isvara!t\n\nna-never; etat-such inquiries; citram-very wonderful; tvayi-in you;\nk�atta�-0\n\nVidura; badaraya(w-of Vyasadeva; v\"iryaje-born from the\n\nsemina; grh!ta�t-acccptcd; anan.ya-bhavena-without deviation from the\nthought; yat-because; tvaya-by you; hariQ.-Lhe Pers o nal ity of Godhead;\nL.�vara!t-Lhc Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Vidura, it is not at all wonderful that you have so accepted the Lord\n\nwithout deviation of thought, for you are born from the semina of\nVyasadeva.\n\nPURPORT\nThe value of great parentage and noble birth is evaluated here in\nconnection with the birth of Vidura. The culture of a human being begins\nwhen the father invests his semina in the womb of the mother. According\n\nto his status of work, a living entity is placed in a particular father's\n\nsemina, and because Vidura was not an ordinary living entity, he was given\nthe chance to be born fr o m the semina of Vyasa. The birth of a human\nbeing is a great science, and therefore reformation of the act of impregna­\n\ntion according to the Vedic ritual called Garbhadhan.a-sarhskiira is very\nimportant for generating good population. The problem is not to check\nthe growth of the population, but to generate good population on the\nlevel of Vidura, Vyasa and Maitreya. There i\n\nno need to check the growth\n\nof population if the children are born a·s human beings with all precautions\nregarding their birth. So-called birth control is not only vicious but also\nuseless.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0202": "Text 20]\n\nVidura 's Talks with Maitreya\n\n183\n\nTEXT 20\n\n¥{(O>toif�INI�•I'41'l �� q¥{: I\n�: �� �tJPU iilRT: (1�t4'4ffl®I�II� o II\nmar-{iavyasiipiid bhagaviin\nprajii-sarhyamano yama[t\nbhriitn{t k§etre blwjiuayiim\njata� satyavati-wtat\nmar{iavya-the great r'i Miir;J.�avya Muni; siipiit-by his curse; bhagaviin­\n\nthe greatly powerful; prajii-one who is born; samyamana[l-controller of\n\ndeath; yama.�-known as Yamariija; bhriitu�-of the brother; k§etre-in the\nwife; bhuj�yiiyiim-kept; jiitaf!.-born; satyavati-Sa tyavati (the mother of\n\nboth Vicitravirya and Vyasadeva); sutiit-hy the son (Vyasadeva).\nTRANSLATION\n\nI know that you are now Vidura due to the cursi ng of MiiJ;u;lavya Muni\nand that formerly you were King Yamaraja, the great controller of living\nentities after their death. You were begotten by the son of Satyavati,\nVyasadeva, in the kept wife of his brother.\nPURPORT\nMiit:��avya Muni was a great sage (Cf. Bhiig. 1.13.1),\n\nand Vidma was\n\nformerly the controller Yamariija, who takes charge of the living entities\nafter death. Birth, maintenance and death are three conditional states of\nthe living entities who are within the material world. As the appointed\ncontroller after death, Yamariija once tried Miit:�<;Javya Muni for his child·\n\nhood profligacy and ordered him Lo be pierced with a lance. Mii�lc;lavya,\nbeing angry at Y amariija for awarding him undue punishment, cursed him\nto become a siidra (member of the less intelligent laborer class). Thus\n\nYamaraja took birth in the womb of the kept wife of Vicitravirya from\n\nthe semina of Vicitravirya 's brother, Vyasadeva. Vyasadeva is the son of\nSatyavatl by the great King Santanu, the father of Bhi�madeva. This\n\nmysterious history of Vidura was known to Maitreya Muni because he\n\nhappened to be a contemporary friend of Vyiisadeva's. In spite of Vidura's\n\nbirth i n the womb of a kept wife, because he had otherwise high parentage\n\nand great connection, he inherited the highest talent of becoming a great\n\ndevotee of the Lord. To take birth in such a great family is understood to\n\n", "SB3.1#p0203": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n184\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nbe an advantage for attaining devotional life. Vidura was given this chance\ndue to his previous greatness.\nTEXT 21\n\n��Fwi��: ('11�1� �I\n�����SS�\"#\\W�I��'l_ll��ll\nbhaviin bhagavato nityarh\nsammata� siinugasya ha\nyasya jiiiinopaddiiya\nmiidisad bhagaviin vrajan\nbhaviin-your good self; bh agavata[t -of the Personality of Godhead;\nnityam-eternal; sa mmata,h- recognized; siinugasya- one of Lhe associates;\nha-have been; yasya-of whom; jiiiina-knowledge; upad e siiya-for in-·\nstructing; mii-unto me; iidisat-so ordered; bhag aviin\nGodhead; vrajan-while returning to His abode.\n\n- Lh Personality of\ne\n\nTRANSLATION\nYour good self is one of the eternal associates of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead for whose sake the Lord, while going back to His\n\nabode, left instructions with me.\n\nPURPORT\n\nY amaraja, the great controller of life after death, decides the living\nentities' destinies in their next lives. He is surely among the most confidential representatives of the Lord. Such confidential posts are offered\nto great devotees of the Lord who are as good as His eternaLassociates in\nthe spiritual sky. And because Vidura happened to be among them, the\nLord, while returning to Vaikur:t1ha, left instructions for Vidura with\nMaitreya Muni. Generally the eternal associates of the Lord in the spiritual\nsky do not come to the material world. Sometimes they come, however,\nby the order of the Lord-not to hold any administrative post, but to\nassociate with the Lord in person or to propagate. the message of God in\nhuman society. Such empowered representatives are called saktyiiv e sa\navatiiras, or incarnations invested with transcendental power of attorney.\nTEXT 22\n\nij �m'4ti\\et ��ifmn: 1\nAlQR4&\"A�If'ijl�i �ol�··�!l\\�1 : ����II\n\nat?t\n\n", "SB3.1#p0204": "Text 23]\n\nVidura 's Talks with Maitreya\n\n185\n\natha te bhagaval-Ulii\nyogamiiyoru-brrhhitii(1\nvisva-sthity-udbhaviintiirthii\nvan:wyiimy anupurvasa�\natka-therefore; te-unto you; bhagavat-pertaining to the Personality\n\ng\n\nof Godhead; lilaft-pastimes; yo a-maya\n\n-\n\nene rgy of the Lord; uru-_greatly;\n\nbphhataft-e xtended by; visva-of the cosmic world; sthiti-maintenance;\nudbhava-creation; anta- dissolution; arthaft-purpose; var!wyami- I shall\ndescribe; anupu rvasafl\n\n-\n\nsystematically.\nTRANSLATION\n\nI shall therefore describe to you the pastimes by which the Personality\nof Godhead extends His transcendental potency for the creation, maintenance and dissolution of the cosmic world as they occur one after\nanother.\nPURPORT\nThe omnipotent Lord, by His different energies, can perform anything\nand everything He likes. The creation of the cosmic world is done by His\nyoga-maya energy.\nTEXT 23\n\nlit� 3ll00!13ffil S� �: I\n\n�·I�\n\n3ll���0•a•�:tf.tRm ��: ������\nbhagaviin eka iisedam\nagra iitmiitrnaniirh vibhu(t\niitmecchiinugatiiv iitmii\nniiniimaty-upalak�a[!a(1\nbhagavan-the Personality of Godhead; ek a[1 -one without a second;\niisa-was there; idam-this creation; agr e -prior to the creation; atma-in\nHis own form; atmanam-of the living entities; vibhu fl -master ; atmaSelf; iccha-desire; an u gatau being merged in;\n-\n\ndifferent vision; upalak sa�afl\n,\n\n-\n\nsympto ms\n\natma.-Self; nanamati­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead, who is the master of aU living entities,\nexisted prior to the creation as one without a second. It is by His will only\n\n", "SB3.1#p0205": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n186\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nthat creation is made possible and again everything merges in Him. This\nSupreme Self is symptomized by different names.\nPURPORT\nThe great ·age here begins to explain the purpose of the four original\n\nverses of the Sr!mad-Bhagavatam. Although they have no access to the\n\nSr!mad-Bhagavatam, the followers of the Miiyiiviidi (impersonalist) school\nsometimes\n\ncrew out an imaginary explanation of the original four verses,\n\nbut we must accept the actual explanation given herein by Maitreya Muni\n\nbecause he, along with Uddhava, personally heard it directly from the\nLord. The first line of the original four verses runs, aham evasam evagre.\n\nThe word aham is misinterpreted by the Miiyiiviidi school into meanings\n\nwhich no one but the interpreter can understand. Here aham is explained\n\nas the Supreme Personality .of Godhead, not the individual living entities.\n\nBefore the creation, there was only the Personality of Godhead; there\n\nwere no puru§a incarnations and certainly no living entities, nor was there\nthe material energy, by which the manifested creation is effected. The\n\npuru§a incarnations and all the different energies of the Supreme Lord\nwere merged in Him only.\n\nThe Personality of Godhead is described herein as the master of all\n\nother living entities. He is like the sun disc, and the living entities are like\n\nthe molecules of the sun's rays. This existence of the Lord before the\n\ncreation is confirmed by the s ru tis : viisudevo vii idarh agra asit n.a brahmii\n\nna ca saTikara[t eko vai niiriiya[ta iisit na brahmii n.a isiin.o. Because every­\n\nthing that be is an emanation from the Personality of Godhead, He\n\ntherefore always exists alone without a second. He can so exist because He\n\nis all-perfect and omnipotent. Everything other than Him, including His\n\nplenary expansions the Vi�rtu-tattvas, is His part and parcel. Before the\n\ncreation there were no Kiiraryiin_1avasiiyl or Garbhodakasayl or K�lrodakasayi\n\nYi$1)US, nor was\n\nthere Brahma nor Sarikara. The Yi$J)LI plenary\n\nexpansion and the living entities beginning from Brahma are separated\n\nparts and parcels. Although the spiritual existence was there with the\nLord, the material existence was dormant in Him. By His will only is the\n\nmaterial manifestation done and undone. The diversity of the Vaikurytha­\n\nloka is one with the Lord, just as the diversity of soldiers is one with and\n\nthe same as the king. As explained in Bhagavad-g!ta (9. 7), the material\n\ncreation takes place at intervals by the will of the Lord, and in the periods\n\nbetween dissolution and creation, the living entities and the material\nenergy remain dormant in Him.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0206": "Text 24)\n\n187\n\nVidura's Talks with Maitreya\nTEXT 24\n\n� � �\" � rn '1Nt��t\n\n� Sijrdlltetk+U4\n\nu��Efi(il, l\n\nijft�(ffi(ijfttEfi II� \\?II\n...\n\nsa vii e�a tadii dra§tii\nniipasyad drsyam ekariit\nmene 'santam iviitmiinarh\nsupta-saktir asupta-drk\nsa[l-the Personality of Godhead; va-eilher; efia fl-all these; tada-'-at\nthat time; dr afita - the seer; na-did not; apasya t-see; drs yam-the cosmic\ncreation; ekarat-undisputed proprietor; mene-tho u ght like this; asantam-nonexistent; iva-like that; atma n am-plenary manifestations; suptaunmanifested; sakt * - material energy; asupta -manifest ed; drk -internal\npotency.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, the undisputed proprietor of everything, was the only seer.\nThe cosmic manifestation was not present at that time, and thus He\nfelt imperfect without His\n\nplenary and\n\nseparated parts and\n\nparcels.\n\nThe material energy was dormant, whereas the internal potency was\nmanifested.\nPURPORT\nThe\n\nLord is the supreme seer because only by His glance did the\n\nmaterial energy become aclive for cosmic manifestation. At that time the\nseer was there, but the externat energy, over which the glance of the Lord\nis cast, was not present. He felt somewhat insufficient, like a husband\nfeeling lonely in the absence of his wife. This is a poetic simile. The Lord\nwanted to create the cosmic manifestation to give another chance to the\nconditioned souls who were dormant in forgetfulness. The cosmic manifestation gives the conditioned souls a chance to go back home, back to\nGodhead, and that is its main purpose. The Lord is so kind that in the\nabsence of such a manifestation He feels something wanting, and thus the\ncreation Lakes place. Although the creation of the internal potency was\nmanifested, the other potency appeared to be sleeping, and the Lord\nwanted to awaken her to activity, just as a husband wants to awaken his\nwife from the sleeping state for enjoyment. It is the compassion of the\nLord for the sleeping energy that He wants to see her awaken for enjoy-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0207": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n188\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. S\n\nment like the other wives who are awake. The whole process is to enliven\nthe sleeping conditioned souls to the real life of spiritual consciousness so\nthat they may thus become as perfect as the ever-liberated souls in the\nVaikuQ.thalokas. Since the Lord is sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha, He likes every\npart and parcel of His different potencies to take part in the blissful rasa\nbecause participation with the Lord in His eternal rtisa-lilii is the highest\n\nlivin g condition, perfect in spiritual bliss and eternal knowledge.\nTEXT 25\n\nm����: �: Q<(Q<(IR\"•I t\nlf1ln Wffl ¥t61¥ntl � � fti: II ��II\nsii vii etasya sarhdra�tu�\nsakti(! sa.d-asad-iitmikii\nmiiyii niima mahiibhiiga\n\n·\n\nyayedarh nirmame vib hu�\nsa-that external energy; vii-is either; etasya- of the Lord; sarhdrafi­\n\ntu[t-o f t he pe r fect\n\n·ecr; saktilt-energy;\n\nsat-asat-atmika- both as the\n\nc au ·c and the effect; maya nama-called by the name Maya; mahiibhiiga0 fortunate one; yaya- by which; idam-this material world; nirmame­\n\nconstructed; vibhu�\n\n-\n\nthe Almighty.\nTRANSLA TJON\n\nThe Lord is the seer, and the external energy, which is seen, works both\nas cause and effect in the cosmic manifestation. 0 greatly fortunate\nVidura, this external energy is known as maya or illusion, and through her\n\nagency only is the entire material manifestation made possible.\nPURPORT\n\nThe material nature, known as maya, is both the material and efficient\ncause of the cosmos, but in the background the Lord is the consciousness\n\nfor all activities. As in the individual body the consciousness is the source\n\nof all energies of the b o dy, so the supreme consciousness of the Lord is\nthe source of all energi e s in material nature. This is confirmed in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii (9.10) as follows:\n\nm ayiidhyak� e rw prakrt* suyate sacaracaram\nhettut.iinena kannteya jagad viparivartate\n\n", "SB3.1#p0208": "Text 26]\n\nVidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\n189\n\n\"Throughout all the energies of material nature there is the hand of the\nSupreme Lord as the final superintendent. Due to this supreme cause\nonly, the activities of material nature appear planned and systematic, and\nall things regularly evolve.\"\nTEXT 26\n\nCf4R�lit41 (I � gtll+tU41l1ioO�H I\n,�UIItl¥(�ort eft� � ������\nkiila-vrttyii tu miiyiiyiirh\ngu[!a-mayyiim adhok�aja�\npuru:�e[!iitma-bhutena\nviryam iidhatta viryaviin\n\n- b t; mayayiim­\n\nkala-the eternal time; vrttya-by the influence of; tu\n\nu\n\nin the external energy; gu!ta-mayyam-in the quali ta ti ve modes of nature;\nadhokflajaft-the\n\nTranscendence; puru.se!ta-by the purufla incarnation;\n\natma-bhiitena-who is the ple nary e xpansi o n of the Lord; viryam-the\n\nseeds of the living entities; iid h at ta- impre gnated; viryaviin-the Supreme\nLiving B eing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Living Being in His feature as the transcenden tal puru�a\nincarnation, who is the Lord's plenary expansion, impregnates the material\nnature of three modes, and thus by the influence of eternal time the\nliving entities appear.\nPURPORT\n\nThe offspring of any living be ing is born after the father impre gna te s\nthe mother with semina and the living entity floating in the semina of the\n\nfather takes the shape of the mother's form. Similarly, mother material\nnature cannot produ ce any l iving entity from her material elements unless\nand until she is im pregnated with living entities by the Lord Himself. That\n\nis the mystery of th e generation of the livi ng entities. This impregnating\nprocess is performed by the first puru�a incarnation,\n\nVi�f}U.\n\nKararii r l) avasa yi\n\nimply by His gl ance over material nature, the whole matter is\n\naccomplished.\nWe shou ld not understand the process of impregn ation by the Personality of Godhead in terms of our conception of sex. The o mnipotent\nLord can impr egnat e just by His eyes, and therefore He is called all-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0209": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n190\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\npotent. Each and every part of His transcendental body can per form each\nand every function of the other pa rts. This is confirmed in the Brahma­\n\nsamhita (Bs. 5.32): angani yasya sakalendriya-vrttimanti. In Bhagavad-gita\nalso (14.3), the same principle is confirmed: mama yonir mahad brahma\ntasmin garbham dadhiimy aham. When the cosmic creation is manifested,\nthe living entities are directly supplied from the Lord; they are never\nproducts of material nature. Thus, no scientific advancement of material\nscience can ever produce a living being. That is the whole mystery of the\nmaterial creation. The living entities are fore i gn to matter, and thus they\ncannot be happy unless they are situateu in the same spiritual life as the\nLoru. The mistaken l i ving being, out of forgetfulness of this original\n\ncondition of life, unne ce ssarily wastes time trying to become happy in the\nmaterial world. The whole Vedic process is to remind one of this essential\n\nfeature of life. The Lord offer\nhis so-called enjoyment\n\n,\n\nthe conditioned soul a material body for\n\nbut if one doe s not come to his senses and enter\n\ninto ·piritual consciousness, the Lord again puts him in the unmanifested\ncondition as it existed in the beginning of th e creation. The Lord is\ndescr i bed here as viryavii n\n\nor the g reates t potent being, because He\n\n,\n\nimpreg nates mate rial nature\n\nwith innumerable living entities who are\n·\n\nconditioned from time immemorial.\n\nTEXT 27\n\naJ1S+iCC-l 'i(\"Ei'*4'iotl\"dil�l�ft\\�1( I\nfibHitl�'iiS�� �� U�sM.tli?;ciJ II �\"II\n/.ato 'bhava.n rnahal-la.llvam\navyak tal kiila-codit.iit;\nvijii.iiniil.mii \"tnw-deha-stlwm\n\nVl:svarh vyarijarhs tamonuda{l.\ntata�- therc after; abhavat\n\n-c\n\na me in to ex istcnce; mahat-supreme; tatt­\n\nvam-sum Lola I; avya/d;iit-from the unmanifcstcd;\n\nkiila coditiit\n-\n\n-\n\nby the\n\ninteraction of time; viji'iiiniitmii unalloy ed goodness; iitma deha s tha m\n-\n\nsilualcd on l11c bodily\n\n-\n\n-\n\nelf; visvarn- omplcle universes; vyari ja.n\n\nfcsled; ta rnonuda{1- the supreme ligh L.\n\n-\n\n­\n\nmani\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, influenced by the interactions of eternal time, the supreme\n\nsum total of matter called the mahat-tattva became manifested, and in\n\nthis mahat-tattva the unalloyed goodness, the Supreme Lord, sowed the\n\nseeds of universal manifestation out of His own body.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0210": "191\n\nVidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\nText 28]\n\nPURPORT\nIn due course of time, the impregnated material energy was manifested\nfirst a the total material ingredients. Every thing takes its own time to fructify, and therefore the word kiila-coditiit, influenced by time, is used herein.\nThe rnahat-tattva is the total consciousness because a portion of it is\nrepresented in everyone as the intellect. The rnahat-tattva is directly\nconnected with the supreme consciousness of the Supreme B eing\n\n, but\n\nstill it appears as matter. The rnahat-tattva or shadow of pure conscious­\n\nness is the germinating place of all creation. It is pure goodness with the\nslight addition of the material mode of passion, and therefore activity\nis generated from this point.\nTEXT 28\n\n�s<4�gultit� . +t•l€4'(tf!•n\"itu 1\nSCI�I;f �¥ili1\\IE+l fit� ����11�<::11\n'py arhsa-gu( - k iilii t ii\nw\n\nW\n\nm\n\nbhagavad-dr�(i-gocara{l\n\natmarwrh vyakarod iilmii\nvisvasva.�va si.�rl•�aya\nsatt\n\n-mahat-tat t a; api- also; arh.sa-puru�a plenary\nv\n\nchiefly\n\ne x pa nsion;\n\ngu(IG­\n\nthe q uali t y of ignorance; 1-.:iila.-the duration of time; iitmii-full\n\ncon ciousness; b hagavat -the Pe rsonalit y of Godhead; drHi-gocara[t-range\nof si gh t; iit miin a m\n\n-\n\nman y different forms; vya/mrut-diffcrcntiated; almareservoir; visvasya-the would-be e ntitics; asya-of this; si�rlr�uyii- generate\n\nthe fals e ego.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the mahat-tattva differentiated itself into many different\nforms as the reservoir of the would-be entities. The mahat-tattva is chiefly\nin the mode of ignorance, and it generates the false ego. Jt is a plenary\nexpansion of\n\nthe Personality\n\nof Godhead with full consciousness of\n\ncreative principles and time for fructification.\nPURPORT\nThe mahat-tattva is the via medium between pure spirit and material\n\nexistence. It is the junction of matter and spirit wherefrom the false ego\nof th\n\n·\n\nliving en t it y i. genera te d . All livin g entities are d i ff e re ntiatc u parts\n\nand parcels of th e Personality of Godhead. Under the pressure of false ego,\nthe\n\nconditioned\n\nsouls, although parts\n\nand parcels\n\nof\n\ntl1e\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, claim to be the enjoyers of material nature. This\nfalse ego is the binding force of material existence. The Lord again and\n\n", "SB3.1#p0211": "192\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nagain gives a chance to the bewildered conditioned souls to get free from\nthis false ego, and that is why the material creation takes place at intervals.\nHe gives the conditioned souls all facilities for rectifying the activities of\nthe false ego, but He does not interfere with their small independence as\nparts and parcels of the Lord.\nTEXT 29\n\nqc'E1'*41fltc4iuna:ca�\n6415tl�a 1\nttil4t.a<UiEfrilt�l �f�+t'il'l�: I\n�cW��� 611i(i�\n� 11��11\ntnahat-tattviid vikurviirtiid\naharh-tattvam vyajiiyata\nkiirya-kiirarta-kartriitmii\nbhutendriya-mano-maya�\nvaikiirikas taijasas ca\ntamasas cety aharh tridhii\nmahat-the great; tattviit-causal truth; v ikurvii�uit- being transformed;\n\naham- fal e ego; ta t tvam- material truth; v yajiiyata-b ecame manifested;\n\nkiirya-effccts; kiirart a - c aus c ; k artr- do er; iitmii-soul or source; bhuta­\n\nmaterial in g redi e nts ; in d riya - s e nses ; mana� -maya� - hovering on the mental plane; vaikiirikalt-mode of goodness; taij as a� -mode of passion; tiimasa � - mo dc of i gnor a nc e ; ca-and; iti-thus; aham-false ego; tridhii-lhree\n\nkinds.\nTRANSLATION\nMahat-tattva, or the great causal truth, transforms into false ego, which\nis manifested in three phases-cause, effect and the doer. All such activities\nare on the mental plane and are based on the material elements, gross\n\nsenses and mental speculation. The false ego is represented in three\n\ndifferent modes-goodness, passion and ignorance.\nPURPORT\n\nA pure living entity in his original spiritual existence is fully conscious\nof his constitutional position as an eternal servitor of the Lord. All souls\nwho are situated in such pure consciousness are liberated, and therefore\nthey eternally live in bliss and knowledge in the various V aikut:ttha\nplanets in Lhe spiritual sky. When the material creation is manifested, it is\nnot meant for them. The eternally liberated souls are called nitya-muktas,\n\n", "SB3.1#p0212": "Text 30]\n\nVidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\n193\n\nand they have nothing to do with the material creation. The material\ncreation is meant for rebellious souls who are not prepared to accept\nsubordination under the Supreme Lord. This spirit of false lordship is\ncalled false ego. It is manifested in three modes of material nature, and it\nexists in mental speculation only. Those who are in the mode of goodness\nthink that each and every person is God, and thus they laugh at the pure\ndevotees who try to engage in the transcendental loving service of the\nLord. Those who are puffed up by the mode of passion try to lord it over\nmaterial\n\nnature in various\n\nways.\n\nSome of them engage in altruistic\n\nactivities as if they were agents appointed to do good to others by their\nmental speculative plans. Such men accept the standard ways of mundane\naltruism, but their plans are made on the basis of false ego. This false ego\nextends to the limit of becoming one with the Lord. The last class of\negoistic conditioned souls- those in the mode of ignoranc�-are misguided\nby identification of the gross body with the self. Thus, all their activities\nare centered around the body only. All these persons are given the chance\nto play with false egoistic ideas, but at the same time the Lord is kind\nenough to give them a chance to take help from scriptures like Bhagavad­\n\ngita and Srimad-Bhiigavatam so that they may understand the science of\nJ<.r�J;ta and thus make their lives successful. The entire material creation,\ntherefore, is meant for the falsely egoistic living entities hovering on the\nmental plane under different illusions in the modes of material nature.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n31l6\"'41fd:tli4iunrq;fl �'t.lfttt<la:� I\n-¥1REf.l� ir � 31'lfif¥1qlt;f �: ll�oll\nahatn-tattviid vikurvii{liin\n\nmano vaikiirikiid abhiit\n\nvaikiirikiis ca ye devii\n\narthiibhivyanjanam yataft\n\naham-tattviit-from the principle of false ego; vikurvii[liit-by trans­\n\n.formation; m.ana ft -the mind; vaikiirihiit-by interaction with the mode of\ngoodness; abhut-generated; vaikiirikiift-by interaction with goodness; ca­\n\nalso; ye-all these; de viift\n\n-\n\ng\n\ndemi ods; artha-the phenomenon; abhivya ii ­\n\njanam-physical k nowledge; yata ft\n\n-\n\nthe source.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe false ego is transformed into mind by interaction with the mode of\ngoodness. All the demigods who control the phenomenal world are also\n\n", "SB3.1#p0213": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n194\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nproducts of the same principle, namely the interaction of false ego and\nthe mode of goodness.\nPURPORT\nFalse ego interacting with the different modes of material nature is the\nsource of all materials in the phenomenal world.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n��r.fmS(�t�q $t�Efi'iq�nf;r !if II�� II\ntaijasiin!ndriyii[!y eva\njiiiina-karma-mayiini ca\ntaijasiini\n\n-\n\nthe mode of passion; indriyar.i-the senses; eva-certainly;\n\njniina-knowledge, philosophical speculations; karma-fruitive activities;\nmayani-predominating; ca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe senses are certainly products of the mode of passion in false ego,\nand therefore philosophical speculative knowledge and fruitive activities\nare predominantly products of the mode of passion.\nPURPORT\nThe chief function of the false ego is godlessness. When a person forgets\nhis constitutional position as an eternally subordinate part and parcel of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead and wants to be happy independently,\n\nhe functions mainly in two ways.\n\nHe first attempts to act\n\nfruitively for personal gain or sense gratification, and after attempting such\nfruitive activities for a considerable time, when he is frustrated, he\nbecomes a philosophical speculator and thinks himself to be on the same\nlevel as God. This false idea of becoming one with the Lord is the last\nsnare of the illusory energy, which traps a living entity into the bondage\nof forgetfulness under the spell of false ego.\nThe best means of liberation from the clutches of false ego is to give up\nthe habit of philosophical speculation regarding the Absolute Truth. One\nshould know definitely that the Absolute Truth is never realized by the\nphilosophical speculations of the imperfect egoistic person. The Absolute\nTruth\n\nor\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is realized\n\nby hear-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0214": "Text 33]\n\nVidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\n195\n\ning about him in all submission and love from a bona fide authority\nwho is a representative of the twelve great authorities mentioned in the\n\nSr\"\"imad-Bhiigavatam. By such an attempt only can one conquer the illusory\n\nenergy of the Lord, although for others she is unsurpassable, as confirmed\n\nin Bhagavad-g\"\"itii (7.14).\n\nTEXT 32\n\n� '{6G.t¥Ufa\\4a: � {Q¥Ut:'lif: ����II\ntiimaso bhuta-sukfimiidir\nyatalt kham lihgam iitmana�\n\ntiimasa�-from the mode of passion; bhilta-silkfimiidi�-subtle sense\nobjects; yata ft from which; kham-the sky; lin ga m symbolic representation; iitmana�-of the Supreme Soul.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sky is a product of sound, and sound is the transformation of\negoistic passion. In other words, the sky is the symbolic representation of\nthe Supreme Soul.\nPURPORT\nIn the Vedic hymns it is said, etasmiid iitmana� iikiisa� sambhuta�. The\nsky is the symbolic representation of the Supreme Soul. Those who are\negoistic in passion and ignorance canuot conceive of the Personality of\nGodhead.\n\nFor\n\nthem\n\nthe\n\nsky\n\nis the symbolic representation of the\n\nSupreme Soul.\nTEXT 33\n\n�P'If�t�lit;r ¥141€1i\\R.fd\n\n;rll: I\n\n�� m �t�f4laiit� ������\nkiila-miiyiirhsa-yogena\nbhagavad-v\"\"ikfiitam nabhalt\nnabhaso' nusrtath spadarh\nvilwrvan ninname 'nilam\n\n-\n\n-\n\nkiila-time; maya-external energy; arhsa yo gena partly mixed; bhagavat the Personality of Godhead; vik§itam-glanced o er; n abha[l the sky;\nna bhasa[t from the sky; anusrtam-being so contacted; spa rsa m touch;\nvik urvat- being transformed; nirmame-was created; anilam-the air.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nv\n\n-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0215": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n196\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the Personality of Godhead glanced over the sky, partly\n\nmixed with eternaJ time and external energy, and thus developed the\ntouch sensation, from which the air in the sky was produced.\nPURPORT\nAll material creations take place from subtle to gross. The entire\nuniverse has developed in that manner. From the sky developed the touch\n\nsensation, which is a mi x ture of eternal time, the external energy and the\n·\n\nglance of the Personality of Godhead. The touch sensation developed into\nthe air in the sky . Similarly, all other gross matter also developed from\n\nsubtle to gross: sound developed into sky, touch developed into air, form\n\ndeveloped into fire, taste developed into water, and smell developed into\nearth.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�itsfit A�an ;Jit«lVii<?H�: 1\nm �6fltlsi �ftrn� Jl'ii4wt'( II �'flll\nanilo 'pi vikurvii(W\nnabhasoru-baliinvitaft\nsasarja riipa-tan-matrarh\njyotir lokasya locanarn\n\nani la[t -air;\n\napi- al so ;\n\nvikurvarw�-being\n\nuru-bala-anvita�-extremely po w erful;\nmatram-sense\n\nperception;\n\nlo canam-light to see.\n\n- sky;\n\ntransformed; nab h asa\n\ns asarja-created ; rilpa-form; tatlokas ya-of the world;\n\njyoti[t-electricity;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the extremely powerful\n\nair,\n\ninteracting\n\nwith\n\nthe sky,\n\ngenerated the form of sense perception, and the perception of form\n\ntransformed into electricity, the light to see the world.\nTEXT 35\n\n'lf.l�wtl�J ����I\n'll\\4'<lwtl � �(qffij.{t4(�t: /11��11\nanileniinvitarh jyotir\nvikurvat paravl:k�itam\n\n", "SB3.1#p0216": "Vidura s Tal ks with Maitreya\n\nText 36]\n\n197\n\n'\n\nadhattiimbho rasa-mayarit\nkiila-miiyiiritsa-yogata[t\n\nanilena-by the air; anvitam-interacted; jyoti[!-electricity; vikurvatparavik§i ta m-bei ng gla nc ed over by the Supreme;\nadhatta-creat ed; ambh a{l rasa-mayam-water with taste; kala-eternal\ntime; miiylirhsa-external ener gy ; yo gata{t-by a mixture.\nbeing transformed;\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen electricity was ,surcharged in the air and was gl.anced over by the\nSupreme·, at that time, by a mixture of eternal time and external energy,\nthere occurred the creation of water and taste\n\n.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n�lf<t'4lwflSa4(le � I\n'lff\n\n�gullqli4lf,hiSqlld�itlt•M: II�� II\njyoti�iimbho nusa r h srfit arh\n'\n\nvikurvad brahma-vtkfiitam\nmah\"irit gandha-gul}iim iidhiit\nk iila miiya ritsa yoga ta[t\n-\n\njy o ti§a-elec trici ty;\n\n-\n\nambha{l- water;\n\nan.u.sarhsrstam- thus\n\ncreated;\n\nvikurvat-due to transformation; brahma-theSupreme; vik§i t am s o glan ced\n-\n\nover; mahim-the earth; gandha-smell; gurtam-qualificalion; iidhat\n\n-\n\nw as\n\ncreated; kala-eternal time; maya-external energy; arhsa- partially; yogata{l- by intermixture.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the water produced from electricity was glanced over by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead and mixed with eternal time and\nexternal\n\nenergy.\n\nThus\n\nit\n\nwas\n\ntransformed into the earth, which is\n\nqualified primarily by smell.\nPURPORT\nFrom the descriptions of the physical elements in the above verses it is\nclear that in all stages the glance of the Supreme is needed with the other\nadditions and alterations. In every transformation, the last finishing touch\nis the glance of the Lord, who acts as a painter does when he mixes\ndifferent colors to transform them into a particular color. When one\nelement mixes with another, the number of its qualities increases. For\n\n", "SB3.1#p0217": "[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n198\n\nexample, the sky is the cause of air. The sky has only one quality,\nnamely sound, but by the interaction of the sky with the glance of the\nLord, mixed with eternal time and external nature, the air is produced,\nwhich has two\n\nquaJities-sound and touch. Similarly after the air is\n\ncreated, interaction of sky and air, touched by time and the external\nenergy of the Lord, produces electricity. And after the interaction of\nelectricity with air and sky, mixed with time, external energy and the\nLord's glance over them, the water is produced. In the final stage of sky\nthere is one quality, namely sound; in the air two qualities, sound and\ntouch; in the electricity three qualities, namely sound, touch and form;\nin the water four qualities, sound, touch, form and taste; and in the last\nstage of physical development the result is earth, which has all five\nqualities-sound,\n\ntouch,\n\nform,\n\ntaste\n\nand\n\nsmell.\n\nAlthough\n\nthey are\n\ndifferent mixtures of different materials, such mixtures do not take place\nautomatically,just as a mixture of colors does not take place automatically\nwithout the touch of the living painter. The automatic system is factually\nactivated by the glancing touch of the Lord. Living consciousness is the\nfinal word in all physical changes. This fact is mentioned in Bhagavad-gltii\nas follows:\n\nmayiidh yak�er-a prakrt* suyate sacariicaram\n(Bg. 9.10)\n\nhetuniinena kaunteya jagad viparivartate\n\nThe conclusion is that the physical elements may work very wonderfully\nto the laymen's eyes, but their workings actually take place under the\nsupervision of the Lord. Those who can mark only the changes of the\nphysical elements and cannot perceive the hidden hands of the Lord\nbehind them are certainly less intelligent persons, although they may be\nadvertised as great material scientists.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n� ;rll � �oqfctOiH'{ I\n\n� ���tP.rm� � f?t�: ��\nbhutiiniim nabha iidlniim\nyad yad bhavyiivarii-varam\nte�iim pariinusamsargiid·\nyathii san.khyam gurp'in viduft\n\nbhutiiniim-of all the physical elements;\nbeginning from; yat-as; yat\n\n-\n\nn\n\nabhaft\n\n-\n\nthe sky; iidiniim­\n\nand as; bhavya-0 gentle one; avarii-inferior;\n\n", "SB3.1#p0218": "199\n\nVidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\nText 38]\n\nvaram-superior; te�arn-all of them; para-the Supreme; annsarnsargatlast touch; yatha-as many; sarik hyam-nu mbcr; gn(liin-quali ties; vidu(tyou may understand.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 gentle one, of all the physical elements, beginning from the sky\ndown to the earth, all the inferior and superior q ualities are due only to\nthe final touch of the glance of the Supreme Personali ty of Go dhead\n\n.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n��:�fctqO:m�Pmlf�:\n\nt\n\n-«lll(itl«.<tt$414hn:�: SU!'t'Stlt � ������\nete devii(t kalii vi,�(J.O�\n\nkala-mayiirhsa-lihginab.\nn.iiniitvat svakriyanisa�\nprow[! priiiijalayo vibhu m\nete-of all these physical elements; deva�-the controlling demigods;\nkala�- parts and parcels; viwo�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nkala-time; maya-external energy; arhsa-part and parcel; liligina{l·-so\nembodied; nanatvat-because of various; svakriya-personal duties; anisa{�not being\n\nable to perform; procu�-uttered; prafijalaya�-fa scinating;\n\nvibhnm-unto the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nThe controlling deities of all the above-mentioned physical elements are\nempowered expansions of Lord Vi�J;tU. They are embodied by eternal\ntime under the external energy, and they are His parts and parcels.\nBecause they were entrusted with different functions of universal duties\nand were unable to perform them, they offered fascinating prayers to the\nLord as follows:\nPURPORT\nThe conception of various controlling demigods who inhabit the higher\nplanetary systems for the management of universal affairs is not imaginary,\nas proposed by persons with a poor fund of knowledge. The demigods\nare expanded parts and parcels of the Supreme Lord Vi�J;tu, and they are\nembodied by time, external energy and partial consciousness of the\nSupreme. Human beings, animals, birds, etc., are also parts and parcels of\n\n", "SB3.1#p0219": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n200\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nthe Lord and have different material bodies, but they are not the controlling deities of material affairs. They are, rather, controlled by such\ndemigods. Such control is not superfluous; it is as necessary as the\ncontrolling departments in the affairs of a modern state. The demigods\nshould not be despised by the controlled living beings. They are all\ngreat devotees of the Lord entrusted to execute certain functions of\nuniversal affairs. One may be angry with Yamaraja for his thankless task\nof punishing sinful souls, but Yamaraja is one of the authorized devoteP.R\nof the Lord, and so are all the other demigods. A devotee of the Lord is\nnever controlled by such deputed demigods, who function as assistants of\nthe Lord, but he shows them all respects on account of the responsible\npositions to which they have been appointed by the Lord. At the same\ntime, a devotee of the Lord does not foolishly mistake them to be the\nSupreme Lord. Only foolish persons accept the demigods as being on the\nsame level as Vi��IU; actually they are all appointed as servants of V i�pu.\nAnyone who places the Lord and the demigods on the same level is\ncalled a pii�a!lt)i, or atheist. The demigods are worshiped by persons who\nare more or less adherents to the processes of jniina, yoga and karma, i.e.,\nthe\n\nimpersonalists,\n\nmeditators\n\nand\n\nfruitive\n\nworkers.\n\nThe\n\ndevotees,\n\nhowever, worship only the Supreme Lord Vi�!)u. This worship is not for\nany material benefit, as desired by all the materialists, even up to the\nsalvationists, mystics and fruitive workers. Devotees worship the Supreme\nLord to attain unalloyed devotion to the Lord. The Lord, however, is not\nworshiped by others\n\nwho have no program for attaining love of God,\n\nwhich is the essential aim of human life. Persons who are adverse to a\nloving relationship with God are more or less condemned by their own\nactions.\nThe Lord is equal to every living entity, just like the flowing Ganges.\nThe Ganges water is meant for the purification of everyone, yet the trees\non the banks of the Ganges have different values. A mango tree on the\nbank of the Ganges drinks the water, and the nim tree also drinks the same\nwater. But the fruits of both trees are different. One is celestially sweet,\nand the other is hellishly bitter. The condemned bitterness of the nim is\ndue to its own past work, just as the sweetness of the mango is also due to\nits own karma. The Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\ntiin aharh dvi§ata� kruriin sarhsiire�u nariidhamiin\nk�ipiimy ajasram asubhiin iisurisv eva yoni�u\n\"The envious, the mischievous, the lowest of mankind, these do I ever\nput hack into the ocean of material existence, into various demonic\nspecies of life.\" (Bg. 16.19). Demigods like Yamaraja and other controllers\n\n", "SB3.1#p0220": "201\n\nVidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\nText 39]\n\nare ther e for the unwanted conditioned so uls who always enga ge in\nthreatening t he tranquility of the ki ngdom of God. Since all the de migods\nare confidential\n\ndevotee-servitors of t he\n\nLord, they are never to be\n\ncondemned.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n��:\n� � 'fa:Hfel;(\nst4\"*fttf�JUd4'14{ I\n....,e�a1\n1«t�S�(11�\n�:�\nGtf��\"l ����II\n;mq\n\ndevii ucuft\nnamiima te deva padiiravindarh\nprapanna-tiipopasamiita.patram\nyan-mula-ketii yatayo 'iijasoru\n\nsruhsiira -duftkham bahir utk!iipanti\ndeviift\n\nucuft-the\n\nde migods\n\nsaid; namiima-we offer\n\nour\n\nrespectful\n\nobeisances; te- Your; deva-0. Lord;padii-aravinda.m-lotus feet;pra.panrwsurrendered; tiipa-di st r e ss; upa.sama.-. up presses; iitapalram--u m brei Ia; ya.t.mula -ke t a.ft -shelte r of the lotus feet; yataya(t-great sages; aiijasii-totally;\nuru-great ; sa rhs ii ra. -du [l.khnm - mis eri e s of material existence; ba.hift-ou t;\n\nu tk!i ipanti-for cibly t hrow .\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods said: 0 Lord, Your lotus feet are like an umbrella for\nthe surrendered souls, protecting them from all the miseries of material\nexistence. All the sages under that shelter throw off all material miseries.\nWe therefore offer our respectful obeisances unto Your lotus feet.\nPURPORT\nThere are many sages and saints who engage in trying to conquer\nrebirth and all other material miseries. But of all of them, those who take\nshelter under the lotus feet of the Lord can com p let el y throw off all such\nmiseries without difficulty. Others, who are\n\ngag ed in transcendental\n\nen\n\nac t.ivi lies in di ffen:n t way , cannot do so. For them i t is very diffi c u It.\nThey may\n\na\n\nr t if i c i a lly think of becoming liberated without acce pting the\n\nshelter of the lotus fe e t of the Lord, but that is not possible. One is sure\nto fall\n\na gain\n\nto the material existence from such false liberati o n, e ven\n\n", "SB3.1#p0221": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n202\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nthough one may have undergone severe penances and austerities. This is\nthe opinion of the demigods, who are not only well versed in Vedic knowledge but who are also seers of the past, present and future. The opinions\nof the demigods are valuable because they are authorized to hold positions\nin the affairs of universal management. They are appointed by the Lord as\nHis confidential servants.\n\nTEXT 40\n\n�� � (��m«�N'SI4onflt1ta1 WI � I\n� �·ICi�ctlsjU� �\n\n� 11\\loll\n\ndhiitar yad asmin bhava Isa jiviis\ntiipa-traye[!iibhihatii na sarma\niitmal labhante bhagavarhs taviihghricchiiyiirh savidyiim ata iisrayema\ndhiitaft-0 father; yat\n\n-\n\nbecau se; asmin-in this; bhave-material world;\n\niSa-0 Lord;jiviift-the living entities; tapa-miseries; traye !w -by the three;\n\nabhih atiift-always embarrassed; na-never; sarma-in happiness; iitmanself; labhante- do gain; bhagavan\n\n-\n\nPersonality of Godhead; tava- Your;·\n\narighri-chiiyiim-shade of Your feet; savidyiim-full of knowledge; ata[lobtain; asrayema-shelter.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Father, 0 Lord, 0 Personality of Godhead, the living entities in the\n\nmaterial world can never have any happiness because they are overwhelmed\n\nby the three kinds of miseries. Therefore they take shelter of the shade of\n\nYour lotus feet, which are full of knowledge, and we alsO thus take shelter\n\nof them.\n\nPURPORT\nThe way of devotional service is neither sentimental nor mundane. It is\n\nthe path of reality by which the living entity can attain the transcendental\nha ppiness of being freed from the three kinds of material miseries-miseries\narising from the bo dy and mind, from other living entities and from\nnatural disturbances. Every one who is conditioned b y material existence­\n\nwhether he be a man. or beast or demigod or bird-must suffer from\n\n", "SB3.1#p0222": "Vidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\nText 41]\n\n203\n\niidhyatmic (bodily or mental) pains, iidhibautic pains (those offered by\nliving creatures), and iidhidaivic pains (those due to supernatural disturbances). His happiness is nothing but a hard struggle to get free from the\nmiseries of conditional life. But there is only one way he can be rescued,\nand that is by accepting the shelter of the lotus feet of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nThe argument that unless one has proper knowledge one cannot be\nfreed from material miseries is undoubtedly true. But because the lotus\nfeet of the Lord are full of transcendental knowledge, acceptance of His\nlotus feet completes that necessity. We have already discussed this point\nin the First Canto (I. 2. 7):\n\nviisudeve bhagavati bhakti-yoga� prayojita�\njanayaty iisu vairiigyarh jfiiinarit ca yad ahaitukam\nThere is no want of knowledge in the devotional service of Vasudeva, the\nPersonality of Godhead. He, the Lord, personally takes charge of dissipating the darkness of ignorance from the heart of a devotee. He confirms\nthis in Bhagavad-gitii (10.10):\n\ntesiirh satata-yukatiiniirh bhajatiirh priti- purvakam\ndadiimi buddhi-yogarh tarh yena miim upayiinti te\nEmpiric philosophical speculation cannot give one relief from the threefold\nmiseries of material existence. Simply to endeavor for knowledge without\ndevoting oneself to the Lord is a waste of valuable time.\nTEXT 41\n\n� ;;rit i{ctqtwft��:�� �I\n�qq.fiG:QRaw:w\nq� � ijt+f�:\n\n�: mHil\n\nmiirganti yat te mukha-padma-nit;lais\nchanda�-supar{lair r�ayo vivikte\nyasyiighamar�oda-sarid-variiyii�\npadarh padarh t\"irtha-pada� prapannii�\nmiirga n ti\n\n-\n\nsearchin g after; yat- as; te- Your; mukha padma\n-\n\n-\n\nlotuslike\n\nface; nigai�- by those who have taken shelter of such a lotus flower;\n\nchanda!t- Vedic hymns; suparr-a*-by the wings; r�aya�\n\n-\n\nthe sages; vivi-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0223": "204\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nkte-in clear mind;yasya-whose;agha-marfioda-that which offers freedom\nfrom all reactions to sin; sarit-rivers; variiyii�-in the best; padam padam­\n\nin every step; tirtha-pada{1-one whose lotus feet are as good as a place of\npilgrimage; prapanniih-taking shelter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe lotus feet of the Lord are by themselves the shelter of all places of\npilgrimage. The great clear-minded sages, carried by the wings of the Vedas,\n\nalways search after the nest of Your lotuslike face. Some of them\n\nsurrender to Your lotus feet at every step by taking shelter of the best of\nrivers [the Ganges] , which can deliver one from all sinful reactions.\nPURPORT\nThe paramaharhsas are compared to royal swans who make their nests\n\non the petals of the lotus flower. The Lord's transcendental bodily parts\n\nare always compared to the lotus flower because in the material world the\n\nlotus flower is the last word in beauty. The most beautiful thing in the\n\nworld is the Vedas, or Bhagavad-g\"itii, because therein knowledge is imparted\n\nby the Personality of Godhead Himself. The paramahamsa makes his nest\n\nin the lotuslike face of the Lord and always seeks shelter at His lotus feet,\n\nwhich are reached by the wings of Vedic wisdom. Since the Lord is the\n\noriginal source of all emanations, intelligent persons, enlightened by Vedic\n\nknowledge, seek the shelter of the Lord, just as birds who leave the nest\nagain search out the nest to take complete rest. All Vedic knowledge is\n\nmeant for understanding the Supreme Lord, as stated by the Lord in\n\nBhagavad-g\"itii: vedais ca sarvair. aham eva vedya{'l (Bg.\n\n15.15). Intelligent\n\npersons, who are like swans, take shelter of the Lord by all means and do\n\nnot hover on the mental plane by fruitlessly speculating on different\nphilosophies.\n\nThe Lord is so kind that He has spread the River Ganges throughout the\n\nuniverse so that by taking bath in that holy river everyone can get release\n\nfrom the reactions of sins, which occur at every step. There are many rivers\n\nin the world which are able to evoke one's sense of God consciousness\n\nsimply by one's bathing in them, and the River Ganges is chief amongst\nthem. In India there are five sacred rivers, but the Ganges is the most\n\nsacred. The River Ganges and Bhagavad-g\"itii are chief sources of transcendental happiness for mankind, and intelligent persons can take shelter of\n\nthem to go back home, back to Godhead. Even Srlpada Sankaracarya\n\nrecommends that a little knowledge in Bhagavad-g\"itii and the drinking of\n\n", "SB3.1#p0224": "Text 42]\n\nVidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\n205\n\na little quantity of Ganges water can save one from the p unis hment of\nYamaraja.\nTEXT 42\n\n���o$1.�1 �� ��\n\n�'l�¥ttit\n��\n� �o•t�il�w:t\nito\n\"�\n\n��tmm��� 11\\10{11\n\nyac chraddhaya sruta-vatyii ca bhaktyii\nsammrjyamanc hrdayc 'vadhaya\njfiiincna vairagya-balcna dhTrii\nvrajcma tat tc •;Lghri-sarojapTtham\nyat-that which; sraddhaya-by eagerness; sruta-vatya- imply by hearing;\n\nca-also;\n\nhrdayc-in\n\nthe\n\nbhaktya-in\nheart;\n\ndevotion;\n\nsammrjyamane-being\n\navadhaya-meditation;\n\njfiiinena-by\n\ncleansed;\n\nk nowledge;\n\nvairagya-detachment; balena-by the str ength of; dhTrii�-pacified; vrajema-must go to; tat-that; te- Your; arighri-feet; sara�- japTtham-lotus\nsanctuary.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSimply by hearing about Your lotus feet with eagerness and devotion\nand by meditating upon them within the heart, one at once becomes\nenlightened with knowledge, and on the strength of detachment one\nbecomes pacified. We must therefore take shelter of the sanctuary oi' Your\nlotus feet.\nPURPORT\nThe miracles of me ditating on the lotus feet of the Lord with eagern e ss\nand devotion are so great that no other process can compare to it. The\nminds of materialistic persons are so disturbed that it is alm ost i mposs ible\nfor them to search after the Supreme Truth by\nendeavors.\n\npersonal regul a tive\n\nBut even such materialistic men, with a little eagerness for\n\nheari ng about the transcendental name, fame, qualities, etc .\n\n,\n\ncan surpass\n\nall other methods of attaining knowledge and detachment. The conditioned\nsoul is attached to the bodily concep tion of the self, and the re fore he is in\nigno rance\n\n.\n\nCulture of self-knowledge can bring abou L d e ta ch ment from\n\nmaterial affection, and without such detachment there is no meani ng to\nknowledge. The most stubborn attachment for material enjoyment is sex\n\n", "SB3.1#p0225": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n206\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nlife. One who is attached to sex life is to be understood as devoid of knowledge. Knowledge must be followed by detachment. That is the way of selfrealization.\n\nThese two\n\nessentials\n\nfor\n\nself-realization,\n\nknowledge\n\nand\n\ndetachment, become manifest very quickly if one performs devotional\nservice to the lotus feet of the Lord. The word dhira is very significant in\nthis connection. A person who is not disturbed even in the presence of\ncause of disturbance is called dhira.\n\nS ri Yamunacarya says, \"Since my\n\nheart has been overwhelmed by the devotional service of Lord Kr�t:�a, I\ncannot even think of sex life, and if thoughts of sex come upon me I at\nonce feel disgust.\" A devotee of the Lord becomes an elevated dhira by\nthe simple process of meditating in eagerness on the lotus feet of the Lord.\nDevotional service entails being initiated by a bona fide spiritual master\nand following his instruction in regard to hearing about the Lord. Such a\nbona fide spiritual master is accepted by regularly hearing from him about\nthe Lord. The improvement in knowledge and detachment can be perceived\nby devotees as an actual experience. Lord\n\nS ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nstrongly recommended this process of hearing from a bona fide devotee,\nand by following this process one can achieve the highest result, conquering all other methods.\nTEXT 43\n\n�qf�·d�44¥1N\n9)afc161(�\nqa;IJi�· � I\n� ���\n�� Sl4\"-0€4sr.f ��I'( 11\\l�ll\n.\n\nvisvasya janma-sthiti-sarhyamiirthe\nkrtiivatiirasya padiimbujarh te\nvrajema sarve sara!tarh yad isa\nsmrtarh prayacchaty abhayarh svapurhsiim\nvilvasya-of the cosmic universe; j an ma-cr eation; sthiti-maintenance;\nsarhyamiirthe-for the dissolution also; krta-accepted or assumed; avatiirasya-of the incarnations; pada-ambujam-lotus feet; te-Your; vrajema­\n\nlet us take shelter of; sarve-all of us; sara�am-shelter; yat- th at which;\niSa-0\n\nLord; smrtam-r emembrance ; prayacc hati-awarding ; abhayam­\n\ncourage; svapurhsiim-of the devotees.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0226": "Text 44]\n\nVidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\n207\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, You assume incarnati ons for the creation, maintenance and\ndissolution of the cosmic manifestation, and therefore we all take shelter\nof Your lotus feet because they always award remembrance and courage to\nYour devotees.\nPURPORT\n\nFor the creation, maintenance and dissolution of the cosmic manifes­\n\ntations\n\nthere\n\nare three\n\nincarnations:\n\nBrahma,\n\nVi�I)U and Mahesvara\n\n(Lord Siva). They are the controllers or masters of the three modes of\n\nmaterial nature, which cause the phenomenal manifestation. Vi�I)U is the\n\nmaster of the mode of goodness, Brahma is the master of the mode of\n\npassion, and Mahesvara is the master of the mode of ignorance. There are\n\ndifferent kinds of devotees according to the modes of nature. Persons in\n\nthe mode of goodness worship Lord Vi�I)U, those in the mode of passion\nworship Lord Brahma, and those in the mode of ignorance worship Lord\n\nSiva. All three of these deities are incarnations of the Supreme Lord Kr�l)a\n\nbecause He is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. The demigods\n\ndirectly refer to the lotus feet of the Supreme Lord and not to the\ndifferent incarnations. The incarnation of Vi�I)U in the material world\n\nis, however, directly worshiped by the demigods. It is learned from various\nscriptures that the demigods approach Lord Vi�I)U in the ocean of milk\n\nand submit their grievances whenever there is some difficulty in the admin­\n\nistration of universal affairs. Although they are incarnations of the Lord,\nLord Brahmii and Lord Siva worship Lord Vi�l)u, and thus they are also\n\ncounted amongst the demigods and not as the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. Persons who worship Lord Vi�I)U are called demigods, and\n\npersons who do not do so are called asuras, or demons. Vi�l)u always\n\ntakes the part of the demigods, but Brahma and Siva sometimes take the\nside of the demons; it is not that they become one in interest with them,\n\nbut sometimes they do something in order to gain control over the demons.\nTEXT44\n\n*4�1�'1·\\tsm«\n�\n&{¥(1(flt�'{4\\(ISIUI( I\n·trt � cmatsft �\n� ri �wt: CA:Ii'$1'( mum\n\n", "SB3.1#p0227": "208\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nyat sanubandhe 'sati deha-gehe\nmamahamity-u{lha-duragraharzam\npumsam suduram vasato 'pi puryam\nbhajema tat te bhagavan padabjam\nyat- because; siinubandhe- due to becoming entangled; asati- thus being;\ndeha-the gross material body; gehe-in the home; mama\n\n-\n\nm in e; aham-1;\n\niti thus; ii{lha-great, deep; d uniigrahii rziim- undesirable eagerness; pum\n-\n\nsiim-of persons; suduram-far away; vasata �\n\nyam- within the body; bhaje ma\n\n-\n\n-\n\ndwelling; api-although; pur\n\n­\n\n­\n\nlet us worship; tat-therefore; te- Your;\n\nbhagav an - 0 Lord; padiibjam-lotus feet.\n\nTRAN S LATION\n0 Lord, persons who are entangled by undesirable eagerness for the\ntemporary body and kinsmen, and who are bound by thoughts of \"mine\"\n\nand \"I,\" are unable to see Your lotus feet, although they are situated\n\nwithin their own bodies. But let us take shelter of Your lotus feet.\n\nPURPORT\nThe whole Vedic philosophy of life is that one should get rid of the\nmaterial encagement of gross and subtle bodies, which only cause one to\ncontinue in a condemned life of miseries. This material body continues as\nlong as one is not detached from the false conception of lording it over\nmaterial nature. The impetus for lording over material nature is the sense\nof \"mine\" and \"1.\" \"I am the lord of all that I survey. So many things I\npossess, and I shall possess more and more. Who can be richer than I in\nwealth and education? I am the master, and I am God. Who else is there\nbut me?\" All these ideas reflect the philosophy of aham- mama, the\nconception that \"I am everything\". Persons conducted by such a conception of life can never get liberation from material bondage. But even a\nperson perpetually condemned to the miseries of material existence can\nget relief from bondage if he simply agrees to hear only Kr:§!za-kathii. In\nthis age of Kali, the process of hearing Kmw-kathii is the most effective\nmeans to gain release from unwanted family affection and thus find\npermanent freedom in life. The age of Kali is full of sinful reactions,\nand people are more and more addicted to the qualities of this age, but\nsimply by hearing and chanting of Kmw-kathii one is sure to go back to\nGodhead. Therefore, people should be trained to hear only Kr:�rza-kathiiby all means-in order to get relief from all miseries.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0228": "Vidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\nText45)\n\n209\n\nTEXT45\n\n� � ijijft�fit�\nsttit\n\nq(a(aa�:\n\nm\n\n�� ;@\n- � �efcl�aa��n il\\l�ll\n\"\n\ntan vai hy asad-vrttibhir ak�ibhir ye\n\nparahrtiintar-manasa� paresa\natho na pasyanty uru giiy a niinam\nye te padanyiisa-viliisa-lak�ya�\ntiin-the lotus feet of the Lord; vai-certainly; hi- for; asat-materialistic ;\n\nvrttibh*-by those who are influenced by external energyi ak �ibhift-by\nthe senses;ye-those;pariihrta-missing at a distance; ant a�- ma n asa�- of the\ninternal mind; p aresa -0 Supreme; atho-therefore; na-never; pasyantican see; uru giiya-0 great;niinam-but;ye-those;te-who are; padanyiisaactivities; viliisa-transcendental enjoyment; lak�yii�-those who see.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great Supreme Lord, offensive persons whose internal vision has been\ntoo affected by external materialistic activities cannot see Your lotus feet,\nbut they are seen by Your pure devotees, whose one and only aim is to\ntran scendentally enjoy Your activities .\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii (18.61), the Lord is situated in everyone's\nheart. It is natural that one should be able to see the Lord at least within\nhimself. But that is not possible for those whose internal vision has been\ncovered by external activities. The pure soul, which is symptomized by\nconsciousness, can be easily perceived even by a common man because\nconsciousness is spread all over the body. The yoga system as recommended\nin Bhagavad-gitii is to concentrate the mental activities internally and thus\nsee the lotus feet of the Lord within oneself. But there are many so-called\n\nyogis who have no concern with the Lord but are only concerned with\nconsciousness, which they accept as the final realization. Such realization\nof consciousness is taught by Bhagavad-gitii within only a few minutes,\nwhereas the so-called yogis take continuous years to realize it because of\ntheir offenses at the lotus feet of the Lord. The greatest offense is to deny\n\n", "SB3.1#p0229": "210\n\nSr'imad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nthe existence of the Lord as separate from the individual souls or to accept\nthe Lord and the individual soul as one and the same. The impersonalists\nmisinterpret the theory of reflection, and thus they wrongly accept the\nindividual consciousness as the supreme consciousness.\nThe theory of the reflection of the Supreme can be clearly understood\nwithout difficulty by any sincere common man. When there is a reflection\nof the sky on the water, both the sky and the stars are seen within the\nwater, but it is understood that the sky and the stars are not to be accepted\non the same level. The stars are parts of the sky, and therefore they cannot\nbe equal to the whole. The sky is the whole, and the stars are parts. They\ncannot be one and the same. Transcendentalists who do not accept the\nsupreme consciousness as separate from the individual consciousness are\nas offensive as the materialists who deny even the existence of the Lord.\nSuch offenders cannot actually see the lotus feet of the Lord within\nthemselves, nor are they even able to see the devotees of the Lord. The\ndevotees of the Lord are so kind that they roam to all places to enlighten\npeople in God consciousness. The offenders, however, lose the chance to\nreceive the Lord's devotees, although the offenseless common man is at\nonce influenced by the devotees' presence. In this connection there is an\ninteresting story of a hunter and Devar�i Narada. A hunter in the forest,\nalthough a great sinner, was not an intentional offender. He was at once\ninfluenced by the presence of Narada, and he agreed to take the path of\ndevotion, leaving aside his hearth and home. But the offenders Nalakuvara\nand Mal)igrlva, even though living amongst the demigods, had to undergo\nthe punishment of becoming trees in their next lives, although by the grace\nof a devotee they were later delivered by the Lord. Offenders have to\nwait until they receive the mercy of devotees, and then they can become\neligible to see the lotus feet of the Lord within themselves. But due to\ntheir offenses and their extreme materialism, they cannot see even the\ndevotees of the Lord. Engaged in external activities, they kill the internal\nvision. The Lord's devotees, however, do not mind the offenses of the\nfoolish in their many gross and subtle bodily endeavors. The Lord's\ndevotees continue to bestow the blessings of devotion upon all such\noffenders without hesitation. That is the nature of devotees.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n��� �:·\nSI'Wf�l A�&\\l�lttl � I\n\n", "SB3.1#p0230": "Vidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\nText 46)\n\n�(jJqijj( �� iff�\nqtu�ttl�l�<1io��\n\n211\n\nII \\l �II\n\npanena te deva kathii-sudhiiyii{lpravrddha-bhaktyii visadiisayii ye\nvairiigya-siirarh pratilabhya bodharh\nyathiiiijasanviyur aku[tfha-dhi§!lJam\npii ne na- by\n\nsudhiiyii�-of\ndevotional\n\ndrinking;\nthe\n\nservice;\n\nte-of\n\ndeva-0\n\nYou;\n\nnectar; pravrddha - highly\nvisada -iisayii - with\n\nLord;\n\nk a thii - topics;\n\nenlightened; bha ktyii- by\n\na greatly serious attitude; ye­\n\nthose; vairiigya-siiram-the entire purport of renunciation; pratilabhyaachieving;\na\n\nbod/t am- intelligence;\n\nyathii-as\n\nmuch\n\nas;\n\na njasii - quickly;\n\nnviyu?l - achieve; akufltha-dhi§rtyam- Vaikur:tthaloka in the spiritual sky.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, persons who, because of their serious attitude, attain the stage\nof enlightened\n\ndevotional service\n\nachieve the complete\n\nmeaning of\n\nrenunciation and knowledge and attain the VaikuJ;tthaloka in the spiritual\nsky simply by drinking the nectar of Your topics.\nPURPORT\nThe difference between the impersonalistic mental speculators and the\npure devotees of the Lord is that the former pass through a miserable\nunderstanding of the Absolute Truth at every stage, whereas the devotees\nenter into the kingdom of all pleasures even from the beginning of their\nattempt. The devotee has only to hear about devotional activities, which\nare as simple as anything in ordinary life, and he also acts very simply,\nwhereas the mental speculator has to pass through a j ugglery of words,\nwhich are partially facts and partially a make-show for the maintenance of\nan artificial impersonal status. In spite of his strenuous efforts to attain\nperfect knowledge, the impersonalist attains merging into the impersonal\noneness of the brahmajyoti of the Lord, which is also a ttained by the\n�nemies of the Lord simply because of their being killed by Him. The\ndevotees, however, attain to the highest stage of knowledge and renunciation and achieve the Vaikut:�thalokas, the planets in the spiritual sky. The\nimpersonalist attains only the sky, and does not achieve any tangible\ntranscendental bliss, whereas the devotee attains to the planets where real\nspiritual life prevails. With a serious attitude, the devotee throws away all\n\n", "SB3.1#p0231": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n212\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nachievements like so much dust, and he accepts only devotional service,\nthe transcendental culmination.\nTEXT47\n\n�\n��� � � il�81'( I\n� �: �4 Fr.i:Tf�\n� m�: � G � ij 11\\l�ll\ntathiipare ciitma-samiidhi-_yogabalena jitvii prakrtirit bali§thiim\ntviim eva dhtra\"f! puru§arit viSanti\nte§iirit srama[t syiin na tu sevayii te\ntathii-as far as; apare-others; ca-also; atma-samiidhi-transcendental\nself-realization;yoga-means; balena-by the strength of;jitva-conquering;\nprakrtim-acquired nature or modes of nature; bali�_thiim- very powerful;\ntviim- You; eva\n\n-\n\nonly; dh'irii�-pacified; puru�am-person; visanti-enters\n\ninto; te�iim-for them; srama�-much labor; syiit-has to be taken; nanever; tu-but ; sevayii-by serving; te-of You.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOthers, who are pacified by means of transcendental self-realization and\nhave conquered over the modes of nature by dint of strong power and\n\nknowledge, also enter into You, but for them there is much pain, whereas\nthe devotee simply discharges devotional service and thus feels no such\npain.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn terms of a labor of love and its returns, the bhaktas, or devotees of\nthe Lord, always have priority over persons who are addicted to the\nassociation of jniinis, or impersonalists, and yogis, or mystics. The word\napare (others) is very significant in this connection. \"Others\" refer to the\njniinis and the yogis, whose only hope is to merge into the existence of the\nimpersonal brahmajyoti. Although their destination is not so important\nin comparison to the destination of the devotees, the labor of the nondevotees is far greater than that of the bhaktas. One may suggest that\nthere is sufficient labor for the devotees also in the matter of discharging\n\ndevotional service. But that labor is compensated by the enhancement of\n\n", "SB3.1#p0232": "Vidura's Talks with Maitreya\n\nText 48]\n\n213\n\ntranscendental pleasure. The devotees derive more transcendental pleasure\nwhile engaged continuously in the service of the Lord than w hen they\nhave no such engagement. In the family combination of a man and a\nwoman there is much labor and responsibility for both of them, yet when\nthey are single they feel more trouble for want of their untied activities.\nThe union of the impersonalists and the union of the devotees are not\non a par. The impersonalists try to fully stop their individuality by\nattaining siiyujya-mukti, or unification by merging into oneness, whereas\nthe devotees keep their individuality to exchange feelings in relationship\nwith the Supreme Individual Lord. Such reciprocation of feelings takes\nplace in the transcendental Vaikul)tha planets, and therefore the liberation\nsought by the impersonalists is already achieved in devotional service. The\ndevotees attait:t mukti automatically while continuing the transcendental\npleasure of maintaining individuality. As explained in the previous verse,\nthe destination of the devotees is Vaikul)tha, or akur.tha-dhifi[lya, the\nplace where anxieties are completely eradicated. One should not mistake\nthe destination of the devotees and that of the impersonalists to be one\nand the same. The destinations are distinctly different, and the transcendental pleasure derived by the devotee is also distinct from cinmiitra, or\nspiritual feelings alone.\n\nTEXT 48\n\nri\n\n�\n\n�\n�m:\n� �: �MiiH� ;f\n\n��\n\n..\n\n;r\n\n�lst+t(ij�S!Rti�?t\n\nij 11\\?�11\n\ntat te vayarh loka-sisrk�ayiid_ya\ntvayiinusrHiis tribhir iitmabhi� sma\nsarve viyuktii� svavihiira-tantrarh\nna saknumas tat pratihartave te\ntat-therefore; te- Your; vaya m- a ll of us; loka-world; sisrk§ ayii- for\n\nthe sake of creation; iidya- the original; tvayii- by You; anusr§tii�-being\ncreated one after another; tri b hi�- by the three modes of nature; iitma­\n\nb hi�- by one's own; sma-in the past; sarve-all; v iyukta{t - separated ;\n\nsvavihiira-tantram-the network of activities for one's own pleasure; na-not;\n\ns'a kn u ma� - c o u ld do it; ta l - that; pratihartave-to award; te-unto Your.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0233": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n214\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Original Person, we are therefore but Yours only. Although we are\n\nYour creatures, we are born one after another under the iniluence of the\n\nthree modes of nature, and for this reason we are separated in action.\n\nTherefore, after the creation we could not act concertedly for Your\n\ntranscendental pleasure.\n\nPURPORT\nThe cosmic creation is working under the influence of the three modes\nof the external potency of the Lord. Different creatures are also under the\nsame influence, and therefore they cannot act concertedly in satisfying\nthe Lord. Because of this diverse activity, there cannot be any harmony in\nthe material world. The best policy, therefore, is to act for the sake of\nthe Lord. That will bring about the desired harmony.\nTEXT 49\n\n���� �m\n� -etl?t+iG.I+i � I\n� �it re: �\n\"'\n\n�T���n ll'tl�ll\n_yavad balirh te 'ja harama kale\nyathii vayarh cannam adama yatra\nyathobhaye�am ta ime hi lokii\nbalilh haranto 'nnam adanty anuha{t\nyiivat-as it may be; balim-offerings; te- Your; aja-0 unborn one;\nhariima-shall offer; kale-at the right ti me;yatha- as much as; vayam-we;\nca-also; annam-food grains; adiima-shall partake; yatra- whereupon;\nyathii-as much as; u bhaye§iim-both for You and us; ta-all; ime-these\nliving entities; hi-certainly; lokii�-in the world; balim-offerings; harantafl -whi le offering; ann am-grains; adanti-eat; anuhiifl-without distur­\n\nbance.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 unborn one, please enlighten us regarding the ways and means by\n\nwhich we can offer You all enjoyable grains and commodities so that both\nwe and all other living entities in this world can maintain ourselves without\n\ndisturbance and can easily accumulate the necessities of life both for You\n\nand ourselves.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0234": "Text 491\n\nVidura 's Talks with Maitreya\n\n215\n\nPURPORT\nDeveloped consciousness begins from the human form of life and\nfurther increases in the form of the demigods living in higher planets.\nThe earth is situated almost in the middle of the universe, and the human\nform of life is the via medium between the life of the demigods and that\nof the demons. The planetary systems above the earth are especially\nmeant for the higher intellectuals, called demigods. They are called\ndemigods because although their standard of life is far more advanced in\nculture, enjoyment, luxury, beauty, education and duration of life, they\nare always fully God conscious:\n\nSuch demigods are always ready to\n\nrender service to the Supreme Lord because they are perfectly aware of\nthe fact that every living entity is constitutionally an eternal subordinate\nservitor of the Lord. They also know that it is the Lord only who can\nmaintain all living entities with all the necessities of life. The Vedic hymns,\n\"eko\n\nbahuniim\n\nvidadhiiti\n\nkiimiin,\"\n\n\"tii enam abruvan iiyatanarh na�\n\nprajiinihi yasmin prati:�.thitii annam adiime,\" etc., confirm this truth. In\nBhagavad-gitii also, the Lord is mentioned as bhuta-bhrt, or the maintainer of all living creatures.\nThe modern theory that starvation is due to an increase in population is\nnot accepted by the demigods or the devotees of the Lord. The devotees\nor demigods are fully aware that the Lord can maintain any number of\nliving entities provided they are conscious of how to eat. If they want to\neat like ordinary animals, who have no God consciousness, then they\nmust live in starvation, poverty and want, like the jungle animals in the\nforest. The jungle animals are also maintained by the Lord with their\nrespective foodstuffs, but they are not advanced in God consciousness.\nSimilarly, human beings are provided with food grains, vegetables, fruits\nand milk by the grace of the Lord, but it is the duty of human beings to\nacknowledge the mercy of the Lord. As a matter of gratitude, they should\nfeel obliged to the Lord for their supply of foodstuff, and they must first\noffer Him food in sacrifice and then partake of the remnants.\nIn Bhagavad-gitii it is confirmed (3.13) that one who takes foodstuff\nafter a performance of sacrifice eats real food for proper maintenance of\nthe body and soul, but one who cooks for himself and does not perform\nany sacrifice eats'only lumps· of sin in the shape of foodstuffs. Such sinful\neating can never make one happy or free from scarcity. Famine is not due\nto an increase in population, as less intelligent economists think. When\nhuman society is grateful to the Lord for all His gifts for the maintenance\nof the living entities, then there is certainly no scarcity or want in society.\nBut when men are unaware of the intrinsic value of such gifts from the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0235": "216\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nLord, surely they are in want. A person who has no God consciousness\nmay live in opulence for the time being due to his past virtuous acts, but\n\nif one. forgets his relationship with the Lord, certainly he must await the\nstage of starvation by the law of the powerful material nature. One cannot\nescape the vigilance of the powerful material nature unless he leads a God\nconscious or devotional life.\nTEXT 50\n\n� i{: §(IOII'fR! ('tl�:ql�j\n� 311Q': �: �ton 1\n� �� � �IJ1Ciiijtf1;{t\ntl*'illllf iii���: 11'-\\oll\ntvarh nafl. suriiru\"im asi siinvayiiniirh\nkuta-stha iidyafl. puru§af/. puriir-afl.\ntvarh deva saktyiirh gur-a-karma-yonau\nretas tvajiiyiirh kavim iidadhe 'jafl.\ntvam- Your Lordship; nafl. - of us; suriir-iim-of the demigods; asi- You\nsiinvayiiniim-with different gradations; k u t a-sth a � -one who is\nunchanged; iidyafl. - witho ut any superior; puru§ af/. - the founder person;\npuriir-afl.- the oldest, who has no other founder; tvam- You; deva-0 Lord;\nsaktyiim- unt o the energy; gur-a-karma-yonau-unto the cause of the\nmaterial modes and activities; reta fl. - semina of birth; tvajiiyiim- for begetting; kavim-the total living entities; iidadhe-initiated; aja[l. - one who is\nare;\n\nunborn.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou are the original personal founder of all the demigods and the orders\n\nof different gradations, yet You are the oldest and are unchanged. 0 Lord,\n\nYou have no source or superior. You have impregnated the external\n\nenergy with the semina of the total living entities, yet You are unborn.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord, the Original Person, is the father of all other living entities,\nbeginning from Brahma, the personality from whom all other living\n\nentities in different gradations of species are generated. Yet the supreme\n\nfather has no other father. Every one of the living entities of all grades,\n\nup to Brahma, the origi�al creature of the universe, is begotten by one\n\n", "SB3.1#p0236": "Vidura 's Talks with Maitreya\n\nText 51]\n\n217\n\nfather, but He, the Lord, has no father. When He descends on the material\n\nplane, out of His causeless mercy He accepts one of His great devotees as\n\nHis father to keep pace with the rules of the material world. But since He\n\nis the Lord, He is always independent in choosing who will become His\n\nfather. For example, the Lord came out of a pillar in His incarnation as\n\nNr�imhadeva, and by the Lord's causeless mercy, Ahalya came out of a\n\nstone by the touch of the lotus feet of His incarnation as Lord Sri Rama.\n\nHe is also the companion of every living entity as the Supersoul, but He is\n\nunchanged. The living entity changes his body in the material world, but\n\neven when the Lord is in the material world, He is ever unchanged. That\n\nis His prerogative.\n\nAs confirmed in Bhagavad-g\"ltii, the Lord impregnates the external or\n\nmaterial energy (Bg. 14.3), and thus the total living entities later come out\nin different gradations, beginning from Brahma, the first demigod, down\n\nto the insignificant ant. All gradations of living entities are manifested by\nBrahma and the external energy, but the Lord is the original father of\n\neveryone. The relationship of every living being with the Supreme Lord is\n\ncertainly one of son and father and not one of equality. Sometimes in love\n\nthe son is more than the father, but the relationship of father and son is\n\none of the superior and the subordinate. Every living entity, howe-ver great\n\nhe may be, even up to demigods like Brahma, lndra, etc., is an eternally\nsubordinate servitor of the supreme father. The mahat-tattva principle is\n\nthe generating source of all the modes of material nature, and the living\n\nentities take birth in the material world in bodies supplied by the mother,\n\nmaterial nature, in terms of their previous work. The body is a gift of\n\nmaterial nature, but the soul is originally part and parcel of the Supreme\nLord.\n\nTEXT 51\n\nm\n\nql(\n\n�;.r\nil'\\(N¥41<:'4'{ �llt ft � I\n� ;r: �: qft�ft: ��\n�Cf �'ij �{ltJIT1{_\n�<:�f!�·:u\n\ntato vayarh mat-pramukhii yad-arthe\nbabhuvimiitman karaviima kim te\ntvarh naft svacak§uft paridehi saktyii\ndeva kriyiirthe yad-anugrahartiim\n\n", "SB3.1#p0237": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n218\ntata{t-therefore;\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 5\n\nvayam-all of us; mat-pramukhii � coming from the\nmahat-tattva; yat a rthe-for the purpose of which;\nbabhiivima-created; iitman-the self; karaviima-shall do; kim- what; tey our service; tvam- Yourself; na� t o us; sva c ak� u�-pe rsonal plan;\nparidehi-specifically grant us; saktyii-with potency to work; deva-0\nLord; kriyii rthe-for acting; yat that which; anugrahiiriim-of those who\n-\n\ntotal cosmos, the\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nare specifically favored.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Supreme Self, please give us, who are created in the beginning from\n\nthe mahat-tattva, the total cosmic energy, Your kind directions on how\n\nwe shall act. Kindly award us Your perfect knowledge and potency so\n\nthat we can render You service in the different departments of subsequent\n\ncreation.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord creates this material world and impregnates the material energy\nwith the living entities who will act in the material world. All these actions\nhave a divine plan behind them. The plan is to give the conditioned souls\nwho so desire a chance to enjoy sense gratification. But there is another\nplan behind the creation: to help the living entities realize that they are\ncreated for the transcendental sense gratification of the Lord and not for\ntheir individual sense gratification. This is the constitutional position of\nthe living entities. The Lord is one without a second, and He expands\nHimself into many for His transcendental pleasure. All the expansionsthe\n\nV4ru-tattvas, the fiva-tattvas and the sakti-tattvas (the Personalities of\n\nGodhead, the living entities and the different potential energies)-are\ndifferent offshoots from the same one Supreme Lord. The fiva-tattvas\nare separated expansions of the\n\nVi�ru-tattvas, and although there are\n\npotential differences between them, they are all meant for the transcen·\ndental\n\nsense\n\ngratification of the Supreme Lord. Some of the jivas,\n\nhowever, wanted to lord it over material nature in imitation of the\nlordship of the Personality of Godhead. Regarding when and why such\npropensities overcame the pure living entities, it can only be explained\nthat the\n\nfiva�tattvas have infinitesimal independence and that due to\n\nmisuse of this independence some of the living entities have become\nimplicated in the conditions of cosmic creation and are therefore called\nnitya-bi m dha n as , or eternally conditioned souls.\nThe expansions of Vedic wisdom also give the nitya-bandhanas, the\nconditioned living entities, a chance to improve, and those who take\n\n", "SB3.1#p0238": "Text 51]\n\nVidura 's Talks with Maitreya\n\n219\n\nadvantage of such transcendental knowledge gradually regain their lost\nconsciousness of rendering transcendental loving. service to the Lord. The\ndemigods are amongst the conditioned souls who have developed this pure\nconsciousness of service to the Lord, but at the same time they continue\nto desire to lord it over the material energy. Such mixed consciousness\nputs a conditioned soul in the position of managing the affairs of this\ncreation. The demigods are entrusted leaders of the conditioned souls.\n\nAs some of the old prisoners in government j ails are entrusted with some\n\nresponsible work of prison management, so the demigods are improved\nconditioned souls acting as representatives of the Lord in the material\ncreation. Such demigods are devotees of the Lord in the material world\nand are completely free from all material desire to lord it over the material\nenergy. They have become pure devotees and have no desire but to serve the\nLord. Any living entity who desires a position in the material world may\ndesire so in the service of the Lord and may seek power and intelligence from\nthe Lord, as exemplified by the demigods in this particular verse. One\ncannot do anything unless he is enlightened and empowered by the Lord.\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii (15.15), matta� smrtir jriiinam apohanarh\nca.\n\nAll recollections, knowledge, etc., as well as all forgetfulness, are\n\nengineered by the Lord, who is sitting within the heart of everyone. The\nintelligent man seeks the help of the Lord, and the Lord helps the sincere\ndevotees engaged in His multifarious services.\nThe demigods are entrusted by the Lord to create different species of\nliving entities according to their past deeds. They are herein asking the\nfavor of the Lord for the intelligence and power to carry out their task.\nSimilarly, any conditioned soul may also engage in the service of the Lord\nunder the guidance of an expert spiritual master and thus gradually\nbecome freed from the entanglement of material existence. The spiritual\nmaster is the manifested representative of the Lord, and anyone who puts\nhimself under the guidance of a spiritual master and acts accordingly is said\nto be acting in terms of buddhi-yoga, as explained in Bhagavad-gitii:\nvyavasiiyatmikii buddhir ekena kurn-nandana\nbahu-siikhii hy anantiis ca buddhayo 'vyavasiiyiniim\n(Bg. 2.41)\nThus\nChapter,\n\nend the\nof\n\nMaitreya.\"\n\nthe\n\nBhaktivedanta\n\npurports of the Third\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam,\n\nentitled\n\n\"Vidura 's\n\nCanto,\n\nFifth\n\nTalks\n\nwith\n\n", "SB3.1#p0239": "CHAPTER SIX\n\ncreation of the Universal Form\nTEXT l\n\ncsmq�cU..:t\n� mm ��*h1'1i ijfflf1jq(1if� �: 1\n�8cM€fiij�loti Pl�il¥04 ��: II � II\nr�ir uviica\niti tiisiirh sva-saktinarh\nsatiniim asametya sa�\nprasupta loka-tantrii[!iirh\nnisiimya gatim isvara�\nsri\n\nrsih\n\nuviica-the ��i\n\nMaitreya said; iti-thus; tiisiim-their; sva­\n\nsaktiniim-own potency; satiniim-so situated; asametya-without combination; sa�-He (the Lord); prasupta-suspended; loka-tantrii[!iim-in the\nuniversal creations;nisiimya-hearing;gatim-progress; isvara�-the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe \\t!!i Maitreya said: The Lord thus heard about the suspension of the\nprogressive creative functions of the universe due to the noncombination.\nof His potencies, such as the mahat-tattva.\nPURPORT\nThere is nothing wanting in the creation of the Lord; all the potencies\nare there in a dormant state. But unless they are combined by the will of\nthe Lord, nothing can progress. The suspended progressive work of\ncreation can only be revived by the direction of the Lord.\n\nTEXT2\n\nifil� � �� ��'4JRfiJ1(isti�H I\n�;.ft��r.rt qui � II � II\n221\n\n", "SB3.1#p0240": "Srimad-Bh�gavatam\n\n222\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\nkiila-sarhjiiiirh tadii devirh\nbibhrac-chaktim urukrama�\ntrayovirhsati tattviiniirh\ngar-am yugapad iivisat\nkiila sarhj iiiim known as Kall; tadii-at that time; devim-the goddess;\n-\n\n-\n\nbibhrat-destructive; saktim- potency; uruk rama�\n\n-\n\nthe supreme powerful;\n\nt ra yovirhsati- twenty three ; tattviiniim-of the elements; gar-am- all of\nthem; yugapat simultaneously ; avisat- entered.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Powerful Lord then simultaneously entered into the\ntwenty-three elements with the goddess Kali, His external energy, who\nalone amalgamates all the different elements.\nPURPORT\nThe ingredients of matter are counted as twenty-three: the total material energy, false ego, sound, touch, form, taste, smell, earth, water,\nfire, air, sky, eye, ear, nose, tongue, skin, hand, leg, evacuating organ,\ngenitals, speech and mind. All are combined together by the influence of\ntime and are again dissolved in the course of time. Time, therefore, is\nthe energy of the Lord and acts in her own way by the direction of the\nLord. This energy is called Kafi and is represented by the dark destructive\ngoddess generally worshiped by persons influenced by the mode of darkness or ignorance in material existence. In the Vedic hymn this process is\ndescribed as mula-prakrtir avikrtir mahadadyiib, prakrti-vikrtayarh sapta­\n\nsorasakas tu vikaro na prakrtir na vikrtib- puru�ab,. The energy which\nacts as material nature in a combination of twenty-three ingredients is not\nthe final source of creation. The Lord enters into the elements and applies\nHis energy, called Kali. In all other Vedic scriptures the same principle is\naccepted. In Brahma-sarhhita it is stated:\n\neko 'py asau racayiturh jagadar-{la-kotirh\nyac-chak tir asti jagadar-{la-caya yad-antab,\nar-{lantaras tha-paramar-u-ca yantara-s tharh\ngovindam adi-puru�arh tam aharh bhajami (Bs. 5.35)\n\"I worship the primeval Lord, Govinda, who is the original Personality of\nGodhead. By His partial plenary expansion [Maha-Vi!)�;tu], He enters into\nmaterial nature, and then into each and every universe [as Garbhodakasayi\n\n", "SB3.1#p0241": "Text3)\n\n223\n\nCreation of the Universal Form\n\nVi�J;IU], and then [as K�irodakasayl Vi�J;Iu] into all the elements, including\nevery atom of matter. Such manifestations of cosmic creation are innumerable, both in the universes and in the individual atoms.\"\nSimilarly, this is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 10.42):\nathavii bahunaitena kim jniitena taviirjuna\nvi�tabhyiiham idam krtsnam ekiimsena sthito jagat.\n\"0 Arjuna, there is no necessity of your knowing about My innumerable\n\nenergies, which act in various ways. I enter into the material creation by\nMy partial plenary expansion [Paramatma, or the Supersoul] in all the\nuniverses and in all the elements thereof, and thus the work of creation\ngoes on.\" The wonderful activities of material nature are due to Lord\nKr�J;Ia, and thus He is the final cause or the ultimate cause of all causes.\nTEXT3\n\nms�m ��!l�ctul � ttUf1{ I\nfWii ��Jffit uS d Sl(t�q'{ II � II\nso 'nupravi�to bhagaviims\nce�tiiriiperta tam gartam\nbhinnam samyojayiimiisa\nsuptam karma prabodhayan\nsa�- that; anuprav� ta�- thus entering later on; bhagaviin- the Personality\nof Godhead; ce§ tii ri.iper- a-by His representation of attempt, Kafi; tamthem; gar- am- all the living entities, including the demigods; bhinnamseparately; samyojay iimiisa engaged them to work; su ptam sleeping;\nkarma- work; pra bodhayan- enlightenment.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus when the Personality of Godhead enters into the elements by His\n.energy, all the living entities are enlivened into different activities, just as\none engages in his work after awakening from sleep.\nPURPORT\n\nEvery individual soul remains unconscious after the dissolution of the\ncreation and thus enters into the Lord with His material energy. These\nindividual living entities are conditioned souls everlastingly, but in each and\nevery material creation they are given a chance to liberate themselves and\n\n", "SB3.1#p0242": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n224\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\nbecome free souls. They are all given a chance to take advantage of the\nVedic wisdom and find out what is their relationship with the Supreme\nLord, how they can be liberated, and what the ultimate profit is in such\nliberation. By properly studying the Vedas one becomes conscious of his\nposition and thus takes to the transcendental devotional service of the\nLord and is gradually promoted to the spiritual sky. The individual souls\nin the material world engage in different activities according to their past\nunfinished desires. After the dissolution of a particular body, the individual soul forgets everything, but the all-merciful Lord, who is situated in\neveryone's heart as the witness, the Supersoul, awakens him and reminds\nhim of his past desires, and thus he begins to act accordingly in his next\nlife. This unseen guidance is described as fate, and a sensible man can\nunderstand that this continues his material bondage in the three modes of\nnature.\nThe unconscious sleeping stage of the living entity just after the partial\nor total dissolution of the creation is wrongly accepted as the final stage of\nlife by some less intelligent philosophers. After the dissolution of the\npartial material body, a living entity remains unconscious for only a few\nmonths, and after the total dissolution of the material creation, he remains\nunconscious for many millions of years. But when the creation is again\nrevived, he is awakened to his work by the Lord. The living entity is\neternal, and the wakeful state of his consciousness, manifested by activities,\nis his natural condition of life. He cannot stop acting while awake, and\nthus he acts according to his diverse desires. When his desires are trained\nin the transcendental service of the Lord, his life becomes perfect, and he\nis promoted to the spiritual sky to enjoy eternal awakened life.\nTEXT4\n\n�� � 'fUr: I\nitftij)�;{if€(Ctl� II \\? II\n\n�'it\n\nprabuddha-karmii daivena\ntrayovirhsatiko ga[la�\nprerito 'janayat sviibhir\nmiitrii.bhir adhipiiru�am\nprabuddha- awake ned; karma-activities; daivena-by the will of the\n\nt rayuvi rhsat ika�-by the twenty-three principal ingredients;\ngarw(t-combinalion ;prerita(t-induced by; ajanayat- manifested; sviibhi�b y IIis personal; miitriibh*- by plenary expansion; adhipiiru�am- the\ngigan l i e universal form (vi.�va-riipa).\nSupreme;\n\n", "SB3.1#p0243": "Creation of the Universal Form\n\nText 5]\n\n225\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the twenty-three principal elements were set in action by the will\nof the Supreme, the gigantic universal form, or the visva-n1pa body of the\nLord, came into existence.\nPURPORT\nThe virata-riipa or visva-riipa, the gigantic universal form of the Lord,\nwhich is very much appreciated by the impersonalist, is not an eternal\nform of the Lord. It is manifested by the supreme will of the Lord after\nthe ingredients of material creation. Lord Kr�J)a exhibited this virata or\nvisva-riipa to Arjuna just to convince the impersonalists that He is the\noriginal Personality of Godhead. Kr�J)a exhibited the virata-riipa; it is not\nthat Kr�J)a was exhibited by the virata-riipa.\n\nThe virata-riipa is not,\n\ntherefore, an eternal form of the Lord exhibited in the spiritual sky; it is a\nmaterial manifestation of the Lord. The arca-vigraha, or the worshipable\nDeity in the temple, is a similar manifestation of the Lord for the\nneophytes. But in spite of their material touch, such forms of the Lord as\nthe viriita and area are all nondifferent from His eternal form as Lord\n\nTEXTS\n\n� mr<n (<lf4cfl41'51�1 A'l�··u I\n\n����WMlEfiiRr.:«n II '-\\II\nparera visatii svasmin\nmiitraya viSva-srg-gara/.t\ncuk§obhanyonyam �iidya\nyasmillokas caracarii/.t\n\nparera-by the Lord; visatii-thus entering; svasmin-by His own self;\nmatraya-by\ncreation;\n\na\n\nplenary\n\nportion; visva-srk-the\n\nelements of\n\nuniversal\n\ngara/.t-all; cu k, w bha-transformed; anyonyam-one another;\n\nasadya- having\n\nobtained; yasmin\n\nacariil).-movable and immovable.\n\n- in which; lokafr - the planets; carii­\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs the Lord, in His plenary portion, entered into the elements of the\nuniversal creation, they transformed into the gigantic form in which all the\nplanetary systems and all movable and immovable creations rest.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0244": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n226\n\n[ Cant o 3, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\nThe elements of cosmic creation are all matter and have no potency to\nincrease in volume unless entered into by the Lord in His plenary portion.\nThis means that matter does not increase or decrease unless it is spiritually\ntouched. Matter is a product of spirit and increases only by the touch of\nspirit. The entire cosmic manifestation has not assumed its gigantic form\nby itself, as wrongly calculated by less intelligent persons. As long as spirit\nis within matter, matter can increase as needed; but without the spirit,\nmatter stops increasing. For example, as long as there is spiritual consciousness within the material body of a living entity, the body increases to the\nrequired size, but a dead material body, which has no spiritual consciousness, stops increasing. In Bhagavad-gitii (Chapter Two) importance is\ngiven to the spiritual consciousness, not the body. The entire cosmic body\nincreased by the same process thatwe experience in our small bodies. One\nshould not, however, foolishly think that the individual infinitesimal soul\nis the cause of the gigantic manifestation of the universal form. The\nuniversal form is called the viriita-rupa because the Supreme Lord is\nwithin it in His plenary portion.\n\nTEXT6\n\nml44� t � �: e((ilqf«\"Co'{ l\nauo�i\\� '3'E4R11\"U e=fu'fi(tqtjf(l : II � II\nhirar-maya/:1. sw puru�a/:1.\nsahasra parivatsariin\nar,Pa-kosa uviisiipsu\nsarva-sattvopabphhita/:1.\nhirar-maya/:1.'-the Garbhodakasayi Vi�!)u, who also assumes the viriitariipa; sai).-He; puru �a/:1. incarnation of Godhead; sahasra-one thousand;\nparivatsariin celestial years; iir-�a-kosa-within the global universe; uviisaresided; apsu-on the water; sarva-sattva-all living entities lying with Him;\nupabphhita[l-so spread.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe gigantic virata-purullJa. known as HiraQmaya lived for one thousand\ncelestial years on the water of the universe, and all the living entities lay\nwith Him.\n\nPURPORT\nAfter the Lord entered each and every universe as the Garbhodakasay1\nVi�!)U, half of the universe was filled with water. The cosmic manifestation\n\n", "SB3.1#p0245": "Text7]\n\nCreation of the Universal Form\n\n227\n\nof the planetary systems, outer space, etc., which are visible to us, is only\none half of the complete universe. Before the manifestation takes place\nand after the entrance of Vi!!I).U within the universe, there is a period of one\nthousand celestial years. All the living entities injected within the womb\nof the mahat-tattva are divided in all universes with the incarnation of\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�l).u, and all of them lie down with the Lord until\nBrahma is born. Brahma is the first living being within the universe, and\nfrom him all other demigods and living creatures are born. Manu is the\norigina:l father of mankind, and therefore, in Sanskrit, mankind is called\n\nmiinu�ya. Humanity in different bodily qualities is distributed throughout\nthe various planetary systems.\nTEXT7\n\n«\n\n� ft�� tTllt �!!4�Rh+tl'{ I\n\n�W�SS�IWi�Efi\\:tl � � II \\9 II\nsa vai visva-srjiim garbho\ndeva-karmiitma-sak timan\nvibabhiijiitmanii \"tmiinam\nekadhii dasadhii tridhii\nsa lt that; vai-certainly; visva-srjiim-of the gigantic viriita form; garbhalt total energy; deva-living energy; karma- ac tivity of life; iitma-\n\n-\n\nself; saktiman-full with potencies; vibabhaja-divided; atmama\n\n-\n\nby Him­\n\nself; atmanam-Himself; e1wdhii-in oneness; dasadhii-in ten; tridha-and\nin three.\nTRANSLATION\nThe total energy of the mahat-tattva, in the form of the gigantic viratarii pa, divided Himself by Himself into the consciousness of the living\nentities, the life of activity, and self-identification, which are subdivided\ninto one, ten and three respectively.\nPURPORT\nConsciousness is the sign of the living entity or the soul. 'J,'he existence\nof the soul is manifest in the forin of consciousness, called jfiiina-sakti.\nThe total consciousness is that of. the gigantic viriita-riipa, and the same\nconsciousness is exhibited in individual persons. The activity of consciousness is performed through the air of life which is of ten divisions. The airs\nof life are called priirw, apiina, udiina, vyiina and samiina and are also\ndifferently qualified as niiga, kurma, krkara, devadatta and dhanafijaya.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0246": "[Canto 3, Ch 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n228\n\n.\n\nThe consciousness of the soul becomes polluted by the material atmosphere, and thus various activities are exhibited in the false ego of bodily\nidentification.\n(Bg.\n\nThese various activities are described in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n2.41) as bahu-sakhii hy anantiis ca buddhayo 'vyavasiiyiniim. The\n\nconditioned soul is bewildered into various activities for want of pure\nconsciousness. In pure consciousness the activity is one. The consciousness\nof the individual soul becomes one with the supreme consciousness when\nthere is complete synthesis between the two.\nThe monist believes that there is only one consciousness, whereas the\nsiitvatas, or the devotees, believe that although there is undoubtedly one\nconsciousness, they are one because there is agreement. The individual\nconsciousness is advised to dovetail with the supreme consciousness, as\ninstructed by the\n\nLord in Bhagavad-gitii (Bg.\n\n18.66):\n\nsarva-dharmiin\n\nparityajya miim ekam sara[lam vraja. The individual consciousness (Arjuna)\nis advised to dovetail with the supreme consciousness and thus maintain\nhis conscious purity. It is foolish to try to stop the activities of consciousness, but they can be purified when they are dovetailed with the Supreme.\nThis consciousness is divided into three modes of self-identification according to the proportion of purity: iidhyiitmic or self-identification\nwith the body and mind, iidhibhautic or self-identification with the\nmaterial products, and adhidaivic or self-identification as a servant of the\nLord. Of the three, iidhidaivic self-identification is the beginning of purity\nof consciousness in pursuance of the desire of the Lord.\nTEXT 8\n\nU��('(*41wtlil€¥if�t: q(+U€¥iwt: I\n�� � � A\"4tliRI� II � II\n�\n\ne�a hy ase�a-sattviiniim\niitmiirnsa� paramiitmana�\niidyo 'vatiiro yatriisau\nbhuta-griimo vibhiivyate\ne�ah- this; hi-certainly; ase�a\n\n-\n\nunlimited; sattviiniim\n\n-\n\nliving entities;\n\niit m a-Sel f; amsaft- part; paramiitmana�-of the Supersoul; iidya�-the\nfirst; avatiira�-incarnation; yatra-whereupon; asau-all those; bhiitagriima�-the aggregate creations; vibhiivyate-flourish.\nTRANSLATION\nThe gigantic universal form of the Supreme Lord is the first incarnation\n\nand plenary portion of the Supersoul. He is the Self of an unlimited\n\n", "SB3.1#p0247": "Text 9]\n\nCreation of the Universal Form\n\n229\n\nnumber of living entities, and in Him rests the aggregate creation, which\nthus flourishes.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord expands Himself in two ways, by personal plenary\nexpansions and separated minute expansions. The personal plenary expansions are Vi�l)u-tattvas, and the separated expansions are living entities.\nSince the living entities are very small, they are sometimes described as the\nmarginal energy of the Lord. But the mystic yogis· consider the living\nentities and the Supersoul, Paramatma, to be one and the same. It is,\nhowever, a minor point of controversy; after all, everything created rests\non the gigantic viriita or universal form of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 9\n\n���� � �h I\nf{m._ !ttult � � � � II � II\n(119041�:\n\nsiidhyiitma\"(t siidhidaivas ca\nsiidhibhuta iti tridhii\nviriit priir-o dasa-vidha\nekadhii hrdayena ca\nsa-iidhyiitma\"(t-the body and mind with all the senses; sa-iidhidaivaftand the controlling demigods of the senses; sa-iidhibhuta�- the present\nobjectives; iti- thus; tridhii- three; viriit- gigantic; priir-a�- moving force;\ndasa-vidha\"(t-ten kinds; ekadhii-one only; hrdaye n a- living energy; caalso.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe gigantic universal form is represented by three, ten and one in the\nsense that He is the body and the mind and senses, He is the dynamic force\nfor all movements by ten kinds of life energy, and He is the one heart\nwhere life energy is generated.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (7.4-5) it is stated that the eight elements earth, water,\nfire, air, sky, mind, intelligence and false ego are aU products of the Lord's\ninferior energy, whereas the living entities, who are seen to utilize the\ninferior energy, originally belong to the superior energy, the internal\n\n", "SB3.1#p0248": "230\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\npotency of the Lord. The eight inferior energies work grossly and subtly,\n\nwhereas the superior energy works as the central generating force. This is\nexperienced in the human body. The gross elements, namely, earth, etc.,\n\nform the external gross body and are like a coat, whereas the subtle mind\n\nand false ego act like the inner clothing of the body.\n\nThe movements of the body are first generated from the heart, and all\n\nthe activities of the body are made possible by the senses, powered by the\n\nten kinds of air within the body. The ten kinds of air are described as\nfollows: The main air passing through the nose in breathing is called priirta.\n\nThe air which passes through the rectum as evacuated bodily air is called\n\napiina. The air which adjusts the foodstuff within the stomach and which\nsometimes sounds as belching is called samiina. The air which passes\n\nthrough the throat and the stoppage of which constitutes suffocation is\ncalled the udiina air. And the total air which circulates throughout the\nentire body is called the vyiina air. Subtler than these five airs, there are\n\nothers also. That which facilitates the opening of the eyes, mouth, etc., is\n\ncalled niiga air. The air which increases appetite is called krkara air. The air\n\nwhich helps contraction is called kurma air. The air which helps relaxation\n\nby opening the mouth wide (in yawning) is called devadatta air, and the air\n\nwhich helps sustenance is called dhanan,jaya air.\n\nAll these airs are generated from the center of the heart, which is one\n\nonly. This central energy is superior energy of the Lord, who is seated\nwithin the heart with the soul of the body, who acts under the guidance of\n\nthe Lord. This is explained in Bhagavad-gitii as follows:\n\nsarvasya ciiharh hrdi sannivi�to\nmatta� smrtir jfiiinam apohanarh ca\nvedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyo\nvediinta-krd veda-vid eva ciiham\n\n(Bg. 15.15)\n\nThe complete central force is generated from the heart by the Lord, who\n\nis seated there and who helps the conditioned soul in remembering and\nforgetting. The conditioned state is due to the soul's forgetfulness of his\n\nrelationship of subordination to the Lord. One who wants to continue to\n\nforget the Lord is helped by the Lord to forget Him birth after birth, but\none who remembers Him, by dint of association with a devotee of the\n\nLord, is helped to remember Him more and more. Thus the conditioned\n\nsoul can ultimately go back home, back to Godhead.\n\nThis process of tramocendental help by the Lord is described in Bhagavadgitii (10.10) as follows:\n\n", "SB3.1#p0249": "Text 10]\n\nCreation of the Universal Form\n\n231\n\ntesam satata-yuktanam bhajatam priti-piirvakam\ndadami buddhi-yogam tam yena mam upayanti te\nThe buddhi-yoga process of self-realization with intelligence transcendental to the mind (devotional service) can alone elevate one from the\nconditioned state of material entanglement in the cosmic construction.\nThe conditioned state. of the living entity is like that of a person who is\nwithin the depths of a huge mechanical arrangement.\n\nThe mental\n\nspeculators can reach the point of buddhi-yoga after many, many lifetimes of speculation, but the intelligent person who begins from the platform of intelligence above the mind makes rapid progress in self-realization.\nBecause the buddhi-yoga process entails no fear of deterioration or\nretrogression at any time, it is the guaranteed path to self-realization, as\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (2.40). The mental speculators cannot under­\n\nstand that the two birds ( Sve. Up.) sitting in one tree are the soul and the\n\nSupersoul. The individual. soul eats the fruit of the tree, while the other\nbird does not eat the fruit but only observes the activities of the eating\nbird. The .witness bird helps the bird which eats the fruit to perform\nfruitful activities without attachment. One who cannot understand this\ndifference between the soul and the Supersoul, or God and the living\nentities, is certainly still in the entanglement of the cosmic machinery\nand thus -must still await the time when he will be free from bondage.\nTEXT 10\n\n� ft1fJ�I&ftVl f<t(lljqdi�1P: I\nt4o�it(JQ�\\�wt � � u �oil\nvi.Sva-srjam iSo\nvijniipitam adhok�aja�\nviriijam atapat svena\ntejasai�am vivrttaye\n\nsmaran\n\nsmaran-remembering; vi.Sva-srjiim-of the demigods entrusted with the\ntask of cosmic construction; \"i.?a�-the Supreme Lord; vijnapitam-as He\n\nwas prayed for; adh ok§aja�-the Transcendence; viriijam-the gigantic\n\nuniversal form; atapat-considered thus; svena-by His own; tejasii-energy;\n\ne�iim-for them; vivrttaye-understanding .\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Lord is the Supersoul of all the demigods who are\nentrusted with the task of constructing the cosmic manifestation. Bein g\n\n", "SB3.1#p0250": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n232\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\nthus prayed to [by the demigods], He thought to Himself and thus\nmanifested the gigantic form for their understanding.\nPURPORT\nThe impersonalists are captivated by the gigantic universal form of the\nSupreme. They think that the control behind this gigantic manifestation is imagination. Intelligent persons, however, can estimate the value\nof the cause by observing the wonders of the effects. For example, the\nindividual human body does not develop from the womb of the mother\nindependently but because the living entity, the soul, is within the'body.\nWithout the living entity, a material body cannot automatically take shape\nor develop. When any material object displays development, it must be\nunderstood that there is a spiritual soul within the manifestation. The\ngigantic universe has developed gradually, just as the body of a child\ndevelops.\n\nThe\n\nconception\n\nthat the Transcendence enters within the\n\nuniverse is, therefore, logical. As the materialists cannot find the soul and.\nthe Supersoul within the heart, similarly, for want of sufficient knowledge,\nthey cannot see that the Supreme Soul is the cause of the universe. The\nLord is therefore described in the Vedic language as aviiri-m.rllwsa-gocam fl,\nbeyond the conception of words and minds.\nDue to a poor fund of knowledge, the mental speculators try to bring\nthe Supreme within the purview of words and minds, but the Lord refuses\nto be so intelligible; the speculator has no adequate words or mind to\ngauge the infinity of the Lord. The Lord is called adhok�aja, or the person\nwho is beyond perception by the blunt, limited potency of our senses.\nOne cannot perceive the transcendental name or form of the Lord by\nmental speculation.\n\nThe mundane Ph.D.'s are completely unable to\n\nspeculate on the Supreme with their limited senses. Such attempts by the\npuffed up Ph.D.'s are c o m pared to the philosophy of the frog in the well.\nA frog in a well was informed of the gigantic Pacific Ocean, and he began\nto puff himself up in order to understand or measure the length and\nbreadth of the Pacific Ocean. Ultimately the frog burst and died. The\ntitle Ph.D. can also be interpreted as Plough Department, a title meant\n\nfor the tillers in the paddy field. The attempt of the tillers in the paddy\n\nfield to understand the cosmic manifestation and the cause behind such\nwonderful work can be compared to the endeavor of the frog in the well\n\nto calculate the measurement of the Pacific Ocean.\n\nThe Lord can reveal Himself only to a person who is submissive and\n\nwho engages in His transcendental loving service. The demigods controlling\n\nthe elements and ingredients of universal affairs prayed to the Lord for\n\n", "SB3.1#p0251": "Creation of the Universal Form\n\nText 12]\n\n233\n\nguidance, and thus He manifested His gigantic form, as He did at the\n\nrequest of A rj una.\n\nTEXT 11\n\nij4Aifild84A �\\:ll'4dwtlr.. ( I\nf.t(flltl;:a �lid mfir 1t �: IT! \"�� \"\n\n9N\n\natha tasyiibhitaptasya\nkatidhiiyataniini ha\nnirabhidyan.ta deviiniirh\ntiini me gadata� srr-u\natka-therefore; tasya-His;abhitaptasya- in terms of His contemplation;\nkatidhii-how many; iiyataniini-embodiments; ha-there were; nirabhidyanta-by separated parts; deviiniim-of the demigods; tiini-all those; me\ngadata� - described by me; srr-u -just hear.\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya said: You may now hear from me how the Supreme Lord\nseparated Himself into the diverse forms of the de m igods after the\nmanifestation of the gigantic universal form.\nPURPORT\nThe demigods are separated parts and parcels of the Supreme Lord, as\nare all other living entities. The only difference between the demigods and\nthe ordinary living entities is that when the living entities are rich in\npious acts of devotional service to the Lord, and when their desire to lord\nit over material energy has vanished, they are promoted to the posts of\ndemigods, who are entrusted by the Lord to execute the management of\nthe universal affairs.\nTEXT 12\n\nd4Aiffcd�f.mWil4NiilsA�I�qq;( I\nV'n�tiR � � srfrnM 11��11\ntasyiignir iisyarh nirbhinnarh\nloka-piilo 'viSat padam\nviicii sviirhsena vaktavyarh\nyayiisau pratipadyate\ntasya\n\n- His;\n\nagni� -fire;\n\niisyam-mouth; nirbhinnam-thus\n\nseparated;\n\nloka-piila� - the directors of material affairs; avisat-en te red ; padam-re-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0252": "Srimad-Bhigavatarn\n\n234\nspective\n\npositions;\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\nvaca-by words; sva-amsena-by one's own part;\n\nvaktavyam-speeches; yaya-by which; asau-they; pratipadyate-express.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAgni or heat separated from His mouth, and all the directors of\nmaterial affairs entered into it in their respective positions. By that energy\nthe living entity expresses himself in words.\nPURPORT\nThe mouth of the gigantic universal form of the Lord is the source of\nthe speaking power. The director of the fire element is the controlling\ndeity or the adhidaiva. The speeches delivered are adhyiitma, or bodily\nfunctions, and the subject matter of the speeches is material productions,\nor the iidhibhuta principle.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n� � CRUft \\'S)Mii\\Sf4ij(: I\nRla4t�.. � � � 11frnm ������\nnirbhinnam talu varu!lo\nloka-palo 'visadd hare�\njihvayamsena ca rasam\nyayasau pratipadyate\nnirbhinnam-separated; talu-palate; varu!la�-the deity controlling air;\nloka-pala�-director of the planets; avisat-entered; hare�-of the Lord;\njihvayii amsena-with the part of the tongue; ca-also; rasam-tastes; yayiiby which; as au-the living entity; pratipadyate-expresses.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the patate of the gigantic form was separately manifested,\nVarul}a, the director of air in the planetary systems, entered· therein,\nand thus the living entity has the facility to taste everything with his\ntongue.\nTEXT 14\n\n� 3IPr.ft wm ftqil(IRij6f � I\nm�•d� � srfdqRl.f(l) � 11�v11\n\n", "SB3.1#p0253": "Text 16 J\n\nCreation of the Universal Form\n\n235\n\nnirbhinne asvinau niise\nvifi[Wr iivisatiirh padam\nghriirteniirhsena gandhasya\npratipattir yato bhavet\nnirbhinne-thus being separated; asvinau-the dual Asvin1s; niise-of the\ntwo\n\nnostrils;\n\nvi§[tO[l-of\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\niivisatiim-entering; padam-post;\n\nghriir-ena arhse�a-by partially smelling; gandhasya-aroma; pratipattiflexperience; yatab--whereupon; bhavet-becomes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen\n\nthe\n\nLord's\n\ntwo\n\nnostrils\n\nseparately\n\nmanifested,\n\nthe dual\n\nASvinikumaras entered them in their proper positions, and because of this\nthe living entities can smell the aromas of everything.\nTEXT 15\n\n��mte'\"NNIJtS,_ijfl'l:l\nq'tf�tt � slfaq�4at ¥1� II� �II\nnirbhinne ak�irti tva�tii\nloka-piilo' visad vibhobcak�u�iirhsena riipiirtiirh\npratipattir yato bhavet\nnirbhinne-thus\n\nbeing separated; ak§ipi-the eyes; tva�tii-the sun;\n\nloka-piila�-director of light; avisat-entered; vibho[l-of the great; cak§U§iiarhsena- by the part of the eyesight; riipiirtiim-of the forms; pratipattiflexperience; yatab--by which; bhavet-becomes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, the two eyes of the gigantic form of the Lord separately\nmanifested. The sun, the director of light, entered them with the partial\nrepresentation of eyesight, and thus the living entities can have vision\nof forms.\nTEXT 16\n\n�������\nsn�ttf�t m� � SIRiQQ� lit '\\II\n\n", "SB3.1#p0254": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n236\n\n[ Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\nnirbhinniiny asya carmiirti\nloka-piilo' nilo' vis at\npriirteniirhsena sarhsparsarh\nyeniisau pratipadyate\nnirbhinniini-being separated; asya- of the gigantic form;carmiirt i\n\n-\n\nskin;\n\nloka-piila�-the director; anila�-air; avisat-entered; prii[tena arhsenathe part of the breathing; sarhsparsam-touch; yena-by which; asau-the\nliving entity; pratipadyate-can experience.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen there was a manif estation of skin separated from the gigantic\n\nform, Anila, the deity directing the mind, entered with partial touch, and\n\nthus the living entities can realize tactile knowledge.\nTEXT 17\n\n�� Fl�t�i w� � f4f4uR�n 1\nit�oli�wt �� f«ft iR � 11�\\911\nkarrtiivasya vinirbhinnau\ndhi�[tyarh svarh vivisur\ndisa� srotrertiirhsena\n\nsabdasya\n\nsiddhirh yena prapadyate\nkar!lau\n\n-\n\nthe ears; asya-of the gigantic form; vinirbhinnau-being thus\n\nseparated; dhi�rtyam-the controlling deity; svam-own; vivisu�\ndisa�\n\n-\n\nof the directions; srotrerta arhsena\n\n-\n\n-\n\nentered;\n\nwith the hearing principles;\n\nsabdasya-of the so u nd ; siddhim-perfec tion; yena-by which;prapadyateis experienced.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen\n\nthe\n\nears\n\nof the gigantic form\n\nbecame\n\nmanifested, all the\n\ncontrolling deities of the directions entered into them with the hearing\nprinciples, by which all the living entities hear and take advantage of\nsound.\nPURPORT\nThe ear is the most important instrument in the body of the living\nentity. Sound is the most important medium for carrying the message\nof distant and unknown things. The perfection of all sound or knowledge\nenters through the ear and makes one's life perfect. The en tire Vedic\n\n", "SB3.1#p0255": "Creation of the Universal Form\n\nText 19]\n\n237\n\nsystem of knowledge is received by aural reception only, and thus sound\nis the most important source of knowledge.\nTEXT 18\n\nft�A'�: ,.\nQwr �: 'Pi �� SlfaqQ� II t (;II\nfil'ql(�\n\ntvacam asya vinirbhinniirh\nvivisur dhi§rtyam O§adhi{t\narhsena romabhi(l kartt;lurh\nyair asau pratipadyate\ntvacam-skin ;asya- of the gigantic form; vinirbhinniim-being separately\nmanifested; vivisu�-entered; dhi§r-yam-the controlling deity; O§adhift­\n\nsensations; arhsena-with parts; romabhi�-through the hairs on the body;\n\nkartt;liim-itching; yai�-by which; asau-the living entity; pratipadyate­\n\nexperiences.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen\n\nthere was a separate manifestation of skin, the controlling\n\ndeities of sensations and its different parts entered into it, and thus the\nliving entities feel itching and happiness due to touch.\nPURPORT\n\nFor sense perception there are two principal items, touch and itching,\n\nand both of them are controlled by the skin and hairs on the body.\n\nAccording to Sri Visvanatha Cakravartl, the controlling deity of touch is\n\nthe air passing within the body, and the controlling deity of the hairs\non the body is O�adhya. For the skin the object of perception is touch,\n\nand for the hairs on the body the object of perception is itching.\nTEXT 19\n\n11(� Af.lf«�•aqaA� 1\n\n�efijwt\n\n�WIR:UCUI'I�\n\n�W II t �II\n\nmetjhrarh tasya vinirbhinnarh\nsva-dhi§rtyarh ka\nupiivisat retasiirhsena yenasav\niinandarh pratipadyate\n\n", "SB3.1#p0256": "Srimad-Bhagaviltam\n\n238\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\nmephram-g enitals; tasya- of the gigantic form; vinirbhinnam-being\nseparated; sva-dhi§r-yam-own position; kaft - Brahma , the original living\ncreature; upavisat-enter ed; retasa arhsena-with the part of the semina;\nyena-by which; asau-the living entity; iinandam-sex pleasu re; pratipad yate-expe r iences .\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the genitals of the gigantic form separately bec;Ime manifest, then\nPrajapati, the original living creature, entered into them with his partial\n\nsemina, and thus the living entities can enjoy sex pleasure.\nTEXT 20\n\ng( !m �\" flr.iT til. snf�hl(( '\nqaa-sfi;w � ft� srhw II� oil\ngudarh purhso vinirbhinnarh\nmitro lokesa avisat\npayunarhsena yenasau\nvisargarh pratipadyate\n\ngudam-evacua t ing ou tlet; purhsafl-of the gigantic form; vinirbhinnam­\n\nbeing separately manifested; mitrafl- the sun -g od; lokesaft- the director\nnamed Mitra; aviSat - entered; payuna arhsena-with the partial evacuation\nprocess; yena-by which; asau-the living entity; visargam-evacuation;\npratipadyate-performs.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe evacuating channel separately became manifest, and the director\n\nnamed Mitra entered into it with partial organs of evacuation. Thus the\n\nliving entities are able to pass stool and urine.\nTEXT 21\n\n((ijM$ �:\n\n\\.4�fa<&f4VC( I\n\n•n�i�;w � ·qqJ !f' smi n�tll\nhastav asya vinirbhinnav\nindrafl svar-patir iivisat\nvartayamsena purU§O\nyaya vrttirh prapadyate\nhastau -hands ;asya-of the gigantic form; vinirbhinnau-bein g separately\n\nmanifested; indraft - the King of heaven; svaft-patifl-the ruler of heavenly\n\n", "SB3.1#p0257": "Text 23]\n\nCreation of the Universal Form\n\n239\n\nplanets; avisat-entered into it; vartaya aritsena-with partial mercantile\nprinciples; pu rn§ a�- the living entity; yayii-by which; vrttim b u siness of\nlivelihood; prapadyate- transacts.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, when the hands of the gigantic form separately became\nmanifested, Indra, the ruler of the heavenly planets, entered into them,\nand thus the living entity is able to transact business for his livelihood.\nTEXT 22\n\nqtc(fC1(.4 � � N'�<•f4�nt 1\n\n� � � � � JlqqW ����II\npiidiiv asya vinirbhinnau\nlokeso vi�rtur iivisat\ngatyii sviiritsena puro�o\nyayii priipyarit prapadyate\npiidau-the legs; asya-of the gigantic form; vinirbhinnau-being manifested separately; lokesal;t vi�rtu/:t-the demigod Vi�l)u (not the Personality\nof Godhead); iivisat entered; gat yii- by the power of movement; sva\narhsena-with his own parts; puru�al;t- living entity; yayii by which;\npriipyam- destination; prapadyate-reaches\n-\n\n­\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the legs of the gigantic form separately became manifest, and\nthe demigod named Vi��u [not the Personality of Godhead] entered with\npartial movement. This helps the living entity to move to his destination.\nTEXT 23\n\n� � � ttl•ftit N�'\"\"'\\ld\\ I\n� itl(otll{_ Jt�qR\\ttJl � 11��11.\nbuddhirh ciisya vinirbhinniirh\nviigiSo dhi�pyam aviSat\nbodheniirhsena boddhavyam\npratipattir yato bhavet\nbuddhim-intelligence; ca- also ;as ya-of the gigantic form; vinirbhinniim\n-being separately manifested; viigiSal;t- Brahma, lord of the Vedas;\ndh 4 rtyam -the controlling power; iivisat-entered in; bodhena arhsena-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0258": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n240\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\nwith his part of intelligence; boddhavyam-the matter of understanding;\n\npratipattifl-understood;yata�-by which; bhavet-so becomes.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the intelligence of the gigantic form separately became manifest,\n\nBrahma, the lord of the Vedas, entered into it with the partial power of\nunderstanding, and thus an object of understanding is experienced by the\n\nliving entities.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nw:f:q�Mnf �1 �O�+tlfcf� I\n\n+t�i�Wf �1m fer� �ij ������\nhrdayarh ciisya nirbhinnarh\ncandramii dhi�r-yam iivisat\nmanasiirhsena yeniisau.\nvikriyiirh pratipadyate\n\nhrdayam- heart; ca-also; asya-of the gigantic form; nirbhinnam-being\n\nmanifested separately; candramii-the moon demigod; dhi�r-yam-with\n\ncontrolling power;iivisat-entered into;manasii arhsena-partly with mental\n\nactivity; yena-by which; asau-the living entity; vikriyiim- reso l ution;\n\npratipadyate- transacts.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter that, the heart of the gigantic form separately manifested itself,\n\nand into it entered the moon demigod with partial mental activity. Thus\nthe living entity can conduct his mental speculations.\nTEXT 25\n\n3lm�rwf � �r.ilsftl�•�G:'( 1\n�� � � scf6qta{t ������\niitmiinam ciisya nirbhinnam\nabhimiino 'visat padam\nkarmar-iirh.Sena yeniisau\nkartavyarh pratipadyate\n\niitmiinam-false ego; ca-also; asya-of the gigantic form; nirbhinnam­\n\nbeing separately manifested; abhimiina�-false identification; avisat-en­\n\ntered;padam-in position; karmar-ii-activities;arhsena-by the part; yena-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0259": "Text 26]\n\nCreation of the Universal Form\n\n241\n\nby which; asau-the living entity; kartavyam-objective activities; prati­\n\npadyate- takes in.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the materialistic ego of the gigantic form separately mani·\n\nfested itself, and into it entered Rudra, the controller of false ego, with his\n\nown partial activities, by which the living entity transacts his objective\nactions.\n\nPURPORT\nThe false ego of materialistic !dentity is controlled by the demigod\nRudra, an incarnation of Lord Siva. Rudra is the incarnation of the\n\nSupreme Lord who controls the mode of ignorance within material\nnature. The activities of the false ego are based on the objective of the\nbody and mind. Most persons conducted by the false ego are controlled\n\nby Lord Siva. When one reaches a finer version of ignorance, he falsely\n\nthinks of himself as the Supreme Lord. That egoistic conviction of the\nconditioned soul is the last snare of the illusory energy which controls\n\nthe entire material world.\n\nTEXT 2 6\n\n� :q� FtRffi.t ��wqlql��� I\nf:q�c:ti�c:t iRmi � swMqQ� ������\nsattvam ciisya vinirbhinnam\nmahiin dhi�rtyam-upiiviSat\ncitteniirhsena yeniisau\nvijiiiinam pratipadyate\nsattvam-consciousness; ca-also; asya-of the gigantic\n\nform; vtmr­\n\nbhinnam - being separately manifested; mahiin-the total energy, mahattattva; di§rtyam- with control; upaviSat- entered into; cittena amsena­\n\nalong with his part of consciousness; yena-by which; asau-the living\nentity; v ijniinam-specific knowledge; p ra tipadyate - cult ivates .\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, when His consciousness separately manifested itself, the\n\ntotal energy, mahat-tattva, entered with His conscious part. Thus the living\nentity is able to conceive specific knowledge.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0260": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n242\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�uils� � q:p;'-d � � I\ngun;rt �l � 3fij� ��: II�\\911\nSir�r.o 'sya dyaur dharii padbhyiirh\nkharh niibher udapadyata\ngur-iiniirh vrttayo ye�u\npratiyante suriidayafl\nSir� r-aft-head; asya-of the gigantic form; dyauft-the heavenly planets;\ndharii-earthly planets; padbhyiim-on His legs; kham-the sky; niibheflfrom the abdomen; udapadyata-became manifested; gur.iiniim-of the\nthree modes of nature; vrttayaft-reacti ons; ye� u-in which; pratiyantemanifest; sura- iidayafl-the demigods and others.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, from the head of the gigantic form, the heavenly planets\nwere manifested, and from His legs the earthly planets and from His\nabdomen the sky separately manifested themselves. Within them the demigods and others also were manifested in terms of the modes of material\nnature.\nTEXT 28\n\natwt';ij� �� � �n sA� 1\n�u �:� qoNt it =if � ������\niityantikena sattvena\ndivarh deviifl prapedire\ndhariirh rajafl sva-bhiivena\npar.ayo ye ca tiin anu\niityantikena-excessive; sattvena-by the mode of goodness; divam-in\nthe higher planets; deviift-the demigods; prapedire-have been situated;\ndhariim-on the earth;\n\najaft-m ode of passion; sva-bhiivena-by nature;\n\nr\n\npar.ayaft-the human being; ye-all\nsubordinate\n\nthose; ca-also; tan-their; anu­\n\n..\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods are situated in the heavenly planets qualified by the\nsuperexcellent quality of the mode of goodness, whereas the human\n\n", "SB3.1#p0261": "Text 29]\n\nCreation of the Universal Form\n\n24 3\n\nbeings, because of their nature in the mode of passion, live on the earth\nin company with their subordinates.\nPURPORT\nIn\n\nBhagavad-gitii\n\n(14.14-15) it is said that those who are highly\n\ndeveloped in the mode of goodness are promoted to the higher, heavenly\nplanetary system, and those who arc overpowered by the mode of passion\n\nare situated in the middle planetary systems, the earth and similar planets.\n\nBut those who are surcharged with the mode of ignorance are degraded to\n\nthe lower planetary systems or to the animal kingdom. The demigods are\n\nhighly developed in the mode of goodness, and thus they are situated in\n\nthe heavenly planets.\n\nBelow human beings are the animals, although\n\nsome of them mingle with human society; cows, horses, dogs, etc., are\nhabituated to live under the protection of human beings.\n\nThe word iityantikena is very significant in this verse. By development\n\nof the mode of goodness of material nature one can become situated in\n\nthe heavenly planets. But by excessive development of the modes of\n\npassion and ignorance, the human being indulges in killing the animals\n\nwho are meant to be protected by mankind. Persons who indulge in\n\nunnecessary animal killing have excessively developed in the modes of\n\npassion and ignorance and have no hope of advancing to the mode of\ngoodness; they are destined to be degraded to lower statuses of life. The\n\nplanetary systems are calculated as upper and lower in terms of the classes\nof living entities who live there.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n�mil�if �� ��1: 1\n��� � � (iJ\\(tlqa,f flUO: II� Q..ll\ntiirtiyena sva-bhiivena\nbhagavan niibhim iisritii�\nubhayor antararh vyoma\nye rudra-piir�adiirh gaT)ii�\ntiirtiyena-by excessive development of the third mode of material\n\nnature, the mode of ignorance; sva-bhiivena-by such nature; bhagavat­\n\nniibhim- the abdominal navel of the gigantic form of the Personality of\n\nGodhead; iisritiifl....:.those who are so situated; u bhayo�- between the two;\n\nantaram-in between; vyoma- the sky;ye- all of them; rudra-piir�adiimassociates of Rudra;gaT)ii�-population.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0262": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n244\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nLiving entities who are associates of Rudra develop in the third mode of\nmaterial nature, or ignorance. They are situated in the sky between the\nearthly planets.\nPURPORT\nThis middle portion of the sky is called Bhuvarloka, as confirmed by\nboth\n\nS r!la Visvanatha Cakravart1 and S r!la jlva Gosvam1. In Bhagavad­\n\ngita it is stated that those who develop in the mode of passion are situated\n\nin the middle re gi on. Those who are situated in the mode of goodness are\n\npromoted to the regions of the demigods, those who are situated in the\nmode of passion are placed in human society, and those who are situated\nin the mode of ignorance are placed in the society of animals or ghosts.\nThere are no contradictions in this conclusion. Numerous living entities\nare distributed all over the universe in different planets and are so situated\nin terms of their own qualities in the modes of material nature.\nTEXT 30\n\n�� ;m ��I\n��f!(CI�I�Orl'if �Sl{i\\IIRUi\\ �:11 � II\no\n\nmukhato 'vartata brahma\npuru:;asya kurudvaha\nyas tunmukhatvad van;tanam\nmukhyo 'bhud brahma[lo guru�\nmukhata�\n\n-\n\nf r om the mouth; avartata- generated; brahma-the Vedic\n\nwisdom; puru:;asya-of the virata-puru:;a, the gi gantic form; kuru-udvaha-\n\n0 chief of the Kuru dynasty; ya�-who are; tu-due to; unmukhatvatinclined to; var[lanam-of the orders of society; mukhya�-the chief;\nabhiit-so became; bnihmar-a�\n\n-\n\ncalled the brahma[las; guru�\n\n-\n\nthe re­\n\ncognized teacher or spiritual mas�er.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 chief of the Kuru dynasty, the Vedic wisdom became m anifested\nfrom the mouth of the virata, the gigantic form. Those who are inclined to\nthis Vedic knowledge· are called brahmaQ.as, and they are the natural\nteachers and spiritual masters of all the orders of society.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0263": "Text 30]\n\nCreation of the Universal Form\n\n245\n\nPURPORT\n\nAs confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 4.13), the four orders of human\nsociety developed with the order of the body of the gigantic form. The\nbodily divisions are the mouth, arms, waist and legs. Those who are\nsituated on the mouth are called briihmal}as, those who are situated on the\narms are called k�atriyas, those who are situated on the waist are called\nvaisyas, and those who are situated on the legs are called sudras. Everyone\nis situated in the body of the Supreme in His gigantic visva-rupa form. In\nterms of the four orders, therefore, no caste is to be considered degraded\nbecause of being situated on a particular part of the body. In our own\nbodies we do not show any actual difference in our treatment towards\nthe hands or legs. Each and every part of the body is important, although\nthe mouth is Lhe most important of the bodily parts. If other parts are\ncut off from the body, a man can continue his life, but if the mouth is cut\noff, one cannot live. Therefore, this most important part of the body of\nthe Lord is called the sitting place of the briihmal}as, who are inclined to\nthe Vedic wisdom. One who is not inclined to the Vedic wisdom but to\nmundane affairs cannot be cal.led a briihmal}a, even if he is born of a\nbriihmal}a family or father. To have a briihmal}a father does not qualify\none as a briihmaf}a. The main qualification of a briihmal}a is to be inclined\nto the Vedic wisdom. The Vedas are situated on the mouth of the Lord,\nand therefore anyone who is inclined to the Vedic wisdom is certainly\nsituated on the mouth of the Lord, and he is a briihmaf}a. This inclination\ntowards Vedic wisdom is also not restricted to any particular caste or\ncommunity. Anyone from any family and from any part of the world may\nbecome inclined to the Vedic wisdom, and that will qualify him as a real\nbriihmaf}a.\nA real briihmal}a is the natural teacher or spiritual master. Unless one\nhas Vedic knowledge, one cannot become a spiritual master. The perfect\nknowledge of the Vedas is to know the Lord, the Personality of Godhead,\nand that is the end of Vedic knowledge, or Vedanta. One who is situated\nin the impersonal Brahman and has no information of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead may become a briihmal}a, but he cannot become a\nspiritual master. It is said: �at-karma-nipuT,lo vipro mantra-tantra-visiirada�,\navaiflr-ava guru asat sat sva-paco vaiflr-ava gurufl.. An impersonalist can\n.\nbecome a qualified briihma'{la, but he cannot become a spiritual master\nunless and until he is promoted to the stage of a V ai��ava, or a devotee of\nthe Personality of Godhead. Lord Caitanya, the great authority of Vedic\nwisdom in the modern age, stated:\n\n", "SB3.1#p0264": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n246\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\nkibiivipra-kiba-nyiisi sudra kene naya\nyei kr�f!a tattvavitta sei guru haya.\nA person may be a briihma1Ja or a sudra or a sannyiisL, but if he happens to\n\nbe well versed in the science of Kn;t:�a, then he is fit to become a spiritual\nmaster. The qualification, then, of a spiritual master is not to be a qualified\n\nbriihma[!a, but to be well versed in the science of Kr�Qa.\nOne who is conversant with Vedic wisdom is a briihmaf}a. And only a\nbriihma[!a who is a pure Vai�pava and knows all the intricacies of the\nscience of Kr�Qa can become a spiritual master.\nTEXT 31\n\nifl�sq�� � �fSttf(ij(�*H I\n� �Rf��tiWf: � 11��11\nbiihubhyo 'vartata k�atram\nk�atriyas tad anuvratab,\nyo jiitas triiyate var[!iin\npauru�a� ka1Jtaka-k�atiit\nbiihubhyafi,-from the arms; avartata-generated; k�atram-the power of\nprotection; k�atriyafi.-in relation to the power of protection; tat-that;\n\nan uvratafi.-foll o wers; yafi. one who; jiitafi. so becomes; t riiya te delivers;\nvarp. ii n-the other occupations;pauru�afi.-representative of the Personality\nof Godhead; ka rt aka distur bing elements like thieves and debauchees;\nk�atiit- mischief.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThereafter the power of protection was generated from the arms of the\ngigantic virata form, and in relation to such power the �atriyas also came\ninto existence by following the �atriya principle of protecting society\nfrom the disturb ance of thieves and miscreants.\nPURPORT\nAs the\n\nbriihma[!as are recognized by their particular qualification of\n\ninclination towards the transcendental knowledge of Vedic wisdom, so also\n\nk�atriyas are recognized by the power to protect society from the\nanuvrata(l is\nsignificant. A person who follows the k�atriya principles by protecting\nsociety from thieves and miscreants is called a k�atriya, not the one who is\n\nthe\n\ndisturbing elements of thieves and miscreants. The word\n\n", "SB3.1#p0265": "Text 32)\n\nCreation of the Universal Form\n\n247\n\nsimply born a k�atriya. The conception of the caste system is always based\non quality and not on the qualification of birth. Birth is an extraneous\nconsideration; it is not the main feature of the orders and divisions. In\nBhagavad-gita the qualifications of the briihma[las, k�atriyas, vaisyas and\nsudras\n\nare specifically mentioned, and it is understood that all such\n\nqualifications are needed before one can be designated as belonging to a\nparticular group (Bg. 18.41).\nLord Vi�J;JU is always mentioned as the puru�a ·in all Vedic scriptures.\nSometimes the living entities are also mentioned as puru�as, although they\nare essentially puru�a-sakti (para-sakti or parii-prakrti), the superior energy\nof the puru�a. lllusioned by the external potency of the puru�a (the Lord),\nthe living entities falsely think of themselves as the puru�a although they\nactually have no qualifications. The Lord has the power to protect. Of the\nthree deities Brahma, Vi�J;JU and Mahe8vara, the first has the power to\ncreate, the second has the power to protect, and the third has the power to\ndestroy. The word puru�a is significant in this verse because the k�atriyas\nare expected to represent the puru�a Lord in giving protection to the prajiis,\nor all those who ate born in the land and water. Protection is therefore\nmeant for both man and the animals. In modern society the prajiis are not\nprotected from the hands of thieves and miscreants. The modern democrat·\nic state, which has no k�atriyas, is a government of the vaisyas and sudras,\nand not of briihma[!as and k�atriyas as formerly. Maharaja Yudhi�thira and\nhis grandson Maharaja Parik�it were typical k�atriya kings, for they gave\nprotection to all men and animals. When the personification of Kali\nattempted to kill a cow, Maharaja Parik:sit at once prepared himself to kill\nthe miscreant, and the personification of Kali was banished from his\nkingdom. That is the sign of puru�a, or the representative of Lord Vi�J;JU.\nAccording to Vedic civilization, a qualified k�atriya monarch is given the\nrespect of the Lord because he represents the Lord by giving protection to\nthe prajiis. Modern elected presidents cannot even give protection from\ntheft cases, and therefore one has to take protection from an insurance\ncompany. The problems of modern human society are due to the lack of\nqualified briihma[las and k�atriyas and the over-influence of the vaisyas\nand sudras by so-called general franchise.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�� 64MciTJtEQNEfiUR� : I\n��«19;'ACCl �m1\\ turf �: (144C�( ����II\n\n", "SB3.1#p0266": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n248\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\nviso 'vartanta tasyorvor\nloka-vrttikarir vibhob\nvaisyas tad-udbhavo vartiirh\nn[[tiirh yab sarnavartayat\nvisab-means\n\nof living by production and distribution; avartanta­\n\ngenerated; tasya- His (the gigantic form's); urvo(1-from the thighs; lokavrttikarl/:1 -means of livelihood; vibhob-of the Lord; vaisyab- the mercan­\n\ntile\n\ncommunity;\n\ntat-their;\n\nudbhavalt-orienlation; viirtiirn-means\n\nof\n\nliving; nrftarn.:__of all men; yab-one who; samavartayat-execu ted.\nTRANSLATION\n·\n\nThe means of livelihood of all persons, namely production of grains and\n\ntheir distribution to the prajas, was generated from the thighs of the Lord's\ngigantic form. The mercantile men who take charge of such execution are\n\ncalled vaisyas.\nPURPORT\nHuman society's means of living is cl.earl.y mentioned here as visa, or\nagriculture and the business of distributing agricultural product , which\ninvolves transport, banking, etc. Industry is an artificial means of liveli­\n\nhood, and large scale industry especially is the source of all the problems\n-\n\nof society. In Bhagavad-gitii also the duties of the vaisyas, who are engaged\nin visa, are stated as cow protection, agriculture and business. We have\nalready discussed that the human being can safely depend on the cow and\nagricultural land for his livelihood.\n\n'\nThe exchange of produce by banking and transportation is a branch of\n\nthis type of living. The vaisyas are divided into many subsections: some of\nthem are caJied khetry, or landowners, some are called krfiana, or land\ntillers, some of them are called tilvanika, or grain raisers, some are called\ngandhavanika, or merchants in spices, and some are call.ed wvar[tavanika,\n\nor merchants in· gold and banking. The briihrna[tas are the teachers and\nspiritual masters, the k�atriyas protect the citizens from the hands of\nthieves and miscreants, and the vaisyas are in charge of production and\ndistribution. The sudras, the unintelligent class of men who cannot act\nindependently in any of the above mentioned activities, are meant for\nserving the three higher classes for their livelihood.\nFormerly, the briihrna[tas w ere given all the necessities of I ife by the\nk�atriyas and vaisyas because they had no time to spend making a living.\n\nThe k�atriyas would collect taxes from the vaisyas and sudras, but the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0267": "Text 33]\n\nCreation of the Universal Form\n\n249\n\nbriihma(laS were exempt from paying income tax or land revenue. That\nsystem of human society was so nice that there were no political, social\nand economic upheavals. The different castes or var(la clas ifications are\ntherefore essential for maintaining a peaceful human ociety.\nTEXT 33\n\nq:p:ttf �1 �ij ��� �fu:Fr I\n��m:��ttu�i ��m: ������\npadbhyiirh bhagavato jajne\nsusru�ii dharma-siddhaye\ntasyiirh jiita!t purii sudro\nyad-vrttyii tu,�yate har*\npadbhyiim-from the legs; bhagavata?t-of the Personality of Godhead;\njajne-became manifested; susrii,sii- service; dharma- occupati 0 nal duty;\nsiddhaye-for the matter of; tasyiim-i n that; jiita?t-being generated; puriiformerly; sudra�-the servitors; yat- vr t t yii\n\n-\n\nthe occupation by which;\n\ntu�yate -becomes satisfied; haritt-the Supreme Per onaJity of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter service manifested from the legs of the Personality\n\nof\n\nGodhead for the sake of perfecting the religious function. Situated on the\nlegs are the siidras, who satisfy the Lord by service.\nPURPORT\n\nService is the real constitutional occupation of all living entities. The\nliving entities are meant to render service Lo the Lord and they can attain\nreligious perfection by this service attitude. One cannol attain religious\nperfection simply by speculating to attain theoretical knowledge. The\njniini division of spiritualists go on speculating only to di Linguish the soul\nfrom matter, but they have no information of the activi·ties of the soul\nafter being liberated by knowledge. It is said that persons who only\nmentally speculate to know things as they are and who do not engage in\nthe transcendental loving service of the Lord are simply wasting their time.\nIt is clearly said here that the principle of service was generated .from\nthe legs of the Lord for the sake of perfecting the religious process, but\nthis transcendental service is different from the idea of service in the\nmaterial world. In the material world, no one wants to be a servant; everyone wants to become the rna ter becau e false mastership is the basic\n\n", "SB3.1#p0268": "250\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\ndisease of the conditioned soul. The conditioned soul in the material world\nwants to lord it over others. Illusioned by the external energy of the Lord,\nhe is forced to become a servant of the material world. That is the real\nposition of the conditioned soul. The last snare of the illusory external\nenergy is the conception of becoming one with the Lord, and due to this\nconception the illusioned soul remains in the bondage of material energy,\nfalsely thinking himself a liberated soul and \"as good as Narayar;ta.\"\n\nIt is actually better to be a sii.dra than to be a briihma'[la and not develop\n\nthe service attitude because that attitude alone satisfies the Lord. Every\nliving being-even if he be a briihma[la by qualification-must take to the\n\ntranscendental service of the Lord. Both Bhagavad-gitii and the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam support that this service attitude is the perfection of the\n\nliving entity. A briihma[la,\n\nk�atriya, vaisya\n\nor sudra can perfect his\n\noccupational duties only by rendering service unto the Lord. A briihma[la\n.\n\nis supposed to know this fact due to his perfection in Vedic wisdom. The\n\nother sections are supposed to follow the direction of the brii.hma'{la­\n\nVai�Qava (one who is a briihmar,a by qualification and a V ai�r;tava by\naction). That will make the entire society perfect in regard to the order of\nits social. construction. A disordered society cannot satisfy either the\n\nmembers of the society or the Lord. Even if one is not a perfect briihma[la,\n\nk�atriya, vaisya or sudra but takes to the service of the Lord, not caring\nfor the perfection of his social position, he becomes a perfect human being\nsimply by developing the attitude of service to the Supreme Lord.\nTEXT 34\n\n� �: (44\\iji{OI � � � I\nqqlSS��Qi4tl QRQ: ��m�VII\nete var'{lii� sva-dharme[la\n\nyajanti sva-gurum harim\n\nsraddhayii \"tma-visuddh yartham\nyaj jiitii� saha vrttibh*\n\nete-all these; var(lii�-orders of society; sva-dharme'{la-by one's own\n\noccupational duties; yajanti- worship; sva gurum with the spiritual master;\n-\n\n-\n\nharim-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sraddhayii-with faith and\n\ndevotion; iitma-self; visuddhyartham-for purifying; yat-from whom;\n\njiitii�-born; saha-alon g with; vrttibh*\n\n-\n\noccupational duty.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0269": "Text 34]\n\nCreation of the Universal Form\n\n251\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll these different social divisions are born, with their occupational\nduties and living conditions, from the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThus for unconditional life and self-realization one has to worship the\nSupreme Lord under the direction of the spiritual master.\nPURPORT\nSince they are born from different parts of the body of the Supreme\nLord in His gigantic form, all living entities in all parts of the entire\nuniverse are supposed to be eternal servitors of the supreme body. Every\npart of our own body, such as the mouth, hands, thighs and legs, is meant\nto render service to the whole. That is their constitutional position. In\nsubhuman life the living entities are not conscious of this constitutional\nposition, but in the human form of life they are supposed to know this\nthrough the system of the varrtas, the social orders. As above mentioned,\nthe briihmarta is the spiritual master· of all the orders of society, and thus\nbrahminical culture, culminating in the transcendental service of the Lord,\nis the basic principle for purifying the soul.\nIn conditioned life the soul is under the impression that he can become\nthe Lord of the universe, and the last point of this misconception is to\nthink oneself the Supreme. The foolish conditioned soul does not take into\naccount that the Supreme cannot be conditioned by miiyii, or illusion. If\nthe Supreme were to become conditioned by illusion, where would be His\nsupremacy? In that case, miiyii or illusion would be the Supreme. Therefore, because the living entities are conditioned, they cannot be supreme.\nThe actual position of the conditioned soul is explained in this verse: all\nthe conditioned souls are impure due to contact with the material energy\nin three modes of nature. Therefore it is necessary that they purify\nthemselves under the guidance of the bona fide spiritual master, who is not\nonly a briihmarta by qualification but who must also be a V aigtava. The\nonly self-purifying process mentioned herein is to worship the Lord under\nthe recognized method-under the guidance of the bona fide spiritual\nmaster. That is the natural way of purification, and no other method is\nrecommended as bona fide. The other methods of purification may be\nhelpful to come to this stage of life, but ultimately one has to come to\nthis last point before he attains actual perfection. Bhagavad-gitii confirms\nthis truth as follows:\n\n", "SB3.1#p0270": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n252\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\nbahuniim janmaniim ante jiiiinaviin miirh prapadyate\nviisudevafi, sarvam iti sa mahiitmii sudurlabhafi,\nTEXT 35\n\n(Bg. 7.19)\n\n��+t�fquu 1\n�\n�= 'Sf�\"41(qlfid 4ltl+\\141'1�l4044( 11�'-\\11\netat k�attar bhagavato\ndaiva-karmiitma-riipirw�\nka� sraddadhyiid upiikartum\nyoga-miiyii-baloda yam\netat-this; k�attab--0\n\nVidura; bhagavatafi,-of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead; daiva-karma-iitma-riipirwft-of the gigantic form of transcendental work, time and nature; ka fi, -who else; sraddadhyiit-can aspire;\n\nupiikartum- measure in totality ;yoga-miiyii-:- internal potency; balodayammanifested by the strength of.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Vidura, who can estimate or measure the transcendental time, work\nand potency of the gigantic form manifested by the internal potency of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead?\nPURPORT\nThe froggish philosophers may go on with their mental speculations on\nthe subject matter of the viriita, the gigantic form exhibited by the yoga­\n\nmiiyii internal potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but\nfactually no one can measure such a vast exhibition. In Bhagavad-gi\"tii,\nArjuna, the reeognized devotee of the Lord, says:\n\naneka-biihiida;a-vaktra-netram\npasyiimi tviim sarvato 'nanta-riipam\nniintarh na madhyarh na punas taviidim\npasyiirni vi.�vesvara vi.4va-riipa\n\n\"0 my Lord, 0 gigantie vi.�va-rupa form, 0 master of the universe, I see\ninnumerable hands, bodies, mouths, eyes, etc., in all directions, and they\nare all unlimited. 1 eannot find the end of this manifestation, nor do I see\nthe miJJle, nor the beginning.\" (Hg. 11.16)\n\nBhagavad-gitii was specifically spoken to Arjuna, and the visva-rupa was\nexhibited before him at his re11w:sl. lie was awarded the specific eyes to\n\n", "SB3.1#p0271": "Text 36)\n\nCreation of the Universal Form\n\n253\n\nsee this visva-riipa, yet although he was abl.e to see the Lord's innumerable\nhands and mouths, he was unable to see Him completely. Since Arjuna\nwas unable to estimate the length and breadth of the potency of the Lord,\nwho else would be able to do so? One may only indulge in miscalculation\nlike the frog philosopher. The frog philosopher wanted to estimate the\nlength and breadth of the Pacific Ocean by his experience of a well three\ncubic feet large, and thus he began to puff himself up to become as big as\nthe Pacific Ocean, but at last he burst and died by this process. This\nstory is applicable to the mental philosophers who, under the illusion of\nthe Lord's external energy, indulge in estimating the length and breadth of\nthe Supreme Lord. The best path is to become a cool-headed, submissive\ndevotee of the Lord, try to hear about the Lord from the bona fide\nspiritual master, and thus serve the Lord in transcendental loving service,\nas suggested in the previous. verse.\nTEXT 36\n\n� �6441¥4 44'414tf6 � I\n�{(:� �f'l('fw'*41fli�Rt�i( 11�1\\11\ntathiipi kirtayamy anga\nyathii-mati yathii-srutam\nkirtirh harefl sviirh satkarturh\ngiram anyiibhidhiisatim\nta thii-therefore; api\n0\n\n-\n\nalthough it is so; kirtayiimi-1 do describe; ahga-\n\nVidura; yathii- as much as; mati\n\n-\n\nintelligence; yathii-as much as;\n\nsrutam- heard; kirtim-glories; harefl-of the Lord; sviim-own; satkartumjust purify; giram-speeches; anyiibh idhii-otherwise; asatim-unchaste.\nTRANSLATION\nIn spite of my inability, whatever I have been able to hear [from the\nspiritual master] and whatever I could assimilate, I am now describing, in\nglorification of the Lord by pure speech, for otherwise my power of\n.\n\nspeaking would remain unchaste.\n\nPURPORT\nThe purification of the conditioned soul necessitates purification of his\nconsciousness.\n\nBy the presence of consciousness, the presence of the\n\ntranscendental soul is verified, and as soon as consciousness leaves the\nbody, the material body is not active. Consciousness is p1�rceiVt�d, therefore,\n\n", "SB3.1#p0272": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n254\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\nby activities. The theory put forward by empiric philosophers that con·\nsciousness can remain in an inactive state is the proof of their poor fund of\nknowledge. One should not become unchaste by stopping the activities of\npure consciousness. If the activities of pure consciousness are stopped,\ncertainly the conscious living force will be otherwise engaged because\nunless engaged the consciousness has no standing. Consciousness cannot be\nsilent, even for a moment. When the body does not act, the consciousness\nacts in the form of dreams. Unconsciousness is artificial; by induced\nextraneous help, it remains for a limited period, but when the intoxication\nof the drug is finished or when one is awake, the consciousness again acts\nearnestly.\nMaitreya's statement is that in order to avoid unchaste conscious activities, he was trying to describe the unlimited glories of the Lord, although\nhe had no capacity to describe the m perfectly. This glorification of the\nLord is not a product of research, but the result of hearing submissively\nfrom the authority of the spiritual master. It is also not possible to repeat\nall that one has heard from his spiritual master, but one can narrate as far\nas possible by one's honest endeavor. It does not matter whether the Lord's\nglories are fully explained or not. One must attempt to engage one's\nbodily, mental and verbal activi ties in the transcendental glorification of\nthe Lord, otherwise such activities will remain unchaste and impure. The\nexistence of the conditioned soul can be purified only by the method of\n\nengaging mind and speech in the service of the Lord. The tridal).{ii-sannyasi\n\nof the V ai��ava school accepts three rods, representing the vow to engage\nin the service of the Lord with body, mind and speech, whereas the\n\nekada[L{ii-sannyasi takes the vow to become one with the Supreme. Since\n\nthe Lord is the Absolute, there is no distinction between Him and His\n\nglories. The glories of the Lord as chanted by the V ai��ava-san nyasi are as\nsubstantial as the Lord Himself, and thus while glorifying the Lord the\ndevotee becomes one with Him in transcendental interest, although he\nremains eternally a transcendental servitor. This simultaneously one and\ndifferent position of the devotee makes him eternally purified, and thus\nhis life becomes a complete success.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n.,.•.�e•4\n\n� �\n\n�\n\nNiltf>.,fidi4l\n\n��\nijrslwn�gGR�:\n- ���\\911\n\n", "SB3.1#p0273": "Text 37]\n\nCreation of the Universal Form\n\n255\n\nekiinta-liibharh vacaso nu purhsiirh\n\nsusloka-mauler gu[la-viidam iihu�\n\nsrutes ca vidvadbhir upakrtayiirh\n\nkatha-sudhiiyiim upasamprayogam\n\nekiinta-the one which has no comparison; labha m-gain; vacasa�-by\n\ndiscussions; nu\n\npurhsiim-after\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPerson; susloka-pious;\n\nmaule�-activities; gurta-vadam-glorification; iihu�t-it is so said; srute�-of\nthe ear; ca-also; vidvadbh*-by the learned; upiikrtiiyiim-being so edited;\n\nkathii-sudhiiyiim-in the nectar of such a transcendental message; upasam­\n\nprayogam-serves the real purpose, being nearer to.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe highest perfectional gain of humanity is to engage in discussions of\nthe activities and glories of the pious actor. Such activities are so nicely\narranged in writing by the grea�ly learned sages that the actual purpose of\nthe ear is served just by being near to them.\nPURPORT\nThe impersonalists are very much afraid of hearing the activities of the\n\nLord because they think that the happiness derived from the transcendental\n\nsituation of Brahman is the ultimate goal of life; they think that anyone's\nactivity, even that of the Personality of Godhead, is mundane. But the idea\n\nof happiness indicated in this verse is different because it relates to the\n\nactivities of the Supreme Personality, who has transcendental qualities.\n\nThe word gurw-viida is significant because the qualities of the Lord and His\n\nactivities and ·pastimes are the subject matter for the discussions of devotees. A r�i like Maitreya is certainly not interested in discussing anything\n\npertaining to mundane qualities, yet he says that the highest perfectional\nstage of transcendental realization is to discuss the Lord's activities. Srila\n\nJiva Gosvam1, therefore, concludes that topics regarding the transcendental\n\nactivities of the Lord are far beyond the transcendental realization of\n\nkaivalya happiness. These transcendental activities of the Lord are so\narranged iri writing by the great sages that simply by hearing of those\n\nnarrations one becomes perfectly self-realized, and the proper use of the\n\near and the tongue is also achieved. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is one of such\ngreat literatures, and the highest perfectional state of life is attained simply\n\nby hearing and reciting its contents.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0274": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n256\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 38\n\n3tMS'it�d1����iflS� I\n(fq�(ij((IU.Q NlR ���� II ��II\niitmano' vas ito vatsa\nmahimii kavinii \"dinii\nsarhvatsara-sahasriinte\ndhiyii yoga-vipakkayii\niitmanal;l-of the Supreme Soul; avasital;l- known; vatsa-0 my dear\nsons;\n\nmahimii-glories;\n\nsarhvatsara-celestial\n\nkavinii-by\n\nthe\n\npoet\n\nyear; sahasra-ante-at\n\nBrahma; iidi n ii-original ;\n\nthe end of one thousand;\n\ndhiyii-by intelligence; yoga-vipakkayii-by matured meditation.\nTRANSLATION\nThe original poet, Br ahma , after mature meditation for one thousand\ncelestial years, could know only that the glories of the Supreme Soul are\ninconceivable.\nPURPORT\nThere are some froggish philosophers who want to know the Supreme\nSoul by means of philosophy and mental speculation. And when the\ndevotees, who are, to some extent, in knowledge of the Supreme Lord,\nadmit that the glories of the Lord are inestimable or inconceivable, the\nfroggish philosophers adversely criticize them. These philosophers, like the\nfrog in the well who tried to estimate the measurement of the Pacific\nOcean, like to take trouble over fruitless mental speculation instead of\ntaking instructions from devotees like the original poet, namely, Brahma.\nLord Brahma underwent a severe type of meditation for one thousand\ncelestial years, yet he said that the glories of the Lord are inconceivable.\nTherefore what cim the froggish philosophers hope to gain from their\nmental speculations?\nIt is said in the Brahma-sarhliitii that the mental speculator may fly\nthrough the sky of speculation with the velocity of the mind or the wind\nfor thousands of millions of years, and still he will find it inconceivable.\nThe devotees, however, do not waste time in such vain searching after\nknowledge of the Supreme, but they submissively hear the glories of the\nLord from bona fide devotees. Thus they transcendentally enjoy the\nprocess of hearing and chanting. The Lord approves of the devotional\nactivities of the devotees or mahatmas, and He says:\n\n", "SB3.1#p0275": "Text 39)\n\nCreation of the Universal Form\n\n257\n\nmahiitmiinas tu miirh piirtha daivirh prakrtim iisritii\"{l\nbhajanty ananya-manaso jiiiitvii bhiitiidim avyayam\nsatatarh kirtayanto miirh yatantas ca dr{iha-vratii\"{l\nna ma syantas ca miirh bhaktyii nitya-yuktii upiisate.\n\n(Bg. 9_13 _14)\n\nThe pure devotees of the Lord take shelter of the parii-prakrti, the\n\ninternal\n\npotency\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nLord\n\ncalled\n\nLak�m1dev1,\n\nSitadev1,\n\nSrimatl\n\nRadharaJ;ii or Sr.imatl Rukmil)1dev1, and thus they become actual mahiit­\n\nmiis or great souls. Mahiitmiis are not fond of indulging in mental speculations, but they actually take to the devotional. service of the Lord,\n\nwithout the slightest deViation. Devotional service is manifested by the\n\nprimary process of hearing and chanting about the activities of the Lord.\nThis transcendental method practiced by the mahiitmiis gives them suffi­\n\ncient knowledge of the Lord because if the Lord can at all be known to\nsome extent, it is only through the means of devotional service and no\n\nother way. One may go on speculating and waste the valuable time of his\n\nhuman life, but that will not help anyone to enter into the precincts of the\nLord. The mahiitmiis, however, are not concerned with knowing the Lord\n\nby mental speculation because they enjoy hearing about His glorious\n\nactivities in .His transcendental dealings with His devotees or with the\n\ndemons. The devotees take pleasure in both and are happy in this life and\nthe life after.\n\nTEXT 39\n\nrit � � 4\\l�..ptfq � I\n�· \"i4R't'i4.1 WI � -<IN� 11�,11\nato bhagavato miiyii\nmiiyiniim api mohini\nyat svayarh ciitma-vartmiitmii\nna veda kim-utiipare\nata\"{l-therefore; bhagavata[t-godly; miiyii-potencies; miiyiniim-of the\n\njugglers; api-even; mohini-enchanting; yat-that which; svayam-personally; ca-also; iitma-vartma-self-sufficient; iitmii-self; na-does not; veda­\n\nknow; kim-what; uta-to speak of; apare-others.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe wonderful potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nbewildering even to the jugglers. That potential power is unknown even\nto the self-sufficient Lord, so it is certainly .u nknown to others.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0276": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n258\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe froggish philosophers and mundane wranglers in science and mathematical calculation may not believe in the inconceivable potency of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, but they are sometimes puzzled by the\nwonderful jugglery of man and nature. Such jugglers and magicians of the\nmundane world are actually puzzled by the jugglery of the Lord in His\n\ntranscendental activities, but they try to adjust their bewilderm ent by\nsaying that it is all mythology. There is, however, nothing impossible or\n\nmythological in the Supreme Omnipotent Person. The most wonderful\npuzzle for the mundane wranglers is that while they remain calculating\n\nthe length and breadth of the unlimited potency of the Supreme Person,\nHis faithful devotees are set free from the bondage of material encagement\n\nsimply by appreciating the wonderful jugglery of the Supreme in the\npractical field. The devotees of the Lord see the wonderful dexterity in\neverything with which they come in contact in all circumstances of\neating, sleeping, working, etc. A small banyan fruit contains thousands of\nsmall seeds, and each seed holds the potency of another tree, which again\nholds the potency of many millions of such fruits as causes and effects.\nSo the trees and seeds engage the devotees in meditation about the activities of the Lord, while the mundane wranglers waste time in dry specula­\n\ntion and ment al concoction, which are fruitless both in this life and the\nnext. In spite of their pride in speculation, they can never appreciate the\nsimple potential activities of the banyan tree. Such speculators are poor\nsouls destined to remain in matter perpetually.\nTEXT40\n\n44il'sstM �4M �� � Q I\n3ft � � �cn«t� � �: ll'ioll\nyato 'priipya nyavartanta\nviicas ca manasii saha\naharh ciinya ime deviis\ntasmai bhagavate nama�\nyata p - from whom; apriipya-being unable to measure; nyavartantaooca� wo rds; ca-also; manasii-with the mind; sahawith; aham ca- also the ego; anye- other ; ime-all these; devii�-demigods;\ntasmai-unto Him; bhagavate-unto the Personality of Godhead; nama�cease to try;\n\n-\n\n.\n\noffer obeisances.\n\n·\n\n", "SB3.1#p0277": "Text 40]\n\nCreation of the Universal Form\n\n259\n\nTRANSLATION\nWords, mind and ego, with their respective controlling demigods, have\nfailed to achieve success in knowing the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTherefore, we simply have to offer our respectful obeisances unto Him as\na matter of sanity.\nPURPORT\n\nThe froggish calculator may raise the objection that if the Absolute is\n\nunknowable even by the controlling deities of speech, mind and ego,\n\nnamely the\n\nVedas, Brahma, Rudra and all the demigods headed by\n\nBrhaspati, then why should the devotees be so interested in this unknown\n\nobject? The answer is that the transcendental ecstasy enjoyed by the\n\ndevotees in delineating the pastimes of the Lord is certainly unknown to\nnondevotees and mental speculators. Unless one relishes transcendental\n\njoy, naturally one will come back from his speculations and concocted\n\nconclusions because he will see them as neither factual nor enjoyable.\n\nThe devotees can at least know that the Absolute Truth is the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead Vi�I)U, as the Vedic hymns confirm: tad vi�!tobparamam padam sadii pasyanti suraya[l,. Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 15.15) also\nconfirms this fact: vedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyal;. By culture of\n\nVedic knowledge one must know Lord Kr�l)a and should not falsely\n\nspeculate on the word aham or \"I.\" The only method for understanding\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Truth is devotional service, as stated in Bhagavad-gitii\n(18.55): bhaktyii miim abhijiiniiti yiiviin yas ciismi tattvatal;. Only by\n\ndevotional service can one know that the ultimate truth is the Personality\n\nof Godhead and that Brahman and Paramatma are only His partial features.\n\nThis is confirmed in this verse by the great sage Maitreya. With devotion\n\nhe offers his sincere surrender, nama/), to the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, bhagavate. One has to follow in the footsteps of great sages and\ndevotees like\n\nMaitreya and Vidura, Maharaja Par!k�it and Sukadeva\n\nGosvam!, and engage in the transcendental devotional service of the Lord\n\nif he would know His ultimate feature, which is above Brahman and\nParamatma.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta Purports of the Third Canto, Sixth Chapter,\nof the Sr!mad-Bhagavatam, entitled ·\"Creation of the Universal Form.\"\n\n", "SB3.1#p0278": "CHAPTER SEVEN\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\nTEXT I\n\n� �qr:;;r\n�� p ��\nsftu14Alct ���\n\nlqN'iti«l �: I\n�: Sl�¥411ij II � II\n\nsri suka uviica\n\nevarh bruviirtarh maitreyarh\ndvaipiiyana-suto budha�\n\nprirwyann iva bhiiratyii\n\nvidura� pratyabhii§ata\n\nsri sukah uviica-Srl Sukadeva Gosvaml said; evam\n.\n\n-\n\nthus; bruviinam.\n\nspeaking; maitreyam-unto the sage Maitreya; dvaipiiyana-suta�- the son of\nDvaipayana; budha�-learned; pri[layan-in a pleasing manner; iva-as it\n\nwas; bhiiratyii-in\n\nthe\n\nmanner\n\ncounter; abhii§ata- expressed\n\nof a request; vidura�- Vidura; prati­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said: 0 King, while Maitreya, the great sage, was\nthus speaking, Vidura, the learned son of Dvaipayana Vyasa, expressed a\n\nrequest in a pleasing manner by asking this question.\n\nTEXT2\n\n��\nQIWf � �fttfli\"'�IM�IRUU I\n���d1tgol�gun: n: II� II\n261\n\n", "SB3.1#p0279": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n262\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\nvidura uviica\n\nbrahman katham bhagavatas\ncinmiitrasyiivikiiril)a�\n\nlilayii ciipi yujyeran\n\nnirgul)asya gul)ii� kriyii�\n\nsri vidura� uviica-Sr1 Vidura said; brahman-0 briihmal)a; katham­\n\nhow; bhagavata�-of the Personality of Godhead; cit-miitrasya-of the\n\ncomplete spiritual whole; avikiiril)a�-of the unchangeable; lilayii-by His\n\npastime; ca-either; api-even\n\nnirgul)asya-without the\nkriyii�-activities.\n\nthough\n\nmodes\n\nof\n\nit is so; yujyerat-takes place;\n\nnature; g ul)ii�\n\n-\n\nmodes\n\nof\n\nnature;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Vidura said: 0 great brahma!J.a, since the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is the complete spiritual whole and is unchangeable, how is He\nconnected with the material modes of nature and their activities? If this is\nHis pastime, how do the activities of the unchangeable take place and\n\nexhibit qualities without the modes of nature?\nPURPORT\n\nAs described in the previous chapter, the difference between the Supersoul, the Supreme Lord, and _the living entities is that the activities of the\nLord in creating the cosmic manifestation are performed by the Lord\nthrough the agency of His multifarious energies, but this manifestation is\nbewildering to the living entities. The Lord is, therefore, the master of the\nenergies, whereas the living entities are subjugated by them. By asking\nvarious questions about transcendental activities, Vidura is clearing the\n·\nmisconception that when the Lord either descends on the earth in His\nincarnation or appears Himself with all His potencies, He too is subjected\nto· the influence of miiyii, just like an ordinary living entity. This is\n\ngenerally the calculation of less intelligent philosophers who consider the\nposition of the Lord and that of the living entities to be on the same level.\nVidura is hearing the great sage Maitreya refute these arguments. The Lord\n\nis described in this verse as cinmiitra, or completely spiritual. The Person­\n\nality of Godhead has unlimited potencies to create and manifest many\nwonderful things, both temporary and permanent. Because this material\nworld is the creation of His external energy, it thus appears to be tempo-.\nrary; it is manifested at certain intervals, maintained for some time, and\nagain dissolved and conserved in His own energy. As described in Bhagavad-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0280": "Text 2)\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\n263\n\ngitii, bhutvii bhutvii praliyate (Bg. 8.19). But the creation of His internal\n\npotency, the spiritual world, is not a temporary manifestation like the\nmaterial world, but is eternal and full of transcendental knowledge, opu­\n\nlence, energy, strength, beauties and glories. Such manifestations of the\nLord's potencies are eternal and are therefore called nirgu'[la, or free from\n\nall tinges of the modes of material nature, even up to the mode of\n\nmaterial goodness. The spiritual world is transcendental even to material\ngoodness and thus is. unchangeable. Since the Supreme Lord of such\n\neternal and unchangeable qualities is never subjugated by anything like\n\nmaterial influence, how can His activities and form be conceived to be\nunder the influence of illusory miiyii, as is the case with the living entities?\n\nA juggler or magician displays many wonders with his acts and arts. He\n\ncan become a cow by his inagical tactics, and yet he is not that cow; but\n\nat th«;! same time, the cow displayed by the magician is not different from\n\nhim. Similarly, the material potency is not different from the Lord because\nit is an emanation from Him, but at the same time, that potential manifes­\n\ntation is not the Supreme Lord. The Lord's transcendental knowledge and\npotency always remain the same; they do not change, even when displayed\n\nin the material world. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii, the Lord descends on the\n\nearth by His own internal potency, and therefore there is no question of\nHis becoming materially contaminated, changed or otherwise affected by\n\nthe modes of material nature. The Lord is sagu'{la by His own internal\n\npotency, but at the same time He is nirgu'{la, since He is not in touch with\n\nthe material energy. The restrictions of the prison house are applicable to\n\nprisoners who are condemned by the king's law, hut the king is never\naffected by such implications, although he may visit the prison house out\n\nof his good will. In the Vi�'{lU Puriir.a the six opulences of the Lord are\n\nstated to be nondifferent from Him. The opulences of transcendental\n\nknowledge, strength, opulence, potency, beauty and renunciation are all\n\nidentical with the Personality of Godhead. When He personally displays\n\nsuch opulences in the material world, they have no connection with the\nmodes of material nature. The very word cinmiitratvam is the guarantee\n\nthat the Lord's activities are always transcendental, even when displayed in\nthe material world. His activities are as good as the Supreme Personality\n\nHimself, otherwise liberated devotees like Sukadeva Gosvami would not\n\nhave been attracted by them. Vidura inquired how the Lord's activities can\n\nbe in the modes of material nature, as is sometimes miscalculated by\npersons with a poor fund of knowledge. The inebriety of the material\n\nqualities is due to the difference between the material body and the spirit\n\nsoul. The conditioned soul's activities are displayed through the medium\n\n", "SB3.1#p0281": "264\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto3, Ch. 7\n\nof the modes of material nature and are therefore perverted in ap pearance.\nHowever, the Lord's body and the Lord Himself are one and the same, and\nwhen the Lord's activities are displayed, they are certainly nondifferent\nfrom the Lord in all respects. The conclusion is that persons who consider\n\nthe Lord's activities material are certainly mistaken.\n\nTEXT3\n\nitlCP41flt14i\\� ��\"lR11�n I\n(Ctij�Jt� �\n\n� MVW� ('(f:\\1��: II � II\n\nkripiiyiim udyamo 'rbhasya\nkamas cikrip4iinyataft\nsvatas-trptasya ca katharh\nnivrttasya sadiinyataft\nkri{liiyiim-in the matter of playing; u dyamaft -e nthusiasm; arbhasya­\n\nof the boys; kiimafl - desire ; cikri{l i� a-willingness to play; anyatafl-with\nother boys�svata{l-trptasya-for one who is self-satisfied; ca-also; katham­\n\nwhat for; nivrttasya-one who is detached; sadii-for all time; anyata�totherwise.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBoys are enthusiastic to play with other boys or with various diversions\nbecause they are encouraged by desire. But there is no possibility of such\ndesire for the Lord because He is self-satisfied and detached from everything.\n\nPURPORT\nSince the Supreme· Personality of Godhead is one without a second,\nthere is no possibility that anything besides Himself can exist. He expands\n\nHimself by His energies in multiforms of self-expansions and separated\n\nexpansions as well, just as fire expands itself by heat and light. Since there\nis no other existence besides the· Lord Himself, the Lord's association with\nanything manifests His association with Himself. In Bhagavad-gitii (9.4) the\nLord says:\n\nmayii tatam idam sarvam jagadavyakta-murtinii\nmat-sthiini sarva-bhutiini na ciiham te�v avasthita�\n\"The complete manifestation of the cosmic situation is an expansion of\nthe Lord Himself in His impersonal feature. All things are situated in Him\n\n", "SB3.1#p0282": "265\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\nText 5]\n\nonly, yet He is not in them.\" That is the opulence of the Lord's attachment\nand detachment. He is attached to everything, yet He is detached from all.\nTEXT4\n\n� ft.V gulwJqiSS(¥4¥414441 1\n��N44�6'A4: � II \\l II\n\n�\n\n0..\n\nasriik�\"id bhagaviin visvam\ngu[la-mayyii \"tma-miiyayii\ntayii samsthiipayaty etad\nbhuya� pratyapidhiisyati\nasriik�\"it-caused\n\nto\n\ncreate;\n\nbhagaviin- the\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nviSvam-the universe; gu[lamayyii-endowed with three modes of material\nnature; iitma-sel f ; miiyayii-by the potency; tayii-by her; sarhsthiipayatimaintains; etat-all\n\nthese;\n\nbhuya�-th e n again; p raytapidhiisyati\n\nversely dissolves also.\n\n- onc\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy His self-sheltered potency of the three modes of material nature,\nthe Lord has caused the creation of this universe. By her He maintains the\ncreation and conversely dissolves it, again and again.\nPURPORT\nThis cosmic universe is created by the Lord for those living entities who\nare carried away by the illusory thought of becoming one with Him by\nimitation. The three modes of material nature are for the further bewilderment of the conditioned souls. The conditioned living entity, bewildered\nby the illusory energy, considers himself a part of the material creation\ndue to forgetfulness of his spiritual identity, and thus he becomes entangled\nin material activities life after life. This material world is not for the purpose of the Lord Himself, but is for the conditioned souls who wanted to\nbe controllers due to misuse of their God-gifted minute independence.\nThus the conditioned souls are subjected to repeated birth and death.\nTEXT5\n\n�: � ���: �s;qij: I\n� u ,�61\\11� �11'-\\11\n\n", "SB3.1#p0283": "·\n266 .\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\ndesata[l. kiilato yo 'siiv\n\navasthiita{l svato 'nyata{l\n\naviluptiivabodhiitmii\n\nsa yujyetiijayii katham\n\ndesata�-circumstantial; kiilata{l-by the influence of time; ya�-one\n\nwho; asau-the living entity; avasthiita�-by situation; svata�-by dream;\n\nanyata�- by others; avilupta- extinct; avabodha-consciousness; iitmii­\n\npure self; sa�-he; yujy eta- engaged; ajayii-with nescience; katham-how\nis it so.\nTRANSLATION\nThe pure soul is pure consciousness and is never out of consciousness,\n\neither due to circumstances, time, situations, dreams or other causes. How\nthen does he become engaged in nescience?\nPURPORT\nThe consciousness of the living being is always present and never changes\nunder any circumstances, as above mentioned. When a living man moves\nfrom one place to another, he is conscious that he has changed his position.\nHe is always present in the past, present and future, like electricity. One\ncan remember incidents from his past and can conjecture about his future\nalso on the basis of past experience. He never forgets his personal identity,\neven though he is placed in awkward circumstances. How then can the\nliving entity become forgetful of his real identity as pure spirit soul and\nidentify with matter unless influenced by something beyond himself? The\n\nconclusion is that the living entity is influenced by the avidyii potency, as\nconfirmed in both the\n\nBhiigavatam.\n\nVi§[IU Puriirw and the beginning of Srimad­\n\nThe living entity is mentioned in Bhagavad-gitii as .parii­\n\nprakrti (Bg. 7 .5), and in the Vi§[IU Purana he is mentioned as the parii-sak ti.\n\nHe is part and parcel of the Supreme Lord as potency and not as the\npotent. The potent can exhibit many potencies, but the potency. cannot\nequal the potent at any stage. One potency may be overcome by another\n\npotency, but to the potent, all potencies are under control. The jiva\n\npotency or the kfietrajiia-sakti of the Lord has the tendency to be\n\noverpowered by the external potency, avidyii karma-samjfiii, and in this\n\nway he is placed in the awkward circumstances of material existence. The\nliving entity cannot be forgetful of his real identity unless influenced by the\n\navidyii potency. Because the living entity is prone to the influence of the\navidyii potency, he can never equal the supreme potent.\n\n·\n\n", "SB3.1#p0284": "Text6]\n\n267\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\nTEXT6\n\n�: I\n� �� � mm � �: �: 11 � 11\n¥4•1etl�4i\n\n��'I\n\nbhagaviin eka evai§a\nsarva-k§etre§V avasthitafl\namu§ya durbhagatvam vii\nkleso vii karmabhifl, kutafl\nbhagaviin -the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ekafl,\n\nall these; sarva\namu�ya-of\n\n-\n\n-\n\nalone ; eva-e�afl­\n\nall ; k�etre�u-in th e living entities; avasthita�-situated;\n\nthe living entities;\n\ndurbhagatvam-misfortune;\n\nkle.{a[t-miseries; vii-or; karmabhi?t-by activities; k uta fl,\n\n-\n\nvii-either;\n\nwhat for.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, as the Supersoul, is situated in every living being's heart. Why\nthen do the living entities' activities result in misfortune and misery?\nPURPORT\nThe next question put forward by Vidura to Maitreya is, \"Wh y are the\nliving entities subjected t o so many miseries and misfortunes in. pite of the\nLord's presence in their h earts as the Supersoul'?\" The body is considered\na fruitful tree, and the living entity and the Lord as Supersoul are like two\nbirds seated in that tree. The individual soul is eating the fruit of the tree,\nbut the Supersoul, the Lord, is witnessing the activities of the other bird.\n\nA citizen of t h e state may be in miseries for want of sufficient supervision\nby the state authority, but how can it be possible that a citizen suffers\n\nfrom other citizens while the chief of the state is personally present? From\nanother point of view, it is understood that the jiva living entity is\nqualitatively one with the Lord, and t h u\n\nhis knowledge in the pure slale\n\nof life cannot be covered by nescience, especially in the presence of Lhe\nSupreme Lord. How then does the living enlity become s ubj ect e d Lo ignorance and covered by the influence of miiyii? The Lord is t h e father and\nprotector of every living entity, and He is known as the bhuta-bhrt, or the\nmaintainer of the living entities. Why then should the living entity be\nsubjected to so many sufferings and misfortunes? lL should not be so,\nbut actually we see that it happens everywhere. Thi question is t herefore\nput forward by Vidura for solution.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0285": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n268\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT7\n\n�m.-il � f«';{ f�Sijl'1(1t! I\n�:�� �� �11\\911\netasmin me mano vidvan\nkhidyate' jniina-sankate\ntan na� parii[!uda vibho\nkasmalarh miinasarh mahat\netasmin-in this; me -my; mana[l-mind; vidvan-0 learned one; khid­\n\nyate\n\n- is troubling; ajiiiina-nescience; sankate-in distress; tat-therefore;\n\nna[l-mine; pariirtuda-clear up; vibho-0 great one; kasmalam-illusion;\nmiinasam-relating to the mind; mahat-great.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great and learned one, my mind is greatly illusioned by the distress of\nthis nescience, and I therefore request you to clear it up.\nPURPORT\nSuch mental bewilderment as represented here by Vidura takes· place\n\nfor some living entities, but not for everyone, for if everyone wer'e\n\nbewildered there would be no possibility of a solution by higher person­\n\nalities.\n\nTEXTS\n\n��\n� � �: �ij'Eq�-lij'1afir: I\n� l1•161fllt�: $4AI61 tmN: II � II\nsri suka uviica\nsa ittharh codita� k�attrii\ntattva-jijfiiisunii mun*\npratyiiha bhagavac-citta�\nsmayann iva gata-smaya�\nsri suka{l uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; sa{l-he (Maitreya Muni);\nittham-in this way; co dita{l -being agitated; k1attrii-by Vidura; tattvajijiiiisunii-by one who was anxious to inquire to know the truth; muni{lthe great sage; pratyiiha-repli ed; bhagavat-citta{I-God conscious; smayan--: wonder; iva-since; gata-s maya{!- without hesitation.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0286": "269\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\nText9]\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi said: 0 King, Maitreya, being thus agitated by the\n\ninquisitive Vidura, at first seemed to be astonished, but then he replied to\n\nhim without hesitation, since he was fully God conscious.\nPURPORT\n\nSince the great sage Maitreya was filled with God consciousness, he had\nno reason to be astonished at such contradictory questions by Vidura.\nTherefore, although as a devotee he externally expressed surprise, as if he\ndid not know how to reply to those questions, he immediately became\nperfectly\n\nsettled\n\nand\n\nproperly\n\nreplied\n\nto\n\nVidura.\n\nYasmin vijiiiite\n\nsarvam eva vijtiiita� bhavanti. Anyone who is a devotee of the Lord knows\nabout the Lord to some extent, and devotional service to the Lord makes\n\nhim able to know everything by the grace of the Lord. Although a devotee\nmay apparently express himself to be ignorant, he is full of knowledge in\nevery intricate matter.\nTEXT9\n�\"'\n\n��\n\ntti � � � flt(i'd46 I\n�� ftte� ctilcioqflij +\"''tf( II � II\nmaitreya uviica\n\nseyam bhagavato miiyii\n\nyan nayena virudhyate\n\niSvarasya vimuktasya\n\nkiirpa[lyam uta bandhanam\n\nsri maitreya(l. uviica-Sr1 Maitreya s:rid; sii iyam- such a statement;\n\nbhagavata(l.-of the\n\n- illusion; yat - that\n- be omes contradictory; iSvarasya-of\n\nPersonality of Godhead; miiyii\n\nwhich; nayena-by logic; vi rudhyate\n\nc\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; vimuktasya-of the ever liberated;\n\n-\n\nkiirpa !l yam insufficiency; uta-as also, what to 'speak of; bandhanambondage.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Maitreya said: Certain conditioned souls put forward the theory\n\nthat the Supreme Brahman or the Personality of Godhead is overcome by\nillusion or maya, and at the same time they maintain that He is uncon­\n\nditioned. This is against all logic.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0287": "270\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\nPURPORT\nSometimes it appears that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is\n\none hundred percent spiritual, cannot be the cause of the illusory potency\n\nwhich covers the knowledge of the individual soul. But factually there is no\ndoubt that the illusory external energy is also part and parcel of the\n\nSupreme Lord. When Vyasadeva realized the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, he saw the Lord along with His external potency, which covers the\npure knowledge of the individual living entities. Why the external energy\n\nacts in this way may be considered as follows, as analyzed by great\n\ncommentators like Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakur and Srila Jiva Gosyami.\n\nAlthough the material, illusory energy is distinct from the spiritual energy,\n\nit is one of the many energies of the Lord, and thus the material modes of\nnature (the mode of goodness, etc.) are surely qualities of the Lord. The\n\nenergy and the energetic Personality of Godhead are not different, and al­\n\nthough such energy is one with the Lord, He is never overpowered by it.\n\nAlthough the living entities are also parts and parcels of the Lord, they\n\nare overcome by the material energy. The inconceivable yogam aiSvaram\n\nof the Lord, as mentioned in Bhagavad-gita (Bg. 9.5), is misunderstood by\n\nthe froggish philosophers. In order to support a theory that Narayal)a (the\nLord Himself) becomes a daridra-naraya[!a, a poor man, they propose that\n\nthe material energy overcomes the Supreme Lord. Srlla Jiva Gosvaml and\n\nSrlla Visvanatha Cakravartl Thakur, however, offer a very nice example in\nexplanation. They say that although the sun is all light, the clouds, dark­\n\nness and snowfall are aH- part and parcel of the sun. Without the sun there\n\nis no possibility of the ·sky's being overcast with clouds or darkness, nor\n\ncan there be snowfall on the earth . Although life is sustained by the sun,\n\nlife is also disturbed by darkness and snowfall. produced by the sun. But\nit is also a fact that the sun itself is never overcome by darkness, clouds or\nsnowfall; the sun is far, far away from such disturbances. Only those who\n\nhave a poor fund of knowledge say that the sun is covered by a cloud or by\n\ndarkness. Similarly, the Supreme Brahman or the Param Brahman, the\n\nP�rsonality . of Godhead, is always unaffected by the influence of the\nmaterial energy, although it is one of His energies (parasya saktir vividhaiva\n\nsriiyate).\n\nThere is no reason to assert that the Supreme Brahman is ·overpowered\n\nby the illusory energy. The clouds, darkness and snowfall can cover only a\n\nvery insignificant portion of the sun's rays. Similarly, the modes of material\nnature may react upon the ray-like living entities. It is the misfortune of\n\nthe living entity, certainly not without reason, that the influence of the\n\nmaterial energy acts on his pure consciousness and eternal bliss. This\n\n", "SB3.1#p0288": "Text 9]\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\n271\n\ncovering up of pure consciousness and eternal bliss is due to avidyii-\n\n. karmii-sarhjnii, the energy which acts on the infinitesimal living entities\nwho misuse their minute independence. According to\n\nBhagavad-gitii\n\nand' all\n\nVi§!tu Puriirw,\n\nother Vedic literatures, the living entities are\n\ngenerated from the tatasthii energy of the Lord, and thus they are always\n\nthe energy of the Lord and are not the energetic. The living entities are\nlike the sun's rays. Although, as explained above, there is no qualitative\ndifference between the sun and its rays, the sun's rays are sometimes\noverpowered by another energy of the sun, namely by clouds or by snow·\nfall. Similarly, although the living entities are qualitatively one with the\nsuperior energy of the Lord, they have the tendency to be overpowered by\nthe inferior material energy. In the Vedic hymns it is said that the living\nentities are like the sparks of a fire. The sparks of fire also are fire, but the\nburning potency of the sparks is different from that of the original fire.\nWhen the sparks fly out of touch with the original fire, they come under\nthe influence of a non-fiery atmosphere; thus they maintain the potency\nto be again one with the fire as sparks, but not as the original fire. The\nsparks can everlastingly remain within the original fire as its parts and\nparcels, but the moment the sparks become separated from the original\nfire, their misfortunes and miseries begin. The clear conclusion is that the\nSupreme Lord, who is the original fire, is never overpowered, but the\ninfinitesimal sparks of the fire can become overpowered by the illusory\n\neffect of miiyii. It is a most ludicrous argument to say that the Supreme\nLord is overpowered by His own material energy. The Lord is the master\nof the material energy, but the living entities are in the conditioned state,\ncontrolled by the material energy. That is the version of Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nThe froggish philosophers who put forward the argument that the Supreme\nLord is overpowered by the material mode of goodness are themselves\nillusioned by the same material energy, although they think of themselves\nas liberated souls. They support their arguments by a false and laborious\njugglery of words, which is a gift of the same illusory energy of the Lord.\nBut the poor froggish philosophers, due to a false sense of knowledge,\ncannot understand the situation.\n\nIn the Sixth Canto, Ninth Chapter, Thirty-fourth verse of the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam it is stated:\n\nduravabodha iva taviiyarh vihiirayogo yadasararw'sarira idam anavekfiitiismat\nsamaviiya iitmanaiviivi kriyamiirena sagullam aguCta{t srjasi piisiharasi.\n\n\"The demigods prayed to the Supreme Lord that although His activities are\nvery difficult to understand, they can· still be understood to some extent\n\n", "SB3.1#p0289": "[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n272\n\nby those who sincerely engage in the transcendental loving service of the\nLord.\" The demigods admitted that although the Lord is apart from the\nmaterial influence or creation, He nevertheless creates, maintains and\nannihilates the complete cosmic manifestation by the agency of the\ndemigods.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n� ��-'*4\n� �=\n�\n\nyad arthena vinamu�ya\npurhsa atma-viparyaya/:1.\npratiyata upadra�tu/:1.\nsva-siras chedanadika/:1.\nrat\n\n.\n\n-\n\nthus; arthen a\n\n-\n\nby purpose or meaning; vina without; amu.sya-of\n-\n\nsuch a one; purhsa[t-of the living entity;. atma-viparyayaft-upset about\n\nself-identification; pratiyate-so appear; upadrafitu{t-of the superficial on­\n\nlooker; sva-siraft-own head; chedana adikaft-cutting off.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe living entity is in distress regarding his self-identity. He has no\nfactual background, like a man who dreams that he sees his head cut off.\nPURPORT\nA teacher in school once threatened his pupil that he would cut off his\nhead and hang it on the wall so that the child could see how his head had\nbeen cut off. The child became frightened and stopped his mischief.\nSimilarly, the miseries of the pure soul and the disruption of his selfidentification are managed by the external energy of the Lord, which\ncontrols those mischievous li�ing entities who want to go against the will\nof the Lord. Actually there is no bondage or misery for the living entity,\nnor does he ever lose his pure knowledge. In his pure consciousness, when\nhe thinks a little seriously about his position he can understand that he is\neternally subordinate to the mercy of the Supreme and that his attempt to\nbecome one with the Supreme Lord is a false illusion. Life after life the\nliving entity falsely tries to lord it over material nature and to become the\nlord of the material world, but there is no tangible result. At last, when\nfrustrated, he gives up his material activities and tries to become one with\nthe Lord and speculate with much jugglery of words but without success.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0290": "Text ll]\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\n273\n\nThese activities are performed under the dictation of the illusory energy.\nThe experience is compared to the experience of one's having his head cut\noff in a dream. The man whose head has been cut off also sees that his head\n\nhas been cut off. If a person's head is severed he loses his power to see.\nTherefore if a man sees that his head has been cut off, it means that he\nthinks like that in hallucination. Similarly a living entity is eternally subordinate to the Supreme Lord, and he has this knowledge with him, but,\nartificially, he thinks that he is God himself and that although he is God he\n\nhas lost his knowledge due to miiyii. This conception has no meaning, just\nas there is no meaning to seeing one's head being cut off. This is the process by which knowledge is covered. And because this artificial rebellious\ncondition of the living entity gives him aU troubles, it is to be understood\nthat he should take to his normal life as a devotee of the Lord and be\nrelieved from the misconception of being God. The so-caUed liberation of\n\nthinking oneself God is that last reaction of avidyii by which the living\n\nentity is entrapped. The conclusion is that a living entity deprived of\neternal tra_nscendental service to the Lord becomes illusioned in many\nways. Even in his conditional life he is the eternal servant of the Lord. His\n\nservitude under the spell of illusory miiyii is also a manifestation of his\neternal condition of service. Because he has rebelled against the service\nof the Lord, he is therefore put in the service of the miiyii. He is still serv­\n\ning, but in a perverted manner. When he wants to get out of service under\nmaterial bondage, he next desires to become one with the Lord. This is another illusion. The best course, therefore, is to surrende� unto the Lord and\nthus get rid of the illusory miiyii for good, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii:\ndaivi hye�ii gurr-amayi mama miiyii duratyayii\n\nmiim eva ye prapadyante miiyam etiim taranti te\n\n(B g . 7_14)\n\nTEXTll\n\n¥*'41ta.((l�Wl gar: 1\n�� �1€4twtl � gar: II��II\n� � \"'\"\"\"�u\n\nyathii jale candramasa�\n\nkampiidis tat-krto gurr-a�\n\ndrsyate' sann api drtl!Jtur\n\natmano 'niitmano gu!la�\n\nyathii - it is so; jale - in the water; candramasa�-of the moon; kam­\n\npiidilz,-quivering; tat-krtalz,-done by the water; gu!Ja(l - q u ality ; drsyate-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0291": "274\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\nit is so seen;asan api-without existence; dr�tu�-of the seer;iitmana�-of\nthe self;aniitmana[t-of other than the self;gu{lab,-quality.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs the moon ·reflected on water appears to the seer to tremble due to\n\nbeing associated with the quality of the water, so the self associated with\nmatter appears to be qualified as matter.\n\nPURPORT\nThe moon in the sky is compared to the Supreme Soul, the Personality\nof Godhead, and the living entities are compared to the reflection of the\nmoon on water. The moon in the sky is fixed and does not appear to\nquiver like the moon on the water. Actually, like the original moon in the\n\nsky, the moon reflected on the water should also not quiver, but because\nof being associated with water, the reflection appears to be quivering, al­\n\nthough in actual fact the moon is fixed. The water moves, but the moon\ndoes not move. Similarly, the living entities appear to be tainted by ma­\n\nterial qualities like illusion, lamentation, miseries, etc., although in the pure\n\nsoul such qualities are completely absent. The word pratiyata, which\nmeans apparently and not actually (like the experience of having one's\nhead cut off in a dream), is significant here. The reflection of the moon on\nthe water is the separated rays of the moon and not the actual moon. The\nseparated parts and parcels of the Lord entangled in the water of material\nexistence have the quivering quality, whereas the Lord is like the actual\nmoon in the sky, which is not at all in touch with water. The light of .the\nsun and moon reflected on matter makes the matter bright and praise­\n\nworthy. The living symptoms are compared to the light of the sun and the\n\nmoon illuminating material manifestations like trees and mountains. The\nreflection of the sun or moon is accepted as the real sun or moon by less\nintelligent men, and the pure monistic philosophy develops from these\nideas. In fact, the light of the sun and the moon are actually different from\n\nthe sun and moon themselves, although they are always connected. The\nlight of the moon spread throughout the sky appears to be impersonal,\n\nbut the moon planet, as it is, is personal, and the living entities on the moon\nplanet are also personal. In the rays of the moon, different material entities appear to be comparatively more or less important. The light of the\nmoon on the Taj Mahal appears to be more beautiful than the same light in\nthe wilderness. Although the light of the moon is the same everywhere,\ndue lo being differently appreciated, it appears to be different. Similarly,\n\n", "SB3.1#p0292": "Text 12]\n\n275\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\nthe light of the Lord is equally distributed everywhere, but due to being\ndifferently received, it appears to be different. One should not, therefore,\naccept the reflection of the moon on the water as actual and misunderstand\nthe whole situation through �onistic philosophy. The quivering quality of\nthe moon is also variable. When the water is standing still, there is no\nquivering. A more settled conditioned soul quivers less, but due to material\nconnection the quivering quality is more or less present everywhere.\nTEXT 12\n\n� �IJf €1lij�eU�+qttI I\n�•1€f'f:Rtili\\91 � �Rl II� �II\nij'\n\nsa vai nivrtti-dharmer-a\nviisudeviinukampayii\nbhagavad-bhakti-yogena\ntirodhatte sanair iha\n\n�\n\nsa - that; vai-also; nivrtti-detachment; dharmena-by engagement;\nviis udeva-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anukampayii-by the\n\nmercy of; bhagavat-in relation with the Personality of Godhead; bhaktiyogena- by linking up; tirodhatte\n\n-\n\n�\n\ngradually diminishes; sanai -very soon;\n\niha-in this existence.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBut that misconception of self-identity can be diminished gradually by\nthe mercy of the Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva, by the process of\ndevotional service to the Lord in the mode of detachment.\nPURPORT\nThe quivering quality of material existence, which comes from identification with matter or thinking oneself, under the material influence of\nphilosophical speculation, to be God, can be eradicated by devotional\nservice\n\nto the Lord, by the mercy of the Personality of Godhead,\n\nVasudeva. As discussed in the First Canto, the application of devotionaJ\nservice to Lord Vasudeva; because it invites pure knowledge, quickly detaches one from the material conception of life and thus revives one's\nnormal condition of spiritual existence, even in this life, and frees one\nfrom the material winds which cause one to quiver. Only knowledge in\ndevotional service can elevate one towards the path of liberation. The\n\n", "SB3.1#p0293": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n276\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\ndevelopment of knowledge for the purpose of knowing everything without\nrendering devotional service is considered fruitless labor, and one cannot\nget the desired result by such labor of love. Lord Vasudeva is pleased by\n\ndevotional service only, and thus His mercy is realized by association with\npure devotees of the Lord. Pure devotees of the Lord are transcendental\nto all material. desires, including the desire for the results of fruitive\nactivities and philosophical speculation. If one wants to acquire the mercy\nof the Lord, he has to associate wilh pure devotees. Such association\n\nalone can, by degrees, release one from the quivering elements.\nTEXT 13\n\n;:r��iJtq�HUStr ��(;( � ro I\nf.m;:r� � �n �ml�tf -���r: II Z �II\nyadendriyopariimo 'tha\ndra§triitmani pare harau\nviliyante tadii k lesii�\nsarhsuptasyeva kr tsnasa�\nyadii-when; i ndriya\n\n-\n\nsenses; upariima�-satiated; atha-thus; dra�.ta­\n\niitman i-unto the seer, the Supersoul; pare-in the transcendence; harau­\n\nunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; viliyante-becomes merged in;\nta.dii-at that time; kldii�-miseries; sarhsuptasya-one who has enjoyed\nsound sleep; iva-like; krtsnasa�-in complete.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the senses are satisfied in the seer-Supersoul, the Personality of\nGodhead, and merge in Him, all miseries are vanquished, as after a sound\nsleep.\n\nPURPORT\nThe quivering of the living entity as described above is due to the senses.\n\nSince the entire material existence is meant for sense gratification, the\n\nsenses are Lhe medium of material activities, and they cause the quivering\nof Lhe steady soul. Therefore, these senses are to be detached from all such\n\nmaterial activities. According to the impersonalists the senses are stopped\n\nfrom work by merging the soul in the Supersoul Brahman. The devotees,\n\nhowever, do not stop the material senses from acting, but they engage\n\n", "SB3.1#p0294": "Text 14]\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\ntheir transcendental senses in the service of\n\n277\n\nthe Transcendence, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In either case, the activities of the senses\nin the material field are to be stopped by cultivation of knowledge, and, if\npossible, they can be engaged in the service of the Lord. The senses are\ntranscendental in nature, but their activities become polluted when contaminated by matter. We have to treat the senses to cure them of the\nmaterial disease, not stop them from acting, as suggested by the impersonalist. In Bhagavad-g\"ita (2.59) it is said that one ceases all material activities\nonly when satisfied by contact with a better engagement. Consciousness is\nactive by nature and cannot be stopped from working. Artificially stopping\na mischievous child is not the real remedy. The child must be given some\nbetter engagement so that he will automatically stop causing mischief. In\nthe same way, the mischievous activities of the senses can only be stopped\nby better engagement in relation with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When the eyes are engaged in seeing the beautiful form of the\nLord, the tongue engaged in tasting prasiidam or remnants of foodstuff\noffered to the Lord, the ears engaged in hearing His glories, the hands\nengaged in cleaning the temple of the Lord, the legs engaged in visiting His\ntemples-or when all the senses are engaged in transcendental variegatedness-then only can the transcendental senses become satiated and eternally free from material engagement. The Lord, as the Supersoul residing\nin\n\neveryone's heart and as the Supreme Personality of Godhead in\n\nthe transcendental world far beyond the material creation, is the seer of\nall our activities. Our activities must be so transcendentally saturated that\nthe Lord will be kind enough to look upon us favorably and engage us in\nHis transcendental service; then only can the senses be satisfied completely\nand be no longer troubled by material attraction.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n31itJ•Hit�l�l+i � guu�li(�of um: I\nfc\\i i(1 {'1(ijit4(Ui(Pf9'G\\q(l•l�€4idtto�+t<?;$1fl II� 'JII\nase�a-sa;tklesa-samarh vidha tte\ngur-iinuviida-sravar-arh murare�\nkim vii punas tac-carar-aravindaparaga-seva-ratir atma-labdhii\nase�a-unlimited; sanklesa-miserable conditions; samam- cessation; vidhatte-can perform; gur-a-anuvada-description of the transcendental name,\n\n", "SB3.1#p0295": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n278\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\nform, quality' pastimes, entourage and paraphernalia, etc; sraval)am­\n\nhearing and chanting; muriirel;t-of Murari (Sri KpJQa), the Personality of\nGodhead; kim\n\nvii-what\n\nto speak of; p unal;t -again; tat-His; caral)a­\n\naravinda-lotus feet; pariiga-sevii\n\n-\n\nservice of the dust of flavor; ratil;t­\n\nattraction; iitma-labdhii-those who have gained such self-achievement.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSimply by chanting and hearing of the transcendental name, form, etc.,\n\nof the Personality of Godhead, Sri K{�Q.a, one can achieve the cessation of\nunlimited miserable conditions. Therefore what to speak of those who\n\nhave attained attraction for serving the flavor of the dust of the lotus feet\nof the Lord?\nPURPORT\nTwo different methods for controlling the material senses are recom­\n\nmended in the Vedic scriptural wisdom. One of them is the process of\njiiiina,\n\nor the path of philosophical understanding of the Supreme­\n\nBrahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan. The other is that of direct engage­\n\nment in the transcendental loving devotional service of the Lord. Of these\n\ntwo most popular methods, the path of devotional service is recommended\nhere as the best because one on the path of devotional service does not\n\nhave to wait for the attainment of the fruitive results of pious activities or\nfor the results of knowledge. The two stages of executing devotional\n\nservice are, first, the stage of practicing devotional service with our present\nsenses under the regulations of the recognized scriptures and, second,\n\nattaining sincere attachment for serving the particles of the dust of the\nlotus feet of the Lord. The first stage is called siidhana-bhakti, or devo­\n\ntional service for the neophyte, which is rendered under the direction of\n\na pure devotee, and the second stage is called riiga-bhakti, in which the\n\nmature devotee automatically takes to the various services of the Lord out\n\nof sincere attachment. The great sage Maitreya now gives the final answer\n\nto all the questions of Vidura: devotional service to the Lord is the\nultimate means to mitigate all the miserable conditions of material exis­\n\ntence. The path of knowledge or that of mystic gymnastics may be\n\nadopted as a means for the purpose, but unless mixed with bhakti,\n\nor devotional service, they are unable to award the desired result. By\n\npracticing siidhana-bhakti one may gradually rise to the point of riiga­\n\nbhakti, and by performing riiga-bhakti in loving transcendental service one\ncan even control the Supreme Powerful Lord.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0296": "Further Inquiries by Vidura·\n\nText 16]\n\n279\n\nTEXT 15\n\n��\n�: � � � ��1R1c:t1 mit I\n� �•lt4ri4'1l it ��51� II Z �II\nvidura uviica\nsanchinnatt sarhsayo mahyarh\nlava siiktiisinii vibho\nubhayatriipi bhagavan\nmano me sampradhiivati\nsri viduratt uviica- Sri Vidura said; sanchinnatt-cut off; sarhsayal;tdoubts; mahyam-unto me; tava-your; siikta-asinii-by the weapon of\nconvincing words; vibho-0 my lord; ubhayatra-api-both in God and the\nliving entity; bhagavan-0 powerful one; manal;t\n\n-\n\nmind; me-my; sampra­\n\ndhiivati-perfectly getting in.\nTRANSLATION\nVidura said:\n\n0 powerful sage, my lord, all my doubts about the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and the living entities have now been\nremoved by your convincing words. My mind is now perfectly entering\ninto them.\nPURPORT\nThe science of Kn>Qa, or the science of God and the living entities, is so\nsubtle that even a personality like Vidura has to consult persons like the\nsage Maitreya. Doubts about the eternal relationship of the Lord and the\nliving entity are created by mental speculators in different ways, but\nthe conclusive fact is that the relationship of God and the living entity is\none of the predominator and the predominated. The Lord is the eternal\npredominator, and the living entities are eternally predominated. Real\nknowledge of this relationship entails reviving the lost consciousness to\n\nthis standard, and the process for such revival is devotional service to the\nLord. By clearly understanding from authorities like the sage Maitreya,\n\none can become situated in real knowledge, and the disturbed mind can\nthus be fixed on the progressive path.\nTEXT 16\n\n��� � MGI'SII€+4'41tlp:r;f �: I\n� �N�;:( t1m: ������\n\n", "SB3.1#p0297": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n280\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\nsiidhv etad vyiihrtam vidvan\nniitma-miiyiiyanam harel;t\niibhiity apiirtharh nirmiilarh\nviSva-miilam na yadbahil;t\nsiidhu-as good as it should be; etat-all these explanations; vyiihrtam;_\n\nthus spoken; vidvan-0 learned one; na-not; iitma- the self; m iiyii-energy;\n\nayanam movement; harel;t - of the\n-\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead; iibhiiti­\n\nbasis; visvamiilam- the origin is the Supreme; na not; yat which; bahi/;t-outside\nappears; apiirtham-without meaning; nirmiilam-without\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\n. TRANSLATION\n0 learned sage, your explanations are very good, as they should be.\nDisturbances to the conditioned soul have no other basis than the move­\n\nment of the external energy of the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nA living entity's unlawful desire to become one with the Lord in every\nrespect is the root cause of the entire material manifestation, for other­\n\nwise the Lord has no need to create such a manifestation, even for His\npastimes. The conditioned soul, under the spell of the external energy of\n\nthe Lord, falsely suffers many unfortunate incidents in material life. The\nLord is the predominator of the external energy, miiyii, whereas the living\n\nentity is predominated by the same miiyii. under the material condition.\n\nThe false attempt of the living entity to occupy the predominating post\n\nof the Lord is the cause of his material bondage, and the conditioned\nsoul's attempt to become one with the Lord is the last snare of miiyii.\n\nTEXT17\n\n� � �� rt: q( lRf: I\n� t!(flil�� ���t;ijf«t( �;:r: II �\\911\n\n��\n\nJaS ca miiifhatamo loke\nyaS ca buddhel;t param gatal;t\ntii.v ubhau sukham edhete\nkliJyaty antarito janal;t\nyaf& -one who is; ca-also; mu{lhatamal;t-the lowest of the fools; loke­\n\nin the world; yal;t ca - and one who is; buddhel;t-of intelligence; param­\n\ntranscendental; gata /;t -gone ; tau-all of them; ubhau- both; sukham-\n\n", "SB3.1#p0298": "Text 18]\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\nhappiness; e dhete\n\n-\n\n281\n\nenjoy; klisyati- suffer; anta rit a� -via media; jana!t­\n\npersons.\nTRANSLATION\nBoth the lowest of fools and he who is transcendental to all intelligence enjoy happiness, whereas persons who are between them suffer the\nmaterial pangs.\nPURPORT\nThe lowest of fool.s do not understand materiaJ miseries; they pass\ntheir lives merrily and do not inquire into the miseries of life. Such\npersons are almost on the level of the animaJs, who, although in the eyes\nof superiors are always miserable in life, are unaware of material distresses. A hog's life is degraded in its standard of happiness, which entails\nliving in a filthy place, engaging in sex enjoyment at every opportune\nmoment and laboring hard in a struggle for existence, but this is unknown\nto the hog. Similarly, human beings who are unaware of the miseries of\nmaterial existence and are happy in sex l.ife and hard labor are the lowest of\nfools. Yet because they have no sense of miseries, they supposedly enjoy\nso-called happiness. The other class of men, those who are liberated and\nare situated in the transcendental position above intelligence, are really\nhappy and are called paramahamsas. But persons who are neither like hogs\nand dogs nor on the level of the paramahamsas feel the material pangs, and\nfor them inquiry on the Supreme Truth is necessary. The Vediinta-sutras\n\nstate, athiito brahma-jijniisii: \"Now one should inquire about: Brahman.\"\nThis inquiry is necessary for those who are between the pararnahamsas\nand the fools who have forgotten the question of self-realization in the\nmidst of life in sense gratification.\nTEXT 18\n\n3l� fcrf;(f� stJ\\<t�lfq �: I\n� � !I\"'IQ(UI�\\ltl( �� 11��11\narthiibhiivam viniscitya\nprafitasyiipi niitmanafl\ntiim ciipi yu�mac-cara!la\nsevayiiham parii!lude\nartha-abhiivam-without su bstan ce; viniscitya being ascertained; prati-\n\ntasya-of the app arent values; api\n\n-\n\nalso; na-never; iitmanafl-of the self;\n\n", "SB3.1#p0299": "282\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch 7\n.\n\ntam-that; ca-also; api-thus; yu�mat-your; cara!la-feet; sevaya-by service; aham-myself; parii!'lude-shall be able to give up.\nTRANSLATION\nBut, my dear sir, I am obliged to you because now I can understand\n\nthat this material manifestation is without substance although it appears\n\nto be real. I am confident that by serving your feet it will be possible for\n·\n\nme to give up the false idea.\n\nPURPORT\nThe sufferings of the conditioned soul are superficial and have no\nintrinsic value, like the cutting off of one's head in a dream. Yet although\nthis statement is theoretically very true, it is very difficult for the common\nman or the neophyte on the transcendental path to realize practically.\nHowever, by serving the feet of great transcendentalists like Maitreya\nMuni and by constantly associating with them, one is enabled to give up\nthe false idea that the soul suffers from material pangs.\nTEXT 19\n\n�:\n\n�l>��\n\n�:I\n�: qj�i{l��;J: 11��11\nyat-sevaya bhagavata�\nkiita-sthasya madhu-dvi�a�\nrati-raso bhavet fivra�\npadayor vyasanardana�\nyat-which; sevaya-by service; bhagavata�-of the Personality of Godhead; kii{a-sthasya-of the unchangeable; madhu-dvi�a�-the enemy of the\nMadhu asura; rati-rasa�-attachment in different relationships; bhavetdevelops; tzvra�-highly ecstatic; padayo�-of the feet; vyasana-distresses;\nardana�-vanquishing.\nTRANSLATION\nBy serving the feet of the spiritual master, one is enabled to develop\ntranscendental ecstasy in the service of the Personality of Godhead, who\n\nis the unchangeable enemy of the Madhu demon and whose service\nwnquishes one's material distresses.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0300": "Text 20]\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\n283\n\nPURPORT\nThe association of a bona fide spiritual master like the sage Maitreya\ncan be of absolute help in achieving transcendental attachment for the\ndirect service of the Lord. The Lord is the enemy of the Madhu demon,\nor in other words He is the enemy of the sufferings of His pure devotee.\nThe word rati-riisa� is significant in this verse. Service· to the Lord is\nrendered in different transcendental mellows (relationships):\n\nneutral,\n\nactive, friendly, parental and nuptial. A living entity in the liberated\nposition of transcendental service to the\n\nLord becomes attracted to\n\none of the above-mentioned mellows, and when one is engaged in transcendental loving service to the Lord, one's service attachment in the\nmaterial world is automatically vanquished. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(2.59), rasa-varjam raso'py asya param dr�tvii nivartate.\nTEXT 20\n\n� GCN6q(1;. {Rr ��oaq� I\n��q•fhi� � � -; ll�oll\nduriipii hy alpatapasa�\nsevii vaiku[l-tha-vartmasu\nyatropagiyate nityam\ndeva-devo janiirdana�\n\n- rarely obtainable; hi-certainly; alpa-tapasab,-of one whose\nof God; vartmasu-on the path of; yatra - wherein; upagiyate-is glorified;\nnityam - always; deva-Lord; deva�-of the demigods; janiirdanab,-the\nduriipii\n\nausterity is meager; sevii-service; vaiku!l-tha-the transcendental kingdom\n\ncontroller of the living entities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPersons whose austerity is meager can hardly obtain the service of the\npure devotees who are progressing on the path back to the kingdom\nof Godhead, the Vaiklll,lthas. Pure devotees engage one hundred percent\nin glorifying the Supreme Lord, who is the Lord of the demigods and the\n'\ncontroller of all living entities.\nPURPORT\nThe path of liberation, as recommended by all authorities, is to serve\n\n.\n\nthe mahatma transcendentalists As far as Bhagavad-gitii is concerned, the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0301": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n284\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\nmahatmas are the pure devotees who are on the path to VaikuJ:ttha, the\n\nkingdom of God, and who always chant and hear the glories of the Lord\n\nrather than talk of dry profitless philosophy. This system of association\n\nhas been recommended since time immemorial, but in this age of quarrel\nand hypocrisy it is especially recommended by Lord Sr\"i Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu. Even one who has no assets of favorable austerity, if he neverthe­\n\nless takes shelter of the mahatmas who are engaged in chanting and\nhearing the glories of the Lord, is sure to make progress on the path back\nhome, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�R . +t(�I�PI ijfc\\1Jhi(IA4�4i'ffi{_ I\n� f.m� � m�:-11��11\nmtvagre mahad-iidini\nsa-vikara[ly anukramat\ntebhyo virajam uddhrtya\ntam anu pravisad vibhu�\nmfvii-after creating; agre\n\n- in the beginning; mahad-adini-the total\n\nmaterial energy; sa-vikariirti-along with the sense organs; anukramat- by a\ngradual process of differentiation; te bhya�\n\n- out of that; virajam-the\n\ngigantic universal form; uddrtya-manifesting; tam-into that; anu-later\non; pravisat-en t ered; vi hhu� -the Supreme.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter creating the total material energy, the mahat -tattva, and thereby\nmanifesting the gigantic universal form with senses and sense organs, the\nSupreme Lord entered within it.\nPURPORT\nFully satisfied by the answers of the sage Maitreya, Vidura wanted to\n\nunderstand the remaining portions of the creative function of the Lord,\n\nand he look the clue from the previous topics.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nlflt� � ij&�l�t{�ll€h� I\n� ft11e1 {il' �: mm« ij+clij� ������\n\n", "SB3.1#p0302": "Text 23]\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\n285\n\nyam iihur iidyam puru�am\nsahasriinghry-uru-biihukam\nyatra visva ime lokii�\nsavikiisarh sam iisate\nyam-who; iihu� - is called; iidyam - original; pu ru,s am-incarnation for\ncosmic manifestation; sahasra- thousand; anghri-legs; uru-thighs; biihu­\n\nkam-hands; yatra- wherein; visva�-the universe; ime-all these; lokii�planets; sa-vikiisam-with respective developments; sam-all of them; iisate\n-living.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe puru�a incarnation lying on the Causal Ocean is called the original\npuru�a in the material creations, and in His virata form, in whom all the\nplanets and their inhabitants live, He has many thousands of legs and\nhands.\nPURPORT\nThe first puru�a is Karat;�odakasayl Vi�t;�u, the second puru�a is Garbho·\ndakasay! Vi�t;�u, and the third puru�a is K�rodakasay! Vi�t;�u, in whom\nis contemplated the viriita-puru�a, the gigantic form in which all the planets\nwith their different developments and inhabitants are floating.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n·���: snur: m�1�-w:rf'� I\n�ffl �(f) ffUil��'!_({t� ;r: ����II\nyasmin dasa-vidha� priirw�\nsendriyiirthendriyas trivrt\ntvayerito yato v'arrtiis\ntad-vibhutir vadasva na�\nyasmi n-in which; dasa-vidha�-ten kinds of; priirta�-air of life; sa-with;\nin driya-senses; artha-interest; indriya�- of the senses; trivrt- three kinds\nof life vigor; tvayii-by your; irita�-e xplai ned; yat��- wherefrom; varrtabfour specific divisions; tat-vibhutil;t -prowess; vadas va - please describe;\nna� -unto me.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great brahmar.ta, you have told me that the gigantic virata form, and\nHis senses, sense objects and ten kinds of life air, exist with three kinds of\n\n", "SB3.1#p0303": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n286\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\nlife vigor. Now, if you will, kindly explain to me. the different powers of\n\nthe specific divisions.\n\nTEXT 24\n�\n\n�tt �tt �:��:I\n\n� ·f4�'!41t)ij� �Rr-1. ������II\n\nyatra putrai.S ca pautrais ca\nnaptrbhi[l. saha gotrajai[l.\nprajii vicitra-krtaya\n·a. san yiibhir idam tatam\nyatra- wherein; putrai�-along with sons; ca-and; pautrai�- al ong with\ngrandsons; ca-also; naptrbhi[l.- with grandsons from daughters; sahaalong with; gQtrajai[l.-of the same family; praja[l.-generations; vicitra-of\ndifferent kinds; krtaya[l.-so done; asan-exist;yabhi[l.-by whom; idam-all\nthese planets; tatam-overcast.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my lord, I think that the prowess manifest in the forms of sons,\n\ngrandsons and family members has spread all over the universe in different\nvarieties and species.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�:itN('f\"i•d ij'�� ���I\nijiP$\"'4i413«•11� tt\n��\n��(U'flF{\n•\n....l:\n11�\"'11\nprajii-pati:niim sa patis\ncak{pe kiin prajiipati:n\nsargiims cawanusargiims ca\nmaniin manvantariidhipiin\nprajii-pati:niim-of the demigods like Brahma and others; sa�-he; pat*leader; cakJpe- deci ded; kiin-whomsoever; prajiipati:n-father of the living\nentities; s argan- generations; ca al so; eva- certai nly; anu s argiin- later generations; ca-and; manun-the Manus; manvantara-adhipiin-and the cha ng\nes of such.\n-\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION.\n0 learned briihmat;ta, please describe how the leader of all the demigods,\n\nnamely Prajapati, Brahmii, decided to establish the various Manus, the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0304": "287\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\nText 27]\n\nheads of the ages. Please describe the Manus also, and please describe the\ndescendants of those Manus.\nPURPORT\nThe human race, or manu�ya-sare, descends from the Manus, sons and\ngrandsons of the Prajapati, Brahma. The descendants of Manu reside in all\nthe different planets and rule all the universe.\nTEXT 26\n\n��-.t� � � \\�fli::tkltliiR1� I\nrn � Sl10Ut � i.Jtt.� Tl �tr.u����\nupary a�has ca ye lokii\nbhumer mitriitmajiisate\nte�iirh sarhsthiirh pramiirtarh ca\nbhiir-lokasya ca var[laya\nupari-on the head; adhaft-underneath; ye ca-also; l o kaft\n\n-\n\nplanets;\n\nbhiimeft-of the earth; mitra-iitmaja-0 son of Mitra (Maitreya Muni);\niisate-do\n\nexist;\n\ntefiiim-their; sarhstham-situation; pramiit;wm ca-also\n\ntheir measurement; bhiift lokasya-of the earth planets; ca-also; var[laya-\n\nplease describe.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 son of Mitra, kindly describe how the planets are situated above the\nearth as well as underneath it, and also please mention their measurement\nas well as that of the earthly planets.\n\nPURPORT\nYasmin vijiiiite sarvam eva vijiiiitaft bhavanti. This Vedic hymn declares\nemphatically that the devotee of the Lord knows everything material and\nspiritual in relationship with the Lord. Devotees are not simply emotional,\nas is ill-conceived by certain less intelligent men. Their direction is\npractical. They know everything that is and all the details of the Lord's\ndomination over the different creations.\nTEXT 27\n\nR1�e�tl�'1a.ir.tt ��qqaf5'fUTT'll.\n��\n� ;J: (1.f('(ol!� �f4a,ri::stifi;:G;I'( ����\n..\n\n", "SB3.1#p0305": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n288\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\nti,yan-manu�a-deviinam\nsaiisrpa-patattrirtiim\nvada na� sarga-samvyiiham\ngiirbha-sveda-dvijodbhidam\ntiryan-subhuman; manu�a-human beings; devanam-of the superhuman\nbeings or demigods; sarisrpa-reptiles; patattrirtiim-of the birds; vadakindly describe; na�-unto me; sarga-generation; samvyiiham-specific\ndivisions;\n\ngarbha-embryonic;\n\nsveda-perspiration;\n\ndvija- twice-born;\n·\n\nudbhidam-planets, etc.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlso please describe the living beings under different classifications:\nsubhumans, humans, those born of the embryo, those born of perspiration,\nthose who are twice born [birds], and the plants and vegetables. Kindly\ndescribe their generations and subdivisions also.\nTEXT 28\n\n«•iRt4���1� I\n�: mP.Eia«� �·������\n\ngOMffi�f.f�\n\ngurtiivatarair visvasya\n\nsarga-sthity-apyayasrayam\nsrjatafl srinivasasya\nvyiicak�vodiira-vikramam\ngurw-modes of material nature; avatiirai{l-of the incarnations; viSvasya\n-of the universe; sarga-creation;stithi-maintenance;apyaya-destruction;\niiSrayam-and ultimate rest; srjata[l-of the one who creates; sriniviisasyaof\n\nthe\n\nPersonality of\n\nGodhead; vyiicak.sva-kindly\n\ndescribe; udiira­\n\nmagnanimm_Js; vikramam-specific activities.\nTRANSLATION\nPlease also describe the incarnations of the material modes of natureBrahma, Vi!!QU and Mahesvara-and please describe the incarnation of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and His magnanimous activities.\nPURPORT\nAlthough the three incarnations of the material modes of nature,\nHrahma, Vi�QU and Mahesvara, are the principal deities for the creation,\n\n", "SB3.1#p0306": "Text'29)\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\n289\n\nmaintenance and destruction of the cosmic manifestation, they. are not\nthe final authority. The Supreme Personality of Godhead Lord Kr�l).a is\nthe ultimate goal, the cause of all causes. He is the iisraya, or the final rest\nof everything.\nTEXT 29\n\nt{111\\�'( �q�ft�€4+tl!ifij: I\n� i:t\"'i�R � � NcMUI'( 11��11\nvar[liisrama-vibhiigiirhs ca\nriipa-sila-svabhiivata�\n[�t[liirh janma-karmiidi\nvedasya ca vikar�a[lam\nvar[la-iisrama- the four divisions of social statuses and orders of spiritual\n\nculture; vibh iigiin- respective divisions; ca-also; riipa-personal features;\nsua-svabhiiva tab,-personal character; !§t[liim-of the sages; janma-birth;\nkarmiidi-activities; vedasya-of the Vedas; ca-and; vikar,5a[tam- categor i\n\ncal divisions.\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great sage, kindly describe the divisions and orders of human society\nin terms\n\nof\n\nsymptoms,\n\nbehavior\n\nand the characteristics\n\nof mental\n\nequilibrium and sense control. Also please describe the births of the great\nsages and the categorical divisions of the Vedas.\nPURPORT\nThe four statuses and orders of human society -briihma[l as, k�atriyas,\nvaisyas and siidras, as well as brahmaciiris, grhasthas, viinaprasthas and\nsannyiisis-are all the divisions of quality, education, culture and spiritual\n\nadvancement attained by practicing control of the mind and the senses.\nAll these divisions are based on the particular nature of each individual\nperson, not on the principle of birth. Birth is not mentioned in this verse\nbec,ause birth is immaterial. Vidura is famous· in history as born of a\nsiidrii[lt mother, yet he is more than a briihma[la by qualification because\n\nhe is seen here to be the disciple of a great sage, Maitreya Muni. Unless one\nachieves at least the brahminical qualifications one cannot understand the\nVedic hymns. Mahiibhiirata is also a division of the Vedas, but it is meant\nfor women, siidras and dvija-bandhus, the worthless children of the higher\nsection. The less intelligent section of society can avail themselves of the\nVedic instructions simply by studying the Mahiibhiirata.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0307": "290\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 30\n\n� � fil61wt1PI � � q1(: Slit I\n\n�\nC'\n•\n:t\n'1\\Cfii4� � ('ti(QI� 6;;r � ¥ttiEIM«4(II\"(\no II\n.\n\n•\n\nyajnasya ca vitiiniini\nyogasya ca pathal), prabho\nnai§karmyasya ca siinkhyasya\ntantrarh vii bhagavat-smrtam\nyajnasya-of sacrifices; ca-also; vitanani-expansions; yogasya-of the\n\nmystic powers;ca- also;patha�- ways;prabho- 0 my lord;na(!karmyasya\n\n-of knowledge; ca-and; sankhyasya-of analytical studies; tantram-the\npath of devotional service; va-as well as; bhagavat-in relation with the\nPersonality of Godhead; smrtam-regulative principles.\nTRANSLATION\n\nPlease also describe the expansions of different sacrifices and the paths\nof mystic powers, analytical study of knowledge, and devotional service,\nall with their respective regulations.\nPURPORT\nThe word tantram is significant herein. Sometimes tantram is mis·\nunderstood to be the black spiritual science of materialistic persons\nengaged in sense gratification, but here tantram means the science of\n\ndevotional service compiled by Srila Narada Muni. One can take advantage\nof such regulative explanations of the path of devotional service and make\nprogressive advancement in the devotional service of the Lord. Sari.khya\n. philosophy is the basic principle of acquiring knowledge, as will be\nexplained by the sage Maitreya. The Sari.khya philosophy enunciated by\nKapiladeva, the son of Devahiiti, is the real source of knowledge about the\nSupreme Truth. Knowledge not based on the Sari.khya philosophy is\nmental speculation and can yield no tangible profit.\nTEXT 31\n\n'{lqo;gqtt�t.-4\n\nSlf6itt�PI��-.( I\n� � ��� �wHftgoiEh4�t: II�� II\npii§ar.{la-patha-vai§amyarh\npratiloma-nivesanam\n\n", "SB3.1#p0308": "Text 32]\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\n291\n\nfivasya gatayo yiis ca\nyiivatir gul).a-karmajii�\npiift art !Ia-patha-the path of the faithless; vai§ amyam- imperfection by\n\ncontradiction; pr atilo ma-cr'ossbreeding; nive s an am-situation; j ivasya - of\nthe living entities; gataya�- movements; ya �-as they are; ca- also; yiivati�­\n\nas many as; gu\"[la-modes of material nature; k armaj ii� -generated by\ndifferent work.\nTRANSLATION\nPlease also describe the imperfections and contradictions of the faithless\n\nath e ists, the situation of crossbreeding; and the movements of the living\nentities in various species of life' according to their particular modes of\nnature and work.\nPURPORT\nThe combination of living entit�es in different modes of material nature\nis called crossbreeding. The faithless atheists do not believe in the existence\nof God, and thus their paths of philosophy are contradictory. Atheistic\nphilosophies never agree with one another. Different species of life are\nevidence of varieties of mixtures of the modes of material nature.\nTEXT 32\n\n�+fil+t¥41�1Ui MPt'Etl;:iNU�.,�{ I\n�- <(O:S;f\\�f( � � RN �... ����II\ndharmiirtha-kiima-mok�iil).iirh\nnimittiiny avirodhata�\nviirtiiyii dal).l)a-nites ca\nsrutasya ca vidhirh prthak\ndh arma -reli giosity; artha-economic development; kama-sense gratifi­\n\ncation; mok�iil).iim-salvation; nimittiini-causes; avirodhata� - without being\ncontradictory; viirtiiyii� -on the principles of the means of livelihood;\n\ndal).l)a-nite�- of Jaw and order; ca - also; srutasya- of the codes of scriptures;\nca-also ; vidhim � re gulati o ns ; prthak. :-\"- dl fferen t . .\nTRANSLATION\nYou may also describe the noncontradictory causes of religiosity,\neconomic development, sense gratification and salvation and also the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0309": "292\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch_ 7\n\ndifferent means of livelihood and different processes of law and order as\n\nmentioned in the revealed scriptures.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n�� AA;m;{_murr� � 1\n•\n\n�muo�T\n\ni\n·�\"\nf.fik'51'4�CI('t�l�'( II��II\n\nsraddhasya ca vidhirh brahman\npitf\"rtiirh sargam eva ca\ngraha-nak�atra-tiiriirtiirh\nkiilavayava-sarhsthitim\nsriiddhasya-of the periodical offerings of respects; ca- also; vidhimregulalions; brahman-0 briihma[la; p itfrz iim- of the forefathers; sargam­\n\ncreation; eva-as; c a- also; graha- planetary system; nak�atra-the stars;\n\ntiiriirtiim-l uminaries; kiila- time; avayava- duration; sarhsthitim- situations.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlease also explain the regulations for offering respects to the fore­\n\nfathers, the creation of the Pitrloka, the time schedule in the planets,\nstars and luminaries, and their respective situations.\n\nPURPORT\nThe time durations of day and night as well as of months and years are\ndifferent in the different planets, stars and luminaries. The higher planets\nlike the moon and Venus have different time measurements than the\nearth. It is said that six months of this planet earth is equal to one day of\nthe higher planets. In Bhagavad-gita the duration of one day in Brahmaloka\n\nis measured to be 1,000 times the four yugas, or 4,300,000 multiplied by\n1,000. And the month and year in Brahmaloka are calculated in that\nmeasure.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n� � tnR ��'!1\\��i : � I\n!lCII('t� � � lf� �� �fflm: ����II\ndiinasya tapaso viipi\nyac-cc.stii piirtayoft phalam\npraviisa-sthasya yo dharmo\nyas ca purhsa utiipadi\n\n", "SB3.1#p0310": "Text 35]\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\n293\n\ndiinasya-of charity; tapasa�-of penance; viipi-lake; yat that which;\n-\n\nc\n\ne§tii-ende a vor; piirtayo�-of reservoirs of water; phalam- fruiti ve result;\n\npraviisa-sthasya-one who is away from home; yaft- that which; dharma�­\n\ndu l y ; ya/l c a- an d whic h; pu rhsap -of man; uta- described; apadi- in danger.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlease also describe the fruitive results of charity and penance and of\ndigging reservoirs of water. Please describe the situation of persons who\nare away from home and also the duty of a man in an awkward position.\nPURPORT\nThe digging of reservoirs of water for public use is a great work of\ncharity, and retiring from family life after fifty years of age is a great act\nof penance performed by the sober human being.\n\nTEXT 35\n\nlr.l en �•lii4i�:§:�4\\PI��wt: I\n�st«lG:R1 en �\"lll(tG\\Raqi it;rq U�'-\\11\nyena vii bhagaviirhs tu�yed\ndharma-yonir janiirdanaft\nsamprasidati vii ye§iim\netad iikhyiihi menagha\nyena- by which; vii-either; bhagaviin- the Personality of Godhead;\n\nl ufiyet is satisfied; dharma-yon*- the father of all religion; janiirdanaftthe controller of all living beings; sampras idati- completely satisfied; viieither, or; yefi ii m- of those; etat-all these; iikhyiih i- k in dly describe; me-\n\nunto me; anagha-0 sinless one.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 sinless one, because the Personality of Godhead, the controller of all\nliving entities, is the father of all religion and all those who are candidates\nfor religious activities, kindly describe how He can be completely satisfied.\n\nPURPORT\nAll religious activities are meant ultimately to satisfy the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. The L ord i s the father of all re ligiou s principles.\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 7.16), four kinds of pious men-the needy,\n\n", "SB3.1#p0311": "294\n\n$rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\nthe distressed, the enlightened and the inquisitive-approach the Lord in\ndevotional service, and their devotion is mixed with material affection.\nBut above them are the pure devotees whose devotion is not tainted by\nany material tinges of fruitive work or speculative knowledge. Those who\nare only miscreants throughout their lives are compared to demons\n(Bg. 7.15). They are bereft of all knowledge, in spite of any academic\neducational career they may pursue. Such miscreants are never candidates\nfor satisfying the Lord.\nTEXT 36\n\n31�t4<11Wi �1..41Uif � � ffi\\:Jtl�'i I\n31Wii'lf!'4N i{�tclt i{lws�ffl<M : II�� II\nanuvratiiniim siuii[!iirh\nputrii[Liim ca dvijottama\naniipr�tam api briiyur\nguravo dina-vatsaliift\nanuvratiiniim-the followers; si�yii\"[!iim-of the disciples; putrii[Liim-of\nthe sons; ca-also; dvija-uttama-:0 best amongst the briihma1Jas; aniipr�tam\n-that which is not asked for; api-in spite of; briiyu\"(t-please describe;\nguravab,-the spiritual masters; dina-vatsaliib,-who are kind to the needy.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 best among the brahmaQas, those who are spiritual masters are very\nkind to the needy. They are always kind to their followers, disciples and\nsons, and without being asked by them, the spiritual master describes all\nthat is knowledge.\nPURPORT\nThere are many subjects to be known from the bona fide spiritual\nmaster. The followers, disciples and sons are all on one level for the bona\nfide spiritual master, and he is always kind to them and always speaks to\nthem on transcendental subjects, even though he is not asked by them.\nThat is the nature of the bona fide spiritual master. Vidura appealed to\nMaitreya Muni to speak on subjects about which he might not have asked.\nTEXT 37\n\n� ....�4:6-.f � sffi\\'m: 1\n�if � aqiOO(i{ � � R4a.��(ij 11�\\911\n\n", "SB3.1#p0312": "Further Inquiries by Vidura\n\nText 37]\n\n295\n\ntattviiniirh bhagavarhs te�iirh\nkatidhii pratisankrama�\ntatremarh ka upiisiran\nka u svid anuserate\ntattviiniim-of the elements of nature; bhagavan-0 great sage; te�iimof them; katidhii-how many; pratis ahkrama�\n\n-\n\ndissoluti ons; tatra-there­\n\nupon; imam-unto the Supreme Lord; ke-who are they; upiisiran- being\nsaved; ke-who are they; u-who; svit-may; anuserate-serve the Lord\nwhile He sleeps.\nTRANSLATION\nPlease describe how many dissolutions there are for the elements of\nmaterial nature and who survives after the dissolutions to serve the Lord\nwhile He is asleep.\nPURPORT\nIn the Brahma-samhitii it is said that all the material manifestations\nwith innumerable universes appear and disappear with the breathing of the\n\nMahii- Vi§!I-U lying in Y()ga-nidrii, or mystic sleep.\nya� kiira!tiin:wva-jale bhajati sam yoganidriim ananta-jagada!tt)a-saromakiipa�\niidhiira-saktim avalambya pariim sva-miirtim\ngovindam iidi-puru§am tam aham bhajiimi\nyasyaika-nisvasita-kiilam athiivalambya\nfivanti loma-vilajii jagada!tt)a-niithii�\nvi�r-ur mahiin sa iha yasya kalii-vise�o\ngovindam iidi-puru�am tam aham bhajiimi\n\"Govinda, the ultimate and Supreme Personality of Godhead [Lord\nl(r�l)a], lies sleeping unlimitedly on the Causal Ocean in order to create\nunlimited numbers of universes during that sleep. He lies on the water by\nHis own internal potency, and I worship that original Supreme Godhead.\n\"Due to His breathing, innumerable universes come into existence, and\nwhen He withdraws His breath there occurs the dissolution of all the\nlords of the universes. That plenary portion of the Supreme Lord is called\n\nMahii- Vi�r-u, and He is a part of the part of Lord Kr�qa. I worship Govinda,\nthe original Lord.\" (Bs.5.47-5.48)\nAfter the dissolution of the material manifestations, the Lord and His\nkingdom beyond the Causal Ocean do not disappear, nor do the inhabitants, the Lord's associates. The associaies of the Lord are far more\n\n", "SB3.1#p0313": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n296\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\nnumerous than the living entities who have forgotten the Lord due to\nmaterial association. The impersonalist's explanation of the word aham\nin· the\n\nfour verses of the original Bhiigavatam-aham eviisam eviigre\n\netc.-is refuted here. The Lord and His eternal associates remain after the\n\ndissolution. Vidura's inquiry about such persons is a clear indication of the\nexistence of all the paraphernalia of the Lord. This is also confirmed in the\n\nKiisi-kharz!fa, as quoted by both Jiva Gosvam1 and Srila Visvanatha\nCakra�arfi, who follow in the footsteps of Srila Sridhara Svaml.\nna cyavante ca yad-bhaktii\nmahatyiirh pralayiipaditi\nato ,cyute ,khile loke sa\neka� sarvavago ,vyayam\n\"The devotees of the Lord never annihilate their individual existences\n\neven after the dissolution of the entire cosmic manifestation. The Lord\n\nand the devotees who associate with Him are always eternal, both in the\nmaterial and spiritual worlds.\"\n\nTEXT 38\n\npuru�asya ca sarhsthiinarh\nsvariiparh vii parasya\njniinarh ca naigamarh yat tad\nguru-si�ya-prayojanam\npum�asya--of\n\nthe\n\nsvarupam-identity;\n\nliving\n\nentity;\n\nca-also;\n\nsarhsthiinam-existence;\n\nvii-either, or; parasya-of the Supreme; ca-also;\n\njiiiinam-knowledge; ca-also; naigamam-in the matter of the Upani�ads;\nyat-that;\n\ntat--,the\n\nsame;\n\ngum-spiritual\n\nmaster;\n\nsiflya-disciple;\n\nprayojanam-necessity.\nTRANSLATION\nWhat are the truths regarding the living entities and the Supreme Personality of Godhead? What are their identities? What are the specific values in\nthe knowledge in the Vedas, and what are the necessities for the spiritual\nmaster and his disciples?\n\n", "SB3.1#p0314": "Text 39]\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\n297\n\nPURPORT\nThe living entities are constitutionally servitor\n\nof the Lord, who can\n\naccept all kinds of services from everyone. It is clearly declared (Bg. 5.29)\nthat the Lord is the supreme enjoyer of the benefits of all sacrifices and\npenances, the proprietor of all that is manifested and the friend of all\nliving entities. That is His real identity. Therefore, when the living entity\naccepts this supreme proprietorship of the Lord and acts in that attitude,\nthat is his real identity. ln order to elevate the living entity to this standard of knowledge, there is the necessity of spiritual association. The bona\nfide spiritual master desires that his disciples know the process of rendering transcendental service to the Lord, and the disciples also know that\nthey have to learn about the eternal relationship between God and the\nliving entity from a self-realized soul. To dis ·eminate transcendental\nknowledge one must retire from mundane activities on the strength of\nenlightenment in knowledge in term\n\nof\n\nVedic wisdom. That is the\n\nsum and substance of all the questions in this verse.\n\nnimittiini ca tasyeha\nproktiiny anagha siiribhi!t\nsvato jiiiinam kutaft purhsiirh\nbhaktir vairiigyam eva vii\nnimittiini-the source of knowledge; ca-also; tasya-of such knowledge;\niha-in this world; proktiini-mentioned; an.agha-spotless; suribhift-by\ndevotees; svataft-self-sufficient;jtiiinam-knowledge; kutaft-how; pumsiim\n-of the living entity; bhakti!J,-devotional service; vairiigyam-detachment;\neva-certainly; ca-also.\n\nTRAN SLATION\nSpotless devotees of the Lord have mentioned the source of such knowledge. How could one have knowledge of devotional service and deta chment without the help of such devotees?\nPURPORT\nThere are many inexperienced persons who advocate self-realization\nwithout the help of a spiritual master. They decry the necessity of the\n\n", "SB3.1#p0315": "298.\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatarn\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\nspiritual master and try themselves to take his p lace by propagating the\ntheory that a spiritual master is not necessary. Srimad-Bhiigavatam, however, does not approve this viewpoint. Even the great transcendental\n\nscholar Vyasadeva had need of a spiritual master, and under the instruction\n\nof his spiritual master, Narada, he prepared this sublime literature, Srimad-.\nBhiigavatam. Even Lord Caitanya, although He is Kflll}a Himself, accepted\na spiritual master; even Lord Kflll}a accepted a spiritual master, Sandipani\n\nMuni, in order to be enlightened; and all the iiciiryas and saints of the\n\nworld had spiritual masters. In Bhagavad-gitii Arjuna accepted Lord Kflll}a\n\nas his spiritual master, although there was no necessity of such a formal\ndeclaration. So, in all cases, there is no question about the necessity of\n\naccepting a spiritual master. The only stipulation is that the spiritual\n\nmasfer should be bona fide; i.e., the spiritual master must be in the proper\n�hain of disciplic succession called the paramparii system.\n\nSuribhifl. are great scholars, but they may not always be anagha, or\nspotless. The anaghci-suri is one who is a pure devotee of the Lord. Those\nwho are not pure devotees of the Lord, or who want to be on an equal\n\nlevel with Him, are not anagha-suri. Pure devotees have prepared many\n\nbooks of knowledge on the basis of authorized scriptures. Sr1la Riipa\nGosvam1 and his assistants, under the instructions of Lord:,Sr1 Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, have all written various literatures for the guidance of\n\nprospective devotees, and anyone who is very serious about raising himself\n\nt� the standard of a pure devotee of the Lord must take advantage of those\n\nliteratures.\n\n·\n\nTEXT40\n\n��:51�{(:: �fij'� 1·\n\\� lt� fltst�IG\\�1 W\\e<ql'f: 11\\loll\netiin me prcchata� prasnan\nhare� karma-vivitsayii\nbriihi me)iiasya mitratviid\najayii na�ta-cak�u�a�\netan-all these; me-mine; prccha.ta[l�of one who inquires; prasniin­\n\nquestions; harep-of the Supreme Lord; ka rma- pastimes; vivitsaya-de­\n\nsiring to know; b rii h i- kindly describe; me-unto mei ajiiasya-of one who\n\nis ignorant; mitmtvat- because of friendship; ajayii- by the external energy;\n\nnafla-cakiUfap-those who have lost their vision.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0316": "Text 41]\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\n299\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear sage, I have put all these questions before you with a view to\nknow the pastimes of Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. You are\nthe friend of all, so kindly describe them for all those who have lost their\nvision.\nPURPORT\nVidura\n\nput forward\n\nmany varieties of questions with a view to\n\nunderstand the principles of transcendental loving service to the Lord. As\nstated in Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 2.41), devotional service to the Lord is one,\nand the mind of the devotee is not diverted to the many branches of\nuncertainties. Vidura's purpose was to be situated in that service to the\nLord, wherein one merges undivertedly. He claimed the friendship of\nMaitreya Muni, not because he was Maitreya's son but because Maitreya\nwas actually the friend of all who have lost their spiritual vision due to\nmaterial influence.\nTEXT41\n\n����������\niiiFmt�st� ;J �Rot Ehcil'iN II�Z II\nsarve vediis ca yajniis ca\ntapo diiniini ciinagha\njiviibhaya-pradiinasya\nna kurvzran kaliim api\nsarve-al.l kinds of; vedafi,-divisions of the Vedas; ca-also; yajfiii/1sacrifices; ca-also; tapafi,-penances; diiniini-charities; ca-and; anagha-\n\n0 spotless one; jiva-the living entity; abhaya imm u n ity from material\npangs; pradanasya-of one who gives such assurance; na-not; lcurviran-\n\ncan be equalized; kaliim-even partially; api-certainly.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 spotless one, your answers to all these questions will grant immunity\nto all material miseries. Such charity is greater than all Vedic charities,\nsacrifices, penances, etc.\nPURPORT\nThe highest perfectional work of charity is to give people in general\nimmunity from the anxieties of material existence. This can be done only\n\n", "SB3.1#p0317": "300\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 7\n\nby performing activities in devotional service to the Lord. Such knowledge\n\nis incomparable. Cultivation of the knowledge in the Vedas, performance\n\nof sacrifice and distribution of munificent charities all together cannot\nform even a part of the immunity from the pangs of material existence\n\nthat is gained from devotional service. The charity of Maitreya will not\n\nonly help Vidura, but, due to its universal nature, will deliver all others in\nall times. Thus Maitreya is immortal.\n\nTEXT42\n\n��\n�\\�(tl+(lft�IUIEfm:l� �:I\nst'U�tfl +c•N��Ittf �i(t��� st(�AlEII'( 11\\l�ll .\nsri suka uviica\nsa ittham iipr�ta-puriirw-kalpa�\n\nkuru-pradhiinena muni-pradhiina�\n\npravrddha-har�o bhagavat-kathiiyiim\nsaiicoditas tam prahasann-iviiha\n\nsri suka(t uviica-Sr! Sukadeva Gosvami said; sa�-he; ittham-thus;\n\niiprfita-being questioned; puriirw-kalpa�-one who knows how to explain\nthe supplements of the Vedas (the Puriir-as); kuru-pradhiinena-by the chief\n\nof the Kurus; muni-pradhiina�-the chief amongst the sages; pravrddha­\n\nsufficiently enriched; har,5a�-satisfac tion; bhagavat-the Personality of\nGodhead; kathiiyiim-in the topics of; saiicodita�-being so infused; tam­\n\nunto Vi dura; prahasan-with smiles; iva-like that; aha-replied.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said: Thus the chief of the sages, who was always\n\nenthusiastic about describing topics regarding the Personality of Godhead,\n\nbegan to narrate the descriptive explanation of the PuraJ.las, being so in­\n\nfused by Vidura. He was very much enlivened by speaking on the transcen-\n\ndental activities of the Lord. .\n\n·\n\nPURPORT\nGreat learned sages like Maitreya Muni are always very enthusiastic\n\nabout describing the transcendental activities of the Lord. Maitreya Muni,\n\n", "SB3.1#p0318": "Text 42]\n\nFurther Inquiries by Vidura\n\nbeing t hus invited by Vidura to\nactually felt transcendental bli ss\nThus\n\n301\n\npeak, appeared to be smiling because he\n\n.\n\nend the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Seventh\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, entitled \"Further inquiries b_y Vidura.\"\n\n", "SB3.1#p0319": "r.\n\nCHAPTER. EIGHT\n\nManifestation of Brahma\nfrom. GarbhodakasayT Vi$rJU\nTEXT 1\n�\"\n\n\"!I� ::s'CIF!l\n\nij�q...')�\n\n�\n\n'M\n\n�:\nttMlEMIJl\n��(���EtftlkhU(\"Sf\n� � i.�\"'tt�¥1� II � II\nmaitreya uviica\n\nsat-sevani\"yo bata puru-varhso\n\nyal loka-piilo bhagavat-pradhiinab.\n\nbabhuvithehiijita k\"\"irti-miiliirh\n\npade pade nutanayasy abh\"\"ik§rtam\n\nsri maitreya� uvaca-Sri Maitreya Muni said; sat-sevaniya�- w orthy to\n\nserve the pure devotees; bata- oh, certainly; puru-varhsa�-the des cendants\nof\n\nKing\n\nPuru;\n\nyat-in\n\nwhich;\n\nlok a-piila�-the\n\nkings\n\nare;\n\nbhagavat­\n\npradhiina�-chiefly devoted to the Personali ty of Godhead; babhiivitha­\n\nyou are also born; iha-in this; ajita\n\n-\n\nthe Lord, who is unconquerable;\n\nk irti-miilam-chain of transcendental activities; pade pade-step by step;\nn ata n ayasi becoming newer and newer; abhikfll)am-always.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya Murii said to Vidura: The royal dynasty of King\n\nPnru is worthy to serve the pure devotees because all the descendants of\nthat family are devoted to the Personality of Godhead. You are also born\nin that family, and it is wonderful that because of your attempt the\ntranscendental pastimes of the Lord are becoming newer and newer at\nevery moment.\n\n303\n\n", "SB3.1#p0320": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n304\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nThe great sage Maitreya thanked Vidura and praised him by reference\nto his family glories. The Puru dynasty is full of devotees of the Personality\nof Godhead and i\n\ntherefore glorious. Because they are not attached to\n\nimpersonal. Brahman or to the localized Paramatma\n\nbut are directly\n\nattached to Bhagavan, the Personality of Godhead, they are therefore\nworthy to render service to the Lord and His pure devotees. Because\nVidura was one of the descendants of that family, naturaiJy he engaged\nin spreading wide the ever new glories of the Lord. Maitreya felt happy to\nhave such glorious company as Vidura. He considered the company of\nVidura to be most desirable because such association can accelerate one's\ndormant propensities for devotional service.\n\nTEXT2\n'\n\n.\n\nm�\n\n.\n\n.\n\n�orr �ij(cu:q �:(CI\n� �I\n'iiiAI•d\nJJm\n�\n��tui\n�<:Jii\n���: II � II\n\nso 'harh nntarh k�ulla-wkhaya du� kharh\nmahadgatiiniirh viramiiya tasya\n\npravartaye bhiigavatarh purii!larh\n\nyad iiha siik�iid bhagaviin r�ibhyatt\nsa�-that; aham-I; nrriim- of the human being; k§ u lla- very little;\n\nsuk haya- for\n\nhappiness;\n\ndu�k ham- distress ;\n\nmahat-great;\n\ngatiiniim­\n\nente red into; v ira miiya- fo r mitigation; tasya-his;pravartaye-shall begin;\n\nbhiigavatam-Srimad-Bhiigavatam;\n\npuriiram- Vedic\n\nsupplement;\n\nyat­\n\nwhic h; aha- said ; siik�iit- dire ctly ; bhagaviin-t he Personality of Godhead;\n\n!§ibhya� -unto the sages .\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nLet me now begin speaking on the Bhagavata Pura!la, which was\ndirectly spoken to the great sages by the Personality of Godhead for the\nbenefit of those who are entangled in extreme miseries for the sake of\nvery little pleasure.\nPURPORT\nThe sage Maitreya proposed to speak on Srimad-Bhiigavatam because\nit is especially compiled, and traditionally comes down in the disciplic\n\n", "SB3.1#p0321": "Text 3]\n\nManifes tat ion of Brahma from Garbhodaka�ayi Vi�!J.U\n\n305\n\nsuccession, for the solution of all the problems of human society . Only\none who is fortunate tan have the opportunity to hearSrimad-Bhiigavatam\nin the association of pure devotees of the L ord . Under the spell of material\n\nenergy, the living entities are entrapped in the bondage of many difficul­\n\nties simply for the sake of a little bit of material happiness. They engage in\n\nfruitive activities, not knowing the implica tio ns. Under the false impression\n\nthat the body is the self, the Living entities foolishly rela te to so many\n\nfalse attachments. They think that they can engage with materialistic.\n\np araphernalia forever. This gross misconception of life is so strong that a\n\nperson suffers continually, life after life, under the external energy of the\nLord. lf one comes in contact with the book Bhiigavata as well as with the\n\ndevotee Bhagavata who knows\n\nwhat the Bhiigavatam is, then such a\n\nthe material entanglement. Therefore Sri\nMaitrey a Muni, out of compassion for the sufferi ng men in the world,\n\nfortunate man gets out of\n\nproposes to speak on the Srimad-Bhiigavatam firs t and last .\n\nTEXT3\n\nan«lwt�Ftl\n�oi\n\n�··'4�l'i\n�'4�t066'*4'( I\n\nAf?lffl'4����n\nt�l(l\\*11\n\n�\n\n���11�11\n\nas!nam urvyam bhagavantam adyam\n\nsankar�ar:tarh devam akur.tha-sattvam\n\nvivitsavas tattvam ata� parasya\nkumara-mukhyii munayo'nvaprcchan\niisinam-seated; urvyiim-down the universe; bhagavantam-unto the\n\nLord; iidyam-th e original; sankar�ar.a m-Sarikar�al]a; devam- Personality\n\nof Godhead; akur.tha-sattvam-undeterred knowledge ; vivitsava[l-being\n\ninquisitive to know; tattvam ata[l-truth like this; pa rasya-regarding the\nSupreme Pe rson ality of Godhead; kumiira-the boy saint ; m ukhyii[l - the\n\ny\n\nchief; muna aft-: preat sag es; anvaprcchan- inquired like this.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSome time ago, being inquisitive to know, Sanatkumlira, the chief of\nthe boy saints, accompanied by other great sages, inquired exactly like\nyou\n\nabout\n\nthe truths regarding Vasudeva, the Supreme, from\n\nSaitkar�a�a, who is seated at the bottom of the universe.\n\nLord\n\n·\n\n", "SB3.1#p0322": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n306\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nThis is in clarification of the statement that the Lord spoke directly on\nthe Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nt h e Bhiigavatam was\n\nWhen and unto whom\n\npoken is explained herewith. Questions similar to those put forward by\nVidura were asked by greal sages like Sanatkumiira, and Lord Sankar�al}a ,\nLhe plenary expansion of the Supreme Lord V iisudeva, answered them.\n\nTEXT4\n\n��q��\n�l�\n�'�!i..n��;ij\nA� II \\1 II\nsvam eva dhi§t;tyarh bahu miinayantarh\nyad viisudeviibhidham iimananti\npratyag-dhrtiik�iimbuja-kosam \"i§ad\nLutmuayantarh vibudhodayiiya\nsvarn-Himself; eva-thus; dhi�11yarn-situated; bahu-greatly; miinayan­\n\n- t hat which; v ud va- Lord Vasudeva; abhidhamin Lrospection; ambuja-kosarn...:.lotuslike eye ; Z at -sligh tly ; unmilayantam­\n\ntam- estee m ed; yat\n\niis\n\ne\n\nby the name; amananti-acknowledge; pratyak-dhrta-ak§a-ey es settled for\ns\n\nopened;\n\nvibudha-greatly\n\nlearned\n\nsages;\n\nudayiiya-for\n\nthe\n\nsake\n\nof\n\nadvancement.\n\nTRANSL ATION\nAt that time Lord Sailkar�a�a was meditating upon His Supreme Lord,\n\nwhom the learned esteem as Lord Vasudeva, but for the sake of the\n\nadvancement of the great learned sages He slightly opened His lotuslike\n\neyes and began to speak.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�: ((«iJt!ICh�R�''l'�\n� �a:��(liJI�:\n�:\n\n11�11\n\n", "SB3.1#p0323": "Text 5 J\n\nManifestation of Brahma from Garhhodakasay'i Vi��u\n\n307\n\nsvar-dhunyudiirdrai(t svajatii-kaliipair\nupasprsantas cara(wpadhiinam\npadmarh yad arcanty ahi-riija-kanyiib.\nsa-prema niinii-balibhir variirthiib\nsva�-dhuni-u.da- by the water of the Ganges; iirdrai(t- being moistened;\nsvaja t ii- bunch of hairs; ka liipai (t- situated on the head; upa sp r santa(t- by\nso touching; cara(la-upadhiinam- the shelter of His feet; padmam- the lotus\nshelter; yat- that which; arcanti- worships; ahi-riija- the serpent king;\n\nkanyii�- daughters; sa pr ema-with great devotion; niinii- variou ; balibhi�paraphernalia; vara-arthii�- being desirous of husbands.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sages came from the highest planets down to the lower region\nthrough the water of the Ganges, and therefore the hair on their heads\nwas wet. They touched the lotus feet of the Lord, which are worshiped\n\nwith various paraphernalia by the daughters of the serpent king when they\ndesire good husbands.\nPURPORT\nThe Ganges water flows directly from the lotus feel of Vi�t;�u, and ils\ncourse runs from the highest planet of the universe down lo the lowe t.\nThe sages came down from Satyaloka by taking advantage of the flowing\nwater, a process of transportation made possible by the power of mystic\n\nyoga. If a river flows thousands and thousands of miles, a perfecl yogi can\nat once tran port himself from one place to another simply by dipping in\nit· water. The Ganges is the only celestial river which flows throughout the\nuniverse, and great sages travel all over the universe via this sacred river.\nThe statement that their\n\nhair was wet indicates thal it was direclly\n\nmoistened by the water originating from the lotus feet of Vi9t;�u (the\nGanges). Whoever touches the water of the Ganges to his head surely\ntouches the lotJJ,S feet of the Lord directly and can become free from aU\neffects of sinful acts. If after taking a Lath in the Ganges or being washed\nof all sins, a man guards himself against committing further sinful acts,\nthen certainly he is delivered. But if he again takes up sinful activities, his\nhath in the Ganges is as good as that of the elephant, who nicely takes his\nhath in a river but later spoils the whole thing by covering himself with\ndust on the land.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0324": "[Canto 3, Ch. 8\n\nSrim ad-Bhagavatam\n\n308\n\nTEXT6\n\nl!·lur�\n\nq.q(il�(l41«cte�q�... � � �: 1\n\n�mm�tu·Sf��JI';i1ftrm�'f.UII«�(ltl{_\n\nII � II\n\nmuhur gnwnto vacasiinuriigas\nkhalat-pa.deniisya krtiini taj-nii�\nk ir\"ita-siihasra-ma.rti-prave kapradyotitoddiima-phartii-saha.sram\nmuhu�\na. nuraga.[t\n\n-\n\n-\n\nagain\n\nand\n\nagain;\n\ngnw nt a[t-glorifying ;\n\nva casa-by\n\nwords;\n\nwith great affection; khalat-padena-with symmetrical rhythm;\n\na sya-of the Lord; krtani\n\nkir i[ a-helm ets; sahasra\n\n-\n\n-\n\nactivities; tat-jiia[t\n\n-\n\none who knows the pastimes;\n\nthousands ; mar- i-p raveka\n\n-\n\nglowing effulgence of\n\nthe valuable stones; pradyo t ita-emanating from; uddama-raised; phar-ahoods; sahasram-thousands.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe four Kumaras, headed by Sanat-kumara, who all knew the transcen­\n\ndental pastimes of the Lord, glorified the Lord in rhythmic accents with\nselected words full of affection and love. At that time Lord Sarikar�aJ.la,\nwith His thousands of raised hoods, began to radiate an effulgence from\n\nthe glowing stones on His head.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord is sometimes addressed as uttamaslo1w, which means \"one\nwho is worshiped with selected words by devotees.\" A profusion of such\nselected words comes from a devotee who is fully absorbed in affection\nand love for the devotional service of the Lord. There are many instances\nin which even a small boy who was a great devotee of the Lord could offer\nexcellent prayers in the choicest words for glorification of the pastimes of\nthe Lord. In other words, without the development of fine affection and\nlove, one cannot offer prayers to the Lord very suitably.\n\nTEXT7\n\n�\n\n���\nij;{ I\n�ij'(tf\n\n", "SB3.1#p0325": "Text 8]\n\nManifestation of Brahma from GarbhodakaSayi Vi��u\n\n309\n\nproktarh kilaitad bhagavaltamena\nnivrtti-dharmiibhiratiiya tena\n\nsanat-kumiiriiya sa ciiha pr�ta/:t\n\nsiinkhyiiyaniiyiinga dhrtavratiiya\n\nproktam-was said; h i la-certainly; etat-this; bhagavattamena-by Lord\nSatikaq;al)a; nivrtti-renunciation; dharma-abhiratiiya-unto one who has\n\ntaken this religious vow; tena-unto him; sanat-kumiiriiya-unto Sanat­\n\nKumara;\nsa�-he;\nca-al o; aha-said;\npr.st a[l when inquired of;\nsiihkhyiiyaniiya-unto the great sage Sarikhyayana; anga-my dear Vidura;\n-\n\ndhrtavratiiya-unto one who has taken such a vow.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sarikar�at:J.a thus spoke the purport of Srimad-Bhagavatam to the\n\ngreat sage Sanat-kumiira, who had already taken the vow of renunciation.\n,'\nSanat-kumiira als</ in his turn, when inquired of by Siirikhyiiyana Muni,\nexplained Srimad-Bhagavatam as he had heard it from Sarikar�at:J.a.\nPURPORT\nThis i\n\nthe way of the paramparii system. Although Sanat-kumiira, the\n\nweU-known great sai ntly humiira, was in Lhe perfect stage of life, still he\n\nheard the message of Srimad-Bhiigavatam from Lord Sarikar�at:J.a. Similarly,\n\nwhen he was questione d by Sarikhyayana ��i, he spoke to him the same\n\nmessage which he heard from Lord Sar'lkar�ar;ta. In other words, unless one\n\nhears from the proper authority one cannot become a preacher_ In devo­\n\ntional service, therefore, two items out of the nine, namely hearing and\n\nchanting, are most important_ Without hearing nicely, one cannot preach\n\nthe message of Vedic k nowledge\n\n.\n\nTEXTS\n.\n\n.\n\n�\n\nql{+i�U(�T\n��Taft\n��'1: I\nill�TR\\\nms�<;_!j(�Sf�ijl�\n�� II � II\n'Hl�Ttfl?.f\n�r;r;r:\n\n", "SB3.1#p0326": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n310\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 8\n\nsiinkhyiiyana[L piiramahamsya-mukh yo\nvivak�amiif}O bhagavad-vibhiiti'ft\njagiida so 'smad-gurave 'nvitiiya\npariisariiyiitha brhaspates ca\nsiinkhyiiyana{t-the great sage San khyayana;piiramaha.msya-mukhya.{tthe chief of all transcendentalists; vivak§amiirw{t- while re ci ti n g ; bhagavat­\n\nvibhutf{t-the glories of the L ord;jagiida-it came to; sa{1-he; asmat-mine;\ngurave- unto my spiri tual master; anvitiiya-followed; pariisariiya-unto the\nsage Pa r a s a ra; atha brhaspate[L ca.-also to Brhasp ati\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Siirikhyayana was the c hief amongst the transcen­\n\ndentalists,\n\nand when he was describing the glories of the Lord in\n\nterms of Srimad-Bhagavatam, it so happened that my spiritual master,\n\nParasara, and Brhaspati both heard him.\n\nTEXT9\n\nsittTR\n\n�\n\n«\n\n�ttltiWi\nI\n\n�: ���'1 �Oliml'{ I\n«�� ·��llfittlfit �\n��\n\nM�tt¥{��(11� II � II\n\nproviica mahyam sa dayiilur ukto\nmunil} pulastyena puriif}am iidyam\nso 'harit tavaitat kathayiimi vatsa\nsraddhii-lave nityam anuvratiiya\nproviica-said;\n\nmahyam-unto me;\n\nsa{t-he; dayiilu{t-kindhearted;\n\nukta[L-aforementioned; muni{t-sage; pulastyena-by the sage Pulastya;\npuriicwm iidyam-the foremost of all the Puriirws; sa{! aham-that also I;\ntava-unto you; etat-this; kathayiimi-shall spe ak; vatsa-my dear son;\nsraddhii-lave-unto one who is faithful; nityam-always;anuvrataya-unto\none who is a follower.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Parasara, as aforementioned, being so advised by the\n\ngreat\n\nsage\n\nPulastya,\n\nspoke unto me the foremost of the PuriiJ;tas\n\n[ Bhagavatam]. I shall also describe this before you, my dear son,\n\nterms of my hearing, because you are always my faithful follower.\n\nm\n\n", "SB3.1#p0327": "Text 10]\n\nManifestation of Brahma from GarbhodakaSayi Vi�!lu\n\n311\n\nPURPORT\nThe great sage of the name Pulastya is the father of all demoniac\ndescendants. Once upon a time Pariisara began a sacrifice in whic, all the\ndemons were to be burnt to death because his father had been killed and\ndevoured by one of them. The great sage V asi��ha Muni arrived at the\nsacrifice and requested Pariisara to stop the deadly action, and Pariisara\ncould not deny the request because of V asi�tha 's position and respect in\nthe community of sages. Pariisara having stopped the sacrifice, Pulastya,\nthe father of the demons, appreciated his brahminical temperament and\ngave the blessing that in .the future he would be a great speaker on the\nVedic literatures called the Puriir-as, the supplements of the\n\nVedas.\n\nParasara 's action was appreciated by Pulastya because he forgave the\ndemons out of his brahminical power of forgiveness. Pariisara was able to\ndemolish all the demons in the sacrifice, but he considered: \"Demons are\nso made that they devour living creatures, men and animals, but why on\nthat account should I withdraw my brahminical qualification of forgive­\n\nness?\" As the great speaker of the Puriirws, Pariisara first of all spoke on\nthe Srimad-Bhiigavata Puriirza\n\nbecause it is the foremost of· all\n\nthe\n\nPuriir-as. Maitreya Muni desired to narrate th� same Bhiigavatam which he\nhad heard from Parasara, and Vidura was qualified to hear it because of his\nfaithfulness and his following the instructions received from superiors. So\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam was being narrated frorrl time immemorial by the\n\ndisciplic succession, even before the time of Vyasadeva. The so-called\n\nhistorians calculate the Puriirzas to be only a few hundred years old, but\n\nfactually the Puriir-as existed from time immemorial, before all historical\n\ncalculations by the mundaners and speculative philosophers.\nTEXT 10\n\n:a�d ft� �s�\n�f1l��t¥flf{.sijt� ��I\n..\n\n31tl�ij(!q� ,; �iii:\n�: �mroft Rfu:: II� II\no\n\nudiiplutarh visvam idarh tadasid\nyannidrayiimilitadrn nyamuayat\nahindra-talpe 'dhiSayiina eka�\nkrtak§arta� sviitma-ratau ninna�\nuda-w ater;\n\niiplutam- submerged in; vi.ivam-the three worlds; idam­\n\nthis; tadii- at that time; iis it-it so remained; yat- in which; n idraya-in\n\n", "SB3.1#p0328": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n312\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 8\n\nslumber; arm1ita-closed; drk-eyes; nyamilayat-not completely closed;\n\nahindr.a-the gre at snake Ananta; talpe- on the bed of; adhisayanafi.­\n\nlying on; ekafi.-alone; krta-k�artafi.-being engaged; svat ma -ratau- enjoying\n\nin His internal potency; ninnafi.-without any part of external energy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time when the three worlds were submerged\n\nin water,\n\nGarbhodaka8ayi Vi!p.u was alone, lying on His bedstead the great snake\n\nAnanta, and although He appeared to be in slumber in His own internal\npotency, free from the action of the external energy, His eyes were not\ncompletely closed.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord is eternall y enjoying transcendental bliss by His internal\npotency, whereas the external potency is suspended during the time of the\ndissolution of the cosmic manifestation.\n\nTEXT ll\n\nms;ij':ms��:\n�� fi�'W.nor: 1\n�m \\!�� ���\n�1'1�1 � ��: II� �II\nso 'ntal,l. saTire 'rpita-bhiita-siik§mal,l.\nkiiliitmikiirh saktim udirayiir.wl,l.\nuviisa tasmin salile pade sve\nyathiinalo diirurti ruddha-v'iryal,l.\nsafi.- the Supreme Lord; an tafi.-within; sarire-in the transcendental\nbody;\n\narpita-kept ;\n\nbhiita-material\n\nelements;\n\nsii k§ ma[l -subtle ; kala­\n\natmikam-the form of time; sak tim-energy ; ud iraya!l alt -invigorating;\n\nuvasa-resided; tasmin-therein; salile-in the water; pade- in the place ;\nsve-His own; yatha-llll much llll; ana la fi, - fire ; daru!li-in the fuel wood;\n\nruddha-viryafi.-su bmerged strength .\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust like the strength of fire within fuel wood, the Lord remaine.d\n\nwithin the water of dissolution, submerging all the living entities in their\nsubtle bodies. He lay in the self-invigorated energy called kala.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0329": "Text 12)\n\nManifestation of Brahma from GarbhodalWilyi Vi!�u\n\n313\n\nPURPORT\nAfter the three worlds-the upper, lower and middle planetary systemsmerged into the water of dissolution, the living entities of all the three\nworlds remained in their subtle bodies by dint of the energy called kala. In\nthis dissolution, the gross bodies became unmanifest, but the subtle bodies\nexisted, just like the water of the material creation. Thus the material\nenergy was not completely wound up, as is the case in the full dissolution\nof the material world.\n\nTEXT 12\n�\n\n.\n\n\"'tt�•nwtr :q\n�.:u\n� (CI�i(\\f«i�I (CI�ICW41 I\n\n'llel\\iti�ISS(11ta.(t�4(t;:s(\\\nit�awt4\\(tl�t�\n\n� 11��11\n\ncatur yugiiniim ca sahasram apsu\nsvapan svayodiritayii svasaktyii\nkiiliikhyayii \"siidita-karma-tantro\nlokiin apltiin dadrso svadehe\ncatu�-four·; yugiiniim-of the millenniums;\n\nca-also; sahasram-one\n\nthousand; apsu-in the water; s vapan-dreaming in sleep; svaya-with His\ninternal potency; udiritayii-for further development; svasaktyii-by His\nown energy; kiila-iikhyayii-by the name kala; iis iidita being so engaged;\n-\n\nkarma-tantra[!-in the matter of fruitive activities; lol.an-the total living\nentities; apitiin bluish; dadrse-saw it so; svadehe-in His own body.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord lay down for four thousand yuga cycles in His internal\npotency, and by His external energy He appeared to be sleeping within the\nwater. When the living entities were coming out for further development\nof their fruitive activities, actuated by the energy called kiila-sakti, He saw\nHis transcendental body as bluish.\nPURPORT\nIn the Vi�rzu Puriirw, kiila-sakti is mentioned as avidyii. The symptom of\nthe influence of the kiila-sakti is that one has to work in the material world\nfor fruitive results. The fruitive workers are described in Bhagavad-gitii as\n\nmufl has, or foolish. Such foolish living entities are very enthusiastic to\n\n", "SB3.1#p0330": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n314\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 8\n\nwork for some temporary benefit within perpetual bondage. One thinks\nhimself very clever throughout his life if he is able to leave behind him a\ngreat asset of wealth for his children, and to achieve this temporary\nbenefit he takes the risk of all sinful activities, without knowledge that\nsuch activities will keep him perpetually bound by the shackles of material\nbondage. Due to this polluted mentality and due to material sins, the\naggregate combination of living entities appeared to be bluish. Such an\nimpetus of activity for fruitive result is made possible by the dictation of\nthe external energy of the Lord, kiila.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n-�·ifflSlif .mfl (t;ft�l't. I\ngUR ifMH�I�\"l fq:\ni.\"f«tG:I�\n\n�� II�� II\n\ntasyiirthasiik�miibhinivi�ta-dr�ter\nantar-gato 'rtho rajasii taniyiin\ngu(lena kiiliinugatena viddhal;t\nsii�yarhs tadiibhidyata niibhidesiit\ntasya- His; artha- subj ect; siik§ma- sub tle; abhinivi§ta-d!§te[l-of one\nwhose attention was fixed; anta[l-gata�- internal; artha[l- purpose; rajasiiby the mode of passion of material nature; tan iyiin- very subtle; gurena­\n\n[\n\nby the qualities; kiila-anugatena-in due course of time; v iddha l - agitated;\nsii§ya 1 gener ating; tat- that; abhidyata-pierced into; niibhidesiit-from\n\n[-\n\nthe abdomen.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe subtle subject matter of creation, on which the Lord's attention was\n\nfixed, was agitated by the material mode of passion, and thus the subtle\nform of creation pierced through His abdomen.\nTEXT 14\n\nqt..zt'ij: ijtita:f6u(\n.aistf6\\1'4�'1\n�\n(ijar,.,. ij�ree �\n�q·�i(tPI: II � \\lll\n�ti16�..�\n\n", "SB3.1#p0331": "Text 15]\n\nManifestation of Brahma from Garbhodakasayi Vi��u\n\n315\n\nsa padma-kosaft sahasodati�that\nkiilena karma-pratibodhanena\nsva-roci�ii tat salilam visiilarh\nvidyotayann arka iviitma-yon*\nsa{t-that;\n\npadma-lcosa{t-bud\n\nudati§that-appeared;\n\nof\n\nkalena-by\n\na\n\nlotus\n\ntime;\n\nflower; sahasa-suddenly;\n/wrma-fruitive\n\nactivities;\n\npratibodhanena-aw*ening; sva-roci§a-by its own effulgence; tat-that;\nsalilam-water\n\nof\n\ndevastation;\n\nvisalam-vast;\n\nvidyotayan-illuminating;\n\narka{t-the sun; iva-like; atma-yoni[!-generating from the Personality of\nVi�ru.\nTRANSLATION\nPiercing through, this sum total form of the fruitive activity of the\nliving entities took the shape of the bud of a lotus flower generated from\nthe Personality of Vi��u, and by His supreme will it illuminated everything,\nlike the sun, and dried up the vast waters of devastation.\nTEXT 15\n\nijtf1•qv � � � �:\nSllqj�ti:Hij�IM¥tlij4(\n\n-���\n� � � � ij)� 11��11\ntal lo ka-padmam sa u eva vi�rtu/:t\npriiv\"ivisat sarva-gurtiivabhiisam\ntasmin svayam veda-mayo vidhiitii\n_\n\nsvayam-bhuvam yam sma vadanti so 'bhut\n\ntat-that; loka-universal; padmam-lotus flower; saJ:t-He; u-certainly;\neva-factually; vi§\"!tu/:t-the Lord; pravivisat-entered into; sarva-all; gu[taavabhasam-reservoir of all modes of nature; tasmin-in which; svayamin person; v_ eda-mayaJ:t-the personality of Vedic wisdom; vidhata-con·\ntroller of the universe; svayam-bhuvam-self-born; yam-whom; sma-in\nthe past; vadanti-do say; saJ:t-he; abhiit-generated.\nTRANSLATION\nInto that universal lotus flower Lord Vi�!�U personally entered as the\nSupersoul, and when it was thus impregnated with all the modes of material\nnature, the personality of Vedic wisdom, whom we call the self-born, was\ngenerated.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0332": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n316\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nThis lotus flower is the universal viriita form, or the gigantic form of the\nLord in the material world. It becomes amalgamated in the Personality of\nGodhead VigtU, in His abdomen, at the time of dissolution, and it becomes\nmanifest at the time of creation. This is due to Garbhodakasiiyi Vi�p.u,\nwho enters into each of the universes. In this form is the sum total of all\nthe fruitive activities of the living entities conditioned by material nature,\nand the first of them, namely Brahmii, or the controller of the universe, is\ngenerated from this lotus flower. This first-born living being, unlike all\nthe others, has no material father, and thus he is called self-born or\nsvayambhu. He goes to sleep with Niiriiyap.a at the time of devastation,\nand when there is another creation, he is born in this way. From this\ndescription we have the conception of three-the gross viriita form, the\nsubtle Hira!tyagarbha and the material creative force, Brahma.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�\n\n�·wtl�ii4ififl4iltlJ\\4i+iQ-w+4liH I\n��\nqf(4+4� � fclt\"ii�� �� �(;{����II\n�\n\n·\n\ntasyiirh sa ciimbho-ruha-kar!tikiiyiim\navasthito lokam apasyamiinatt\nparikraman vyomni vivrtta-netras\ncatviiri lebhe 'nudisarh m ukhiini\ntas yam-in that; ca-ambho-water; ruha-ka n:tikayam-whor l of the lotus;\n\navasthitaft - being situated; lokam-the world; apasyamana[t- with o ut be i n g\nable to see; parilc raman- c ir c umambulating ; vy o mni- in space; vivrttanetraft- while moving the eyes; catvari-four; lebhe-achieved; anudisamin terms of direction; mulchani-mouths.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBrahmii, born out of the lotus flower, could not see the world, although\n\nhe was situated in the whorl. He therefore circumambulated all of space,\nand while moving his eyes in all directions he achieved four heads in terms\nof the four directions.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0333": "Text 18)\n\nMa,nifestation of Brahma from GarbhodakasAyi Vi�!lu\n\n317\n\nTEXT 17\n\n6411gillR'IJQij'11\\4{di­\n\niiii1�\"4¥1ttRJSifA:�«(\nwq\n\n�:\n\nJ\\4iij�\n\nwm+tl'1+t4J�a:a:lfd:�Cf:\n\ntasmad yugiinta-svasanava-ghun;wjalormi-cakrat salilad virii�ham\nupasrita� kanjam u loka-tattvarh\nnatmanam addhavidad iidi-deva�\ntasmiit-from there; yugiinta-at the end of the millennium; svasaniivathe air of devastation; ghuqw-because of movement; jala-water; urmi­\n\nak riit-out of the circle of waves; saliliit-from the water; virnflham­\n\nc\n\nsituated on them; upiisrita [t -having the shelter of; lc aiijam-lotus flower;\nu-in\n\nastonishment;\n\nloka-tattvam-the\n\nmystery\n\nof\n\ncreation;\n\nna-not;\n\n- himself; addha-perfectly ; avidat-could understand; iidi-deva�­\n\niitmiinam\n\nthe first\n\ndemigod.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma, situated in that lotus, could not perfectly understand the\ncreation, the lotus or himself. At the end of the millennium the air of\ndevastation began to move the water and the lotus in great circular waves.\nPURPORT\nLord Brahma was perplexed about his creation, the lotus and the world,\neven though he tried to understand them for one millennium, which is\nbeyond calculation in the solar years of human beings. No one, therefore,\ncan know the mystery of the creation and cosmic manifestation simply by\nmental speculation. The human being is so limited in his capacity that\nwithout the help of the Supreme he can hardly understand the mystery of\nthe will of the Lord in terms of creation, continuance and destruction.\nTEXT 18\n\n'ti\n\n�\n\nQJI€tffl\n\n�Sijlq(¥4iGI'D]\n1!41\"31¥4'1�4\\'{! I\n\n", "SB3.1#p0334": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n318\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 8\n\n� Q\\?.1�1�� �����fg6 � m � � 11�<;11\nka e�a yo 'siiv aham ab ja-pr�tha\netat kuto viibjam ananyad apsu\nasti hy adhastiid iha kincanaitad\nadhi�thitarh yatra satii nu bhiivyam\n\nk a� who; e�a�-this; ya� asau aham- that I am; abja-pr§the-on top of\neither; abjam- lot u s flower;\n-\n\nthe lotus; etat-this; k uta�- wherefrom; va\n\n-\n\nananyat otherwise; apsu- in the water; asti-there is; hi-certainly;\nadhastiit-from below; iha-in this; k ifi cana- a nything; na- no t ; etat- this;\nadhi�thitam-si tu at ed; yatra- where in; satii-automatically; nu- or not;\nbhiivyam- must be.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma, in his ignorance, contemplated: Who am I that am\nsituated on the top of this lotus? Wherefrom has it sprouted? There must\nbe something downwards, and that from which this lotus has grown must\nbe within the water.\nPURPORT\nThe subject matter of the speculations of Brahmii in the beginning\nregarding the creation of the cosmic manifestation is still a subject matter\nfor mental speculators. The most intelligent man is he who tries to find\nthe cause of his personal existence and that of the whole cosmic creation\nand thus tries to find the ultimate cause.lf his attempt is properly executed\nwith penances and perseverance, it is sure to be crowned with success.\nTEXT 19\n\n��Ul� ���i \"\niiiClfll(��(J)¥41���·\niiNi41��«CI(Wli(J)ii1e;nflr �����Nt: ������\n�\n\nsa ittham udvik§ya-tad-abja-niilanaifibhir antar-jalam iivivesa\nniirviig-gatas tat-khara-nala-nala-niibhirh\nvicinvarhs tad avindataja�\n\n", "SB3.1#p0335": "Text 20] .Manifestation of Brahma from Garbhodakasl'lyi V i�!J.U\n\n319\n\nsa�- he (Brahma); ittham-in this way ; udv ik §ya- contemplating; tatthat; abja- lotus; nala-stem; na�ibhi�-by the pipe; an ta�-jalam within the\n-\n\nwater; avivesa-entered into; na- not; arviik-in spite of going inside,\nnearby; gata� tat- going into; khara-nala-the stem of the lotus; nala- pipe;\n\nnabhim-of the navel; vicinva n- thinking much of it; tat\n\n-\n\nthat; avindata­\n\nunderstood; aja�- the self-born.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma, thus contemplating, entered the channel of the stem of\nthe lotus. But in spite of his entering the stem and going nearer to the navel\nof Vi�!J.U, he could not trace out the root.\nPURPORT\nBy dint of one's personal endeavor one may go nearer to the Lord, but\nwithout the Lord's mercy one cannot reach the ultimate point. Such\nunderstanding of the Lord is possible only by devotional service, as\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gita: bhaktya mam abhijanati yaviin yas casmi\n\ntattvata�. (Bg.l8.55)\nTEXT 20\n\nfc1�1€+f(1ti\n\n�\"�q·�\n\nNPl;qffisl{�\"''�.qflt :\n\n�\n\n�41Nii ·�444\\(4101:\nqftRiuft�lg;(ISI\n�: II� II\no\n\ntamasy apare viduratma-sargarh\nvicinvato 'bhiit sumaharhs triremit£\nyo deha-bhiijarh bhayam irayara�\nparik�ir:wty ayur ajasya hetit£\ntamasi apare- because of an ignorant way of searching; vidura- 0 Vidura;\natma-sargam-the cause of his creation; vicinvata�-while contemplating;\nabhut-it so became; s u ma han- very great; tri r em * - time of three dimensions; ya�\n\n-\n\nwhich; deha-bhiijiim-of the embodied; bhayam- fear fulness;\n\niraya ra�- generating; parik� i r oti-diminishing the one hundred y ear ;\nayu�- duration of life; ajasya of the self-born; heti�- the wheel of eternal\n-\n\ntime.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Vidura, while searching in that way about his existence, Brahma\nreached his ultimate time, which is the eternal wheel in the hand of Vi�!J.U\n\n", "SB3.1#p0336": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n320\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 8\n\nand which generates fear in the mind of the living entity like the fear of\ndeath.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�\n\nfilrit�:\n�Nwq¥41(11Q �: � �: I\n,��ijJQ1(1Plt'ijN=«l\nta'to nivrtto 'pratilabdha-kiima�\nsvadhi§(tyam iisiidya puna� sa deva�\nsanair jita-sviisa-nivr tta-c itt 0\nnya§\"idad iiriit;lha-samiidhi-yoga�\n\nf\n\ntata t\nkiima{t\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthereafter; nivrtta{t\n\nown seat; iisiidya\n\n-\n\nsanaift\nc\n\nitta {\n\n-\n\n-\n\nre tired from that endeavor; apratilabdha­\n\nreaching;\n\ni\n\npuna[\n\nt - again ;\n\nf\n\nsa t\n\n-\n\nf\n\nhe; deva t\n\n-\n\nthe demigod;\n\nwithout delay ; j t a s vii sa controlling the breathing; n ivrt t a\n\nli\n\nt - inte l ge n ce;\n\ny oga{t\n\n-\n\nwithout achievement of the desired destination; svadhi§[Lyam­\n\n-\n\nnya§ idat\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsat down; iir ut;lha\n\n-\n\nretired;\n\nin confidence; samiidhi­\n\nin meditation on the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThereafter, being unable to achieve the desired destination, he retire d\n\nfrom such searching and came back again to the top of the lotus. Thus,\ncontrolling all objectives, he concentrated his mind on the Supre me Lord.\nPURPORT\n\nSamiidhi involves concentrating the mind upon the supreme cause of all,\neven if one is unaware of whether His actual nature is personal, impersonal\nor localized. Concentration of the mind on the Supreme is certainly a form\nof devotional service. To cease from personal sense endeavors and to\n\nconcentrate on the supreme cause is a sign of self-surrender, and when\n\nself-surrender is present, that is a sure sign of devotional service. Each and\nevery living entity needs to engage in devotional service to the Lord if he\nwishes to understand the ultimate cause of his existence.\nTEXT 22\n\n� (i)s�: �Fl'flili��tt: I\nSit'ijtiti\\wt\n\n", "SB3.1#p0337": "Text 23]\n\nManifestation of Brahm! from GarbhodakaSiyi V��u\n\ntt«:;:ijta:4�-\n\n�\n\n..q�(l·q�(l\n\n�\n\n321\n\n� ������\n\nkiilena so 'ja� puru§iiyu§iibhipravrtta-yogena viriit;lha-bodha�\nsvayarh tad antar hrdaye 'vabhiitam\napasyatiipasyata yan na piirvam\nkiilena-in due course of time; sa[l\n\n-he; aja[l-the self-born Brahmii;\n\npuru§a-iiyu§ii-by the duration of his age; abhipravrtta-being engaged;\n\nyogena-in meditation; viru t;lha-develo p ed; bod halt-intelligence; svayamautomatically; tat\n\n-\n\nnta [l inside his; hrdaye-in the heart; avabhiitam­\n\na\n\nmanifested; apasyata\n\n- which he did not see before; apasyata-saw it; yat- before.\n\nwhich; na-not; piirvam\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of Brahma's one h undred years, when his meditation w as\ncomplete, he developed the required knowledge, and as a result he could\nsee in his heart the Supreme within himself, whom he could not see before\nwith the greatest endeavor.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord can be experienced only through the process of\n'devotional service and not by one's personal endeavor in mental speculation. The age of Brahma is calculated in terms of divya years, which are\ndistinct from the solar years of human beings. The divya years are\ncalculated in Bhagavad-gitii: sahasra-yuga-paryantam ahar yad brahma[IO\nvidu[l (Bg.\n\n8.17). Brahma's one day is equal to one thousand times the\n\naggregate of the four yugas (calculated to be 4,300,000 years). On that\nbasis, Brahmii meditated for one hundred years before he could understand\nthe supreme cause of all causes, and then he wrote the Brahmii-sarhhita,\nwhich is approved and recognized by Lord Caitanya and in which he\nsings, govindam adi-puru§arh tam aham bhajami. One has to wait for the\nmercy of the Lord before one can either· render service unto Him or know\nHim as He is.\nTEXT 23\n\n'l'IIIC.'Hn(l4t�N�� ����\n\n", "SB3.1#p0338": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n322\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 8\n\n'fiOIR'N�I9�- .\ncmttfEtl�9•11�fl4 ����II\n�\n\nmrT).iila-gauriiyat ase�abhogaparyanka ekam puru�am sayiinam\nphartiitapatriiyuta-miirdha-ratnadyubhir. hata-dhviinta-yugiinta-toye\nmnu1la-lotus flower; gaurayat- white all over; ase§abhoga-body; par­\n\n- on the bed; ekam-alone; puru§am-the Supreme Person; sayanamwith; murdha-head;\ntna-j ewels;, dyubhifi.-by the rays; hata-dhvantadarkness dissipated; yug nta- de vastati on; toye-in the water.\n\nyank e\n\nwas lying; pharta-atapatra-umbrella of a serpent hood; ayuta- bede cked\nra\n\na\n\nTRANSLATION\nBrahma could see that on the water there was a gigantic lotuslike white\nbedstead, the body of Se�anaga, on which the Personality of Godhead was\nlying alone. The whole atmosphere was illuminated by the rays of the\njewels bedecking the hood of Se�anaga, and that illumination dissipated\nall the darkness of those regions.\nTEXT 24\n\n� �- �f(«fq�·�:\n� \"'41Wwft���mapt:\n�ii4wt�li11 ���·�qleW :\n..\n\n\"'\n\n\"'-\n\nprek�iim k�ipantam haritopaliidre�\nsandhyiibhra-n\"iver uru-rukma-miirdhnti�\nratnodadhiirau�adhi-saumanasyavana-srajo vertu-bhujiinghripangre�\nprek am- the panorama; k ipantam- der iding; harita- gr een; upalacoral; adre[t-of the hill; sandhyabhra-nive[l-of the dress of the evening\n\n�\n\n�\n\ncloud on the sky; uru - great; rukma-gold; m urdhnaft -on the su mmit;\n\nra tna- ewels; udadhara- waterf a ls ; au adhi-herb s ; saumanasya-of the\n\nj\n\nl\n\n�\n\nscenery; vana-sraja[t_:flower garland; ve r u- dress; bhuja-h ands; anghripa-trees; a n ghre ft-legs .\n\n", "SB3.1#p0339": "Text 25]\n\nManifestation of Brahma from Garbhodakasay1 Vi��u\n\n323\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe luster of the transcendental body of the Lord mocked the beauty\nof the coral mountain. The coral mountain is very beautifully dressed by\nthe evening cloud, but the yellow dress of the Lord mocked its beauty.\nThere is gold on the summit of the mountain, but the Lord's helmet,\nbedecked with· jewels, mocked it. The mountain's waterfalls, herbs, etc.,\nwith a panorama of flowers, seem like garlands, but the Lord's gigantic\nbody, and His hands and legs, decorated with jewels, pearls, tulasi leaves\n'\nand flower garlands, mocked the scene on the mountain.\nPURPORT\nThe panoramic beauty of nature, which strikes one with wonder, may be\ntaken as a perverted reflection of the transcendental body of the Lord. One\nwho is therefore attracted by the beauty of the Lord is\n\nno longer\n\nattracted by the beauty of material nature, although he does not minimize\nits beauty. In Bhagavad-gitii (Bg.\n\n2.59) it is described that one who is\n\nattracted by param, the Supreme, is no longer attracted by anything\ninferior.\nTEXT 25\n\n31141+tfl �: �m\nJtifiS14(f\"'•\n�M��oqi�(Oi@hlwti\nP�«\niiyiimato vistarata� svamiinadehena lokatraya-sangrahel)a\nvicitra-divyiibharal)iimsiikiiniim\nkrta-sriyiipiisrita-ve�a-deham\niiyii TIUlt� - by length; vistarata{£-by breadth; svamana-by His own\nmeasurement; dehena-by the transcendental body; lokatraya-the three\n(upper, middle and lower) planetary systems; sangrahe'(la�by total absorption; vi citra-variegated; divya- tJ::anscendental; ab hara'(la -amsukiiniim-rays\nof the ornaments; krta-sriyii-apiisrita-_beauty created by those dresses and\nornaments; ve�a-dressed; deham-transcendental body.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0340": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n324\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis transcendental body, unlimited in length and breadth, occupied the\nthree planetary systems, upper, middle and lower. His body was selfilluminated by unparalleled dress and variegatedness and was properly\nornamented.\nPURPORT\nThe length and breadth of the transcendental body of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead could only be measured by His own measurement\nbecause He is all-pervading throughout the complete cosmic manifestation.\nThe beauty of material nature is due to His personal beauty, yet He is\nalways magnificently dressed and ornamented to prove His transcendental\nvariegatedness, which is so important in the advancement of spiritual\nknowledge.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�\n\n(qEfii+tlt\n\nfe1fe1'ffi+tIff-\n\n{+4'*'i Efil+t�}:Ue�q'it4( I\nst«:titt� � �+t'{(C4fil'iil!ffls:qI�N'3C'(\n\npumsiim svakiimiiya vivikta-miirgair\n·\nabhyarcatiim kiima-dughiingri-padmam\npradarsayantam krpayii nakhendumayiikha-bhinniinguli-ciirupatram\npumsam-of the human being; svahamaya- according to his desire;\n\nvivikta-margaifl-by the path of devotional service; abhyarcatam-wor­\n\nshiped; kama-dugha-mighri-padmam-the lotus feet of the Lord, which can\n\naward all desired fruits; pradarsayantam-while showing them; krpaya-by\n\ncauseless mercy; nakha-nails ; indu -moonlike; mayukha- r ays; bhinna­\n\ndivided; anguli-figures; ciirupatram-very beautiful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord showed His lotus feet by raising them. His lotus feet are the\nsource of all awards achieved by devotional service which is free from\nmaterial contamination. Such awards. are for those who worship Him in\npure devotion. The splendor of the transcendental rays from His moonlike\ntoenails and fingernails appeared like the petals of a flower_\n\n", "SB3.1#p0341": "Text 27]\n\nManifestation of Brahm! from Garbhodakajiyi Vi!pu\n\n325\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord fulfills the desires of everyone just as one desires. Pure\n\ndevotees are interested in achieving the transcendental service of the Lord,\n\nwhich is nondifferent from Him. Therefore, the Lord is the only desire of\nthe pure devotees, and devotional service is the only spotless process for\n\nachieving His favor. Srila Riipa Gosvami says in his Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu\n\nthat pure devotional service· is jfiiina-karmiidy-aniivrtam: pure !devotional\n\nservice is without any tinge of speculative knowledge and fruitive activities\n\n(B.R.S. 1.11 ). Such devotional service is able to award the pure devotee\n\nthe· highest result, namely direct association with the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, Lord Kr�J]a. According to the Gopiila-tiipani Upan4ad, the\n\nLord showed one of the many thousands of petals of His lotus feet. It is\n\nsaid: briihmapo 'siivanavaratarh me dhyiita� stuta� pariirdhiinte so 'budhyata\n\ngopaveso me purastiit iivirvabhuva. After penetrating for millions of years,\n\nLord Brahmii could understand the transcendental form of the Lord as\n\nSri Kr�pa, in the dress of a cowherd boy, and thus he recorded his experi­\n\nence in the Brahma-samhitii in the famous prayer, govindam iidi-puru§arh\n\ntam aharh bhajiimi.\n\n·\n\nTEXT 27\n\n� JlitiiM�(��..\nqf(.:$«to:g�..�\n�unflt�•u�:�dieMl¥41(11\nSl��..d . � w;.n 11�\\SII\nmukhena lokiirti-hara-smitena\nparisphurat-ku[!�ala-mar4itena\nso[Iiiyiteniidhara-bimba-bhiisii\npratyarhayantarh sunasena subhrvii\nmukhena-by a gesture of the face; loka-arti-hara-vanquisher of distress\n\nof the devotees; smitena-by smiling; parisphurat - dazzling ; kup�ala­\n\nearrings; map{litena-decorated with; soriiyitena- acknowledging; adhara­\n\nlips; b imba-reflecti o n; bhiisii- rays; pratyarhayantam-reciprocating; sunasena-by His pleasing nose; subhrvii-and pleasing eyebrows.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe also acknowledged the service of the devotees by His beautiful smile.\nThe reflection of His face was so pleasing because it dazzled with the rays\nfrom His earrings and the beauty of His nose and eyebrows.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0342": "326\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nDevotional service to the Lord is very much obliging to Him. There are\nmany transcendentalists in different fields of spiritual activities, but devotional service to the Lord is unique. Devotees do not ask anything from\nthe Lord in exchange for their service. Even the most desirable liberation\nis refused by devotees although offered by the Lord. Thus the Lord\nbecomes a kind of debtor to the devotees, and He can only try to repay\nthe devotees' service with His ever-enchanting smile. The devotees are\never satisfied by the smiling face of the Lord, and they become enlivened.\nAnd by seeing the devotees so enlivened, the Lord Himself is further\nsatisfied. So there is continuous transcendental competition between the\nLord and His devotees by such reciprocation of service and acknowledgement.\n\nTEXT 28\n\nEM;MIFEfi��(q!i:lwq1(1ijI\n• •\n((t�ti�\n\n-m:r::-. �\nit(ctW'II\n\n�I\n\nmar� tffil\n��Hijct� :��ct(!J�WI\nkadamba-kiii jalka-pisa;tga-viisasii\nw-alarikrtarh mekhalayii nitambe\nhiire[ta ciinanta-dhanena vatsa\nsrivatsa-vakfia�-sthala-vallabhe na\nkadamba-kinjalka-saffron dust of the kadamba flower; pisa h ga- dress\n\nof the color; vasasa- by clothing; s u-ala h krtam-well decorated; mekhalaya\n-by the belt; nitambe-on the waist; hare[ta-by the garland; ca-also;\na\n\nnanta- highly ; dhanena-valuable; vatsa-my dear Vidura; srivatsa-of the\n\ntranscendental stone; vah.sa�-sthala-on the chest; vallabhena-very pl ea si ng .\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my dear Vidura, the Lord's waist was covered with yellow colored\ncloth resembling the saffron dust of the kadamba flower, and it was\nencircled by a well·decorated belt. His c hest was decorated with the highly\n\nvaluable srivatsa jewel and a necklace of unlimited value.\n\nTEXT 29\n\nq(lwi4ii(¥tfUist�Etr\n\nq�(\\(UCij«l(!i:IRcti(\n\n", "SB3.1#p0343": "Text 30]\n\nManifestation of Brahma from Garbhodakasayi Vi��u\n\n327\n\nparardhya-keyii.ra-ma(tipravekaparyastadordaru;la-sahasra-sakham\navyak ta-mularit bhuvaniingh ripendram\nahTndra-bhogair-adhivi:ta-valSam\npar iirdhya\n\n-\n\nv ery high; key U:ra\n\n-\n\no rn aments; mar i prav eka-highly valuable\n\njewels; paryas ta t a-disseminating; urdarfla-very high; sahasra-siikhamwith thousands of branches; avyakta- niii lam\n\n-\n\nse lf - situated;\n\nversal; a h ghri pa-tree s; indram-the Lord; ahindra\n\n-\n\nbhuvana-uni­\n\nA nantadeva; bhogai[L­\n\nby hoods; adhivita-surrounded; valSam-branches.\nTRANSLATION\nAs a sandalwood tree is decorated with fragrant flowers and branches,\nthe Lord's body was decorated with valuable _jewels and pearls. He\nwas the self-situated tree, the Lord of all others in the universe. And as a\nsandalwood tree is covered with many snakes, so the Lord's body was also\ncovered by the hoods of Ananta.\nPURPORT\nThe word avyak ta mula m is significant here. Generally, no one can see\n-\n\nthe roots of a tree. But as far as the Lord is concerned, He is the root of\nHimself because there is no other separate cause of His standing but He\nHimself. In the Vedas it is said that the Lord is sviisrayiisraya; He is His\nown support, and there is no other support for Him. Therefore, avyak t a\nmeans the Supreme Lord Himself and no one else\n\n.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n...,i4\"«t\\oa�u�a�\n¥ttl�·1\ne�Jtq•l4t( 1\nMae•wfbo4st -\n\nttlft1���«<ii�\n\nI I� I I\no\n\ncaracarauko bhagavan mahTdhram\nah\"indra-bandhum salilopagu�ham\nkir\"ita-s ahas ra-hirar_L ya-spigam\navirbhavat-kaustubha-ratna-garbham\n\n", "SB3.1#p0344": "Srimad-Bhaga.vatam\n\n328\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 8\n\n- nonmoving trees; olca[l-the place of situa­\n\ncara- moving animals; a cara\n\ntion; bha$\"avan-the Personality of Godhead; mahidram-the mountain;\nahindra-Sri Anantadeva; bandhum-friend; salila-water; upagii{lhamsubmerged; kirita- helmets; sahasra- thousands; hira[lya\n\n- go l d; sriftgam­\n\n- manifested; kaustubha-the Kaustubha jewel; ratna­\n\npeaks; avirbhavat\n\nga rbham- ocean\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLike a great mountain, the Lord stands as �he abode for all moving and\nnonmoving living entities. He is the friend of the snakes because Lord\n\nAnanta is His friend. As a mountain has thousands of golden peaks, so the\n\nLord was seen with the thousands of golden helmeted hoods of Anantanaga;\n\nand as a mountain is sometimes filled with jewels, so also His transcendental body was fully decorated with valuable jewels. As a mountain is\nsometimes submerged in the ocean water, so the Lord is s9metimes submerged in the water of devastation.\nTEXT 31\n\nf.IGJ16¥41tli4¥4!Jf4ij�\n((tEt\\Mqun\n\nGJ-ttil�·\n\n�I\n\n��qjv�li;:q4jq m•qrlf:\nqRJti¥4d1Nf.t4i�I6G>t(\n\nII�� II\n\nniv\"itam iimniiya-madhu-vrata-sriyii\nsva-kirtimayyii vana-miilayii harim\nsuryendu-viiyv-agny-agamarh tridhiimabh*\nparikramat-priidhanikair duriisadam\nnivitam-so being enclosed; amnaya- Vedic wisdom; madhu-vrata-sriyasweet sound in beauty; sva-kirtimayya-by His own glories; vana-malayaflower garland; harim-unto the Lord; s iirya- the sun; indu-the moon;\n\nvayu- the air; agni-the fire; agamam-unapproachable; tridhamabhi[l-by\n\np\n\n-\n\nthe three planetary systems; arikramat circumambulating; pradhanikai[l­\n\nfor fighting; d urasadam- very difficult to reach.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma, thus looking upon the Lord in the shape of a mountain,\nconcluded that He was Hari, the Personality of Godhead. He saw that the\n\ngarland, of flowers on His chest glorified Him with Vedic wisdom in sweet\n\n", "SB3.1#p0345": "Text 33]\n\nManifestation of Brahmli from Garbhodakasayi Vi�!J.U\n\n329\n\nsongs and looked very beautiful. He was protected by the Sudarsana wheel\n\nfor fighting, and even the sun, moon, air, fire, etc., could not have access\nto Him.\n\nTEXT 32\n\nijastiflltU��lwt+t+¥1:\n��1\n� �� �� �\n;m:\ntR JtitiNe•ltf!: ������\ntarhy-eva tan-niibhi-saral;l-sarojam\n. iitmiinam ambhal;l svasanarit viyac ca\ndadarsa devo jagato vidhiitii\nniital;l-pararit loka-visarga-dr�ti{t\ntarhi-therefqre; e va- certa inl y; tat-that; ruibhi-navel; sara[t-la ke; sara­\n\njam-lotu s\n\nflower; atmanam-Brahma; ambha[l-the devastating water;\n\nsvasanam-the drying air; viyat-the sky; ca-also; dadarsa-looked upon;\ndeva{l-demigod; jagata[l-of the universe; vidhiita-maker of the destinati on; nata[l-param-the Supreme; loha-visarga-creation of the cosmic\nmanifestation; drflti [l-glance\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Brahma, the maker of the universal destination, thus saw\nthe Lord, the Lord simultaneously glanced over creation. The Lord saw the\n\nlake in His navel, and the lotus flower, as well as the devastating water, the\ndrying air and the sky. All became, visible to the Lord.\nTEXT 33\n\n(iifftlqffli:\n\n� qll\n3t�rte•ltfllfJ(ct(ij+il¥1+tfA4•ct��Ill�Rt�\n500:\n\nsa karma-bijarit ra jasoparaktafi.\nprajiil;l sisrk�ann iyad eva dr�tvii\nastaud visargiibhimukhas tam Tf)yam\navyak ta-vartmanj-ab hivesitii.t mii.\n\n", "SB3.1#p0346": "330\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 8\n\nsa lt-he ( B rahm a ); h a rma- b ijam- see d of worldly activities; rajasa-uparaktaft-initialed by the mode of passion;prajaft-living entities; sisrkflanwilling to create progeny; iyat- all the five causes of creation; eva- thus;\ndr.stv('i-looking on; a s taut - p ra y ed for; visarga- creation after the creation\nby the Lord; abhimukha ft - towards; tam-that; ipyam-worshipable; avyakta- transcendental; vartmani- on the path of; abhivesita- fixed;atma- mind.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahmii, thus being surcharged with the mode of passion, became\n\ninclined to create, and after seeing the five causes of creation indicated by\n\nthe Personality of Godhead, he began to offer his respectful prayers on the\n\npath of the creative mentality.\n\nPURPORT\nEven if one is in the material mode of passion to create something in the\nworld, he has to take shelter of the Supreme for the necessary energy.\nThat is the path of the successful termination of any attempt.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Eighth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Manifestation of Brahma\n\nfrom Garbhodakasayi V4rw.\"\n\n", "SB3.1#p0347": "", "SB3.2#p0001": "Srimad\navat am\nThird canto- Part Two\nThird canto\nPart TWO\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nThird Canto\n<Part Two-Chapters 9-16)\nwith the original Sanskrit text, its Roman transliteration, word-for-word synonyms, translation\nand elaborate purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktlvedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society\nfor Krishna Consciousness\n\n360 pages\n\n8 color illustrations\nFortunate are those who read Srimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nfor this ancient classic of spiritual wisdom offers\ndeep insight into every sphere of life, including\nphilosophy, sociology, religion and love. The ultimate work of the great sage Vyasa, the author of\n\nBhagavad-gita, Srimad-Bhagavatam is so potent that\nit can bring about a spiritual revolution in the\n\nhearts of those who read it. Since it is a book not\nof sectarian religion but of universal enlightenment,\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam lights the way of spiritual progress for people of all nations and religions. It is\ncompared to the rising sun, for its knowledge dissipates the darkness of illusion and anxiety.\nAimed especially at describing the sublime pastimes of Lord Kr�t;�a, the Personality of Godhead,\n\nwhich are to be found in the Tenth Canto, Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam\n\ngradually elevates its reader in the\n\ninner knowledge of the self and in the mysteries of\nthe cosmos, its laws and its ultimate source. Therefore, those sincerely searching for spiritual truth\nwill find it in every verse of Srimad-Bhagavatam ,\n\nthe world's most ancient and scientific text of\nspiritual knowledge.\n\n•\n\n. His Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nOn the cover: The Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nGarbhodakasiiyf Vi�QU, lies peacefully on the water of\ndevastation at the time of partial cosmic annihilation.\nBack Cover: By his acts of penance, Lord Brahmii was\nable to see Garbhodakasiiyi Vi�QU.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0002": "Other Books by His Divine Grace\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nCOMPLETE EDITION\nwith the original Sanskrit text, Roman\ntransliteration, English equivalents,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\nThe International Society for Krishna Consciousness is pleased to announce the publication by the\nMacmillan Company of the long-awaited Complete\n\nEdition of Bhagavad-gita As It Is. This most basic\nand essential of all spiritual texts is now available in\none complete, authoritative, beautifully illustrated\n\n1 ,000-page\n\nvolume.\n\nBhagavad-gita\n\nhas\n\nlong been\n\nappreciated as a scriptural literature of sublime importance by thoughtfu I men throughout the world, for its\neighteen chapters shower upon man the immortal\nnectar of the wisdom of the Absolute. In Bhagavad­\n\ngita As It Is, the message of this timeless classic is now\ntransmitted in its purity and fullness. By reading this\nbook, one can attain the perfection of human life.\n\nKRSNA\n•\n\n•\n\n•\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead\nHere,\n\nin\n\ntwo\n\nmagnificent\n\nvolumes,\n\nHis\n\nDivine\n\nGrace presents the eternal, blissful pastimes of the\nSupreme Lord Sri Kr�r;�a as they are revealed in the\nTenth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam, the ripened fruit\n\nof all Vedic literatures. The KFJ$f:JA BOOKS, 750\npages of transcendental stories, richly illustrated with\n\n82 full-color reproductions.\n\nVol. I, 400 pp., 58 illus., $7.95\nVol. II, 370 pp., 24 illus., $7.95\nSet of both volumes, $14.95\nThe KFJ$f:JA BOOKS are now available in a wonderful paperback trilogy set. These pocket-size books include all of the original text and the most exquisite of\nthe color illustrations. Pocket-size bliss! A beautiful\nslip case is also included free with the complete set of\nbooks.\n\nPer Vol., $1.95 Per Set $4.95\n\n", "SB3.2#p0003": "His Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "SB3.2#p0004": "Plate 1 Lord Kr�Da performs the nisa dance in the company of the cowherd girls of Vrndavana. (p. 352)\n\n", "SB3.2#p0005": "Plate 2 Lord Kr�l)a exhibits His supernatural power by lifting the Govardhana Hill. (p. 353)\n\n", "SB3.2#p0006": "Plate 3 The devastation takes place due to the blazing fire emanating from the mouth\nof Sarikar�ana, the serpent bed of Lord Vi pu. (p. 429)\n\n", "SB3.2#p0007": "Plate 4 \"Although he tried to curb his anger, it came out from between his eyebrows,\nand a child of mixed blue and red was immediately generated.\" (p. 447)\n\n", "SB3.2#p0008": "Plate 5 Creation of the universe by Lord Brahma, the great grandfather of all living\n\nbein s. (p\n\n.\n\n441-478)\n\n", "SB3.2#p0009": "Plate 6 Beautiful Diti, seeing her husband absorbed in trance, frankly expressed her\nlustful desires. (p. 537)\n\n", "SB3.2#p0010": "Plate 7 The sages saw that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi.spu, had now actually become visible to their eyes. (p. 614)\n\n", "SB3.2#p0011": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n", "SB3.2#p0012": "ALL GLORY TO SRT GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\nyac ca vrajanty animi�iim r�abhiinuvrttyii\ndilreyamii hy upari na� sprhar�ya-silii�\nbhartur mitha� su-yasasa� kathaniinuriigavaiklavya-bii�pakalayii pulakikrtiihgii{l (p. 595)\n\n", "SB3.2#p0013": "OTHER BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-glta As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-4 (8 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri T sopani?ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr?t:la Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�t:la, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (2 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaj\nTranscendental Teachings of Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nKr?t:la the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr?t:la\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr?t:la Consciousness\nLord Caitanya in Five Features\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request.\n\nISKCON Books\n3959 Landmark Street\nCulver City, California 90230\n\n", "SB3.2#p0014": "Srfmad-Bhagavatam\nThird Canto\n\"The status Quo\"\n\n<Part Two-Chapters 9-16)\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n•\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York\n\n·\n\nLos Angeles\n\n·\n\nLondon\n\n·\n\nBombay\n\n", "SB3.2#p0015": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3959 Landmark Street\nCulver City, California 90230\n\n© 1974 the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nALL RIGHTS RESERVED\n\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 75-189067\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-44-7\n\nPrinted by Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan\n\n", "SB3.2#p0016": "TABLE OF CONTENTS\nCHAPTER NINE\n\nBrahma's Prayers for creative Energy\n\n321\n\nBrahma Born from the Lotus Flower\n\n333\n\nThose Who Neglect the Lord's Personal Form\n\n336\n\nThe Perplexities of the Conditioned Souls\n\n341\n\nDevotees See Through the Ears\n\n346\n\nActs of Religion Never Go in Vain\n\n350\n\nThe Tree of the Cosmic Manifestation\n\n354\n\nBrahma Prays for the Lord's Protection\n\n363\n\nThe Lord Instructs the Devotee from Within\n\n369\n\nTranscendt;ntal Vision Frees One from Illusion\n\n372\n\nThe Lord Pleased with the Prayers of Brahma\n\n378\n\nThe Dcarmost Object Is the Lord\n\n381\n\nCHAPTER TEN\n\nDivisions of the creation\n\n385\n\nPenances of Brahma\n\n387\n\nFourteen Planetary Divisions Created\n\n391\n\nUnchangeable and Limitless Eternal Time\n\n393\n\nNine Kinds of Creation\n\n397\n\nCreation of Human Beings\n\n404\n\nCreation of the Demigods\n\n406\n\nCHAPTER ·HEY EN\n\nCalculation of Time, from the Atom\nThe Ultimate Particle is the Atom\n\n409\n409\n\nDivision of Gross Time\n\n412\n\nDuration of Life of the Human Being\n\n416\n\nThe Sun Enlivens ALI Living Beings\n\n419\n\nVH\n\n", "SB3.2#p0017": "Table of Contents\nDuration of the Four Millenniums\n\n421\n\nDuration of Life of the Manus\n\n425\n\nBrahma's Night\n\n429\n\nRadius of the Material World\n\n437\n\nCHAPTER TWELVE\n\ncreation of the Kumaras and Others 441\nCreation of the Nescient Engagements\n\n442\n\nCreation of the Four Kumaras\n\n444\n\nCreation of Rudra\n\n447\n\nThe Sons and Grandsons of Rudra\n\n453\n\nNarada Born from the Deliberation of Brahma\n\n458\n\nBrahma Attracted to His Daughter\n\n462\n\nBrahma Gives Up His Body\n\n467\n\nManifestation of the Four Vedas\n\n471\n\nVar[liisrama-dharma Established by Brahma\n\n476\n\nBrahma as the Complete Form of the\n\n4 79\n\nAbsolute Truth\nCreation of Svayambhuva Manu\n\n483\n\nCHAPTER THIRTEEN\n\nThe Appearance of Lord varaha\n\n487\n\nHearing from the Mouths of Pure Devotees\n\n489\n\nBrahma Pleased with Manu\n\n493\n\nDevotional Service as One's Own Self Interest\n\n497\n\nSmall Boar Comes Out of Brahma's Nostril\n\n501\n\nThe Tumultuous Voice of Lord Boar\n\n505\n\nLord Boar Lifts the Earth\n\n510\n\nPrayers of the Sages to Lord Boar\n\n513\n\nThe Lord Is Bound by Sacrifice Only\n\n517\n\nThe Earth as the Wife of the Lord\n\n521\n\nHearing the Auspicious Narration of Lord Boar\n\n527\n\nV�ll\n\n", "SB3.2#p0018": "Table of Contents\n\nCHAPTER FOURTEEN\nPregnancy of Dltl In the Evening\n\n531\n\nTwo Different Boar Incarnations\n\n532\n\nDiti Afflicted with Sex Desire\n\n536\n\nKasyapa Marries Thirteen Daughters of Dak�a\n\n540\n\nTaking Shelter of a Wife\n\n545\n\nLord Siva, the King of the Ghosts\n\n548\n\nKasyapa Obliged to Perform a Forbidden Act\n\n555\n\nSiva as the W orshipable Lord of All Women\n\n559\n\nSons Born of Diti 's Condemned Womb\n\n562\n\nPrahlada as the Would-be Grandson of Diti\n\n566\n\nSatisfaction of Diti\n\n571\n\nCHAPTER FIFTEEN\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\nThe Force of the Pregnancy of Diti\n\ns 73\n574\n\nLiving Entities Conducted by the Vedic\nDirections\n\n579\n\nThe Lord and His Devotees Reside in\nV aikuQ.tha\n\n584\n\nThe Inhabitants of V aikuQ.tha\n\n589\n\nImportance of the Human Form of Life\n\n594\n\nThe Four Kumaras Reach VaikuQ.tha\n\n599\n\nThe Doormen Block the Kumaras Way\n\n603\n\nThere Is Complete Harmony in VaikupJha\n\n607\n\nA Briihma(la's Curse Cannot Be Counteracted\n\n6ll\n\nThe Lord Is the Reservoir of All Pleasure\n\n615\n\nThe Kumaras Smell the Aroma of Tulasi Leaves\n\n620\n\nPrayers of the Kumaras\n\n626\n\nix\n\n", "SB3.2#p0019": "Table of Contents\nCHAPTER 51 XTEEN\n\nThe Two Doorkeepers Of valkutJtha,Jaya and vuava,\ncursed by the sages\n635\nThe Lord Always Favors the Briihmaras\n\n638\n\nThe Briihmaras Are Ever Satisfied with\nthe Lord's Prasada\n\n642\n\nThe Lord's Lovely and Illuminating Speech\n\n647\n\nPrayers of the Sages\n\n651\n\nLak�mi Waits Upon the Lord\n\n655\n\nKw;1a's Pastimes Exhibited by Submission\n\n661\n\nThe Sages Leave the Transcendental Abode\n\n665\n\nThe Gatekeepers Fall From VaikuQtha\n\n671\n\n", "SB3.2#p0020": "CHAPTER NINE\n\nBrahma's Prayers for creative Energy\nTEXT 1\n\n,.1Jlsfl:f � ij{'�(l'il3 �\n\n91��.mtR:�t�t4Q¥(\n\nwtiW44'*4�[{ij t�•lt4'iiN � �\n\nttltllgolotf64l(IQ§;�nmf'6 II � II\nbrahmoviica\njniito 'si me 'dya suciriin nanu deha-bhiijiim\nna jniiyate bhagavato gatir ity avadyam\n\nniinyat tvad asti bhagavann api tan na suddham\nmiiyii-gur-a-vyatikariid yad urur vibhiisi\n\nbrahmii uviica-Lord Brahma said; jn iita�-known; asi- You are; me­\n\nby me; adya- today; suciriit-after a long time; nanu - but; deha-bhiijiim­\n\nof one who has a material body; na- n ot; jiiiiyate - is known; bhagavata�of the Personality of Godhead; gati[l. - course; iti-so it is; avadyam- great\n\noffense; na anyat-no n e beyond; tvat- You; asti-there is; bhagavan-0 my\nLord; api-even though there is; tat-anything that may be; na-neve r;\n\nsuddham-absolute; miiyii-material energy; gur-a-vyatikariit- because of\nthe mixture of the modes of; yat-to which; uru[l.-transcendental; vibhiisiYou are_\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Brahma said: 0 my Lord, today, after many, many years of\npenance, I have come to know about You. Oh, how unfortunate the\nembodied living entities are that they are unable to know Your personality!\nMy Lord, You are the only knowable object because there is nothing\nsupreme beyond Yourself. If there is anything supposedly superior to\n\n331\n\n", "SB3.2#p0021": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n332\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nYou, it is not the Absolute. You exist as the Supreme by exhibiting the\n\ncreative energy of matter.\n\nPURPORT\nThe highest peak of the ignorance of the living entities who are\nconditioned by material bodies is that they are unaware of the supreme\ncause of the cosmic manifestation. Different people have different theories\nregarding the supreme cause, but none of them are genuine. The only\nsupreme cause is Vi�QU, and the intervening impediment is the illusory\nenergy of the Lord. The Lord has employed His wonderful material energy\nin manifesting many, many wonderful distractions in the material world,\nand the conditioned souls, illusioned by the same energy, are thus unable\nto know the supreme cause. The most stalwart scientists and philosophers\ncannot, therefore, be accepted as wonderful. They only appear to be\nwonderful because they are instruments in the hands of the illusory energy\nof the Lord. Under illusion, the general mass of people denies the existence\nof the Supreme Lord and accepts the foolish products of illusory energy as\nsupreme.\nOne can know the supreme cause, the Personality of Godhead, by the\ncauseless mercy of the Lord, which is bestowed upon the Lord's pure\ndevotees like Brahma and those in his disciplic succession. By acts of\npenance only was Lord Brahma able to see the Garbhodakasayi Vi�Qu, and\nby realization only could he understand the Lord as He is. Brahma was\nextremely satisfied upon observing the magnificent beauty and opulence\nof the Lord, and he admitted that nothing can be comparable to Him. Only\nby penance can one appreciate the beauty and opulence of the Lord, and\nwhen one is acquainted with that beauty and opulence, he is no longer\nattracted\n\nby any\n\nother.\n\nThis\n\nis confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (2.59):\n\npararh dr�tvii nivartate.\nFoolish human beings who do not endeavor to investigate the supreme\nbeauty and opulence of the Lord are here condemned by Brahma. It is\nimperative that every human being try for such knowledge, and if anyone\ndoes not do so, his life is spoiled. Anything that is beautiful and opulent\nin the material sense is enjoyed by those living entities who are like crows.\nCrows always engage in picking at rejected garbage, whereas the white\nducks do not mix with the crows. Rather, they take pleasure in transparent lakes with lotus flowers, surrounded by beautiful orchards. Both\ncrows and ducks are undoubtedly birds by birth, but they are not of the\nsame feather.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0022": "Text2]\n\nBrahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n33J\n\nTEXT2\n\n4'64;C4ttlil(i\\(�wt\n\n�\n\n�JQfiSI'N6q(1:\n\n�\n\n(1��QUq\n\n•ooijq�,��\n\n44U�q'ii¥4C4wtl«qf?Hmt II � II\n\nriipam yad etad avabodha-rasodayena\nsasvan-nivrtta-tamasa� sad-anugrahiiya\niidau grhitam avatiira-sataika-bijam\nyan niibhi-padma-bhavaniid aham iivir iisam\nrupam-form; yat-which; etat-that; avabodha-rasa-of Your internal\n\npotency; udayena-with the manifestation; sasvat- forever ; nivrtta-freed\n\nfrom; tamasa�-material contamination; sat-anugrahiiya- for the sake of the\ndevotees; iidau-original\naccepted;\n\nhundreds;\n\navatiira-of\nyat-that\n\nin the creative energy of matter; grhitam­\n\nincarnations; sata-eka-bijam-the root\n\nwhich;\n\nniibhi-padma-the\n\nnavel\n\nlotus\n\nbhavaniit-from the home; aham-myself; iiv* iisam-generated.\n\ncause of\nflower;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe form which I see is eternally freed from material contamination and\nhas advented to show mercy to the devotees as a manifestation of internal\npotency. This incarnation is the origin of many other incarnations, and I\nam\n\nborn from the lotus flower grown from Your navel home.\nPURPORT\n\nThe three deities, Brahma, Vi�I)U, and Mahesvara (Siva), the executive\n\nheads of the three modes of material nature (passion, goodness and ignorance), are all generated from Garbhodakasayi Vi�I).U, who is described here­\n\nin by Brahma. From the K�irodakasayi Vi�I)U, many Vi�I)U incarnations\n\nexpand at different ages in the duration of the cosmic manifestation.\n\nThey are expanded only for the transcendental happiness of the pure\n\ndevotees. The incarnations of Vi�l)u, who appear at different ages and\ntimes, are never to be compared to the conditioned souls. The Vi�r-u­\n\ntattvas are not to be compared to, nor are they on the same level as,\ndeities like Brahma and Siva. Anyone who compares them is called a\n\npii§ar-{ii, or infidel. Tamasa�, mentioned herein, is the material nature,\nand the spiritual nature has a completely separate existence from tama�.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0023": "334\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nTherefore, spiritual nature is called avabodha-rasa, or avarodha-rasa.\nAvarodha means that which completely nullifies. In the Transcendence\nthere is no chance of material contact by any means. Brahma is the\nfirst living being, and therefore he mentions his birth from the lotus\nflower generated from the abdomen of Garbhodakasayi Vi�QU.\nTEXT 3\n\n;mr: q� 'mf �: �q­\n\n¥tl;c;:a:+tlst+tlf4i(:!q+tf?t� :\nRlfl��f.fi+tNiQ'+tl�+t'l\n\\{6�•�+tf.fi¥4�� i3lltf�smn � 11\n\nq�1fll\n\nnata� pararh parama yad bhavata� svariipam\niinanda-miitram avikalpam aviddha-varca�\npasyiimi visva-srjam ekam aviSvam iitman\nbhiitendriyiitmaka-madas ta upiisrito 'smi\nna-do not; ata[l param-hereafter;parama-0 Supreme;yat-that which;\nbhavatap- of Your Lordship; svarupam-eternal form; iinanda-miitramimpersonal Brahman effulgence; avikalpam-without changes; aviddhavarcap-without deterioration of potency; pasyiimi\n\n-\n\ndo I see; vi.Sva-srjam­\n\ncreator of the cosmic manifestation; ekam-one without a second; avi.Svam\n-and yet not of matter; iitman-0 Supreme Cause; bhiit a body; indriya -\n\nsenses; iitmaka-on such identification; mada� -pride; te-unto\nupiisrita�\n\n-\n\nYou;\n\nsurrendered; asmi- I am.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, I do not see a form superior to Your present form of\neternal bliss and knowledge. In Your impersonal Brahman effulgence in\nthe spiritual sky, there is no occasional change and no deterioration of\n\ninternal potency. I surrender unto You because, whereas I am proud of my\nmaterial\n\nbody and senses, Your Lordship is the cause of the cosmic\n\nmanifestation and yet You are untouched by matter.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-g\"itii (Bg. 18.55), bhaktyii miim abhijiiniiti yiiviin\nyas ciismi tattvata�: the Supreme Personality of Godhead can only be\npartially known, and only by the process of devotional service to the\n\n", "SB3.2#p0024": "Text 4]\n\nBrahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n335\n\nLord. Lord Brahma became aware that the Supreme Lord Kr�Q.a has many,\nmany eternal, blissful forms of knowledge. He has described such expansions of the Supreme Lord, Govinda, in his Brahma-samhitii (Bs. 5.33), as\nfollows:\nadvaitam acyutam aniidim ananta-rnpam\niidyam puriirta-pufii�am nava-yauvanam ca\nvede�u durlabham adurlabham iitma-bhaktau\ngovindam iidi-purii�am tam aham bhajiimi.\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is nondual and infallible. He\nis the original cause of all causes, even though He expands in many, many\nforms. Although He is the oldest personality, He is ever youthful, unaffected by old age. The Supreme Personality of Godhead cannot be\nknown by the academic wisdom of the Vedas; one has to approach the\ndevotee of the Lord to understand Him.\"\nThe only way to understand the Lord as He is, is by devotional service\nto the Lord, or by approaching the devotee of the Lord who always has\nthe Lord in his heart. By devotional perfection one can understand that\nthe impersonal brahmajyoti is only a partial representation of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Lord Kr�Q.a, and that the three puru�a expansions\nin the material creation are His plenary portions. In the spiritual sky of the\nbrahmajyoti there is no change of various kalpas or millenniums, and there\nare no creative activities in the V aikuQ.tha worlds. The influence of time\nis conspicuous by its absence. The rays of the transcendental body of\nthe Lord, the unlimited brahmajyoti, are undeterred by the influence of\nmaterial energy. In the material world also, the initial creator is the Lord\nHimself. He brings about the creation of Brahma, who becomes the subsequent creator, empowered by the Lord.\n\nTEXT 4\n\n� �iif'i'ite 'i�\n��;if� ij aq1(1ifil'1I'(I\n(1. � litliif��f?t� �\n�S'iltffl �:II\\/ II\n\n�\n\ntad vii idam bhuvana-mangala mahgaliiya\ndhyiine sma no darsitam ta upiisakiiniim\n\n", "SB3.2#p0025": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n336\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\ntasmai namo bhagavate ,nuvidhema tubhyarh\nyo ,niidrto naraka-bhiigbhir asat-prasanga*\ntat-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri ��l).a; vii - or; idam­\n\nthis present form; bh u va n a-ma n gala- they are all auspicious for all the\nuniverses; mangaliiya- for the sake of all prosperity; dhyiine- in meditation;\n\nsma-as\n\nit\n\nwere;\n\nna� - unto\n\nus;\n\ndarsitam- manifested;\n\nte- Your;\n\nupiisakiinii.m- of the devotees; tasmai-unto Him; nama� - my respectful\nobeisances; bhagavate - unto the Personality of Godhead; anuvidhema-\n\n1 perform; tubhyam-unto You; ya� - which; an iidrta� -is neglected; narak ll-'\n\nbhiigbh*- by persons who are\n\ndestined for hell;\n\nasat-prasanga*-by\n\nmaterial topics.\nTRANSLATION\nThis present\n\nform,\n\nor any transcendental form expanded by the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Sri K{�l).a, is equally auspicious for all\nthe universes. Since You have manifested this eternal personal form upon\nwhom Your devotees meditate, I therefore offer my respectful obeisances\nunto You. Those who are destined to be dispatched to the path of hell\nneglect Your personal form because of speculating on material topics.\nPURPORT\nRegarding the personal and impersonal features of the Supreme Abso­\n\nlute Truth, the· personal forms exhibited by the Lord in His different\n\nplenary expansions are aU for the benediction of all the universes. The\n\npersonal form of the Lord is also worshiped in meditation as Supersoul,\n\nParamatma, but the impersonal brahmajyoti is not worshiped. Persons who\n\nare addicted to the impersonal feature of the Lord, whether in meditation\nor otherwise, are all pilgrims to hell because, as stated in Bhagavad-gitii\n(Bg. 12.5), impersonalists simply waste their time in mundane mental\n\nspeculation because they are addicted more to false arguments than to\nreality. Therefore, the association of the impersonalists is condemned\n\nherewith by Brahma.\n\n.\nAll the plenary expansions of the Personality of Godhead are equally\n\npotent, as confirmed in the Brahma-sarhhitii (5.46):\n\ndipiircir eva hi dasiintaram abhyupetya\ndipiiyate vivrta-hetu-samiina-dharmii\nyas tiidrg eva hi ca vi�rtutayii vibhiiti\ngovindam iidi-puru�arh tam aharh bhajiimi\n\n", "SB3.2#p0026": "Text 5]\n\nBrahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n337\n\nThe Lord expands Himself as the flames of a fire expand one after another.\n\nAlthough the original flame, or Sr1 Krg1a, is accepted as Govinda, the\n\nSupreme Person, all other expansions, such as Rama, Nrsimha and Varaha,\nare as potent as the original Lord. All such expanded forms are transcen·\n\ndental. In the beginning of Srimad-Bhiigavatam it is made- clear that the\nSupreme Truth is eternally uncontaminated by material touch. There is no\n\njugglery of words and activities in the transcendental kingdom of the\nLord. All the Lord's forms are transcendental, and such manifestations\n\nare ever identical. The particular form of the Lord exhibited to a devotee\n\nis not mundane, even though the devotee may retain material desire, nor\n\nis it manifest under the influence of material energy, as is foolishly\n\nconsidered by the impersonalists. 1mpersonalists who consider the transcen­\n\ndental forms of the Lord to be products of the material world are surely\n\ndestined for hell.\n\n1\n\n·TEXT 5\n\nit� �f.l��01141\\il��··..t:f\n�� �utf?4€4�:�Rm'� I\n� ·z(lij��OI: qm:iil�\n\n� WIN («:f.ll�l�l¥.(1 1�11\nye tu tvadiya-carafiiimbuja-kosa-gandharh\njighranti karf!a-vivara* srutiviitanitam\n\nbhaktyii grhita-carafia� parayii ca tefliirh\n\nniipai�i niitha hrdayiimbu-ruhiit sva-purhsiim\n\nye-those who; tu-but; tvadiya-Your; carapa-ambuja-lotus feet; kosa­\n\ninside;\n\ngandham-flavor;\n\njighranti-smells;\n\nkarpa-vivarai{l-through the\n\nchannel of the ears; sruti-viitanitam-carried by the air of Vedic sound;\nbhaktyii- by devotional service; grhita-carapa{z-accepting the lotus feet;\n\nparayii- transcendental;\n\nca-also;\n\nte§iim-for them; na-never; apa�i­\n\nseparate; niitha-0 my Lord; hrdaya-heart; ambu-ruhiit-from the lotus of;\n\nsva-purhsiim-of Your own devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, persons who smell the aroma of Your lotus feet, carried by\n\nthe air of Vedic sound through the holes of the ears, accept Your\n\ndevotional service. For them You are never separated from the lotus of\ntheir hearts.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0027": "338\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch 9\n.\n\nPURPORT\nFor the pure devotee of the Lord there is nothing beyond the lotus feet\nof the Lord, and the Lord knows that such devotees do not wish anything\n\nmore than that. The word tu specifically establishes this fact. The Lord\n\nalso does not wish to be separated from the lotus hearts of those pure\n'\ndevotees. That is the transcendental relationship between the pure devotees and the Personality of Godhead. Because the Lord does not wish\nto separate Himself from the hearts of such pure devotees, it is therefore\nunderstood that they are specifically dearer than the impersonalists. The\nrelationship of the pure devotees with the Lord develops because of\ndevotional service to the Lord on the authentic basis of Vedic authority.\nSuch pure devotees are not mundane sentimentalists, but are factually\nrealists because their activities are supported by the Vedic authorities who\nhave given aural reception to the facts ment:ioned in the Vedic literatures.\n\nThe word parayii is very significant. Parii-bhakti, or spontaneous love of\n\nGod, is the basis of an intimate relationship with the Lord. This highest\nstage of relationship with the Lord can be attained simply by hearing about\n\nHim (His name, form, quality, etc.) from authentic sources like Bhagavad­\n\ngitii, Snmad-Bhiigavatam, etc., recited by pure unalloyed devotees of the\nLord.\nTEXT6\n\n�flqfA �\n�: � qf(41(t �fAt�: I\nij.......\n\n��ij'q\"' 311Mte\nqm(��..qq qqfRr �:II,II\n\ntiivad bhayam dravirw-deha-suhrn-nimittam\nsoka� sprhii paribhavo vipulas ca lobha�\n\ntiivan mamety asad-avagraha .iir.timulam\n\nyiivan na te 'nghrim abhayam pravwita loka�\n\ntcivat-until then; bhayam-fear; dravi!'a-wealth; deha-body; suhrtrelatives; nimittam-for the matter of; soka(t-lamentation; sprhci-desire;\n\nparibhavalt-paraphernalia; vipulap-very great; ca-also; lobhafl-avarice;\n\ntcivat-up to that time; mama-mine; iti-thus; asat-perishable; avagraha/1-\n\nundertaking; cirtimulam-full of anxieties; ycivat-as long as; na-do not;\n\nte- Your; anghrim\n\nabhayam-safe lotus feet; p ravr!'ita-take shelter;\n\nlokap-the people of the world.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0028": "Text 7]\n\nBrahmli's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n339\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, the people of the world are embarrassed by all material\nanxieties-they are always afraid. They always try to protect wealth, body,\nand friends, they are filled with lamentation and unlawful desires and\nparaphernalia, and they avariciously base their undertakings on the\nperishable conceptions of \"my\" and \"mine.\" As long as they do not take\nshelter of Your safe lotus feet, they are full of such anxieties.\nPURPORT\nOne may question how one can always think of the Lord in regard to\nHis name, fame, quality, etc., if one is embarrassed by thoughts of family\naffairs. Everyone in the material ,world is full of thoughts about how to\nmaintain his family, how to protect his wealth, how to keep pace with\nfriends and relatives, etc. Thus he is always in fear and lamentation,\ntrying to keep 'UP with the status quo. In answer to this question, this\nverse spoken by Brahma is very appropriate.\nA pure devotee of the Lord never thinks of himself as the proprietor of\nhis home. He surrenders everything unto the supreme control of the Lord,\nand thus he has no fear for maintaining his family or for protecting the\ninterests of his family. Because of this surrender, he no longer has any\nattraction for wealth. Even if there is attraction for wealth, it is not for\nsense enjoyment, but for the service of the Lord. A pure devotee may be\nattracted to accumulating wealth just like an ordinary man, but the difference is that a devotee acquires money for the service of the Lord,\nwhereas the ordinary man acquires money for his sense enjoyment. Thus\nthe acquisition of wealth by a devotee is not a source of anxieties, as is the\ncase for a worldly man. Arid because a pure devotee accepts everything in\nthe sense of serving the Lord, the poisonous teeth of accumulation of\nwealth are extracted. If a snake has his poison removed and bites a man,\nthere is no fatal effect. Similarly, wealth accumulated in the cause of the\nLord has no poisonous teeth, and the effect is not fatal. A pure devotee is\nnever entangled in material worldly affairs even though he may remain in\nthe world like an ordinary man.\nTEXT7\n\n�·� �llm ¥mt: !lql«1'4twnq,i{;clfta�P.A41 � 1\n� ctililU(q�� �\n�\\6ilWC«lst�R�If.t��l 1�1 I\n\n", "SB3.2#p0029": "340\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\ndaivena te hata-dhiyo bhavata� prasangiit\nsarviisubhopasamaniid vimukhendriyii ye\nkurvanti kiima-sukha-lesa-laviiya dinii\nlobhiibhibhiUa-mana�o 'kusaliini sasvat\ndaivena- by\n\nfate\n\nof\n\nmisfortune; te- they; hata-dhiyafl- bereft\n\nof\n\nmemory; bhavatafi,-of Y ou;p rasan giit- from the topics; sarva-all;a8ubhainauspiciousness; upa8amaniit-curbing down; vim ukha-turned against;\nindriyii[l-senses;\nsukha\n\n-\n\nye- those; kurvanti-act; kiima-sense\n\ngratification;\n\nhappiness; lela-brief; laviiya for a moment only; diniifl-poor\n-\n\nfellows; lobha-abhibhuta-overwhelmed by greed; manasafi,-of one whose\nmind;akusaliini-inauspicious activities;s asvat- always.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, persons who are bereft of the all-auspicious performance of\n\nchanting and hearing about Your transcendental activities are certainly\nunfortunate and are also bereft of good sense. They engage in inauspicious activities, enjoying sense gratification for a very little while.\nPURPORT\nThe next question is why people are against such auspicious activities as\nchanting and hearing the glories and pastimes of the Lord, which can bring\ntotal freedom from the cares and anxieties of material existence. The only\nanswer to this question is that they are unfortunate because of supernatural\ncontrol due to their offensive activities performed simply for the sake of\nsense gratification. The Lord's pure devotees, however, take compassion\nupon such unfortunate persons and, in a missionary spirit, try to persuade\nthem into the line of devotional service. Only by the grace of pure devotees\ncan such unfortunate men be elevated to the position of transcendental\nservice.\nTEXTS\n\n�¥fft'lt at(d+tl..l:\n�nffl\"'l�Tacf�'f((tl(H:tt\n�·Rt-.tii(f� � �\n9\"4\\44\\it���ir II� II\nk�ut-trt-tridhiitubhir imii muhur ardyamiinii�\niito�rta-viita-vara�air itaretariic ca\n\n", "SB3.2#p0030": "341\n\nBrahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\nText 9]\n\nkiimiigniniicyuta-ru�ii ca sudurbhare!la\nsampasyato mana urukrama sidate me\nk�ut-hunger; trfi-thirst; tri dhiitubhifi.-three secretions, namely mucus,\n-\n\nbile\n\nand\n\nperplexed;\n\nwind;\n\nimii�\n\n-\n\nal1\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\nmuhu�-al ways;\n\nardyamiiniifr.­\n\nsita-winter; UHW-summer; viita-wind; vara�a*\n\n-\n\nby rains;\n\nalso; kiima-agninii-by strong\nsex urges; acyuta-ru� a-indefatigable anger; ca- al so; sudurbharerJ.a-most\nunbearable; sampasyata�-so observing; mana� mind; urukrama-0 great\nitara-itariit-and many other disturbances; ca\n\n-\n\n-\n\nactor; sidate-becomes despondent; me-my.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great actor, my Lord, all these poor creatures are constantly perplexed\nby hunger, thirst, severe cold, secretion and bile, attacked by coughing\nwinter, blasting summer, rains and many other disturbing elements, and\noverwhelmed by strong sex urges and indefatigable anger. I take pity on\nthem, and I am very much aggrieved for them.\nPURPORT\nA pure devotee of the Lord like Brahma and persons in his disciplic\nsuccession are always unhappy to see the perplexities of the conditioned\nsouls, who are suffering the onslaughts of the threefold miseries which\npertain to the body and mind, to the disturbances of material nature and\nmany other such material disadvantages. Not knowing adequate measures\nfor relieving such difficulties, suffering persons sometimes pose the�selves\nas leaders of the people, and the unfortunate followers are put into further\ndisadvantages under such so-called leadership. This is like a blind man's\nleading another blind man to fall into a ditch. Therefore, unless the\ndevotees of the Lord take pity on them and teach them the right path,\ntheir lives are hopeless failures. The devotees of the Lord who voluntarily\ntake the responsibility of raising the foolish materialistic sense enjoyers are\nas confidential to the Lord as Lord Brahma.\n\nTEXT9\n\n�'lmA -�1�\n+tl�lill� ��«fl:ji��� I\n� ijqRI�m m«Sfi�(t\n\n� �:�f.Rt�fili�tll�ll\n\nyiivat prthaktvam idam iitmana indriyiirthamiiyii-balarh bhagavato jana iSa pasyet\n\n", "SB3.2#p0031": "[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n342\n\ntiivan na samsrtir asau pratisankrameta\nvyarthiipi du�kha-nivaham vahati kriyiirthii\nyavat-as long as; prthaktvam-separatism; idam-this; iitmana�-of the\nbody; indriya-artha-for sense gratification; miiya-balam-influence of\nexternal energy; bhagavata[l-of the Personality of Godhead; jana[l-a\nperson; iSa-0 my Lord; pasyet-sees; tavat-so long; na-not ; samsrti[lthe influence of material existence; asau-that mart; pratisankrameta­\n\ncan overcome; vyartha ap i-although without meaning; du[lkha-nivaham­\n\n-\n\nmultiple miseries; vahati bri nging; kriya-artha-for fruitive activities.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, the material miseries are without factual existence for the\n\nsoul. Yet as long as the conditioned soul sees the body as meant for sense\n\nenjoyment, he cannot get out of the entanglement of material miseries,\nbeing influenced by Your external energy.\n\nPURPORT\nThe whole trouble of the living entity in material existence is that he has\nan independent conception of life. He is always dependent on the rules of\nthe Supreme Lord, both in the conditioned and liberated states, but by the\ninfluence of external energy the conditioned soul thinks himself independent of the supremacy of the Personality of Godhead. His constitutional\nposition is to dovetail himself with the desire of the supreme will, but as\nlong as he does not do so, he is sure to drag on in the shackles of material\nbondage. He has to give up all sorts of plans manufactured by mental\nconcoction, as stated in Bhagavad-gita (Bg. 2.55: prajahati yadii kiimiin\nsarviin piirtha mano-gatiin), and has to dovetail himself with the supreme\nwill. That will help him to get out of the entanglement of material existence.\nTEXT 10\n\nlll�t'lat�iti(an f-IN f.l:�\n\n��:\n\n�6���sfq�\n�dltctf.f� � (:(ted� II� II\no\n\nahny iiprtiirta-kara[lii nisi n*sayiinii\nniinii-mano-ratha-dhiyii k�a[la-bhagna-nidrii�\ndaiviihatiirtha-racanii nayo 'pi deva\nyu�mat prasanga-vimukhii iha samsaranti\n\n", "SB3.2#p0032": "Text 10]\n\nBrahmi's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n343\n\nahni-during the daytime; aprta-engaged; arta-distressing engagement;\n\nkara11ii�-senses;\n\nniSi-at\n\nmana�-ratha-mental\n\nnight;\n\nni�sayiinii�-insomnia; niinii-various;\n\nspeculations; dhiyi.i-by\n\nintelligence; k�a!la-con­\n\nstantly; bhagna-broken; nidralt-sleep; daiva-superhuman; ahata-artha­\n\nfrustrated;racani.i�-plans; r�aya�-great sages; api-also; deva-0 my Lord;\n\nyu�mat-Your Lordship's;prasair.ga-topic;vimukhi.i�-turned against; ihain this (material world); samsaranti-do rotate.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuch nondevotees engage their senses in very troublesome and extensive\nwork, and they suffer insomnia at night because their intelligence constantly breaks their sleep with various mental speculations. They are\nfrustrated in all their various plans by supernatural power. Even great\nsages, if they are against Your transcendental topics, must rotate in this\nmaterial world.\nPURPORT\nAs described in the previous verse, people who have no taste for the\n\ndevotional service of the Lord are occupied in material engagements. Most\n\nof them engage during the daytime in hard physical labor; their senses are\nengaged very extensively in troublesome duties in the gigantic plants of\n\nheavy industrial enterprise. The owners of such factories are engaged in\nfinding a market for their industrial products, and the laborers are engaged\n\nin extensive production involving huge mechanical arrangements. Factory\nis another name for helL At night, hellishly engaged persons take advan­\n\ntage of wine and women to satisfy their tired senses, but they are not even\n\nable to have sound sleep because their various mental speculative plans\n\nconstantly interrupt their sleep. Sometimes they feel sleepy in the morning\nfor want of sufficient sleep at night because they suffer from insomnia. By\n\nthe arrangement of supernatural power, even the great scientists and\n\nthinkers of the world suffer frustration of their various plans and thus rot\nin the material world birth after birth. A great scientist might make discoveries in atomic energy for the quick destruction of the world and might\n\nbe a)Varded the best prize i11 recognition of his service (or disservice), but\n\nhe also has to undergo the reactions of his work by rotating in the cycle of\nrepeated births and deaths under the superhuman law of material nature.\n\nAll these people who are against the principle of devotional service are\ndestined to rotate in this material world without faiL\n\nThis verse particularly mentions that even sages who are averse to the\n\nprinciples of devotional service to the Lord are also condemned to undergo\n\nthe terms of material existence. Not only in this age, but formerly also,\n\n", "SB3.2#p0033": "344\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nthere were many sages who tried to invent their own systems of religion\nwithout reference to devotional service to the Supreme Lord, but there\ncannot be any religious principle without devotional service to the Lord.\nThe Supreme Lord is the leader of the entire range of living entities, and\nno one can he equal to or greater than Him. Even the Lord's impersonal\nfeature and all-pervading localized feature cannot be on an equal level with\nthe Supreme Per.sonality of Godhead. Therefore, there cannot be any\nreligion or system of genuine philosophy for the advancement of the\nliving entities without the principle of devotional service.\nThe impersonalists, who take much trouble in penance and austerity for\n\nself-liberation, may approach the impersonal brahmajyoti, but ultimately,\n\nbecause of not being situated in devotional service, they glide down again\nto the material world to undergo another term of material existence. This\n\nis confirmed as follows:\n\nye 'nye ' ravindiik�a vimuktamiininas\ntvayy astabhiiviid avisuddha-buddhaya�\niiruhya krcchre!Ja param padam tata�\npatanty adho 'ncidrta-yu§mad-arighraya�\n\"Persons who are falsely under the impression of being liberated, without\n\ndevotional service to the Lord, may reach the goal of the brahmajyoti, but\nbecause of their impure consciousness and for want of shelter in the\n\nVaikul)thalokas, such so-called liberated persons again fall d own into\n\nmaterial existence.\" {Bhiig.l0.2.32)\n\nTherefore, no one can manufacture any system of religion without the\nprinciple of devotional service to the Lord. As we find in the Sixth Canto\nof Srimad-Bhiigavatam, the initiator of religious principles is the Lord\n\nHimself. In Bhagavad-gitii also we find that the Lord condemns all forms of\n\nreligion other than that which entails the process of surrendering unto the\nSupreme. Any system which leads one to the devotional service of the\nLord, and nothing else, is actually religion or philosophy. In the Sixth\nCanto we find the following statements of Y amaraja, the controller of all\nunfaithful living entities:\n\ndharmam tu siik§iid bhagavat-pra!Jitam\nna vai vidur r�ayo niipi devii�\nna siddha-mukhyii asurii manu�yii�\nkutai ca vidyiidhara-ciirar;tiidayafi.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0034": "Text 10]\n\nBrahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n345\n\nsvayambhiir niiradafl sambhu�\nkumiira� kapilo manu�\nprahliido janako bh\"i�mo\nbalir vaiyiisakir vayam\ndviidasaite vijiin\"imo\ndharmam bhiigavatarh bhatii�\nguhyam visuddham durbodham\n(Bhiig. 6.3.19-21)\nyam jniitviimrtam asnute\n\"The principles of religion are initiated by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and no one else, including the sages and demigods, can manu·\n\nfacture any such principles. Since even great sages and demigods are un­\n\nauthorized to\n\ninaugurate such principles of religion, what to speak\n\nof others-the so-called mystics, demons, human beings, Vidyadharas\nand CaraQ.as living in the lower planets? Twelve personalities-Brahma,\n\nNarada, Lord Siva, Kumara, Kapila, Manu, Prahlada Maharaja, Janaka\nMaharaja,\n\nBhi�ma,\n\nBali,\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami\n\nand\n\nY amaraja-are\n\nagents of the Lord authorized to speak and propagate the principles of\nreligion.\"\n\nThe principles of religion are not open to any ordinary living entity.\n\nThey are just to bring the human being onto the platform of morality.\n\nNonviolence, etc., are necessary for misguided persons because unless one\n\nis moral and nonviolent one cannot understand the principles of religion.\n\nIt is very difficult to understand what is actually religion even if one is\n\nsituated in the principles of morality and nonviolence. It is very confiden­\n\ntial because as soon as one is conversant with the real principles of religion,\n\nhe is at once liberated to the eternal life of bliss and knowledge. Therefore,\n\none who is not situated in the principles of devotional service to the Lord\nshould not pose himself as a religious leader of the innocent public. The\n\nlsopani�ad emphatically forbids this nonsense in the following mantra:\nandham tama� pravisanti ye 'sambhiitim upiisate\ntato bhiiya iva te tamo ya u sambhiityiim ratiift\n(lsopani�ad 12)\n\n\"A person in ignorance of the principles of religion who therefore does\n\nnothing in the matter of religion is far better than a person who misguides\nothers in the name of religion without reference to the factual religious\n\nprinciples of devotional service.\" Such so-called leaders of religion are sure\nto be condemned by Brahma and other great authorities.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0035": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n346\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT ll\n\n� 'ff�·qf(�rf���\n31� ��(lqtil �WIN�'ID{ I\ntf«1ftttI � �Ttf �+lliifttf.-6\n�: � ��llt�l.l\ntvam bhak ti-yoga-paribhiivita-hrt-saroja\niisse srutek�ita-patho nanu niitha pumsiim\nyad yad dhiyii ta urugiiya vibhiivayanti\ntat-tad-vapu� pra{layase sad-anugrahiiya\ntvam- unto You; bhakti-yoga-in devotional service; paribhavita- being\none hundred percent engaged; hrt-of the heart; saroje-on the lotus; asseYou reside; sruta-ik §ita-seen through the ear; patha�-the path; nanu- now;\n\nnatha-0 my Lord; pumsam-of the devotees; yat yat-whichever; dhiyaby\n\nmeditating;\n\nte- Your;\n\nurugiiya-0\n\nMulti-glorious; vibhiivayanti­\n\nthey specifically think of; tat-tat-the very same; vapu�-transcendental\nform; pra{layase-do You manifest; sat-anugrahiiya-to show Your causeless mercy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, Your devotees can see You through the ears by the process\n\nof bona fide hearing, and thus their hearts become cleansed, and You take\nYour seat there. Yoil'are so merciful to Your de_votees that You manifest\nYourself in the particular eternal form of transc.endenc.e in which they\n\nalways think of You.\n\nPURPORT\nThe statement here that the Lord manifests Himself before the devotee\nin the form in which the devotee likes to worship Him indicates that the\nLord becomes subordinate to the desire of the devotee-so much so that\nHe manifests His particular form as the devotee demands. This demand of\nthe devotee is satisfied by the Lord because He is pliable in terms of the\ntranscendental loving service of the devotee. This is also confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 4.11): ye yathii miim prapadyante tiims tathaiva\nbhajiimy aham. We should note, however, that the Lord is never the order\nsupplier of the devotee. Here in this verse it is particularly mentioned: tvam\n\nbhakti-yoga-paribhiivita. This indicates the efficiency achieved through\nexecution of matured devotional service, or premii, love of Godhead. This\nstate of premii is achieved by the gradual process of development from\n\n", "SB3.2#p0036": "Text 121\n\nBrahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n347\n\nfaith to love. On faith one associates with bona fide devotees, and by such\nassociation one can become engaged in the bona fide devotional service,\nwhich includes proper initiation and the execution of the primary devo­\n\ntional duties prescribed in the revealed scriptures. This is clearly indicated\n\nherein by the word srutek�ita. The srutek�ita path is to hear from bona\nfide devotees who are conversant with Vedic wisdom, free from mundane\nsentiment. By this bona fide hearing process, the neophyte devotee\n\nbecomes cleansed of all material rubbish, and thus he becomes attached to\n\none of the many transcendental forms of the Lord, as described in the\nVedas.\n\nThis attachment of the devotee to a particular form of the Lord is due to\n\nnatural inclination. Each and every living entity is originally attached to a\n\nparticular type of transcendental service because he is eternally the servitor\n\nof the Lord. Lord Caitanya says that the living entity is eternally a servitor\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Krilf}a. Therefore, every living\nentity has a particular type of service relationship with the Lord, eternally.\n\nThis particular attachment is invoked by practice of regulative devotional\n\nservice to the Lord, and thus the devotee becomes attached to the eternal\n\nform of the Lord, exactly like one who is already eternally attached. This\n\nattachment for a particular form of the Lord is called svariipa-siddhi. The\n\nLord sits on the lotus heart of the devotee in the eternal form the pure\n\ndevotee desires, and thus the Lord does not part from the devotee, as\nconfirmed in the previous verse. The Lord, however, does not disclose\n\nHimself to a casual or inauthentic worshiper to be exploited. This is\n\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gttii (Bg. 7.25): niiharh prakiisa� sarvasya yoga-miiyii­\n\nsamiivrta�. Rather, by yoga-miiyii, the Lord remains concealed to the non­\n\ndevotees or casual devotees who are serving their sense gratification. The\n\nLord is never visible to the pseudo-devotees who worship the demigods in\n\ncharge of universal affairs. The conclusion is that the Lord cannot become\nthe order supplier of a pseudo-devotee, but He is always prepared to re­\n\nspond to the desires of a pure unconditional devotee who is free from all\n\ntinges of material infection.\n\nTEXT 12\n\nwttktst(1\"ia:fu �:q�q:qw(�: ��\"4Efila:\n\n�«t4'{<i��•ea:����\n\n;n;n��\"4'4ft«: ij:n-:��a;=Rt:no(-r.:l�'fl II � �II\n\n", "SB3.2#p0037": "348\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nniiti-prasidati tathopacitopaciirair\niiriidhital) sura-garzair hrdi-baddha-kiimai/:1\nyat sarva-b huta-dayayiisad-alabhyayaik 0\nniinii-jane§v avahital) suhrd antar-iitmii\nna-never; ati-very much; prasidati - become satisfied; tathii-as much\nas; upacita-by pompous arrangement; upac iirail)-with much worshipable\nparaphernalia; iiriidhital)-being worshiped; sura-garzail)-by the celestial\ndemigods; hrdi-baddha-kiimail)-with hearts full of all sorts of material\ndesires; yat -that which; sarva-all; bhuta- living entities; dayayii-to show\nthem causeless mercy; asat-nondevotee; alabhyayii-not being achieved;\n\nekal)-one without a second; niinii-various; jane� u-in living entities;\navahital) -perceived; suhrt - well-wishing friend; antal)- within; iitmiiSupersoul.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You are not very much satisfied by the worship of the\ndemigods who arrange for Your worship very pompously, with various\n\nparaphernalia, but who are full of material hankerings. You are situated in\neveryone's heart as the Supersoul just to show Your causeless mercy, and\n\nYou are the eternal well-wisher, but You are unavailable for the non­\n\ndevotee.\nPURPORT\nThe demigods in the celestial heavenly planets, who are appointed\nadministrators of the material affairs, are also devotees of the L ord. But, at\nthe same time, they have desire for material opulence and sense gratification. The Lord is so kind that He awards them all sorts of material\nhappiness, more than they can desire, but He is not satisfied with them\nbecause they are not pure devotees. The Lord does not want any one of\nHis innumerable sons (the living entities) to remain in the material world\nof threefold miseries to perpetually suffer the material pangs of birth,\ndeath, old age and disease. The demigods in the heavenly planets, and\nmany devotees on this planet also, want to remain in the material world as\ndevotees of the Lord and take advantage of material happiness. They do\nso at a risk of falling down to the lower status of existence, and this makes\nthe Lord dissatisfied with them.\nPure devotees are not desirous of any material enj oyment, nor are they\naverse to it. They completely dovetail their desires with the desires of the\nLord and perform nothing on their personal account. Arjuna is a good\n\n", "SB3.2#p0038": "Text 12]\n\nBrahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n349\n\nexample. On his own sentiment, due t� family affection, Arjuna did not\nwant to fight, hut finally, after hearing Srimad-Bhagavad-gitii, he agreed to\nfight in the interests of the Lord. Therefore, the Lord is very much satis·\nfied with pure devotees because they do not act for sense gratification hut\nonly in terms of the Lord's desire. As Paramiitma or Supersoul, He is\nsituated in everyone's heart, always giving everyone the chance of good\ncounsel. Thus everyone should take the opportunity and render transcendental loving service to Him wholly and solely.\nThe nondevotees, however, are neither like the demigods nor the pure\ndevotees, hut are averse to the transcendental relationship with the Lord.\nThey have revolted against the Lord and must perpetually undergo the\nreactions of their own activities.\nBhagavad-gttii (Bg.4.ll) states: ye yathii miim prapadyante tams tathaiva\nbhajiimy aham. \"Although the Lord is equally kind to every living being,\nthe living beings, for their own part, are able to please the Lord either to a\ngreater or lesser extent.\" The demigods are called sakiima devotees, or\ndevotees with material desires in mind, while the pure devotees are called\nni§kiima devotees because they have no desires in their personal interests.\nThe sakiima devotees are self-interested because they do not think of\nothers, and therefore they are not able to satisfy the Lord perfectly,\nwhereas the pure devotees take the missionary responsibility of turning\nnondevotees into devotees, and they are therefore able to satisfy the Lord\nmore than the demigods. The Lord is unmindful of the nondevotees,\nalthough He is sitting within everyone's heart as well-wisher and Supersoul.\nHowever, He also gives them the chance to receive His mercy through His\npure devotees who are engaged in missionary activities. Sometimes the\nLord Himself descends for missionary activities, as He did in the form of\nLord Caitanya, hut mostly He sends His bona fide representatives, and\nthus He shows His causeless mercy towards the nondevotees. The Lord is\nso satisfied with His pure devotees that He wants to give them the credit\nof missionary success, although He could do the work personally. This is\nthe sign of His satisfaction with His pure ni§kiima devotees, compared to\nthe sakiima devotees. By such transcendental activities the Lord simultaneously becomes free from the charge of partiality and exhibits His\npleasure with the devotees.\nNow a question arises: If the Lord is sitting in the hearts of nondevotees, why are they not moved to become devotees? It may be\nanswered that the stubborn nondevotees are like the barren land or\nalkaline field, where no agricultural activities can be successful. As part\nand parcel of the\n\nLord, every individual living entity has a minute\n\n", "SB3.2#p0039": "Srimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n350\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nquantity of independence, and by misuse of this minute independence,\nthe nondevotees commit offense after offense, to both the Lord and His\npure devotees engaged in missionary work. As a result of such acts, they\nbecome as barren as an alkaline field, where there is no strength to\nproduce.\nTEXT 13\n\nj(tl¥4� NN\\44i4ifiH\\it(IQ� ��ijq(tl qf{-q�l :;]( I\n31RN;f ll•lf4ij(ij€4 (tRifi:qtt.�l\nwfifij : � �� 11��11\npumsiim ato vividha-karmabhir adhvariidyair\n\ndiinena cogra-tapasii paricaryayii ca\niiriidhanam bhagavatas tava sat-kriyiirtho\n\ndharmo'rpita� karhicid mriyate na yatra\n\npumsiim-of the people; ata�-therefore; vividha-karmabh*-by various\nfruitive\n\nactivities;\n\nadhvara-iidyai/l-by\n\nperformance\n\nof\n\nVedic rituals;\n\ndiinena-by charities; ca-and; ugra-very hard; tapasii-austerity; paricaryayii-by transcendental service; ca-also; iiriidhanam-worship; bhaga­\n\nvata�-of the Personality of Godhead; tava- Your; sat-kriyii-artha�­\n\nsimply for pleas�ng Your Lordship; dharma�-religion ; arpita�-so offered;\n\nkarhicit-at any time; mriyate- vanquishes; na-never; yatra-there.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBut the pious activities of the people, such as performance of Vedic\nrituals, charity, austere penances, and transcendental service, performed\nwith a view to worship You and satisfy You by offering You the fruitive\nresults, are also beneficial. Such acts of religion never go in vain.\nPURPORT\nAbsolute\n\ndevotional\n\nactivities-hearing,\n\nservice, conducted in nine different spiritual\n\nchanting, remembering,\n\nworshiping, praying, etc.­\n\ndoes not always appeal to people with a pompous nature; they are more\nattracted by the Vedic superficial rituals and other costly performances\nof social religious shows.\n\nBut the process according to\n\nthe Vedic\n\ninjunctions is that the fruits of all pious activities should be offered to the\nSupreme Lord. In Bhagavad-gitii,\n\n(Bg.\n\n9.27), the Lord demands that\n\n", "SB3.2#p0040": "Text 14]\n\nBrahmi's Prayer s for Creative Energy\n\n351\n\nwhatever one may do in one's daily activities, such as worship, sacrifice,\nand offer charity, all the results should be offered to Him only. This\noffering of the result of pious acts unto the Supreme Lord is a sign of\ndevotional service to the Lord and is of permanent value, whereas enjoying\nthe same results for oneself is only temporary. Anything done on account\nof the Lord is a permanent asset and accumulates in the form of unseen\npiety for gradual promotion to the unalloyed devotional service of the\nLord. These undetected pious activities will one day result in full-fledged\ndevotional service by the grace of the Supreme Lord. Therefore, any\npious act done on account of the Supreme Lord is also recommended\nhere .for those who are not pure devotees.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�llik(qft\"til�t:t f.f<ftijile(��..1111� �:�I\n�•1«t:t�fttt«s Pwlfll't1�1taSt� � � � �� 11�\\lll\nsasvat svariipa-mahasaiva rii[iita-bheda\nmohiiya bodha-dhi§aruiya nama� parasmai\nvisvodbhava-sthiti-laye�u nimitta-lilii\nriisiiya te nama idam cakrmesvariiya\ns'asvat- eternally; svariipa-transcendental form; mahasa-by the glories;\n\neva- certainly; nipita- distinguished; bheda- differentiation; mohiiya- unto\nthe illusory conception; bodha- self-knowledge; dhi�a!l iiya- intelligence;\n\nnamall - obeisances; parasmai- unto the Transcendence; viSva-udbhavacreation of the cosmic manifestation; sthiti-maintenance; laye� u- also\ndestruction; nimitta-for the matter of; lilii- by such pastimes; riisiiyafor enjoyment; te-unto' You; nama�- ob eisances; idam- this; ca krma- do\n\nI perform; iSvariiya- unto the Supreme.\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my obeisances unto the Supreme Transcendence who is\neternally distinguished by His internal potency. His indistinguishable\nimpersonal feature is realized by intelligence for self-realization. I offer\nmy obeisances unto Him who, by His pastimes, enjoys the creation,\nmaintenance and dissolution of the cosmic manifestation.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0041": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n352\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord is eternally distinguished from the living entities by\n\nHis internal potency, although He is also understood in His impersonal\n\nfeature by self-realized intelligence.\n\nDevotees of the Lord, therefore,\n\noffer all respectful obeisances unto the impersonal feature of the Lord.\n\nThe word riisa is significant herein. The riisa dance is performed by\nLord Kn>t:Ja in the company of the cowherd damsels at Vrndavana, and\n\nthe Personality of Godhead Garbhodakasayi Vi�l)u is also engaged in ·rasa\n\nenjoyment with His external potency, by which He creates, maintains and\n\ndissolves the entire material manifestation. Indirectly, Lord Brahma offers\n\nhis respectful obeisances unto Lord Sri Kr�l)a, who is factually ever\n\nengaged in riisa enjoyment with the gopis, as confirmed in the Vedas in\n\nthe following words: parii.rdhiinte so\n\n'budhyata gopa-veso me purastiid\n\niivirbabhiiva. The distinction between the Lord and the living entity is\n\ndefinitely experienced when there is sufficient intelligence to understand\n\nHis internal potency, as distinguished from the external potency by which\n\nHe makes possible the material manifestation.\nTEXT 15\n\n4�1cH11(gotEtA�tAi•Uf.\nemnf;f�StJN•I� �flOlf� I\n�S�EtN(rii� � �\n44i�qj'(ij'ld � � ������\nyasyiivatiira-gurta-karma-vi�ambaniini\nniimiini ye 'suvigame vivasii grrtanti\nte 'naika-janma-samalarh sahasaiva hitvii\nsarhyiinty apiivrtamrtarh tam ajam prapadye\n\nyasya-whose;\n\nkarma- activities;\n\navatiira-incarnations;\nvi�ambaniini- all\n\ngu[ta-transcendental\n\nqualities;\n\nmysterious; niimiini-transcendental\n\nnames; ye- those; asuvigame-�hile quitting this life; vivasii{t - automati­\n\ncally; grrtanti - invoke ; te-they ; anaika-many ; janma - births; samalam­\n\naccumulated sins; sahasa-immediately; eva-certainly; hitvii- giving up;\n\nsamyiinti - obtain; apiivrt-open; amrtam - immortality ; tam-Him; ajam­\n\nthe unborn ; p ra padye-1 take shelter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet me take shelter of the lotus feet of Him whose incarnations,\n\nqualities and activities are\n\nmysterious\n\nimitations of worldly affairs.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0042": "Text 16]\n\nBrahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n353\n\nOne who invokes His transcendental names, even unconsciously, at the\ntime he quits this life, certainly is immediately washed of the sins of\nmany, many births and attains Him without fail.\nPURPORT\nThe\n\nactivities\n\nof\n\nthe incarnations of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead are a kind of imitation of the activities going on in the material\n\nworl.d. He is just like an actor on a stage. An actor imitates the activities of\n\na king on stage, although actually he is not the king. Similarly, when the\nLord incarnates, He imitates parts with which He has nothing to do. In\n\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 4.14), it is said that the Lord has nothing to do with\nthe activities in which He is supposedly engaged: na miirh karmiirti\n\nlimpanti na me karma-phale sprhii. The Lord is omnipotent; simply by His\n\nwill He can perform anything and everything. When the Lord appeared as\nLord Kr�t).a, He played the part of the son of Yasoda and Nanda, and He\n\nlifted the �ovardhana Hill, although lifting a hill is not His concern. He\n\ncan lift millions of Govardhana Hills by His simple desire; He does not\n\nneed to lift it with His hand. But He imitates the ordinary living entity by\n\nthis lifting, and at the same time He exhibits His supernatural power. Thus\nHis name is chanted as· the lifter of Govardhana Hill, or Sri Govardhana­\n\ndhari. Therefore, His acts in His incarnations and His partiality to the\n\ndevotees are all imitations only, just like the stage makeup of an expert\n\ndramatical player. His acts in that capacity, however, are all omnipotent,\nand\n\nthe\n\nremembrance of\n\nsuch activities of the incarnations of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is as powerful as the Lord Himself.\n\nAjamila remembered the holy name of the Lord, Nariiyatta, by merely\n\ncalling the name of his son Niirayapa, and that gave him a complete\nopportunity to achieve the highest perfection of life.\nTEXT 16\n\ntft�3Tt � mmr� �: � �\nOO%f\\CISI��« � ����¥4{�¥( I\n�Tf'tquai:t �� ��� ;pit lllFfij ittwt@il� II� �II\nyo vii aharh ca girisas ca vibhufl svayarh ca\nsthity-udbhava-pralaya-hetava iitma-mii.lam\nbhittvii tripiid vavrdha eka uru-pmrohas\ntasmai namo bhagavate bhuvana-arumiiya\n\n", "SB3.2#p0043": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n354\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nyafl-one who; vai-cer tainly; aham ca-also I; girisafl ca-also Siva;\nvibhufl-the Almighty; svayam-personality (as Vil?�u); ca-and; sthitimaintenance; udbhava-creation; pralaya-dissolution; hetavafl - the causes;\natma-mulam-self-rooted; bhittva-having penetrated; tripat-three trunks;\nvavrdhe-grew; ekafl-one without a second; uru-many; prarohaflbranches; tasmai-unto Him; namafl-obeisances; bhagavate-unto the Personality of Godhead; bhuvana-drumaya-unto the tree of the planetary\nsystem.\nTRANSLATION\n\nYour Lordship is the prime. root of the tree of the planetary systems.\n\nThis tree has grown by first penetrating the material nature in three\ntrunks-as\n\nmyself,\n\nSiva\n\nand\n\nmaintenance and dissolution,\n\nYourself,\nand\n\nthe\n\nAlmighty-for\n\ncreation,\n\nwe three have grown with many\n\nbranches. Therefore I offer my obeisances unto You, the tree of the\n\ncosmic manifestation.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe cosmic manifestation is grossly divided into three worlds, the\nupper, lower and middle planetary systems, and then it broadens into the\ncosmos of fourteen planetary systems with the manifestation of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead as the supreme root. Material nature,\nwhich appears to be the cause of the cosmic manifestation, is only the\nagency or energy of the Lord. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (9.10):\nmayiidhyak�efla pra krti� suyate sa-cariicaram. ''Only under the superintendence of the Supreme Lord does material nature appear to be the\ncause of all creation, maintenance and dissolution.\" The Lord expands\nHimself into three, Vi�tlU, Brahma and Siva, for maintenance, creation and\ndestruction respectively. Of the three principal agents controlling the three\nmodes of material nature, Vi�!)u is the Almighty; even though He is\nwithin material nature for the purpose of maintenance, He is not controlled by the laws of material nature. The other two, Brahma and Siva,\nalthough almost as greatly powerful as Vi�!)U, are within the control of\nthe material energy of the Supreme Lord. The conception of many gods\ncontrolling the many departments of material nature is ill conceived by\nthe foolish pantheist. God is one without a second, and He is the primal\ncause of all causes. As there are many departmental heads of governmental\naffairs, so there are many heads of management of the universal affairs.\nDue to a poor fund of knowledge, the impersonalist does not believe\nin the personal management of things as they are. But in this verse it is\nclearly explained that everything is personal and nothing is impersonal.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0044": "Text 17]\n\nBrahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\nWe have already\n\ndiscussed this point in the Introduction, and it is\n\n355\n\nconfirmed here in this verse. The tree of the material manifestation is\ndescribed in the Fifteenth Chapter of Bhagavad-gitii as an asvattha tree\nwhose root is upward. We have actual experience of such a tree when we\nsee the shadow of a tree on the bank of a reservoir of water. The reflection\n\nof the tree on the water appears to hang down from its upward roots.\nThe tree of creation which is described here is only a shadow of the reality\n\nwhich is Parahrahman, Vi�r:tu. In the internal potential manifestation of the\nVaikuDthalokas, the actual tree exists, and the tree reflected in the\nmaterial nature is only the shadow of this actual tree. The impersonalists'\ntheory that Brahman is void of all variegatedness is false because the\nshadow tree described in Bhagavad-gitii cannot exist without being the\nreflection of a real tree. The real tree is situated in the eternal existence of\nspiritual nature, full of transcendental varieties, and Lord V i�r:tu is the\nroot of that tree also. The root is the same-the Lord-both for the real\ntree and the false, but the false tree is only the perverted reflection of the\nreal tree. The Lord, being the teal tree, is here offered obeisances by\nBrahmii on his own behalf and also on behalf of Lord S iva.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�f�;mt:���:\n�4iu�4 �� �� � I\n��W4G:� ��i:t'T�tm\n\ne�P-i0W1�f.ff'lttl� WfqlS� �II� �II\n\nloko vikarma-nirata� kusale pramatta�\nkarma[ly ayarh tvad udite bhavad-arcane sve\nyas tiivad asya balaviin iha fivitiisiim\nsadyas chinatty animi§iiya namo' stu tasmai\nl oka�- people in general; vikarma-work without sense; nirata�- engaged\nin; kusale- in beneficial activity; pra matta�-negligen t; karmat;ti-in activity ;\n\nayam\n\n-\n\nthis; tvat-by You; udite- enuncia ted; bhavat-of You; arcane-in\n\nworship;\n\nsve-their\n\npeople\n\ngeneral;\n\nin\n\nown;\n\nya/.l-who;\n\nbalavan-very\n\ntiivat-as\n\nstrong;\n\nlong\n\nas; asy a\n\n-\n\nof\n\nthe\n\niha-this; jivitiisiim -struggle\n\nfor existence; sadya�- directI y; chinatti- is cut to pieces; animi§iiya-by the\neternal time; nama�- my obeisances; astu-Iet there he; tasmai-unto Him.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0045": "356\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nPeople in general all engage in foolish acts, not in the really beneficial\n\nactivities which are enunciated directly by You for their guidance. As long\nas\n\ntheir tendency for foolish work remains powerful, all their plans in the\n\nstruggle for existence will be cut to pieces. I therefore offer my obeisances\n\nunto Him who acts as eternal time.\n\nPURPORT\nPeople in general are all engaged in senseless work. They are systematically unmindful of the real beneficial work, which is the devotional\nservice of the Lord, technically called the arcana regulations. The arcana\nregulations are directly instructed by the Lord in the Niirada�paiicariitra\nand are strictly followed by the intelligent men who know well that the\nhighest perfectional goal of life is to reach Lord Vi�riU, who is the root of\nthe tree called the cosmic manifestation. Also, in the Bhiigavatam and in\n\nBhagavad-gitii such regulative activities are clearly mentioned . Foolish\npeople do not know that their self-interest is in realization of Vi�pu. The\n\nBhiigavatam (7.5.30-32) says:\nmatir na kr§f!e parata� svato vii\nmitho 'bhipadyeta grha-vratiiniim\nadiinta-gobhir visatiim tamisram\npuna� punas corvita-carva[!iiniim\nna te vidu� sviirtha-gatim hi vifirtum\nduriisayii ye bahir artha-miinina�\nandhii yathiindhair upaniyamiinii\nviiciSatantyiim urudiimni baddhii�\nnai�iim matis tiivad urukramiinghrim\nsprsaty anarthiipagamo yad artha[t\nmahiyasiirh piida-rajo 'bhi§ekam\nni§kiiicaniiniim na v,n;tita yiivat\n\"Persons who are determined to totally rot in false material happiness\ncannot become Kr��Ja-minded either by instructions from teachers, by\nself-realization or by parliamentary discussions. They are d r agged by the\nunbridled senses into the darkest region of ignorance, and thus they\nmadly engage in what is called 'chewing the chewed.'\n\"Because of their foolish activities, they are unaware that the ultimate\ngoal of human life is to achieve Vi�t:J.u, the Lord of the cosmic manifestation, and so their struggle for existence is in the wrong direction of\n\n", "SB3.2#p0046": "Text 181\n\nBrahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n357\n\nmaterial civilization, which is under the external energy. They are led by\nsimilar foolish persons, just as one blind man is led by another blind man\nand both fall in the ditch. ,\n\"Such foolish men cannot be attracted towards the activities of the\nSupreme Powerful, who is actually the neutralizing measure for their\nfoolish activities, unless and until they have the good sense to be guided\nby the great souls who are completely freed from material attachment.\"\nIn Bhagavad-gzta the Lord asks everyone to give up all other occupational duties and absolutely engage in arcana activities, or in pleasing the\nLord. But almost no one is attracted to such arcana activity. Everyone is\nmore or less attracted by activities which are conditions of rebellion\nagainst the Supreme Lord. The systems of jfiiina and yoga are also\ninduectly rebellious acts against the Lord. There is no auspicious activity\nexcept arcana of the Lord. ]fiana and yoga are sometimes accepted\nwithin the purview of arcana when the ultimate aim is Vi�l)U, and not\notherwise. The conclusion is that only the devotees of the Lord are bona\nfide human beings eligible for salvation. Others are vainly struggling for\nexistence without any actual benefit.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n'q�lf#:il+t,+ifif f��'\"'\n\n�\n'f\\�qmlfu1D2�:\n��'R'SiqiW\\+it{ij �I\n.\n\n� rit � Si:t�+il;j�'Wl+it �sN� ��II� �II\nyasmad bibhemy aham api dviparardha-dhi�r;yam\nadhyasita� sakala-loka-namaskrtarh yat\ntepe tapo bahusavo 'varurutsamiinas\ntasmai namo bhagavate 'dhimakhiiya tubhyam\nyasmat-from whom; bibhemi-fear; aham-1; api-also; dvi-para�rdhaup to the limit of 4,300,000,000\n\nx\n\n2\n\nx\n\n30 x 12 x 100 solar years;\n\ndhi §[l yam-place; adhyiisita[l-si tuate d in; sakala-loka-all other planets;\nnamaskrtam\n\n-\n\nhonored by; yat-that ; tepe-underwent; tapa[t-penances;\n\nbahusava[l-many many years; avarurutsamiina[l -desiring to obtain You;\n,\n\ntasmai-unto Him; nama[l-1 do offer my obeisances;\n\nbhagavate-unto\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; adhimakhiiya-unto Him who is the\nenjoyer of all sacrifices; tubhyam-unto Your Lordship.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0047": "[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n358\n\nTRANSLATION\nYour Lordship, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You who are\n\nindefatigable\n\ntime\n\nand the enjoyer of all sacrifices. Although I am\n\nsituated in an abode which will continue to exist for a time d uration of\ntwo pariirdhas, although I am the leader of all other planets in the\n\nuniverse, and although I have undergone many, many years of penance\nfor self-realization, still I offer my respects unto You.\nPURPORT\nBrahma is the greatest personality in the universe because he has the\nlongest duration of life. He is the most respectable personality because of\nhis penance, influence, prestige, etc., and still he has to offer his respectful\nobeisances unto the Lord. Therefore, it is incumbent UP.On all others, who\n·are far, far below the standard of Brahma, to do a; he did and offer\nrespects as a matter of duty.\nTEXT 19\n\nR14WUi'4N�1 i5ftqi(\\fwt&41�lt�'IIS.;:44t;('l�dqfiCij'l �: I\n�\n\n��SQ.1q�-\n\n� � � ��ttl*t¥41' ������\ntiryan-manu�ya-vibudhiidi§u ji'va-yoni§V\n\n·\n\niitmecchayiitma-krta-setu-paripsayii ya�\nreme nirasta-vi§ayo 'py avaruddha-dehas\ntasmai namo bhagavate puru§ottamii.ya\ntiryaiic- animals lower than human beings; manu�ya-human beings, etc.;\n\n-\n\nvibudha iidi�u-amongst the demigods; jiva-yoni�u-in different species of\nlife; ii.tma-self; icchayii.-by the will; ii.tma-krta-self-created; setu-obligations; paripsayii\n\n- desiring to preserve; ya�-who; reme-performing tran­\n\nscendental pastimes; nirasta-not being affected; v�aya�-material contami­\n\nnation; api- certainly; avaruddha-manifested; deha�-transcendental body;\ntasmai-unto Him; nama�-my obeisances; bhagavate-unto the Personality of Godhead; puru§ottamii.ya-the primeval Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, by Your own will You appear in the various species of\n\nliving entities, among animals lower than human beings as well as among\n\n", "SB3.2#p0048": "359\n\nBrahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\nText 20]\n\nthe demigods, to perform Your transcendental pastimes. You are not\naffected\n\nby\n\nmaterial\n\ncontamination.\n\nYou come just to\n\nfulfill\n\nthe\n\nobligations of Your own principles of religion, and therefore, 0 Supreme\nPersonality, I offer my obeisances unto You for manifesting such different\nforms.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord's incarnations in different species of life are all transcendental.\nHe appears as a human being in His incarnations of l<feyiJa, Rama, etc.,\nbut He is not a human being. Anyone who mistakes Him for an ordinary\nhuman being is certainly not very intelligent, as confirmed in Bhagavad­\n\ngita (Bg. 9.11): avajananti marh mu{lha manu�\"irh tanum asritam. The\nsame principle is applicable when He appears as the hog or fish incarnations. They are transcendental forms of the Lord and are manifested\nunder\n\ncertain\n\nnecessities\n\nof\n\nHis\n\nown pleasure\n\nand\n\npastimes.\n\nSuch\n\nmanifestations of the transcendental forms of the Lord are accepted by\nHim mostly to enliven His devotees. All His incarnations are manifested\nwhenever there is a need to deliver His devotees and maintain His own\nprinciples.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�\"'\"�•�msttr�\nRS:Jf1!:4\" ij!6ftt;ijJlCfN·�; I\n��SrlEhf\\l� q�llfl�i\n4ht1Mtilref.t �� fcttlil4'{1�olt\nyo 'vidyayanupahato 'pi dasardha-vrttya\nnidram uvaha jathari-krta-loka-yatra�\nantar-jale 'hikasipu sparsanukularh\nbhimormi-malini janasya sukharh vivrrwan\nya�- one; avidyaya- influenced by nescience; anupahata�- without being\naffected; api\n\n-\n\nin spite of; dasardha- five; vrttya- in teraction; nidram­\n\nsleep; uviiha a ccepted; jathan- within the abdomen; krta\n-\n\n-\n\ndoing so; loka­\n\nyatra� maintenance of the different entities; anta�-jale-within the water\n-\n\nof devastation; ahi-kasipu-on the snake bed; spa rsa-anuku lam - happy for\nthe touch; bhima-urmi-violent waves; malini-chain of; janasya-of the\nintelligent person; sukham\n\n-\n\nhappiness; vivnwan\n\n-\n\nshowing\n\n.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0049": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n360\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You accept the pleasure of sleeping in the water of devastation, where there are violent waves, and You enjoy pleasure on the bed of\nsnakes, showing the happiness of Your sleep to intelligent persons. At that\ntime, all the universal planets are stationed within Your abdomen.\nPURPORT\nPersons who cannot think of anything beyond the limit of their own\npower are like frogs in a well who cannot imagine the length and breadth\nof the great Pacific Ocean. Such people take it as legendary when they\nhear that the Supreme Lord is lying on His bed within the great ocean of\nthe universe. They are surprised that one can lie down within the water\nand sleep very happily. But a little intelligence can mitigate this foolish\nastonishment. There are many living entities within the bed of the ocean\nwho also enjoy the material bodily activities of eating, sleeping, defending\nand mating. If such insignificant living entities can enjoy life within the\nwater, why can't the Supreme Lord, who is all-powerful, sleep on the\ncool body of a serpent and enjoy in the turmoil of violent ocean waves?\nThe distinction of the Lord is that His activities are all transcendental, and\nHe is able to do anything and everything without being deterred by\nlimitations of time and space. He can enjoy His transcendental happiness\nregardless of material considerations.\nTEXT 21\n\nf.l'llf'lq'l'tctwtli(,'ilij4'Sil\n'\"' ....\n....\n<?Hcti�\"4('4Cfi(Uii\n\nf.li(SJt411\n� I\n\n� � i3i(�¥4ctIf.� �MS::Ictijlwfc«4iij'lf�il\nII�� II\nyan-niibhi-padma-bhavaniid aham iisam i{lya\nloka-trayopakara[lO yad-anugrahe[la\ntasmai namasta udarastha-bhaviiya yoganidriivasiina-vikasan-nalinek�a!tii.ya\nyat\n\n-\n\nwhose; niibhi- navel; padma-lotus; bhavaniit-from the house of;\n\naham-1; iisam-became manifested; �ya-0 worshipable one; loka-trayathree worlds; upakara£lafl\n\n-\n\nhelping in the creation of; yat-whose; anugra­\n\nhe(la-by the mercy; tasmai-unto Him; namafl-my obeisances; te-unto\n\n", "SB3.2#p0050": "Text 211\n\nBrahma.'s Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n361\n\nYou; udarastha-situated within the abdomen; bhavaya-having the universe;\nyo ga nid rii-a vasiina\n-\n\n-\n\nafter the end of that transcendental sleep; vikasat­\n\nblossoming; nalina-ik�a[laya-unto Him whose opening eyes are like lotuses.\nTRANSLATION\n0 object of my worship, I am born from the house of Your lotus\n\nnavel for the purpose of creating the universe by Your mercy. All these\nplanets\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nuniverse were\n\nstationed\n\nwithin\n\nYour transcendental\n\nabdomen while You were enjoying sleep. Now, Your sleep having ended,\nYour eyes are opened like a blossoming lotus in the morning.\nPURPORT\nBrahma is teaching us the beginning of arcana regulations from morning\n(four o'clock) to night (ten o'clock). Early in the morning, the devotee\nhas to rise from his bed and pray to the Lord, and there are other\n\nregulative principles for offering mangalaratrika early in the morning.\nFoolish\n\nnondevotees,\n\nnot\n\nunderstanding the\n\nimportance\n\nof arcana,\n\ncriticize the regulative principles, but they have no eyes to see that the\nLord also sleeps, by His own will. The impersonal conception of the\nSupreme is so detrimental to the path of devotional service that it is very\ndifficult to associate with the stubborn nondevotees, who always think in\nterms of material conceptions.\nlmpersonalists always think backwards. They think that because there\nis form in matter, therefore spirit should be formless; because in matter\nthere is sleep, therefore in spirit there cannot be sleep; and because the\nsleeping of the Deity is accepted in arcana worship, therefore the arcana\n\nis maya. All these thoughts are basically material. To think either positively\nor negatively is still thinking materialJy. Knowledge accepted from the\n\nsuperior source of the Vedas is standard. Here in these verses of the\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, we find that arcana is recommended. Before Brahma\ntook up the task of creation, he found the Lord sleeping on the serpent\nbed in the waves of the water of devastation. Therefore, sleeping exists in\nthe internal potency of the Lord, and this is not denied by pure devotees\nof the Lord like Brahma and his disciplic succession. It is clearly said here\nthat the Lord slept very happily within the violent waves of the water,\nmanifesting thereby that He is able to do anything and everything by His\ntranscendental will and not be hampered by any circumstances. The\nMayavadi cannot think beyond this material experience, and thus he\ndenies the Lord's ability to sleep within the water. His mistake is that he\ncompares the Lord to himself-and that comparison is also a material\n\n", "SB3.2#p0051": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n362.\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nthought. The whole philosophy of the Mayavada school, based on \"not\n\nthis, not that\" (neti, neti), is basically material. Such thought cannot give\none the chance to know the Supreme Personality of Godhead as He is.\nTEXT 22\n\nmStf �'4m•Rti � 3TR'4T\n����t(�\n�l\n� it C8'4�WAiij1Q�lt\nW41f't 'lt.R:� �sm ������\nso 'yam samasta-jagatiirh suhrd eka iitmii\nsattvena yan mnlayate bhagaviin bhagena\ntenaiva me drsam anusprsatiid yathiiharh\nsrak�yiimi piiroavad idarh pra[!ata-priyo 'sau\n\n- He; ayam- the Lord; samasta-jagatiim-of all the universes; suhrt\n- the one friend and philosopher; iitmii-the Supersoul; sattvena-by\nthe mode of goodness; yat-one who; mnlayate - causes happiness; bhagavan-the Personality of Godhead; bhagena- ith six opulences; tena-by\nsa!J\n\neka!J\n\nw\n\nHim; eva-certainly; me-to me; drsam- power of introspection; anusprsatiit\n\n-let Him give; yathii-as; aham-I; srak�yiimi-will be able to create; pilrva­\n\n-\n\nvat as before; idam-this universe; pra[tata-surrendered; priya!J-dear;\n\nasau-He (the Lord).\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet the Supreme Lord be merciful towards me. He is the one friend and\nsoul of all living entities in the world, and He maintains all, for their\nultimate happiness, by His six transcendental opulences. May He be\n\nmerciful towards me so that I can, as before, be empowered with the\nintrospection to create, for I am also one of the surrendered souls who are\n\ndear to the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord, Puru�ottama or Sri Kr�Qa, is the maintainer of\n\nall, both in the transcendental and material worlds. He is the life and\n\nfriend of all because there is eternally natural affection and love between\nthe living entities and the Lord. He is the one friend and well-wisher for\n\nall, and He is one without a second. The Lord maintains all the living\n\nentities everywhere by His six transcendental opulences, for which He is\n\n", "SB3.2#p0052": "Text 23]\n\nBrahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n363\n\nknown asBhagaviin, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Lord Brahmii\nprayed for His mercy so that he might be able to create the universal\naffairs as he did before; only by the Lord's causeless mercy could he create\nboth material and spiritual personalities like Marici and Niirada respectively. Brahmii prayed to the Lord because He is very much dear to the\nsurrendered soul. The surrendered soul knows nothing but the Lord, and\ntherefore the Lord is very affectionate towards him.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n� Sfqostq«J (+4...1SS���:ql\n\n...ti�R«�RI•U\\<tgull!461( : I\n��w·��(���\n� ���a �� �::rtAit{ ������\ne�a prapanna-varado ramayii \"tma-sak tyii\nyad yat kar�yati grhita-gu[lii.vatiirafl\ntasmin sva-vikramam idarh srjato 'pi ceto\nyuiijlta karma-samalarh ca yathii vijah.viim\ne�afl - this; prapanna-one who is surrendered; varadafl -benefactor;\nramayii-enjoying always with the goddess of fortune (Lak�mi); iitmasaktyii-with His internal potency; yat yat -wha tever; ka�yati-He may\nact; grhita-accep ting; • gu [l a-avatiirafl -incarnation of the mode of goodness; tasmin-unto\n\nHim; sva-vikramam-with omnipotency; idam-this\n\ncosmic manifestation;\n\nsrjatafl -crea ting; api-in spite of; cetafl -hear t;\nyunjita-be engaged; karma-work; samalam-material affection; ca-also;\nyathii-as much as; vijahyiim-I can give up.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, is always the benefactor\nof the surrendered souls. His activities are always enacted through His\ninternal potency, Ramii, or the goddess of fortune. I pray only to engage\nin His service in the creation of the material world, and I pray that I not\nbe materially affected by my works, for thus I may be able to give up the\nfalse prestige of being the creator.\nPURPORT\nIn the matter of material creation, maintenance and destruction, there\nare three incarnations of the material modes of nature-Brahmii, Vi�I)U and\n\n", "SB3.2#p0053": "[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n364\n\nMahesvara. But the Lord's incarnation as Vi�Qu, in His internal potency, is\nthe supreme energy for the total activities. Brahma, who is only an\nassistant in the modes of creation, wanted to remain in his actual position\nas an instrument of the Lord instead of becoming puffed up by the false\nprestige of thinking himself the creator. That is the way of becoming dear\nto the Supreme Lord and receiving His benediction. Foolish men want to\ntake credit for all creations made by them, but intelligent persons know\nvery well that not a blade of grass can move without the will of the Lord;\nthus all the credit for wonderful creations must go to Him. By spiritual\nconsciousness only can one be free from the contamination of material\naffection and receive the benedictions offered by the Lord.\n\nTEXT 24\n\niil�«tfa:'��� � �\nFet$lii�lRfi((¥41(1+iii9{1�1:ffi :\n� NM\"'� Nt\"f4(1t it\n'IT6Rtfte f.t•l+i�fim�: ll�'dll\nniibhi-hradiid iha sato 'mbhasi yasya pumso\nvijniina-saktir aham iisam ananta-sakte�\nriiparh vicitram idam asya vivrrwato me\nmii ririfi(s.ta nigamasya giriim visarga�\nniibhi-hradiit-from the navel lake; iha-in this millennium; sata�\n\n-\n\nlying;\n\nambhasi-in the water; yasya-one whose; pumsa�-of the Personality\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nI;\n\niisam- was\n\nvijiiiina-of\nborn;\n\nthe\n\ntotal\n\nuniverse;\n\nananta- un limite d ;\n\nriipam- form; vicitram-variegated ;\nmanifesting; me-unto me; mii\n\n-\n\nidam\n\n-\n\nsakti�-e ne rgy ; aham­\n\nsakte�-of\nthis;\n\nasya\n\n-\n\nthe\n\npowerful;\n\nHis; vivrrwataft­\n\nmay not; ri\"ri;Si\";Sta- vanish ; nigamasya-of\n\nthe Vedas; giriim-of the sounds; v isarga� -vibration\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's potencies are innumerable. As He lies down in the water of\ndevastation, I am born as the total universal energy from the navel lake in\nwhich the lotus sprouts. I am now engaged in manifesting His diverse\nenergies in the form of the cosmic manifestation. I therefore pray that in\nthe course of my material activities I may not be deviated from the\nvibration of the Vedic hymns.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0054": "Text 25]\n\n365\n\nBrahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\nPURPORT\n\nEvery person engaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord in\nthis material world is prone to so many material activities, and if one is\nnot strong enough to protect himself against the onslaught of material\naffection, he may be diverted from the spiritual energy. In the material\ncreation Brahma has to create all kinds of living entities with bodies\nsuitable to their material conditions. Brahma wants to be protected by the\nLord because he has to contact many, many vicious living entities. An\nordinary briihmarta\n\ncan fall from the brahma-tejas,\n\nor the power of\n\nbrahminical excellence, due to his association with many fallen conditioned souls. Brahma, as the supermost briihmarta, is afraid of such a\nfalldown, and therefore he prays to the Lord for protection. This is a\nwarning for one and all in the spiritual advancement of life. Unless one is\nsufficiently protected by the Lord, he may fall down from his spiritual\nposition; therefore one has to pray constantly to the Lord for protection\nand the blessing to carry out one's duty. Lord Caitanya also entrusted His\nmissionary work to His devotees and assured them of His protection\nagainst the onslaught of material affection. The path of spiritual life is\nstated in the Vedas to be like the edge of a sharpened razor. A little\ninattentiveness may at once create havoc and bloodshed, but one who is a\ncompletely surrendered soul, always seeking protection from the Lord in\nthe discharge of his entrusted duties, has no fear of falling into material\n·\n\ncontamination.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�Sijli44Jil..fAO ll1Nfwl ��..��Wl wt�wtl�( �i!it*l I\ne\n\n��lQ�i!it�·��;n�\n� fii(Nwt�'l� : �:������\nso 'siiv adabhra-karurto bhagaviin vivrddhaprema-smitena nayaniimburuharh vijrmbhan\nutthiiya visvavijayiiya ca no vi�iidarh\nmiidhvyii giriipanayatiit pnru�a[t purii.rta�\nsa�- He (the Lord); asau-that; adabhra - unlimited; karurta�-merciful ;\nbhagaviin- the Personality of Godhead; vivrddha-e x cessive; prema- love ;\nsmitena-by smiling; nayana-amburuham-the lotus eyes; vijrmbhan-by\n\n", "SB3.2#p0055": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n366\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nopening; utthiiya-for flourishing; visva-vijayiiya-for glorifying the cosmic\ncreation; ca-as also; na�-our; v4iidam·-dejection; miidhvyii- by sweet;\ngini-words; apanayatiit-let Him kindly remove; purufia�-the Supreme;\npuriira�-oldest.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, who is supreme and is the oldest of all, is unlimitedly\n\nmerciful. I wish that He may smilingly bestow His benediction upon me\n\nby opening His lotus eyes. He can uplift the entire cosmic creation and\nremove our dejection by kindly speaking His directions.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord is ever increasingly merciful upon the fallen souls of this\nmaterial world . The whole cosmic manifestation is a chance for all to\nimprove themselves in devotional service to the Lord, and everyone is\nmeant for that purpose. The Lord expands Himself into many personalities\nwho are either Self-expansions or separated expansions. The personalities\nof the individual souls are His separated expansions, whereas the Selfexpansions are the Lord Himself. The Self-expansions are predominators,\nand the separated expansions are\n\npredominated for reciprocation of\n\ntranscendental bliss with the supreme form of bliss and knowledge. The\nliberated souls can join in this blissful reciprocation of predominator and\npredominated without materially concocted ideas. The typical example of\nsuch\n\na\n\ntranscendental exchange between the predominator and the\n\npredominated is\n\nthe\n\nLord's riisa-lilii\n\nwith the gopis. The gopis are\n\npredominated expansions of internal potency, and therefore the Lord's\nparticipation in the riisa-lil.a dance is never to be considered like the\nmundane relationship of man and woman. It is, rather, the highest\nperfectional stage of the exchange of feelings between the Lord and the\nliving entities. The Lord gives the fallen souls the chance for this highest\nperfection of life. Lord Brahma is entrusted with the management of the\ncomplete cosmic show, and therefore he prays that the Lord bestow His\nblessings upon him so that he may execute its purpose.\nTEXT 26\n\nm�\n(Ctij+¥fq f.t� ijqtfe.Uiij'flf\\4fif: I\n4414\"4JM'4: �� fcml¥4�RC4'11ct� ������\n\n", "SB3.2#p0056": "Texts 27-28]\n\nBrahmi's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n367\n\nmaitreya uviica\nsva-sambhavarh ni.Siimyaivarh\ntapo-vidya-samiidhibh*\nyavan mano-vaca� stutvii\nvirarama sa khinnavat\nmaitreya[l. uvaca-the great sage Maitreya said;sva-sambhavam-the source\nhis appearance; nisamya-by seeing; evam-thus; tapa[l. - penance;\nvidya- knowledge; samiidhibhifl-as also by concentration of the mind;\nyavat- as far as possible; mana�-mind; va ca�- words; stutva-by prayers;\nvirariima- became silent; sa�- he (Brahma); khinnavat-as if tired.\n\nof\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Maitreya said: 0 Vidura, after observing the source of his\nappearance, namely the Personality of Godhead, Brahma prayed for His\nmercy as far as his mind and words would permit him. Thus praying, he\nbecame silent, as if tired from his activities of penance, knowledge and\nmental concentration.\nPURPORT\nBrahma's enlightenment in knowledge was due to the Lord sitting\nwithin his heart. After being created, Brahma could not ascertain the\nsource of his appearance, but after penance and mental concentration he\ncould see the source of his birth, and thus he became enlightened through\nhis heart. The spiritual master outside and the spiritual master within are\nboth representations of the Lord. Unless he has contact with such bona\nfide representations, one cannot claim to be a spiritual master. Lord\nBrahma had no opportunity to take the help of a spiritual master from\noutside because at that time Brahmii himself was the only creature in the\nuniverse. Therefore, on becoming satisfied by the prayers of Brahma, the\nLord enlightened him about everything from within.\nTEXTS 27-28\n\nINifilq<liPfiftf Qluit ��: I\nNttWI�(I(f � 'MctWIRtCMIUijl 11�611\n�M�I91Ntll91 �: qf(RqQ(t: I\n.� ifRT Cl� �flqflN ������\nathiibhipretam anvlk�ya\nbrahma[lO madhusiidana�\n\n", "SB3.2#p0057": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n368\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nvi�arzrw-cetasarh tena\nkalpa-vyatikariimbhasii\nloka-sarhsthiina-vijfiiina\niitmana� parikhidyata�\ntam iihiigiidhayii viicii\nkasmalarh samayann iva\natha-thereupon;\nmana�-of\n\nabhipretam\n\n-\n\nintention;\n\nanvik�ya\n\n-\n\nobserving;\n\nbrah­\n\nBrahma; madhusudana�-the killer of the Madhu demon;\n\nvi�art!ta-depressed; cetasam-of the heart; tena-hy him; kalpa-millennium;\n\nvyatikara ambhasii -devastating water; loka-sarhsthiina-situation of the\n-\n\nplanetary system; vijiiiine-science; iitmana�-of himself; parikhidyata�sufficiently anxious; tam-unto him; aha-said; agiidhayii\n\n-\n\ndeeply thought­\n\nful; viicii-by words; kasmalam- impurities; samayan-removing; iva-Like\nthat.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord saw that Brahma was very anxious about the planning and\nconstruction of the different planetary systems and was depressed upon\nseeing the devastating water. He could understand the intention of Brahma,\nand thus He spoke in deep thoughtful words, removing all the illusion that\nhad arisen.\nPURPORT\nThe devastating water was so fearful that even Brahma was perturbed at\nits appearance and became very anxious about how to situate the different\nplanetary systems in outer space to accommodate the different kinds of\nliving entities, such as the human beings, those lower than the human\nbeings, and the superhuman beings. All the planets in the universe are\nsituated according to the different grades of living entities under the\ninfluence of the modes of material nature. There are three modes of\nmaterial nature, and when they are mixed with one another they become\nnine. When the nine are mixed they become eighty-one, and the eighty-one\nalso become mixed, and thus ultimately we do not know how the delusion\nincreases and increases. Lord Brahma had to accommodate different places\nand situations for the requisite bodies of the conditioned souls. The task\nwas only meant for Brahma, and no one in the universe can even understand\nhow difficult it was. But, by the grace of the Lord, Brahma was able to\nexecute the tremendous task so perfectly that everyone is amazed to see\nthe workmanship of the vidhiitii, or the regulator.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0058": "Brahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\nText 29]\n\n369\n\nTEXT 29\n\n��li\"''13Cfl�\n\n� 411(64) � \\itltttMt I\n�ssq1Rdri q;qf -ll'tlil ������\n\n�\n\nsri bhagaviin uviica\nmii veda-garbha giis tandrim\nsarga udyamam iivaha\ntan mayii\"piiditam hy agre\nyan miim priirthayate bhaviin\n\nsrt bhagaviin u viica-the Lord, the Personality of Godhead, said; miidon't; veda-garbha-one who has the depth of aU Vedic wisdom; gal}\n\ntandn·m- become dejected; sarge-for\n\ncreation; udyamam-enterprises;\n\niivaha- you just undertake; tat-that (which you want); maya-by Me;\niipaditam-executed; hi-certainly; agre-previously; yat- which; miimfrom Me; prii rthayate- begging; bhaviin-yourself\n\n.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead then said: 0 Brahma, 0 depth of\nVedic wisdom, be neither depressed nor anxious about the execution of\ncreation. What you are begging from Me has already been granted before.\n\nP URP ORT\nAny person who is authorized either by the Lord or by His bona fide\nrepresentative is already blessed, as is the work entrusted to him. Of\ncourse, the person who is entrusted with such a responsibility should\nalways be aware of his incapability and must always look for the mercy of\nthe Lord for the successful execution of his duty. One should not be\npuffed up because he is entrusted with certain executive work. Fortunate\nis he who is so entrusted, and if he is always fixed in the sense of being\nsubordinate to the will of the Supreme, he is sure to come out successful\nin the discharge of his work. Arjuna was entrusted with the work of\nfighting on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra, and before he was so entrusted,\nthe Lord had already arranged for his victory. But Arjuna was always\nconscious of his position as subordinate to the Lord, and thus he accepted\nHim as the supreme guide in his responsibility. Anyone who takes the\npride of doing responsible work and does not give credit to the Supreme\nLord is certainly falsely proud and cannot execute anything nicely. Brahma\n\n", "SB3.2#p0059": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n370\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nand persons in the line of his disciplic succession who follow in his\nfootsteps are always successful in the discharge of loving transcendental\nservice to the Supreme Lord.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n���Rqf��l\njtT+'t4l+t�tra. QF1. il¥t��qlt(tIW{ II� I I\no\n\nbhiiyas tvam tapa iiti�tha\nvidyiim caiva mad-iisrayiim\ntiibhyiim antar-hrdi brahman\nlokiin drak§yasy apiivrtiin\nbhii yaft- again; tvam- yourself; tapa[l- penance; iiti�.tha-be situated;\nvidyiim-in the knowledge; ca-also; eva-certainly; mat-My; iisrayiimunder the protection; tiibhyiim-by those qualifications; antaft- within ;\n\nhrdi- in the heart; brahman-0 briihmara; l okiin- all the worlds; drak�yasi\n-you can see; apiivrtiin-all disclosed.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Brahma, situate yourself in penance and meditation and follow the\n\nprinciples of knowledge to receive My favor. By these actions you will be\nable to understand everything from within your heart.\n\nPURPORT\nThe mercy the Lord bestows upon a particular person engaged in\nexecuting the responsible work entrusted unto him is beyond imagination.\nBut His mercy is received due to our penance and perseverance in\nexecuting devotional service. Brahma was entrusted with the work of\ncreating the planetary systems. The Lord instructed him that when he\nmeditated he would very easily know where and how the planetary\nsystems must be arranged. The directions were to come from within, and\nthere was no necessity for anxiety in that task. Such instructions of\n\nbuddhi-yoga are directly imparted by the Lord fro'm within, as confirmed\nin Bhagavad-g\"itii (Bg. 10.10).\n\nTEXT 31\n\n31t�f.t � �llf�: (1+ttf(�w: I\n�+tf�RhtrAriiPI J\\Eiii�+t�+t\"': II�� II\n\nm1\n\n", "SB3.2#p0060": "Text 32]\n\nBrahmli's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n371\n\ntata iitmani loke ca\nbhakti-yuktalt samiihitalt\ndra�tiisi miim tatam brahman\nmayi lokiims tvam iitmanalt\n\n- thereafter ; iitmani-in yourself; loke-in the universe; ca-also;\nsituated in devotional service; samiihitafr. - being\ncompletely absorbed; dra�Jiisi-you shall see; miim - Me; tatam- spread\nthroughout; brahman-Brahma; mayi - in Me; lokiin-all the universe;\ntatalt\n\n-\n\nbhakti yuktalt-being\n\ntvam-you ; iitmanalt- the living entities.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Brahma, when you are absorbed in devotional service, in the course o f\nyour creative activities, you will see M e i n you and throughout the universe,\nand you will see that you yourself, the universe and the living entities are\nall in Me.\nPURPORT\nIt is cited herein by the Lord that during his daytime Brahma would see\nHim as Lord\n\nSri Kr�J;Ia. He would appreciate how the Lord expanded\n\nHimself into all the calves during His childhood at Vrndavana, he would\nknow how Y asodamayi saw all the universes and planetary systems within\nthe mouth of Kr�J;Ia during His playful childhood pastimes, and he would\nalso see that there are many millions of Brahmas during the appearance of\nLord Kr�l)a in Brahma's daytime. But all these manifestations of the Lord,\nappearing everywhere in His eternal transcendental. forms, cannot be understood by anyone but the pure devotees, who are always engaged in\ndevotional service to the Lord and are fully absorbed in the Lord. The high\nqualifications of Brahma are also indicated herein.\nTEXT 32\n\n� � �� ((l�rtlfil.:t � I\n\nstf<t'+.t� � � �QRfiR 4AAe4( II� �II\nyadii tu sarva-bhiite�u\ndiiru�v agnim iva sthitam\npraticak�Tta miim loko\njahyiit tarhy eva kasmalam\n\n", "SB3.2#p0061": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n372\nyada-when; tu\n\n[ Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\n- but; sa a- all bhute§u-in the living entities; daru§u- fire; iva-like; thitam- situated; p ticak ita- you\nshall see; miim-Me; loka�-and the universe; jahyiit-can give up; tarhi-then\nat once; eva-certainly; kasmalam-illusion.\nin the wood; agnim\n\nro\n\n;\n\ns\n\nra\n\n§\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou will see Me in all living entities as well as all over the universe, just\nas\n\nfire is situated in wood. Only in that state of transcendental vision will\n\nyou be able to be free from all kinds of illusion.\nPURPORT\n\nBrahma prayed that he might not forget his eternal relationship with the\nLord during the course of his material activities. In answer to that prayer,\nthe Lord said that he should not think of existing without a relationship\nwith His omnipotency. The example is given of the fire in wood. The fire\nkindled in wood is always the same, although the wood may be of different\ntypes. Similarly the bodies within material creation may be specifically\ndifferent according to shape and quality, but the spirit souls within them\nare not different from one another. The quality of fire, warmth, is the same\neverywhere, and the spiritual spark, or part and parcel of the Supreme\nSpirit, is the same in every living being; thus the potency of the Lord is\ndistributed all over His creation. This transcendental knowledge alone can\nsave one from the contamination of material illusion. Since the Lord's\npotency is distributed everywhere, a pure soul or devotee of the Lord\ncan see everything in relationship with the Lord, and therefore he has no\naffection for the outer coverings. That pure spiritual conception makes\nhim immune to all contamination of material association. The pure devotee\nnever forgets the touch of the Lord in all circumstances.\nTEXT 33\n\n�mn;f '6f.o�gullfif� : I\n� �� �((41�1�� ����II\n�\n\nyadii rahitam iitmiinarh\nbhutendriya-gurtiisayaifl\nsvarupera mayopetarh\npasyan sviiriijyam rcchati\n\n", "SB3.2#p0062": "Text 33]\n\nBrahmll's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n373\n\nyada-when; rahitam-freed from; iitmanam-self; bhuta-material elements; indriya\n\n-\n\nmaterial senses; gu[la asayaifl-under the influence of the\n-\n\nmaterial modes of nature; svariipe[la-in pure existence; maya-by Me;\nupetam-approaching; pasyan-by seeing; sviiriijyam-spiritual kingdom;\n\nrcchati-enj oy\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen you are free from the conception of gross and subtle bodies and\nwhen your senses are free from all influences of the modes of material\nnature, you will realize your pure form in My association. At that time\nyou will be situated in pure consciousness.\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu it is said that a person whose only desire\nis to render transcendental loving service to the Lord is a free person in\nany condition of material existence. That service attitude is the svarupa or\nreal form of the living entity. Lord\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, in the\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta, also confirms this statement by declaring that the\nreal spiritual form of the living entity is eternal servitorship to the Supreme\nLord. The Mayavadi school shudders at the thought of a service attitude in\nthe living entity, not knowing that in the transcendental world the service\nof the Lord is based on transcendental love. Transcendental loving service\nis never to be compared to the forced service of the material world. In the\nmaterial world, even if one is under the conception that he is no one's\nservant, he is still the servant of his senses, under the dictation of the\nmaterial modes. Factually no one is master here in the material world, and\ntherefore the servants of the senses have a very bad experience of servitude.\nThey shudder at the thought of service because they have no knowledge of\nthe transcendental position. In transcendental loving service, the servitor\nis as free as the Lord. The Lord is svarat, or fully independent, and the\nservant is also fully independent or svarat in the spiritual atmosphere\nbecause there is no forced service. There the transcendental loving service\nis due to spontaneous love. A reflected glimpse of such service is experienced in the service of the mother unto the son, the friend's service unto\nthe friend, or the wife's service unto the husband. These reflections of\nservice by friends, parents or wives are not forced, but are due only to love.\nHere in this material world, however, the loving service is only a reflection.\nThe real service, or service in svarupa, is present in the transcendental\nworld, in association with the Lord. The very same service in transcendental\nlove can be practiced here in devotion.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0063": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n374\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nThis verse is also applicable to the jiiiin\"i school. The enlightened jiiiinl,\nwhen free from all material contaminations, namely the gross and subtle\nbodies together with the senses of the material modes of nature, is placed\nin the Supreme and is thus liberated from material bondage. The jiiiin\"is\nand the devotees are actually in agreement up to the point of liberation\nfrom material contamination. But whereas the jiiiin\"is remain pacified on\nthe platform of simple understanding, the devotees develop further spiritual advancement in loving service. The devotees develop a spiritual\nindividuality in their spontaneous service attitude, which is enhanced on\nand on, up to the point of miidhurya-rasa, or transcendental loving service\nreciprocated between the lover and the beloved.\nTEXT 34\n\nwwlwwldfchnilww �� ;r(t: fuqw: 1\nwti�N41��� �tft�t\"'f��- : 11�\\lll\nniinii-karma-vitiinena\n\nprajii bahvi/.1. sisrk�ata�\nniitmiivasidaty as.mims te\nvar�iyiin mad-anugraha�\nniinii-karma-varieties of service; vitiinena-by expansion of; prajii�population; bahvi/.1.-innumerable; sisrk�ata�-desiring to increase;\n\nna­\n\nnever; iitmii-self; avasidati-will be bereaved; asmin-in the matter; te-of\nyou; var;5iyiin -always increasing; mat-My; anugraha�-causeless mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nSince you have desired to increase the population innumerably and\nexpand your varieties of service, you shall never be deprived in this matter\n\nbecause My causeless mercy upon you will always increase for all time.\nPURPORT\n\nA pure devotee of the Lord, being cognizant of the facts of the particular\ntime, object and circumstances, always desires to expand the number of\ndevotees of the Lord in various ways. Such expansions of transcendental\nservice may appear to be material to the materialist, but factually they are\nexpansions of the causeless mercy of the Lord towards the devotee. Plans\nfor such activities may appear to be material activities, but they are different in potency, being engaged in the satisfaction of the transcendental\nsenses of the Supreme.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0064": "Text 36)\n\nBrahmll's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n375\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�f't+ud WI� tn'ft� oogun I\n\n���f;r�:l3f�m (\"(��lsfqij 11�'-\\11\nr�im iidyarh na badhniiti\npiipiyiirhs tviirh rajo-gul)a�\nyan mano mayi nirbaddharh\nprajii� sarhsrjato 'pi te\n\nr�im-unto the great sage; iidyam-the first of the kind; na-never;\nbadhnati-encroaches;\n\npapiyan-vicious;\n\ntvam\n\n-\n\nyou;\n\nraja�-gura�-the\n\nmaterial mode of passion; yat-because; mana�-mind; mayi-in Me;\nnirbaddham-compact in; prajii�-progeny; sarh srjata�-generating ; api­\n\nin spite of; te-your.\nTRANSLATION\nYou are the original �;�i, and because your mind is always fixed on Me,\neven though you will be engaged in generating various progeny, the vicious\nmode of passion will never encroach upon you.\nPURPORT\nThe same assurance is given to Brahma in the Second Canto, Chapter\nNine, verse 36. Being so favored by the Lord, Brahma's schemes and plans\nare all infallible. If sometimes Brahma is seen to be bewildered, as, in the\nTenth Canto, he is bewildered by seeing the action of the internal potency,\nthat is also for his further advancement in transcendental service. Aijuna is\nfound to be similarly bewildered. All such bewilderment of the pure\ndevotees of the Lord is specifically meant for their further advancement in\nknowledge of the Lord.\nTEXT 36\n\n�mit� llCRIT �tf� §>f€i�tftsfq �I\n� �cf�S9;��-wm�:ll��ll\njniito 'ham bhavatii tv adya\ndur-vijneyo 'pi dehiniim\nyan miirh tvarh manyase 'yuktarh\nbhiitendriya-gu[tiitmabhi�\n\n", "SB3.2#p0065": "[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n376\n\npiatafl-known ; aham -M yself; bhavatii-by you; tu-but; adya-today;\n\nduft-difficult; vijn eyafl-to be known; api\n\n-\n\nin spite of; dehiniim-for the\n\nconditioned soul; yat- because; mii m Me; tvam-you ; manyase -under\n-\n\nstand; ayuktam\n\n-\n\n­\n\nwithout being made of; bhuta-material elements; indriya\n\n-material senses; g u!la-material modes; atmabh*-and false ego like the\nconditioned soul.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlthough I am not easily knowable by the conditioned soul, you have\nknown Me today because you know that My personality is not constituted\nof anything material, and specifically not of the five gross and three subtle\nelements.\nPURPORT\nKnowledge of the Supreme Absolute Truth does not necessitate negation\nof the material manifestation but understanding of spiritual existence as it\nis. To think that because material existence is realized in forms spiritual\nexistence must therefore be formless is only a negative material conception of spirit. The real spiritual conception is that spiritual form is not\nmaterial form. Brahma appreciated the eternal form of the Lord in that\nway, and the Personality of Godhead approved of Brahma's spiritual\nconception. In Bhagavad-gitii the Lord condemned the material conception\nof Kr�qa's body which arises because He is apparently present like a man.\nThe Lord may appear in any of His many, many spiritual forms, but He is\n\nneither materially composed nor has He any difference between body and\nself. That is the way of conceiving the spiritual form of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n��::qfit.fi�I+U�llr �s�: I\n� m� � �� t�f�;:q(f: ����''\ntubhyarir. mad-vicikitsiiyiim\niitmii me darsito 'bahifl\nniilena salile miilarir.\npu�karasya vicinvatafl\ntu bhyam-unto you; mat-Me; vicikitsayam-on your trying to know;\n\natma-self ; me-of Myself; darsita�-exhibited; abah*\n\n-through the stem; salile-in the water; mu la m\n\n-\n\nfrom within; nalena\nroot; pu§karasya-:-of the\n-\n\nlotus, the primeval source; vicinvataq -<: ontemplating\n\n.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0066": "Text 38]\n\nBrahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n377\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen you were contemplating whether there was a source to the stem\nof the lotus of your birth and you even entered into that stem, you could\nnot trace out anything. But at that time I manifested My form from within.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Personality of Godhead can be experienced only by His causeless\nmercy, not by mental speculation nor with the help of the material senses.\nMaterial senses cannot approach the transcendental understanding of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. He can be appreciated only by submissive\ndevotional service when He reveals Himself before the devotee. Only by\nlove of Godhead can one know God, and not otherwise. The Personality of\nGodhead cannot be seen with the material eyes, but He can be seen from\nwithin by spiritual eyes opened by the ointment of love of Godhead. As\nlong as one's spiritual eyes are closed due to the dirty covering of matter,\none cannot see the Lord. But when the dirt is removed by the process of\ndevotional service, one can see the Lord without a doubt. Brahma's personal endeavor to see the root of the lotus pipe failed, hut when the Lord\nwas satisfied by his penance and devotion, He revealed Himself from\nwithin with no external endeavor.\n\nTEXT 38\n:rr=r:\n�::-<m�r.::r: �T;r +i�;��t+�� I\nll\n¥.t��l'fi·\n\"'\n\n•\n\n,...\n\nll1::1 �qfu ij f;{gr � � +1��: ����\"\nyac cakarthiinga mat-stotrarh\nmat-kathiibhyudayiinkitam\nyad vii tapasi te ni§thii\nsa e§a mad-anugraha�\nyat-that which; cakartha- performed; anga-0 Brahma; mat-stotramprayers for Me; mat-kathii-words regarding My activities; abhyudaya­\n\natikitam - enumerating My transcendental glories; yat-or that; va-either;\ntapasi-in penance; te-your; ni§thii-faith; sa�-that; e§a�-all these; matMy; anugraha�-causeless mercy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Brahma, the prayers that you have chanted praising the glories of My\ntranscendental activities, the penances you have undertaken to understand\n\n", "SB3.2#p0067": "378\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\nMe, and your firm faith in Me-all these are to be considered My causeless\nmercy.\nPURPORT\nWhen a living entity desires to serve the Lord in transcendental loving\nservice, the Lord helps the devotee in so many ways as the caitya-guru, or\nthe spiritual master within, and thus the devotee can perform many wonderful activities beyond material estimation. By the mercy of the Lord\neven a layman can compose prayers of the highest spiritual perfection.\nSuch spiritual perfection is not limited by material qualifications hut is\ndeveloped by dint of one;s sincere endeavor to render transcendental\nservice. Voluntary endeavor is the only qualification for spiritual perfection. Material acquisitions of wealth or education are not considered.\n\nTEXT 39\n\nsfutls�� � �lifilwti �� I\n�d>��\nRgui �� ����II\nprito 'ham astu bhadram te\nlokiiniim vijayecchayii\nyad astau�ir gu{lamayam\nnirgu{lam miinuvar{layan\nprita{l-pleased; aham-Myself; astu-let it be so; bhadram-all benediction;te-unto you;lokanam-of the planets; vijaya-for glorification; icchaya\n-by your desire; yat-that which; astau!ifl-you prayed for;gu{lamayamdescrihing all transcendental qualities; nirgu{!Um-although I am free from\n\nall material qualities; mil-Me; anuvar{layan-nicely describing.\nTRANSLATION\nI am very much pleased by your description of Me in terms of My\n\ntranscendental qualities, which appear mundane to the mundaners. I grant\n\nyou all benedictions in your desire to glorify all the planets by your\n\nactivities.\n\nPURPORT\nA pure devotee of the Lord like Brahm a and those in his line of disciplic\nsuccession always desire that the Lord be known all over the universe by\neach and every one of the living entities. That desire of the devotee is\nalways blessed by the Lord. The impersonalist sometimes prays for the\n\n", "SB3.2#p0068": "Text41]\n\n379\n\nBrahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\nmercy of the Personality of Godhead Narayal}a as the embodiment of\nmaterial goodness, but such prayers do not satisfy the Lord because He is\nnot thereby glorified in terms of His actual transcendental qualities. The\npure devotees of the Lord are always most dear to Him, although He is\nalways kind and merciful to all living entities. Here the word gufUlmayam\nis significant because it indicates the Lord's possessing transcendental\n·\n\nqualities.\n\nTEXT40\n\n��ij;{ �'*·f'l���m� 1\n�\nQ+SI(1\"i�4 ���: m�o II\nya etena pumiin nityam\nstutvii stotrefUl miim bhajet\ntasyiisu samprasideyam\nsarva-kiima-vareivaralr\nya�-anyone who; etena-by this; pumiin\n\n-\n\nhum an being; nityam-regu­\n\nlarly; stutva-praying; stotre!la-by the verses; mam-Me; bhajet\n\n-\n\nmay\n\nworship; tasya-his; iiiu-very soon; samprasideyam-1 shall fulfill; sarvaall; kama-desires; vara lsvaralr-the Lord of all benediction.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAny human being who prays like Brahma, and who thus worships Me,\nshall very soon be benedicted with the fulfillment of all his desires, for I am\n\nthe Lord of all benediction.\nPURPORT\nThe prayers offered by Brahma cannot be chanted by anyone who\ndesires to fulfill his own sense gratification. Such prayers can be selected\nonly by a person who wants to satisfy the Lord in His service. The Lord\ncertainly fulfills all desires in regards to transcendental loving service, but\nHe cannot, however, fulfill the whims of nondevotees, even when such\ncasual devotees offer Him the best prayers.\n\nTEXT41\n\n'@Wf\n\n�<\\��•IQ+U� I\nu{ {;{:� � 'tdtlRI{ij�Mritij'( 11\\l �II\n�\n\n", "SB3.2#p0069": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n380\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\npiirtena tapasii yajiiair\ndiinair yoga-samiidhinii\nriiddharh n*sreyasarh purhsiirh\nmat-pritis tattvavin-matam\npiirtena-by traditional good work; tapasii-by penances; yajiiaifl- by\ndiinai�-by charities; yoga -by mysticism; sam ii dhinii by\ntrance; riiddham-success; n*sr eyasam -ultimately beneficial; pumsiim- of\nthe human being; mat-of Me; pnti�-satisfaction; tattvavit expert\ntranscendentalist; matam- opinion.\nsacrifices;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is the opinion of expert transcendentalists that the ultimate goal of\n\nperforming\n\nall traditional good works, penances, sacrifices, charities,\n\nmystic activities, trances, etc., is to invoke My satisfaction.\nPURPORT\n\nThere are many traditionally pious activities in human society, such as\n\naltruism, philanthropy, nationalism, internationalism, charity, sacrifice,\n\npenance, and even meditation in trance, and all of them can be fully bene­\n\nficial only when they lead to the satisfaction of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. The perfection of any activity-social, political, religious or\n\nphilanthropic-is to satisfy the Supreme Lord. This secret of success is\nknown to the devotee of the Lord, as exemplified by Arjuna on the\n\nBattlefield of Kuruk�etra. As a good nonviolent man, Arjuna did not want\n\nto fight with his kinsmen, but when he understood that Kr�?Qa wanted the\n\nfight and had arranged it at Kuruk�etra, he gave up his own satisfaction\n\nand fought for the satisfaction of the Lord. That is the right decision for\n\nall intelligent men. One's only concern should be to satisfy the Lord by\n\none's activities. If the Lord is satisfied by an action, whatever it may be,\n\nthen it is successful. Otherwise, it is simply a waste of time. That is the\nstandard of all sacrifice, penance, austerity, mystic trance and other good\nand pious work.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0070": "Text 42]\n\nBrahmll's Prayers for Creative Energy\n\n381\n\naham iitmii\"tmaniirh dhata�\npre�tha� san preyasam api\nato mayi ratirh kuryad\ndehiidir yat-krte priya�\naham-1 am; iitmii-Supersoul; iitmaniim-of all other souls; d h ata�\nthe dearest; san-being ; prey asiim-of all dear things;\napi-certainly;ata�-therefore;mayi-unto Me;ra t im-attachment ; kuryiit\none should do; deha ii di{l-the body and mind; yat -krte -on whose account;\npriya�-very dear.\n­\n\ndirector; pre�! ha�\n\n-\n\n­\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nI am the Supersoul of every individual, the supreme director and the\ndearest. People are wrongly attached to the gross and subtle bodies, but\nthey should be attached to Me only.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, is the dearest both in\nthe conditioned and liberated states. When a person does not know that\nthe Lord only is the dearmost object, then he is in the conditioned state of\nlife, and when one knows perfectly well that the Lord only is the dearmost\nobject, he is considered to be liberated. There are degrees of knowing one's\nrelationship with the Lord, depending on the degree of realization as to\nwhy the Supreme Lord is the dearmost object of every living being. The\nreal reason is clearly stated i!J Bhagavad-gltii (Bg. 15. 7). Mamaivarhso jiva­\n\nloke ji.\"va-bhuta� saniitana�: the living entities are eternally parts and par­\n\ncels of the Supreme Lord. The living entity is called the iitmii, and the Lord\nis called the Paramiitmii. The living entity is called Brahman, and the Lord\nis called the Parabrahman or the Paramesvara. Isvara{l p a rama{l krfir. af!\n\n.\n\nThe conditioned souls who do not have self-realization accept the material\nbody as the dearmost. The idea of the dearmost is then spread all over the\nbody, both concentrated and extended. The attachment for one's own body\nand its extensions like children and relatives is actually developed on the\nbasis of the real living entity. As soon as the real living entity is out of the\nbody, even the body of the most dear son is no longer attractive. Therefore\nthe living spark or eternal part of the Supreme is the real basis of affection,\nand not the body. Because the living entities are also parts of the whole\nliving entity, therefore that supreme living entity is the factual basis of\naffection for all. One who has forgotten the basic principle of his love for\neverything has only flickering love because he is in miiyii. The more one is\n\n", "SB3.2#p0071": "382\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 9\n\naffected by the principle of miiyii, the more he is detached from the basic\nprinciple of love. One cannot factually love anything unless he is fully\ndeveloped in the loving service of the Lord.\n\n·\n\nIn the present verse, stress is given to focusing love upon the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. The word kuryiit is significant here. This means\n\"one must have it.\" It is just to stress that we must have more and more\nattachment to the principle of love. The influence of miiyii is experienced\nby the part and parcel spiritual entity, but it cannot influence the Supersoul or the Paramatma. The Mayavadi philosophers, accepting the influence\nof miiyii on the living entity, want to become one with the Paramatma.\nBut because they have no actual love for Paramatma, they remain ever\nentrapped by the influence of miiyii and are unable to approach the\nvicinity of P aramatma. This inability is due to their lack of affection for the\nParamatma. A rich miser does not know how to utilize his wealth, and\ntherefore, in spite of his being very rich, his miserly behavior keeps him\neverlastingly a poor man. On the other hand, a person who knows how to\nutilize wealth can quickly become a rich man, even with a small credit\nbalance.\nThe eyes and the sun are very intimately related because without sunlight the eyes are unable to see_ But the other parts of the body, being\nattached to the sun as a source of warmth, take more advantage of the sun\nthan do the eyes- Without possessing affection for the sun, the eyes cannot\nbear the rays of the sun; or, in other words, such eyes h:,ve no capacity to\nunderstand the utility of the sun's rays. Similarly, the empiric philosophers,\ndespite their theoretical knowledge of Brahman, cannot utilize the mercy\nof the Supreme Brahman only for want of affection_ So many impersonal\nphilosophers remain everlastingly under the influence of miiyii because,\nalthough they indulge in theoretical knowledge of Brahman, they neither\ndevelop affection for Brahman nor do they have any scope for development\nof affection because of their defective method. A devotee of the sun-god,\neven though devoid of eyesight, can see the sun-god as he is even from this\nplanet, whereas one who is not a devotee of the sun cannot even bear the ,\nglaring sunlight. Similarly, by devotional service, even though one is not on\nthe level of a jniini, he can see the Personality of Godhead within himself\ndue to his development of pure love. In all circumstances one should try to\ndevelop love of Godhead, and that will solve all contending problems.\nTEXT43\n\nri��'l�it�•n�'li11S�ss�'l:qlr.t011 1\n�: � � 'Ql� '41·'Q����\n� mH II\n�\n\n\"'\n\n", "SB3.2#p0072": "Text 44)\n\n383\n\nBrahma's Prayers for Creative Energy\nsaroa-veda-mayenedam\niitmanii\"tmii\"tma-yoninii\nprajiifi. srja yathii-piiroarh\nyiis ca mayy anuserate\n\nsaroa-all; veda-mayena-under complete Vedic wisdom; idam-this;\niitmanii-by the body; iitmii- you; iit ma-yoninii- directly born of the Lord;\nprajiifi.\n\n-\n\nliving entities; srja-generate; yathii-piiroam- as it was hereinbefore;\n\nyaft-which; ca-also; mayi\n\n-\n\nin Me; anuserate-lie.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBy following My instructions you can now generate the living entities as\nbefore, by dint of your complete Vedic wisdom and the body that you\nhave directly received from Me, the supreme cause of everything.\nTEXT44\n\nmaitreya uviica\ntasmii evarh jagat-s.rafitre\npradhiina-puru�esvarafi.\nvyajyedarh svena riiperta\nkanja-niibhas tirodadhe\nmaitreyafl uvaca\n\n-\n\nthe sage Maitreya said; tasmai-unto him; evam-thus;\n\njagat-srafitre-unto the creator of the universe; pradhiina-puru�a-\"isvarafi.the primeval Lord, the Personality of Godhead; vyajya idam-after instructing this; svena-in His person; riiper-a\n\n-\n\nby the form; kanja-nabhafl­\n\nthe Personality of Godhead Narayar;ta; tirodadhe\n\n-\n\ndisappeared\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Maitreya said: After instructing Brahma, the creator of the\nuniverse, to expand, the primeval Lord, the Personality of Godhead in His\npersonal form as Narayar;ta, disappeared.\nPURPORT\nBefore his activity in creating the universe, Brahma saw the Lord. That\nIS\n\nthe explanation of the Catu�-slok\"i Bhiigavatam. When the creation\n\n", "SB3.2#p0073": "384\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch 9\n.\n\nawaited Brahma's activity, Brahma saw the Lord, and therefore the Lord\nexisted in His personal for m before the creation. His eternal form is not\n\ncreated by the attempt of Brahma, as imagined by less intelligent men.\n\nThe Personality of Godhead appeared as He is before Brahma, and He\ndisappeared from him in the same form, which is not materially tinged.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Ninth Chapter,\n\nofthe Srimad-Bhiigavatam, entitled ''Brahmii's Prayers for Creative Energy.\"\n\n", "SB3.2#p0074": "CHAPTER TEN\n\nDivisions of the creation\nTEXT J\n\n��\n�ij � iR11 et4iN(tl'l{: I\n�n � 4if� ��qi�(1)Phi: II � II\nvidura uviica\nantarhite bhagavati\nbrahmii loka-pitii-maha�\nprajii� sasarja katidhii\ndaihikir miinasir vibhu�\nsr'i vidura�\n\nu vii c a - Sri\n\nVidura said; antarhite-after the disappearance;\n\nbhagavati- of the Personality of Godhead; brahmii-the first created livi n g\nbeing; l o ka pitii maha [1 -the grandfather\n-\n\n-\n\nof all\n\nplanetary\n\ninhabitants;\n\npraja[1-generations; sasarja-created; katidhiif!-how .many; daihiki[1 -from\nhis body; miinasU.1-fro m his mind; vibhu�\n\n-\n\nthe great.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Vidura said: 0 great sage, please let me know how Brahma, the\ngrandfather of the planetary inhabitants, created the bodies of the living\nentities from his own body and mind after the disappearance of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n385\n\n", "SB3.2#p0075": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n386\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 10\n\nye ca me bhagavan pr�tiis\n\ntvayy artha bahuvittama\n\ntan vadasviinupurvye[!a\n\nchindhi na� sarva-samsayan\n\nye-all those; ca-also; m e\n\n-\n\nby me; bhagavan-0 powerful one ; p r�t ii(l\n\n­\n\ninquired; tvayi-unto you; arthii(t-purpose; balwvittama-0 greatly learned\none; tan-all of them; vadasva-kindly describe; iinupu rvye[!a-from begin­\n\nning to end; chindhi\n\n-\n\nkindly eradicate; na�\n\n-\n\nmy; sarva-all; samsayan­\n\ndoubts.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 greatly learned one, kindly eradicate all my doubts and let me know\nof all that I have inquired from you from the beginning to the end.\n\nPURPORT\nVidura asked all relevant questions of Maitreya because he knew well\nthat\n\nMaitreya was the right person to reply to all the points of his\n\ninquiries. One must be confident about the qualifications of his teacher;\none should not approach a layman for replies to specific spiritual inquiries.\nSuch inquiries, when replied to with imaginative answers by the teacher,\nare a program for wasting time.\n\nTEXT3\nt=@��\n\n�ti ij�fa:ij�..- � Efittu(f(Qf;{: 1\n3ffif: �( qr;r_ SJ�F{ �� � II �II\nsuta uvaca\n\nevam sancoditas tena\n\nk§attra kau�aravir mun*\n\npiita� pratyaha tan prasniin\nhrdi-sthan atha bhargava\n\nsr! suta[t uvaca-Sri Suta Gosvami said; evam-thus; s an c odi t a[t\n\nenlivened; t e na-by\nKau�ara;\n\nhim;\n\nmun*-gre a t\n\nk�attra-by\n\nsage;\n\n-\n\nb ei n g\n\nV idura; ka u�ara vi[1 -the son of\n\nprna�-b e ing\n\npleased; pra t yiiha- re plie d;\n\ntan-those; prasnan- ques t io n s; hrdi s than- from the core of his heart;\n-\n\natha-thus; bhargava-the son of Bhrgu.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0076": "387\n\nDivisions of the Creation\n\nText 4]\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSiita Gosvami said: 0 son of Bhrgu, the great sage Maitreya M uni, thus\nhearing from Vidura, felt ver y much enlivened. Everything was in his\nheart, and thus he began to reply to the questions one after another.\nPURPORT\n\nThe phrase siita� uviica ( Su ta Gosvami said\") apP,ears to indicate a\n\"\n\nbreak in the discourse between Maharaja Parilq;it and Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nWhile Sukadeva Gosvami was speaking to Maharaja Parik�it, Suta Gosvami\n\nwas only one member of a large audience. nut Suta Gosvami was speaking\n\nto the sages of Naimi�ara�ya, headed by the sage Saunaka, a descendant\n\nof Sukadeva Gosvami. This does not, however, make any substantial\ndifference in the topics under discussion.\n\nTEXT4\n\"\"\"'\n\n\"��\n\nRft�sfq � � � �d ij1fi I\n3ffi+t;::ql�:+t1Wi'U�� q� \"+14li41wt�: II \\ill\nmaitreya uviica\nviririco 'pi tathii cakre\ndivyarit var�a-satarh tapa�\niitmany iitmiinam iivesya\nyathiiha bhagaviin aja�\nmaitreya� u viica - the great sa ge Maitreya said; viri1ica[l-Brahma; api­\n\nalso; tathii-in that manner;\n\nsatam-one\n\nhundred\n\nc akr e-pe rf o r med;\n\ndivyam -c el estial; var§a­\n\nyears; tapa�-penances; atmani-unto the\n\nLord;\n\niitmiinam-his own self; iivesya-engaging; yathii iiha-as it was spoken;\nbhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; aja!t-the unborn.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe greatly learned sage Maitreya said: 0 Vidura, Brahma thus engaged\nhimself in penances for one hundred celestial years, as advised by the\nPersonality of Godhead, and applied himself in devotional service to the\nLord.\nPURPORT\n\nThat Brahma engaged himself for the Personality of Godhead, Niiriiyap.a,\n\nmeans that he engaged himself in the s e rvice of t he Lord; that is the\n\n", "SB3.2#p0077": "388\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 10\n\nhighest penance which one can perform for any number of years. There is\nno retirement from such service, which is eternal and ever encouraging.\n\nTEXT5\n\nijf���� ��:I\n\n6�:�1<!Sti�OT �... II � II\n\n��\n\ntad vilok yiibjasambhiito\nviiyunii yad-adhi§ thita{1\npadmam arnbhas ca tat-kiilakrta-vi:ryer-a kampitam\ntat vil okya\n\n-\n\nlooking into that;abja-sambhutaft-whose source of birth was\n\na lotus; vayunii-by the air; yat-that ; adhi�th i t a{t -on which he was situated;\n\npadmam\n\n-\n\nlotus; ambha{t -water; ca-also; tat-kala-krta-which was effected\n\nby eternal time; vi:ryer-a-by its inherent force; k ampitam- t rembling\n\n.\n\nTRANS LATION\nThereafter Brahma saw that both the lotus on which he was situated\nand the water on which the lotus was growing were trembling due to a\nstrong, violent wind.\n\nPURPORT\nThe material world is called illusory because it is a place of forgetfulness\nof the transcendental service of the Lord. Thus one engaged in the Lord's\ndevotional service in the material world may sometimes be very much\ndisturbed by awkward circumstances. There is a declaration of war between\nthe two parties, the illusory energy and the devotee, and sometimes the\nweak devotees fall victim to the onslaught of the powerful illusory energy.\nLord Brahma, however, wa\n\n·\n\nsufficiently strong, by the causel.ess mercy of\n\nthe Lord, and he could not be victimized by the material energy, although\nit gave him cause for anxiety when it managed to totter the existence of\nhis position.\n\nTEXT6\n\n��� r���l\n�t(f€4ijl�i4Jl � tWj �mlm II � II\n\n�m\n\n", "SB3.2#p0078": "389\n\nDivisions of the Creation\n\nText 7)\n\ntapasii hy edhamiinena\nvidyayii ciitma-samsthayii\nvivrddha-vij niina-balo\nnyapiid viiyum sahiimbhasii\ntapasii-by penance; hi-certainly; edhamiinena-increasing; vidyayiiby transcendental knowledge; ca-also; iitma-self; samsthayii-situated in\nthe self; vivrddha- matured; vijriiina-practical knowledge; bala�l-power;\nnyapiit-drank; viiyttm-.the wind; saha ambhasii-along with the water.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLong penance and transcendental knowledge of self-realization matured\nBrahma in practical knowledge, and thus he drank the wind completely,\nalong with the water.\nPURPORT\nLord\n\nBrahma's struggle for existence is a personal example of the\n\ncontinued fight between the living entities in the material world and the\nillusory energy called miiyii. Beginning from Brahma down to tlus ag e ,\nthe living entities are struggling with the forces of material nature. By\nadvanced knowledge in science and transcendental realization, one can try\nLo control the material energy, which works again t our endeavors, and in\nLhe modern age advanced material scientifie knowledge and penance have\nplayed very wonderful roles in controlling the powers of the material\nenergy.\n\nSuch control of the material energy, however, can be most\n\nsuccessfully carried out if one is a\n\noul surrendered unto the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead and carries out His order in the spirit of loving\ntranscendental service.\n\nTEXT7\n\nijflJ\\� Wtti(�IR � �� I\n\n�����ii'tijl�tJ�rijtd> II \"II\ntad vilokya viyadvyiipi\npu�kararh yad-adhi;�thitam\nanena lokiin priigliniin\nkalpitiismity acintayat\ntat\n\nvilokya-looking\n\ninto\n\nthat; viyadvyiipi-extensive!y\n\nwidespread;\n\npu�karam-the loLus;yat-thaL which;adhi�th.itam-he was situated;anena-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0079": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n390\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 10\n\nby this;lokan-all the planets;praiic-ltnan-previously merged in dissolution;\nkalpitasmi-I shall create; iti-thus; acintayat-thought like that.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter he saw that the lotus on which he was situated was spread\nthroughout the universe, and he contemplated how to create all the\nplanets, which were previously merged in that very same lotus.\nPURPORT\nThe seeds of all the planets in the universe were impregnated in the lotus\non which Brahma was situated. All the planets were already generated by\nthe Lord, and all the living entities were also born in Brahma. The material\nworld and the living entities were all already generated in seedling forms\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and Brahma was to disseminate\nthe same seedlings all over the universe. The real creation is therefore\ncalled sarga, and, later on, the manifestation by Brahma is called visarga.\n\nTEXTS\n\nq'IIEfitd �s� �•11!4�1!6�\n:I\n\n��f���,,�,,\npadma-kosarh tadiivisya\nbhagavat-karma-codital;t\nekarh vyabhiink�id urudhii\ntridhii bhiivyarh dvi-saptadhii\n\npadma-kosam-the whorl of the lotus; tada-then; avisya-entering into;\nbhagavat-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; karma-in activities;\nc odita�\n\n-\n\nbeing\n\nencouraged\n\nby; ekam-one; vyabhank§ft-divided into;\n\nurudha great division; tridha-three divisions; bhiivyam\n-\n\n-\n\ncapable offurther\n\ncreation; dvi-saptadha-fourtcen divisions.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus engaged in the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nLord Brahma entered into the whorl of the lotus, and as it spread all over\nthe universe he divided it into three divisions of worlds and later into\nfourteen divisions.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0080": "Text9]\n\nDivisions of the Creation\n\n391\n\nTEXT9\n\nt«\\1'41!'Silt4C?Sliifi� �: � :\n·• �f.ff'l:q� �: q(�gq61 II � II\netiiviin jiva-lokasya\nsamsthii.-bhedah samiihrtah\ndharmasy.clhy animittasy� .\nvipiika� parame�thy asau\netavan- up to this; jiva-lokasya- of the planets inhabited by the living en­\n\ntities; sa mstha-bheda�- different situations of habitation; samiih rta [l. - per ­\n\nformed completely; dharmasya-of religion; hi-certainly; animittasya-of\n\ncauselessness; vipaka [l. - mature stage; parame�thi- the highest personality\nin the universe; asau-that.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma is the most exalted personality in the universe because of\nhis causeless devotional service unto the Lord in mature transcendental\nknowledge. He therefore created all the fourteen planetary divisions for\ninhabitation by the different types of living entities.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord is the reservoir of all the qaalities of the living\nentities. The conditioned souls in the material world reflect only part of\nthose qualities, and therefore they are sometimes called\n\npratibimbas.\n\nThese pratibimba living entities, as parts and parcels of the Supreme Lord,\nhave inherited different proportions of His original qualities, and in terms\nof their inheritance of these qualities, they appear as different species of\n\nlife and are accommodated in different planets according to the plan of\nBrahma. Brahma is the creator of the three worlds, namely the lower\nplanets, called the Patalalokas, the middle planets, called the Bhiirlokas,\nand the upper planets, called the Svarlokas. Still higher planets, such as\nMaharloka, Tapoloka, Satyaloka and Brahmaloka, do not dissolve in the\ndevastating water because of the causeless devotional service rendered unto\nthe Lord by their inhabitants, whose existence continues up to the end of\n\ndvi-pariirdha time, when they are generally liberated from the chain of\nbirth and death in the material world.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0081": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n392\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. IO\n\nTEXT IO\n\n��\n�\n'l�q� C�(l€l*'Jiul: I\n..let<&if � Qr-t � � wt: Slit II� II\no\n\nvidura uviica\nyathiittha bahu-rupasya\nharer adbhuta-karmal}a�\nkiiliikhyam lak§al}am brahman\nyathii varl}aya na� prabho\nvidura�\n\nuvaca- Vidura said; yatha-as; attha- you have said; bahu­\n\nrupasya-having varieties of forms; hare�-of the Lord; adbhuta-wonderful; karmal}a�-of the actor; kala- time; akhyam - of the name; lak�al}arnsymptoms; brahman-0 learned briihmal}a; yathii-as it is; var(laya- please\ndescribe; naft-unto us; prabho - 0 lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVidura inquired from Maitreya: 0 my lord, 0 greatly learned sage,\nkindly describe eternal time, which is another form of the Supreme Lord,\nthe wonderful actor. What are the symptoms of that eternal time? Please\ndescribe them to us in detail.\nPURPORT\nThe complete universe is a manifestation of varieties of entities, beginning from the atoms up to the gigantic universe itself, and all is under\nthe control of the Supreme Lord in His form of kala, or eternal time. The\ncontrolling time has different dimensions in relation to particular physical\nembodiments. There is a time for atomic dissolution and a time for the\nuniversal dissolution. There is a time for the annihilation of the body of\nthe human being, and there is a time for the annihilation of the universal\nbody. Also, growth, development and resultant actions all depend on the\ntime factor.\n\nVidura wanted to know in detail the different physical\n\nmanifestations and their times of annihilation.\n\nTEXT II\n:.\"'\n\n�ll�\ng�ChOChiU Plfcl�wilsstfijmij: I\n�(i't«t�qiG:I\"t'l�'it;f �lWUq�� II��II\n\n", "SB3.2#p0082": "Text ll]\n\n393\n\nDivisions of the Creation\nmaitreya uviica\ngu{la-vyatikariikiiro\nnirvise�o 'prati�.thita�\npuru�as tad-upiidiinam\niitmiinarh lilayiisrjat\n\nmaitreya� uvac a - Maitreya said; gurta-vyatikara-of the interactions of\n\nthe modes of material nature; akara�-source; nirvis·e§a�- without diversity;\naprati�thita{t-unlimited;\n\npuru�a�-of\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPerson;\n\nupadanam - inst rument; atmanam-the material creation; lilayii\n\ntimes; asrjat - created.\n\ntat-that;\n\n-\n\nby pas­\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya said: Eternal time is the primeval source of the interactions of\nthe three modes of material nature. It is unchangeable and limitless, and it\nworks as the instrument of the Supreme Personality of Godhead for His\npastimes in the material creation.\nPURPORT\nThe impersonal time factor is the background of the material manifes­\n\ntation as the instrument of the Supreme Lord.It is the ingredient of\n\nassistance offered to material nature.No one knows where time began\n\nand where it ends, and it is time only which can keep a record of the\ncreation, maintenance and destruction of the material manifestation. This\n\ntime factor is the material cause of creation and is therefore a Self­\n\nexpansion\n\nof the\n\nPersonality\n\nof Godhead. Time\n\nis considered the\n\nimpersonal feature of the Lord.\n\nThe time factor is also exp lained by modern men in various ways.Some\n\naccept it almost as it is explained in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam. For example,\n\nin Hebrew literature time is accepted, in the same spirit, as a representation\nof God. It is stated therein: \"God, who at sundry times and in divers\nmanners spake in time past unto the fathers by the prophets...\n\"\nMetaphysically, time is distinguished as absolute and real. Absolute time is\n\ncontinuous and is unaffected by the speed or slowness of material things.\nTime is astronomically and mathematically calculated in relation to the\n\nspeed, change and life of a particular object.Factually, however, time has\n\nnothing to do with the relativities of things, but rather everything is shaped\nand calculated in terms of the facility offered by time. Time is the basic\nmeasurement of the activity of our senses, by which we calculate past,\npresent and future; but in factual calculation, time has no beginning and\n\nno end.Pa�(iit Ca�akya says that even a slight fraction of time cannot be\n\n", "SB3.2#p0083": "394\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 10\n\npurchased with miiJions of doiJars, and therefore even a moment of time\nlost without profit must be calculated as the greatest loss in life. Time is\n\nnot subject to any form of psychology, nor are the moments objective\n\nrealities in themselves, but they are dependent on particular experiences.\n\nTherefore, Srila ]Iva Gosvami concludes that the time factor is inter­\n\nmixed with the activities-actions and reactions-of the external energy of\nthe Lord. The external energy or material nature works under the superin­\n\ntendence of the time factor as the Lord Himself, and that is why material\n\nnature appears to have produced so many wonderful things in the cosmic\nmanifestation. Bhagavad-gitii confirms this conclusion as follows (Bg. 9.10):\n\nmayiidhyak�er_la prakrtifl suyate sa-cariicaram hetuniinena kaunteya jagad\nvipari.vartate.\nTEXT 12\n\nvisvam vai brahma-tan-miitram\nsamsthitam vi�r_lu-miiyayii\niSvarer_1a paricchinnam\nkiileniivyakta-miirtinii\nviSvam-the material phenomenon; vai-certainly; brahma-the Supreme;\ntat-matram-the same as; sa m sthita m -situated ; vi§(lU-mayaya-by the\n\nenergy of V i�r:t u ; iSvarerra-by the Personality of Godhead; paricchinnamseparated; kalena-by the eternal time; avyakta\n\nby such a feature.\n\n-\n\nu n manifes t ed ; murtina­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n11tis cosmic manifestation is separated from the Supreme Lord\n\nas\n\nmaterial energy by means of kala, which is the unmanifested impersonal\n\nfeature of the Lord. lt is situated as the objective manifestation of the\nLord under the influence of the same material energy of Vi��u.\nPURPORT\nAs stated previously by Narada before Vyasadeva (Bhiig.1.5.20), idam hi\n\nvi.Svam bhagavan ivetarafl: this unmanifested world is the selfsame Personality of Godhead, but it appears to be something else beyond or besides\n\nthe· Lord. It appears so because of its being separated from the Lord by\nmeans of kiila. It is something like the tape recorded voice of a person who\n\n", "SB3.2#p0084": "Text 14)\n\nDivisions of the Creation\n\n395\n\nis now separated from the voice. As the tape recording is situated on the\ntape, so the whole cosmic manifestation is situated on the material energy\nand appears separate by means of kala. The material manifestation is\n\ntherefore the obj ective manifestation of the Supreme Lord and exhibi ts\n\nHis impersonal feature so much adored by impersonalist philosophers.\nTEXT 13\n\nyathediinim tathiigre ca\npasciid apy etad Idrsam\nyathii-as it is; idiinim-at present; tathii-so it was; agre-in the begi nning; ca-and; pasciit-at the end; api\n\n-\n\nalso; etat Idrsam-it continues to be\n\nthe same.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis cosmic manifestation is as it is now, it was the same in the past, and\nit will continue in the same way in the future.\nPURPORT\nThere is a systematic schedule for the perpetual manifestation, maintenance and annihilation of the material world, as stated in Bhagavad-gitii\n(Bg. 9.8): bhuta-griimarn imam krtsnam avaiam prakrter vasiit. As it is\ncreated now and as it will be destroyed later on, so also it existed in the\npast and again will be created, maintained and destroyed in due course of\ntime. Therefore, the systematic activities of the time factor are perpetual\nand eternal and cannot be stated to be false. The manifestation is\ntemporary and occasional, but it is not false as claimed by the Mayavadi\nphilosophers.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� ottrl� WI� ��� �: I\niifiR:SM�� �: stMQ4'1: II� 'ill\nsargo navavidhas tasya\npriikrto vaikrtas tu ya[l\n\n", "SB3.2#p0085": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n396\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 10\n\nkiila-dravya-gu!Jair asya\ntrividha{t pratisankrama�\nsargaft-creation; navavidha�-of nine different kinds; tasya-its;\npriikrta�-material; vaikrta{t- by the modes of material nature; tu-but;\nya� t hat which; kala-eternal. time; dravya-matter; gur w i[t-q ualities;\nasya-its; trividha[t-three kinds; pratisankrama[t-annihi I ation.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere are nine different kinds of creations besides the one which\nnaturally occurs due to the interactions of the modes. There are three\n\nlcinds of annihilations due to eternal time, the material elements and the\n\nquality of one's work.\n\nPURPORT\nThe scheduled creations and annihilation\nsupreme will. There are other creation\n\ntake place in terms of t h e\n\ndue to interactions of material\n\nelements which take place by the intelligence of BrahmlL Later these will\n\nbe more explicitly explained. At present, only preliminary information is\ngiven. The three kinds of annihilations are: (1) due to the scheduled time of\nannihilation of the entire universe, (2) due to a fire which emanates from\n\nthe mouth of Ananta, and (3) due to one's qualitative actions and r e actions.\nTEXT 15\n\n�ilT �ur���;r: 1\nf�r.r��� � ��:11�'-\\11\n\n3lRT� �:\n\niidyas tu mahata� sargo\ngu!Ja-vaifiamyam iitmana�\ndvitiyas tv ahamo yatra\ndravya�iniina-kriyodaya/:t\niidya{t-the first; tu-but; mahata/:t-of th e total emanation from the\nL ord; sarga[t-c reat ion; gu!Ja-vai§amyam-interaction of t h e material modes;\n\niitmana[t-of the Supreme; dvitiya{t-the second; tu-but; ahama{t-false\nego; yatra-wherein; dravya-material ingr edi ents; jiiiina -material k nowledge; kriyii-udaya{t-awakening of ac ti vities (work).\nTRANSLATION\nOf the nine creations, the first one is the creation of the mahat-tattva,\nor the sum total of the material ingredients, wherein the modes interact\n\n", "SB3.2#p0086": "Text 17)\n\nDivisions of the Creation\n\n397\n\ndue to the presence of the Supreme Lord. In the second, the false ego is\ngenerated in which the material ingredients, material knowledge and\nmaterial activities arise.\nPURPORT\nThe first emanation from the Supreme Lord for material creation is\ncaUed mahat-taltva. The interaction of the material modes is the cause of\nfalse identification or the sense that a living being is made of material\nelements. This false ego is the cause of identifying the body and mind with\nthe soul proper. Material resources and the capacity and knowledge to work\nare all generated in the second term of creation, after the mahat-tattva.\n\nJnana indicates the senses which are sources of knowledge, and their controlling deities. Work entails the working organs and their controlling\ndeities. AU these are generated in the second creation.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n����A�ij �it �;.ym� I\n�� itfr�;.y: ij'ilf � �'1RtiiW:¥tifi: II�� II\nbhuta-sargas trtiyas tu\ntanmiitro dravya-saktimiin\ncaturtha aindriya�l sargo\nyas tu j;iana-kriyatmakab\nbhii ta- sargab-creation\n\nof\n\nmatter;\n\ntrtiya !J -is\n\nthe\n\nthird;\n\ntn-but;\n\ntat- miHra{t- sense perception; dravya-of the elemenls; .�aktiman - generator ;\ncaturthab-the fou rth ; ain driyab - in the matter of the senses; sargabcreati'?n; yab-that\n\nwhich; tu-but; jiiana-knowledge acquiring;\n\nkriya\n\n-working; atmakab- basically.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sense perceptions are created in the third creation, and from these\nthe elements are generated. The fourth creation is the creation of knowledge and of working capacity.\nTEXT 17\n\n�ctitfm �;rnt1: q�) � '4Wf: 1\n'ffi� �iffi: ij'itf if���Nrtiij: �:II �\\911\n\n", "SB3.2#p0087": "398\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nvaikiiriko deva-sarga/;1.\npancamo yan-mayam mana/;1.\n�thas tu tamasa/;1. sargo\nyas tvabuddhik,rtaft prabhoft\nvaikarika fl-interaction of the mode of goodness; deva-the demigods or\ncontrolling deities; s arga/;1.-creation; pa iic amafl fifth; yat that which;\nmayam-sum total; mana fl-mind; §U§thafl-sixth; tu-but; tamasa fl of\ndarkness; sa rga fl-creation; yafl-that which; tu-expletive; abuddhik,rta�-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nmade to be foolish;prabho/;1. -of the master.\nTRANSLATION\nThe fifth creation is that of the controlling deities by the interaction of\nthe mode of goodness, of which the mind is the sum total. The sixth crea­\n\ntion is the i gnorant darkness of the living entity by which the master acts\nas a fool.\nPURPORT\nThe demigods in the higher planets are called devas because they are all\ndevotees of Lord Vi�Qu. Vi�!lu-bhakta/;1. bhavet deva/;1. iisuras tad viparya­\n\nya/;1.: All the devotees of Lord Vi�QU are devas or demigods, whereas all\nothers are asuras. That is the division of the devas and the asuras. Devas are\nsituated in the mode of goodness of material nature, whereas the asuras\nare situated in the modes of passion or ignorance. The demigods or\ncontrolling deities are entrusted with departmental management of all the\ndifferent functions of the material world. For example, one of our sense\norgans, the eye, is controlled by light, light is distributed by the sun rays,\nand their controlling deity is the sun. Similarly, mind is controlled by the\nmoon. All other senses, both for working or for acquiring knowledge, are\ncontrolled by the different demigods. The demigods are assistants of the\nLord in the management of material affairs.\nAfter the creation of the demigods, all entities are covered by the darkness of ignorance. Each and every living being in the material world is\nconditioned by his mentality of lording over the resources of material\nnature. Although a living entity is the master of the material world, he is\nconditioned by ignorance, by the false impression of being the proprietor\nof material things.\nThe energy of the Lord called avidyii is the bewildering factor of the\nconditioned souls. The material nature is called avidyii or ignorance,\n\nbut to the devotees of the Lord engaged in pure devotional service, this\nenergy becomes vidyii or pure knowledge. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0088": "Text 19]\n\nDivisions of the Creation\n\n399\n\ngitii. The energy of the Lord transforms from mahii-miiyii to yoga-miiyii\nand appears to pure devotees in her real feature. The material nature\ntherefore appears to function in three phases: as the creative principle\nof the material world, as ignorance and as knowledge. As disclosed in the\nprevious verse, in the third creation the power of knowledge is also\ncreated.\n\nThe conditioned souls are not originaUy fools, but by the\n\ninfluence of the avidyii function of material nature they are made fools,\nand thus they are unable to utilize knowledge in the proper channel.\nBy the influence of darkness, the conditioned soul forgets his relationship with the Supreme Lord and is overwhelmed by attachment, hatred,\npride, ignorance and false identification, the five kinds of illusion that\ncause material bondage.\nTEXT18\n\n'if� �fiffl: � �fi(II\"'A it� I\n�1llni1 � � iiRil\\!4�: ������\n�a{l ime priikrtii� sargii\nvaikrtiin api me sr!lu\nrajobhiijo bhagavato\nllleyarh hari-medhasa�\n§at-si x ; ime-all these; priikrtii�-of the material energy; sargii�-crea­\n\ntions; vaikrtiin - secondary creations by Brahma; api-also; me-from me;\n\nsr!lu-just hear; raja�-bhiija�-of the incarnation of the mode of passion\n(Brahma); bhagavata�-of the greatly powerful; lt1ii-pastime; iyam- this;\nhari-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; medhasa�-of one who has\nsuch a brain.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll the above are natural creations by the external energy of the Lord.\nNow hear from me about the creations by Brahmi, who is an incarnation\nof the mode of passion and who, in the matter of creation, has a brain\nlike the Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 19\n\nmPR R� 'R�(ij� � �: I\nq\"f�qoo'4N�(It��•o � �: ������\n....\n\n", "SB3.2#p0089": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n400\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 10\n\nsaptamo mukhya-sargas tu\n.sa{l-vidhas tasthu�iirh ca ya(l\nvanaspaty-o§adhi-latiitvaksara vi:rudho druma(l\nsaptama(l-the seventh; mukhya-princi ple; sarga(l -cr e a tion; t u -expletive; §at-vidha(l-six kinds of; tasth u§iim-of those who do not move; caalso; ya(l-those; vanaspati-fruit trees without flowers; O§adhi-trees and\n\nplants existing until the fruit is ripe; lata-creepers; tvaksarii(l-pipe plants;\nvtrudha[t-creepers without support; drumii�-trees with flowers and fruits.\nTRANSLATION\nThe seventh creation is that of the immovable entities, which are of\nsix kinds: the fruit trees without flowers, trees and plants which exist\n\nuntil the fruit is ripe, creepers, pipe plants, creepers which have no\n\nsupport and trees with flowers and fruits.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n\\;�(lll(lij�+t:�3l�:mrt f?t�fqtJH II� oil\nutsrotasas tama(l-priiyii\nanta(l-sparsii vise§irta�t\nutsrotasa(l-they seek their subsistence upwards; tama(l-priiyii (l- almost\nunconscious; anta(l-sparsii(l -slightl y feeling within; vise§irta{l-with varieties\nof manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll the immovable trees and plants seek their subsistence upwards.\nThey are almost unconscious but have feelings of pain within. They are\nmanifested in variegatedness.\nTEXT 21\n\nm�+t'!+t: �: mS!l�� m�: 1\n3lf� �� � tttt4Rwt: II�� II\ntirasciim U§(ama(l sarga(l\nso '§tavirhsad vidho mata(l\n\n", "SB3.2#p0090": "Divisions of the Creation\n\nText 22]\n\n401\n\navido bhiiri-tamaso\nghrii[ta-jnii hrdy-avedina�\ntirasc am species of lower animals;�J a map the eighth; sarga/t creat i on;\nsaft they are; a§,t avimsat twenty eight; vidhaft varieties ; mata{l con\nsidered; avida{l without knowledge of tomorrow; bhiiri-extensively;\ntamasa{l- ignorant; ghra[ta-jiiii�- can know desirables by smell; hrdiavedina {t-can remember very little in the hearL\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n­\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe eighth creation is that of the lower species of life, and they are o f\ndifferent varieties, numbering twenty-eight. They are all extensively foolish and ignorant. They know their desirables by smell, but are unable to\nremember anything within the heart.\nPURPORT\nIn the Vedas the symptoms of the lower animals are described as follows;\nathetaresam pasiinam asaniipipase evabhivijnanam na vijnatam vadanti na\nvijiiatam pasyanti na vidu{l svastanam na lokiilokiiviti; yadvii, bhuri-tamaso\nbahuru�a� ghrii[tenaiva jiinanti hrdyam prati svapriyam vastveva vindanti\nbhojana-sayaniidy-artham grhflanti. Lower animals have knowledge only of\ntheir hunger and thirst. They have no acquired knowledge, no vision.\nTheir behavior exhibits no dependence on formalities. Extensively ignorant, they can know their desirables only by smell, and by such intelligence\n<;>nly can they understand what is favorable and unfavorable. Their\nknowledge is concerned only with eating and sleeping. Therefore, even the\nmost ferocious lower animals, such as tigers , can be tamed simply by\n\nregularly supplying meals and accommodations for sleeping . Only snakes\n\ncannot be tamed by such an arrangement.\nTEXT 22\n\n��t �: �ur: � tRit �: I\nf�: ��it 31�(i�� � ����II\ngaur ajo mah��ap kr�!lafl\nsiikaro gavayo rurufl\ndvisaphiifl pasavas ceme\navir u�tras ca sattama\n\n", "SB3.2#p0091": "402\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 10\n\ngau�-the cow; aja�-the goat; mah�a�-the buffalo; krfi! W�-a kind of\nstag; sukara� - h og; gavaya�-a species of animal; ruru�-deer; dvisaphii�­\n\nhavi ng two hoofs; pasavafl-animals; ca-also; ime-all these; avi�-lamb;\nustra�-camel; ca-and; sattama-0 purest.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 purest Vidura, of the lower animals the cow, goat, buffalo, kwJastag, hog, gavaya animal, deer, lamb and camel all have two hoofs.\nTEXT 23\n\n�sits� m�: �� � I\n� ��l'til: �:� t{�\"RCII'l �: ����II\nkharo 'svo 'svataro gaura�\nsarabhas camari tathii\nete caika-saphii� k�atta�\nSfflU panca-nakhiin pasiin\nkhara�-ass; asva�-horse;\nasvatara[l-mule;\ngaura[l-white deer;\nsarabha�-bison; camari-wild cow; tatha-thus; ete-aH these; ca-and;\neka-only one; saphii�-hoof; k�atta�-0 Vidura; Sf[lU-just hear now;\npaiica-five; nakhiin- nails; pasun-animals.\nTRANSLATION\nThe horse, mule, ass, gaura, 8arabha bison and wild cow all have only\none hoof. Now you may hear from me about the animals who have five\n\nnails.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n.9elt �it� otnm\n\n�R: ��·�•m� 1\n\n�: ���: �1 tlt\\ill � ��: 11��11\nsvii srgiilo vrko vyiighro\nmiirjiira� sasa-sallakau\nsirhha� kapir gaja� kurmo\ngodhii ca makariidaya[l\nsvii - dog; srgiila �-j ac k al ; vrka�-fox; vyiighra� -tiger ; miirjiira�-cat;\nsasa-rabbit; saliakau-sajiiru (with thorns on the body); sirhha{l-lion;\n\n", "SB3.2#p0092": "Text 26)\n\nDivisions of 'the Creation\n\nkapifl- monkey; gaja�-elephant; kur ma �\n\n-\n\n403\n\ntortoise ; godhii-gosiipa (sn ake\n\nwith four legs); ca-also; makara-iidayaf!-the alligator and others.\nTRANSLATION\nThe dog, jackal, tiger, fox, cat, rabbit, sajaru, lion, monkey, elephant,\ntortoise, alligator, etc., all have five nails in their claws. They are known\nas paiica-nakhas, or animals having five nails.\nTEXT 25\n\nkah ka-grdhra-baka-syenabhiisa-bhalluka-barhirw�\nharhsa-siirasa-cakriihvakiikoliikiidaya� khaga�\nkan ka-hero n ; grdhra- vul tu re; baka-crane; syena-hawk; bhiisa-the\nbhiisa; bhalliika- the bhalliika; barhirwft- the peacock; harhsa- swan; siirasathe siirasa; cakriihva- the cakraviika; kiika-cro w; iiliika-owl; iiday a�-an d\n\nothers; k hagii�\n\n-\n\nthe birds.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe\n\nheron, vulture, crane, hawk, bhasa, bhallfika, peacock, swan,\n\nsarasa, cakravaka; crow, owl and others are the birds.\nTEXT 26\n\nattrt�i:l� ;m{: �� �It_ I\noo�: �u �:� � �;r.n 11��11\narviik-srotas tu navama�t\nkfiattar eka-vidho nr[tam\nrajo 'dhikaft karma-para\ndu�khe ca sukha-manina�\n\n", "SB3.2#p0093": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n404\n\narviik- downwards; srota�- passage\nninth; k§atta�-0\n\nof\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 10\n\nfood; tu- but; navama�- the\n\nVidura; eka-vidha�-one species; nr [liim- of human\n\nbeings; raja�-the mode of passion; adhikii�-very\n\nprominent; karma­\n\npara[l-interested in working; du[lkhe-in misery; ca-but; su kha\n\n-\n\nhappi\n\n­\n\nness; manina[l-thinking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe creation of the human beings, who are of one species only and who\nstock their eatables in the belly, is the ninth in the rotation. In the human\n\nrace, the mode of passion is very prominent. Humans are always busy in\n\nthe midst of miserable life, but they think themselves happy in all\n\nrespects.\n\nPURPORT\nThe human being is more passionate than the animals, and thus the sex\nlife of the human being is more irregular. The animals have their due time\nfor sexual intercourse, but the human being has no regular time for such\nactivities. The human being is endowed with a higher, advanced stage of\nconsciousness for getting relief from the existence of material miseries, but\ndue to his ignorance he thinks that his higher consciousness is meant for\nadvancing in the material comforts of life. Thus his intelligence is misused\nin the animal propensities-eating, sleeping, defending and mating-instead\nof spiritual realization. By advancing in material comforts the human\nbeing puts himsel f into a more miserable condition, but, illusioned by the\nmaterial energy, he always thinks himself happy, even while in the midst of\nmisery. Such misery of human life is distinct from the natural comfortable\nlife enjoyed even by the animals.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�fi11� ��� ��� � I\n��� t�: �: i1+tH�+tt41�+t : II �\\911\nvaikrtiis traya evaite\ndeva-sargas ca sattama\nvaikiirikas tu ya� prokta/;l\nkaumiiras tiibhayiitmaka/;l\nvai krt a[l,\n\n-\n\ncreati ons of Brahma; traya[l, - three kinds; eva- certainly; ete­\n\nall these; deva sa rga[l,\n-\n\n-\n\nappearance of the demigods; ca-also; sattama-0\n\n", "SB3.2#p0094": "Texts 28-29]\n\n405\n\nDivisions of the Creation\n\ngood Vidura; vaikiirika[l-creation of demigods by nature; tu-but ; ya[!,which; prokta[l-described before; kaumiira[l-the four Kumiiras; tu-but;\nubhaya-iitmaka[l-both .ways (namely vaikrta and priikrta).\nTRANSLATION\n0 good Vidura, these last three creations and the creation of demigods\n\n(the tenth creation) are vaikrta creations which are different from the\npreviously described priikrta (natural) creations. The appearance of the\nKumaras is both.\nTEXTS 28-29\n\n���: f��:l\n�m: fu:tT � �: II����\n�iRff�� (i{qfo-lT: fcri*S((IG\\t: I\n\n.\n\n�����ttt<�J: ��fq��n ������\ndeva-sargas cii�ta-vidho\nvibudhii.[l pitaro 'surii.�\ngandharviipsarasa[l siddhii.\nyak�a-rak�ii.msi cii.rarii.[l\nbhiita-preta-pisii.cii.s ca\nvidyii.dhrii.[l kinnarii.daya[l\ndasaite vidurii.khyii.tii.[l\nsargiis te visva-srk-krtii.[l\n\ndeva-sa rga� creation of the demigods; ca-also; a �t a vidha[l- eight\nkinds; vib u dhii.�- the demigods; pitara{z the forefathers; asurii.� the demons; gandharva- the expert artisans in the higher planets; apsarasa[l-the\nangels; siddhii.{l- persons who are perfect in mystic powers; yak�a-the\nsuper protectors; rak�ii.rit s i-giants; cii.rarii.{!-the celestial singers; �hutajinn; preta-evil spirits; pi.Sii.cii.{t-attendant spirits; ca- also; vidyii.dhrii.�the celestial denizens named Vidyadharas; kinnara-superhuman beings;\nii.daya {l-and others; dasa ete-all these ten (creations); vidura-0 Vidura;\niikhyiitii{l described; sargii{z crea t ions; te-unto you; visva-srk-the creator\nof the universe (Brahma); krtii[l-done by him.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0095": "406\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. I 0\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe creation of the demigods is of eight varieties: (I) the demigods,\n(2) the forefathers, (3) the asuras or demons, (4) the Gandharvas and\nApsaras, or angels, (5) the Ya�as and Rak�asas, (6) the Siddhas, Cara!'as\nand Vidyadharas, (7) the Bhutas, Pretas and Pisacas, and (8) the\nsuperhuman beings, celestial singers, etc. All are created by Brahma, the\ncreator of the universe.\nPURPORT\nAs explained in the Second Canto of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, the Siddhas\nare inhabitants of Siddhaloka, where the residents travel in space without\nvehicles. At their mere will they can pass fTom one planet to another\nwithout difficulty. Therefore, in the upper planets the inhabitants are far\nsuperior to the inhabitants of this planet in all matters of art, culture and\nscience, since they possess brains superior to those of human beings. The\nspirits and jinn mentioned in this connection are also counted among the\ndemigods because they are able to perform uncommon functions that are\nnot possible for men.\nTEXT 30\n\nata� pararh pravak$yiimi\nvarhsiin manvantariirti ca\nevarh raja�-pluta[1 sra�.ta\nkalpiidi�v iitmabhiir har*\nsrjaty amogha-sankalpa\niitmaiviitmiinam iitmanii\nata�-here; param-after; pravak�yiimi-I shall explain; vamsiin-descen­\n\ndants; manva ntarii rti-different advents of Manus; ca-and; e vam- thus;\n\nraja�-pl u t a� - infuse d with the mode of passion; sra�tii- the creator;\nkalpa-iidi§u-in different millenniums; iitmabh ii[t -self advent ; /wr*-the\nPersonality of Godhead; srjati- creates; am ogha-unfailing ; s m i kalp aft de\ntermination; iitmii e v a- l l e Himself; iitmiinam- Himself ; iitmanii-by His\n-\n\n-\n\nown energy.\n\n­\n\n", "SB3.2#p0096": "Text 30]\n\nDivisions of the Creation\n\n407\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow I shall describe the descendants of the Manus. The creator, Brahma,\nas\n\nthe incarnation of the passion mode of the Personality of Godhead,\n\ncreates the universal affairs with unfailing desires in every millennium by\nthe force of the Lord's energy.\nPURPORT\nThe cosmic manifestation is an expansion of one of the many energies\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; the creator and the created are\nboth emanations of the same Supreme Truth, as stated in the beginning of\nthe Bhiigavatam: janmiidy asya yata[!.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Tenth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Divisions of the Creation.\"\n\n", "SB3.2#p0097": "CHAPTER ELEVEN\n\nCalculation of Time, from the Atom\n\nTEXTl\n.... ,\n\n\"���\n\nijf«tf41UII¥{���: �I\nWtl?I: � � Wf'I�'AWil �: II � II\n�:\n\nmaitreya uviica\n\ncaramal;r. sad-vise§iir-iim\n\naneko'samyutal;r. sadii\n\nparamiir-ul;r. sa vijneyo\n\nnrr-iim aikya-bhramo yatal;r.\n\nmaitreyal;r. uviica-Maitreya said; caramal;r.-ultimate; sat-effect; vise�ii­\n\n!liim-symptoms;anekal;r.-innumerable;asamyutal;r.-unmixed;sadii-always;\n\nparama-ar-ul;r.-atoms; sal;r.-that; vijneyal;r.-should be understood; nrr-iimof men; aikya-onenes s ; bhramal;r.-mis taken; yatal;r.-from which.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe ultimate particle of the material manifestation, which is indivisible\nand not formed into a body, is called the atom. It exists always as an\ninvisible identity, even after the dissolution of all forms. The material\nbody is but a combination of such atoms, but it is misunderstood by the\ncommon man.\nPURPORT\n\nThe atomic description of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam is almost the same as\n\nthe modern science of atomism, and this is further described in the\n\nParamiir-u-viida of Kal)ada. In modern science also, the atom is accepted as\nthe ultimate indivisible particle of which the universe is composed Srimad-\n\n409\n\n", "SB3.2#p0098": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n410\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 11\n\nBhiigavatam is the full text of all descriptions of knowledge, including the\n\ntheory of atomism. The atom is the minute subtle form of eternal time.\nTEXT2\nml � �\n\n�\n\n((I�NRtf� � I\nq(l4'l&ll1� �: II � II\n\nsata eva padiirthasya\nsvariipiivasthitasya yat\nkaivalyarh parama-mahiin\navise�o nirantara�\n\nthe effective manifestation; eva-certainly; pada-arthasyaof physical bodies; sva riipa-avasthitasya -staying in the same form even to\nthe time of dissolution; yat- that which; kaivalyam-oneness; parama-the\nsupreme; mahan-unlimited; aviSe § aQ-forms; nirantaraQ -e te rn al i y .\nsataQ-Of\n\nTRANSLATION\nAtoms are the ultimate state of the manifest universe. When they stay in\ntheir own forms without forming different bodies, they are called the\nunlimited oneness. There are certainly different bodies in physical forms,\nbut the atoms themselves form the complete manifestation.\n\nTEXT 3\n\nQJi�SQ4�fll<t:������\n� li•li!tl'iott:fil �:II� II\nevarh kiilo ,PY anumita�\nsauk§mye sthaulye ca sattama\nsarhsthiina-bhuktyii bhagaviin\navyakto vyakta-bhug vibhuQ\n\nevam-thus; kiila�-time; api-also; anumita�-measured; sauk§mye-in\nthe subtle; sthaulye-in the gross forms; ca -also; sattama-0 best;\nsariuthana-combinations of the atoms; bhuktyii-by the motion;\nb haga van-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; avyakta� - unmani fested; vyakta-bhuk-controlling all physical movement; vibhu� - the\ngreat potential.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0099": "Calculation of Time, from the Atom\n\nText4]\n\n411\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne can estimate time by measuring the movement of the atomic\ncombination of bodies. Time is the potency of the almighty Personality of\nGodhead, Hari, who controls all physical movement although He is not\nvisible in the physical world.\nTEXT4\n\n�t � U 't�'ll'!61'( I\n�sR�� �: 'tOO'IUot II 'JII\n\nQ' �:\n\nsa kala� parama[lur vai\nyo bhunkte parama!lutam\nsato 'vise§a-bhug yas tu\nsa kiila� paramo mahiin\nsaft - tha t ;\n\nkiila�- eternal\n\ntime; pa ro ma-a �u�- atomic;\n\nvai- ce rtai r uy ;\n\nya�-which; bhunkte- passes through; parama-a[lutam-the space of an\n\natom; sata�-of the entire aggregate; aviSe�a bh uk- passing through the\n-\n\nnondual exhibition; ya� tu-which; sa�- that; kala�- time; parama�-the\n·\n\nsupreme; mahan-the great.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAtomic time is measured according to its covering a particular atomic\nspace. That time which covers the unmanifest aggregate of atoms is called\nthe great time.\nPURPORT\nTime and space are two correlative terms. Time is measured in terms of\nits covering a certain space of atoms. Standard time is calculated in terms\nof the movement of the sun. The time covered by the sun in passing over\nan atom is calculated as atomic time. The greatest time of all covers the\nentire existence of the nondual manifestation. All the planets rotate and\ncover space, and space is calculated in terms of atoms. Each planet has its\nparticular orbit for rotating, in which it moves without deviation, and\nsimilarly the sun has its orbit. The complete calculation of the time of\ncreation, maintenance and dissolution, measured in terms of the circulation\nof the total planetary systems until the end of creation, is known as the\nsupreme kiila.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0100": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n412\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 11\n\nTEXTS\n\nqif cronut. ���(1'ft�H �: I\ni3li\\J$I·(�+qf.41t: (C4lli!41�tt41•11a\\ II � II\na[lur dvau paramii[lli syiit\ntrasare[lUS traya� smrta�\njiiliirkarasmy-avagata[l\nkham eviinupatann agiit\na{lu[l-double\n\natom;\n\ndvau-two;\n\nparama-a!lii-atoms;\n\nsyat-become;\n\ntrasaref1ufl-hexatom; trayafl-three; smrtafl-considered; jala-arka- of sunshine through the holes of a window screen; rasmi-by the rays; avagataflcan be known; kham eva-towards the sky; anupatan agat-going up.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe division of gross time is calculated as follows: two atoms make one\ndouble atom, and three double atoms make one hexatom. This hexatoni is\nvisible in the sunshine which enters through the holes of a window screen.\nOne can clearly see that the hexatom goes up towards the sky.\nPURPORT\nThe atom is described as an invisible particle, but when six such atoms\ncombine together, they are called a trasare[lu, and this is visible in the\nsunshine pouring through the holes of a window screen.\n\nTEXT6\n\n'f(1b!RI���tr: ��: (1�: �:1\nijtt+U•I\\d�:�f���:�: II� II\ntrasare[lu-trikam bhunkte\nya/:l kiila[t sa trut* smrta[t\nsata-bhagas tu vedha� syat\ntais tribhis tu lava� smrta�\ntrasare[lu-trikam-combination of three hexatoms; bhunkte-as they\ntake time to integrate;\n\nyafl-that which; kalafl-duration of time; safl­\n\nthat; tru_tifl-by the name tru.ti; smrtafl-is called; sata-bhagafl-one hundred tru_tis; tu-but; vedha�-ca1led a vedha; syat-it so happens: ta*-by\nthem; tribhi/:l-three times; tu-but; lava�-lava; smrta�-so called.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0101": "Calculation of Time, from the Atom\n\nText 7]\n\n413\n\nTRANSLATION\ntrasare1,1us is\nThe time duration needed for the integration of three\nvedhas make\ncalled a truti and one hundred tru,is make one vedha. Three\n\n.'\n\none lava.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is calculated that if a second is divided into 1687.5 parts, each part is\nthe duration of a truti, which is the time occupied in the integration of\neighteen atomic particles. Such a combination of atoms into different\nbodies creates the calculation of material time. The sun is the central\npoint for calculating all different durations.\nTEXT 7\n\nfwtlf'4Rtw.tl \" 311\\1�4:� �: �: I\n\n�q-�: ��m�1til� II� II\nnime�as tri-lavo jneya\niimniitas te traya� k�a!ta�\nk�a[liin p a ti ca vidu� kii�thiirh\nlaghu tii dasa panca ca\nnime�a�-duration of time called a nime.sa; tri-lava�-duration of three\nlavas; jiieya[l,-is to be known; iimniita�-it is so called; te-they; trayaftthree; k�a('la[l,-duration of time called a k�a('la; k�a('liin-such k�a('las;\npatica-five; viduft-one should understand; kii�thiim-duration of time\ncalled a kiifi.thii; laghu-duration of time called a laghu; tii�- those; dasa\npalica-fifteen; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\nThe duration of time of three lavas is equal to one nime�a, the\ncombination of three nime�as makes one �a!la, five �a!las combined\ntogether make one �tha, and fifteen ka�thiis make one laghu.\nPURPORT\nBy calculation it is found that one laghu is equal to two minutes. The\natomic calculation of time in terms of Vedic wisdom may be converted\ninto present time with this understanding.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0102": "414\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT8\n\n� t (1¥Uill(l � q� � ;nfm I\n���:�:�:���II� II\nlaghuni vai samiimniitii\ndasa pa nca ca niicJikii\nte dve muhurtafl prahara�\n�acJ yii mafl sapta vii nnliim\nlaghun i-su ch laghus (each of two min utes); vai-exactly; samiimniitiiis called; dt1Sa pa iica-fi fteen ; ca-also; niipikii-a niipikii ; te-of them; dvetwo; muhu rta� - a moment; praharal_l - three hours; §at-six; yiima�-one\nfourth of a day or night; sapta-seven; va-or; nrr-am-of human calcula ti on.\nTRANSLATION\nFifteen laghus make one na�ika, which is also called a da��a. Two\nd��as make one muhiirta, and six or seven da��as make one fourth of a\nday or night, according to human calculation.\nTEXT9\n\nIIIG.:'Nqelri(l;f\n���: I\n(Cioiatl. : ti(IMJs( �SI(P.(���(14( II � II\ndviidasardha-palonmanam\ncaturbhi.S catur-ahgula*\ns var[la-mii�ai� krta-cchidrarh\n\nj\n\nyiivat prastha- al a-plutam\nd viidasa- a rdha-six; pala-of the scale of weight; unmiinam -m easu ri ng\npot ; catu rbhifl- by weight of four; catufl -an gulaifJ-four f ingers by measure;\nsvarr-a-of gold; m�aip-of the weight; krta-chidram- making a hole; yiivat\n-as long as; prastha- measuri ng one prastha; jala-plutam -fi l le d by water.\nTRANSLATION\nThe measuring pot for one na�ika or da!l�a can be prepared with a six\npala weight [ 14 ounce] pot of copper, in which a hole is bored with a gold\n\n", "SB3.2#p0103": "Text ll)\n\nCalculation of Time, from the Atom\n\n415\n\nprobe weighing four m�a and measuring four fingers long. When the pot\nis placed on water, the time before the water overflows in the pot is called\n\none da��a.\nPURPORT\nIt is advised herein that the bore in the copper measuring pot must he\nmade with a probe weighing not more than four mii�a and measuring not\nlonger than four fingers. This regulates the diameter of the hole. The pot\nis submerged in water, and the overflooding time is called a da{lpa. This is\nanother way of measuring the duration of a da{lpa, just as time is measured\nby sand in a glass. It appears that in the days of Vedic civilization there\nwas no dearth of knowledge in physics, chemistry or higher mathematics.\nMeasurements were calculated in different ways, as simply as coul d he\ndone.\nTEXT 10\n\n��� �lwtl+t(-.1 � I\nqlf: 'f911G\\�I'IM 'Wfj: PJJ5f � II� II\no\n\nyiimii.S catviiras catviiro\nmartyiiniim ahan\"i ubhe\npak�a� paiica-dasiihiini\nsukla[l. kr�r&as ca miinada\nyiimii� - three hours; catviira� -four; catviira� -and four; martyiiniim­\n\nof the human heings;ahani-duration of day; ubhe-both day and nigh t;\n\npak�a� -for tnight; pa iica-dasa -fifteen ; ahiini-days; sukla� -white; kr�!l a� black; ca-also; miinada-measured .\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is calculated that there are four praharas, which are also called yamas,\nin the day and four in the night of the human being. Similarly, fifteen\ndays and nights are a fortnight, and there are two fortnights, white and\nblack, in a month.\n\n·\n\nTEXT ll\n\n�: ijfJ!iit4(l 'lUI: ft«tud �G\\(fw\\�'( I\nll�: 'Rq;� ��� AA ������\n\n", "SB3.2#p0104": "Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n416\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 11\n\ntayofl samuccayo miisafl\npit[l)iirh tad aharnisam\ndvau tiiv rtufl �a{/ ayanarh\ndak�irwrh cottararh divi\n\ntayofi,-of them; samuccayafi,-aggreg ate; miisafl -month ; pit[T)iim-of the\nPita planets; tat-that (month); aha�- nisam-day and ni ght; d vau-two;\ntau months; rtu�-a season; �a_t six; ayanam-movement of the sun\nin six months; dak fi il)am southern; ca-also; uttaram-northern; divi-in\nthe heavens.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe aggregate of two fortnights is one month, and that period is one\ncomplete day and night for the Pita planets. Two of such months comprise\none season, and six months comprise one complete movement of the sun\nfrom south to north.\nTEXT 12\n\n3(� � su��U � ���: I\n4ct�(\\ld fit q(qi�f.l�fq� II�� II\nayane ciihani priihur\nvatsaro dviidasa smrta�\nsamvatsara-satam nfr-am\nparamiiyur nirupitam\nayane-in the solar movement (of six months); ca-and; ahani-a day of\nthe demigods; priihuft-it is said; vatsaraft-one calendar year; dviidasatwelve months; smrta�-is so called; sariwatsara-satam-one hundred years;\nnfr- iim o f human beings; parama-ayu�-dur ation of life; nirupitam-is\nestimated.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nTwo solar movements make one day and night of the demigods, and\nthat combination of day and night is one complete calendar year for the\nhuman being. The human being has a duration of life of one hundred\nyears.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0105": "Calculation of Time, from the Atom\n\nText 14]\n\n417\n\nTEXT 13\n\n11(�61(1'+4rti�t: \"Rft101!41fa:'11\n4!!4fiUH11�'1\n\ntR�wWm\n\ngraha-rk§a-tiirii-cakra-stha�\nparamii!J.viidinii jagat\nsariwatsariivasiinena\nparyety animi§o vibhu�\n\ngraha-influencing planets like the moon; rk�a-luminaries like Asvini;\ntiirii-stars; cakra-stha�-in the orbit; parama-a!J. u-iidinii - along with the\natoms; ja ga t-the entire universe; sarhvatsara-avasiinena-by the end of one\nyear; pa ryeti- completes its orbit; an im� a� - the eternal time; vibh u�- the\nAlmighty.\nTRANSLATION\nInfluential stars, planets, luminaries and atoms all over the universe are\nrotating in their respective orbits under the direction of the Supreme,\nrepresented by eternal kala.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Brahma-sarhhitii it is stated that the sun is the eye of the Supreme\nand it rotates in its particular orbit of time. S imilar ly , b eginning from the\nsun down to the atom, all bodies are under the influence of the kiila-cakra,\nor the orbit of eternal time, and each of them has a scheduled orbital time\nof one sarhvatsara.\nTEXT 14\n\n�: qft� �m: � � I\n�«it CRm� m�� � 11�\\lll\nsarhvatsara� parivatsara\ni�iivatsara eva ca\nanuvatsaro vatsaras ca\nviduraivarh prabhii�yate\nsa rh vatsara� -orbit of the sun; parivatsara�-circumam bulation of Brhas­\n\npati; i�iivatsara lt-orbi t of the stars; eva-as they are; ca-also; anuvatsa ra� - orbit of the moon; vatsara � - one calendar year; ca-also; vidura-\n\n0 Vidura; e vam-thus; prabhii�yate-they are so told.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0106": "S rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n418\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere are five different names for the orbits of the sun, moon, stars and\nluminaries in the firmament, and they each have their own samvatsara.\nPURPORT\nThe subj ect matters of physics, chemistry, mathematics, astronomy,\n\ntime and space dealt with in the above verses of Srimad-Bhiigavatam are\n\ncertainly very interesting to students of the particular subj ect, but as far\nas we are concerned, we cannot explain them very thoroughly in terms of\n\ntechnical knowledge. The subj ect is summarized by the statement that\nabove aU the different branches of knowledge is the supreme control of\n\nkiila, the plenary representation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nNothing exists without Him, and therefore everything, however wonderful\nit may appear to our meager knowledge, is but the work of the magical\nwand of the Supreme Lord. As far as time is concerned, we beg to subj oin\nherewith a table of timings in terms of the modern clock.\nOne truti\n\nOne vedha\n\n-\n\nOne lava\n\nOne nime�a -\n\nOne k�a[la\n\nOne kii�_thii\n\n-\n\n8/13,500 second\n8/135\nsecond\nsecond\n8/45\n8/15\nsecond\n8/5\nsecond\n8\nseconds\n\nOne laghu\n\nOne da[!f[a\n\n-\n\nOne day\n\n-\n\nOne prahara\nOne night\n\nOne pak�a\n\n-\n\n2\n30\n3\n12\n12\n\nhours\n\n15\n\ndays\n\nminutes\nminutes\nhours\nhours\n\nTwo pak�as comprise one month, and twelve months comprise one\ncalendar year, or one full orbit of the sun. A human being is expected to\nlive up to one hundred years. That is the way of the controlling measure\nof eternal time.\n\nThe Brahma-samhitii affirms this control in this way:\n\nyac cak§ur e§a savitii sakala-grahii(uim\nriijii samasta-sura-miirtir ase�a-tejiift\n\nyasyiijnayii bhramati sarhbhrta-kiila-cakro\n\ngovindam iidi-puru�arh tam aharh bhajiimi\n\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, under whose control even the sun, which is considered to be\nthe eye of the Lord, rotates within the fixed orbit of eternal time. The\nsun is the king of all planetary systems and has unlimited potency in\nheat and light.\" (Bs. 5.52)\n\n", "SB3.2#p0107": "Text 16]\n\n419\n\nCalculation of Time, from the Atom\nTEXT 15\n\n�tt�t�lfui�� ((4�1��:�1\n��iflll f� \"ii�Rf �: I\n::rifi�l�\"'l�r:-oti'T'ltrnl � ���:\n\n�a��\n\n�� �����t���\n\nya(1 srjya-saktim urudhocchvasayan svasaktyii\npurhso 'bhramiiya divi dhiivati bhiita-bheda[t\nkiiliikh yayii gu[tamayam kratubhir vitanvams\ntasmai balim harata vatsara-pancakiiya\nya{l\n\n-\n\none\n\nw h o;\n\nsrjya- of\n\ncreation;\n\nsaktim-the\n\nseeds;\n\nurudhii-in\n\nvarious ways; ucchvasayan-invigorating; svasalctyii-by his own energy;\n\npu msa{l - of the living entity; abhramiiya- to dissipate darkness; div i-during\nthe daytime; dhiivati-moves; bhii ta b heda(1\n-\n\n-\n\ndistinct from all other mate­\n\nrial form; k ii la-ii k hyayii-by the name of eternal time; gurw-mayam-the\nmaterial results; kratubhifr-by offerings; vitanvan-enlarging; tasmai-unto\nhim; balim-ingredients of offerings; harata-one\n\nhould offer; vatsara­\n\npai'icakiiya-offerings every five years.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Vidura, the sun enlivens all living entities with his unlimited heat and\nLight. He diminishes the duration of life of all living entities in order to\nrelease them from their illusion of material attachment, and he enlarges\nthe path of elevation to the heavenly kingdom. He thus moves in the\nfirmament with great velocity, and therefore everyone should offer him\nrespects once every five years with all ingredients of worship.\nTEXT 16\n\n��A'\nf��TIJfTJ��: liU� �� I\ntfui ilf� � ��:��f�: I I� �II\nvidura uviica\npitr-deva-manu§yii[tiim\niiyu� param idam smrtam\npare§iirh gatim iicak§va\nye syu.!t kalpiid bahir vidatr\n\n", "SB3.2#p0108": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n420\n\n[Canto 3, Ch_ ll\n\nvidura[l uviica- Vidura said; pitr-the Pita planets; deva-the heavenly\nplanets; manu�yii!Jiim-and that of the human beings; iiyu[l-duration of\nlife; param-final; idam-in their own measurement; smrtam-calculated;\npare�iim of the superior living entities; gatim-duration of life; iicak§va-\n\nkindly calculate; ye-all those who; syu[l\nbahi[l -outside; vida[l\n\n-\n\n-\n\nare; kalpiit from the millennium;\n-\n\ngreatly learned.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVidura said: I now understand the life durations of the residents of\n\nthe Pita planets and heavenly planets as well as that of the human beings.\n\nNow kindly inform me of the durations of life of those greatly learned\nliving entities who are beyond the range of a kalpa.\nPURPORT\nThe partial dissolution of the universe that takes place at the end of\nBrahma's day does not affect all the planetary systems. The planets of\nhighly learned living entities like the sages Sanaka, Bhrgu, etc., are not\naffected by the dissolutions of the millenniums. All the planets are of\ndifferent types, and each is controlled by a different kiila-cakra or\nschedule of eternal time. The time of the earth planet is not applicable to\nother, more elevated planets. Therefore, Vi dura herein inquires abo�t the\nduration of life on other planets.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n¥«•1'!411 �� � f(ft\\' � � I\nf%,q �a- � mrroi;r ��' ���\\9\"\nbhagaviin veda kiilasya\ngatirh bhagavato nanu\nvisvarh vicak�ate dhirii\nyoga-riiddhena cak§u�ii\nbhagaviin-0 spiritually powerful one; veda-you know; kiilasya-of the\neternal time; gatim-movements; bhagavata[l-of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; nanu-as a matter of course; vi.�vam-the whol.e universe;\nvicak�ate-see; dhirii[l-those who are self-realized; yoga-riiddhena-by dint\nof mystic vision; cak§u�ii-by the eyes.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0109": "Text 18]\n\n421\n\nCalculation of Time, from the Atom\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 spiritually powerful one, you can understand the movements of\neternal time, which is the controlling form of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Because you are a self-realized person, you can see everything\nby the power of mystic vision.\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nThose who have reached the highest perfectional stage of mystic\n\npower and can see everything in the past, present and future are called\n\ntri-kiila-jiias. Similarly, the devotees of the Lord can see clearly everything\nthat is in the revealed scriptures. The devotees of Lord Sri K.f�pa can very\n\neasily understand the science of K.f�J]a, as well as the situation of the\n\nmaterial and spiritual creations, without difficulty. Devotees do not have\n\nto endeavor for any yoga-siddhi, or perfection in mystic powers. They\nare competent to understand everything by the grace of the Lord, who is\n\nsitting in everyone's heart.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n��� ::a'�F.T\nf1i �cn �� � �r�� *4«�·'' 1\nft:�A:l��ill��: �R f�f� II� �II\nmaitreya uviica\nkrtarh tretii dviipararh ca\nkalis ceti catur-yugam\ndivyair dviidasabhir var,sa*\nsiivadhiinarh nirupitam\nmaitreya�\n\nuviica- M ait reya\n\nthe age of Treta; dviipara rh\n\nsaid; krtam-the age of\n\nSatya; tretii­\n\n-the age of Dvapara; ca-also; kali� - the age of\n\nKali; ca-and; iti-thus; catu{1-yugam-four millenniums; divya*-of the\n\ndemigods; dviidasabhi�-t w el ve; var�a*-thousands of years; siivadhiinam­\n\napproximately; nirupitam-ascertained\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya said: 0 Vidura, the four millenniums are called the Satya,\nTreta, Dvapara and Kali yugas. The aggregate number of years of all of\nthese combined is equal to twelve thousand years of the demigods.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0110": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n422\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 11\n\nPURPORT\nThe years of the demigods are equal to 360 years of humankind. As will\nbe clarified in the subsequent verses, 12,000 of the demigods' years,\nincluding the transitional periods which are called yuga-sandh yas, comprise\nthe total of the aforementioned four millenniums. Thus the aggregate of\nthe above-mentioned four millenniums is 4,320,000 years.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n� sftfUr� ��!I� I\nij�qRttf� �fut fm�JfTR� � II� \\II\ncatvari tr\"i!li dve caikam\nkrtadi§u yathakramam\nsanlchyiitiini sahasrar-i\ndvigur-ani satani ca\ncatvii ri-four; tr�ni-three; dve-two; ca-also; ekam-one; krta-ii di§u-in\n\nthe\n\nSatya-yuga millennium; yatha-k ramam- and\n\nsubsequently\n\nsankhyiitiini- numbering; sahasrii!li-thousands; dvigu!liini\n\n-\n\nothers;\n\ntwice; satcini­\n\nhundreds; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\nThe duration of the Satya-yuga millennium equals 4,800 years of the\ndemigods; the duration of the Treta-yuga millennium equals 3,600 years\nof the demigods; the duration of the Dvapara-yuga millennium equals\n\n2,400 years; and that of the Kali-yuga millennium is 1,200 years of the\n\ndemigods.\n\nPURPORT\nAs aforementioned, one year of the demigods is equal to 360 years of\nthe human beings. The duration of the Satya-yuga is therefore 4,800 x 360\nor 1,728,000 years. The duration of the Treta-yuga millennium is 3,600 x\n\n360 or 1,296,000 years. The duration of the Dvapara- yuga millennium is\n2,400 X 360 or 864,000 years. And the last, the Kali millennium, is 1,200\nx 360 or 432,000 years.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0111": "Text 21)\n\n423\n\nCalculation of Time, from the Atom\n\nsandhyii-sandhyiimsayor antar\nya� kiila� sata-smikhyayo�\ntam eviihur yugam taj-jnii\nyatra dharmo vidhiyate\nsa n dhya-transitional period before; sandhya-amsayo�-and transitional\n\nperiod after; a nta�-within; ya� - that which; kala�- duration of time; satasa ri khyayo�- hundreds of years; tam eva- that period; iihu�-they call;\nyugam- millennium; tat-jiiii�- the\n\nexpert\n\nastronomers; ya tra - wh erein;\n\ndhar ma�-religion; vidhiyate-is performed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe transitional periods before and after every millennium, which are a\nfew hundred years as aforementioned, are known as yuga-sandhyas, or the\nconjunctions of two millenniums, according to the expert astronomers.\nIn those periods all kinds of religious activities are performed.\n\nTEXT 21\n\ndq'ql;t(�:jfl'f. �� Q'i�d� I\n(1 ��f��tq�� � � � ����\"\ndharmas catu�piin manujiin\nkrte samanuvartate\nsa eviinye�v adharmer-a\nvyeti piidena vardhatii\ndharma � - religi on; c attt �piit - compl e te four dimensions; manujiin- man­\n\nkind; krte- in the Satya-yuga m illennium; samanuvartate- properly main­\n\ntained; sa � - that; eva - certainl y ; anye�u-in other; adharmerta-by the influence of irreligion; vyeti - declined ; piidena- by one part; vardhatii.�\n\ngradually increasing proportionately.\nTRANSLATION\n0\n\nVidura,\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nSatya-yuga millennium mankind\n\nproperly and\n\n", "SB3.2#p0112": "[Canto 3, Ch ll\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n424\n\n.\n\ncompletely maintained the principles of religion, but in other millenniums\nreligion gradually decreased by one part as irreligion was proportionately\nadmitted.\nPURPORT\nIn the Satya-yuga millennium, complete execution of religious principles\nprevailed. Gradually, the principles of religion decreased by one part in\neach of the subsequent millenniums. In other words, at present there is one\npart religion and three parts irreligion. Therefore people in this age are not\nvery happy.\nTEXT 22\n\nfit�l �1(11C' 'lf«lillluU � I\nGM� f.m m �f't4\\eRt ��--II� �II\ntrilokyii yuga-siihasrarh\nbahir iibrahmar-o dinam\ntiivaty eva nisii tiita\nyan nimilati visvasrk\ntrilokyii �\n\n-\n\nof the three worlds; yuga-the four yugas; siihasram-one\n\nthousand; bahi�-outside of; iibrah ma r w �-up to Brahmaloka; dinam-is a\nday; tiivati-a similar (period); eva-certainly; nisii-is night; tiita-0 dear\none; yat-bec ause ; ni rru1ati-goes to sleep; visvasrk\n\n-\n\nBrahmii.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOutside of the three planetary systems [ Svarga, Martya and Patala J , the\nfour yugas multiplied by 1,000 comprise one day on the planet of Brahma\n\n.\n\nA similar period comprises a night of Brahma, in which the creator of the\n\nuniverse goes to sleep.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen Brahma goes to sleep in his nighttime, the three planetary systems\nbelow Brahmaloka are aU submerged in the water of devastation. In his\nsleeping condition, Brahma dreams about the Garbhodakasayi Vi!lp.u and\ntakes instruction from the Lord for the rehabilitation of the devastated area\nof space.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0113": "425\n\nCalculation of Time, from the Atom\n\nText 24]\n\nTEXT 23\n\nP..i8N(1. 311(ilft it.W� I\n����f� � � �-����II\nnisavasiina iirabdho\nloka-kalpo 'nuvartate\nyavad dinarh bhagavato\n\nmanun bhunjarhs caturdasa\n\nnisa-night; avas ane-termination; arabdhaft- be ginning from; loka-kalpa[l.\n\n-\n\nfurther creation o f the three worlds; anu.vartate-follows; yavat-until;\n\ndinam-the daytime; bhagavata[l.-of the lord (Brahma); manun-the Manus;\nbhuiijan-e xisting through; caturdas'a-fo urteen.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the end of Brahma's night, the creation of the three worlds begins\nagain in the daytime of Brahma, and they continue to exist through the\nlife durations of fourteen consecutive Manus, or fathers of mankind.\nPURPORT\nAt the end of the life of each Manu there are shorter dissolutions also.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nsvarh svarh kalarh manur bhunkte\nsadhikarh hy eka-saptatim\nsva m\n\n-\n\no w n; s vam- acc ordingly; kalam-duration of life; m anu�\n\nbhunkte-enj oy s; sadhikam-a little more than; hi\n\n-\n\n-\n\nManu;\n\nce r t a i nl y ; eka-saptatim\n\n-seventy-one.\nTRA�SLATION\nEach and every Manu enjoys a life of a little more than seventy-one sets\nof four millenniums.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0114": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n426\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. ll\n\nPURPORT\nThe duration of life of a Manu comprises seventy-one sets of four millenniums, as described in the Vi§!lU Purii!la. The duration of life of one\nManu is about 852,000 years in the calculation of the demigods, or, in the\ncalculation of human beings, 306,720,000 years.\nTEXT 25\n\n�-=<1�!1 ttWI'I((il\\ql !IIAq: tw: I\n� � �·N�,\"� it � � ����II\nmanv-antare�u manavas\ntad-vamsyii r�ayal;t suriil;t\nbhavanti caiva yugapat\nsuresiis ciinu ye ca tiin\nmanu-antare§u-after the dissolution of each and every Manu; manaval;tother Manus; tat-vamsyafl-and their descendants; rflaya{l-the seven famous\nsages; surafl-devotees of the Lord; bhavanti\n\n-\n\nflourish; ca eva also all of\n-\n\nthem; yugapad-simultaneously; s ura iSa{l-demigods like Indra; ca-and;\n-\n\nanu follo wers; ye\n-\n\n-\n\nall; ca also; tan-them\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the dissolution of each and every Manu, the next Manu comes in\norder, along with his descendants, who rule over the different planets; but\nthe seven famous sages and demigods like Indra and their followers, such\nas the Gandharvas, all\n\nappear simultaneously with Manu.\nPURPORT\n\nThere are fourteen Manus in one day of Brahma, and each of them has\ndifferent descendants.\nTEXT 26\n\n� �91�'1: �\n\nUl.ell!A'4�'1: I\nftt�qoa.iU'1f � � �: ����II\ne�a dainandinal;t sargo\nbriihmas trailokya-vartanal;t\n\n", "SB3.2#p0115": "Text 28]\n\nCalculation of Time, from the Atom\n\n427\n\ntiryan-nr-pitr-deviiniirh\nsambhavo yatra karmabh*\ne�a[l-all these creations; dainandina[l-daily; sarga[l-creation; briih ma �....:.\nin terms of the days of Brahmii; trailokya-vartana�-revolution of the three\nworlds; ti ryaii c -animals lower than the human beings; nr-human beings;\n\n- appear­\n\npitr-of the Pita planets; deviiniim-of the demigods; sambhava�\n\nance; yatra-wherein; kar mabhi[l-in the cycle of fruitive activities.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the creation, during Brahma's day, the three planetary systemsSvarga, Martya and Patala-revolve, and the inhabitants, including the\nlower animals, human beings, demigods and Pitas, appear and disappear in\nterms of their fruitive activities.\nTEXT 27\n\n'lw:ct\"<t�!l � ��«1*f ��f�: I\nt�w:cttf4f� R'Q+4i!f�R1-a�: 11��11\nmanvantare�u bhagaviin\nbibhrat sattvarh svamiirtibhi�\nmanviidibhir idarh viSvam\navaty udita-pauru�a�\nmanu-antare§u-in\n\neach\n\nchange\n\nof\n\nManu;\n\nbhagavan-the\n\nPerson­\n\nality of Godhead; bibhrat-manifesting; sattvam-His internal potency;\nsvamiirtibhi�-by\n\nida m-this;\n\n-\n\nHis different incarnations; manu iidibhi�-as Manus ;\n\nviSvam-the\n\nuniverse;\n\navati-maintains;\n\nu dita-discovering;\n\npauru�a[l-divine potencies.\nTRANSLATION\nIn each and every change of Manu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nappears by manifesting His internal potency in different incarnations, as\nManu and others. Thus He maintains the universe by discovered power.\nTEXT 28\n\nij.{t'IISIQ41i(lq\nstRtdq�st'¥4: I\n*t\\le\"Uij4161�\" � tlqff (4:�1�� ����II\n\n", "SB3.2#p0116": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n428\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 11\n\ntamo miitriim upiidiiya\npratisamruddha-vikrama�\nkiileniinuga tiise§a\niiste tii§rtirh diniityaye\ntama�-mode of ignorance, or the darkness of night; matram-an insignificant portion only; upadaya-accepting; pratisamruddha-vikrama�\n-suspending\n\nall\n\npower\n\nof\n\nmanifestation; kalena- by means of\n\nthe\n\neternal kala; anugata- merged in; ase�a� - i n numerable living entities; iisteremains; tu�rim-silent; dina-atyaye-at the end of the day.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of the day, under the insignificant portion of the mode of\ndarkness,\n\nthe powerful manifestation of the universe merges in the\n\ndarkness of night. By the influence of eternal time, the innumerable\nliving entities remain merged in that dissolution, and everything is silent.\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is an explanation of the night of Brahma, which is the effect\nof the influence of time in touch with an insignificant portion of the modes\nof material nature in darkness. The dissolution of the three worlds is\neffected by the incarnation of darkness, Rudra, represented by the fire\nof eternal time which blazes over the three worlds. These three worlds are\nknown as Bht1r, Bhuvar and Svar (Svarga, Martya and Patiila). The innumerable living entities merge into that dissolution, which appears to be the\ndropping of the 'curtain of the scene of the Supreme Lord's energy, and so\neverything becomes silent.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n�a- � \\(IG;tt�t: I\nf-1'Itt144M'*�itti f.iU'ffit+:lRl+t����'{ II��I l\ntam evanv apidhtyante\nlokii bhur-iidayas traya�\nnisiiyiirn anuvrttiiyiim\nnirrnukta-sasi-bhiiskararn\nta m - t ha t ; eva-cer tainl y; anu-after; apidhiyante-are out\n\nof sight;\n\nloka�-the planets; bhUft-adaya� - the three worlds, Bhur, Bhuvar and\n\n", "SB3.2#p0117": "Text 30]\nSvar;\n\n429\n\nCalculation of Time, from the Atom\n\ntraya[z-three;\n\nniSiiyiim-in\n\nthe\n\nnight;\n\n- ordinary;\n\nanuvrttayiim\n\nnirmukta-without glare; sasi-the moon; bhiiskaram-the sun.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the night of Brahma ensues, all the three worlds are out of sight,\nand the sun and the moon are without glare, just as in the due course of an\nordinary night.\nPURPORT\nIt is understood that the glare of the sun and moon disappear from the\nsphere of the three worlds, but the sun and the moon themselves do not\nvanish. They appear in the remaining portion of the universe, which is\nbeyond the sphere of the three worlds. The portion in dissolution remains\nwithout sunrays or moonglow. It all remains dark and full of water, and\nthere are indefatigable winds, as will be explained in the following verses.·\n\nTEXT 30\n\nAIJl'f41f 4\\�+UW\\14f ftJ.IT ('lt�Uiiltwtl l\n�lfGIT'4cJlitiMC4 W���: II� II\no\n\ntrilokyiim dahyamiiniiyiim\nsaktyii sankar§a[liigninii\nyiinty U§ma[lii maharlokiij\njanam bhrgv-iidayo 'rditii{z\ntrilokyiim-when the spheres of the three worlds; dahyamiiniiyiimbeing set ablaze; saktyii-by the potency; sankar§a[la-from the mouth of\n\n-\n\nSankar�ap.a; agnina-by the fire; yiinti-they go; ii§ma[lii heated by the\nwarmth; maha[z-lokiit-from\n\nMaharloka;\n\njanam-to\n\nJanaloka;\n\nbhrgu­\n\nthe sage Bhrgu; iidaya[z- and others; arditii[z- being so distressed.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devastation takes place due to the fire emanating from the mouth\nof Sankar�ap.a, and thus great sages like Bhrgu and other inhabitants of\nMaharloka transport themselves to Janaloka, being distressed by the\nwarmth of the blazing fire which rages through the three worlds below.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0118": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n430\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 31\n\nGM�Cct;f �: ��: I\n�Rll��iilq::qqql�ft�4q:\nII�� II\ntiivat tribhuvanam sadya�\nkalpiintaidhita-sindhava�\npliivayanty utkatiitopacaruJa-viiteritormaya�.\ntavat-then; tribhuvanam-all the three worlds; sadya�-immediately\nafter; kalpa-anta-in the beginning of devastation; e dhita in fla t e d ; sindhava[t\n-all the oceans; plavayanti inundate; utka_ta -violent; ii_topa-agitation;\nCU[lpa-hurricane; Vata- by winds; irita-blown; ur maya� waves.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the beginning of the devastation all the seas overflow, and hurricane\nwinds blow very violently. Thus the waves of the seas become ferocious,\nand in no time at all the three worlds are full of water.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that the blazing fire from the mouth of Sankar�apa rages for\none hundred years of the demigods, or 36,000 human years. Then for\nanother 36,000 years there are torrents of rain, accompanied by violent\nwinds and waves, and the seas and oceans overflow. These reactions of\n\n72,000 years are the beginning of the partial devastation of the three\nworlds. People forget all these devastations of the worlds and think themselves happy in the material progress of civilization. This is called miiyii, or\nthat which is not.\nTEXT 32\n\n�: � m� � �S..;ijjij-ft m: 1\n\n�ilf.IS::IM4\\�I�: €(4+Uwft i5twtl��: ������\nantaJ:t sa tasmin salila\niiste 'nantiisano har*\nyoga-nidrii-nimuiik!Ja/:1\nstiiyamiino janiilayailt.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0119": "431\n\nCalculation of Time, from the Atom\n\nText 33]\n\nanta�-within; sa�-that; tasmin-in that; salile-water; aste-there is;\nananta-Ananta; asana�-on the seat of; har*-the Lord; yoga-mystic;\nnidra-sleep;\n\nnimilii.-ak:Safr.-eyes\n\nclosed;\n\nstuyamanafr.-being\n\nglorified;\n\njana-iilayaifr.-by the inhabitants of the Janaloka planets.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, lies down in the water\non the seat of Ananta, with His eyes closed, and the inhabitants of the\nJanaloka planets offer their glorious prayers unto the Lord with folded\nhands.\nPURPORT\n\nWe should not understand the sleeping condition of the Lord to be the\nsame as our sleep. Here the word yoga-nidra is specifically mentioned,\nwhich indicates that the Lord's sleeping condition is also a manifestation of\nHis internal potency. Whenever the word yoga is used it should be understood to refer to that which is transcendental. In the transcendental stage\nall activities are always present, and they are glorified by prayers of great\n\nsages like Bhfgu.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n�lc?HI�qe�: I\nWU90cN:� ����II\nevarh-vidhair aho-ratra*\nkala-gatyopalak�ita*\napak�itam ivasyapi\nparamayur vaya/.1-satam.\nevam-thus; vidhaift-by the process of; ahafl-days; ratrai{l.-by nights;\nkala-gatya-advancement\n\nof\n\ntime;\n\nupalak�itaifr.-by\n\nsuch\n\nsymptoms;\n\napak:Silam-declined; iva-just like; asya-his; api-although; paramayufr.duration of life; vayafl-years; satam-one hundred.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the process of the exhaustion of the duration of life exists for\nevery one of the living beings, including Lord Brahma. One's life endures\nfor only one hundred years, in terms of the times in the different planets.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0120": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n432\n\n·\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. ll\n\nPURPORT\nEvery living being lives for one hundred years in terms of the times in\ndifferent planets for different entities. These one hundred years of life are\nnot equal in every case. The longest duration of one hundred years belongs\nto Brahma, but although the life of Brahma is very long, it expires in the\ncourse of time. Brahma is also afraid of his death, and thus he performs\ndevotional service to the Lord, just to release himself from the clutches\nof illusory energy. Animals, of course, have no sense of responsibility, but\neven humans, who have developed a sense of responsibility, while away\ntheir valuable time without engaging in devotional service to the Lord;\nthey live merrily, unafraid of impending death. This is the madness of\nhuman society. The madman has no responsibility in life. Similarly, a\nhuman being who does not develop a sense of responsibility before he dies\nis no better than the madman who tries to enjoy material life very happily\nwithout concern for the future. It is necessary that every human being be\nresponsible in preparing himself for the next life, even if he has a duration\nof life like that of Brahma, the greatest of all living creatures within the\nuniverse.\nTEXT 34\n\n�� I\nq�qi�'4�4N\n�; q-u�sqrtH� �Ustt m� H�-JH\nyad ardham iiyu�as tasya\npariirdham abhidhiyate\npiirva� pariirdho 'pakriinto\nhy aparo 'dya pravartate\nyat- that which; ardha m- half ; iiyufiafl-of the duration of life; tasyahis; pariirdham-a pariirdha; abhidhiyate-is called; p ii rva fl - the former;\npariirdhafl\n\n-\n\nhalf of the duration of life; apak riintafl- having passed; hi­\n\ncertainly; aparafl- the latter; adya- in this millennium; pravartate- shall\nbegin.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe one hundred years of Brahma's life are divided into two parts, the\n\nfirst half and the second half. The first half of the duration of Brahma's\nlife is already over, and the second half is now current.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0121": "Text 35]\n\nCalculation of Time, from the Atom\n\n433\n\nPURPORT\nThe du ration of one hundred years in the life of Brahma has already\n\nbeen discussed in many places in this work, and it is described in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii also (Bg. 8.17). Fifty years of the life of Brahma are already over, and\nfifty years are yet to be completed; then, for Brahma also, death is\ninevitable.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�� �;mit ;n1l �I\nmt �¥ti4C:II �i(iliRJ q Rt: 11�\"11\npurvasyiidau pariirdhasya\nbriihmo nama mahiin abhut\nkalpo yatriibhavad bmhmii\nsabda-brahmeti yam vidu�\npurvasya-of the first half; adau-in the beginning;para-ardhasya-of the\n\nsuperior half; brahma�-Brahma-kalpa; nama-of the name; mahan-very\ngreat;\n\nabhut-was\n\nmanifest;\n\nkalpa�-miUennium;\n\nyatra-whereupon;\n\nabhavat-appeared; brahmii-Lord Brahma; sabda-brahma iti-the sounds\n\nof the Vedas; yam-which; vidu�-they know.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the beginning of the first half of Brahma's life, there was a millennium\ncalled Brahma-kalpa wherein Lord Brahma appeared. The birth of the\nVedas was simultaneous with Brahma's birth.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Padma Puriira (Prabhiisa-karr�a), in thirty days of Brahma\n\nmany kalpas take place, such as Varaha-kalpa, Pitr-kalpa, etc. Thirty days\nmake one month of Brahma, beginning from the full moon to the disap­\n\npearance of the moon. Twelve such months complete one year, and fifty\nyears complete one pariirdha, or one half the duration of the life of\n\nBrahma. The Sveta-Varaha appearance of the Lord is the first birthday of\n\nBrahma. The birth date of Brahma is in the month of March, according to\nHindu astronomical calculation. This statement is reproduced from the\nexplanation of Snia Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakur.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0122": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n434\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 36\n\n���5\\H��I\n+4(,wlif41(1«1\n31tdlet�ij(l�� II�G.II\ntasyaiva ciinte kalpo'bhud\nyam piidmam abhicak§ate\nyad dharer niibhi-sarasa\niisu loka-saro-ruham\ntasya-of the Brahma-kalpa; eva- certainly; ca-also; ante-at the end of;\nkalpa�- millennium; abhut-came into existence; ya m - which; piidmam­\n\nPadma; abhicak§ate-is called; yat- in which; hare�-of the Personality of\nGodhead; niibhi-in the navel; sa rasa�-from the reservoir of water; asitthere was; loka-of the universe; saras-ruham -lotus.\nTRANSLATION\nThe millennium which followed the first Brahma millennium is known\nas\n\nthe Padma-kalpa because in that millennium the universal lotus flower\n\ngrew out of the navel reservoir of water of the Personality of Godhead\nHari.\nPURPORT ·\nThe millennium following the Brahma-kalpa is known as the Padmakalpa because the universal lotus grows in that millennium. The Padmakalpa is also called the Pitr-kalpa in certain Puriirws.\nTEXT 37\n\n3Pf (J �: � ft�1tt� A llml I\n\n'�rot� fcc(�tJt tt'lt(11�t€Fi?t m: 11�\\911\nayarh tu kathita� kalpo\ndvitiyasyiipi bhiirata\nviiriiha iti vikhyiito\nyatriis\"ic chukaro hari�\n\nayam- this; t u\n\n- but; kathita{l-known as; kalpa�-the current millenni­\n\num; dvitiyasya-of the second half; api-certainly; bhiirata-0 descendent\n\n", "SB3.2#p0123": "Text 38]\n\nCalculation of Time, from the Atom\n\n135\n\nof Bharata; variiha[t- Varaha; iti-thus; vikhyata[t-is celebrated; yatrain which; asit-appeared; sukara�-hog shape; hari[t-the Personality of\nGodhead.\nTRANSLATION\n0 descendant of Bharata, the first millennium in the second half of the\n\nlife of Brahma is also known as the Varaha miUennium because the\n\nPersonality of Godhead appeared in that miUennium as the hog incarnation.\nPURPORT\nThe different millenniums known as the Brahma, Padma and Varaha\nkalpas appear to be a little puzzling for the layman. There are some\nscholars who think these kalpas to be one and the same. According to Srila\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti, the Brahma-kalpa in the beginning of the first half\nappears to be the Padma-kalpa. We can, however, simply abide by the text\nand understand that the present millennium is in the second half of the\nduration of the life of Brahm a.\nTEXT 38\n\n.m� frnt� f�q am I\n310441ti6�\n����: ����II\nkiilo 'yam dviparardhiikhyo\nnime�a upacaryate\navyiikrtasyiinantasya\nhy aniider jagad-iitmana�\n\nkiila�-eternal time; ayam-this (as measured by Brahmii's duration of\nlife);dvi-para-ardha-akhyafl,-measured by the two halves of Brahma's life;\nnime�alt-less than a second; upacaryate-is so measured; avyiikrtasya-of\none who is unchanged; anantasya-of the unlimited; hi-certainly; aniide�of the beginningless;jagat-iitmana�-of the soul of the universe.\nTRANSLATION\nThe duration of the two parts of Brahma's life, as above mentioned, is\ncalculated to be equal to one nime�a [less than a second] for the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who is unchanging and unlimited and is the cause\nof all causes of the universe.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0124": "Siimad-Bhagavatam\n\n436\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 11\n\nPURPORT\nThe great sage Maitreya has given a considerable description of the time\nof different dimensions, beginning from the atom up to the duration of the\nlife of Brahma. Now he attempts to give some idea of the time of the\nunlimited Personality of Godhead. He just gives a hint of His unlimited\ntime by the standard of the life of Brahma. The entire duration of the life\nof Brahma is calculated to be Less than a second of the Lord's time, and it\nis explained in the Brahma-sarhhita as follows:\n\nyasyaika-niSvasita-kalam atluivalambya\njivanti loma-vilaja jagadar-(ia-natha/:t\nvi�rur mahan sa iha yasya kalii-vise�o .\ngovindam adi-puru�arh tam aharh bhajami (Bs. 5.48)\n\"I worship Govinda, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the cause of all\ncauses, whose plenary portion is M aha-Vigm. All the heads of the innumerable universes [the Brahm as] live only by taking shelter of the time occupied by one of His breaths.\" The impersonalists do not believe in the\nform of the Lord, and thus they would hardly believe in the Lord's\nsleeping. Their idea is obtained by a poor fund of knowledge; they calculate everything in terms of man's capacity. They think that the existence of the Supreme is just the opposite of active human existence; because the human being has senses, therefore the Supreme must be wi�hout\nsense perception; because the human being has a form, therefore the\nSupreme must be formless; and because the human being sleeps, therefore\n\nthe Supreme must not sleep. Srimad-Bhagavatam, however, does not agree\nwith such impersonalists. It is clearly stated herein that the Supreme Lord\nrests\n\nin\n\nyoga-nidra,\n\nas previously discussed. And because He sleeps,\n\nnaturally He must breathe, and the Brahma-sarhhita confirms that within\nHis breathing period innumerable Brahmas take birth and die.\n\nThere is complete agreement between Srimad-Bhagavatam and the\nBrahma-sarhhita. Eternal time is never lost along with the life of Brahma.\nIt continues, but it has no capacity to control the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead because the Lord is the controller of time. In the spiritual world\nthere is undoubtedly time, but it has no control over activities. Time is\nunlimited, and the spiritual world is also unlimited, since everything there\nexists on the absolute plane.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n�� q(4UIR41� (�: I\n� � (\"fit 'tll+c+clf;t-.1'( ����II\n\n", "SB3.2#p0125": "Text40]\n\n437\n\nCalculation of Time, from the Atom\n\nkiilo 'yam paramiirw-iidir\ndvipariirdhiinta isvara�1\nnaivesitum prabhur bhiimna\niSvaro dhiima-miininiim\nkiila�-the eternal time; a ya m-this; parama-ar- u-atom ; iidi �\n\n·-\n\nbeginning\n\nfrom; dvi-para-ardha-two superdurations of time; anta�-to the end;\nisvara !t-controller; na-never; eva-certainly; isitum-to control; prabhu!tcapable; bhiimna!t-of the Supreme; iSvara!t-controller; dhiima-miininiimof those who are body conscious.\nTRANSLATION\nEternal time is certainly the controller of different dimensions, from\nthat of the atom up to the superdivisions of the duration of Brahma's\nlife; but, nevertheless, it is controlled by the Supreme. Time can control\nonly those who are body conscious, even up to the Satyaloka or the other\nhigher planets of the universe.\nTEXT40\n\n��: � tffiM�•uf4:f+t(lt{1: I\nsnocit� � q'illijfilft�: II� oil\nvikiirai� sahito yuktair\nvisefiiidibhir iivrta�\niir-t,lakoso bahir ayam\npanciisat-koti-vistrta�\nvikiira*-by the transformation of the elements; sahi ta�-along with;\nyuk t a*-being so amalgamated; viSefia-manifestations; iidibh*-by them;\niivrta� co vered; iir-t,la-kosa�-the universe; bah* outside ; ayam-this;\npanciisat-fifty ; koti-ten million; vistrta!t -widespread\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis phenomenal material world is expanded to a diameter of four billion miles, as a combination of eight material elements transformed into\nsixteen further categories, within and without, as follows:\nPURPORT\nAs explained before, the entire material world is a display of sixteen diversities and eight material elements. The analytical studies of the material\n\n", "SB3.2#p0126": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n438\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. ll\n\nworld are the subject matter of siinkhya philosophy. The first sixteen diversities are the eleven senses and five sense objects, and the eight elements are\nthe gross and subtle matter, namely earth, water, fire, air, sky, mind, intelligence and ego. All these combined together are distributed throughout the\nentire universe, which extends diametrically to four billion miles. Besides\nthis universe of our experience, there are innumerable other universes.\nSome of them are bigger than the present one, and all of them are clustered\ntogether under similar material elements as described below.\nTEXT4l\n\n�� w: q(+ti'?JCI� I\n��s�•t6t�itR�ft �11'i(i�lt: 11\\l�ll\ndasottariidhikair yatra\npravi�talt paramiirwvat\nlak�yate 'ntar-gatiis ciinye\nkotiso hy aru;la-riisaya�\ndasa-uttara-adhikaifl.-with ten times greater thickness; yatra - in which;\npravi�ta� - entered; parama-a!luvat-like atoms; lak�yate- it (mass of universes) appears; anta� -gatiil;l - come together; ca-and; anye-in the other;\nkotisa� - clustere d; hi-for; a!l�a-riisaya!t-huge combination of universes.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe layers of elements covering the universes are each ten times thicker\n\nthan the one before, and all the universes clustered together appear like\natoms in a huge combination.\nPURPORT\nThe coverings of the universes are also constituted of the elements earth,\nwater, fire, air and ether, and each is ten times thicker than the one before.\n\nThe first covering of the universe is earth, and it is ten times thicker than\nthe universe itself. If the universe is four billion miles in size, then the size\nof the earthly covering of· the universe is four billion times ten. The covering of water is ten times greater than the earthly covering, the covering\nof fire is ten times greater than the watery covering, the covering of air is\nten times greater than that of the fire, the covering of ether is ten times\ngreater still than that of air, and so on. The universe within the coverings\nof matter appears to be like an atom in comparison to the coverings, and\nthe number of universes is unknown even to those who can estimate the\ncoverings of the universes.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0127": "Text42]\n\nCalculation of Time, from the Atom\n\n439\n\nTEXT42\n\n(14Jt<� ;Qr ri�I(Uiqii(UI'{ I\n� q� ��'m �m�wt: II'J�II\ntad iihur ak§ararh brahma\nsarva-kiirarta-kiirartam\nvi§riOr dhiima pararh siik§iit\npuru§asya mahiitmana{l\ntat-that;\n\niihu{l-is\n\nsaid;\n\nak§aram-infallible;\n\nbrahma-the\n\nsupreme;\n\n- thc\n- the supreme; siik$iit-without doubt;\n\nsarva-kiiraria-all causes; kiirariam-the supreme cause; vi§riOfl dhiima\nspiritual abode of Vi�p.u; param\n\npuru§asya-of the puru§a incarnation; mahiitmana{l-of the Mahii-Vi�l).U.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri i(r�J]a, is therefore said to be\nthe original cause of all causes. Thus the spiritual abode of Vi�!lu is eternal\nwithout a doubt, and it is also the abode of Maha-Vi�!lu, the origin of aU\nmanifestation.\nPURPORT\nLord Maha-Vi�!lu, who is resting in yoga-nidrii on the Causal Ocean and\n\ncreating innumerable universes by His breathing process, only temporarily\n\nappears in the mahat-tattva for the temporary manifestation of the\nmaterial worlds. He is a plenary portion of Lord Sri Kf�J]a, and thus\n\nalthough He is nondifferent from Lord Kr�T]a, His formal appearance in the\nmaterial world as an incarnation is temporary. The original form of the\nPersonality of Godhead is actually the svarupa or real form, and He\n\neternally resides in the Vaikuptha world (Vi�p.uloka). The word mahiit­\n\nmana� is used here to indicate Maha-Vi�p.u, and His real manifestation is\nLord Kr�J}a, who is called parama, as confirmed in the Brahma-sarhhitii:\niSvara{l parama{l knriafl sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha{l\naniidir iidir govinda{l sarva-kiiraria-kiirariam\n\"The Supreme Lord is Kr�J}a, the original Personality of Godhead known\n\nas Govinda. His form is eternal, full of bliss and knowledge, and He is the\noriginal cause of all causes.\"\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta Purports of the Third Canto, Eleventh\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Calculation of Time, from\nthe Atom.,\n\n", "SB3.2#p0128": "CHAPTER TWELVE\n\ncreation of the Kumaras and Others\nTEXT 1\n\n��\n\n� � �: �: ��: 'Riffi'R: I\n� �S'-1 ����f'l;rN it II � II\nmaitreya uviica\niti te varr-itafi. k.sattaft\nkiiwkhyafi. paramatmanafi.\nmahimii veda-garbho'tha\nyathiisriik�in nibodha me\nmaitreyafi. uvaca-Sri Mait reya said; iti-thus; te-unto you; varr-itafi.­\n\ndescribed; k�attafi.-0 Vidura; kiila-akhyafi.-by the name of eternal time;\n\nparamiitmanafi.-of the Supersoul; mahimii glories ; veda-garbhafi.-Lord\nBra hm a, the reservoir of the Vedas; atka-hereafter; yathii-as it is; asriik�itdid create; nibodha-just try to understand; me-from me.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Maitreya said: 0 learned Vidura, so far I have explained to you the\nglories of the form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His feature\nof kala. Now you can hear from me about the creation of Brahma, the\nreservoir of all Vedic knowledge.\nTEXT2\n\n��Nti�s;lif�1ifq�'N \\'fifq(i{iUf<t( I\n�)( � 't1( � 6'1��: II � II\n441\n\n", "SB3.2#p0129": "442\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nsasarjiigre 'ndha-tiimisram\natha tiimisram iidikrt\nmahiimoham ca moham ca\ntamas ciijiiiina-vrttaya�\nsasarja-created; agre-at first; andha-tiimisram-sense of death· atha­\n\n�\n\nthen; tiimi sram -anger upon frustration; iidikrt- all these; mahii-m hamownership of enjoyable objects; ca-also; m o h am -illusory conception;\nca-also; tama�-darkness i n self-knowledge; ca-as well as; ajiiiinanescience; vrttaya� -engagements\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBrahmii first created the nescient engagements like self-deception, the\n\nsense of death, anger after frustration, the sense of false ownership, and\nthe illusory bodily conception, or forgetfulness of one's real identity.\n\nPURPORT\nBefore the factual creation of the living entities in different varieties of\nspecies, the conditions under which a living being in the material w?rld\nhas to live were created by Brahma. Unless a living entity forgets his real\nidentity, it i\n\nimpossible for him to live in the material conditions of life.\n\nTherefore the first condition of material existence is forgetfulness of one's\nreal identity. And by forgetting one's real identity, one is sure to be\nafraid of death, although a pure living soul is deathless and birthless. This\nfalse identification with material nature is the cause of false ownership of\nthings which are offered by the arrangement of superior control. AU\nmaterial resources are offered to the living entity for his peaceful living\nand for the discharge of the duties of self-realization in conditioned life.\nBut due to false identification, the conditioned soul becomes entrapped by\nthe sense of false ownership of the property of the Supreme Lord. It is\nevident from thi\n\nverse that Brahma himself is a creation of the\n\nupreme\n\nLord, and the five kinds of nescience which condition the living entities\nin material existence are creations of Brahma. It is simply ludicrous to\nthink the living entity to be equal with the Supreme Being when one can\nunderstand that the conditioned souls are under the influence of Brahma's\nmagic wand. Patarijali also accepts that there are five kinds of nescience,\nas mentioned herein.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0130": "Text3]\n\nCreation of the Kumaras and Others\n\n443\n\nTEXT3\n\nqT qtq'mff � 'ffi'tlwf '11'4;4{1 I\n¥fifq'l�l'1\\�'1 'A«Pri m� II � II\ndrfitva piipiyasim mti m\nniitmiinam bahv amanyata\nbhagavad-dhyiina-piitena\nmanasiinyiim tato 's,rjat\ndrfit va-b y seeing; piipiyas\"im-sinful; mtim-creation; na-did not;\niitmanam-unto himself; bahu-much pleasure; amanyata-felt; bhagavat_:_\n\non the Personality of Godhead; dhyiina-meditation; piitena - purified by\n\nthat; ma nasii -by such a mentality; anyii m- another; t a t a [t -thereafte r;\n\nasrjat- cre a ted.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing such a misleading creation as a sinful task, Brahma did not feel\nmuch pleasure in his activity, and therefore he purified himself by\nmeditation on the Personality of Godhead. Then he began another term\nof creation.\nPURPORT\nAlthough he created the different influences of nescience, Lord Brahma\nwas not satisfied in performing such a thankless task, but he had to do it\nbecause most of the conditioned souls wanted it to be so. Lord Kr�t;la\nsays in Bhagavad-gitii (15.15) that He is present in everyone's heart and is\nhelping everyone to either remember or forget The question may be raised\nwhy the Lord, who is all-merciful, helps one to remember and another to\nforget. Actually, His mercy is not exhibited in partiality towards one and\nenmity towards another. The living entity, as parl and parcel of lhe Lord,\nis partially independent because he partially possesses all the qualities o f\nthe Lord. Anyone who has some independence may sometimes misuse it\ndue to ignorance. When the living entity prefers to misuse his independence\nand glide down towards nescience, the all-merciful Lord first of all tries to\nprotect him fTom the trap, but when the living entity persists on gliding\ndown\n\nlo hell ,\n\nLhe\n\nLord helps him to forget his real position. The\n\nLord h e lps the fal ling l iving entity to glide down lo the lowe st point,\nj11st\n\nto\n\ngive\n\nindc p<:ndf'll ce.\n\nhim\n\nthe\n\nc han ce\n\nto see if he is happy by misusing his\n\n", "SB3.2#p0131": "Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n444\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nAlmost all the conditioned souls who are rotting in the material world\nare misusing their independence, and therefore five kinds of nescience are\nimposed upon them. As an obedient servitor of the Lord, Brahma creates\nall these as a matter of necessity, hut he is not happy in doing so because\na devotee of the Lord naturally does not like to see anyone falling down\nfrom his real position. Persons who do not care for the path of realization\nget full facilities from the Lord for executing their proclivities to the\nfullest extent, and Brahma helps in that procedure without fail.\nTEXT4\n\n� :;:r � :;:r ij..R'I..tttU�¥1¥{_: I\nij..¥tlt :;:r a-.1AlfGti41��<tij: II \\l II\nsanakam ca sanandam ca\nsaniitanam athiitmabhii�\nsanat-kumiiram ca munin\nn�kriyiin iirdhva-retasa�\nsanakam-Sanaka; ca-also; sanandam-Sananda; ca-and; saniitanamSanatana; atha- thereafter; iitmabhu[l- Brahma, who is self-born; sanatkumaram-Sanat-kumara; ca-also; muni\"n-the great sages; ni§kriyiinfree from all fruitive action; urdhva-retasa[l-those whose semina flows\nupwards.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the beginning, Brahma created four great sages named Sanaka,\nSananda, Sanatana and Sanat-kumara. All of them were unwilling to adopt\nmaterialistic activities because they were highly elevated due to their\nsemina's flowing upwards.\nPURPORT\nAlthough Brahma created the principles of nescience as a matter of\nnecessity for those living entities who were destined to ignorance by the\nwill of the Lord, he was not satisfied in performing such a thankless task.\nHe therefore created four principles of knowledge: sahkhya, or empirical\nphilosophy for the analytical study of material conditions; yoga, or mysticism for liberation of the pure soul from material bondage; vairagya, the\nacceptance of complete detachment from material enjoyment in life to\n\n", "SB3.2#p0132": "445\n\nCreation of the Kumaras and Others\n\n�ext 5]\n\nelevate oneself to the highest spiritual understanding; and tapas, or the\nvarious kinds of voluntary austerities performed for spiritual perfection.\nBrahma created the four great sages Sanaka, Sananda, Sanatana and Sanat\nto entrust them with these four principles of spiritual advancement, and\nthey inaugurated their own spiritual party, or sampradaya, known as the\nKumara-sampradaya, or later on as the Nimbarka-sampradaya, for the\nadvancement of bhakti. All of these great sages became great devotees, for\nwithout devotional service to the Personality of Godhead one cannot\nachieve success in any activity of spiritual value.\nTEXTS\n\n���:��:��f.m: I\n\n�\n\n�1§(.4Crt1*4U: II � II\n\ntiin babhii�e svabhU� putriin\nprajii� srjata putrakiif!\ntan naicchan mok§a-dharmiirw\nviisudeva-pariiyarii�\ntan-unto\n\nthe\n\nKumaras, as\n\nabove-mentioned;\n\nbabha§e\n\n-\n\naddressed;\n\nsvabh u�-Brahma; putran-unto the sons; praja�-generations; srjata-do\ncreate; putrakii�-0 my sons; tat-th a t; na-not; aicchan-desired; mok§adharmiira�-pledged to the principles of liberation; viisudeva-the Personality of Godhead; pariiyarfilt-who are so devoted.\nTRANSLATION\nBrahma spoke to his sons after generating them. \"My dear sons,\" he said,\n\"now generate progeny.\" But due to their being attached to Vasudeva,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, they aimed at liberation, and\ntherefore they expressed their unwillingness.\nPURPORT\nThe four sons of Brahma, the Kumaras, declined to become family men\neven on the request of their great father, Brahm a. Those who are serious\nabout gaining release from material bondage should not be entangled in\nthe false relationship of family bondage. People may ask how the Kumaras\ncould refuse the orders of Brahmii, who was their father and above all the\ncreator of the universe. The reply is that one who is vasudeva-paraya[ta�,\nor seriously engaged in the devotional service of the Personality of\n\n", "SB3.2#p0133": "446\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. l!t\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nGodhead, Vasudeva, need not care for any other obligation. It is enjoined\nin the Bhiigavatam:\n\ndevar�i-bhiitapta-nr[!iirh pitf[!iirh\nna kihkaro niiyam {[!l ca riijan\nsarviitmanii yaft sara[!arh sara[!yam\ngato mukundarh parihrtya kartam\n\"Anyone who has completely given up all worl.dly relationships and has\ntaken absolute shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord, who gives us salvation\nand who alone is fit to be taken shelter of, is no longer a debtor or servant\nof anyone, including the demigods, f orefathers, sages, other living entities,\nrelatives and members of human society.\" (Bhiig.\n\n11.5.41) Thus there was\n\nnothing wrong in the acts of the Kumaras when they refused their great\nfather's request that they become family men.\nTEXT6\n\n�51tutl<l: � Slfitl�l<i�Ri�! I\nliN � � f;tq�tq'44� II � II\nso'vadhyiita� sutair evarh\npratyiik hyiitiinusiisana*\nkrodharh durvi§aham jiitam\nniyantum upacakrame\nsa ft - he (Brahmii); avadhyiita[l-thus being disrespected; suta* by the\nthus; pratyiikhyiit a-refusing to obey; anu sii s anaift -the order\nof their father; krodham- anger; durvi§aham-too much to be tolerated;\njiitam-thus generated; niyantum-to control; upacakrame tried his\n-\n\nsons; e vam\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbest.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the refusal of the sons to obey the order of their father, there was\nmuch anger generated in the mind of Brahmii, which he tried to control\nand not express.\nPURPORT\nBrahmii is the director in charge of the modes of passion of material\nnature. Therefore it was natural for him to become angry on the refusal of\nhis sons to obey his order. Although the Kumiiras were right in such acts of\nrefusal, Brahmii, being absorbed in the mode of passion, could not check\n\n", "SB3.2#p0134": "Text 8]\n\n447\n\nCreation of the Kumiiras and Others\n\nhis passionate anger. He did not express it, however, because he knew that\nhis sons were far enlightened in spiritual advancement and thus he should\nnot express his anger before them.\nTEXT7\n\n�f.t•zu•nuilsft ll4l�\\441dlilmt: 1\n�cU�I�ij �'F9:: ianU ;fi�: II\" II\n'-a\n\ndhiyii nigrh yamiir-o 'pi\nbhruvor-madhyiit prajiipate�\nsadyo]iiyata tan-manyu�\nkumiiro nila-lohita�\ndh iyii - by intelligence; nigrhyamii r-a� - being controlled; ap i - in spite of;\nbhruvo�-of\n\nthe\n\neyebrows;\n\nmadhyiit- from\n\nbetween; prajiipate�-of\n\nBrahma; sadya�-at once; ajiiyata-gene rated; ta t - h is ;\n\nm\n\nanyu � - anger;\n\nkumiira�-a child; nila-lohita�- mixture of blue and re d .\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough he tried to curb his anger, it came out from between his\neyebrows, and a child of mixed blue and red was immediately generated.\nPURPORT\nThe face of anger is the same whether exhibited due to ignorance or\nknowledge. Although Brahma tried to curb his anger, he could not do so,\neven though he is the supreme being. Such anger in its true color came\nfrom between the eyebrows of Brahma as Rudra, in a mixed color of blue\n(ignorance) and red (passion), because anger is the product of passion and\nIgnorance.\nTEXTS\n\n- � �� �it li1R1il ¥R: I\n�Plr\\'ffil: �l;wlf.t�iil'liffi{t II� II\n�\n\nsa vai ruroda deviiniim\npiirvajo bhagaviin bhava�\nniimiini kuru me dhiita�\nsthiiniini ca jagad-guro\n\n", "SB3.2#p0135": "448\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nsa�-he; vai-certamly; ruroda-cried loudly; deviiniim piirvaja�-the\neldest of\n\nSiva;\n\nall\n\ndemigods; bhagaviin-the\n\nniimiini-different\n\nnames;\n\nmost\n\npowerful; bhava�-Lord\n\nkuru-designate;\n\nme-my; dhiita�-0\n\ndestiny maker; sthiiniini-places; ca-also; jagat-guro-0 teacher of the\nuniverse.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter his birth he began to cry: 0 destiny maker, teacher of the\nuniverse, kindly designate my name and place.\nTEXT 9\n\n� � \": 'mlll•l�wt qRql\\.,q( 1\n:JI��I't¥4�1 �RT � (h(ltit�4'(1fq �II � II\niti tasya vaca� piidmo\nbhagaviin paripiilayan\nabhyadhiid bhadrayii viicii\n\n.\n\nmii rodis tat karomi te\n\niti-thus; tasya-his; vaca�-request ; piidma�-one who is born from the\nlotus flower; bhagaviin-the powerful; paripiilayan-accepting the request;\nabhyadhiit-pacif ied;\n\nbhadrayii-by\n\ngentle;\n\nviicii-words;\n\nmii-do\n\nnot;\n\nrodil;t-cry; tat-that; karomi-1 shall do it; te-as desired by you.\nTRANSLATION\nThe all-powerful Brahma, who was born from the lotus flower, pacified\n\nthe boy with gentle words, accepting his request, and said: Do not cry.\nI shall certainly do as you desire.\nTEXT 10\n\n..,u(t: �Q � \"\n\n'\"�: ,\n\n(1(1�1'4f¥r�•�Pa ;mn� � sm: lit oil\nyad arod\"Qt sura-sre�tha\nsodvega iva biilaka�\ntatas tviim abhidhiisyanti\nniimnii rudra iti prajii�\n\n", "SB3.2#p0136": "Text 11]\n\n449\n\nCreation of the Kumiiras and Others\n\nyat-as much as; arodi?z\n\n-\n\ncried loudly; sura-sre§tha-0 chief of the demi­\n\ngods; sodvegaft-with great anxiety; i v a\n\n-\n\nlike; b iilaka� -a boy; tata�-there­\n\nfore; tvam-you; abhidhasyanti-will call; namna-by the name; rudraRudra; iti-thus; prajaft-people.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter Brahma said: 0 chief of the demigods, you shall be called by\nthe name Rudra by all people because you have so anxiously cried.\nTEXT ll\n\n�u90ditJJ � 1\ntf<M:4•o�\n���'i\\�N\"'4 �l-«1\"4i Plf.r � II t t II\n·\n\nhrd indriyiir.y asur vyoma\nviiyur agnir jalam mahi\nsuryas candras tapas caiva\nsthiiniiny agre krtiini te\nhrt-the heart; indriyiir-i-the senses; asuft\n\n-\n\nlife air; vyoma-the sky;\n\nviiyuft-the air; agnift-fire;jalam-water; mahi-the earth; suryaft-the sun;\ncandraft-the\n\nmoon;\n\ntapaft-austerity;\n\nca-as\n\nwell\n\nas; eva-certainly;\n\nsthiiniini-all these places; agre-hereinbefore; krtiini-already made; tefor your.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear boy, I have already selected the following places for your\nresidence: the heart, the senses, the air of life, the sky, the air, the fire, the\nwater, the earth, the sun, the moon and austerity.\nPURPORT\nThe creation of Rudra from between the eyebrows of Brahma as the\nresult of his anger, generated from the mode of passion partly touched by\nignorance, is very significant. In Bhagavad-gitii the principle of Rudra is\n\ndescribed (Bg. 3.37). Krodha (anger) is the product of kama (lust), which\nis the result of the mode of passion. When lust and hankering are unsatisfied, the element of krodha appears, which is the formidable enemy of the\nconditioned soul. This most sinful and inimical passion is represented as\nahankara, or the false egocentric attitude of thinking oneself to be all in\nall. Such an egocentric attitude on the part of the conditioned soul, who\n\n", "SB3.2#p0137": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n450\nis\n\ncompletely\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nunder the control of material nature, is described in\n\nBhagavad-g\"itii as foolish. The egocentric attitude is a manifestation of the\nRudra principle in the heart, wherein krodha (anger) is generated. This\nanger develops in the heart and is further manifested through various\nsenses, like the eyes, hands and legs. When a man is angry he expresses such\nanger with red-hot eyes and sometimes makes a display of clenching his\nfists or kicking his legs. This exhibition of the Rudra principle is the proof\nof Rudra's presence in such places. When a man is angry he breathes very\nrapidly, and thus Rudra is represented in the air of life or in the activities\nof breathing. When the sky is overcast with dense clouds and roars in anger,\nand when the wind blows very fiercely, the Rudra principle is manifested,\nand so also when the sea water is infuriated by the wind it appears in a\ngloomy feature of Rudra which is very fearful to the common man. When\nfire is ablaze we can also experience the presence of Rudra, and when there\nis an inundation over the earth we can understand that this is also the\nrepresentation of Rudra.\nThere are many earthly creatures who constantly represent the Rudra\nelement. The snake, tiger and lion are always representations of Rudra.\nSometimes because of the extreme heat of the sun there are cases of heat\nstroke, and due to the extreme coldness created by the moon there are\ncases of collapse. There are many sages empowered with the influence of\nausterity and many yogis, philosophers and renouncers who sometimes\nexhibit their acquired power under the influence of the Rudra pri;.ciples\nof anger and passion. The great yogz Durvasa, under the influence of this\nRudra principle, picked a quarrel with Maharaja Ambari�a, and a briihmar-a\nboy exhibited the Rudra principle by cursing the great King Maharaja\nParik�it. When the Rudra principle is exhibited by persons who are not\nengaged in the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nthe angry person falls down from the peak of his improved position. This\nis confirmed as follows:\n\nye 'nye ' ravindiik�a vimuktamiininas\ntvayy astabhiiviid avisuddha-buddhaya�\naruhya krcchrer-a param padam tataJ:t\npatanty adho 'nadrta-yu�mad anghraya�\n(Bhiig. 10.2.32)\nThe most lamentable falldown of the impersonalist is due to his false and\nunreasonable claim of being one with the Supreme.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0138": "Text 14]\n\nCreation of the Kumiras and Others\n\n451\n\nTEXT 12\n\nil��ft;m) iltlfs:uct �:I\n� lR: ��til��; 11��11\nmanyur manur mahinaso\nmahiiii chiva rtadhvajaft\nugraretii bhavaft kiilo\nviimadevo dhrtavrataft\nmanyu�,\n\nmanu�,\n\nmahinasa�,\n\nmahan,\n\nsivaft,\n\nrtadhvajaft,\n\nugraretii�,\n\nbhava�, kiila�, viimadeva�, dhrtavrata�-all names of Rudra.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma said: My dear boy Rudra, you have eleven other names:\n\nManyu, Manu, Mahinasa, Mahan, Siva, fl,tadhvaja, Ugrareta, Bhava, Kala,\n\nVamadeva and Dhrtavrata.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�'RtHi<iSPU :;,r f�fitf��� I\n\n�m�������: ����\"\ndhir dhrti-rasalomii ca\nniyut sarpir iliimbikii\niriivati svadhii dik§ii\nrudriiflYO rudra te striya/:l\n\ndhi�, dhrti, rasalii, uma, ni_yut, sarp*, ilii, ambikii, iriivati, svadhii,\ndikfiii, rudrii!lya�-the eleven\n\nRudrar;iis; rudra-0 Rudra; te-unto you;\n\nstriya�-wives.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Rudra, you also have eleven wives, called the Rudra!lis, and they are\nas\n\nfollows: Dhi, Dhrti, Rasala, Uma, Niyut, Sarpi, Da, Ambika, lravati,\n\nSvadha and Dik�a.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n��TR ;mnf;r (41�1M � �: I\n\ntd¥f:���:���ffl': II�CJII\n\n", "SB3.2#p0139": "452\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\ngrha[!aitiini namiini\nsthanani ca sayo�a[!a(l\nebhi(l srja praja bahvil;t\nprajiinam asi yat pati(l\ngrha[!a- just accept; etani-all these; namani- different names; sthanani­\n\n-\n\nas well as places; ca-also; sa yo� a[!a� -along with wives; ebh*- with them;\n\nsrja-just generate; prajii(t-progeny; bahv\"l�-on a large scale; prajaniimof the living entities; asi-you are; yat - since ; pati[t-the master.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear boy, you can now accept all the names and places designated\nfor you and your different wives, and since you are now one of the masters\nof the living entities, you may increase the population on a large scale.\nPURPORT\n\nBrahma, as the father of Rudra, selected the wives of his son, his living\nplaces, and his names as well. It is natural that one should accept the wife\nselected by one's father, just as a son accepts the name given by the father\nor as he accepts the property offered by the father. That is the general\ncourse in increasing the population of the world. On the other hand, the\nKumaras did not accept the offering of their father because they' were\nelevated far beyond the business of generating a great number of sons. As\nthe son can refuse the order of the father for higher purposes, so the\nfather can refuse to maintain his sons in increasing population because of\nhigher purposes.\nTEXT 15\n\n�!: �un lltFI\"f1Stli?)l?)lmt : 1\n�� ���n �n ������\nity adi�talt svaguru[!ii\nbhagavan nila-lohita�\nsattviikrti-svabhiivena\nsasarjiitmasama� praja[t\niti-thus; adi,st aft - being ordered; svaguru[!ii-by his own spiritual\nmaster; bhagaviin - the most powerful; nua-l ohita(l -Rudra , whose color is\nmixed blue and red; sattva - power ; a krti- bodily features; svabhavena-and\n\n", "SB3.2#p0140": "Text 16]\nwith\n\na\n\nCreation of the Kumaras and Others\nvery furious\n\nmode of\n\n453\n\nnature; sasarja-created; iitma-samiift­\n\nlike his own prototype;praja{l-generations.\nTRANSLATION\nThe most powerful Rudra, whose bodily color was blue mixed with\nred, created many offspring exactly resembling him in features, strength\nand furious nature.\nTEXT 16\n\n�� ��·�i ij'tt'ijli wm � 1\nf.l�il'�lij��T � �'Nftf� II� �II\nrudrartam rudra-sntanam\nsamantad grasatam jagat\nnisamyasankhyaso yiithan\nprajapatir asankata\nrudrartam-of the sons of Rudra; rudra-sr�tanam-who were generated\nby Rudra;samantat-being assembled together;grasatam-while devouring;\njagat-the universe; nisamya-by observing their activities; asankhyasaltunlimited; yiithan-assembly; praja-pati�-the father of the living entities;\nasankata-became afraid of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sons and grandsons generated by Rudra were unlimited in number,\nand when they assembled together they attempted to devour the entire\nuniverse. When Brahma, the father of the living entities, saw this, he\nbecame afraid of the situation.\nPURPORT\nThe generations of Rudra, the incarnation of anger, were so dangerous\nto the maintenance of universal affairs that even Brahm a, the father of the\nliving entities, became afraid of them. The so-called devotees or followers\nof Rudra are also a menace. They are sometimes dangerous even to Rudra\nhimself. Descendants of Rudra sometimes make plans to kill Rudra-by\nthe grace of Rudra. That is the nature of his devotees.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0141": "[Canto 3, Ch. l2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n454\n\nTEXT 17\n\n� �tfil: �: . I\n�' � wa���i�Uf: 11�\\911\nalam prajiibh* sr§tiibhir\nidrfibhib- surottama\nmaya saha dahantibhir\ndisas cak�urbhir ulbar-aibalum-unn ecessary ;\n\nprajabhib--by\n\nsuch\n\nliving\n\nentities;\n\nmtiibhir,­\n\ngenerated; idrSibhib--of this ty pe; surottama-0 best among the demi­\n\ngods; mayii-me; saha-along with; dahantibhir,-who are burning; disab-­\n\nall sides; cak§urbhir,-by the eyes; u lba rai� -fiery flames.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBrahma told Rudra: 0 best among the demigods, there is no need for\n\nyou to generate living entities of this nature. They have begun to devastate\n\neverything on all sides with the fiery flames from their eyes, and they have\neven attacked me.\n\nTEXT18\n\n3llf«U � � rit_(tij('41'UI( I\nmCf �� � R� � ������\n\n(fq\n\ntapa iiti�tha bhadrarh te\nsarva-bhuta-sukhiivaham\ntapasaiva yathii purvarh\nsra�tii visvam idam bhaviin\ntapab--penance ;iiti�tha-be situated; bhadram-auspicious; te-unto you;\n\nsarva-all; bh ii ta-l i ving entities; sukha-iivaham-bringing happiness; tapasii­\n\nby penance; eva-onl y ; yathii-as much as; piirvam-before; sra;S.tii- will\ncreate; visvam-the un iverse; idam-this; bhaviin-y ou rsel f\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear son, you had better situate yourself in penance, which is\n\nauspicious for all living entities and which will bring all benediction upon\n\n", "SB3.2#p0142": "Text 19)\n\n455\n\nCreation of the Kumiras and Others\n\nyou. By penance only shall you be able to create the universe as it was\nbefore.\nPURPORT\nIn the creation, maintenance and dissolution of the cosmic manifesta­\n\ntion, the three deities Brahma, Vi�l).u and Mahesvara, or Siva, are respec·\ntively in charge. Rudra was advised not to destroy while the period of\ncreation and maintenance was going on, but to situate himself in penance\nand wait for the time of dissolution, when his services would be called for.\nTEXT 19\n\n�\n\n�ti'tRI�tf4t{t+i�'{. 1\nri1(�!}(1f4R1+i� � � II� �II\n�\n\ntapasaiva pararh jyotir\nbhagavantam adhok§ajam\nsarva-bhuta-guhiiviisam\nafijasii vindate pumiin\ntapasii-by\n\npenance;\n\neva-only; param- the\n\nsupreme; jyotift-light;\n\nbhagavantam-unto the Personality of Godhead; adhok�ajam-He who is\nbeyond the approach of the senses; sarva bhiita-guhii-viisam\n-\n\nthe\n\n-\n\nresiding in\n\nheart of all living entities; afijasii-complete; vindate-can know;\n\npumiin-a person.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy penance only can one even approach the Personality of Godhead,\nwho is within the heart of every living entity and at the same time beyond\nthe reach of all senses.\nPURPORT\nRudra was advised by Brahma to perform penance as an example to his\nsons and followers that penance is necessary for the attainment of the\nfavor of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In Bhagavad-gitii it is said\nthat the common mass of people follow the path shown by an authority.\nThus Brahma, disgusted with the Rudra generations and afraid of being\ndevoured by the increase of population, asked Rudra to stop producing\nsuch an unwanted generation and take to penance for attaining the favor\n\n", "SB3.2#p0143": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n456\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nof the Supreme Lord. We find, therefore, in pictures, that Rudra is always\nsitting in meditation for the attainment of the favor of the Lord. Indirectly,\nthe sons and followers of Rudra are advised to stop the business of annihi·\nlation following the Rudra principle while the peaceful creation of Brahmli\nis going on.\nTEXT 20\n\n��\nt(t(¥Uc:¥Hil�: qRsti+� f1Rt qf� I\n...���flqlq;;q � � � ll�oll\nmaitreya uviica\nevam iitmabhuvii \"di�ta/;.\nparikramya giriim patim\nbiitjham ity amum iimantrya\nvivesa tapase vanam\nmaitreya�\n\nu\n\nviic a-Sri\n\n'\n\nMaitreya\n\nsaid;\n\nevam-thus;\n\natma- bh uva-by\n\nBrahma; iid ijJa[l, -being so requested; parikramya-by circumambulating;\n\ngiriim\n\n-\n\nof the Vedas; patim-unto the master; biitjham- that is right; iti-thus;\n\niimantrya-thus addressing; vivesa-entered, into;\ntapase-for the matter of penance; vanam-into the forest.\n\namum-unto Brahma;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri\n\nMaitreya\n\nsaid:\n\nThus\n\nRudra,\n\nbeing\n\nordered\n\nby\n\nBrahma,\n\ncircumambulated his father, the master of the Vedas. Addressing him\nwith words of assent, he entered the forest to perform austere penances.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�\"lfr«f! �q �� �=;JH 3l�� I\n�•lii4�Rti�'ffi� �t€11(1'*1l\"'�i!4': II�� II\nathiibhidhyiiyatal;. sargam\ndasa putriil;. prajajnire\nbhagavac-chakti-yuktasya\nloka-santiina-hetaval;.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0144": "Text 22]\n\nCreation of the Kumaras and Others\n\n457\n\natha-thus; abhidhyiiyata�-while thinking of; sargam-creation; dasaten; putrii�-sons; prajajiiire-were begotten; bhagavat-regarding the Personality of Godhead;sakti-potency;yuktasya-empowered with; loka-the\nworld; santiina-generation; hetava�-the causes.\nTRANSLATION\nBrahma, who was empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nthought of generating living entities and begot ten sons for the extension of\nthe generations.\nTEXT 22\n\n¥4ft�(?�ft(({l �: �: �: I\n\n�� �It\n\n��\n\n�: ����I I\n\nmaricir atry-angirasau\npulastya� pulaha� kratu�\nbhrgur vasi�tho dak§as ca\ndasamas tatra niirada�\nmar\"\"ic*, atri, angirasau, pulastya�, pulahaft, kratu�, bhrgu�, vasi�tha�,\ndak�a�-names\n\nof sons\n\nof Brahma; dasama�-the tenth; tatra-there;\n\nniirada�-Narada.\nTRANSLATION\nMarlci, Atri, Angira, Pulastya, Pulaha, Kratu, Bhfgu, V asi�tha, Da�a,\nand the tenth son, Narada, were thus born.\nPURPORT\nThe whole process of the creation, maintenance and dissolution of the\ncosmic manifestation is meant to give the conditioned souls a chance to go\nback home, back to Godhead. Brahmii created Rudra to help him in his\ncreative endeavor, but from the very beg�nning Rudra began to devour the\nwhole creation, and thus he had to be stopped from such devastating\nactivities. Brahmii therefore created another set of good children who were\nmostly in favor of worldly fruitive activities. He knew very well, however,\nthat without devotional service to the Lord there is hardly any benefit for\nthe conditioned souls, and therefore he at last created his worthy son\nNiirada, who is the supreme spiritual master of all transcendentalists. With-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0145": "458\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nout devotional service to the Lord one cannot make progress in any depart­\n\nment of activity, although the path of devotional service is always\nindependent of anything material. It is only the transcendental loving\n\nservice of the Lord which can deliver the real goal of life, and thus the\nservice rendered by Sriman Narada Muni is the highest among all the sons\nof Brahma.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n\\'S«1fi'II\\GJ • �\"Nit+c'f: I\nSUUIlftls: �t��'Mkitid: ������\nutsangiin niirado jajne\ndak§o 'ngu§thiit svayam-bhuvaft\nprii[Uid vasi§thaft saijjiito\nbhrgus tvaci kariit kratuft\nutsangiit-by transcendental deliberation; niirada � - Mahamuni Narada;\n\njajne-gener ated; dak§aft-D ak�a ; angu�thiit-from the thumb; svayam­\n\nbhuvaft-of Brahma; p riir- iit-from the life air or breathing; vasi�thaft­\n\nVasi�tha; sanjiitaft-was born; bh rguft-the sage Bhrgu; tvaci-from the\n\ntouch; karat-from the hand; kratuft- the sage Kratu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNarada was born from the deliberation· of Brahma, which is the best\npart of his body. Vasi�tha was born from his breathing, Dak�a from a\nthumb, Bhrgu from his touch, and Kratu from his hand.\nPURPORT\nNarada was born from the best deliberation of Brahma because Narada\n\nwas able to deliver the Supreme Lord to anyone he liked. The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead cannot be realized by any amount of Vedic knowl­\n\nedge nor by any number of penances. But a pure devotee of the Lord like\nNarada can deliver the Supreme Lord by his good will. The very name\n\nNarada suggests that he can deliver the Supreme Lord. Niira means the\n\nSupreme Lord, and da means one who can deliver. That he can deliver the\n\nSupreme Lord does not mean that the Lord is like a commodity that can\n\nbe delivered to any person. But Narada can deliver to anyone the tran­\n\nscendental loving service of the Lord as a servitor, friend, parent or lover,\n\n", "SB3.2#p0146": "Text 25)\n\n459\n\nCreation of the Kumaras and Others\n\nas one may desire out of one's own transcendental love for the Lord. In\nother words, it is Narada only who can deliver the path of bhakti-yoga, the\nhighest mystic means for attainment of the Supreme Lord.\nTEXT 24\n\n� � � �:...i�!flr.: I\n� fJ(ct&ls�sBl�t\\�¥\\-.ms+tq(ll�'lll\npulaho niibhito jajne\npulastyal;l kar[layor r�il;l\nangirii mukhato 'k�[!O 'trir\nmaricir manaso 'bhavat\npulahal;l-the sage Pulaha; n iib hital;l-from the navel; jajne-generated;\npulastyal;l-the sage Pulastya; kar[layol;l-from the ears; r�il;l-the great\n\nsage; migiriil;l-the sage Angira; mukhatal;l-from the mouth; ak�r-al;lfrom the eyes; atri l;l the sage Atri;\nric il;l-the sage Marici; manasal;lfrom the mind; abh vat-appeared\n\na\n\n-\n\n.\n\nma\n\nTRANSLATION\nPulastya was generated from the ears, Aitgira from the mouth, Atri\nfrom the eyes, Marici from the mind and Pulaha from the navel of Hrahmi.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n.l: (ijwtltJ�Uifl � wti(i4tUI: � I\n•: wn �= ������\ndharma!) staniid dak�i[!ato\nyatra niiriiya[lal;l svayam\nadharmal;l pr�thato yasmiin\nmrtyur loka-bhayan-karal;l\ndharmal;l-religion; staniit-from the breast; dak�i[!atal;l-on the right\nside; yatra- he r ei ; niiriiya[lal;l-the Supreme Lord; svayam-p rsonally;\nadharmal;l irre l igion; pr � t hatal;l-from the back; yasmiit-from which;\nmrty l;l death; loka-to the living entity; bhayam kara l;l-horrible\n\nu -\n\n-\n\nw\n\nn\n\ne\n\n-\n\n.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0147": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n460\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nT RA N S LATION\nReligion was manifested from the breast of Brahma, wherein is seated the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead Naraya�a, and irreligion appeared from\nhis back, where horrible death takes place for the living entity.\nPURPORT\n\nThat religion was manifested from the place where the Personality of\nGodhead is personally situated is very significant because religion means\ndevotional service to the Personality of Godhead, as confirmed in\nBhagavad-gitii as well as the Bhiigavatam. In Bhagavad-gitii the last\ninstruction is to give up all other engagements in the name of religion and\ntake shelter of the Personality of Godhead. Srimad-Bhiigavatam also\nconfirms that the highest perfection of religion is that which leads to the\ndevotional service of the Lord, unmotivated and unhampered by material\nimpediments. Religion in its perfect form is the devotional service of the\nLord, and irreligion is just the opposite. The heart is the most important\npart of the body, whereas the back is the most neglected part. When one\nis attacked by an enemy one is apt to endure attacks from the back and\nprotect himself carefully from all attacks on the chest. All types of\nirreligion spring from the back of Brahma, whereas real religion, the\ndevotional service of the Lord, is generated from the chest, the seat of\nNarayap.a. Anything which does not lead to the devotional service Of the\nLord is irreligion, and anything which leads to the devotional service of\nthe Lord is called religion.\nTEXT 26\n\nhrdi kiimo bhruva[l. krodho\n\nlobhas ciidharadacchadiit\n\niisyiid viik sindhavo met;lhriin\nnirrti[l. piiyor aghiisraya[l.\n\nhrd i- from\n\nthe heart; kiima[l. lust ; bhruva[l.- from the eyebrows;\n-\n\nkrodha[l.-anger; lobha[l.-greed; ca-also; adhara-dacchadiit-from between\n\nthe lips; asyat-from the mouth; vak-speaking; s indhava � the seas;\nmet;lhriit from the penis; nirrt i[l. low activities; pay o[l. -from the anus;\nagha-asraya[l. reserv o ir of all vices.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0148": "Text 27]\n\nCreation of the Kumaras and Others\n\n461\n\nTRANSLATION\nLust and desire became manifested from the heart of Brahma, anger\nfrom between his eyebrows, greed from between his lips, the power of\nspeaking from his mouth,\n\nthe\n\nocean from his penis, and low and\n\nabominable activities from his anus, the source of all sins.\nPURPORT\n\nA conditioned soul is under the influence of mental speculation. However great one may be in the estimation of mundane education and learning,\nhe cannot be free from the influence of psychic activities. Therefore it is\nvery difficult to give up lust and the desires for low activities until one is in\nthe line of devotional service to the Lord. When one is frustrated in lust\nand low desires, anger is generated from the mind and is expressed from\nbetween the eyebrows. Ordinary men are therefore advised to concentrate\nthe mind by focusing on the place in between the eyebrows, whereas the\ndevotees of the Lord are already practiced to place the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead on the seat of their minds. The theory of becoming desireless\nis untenable because the mind cannot be made desireless. When it is recommended that one should be desireless, it is understood that one should not\ndesire things which are destructive to spiritual values. A devotee of the\nLord always has the Lord in his mind, and thus he does not need to be\ndesireless because all his desires are in relationship with the service of the\nLord. The power of speaking is called Sarasvati, or the goddess of learning,\nand the birthplace of the goddess of learning is the mouth of Brahma. Even\nif a man is endowed with the favor of the goddess of learning, it is quite\npossible for his heart to be full of lust and material desire and his eyebrows\nto display symptoms of anger. One may be very learned in the mundane\nestimation, but that does not mean that he is free from all low activities of\nlust and anger. Good qualifications can only be expected from a pure\ndevotee who is always engaged in the thought of the Lord, or in samiidhi,\nwith faith.\nTEXT 27\n\n���,���tn .mr: q: 1\n� �� �' ft� �tnl_ 11�\\911\nu1�141r:\n\nchiiyiiyiib, kardamo jajne\ndevahiityii� pat* prabhu�\nmanaso dehatas cedam\njajfie visva-krto jagat\n\n", "SB3.2#p0149": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n462\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nchiiyiiyii�-by the shadow; kardama�-Kardama Muni; jajiie-became\nmanifested;\n\ndevahiityii�-of Devahuti;\n\nmaster; manasa�-from\n\nthe\n\npati�-husband;\n\nprabhu�-the\n\nmind; dehata�-from the body; ca-also;\n\nidam-this; jajiie-developed; viSva-the universe; krta[l-of the creator;\njagat-cosmic manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\nSage Kardama, husband of the great Devahuti, was manifested from\nthe shadow of Brahma. Thus all became manifested either from the body\nor the mind of Brahma.\nPURPORT\nAlthough one of the three modes of material nature is always prominent,\nthey are never represented unalloyed by one another. Even in the most\nprominent existence of the two lower qualities, the modes of passion and\nignorance, there is sometimes a tinge of the mode of goodness. Therefore\nall the sons generated from the body or the mind of Brahma were in the\nmodes of passion and ignorance, but some of them, like K ardama, were\nborn in the mode of goodness. Narada was born in the transcendental\nstate of Brahma.\nTEXT 28\n\n� � � ((14'\\k� �: I\n� ��:mq�RJ;r: � ������\nviicarh duhitararh tanvirh\nsvayam-bhiir haratirh mana�\nakiimiirh cakame k�atta�\nsakiima iti na� srutam\nviicam- Vak; duhitaram-unto the daughter; tanvim-born of his body;\nsvayam-bhu [l- B rahmii. ; haratim\n\n-\n\nattrac ting; mana.h-his mind; akiimiimwithout being sexually inclined; cakame-desired; k�atta�-0 Vidura;\n\nsa-kama�-being sexually inclined; iti-thus; na�-we; srutam-have heard.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Vidura, we have heard that Brahma had a daughter named Vak who\n\n", "SB3.2#p0150": "Text 29]\n\nCreation of the Kumiras and Others\n\n463\n\nwas born from his body and who attracted his mind toward sex, although\nshe was not sexually inclined towards him.\nPURPORT\nBalaviin indriya-griimo vidviimsam api kar§ati. It is said that the senses\nare so mad and strong. that they can bewilder even the most sensible and\nlearned man. Therefore it is advised that one should not indulge in living\n\nalone even with one's mother, sister or daughter. Vidviimsam api kar§ati\nmeans that even the most learned also become victims of the sensuous urge.\nMaitreya hesitated to state this anomaly on the part of Brahma, who was\nsexually inclined to his own daughter, but still he mentioned it because\nsometimes it so happens, and the living example is Brahma himself, although he is the primeval living being and the most learned within the\nwhole universe. If Brahma could be a victim of the sexual urge, then what\nof others, who are prone to so many mundane frailties? This extraordinary\nimmorality on the part of Brahma was heard to have occurred in some\n\nparticular kalpa, but it could not have happened in the kalpa in which\nBrahma heard directly from the Lord the four essential verses of Srl.mad­\n\nBhiigavatam because the Lord benedicted Brahma, after giving him lessons\n\non the Bhiigavatam, that he would never be bewildered in any kalpa\n\nwhatsoever. This indicates that before the hearing of Srl.mad-Bhiigavatam\n\nhe might have fallen a victim to such sensuality, but after hearing Srl.mad­\n\nBhiigavatam directly from the Lord, there was no possibility of such\n\nfailures.\nOne should, however, take serious note of this incident. The human\nbeing is a social animal, and his unrestrictedly mixing with the fair sex leads\nto downfall. Such social freedom of man and woman, especially among\nthe younger section, is certainly a great stumbling block on the path of\nspiritual progress. Material bondage is due only to sexual bondage, and\ntherefore unrestricted association of man and woman is surely a great\nimpediment. Maitreya cited this example on the part of Brahma just to\nbring to our notice this great danger.\nTEXT 29\n\n� �M �Jl'A � wn: I\ntt��IJ(Q41 pit f%�1dl€4'41\\ilt'{l I� �II\ntam adharme krta:matim\nvilokya pitaram sutii�\n\n", "SB3.2#p0151": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n464\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nmarici-mukhyii munayo\nvis\"rambhat pratyabodhayan\ntam-unto him; adharme-in the matter of immorality; krta-matim-the\nmind being so\n\n�\n\nsutii\n\n-\n\nsons;\n\ngi ven; vilokya-seeing thus; pitaram-unto the father;\n\nmaric i mukhyiilz -headed\n-\n\nby\n\nmunayalz -sages;\n\nMarici;\n\nvisrambhiit-with due respect; pratyabodhayan-submitted as follows.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus, finding their father so deluded in an act of immorality, the sages\n\nheaded by Marici, all sons of Brahma, spoke as follows with great respect.\nPURPORT\n\nThe sages like Marici were not in the wrong in submitting their protests\nagainst the acts of their great father. They knew very well that even though\ntheir father committed a mistake, there must have been some great purpose behind the show, otherwise such a great personality could not have\ncommitted such a mistake. It might be that Brahma wanted to warn his\nsubordinates about human frailties in their dealings with women. This is\nalways very dangerous for persons who are on the path of self-realization.\nTherefore, great personalities like Brahma, even when in the wrong, should\nnot be neglected, nor could the great sages headed by Marici show. any\ndisrespect because of his extraordinary behavior.\n\nTEXT 30\n\nW:P�Wf·�� �I\nm �m •t'+:f.t•Ztl� 5f\"(: II� II\no\n\nnaitat purvai\"ft krtarh tvad ye\nna kari�yanti ciipare\nyas tvarh duhitararh gaccher\nanigrhyiingajarh prabhu�\nna-never; etat-such a thing; purvai\"ft-by any other Brahma, or yourself in any previous kalpa; krtam\n\n-\n\np erfo r med; tvat-by you; ye\n\n-\n\nthat\n\nwhich; na-nor; kari� yanti- will do; ca-also; apare-anyone else; yalzthat which; tvam-you; duhitaram-unto the daughter; gacche {t\n\n-\n\nwould\n\ngo; anigrhya- without controlling; angajam-sex desire; prabhu�-0 father.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0152": "Text 31)\n\n465\n\nCreation of the Kumiras and Others\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 father, this performance in which you are endeavoring to complicate\nyourself was never attempted by any other Brahmi, nor by anyone else,\nnor by yourself in previous kalpas, nor will anyone dare to attempt it in\nthe future. You are the supreme being in the universe, so how is it that\nyou want to have sex with your daughter and cannot control your desire?\nPURPORT\nThe post of Brahma is the supermost post in the universe, and it appears\nthat there are many Brahmas and many universes besides the one in which\nwe are situated. One who fills this post must be ideal in behavior, for\nBrahma sets the example for all living entities Br ahma , the living entity\n.\n\nwho is the most pious and spiritually elevated, is entrusted with a post next\nto that of the Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�'\\q(iliiA � U� \\iltl\\!}(t 1\n\n���:������II\ntefiyasiim api hy etan\nna suslokyam jagadguro\nyad-vrttam anut�than vai\nloka� k�emiiya kalpate\ntefiyasiim-of the most powerful; api\n\n-\n\na so;\n\nl\n\nhi- cert ai nl y ; etat-such an\n\nact; na-not suitable; suslokyam-goo d behavior; jagat-guro-0 spiritual\nmaster of the universe; yat-whose; vrttam\n\n-\n\ncharacter;anut4 tha n\n\n-\n\nfollow\n\n­\n\ning; vai-certainly; loka �- the world; k�e miiya-for prosperity; kalpatebecomes eligible.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven though you are the most powerful being, this act does not suit\nyou because your character is followed for spiritual improvement by people\nin general.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that a supremely powerful living entity can do a nything and\neverything he likes and such acts do not affect him in any way. For\n\n", "SB3.2#p0153": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n466\n\n[ Ca nto 3, Ch.l2\n\nexample, the sun, the most powerful fiery planet in the universe, can\nevaporate water from anywhere and still remain as powerful. The sun\nevaporates water from filthy places and yet is not infected with the quality\nof the filth. Similarly, Brahma remains unimpeachable in all conditions.\nBut still, since he is the spiritual master of all living entities, his behavior\nand character should be so ideal that people will follow such sublime\nbehavior and derive the highest spiritual benefit. Therefore, he should not\nhave acted as he did.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�wt1ft�����l\n3ffiqW ottS\\t1'41ij � d qtij4i(Rr ����II\ntasmai namo bhagavate\nya idam svena roci�ii\natmastham vyanjayamasa\nsa dharmam piitum arhati\ntasmai-unto Him; namaft - obeisances ; bhagavate- unto the Personality\n\nof Godhead; yaft - who; idam- this; svena- by His own; r oc i� ii\n\n-\n\neffulgence;\n\niitma-stham-situated in Himself; vyanjayiimiisa-has manifested; saft - He;\n\ndharmam-religion; piitum- for protection; arhati- may kindly do so.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet us offer our respectful obeisances unto the Personality of Godhead,\n\nwho, by His own eff ulge nce, while situated in Himself, has manifested this\n\ncosmos. May He also protect religion for all goodness.\n\nPURPORT\nLust for sexual intercourse is so strong that it appears herein that\nBrahma could not be dissuaded from his determination in spite of the\nappeal by his great sons like Marici. Therefore, the great sons began to\npray to the Supreme Lord for the good sense of Brahma. It is only by the\ngrace of the Supreme Lord that one can be protected from the allurement\nof lusty material desires. The Lord gives protection to devotees who are\nalways engaged in His transcendental loving service, and by His causeless\nmercy He forgives the accidental fall of a devotee. Therefore, sages like\nMarici prayed for the mercy of the Lord, and their prayer was fruitful.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0154": "Text 33]\n\nCreation of the Kumaras and Others\n\n467\n\nTEXT 33\n\n���:��qt��l\n�ftlqf� � itfCij(ija;ll\n� � iiit•wfld ;f\\'(R ��: II��II\nsa ittharh grr-ata� putriin\npuro dr�tvii prajii-pafin\nprajiipati-patis tanvarh\ntatyiija vn{litas tadii\ntiirit diso jagrhur ghoriirh\nnihiirarh yad vidus tama�\ns a� -he (Brahma);\nittham-thus; grr- ata�-speaking; putriin-sons;\npura�- before ; dr§t vii-seeing; prajii-pat\"in-all the progenitors of living\nentities; prajiipati-pat*-the father of all of them (Brahma); tanvambody; tatyiija-quit; vr\"i{lita�- ashamed; tadii-at that time; tam-that body;\ndisa � - al1 directions; jagrhu�-accepted; gho nim - blam able; n ih iiram- fog;\nyat-which; vidu �-they know as; t ama� - darkness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe father of all Praj apatis, Brahma, thus seeing all his Praj apati sons\nspeaking in that way, became very much ashamed and at once gave up the\nbody which he had accepted. Later that body appeared in all directions as\nthe dangerous fog in darkness.\nPURPORT\nThe best way to compensate for one's sinful acts is to give up one's\nbody at once, and Brahma, the leader of the living entities, showed this\nby his personal example. Brahma has a fabulous duration of life, but he\nwas obliged to give up his body due to his grievous sin, even though he had\nmerely contemplated it in his mind without having actually done it.\nThis is a lesson for the living entities how sinful an act it is to indulge in\nunrestricted sex life. Even to think of abominable sex life is sinful, and to\ncompensate for such sinful acts, one has to give up his body. In other\nwords, one's duration of life, blessings, opulence, etc., are decreased by\nsinful acts, and the most dangerous type of sinful act is unrestricted sex.\nIgnorance is the cause of sinful life, or sinful life is the cause of gross\nignorance. The feature of ignorance is darkness or fog. Darkness or fog\n\n", "SB3.2#p0155": "Srimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n468\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nstill covers the whole universe, and the sun is the only counteracting\nprinciple. One who takes shelter of the Lord, the perpetual light, has no\nfear of being annihilated in the darkness of fog or ignorance.\nTEXT 34\n\n���'( �: � ami�ttW<cU«_ I\n'Pf �1444( �(1'4�(11� ����VII\nkadacid dhyayata� sra�tur\nveda asams catur-mukhat\nkatham srak�yamy aham lokan\nsamavetan yatha pura\ndhyiiyata�- while contemplating;\niisan- became manifested;catur-mukhat-from the four mouths; katham s ra k § yami- how shall\nI create; aham- myself; lokan-all these worlds; samavetan-assembled;\nyatha- as they were; pura-in the past.\nkadii-cit-once\n\nsrafl.tu�- of\n\nupon\n\nBrahma;\n\na\n\ntime;\n\nveda�- the\n\nVedic literature;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nOnce upon a time, when Brahma was thinking of how to create the\n\nworlds as in the past millennium, the four Vedas, which contain all varieties\n\nof knowledge, became manifested from his four mouths.\nPURPORT\n\nAs a fire can consume anything and everything without being contaminated, so, by the grace of the Lord, the fire of Brahma's greatness con­\n\nsumed his desire for the sinful act of sex with his daughter. The Vedas are\nthe source of all knowledge, and they were first revealed to Brahmii. by the\nmercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead while Brahma was thinking\nof recreating the matetial world. Brahma is powerful by dint of his\ndevotional service unto the Lord, and the Lord is always ready to forgive\nHis devotee if by chance he falls down from the noble path of devotional\n\nservice. The Srimad-Bhagavatam confirms this as follows (Bhii.g. 11.5.42):\n\nsva-piida-mularh bhajata� priyasya\ntyaktiinya-bhiivasya har* paresa�\n\n", "SB3.2#p0156": "Text 35]\n\n469\n\nCreation of the Kumaras and Others\n\nvikarma yac cotpatitarh katharh-cid\ndhunoti sarvarh hrdi sanniv�.taft\n\"Any person who is engaged one hundred percent in the transcendental\nloving service of the Lord, at His lotus feet, is very dear to the Personality\nof Godhead Hari, and the Lord, being situated in the heart of the devotee,\nexcuses all kinds of sins committed by chance.\" It was never expected that\na greaf personality like Brahma would ever think of sex indulgence with\nhis daughter. The example shown by Brahma only suggests that the power\nof material nature is so strong that it can act upon everyone, even Brahma.\nBrahma was saved by the mercy of the Lord with a little punishment, but\nby the grace of the Lord he did not lose his prestige as the great Brahma.\nTEXT 35\n\n•..,.,q�c;o;w�: Q I\n�lf�l(«fm¥4\"'4: ������\ncatur-hotrarh karma-tantram\nupaveda-nayai� saha\ndharmasya padas catvaras\ntathaivasrama-vrttaya�\ncatu�-four;\n\nhotram-paraphernalia for sacrifice; karma\n\n-\n\naction; tan­\n\ntram-expansions of such activities; upaveda-supplementary to the Vedas;\n\nnaya *-by logical conclusions; saha-along with; dharmasya-of religiosity; padaft -princip les; catvara� four; tatha eva -in the same way; asrama-\n\nsocial orders; vrttaya� -occupations.\nTRANSLATION\nThe four kinds of paraphernalia for conducting the fire sacrifice became\nmanifest: the performer [the chanter], the offerer, the fire, and the action\nperformed in terms of the supplementary Vedas. Also the four principles of\nreligiosity [truth, austerity, mercy and cleanliness] and the duties in the\nfour social orders, all became manifest.\nPURPORT\nEating,\n\nsleeping, defending and mating are the four principles of\n\nmaterial bodily demands which are common to both the animals and\nhuman society. To distinguish human society from the animals there is the\n\n", "SB3.2#p0157": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n470\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nperformance of religious activities in terms of the social statuses and orders\nof life. They are all clearly mentioned in the Vedic literatures and were\n\nmanifested by Brahma when the four Vedas were generated from his four\nmouths. Thus the duties of humankind in terms of the statuses and social\norders were established to be observed by the civilized man. Those who\ntraditionally foUow these principles are caUed Aryans, or progressive\nhuman beings.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n��\n\nl R�� �i(li(l'f.-S��HtJ\n� q: ��·��{ \\q(d..� il.� <rit� 11��11\n�\n\nvidura uvaca\nsa vai visva-srjam !:so\nvedamn mukhato'srjat\nyad yad yenasrjad devas\ntan me briihi tapodhana\nviduraf!\n\nuvaca- Vi dura\n\nsaid; sa[l-he\n\n(Brahma); vai-certainly; visva\n\n-the universe; srjam- of those who created; isa[l-the controller; vedaad!n-the\n\nVedas, etc.; mukhata�-from the mouth; asrjat-established;\n\nyat-that;yat-which ;yena-by which ;asrjat-created; deva{t-the god; tatthat; me-unto me; bruhi-please explain;tapa�-dhana- 0 sage whose only\nwealth is penance.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVidura said: 0 great sage whose only wealth is penance, kindly explain\n\nto me how and with whose help Brahma established the Vedic knowledge\n\nwhich emanated from his mouth.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�;c:q�\n�t(il¥41'-1\\if\"&ql'f. W'l. �ifa:f'li(Q: I\n�l(!lfil;;qi �Rt�thhn�f!lf::d� \"�\"\"\n\n", "SB3.2#p0158": "Creation of the Kumaras and Others\n\nText 38]\n\n471\n\nmaitreya uviica\nrg-yajul;t-siimiitharviikhyiin\nvediin piirviidibhir mukhail;t\nsiistram ijyiim stuti-stomarh\npriiyas-cittarh vyadhiit kramiit\nmaitreyaft uvaca- M aitreya said; rk-yajuft-saina-atharva-the four\nVedas; iik hyiin- of the name; vediin-Vedic literatures; piirva-iidibhi�tbeginning with the front; mukhail;t-by the mouths; siistram- Vedic hymns\nnot pronounced before; ijyiim pri e stly rituals; stuti-stomam-the subj ect\nmatter of the reciters; priiya /;1 -cittam-transcendental activities; vyadhiit-\n\nestablished; kramiit-one after another.\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya said: Beginning from the front face of Brahma, gradually the\nfour Vedas-ltk, Yaju�, Sarna and Atharva-became manifest. Thereafter,\nVedic hymns which had not been pronounced before, priestly rituals, the\nsubject matters of the recitation, and transcendental activities were all\nestablished, one after another.\nTEXT 38\n\n�l� 'G�� 111\"1� iti(¥U�iC: I\n� ::qiQO'lt'{it( ifi¥U�'letif4:fq�: ����II\niiyur-vedarh dhanur-vedarh\ngiindharvarh vedam iitmanal;t\nsthapatyam ciisrjad vedam\nkramiit piirviidibhir mukhail;t\niiyul;t-vedam- medical science; dhanul;t-vedam- military science; giindharvam-musical art; vedam-they are all Vedic knowledge; iitmanal;t-of his\n\nown; sthapatyam- architectural; ca-also; asrjat-created; vedam-knowl­\n\nedge; kramiit- respectively; piirva-iidibhi/;1 -beginning from the front face;\nmukhail;t- mouth\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe also created the medical science, military art, musical art, and\narchitectural science, all from the Vedas. They all emanated one after\nanother, beginning from the front face.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0159": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n472\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Vedas contain perfect knowledge, which includes all kinds of knowledge necessary for human society, not only on this particular planet but on\nother planets as well. It is understood that military art is also necessary\nknowledge for the upkeep of social order, as is the art of music. All these\ngroups of knowledge are called the Upapuriira, or supplements of the\nVedas. Spiritual knowledge is the main topic of the Vedas, but to help the\nhuman being's spiritual pursuit of knowledge, the other information, as\nabove mentioned, forms necessary branches of the Vedic knowledge.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n(f6(1(1�1unf.t m �·: I\n61� � qff�: � 'Jfui;r: 11��11\nitihiisa-puriir iin i\npancamam vedam Isvara�\n\nsarvebhya eva vaktrebhya�\nsasrje sarva-darsana�\nitihtisa-histories;\n\npurarani-the\n\nPuriipas\n\n(supplementary\n\nVedas);\n\npaiicamam- the fifth; vedam-the Vedic literature; !Svara�- the Lord;\nsarvebhya�-all together; eva-certainly; vaktrebhya�-from his mouths;\nsasrje-created; sarva-all around; darsana�-one who can see all time.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen he created the fifth Veda-the Puri!J.as and the histories-from all\n\nhis mouths, since he could see all the past, present and future.\nPURPORT\nThere are histories of particular countries and nations and of the world,\nbut the Puriirws are the histories of the universe, not only in one millennium, but in many kalpas. Brahma has knowledge of those historical facts,\nand therefore all the Puriipas are histories. As originally composed by\nBrahmii., they are part of the Vedas and are called the fifth Veda.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0160": "Text 41]\n\nCreation of the Kumaras and Others\n\n473\n\nTEXT40\n\n.nc� \\eN'P-4•��a�fiweij•t:t� 1\namn�t&URt�lit � �qq �11\\loll\n�opasy-ukthau purva-vaktriit\npurT�y-agni§tutiiv atha\niiptoryiimiitiriitrau ca\nviijapeyam sagosavam\n�ot!ast-ukthau-types\n\nof\n\nsacrifices;\n\nmouth; pur(si-agni�.tutau-types\natiriitrau-types\n\nof\n\nsacrifices;\n\nof\n\npiirva-vaktriit-from the\n\neastern\n\nsacrifices; atha-then; iiptoryiima­\n\nca-and; viijapeyam-type\n\nof sacrifice;\n\nsagosavam-type of sacrifice.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the different varieties of fire sacrifices [ �o�asi, uktha, pun�I,\nagni�1oma, aptoryama, atiratra, vajapeya and gosava] became manifested\nfrom the eastern mouth of Brahma.\nTEXT41\n\nFPn � (A: �r{ � wfir � I\n3IN1rtll �ld(Q'f&lq� �: II 'd �II\nvidyii diinam tapa\"{�. satyam\ndharmasyeti padiini ca\niisramiims ca yathii-sankh.yam\nasrjat saha vrttibhi�\nvidyii-education;\n\ndiinam-charity;\n\ntapafi,-penance;\n\nsatyam-truth;\n\ndharmasya-of religion; iti-thus; padiini-four legs; ca-also; iisramiinorders\n\nof\n\nlife;\n\nca-also; yathii-as they are; sankhyam-in\n\nnumber;\n\nasrjat-created; saha-along with; vrttibh*-by vocations.\nTRANSLATION\nEducation, charity, penance and truth are said to be the four legs of\nreligion and to learn this there are four orders of life with different\nclassifications of castes according to vocation. Brahma created all these in\nsystematic order.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0161": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n474\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nPURPORT\nThe nucleus of the four social orders-brahmacarya or student life,\ngrhastha or household family life, viinaprastha or retired life for practicing\npenance, and sannyiisa or renounced life for preaching the truth-is the\nfour legs of religion. The vocational divisions are the briihma[!as or the\nintelligent class, the k�atriyas or administrative class, the vaisyas or mercantile productive class, and the sudras or general laborer class who have no\nspecific qualifications. All were systematically planned and created by\nBrahma for the regular promotion of self-realization. Student life is meant\nfor acquiring the best education; household family life is meant for gratifying the senses, provided it is performed with a charitable disposition of\nmind. Retirement from household life is meant for penance, for advancement of spiritual life, and renounced life is meant for preaching the\nAbsolute Truth to the people in general. The combined actions of all\nmembers of society make the whole situation favorable for the upliftment\nof the mission of human life. The beginning of this social institution is\nbased on education meant for purifying the animal propensities of the\nhuman\n\nbeing.\n\nThe highest purificatory process is knowledge of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the purest of the pure.\n\nTEXT42\n\n� smt� � Jmf � '\"\"' I\n\n-'44ijR-fht�Jtsu � t � ����II\nsiiviiram priijiipatyam ca\nbriihmam ciitha brhat tathii\nviirtii sancaya-siilinasiloncha iti vai grhe\n\nsiivitram-the thread\n\nceremony of the twice-born; priijiipatyam-to\n\nexecute the vow for one year; ca- and; briihmam-acceptance of the Vedas;\nca-and; atha-also; brhat-complete abstinence from sex life; tathii-then;\nviirtii-vocation in terms of Vedic sanction; sancaya-professional duty;\nsalina-livelihood\n\nwithout asking anyone\n\nfor cooperation; siloncha­\n\npicking up rejected grains; iti-thus; vai-even though; grhe-in household\nlife.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0162": "Text 43]\n\nCreation of the Kumaras and Others\n\n475\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen the thread ceremony for the twice-born was inaugurated, as were\nthe rules to be followed for at least one year after acceptance of the Vedas,\nrules for observing complete abstinence from sex life, vocations in terms of\nVedic injunctions, various professional duties in household life, and the\nmethod of maintaining a livelihood without anyone's cooperation by\npicking up rejected grains.\nPURPORT\nDuring student life the brahmaciiris were given fuU instructions about\n\nthe importance of the human form of life. Thus the basic education was\n\ndesigned to encourage the student in becoming free from family encum­\n\nbrances. Only students who were unable to accept such a vow in life were\n\nallowed to go home and marry a suitable wife. Otherwise, the student\n\nwould remain a permanent brahmaciiri, observing complete abstinence\nfrom sex life for his whol.e life. It aU depended on the quality of the\n\nstudent's training. We had the opportunity to meet an avowed brahmaciiri\n\nin the personality of our spiritual master, Orh Vi�rupada Sri- Srimad\nBhaktisiddhanta Gosvami Maharaja. Such a great soul is called a nai�thika­\n\nbrahmaciiri.\nTEXT43\n\n-� �Utu5Rilit4� : �Cf� I\n� ti\\�•: � � ((if.tf'st�tlt II \\l �I I\nvaikhiinasii viilakhilyaudumbarii� phenapii vane\nnyiise ku(i-caka� purvam\nbahvodo hamsa-ni�kriyau\nvaikhiinasii�-the section of men who retire from active life and live on\n\nhalf-boiled meals; viilakhilya-one who quits his former stock of grains\n\non receipt of more; audumbarii�-one who lives on what he gets from the\ndirection towards which he starts after rising from bed; phenapii�-one\n\nwho lives on the fruits which automatically fall from the tree; vane-in the\nforest; nyiise-in the order of renunciation; kuti-caka�-life in the family\n\nwithout attachment; purvam-in the beginning; bahvoda�-giving up all\nmaterial activities and engaging fully in transcendental service; hamsa�-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0163": "476\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatarn\n\nfully engaged in transcendental knowledge; ni;skriyau-stopping all kinds\nof activities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe four divisions of retired life are the vaikhanasas, valakhilyas,\nau�umbaras and phenapas. The four divisions of the renounced order of\n\nlife are the ku�i-cakas, bahvodas, hanisas and ni�kriyas. All these were\nmanifested from Brahma.\nPURPORT\n\nThe varr-asrama-dharma, or the institution of the four divisions and\norders of social and spiritual life, is not a new invention of the modern age,\nas proposed by the less intelligent. It is an institution established by\nBrahma from the beginning of the creation. This is also confirmed in the\nBhagavad-gita, in the Fourth Chapter: catur-varr-yarh maya mtam (Bg.4.13).\n\nTEXT44\n\n11� � crnrt �oc4\\Rt(ij� 'if I\n� ���m-t !fVlcn � wr: II�J\\lll\nanvik�iki trayi vartii\ndar-{ia-n\"itis tathaiva ca\nevarh vyiihrtayas ciisan\nprar-avo hyasya dahrata�\niinvik� iki-logic ;\nand\n\nsalvation;\n\nni\"ti�- moral\n\ntrayi the\n-\n\nviirtii-sense\n\ncodes;\n\nvyahrtaya�-the\n\ntatha- as\n\ncelebrated\n\nthree\n\ngoals,\n\nnamely\n\ngratification;\nalso;\n\neva\n\nreligion, economy\n\ndal}{ia-law\n\nca-respectively;\n\nhymns bhii�,\n\nbhuva�,\n\nand\n\norder;\n\nevam- thus;\n\nand sva�; ca-also ;\n\niisan-came into existence; prartava�-the orhkiira; hi-certainly; asya-of\nhim (Brahma) ; dah ra ta�\n\n-\n\nfrom the heart.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe science of logical argument, the Vedic goals of life, law and order,\nmoral codes, and the celebrated hymns bhul}., bhuva� and sva� all became\nmanifested from the mouths of Brahma, and the pra1_1ava omkii.ra was\nmanifested from his heart.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0164": "Creation of the Kumaras and Others\n\nText46]\n\n477\n\nTEXT45\n\n��lf\\ut•n�'lt41¥4� � ��:;it A1n: 1\nf'tea:qf�•���,��tW-1��: �m: 11 \\l�ll\n...\n\ntasyo�f)ig iisu lomabhyo\ngiiyatri ca tvaco vibho�\ntri�tum miirhsiit snuto 'nu�tub\njagaty asthna� prajiipate�\n\ntasya-his; Ufif)ik-one of the Vedic meters; iisit-generated; lomabhya�from the hairs on the body; gayatri-the principal Vedic hymn; ca-also;\ntvaca�-from the skin; vibholt-of the lord; trifi.tubh-a particular type of\npoeti c meter; maritsat-from the flesh; snuta[t-from the sinews; anu§tabhanother type of poetic meter;jagati-another type of poeLic meter; asthna�\n-from the bone ; prajapate{t-of the father of the living entities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the art of literary expression, U!!�ik, was generated from the\nhairs on the body of the almighty Prajapati. The principal Vedic hymn,\ngayatri, was generated from the skin, tri!!tup from the flesh, anu!!P..P from\nthe veins, and jagati from the bones of the lord of the living entities.\n\nTEXT46\n\nmajjiiyii� panktir utpannii\nbrhati priif)ato 'bhavat\n\nmajjiiyii{t-from the bone marrow;pankti[t-the particular type of verse;\nutpannii-became manifested; brh ati-another type of verse; priinata{tout of the life breathing;abhavat-generated.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0165": "[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n478\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe art of writing verse, pankti, became manifested from the bone\n\nmarrow, and that of brhati, another type of verse, was generated from the\nlife-breath of the lord of the living entities.\n\nTEXT 47\n\n����I¥4'4%SIR: �t � a� t\n\n\\5a�1Uif'tfi�����l��:�t if����: I\n�: � Rtl�GT � � �: 11�-.511\nsparsas tasyiibhavaj jiva�\nsvaro deha udiihrta\nu�miirwm indriyiir-y iihur\nanta�sthii balam iitmana�\nsvarii� sapta vihiirer-a\nbhavanti sma prajiipate�\nsparsa� - the set of letters from ka to ma; tasya\n\n-\n\nhis ; abhavat\n\n-\n\nbecame;\n\njiva� - the soul; svara�-vowels; de hafl, -his body; udiihrtafl. - are expressed;\nii:Smiir-am\n\n-\n\nthe letters sa, �a, sa and ha; indriyiiri-the senses; iih�-are\n\ncalled; anta�sthii�- the set of letters so known (ya, ra, la and va); balamenergy; iitmana�-of his self; sva rii�- mus i c ; sapta-seven; vihiire[ta-by the\n\nsensual activities; bhavanti sma-b ecame manifested; prajiipa te{l. - of the\nlord of the living entities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBrahmii.'s soul manifested as the touch alphabets, his body as the vowels,\n\nhis senses as the sibilant alphabets, his strength as the intermediate alpha­\n\nbets and his sensual activities as the seven notes of music.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Sanskrit there are thirteen vowels and thirty-five consonants. The\nvowels are a, ii, i, i, u, u, [, f, {, e, ai, o, au and the consonants are ka\n\nkha, ga, gha, etc Amongst the consonants, the first twenty-five letters are\n.\n\ncalled\n\nthe\n\nsparsas.\n\nThere are\n\nalso\n\nfour antafl,sthas.\n\nOf\n\nthe Ufimas\n\nthere are threes's, called tiilavya, murdhanya and danta. The musical notes\nare fia, f, gii, ma, pa, dha, and ni. All these sound vibrations are originally\ncalled sabda-brahma, or spiritual sound. It is said, therefore, that Brahma\n\n", "SB3.2#p0166": "Text48]\n\nCreation of the Kumaras and Others\n\n479\n\nwas created in the Maha-kalpa as the incarnation of spiritual sound. The\nVedas are spiritual sound, and therefore there is no need of material\ninterpretation for the sound vibration of the Vedic literature. The Vedas\nshould be vibrated as they are, although they are symbolically represented\nwith letters which are known to us materially. At the ultimate issue there\nis nothing material because everything has its origin in the spiritual world.\nThe material manifestation is therefore called illusion in the proper sense\nof the term. For those who are realized souls there is nothing but spirit.\nTEXT48\n\n��itll�ilwt� Oll'ffilo<q'ffiml\";f: '«: I\n\n�nn�1nftf Am ��qtff�: II'�� ''\nsabda-brahmiitmanas tasya\nvyaktiivyaktiitmana[l. para[l.\nbrahmiivabhiiti vitato\nniinii-sakty-upabrmhitaft\nsabda-brahma-transcendental sound; iitmanaft-of the Supreme Lord;\ntasya-His; vyakta-manifested; avyakta-iitmanaft-of the unmanifested;\nparaft- transcendental; brahma-the Absolute; avabhiiti-completely manifested; vitataft- distributing; niinii-multifarious; sak ti-energies; upabrmhitafl:-invested with.\nTRANSLATION\nBrahma is the personal representation of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead as the source of transcendental sound and is therefore above the\nconception of manifested and unmanifested. Brahma is the complete form\nof the Absolute Truth and is invested with multifarious energies.\nPURPORT\nThe post of Brahma is the highest responsible post within the universe,\nand it is offered to the most perfect personality of the universe. Sometimes\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead has to become Brahma when there\nis no suitable living being to occupy the post. In the material world, Brahma\nis the complete representation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nand transcendental sound, pral)ava, comes from him. He is therefore\ninvested with multifarious energies, from which all the demigods like Indra,\n\n", "SB3.2#p0167": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n480\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nCandra and V aruQ.a are manifested. His transcendental value is not to be\n\nminimized, even though he exhibited a tendency to enj oy his own daughter.\n\nThere is a purpose for the exhibition of such a tendency by Brahma, and\nhe is not to be condemned like an ordinary living entity.\n\nTEXT 49\n\ntato 'pariim upiidiiya\nsa sargiiya mano dadhe\ntataft\n\n-\n\nthereafter; ap ariim\n\n-\n\nanother; upiidiiya-having accepted; saft\n\nsargaya-in the matter of creation; manaft\n\n-\n\n-\n\nhe;\n\nm ind; dadhe-gave attention.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter Brahma accepted another body in which sex life was not\n\nforbidden, and thus he engaged himself in the matter of further creation.\nPURPORT\n\nIn his former body, which was transcendental, affection for sex life was\nforbidden, and Brahma therefore had to accept another body to allow\nhimself to be connected with sex. He thus engaged himself in the matter of\ncreation. His former body transformed into fog, as previously described.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n'Jil1ftult �o:ft.rtunf4 q �m� 1\n� (lmlf \\{1rl'��l'lm �II� oil\nr�Ir-iim bhuriviryiir-iim\napi sargam avistrtam\njiititvii tad dhrdaye bhiiyas\ncintayiimiisa kaurava\nniQ.tim-of the great sages; bhuri-viryiir-iim-with great potential power; api\n\n-in spite of; sargam-the creation; avistrtam-not extended; jffiitvii-know\n\n-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0168": "Text 52]\n\nCreation of the Kumiras and Others\n\n481\n\ning; tat-that; hrdaye-in his heart; bhuya� again ; cintayiimiisa-he began\nto consider; kaurava-0 son of the Kuru s\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 son of the Kurus, when Brahmi saw that in spite of the presence of\nsages of great potency there was no sufficient increase in population, he\nbegan to seriously consider how the population could be increased.\nTEXT 51\n\n� 3l��;lr �m r..��a\" ,\n� �� �' � � R�� 11��11\naho adbhutam etan me\nvyaprtasyiipi nityadii\nna h y edhante prajii nunam\ndaivam atra vighiitakam\naho-alas; adbhutam-it is wonderful; etat-this; me-for me; vyiiprtasya\n-\n\nbeing busy; api-although; nityadii-always; na-does not; hi-certainl y;\n\nedhante-generate; prajii�-living entities; nilnam-however; daivam-destiny; atra-herein; vighiitakam against\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBrahma thought to himself: Alas, it is wonderful that in spite of my\nbeing scattered all over, there is still insufficient population throughout\n·\nthe universe. There is no other cause for this misfortune save and except\ndestiny ..\nTEXT 52\n\n�� �� ����\nq �� � ����&t�� ����II\nevam yukta-krtas tasya\ndaivaii ciivek�attis tadii\nkasya rii.pam abhud dvedhii\nyat kiiyam abhicak�ate\n\n", "SB3.2#p0169": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n482\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\nevam-thus; yukta-contemplating; krta�-while doing so; tasya-his;\ndaivam-supernatural power; ca-also; avek§ata[l\ntime;\n\nkasya-of\n\nBrahma;\n\nriipam-form;\n\n- observing; tadii-at that\n\nabhiU-became\n\nm anifested;\n\ndvedhii-twofold; yat-which is; kiiyam-his body; abhicak§ate-is said to\nbe.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile he was thus absorbed in contemplation and was observing the\nsupernatural power, two other forms were generated from his body. They\nare still celebrated as the body of Brahma.\nPURPORT\nTwo bodies came out from the body of Brahma. One had a moustache,\nand the other had swollen breasts. No one can explain the source of their\nmanifestation, and therefore up until today they are known as the kiiyam,\nor the body of Brahma, with no indication of their relationship as his son\nor daughter.\nTEXT 53\n\ntiibhyiim riipa-vibhiigiibhyiim\nmithunam samapadyata\ntiibhyiim-of them; riipa-form; vibhiigiibhyiim-thus being divided;\nmithunam-sex relation; samapadyata-perfectly executed.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe two newly separated bodies united together in a sexual relationship.\nTEXT 54\n\n������:�Wf:�, I\n�qfS�8((�ql(oql '4fM�q �'R: ll'-'.\\lll\nyas tu tatra pumiin so 'bhiin\nmanu� sviiyambhuva� svariit\n\n", "SB3.2#p0170": "Creation of the Kumaras and Others\n\nText 56]\n\n483\n\nstri yasic chatarilpiikhyii\nmahi§y asya mahiitmanal_i.\nyal_i.-one who; tu-but; tatra-there; pumiin-the male; sal_i. - he; abhut­\n\nbecame; manul_i.-the father of mankind; sviiyambhuval_i.-of the name\n\nSvayambhuva; svariit-fully independent; stn-the woman; yii-one who;\n\niis\"it-there\n\nwas; satarupii-of\n\nthe\n\nname Satarupii; iikhyii-known\n\nmahi§\"i-the queen; asya-of him; mahiitmanal_i.-the great soul.\n\nas;\n\nTRANSLATION\nOut of them, the one who had the male form became known as the Manu\n\nnamed Svayambhuva, and the woman became known as Satariipa, the\n\nqueen of the great soul Manu.\n\nTEXT 55\n\ntadii mit huna-dharme[la\nprajii hy edhiim babhuvire\ntadii-at that time; mithuna-sex life; dharme�a-according to regula­\n\ntive\n\nprinciples;\n\nprajiil_i.-generations;\n\nbabhuvire-took place.\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nedhiim-increased;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, by sex indulgence, they gradually increased generations of\n\npopulation one after another.\n\nTEXT 56\n\n�� �.H'I�m�i 'fi!i�N���\nI\n\n�«t'ijlwtqi(t Rr�: �;:tiT� � I\nan�Rt�t�lf q_fuftRI \"\" ������\nsa ciipi satarnpiiyiirh\npaiiciipatyiiny ajijanat\npriyav rato ttiinapiidau\n\n", "SB3.2#p0171": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n484\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 12\n\ntisra� kanyas ca bharata\n\nakiitir devahiitis ca\n\nprasiitir iti sattama\n\nsa�-he\n\n(Manu); ca-also; api-in\n\ndue course; satariipayam-unto\n\nSatariipa; paiica-five; apatyani-children; ajijanat-begot; priyavrata­\n\nPriyavrata; uttanapadau-Uttanapada; tisra�-three in number; kanya�­\n\ndaughters; ca-also; bharata-0 son of Rharata;akiiti�-Akuti;devahiit*Devahuti;ca-and; prasiit*-Prasiiti; iti-thus;sattama-0 best of all.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 son of Bharata, in due course of time he [Manu] begot in Satariipa\n\nfive children-two sons, Priyavrata and Uttiinapiida, and three daughters,\nAkuti, Devahuti and Prasfiti.\n\nTEXT 57\n\n� � sr�..�'IN ij �� 1\n��snd� � l(� 3ll\\ft� �� ����II\nakiitim rucaye pradat\n\nkardamaya tu madhyamam\n\ndak�ayadat prasiitim ca\nyata apiiritarh jagat\n\nakiitim-the daughter named Akiiti;rucaye-unto the sage Ruci;pradat­\n\nhanded over; kardamaya-unto the sage Kardama; tu-but; madhyamam­\n\nthe middle one (Devahuti); dak§li.ya-unto Dak�a; adat-handed over;\n\nprasiitim-the youngest daughter; ca-also; yata�-wherefrom; apiiritamis fulfilled; jagat-the whole world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe . father, Manu, handed over his first daughter, Akuti, to the sage\nRuci, the middle daughter, Devahfiti, to the sage Kardama, and the\n\nyoungest, Prasfiti,\npopulation.\n\nto\n\nDak�a.\n\nFrom them, all the world fiUed with\n\n", "SB3.2#p0172": "Text 57]\n\nCreation of the Kumaras and Others\n\n485\n\nPURPORT\nThe history of the creation of the population of the universe is given\nherewith. Brahma is the original living creature in the universe, from whom\n\nwere generated the Manu Svayambhuva and his wife S atarupa. From Manu,\n\ntwo sons and three daughters were born, and from them all the population\nin different planets has sprung up until now. Therefore, Brahma is known\nas the grandfather of everyone, and the Personality of Godhead, being the\nfather of Brahma, is known as the great-grandfather of all living beings.\nThis is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita as follows ( Bg. 11.39):\n\nvayur yamo 'gnir varu.[la� sasahka{l\nprajapatis tvarh prapitamahas ca\nnamo namas te 'stu sahasra-krtvaft\npunas ca bhiiyo 'pi namo namas te\n\"You are the Lord of air, the supreme j usticeYama, the fire, and the Lord\nof rains. You are the moon, andYou are the great-grandfather. Therefore\nI offer my respectful obeisances untoYou again and again.\"\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Twelfth\nChapter, of the S rimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Creation of the Kumaras\nand Others.\"\n\n", "SB3.2#p0173": "CHAPTER THIRTEEN\nThe Appearance of Lord varaha\n\nTEXT I\n\n�fl'ffi \\jff1\"f\n\n� ����:�lf� �I\n\\{1{: � �� �ifti'llt�t: II t II\nsri suka uviica\nni.Samya viicam vadato\n\nmunefl pu{lyatamiim nrpa\n\nbhuyafl papraccha kauravyo\nviisudeva-kathiidrtafl\n\nsri sukafl uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; ni.Samya-after hearing;\n\nviicam-talks;\n\nvadatafl-while\n\nspeaking;\n\nmunefl-of\n\npuf1yatamiim-the most virtuous; nrpa-0 King;\n\nMaitreya\n\nMuni;\n\nbhuyafl-then again;\n\npapraccha-inquired; kauravyafl-the best amongst the K urus (Vidura);\nviisudeva-kathii-topics on the subject of the Personality of Godhead,\nVasudeva; iidrtafl-one who so adores.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nS ri S ukadeva Gosvami said: 0 King, after hearing all these most virtuous\ntopics from the sage Maitreya, Vidura inquired further on the topics of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, which he adored to hear.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word iidrtaft is significant because it indicates that Vidura had a\n\nnatural inclination for hearing the transcendental message of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, and he was never fully satisfied though continuing\n\nto hear those topics. He wanted to hear more and more so that he could be\nmore and more blessed by the transcendental message.\n\n487\n\n", "SB3.2#p0174": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n488\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT2\n\n(if� �etl\"''\n� � �: �--�: �: (q4f'1ff: I\n\nSl�a¥11 f1At qif � � m � II � II\nvidum uviica\nsa\n\nvai sviiyambhuva� samriit\n\npriya� putra� svayambhuva�\n\npmtilabhya priyiim patn\"im\nkim cakiim tato mune\n\nvidura�\n\nuvaca- Vidura\n\nsaid;. sa�- he;\n\nvai-easily;\n\nsvayambhuva�­\n\nSvayambhuva Manu; samrtiJ-the king of all kings; priya�-dear; putra�son;svayambhuva�-ofBrahma;pratilabhya-after obtaining;priyiim-most\nloving; patn!:m-wife; kim-what; cakiira-did; tata�-thereafter; mune-0\ngreat sage.\nTRANSLATION\nVidura said: 0 great sage, what did Svayambhuva, the dear son of\n\nBrah ma, do after obtaining his very loving wife?\nTEXT3\n\n�\n\nu\\1(1(1f«>(ISI\\A \"\"I\nll_ft if '1�'41..144��m II� II\n�\n\ncaritam tasya riijar�er\nadiriijasya sattama\n\nbrii.hi me sraddadhiiniiya\n\nv�vakseniiSrayo h y asau\n\ncaritam-character; tasya-his;\n\nriijar�e�-of\n\nthe\n\nsaintly\n\nking; iidi­\n\nriijasya-of the original king; saUama-0 most pious one; brohi-kindly\nspeak; me-unto me; sraddadhiiniiya-unto one eager to receive; vi�vaksena­\n\nof the Personality of Godhead; iiSraya�-one who has taken shelter; hi­\n\ncertainly; asau-that king.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 best of the virtuous, the original king of kings [Manu] was a great\n\ndevotee of the Personality of Godhead Hari, and thus it is worth hearing\nof his sublime character and activities. Please describe them. I am very\neager to hear.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0175": "The Appearance of Lord V araha\n\nText4]\n\n489\n\nPURPORT\n\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam is full of the transcendental topics of the Personality of Godhead and His pure devotees. In the absolute world there is no\ndifference in quality between the Supreme Lord and His pure devotee.\nTherefore, hearing the topics of the Lord and hearing of the character and\nactivities of the pure devotee have the same result, namely, the development of devotional service.\nTEXT4\n\n�\n\n•\n\nij'ijt!J\"Ii��\nqlcOdit;(\n\nvJ�f¥1(1ft«ts-i: 1\n�-\n\n� �11\\lll\n\nsrutasya pumsiim sucira-sramasya\n\nnanv anjasii suribhir i{lito 'rtha�\n\ntat-tad-gur-iinusravar-am mukundapiidiiravindam hrdaye�u ye�iim\n\nsrutasya-of persons who are in the process of hearing; pumsiim- of\n\nsuch persons; sucira-for a long time: sramasya\n\n-\n\nlaboring very hard; nanu­\n\ncertainly; afl jasii- elaborately; suribh*-by pure devotees; i{lita�-explained\n\nby; a rtha�\n\n-\n\nstatements; tat-that; tat-that; gu(la-transcendental qualities;\n\nanusrava r-am-thinking; mukunda-the Personality of Godhead, who awards\n\nliberation; piida-aravindam-the lotus feet; hrdaye�u-within the heart;\n\nye§am- of them.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPersons who engage in hearing from a spiritual master with great labor\nand for a long time must hear from the mouths of pure devotees about\nthe character and activities of pure devotees. Pure devotees always think\nwithin their hearts of the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead, who\nawards liberation to His devotees.\nPURPORT\nTranscendental students are those who undergo great penance in being\n\ntrained by hearing the Vedas from a bona fide spiritual master. Not only\nmust they hear about the activities of the Lord, but they must also hear\nabout the transcendental qualities of the devotees who are constantly\n\n", "SB3.2#p0176": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n490\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\nthinking of the lotus feet of the Lord within their hearts. A pure devotee\nof the Lord cannot he separated from the lotus feet of the Lord for even\n\na moment. Undoubtedly the Lord is always within the hearts of all living\n\ncreatures, hut they hardly know about it because they are deluded by the\n\nillusory material energy. The devotees, however, realize the presence of\nthe Lord, and therefore they can always see the lotus feet of the Lord\n\nwithin their hearts. Such pure devotees of the Lord are as glorious as the\n\nLord; they are, in fact, recommended by the Lord as more worshipahle\n\nthan He Himself. Worship of the devotee is more potent than worship of\nthe Lord. It is therefore the duty of the transcendental students to hear\n\nof pure devotees, as explained by similar devotees of the Lord, because\n\none cannot explain about the Lord or His devotee unless he happens to he\na pure devotee himself.\n\nTEXT.5\n\n��\n\n� � � A;ftd\nij((SI�qft(UrN�Iij( I\n�··14�141\nSl(tit+tl\nSIUft4+clwi1\nfJM(+4'ilf! II � II\nsri suka uviica\niti bruvii1Jarh vidurarh vinitam\nsahasra-s'i�flaS cara('opadhiinam\nprahrflta-romii bhagavat-kathiiyiirh\nprarziyamiino munir abhyacaflta\nsri sukaf!. uviica- Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thu s; bruviirzam­\n\nspeaking; viduram-unto Vidura; vinitam-very gentle; sahasra-str�rza[l.-the\n\nPersonality of Godhead Kr�r;ta; cararza-lotus feet; upadhiinam-pillow;\n\nprahrflta-romii-hairs standing in ecstasy; bhagavat-in relationship with\nthe Personality of Godhead; kathiiyiim-in· the words, prarziyamiinab-­\n\nbeing influenced by such spirit; mun*-the sage; abhyaca§ta-attempted\n\nto speak.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi said: The Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�J].a was\n\npleased to place His lotus feet on the lap of Vidura because Vidura was\nvery meek and gentle. The sage Maitreya was very pleased with Vidura's\n\nwords, and, being influenced by his spirit, he attempted to speak.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0177": "Text7]\n\nThe Appearance of Lord V araha\n\n491\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe word sahasra-sir§!ta\"/1 is very significant. One who has diverse energies\nand activities and a wonderful brain is known as the sahasra-sfrHta�. This\nqualification is applicable only to the Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�t;�-a\nand no one else. The Personality of Godhead was pleased to dine sometimes with Vidura at his home, and while resting He placed His lotus feet\n\non the lap of Vidura. Maitreya was inspired by the thought of Vidura's\nwonderful fortu't1e. The hairs of his body stood on end, and he was pleased\n\nto narrate the topics of the Personality of Godhead with great delight.\nTEXT6\n\n�5(q \\1<f'R\n\n��m�mn��:1\n�: !IVRI�� � II� II\nmaitreya uviica\nyadii sva-bhiiryayii siir dham\njiita� sviiyambhuvo manu�\n\npriinjali\"/1 pra!Jatas cedam\nveda-garbham abhii§ata\nmaitreya�\n\nuvaca-Maitreya\n\nwith his wife; siirdham\n\n-\n\nsaid;\n\nyada- when ;\n\nsva bharyaya-along\n-\n\naccompanied by;jiita�-appeared; sviiyambhuva�­\n\nSviiyambhuva Manu; manu�-the father of mankind; priinjal*-with folded\nhands; pra!Jata�-in obeisances; ca-also; idam- this ; veda-garbham-unto\nthe reservoir of Vedic wisdom; abhii§ata\n\n-\n\naddressed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Maitreya said to Vidura: Mter his appearance, Manu, the\nfather of mankind, along with his wife, thus addressed the reservoir of\nVedic wisdom, Brahmii, with obeisances and folded hands.\nTEXT7\n\n�: � iiiA1'6t �: � I\n� ;r: 3liilr.ri � 'J� � � � II \\9 II\ntvam eka� sarva-bhiitiiniim\njanma-krd vrtti da� pita\ntathapi na� prajaniim te\nSUSrU§a kena va bhavet\n\n", "SB3.2#p0178": "[Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n492\n\n�\n�\n\nr\n\ntvam-you; eka -one; saroa-all; bhutanam -living entities; janma-k t­\n\nr\n\nprogenitor; v ttida -source of subsistence; pita-the father; tathapi-yet;\n\n� ourselves; prajanam-of all who are born; te-of you; susru§a-servi ce;\n\nna\n\n-\n\nkena-how; va-either; bhavet-may be possible.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou are the father of all living entities and the source of their\nsubsistence because they are all born of you. Please order us how we may\n\nbe able to render service unto you.\nPURPORT\nA son's duty is not only to make the father the source of supply for all\nhis needs, but also, when he is grown up, to render service unto him. That\nis the law of creation beginning from the time of Brahma. A father's duty\nis to bring up the son until he is grown, and when the son is grown up, it is\nhis duty to render service unto the father.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� � �1{�.,.,�4\\�M! I\n����i �t �� � �: II � II\ntad vidhehi namas tubhyarh\nkarmasv \"\"i{lyatma-sakti§u\nyat krtveha yaso vi§vag\namutra ca bhaved gat*\n\n�\n\ntat-that; vidh e hi-give direction; nama -my obeisances; tubhyamunto you; karmasu-in duties; 'i{lya-0 worshipful one; atma-sakti$U­\n\nr\n\nwithin our working capacity; yat-which; k tva\n\n�\n\n-\n\ndoing; iha-in this world;\n\nyasa -fame; vi$vak-everywher e; amutra-in the next world;\n\nc a-an d;\n\nbhavet-it should be; gat*-progress.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 worshipful one, please give us your direction for the execution of\nduty within our working capacity so that we can follow it for fame in this\nlife and progress in the next.\n\nPURPORT\nBrahma is the direct recipient of Vedic knowledge from the Personality\nof Godhead, and anyone discharging his entrusted duties in disciplic\n\n", "SB3.2#p0179": "493\n\nThe Appearance of Lord Varaha\n\nText 9]\n\nsuccession from Brahma is sure to gain fame in this life and salvation in the\n\nnext. The disciplic succession from Brahma is called the Brahmasampradaya, and it descends as follows: Brahmii, Niirada, Vyiisa, Madhva\nMuni (Piirl).aprajfta), Padmaniibha, Nrhari, Miidhava, Ak�obhya, J ayatirtha,\n\nJni.inasindhu, Dayiinidhi, Vidyiinidhi, Riijendra, J ayadharma, Puru�ottama,\n\nBrahma1;1yatlrtha, Vyiisatirtha, Lak�mipati, Miidhavendra Purl, Isvara Puri,\n\nSri Caitanya Mahi.iprabhu, Svariipa Diimodara and Sri Riipa Gosviimi and\n\nothers, Sri Raghuniitha-diisa Gosvi.imi, Kr�l).a-di.isa Gosviimi, N arottama­\n\ndasa Thakura, Visvanatha Cakravartl, Jagannatha-di.isa Bi.ibi.ijl, Bhaktivinoda\n\nThakura, Gaurakisora-dasa Babajl, Srlmad Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatl, A.C.\n\nBhaktivedanta Swami.\n\nThis line of disciplic succession from Brahma is spiritual, whereas the\n\ngenealogical succession from Manu is material, but both are on the progressive march towards the same goal of Kr�l).a consciousness.\nTEXT9\n\n'l1itCfR\n\n��g�lf��l\n44f4to4Jlifi;t �m�€441�+t�lfif�1¥( II Q., II\nbrahmoviica\npntas tubhyam aham tiita\nsvasti stiid viim k�it'lsvara\nyan niroyalikena hrdii\nsiidhi mety iitmaniirpitam\nbrahmii\n\nuviica- Brahma\n\nsaid; prita�-pleased;\n\ntubhyam-unto\n\nyou;\n\naham-l; tiita- my dear son; svasti-all blessings; stiit-let there be; viim-un­\n\nto you both; k�iti-i:Svara-0 lord of the world; yat- becau se; niroyalikena­\n\nwithout reservation; hrdii-by the hea�t; siidhi-give instruction; mii-unto\nme; iti-thus; iitmanii- by self ; arpitam-surrendered.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma said: My dear son, 0 lord of the world, I am very pleased\nwith you, and I desire all blessings for both you and your wife. You have\nwithout reservation surrendered yourself unto me with your heart for my\ninstructions.\nPURPORT\n\nThe relationship between the father and the son is always sublime. The\n\nfather is naturally disposed with good will towards the son, and he is\n\n", "SB3.2#p0180": "494\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\nalways ready to help the son in his progress in life. But in spite of the\nfather's good will, the son is sometimes misguided because of his misuse\nof personal independence. Every living entity, however small or big he may\n\nbe, has the choice of independence. If the son is unreservedly willing to be\nguided by the father, the father is ten times more eager to instruct and\nguide him by all means. The father and son relationship as exhibited herein\nin the dealings of Brahmii and Manu is excellent. Both the father and the\nson are well qualified, and their example should be followed by all humankind. Manu, the son, unreservedly asked the father, Brahma, to ·instruct\n\nhim, and the father, who was full of Vedic wisdom, was very glad to\n\ninstruct. The example of the father of mankind may he rigidly followed\nby mankind, and that will advance the cause of the relationship of fathers\nand sons.\nTEXT 10\n\ni(ijlC4�1�'4� � � ijqMRf�(t I\n'�lSI+i:Q•zW �t 4(<!¥\\�: lit oJI\netiivaty iitmajair vzra\nkiiryii hy apacitir gurau\nsaktyiipramattair grhyeta\nsiidararh gata-matsarai(l\netiivat z-just exactly like this; iitmajai(l-by the offspril).g; vzra-0 hero;\nkiiryii-should be performed; hi-certainly; apaciti�-worship; gurau­\n\nunto the superior; saktyii-with full capacity; apramattai�-by the sane;\ngrhyeta-should be accepted; siidaram-with great delight; gata-matsarai�by those who are beyond the limit of envy.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 hero, your example is quite befitting a son in relationship with his\nfather. This sort of adoration for the superior is required. One who is\nbeyond the limit of envy and who is sane accepts the order of his father\nwith great delight and executes it to his full capacity.\nPURPORT\nWhen the four previous sons of Brahmii, the sages Sanaka, Saniitana,\nSanandana and Sanat-Kumiira, refused to obey their father, Brahmii was\nmortified, and his anger was manifested in the shape of Rudra. That incident was not forgotten by Brahma, and therefore the obedience of Manu\n\n", "SB3.2#p0181": "Text 11]\n\nThe Appearance of Lord Varlha\n\n495\n\nSvayambhuva was very encouraging. From the material point of view, the\n\nfour sages' disobedience to the order of their father was certainly abomin·\n\nable. but because such disobedience was for a higher purpose, they were\nfree from the reaction of disobedience. Those who disobey their fathers\non material grounds, however, are surely subjected to disciplinary reaction\n\nfor such disobedience. Manu's obedience to his father on material grounds\n\nwas certainly free from envy, and in the material world it is imperative for\nordinary men to follow the example of Manu.\nTEXT ll\n\n� �¥t�U¥tq€'Citf0l �t�ll�l�¥twn gOt: I\nm1'l �.'If q: �� � llttll\nsa tvam asyiim apatyiini\nsadrsiiny iitmano gu[lai�\nutpadya siisa dharme[la\ngam yajiiai� puru�am yaja\nsafl-therefore that obedient son; tvam-as you are; asyam-in her;\n\napatyani-children; sad[Sani-equally\n\nqualified; atmana{l-of yourself;\n\ngu[lai�-with the characteristics; utpadya-having begotten; sasa\n\n-\n\nrule ;\n\ndharme[la-on the principles of devotional service; gam-the world; yajiiailJ,­\n\nby sacrifices;puru§am-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;yaja-w.orship.\nTRANSLATION\nSince you are my very obedient son, I ask you to beget children qualified\nlike yourself in the womb of your wife. Rule the world in pursuance of\nthe principles of devotional service unto the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and thus worship the Lord by performances of yajiia.\nPURPORT\nThe purpose of the material creation by Brahma is clearly described\n\nherein. Every human being should beget nice children in the womb of his\n\nwife, as a sacrifice for the purpose of worshiping the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead in devotional service. In the V�flU Purii[la it is stated:\nvarr-asramacara-vata puru�efla para� puman\nV�[lUr aradhyate panthli niinyat tat-to�a-kararzam\n\"One can worship the Supreme PersonalitY. of Godhead, Vi�J;J.U, by proper\ndischarge of the principles of var[la and iisrama. There is no alternative to\n\n", "SB3.2#p0182": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n496\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\npacifying the Lord by execution of the principles of the var'{liisrarrw\nsystem.\" (Vi�[lU Purii[la 3.8.9)\nVi�Q.U worship is the ultimate aim of human life. Those who take the\nlicense of married life for sense enjoyment must also take the responsibility to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�Q.U, and the first\nsteppingstone is the var'{liisrama-dharma system. VaT'{liiSrama-dharrrw is the\nsystematic institution for advancing in worship of Vi�Q.U. However, if one\ndirectly engages in the process of devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, it may not be necessary to undergo the disciplinary\nsystem of vaT'{liisrama-dharma. The other sons of Brahma, the Kumiiras,\ndirectly engaged in devotional service, and thus they had no need to\nexecute the principles of varr-iisrarrw-dharma.\nTEXT 12\n\nqt � � �ldliiti«P« �I\n¥1tl'4i�\nnt+td(tftlti�s�� II� �II\nparam susrii�ar-am mahyam\nsyiit prajii-rak�ayii nrpa\nbhagaviirhs te prajiibhartur\nhr�tkeso 'nutu�yati\nparam-the greatest; susru�ar-am-devotional service; mahyam-unto me;\nsyiit-should be; prajii-the living entities who are born in the material\nworld;\n\nrak�ayii-by\n\nsaving\n\nthem\n\nfrom being\n\nspoiled; nrpa-0\n\nKing;\n\nbhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; te-with you; prajii-bhartu�-with\nthe protector of the living beings; hnikesa�-the Lord of the senses;\nanutu�yati-is satisfied.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, if you can give proper protection to the living beings in the\nmaterial world, that will be the best service for me. When the Supreme\nLord sees you to be a good protector of the conditioned souls, certainly\nthe master of the senses will be very pleased with you.\n\nPURPORT\nThe whole administrative system is arranged for the purpose of going\nback home, back to Godhead. Brahma is the representative of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, and Manu is the representative of Brahma.\nSimilarly, all other kings on different planets of the universe are represen-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0183": "Text 13]\n\nThe Appearance of Lord Varlha\n\n497\n\ntatives of Manu. The lawbook for the entire human society is the Manu­\n\nsamhitii, which directs all activities towards the transcendental service of\nthe Lord. Every king, therefore, must know that his responsibility in\nadministration is not merely to exact taxes from the citizens but to see\npersonally that the citizens under him are being trained in Vi�I)U worship.\nEveryone must be educated in V i�J)U worship and engaged in the devotional service of Hr�ikesa, the owner of the senses. The conditioned souls are\nmeant not to satisfy their material senses but to satisfy the senses of\nHr�ikesa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That is the purpose of the\ncomplete administrative system. One who knows this secret, as disclosed\nhere in the version of Brahma, is the perfect administrative head. One who\ndoes not know this is a show-bottle administrator. By training the citizens\nin the devotional service of the Lord, the head of a state can be free in his\nresponsibility, otherwise he will fail in the onerous duty entrusted to him\nand thus be punishable by the supreme authority. There is no other\nalternative in the discharge of administrative duty.\n\nTEXT 13\n\nw����•mtf1•: 1\n�� �q1�t� ��:�lit �II\nye�iim na tu�to bhagaviin\nyajiia-lingo janiirdana�\nte�iim sramo hy apiirthiiya\nyad iitmii niidrta� svayam\nye�{lm-of those with whom;na-never;tu�ta�\n\n-\n\nsatisfied; bhagavan- the\n\nPersonality of Godhead; yajiia-liriga�-the form of sacrifice; janardana�Lord ��l).a or the ViHm-tattva; te �a m -of them;srama�-labor;hi-certainly; aparthiiya-without profit;yat-because;atma-the Supreme Soul;nanot;adrta�-respected;svayam-his own self.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Janardana [Lord Kpjl).a], is the\nform to accept all the results of sacrifice. If He is not satisfied, then one's\nlabor for advancement is futile. He is the ultimate Self, and therefore one\nwho does not satisfy Him certainly neglects his own interests.\nPURPORT\nBrahma is deputed as the supreme head of universal affairs, and he in\nhis turn deputes Manu and others as charges d'affaires of the material\n\n", "SB3.2#p0184": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n498\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\nmanifestation, but the whole show is for the satisfaction of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Brahma knows how to satisfy the Lord, and\nsimilarly persons engaged in the line of Brahma's plan of activities also\nknow how to satisfy the Lord. The Lord is satisfied by the process o f\ndevotional service, consisting o f the ninefold process o f hearing, chanting,\netc. It is in one's own self-interest to execute prescribed devotional\nservice, and anyone who neglects this process neglects his own self-interest.\nEveryone wants to satisfy his senses, but above the senses is the mind,\nabove the mind is the intelligence, above the intelligence is the individual\nself, and above the individual self there is the Superself. Above even the\n\nSuperself there is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi§[lU-tattva. The\nprimeval Lord and the cause of all causes is S ri Kr�l}a. The complete pro­\n\ncess of perfectional service is to render service for the satisfaction of the\ntranscendental senses of Lord Kr�l}a, who is known as 1 anardana.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�tiMI\"l\n\n311\\�st � if({4414\\itf(c(;w I\n'\"\"f€'4«1��\n�Tirt'f'l :q � 11�\\lll\nmanur uvaca\n\niidese 'ham bhagavato\n\nvarteyiim\"iva-sudana\n\nsthiinarh tv ihiinujiinlhi\n\nprajiiniirh mama ca prabho\n\nmanu�\n\nuvaca-Sr1\n\nManu\n\nsaid;\n\nadese-under\n\nthe\n\norder; aham-1;\n\nbhagavata/:l-of your powerful self; varteya-shal l stay; amiva-sudana-0\n\nkiller of all sins; sthanam-the place; tu-but; iha-in this world; anujanihi­\n\nplease let me know; prajanam-of the living entities born from me; mamamy; ca-also;prabho-0 Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Manu said: 0 all-powerful lord, 0 killer of all sins, I shall abide by\nyour order. Now please let me know my place and that of the living\n\nentities born of me.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�: �\\(fr.ff � �� �� I\n3Rm � � � � ��tliji� II� '-\\11\n\"\n\n", "SB3.2#p0185": "Text 16]\n\nThe Appearance of Lord Varaha\n\n499\n\nyad oka� saroa-bhiitanam\n\nmah\"i magna mahambhasi\n\nasya uddhara'{le yatno\n\ndeva devya vidhiyatiim\n\nyat- because; oka�- the dwelling place; saroa-for all; bhutanam-living\n\nentities; mahi-the earth; magna-merged; maha-ambhasi-in the great\n\nwater; asya�-of this; uddhara'{le-in the lifting; yatna�-attempt; deva-\n\n0 master of the demigods; devya�-of this earth; vidhiyatam-let it be\n\ndone.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 master of the demigods, please attempt to lift the earth, which is\nmerged in the great water, because it is the dwelling place for all the living\nentities. It can be done by your endeavor and by the mercy of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe great water mentioned in this connection is the Garbhodaka Ocean,\nwhich fills half of the universe.\nTEXT 16\n\"'\"\n\n'Jl511.1\n\n'(jCffif\n\n� � � �1 Q411'4�� 111'4 I\nmwrtQ�ttt��� � ,,��''\nmaitreya uviica\n\nparame�thT tv apam madhye\n\ntatha sanniim avek�ya giim\n\nkatham enam samunne�ya\n\niti dadhyau dhiya ciram\n\nmaitreya� uvaca-Sri' Maitreya Muni said; pa rame� thi- Brahmii; tu­\n\nalso; apam- the water; madhye-within; tatha-thus; sannam - situated;\navek� ya-seeing; gam-the earth; katham- how; enam-this; samunne�ye-1\nwill lift; iti - thus; dadhyau-gave attention; dhiya-by intelligence; ciram­\n\nfor a long time.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Maitreya said: Thus, seeing the earth merged in the water, Brahma\ngave his attention for a long time to how it could be lifted.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0186": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n500\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to Jiva Gosvami, the topics delineated here are of different\n\nmillenniums. The present topics are of the Sveta-varaha millennium, and\ntopics regarding the Cak�u�a millennium will also be discussed in this\n\nchapter.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�it��: 31�mmmn 1\n3t'm f?tiq�� : (14lttl��: I\n� (G\\tiiG\\Iij � (� m:� it II� \\911\nsrjato me k�itir viirbhift\npliivyamiinii rasiim gatii\nathiitra kim anu�theyam\nasmiibhil), sarga-yojitail),\nyasyiiham hrdayiid iisam\nsa zso vidadhiitu me\nsrjatal),-while engaged in creation; me-of me; k§it il), -the earth;\nviirbh il),-by the water; p liivyamiinii being inundated; rasiim depth of\nwater; gatii gone down; atka-therefore; atra-in this matter; k im what;\nanu�theyam-is right to be attempted; asmab h il), by us; scirga-creation;\nyojita il), engaged in; yasya-the one from whose; aham-I;hrdayiit-from\nthe heart; asam-born; s al),- He; i\"sal),- the Lord; vidadhat -may direct;\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nu\n\nme-unto me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBrahma thought: While I have been engaged in the process of creation,\n\nthe earth has been inundated by a deluge and has gone down into the\n\ndepths of the ocean. What can we do who are engaged in this matter of\ncreation? It is best to let the Almighty Lord direct us.\nPURPORT\nThe devotees of the Lord, who are all confidential servitors, are some­\n\ntimes perplexed in the discharge of their respective duties, but they are\n\nnever discouraged. They have full faith in the Lord, and He paves the way\nfor the smooth progress of the devotee's duty.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0187": "The Appearance of Lord Varllha\n\nText 19)\n\n501\n\nTEXT 18\n\nwtl(11�iHifl('tlwt4 I\nf.ronf:Otaqf<¥t�: 11����\n\n�f¥1\\�l�dl\ni:t(l(dlEi\\\n\nity abhidhyiiyato niisiivivariit sahasiinagha\nvariihatoko niragiid\n·\n\nahgu§ tha-parimiirwka�\n\niti-thus; abhidhyayata�-while thinkin g ; nasii-vivariit-from the nostrils;\nsahasii-all of a sudden; anagha-0 sinless one; variihatoka�-a minute form\nof v araha (a boar); niragiit\n\n-\n\ncame out; angu§tha\n\n-\n\nupper portion of the\n\nthumb; parimii!'wka�-of the measurement.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 sinless Vidura, all of a sudden, while Brahma was engaged in thinking, a small form of a boar came out of his nostril, and the measurement\nof the creature was not more than the upper portion of a thumb.\nTEXT 19\n\n<l�nlllqaw<J : �: � � llmf 1\n·•�•u=:c:\n� �� 11��11\ntasyiibhipasyata� khastha�\nk§artena kila bhiirata\ngajamiitra� pravavrdhe\ntad adbhutam abhiin mahat\ntasya-his;abhipasyata�-while thus observing; khastha�- situated in the\nsky; k§artena\n\n-\n\nsuddenly; kila-verity; bhiirata-0 descendant of Bharata;\n\ngajamiitra�-just like an elephant; pravavrdhe-thoroughly expanded; tatthat; adbhu tam- e x trao rdinary; abhut-transformed; mahat-into a g ig an\n\n­\n\ntic body.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 descendant of Bharata, while Brahma was observing Him, that boar\nbecame situated in the sky in a wonderful manifestation as gigantic as a\ngreat elephant.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0188": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n502\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 20\n\nFR�� � 1\nqt ijM�( � ��m � ll�oll\n�f.Elsta�Ra:\n\nmanci-pramukhair vipra*\nkumiirair manunii saha\ndr�tvii tat saukararh riiparh\ntarkayiimiisa citradhii\nmanci-the\n\ngreat\n\nsage\n\nMarlci; pramukha*-headed\n\nby; vipra*-all\n\nbriihmartas; kumiira*-with the four Kumaras;manunii-and with Manu;\nsaha-with; dr.stvii-seeing; tat- that; saukaram-appearance like a boar;\nrupam-form; tarkayiimiisa-argued among themselves j citradhii-in various\nways.\n\nTRANSLATION\nStruck with wonder at observing the wonderful boarlike form in the\n\nsky, Brahmii, with great briihmapas like Marici, as well as the Kumaras and\nManu, began to argue in various ways.\n\nTEXT 21\n\nfitiilij��(�t'5i �� R��i!4\nI\nam 'R11Fi� W{R{Nl ii AA:� II�� II\nkim etat sukara-vyiijarh\nsattvarh divyam avasthitam\naho batiiscaryam idarh\nniisiiyii me vini�srtam\nkim-what; etat-this; sukara-boar; vyajam-pretention; sattvam-entity; divyam-extraordinary; avasthitam-situated; aho\n\nbata-oh, it is;\n\niiscaryam-very wonderful; idam-this; niisiiya�-from the nose; me-my;\nvini�srtam-came out.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nIs this some extraordinary entity come in the pretense of a boar? It is\n\nvery wonderful that He has come from my nose.\nTEXT 22\n\ntitsaa�t@lt;r: �: 1\n3tfil M¥•1i41�'f � ii @a:if.-�it: ����II\n\n", "SB3.2#p0189": "Text 23]\n\nThe Appearance of Lord Varlha\n\n503\n\ndr�t o 'ngu�tha-siro-matra�\nk�aflad gaf1pa-silasama�\napi svid bhagavan e�a\nyajfio me khedayan mana�\ndr�t a�-j ust seen; a n gu�tha - thumb; sira�-tip; matra�- only; k�aflatimmediately; gaflfla-s i l.ii- large stone; samal] -like; a pi svit-whether;\nbhagavan- the Personality of Godhead; e�a� -this; yajfia�- Vi�l)u; me-my;\nkhe dayan-perturbing; mana�- mind.\nTRANSLATION\nFirst of all this boar was seen no bigger than the tip of a thumb, and\nwithin a moment He was as large as a stone. My mind is perturbed. Is He\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�pu?\nPURPORT\nSince Brahmii is the supermost person in the universe and he had never\nbefore experienced such a form, he could guess that the wonderful appearance of the boar was an incarnation of Vi�J)u. The uncommon features\nsymptomatic of the incarnation of Godhead bewilder even the mind of\nBrahmii.\nTEXT 23\n\nm 4hlfQ(I(ij� Q(U(: � �: 1\n� �-�\"' iittliitli\\ �f'l¥1: ������\n...\n\niti mimamsatas tasya\nbrahmafla� saha siinubh*\nbhagaviin yajfia-puru�o\njagarjiigendra-sannibha�\niti- thus; mimiimsatal;l- while deliberating; tasya- his; brahmafla�- of\nBrahmii; saha- along with; siin ubhil;l - his sons; bhagaviin- the Personality\nof Godhead; y ajfia- Lord Vigm; puru�al;l-the Supreme Person; jagarjaresounded; agendra - great mountain; s ann ib h al;l- like .\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Brahma was deliberating with his sons, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Vi�r;tu, roared tumultuously like a great mountain.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0190": "[Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n504\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears that great hills and mountains also have their roaring power\nbecause they are also living entities. The volume of the sound vibrated is in\nproportion to the size of the material body. While Brahma was guessing\nabout the appearance of the Lord's incarnation as a boar, the Lord confirmed Brahma's contemplation by roaring with His gorgeous voice.\nTEXT 24\n\nJJsnut «-it�l+tle m�*' �� 1\n(qt(l':t� q-q: SIRt(<(W\\tlijl Ri: 11�\\111\nbrahmiirwrh har�ayiimiisa\nharis tiirhs ca dvijottamiin\nsva-garjitena kakubha�\npratisvanayatii vibhu�\nbrahmiirwm- unto Brahma; har�ayii miisa- enlivened; hari�\n\n-\n\nthe Person­\n\nality of Godhead; tan-ali of them; ca- also; dvija-uttamiin- highly elevated\nbriihma[las; sva-garjitena- by His uncommon voice; kakubha�- all directions; pratisvanayatii- which echoed; vibhu�- the omnipotent.\nTRANSLATION\nThe omnipotent\n\nSupreme Personality\n\nof\n\nGodhead thus enlivened\n\nBrahma and the other highly elevated hrahmapas by again roaring with\nHis uncommon voice, which echoed in all directions.\nPURPORT\nBrahma and other enlightened briihma[laS who know the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead are enlivened by the appearance of the Lord in any\nof His multi-incarnations. The appearance of the wonderful and gigantic\nincarnation of Vi�J}U as the mountainlike boar did not fill them with any\n'\nkind of fear, although the Lord's resounding voice was tumultuous and\nechoed horribly in all directions as an open threat to all demons who might\nchallenge His omnipotency.\nTEXT 25\n\n�����\n\n'illll'itlf!�'M\n\n", "SB3.2#p0191": "Text 25]\n\nThe Appearance of Lord Variiha\n\n505\n\n� :(1�Pii!41Rt;w�\n\n�: qH�i;w�l� � ������\nnisamya te ghargharitarh sva-khedak�ayi�ru miiyiimaya-siikarasya\njanas-tapal;t-satya-niviisinas te\ntribhil;t pavitrair munayo 'grran sma\n.\n\nn iSamya-just\n\nafter hearing; te-those; ghargharitam-the tumultuous\n\nsound ;sva-kheda-personal lamentation; k�ayi�ru-destroying; miiyiimayaall-merciful; siikarasya-of Lord Boar; janal;t-the J analoka planet; tapal;tthe Tapoloka planet; satya- t he Satyaloka planet; niviis inal;t\nte-all of them; tribhil;t-from the three\nauspicious mantras; munaya�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nresidents;\n\nVedas; pavitrail;t-by the all­\n\ngreat thinkers and sages; agrrwn sma­\n\nchanted.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the great sages and thinkers who are residents of\n\nJ analoka,\n\nTapoloka and Satyaloka heard the tumultuous voice of Lord Boar, which\nis the all-auspicious sound of the all-merciful Lord, they chanted auspicious\nchants from the three Vedas.\nPURPORT\nThe word mayamaya is very significant in this verse. Maya means\nmercy, specific knowledge and also illusion. Therefore Lord Boar is\neverything; He is merciful, He is all knowledge, and He is illusion also.\nThe sound which He vibrated as the boar incarnation was answered by the\nVedic hymns of the great sages in the planets of J analoka, Tapoloka and\nSatyaloka. The highest intellectual and pious living entities live in those\nplanets, and when they heard the extraordinary voice of the boar, they\ncould understand that the specific sound was vibrated by the Lord and no\none else. Therefore they replied by praying to the Lord with Vedic hymns.\nThe earth planet was submerged in the mire, but on hearing the sound of\nthe Lord, the inhabitants of the higher planets were all jubilant because they\nknew that the Lord was there to deliver the earth. Therefore Brahma and\nall the sages, such as Bhrgu and Brahma's other sons, and other learned\nbrahmaras, were enlivened, and they concertedly joined in praising the\nLord with the transcendental vibrations of the Vedic hymns. The most\nimportant is the Brhan-naradiya Purara verse Hare KnTJa, Hare Kn1Ja,\nKr§TJa Kr§TJa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Riima, Hare Hare.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0192": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n506\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�<(�ij•�{Rt� � ft�\n1$1i!S'41�� H��ll\n���\n�\n\nm\n\nte�iirh satiirh veda-vitiina-murtir\nbrahmiivadhiiryiitma-gu(liinuviidam\nvinadya bhiiyo vibudhodayaya\ngajendra-mo jalam iivivesa\nte�iim-of them; satiim-of the great devotees; veda-all knowledge;\n\n- transcendental glorification; vinadya- resounding ; bhiiya�-again; vibudha-of the transcendentally\nlearned; udayii ya-for the elevation or benefit; gajendra-lila� - playing like\nan elephan t; jalam-the water; iivivesa-entered.\nvitiina-murt*-the form of expansion; brahma-Vedic sound; avadhiirya\n\nknowing it well; iitma-of Himself; g u !liinuvii dam\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlaying like an elephant, He entered into the water after roaring again in\nreply to the Vedic prayers by the great devotees. The Lord is the obje�t of\nthe Vedic prayers, and thus He understood that the devotees' prayers were\nmeant for Him.\nPURPORT\nThe form of the Lord in any shape is always transcendental and full of\nknowledge and mercy. The Lord is the destroyer of all material contamination because His form is personified Vedic knowledge. All the Vedas worship the transcendental form of the Lord. In the Vedic mantras the\ndevotees request the Lord to remove the glaring effulgence because it\ncovers His real face. That is the version of the Isopani�ad. The Lord has no\nmaterial form, but His form is always understood in terms of the Vedas.\nThe Vedas are said to be the breath of the Lord, and that breath was inhaled by Brahma, the original student of the Vedas. The breathing from\nthe nostril of Brahma caused the appearance of Lord Boar, and therefore\nthe boar incarnation of the Lord is the personified Vedas. The glorification of the incarnation by the sages on the higher planets consisted of\nfactual Vedic hymns. Whenever there is glorification of the Lord, it is to be\nunderstood that Vedic mantras are being rightly vibrated. The Lord was\n\n", "SB3.2#p0193": "The Appearance of Lord V araha\n\nText 27]\n\n507\n\ntherefore pleased when such Vedic mantras were chanted, and to encourage His pure devotees, He roared once more and entered the water to\nrescue the submerged earth.\nTEXT 27\n\n�:\n�\n\nfl!(l(ijtill :\n\n�:\n\n�:\n\nR� (ct(U+t�l�\\ I\n\nf�� ���� ��f..l: 11�\\911\n\nutk�ipta-valaft khacaraft kathoraft\nsatii vidhunvan khara-romasa-tvak\nkhurahatiibhraft sita-dam�tra ik�iijyotir babhiise bhagaviin mahidhraft\n\n- slashing with the tail; khacaraft- in the sky; kathorafta - hairs on the shoulder; idhunva - q ui ve i g; kharasharp; romasa-tvak-skin full of hairs; khura-ahata-struck by the hoofs;\nabhraft- the clouds; si t a-da m �t ra ft - whit e tusks; ik�a- glance; jyotiftutk�ipta-viilaft\n\nvery hard; s tiift\n\nv\n\nn\n\nr n\n\nluminous; babhase- began to emit an effulgence; bhagavan- the Personality\n\nof Godhead; mahidhraft- the supporter of the world.\nTRANSLATION\nBefore entering the water to rescue the earth, Lord Boar flew in the\nsky, slashing His tail, His hard hairs quivering. His very glance was\nluminous, and He scattered the clouds in the sky with His hoofs and His\nglittering white tusks.\nPURPORT\nWhen the Lord is offered prayers by His devotees, His transcendental\nactivities are described. Here are some of the transcendental features of\nLord Boar. As the residents of the upper three planetary systems offered\ntheir prayers to the Lord, it is understood that His body expanded throughout the sky, beginning from the topmost planet, Brahmaloka, or Satyaloka.\nIt is stated in the Brahma-samhita that His eyes are the sun and the moon;\ntherefore His very glance over the sky was as illuminating as the sun or the\nmoon. The Lord is described herein as mahidhraft, which means either a\nbig mountain or the sustainer of the earth. In other words, the Lord's body\nwas as big and hard as the Himalayan Mountains, otherwise how was it\n\n", "SB3.2#p0194": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n508\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\npossible that He kept the entire earth on the support of His white tusks?\nThe poet Jayadeva, a great devotee of the Lord, has sung of the incident\nin his prayers for the incarnations:\nvasati dasana-sikhare dharar;ti tava lagnii\nsasini kalanka-kaleva nimagnii\nkesava dhrta-sukara-riipa\njaya jagadiSa hare\n\"All glories to Lord Kesava [Kr�Q.a], who appeared as the boar. The earth\nwas held between His tusks, which appeared like the scars on the moon.\"\nTEXT 28\n\n� ��: � fcrf�Er.{\n(C44:4'4EC(If:\nsi\\�aqa.�i:\n\n...(ltJS(itsttt�(ltJSf..+tffp���sf?t�t� ����II\nghriir;tena prthvyii� padavim vijighran\nkropiipadesa� svayam adhvariinga�\nkariila-dam§tro 'py akariila-drgbhyiimudvik�ya vipriin gr'{!ato'visat kam\n\nghrii'{!ena-by\n\nsmelling; prthvyii�-of the earth; padavim- situ �tion;\n\nvijighran-searchin g after the earth; kropa apadda�-assu ming the body of\n-\n\na hog; svayam- personally; adhvara\n\n-\n\ntranscendental; anga�- body; kariila­\n\nfearfui; dam�tra�-teeth (tusks); api-in spite of; akariila-not fearful;\ndrgbhyiim-by His glance; udvik�ya\n\n-\n\nglancin g over; vipriin-all the briihma'{!a\n\ndevotees; gr'{!ataQ-who were engaged in prayers; avisat-entered; kam-the\nwater.\nTRA NSLATION\nHe\n\nwas\n\npersonally\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nVi�qu\n\nand was\n\ntherefore\n\ntranscendental, yet because He had the body of a hog, He searched after\nthe earth by smell. His tusks were fearful, and He glanced over the devotee\nbrahmapas engaged in offering prayers. Thus He entered the water.\nPURPORT\n\nWe should always remember that although the body of a hog is material,\nthe hog form of the Lord was not materially contaminated. It is not possible for an earthly hog to assume a gigantic form spreading throughout\nthe sky, beginning from the Satyaloka. His body is always transcendental\n\n", "SB3.2#p0195": "The Appearance of Lord V araha\n\nText 29]\n\n509\n\nin all circumstances; therefore, the assumption of the form of a boar is only\nHis pastime. His body is all Vedas or transcendentaL But since He assumed\nthe form of a boar, He began to search out the earth by smelling, just like\na hog. The Lord can perfectly play the part of any living entity. The gigantic feature of the boar was certainly very fearful for all nondevotees, but to\nthe pure devotees of the Lord He was not at all fearful; on the contrary,\nHe was so pleasingly glancing upon His devotees that all of them felt\ntranscendental happiness.\nTEXT 29\n\n4iiilifl;t·f.tq(]�tlfel�fiurt;�: (ij�4 a�;q•wt 1\na�e<{llfi\\M���sti't�l �\"el� tnft iJRr II� �II\n�\n\n..\n\nsa vajra-kii[iihga-nipiita-vegaviSirr-a-kuk�* stanayann udanviin\nutmta-dirghormi-bhujair iviirtas\ncukrosa yajiiesvara piihi meti\nsa�-that; vajra-kiita-ahga-body like a great mountain; nipiita-vegathe force of diving; viSirr-a-bifurcating; kuk§ i�-the middle portion;\n\nstanayan - resounding like; udanviin-the ocean; utsr§ta-creating; dirgha­\n\nhigh; urmi-waves; bhuja* - by the arms; iva · arta�-like a distressed person; cukrosa - prayed loudly; yajiia-Isva ra- 0 master of all sacrifices; piihiplease protect; mil-unto me; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nDiving into the water like a giant mountain, Lord Boar divided the\nmiddle of the ocean, and two high waves appeared as the arms of the\nocean, which cried loudly as if praying to the Lord, \"0 Lord of all sacrifices, please do not cut me in two! Kindly give me protection!\"\nPURPORT\nEven the great ocean was perturbed by the falling of the mountainlike\nbody of the transcendental boar, and it appeared to be frightened, as if\ndeath were imminent.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0196": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n510\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 30\n\n'!�:\n\n�(�� �\n\ni3�1(41{ �� ((11�1\\ I\n� trt � ijT'ij(a\n� �� (.(I�+('Rf� ll�oll\nkhurai� k§uraprair darayarhs tad iipa\nutpiira-piirarh tri-parii rasiiyiim\ndadarsa giirh tatra sufiupsur agre\nyiirh jiva-dhiin\"\"irh svayam abhyadhatta\nkh u ra* - by\n\nthe hoofs; k§urap rai�-compared\n\nto\n\na sharp weapon;\n\ndaraya n-penetrating; tat - that; iipa�-water; utpiira-piiram-found\nlimitation\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nunlimited;\n\ntri-parii�-the\n\nmaster\n\nof\n\nall\n\nthe\n\nsacrifices;\n\nrasiiyiim-within the water; dadarsa-found; giim-the earth; tatra - there;\nsu�u psu�-ly i ng; agre-in the beginning; .r,iim-whom; jiva-dhiin\"\"im-the\nresting place for all living entities; svayam-personally ; abhyadhattauplifted.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Boar penetrated the water with His hoofs, which were like\nsharpened arrows, and He found out the limits of the ocean although it\nwas unlimited. He saw the earth, the resting place for all living beings, lying\nas it was in the beginning of creation, and He personally lifted it.\nPURPORT\nThe word rasayam is sometimes interpreted to mean Rasatala, the\nlowest planetary system, but that is not applicable in this connection,\naccording to Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura. The earth is seven times\nsuperior to the other planetary systems, namely Tala, Atala, Talatala,\nVitala, Rasatala, Patala, etc. Therefore the earth cannot be situated in the\nRasatala planetary system. It is described in the Vi§rtu-dharma:\npiitiila-miilesvara-bhoga-sarhhatau\nvinyasya piidau prthivirh ca bibhrata�\nyasyopamiinarh na babhuva so 'cyuto\nmamiistu miingalya-vivrddhaye har*\nTherefore the Lord found the earth on the bottom of the Garbhodaka\nOcean, where the planets rest during the devastation at the end of Brahma's\nday.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0197": "Text 32)\n\nThe Appearance of Lord Varaha\n\n511\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�� � �r.d\n\n� ��: m� �:1\n\n����\n��: 11��11\nsva-darh�trayoddhrtya mah\"irh nimagnii.rh\nsa utthita� sarhruruce rasii.yii.�\ntatrii.pi daityarh gadayii. \"patantarh\nsunii.bha-sandlpita-t\"ivra-manyu{l\nsva-darh�trayii.-by His own tusks; u ddhrtya-raising; mah\"im-the earth;\n\nnimagnam - submerged; saft-He; utthi ta�-getting up; sarh ru r u ce - appeared\nvery splendid; rasii.yii.lt - from the water; tatra- there; api - al so ; daityam­\n\nunto the demon; gadaya- with the club ; apatantam-rushing towards Him;\n\nsunabha-the wheel of Knr:ta; sandipita - glowing ; tivra-fierce; manyufl.anger.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Boar very easily took the earth on His tusks and got it out of the\nwater. Thus He appeared very splendid. Then, His anger glowing like the\nSudarsana wheel, He immediately killed the demon [ Hira�yalqla] , although\nhe tried to fight with the Lord.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Srila }lva Gosvami, the Vedic literatures describe the\n\nincarnation of Lord Varaha (Boar) in two different devastations, namely\nthe Cak�u�a devastation and the Svayambhuva devastation. This particular\n\nappearance of the boar incarnation actually took place in the Svayambhuva\n\ndevastation, when all planets other than the higher ones-J ana, Mahar and\nSatya-merged in the water of devastation. This particular incarnation of\n\nthe boar was seen by the inhabitants of the planets mentioned above.\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti suggests that the sage Maitreya amalgamated\n\nboth the boar incarnations in different devastations and summarized them\n\nin his description to Vidura.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�\n\n��U..¥4(1t�IJ'i\n\n� t'fte�4 t•l(tr\\+uwtRt 1\n\n", "SB3.2#p0198": "Srimad-Bhigavatarn\n\n512\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\n(IJ;\\tNtlfC(I•I\"i�\n� � \\lltl� �;:)('( II��II\njaghiina mndhiinam asahya-vikramarh\nsa Ulayebharh mrgarii{l iviimbhasi\ntadrakta-pahkiihkita-gar-{la-tur-{lo\nyathii gajendro jagat\"lrh vibhindan\njaghiina- killed; mndhiinam-the obstructive enemy;asahya- unbearable;\nikramam\n\nv\n\n- pr wess ; sa{l - H e; lflaya-easily; ibham-the elephant; mrgarato\n\nthe lion; iva-like; ambhasi-in the water; tat-rakta-of his blood; panka­\n\nan kita- smeared by the pool; ga r] qa- cheeks; tu �u;l a� - tongue ; yathii - as if;\n\ngajendra{l- the elephant; jagat\"lm- earth; vibhindan- digging.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThereupon Lord Boar killed the demon within the water, just as a lion\n\nkills an elephant. The cheeks and tongue of the Lord became smeared with\n\nthe blood of the demon, just as an elephant becomes reddish from digging\nin the purple earth.\n\nTEXT 33\n\nfeij(��&U\n� •1151t'ft�uw 1\n�\n'1(1§1€Sttl�Rm'911Jl(.041 aq(I\\1Ui8( II��II\n(1'11�4\\J\n\ntamiila-nilarh sita-danta-kotyii\nk�miim utk�ipantam gaja-Ulayiihga\nprajiiiiya baddhiiiijalayo 'nuviikair\nviriiici-mukhyii upatasthur \"lsam\ntamiila- a blue tree named the tamiila;nilam- bluish; sit a- white; dantatusks; k o tya\n\n- with the curved edge; k�mam-the earth; utk�ipantam- while\n\nsuspending; gaja-lilaya-playing like an elephant; anga-0 Vidura; prajfiaya­\n\nafter knowing it well; baddha-folded; a njalaya{l- hands; anuva kai{l-by\nV edic hymns; virifici-Brahma; mukhya{l- headed by; upatasthu{l-offered\nprayers; isam-unto the Supreme Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen the Lord, playing like an elephant, suspended the earth on the\n\nedge of His curved white tusks. He assumed a bluish complexion like that\n\n", "SB3.2#p0199": "Text 34]\n\nThe Appearance of Lord Varaha\n\n513\n\nof a tamal.a tree, and thus the sages, headed by Brahmi, could understand\nHim to be the Supreme Personality of Godhead and offered respectful\nobeisances unto the Lord.\nTEXT 34\n\n��:\n\n� � � �4tiq\"'\nspff � � 'fft1;q� �:\n\n..it+t•il!\n�\n\n���:(�-\n\n�:\n\n'fii(Uit(4i\\i.. � 11�\\lll\n\nr�aya ucu�\njitarh jitarh te ]ita yajiia-bhiivana\ntray\"lrh tanurh sviirh paridhunvate nama�\nyad-roma-garte�u nililyur addhayas\ntasmai nama� kiira[la-sukariiya te\nnaya� ucu�-the glorified sages uttered; jitam\n\n-\n\nall glories; jitam-all\n\nvictories; te-unto You; ajita-0 unconquerable one; yajiia-bhiivana-one\nwho is understood by performances of sacrifice; t rayim-personified Vedas;\ntanum-such a body; sviim-own; paridhunvate\n\n-\n\nshaking; nama�-all obei­\n\nsances; yat-whose; roma-hairs; garte�u-in the holes; nililyu� submerged;\n-\n\naddhaya�-the oceans; tasmai-unto Him; nama�-offering obeisances;\nkiirara-sukariiya-unto the hog form assumed for reasons; te-unto You.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll the sages uttered with great respect: 0 unconquerable enjoyer of all\nsacrifices, all glories and all victories unto You! You are moving in Your\nform of the personified Vedas, and in the hair holes of Your body the\noceans are submerged. For certain reasons [to uplift the earth] You have\nnow assumed the form of a boar.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord can assume any form He likes, and in all circumstances He is\nthe cause of all causes. Since His form is transcendental, He is always the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, as He is in the Causal Ocean in the form\nof Maha- Vigm. Innumerable universes generate from the holes of His bodily\nhairs, and thus His transcendental body is the Vedas personified. He is the\nenj oyer of all sacrifices, and He is the unconquerable Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. He is never to be misunderstood to be other than the Supreme\n\n", "SB3.2#p0200": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n514\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\nLord because of His assuming the form of a boar in order to lift the earth.\n\nThat is the clear understanding of sages and great personalities like Brahma\nand other residents of the higher planetary systems.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�\n\nij�ij\"� 1'tWmtt'1f\n�� � �G\\QC(k¥44i( I\n\ns;c::ifQ � � �� � �� =+tl«(hl( II ��II\nriipam tavaitan nanu du�krtatmanam\n\ndurdarsanam deva yad adhvaratmakam\n\nchandamsi yasya tvaci barhi-romasv\n\najyam drsi tv anghri�u catur-hotram\n\nriipam-form; tava-Your; etat-this; nanu-but; du�krta-atmanam-of\n\nsouls who are simply miscreants;durdarsanam-very difficult to see; deva-\n\n0 Lord; yat-that; adhvara-atmakam-worshipab!e by performances of\nsacrifice; chandiirhsi-the Gayatrlmantra and others; yasya- whose; tvaci­\n\ntouch of the skin; barhi�-sacred grass called kusa; romasu-hairs on the\n\nbody; iijyam-clarified butter; drsi-in the eyes; tu-also;ahghri�u-on the\nfour legs; ciitu�-hotram-four kinds of fruitive activities.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, Your form is worshipable by performances of sacrifice, but\n\nsouls who are simply miscreants are unable to see it. All the Vedic hymns,\n\nGayatrf and others, are there in the touch of Your skin. In Your bodily\n\nhairs is the kusa grass, in Your eyes is the clarified butter, and in Your four\nlegs are the four kinds of fruitive act ivities\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nThere is a class of miscreants who are known in the words ofBhagavad­\n\ng\"lta as Veda-vam, or so-called strict followers of the Vedas. They do not\nbelieve in the incarnation of the Lord, what to speak of the Lord's incarna­\n\ntion as the worshipable hog. They describe worship of the different forms\n\nor incarnations o f the Lord as anthropomorphism. In the estimation of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam these men are miscreants, and inBhagavad-gi:tii (7.15)\n\nthey are called not only miscreants but also fools and the lowest of man­\n\nkind, and it is said that their knowledge has been plundered by illusion due\n\n", "SB3.2#p0201": "The Appearance of Lord Varaha\n\nText 36]\n\n515\n\nto their atheistic temperament. For such condemned persons, the Lord's\nincarnation as the gigantic hog is invisible. These strict followers of the\nVedas who despise the eternal forms of the Lord may know from Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam that such incarnations are personified forms of the Vedas.\n\nLord Boar's skin, His eyes and His bodily hair holes are all described here\n\nas different parts of the Vedas. He is therefore the personified form of the\nVedic hymns, specifically the Gayatri mantra.\nTEXT 36\n\n��� 31Rfl�� (� �­\n\n���:�I\nsuRt\"'+tl� m � �\n� � lltlq'lflwtit\"'( ������\n\nsrak tu(lpa iisl:t sruva !:sa niisayor\n\nitjodare camasii� karl)a-randhre\n\npriisitram iisye grasane grahiis tu te\n\nyac carval)am te bhagavann agni-hotram\n\nsrak-the\n\npia te\n\nfor sacrifice; tur-fle-on the tongue; iisl:t- there is;\n\nsruva�-another plate for sacrifice; i'sa-0 Lord; nasayo�-of the nostrils; itjii-the plate for eating; udare-in the belly; camasii[l\n\n-\n\nanother plate\n\nfor sacrifices; karl)a-randhre-in the holes of the ears; priisitram- the plate\n\nwhich is called the Brahma plate; iisye-in the mouth; grasane-in the\nthroat; graha�-the plates known as soma plates; tu\n\nthat which; carval)am\nhotram\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbut; te- Your; yat­\n\nchewing; te-Your; bhagavan-0 my Lord; agni­\n\nis Your eating through Your sacrificial fire.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, Your tongue is the plate of sacrifice, Your nostril is another\nplate of sacrifice, in Your belly is the eating plate of sacrifice, and another\nplate of sacrifice is the holes of Your ears. In Your mouth is the Brahma\nplate of sacrifice, Your throat is the plate of sacrifice known as soma, and\nwhatever You chew is known as agni-hotra.\nPURPORT\nThe Vedavadis say that there is nothing more than the Vedas and the\n\nperformances of sacrifice mentioned in the Vedas. They have recently made\n\na rule in their group to formally observe daily sacrifice; they simply ignite\n\n", "SB3.2#p0202": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n516\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\na small fire and offer something whimsically, but they do not strictly follow\nthe sacrificial rules and regulations mentioned in the Vedas. It is under­\n\nstood that by regulation there are different plates of sacrifice required, such\nas srak,\n\nsruva,\n\nbarh*, caturhotra, i{la,\n\ncamasa, priisitra, graha and\n\nagni-hotra. One cannot achieve the results of sacrifice unless one observes\n\nthe strict regulations. In this age there is practically no facility for perform­\n\ning sacrifices in strict discipline. Therefore, in this age of Kali there is a\n\nstricture regarding such sacrifices: It is explicitly directed that one should\n\nperform sankirtana-yajfw and nothing more. The incarnation of the Su­\n\npreme Lord is Yajfiesvara, and unless one has respect for the incarnation of\nthe Lord, he cannot perfectly perform sacrifice. In other words, taking\n\nshelter of the Lord and rendering service unto Him is the factual perform­\n\nance of all sacrifices, as explained herein. Different plates of sacrifice\n\ncorrespond to the different parts of the body of the Lord's incarnation.\n\nIn the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, Eleventh Canto, it is explicitly directed that\none should perform sankirtana-yajiia to please the Lord's incarnation as\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. This should be rigidly followed in order to\nachieve the result of yajiia performance.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n����qe� :\n�\n�\nstP-4Ufttfl�wtl� : I\nfqt��� �:\n�� �� ft � 11�\\911\ndik�anujanmopasada� sirodhararh\n\ntvarh priiya�;iiyodayanzya-darh�tra�\n\njihvii pravargyas tava Sir�akarh krato�\nsat_yiivasathyarh citayo'savo hi te\n\ndik�a-initiation; anujanma- spiri t ual birth, or repeated incarnations;\n\nupasada�-three kinds of desires (relationship, activities and ultimate goal);\n\nsira�-dharam-the neck; tvam- You; praya(liya-after the result of initiation;\n\nudayanzya-the last rites of desires; darh�tra�-the tusks; jihvii-the tongue;\n\np ravargya�- prior activities; tava- Your; sir�akam - head; krato �-of the\nsacrifice;\n\nsatya- fire\n\nwithout\n\nsacrifice;\n\navasathyam-fire\n\nof\n\nworship;\n\ncitaya�-aggregate of all desires; asava�-life breath; hi-certainly; te-unto\nYour.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0203": "Text 38]\n\nThe Appearance of Lord Varaha\n\n517\n\nTRANSLATION\nMoreover, 0 Lord, the repetition of Your appearance is the desire for\nall kinds of initiation. Your neck is the place for three desires, and Yow\ntusks are the. result of initiation and the end of all desires. Your tongue is\nthe prior activities of initiation, Your head is the fire without sacrifice as\nwell as the fire of worship, and Your living forces are the aggregate of all\ndesires.\nTEXT 38\n\n� �: ('(€4Wflrit'4�Rt:\n��q � �:\n� w.rifUr ��\n('(4tt�rt�t�Rf!ii..�: ����11·\nsomas tu reta� savaniiny avasthit*\nsarhsthii-vibhediis tava deva dhiitava�\nsatriir-i sarviir-i sarira-sandhis\ntvarh sarva-yajna-kratur i� ti-bandhana�\nsomaft tu retaft- Your semina is the sacrifice called soma; savaniiniritualistic performances of the morning; a vasthiti {t - different statuses of\nbodily growth; sarhstha-vibhedii�-seven varieties of sacrifices; tiwa- Your;\n\ndeva-0 Lord; dhiitava� - ingredients of the body such as skin, flesh, etc;\n\nsa triir-i- sacrifices performed over twelve days; sarvii[! i- all of them;sarirathe bodily; sandh* -j oints; tvam- Your Lordship; sarva-all; yaji'ia-asoma\n\nsacrifices; kratu�-soma sacrifices; i�ti- the ultimate desire; bandhana�attachment.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, Your semina is the sacrifice called soma-yajii.a. Your growth is\nthe ritualistic performances of the morning. Your skin and touch sensations are the seven elements of the agni�toma sacrifice. Your bodily joints\nare symbols of various other sacrifices performed in twelve days. Therefore\nYou are the object of all sacrifices called soma and asoma, and You are\nbound by yajii.as only.\nPURPORT\nThere are seven kinds of routine yajnas performed by all followers of the\nVedic r ituals, and they are called agni�toma, atyagni�toma, uktha, �o{iaS\"i,\n\n", "SB3.2#p0204": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n518\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\nVa]apeya, atiriitra and iiptoryiima. Anyone performing such yajiias regularly is supposed to be situated with the Lord. But anyone who is in contact\nwith the Supreme Lord by discharging devotional service is understood to\nhave performed all different varieties of yajfias ..\n\nTEXT 39\n\n�\n\n�sRC4e+t;;sa:c.ijl� �4sM� filit�l�+t� I\n\n��+(fll€¥4ijl41i¥tlfqim'N �tng« � �: ������\nnamo namas te 'khila-mantra-devatiidravyiiya sarva-kratave kriyiitmane\nvairiigya-bhaktyiitmajayiinubhiivitajfiiiniiya vidyiigurave namo nama�\nnama� nama�-obeisances unto You; te-unto You, who are worshipable;\nakhila-all-inclusive; mantra\n\n-\n\nhymns; devatii-the Supreme Lord; dravyiiya­\n\nunto all ingredients for performing sacrifices; sarva-kratave-unto all kinds\nof sacrifices; kriyii atmane-unto You, the supreme form of all sacrifices;\n-\n\nvairiigya-renunciation;\n\nbhaktyii-by\n\ndevotional service; iitma-jaya-anu­\n\nbhavita perceivable by conquering the mind; jfiiiniiya-such knowledge;\n-\n\nvidyii-gurave-the\n\nsupreme\n\nspiritual master of\n\nall knowledge; nama�\n\nnama�-again I offer my respectful obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord,\n\nYou are the\n\nSupreme Personality\n\nof Godhead and are\n\nworshipable by universal prayers, Vedic hymns and sacrificial ingredients.\nWe offer our obeisances unto You. You can be realized by the pure mind\n\nfreed from all visible and invisible material contamination. We offer our\nrespectful obeisances to You as the supreme spiritual master of knowledge\n\nin devotional service.\n\nPURPORT\nThe qualification of bhakti, or devotional service to the Lord, is that the\ndevotee should be free from all material contaminations and desires. This\nfreedom is called vairiigya, or renouncement of material desires. One who\nengages in devotional service to the Lord according to regulative principles\nis automatically freed from material desires, and in that pure state of mind\none can realize the Personality of Godhead. The Personality of Godhead,\n\n", "SB3.2#p0205": "Text40)\n\nThe Appearance of Lord Varlha\n\n519\n\nbeing situated in everyone's heart, instructs the devotee regarding pure\ndevotional service so that he may ultimately achieve the association of the\nLord. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gztii as follows:\n\nte�am satata-yuktiiniim bhajatam prlti-piiroakam\ndadiimi buddhi-yogam tam yena miim upayiinti te\n\"To one who constantly engages in the devotional service of the Lord\nwith faith and love, the Lord certainly gives the intelligence to achieve\nHim at the ultimate end.\" (Bg.lO.lO)\nOne has to conquer the mind, and one may do it by following the\nVedic rituals and by performing different types of sacrifice. The ulti�ate\nend of all those performances is to attain bhakti, or the devotional service\nof the Lord. Without bhakti one cannot understand the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. The original Personality of Godhead or His\ninnumerable expansions of Vi�!lu are the only objects of worship by all\nthe Vedic rituals and sacrificial performances.\nTEXT40\n\n<tat�i!Z41 ��� \"l(fl\nAu:�� � ll.: � 1\n��:� ��\neq=stqfit;wr 11\\lo 11\n'fij1\\·1t�\ndam�triigra-kotyii bhagavams tvayii dhrtii\nviriijate bhii-dhara bhii� sa-bhiidhara\nyathii vaniin n*sarato datii dhrtii\nmatangajendrasya sa-patra-padmini:\n·\n\ndamfot ra-agra- the tips of the tusks; kotyii- by the edges; bhagavan0 Personality of Godhead; tvayii- by You; dhrtii- sustained; virajateis so beautifully situated; bhii-dhara-0 lifter of the earth; bhii�- the\nearth; sa-bhiidharii-with mountains; yathii- as much as; vaniit-from the\nwater; ni {l. sa rata fl. - coming out; datii - by the tusk; dhrtii-captured; matangaj e ndrasya- infuriated elephant; sa-pat ra- with leaves; padmini- the lotus\nflower.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 lifter of the earth, the earth with its mountains, which You have\nlifted with Your tusks, is situated as beautifully as a lotus flower with\nleaves sustained by an infuriated elephant just coming out of the water.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0206": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n520\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\nPURPORT\nThe fortune of the earth planet is praised because of its being specifically sustained by the Lord; its beauty is appreciated and compared to\nthat of a lotus flower situated on the trunk of an elephant. As a lotus\nflower with leaves is very beautifully situated, so the world, with its many\nbeautiful mountains, appeared on the tusks of the Lord Boar.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n=Jttihvf �\n\n�\n\n�\n\n\\'i\"i��ltl � � ijo I\n\"'4¥1M PLWt�qi\\� �\n\ntel:q�..�� � �: 11\\l�ll\n\ntrayimayarh rupam idarh ca saukararh\nbhu-maru;lalenatha data dhrtena te\ncakasti srngopha-ghanena bhuyasa\nkulacalendrasya yathaiva vibhrama�\ntrayimayam- Vedas\n\npersonified; rupam-form; idam-this;\n\nca-also;\n\nsaukaram-the boar; bhu-marpalena-by the earth planet; atha-now; data­\n\nby the tusk; dhrtena-sustained by; te:...Your; cakasti-is glowing; srngof/,ha­\n\nsustained by the peaks; ghanena-by the clouds; bhiiyasii-more glorified;\nkula-acalendrasya-of the\n\ngreat\n\nmountains; yatha-as\n\nmuch as;\n\neva­\n\ncertainly ; vibhrama�-decoration.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord,\n\nas\n\nthe peaks of great mountains become beautiful when\n\ndecorated with clouds, Your transcendental body has become beautiful\n\nbecause of Your lifting the earth on the edge of Your tusks.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word vibhrama� is significant. Vibhrama� means illusion as well as\nbeauty . When a cloud rests on the peak of a great mountain, it appears to\nbe sustained by the mountain, and at the same time it looks very beautiful.\nSimilarly, the Lord has no need to sustain the earth on His tusks, but when\nHe does so the world becomes beautiful, just as the Lord becomes more\nbeautiful because of His pure devotees on the earth. Although the Lord is\nthe transcendental personification of the Vedic hymns, He has become\nmore beautiful because of His appearance to sustain the earth.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0207": "The Appearance of Lord Varlha\n\nText 42)\n\n521\n\nTEXT42\n\n4�uq�wti � ��·\n�q q+t')qfe '4RR tim I\n��q���\n� �sftlfiwi(UII€1�: 11\\l�ll\nsarhsthiipayainiirh jagatiirh satasthu�iirh\nlokiiya patnim asi miitararh pita\nvidhema ciisyai namasii saha tvayii\nyasyiirh svatejo 'gnim iviira[liiV adhii�\nsamsthiipaya eniim-raise up this earth; jagatiim-both the moving and;\nsatasthu�iim-nonmoving; lokiiya\n\n-\n\nfor their residence; patnfm\n\n-\n\nwife; asi­\n\ny ou are; miitaram-the mother; pita-the father; vidhema-do we offer; ca\n\n-also; asyai-unto the mother; namasii-with all obeisances; saha-along\nwith; tvayii-with You; yasyiim.-in whom; sva teja�-by Your own poten-\n\ncy; agnim-fire; iva-likened; ara[lau-in the ara[li wood; adhii�-invested.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, for the residential purposes of all inhabitants, both moving and\n\nnonmoving, this earth is Your wife, and You are the supreme father. We\noffer our respectful obeisances unto You, along with mother earth, in\nwhom You have invested Your own potency, just as an expert sacrificer\nputs fire in the arar,ri wood.\nPURPORT\nThe so-called law of gravitation which sustains the planets is described\n\nherein as the potency of the Lord. This potency is invested by the Lord in\n\nthe way that an expert sacrificial briihma[la puts fire in the ara[li wood by\n\nthe potency of Vedic mantras. By this arrangement the world becomes\n\nhabitable for both the moving and nonmoving creatures. The conditioned\n\nsouls who are residents of the material world are put in the womb of\n\nmother earth in the same way as the seed of a child is put by the father in\nthe womb of the mother. This conception of the Lord and the earth aA\nfather\n\nand\n\nmother\n\nis\n\nexplained in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(Bg.\n\n14.4). Condi­\n\ntioned souls are devoted to the motherland in which they take their\n\nbirth, but they do not know their father. The mother is not independent\nin producing children. Similarly, material nature cannot produce living\ncreatures\n\nunless\n\nin contact with the\n\nsupreme\n\nfather,\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\n", "SB3.2#p0208": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n522\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\nPersonality of Godhead Srimad-Bhiigavatam teaches us to offer obeisances\nunto the mother along with the Father, the Supreme Lord, because it is\nthe Father only who impregnates the mother with all energies for the\nsustenance and maintenance of all living beings, both\n\nmoving and\n\nnonmoving.\n\nTEXT 43\n\n�ij194:fij+i(ijif4 !lit\n� � WI afA:;t(ul'( I\nWI N44ti\\s«l�t%\"1N44�\n� +iTt�� (1�SRtN44il'( 11\\l�ll\n•:\n\nka� sraddadhitiinyatamas tava prabho\nrasiirh gatii.yii bhuva udvibarhartam\n\nna vismayo 'sau tvayi viSva-vismaye\n\nyo miiyayedarh sasrje 'tivismayam\n\nka�- who else; sraddadhita-can endeavor; anyatama�-anyone besides\n\nYourself; tava- Your; prabho-0 Lord; rasii.m-in the water; gatiiyii.�­\n\nwhile lying in; bhuva�-of the earth; udviba rha[tam-deliverance ; na-never;\nvismaya�- wonderful; asau-such an act; tvayi\n\n-\n\nunto You; visva-universal;\n\nvismaye-full of wonders;ya�- one who ; mii.yayii\n\n-\n\nthis; sasrje-created; ativismayam\n\n-\n\nby potencies; idam,\n\nsurpassing all wonders.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWho else but Yourself, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, could\n\ndeliver the earth from within the water? It is not very wonderful for You,\n\nhowever, because You acted most wonderfully in the creation of the\nuniverse.\n\nBy\n\nmanifestation.\n\nYour energy You have created this wonderful cosmic\n\nPURPORT\nWhen a scientist discovers something impressive to the ignorant mass of\npeople, the common man, without inquiry, accepts such a discovery as\nwonderful. But the intelligent man is not struck with wonder by such\ndiscoveries. He gives all credit to the person who created the wonderful\nbrain of the scientist. A common man is also struck with wonder by the\nwonderful action of material nature, and he gives all credit to the cosmic\nmanifestation. The learned Kr�I;ta conscious person, however, knows well\nthat behind the cosmic manifestation there is the brain of Kreyi;ta, as\n\n", "SB3.2#p0209": "Text 44]\n\nThe Appearance of Lord Varliha\n\n523\n\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 9.10): mayadhyak�erza prakrtifl sii.yate\nsacariicaram. Since Kr�r;ta can direct the wonderful cosmic manifestation,\n\nit is not at all wonderful for Him to assume the gigantic form of a boar and\nthus deliver the earth from the mire of the water. A devotee is therefore\nnot astonished to see the wonderful boar because he knows that the Lord\nis able to act far more wonderfully by His potencies, which are inconceivable to the brain of even the most erudite scientist.\nTEXT 44\n\nf%!{;:14(1 � � �$rm:Q�M�IN;ft � 1\n(1!1Rl<\"'4(1\n1\\1�l'tfil..\\fil6,\nfck-� � �: 11\\l\\lll\nvidhunvatii vedamayarh nijarh vapur\njanas-tapal;l-satya-niviisino vayam\nsatii-sikh oddhu ta-siviim bu-bindu bhir\nvimrjyamiinii bhrsam isa piivital;l\n\nvidhunvata-while shaking; vedamayam- personified Vedas; nijam-own;\nvapu� -body; janal;l the Janaloka planetary system; tapal;l -the Tapoloka\nplanetary system; satya-the Satyaloka planetary system; niviisina� -the\ninhabitants; vayam-we; sa tii -hairs on the shoulder; sikha-uddhutasustained by the tip of the hair; siva- auspicious; ambu-water; bindubh*by the par ticles; vimrjyamanii� - we are thus sprinkled by; bhrsam highly;\nTSa- Supreme Lord; piivitiil;l- purified.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Supreme Lord, undoubtedly we are inhabitants of the most pious\n\nplanets-the Jana, Tapas and Satya lokas-but still we have been purified\nby the drops of water sprinkled from Your shoulder hairs by the shaking\nof Your body.\nPURPORT\n\nOrdinarily the body of a hog is considered impure, but one should not\nconsider that the hog incarnation assumed by the Lord is also impure. That\nform of the Lord is the personified Vedas and is transcendental. The\ninhabitants of the Jana, Tapas and Satya lokas are the most pious persons\nin the material world, but because those planets are situated in the material\nworld , there are so many material impurities there a,lso. Therefore , when\n\n", "SB3.2#p0210": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n524\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\nthe drops of water from the tips of the Lord's shoulder hairs were\nsprinkled upon the bodies of the inhabitants of the higher planets, they\nfelt purified. The Ganges water is pure because of its emanating from the\ntoe of the Lord, and there is no difference between the water emanating\nfrom the toe and that from the tips of the hair on the shoulder of Lord\nBoar. They are both absolute and transcendental.\nTEXT45\n\nlile'iRt{ij� �\n�:\n� ql('iql(€h'101:\nqt(Ni44P'IIgol�414itRd\nA'��� fcNft ij1{ 11\\1�11\n�\n\nQ\n\n;m\n\nsa vai bata bhra�tamatis tavai�ate\nya� karmar-iirh piiram apiira-karmar-a�\nyad-yoga-miiyii-gurw-yoga-mohitarh\nvisvarh samastarh bhagavan vidhehi sam\nsa� he; vai certainly; bata-alas; bhra�tamat*- nonsense; tava- Your;\nefiate- desires; ya� one who; karmartiim-of activities; piiram limit;\napiira-karmar-afl-of one who has unlimited activities; yat - by whom; yoga-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nmystic power; miiyii\n\n-\n\npotency; g ur-a\n\n-\n\nmodes of material nature; yoga­\n\nmystic power; mohitam-bewildered; visvam-the universe; samastam-in\ntotal; bhagavan-0 Supreme Personality; vidhehi-just be pleased to bestow;\nsam good fortune.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, there is no limit to Your wonderful activities. Anyone who\n\ndesires to know the limit of Your activities is certainly nonsensical.\n\nEveryone in this world is conditioned by the powerful mystic potencies.\n\nPlease bestow Your causeless mercy upon these conditioned souls.\nPURPORT\n\nMental speculators who want to understand the limit of the Unlimited\nare certainly nonsensical. Every one of them is captivated by the external\npotencies of the Lord. The best thing for them is to surrender unto Him,\nknowing Him to be inconceivable, for thus they can receive His causeless\nmercy. This prayer was offered by the inhabitants of the higher planetary\nsystems, namely the\n\nJ ana, Tapas and Satya lokas, who are far more\n\nintelligent and powerful than humans.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0211": "Text46]\n\n525\n\nThe Appearance of Lord VarAha\n\nVisvarh samastam is very significant here. There are the material world\nand the spiritual world. The sages pray: \"Both worlds are bewildered by\nYour different energies. Those who are in the spiritual world are absorbed\nin Your loving service, forgetting themselves and You also, and those who\nare in the material world are absorbed in material sense gratification and\ntherefore also forget You. No one can know You because You are\nunlimited. It is best not to try to know You by unnecessary mental\nspeculation. Rather, kindly bless us so that we can worship You with\ncauseless devotional service.\"\nTEXT46\n\nitw�\n\n(�q���'Tufwlf�4tMtR:fin\n\n1\n\n� (Cif!(lstilkl aqi14'EIIN61ctf.\\( IIV� II\nmaitreya uviica\nity upasthiyamiino 'sau\nmunibhir brahma-viidibhil;\nsalile sva-khuriikriinta\nupiidhattiivitiivanim\n\n-\n\nmaitreyal; uvac a the sage Maitreya said; iti-thus; upasthiyamanaftbeing praised by; asau-Lord Boar; munibh *-by the great sages; brahma­\n\n- by the transcendentalists; salile-on the water; sva-khura- touched by His own hoofs; upiidhatta-placed ; avita-the main­\n\nviidibhi�\n\niik r iin te\n\ntainer; avanim-the earth.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Maitreya said: The Lord, being thus worshiped by all the great\nsages and transcendentalists, touched the earth with His hoofs and placed\nit on the water.\nPURPORT\nThe earth was placed on the water by His inconceivable potency. The\nLord is all-powerful, and therefore He can sustain the huge planets either\non the water or in the air, as He likes. The tiny human brain cannot\nconceive how these potencies of the Lord can act. Man can give some vague\nexplanation of the laws by which such phenomena are made possible, but\nactually the tiny human brain is unable to conceive of the activities of the\nLord, which are therefore called inconceivable. Yet the frog philosophers\nstill try to give some imaginary explanation.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0212": "526\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT47\n\n6 � +ltiECt�tf A'EC�..: SNttqRf: I\n\n��it'\\�uqcij � � m: ����II\nsa ittham bhagaviin uroim\nvi�vak-sena� prajii-pat*\nrasiiyii lilayonnitiim\napsu nyasya yayau har*\nsa {l -He; ittham-in this manner; b hagaviin -the Personality of Godhead;\nearth; vi§ vak-se na�-another name of Vi��u; prajii-pati�the Lord of the living entities; rasiiyii{l -from within the water; lilayiivery easily; unnitiim-raised; apsu-on the water; nyasya-placing;yayaureturned to His own abode; hari {l - the Personality of Godhead.\nuroim-the\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this manner the Personality of Godhead Lord Vi�t:tu, the maintainer\nof all living entities, raised the earth from within the water, and, placing it\nafloat on the water, He returned to His own abode.\nPURPORT\nThe Personality of Godhead Lord Vi�t;lU descends by His will to the\nmaterial planets in His innumerable incarnations for particular purposes,\nand again He goes back to His own abode. When He descends He is called\nan\n\navatiira because avatiira means one who descends. Neither the Lord\n\nHimself nor His specific devotees who come to this earth are ordinary\nliving entities like us.\n\nTEXT 48\n\n��,���:\n� WJ�f �;fF.r'Uf�ot: I\n\n����\n�;its �rg �f� �fu II'll� II\nya evam etiim hari-medhaso harel).\nkathiim subhadriim kathaniya-miiyinal).\nsrrwita bhaktyii sravayeta vosatim\njaniirdano 'syiisu hrdi prasidati\n\n", "SB3.2#p0213": "Text49]\n\nThe Appearance of Lord Variha\n\n527\n\nyafi. -one who; evam-thus; etam - this; hari-medhasafi. - who destroys\nthe\n\nmaterial\n\nexistence\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ndevotee;\n\nhar�h-of\n\nthe Personality\n\nof Godhead; katham-narration; subhadriim-auspicious; kathaniya-worthy\nto narrate; miiyina�-of the merciful by His internal potency; Sf!lv\"itahears; bhaktyii-in devotion; sravayeta-also allows others to hear; viieither; usafim- very pleasing; janiirdana�-the Lord; asya-his; iisu-very\nsoon; hrdi- within the heart; pras\"idati-becomes very plea.'led.\nTRANSLATION\nIf anyone hears and describes in a devotional service attitude this\nauspicious narration of Lord Boar, which is worthy of description, the\nLord; who is within the heart of everyone, is very pleased.\nPURPORT\nIn His various incarnations, the Lord appears, acts and leaves .behind\nHim a narrative history which is as transcendental as He Himself. Every\none of us is fond of hearing some wonderful narration, but most stories\nare neither auspicious nor worth hearing because they are of the inferior\nquality of material nature. Every living entity is of superior quality, spirit\nsoul, and nothing material can be auspicious for him. Intelligent persons\nshould therefore hear personally and cause others to hear the descriptive\nnarrations of the Lord's activities, for that will destroy the pangs of\nmaterial existence. Out of His causeless mercy only, the Lord come� to\nthis earth and leaves behind His merciful activities so that the devotees\nmay derive transcendental benefit.\nTEXT49\n\n��fi�snn\nft ��� Ql� �ll: I\n&1'1�t!t41 �f ��:\n� f%� � �: qu1{ 11\\l�ll\ntasmin prasanne sakaliisi�iim prabhau\nkim durlabham tiibhir alam laviitmabhitt\nananya-dr�tyii bhajatiim g uhasaya{l\nsvayam vidhatte sva-gatim paratt pariim\ntasmin-unto Him; prasanne - being pleased; sakala-iisi�iim-of all benediction; prabhau- unto the Lord; kim-what is that; durlabham- very\n\n", "SB3.2#p0214": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n528\ndifficult to obtain; tabh*\n\n-\n\n(Canto 3, Ch.l3\n\nwith them; alam-away ; lava-atmabhitl-with\n\ninsignificant gains; ananya-dr�tyii-by\n\nnothing but devotional service;\n\nbhajatam-of those who are engaged in devotional service; guha-iisaya�residing within the\n\nheart; svayam- personally; vidhatte- executes; sva­\n\ngatim-in His own abode; para�-the supreme; pariim-transcendental.\nTRANSLATION\nNothing remains unachieved when the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nis pleased with someone. By transcendental achievement one understands\neverything else to be insignificant. One who engages in transcendental\nloving service is elevated to the highest perfectional stage by the Lord\nHimself, who is seated in everyone's heart.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 10.10), the Lord gives intelligence to\nthe pure devotees so that they may be elevated to the highest perfectional\nstage. It is confirmed herein that a pure devotee who constantly engages in\nthe loving service of the Lord is awarded all knowledge necessary to reach\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. For such a devotee there is nothing\n\nvaluable to be achieved but the Lord's service. If one serves faithfully,\n\nthere is no possibility of frustration because the Lord Himself takes\ncharge of the devotee's advancement. The Lord is seated in everyone's\nheart,\n\nand\n\nHe\n\nknows\n\nthe devotee's motive and arranges everything\n\nachievable. In other words, the pseudo-devotee who is anxious to achieve\nmaterial gains cannot attain the highest perfectional stage because the\nLord is in knowledge of his motive. One merely has to become sincere in\nhis purpose, and then the Lord is there to help in every way.\nTEXT 50\n\ncit ;ml itifi ��\n�(14Wiwti �•l'i4�'tilij� I\n\n3Wft��-\n\n� N(�;it� f� 91'�1(¥( 11'-\\oJI\n\nko nama loke puru�iirtha-siiravit\npurii-kathiiniirh bhagavat-kathiisudhiim\niipiya karr-iinjalibhir bhaviipahiim\naho virajyeta vinii naretaram\n\n", "SB3.2#p0215": "The Appearance of Lord Varaha\n\nText 50]\n\n529\n\nka�-who; nama-indeed; loke-in the world; purufia- artha - goal of life;\n\nsaravit-one\n\nwho\n\nknows\n\nthe essence\n\nof; pura-kathanam - of all past\n\nhistories; bhagavat-regarding the Personality of Godhead; kathii-sudhiim­\n\nthe nectar of the narrations about the Personality of Godhead; iip'iya-by\n\ndrinking; karp,a-aiijalibhi�-by aural reception; bhava- apahiim - th at which\n\nkills all material pangs; aho-alas; vir ajyeta-could refuse; vina-without;\n\nnaretaram-other than the human being.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWho, other than one who is not a human being, can exist in this world\nand not be interested in the ultimate goal of life? Who can refuse the\nnectar\n\nof narrations about the Personality of Godhead's\n\nwhich by itself can deliver one from all material pangs?\n\nactivities,\n\nPURPORT\nThe narration of the activities of the Personality of Godhead is like a\n\nconstant flow of nectar. No one can refuse to drink such nectar except\n\none who is not a human being. Devotional service to the· Lord is the\n\nhighest goal of life for every human being, and such devotional service\n\nbegins by hearing about the transcendental activities of the Personality of\n\nGodhead. Only an animal, or a man who is almost an animal in behavior,\n\ncan refuse to take an interest in hearing the transcendental message of the\nLord. There are many books of stories and histories in the world, but\n\nexcept for the histories or narrations on the topics of the Personality of\n\nGodhead, none are capable of diminishing the burden of material pangs.\n\nTherefore one who is serious about eliminating material existence must\n\nchant and hear of the transcendental activities of the Personality of\nGodhead. Otherwise one must be compared to the nonhumans.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta Purports of the Third Canto, Thirteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Appearance of Lord\nVariiha.\"\n\n", "SB3.2#p0216": "CHAPTER FOURTEEN\nPregnancy of Dltl in the Evening\nTEXT I\n\n��lli �\n\n� �aitq�fdtijj\n�: � �RUit(�(l�'lil: I\n�: � � 64'461��\n� �it � �: II � II\nsri suka uvaca\nnisamya kau�iira-virwpavar[litiim\nhare� kathiim kiira[la-sukariitmana�\npuna� sa papraccha tam udyataiijalir\nna catitrpto viduro dhrta-vrata{t\nsr'i sukal:t uvaca- Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; nisamya-after heari n g;\nkau§tiravina-by the sage Maitreya; upavarrt itam-desc ribed; har e !t- of the\nPersonality of Godhead; katham-narrations; kara f! a- for the reason of\nlifting the earth; siikara-atmana{t-of the boar i n c a rn atio n ; puna�- again;\nsaJ:t-he; papraccha-inquired; tam-from him (Maitreya); udyata-aiijaliJ:twith folded hands; na-never; ca-also; atitrptalt- very much satisfied;\nviduraJ:t-Vidura; dhrta-vrataJ:t-taken to a vow.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: After hearing from the great sage Maitreya\nabout the Lord's incarnation as Variiha, Vidura, who had taken a vow,\nbegged him with folded hands to please narrate further transcendental\nactivities of the Lord, since he [ Vidura] did not yet feel satisfied.\n\n531\n\n", "SB3.2#p0217": "Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n532\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT2\n\n��\n� « uf.l� mun 4t¥£R\\wt• 1\n��00 mutm.ft �({ �'g� II� II\nvidura uviica\ntenaiva tu muni-sre�tha\nhari(Iii yaj1ia-murtinii\niidi-daityo hiraryiik�o\nhata ity anususruma\nvidura{I u vac a\n\n-\n\nS rl Vidura said; tena-by Him; eva-certainly; tu-but;\n\nmuni-sre�tha-0 chief amongst the sages; haril;tii\n\n-\n\nhead; yaj1ia murtinii-the form of sacrifices; iidi\n-\n\nhiraryiik�a�-by the name Hirap.yalqa; hata(t\n\n-\n\nby the Personality of God­\n\n-\n\noriginal; daitya tt - i:l emon;\n\nslain; iti-thus;anususruma­\n\nheard in succession.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Vidura said: 0 chief amongst the great sages, I have heard by\ndisciplic succession that Hirat:J.ya�a, the original demon, was slain by the\nsame form of sacrifices, the Personality of Godhead [Lord Boar].\nPURPORT\nAs referred to previously, the boar incarnation was manifested in two\nmillenniums-namely Svayambhuva and Cak�u�a. In both millenniums there\nwas a boar incarnation of the Lord, but in the Svayambhuva millennium\nHe lifted the earth from within the water of the universe, whereas in the\nCak�u�a\n\nmillennium\n\nHe killed the\n\nfirst\n\ndemon,\n\nHirat;�yak�a. In the\n\nSvayambhuva millennium He assumed the color white, and in the Cak�u�a\nmillennium He assumed the color red. Vidura has already heard about\none of them, and he proposed to hear about the other. The two different\nboar incarnations described are the one Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT3\n\n���:������\n�f*HI�� t;t � ��: II � II\ntasya coddharata� k§aU[!trh\nsva-dam�triigrera filayii\n\n", "SB3.2#p0218": "Text 4]\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\n533\n\ndaitya-riijasya ca brahman\nkasmiid dhetor abhiin mrdha{t\ntasya- His; ca-also; uddharata�- while lifting; k�au[!tm-the earth planet;\nsva-dari't§!ra-agrerta-by the edge of His tusks; lllayii-in His pastimes;\ndaitya-riijasya-of the king of demons; ca-and; brahman-0 briihma(ta;\nkasmiit-from what; heto�-reason ; abhiit-there was; mrdha�-fight.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhat was the reason, 0 brahma!la, for the fight between the demon\nking and the Lord Boar while the Lord was lifting the earth as His pastime?\nTEXT4\n\n�� lfflillf \\ft: ��� I\n\n5fri ;r � ��: tR �l� ft if II� II\nsraddadhiiniiya bhaktiiya\nbriihi taj-janma-vistaram\n,rye na trpyati mana�\nparam kautiihalam hi me\nsraddadhiiniiya-unto\nbriihi-please\n\na faithful person; bhaktiiya-unt o a devotee;\n\nnarrate; tat\n\n-\n\nHis; janma-appearance; vistaram-in detail;\n\nr.se-0 great sage; na-not ; trpyati-become satisfied; mana�-mind; paramvery much; kautiihalarn-inquisitive; hi-certainly; me-my.\nTRANSLATION\nMy mind has become very inquisitive, and therefore I am not satisfied\nwith hearing the narration of the Lord's appearance. Please, therefore,\nspeak more and more to a devotee who is faithful.\nPURPORT\nOne who is actually faithful and inquisitive is qualified to hear the\ntranscendental pastimes of the appearance and disappearance of the\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. Vidura was\n\nreceive such transcendental messages.\n\na\n\ns uitable candidate to\n\n", "SB3.2#p0219": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n534\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nTEXTS\n\n��� ij?fT\"f\n\n«11 ilR\n\n�T\n\n'l!+ti!H1WtNi �: I\n\n���t;rt�m.rM�H1'1'\\1( II� II\nmaitreya uviica\nsiidhu. v\"\"ira tvayii pr§tarri\navatiira-kathiim hare�\nyat tvam prcchasi martyiiniim\nmrtyupiisa-visiitantm\n\nmaitreya[r.\n\nuvaca\n\n- M aitreya\n\nsaid;\n\nsadhu-devotee;\n\nvfra-0\n\nwarrior;\n\ntvayii- by you; pr�tam-inquired; avatiira-kathiim-topics on the incarnation of the Lord; hare�-of the Personality of Godhead; yat\n\n- that which;\n\ntvam-your good self; p r cc hasi- asking me; martyiiniim-of those who are\ndestined to death; mrtyupiisa\nsource of liberation.\n\n- the chain of birth and death; visiitanim­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya said: 0 warrior, the inquiry made by you is just\nbefitting a devotee because it concerns the incarnation of the Personality\nof Godhead. He is the source of liberation from the chain of birth and\ndeath for all those who are otherwise destined to die.\nPURPORT\nThe great sage Maitreya addressed Vidura as a warrior not only because\nVidura belonged to the Kuru family but because he was anxious to hear\nabout the chivalrous activities of the Lord in His incarnations of Varaha\nand Nrsimha. Because the inquiries concerned the Lord, they were perfectly\nbefitting a devotee. A devotee has no taste for hearing anything mundane.\nThere are many topics of mundane warfare, but a devotee is not inclined\nto hear them. The topics of the warfare in which the Lord engages do not\nconcern the war of death but the war against the chain of maya which\nobliges one to accept repeated birth and death. In other words, one who\ntakes delight in hearing the war topics of the Lord is relieved from the\nchains of birth and death. Foolish people are suspicious of Kr�'la's taking\npart in the Battle of Kuruk�etra, not knowing that His taking part insured\nliberation for all who were present on the battlefield. It is said by\nBhl�madeva that all who were present on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra\nattained their original spiritual existences after death. Therefore, hearing\nthe war topics of the Lord is as good as any other devotional service.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0220": "Text 7]\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\n535\n\nTEXT6\n\n�;m:: � af;r-n qreM: I\n�-: ��i!f�•fmn�(�:�ll �II\nyayottiinapadaf! putro\nmuninii g\"itayiirbhaka[l\nmrtyo� krtvaiva miirdhny anghrim\niimroha hare� padam\nyayii-by which; uttiinapada�-of King Uttiinapiida; pu tra�\n\n-\n\ns on; mu­\n\nnina-by the sage; git ayii-being sung; arbhaka�-a child; mrtyo� -of death;\nkrtva-placing;\n\neva- certainly; murdhni- on\n\nthe\n\nhead; arighrim- feet;\n\namroha ascended ; hare� -of the Personality of Godhead; padam-to the\n-\n\nabode.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy hearing these topics from the sage [ Narada], the son of King\nUttanapada\n\n[ Dhruva]\n\nwas\n\nenlightened\n\nregarding the Personality\n\nof\n\nGodhead, and he ascended to the abode of the Lord, placing his feet over\nthe head of death.\nPURPORT\nWhile quitting his body, Maharaj a Dhruva, the son of King Uttanapada,\nwas attended by personalities like Sunanda and others, who received him\nin the kingdom of God. He left this world at an early age, as a young boy,\nalthough he had attained the throne of his father and had several children\nof his own. Because he was due to quit this world, death was waiting for\nhim. He did not care for death, however, and even with his present body\nhe boarded a spiritual airplane and went directly to the planet of Vi�t;�u\nbecause of his association with the great sage, Narada, who spoke to him\nthe narration of the pastimes of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 7\n\n��'3� �m 1t qfifm: � 1\n;man �� ���'l*'0dll( II \\911\nathiitriipitihiiso 'yam\nsruto me varrita[t purii\nbrahmarii deva-devena\ndeviiniim anuprcchatiim\n\n", "SB3.2#p0221": "S rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n536\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\natha-now; atra-in this matter; api-als o ; itihasa�- history;ayam\n\n- this;\n\nsruta�-heard; me-by me; var[lita�-described; p ura-ye a rs ago; brahma[lii\n\n-by Brahma; deva-devena-the foremost of the demigods; de vaniim -by\nthe demigods; anuprcchatiim-asking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis history of the fight between the Lord as a boar and the demon\nHira!J.ya�a was heard by me in a year long ago as it was described by the\nforemost of the demigods, Brahma, when he was questioned by the other\ndemigods.\nTEXTS\n\n�� �\"ij+itfl:;:f ��I\n31qf44Ehl+il � «� (�0t41f{ijl II � II\nditir diik�iiya[!L k�attar\nmiir\"icam kasyapam patim\napatya-kiimii cakame\nsandhyiiyiim hrc-chayiirditii\n\n-\n\nditi�- D i ti ; diik§aya [li the\nmaricam-the\n\nson\n\nof\n\ndaughter\n\nMarici;\n\nband; apatya-kama-desirous\n\nof\n\nof\n\nDak�a; k§atta}J.-0\n\nVidura;\n\nk asyapam- Kasyapa; pa tim - her\nhaving\n\na\n\nhus­\n\nchild; cakam e- longe d for;\n\nsandhyiiyiim-in the evening; hrt-saya-by sex desires; arditii-distressed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDiti, daughter of D� a, being a fflicted with sex desire, begged her\nhusband, Kasyapa, the son of Marici, to have intercourse with her in the\nevening in order to beget a child.\nTEXT9\n\n�����qf�l\nPI'+S1�f44� 311ijl'1+i�;:JOC•II� ij+ilOOt( II � II\n-\n\ni§t viigni jih vam payasii\npuru§arh yaj u�iirh patim\nnimlocaty arka iisTnam\nagnyagiire samiihitarn\ni§.tva-after worshiping; ag n i-fire ;jihvam-tongue; payasii-by oblation;\npuru§am-unto the Supreme Person; yaju§iim-of all sacrifices; patim-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0222": "Text 10]\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\n537\n\nmaster; nimlocati-while se tting;arke - the s un; as inam - sit �i ng; agni-agarein the sacrificial hall; samahitam-co mpletely in trance.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sun was setting, and the sage was sitting in trance after offering\noblations to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�!lu, whose tongue\nis the sacrificial fire.\nPURPORT\nFire is considered to be the tongue of the Personality of Godhead Vi�J;JU,\nand obla�ions of grains and clarified butter offered to the fire are thus\na ccepted by Him. That is th e principle of all sacrifices, of which Lord Vi�t;�u\nis the master. In other words, the satisfaction of Lord Vi�t;�u includes the\nsatisfaction of all demigods and other living beings.\n\nTEXT 10\n\nfifrt�\n�'It���� 311\"(1�1(i�i: I\n� �'f;rt� �'jf;(��:ll�oll\nditir uvaca\n\ne�a miirh tvatkrte vidvan\nkiima iitta-sariisana(t\nd un oti cfiniim vikramya\nrambham iva matangaja�\nditifz uvaca-beautiful Diti said; efi a�-a ll these; mam-unto me; tvatkrte\n-for you;vidvan-0 learned one; kilma�-Cupid; a tta-saras ana�- t aking his\n\narrows;dunoti-distresses; dfn iim-poor me; vikramya- attacki ng; rambham\n-banana tree; iva-like; matangaja�-mad elep hant.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn that place the beautiful Diti expressed her desire: 0 learned one,\nCupid is taking his arrows and distressing me forcibly, as a mad elephant\ntroubles a banana tree.\nPURPORT\nBeautiful Diti, seeing her husband absorbed in trance, began to speak\nloudly, not attempting to attract him by bodily expressions. She frankly\nsaid that her whole body was distressed by sex desire because of her\nhusband's presence, just as a banana tree is troubled by a mad elephant.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0223": "[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n538\n\nIt was not natural for her to agitate her husband when he was in trance, but\nshe could not control her strong sex appetite. Her sex desire was like a mad\nelephant, and therefore it was the prime duty of her husband to give her\nall protection by fulfilling her sex desire.\nTEXT 11\n\n���¥tl;cltti ijq/t;cj\n\n��: I\n\n�mft;ri � � ¥tutl9;e,!ffil¥tasui'( 11 � � 11\ntad bhaviin dahyamiiniiyiirh\nsa-patniniim samrddhibh*\nprajiivatiniirh bhadram te\nmayy iiywiktiim anugraham\n\nta t-ther efore; bhaviin-your\n\ngood self; dahyamiiniiyiim\n\n-\n\nbeing dis­\n\ntressed; sa-patniniim-of the co-wives; samrddhibhi�-by the prosperity;\n\nprajiiv a tiniim -of those who have children; bhadram-all prosperity; teunto\n\nyou; mayi\n\n-\n\nunto\n\nme; iiyunktiim-do\n\nunto\n\nme, in all respects;\n\nanugraham-favor.\nTRANSLATION\n\nTherefore you should be kind towards me by showing me complete\nmercy. I desire to have sons, and I am much distressed hy seeing the\nopulence of my co-wives. By performing this act, you will become happy.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii sexual intercourse for begetting children is accepted as\nrighteous.\n\nA person\n\nsexually inclined for simple sense gratification,\n\nhowever, is unrighteous. In Diti's appeal to her husband for sex, it was not\nexactly that she was afflicted by sex desires, but she desired sons. Since she\nhad no sons, she felt poorer than her co-wives. Therefore Kasyapa was\nsupposed to satisfy his bona fide wife.\nTEXT 12\n\n¥«f�� il�l;clftl�ij �: I\n� � � � �������\nbhartary iiptorumiiniiniirh\nlokiin iivisate yasa�\n\n", "SB3.2#p0224": "Text 13]\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\n53 9\n\npatir bhavadvidho yasam\nprajaya na.nu jayate\nbhartari-by the husband; iipta-urumiiniiniim-of those who are beloved;\nlokan-in the world; avis'ate -spreads; yasaft- fame; patift - husband; bhavatvidha[l,-like your good self; yiisiim - of those whose; p rajayii -by children;\nnanu-certainly; jiiyate-expands.\nTRANSLATION\nA woman is honored in the world by the benediction of her husband,\nand a husband like you will become famous by having children because\nyou are meant for the expansion of living entities.\nPURPORT\nAccording to l,t�abhadeva, one should not become a father or mother\nunless one is confident that he can beget children whom he can deliver\nfrom the clutches of birth and death. Human life is the only opportunity\nto get out of the material scene, which is full of the miseries of birth,\ndeath, old age and diseases. Every human being should be given the opportunity to take advantage of his human form of life, and a father like\nKasyapa is supposed to beget good children for the purpose of liberation.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n� fiRn ;it l4•1'41�$ §lf(if4�(1e: t\ncti tllilij' � 'ffin (€tl'l\"M ;r: '111� II � �II\n....\n\npura pita no bhagavan\ndak�o duhitr-vatsalaf:l.\nkam V[[llta varam vatsa\nity aprcchata na{1 prthak\npura-m days long ago; pita- father; naft-our; bhagavan-the most\nopulent; dak,�a�t- Dak�a; duhitr-vatsalaft -affectionate to his daughters;\nkam-unto whom; V[[ltta. -you want to accept; va.ram-your husband;\n\nvatsii[l,-0 my chil.dren; iti-thus; aprcchata - inquired; na [l,-us; prthakseparately.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn days long ago, our father, the most opulent D�a, who was\naffectionate to his daughters, asked each of us separately whom we would\nprefer to select as our husband.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0225": "540\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears from this verse that free selection of a husband was allowed\nby the father, but not by free association. The daughters were asked\nseparately to submit their selection of a husband who was famous for his\nacts and personality. The u llimate selection depended on the· choice of the\nfather.\nTEXT 14\n\n� f4f(ECCI�fwri ;it ¥1ft ij;ijIWC¥41ilM : I\n\n'l�ijF((I�Iel � �e¥4�!46&: II�\\Ill\nsa viditvii\"trna-jiiniim no\nbhiivam santiina-bhiivana�\ntrayodasiidadiit tiisiim\nyas te stlarn anuvrata{l.\n\n-\n\nsa�-Dak�a; viditvii-understanding; iitrna jiiniirn-of the daughters; nab-our; bhiivarn-indication; santiina-children; bhiivana{l.-well-wisher; trayodasa- thirteen; adadiit- handed over; tiisiirn-of all of them; yii{l.-those\nwho are; te-your; Si1arn-b�havior; anuvrata{l.-all faithful.\nTRANSLATION\nOur well-wishing father, Da�a, after knowing our intentions, handed\nover thirteen of his daughters unto you, and since then we have all been\nfaithful.\nPURPORT\nGenerally the daughters were too shy to express their opinions before\ntheir father, but the father would accept the daughters' intentions through\nsomeone else, such as through a grandmother to whom the grandchildren\nhad free access. King Dak�a collected the opinions of his daughters and\nthus handed over thirteen to Kasyapa. Every one of Diti's sisters was a\nmother of children. Therefore, since she was equally faithful to the same\nhusband, why should she remain without children?\nTEXT 15\n\n31?.1lr � � � Cfill�Jl:q;c I\n3llflq(il-iui \\(tt414flfi f( 44(1�Rt II��II\n\n", "SB3.2#p0226": "Text 16]\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Eve ning\n\n541\n\natha me kuru kalyii(wrh\nkiimarh kamala-locana\nartopasarparuuh bhumann\namogharh hi mahTyasi\n\natha-therefore; me-unto me; kur u- k i ndly do; kalya(wm-benediction;\nkamam-desire; kamala-locana-0 lotus-eyed one; arta-of the distressed;\n\nupa sarp a[lam-the approaching; bhiiman-0 grea t: one; amogham-without\n\nfailure; hi-certainJ y; ma hiyasi-to a great person.\nTRANSLATION\n0 lotus-eyed one, kindly bless me by fulfilling my desire. When someone\nin distress approaches a great person, his pleas should never go in vain.\nPURPORT\nDiti knew weU that her request might be rejected because of the untimely\nsituation, but she pleaded that when there is an emergency or a distressful\ncondition, there is no consideration of time or situation.\nTEXT 16\n\n� � � �: � if14il�uft� I\n\n�1(1§-c�W( CfR1 SIRJtt�l� ������\niti tarh vim marTca[l.\nkrpa[!iim bahu- bhii�irt Tm\npratyiihiinunayan viicii\npravrddhiinahga-kasmaliim\n\niti-thus; tiim-unto her; vira-0 hero; miiric a�t-the son of Marlci (Kasyapa); krpa [!iim-unt o the poor; b ahu bhii� i [!im too talkative; pratyiiha-\n\n-\n\nreplied; anunayan-pacifying; v iic ii-by words; pravrddha\n\nanaTi ga\n\n-\n\nl ust ; k asmaliim-contam i nated\n\n-\n\nhighl y agi tated;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 hero [Vi dura] , Diti, being thus afflicted by the contamination of lust,\nand therefore poor and talkative, was pacified by the son of Marici in\nsuitable words.\nPURPORT\nWhen a man or woman is afflicted by the lust of sex desire, it is to be\nunderstood as sinful contamination. Kasyapa was engaged in his spiritual\n\n", "SB3.2#p0227": "[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n542\n\nactivities, but he did not have sufficient strength to refuse his wife, who\nwas thus afflicted. He could have refused her with strong words expressing\nimpossibility, but he was not as spiritually strong as Vidura. Vidura is\naddressed here as a hero because no one is stronger in self-control than a\ndevotee of the Lord. It appears that Kasyapa was already inclined to have\nsex enjoyment with his wife, and because he was not a strong man he tried\nto dissuade her only with pacifying words.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n� � fcll!fl�lf' fJR � ttf4\\:;wf{t\n�t:\n\nI\n\n�;r.:t1fi��'4�ctl : 11��11\ne§a te 'ham vidhiisyiimi\npriyam bhiru yad icchasi\ntasyii�1 kiimam na ka[1 kuryiit\nsiddhis traivargikf yata�\n\ne�a(t-this; te-your request; aham-1; vidhii s yii m i-shall execute; priyam-very dear; bhi:ru-0 afflicted one; yat-what; iccha si you are desiring ;\n-\n\ntasya�-her; kamam-desires ; na-not; ka�-who; kuryat-would perform;\nsiddh*\n\n-\n\nperfection of liberation; traivargiki-three; yata�-from whom.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 afflicted one, I shall forthwith gratify whatever desire is dear to you,\nfor who else but you is the source of the three perfections of liberation?\nPURPORT\nThe three perfections of liberation are religiosity, economic development\nand sense gratification. For a conditioned soul, the wife is considered to be\nthe source of liberation because she offers her service to the husband for\nhis ultimate liberation. Conditional material existence is based on sense\ngratification, and if someone has the good fortune to get a good wife, he\nis helped by the wife in all respects. If one is disturbed in his conditional\nlife, he becomes more and more entangled in material contamination. A\nfaithful wife is supposed to cooperate with her husband in fulfilling all\nmaterial desires so he can then become comfortable and execute spiritual\nactivities for the perfection of life. If, however, the husband is progressive\nin spiritual advancement, the wife undoubtedly shares in his activities, and\nthus both the wife and the husband profit in spiritual perfection. It is\nessential, therefore, that girls as well as boys be trained to discharge spiri-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0228": "Text 18]\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\n543\n\ntual duties so that at the time of cooperation both will be benefited. The\ntraining of the boy is brahmacarya, and the training of the girl is chastity.\n\nA faithful wife and spiritually trained brahmaciirf is a good combination\nfor advancement of the human mission.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n(4qi'l'4ltr4P:lt � W*U't I\nW4Gwtlufct'4�Ri :swwu4�luict( 11 �<=II\nsaroiisramiin upiidiiya\nsviisrame[La kalatraviin\nvyasaniir[Lavam atyeti\njala-yiinair yathiir[Lavam\niis ramiin-social orders; upadaya - completing ; sva-own ;\n-b y the social orders; kalatraviin-a person living with a\nwife; vyasana-ar[Lavam-the dangerous ocean of material existence; atyetione can cross over; jal a -yiina* -seagoing vessel; ya t hii- as; ar[Lavam-the\n\nsaroa-all;\n\niisrame[La\n\nocean.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs one can cross over the ocean with seagoing vessels, similarly one can\ncross over the dangerous situation of the material ocean by living with a\nwife.\nPURPORT\nThere are four social orders for cooperation in the endeavor for\nliberation from material existence. The orders of brahmacarya or pious\nstudent life, household life with a wife, retired life and renounced life all\ndepend for successful advancement on the householder who lives with\na wife. This cooperation is essential for the proper functioning of the\ninstitution of the four social orders and the four spiritual orders of life.\nThis Vedic varriisrama system is generally known as the caste system. The\nman who lives with a wife has a great responsibility in maintaining the\nmembers of the other social orders-the brahmaciiris, vanaprasthas and\n\nsannyiis\"\"is. Except for the g[hasthas or the householders, everyone is supposed to engage in the spiritual advancement of life, and therefore the\n\nbrahmaciir\"\"i, the viinaprastha and the sannyiis'i have very little time to earn\na livelihood. They therefore collect alms from the grhasthas, and thus they\nsecure the bare necessities of life and cultivate spiritual understanding. By\n\n", "SB3.2#p0229": "544\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nhelping the other three sections of society cultivate spiritual val.ues, the\nhouseholder also makes advancement in spiritual life. Ultimately every\nmember of society automatically becomes spiritually advanced and easily\ncrosses the ocean of nescience.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�uqrto�.n ri ��Wiaq� � 1\n- ��\\q� �� �: ������\nyam iihur iitmano hy ardharh\nsreyas-kiimasya miinini\nyasyiirh sva-dhuram adhyasya\npumiirhs carati vijvara(L\nyiim - the wife who; iih u�- is said; iitmana�-of the b ody;h i- thus; a rd­\n\nham- ha l f; sr e ya [l - welfare; k iirn a sya - of all desires; miinini-0 respectful\none;yasyiim- in whom; sva-dhuram- all responsibilities; adh yasya-entrust ing; pumiin-a man; carati-moves;vi jvara�- without anxiety.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 respectful one, a wife is so helpful that she is called the better half of\n\na man's body because of her sharing in all auspicious activities. A man can\n\nmove without anxiety entrusting all responsibilities to his wife.\nPURPORT\n\nBy the Vedic injunction, the wife is accepted as the better half of a\nman's body because she is supposed to be responsible for discharging half\nof the duties of the husband. A family man has a responsibility to perform\n\nfive kinds of sacrifices, called paiica-yajiia, in order to get relief from all\nkinds of unavoidable sinful reaction incurred in the course of his affairs.\nWhen the man becomes qualitatively like the cats and dogs, he forgets\nhis duties in cultivating spiritual values, and thus he accepts his wife\nas\n\na sense gratificatory agency. When the wife is accepted as a sense\n\ngratificatory agency, personal beauty is the main consideration, and as soon\nas there is a break in personal sense gratification, there is disruption or\ndivorce. But when husband and wife aim at spiritual advancement by\nmutual cooperation, there is no consideration of personal beauty or the\ndisruption of so-called love. In the material world there is no question of\nlove. Marriage is actually a duty performed in mutual cooperation as directed in the authoritative scriptures for spiritual advancement. Therefore\nmarriage is essential in order to avoid the life of cats and dogs, who are not\nmeant for spiritual enlightenment.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0230": "Text 20]\n\nPr egnancy of Diti in the Even ing\n\n545\n\nTEXT 20\n\nyam asrityendriyarafin\ndurjayan itarasrcimai�\nvayarh jayema heliibhir\ndasyun durga- patir yatha\nyam- whom; asritya- taking shelter of; indriya-senses ; arat\"in- enemi es ;\ndu ;jaya n- difficult to conquer; itara-other than the householders; asrama*-by orders of society; v ayam-we; jayema-can conquer; heliibhi[leasily;\n\ndasyu n- in vading\n\nya t hii - as .\n\nplunderers;\n\ndurga-pati�-a\n\nfort\n\ncommander;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs a fort commander very easily conquers invading plunderers, by taking\nshelter of a wife, one can conquer the senses, which are unconquerable in\n\nthe other social orders.\nPURPORT\nOf the four orders of human society-the student or brahmaciirf order,\nthe householder or grhastha order, the retired or viinaprastha order, and\nthe renounced or sannyiisi order-the householder is on the safe side. The\nbodily senses are considered plunderers of the fort of the body. The wife\nis supposed to be the commander of the fort, and therefore whenever there\nis an attack on the body by the senses, it is the wife who protects the body\nfrom being smashed. The sex demand is inevitable for everyone, but one\nwho has a fixed wife is saved from the onslaught of the sense enemies. A\nman who possesses a good wife does not create disturbance in society by\ncorrupting virgin girls. Without a fixed wife a man becomes a debauchee of\nthe first order and is a nuisance in society-unless he is a trained brahmacii rf, viinap ra st ha or sannyiisi. Unless there is rigid and systematic training\nof the brahmaciirf by the expert spiritual master and unless the student is\nobedient, it is sure that the so-called brahmaciirf will fall prey to the\nattack of sex. There are so many instances of falldown, even for great\nyogis like Visvamitra. A grhastha is saved, however, because of his faithful\nwife. Sex life is the cause of material bondage, and therefore it is prohibited\nin three ii§ramas and is allowed only in the grhastha-a!rama. The grhastha\nis responsible for producing first-quality brahmaciiris, viinaprasthas and\nsannyiisis.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0231": "546\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\nTEXT 21\n\ncA S(l4q(ijf �l+taEfid � I\n31C441,1 en ••�writ�gu••zm: ��� � 11\nWI\n\nna vayam prabhavas tam\ntviim anukartum grhesvari\napy iiytt§ii vii kiirtsnyena\nye ciinye guf}a-grdhnava�\nna\n\n-\n\nnever; vayam-we; prabh av a�-are able; tam-that; tvam-unto you;\n\nanukartum-do the same; grha-isvari-0 queen of the home; api in spite\n-\n\nof; ayu.sa-by duration of life; va-or (in the next life); kartsnye n a\nye\n\n-\n\nwho; ca-also; anye-others; gucw grdhn ava�\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nentire;\n\nthose who are able to\n\nappreciate qualities.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 queen of the home, we are not able to act like you, nor could we\n\nrepay you for what you have done, even if we worked for our entire life or\neven after death. To repay you is not possible, even for those who are\nadmirers of personal qualities.\nPURPORT\n\nSo much glorification of a woman by her husband indicates that he is\nhenpecked or is talking lightly in joke. Kasyapa meant that householders\nliving with wives enjoy the heavenly blessings of sense enjoyment and at\nthe same time have no fear of going down to hell. The man in the\nrenounced order of life has no wife and may be driven by sex desire to\nseek another woman or another's wife and thus go to hell. In other words,\nthe so-called man of the renounced order, who has left his house and wife,\ngoes to hell if he again desires sexual pleasure, knowingly or unknowingly.\nIn that way the householders are on the side of safety. Therefore husbands\nas a class cannot repay their debt to women either in this life or the next.\nEven if they engage themselves in repaying the women throughout their\nwhole lives, it is still not possible. Not all husbands are as able to appreciate\nthe good qualities of their wives, but even though one is able to appreciate\nthese qualities, it is still not possible to repay the debt to the wife. Such\nextraordinary praises by a husband for his wife are certainly in the mode\nof joking..\n\n", "SB3.2#p0232": "Text 23]\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\n547\n\nTEXT 22\n\n� 'fil&l�d � � 'IAAIH.4t'Si( I\n� �\n\niCIMU'+4f� � stf6qae� ������\nathiipi kiimam etam te\nprajiityai karaviiry alam\n\nyathii miim niitirocanti\nmuhurtam pratipiilaya\nathiipi-even though (it is not possible); kiimam- this sex desire; etam-as\n\n-let me do;\n- as; miim-unto me; na-may not; atirocanti­\n\nit is; te-your; prajiityai-for the sake of children; k araviiri\nalam-without delay; yath ii\n\nreproach; muhiirtam-a few seconds;pratipiilaya-wait for.\nTRANSLATION\n\nEven though it is not possible to repay you, I shall satisfy your sex\ndesire immediately for the sake of begetting children. But you must wait\nfor only a few seconds so that others may not reproach me.\nPURPORT\nThe henpecked husband may not be able to repay his wife for all the\nbenefits that he derives from her, but as for begetting children by fulfilling\nsex desire, it is not at all difficult for any husband unless he is thoroughly\nimpotent. This is a very easy task for a husband under normal conditions.\nIn spite of Kasyapa's being very eager, he requested her to wait for a few\nseconds so that others might not reproach him. He explains his position as\nfollows.\nTEXT 23\n\ntro '4l(ij'41 il'e1\n\ntOOari til(((\\f;n I\n\"«!'� � � �G:qufQr� 11��11\ne�ii ghoratamii vela\nghora[!iirh ghora-darsanii\ncaranti yasyiim bhutiini\nbhutesiinncariiT.li ha\n\ne§il-this time; ghoratama\n\n- most horrible; vela-period; ghoriiT;tiim-of\n\nthe horrible; gh o ra-dar5ana-horrible looking; caranti-move; yasyiim-in\nwhich;\n\nbhutani\n\n- ghosts ; bhutesa-the lord of the ghosts; anucariirti­\n\nconstant companions; ha-indeed.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0233": "[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n548\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis particular time is most inauspicious because at this time the horrible\nlooking ghosts and constant companions of the lord of the ghosts are\nvisible.\nPURPORT\nKasyapa has already informed his wife, Diti, to wait for a while, and now\n\nhe warns her that failure to consider the particular time will result in\n\npunishment from the ghosts and evil spirits who move during this time,\n\nalong with their master, Lord Rudra.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�«1����:1\ntRRft �fri�om:ftf �R: 11�\\lll\n...\n\netasyiirh siidhvi sandhyiiyiirh\nbhagaviin bhuta-bhiivana�\nparito bhuta-par�adbhir\nvr�ertiitati bhutariit\netasyiim-in this period; siidhvi-0 chaste one; sandhyiiyiim-at the\n\njunction of day and night (evening); bhagaviin-the Personality of God;\n\nbhuta-bhiivana�-the well-wisher of the ghostly characters; parital:tsurrounded by; bhuta-par�adbh*-by ghostly companions; vnef!a-on the\nback of the bull carrier;\n\natati-travels; bhutariit-the king of the ghosts.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Siva, the King of the ghosts, sitting on the back of his bull carrier,\ntravels at this time, accompanied by ghosts who follow him for their\n\nwelfare.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Siva, or Rudra, is the King of the ghosts. Ghostly characters\n\nworship Lord Siva to be gradually guided toward a path of self-realization.\n\nMii.yii.vadi philosophers are mostly worshipers of Lord Siva, and Sripada\n\nSailkarii.cii.rya is considered to be the incarnation of Lord Siva for preaching\ngodlessness to the Mii.yavii.di philosophers. Ghosts are bereft of a physical\nbody because of their grievously sinful acts, such as suicide. The last resort\n\nof the ghostly characters in human society is to take shelter of suicide,\n\neither material or spiritual. Material suicide causes loss of the physical body,\n\n", "SB3.2#p0234": "Text 25)\n\n549\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\nand spiritual suicide causes loss of the individual identity. Mayavadi phi­\n\nlosophers desire to lose their individuality and merge into the impersonal\n\nspiritual brahmajyoti existence. Lord Siva, being very kind to the ghosts,\n\nsees that, although they are condemned, they get physical bodies. He\n\nplaces them into the wombs of women who indulge in sexual intercourse\n\nregardless of the restrictions on time and circumstance. Kasyapa wanted to\n\nimpress this fact upon Diti so that she might wait for a while.\nTEXT 25\n\n-N���Gl�:\n�4CI�gu6��\n�til: ��\n\n��� ����II\n\nsmasiina-cakriinila-dhuli-dhumravik'ir[la-vidyota-jatii-kaliipa�\nbhas miivagu[lthiimala-ruk ma-deho\ndevas tribhi[I pasyati devaras te\nsmasiina-burning\n\ncrematorium; cakra-anila-whirlwind; dh uli- dust;\n\ndh u m ra- smoky ; vikir[la-vidyota-thus smeared over beauty;jatii-kaliipa�bunches of matted hair; bhasma-ashes; avagu[ltha-covered by; amala­\n\nstainless; ruk ma- re ddish; deha�- body; deva�-the demigod; tribhi�­\n\nwith three eyes; pasyati-sees; devara�-younger brother of the husband;\n\n-\n\nte your\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva's body is reddish, and he is unstained, but he is covered with\nashes.\n\nHis\n\nhair\n\nis\n\ndusty from the whirlwind\n\ndust\n\nof the burning\n\ncrematorium. He is the younger brother of your husband, and he sees with\nhis three eyes.\nPURPORT\nLord Siva is not an ordinary living entity, nor is he in the category of\n\nViglll, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is far more powerful\n\nthan any living entity up to the standard of Brahma, yet he is not on an\n\nequal level with Vi�J;Ju. Since he is almost like Lord Vi�J;Ju, Siva can see\n\npast, present and future. One of his eyes is like the sun, another is like the\n\nmoon, and his third eye, which is between his eyebrows, is like fire. He\n\ncan generate fire from his middle eye, and he is able to vanquish any\n\n", "SB3.2#p0235": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n550\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\npowerful living entity, including Brahma, yet he does not live pompously\n\nin a nice house, etc., nor does he possess any material properties, although\nhe is master of the material world. He lives mostly in the crematorium\n\nwhere dead bodies are burnt, and the whirlwind dust of the crematorium\nis his bodily dress. He is unstained by material contamination. Kasyapa\ntook him as his younger brother because the youngest sister of Diti\n\n(Kasyapa's wife) was married to Lord Siva. The husband of one's sister is\n\nconsidered one's brother. By that social relation, Lord Siva happened to be\n\nthe younger brother of Kasyapa. Kasyapa warned his wife that because\nLord Siva would see their sex indulgence, the time was not appropriate.\n\nDiti might argue that they would enjoy sex life in a private place, but\n\nKasyapa reminded her that Lord Siva has three eyes, called the sun, moon\n\nand fire, and one cannot escape his vigilance any more than he can escape\nV i�J;tu. Although seen by the police, a criminal is sometimes not immedi­\n\nately punished; the police wait for the proper time to apprehend him. The\nforbidden time for sexual intercourse would be noted by Lord Siva, and\nDiti would meet with proper punishment by giving birth to a child of\n\nghostly character or a godless impersonalist. Kasyapa foresaw this, and\nthus he warned his wife Diti.\n\nna yasya loke sva-janaft paro vii\nniityiidrto nota kascid vigarhya[I\nvayarh vratair yac-cara[!iipaviddhiim\niisiismahe �;am bata bhukta-bhogiim\nna-never; yasya-of whom; loke-in the world; sva-jana�-kinsman;\n\npara�-unconnected;\n\nva-nor;\n\nna-neither;\n\nuti-greater; adrta�-favor·\n\nable; na-not; uta-or; kakit-anyone; vigarhyaft-criminal; vayam-we;\n\nvratai{t-by vows; yat-whose; ca ra cw -feet ; apaviddhiim -rejected ; iisiis­\n\nmahe-respectfully worship; ajiim-mahii-prasiidam; bata- c ertainly ; bhuktcr\n\nbhogiim -remnants of foodstuff.\n\nTRANS LATIO N\nLord Siva regards no one as his relative, yet there is no one who is not\nconnected with him; he does not regard anyone as very favorable or\n\n", "SB3.2#p0236": "Text 27)\n\nPregnancy of Diti in th e Eveni ng\n\n551\n\nabominable. We respectfully worship the remnants of his foodstuff, and\nwe vow to accept what is rejected by him.\nPURPORT\nKasyapa informed his wife that just because Lord Siva happened to be\n\nhis brother-in-law, that should not encourage her in her offense towards\n\nhim. Kasyapa warned her that actually Lord Siva is not connected with\n\nanyone, nor is anyone his enemy. Since he is one of the three controllers\nof the universal affairs, he is equal to everyone. His greatness is incom­\n\nparable because he is a great devotee of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. It is said that among all the devotees of the Personality of\n\nGodhead, Lord Siva is the greatest. Thus the remnants of foodstuff left by\n\nhim are accepted by other devotees as mahii-prasiidam, or great spiritual\n\nfoodstuff. The remnants of foodstuff offered to Lord Kr!!Qa are called\n\nprasiidam, but when the same prasiidam is eaten by a great devotee like\n\nLord Siva, it is called mahii-prasiidam. Lord Siva is so great that he does\n\nnot care for the material prosperity for which every one of us is so eager.\n\nParvati, who is the powerful material nature personified, is under his full\n\ncontrol as his wife, yet he does not use her even to build a residential\nhouse. He prefers to remain without shelter, and his great wife also agrees\n\nto live with him humbly. People in general worship goddess Durga, the\nwife of Lord Siva, for material prosperity, but Lord Siva engages her in his\nservice without material desire. He simply advises his great wife that of all\n\nkinds of worship, the worship of Vi�I)U is the highest; and greater than that\nis the worship of a great devotee or anything in relation with Vigm.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�;r�Rf«i\n'\\;ftfiriJft\n���N¢.:4jqi!:� firf+l�: I\nf;t(�(11R1Rt�i�lsfit �;:1\n\nfq�l=ct=ct�=ct�f�r:\n\n(1ijl1J 11�\\SII\n\nyasyiinavadyii-caritam mani§i!w\ngnwnty avidyii-patalarh bibhitsava{t\nnirasta-siimyiitisayo 'pi yat svayam\npisiica-caryiim acarad gati(1 satiim\nyasya-whose;anavadya-unimpeachable;caritam-character; mant§ir;a�­\n\ngreat sages;grrtanti-follow ;avidyii- nescience;patalam-mass;bibhitsava�­\n\ndesiring to dismantle; nirasta-nullified; samya-equality; atisaya�-greatness; api-in spite of; yat-as; svayam-personally; pisiica-devil; caryiim-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0237": "Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n552\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nactivities; acarat-performed; gat*- destination; satam-of the devotees of\nthe Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough no one in the material world is equal to or greater than Lord\nSiva, and although his unimpeachable character is followed by great souls\n\nto dismantle the mass of nescience, he nevertheless remains as if a devil in\n\norder to give salvation to all devotees of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nLord\n\nS iva's uncivilized devilish characteristics are never abominable\n\nbecause he teaches the sincere devotees of the Lo'rd how to practice\ndetachment from material enj oyment. He is called Mahadeva, or the\n\ngreatest of all demigods, and no one is equal to or greater than him in the\nmaterial world. He is almost equal with Lord Vi�J;IU. Although he always\nassociates with Maya, Durga, he is above the reactionary stage of the three\nmodes of material nature, and although he is in charge of devilish\ncharacters in the mode of ignorance, he is not affected by such association.\nTEXT 28\n\nm� ��.n.,..fht ft: ��:\n�W{ (ij���lf: �fuij� I\n\n�4�&U��l'l(UIJ�qij:\n�\n\n�l<:&{ij�,q�lf� 11��11\n\nhasanti yasyacaritaril hi durbhaga(l\nsviitman ratasyiividu§a� samihitam\nyair vastra-miilyiibharap-iinulepana*\nsva-bhojanam sviitmatayopaliilitam\nhasanti-laugh at; yasya-whose; iicaritam\n\n- activity; hi-certainly; dur­\n\nbhagiih-the unfortunate; sva-iitman-in the self; ratasya-of one engaged;\navidu§a�-not knowing; samiliitam-his purpose; yai�-by whom; vastraclothing;\n\nmiilya-garlands;\n\nlepana*-with\n\nointments;\n\niibharara-ornaments;\n\nanu-such\n\nluxurious;\n\nsva-bhojanam-eatable\n\nby\n\ndogs; sva­\n\nthe\n\niitmatayii-as if the self; upaliilitam-fondled.\nTRANSLATION\nUnfortunate, foolish persons, not knowing that he is engaged in his own\n\nself, laugh at him. Such foolish persons engage in maintaining the body­\n\nwhich is eatable by dogs-with dresses, ornaments, garlands and ointments.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0238": "Pregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\nText 29]\n\n553\n\nPURPORT\nLord Siva never accepts any luxurious dress, garland, ornament or oint­\n\nment. But those who are addicted to the decoration of the body\n\nwhich is\n\nfinally eatable by dogs-very luxuriously maintain it as the self. Such per­\n\nsons do not understand Lord Siva, but they approach him for luxurious\n\nmaterial comforts. There are two kinds of devotees of Lord Siva. One\nclass is the gross materialist seeking only bodily comforts from Lord Siva,\n\nand the other class desires to become one with him. They are mostly\n\nimpersonalists and prefer to chant \"sivo 'ham,\" \"I am Siva,\" or \"After\nliberation I shall become one with Lord Siva.\" In other words, the karmzs\n\nand jniinzs are generally devotees of Lord Siva, but they do not properly\n\nunderstand his real purpose in life. Sometimes so-called devotees of Lord\n\nSiva imitate him in using poisonous intoxicants. Lord Siva once swallowed\nan ocean of poison, and thus his throat became blue. The imitation Sivas\n\ntry to follow him by indulging in poisons, and thus they are ruined. The\nreal purpose of Lord Siva is to serve the Soul of the soul, Lord Kw}a. He\n\ndesires that all luxurious articles, such as nice garments, garlands, orna­\n\nments, and cosmetics, be given to Lord Kr�rya only, because Kr�rya is the\nreal enjoyer. He refuses to accept such luxurious items himself because\n\nthey are only meant for Kr�rya. However, since they do not know this pur­\n\npose of Lord Siva, foolish persons either laugh at him or profitlessly try to\n\nimitate him.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n�t\nttftiij(:laq•�•\ntt�€fMOi N� :q ffM I\n311�1€fi(l � fq�l¥.1\"1�t\nam r��� m�¥44�'{ ������\nbrahmiidayo yat-krta-setu-piilii\n\nyat-kiira[!am visvam idam ca miiyii\n\niijriiikarz yasya pisii ca- caryii\n\naho vibhumnas caritam vi�ambanam\n\nbrahma-iidayab,-demigods like\n\nBrahma; yat-whose; krta-activities;\n\nsetu-religious rites; piiliib,-observers; yat-one who is; kara[!am-the origin\nof; visvam-the universe; idam-this; ca-also; maya-material energy;\n\najnakari-order\naho-0\n\nmy\n\ncarrier;\n\nlord;\n\nyasya-whose; pisaca-devilish; carya-activity;\n\nvibhumna{l-of\n\nvi�ambanam-simply imitation.\n\nthe\n\ngreat;\n\ncaritam-character;\n\n", "SB3.2#p0239": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n554\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nDemigods like Brahma also follow the religious rites observed by him.\nHe is the controller of the material energy, which causes the creation of\nthe material world. He is great, and therefore his devilish characteristics\nare simply imitation.\nPURPORT\nLord Siva is the husband of Durgii, the controller of the material energy.\n\nDurgii is personified material energy, and Lord Siva, being her husband, is\n\nthe controller of the material energy. He is also the incarnation of the\n\nmode of ignorance and one of the three deities representing the Supreme\n\nLord. As His representative, Lord Siva is identical with the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. He is very great, and his renunciation of all\n\nmaterial enjoyment is an ideal example of how one should be materially\n\nunattached. One should therefore follow in his footsteps and be unattached\n\nto matter, not imitate his uncommon acts like drinking poison.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n��� \\f<fR\n\n� ijf?l� �t 'lfll�flff�� I\niifJm �) q�'FJ f(� ll�oll\nmaitreya uviica\nsaivam samvidite bhartrii\nmanmathonmathitendriyii\njagriiha viiso brahmar�er\nvr§allva gata-trapii\nmaitreya[t\n\nuviica- M aitreya\n\nsaid; sa-she; evam-thus; samvidite-in\n\nspite of being informed; bhartrii-by her husband; manmatha-by Cupid;\nunmathita-being pressed; indriyii-senses;jagriiha-caught hold of; viisaft­\n\nclothing; brahmar�e[l,-of the great briihmar-a sage; vr�alz-public prostitute;\n\niva-l ike;gata-trapii- without shame.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya said: Diti was thus informed by her husband, but she was\npressed by Cupid for sex satisfaction. She caught hold of the clothing of\nthe great brahma�a sage, just like a shameless public prostitute.\nPURPORT\nThe difference between a married wife and a public prostitute is that\n\none is restrained in sex life by the rules and regulations of the scriptures,\n\n", "SB3.2#p0240": "Text 31]\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\n555\n\nwhereas the other is unrestricted in sex life and is conducted solely by the\n\nstrong sex urge. Although very enlightened, Kasyapa, the great sage, be­\n\ncame a victim of his prostitute wife. Such is the strong force of material\n\nenergy.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n� ��N\n\n�\n\n�P-fl�ffl�.-1:1 f�fur I\n\n� � ���tl:������\n\nsa viditviitha bhiiryiiyiis\n\ntam nirbandham vikarmar-i\n\nnatvii di§tiiya rahasi\n\ntayiithopaviveia hi\n\nsa�-he; viditvii-understanding; atha-thereupon; bhiiryiiyii�-of the\n\nwife; tam-that; nirbandham-obstinacy; vikarmar-i-in the forbidden act;\n\nnatva-offering obeisances; di§taya-unto worshipable fate; rahasi-in a\nsecluded place; taya-with her; atha-thus; upavivesa-sat on; hi-certainly.\nTRANSLATION\nUnderstanding his wife's purpose, he was obliged to perform the\nforbidden act, and thus offering his obeisances unto worshipable fate, he\nlay with her in a secluded place.\nPURPORT\nIt appears from the talks of Kasyapa with his wife that he was a wor­\n\nshiper of Lord Siva, and although he knew that Lord Siva would not be\n\npleased with him for such a forbidden act, he was obliged to act by his\n\nwife's desire, and thus he offered his obeisances unto fate. He knew that\n\n. the child born of such untimely sexual intercourse woul.d certainly not be\n\na good child, but could not protect himself because he was too obligated\n\nto his wife. In a similar case, however, when Thakura Haridasa was tempted\n\nby a public prostitute at the dead of night, he avoided the allurement be­\n\ncause of his perfection in Kr�l)a consciousness. That is the difference\nbetween a Kr;;Qa conscious person and others. Kasyapa Muni was greatly\n\nlearned and enlightened, and he knew all the rules and regulations of\n\nsystematic life, yet he failed to protect himself from the attack of sex\n\ndesire. Thakura Haridasa was not born of a brahmar-a family, nor was he\n\nhimself briihmar-a, yet he could protect himself from such an attack due to\n\nhis being Kr�rya conscious. 'fhakura Haridasa used to chant the holy name\n\nof the Lord 300,000 times daily.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0241": "556\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nTEXT 32\n\n� � SUU1wtl4\"'4 �: I\n94144!5NfN f?m:i Q �: (:twtl6wt'( ������\nathopasprsya salilarh\nprii[liin iiyamya viigyata�\ndhyiiyaii jajiipa virajam\nbrahma jyoti?t saniitanam\natha-thereafter; upasprsya-touching or taking bath in water; salilamwater;\n\npra[tan\n\nspeech;\n\ndhyiiyan-meditating;\n\niiyamya-practicing\n\ntrance;\n\njajiipa-chanted\n\nviik-yata�-controlling\nwithin\n\nthe\n\nmouth;\n\nvirajam-pure; brahma-Gayatri hymns; jyoti{l.-effulgence; saniitanameternal.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the brahma!la took his bath in the water and controlled\nhis speech by practicing trance, meditating on the eternal effulgence and\nchanting the holy Gayatri hymns within his mouth.\nPURPORT\nAs one has to take bath after using the toilet, so one has to wash himself with water after sexual intercourse, especially at a forbidden time.\nKasyapa Muni meditated on the impersonal brahmajyoti by chanting the\nGayatri mantra within his mouth. When a Vedic mantra is chanted within\nthe mouth so that only the chanter can hear, it is called japa. But when\nsuch mantras are chanted loudly, it is called kirtana. The Vedic hymn\nHare Kr�Qa, Hare Kr�Qa, Kr�l}a Kr�l}a, Hare Hare/Hare Rama, Hare Rama,\nRiima Rama, Hare Hare can be chanted both softly to oneself or loudly;\ntherefore it is called the mahii-mantra or the great hymn.\nK asyapa Muni appears to be an impersonalist. Comparing his character\nwith that of Thakura Haridasa as referred to above, it is clear that the\npersonalist is stronger in sense control than the impersonalist. This is\nexplained in Bhagavad-g\"'itii as param dr�tvii nivartate; i.e., one ceases to\naccept lower grade things when one is situated in a superior condition. One\nis supposed to be purified after taking bath and chanting Gayatri, but the\nmahii-rnantra is so powerful that one can chant loudly or softly, in any\ncondition, and he is protected from all the evils of material existence.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0242": "557\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\nText 34)\n\nTEXT 33\n\nf«.'M� iftfm �.��I\n;aq(1�\nfinlf4q$fl,(oq+'f{+U't('lll����\nditis tu vr\"it;litii tena\nkarmiivadyena bhiirata\nupasangamya viprar�im\nadhomukhy abhyabhii�ata\nditi�- Diti\n\n,\n\nthe wife\n\nKasyapa; tu-but; vrit;lita-ashamed ; tena­\n\nof\n\nby that; karma-act; avadyena-faulty; bharata-0 son of the Bharata\nfamily; upasangamya-going\n\nnearer to; viprar�im-the briihma[la sage;\n\nadhomukhi-with her face lowered; abhyabhii�ata-politely said.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 son of the Bharata family, Diti, after this, went nearer to her\nhusband, her face lowered because of her faulty action. She spoke as\nfollows:\nPURPORT\nWhen one is ashamed of an abominable action, one naturally becomes\ndown-faced.\n\nDiti\n\ncame\n\nto\n\nher senses after the abominable sexual\n\nintercourse with her husband. Such sexual intercourse is condemned as\nprostitution. In other words, sex life with one's wife is equal to prostitution if the regulations are not properly followed.\nTEXT 34\n\n;r if\n\n�fit�\n\ntr4fil4 lf1Fl \\6r•uat•uns� 1\nu:: qf� � q�i.(it¥1,(1'( 11�\\lll\nditir uviica\nna me garbham imam brahman\nbhiitiiniim r§abho 'vadh\"it\nrudra[l patir hi bhiitiiniirh\nyasyiikaravam arhhasam\n\nditi� uvac a-the beautiful Diti said; na-not; me-my; garbham\n\n-\n\npreg ­\n\nnancy; imam-this; brahman-0 brahmar-a; bhiltanam-of all living entities; [§abha�-the noblest of all living entities; avadhit-let him kill;\n\n", "SB3.2#p0243": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n558\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nrodra�- Lord Siva; pat*-master; hi-certainly; bhutiiniim-of all living\nentities; yasya-whose; akaravam-I have done; amhasam-offense.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe beautiful Diti said: My dear brahma�a, kindly see that my embryo\n\nis not killed by Lord Siva, the lord· of all living entities, because of the\n\ngreat offense which I have committed against him.\nPURPORT\n\nDiti was conscious of her offense and was anxious to be excused by\n\nLord Siva. Lord Siva has two popular names, Rudra and Asuto�a. He is\n\nvery prone to anger as well as quickly pacified. Diti knew that because of\nhis being quickly angered he might spoil the pregnancy she had so unlaw­\n\nfully\n\nachieved.\n\nBut because he was also Asuto�a, she implored her\n\nbriihma[la husband to help her in pacifying Lord Siva, for her husband\n\nwas a great devotee of Lord Siva. In other words, Lord Siva might have\n\nbeen angry with Diti because she obliged her husband to transgress the\nlaw, but he\n\nwould\n\nnot refuse her husband's prayer. Therefore the\n\napplication for excuse was submitted through her husband. She prayed to\nLord Siva as follows.\n\nTEXT 35\n\nwm � �� ���qw � 1\nftlm f44(ijG\\�I �64\\0CN � II� '-\\II\nnamo rudriiya mahate\ndeviiyogriiya mT�hu�e\nsiviiya nyasta-da[l�iiya\ndhrta-da!L�iiya manyave\nnama�-aJJ obeisances unto; rudriiya-unto the angry Lord Siva; mahate­\n\nunto the great; devaya-unto the demigod; ugriiya-unto the ferocious;\n\nmT�hu�e-unto the fulfiller of all material desires; siviiya-unto the all­\n\nauspicious; nyasta-da[l�iiya-unto the forgiving; dhrta-da[l#ya-unto the\nimmediate chastiser; manyave-unto the angry.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my obeisances unto the angry Lord\n\nSiva, who is\n\nsimultaneously the very ferocious great demigod and the fulfiller of all\n\nmaterial desires. He is all-auspicious and forgiving, but his anger can\n\nimmediately move him to chastise.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0244": "Text 36]\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\n559\n\nPURPORT\nDiti prayed for the mercy of Lord Siva very cleverly. She prayed:\n\n\"The lord can cause me to cry, but if he likes he can also stop my crying\n\nbecause he is Asuto�a. He is so great that if he likes he can immediately\ndestroy my pregnancy, but by his mercy he can also fulfill my desire that\nmy pregnancy not be spoiled. Because he is all-auspicious, it is not\n\ndifficult for him to excuse me from being punished, although he is now\n\nready to punish me because I have moved his great anger. He appears\nlike a man, but he is the lord of all men.\"\n\nTEXT 36\n\nst(ftG;ijf llOO 4til41§·�q�: I\noqlf4�1Q4ijttiP:ql..,��: ij(ftqftt: ������\n\n� ;f:\n\nsa na� prasidatiim bhiimo\nbhagaviin urv-anugraha[l\nvyiidhasyiipy anukampyiiniirh\ns tr\"irtiirh deva[l sat\"ipati�\nsa[l\n\n-\n\nhe; na[l-with us; prasidatiim- be pleased; bhiima[l-brother-in-law;\n\nbhagaviin-the personality of all opulences; uru-very great; anugraha[l­\n\nmerciful; vyiidhasya-of the hunter; api also; anukampyiiniim-of the ob-\n\njects of mercy; stri[liim-of the women; deva[l-the worshipable lord; satipati[l-husband of Sati (the chaste).\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet him be pleased with us, since he is my brother-in-law, the husband\nof my sister Sati. He is also the worshipable lord of all women. He is the\npersonality of all opulences and can show mercy towards women, who are\nexcused even by the uncivilized hunters.\nPURPORT\nLord Siva is the husband of Sat!, one of the sisters of Diti. Diti invoked\n\nthe pleasure of her sister Sat! so that she would request her husband to\n\nexcuse her; besides that, Lord Siva is the worshipable lord of all women.\n\nHe is naturally very kind towards women, on whom even the uncivilized\n\nhunters also show their mercy. Since Lord Siva is himself associated with\n\nwomen, he knows very well their defective nature, and he might not take\nvery seriously Diti's unavoidable offense, which occurred due to her faulty\n\nnature. Every virgin girl is supposed to be a devotee of Lord Siva. Diti\n\nremembered her childhood worship of Lord Siva and begged his mercy.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0245": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n560\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 37\n\n��-q \\!m\n\n\\4Mif�IRf4 Jl¥UiiNI�Uwtf sa�q<'ft*( I\nfWit'1(1 utlf.t44..1 4t144t'U' sr:�nqM: II ��U\n..\n\nmaitreya uviica\nsva-sargasyiisi§am lokyiim\niisiisiiniirit pravepat\"lm\nnivrtta-sandhyii-niyamo\nbhiiryiim iiha prajiipati�\nmaitreya� uvaca-the great sage Maitreya said; sva-sargasya-of her own\nchildren;\n\naS'i§am - welfare;\n\nlokyam-in\n\nthe\n\nworld;\n\nasasanam - desiring;\n\npravepatim - while trembling; nivrtta-averted from; sandhya-niyama�the rules and regulations of evening; bhiiryiim-unto the wife; iiha-said;\nprajiipat*-the progenitor.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Ka8yapa thus addressed his wife, who was trembling\nbecause of fear that her husband was offended. She understood that he\nhad been dissuaded from his daily duties of offering evening prayers, yet\nshe desired the welfare of her children in the world.\nTEXT 38\nifi�l/ll \\!fiR\n\na.1'41;:i(t(M4ilij I\nttf'tC.�uftl•i!fi�UI � ���tewtl<{ ������\n31SII4€41«:1�wt\n\nkasyapa uviica\napriiyatyiid iitmanas te\ndo§iin mauhurtikiid uta\nman-nidesiiticiirera\ndeviiniirit ciitihelaniit\nkasyapa�\nbecause\n\nof\n\nuvaca-the learned\n\nbrahmara\n\nKasyapa said; aprayatyat­\n\nthe pollution; atmana�-of the mind; te-your; do.sat­\n\nbecause of defilement; mauhilrtikiit-in terms of the moment; utaalso; mat-my; nidesa-direction; aticiirera-being too neglectful; deviiniimof the demigods; ca-also; atihelaniit-being too apathetic.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0246": "Text 39)\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\n561\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe learned Kasyapa said: Because of your mind's being polluted,\nbecause of defilement of the particular time, because of your negligence\nof my directions, and because of your being apathetic to the demigods,\neverything was inauspicious.\nPURPORT\nThe conditions for having good progeny in society are that the husband\nshould be disciplined in religious and regulative principles and the wife\nshould be faithful to the husband. In Bhagavad-g'itii it is said that sexual\nintercourse according to religious principles is a representation of Kr�I;la\nconsciousness (Bg. 7.11). Before engaging in sexual intercourse, both the\nhusband and the wife must consider their mental condition, the particular\ntime, the husband's direction, and obedience to the demigods. According\nto Vedic society, there is a suitable ausp icious time for sex life, which is\ncalled the time\n\nfor garbhiidhiina.\n\nDiti neglected all the principles of\n\nscriptural injunction, and therefore, although she was very anxious for\nauspicious children, she was informed that her children would not be\nworthy to be the sons of a briihmar-a. There is a clear indication herein\nthat a briihmar-a ,s son is not always a briihmar-a. Personalities like Ravat;�a\nand Hirat;�yakasipu were actually born of briihmar-as, but they were not\naccepted as briihmar-as because their fathers did not follow the regulative\nprinciples for their birth. Such children are called demons or riik�asas.\nThere were only one or two riik�asas in the p revious ages due to negligence\nof the disciplinary methods, but during the age of Kali there is no\ndiscipline in sex life. How, then, can one exp ect good children? Certainly\nunwanted children cannot be a source of happiness in society, but through\nthe Kr�I;la consciousness movement they can be raised to the human\nstandard by chanting the holy name of God. That is the unique contribution of Lord Caitanya to human society.\nTEXT 39\n\n\\1116(1\\lit I\n�(1qlei«t�w••;a:lt64�: ������\n¥tNC446�iU¥tJict�\n\nbhavi�yatas taviibhadriiv\nabhadre jiifhariidhamau\nlokiin sapiiliirhs tnms cap{li\nmuhur iikranday�yata�\n\n", "SB3.2#p0247": "[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n562\n\nbhavifiyata�-will take birth; tava-your; abhadrau-two contemptuous\n\n-\n\nsons; abhadre-0 unlucky one; jiithara-adhamau born of a condemned\nwomb; lokrin-all planets; sa-prilrin- with their rulers; trin-three; cal]gihaughty one; muhu�\n\n- constantly; iikrandayifiyata�-'will cause Lamentation.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 haughty one, you will have two contemptuous sons born of your\n\ncondemned womb. Unlucky woman, they will cause constant lamentation\nto all the three worlds!\n\nPURPORT\nContemptuous sons are born of the condemned womb of their mother.\nIn Bhagavad-gltii it is said, \"When there is deliberate negligence of the\nregulative principles of religious life, the women as a class become polluted,\nand as a result there are unwanted children.\" (Bg. 1.40) This is especially\ntrue for boys; if the mother is not good, there cannot be good sons. The\nlearned Kasyapa could foresee the character of the sons who would be\nborn of the condemned womb of Diti. The womb was condemned because\nof the mother's being too sexually inclined and thus transgressing all the\nlaws and injunctions of the scriptures. In a society where such women are\npredominant, one should not expect good children.\nTEXT40\n\nSllfiJI\"fi M'41'11'1f (1'11'1'4\\idl•lell( I\n� �� fllitfq�1 '4\"{R� ll�oll\nprii[tiniirh hanyamiiniiniirh\ndlniiniim akrtiigasiim\nstfi[!.iirh nigrhyamii[tiiniirh\nkopite§u mahiitmasu.\nprri[tinrim-when\n\nthe\n\nliving\n\nentities;\n\nhanyamrinrinam -being\n\ndlniiniim-of the poor; akrta-rigasrim-of the faultless;\nwomen;\n\nnigrhyamri!Jrinrim-being\n\ntortured;\n\nkilled;\n\ns t rT[!iim-of\n\nkopite§U-being\n\nthe\n\nenraged;\n\nmahritmasu-when the great souls.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThey will kill poor faultless living entities, torture women and enrage\n\nthe great souls.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0248": "Text 41]\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\n563\n\nPURPORT\nDemoniac activities are predominant when innocent, faultless living\nentities are killed, women are tortured, and the great souls engaged in\nKt'ilQa consciousness are enraged. In a demoniac society, innocent animals\nare killed to satisfy the tongue, and women are tortured by unnecessary\nsexual indulgence. Where there are women and meat, there must be\nliquor and sex indulgence. When these are prominent in society, by God's\ngrace one can expect a change in the social order by the Lord Himself or\nby His bona fide representative.\nTEXT 41\n\nfit��: �i) �tt��: I\n«f.M'�if4(1i4tm � �� ll'd� II\n�\n\ntadii visvesvarah kruddho\n\nbhagaviii loka-bhiivana�\n\nhani�yaty avatiryiisau\n\nyathiidtin .�ataparvadhrk\n\ntadii-at that time; visvesvara�-the Lord of the universe; k ru ddha�-i n\ngreat\n\nanger;\n\nbhagaviin-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality o f Godhead; loka­\n\nbhiivana�-desiring the welfare of the people in general; hani§yati-will\n\nkill; avat'irya- descending Himself; asau-He; yathii-as if; adiin- the moun­\n\ntains; sataparva-dhrk-the controller of the thunderbolt (lndra).\nTRANSLATION\n\nAt that time the Lord of the universe, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who is the well-wisher of all living entities, will descend and\nkill them, just as Indra smashes the mountains with his thunderbolts.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gztii (Bg. 4.8), the Lord descends as an incarnation to deliver the devotees and kill the miscreants. The Lord of the\nuniverse and of everything would appear to kill the sons (}f Diti because of\ntheir offending the devotees of the Lord. There are many agents of the\nLord, such as lridra, Candra, V arul)a, goddess Durga, and KaiT, who can\nchastise\n\nany\n\nformidable\n\nmiscreants in the\n\nworld.\n\nThe example\n\nof\n\nmountains being smashed by a thunderbolt is very appropriate. The\nmountain is considered to be the most strongly built body within the\n\n", "SB3.2#p0249": "564\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nuniverse, yet it can be easily smashed by the arrangement of the Supreme\nLord. The Supreme Personality of Godhead does not need to descend in\norder to kill any strongly buill body; He comes down just for the sake of\nHis devotees. Everyone is subject to the miseries offered by material nature, but because the activities of miscreants, such as killing innocent\npeople and animals or torturing women, are harmful to everyone and are\ntherefore a source of pain for the devotees, the Lord comes down. He\ndescends only to give relief to His ardent devotees. The killing of the\nmiscreant by the Lord is also the mercy of the Lord towards the miscreant, although apparently the Lord takes the part of the devotee.\nSince the Lord is absolute, there is no difference between His activities of\nkilling the miscreants and favoring the devotees.\nTEXT 42\n\n��\n\n� � �1®11ilG>I('41{'1 I\n� ���' 'IT �(1;118101� 11\\l�ll\nditir uviica\nvadharh bhagavatii siik§iit\nsuniibhodiirabiihunii\niisiise putrayor mahyarh\nmii kruddhiid briihma[Liid prabho\nditift uvaca- D iti said; vadham-the killing; bhagavata-by the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead; sak§at- directly; sunabha-with His Sudarsana\nweapon; udara-very magnanimous; bahu na\n\n-\n\nby the arms; asase-1 desire;\n\nputrayo[t-of the sons; mahyam-of mine; rna-never be it so; kruddhat­\n\nby the rage; brahma[Lat-of the brahma[!as; prabho-0 my husband.\nTRANSLATION\nDiti said: It is very good that my sons will be magnanimously killed by\nthe arms of the Personality of Godhead with His Sudarsana weapon. 0 my\nhusband, may they never be killed by the wrath of the brahmal}.a devotees.\nPURPORT\nWhen Diti heard from her husband that the great souls would be\nangered by the activities of her sons, she was very anxious. She thought\nthat her sons might be killed by the wrath of the briihma[Las. The Lord\ndoes not appear when the briihma[Las become angry at someone because\nthe wrath of a briihma[La is sufficient in itself. He certainly appears,\n\n", "SB3.2#p0250": "Texts44-45]\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\n565\n\nhowever, when His devotee simply becomes sorry. A devotee of the Lord\nnever prays to the Lord to appear for the sake of the troubles the\nmiscreants cause for him, and he never bothers Him by asking for\nprotection. Rather, the Lord is anxious to give protection to the devotees.\nDiti knew well that the killing of her sons by the Lord would also be His\nmercy, and therefore she says that the wheel and arms of the Lord are\nmagnanimous. If someone is killed by the wheel of the Lord and is thus\nfortunate enough to see the arms of the Lord, that is sufficient for his\nliberation. Such good fortune is not achieved even by the great sages.\nTEXT43\n\n� �I\n;om�I�JO«f.\"1f trl trl ;.ftM+iffJ �: II\\l � II\n�\n\nit81G>o:g<:�\n\n;r\n\nna brahma-daru)a-dag dhasya\nna bhuta-bhayadasya ca\nniirakii.� ciinugrhrwn ti\nyiirh yiirh yonim asau gata�\nna- neve r; brahma- dar�a- punishment by a briihmara; dagdhasya-of\none who is so punished; na-neither; bhuta-bhayadasya-of one who is\n\nalways fearful to the living entities; ca-also; niirakii� - those condemned\nto hell; ca- also; anugrhranti- do any favor; yam yam..:. whichever; yonimspecies of life; asau-the offender; gata?t - goes .\nTRANSLATION\nA person who is condemnedby abrahmaQa or is always fearful to other\nliving entities is not favored either by those who are already in hell orby\nthose in the species in which he isborn.\nPURPORT\n\nA practical example of a condemned species of life is the dog. Dogs are\nso condemned that they never show any sympathy to their contemporaries.\nTEXTS 44-45\n\nti��OEfil�14t\n\n��q \\J<ffi!l\n�:\n\n�·N�9;(i+il:rti!Q �\n\nst€ttf4+i�i:rtld:_ I\n\n� � 11\\l\\lll\n� :q' �i llf�: m �: 1\n·��� �: � '+{41f4tlt!:l('t � 11\\l�ll\n\n", "SB3.2#p0251": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n566\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nkasyapa uviica\nkrta-sokiinutiipena\nsadyal;t pratyavamarsaniit\nbhagavaty urumiiniic ca\nbhave mayy api ciidariit\nputrasyaiva ca putriirtiirh\n\nl;t satiim matab\n\nbhavitaika\n\ngiisyanti yad-yasa[t suddham\nbhagavad-yasasii samam\n\ns\n\nkasyapal;t uvaca-the learned Ka yapa said; krta-soka-having lamented; anutiipena\n\n-\n\nby penitence; sadyal;t-immediately; pratyavamarsaniit­\n\nby proper deliberation; bhagavati-unto the Supreme Personality of qodhead; uru-great; manat-adoration; ca-and; bhave-unto\n\nLord\n\nSiva;\n\nmayi api-unto me also; ca-and;iidarat-by respect; putrasya-of the son;\neva-certainly; ca-and;\n\nputrartiim of the sons; bhavitii-shall be born;\n-\n\nekal;t-one; satam-of the devotees;matal;t-approved;gasyanti-will broadcast; yat-of whom; yasal:t-recognition; suddham-transcendental; bhagavat-of the Personality of Godhead; yasasa-with recognition; samam­\n\nq\n\ne ually .\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe learned Kasyapa said: Because of, your lamentation, penitence and\n\nproper deliberation, and also because of your unflinching faith in the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and your adoration for Lord Siva and\n\nmyself, one of the sons [Prahlada] of your son [ Hira1;1yakasipu] will be\n\nan\n\napproved devotee of the Lord, and his fame will be broadcast equally\n\nwith that of the Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT46\n\nmittittf � �li4rtttf;:<r �: I\n�ufa:f'w�+n4 4*'01�+t�Rldl( 11\\l�ll\nyogair hemeva durvarrtam\nbhiivayi§yanti siidhavab.\nnirvairiidibhir iitmiina m\nyac-chilam anuvartitum\n\nrt\nquality; bhavayinanti-will purify; sadhaval;t-saintly persons;\nni rvaira-adibhi l;t -by practice of freedom from animosity, etc.;atmanamyogail;t--by the rectifying processes; hema-gold; iva-like; durvar am­\n\ninferior\n\nthe self; yat-whose; silam-character; anuvartitum-to follow in the footsteps.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0252": "Text 47]\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\n567\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn order to follow in his footsteps, saintly persons will try to emulate\nhis character by practicing freedom from animosity, just as the purifying\nprocesses rectify gold of inferior quality.\nPURPORT\nYoga practice, the process of purifying one's existential identity, is\nbased mainly on self-control. Without self-control one cannot practice\nfreedom from animosity. In the conditional state, every living being is\nenvious of another living being, but in the liberated state there is an\nabsence of animosity. PrahHida Maharaja was tortured by his father in so\nmany ways, yet after the death of his father he prayed for his liberation\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He did not ask any benediction\nthat he might have asked, but he prayed that his atheistic father might be\nliberated. He never cursed any of the persons who engaged in torturing\nhim on the instigation of his father.\nTEXT 47\n\n��SI(ilil\\lfa:< RrQ st«<a:Rt �� I\n« � � �tltte�S�rl4ill t:m ll\\l\\911\nyat-prasiidiid idarh vi.Svarh\nprasidati yad-iitmakam\nsa sva-drg bhagaviin yasya\nto§yate'nanyayii dr�ii\nyat- by\n\nwhose;\n\nprasiidiit-mercy\n\nof;\n\nidam-this;\n\nvisvam- universe;\n\nprasidati-becomes happy; yat - whose; iitmakam-because of His omnipotency; sa�- He; sva-drk-tak ing special care for His devotees; bhagaviin-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; yasya- whose; to:Syate- becomes pleased;\nananyayii-without deviation; drsii-by intelligence.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone will be pleased with him because the Personality of Godhead,\nthe supreme controller of the universe, is always satisfied with a devotee\nwho does not wish for anything beyond Him.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is situated everywhere as the\nSupersoul, and He can dictate to anyone and everyone as He likes. The\nwould-be grandson of Diti, who is predicted to be a great devotee, would\n\n", "SB3.2#p0253": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n568\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nbe liked by everyone, even by the enemies of his father, because he would\nhave no other vision besides the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A pure\ndevotee of the Lord sees the presence of his worshipable Lord everywhere.\nThe Lord also reciprocates in such a way that all living entities in whom\nthe Lord is dwelling as the Supersoul also like a pure devotee because the\nLord is present in their hearts and can dictate to them to be friendly to\nHis devotee. There are many instances in history wherein even the most\nferocious animal became friendly to a pure devotee of the Lord.\nTEXT48\n\nl ¥t'l'll•ltfl �\n¥t(I!J¥4nf � �: I\n\n�\n\n�\n4to&flw4 f.hn�RI 11-J�II\n\nsa vai mahii-bhiigavato mahiitma\nmahiinubhiivo mahatiim mahi�tha�\npravrddha-bhaktyii hy anubhiivitiisaye\nnivdya vaikurttham imam vihiisyati\nsa�-he; vai-certainJy; mahii-bhtigavata�-the topmost devotee; mahatma-expanded intelligence; maha anubhava�-expanded influence; maha-\n\ntam-of\n\nthe\n\ngreat\n\nsouls;\n\nmahi§tha\n[t- the\n.\n\ngreatest;\n\npravrddha\n\n-\n\nwell\n\nmatured; bhaktyii-by devotional service; hi-certainly; anubhiivita-being\nsituated in the anubhiiva stage of ecstasy; iisaye\n\n-\n\nin the mind; nivesya­\n\nentering; vaikufltham-in the spiritual sky; imam-this (material world);\nvihiisyati- will quit.\nTRANSLATION\nThat topmost devotee of the Lord will have expanded intelligence and\n\nexpanded influence and will be the greatest of the great souls. Due to\n\nmatured devotional service, he will certainly be situated in transcendental\necstasy and will enter the spiritual sky after quitting this material world.\nPURPORT\nThere are three s ta ges of transcendental development in devotional\nservice,\n\nwhich\n\nare\n\ntech nic ally\n\ncalled\n\nsthayibhava,\n\nanubhava\n\nand\n\nmahiibhiiva. Continual perfect love of Godhead is c a ll ed sthiiyibhiiva, and\nwhen it is performed in a particular type of transcendental relationship it\nis called anubhiiva. But the stage of mahiibhiiva is visible amongst the\n\n", "SB3.2#p0254": "569\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\nText 49)\n\npersonal pleasure potential energies of the Lord. It is understood that the\n\ngrandson of Diti, namely Prahlada Maharaja, would constantly meditate\n\non the Lord and reiterate His activities. Because he would constantly\n\nremain in meditation, he would easily transfer himself to the spiritual\n\nworld after quitting his material body. Such meditation is still more\nconveniently performed by chanting and hearing the holy name of the\nLord, which is especially recommended in this age of Kali.\n\nalampata� suadharo gu[!akaro\nh r§ta� pararddhyii vyathito du{tkhite�u\nabh utasatnu jagata� soka-harta\n\nnaidaghikam tapam ivo<}uraja?1\nall\n\nalampa.ta�-virtuous; sila-dhara.�-qualified;\ngood\n\nqualities;\n\nhr� ta�\n.\n\n-\n\ngu ra-iikara�-reservoir of\n\njolly; para-rddhyii-by others'\n\nhappiness;\n\nvyath ita�-distressed; du �kh ite�u in others' unhappiness; abhuta-.5atru�without enemies; ja gata� of all the universe; sok a harta -destroyer of\nlamentation; na idagh ikam-due to the summer sun; taj:mm- d istress ; ivalikened; u <)u raja�-the moon.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe will be a virtuously qualified reservoir of all good qualities; he will\nbe jolly and happy in others' happiness, distressed in others' distress, and\nwill have no enemies. He will be a destroyer of the lamentation of all the\nuniverses, like the pleasant moon after the summer sun.\nPURPORT\nPrahlada Maharaja, the exemplary devotee of the Lord, had all the\n\ngood qualities humanly possible. Although he was the emperor of this\n\nworld, he was not profligate. Beginning from his childhood he was the\n\nreservoir of all good qualities. Without enumerating those qualities, it is\nsaid here summarily that he was endowed with all good qualities. That is\nthe sign of a pure devotee. The most important characteristic of a pure\n\ndevotee is that he is not lampa{a, or licentious, and another quality is that\n\n", "SB3.2#p0255": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n570\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nhe is always eager to mitigate the miseries of suffering humanity. The\nmost obnoxious misery of a living entity is his forgetfulness of Kr�qa. A\npure devotee, therefore, always tries to evoke everyone's Kr�qa consciousness. This is the panacea for all miseries.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n31��1't(?)+\\$<Jl;r,r\n((f'((i1T41�•z@a�q4(\n�\n\n�\n\n�(.'5(?)�1(.'5(?)14\n�(�fiO:S�fo:Si11�4{ 11'-\\o II\n.\n\nantar bahis ciimalam abja-netrarh\nsva-puru§ecchiinugrhi:ta-rupam\npautras tava .{r\"i-lalanii-lalamam\ndra�tii sphurat-kuw;lala-maru;litiinanam\n\nanta�- wi thin; bahi?t- without; ca-also; amalam - spot l ess; abja-netramlotus eyes; sva-piiru§a - own devotee; icchii-anugrhita-rupam- accep Ling form\naccording to desire; pautra�- grandchild; tava-your; sri:-lalanii-beautiful\ngoddess of fortune; lalam am - decor a ted; drafi.ta-wiU see; sphurat-kur!iala­\n\nwith brilliant earrings; ma!f. � ita- decorated ; iinanam-face.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYour grandson will be able to see, inside and outside, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, whose wife is the beautiful goddess of fortune.\nHe can assume the form desired by the devotee, and His face is always\nbeautifully decorated with earrings.\nPURPORT\nIt is predicted herewith that the grandson of Diti, Prahlada Maharaja,\nwould\n\nnot\n\nonly\n\nsee the Personality of Godhead within himself by\n\nmeditation but would also be able to see Him personally with his eyes.\nThis direct vision is possible only for one who is highly elevated in Kr�qa\nconsciousness, for it is not possible to see the Lord with these material\neyes. The Supreme Personality of Godhead has multifarious eternal forms\nsuch as Kr�qa, Baladeva, Sankar�al)a, Aniruddha, Pradyumna, Vasudeva,\nNariiyal)a, Rama, Nrsimha, Varaha and Vamana, and the devotee of the\nLord knows all those Vi�I)U forms. A pure devotee becomes attached to\none o f the eternal. forms of the Lord, and the Lord is pleased to appear\nbefore him in the form desired. A devotee does not imagine something\n\n", "SB3.2#p0256": "Text 51]\n\n571\n\nPregnancy of Diti in the Evening\n\nwhimsical about the form of the Lord, nor does he ever think that the\nLord is impersonal and can assume a form desired by the nondevotee.\nThe nondevotee has no idea of the form of Lhe Lord, and thus he cannot\nthink of any one of the above-mentioned forms. Bul whenever a devotee\nsees\n\nthe\n\nLord,\n\nhe sees Him in a most beautifully\n\ndecorated form,\n\naccompanied by His constant companion, the goddess of fortune, who is\neternally beautiful.\n\nTEXT 51\n\nit��\n\n� � .ast..•i1�6 � ,\n�'f�ti\"'llflf«:�enss4\\;:q(l'lwtU II�� II\nmaitreya twiica\nsru.tvii bhiigavatarh pat£tram\namodata ditir bhrsam\nputrayos ca vadham kmtad\nviditviisin mahii-manii{l\n\nmaitreya{t\n\nuviic a-the\n\nbhiigavatam- to\n\namodata-took\n\nbe\n\na\n\nage\n\ngreat\n\nMaitreya\n\ndevotee\n\npleasure; dit* - Diti;\n\nof\n\nsaid;\nthe\n\nsrutvii- by\n\nhearing;\n\nLord;pautram-grandson;\n\nbhrsam- very greatly; putrayo{t­\n\nof two sons; ca-also; vadham- the killing; kr�!liit- by Knll:ta; viditvii- know­\n\ning this; iisit- became; maha-manii{t- highly pleased in mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSage Maitreya said: Hearing that her grandson would be a great devotee\nand that her sons would be killed by Kf�l).a, Diti was highly pleased in\nmind.\nPURPORT\nDiti was very aggrieved to learn that because of her untimely pregnancy\nher sons would be demons and would fight with the Lord. But when she\nheard that her grandson would be a great devotee and that her two sons\nwould be killed by the Lord, she was very satisfied. As the wife of a\ngreat sage an� the daughter of a great prajiipati, Dak�a, she knew that\nbeing killed by the Personality of Godhead is a great fortune. Since the\nLord is absolute, His acts of violence and nonviolence are both on the\nabsolute\n\nplatform.\n\nThere is no difference in such acts of the Lord.\n\nMundane violence and nonviolence have nothing to do with the Lord's\nacls. A demon killed by Him attains the same result as one who attains\n\n", "SB3.2#p0257": "572\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 14\n\nliberation after many, many births of penance and austerity. The word\n\nbhrsam is significant herein because it indicates that Diti was pleased\n\nbeyond her expectation.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Fourteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srlmad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Pregnancy of Diti in the\nEvening.\"\n\n", "SB3.2#p0258": "CHAPTER FIFTEEN\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\nTEXT 1\n\n�� i!lrT\"'\nsmr� « �: q�;it(;f AA: 1\n� if� ft \\tl+t19tl t«•(wt•a: n � 11\nmaitreya uviica\npriijiipatyarh tu tat tejaiJ,\nparatejohanarh diti?1\ndadhiira varfiiirti satarh\nsankamiinii suriirdaniit\nmaitreya�\n\nuva c a- the sage Maitreya said; prajapatyam-of the great\n\nPrajapati; tu-but; tat teja � -his powerful semina; para-teja � -others'\nprowess; hanam-troubling; ditii],-Diti\n\n(Kasyapa's wife); dadhiira-bore;\n\nvar�a!li-years ; satam- hundred ; sm ikamiinii-be ing doubtful; sura-ardaniitdisturbing to the demigods.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Maitreya said: My dear Vidura, Diti, the wife of Sage Kasyapa, could\nunderstand that the sons within her womb would be a cause of disturbance\nto the demigods. As such, she continually bore the powerful semina of\n\nKasyapa Muni, which was meant to give trouble to others, for one hundred\nyears.\nPURPORT\nThe great sage Sri .Maitreya was explaining to Vidura about the activities\n\nof the demigods, including Lord Brahma. When Diti heard from her hus­\n\nband that the sons she bore within her abdomen would be causes of distur­\n\nbances to the demigods, she was not very happy. There are two classes of\n\nmen-devotees and nondevotees. N ondevotees are called demons, and\n573\n\n", "SB3.2#p0259": "[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n574\n\ndevotees are called demigods. No sane man or woman can tolerate the\n\nnondevotees' giving trouble to devotees. Diti, therefore, was reluctant to\ngive birth to her babies; she waited for one hundred years so that at least\n\nshe could save the demigods from the disturbance for that period\n\n.\n\nTEXT2\n\n� �(iji(W)l� elEMI(JH . : I\n\n;:q-(�� R�\\4i;ijot4fd4it� II � II\nloke teniihatiiloke\n\nloka-piilii hataujasa[t\n\nnyavedayan vi.sva-srje\n\ndhvanta-vyatikararh disii m\n\nloke-within this universe; te n a-by the force of the pregnancy of\nDiti;\n\niihata\n\n-\n\nbeing\n\ndevoid\n\nof;\n\niil o k e -light;\n\nloka piilii� -the\n-\n\ndemigod\n\nof various planets; hata ojasa� - w hose prowess was diminished; nyaveda-\n\nyan-asked; visva-srje -Brahma; dhviinta-vyatikaram-expansion of darkness; disiim-in all directions.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy the force of the pregnancy of Diti, the light of the sun and moon\nwas impaired in all the planets, and the demigods of various planets,\nbeing so disturbed by\n\nthat force, asked the creator of the universe,\n\nBrahma, \"What is this expansion of darkness in all directions?\"\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears from this verse of Srimad-Bhiigavatam that the sun is the\nsource of light in all the planets in the universe. The modern scientific\ntheory which states that there are many suns in each universe is not\nsupported by this verse. It is understood that there is onJy one sun in\n\neach universe which supplies light to all the planets. In Bhagavad-gitii\n\nthe moon is also stated to be one of the stars. There are many stars, and\nwhen we see them glittering at night we can understand that they are\nreflectors\n\nof\n\nlight; just as\n\nmoonlight\n\nis\n\nthe\n\nreflection\n\nof sunlight,\n\nsimilarly other planets also reflect sunlight, and there are many other\nplanets which cannot be seen by our naked eyes. The demoniac influence\nof the sons in the womb of Diti expanded darkness thro ughout the\nuniverse.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0260": "Description of the Kingdom of God\n\nText4]\n\n575\n\nTEXT3\n\n�T�I\n6ll '«111�\n\n� �m�1\n;J � �: 4il�wtlmii4Jwt : II� II\ndevii ucu�\ntama etad vibho vettha\nsamvignii yad vayam bhrsam\nna hy avyaktam bhagavata�\nkiileniisprfita-vartmana�\n\ndeviil;t ucu�-the demigods said; tamal;t- darkness; etat- this; vibho- 0\ngreat\n\none; vettha-you know; samvigniil;t-very anxious; yat-because ;\n\nvayam we;\n-\n\nbhrsam-very much; na\n\n-\n\nnot; hi-because; avyaktam-un­\n\nmanifest; bhagavatal;t-of You (the Supreme Personality of Godhead);\n\nkiilena-by time; asprfita-untouched; vartmana�t -whose way.\nTRANSLATION\nThe fortunate demigods said: 0 great one, just see this darkness, which\nyou know very weU and which is causing us anxieties. Because the\ninfluence ·of time cannot touch you, there is nothing unmanifest before\nyou.\nPURPORT\nBrahma is addressed herein as Vibhu and as the Personality of Godhead.\nHe is the Supreme Personality of Godhead's incarnation of the mode of\npassion in the material world. He is nondifferent, in the representative\nsense, from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore the\ninfluence\n\nof time cannot affect him. The influence of time, which\n\nmanifests as past, present and future, cannot touch higher personalities\nlike Brahma and other demigods. Sometimes demigods and great sages\nwho have attained such perfection are called tri-kiila-jii.a.\nTEXT4\n\nijf41416Jlii4i\"'ltlf�Ri41+tut I\nq�.....q�.., �ci l(ijlwtl+tf{t ¥UEIA\\\\ II \\/II\n�\n\ndeva-deva jagad-dhiitar\nlokaniitha-sikhiimar-e\n\n", "SB3.2#p0261": "[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n576\n\nparefiiim aparefiiim tvam\nbhutiiniim asi bhiiva-vit\ndeva-deva-0 god of the demigods; jagat-dhiita�-0 sustainer of the\nuniverse; lokaniitha-sikhiima!ze-0 head jewel of all the demigods in other\nplanets; parefiiim-of the spiritual world; apare�iim-of the material world;\ntvam-you; bhutiiniim-of all living entities; asi-are; bhiiva-vit- knowing\nthe intentions.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 god of the demigods, sustainer of the universe, head jewel of all the\n\ndemigods in other planets, you know the intentions of all living entities,\nboth in the spiritual and material worlds.\n\nPURPORT\nBecause Brahma is almost on an equal footing with the Personality of\nGodhead, he is addressed here as the god of the demigods, and because he\nis addressed here as the god of the demigods, and because he is the\nsecondary creator of this universe, he is addressed as the sustainer of\nthe universe. He is the head of all the demigods, and therefore he is addressed\nhere as the head jewel of the demigods. It is not difficult for him to\nunderstand everything which is happening both in the spiritual and\nmaterial worlds. He knows everyone's heart and everyone's intentions,\nand therefore he was requested to explain this incidence. Why was the\npregnancy of Diti causing such anxieties all over the universe?\n\nTEXTS\n\n� �-1wt4\\4fi:q iil:q�c::� I\n•JO(\\agul�((l:q\nwt'i�Soq'fiqlWf� II '-'. II\nnamo vijiiiina-vzryiiya\nmiiyayedam upeyufie\ngrhzta-gu!la-bhediiya\nnamas te ,vyakta-yonaye\nnama�-respectful\nstrength\n\nobeisances;\n\nand scientific\n\nvijiiiina-viryiiya-0\n\nknowledge; miiyayii-by\n\noriginal source of\n\nthe external energy;\n\nidam-this body of Brahma; upeyu�e - having obtained; grhita-accepting;\n\ngu!la-bhediiya-differentia ted mode of passion; nama� te-offering obeisances unto you; avya kta-unmanifested; yonaye-source.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0262": "Text7]\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n577\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 original source of strength and scientific knowledge, all obeisances\nunto you! You have accepted the differentiated mode of passion from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead._ With the help of external energy you\nare born of the unmanifested source. All obeisances unto you!\nPURPORT\nThe Vedas are the original scientific knowledge for all departments of\nunderstanding, and this knowledge of the Vedas was first impregnated in\nthe heart of Brahmii by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore\nBrahmii is the original source of all s cien tific knowledge. He is born\ndirectly from the transcendental body of Garbhodakasiiyi Vi�t;�u, who is\nnever seen by any creature of this material universe and therefore always\nremains unmanifested. Brahmii is stated here to be born of the unmanifested. He is the incarnation of the mode of passion in material nature,\nwhich is the separated external energy of the Supreme Lord.\n\nTEXT6\n\nit ��;c�;c � \\11'4�1�41N9li( I\n311�+tf.i � � iji((i(I€¥4Ch II � II\nye tviinanyena bhiivena\nbhiivayanty iitma-bhavanam\niitmani prota-bhuvanam\nparam sad-asad-iitmakam\nye-those who; tvii-on you; ananyena wi thout deviation; bhiivena-\n\nwith devotion; bhiivaya n ti-meditate; iitma-bhiivanam-who generates all\nliving entities; iitmani-within yourself; prota\n\n-\n\nlinked; bhuvanam-all the\n\nplanets; param- the supreme; sat-effect; asat-cause; atmakam-generator.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 lord, all these planets exist within yourself, and all the living entities\nare generated from you. Therefore you are the cause of this universe, and\nanyone who meditates upon you without deviation attains devotional\nservice.\nTEXT7\n\n� ijqffit'i•n;ci m� I\n\n��tfldl(ili(l\"'i\n\nWi\n\n�f51�(14W: II \\9 II\n\n", "SB3.2#p0263": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n578\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\ntefiam su-pakva-yoganam\njita-sviisendriyiitmaniim\nlabdha-yufimat-prasiidaniim\nna kutascit parabhava�\nte� am-of them; su-pakva-yoganam-who are mature mystics; jita-con\ntrolled; svasa-breath; indriya the senses; atmanam-the mind; labdhaattained; yu�mat your; prasiidanam mercy ; na-not; kutascit anywhere;\nparabhava�- defeat.\n­\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere is no defeat in this material world for persons who control the\nmind and senses by controlling the breathing process and who are therefore\n\nexperienced, mature mystics. This is because by such perfection in yoga\nthey have attained your mercy.\n\nPURPORT\nThe purpose of yogic performances is explained here. It is said that one\nwho is an experienced mystic attains full control of the senses and the\nmind by controlling the breathing process. Therefore, controlling the\nbreathing process is not the ultimate aim of yoga. The real purpose of yogic\nperformances is to control the mind and the senses. Anyone who has such\ncontrol is to be understood to be an experienced, mature mystic yogi. It is\nindicated herein that a yogi who has control over the mind and senses has\nthe actual benediction of the Lord, and he has no fear. In other words,\none cannot attain the mercy and benediction of the Supreme Lord until\none is able to control the mind and the senses. This is actually possible\nwhen one fully engages in Kr�J;ta consciousness. A person whose senses and\nmind are always engaged in the transcendental service of the Lord has no\npossibility to engage in material activities. The devotees of the Lord are\nnot\n\ndefeated anywhere in\n\nsadbh*:\n\nthe universe.\n\nIt is stated,\n\nnaraya[!a-para­\n\nAnyone who is nariiya[!a-para, or a devotee of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, is not afraid anywhere, whether he is sent to hell\nor promoted to heaven.\n\nTEXTS\n\n���n �i •ntt{ij�ct ��: 1\n\nro� it�+ti4'iji{ij� U(0414 ij ��: II � II\nyasya vaca praja{! sarva\ngavas tantyeva yantritaf!\n\n", "SB3.2#p0264": "Text9]\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n579\n\nharanti balim ayattas\ntasmai mukhyaya te nama�\nyasya-of whom; vaca-by the Vedic directions; praja�-living entities;\nsarvii�-all;giiva�-bul1s;tantyii-by a rope; iva-as;yantritii�-are directed;\nharanti-offer, take away; balim-presentation, ingredients for worship;\nayattii�-under\n\ncontrol; tasmai-unto him; mukhyiiya-unto the chief\n\nperson;te-unto you;nama�-respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the living entities within the universe are conducted by the Vedic\ndirections, as a bull is directed by the rope attached to its nose. No one\ncan violate the rules laid down in the Vedic literatures. To the chief\nperson, who has contributed the Vedas, we offer our respect!\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic literatures are the laws of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. One cannot violate the injunctions given in the Vedic literatures,\nany more than one can violate the state laws. Any living creature who\nwants real benefit in life must act according to the direction of the Vedic\nliterature. The conditioned souls who have come to this material world for\nmaterial sense gratification are regulated by the injunctions of the Vedic\nliterature. Sense gratification is just like salt. One cannot take too much or\ntoo little, but one must take some salt in order to make one's foodstuff\npalatable. Those conditioned souls who have come to this material world\nshould utilize their senses according to the direction of the Vedic literature, otherwise they will be put into a more miserable condition of life. No\nhuman being or demigod can enact laws like those of the Vedic literature\nbecause the Vedic regulations are prescribed by the Supreme Lord.\nTEXT9\n\n� � � � \\4�44(1\n\naftifi�Uil'( I\n� �� 3llqOS{l'1(e- II Q, II\nsa tvam vidhatsva sam bhiimams\ntamasii lupta-karmaf!iim\nadabhra-daya_yii dr§tyii\niipanniin arhastk§itum\nsa�-he; tvam-you; vidhatsva-perform; sam-good fortune; bhiiman0 great lord;tamasa-by the darkness;lupta-have been suspended; karmaflam-of prescribed duties; adabhra-magnanimous, without reservation;\n\n", "SB3.2#p0265": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n580\n\n[ Canto 3, Ch·. 15\n\ndayaya-mercy; dr§t ya-by your glance; apannan-us, the surrendered;\narhasi-are able; !k�itum-to see.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods prayed to Brahmii: Please look upon us mercifully, for\nwe have fallen into a miserable condition; because of the darkness, all our\nwork has been suspended.\nPURPORT\nBecause of complete darkness throughout the universe, the regular\nactivities and engagements of all the diff erent planets were suspended. As\nin the North and South Poles of this planet there are sometimes no\ndivisions of day and night, similarly, when the sunlight does not approach\nthe different planets within the universe, there is no distinction between\nday and night.\nTEXT 10\n\n� � �\n\n3fuf: ilfil�q�f't� I\nR'4:1f(ijf1wt'{ «crt � sftfft�m« II� oil\ne_sa deva diter garbha\nojaft kasyapam arpitam\ndisas timirayan sarva\nvardhate 'gnir ivaidhasi\ne§a�-this ; deva-0 lord; dite�-of Diti; garbha�-womb; oja� - semina ;\nkasyapam-of Kasyapa; arpitam - deposited ; disa!t -dire ctions; timirayan­\n\ncausing complete darkness; sar va[l - all; vardhate -overloads; agni {t - fire;\n\niva-as; edhasi-fueL\nTRANSLATION\nAs fuel overloads a fire, so the embryo created by the semina of\nKa8yapa in the womb of Diti has caused complete darkness throughout\nthe universe.\nPURPORT\nThe darkness throughout the universe is explained herewith as being\ncaused by the embryo created in the womb of Diti by the semina of\nKasyapa.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0266": "Text 12)\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n581\n\nTEXT ll\n\niNll \\3'<fR\n« � +t(l'i41� +Iii� �&<::�il\"\"l�: I\n\nSl�l\"\"l!l� miJf.{ ��1 ftm II��II\nmailreya uviica\n\nsa prahasya maha-baho\n\nbhagaviin sabda-gocara{t\n\npratyiica�tiitma-bhur deviin\n\n-\n\n.\n\nprtf!.an ructraya gtra\n\nmailreya� uviica- Maitreya said; sa �t-he ;prahasya-smiling; mahii-biiho-\n\n0 mighty-armed (Vidura); bhagaviin-the possessor of all opulences; sabda­\n\ngo c ara�-who is understood by transcendental sound vibration; pratyii­\n\nc a§ ta-replie d; iilma-bhutt- Lord Brahma; deviin-the demigods; prlrzansatisfying; mc i ra yii-with swee t ; girii- words.\nTRANSLATION\nSri\n\nMaitreya\n\nsaid:\n\nThus\n\nLord\n\nBrahma,\n\nwho is\n\nunderstood\n\nby\n\ntranscendental vibration, tried to satisfy the demigods, being pleased with\ntheir words of prayer.\nPURPORT\nBrahma could understand the misdeeds of Diti, and therefore he smiled\nat the whole situation. He replied to the demigods present there in words\nthey could understand.\nTEXT 12\n\n�\n\n�IR\\�iilt: eo:t€fiiG:�: I\nit�f%f(l�el �� fem�: ������\n\n+tl'rn1 if ijffl\n\nbrahmoviica\n\nmiin.asii me sutii yu:�mat­\n\npurvajii{l �anakiidaya{l\n\ncerur vihiiyasii lokiii\n\nloke:m vigata-sprhiift\n\nbrahmii uviica-Lord Brahma said; manasii{t-born from the mind; me­\n\nmy; sutii�-s o ns; yu§mal- t han you; purva-jii!t-born\n\nprevious; sanakar\n\n", "SB3.2#p0267": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n582\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\niidaya�-headed by Sanaka; ceru�-traveled;vihiiyasii-by traveling in outer\nspace or flying in the sky; lokan-to the material and spiritual worlds;\nloke�u-among the people; vigata-sprhii�-without any desire.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahmii said: My four sons Sanaka, Saniitana, Sanandana and Sanatkumara, who were born from my mind, are your predecessors. Sometimes\nthey\n\ntravel throughout the material and spiritual skies without any\n\ndefinite desire.\nPURPORT\nWhen we speak of desire we refer to desire for material sense gratification. Saintly persons like Sanaka, Sanatana, Sanandana and Sanat-kumara\nhave no material desire, but sometimes they travel all over the universe out\nof their own accord to preach devotional service.\nTEXT\n\n13 ·\n\na�� CftU6�1¥4�1�! I\nw.iJ\\if;;w+Wti� II� �II\nti1�tU6fwt�ti\nta ekadii bhagavato\nvaik U{lthasyiimaliitmanaft\nyayur vaikufltha-nilayam\nsarva-loka-namaskrtam\nte-they; ekadii-once upon a time; bhagavata�-of the Su preme Personality of Godhead; vaikurtthasya-of Lord V i�QU; amala-iitmana�-being\nfreed from all material contamination;yayu�-entered;vaikurttha-nilayamthe abode named VaikuQtha; sarva-loka-by the residents of all the material\nplanets; namaskrtam- worshiped.\nTRANSLATION\nThus traveling all over the universes, they also entered into the spiritual\nsky, for they were freed from all material contamination. In the spiritual\nsky there are spiritual planets known as V aikupthas, which are the\nresidence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His pure devotees\nand are worshiped by the residents of all the material planets.\nPURPORT\nThe material world is full of cares and anxieties. In any one of the\nplanets, beginning from the highest down to the lowest, Patala, every\n\n", "SB3.2#p0268": "Description of the Kingdom of God\n\nText 14]\n\n583\n\nliving creature must be full of cares and anxieties because in the material\nplanets one cannot live eternally. The living entities, however, are actually\neternal. They want an eternal home, an eternal residence, but because of\naccepting a temporal abode in the material world, they are naturally full\nof anxiety. In the spiritual sky the planets are called Vaikul)tha because\nthe residents of these planets are free from all anxieties. For them there is\nno question of birth, death, old age and diseases, and therefore they are\nnot anxious. On the other hand, the residents of the material planets are\nalways afraid of birth, death, disease and old age, and therefore they are\nfull of anxieties.\nTEXT 14\n\n�� tr=;r �: � �q�: I\nifsf.lflt�f.lflrit;:r �� �II� �II\nvasanti yatra puru�iifl.\nsarve vaikuf.ltha-murtayafl.\nye 'nimitta-nimittena\ndharmer-iiriidhayan harim\nvasanti-they live; yatra-where; puru�iifl.-persons; sarve-all; vaikuf.lthamurtaya� -having a four-handed form similar to that of the Supreme Lord,\nVi�l)u; ye-those Vaikul)tha persons; animitta-without desire for sense\ngratification; nimittena-caused by; dharmerta-by devotional service;\naradhayan\n\n-\n\ncontinuously worshiping;harim-unto the Supreme Personality\n·\n\nof Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn the V aikuptha planets all the residents are similar in form to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. They all engage in devotional service to\nthe Lord without desires for sense gratification.\nPURPORT\nThe residents and the form of living in Vaikul)tha are described in this\nverse. The residents are all like the Supreme Perso'nality of Godhead\nNiiriiyal)a. In the Vaikul)tha planets Kreyl)a's plenary feature as fourhanded\n\nNarayal)a\n\nis\n\nthe predominating\n\nDeity, and the residents of\n\nVaikul)thaloka are also four-handed, just contrary to our conception here\nin the material world. Nowhere in the material world do we find a human\nbeing with four hands. In VaikuQthaloka there is no occupation but the\nservice of the Lord, and this service is not rendered with a purpose.\nAlthough every service has a particular result, the devotees never aspire\n\n", "SB3.2#p0269": "[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n584\n\nfor the fulfillment of their own desires; their desires are fulfilled by rendering transcendental loving service to the Lord.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n� =ifltl: �......� � fil&a:•n�� : 1\n\n����wtl�TJ: 11�'--.11\nyatra ciidyafl. pumiin iiste\nbhagaviin sabda-gocara�\nsattvam v�tabhya virajarh\nsviiniim no mnlayan vr§a�\nyat ra-in the Vaikm;ttha planets; ca-and; ii.dya�-original; pumiinperson; iiste-is there; bhaga viin the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nsabda gocara� -under stoo d through the Vedic literature; sattvam-the\nmode of goodness; v�tab hya- accepting; virajam -u ncontaminated; sviiniim-of His own associ ates; na� -us; mnlayan increasing happiness;\nvr�a� -the per soni f icatio n of religious principles.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Vaikur_ttha planets is the Supreme Per sonal it y of Godhead, who is\n\nthe original person and who can be understood through the Vedic\nliterature. He is full of the uncontaminated mode of goodness, with no\nplace for passion or ignorance. He contributes religious progress for the\ndevotees.\n\n·\n\nPURPORT\nThe kingdom of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the spiritual\nsky cannot be understood by any process other than hearing from the description of the\n\nVedas. No one can go and see it. In this material world\n\nalso, one who is unable to pay to go to a far distant place by motorized\nconveyances can only understand about that place from authentic books.\n\nSimilarly, the Vaikul).tha planets in the spiritual sky are beyond this material sky. The modern scientists who are trying to travel in space are having\n\ndifficulty going even to the nearest planet, the moon, to say nothing of the\n\nhighest planets within the universe. There is no possibility that they can\n\ngo beyond the material sky, enter the spiritual sky and see for themselves\nthe spiritual planets, Vaikul).tha. Therefore, the kingdom of God in the\nspiritual sky can be understood only through the authentic descriptions of\n\nthe Vedas and Purii{tas.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0270": "Text 16)\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n585\n\nIn the material world there are three modes of material qualities-goodness, passion and ignorance, but in the spiritual world there is no trace of\nthe modes of passion and ignorance; there is only the mode of goodness,\nwhich is uncontaminated by any tinge of ignorance or passion.ln the material world, even if a person is completely in goodness, he is sometimes subject to be polluted by the tinges of the modes of ignorance and passion.\nBut in the V aikur;rtha world, the spiritual sky, only the mode of goodness\nin its pure form exists. The Lord and His devotees reside in the V aikuQtha\nplanets, and they are of the same transcendental quality, namely, suddhasattva, the mode of pure goodness. The V aikuQtha planets are very dear to\nthe Vai�Q.avas, and for the progressive march of the Vai�Qavas toward the\nkingdom of God, the Lord Himself helps His devotees.\nTEXT 16\n\n�:� ;m{ q;f €fil+t�Qiq: I\n���f't€4 � 11��11\n\n�\n\nyatra nai(!sreyasam nama\nvanam kama-dughair drumai(!\nsarva-rtu-sr\"ibhir vibhrajat\nkaivalyam iva murtimat\nyatra-in the VaikuQtha planets;nai(lsreyasam-auspicious;nama-named;\nvanam-forests; kiima-dughai(!-yielding desire; drumai(!-with trees; sarva­\n\nall; rtu-seasons; sribhi[t -with flowers and fruits; vibhriijat-splendid;\nkaivalyam-spiritual; iva-as; murtimat-personal.\nTRANSLATION\nIn those Vaiku�tha planets there are many forests which are very\nauspicious. In those forests the trees are desire trees, and in all seasons\nthey are filled with flowers and fruits because everything in the V aiku!ltha\nplanets is spiritual and personal.\nPURPORT·\nIn the V aikuQ.tha planets the land, the trees, the fruits and flowers and\nthe cows-everything-is completely spiritual and personal. Trees are desire\n·trees. On this material planet the trees can produce fruits and flowers\naccording to the order of material energy, but in the V aikuQ.tha planets\nthe trees, the land, the residents and the animals are all spiritual. There is\n\n", "SB3.2#p0271": "[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n586\n\nno difference between the tree and the animal or the animal and the man.\nHere the word miirtimat indicates that everything has a spiritual form.\nFormlessness, as conceived by the impersonalists, is refuted in this verse;\nin the V aikui;Jtha planets, although everything is spiritual, everything has\na particular form. The trees and the men have form, and because all of\nthem, although differently formed, are spiritual, there is no difference\nbetween them.\nTEXT 17\n\n�¥tlf.l¥1! Q�� ��q\n•n�fid q;r��:1\n��saf¥4¥ij'\"�'�\n���stfffwt8 �: 11�\\911\nvaimanika� salalanas caritani sasvat\ngayanti yatra samala-k§apa(liini bhartu�\nantarjale 'nuvikasan-madhu-madhavinam\ngandhena kha[!!fita-dhiyo 'py anilam k§ipanta�\nvaimanika�\n\n-\n\nflying in their airplanes; sa lalana� along with their wives;\n-\n\ncaritani-activities;\n\nsasvat-eternally;\n\n-\n\ngay anti-sing;\n\nyatra-in\n\nthose\n\nVaikuQ.tha planets; samala-all inauspicious qualities; k�apa(liini-dev o id\nof; bhartu�-of the Supreme Lord; antarjale-in the midst of the water;\nan u vikasat-blossoming; madhu-fragrant, laden with honey; miidhavinamof the madhavT flowers; gandhena-by the fragrance; kh af!!fita-disturbed;\nd h iya�-min ds; api\n\n-\n\ne\n\nven though; anilam-breeze; k�ipanta� -deriding\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn\n\nthe\n\nV aikuQ.tha planets the\n\ninhabitants fly\n\nin\n\ntheir\n\nairplanes,\n\naccompanied by their wives and consorts, and eternally sing of the character\nand activities of the Lord, which are always devoid of all inauspicious\n\nqualities. While singing the glories of the Lord, they deride even the\n\npresence of the blossoming madhavi flowers, which are fragrant and laden\nwith honey.\nPURPORT\nIt appears from this verse that the Vaiku�tha planets are full of all\nopulences. There are airplanes in which the inhabitants travel in the spiri-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0272": "Description of the Kingdom of God\n\nText 18]\n\n587\n\ntual sky with their sweethearts. There is a breeze carrying the fragrance of\nblossoming flowers, and this breeze is so nice that it also carries the honey\nof the flowers. The inhabitants of Vaikup.tha, however, are so interested in\nglorifying the Lord that they do not like the disturbance of such a nice\nbreeze while they are chanting the Lord's glories. In other words, they are\npure devotees. They consider glorification of the Lord more important\nthan their own sense gratification. In the Vaikup.tha planets there is no\nquestion of sense gratification. To smell the fragrance of a blossoming\nflower is certainly very nice, but it is simply for sense gratification. The\ninhabitants of Vaiku!J.tha give first preference to the service of the Lord,\nnot their own sense gratification. Serving the Lord in transcendental love\nyields such transcendental pleasure that, in comparison, sense gratification\nis counted as insignificant.\nTEXT 18\n\nqj(i!iH'II�.Z\n��­\n\n(1€\\®�fdRlf«fM q: I\n�eam �sPl(•U'SitNtl•�il��ilN'I'R 11��11\npiirii vatiinyab hrta-siirasa-cakraviikadiityuha-harhsa-suka-tittiri-barhi[�-iirh ya(t\nkoliihalo viramate 'cira-miitram uccair\nbhrngiidhipe hari-kathiim iva giiyamiine\n\n-\n\npiiriivata-pigeons; anyabhrta cuckoo; siirasa-crane; cakraviika-cakraviika; diityuha-a gallinule; harhsa-swan; suka-parrot; tittiri-partridge;\nbarhi[liim-of the peacock; yalt-whi c h; koliihalalt-tumult; viramate-stops;\nacira-miitram\n\n- temporarily; uc aW-loudly; bh[liga-adhipe-king of the\nc\n\nbumblebees; hari-kathiim-the glories of the Lord; iva-as; giiyamiinewhile singing.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the king of bees hums in a high pitch, singing the glories of the\nLord, there is a temporary lull in the noise of the pigeon, the cuckoo, the\ncrane, the cakravaka, the swan, the parrot, the partrid ge and the peacock.\nSuch transcendental birds .stop their own singing simply to hear the glories\nof the Lord.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0273": "[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n588\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse reveals the absolute nature of Vaikuptha. There is no\ndifference between the birds there and the human residents. The situation\nin the spiritual sky is that everything is spiritual and variegated. Spiritual\nvariegatedness means that everything is animate. There is nothing inanimate.\nEven the trees, the ground, the plants, the flowers, the birds and the beasts\nare all on the level of Kr�l'}a consciousness. The special feature of Vaikupthaloka is that there is no question of sense gratification. In the material world\neven an ass enjoys his sound vibration, but in the VaikuQ.thas such nice\nbirds as the peacock, the cakraviika and the cuckoo prefer to hear the\nvibration of the glories of the Lord from the bees. The principles of devotional service, beginning with hearing and chanting, are very prominent in\nthe Vaikuptha world.\nTEXT 19\n\n+(�l(t�t(il�4��¥:q�1ui­\n\n,;'ll•lwtl•l'l,�l*i���: I\n'\"sfffl ij�'tll+HUfwt �t\n44f4t�lf: Wfwt«t itt�� II� �II\nmandiira-kunda-kurabotpala-campakiir!la·\npunniiga-niiga-bakuliimbuja-piirijiitii�\ngandhe 'rcite tulasikiibharaf1ena tasyii\nyasmims tapa� su-manaso bahu miinayanti\n\nmandara-mandiira;\n\nkunda-kunda;\n\ncampaka-campaka; ar!la-arr-a\n\nkuraba-kuraba;\n\nutpala-utpala;\n\nflower; punnaga-punnaga; naga-niiga­\n\nkesara; bakula-bakula; ambuja-lily; piirijiitii�-piirijiita; gandhe-fragrance;\na rcite - being\n\nworshiped;\n\ntulasikii-tulas\"i; iibhara!lena-with a garland;\n\ntasyii �- of her; yasmin- in which VaikuQ.tha; tapa� aus teri ty; su-manasa�­\n\n-\n\ngood-minded, Vaikul'}tha-minded; bah u-very much; miinayan ti- glorify\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough flowering plants like the mandara, kunda, kurabaka, utpala,\n\ncampaka, arr;ta, punnaga, nagakesara, bakula, lily and parijata are full of\n\ntranscendental\n\nfragrance, they are still conscious\n\nof the austerities\n\nperformed by tulasi because· tulasi is given special preference by the Lord,\nwho garlands Himself with tulasi leaves.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0274": "Text 20]\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n589\n\nPURPORT\nThe importance of tulasi leaves is very clearly mentioned here. Tulasi\nplants and their leaves are very important in devotional service. Devotees\nare recommended to water the tulasi tree every day and collect the leaves\nto worship the Lord. One time an atheist sviimi remarked, \"What is the use\nof watering the tulasi plant? It is better to water eggplant. By watering the\neggplant one can get some fruits, but what is the use of watering the\ntulasi?\" These foolish creatures, unacquainted with devotional service,\n\nsometimes play havoc with the education of people in general.\nThe most important thing about the spiritual world is that there is no\nenvy among the devotees there. This is true even among the flowers, which\nare all conscious of the greatness of tulasi. In the V aiku!ltha world entered\nby the four Kumaras, even the birds and flowers are conscious of service to\nthe Lord.\nTEXT 20\n\n4t�(fwt'i tft��ll��R�6��a : I\n� .,��: �mtq�:\nPll�� � �� 311��<:4t�M : II� II\no\n\nyat sankularh hari-padiinati-miitra-dr�.tair\nvairdurya-miirakata-hema-mayair vimiinai{1\nye§iirh brhat-ka.ti-ta.tiifl, smita-sobhi-mukhyaf!\nkr�TJiitmaniirh na raja iidadhur utsmayiidyairy\nyat - that VaikuQ�ha abode; sankulam-is pervaded; h ar i-pada - at the two\n\nlotus feet of Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iinati-by obei­\n\nsances; mii t ra-simply; dn tai� - are obtained; vaidu rya-lapis lazuli; miira­\n\nkata-emeralds; hema - gold; maya *-made of; vimiina *- with airplanes;\n\nye§Cim-of those passengers; brhat -large; ka ti -ta tii � - hips; smita - smiling;\nsobhi-beautiful; mukhya� -faces; krnw-in Kr�Qa; iitmaniim-whose minds\nare absorbed; na-not; raja �-se x desire; iidad h u � -stimulate; utsmaya­\n\niidya * - by intimate friendly dealings, laughing and joking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of VaikuQtha travel in their airplanes made of lapis\nlazuli, emerald and gold. Although crowded by their consorts, who have\n\n", "SB3.2#p0275": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n590\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nlarge hips and beautiful smiling f aces, they cannot be stimulated to passion\nby their mirth and beautiful charms.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the material world, opulences are achieved by materialistic persons by\ndint of their labor. One cannot enjoy material prosperity unless he works\nvery hard to achieve it. But the devotees of the Lord who are residents of\n\nVaikuptha have the opportunity to enjoy a transcendental situation of\njewels and emeralds. Ornaments made of gold bedecked with jewels are\nachieved not by working hard hut by the benediction of the Lord. In\nother words, devotees in the Vaikuptha world, or even in this material\nworld, cannot he poverty-stricken, as is sometimes supposed. They have\nample opulences for enjoyment, hut they need not labor to achieve them.\nIt is also stated that in the V aikuptha world the consorts of the residents\nare many, many times more beautiful than we can find in this material\nworld, even in the higher planets. It is specifically mentioned here that a\nwoman's large hips are very attractive and they stimulate man's passion,\nhut the wonderful feature of Vaikur;ttha is that although the women have\nlarge hips and beautiful faces and are decorated with ornaments of\nemeralds and jewels, the men are so absorbed in Kr�r;ta consciousness that\nthe beautiful bodies of the women cannot attract them. In other words,\nthere is enjoyment of the association of the opposite sex, hut there is no\nsex relationship. The residents of Vaikut:�-tha have a better standard of\npleasure, so there is no need of sex pleasure.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n� �T �IIPtfl 4.f(U1Hf.�\nit{J;•·�Jt\"' m-� �qy ,\n\n4e�tl .:�fl�t� ��\n��� �a:�u�Oi�: 11��11\nsri rupi[li kva[layat'i cara[liiravindarh\nfiliimbujena hari-sadmani mukta-do�ii\nsarhlak�yate spha,tika-ku{lya upeta-hemni\nsammiirjat'iva yad-anugraha[le 'nya-yatna�\nsr'i-Lak�mi, the goddess of fortune; rupi[l'i- assuming a beautiful form;\nkvartayatT- tinkling;\n\ncara!w-aravindam-lotus feet; lilii-ambujena- playing\n\nwith a lotus flower; hari-sadmani-the house of the Supreme Personality;\n\n- freed from all fault; sarhlak§yate-becomes visible; sphatika-\n\nm u k t a-d o�ii\n\n", "SB3.2#p0276": "Text 21]\n\ncrystal; ku �ye- walls; upeta\n\n-\n\nmixed; hemni\n\n-\n\ngold ; sammiirjafi i va- appear\n\ning like a sweeper; yat-anugrahafle-to receive her favor; anya\nyat na�\n\n-\n\n591\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n­\n\n-\n\nothers';\n\nvery much careful.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe ladies in the Vaiku�1ha planets are as beautiful as the goddess of\nfortune herself. Such transcendentally beautiful ladies, their hands playing\nwith lotuses and their leg bangles tinkling, are sometimes seen sweeping\nthe marble walls, which are bedecked at intervals with golden borders, in\norder to receive the grace of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Brahma-sarhhita it is stated that the Supreme Lord, Govinda, is\nalways served in His abode by many, many millions of goddesses of fortune.\nLak�mi-sahasra-sata-sambhrama-sevyamiinam. These millions and trillions\nof goddesses of fortune who reside in the V aiku�tha planets are not\n\nexactly consorts of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but are the\nwives of the devotees of the Lord and also engaged in the service of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. It is stated here that in the V aiku�tha\nplanets the houses are made of marble. Similarly, in the Brahma-sarhhitii it\nis stated that the ground on the V aiku�tha planets is made of touchstone.\nThus there is no need to sweep the stone in Vaiku�tha, for there is hardly\nany dust on it, but still, in order to satisfy the Lord, the ladies there always\nengage in dusting the marble walls. Why? The reason is that they are eager\nto achieve the grace of the Lord by doing so.\nIt is also stated here that in the Vaikul).tha planets the goddesses of\nfortune are faultless. Generally the goddess of fortune does not remain\nsteadily in one place. Her name is Caficala, which means one who is not\nsteady. We find, therefore, that a man who is very rich may become the\npoorest of the poor. Another example is Raval).a. Raval).a took away\nLak�ml, Sitaji, to his kingdom, and instead of being happy by the grace of\nLak�ml, his family and his kingdom were vanquished. Thus Lak�ml in the\nhouse of Raval).a is Caficala, or unsteady. Men of Raval).a 's class want Lak�ml\nonly, without her husband, Narayal).a;therefore they become unsteady due\nto Lak�miji. Materialistic persons find fault on the part of Lak�ml, but in\nV aikul).tha Lak&miji is fixed in the service of the Lord. In spite of her being\nthe goddess of fortune, she cannot be happy without the grace of the Lord.\nEven the goddess of fortune needs the Lord's grace in order to be happy,\nyet in the material world even Brahma, the highest created being, seeks the\nfavor of Lak�ml for happiness.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0277": "[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n592\n\nTEXT 22\n\nf���ffi�\nitt�� f.fii�if Q�� I\n\n�\n\n���' (CI��'t(1'1� �U�Ad+t•lttij�tl'i��: ������\nvap\"i�u vidruma-ta.tasv amalamrtapsu\nprefiyanvita nija-vane tulas\"ibhir \"isam\nabhyarcat\"i sv-alakam unnasam tkfiya vaktram\nucchefiitam bhagavatety amatanga yac chr\"i�\nvap lfi U-in\n\nthe\n\nponds;\n\namala-transpare n t;\n\nvidruma-made\n\namrta-nectarean;\n\nof\n\nc oral;\n\napsu-water;\n\ntaf asu-banks;\n\n-\n\npre§ ya anvitii\n\n- sur\n\n­\n\n-\n\nrounded by maidservants; nija vane-in her own garden; tulaswh*with\n\ntulasi\";\n\nTsam- the\n\nalakam-with her\n\nSupreme\n\nLord; abhyarcati- worship;\n\nsu­\n\nface decorated with tilaka; unnasa m-raised nose;\n\ni\"kfiya-by seeing; vaktram-face; ucche§ itam-bein g kissed; bhagavatiiby the Supreme Lord; iti-thus; amata- th o ught; ariga-0 demigods; yat\nsnl!--whose beauty.\nTRANSLATION\nThe goddesses of fortune worship the Lord in their own gardens by\noffering tulasi leaves on the coral-paved banks of transcendental reservoirs\n\nof water. While offering worship to the Lord they can see on the water the\n\nreflection of their beautiful faces with raised noses, and it appears that they\nhave become more beautiful because of the Lord's kissing their faces.\nPURPORT\nGenerally, when a woman is kissed by her husband, her face becomes\nmore beautiful. In V aikul)�ha also, although the goddess of fortune is\nnaturally as beautiful as can be imagined, she nevertheless awaits the\nkissing of the Lord to make her face more beautiful. The beautiful face of\nthe goddess of fortune appeared in ponds of transcendental crystal water\nwhen she worshiped the Lord with tulas\"i leaves in her garden.\nTEXT 23\n\n�\n\nr.r::��� �'1w:tlacc·����oq��s;tfRq�.u: fi?.O�: I\n\n", "SB3.2#p0278": "Text 23 J\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n593\n\n� � �+iq.ff+t(l\"ijl(l�'l N4�\\I<Ji!! �:ij R II�� II\nyan na vrajanty agha-bhido racaniinuviidiic\nchrrwanti ye 'nya-vi�ayiil;l ku-kathii mati-ghn\"il;l\nyiis tu srutii hata-bhagair nrbhir iitta-siiriis\ntiims tiin k�ipanty asara[te�u tamaftsu hanta\nyat- V aiku l).t ha ; na-never; v rajan ti-approach; agha-bhidal}-of the vanquisher of all kinds of sins; racanii-of the creation; anuviidiit-than narra­\n\n-\n\n:\n\ntions; Sf[l Van t i- hear ; ye those who; a n ya -o ther; vi � ayiil;l- subject matter;\nk u kathiil;l- bad words; mati-ghni{t killing intelligence; yal;l,-which; tubut; s rutiil;l - are heard; hata bhagail;l, unfortunate; nrbhi f!,- by men; iittataken away; siiriil;l,-values of life; tiin tiin-such persons; k�ipanti-are\nthrown; asara r-e�u- d evoid of all shelter; tamaf!, su in the darkest part of\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nmaterial existence; hanta-alas.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is very much regrettable that unfortunate people do not discuss the\ndescription of the V aiku!ltha planets but engage in topics which are\nunworthy to hear and which bewilder one's intelligence. Those who give up\nthe topics of V aiku!ltha and take to talk of the material world are thrown\ninto the darkest region of ignorance.\nPURPORT\nThe most unfortunate persons are the impersonalists, who cannot\nunderstand the transcendental variegatedness of the spiritual world. They\nare afraid to talk about the beauty of the V aikul).tha planets because they\nthink that variegatedness must be materiaL Such impersonalists think that\nthe spiritual world is completely void, or, in other words, that there is no\nvariegatedness. This mentality is described here as ku-kathii mati-ghn'ift,\nintelligence bewildered by unworthy words. The philosophies of voidness\nand of the impersonal situation of the spiritual world are condemned here\nbecause they bewilder one's intelligence. How can the impersonalist and\nthe void philosopher think of this material world, which is full of variegatedness, and then say that there is no variegatedness in the spiritual world?\nIt is said that this material world is the perverted reflection of the spiritual\nworld, so unless there is variegatedness in the spiritual world, how can\nthere be temporary variegatedness in the material world? That one can\n\n", "SB3.2#p0279": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n594\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\ntranscend this material world does not imply that there is no transcendental variegatedness.\nHere in the Bhiigavatam, in this verse particularly, it is stressed that\npeople who try to discuss and understand the real spiritual nature of the\nspiritual sky and the V aikur;t�has are fortunate. The variegatedness of the\n\nV aikur;t�ha planets is described in relation to the transcendental pastimes\nof the Lord. But instead of trying to understand the spiritual abode and\nthe spiritual activities of the Lord, people are more interested in politics\nand economic developments. They hold many conventions, meetings and\ndiscussions to solve the problems of this worldly situation, where they can\nremain for only a few years, but they are not interested in understanding\nthe spiritual situation of the V aikur;t�ha world. If they are at all fortunate,\nthey become interested in going back home, back to Godhead, but unless\nthey understand the spiritual world, they rot in this material darkness\ncontinually.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nqs-�(tlqflt =if ;it � !A1fl\nm =if �4�tt4 � � 1\n� � r..�(�q�\nQ+.{tft�l f� iHT � � 11�\\lll\nye 'bhyarthitam api ca no nr-gatirh prapannii\njiiiinarh ca tattva-vi�ayarh saha-dharmarh yatra\nniiriidhanarh bhagavato vitaranty amu�ya\nsammohita vitataya bata mayayii te\nye-those persons; abhyarthitiim-desired; api-certainly; ca-and; na�­\n\nby us (Brahma and the other demigods); nr- gatim- the human form of life;\n\nprapan n ii�-have attained; jniinam - knowledge; ca-and; tattva-vi�ayam­\n\nsubject matter about the Absolute Truth; saha- dharmam-along with religious principles;yatra-where; na-not; iiriidhanam- worship; bhagavata�­\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vitaranti-per for. m; amu�ya-of\n\nthe Supreme Lord; sammohitii�-being bewildered; vitatayii - all pervading;\n\nbata - alas; miiyayii-by the influence of the illusory energy; te-they.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma said: My dear demigods, the human form of life is of such\n\nimportance that we also desire to have such life, for in the human form one\ncan attain perfect religious truth and knowledge. If one in this human form\n\n", "SB3.2#p0280": "Text 25]\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n595\n\nof life does not understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His\nabode, it is to be understood that he is very much affected by the influence\nof external nature.\nPURPORT\nBrahmiijl condemns very vehemently the condition of the human being\nwho does not take interest in the Personality of Godhead and His transcendental abode, VaikuQ�ha. The human form of life is desired even by\nBrahmaji. Brahma and other demigods have much better material bodies\nthan human beings, yet the demigods, including Brahma, nevertheless\ndesire to attain the human form of life because it is specifically meant for\nthe living entity who can attain transcendental knowledge and religious\nperfection. It is not possible to go back to Godhead in one life, but in the\nhuman form one should at least understand the goal of life and begin Kr�rya\nconsciousness. It is said that the human form is a great boon because it is\nthe most suitable boat for crossing over the nescience ocean. The spiritual\nmaster is considered to be the most able captain in that boat, and the information from the scriptures is the favorable wind for floating over the ocean\nof nescience. The human being who does not take advantage of all these\nfacilities in this life is committing suicide. Therefore one who does not\nbegin Kr�IJa consciousness in the human form of life loses his life to the\ninfluence of the illusory energy. Brahma regrets the situation of such a\nhuman being.\nTEXT 25\n\n�\n('\n\n!f�fitf4ttt1Jtq¥U�'t\"':tl\n� uqft wt: ��.uir�'m: 1\n-..:>\n\n¥1dffl�: �: �911�(1·1���· ��ii�TfT: ����II\nyac ca vrajanty animi�am nabhanuvrttya\ndureyama hy upari na� sprhariya-S'ila�\nbhartur mitha/:t su-yasasa/:t kathaniinuriigavaiklavya-bii�pakalayii pulakilqtiihgii�\nyat- Vaikur;ttha; ca-and; vrajanti-go; animi§iim-of the demigods;\n\nr�ab h a-chief; a nu vrttyii-follo wing in the footsteps; dure-keeping at a\ndistance;\nyamiitz-regulative\nprinciples; hi-certainly; upari - above ;\nna/:t -us ; sprhal).iya-to be desired; silii/:t-good qualities; b hartu /:t-of the\nSupreme Lord; mitha{t - for one another; su-yasasa /:t -glories ; kathana-by\n\n", "SB3.2#p0281": "596\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\ndiscussions, discourses;anuraga-attraction; vaiklavya-ecstasy; bii�pakalayii\n-tears in the eyes;pulak\"ikrta-shivering; ahga{t-bodies.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPersons whose bodily features change in ecstasy and who breathe heavily\n\nand perspire due to hearing the glories of the Lord are promoted to the\n\nkingdom of God, even though they do not care for meditation and other\n\nausterities. The kingdom of God is above the material universes, and it is\n\ndesired by Brahma and other demigods.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is clearly stated herein that the kingdom of God is above these\n\nmaterial universes. Just as there are many hundreds of thousands of higher\n\nplanets above this earth, so there are many millions and billions of spiritual\n\nplanets belonging to the spiritual sky. Brahmiijl states herein that the\nspiritual kingdom is above the kingdom of the demigods. One can enter the\nkingdom of the Supreme Lord only when one is highly developed in\n\ndesirable qualities. AU good qualities develop in the person of a devotee.\n\nIt is stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam, Fifth Canto, 18th Chapter, 13th verse\nthat anyone who is KwJa conscious is endowed with all the good qualities\n\nof the demigods. In the material world the qualities of the demigods are\n\nhighly appreciated, just as, even in our experience, the qualities of a gentle­\n\nman are more highly appreciated than the qualities of a man in ignorance\n\nor in a lower condition of life. The qualities of the demigods in the higher\nplanets are far superior to the qualities of the inhabitants of this earth.\n\nBrahmiiji confirms herewith that only persons who have developed the\n\ndesirable qualities can enter into the kingdom of God. In the Caitanya­\n\ncaritamrta, the devotee's desirable qualities are described to be twenty-six\n\nin number. They are stated a:s follows: He is very kind; he does not quarrel\n\nwith anyone; he accepts Kr�Qa consciousness as the highest goal of life; he\nis equal to everyone; no one can find fault in his character; he is magnani­\n\nmous, mild and always clean, internally and externally; he does not profess\n\nto possess anything in this material world; he is a benefactor to all living\n\nentities;he is peaceful and is a soul completely surrendered to Kr�Qa;he ha s\n\nno material desire to fulfill; he is meek and humble, always steady, and has\n\nconquered the sensual activities; he does not eat more than required to\n\nmaintain body and soul together; he is never mad after material identity;\n\nhe is respectful to all others and does not demand respect for himself; he\n\nis very grave, very compassionate and very friendly; he is poetic; he is\nexpert in all activities, and he is silent in nonsense. Similarly, in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam, Third Canto, 25th Chapter, 20th verse, the qualifications of\n\n", "SB3.2#p0282": "Description of the Kingdom of God\n\nText 25)\n\n597\n\na saintly person are mentioned. It is said there that a saintly person eligible\n\nto enter into the kingdom of God is very tolerant and very kind to all\n\nliving entities. He is not partial; he is kind to both human beings and to\nanimals. He is not such a fool that he will kill a goat NarayaQa to feed a\nhuman\n\nNarayaQa\n\nor\n\ndaridra-niiniyar-a.\n\nHe is very kind to all living\n\nentities; therefore he has no enemy. He is very peaceful. These are the\n\nqualities of persons who are eligible to enter into the kingdom of God. That\n\nsuch a person gradually becomes liberated and enters the kingdom of God\n\nis confirmed in Sr'imad-Bhiigavatam, Fifth Canto, 5th Chapter, 2nd verse.\n\nThe Sr'imad-Bhiigavatam, Second Canto, 3rd Chapter, 24th verse, also states\n\nthat if a person does not cry or exhibit bodily changes after chanting the\nholy name of God without offense, it is to be understood that he is hard­\n\nhearted and that therefore his heart does not change even after he chants\n\nthe holy name of God, Hare Kr:ma. These bodily changes can take place\n\ndue to ecstasy when we offenselessly chant the holy names of God, Hare\n\nKp�rya, Hare Kr�rya, Kr�lJa Kr�rya, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama,Rama\n\nRama, Hare Hare.\n\nIt may be noted that there are ten offenses that we should avoid. The\n\nfirst offense is to decry persons who try in their lives to broadcast the\nglories of the Lord. People must be educated in understanding the glories\n\nof the Supreme; therefore the devotees who engage in preaching the glories\n\nof the Lord are never to be decried. It is the greatest offense. Furthermore,\n\nthe holy name of Vi�I)U is the most auspicious name, and His pastimes are\n\nalso nondifferent from the holy name of the Lord. There are many foolish\n\npersons who say that one can chant Hare Kr�r:ta or chant the name of Kali\nor Durga or Siva because they are all the same. If one thinks that the holy\n\nname of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the names and activities\n\nof the demigods are on the same level, or if one accepts the holy name of\n\nVi�r:tu to be a material sound vibration, that is also an offense. The third\n\noffense is to think of the spiritual master who spreads the glories of the\n\nLord as an ordinary human being. The fourth offense is to consider the\n\nVedic literatures, such as the Puriir-as or other transcendentally revealed\n\nscriptures, to be ordinary books of knowledge. The fifth offense is to think\n\nthat devotees have given artificial importance to the holy name of God.\n\nThe actual fact is that the Lord is nondifferent from His name. The highest\n\nrealization of spiritual value is to chant the holy name of God, as pre­\n\nscribed for the age-Hare Kr�r:ta, Hare Kr�r:ta, Kr�r:ta Kr�r:ta, Hare Hare/ Hare\nRama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. The sixth offense is to give some\ninterpretation on the holy name of God. The seventh offense is to act sinfully\n\non the strength of chanting the holy name of God. It is understood that one\n\ncan be freed from all sinful reaction simply by chanting the holy name of\n\n", "SB3.2#p0283": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n598\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nGod, but if one thinks that he is therefore at liberty to commit all kinds of\n\nsinful acts, that is a symptom of offense. The eighth offense is to equalize\nthe chanting of Hare Kr�Qa with other spiritual activities, such as medita­\n\ntion, austerity, penance or sacrifice. They cannot be equalized at any leveL\n\nThe ninth offense is to specifically glorify the importance of the holy name\n\nbefore persons who have no interest. The tenth offense is to be attached to\nto the misconception of possessing something, or to accept the body as\none's self, while executing the process of spiritual cultivation.\n\nWhen one is free from all ten of these offenses in chanting the holy name\n\nof God, he develops the ecstatic bodily features which are called pulakiisru.\n\nPulaka means symptoms of happiness, and asru means tears in the eyes.\n\nThe symptoms of happiness and tears in the eyes must appear in a person\n\nwho has chanted the holy name offenselessly. Here in this verse it is stated\n\nthat those who have actually developed the symptoms of happiness and\ntears in the eyes by chanting the glories of the Lord are eligible to enter the\n\nkingdom of God. In the Caitanya-caritiimrta it is said that if one does not\n\ndevelop these symptoms while chanting Hare Kr�l}a, it is to be understood\n\nthat he is still offensive. Caitanya-caritiimrta suggests a nice remedy in\nthis connection. There it is said, in verse 31, Chapter Eight, of Adi-lUii,\n\nthat if anyone takes shelter of Lord Caitanya and just chants the holy name\n\nof the Lord, Hare KpJQa, he becomes freed from all offenses.\n\nTEXT 26\n\nm�d•�\n\n�fqf��mt��(f�: I\n\n�:����¥U41'i(�;( �� fclto6¥f\\.II�G.II\ntad vi$va-gurv-adhikrtarh bhuvanaika-vandyarh\ndivyarh vicitra-vibudhagrya-vimana-soc*\niipu� pararh mudam apiirvam upetya yogamaya-balena munayas tad atho vikur-tham\ntat-then; visva-guru- by the teacher of the universe, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead; adhikrtam\n\n-\n\npredom inated; bhuvana-of the pla­\n\nnets; e ka-alone; vandyam-worthy to be worshiped; divyam\nvicit ra\n\n-\n\n-\n\nspiritual ;\n\nhighly decorated; vibudha-agrya-of the devotees (who are the\n\nbest of the learned); vimiina-of the airplanes; so c i�\n\n-\n\nilluminated; iipuft­\n\nattained;pariim-the highest; mudam-happiness;apurvam-unprecedented;\nupetya-having attained; yoga-miiyii-by spiritual potency; balena-by the\n\n", "SB3.2#p0284": "Text 26)\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\ninfluence; munaya fl\nVi�I).U.\n\n-\n\n599\n\nthe sages; tat- VaikuQ.tha; atho- that ; viku[Ltham­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus the great sages, Sanaka, Sanatana, Sanandana and Sanat-kumara,\nupon reaching the above-mentioned V aikUQ\\ha in the spiritual world by\ndint of their mystic yoga performance, perceived unprecedented happiness. They found that the spiritual sky was illuminated by highly decorated\nairplanes piloted by the best devotees of V aikUQ\\ha and was predominated\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is one without a second. He is\nabove everyone. No one is equal to Him, nor is anyone greater than Him.\nTherefore He is described here as visva-guru. He is the prime living entity of\nthe entire material and spiritual creation and is bhuvanaika-vandyam, the\nonly worshipable Personality in the three worlds. The airplanes in the\nspiritual sky are self-illuminated and are piloted by great devotees of the\nLord. In other words, in the V aikUQ.\\ha planets there is no scarcity of the\nthings which are available in the material world; they are available, but\nthey are more valuable because they are spiritual and therefore eternal and\nblissful. The sages felt an unprecedented happiness because V aikuQ.tha\nwas not predominated by an ordinary man. The VaikuQ.\\ha planets are\npredominated by expansions of Kr�IJ.a, who are differently named as\nMadhusudana, Madhava, NarayaQ.a, Pradyumna, etc. These transcendental\nplanets are worshipable because the Personality of Godhead personally\nrules them. It is said here that the sages reached the transcendental spiritual\nsky by dint of their mystic power. That is the perfection of the yoga\nsystem. The breathing excercise and disciplines to keep health in proper\norder are not the ultimate goals of yoga perfection. The yoga system as\ngenerally understood is a�tiinga-yoga, or siddhi, eightfold perfection in\n\nyoga. By dint of perfection in yoga one can become lighter than the lightest and heavier than the heaviest; one can go wherever he likes and can\nachieve opulences as he likes. There are eight such perfections. The nis,\nthe four Kumaras, reached V aikuQ.tha by becoming lighter than the lightest and thus passing over the space of the material world. Modern mechanical space vehicles are unsuccessful because they cannot go to the highest\nregion of this material creation, and they certainly cannot enter the\nspiritual sky. But by perfection of the yoga system one can not only\ntravel through material space, but can surpass material space and enter the\nspiritual sky. We learn this fact also from an incident concerning Durvasa\nMuni and Maharaja Ambar\"i!)a. It is understood that in one year Durvasa\n\n", "SB3.2#p0285": "(Canto 3, Ch . 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n600\n\nMuni traveled everywhere and went into the spiritual sky to meet the\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nNaraya�a.\n\nBy\n\npresent\n\nstandards,\n\nscientists calculate that if one could travel at the speed of light, it would\ntake 40,000 years to reach the highest planet of this material world. But\nthe yoga system can carry one without limitation or difficulty. The word\nyoga-miiyii\n\nis\n\nused in\n\nthis\n\nverse.\n\nYoga-miiyii-balena vikuT;ttham. The\n\ntranscendental happiness exhibited in the spiritual world and all other\nspiritual manifestations there are made possible by the influence of yogamaya, the internal potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�4141«f�q- �: 'R'�%M+U'11:\n�: Q+UifiifQ� Q8+Uttli( I\na.q'q\"\"� �m �-\n\nW{(fO\"�rtuawac�.n\n\n11�\\9\"\n\ntasminn atitya munaya� �a(j asajjamiinii�\nkak�ii� samiina-vayasiiv atha saptamiiyiim\ndeviiv acak�ata grhita-gadau parardhyakeyura-kuTJCJala-kin{a-vitanka-vesau\ntasmin-in that Vaikuntl)a; at itya-after passing through; munaya[l­\n\nthe great sages;\n\nkak� ii� -wal1 s;\n\n� at - si x; asajja maniill -without being much\n\nsa miina-e qual;\n\nvayasau-age;\n\nattracted;\n\natha-thereafter; saptam­\n\niiyiim- at the seventh gate; devau-two VaikuJ;�tha doormen; acak§ata­\n\nsaw; grhita-carrying; gada u-ma ces; pa ra-ar dh ya-most valuable; keyura­\n\nbracelets; ku T;t{i ala - earrings; kiriJa-helmets; v(ta ri ka-beautifu l; vesaugarments.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter passing through the six entrances of V aiku �t ha Puri, the Lord's\n\nresidence, without feeling astonishment at all the decorations, they saw\n\nat the seventh gate two shining beings of the same age, armed with maces\nand adorned with most valuable jewelry, earrings, diamonds, etc.\nPURPORT\nThe sages were so eager to see the Lord within V aiku�tha Pur! that they\n\ndid not care to see the transcendental decorations of the six gates which\nthey passed by one after another. But at the seventh door they found two\ndoormen of the same age. The significance of the doormen's being of the\nsame age is that in the V aikuJ;��ha planets there is no old age, so one cannot\n\n", "SB3.2#p0286": "Text 29]\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n601\n\ndistinguish who is older than whom. The inhabitants of V aikuvtha are\ndecorated like the Supreme Personality of Godhead, NarayaQ.a, with sahkha,\ncakra, gada and padma (conch, wheel, club and lotus).\nTEXT 28\n\n+('ijfG:�€4ii'41f(.'S��· �ffl\n\n�(ij�lfij�:qd!�'«l!¥4� I\n� � �R��• �$af;w$n�i\n�WI :q '4iiiSI+id � ������\nmatta-dvirepha-vanamiilikayii niv\"itau\nvinyastayiisita-catu�(aya-bahu-madhye\nvaktram bhruvii kutilayii sphuta-nirgamiibhyiim\nraktek§a[tena ca maniig rabhasarh dadhiinau\nmatta-into x icated; dvi-repha-bees; vana-miilikayii-with a garland of\nfresh flowers; niv\"itau-hanging on the neck; vinyastayii-placed around;\n\nasita- blue;\n\nc atu§\n\n{aya-four; b iih u- hands; madhye-be tween; vaktram­\n\nface; bhruvii-with their eyebrows; ku{ilayii-arched; sphuta-snor ting ;\nnirgamiibhyiim\n\n- breathing; rakta-reddish; \"ik§a!Iena-with eyes; ca-and ;\n- agitated; dadhiinau-glanced over.\n\nmanii k-somewha t ; rabhasam\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe two doormen were garlanded with fresh flowers which attracted\nintoxicated bees and which were placed around their necks and between\ntheir four blue hands. From their arched eyebrows, discontented nostrils\nand reddish eyes, they appeared somewhat agitated.\nPURPORT\nTheir garlands attracted swarms of bees because they were garlands of\nfresh flowers. In the VaikuQ�ha world everything is fresh, new and transcendental. The inhabitants of V aikuQtha have bodies of bluish color and four\nhands 11ke Narayat;ta.\nTEXT 29\n\nm�f.\\N�*'•\n� q1{1 �iiiWIR*fil �: I\nri� «sA't¥4�1 (WN: ((4t!t41\nit�-��-�· A•l�lf+i�CI:tl��ll\n\n", "SB3.2#p0287": "[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n602\n\ndviiry etayor nivivisur mi§ator apntva\npurvii yathii pura.ta-vajra-kapii_tikii yii�\nsarvatra te 'vi�amayii munaya� sva-dn(yii\nye saiicaranty avihatii vigatiibhisankii�\ndviiri-in the door; etayo�-both doorkeepers; nivivisu� -entered;\nmi�ato�-while seeing; apr�(va-without asking; p urvii� as before; yathiias; purafa-made of gold; vajra-and diamond; kapat ikii� -the doors; yii{t which; sarvatra-everywhere; te-they; av i§ amayii-without any sense of\ndiscrimination; munaya� _:_the great sages; sva dntyii out of their own will;\nye- w h o; saiica rant i move; avihatii� without being checked; vigatawithout; abhisan kii� doubt.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sages, headed by Sanaka, had opened doors everywhere. They\n\nhad no idea of ours and theirs. With open minds, they entered the seventh\ndoor out of their own will, just as they had passed through the six other\ndoors, which were made of gold and diamonds.\nPURPORT\nThe great sages-namely, Sanaka, Sanatana, Sanandana, and Sanatkumara-although very old in years, maintained themselves eternally as\nsmall children. They were not at all duplicitous, and they entered the doors\nexactly as little children enter places without any idea of what it is to\ntrespass. That is a cliild 's nature. A child can enter any place, and no one\nchecks him. Indeed, a child is generally welcome in his attempts to go\nplaces, but if it so happens that a child is checked from entering a door, he\nnaturally becomes very sorry and angry. That is the nature of a child. In\nthis case, the same thing happened. The childlike saintly personalities\nentered all the six doors of the palace, and no one checked them; therefore\nwhen they attempted to enter the seventh door and were forbidden by the\ndoormen, who checked them with their sticks, they naturally became very\nangry and sorrowful. An ordinary child would cry, but because these were\nnot ordinary children, they immediately made preparations to punish the\ndoormen, for the doormen had committed a great offense. Even to this\nday a saintly person is never checked from entering anyone's door in India.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n", "SB3.2#p0288": "Text 31]\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n603\n\n� �«ctWHUqij�(ulfJi\n� R� ¥1•1ttd4Rt1i�1 II� o II\ntiin vik�ya viita-rasaniirhs catura� kumiiriin\nvrddhiin dasiirdha-vayaso viditiitma-tattviin\nvetrerza ciiskhalayatiim atad-arharziirhs tau\ntejo vihasya bhagavat-pratikiila-silau\ntan\n\n-\n\nthem;\n\nuik�ya-after\n\nseeing;\n\nviita-rasaniin-naked; ca t u ra{!-four;\n\nkumii riin- boys; vrddhiin-aged; dasa-ardha-five years; uayasa�-appear\n\n­\n\ning as of the age; vidita-had realized; iitma-tattviin-the truth of the self;\nvetrera- with their staffs; ca-also; askhalaya t iim-forbade; a-tat-arhariin­\n\nnot deserving such from them; tau-those two porters; teja[!-glories;\nvihasya- disregarding the etiquette; bhagavat-pratikiila-silau- having a nature\ndispleasing to the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nThe four boy sages, who had nothing to cover their bodies but the\natmosphere, looked only five years old, even though they were the oldest\nof all living creatures and had realized the truth of the self. But when the\nporters, who happened to possess a disposition which was quite unpalatable to the Lord, saw the sages, they blocked their way with their staffs,\ndespising their glories, although the sages did not deserve such treatment\nat their hands.\nPURPORT\nThe four sages were the first-born sons of Brahma. Therefore all other\n\nliving entities, including Lord S iva, are born later and are therefore younger\n\nthan the four Kumaras. Although they looked like five-year-old boys and\ntraveled naked, the Kumaras were older than all other living creatures and\nhad realized the truth of the self. Such saints were not to be forbidden to\n\nenter the kingdom of V aikul).�ha, but by chance the doormen obj ected to\n\ntheir entrance. This was not fitting. The Lord is always anxious to serve\nsages like the Kumaras, but in spite of knowing this fact, the doormen,\nastonishingly and outrageously, prohibited them from entering.\nTEXT 31\n\n� lll't�f.ri'� f.t�;qqlwtl:\n���u aft�: stRICI(ql+ql(I\n�: Ufij'lfd\\(� {.c:¥1ql�wt m« \\t i3q'{i�U�f1: II�� II\n\n", "SB3.2#p0289": "(Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n604\n\ntiibhyiirit mi§alsv animifiefiu ni,sidhyamiinii�\nsv-arhattamii hy api hare[t pratihiira-piibhyiim\nucu{t suhrttama-didrkfiita-bhanga �satkiimiinujena sahasii ta upaplutiikfiii�\ntiibhyiim-by those two porters; mi§atsu- while looking on; animi�e�udemigods\n\nliving\n\nin\n\nVaikul).tha;\n\nni§idhyamiinii�\n\n-\n\nbeing\n\nforbidden; su­\n\narhattamii�- by far the fittest persons; hi api-although; hare�-of Hari, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; pratihiira-piibhyiim-by the two doorkeepers; u cu�- said; sulqttama\n\n-\n\nmost beloved; didrkfiita- eag e rness to\n\nsee; bhahge-hindra n ce; I�at-slight; kiima-anujena-by the younger brother\nof l ust (anger); sahasa- su ddenly ; te-those great sages; upaplu ta- agitated;\nak§ii{l-eyes.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough they were by far the fittest persons, when the Kumaras were\n\nthus forbidden entrance by the two chief doorkeepers of Sri Hari while\nother divinities looked on, their eyes suddenly turned red because of anger\n\ndue to their great eagerness to see their most beloved master, Sri Hari, the\n\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic system, a sannyiisi, a person in the renounced\norder of life, is dressed in saffron colored garments. This saffron dress is\npractically a passport for the mendicant and sannyiisi to go anywhere.\nThe sannyiisi's duty is to enlighten people in KH!].a consciousness. Those in\nthe renounced order of life have no other business but prP.aching the\nglories and supremacy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore\nthe\n\nVedic\n\nsociological conception is that a sannyiisi should not be\n\nrestricted; he is allowed to go anywhere and everywhere he wants, and he\nis not refused any gift he might demand from a householder. The four\nKumaras came to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead Niirayap.a. The\nword suhrttama, \"best of aU friends,\" is important. As Lord Kr�J}.a states in\nthe Bhagavad-gitii, He is the best friend of aU living entities. Suhrdarh\nsarva-bhutiiniim. No one can be a greater well-wishing friend to any living\nentity than the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is so kindly disposed\ntowards everyone that in spite of our completely forgetting our relationship with the Supreme Lord, He comes Himself-sometimes personally, as\nLord Kr�!].a appeared on this earth, and sometimes as His devotee, as did\nLord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu-and sometimes He sends His bona fide devotees to reclaim all the fallen souls. Therefore, He is the greatest well-wishing\nfriend of everyone, and the Kumiiras wanted to see Him. The doorkeepers\n\n", "SB3.2#p0290": "Text 32)\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n605\n\nshould have known that the four sages had no other business, and therefore\nto restrict them from entering the palace was not apt.\nIn this verse it is figuratively stated that the younger brother of desire\nsuddenly appeared in person when the sages were forbidden to see their\nmost beloved Personality of Godhead. The younger brother of desire is\nanger. If one's desire is not fulfilled, the younger brother, anger, follows.\nHere we can mark that even great saintly persons like the Kumaras were also angry, but they were not angry for their personal interests. They were\nangry because they were forbidden to enter the palace to see the Personality\nof Godhead. Therefore the theory that in the perfectional stage one should\nnot have anger is not supported in this verse. Anger will continue even in\nthe liberated stage. These four mendicant brothers, the Kumaras, were con·\nsidered liberated persons, but still they were angry because they were restricted in their service to the Lord. The difference between the anger of an\nordinary person and that of a liberated person is that an ordinary person becomes angry because of his sense desires not being fulfilled, whereas a\nliberated person like the Kumaras becomes angry when restricted in the\ndischarge of duties for serving the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nIn the previous verse it has been clearly mentioned that the Kumaras\nwere liberated persons. Viditiitma-tattva means one who understands the\ntruth of self-realization. One who does not understand the truth of selfrealization is called ignorant, but one who understands the self, the Superself, their interrelation, and activities in self-realization is called viditiitma­\n\ntattva. Although the Kumaras were already liberated persons, they nevertheless became angry. This point is very important. Becoming liberated\ndoes not necessitate losing one's sensual activities. Sense activities continue\neven in the liberated stage. The difference is, however, that sense activities\nin liberation are accepted only in connection with KHf.la consciousness,\nwhereas sense activities in the conditioned stage are enacted for personal\nsense gratification.\n\nTEXT 32\n���\n\ne � ��:qcttil�:Q� f.lq�Htf f�: �: I\n� S45JI\"6�(iq mf� �\n� �ss�¥t4�C.�l: 11Rtatwfttt: II�� II\nmunaya iicu{t\nko viim ihaitya bhagavat-paricaryayoccais\ntad-dharmi[tiim nivasatiim vi�ama� sva-bhiiva�1.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0291": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n606\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\ntasmin prasiinta-puru�e gata-vigrahe viim\nko viitmavat kuhakayo� parisankani\"ya�\nmunaya�-the great sages; ucu�-said; ka {t - who; vam\n\n-\n\nyou two; iha-in\n\nVaikw;ttha; etya- having attained; bhagavat- of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; paricaryayii-by the service; ucca *\n\n-\n\nhaving been developed by\n\npast pious actions; tat-dharmiriim-of the devotees; nivasatiim-dwelling in\nVaikuJ;Jtha; v4amafi,- discordant; sva-bhiivafi,- mentality; tasmin- in the\nSupreme Lord; prasiinta-puru� e\n\n-\n\nwithout anxieties; gata-vigrahe-without\n\nany enemy; vam-of you two; ka�-who; va-or; atmavat-like yourselves;\n\nkuhakayo�-maintaining duplicity; parisahkantya�-not becoming trustworthy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe sages said: Who are these two persons who have developed such a\ndiscordant mentality even though they are posted in the service of the Lord\nin the highest position and are expected to have developed the same\nqualities as the Lord? How are these two persons living in Vaikuptha?\n\nWhere is the possibility of an enemy's coming into this kingdom of God?\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead has no enemy. Who could be envious\nof Him? Probably these two persons are imposters; therefore they suspect\nothers to be like themselves.\n\nPURPORT\nThe difference between the inhabitants of a Vaiku!ltha planet and those\nof a material planet is that in V aikuptha all the residents engage in the\nservice of the Lord Himself and are equipped with all His good qualities. It\nhas been analyzed by great personalities that when a conditioned soul is\nliberated and becomes a devotee, about seventy-nine percent of all the\ngood qualities of the Lord develop in his person. Therefore in the\nVaikuptha world there is no question of enmity between the Lord and\nthe residents. Here in this material world the citizens may be inimical to\nthe chief executives or heads of state, but in Vaiku!ltha there is no such\nmentality. One is not allowed to enter Vaiku!ltha unless he has completely\ndeveloped the good qualities. The basic principle of goodness is to accept\nsubordination to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The sages, therefore,\nwere surprised to see that the two doormen who checked them from\nentering the palace were not exactly like the residents of Vaiku!lthaloka.\nIt may be said that a doorman's duty is to determine who should be\nallowed to enter the palace and who should not. But that is not relevant in\nthis matter because no one is allowed to enter the Vaiku!ltha planets unless\nhe has developed one hundred percent his mentality of devotional service\nto the Supreme Lord. No enemy of the Lord can enter Vaiku!lthaloka.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0292": "Text 33]\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n607\n\nThe Kumaras concluded that the only reason for the doormen's checking\nthem was that the doormen themselves were imposters.\nTEXT 33\n\n\" v•� �'lt Q'l{ijf�tmill'1'1�'1f.t Wflil � �: I\ncmf;a ��: ud�ft'il: ft\n\n���lPf������ll\n......\n\nna hy antaram bhagavattha samasta-kuk�av\natmanam atmani nabho nabhasiva dhira?l\npasyanti yatra yuvayo� sura-lingino� kim\nvyutpaditam hy udara-bhedi bhayam yato'sya\nna-not; hi-because; antaram -distinc tion; bhagava ti -in the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; iha-here; samasta kuk�au -everything is within\n-\n\nthe\n\nabdomen; atmanam-the living entity; atmani-in the Supersoul;\n\nnabha� -the small quantity of air; nabhasi-within the whole aiq iva-as;\ndhira�\n\n-\n\nthe learned; p asyanti\n\n-\n\nsee; yatra\n\n-\n\nin whom; yuvayo !l-of you two;\n\nsura l i n gino �-dressed like inhabitants of Vaikul)tha; kim-how; vyutpadi-\n\ntam-a wakened, developed; hi\n\n-\n\ncertainly; udara-bhedi- distinction between\n\nthe body and the soul; bhayam-fearfulness; yata!l-wherefrom; asya- of\nthe Supreme Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Vaikuptha world there is complete harmony between the residents\nand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, just as there is complete harmony within space between the big and the small skies. Why then is there\na seed of fear in this field of harmony? These two persons are dressed like\ninhabitants of Vaikuptha, but wherefrom can their disharmony come into\nexistence?\nPURPORT\nJust as there are different departments in each state in this material\nworld, the civil department and the criminal department, so, in God's\ncreation, there are two departments of existence. As in the material\nworld we find that the criminal department is far, far smaller than the\ncivil department, so this material world, which is considered the criminal\ndepartment, is one-fourth of the entire creation of the Lord. All living\nentities who are residents of the material universes are considered to be\nmore or less criminals because they do not wish to abide by the order of\nthe Lord or they are against the harmonious activities of God's will. The\n\n", "SB3.2#p0293": "608\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nprinciple of creation is that the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead,\n\nis by nature joyful, and He becomes many in order to enhance His\n\ntranscendental joy. The living entities like ourselves, being part and parcel\n\nof the Supreme Lord, are meant to satisfy the senses of the Lord. Thus,\n\nwhenever there is a discrepancy in that harmony, immediately the living\n\nentity is entrapped by miiyii, or illusion.\n\nThe external energy of the Lord is called the material world, and the\n\nkingdom of the internal energy of the Lord is called VaikuJ;ttha, or the\n\nkingdom of God. In the VaikuJ;ttha world there is no disharmony between\n\nthe Lord and the residents. Therefore God's creation in the VaikuJ;ttha\n\nworld is perfect. There is no cause of fear. The entire kingdom of God is\nsuch a completely harmonious unit that there is no possibility of enmity.\n\nEverything there is absolute. Just as there are so many physiological\n\nconstructions within the body yet they work in one order for the satisfac­\n\ntion of the stomach, and just as in a machine there are hundreds and\n\nthousands of parts yet they run in harmony to fulfill the function of the\n\nmachine, in the V aikuJ;ttha planets the Lord is perfect, and the inhabitants\nalso perfectly engage in the service of the Lord.\n\nThe Mayavadi philosophers, the impersonalists, interpret this verse of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam to mean that the small sky and the big sky are one,\n\nbut this idea cannot stand. The example of the big sky and the small skies\n\nis also applicable within a person's body. The big sky is the body itself,\n\nand the intestines and other parts of the body occupy the small sky. Each\nand every part of the body has individuality, even though occupying a\n\nsmall part of the total body.. Similarly, the whole creation is the body of\n\nthe Supreme Lord, and we created beings, or anything that is created, are\n\nbut a small part of that body. The parts of the body are never equal to the\nwhole. This is never possible. In Bhagavad-gitii it is said that the living\n\nentities, who are parts and parcels of the Supreme Lord, are eternally parts\n\nand parcels. According to the Mayavadl philosophers, the living entity in\nillusion considers himself part and parcel although he is actually one and\n\nthe same as the supreme whole. This theory is not valid. The oneness of the\n\nwhole and the part is in their quality. The qualitative oneness of the small\n\nand large portion of the sky does not imply that the small sky becomes the\n\nbig sky.\n\nThere is no cause for the politics of divide and rule in the V aiku1,1tha\n\nplanets; there is no fear because of the united interests of the Lord and the\n\nresidents.\n\nMiiyii means disharmony between the living entities and the\n\nSupreme Lord, and VaikurJtha means harmony between them. Actually all\nliving entities are provided for and maintained by the Lord because He is\n\nthe supreme living entity. But foolish creatures, although actually under\n\n", "SB3.2#p0294": "Text 34)\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n609\n\nthe control of the supreme living entity, defy His existence, and that state\nis called miiyii. Sometimes they deny that there is such a being as God.\nThey say, \"Everything is void.\" And sometimes they deny Him in a different way: \"There may be a God, but He has no form.\" Both these conceptions arise from the rebellious condition of the living entity. As long as\nthis rebellious condition prevails, the material world will continue in\ndisharmony.\nHarmony or disharmony is realized because of the law and order of a\nparticular place. Religion is the law and order of the Supreme Lord. In the\n\nSrimad-Bhagavad-gitii we find that religion means devotional service, or\nK_reyqa consciousness. K_reyl')a says, \"Give up all other religious principles and\nsimply become a soul surrendered unto Me.\" This is religion. When one is\nfully conscious that Kr�Qa is the supreme enjoyer and Supreme Lord and\nacts accordingly, that is real religion. Anything which goes against this\nprinciple is not religion. Kr�qa therefore says: \"Just give up all other\nreligious principles.\" In the spiritual world this religious principle of Kr�J\"}.a\nconsciousness is maintained in harmony, and therefore that world is called\nVaikut:��ha. If the same principles can be adopted here, wholly or partially,\nthen it is also Vaikut:�tha. So it is with any society, such as the International\nSociety for Krishna Consciousness: If the members of the International\nSociety for Krishna Consciousness, putting faith in Kr�J\"}.a as the center,\nlive in harmony according to the order and principles of Bhagavad-gita,\nthen they are living in Vaikut:�tha, not in this material world.\n\nTEXT 34\n\"\n\n�;:1q�\n\n��\n\n('\n\nAt�¥f«:\n\n�sttef'R�q��t'(l\n�r.m 1{���\ntm'Prnfl � �� � II �'JII\ntad viim amu�ya paramasya vikufllha-bhartufl\nkartum prakr�tam iha dh\"imahi manda-dh\"ibhyiim\nlokiin ito vrajatam antara-bhiiva-dr�lyii\npiipTyasas traya ime ripavo'sya yalra\ntat-therefore; viim-unto these two; a mu� ya - of Him; paramasya- the\nSupreme; vikurtt ha- b hartu�- the Lord of Vaikul).tha; kartum-to bestow;\n\nprakr�tam - bene fit; iha-in the matter of this offense; dhTmahi-let us\nconsider; ma nda-dhTb hyiim - those whose intelligence is not very nice;\nlokiin-to the material world;ita�-from this place (Vaikut:�tha); vrajatam-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0295": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n610\ngo;\n\nantara-bhtiva�-duality; dnt yii\n\n-\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\non account of seeing;\n\npiipiyasa�­\n\nsinful; t ra ya� -three; ime-these; ripava� -enemies; asya-of a living entity;\n\nyat ra- where.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore let us consider how these two contaminated persons should\n\nbe punished. The punishment should be apt, for thus benefit can eventually be bestowed upon them. Since they find duality in the existence of\n\nV aikuptha life, they are contaminated and should be removed from this\nplace to the material world, where the living entities have three kinds of\nenemies.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe reason for pure souls' coming into the existential circumstances of\nthe material world, which is considered to be the criminal department of\nthe Supreme Lord, i s stated in Bha gavad-gitii, Seventh Chapter, 27th\nverse. It is stated that as long as a living entity is pure, he is in complete\nharmony with the desires of the Supreme Lord, but as soon as he becomes\nimpure he is in disharmony with the desires of the Lord. By contamination\nhe is forced to transfer to this material world,, where the living entities have\nthree enemies, namely desire, anger and lust. These three enemies force the\nliving entities to continue material existence, and when one is free from\nthem he is eligible to enter the kingdom of God. One should not, therefore,\nbe angry in the absence of an opportunity for sense gratification, and one\nshould not be lusty to acquire more than is necessary. In this verse it is\nclearly stated that the two doormen should be sent into the material\nworld where criminals are allowed to reside. Since the basic principles of\ncriminality are sense gratification, anger and unnecessary lust, persons\nwho are conducted by these three enemies of the living entity are never\npromoted to V aikupthaloka. People should learn Bhagavad-g itii and accept\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�Qa, as the Lord of everything;\nthey should practice satisfying the senses of the Supreme Lord instead of\ntrying to satisfy their own senses. Training in Kr�qa consciousness will\nhelp one be promoted to V aikm;ttha.\nTEXT 35\n\n�qrfiiijtf(�qw�\nd\n\n�\n\n.\n\n��\n\nQI�OC+tM'4i(OI'Iij�i: I\n\n���fir+�\nq1C::ACif4qc:t���\n����II\n\n", "SB3.2#p0296": "Description of the Kingdom of God\n\nText 36]\n\n611\n\nte�iim itiritam ubhiiv avadhiirya ghoram\ntam brahma-da!lflam aniviira(lam astra-pugai�\nsadyo harer anucariiv uru bibhyatas tatpiida-grahiiv apatatam atikatare!la\nte�iim\n\n-\n\nof the four Kumaras; iti-thus; iritam-uttered; ubhau-both\n\ndoorkeepers; avadhiirya- understanding;\n\nghoram\n\n-\n\nterrible;\n\ntam-that;\n\nbrahma-dafl flam-curse of a briihma(la; aniv'iira(lam-not able to be counteracted; astra-puga*-by any kind of weapon; sadya�-at once; hare�-of\nthe Supreme Lord; anucarau-devotees; uru-very much; bibhyatafl-became fearful; tat piida g ra hau- grasping their feet; apatatam-fell down;\n-\n\n-\n\natikiitare!la-in great anxiety.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the doormen of Vaiku�!haloka, who were certainly devotees of\nthe Lord, found that they were going to be cursed by the brahma�as,\nthey at once became very much afraid and fell down at their feet in great\nanxiety, for a brahma�a's curse cannot be counteracted by any kind of\nweapon.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough, by chance, the doormen committed a mistake by checking\nthe brahma(las from entering the gate of Vaiku�tha, they were at once\naware of the gravity of the curse. There are many kinds of offenses, but\n\nthe greatest offense is to offend a devotee of the Lord. Because the doormen were also devotees of the Lord, they were able to understand their\nmistake and were terrified when the four Kumaras were ready to curse\nthem.\nTEXT 36\n\n�)f.r �ilcrfliH+tiiR �\n� m m ���q�\"4( 1\n�if��� lltF«wf'm\n���{!ill ��itOOSl-:n II�� II\nbhiiyiid aghoni bhagavadbhir akiiri da7]qo\nyo nau hareta sura-helanam apy ase�am\nmii vo'nutiipa-kalayii bhagavat-smrti-ghno\nmoho bhaved iha tu nau vrajator adho'dhal],\nbhiiyiit-let it be; aghoni- for the sinful; bhagavadbh*-by you; akiiri\n\n­\n\nwas done; da(l�ah-punishment; yaft- that which; nau-in relation to us;\n\n", "SB3.2#p0297": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n612\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nhareta-should destroy; sura-hela nam-disobeying great demigods; apicertainly; ase� am- unlimited; mii-not; va�-of you; a nutapa- repentance;\nka laya-by a little; bhagavat-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nsmrti-gh na�- destroying the memory of; m oha�-illusion; bhavet-should\nbe; iha-in the foolish species of life; tu-but; nau-of us; vrajat o� - who\nare going; adha� adha�- down to the material world.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter being cursed by the sages, the doormen said: It is quite apt that\nyou have punished us for neglecting to respect sages like you. But we\npray that due to your compassion at our repentance, the illusion of for­\n\ngetting the Supreme Personality of Godhead will not come upon us as we\n\ngo progressively downward.\n\nPURPORT\nTo a devotee, any heavy punishment is tolerable but the one which\neffects forgetfulness of the Supreme Lord. The doormen, who were also\ndevotees, could understand the punishment meted out to them because\nthey were conscious of the great offense they had committed by not allowing the sages to enter V aikupthaloka. In the lowest species of life, including the animal species, forgetfulness of the Lord is very prominent. The\ndoormen were aware that they were going to the criminal department of\nthe material world, and they expected that they might go to the lowest\nspecies and forget the Supreme Lord. They prayed, therefore, that this\nmight not happen in the lives which they were going to accept because of\nthe curse. In Bhagavad-g\"ita, Sixteenth Chapter, verses 19 and 20, it is said\nthat those who are envious of the Lord and His devotees are thrown into\nthe species of abominable life; life after life such fools are unable to remember the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore they continue\ngoing down and down.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�� �� �·1'4iwt(fcl'�!\nR r� �r�����: ,\n�Of_ � �e''l�lfl;{lwt(­\n\n�uft���«<O:\n11�\\911\n.\n\nevarh tadaiva bhagavan aravinda-nabha�\n\nsvanarh vibudhya sad-atikramam arya-hrdya�\ntasmin yayau paramaharhsa-mahii-muntniim\nanve§a[ltya-cara(WU calayan saha-srL/:1.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0298": "613\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\nText 38]\n\nevam-thus; tadii eva-at that very moment; bhagaviin-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; aravinda-niibha�-with a lotus growing from\nHis navel; sviiniim-of His own servants; vibudhya - learned about; sat-to\nthe great sages; atikramam-the insult; iirya-of the righteous; hrdya�the delight; tasmin-there; yayau - went; param ahamsa-recluses; mahiimuninam-by the great sages; an ve§artiya-which are worthy to be sought\nafter; carartau-the two lotus feet; calayan - walking; saha-sr�-with the\ngoddess of fortune.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that very moment, the Lord, who is called Padmanabha because of\nthe lotus grown from His navel and who is the delight of the righteous,\nlearned about the insult offered by His own servants to the saints.\nAccompanied by His spouse, the goddess of fortune, He went to the spot\non those very feet that are sought for by recluses and great sages.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii\n\nthe\n\nLord\n\ndeclares\n\nthat His\n\ndevotees cannot be\n\nvanquished at any time. The Lord could understand that the quarrel\nbetween the doormen and the sages was taking a different turn, and therefore He i nstantly came out of His place and went to the spot to stop\nfurther aggravation so that His d�votees, the doormen, might not be\nvanquished for good.\nTEXT 38\n\n� ffitRi �Af� ���q­\n\n����Nm��l\n�r��;pi(: rotJ���m\"�IW{tirt€MI'i4( II ��II\ntam tv iigatarh pratihrtaupayikam sva-pumbhis\nte 'cak§atiik§a-vi§ayarh sva-samiidhi-bhiigyam\nhamsa-sriyor vyajanayo/;1. siva-viiyu-lolacchubhriitapatra-sasi-kesara-Sikariimbum\ntam-Him; tu-but; agatam - coming forward; pratihrta-carried; aupayikam-the\nthe\n\nparaphernalia;\n\ngreat sages\n\nsva-pumbhift-by\n\nHis\n\nown\n\nassociates;\n\nte­\n\n(Kumaras); acak§ata-saw; ak§a-vi§ayam-now subject\n\nmatter for seeing; sva-samiidhi-bhiigyam - visible simply by ecstatic trance;\nhamsa-sriyo�-as\n\nbeautiful\n\nas\n\nwhite\n\nswans; vyajanay o /;1. -the ciimaras\n\n(bunches of white hair); siva-viiyu-favorable winds; lolat-moving; subhra-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0299": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n614\natapatra\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nwhite\n\numbrella; sasi-the\n\ndrops; ambum-water.\n\nmoon; kesa ra\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n-\n\npea rls; sikara­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sages, headed by Sanaka �i, saw that the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead Vi�!lu, who was formerly only visible within their hearts in\n\necstatic trance, had now actually become visible to their eyes. As He came\n\nforward, accompanied by His own associates, bearing all paraphernalia,\n\nsuch as an umbrella and a camara fan, the white bunches of hair moved\n\nvery gently, like two swans, and due to their favorable breeze the pearls\n\ngarlanding the umbrella also moved, like drops of nectar falling from the\nwhite full moon or ice melting due to a gust of wind.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse we find the word acak�atiik�a-vi�ayam. The Supreme Lord\n\ncannot be seen by ordinary eyes, but He now became visible to the eyesight\n\nof the Kumaras. Another significant word is samadhi-bhiigyam. Medita­\n\ntors who are very fortunate can see the Vi�J)U form of the Lord within\n\ntheir hearts by following the yogic process. But to see Him eye to eye is a\ndifferent matter. This is only possible for pure devotees. The Kumaras,\n\ntherefore, upon seeing the Lord coming forward with His associates, who\nwere holding an umbrella and a ciimara fan, were struck with wonder that\n\nthey were seeing the Lord face to face. It is said in the Brahma-samhitii that\ndevotees, being elevated in love of God, always see Syamasundara, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, within their hearts. But when they are\n\nmature, the same God is visible before them face to face. For ordinary\n\npersons the Lord is not visible; however, when one can understand the\n\nsignificance of His holy name and one engages himself in the devotional\n\nservice of the Lord, beginning with the tongue, by chanting and tasting\n\nprasiidam, then gradually the Lord reveals Himself. Thus the devotee con­\n\nstantly sees the Lord within his heart, and, in a more mature stage, one can\n\nsee the same Lord directly, as we see everything else.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n��QI�fJU(4 �\n�6:titit�tn ����I\n�'Nt�d« itf�t f�tn���t1tfdl ij44•t�f'4'41\nII�Q..II\n\n", "SB3.2#p0300": "Text 39]\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n615\n\nkrtsna-prasiida-sumukham sprhar-ija-dhiima\nsnehiivaloka-kalayii hrdi samsprsantam\nsyiime prthiiv urasi sobhitayii sriyii svascu{iiima[!im subhagayantam iviitma-dhi�r-yam\nkrtsna-prasiida- blessing\n\neveryone;\n\nsumukha m- auspicious\n\nface;\n\nsprhar-i\"ya - desirable; dhiima - shelter; sneha-affection; aval oka-looking\nupon; kalayii- by expansion; hrdi-within the heart; samsprsantam-touching; syiime-unto the Lord with blackish color; prthau-broad; urasichest; sobhitayii- being decorated; sriyii-goddess of fortune; sva�-heavenly planets; cu{iiima[!im-summit; s ubhagayantam - spreading good fortune;\niva-like; iitma-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; dhi�r-yam-abode.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord is the reservoir of all pleasure. His auspicious presence is meant\nfor everyone's benediction, and His affectionate smiling and glancing touch\nthe core of the heart. The Lord's beautiful bodily color is blackish, and His\nbroad chest is the resting place of the goddess of fortune, who glorifies the\nentire spiritual world, which is the summit of all heavenly planets. Thus it\nappeared that the Lord was personally spreading the beauty and good\nfortune of the spiritual world.\nPURPORT\nWhen the Lord came, He was pleased with everyone; therefore it is\nstated here, krtsna-prasiida-sumukham. The Lord knew that even the offensive doormen were His pure devotees, although by chance they committed\nan offense at the feet of other devotees. To commit an offense against a\ndevotee is very dangerous in devotional service. Lord Caitanya therefore\nsaid that an offense to a devotee is just like a mad elephant run loose; when\na mad elephant enters a garden, he tramples all the plants. Similarly, an\noffense unto the feet of a pure devotee murders one's position in devotional service. On the part of the Lord there was no offended mood because He\ndoes not accept any offense created by His sincere devotee. But a devotee\nshould be very cautious of committing offenses at the feet of another\ndevotee. The Lord, being equal to all, and being especially inclined to His\ndevotee, looked as mercifully at the offenders as at the offended. This\nattitude of the Lord was due to His unlimited quantity of transcendental\nqualities. His cheerful attitude towards the devotees was so pleasing and\nheart-touching that His very smiling was attractive for them. That attraction was glorious not only for all the higher planets of this material world,\nbut beyond, for the spiritual world also. Generally a human being has no\n\n", "SB3.2#p0301": "616\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ot. 15\n\nidea of what the constitutional position is in the higher material planets,\n\nwhich are far better constituted in regard to all paraphernalia, yet the\n\nVaikur.1tha planet is so pleasing and so celestial that it is compared to the\n\nmiddle jewel or locket in a necklace of jewels.\n\nIn this verse the words sprha!Jiya-dhiima indicate that the Lord is the\n\nreservoir of all pleasure because He has all the transcendental qualities.\n\nAlthough only some of these are aspired for by persons who hanker\nafter the pleasure of merging in the impersonal Brahman, there are other\n\naspirants who want to associate with the Lord personally as His servants.\n\nThe Lord is so kind that He gives shelter to everyone-both impersonalists\n\nand devotees. He gives shelter to the impersonalists in His impersonal\nBrahman effulgence, whereas He gives shelter to the devotees in His per­\n\nsonal abodes known as the Vaikur:.tthalokas. He is especially inclined to\nHis devotee; He touches the core of the heart of the devotee simply by\n\nsmiling and glancing over him. The Lord is always served in the V aikul)tha­\n\nloka by many hundreds and thousands of goddesses of fortune, as stated\n\nby the Brahma-samhitii (lak�mi-sahasra-sata-sambhrama-sevyamiinam). In\n\nthis material world, one is glorified if he is favored even a pinch by the\n\ngoddess of fortune, so we can simply imagine how glorified is the kingdom\n\nof God in the spiritual world, where many hundreds and thousands of\n\ngoddesses of fortune engage in the direct service of the Lord. Another\n\nfeature of this verse is that it openly declares where the V aikut;tthalokas\nare situated. They are situated as the summit of all the heavenly planets,\n\nwhich are above the sun globe, at the upper limit of the universe, and are\n\nknown as Satyaloka, or Brahmaloka. The spiritual world is situated beyond\n\nthe universe. Therefore it is stated here that the spiritual world, V aikul)thaloka, is the summit of all planetary systems.\nTEXT40\n\nci\\6IU4iCV�fil61141Iii fit�Wtl\n4iJ;;;ql� '4wt'llij:ql ='f I\n\n'4�JSI'tdi¥4C9f\n\nMWI61Uaf�\n\nfit;:q(6l(6fla�ul tf'IWCfP.il� II \\l II\no\n\npitiimsuke prthu-nitambini visphurantyii\nkii.iicyiilibhir virutayii. vana-miilayii. ca\nvalgu-prako�_tha-valayam vinatii.-sutiirhse\nvinyasta-hastam itare!ta dhunii.nam abjam\npita-amsuke- covered with a yellow cloth; prthu-nitambini-on His\n\nlarge hips; vis phurantyii-shining brightly; kiiii cya - with a girdle ; a libh ifl -\n\n", "SB3.2#p0302": "Text 41]\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n617\n\nby the bees; virutayii-humming; vana miilayii-with a garland of fresh\n-\n\nflowers;\n\nca-and;\n\nvalgu- lovely;\n\nprako�Jha-wrists;\n\nvalayam- bracelets;\n\nvinatii-suta-of Garul,la, the son of Vinata; amse-on the shoulder; vinyastarested; hastam-one hand; itare�Ja-with another hand; dhuniinam-being\ntwirled; abjam-a lotus flower.\nTRANSLATION\nHe was adorned with a girdle that shone brightly on the yellow cloth\ncovering His large hips, and He wore a garland of fresh flowers which was\ndistinguished by humming bees. His lovely wrists were graced with bracelets,\nand He rested one of His hands on the shoulder of Garul,la, His carrier, and\ntwirled a lotus with another hand.\nPURPORT\nHere is a full description of the Personality of Godhead as personally\nexperienced by the sages. The Lord's personal body was covered with\nyellow colored robes, and His waist was thin. In V aiku1;1tha, whenever there\nis a flower garland on the chest of the Personality of Godhead or any one\nof His associates, it is described that the humming bees are there. All these\nfeatures were very beautiful and attractive for the devotees. One of the\nLord's hands rested on His carrier, Garul,la, and in another hand He twirled\na lotus flower. These are personal characteristics of the Personality of Godhead, NarayaJ;Ja.\nTEXT41\n\nvidyut-k�ipan-makara-kur{lala-maiJ{JaniirhagaiJ{Ja-sthalonnasa-mukham ma�Jimat-kir�tam\ndor-daiJ{Ja-�aiJ{Ja-vivare haratii pariirdh yahiireiJa kandhara-gatena ca kaw;tubhena\nvidyut-lightning; k�ipat outshining; makara-alligator-shaped; ku�J{Jala-\n\nearrings;\n\nmar�{iana\n\n-\n\nde coration;\n\narha-as\n\nit\n\nfits;\n\ngaiJ{Ja-sthala-cheeks;\n\nunnasa-prominent nose; mukham-countenance; mattimat-gem-studded;\nkiri,tam-crown; do�-dar-{la-o£ His four stout arms; �aiJ{Ja-group; vivarebetween; harata charming; para ardhya-by the most precious; hti'rera-\n\n-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0303": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n618\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nnecklace; kandhara-gatena-adorning His neck; ca-and; kaustubhena-by\n\nthe Kaustubha jewel.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis countenance was distinguished by cheeks that enhanced the beauty\n\nof His alligator-shaped pendants, which outshone lightning. His nose was\nprominent, and His head was covered with a gem-studded crown. A\n\nchaqning necklace hung between His stout arms, and His neck was\n\nadorned with the gem known by the name Kaustubha.\nTEXT 42\n\n�qqt�Rt 'Et1Mti6Pt�:\n� � FRR� 'ltiiJqiGQ( I\nqd��t;f�Q\niluf.1ttf4 wwf?t<Otuir �� �: 11\\l�ll\natropasr�.tam iti cotsmitam indiriiyii�\n\nsvanam dhiya viracitam bahu-sau�_thavafjhyam\n\nmahyam bhavasya bhavatam ca bhajantam angam\nnemur nir1k�ya na vitrpta-dr.�o muda ka*\n\natra-here, in the matter of the beauty; upasn.tam-curbed down; iti­\n\nthus;ca-and;utsmitam-the pride of her beauty;indiraya�-of the goddess\n\nof\n\nfortune;\n\nsvanam-of\n\nHis\n\nown\n\ndevotees;\n\ndhiya--:-by\n\nintelligence;\n\nviracitam-meditated on; bahu-sau�.thava-afjhyam-very beautifully deco­\n\nrated; mahyam-of me; bhavasya-of Lord Siv a; bhavatiim-of all of you;\n\nca-and; bhajantam-worshiped; angam-the figure; nemu�-bowed down;\nnir1k�ya-after\n\nseeing; na-not; vitrpta-satiated; drsa�-eyes; muda­\n\njoyously; kai�-by their heads.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe exquisite beauty of Naraya�a, being many times magnified by the\n\nintelligence of His devotees, was so attractive that it defeated the pride of\n\nthe goddess of fortune in being the most beautiful. My dear demigods, the\n\nLord who thus manifested Himself is worshipable by me, by Lord Siva and\n\nby all of you. The sages regarded Him with unsated eyes and joyously\n\nbowed their heads at His lotus feet.\n\nPURPORT\nThe beauty of the Lord was so enchanting that it could not be\n\nsufficiently described. The goddess of fortune is supposed to be the most\n\n", "SB3.2#p0304": "Text 43]\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n619\n\nbeautiful sight within the spiritual and material creations of the Lord; she\nhas a sense of being the most beautiful, yet her beauty was defeated when\nthe Lord appeared. In other words, the beauty of the goddess of fortune is\n.\nsecondary in the presence of the Lord. In the words of Vai�1;1ava poets, it is\nsaid that the Lord's beauty is so enchanting that it defeats hundreds of\nthousands of Cupids. He is therefore called Madanamohana. It is also described\n\nthat\n\nthe\n\nLord sometimes becomes mad after the beauty of\n\nRadharii1;1i.\n\nPoets\n\ndescribe that, under those circumstances,\n\nalthough\n\nLord Kr�11a is Madanamohana, He becomes Madanadaha, or enchanted by\nthe beauty of Radhara1;1i Actually the Lord's beauty is superexcellent,\nsurpassing even the beauty of Lak�mi in Vaiku1;1tha. The devotees of the\nLord in the V aiku1;1tha planets want to 'See the Lord as the most beautiful,\nbut the devotees in Gokula or Kr�1;1aloka want to see Radhara1;11 as more\nbeautiful than Kr�J;la. The adjustment is that the Lord, being bhaktavatsala, or one who wants to please His d�votees, assumes such features so\nthat devotees like Lord Brahma, Lord Siva and other demigods may be\npleased. Here also, for the devotee-sages, the Kumiiras, the Lord appeared\nin His most beautiful feature, and they continued to see Him without\nsatiation and wanted to continue seeing Him more and more.\n\nTEXT43\n\nij�tdltW<ilqil� QG>I(fcc�M�N�ge(1\"t++CMW(f41,: I\nSl'kltiij: �q'(ut � �\n\n���:IIV,II\ntasyiiravinda-nayanasya padiiravindakilijalka-misra-tulasi-makaranda-viiyu�\nantargata� sva-vivarel)a cakiira te�iirh\nsank�obham ak�ara-ju�iim api citta-tanvo�\ntasya-of Him; aravinda-nayanasya-of the lotus-eyed Lord; pada-aravinda-of the lotus feet; kiiijalka-with the toes; miSra-mixed; tulasi-the tulasi\nleaves; makaranda-fragrance; viiyu�-breeze; antargata�-entered within;\nsva-vivarel)a-through their nostrils; cakiira-made; te�iim-of the Kumaras;\nsalik�obham\n\n-\n\nagitation for change; ak�ara ju�iim\n\nBrahman realization; api\nbody.\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nattached to impersonal\n\neven though; citta-tanvo�-in both mind and\n\n", "SB3.2#p0305": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n620\n\nCanto 3, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the breeze carrying the aroma of tulasi leaves from the toes of the\nlotus feet of the Personality of Godhead entered the nostrils of those sages,\nthey experienced a change both in body and mind, even though they were\nattached to the impersonal Brahman understanding.\nPURPORT\nIt appears from this verse that the four Kumaras were impersonalists or\nprotagonists of the philosophy of monism, becoming one with the Lord.\n\nBut as soon as they saw the Lord's features, their minds changed. In other\nwords, the impersonalist who feels transcendental pleasure in striving to\n\nbecome one with the Lord is defeated when he sees the beautiful transcendental features of the Lord. Because of the fragrance of His lotus feet,\ncarried by the air and mixed with the aroma of tulasl, their minds\nchanged; instead of becoming one with the Supreme Lord, they thought\nit wise to be devotees. Becoming a servitor of the lotus feet of the\n\nLord is better than becoming one with the Lord.\nTEXT 44\n\n�� 3(PJ��� ij�«<(l\\if(t�'M1l I\n�: �aa.l�ate[f-\n\nF( Wi(Cfl(ilil'lfaptl�uf f�: 11\\l\\lll\n\nte vii amu:5Ya vadaniisita-padma-koiam\nudvtk§ya sundaratariidhara-kunda-hiisam\nln.bdhiiii§a� punar avek§ya tamyam aitghridvandvarh nakhiiru(ta-ma[Li-iraya(tarh nidadhyu�\nte-those sages; vai-certainly; amu§ya-of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; vadana-face; asita- blue; padma- l o t us; kos'am-inside; udvik�ya­\n\nafter looking up; sundaratara-more beautiful; adhara-lips; kunda-j asmine\nflower; hii sam\n\n-\n\nsmiling; labdha-achieved; iiii§a�-aims of life; puna�- again;\n\navek§ya-looking down; tamyam- His; a1ighri-dvandvam-pair of lotus feet;\nnakha-nails; aru (L a\nmeditated.\n\n-\n\nr ed; ma(Li-rubies; iraya(Lam-shelter; nidadhyu[tTRANSLATION\n\nThe Lord's beautiful face appeared to them like the inside of a blue\nlotus, and the smiling of the Lord appeared to be a blossoming jasmine\n\n", "SB3.2#p0306": "Text 45]\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n621\n\nflower. After seeing the face of the Lord, the sages were fully satisfied,\nand when they wanted to see Him further, they looked upon the nails of\nHis lotus feet, which resembled rubies. Thus they viewed the Lord's\ntranscendental\n\nbody again and again,\n\nand so they finally achieved\n\nmeditation on the Lord's personal feature.\nTEXT 45\n\n� qfij' �mf'l� m�til\\tlt;w1-:q( q JRi �tflluq_ I\ntft�\n��ittiW�'i;w.ttfri:(t�qRl�: �ar.J_�(il{ri(il: 11\\l�ll\npumsalit gatim mrgayatiim iha yoga-margair\ndhyaniispadam bahu-matam nayanabhiramam\npaumsnam vapur darsayanam ananya-siddhair\nautpattika* samagnwn yutam a�pa-bhogai�\npumsam-of those persons; gatim-l iberation ; mrgayatam-who\n\nare\n\nsearching after; ilw-here in this world; yoga-margai�-by the process of\na�.tanga-yoga; dhyana-aspadam-object of meditation; bahu-by the great\n\nyogis; matam- approved ; nayana-eyes; abhiramam-pleasing; paumsnam­\n\nhuman; vapu�-form; darsayanam-displaying; ananya-not by others;\nsiddhaitt-perfected; autpattika*-eternally present; samagrr.an-praised;\nyutam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is endowed; a�.tabhogai{l\n\n- with eight kinds of achievement.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis is the form of the Lord which is meditated upon by the followers\nof the yoga process, and it is pleasing to the y�gTs in meditation. It is not\nimaginary, but is factual, as proved by great yogis. The Lord is full in eight\nkinds of achievement, but for others these achievements are not possible in\nfull perfection.\nPURPORT\nThe success of the yoga process is very nicely described here. It is\nspecifically mentioned that the form of the Lord as four-handed Niiriiyaf)a\nis the object of meditation for the followers of yoga-miirga. In the modern\nage there are so many so-called yogis who do not target their meditation on\nthe four-handed Niirii.yat;ta form. Some of them try to meditate on something impersonal or void, but that is not approved by the great yogis who\n\n", "SB3.2#p0307": "622\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nfollow the standard method. The real yoga-miirga process is to control the\n\nsenses, sit in a solitary and sanctified place and meditate on the four-handed\n\nform of Naraya�a, decorated as described in this chapter as He appeared\n\nbefore the four sages. This Narayal).a form is Kr�Qa's expansion; therefore\n\nthe Kr�Qa consciousness movement which is now spreading is the real,\n\ntopmost process of yoga practice.\n\nKr�Qa consciousness is the highest yoga performance by trained devo­\n\ntional yogis. Despite all the allurement of yoga practice, the eight kinds of\n\nyogic perfections are hardly achievable by the common man. But here it is\n\ndescribed that the Lord, who appeared before the four sages, is Himself\n\nfull of all eight of those perfections. The highest yoga-miirga process is to\nconcentrate the mind twenty-four hours a day on Kr�Qa. This is called\n\nKr�Qa consciousness. The yoga system, as described in Snmad-Bhiigavatam\n\nand Bhagavad-gitii or as recommended in the Pataiijali yoga process, is\n\ndifferent from the nowadays practiced hatha-yoga as it is generally under­\n\nstood in the Western countries. Real yoga practice is to control the senses\n\nand, after such control is established, to concentrate the mind on the\n\nNarayal).a form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr�Qa. Lord\n\nKr�Qa is the original Personality of Godhead, and all the other Vi�I).U\n\nforms-with four hands decorated with conch, lotus, club and wheel-are\n\nplenary expansions of Kr�Qa. In Bhagavad-gitii it is recommended that one\n\nshould meditate upon the form of the Lord. To practice concentration of\n\nthe mind, one has to sit with the head and the back in a straight line, and\n\none must practice in a secluded place, sanctified by a sacred atmosphere.\n\nThe yogi should observe the rules and regulations of brahmacarya-to\n\nstrictly live a life of self-restraint and celibacy. One cannot practice yoga in\na congested city, living a life of extravagancy, including unrestricted sex\n\nindulgence and adultery of the tongue. Yoga practice necessitates control­\n\nling the senses, and the beginning of sense control is to control the tongue.\n\nOne who can control the tongue can also have control over the other senses.\nOne cannot allow the tongue to take all kinds of forbidden food and drink\n\nand at the same time advance in the practice of yoga. It is a very regrettable\n\nfact that many unauthorized so-called yogis come to the Western countries\n\nand exploit people's inclination towards yoga practice. Such unauthorized\nyogis even dare to say publicly that one can indulge in the habit of drinking\nand at the same time practice meditation.\n\nFive thousand years ago Lord Kr�Qa recommended yoga practice to\n\nA�una, but Arjuna frankly expressed his inability to follow the stringent\n\nrules and regulations of the yoga system. One should be very practical in\nevery field of activities and should not waste his valuable time in practicing\n\nuseless gymnastic feats in the name of yoga. Real yoga is to search out the\n\n", "SB3.2#p0308": "Text 45]\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n623\n\nfour-handed Supersoul within one's heart and see Him perpetually in\n\nmeditation. Such continued meditation is called samiidhi, and the object\n\nof this meditation is the four-handed NarayaJ;�a, with bodily decorations as\n\ndescribed in this chapter of Sr\"imad-Bhiigavatam. If, however, one wants to\n\nmeditate upon something void or impersonal, it will take a very long time\n\nbefore he achieves success in _yoga practice. We cannot concentrate our\nmind on something which is void or impersonal. Real yoga is to fix the\n\nmind on the form of the Lord, the four-handed NiiriiyaJ;�a who is sitting in\neveryone's heart.\nBy meditation one can understand that God is seated within one's\nheart. Even if one does not know it, God is seated within the heart of\neveryone. He is not only seated in the heart of the human being, but He is\n\nalso within the hearts of cats and dogs. Bhagavad-g\"itii certifies this fact by\n\nthe declaration of the Lord, iSvara� sarva-bhutiiniirh hrd-dese. The \"i5vara,\n\nthe supreme controller of the world, is seated in the heart of everyone. He\nis not only in everyone's heart, but He is also present within the atom. No\nplace is vacant or devoid of the presence of the Lord. That is the statement\n\nof lsopan�ad. God is present everywhere, and His right of proprietorship\n\napplies to everything. The feature of the Lord by which He is present\neverywhere is called Paramiitmii. Atmii means the individual soul, and\n\nParamatma means the individual Supersoul; both iitmii and Paramatmii are\n\nindividual persons. The difference between iitmii and Paramatma is that the\n\niitmii\n\nor the soul is present only in a particular body, whereas the\n\nParamiitma is present everywhere. In this connection, the example of the\nsun is very nice. An individual person may be situated in one place, but\nthe sun, even though a similar individual entity, is present on the head of\n\nevery individual person. In Bhagavad-g\"itii this is explained. Therefore even\nthough the qualities of all entities, including the Lord, are equal, the\n\nSupersoul is different from the individual soul by quantitative power of\nexpansion. The Lord or the Supersoul can expand Himself into millions of\ndifferent forms, whereas the individual soul cannot do so.\nThe Supersoul, being seated in everyone's heart, can witness everyone's\n\nactivities-past, present and future. In the Upani�ads the Supersoul is described as being seated with the individual soul as friend and witness. As a\nfriend, the Lord is always anxious to get back His friend, the individual soul,\nand bring him back home, back to Godhead. As a witness He is the bestower\nof all benedictions, and He endows each individual with the result of his actions. The Supersoul gives the individual soul all facilities to achieve whatever he desires to enjoy in this material world. Suffering is a reaction to the\nliving entity's propensity to try to lord it over the. material world. But the\nLord instructs His friend, the individual soul, how is also His son, to give up\n\n", "SB3.2#p0309": "624\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nall other engagements and simply surrender unto Him for perpetual bliss\nand an eternal life full of knowledge. This is the last instruction of Bhagavad­\n\ngitii, the most authorized and widely read book on all varieties of yoga. Thus\nthe last word of Bhagavad-gitii is the last word in the perfection of yoga.\nIt is stated in Bhagavad-gitii that a person who is always absorbed in\nKr�IJ.a consciousness is the topmost yogi. What is Kr�l)a consciousness? As\nthe individual soul is present by his consciousness throughout his entire\nbody, so the Supersoul or Paramatma is present throughout the whole\ncreation by superconsciousness. This superconscious energy is imitated by\nthe individual soul, who has limited consciousness. I can understand what\nis going on within my limited body, but I cannot feel what is going on in\nanother's body. I am present throughout my body by my consciousness,\nbut my consciousness is not present in another's body. The Supersoul or\nParamatma, however, being present everywhere and within everyone, is\nalso conscious of everyone's existence. The theory that the soul and the\nSupersoul are one is not acceptable because it is not confirmed by authoritative Vedic literature. The individual soul's consciousness cannot act in\nsuperconsciousness. This superconsciousness can be achieved, however, by\ndovetailing individual consciousness with the consciousness of the Supreme.\nThis dovetailing process is called surrender, or Kr�l)a consciousness. From\nthe teachings of Bhagavad-gitii we learn very clearly that Arjuna, in the\nbeginning, did not want to fight with his brothers and relatives, but after\nunderstanding Bhagavad-gitii\n\nhe dovetailed his consciousness with the\n\nsuperconsciousness of Kr�IJ.a. He was then in Kr�IJ.a consciousness.\nA person in full Kr�IJ.a consciousness acts by the dictation of Kr�IJ.a. In\nthe beginning of Kr�rya consciousness, dictation is received through the\ntransparent medium of the spiritual master. When one is sufficiently trained\nand acts in submissive faith and love for Kr�l)a under the direction of the\nbona fide spiritual master, the dovetailing process becomes more firm and\naccurate. This stage of devotional service by the devotee in Kr�l)a consciousness is the most perfect stage of the yoga system. At this stage, Kr�rya, or\nthe Supersoul, dictates from within, while from without the devotee is\nhelped by the spiritual master, who is the bona fide representative of\n\nKr�rya. From within He helps the devotee as caitya, for He is seated within\n\nthe heart of everyone. Understanding that God is seated within everyone's\nheart is not, however, sufficient. One has to be acquainted with God both\nfrom within and without, and one must take dictation from within and\nwithout to act in Kr�rya consciousness. This is the highest perfectional\nstage of the human form of life and the topmost perfection of all yoga.\n\nFor a perfect yogi, there are eight kinds of super-achievements: One can\n\nbecome lighter than air, one can become smaller than the atom, one can\n\n", "SB3.2#p0310": "Description of the Kingdom of God\n\nText 45]\n\n625\n\nbecome bigger than a mountain, one can achieve whatever he desires, one\ncan control like the Lord, and so on. But when one rises to the perfectional\nstage of receiving dictation from the Lord, that is greater than the stage of\nmaterial achievements above mentioned. The breathing exercise of the\n\nyoga system which is generally practiced is just the beginning. Meditation\non the Supersoul is just another step forward. But to obtain direct contact\nwith the Supersoul and take dictation from Him is the highest perfectional\nstage. The breathing exercises of meditation practice were very difficult\neven 5000 years ago, otherwise Arjuna would not have rejected the pro­\n\nposal of Kr�qa that he adopt this system. This age of Kali is called the\nfallen age. In this age, people in general are short-living and very slow to\nunderstand self-realization or spiritual life; they are mostly unfortunate,\nand therefore if someone is a little bit interested in self-realization he is\nlikely to be misguided by so many frauds. The only way to realize the per­\n\nfect stage of yoga is to follow the principles of Bhagavad-g\"itii as practiced\n\nby Lord Caitanya. This is the simplest and highest perfection of yoga\n\npractice. Lord Caitanya demonstrated this Kr�qa consciousness yoga system\n\nin a practical manner simply by chanting the holy name of Kr�qa, as prescribed in the\n\nVedanta, Snmad-Bhiigavatam, Bhagavad-g\"itii, and many\n\nimportant Puriiras.\n\nThe Largest number of Indians follow this yoga process, and in the United\n\nStates it is gradually spreading in many cities. It is very easy and practical\n\nfor this age, especially for those who are serious about success in yoga. No\n\nother process of yoga can be successful in this age. The meditation process\n\nwas possible in the golden age of Satya-yuga because people in that age\nused to live for hundreds of thousands of years. If one wants success in prac­\n\ntical yoga practice, it is advised that he take to the chanting of Hare Kr�l).a,\n\nHare Kr�l}a, Kr�qa Kr�qa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama,\nHare Hare, and he will actually feel himself making progress. In Bhagavad­\n\ng\"itii this practice of Kr�qa consciousness is prescribed as riija-vidyii, or the\nking of all erudition.\n\nThose who have taken to this most sublime bhakti-yoga system, who\n\npractice devotional service in transcendental love of Kr�qa, can testify to\nits happy and easy execution. The four sages Sanaka, Sanatana, S��andana\nand Sanat-kumara also became attracted by the features of the Lord and\nthe transcendental aroma of the dust of His lotus feet, as already described\nin verse 43.\nYoga necessitates controlling the senses, and bhakti-yoga, or Kr�qa\nconsciousness, is the process of purifying the senses. When the senses are\npurified, they are automatically controlled. One cannot stop the activities\nof the senses by artificial means, but if one purifies the senses by engaging\n\n", "SB3.2#p0311": "626\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nin the service of the Lord, the senses can not only be controlled from\nrubbish engagement, but they can be engaged in the Lord's transcendental\nservice, as aspired to by the four sages Sanaka, Sanatana, Sanandana and\nSanat-kumara. Kr�Q.a consciousness is not, therefore, a manufactured\nconcoction of the speculative mind. It is the process enjoined in Bhagavadgitii: man-manii bhava mad-bhakto mad-yiiji miim namaskuru. (Bg. 9.34)\nTEXT46\n\n'§qJU ��\n\n�s;(lffm � qij)sftr ((l�id �q\n«tsu' tit il�wt\\CJt(iff'ij Ui:\nqcr 'fi'lifq�'Ui gd qijt if:\nfq511�fUt6(CI ¥1�{-i�if 11\\l�ll\nkumiirii ucu/:1.\n\nyo 'ntarhito hrdi gato 'pi duriitmaniim tvam\n\nso'dyaiva no nayana-mulam ananta riiddha/:1.\n\nyarhy eva kar[ta-vivare!ta guhiim gato na/:1.\npitriinuvar[tita-rahii bhavad-udbhavena\n\nkumarii{t u cu/:1. - the Kumaras said; ya/:1.- He who; antarhita!t-not manifested; hrdi - in the heart; gata/:1. -is seated; api - eve n though; duriitmaniimto the rascals; tvam- You; sa/:1.- He; adya-today; e va-certainly; na{t -of us;\nnayana-m u lam -face to face; ananta-0 unlimited one; riiddha J:!. -attained ;\nyarhi-when; eva-certainly; kar[ta-vivare[ta-through the ears; guhiimintelligence; gata/:1. - have attained; na�-our; pitra- by our father; anuvar!lita-described; rahii/:1.-mysteries; bhavat-udbhavena-by Your appearance.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Kumaras said: Our dear Lord, You are not manifested to rascals,\neven though You are seated within the heart of everyone. But as far as we\nare concerned, we see You face to face, although You are unlimited. The\nstatements we have heard about You from our father, Brahma, through\nthe ears have now been actually realized by Your kind appearance.\nPURPORT\n\nThe so-called yogis who concentrate their mind or meditate upon the\nimpersonal or void are described here. This verse of Srimad-Bhiigavatam\ndescribes persons who are expected to be very expert yogis engaged in\nmeditation but who do not find the Supreme Personality of Godhead who\n\n", "SB3.2#p0312": "Text 47)\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n627\n\nis seated within the heart. These persons are described here as duratma,\nwhich means a person who has a very crooked heart, or a less intelligent\nperson, just opposite to a mahatma, which means one who has a broad\nheart. Those so-called yogis who, although engaged in meditation, are not\nbroad-hearted cannot find the four-handed Narayal)a form, even though\nHe is seated within their hearts. Although the first realization of the Su·\npreme Absolute Truth is impersonal Brahman, one should not remain\nsatisfied with experiencing the impersonal effulgence of the Supreme Lord.\nIn the lsopani�ad also, the devotee prays that the glaring effulgence of\nBrahman may be removed from his eyes so that he can see the real personal feature of the Lord and thus satisfy himself fully. Similarly, although\nthe Lord is not visible in the beginning because of His glaring bodily\neffulgence, if a devotee sincerely wants to see Him, the Lord is revealed to\nhim. It is said in Bhagavad-gita that the Lord cannot be seen by our imperfect eyes, He cannot be heard by our imperfect ears, and He cannot be\nexperienced by our imperfect senses; but if one engages in devotional\nservice with faith and devotion, then God reveals Himself.\nHere the four sages Sanat-kumara, Sanatana, Sanandana, and Sanaka\nare described as actually sincere devotees. Although they had heard from\ntheir father, Brahma, about the personal feature of the Lord, only the impersonal feature-Brahman-was revealed to them. But because they were\nsincerely searching for the Lord, they finally saw His personal feature directly, which corresponded with the description given by their father. They\nthus became fully satisfied. Here they express their gratitude that although\nthey were foolish impersonalists in the beginning, by the grace of the Lord\nthey could now have the good fortune to see His personal feature. Another\nsignificant aspect of this verse is that the sages describe their experience of\nhearing from their father, Brahma, who was born of the Lord directly. In\nother words, the disciplic succession from the Lord to Brahma and from\nBrahma to Narada and from Narada to Vyasa, and so on, is accepted here.\nBecause the Kumaras were sons of Brahma, they had the opportunity to\nlearn Vedic knowledge from the disciplic succession of Brahma, and\ntherefore, in spite of their impersonalist beginnings, they became, in the\nend, direct seers of the personal feature of the Lord.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0313": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n628\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\ntam tviirh vidiima bhagavan param iitma-tattvarh\nsattvena samprati ratim racayantam e�iim\nyat te 'nutiipa-viditair dnlha-bhakti-yogair\nudgranthayo hrdi vidur munayo viriigii�\ntam- Him; tviim- You; vidama-we know; bhagavan-0 Supreme Personality of Godhead; param-the Supreme; iitma-tattvam-Absolute Truth;\nsattvena-by Y our form of pure goodness; samprati-now; ratim-love of\nGod; racayantam-creating; e�iim-of all of them; yat-which; te- Your;\nanutiipa-mercy; viditai�t -understood; dglha-unflinching; bhakti-yoga*through devotional service; udgranthaya�-without attachment, free from\nmaterial bondage; hrdi-in the heart; vidu�t\n\n-\n\nunderstood; munaya�\n\n-\n\ngreat\n\nsages; viriigii�-not interested in material life.\nTRANSLATION\nWe know that You are the Supreme Absolute Truth, the Personality of\nGodhead, who manifests His transcendental form in the uncontaminated\nmode\n\nof pure\n\ngoodness. This\n\ntranscendental eternal form of Your\n\npersonality can be understood only by Your mercy, through unflinching\ndevotional service, by great sages whose hearts have been purified in the\ndevotional way.\nPURPORT\nThe Absolute Truth can be understood in three features-impersonal\nBrahman, localized Paramiitmii, and Bhagavan, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Here .it is admitted that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nthe last word in understanding the Absolute Truth. Even though the four\nKumiiras were instructed by their great learned father, Brahma, they\ncould not actually understand the Absolute Truth. They could only understand the Supreme\n\nAbsolute\n\nTruth\n\nwhen\n\nthey personally\n\nsaw the\n\nPersonality of Godhead with their own eyes. In other words, if one sees or\nunderstands the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the other two features\nof the Absolute Truth-namely impersonal Brahman and localized Paramatma-are also automatically understood. Therefore the Kumaras confirm:\n\"You are the ultimate Absolute Truth.\" The impersonalist may argue that\nsince the Supreme Personality of Godhead was so nicely decorated, He is\ntherefore not the Absolute Truth. But here it is confirmed that all the\nvariegatedness of the absolute platform is constituted of suddha-sattva,\npure goodness. In the material world, any quality-goodness, passion or\nignorance-is contaminated. Even the quality of goodness here in the\nmaterial world is not free from tinges of passion and ignorance. But in the\ntranscendental world, only pure goodness, without any tinge of passion or\n\n", "SB3.2#p0314": "Description of the Kingdom of God\n\nText 48)\n\n629\n\nignorance, exists; therefore the form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His variegated pastimes and paraphernalia are all pure sattva­\n\ngu!la. Such variegatedness in pure goodness is exhibited eternally by the\nLord for the satisfaction of the devotee. The devotee does not want to\nsee the Supreme Personality of Absolute Truth in voidness or impersonalism. In one sense, absolute transcendental variegatedness is meant only for\nthe devotees, not for others, because this distinct feature of tra nscendental\nvariegatedness can be understood only by the mercy of the Supreme Lord\nand not by mental speculation or the ascending process. It is said that one\ncan understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead when he is even\nslightly favored by Him; otherwise, without His mercy, a man may specuLate for thousands of years and not understand what is actually the Absolute Truth. This mercy can be perceived by the devotee when he is completely freed from contamination. It is stated, therefore, that only when all\ncontamination is rooted out and lhe devotee is completely detached from\nmaterial attractions can he receive this mercy of the Lord.\nTEXT 48\n\n��ctfci•IOI���fq �Sf�\nf�Jq;:qaJitij+N � �� I\n�sw ��\\1(011 �: �:\n{''\n('\nEfftijf4fl��: tm�: m1�11\nniityantikam viga!layanty api te prasiidam\nkimv anyad arpita-bhayam bhruva unnayais te\nye 'nga tvad-anghri-sara!lii l)/tavata� kathiiyii!t\nk\"irtanya-t\"irtha-yasasa� kusalii rasa-jiiii�\nna- not;\n\niit yantikam- liberation;\n\nv iga r- ayanti- care\n\nfor;\n\napi- even;\n\nte-those; prasiidam- benedictions; kimu-what to speak; anyat-other\nmaterial happinesses; arpita- given; bhaya m\n\n-\n\nfearfulness; bhruva�- of the\n\neyebrows; unnaya*-by the raising; te- Your; ye- those devotees; anga0\n\nSupreme\n\ns'ara r-iih\n\n-\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead; tvat- Your; a ri ghri- lotus feet;\n\nwho have taken shelter; bhavata�- Your; kathiiyii � narrations;\n-\n\nktrtanya- worth chanting; tirtha- pure; ya sasa�\n\n-\n\nglorie s; kusalii� - very ex­\n\npert; rasa-jiiii� - knowers of the mellows or humors.\nTRANSLATION\nPersons who are very expert and most intelligent in understanding things\nas\n\nthey are engage in hearing narrations of the auspicious activities and\n\n", "SB3.2#p0315": "630\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\npastimes of the Lord, which are worth chanting and worth hearing. Such\npersons do not care even for the highest material benediction, namely\nliberation, to say nothing of other less important benedictions like the\nmaterial happiness of the heavenly kingdom.\nPURPORT\nThe transcendental bliss enjoyed by devotees of the Lord is completely\ndifferent from the material happiness enjoyed by less intelligent persons.\nThe less intelligent persons in the material world are engaged by the four\nprinciples of benediction called dharma, artha, kiima and mok�a. Generally\nthey prefer to take to religious life to achieve some material benedicti�n,\nthe purpose of which is to satisfy the senses. When, by that process, they\nbecome confused or frustrated in fulfilling the maximum amount of sense\nenjoyment, they try to become one with the Supreme, which is, according\nto their conception, mukti, or liberation. There are five kinds of liberation,\nthe least important of which is called siiyujya, to become one with the\nSupreme. Devotees don't care for such liberation because they are actually\nintelligent. Nor are they inclined to accept any of the other four kinds of\nliberation, namely to live on the same planet as the Lord, to live with Him\nside by side as an associate, to have the same opulence, and to attain the\nsame bodily features. They are concerned only with glorifying the Supreme\nLord and His auspicious activities. Pure devotional service is sravaf1arh\nkirtanam. Pure devotees, who take transcendental pleasure in hearing and\nchanting the glories of the Lord, do not care for any kind of liberation;\neven if they are offered_the five liberations, they refuse to accept them, as\nstated In the Bhiigavatam in the Third Canto. Materialistic persons aspire\nfor the sense enjoyment of heavenly pleasure in the heavenly kingdom, but\ndevotees reject such material pleasure at once. The devotee does not even\ncare for the post of Indra. A devotee knows that any pleasurable material\nposition is subject to be annihilated at a certain point. Even if one reaches\nthe post of Indra, Candra, or any other demigod, he must be dissolved at\na certain stage. A devotee is never interested in such temporary pleasure.\nFrom Vedic scriptures it is understood that sometimes even Brahma and\nIndra fall down, but a devotee in the transcendental abode of the Lord\nnever falls. This transcendent�l stage of life, in which one feels transcendental pleasure in hearing the Lord's pastimes, is also recommended by\nLord C.:aitanya. When Lord Caitanya was talking with Ramananda Raya,\nthere were varieties of suggestions offered by Ramananda regarding\nspiritual realization, but Lord Caitanya rejected all but one-that one\nshould hear the glories of the Lord in association with pure devotees. That\n\n", "SB3.2#p0316": "Text49)\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n631\n\nis acceptable for everyone, especially in this age. One should engage himself in hearing from pure devotees about the activities of the Lord. That is\nconsidered the supreme benediction for mankind.\n\nTEXT49\n\nm 1N: ���wr: �­\n\n��Qft:ij�wftm t\n�tt-.\\d\\JSRtqflf� �sem��:\n� � go1•&Ui�� -: 11\\l�ll\nkiimam bhava� sva-vrjinair niraye�u na� stiic\nceto 'livad yadi nu te padayo rameta\nviicas ca nas tulasivad yadi te 'nghri-sobhii�\npuryeta te gur-a-gar;wir yadi karr-a-randhra�\nkiimam-as much as deserved; bhava�-birth; sva-vrjina*-by our own\nsinful activities; niraye�u-in low births; na&-our; stiit-let it be; ceta&­\n\n.\n\nminds; alivat-like bees; yadi-if; nu-may be; te- Your; padayo�-at Your\nlotus feet; rameta- are engaged; viica�-words; ca- and; na�- our; tulasivatlike the tulasi leaves; yadi-if; te- Your; anghri-at Your lotus feet; sobhii�beautified; p urye ta-are filled; te- Y our; gur-a-gar-ai�-by transcendental\n\nqualities; yadi- if; karr-a-randhra�-the holes of the ears.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, we pray that You let us be hom in any hellish condition of life,\njust as long as our hearts and minds are always engaged in the service of\nYour lotus feet, our words are made beautiful [by speaking of Your\nactivities] just as tulasi leaves are beautified when offered unto Your lotus\nfeet, and as long as our ears are always filled with the chanting of Your\ntranscendental qualities.\nPURPORT\nThe four sages now offer their humility to the Personality of Godhead\nbecause of their having been haughty in cursing two other devotees of the\nLord. J aya and Vijaya, the two doorkeepers who checked them from entering the Vaikut.ltha planet, were certainly offenders, but, as Vai�l)avas, the\nfour sages should not have cursed them in anger. After the incident, they\nbecome conscious that they had done wrong by cursing the devotees of\nthe Lord, and they prayed to the Lord that even in the hellish condition of\n\n", "SB3.2#p0317": "632\n\nSnmad- Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nlife their minds might not be distracted from the engagement of service to\nthe lotus feet of Lord Narayal)a. Those who are devotees of the Lord are\nnot afraid of any condition of Life, provided there is constant engagement\nin the service of the Lord. lt is said of the niiriiyarta-para, or those who are\ndevotees of NarayaQa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, na kuto na\nbibhyati. They are not afraid of entering a hellish condition, for since they\nare engaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord, heaven or hell\nis the same for them. In material life both heaven and hell are one and the\nsame because they are material; in either place there is no engagement in\nthe Lord's service. Therefore those who are engaged in the service of the\nLord see no distinction between heaven and heU; it is only the materialists\nwho prefer one to the other.\nThese four devotees prayed to the Lord that although they might go to\nhell because they had cursed devotees, they might not forget the service of\nthe Lord. The transcendental loving service of the Lord is performed in\nthree ways-with the body, with the mind and with words. Here the sages\npray that their words may always be engaged in glorifying the Supreme\nLord. One may speak very nicely with ornamental language or one may be\nexpert at controlled grammatical presentation, but if one's words are not\nengaged in the service of the Lord, they have no flavor and no actual use.\nThe example is given here of tulasileaves. The tulas\"ileaf is very useful even\nfrom the medicinal or antiseptic point of view. It is considered sacred and\nis offered to the lotus feet of the Lord. The tulasileaf has numerous good\nqualities, but if it were not offered to the lotus feet of the Lord, tulasi\ncould not be of much value or importance. Similarly, one may speak very\nnicecy from the rhetorical or grammatical point of view, which may be very\nmuch appreciated by a materialistic audience, but if one's words are not\noffered to the service of the Lord, they are useless. The holes of the ears\nare very small and can be filled with any insignificant sound, so how can\nthey receive as great a vibration as the glorification of the Lord? The\nanswer is that the holes of the ears are like the sky. As the sky can never\nbe filled up, the quality of the ear is such that one may go on pouring in\nvibrations of various kinds, yet it is capable of receiving more and more\nvibration. A devotee is not afraid of going to hell if he has the opportunity\nto hear the gl ories of the Lord constantly. This is the advantage of chanting\nHare Kr�rya, Hare Kr!iT}a, Kf!jrya Kr!Jrya, Hare Hare/Hare Rama, Hare Rama,\nRama Rama, Hare Hare. One may be put in any condition, but God give s\nhim the prerogative to chant Hare Kr�Qa . In any condition of li fe, if one\ngoes on chanting he will never be unhappy.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0318": "Text 50]\n\nDescription of the Kingdom of God\n\n633\n\nTEXT 50\n\n������\n� f.ttRt¥4�·�� tit wt:\n�� � ll'l� Wfij .r�\"\n�Stm�';ff �w{t � SRful: II� ll\no\n\npriiduscakartha yad idam puruhuta rupath\ntenesa nirvrtim aviipur alam drso na?t\ntasmii idam bhagavate nama id vidhema\nyo 'niitmaniirh durudayo bhagaviin prat!ta?t\npraduscakartha- You have manifested; yat-which; idam- this; puruh uta-greatly worshiped; rupam\n\n-\n\neternal form; te na-by that form; tsa-0\n\nLord; nirvrtim- satisf action; avap u �-obtained; alam-so much; drsa�vision;\n\nna !t -our; tasmai-unto\n\nHim; idam-this;\n\nb hagavate-unto the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; nama �-obeisances; it- only ; vidhemalet us offer; ya�-W ho; aniitmaniim-of those who are less intelligent;\n\ndurudaya �-cannot be seen; bhagaviin-t he Supreme Personality of Godhead; p rat!ta � - has been seen by us.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, we therefore offer our respectful obeisances unto Your eternal\nform as the Personality of Godhead which You have so kindly manifested\nbefore us. Your supreme eternal form cannot be seen by unfortunate, less\nintelligent persons, but we are so much satisfied in our mind and vision to\nsee it.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe four sages were impersonalists in the beginning of their spiritual life,\nbut afterwards, by the grace of their father and spiritual master, Brahma,\nthey understood the eternal spiritual form of the Lord and felt completely\nsatisfied. In other words, the transcendentalists who aspire to the impersonal Brahman or localized Paramatma are not fully satisfied and still\nhanker for more. Even if they are satisfied in their minds, still, transcendentally, their eyes are not satisfied. But as soon as such persons come to\nrealize the Supreme Personality of Godhead, they are satisfied in all\nrespects. In other words, they become devotees and want to see the form\n\nof the Lord continually. It is confirmed in the Brahma-samhitii that one who\nhas developed transcendental love of Kr�rya by smearing his eyes with the\n\n", "SB3.2#p0319": "634\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 15\n\nointment of love sees constantly the eternal form of the Lord. The particular word used in this connection, aniitmaniim, signifies those who have\nno control over the mind and senses and who therefore speculate and want\nto become one with the Lord. Such persons cannot have the pleasure of\nseeing the eternal form of the Lord. For the impersonalists and the so-called\n\nyogis, the Lord is always hidden by the curtain of yoga-miiyii. Bhagavadgitii says that even when Lord Kr�qa was seen by everyone while He was\npresent on the surface of the earth, the impersonalist and the so-called\n\nyogis could not see Him because they were devoid of devotional eyesight.\nThe theory of the impersonalists and so-called yogis is that the Supreme\nLord assumes a particular form when He comes in touch with miiya,\nalthough actually He has no form. This very conception of the impersonalists and so-called yogis checks them from seeing the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead as He is. The Lord, therefore, is always beyond the sight of\nsuch nondevotees. The four sages felt so much obliged to the Lord that\nthey offered their respectful obeisances unto Him again and again.\n\nThus end\n\nthe Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Fifteenth\n\nChapter, of the S nmad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Description of the Kingdom\nof God.\"\n\n", "SB3.2#p0320": "CHAPTER 51 XTEEN\n\nThe Two Doorkeepers Of\nvaiku1Jtha,Jaya and Vljaya,\ncursed by the Sages\nTEXT I\n\n�f.TR\n\n����-���f�'ll\nstf�� �1� fq��� ��: ll t II\nbrahmovaca\niti tad grrwtiim te�iim\nmuniniim yoga-dharmirtiim\npratinandya jagiidedarit\nvikur-fha-nilayo vibhu�\nbrahmii uviica-Lord Brahma said; iti-thus; tat\n\n-\n\nspeech; grr-atiim\n\n-\n\nprais\n\n­\n\ning; te�iim-of them; muninam- those four sages; y o ga dha rmi!t iim ---engaged\n-\n\nin linking with the Supreme; pra ti n andya\nsaid; idam-these\nanxiety; vibhu/;1\n\n-\n\n-\n\nafter congratulating; jagiida­\n\nwords; vikur-fha-nilaya�-whose\n\nabode is bereft of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma said: Thus the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose\nabode is in the kingdom of God, after congratulating the sages for their\nnice words, spoke as follows:\nTEXT2\n\n�ijlf?ITfFIR\n\n.rn m qri{'l � �� ��� � � ,\n�1i\"i � � iltiffi61&4RriPI1t ll � II\n635\n\n", "SB3.2#p0321": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n636\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\nsri bhagaviin uviica\netau tau piir§adau rnahyam\njayo vijaya eva ca\nkadarthikrtya rniirh yad vo\nbahv akriitiirn atikrarnarn\nsri bhagaviin uviica- the Supreme Personal.ity of Godhead said; etau-these\ntwo; tau\n\n-\n\nthey; piir§ada w\n\n-\n\nattendants ; rnahyarn-of Mine; jaya{ -named\nL\n\nJaya; vijaya�-named Vijaya; eva-certainly; ca-and; kadarthikrtya-by\nignoring; rniirn-Me; yat-which; va�L-against you; bahu-great ; akriitiirnhave committed; atikrarnarn-offense.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead said: These attendants of Mine, Jaya and\nVijaya by name, have committed a great offense against you because of\nignoring Me.\nPURPORT\nTo commit an offense at the feet of a devotee of the Lord is a great\nwrong. Even when a Living entity is promoted to Vaikw)tha, there is still\nthe chance that he may commit offenses, but the difference is that when\none is in a VaikuJ;�tha planet, even if by chance one commits an offense,\nhe is protected by the Lord. This is the remarkable fact in the dealings of\nthe Lord and the servitor, as seen in the present incident concerning\nJaya and Vijaya. The word atikrarnarn used herein indicates that in\noffending a devotee one neglects the Supreme Lord Himself.\nBy mistake the doormen held the sages from entering VaikuJ;�thaloka,\nbut because they were engaged in the transcendental service of the Lord,\ntheir annihilation was not expected by advanced devotees. The Lord's\npresence on the spot was very pleasing to the hearts of the devotees. The\nLord understood that the trouble was due to His lotus feet not being\nseen by the sages, and therefore He wanted to please them by personally\ngoing there. The Lord is so merciful that even if there is some impediment\nfor the devotee, He Himself manages matters in such a way that the\ndevotee is not bereft of having audience at His lotus feet. There is a very\ngood example in the Life of Haridasa 'fhakura. When Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwas residing at Jagannatha Puri, Haridasa 'fhakura, who happened to be\nMohammedan by birth,· was with Him.\n\nIn Hindu temples, especially\n\nin those days, no one but a Hindu was allowed to enter. Although\nHaridasa 'fhakura was the greatest of all Hindus in his behavior, he\n\n", "SB3.2#p0322": "Text 4]\n\nThe Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\n637\n\nconsidered himself a Mohammedan and did not enter the temple. Lord\nCaitanya could understand his humility, and since he did not go to see the\ntemple, Lord Caitanya Himself, who is nondifferent from Jaganniitha,\n\nused to come and sit with Haridasa 'fhakura daily. Here in Sr\"imad­\n\nBhiigavatam we also find this same behavior of the Lord. His devotees\nwere prevented from seeing His lotus feet, but the Lord Himself came\nto see them on the same lotus feet for which they aspired. It is also\nsignificant that He was accompanied by the goddess of fortune. The\ngoddess of fortune is not to be seen by ordinary persons, but the Lord\nwas so kind that although the devotees did not aspire for such an honor,\nHe appeared before them with the goddess of fortune.\nTEXT 3\n\n�����m �it l(C(f=A¥tt¥t�'Efl : 1\n� �l?,l'4<1l���) ��e'11d\\ II � II\nyas tv etayor dhrto da(t�o\n\nbhavadbhir miim anuvratai�\n\nsa eviinumato 'smiibhir\n\nmunayo deva-helaniit\n\nya�-whi ch; tu- but ; etay o� - r egarding both ]aya and Vijaya; dhrta[t­\n\nhas been given; da (t�a� - punishment; bhavadbhi�-by you; miim-Me;\n\nanuvratai{t - devoted to; s a�- t hat; eva-certainly; anumata�-is approved;\nasmiibhi{t - by Me; munaya{t-0 great sages; deva-against you; helaniit-because of an offense.\n\n0 great sages, I approve of the punishment that you who are devoted to\nMe have meted out to them.\nTEXT4\n\n� qf ft: it I\n<l��lc:'4t;d � �\"IHit:f)<IU II \\lll\n\n�: SHU(�l'ltQ Ql\n\ntad va� prasiidayiimy adya\n\nbrahma daivarh param hi me\n\ntad dhity iitma-krtam manye\nyat sva-pumbhir asatkrtii�\n\n", "SB3.2#p0323": "S rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n638\ntat-therefore; va�\n\n-\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\nyou sages; prasiidayiimi-1 am seeking your forgive­\n\nness; adya-just now; brahma\n\n-\n\nthe briihmaras; daivam-most beloved\n\npersonalities; param-highest; hi-because; me-My; tat-that offense; hi­\n\nbecause; iti-thus; iitma krtam-done by Me; manye-I consider; yat-\n\nwhich; sva-pu rnbh*-by My own attendants; asatkrt ii�-having been dis­\n\nrespected.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nTo Me, the brahma�a is the highest and most beloved personality. The\ndisrespect shown by My attendants has actually been displayed by Me\nbecause the doormen are My servitors. I take this to be an offense by\nMyself; therefore I seek your for gi veness for the in�ident that has arisen.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord is always in favor of the briihma(WS and the cows, and there­\n\nfore it is said, go-briihmara-hitiiya ca. Lord Krwa or Vi��u, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, is also the worshipable Deity of the briihmaras.\n\nIn the Vedic literature, in the .f(g-mantra hymns of the [�g Veda, it is\n\nstated that those who are actually briihmaras always look to the lotus feet\n\nof Vi�!lu : om tad vi�roft paramam padarh sadii pasyanti suraya�. Those\n\nwho are qualified briihmaras worship only the Vi�!lu form of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, which means Kt�!la, Rama and all Vi�!lu expan­\n\nsions. A so-called briihmarw, who is born in the family of briihmaras but\n\nperforms activities aimed against the Vai�!lavas, cannot be accepted as\n\na briihmarw because briihmara means\n\nVai�r:tava, and\n\nVai�r:t<IVa means\n\nbriihmara. One who has become a devotee of the Lord is also a briihmara.\n\nThe formula is brahma jiiniititi briihmarw�. A briihma!w is one who has\n\nunderstood Brahman, and a Vai�!lava is one who has understood the\n\nPersonality of Godhead. Brahman realization is the beginning of realization\n\nof the Personality of Godhead. One who understands the Personality of\n\nGodhead also knows the impersonal feature of the Supreme, which is\nBrahman. Therefore one who becomes a Vai�!lava is already a briihmara.\n\nIt should be noted that the glories of the briihmara described in this\n\nchapter by the Lord Himself refer to His devotee briihmara, or the\nVai�!lava. It should never be misunderstood that the so-called briihmaras\n\nwho are born in briihmara families but have no brahminical qualifications\n\nare referred to in this connection.\n\nTEXT5\n\n�r.t��rn� � iffillf«,\n�6'f1«!41!:\\(ij�q;rffl 'f;ij ��MttlA: II '-\\ II\n\n", "SB3.2#p0324": "Text6]\n\nThe Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\n639\n\nyan-niimiini ca grhrtiiti\nloko bhrtye krtiigasi\nso 'si.idhu-viidas tat-k\"irtim\nhanti tvacam iviimaya�\nyat-of whom; niimiini-the names; ca-and; grh tJ-iiti\n\n-take; loka�­\n\npeople in general; bh rtye-when a servant; krtiigasi- has committed something wrong; sa�-that; asiidhu-viida �\n\n- blame; tat-of that person; k\"irtim­\n\nthe reputation; hanti-destroys; tvacam-the skin; iva-as; iimaya� -leprosy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA wrong act committed by a servant leads people in general to blame\nhis master, just as a spot of white leprosy on any part of the body pollutes\nall of the skin.\nPURPORT\nA Vai��ava, therefore, should be fully qualified. As stated in the\nBhiigavatam, anyone who has become a V ai1,>t,1ava has developed all the\ngood qualities of the demigods. There are twenty-six qualifications mentioned in the Caitanya-caritii.mrta. A devotee should always see that his\nVai��ava qualities increase with the advancement of his Kr�pa consciousness . A devotee should be blameless because any offense by the devotee\nis a scar on the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The devotee's duty is to\nbe always consciou\n\nm\n\nhis dealings with others, e pecially with another\n\ndevotee of the Lord.\n\nTEXT6\n\n11��:��urr��:\n�: �RI��qoo: 1\n\nmst � ���'Tffl\"0f'tti �� tr: sffi�Wlf�¥(11 � II\nyasyii.mrtiimala-yasa�-srava!tiivagiiha�\nsadya[l puniiti jagad ii svapaciid vilwt:ttha{l\n\nso 'ham bhavadbhya upalabdha-sut\"irtha-k'i'rtis\nchindyiim sva-biihum api va� pratikula-vrttim\nyasya-of whom; amrta-nectar; amala-uncontaminated; yas'a{t-gl o ries;\n\nsrava!w-hearing; avag iiha {t -enteri ng into; sad ya{t -immedia Le l y ; punii.tipurifies; jagat- the universe; ii svap ac iit-in cluding even the dog-eaters;\n\nvikut:t.lhalt -without anxiety; sa lt - that person; aham-1 am; bh avadbhya {t-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0325": "640\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\nfrom you; upalabdha-obtained; sutzrtha-the best place of pilgrimage;\nkirti�-the fame; chin dytim\n\n-\n\nwould cut off; sva-biihum-My own arm; api­\n\neven; va�-towards you; p ratikiila vrttim\n-\n\n-\n\nacting inimically.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone in the entire world, even down to the cap�iila who lives by\ncooking and eating the flesh of the dog, is immediately purified if he\ntakes bath in hearing through the ear the glorification of My name, fame,\netc. Now you have realized Me without doubt; therefore I will not\nhesitate to lop off My own arm if its conduct is found hostile to you.\nPURPORT\nReal purification can take place in human society if its members take\nto Kr�qa consciousness. This is clearly stated in all Vedic literature. Anyone who takes to Kr�rJa consciousness in all sincerity, even if he is not very\nadvanced in good behavior, is purified. A ·devotee can be recruited from\nany section of human society, although it is not expected that everyone in\nall segments of society is well behaved. As stated in this verse and in many\nplaces in Bhagavad-gitii, even if one is not born in a briihmal)a family, or\neven if he is born in a family of cart{liilas, if he simply takes to Kp)qa\nconsciousness he is immediately purified. In Bhagavad-g'itii, Ninth Chapter,\nverses 30-32, it is clearly stated that even though a man is not well\nbehaved, if he simply takes to Kr�I'Ja consciousness he is understood to be\na saintly person. As long as a person is in this material world he has two\ndifferent relationships in his dealings with others-one relationship pertains\nto the body, and another relationship pertains to the spirit. As far as\nbodily affairs or social activities are concerned, although a person is\npurified on the spiritual platform, it is sometimes seen that he acts in\nterms of his bodily relationships. If a devotee born in the family of a\ncart{liila (the lowest caste) is sometimes found engaged in his habitual\nactivities, he is not to be considered a Cal){liila. In other words, a Vai�l).ava\nshould not be evaluated in terms of his body. In the siistra it states that no\none should think the Deity in the temple to be made of wood or stone,\nand no one should think that a person coming from a lower caste family\nwho has taken to Kr�qa consciousness is still of the same low caste. These\nattitudes are forbidden because anyone who takes to Kr�rJa consciousness\nis understood to be fully purified. He is at least engaged in the process of\npurification, and if he sticks to the principle of Kr�rJa consciousness he\nwill very soon be fully purified. The conclusion is that if one takes to\n\n", "SB3.2#p0326": "The Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\nText 7]\n\n641\n\nKr�qa consciousness with all seriousness, he is to be understood as already\npurified, and Kr�qa is ready to give him p rotectio n by all means. The Lord\nassures herein that He is ready to give protection to His devotee even if\nthere is need to cut off part of His own body.\nTEXT7\n\n��\n\n\"4(Uiq'lqfit'l!i\n{(Q:� !lftt�·14�1( I\n\n'1 �('ffiqfq � f%\\iiCIRI �:\n\n�� � fit*tt(li � It\" II\n\nyat-sevayii cara!La-padma-pavitra-re!Lurh\nsadya� k�atiikhila-malarh pratilabdha-s'ilam\nna srir viraktam api miirh vijahiiti yasyii�\nprek§ii-laviirtha itare niyamiin vahanti\n\nyat-of\n\nwhom;\n\nsevayii-by\n\nthe\n\nservice; cara!'a-feet; padm a-lotus;\n\nk§ata-w iped out;\nla m-sins; pratilabdha-acquired; s'ilam-dis position; na-not;\n\npavitra-sacred; r e!'um-the dust; sadya�-immedia tely;\n\nakhila - all; m a\n\nsri?l-the goddess of fortune; virak tam- have no attachment; api-even\nthough; miim-Me; vijahii ti-leave; yasyiifl-of the goddess of fortune;\nprek�ii-lava-artha�-for obtaining a slight favor; itare-others, like Lord\nBrahma; niya mii n - sacred vows; vahanti-observe\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord continued: Because I am the servitor of My devotees, My\nlotus feet have become so sacred that they immediately wipe out all sin,\nand I have acquired such a disposition that the goddess of fortune does\nnot leave Me, even though I have no attachment for her and others praise .\nher beauty and observe sacred vows to secure from her even a slight favor.\nPURPORT\nThe relationship between the Lord and His devotee is transcendentally\nbeautiful. As the devotee thinks that it is due to his being a devotee of the\nLord that he is elevated in all good qualities, so the Lord also thinks that\nit is because of His devotion to the servitor that all His transcendental\nglories have increased. In other words, as the devotee is always anxious to\n\n", "SB3.2#p0327": "642\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nrender service to the Lord, so the Lord is ever anxious to render service to\nthe devotee. The Lord admits herein that although He certainly has the\nquality that anyone who receives a slight particle of the dust of His lotus\nfeet becomes at once a great personality, this greatness is due to His\naffection for His devotee. It is because of this affection that the goddess\nof fortune does not leave Him and that not only one but many thousands\nof goddesses of fortune engage in His service. In the material world, simply\nto get a little favor from the goddess of fortune, people observe so many\nri gid regulations of austerity and penance. The Lord cannot tolerate any\ninconvenience on the part of the devotee. He is therefore famous as\nBhaktavatsala.\nTEXTS\n\n;nt � �hl¥4lwt(fitfcfijtil\n\n�ijfiij'{ij¥4(�� I\n401i:lllUl�\n�*IOOS�l�\n�� ¥4U4qf(3f.\\ii1Efi�qtct: II � II\n':l\n\nniiham tathiidmi yajamiina-havir vitiine\nscyotad-ghrta-plutam adan huta-bhun-mukhena\nyad briihmaT)-asya mukhatas carato 'nughiisam\ntu�tasya mayy avahitair nija-karma-piika*\nna-not; aham-I; tathii-on the other hand; admi-1 eat; yajamiina- by\nthe sacrificer; havi � - the oblations; vitiine-in the sacrificial fire; scyotatpouring; ghrta- ghee; plutam - mixed; adan-eating; huta-bhuk-the sacrificial fire; mukhena-by the mouth; yat-as ; briihmaftasya-of the briihmafla;\nmukhata�-from the mouth; carata � - acting; an ughiis am-morsels; tu�.tasya-satisfied; mayi- to Me; avahita*- offered; nija-ow n ; karma- activities;\n. piika*- by the results.\nTRANSLATION\nI do not enjoy the oblations offered by the sacrificers in the sacrificial\n\nfire, which is one of My own mouths, with the same relish as I do the\ndelicacies overflowing with ghee which are offered to the mouths of the\nbrahm�as who have dedicated to Me the results of their activities and\nwho are ever satisfied with My prasada.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0328": "The Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\nText9]\n\n643\n\nPURPORT\nThe devotee of the Lord, or the Vai�t.lava, does not take anything\nwithout offering it to the Lord. Since a Vai�t;�ava dedicates all the results\nof his activities to the Lord, he does not taste anything eatable which is\nnot first offered to Him. The Lord also relishes giving to the Vai�t;�ava's\nmouth all eatables offered to Him. It is clear from this verse that the Lord\neats through the sacrificial fire and the briihmarta's mouth. So many\narticles- grains, ghee, etc.- are offered in sacrifice for the satisfaction of\nthe Lord.\n\nLord accepts sacrificial offerings from the briihmartas\n\nThe\n\n. and devotees, and elsewhere it is stated that whatever is given for the\n\nbriihmartas and V ai�t;�avas to eat is also accepted by the Lord. But here it is\nsaid that He accepts offerings to the mouths of briihma!WS and Vai�1,1avas\nwith even greater relish. The best example of this is found in the Life of\nAdvaita Prabhu in his dealings with Haridiisa Thiikura. Even though Haridiisa\nwas born of a Mohammedan family, Advaita Prabhu offered him the first\ndish\n\nof prasiida\n\nafter\n\nthe performance\n\nof a\n\nsacred\n\nfire ceremony.\n\nHaridiisa Thiikura informed him that he was born of a Mohammedan\nfamily and asked why Advaita Prabhu was offering the first dish to a\nMohammedan instead of an elevated briihma!w. Out of his humbleness,\nHaridasa condemned himself a Mohammedan, but Advaita Prabhu, being\nan experienced devotee, accepted him as a real briihma�;w. Advaita Prabhu\nasserted that by offering the first dish to Haridiisa Thiikura, he was getting\nthe result of feeding 100,000 briihmartas. The conclusion is that if one can\nfeed a briihmarw or Vai�1.1ava, it is better than performing hundreds of\nthousands of sacrifices. In this age, therefore, it is recommended that\n\nharer nama-chanting the holy name of God-and pleasing the Vai�Qava,\nare the only means to elevate oneself to spiritual Life.\n\nTEXT9\n\n� �¥4Rf(+{(qO'e�fU&t(lii¥4NfR\\{{ij(¥4�1eJ�Hil: �: I\n�slf� 'fit W� fm� �a:ion�•r:\n�: ��{\"qiij�·qJlthl'l l�ll\nye�ii1h bibharmy aham akhw,u;la-vikurtfha-yogamiiyii-vibhutir amaliinghri-rajal;l kir�tail;l\n\n", "SB3.2#p0329": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n644\n\n[Canto 3. Ch. 16\n\nvipriims tu ko na vifiaheta yad-arha{!iimbhaft\nsadya� punati saha-candra-lalama-lokan\nye �am - of the brahma[!as; bibharmi-1 bear; aham-1; akha[!�a-un ­\n\nbroken; viku [!,tha-unobstructed; yoga-maya - internal energy; vibhiiti/;1,­\n\nopulence; amala - p ure; a righri- of the feet; raja�-the dust; kirZta i/;1, - on My\n\nhelmet; viprii n-the briihma{!as; tu-then; kaft -who; na-not; vifiaheta­\n\ncarry; yat - of the Supreme Lord; arhart a-ambha� - water which has washed\n\nthe feet; s adya�- at once; punati- sanctifies; saha-along with; candra­\n\nlalama- Lord Siva; lokan-the three worlds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI am the master of My unobstructed internal energy, and the water of\nthe Ganges is the remnant left after My feet are washed. That water\nsanctifies the three worlds, along with Lord Siva, who hears it on his head.\nIf I can take the dust of the feet of the Vai�!lava on My head, who will\nrefuse to do the same?\nPURPORT\nThe\n\ndifference between the internal and external energies of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is that in the internal energy or in the\n\nspiritual world, all the opulences are undisturbed, whereas in the external\n\nor material energy, all the opulences are temporary manifestations. The\n\nLord's supremacy is equal in both the spiritual and material worlds, but\n\nthe spiritual world is called the kingdom of God, and the material world is\ncalled the kingdom of maya. Maya refers to that which is not actually fact.\nThe opulence of the material world is a reflection. It is stated in Bhagavad­\n\ng'ita that this material. world is just like a tree whose roots are up and\n\nbranches down. This means that the material wodd is the shadow of the\n\nspiritual world. Real opulence is in the spiritual world. In the spiritual\nworld the predominating Deity is the Lord Himself, whereas in the material\n\nworld there are many lords. That is the difference between the internal\n\nand external energies. The Lord says that although He is the predominating\n\nfactor of the internal energy and although the material world is sanctified\n\njust by the water that has washed His feet, He has the greatest respect for\nthe brahma{!a and the Vai�t:�ava. When the Lord Himself offers so much\n\nrespect to the Vai�l)ava and the brahma!w, how can one deny respect to\nsuch personalities?\n\n", "SB3.2#p0330": "Text 10]\n\nThe Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\n645\n\nTEXT 10\n\nit it <�4fi:ii'4�1 �r���n\n..\n\n\\{ElF�� 11<::� I\n\nm���<�t�n � qq(ijl't\n..\n\n��� f'4��(1Fi�d: II� 011\n\nye me tanur dvija-varan duhatTr madtyii\nbhutany alabdha-sara1.1ani ca bheda-buddhya\ndrak�yanty agha-k�ata-drso h y ahi-manyavas tan\ngrdhra ru�a mama ku�anty adhidar,t)a-netu�\nye-which persons; me-My; tanu� -body; dvija-variin-the best of the\nbrahmar-as; du hatllt -cows; ma dTya�-relating to Me; bh iitani-living entities; alabdha- sa ra !l iin i-defenseless; ca-and; bheda-buddhyii-considering\nas different; dra k� yanti -see; agha-by sin; k�ata- is impaired; drsa�-whose\nfaculty of judgement; hi-because; ahi-like a snake; manyava � - angry ;\ntan-those same persons; grdhrii� -the vulturelike messengers; ru §ii-angrily;\nmama-My; ku§ an ti -tear; adhida(l(ia-netu{l-of the superintendent of\npunishment, y amaraja.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahma!J.aS, the cows and the defenseless creatures are My own\nbody. Those whose faculty of judgment has been impaired by their own\nsin look upon these as distinct from Me. They are just like furious serpents,\nand they are angrily torn apart by the bills of the vulturelike messengers\nof Yamaraja, the superintendent of sinful persons.\nPURPORT\nThe defenseless creatures, according to Brahma-samhitii, are the cows,\nbriihmarws, women, children and old men. Of these five, the briihma(las\nand cows are especially mentioned in this verse because the Lord is always\nanxious about the benefit of the briihma(las and cows and is prayed to in\nthis way. The Lord especially instructs, therefore, that no one should be\nenvious of these five, especially the cows and briihmar-as. In some of the\nBhiigavatam readings, the word duhitfll. is used instead of duhati�. But in\neither case, the meaning is the same. Duhati� means cow, and duhitf� can\nalso be used to mean cow because the cow is supposed to be the daughter\n\n", "SB3.2#p0331": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n646\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\nof the sun-god. Just as children are taken care of by the parents, women as\na class should be taken care of by the father, husband or grown-up son.\nThose who are helpless must be taken care of by their respective guardians,\notherwise the guardians will be subjected to the punishment of Yamaraja,\nwho is appointed by the Lord to supervise the activities of sinful living\ncreatures. The assistants or messengers of Yamaraja are likened here to\nvultures; and those who do not execute their respective duties in protecting\ntheir wards are compared to serpents. Vultures deal very seriously with\nserpents, and similarly the messengers will deal very seriously with neglectful guardians.\nTEXT 11\n\nit iiiiUIfliN mt �*-��: �f��Cf5n:l\ni:41�1�1414iM$tiS��iJ: ��:\n\n��:tl��ll\n\nye briihmariin mayi dhiyii k§ipato 'rcayantas\ntu�yad-dhrda� smita-sudhok§ita-padma-vaktni�\nviiryiinuriiga-kala yiit majavad grr-anta/:t\nsambodhayanty aham iviiham upiihrtas ta*\nye-which persons; briihma�an-the briihmarws; mayi-in Me; dhiyiiwith intelligence; k§ipatalt\ntu� yat\n\n-\n\n-\n\nuttering harsh words; arc ayanta�-respecting;\n\ngladdened; hrdaJ:t -hearts; s mita-smiling; sudhii-nectar; uk�ita­\n\nwet ; padma-lotuslike; vaktrii�-faces; vii�yii- with words; anuriiga-kalayiiloving; iitmajavat-like a son; gnwnta/:1.-praising; s ambodhayanti\n\n-\n\npacify ;\n\naham-1; iva-as; aham-1; upiihrta�-being controlled; ta*-by them.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the other hand, they captivate My heart who are gladdened in\n\nheart and who, their lotus faces enlightened by nectarean smiles, respect\nthe brahma�as, even though they utter harsh words. They look upon the\n\nbrahma�as as My own Self and pacify them by praising them in loving\nwords, even as a son would appease an angry father or as I am pacifying\n\nyou.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0332": "Text 12]\n\nThe Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\n647\n\nPURPORT\nIt has been observed in many instances in the Vedic scriptures that\nwhen the briihmar-as or Vai�l)avas curse someone in an angry mood, the\nperson who is cursed does not take it upon himself to treat the b riihmar-as\nor Vai�pavas in the same way. There are many examples of this. For\ninstance, the sons of Kuvera, when they were cursed by the great sage\nNiirada, did not seek revenge in the same harsh way, but submitted. Here\n\nalso, when Jaya and Vij aya were cursed by the four Kumiiras, they did not\n\nbecome harsh towards them; rather, they submitted. That should be the\n\nway of treating briihmar-as and Vai�l)avas. One may sometimes be faced\nwith a grievous situation created by a briihmar-a, but instead of meeting\nhim with a similar mood, one should try to pacify him with a smiling\nface and mild treatment. Briihmar-as and Vai�l)avas should be accepted as\nearthly representatives of Niiriiyal)a. Nowadays some foolish persons have\nmanufactured the term \"daridra-niiriiyar-a,\" indicating that the poor man\nshould be accepted as the representative of Naraya•.1a. But in Vedic\nliterature we do not find that poor men should be treated as representatives of Niiriiyal)a. Of course, \"those who are unprotected\" are mentioned\nhere, but the definition of this phrase is clear from the siistras. The poor\n\nman should not be unprotected, but the briihmar-a should especially be\n\ntreated as the representative of Niiriiyal)a and should be worshiped like\nHim. It is specifically said that to pacify the briihmar-as, one's.face should\nbe lotuslike. A lotuslike face is exhibited when one is adorned with love\nand affection. In this respect, the example of the father's being angry at\nthe son and the son's trying to pacify the father with smiling and sweet\nwords is very appropriate.\n\nTEXT\n\nw1r\n\n12\n\n�..ti�e•�..em\n\n�ottf<tsti¥iM � � I\n� ¥t¥ti�Efiflc6f 6'(aJI� 1t\n\n��at¥tf4t(<i\\t64lf4cue: 11 � � ll\n\ntan me sva-bhartur avasiiyam alak�amiir-au\nyu�mad-vyatikrama-gatirh pratipadya sadya�\nbhuyo mamiintikam itiirh tad anugraho me\nyat kalpatiim acirato bhrtayor viviisa.h\n\n", "SB3.2#p0333": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n648\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\ntat-therefore; me-My; sva-bhartu�-of their master; avasayam-the\nintention; alak�amiiflau-not knowing; yu�mat-against you; vyatikramaoffense;gatim-result;pratipadya-reaping;sadya�-immediately; bhuya�again; mama antikam-near Me; itam-obtain; tat-that; anugraha�-a\nfavor; me-to Me; yat-which; kalpatiim-let it be arranged; acirata.hnot long; bhrtayo[l-of these two servants; vivasa�-exile.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese servants of Mine have transgressed against you, not knowing the\n\nmind of their master. I shall therefore deem it a favor done to Me if you\n\norder that, although reaping the fruit of their transgression, they may\n\nreturn to My presence soon and the time of their exile from My abode\n\nmay expire before long.\n\nPURPORT\nFrom this statement we can understand how anxious the Lord is to get\nhis servitor back into Vaikur;ttha. This incident, therefore, proves that\nthose who have once entered a Vaikur;ttha planet can never fall down. The\ncase of Jaya and Vijaya is not a falldown; 'it is just an accident. The Lord\nis always anxious to get such devotees back again to the Vaikut:�tha\nplanets as soon as possible. It is to be assumed that there is no possibility\nof a misunderstanding between the Lord and the devotees but when there\nare discrepancies or disruptions between one devotee and another, one has\nto suffer the consequences, although that suffering is temporary. The Lord\n\nis so kind to His devotees that He took all the responsibility for the\ndoormen's offense and requested the sages to give them facilities to return\nto V aikut:�tha as soon as possible.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n·�\n\nSN q�df � ij((C<:ft( I\n�\n\n'11(t!ltf �\\\"nql�tCME(tq� II� �II\nbrahmovaca\natha tasyosafirh devim\nr�i-kulyarh sarasvati\"m\nnasviidya manyu-da�.tanarh\nte�iim iitmiipy atrpyata\n\n", "SB3.2#p0334": "Text 14]\n\nThe Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\n649\n\nbrahma-Lord Brahma; uvaca-said; atha-now; tasya-of the Supreme\nLord; usatim\n\n-\n\nlovely; devim-shining; r�i-kulyam-like a series of Vedic\n\nhymns; sarasvatim\n\n-\n\nspeech; na not; asvadya-hearing; manyu-anger; da�-\n\ntanam-bitten; te �am-of those sages; atma-the mind; api-even though;\n\n.\n\natrpyata- satiated.\nTRANSLATION\nBrahma continued: Even though the sages had been bitten by the\nserpent of anger, their souls were not satiated with hearing the Lord's\nlovely and illuminating speech, which was like a series of Vedic hymns.\nTEXT 14\n\nmoqla:P'4�� � � I\nA•llijl•n�•l•41u � ��(ij�Eff\\fit� II� \\lll\nsatim vyadaya srr-vanto\nlaghvim gurv-artha-gahvaram\nvigahyagadha-gambhiram\nna vidus tac-cik!r�itam\ns atim-e xc ellent;\n\nvyadaya\n\n-\n\nwith attentive aural reception; snwanta�­\n\nhearing; laghvim-properly composed; guru-momentous; artha\ngahvariim\n\n-\n\ngambhiram\n\ndifficult\n-\n\nto\n\nunderstand;\n\n-\n\nimport;\n\nvigahya-pondering; agadha\n\n-\n\ndeep;\n\ngrave; na-not; vidu�-understand; tat-of the Supreme Lord;\n\ncikir�itam-the intention.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's excellent speech was difficult to comprehend because of its\nmomentous import and its most profound significance. The sages heard\nit with wide open ears and pondered it as well. But although hearing, they\ncould not understand what He intended to do.\nPURPORT\nIt should be understood that no one can surpass the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead's speaking. There is no difference between the Supreme Person\nand His speeches, for He stands on the absolute platform. The sages tried\nwith wide open ears to understand the words from the lips of the Supreme\n\nLord, but although His speech was very concise and meanin gful, the sages\n\n", "SB3.2#p0335": "Srimad�Bhagavatam\n\n650\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\ncould not completely comprehend what He was saying. They could not\neven ·Comprehend the purport of the speech or what the Supreme Lord\nwanted to do. Nor could they understand whether the Lord was angry or\npleased with them.\nTEXT 15\n\n�\n\n��144N�IS(i'i4qi(�IN4Ct�( I\n�: su�e� �: J�t!t: �ijfitlif:ll��ll\nte yoga-miiyayiirabdhapiirame�phya-mahodayam\nprocull priinjalayo vipriill\nprahr�tiift k�ubhita-tvacall\nte-those; yoga-miiyayii-through His internal potency; iirabdha-had\nbeen revealed; piirame�thya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nmaha-udayam-multi-glories;\nhands;\n\nviprii�-the\n\nfour\n\nprocu�-spoke;\n\nbriihmaras;\n\nk�ubhita-tvaca�-hair standing on end.\n\npriiiijalaya�-with\n\nprahnlii�-extremely\n\nfolded\n\ndelighted;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe four hrahma!'a sages were nevertheless extremely delighted to\n\nbehold Him, and they experienced a thrill throughout their bodies. They\n\nthen spoke as follows to the Lord, who had revealed the multi-glories of\n\nthe Supreme Personality through His internal potency, yogamaya.\n\nPURPORT\nThe sages were almost too puzzled to speak before the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead for the first time, and the hairs of their bodies\nstood erect due to their extreme joy. The highest opulence in the material\nworld is called piirame§thya, the opulence of Brahma. Bl;lt that material\nopulence of\n\nBrahma, who lives\n\non the topmost planet within this\n\nmaterial world, cannot compare to the opulence of the Supreme Lord\nbecause the transcendental opulence in the spiritual world is caused\nby yogamiiyii, whereas the opulence in the material world is caused by\nmahiimiiyii.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0336": "The Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\n651\n\nTEXT 16\n\n!lff1Pl ��\n\n� � � �11(ij4 � NtlMa( 1\n\nrit qs�(� ��'}: Sl1nW II� �II\nr�aya ucu!J.\nna vayam bhagavan vidmas\ntava deva ciki:r�itam\nkrto me 'nugrahas ceti\nyad adh yak�a!J. prabhii�ase\nr�aya!J.-the sages; ucu!J.-said; na-not; vayam - we; bhagavan-0 Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; vidma!J.-did know; tava- Your; deva-0 Lord;\nciki:r�itam-wish for us to do; krta!J.-has been done; me-unto Me; anugraha� - favor; ca - and; iti - thus; yat - which; adhyak�a�-the supreme\nruler; prabhii�ase-You say.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sages said: 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, we are unable to\nknow what You intend for us to do, for even though You are the supreme\nruler of all, You speak in ourfavor as if we have done something good for\nYou.\nPURPORT\nThe sages could understand that the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwho is above everyone, was speaking as if He were in the wrong; therefore\nit was difficult for them to understand the words of the Lord. They could\nunderstand, however, that the Lord was speaking in such a humble way\n\nj ust to show them His all-merciful favor.\n\nTEXT 17\n\niiUIIIA4W tR � ;mrun: � {t sr.n I\n\n�SIIUif \\4�41-wf\n\n¥14141-wR¥1�4$( II�\\9 I\n\nbrahmart yasya pararh daivarh\nbriihmartii!J. kila te prabho\nvipriir;tiirh deva-deviiniim\nbhagaviin iitma-daivatam\n\n", "SB3.2#p0337": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n652\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\nbrahma[lyasya-of the Supreme director of the brahminical culture;\n\n- the brahma[tas; kila­\n\nparam-the highest; daivam-position; brahma [l a�\n\nfor the teaching of others; te-Your; prabho-0 Lord; viprar,tam-of the\nbrahmaras; deva-devanam-to be worshiped by the demigods; bhagavan­\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; atrna-the self; daivatam-worshipable Deity.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, You are the supreme director of the brahminical culture. Your\n\nconsidering the brahma!J.as to be in the highest position is Your example\nfor teaching others. Actually You are the supreme worshipable Deity, not\n\nonly for the gods but for the brahma!J.as also.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Brahma-sarhhita it is clearly stated that the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead is the cause of all causes. There are undoubtedly many\n\ndemigods, the chiefs of whom are Brahma and Siva. Lord Vi�t;�u is the\nLord of Brahma and Siva, not to speak of the brahma[laS who are in this\n\nmaterial world. As mentioned in Bhagavad-gTta, the Supreme Lord is very\n\nfavorable towards all activities performed according to brahminical culture,\nor the qualities of control of the senses and mind, cleanliness, forbearance,\n\nfaith in scripture, and practical and theoretical knowledge. The Lord is the\n\nSupersoul of everyone. In Bhagavad-g\"ita it is said that the Lord is the\n\nsource of all emanations; thus He is also the source of Brahma and Siva.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n� � ('f§fllm I\n• 'mi't gVt f.tFti+tii<l *\";:q(f: ������\n\n�: QWCI<t;fl\n\ntvatta� sanatano dharma\nrak�yate tanubhis tava\ndharmasya paramo guhyo\nnirvikaro bhavan mata�\ntvatta�-from You; sanatana�-eternal; dharma�-occupation; rak�yate­\n\nis protected; tanubh*-by multi-manifestations; tava- Your; dharmasyaof religious principles; parama�-the supreme; g uhya�\n\n-\n\n- obj ecti e; nirvi­\n\nkara� unchangeable; bhavan-You; mata�-in our opinion.\n\nv\n\n", "SB3.2#p0338": "Text 19]\n\nThe Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\n653\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou are the source of the eternal occupation of all living entities, and\nby Your multi-manifestations of Personalities of Godhead, You have\nalways protected\n\nreligion. You are the supreme objective of religious\n\nprinciples, and in our opinion You are inexhaustible and unchangeable\neternally.\nPURPORT\nThe statement in this verse dharmasya paramo guhyo refers to the most\n\nconfidential part of all religious principles. This is confirmed in Bhagavad­\n\ngftii. The conclusion of Lord Kr�l)a in His advice to A�una is: \"Give up all\nother religious engagement and just surrender unto Me.\" This is the most\n\nconfidential knowledge in executing religious principles. In theBhiigavatam\n\nalso it is stated that if one does not become Kr�qa conscious after very\nrigidly executing one's specified religious duties, all his labor in following\nso-called religious principles is simply a waste of time. Here also the sages\nconfirm the statement that the Supreme Lord, not the demigods, is the\nultimate goal of all religious principles. There are many foolish propagandists who say that worship of the demigods is also a way to reach the\nsupreme goal, but in the authorized statements of Srfmad-Bhiigavatam and\n\nBhagavad-gftii this is not accepted. Bhagavad-gftii says that one who\n\nworships a particular demigod can reach the demigod's planet, but one who\nworships the Supreme Personality of Godhead can enter into Vaikut;ttha.\nSome propagandists say that regardless of what one does he will ultimately\nreach the supreme abode of the Personality of Godhead, but this is not\nvalid. The Lord is eternal, the Lord's servitor is eternal, and the Lord's\n\nabode is also eternal. They are all described here as saniitana, or eternal.\n\nThe result of devotional service, therefore, is not temporary, as is the\nachievement of heavenly planets by worshiping the demigods. The sages\nwanted to stress that although the Lord, out of His causeless mercy, says\n\nthat He worships the briihmar-as and Vai�t;tavas, actually the Lord is\nworshipable not only by the briihmar-as and Vai�t;tavas but also by the\n\ndemigods.\nTEXT 19\n\n� � � � qC(?JtliU( I\n�: Q 1Rt'1 � �\"l-:11�\\ll\n\n", "SB3.2#p0339": "654\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\ntaranti hy anjasii mrtyum\nnivrttii yad-anugrahiit\nyogina� sa bhaviin kim svid\nanugrhyeta yat para*\ntaranti-cross over; hi-because; anjasii-easily; mrtyum-birth and death;\nnivrttii�-ceasing all material desires; yat- Your; anugrahiit-by mercy;\nyogina�-transcendentalists; sa�-the Supreme Lord; bhaviin- You; kim\nsvit-never possible; anugrhyeta-may be favored; yat\nothers.\n\n- which para*-by\n;\n\nTRANSLATION\nMystics and transcendentalists, by the mercy of the Lord, cross beyond\n\nnescience by ceasing all material desires. It is not possible, therefore, that\nthe Supreme Lord can be favored by others.\nPURPORT\nUnless one is favored by the Supreme Lord, one cannot cross over the\nocean of the nescience of repeated birth and death. Here it is stated that\nyogis or mystics cross beyond nescience by the mercy of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. There are many kinds of mystics, such as the\nkarma-yogi, jiiiina-yog\"i, dhyiina-yogi and bhakti-yogi. The karmis particularly search after the favor of the demigods, the jniiniS want to become\none with the Supreme Absolute Truth, and the yogis are satisfied simply\nby partial vision of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Paramatma, and\nultimately by oneness with Him. But the bhaktas, the devotees, want to\nassociate with the Supreme Personality of Godhead eternally and serve\nHim. It has already been admitted that the Lord is eternal, and those who\nwant the favor of the Supreme Lord perpetually are also eternal. Therefore\n\"yogis\" here means devotees. By the mercy of the Lord, devotees can\neasily pass beyond the nescience of birth and death and attain the eternal\nabode of the Lord. The Lord is therefore not in need of another's favor\nbecause no one is equal to or greater than Him. Actually, everyone needs\nthe favor of the Lord for successful understanding of his human mission.\nTEXT 20\n\n� ' ft(ftl�41�d�e..���: ('1�«11 t<NI\\� I\n\n", "SB3.2#p0340": "Text 21]\n\nThe Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\n. 655\n\n1!4Atlfif6telQdtJl4'tWie«Jit�\n� �qijq�f<c4 'ilit441Willl� otl\nyam vai vibhiitir upayiity anuvelam anyair\narthiirthibh* sva-sirasii dhrta-piida-reru�\ndhanyiirpitiingh ri-tulasi-na va-diima-dhii mn o\nlokam madhu-vrata-pater iva kiimayiinii\nyam-whom; vai-certainly; vibhut*-Lak$mi the Goddess of Fortune;\n,\n\nupayiiti-waits upon; anuvelam-occasionally; anyai�-by others; arthamaterial facility; arthibh*-by those who desire; sva-sirasii-on their own\nheads; dhrta-acce pting; piida-of the feet; rertu�-the dust; dhanya-by the\ndevotees; arpita-offered; anghri-at your feet; tulasi-of tulasi leaves;\nnava-fresh; diima-on the garland; dhiimna�-having a place; lokam-the\nplace; madhu-vrata-pate�-of the king of the bees; iva-like; kiimayiinii-is\nanxious to secure.\nTRANSLA TION\nThe goddess of fortune, Lak�mi, the dust of whose feet is worn on the\nhead by others, waits upon You, as appointed, for she is anxious to\nsecure a place in the abode of the king of bees, who hovers on the fresh\nwreath of tulasi leaves offered at Your feet by some blessed devotee.\nPURPORT\nAs previously described, tulas\"i has attained all superior qualities due to\nbeing placed at the lotus feet of the Lord. The comparison made here is\nvery nice. As the king of bees hovers over the tulas\"i leaves offered to the\nlotus feet of the Lord, so Lak�mi, the goddess who is sought after by the\ndemigods, briihmar-as, Vai$l)avas and everyone else, always engages in\nrendering service to the lotus feet of the Lord. The conclusion is that no\none can be the benefactor of the Lord; everyone is actually the servant of\nthe servant of the Lord.\nTEXT 21\n\n�\n\nfifA'dNf(�(,et$ctWil\nWii€41J\\4�(it41ilet6SI(tf:\n\n�\n\n����4(GI:�'Rn\n\n'1Jc.��� 1111m\\���� �II\n\n", "SB3.2#p0341": "656\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\nyas tiim vivikta-caritair anuvartamiiniim\nniityiidriyat parama-bhiigavata-prasanga�\nsa tvarh dvijiinupatha-pur-ya-raja� punlta�\nsrivatsa-lak�ma kim agii bhaga-bhiijanas tvam\nya�-who; tiim-Lak�m1; vivikta-completely pure; carita*-devotional\n\nservices; anuvartamiiniim-serving; na- not; atyiid riyat\n\n-\n\nattached; parama­\n\nthe highest; bhiigavata-devotees; prasanga�-attached; sa�-the Supreme\n\nLord; tvam-You; dvija-of the briihmar-as; anupatha-on the path; pur-yasanctified; raja�- dust; puni:ta�-purified; srivatsa-of Srivatsa; lak�ma-the\n\nmark; kim- what; agii�- Y ou obtained; bhaga-all opulences or all good\n\nqualities; bhiijana�-the reservoir; tvam- You.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, You are exceedingly attached to the activities of Your pure\n\ndevotees, yet You are never attached to the goddesses of fortune who\n\nconstantly engage in Your transcendental loving service. How can You be\npurified, therefore, by the dust of the path traversed by the brahma!J.as,\n\nand how can You be glorified or made fortunate by the marks of Srivatsa\non Your chest?\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said in the Brahma-samhitii that the Lord is always served by many\n\nhundreds of thousands of goddesses of fortune in His V aikul)�ha planet,\n\nyet because of His attitude of renunciation of all opulences, He is not\n\nattached to any one of them. The Lord has six opulences-unlimited\n\nwealth, unlimited fame, unlimited strength, unlimited beauty, unlimited\n\nknowledge and unlimited renunciation. All the demigods and other living\n\nentities worship Lak�ml, the goddess of fortune, just to get her favor, yet\nthe Lord is never attached to her because He can create an unlimited\nnumber of such goddesses for His transcendental service. The goddess of\n\nfortune, Lak�mi, is sometimes envious of the tulasi leaves which are placed\n\nat the lotus feet of the Lord because they remain fixed there and do not\n\nmove, whereas Lak�mijl, although stationed by the chest of the Lord,\n\nsometimes has to please other devotees who pray for her favor. Lak�mijl\nsometimes has to go to satisfy her numerous devotees, but tulasi leaves\n\nnever forsake their position, and the Lord therefore appreciates the service\nof the tulasi more than the service of Lak�m1. When the Lord says,\n\ntherefore, that it is due to the causeless mercy of the briihmar-as that\n\nLak�mijl does not leave Him, we can understand that Lak�miji is attracted\n\n", "SB3.2#p0342": "Text 22]\n\nThe Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\n657\n\nby the opulence of the Lord, not by the briihma!las' benedictions upon\nHim. The Lord is not dependent on anyone's mercy for His opulence; He\nis always self-sufficient. The Lord's statement that His opulence is due to\nthe benediction of the brii.hma!'as and Vai�l)avas is only to teach others\nthat they should offer respect to the brii.hma!'as and Vai�l)avas, the\ndevotees of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n��ij��:�:\n���� ID\\i:� I\n\n�������\n�� ;ft qwn � � ������\ndharmasya te bliagavatas tri-yuga tribhi� svai�\npadbhis carii.caram idarh dvija-devatiirtham\nnunam bhrtam tad-abhighiiti rajas tamas ca\nsattvena no vara-dayii. tanuvii nirasya\ndharmasya-of the personification of all religion; te-of You; bhagavata�of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tri-yuga-You who are manifest in\naU\n\nthree millenniums; tribhil].-by three; svai�- Y our own; padbhi�­\n\nfeet; cara-acaram-animate and inanimate; idam-this universe; dvija­\n\nthe twice-born; devatii.-the demigods; artham-for the sake of; nunamhowever;\n\nbhrtam-protected;\n\ntat-those\n\nfeet;\n\nabhighati-destr oying;\n\nraja�-the mode of passion; tama�-the mode of ignoran ce; ca-and;\n\nsattvena-of pure goodness; na�-unto us; vara-daya- bestowin g all blessings; tanuva-by Your transcendental form; nirasya-d rivin g away.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lor d, You are the personification of all religion. Therefore You\n\nmanifest Yourself in three millenniums, and thus You protect this\nuniverse, which consists of animate and inanimate beings. By Your grace,\nwhich is of pure goodness and is the bestower of all blessing, kindly\ndrive away the elements of rajas and tamas for the sake of the demigods\nand twice-born.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord is addressed in this verse as tri-yuga, or one who appears in\nthree millenniums-namely the Satya, Dv a pa ra and Treta yugas. He is not\n\n", "SB3.2#p0343": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n658\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\nmentioned as appearing in the fourth millennium, or Kali-yuga. It is\ndescribed in Vedic literature that in Kali-yuga He comes as channa­\n\navatiira, or an incarnation, but He does not appear as a manifest incarnation. In the other yugas, however, the Lord is a manifest incarnation,\nand therefore He is addressed as tri-yuga, or the Lord who appears in\nthree yugas.\n\nS rfdhara Svamf describes triyuga as follows: yuga means couple, and\n\ntri means three. The Lord is manifested as three couples by His six\nopulences or three couples of opulences. In that way He can be addressed\nas triyuga . The Lord is the personality of religious principles. In three\nmillenniums religious principles are protected by three kinds of spiritual\nculture, namely austerity, cleanliness and mercy. The Lord is called\n\ntriyuga in that way also. In the age of Kali these three requisites tci\nspiritual culture are almost absent, but the Lord is so kind that in spite\nof Kali-yuga's being devoid of these three spiritual qualities, He comes and\nprotects the people of this age in His covered incarnation as Lord\nCaitanya. Lord Caitanya is called covered because although He is Kr�rya\nHimself, He presents Himself as a devotee of Kr�rya, not directly. The\ndevotees pray to Lord Caitanya, therefore, to eliminate their stock of\npassion and ignorance, the most conspicuous assets of this yuga. In the\nKr�rya consciousness movement one cleanses himself of the modes of\npassion and ignorance by chanting the holy name of the Lord, Hare Kr�rya,\nHare Kr�rya, as introduced by Lord Caitanya.\nThe four Kumaras were cognizant of their situation in the modes of\npassion and ignorance because, although in Vaiku1;1tha, they wanted to\ncurse devotees of the Lord. Since they were conscious of their own weakness, they prayed to the Lord to remove their still existing passion and\nignorance. The three transcendental qualifications, cleanliness, austerity\nand mercy, are the qualifications of the twice-born and the demigods.\nThose who are not situated in the quality of goodness cannot accept\nthese three principles of spiritual culture. For the Kr�l).a consciousness\nmovement, therefore, there are three sinful activities which are prohibitednamely illicit sex, intoxication, and eating food other than the prasiida\noffered to Kr�rya. These three prohibitions are based on the principles of\nausterity, cleanliness and mercy. Devotees are merciful because they spare\nthe poor animals, and they are clean because they are free of contamination\n\nfrom\n\nunwanted\n\nfoodstuff\n\nand\n\nunwanted\n\nhabits.\n\nAusterity\n\nis\n\nrepresented by restricted sex life. These principles, indicated by the\nprayers of the four Kumaras, should be followed by the devotees who\nare engaged in Kr�1;1a consciousness.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0344": "659\n\nThe Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\nText 23)\n\nTEXT 23\n\ni(��\"� �Rtt•€+tin�\nmm ttr: 0 �ill\n·;re�fttq��qq�\n�SJR� fti<tdl'fiOI¥(1��11\nna tvam dvi}ottama-kulam _yadi hatma-gopam\ngoptii vna{l svarharena sa-sunrtena\ntarhy eva nank§yati sivas tava deva pantha\nloko 'grahT§yad r§abhasya hi tat pramatwm\nna-not; tvam- You; dvija-of the twice-born;uttama-kulam-the highest\nclass; yadi-if; ha-indeed; atma-gopam- worthy to be protected by Y ou;\ngoptii-the protector; m:�a�-the best; svarharena-by worship; sa-sunrtena\n-along\n\nwith\n\nmild\n\nwords;\n\ntarhi-then;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nnahk.syati­\n\nwill be lost; siva[r-auspicious; tava- Your; deva- 0 Lord; pantha�- the path;\nloka�- the people in general; ag rahz§yat- would accept; r§abhasya-of the\nbest; hi-because; tat-that; pramiiram\n\n-\n\nauthority.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, You are the protector of the highest of the twice-hom, and if\nYou do not protect them by offering worship and mild words, then\ncertainly the auspicious path of worship will be rejected by people in\ngeneral, who act on the strength and authority of Your Lordship.\nPURPORT\nIn\n\nBhagavad-g\"ita it is stated by the Lord Himself that the acts and\n\ncharacter of great authorities are followed by people in general. Leaders\nof ideal character are therefore needed in society. Kr�t;�a, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, appeared in this material world just to show the\nexample of perfect authority, and people have to follow His path. The\nVedic injunction is that one cannot understand the Absolute Truth\nsimply by mental speculation or logical argument. One has to follow the\nauthorities. Mahiijano yena gata� sa panthii�. Great authorities should be\nfollowed; otherwise, if we simply depend on the scriptures, we are sometimes misled by rascals, or else we cannot understand or follow the\ndifferent spiritual injunctions. The best path is to follow the authorities.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0345": "[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\n\n660\n\nThe four briihmar-a sages stated that Kr�l)a is naturally the protector of\nthe cows and briihmar;ws: go-briihmar;w-hitiiya ca. W hen Kr�l)a was on\nthis planet, He set a practical example. He was a cowherd boy, and He\nwas very respectful to the briihmar-as and devotees.\nIt is also affirmed herein that the briihmar-as are the best of the twiceborn.\n\nBriihmar;ws,\n\nk�atriyas\n\nand vaiSyas\n\nare\n\nall twice-born, but the\n\nbriihmar-as are the best. When there is a fight between two persons, each\nof them protects the upper part of his body-the head, the arms and the\nbelly. Similarly, for the actual advancement of human civilization, the\nbest part of the social body, namely the briihmar-as, the k�atriyas and\nvaisyas (the intelligent class of men, the military class and the mercantile\nmen) should be given special protection. Protection of the laborers should\nnot be neglected, but special protection should be given to the upper\norders. Of all classes of men, the briihmar;ws and the Vai�tlavas should be\ngiven special protection. They should be worshiped. When their protection\nis performed, it is just like worshiping God. That is not exactly protection;\nit is a duty. One should worship the briihmartas and Vai�tlavas by offering\nthem all kinds of endowments and sweet words, and if one has no means\nto offer anything, he must at least use sweet words to pacify them. The\nLord personally exhibited this behavior towards the Kumaras.\nIf this system is not introduced by the leaders, then human civilization\nwill be lost. When there is no protection and special treatment for persons\nwho are devotees of the Lord, who are highly intelligent in spiritual life,\nthen the whole society is lost. The word nank�yati indicates that such a\ncivilization becomes spoiled and is annihilated. The kind of civilization\nrecommended is called deva-pathin; which means the royal road of the\ndemigods. Demigods are supposed to be fully fixed in devotional service\nor\n\nKr�l)a\n\nconsciousness; that is the auspicious path that should be\n\nprotected. If the authorities or the leaders of society do not give special\nrespect to the briihmartas and Vai�l)avas and do not offer them not only\nsweet words but all facilities, then the path of progress will be lost to\nhuman civilization. The Lord personally wanted to teach this, and therefore He offered so much praise to the Kumaras.\nTEXT 24\n\nris���f.Nfet�:\n\n����:I\n�qm ��;ffl Fr��:?.)ij������: ������\n\n", "SB3.2#p0346": "The Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\nText 24)\n\n661\n\ntat te 'nabhl�pam iva sattva-nidher vidhitsott\nk�emam janiiya nija-saktibhir uddhrtiire�\nnaitiivatii tryadhipater bata visva-bhartus\nteja� k�atam tv avanatasya sa te vinoda�\ntat-that destruction of the path of auspiciousness; te- by You;\nanabh�s.tam-is not liked; iva-as; sattva-nidhe�-the reservoir of all goodness; vidhitso�- desiring to do; k�ema m- good; janiiya-for the people in\ngeneral; nija-saktibh*-by Your own potencies; uddhrta- destroyed;\nare� - the opposite element; na-not; etiivatii- b y this; tryadhipate�-of\nthe proprietor of the three kinds of creations; bata- 0 Lord; visva-bhartu�the maintainer of the universe; teja�-potency; k�atam-reduced; tu-but;\navanatasya-sub missive; sa�-that; te- Your; vin o da�-pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, You never want the auspicious path to be destroyed because\nYou are the reservoir of all goodness. Just to benefit people in general,\nYou destroy the evil element by Your mighty potency. You are the\nproprietor\n\nof the three\n\ncreations\n\nand the maintainer of the entire\n\nuniverse. Therefore Your potency is not reduced by Your submissive\nbehavior.\n\nRather,\n\nby\n\nsubmission\n\nYou\n\nexhibit\n\nYour transcendental\n\npastimes.\nPURPORT\nLord Kr�J;�a was never reduced in His position by becoming a cowherd\nboy or by offering respect to Sudama Brahmal)a or to His other devotees\nlike N anda Maharaja, Vasudeva, Maharaja Yudhi��hira and the PaJ;�«;lavas'\nmother, Kunti. Everyone knew that He was the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Kr�J;�a, yet His behavior was exemplary. The Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead is sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha;\n\nHis form is\n\ncompletely\n\nspiritual, full of bliss and knowledge, and it is eternal. Because the living\nentities are His parts and parcels, originally they also belong to the same\nquality of eternal form as the Lord, but when they come in contact with\n\nmiiyii, the material potency, due to their forgetfulness their existential\nconstitution is covered. We should try to understand the appearance of\nLord Kr�l)a in this spirit, as the Kumaras pray to Him. He is eternally a\ncowherd boy at Vrndavana, He is eternally the leader of the Battle of\nKuruk�etra, and He is eternally the opulent prince of Dvaraka and the\nlover of the damsels of Vrndavana; all His appearances are meaningful\nl!ecause\n\nthey\n\nshow His real. characteristics to the conditioned souls\n\nwho have forgotten their relationship with the Supreme Lord. He does\n\n", "SB3.2#p0347": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n662\neverything for\n\ntheir benefit.\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\nThe force exhibited in the\n\nBattle of\n\nKuruk�etra by the desire of Kr�r:ta and through the agency of Arjuna\nwas also necessary because when people become too irreligious, force is\nrequired. Nonviolence in this respect is rascaldom.\nTEXT 25\n\n���mlRI'{ r.r�\n!Rf�� 6GO�'iriift R��I\n�ij tf( � ��t �.l�f� �\n\n�SWitmft ���qf( ��qqOIII��II\n\nyarh viinayor damam adh!sa bhaviin vidhat te\nvrttirh nu vii tad anumanmahi nirvyaukam\nasmiisu vii ya ucito dhriyatiirh sa dar;ujo\nye 'niigasau vayam aywik�mahi kilbi�er;ta\nyam-which; vii-or; anayo�-of both of them; damam-punishment;\nadh!sa-0 Lord; bhaviin- Your Lordship; vidhatte-awards; vrttim\n\nexistence;\n\nnu-certainly;\n\nvii-or;\n\ntat-that;\n\nanumanmahi-we\n\n-\n\nbetter\n\naccept;\n\nnirvyaukam-without duplicity; asmiisu-to us; vii-or; ya�-whichever;\nu c ita�-is proper ; dhriyatiim-may be awarded; sa�-that; da [tfla�-punish\n\nment;\n\nye-who;\n\na nagasau- s inless;\n\nvayam-we;\n\nayuhk§mahi\n\n-\n\n­\n\nallotted;\n\nkilbifie(la-with a curse.\n\nTRANS LATION\n0\n\nLord, whatever punishment\n\nYou wish to award to these two\n\ninnocent persons or also to us we shall accept without duplicity. We\nunderstand that we have cursed two faultless persons.\nPURPORT\nThe sages, the four Kumaras, now reject their cursing of the two doorkeepers, Jaya and Vijaya, because they are now conscious that persons\nwho engage in the service of the Lord cannot be at fault at any stage. It is\nsaid that anyone who has implicit faith in the service of the Lord, or who\nactually engages in transcendental loving service, has all the good qualities\nof the demigods. Therefore, a devotee cannot be at fault. If sometimes it\nis found that he is in error by accident or by some temporary arrangement,\nthat should not be taken very seriously. The cursing of Jaya and Vijaya is\n\n", "SB3.2#p0348": "Text 26)\n\nThe Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\n663\n\nhere repented. Now the Kumaras are thinking in terms of their position in\nthe modes of passion and ignorance, and they are prepared to accept any\nkind of punishment from the Lord. In general, when dealing with devotees,\nwe should not try to find faults. In Bhagavad-gitii also it is confirmed that\nthe devotee who faithfully serves the Supreme Lord, even if found to\ncommit a gross mistake, should be considered a siidhu or saintly person.\nDue to former habits he may commit some wrong, but because he is\nengaged in the service of the Lord, that wrong should not be taken very\nseriously.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�*fajqf!ji!f/*1\n\n.m �A Sffm �q:\n(f(++t(1�(1+{1Q43il�•ft\n\n�: ��q:ql�6 � 41 i{:\n� �f.lflt�(ija:�6Asn: ������\nsri bhagaviin uviica\netau suretara-gatim pratipadya sadya�\nsamrambha-sambhrta-samiidhy-anubaddha-yogau\nbhuya� sakiisam upayiisyata iisu yo va�\nsapo mayaiva nimitas tad aveta viprii�\nsri bhagaviin uvii ca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead replied; etauthese two doorkeepers; sura-itara-demoniac; gatim-the womb; pratipadya-obtai ning;\n\nsadya�-quickly;\n\nsamrambha-by\n\nanger; sambhrta­\n\nintensified; samiidhi-concentration of mind; anubaddha-firmly; yogauunited with Me; bhUya�-again; sakiisam-to My presence; upayiisyata�shall return; iisu-shortly; ya�- which; va{l-of you; siipa{l-cur s e; maya­\n\nby Me; eva-alone; nimita{l -ordai ned; tat-that; aveta-know; viprii{l- 0\n\nbriihmartas.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord replied: 0 brahmapas, know that the punishment you inflicted\non them was originally ordained by Me, and therefore they will fall to a\nbirth in a demoniac family. But they will be firmly united with Me in\nthought through mental concentration intensified by anger, and they will\nreturn to My presence shortly.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0349": "664\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord stated that the punishment inflicted by the sages upon the\n\ndoorkeepers Jaya and Vijaya was conceived by the Lord Himself. Without\n\nthe Lord's sanction, nothing can happen. It is to he understood that there\n\nwas a plan in the cursing of the Lord's devotees in VaikuQ�ha, and His plan\nis explained by many stalwart authorities. The Lord sometimes desires to\n\nfight. The fighting spirit also exists in the Supreme Lord, otherwise how\n\ncould fighting he manifested at all? Because the Lord is the source of\n\neverything, anger and fighting are also inherent in His personality. When\n\nHe desires to fight with someone, He has to find an enemy, but in the\nVaikuptha world there is no enemy because everyone is engaged fully in\n\nHis service. Therefore He sometimes comes to the material world as an\n\nincarnation in order to manifest His fighting spirit.\nIn\n\nBhagavad-gitii also it is said that the Lord appears just to give\n\nprotection to the devotees and to annihilate the nondevotees (Bg. 4.8).\n\nThe nondevotees are found in the material world, not in the spiritual\n\nworld; therefore, when the Lord wants to fight, He has to come to this\n\nworld. But who will fight with the Supreme Lord? No one is able to fight\n\nwith Him! Therefore, because the Lord's pastimes in the material world\n\nare always performed with His associates, not with others, He has to find\n\nsome devotee who will play the part of an enemy. In Bhagavad-gitii the\nLord says to Arjuna, \"My dear Arjuna, both you and I appeared many,\n\nmany times in this material world, hut you have forgotten, whereas I\n\nremember.\" Thus Jaya and Vijaya were selected by the Lord to fight with\nHim in the material world, and that was the reason the sages came to see\n\nHim and accidentally the doorkeepers were cursed. It was the Lord's desire\n\nto send them to the material world, not perpetually; hut for some time.\n\nTherefore, just as, on a theatrical stage, someone takes the part of enemy\nto the proprietor of the stage although the play is for a short time and\n\nthere is no permanent enmity between the servant and the proprietor,\nsimilarly the sura-janas (devotees) were cursed by the sages to go to the\n\nasura-jana or atheistic families. That a devotee should come into an\natheistic family is surprising, hut it is simply a show. After finishing their\n\nmock fighting, both the devotee and the Lord are. again associated in the\n\nspiritual planets. That is very explicitly explained here. The conclusion is\n\nthat no one falls from the spiritual world or Vaikuf.ltha pla�et, for it is the\neternal abode. But sometimes, as the Lord desires, devotees come into\n\nthis material world as preachers or as atheists. In each case we must under­\n\nstand that there is a plan of the Lord. Lord Buddha, for example, is an\n\n", "SB3.2#p0350": "Text 27]\n\nThe Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\n665\n\nincarnation, yet he preached atheism: \"There is no God.\" But actually\nthere was a plan behind this, as explained in the Bhiigavatam.\nTEXT 27\n\n�qr:;q\n\nij- � � ;:r�\"'l\"'��jf;{l{_ I\n� ij���R Ft� � �tf3fijl{_ II �'!Ill\n:3l't\n\nbrahmoviica\natha te munayo dr§tvii\nnayaniinanda-bhiijanam\nvaikurt.tham tad-adhi§thiinam\nvikurt,tham ca svayam-prabham\nbrahmii uviica-Lord Brahma said; atha-now; te-those; munaya�sages; dr§tvii - after seei ng; nayana-of the eyes; ananda - pleasure; bhiija­\n\nnam\n\n-\n\nproducing; vaikurttham-the Vaiku i:t t ha planet; tat-of Him; adhi�.thii­\n\nnam-the abode; vikurt.tham-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; caand; svayam-prabham-self-illuminating.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma said: After seeing the Lord of Vaikui:ttha , the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, in the self-illuminated V aikui:ttha planet, the\nsages left that transcendental abode.\n\nPURPORT\nThe transcendental abode of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as\nstated in Bhagavad-gitii and confirmed in this verse, is self-illuminated. In\n\nBhagavad-gitii it is said that in the spiritual world there is no need of sun,\nmoon or electricity. This indicates that all the planets there are selfilluminated, self-sufficient and inde pende nt; everything there is complete.\nLord Kr�rp says that once one goes to that Vaikur:Jtha planet, he never\nreturns. The inhabitants of V aikur.rtha never returrr to the material world,\nbut the incident of .Jaya and Vijaya was a different case. They came to\nthe material\nV aikur;ttha.\n\nworld for some time, and then again they returned to\n\n", "SB3.2#p0351": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n666\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 28\n\n� qf� 3ff'I1Jq�tfld'f1 q � I\n31ftr�: qf�: ���t � f�tr1{ 11';(�11\n..\n\nbhagavantarh parikramya\npral)ipatyiinumiinya ca\npratijagmu� pramuditii�\nsarhsanto va�l)av\"irh sriyam\nbhagavantam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; parikramya-after\ncircumambulating; p ratJ, ipatya-after offering obeisances; an umanya-after\nlearning; ca-and; pratijagmu[l.-returned;p ramu ditii[l.-ex tremely delighted;\nsarhsanta[l. -glorifying; vainwvfm-of the v ai�t;tavas; sriyam opulence\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sages circumambulated the Supreme Lord, offered their obeisances\nand returned, extremely delighted at learning of the divine opulences of\nthe Vai�Q.ava.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is still a respectful practice to circumambulate the Lord in Hindu\n'\ntemples. Especially in Vai�Q.ava temples there is an arrangement for\npeople to offer respects to the Deity and circumambulate the temple at\nleast three times.\nTEXT 29\n\nqre +rr � � I\n;rm: ��sf'f �� � � ij it 11';(�11\n\nl4'1CII;w�'lf.f�\n\nbhagaviin anugiiv iiha\nyiitarh mii bha�.tam astu sam\nbrahma-teja[!. samartho 'pi\nhanturh necche matarh tu me\nbhagavan the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anugau-to His two\n-\n\nattendants; aha-said; ya tam-depart from this place; ma-let there not he;\n\nbhai�tam fear; astu-let there he;sam-happiness; brahma-of a brahmal)a;\nteja[!.-the curse; samarth a[!.-being able; api even; hantum-to nullify; na\nicche-do not desire; matam-approved; tu-on the contrary; me-by Me.\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0352": "Text 30]\n\nThe Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\n667\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord then said to His attendants, Jaya and Vijaya: Depart this\nplace, but fear not. All glories unto you. Though I am capable of\nnullifying the brahmal).as' curse, I would not do so. On the contrary, it has\nMy approval.\nPURPORT\nAs explained in connection with Text 26, all the incidents that took\nplace had the approval of the Lord. Ordinarily, there is no possibility that\nthe four sages could be so angry with the doorkeepers, nor could the\nSupreme Lord neglect His two doorkeepers, nor can one come back from\nVaikul).tha after once taking birth there. All these incidents, therefore,\nwere designed by the Lord Himself for the sake. of His pastimes in the\nmaterial world. Thus He plainly says that it was done with His approval.\nOtherwise, it would have been impossible for inhabitants of V aikuJ;�tha to\ncome back to this material world simply because of a brahminical curse.\nThe Lord especially blesses the so-called culprits: \"All glories unto you.\"\nA devotee, once accepted by the Lord, can never fall down. That is the\nconclusion of this incident.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n��� f9lf« �;.n � �� I\n��144trotT �Tft M�, ({\\ �� II� II\n..\n\n0\n\netat puraiva nirdi�.tam\nramaya kruddhaya yada\np urapavarita dvari\nvisanti mayy uparate\n\netat-this departure;pura-formerly; eva - certainly; nird� . tam-foretold ;\nra m aya-by Lak$mi; kruddhaya-furious; yada- when ; purti- previously ;\napavarita-prevented; dvari-at\n\nthe gate; visan ti- enteri ng ; mayi-as I;\n\nuparate-was resting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis departure from Vaikul).�ha was foretold by La�mi, the goddess of\nfortune. She was very angry because when she left My abode and then returned, you stopped her at the gate while I was sleeping.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0353": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n668\n\n[Canto 3, Ch l6\n..\n\nTEXT 31\n\n'lfif �;��Tlt;J f;{� :r.;ifiAn-:�il\"::lcl�-.rr� I\n�if� f� if tf;T����qnmJ �.. : II�� II\nmayi sarhrambha-yogena\n\nnistfrya brahrna-helanarn\n\npratye�yatarh nikiisarh me\nkiileniilpTyasii puna�\nmayi-unto Me;sarhrarnbha-yogena-by practice of mystic yoga in anger;\n\nnistirya-being liberated from; brahma-helanam-the result of disobedience\n\nto the briihrnar;ws; pratye�yatarn-will come back; nikiisarn-near; me-Me;\n\nkiilena-in due course of time; alpiyasii-very short; p una{t-again.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord assured the two VaikuQ.!ha inhabitants, Jaya and Vijaya: By\n\npracticing the mystic yoga system in anger, you will be cleansed of the sin\n\nof disobeying the brahmat;tas and within a very short time return to Me.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead advised the two doorkeepers, Jaya\n\nand Vijaya, that by dint of bhakti-yoga in anger they would be delivered\nfrom the curses of the briihmaras. Srila Madhva Muni remarks in this con­\n\nnection that by practicing bhakti-yoga one can become free from all sinful\n\nreactions. Even a brahma-siipa, or curse by a briihrnara, which cannot be\novercome by any other means, can be overcome by bhakti-yoga.\n\nOne can practice bhakti-yoga in many rasas. There are twelve rasas, five\n\nprimary and seven secondary. The five primary rasas constitute direct\n\nbhakti-yoga, but although the seven secondary rasas are indirect, they are\nalso counted within bhakti-yoga if they are used in the service of the Lord.\n\nIn other words, bhakti-yoga is all-inclusive. If one somehow or other be­\n\ncomes attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he becomes engaged in bhakti-yoga,\n\nas described in Srirnad-Bhiigavatarn\n\n(10.29.15):\n\nkiirnam krodham bhayam. The gopis were attracted to Kr�Q.a by bhakti­\n\nyoga in a relationship of lusty desire (kiima). Similarly, Kamsa was attached\n\nto bhakti-yoga by dint of fear of his death. Thus bhakti-yoga is so powerful\n\nthat even becoming an enemy of the Lord and always thinking of Him can\n\ndeliver one very quickly. It is said, vi�ru-bhakto bhaved daiva iisuras tad-\n\n", "SB3.2#p0354": "The Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\nText 32)\n\n669\n\nviparayiit: \"Devotees of Lord Vi�I)U are called demigods, whereas nondevotees are called asuras.\" But bhakti-yoga is so powerful that both demigods\nand asuras can derive its benefits if they always think of the Personality of\nGodhead. The basic principle of bhakti-yoga is to think of the Supreme\nLord always. The Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii, man-manii bhava mad-bhaktaiJ:\n\"Always think of Me.\" (Bg. 18.65) It doesn't matter in which way one\nthinks; the very thought of the Personality of Godhead is the basic principle\nof bhakti-yoga.\nIn the material planets there are different grades of sinful activities, of\nwhich disrespecting a briihmar-a or a Vai�Qava is the most sinful. Here it is\nclearly stated that one can overcome even that grave sin simply by thinking\nof Vi�QU, not even favorably but in anger. Thus even if those who are not\ndevotees always think of Vi�QU, they become free from all sinful activities.\nKr�Qa consciousness is the highest form of thought. Lord Vi�I)U is thought\nof in this age by chanting Hare Kr�f.la, Hare Kr�Qa, Kr�Qa Kr�Qa, Hare Hare/\nHare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. From the statements of\nthe Bhiigavatam it appears that if one thinks of Kr�tta, even as an enemy,\nthat particular qu alifica ti o n- t hinking of Vi§[lU or Kr.sr-a -cleanses one of\nall sins.\nTEXT 32\n\n�:�.wnf� �Ft t�IWf�T�i{ I\n�l��trtl���T �!�� NtOtrmf.�ll ��I I\ndvii[lsthiiv iidiSya bhagaviin\nvimiina-srer-i-bhii§ar-am\nsarviitisayayii lak§myii\nju§.tam svam dhigtyam iivisat\ndvii[l-sthau-to the doorkeepers; iidisya just directing them; bhagaviin-\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof Godhead; vimiina-sreri-bhii§ar-am-always\n\ndecorated with first-class airplanes; sarva-atisayayii-in every respect extensively opulent; lak§ myii\nown; dhi§[lya m\n\n-\n\n-\n\nopulences; ju§tam bedecked with; svam-His\n.\n\n-\n\nabode; iivisat-went back.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter thus speaking at the door of V aikut:ttha, the Lord returned to His\nabode, where there are many celestial airplanes and all-surpassing wealth\nand splendor.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0355": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n670\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\nPURPORT\nIt is clear from this verse that all the incidents took place at the entrance\nof VaikuQthaloka. In other words, the sages were not actually within\nVaikuQthaloka, but were. at the gate. It could be asked, \"How could they\nreturn to the material world again if they entered VaikuQthaloka ?\" But\nfactually they did not enter, and therefore they returned. There are many\nsimilar incidents where great yogis and briihmar-as, by dint of their yoga\npractice, have gone from this material world to VaikuQthaloka-but they\nwere not meant to stay there. They came back again. It is also confirmed\nhere that the\n\nLord\n\nwas surrounded\n\nby many VaikuQtha airplanes.\n\nVaikuQthaloka is described here as having splendid opulence, far surpassing\nthe splendor of this material world.\nAll other living creatures, including the demigods, are born of Brahma,\nand Brahma is born of Lord Vi�l).U. K{�l).a states in Bhagavad-gitii, in the\nTenth Chapter, aharh sarvasya prabhava�: Lord Vi�l).U is the origin of all\nmanifestations in the material world. Those who know that Lord Vi�!lU is\nthe origin of everything, who are conversant with the process of creation\nand who understand that Vi�!lu or Kr�!la is the most worshipable object of\nall living entities, engage themselves in Vi�l).U worship as Vai�J)avas. The\nVedic hymns also confirm this: orh tad vi§[!O� paramarh padam. The goal\nof life is to understand Vi.sp.u. TheBhiigavatam also confirms this elsewhere.\nFoolish people, not knowing that Vi�!lU is the supreme worshipable object,\ncreate so many worshipable objects in this material world, and therefore\nthey fall down.\nTEXT 33\n\nffi Q tTT���T ��ft:it=:fiij: I\nm�qy ;mijt'tl��t f?fttc:mtrt II�� II\ntau tu girvii[!a·r§abhau\ndustariid dhari-lokata�\nhata-sriyau brahma-siipiid\nabhiltiirh vigata-smayau\ntau-those two gatekeepers; tu-but; girvii[!a-r§abhau-the best of the\ndemigods; dustarat-unable to be avoided; hari-lokata�-from VaikuJ)tha,\nthe abode of Lord Hari; hata-sriyau-diminished in beauty and luster;\nbrahma-siipiit-from the curse of a briihma[!a; abhiltiirh-became; vigatasmayau-morose.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0356": "Text 35]\n\nThe Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\n671\n\nTRANSLATION\nBut those two gatekeepers, the best of the demigods, their beauty and\nluster diminished by the curse of the brahmaQas, became morose and fell\n'from VaikuiJtha, the abode of the Supreme Lord.\nTEXT 34\n\n��o�mlll�ffl'mto:r�: 1\nmNiRT ���'lt;rt� �:����II\n��\n\ntada viku[l.tha-dh�a[lat\ntayor nipatamanayo�\nhaha-karo mahan asid\nvimanagryeflu putrakii�\ntada-then; viku[l.tha-of the Supreme Lord; dhifla[lat-from the abode;\ntayo�-as both of them; nipatamanayo�-were falling; haha-kara�-roaring\nin disappointment; mahan-great; asit-occurred; vimana-agrye§U-in the\nbest of airplanes; putrakii�-0 demigods.\nTRANSLATION\nThen, as Jaya and Vijaya fell from the Lord's abode, a great roar of\ndisappointment arose from all the demigods, who were sitting in their\nsplendid airplanes.\nTEXT 35\n\nmiN f;.f�T snm qrt��CIU �: I\nf(ijJ�d'�tl! � ij';jt �������II\ntav eva hy adhuna priiptau\nparflada-pravarau hare�\nditer jathara-nirv�.tam\nkasyapam teja ulbal}am\ntau-those two doorkeepers; eva-certainly;hi-addressed; adhuna-now;\npraptau-having gotten; parflada-pravarau-important associates; hare�-of\nthe\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; dite�-of\n\nDiti; ja_thara-womb;\n\nnirv�.tam-entering;kasyapam-of Kasyapa Muni; teja�-semina; ulba[lamvery strong.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0357": "672\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma continued: Those two principal doorkeepers of the Personality of Godhead have now entered the womb of Diti, the powerful semina\nof Kasyapa Muni having covered them.\nPURPORT\nHere is clear proof of how a living entity coming originally from\nVaikul).thaloka is encaged in material elements. The living entity takes\nshelter within the semina of a father, which is injected within the womb of\na mother, and with the help of the mother's emulsified ovum the living\nentity grows a particular type of body. In this connection it is to be remembered that the mind of Kasyapa Muni was not in order when he conceived the two sons, Hirat:tyak�?a and HiraQ.yakasipu. Therefore the semina\nhe discharged was simultaneously extremely powerful and mixed with the\nquality of anger. It is to be concluded that while conceiving a child one's\nmind must be very sober and devotional. For this purpose the Garbhiidhiina­\n\nsamskiira is recommended in the Vedic scriptures. If the mind of the father\niR not sober, the semina discharged will not be very good. Thus the living\nentity, wrapped in the matter produced from the father and mother, will\nbe demoniac like Hirat:tyak�a and Hirattyakasipu. The conditions of conception are to be carefully studied. This is a very great science.\nTEXT 36\n\ntayor asurayor adya\ntejasii yamayor hi va�\niik�iptam teja etarhi\nbhagaviims tad vidhitsati\ntayo�-of them; asurayo�-of the two asuras; adya-today; tejasii-by\nthe prowess; yamayo�-of the twins; hi-certainly; va�\n\n-\n\nof all you demi­\n\ngods; ii k�iptam- agitated; te ja� -power; etarhi-thus certainly; bhagaviinthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; tat-that; vidhitsati..:desires to do.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is the prowess of these twin asuras [demons] that has disturbed you,\nfor it has minimized your power. There is no remedy within my power,\nhowever, for it is the Lord Himself who desires to do all this.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0358": "Text 37]\n\nThe Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\n673\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough HiraJ;tyakasipu and HiraJ;tyak�a, formerly Jaya and Vijaya, became asuras, the demigods of this material world could not control them,\nand therefore Lord Brahma said that neither he nor all the demigods could\ncounteract the disturbance they created. They came within the material\nworld by the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and He alone\ncould counteract such disturbances. In other words, although Jaya and\nVijaya assumed the bodies of asuras, they remained more powerful than\nanyone, thus proving that the Supreme Personality of Godhead desired to\nfight because the fighting spirit is also within Him. He is the original in\neverything, but when He desires to fight He must fight with a devotee.\nTherefore by His desire only were Jaya and Vijaya cursed by the Kumaras.\nThe Lord ordered the gatekeepers to go down to the material world to become His enemies so that He could fight with them and His fighting desires\nwould be satisfied by the service of His personal devotees.\nBrahma showed the demigods that the situation created by the darkness,\nfor which they were disturbed, was the desire of the Supreme Lord. He\nwanted to show that even though these two attendants were coming in the\nforms of demons, they were very powerful, greater than the demigods, who\ncould not control them. No one can surpass the acts of the. Supreme Lord.\nThe demigods were also advised not to try to counteract this incident because it was ordered by the Lord. Similarly, anyone who is ordered by the\nLord to perform some action in this material world, especially preaching\nHis glories, cannot be counteracted by anyone; the will of the Lord is\nexecuted under all circumstances.\nTEXT 37\n\nw�� tr: f��iH4l�tl�Om\ntrtit��uq. ��t�trtilttltttr: 1\n� ��fu � ;ft lfi(tffi:s�lft���I�G\\Ttr�;rf�m: ������\nvisvasya ya� sthiti-layodbhava-hetur iidyo\nyogesvarair api duratyaya-yogamiiya�\nk�emam vidhiisyati sa no bhagaviims tryadhTsas\ntatriismadTya-vimrsena kiyiin ihiirtha�\nvisvasya-of the universe; ya�-who; sthiti-maintenance; laya\n\n-\n\ndestru c­\n\ntion; udbhava-creation; hetu�- the cause; adya�-mos t ancient person;\n\n", "SB3.2#p0359": "674\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 16\n\nyoga-isvaraifl.-by the masters of yoga ;api-even; duratyaya-cannot be\neasily understood; yoga-maya�-His yoga-maya potency; k�emam-good;\nvidhasyati-will do; sa�-He;na�-of us; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; tri-adhiSa�-the controller of the three modes of material\nnature;tatra-there;asmadiyn-by our;vimrsena-deliheration; kiyan-what;\niha-on this subject; artha[t-purpose.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear sons, the Lord is the controller of the three modes of nature\n\nand is responsible for the creation, preservation and dissolution of the\n\nuniverse. His wonderful creative power, yoga-maya, cannot be easily\n\nunderstood even by the masters of yoga, and that most ancient person, the\nPersonality of Godhead, will alone come to our rescue. What purpose can\n\nwe serve on His behalf by deliberating on the subject?\nPURPORT\n\nWhen something is arranged by the Sufireme Personality of Godhead,\none should not be disturbed by it, even if it appears to be a reverse\naccording to his calculation. For example, sometimes we see that a\npowerful preacher is killed, or sometimes he is put into difficulty, just as\nHaridasa Thakura was. He was a great devotee who came into this material\nworld to execute the will of the Lord by preaching the Lord's glories. But\nHaridasa was punished at the hands of the Kazi by being beaten in twentytwo marketplaces. Similarly, Lord Jesus Christ was crucified, and Prahlada\nMaharaja was put through so many tribulations. The Pat) «;lavas, who were\ndirect friends of Kr�l)a, lost their kingdom; their wife was insulted, and\nthey had to undergo many severe tribulations. Seeing all these reverses\naffect devotees, one should not be disturbed; one should simply understand\nthat in these matters there must be some plan of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. The Bhiigavatam's conclusion is that a devotee is never\ndisturbed by such reverses. He accepts even reverse condition·s as the grace\nof the Lord. One who continues to serve the Lord even in reverse\nconditions is assured that he will go back to Godhead, back to the\nVaikut:t�ha planets. Lord Brahma assured the demigods t. hat there was no\nuse in talking about how the disturbing situation of darkness was taking\nplace, since the actual fact was that it was ordered by the Supreme Lord.\nBrahma knew this because he was a great devotee; it was possible for him\nto understand the plan of the Lord.\n\n", "SB3.2#p0360": "Text 37]\n\nThe Doorkeepers Cursed by the Sages\n\n675\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Sixteenth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Two Doorkeepers of\nVaikur-tha, ]aya and Vijaya, Cursed by the Sages.\"\n\n", "SB3.2#p0361": "", "SB3.3#p0001": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\nThird canto\n!Part Three -Chapters 17-24l\nwith the original Sanskrit text, it$ Roman transliteration, word-for-word synonyms, translation\nand elaborate purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society\nfor Krishna Consciousness\n336 pages\n8 color illustrations\nOf all the treasures of ancient India, none can be\nmore\n\nvaluable than Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nIndeed, the\n\nBhagavatam is so exalted that it is worshiped as a literary\nincarnation of God Himself, and it is said that simply by\nhearing Srimad-Bhagavatam one can attain the highest\nplane of transcendental consciousness. Science, politics,\nadventure, philosophy, sociology, religion and love all\nfind their perfection in Srimad-Bhagavatam because the\nBhagavatam is the authorized transcendental history of\nthe pastimes of Lord Sri Kr�rJa, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead.\nAlthough Lord S ri Kr�l')a is the speaker of the worldfamous Bhagavad-gita and although He is celebrated\nboth in the world and in the Vedas as the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, the transcendental nature of His\nappearance and activities is rarely understood even by\nthe greatest scholars. As Kr�rJa says Himself in the Gita,\n\"Out of many thousands among men, one may endeavor\nfor perfection, and of those who have achieved perfection,\n\nhardly\n\none\n\nknows\n\nMe\n\nin\n\ntruth.\"\n\nIn Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam, the name, fame, qualities and pastimes of\nthis Supreme Personality are elaborately described in a\nscientific way. The science of God is greater than all\nother sciences, and this spiritual technology is brilliantly\nexplained in the 18,000 verses of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n(continued on back flap)\n\nFront cover: Lord Kapila, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nexplains the purpose of his incarnation to his father, Kardama Muni.\nBack cover: Lord Vi�I)U descends on His eagle carrier, Garu4a, to\noffer benediction to the great sage Kardama Muni.\n\n•\n\n", "SB3.3#p0002": "(continued from front flap)\nTherefore by reading Srimad-Bhagavatam one is sure to\nbecome a fully self-realized soul, and in the advanced\nstage of self-realization one can enjoy the highest satisfaction and become absorbed in the transcendental pastimes that the Bhagavatam describes.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is a book of knowledge and of\ntruth. Originally spoken 5,000 years ago, it has been\ncarefully handed down in the Sanskrit language through\na chain of self-realized spiritual masters, and it is now\nbeing translated into English by His Divine Grace A.C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's greatest\nauthority on Vedic religion and thought. Srila Prabhupada\nis the founder and spiritual master of the International\nSociety for Krishna Consciousness and the author of\n\nBhagavad-gita As It Is, KHQa and many other English\nversions of Vedic literature. His authoritative translations,\ncommentaries and summary studies are standard text·\nbooks of transcendental science.\nSrila Prabhupada does not write with any professional\nmotive in mind. Upon the order of his spiritual master,\nhe has taken up the work of Kr�J)a consciousness as a\nmatter of spiritual responsibility, and he has dedicated\nhis life to spreading the message of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nHis Divine Grace says, \"It is the great need of modern\ncivilization. I am hopeful of its good reception by the\nthinkers and leaders of society.\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "SB3.3#p0003": "HitDivine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Aciirya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB3.3#p0004": "Plate 1 The demon and the Lord struck each other with their huge maces, each enraged\n\nand seekin his own victo\n\n.\n\n(p. 715\n\n", "SB3.3#p0005": "Plate 2 On the order of the Supreme Lord, Brahmii cast off his im ure body. (p. 779)\n\n", "SB3.3#p0006": "Plate 3 The Lord appeared before Kardama Muni with His lotus feet placed on the\nshoulders of Garuda. (p. 810)\n\n", "SB3.3#p0007": "Plate 4 The sage Kardama instantly produced an aerial mansion by hls yogic power.\n\n(\n\n0\n\n915\n\n", "SB3.3#p0008": "Plate 5 The girls very respectfully bathed Devahiiti with valuable oils and ointments.\np. 925)\n\n", "SB3.3#p0009": "Plate 6 Mter speaking to Kardama Muni and Devahiiti, Lord Brahma left for his abode. (p. 970)\n\n", "SB3.3#p0010": "Plate 7 \"0 Muni, because I told you before that I would become your son, I have descended\nto fulfill this truth.\" ( . 984\n\n", "SB3.3#p0011": "srtmad-Bhagavatam\n\n", "SB3.3#p0012": "ALL GLORY TO SRT GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\n��\n\n�\n\niRIRITf���:\nmffi'i_q'f�-aftm\n��: 1\n\n�\n\n�riif+tue.�\n\n(I�I��\n\n�;if\n\n��-\n\n�.n•n: II�� II\n\nr.sir uviica\njufi.tam batiidyiikhila-sattva-riise�\nsiimsiddhyam akfifws tava darsaniin na�\nyad-darsanam janmabhir i�ya sadbhir\niisiisate yogino ru�ha-yogii� (p. 813)\n\n", "SB3.3#p0013": "OTHER BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktlvedanta swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-4 ( 11 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (2 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri Tsopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nK[g1a Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nK[�Qa, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (2 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nTranscendental Teachings of Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nKr�Qa, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�tla\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr�Qa Consciousness\nLord Caitanya in Five Features\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3959 Landmark Street\nCulver City, California 90230\n\n", "SB3.3#p0014": "Sramad-Bhagavatam\nThird Canto\n\"The status auo\"\n\n<Part Three-Chapters 17-24l\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine orace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York\n\n·\n\nLos Angeles\n\n·\n\nLondon\n\n·\n\nBombay\n\n", "SB3.3#p0015": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3959 Landmark Street\nCulver City, California 90230\n\n© 1974 the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\n\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 75-189067\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-46-3\n\nPrinted by Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan\n\n", "SB3.3#p0016": "TABLE OF CONTENTS\nCHAPTER SEVENTEEN\n\nVictory of Hirar:tvak$a over\nAll the Directions of the Universe\n\n677\n\nThe Birth of the Two Demons\n\n679\n\nOmens of Evil Times\n\n686\n\nThe Benediction of HiraJ;tyakasipu\n\n690\n\nHiraJ;tyak�a Shows His Splendor\n\n694\n\nVaruJ;ta Waxes Angry\n\n697\n\nCHAPTER EIGHTEEN\n\nThe Battle Between Lord Boar\nand the Demon Hirar:tvak$a\n\n699\n\nThe Lord in His Boar Incarnation\n\n700\n\nThe Abusive Words of the Demon\n\n705\n\nThe Lord Expresses His Terrible Anger\n\n708\n\nHiraJ;tyak�a and the Lord Strike Each Other\n\n715\n\nBrahma Addresses NiirayaJ;ta\n\n718\n\nCHAPTER NINETEEN\n\nThe Killing of the oemon Hirar:tvak$a\n\n723\n\nThe Lord Accepts Brahma's Prayer\n\n723\n\nThe Lord Invokes His Sudarsana Discus\n\n726\n\nThe Great Demon's Valor Frustrated\n\n730\n\nThe Demon Employs Many Conjuring Tricks\n\n733\n\nvii\n\n", "SB3.3#p0017": "viii\n\nDiti Recalls the Words of Her Husband\n\n737\n\nBrahmii Arrives on the Spot\n\n741\n\nLord Hari Returns to His Own Abode\n\n745\n\nHearing the Works and Deeds of Devotees\n\n749\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY\nconversation Between\nMaitreva and Vidura\n\n755\n\nVidura Born from the Body of Vedavyiisa\n\n757\n\nHearing the Magnanimous Activities of the Lord\n\n760\n\nQuestions by Vidura\n\n763\n\nProduction of the Total Material Elements\n\n765\n\nBrahmii Born from the Lotus Flower\n\n768\n\nBrahmii Throws Off the Body of Ignorance\n\n772\n\nDemons Born from the Backside of Brahmii\n\n775\n\nThe Demons Take Twilight for a Damsel\n\n781\n\nBrahma Gives Up His Form of Moonlight\n\n788\n\nCreation of the Siddhas and Vidyiidharas\n\n793\n\nBrahmii Evolves Great Sages as His Sons\n\n797\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-ONE\nconversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n801\n\nPriyavrata and Uttiinapiida Rule the World\n\n802\n\nPenance Practiced by Kardama Muni\n\n805\n\nDescription of the Form of the Lord\n\n809\n\nPrayers by Kardama Muni\n\n813\n\nThe Umbrella of the Lord's Lotus Feet\n\n819\n\nThe Lord Creates Just Like a Spider\n\n823\n\nVi1;)Q.u's Words as Sweet as Nectar\n\n827\n\nSvayambhuva Manu's Daughter Promised\nto Kardama\n\n831\n\n", "SB3.3#p0018": "ix\nThe Lord to Appear as the Son of Devahuti\n\n837\n\nSiima- Veda Vibrated by the Wings of Garuc;la\n\n840\n\nThe Holy Lake Bindu-sarovara Described\n\n844\n\nKardama Delights the King with Sweet Accents\n\n851\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-TWO\nThe Marriage\nof Kardama Muni and DeVahOti\n\n859\n\nThe Emperor Addresses Kardama\n\n859\n\nThe Briihma[las and K$atriyas Protect\nEach Other\n\n862\n\nDevahuti Desires a Suitable Husband\n\n869\n\nK ardama is Offered Devahuti's Hand\n\n873\n\nThe Captivating Beauty of Devahuti\n\n877\n\nKardama's Face Captures Devahuti's Mind\n\n882\n\nSatarupa Gives a Dowry to the Bride\n\n884\n\nThe Citizens of Brahmavarta Greet the Emperor\n\n888\n\nSvayambhuva Manu as a Saintly King\n\n894\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY- THREE\nDevahOti's LamentatiOn\n\n901\n\nDevahuti Serves Kardama with Intimacy and Respect\n\n903\n\nKardama Benedicts Devahuti\n\n907\n\nDevahuti Desires a Child by Bodily Union\n\n912\n\nKardama Creates an Aerial Mansion\n\n915\n\nDevahuti's Heart Displeased\n\n921\n\nOne Thousand Maidservants Serve Devahuti\n\n924\n\nDevahuti Appears Before Kardama\n\n929\n\nKardama Enjoys for Many, Many Years\n\n933\n\nKardama Returns to His Hermitage\n\n936\n\nDevahuti Gives Birth to Nine Daughters\n\n940\n\n", "SB3.3#p0019": "X\n\nDevahuti Laments\n\n943\n\nThe Value of Association with a Saintly Person\n\n94 7\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY- FOUR\nRenunciation of Karctama Muni\n\n951\n\nDevahuti Worships the Master of the Universe\n\n954\n\nThe Supreme Lord Appears in Devahuti\n\n956\n\nLord Brahmii Praises Kardama\n\n961\n\nDescription of Kapila Muni's Bodily Features\n\n967\n\nKardama Gives His Daughters in Marriage\n\n971\n\nKardama's Prayers to Kapila\n\n975\n\nThe Lord Has Innumerable Forms\n\n979\n\nKardama Desires to Renounce Family Life\n\n983\n\nKapila Appears to Explain Siinkhya Philosophy\n\n986\n\nKardama Leaves for the Forest\n\n993\n\nKardama Becomes Situated in Devotional Service\n\n997\n\n", "SB3.3#p0020": "CHAPTER SEVENTEEN\n\nVictory of Hiraovak$a over\nAll the Directions of the Universe\nTEXT 1\n\n#��m\n\nf.t�IRII�Wtfuf �RUT�It��6U I\n�: �l �i!4�Rt Oi�!f41q fa:c{t��: II � II\nmaitreya uviica\nnisamyatma-bhuvii gitam\nkiira[tam satika y ojjhi tii�\ntata� sarve nyavartanta\ntridiviiya diva ukasa{l\nmaitreyaft-the sage Maitreya; uviica-said; nisamya-upon h earin g ; iitmabhuv ii-by\n\nBrahmii; gitam\n\n-\n\nexplan a t ion; kiira!Wm-the cause; saitkaya­\n\nfrom fear; ujjhitiift-freed; tata{l-then; sarve-all; nyavartanta-returned;\n\ntridiviiya-to the heavenly planets; diva-okasaft-the demigods (who inhabit\nthe hi gher planets).\nTRANSLATION\nSri Maitreya said: The demigods, the inhabitants of the higher planets,\n\nwere freed from all fear upon hearing the cause of the darkness explained\n\nby Brahma, who was born from Vi�pu. Thus they all returned to their\nrespective planets.\n\nPURPORT\nThe demigods, who are denizens of higher planets, are also very much\nafraid of incidents such as the universe's becoming dark, and so they\nconsulted Brahma. This indicates that the quality of fear exists for every\n\nl iving entity in the material world. The four principal activities of material\n\n677\n\n", "SB3.3#p0021": "Srimad-Bhligavatam\n\n678\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 17\n\nexistence are eating, sleeping, fearing and mating. The fear element exists\nalso in the demigods. On every planet, even in the higher planetary systems,\nincluding the moon and the sun, as well as on this earth, the same principles\nof animal life exist. Otherwise, why are the demigods also afraid of the\ndarkness? The\n\ndifference between the demigods and ordinary human\n\nbeings is that the demigods approach authority, whereas the inhabitants of\nthis earth defy authority. If people would only approach the authority, then\nevery adverse condition in this universe could be rectified. Arjuna was\nalso disturbed on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra, hut he approached the\nauthority, Kr�Qa, and his problem was solved. The conclusive instruction\nof this incident is that we may be disturbed by some material condition,\nhut if we approach the authority who can actually explain the matter, then\nour problem is solved. The demigods approached Brahmii for the meaning\nof the disturbance, and after hearing from him they were satisfied and\nreturned home peacefully.\nTEXT2\n\nditis tu bhartur iidesiid\napatya-parismikini\npur11e varfiasate siidhvi\nputrau prasu.suve yamau\nditi�-Di ti; tu-but; bhartu�-of her husband; iidesiit-by the order;\napatya- from her children; parisankini- being apprehensive of trouble;\np iL r[t e- fu l l ; va rfia sate\n-\n\n-\n\nafter one hundred years; siidhvi-the virtuous lady;\n\nputrau-two sons; prasufi uve-begot; yamuu twins.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe virtuous lady, Diti, had been very apprehensive of trouble to the\ngods from the children in her womb, and her husband predicted the sallie.\nShe brought forth twin sons after a full one hundred years of pregnancy.\nTEXT3\n\n�i4'ilwt�: I\nfiji( llf0'4w:(tRiJ l'f JtEMi\\(Ht41i4tU ll � II\nmRil\n\nilli4«1Sl\n\n", "SB3.3#p0022": "Text4]\n\nThe Victory of Hirar;tyak�a\n\n679\n\nutpiitii bahavas tatra\nnipetur jayamiinayo�\ndivi bhuvy antarikfie ca\nlokasyoru-bhayiivahii�\nutpiitii�-natural disturbances; bahava�-many; tatra-there; nipetu�occurred; jiiyamiinayo�-on their birth; divi-in the heavenly planets; bhuvi\n-on the earth; anta rikfie-in outer space; ca-and;lokasya-to the world; uru\n-greatly; bhaya iivahii�\n-\n\n-\n\ncausing fear.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOn the birth of the two demons there were many natural disturbances,\nall very fearful and wonderful, in the heavenly planets, the earthly planets\nand in between them.\nTEXT4\n\ntttt4el �\\if(\\1: �:\n\nst:stiiqi: 1\n\n�111\\lwt*U �: m11�: II \\i II\nsahiicalii bhuvas celur\ndisa� sarvii� prajajvalul;!.\nsolkiis ciisanaya� petu�\nketavas ciirti-hetava�\nsaha-along with; acalii�-the mountains; bhuva�-of the earth; celu�shook; disa�- directions; sarvii�-al1; prajajvalu�-blazed like fire; sa- with;\nulkii�\n\n-\n\nmeteors; ca-and; asanaya �-thund erbo l ts; petu�-fel1; ketava�­\n\ncomets; ca and; iirti-hetava�-the cause of all inauspiciousness.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere were earthquakes along the mountains on the earth, and it\nappeared that there was fire everywhere. Many inauspicious planets like\nSaturn appeared, along with comets, meteors and thunderbolts.\nPURPORT\nWhen natural disturbances occur on a planet, one should understand\nthat a demon must have taken birth there. In the present age the number\nof demoniac people is increasing; therefore natural disturbances are also\n\n·\n\n", "SB3.3#p0023": "680\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. l 7\n\nincreasing. There is nu Jutdd ,d>�Hll ll1i�. :1� 1\\'t' 1'<111 1111dn;:;Lt1td 1,·,.111 il,e\nstatements of the Bhagavatam.\nTEXTS\n\n'fcft �= tn;:�: 'V•I(iwn(� : '\na\"{�4ftrqd\\;qi�i41� ��: ll � u\nvavau viiyu� sudu�sparsa�\nphutkiiriin irayan muhu�\nunmulayan naga-pattn\nviityiiniko rajodhvaja�\nvavau-blew; viiyu�- the winds; .mdu�sparsa� -unpleasant to touch;\nphut kiiriin-hissing sounds; irayan- giving out; mu h u�\n�\n\nunmu laya n-uprooting ;\nanika�- armies; rajas\n\n-\n\nn aga patin- gigantic\n-\n\ndust ; dhvaja�\n\n-\n\ntrees;\n\n-\n\nagain and again;\n\nviityii\n\n-\n\ncyclonic\n\nau;\n\nensig ns.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere blew winds which were most uninviting to the touch, hissing\n\nagain and again and uprooting gigantic trees. They had storms for their\n\narmies and clouds of dust for their ensigns.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen there are natural disturbances like blowing cyclones, too much\nheat or snowfall, and uprooting of trees by hurricanes, it is to be understood that the demoniac population is increasing and so the natural\ndisturbance is also taking place. There are many countries on the globe,\neven at the present moment, where all these disturbances are current. This\nis true all over the world. There is no sufficient sunshine, and there are\nalways clouds in the sky, snowfall and severe cold. These assure that such\nplaces are inhabited by demoniac people who are accustomed to all kinds\nof forbidden sinful activity.\nTEXT6\n\n\\i((1'tfil.:•4iti.:Et�l\n\n�I\nOlitftt srfcl!� ._ � CR4iffi� � II � II\n\n", "SB3.3#p0024": "Text 8]\n\nThe Victory of HiraQy�a\n\n681\n\nuddhasat-ta!li d-ambhodagha_tayii na.s_ta-bhiigaT}e\nvyomni pravifi.ta-tamasii\nna sma vyiidrsyate padam\nuddhasat- la u gh in g\nloudly; ta �lit -l ight ning ; ambhoda-of clouds ;\nghatayii-by masses; na§( a- lost; bhiiga !l e-th e luminaries; vyomni-in the\nsky; pravi � ta- enveloped; tamasa-by darkness; na - not; sma vyiidrsyatecould be seen; padam- any place.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe luminaries in the heavens were screened by masses of clouds, in\nwhich lightning sometimes flashed as though laughing. Darkness reigned\neverywhere, and nothing could be seen.\nTEXT7\n\n� fct1r-n an�: ��: 1\nitaoqa•utt QR<t,:qi: �tiSIU II � II\ncukrosa vimanii viirdhir\nudunni[1 k�ubhitodarafl\nsodapiiniis ca saritas\ncukfiubhu[l. su§ka-patikajiilt\ncukrosa-wailed aloud; vimana[l. - stricken with sorrow; viirdhi [l. - th e\n\nocean; ud urmi [l. - hi gh waves; kfl ubhita - a gilated; udara [l. - the creatures\n\ninside; sa-udapiinii[l. .,--with the drinking water of the lakes and the we lls; caand;\n\nsa rita [l.- the\n\nrivers;\n\ncukfi u bhu[l. -we re\n\nagitated; .Sufika- withered;\n·\n\npatikajii[l.-lotus flowers.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe ocean with its high waves wailed aloud as if stricken with sorrow,\nand there was a commotion among the creatures inhabiting the ocean. The\nrivers and lakes were also agitated, and lotuses withered.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0025": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n682\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 17\n\nmuhufl paridhayo 'bhiivan\nsariihvofl sasi-suryayofl\nnirghiitii ratha-nirhriidii\nvivarebhyafl prajajnire\nmuhufl.-again and again; paridhayafl-misty halos; abhiivan-appeared;\nsa-riihvofl-during\n\neclipses; sasi-of the\n\nmoon; siiryayofl.-of the sun;\n\nnirghiitiifl-claps of thunder; ratha-nirhriidiifl-sounds like those of rattli n g\nchariots; vivarebhyalt-from the mountain caves;prajajnire-were produced\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n·\n\nMisty halos appeared around the sun and the moon during solar and\n\nlunar eclipses again and again. Claps of thunder were heard even without\n\nclouds, and sounds like that of rattling chariots emerged from the mountain\n\ncaves.\n\nTEXT9\n\n\"'\"\"*i�s • *'� qf&No•\\ ,\n'(tUtit(fiq;l� : still(�fi ftm: II � II\nantar griime§U mukhato\nvamantyo vahnim ulbarwm\nsrgiilolUka-.tankiiraifl\npra[ledur asivam siviifl\nantar-in the interior; griime§u-in the villages; mukhatafl.-from their\nmouths; vamantyalt-vomiting; vahnim-fire; ulba[lam-fearful; srgiilajackals; uliika-owls; tankiira*-with their cries; pra[!edult-created their\n\n-\n\nrespective vibrations; asivam portentously j siviifl-the she-jackals.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the interior of the villages she-jackals yelled portentously, vomiting\n\nstrong fire from their mouths, and jackals and owls also joined them with\n\ntheir cries.\n\nTEXT 10\n\nf\\l<tli4w( 1\n(1f\\6�tsO'(-.�t9;'1t+t'..�\nOliUIFlfcri'fOO ii4Rt Al+tf(\\(l{ijij(tij : II � II\no\n\n", "SB3.3#p0026": "The Vic tory of Hiral)yii�a\n\nText 12]\n\n683\n\nsangitavad rodanavad\nunnamayya sirodhariim\nvyamuiican vividhii vaco\ngriima-simhiis tatas tata�\nsangitavat-like singing;rodanavat-like wailing; unnamayya-raising up;\nsiras-dhariim-the neck; vyamuiican-uttered; vividhii�-various; viica�cries;griima-simha�-the dogs; tata� tata�-here and there.\nTRANSLATION\nRaising their necks, dogs cried here and there, now in the manner of\nsinging and now of wailing.\nTEXT 11\n\n�: �: �H �(jij�i( I\n�� �: � �: 11��11\n��\n\nkhariis ca karkasai[t k§atta�\nkhurair ghnanto dharii-talam\nkhiirkiira-rabhasii mattii�\nparyadhiivan varuthasa�\nkharii{t-asses; ca-and; karkasa*-hard; k§attaft-0 Vidura; khurai{t-with\ntheir hoofs; ghnanta�-striking; dharii-talam-the surface of the\n\ne arth;\n\nkhiir-kiira- braying; rabhasii{t-wildly engaged in ;mattii�t-mad;paryadhiivan\n-ran hither and thither; varuthasa{t-in herds.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Vidura, the asses ran hither and thither in herds, striking the earth\nwith their hard hoofs and wildly braying.\nPURPORT\nAsses also feel very respectable as a race, and when t hey run in flocks\n\nhi t he r and thither in so-called jollity, it is understood to b e a bad sign for\n\nhuman society.\nTEXT 12\n\n�..m (lfii¥1�1 41:Sif::qij'{ �'11: I\nm� � �: �i'tlfl{\"'+tf�ij II�� II\n\n", "SB3.3#p0027": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n684\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 17\n\nrudanto riisabha-trastii\nnipiid udapatan khagii{t\nghofie 'ra[!ye ca pasavaflsakrn- m iltram a ku rvata\n\nrudantafl-- shrie king; riisabha-by the asses; t rastiifl_ -frig htened; nipat­\n\nfrom the nest; udapatan- flew up; khagiif/-- birds; gho§e- in the c owshed ;\n\narartye- in the woods; c a-and ; pasavafl--the cattle; sakrt-dung; miltramu r· ne; akurvata- passed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrightened by the braying of the asses, birds flew shrieking from their\n\nnests, while cattle in the cowsheds as well as in the woods passed dung and\n\nurme.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n��M�(tftt�i(t(I�IS\\1: \\4qfiful : I\n�(ii( 'i\\qkitif-1 �: qdPf•nf.t� 11��11\n..\n\ngiivo 'trasann asrg-dohiis\ntoyadiifl- pil ya-var_sirwflvyarudan deva-lihgiini\ndrumii{t petur viniinilarn\ngiiva� -the cows; atrasan-were frightened; asrj- blood ; dohiifl_-yielding;\n\ntoyada{t-clouds;pilya-puss; var§ i rtaft - raining; vyarudan-shed tears; devaldt gani - the images of the gods; drumafl--trees; p e tu{t -fel l down; vinii­\n\nwithout; anilam-a blast of wind.\nTRANSLATION\nCows, terrified, yielded blood in place of milk, clouds rained puss, the\n\nimages of the gods in the temples shed tears, and trees fell down without\na blast of wind.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� �ij+U'1� �� IS\\'Tf�R�n 1\n31M�flsti�l�l ��� q(�('( II� \\ill\n\n", "SB3.3#p0028": "Text 15]\n\n685\n\nThe V ictory of Hiral).ya�a\ngrahiin pu[lyatamiin anye\nbhaga[liirhs ciipi dipitii�\naticerur vakra-gatyii\nyuyudhus ca paras-param\n\ngrahan-p l anets; pu[lyataman-most auspicious; any e-others ( the ominous p)anets); bhaga� iin- l umina ries; ca-and; api\nnating;\n\nati c erult\n\n-\n\noverlapped;\n\n-\n\nal so; dipitii�-ill umi­\n\nvakra-gatyii-taking\n\nretrograde\n\ncourses ;\n\nyuyudhuft-came into conflict; ca-and;paralt param-with one another.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nOminous planets such as Mars and Saturn shone brighter and surpassed\nthe auspicious ones such as Mercury, Jupiter and Venus as well as a number\nof lunar mansions. Taking seemingly retrograde courses, the planets came\nin conflict with one another.\nPURPORT\nThe entire universe is moving under the three modes of material nature.\nThose living entities who are in goodness are called the pious species- pious\nlands, pious trees, etc. It is similar with the planets also; many planets are\nconsidered pious, and others are considered impious. Saturn and Mars are\nconsidered impious. When the pious planets shine very brightly, it is an\nauspicious sign, but when the inauspicious planets shine very brightly, this\nis not a very good sign.\nTEXT 15\n\n�� +t(l�ql61�6fl*4f?fa>: �: I\n;fU!'3ll� ¥fun � Ff'Q(1+3'4'( 11�'-\\11\ndr.s.tviinyiirhs ca mahotpatan\natat-tattva-vida� prajii�\nbrahma-putriin rte bhitii\nmenire vis'va-samplavam\ndr:S.tvii\n\n-\n\nh a ving seen; anyiin-others; c a- and; m ahii-great; utpiitiin-e vil\n\nomens; a-tat-tallva-vida�-not knowing\n\nthe secret\n\n(of the portents);\n\nprajii�-people; brahma-putriin-the sons of Brahma (the four Kumaras);\nrte\n\n-\n\ne xcept ; bhitiilt- being fearful; men ire\n\ndissolution of the universe.\n\n-\n\nt ho u gh t ; visva-samplavam-the\n\n", "SB3.3#p0029": "[Canto 3, Ch. l 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n686\n\nTRANSLATION\nMarking these and many other omens of evil times, everyone but the\n\nfour sage sons of Brahma, who were aware of the fall of Jaya and Vijaya\nand of their births as Diti's sons, was seized with fear. They did not know\n\nthe secrets of these portents and thought that the dissolution of the universe\nwas at hand.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Bhagavad-gi:tii, Seventh Chapter, the laws of nature are so\nstringent that it is impossible for the living entity to surpass their enforcement. It is also explained that only those who are fully surrendered to\nKr�r)a in Kr�Qa consciousness can be saved. We can learn from the descrip­\n\ntion of the Sri:mad-Bhiigavatam that it is because of the birth of two great\ndemons that there were so many natural disturbances. It is to be indirectly\nunderstood, as previously described, that when there are constant di turbances on the earth, that is an omen that some demoniac people have been\n\nborn or that the demoniac population has increased. In former days there\nwere only two demons, those born of Diti, yet there were so many\ndi turbances. At the present day, especially in this age of Kali, these\ndi turbances are always visible, which indicates that the demoniac population has certainly increased.\nTo check the increase of demoniac population, the Vedic civilization\nenacted\n\no many rules and regulations of social life, the most important of\n\nwhich is the garbhiidiina process for begetting good children. In Bhagavad­\n\ngi:tii Arjuna informed Kr�r)a that if there is unwanted population (var(wsahkara), the entire world will appear to be hell. People arc very anxious\nfor peace in the world, but there are so many unwanted children born\n\nwithout the benefit of the garbhiidiina ceremony, just like the demons born\nfrom Diti. Diti was so lusty that she forced her husband to copulate at a\ntime which was inauspicious, and therefore the demons were born to\ncreate disturbances. In having sex life to beget children, one should observe\nthe process for begettin g nice children; if each and every householder in\nevery family observes the Vedic system, then there are nice children, not\ndemons, and automatically there is peace in the world. If we do not follow\nregulations in life for social tranctuility, we cannot expect peace. Rather,\nwe will have to undergo the stringent reactions of natural law .\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�wuR�oo mn 04\\iiC+tiWil�� '\n��(11'(1 �I�WiiB:ti�l\n\nfef II� �II\n\n", "SB3.3#p0030": "Text 17]\n\nThe Victory of Hiral).yak�a\n\n687\n\ntiiv iidi-dait yau sahasii\nvyajyamiiniitma-pauru.sau\nvavrdhiite ,smasiirer-a\nkiiyeniidripati iva\ntau-those two; adi daityau-demons in the beginning of creation; sahasii\n-\n\n-quickly; v yajyamiina-being manifest; iitma-own; pa uruflau -prowess;\nvavrdhii t e-grew ; asma siirer-a -steel like; kiiye n a-with bodily frames;\nadripati-two great mountains; iva-like.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese two demons who appeared in ancient times soon began to exhibit\nuncommon bodily features; they had steel-like\nframes which began to\n.\ngrow just like two great mountains.\nPURPORT\nThere are two classes of men in the world; one is called the demon, and\nthe other is called the demigod. The demigods concern themselves with the\nspiritual upliftment of human society, whereas the demons are concemed\nwith physical··and material upliftment. The two demons born of Diti\nbegan to make their bodies as strong as iron frames, and they were so tall\nthat they seemed to touch outer space. They were decorated with valuable\nornaments, and they thought that this was success in life. Originally it was\nplanned that Jaya and Vij aya, the two doorkeepers of Vaikur;��ha, were to\ntake birth in this material world, where, by the curse of the sages, they were\nto play the part of always being angry with the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. As demoniac persons they became so angry that they were not\nconcerned with the Supreme Personality of Godhead but simply with\nphysical comforts and physical upliftrnent.\nTEXT 17\n\nAA�\nffl�·�\ntlf �� �:\n\ntA: �\n\nt$t�i)� �: II� \\911\n\n� Wfils:\\R4\n\ndivi-sprsau hema-kir(ta-ko,tibhir\nniruddha-kii;5,lhau spliurad-atigadiibhujau\n\n", "SB3.3#p0031": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n688\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 17\n\ngam kampayantau cara!wi{t pade pade\nka.tya sukaiicyarkam atitya tas thatu{t\ndivi-sprsau\n\n.\n\n- touching the sky; hcma-golden; kir(ta-of their helmets;\n\nkvtibhi{t- with\nsphura t\n\nthe\n\ncrests; niruddha-blocked; kafi. thau-the directions;\n\n- brill iant; angada-bra elets; bhujau-on whose arms; gam-the\nc\n\nearth; kampayantau-shaking; cara!lai{t-with their feet; pade pade-at every\n\n.\n\n-\n\nstep; katya- with their waists; su kaiicya\n\n- with beautiful decorated belts;\n\narkam-the sun; atitya-surpassing; tasthatu{t-they stood.\nTRANSLATION\nTheir bodies became so tall that they seemed to kiss the sky with the\n\ncrests of their gold crowns. They blocked the view of all directions and\n\nwhile walking shook the earth at every step. Their arms were adorned with\nbrilliant bracelets, and they stood as if covering the sun with their waists,\n\nwhich were bound with excellent and beautiful girdles.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the demoniac way of civilization, people are interested in getting a\nbody constructed in such a way that when they walk 011 the street the earth\nwill tremble and when they stand it will appear that they cover the su11 and\nthe vision of the four directions. If a race appears strong in body, their\n\ncountry is materially considered to be among the highly advanced nations\n\nof the world.\nTEXT 18\n\nSJG11qf6;ft¥\n�:\n\nsmi,\n\nij41(Efilfit\n\n(f.lglq¥t:afl«t<qij I\n\n� � ft(o:qEfi� �: sm\n� � � ��(1: 11��11\nprajapatir nama tayor akiir�id\nya{t prak sva-dehiid yamayor ajayata\ntam vai hira!lyakasipum vidu{t praja\nyam tam hira!lyakfiam asuta sagrata{t\n\n", "SB3.3#p0032": "Text 19]\n\nThe Victory of Hira�yii�a\n\n689\n\nprajiipat* - Kasyapa; nama-names; tayo{t-of the two; akar�rtya[t-who; priik - first; sva-dehiit-from his body; yamayo{t-of\nthe twins; ajayata - was delivered; tam-him; vai-indeed; hira(lyakasipumHiral).yakasipu; v idu ft- know; praja[t- people; yam- whom; tam- him;\nhirartyiik�am-Hira!).yiik$a; as u ta-gave birth to; sa-she (Diti); agrata{tgave;\n\nfirst.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKa8yapa, Prajapati, the creater of the living entities, gave his twin sons\ntheir names; the one who was born first he named Hirar,tyiik$a, and the one\nwho was first conceived by Diti he named Hira�yakasipu.\nPURPORT\nThere is an authoritative Vedic literature called Pirt{ia-siddhi in which the\nscientific understanding of pregnancy is very nicely described. It is stated\nthat when the male secretion enters the menstrual flux in the uterus in two\nsuccessive drops, the mother develops two embryos in her womb, and she\nbrings forth twins in a reverse order to that in which they were first\nconceived; the child conceived first is born later, and the one conceived\nlater is brought forth first. The first child conceived in the womb lives\nbehind the second child, so when birth takes place the second child appears\nfirst, and the first child appears second. In this case it is understood that\nHiral)yiik$a, the second\n\nchild conceived, was delivered first, whereas\n\nHiral)yakasipu, the child who was behind him, having been conceived\nfirst, was born second.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�\nerit\n\nf«wot•fu� itlll�Ul � I\n(1qleitil•i«l�tJN:�!!(S'Ff : II� Q.. i I\ncakre hira[! yakasipur\ndorbhyiim brahma-vare[!a ca\nva.�e sa-paliiflokiims trin\nakuto mrtyur uddhata{t\n\ncakrc-made; hirartyakasipu[t- Hira�tyakasipu; dorbhyiim-by\n\nhis two\n\narms; brahma-vare[!a-by the benediction of Brahma; ca-and; vase-under\nhis control; sa-palan-al.ong with their protectors; lokan- the worlds; trinthree; akutaft mrtyu (t - fearing death from no one; uddhata[t -puf fed up.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0033": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n690\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe elder child, Hiral).yakasipu, was not afraid of death from anyone\n\nwithin the three worlds because he had received a benediction from Lord\nBrahma. He was proud and puffed up due to this benediction and was able\n\nto bring all three planetary systems under his control.\nPURPORT\n\nAs will be revealed in later chapters, Hirar:tyakasipu underwent severe\nausterity and penance to satisfy Brahma and tlws receive a benediction\nof immortality. Actually it is impossible even for Lord Brahma lo give\nanyone the benediction of becoming immortal, but indirectly Hiral)yakasipu received the benediction that no one within this material world\nwould be able to kill him. In other words, because he originally came\nfrom the abode of Vaikut.Jtha, he was not to be killed by anyone within\n\nthis material world. The Lord desired to appe ar Himself to kill him. One\nmay be very proud of his material advancement in knowledge, but he\ncannot be immune to the four principles of material existence, namely\nbirth, death, old age and disease. It was the Lord's plan to teach people\nthat even Hirat)yakasipu, who was so powerful and strongly built, could\nnot live more than his destined duration of life. One may become as strong\nand puffed up as Hira�;Jyakasipu and bring under his control all the three\nworlds, but there is no possibility of continuing life eternally or keeping\nthe conquered booty forever. So many emperors have ascended to power,\nand they are now lost in oblivion; that is the history of the world.\n\nTEXT 20\n\nft(W41�its?J151(d� fiN: ��a:;q(( I\n��Jff« � ••I�( � ll�olt\nhira[tyiik§o 'nujas tasya\npriyafl prttikrd anvaham\ngadii-pii[tir divam yiito\nyuyutsur mrgayan ra[tam\nhira[tyiik�afl- Hira!)yiik�a; anujal]- younger brother; tasya- his; priya{l­\n\nbeloved; prit i krt - ready to please; anvaham-every day; gad ii pii[t i{l - with\n-\n\n-\n\na club in hand; divam-to the higher planets; yata {l -trave led ; yuyutsufl­\n\ndesirous to fight; mrgayan-seeking; ra [tam\n\n-\n\nco m bat.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0034": "Text 22]\n\nThe Victory of HiraJ]yak�a\n\n691\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nHis younger brother, Hira�ya�a, was always ready to satisfy his elder\nbrother by his activities; he took a club on his shoulder and traveled all\nover the universe with a fighting spirit just to satisfy him.\nPURPORT\nThe demoniac spirit is to train all family members to exploit the resources\nof this universe for personal sense gratification, whereas the godly spirit is\nto engage everything in the service of the Lord. Hiral)yakasipu was himself\nvery powerful, and he made his younger brother Hiral)yak�a powerful Lo\nassist him in fighting with everyone and lording it over material nature as\n\nlong as p ossible. If possible, he wanted to rule the universe eternally. These\nare demonstrations of the spirit of the demoniac living entity.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n<(��:� ����\n4:st��· � 'ijf!qQA(@i(ltiG\\( 11��11\ntam vik§ya du�saha-javarh\nra[tat-kiincan.a-nupuram\nvaijayantyii srajii ju§_tam\narhsa-nyasta-mahii-gadam\ntam- him; vik§ya-havin g seen; du �s aha- diff i cul t to control; javamtemper;\n\nratz at- t i nk l ing;\n\nkancana-gold; nupuram-an kle ts; vaijayantyii\n\nsraja-with a vaijayanti garland; ju§!a m-adorned; anisa-on his shoulder;\nnyasta\n\n- rested; maha-gadam-a huge mace.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nHis temper was difficult to control. He had anklets of gold tinkling about\nhis feet, he was adorned with a gigantic garland, and he rested his huge\nmace on one of his shoulders.\nTEXT 22\n\n¥twilcfl4q(tf«i'ffi¥tqwtdl4i�(\nI\nlim f.da�' io\"•�nt45t�u �: ������\n\n", "SB3.3#p0035": "692\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. l 7\n\nmano-virya-varotsiktam\nasrryam akuto-bhayam\nbhitii nililyire deviis\ntiirk§ya-trastii iviihaya[l\nmanas-virya- by mental and bodily strength; va ra -by the boon;utsiktam\n-proud; asrryam-not able to be checked; akuta[l-bhayam-fearing no one;\n\nbhitii {l - frighte ned; nililyire-hid themselves; devii[l-the demigods; tiirk�ya\n-Garu�a; t rastiih-frightened of; iva-like; ahaya�\n\n- snakes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis mental and bodily strength as well as the boon conferred upon him\n\nhad made him proud. He feared death at the hands of no one, and there\nwas no checking him. The gods, therefore, were seized with fear at his very\nsight, and they hid themselves even as snakes hide themselves for fear of\nGaru�a.\n\nPURPORT\nThe asuras are generally strongly built, as described here, and therefore\ntheir mental condition is very sound, and their prowess is also extraordinary. Hirap.yak�a and Hirap.yakasipu, having received the boon that\nthey would not be killed by any other living entity within this universe,\nwere almost immortal, and thus they were completely fearless.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�� Rlitmtl'{ qt ����I\n���..�tiUII'{ \"\"lwtq�'{cwtwti(l{ ���I\nsa vai tiro-hitiin dr�tva\nmahasii svena daitya-riit\nsendriin deva-gariin k§ibiin\napasyan vyanadad bhrsam\nsa�- he; vai-indeed; tira{t-hilii n-vanished ; dr§.tva- having seen; mahasiiby might; svena-his own; daitya-rii t-the chief of the daityas (demons);\n\n-\n\nsa-indriin-al.ong with lndra; deva ga[tiin-the demigods; k§ibiin-into x i\ncated; apasya n -not finding; vyanadat-roared; bhrsam - loudly\n\n.\n\n­\n\n", "SB3.3#p0036": "Text 25]\n\nThe Victory of HiraQyaluja\n\n693\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn not finding Indra and the other demigods, who had previously been\nintoxicated with power, the chief of the Daityas, seeing that they had aU\nvanished before his might, roared loudly.\nTEXT 24\n\nm �: itllR4�10 � �'4fwt((4914( I\n�::�•nt �� � � � m: ���\\/ I I\ntato nivrtta{! kri!fi§yan\ngambhtram bhtma-nisvanam\nvijagiihe mahii-sattvo\nviirdhim matta iva dvipa{!\ntataf!-then;\n\nnivrttaf!-returned;\n\nkri!fi§yan-for\n\nthe\n\nsake\n\nof sport;\n\ngambhtram-deep; bhima-nisvanam-making a t errible sound; vijagiihedived; maha-sattvaf!-the mighty being; vardhim-in the ocean; matta{!-in\n\nwrath; iva-like; dvipa{!-an elephant.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter returning from the heavenly kingdom, the mighty demon, who\nwas like an elephant in wrath, for the sake of sport dived into the deep\nocean, which was roaring terribly.\nTEXT 25\n\n- stA! �Uffl �\n:tUi(ltiUIU ('I'INtt: ('l('lllf.t('IU\natC:t44'4191 3lfii m �\n� � �: 11�'-'ll\ntasmin pravi,�.te varurwsya sainika\nyado-ga!liif! sannadhiyaf! sasiidhvasaf!\nahanyamiinii api tasya varcasii\npradhar.sitii diirataram pradudruvuf!\ntasmin pravifl.te-when he entered the ocean; varu!wsya-of VaruJ;Ja;\nsainikiif!-the defenders; yiidas-ga!liif!-the aquatic animals; sannadhiyaf!-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0037": "[Canto 3, Ch. 17\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n694\n\ndepressed; sa-sadhvasa�-with fear; ahanyamana�-not being hit; apieven; tasya-his; varcasa-by splendor; pradhar�ita�-stricken; durataramfar away ; pradudruvu�-they ran fast.\nTRANSLATION\nOn his entering the ocean, the aquatic animals who formed the host of\n\nVarUJ]a were stricken with fear and ran far away. Thus HiraJ;tyalqa showed\n\nhis splendor without dealing a blow.\n\nPURPORT\nMaterialistic demons sometimes appear to be very powerful and are seen\nto establish their supremacy throughout the world. Here also it appears\nthat\n\nHirar;Jyak�a,\n\nby\n\nhis demoniac\n\nstrength, actually established his\n\nsupremacy throughout the universe, and the demigods were afraid of his\n.\nuncommon power. Not only were the demigods in space afraid of the\ndemons Hira1,1yakasipu and Hiraryyak�a , but so also were the aquatic animals\nwithin the sea.\n\nTEXT 26\n\nq��il�(�\n\n�\n\n�-\n\n14@tit415'0.,(19\\R:�•w:ut:\n�tflrri � W¥11:tuill�qf(ijl� �ff �: ������\nsa var,sa-pugan udadhau maha-balas\ncaran mahormin chvasaneritan muhu�\nmaurvyabhijaghne gadaya vibhiivarim\n·\n\niisediviirhs tiita purirh pracetasa�\n\nsalt-he; var§a-pugiin-for many years; udadhau-in the ocean; mahiibalaft-mighty; c aran-moving; mahii-urmin-gigantic waves; svasana-by the\nwind; iritan-tossed; muhu�-again and again; maurvya-iron; abhijaghnehe struck; gadaya-with his mace; vibhavarim-Vibhii.varl; iisedivan-reached;\ntiita-0 dear Vidura ; purim-the capital; pracetasa�-of Varurya.\nTRANSLATION\nMoving about\n\nin the ocean\n\nfor\n\nmany,\n\nmany years,\n\nthe mighty\n\nHira�yak�a smote the gigantic wind-tossed waves again and again with his\n\niron mace and reached Vibhavari, the capital of V aru�a.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0038": "Text 28]\n\nThe Victory of Hi rat;tyiik�a\n\n695\n\nPURPORT\nV aruJ;Ja is supposed to be the predominating deity of the waters, and\nhis capital which is known as V ibhavari, is within the watery kingdom.\n,\n\nTEXT 27\n\n6'(Ne;q•uoo�MRJ$'ft\nSl�6(14!( I\nttlci\\t1UI\"il'l'4¥f\n� sre;� SffUiq€tl �� it WNm � 11�\\911\ntatropalabhyiisura-loka-piilakam\nyiido-ga[liiniim r.sabham pracetasam\nsmayan pralabdhum pra[lipatya nicavaj\njagiida me dehy adhiriija samyugam\ntatra-there; upalabh ya-having r e ach ed; asura-loka-of the region s where\nthe demons reside; piilakam- the guardian ; yiidas-ga[liiniim-of the acquatic\ncreatures;\n\nr.sabham-the\n\nlord;\n\npracetasam- VaruJ;ta;\n\nsmayan- smiling ;\n\npralabdhum-to make fun; pra!lipatya-having bowed down; nicavat-like a\nlow born man; jagiida- he said; me-to me; dehi-give; adhiriija- 0 great I ord;\nsamyugarn-battle.\nTRANSLATION\nThen he reached the Vibhavari, the home of Varur;aa, the lord of the\naquatic creatures and the guardian of the lower regions of the universe\nwhere the demons generally reside. He fell there at the latter's feet like a\nlowborn man, and to make fun of him he said with a smile, \"Give me\nbattle, 0 Supreme Lord!\"\nPURPORT\nThe demoniac person always challenges others and tries to occupy\nothers' property by force. Here these symptoms are fully displayed by\nHirat�yiik�a, who begged war from a person who had no desire to fight.\nTEXT 28\n•\n\n�\n\n", "SB3.3#p0039": "[Canto 3, Ch. 17\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n696\n\nfit�€il ittsR��41a:l91!!4'{\n�J\\1'51&\\�91\n�l�:stdl¥ft II�� II\ntvam loka-piilo 'dhipatir brhac-chravii\nviryiipaho durmada-vira-miininiim\nvijitya loke 'khila-daitya-diinaviin\nyad riija-suyena puriiyajat prabho\ntvam-you (Varur:ta); lo ka-piila�-gu ardi a n of the planet; adhipat*-a\nruler; brhat-sravii�-of wide fame; virya-the power; apaha�-diminished;\ndurmada-of the proud; v ira-miinin iim-thinking themselves very big heroes;\nvijitya-ha vi n g\n\nconquered; loke-in\n\nthe world; akhila-all; daitya\n\n-\n\nthe\n\ndemons; diinaviin-the Danavas; yat- w hen c e; rajasuyena-with a Rajasiiy a\nsacrifice; purii-formerly; a yajat-worshiped; prabho-0 Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou are the guardian of an entire sphere and a ruler of wide fame.\n\nHaving crushed the might of arrogant and conceited warriors and having\n\nconquered all the Daityas and Danavas in the world, you once performed a\nRajasiiya sacrifice to the Lord.\n\nTEXT 29\n6\n\n1(!!4Ufflifi'4\\wf\n\nftfl1n\n\nri � �mf qffr: I\n\nil.f��� �\noqef'Na:jlq'4 ;m �������\nsa evam utsikta-madena vidv(sii\ndnlharh pralabdho bhagaviin apiirh pati�\nro.sam samuttham samayan svayii dhiyii\nvyavocad atigopasamam gatii vayam\nsa�-Varur:ta; evam-thus; utsikta-p uf fed up;\n\nadena- w i t h vanity;\n\nm\n\nvidvifiii-by the enemy; dn:lham-deeply; pralabdha�-mocked; bhagaviinworshipful; apiim-of the waters; pat*-the Lord; ro sam-anger; samuttham\n.\n\n-sprung up; samaya n -c ontrol ling; svayii dhiyii-by his reason; vyavocat­\n\nhe replied; atiga-0 dear one; upasamam-d esisting from war fare; gatii[lgone; vayam-we.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0040": "Text 30]\n\n697\n\nThe Victory of Hirat;ty�a\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus\n\nmocked by\n\nan\n\nenemy\n\nwhose vanity knew no bounds, the\n\nworshipful lord of the waters waxed angry, but by dint of his reason he\nmanaged to curb the anger that had sprung up in him, and he replied:\n\n0 dear one, we have now desisted from warfare, having grown too old for\ncombat.\nPURPORT\n\nAs we see, warmongenng materialists always create fighting without\nreason.\n\nTEXT 30\n\nq�:nfit ilR �,���lijwtlil\n\n� m (lll'i•Fil�, 1\namt'4N��t«4im: ((\n'iwtM�l � � ¥t'i41«JU II� oil\nq:\n\npasyiimi niinyam puru.siit puriitaniid\nyaf! samyuge tviith rap,a-miirga-kovidam\niiriidhayipyaty asurar.sabhehi tam\nmanasvino yam grp,ate bhaviidrsiif!\npasyiimi-I\n\nsee;\n\nna-not;\n\na nyam- other; purupiit- than\n\nthe\n\nperson;\n\npuriitaniit-most ancient;ya[t-who ;saniyuge-in battle; tviim-to you; rap,amiirga-in the tactics of war; kov idam-v ery much skilled; iiriidhayi;;yatiw ill\n\ngive satisfaction; asura-r;;abha-0 chief of the asuras; ihi- approac h;\n\ntam- Him; manasvinaf!- heroes; yam- whom; gr[tate- praise; bhaviidrsii]llike you.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou are so skilled in war that I do not see anyone else than the most\nancient person, Lord Vi�!J.u, who can give satisfaction in battle to you.\nTherefore, 0 chief of the asuras, approach Him, whom even heroes like you\nmention with praise.\nPURPORT\nAggressive materialistic warriors are actually punished by the Sup r eme\nLord for their poli cy of u n nec essaril y disturbing world peace. Therefore\nVarul)a advised Hiral)yiik�a that the right course to sa t is fy his fighting\nspirit would be to seek to fight with Vi�1_1u.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0041": "Srirnad-Bhagavatarn\n\n698\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 31\n\n� ift(¥tl(li(fifq �:\n,�tq(\\ � �u= 1\n4�fl\\11WCI+i(16j\n51'1\"6�\n� � (1i(�llt�41 1��11\ntam viram iiriid abhipadya vismaya�\nsayinase vira-saye svabhir vrta�\nyas tvad-vidhiiniim asatiirh prasiintaye\nri.ipii[!i dhatte sad-anu,grahecchayii\ntam- Him; viram-the great hero; iiriit-q ui ck ly ; abhipadya-on rea c hing;\n\nvismaya�- rid of pr id e; say�yase-you will lie down; vira-saye-on the\n\nbattle fie ld;\n\nsvabhi[t-by\n\ndogs;\n\nvrta[t-\n\ns ur rounded ; ya�-1-le\n\nwho;\n\ntvat­\n\nvidhiiniim-like you; asatiim-of wicked persons; prasiintaye-for the ex­\n\nterminat ion;\n\nrupii[!i-forms;\n\ndhatte-He assumes; sat-to the virtuous;\n\nanugraha- t o show His grace; icchayii-with a desire.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVaru!la continued: On reaching Him you will be rid of your pride at\n\nonce and will lie down on the field of battle, surrounded by dogs, for\n\neternal sleep. It is in order to exterminate wicked fellows like you and to\n\nshow His grace to the virtuous that He assumes His various incarnations\nlike v araha.\n\nPURPORT\nAsuras do nut know that their bodies consist of the five elements of\n\nmaterial nature and that when they fall they b ecome objects of pastimes\n\nfor dog, and vultu res. Varut)a advis ed Hirat;�yi:ik�a Lo meet Vi�t)U in His\nboar incarnation· so that his hankering for aggressive war would b e satisfied and his powerful body would be vanquished.\n\nThus end the Blwktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Seventeenth\nChapter, of the\n\nSrirnad-Bhagavatam, entitled,\n\nOver All the Directions of the Universe.\"\n\n\"Victory of Hira[!yiik�a\n\n", "SB3.3#p0042": "CHAPTER EIGHTEEN\n\nThe Battle Between LOrd Boar\nand the Demon Hirar:waksa\nTEXT I\n\n���\nfl«oct•uEIPfi\n\\ili\\ijq1f't\\1\n'Rl'l•U«tfl•IUIU4\n�: I\n((fttf(f!tl •lf641t wtw(ll(\n� f.tR�t f!t(IM�t: II � II\nmaitreya uvaca\ntad evam akar(lya jalesa-bha�itam\nmahamanas tad viga(layya durmada�\nharer viditva gatim ariga naradad\nrasiitalam nirvivise tvaranvitafl\n\n-\n\nmaitreya�-the great sage Ma itreya; uvaca-sai d; tat-that; evam thus;\n\n-\n\naka r!lya heari n g; jalesa-of the controller of water, Varm:1a; bhii�itamwords;\n\nmahamanafl - proud; tat-those words; viga(layya- ha vi ng\n\nlittle heed to; du rmadafl\n\npaid\n\n- vainglorious; harefl-of the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead; vid itva - hav ing learned; gat im- the whereabouts; anga-\n\n0 dear Vidura; naradat-from Narada; rasatalam-to the depths of the\n\n.\n\nocean; ni rvivi se- e ntered; tvara-anvita�-with great speed.\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya\n\ncontinued:\n\nThe\n\nproud\n\nand falsely\n\nglorious\n\nDaitya paid\n\nlittle heed to the words of V aru�a. 0 dear Vidura, he learned from Narada\nthe whereabouts of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and hurriedly\nbetook himself to the depths of the ocean.\n\n699\n\n", "SB3.3#p0043": "S rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n700\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 18\n\nP U RPORT\nMaterialistic warmongers are not even afraid to fight with their mightiest\nenemy, the Personality of Godhead. The demon was very encouraged to\nlearn from Varup.a that there was one fighter who could actually combat\nhim, and he was very enthusiastic to search out the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead j ust to give Him a fight, even though it was predicted by\nVarup.a that by fighting with Vi�p.u he would become prey for dogs,\n\nj ackals and vultures. Since demoniac persons are less intelligent, they dare\nto fight with Vi�p.u, who is known as Aj ita, or one who has never been\nconquered.\nTEXT2\n\n��\\f\n\n�lfil�ij �\nsntftil+tl..wr.t+tsr(14'1•\nPl�+t� ��'RT\n� � q..•{N(l 'PI: II � II\ndadarsa tatriibhijitarh dhani-dharani\npronniyamiiniivanim agra-darhfi.trayii\nmu§r-antam ak§r-ii sva-rnco 'ru[la-sriyii\njahiisa ciiho vana-gocaro mrga[l\ndadarsa-he saw; tatra-there; abhijitam-the victorious; dharii-the earth ;\ndharam- bearing; pronniyamiina- being raised upwards; avanim-the earth;\nagra-darhfi.trayii-by the tip of His tusk; m ufir-antam- who was diminishing;\nakfi r-ii with His eyes; sva-rucafl- Hira�yak�a's own splendor; arur-a reddish;\ns riyii radiant; jahiisa he laughed; ca and ; aho-0; vana gocara[l- amphib\nious; mrga[l- beast\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe saw there the all-powerful Personality of Godhead in His boar\nincarnation bearing the earth upwards on the ends of His tusks and\nrobbing him of his splendor with His reddish eyes. The demon laughed:\n\n0, an amphibious beast!\nP U RPORT\nIn a previous chapter we have discussed the incarnation of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead as Varaha, the boar. While Varaha, with His tusks,\n\n", "SB3.3#p0044": "Text3]\n\nThe Battle Between Lord Boar and Hirat;tyalqa\n\n701\n\nengaged in uplifting the submerged earth from the depths of the waters,\nthis great demon Hirartyak�a met Him and challenged Him, calling Him a\nbeast. Demons cannot understand the incarnations of the Lord; they think\nthat His incarnations as a fish or boar or tortoise are big beasts only. They\nmisunderstand the body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, even in\nHis human form, and they deride His descent. In the Caitanya-sampradaya\nthere is sometimes a demoniac misconception about the descent of\nNityananda Prabhu. Nityananda Prabhu's body is spiritual, but demoniac\npersons consider the body of the Supreme Personality to be material, j ust\n\nlike ours. Avajiinanti miim mu!lhii\"{l: persons who have no intelligence\nderide the transcendental form of the Lord as material.\n\nTEXT3\n\n311lwt�Uil ., fqir ;it\noowl\nfclJW�444tAdl I\nWI g 441��wt41 �«:\nij(lll+tlt1ra.d«.i6(1��\nII � II\niihainam ehy ajiia mahim vimuiica no\nrasaukasiim vi.Sva-srjeyam arpitii\nna svasti yiisyasy anayii mamek§ata\"{l\nsuriidhamiisiidita-siikariikrte\naha- Hiral).yiik� said; enam-to the Lord; ehi-come and fight; ajiia-0\n\nfool; mahim-the earth; vimuiica-give up; na\"{l - to us; rasii-okasiim-of the\n\ninhabitants of the lower regions; visva-srjii-by the creator of the universe;\n\niyam- this earth; arpitii- entrusted ; na- not ; s vast i -well b eing; y iisyasi-You\n-\n\nwill go; an aya- with this; mama ik�ata \"{l\n\nlowest of the demigods; iis iidita\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwhile I am seeing; suradhama- 0\n\nhaving taken; s iik ara-iikrte- the form of a\n\nboar.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demon addressed the Lord: 0 best of the demigods, dressed in the\n\nform of a boar, j ust hear me. This earth is entrusted to us, the inhabitants\n\nof the lower regions, and You cannot take it from my presence and not be\nhurt by me.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSridhara Svami, commenting on this verse, states that although the\ndemon wanted to deride the Personality of Godhead in the form of a\n\n", "SB3.3#p0045": "702\n\nS rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 18\n\nboar, actually he worshiped Him in several words. For example, he\naddressed Him as vana-gocaraft, which means one who is a resident of the\nforest, but another meaning of vana-gocaraft is one who lies on the water.\nVigm lies on the water, so the Supreme Personality of Godhead can be\nproperly addressed in this way. The demon also addressed Him as\n\nmrgaft, indicating, unintentionally, that the Supreme Personality is sought\nafter by great sages, saintly persons and transcendentalists.\n\nHe also\n\naddressed Him as ajiia. S ridhara Svami says that jiia means knowledge and\nthere is no knowledge which is unknown to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Indirectly, therefore, the demon said that Vi�pu knows everything. He addressed Him as suriidhama. Sura means the demigods, and\n\nadhama means Lord of all there is. He is Lord of all the demigods; therefore He is the best of all demigods, or God. When the demon used the\nphrase \"in my presence,\" the implied meaning was: \"In spite of my\npresence, You are completely able to take away the earth.\" Na svasti\nyiisyasi: \"Unless You kindly take this earth from our custody, there can\nbe no good fortune for us.\"\n\nTEXT4\n\n� •n (1q�(¥tcW'4 f* �\n� 41� (�t4U(Iiq(l�� I\nffi\nt11•1¥tlt414e¥tCNit(itf\n4�1eq � � ij(�: II \\l II\ntvarh na� sapatnair abhaviiya kim bhrto\nyo miiyayii hanty asuriin parok�a-jit\ntviirh yogamiiyii-balam alpa-pauru§am\nsarhsthiipya mupha pramrje suhrc-chucaft\ntvam- You; naft-us; sapatnaift-by our enemies; abhaviiya-for killing;\n\nkim-is it that; bhr t a�- maintained; yaft-He who; miiyaya- by deception;\nhanti-kills; asuriin-the demons; parok§a-jit-who conquered by remaining\ninvisible; tvam-You; y ogamiiyii-balam-whose strength is bewildering power;\nalpa-pauru� am-whose power is meager; samsthiipya- after killing; muphafool; pramrje- I shall wipe out; suhrt-sucaft- the grief of my kinsmen.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nYou rascal, You have been nourished by our enemies to kill us, and You\nhave killed some demons by remaining invisible. 0 fool, Your power is only\nmystic, so today I shall enliven my kinsmen by killing You.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0046": "Text 5J\n\nThe Battle Between Lord Boar and Hirar;tya�a\n\n703\n\nPURPORT\nThe demon used the word abhaviiya, which means for killing. Sridhara\nSvami comments that this \"killing\" means liberating, or, in other words\n\nkilling the process of continued birth and death. The Lord kills the process\n\nof birth and death and keeps Himself invisible. The activities of the Lord's\ninternal potency are inconceivable, but by a slight exhibition of this\npotency, the Lord, by His grace, can deliver one from nescience. Suca�\n\nmeans miseries; the miseries of material existence can be extinguished by\n\nthe Lord by His potential energy of internal yogamiiyii. In the Upani�ads\n\n(Svet. 6.8) it is stated, pariisya saktir vividhaiva sruyate. The Lord is in­\n\nvisible to the eyes of the common man, bui His energies act in various\nways. When demons are in adversity, they think that God is hiding Himself\n\nand is working by His mystic potency. They think that if they can find\nGod they can kill Him just by seeing Him. Hirapyak�a thought that way,\n\nand he challenged the Lord: \"You have done tremendous harm to our\ncomm�nity, taking the part of the demigods, and You have killed our\n\nkinsmen in so many ways, always keeping Yourself hidden. Now I see You\n\nface to face, and I am not going to let You go. I shall kill You and save my\nkinsmen from Your mystic misdeeds.\"\nDemons are not only always anxious to kill God with words and\n\nphilosophy, but they think that if one is materially powerful he can kill\n\nGod with materially fatal weapons. Demons like Kamsa, Ravar;ta and\nHiraJ)yakasipu thought themselves powerful enough to kill even God.\n\nDemons cannot understand that God, by His multifarious potencies, can\n\nwork so wonderfully that He can be present everywhere and still remain\nin His eternal abode, Goloka Vrndavana.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� �� �� �nohft.foq4f'l'31��6trl � :;:.r� I\n� ���:;:.r�:\n� �l ;r ¥4N'tl�tr'{et: II \"' II\ntvayi samsthite gadayii sirr-a-sir§art y\n\nasmad-bhuja-cyutayii ye ca tubh yam\n\nbalim haranty r�ayo ye ca devii�\n\nsvayam sarve na bhavi§yanty amulii�\n\n", "SB3.3#p0047": "704\n\nSrim ad 13hagavat am\n-\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 18\n\ntvayi-when You; sarh.sthite-are killed; gadayii-by the mace; sirr.w­\n\nsmashed; sir�ar-i-sl ull; asmat-bhuja-from my hand; cyutayii-released;\n\nye-those who; ca-and; tubhyam-to You; balim-presentations; haranti­\n\noffer; [§aya[l-sages; ye-those who; ca-and; devii[l-demigods; svayam­\n\nautomatically; sarve-all; na- not; bhavi§yanti-will exist; amU:lii[l-without\nroots.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demon continued: When You fall dead with Your skull smashed by\nthe mace hurled by my arms, the demigods and sages who offer You oblations and sacrifice in devotional service will also automatically cease to\nexist, like trees without roots.\nPURPORT\nDemons are very much disturbed when devotees worship the Lord in\n\nthe prescribed ways recommended in the scriptures. In the Vedic scriptures,\n\nthe neophyte devotees are advised to engage in nine kinds of devotional\n\nservice, such as to hear and chant the holy name of God, to remember\n\nHim always, to chant on beads Hare Kr�Q.a, Hare Kr�Q.a, Kr�r)a Kr�Qa, Hare\n\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare, to worship the\n\nLord in the form of His Deity incarnation in the temples, and to engage in\n\nvarious activities of Kr�l)a consciousness to increase the number of godly\n\npersons for perfect peace in the world. Demons do not like such activity.\n\nThey are always envious of God and His devotees. Their propaganda not\n\nto worship in the temple or church but simply to make material advance­\n\nment for satisfaction of the senses is always current. The demon Hiral)yak�a,\n\nupon seeing the Lord face to face, wanted to make a permanent solution\n\nby killing the Personality of Godhead with his powerful mace. The example\nof an uprooted tree mentioned here by the demon is very significant.\n\nDevotees accept that God is the root of everything. Their example is that\n\njust as the stomach is the source of energy of all the limbs of the body, so\nGod is the original source of all energy manifested in the material and\n\nspiritual worlds; therefore, as supplying food to the stomach is the process\n\nto satisfy all the limbs of the body, so Kr�qa consciousness or developing\n\nlove of Kr�r!a is the sublime method for satisfying the source of all happi­\n\nness. The demon wants to uproot this source because if the root, God,\nwere to be checked, the activities of the Lord and the devotees would\n\nautomatically stop. The demon would be very much satisfied by such a\n\nsituation in society. Demons are always anxious to have a godless society\n\nfor their sense gratification. According to Sridhara Svami, this verse means\n\n", "SB3.3#p0048": "The Battle Between Lord Boar and HiraJ;�yii�a\n\nText6]\n\n705\n\nthat when the demon was deprived of his mace by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, not only the neophyte devotees but also the ancient sagacious\ndevotees of the Lord would be very much satisfied.\n\nTEXT6\n\nij�'tlwflsft�t'ffifl'tl\n��1a•lf •meR��� � 1\n�\n4lqf'l(•lla:'!¥t\"Ottli!\ntc��l!!q�: II � II\nmtm�:\n\n«\n\nsa tudyamiino 'ri-durukta-tomarair\ndam§triigra-giim giim upalak§ya bhttiim\ntodam mr§an niragiid ambu-madhyiid\ngriihiihata� sa-karer-ur yathebha{t\nsa[t-He; tudyamiina[t-being\n\npained; ari-of the\n\nenemy;\n\ndu.r.ukta­\n\nby the abusive words; tomarai{t-by the weapons; dam�.tra-agra-on the\nends\n\nof\n\nHis\n\ntusks; gam-situated; gam-the earth; upalalqya-sceing;\n\nbhitam-frightened;\n\ntodam-the\n\npain;\n\nmr§an-bearing;\n\nniragiit-He\n\ncame out; ambu-madhyiit-from the midst of the water; griiha-by a\ncrocodile;iihata�-attacked;sa-karef.1u�-along with a she-elephant; yathiias; ibha�-an elephant.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the Lord was pained by the shaftlike abusive words of the\ndemon, He bore the pain. But seeing that the earth on the ends of His tusks\nwas frightened, He rose out of the water just as an elephant emerges\nwith his female companion when assailed by an alligator.\nPURPORT\nThe Mayavadi philosopher cannot understand that the Lord has feelings.\nThe Lord is satisfied if someone offers Him a nice prayer, and similarly, if\nsomeone decries His existence or calls Him by ill names, God is dissatisfied.\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is decried by the Mayiiviidi philosophers, who are almost demons. They say that God has no head, no form,\nno existence and no legs, hands or other bodily limbs. In other words, they\nsay that He is dead or lame. All these misconceptions of the Supreme\nLord are a source of dissatisfaction to Him; He is never pleased with such\n\n", "SB3.3#p0049": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n706\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 18\n\natheistic descriptions. In this case, although the Lord felt sorrow from the\n\npiercing words of the demon, He delivered the earth for the satisfaction of\n\nthe demigods, who are ever His devotees. The conclusion is that God is as\n\nsentient as we are. He is satisfied by our prayers and dissatisfied by our\n\nharsh words against Him. In order to give protection to His devotee, He is\n\nalways ready to tolerate insulting words from the atheists.\nTEXT7\n\nd f;r:� �d�e1a:�\n\n. f((IHOI'Mn tt« � �: ,\n•<•e��1s�f.tM((lwtlSJRTt\n� f* � N•l�� II �II\ntam ni�sarantam saliliid anudruto\nhira[lya-keso dviradam yathii jha�a�\nkariila-dam�tro 'sani-nisvano 'bravid\n\ngata-hriyiim kim tv asatiim vigarhitam\ntam- Him; ni�sarantam- coming out; saliliit- from the water; anudruta�­\n\nchased; hirar- ya- kesa�- h a v ing golden hair; dviradam-an elephant; yathii­\n\nas; jhafla�-a\n\ncrocodile;\n\nkarii la-da rh fl.tra� - having\n\nfearful teeth; asani­\n\nnis vana� - roari ng like thunder; abravit-he said; gata-hriyiim-for those\n\nwho are shameless; kim-what; tu-indeed; asatiim-for the wretches;\n\nvigarhitam- reproa cha ble\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demon, who had golden hair on his head and fearful tusks, gave\nchase to the Lord while He was rising from the water, even as an alligator\nwould chase\n\nan\n\nelephant. Roaring like thunder, he said: Are You not\n\nashamed of running away before a challenging adversary? There is nothing\n\nreproachable for shameless creatures!\nPURPORT\n\nWhen the Lord was coming out of the water, taking the earth in His\n\narms to deliver it, the demon derided Him with insulting words, but the\n\nLord did not care because He was very conscious of His duty. For a dutiful\n\nman there is nothing to fear. Similarly, those who are powerful have no\n\n", "SB3.3#p0050": "Text 8]\n\nThe Battle Between Lord Boar and Hirat:ty�a\n\n707\n\nfear of derision or unkind words from an enemy. The Lord had nothing to\nfear from anyone, yet He was merciful to His enemy by neglecting him.\nAlthough apparently He fled from the challenge, it was just to protect the\nearth from calamity that He tolerated Hirat:tyak�a 's deriding words.\nTEXT 8\n\n•nua:(ijl�e�\n\n�\n� 6�1�\\iflf(<t('l�tJ I\n� R�T ��f'l1imurt �: ��: II � II\n�\n\n'\n\nsa giim udastiit salilasya gocare\nvinyasya tasyiim adadhiit sva-sattvam\nabhi�tuto visva-srjii prasunair\niipuryamii[lo vibudhai� pasyato 're�\nsa�-the Lord; giim-the earth; udastat-on the surface; salilasya-of the\nwater; gocare-within His sight; vinyasya\n\n-\n\nhaving placed; tasyiim-to the\n\nearth; adadhiit-he invested; sua-His own; sattuam\n\n-\n\nexistence; abhifl.tuta�­\n\npraised; visva-srjii-by Brahma (the creator of the universe); prasilnai�-by\nflowers; iipuryamii[la�-becoming satisfied; vibudhai�-by the demigods;\npasyata�-while looking on; are�-the enemy.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord placed the earth within His sight on the surface of the water\nand transferred to her His own energy in the form of the cap acity to\nfloat on the water. While the enemy stood looking on, Brahma, the\ncreator of the universe, extolled the Lord, and. the other demigods rained\nflowers on Him.\nPURPORT\nThose who are demons cannot understand how the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead floated the earth on water, but to devotees of the Lord Lhis is\nnot a very wonderful act. Not only the earth but many, many millions of\nplanets are floating in the air, and this floating power is endowed to them\nby the Lord; there is no other possible explanation. The materialists can\nexplain that the planets are floating by the law of gravitation, but the law\nof gravitation works under the control or direction of the Supreme Lord.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0051": "[Canto 3, Ch. 18\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n708\n\nThat is the version of Bhagavad-gttii, which confirms, by the Lord's statement, that behind the material laws or nature's laws and b ehind the\ngrowth, maintenance, production and evolution of all the planetary\n\nsystems-behind everything-is the Lord's direction. The Lord's activities\n\ncould be appreciated only by the demigods, headed by Brahmii, and there·\nfore when they saw the uncommon prowess of the Lord in keeping the\nearth on the surface of the water, they showered flowers on Him in\nappreciation of II is transcendental activity.\n\nTEXT 9\n\nq��\n�\n\n{iqwt'hn��\n��\"'M?I(� I\n\n����:\nst-.:cOi't�:\n\nst�� m 11 � 11\n\npariinu§aktarh tapaniyopakalparh\nmahii-gadarh kiiiicana-citra-damsam\nmarmiir-y abhik§r-am pratudantarh durukta*\npracar-!la-manyu� prahasarhs tam babhii§e\nparii-from behind; an u§ ak t am-who followed very close; t apaniya­\n\nupaka lpam- who had a considerable amount of gold ornaments; mahiigadam-with a great mace; kiiii c ana-golden; citra-beautiful; damsamarmor;\n\nrn a r miiri-the\n\ncores\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nheart;\n\na bhik§ rt a m-constant ly ;\n\npra t udan t a rn -pie r c i n g; duru k t a.* - by abusive words; prac a rt !Ia -terrible;\nmanyu�-anger;prahasan-laughing; t am-to him; ba bh ii§ e-He said.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demon, who had a wealth of ornaments, bangles and beautiful golden\n\narmor on his body, chased the Lord from behind with a great mace. The\nLord tolerated his piercing ill words, but in order to reply to him, He ex·\n\npressed His terrible anger.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord could have chastised the demon immediately while he was\nderiding the Lord with ill words, but Ile tolerated him to please the demigods and to show that they should not be afraid of demons while dis·\ncharging their duties. Therefore His toleration was displayed mainly to\ndrive away the fears of the demigods, who should know that the Lord is\n\n", "SB3.3#p0052": "Text 10)\n\nThe Battle Between Lord Boar and HiraJ;tyak�a\n\n709\n\nalways present to protect them. The demon's derision of the Lord was just\nlike the barking of dogs; the Lord did not care about it, since He was doing\nHis own work in delivering the earth from the midst of the water. l\\Jaterialistic demons always possess large amounts of gold in various shapes, and\nthey think that a large amount of gold, physical strength and popularity\ncan save them from the wrath of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n��\n� iA lit qOittfl'q(l �\n\n�\"«�ldltl� mq� 1\n;r f@lqlij: �fda:ffi� qfu\n� � ����oil\nsn� bhagaviin uviica\n\nsatyatit vayarh bho vana-gocara mrgii\nyu§mad-vidhiin mrgaye griima-simhiin\nna mrtyu-piisai� pratimuktasya virii\nvikatthanam tava glqwnty abhadra\nsri bhagaviin uviica\n\n-\n\nt he Supreme Personality of Godhead said; satyam­\n\nindeed; vayam-We; bho�-0; vana-goc a ni[t - dwelling in Lhe forest; mrgiift\n\n­\n\ncreatures; yu§mat-vidhiin-like you; mrgaye-1 am earching to kill; gr ama\n\n­\n\nsi rh hiin - dogs;\n\nna-not;\n\nmrty u piisai[I -b y\n-\n\nthe\n\nbonds\n\nof\n\ndeath;\n\npratimuktasya-of he who is bound; vi.rii�-Lhe heroes; vikatthanamloose talk; lava-your; grhrw nti\n\n-\n\nl: a ke notice of; abhadra-0 mischievous\n\none.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead said: Indeed W e are creatures of the jungle,\nand We are searching after hunting dogs like you. One who is freed from\nthe entanglement of death has no fear from the loose talk in which you\nare indulging, for you are bound up by the laws of death.\nPURPORT\nDemons and atheistic persons can go on insulting the Supreme Personal.it:y of Godhead, but they forget that they are subjected to the laws of\nbirth and death. They think that simply by decrying the existence of the\nSupreme Lord or defying His stringent laws of nature, one can be freed\n\n", "SB3.3#p0053": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n710\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 18\n\nfrom the clutches of birth and death. In Bhagavad-gitii it is said that\nsimply by understanding the transcendental nature of God one can go\nback home, back to Godhead. But demons and atheistic persons do not\ntry to understand the nature of the Supreme Lord; therefore they remain\nin the entanglement of birth and death.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n� � ;:qiQ((I w1itiQI\n•ldfC4it � s:J�dl� 1\n\n��\n\n�- � 'lfe;ilc;:qiQ �II��II\n\nete vayarh nyiisa-hara rasaukasurh\ngata-hriyo gadaya druvitiis te\nti�thamahe 'thapi kathaiicid ujau\nstheyarh kva yumo balinotpadya vairam\nete-our selves; vayam-we ; nyusa\n\n-\n\nof the c har ge ; haru� - thie ves; rasa­\n\nokasum-of t he inhabitants of Rasat ala; gata-hriya�-shameless;gadayu-by\n\nthe ma ce; druvita�\n\n-\n\nchased; te-your; ti�,thamahe-We shall stay; atha api­\n\nnevertheless; kathaiicit-somehow; ujau-on the battlefield; stheyam- We\n\nmust stay; k va-where; yu m a� - can We go; balinu-with a powerful enemy;\n\nutpadya-having created; vairam-enmity.\nTRANSLATION\nCertainly We have stolen the charge of the inhabitants of Rasatala and\n\nhave lost all shame. Although bitten by your powerful mace, I shall never­\n\ntheless stay here in the water for some time because, having created enmity\nwith a powerful enemy, I now have no place to go.\n\nPURPORT\nThe demon should have known that God cannot be driven out of any\nplace because He is all-pervading. Demons think of their possessions as\ntheir property, but actually everything belongs to the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, who can take anything at any time He likes.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0054": "The Battle Between Lord Boar and Hirat:tyak�a\n\nText 13]\n\n711\n\nTEXT 12\n\n� � � �qiNcft\n�\n\n�S(q«t44 311\"l.,._tH I\n4�1Qf��,��\n�: � snm•n�fqqJ�: ������\ntvarh pad-rathiiniirh kila yiitha-piidhipo\nghatasva no 'svastaya iisv aniiha�\nsarhsthiipya ciismiin pramrjiisru sva-kiiniirh\nya� sviirh pratiji'iiirh niitipiparty asabhya�\ntvam-you; pad-rathiiniim-of foot soldiers; kila\nthe leaders; adhipa�-the commander; ghafasva\nasvastaye-for\nsarhsthiipya\n\n-\n\ndefeat;\n\niisu-promptly;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nindeed ; yiitha-pa-of\n\ntake steps; na�-Our;\n\naniiha�-without\n\nconsideration;\n\nhaving killed; ca-and; asman- Us; pramrja-wipe away; asru­\n\ntears; sva-kiiniim-of your kith and kin; ya�-he who; sviim-his own;\npratiji'iiim-promised word; na-not; atipiparti-fulfills; asabhya�-not fit\nto sit in an assembly.\nTRANSLATION\nYou are supposed to be the commander of many foot soldiers, and now\nyou can take prompt steps to overthrow Us. Give up all your foolish talk\nand wipe out the cares of your kith and kin by slaying Us. One may be\nproud, yet he does not deserve a seat in an assembly if he fails to fulfill h is\npromised word.\nPURPORT\n\nA demon may be a great soldier and commander of a large number of\ninfantry, but in the presence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead he is\npowerless and is destined to die. The Lord, therefore, challenged the demon not to go away but to fulfill his promised word to kill Him.\nTEXT 13\n\nq5/i( \\ffi'if\n\n�� ����q-(�1\n311atCi1iNoi � 4\\ouu-.\"'tsf((IRct II � �II\n\n", "SB3.3#p0055": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n712\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 18\n\nmaitreya uviica\nso 'dhik§ipto bhagavatii\npralabdhas ca ru�ii blqsam\niijahiirolbararh krodham\n\nkri!iyamiino 'hi-ra!i iva\n\nmaitreya�-the\n\ngreat\n\nsage\n\nMaitreya; uviica--said; sa{I-the\n\ndemon;\n\nadhik;5ipta�-having been insulted; bhagavatii-by the Personality of Godhead;pralabdha�-ridiculed; ca-and;ru;5a-angry;bhrsam-greatly ; iijahiira­\n\ncollected; ulbaram- great; krodham-anger; kri!iyamiina{t-being play ed\nwith; ahi-riit-a great cobra;iva-like.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Maitreya said: The demon, being thus challenged by the Personality\n\nof Godhead, became angry and agitated, and he trembled in anger like a\nchallenged cobra.\n\nPURPORT\nA cobra is very fierce before ordinary person , but before an enchanter\n\nwho can play with him, he is a plaything. Similarly, a demon may be very\n\npowerful in his own domain, but before the Lord he is insignificant. The\n\ndemon Ravat;�a was a fierce figure before the demigods, but when he was\n\nbefore Lord Ramacandra he trembled and prayed to his deity , Lord Siva,\n\nbut to no avail.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n��:\n\n�•(1afli'\"!V(�re�� : 1\n3lRW.t �� � ���-11�\\lll\nsrjann amar§ita� sviisan\nmanyu-pracalitendriya�\niisiidya tarasii daityo\ngadaya nyahanad dharim\n\nsrjan-givtng out; amar§ila{l-being angry ; svasan-brealhs; manyu-by\n\nwrath;\n\npracalita-agitated; indriya[1-whose ·enses; iisiidya-atlacking;\ntarasii-quickly; daitya{l-the demon; gadayii-wilh his mace; nyahanatstruck; harim-Lord Hari.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0056": "Text 16]\n\nThe Battle Between Lord Boar and Hirar:tyak�a\n\n713\n\nTRANSLATION\nHissing indignantly, all his senses shaken by wrath, the demon quickly\nsprang upon the Lord and dealt Him a blow with his powerful mace.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n¥t•l+4i� •lii\\l�•i � ft�und�t 1\n3R�m� �·��� �f41t'ijefi( u ��\"\nb hagaviirhs tu gadii-vegarh\nvisr§(arh ripu[!orasi\navaiicayat tirascino\nyogiirilpha iviintakam\n\nb hagaviin-thc Lord; tu-however; gadii-vegam-the blow of the mace;\n\nvisr§.t a m -thrown ; ripuwi\n\n-\n\nby the enemy; urasi-at His breast; avaiicayat­\n\ndodged; tirascina{'L-aside; yoga ri rilphafL-an accomplished yogi; iva-like;\n-\n\nantakam-death.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, however, by moving slightly aside, dodged the violent mace\nblow aimed at His breast by the enemy,just as an accomplished yogi would\nelude death.\n\nPURPORT\nThe example is given herein thal the perfect yogi can overcome a deathblow allhough it is offered by the laws of nature. It is useless for a demon\nto beat the transcendental body of the Lord with a powerful mace becau e\nno one can surpass His prowess. Those who are advanced transcendentalists\nare freed from the laws of nature, and even a deathblow cannot acl on\nthem. Superficially it may be seen Lhal a yogi is attacked by a dealhblow,\nbul by the grace of the Lord he can overcome many such atla c ks for lhe\n\nservice of lhe Lord. As the Lord exists by l lis own independent prowess,\nso by the grace of lhe Lord lhe devotees also exist for His service.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n� �I¥Ui(P'4 ��: I\n3fQf«1R(R: tf.t: � 11��11\n\n", "SB3.3#p0057": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n714\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 18\n\npunar gadiirh sviim iidii.ya\nbhrii.mayantam abhikfir-asa�\nabhyadhii.vad dhar* kruddha�\nsarhrambhii.d da�.ta-dacchadam\npuna�- again; gadii.m-mace; svii.m- his; ii.dii.ya-having taken; bhrii.ma­\n\nyantam- brandishing; abhikfir-asa�-repeatedly; abhyadhavat-rushed\n\nto\n\nmeet; hari�-the Personality of Godhead; kruddha�-angry; sarhrambhii.t­\n\nin rage; dafi.ta- bitten; dacchadam-his lip\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead now exhibited His anger and rushed to\nmeet the demon, who bit his lip in rage, took up his mace again and he·\ngan to repeatedly brandish it about.\nTEXT 17\n\n•t4\\141(lfa' GftJuc�d � q: 1\n��\\i(fhn�t'f«l ��C(1se:wc<( ������\n\n�\n\ntatas ca gadayaratirh\ndakfiir-asyii.rh bhruvi prabhu�\niijaghne sa tu tii.rh saum ya\ngadayii. kovido 'hanat\ntata�\n\n-\n\nthen; ca-and; gadayii.-with His mace; arotim-the enemy; dakfii­\n\nr-asyiim-on the right; bhruvi-on the brow; prabhu�-the Lord; ii.jaghne­\n\nstruck; sa�-the Lord; tu- but; tam- the mace; saumya- 0 gentle Vidura;\n\ngadayii-with his mace; kovida�-e x p er t ; ahanat-he saved himself.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen with His mace the Lord struck the enemy on the right of his\nbrow, but since the demon was experLin fighting, 0 gentle Vidura, he\nprotected himself by a maneuver of his own mace.\nTEXT 18\n\ntr.� •ta>l� g41� �if � li.f I\n�tfttm �;:ti\\�'4�ft{l: 11��11\n\n", "SB3.3#p0058": "Text 19)\n\nThe Battle Between Lord Boar and Hiral).yak�a\n\n715\n\nevam gadiibhyiim gurvibhyiim\nharyak§o harir eva ca\njigi.sayii susamrabdhiiv\nanyonyam abhijaghnatu{l.\nevam-in this way; gadiibhyiim-with their maces; gurvibhyiim-huge;\nharyak§a{l.-the demon Ha ryak�a (HiraQyak�a); hari{l.- Lo rd Hari; evace rtai nly ; ca-and; jig�sayii-with a desire for vi cto ry; susamrabdhau-en­\n\nraged; anyonyam-each other; abhijaghnatu{l.-they struck.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, the demon Harya�a and the Lord, the Personality of\nGodhead, struck each other with their huge maces, each enraged and\nseeking his own victory.\nPURPORT\nHaryak�a is another n a me fo r Hi raf)yak�a , the demon.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�: w:il�a+t•IG\\I�Ilfl :\n�(Il(ii'U41UlfCtt(+t..atl :\n�Ptsr+t..n�l{ltpn\n\notr+tlfd>�l�lfi€1 �f4ruft�: II����\n\ntayo{t sprdhos tigma-gadiihatiingayo{l.\nk§a tiisrava-ghrii!w-vivrddha-manyvo{l.\nvicitra-miirgiims carator jig�sayii\nvyabhiid iliiyiim iva SU§mirwr mrdha{l.\ntayo{l.-them ; sprdho{l.-the two combatants; tigma-point ed ; gadii-by\nthe\n\nmaces; iiha ta - injured; arigayo{l.-their\n\nbodies; k§ata-iisrava-bl.ood\n\ncoming out from the injuries; ghriirw - smell ; vivrddha-in c reased; manyvo lt-anger ; vicitra-of\n\nva\n\nrio us kinds; miirgiin-maneu vers; c arato ft - per\n\n­\n\nforming; jigi;Saya-with a desire to win; vyabhat-it l. ooked !.ike; ilayamfor the sake of a cow (or the earth); iva-like; su§mirw{l.-of two bulls;\nmrdha{l.-an encounter.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0059": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n716\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere was keen rivalry between the two combatants; both had sustained\n\ninjuries on their bodies from the blows of each other's pointed maces, and\neach grew more and more enraged at the smell of blood on his person. In\n\ntheir eagerness to win, they performed maneuvers of various kinds, and\n\ntheir contest looked like an encounter between two forceful bulls for the\nsake of a cow.\nPURPORT\n\nHere the earth planet is called ilii. This eart h wa s fo rmerl y known as\n\nH a vrt a-var$ a, and when M ahar aj a Partk�it ruled t h e earth it was called\n\nBharata-var�a. Actually Bharata-var�a is the name for t he entire p lanet , b ut\ngra dually Bharata-var�a has come to mean India. As India has recently\nbeen divided into Pakistan and Hindustan, similarly the earth was for m erl y\ncalled Ilavrta-var�a, but gra dually as time p assed it was divided by natio nal\nboundaries.\nTEXT 20\n\n� '«41ltl<:4'«4<:4� ��1(1Wwfl4�wrwn\n� � w.�ilf44\\�wt\n�: �mll�oll\ndaityasya yajiiiivayavasya mayagrhita-viiriiha-tanor mahiilmana�\nkauravya mahyiirh dvi§ator vimardanarh\ndidrk§ur iigiid r§i bhir vrta� svarii.t\n\ndaityasya-of the demon; yajiia-avayavasya-of the Personality of God­\n\nhead (of whose bo d y yajna is a p art ) ; maya- th ro ugh His po t enc y ;grhtta­\n\nwas assumed; viiriiha-of a boar; ta noft - whos e for m ; mahiitmanaft - of the\nSupreme Lord; kauravya-0 Vidura ( de s c en dant of Kuru); mahyiim-for the\n\nsake of the world; dvi§Uto�-of the tw o e nem ies ; vi mardanam - the fight ;\ndidrk§uft-de sirous\n\nto\n\nsee;\n\niigiit - c a rn e;\n\nr.si b h* - by\n\nthe\n\nsages; vrla{t­\n\naccompanied; svani_t-Brahrna.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 descendant of Kuru, Brahma, the most independent demigod of the\n\nuniverse, accompanied by his followers, came to see the terrible fight for\n\n", "SB3.3#p0060": "Text 21]\n\nThe Battle Between Lord Boar and Hira�yak�a\n\n717\n\nthe sake of the world between the demon and the Personality of Godhead\nwho appeared in the form of a boar.\nPURPORT\nThe fight between the Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and\nthe demon is compared to a bullfight for the sake of a cow. The earth\nplanet is also called go or cow. As bulls fight between themselves to ascertain who will have union with a cow, so there is al.ways a constant fight between the demon and the Supreme Lord or His representative for supremacy over the earth. Here the Lord is significantly described as yajiiiivayava.\n\nOne should not consider the Lord to have the body of an ordinary boar.\nHe can assume any form, and lie possesses all such forms eternally. It is\n\nfrom Him that all other forms have emanated. This boar form is not to he\nconsidered the form of an ordinary hog; His body is actually full of yajria,\n\nor worshipful offerings. Yajna (sacrifices) are offered to Vi�r.ltl. Yaj1ia\nmeans the body of Vi$1)U. His body is not material; therefore He should\nnot be taken to be an ordinary boar.\nBrahm a is described in this verse as svara(. Actually, full independence\nis exclusive to the Lord llimself, but as part and parcel of the Supreme\nLord, every living entity has a minute quantity of independence. Each and\nevery one of the living entities within this universe has this minute indepen­\n\ndence, but Brahma, being the chief of all living entities, has a greater\npotential of independence than any other. He is the representative of\nKr�rJa, tire Supreme Personality of Godhead, and has been assigned to pre­\n\nside over universal affairs. All other demi gods work for him; therefore he\n\nis described here as svara(. lie is always accompanied by great sag es and\ntranscendentalists, all of whom came to see the bullfig ht between the de­\n\nmon and the Lord.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�IQ'Slmll'61(+\\q(!QI�\n\n�liti1<+46J4fchti+\\l{\n��� � �1- Wii<I�U1+41R&.4i(l{ II�� II\niisanna-SUU!tfliram ape ta-siidh VaS am\nkrta-pratikiiram ahiirya-vikramam\nvilak§ya daityam bhagaviin sahasra-rtir\njagiida niirii ya[tam iidi-sukararn\n\n", "SB3.3#p0061": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n718\nasanna-attained;\nfear;\n\nSaUflpiram-power; apeta-devoid of; sadhvasam­\n\nkrta-making;\n\nvikramam-having\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 18\n\npratikiiram-opposition;\n\nahiirya-unopposable;\n\npower; vilakfiya-having seen; daityam-the demon;\n\nbhagaviin-the worshipful Brahma; sahasra-flilt-the leader of thousands of\nsages; jagiida-addressed; niiriiyaf1am-Lord Narayal)a; iidi-the original;\nsukaram-having the form of a boar.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter arriving at the place of combat, Brahma, the leader of thousands\n\nof sages and transcendentalists, saw the demon, who had attained such\nunprecedented power that no one could fight with him. Brahma then ad·\n\ndressed Naraya!la, who was assuming the form of a boar for the first\n\ntime.\n\nTEXT 22-23\n\nrmR'f\"ii\n\n� � ao'l41Wfli\\e,�¥(e�9;'U( I\n� if<i14\\uif l(61Wfli404Wfltl('l\n�\n\n����II\n=�:::.r:�� ������\nbrahmoviica\n\nefia te deva deviiniim\nanghri-mulam upeyufiiim\nviprii{liim saurabheyi{liim\nbhatiiniim apy aniigasiim\niigas-krd bhaya-krd dufikrd\nasmad-riiddha-varo 'suraft\nanvefiann apratiratho\nlokiin a_tati ka{l.taka[t\nbrahmii uviica-Lord. Brahma said; efia�-this demon; te-Your; deva-0\nLord; deviiniim-to the demigods; anghri-mulam-Your feet; upeyu$iim-to\nthose having obtained; viprii{liim-to the briihmartas; saurabheyi[liim-to the\ncows; bhutiiniim-to ordinary living entities; api-also; aniigasiim-innocent;\niigaft·krt-an offender; bhaya-krt-a source of fear; dufikrt-wrongdoer;\nasmat-from me; riiddha-vara[t-having attained a boon; asura[t-a demon;\nanvefian-searching; apratiratha[t-having no proper combatant; lokan-all\n\n", "SB3.3#p0062": "Text 24]\n\nThe Battle Between Lord Boar and HiraJ;tyak�a\n\n719\n\nover the universe; a,tati- he wanders; ka[l,taka[!-being a pinprick for everyone.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma said: My dear Lord, this demon has proved to be a\nconstant pinprick to the demigods, the brahma!}as, the cows and innocent\npersons who are spotless and always dependent upon worshiping Your lotus\nfeet. He has become a source of fear by unnecessarily harassing them.\nSince he has attained a boon from me, he has become a demon, always\nsearching for a proper combatant, wandering all over the universe for this\ninfamous purpose.\nPURPORT\nThere are two classes of living entities; one is called sura or the demi­\n\ngods, and the other is called asura or the demons. Demons are generally\n\nfond of worshiping the demigods, and there are evidences that by such\n\nworship they get extensive power for their sense gratification. This later\nproves to be a cause of trouble to the briihma[!as, demigods and other in­\n\nnocent living entities. Demons habitually find fault with the demigods,\n\nbriihma[!as and innocent, to whom they are a constant source of fear. The\n\nway of the demon is to take power from the demigods and then tease the\n\ndemigods themselves. There is an instance of a great devotee of Lord Siva\n\nwho obtained a boon from Lord Siva that the head of whomever he\n\ntouched with his hand would come off its trunk. As soon as the boon was\noffered to him, the demon wanted to touch the very head of Lord Siva.\n\nThat is their way. The devotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead do\n\nnot, however, ask any favor for sense gratification. Even if they are offered\nLiberation, they refuse it. They are happy simply engaging in the transcen­\n\ndental loving service of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n� +u•uf€14 � f.t�p:tii(t�q� 1\n� �� �lS�'fUR�<t� II�\\?! I\nmainarit mayiivinarit drptarit\nniratikusam asat-tamam\niikri{la biilavad deva\nyathiisivi§am utthitam\n\n", "SB3.3#p0063": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n720\nrna-don't;\n\nenam-him;\n\nmaya-avinam-skilled\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 18\nin\n\nconjuring\n\ntricks;\n\nd.rptam-arrogant; nirankusam-self-sufficient; asat-tamam-most wicked;\nakri{la-play with; balavat-like a child; deva-0 Lord; yatha-as : iiSiVi§ama serpent; utthitam-aroused.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma continued: My dear Lord, there is no need to play with\n\nthis serpentine demon, who is always very skilled in conjuring tricks and\nis arrogant, self-sufficient and most wicked.\nPURPORT\nNo one is unhappy when a serpent is killed. It is a practice amongst\nvillage boys to catch a serpent by the tail and play with it for some Lime\nand then kill it. Similarly, the Lord could have killed the demon at once,\nbut He played with him in the same way as a child plays with a snake be­\n\nfore killing it. Brahmii requested, however, that since the demon was more\n\nwicked and undesirable than a serpent, there was no need to play with\nhim. It was his wish that he be killed at once, without delay.\nTEXT 25\n\nif �� Cl\\fQ � �� !(R �: I\n\n� � �ttfTJIT� ijl4%51tU��� 11�'-\\11\nna yiivad e§a vardheta\nsvam veliim priipya diirurwft\nsviim deva miiyiim asthiiya\ntavaj jahy agham acyuta\nna yavat-before; es a[1 -this demon; vardheta-may increase; sviimhis\n\nown;\n\nvelUm-demoniac\n\nhour; prapya-having\n\nreached;\n\ndiirur-a[l-­\n\nformidable; sviim-your own; deva-0 Lord; miiyiim-internal potency;\nasthaya-using; tiivat-at once; jahi-kill; agham-the sinful one; acyuta-0\ninfallible one.\nTRANSLATION\nBrahmii continued: My dear Lord, You are infallible. Please kill this sinful\n\ndemon before the demoniac hour arrives and he presents another formidable approach favorable to him . You can kill him by Your internal\n\npotency without doubt.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0064": "Text 27]\n\nThe Battle Between Lord Boar and Hirar;tyak�a\n\n721\n\nTEXT 26\n\ntro�IIT��iifi�0kla�)Sill) I\nrnrt� (1qic:'i� � \\j(�qm II�� II\ne:5ii ghoratamii sandhyii\nloka-cchamba.t-kari prabho\nupasarpati sarviitman\nsurii!Iiim jayam iivaha\n\no\n\n- darkest; sandhyii-evening time; loka-the w orld;\nprabho-0 Lord; upasarpati-is app roa ching;\nsarva-iitman-0 Soul of aU souls; surii!liim-to the demigods; jayam-vi c tory;\niivaha-bring .\ne,5ii-this; gh ratamii\n\nchamba_t-kari-destroying;\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, the darkest evening which covers the world is fast approaching. Since You are the Soul of all souls, kindly kill him and win victory\nfor the demigods.\nTEXT 27\n\n��'1l'l�� Gtln{_l\nftRN � t\\(4\\l'il� � � 11�\\SII\nadhunai�o 'bhijin nama\nyogo mauhiirtiko hy agiit\nsivaya nas tvam suhrdam\niisu nistara dustaram\n\ne\n\nadhunii-now; ,5a�-t his; abhijit niima-called abhijit; yoga[I-auspicious ;\n\ngiit-has almost passed; sivaya-for the\ntvam- You; suhrdiim-of your friends; iisu-quickly;\nnistara-dispose of; dustaram-the formidable foe .\nmauhiirtika�-moment;hi-indeed; a\n\nwelfare; na[I-of us;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe ausp1c10us period known as abhijit, which is so opportune for\nvictory, commenced at midday and has all but passed; therefore, in the\ninterests of Your friends, please dispose of this formidable foe quickly.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0065": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n722\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 28\n\n���'i�4144+(1ijlf<Et:�l\n�..41 tA 00' Jt,....itrt. ������\ndi§.tyii tviirh vihitarh mrtyum\nayam iisiidita{l svayam\nvikramyainarh mrdhe hatvii\nlokiin iidhehi sarma[ti\nd�.tyii-by fortune; tviim-to You; vihitam-ordained; mrtyum-death;\n\nayam-this\n\ndemon; iisiidita{l-has\n\nvikramya-exhibiting\n\nYour\n\ncome; svayam-of\n\nhis own accord;\n\nprowess; enam-him ; mrdhe-in\n\nhatva-killing; lokiin-the worlds; iidhehi\n\n-\n\nthe duel;\n\nesta b lish; sarma[ti-in peace.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis demon, luckily enough for us, has come of his own accord to You,\n\nhis death ordained by Yourself; therefore, exhibiting Your ways, kill him\nin the duel and establish the worlds in peace.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Eighteenth\nChapter, of the SrTmad-Bhagavatam, entitled. 'The Battle Between Lord\nBoar and the Demon Hira[tyiik§a.\"\n\n", "SB3.3#p0066": "CHAPTER NINETEEN\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Hirar)y3k$a\nTEXT I\n\nifi'q �\n\n- fclfttm Fwlotfi4ilaN CR: I\n� � 6((qlfwt .USSI\"e: II t II\nmaitreya uviica\navadhiirya virincasya\nnirvyalikiimrtam vaca[l\nprahasya prema-garbhecw\ntad apiitigena so 'grahit\nmaitreya[l uv aca\n\n-\n\nMaitreya said; avadhiirya\n\n-\n\nafter hearing; viriiicasya-of\n\nLord Brahm a; nirvyalika- free from all sinful purposes; amrtam- nectarean;\n\nva c a fl-words; pra ha sya -heartily laughing; p rema-ga rbher- a-laden with\n\nlove; tat-those words; apan gena\n\n-\n\nwith a glance; saft-the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead; ag rahit-accepted\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Maitreya said: Hearing the words of Brahma, the creator, which were\nfree from all sinful purposes and as sweet as nectar, the Lord heartily\nlaughed and accepted his prayer with a glance laden with love.\nPURPORT\nThe word nirvyalika is very significant. The prayers of the demigods\nor devotees of the Lord are free from all sinful purposes, but the prayers\nof demons are always filled with sinful purposes. The demon Hira!lyiik�a\nbecame powerful by deriving a boon from Brahmii, and after attaining that\nboon he created a disturbance because of his sinful intentions. The prayers\n723\n\n", "SB3.3#p0067": "S rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n724\n\n(Canto3, Ch. 19\n\nof Brahma and other demigods are not to be compared to the prayers of\nthe demons. Their purpose is to please the Supreme Lord; therefore the\nLord smiled and accepted the prayer to kill the demon. Demons, who are\nnever interested in praising the Supreme Personality of Godhead because\nthey have no information of Him, go to the demigods, and in Bhagavad­\n\ng'itii this is condemned. Persons who go to the demigods and pray for\nadvancement in sinful activities are considered to be bereft of all intelligence. Demons have lost all intelligence because they do not know what\ni actually their self-interest. Even if they have information of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, they decline to approach Him; it is not possible\nfor them to get their desired boons from the Supreme Lord because\ntheir purposes are always sinfuL It is said that the dacoits in Bengal used\nto worship the goddess Kati for fulfillment of their sinful desires to plunder\nothers' property, but they never went to a Vi�l.lU temple because they\nmight have been unsuccessful in praying to Vi�1_1u. Therefore the prayers\nof the demigods or the devotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nare always untinged by sinful purposes.\nTEXT 2\n\nfl(il6it(�¥tifl\nI\n\nm\niSI'II;f\\�q\n�:\n\n�\n\n(WIIf.lij('l*': II � II\n\ntata[l. sapatnarh mukhatas\ncarantam akuto-bhayam\njaghiinotpatya gadayii\nhaniiv asuram ak.saja[l.\ntata[l.-then; sapatnam-enemy; mukhata�-in front of Him; carantamstalking; akuta�-bhayam- fearlessly; jaghana- struck; u t patya- after springing up; gadaya with His mace; hanau- at the chin; asuram-the demon;\n-\n\nak§a-ja�- The Lord who was born from the nostril of Brahma.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, who had appeared from the nostril of Brahma, sprang and\naimed His mace at the chin of His enemy, the Hira�yak�a demon, who was\nstalking fearlessly before Him.\nTEXT3\n\n� m � � mm ll•lf.l�•(•( 1\n\nf't�61q6�\n\n6d\\&6filf.l'lf.l( II � II\n\n", "SB3.3#p0068": "Text 5]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon HiraJ;ty�a\n\n725\n\nsii hatii tena gadayii\nvihatii bhagavat-kariit\nvighiirf)-itiipatad reje\ntad adbhutam iviibhavat\nsa-that mace; hata\n\n-\n\n- struck ; tena-by H ir atJy ak �a; gadaya - with his mace;\n\nvihatii slipped; bhagavat-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; karat­\n\nfrom the hand; vighiir(lita- whirling; apatat- fell down; reje- was shining;\ntat- that; adbhutam-miraculous; iva-indeed; abhavat-was.\nTRANSLATION\nStruck by the demon's mace, however, the Lord's mace slipped from\nHis hand and looked splendid as it fell down whirling. This was miraculous,\nfor the mace was blazing wonderfully.\nTEXT4\n\n6 � �\"t<ft¥isft if 'fiiN ��� I\n� 6 � � �\"4W4 stct1\\q�et II \\Ill\nsa tadii labdha-tirtho 'pi\nna babiidhe niriiyudham\nmiinayan sa mrdhe dharmarh\nvi_svaksenarh prakopayan\nsaQ,-that HiraJ;tyak�a; tadii-then; labdha-tirtha�-having gained an excel­\n\nlent opportunity; api-alt hou g h ; na-not; babiidhe\nhaving\n\nno\n\nweapon; manayan-respecti ng; sa�\n\n- atta cked; niriiyudham- HiraQy ak� a; mrdhe-in\n\nbattle; dharmam-the code of combat; vi§vaksenam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; prakopayan-making a ngr y\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven though he had an excellent opportunity to strike his unarmed foe\nwithout obstruction, the demon respected the law of single combat,\nthereby kindling the fury of the Supreme Lord.\nTEXTS\n\ntiC(IqliNfclt(l� tlti¥R f� I\nql;wlql(il qq � '*414Cdtfl: II '-' II\n\n", "SB3.3#p0069": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n726\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 19\n\ngadiiyiim apaviddhiiyiirh\nhiihii-kiire vinirgate\nmiinayiimiisa tad-dharmarh\nsuniibham ciismarad vibhu�\ngadiiyiim-as His mace; apaviddhiiyiim\n\n- fell; hiihii-kiire-a cry of alarm;\n\nvinirgate- arose; miinayiimiisa-acknowledged; tat-of HiraQ.yak�a; dharmam-righteousness; suniibham-the Sudarsana cakra; ca-and; asmaratremembered; vibhu�- the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs His mace fell to the ground and a cry of alarm arose from the\n\nwitnessing\n\ncrowd\n\nof\n\ngods\n\nand\n\nr�is,\n\nthe\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead\n\nacknowledged the demon's love of righteousness and therefore invoked\nHis Sudarsana discus.\n\n·\n\nTEXT6\n\n�\n\n&qSI444 RRt$tsti'I�WI\n\n(<NI4-«--.�wt\n\n�'t%Sii41WI( I\n\n� *4144MFG:a.i �::qod\n\n��R�������\n\ntam vyagra-cakram diti-putriidhamena\nsva-piirfiada-mukh yena vi�ajjamiinam\ncitra viico 'tad-vidiim khecariipiirh\ntatra smiisan svasti te 'mum jahiti\ntam-unto the\n\nPersonality of Godhead; vyagra-revolving; cakram­\n\nwhose discus; diti-putra\n\n- son of Diti; adhamena-vile; sva-piirfiada- of His\n\nassociates; mukhyena- with the\n\nchief; vi§ ajjamiinam-pla ying; citrii�­\n\nvarious; vtica�-e xpressions; a-tat-vidiim-of those who did not know;\nkhe-cara[liim-flying in the sky; tatra-there; sma iisan- occurred; svastifortune; te-unto You; amum-him; jahi-please kill; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs the discus began to revolve in the Lord's hands and the Lord\n\ncontended at close quarters with the chief of His Vaiku!ltha attendants,\n\nwho had been born as Hira!lyiik�a, a vile son of Diti, there issued from\n\n", "SB3.3#p0070": "Text 8]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon HiraQyiik�a\n\n727\n\nevery direction strange expressions uttered by those who were witnessing\nfrom airplanes. They had no knowledge of the Lord's reality, and they\ncried, \"May victory attend. You! Pray dispatch him. Play no more with\nhim.\"\n\nTEXT7\n\na f.t\\IIRI'tl(tlfiA&i\n&qct�d qtNeNJt'Ei;ci( I\nfitet'M 'Eir¥4-iqf(<M�\n\ne'\n\n� ((tG;��¥41G;�I%t(i( II \\911\nsa tam nisiimyiitta-rathiingam agrato\nvyavasthitam padma-paliisa-locanam\nvilokya ciimar�a-pariplutendri yo\nru§ii sva-dantacchadam iidasac chvasan\nsa[l\n\n- that demon; tam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nisiimya­\n\nafter seeing; iitta-rathiihgam- ar med with the Sudarsana disc; agrata�before\n\nhim; vyavasthitam- standing in position; padma-lotus flower;\n\npaliisa-petals; locanam-eyes; vilokya- after seeing; ca\n\n- and; amar�a-by\n\nindignation; paripl uta-o v erpowered; indriyal],-his senses; ru�ii-with great\nresentment; sva-danta-chadam-his own lip; iidasat- bit; svasan-hissing.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the demon saw the Personality of Godhead, who had eyes just\nlike\n\nlotus\n\npetals,\n\nstanding\n\nin\n\nposition\n\nbefore him, armed with His\n\nSudarsana discus, his senses were overpowered by indignation. He began\nto hiss like a serpent, and he bit his lip in great resentment.\nTEXTS\n\nEMR���� �� �I\n� ((t� �sdl�l(;c'lil:¥( II � II\nkariila-damfi.tras cakfiurbhyiim\nsamcak§ii[W dahann iva\nabhiplutya sva-gadayii\nhato 'sity iihanad dharim\n\n", "SB3.3#p0071": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n728\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 19\n\nkarala-fearful; dam�traft-having tusks; cak�urbhyam-with both eyes;\nsamcak§a!laft-staring; dahan-burning; iva-as if; abhiplutya-attacking;\nsva-gadaya-with his own club;hata�-slain; asi-You are;iti-thus; iihanatstruck; harim-at Hari.\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\ndemon,\n\nwho\n\nhad fearful tusks, stared at the Personality of\n\nGodhead as though he would burn Him, and, springing into the air, he\n\naimed his mace at Him, exclaiming at the same time, \"You are slain!\"\nTEXT9\n\n� � m � ...,en(�-&.�: ,\n\n� ffmf: �: Sfi(U\\Rt((1( II � II\npadii savyena tiirh siidho\nbhagaviin yajna-sukaraft\nlilayii mi§ataft satroft\npriiharad viita-rarhhasam\n\npada-with His foot; savyena-left; tam-that mace; sadho-0 Vidura;\nbhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; yajna-sukaraft-in His boar\nform, the enjoyer of all sacrifices; lilayii-playfully; mi§ataft-looking on;\nsatro[t-of His enemy (Hirar;tyak� a ); priiharat-knocked down; viita-rarhha­\n\nsam-having the force of a tempest.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 saintly Vidura, while His enemy looked on, the Lord in His boar form,\n\nthe enjoyer of all sacrificial offerings, playfully knocked down the mace\n\nwith His left foot, even as it came upon Him with the force of a tempest.\nTEXT 10\n\n3Tl(�����l\n�:��\\{11(ijittt(st4Wf4\\'!� II� o II\niiha ciiyudham iidhatsva\ngha_tasva tvarh jig(sasi\nit_y uktaft sa tadii bhiiyas\ntiiflayan vyanadad bhrsam\n\n", "SB3.3#p0072": "Text 12]\n\n729\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Hirar,tyak�a\n\naha-He said; ca-and; ayudham-weapon; adhatsva-take up; gha.tasvatry; tvam-you; jig(sasi-are eager to conquer; iti-thus; ukta�\n\n-\n\nchallenged;\n\nsa{t-Hirapyak�a; tada-at that time; bhuya�-again ; ta{layan-s triking at;\nvyanadat-roared ; bhrsam-loudly.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord then said: \"Take up your weapon and try again, eager as you\nare to conquer Me.\" Challenged in these words, the demon aimed his mace\nat the Lord and once more loudly roared.\nTEXT 11\n\nijf � 31N6ffl � �rrcn;{ �q�: I\n�� � smrt •l�¥tlf.l� q'il•fti( ll � �II\ntam sa apatatim vikna\nbhagavan samavasthita�\njagraha lilaya priiptiim\ngarutman iva pannagim\ntam-that mace; sa�-He; apatatim-flyin g towards; vik.�ya-after seeing;\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; samavasthita�- tood\nfirmly ; jagriiha-ca ught; lilaya-easily; priiptiim-entered into His presence;\ngarutmiin-Garu9a ; iva-as; pannagim-a serpent.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord saw the mace flying towards Him, He stood firmly\nwhere He was and caught it with the same ease as Garu�a, the king of\nbirds, would seize a serpent.\nTEXT 12\n\n�i1�1 � �¥11;(1 �:I\nij'b01%Jd �red �ftun �•16$141: II� 'II\nsva-paurufie pratihate\nhatamiino mahasura�\nnaicchad gadiim diyamanam\nharira vigata-prabhaft\n\n", "SB3.3#p0073": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n730\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 19\n\nsva-pauru�e-his valor; pratihate-frustrated; hata-destroyed; miinafi.­\n\npride; mahii-asurafi.-the great demon; na aicchat-desired not (to take);\n\ngadiim\n\n-\n\nthe mace; diyamiiniim-being offered; harir-ii-by Hari; vigata­\n\nprabhafi.-reduced in splendou r.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis valor thus frustrated, the great demon felt humiliated and was put\n\nout of countenance. He was reluctant to take back the mace when it was\noffered by the Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n� � � ����WlJl&qi( I\n�\n\n�ij�q14 ft1SI141fil:q� q\\0 II� �II\njagraha tri-sikharh sillarh\njvalaj-jvalana-lolupam\nyajnaya dhrta-rilpaya\nviprayabhicaran yatha\n\njagriiha-took\n\nup ; tri-sikham-three pointed ; sulam-trident; jvalat-\n\nflami ng ; jvalana-fire; lolupam-rapacious; yajiiiiya-at the enjoyer of all\n\nsacrifices; dhrta-rupiiya-in the form of Varaha; vipriiya-unto a briihma[la;\n\nabhicaran-acting ma levolently; yatha-as.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe now took a trident which was as rapacious as a flaming fire and\n\nhurled it against the Lord, the enjoyer of all sacrifices, even as one would\n\nuse penance for a malevolent purpose against a holy brahma�a.\n\nTEXT 14\n\na�..,...t.fqd\noq*fil(14:\"<t:� � I\n� N._ f.l�lij�fllwtl\n�ttl �CRtqf�ll�\\11\n\nijGJ'Sf(U\n\ntad ojasa daitya-mahabha.tarpitarh\ncakasad antafi.-kha udir[la-didhiti\n\n", "SB3.3#p0074": "Text 15]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Hira1,1yak�a\n\n731\n\ncakrer-a ciccheda nisii ta-neminii\nharir yathii tiirkna-patatram ujjhitarn\ntat-that trident; ojasii-with all his strength; daitya\n\n-\n\namong the demons;\n\nmahii-bha.ta-by the mighty fighter ; arpitam hurled;cakiisat\n-\n\nkhe-in the middle of the sky; udir r- a\ncakrer-a-by\nsharpened;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nshining; anta�\n\n­\n\nincreased; didhiti-illumination;\n\nthe Sudarsana disc; ciccheda-He cut to pieces; nisiitanemina-rim;\n\nhari[t-Indra; yatha-as;\n\ntark�ya\n\n-\n\nof\n\nGarU<j.a;\n\npatatram-the wing; ujjhitam-abandoned.\nTRANSLATION\nHurled by the mighty demon with all his strength, the flying trident\nshone brightly in the sky. The Personality of Godhead, however, tore it to\npieces with His discus Sudarsana, which had a sharp-edged rim, even as\nIndra cut off a wing of Garu�a.\nPURPORT\nThe context of the reference given herein regarding Garu�a and Indra is\nthis. Once upon a time, Garu�a, the carrier of the Lord, snatched away a\nnectar pot from the hands of the demigods in heaven in order to liberate\nhis mother, Vinata, from the clutches of his stepmother,Kadru, the mother\nof the serpents. On learning of this, Indra, the King of heaven, hurled his\nthunderbolt against GaruQa. With a view to respect the infallibility of\nIndra's weapon, Garu�a, though otherwise invincible, being the Lord's\nown mount, dropped one of his wings, which was shattered to pieces by\nthe thunderbolt. The inhabitants of higher planets are so sensible that\neven in the process of fighting they observe the preliminary rules and\nregulations of gentleness. In this case, Garu�a wanted to show respect\nfor lndra; since he knew that lndra's weapon must destroy something, he\noffered his wing.\nTEXT 15\n\n!'fU) � � rt:\n� Fcttffiof� R{Rtq(( 1\n\nswt'<t\":\n\n�\n\n€fi6l(f!m'l•\n\n;r� Sf���:\n\n11��11\n\nvrkr-e sva-sille bahudhiirir-a hare�\npratyetya vistirr-arn uro vibhiltimat\n\n", "SB3.3#p0075": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n732\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 19\n\npravrddha-ro�a[t sa ka.thora-mu§.tinii\nnadan prahrtyiintaradhiyatiisura[t\nvrkc w-when cut; sva-sule - his trident; bahudhii-to many pieces; arir-ii­\n\nby the Sudarsana cakra; hare [t - of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\np raty e tya-afte r advancing towards; vistiriJam -broad; uraf!,-chest; vibhutimat -the\n\nabode of the goddess\n\nof\n\nfortune; p ra vrddha-having been\n\nincreased; ro�af!, -- anger; sa[l,-Hirat:Jyak�a; ka(h o ra-hard; mu�ti n a- with his\nfist; nadan-roaring; p ra hrtya - after striking; a n taradhiyata - disappeared ;\nasura[t-the demon.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demon was enraged when his trident was cut to pieces by the\n\ndiscus of the Personality of Godhead. He therefore advanced towards\n\nthe Lord and, roaring aloud, struck his hard fist against the Lord's\n\nbroad chest, which bore the mark of Srivatsa. Then he went out of sight.\nPURPORT\n\nSrivatsa is a curl of white hair on the chest of the Lord which is a special\nsign of His being the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In Vaikup.thaloka\nor in Goloka Vrndavana, the inhabitants are exactly of the same form as\n\nthe Personality of Godhead, but by this Srivatsa mark on the chest of the\nLord He is distinguished from all others.\nTEXT 16\n\n�'fmf:\n\n���: I\n\n;u�+qij �.... tfitf1{ �m &« � f�: 11 � �11\ntenetlham iihata[t kfiatlar\nbhagaviin iidi-sukara[t\nniikampata maniik kviipi\nsrajii hata iva dvipa[t\ntena-by Hirat:Jyak�a; ittha m - thus; ahata[t-struck; k�atta!t-0 Vidura;\n\nbhagava n -the Supreme Personality of Godhead; adi-s uka ra !t -the first\nboar; na akampata-did not feel quaking; manak-even slightly; kvapi­\n\nanywhere; s raja-by a garland of flowers; hata !t - struc k; iva-as; dvipa[t-an\nel.ephant.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0076": "Text 17]\n\n733\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Hira�yak�a\nTRANSLATION\n\nHit in this manner by the demon, 0 Vidura, the Lord, who had appeared\nas the first boar, did n ot feel the least quaking in any part of His body, any\nmore than an elephant would when struck with a wreath of flowers.\nPURPORT\nAs previously explained, the demon was originally a servitor of the Lord\nin V aiku11tha, but somehow or other he fell as a demon. His fight with the\nSupreme Lord was meant for his liberation. The Lord enjoyed the striking\non His transcendental body, just like a fully grown-up father fighting with\nhis child. Sometimes a father takes pleasure in having a mock fight with\nhis small child, and similarly the Lord felt Hirapyak�a's striking on His\nbody to be like flowers offered for worship. In other words, the Lord\ndesired to fight in order to enjoy i-lis transcendental bliss; therefore He\nenjoyed the attack.\nTEXT 17\n\n���;:IW-lf �:i'm�� ro 1\n� f'€4Jlijfq SI�I�(ijl it�sW1q4t�'it( II �\\911\nathorudhasrjan miiyiirh\nyoga-miiyesvare harau\nyiirh vilokya prajiis trastii\nmenire 'syopasarhyamam\natha -thcn; urudhii-in many ways; asrj a t\n\n-\n\nhe cast; miiyiim-conjuring\n\ntricks; yoga-miiyii-isvare-the Lord of yogamiiyii; harau-at Hari; yamwhich; vilokya-after seeing; prajii [l.\n\n-\n\nthe pe ople; trastii[l.\n\n-\n\nfearful; menire­\n\nthought; asya-of this universe; upasamyamam--the dissolution.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demon, however, employed many c onjuring tricks against the\nPersonality of Godhead, who is the Lord of yogamaya. At the sight of\nthis the pe ople were filled with alarm and thought that the diss oluti on of\nthe universe was near.\nPURPORT\nThe fighting enjoyment of the Supreme Lord with His devotee, who\nhad been converted into a demon, appeared severe enough to bring about\n\n", "SB3.3#p0077": "S rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n734\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 19\n\nthe dissolution of the universe. This is the greatness of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; even the wavering of His little finger appears to\nbe a great and very dangerous movement in the eyes of the inhabitants of\nthe universe.\nTEXT 18\n\nqie�aw\"ll\n���q:\n��f;N�'(Uf: �:sOOn� 11��11\npravavur viiyavas car-fliis\ntamaft piirhsavam airayan\ndigbhyo nipetur griiviir-aft\nkfiepar-aift prahitii iva\npravavuft-were blowing; vayava!t-winds; Ca(l{Jiift-fierce; tamaft-dark\n\n­\n\nness; piirhsavam-caused by dust; airayan-were spreading; digbhyaft­\n\nfrom every direction; nipetuft-came down; grava(laft -stones; k�epa(laift­\n\nby machine guns; prahitaft-thrown; iva-as if.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFierce winds began to blow from all directions, spreading darkness\noccasioned by dust and hail storms; stones came in volleys from every\ncorner, as if thrown by machine guns.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nq�: efclg;��'1M�3fl: I\n��: ��€40'{'31l�f;r :;:uet(ll ��II\ndyaur nafi.ta-bhagar-iibhraugh(lift\nsa-vidyut-stanayitnubhift\nvar.sadbhift puya-kesiisrgvir--mutriisthini ciisakrt\ndya uh-the\n\nsky;\n\nna�ta-h a ving\n\ndisappeared;\n\nbha gar- a- lu m inaries;\n-\n\nabhra-of clouds; oghaift-by masses; sa-accompanied by; vidyut-light\n\n­\n\nning; stanayitnubhift-and thunder; var sadbhift-raining; puya-pus; kesa.\n\nhair; asrj-blood; vi�-stool; mutra-urine; asthini-bones; ca-and; asakrtagain and again.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0078": "The Killing of the Demon Hirar,tyii�a\n\nText 21]\n\n735\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe luminaries in outer space disappeared due to the sky's being\novercast with masses of clouds, which were accompanied by lightning\nand thunder. The sky rained pus, hair, blood, stool, urine and bones.\nTEXT 20\n\n���I\nf�;um � :� t�lu�:ll�oll\nftw,r:\n\n��\n\n..\n\ngiraya� pratyadrsyanta\nniiniiyudha-muco 'nagha\ndig-viisaso yiitudhiinya�\nsiilinyo mukta-miirdhajiift\n\ngiraya�-mountains; pratyadrsyanta-appeared; niinci-various; ciyudhaweapons;\n\nmuca�-discharging; anagha-0\n\nsinless\n\nVidura; dis-viisasa�­\n\nnaked; yiitudhcinya�-de monesses; siilinya�-armed with tridents; muktahanging loose; mu rdhajii�-hair .\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 sinless Vidura, mountains discharged weapons of various kinds, and\nnaked demonesses armed with tridents appeared with their hair hanging\nloose.\nTEXT 21\n\n;rif·it�:\n���: I\n3ltaatft4f����sfq,: ������\nbahubhir yak.sa-rak:wbhi{t\npatty-asva-ratha-kuiijara*\niitatiiyibhir utsr.s.tii\nhirhsrii vcico 'tivaisasii�\nbahubhilt-by\n\nmany; yak$a-rak$obhilt-Yak�as and Riik�asas; patti­\n\nmarching on foot; asva-on horses; ratha-on chariots; kuiijarai�-or on\nelephants; iitatiiyibhi[t-ruffians; utmtii�-were uttered; hirh s riift - cruel;\nviica�-words; ativaisasii�-murderous.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0079": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n736\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nCruel and savage slogans were uttered by hosts of ruffian Yalqas and\n\nRak�asas, who all either marched on foot or rode on horses, elephants\nor chariots.\nTEXT 22\n\nSU§jG{I(fl'1f ¥414:11'1¥41� W'11�14:1({_ I\n���lift� �sn�if�ij�����ll\npriidu.skrtiiniirh miiyiiniim\niisurir-iirh viniisayat\nsudarsaniistrarh bhagaviin\npriiyunkta dayitarh tripiit\nprii d u � krtanam\n\n-\n\ndisplayed ; mayanam\n\ndisplayed by the demon; viniisayat\n\nthe Sudarsana weapon; b hagaviin\nprii yu n kta\n\n-\n\nthrew ; day itam\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe magical forces; iisurir-iim­\n\ndesiring to destroy; sudarsana-astram­\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nbeloved; trip at\n\n-\n\nthe enjoyer of all sacrifices.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, the personal enjoyer of all sacrifices, now discharged His\nbeloved Sudarsana, which was capable of dispersing the magical forces\ndisplayed by the demon.\nPURPORT\nEven famous yogis and demons can sometimes enact very magical feats\n\nby their mystic power, but in the presence of the Sudarsana cakra, when\n\nit is let loose by the Lord, all such magical jugglery is dispersed. The\n\ninstance of the quarrel between Durvasa Muni and Maharaja Ambari�a is\n\na practical example in this matter. Durvasa Muni wanted to display many\nmagical wonders, but when Sudarsana cakra appeared, Durvasa himself\n\nwas afraid and fled to various planets for his personal protection. The Lord\n\nis described here as tripiit, which means that He is the enjoyer of three\nkinds of sacrifices. In Bhagavad-gita the Lord confirms that He is the\n\nbeneficiary and enjoyer of all sacrifices, penances and austerities. The\nLord is the enjoyer of three kinds of yajiia. As further described in\n\nBhagavad-gita, there are sacrifices of goods, sacrifices of meditation and\n\nsacrifices of philosophical speculation. Those on the paths of jiiana, yoga\n\nand karma all have to come in the end to the Supreme Lord because\n\n", "SB3.3#p0080": "The Killing of the Demon Hirar;�yak�a\n\nText 24]\n\nviisudeva� sarvam iti\n\n-\n\n737\n\nthe Supreme Lord is the ultimate cnjoyer of every­\n\nthing. That is the perfection of all sacrifice.\nTEXT 23\n\n� �ij: �w.m:r��u\n\"(..�4:11\n\n� ittr�: 1\n\nlltl(l��j �hU�I�� Slfi� 11��11\n\"\n\n':I\n\ntadii dite� samabhavat\nsahasii hrdi vepathu�\nsmarantyii bhartur iidesarh\nstaniic ciisrk prasusruve\ntadii-at that moment; dit e /t -of Diti; sama b havat-occurred; sahasii­\n\nin the heart; vepathu�-a shudder; smarantyii(t -re calling ;\nb h rtu �-of her husband, K.asyapa; adesam-the words; staniit-from her\nbreast; ca-and; asrj-blood; pras us ruve-fl.owed .\nsuddenly; hrdi\n\n-\n\na\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that very moment a shudder suddenly ran through the heart of Diti,\nthe mother of Hira�yiik�a. She recalled the words of her husband, Kasyapa,\nand blood flowed from her breasts.\nPURPORT\nAt Hirapyak�a's last moment, his mother, Diti, remembered what her\nhusband had said. Although her sons would be demons, they would have\nthe advantage of being killed by the Personality of Godhead Himself. She\nremembered this incident by the grace of the Lord, and her breasts flowed\nblood instead of mille In many instances we find that when a mother is\nmoved by affection for her sons, milk flows from her breasts. In the case\nof the demon's mother, the blood could not transform into milk, but it\nflowed down her breasts as it was. Blood transforms into milk. To drink\nmilk is auspicious, but to drink blood is inauspicious, although they are\none and Lhe same thing. This formula is applicable in the case of cow's\nmilk also.\nTEXT 24\n\nfef� �rmi ��rrf� � 1\n�itq•l�•iflsi �sen�� ifft: ���\\?II\n\n", "SB3.3#p0081": "738\n\nSrimad-Bitagavatarn\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 19\n\nvina.s.tiisu sva-miiyiisu\nbhuyas ciivrajya kesavam\nrufiopaguhamiino 'mum\ndadrse 'vasthitarh bahi[l,\nvinafi.tiisu-when dispelled; sva-miiyiisu-his magic forces; bhuya�\n\n-\n\nagain;\n\nca-and; iivrajya-after coming into the presence; kesavam-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; ru�ii\n\n-\n\nfull of rage; upaguhamiina�-embracing;\n\namum-the Lord; dadrs e -saw ; avasthi t am\n\n-\n\nstanding; bahift\n\n-\n\noutside.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the demon saw his magic forces dispelled, he once again came\ninto the presence of the Personality of Godhead, Kesava, and, full of rage,\ntried to embrace Him within his arms to crush Him. But to his great\namazement he found the Lord standing outside the circle of his arms.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the Lord is addressed as Kesava because He killed the\ndemon Kesi in the beginning of creation. Kesava is also a name of l<f�pa.\nKr�Qa is the origin of all incarnations, and it is confirmed in B,rahmasamhitii that Govinda, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the cause of\nall causes, exists simultaneously in His different incarnations and expansions. The demon's attempt to measure the Supreme Personality of Godhead is significant. The demon wanted to embrace Him with his arms,\nthinking that with his limited arms he could capture the Absolute by\nmaterial power. He did not know that God is the greatest of the great and\nthe smallest of the small. No one can capture the Supreme Lord nor bring\nHim under his control. But the demoniac person always attempts to\nmeasure the length and breadth of the Supreme Lord. By His inconceivable potency the Lord can become the universal form, as explained in\nBhagavad-gitii, and at the same time He can remain within the box of His\ndevotees as their worshipable Deity. There are many devotees who keep\na statue of the Lord in a small box and carry it with them everywhere;\nevery morning they worship the Lord in the box. The Supreme Lord,\nKe8ava, or the Personality of Godhead, Kr�tJa, is not bound by any\nmeasurement of our calculation. He can remain with His devotee in any\nsuitable form, yet He is unapproachable by any amount of demoniac\nactivities.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0082": "Text 26]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Hira�;tyak�a\n\n739\n\nTEXT 25\n\n{f af!fqfctfwcn� ���31: 1\n� .q�S(i{ �1 � +tWtRJ: ������\ntam mu.s.tibhir vinighnantam\nvajra-siirair adho k.saja[t\nkarer-a karr-a-mule 'han\nyathii tvii�_tram marut-pati[t\ntam- H i r a t:J y ak;;a; mufi tibhi l;t-with his fists; vinighnantam-striking; vajrasiirai[t-as hard as a thunderbolt; adhokfiaja[t-Lord Adhok�aja ; kare T} a- with\nthe hand; karrw-mule-at the root of the ear; ahan-struck; yath'ii-as;\ntviifi.tram-the demon Vrtra ( son of Tva9ta); marut pati[t l ndra (lord of the\nMaruts).\n.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demon now began to strike the Lord with his hard fists, but Lord\nAdhok.!jaja slapped him in the root of the ear, even as Indra, the lord of\nthe Maruts, hit the demon Vrtra.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord is explained here to be adhok�aja, beyond the reach of all\nmaterial calculation. Ak�aja means the measurement of our senses, and\nadhok.saja means that which is b e y ond the measurement of our senses.\nTEXT 26\n\n6 3tmit fcf� �\n\nqfhl+tl%\\l'l4\n\ni3�J\\:;:r.{: I\n\nA�oNI&e_fi4f\\1(\\�\n\n� W{ft;it �m Wfll�� ������\n\nsa iihato visva-jitii hy avajiiayii\nparibhramad-gatra udasta-locanal;t\nvisirr-a-biihv-ahghri-siro-ruho 'patad\nyathii nagendro lulito nabhasvatii\ns\n\na[t- he ; ahata[z - h aving been struck; visva-jitii-by the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead; hi- though; avajnayii- indifferently; paribhramat- wheel�\n\n", "SB3.3#p0083": "Srim ad-B hagavatam\n\n740\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 19\n\ning;gatra� - body; udasta-bulged out; locana�-eyes; visir 11a- b ro ken ; bahu\n\n-arms;\n\nm ighr i - legs; siras-ru h a� - hair; apatat- fell\n\ndown; yathii- li ke;\n\nnaga-indra�-a gigantic tree; l ulita�- up rooted; nabhasvata-by the wind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThough struck indifferently by the Lord, the co nquerer of all, the\ndemon's body began to wheel. His eyeballs bulged out of their sockets.\nHis arms and legs broken and the hair on his head scattered, he fell down\ndead, like a gigantic tree uprooted by the wind.\nPURPORT\nIt does not take even a moment for the Lord to kill any powerful\n\ndemon, including Hirap.y ak �a . He could have killed him long before, but\n\nHe allowed him to display the f\"!-111 extent of his magical feats. One may\nknow that by magical feats, by scientific advancement of knowledge or by\nmaterial power one cannot become the equal of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. His one signal is sufficient to dest roy all our attempts. His\ninconceivable power, as display ed here , is so strong that the demon,\ndespite all his demoniac maneuvers, was killed by the Lord when the Lord\ndesired, simply by one slap.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nkfoitau sayiinarh tam aku!l.tha-varcasarh\nkariila-darhfo.trarh parida.s,ta-dacchadam\najiidayo vikna sasarhsur iigatii\naho imam ko nu labheta sarhsthitim\nk.sitau-on the ground; sayan a m- Iy ing ; ta m-H ir a� y iik �a; akur.,thaunfaded; varca sa m - glow; kariila-fearfui; dam.s.tram-teeth; parida.s.ta- hit­\n\nten; dat- c h ada m-Iip; aja-adaya�-Brahma and others; vtkua-ha vi ng seen;\n\nsasa msu �-admi ringly\n\nsaid; agata{t - a rri ved; aho-0; imam-this; ka�­\n\nwho; n u-in de ed ; labheta-couid meet; sarhsthit;im-death.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0084": "Text 28]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Hirar,tya�a\n\n741\n\nTRANSLATION\nAja [ Brahma] and others arrived on the spot to see the fearfully tusked\ndemon lying on the ground. Biting his lip, the glow of his face was yet\nunfaded, and Brahma admiringly said: 0, who could meet such blessed\ndeath?\nPURPORT\nAlthough the demon was dead, his bodily luster was unfaded. This is\nvery peculiar because when a man or animal is dead, the body immediately\nbecomes pale, the luster gradually fades, and decomposition takes place.\nBut here, although lliraJ)yak�a lay dead, his bodily luster was unfaded\nbecause the\n\nLord, the Supreme Spirit, was touching his body. One's\n\nbodily luster remains fresh only as long as the spirit soul is present.\nAlthough the demon's soul had departed his body, the Supreme Spirit\ntouched the body, and therefore his bodily luster did not fade. The\nindividual\nhead.\n\nsoul is\n\ndifferent from\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof God­\n\nOne who sees the Supreme Personality of Godhead when he\n\nquits his\n\nbody is certainly very fortunate, and therefore personali­\n\nties like\n\nBrahma and the other demigods eulogized the death of the\n\ndemon.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n\" �fi1wil t�'l•l«'llf� m\n�tqRt fe«·t�««i �� 1\nm.. ��stN¥1 : W�t\n� sm;;i�� ( 11��11\nyam yogino yoga-samiidhinii raho\ndhyiiyanti lingiid asato mumuk,sayii\ntasyaifia daitya-r.sabha� padiihato\nmukhalft prapasyarhs tanum utsasarja ha\nyam -whom; y og ina�.-the yogis; y oga-s amiidh inii-in mystic trance;\n\nraha� - in seclusion; dhyiiyanti -meditate upon; lingiit-from the body;\n\nasata� -u nreal;\n\nrnumuk.sayii - seeki ng freedom; tasya-of Him; efiaft-this;\n\nda itya-son of Diti; r.sabha�-the crest jewel; padii-by a foot; iihata{l.­\n\nstruck; mukham-counte nanc e; prapasyan-while gazing on; tanum-the\nbody; utsasarja-he cast off; ha-indeed.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0085": "Srimad-IJhagavatam\n\n742\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nBrahma continued: He was struck by a forefoot of the Lord, whom\n\nyogis, seeking freedom from their unreal material bodies, meditate upon\n\nin seclusion in mystic trance. While gazing on His countenance, this crest\n\njewel of Diti's sons has cast off his mortal coil.\n\nPURPORT\nThe process of yoga is very clearly described in this verse of SrimadBhiigavatam. It is said here that the ultimate end of the yogis and mystics\nwho perform meditation is to get rid of this material body. Therefore they\nmeditate in secluded places to attain yogic trance.\n\nYoga has to be per­\n\nformed in a secluded place, not in public or in a demonstration on stage, as\nnowadays practiced by many so-called yogis. Real yoga aims at ridding one\nof the material body.\n\nYoga practice is not intended to keep the body fit\n\nand young. Such advertisements of so-called yoga are not approved by any\n\nstandard method. Particularly mentioned in this verse is the word yam, or\n\n\"unto whom,\" indicating that meditation should be targeted on the Personality of Godhead. Even if one concentrates his mind on the boar form of the\nLord, that is also yoga. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii, one who concen­\n\ntrates his mind constantly in meditation upon the Personality of Godhead\n\nin one of His many varieties of forms is the first-class yogi, and he can\nvery easily attain trance simply by meditating upon the form of the Lord.\nIf one is able to continue such meditation on the Lord's form at the time\nof his death, he is liberated from this mortal body and is transferred to the\nkingdom of God. This opportunity was given to the demon by the Lord,\nand therefore Brahma and other demigods were astonished. In other\n\nwords, the perfection of yoga practice can be attained by a demon also if\nhe is simply kicked by the Lord.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n� �T ql'i� mqt'QI�WH1�� I\n�: �Rtq�: �;fSA�� �: ����II\netau tau par�adav asya\nsapad yatav asad-gatim\npuna� katipaya* sthanam\nprapatsyete ha janmabhi�\n\n", "SB3.3#p0086": "Text 30]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Hirar:tyii�a\n\n743\n\netau-these two; tau-both; pcir§adau - per sonal assistants; asya-of the\n\nPersonality of Godhead; siipcit-because of be in g cur ed; yiitau-ha v e gone;\n\nasat-gatim-to take birth in a demoniac family; punaft -again; katipayai�­\n\na few; sthanam-own place; prapatsyete-will get back; ha-indeed;janma­\n\nbhilt-after births.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese two personal assistants of the Supreme Lord, having been cursed,\nhave been destined to take birth in demoniac families. After a few such\nbirths, they will return to their own positions.\nTEXT 30\n\n���:\n�\n�sRf4��*Ht�\nf�\n•00�l¥4�iH1�4(ij� I\nr� mStt �·��l¥4�ww:>� ���ltil A�t: II� II\no\n\ndeva iicu�\nnamo namas te 'khila-yajna-tantave\nsthitau grhiUimala-sattva-miirtaye\ndi§.tya hato yam jagatam aruntudas\ntvat-pada-bhaktyii vayam isa nirvrta�\ndeva�-the demigods; u c u�-s aid; nama�-obeisances; nama� - obeisan ces;\nte-unto You; akhila-yajna-tantave-the enjoyer of all sacrifices; sthitau­\n\nfor the purpose of maintaining; grhita-assum ed; amala-pure; sattva-good­\n\nness; mii r t aye -form; di§.tya-fortunately; hata�-slain; ayam-this; jagatam\n\n--to the worlds; aruntuda� - c ausing torment; tvat-pada-to Your feet;\n\nbhaktya-with devotion; vayam-we; isa-0 Lord; nirvrta�-have attained\nhappiness.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods addressed the Lord: All obeisances unto You! You are\nthe enjoyer of all sacrifices, and You have assumed the form of a boar, in\npure goodness, for the purpose of maintaining the world. Fortunately for\nus, this demon, who was a torment to the worlds, has been slain by You,\nand we too, 0 Lord, are now at ease, in devotion to Your lotus feet.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0087": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n744\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 19\n\nPURPORT\nThe material world consists of three modes--goodness, passion and\n\nignorance- but the spiritual world is pure goodness. It is said here that the\nform of the Lord is pure goodness, which means that it is not material.\n\nIn the material world there is no pure goodness. In the Bhiigavatam the\n\nstage of pure goodness is caUed sattvam visuddham.\n\nVisuddham means\n\npure. In pure goodness there is no contamination by the two inferior\nqualities, namely passion and ignorance. The form of the boar, therefore,\n\nin which the Lord appeared, is nothing of the material world. There are\n\nmany other forms of the Lord, but none of them belong to the material\n\nqualities. Such forms are nondifferent from the Vi;;Q.u form, and Vi;>l).U is\n\nthe enjoyer of all sacrifices.\n\nThe sacrifices which are recommended in the Vedas are meant to please\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. In ignorance only, people try to\n\nsatisfy many other agents, but the real purpose of life is to satisfy the\nSupreme Lord, Vi�l).U. All sacrifices are meant to please the Supreme\n\nLord. The living entities who know this perfectly well are called demigods,\n\ngodly or almost God. Since the living entity is part and parcel of the\n\nSupreme Lord, it is his duty to serve the Lord and please Him. The demi­\n\ngods are all attached to the Personality of Godhead, and for their pleasure\n\nthe demon, who was a source of trouble to the world, was killed. Purified\n\nlife is meant to please the Lord, and all sacrifices performed in purified\nlife are called Kr;;l).a consciousness. This Kr�l).a consciousness is developed\nby devotional service, as clearly mentioned here.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n��1/ \\ICfR\n\nf�mm\nij ei�M�I muf�: I\niil1fll{\n� �O%�il�4\n�f�ij: �m�f�: II�� II\n\n�\n\nmaitreya uvaca\nevarh hiraQ-yak�am asahya-vikramarh\nsa sadayitva harir iidi-sukara�\njagiima lokani svam akhaQ-4-itotsavani\nsami{lita� pu� lwra-vi� tariidibhi�\n\n", "SB3.3#p0088": "Text 31]\nmaitreya�\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Hirar:ayak�a\nuvaca-Sri\n\nMaitreya\n\nsaid;\n\nevam -t hus;\n\n745\n\nhira[lyakfiam­\n\nHiral)yiik§la; asahya-vikramam-very powerful; sa�-the Lord; sadayitvaafter killing; hari{t\n\n-\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; adi-sukara{l- the\n\norigin of the boar species; jagama- returned; lokam-to His abode; svam­\n\nown; akhafl!fita u ninterrupted; utsavam festival; samtt;lita� being praised;\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\npu�kara-vi�tara-lotus seat (by Lord Brahm a whose seat is a lotus); adibhi[tand the others.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Maitreya continued: After thus killing the most formidable demon\n\nHiral)yii�a, the Supreme Lord Hari, the origin of the boar species, returned\n\nto His own abode, where there is always an uninterrupted festival. The\nLord was praised by all the demigods, headed by Brahma.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord is spoken of herewith as the origin of the boar species. As\n\nstated in the Vedanta-sutra (1.1. 2), the Absolute Truth is the origin of\neverything. Therefore it is to be understood that all 8,400,000 species of\n\nbodily forms originate from the Lord, who is always iidi, or the beginning.\nIn Bhagavad-gitii Arjuna addresses the Lord as iidyam, or the original.\n\nSimilarly, in the Brahma-samhita the Lord is addressed as adi-purufiam, the\n\noriginal person. Indeed, in Bhagavad-gita the Lord Himself declares, matta�\nsarvarit pravartate: \"From Me everything proceeds.\" (Bg. 10.8)\n\nIn this situation the Lord assumed the shape of a boar to kill the demon\nHiral)yiik�a and pick up the earth from the Garbha Ocean. Thus He became\n\niidi-sukara, the original boar. In the material world a boar or pig is con­\n\nsidered most abominable, but the iidi-sukara, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, was not treated as an ordinary boar. Even Lord Brahmii and the\nother demigods praised the Lord's form as a boar.\n\nThis verse confirms. the statement in Bhagavad-gitii that the Lord appears\n\nas He is from His transcendental abode for the sake of killing the miscreants\nand saving the devotees. By killing the demon Hiral)yak�a He fulfilled His\npromise to kill the demons and always protect the demigods headed by\nBrahmii. The statement that the Lord relurned to His own abode indicates\nthat He has His own particular transcendental residence. Since He is full of\nall energies, He is all-pervasive in spite of His residing in Goloka Vrndiivana,\njust as the sun, although situated in a particular place within the universe,\nis present by its sunshine throughout the universe.\nAlthough the Lord has His particular abode in which to reside, He is\nall-pervasive. The· impersonalists accept one aspect of the Lord's features,\n.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0089": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n746\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 19\n\nthe all-pervasive aspect, but they cannot understand His localized situation\nin His transcendental abode, where He always engages in fully tran­\n\nscendental pastimes. Especially mentioned in this verse is the word\n\nakhar-{litotsavam. Utsava means pleasure. Whenever some function takes\nplace to express happiness, it is called utsava. Utsava, the expression of\n\ncomplete happiness, is always present in the Vaikurythalokas, the abode of\n\nthe Lord, who is worshipable even by demigods like Brahmii, to say nothing of other less important entities such as human beings.\n\nThe Lord descends from His abode to this world, and therefore He is\n\ncalled avatiira, which means \"one who descends.\" Sometimes avatiira is\n\nunderstood to refer to an incarnation who assumes a material form of\n\nflesh and bone, but actually avatiira refers to one who descends from\nhigher regions. The Lord's abode is situated far above this material sky,\n\nand He descends from that higher position; thus He is called avatiira.\n\nTEXT 32\n\ntl�l�-ffi¥{611� ij �:\n\n�\n\ntl�WH11{�\nlf�\n\nW� T.ff!ij� I\n\nf&<o�lt!J ��f?f�\n�\nit�l:s��f�\n: 11��11\n\nmaya yathiinuktam aviidi te hare[!\nkrtiivatiirasya sumitra ce§.titam\nyathii hirartylik.sa udiira-vikramo\nmahii-mrdhe kri(lanavan niriikrta[!\nmaya-by me; yathii-as; anuktam-told; aviidi-was explained; te-to\n\nyou; hare[!-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; krta-avatiirasya-who\n\nassumed the incarnation; sumitra-0 dear Vidura; c e.s.titam-the activities;\nyathii-as; hira[lyiik;Sa[!-Hira�yiik�a;\nprowess; mahii-mrdhe-in\nn iriikrta[!-was killed.\n\na great\n\nu diira-very\n\nextensive; vikramaft­\n\nfight; kri(lanavat like a plaything;\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya continued: My dear Vidura, I have explained to you the\nPersonality of Godhead's coming down as the first boar incarnation and\nkilling in a great fight a demon of unprecedented prowess as if he were\n\n", "SB3.3#p0090": "Text 33)\n\nThe Killing of the Demon HiraQyii�a\n\n747\n\njust a plaything. This has been narrated by me as I heard it from my\npredecessor spiritual master.\n\nPURPORT\nHere the sage Maitreya admits that he explained the incident of the\n\nkilling of Hirar;�yak�a by the Supreme Personality of Godhead as a straight\n\nnarration; he did not man.ufacture anything or add interpretation, but\nexplained whatever he had heard from his spiritual master. Thus he accepted as bona fide the system of paramparii, or receiving the transcenden­\n\ntal message in disciplic succession. Unless received by this bona fide\nprocess of hearing from a spiritual master, the statement of an iiciirya or\npreceptor cannot be valid.\n\nIt is also stated here that although the demon Hira!lyak�a was unlimited\n\nin prowess, he was j ust like a doll for the Lord. A child breaks so many\n\ndolls without real endeavor. Similarly, although a demon may be very\n\npowerful and extraordinary in the eyes of an ordinary man In the\n\nmaterial world, to the Lord, killing such a demon is no difficulty. He can\nkill millions of demons as simply as a child plays with dolls and breaks\n\nthem.\n\nTEXT 33\n\nq_rr ·�\n\n� �'1w41�i11�ffl� lltl*�l'( I\n�s� q�� �tWm f� 11��11\nsuta uviica\niti kaufiiiraviikh yiitiim\niisrutya bhagavat-kathiim\nkfiattiinandam param\nlebhe mahii-bhiigavato dvija\nsuta�-Suta Gosvami; uviica-said; iti-thus; kaufiiirava-from Maitreya\n\n(son of Ku�aru);iikhyatiim-told;iisrutya-having heard;bhagavat-kathiim­\n\nthe narration about the Lord; k.sa t tii-V idura; iinandam-bliss; param­\n\nttanscendental; lebhe- achieved; mahii-bhiigavata�-the great devotee; dvija\n-0 briihmarta (Saunaka).\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Siita Gosvami continued: My dear brahmaQa, K�atta [ Vidura], the\n\ngreat devotee of the Lord, achieved transcendental bliss by hearing the\n\n", "SB3.3#p0091": "748\n\nS rimad-Bhagavalam\n\n[ Canto 3, Ch. 19\n\nnarration of the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead from\nthe authoritative source of the sage Kau�arava [Maitreya], and he was very\npleased.\nPURPORT\nIf anyone wants to derive transcendental pleasure by hearing the pas­\n\ntimes of the Lord, he must hear from the autho ritative source, as explained\nhere. Maitreya heard the narration from his bona fide spiritual master, and\nVidura also heard from Maitreya. One becomes an authority simply by\npresenting whatever he has heard from his spiritual master, and one who\ndoes not accept a bona fide spiritual master cannot be an authori ty. This\nis clearly explained here. If one wants to have transcendental pleasure, he\n\nmust find a person with authority. It is also stated in the Bhiigavatam that\nsimply by hearing from an authoritative source, with the ear and the\nheart, one can relish the pastimes of the Lord, otherwise it is not possible.\nSanatana Gosvami, therefore, has especially warned that one should not\nhear anything about the personality of the Lord from the lips of a nondevotee. Non devotees are considered to be like serpents; as milk is poisoned\nby a serpent's touch, so, although the narration of the pastimes of the Lord\nis as pure as milk, when administered by serpentlike nondevotees it\nbecomes poisonous. Not only does it have no effect in transcendental\npleasure, but it is dangerous also. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu has warned\nthat no description of the pastimes of the Lord should be heard from the\nMayavada or impersonalist school. He has clearly said, miiyiiviidi-bhii§ya:\n\nIf anyone hears the Mayavadis' interpretation of the pastimes of the Lord,\n\nor their interpretation of Bhagavad-gitii, Sr!mad-Bhiigavatam or any other\nVedic literature, then he is doomed. Once one is associated with impersonalists, he can never understand the personal feature of the Lord and His\ntranscendental pastimes.\n\nSiita Gosvami was speaking to the sages headed by Saunaka, and there­\n\nfore he addressed them in this verse as\n\ndvija, twice-born. The sages\n\nassembled in Naimi�arattya hearing Sr!mad-Bhiigavatam from SutaGosvami\n\nwere all briihma[!as, but to acquire the qualifications of a briihma[la is not\neverything. Merely to be twice-born is not perfection. Perfection is attained\nwhen one hears the pastimes and activities of the Lord from a bona fide\nsource.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0092": "The Killing of the Demon Hirat;tyak�a\n\nText 35]\n\n749\n\nanye§iirh purya-slokiiniim\nuddiima-yasasiirh satiim\nupasrutya bhaven moda�\nsrivatsiinkasya kirh puna�\nanye§iim-of others; pu[tya-slokiiniim-of pious reputation; uddiima­\n\nyasas iim -whose\n\nfame is\n\nspread\n\neverywhere; satiim-of the devotees;\n\nupasru tya- by hearing; bhavet -may arise; moda�- pleasure; srivatsa-ankasya\n\n-of the Lord who bears the mark Srivatsa; kim puna�- what to speak of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhat to speak of hearing the pastimes of the Lord, whose chest is\n\nmarked with Srivatsa, people may take transcendental pleasure even in\nhearing of the works and deeds of the devotees, whose fame is immortal.\nPURPORT\nBhiigavatam literally means the pastimes of the Lord and the Lord's\n\ndevotees. For example, there are pastimes of Lord Kreyrya and narrations of\ndevotees like Prahlada, Dhruva and Maharaja Ambari�a. Both pastimes\n\npertain to the Supreme Personality of Godhead because the devotees'\n\npastimes are in relation with Him. The Mahiibhiirata, for example, the\nhistory\n\nof the\n\nPal)<,iavas\n\nPal)Q.avas had a direct\n\nGodhead.\n\nand\n\ntheir activities, is\n\nsacred because the\n\nrelationship with the Supreme Personality of\n\nTEXT 35\n\n� �� WI!R:d �tr�;:d \"ii(Oi14il:t� I\n���;rt��ms¥tl\"iltt<i��������\nyo gajendrarh jha§a-grastarh\ndhyiiyantarh carariimbujam\nkrosantiniirh karettiiniirh\nkrcchrato 'mocayad drutam\nya�-He who; gaja-indram-the king of elephants; jha§a-an alligator:\n\ng rastam- attacke d\nambujam\n\n-\n\nby;\n\ndh yiiyan tam\n\n-\n\nm editating\n\nupon;\n\ncarara- feet;\n\nlotu s; krosantiniim - while crying; kareru niim-the female ele­\n\nphants; krcchrata�-fr o m danger; am ocayat\n\n-\n\ndelivered; drutam -quickly\n\n.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0093": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n750\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead delivered the king of the elephants, who\n\nwas attacked by an alligator and who meditated upon the lotus feet of the\n\nLord. At that time the female elephants who accompanied him were\n\ncrying, and the Lord saved them from the impending danger.\n.\nPURPORT\n\nThe example of the elephant in danger who was saved by the Supreme\nLord is especially cited here because even if one is an animal he can\napproach the Personality of Godhead in devotional service, whereas even\na demigod cannot approach the Supreme Person unless he is a devotee.\nTEXT 36\n\nij\n\n�\"lfW�(�� (Ui�nt: I\nt;�: CfiT '1 ij� ��\"lfllm�¥�: II�� II\ntam sukhiiriidhyam rjubhir\n\nananya-�ararair nrbhi[l\n\nkrtajfia[l ko na seveta\n\nduriiriidhyam asiidhubhi{t\n\ntam -unto Him;su k ha-easily;iiriidhyam -worshiped;rj ubhi ft -by the un­\n\npretentious; ananya-no other; sara (l ai {t\n\n-\n\nw\n\nho take shelter; nrbhi{t by\n-\n\nmen; krta-jfialt-grateful soul; ka h what; na-not; seveta-would render\n,\n\n-·\n\nservice; duriiriidhyam - impossible to be worshiped; asiidhubhi{t-by the\nnondevotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhat grateful soul is there who would not render his loving service to\n\nsuch a great master as the Personality of Godhead? He can be easily\n\npleased by spotless devotees who resort exclusively to Him for protection,\nthough the unrighteous man finds it difficult to propitiate Him.\nPURPORT\n\nEvery living entity, especially persons in the human race, must feel\ngrateful for the benedictions offered by the grace of the Supreme Lord.\nAnyone, therefore, with a simple heart of gratefulness must be Kr�l)a\nconscious and offer devotional service to the Lord. Those who are actually thieves and rogues do not recognize or acknowledge the benedictions\n\n", "SB3.3#p0094": "Text 37)\n\nThe Killing of the Demon HiraQ.yak�a\n\n751\n\noffered to them by the Supreme Lord, and they cannot render Him\ndevotional service. Ungrateful persons are those who do not understand\nhow much benefit they are deriving by the arrangement of the Lord.\nThey en oy the sunshine and moonshine, and they get water free of\n\nj\n\ncharge, yet they do not feel grateful, but simply go on en oying these\n\nj\n\ngifts of the Lord. Therefore, they must be called thieves and rogues.\nTEXT 37\n\n�\n\n� f����\n\nfmRij �fl.�'A: I\n�\n;wr�tta'fiG:��\nM\"��ij ;Ji1f� f�t: II �\\9 II\nyo vai hira[lyiikfla-vadharh mahiidbhutarh\nvikriflitarh kiira!la-sukariitmanaft\nSfflOti giiyaty anumodate 'iijasii\nvimucyate brahma-vadhiid api dvijiift\nyaft -he\n\nwho;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nhira[lyiikfla-vadham-of\n\nHiraQ.yak�a; mahii-adbhutam-most wonderful; vikriflitam\n\nthe\n-\n\nkilling\n\nof\n\npastime; kiira!la\n\n-for reasons like raising the earth from the ocean; s kara -appearing in the\n\nii\n\nform of a boar; iitmana[l. -of the Supreme Per�onality of Godhead; SfflOtihears g yati chants anum o date takes pleas ur e aiijas\n\n; a\n\n-\n\n;\n\n-\n\n;\n\na at once; vimucyate\n-\n\n-becomes freed; brahma-vadhiit-from the sin of killing a briihmafla; apieven; dvijii[l.-0 briihmaflaS.\nTRANSLATION\n0 brahmaJ].as, anyone who hears, chants, or takes pleasure in the wonderful narration of the killing of the HiraQ.yak�a demon �y the Lord, who\nappeared as the first boar in order to deliver the world, is at once relieved\nof the results of sinful activities, even the killing of a brahmaJ].a.\nPURPORT\nSince the Personality of Godhead is in the absolute position, there is no\ndifference between His pastimes and His personality. Anyone who hears\nabout the pastimes of the Lord associates with the Lord directly, and one\nwho associates directly with the Lord is certainly freed from all sinful\nactivities, even to the extent of the killing of a briihmafla, which is con-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0095": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n752\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 19\n\nsidered the most sinful activity in the material world. One should be very\n\neager to hear about the activities of the Lord from the bona fide source, the\n\npure devotee. If one simply gives aural reception to the narration and\n\naccepts the glories of the Lord, then he is qualified. The impersonalist\n\nphilosophers cannot understand the activities of the Lord. They think that\n\nall His activities are maya; therefore they are called 1\\liiyiiviidls. Since\n\neverything to them is maya, these narrations are not for them. Some\n\nimpersonalists are reluctant to hear SrTmad-Bhiigavatam, although many of\nthem are now taking an interest in it just for monetary gain. Actually,\nhowever, they have no faith. On the contrary, they describe it in their\n\nown way. We should not hear, therefore, from the l\\liiyiiviidis. We have to\nhear from Suta Gosviimi or Maitreya, who actually present the narrations\n\nas they are, and only then can we relish the pastimes of the Lord, otherwise\nthe effects on the neophyte audience will be poisonous.\n\nTEXT 38\n\nqft;f\n��1\\{l�tf'l�\n��m �U�I\nsnutf..�arr �fq �trim\n�aft� � li:Oi!HU'( II� �II\netan maha-pu[tyam alarh pavitrarh\n\ndhanyarh ya.Sasyarh padam ayur-asi,sam\n\nprartendriya[tiirh yudhi saurya-vardhanarh\nniiriiya[tO 'nte gatir anga Sf[tVatiim\n\netat-this narrative; maha-pu [tyam\n\n-\n\nconferring great merit; alam\n\n-\n\nvery;\n\npavitram-sacred; dhanyam-conferring wealth; yasasyam-bearing fame;\npadam\n\n-\n\nthe receptacle; iiyu�-of longevity; asi$am-of the objects of one's\n\ndesire; p riil'}a\n\n-\n\nof the vital organs; indriyii[tam-of the organs of action;\n\nyudhi-on the field of battle; saurya-the strength; v ardhanam-in cr easing;\n\nnan:iya[ta�- Lord Naraya J;I a ; ante-at the end of life; gat*-shelter; atiga-0\ndear Saunaka; Sf[tVatiim-of those who listen.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis most sacred narrative confers extraordinary merit, wealth, fame,\n\nlongevity and all the objects of one's desire. On the field of battle it\npromotes the strength of one's vital organs and organs of action. One\n\n", "SB3.3#p0096": "Text 38]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Hira�ya�a\n\n753\n\nwho listens to it at the last moment of his life is transferred to the supreme\nabode of the Lord, 0 dear Saunaka.\nPURPORT\nDevotees are generally attracted by the narratives of the pastimes of the\n\nLord, and even though they do not prosecute austerities or meditation,\n\nthis very process of hearing attentively about the pastimes of the Lord\n\nwill endow them with innumerable benefits, such as wealth, fame, longevity\nand other\n\ndesirable\n\naims of life. If one continues to hear Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, which is full of narratives of the pastimes of the Lord, at the\nend of this life one is sure to be transferred to the eternal transcendental\n\nabode of the Lord. Thus hearers are benefited both ultimately and for as\nlong as they are in the material world. That is the supreme sublime result\n\nof engaging in devotional service. The beginning of devotional service is to\nspare some time and listen to Srimad-Bhiigavatam from the right source.\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu also recommended five items of devotional\n\nservice, namely to serve the devotees of the Lord, to chant Hare Kr�l)a, to\n\nhear Srimad-Bhiigavatam, to worship the Deity of the Lord and to live in a\nplace of pilgrimage. Just performing these five activities can deliver one\n\nfrom the miserable condition of material life.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Nine tee nth Chapter, Third\n\nCanto, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Killing of the Demon\n\nHira[!yiik�a.\"\n\n", "SB3.3#p0097": "CHAPTER TWENTY\n\nconversation Between\nMaitreva and Vidura\nTEXT l\n\nH iJC1R\n\n� stRtei+«Q(� � �wn �: 1\nifilril;=qMg�mtfOT +tt•lii1'4(1i'(fll� II � II\nsaunaka uviica\n\nmahtm prati�thiim adhyasya\n\nsaute sviiyambhuvo manu�\n\nkiiny anvati§thad dviirii[ti\n\nmiirgiiyiivara-janmaniim\n\nsaunaka�-Saunaka; uviica-said; mahim-the earth; prati§.thiim-situ­\n\nated; adhyasya-having secured; saute-0 Suta Gosvamt; sviiyambhuva�Svayambhuva;manu�-Manu;kiini-what;anvati§.that-performed;dviirii[tiways; miirgiiya-to get out; avara-later; janmaniim-of those to be born.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Saunaka inquired: 0 Siita Gosvlimi, after the earth was again\nsituated in its orbit, what did Svayambhuva Manu do to show the path of\nliberation to persons who were to take birth later on?\nPURPORT\nThe appearance of the Lord as the first boar incarnation occurred dur­\n\ning the time of Svayambhuva Manu, whereas the present age is in the period\no f Vaivasvata Manu. Each Manu's period lasts seventy-two times the cycle\n\nof four ages, and one cycle of ages equals 4,320,000 solar years. Thus\n\n4,320,000 times 72 solar years is the reign of one Manu. In each Manu's\n\nperiod there are many changes in many ways, and there are fourteen Manus\n755\n\n", "SB3.3#p0098": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n756\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nwithin one day of Brahma. It is understood here that Manu creates\n\nscriptural regulations for the salvation of the conditioned souls who come\n\nto the material world for material enjoyment. The Lord is so kind that any\nsoul who wants to enjoy in this material world is given fuU facility for\nenjoyment, and at the same time he is shown the path of salvation.\n\nSaunaka\n\nJ;t�i,\n\nSvayambhuva\n\ntherefore,\n\nManu\n\norbital situation?\"\n\ndo\n\ninquired\n\nfrom\n\nSuta\n\nGosvami:\n\n\"What did\n\nafter the reinstatement of the earth in its\n\nTEXT2\n\n�� �ttmr: W>OIWftil�: ij� I\n\n\"''�h:\"'l� � � (1N�\"'''4E46lfilfu II � II\nk�atta maha-bhagavata[l\nkr§!wsyaikantika� suhrt\nyas tatyiijiigrajarh km1e\nsiipatyam aghavan iti\nkfiatta- Vidura;\n\nmahii-bhagavata�-a\n\ngreat\n\ndevotee\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\nkrfir-asya-of Lord Kr�p.a; ekiintika�-unalloyed devotee; suhrt-intimate\nfriend;\n\nya�-he who; tatyiija-abandoned; agrajam-his elder brother\n\n(King Dhrtara��ra); knQ.e-towards Kr��ta; sa-apatyam-along with his one\n\nhundred sons; aghavan-offender; iti- thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe inquired about Vidura, who was a great devotee and friend of Lord\nKpma's and who gave up the company of his elder brother because the\nlatter, along with his sons, played tricks against the desires of the Lord.\nPURPORT\n\nThe incident referred to here is that Vidura left the protection of his\n\nelder brother Dhrtara�tra, went traveling everywhere to sacred places and\n\nmet Maitreya at Hardwar. Saunaka J;t�i here inquires about the topics of\n\nthe conversation between Mai treya J;t�i and Vi dura. Vidura 's qualification\nwas that he was not only a friend of the Lord's but also a great devotee.\n\nWhen KwJa tried to stop the war and mitigate the misunderstanding\nbetween the cousin-brothers, they refused to accept His counsel; therefore\n\nK�atta, or Vidura, was unsatisfied with them, and he left the palace. As a\n\ndevotee, Vidura showed by example that anywhere that Kr�l}a is not\n\n", "SB3.3#p0099": "Text4]\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\n757\n\nhonored is a place unfit for human habitation. A devotee may be tolerant\nregarding his own interests, but he should not be tolerant when there is\nmisbehavior towards the Lord or the Lord's devotee. Here the word\naghaviin is very significant, for it indicates that the Kauravas, Dhrtara�tra's\nsons, lost the war because of being sinful in disobeying the instructions of\nK riiQa.\nTEXT 3\n\niqi�\"'IG\\\"'�ir �� � �: I\n(1qi�'4'1 f��n �uf ����: II � II\ndvaipiiyaniid anavaro\nmahitve tasya dehaja�\nsarviitmanii srita� kr§!tarh\ntatpariims ciipy anuvrata�\ndvaipayaniit-from Vyiisadeva; anavara�-in no way inferior; mahitvein greatness; tasya- his (Vyasa's); dehaja�- born of his body; sarva-iitmanawith all his heart; sritaft-took shelter; kmwm-Lord Kr�pa; tat-parlinthose devoted to Him; ca-and; api-also; anuvrata�-followed.\nTRANSLATION\nVidura was born from the body of Vedavyasa, and he was not less than\nhim. Thus he accepted the lotus feet of Kr�Qa wholeheartedly and was\nattached to His devotees.\nPURPORT\nThe history of Vidura is that he was born of a sudra mother, but his\nseminal father was Vyasadeva; thus he was not less than Vyasadeva in any\nrespect. Since he was born of a great father, who was supposed to be an\nincarnation of NiirayaQ.a and who composed all the Vedic literatures,\nVidura was also a great personality. He accepted Kw)a as his worshipable\nLord and followed His instructions wholeheartedly.\nTEXT4\n\n���\n\\1q�\n\nft�.��l\n\n� 31tmoi ��II� II\n\n", "SB3.3#p0100": "758\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatarn\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nkim anvaprcchan maitreyarh\nvirajiis tirtha-sevayii\nupagamya kusiivarta\niisinarh tattva-vittamam\nkim-what; a nvaprcchat-inquired; maitreyam-from the sage Maitreya;\nvirajii/1.- Vidura, who was without material contamination; tirtha-sevayii­\n\nby visiting sacred places; upagamya-having met; kusiivarte-at Kusavarta\n(Haridvara or Hardwar); iisinam-who was abiding; tattva-vittamam-the\nforemost knower of the science of spiritual life.\nTRANSLATION\n\nVidura was purified of all passion by wandering in sacred places, and at\n\nlast he reached Hardwar, where he met the great sage, who knew the\nscience of spiritual life, and he inquired from him. Saunaka J;t�i therefore\nasked: What more did Vidura inquire from Maitreya?\nPURPORT\nHere the words virajiis t\"irtha-sevayii refer to Vidura, who was completely\ncleansed of all contamination by traveling in places of pilgrimage. In India\nthere are hundreds of sacred places of pilgrimage, of which Prayaga,\nHardwar, Vtndavana and Rameshwaram are considered principal. After\nleaving his home, which was full of politics and diplomacy, Vidura wanted\nto purify himself by traveling to all the sacred places, which are so\nsituated that anyone who goes there automatically becomes purified. This\nis especially true in Vrndavana; any person may go there, and even if he is\nsinful he will at once contact an atmosphere of spiritual life and will\n·\n\nautomatically chant the names of KwJ.a and Riidhii. That we have actually\nseen and experienced. It is recommended in the siistras that after retiring\nfrom active life and accepting the viinaprastha (retired) order, one should\ntravel everywhere to places of pilgrimage in order to purify himself.\nVidura completely discharged this duty, and at last he reached Kusavarta,\nor Hardwar, where the sage Maitreya was sitting.\nAnother significant point is that one must go to sacred places not only\nto take bath there, but to search out great sages like Maitreya and take\ninstructions from them. If one does not do so, his traveling to places of\npilgrimage is simply a waste of time. Narottama dasa Thakura, a great\niiciirya of the Vai�Q.ava sect, has, for the present, forbidden us to go to such\n\nplaces of pilgrimage because in this age, the times having so changed, a\n\n", "SB3.3#p0101": "Text 5]\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\n759\n\nsincere person may have a different impression on seeing the behavior of\nthe present residents of the pilgrimage sites. He has recommended that\ninstead\n\nof\n\ntaking\n\nthe trouble to travel to such places, one should\n\nconcentrate his mind on Govinda, and that will help him. Of course, to\nconcentrate one's mind on Govinda in any place is a path meant for those\nwho are the most spiritually advanced; it is not for ordinary persons.\nOrdinary persons may still derive benefit from traveling to holy places like\nPrayaga, Mathura, Vrndavana and Hardwar.\nIt is recommended in this verse that one find a person who knows the\nscience of God, or a tattva-vit. Tattva-vit means one who knows the Absolute Truth. There are many pseudo-transcendentalists, even at places of\npilgrimage. Such men are always present, and one has to be intelligent\nenough to find the actual person to be consulted; then his attempt to\nprogress by traveling to different holy places will be successful. One has to\nbe freed from all contamination, and at the same time he has to find a\nperson who knows the science of Kr�l}a. Kr�l}a helps a sincere person; as\nstated in the Caitanya-caritiimrta, guru-knrya-prasiide: by the mercy of the\nspiritual master and Kr�l}a, one attains the path of salvation, devotional\nservice. If one sincerely searches for spiritual salvation, then Kr�Qa, being\nsituated in everyone's heart, gives him the intelligence to find a suitable\nspiritual master. By the grace of a spiritual master like Maitreya, one gets\nthe proper instruction and advances in his spiritual life.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�:�:���:�n 1\n3Tlit ttlf1 ���m��: q'\"����: \"� ll\ntayo� sariwadato]J siita\npravrttii hy amalii{l. kathiilt\niipo giitigii iviigha-ghnir\nhare� piidiimbujiisrayii{l.\ntayo{t -while the two (Maitreya and Vidura); sa1iwadato�-were conversing;\n\nsiita-0\n\nSuta;\n\npravrttii{l. - arose;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\namaliilt - spot­\n\nless; katha�- narra tions; iipa{t - waters; giitigii�-of the River Ganges; ivalike; agha ghn0 - vanquish ing all sins; hare {t\n-\n\nthe lotus feet; asrayii{t- taking shelter.\n\n-\n\nof the Lord; pada-ambuja­\n\n", "SB3.3#p0102": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n760\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaunaka inquired about the conversation between Vidura and Maitreya:\n\nThere must have been many narrations of the spotless pastimes of the\n\nLord. The hearing of such narrations is exactly like bathing in the water of\n\nthe Ganges, for it can free one f rom all sinful reactions.\nPURPORT\n\nThe water of the Ganges is purified because it pours forth from the lotus\nfeet of the Lord. Similarly, Bhagavad-g\"itii is as good as the water of the\nGanges because it is spoken from the mouth of the Supreme Lord. So it is\nwith any topic on the pastimes of the Lord or the characteristics of His\ntranscendental activities. The Lord is absolute; there is no difference\nbetween His words, His perspiration or His pastimes. The water of the\nGanges, the narrations of His pastimes and the words spoken by Him are\n\nall on the absolute platform, and thus taking shelter of any one of them is\n\nequally good. S rila Rupa Gosviimi has enunciated that anything in relationship with Kr�Qa is on the transcendental platform. If we can dovetail all\nour activities in relationship with Kr�Qa, then we do not stand on the\nmaterial platform, but always on the spiritual platform.\n\ntii na� kirtaya bhadram te\nkirtanyodiira-karma[la�\nrasajna� ko nu trpyeta\nhari-ltliimrtam piban\nta�\n\n-\n\nthose talks; na� -to us; kirtaya\n\ncome unto you; kirtanya\n\n-\n\n-\n\nnarrate ; bhadram te-may all good\n\nshould be chanted; udiira-liberal; karmarta�­\n\nactivities; rasa-jna�-a devotee who can appreciate mellow tastes; ka ft -who;\nnu-indeed; trpye ta\n\n-\n\nwould feel satisfied; hari-lilri-amrtam-the nectar of\n\nthe pastimes of the Lord; piban-drinking.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Siita Gosvaml, all good fortune to you! Please narrate the activities\n\nof the Lord, which are all magnanimous and worth glorifying. What sort of\ndevotee can be satiated by hearing the nectarean p<\\stimes of the Lord?\n\n", "SB3.3#p0103": "Text 8]\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\n761\n\nPURPORT\nThe narration of the pastimes of the Lord, which are always enacted on\nthe transcendental platform, should be received with all respect by devotees.\nThose who are actually on the transcendental platform are never satiated\nby hearing the continuous narration of the pastimes of the Lord. For\nexample, if any self-realized soul reads from Bhagavad-g\"itii, he will never\nfeel satiated. The narrations of Bhagavad-g\"itii or Sr\"imad-Bhiigavatam may\n\nbe read thousands and thousands of times, and still, without fail, new\naspects of the subject matter will be relished by the devotee.\n\nTEXT7\n\nSllfirf���: I\nfl•lf.C�tffifijf�tu������ '{tr�fu II \\9 II\n��:\n\n1l!\n\nevam ugrasrava� pr§ta\nnibhir naimi§ayanai{t\nbhagavaty arpitadhyatmas\ntan aha sruyatam iti\nevam-thus; ugrasrava�--Suta Gosvami; prfi.talt- being as k e d ;rfiibhilt-by\nLhc sages; naimifla-ayana*-who were asse m b led in Lhe forest of Naimi�a;\n\nbhagavati-unto the Lord; arpita-d e di c a ted ; adhyatma�-his mind; tanto Lhem; aha-said; sriiyatam-just hear; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nOn being asked to speak by the great sages of Naimi�ara�ya, the\nson of Romahar�a�a, Suta Gosvami, whose mind was absorbed in the\ntranscendental pastimes of the Lord, said: Please hear what I shall\nnow speak.\nTEXT 8\n\nW\" �'Tf\n\nmijsili$ij�':\n\n�;.n\n\n�RI ��j «'tfij�fd\\ I\n� f((W41�+4f.(�t(l ��\n���ij�tfl �� lfm(: II �II\n\n", "SB3.3#p0104": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n762\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nsiita uvtica\nharer dhrta-kro{ia-tanoft sva-mtiyayti\nnisamya gor uddhara[!arh rasiitaliit\nliliim hira[!yiik§am avajiiayii hatam\nsaiijiita-har§o munim iiha bhtirataft\nsiita[t uviic a\nkro �a\n\n-\n\nof a\n\n-\n\nSu ta said; hare[t - of the Lord; dhrta-who had assumed;\n\nboar; tanoft-body; sva-miiyayii-by\n\nnisamya-having\n\nheard;\n\ngo[t-of\n\nthe\n\nearth;\n\nHis\n\ndivine potency;\n\nud dhara [t am\n\n-\n\nuplifting;\n\nrasiitaliit-from the bottom of the ocean; liliim-sporl; hi ra !lJiik §am-the\ndemon HiraJ;�yak�a; avajiiayii- neglectf ully; hatam-killed; saiijiita-har§aftbeing overj oyed; munim-to the sage (Maitreya); iiha-said; bhiirataftVidura.\nTRANSLATION\nSuta Gosvami continued: Vidura, the descendant of Bharata, was\ndelighted to hear the story of the Lord, who, having assumed by His own\ndivine potency the form of a boar, had enacted the sport of lifting the\nearth from the bottom of the ocean and indifferently killing the demon\nHira!lyii�a. He then spoke to the sage as follows.\nPURPORT\nIt is stated here that the Lord assumed the form of a boar by His own\npotency. His form is not actually the form of a conditioned soul. A\nconditioned soul is forced to accept a particular type of body by the\nhigher authority of material laws, but here it is clearly said that the Lord\nwas not forced to accept the form of a boar by the external power. In\n\nBhagavad-gitii the same fact is confirmed; when the Lord descends to this\nearth, He assumes a form by His own internal potency. The form of the\nLord, therefore, can never consist of material energy. The Miiyiiviida version\nthat when Brahman assumes a form the form is accepted from miiyii is not\nacceptable because although miiyii is superior to the conditioned soul, she\nis not superior to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; she is under the\ncontrol of the Supreme Godhead, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii. Miiyii is\nunder His superintendence; miiyii cannot overcome the Lord. The Mayiivada\nidea that the living entity is the Supreme Absolute Truth but has become\ncovered by miiyii is invalid because miiyii cannot be so great that it can\ncover the Supreme. The covering capacity can be employed on the part\nand parcel of Brahman, not on the Supreme Brahman.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0105": "Text 10]\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\n763\n\nTEXT9\n\nm.�\\ffl'<l\nSl�llqRtqRt : � SMR1if SMmf.t. I\n� i¥ ;m;r_ 5ti(��'fi¥il•tf'€t( II �II\nvidura uviica\nprajiipati-pati{t sr§tvii\nprajii-sargc prajiipatin\nkim iirabhata me brahman\nprabruhy avyakta-miirga-vit\nvidura[t uviica- Vidura said; prajapati-pati{t-Lord Brahma; Sf§.tv ii-a fl er\ncreating; prajii-sarge-for the purpose of creating living beings; prajiipatinthe prajiipatis; kim-what; iirabhata- started; me-lo me; brahman- 0 holy\nsage; prabruhi - tell; avyakta -miirga-vit-know er of Lhat which we do not\nknow.\nTRANSLATION\nVidura said: Since you know of matters inconceivable to us, tell me, 0\nholy sage, what did Brahma do to create living beings after evolving the\nprajapatis, the progenitors of living beings?\nPURPORT\nSignificant here is the word avyakta-miirga-vit, one who knows that\nwhich is beyond our perception. To know matters beyond one's perception,\none has to learn from a superior authority in the line of disciplic succession.\nJust to know who is our father is beyond our perception. For that, the\nmother is the authority. Similarly, we have to understand everything\nbeyond our perception from the authority who actually knows. The first\navyakta-miirga-vit, or authority, is Brahm a, and the next authority in\ndisciplic succession is Niirada. Maitreya l,t�i belonged to that disciplic succession, so he aJso is avyakta-miirga-vit. Anyone in the bona fide line of\ndisciplic succession is avyakta-miirga-vit, a personality who knows that\nwhich is beyond ordinary perception.\nTEXT\n\n10\n\n�tfU'i\"Ail�� � �� 'G: I\n�� QIJf �����off\n\n", "SB3.3#p0106": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n764\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nye maricy ii.dayo viprii.\nyas tu svii.yambhuvo manu.J:t\nle vai brahmat:ta ii.desii.t\nkatham etad abhii.vayan\nye-those;\n\nbrii.hma[Las;\n\nmar ic i ii.daya l;t\n\n-\n\n-great sages\n\nheaded\n\nya{!-who;\n\ntu-indeed;\n\nsvii.yambhuva{!\n\nSvayambhuva Manu; te\n\nii.desii.t-by\n\nthe\n\nby\n\nMarici;\n\nviprii.{!­\n\nmanu{!-and\n\n- the y ; vai-indeed; brahmat:ta{!-of L rd Brahma;\no\n\nor d er ; katham-ho w; etat-this\n\nuniverse; abhii.vayan­\n\nevolved.\nTRANSLATION\nVidura inquired: How did the prajapatis [such progenitors of living\nentities\n\nas\n\nMarici and\n\nSvayambhuva\n\nManu] create\n\naccording\n\nto the\n\ninstruction of Brahma, and how did they evolve this manifested universe?\n\nsa-dvittyii.[t kim asrjan\nsvatantrii. uta karmasu\nii.ho svil sarnhatii.{! sarva\nidam sma samakalpayan\nsa-dvitiyii.ft-with their wives; kim-whether ;asrjan-created; sva-tantrii.ftremaining i ndepe ndent ; uta- or ;karmasu- in their actions ;ii.ho svit- or else;\n\nsamhatii.{!-jointly; sarve-all the prajii.patis; idam-this; sma samakalpayanproduced.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDid they evolve the creation in conjunction with their respective wives,\ndid they remain independent in their action, or did they all jointly produce\nit?\nTEXT 12\n\n��R\n�� �f€tijflOI q'(unf.tf't�ul � 1\n�� '4(1Wfl(1li( gol'31ttl( ����II\n\n", "SB3.3#p0107": "Text 12]\n\n765\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\nmailreya uvaca\ndaivena durvitarkyer-a\nparer-animi�er-a ca\njata-k$obhad bhagavato\nmahan astd gu�w-trayat\n\nmaitreya/t\n\nuvac a-- M aitreya\n\nsaid; daivena-by\n\nsuperior\n\nmanagement\n\nknown as destin y; durvitarkye[la-beyond empiric speculation; parer-aby Maha-Vi�r:tu; an im � er-a- by the potency of eternal time; ca\n\n-\n\nand;jata\n\n­\n\nksob hat-the equilibrium was agitated; bhagavata/t-of the Personalit y of\n.\n\nGodhead; mahan-the total material elements (the mahat-tattva); astt­\n\nwere prod uced ; gur-a-trayat-from the three modes of nature.\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya said: When the equilibrium of the combination of the three\nmodes of nature was agitated by the unseen activity of the living entity,\nby Maha-Vi�QU, and by the force of time, the total material elements were\nproduced.\nPURPORT\nThe cause of the mate rial creation is described here very lucidly. The\nfirst cause is daiva, or the destin y of the conditioned soul. The material\ncreation exists for the conditioned soul who wanted to become a false lord\nfor sense e nj oyment. One cannot trace out the history of when the conditioned soul. first desired to lord it over material nature, but in Vedic\nliterature we al ways find that the material creation is meant for the sense\nenj oyment of the conditioned soul. There is a nice verse which says that the\nsum and substance of the conditioned soul's sense enj oyment is that as\nsoon as he forgets hi\n\nprimary du ty , to rend er\n\nervice to the Lord , he\n\ncreates an atmosphe r e of sense enj oyment which is called miiyii; that is the\ncause of material c reatio n.\nAnother word used here is durvitarkyerw. No one can argue about when\nand how the conditioned soul became desirous of sense enj oym ent, but the\n\ncause is there. Material nature is an a tmospher e meant only for the sense\nenj o yment of the conditioned soul, and it is created by the Personality of\n\nGodhead. It is mentioned here that in the beginning of creation the material\nnature, or prakrti, is agita ted b y the Personality of Godhead, Vi�I)U. There\nare three Vi�r:tus mentioned. One is Maha-Vi�r:tu, another is Garbhodakasayi\nVi�I')U, and the third is K�lrodakasiiyl Vi�l')u. The Fir t Canto of $rtmad­\n\nBhiigavatam discusses all these three Vi!)r;tus, and here also it is confirmed\n\n", "SB3.3#p0108": "Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n766\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nthat ViijJ).U is the cause of creation. From Bhagavad-gztii also we learn that\nprakrti begins to work and is still working under Kr1111a's or Vi!;>J).U's glance\n\nof superintendence, but the Supreme Personality of Godhead is unchangeable. One should not misunderstand that because the creation emanates\nfrom the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He has therefore transformed\ninto this. material cosmic manifestation. He exists in His personal form\nalways, but the cosmic manifestation takes place by His inconceivable\npotency. The workings of that energy are difficult to comprehend, but it is\nunderstood from Vedic literature that the conditioned soul creates his own\ndestiny and is offered a particular body by the laws of nature under the\nsuperintendence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who always\naccompanies him as Paramatma.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n,....,ijmreil �q�R61( ,\niiffil: � lf_61RR4�1GJM q�: II� �II\n� :SN,..\n\nrajab.-pradhiiniin mahatas\ntrilitigo daiva-coditiit\njiitab. sasarja bhutiidir\nviyad-iidini panca.Sab.\nrajas-pradhiiniit-in which the element of rajas, or passion, predomi­\n\nnates; mahatab.-from the mahat-tattva; tri-litiga[l.-of three kinds; daivacoditiit-impelted by superior authority; jiitafl.-was born; sasarja-evolved;\n\nbhuta-iidilt-the false ego (origin of the material elements); viyat the\n-\n\nether; adini begi n ni n g with; pancasab.-in groups of five.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs impelled by the destiny of the jiva, the false ego, which is of three\n\nkinds, has evolved from the mahat-tattva, in which the element of rajas predominates. From the ego, in turn, evolved many groups of five principles.\n\nPURPORT\nThe primordial matter or prakrti, material nature, consisting of three\nmodes, generates four groups of five. The first group is called elementary\nand consists of earth, water, ·fire, air and ether. The second group of five\nis called tanmiitra, referring to the subtle elements (sense objects): sound,\n\n", "SB3.3#p0109": "Conversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\nText 15]\n\n767\n\ntouch, form, taste, and smell. The third group is the five sense organs for\nacquiring knowledge: eyes, ears, nose, tongue and skin. The fourth group\nis the five working senses: speech, hands, feet, anus and genitals. Some say\n\nthat there are five groups of five. One group is the sense obj ects, one is the\nfive elements, one is the five sense organs for acquiring knowledge, another\nis the senses for working, and the fifth group is the five deities who control\nthese divisions.\nTEXT 14\n\nm :Q*•�s: \\ilg¥t«¥t�iR �ta� 1\n�� �'4�if lttttOC¥Hlqlilif. II � \\111\ntiini caikaika.Sa� sra§tum\nasamarthiini bhautikam\nsamhatya daiva-yogena\nhaimam a{lpam aviisrjan\ntiini-those elements; ca-and; eka-ekasaft -se parately ; sra�tum-to pro­\n\nduce; asamart h iini-unable; bhautikam-the material universe; samhatya­\n\nhaving combined; daiva-yogena-with the energy of the Supreme Lord;\nhaimam- shining like gold; a{l pam-globe; aviisrjan-produced.\nTRANSLATION\nSeparately unable to produce the material universe, they combined with\nthe help of the energy of the Supreme Lord and were able to produce a\nshining egg.\n\nso 'sayi§.tiibdhi-salile\nii{lpakoso niriitmaka�\nsiigram vai var§a-siihasram\nanvaviitsit tam tsvara�\nsaft -it; asayi�ta lay; abdhi-salile-on the waters of the Causal Ocean;\ni'i[lpa-kosa� egg; niratmaka�-in an unconscious state; siigram-a little\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0110": "768\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nmore than; vai-in fact; var§a-siihasram-a thousand years; anvaviitstt-became situated; tam-in the egg; tsvara{l- the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nFor over one thousand years the shiny egg lay on the waters of the\n\nCausal\n\nOcean\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nlifeless\n\nstate.\n\nThen\n\nthe\n\nLord entered\n\nit as\n\nGarbhodakasayi Vi��u.\nPURPORT\nFrom this verse it appears that all the universes are floating in the Causal\nOcean.\nTEXT 16\n\n� (1«'fl\"lt� I\n(1��qf9t�lqlEhl � ((ltl'44(�(1i!._, ������\n�\n\ntasya niibher abhut padmam\nsahasriirkoru-dtdhiti\nsarva-jtvanikiiyauko yatra\nsvayam abhut svariit\n\ntasya-of the Lord; niibhe{l - from the navel; abhut-sprouted up;\n\npadmam-a lotus; sahasra-arka-a thousand suns; uru-more; dtdhiti-with\ndazzling\nsouls;\n\n- where; svayam-himself; abhii t- emanated;\n\nsplendor; sarva-all; jiva n ikiiya-resting place of conditioned\n\noka�-place;\n\nya tra\n\nsvarii.t-the omnipotent (Lord Brahma).\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the navel of the Personality of Godhead, Garbhodakasayi Vi��u,\nsprouted a lotus flower effulgent like a thousand blazing suns. This\nlotus flower is the reservoir of all conditioned souls, and the first living\nentity who came out of the lotus flower was the omnipotent Brahma.\nPURPORT\nIt appears from this verse that the conditioned souls who rested within\nthe body of the Personality of Godhead after the dissolution of the last\ncreation came out in the sum total form of the lotus. This is called\nhira[lyagarbha. The first living entity to come out was Lord Brahmii., who\n·\n\n", "SB3.3#p0111": "Conversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\nText 17]\n\n769\n\nis independently able to create the rest of the manifested universe. The\nlotus is described here to be as effulgent as the glare of a thousand suns.\nThis indicates that the living entities, as parts and parcels of the Supreme\nLord, are also of the same quality, since the Lord also diffuses His bodily\nglare, known as brahmajyoti. The description of Vaikul)thaloka, as stated\nin Bhagavad-gitii and other Vedic literatures, is confirmed herewith. In\nVaikul)tha, the spiritual sky, there is no need of sunshine, moonshine,\nelectricity or fire. Every planet there is self-effulgent like the sun.\nTEXT 17\n\n�� � �: � efee1� 1\nJ\\�4�i � � � � 11�\\SII\nso 'nuvi�.to bhagavatii\nya� sete saliliisaye\nloka-sarhsthiirh yathii purvarh\nnirrname sarhsthayii svayii\nsa�-Lord\n\nBrahma; anuvifi.ta�-was entered; bhagavatii-by the Lord;\n\n_ya�-who; set -sleeps; salila-iisaye-on the Garbhodaka Ocean; lokae\n\nsarhsthiim\n\n-\n\nthe universe; yathii piirvam-as previously; n irmam e-created;\n\nsarhsthayii-by intelligence; svayii-his own.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen that Supreme Personality of Godhead who is lying on the\nGarbhodaka Ocean entered the heart of Brahma, Brahma brought his\nintelligence to bear, and with the intelligence invoked he began to create\nthe universe as it was before.\nPURPORT\nAt a certain time, the Personality of Godhead, Karal)odakasayi Vi�l)u,\nlies in the Karal)a Ocean and produces many thousands of universes from\nHis breathing; then He enters again into each and every universe as\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�l)U and fills up half of each universe with His own\nperspiration. The other half of the universe remains vacant, and that vacant\nregion is called outer space. Then the lotus flower sprouts from His\nabdomen and produces the first living creature, Brahma. Then again, as\nK�1rodakasay1 Vi�l)U, the Lord enters in to the heart of every living entity,\n\n", "SB3.3#p0112": "770\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nincluding Brahma. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii, Fifteenth Chapter.\nThe Lord says, \"I am seated in everyone's heart, and by Me are remembrance and forgetfulness made possible.\" As the witness of the activities of\nthe individual entities, the Lord gives each one remembrance and intelligence to act according to his desire at the time he was annihilated in his\nlast birth in the last millennium. This intelligence is invoked according to\none's own capacity, or by the law of karma.\nBrahma was the first living entity, and he was empowered by the\nSupreme Lord to act in charge of the mode of passion; therefore, he was\ngiven the required intelligence, which is so powerful and extensive that he\nis almost independent of the control of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Just as a highly posted manager is almost as independent as the\nowner of a firm, so Brahma is described here as independent because, as\nthe Lord's representative to control the universe, he is almost as powerful\nand independent as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord, as\nthe Supersoul within Brahma, gave him the intelligence to create. The\ncreative power, therefore, of every living entity is not his own; it is by the\ngrace of the Lord that one can create. There are many scientists and\ngreat workers in this material world who have wonderful creative force,\nbut they act and create only according to the direction of the Supreme\nLord. A scientist may create many wonderful inventions by the direction\nof the Lord, but it is not possible for him to overcome the stringent laws\nof material nature by his intelligence, nor is it possible to acquire such\nintelligence from the Lord because the Lord's supremacy would then be\nhampered. It is stated in this verse that Brahma created the universe as it\nwas before. This means that he created everything by the same name and\nform as in the previous cosmic manifestation.\nTEXT 18\n\n� '€SI441Atli qilqiitui•Ukt: I\nt�l�(ilfl...�ijlfft(ii � � �: II� �II\nsasarja cchiiyayiividyiim\npaiica-parvii[wm agrata�\ntiimisram andha-tiimisram\ntamo moho mahii-tama�\nsasa rja-created; chiiyayii-with his shadow; avidyiim-ignorance ; paiicaparvii[lam-five varieties; agrata�-first of all; tiimisram-tiimisra; andha-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0113": "Text 18]\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\n771\n\ntiimisram-andha-tiimisra; tama/.1-tamas; moha/.1-moha; mahii-tama{l.-mahatamas or mahiimoha.\nTRANSLATION\nFirst of all, Brahma created from his shadow the coverings of ignorance\nof the conditioned souls. They are five in number and are called tamisra,\nandha-tamisra, tamas, moha and mahamoha.\n\nPURPORT\nThe conditioned souls, or living entities who come to the material world\nto enjoy sense gratification, are covered in the beginning by five different\nconditions.\n\nThe first\n\ncondition is\n\na\n\ncovering\n\nof\n\ntiimisra, or anger.\n\nConstitutionally, each and every living entity has minute independence; it\nis misuse of that minute independence for the conditioned soul to think\nthat he can also enjoy like the Supreme Lord or to think, \"Why shall I not\nbe a free enjoyer like the Supreme Lord?\" This forgetfulness of his\nconstitutional position is due to anger or envy. The living entity, being\neternally a part and ·parcel servitor of the Supreme Lord, can never, by\nconstitution, be an equal enjoyer with the Lord. When he forgets this,\nhowever, and tries to be one with Him, this condition is called tiimisra.\nEven in the field of spiritual realization, this tiimisra mentality of the living\nentity is hard to overcome. In trying to get out of the entanglement of\nmaterial life, there are many who want to be one with the Supreme. Even\nin their transcendental activities, this lower grade mentality of tiimisra\ncontinues.\n\nAndha-tiimisra involves considering death to be the ultimate end. The\natheists generally think that the body is the self and that everything is\ntherefore ended with the end of the body. Thus they want to enjoy material life as feu:- as possible during the existence of the body. Their theory\nis: \"As long as you live, you should live prosperously. Never mind whether\nyou commit all kinds of so-called sins. You must eat sumptuously. Beg,\nborrow and steal, and if you think that by stealing and borrowing you are\nbeing entangled in sinful activities for which you will have to pay, then\njust forget that misconception because after death everything is finished.\nNo one is responsible for anything he does during his life.\" This atheistic\nconception of life is killing human civilization, for it is without knowledge\nof the continuation of eternal life.\nThis andha-tiimisra ignorance is due to tamas. The condition of not knowing anything about the spirit soul is called tamas. This material world is also\ngenerally called tamas because 99% of its living entities are ignorant of\n\n", "SB3.3#p0114": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n772\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\ntheir identity as soul. Almost everyone is thinking that he is this body; he\nhas no information of the spirit soul. Guided by this misconception, one\nalways thinks, \"This is my body, and anything in relationship with this\nbody is mine.\" For such misguided living entities, sex life is the background\nof material existence. Actually, the conditioned souls, in ignorance in this\nmaterial world, are simply guided by sex life, and as soon as they get the\nopportunity for sex life, they become attached to so-called home, motherland, children, wealth and opulence. As these attachments increasy, so\nmoha, or the illusion of the bodily concept of life, also increases. Thus\n\nthe idea that \"I am this body, and everything belonging to this body is\nmine\" also increases, and as the whole world is put into moha, sectarian\nsocieties, families and nationalities are created, and they fight with one\nanother. Mahiimoha means to be mad after material enjoyment. Especially\nin this age of Kali, everyone is overwhelmed by the madness to accumulate\nparaphernalia for material enjoyment. These definitions are very nicely\ngiven in Vi�[!u Purii[!a, wherein it is said:\ntamo 'viveko moha� syiid anta�-kara[!a-vibhrama�\nmahii-mohas tu vijiieyo griimya-bhoga-sukhai�a[l.ii\nmara[!arh hy andha-tiimisram tiimisram krodha ucyate\navidyii paiica-parvai�ii pradurbhiitii mahiitmana�\n\nTEXT 19\n\nwee>:�t tt: � ���¥\\t¥4�'( I\n�aJWTm uft �������II\nvisasarjiitmana� kiiyarh\nniibhinandarhs tamomayam\njagrhur yak�a-rak§iimsi\nriitrim k�ut-trt-samudbhaviim\nvisasarja - thre w\n\noff;\n\niitma na [1- his\n\nown;\n\nkiiyam - body;\n\nna - no t;\n\nabhinandan-being pleased; tamas-mayam- made of ignorance; jagrhu�­\n\ntook possession; yak�a-rak�iimsi- the Y ak�as and Rak�asas; riitrim- night;\nk,m dh-hunger; tr� - t hirst ; samudbhaviim-the source.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOut of disgust, Brahmi threw off the body of ignorance, and taking\n\nthis opportunity, Ya�as and Ra�asas sprang for possession of the body,\n\n", "SB3.3#p0115": "Text 21]\n\n773\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\nwhich continued to exist in the form of night. Night is the source of\nhunger and thirst.\nTEXT 20\n\n���!�� ij �: I\nm � iii�«W!�: �1�: ll�oll\nk�ut-tglbhyiirn upasr§tiis te\ntam jagdhu.rn abhidudnwu�\nrna rak§atainarh jak§adhvarn\nity ucu{t k�ut-tr{i-arditiift\nk.sudh-tr{ibhyarn-by hunger and thirst; upasrfi.tiift-were overcome; le­\n\nthe demon s ( Y ak�as and Rak�asas); tarn- Lord Brahma; jagdhurn-lo eat;\n\nabhidudruvult-ran towards; rna-do not; rak§ata spa re; enam-him;jak�adhvam-eat; iti-thus; iJ.cuft-said; kfiudh-tr.s-arditiift-afflicted by hunger\n-\n\nand thirst.\nTRANSLATION\nOverpowered by hunger and thirst, they ran to devour Brahma from\n\nall sides and cried, \"Spare him not! Eat him up!\"\nPURPORT\nThe representatives of the Y ak�as and Riikl!asas still exist in some countries of the world. It is understood that such uncivilized men take pleasure\nin killing their own grandfathers and holding a \"love feast\" by roasting\nthe bodies.\nTEXT 21\n\n�;n� mit itT � iii-� �� I\n3lit it ��� � � � 11��11\ndevas tan aha samvigno\nrna mam jak§ata rak§ata\naho me yalc§a-rak§arhsi\npraja yuyam babhuvitha\ndeva[t-Lord Brahma; tiin-lo them;aha-said ;sarhvigna[t-being anxious;\noh; me my;\n\nma-do no t ; miim-me ; jak� a l a-eat ; rak� ata- p rotect ; aho\n\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0116": "774\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatarn\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nyakfia-rakfiiirhsi-0 Yak�as and Rak�asas ; prajaft-sons; yuyam-you ; babhuvitha- wer e born.\nTRANSLATION\nBrahma, the head of the demigods, full of anxiety, asked them, \"Do\n\nnot eat me, but protect me. You are born from me and have become my\nsons. Therefore you are Y �as and R�asas.\"\nPURPORT\nThe demons who were born from the body of Brahma were called\nYak�as and Rak�asas because some of them cried that Brahma should be\neaten and the others cried that he should not be protected. The ones who\nsaid that he should be eaten were called Y ak�as, and the ones who said\nthat he should not be protected became Riik�asas, man-eaters. The two,\nYak�as and Ra�asas, are the original creation by Brahma and are represented\neven until today in the uncivilized men who are scattered all over the\nuniverse. They are born of the mode of ignorance, and therefore, because\nof their behavior, they are called Rak�asas, or man-eaters.\n\nTEXT 22\n\ndevatafl prabhaya ya ya\ndivyan pramuhhato 's.rjat\nte ahiir§ur devayanto\nvis!§tiirh tiim prabhiim aha[l.\ndevatii[l -the demigods; prabhayii- with the glory of light; _yii{l yiifl-those\ndwy an-shining; pramukha ta fl - chiefly; asrjat-created; te-they;\nahiirfiufl- took possession of; deva_yantafl- being active; visrfi.tam separated;\ntam- that; prabhiim-effulgent form; ahaft - daytime.\nwho;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe then created the chief demigods, who were shining with the glory of\n\ngoodness. He dropped before them the effulgent form of daytime, and the\ndemigods sportingly took possession of it.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0117": "Text 24]\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\n775\n\nPURPORT\nDemons were born from the creation of night, and the demigods were\nborn from the creation of day . In other words, demons like the Yak�as\nand Rak�asas are born of the quality of ignorance, and demigods are born\nof the quality of goodness.\n\ndevo ,deviiii jaghanatafl\nsrjati smiitilolupiin\nta enam lolupatayii\nmaithunii_yiibhipedire\ndevafl-Lord Brahmii; adeva n\n\n-\n\ndemons; jaghanata/1-from his backside;\n\nsrjati s ma-gave birth; atilolupan-excessively fond of sex; te-they; enamLord Brahma; lolupatayii-with lust; maithuniiya-for copulation; abhipedire-approached.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma then gave birth to the demons from the backside of his\nbody, and they were very fond of sex. Because they were too lustful,\nthey approached him for copulation.\nPURPORT\nSex life is the background of material existence. Here also it is repeated\nthat demons are very fond of sex life. The more one is free from the desires\nfor sex, the more he is promoted to the level of the demigods; the\nmore one is inclined to enj oy sex, the more he is degraded to the level of\ndemoniac life.\n\ntato hasan sa bhagaviin\nasurair nirapatrapaifl\n\n", "SB3.3#p0118": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n776\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nanvi yamiinas tarasii\nkruddho bhita� pariipatat\ntata�-then;hasan-laughing;sa� bhagaviin-the worshipful Lord Brahmii;\nasurai{t-by\n\nthe demons; nirapatrapai{l -shameless; anviyamana{l-being\n\nfollowed; tarasii-in great haste; kruddha{t-angry ; bhttalt-being afraid;\npariipatat-ran away.\nTRANSLATION\nThe worshipful Brahma first laughed at their stupidity, but, finding the\nshameless asuras close upon him, he grew indignant and ran in great haste\nout of fear.\nPURPORT\nSexuaUy inclined demons have no respect even for their father, and the\n\nbest policy for a saintly father like Brahmii is to leave such demoniac sons.\nTEXT 25\n\n�I\n�r;���R'l��li_ II�'-\\ II\n\n�� Wl�ffi��\n\nsa upavrajya varadarh\n\nprapanniirti-hararh harim\n\nanugrahaya bhaktiiniim\nanuriipiitma-darsanam\nsa{l-Lord Brahma; upavrajya-approaching; vara-dam-the bestower of\n\nall boons; prapanna\n\n-\n\nof those taking shelter at His lotus feet; iirti-distress;\n\nharam-�ho di spels; harim- Lord Sri Hari; anugrahiiya-for showing mercy;\nbhaktiiniim -to His devotees; anuriipa-in suitable forms; iitma-darsanam­\n\nwho manifests Himself\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe approached the Personality of Godhead, who bestows all boons and\n\nwho dispels the agony of His devotees and of those who take shelter of\nHis lotus feet. He manifests His innumerable transcendental forms for the\n\nsatisfaction of His devotees.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0119": "Text 25]\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\n777\n\nPURPORT\nHere\n\nthe\n\nwords\n\nbhaktiiniim anuriipiitma-darsanam\n\nmean\n\nthat the\n\nPersonality of Godhead manifests His multi-forms according to the desires\nof the devotees. For example, Hanumanji (Vajrarigaji) wanted to see the\nform of the Lord as the Personality of Godhead Ramacandra, whereas\nother Vai�r;�avas want to see the form of Radha-Kr!il)a, and still other\ndevotees want to see the Lord in the form of Lak�m1-Narayar;�a. The\nMayavadl philosophers think that although all these forms are assumed by\nthe Lord just as the devotees desire to see Him, actually He is impersonal.\nFrom Brahma-sarhhitii, however, we can understand that this is not so, for\nthe Lor(i has multi-forms. It is said in the Brahma-sarhhitii, advaitam\n\nacyutam.\n\nThe Lord does not appear before the devotee because of the\n\ndevotee's imagination. Brahma-sarhhitii further explains that the Lord has\ninnumerable forms: riimiidi-rnurtifiu kalli-niyamena ti,s.than. l le exists in\nmillions and millions of forms. There are 8,400,000 species of living\nentities, but the incarnations of the Supreme Lord are innumerable. In the\n\nBhiigavatam it is stated that as the waves in the sea cannot be counted but\nappear and disappear continually, so the incamations and forms of the\nLord are innumerable. A devotee is attached to a particular form, and it is\nthat form which he worships. We have just described the first appearance\nof the boar within this universe. There are innumerable universes, and\nsomewhere or other the boar form is now existing. All the forms of the\nLord are eternal. It is the devotee's inclination to worship a particular\nform, and he engages in devotional service to that form. In a verse in the\n\nRiimiiya(w, Hanuman, the great devotee of Rama, said, \"I know that\nthere is no difference between the Sita-Rama and Lak�m1-Narayar;�a forms\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but nevertheless the form of\nRama and Sita has absorbed my affection and love. Therefore I want to\nsee the Lord in the forms of Rama and Sita.\" Similarly, the Gau91ya\nVai;;r;�ava loves the forms of Radha and Kr!irJa, and Kr!it)a and Rukmir;�1 at\nDvarakii. The words bhaktiinrim anurupiitma-darsanam mean that the Lord\nis always pleased to favor the devotee in the particular form in which the\ndevotee wants to\n\nw\n\no r ship and render service unto Him. In this verse\n\nit is stated that Brahmii approached 1-lari, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. This form of the Lord is K;;irodakasayl Vi�r_Ju. Whenever there\nis some trouble and Brahma has to approach the Lord, he can approach\nK�lrodakasayi Vi;;t;�u, and it is the grace of the Lord that whenever Brahma\napproaches about disturbances in the universe, the Lord gives him relief in\nso many ways.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0120": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n778\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 26\n,...\n\n.\n\n. ....\n\n....\n\n....\n\n.\n\nqm: �T q��ij 'SI'lOT�\n�n �\n\n�: I\n\ntrfil� qrqr alWiir�f..\"Q lti � 11��11\npiihi miim paramiitmams te\npre§ar-eniisrjam prajii[l.\ntii imii yabhitum piipii\nupiikriimanti miim prabho\n\npiihi -protect; miim-me; paramiitman-0 Supreme Lord; te- Your;\npre§a {! ena-by order; asrjam-1 created; prajalt-living beings; talt imaltthose very persons; yabhitum-to have sex; piipii.h-sinful beings; upakramanti-are approaching; mam-me; prabho-0 Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahmii, approaching the Lord, addressed Him thus: My Lord,\n\nplease protect me from these sinful demons, who were created by me\n\nunder Your order. They are infuriated by an appetite for sex and have\n\ncome to attack me.\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears here that the homosexual appetite of males for each other is\ncreated in this episode of the creation of the demons by Brahma. In other\n\nwords, the homosexual appetite of a man for another man is demoniac\n\nand is not for any sane male in the ordinary course of life.\nTEXT 27\n\n�if�: f�<?i �r;rt f�� i�lijf{: 1\n��: ������O{lijii(� � 11��11\ntvam eka[l. kila lokiiniim\nkli§!iiniim klesa-niisana[l.\ntvam ekaft klesadas te§iim\naniisanna-padiim tava\ntvam- You; ekaft-alone; kila-indeed; lokiiniim-of the people; kli§.tii­\n\nnam-afflicted with miseries; klesa-the distresses; n iisana[l. -relie ving ; tvam\n\n", "SB3.3#p0121": "Text 28)\n\nConversati�n Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\n779\n\neka�- You alone; klesa-da�-inflicting distress; te§am-on those; anasannanot taken shelter; padam-fect; tava- Your.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You are the only one capable of ending the affliction of.the\ndistressed and inflicting agony on those who never resort to Your feet.\nPURPORT\nThe words klesadas te§am aniisanna-padam tava indicate that the Lord\nhas two concerns. The first is to give protection to persons who take\nshelter of His lotus feet, and the second is to gi ve trouble to those who are\n\nalways demoniac and who are inimical towards the Lord. Maya's function\nis to give afflictions to the nondevotees. Here Brahm a said, \"You are the\nprotector of the surrendered souls; therefore I surrender unto Your lotus\nfeet. Please give me protection from these demons.\"\n\nso 'vadhiiryasya karpa[tyarh\nviviktiidhyiitma-darsana�\nvimuiiciitma-tanurh ghoriim\nity ukto vimumoca ha\nsa�-the Supreme Lord, 1-lari; avadhiirya- perceiving; asya- of Lord\nBrahmii; kiirpa[lyam-the distress; vivikta-wilhout a doubt; adhyiitmaminds of others; darsana�- one who can see; vimuiica-casl off; iitmat anum-your body; gh oriim- impure; iti ukta�- thus commanded; vimu­\n\nmoca ha- L or d Brahma threw it off.\nTRANSLA TION\nThe Lord, who can distinctly see the minds of others, perceived\nBrahma's distress and said to him: Cast off this impure body of yours.\nThus commanded by the Lord, Brahma cast off his body.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord is described here by the word viviktiidhyiitma-darsana�. If\nanyone can completely perceive another's distress without doubt, it is the\n\n", "SB3.3#p0122": "780\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[ Cant o 3, Ch. 20\n\nLord Himself. If someone is in distress and wants to get relief from his\n\nfriend, sometimes it so happens that his friend does not appreciate the\n\nvolume of distress he is suffering. But for the Supreme Lord it is not\n\ndifficult. The Supreme Lord, as Paramatma, is sitting within the heart of\n\nevery living entity, and He directly perceives the exact causes of distress.\n\nIn Bhagavad-g\"itii the Lord says, sarvasya ciiham hrdi sannivi§taJ:t: \"I am\n\nsitting in everyone's heart, and because of Me one's remembrance and\n\nforgetfulness occur.\" Thus whenever one fully surrenders unto the Su­\n\npreme Lord, he finds that He is sitting within his heart. He can give us\n\ndirection how to get out of dangers or how to approach Him in devotional\n\nservice. The Lord, however, asked Brahma to give up his present body\n\nbecause it had created the demoniac principle. According to Sridhara\n\nSvami, Brahma's constant dropping of his body does not refer to his\n\nactually giving up his body. Rather, he suggests that Brahma gave up a\n\nparticular mentality. Mind is the subtle body of the living entity. We may\n\nsometimes be absorbed in some thought which is sinful, but if we give up\n\nthe sinful thought, it may be said that we give up the body. Brahma's\n\nmind was not in correct order when he created the demons. It must have\n\nbeen full of passion because the entire creation was passionate; therefore such\npassionate sons were born. It follows that any father and mother should\n\nalso be careful while begetting children. The mental condition of a child\n\ndepends upon the mental status of his parents at the time he is conceived.\n\nAccording to the Vedic system, therefore, the garbhiidiina-samskiira, or the\n\nceremony for giving birth to a child, is observed. Before begetting a child,\n\none has to sanctify his perplexed mind. When the parents engage their\n\nminds in the lotus feet of the Lord and in such a state the child is born,\n\nnaturally good devotee children come; when the society is full of such\ngood population, there is no trouble from demoniac mentalities.\n\ntiim kvartac-carartiimbhojiim\nmada-vihvala-locaniim\nkiinct-kaliipa-vilasaddukula-cchanna-rodhasam\ntiim-that body; kvartat-tinkling with ankle bells; cararta-am bhojiim­\n\nwith lotus feet; mada-intoxication; vih vala\n\n-\n\noverwh el m ed; lo canam\n\n-\n\nwith\n\n", "SB3.3#p0123": "Text 30]\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\n781\n\neyes; kaiici-kalapa -with a girdle made of golden ornaments; vilasal-shining; dukiila-by fine cloth; channa-covered; rodh a sa m -having hip .\nTRANSLATION\nThe body given up by Brahma took the form of the evening twilight,\nwhen the day and night meet, a time which kindles passion. The asuras,\nwho are passionate by nature, dominated as they are by the element of\nrajas, took it for a damsel, whose lotus feet resounded with the tinkling of\nanklets, whose eyes were wide with intoxication and whose hips were\ncovered by fine cloth, over which shone a girdle.\nPURPORT\nAs early morning is the period for spiritual cultivation, so the beginning\nof evening is the period for passion_ Demoniac men are generally very fond\nof sex enjoyment; therefore they very much appreciate the approach of\nevening. The demons took the approach of the evening twilight to be a\nbeautiful woman, and they began to adore her in various ways. They\nimagined the twilight to be a very beautiful woman with tinkling bangles\non her feet, a girdle on her hips, and beautiful breasts, and for their sexual\nsatisfaction they imagined the appearance of this beautiful girl before\nthem.\n\nanyon ya-sle§ayottwiganirantara-payodharam\nsunasam sudvijiirh snigdhahasa-lilavalokanam\n\nanyonya-to each other; s le saya beca use of clinging; utlU!iga-raised;\n.\n\n-\n\nnirantara-without intervening space; paya {l dha ram\n-\n\nshapely nose;\n\nsu-dvijam-beautiful\n\nteeth;\n\ns nig\n\ndha\n\n-\n\n-\n\nb reasts; su-nasam­\n\n!ovely ; hasa-smi!e;\n\nlila-avalokanam -sportful glance.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHer breasts projected upwards because of their clinging to each other,\nand they were too contiguous to admit any intervening space. She had a\n\n", "SB3.3#p0124": "782\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nshapely nose and beautiful teeth; a lovely smile played on her lips, and she\ncast a sportful glance at the asuras.\n\nguhantim vri!layiitmiinam\nniliilaka-varuthinim\n\nupalabhyiisurii dharma\n\nsarve sammumuhu� striyam\n\nguhantim-hiding;vri!layii-out of shyness;iitmiinam-herself;nila-dark;\n\na1aka-hair; varuthinim-a bunch; upalabhya-upon imagining; asurii�-the\n\ndemons; dharma-0 Vidura; sarve-all; sammumuhu�-were captivated;\n\nstriyam-woman.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAdorned with dark tresses, she hid herself, as it were, out of shyness.\nUpon seeing that girl, the asuras were all infatuated with an appetite for\nsex.\nPURPORT\nThe difference between demons and demigods is that a beautiful woman\n\nvery easily attracts the minds of demons, but she cannot attract the mind\n\nof a godly person. A godly person is full of knowledge, and a demoniac\n\nperson is full of ignorance. Just as a child is attracted by a beautiful doll,\nsimilarly a demon, who is less intelligent and full of ignorance, is attracted\n\nby ma terial beauty and an appetite for sex. The godly person knows that\nthis nicely dressed and ornamented attraction of high breasts, high hips,\n\nbeautiful nose and fair complexion is miiyii. All the beauty a woman can\ndisplay is only a combination of flesh and blood. Sri Sankaracarya has\n\nadvised all persons not to be attracted by the interaction of flesh and\n\nblood; they should be attracted by the real beauty in spiritual life. The\n\nreal beauty is Kr�IJa and Radha. One who is attracted by the beauty of\nRadha and Kr�IJa cannot be attracted by the false beauty of this material\n\nworld. That is the difference between a demon and a godly person or\ndevotee.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0125": "783\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\nText 33]\n\nTEXT 32\n\"\"\n\n....\n\n� <:'\n\n....\n\n•\n\n��� �;p.r�:l\n·\n\n� �1'4t1'41'1'4�1ittr mNRr ����II\naho riipam aho dhairyam\naho asyii navam vaya�\nmadhye kiimayamiiniiniim\nakiimeva visarpati\n\nah o-oh; rupam\n\n- what beauty; aho-oh; dhairyam-what self-control;\n- youth; madhye -in the midst;\n\naho-oh; asyii�-her;navam-budding; vaya�\n\nkiimayamiiniiniim-of those passionately longing for;akamii-free from pas­\n\ns\n\nsion; iva-like; vi arpati-walking with us_\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demons praised her: Oh, what a beauty! What rare self-control!\nWhat a budding youth! In the midst of us all, who are passionately longing\nfor her, she is moving about like one absolutely free from passion.\nTEXT 33\n\nA(l,tl;ijl � ijf �� 31'ii!JtiM'( I\n������:11��11\nvitarkayanto bahudhii tiim\nsandhyiim promadiikrtim\nabhisambhiivya vi.Srambhiit\nparyaprcchan kumedhasa�\nvita rkayanta�-indulging in speculations; bahudhii-various kinds; tamher; sandhyiim\n\n- the evening twilight; pramadii-a young woman; iikrtim\n\n-in the form of;abhisambhiivya-treating with great respect; vi.Srambhiitfondly; paryaprcc han-questioned; kumedhasal). -wicked-minded\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIndulging in various speculations about the evening twilight, which\nappeared to them endowed with the form of a young woman, the wickedminded asuras treated her with respect and fondly spoke to her as follows.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0126": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n784\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 34\n\n'lilf� �Tf« �� � ��s;r mfl�R 1\n���wt � f�rcm 11�\\111\nkiisi kasyiisi rambhoru\nko viirthas te 'tra bhiimini\nrupa-dravi[la-pa[l yena\ndurbhagiin no vibiidhase\nka-who; asi are you;kasya - belonging to whom;asi-are you;rambhoru\n-0 pretty one; ka� -what; vii-or; artha� -o bj ect; te-your; atra-here;\nbhiimini- 0 passionate lady; r upa b e au ty; dravi[w-priceless;par-yena-with\n-\n\n-\n\nthe commod it y; durbhagiin\n\n-\n\nun for tu na te; na[l--us; vibiidhase-you tantalize.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWho are you, 0 pretty girl? Whose wife or daughter are you, and what\n\ncan be the object of your appearing before us? Why do you tantalize us,\nunfortunate as we are, with the priceless commodity of your beauty?\n\nPURPORT\nThe mentality of the demons in being enamored by the false beauty of\nthis material world is expressed herein. The demoniac can pay any price for\nthe skin beauty of this material world. They work very hard all day and\nnight, but the purpose of their hard work is to enjoy sex life. Sometimes\nthey misrepresent themselves as karma-yogis, not knowing the meaning of\nthe word yoga.\n\nYoga means to link up with the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, or to act in Kr!!I'Ja consciousness. A person who works very hard,\nno matter in what occupation, and who offers the result of the work to the\nservice of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�11a, is called a karma­\n\nyogt.\n\nTEXT 35\n;n en � f�\n\n�;f ij'!f 1\n��mo11wti ���T 1{0{: 11��11\nyii vii kiicit tvam abale\ndi§tyii sandarsanam tava\n\n", "SB3.3#p0127": "Text 35]\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\n785\n\nutsuno§ik§amii(liinarh\nkanduka-kri!iaya mana�\nyii-whosoever; vii-or; kac it-anyone; tvam-you; abale-0 beautiful.\ngirl; di§.tyii by fortune; sandarsanam seeing ; tava-of you; utsuno.siyou agitate; ik.samii{liiniim-of the onlookers; kanduka-with a ball; kri!iaya\n-\n\n-by play; mana�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhosoever you may be, 0 beautiful girl, we are fortunate in being able to\nsee you. While playing with a ball, you have agitated the minds of all\nonlookers.\nPURPORT\nDemons arrange many kinds of performances to see the glaring beauty\nof a beautiful woman. Here it is stated that they saw the girl playing with\na ball. Sometimes the demoniac arrange for so-called sports, like tennis,\nwith the opposite sex. The purpose of such sporting is to see the bodily\nconstruction of the beautiful girl and enjoy a subtle sex mentality. This\ndemoniac sex mentality of material enjoyment is sometimes encouraged\nby so-called yogis who encourage the public to enjoy sex life in different\nvarieties and at the same time advertise that if one meditates on a certain\nmanufactured mantra one can become God within six months. The public\nwants to be cheated, and Kr�l').a therefore creates such cheaters to misrepresent and delude. These so-called yogis are actually enjoyers of the world\ngarbed as yogis. Bhagavad-gitii, however, recommends that if one wants to\nenjoy life, then it cannot be with these gross senses. A patient is advised\nby the experienced physician to refrain from ordinary enjoyment while in\nthe diseased condition. A diseased person cannot enjoy anything; he has to\nrestrain his enjoyment in order to get rid of the disease. Similarly, our\nmaterial condition is a diseased condition. If one wants to enjoy real sense\nenjoyment, then one must get free of the entanglement of material existence. In spiritual life we can enjoy sense enjoyment which has no end.\nThe difference between material and spiritual enjoyment is that material\nenjoyment is limited. Even if a man engages in material sex enjoyment, he\ncannot enjoy it for long. But when the sex enjoyment is given up, then one\ncan enter spiritual life, which is unending. In the Bhiigavatam it is stated\nthat brahma-saukhya, spiritual happiness, is ananta, unending. Foolish\ncreatures are enamored by the beauty of matter and think that the\nenjoyment it offers is real, but actually that is not real enjoyment.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0128": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n786\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 36\n\n��ij�mf���\n� Ui: �((f�Wf '«R� I\n� f?ltfiG>Rf ¥���-.�(l{Rt\n\n�����W�R<fl«¥{tt: ������\nnaikatra te jayati siilini piida-padmarh\nghnantyii muhu� kara-talena patat-patangam\nmadhyam vifoidati brhat-stana-bhiira-bhitarh\nsiinteva drfi.tir amalii susikhii-samuha�\n\nna-not; ekatra-in one place; te\n\n-\n\nyour; jayati\n\nwoman; piida-padmam-lotus feet ; ghnantyii�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nstay; siilini-0 beautiful\n\nstriking; muhuft-again and\n\nagain; kara-talena-by the palm of the hand; patat-bouncing; patangamthe ball; madhyam\n\n-\n\nwaist; vifoidati\n\n-\n\ngets fatigued; brhat\n\n-\n\nfull grown; slana­\n\nof your breasts; bhara-by the weight; bhi t am-oppressed ; siintii iva\nfatigued;\n\ndrfi.l*-vision; amalii-clear;\n\nsu-beautiful;\n\nsikhii\n\n-\n\n-\n\nas if\n\nyour hair;\n\nsamiihaft-bunch.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 beautiful woman, when you strike the bouncing ball against the\n\nground with your hand again and again, your lotus feet do not stay in one\n\nplace. Oppressed by the weight of your fuU-grown breasts, your waist\nbecomes fatigued, and your clear vision grows duU, as it were. Pray braid\nyour comely hair.\n\nPURPORT\nThe demons observed beautiful gestures in the woman's every step. Here\nthey praise her full-grown breasts, her scattered hair and her movements in\nstepping forward and backward while playing with the ball. In every step\nthey enjoy her womanly beauty, and while they enjoy her beauty their\nminds become agitated by sex desire. As moths at night surround a fire and\nare killed, so the demons become victims of the movements of the ball-like\nbreasts of a beautiful woman. The scattered hair of a beautiful woman also\nafflicts the heart of a lusty demon.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0129": "Text 38)\n\n787\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\niti sayantanim sandhyam\nasura\"{l pramadayatim\npralobhayantim jagrhur\nmatva mu{lha-dhiya\"{l striyam\niti-in this way; sayantanim-the evening; sandhyam\nthe demons; pramadayatim\ntim-alluring;\n\n-\n\n-\n\ntwilight; asura{l­\n\nbehaving like a wanton woman; pralobhayan­\n\njagrhu\"{l-seize d; matva- thinking\n\nto be;\n\nmii{iha-dhiya\"{t­\n\nunintelligent; striyam-a woman.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe asuras, clouded in their understanding, took the evening twilight\nto be a beautiful woman showing herself in her alluring form, and they\nseized her.\nPURPORT\nThe asuras are described here as mu�ha-dhiya\"{l, meaning that they are\n\ncaptivated by ignorance, j ust like the ass. The demons were captivated by\nthe false glaring beauty of this material form, and thus they embraced her.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n� �t fJiw�tt•�qt;cl{lW(T 1\n� m:r�������l\nprahasya bhava-gambhiram\njighrantyatmanam atmana\nkantya sasarja bhagaviin\ngandharvapsarasam garan\n\np rah asya-sm i lin g; bh iiva gambhiram- with a deep purpose; jig hrantyiikiintya by his\nl.oveliness; sasarja-created; bh agaviin- the worshipful Lord Brahma; gan-\n\nunderstanding; iitmiinam-himself; iitmanii-by himself;\n\n-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0130": "S rimad Bha gavatam\n\n788\n\n-\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\ndharva-the celestial musicians; apsarasam-and of the heavenly dancing\ngirls; ga[lan-the hosts of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith a laugh full of deep significance, the worshipful Brahma· then\nevolved by his own loveliness, which seemed to enjoy itself by itself, the\nhosts of Gandharvas and Apsaras.\n\nPURPORT\nThe musicians in the upper planetary systems are called Gandharvas,\nand the dancing girls are called Apsaras. After being attacked by the\ndemons and evolving a form of a beautiful woman in the twilight, Brahma\nnext created Gandharvas and Apsaras. Music and dancing employed in\nsense gratification are to be accepted as demoniac, but the same music and\ndancing, when employed in glorifying the Supreme Lord as k\"irtana, is\ntranscendental and brings about a life completely fit for spiritual enjoyment.\n\nTEXT 39\n\nWQQ&i � �t �Wl�ijti �� fWm{ I\nQ ���: �ft�m: ������\nvisasarja tanum tam vai\njyotsnam kantimatim priyam\nta eva cadadu� pritya\nviSvavasu-purogama�\nvisasarja-gave up; tanum-form; tam-that; vm-m fact; jyotsnammoonlight; kan t imatim- shin i ng; priyam-beloved; te-the Gandharvas;\neva-certainly; ca-and; adadu{l.\n\n-\n\ntook possession; pritya\n\n-\n\ngladly; vis'v\"i:wasu­\n\npura{l.-gama�-headed by Visvavasu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter that, Brahma gave up that shining and beloved form of moonlight.\nVisvavasu and other Gandharvas gladly took possession of it.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0131": "Text 41]\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\n789\n\nm.tvii bhuta-piSiiciirhs ca\nbhagaviin iitma-tandri[lii\ndig-viisaso mukta-kesiin\nvik§ya ciimilayad drsau\nm.tvii-having created; bhuta-ghosts; pisiiciin\n-Lord Brahma; iitma\n\n-\n\nmukta-disheveled; kesiin\ndrsau\n\n-\n\n-\n\nfiends; ca-and; bhagaviin\n\nhis; tandri[lii-fr om laziness; dis-viisasaft-naked;\n-\n\nhair; vik�ya-seeing; ca-and; amilayat- closed ;\n\ntwo eyes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe glorious Brahma next evolved from his sloth the ghosts and fiends,\nbut he closed his eyes when he saw them stand naked with their hair\nscattered.\nPURPORT\nGhosts and mischievous hobgoblins are also the creation of Brahma;\nthey are not false. All of them are meant for putting the conditioned soul\ninto various miseries. They are understood to be the creation of Brahma\nunder the direction of the Supreme Lord.\n\nTEXT4l\n\njagrhus tad-visr§.tiirh tiirh\njrmbha[liikhyiirh tanurh prabhoft\nnidriim indriya-vikledo\nyayii bhUte§u drsyate\nyenocchi§,tiin dhar§ayanti\ntam unmiidarh pracak§ate\n\n", "SB3.3#p0132": "790\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\njagrhu�-took possession; tat-visrfi.liim-thrown off by him; tam- that;\njrmbhap,a-iikhyiim-known as yawning; tanum-the bod y;prabho[l-of Lord\nBrahma; nidrii.m-sleep;indriya-vikleda[l-drooling;yayii-by which; bhiUefiu\n-among the living beings; drsyate-is observed; yena-by which; ucch4tiinsmeared with stool and urine; dhar§ayanti-bewilder; tam-that; unmiidam\n-madness; pracak§ate-is spoken of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe ghosts and hobgoblins took possession of the body which was\n\nthrown off in the form of yawning by Brahmii, the creator of the living\nentities. This is also known as the sleep which causes drooling. The hob­\n\ngoblins and ghosts attack men who are impure, and their attack is spoken\nof as insanity.\n\nPURPORT\nThe disease of insanity or being haunted by ghosts takes place in an\n\nunclean state of existence. Here it is clearly stated that when a man is fast\n\nasleep and saliva flows from his mouth and he remains unclean, ghosts then\ntake advantage of his unclean state and haunt his body. In other words,\n\nthose who drool while sleeping are considered unclean and are subj ect to\nbe haunted by ghosts or to go insane.\n\nTEXT42\n\n���.-d ¥t.-q¥(lwt 31R'4R ��: I\n��f(Qlf.{���Oil�dlv;:ll����\nurjasvantam manyamiina\natmiinam bhagaviin aja�\nsadhyan ga[liin pitr-ga[liin\nparok§el)iisrjat prabhu�\n\nurjasvantam-full of energy; manyamiina�\n\n-\n\nrecognizing; iitmanam-him­\n\nself; bhagavii.n-the most worshipful; aja�-Br ahmii; sadhyan-the demigods;\npitr-ga[liin-and the Pitas; par ok§ e[la- from his invisible form; asrjatcreated; prabhu�-the lord of beings.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0133": "Text43]\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\n791\n\nTRANSLATION\nRecognizing himself to be full of desire and energy, the worshipful\nBrahma, the creator of the living entities, evolved from his own invisible\nform, from his navel, the hosts of Sadhyas and Pitas.\nPURPORT\nThe Sadhyas and Pitas are invisible forms of departed souls, and they\nare also created by Brahma.\nTEXT43\n\n���'ie•l (f m �: 31Riqf« 1\n�� f�� � ;;rm:� ������\n�\n\nta iitma-sargarh tam kiiyarh\npitara{t pratipedire\n\nsiidhyebhyas ca pitrbhyas ca\nkavayo yad vitanvate\n\nte-they; atm a sargam\n-\n\nbody;\n\npitara{t-the\n\n-\n\nsour ce of their existence; tam\n\nPitas;\n\n-\n\nthat; kiiyam­\n\npratipedire-accepted; siidhyebhya{t-to\n\nthe\n\nSadhyas; ca-and; pitrbhya{t-to the Pitas; ca-also; kavaya� -those well\n\nversed in rituals; yat-through which; vitanvate-offer oblations.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Pitas themselves took possession of the invisible body, the source of\ntheir existence. It is through the medium of this invisible body that those\nwell versed in the rituals offer oblations to the Sadhyas and Pitas [in the\nform of their departed ancestors] on the occasion of sraddha.\nPURPORT\nSraddha is a ritualistic performance observed by the followers of the\n\nVedas. There is a yearly occasion of fifteen days when ritualistic religion·\n\nists follow the principle of offering oblations to departed souls. Thus those\nfathers and ancestors who, by freaks of nature, might not have a gross body\nfor material enjoyment, can again gain such bodies due to the offering of\n\nsriiddha oblations by their descendants. The performance of sriiddha, or\n\noffering oblations with prasada, is still current in India, especially at\n\n", "SB3.3#p0134": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n792\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nGaya, where oblations are offered at the lotus feet of Vi�l)u in a celebrated\n\ntemple. Because the Lord is thus pleased with the devotional service of\n\nthe descendants, by His grace he liberates the condemned souls of fore­\n\nfathers who do not have gross bodies, and He favors them to again receive\n\na gross body for development of spiritual advancement.\n\n.\nUnfortunately, by the influence of maya, the conditioned soul employs\n\nthe body he gets for sense gratification, forgetting that such an occupation\nmay lead him to return again to an invisible body. The devotee of the Lord,\n\nor one who is in Kri�l}a consciousness, however, does not need to perform\n\nsuch ritualistic ceremonies as sraddha because he is always pleasing the\nSupreme Lord; therefore his fathers and ancestors who might have been\n\nin difficulty are automatically relieved. The vivid example is Prahlada\nMaharaja. Prahlada Maharaja requested Lord Nrsimhadeva to deliver his\n\nsinful father, who had so many times offended the lotus feet of the Lord.\n\nThe Lord replied that in a family where a Vai�l)ava like Prahlada is born,\n\nnot only his father but his father's father and their fathers-up to the\n\nfourteenth father back-are all automatically delivered. The conclusion,\n\ntherefore, is that Kri�•Ja consciousness is the sum total of all good work\n\nfor the family, for society and for all living entities. In the Caitanya­\n\ncaritamrta the author says that a person fully conversant with Kri�l}a consciousness does not perform any rituals because he knows that simply by\n\nserving Kr�rya in full Kp�Qa consciousness, all rituals are automatically\n\nperformed.\n\nTEXT 44\n\n�f�·tn�d�€4 f��ijt�1\n��1*1¥41�¥UW1'FN�� 11\\i�ll\nsiddhiin vidyiidhariims caiva\ntirodhiinena so 'srjat\ntebhyo 'dadiit tam iitmiinam\nantardhiiniikhyam adbhutam\nsiddhiin-the Siddhas; vidyiidhariin-Vidyadharas; ca eva-and also; tira�dhiinena\n\n-\n\nby the faculty of remaining hidden from vision; sa�\n\n-\n\nLord\n\nBrahma; asrja t-cr eated; tebhya�-to them; adadiit-gave; tam iitmiinam­\n\nthat form of his; antardhiina-iikh yam-known as the Antardhiina; adbhutam\n-wonderful.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0135": "Conversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\nText46)\n\n793\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Lord Brahma, by his ability to be hidden from vision, created\nthe Siddhas and Vidyadharas, and gave them that wonderful form of his\nknown as the Antardhana.\nPURPORT\nAntardhana means that these living creatures can be perceived to be\npresent, but th ey cannot be seen by vision.\nTEXT45\n\n��f�'�tql'{ SkQ1�4'11�Si;: I\n�'Wq;:QS�� feci'!��'{ 1\\l� I\n�\n\nsa kinnariin kimpuru�iin\npratyiitmyeniisriat prabhu�\nmiinayann iitmaniitmiinam\niitmiibhiisarh vilokayan\nsa�\n\n-\n\nLord Brahma; kinnaran-the Kinnaras; kimpurufiiin-the Kimpuru�as;\n\np ratyiitmyena- from his reflection (in water); asrjat\nthe\n\nlord of the living beings\n\niitmiinam\n\n-\n\n-\n\nc reated ;\n\nprabhu�­\n\n(Brahma); miinayan -admiring; iitmanii\n\nhimself by himself; iitma-iibhiisam- his reflection; vilokayan­\n\nseeing.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day, Brahma, the creator of the living entities, beheld his own\nreflection in the water, and, admiring himself, he evolved Kimpur�as as\nwell as Kinnaras out of that reflection.\nTEXT46\n\nij' ij � � �� ��q(irmWTt 1\ntil!!�� •n��(ijirql'ffu\" �f¥1: 11\\l�ll\nte tu taj jagrhii riiparh\ntyaktarh yat paramefi.thinii\nmithunTbhiiya giiyantas\ntam evo§asi karmabh*\n\n", "SB3.3#p0136": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n794\n\n-\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nte-they (the Kinnaras and Kimpuru�as); tu-but; tat-that; jagrhuf.l,took possession of; rupam-that shadowy form; tyaktam-given up; yatwhich; parame§.thina-by Brahma; mithunibhuya-coming together with\ntheir spouses; gayantal].-praise in song; tam-him; eva-only ; u�asi-at daybreak; karmabhi[l-with his exploits.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Kimpuru�as and Kinnaras took possession of that shadowy form\nwhich was left by Brahma. That is why they and their spouses sing his\npraises by recounting his exploits at every daybreak.\nPURPORT\nThe time early in the morning, one and a half hours before sunrise, is\ncalled briihma-muhUrta. During this brahma-muhurta, spiritual activities\nare recommended. Spiritual activities performed early in the morning\nhave a greater effect than in any other part of the day.\n\nTEXT 47\n\n� � �T � iltN.-a�l I\n�s�qf+.c{l � � ��: 11\\l\"ll\ndehena vai bhogavatii\nsayiino bahu-cintayii\nsarge 'nupacite krodhiid\nutsasarja ha tad vapu�\n\ndehe na\n\n-\n\nwjth his body; vai-i n deed; bhogavatii-stre tchi n g out full length;\n\nsayiina�-ly ing fully stretched; bahu\n\n-\n\ngreat; c intaya-with concern; surge­\n\nthe creation; anupac ite-not proceeded; krodhat-out of anger; utsasarjagave up; ha-in fact; tat-that; vapu�-body\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce Brahma lay down with his body stretched at full length. He was\nvery concerned that the work of creation had not proceeded-apace, and\nin a sullen mood he gave up that body too.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0137": "Text49]\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\n795\n\nTEXT48\n\n�st1tt9'(1UFH �� 3l�Sf ��I\n�t: ��: ifiU\n;:nm ¥tltif�: ������\n0...\nye 'htyantiimuta[l. kesii\nahayas te 'liga jajnire\nsarpii[l. prasarpata[l. kriirii\nniigii bhogoru-kandharii[l.\nye -which; ahiyanta - dropped out; amuta[l.-from that; kesa[l.-hairs;\nahaya[l.- snak es , te - they; anga-0 dear\n\nVidura; jajii ire- took birth as;\n\nsarpa h-sna kes; prasarpata[l.-from the crawling body; kriira{l-envious;\n\nnaga{l-cobras; b hoga - with hoods; uru - big; kandharalt -whose necks.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 dear Vidura, the hair that dropped from that body transformed into\nsnakes, and even while the body crawled along with his hands and feet\ncontracted, there sprang from it ferocious serpents and Nagas with their\nhoods expanded.\nTEXT49\n\n� �Fi fl�: ��tf�: I\n\n� fl�'l �� f{;mt it�� ����II\nsa atmanarh rnanyamiina[l.\nkrta-krtyarn iviitmabhu[l.\ntadii maniln sasarjiinte\nmanasii loka-bhavaniin\nsa[!.- Lord Brahmii.; iitmiinam- himse lf; manyamiina[l. -- conside ri n g ; krtakrtyarn-had accomplished the object of life; iva-as if; atrna- bh ii[l-born\n\nfrom the Supreme; tadii-then; manun-the Manus; sasarja-c reated; anteat the end; manasii-from his mind; loka-of the world; bhiiva n iin -promoting the welfare.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Brahmii, the self-born, the first living creature, felt as if the\nobject of his life had been accomplished. At that time he evolved from his\nmind the Manus, who promote the welfare activities of the universe.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0138": "Srimad-B hagavatam\n\n796\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 50\n\n�: ��� � ��tf¥tl�¥tii41'{1\nij\"F{ qt � � �: ��: �Aft��II'\\ o II\ntebhya� so 'srjat sviyam\npuram puru�am iitmaviin\ntan dntvii ye purii sr�!ii�\nprasasarhsu� prajiipatim\ntebhya�-to them; sa� Lord Brahma; asrjat -gave; sviyam -his own;\npuram body; puru�am -human; iitma van-self possessed; tan t hem;\ndr§t vii on seeing; ye those who; purii-earlier; sntii�-were created (the\ndemigods, Gandharvas, etc., who were created earlier); pras'asamsufz-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\napplauded;prajiipatim-Brahma (the lord of created beings).\nTRANSLATION\nThe self-possessed creator gave them his own human form. On seeing\n\nthe\n\nManus, those\n\nwho\n\nhad\n\nbeen created earlier-the demigods, the\n\nGandharvas and so on-applauded Brahma, the lord of the universe.\nTEXT 51\n\n� l(ij�•t��!: �ij iRl ij � I\n. smRgijT: � � ij\"iiifi't'it'til\\l't II�� II\naho etaj jagat-sra�ta�\nsukrtarh bata te krtam\nprati�Jhitii� kriyii yasmin\nsiikam annam adiima he\naho-0; etat-this; jagat-sra�taft-0 creator of the universe: sukrtamwell done; bata-indeed; te-by you; krtam -produc ed; prati�.thitii�established soundly; kriy a�-all ritualistic performances; yas min in which;\nsii ka m-along with it; annam-the sacrificial oblations; adiima-we shall\nshare; he -0.\n-\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey prayed: 0 creator of the universe, we are glad; what you have\n\nproduced is well done. Since ritualistic acts have now been established\nsoundly in this human form, we shall all share the sacrificial oblations.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0139": "Text 52]\n\n797\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\nPURPORT\n\nThe importance of sacrifice is also mentioned in Bhagavad-g!tii, Third\nChapter,. tenth verse. The Lord confirms there that in the beginning of\ncreation Brahma created the Manus, along with the ritualistic sacrificial\nmethod, and blessed them: \"Continue these sacrificial rites, and you will be\ngradually elevated to your proper position of self-realization and will also\nenjoy material happiness.\" All the living entities created by Brahmii\nare conditioned souls and are inclined to lord it over material nature.\nThe purpose of sacrificial rituals is to revive, gradually, the spiritual\nrealization of the living entities. That is the beginning of life within\nthis universe. These sacrificial rituals, however, are intended to please\nthe Supreme Lord. Unless one pleases the Supreme Lord or unless\none is Kp)l}a conscious, one cannot be happy either in material enjoyment\nor in spiritual realization.\n\nTEXT 52\n\n�f�����l\n�t'!N(iltfi?tt: �if�:�: 11��11\ntapasii vidyayii yukto\nyogena susamiidhinii\nf§in r§ir hr§ikesa�\nsasarjiibhimatii� prajii�\ntapasii-by\n\npenance;\n\nvidyayii-by\n\nworship;\n\nyu kta�-being\n\nengaged;\n\nyogena-by concentration of the mind in devotion; su-samiidhinii-by nice\nmeditation; r§in-the sages; r§*-the first seer (Brahma); hr§ike sa�\n\n-\n\nthe\n\ncontroller of his senses; sasarja-created; abhimatii�-beloved; prajii�-sons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaving equipped himself with austere penance, adoration, mental concentration and absorption in devotion, accompanied by dispassion, and\nhaving controlled his senses, Brahma, the self-born living creature, evolved\ngreat sages as his beloved sons.\nPURPORT\nThe ritualistic performances of sacrifice are meant for material economic\ndevelopment; in other words, they are meant to keep the body in good\n\n", "SB3.3#p0140": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n798\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 20\n\ncondition for cultivation of spiritual knowledge. But for actual attainment\nof spiritual knowledg�, other qualifications are needed. WhClt is essential is\n\nvidyii, or worship of the Supreme Lord. Sometimes the word yoga is used\nto refer to the gymnastic performances of different bodily postures which\nhelp mental concentration. Generally, the different bodily postures in the.\n\nyoga system are accepted by less intelligent men to be the end of yoga, but\nactually they are meant to concentrate the mind upon the Supersoul. After\ncreating persons for economic development, Brahma created sages who\nwould set the example for spiritual realization.\n\nTEXT 53\n\n�-\n\n\"'�\n\n·�12\"\n�·���: �� ��'\"\n�ii�l�l'iG\\IG;�:\nI\n\n�ffl'iTNilt•IF.@qtN'QINd�fi'if(\n\n������\n\ntebhyas caikaikasaft svasya\ndehasyiirnsam adiid ajaft\nyat tat samiidhi-yoga-rddhitapo-vidyii-viraktimat\ntebhya�-to them; ca-and; ekaika sa � - each one; svasya-of his own; dehasya-body; a msam part ; adat-gave; aja�-the unborn Brahma; yat-\n\nwhich; tat- that; samadhi- deep meditation; _yoga-concentration of the\nrddhi-supernatural power; tapas austerity; vidya- know ledge;\nvi rakti renunciation; mat- possessing.\n\nmind;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo each one of these sons the unborn creator of the universe gave a part\n\nof his own body, which was characterized by deep meditation, mental\n\nconcentration, supernatural power, austerity, adoration and renunciation.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word viraktimat in this verse means possessed of the qualification\n\nof\n\nrenunciation.\n\nSpiritual realization cannot\n\nbe\n\nattained\n\nby\n\nmaterialistic persons. For those who are addicted to sense enjoyment,\nspiritual realization is not possible. In Bhagavad-gitii it is stated that those\nwho are too attached to seeking material possessions and material enjoyment cannot reach yoga-samiidhi,\n\nabsorption in KwJa consciousness.\n\nPropaganda that one can enjoy this life materially and at the same time\n\n", "SB3.3#p0141": "Text 53]\n\nConversation Between Maitreya and Vidura\n\n799\n\nspiritually advance is simply bogus. The principles of renunciation are\n\nfour: (l) to avoid illicit sex life, (2) to avoid meat-eating, (3) to avoid\nintoxication and (4) to avoid gambling. These four principles are called\n\ntapasya,\n\nor austerity. To absorb the mind in the Supreme in KreyQa\n\nconsciousness is the process of spiritual realization.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Twentieth\nChapter, of the Srlmad-Bhiigavatam, entitled \"Conversation Between\nMaitreya and Vidura.\"\n\n", "SB3.3#p0142": "CHAPTER TWENTY-ONE\nconversation Between Manu and Kardama\nTEXT l\n\n(��\\NT\"'\n\n�;fttl�y: ���: I\n� lllf.l'l �:;r q� �n II � II\n�� �\n\nvidura uviica\nsviiyambhuvasya ca manor\nvamsaft parama-sammataft\nkathyatiim bhagavan yatra\nmaithunenaidhire prajii{t\nviduraft uviica-V idura said; sviiyambhuvasya-of Svayambhuva; ca-and;\nmano{t-of Manu; vamsa{t-the dynasty; parama-most; sammataft-esteemed; kathyatiim- kindly describe; bhagavan-0 worshipful sage; yatrain which; mai t hunena-through sexual intercourse; e dhire multiplied;\nprajiift-the progeny_\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nVidura said: The line of Svayambhuva Manu was most esteemed. 0 worshipful sage, I beg you-give me an account of this race, whose progeny\nmultiplied through sexual intercourse.\nPURPORT\nRegulated sex life to generate good population is worth acceptingActually, Vidura was not interested in hearing the history of persons who\nmerely engaged in sex life, but he was interested in the progeny of\nSvayambhuva Manu because in that dynasty, good devotee-kings appeared\nwho protected their subjects very carefully with spiritual knowledge- By\nhearing the history of their activities, therefore, one becomes more\nenlightened. An important word used in this connection is paramasammata!t, which indicates that the progeny created by Svayambhuva Manu\n\n801\n\n", "SB3.3#p0143": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n802\n\n-\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nand his sons was approved of by great authorities. In other words, sex life\nfor creating exemplary population is acceptable to all sages and authorities\nof Vedic scripture.\nTEXT2\n\nfSA����� wft � � I\n�d ��: �it� �II � II\npriyavrat o ttanapiidau\n\nsutau svayambhuvasya vai\n\nyatha-dharmarh jugupatuft\n\nsapta-dvipavatirh mahim\n\npriyavrata- Maharaja Priyavrata; uttanapadau-and Maharaja Uttanapada;\n\nsutau-the two sons; sviiyambhuvasya-of Svayambhuva Manu; vai-indeed;\nyatha\n\n_\n\n-\n\naccording\n\nto;\n\ndharmam-religiou s\n\nprinciples; jugupatuft-ruled;\n\nsapta dvipa-vatim-consisting of seven islands; mahim-the world.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe two great sons of Svayambhuva Manu-Priyavrata and Uttanapadaruled the world, consisting of seven islands, just according to religious\nprinciples.\nPURPORT\n\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam is also a history of the great rulers of different parts\nof the universe. In this verse the names of Priyavrata and Uttanapada, sons\nof Svayambhuva, are mentioned. They ruled this earth, which is divided\ninto seven islands. These seven islands are still current, as Asia, Europe,\nAfrica, America, Australia and the North and South Poles. There is no\n\nchronological history of all the Indian kings in SrTmad-Bhiigavatam, but the\n\ndeeds of the most important kings, such as Priyavrata and Uttanapada, and\nmany others like Lord Ramacandra and Maharaja Yudhi�thira, are recorded\nbecause the activities of such pious kings are worth hearing; people may\nbenefit by studying their histories.\nTEXT3\n\n� � illA.-a.i4tflRt �I\n'!;'\n3f�N��\"fil ��� �cc:qt-.EI II � II\n\n", "SB3.3#p0144": "Text 4]\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n803\n\ntasya vai duhitii brahman\ndevahutiti visrutii\npatni prajiipater uktii\nkardamasya tvayiinagha\ntasya-of that Manu; vai-indeed; duhitii-the daughter; brahman-0\nholy briihmarta; devahuti-named Devahuti; iti-thus; visrutii-was known;\npatni-wife; prajiipate�-of the lord of created beings; uktii-has been\nspoken of; kardamasya-of Kardama Muni; tvayii-by you; anagha-0\nsinless one.\nTRANSLATION\n0 holy briihmaQa, 0 sinless one, you have spoken of his daughter, known\nby the name Devahiiti, as the wife of the sage Kardama, the lord of created\nbeings.\nPURPORT\nHere we are speaking of Svayambhuva Manu, but in Bhagavad-g'itii we\nhear about V aivasvata Manu. The present age belongs to the V aivasvata\nManu. Svayambhuva Manu was previously ruling, and his history begins\nfrom the V ariiha Age, or the millennium when the Lord appeared as the\nboar. There are fourteen Manus in one day of the life of Brahmii, and in\nthe life of each Manu there are particular incidents. The V aivasvata Manu\nof Bhagavad-gitii is different from Svayambhuva Manu.\nTEXT4\n\nm� � +«G:•�Ifl ���� �: 1\n� 1f;RNl � � � � ll \\l II\ntasyiim sa vai mahii-yogi\nyuktiiyiim yoga-lakflartai�\nsasarja katidhii viryam\ntan me susrufiave vada\ntasyam-in her; sa�\nmystic\n\nyogi;\n\n- Kardama Muni; vai-in fact; mahii-yogi-great\n\nyuktayam-endowed; yoga-lak�a,:wiiJ,-with\n\nthe eightfold\n\nsymptoms of yogic perfection; sasarja-propagated; kati-dhii-how many\ntimes; viryam\n\n- .offspring; tat-that narration; me-to me; susru,save-who\n\nam eager to hear; vada-tell.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0145": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n804\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nTRANSLATION\nHow many offspring did that great yogi beget through the princess, who\n\nwas endowed with eightfold perfection in the yoga principles? 0, pray\n\ntell me this, for I am eager to hear it.\n\nPURPORT\nHere Vidura inquired about Kardama Muni and his wife Devahuti and\nabout their children. It is described here that Devahuti was very much\nadvanced in the performance of eightfold yoga. The eight divisions of\n\nyoga performance are described as (1) control of the senses, (2) strict fol­\n\nlowing of the rules and regulations, (3) practice of the different sitting pos­\n\ntures, (4) control of the breath, (5) withdrawing the senses from sense ob­\n\njects, (6) concentration of the mind, (7) meditation and (8) self�realization.\n\nAfter self-realization there are eight further perfectional stages, which\nare called yoga-siddhis. The husband and wife, Kardama and Devahuti, were\nadvanced in yoga practice; the husband was a mahii-yogi, great mystic, and\nthe wife was a yoga-lakfia(la, or one advanced in yoga. They united and\nproduced children. Formerly, after making their lives perfect, great sages\nand saintly persons used to beget children, otherwise they strictly observed\nthe rules and regulations of celibacy. Brahmacarya (following the rules\nand\n\nregulations\n\nof\n\ncelibacy)\n\nis\n\nrequired\n\nfor\n\nperfection\n\nof\n\nself­\n\nrealizatiOn and mystic power. There is no recommendation in the Vedic\nscriptures that one can go on enjoying material sense gratification at one's\nwhims, as one likes, and at the same time become a great meditator by\npaying a rascal some money.\n\nTEXT 5\n\n�1 ¥l•tcn'{ �� �JtiiUr: WJ: I\nq?.('f � �f.{�T mtll� ��ll �II\nrucir yo bhagaviin brahman\ndakfio vii brahma(la� suta�\nyathii sasarja bhutiini\nlabdhvii bhiiryiim ca miinavim\nruc*-Ruci; ya�-who; bhagaviin-worshipful; brahman-0 holy sage;\ndal�: s a�\n.\n\n-\n\nDak�a; vii-and; brahma(la�-of Lord Brahma; suta�-the son;\n\nrathii-in what way; sasarja-generated; bhutiini-offspring; labdhvii-after\n\n.\n\nsecuring; bhiiryiim-as their wives; ca\nSvayambhuva Manu.\n\n-\n\nand; miinavim-the daughters of\n\n", "SB3.3#p0146": "Text 6]\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n805\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 holy sage, tell me how the worshipful Ruci and Dalqa, the son of\nBrahma, generated children after securing as their wives the other two\ndaughters of Svayambhuva Manu.\n\nPURPORT\nAll the great personalities who increased the population in the beginning\nof the creation are called prajiipatis. Brahma is also known as prajiipati,\nas\n\nwere some of his later sons. Svayambhuva Manu is also known as\n\nprajiipati, as is Dak�a, another son of Brahma. Svayambhuva had two\ndaughters, Akiiti and Prasiiti. The prajiipati Ruci married Akiiti, and\nDak�a married Prasiiti. These couples and their children produced immense\nnumbers of children to populate the entire universe. Vidura's inquiry was,\n\"How did they beget the population in the beginning?\"\n\nTEXT6\n.....\n\n'115[71 �\n�1:\n\n�Rr � ��� JCCIUO��: I\n\n�H(.q�'lf �� ('l((iliUif � � II � II\nmaitreya uviica\nprajii� srjeti bhagaviin\nkardamo brahma[lodita�\nsarasvatyiirh tapas tepe\nsahasrii[liirh samii dasa\nmaitreya� uvii c a-the great sage Maitreya said; p rajii�-children ; srjabeget; iti-thus;\n\nbhagaviin-the worshipful; kardama�-Kardama Muni;\n\nbrahma[lii-by Lord Brahma; udita� - commanded; sarasvatyiim-on the\nbank of the River Sarasvati; tapa[1-penance; tepe-practiced; sahasrii[liimof thousands; samii�-years; dasa - ten.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya replied: Commanded by Lord Brahma to beget\nchildren in the worlds, the worshipful Kardama Muni practiced penance on\nthe bank of the River Sarasvati for a period of ten thousand years.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0147": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n806\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nPURPORT\nIt is understood herein that Kardama Muni meditated in yoga for\n\n10,000 years before attaining perfection. Similarly, we have information\nthat Valm1ki Muni also practiced yoga meditation for 60,000 years before\nattaining perfection. Therefore, yoga practice can be successfully performed by persons who have a very long duration of life, such as\n\n100,000 years; in that way it is possible to have perfection in yoga.\nOtherwise, there is no possibility of attaining the real perfection. Following\nthe regulations, controlling the senses and practicing the different sitting\npostures are merely the preliminary practices. We do not know how people\ncan be captivated by the bogus yoga system in which it is stated that\nsimply by meditating fifteen minutes daily one can attain the perfection of\nbecoming one with God. This age (Kali-yuga) is the age of bluffing and\nquarrel. Actually there is no possibility of attaining yoga perfection by such\npaltry proposals. The Vedic literature, for emphasis, clearly states three\ntimes that in this age of Kali-ka lau nasty eva nasty eva nasty e va\n\n-\n\nthere is no\n\nother alternative, no other alternative, no other alternative than harer\nnama, chanting the holy name of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 7\n�:\n\n�Tf� fstiililft;r �'1: I\n\n�� m � ���''\\9''\ntata� samadhi-yuktena\nkriya-yogena kardama�\nsamprapede harirh bhaktya\nprapanna-varadasu.sam\ntata�-then in that penance; samadhi-yuktena-in trance; kriya-yogena,\n\nby\n\nbhakti-yoga\n\nworship; kardama�-the sage Kardama; samprapede­\n\nserved; harirn-the Personality of Godhead; bhaktya-in devotional service;\nprapanna-to the surrendered souls; varada-asu§am-the bestower of all\nblessings.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring that period of penance, the sage Kardama, by worship through\n\ndevotional service in trance, propitiated the Personality of Godhead, who\nis the quick bestower of all blessings upon those who flee to Him for protection.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0148": "Text 7]\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n807\n\nPURPORT\nThe\n\nsignificance of meditation is\n\ndescribed here.\n\nKardama Muni\n\npracticed mystic yoga meditation for 10,000 years just to please the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Hari. Therefore, whether one practices\nyoga or speculates and does research to find God, his efforts must be mixed\nwith the process of devotion. Without devotion, nothing can be perfect.\nThe target of perfection and realization is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. In the Sixth Chapter of Bhagavad-gitii it is clearly said that one\nwho constantly engages in Kr�qa consciousness is the topmost yogi. The\nPersonality of Godhead, Hari, also fulfills the desires of His surrendered\ndevotee. One has to surrender unto the lotus feet of the Personality of\nGodhead, Hari, or Kr�qa, in order to achieve real success. Devotional\nservice or engagement in Kr�qa consciousness is the direct method, and all\nother methods, although recommended, are indirect. In this age of Kali the\ndirect method is especially more feasible than the indirect because people\nare short-living, their intelligence is poor, and they are poverty-stricken and\nembarrassed by so many miserable disturbances. Lord Caitanya, therefore,\nhas given the greatest boon: in this age one simply has to chant the holy\nname of God to attain perfection in spiritual life.\nThe words samprapede harim mean that in various ways Kardama Muni\nsatisfied the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, by his devotional\nservice. Devotional service is also expressed by the word kriyii-yogena.\nKardama Muni not only meditated, but he also engaged in devotional\nservice; to attain perfection in yoga practice or meditation, one must act\nin devotional service by hearing, chanting, remembering, etc. Remembering\nis meditation also. But who is to be remembered? One should remember\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Not only must one remember the Supreme Person; one must hear about the activities of the Lord and\nchant His glories. This information is in the authoritative scriptures.\nAfter engaging himself for 10,000 years in performing different types\nof devotional service, Kardama Muni attained the perfection of meditation,\nbut that is not possible in this age of Kali, wherein it is very difficult to\nlive for as much as 100 years. At the present moment, who will be\nsuccessful in the rigid performance of the many yoga rules and regulations?\nMoreover, perfection is attained only by those who are surrendered souls.\nWhere there is no mention of the Personality of Godhead, where is there\nsurrender? And where there is no meditation upon the Personality of\nGodhead, where is the yoga practice? Unfortunately, people in this age,\nespecially persons who are of a demoniac nature, want to be cheated. Thus\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead sends great cheaters who mislead\n\n", "SB3.3#p0149": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n808\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nthem in the name of yoga and render their lives useless and doomed. In\n\nBhagavad-gitii, therefore, it is clearly stated, in the Sixteenth Chapter,\nseventeenth verse, that rascals of self-made authority, being puffed up by\n\nillegally collected money, perform yoga without following the authoritative\nhooks. They are very proud of the money they have plundered from\ninnocent persons who wanted to he cheated.\nTEXTS\n\n����:���\ncl� ij �: � iiSI �s;:�: II � II\ntiivat prasanno bhagaviin\n\npu.skariik.sa� krte yuge\n\ndarsayiimiisa tarh k§atta�\n\nsiibdarh brahma dadhad vapu�\n\ntiivat-then; p rasanna�-being pleased; bh agavii n-the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead; pu§ka ra ak sa�-lotus eyed ; krte yuge-in the Satya-yuga;\n-\n\n.\n\n-\n\ndarsayiim iisa-showed; tam-to that Kardama Muni; k§atta�-0 Vidura;\n\nsiibdam-which is to be understood only through the Vedas; brahma-the\n\nAbsolute Truth; dadhat-e xhibiting; vapu�-1-Iis transcendental body.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThen, in the Satya-yuga, the lotus-eyed Supreme.Personality of Godhead,\n\nbeing pleased, showed Himself to that Kardama Muni and displayed His\ntranscendental form, which can be understood only through the Vedas.\nPURPORT\nHere two points are very significant. The first is that Kardama Muni\n\nattained success by yoga practice in the beginning of Satya-yuga, when\npeople used to live for l 00,000 years. Kardama Muni attained success, and\nthe Lord, being pleased with him, showed him His form, which is not\nimaginary. Sometimes the impersonalists recommend that one can arbi­\n\ntrarily concentrate one's mind on some form he imagines or which pleases\nhim. But here it is very clearly said that the form which the Lord showed\nto Kardama Muni by His divine grace is described in the Vedic literature.\n\nSiibdarh brahma: The forms of the Lord are clearly indicated in the Vedic\nliterature. Kardama Muni did not discover any imaginary form of God, as\n\n", "SB3.3#p0150": "Text 10]\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n809\n\nalleged by rascals, but he actually saw the eternal, blissful and transcendental form of the Lord.\n\nTEXT9\n\nd fcl(;:f'i�hf f���� I\nRat�\\if4l�t���€1!4flti'Ji fm)s� IIQ,II\n�\n\nsa tam virajam arkiibharit\nsita-padmotpala-srajam\nsnigdha-niliilaka-vriitavaktriibjarit virajo 'mbaram\nsaft -that Kardama Muni; tam-Him; virajam -without contamination;\nar ka-abh am -effulg ent like the su n; sita -white; padma -lotuses; utpalawater lilies; srajam- garland; snigdha -slic k; nila-blackish-blue; alaka-of\nlocks of hair; vrata-an abundance; vaktra\nspotless; ambaram-clothin g\n\n-\n\nface; abjam\n\n-\n\nl o t usli ke; virajaft­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKardama Muni saw the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is free\nfrom material contamination, in His eternal form, effulgent like the sun,\nwearing a garland of white lotuses and water lilies. The Lord was clad in\nspotless yellow silk, and His lotus face was fringed with slick dark locks\nof curly hair.\nTEXT 10\n\nkir�tinarit kurflalinarh\nsankha-cakra-gadii-dharam\nsvetotpala-kripanakarit\nmanaft-sparsa-smitek.saram\nkir� t inam -adorned with a crown; ku rflalinam weari ng earrings; sahkha-\n\nconch; cakra-disc; gada-mace; dharam -h olding ; sveta-white; utpalalily; kripanakam -playthin g ; manas -heart ; sparsa- touchin g ; smita-.smiling; ik saram-and glancing.\n.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0151": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n810\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nTRANSLATION\nAdorned with a crown and earrings, He held His characteristic conch,\n\ndisc and mace in three of His hands and a white lily in the fourth.\n\nHe\n\nglanced about in a happy, smiling mood whose sight captivates the hearts\n\nof all devotees.\n\nTEXT ll\n\n���i\\1it4('1a;t\n�: I\nqt@sq�ij �:f� � II��II\nvinyasta-cararu'imbhojam\namsa-dese garutmata{t\ndr.s.tvii khe 'vasthitam vakfiaftsriyam kaustubha-kandharam\nvinyasta-having been placed; c ara [ta-ambhojam\n\n-\n\nlotus feet; amsa-dese­\n\non the shoulders; garutmata{t-of Garu�a; drfi.tvii-having seen; khe-in the\nair; avasthitam\n\n-\n\nstanding ; vak§a{t-on His chest; sriyam-auspicious mark;\n\nkaustubha-the Kaustubha gem; kandharam-neck.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA golden streak on His chest, the famous Kaustubha gem suspended\n\nfrom His neck, He stood in the air with His lotus feet placed on the shoulders of Garuc.la.\n\nPURPORT\nThe descriptions in verses 9-ll of the Lord in His transcendental eternal\n\nform are understood to be descriptions from the authoritative Vedic\nversion. These descriptions are certainly not the imagination of Kardama\nMuni. The decorations of the Lord are beyond material conception, as\n\nadmitted even by impersonalists like Sa11karacarya: Narayat;�a, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, has nothing to do with material creation. The\n\nvarieties of the transcendental Lord- His body, His form, His dress, His\ninstruction, His words-are not manufactured by the material energy, but\n\nare all confirmed in the Vedic literature. By performance of yoga Kardama\n\nMuni actually saw the Supreme Lord as He is. There was no point in seeing\nan imagined form of God after practicing yoga for l 0,000 years. The per­\n\nfection of yoga, therefore, does not terminate in voidness or impersonal­\n\nism; on the contrary, the perfection of yoga is attained when one actually\n\n", "SB3.3#p0152": "Conversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\nText 12]\n\n811\n\nsees the Personality of Godhead in His eternal form. The process of Kr�rya\nconsciousness is to deliver the form of Kr�rya directly. The form of Kr�rya is\ndescribed in the authoritative Vedic literature Brahma-sarhhitii: His abode\nis made of cintiima'{li stone, and the Lord plays there as a cowherd boy\nand is served by many thousands of gop\"is. These descriptions are authoritative, and a Kr�rya conscious person takes them directly, acts on them,\npreaches them and practices devotional service as enjoined in the authoritative scriptures.\nTEXT 12\n\niilta(.fisqa.-'{lli f�6T �: 1\n\n•ftffi�+l�liJlldtlfu��T .,;���� ���\njiita-har.so 'patan miirdhnii\nk.sitau labdha-manorathaft\ngirbhis tv abhyagr'{liit pritisvabhiiviitmii krtiinjalift\njata har§a�-naturally jubilant; apatat-he fell down; murdhnii-with his\n-\n\nhead; k�itau-on the ground; labdha having been achieved; manas-rathal;l.-\n\nhis desire; gfrbh*\n\n-\n\nwith prayers; tu-and; abhyagrl)iit-he satisfied; priti­\n\nsvabhiiva-iitmii-whose heart is by nature always full of love; krtiiiijaliftwith folded hands.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Kardama Muni actually realized the Supreme Personality of Godhead in person, he was greatly satisfied because his transcendental desire\nwas fulfilled. He fell on the ground with his head bowed to offer\nobeisances unto the lotus feet of the Lord. His heart naturally full of love\nof God, with folded hands he satisfied the Lord with prayers.\nPURPORT\nThe realization of the personal form of the Lord is the highest perfectional stage of yoga. In the Sixth Chapter of Bhagavad-g\"itii, where yoga\npractice is described, this realization of the personal form of the Lord is\ncalled the perfection of yoga. After practicing the sitting postures and\nother regulative principles of the system, one finally reaches the stage of\nsamiidhi\n\n-\n\nabsorption in the Supreme. In the samiidhi stage one can see the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in His partial form as Paramiitmii, or as\n\n", "SB3.3#p0153": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n812\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nHe is. Samiidhi is described in authoritative yoga scriptures, such as the\n\nPatanjali-siltras, to be a transcendental pleasure. The yoga system described\n\nin the books of Pataiijali is authoritative, and the modern so-called yogis\n\nwho have manufactured their own ways, not consulting the authorities, are\n\nsimply ludicrous. The Pataiijali yoga system is called afi.tiinga-yoga. Some­\n\ntimes impersonalists pollute the Pataiijali yoga system because they are\n\nmonists. Pataiijali describes that the soul is transcendentally pleased when\n\nhe meets the Supersoul and sees Him. If the existence of the Supersoul and\n\nthe individual is admitted, then the impersonalist theory of monism is\nnullified. Therefore some impersonalists and void philosophers twist the\nPataiijali system in their own way and pollute the whole yoga process.\n\nAccording to Pataiijali, whe� one becomes free from all material desires\n\nhe attains his real transcendental situation, and realization of that stage is\ncalled spiritual power. In material activities a person engages in the modes\n\nof material nature. The aspirations of such people are (l) to be religious,\n\n(2) to be economically enriched, (3) to be able to gratify the senses, and at\n\nlast, (4) to become one with the Supreme. According to the monists, when\na yogi becomes one with the Supreme and loses his individual existence,\n\nthat is the highest stage, called kaivalya. Bu l actually the stage of realization of the Personality of Godhead is kaivalya. The oneness of understand­\n\ning that the Supreme Lord is fully spiritual and that in full spiritual realiza­\n\ntion one can understand what He is-the Supreme Personality of Godhead­\n\nis called kaivalya, or, in the language of Pataiijali, realization of spiritual\n\npower. His proposal is that when one is freed from material desires and\n\nfixed in spiritual realization of the self and the Superself, that is called\n\ncit-sakti.\n\nIn full spiritual realization there is a perception of spiritual\n\nhappiness, and that happiness is described in Bhagavad-g\"itii as the supreme\nhappiness, which is beyond the material senses. Trance is described to be\n\nof two kinds, samprajfiiita and asamprajfiiita, or mental speculation and\nself-realization.\n\nIn samiidhi or asamprajfiiita, one can realize, by his\n\nspiritual senses, the spiritual form of the Lord. That is the ultimate goal of\n\nspiritual realization.\n\nAccording to Pataiijali, when one is fixed in constant realization of the\n\nsupreme form of the Lord, that is the perfectional stage, as attained by\n\nKardama Muni. Unless one attains this stage of perfection-beyond the\n\nperfection of the preliminaries of the yoga system-there is no ultimate\n\nrealization. There are eight perfections in the a§tiinga-yoga system. One\n\nwho has attained them can become lighter than the lightest and greater\n\nthan the greatest, and he can achieve whatever he likes. But even achieving\nsuch material success in yoga is not the perfection or the ultimate goal.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0154": "Text 13]\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n813\n\nThe ultimate goal is described here: Kardama Muni saw the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead in His eternal form. Devotional service begins with\nthe relationship of the individual soul and the Supreme Soul, or Kr��a\nand l(r�qa's devotees, and when one attains it there is no question of falling down. If, through the yoga system, one wants to attain the stage of\nseeing the Supreme Personality of Godhead face to face, but is attracted\ninstead to attainment of some material power, then he is detoured from\nproceeding further. Material enjoyment, as encouraged by bogus yogis,\nhas nothing to do with the transcendental realization of spiritual happiness.\nReal devotees of bhakti-yoga accept only the material necessities of life\nabsolutely needed to maintain the body and soul together; they refrain\ncompletely from all exaggerated material sense gratification. They are\nprepared to undergo all kinds of tribulation, provided they can make\nprogress in the realization of the Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 13\n\n'!iff(q�\n\ni[({TQTf'�������:\nijff«�-uftm\n��: 1\n� �rilf+tutii �fJ:����e� �lfitwit \"'�1•n: 11 � � 11\n\n�\n\nr.sir uviica\nju:\\tarh batiidyiikhila-sattva-riise�\nsiirhsiddhyam akfi[WS tava darsaniin na�\nyad-darsanarh janmabhir i{lya sadbhir\niisiisate yogino ru{lha-yogii�\nn* uviica-the great sage said; ju,s.tam-is attained; bata-ah ; adya\n\n- now ;\n\nakhila-all; sattva-of goodness; riise{z-who are the reservoir; siirhsiddhyamthe complete success; ak,sr-o�-of the two eyes; tava-of You; darsaniit­\n\n-- by us; yat-of whom; darsa am-sight ; janmabh*- gradually elevated in\nposition; iisiisate-aspire; yogina�-yogis; r ii {lha-yogii� - h aving attained\nfrom the sight; na�\n\nn\n\nthrough births; i{lya-0 worshipable Lord; sadbh*\n\nperfection in yoga.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Kardama Muni said: 0 supreme worshipful Lord, my\npower of sight is now fulfilled, having attained the greatest perfection of\n\n", "SB3.3#p0155": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n814\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nthe sight of You, who are the reservoir of all existences. Through many\n\nsuccessive births of deep meditation, advanced yogis aspire to see Your\ntranscendental form.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is described here as the reservoir\n\nof all goodness and all pleasure. Unless one is situated in the mode of\n\ngoodness, there is no real pleasure. When, therefore, one's body, mind and\nactivities are situated in the service of the Lord, that is the highest\n\nperfectional stage of goodness. Kardama Muni says, \"Your Lordship is the\n\nreservoir of all that can be understood by the nomenclature of goodness,\n\nand by experiencing You face to face, eye to eye, the perfection of sight\n\nhas now been attained.\" These statements are the pure devotional situation;\n\nfor a devotee, the perfection of the senses is to engage in the service of the\n\nLord. The sense of sight, when engaged in seeing the beauty of the Lord,\n\nis perfected; the power to hear, when engaged in hearing the glories of the\nLord, is perfected; the power to taste, when one enjoys by eating prasiida,\n\nis perfected. When all the senses engage in relationship with the Personality\nof Godhead, that perfection is technically called bhakti-yoga, which entails\n\ndetaching the senses from material indulgence and attaching them to the\n\nservice of the Lord. When one is freed from all designated conditional life\nand fully engages in the service of the Lord, that is called bhakti-yoga.\n\nKardama Muni admits that seeing the Lord personally in bhakti-yoga is the\n\nperfection of sight. The exalted perfection of seeing the Lord is not\n\nexaggerated by Kardama Muni. He gives evidence that those who are\nactually elevated in yoga aspire in life after life to see this form of the\n\nPersonality of Godhead. He was not a fictitious yogi. Those who are\n\nactually on the advanced path aspire only to see the eternal form of the\nLord.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� ���11��� 1\nqtC(tder;:(\n��fi�tW4\n�\n�\nml� 'ftUUf'\\�sfq- � �: II� VII\n�\n\nye miiyayii te hata-medhasas tvatpiidiiravindarh bhava-sindhu-potam\nupiisate kiima-laviiya tefiiirh\nriisisa kiimiin niraye 'pi ye syu�\n\n", "SB3.3#p0156": "Text 14)\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n815\n\nye-those persons; mayaya-by the deluding energy; te-of You; hatahas been lost; medhasaft-whose intelligence; tvat- Your; pada-aravindamlotus feet; bhava-of mundane existence; sindhu-the ocean; potamthe\n\nboat\n\nfor\n\ncrossing;\n\nupasate-worship;\n\nkama-lavaya-for\n\nobtaining\n\ntrivial pleasures; te:Sam-their; rasi- You bestow; isa-0 Lord; kamandesires; niraye-in hell; api-even; ye-which desires; syu[l.-can be available.\nTRANSLATION\nYour lotus feet are the true vessel to take one across the ocean of mundane nescience. Only persons deprived of their intelligence by the spell of\nthe deluding energy will worship those feet with a view to attain the\ntrivial and momentary pleasures of the senses, which even persons rotting\n.in hell can attain. However, 0 my Lord, You are so kind that You bestow\nmercy even upon them.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii, Seventh Chapter, there are two kinds of\ndevotees-those who desire material pleasures, and those who desire nothing but service to the Lord. Material pleasures can be attained even by\nhogs and dogs, whose condition of life is hellish. The hog also eats, sleeps\nand enjoys sex life to the full extent, and it is also very satisfied with\nsuch hellish enjoyment of material existence. Modern yogis advise that\nbecause one has senses, one must enjoy to the fullest extent like cats and\ndogs, yet one can go on and practice yoga. This is condemned here by\nKardama Muni; he says that such material pleasures are available for cats\nand dogs in a hellish condition. The Lord is so kind that if so-called yogis\nare satisfied by hellish pleasures, He can give them facilities to attain all\nthe material pleasures they desire, but they cannot attain the perfectional\nstage attained by Kardama Muni.\nHellish and demoniac persons do not actually know what is the ultimate\nattainment in perfection, and therefore they think that sense gratification\nis the highest goal of life. They advise that one can satisfy the senses and at\nthe same time, by reciting some mantra and by some practice, can cheaply\naspire for perfection. Such persons are described here as hata-medhasa[l.,\nwhich means those whose brains are spoiled. They aspire for material\nenjoyment by perfection of yoga or meditation. In Bhagavad-gitii it is\nstated by the Lord that the intelligence of those who worship the demigods\nhas been spoiled. Similarly, here too it is stated by Kardama Muni that one\nwho aspires after material enjoyment by practice of yoga has spoiled h is\nbrain substance and is fool number one. Actually, the intelligent practi-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0157": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n816\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\ntioner of yoga should aspire for nothing else but to c'ross over the ocean of\nnescience by worshiping the Personality of Godhead and to see the lotus\nfeet of the Lord. The Lord is so kind, however, that even today persons\nwhose brain substance is spoiled are given the benediction to become cats,\ndogs or hogs and enjoy material happiness from sex life and sense gratification. The Lord confirms this benediction in Bhagavad-g\"itii: \"Whatever a\nperson aspires to receive from Me, I offer him as he desires.\"\n\nTEXT 15\n\n\"\n\n.\n\n�¥tt-.�er\n\naq�qtri{m't1{�\n�:\ntathii s a ciiham parivophu-kiima{l,\nsamiina-sili.im grhamedha-dhenum\nupeyiviin mulam ase§a-mulam\nduriisaya{l, kiima-dughiinghripasya\ntathii-similarly; sa{l, - myself; ca-also; aham-I; parivophu-kiima{l,-desiring to marry; samiina-siliim-a girl of like disposition; grha-medha-in\nmarried life; dhenum-a cow\n\nof plenty; upeyiviin-have approached;\n\nmulam-the root (lotus feet); ase�a-of everything; mulam-the source;\nduriisaya{l,-with\n\nlustful\n\ndesire;\n\nkiima-dugha - yielding\n\nall\n\ndesires;\n\nanghripasya-(of You) who are the tree.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, desiring to marry a girl of like disposition who may prove to\n\nbe a veritable cow of plenty in my married life, to satisfy my lustful\n\ndesire I too have sought the shelter of Your lotus feet, which are the source\n\nof everything, for You are like a desire tree.\nPURPORT\n\nIn spite of his condemning persons who approach the Lord for material\nadvantages, Kardama Muni expressed his material inability and desire\nbefore the Lord by saying, \"Although I know that nothing material should\nbe asked from You, I nevertheless desire to marry a girl of like disposition.\"\n\n", "SB3.3#p0158": "Text 16 J\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n817\n\nThe phrase \"like disposition\" is very significant. Formerly, boys and girls\nof similar dispositions were married; the similar natures of the boy and\ngirl were united in order to make them happy. Not more than twenty-five\nyears ago, and perhaps it is still current, parents in India used to consult\nthe horoscope of the boy and girl to see whether there would be factual\nunion in their psychological conditions. These considerations are very\nimportant. Nowadays marriage takes place without such consultation,\nand therefore, soon after the marriage, there is divorce and separation.\nFormerly husband and wife used to live together peacefully throughout\ntheir whole lives, but nowadays it is a very difficult task.\nKardama Muni wanted to have a wife of like disposition because a wife\nis necessary to assist in spiritual and material advancement. It is said that a\nwife yields the fulfillment of all desires in religion, economic development\nand sense gratification. If one has a nice wife, he is to be considered a most\nfortunate man. In astrology, a man is considered fortunate who has great\nwealth, very good sons or a very good wife. Of these three, one who has a\nvery good wife is considered the most fortunate. Before marrying, one\nshould select a wife of like disposition and not be enamored by so-called\nbeauty\n\nor\n\nother\n\nattractive\n\nfeatures\n\nfor sense\n\ngratification.\n\nIn the\n\nBhiigavatam, Twelfth Canto, it is said that in the Kali-yuga marriage will\nbe based in the consideration of sex life; as soon as there is deficiency in\nsex life, the question of divorce will arise.\nKardama Muni could have asked his benediction from Uma, for it is\nrecommended in the scriptures that if anyone wants a good wife, he should\nworship Uma. But he preferred to worship the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead because it is recommended in the Bhiigavatam that everyone,\nwhether he is full of desires, has no desire, or desires liberation, should\nworship the Supreme Lord. Of these three classes of men, one tries to he\nhappy by fulfillment of material desires, another wants to be happy by\nbecoming one with the Supreme, and another, the perfect man, is a\ndevotee. He does not want anything in return from the Personality of\nGodhead; he only wants to render transcendental loving service. In any\ncase, everyone should worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for\nHe will fulfill everyone's desire. The advantage of worshiping·the Supreme\nPerson is that even if one has desires for material enjoyment, if he worships Krill}a he will gradually become a pure devotee and have no more\nmaterial hankering.\nTEXT 16\n\n�� �� �\n�: f� +fii¥4Wl�: I\n\n", "SB3.3#p0159": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n818\n\n31{\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\net'$1�16'1 cmN\n� � ?!#HMflmlf � II t �II\n�\n\nprajiipates te vacasiidhiSa tantyii\nloka� kilayarh kiima-hato 'nubaddha�\naharh ca lokiinugato vahiimi\nbalirh ca sukliinimifiiiya tubhyam\nprajiipate�-who are the master of all living entities; te-of You; vacasa­\n\nunder the direction; adhisa-0 my Lord; tantyii-by a rope; loka�-condi­\n\ntioned souls; kila-indeed; ayam-these; kiima-hata�-conquered by lusty\n\ndesires; anubaddha{l.-are bound; aham-I; ca-and; loka-anugata�-follow­\n\ning the conditioned souls; vahiimi-offer; balim-oblations; ca-and; sukla0 embodiment of religion; animifiiiya-existing as eternal time; tubhyam­\n\nto Y ou.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, You are the master and leader of all living entities. Under\n\nYour direction, all conditioned souls, as if bound by rope, are constantly\n\nengaged in satisfying their desires. Following them, 0 embodiment of\nreligion, I also bear oblations for You, who are eternal time.\nPURPORT\nIn the Katha Upani§ad it is stated that the Supreme Lord is the leader\n\nof all living entities. He is their sustainer and the awarder of all their\n\nnecessities and desires. No living entity is independent; all are dependent\n\non the mercy of the Supreme Lord. Therefore the Vedic instruction is that\n\none should enjoy life under the direction of the supreme leader, the\nPersonality of Godhead. Vedic literatures like lsopani§ad direct that since\n\neverything belongs to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one should\n\nnot encroach upon another's property, but should enjoy his individual\nallotment. The best program for every living entity is to take direction\nfrom the Supreme Lord and enjoy material or spiritual life.\n\nA question· may be raised: Since Kardama Muni was advanced in spiritual\n\nlife, why then did he not ask the Lord for liberation? Why did he want to\n\nenjoy material life in spite of his personally seeing and experiencing the\n\nSupreme Lord? The answer is that not everyone is competent to be\n\nliberated from material bondage. It is everyone's duty, therefore, to enjoy\n\naccording to his present position, but under the direction of the Lord or\n\nthe Vedas. The Vedas are considered to be the direct words of the Lord.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0160": "Text 17)\n\n819\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\nThe Lord gives us the opportunity to enjoy material life as we want, and\nat the same time He gives directions for the modes and processes of abiding\nby the Vedas so that gradually one may be elevated to liberation from\nmaterial bondage. The conditioned souls who have come to the material\nworld to fulfill their desires to lord it over material nature are bound by\nthe laws of nature. The best course is to abide by the Vedic rules; that will\nhelp one to be gradually elevated to liberation.\nKardama Muni addresses the Lord as sukla, which means the leader of\nreligion. One who is pious should follow the rules of religion, for such\nrules are prescribed by the Lord Himself. No one can manufacture or\nconcoct a religion; religion refers to the injunctions or laws of the Lord.\nIn Bhagavad-g\"itii the Lord says that religion means to surrender unto Him.\nTherefore one should follow the Vedic regulations and surrender unto the\nSupreme Lord because that is the ultimate goal of perfection in human life.\nOne should live a life of piety, follow the religious rules and regulations,\nmarry and live peacefully for elevation to the higher status of spiritual\nrealization.\nTEXT 17\n\n�If·\nJlitii�I(IW{ q('(\nmen r� ...<am,q'!li( ,\n'«�\n�'l!JUiq•a:it�II� \"II\ntftTri'�ttiNija.a�:\nlokiims ca lokiinugatiin pasums ca\nhitvii sritiis te cara[liitapatram\nparasparam tvad-gu[la-viida-sidhupiyu�a-niryiipita-deha-dharma�\nlokan-worldly affairs; ca\n\n-\n\nand; loka-anugatan-the followers of worldly\n\naffairs; pasun-beastly; ca- and; hitva\n\n-\n\nhaving\n\ngiven up; s'rita1I-taken\n\nshelter; te-Your; cara[la-of lotus feet; iitapatram-the umbrella; parasparam-with one another; tvat-Your; gu[la-of qualities; viida-by discussion; siahu-intoxicating;ptyu§a-by the nectar; niryapita\n\n-\n\nextinguished;\n\ndeha-dharmii�-the primary necessities of the body.\nTRANSLATION\nHowever, persons who have given up stereotyped worldly affairs and\ntheir beastly followers, and who have taken shelter of the umbrella of\n\n", "SB3.3#p0161": "820\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nYour lotus feet by drinking the intoxicating nectar of Your qualities and\n\nactivities in discussions with one another, can be freed from the primary\nnecessities of the material body.\n\nPURPORT\nAfter describing the necessity of married life, Kardama Muni asserts that\n\nmarriage and other social affairs are stereotyped regulations for persons\n\nwho are addicted to material sense enjoyment. The principles of animal\n\nlife-eating, sleeping, mating and defending-are actually necessities of the\nbody, but those who engage in transcendental Kr�Qa consciousness, giving\n\nup all the stereotyped activities of this material world, are freed from\n\nsocial conventions. Conditioned souls are under the spell of material\nenergy or eternal time-past, present and future-but as soon as one engages\n\nin Kr�Qa consciousness he transcends the limits of past and present and\nbecomes situated in the eternal activities of the soul. One has to act in\nterms of the Vedic injunctions in order to enjoy material life, but those\n\nwho have taken to the devotional service of the Lord are not afraid of the\n\nregulations of this material world. Such devotees do not care for the\n\nconventions of material activities; they boldly take to that shelter which is\n\nlike an umbrella against the sun of repeated birth and death.\n\nConstant transmigration of the soul from one body to another is the\n\ncause of suffering in material existence. This conditional life in material\n\nexistence is called samsara. One may perform good work and take his\n\nbirth in a very nice material condition, but the process under which birth\nand death takes place is like a terrible fire. Sri Visvanatha Cakravarti\n'J'hakura, in his prayer to the spiritual master, has described this. Samsiira,\n\nor the repetition of birth and death, is compared to a forest fire. A forest\n\nfire takes place automatically, without anyone's endeavor, by the friction\nof dried wood, and no fire department or sympathetic person can extin­\n\nguish it. The raging forest fire can be extinguished only when there is a\n\nconstant downpour of water from a cloud. The cloud is compared to the\n\nmercy of the spiritual master. By the grace of the spiritual master the\n\ncloud of the mercy of the Personality of Godhead is brought in, and then\n\nonly, when the rains of Kr�Qa consciousness fall, can the fire of material\n\nexistence be extinguished. This is also explained here. In order to find\nfreedom from the stereotyped conditional life of material existence, one\nhas to take shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord, not in the manner in\n\nwhich the impersonalists indulge, but in devotional service, chanting and\n\nhearing of the activities· of the Lord. Only then can one be freed from the\n\nactions and reactions of material existence. It is recommended here that\n\n", "SB3.3#p0162": "Text 18]\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n821\n\none should give up the conditional life of this material world and the\nassociation of so-called civilized human beings who are simply following,\nin a polished way, the same stereotyped principles of eating, sleeping,\ndefending and mating. Chanting and hearing of the glories of the Lord is\ndescribed here as tvad-gurw-viida-sidhu. Only by drinking the nectar of\nchanting and hearing the pastimes of the Lord can one forget the intoxication of material existence.\nTEXT 18\n\nWI\n\n�\nmJ�fit(I\nS�'If\n'\n.\n\nsttfi<(�H:\n\n�\n•�ott q\n\n�\nllft1!\\l'f I\n\nq.qR(wt�'€0R\n�Rsconflf\nEti(l��dt �tiCJ� �� II t ���\nna te 'jariik�a-bhramir iiyur e.siim\ntrayodasiiram tri-satam �a.s.ti-parva\n�ar--nemy ananta-cchadi yat tri-�Jiibhi\nkariila-sroto jagad iicchidya dhiivat\nna-not; te-Your; ajara-of imperishable Brahman; ak.sa-on the axle;\nbhram ift -rotating; iiyuft-span of life; e.siim -of the devotees; trayodasathirteen;\n\naram-spokes; tri-satam-three hundred; §a� ti-sixty; parva­\n\nfunctions; .sa.s - six; nemi-rims; ananta-innumerahle; chadi-leaves; yatwhich; tri-three; niibhi -naves; kariila-srotaft-with tremendous velocity;\njagat-the universe; iicchidya -cutting short; dhiivat-running .\nTRANSLATION\nYour wheel, which has three naves, rotates around the axis of the imperishable Brahman. It has thirteen spokes, 360 joints, six rims and\nnumberless leaves carved upon it. Though its revolution cuts short the life\nspan of the entire creation, this wheel of tremendous velocity cannot touch\nthe life span of the devotees of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe time factor cannot affect the span of life of the devotees. In\nBhagavad-gitii it is stated that a little execution of devotional service saves\none from the greatest danger. The greatest danger is transmigration of the\nsoul from one body to another, and only devotional service to the Lord\n\n", "SB3.3#p0163": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n822\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 2 1\n\ncan stop this process. I t is stated in the Vedic literatures, harim vinii\n\nna srtim taranti: Without the mercy of the Lord, one cannot stop the\ncycle of birth and death. In Bhagavad-g\"itii it is stated that only by under­\n\nstanding the transcendental nature of the Lord and His activities, His\n\nappearance and disappearance, can one stop the cycle of death and go back\n\nto Him. The time factor is divided into many fractions of moments, hours,\nmonths, years, periods, seasons, etc. All the divisions in this verse are\n\ndetermined according to the astronomical calculations of Vedic literature.\n\nThere are six seasons, called rtus, and there is the period of four months\ncalled ciitur-miisya. Three periods of four months complete one year.\n\nAccording to Vedic astronomical calculations, there are thirteen months.\n\nThe thirteenth month is called adhi-miisa or mala-miisa and is added every\n\nthird year. The time factor, however, cannot touch the life span of the\ndevotees. In another verse it is stated that when the sun rises and\n\nsets it takes away the life of all living entities, but it cannot take away\n\nthe life of those who engage in devotional service. Time is compared here\nto a big wheel which has 360 joints, six rims in the shape of seasons and\nnumberless leaves in the shape of moments. It rotates on the eternal\n\nexistence, Brahman.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n� qtRf: Rt�mt'FRT�f�tit�PAT\n��: .m� �·niR11W4e\n�� ((tijhfiflf: ����II\n\n�:\n\neka� svayam saii jagata� sisrk§ayiidvitiyayiitmann adhi-yogamiiyayii\nsrjasy ada� piisi punar grasi,syase\nyathor{la-niibhir bhagavan sva-saktibhi{l\neka�- one;\n\nsvayam- Yourself;\n\nsan- being;\n\njagata�-the\n\nuniverses;\n\nyoga-miiyayii-by\n\nyogamiiyii;\n\nsrjasi- You\n\n-\n\nsisrkfi ayii-with a desire to create; advitiyayii without a second; iitman-in\nYourself;\n\ncreate;\n\nadhi-controlling;\n\nada�-those\n\nuniverses;\n\npiisi- You\n\nmaintain;\n\npunaft\n\n- again;\n\ngrasinase-You will wind up; yathii-like; ur{la-niibhift-a spider; bhagavan0 Lord; sva-saktibhift-by its own energy.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0164": "Text 20]\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n823\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You alone create the universes. 0 Personality of Godhead,\ndesiring to create these universes, You create them, maintain them, and\nagain wind them up by Your own energies, which are under the control of\nYour second energy, called yogamaya, just as a spider creates a cobweb by\nits own energy and again winds it up.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse two important words nullify the impersonalist theory that\neverything is God. Here Kardama says, \"0 Personality of Godhead, You are\nalone, but You have various energies.\" The example of the spider is very\nsignificant also. The spider is an individual living entity, and by its energy\nit creates a cobweb and plays on it, and whenever it likes it winds up the\ncobweb, thus ending the play. When the cobweb is manufactured by the\nsaliva of the spider, the spider does not become impersonal. Similarly the\ncreation and manifestation of the material or spiritual energy does not\nrender the creator impersonal. Here the very prayer suggests that God is\nsentient and can hear the prayers and fulfill' the desires of the devotee.\nTherefore, He is sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, the form of bliss, knowledge and\neternity.\nTEXT 20\n\nq( (I�Rid\n44\"'414441 �� � I\n31�Cl44� � 'I�\n�Mt�ctS�U � fctctSf4<t: II� II\n\nao,x,•it�\n\no\n\nnaitad batadhisa padam tavepsitarh\nyan mayaya nas tanufie bhuta-siik§mam\nanugrahayastv api yarhi mayaya\nlasat-tulasya bhagavan vilak§ita[l.\nna-not;etat-this; bata-indeed;adhisa-0 Lord; padam material worl.d;\n-\n\ntava- Your; ipsitam-desire;yat-which; mayaya-by Your external energy;\nna[l.-for us; tanu.se- You manifest; bhuta-suk.smam--the elements, gross\nand subtle; anugrahaya-for bestowing mercy; astu-let it be; api-also;\nyarhi\n\n-\n\nw hen;\n\nma yaya\n_\n\n-\n\nthrough\n\nYour causeless mercy; lasat\n\n-\n\nsplendid;\n\n", "SB3.3#p0165": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n824\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\ntulasya-with a wreath of tulasileaves; bh agava n - the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; vilak,sita [l, -is perceived.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, although it is not Your desire, You nevertheless manifest\n\nthis creation of gross and subtle elements just for our sensual satisfaction.\n\nLet Your causeless mercy be upon us, for You have appeared before us in\nYour eternal form, adorned with a splendid wreath of tulasi leaves.\nPURPORT\nIt is clearly stated here that the material world is not created by the\npersonal will of the Supreme Lord; it is created by His external energy\nbecause the living entities want to enjoy it. This material world is not\n\ncreated for those who do not want to enjoy sense gratification, who\nconstantly remain in transcendental loving service and who are eternally\nKr�t:la conscious. For them, the spiritual world is eternally existing, and\n\nthey enjoy there. Elsewhere in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam it is stated that\nfor those who have taken shelter of the lotus feet of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, this material world is useless; because this material\nworld is full of danger at every step, it is therefore not meant for the\ndevotees but for living entities who want to lord it over the material energy\nat their own risk. Kr�l)a is so kind that He allows the sense-enjoying\nliving entities a separate world created by Him to enjoy as they like, yet at\nthe same time He appears in His personal form. The Lord unwillingly\ncreates this material world, but He descends in His personal form or sends\none of His reliable sons or a servant or a reliable author like Vyasadeva to\n\ngive instruction. He Himself also instructs in His speeches of Bhagavad-gttii.\n\nThis propaganda work goes on side by side with the creation to convince\nthe misguided living entities who are rotting in this material world to come\nback to Him and surrender unto Him. Therefore the last instruction of\n\nBhagavad-gitii is this: \"Give up all your manufactured engagements in the\n\nmaterial world, and just surrender unto Me. I shall protect you from all\nsinful reactions.\"\nTEXT 21\n\n(j\n\n�\n(Ciit1441\n��J\\wt�'( I\n\ni(i44\\4ql�i(¥41\"'4�\n��q�\n�.... 11��11\n\n", "SB3.3#p0166": "Text 21]\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n825\n\ntam tviinubhutyoparata-kriyiirtham\nsva-miiyayii vartita-loka-tantram\n\nnamiimy abhik§rwm namaniya-piidasarojam alpiyasi kiima-var§am\n\ntam-that; tvii- You;\n\nanubhutyii-by\n\nrealizing; upa rata-disregarded;\n\nkriyii-enjoyment of fruitive activities; artham-in order that; sva-miiyayii­\n\nby Your own energy; varti t a-brought about; loka-tantram-the material\nworlds; namiimi-1 offer obeisances; abhik§cwm- continuously; namaniya­\n\nworshipable;piida-sarojam-lotus feet; alpiyasi-on the insignificant; klima­\n\ndesires; var§am-showering\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI continuously offer my respectful obeisances unto Your lotus feet, of\nwhich it is worthy to take shelter, because You shower all benedictions on\nthe insignificant. To give all living entities detachment from fruitive activity by realizing You, You have expanded these material worlds by Your\nown energy.\nPURPORT\nEveryone, therefore, whether he desires material enjoyment, liberation\nor the transcendental loving service of the Lord, should engage himself,\noffering obeisances unto the Supreme Lord, because the Lord can award\n\neveryone his desired benediction. In Bhagavad-gitii the Lord affirms,\n\nye yathii miim prapadyante: Anyone who desires to be a successful enjoyer\n\nin this material world is awarded that benediction by the Lord, anyone who\nwants to be liberated from the entanglement of this material world is given\nliberation by the Lord, and anyone who desires to constantly engage in His\nservice in full Kr�l)a consciousness is awarded that benediction by the Lord.\nFor material enjoyment He has prescribed so many ritualistic sacrificial\n\nperformances in the Vedas, and thus people may take advantage of those\ninstructions and enjoy material life in higher planets or in a noble\n\naristocratic family. These processes are mentioned in the Vedas, and one\ncan take advantage of them. It is similar with those who want to be\nliberated from this material world.\n\nUnless one is disgusted with the enjoyment of this material world, he\ncannot aspire for liberation. Liberation is for one who is disgusted with\nmaterial\n\nenjoyment.\n\nVediinta-sutra\n\nsays,\n\ntherefore, athiito\n\nbrahma­\n\njijiiiisii: Those who have given up the attempt to be happy in this material\n\nworld can inquire about the Absolute Truth. For those who want to know\n\nthe Absolute Truth, the Vediinta-sutra is available, as is Srimad-Bhiigavatam,\n\n", "SB3.3#p0167": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n826\nthe actual\n\nexplanation of\n\nVediinta-siitra,\n\nVediinta-siitra.\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nSince Bhagavad-g\"itii is also\n\nby understanding Sr\"imad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nVediinta-sutra or\n\nBhagavad-g\"itii one can obtain real knowledge. When one obtains real knowledge, he becomes theoretically one with the Supreme, and when he actually\nbegins the service of Brahman, or Kr�t:�a consciousness, he is not only\nliberated but situated in his spiritual life. Similarly, for those who want to\nlord it over material nature, there are so many departments of material\nenjoyment; material knowledge and material science are available, and the\nLord provides for persons who want to enjoy them. The conclusion is that\none should worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead for any benedic­\n\ntion. The word kiima-var�am is very significant, for it indicates that He\nsatisfies the desires of anyone who approaches Him. But one who sincerely\nloves Kw).a and yet wants material enjoyment is in perplexity. Kr�l)a, being\nvery kind towards him, gives him an opportunity to engage in the transcendental loving\n\nservice\n\nof the Lord, and so he gradually forgets the\n\nhallucination.\nTEXT 22\n\n\"ffil��\n\n�oqJlqt\n\nsc�«tsO£OStwmt-\n\n�'41\"�\n\nqoq(1pt�..\n(l:q•nwt:\n��\n�N««tit�o1N1il11t'R\":\n������\nT§ir uvaca\n\nity avyalikam prap,uto 'bja-nabhas\ntam ababha.se vacasamrtena\n\nsuparp,a-pak.sopari rocamana�\n\nprema-smitodvik§ap,a-vibhramad-bhrii�\n\nr�i�\n\nuvaca-the\n\ngreat\n\nsage\n\nMaitreya\n\nsaid;\n\niti-thus;\n\navyalikam­\n\nsincerely; prap,uta�-having been praised; abja-nabha�- Lord Vi�pu; tam­\n\nto Kardama Muni; ababha§e-replied; vacasa-with words; amrtena-as\n\nsweet as nectar; su parp,a -of Garu�a; pak.sa-the shoulders; upari- upon;\nrocamana�-shining; prema -of affection; smita-with a smile; udvik.sap,a­\n\nlooking; vibhramat-gracefully moving; bhrii�-eyebrows .\n\n", "SB3.3#p0168": "Text 23]\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n827\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya resumed: Sincerely extolled in these words, Lord Vi�!].U,\nshining very beautifully on the shoulders of Garuc�a, replied with words as\nsweet as nectar. His eyebrows moved gracefully as He looked at the sage\nwith a smile full of affection.\nPURPORT\nThe word vacasiimrtena is significant. Whenever the Lord speaks, He\nspeaks from the transcendental world. He does not speak from the material world. Since He is transcendental, His speech is also transcendental ,\nas is His activity; everything in relation to Him is transcendental. The\nword amrta refers to one who does not meet with death. The words and\n\nactivities of the Lord are deathless; therefore they are not manufactured\nof this material world. The sound of this material world and that of the\nspiritual world are completely different. The sound of the spiritual world\nis nectarean and eternal, whereas the sound of the material world is\nhackneyed and subject to end. The sound of the holy name-Hare Kr�Qa,\nHare Kr�rya, Kr�Qa Kr�Qa, Hare Hare-everlastingly increases the enthusiasm\nof the chanter. If one repeats monotonous material words, he will feel\nexhausted, but if he chants Hare Kr�Qa twenty-four hours a day, he will\nnever feel exhausted; rather, he will feel encouraged to continue chanting\nmore and more. When the Lord replied to the sage Kardama, the word\n\nvacasiimrtena is specifically mentioned, since He spoke from the transcendental world. He replied in transcendental words, and when He spoke His\neyebrows moved with great affection. When a devotee praises the glories\nof the Lord, the Lord is very satisfied, and He bestows His transcendental\nbenediction upon the devotee without reservation because He is always\ncauselessly merciful towards His devotee.\nTEXT 23\n\n$117�\"1\n�\n\"'� � 1\n, ..\n,fi,�.. . � �\n�·�\n�cr ft'lq\"l\ntt �\n\n���p.q�ctl(\n\nft¥1�6: ������\n\nsri bhagaviin uviica\nviditvii tava caityam me\npuraiva samayoji tat\n\n", "SB3.3#p0169": "[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n828\n\nyad-artham iitma-niyamais\ntvayaiviiham samarcita�\nsri bhagaviin uviica\ntava-your; caityarn\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe Supreme\n\nLord said; viditvii-understanding;\n\ncondition; me\n\nmental\n\n-\n\nby\n\nMe; purii-previously;\n\neva-certainly; samayoji-was arranged; tat-that; yat-artham\n\n-\n\nfor the sake\n\nof which; iitma-of the mind and senses; niyama*-by discipline; tvayiiby you; eva-on l y; aham-I; samarcita�-have been worshiped.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Lord said: Having come to know what was in your mind,\n\nI have already arranged for that for which you have worshiped Me well\nthrough your mental and sensual discipline.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead in His Paramatma feature is\nsituated in everyone's heart. He knows, therefore, the past, present and\nfuture of every individual person as well as his desires, activities and\neverything about him. It is stated in Bhagavad-gita that He is seated in the\nheart as a witness. The Personality of Godhead knew the heart's desire of\nKardama Muni, and He had already arranged for the fulfillment of his\ndesires. He never disappoints a sincere devotee, regardless of what he wants,\n\nbut He never allows anything which will be detrimental to the individual's\ndevotional service.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nWf���cr�����\n\n�mro ;rfir 44lf¥1(fk¥4wtl'( II�� ll\nna vai jiitu mrfiaiva syiit\nprajiidhyakfia mad-arha[!am\nbhavad-vidhe§v atitariim\nmayi sarigrbhitiitmaniim\nna-not; vai\n\n-\n\nindeed; jiitu\n\n-\n\never; mr.sa-useless; eva-only; syat-it may\n\nbe; prajii-of the living entities; adhyak.sa-0 leader; mat-arha�J-am-wor·\nship of\n\nMe; bhavat vidhesu\n-\n\n.\n\n-\n\nunto persons like you; atitariim-entirel y;\n\nmayi-on Me; sarigrbhita-are fixed; iitmaniim-of those whose minds.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0170": "Text 25]\n\n829\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Lord continued: My dear r�i, 0 leader of the living entities, for anyone who serves Me in devotion by worshiping Me, especially persons like\nyou who have given up everything unto Me, there is never any question of\nfrustration.\nPURPORT\nEven if he has some desires, anyone engaged in the service of the Lord is\nnever frustrated.\n\nThose engaged in His service are called sakiima and\n\nakiima. Those who approach the Supreme Personality of Godhead with\ndesires for material enjoyment are called sakiima, and those devotees who\nhave no material desires for sense gratification but serve the Supreme Lord\nout of spontaneous love for Him are called akiima. Sakama devotees are\ndivided into four classes-those in distress, those in need of money, the\ninquisitive and the wise. Someone worships the Supreme Lord because of\nbodily or mental distress, someone else worships the Supreme Lord because\nhe is in need of money, someone else worships the Lord out of inquisitiveness to know Him as He is, and someone wants to know the Lord as a\nphilosopher can know Him, by the research work of his wisdom. There is\nno frustration for any of these four classes of men; each is endowed with\nthe desired result of his worship.\nTEXT 25\n\n��ft..�H''�\": 1\nJfiiUqJ tif� � ftfUUtqf 'It�11�'--.11\n�m�6':\n\nprajiipati-suta{t samrii[!\nmanur vikhyiita-mangala{t\nbrahmiivartam yo 'dhivasan\nsiisti saptiir[!aviim mahim\npraj iipati-suta{t-the son of Lord Brahmii; samrii t-the Emperor; manu{l,.\n\nSvayambhuva Manu; vikhyiita-well known; mangala{t-whose righteous\nacts;\n\nbrahmiivartam-Brahmiivarta; ya{l,-he who; adh ivasan\n\nsiisti\n\nrules; sapta-seven; ar[!aviim-oceans; mahim-the earth.\n\n-\n\n_\n\n-\n\nli ving\n\nm;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Emperor Svayambhuva Manu, the son of Lord Brahma, who is well\nknown for his righteous acts, has his seat in Brahmavarta and rules over the\nearth with its seven oceans.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0171": "Srimad B haga vatam\n\n830\n\n-\n\n(Canto 3, Ch . 21\n\nPURPORT\nSometimes it is stated that Brahmavarta is a part of Kuruk�etra or that\nKuruk�etra itself is situated in Brahmiivarta because the demigods are\n\nrecommended to perform spiritual ritualistic performances in Kuruk�etra.\n\nBut in others' opinion, Brahmavarta is a place in Brahmaloka where\n\nSvayambhuva ruled. There are many places on the surface of this earth\n\nwhich are also known in the higher planetary systems; we have places on\n\nthis planet like Vrndiivana, Dvarakii and Mathurii, but they are also eter­\n\nnally situated in KreyQaloka. There are many similar names on the surface\n\nof the earth, and it may be that in the Boar Age Svayambhuva Manu ruled\n\nthis planet, as stated here. The word mangalaft is significant. Mangala\n\nmeans one who is elevated in every respect in the opulences of religious\n\nperformances, ruling power, cleanliness and all other good qualities.\n\nVikhyiita means celebrated. Sviiyambhuva Manu was celebrated for all\n\ngood qualities and opulences.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n� �\n\nm �fil-ir=M• ttt6�q�:u 1\n311�,� �'«it �cilNG>: ������\nsa ceha vipra riijar.sir\nmahiflyii satarupayii\niiyiisyati didrkflus tviirh\nparasvo dharma-kovidaft\n\nsaft-Svayambhuva Manu; ca-and; iha-here; vipra-0 holy briihma[ta;\n\nriijarflift-the saintly king; mahi,s yii-along with his queen; satarupayii­\n\ncalled Satarupa; iiyiisyati-will come; didrk.suft-desiring to see; tvii m you;\nparasvaft-the day after tomorrow;dharma-in religious activities; kovidaft-\n\nexpert.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe day after tomorrow, 0 brahmat;ta, that celebrated Emperor, who is\n\nexpert in religious activities, will come here with his Queen, Satariipa,\n\nwishing to see you.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n311€&ti:itl&(f(t6Niif q11;ttft�11� I\n\n¥A••�;:JY qm G>•���qp\" � 1I1ft ���\\911\n\n", "SB3.3#p0172": "Text 28]\n\n831\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\niitmajiim asitiipiingirh\nvaya[l-sila-gu[liinvitiim\nmrgayantirh patirh diisyaty\nanurupiiya te prabho\n\natma jam-his own daughter; asita-black; apati gim eyes; vaya[l-grown-\n\n-\n\nup age; sila-with character; gu[la\nmrgaya n tim searching\n-\n\nfor;\n\n-\n\nwith good qualities; anvitiim-endowed;\n\npatim-a\n\nhusband;\n\ndiisyati-he\n\nwill\n\ngive;\n\nanurupiiya-who are suitable; te-unto you; prabho-My dear sir.\nTRANSLATION\nHe has a grown-up daughter whose eyes are black. She is ready for\nmarriage, and she has good character and all good qualities. She is also\nsearching for a good husband. My dear sir, her parents will come to see you,\nwho are exactly suitable for her, just to deliver their daughter as your wife.\nPURPORT\nThe selection of a good husband for a good girl was always entrusted\nto the parents. Here it is clearly stated that Manu and his wife were coming\nto see Kardama Muni to offer their daughter because the daughter was well\nqualified and the parents were searching out a similarly qualified man. This\nis the duty of parents. Girls are never thrown into the public street to\nsearch out their husband because when girls are grown up and are searching\nafter a boy, they forget to consider whether the boy they select is actually\nsuitable for them. Out of the urge of sex desire, a girl may accept anyone,\nbut if the husband is chosen by the parents, they can consider who is to be\nselected and who is not. According to the Vedic system, therefore, the\ngirl is given over to a suitable boy by the parents, but she is never allowed\nto select her own husband independently.\nTEXT 28\n\n� � wf � qR\\i4ffi(l'{ I\nm ffi ;nr�: Cfilqqt� +cf@!QtR\\ 11��11\nsamiihitarh te hrdayarh\nyatremiin parivatsariin\nsii tviirh brahman nrpa-vadhu[l\nkiimam iisu bhajinati\n\n", "SB3.3#p0173": "[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n832\n\nsamiihitam-has been fixed; te-your; hrdayam-heart; yatra-on whom;\n\nimiin-for all these; par i vats ariin- years; sii-she; t viim\n\n-\n\nyou ; brahman-0\n\nbriihma[ta; nrp a va dh u ft -the princess; kamam-as you desire; iisu-very\n-\n\nsoon; bhaji§yati-will serve.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat princess, 0 holy sage, will be just the type you have been thinking\n\nof in your heart for all these long years. She will soon be yours and will\n\nserve you to your heart's content.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord awards all benedictions according to the h eart's desire of a\n\ndevotee, so the Lord informed Kardama Muni, \"The girl who is coming to\n\nbe married with you is a princess, the daughter of Emperor Svayambhuva,\n\nand so just suitable for your purpose.\" Only by God's grace can one get a\n\nnice wife just as he desires. Similarly, it is only by God's grace that a girl\n\ngets a husband suitable to her heart. Thus it is said that if we pray to the\nSupreme Lord in every transaction of our material existence, everything\n\nwill be done very nicely and just suitable to our heart's desire. In other\n\nwords, in all circumstances we must take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and depend completely on His decision. Man proposes,\nGod disposes. The fulfillment of desires, therefore, should be entrusted to\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; that is the nicest solution. Kardama\n\n.Muni desired only a wife, but because he was a devotee of the Lord, the\nLord selected a wife for him who was the Emperor's daughter, a princess.\n\nThus Kardama Muni j?;Ot a wife beyond his expectation. If we depend on\n\nthe choice of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, we will receive bene­\n\ndictions in greater opulence than we desire.\n\nIt is also significantly noted here that Kardama Muni was a brahmarta,\n\nwhereas Emperor Svayambhuva was a k�atriya. Therefore, intercaste mar­\n\nriage was current even in those days. The system was that a briihmarta\n\ncould marry the daughter of a k�atriya, but a k�atriya could not marry the\n\ndaughter of a bnihma[ta. We have evidences from the history of the Vedic\nage that Sukracarya offered his daughter to Maharaja Yayati, but the king\n\nhad to refuse to marry the daughter of a brahmarta; only with the special\n\npermission of the brahmar-a could they marry. Intercaste marriage, there·\n\nfore, was not prohibited in the olden days, many millions of years ago, but\n\nthere was a regular system of social behavior.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0174": "Text 30]\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n833\n\nTEXT 29\n\n� � �d �� W�CNT\n\nSfijNiitRJ 1\n����31Nt��tSlijiS 'R: II����\nyii ta iitma-bhrtarh viryarh\nnavadhii prasavi§yati\nvirye tvadiye r.saya\niidhiisyanty aiijasiitmana[t\nyii-she; te -by you;\n\niitma-bhrtam-sown in her; viryam\n\n-\n\nthe seed;\n\nnava-dhii-nine daughters; prasavi_syati-will bring forth; virye tvad�ye-in\nthe daughters begotten by you; r.saya[t-the sages; iidhiisyanti-will beget ;\naiijasii-in total; iitmanaft-children.\nTRANSLATION\nShe will bring forth nine daughters from the seed sown in her by you,\nand through the daughters you beget, the sages will duly beget children.\n\ntvarh ca samyag anu§_thiiya\nnidesarh ma usattama[t\nmayi tirthikrtiise.sakriyiirtho miirh prapatsyase\ntvam-you; ca\n\n-\n\nand; samyak-properly; anu.s_thiiya-having carried out;\n\nnidesam-command; me-My ; usattama[t-completely cleansed; mayi-unto\nMe; tirthi-krta-havi ng resigned; ase.sa-all; kriyii-of action s; artha[t-the\nfruits; miim-to Me; prapatsyase-you will attain\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith your heart cleansed by properly carrying out My command, resigning to Me the fruits of all your acts, you will finally attain to Me.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0175": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n834\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nPURPORT\nHere the words firthzkrtiise§a-kriyiirtha� are significant. Tirthi means a\nsanctified place where charity is given. People used to go to places of\npilgrimage and give munificently in charity. This system is still current.\nTherefore the Lord said, \"In order to sanctify your activities and the\nresults of your actions, you will offer everything unto Me.\" This is also\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii: \"Whatever you do, whatever you eat, whatever you sacrifice, the result should be given to Me only.\" In another\nplace in Bhagavad-gitii the Lord said, \"I am the enjoyer of all sacrifices,\nall penances and everything done for the welfare of mankind or society.\"\nAll activities, therefore, whether for the welfare of family, society, country\nor humanity at large, must be performed in Kri�l)a consciousness. That is\nthe instruction given by the Lord to Kardama Muni. Maharaja Yudhi�thira\nwelcomed Narada Muni: \"Wherever you are present, that place becomes\nsanctified because the Lord Himself is always seated in your heart.\"\nSimilarly, if we act in Kr:}rya consciousness under the direction of the Lord\nand His representative, then everything is sanctified. This is the indication\ngiven to Kardama 1\\·luni, who acted on it and therefore received the most\nexcellent wife and child, as will be disclosed in later verses.\nTEXT 31\n\nf)��� �'T'%! � lifl\"+t\"4+U�W�I'{ I\n�'IFf����l�'if.i �'1�11� �II\nkrtvii �ayiirh ca jive.su\ndattvii ciibhayam iitmaviin\nmayy iitmiinarh saha jagad\ndrak§yasy iitmani ciipi miim\nkrtva - havi n g shown; dayam - comp assion; ca -and; jive.su - towards living beings; da ttvii - having given; ca-and; abhayam-assurance of safety;\niitmaviin-self-realized; mayi - in Me; ii tmii n am - yourself; saha jagat - along\nwith the universe; drak.sy as i - you will perceive; iitmani-in yourself; caand; api - also ; miim- Me.\nTRANSLATION\nShowing compassion to all living entities, you will attain self-realization.\n\nGiving assurance of safety to all, you will perceive your own self as well as\n\nall the universes in Me, and Myself in you.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0176": "Text 31]\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n835\n\nPURPORT\nThe simple process of self-realization for every living entity is described\nhere. The first principle to be understood is that this world is a product of\nthe supreme will. There is an identity of this world with the Supreme Lord.\nThis identity is accepted in a misconceived way by the impersonalists;\nthey say that the Supreme Absolute Truth, transforming Himself into the\nuniverse, loses His separate existence. Thus they accept the world and\neverything in it to be the Lord. That is pantheism, wherein everything is\nconsidered to be the Lord. This is the view of the impersonalist. But\nthose who are personal devotees of the Lord take everything to be the\nproperty of the Supreme Lord. Everything, whatever we see, is the manifestation of the Supreme Lord; therefore, everything should be engaged in\nthe service of the Lord. This is oneness. The difference between the\nimpersonalist and the personalist is that the impersonalist does not accept\nthe separate existence of the Lord, but the personalist accepts the Lord;\nhe understands that although He distributes Himself in so many ways, He\nhas His separate personal existence. This is described in Bhagavad-gita: \"I\nam spread all over the universe in My impersonal form. Everything is\nresting on Me, but I am not present.\" There is a nice exam pie regarding the\nsun and the sunshine. The sun, by\n\nits sunshine, is spread all over the\n\nuniverse, and all the planets rest on the sunshine. But all the planets are\ndifferent from the sun planet; one cannot say that because the planets are\nresting on the sunshine, these planets are also the suri. Similarly, the\nimpersonal or pantheistic view that everything is God is not a very intelli­\n\ngent proposal. The real position, as explained by the Lord Himself, is th at\nalthough nothing can exist without Him, it is not a fact that everything is\nHim. He is different from everything. So here also the Lord says: \"You\nwill see everything in the world to be nondifferent from Me.\" This means\nthat everything should be considered a product of the Lord's energy, and\ntherefore everything should be employed in the service of the Lord. One's\nenergy should be utilized for one's self-interest. That is the perfection of\n\nthe energy.\nThis energy can be utilized for real self-interest if one is compassionate.\nA person in Kr�t:J.a consciousness, a devotee of the Lord, is always compassionate. He is not satisfied that only he himself is a devotee, but he tries\nto distribute the knowledge of devotional service to everyone. There are\nmany devotees of the Lord who faced many risks in distributing the\ndevotional service of the Lord to people in generaL That should be done.\nIt is also said that a person who goes to the temple of the Lord and\nworships with great devotion, but who does not show sympathy to people\n\n", "SB3.3#p0177": "836\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nin general or show respect to other devotees, is considered to be a third­\n\nclass devotee. The second-class devotee is he who is merciful and compas­\n\nsionate to the fallen soul. The second-class devotee is always cognizant of\n\nhis position as an eternal servant of the Lord; he therefore makes friend­\n\nships with devotees of the Lord, acts compassionately towards the general\n\npublic in teaching them devotional service, and refuses to cooperate or\n\nassociate with nondevotees. As long as one is not compassionate to people\n\nin general in his devotional service to the Lord, he is a third-class devotee.\n\nThe first-class devotee gives assurance to every living being that there is no\nfear of this material existence: \"Let us live in Krg1a consciousness and\n\nconquer the nescience of material existence.\"\n\nIt is indicated here that Kardama Muni was directed by the Lord to be\n\nvery compassionate and liberal in his householder life and to give assurance\nto the people in his renounced life. A sannyiis\"i, one in the renounced order\n\nof life, is meant to give enlightenment to the people. He should travel,\n\ngoing from home to home to enlighten. The householder, by the spell of\n\nmiiyii, becomes absorbed in family affairs and forgets his relationship with\nKr�f.la. If he dies in forgetfulness, like the cats and dogs, then his life is\n\nspoiled. It is the duty of a sannyiis\"i, therefore, to go and awaken the for­\n\ngetful souls with enlightenment of their eternal relationship with the Lord\n\nand to engage them in devotional service. The devotee should show mercy\n\nto the fallen souls and also give them the assurance of fearlessness. As soon\n\nas one becomes a devotee of the Lord, he is convinced that he is protected\n\nby the Lord. Fear itself is afraid of the Lord; therefore, what has he to do\n\nwith fearfulness?\n\nTo award fearlessness to the common man is the greatest act of charity.\n\nA sannyiis\"i, or one who is in the renounced order of life, should wander\nfrom door to door, from village to village, from town to town and from\n\ncountry to country, all over the world as far as he is able to travel, and\n\nenlighten the householders about Kr�f.la consciousness. A person who is a\n\nhouseholder but is initiated by a sannyiis\"i has the duty to spread Kr�f.la\nconsciousness at home; as far as possible, he should call his friends and\nneighbors to his house and hold classes in Kr�f.la consciousness. Holding\n\na class means ch�nting the holy name of Kr�f.la and speaking from\nBhagavad-g\"itii or Snmad-Bhiigavatam. There are immense literatures for\nspreading Kr�f.la consciousness, and it is the duty of each and every house­\n\nholder to learn about Kr�f.la from his sannyiis\"i spiritual master. There is a\n\ndivision of labor in the Lord's service. The householder's duty is to earn\n\nmoney because a sannyiis\"i is not supposed to earn money; he is completely\n\ndependent on the householder. The householder should earn money by\n\n", "SB3.3#p0178": "Text 32)\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n837\n\nbusiness or by profession and spend at least fifty percent of his income to\nspread Kr�l).a consciousness; twenty-five percent he can spend for his\nfamily, and twenty-five percent he should save to meet emergencies. This\nexample was shown by Rupa Gosvami, so devotees should follow it.\nActually, to he one with the Supreme Lord means to he one with the\ninterest of the Lord. Becoming one with the Supreme Lord does not imply\nbecoming as great as the Supreme Lord. It is impossible. The part is never\nequal to the whole. The living entity is always a minute part. Therefore his\noneness with the Lord is that he is interested in the one interest of the\nLord. The Lord wants every living entity to always think about Him, to be\nHis devotee and always worship Him. This is clearly stated in BhagavadgUii: man-manii bhava mad-bhalcta{l.. Kw.ta wants everyone to always think\nof Him. Everyone should always offer obeisances to Kr�J).a. This is the will\nof the Supreme Lord, and devotees should try to fulfill His desire. Since\nthe Lord is unlimited, His desire is also unlimited. There is no stoppage,\nand therefore the service of the devotee is also unlimited. In the transcendental world there is unlimited competition between the Lord and the\nservitor. The Lord wants to fulfill His desires unlimitedly, and the devotee\nalso serves Him to fulfill His unlimited desires. There is an unlimited\noneness of interest between the Lord and His devotee.\nTEXT 32\n\n� �� �llJ �I\n� � �a�trt !frlR ��4R6t4J.. ������\nsahiiham sviimsa-kalayii\ntvad-viryerw mahii-mune\ntava k.setre devahutyiim\npra[!e.sye tattva-samhitiim\nsaha-with; aham-I; sva-amsa-kalayii- My own plenary portion; tvatvirye[!a-by your semen; mahii-mune-0 great sage; tava k1setre-in your\nwife; devahutyiim-in Devahuti; pra[!e1sye-I shall instruct; tattva-of the\nultimate principles; samhitiim-the doctrine.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 great sage, I shall manifest My own plenary portion through your\nwife , Devahfrti, along with your nine daughters, and I shall instruct her in\n\n", "SB3.3#p0179": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n838\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nthe system of philosophy that deals with the ultimate principles or\ncategories.\n\nPURPORT\nHerein the word sviimsa-kalayii indicates that the Lord would appear as\nthe son of Devahuti and Kardama Muni as Kapiladeva, the first propounder\nof the siiitkhya philosophy which is mentioned here as tattva-samhita.\nThe Lord foretold to Kardama Muni that He would appear in His incarna tion of Kapiladeva and would propagate the philosophy of sMtkhya.\nSiihkhya philosophy is very well known in the world as propagated by\n\nanother Kapiladeva, but that sa-rikhya philosophy is different from the\nsarikhya which was propounded by the Lord Himself. There are two kinds\n\nof sarikhya philosophy: one is godless siirikhya philosophy, another godly\nsiinkhya philosophy. The siinkhya propagated by Kapiladeva, son of\n\nDevahiiti, is godly philosophy.\nThere are different manifestations of the Lord. He is one, but He has become many. He divides Himself into two different expansions, one called\nkala\n\nand the\n\nother\n\nvibhinnarhsa.\n\nOrdinary living entities are called\n\nvibhinnarhsa expansions, and the unlimited expansions of vi§[!U-tattva,\n\nsuch as Vamana, Govinda, NarayaQa, Pradyumna, Vasudeva and Ananta,\nare called sviirhsa-kala. Svarhsa refers to a direct expansion, and kala\ndenotes an expansion from the expansion of the original Lord. Baladeva is\nan expansion of Kr�l)a, and from Baladeva the next expansion is Saitkar�m)a;\nthus Saitkar�at:J-a is kala, but Baladeva is sviirhsa. There is no difference\nhowever, among Them. This is very nicely explained in the Brahma-sarhhita\n\n(Bs. 5.46): dip arcireva hi dasantaram abhyupetya. With one candle one may\n\nlight a second candle, with the second a third and then a fourth, and in this\nway one can light up thousands of candles, and no candle is inferior to\nanother in distributing\n\nlight. Every candle has the full potential candle\n\npower, but there is still the distinction that one candle is the first, another\nthe second, another the third and another the fourth. Similarly, there is\nno difference between the immediate expansion of the Lord and His\nsecondary expansion. The Lord's names are considered in exactly the same\nway; since the Lord is absolute, His name, His form, His pastimes, His\nparaphernalia and His quality all have the same potency. In the absolute\nworld, the name Kr�l)a is the transcendental sound representation of the\nLord. There is no potential difference between His quality, name, form,\netc. If we chant the name of the Lord, Hare Kr�l)a, that has as much\npotency as the Lord Himself. There is no potential difference between the\nform of the Lord whom we worship and the form of the Lord in the\n\n", "SB3.3#p0180": "839\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\nText 33]\n\ntemple. One should' not think that he is worshiping a doll or statue of the\nLord, even if others consider it to be a statue. Because there is no potential\ndifference, one gets the same result by worshiping the statue of the Lord\nor the Lord Himself. This is the science of KwJa consciousness.\nTEXT 33\n\n� 5TlT i3<lR'\n�����:1\n� A;�ij«'f: (1((<4�I qffi'�� II��II\nmaitreya uvaca\nevarh tam anubha,syatha\nbhagavan pratyag-ak,sq.ja[l.\njagama bindusarasa[l.\nsarasvatya parisritat\nmaitreya[l. uvaca-the great sage Maitreya said; evam-thus; tam-to him;\nanubha.sya-having\n\nspoken; atha-then; bhagavan-the Lord; pratyak­\n\ndirectly; ak,sa-by senses; ja[i.-who is perceived; jagama-went away;\nbindusarasa[l.-from\n\nLake\n\nBindu-sarovara;\n\nsarasvatya-by\n\nthe\n\nRiver\n\nSarasvati; parisritat-encircled.\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya went on: Thus having spoken to Kardama Muni, the Lord, who\nreveals Himself only when the senses are in KH�a consciousness, departed\nfrom that lake called Bindu-sarovara, which was encircled by the River\nSarasvati.\nPURPORT\nOne word in this verse is very significant. The Lord is stated here\nto\nstill\n\nbe\n\npratyag-ak§aja.\n\nHe can\n\nbe seen.\n\nHe\n\nis\n\nimperceptible by\n\nThis appears\n\nto\n\nmaterial\n\nsenses, but\n\nbe contradictory. We\n\nhave\n\nmaterial senses, but how can we see the Supreme Lord? He is called\nadhok�aja, which means that He cannot be seen by the material senses.\nAk�aja means knowledge perceived by material senses. Because the Lord is\nnot an object that can be understood by speculation with our material\nsenses, He is also called ajita; He wili conquer, but no one can conquer Him.\nWhat does it mean, then, that still He can be seen? It is explained that no\n\n", "SB3.3#p0181": "S rimad Bhagavat am\n\n840\n\n-\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\none can hear the transcendental name of Kr�r;ta, no one can understand\nHis transcendental form, and no one can assimilate His transcendental pastimes. It is not possible. Then how is it possible that He can be seen and\nunderstood? When one is trained in devotional service and renders service\nunto Him, gradually one's senses are purified of material contamination.\nWhen one's senses are thus purified, then one can see, one can understand,\none can hear and so on. The purification of the material senses and. perception of the transcendental form, name and quality of Kr�r;ta are combined\ntogether in one word, pratyag-ak�aja, which is used here.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n��N�,�\n��€1m:{41l•l:\n3llfi0l�'{\nq?l(q ����\n�¥4U¢.l0l('tl'{ ll�\\111\n..\n\nnirik,satas tasya yayiiv ase�asiddhesvariibhifi.tuta-siddha-marga[l.\niikaqwyan patra-rathendra-pakfiair\nuccaritarh stomam udirtta-siima\nnirik.sata[l. tasya - while he was looking on; yayau-He left; ase.sa- all;\nsiddha-isvara-by liberated souls; abhifi,tuta-is praised; siddha-margalt-the\nway\n\nto\n\nGarw;la\n\nthe spiritual world;\n(king\n\nof birds);\n\nakar [t ayan-hearing; patra-ratha-indra-of\n\npak.sai[l.-by\n\nthe\n\nwings; uccaritam-vibrated;\n\nstomam-hymns ; udirtta-siima-forming the Sama Veda.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the sage stood looking on, the Lord left by the pathway leading\nto V aikur;ttha, a path extolled by all great liberated souls. The sage stood\nlistening as the hymns forming the basis of the Sarna Veda were vibrated\nby the flapping wings of the Lord's carrier, Garu�a.\nPURPORT\nIn the Vedic literature it is stated that the two wings of the transcendental bird Garu9a, who carries the Lord everywhere, are two divisions of the\nSama Veda known as brhat and rathiintara. Garul;ia works as the carrier of\n\n", "SB3.3#p0182": "Text 35)\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n841\n\nthe Lord; therefore he is considered the transcendental prince of all carriers.\nWith his two wings GaruQ.a began to vibrate the Sama Veda, which is\nchanted\n\nby great sages to pacify the Lord. The Lord is worshiped by\n\nBrahma, by Lord Siva, by Garu�a and other demigods with selected poems,\nand great sages worship Him with the hymns of Vedic literatures, such as\nthe Upaniflads and Sama Veda. The� Sama Veda utterances are automatically heard by the devotee when another great devotee of the Lord,\nGaru�a, flaps his wings.\nIt is clearly stated here that the sage Kardama Muni began to look to the\npath by which the Lord was being carried to V aikup.tha. It is thus confirmed that the Lord descends from His abode, Vaikup.tha, in the spiritual\nsky, and is carried by Garu�a. The path which leads to Vaikup.tha is not\nworshiped by the ordinary class of transcendentalists. Only those who are\nalready liberated from material bondage can become devotees of the Lord.\nThose who are not liberated from material bondage cannot understand\ntranscendental devotional service. In Bhagavad-gitii it is clearly stated,\nyatatiim api siddhiiniim. There are many persons who are trying to attain\n\nperfection by striving for liberation from material bondage, and those\nwho are actually liberated are called brahma-bhiita or siddha. Only the\nsiddhas, or persons liberated from material bondage, can become devotees.\n\nThis is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii: anyone who is engaged in Kr�l)a\n\nconsciousness or devotional service is already liberated from the influence\nof the modes of material nature. Here it is also confirmed that the path of\ndevotional service is worshiped by liberated persons, not the conditioned\nsouls. The conditioned soul cannot understand the devotional service of\nthe Lord. Kardama Muni was a liberated soul who saw the Supreme Lord\nin person, face to face. There was no doubt that he was liberated, and\nthus he could see Garu�a carrying the Lord on the way to Vaikup.tha and\nhear the flapping of his wings vibrating the sound of Hare Kf�l)a, the\nessence of the Sama Veda.\nTEXT 35\n\n31� ea:st�� � �it �·��liN: I\n\n� � fii �e(fij d �srRiqiet�i. ������\n..\n\natha samprasthite sukle\nkardamo bhagavan r.sift\naste sma bindusarasi\ntarh kalarh pratipalayan\n\n", "SB3.3#p0183": "Srimad Bh agavatam\n\n842\n\n-\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\natha-then; samprasthite sukle-when the Lord had gone; kardama/1Kardama Muni; bhagava n-the greatly powerful; r.s*-sage; aste smastayed; bindusarasi-on the bank of Lake Bindu-sarovara; tam-that;\n\nka la m-time; pratipala yan-awaiting\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen, after the departure of the Lord, the worshipful sage Kardama\nstayed on the bank of Bindu-sarovara, awaiting the time of which the\nLord had spoken.\nTEXT 36\n\n�: ��;c¥tl�lt( �·el�l&:liqR�ws:( I\n� � �� �: q�l!'\"'t(h( 11��11\nmanu[l. syandanam asthaya\nsatakaumbha-paricchadam\naropya svarh duhitararh\nsa-bharya/1 paryaJan mahim\nma nu [l.\n\n-\n\nSvayambhuva Manu; syandanam-the chariot; a stha ya-having\n\nmounted; siita-kaumbha-made of gold; paricchadam-the outer cover;\n\naropya-putting on; svam-his own; duhitar am- daughter; sa-bharya[l.-along\nwith his wife;paryaJan-traveling all over; mahim-the globe.\nTRANSLATION\nSvayambhuva Manu, with his wife, mounted his chariot, which was\ndecorated with golden ornaments. Placing his daughter on it with him, he\nbegan traveling all over �he earth.\nPURPORT\nThe Emperor Manu, as the great ruler of the world, could have engaged\nan agent to find a suitable husband for his daughter, but because he loved\nher just as a father should, he himself left his state on a golden chariot.\nwith only his wife, to find her a suitable husband.\nTEXT 37\n\n� ij'il'\"€4'f�f;{ ��Hijitlfd:�( I\n� �: �ll'\"<tAel� � U��U\n\n", "SB3.3#p0184": "Texts 38-39]\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n843\n\ntasmin sudhanvann ahani\nbhagaviin yat samiidisat\nupiiyiid iisrama-padam\nmune� siinta-vratasya tat\ntasmin-on that;sudhanvan-0 great bowman Vidura; ahani-on the day;\nbhagaviin-the Lord; yat-which ; samiidisat- foretold; upiiyiit-he reached;\niisrarna-padam-the holy hermitage; mune/;1.-of the sage; santa- c omple ted;\nvratasya-whose vows of austerity; tat-that.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Vidura, they reached the hermitage of the sage, who had just completed his vows of austerity on the very day foretold by the Lord.\n\nTEXTS 38-39\n\n� � �\"AI�4ij'il� : I\n�� �� ������\nd f.t--�eit wmf �� qft�� 1\n� Rl€413lij�� ¥ttif'f•loi(:\\NijJJ: ����II\n9Jm ij+q(Jij�\n\nyasmin bhagavato netriin\nnyapatann asru-bindava{t\n\nkrpa_yii samparitasya\nprapanne 'rpitayii bhrsarn\ntad vai bindusaro nama\nsarasvatyii pariplutam\nptt[!.yarh siviimrta-jalam\nmah ar.s i-ga[w- s evita m\nyasmm-m\n\nwhich; bh agavata{t -of the\n\nLord; netriit-from\n\nthe eye;\n\nnyapatan - fell down; asru- b indava{t -teardrops ; lcrpayii -by compassion;\n\ns amparLt asya - who was overwhelmed; prapanne-on the surrendered soul\n(Kardama); arpitayii - place d upon; b hr sam - e x tre me ly; tat-that; vaiindeed; bindu-sara{t - lake of tears; nama-cal l ed; sarasvatyii-by the River\nSarasvatl;pariplutam-overflowcd;pn!t.Yam-holy;siva-auspicious; amrta­\n\nnectar; jala m - wate r; mahii-r.si-of great sages; ga[w-by hosts; sevitam­\n\nserved.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0185": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n844\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe holy Lake Bindu·sarovara, flooded by the waters of the River\nSarasvati, was resorted to by hosts of eminent sages. Its holy water was\nnot only auspicious but as sweet as nectar. It was called Bindu·sarovara\nbecause drops of tears had fallen there from the eyes of the Lord, who\nwas overwhelmed by extreme compassion for the sage who had sought His\nprotection.\n\nPURPORT\nKardama underwent austerities to gain the causeless mercy of the Lord,\nand when the Lord arrived there He was so compassionate that in pleasure\nHe shed tears, which became Bindu-sarovara. Bindu-sarovara, therefore, is\nworshiped by great sages and learned scholars because, according to the\nphilosophy of the Absolute Truth, the Lord and the tears from His eyes\nare not different. Just as drops of perspiration which fell from the toe of\nthe Lord became the sacred Ganges, so teardrops from the transcendental\neyes of the Lord became Bindu-sarovara. Both are transcendental entities\nand are worshiped by great sages and scholars. The water of Bindu-sarovara\nis described here as siviimrta-jala. Siva means curing. Anyone who drinks\nthe water of Bindu-sarovara is cured of all material diseases; similarly,\nanyone who takes his bath in the Ganges also is relieved of all material\ndiseases. These claims are accepted by great scholars and authorities and\nare still being acted upon even in this fallen age of Kali.\nTEXT40\n\nf'44l'tiM1M�:\n\n�W444i•t� : I\n\nri��� q;mfttf�ttl��� 11\\Joll\npu(tya-druma-lata-jalai{t\n\nkujat-pu{lya-mrga-dvijai{l.\nsarvartu-phala-pu§pii�h yarn\nvana-raji-sriyanvitam\n\npu{lya pious; druma-of trees; lata-of creepers; jalai{t-with clusters;\nkujat-uttering cries; pu{lya-pious; mrga-animals; dvijai{l.-with birds;\n-\n\nsarva-in aU; rtu- easons; phala-in fruits; pu§pa-in flowers; ii(lhyamrich; vana-raji-of groves of trees; sriya-by the beauty; anvitam-adorned.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0186": "Text 41]\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n845\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe shore of the lake was surrounded by clusters of pious trees and\ncreepers, rich in fruits and flowers of all seasons, that afforded shelter to\npious animals and birds, which uttered various cries. It was adorned by the\nbeauty of groves of forest trees.\nPURPORT\nIt is stated here that Bindu-sarovara was surrounded by pious trees and\nbirds. As there are different classes of men in human society, some pious\n\nand virtuous and some impious and sinful, so also among tree s and birds\nthere are the pious and the impious. Trees which do not bear nice fruit or\nflowers are considered impious, and birds which are very nasty, such as\ncrows, are considered impious. In the land surrounding Bindu-sarovara\nthere was not a single impious bird or tree. Every tree bore fruits and flowers, and every bird sang the glories of the Lord-Hare K��r:ta, Hare Krgta,\nKr�qa Kr�r:ta, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n�ft:�i\n\nl{�� I\n\n��;::,i\\q4itl����\n\nmn11\n\nmatta-dvija-gartair ghu�tarh\nmatta-bhramara-vibhramam\nmatta-barhi-natiitopam\niihvayan-matta-kokilam\nmatta-overjoyed;\n\ndvija-of\n\nbirds;\n\ngartai{I\n\n-\n\nby flocks; ghu�tam-re\n\n­\n\nsounded; malta-intoxicated; bhramara-of bees; vibhramam-wandering;\nmalta-maddened; barhi-of peacocks; nata-of dancers; atopam\niihvayat\n\n-\n\ncaUing one another; matta-merry; kokilam\n\n-\n\n-\n\npride;\n\ncuckoos.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe area resounded with the notes of overjoyed birds. Intoxicated bees\nwandered there, intoxicated peacocks proudly danced, and merry cuckoos\ncalled one another.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0187": "Srlmad-Bhiigavatam\n\n846\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nPURPORT\nThe beauly of the pleasant sounds heard in the area surrounding Lake\nBindu-sarovara is described here. After drinking honey, the black bees\nbecame maddened, and they hummed in intoxication. Merry peacocks\ndanced j ust like actors and actresses, and merry cuckoos called their\nmates very nicely.\n\nkadamba-campakasokakaraiija-bakuliisanai{t\nkunda-mandiira-kutajais\ncuta-potair alankrtam\nkiirar;tflavai[t plavair harhsai{t\nkurarair jala-kukkutai[I\nsiirasais cakraviikais ca\ncakorair valgu kujitam\nkadamba-kadamba flowers; campaka-campaka flowers; asoka-asoka\nkaraiija-karaiija flowers; bakula-bakula flowers; iisanai{!-by\niisana trees; kunda-kunda; mandiira-mandiira; kutajai�-:-and by kutaja\ntrees;\ncii.ta-potai[!-by you ng mango trees; alarikrtam-adorned;\nkiira!tflavai[r-by kiirartflava ducks; plavai�-by plavas; hamsai]l-by swans;\nkurarai{t-by ospreys; jala-kukkutai{!-by water fowl; siirasai{t-by cranes;\ncakraviikai{t-by cakraviika birds; ca-and; cakorai�-by cakora birds;\nvalgu pleasing; kujitam-vibration of birds' sounds.\nflowers;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nLake Bindu-sarovara was adorned by flowering trees such as kadamba,\ncampaka, asoka, karanja, bakula, iisana, kunda, mandara, kutaja and young\nmango trees. The air was filled with the pleasing notes of kara�<;lava ducks,\nplavas, swans, ospreys, water fowl, cranes, cakravakas and cakoras.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0188": "Conversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\nText 44]\n\n847\n\nPURPORT\nFor most of the trees, flowers, fruits and birds mentioned here as\nsurrounding Bindu-sarovara Lake, English synonyms cannot be found. All\nthe trees mentioned are very pious in that they produce a nice aromatic\nflower, such as the campaka, kadamba and bakula. The sweet sounds of\nwater fowl and cranes made the surrounding area as pleasant as possible\nand created a very suitable spiritual atmosphere.\nTEXT 44\n\n• m�: it�: ����: 1\n��ftf���fllfl11�\nII'J�II\ntathaiva harir,ta* kro�ai�\nsviivid-gava_ya-kuiijara*\ngopucchair haribhir markair\nnakulair niibhibhir vrtam\ntathii eva-likewise; harirw*-by deer; kro�a*-by boars; sviivit-porcupines; gavaya-a wild animal. closely resembling the cow; kuiijara*-by\nelephants;\n\ngopuccha*-by\n\nbaboons;\n\nharibh*-by\n\nlions; marka*-by\n\nmonkeys; nakula*-by mongooses; niibhibhi�-by musk deer; vrtamsurrounded.\nTRANSLATION\nIts shores. abounded with deer, boars, porcupines, gavayas, elephants,\nbaboons, liOJ1S, monkeys, mongooses and musk deer.\n\nPURPORT\nMusk deer are not found in every forest, but only in places like\nBindu-sarovara. They are always intoxicated by the aroma of musk secreted\nfrom their navels. Gavayas, the species of cow mentioned herein, bear a\nbunch of hair at the end of their tails. This bunch of hair is used in temple\nworship to fan the Deities. Gavayas are sometimes called camaris, and they\nare considered very sacred. In India there are still gypsies or forest mercantile people who flourish by trading kasturi, or musk, and the bunches of\nhair from the camaris. These are always in great demand for the higher\nclasses of Hindu population, and such business still goes on in large cities\nand villages in India.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0189": "S�lmad-Bhagavatam\n\n848\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nTEXTS 45-47\n\n� ���: ��:1\n� uf;r�m4 m� ��\\�•�it' ������\n�«(t�¥U4 � rn��T f� I\n;nmwt �: m�f{l�Nelf.hitl( I\n:o:.( 11\\l�ll\n���11�\"-h�NFrt�\n� q\\(q�l�tai �� �(�1««4( I\n�tr � t(�IJT¥H:i�t�'( ll\\l\\911\npravisya tat tirtha-varam\niidi-riija� sahiitmaja{t\ndadar8a munim iisiitarh\ntasmin huta-hutiisanam\nvidyotamiinarh vapu�ii\ntapasy ugra-yujii ciram\nniitik$iimarh bhagavata�\nsnigdhiipiingiivalokaniit\ntad-vyiihrtiimrta-kaliiptyii$a-srava[!ena ca\npriirhsurh padma-paliisiik$arh\njatilarh ctra-viisasam\nupasarhsritya malinarh\nyathiirha[Lam asarhskrtam\npravisya-entering; tat-that; firtha-varam-best of sacred places; iidiriija�-the first monarch (Svayambhuva Manu); saha-iitmaja�-along with\nhis daughter; dadada-saw; munim-the sage; iis'inam-sitting; tasmin-in\nthe hermitage; huta-being offered oblations; huta-asanam-the sacred fire;\nvidyotamanam-shining brilliantly; vapu�ii-by his body; tapasi-in penance;\nugra-terribly; yuja-engaged in yoga; ciram-for a long time; na-not;\natik�amam-very emaciated; bhagavata�-of the Lord; snigdha-affectionate; apaTiga-sidelong; avalokaniit-from the glance; tat-of 1-lim; vyah_rtafrom the words; am_rta-kalii-moonlike; piyii�a-the nectar; sravarena-by\nhearing;\n\nca-and;\n\npn1rhsum-tall;\n\npadma-Iotus\n\nflower;\n\npaliisa-petal;\n\nak�am-eyes; jatilam-matted locks; cira-viisasam-having rags for clothes;\n\n", "SB3.3#p0190": "Texts 45-47]\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\nupasamsritya-having approached; mal inam\n\n-\n\n849\n\nsoiled; yathii-like; arha[lam­\n\ngem; asarhsk,rtam-unpolished.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEntering that most sacred spot with his daughter and going near the\nsage, the first monarch, Svayambhuva Manu, saw the sage sitting in his\nhermitage, having just propitiated the sacred fire by pouring oblations into\nit. His body shone most brilliantly; though he had engaged in austere\npenance for a long time, he was not emaciated, for the Lord had cast His\naffectionate sidelong glance upon him and he had also heard the nectar\nflowing from the moonlike words of the Lord. The sage was tall, his eyes\nwere large, like the petals of a lotus, and he had matted locks on his head.\nHe was clad in rags. Svayambhuva Manu approached and saw him to be\nsomewhat soiled, like an unpolished gem.\nPURPORT\nHere are some descriptions of a brahmaciiri yogi. In the morning, the\nfirst duty of a brahmacari seeking spiritual elevation is huta-hutasana, to\noffer\n\nsacrificial\n\noblations to the\n\nSupreme\n\nLord.\n\nThose\n\nengaged\n\nin\n\nbrahmacarya cannot sleep until seven or nine o'clock in the morning.\nThey must rise early in the morning, at least one and a half hours before\nthe sun rises, and offer oblations, or in this age, they must chant the\nholy name of the Lord, Hare Kr�Qa. As referred to by Lord Caitanya,\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva nasty eva gatir anyatha: There is no other alternative, no other alternative, no other alternative, in this age, to chanting the\nholy name of the Lord. The brahmaciiri must rise early in the morning and,\nafter placing himself, should chant the holy name of the Lord. From the\nvery features of the sage, it appeared\n\nthat he had undergone great\n\nausterities; that is the sign of one observing brahmacarya, the vow of\ncelibacy. If one lives otherwise, it will be manifest in the lust visible in his\nface and body. The word vidyotamiinam indicates that the brahmaciiri\nfeature showed in his body. That is the certificate that one has undergone\ngreat austerity in yoga. A drunkard or smoker or sex-monger can never be\neligible to practice yoga. Generally yogis look very skinny because of their\nnot being comfortably situated, but Kardama Muni was not emaciated\nbecause he had seen the Supreme Personality of Godhead face to face.\nHere the word snigdhiipiingiivalokanat means that he was fortunate enough\nto see the Supreme Lord face to face. He looked healthy because he had\ndirectly received the nectarean sound vibrations from the lotus lips of the\n\n", "SB3.3#p0191": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n850\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nPersonality of Godhead. Similarly, one who hears the transcendental sound\n\nvibration of the holy name of the Lord, Hare Kr�rya, also improves in\n\nhealth. We have actually seen that many brahmaciiris and grhasthas\n\nconnected with the International Society for Krishna Consciousness have\n\nimproved in health, and a luster has come to their faces. It is essential that\na brahmaciiri engaged in spiritual advancement look very healthy and\n\nlustrous. The comparison of the sage to an unpolished gem is very appro­\n\npriate. Even if a gem just taken from a mine looks unpolished, the luster\n\nof the gem cannot be stopped. Similarly, although Kardama was not\n\nproperly dressed and his body was not properly cleansed, his overall\n\nappearance was gemlike.\n\nTEXT 48\n\n3l��'Wmf\n\n��\n\n9!�\n\n� �: I\n\nv:fwOOijW1;{113�w'l ������\natho.tajam upiiyiitarh\nnrdevarh pra[latarh pura(!\nsaparyayii paryagrh[liit\npratinandyiinurupayii\n\na t ha - then; u.tajam - the hermitage; up iiyiitam - approached; nrdevamthe monarch; p ra [latam -bo we d down; pu ra(! - in front; saparyayii-with\n\nhonor; p aryagrh[!iit - received him; p ratinandya - greeting him; anurupayii­\n\nbefitting the King's position.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing that the monarch had come to his hermitage and was bowing before him, the sage greeted him with benediction and received him with\ndue honor.\nPURPORT\nEmperor Svayambhuva Manu not only approached the cottage of dried\n\nleaves possessed by the hermit Kardama, but he offered his respectful\n\nobeisances unto him. Similarly, it was the duty of the hermit to offer\nblessings to kings who used to approach his hermitage in the jungle.\nTEXT 49\n\n�T�ar'ffift;f �� sftolt�.-uf.f: I\n�� l{f(W�flf�tn� �\"OJtll f� 11\\l�ll\n\n", "SB3.3#p0192": "Conversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\nText 50]\n\n851\n\ngrhitiirha[tam iisinam\n\nsamyatam pri[tayan muni{l\n\nsmaran bhagavad-iidesam\nit_y iiha slak,S[tayii girii\n\ngrhita-received; arha[tam-honor; iisinam-seated; samyatam\nsilent;\n\npri[!a_yan-delighting;\n\nmuni{t\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nbhagavat-of the Lord; iidesam-the order; iti\n\n-\n\n-\n\nremained\n\nsmaran-remembering;\n\nsage;\n\nthus; aha-spoke; slak,S[tayii­\n\nsweet; girii- w ith a voice.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter receiving the sage's attention, the King sat down and was silent.\nRecalling the instructions of the Lord, Kardama then spoke to the King as\nfollows, delighting him witll his sweet accents.\nTEXT 50\n\n� �R'�Uf � �aT � � I\n�TT.f�al ��:��tfl�ll\"'oll\nnunam carikrama[tam deva\nsatiim samrak,sariiya te\n\nvadhiiya ciisatiim yas tvam\nhare� saktir hi piilini\n\nnunam- s u r ely ; c arikra m a[tam-the tour; deva-0 lord; satiim-of the vir·\n-\n\ntuous; sarhrakfia[tiiya-for the protection; te-yo ur; vadhiiya-for killing;\nca-and; asatiim-of the dernons;_ya{t-the person who; tvam\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakti{t\n\npiilini-protecting.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nyou; hare�­\n\nthe energy; hi-sin ce ;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe tour you have undertaken, 0 lord, is surely intended to protect the\n\n�rtuous and kill the demons, since you embody the protecting energy of\n\nSri Hari.\n\nPURPORT\nIt\n\nappears\n\nfrom\n\nmany\n\nVedic\n\nliteratures,\n\nespecially\n\nhistories\n\nlike\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam and the Puriirws, that the pious kings of old used to\ntour their kingdoms in order to give protection to the pious citizens and\nto chastise or kill the impious. Sometimes they used to kill animals in the\n\n", "SB3.3#p0193": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n852\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nforests to practice the killing art because without such practice they would\nnot be able to kill the undesirable elements. K�atriyas are allowed t o\ncommit violence i n that way because violence for a good purpose i s a part\nof their duty. Here two terms are clearly mentioned: vadhiiya, for the\npurpose of killing, and asatiim, those who are undesirable_ The protecting\nenergy of the king is supposed to be the energy of the Supreme Lord. In\nBhagavad-gitii\n\n( Bg. 4.8) the Lord says, paritriir-iiya siidhuniim viniisiiya ca\n\ndu�krtiim. The Lord descends to give protection to the pious and to kill\n\nthe demons. The potency, therefore, to give protection to the pious and\nkill the demons or undesirables is directly an energy from the Supreme\nLord, and the king or the chief executive of the state is supposed to possess\nsuch energy. In this age it is very difficult to find such a head of state who\nis expert in killing the undesirables. Modern heads of state sit very nicely\nin their palaces and try without reason to kill innocent persons.\nTEXT 51\n\n��1{.1\n�fUr�3TT�����: 11'-\\�11\n\n�s���1fd\n\nyo 'rkendv-agnindra-viiyilniim\nyama-dharma-prace tasiim\nrilpii[li sthana iidhatse\ntasmai sukliiya te nama�\nya{t- you who; arka-of the sun; indu-of the moon; agni- of Agni, the\n\nfire-god; indra- of Indra, the lord of heaven; viiyilniim- of Vayu, the windgod; yama- of Yama, the god of punishment; dharma-of Dharma, the\ngod of piety; prac etasiim- and of VarutJ.a, the god of the waters; rilpii[lithe forms; sthiine-when necessary; iidhatse -you assume; tasmai-unto Him;\nsukl iiya- unto Lord Vi�l).U; te-unto you; nama� -obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nYou assume, when necessary, the part of the sun-god; the moon-god;\nAgni, the god of fire; lndra, the lord of paradise; Vayu, the wind-god;\nY ama, the god of punishment; Dharma, the god of piety; and Varul).a, the\ngod presiding over the waters. All obeisances to you, who are none other\nthan Lord Vi�I).U!\n\n", "SB3.3#p0194": "Texts 52-54]\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n853\n\nPURPORT\nSince sage Kardama was a briihmarJa and Svayambhuva was a kfiatriya,\nthe sage was not supposed to offer obeisances to the King because socially\nhis position was greater than the King's. But he offered his obeisances to\nSvayambhuva Manu because as Manu, King and Emperor, he was the representative of the Supreme Lord. The Supreme Lord is always worshipable,\nregardless of whether one is a briihma(la, a k�atriya or a sudra. As the\nrepresentative of the Supreme Lord, the King deserved respectful obeisances from everyone.\nTEXTS 52-54\n\nWI W ��\n\n� �1•1011fit� I\n\n���� m �� ������\n\n��rtf��uuf �•p;( ffU�� W{: I\nf� iltm ij;rt 'ttf��4�fflf;fcr ������\nij�t£ ij-�cr: � ���f� : 1\nlfil6:RrnT u� �if({ �: 11�\\lll\n..\n\nna yadii ratham iisthii_ya\njaitrarh ma!li-gariirpitam\nvisphurjac-carpa-kodarpo\nrathena triisayann aghiin\nsva-sainya-carara-kfiUft[tarh\nvepayan ma!lpalath bhuva{1\nvikar_san brhatirh seniirh\nparya.tasy arhsumiin iva\ntadaiva setava{1 sarve\nvarriisrama-nibandhanii{l\nbhagavad-racitii riijan\nbhidyeran bata dasyubh*\nna-not; yadii- when; ratham-the chariot; iisthiiya - having mounted;\n\nja i t ram -victorio us; m a [I i - of jewels;garw-wit h clusters; arpitam - bedecked;\nvis phurjat - twanging; carpa-a fearful sound just to punish the criminals;\nkoda!lpa{l-bow; ra t h e na - by the presence of such a chariot; triisayan-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0195": "854\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nthreatening; aghan-all the culprits; sva-sainya-of your soldiers; cara{1a-by\nthe feet; k�UQ.Q.am-trampled; vepayan\n\n-\n\ncausing to tremble; ma(t�alam-the\n\nglobe; bhuva/1.-of the earth;vi karsan- leading; brhatim-huge ;senam- army;\n.\n\nparyatas i\n\n-\n\nyou roam about; amsuman-the brilliant sun; iva\n\n-\n\nlike; tadii­\n\nthen; eva-certainly; setava{!,-religious codes; sarve-all; var{1a-of var{1as;\nasrama-of iisramas; nibandhaniifl,-obligations; bhagavat-by the Lord;\nracitii{!,-created; riijan-0 King; bhidyeran-they would be broken; bataalas; dasyubhifl,-by rogues.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf you did not mount your victorious jeweled chariot, whose mere\n\npresence threatens culprits, if you did not produce fierce sounds by the\n\ntwanging of your bow, and if you did not roam about the world like the\n\nbrilliant sun, leading a huge army whose trampling feet cause the globe of\n\nthe earth to tremble, then all the moral laws governing the varf).as and\n\nasramas created by the Lord Himself would be broken by the rogues and\nrascals.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is the duty of a responsible king to protect the social and spiritual\norders in human society. The spiritual orders are divided into four\nasramas-brahmacarya, grhastha, viinaprastha and sannyasa-and the social\norders, according to work and qualifica tion, are made up ofthe brahma!ws,\nthe k§atriyas, the vaiSyas and the sudras. These social orders, according\nto different grades of work and qualification, are described in Bhagavadgita. Unfortunately, for want of proper protection by responsible kings,\nthe system of social and spiritual orders has now become a hereditary\ncaste system. But this is not the actual sy stem. Human society means that\nsociety which is making progress toward spiritual realization. The most\nadvanced human society was known as arya; arya refers to those who are\n\nadvancing. So the question is, \"Which society is advancing?\" Advancement\ndoes not mean creating material \"necessities\" unnecessarily and thus wasting human energy in aggravation over so-called material comforts. Real\nadvancement is advancement towards spiritual realization, and the community which acted towards this end was known as the Aryan civilization.\nThe intelligent men, the brahmartas, as exemplified by Kardama Muni, were\nengaged in advancing the spiritual cause, and k§atriyas like Emperor\nSvay ambhuva used to rule the country and insure that all facilities for\nspiritual realization were nicely provided. It is the duty of the king lo\ntravel all over the country and see that everything is in order. Indian\n\n", "SB3.3#p0196": "Text 55)\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n855\n\ncivilization on the basis of the four var!Jas and iisramas deteriorated because\nof her dependency on foreigners, or those who did not follow the civilization of var!Jasrama. Thus the varrtiisrama system has now been degraded\ninto the caste system.\nThe institution of four var!Jas and four iisramas is confirmed herewith to\nbe bhagavad-racita, which means designed by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. In Bhagavad-g\"ltii this is also confirmed: ciitur-var[lyarh maya\nsr�tam. The Lord says that the institution of four var!Jas and four iisramas\n\"is created by Me.\" Anything created by the Lord cannot be closed or\ncovered. The divisions of var!Jas and iisramas will continue to exist, either\nin their original form or in degraded form, but because they are created by\nthe Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, they cannot be extinguished. They are like the sun, a creation of God, and therefore will remain.\nEither covered by clouds or in a clear sky, the sun will continue to exist.\nSimilarly, when the var!Jiisrama system becomes degraded, it appears as a\nhereditary caste system, but in every society there is an intelligent class of\nmen, a martial class, a mercantile class and a laborer class. When they are\nregulated for cooperation among communities according to the Vedic\nprinciples, then there is peace and spiritual advancement. But when there\nis h atred and malpractice and mutual mistrust in the caste system, the\nwhole system becomes degraded, and, as stated herein, it creates a deplorable state. At the present moment, the entire world is in this deplorable\ncondition because of giving rights to so many interests. This is due to the\ndegradation of the four castes of var!Jas and iisramas.\n\nTEXT 55\n\n31��\n\n��� �o���;ffll: I\nijt(� �crftr ���St{ ��� f��ll\" �II\nadharmas ca samedheta\nlolupair v_yankusair nrbhi{l\nsayane tvayi loko 'yarn\ndasyu-grasto vinank,syati\n\nadharma[t-unrighteousness;\n\nca-and;\n\nsamedheta-would\n\nflourish;\n\nlolupai{I-simply hankering after money;vyankus'ai{I-uncontrolled; nrbhi[l\n-by men; sayane tvayi-when you lie down for rest; loka{t-world; a_yamthis;dasyu-by the miscreants;grasta{t-attacked;vinank.syati-it will perish.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0197": "856\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 21\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf you gave up all thought of the world's situation, unrighteousness\nwould flourish, for men who hanker only after money would be unopposed. Such miscreants would attack, and the world would perish.\nPURPORT\nBecause the scientific division of four varrtas and four iisramas is now\nbeing extinguished, the entire world is being gover-ned by unwanted men\n\nwho have no training in religion, politics or social o�der, and it is in a very\ndeplorable condition. In the institution of four varrtas and four iisramas\n\nthere are regular training principles for the different classes of men. Just as,\nin the modern age, there is a necessity for engineers, medical practitioners\n\nand electricians and they are properly trained .in different scientific insti­\n\ntutions, similarly, in former times, the higher social orders, namely the\n\nintellige n t class (the briihmartas), the ruling class (the k§atriyas ) , and the\n\nmercantile class (the vaisyas), were properly trained. Bhagavad-gitii describes\n\nthe duties of the briihmartas, k§atriyas, vaisyas and sudras. When t here is no\nsuch training, one simply claims that because he is born in a briihrnarta or\n\nk§atriya family, he is therefore a �riihrrtarta or a k�atriya, even though he\n\nperforms the duties of a sudra. Such undue claims to being a higher caste\nman make the system of scientific social orders into a caste system, com­\n\npletely degrading the original system. Thus society is now in chaos, and\n\nthere is neither peace nor prosperity. It is clearly stated herein that unless\nthere is the vigilance of a strong king, impious, unqualified men will claim\na certain status in society, and that will make the social order perish.\nTEXT 56\n\n3N1fq � ��t �1� � �trf� : I\n� R�� $1RN'41ftt � 11\"'�11\nathiipi prcche tviirh vira\nyad-artharh tvam ihiigata{l\ntad vayarh nirvyaliken.a\npratipadyiimahe hrda\nathiipi - in spite of aU this; prcche-I ask; tviim - you; vira-0 valiant\n\nKing; yat-artham-the purpose; tvam-you; iha -here; iigata {1 -have come;\n\ntat-that; vayam-we; n i rvyal ike na - without reservation; pratipadyiimahe­\n\nwe shall carry out; hrda-with heart and soul.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0198": "Text 56)\n\nConversation Between Manu and Kardama\n\n857\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn spite of all this, I ask you, 0 valiant King, the purpose for which you\nhave come here.\n\nWhatever it\n\nmay be, we shall carry it out without\n\nreservation.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen a guest comes to a friend's house, it is understood that there is\n\nsome special purpose. Kardama Muni could understand that such a great\n\nking as Svayambhuva, although traveling to inspect the condition of his\n\nkingdom, must nevertheless have had some special purpose to come to his\n\nhermitage. Thus he prepared himself to fulfill the King's desire. Formerly\nit was customary that the sages used to go to the kings and the kings used to\n\nvisit the sages in their hermitages; each was glad to fulfill the other's\n\npurpose. This reciprocal relationship is called bhakti-kiirya. There is a nice\n\nverse describing the relationship of mutual beneficial interest between the\n\nbrii.hmal)a and the k�atriya (k�atrarh dvijatvam). K�atram means the royal\n\norder, and dvijatvam means the brahminical order. The two were meant for\nmutual interest. The royal order would give protection to the briihma[!as\nfor the cultivation of spiritual advancement in society, and the briihma[!aS\n\nwould give their valuable instruction to the royal order on how the state\nand the citizens can gradually be elevated in spiritual perfection.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Twenty-first\n\nChapter, of the Sr!mad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Conversation Between Manu\nand Kardama. \"\n\n", "SB3.3#p0199": "CHAPTER TWENTY- TWO\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and oevahuti\nTEXTl\n\"\"'\n\n��q�\n\n*(\"*«l�'i('l�,guiEtiitC(4it\n\n�I\naR � � QMiftl(('laql'4 ( II � II\nmaitreya uviica\nevam iivi�krtiise�agu[la-karmodayo munim\nsavri{la iva tam samrii{l\nupiiratam uviica ha\nmaitreyaft -the great sage Maitreya; uviica - said; evam-thus; iivi�kriahaving been described; ase.sa-al l; gu[la-of the virtues; karma-of the activities; udayaft - the\n\ngreatness; munim-the\n\ngreat sage; sa-v ri{laft -feeling\n\nmodest; iva-as though; tam-him (Kardama); samrii.t-Emperor Manu;\nupiiratam - silent; uviica ha-addressed_\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Maitreya said: After describing the greatness of the Emperor's manifold qualities and activities, the sage became silent, and the Emperor,\nfeeling modesty, addressed him as follows.\nTEXT2\n\n��\"'\n\nS'*'lijl�itqftCQ'II I\nil*ltflil�\n\"*'44(1cil�tn.(\\•�*�'•;wea:qtl( 11 � 11\nmanur uviica\nbrahmiisrjat sva-mukhato\nyu�miin iitma-paripsayii\n\n859\n\n", "SB3.3#p0200": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n860\n\n(Canto3, Ch. 22\n\nchandomayas tapo-vidyiiyoga-yuktiin alampa_tiin\nmanuft-Manu; uviica-said; brahmii-Lord Brahmii; asrjat -created; svamu k hata [l.-from his face; yu smiin -you {briihma{las); iitma-paripsayii-to\nprotect himself by expanding; chandaft-mayaft-the form of the Vedas;\ntapaft-vidyii-yoga-yuktiin- full of austerity, knowledge and mystic power;\n.\n\nalampa.tiin-averse to sense gratification.\nTRANSLATION\nManu replied: To expand himself in Vedic knowledge, Lord Brahmii,\nthe personified Veda, from his face created you, the briihmru:tas, who are\n\nfull of austerity, knowledge and mystic power and are averse to sense\n\ngratification.\nPURPORT\nThe purpose of the Vedas is to propagate the transcendental knowledge\nof the Absolute Truth. The briihma[tas were created from the mouth of\nthe Supreme Person, and therefore they are meant to spread the knowledge\nof the Vedas in order to spread the glories of the Lord. In Bhagavad- gztii\nalso Lord Kr�!la says that all the Vedas are meant for understanding the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. It is especially mentioned here (yogayuktiin alampatiin) that briihmartas are full of mystic power and are\ncompletely averse to sense gratification. Actually there are two kinds of\noccupations. One occupation, in the material world, is sense gratification,\nand the other occupation is spiritual activity-to satisfy the Lord by His\nglorification. Those who engage in sense gratification are called demons,\nand those who spread the glorificati-on of the Lord or satisfy the transcendental senses of the Lord are called demigods. It is specifically mentioned\nhere\n\nthat the\n\nbriihma[tas are created from the face of the cosmic\n\npersonality or viriita-puru�a; similarly the k�atriyas are said to be created\nfrom His arms, the vaisyas are created from His waist, and the sudras are\ncreated from His legs. Briihmartas\n\nare especially meant for austerity,\n\nlearning and knowledge and are averse to all kinds of sense gratification.\nTEXT3\n\n<let(Ulltttqlil\"-1141t;{t �(i((ii1«1(�4I( l\n\n� ·� ft- � !l�ll�ll\n\n", "SB3.3#p0201": "The Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahiiti\n\nText 4]\n\n861\n\ntat-trii[liiyiisrjac ciismiin\ndofl-sahasriit sahasra-piit\nhrdayam tasya hi brahma\nk§atram angam pracak§ate\ntat-triir;tiiya-for the protection of the briihma[lUS; US[jat-created; Caand; asmiin-us (k.satriyas); dofl -sahasriit-from His thousand arms; sahasrapat-the thousand-legged Supreme Being (the universal form); hrdayamheart; tasya\nangam\n\n-\n\n-\n\nHis; hi-for; brahma-briihmarws; k§atram\n\n-\n\nthe k§atriyas;\n\narms; pracak§ate-are spoken of.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFor the protection of the brahmaJ;Ias, the thousand-legged Supreme Being\ncreated us, the �atriyas, from His thousand arms. Hence the brahmaJ;Ias\nare said to be His heart and the �atriyas His arms.\nPURPORT\nK§atriyas are specifically meant to maintain the briihmarzas because if\nthe briihmarzas are protected1 then the head of civilization is protected.\nBriihma[las are supposed to be the head of the social body; if the head is\nclear and has not gone mad, then everything is in proper position. The\nLord is described thus: namo brahmarzya-deviiya go-briihmarza-hitiiya ca.\nThe purport of this prayer is that the Lord specifically protects the\nbriihma[las and the cows, and then He protects all other members of\nsociety (jagat-hitiiya). It is His will that universal welfare work depends on\nthe protection of cows and briihma[las; thus brahminical culture and cow\nprotection are\n\nthe\n\nbasic principles for human civilization.\n\nK§atriyas\n\nare especially meant to protect the briihma[las, as is the supreme will of\nthe Lord: go-briihma[la-hitiiya ca. As, within the body, the heart is a very\nimportant part, so the briihma[las are also the important element in human\nsociety. The k§atriyas are more like the whole body; even though the\nwhole body is bigger than the heart, the heart is more important.\n\nato hy an yon yam iitmiinam\nbrahma k§atrarh ca rak§atafl\n\n", "SB3.3#p0202": "862\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\nrak§ati smiivyayo deva�\nsa ya� sad-asad-iitmaka�\nataft-hence; hi-certainly; anyonyam\n\n-\n\neach other; iitmanam-the self;\n\nb ra hma- the brahma[las; k.satram-the k.satriyas; ca-and; rak.sata�-protect;\nrak§ati sma-protects; avyayaft-immutable; deva� -the Lord; salt- He; yaftwho; sat-asat-iitmakaft-the form of the cause and effect.\n\nTR ANS LATION\nThat is why the brahmar;tas and �atriyas protect each other, as well as\n\nthemselves; and the Lord Himself, who is both the cause and effect and is\nyet immutable, protects them through each other.\nPURPORT\nThe entire social structure of var[la and iisrama is a cooperative system\nmeant to uplift all to the highest platform of spiritual realization. The\nbriihmar.as are intended to be protected by the k�atriyas, and the k�atriyas\nalso are intended to be enlightened by the briihmar.as. When the briihmar.as\nand k�atriyas cooperate nicely, the other subordinate divisions, the vaisyas,\nor mercantile people, and the sudras,\n\nor laborer class, automatically\n\nflourish. The entire elaborate system of Vedic society was therefore based\non the importance of the briihmar.as and k�atriyas. The Lord is the real\nprotector, hut He is unattached to the affairs of protection. He creates\nbriihmar-as for the protection of the k�atriyas, and k�atriyas are created\nfor the protection of the briihmar.as. He remains aloof from all activities;\ntherefore, He is called nirvikiira, without activity. He has nothing to do.\nHe is so great that He does not perform action personally, hut His energies\nact. The briihmar.as and k�atriyas, and anything that we see, are different\nenergies acting upon one another.\nAlthough individual souls are all different, the Superself or Supersoul is\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Individually one's self may differ\nfrom others in certain qualities and may engage in different activities, such\nas those of a briihmar.a, k�atriya or vaisya, but when there is complete\ncooperation among different individual souls, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead as Supersoul, Paramiitma, being one in every individual soul, is\npleased and gives them all protection. As stated before, the briihmar.as are\nproduced from the mouth of the Lord, and the k�atriyas are produced\nfrom the chest or arms of the Lord. If the different castes or social sections,\nalthough apparently differently occupied in different activities, nevertheless act in full cooperation, then the Lord is pleased. This is the idea of the\n\n", "SB3.3#p0203": "Text 5]\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahuti\n\n863\n\ninstitution o f four varrtas and four iisramas. If the members of different\n\niisramas and varrtas cooperate fully in Kr�!la consciousness, then society is\nwell protected by the Lord, without doubt.\nIn Bhagavad-gitii it is stated that the Lord is the proprietor of all\ndifferent bodies. The individual soul is the proprietor of his individual body,\nbut the Lord clearly states, \"My dear Bharata, you must know that I am\nalso k}etra-Fia.\" Kfietra-jiia means the knower or proprietor of the body.\nThe individual soul is the proprietor of the individual body, but the Supersoul, the Personality of Godhead, KJ;�Qa, is the proprietor of all bodies everywhere. He is the proprietor not only of human bodies, but of birds, beasts\nand all other entities, not only on this planet but on other planets also. He\nis the supreme proprietor; therefore He does not become divided by\nprotecting the different individual souls. He remains one and the same.\nThat the sun appears on top of everyone's head when at the meridian does\nnot imply that the sun becomes divided. One man thinks that the sun is\non his head only, whereas 5,000 miles away another man is thinking that\nthe sun is only on his head. Similarly, the Supersoul, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, is one, but He appears to individually oversee\neach individual soul. This does not mean that the individual soul and the\nSupersoul are one. They are one in quality, as spirit soul, but the\nindividual soul and Supersoul are different.\nTEXTS\n\ne�tu«ocd�\"' it e�:a41t: I.\n� 4tilftl\\ sftm - f(d�.fl: II � II\nft\n\n/,. .\n\nt\n\ntava sandarsaniid eva\ncchinnii me sarva-sarhsayii�\n\nyat svayarh bhagaviin prityii\ndharmam aha rirak}i}O�\ntava-your; sandarsaniit-by sight; eva-only; chinnii�-resolved; memy; sarva-sarhsaya{t-all doubts; yat-inasmuch as; svaya m- personally;\n\nbhagaviin- Your\n\nLordship;\n\n-\n\npritya lovingly;\n\ndharmam-duty;\n\naha-ex­\n\nplained; rirak}ifioft-of a king anxious to protect his subjects.\nTRANSLATION\nNow I have resolved all my doubts simply by meeting you, for Your\nLordship has very kindly and clearly explained the duty of a king who\ndesires to protect his subjects.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0204": "864\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\nPURPORT\nManu described herewith the result of seeing a great saintly person.\n\nLord Caitanya says that one should always try to associate with saintly\n\npersons because if one establishes a proper association with a saintly\n\nperson, even for a moment, he attains all perfection. Somehow or other,\n\nif one meets a saintly person and achieves his favor, then the entire mission\n\nof his human life is fulfilled. In our personal experience we have actual\n\nproof of this statement of Manu. Once we had the opportunity to meet\nVigmpada Sri Srimad Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Maharaja, and\n\non first sight he requested this humble self to preach his message in the\nWestern countries. There was no preparation for this, but somehow or\n\nother he desired it, and by his grace we are now engaged in executing his\norder, which has given us a transcendental occupation and has saved and\n\nliberated us from the occupation of material activities. Thus it is actually a\n\nfact that if one meets a saintly person completely engaged in transcendental\n\nduties and achieves his favor, then one's life mission becomes complete.\n\nWhat is not possible to achieve in thousands of lives can be achieved in one\nmoment if there is an opportunity to meet a saintly person. It is therefore\n\nenjoined in Vedic literature that one should always try to associate with\n\nsaintly persons and try to disassociate oneself from the common man\nbecause by one word of a saintly person one can be liberated from material\nentanglement. A saintly person has the power, because of his spiritual\n\nadvancement, to give immediate liberation to the conditioned soul. Here\nManu admits that all his doubts are now over because Kardama has very\n\nkindly described the different duties of individual souls.\n\nTEXT6\n\n{�:!� � ¥ttl41(tit ��Sf)('ll�i(-wl( I\n��:��it�:f�ll�ll\ndifi.tyii me bhagaviin dr.s.to\ndurdarso yo 'krtiitmaniim\nd(s.tyii piida-raja[! sprfi.tam\nsirfi[lii me bhavata[! sivam\ndi.s.tyii-by good fortune; me-my; bhagaviin-all-powerful; dr.s.ta{l-is\nseen; durdarsa[!-not easily seen; ya[! -who; akrta-iitmaniim-of those who\n\nhave not controlled the mind and senses; difi.tyii-by my good fortune;piida-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0205": "Text 6)\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahiiti\n\n865\n\nrajaft- the dust of the feet; sprfi tam- is touched; sirnu1-by the head; me.\n\nmy; bhavataft-your; sivam -causing all auspiciousness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is my good fortune that I have been able to see you because you cannot easily be seen by persons who have not subdued the mind or c ontrolled\nthe senses . I am all the more fortunate to have touched with my head the\nblessed dust of your feet.\nPURPORT\n\nThe perfection of transcendental life can be achieved simply by touching\nthe holy dust of the lotus feet of a holy man. In the Bhagavatam it is said,\nmahat-piida-rajo 'bhifiekam, which means to be blessed by the holy dust\n\nof the lotus feet of a mahat, a great devotee. As stated in Bhagavad-gita,\nmahatmanas tu: Those who are great souls are under the spell of spiritual\n\nenergy, and their symptom is that they fully engage in Kr�qa consciousness\nfor the service of the Lord. Therefore they are called mahat. Unless one is\nfortunate enough to have the dust of the lotus feet of a mahatma on his\nhead, there is no possiblity of perfection in spiritual life.\nThe parampara system of disciplic succession is very important as a\nmeans of spiritual success. One becomes a mahat by the grace of his mahat\nspiritual master. If one takes shelter of the lotus feet of a great soul, there\nis every possibility of his also becoming a great soul. When Maharaja\nRahiigar:ta asked Ja�a Bharata about his wonderful achievement of spiritual\nsuccess, he replied to the King that spiritual success is not possible simply by\nfollowing the rituals of religion or simply by converting oneself into a\nsann yasi or offering sacrifices as recommended in the scriptures. These\n\nmethods are undoubtedly helpful for spiritual realization, but the real\neffect is brought about by the grace of a mahatma.\n\nIn Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti Thakur a's eight stanzas of prayer to the spiritual master, it is\nclearly stated that simply by satisfying the spiritual master one can\nachieve the supreme success in life, and in spite of executing all ritualistic\nperformances, if one cannot satisfy the spiritual master, he has no access\nto spiritual perfection. Here the word akrtatmanam is very significant.\nAtmii means body, soul, or mind, and akrtiitmii means the common\n\nman, who cannot control the senses or the mind. Because the common\nman is unable to control the senses and the mind, it is therefore his duty\nto seek the shelter of a great soul or a great devotee of the Lord and just\ntry to please him. That will make his life perfect. A common man cannot\n\n", "SB3.3#p0206": "866\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\nrise to the topmost stage of spiritual perfection simply by following the\n\nrituals and religious principles. He has to take shelter of a bona fide\n\nspiritual master and work under his direction faithfully and sincerely;\n\nthen he becomes perfect, without a doubt.\nTEXT7\n\n��..,s�itstPtt•s•i � 1\n\n�: �!I f1:t'fir.a<ftflo II \" II\ndifi.tyii tvayiinusifi.to 'ham\nkrtas ciinugraho inahiin\napiivrtaifl karra-randhrair\njufi.tii difl.tyosatir giralt\n\ndifl.tyii-luckily; tvayii-by you; anusi� t a{l-instructed; aham-1; krta{l­\n\nbestowed; ca-and; anugrahaft favor; mahan- great; apiivrtai ft - open ;karra-\n\nrandhraifl-with the holes of the ears; jufl.tii{t-received; difl.tya-by good\nfortune; usatijl- pure; gira{l- words.\nTRANSLATION\nI have fortunately been instructed by you, and thus great favor has been\n\nbestowed upon me. I thank God that I have listened with open ears to your\npure words.\n\nPURPORT\nSrlla Riipa Gosvami has given directions, in his Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu,\n\non how to accept a bona fide spiritual master and how to deal with him.\n\nFirst, the desiring candidate must find a bona fide spiritual master, and\n\nthen he must very eagerly receive instructions from him and execute them.\n\nThis is reciprocal service. A bona fide spiritual master or saintly person\n\nalways desires to elevate a common man who comes to him. Because\n\neveryone is under the delusion of miiyii and is forgetful of his prime duty,\n\nKr�IJ.a consciousness, a saintly person always desires that everyone become\n\na saintly person. It is the function of a saintly person to invoke Kr�IJ.a\nconsciousness in every forgetful common man.\n\nManu said that since he was advised and instructed by Kardama Muni,\n\nhe was very much favored. He considered himself lucky to receive the\nmessage by aural reception. It is especially mentioned here that one should\n\nbe very inquisitive to hear with open ears from the authorized source of\n\n", "SB3.3#p0207": "Text 7]\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahiiti\n\n867\n\nthe bona fide spiritual master. How is one to receive? One should receive\nthe transcendental message by aural reception. The word karra-randhrai�\nmeans through the holes of the ears. The favor of the spiritual master is\nnot received through any other part of the body but the ears. This does\nnot mean, however, that the spiritual master gives a particular type of\n\nmantra through the ears in exchange for some dollars and if the man\nmeditates on that then he achieves perfection and becomes God within six\nmonths. Such reception through the ears is bogus. The real fact is that a\nbona fide spiritual master knows the nature of a particular man and what\nsort of duties he can perform in Kr�l).a consciousness, and he instructs him\nin that way. He instructs him through the ear, not privately, but publicly.\n\"You are fit for such and such work in Kr�l).a consciousness. You can act\nin this way.\" One person is advised to act in Kr�l).a consciousness by\nworking in the Deities' room, another is advised to act in Kr�l).a consciousness by performing editorial work, another is advised to do preaching\nwork, and another is advised to carry out Kr�l).a consciousness in the\ncooking department. There are different departments of activity in Kr�l).a\nconsciousness, and a spiritual master, knowing the particular ability of a\nparticular man, trains him in such a way that by his tendency to act he\nbecomes perfect. Bhagavad-gitii makes it clear that one can attain. the\nhighest perfection of spiritual life simply by offering service according to\nhis ability, just as Aijuna served Kr�l).a by his ability in the military art.\nAijuna offered his service fully as a military man, and he became perfect.\nSimilarly, an artist can attain perfection simply by performing artistic\nwork under the direction of the spiritual master. If one is a literary man,\nhe can write articles and poetry for the service of the Lord under the\ndirection of the spiritual master. One has to receive the message of the\nspiritual master regarding how to act in one's capacity, for the spiritual\nmaster is expert in giving such instructions.\nThis combination, the instruction of the spiritual master and the faithful exec�tion of the instruction by the disciple, makes the entire process\n\nperfect. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thiikura describes in his explanation of\n\nthe verse in Bhagavad-gftii, vyavasiiyiitmikii buddhi�, that one who wants\nto be certain to achieve spiritual success must take the instruction from\nthe spiritual master as to what his particular function is. He should faithfully try to execute that particular instruction and should consider that his\nlife and soul. The faithful execution of the instruction which he receives\nfrom the spiritual master is the only duty of a disciple, and that will bring\nhim perfection. One should be very careful to receive the message from the\nspiritual master through the ears and execute it faithfully. That will make\none's life successful.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0208": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n868\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\nTEXTS\n\n41'41'1F««mfJJe•�at'i1 &(&( 1\n-� � '11fW � � II � II\n�\n\nsa bhaviin duhitr-snehapariklifijiitmano mama\nsrotum arhasi dinasya .\nsriivitam krpayii mune\n\n-\n\nsa� yourself; bhaviin- Your Honor; duhitr-sneha-by affection for my\ndaughter; pariklifija-iitmana�-whose mind is agitated; mama- my; srotumto listen; arhasi-be pleased; dinasya-of my humble self; sriivitam-to the\nprayer; krpayii-graciously; mune-0 sage.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great sage, graciously be pleased to listen to the prayer of my humble\nself, for my mind is troubled by affection for my daughter.\nPURPORT\nWhen a disciple is perfectly in consonance with the spiritual master,\n\nhaving received his message and executed it perfectly and sincerely, he has\n\na right to ask a particular favor from the spiritual master. Generally a pure\n\ndevotee of the Lord or a pure disciple of a bona fide spiritual master does\n\nnot ask any favor either from the Lord or the spiritual master, but even if\n\nthere is a need to ask a favor from the spiritual master, one cannot ask that\nfavor without satisfying him fully. Svayambhuva Manu wanted to disclose\n\nhis mind regarding the function he wanted to execute due to affection for\nhis daughter.\nTEXT9\n\nfitctf4il'ijf;wq�: � �l &(&( I\n•fii4;uf6 qM ��:�egutt�fif: II� II\npriyavratottiinapadol).\nsvaseyam duhita mama\nanvicchati patim yuktam\nvaya�-sila-gur-iidibh*\n\n", "SB3.3#p0209": "Text 10]\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahiiti\n\npriyavrata-uttiinapado�-of\n\n869\n\nPriyavrata and Uttanapada; svasii-sister;\n\niyam-this; duhitii-daughter; mama-my; anvicchati-is seeking; patimhusband; yuktam-suited; vaya�-sila-gu[!a-iidibhi[l.-by age, character, good\nqualities, etc.\nTRANSLATION\nMy daughter is the sister of Priyavrata and Uttiinapiida. She is seeking\na suitable husband in terms of age, character and good qualities.\n\nPURPORT\nThe grown-up daughter of Svayambhuva Manu, Devahuti, had good\ncharacter and was well qualified; therefore she was searching for a suitable\nhusband just befitting her age, qualities and character. The purpose of\nManu's introducing his daughter as the sister of Priyavrata and U ttanapada,\ntwo great kings, was to convince the sage that the girl came from a great\nfamily. She was his daughter and at the same time the sister of kfiatriyas;\nshe did not come from a lower class family. Manu therefore offered her to\nKardama as just suitable for his purpose. It is clear that although the\ndaughter was mature in age and qualities, she did not go out and find her\nhusband independently. She expressed her desire for a suitable husband\ncorresponding to her character, age and quality, and the father himself, out\nof affection for his daughter, took charge of finding such a husband.\nTEXT 10\n\nqiJ\n\n� �:\n\n�..Ogutl( l\n\n31sozan\"'«'� �;:p4tUQl€tl6f.ttro II t II\no\n\nyadii tu bhavata� Silasruta-rupa-vayo-gu[!iin\nasrrwn niiradiid efiii\ntvayy iisit krta-niscayii\nyadii\n\n-\n\nwhen; tu-but; bhavatafi,-your; sua-noble\n\ncharacter; sruta­\n\nJearning; rupa-beautiful appearance;vaya�-youth;gw:Hzn-virtues;aS[[!Olheard; niiradiit-from Niirada Muni; efiii-Devahuti; tvayi\ncame; krta niscayii\n-\n\n-\n\nfi x ed in determination.\n\n-\n\nin you; iisit-be­\n\n", "SB3.3#p0210": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n870\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe moment she heard from the sage Narada of your noble character,\nlearning, beautiful appearance, youth and other virtues, she fixed her\nmind upon you.\nPURPORT\nThe girl Devahiiti did not personally see Kardama Muni, nor did she\npersonally experience his character or qualities, since there was no social\nintercourse by which she could gain such understanding. But she heard\nabout Kardama Muni from the authority of Narada Muni. Hearing from an\nauthority is a better experience than gaining personal understanding. She\nheard from Narada Muni that Kardama Muni was just fit to be her husband;\ntherefore she became fixed in her heart that she would marry him, and she\nexpressed her desire to her father, who therefore brought her before him.\nTEXT ll\n\n�� fll5tl�'4i �¢ 'NI I\n��� � •rc�ftt! � 11����\ntat praticcha dvijiigryemiim\nsraddhayopahrtiim mayii\nsarviitmaniinurilpiim te\n·\n\ngrhamedhifiu karmasu\n\ntat-therefore; praticcha-please accept; dvija-agrya-0\n\nbest\n\nof the\n\nbriihmar-as; imiim-her; sraddhayii-with faith; upahrtiim-offered as a presentation; mayii\n\n-\n\nby me; sarva-iitmanii-in every way; anurilpiim\n\n-\n\nsuitable;\n\nte-for you ; grha-medhifiu in the household; karmasu-duties.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore please accept her, 0 chief of the brahmal).as, for I offer her\n\nwith faith and she is in every respect fit to be your wife and take charge of\nyour household duties.\nPURPORT\nThe words grhamedhiju karmasu mean in household duties. Another\n\nword is also used here: sarvii.tmanii.nuriipiim. The purport is that a wife\n\n", "SB3.3#p0211": "Text 12]\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahiiti\n\n871\n\nshould not only be equal to her husband in age, character and qualities,\nbut she must be helpful to him in his household duties. The household\nduty of a man is not to satisfy his sense gratification, but to remain with\na wife .and children and at the same time attain advancement in spiritual\nlife. One who does not do so is not a householder but a grhamedhr. Two\nwords are used in Sanskrit literature; one is grhastha, and the other is\ngrhamedhi.\n\nThe\n\ndifference between grhamedht and grhastha is that\n\ngrhastha is also an iisrama, or spiritual order, but if one simply satisfies his\nsenses as a householder, then he is a grhamedhi. For a grhamedhi, to\naccept a wife means to satisfy the senses, but for a grhastha a qualified\nwife is an assistant in every respect for advancement in spiritual activities.\nIt is the duty of the wife to take charge of household affairs and not to\ncompete with the husband. A wife is meant to help, but she cannot help\nher husband unless he is completely equal to her in age, character and\nquality.\nTEXT 12\n\nft � SIRt':UG\\l it � I\n31A f.tU·'ffi(1\" �� f$ �: II� �II\n��\n\nudyatasya hi kiimasya\nprativiido na sasyate\napi nirmukta-smigasya\nkiima-raktasya kim punafl,\nudyatasya-which has come of itself; hi-in fact; kiimasya-of material\ndesire; prativiidafl,-the denial; na\n\n-\n\nnot; sasyate-to be praised; api even;\n-\n\nnirmukta-of one who is free; smigasya-from attachment; kiima-to sensual\npleasures; raktasya-of one addicted; kim punafl,-how much less.\nTRANSLATION\nTo deny an offering that has come of itself is not commendable even\nfor one absolutely free from all attachment, much less one addicted to\nsensual pleasure.\nPURPORT\nIn material life everyone is desirous of sense gratification; therefore, a\nperson who gets an object of sense gratification without endeavor should\n\n", "SB3.3#p0212": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n872\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\nnot refuse to accept it. Kardama Muni was not meant for sense gratification, yet he aspired to marry and prayed to the Lord for a suitable wife.\nThis was known to Svayambhuva Manu. He indirectly convinced Kardama\nMuni: \"You desire a suitable wife like my daughter, and she is now present\nbefore you. You should not reject the fulfillment of your prayer; you\nshould accept my daughter.\"\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�9\\l�atflltr� I\n� �: �Td¥4Rtll� '(f: ������\n\n�\n\n13Q�'49\\It�\n\nya udyatam aniidrtya\nkiniisam abhiyiicate\nkfliyate tad-yasa[l sphitarh\nmiinas ciivajnayii hata[l\nya[l-who ; udyatam-an offering; a n iidrtya-rejecting ; kiniisam-from a\n\nmiser; abhiyiicate-begs; kfliyate-is lost; tat-his ; yasafi,\n\n-\n\nreputation; sphitam\n\n-widespread; miina[l-honor; ca-and; avajnayii-by neglectful behavior;\nhata[l-destroyed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who rejects an offering that comes of its own accord but later begs\na boon from a miser thus loses his widespread reputation, and his pride is\nhumbled by the neglectful behavior of others.\nPURPORT\nThe general procedure of Vedic marriage is that a father offers his\ndaughter to a suitable boy. That is a very respectable marriage. A boy\nshould not go to the girl's father and ask for the hand of his daughter in\nmarriage. That is considered to be humbling one's respectable position.\nSvayambhuva Manu wanted to convince Kardama Muni, since he knew\nthat the sage wanted to marry a suitable girl: \"I am offering just such a\nsuitable wife. Do not reject the offer, or else, because you are in need of a\nwife, you will have to ask for such a wife from someone else, who may not\n\nbehave with you so well. In that case your position will be humbled.\"\nAnother feature of this incident is that Svayambhuva Manu was the\nEmperor, but he went to offer his qualified daughter to a poor briihmaf!a.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0213": "Text 14]\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahfiti\n\n873\n\nKardama Muni had no worldly possessions-he was a hermit living in the\nforest-but he was advanced in culture.\n\nTherefore, in offering one's\n\ndaughter to a person, the culture and quality are counted as prominent,\nnot wealth or any other material consideration.\nTEXT 14\n\n3T{ �€41�4 Ffa Reo� �UQ�I( I\nat��€4Uqt€4lui: � !ffit� if ����II\naham tviisrrwvam vidvan\nviviihiirtham samudyatam\natas tvam upakurviirtaft\nprattiim pratigrhiirta me\naham-1; tvii you ; asrp.avam heard; vidvan-0 wise man; viviiha-arthamh ence ; tvam-you;\nupakurviirtaft-not taken a vow of perpetual celibacy; prattiim -offered;\npratigrhiirta- please accept; me-of me.\n-\n\n-\n\nfor the sake of marriage; samu dyatam- prepared ; ata[l\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvayambhuva Manu continued: 0 wise man, I heard that you were prepared to marry. Please �ccept her hand, which is being offered to you by\nme, since you have not taken a vow of perpetual celibacy.\nPURPORT\nThe principle of brahmacarya is celibacy. There are two kinds of\nbrahmaciiris. One is called nai§thika-brahmaciir'i, which means one who\ntakes a vow of celibacy for his whole life, whereas the other, the upakurviirtabrahmaciiri, is a brahmaciir'i who takes the vow of celibacy up to a certain\nage. For example, he may take the vow to remain celibate up to twentyfive years of age; then, with the permission of his spiritual master, he enters\nmarried life. Brahmacarya is student life, the beginning of life in the\nspiritual orders, and the principle of brahmacarya is celibacy. Only a\nhouseholder can indulge in sense gratification or sex life, not a brahmaciirl.\nSvayambhuva Manu requested Kardama Muni to accept his daughter,\nsince Kardama had not taken the vow of nai§thika-brahmacarya. He was\nwilling to marry, and the suitable daughter of a high royal family was\npresented.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0214": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n874\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\nTEXT 15\n\n...\n\nw'R�\"l\n...\n\nill�flli!fiqT�f\n\n�\n\n���+tiiil I\n\n3tlf4�(�wflS(1i*Uttl �f41f«tl f%fl:t: I I� �II\nr.sir uviica\nbii!lham udvo!Ihu-kiimo 'ham\naprattii ca taviitmajii\niivayor anuriipo 'siiv\niidyo vaiviihiko vidhi[l\nr.si[l-the great sage Kardama; uviica-said; bii!lham-very well; udvo!Ihu­\n\nkiima[l-desirous to marry; aham-I; ap rat tii-not promised to anyone else;\nca-and; tava-your ; ii tma-jii - daughter; iivayo[l-of us two;anuriipa[l-prop­\n\ner; asau-this; iidya[l-first; vaiviihika[l-of marriage; vidhi[!.-ritualistic\n\nceremony.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage replied: Certainly I have a desire to marry, and your\ndaughter has not yet married or given her word to anyone. Therefore our\nmarriage according to the Vedic system can take place .\n\nPURPORT\nThere were many considerations by Kardama Muni before accepting\n\nthe daughter of Svayambhuva Manu. Most important is that Devahuti had\n\nfirst of all fixed her mind on marrying him. She did not choose to have any\n\nother man as her husband. That is a great consideration because female\npsychology dictates that when a woman offers her heart to a man for the\nfirst time, it is very difficult for her to take it back. Also, she had not\n\nmarried before; she was a virgin girl. All these considerations convinced\nKardama Muni to accept her. Therefore he said, \"Yes, I shall accept your\n\ndaughter under religious regulations of marriage.\" There are different kinds\n\nof marriages, of which the first-class marriage is held by inviting a suitable\nbridegroom for the daughter and giving her in charity, well dressed and\n\nwell decorated with ornaments, along with a dowry according to the\n\nmeans of the father. There are other kinds of marriage, such as giindharva\n\nmarriage and marriage by love, which are also accepted as marriage. Even\n\n", "SB3.3#p0215": "Text 16]\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahuti\n\n875\n\nif one is forcibly kidnapped and later on accepted as a wife, that is also\naccepted. But Kardama Muni accepted the first-class way of marriage\nbecause the father was willing and the daughter was qualified. She had\nnever offered her heart to anyone else. All these considerations made\nKardama Muni agree to accept the daughter of Svayambhuva Manu.\nTEXT 16\n\n��:\n\n'fi\n\n� l(441'1(«.q ��:\n�: �111m� .:\n\n� � ;nft:�(f\n� � f���f� 11��11\n\n�\n\nkama� sa bhuyiin naradeva te 'syii�\nputryii� samiimniiya-vidhau pratita�\nka eva te tanayiim niidriyeta\nsvayaiva kiintyii kfiipatim iva sriyam\nkiimafi. -desire; sa�-that ; bhuyiit let it be fulfilled; nara-deva-0 King;\n-\n\nte-your; asyii�-this ; putryii�-of the daughter; samiimniiya-vidhau-in the\nprocess of the Vedic scriptures; pratita�-reco gn ized; ka�-who; eva-in\nfact; te-your; tanayiim\n\n-\n\ndaughter; na iidriyeta-would not adore; svayii-by\n\nher own; eva-alone; kiintyii-bodily luster; kfiipatim-e x celling; iva-as if;\nsriyam-ornaments\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet your daughter's desire for marriage, which is recognized in the Vedic\nscriptures, be fulfilled. Who would not accept her hand? She is so beautiful\nthat by her bodily luster alone she excels the beauty of her ornaments.\nPURPORT\nKardama Muni wanted to marry Devahiiti in the recognized manner of\nmarriage prescribed in the scriptures. As stated in the Vedic scriptures, the\nfirst-class process is to call the bridegroom to the home of the bride and\nhand her to him in charity with a dowry of necessary ornaments, gold,\nfurniture and other household paraphernalia. This form of marriage is\nprevalent among higher class Hindus even today and is declared in the\nsiistras to confer great religious merit on the bride's father. To give a\n\n", "SB3.3#p0216": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n876\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\ndaughter in charity to a suitable son-in-law is considered to be one of the\npious activities of a householder. There are eight forms of marriage mentioned in the scripture Manu-smrti, but only one process of marriage,\n\nbriihma or riijasika marriage, is now current. Other kinds of marriage, by\nlove, by exchange of garlands or by kidnapping the bride, are now forbidden in this Kali Age. Formerly, k�atriyas would, at their pleasure,\nkidnap a princess from another royal house, and there would be a fight\nbetween the k�atriya and the girl's family; then, if the kidnapper was the\nwinner, the girl would be offered to him for marriage. Even Kr�I:la married\nRukmil)i by that process, and some of His sons and grandsons also married\nby kidnapping. Kr��a's grandson kidnapped Duryodhana's daughter, which\ncaused a fight between the Kuru and Y adu families. Afterwards, an\nadjustment was made by the elderly members o f the Kuru family. Such\nmarriages were current in bygone ages, but at the present moment they\nare not possible because the strict principles of k�atriya life have practically\nbeen abolished. Since India has become dependent on foreign countries,\nthe particular influences of her social orders have been lost; now, according\nto the scriptures, everyone is a sudra. The so-called briihmartas, k�atriyas\nand vaisyas have forgotten their traditional activities, and in the absence of\nthese activities they are called siidras. It is said in the scriptures, kalau\n\nsudra-sambhava. In the age of Kali everyone will be like sildras. The\ntraditional social customs are not followed in this age, although formerly\nthey were followed strictly.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�\n\nc+4N fliOif(efi4il�\nf?lsiltdf �� I\nft��qij�l�r.ITf� �t�W¥(G�m: II �\\911\n\"'\n\nyiim harmya-pr�Jhe kvap,ad-anghri-sobhiim\nvikri{latim kanduka-vihvaliik.sim\nvisviivasur nyapatat sviid vimiiniid\nvilokya sammoha-vimil{lha-cetiift\nyam-whom; harmya-pr.s,the-on the roof of the palace; kva(lat-anghriso bhii m- whose beauty was heightened by the tinkling ornaments on her\n\nfeet; vikri{latim-playing; kanduka-vihvala-ak�im-with eyes bewildered,\n\n", "SB3.3#p0217": "Text 18]\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahuti\n\n877\n\nfollowing her ball; visviivasufl- Visvavasu; nyapatat-fell down; sviit-from\nhis own; vimiiniit-from the airplane; vilokya seeing; sammoha-vimupha-\n\ncetiifl\n\n-\n\nwhose mind was stupefied.\nTRANSLATION\n\nI have heard that Visvivasu, the great Gandharva, his mind stupefied\nwith infatuation, fell from his airplane after seeing your daughter playing\nwith a ball on the roof of the palace, for she was indeed beautiful with her\ntinkling ankle bells and her eyes moving to and fro.\nPURPORT\nIt is understood that not only at the present moment but in those days\nalso there were skyscrapers. Herein we find the word harm ya-pr§the.\nHarmya means a very big palatial building. Sviid vimiiniid means \"from his\nown airplane.\" It is suggested that private airplanes or helicopters were also\ncurrent in those days. The Gandharva Visvavasu, while flying in the sky,\ncould see Devahiiti playing ball on the roof of the palace. Ball playing was\nalso current, but aristocratic girls would not play in a public place. Ball\nplaying and other such pleasures were not meant for ordinary women and\ngirls; only princesses like Devahiiti could indulge in such sports. It is\ndescribed here that she was seen from the flying airplane. This indicates\nthat the palace was very high, otherwise how could one see her from an\nairplane? The vision was so distinct that the Gandharva Visvavasu was\nbewildered by her beauty and by hearing the sound of her ankle bangles,\nand, being captivated by the sound and beauty, he fell down. Kardama\nMuni mentioned the incident as he had heard it.\nTEXT 18\n\n� <?S€5iiti<?Sc?511��\"'�(�\n� q;\\1(illlq4(:\n��\n'Itt 911�6 !'i\\�ql61( II� �II\n\nijf\n\ntiim priirthayantirh lalanii-laliimam\nasevita-sri-carartair adrfi.tiim\nvatsiirh manor uccapadafl svasiirarh\nko nanumanyeta budho 'bhiyatiim\n\n", "SB3.3#p0218": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n878\ntiim-her;\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\n-\n\np nzrthayantim seeking; lnlnnii-lnliimam-the\n\nornament\n\nof\n\nwomen; asevita-sri-carapai�-by those who have not worshiped the feet of\nLak�mi; adrfl.tiim-not seen; vatsiim-beloved daughter; mano�-of Svayambhuva Manu; uccapada{l-of Uttanapada; svasiiram-sister; ka]l-what; na\nanumanyeta\n\n-would not welcome; budha�-wise man; abhiyiitiim-who has\n\ncome of her own accord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhat wise man would not welcome her, the very ornament of woman­\n\nhood, the beloved daughter of Svliyambhuva Manu and sister of Uttana­\n\nplida? Those who have not worshiped the gracious feet of the goddess of\n\nfortune cannot even perceive her, yet she has come of her own accord to\nseek my hand.\n\nPURPORT\nKardama Muni praised the beauty and qualification of Devahiiti in\ndifferent ways. Devahiiti was actually the ornament of all ornamented\n\nbeautiful girls. A girl becomes beautiful by putting ornaments on her\nbody, but Devahiiti was more beautiful than the ornaments; she was\nconsidered the ornament of the ornamented beautiful girls. Demigods\nand Gandharvas were attracted by her beauty. Kardama Muni, although a\ngreat sage, was not a denizen of the heavenly planets, but it is mentioned\nin the previous verse that Visvavasu, who came from heaven, was also\nattracted by the beauty of Devahiiti. Besides her personal beauty, she\nwas the daughter of Emperor Svayambhuva and sister of King Uttanapada.\nWho could refuse the hand of such a girl?\nTEXT 19\n\n3Rft �� � �\n�1'4\\i�Sil ����;{\\ � I\nann • q•wi�,(�l(\nUsU'ffil( q '4�SNbl( II� �II\nato bhajiflye samayena siidhvirh\nyiivat tejo bibhryiid iitmano me\nato dharmiin piiramaharhsya-mukhyiin\nsukln-proktiin bahu manye 'vihirhsriin\n\n", "SB3.3#p0219": "Text 19)\n\n879\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahuti\n\nataft-therefore; bhaji§ye-1 shall accept; samayena-on the conditions;\nsadhvim-the chaste girl; yavat -until; tejaft-semina; bibhry at- may bear;\n\natmana{t-from my body; me-my; ataft-thereafter; dharman-the duties;\nparamaharhsya-mukhyan-of the best of the paramaharhsas; sukla-proktanspoken by Lord Vi§p.u; bahu -much; manye-1 shall consider; avihimsrunfree from envy.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore I shall accept this chaste girl as my wife, on the condition\nthat after she bears semina from my body, I shall accept the life of devotional service accepted by the most perfect human beings. That process\nwas described by Lord Vi��u. It is free from envy.\nPURPORT\nKardama Muni expressed his desire for a very beautiful wife to Emperor\nSvayambhuva, and he accepted his daughter for marriage. He was in the\nhermitage practicing complete celibacy as a brahroaciiri, and although he\nhad the desire to marry, he did not want to be a householder for the whole\nspan of his life because he was conversant with the Vedic principles o f\nhuman life. According t o Vedic principles, the first part of life should be\nutilized in brahmacarya for the development of character and spiritual\nqualities. In the next part of life, one may accept a wife and beget\nchildren, but one should not beget children like cats and dogs.\nKardama Muni desired to beget a child who would be a ray of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. One should beget a child who can\nperform the duties of Vi��u, otherwise there is no need to produce\nchildren. There are two kinds of children born of good fathers: one is\neducated in Kr�J;�a consciousness so that he can be delivered from the\nclutches of maya in that very life, and the other is a ray of the Supreme\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead\n\nand\n\nteaches\n\nthe\n\nworld the\n\nultimate\n\ngoal\n\nof life. As will be described in later chapters, Kardama Muni begot such a\nchild-Kapila, the incarnation of the Personality of Godhead who enun·\nciated the philosophy of sankh ya. Great· householders pray to God to\nsend His representative so that there may be an auspicious movement\nin human society. This is one reason to beget a child. Another reason is\nthat a highly enlightened parent can train a child in Kr�J;�a consciousness\nso that the child will not have to come back again to this miserable world.\nParents should see to it that the child born of them does not enter the\nwomb of a mother again. Unless one can train a child for liberation in that\n\n", "SB3.3#p0220": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n880\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\nlife, there is no need to marry or produce children. If human society\nproduces children like cats and dogs for the disturbance of social order,\nthen the world becomes hellish, as it has in this age of Kali. In this age,\nneither parents nor their children are trained; both are animalistic and\nsimply eat, sleep, mate, defend and gratify their senses. This disorder\nin social life cannot bring peace to human society. Kardama Muni explains\nbeforehand that he would not associate with the girl Devahiiti for the\nwhole duration of his life. He would simply associate with her until she\nhad a child. In other words, sex life should be utilized only to produce a\nnice child, not for any other purpose. Human life is especially meant for\ncomplete devotion to the service of the Lord. That is the philosophy of\nLord Caitanya.\nAfter fulfilling his responsibility to produce a nice child, one should\n\ntake sannyiisa and engage in the perfectional paramahamsa stage. Parama­\n\nhamsa refers to the most highly elevated perfectional stage of life. There\nare four stages within sannyiisa life, and paramahamsa is the highest order.\n\nThe Srimad-Bhiigavatam is called the Paramahamsa-samhitii, the treatise\nfor the highest class of human beings. The paramahamsa is free from envy.\n\nIn other stages, even in the householder stage of life, there is competition\nand envy, but since the activities of the human being in the paramahamsa\n\nstage are completely engaged in Kr�l)a consciousness or devotional service,\nthere is no scope for envy. In the same order as Kardama Muni, about 100\nyears ago, Thakura Bhaktivinoda also wanted to beget a child who could\npreach the philosophy and teaching of Lord Caitanya to the fullest extent.\nBy his prayers to the Lord he had as his child Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nGosvami Maharaja, who at the present moment is preaching the philosophy\nof Lord Caitanya throughout the entire world through his bona fide\ndisciples.\n\nTEXT 20\n\nRR;f\n���\n4�•�� � � iU:tf6a� 1\nSli5\\Nfflwtl\n�\n�\nq�\n1\\\n\n•\n\nyato 'bhavad visvam idam vicitram\n\nsamsthiisyate yatra ca viivati�.thate\n\nprajiipatiniim patir e§a mahyam\n\nparam pramiir-am bhagaviin ananta�\n\n", "SB3.3#p0221": "Text 20)\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahiiti\n\n881\n\nyata{l-from whom; abhavat-emanated; visvam-creation; idam-this;\n\nvicitram-wonderful; sanisthas.yate-will dissolve; yatra-in whom; ca-and;\nva-or;\n\navatifi.thate-presently\n\nexists; praja-patinam-of the\n\nprajapatis;\n\npati{l-the Lord; e.saft-this; mahyam-to me; param-highest; prama[Iamauthority; bhagavan-Supreme Lord; anantaft-unlimited.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe highest authority for me is the unlimited Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, from whom this wonderful creation emanates and in whom its\nsustenance and dissolution rest. He is the origin of all prajapatis, the personaliti�s meant to produce living entities in this world.\n\nPURPORT\nKardama Muni was ordered by his father, Prajapati, to produce children.\n\nIn the beginning of creatio.n the prajiipatis were meant to produce the\nlarge population which was to reside in the planets of the gigantic\n\nuniverse. But Kardama Muni said that although his father was Prajapati,\n\nwho desired him to produce children, actually his origin was the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Vi�l)u, because Vi�l)U is the origin of everything;\nHe is the actual creator of this universe, He is the actual maintainer, and\n\nwhen everything is annihilated, it rests in Him only. That is the conclusion\n\nof Srimad-Bhiigavatam. For creation, maintenance and annihilation there\n\nare the three deities Brahma, Vi�l)U and Mahesvara (Siva), but Brahma and\nMahe8vara are qualitative expansions of Vi�J)u. Vi�l)U is the central figure.\n\nVi�l)U, therefore, takes charge of maintenance. No one can maintain the\n\nwhole creation but Him. There are innumerable entities, and they have\n\ninnumerable demands; no one but Vi�t;tu can fulfill the innumerable de·­\n\nmands of all the innumerable living entities. Brahma is ordered to create,\n\nand Siva is ordered to annihilate. The middle function, maintenance,\n\nis taken charge of by Vi�t;tu. Kardama Muni knew very well, by his\npower in progressive spiritual life, that Vi�l)U, the Personality of God­\n\nhead, was his worshipable Deity. Whatever Vi�t;tu desired was his duty,\nand nothing else. He was not prepared to beget a number of children. He\n\nwould beget only one child, who would help the mission of Vi�l)U. As\n\nstated in Bhagavad-gtta, whenever there is a discrepancy in the discharge\n\nof religious principles, the Lord descends on the surface of the earth to\nprotect religious principles and to annihilate the miscreants.\n\nMarrying and begetting a child is considered to liquidate one's debts to\n\nthe family in which one is born. There are many debts which are imposed\n\n", "SB3.3#p0222": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n882\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\nupon a child just after his birth. There are debts to the family in which one\nis born, debts to the demigods, debts to the p itas, debts to the r.sis, etc.\nBut if someone engages only in the service of the Supreme Lord, the\nPersonality of Godhead, who is actually worshipable, then even without\ntrying to liquidate other debts, one becomes free from all obligations.\nKardama Muni preferred to devote his life as a servant of the Lord in\nparamahamsa knowledge and to beget a child only for that purpose, not\nto beget numberless children to fill up the vacancies in the universe.\nTEXT 21\n\nm �<�1\"1·\n\n�\n3l� �ftq(fitt'G\\wtlt� I\n�a:Mfft6wt\n�4lq•zR.\n� � m <*'•5:qn ������\n�\n\nmaitreya uviica\nsa ugradhanvann iyad eviibabhiifle\niisic ca tilflrtim aravinda-niibham\ndhiyopagrhrtan smita-sobhitena\nmukhena ceto lulubhe devahutyiifl.\nmaitreyafi.\n\n-\n\nthe great sage Maitreya; uviica-said; safi.\n\n-\n\nhe (Kardama);\n\nugra-dhanvan-0 great warrior Vidura; iya t- t his much; eva-only; iibabhiifle\n-spoke;\n\niisit-became;\n\nca-and;\n\ntilflrtim-silent; aravinda-niibham-Lord\n\nVi�p.u (whose navel is adorned by a lotus); dhiyii-by thought; upagrhrtanseizing; smita-sobhitena-beautified by his smile; mukhena-by his face;\ncetafi.-the mind; lulubhe-was captivated; devahutyiifl.-of Devahiiti .\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Maitreya said: 0 great warrior Vidura, the sage Kardama said this\n\nmuch only and then became silent, thinking of his worshipable Lord Vi�l,lU,\n\nwho has a lotus on His navel. As he silently smiled, his face captured the\nmind of Devahiiti, who began to meditate upon the great sage.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that Kardama Muni was fully absorbed in Kr�l,la consciousness\nbecause as soon as he became silent, he at once began to think of Lord\n\n", "SB3.3#p0223": "Text 23]\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahiiti\n\n883\n\nVi�Qu. That is the way of Kr�Qa consciousness. Pure devotees are so\n\nabsorbed in thought of Kr�Qa that they have no other engagement;\nalthough they may seem to think or act otherwise, they are always\n\nthinking of Kr�Qa. The smile of such a Kr�Qa conscious person is so\n\nattractive that simply by smiling he wins so many admirers, disciples and\n\nfollowers.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n��\"�Q{ctfQd � �ft:{J: �I\n� got41UIIfl414 W pri �: ������\nso 'nu jniitvii vyavasitarh\nmahina duhitu� sphu.tam\ntasmai gura-gariit!hyiiya\ndadau tulyiirh praharfiita�\nsa�-he (Emperor Manu); anu-afterwards; jfiiitvii-having known; vyava­\n\n-\n\nsitam the fixed decision; mahifiyii�-of the Queen; duhitu�-of his daughter; sphu_tam- c learly; tasmai-to him; gura-gara-iiphyiiya-who was endowed with a host of virtues; dadau-gave away; tulyiim-who was equal\n(in good qualities); praharfiita�-extremely pleased.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter having unmistakably .known the decision of the Queen, as well as\nthat of Devahiiti, the Emperor most gladly gave his daughter to the sage,\nwhose host of virtues was equaled by hers.\nTEXT 23\n\n'l{l(lili\\ � I\nG\\\"'4€41: q�t�sn�t l(11C1(1: qR\"4G\\t(l��l\n�\n\nsatarnpii mahii-riijfii\nparibarhiin maha-dhaniin\ndampatyo� paryadiit prityii\nbhilfiii-vasa� paricchadiin\nsatarupii-Empress\n\nSatariipii.;\n\nmahii-riijfii-the Empress; piiribarhan­\n\ndowry; mahii-dhanan-valuable presents; dam-patyo{l-to the bride and\n\n", "SB3.3#p0224": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n884\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\nbridegroom; paryadiit - gave; prityii - out of affection; bhufiii-ornaments;\n\n·\n\nviisaft - clothes; paricchadiin - articles for household use.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nEmpress Satariipa lovingly gave most valuable presents, suitable for the\noccasion, such as jewelry, clothes and household articles, in dowry to the\nbride and bridegroom.\nPURPORT\nThe custom of giving one's daughter in charity with a dowry is still\ncurrent in India. The gifts are given according to the position of the father\nof the bride. Piiribarhiin mahii-dhaniin means the dowry which must be\nawarded to the bridegroom at the time of marriage. Here mahii-dhaniin\nmeans greatly valuable gifts befitting the dowry of an empress. The words\nbhufiii·viisaft paricchadiin also appear here. Bhufiii means ornaments, viisa�\nmeans clothing, and paricchadiin means various household articles. All\nthings befitting the marriage ceremony of an emperor's daughter were\nawarded to Kardama Muni, who was until now observing celibacy as a\nbrahmaciin. The bride, Devahiiti, was very richly dressed with ornaments\nand clothing.\nIn this way Kardama Muni was married with full opulence to a qualified\nwife and was endowed with the necessary paraphernalia for household life.\nIn the Vedic way of marriage such a dowry is still given to the bridegroom\nby the father of the bride; even in poverty-stricken India there are·\nmarriages where hundreds and thousands of rupees are spent for a dowry.\nThe dowry system is not illegal, as some have tried to prove. The dowry is\na gift given to the daughter by the father to show good will, and it is\ncompulsory. In rare cases where the father is completely unable to give a\ndowry, it is enjoined that he must at least give a fruit and a flower. As\nstated in Bhagavad-gitii, God can also be pleased even by a fruit and a\nflower. When there is financial inability and no question of accumulating\na dowry by another means, one can give a fruit and flower for the\nsatisfaction of the bridegroom.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nsm�� ��:l\n� ='f i41t+4t¥fi�IJdlil;:q� : H�'dll\n...\n\nprattiim duhitaram samrii.t\nsadrkfiiiya gata-vyathaft\n\n", "SB3.3#p0225": "Text 25)\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahiiti\n\n885\n\nupaguhya ca bahubhyiim\nautkar.thyonmathitiisayaft\nprattiim-who was given; duhitaram-daughter; samrii,t-the Emperor\n(Manu); sadrkfiaya-unto a suitable person; gata-vyathaft-relieved of his\nresponsibility; upaguhya-embracing; ca-and; bahubhyiim-with his two\narms; autkar,thya-unmathita-iisayaft-having an anxious and agitated mind.\nTRANSLATION\nThus relieved . of his responsibility by handing over his daughter to a\nsuitable man, Svayambhuva Manu, his mind agitated by feelings of separation, embraced his affectionate daughter with both his arms.\nPURPORT\nA father always remains in anxiety until he can hand over his grown-up\ndaughter to a suitable boy. A father and mother's responsibility for\nchildren continues until they marry them to suitable spouses; when the\nfather is able to perform that duty, he is relieved of his responsibility.\nTEXT 25\n\n31ijiti4(6fl(( U� ill\"lfi q: I\n311ft{�� i\\il�lf(ij: ftron: 11�'-\\11\nasaknuvams tad-viraham\nmuiican biifipa-kaliim muhuft\niisiiicad amba vatseti\nnetrodair duhitu,h sikha,h\nasaknuvan-being unable to bear; tat-viraham-separation from her;\nmuiican-shedding; biifipa-kaliim-tears; muhuft-again and again; iisiiicathe drenched; amba-my dear mother; vatsa-my dear daughter; iti-thus;\nnetra-udaift-by the water from his eyes;duhitu�-of his daughter; sikha,hthe locks of hair.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Emperor was unable to bear the separation of his daughter. Therefore tears poured from his eyes again and again, drenching his daughter's\nhead as he cried, \"My dear mother! My dear daughter!\"\n\n", "SB3.3#p0226": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n886\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\nPURPORT\nThe word amba is significant. A father sometimes addresses his daughter\nin affection as \"Mother\" and sometimes as \"my darling.\" The feeling of\nseparation occurs because until the daughter is married she remains the\ndaughter of the father, but after her marriage she is no longer claimed as a\ndaughter in the family; she must go to the husband's house, for after marriage she becomes the property of the husband. According to Manu-samhita,\na woman is never independent. She must remain the property of the father\nwhile she is not married, and she must remain the property of the husband\nuntil she is elderly and has grown-up children of her own. In old age, when\nthe husband has taken sannyiisa and left home, she remains the property\nof the sons. A woman is always dependent, either upon the father, husband\nor elderly sons. That will be exhibited in the life of Devahuti. Devahuti's\nfather handed over responsibility for her to the husband, Kardama Muni,\nand, in the same way, Kardama Muni also left home, giving the responsibility to his son, Kapiladeva. This narration will describe these events one\nafter another.\n\nTEXTS 26-27\n\naf.\\q(+l��mt: �: 1\nsmil � �: � iff: ������\n\\!¥1*4l'fiAt@.i4U ij((qf'4U uit�: I\n\nsnq;>Jq\n\n�\n\n.�...qijpijiwtl\n\nq�...�ijij¥\\fC(: 11�\\911\n\niimantrya tam muni-varam\nanujniitafi, sahiinugafi,\npratasthe ratham iiruhya\nsabhiiryaft sva-puram nrpaft\nubhayor rfli-kulyiiyii/l\nsarasvatyiifi, surodhasQ{t\nrflir-iim upasiintiiniim\npasyann iisrama-sampadaft\niimantrya- taking permission to go; tam-from him (Kardama); munivaram- from the best of sages; anujniita{l -being permitted to leave; sahaanugafi,- along with his retinue; pratasth e - started for; ratham iiruhya-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0227": "The Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahuti\n\nText 28)\n\n887\n\nmounting his chariot; sa-bharya�- along with his wife; sva-puram- his own\ncapital; nrpa �\n\n- the Emperor; ubhayol].- on both; r�i-kulyaya�- agreeable\n\nto the sages; sarasvatya�-of the River Sarasvati; su-rodhaso�-the charming\n\nbanks; r�irt am- of the great sages; upasantanam -tranquil; pasyan- seeing;\nasrama-sampada�-the prosperity of the beautiful hermitages.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter asking and obtaining the great sage's permission to leave, the\nmonarch mounted his chariot with his wife and started for his capital,\nfollowed by his retinue. Along the way he saw the prosperity of the tranquil\nseers' beautiful hermitages on both the charming banks of the Sarasvati,\nthe river so agreeable to saintly persons.\nPURPORT\n\nAs cities are constructed in the modern age with great engineering and\narchitectural craftmanship, so in days gone by there were neighborhoods\ncalled r�i-kulas where great saintly persons resided. In India there are still\nmany magnificant places for spiritual understanding; there are many r�is\nand saintly persons living in nice cottages on the banks of the Ganges and\nYamuna\n\nfor purposes of spiritual cultivation. While passing t hr ough\n\nthe r�i-kulas the King and his party were very much satisfied with the beauty\nof the cottages and hermitages.lt is stated here, pasyann asrama-sampada�.\nThe great sages had no skyscrapers, but the hermitages were so beautiful\nthat the King was very much pleased at the sight.\nTEXT 28\n\n('li414ilt{ti4fil�f'4 illRIEf('li�st\\St: � I\n���: 1R9;4,1g;: �: 11�<:11\ntam ayantam abhipretya\nbrahmavartat praja� patim\ng\"ita-samstuti-vaditra*\npratyudiyu� prahar.sita�\ntam- him; ayantam-who was arriving; abhipretya-knowing of; brahmiivartiit-from Brahmiivarta; prajii[l-his subjects; patim- their lord; gitasamstuti-vaditrai[l-with songs, praise and instrumental music; pratyudiyufl,\n-came forward to greet; prahar§itaft -overjoyed.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0228": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n888\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\nTRANSLATION\nOverjoyed to know of his arrival, his subjects came forth from Brahma­\n\nvarta to greet their returning lord with songs, prayers and musical instruments.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is the custom of the citizens of a kingdom's capital to receive\nthe king when he returns from a tour. There is a similar description when\nKr�r:ta returned to Dvaraka after the Battle of Kuruk�tra. At that time\nHe was received by all classes of citizens at the gate of the city. Formerly ,\ncapital cities were surrounded by walls, and there were different gates for\nregular entrance. Even in Delhi today there are old gates, and some other\nold cities have such gates where citizens would gather to receive the king.\nHere also the citizens of Barhi�mati, the capital of Brahmavarta, the\nkingdom of Svayambhuva, came nicely dressed to receive the Emperor\nwith decorations and musical instruments.\n\nTEXTS 29-30\n\n..ffqwdf wmf � �ij+qffl¥4P4ij I\n� � iPrrfir 44ij�ltf �: ����II\nftl: ¥1\\fl(ij � !QJQ:(R('Iq..ij: I\n� -: q�l¥410$4 44!l1t4tl� 44!8'4��, II� oJI\nbarhijmati nama pun\nsarva-sampat-samanvitii\nnyapatan yatra romiirzi\nyajiiasyiingam vidhunvatafl\nkusiifl kiisiis ta eviisan\nsa5vad-dharita-varcasafl\nr.sayo yaifl pariibhtivya\nyajiia-ghniin yajiiam ijire\nba rh t� mati-Barhi� mati; nama\n\n- named; puri-city; sarva-sampat-all kinds\n\nof wea lth; samanvita-full of; nyapatan-fell down; yat ra -where; romarzi­\n\nthe hairs; yajiiasya-of Lord Boar; angam- His body; vidhunvata{l-shaking;\nkusiifl-kusa\n\ngrass;\n\nkiisiifl-kiisa\n\ngrass;\n\nte\n\n- they ; eva-certainly; iisan­\n\nbecame; sasvat-harita-of evergreen; varcasafl.-having the color; Hayafl-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0229": "Text 31]\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahiiti\n\n889\n\nthe sages; yai/1 -by which; parabhavya- defeating ; yajna-ghnan-the disturbers of the sacrificial performances; yajnam- Lord Vi�r;tu; ijir e- they\nworshiped.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe city of Barh�mati, rich in all kinds of wealth, was so called because\nLord Vi![!r;tu's hair dropped there from His body when He manifested\nHimself as Lord Boar. As He shook His body, this very hair fell and turned\ninto blades of evergreen ku8a grass and kasa [another kind of grass used\nfor mats] , by means of which the sages worshiped Lord Vil[lr:tU after\ndefeating the demons who had interfered with the performance of their\nsacrifices.\nPURPORT\nAny place directly connected with the Supreme Lord is called p\"itha­\n\nsthiina. Barhi�mati, the capital of Svayambhuva Manu, was exalted not because the city was very rich in wealth and opulence, but because the hairs of\nLord V araha fell at this very spot. These hairs of the Lord later grew as\ngreen grass, and the sages used to worship the Lord with that grass after\nthe time when the Lord killed the demon Hirar;tyak�. Yajna means Vi�p.u,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. In Bhagavad-gita, karma is described\nas\n\nyajniirtha. Yajniirtha-karma .means work done only for the satisfaction\n\nof Vi�p.u. If something is done for: sense gratification or any other purpose,\nthen it will be binding upon the worker. If one wants to be freed from the\nreaction of his work, he must perform everything for the satisfaction of\nVi�p.u, or Y ajiia. In the capital of Svayambhuva Manu, Barhi�mati, these\nparticular functions were being performed by the great sages and saintly\npersons.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n��··�..�\n\n•dfo�4\n\nll•liilfli�: 1\n\n3144atl!ll� � � � � II�� II\nkusa-kasa-mayam barhir\nastirya bhagavan manu�\nayajad yajna-purufiarh\nlabdha sthanam yato bhuvam\n\nkusa-of kusa grass; kasa-and of kasa grass; mayam- made; barhi/J.-a\nseat; ast irya-having spread; bhagavan-the greatly fortunate; manu�Svayambhuva\n\nManu;\n\nayaja t - wo rshiped;\n\nyaj ri a-purus_am- Lord\n\nVi�r;tu;\n\n", "SB3.3#p0230": "890\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\nlabdha-had achieved; sthanam-the abode; yata�-from whom; bhuvam­\n\nthe earth.\nTRANSLATION\nManu spread a seat of kusas and kasas and worshiped the Lord, the\nPersonality of Godhead, by whose grace he had obtained the rule of the\n\nterrestrial globe.\n\nPURPORT\nManu is the father of mankind, and therefore from \"Manu\" comes the\nword \"man,\" or, in Sanskrit, \"manu§ya.\" Those who are in a better\nposition in the world, having sufficient wealth, should especially take\nlessons from Manu, who acknowledged his kingdom and opulence to be\ngifts from the Supreme Personality of Godhead and thus always engaged\nin devotional service. Similarly, the descendants of Manu, or human beings,\nespecially those who are situated in a well-to-do condition, must consider\nthat whatever riches they have are gifts from the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Those riches should be utilized for the service of the Lord in\nsacrifices performed to please Him. That is the way of utilizing wealth and\nopulence. No one can achieve wealth, opulence, good birth, a beautiful\nbody or nice education without the mercy of the Supreme Lord. Therefore, those who are in possession of such valuable facilities must acknowledge their gratefulness to the Lord by worshiping Him and offering what\nthey have received from Him. When such acknowledgment is given, either\nby a family, nation or society, their abode becomes almost like V aikup.tha,\nand it becomes free from the operation of the threefold miseries of this\nmaterial world. In the modern age the mission of Kr�J].a consciousness is\nfor everyone to acknowledge the supremacy of Lord Kr�J].a; whatever one\nhas in his possession must be considered a gift by the grace of the Lord.\nEveryone, therefore, should engage in devotional service through Kr�J].a\nconsciousness. If one wants to be happy and peaceful in his position,\neither as a householder or citizen or member of human society, one must\npromote devotional service for the pleasure of the Lord.\nTEXT 32\n\n'lfMJf ;nq � f.lfct� (1'tl'4(1a_ I\n� �it � 6N�t�f?twtl�wti( ������\nbarhi§matim nama vibhur\nyam nirvisya samavasat\n\n", "SB3.3#p0231": "Text 33)\n\n891\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahiiti\n\ntasyiim pravi�,to bhavanam\ntiipa-traya-viniisanam\nbarhi§matim-the city Barhi:;;mati; nama-named; vibhu� the very\nSvayamhhuva Manu; yam-which; nirv iSya-having entered;\nsamiivasat-he lived in previously; tasyiim-in that city; pravi§ta�-entered;\nbhavanam-the palace; tiipa-traya-the threefold miseries; viniisanam-\n\npowerful\n\ndestroying.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving entered the city of Barhi�mati, in which he had previously lived,\nManu entered his palace, which was filled with an atmosphere that eradicated the three miseries of material existence.\n\nPURPORT\nThe material world, or material existential life, is filled with threefold\nmiseries: miseries pertaining to the body and mind, miseries pertaining to\nnatural disturbances, and miseries inflicted by other living entities. Human\nsociety is meant to create a spiritual atmosphere by spreading the spirit of\nKr�l]a consciousness. The miseries of material existence cannot affect the\nstatus of Kr�l]a consciousness. It is not that the miseries of the material\nworld completely vanish when one takes to KH!]a consciousness, hut for\none who is Kr�l]a conscious the miseries of material existence have no\neffect. We cannot stop the miseries of the material atmosphere, hut Kf�l]a\nconsciousness is the antiseptic method to protect us from being affected\nby the miseries of material existence. For a Kf�l]a conscious person, both\nliving in heaven and living in hell are equal. How Sviiyamhhuva Manu\ncreated an atmosphere wherein he was not affected by material miseries is\nexplained in the following verses.\nTEXT 33\n\n�:�:��S\"41�(t�: I\n6ftlqi419t«�Rf: �: �llq*: I\nSI��Qt�'l:(91 W � �: �: ������\nsabhiirya[l sapraja[l kiimiin\nbubhuje 'nyiivirodhata{l\nsmigiyamiina-sat-kirti[l\nsastribhi[! sura-giiyakai[l\n\n", "SB3.3#p0232": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n892\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\npratyufiefiV anubaddhena\nhrdii srrwan hare� kathii�\nsa-bhiirya�-along with his wife; sa-praja�-along with his subjects;\nkiimiin-the necessities of life; bubhuje-he enjoyed; anya-from others;\navirodhata�-without disturbance; sangiyamiina-being praised; sat-kirtiiJ,reputation for pious activities; sa-stribhi�-along with their wives; snragiiyaka*-by celestial musicians; pratyiifle�u-at every dawn; anubaddhena\n-being attached;hrdii-with the heart; snwan-listening to; hare�-of Lord\nHari; kathii�-the topics.\nTRANSLATION\nEmperor Svayambhuva Manu enjoyed life with his wife and subjects and\n\nfulfilled his desires without being disturbed by unwanted principles\ncontrary to the process of religion. Celestial musicians and their wives\n\nsang in chorus about the pure reputation of the Emperor, and early in the\nmorning, every day, he used to listen to the pastimes of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead with a loving heart.\nPURPORT\nHuman society is actually meant for realization of perfection in Kr�I]a\nconsciousness. There is no restriction against living with a wife and\nchildren, but life should be so conducted that one may not go against the\nprinciples of religion, economic development, regulated sense enjoyment\nand, ultimately, liberation from material existence. The Vedic principles\nare designed in such a way that the conditioned souls who have come to\nthis material existence may be guided in fulfilling their material desires\nand at the same time be liberated and go back to Godhead, back home.\nIt is understood that Emperor Svayambhuva Manu enjoyed his household life by following these principles. It is stated here that early in the\nmorning there were musicians who used to sing with musical instruments\nabout the glories of the Lord, and the Emperor, with his family, personally\nused to hear about the pastimes of the Supreme Person. This custom is still\nprevalent in India in some of the royal families and temples. Professional musicians sing with shanais, and the sleeping members of the house gradually get\nup from their beds in a pleasing atmosphere. During bedtime also the singers\nsing songs in relationship with the pastimes of the Lord, with shanai\naccompaniment, and the householders gradually fall asleep remembering\nthe glories of the Lord. In every house, in addition to the singing program,\nthere is an arrangement for Bhiigavatam lectures in the evening; family\n\n", "SB3.3#p0233": "Text 34)\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahiiti\n\n893\n\nmembers sit down, hold Hare Knl).a k\"irtana, hear narrations from Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam and Bhagavad�g'itii and enjoy music before going to bed. The\n\natmosphere created by this sank\"irtana movement lives in their hearts, and\nwhile sleeping they also dream of the singing and glorification of the Lord.\n\nIn such a way perfection of Kr�I].a consciousness can he attained. This\npractice ie very old, as learned from this verse of Srimad-Bhiigavatam;\n\nmillions of years ago, Svayamhhuva Manu used to avail himself of this\nopportunity to live householder life in the peace and prosperity of a\nKr�I].a consciousness atmosphere.\nAs far as temples are concerned, in each and every royal palace or rich\nman's house, inevitably there is a nice temple, and the members of the\nhousehold rise early in the morning and go to the temple to see the\nmangaliiriitrika ceremony. The mangaliiriitrika ceremony is the first wor­\n\nship of the morning. In the iiriitrika ceremony a light is offered in circles\nbefore the Deities with a conchshell and flowers and a fan. The Lord is\nsupposed to rise early in the morning and take some light refreshment and\ngive audience to the devotees. The devotees then go hack to the house or\nsing the glories of the Lord in the temple. The early morning ceremony\nstill takes place in Indian temples and palaces. Temples are meant for the\nassembly of the general public. Temples within palaces are especially for\nthe royal families, hut in many of these palace temples the public is also\n\nallowed to visit. The temple of the King of J aipur is situated within the\npalace, hut the public is allowed to assemble; if one goes there, he will see\n\nthat the temple is always crowded with at least 500 devotees. After the\nmangaliiriitrika ceremony they sit down together and sing the glories of\n\nthe Lord with musical instruments and thus enjoy life. Temple worship by\n\nthe royal family is also mentioned in Bhagavad-g\"itii, where it is stated that\n\nthose who fail to achieve success in the bhakti-yoga principles within one\n\nlife are given a chance to take birth in the next life in the family of rich\n\nmen or in a royal family or family of learned briihma[&as or devotees. If\n\nanyone gets the opportunity to take birth in these families, he can achieve\nthe facilities of a Kr�I].a conscious atmosphere without difficulty. A child\nhorn in that K[�I].a atmosphere is sure to develop Kr�l].a consciousness. The\nperfection which he failed to attain in his last life is again offered in this\nlife, and he can make himself perfect without fail.\n\nTEXT 34\n\nf.lcun� �•1'41*41U af.t �11'Wf '4R I\n41C:nil��� � ;r �tfiww�q('( ������\n\n", "SB3.3#p0234": "Srlmad -Bhagavatam\n\n894\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\nnifl[liitam yogamiiyiisu\nmunim sviiyambhuvam manum\nyad iibhramsayitum bhogii\nna sekur bhagavat-param\nnifi{liitam\n\n-\n\nabsorbed; yoga-miiyiisu-in temporary enjoyment; munim­\n\nwho was equal to a saint; sviiya mbhuvam -Sviiyambhuva; manum-Manu;\nyat-from which; iibhrarhsayitum-to cause to deviate; bhogii �\n\n-\n\nmaterial\n\nenjoyments; na-not; se k u�-were able; bhagavat-param-who was a great\ndevotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus Svayambhuva Manu was a saintly king. Although absorbed in\n\nmaterial happiness, he was not dragged to the lowest grade of life, for he\n\nalways enjoyed his material happiness in a Kr�l}a conscious atmosphere.\n\nPURPORT\nThe kingly happiness of material enjoyment generally drags one to the\nlowest grade of life, namely degradation to animal life, because of unrestricted sense enjoyment. But Svayambhuva Manu was considered as\ngood as a saintly sage because the atmosphere created in his kingdom and\nhome was completely Kr�9a conscious. The case is similar with the\nconditioned souls in general; they have come into this material life for\nsense gratification, but if they are able to create a Kr�9a conscious\natmosphere, as depicted here or as prescribed in revealed scriptures, by\ntemple worship and household Deity worship, then in spite of their\nmaterial enjoyment they can make advancement in pure Kr�9a consciousness without a doubt. At the present moment, modern civilization is too\nmuch attached to the material way of life, or sense gratification. Therefore, the Kr�9a consciousness movement can give the people in general the\nbest opportunity to utilize their human life in the midst of material\nenjoyment. Kr�9a consciousness does not stop them in their propensity\nfor material enjoyment, hut simply regulates their habits in the life of\nsense enjoyment. In spite of their enjoying the material advantages, they\ncan he liberated in this very life by practicing K.r�pa consciousness by the\nsimple method of chanting the holy names of the Lord-Hare Kr�I]a, Hare\nKt�Q.a, Kt�Q.a Kt�Q.a, .Hare Hare/ Hare Riima, Hare Riima, Riima Riima,\nHare Hare.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0235": "The Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahuti\n\nText 35)\n\n895\n\nTEXT 35\n\n31CIIflctli41(6�1�(�:((flt{t(CIN�I: I\n\n���:��:�:11�'-\\ll\nayiita-yiimiis tasyiisan\nyiimii[l. sviintara-yiipanii[l.\nsnwato dhyiiyato vigw[l.\nkurvato bruvata[l. kathii[l.\nayiita-yiimii[l.-time never lost; tasya-of Manu; iisan-were; _yiimii/1-the\nsva-antara-his duration of life; yiipanii/1-bringing to an end;\natafthearing; dhyiiyataft-contemplating; vi,s[lo[l-of Lord Vi��J,U;\nw\nn\ns\nkur vata/1 acting ; bruvata[!. -speaking; kathiift-the topics.\nhours;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nConsequently, although his duration of life gradually came to an end,\nhis long life, consisting of a Manvantara Era, was not spent in vain, since he\never engaged in hearing, contemplating, writing down and chanting the\npastimes of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nAs freshly prepared food is very tasteful but if kept for three or four\nhours becomes stale and tasteless, so the existence of material enjoyment\ncan endure as long as life is fresh, but at the fag end of life everything\nbecomes tasteless, and everything appears to be vain and painful. The life\nof Emperor Svayambhuva Manu, however, was not tasteless; as he grew\nolder, his life remained as fresh as in the beginning because of his\ncontinued KHJ]a consciousness. The life of a man in Kr�l]a consciousness\nis always fresh. It is said' that the sun rises in the morning and sets in t�e\nevening and its business is to reduce the duration of everyone's life. But\nthe sunrise and sunset cannot diminish the life of he who engages in\nKreyqa consciousness. Svayambhuva Manu's life did not become stale after\nsome time because he engaged himself always in chanting about and\nmeditating upon Lord Vi��;tu. He was the greatest yogi because he never\n\nwasted his time. It is especially mentioned here, vi,scw/l kurvato bruvata/l\n\nkathii[l.. When he talked, he talked only of Kr�pa and Vi�r;tu, the Personality\nof Godhead; when he heard something, it was about Kreyqa; when he\nmeditated, it was upon Kreyqa and His activities.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0236": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n896\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\nIt is stated that his life was very long, seventy-one yugas. One yuga is\ncompleted in 4,320,000 years, seventy-one of such yugas is the duration\nof the life of a Manu, and fourteen such Manus come and go in one day of\nBrahmii. For the entire duration of his life- 4,320,000 times 71 yearsManu engaged in KwJa consciousness by chanting, hearing, talking about\nand meditating upon Kr�Qa. Therefore, his life was not wasted, nor did it\nbecome stale.\nTEXT 36\n\nfil;if �·u-.lilEMtafet� 1\n'fft1(6•1��: 11�,11\n�cUI(1fwt\n� � �\n\nsa evarh sviintararh ninye\nyugiiniim eka-saptatim\nviisudeva-prasangena\nparibhuta-gati-trayaft\nsaft-he\n\n(Svayambhuva\n\nManu);\n\nevam-thus;\n\nsva-antaram-his\n\nown\n\nperiod; n inye-passed; yugiiniim-of the cycles of four ages; eka-saptatimseventy-one; viisudeva-with Vasudeva; prasangena-.hy topics connected;\nparibhuta-transcended; gati-trayaft-the three destinations.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe passed his time, which lasted seventy-one cycles of the four ages\n\n[ 71 x 4,320,000 years J, always thinking of Vasudeva and always engaged\nin matters regarding Vasudeva. Thus he transcended the three destinations.\nPURPORT\n\nThe three destinations are meant for persons who are under the control\nof the three modes of material nature. These destinations are sometimes\ndescribed as the awakened, dreaming and unconscious stages. In Bhagavadgitii the three destinations are described as the destinations of persons in\nthe modes of goodness, passion and ignorance. It is stated in the Gita that\nthose who are in the mode of goodness are promoted to better living\nconditions in higher planets and those who are in the mode of passion\nremain within this material world on the earth or on heavenly planets, but\nthose who are in the mode of ignorance are degraded to an animal life on\nplanets where life is lower than human. Bul one who is Kr�Qa conscious is\n\n", "SB3.3#p0237": "Text 37)\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahuti\n\n897\n\nabove these three modes of material nature. It is stated in Bhagavad-g'itii\nthat anyone who engages in devotional service to the Lord automatically\nbecomes transcendental to the three destinations of material nature and is\nsituated in the brahma-bhiUa or self-realized stage. Although Svayambhuva\nManu, the ruler of this material world, appeared to be absorbed in material\nhappiness, he was neither in the mode of goodness, nor in the modes of\npassion or ignorance, but in the transcendental stage.\nTherefore, one who fully engages in devotional service is always liberated. Bilvamarigala Thakura, a great devotee of the Lord, stated: \"If\nI have unflinching devotion to the lotus feet of Kr�l}a, then Mother\nLiberation is always engaged in my service. Complete perfection of\nmaterial enjoyment, religion and economic development are at my command.\" People are· after dharma, artha, kiima and mok�a. Generally they\nperform religious activities to achieve some material gain, and they engage\nin material activity for sense gratification. After being frustrated in\nmaterial sense gratification, one wants to be liberated and become one\nwith the Absolute Truth. These four principles form the transcendental\npath for the less intelligent. Those who are actually intelligent engage in\nKr�l}a consciousness, not caring for these four principles of the transcendental method. They at once elevate themselves to the transcendental\nplatform which is above liberation. Liberation is not a very great achievement for a devotee, to say nothing of the results of ritualistic performances\nin religion, economic d�velopment, or the materialistic life of sense\ngratification. Devotees do not care for these. They are situated always on\nthe transcendental platform of the brahma-bhii.ta stage of self-realization.\nTEXT 37\n\n��ft.oq(�-��: I\nl\\lRit;i� � j� � � 11�\\Sll\nsiiririi miinasii divyii\nvaiyiise ye ca miinu,sii/1\nbhautikiis ca katharit klesii\nbiidhante hari-saritsrayam\n\nsiiririi/1-pertaining to the body; miinasiift\n\n-\n\npertaining to the mind;\n\ndivyii /1-pertaining to supernatural powers (demigods); vaiyiise-0 Vidura;\n\nye-those; ca-and; miinufiii/1-pertaining to other men; bhauti k ii/1-pertain\n\n-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0238": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n898\ning to other living beings; ca\n\n-\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 22\n\nand; katham- how; klesii�- miseries; biidhante\n\n-can tro uble; hari-samsrayam-one who has taken shelter of Lord Kt�f.la.\nTRANSLATION\n\nTherefore, 0 Vidura, how can persons completely under the shelter of\n\nLord Kn11:a in devotional service be put into miseries pertaining to the\n\nbody, the mind, nature, and other men and living creatures?\nPURPORT\n\nEvery living entity within this material world is alway� afflicted by\nsome kind of miseries, pertaining either to the body, the mind, or natural\ndisturbances. Distresses due to cold in winter and severe heat in summer\nalways inflict miseries on the living entities in this material world, but one\nwho has completely taken shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord in Kreyl)a\nconsciousness is in the transcendental stage; he is not disturbed by any\nmiseries, either due to the body, the mind, or natural disturbances of\nsummer and winter. He is transcendental to all these miseries.\nTEXT 38\n\n�:m�f4:��'\nWfJTt �i� :q' ��: 00 11�<=11\nya� pr#o munibhi� priiha\ndharmiin niinii-vidhiic chubhcm\nnrftiirh var[tiisramiir;tiirh ca\nsarva-bhiita-hita� sadii\nya�-who; prs.t a�-being questioned; munibhi{!-by the sages; priiha.\n\nspoke; dharmiin-the duties; niinii-vidhiin-many varieties; su bhiin- auspi\n\n­\n\ncious; n[[tiim-of human society; var[ta-iisramiir;tiim-of the var[tas and\niisramas; ca-and; sarva-bhuta-for all living beings; hita�-who does wel­\n\nfare; sadii- always\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn reply to questions asked by certain sages, he [Sviiyambhuva Manu],\n\nout of compassion for all living entities, taught the diverse sacred duties of\nmen in general and the different varf.1as and iisramas.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0239": "Text 39)\n\nThe Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahiiti\n\n899\n\nTEXT 39\n\n31l�� 11-ft5ff(ijq!ijl( I\nctot;ft�� iji(q���C:� Ill?! II��II\netat ta iidi-riijasya\nmanos caritam adbhutam\nvarrzitarh varrzaniyasya\ntad-apatyodayam srrzu\netat-this; te-u nto you; iidi-riijasya-of the f irst Emperor; mano/J.-of\n\nSvayambhu va Manu; caritam-the character; adbhutam\n\n-\n\nwonderful; varf)i­\n\ntam-described; varrzaniyasya-whose repu tation is worthy of description;\ntat-apatya-of his dau ghter; udayam-to the flou rishing; srrzu-please listen.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have spoken to you of the wonderful character of Svayambhuva Manu,\nthe original King, whose reputation is worthy of description. Please hear as\nI speak of the flourishing of his daughter Devahiiti.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Twenty­\n\nsecond Chapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Marriage of\nKardama Muni and Devahuti.\"\n\n", "SB3.3#p0240": "CHAPTER TWENTY-THREE\n\nDevahOtl's LamentatiOn\nTEXT!\n\n.q5Pf �,..,\n\n. �-msrrm� qRff'f�4ilP4�• 1\n.� �''H�sft��l +fqt;ftq llCf �II � II\nmaitreya uviica\npitrbhyiim prasthite siidhvi\npatim ingita-kovidii\nnityam paryacarat prityii\nbhaviiniva bhavam prabhum\nmaitreya{t uviica - Maitreya said; pitrbhyiim-by the parents; prasthite­\n\nat the departure; siidhvi-the chaste woman; patim-her husband; ingitakovidii-understanding\n\nthe desires; nityam\n\n-\n\nconstantly; paryacarat-she\n\nserved; pritya-with great love; bhaviini-the goddess Parvati; iva.-like;\nbhava m\n\n-\n\nLord Siva; prabhum-her lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya continued: After the departure of her parents, the chaste\n\nwoman Devahiiti, who could understand the desires of her husband,\nserved him constantly with great love, as Bhavani, the wife of Lord Siva,\nserves her husband.\n\nPURPORT\nThe specific example of Bhavan1 is very significant. Bhavarii means the\n\nwife of Bhava, or Lord Siva. Bhavarii, or Parvafi, the daughter of the King\nof the Himalayas, selected Lord Siva, who appears to be just like a beggar,\n\nas her husband. In spite of her being a princess, she undertook all kinds of\n\ntribulations to associate with Lord Siva, who did not even have a house\n\nbut was sitting underneath the trees and passing his time in meditation.\n\n901\n\n", "SB3.3#p0241": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n902\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nAlthough Bhavani was the daughter of a very great king, she used to serve\nLord Siva just like a poor woman. Similarly, Devahiiti was the daughter of\n\nan emperor, Svayambhuva Manu, yet she preferred to accept Kardama\n\nMuni as her husband. She served him with great love and affection, and\n\nshe knew how to please him. Therefore, she is designated here as siidhvi,\n\nwhich means a chaste, faithful wife. Her rare example is the ideal of Vedic\n\ncivilization. Every woman is expected to be as good and chaste as\n\nDevahiiti or Bhavani. Today in Hindu society, unmarried girls are still\n\ntaught to worship Lord Siva with the idea that they may get husbands like\n\nhim. Lord Siva is the ideal husband, not in the sense of riches or sense\n\ngratification, but because he is the greatest of all devotees. Vaififlaviiniim\n\nyathii sambhu�: Sambhu, or Lord Siva, is the ideal v ai��ava. He constantly\n\nmeditates upon Lord Rama and chants Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama\n\nRama, Hare Hare. Lord Siva has a Vai��ava sampradiiya which is called the\n\nVi�l).usvami-sampradaya.\n\nUnmarried girls worship Lord Siva so that\n\nthey can expect a husband who is as good a Vai�Qava as he. The girls are\nnot taught to select a husband who is very rich or very opulent for material\n\nsense gratification, but if a girl is fortunate enough to get a husband as\n\ngood as Lord Siva in devotional service, then her life becomes perfect. The\n\nwife is dependent on the husband, and if the husband is a Vai��ava, then\n\nnaturally she shares the devotional service of the husband because she\n\nrenders him service. This reciprocation of service and love between husband\nand wife is the ideal of a householder's life.\n\nTE XT 2\n\n�� � �'f='{l\n� � CfRt � ='{ lit: II � II\nvisrambhe1_1iitma-saucena\ngauravefla damena ca\nsusru�ayii sauhrdena\nviicii madhurayii ca bho�\nviSrambhe!la-with intimacy; iitma-saucena-with purity of mind and\n\nbody; gaurave!la-with great respect; damena-with control of the senses;\nca-and; susrilflayii-with service; sauhrdena-with love; viicii-with words;\nmadhurayii-sweet; ca-and; bholt-0 Vidura.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0242": "Text3]\n\nDevahuti 's Lamentation\n\n903\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Vidura, Devahiiti served her husband with intimacy and great respect,\nwith control of the senses, with love and with sweet words.\nPURPORT\nHere two words are very significant. Devahiiti served her husband in\ntwo ways, visrambhe['a and gaurave[la. These are two important processes in serving the husband or the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nVisrambhe['a means with intimacy, and gaurave!'a means with great reverence. The husband is a very intimate friend; therefore, the wife must\nrender service just like an intimate friend, and at the same time she must\nunderstand that the husband is superior in position, and thus she must\noffer him all respect. A man's psychology and woman's psychology are\ndifferent. As constituted by bodily frame, a man always wants to be\nsuperior to his wife, and a woman, as bodily constituted, is naturally\ninferior to her husband. Thus the natural instinct is that the husband\nwants to post himself as superior to the wife, and this must be observed.\nEven if there is some wrong on the part of the husband, the wife must\ntolerate it, and thus there will be no misunderstanding between husband\nand wife. Visrambhe['a means with intimacy, but it must not be familiarity\nthat breeds contempt. According to the Vedic civilization, a wife cannot call\nher husband by name. In the present civilization the wife calls her husband\nby name, but in Hindu civilization she does not. Thus the inferiority and\nsuperiority complexes are recognized. Damena ca: a wife has to learn to\ncontrol herself\n\neven if there is a misunderstanding. Sauhrdena viicii\n\nmadhurayii means always desiring good for the husband and speaking to\nhim with sweet words. A person becomes agitated by so many material\ncontacts in the outside world; therefore, in his home life he must be\ntreated by his wife with sweet words.\nTEXT3\n\n���lf�i�itlt��l\n31SI'i'Etl'Qijl � �')qje'iffitq( II � II\nvisrjya kiimam dambham ca\ndvefiam lobham agham madam\napramattodyatii nityam\ntejiyiimsam ato.sayat\n\n", "SB3.3#p0243": "904\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nvisrjya-gmng up; kamam-lust; dambham-pride; ca-and; dvefiarn­\n\nenvy; lobham-greed; agham-sinful activities; madam-vanity; apramattii­\n\nsane; udyatii-laboring diligently; nityam-always; tejiyiirhsam-her ver.y\npowerful husband; alofiayat-she pleased.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWorking sanely and diligently, she pleased her very powerful husband,\n\ngiving up all lust, pride, envy, greed, sinful activities and vanity.\n\nPURPORT\nHere are some of the qualities of a great husband's great wife. Kardama\n\nMuni is great by spiritual qualification. Such a husband is called tejiyariuam,\nmost powerful. Although a wife may be equal to her husband in advance­\n\nment in spiritual consciousness, she should not be vainly proud. Some­\n\ntimes it happens that the wife comes from a very rich family, as did\nDevahiiti, the daughter of Emperor Svayambhuva Manu. She could have\n\nbeen very proud of her parentage, but that is forbidden. The wife should\n\nnot be proud of her parental position. She must always be submissive to\n\nthe husband and must give up all vanity. As soon as the wife becomes\nproud of her parentage, it creates great misunderstanding between the\n\nhusband and wife, and their nuptial life is ruined. Devahuti was very\n\ncareful about that, and therefore it is said here that she gave up pride\n\ncompletely. Devahiiti was not unfaithful. The most sinful activity for a\n\nwife is to accept another husband or another lover. CiiQakya PaQQita has\n\ndescribed four kinds of enemies at home. If the father is in debt he is .\nconsidered to be an enemy; if the mother has selected another husband in\n\nthe presence of her grown-up children, she is considered to be an enemy;\nif a wife does not live well with her husband but deals very roughly, then\nshe is an enemy; and if a son is a fool, he is also an enemy. In family life,\n\nfather, mother, wife and children are assets, hut if the wife or mother accepts\n\nanother husband in the presence of her husband or son, then, according to\nVedic civilization, she is considered an enemy. A chaste and faithful\nwoman must not practice adultery-that is a greatly sinful act.\n\nTEXTS 4-5\n\n� � �� m;m ����\n�m��: q��(I�H:rt';{T �ii:l�'t: II \\lll\n\n", "SB3.3#p0244": "Texts 4-5]\n\n905\n\nDevahiiti 's Lamentation\n\n�� �f �iffl�l\n\n�'ltiM'fT � tftmf: tN�Iil'if'tl_ II \"\\ II\nsa vai devarfli-varyas tiim\nmiinavim samanuvratiim\ndaiviid gariyasa� patyur\niisiisiiniim mahiisifla�\nkiilena bhiiyasii kfiiimiim\nkarsitiim vrata-caryayii\nprema-gadgadayii viicii\npipita� krpayiibravit\nsa� -he (Kardama); vai-certainly; deva·rfli-of the celestial sages; varyaft\n-the foremost; tiim-her; miinavim-the daughter of Manu; samanuvratiim\ndevoted; daivat-than providence; gar�yasaft-who was greater;\npatyuft-from her husband; iis iis iiniim expecting ; mahii-iisifiaft great\nblessings; kiilena bhiiyasii-for a long time; kfi iimiim- wea k; karsitiimemaciated; vrata-caryayii-by religious observances; prema- with love;\ngad gadayii-stammering ; viicii-with a voice; pipita� overcome; krpayiiwith compassion; abravit-he said.\n-fully\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe daughter of Manu, who was fully devoted to her husband, looked\nupon him as greater even than providence. Thus she expected great blessings\nirom him. Having served him for a long time, she grew weak and emaciated\ndue to her religious observa nces. Seeing her condition, Kardama, the foremost of celestial sages, was overcome with compassion and spoke to her in\na voice choked with great love.\nPURPORT\nThe wife is expected to be of the same category as the husband. She\nmust be prepared to follow the principles of the husband, and then there\nwill be happy life. If the husband is a devotee and the wife is materialistic,\nthen there cannot be any peace in the home. The wife must see the\ntendencies of the husband and must be prepared to follow him. From\n\nMahiibhiirata we learn that when Gandharl understood that her would-be\nhusband, Dhrtara�tra, was blind, she immediately began to practice blindness herself. Thus she covered her eyes and played the part of a blind\nwoman. She decided that since her husband was blind, she must also act\n\n", "SB3.3#p0245": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n906\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nlike a blind woman, otherwise she would be proud of her eyes, and her\n\nhusband would be seen as inferior. The word samanuvrata indicates that it\nis the duty of a wife to adopt the special circumstances in which the\n\nhusband is situated. Of course, if the husband is as great as Kardama Muni,\n\nthen a very good result accrues from following him. But even if the\n\nhusband is not a great devotee like Kardama Muni, it is the wife's duty to\nadapt herself according to his mentality. That makes married life very\n\nhappy. It is also mentioned herein that by following the strict vows of a\n\nchaste woman, Princess Devahuti became very skinny, and therefore her\n\nhusband became compassionate. He knew that she was the daughter of a\ngreat king and yet was serving him just like an ordinary woman. She was\n\nreduced in health by such activities, and he became compassionate and\naddressed her as follows.\n\nTEXT6\n�\n\n<liq\"q �\n\nQtlS«'l'l � � ¥41'1�1�1:\n���qro��l\nq{ -ftwtl¥4�¥lffltf � �\n;n��: qf�:��ll �II\nkardama uviica\ntufi.to 'ham adya tava miinavi miinadiiyii/l\nsusriifiayii paramayii parayii ca bhaktyii\nyo dehiniim ayam ativa suhrt sa deho\nniivek�itafl samucitafl kfiapitum mad-arthe\nkardama/l uviica-the great sage Kardama said; tu.s.taft-pleased; aham-I\nam; adya-today; tava-with you; miinavi-0 daughter of Manu; mana­\n\ndiiyii{l-who are respectful; susrii�ayii-by the service; para mayii-most\n\nexcellent; parayii-highest ; ca-and; bhaktyii-by the devotion; yaft-that\n\nwhich; dehiniim-to the embodied; ayam-this; ativa-extremely; suhrt­\n\ndear;saQ-that; deha�-body; na-not; avekfiitaft-taken care of;samucitaft­\n\nproperly; kfiapitum-to expend; mat-arthe-on my account.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKardama Muni said: 0 respectful daughter of Svayambhuva Manu, today\nI am very much pleased with you for your great devotion and most excellent\n\n", "SB3.3#p0246": "Devahiiti 's Lamentation\n\nText7]\n\n907\n\nloving service. Since the body is so dear to embodied beings, I am astonished\nthat you have neglected your own body to use it on my behalf.\nPURPORT\nIt is indicated here that one's body is very dear, yet Devahuti was so\nfaithful to her husband that not only did she serve him with great devotion,\nservice and respect, but she did not even care for her own health. That is\ncalled selfless service. It appears that Devahuti had no sense pleasure, even\nwith her husband, otherwise she would not have deteriorated in health.\nActing to facilitate Kardama Muni's engagement in spiritual elevation, she\ncontinually assisted him, not caring for bodily comfort. It is the duty of a\nfaithful and chaste wife to help her husband in every respect, especially\nwhen the husband is engaged in Kf�l)a consciousness. In this case, the\nhusband also amply rewarded the wife. This is not to be expected by a\nwoman who is the wife of an ordinary person.\nTEXT7\n\nir tr �M(�� (lqt�Tf����ffl��S��t�n 1\n\n�C(Wf�jq(i:§J\"{\ndi � N�(�¥1'tA� II \\!1 II\n\n� �\n\nye me sva-dharma-niratasya tapa[l-samadhividyatma-yoga-vijita bhagavat-prasada[l\ntan eva te mad-anusevanayavaruddhan\ndr1sfim prapasya vitaramy abhayan asokan\nye-those which; me-by me; sva-dharma-own religious life; niratasya­\n\nfully occupied with; tapa/l -in austerity; samadhi-in meditation; vidya-in\n\nKr�raa consciousness; atma-yoga-by fixing the mind; vijita[l\n\n-\n\nachieve d;\n\nbhagavat-prasadaft-the blessings of the Lord; tan-them; eva-even; te-by\nyou; mat-to me; anusevanaya-by devoted service; avaruddhan-obtained;\ndr,s.tim-transcendental vision; prapasya-just see; vitarami-1 am giving;\nabha yan\n\n-\n\nw hich are free from fear;asokan-which are free from lamentation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKardama Muni continued: I have achieved the blessings of the Lord in\ndischarging my own religious life of austerity, meditation and Kr�t:ta con-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0247": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n908\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nsciousness. Although you have not yet experienced these achievements,\n\nwhich are free from fear and lamentation, I shall offer them all to you be­\n\ncause you are engaged in my service. Now just look at them. I am giving\nyou the transcendental vision to see how nice they are.\nPURPORT\nDevahuti engaged only in the service of Kardama Muni. She was not\n\nsupposed to be so advanced in austerity, ecstasy, meditation or Kr�Qa\nconsciousness, but, imperceptibly, she was sharing her husband's achieve­\n\nments, which she could neither see nor experience. Automatically she\nachieved these graces of the Lord.\n\nWhat are the graces of the Lord? It is stated here that the graces of the\n\nLord are abhaya, free from fearfulness. In the material world, if someone\n\naccumulates a million dollars, he is always full of fear because he is\n\nalways thinking, \"What if the money is lost?\" But the benediction of the\nLord, bhagavat-prasiida, is never to be lost. It is simply to be enjoyed.\n\nThere is no question of loss. One simply gains and enjoys gaining.\n\nBhagavad-gitii also confirms this: when one achieves the grace of the\nLord, the result is that sarva-duftkhiini, all distresses, are destroyed.\n\nWhen situated in the transcendental position, one is freed from the two\n\nkinds of material diseases, hankering and lamentation. This is also stated\nin Bhagavad-gitii. After devotional life begins, we can achieve the full\n\nresult of love of Godhead. Love of Kr�qa is the highest perfection of\n\nbhagavat-prasiida, or divine mercy. This transcendental achievement is so\n\ngreatly valuable\n\nthat\n\nno\n\nmaterial\n\nhappiness\n\ncan\n\ncompare\n\nto it.\n\nPrabodhananda Sarasvati said that if one achieves the grace of Lord\n\nCaitanya he becomes so great that he does not care a fig even for the\ndemigods, he thinks of monism as hellish, and for him the perfection of\n\ncontrolling the senses is as easy as anything. Heavenly pleasures become\n\nto him no more than stories. Actually, there is no comparison between\nmaterial happiness and transcendental happiness.\n\nBy the grace of Kardama Muni, Devahuti experienced actual realization\n\nsimply by serving. We get a similar example in the life of Narada Muni.\n\nIn his previous life, Narada was a maidservant's son, but his mother was\n\nengaged in the service of great devotees. He got the opportunity to serve\n\nthe devotees, and simply by eating the remnants of their foodstuff and\ncarrying out their orders he became so elevated that in his next life he\nbecame\n\nthe\n\ngreat\n\npersonality Narada. For spiritual achievement the\n\neasiest path is to take shelter of a bona fide spiritual master and to serve\n\n", "SB3.3#p0248": "909\n\nDevahuti 's Lamentation\n\nText 8]\n\nhim with heart and soul. That is the secret of success. As stated by\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura in his eight stanzas of prayer to the spiritual\n\nyasya prasiidiid bhagavat-prasiidal;l. By serving or receiving the\n\nmaster,\n\ngrace of the spiritual master, one receives the grace of the Supreme\nLord. By serving her devotee-husband Kardama Muni, Devahuti shared in\nhis achievements. Similarly, a sincere disciple, simply by serving a bona\nfide spiritual master, can achieve all the mercy of the .Lord and the\nspiritual master simultaneously.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� � �er a�'ll�\nfil�fu���: f��� I\n�\n\ne\n\nfu4JRt�.._�tf �\nft.*«losR�f'4afi'!qfi4ftfittiM: II � II\nanye punar bhagavato bhruva udvijrmbhavibhramsitiirtha-racanii� kim urukramasya\nsiddhiisi bhutikfiva vibhaviin nija-dharma-dohiin\ndivyiin narair duradhigiin nrpa-vikriyiibhi�\nanye others; puna�-again; bhagavataft-of the Lord; bhruva[t-of the\n-\n\neyebrows; udvijrmbha-by the movement; vibh ra rh sita annihi l a ted; artha-\n\nrac anii� -material achievements; kim-what use; urukramasya-of Lord\nVigm (far-stepping); siddhii-su ccessfu l ; as i-you are; b h u h k.sva-enjoy;\nvibhaviin-the gifts; nija-dharma-by your own principles of devotion;\ndohiin gai ne d; divyiin transcendenta l ; na ra * -by persons; duradhigiindifficult to obtain; nrpa vikriyiibh * proud of aristocracy.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nKardama Muni continued: What is the use of enjoyments other than the\nLord's grace? All material achievements are subject to be annihilated simply\nby a movement of the eyebrows of Lord Vi�QU, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. By your principles of devotion to your husband, you have\nachieved and can enjoy transcendental gifts very rarely obtained by persons\nproud of aristocracy and material possessions.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0249": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n910\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nPURPORT\nLord Caitanya recommended that the greatest achievement of human\n\nlife is to achieve the grace of the Lord, love of God. He said, premii\n\npumartho mahiin: To achieve love of Godhead is the highest perfection\n\nof life. The same perfection is recommended by Kardama Muni to his\n\nwife. His wife belonged to a very aristocratic royal family. Generally,\n\nthose who are very materialistic or who possess material wealth and\n\nprosperity are unable to appreciate the value of transcendental love of\n\nGod. Although Devahuti was a princess coming from a very great royal\n\nfamily, fortunately she was under the supervision of her great husband\n\nKardama Muni, who offered her the best gift which can be bestowed in\nhuman life, the grace of the Lord, or love of God. This grace of the Lord\n\nwas achieved by DevahUti by the good will and satisfaction of her\n\nhusband. She served her husband, who was a great devotee and saintly\nperson, with great sincerity, love, affection and service, and Kardama\nMuni was satisfied. He willingly gave love of God, and he recommended\n\nthat she should accept it and enjoy it because he had already achieved it.\n\nLove of God is not an ordinary commodity. Caitanya Mahaprabhu was\n\nworshiped by Rilpa Gosvam1 because He distributed love of God, k[§ftU·\npremii,\n\nto everyone.\n\nRupa Gosvamf praised Him as mahii-vadiinya,\n\na\n\ngreatly munificent personality, because He was freely distributing to\n\neveryone love of Godhead, which is achieved by wise men only after many,\n\nmany births. Kr�TJa-premii, Kr�l}a consciousness, is the highest gift which\n\ncan be bestowed on anyone whom we presume to love.\n\nOne word used in this verse, nija-dharma-dohiin, is very significant.\n\nDevahuti, as the wife of Kardama Muni, achieved an invaluable gift from\n\nher husband because she was very faithful to him. For a woman the\n\nfirst principle of religion is to be faithful to her husband. If, fortunately,\n\nthe husband is a great personality, then the combination is perfect, and the\n\nlives of both the wife and the husband are at once fulfilled.\n\nTEXT9\n\n", "SB3.3#p0250": "Devahiiti 's Lamentation\n\nText 10]\n\n911\n\nevam bruviirwm abaliikhila-yogamiiyiividyii-vicak.sar-am avek�ya gatadhir iisit\nsamprasraya-prar-aya-vihvalayii gire.sadvri!liivalo ka-vilasad-dhasitiinaniiha\ne\n\nva m - thus; bruviir-am - speaking; abalii-the woman; akhila - all; yoga­\n\nrniiyii-of transcendental science; vidyii-vicak.sar- am - e x celling in knowl­\n\nedge; ave k.sya - after hearing; ga t a-iid h i[! - satisfied; iisit-she became; sam­\n\np ra s'raya - with humility; pra [wya -and with love; vihvalayii - choked up;\n\ngirii - with a voice; i§ at - slightly; vri#-bashful; avaloka-with a glance;\nv ilasa t - shining; hasi t a - smiling; iinanii-her face; iiha-she spoke.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing the speaking of her husband, who excelled in knowledge\nof all kinds of transcend�ntal science, innocent Devahiiti was very satisfied.\nHer smiling face shining with a slightly bashful glance, she spoke in a\nchoked voice because of great humility and love.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that if anyone is already engaged in Kr�l}a consciousness and is\nrendering transcendental loving service to the Lord, then it can be supposed\nthat he has finished all the recommended courses of austerity, penance,\nreligion, sacrifice, mystic yoga and meditation. Devahiiti's husband was so\nexpert in the transcendental science that there was nothing for him to\nargue about, and when she heard him speak she was confident that since\nhe was very much advanced in devotional service he had already surpassed\nall transcendental educational activities. She had no doubt about the\ngifts offered by her husband; she knew that he was expert in offering\nsuch gifts, and when she understood that he was offering the greatest\ngift, she was very satisfied. She was overwhelmed with ecstatic love, and\ntherefore she could not reply; then, with faltering language, just fike an\nattractive wife, she spoke the following words.\nTEXT 10\n\n�<f(frt�\n\nui\n\nf���rr��tm �W.f f.tm �� �: I\nif{l\n\n", "SB3.3#p0251": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n912\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\n�Sl-\"1Nlf� ���J.J: ��\n\\{��(1�f« gat: �t�: ijift;rl¥t: II � II\no\n\ndevahiitir uviica\nriiddham bata dvija-vr.saitad amogha-yogamiiyiidhipe tvayi vibho tad avaimi bharta[l,\nyas te 'bhyadhiiyi samaya[l, sakrd anga-sarigo\nbhiiyiid gariyasi gurw[l, prasava[l, satiniim\ndevahiiti[l. uviica\n\n-\n\nD evahu ti said; riiddham-it has been achieved; bata­\n\nindeed; dvija-v,r,sa-0 best of the briihma[tas; etat-this; amogha-infall ible;\n\nyoga-miiyii-of mys tic powers; adhipe the master; tvayi-in you; vibho-\n\n0 great one; tat-that; avaimi-I know; bharta[l,-0 husband; ya{L -that\nwhich; t e -by you; abhyadhiiyi-was given; samaya[l,\n\n-\n\npromise; sak,rt-once;\n\nanga-sariga[t-bodily union; bhiiyiit-may be; gariyasi-when very glorious;\n\ngu[la{L-a great quality; prasava{L -progeny ; satiniim-of chaste women.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Devahuti said: My dear husband, 0 best of brahmaJ;tas, I know that\n\nyou have achieved perfection and are the master of all the infallible mystic\npowers because you are under the protection of yogamaya, the transcenden­\n\ntal nature. But you once made a promise that our bodily union should now\n\nfulfill because children are a great quality for a chaste woman who has a\n\nglorious husband.\n\nPURPORT\nDevahiiti exp ress e d h er happiness by u ttering the word bata, for she\nknew that her husband was in a highly elevated t rans cendent al p os i t ion\nand was under the shelter of yogamiiyii. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii, those\nwho are great souls, mahiitmiis, are not under the control of the material energy. The Supreme Lord has two energies, material and spiriThe L i vi ng entities are marginal energy. As marginal energy, a\nperson may be under the control of the material energy or the spiritua l en­\n\ntual.\n\nergy (yogamiiyii). Kardarna Muni was a great soul, and therefore he was under lhe spiritual energy, which means that he was directl y connected with\nthe\n\nuprerne Lord. The symptom of this i\n\nKr$Qa cons c iousness, constant\n\nengagement in devotional service. This was known to\n\nOevahuti, yet\n\nshe was anxious to have a son by bodily union with the sage. She reminded\n\n", "SB3.3#p0252": "Devahuti 's Lamentation\n\nText 11]\n\n913\n\nher husband of his promise to her parents: \"I will remain only until the\ntime of Devahuti's pregnancy.\" She reminded him that for a chaste woman\nto have a child by a great personality is most glorious. She wanted to be\npregnant, and she prayed for that. The word slri means expansion. By\nbodily union of the husband and wife their qualities are expanded: children\nborn of good parents are expansions of their personal qualifications. Both\nKardama Muni and Devahuti were spiritually enlightened; therefore she\ndesired from the beginning that first she be pregnant and then she be empowered with the achievement of God's grace and love of God. For a woman\nit is a great.ambition to have a son of the same quality as a highly qualified\nhusband. Since she had the opportunity to have Kardama Muni as her\nhusband, she also desired to have a child by bodily union.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n�f���\n��q��\n� it �sfm�fF:rtsmn '\nRf�c:t � f)c:t+twit+PN�I�\n(t;c(c:t�fd � �� � II�� II\ntatreti-krtyam upasikfia yathopadesam\nyenaifia me kar.�ito 'tiriramsayiitmii\nsiddhyeta te krla-manobhava-dharfiitiiyii\ndinas tad isa bhavana1h sadrsam vicakfiva\ntatra-in that; iti krtyam-what is necessary to be done; upasik�a-per\n-\n\nform; yathii-according to; upadesam\n\n-\n\n­\n\ninstruction in scripture; _yena-by\n\nwhich; e.saft-this; me-my; karsita{t emaciated; atirira1hsayii-due to\nintense passion not being satisfied; iit mii body; siddhyeta-it may be\n-\n\n-\n\nrendered\n\nfit;\n\nle-for\n\nyou;\n\nkrla-excited;\n\nmanaft-bhava-by\n\nemotion;\n\ndhar_sitiiyiift-who am struck; dina {t -poor; tal-therefore; isa-0 my dear\nlord; bhavanam-house; sadrsam\n\n-\n\nsuitable; vicak sva-please think of.\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDevahiiti continued: My dear lord, I am struck by excited emotion for\nyou. Therefore kindly make what arrangements must be made according\nto the scriptures so that my skinny body, emaciated through unsatisfied\n\n", "SB3.3#p0253": "914\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\npassion, may be rendered fit for you. Also, my lord, please think of a\nsuitable house for this purpose.\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic literatures are not only full of spiritual instruction, but they\nare also instructive in how to prosecute material existence very nicely,\nwith the ultimate aim of spiritual perfection. Devahuti asked her husband,\ntherefore, how to prepare herself for sex life according to the Vedic\ninstructions. Sex life is especially meant for having good children. The\ncircumstances for creating good children are mentioned in kiima-siistra,\nthe scripture in which suitable arrangements are prescribed for factually\nglorious sex life. Everything needed is mentioned in the scriptures-what\nsort of house and decorations there should be, what sort of dress the wife\nshould have, how she should be decorated with ointments, scents and\nother attractive features, etc. With these requisites fulfilled, the husband\nwill be attracted by her beauty, and a favorable mental situation will be\ncreated. The mental situation at the time of sex life may then be transferred into the womb of the wife, and good children can come out of that\npregnancy.\n\nHere is a special reference to Devahuti's bodily features.\n\nBecause she had become skinny, she feared that her body might have no\nattraction for Kardama. She wanted to be instructed how to improve her\nbodily condition in order to attract her husband. Sexual intercourse in\nwhich the husband is attracted to the wife is sure to produce a male child,\nbut sexual intercourse based on attraction of the wife for the husband may\nproduce a girl. That is mentioned in the Ayur Veda. When the passion of\nthe woman is greater, there is a chance of a girl's being born. When the\npassion of the man is greater, then there is the possibility of a son.\nDevahuti wanted the passion of her husband to be increased by the\narrangement mentioned in the kiima-siistra. She wanted him to instruct\nher in that way, and she also requested that he arrange for a suitable\nhouse because the hermitage in which Kardama Mu ni was living was very\nsimple and completely in the mode .of goodness, and there was less\npossibility of pa sion 's being aroused in his heart.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n.q51� \\ffi\"if\n\n�:fip;f'lf� �� ��: I\nfefll� � ��if���4i�€l_ II�� I l\n\n", "SB3.3#p0254": "Text 13]\n\nOevahuti's Lamentation\n\n915\n\nmaitreya uviica\npriyiiyii� priyam anvicchan\nkardamo yogam iisthita�\nvimiinam kiimagam k.sattas\ntarhy eviiviracikarat\nmaitre ya� - the great sage Maitreya; uviica -said; priyiiyii{t-of his beloved wife; priya rn - the pleasure; anvic chan-seeking; kardama {t - the sage\nKardama; yogam - yogic power; iisthita ft - e x erc ised; vimiinam-an airplane;\n\nkama-gam - moving at\n\nwill.; k.satta�-0\n\nVidura; tarh i -instantl y ;\n\neva­\n\nquite ; iiviracikarat-he produced.\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya continued: 0 Vidura, seeking to please his beloved wife, the\nsage Kardama exercised his yogic power and instantly produced an aerial\nmansion that could travel at his will.\nPURPORT\nHere the words yogam asthita{t are significant. The sage Kardama was\ncompletely perfect in yoga. A s the result of real yoga practice there are\neight kinds of perfection: the yogi can become smaller than the smallest,\ngreater than the greatest, or lighter than the lightest, he can achieve\nanything he likes, he can create even a planet, he can establish influence\nover anyone, etc. In this way yogic perfection is achieved, and after thi\none can achieve the perfection of spiritual life. Thus it was not very\nwonderful for Kardama Muni to create a mansion in the air, according to\nhis own desire, to fulfill the desire of his beloved wife. He at once created\nthe palace, which is described in the following verses.\n\nsarva-kiima-dugham divyam\nsarva-ratna-samanvitam\nsarvarddhy-upacayodarkath\nma[ti-stambhair upaskrtam\n\n", "SB3.3#p0255": "916\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nsarva-all ; kama-desires ; dug h am-yielding ; divyam - wonderful ; sarvaratna-all\n\nsorts of jewels; samanvitam-bedecked with; sarva-all; rd dh i-of\n\nwealth; upac aya -increase ; u darkam-gradual; marti -of precious stones;\n\nstamb h ai{l-with pillars; upaskr tam - adorned.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt was a wonderful structure, bedecked with all sorts of jewels, adorned\n\nwith pillars of precious stones, and capable of yielding whatever one desired.\n\nIt was equipped with every form of furniture and wealth, which tended to\n\nincrease in the course of time.\n\nPURPORT\nThe castle creat.ed in the sky by Kardama Muni may be called a \"castle\n\nin the air,\" but by his mystic power of yoga Kardama Muni actually\n\nconstructed a huge castle in the air. To our feeble imagination, a castle in\nthe sky is an impossibility, but if we scrutinizingly consider the matter we\n\ncan understand that it is not impossible at all. If the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead can create so many planets, carrying millions of castles in the\n\nair, a perfect yogi like Kardama Muni can easily construct one castle in the\n\nair. The castle is described as sarva-kama-dugham, yielding whatever one\n\ndesired. It was full of jewels. Even the pillars were made of pearls and\nvaluable stones. These valuable jewels and stones were not subject to deterioration, but were everlastingly and increasingly opulent. We sometimes\n\nhear of castles thus bedecked on the surface of this earth also. The castles\n\nconstructed by Lord Kmta for His 16,108 wives were so bedecked with\n\njewels that there was no need of lamplight during the night.\n\nTEXTS 14-15\n\n�os.f\\qefi(U(tqij\n��Cfil�ij{Cil'El�� I\nqf�: W�Tf1Wtfvnf�(lt{ II� \\ill\n�P¥tfcff:qsc¥4t�Tf�S'ijR1���: I\n�¥4���.!!4�Fcf(lf&i�\n11��11\n...\n\ndivyopakarartopelarh\nsarva-kiila-sukhiivaham\npa,t,tikiibhift patiikiibhir\nvicilrabhir almikrtam\n\n", "SB3.3#p0256": "Text 16]\n\nDevahiiti's Lamentation\n\n917\n\nsragbhir vicitra-miilyiibhir\nmaiiju-.5iiijat-§af)-ahghribhi[l\ndukula-kfiauma-kauseyair\nniinii-vastrair virii jitam\ndivya-wonderful; upakara{la-with paraphernalia; upetam-equipped;\nsarva-kiila-in aU seasons; sukha-iivaham-bringing happiness; pa.t.tikiibhiftwith festoons; pat'iikiibhi[l-with flags; vicitriibhi[l-of various colors and\nfabrics; alahkrtam-decorated; sragbhi/t-with wreaths; vicitra-miilyiibhi[twith charming flowers; maiiju-sweet; siiijat-humming; .sa.t-ahghribhiftwith bees; dukula-fine cloth; k.sauma-linen; kauseyai{t-of silk cloth;\nniinii-various; vastrai{t-with tapestries; viriijitam-embellished.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe castle was fully equipped with all necessary paraphernalia, and it\nwas pleasing in all seasons. It was decorated all around with flags, festoons\nand artistic work of variegated colors. It was further embellished with\nwreaths of charming flowers that attracted sweetly humming bees and with\ntapestries of linen, silk and various other fabrics.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�� Wt=t4�M��! �\"' 1\nf�:���ll:�r-:d���: ll��ll\nupary-upari vinyas tanilaye.su prthak prthak\nk,siptai[l kasipubhi[l kiintarh\nparyanka-vyajaniisanaift\nupari-upari-one upon another; vinyasta-placed; nilaye.su-in stories;\nprthak\n\nprthak-separately;\n\nk.siptai{t-arranged;\n\nkasipubhi{l-with\n\nbeds;\n\nkiintam-charming; paryahka-couches; vyajana-fans; iisanai{t-with seats.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe palace looked charming, with beds, couches, fans and seats, all\nseparately arranged in seven stories.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0257": "[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n918\n\nPURPORT\nIt is understood from this verse that the castle had many stories. The\nwords upary-upari vinyasta indicate that skyscraper are nol newly invented. Even in those days, millions of years ago, the idea of building manystoried houses was current. They contained not merely one or tw o rooms,\nbut many different apartments, and each was completely decorated with\ncushions, bedsteads, sitting places and carpets.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n(N ij;� f��8wti•U�<!4l.mf� I\n\n� f���: 11�\\911\n\n���T\n\ntatra latra vinik.siptaniinii-silpopasobhitam\nmahii-marakata-sthalyii\nJufi.tam vidruma-vedibh*\ntatra tatra\n\n-\n\nhere and there; vinik,5ipta\n\n-\n\nplaced; nana\n\n-\n\nvarious; s ilpa-by\n\nartistic engravings; upasobhitam-extraordinarily beautiful; maha-marakata\n-of great emeralds; sthalya\nof coral; vedibhi{t\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwith a floor; Jufitam-furnished ; vidruma.\n\nwith raised platforms (daises).\n\nTRANSLATION\nIts beauty was enhanced by artistic engravings here and there on the walls.\nThe floor was of emerald, with coral daises.\nPURPORT\nAt the present moment people are very proud of their architectural\nart, yet fl.oors are generally decorated with colored cement. It appears,\nhowever, that the castle constructed by the yogic powers of Kardama Muni\nhad floors of coral and diamonds.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�t:� fq;q�� lffif\n\n�f��,;\n\n��� I\n��d'1fl'�ll��ll\n\n", "SB3.3#p0258": "Text 19)\n\nDevahiiti's Lamentation\n\n919\n\ndvii�su vidruma-dehalyii\nbhiitam vajra-kapii.tavat\nsikhare15V indranile.su\nhema-kumbhair adhisritam\ndvii!1 su-in the entrances; vidruma-of coral; dehalyii-with a threshold ;\nbhiitam- beautiful; vajra-bedecked with diamonds; kapa-_t a-vat -having\ndoors; sikhare.su-on the domes; indra-nile.su-of sapphires; hema-kumbhair\n- with gold pinnacles; adhisritam-crowned.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe palace was very beautiful with its coral thresholds at the entrances\nand its doors bedecked with diamonds. Gold pinnacles crowned its domes\nof sapphire.\nTEXT 19\n\n:;J(��qV\"Utft!M��!! f'lffla: 1\n�\nFlf:vr��t?'f(!Riil: II� �II\ncakp.t�mat padmaragiigryair\nvajra-bhitti_su nirmitaift\nju.s.tarh vicitra-vaitiinair\nmahiirhair hema-tura[tai�\ncak.su�-mat-as if possessed of eyes; padma-riiga-with rubies; agrya*choicest; vajra-of diamond; bhitti;m-on the walls; nirmitai/1-set; ju.s.f,amfurnished ; vi c itra-various; vaitiinai�-with canopies; mahii a rh a i{t -greatly\n-\n\nvaluable ; hema-tura1Jai�1-with gates of gold.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith the choicest rubies set in its diamond walJs, it appeared as though\npossessed of eyes. It was furnished with wonderful canopies and greatly\nvaluable gates of gold.\nPURPORT\nArtistic jewelry and decorations giving the appearance of eyes are not\nimaginary. Even in recent times the Mogul emperors constructed their\npalaces with decorations of jeweled birds with eyes made of vaJuable\n\n", "SB3.3#p0259": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n920\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nstones. The stones have been taken away by the authorities, but the\ndecorations are still present in some of the castles constructed by the\nMogul emperors in New Delhi. The royal palaces were built with jewels\nand rare stones like eyes, and thus at night they would give off reflective\nlight without need of lamps.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n((iqiUHIE41��\n\nij;f\n\n�� I\n\niM'II'{+t�+uij: �f��� II� oil\nhamsa-pariivata-vriitais\ntatra tatra nikujitam\nkrtrimiin manyamiinaift sviin\nadhiruhyiidhiruhya ca\nhamsa-of swans; p iiriivata-of pigeons; vriitai[l\n\nwit h multitudes; tatra\n\n-\n\ntatra-here and there; nikujitam-vibr ated; krtr imiin-a rtificial; manya­\n\nmiinai[l -th inki n g; sviin-belonging to their own kind; adhiruhya adhiruhya\n\n-rising up repeatedly; ca-and.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHere and there in that palace were multitudes of live swans and pigeons,\n\nas well as artificial swans and pigeons so lifelike that the real swans rose\nabove them again and again, thinking them live birds like themselves. Thus\n\nthe palace vibrated with the sounds of these birds.\n\nTEXT 21\n\nfitCI®IWifil•n+td��Pntuil� t\n\n�m\n\nI\n\n(f.q�R411q;w�\n: ���II\n\nvihiira-sthana-visriimasamvesa-priinga[liijiraift\nyathopajofiam racitair\nvismiipanam iviitmana[l.\nvihiira-sthiina-pl.easure grounds; visriima-resting chambers; samvesabedrooms; priingarta\n\n-\n\ninner yards; ajirai{! with outer yards;yathii-upajo.sarn\n-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0260": "Text 22)\n-according\n\n921\n\nDevahiiti 's Lamentation\n\nto comfor t; racitaifl -which were designed; visrnapanam­\n\ncausing astonishment; iva-indeed; atmana{l-to himself (Kardama).\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe castle had pleasure grounds, resting chambers, bedrooms and inner\nand outer yards designed with an eye to comfort. All this caused astonishment to the sage himself.\nPURPORT\nKardama Muni, being a saintly person, was living in a humble hermitage,\nbut when he saw the palace constructed by his yogic powers, which was\nfull of resting rooms, rooms for sex enj oyment, and inner and outer yards\n\n,\n\nhe himself W!lS astonished. That is the way of a God-gifted person. A\ndevotee like K ardama Muni exhibited such opulence by his yogic power\nat the request of his wife, but when the opulence was produced, he\nhimself could not understand how such manifestations could be possible.\nWhen a yogi's power is exhibited, the yogi himself is sometimes astonished.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n� 6�q�;:Jf � � I\n�\\(iji��·fl$: S(jql:q���: � ������\nidrg grharh tat pasyanti1h\nnatiprite na cetasa\nsarva-bhutasayabhijiia{l\npravocat kardama{l svayam\nidrk-such; grham\n-not\n\nmuch\n\n-\n\nhouse; tat-that; pasyantim-looking at; na atipritena\n\npleased;\n\ncetasa-with a heart; sarva-bhuta-of\n\neveryone;\n\nasaya-abhijiia{l-Understanding the heart;pravocat-he addressed; kardarna{l\n-Kardama; svayarn-personally.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he saw Devahiiti looking at the gi gantic, opulent palace with a displeased heart, Kardama Muni could understand her feelings because he\ncould study the heart of anyone. Thus he personally addressed his wife as\nfollows.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0261": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n922\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nPURPORT\nDevahilti had spent a long time in the hermitage, not taking much care\nof her body. She was covered with dirt, and her clothing was not very nice.\nKardama Muni was surprised that he could produce such a palace, and\nsimilarly his wife Devahilti was also astonished. How could she live in that\nopulent palace? Kardama Muni could understand her astonishment, and\nthus he spoke as follows.\nTEXT 23\n\nf-r41*'11At'l � � �4\\+U�C I\n� UJitd � �� � 11��11\nnimajjyiismin hrade bhiru\nvimiinam idam iiruha\nidam sukla-krtam tirtham\niisi_siim yiipakam nntiim\nnirnajjya-after bathing; asmin-in this; hrade-in the lake; bhiru-0 fear­\n\nful one; v imiinam-airp lane ; idam-this; iiruha-ascend; idam-this; sukla­\n\nkrtam - created by Lord Vi�t�U; tirtham-sacred lake; asi§lim-the desires;\n\nyapakam-bestowing; nr[!iim-of human beings.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Devahfiti, you look ':ery much afraid. First bathe in Lake\nBindu-sarovara, created by Lord Vi�QU Himself, which can grant all the\n\ndesires of a human being, and then mount this airplane.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is still the system to go to places of pilgrimage and take a bath in the\nwater there. In Vrndavana the people take baths in the River Yamuna. In\nother places, such as Prayaga, they take baths in the River Ganges. The\nwords tirtham iisi�iirh yiipakam mean the fulfillment of desires by baLhing\nin a place of pilgrimage. Kardama Muni advised his good wife to bathe in\nLake Bindu-sarovara so that she could revive the former beauty and lusler\nof her body.\nTEXT 24\n\n�: e+Ud\\lq \": � I\nm �«r � itufhtij'tlf �\"lll�\\lll\n\n�\n\n", "SB3.3#p0262": "Text 26]\n\nDevahuti 's Lamentation\n\n923\n\nsa tad bhartu[l samadaya\nvaca[l ku valayekfia!ta\nsarajam bibhrati vaso\nverti-bhiitams ca miirdhajan\nsa-she; tat-then; bhartu[l-of her husband; samadaya-accepting; vaca[l\n-the words; kuvalaya-ik,sarta-the lotus-eyed; sarajam-dirty; bibhratiwearing; vasa{t-clothing; verti-bhii tan-matted; ca-and; miirdha-jan-hair.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe lotus-eyed Devahiiti accepted the order of her husband. She did not\nlook very attractive because of her dirty dress and the locks of matted hair\non her head.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that Devahuti's hair had remained uncombed for many years\nand had become complicated in tangles. In other words, she neglected her\nbodily dress and comforts to engage in the service of her husband.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n3l1f !'{ �iwr m ���\nanfit� (1(((4f'tl: �: N'HR.,I�te4( ������\nangam ca mala-pmikena\nsaiichannam sabala-stanam\navivesa sarasvatya[l\nsara[l siva-jaliisayam\nangam-body; ca-and; mala-pankena-with dirt; saiichannam-covered;\nsabula-discolored; stanam-breasts; avivesa-she entered; sarasvatya[l-of\nthe River Sarasvati; sara�-the lake; siva-sacred; jala-waters; asayamcontaining.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHer body was coated with a thick layer of dirt, and her breasts were discolored. She dove, however, into the lake, which contained the sacred\nwaters of the Sarasvati.\nTEXT 26\n\n�:�itt41�:���: I\n�: fffi�«4«1 <<�it�e•l.,.«: ������\n\n", "SB3.3#p0263": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n924\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nsiinta� sarasi vesma-sthii�\nsatiini dasa kanyakii�\nsarvii� kisora-vayaso\ndadarsotpala-gandhaya�\nsii-she; anta�-inside; sarasi-in the lake; vesma-sthii�- situated in a house;\nsatiini dasa - ten hundred; kanyakii�- girls; sarvii�-all; kisora-vayasa�-in\nthe prime of youth; dadarsa-she saw; utpala - like lotuses; gandhaya{lfragrant.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn a house inside the lake she saw one thousand girls, all in the prime of\n\nyouth and fragrant like lotuses.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�qt��: snSt�44:ftFJ: I\n� �·u� m \": �qp{ �� ���\"'��\ntiim dr,�.tvii sahasotthiiya\nprocu� priiiijalayaft striya�\nvayam karma-karis tubhyam\nsiidhi naft karaviima kim\ntiim-her; dr.s.tvii-seeing ; sahasii- sudde n l y; utthiiya- rising up; procu{!­\n\nthey said; prii iija layaft -with folded hands; striya{!- the damsels; vayam- we;\n\nkarma-karilt-maidservants; tubhyam-for you; siidhi- p l ease tell; na{!-us;\nkaraviima-we can do; kim-what.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing her, the damsels suddenly rose and said with folded hands, \"We\n\nare your maidservants. Tell us what we can do for you.\"\nPURPORT\n\nWhile Devahuti was thinking of what to do in that great palace in her\ndirty clothes, there were at once, by the yogic powers of Kardama Muni,\none thou and maidservants prepared to serve her. They appeared before\nDevahliti within the water and presented themselves as her maidservants,\nsimply awaiting her orders.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0264": "Text 29]\n\nDevahuti 's Lamentation\n\n925\n\nTEXf 28\n\n� � �llf {illqN�I ¥twt�9tll{ I\n\n� f;r�� � � � �n ������\nsniinena· tiirh mahiirhe!W\nsniipayitvii manasvinim\ndukule nirmale nutne\ndadur asyai ca miinadiil]\nsniinena-with bathing oils; tam-her; mahii-arhe[la-very costly; sniipayitvii\n-after bathing; manasvinim-the virtuous wife; dukule-in fine cloth;\nnirmale-spotless; nutne-new; dadu�-they gave; asyai-to her; ca-and;\nmiina-dii�-the respectful gi rls\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe girls, being very respectful to Devahiiti, brought her forth, and after\nbathing her with valuable oils and ointments, they gave her fine new spot\nless cloth to cover her body.\nTEXT 29\n\n\\1unf.1 q(l\\4tR ifUttirn !flfPij' � I\n3l\"f .W qr-f ��Uflij16'44( II�� II\nbhu,�a[liini pariirdhyiini\nvariyiirhsi dyumanti ca\nannarh sarva-gu!wpetarh\npiinarh caiviimrtiisavam\nbhii.Sa[Liini-ornaments; para-ardh yiini -most\n\nvaluable; vanyamst-very\n\nexcellent; dyumanti-splendid; ca-and; annam-food; sarva gu[La-all g ood\n-\n\nqualities; upetam-containing; pan am- be verages; ca-and; eva-also; amrta\n-sweet; iisavam-intoxicating\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey then decorated her with very excellent and valuable jewels, which\nshone brightly. Next they offered her food containing all good qualities,\nand a sweet, inebriating drink called asavam.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0265": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n926\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nPURPORT\nAsavam is an Ayur-vedic medical preparation; it is not a liquor. It is\nespecially made from drugs and is meant to improve metabolism for the\nhealthy condition of the body.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n� (q¥iR+II4 � N(ijlli41(4{ I\nFmf l6\\'i4�44 4i\"441ll4!11M6( II� oil\nathiidarse svam iitmiinam\nsragvirwm virajiimbaram\nvirajam krta-svasty-ayanam\nkanyiibhir bahu-miinitam\natha-then; iidarse-in a mirror; svam iitmiinam-her own reflection;\nsrak-vi{wm--adorned with a garland; viraja-uusullied; ambaram-robes;\nvirajam-freed from all bodily dirt; krta-svasti-ayanam-decorated with\nauspicious marks; kanyiibh*-by the maids; bahu-miinitam-very respectfully served:\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen in a �irror she beheld her own reflection. Her body was completely\nfreed from all dirt, and she was adorned with a garland. Dressed in unsullied\n\nrobes and decorated with auspicious marks of tilaka, she was served very\nrespectfully by the maids.\nTEXT 31\n\n� iffl?i�:� ���I\nf.t44itO� �A;f ���ijil� II�� II\nsniitam krta-siraft-sniinam\nsarviibhararta-bhufiitam\nni_ska-grivam valayinam\nlcujat-kiiiicana-nupuram\nsniitam-bathed; krta-siraft -including the head; sniinam-bathing; sarvaall over; abhara{la-with ornaments; bhu.sitam-decorated; ni_ska-a gold\n\n", "SB3.3#p0266": "Text 32]\n\nDevahuti 's Lamentation\n\n927\n\nnecklace with a locket; grivam-on the neck; valayinam-with bangles;\nkiijat-tinkling; kiiiicana-made of gold; niipuram-ankle bells.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHer entire body, including her head, was completely bathed, and she\nwas decorated all over with ornaments. She wore a special necklace with a\nlocket. There were bangles on her wrists and tinkling anklets of gold about\nher ankles.\nPURPORT\nThe word krta-sira[l-sniinam appears here. According to the smrti-siistra's\ndirections for daily duties, ladies are allowed to bathe daily up to the neck.\nThe hair on the head does not necessarily have to be washed daily because\nthe mass of wet hair may cause a cold. For ladies, therefore, taking a bath\nup to the neck is ordinarily prescribed, and they take a full bath only on\ncertain occasions. On this occasion Devahilti took a full bath and washed\nher hair very nicely. When a lady takes an ordinary bath it is called\nmala-sniina, and when she takes a full bath, including the head, it is called\nsira[l-sniiria. At this time she needs sufficient oil to smear on her head.\nThat is the direction of the commentators of smrti-siistra.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�Uq(('Otf�q( ··�· CA� '1!(\\ilql I\n\nmat � �Rt{UJ mwr � � II ��II\nsro[!yor adhyastayii kiiiicyii\nkiiiicanyii bahu-ratnayii\nhiire[!a ca mahiirhe[!a\nrucalcena ca bhiifiitam\n\nsro1,1 yoQ.-on the hips; adh yastaya-worh; kiincyii-wi th a girdle; kiiiican yii\n-made of gold; bahu-ratnayii-decorated with numerous jewels; hare{lawith a pearl necklace; ca-and; maha-arhe[!a--precious; rucakena-with\nauspicious substances; ca-and; bhii.sitam-adorned.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAbout her hips she wore a girdle of gold, set with numerous jewels, and\nshe was further adorned with a precious pearl necklace and auspicious sub·\nstances.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0267": "928\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nPURPORT\nAuspicious substances include saffron, kunkuma and sandalwood pulp.\nBefore taking a bath there are other auspicious substances, such as\nturmeric mixed with mustard seed oil, which are smeared all over the body.\nAll kinds of auspicious substances were used to bathe Devahuti from top to\ntoe.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n�at�� �arfto:tnnq•i;r ���I\nqil$\\��'fl wt'1���;$� �Q9'fl(ct' ����II\nsudatii subhruvii slakgwsnigdhiipiingena cakfiu�ii\npadma-kosa-sprdhii nilair\nalakais ca lasan-mukham\nsu-datii-with beautiful teeth; su-bhruvii-with charming\n\neyebrows;\n\nslakgw - l ovely; sn igdha-moist; ap iingena - corners of eyes; cak.sufiii-with\neyes; padma-kosa-lotus buds; sprdhii-defeating; nilai{l-bluish; alakai[!­\n\nwith curling hair; ca-and; lasat - shining; mukham-countenance.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHer countenance shone with beautiful teeth and charming eyebrows.\nHer eyes, distinguished by lovely moist corners, defeated the beauty of\n\nlotus buds. Her face was surrounded by dark curling tresses.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic culture, white teeth are very much appreciated.\nDevahuti's white teeth increased the beauty of her face and made it look\nlike a lotus flower. When a face looks very attractive, the eyes are generally\ncompared to lotus petals and the face to a lotus flower.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n� �R !ll�Uif �f� qf<Pl_ I\n� ��� ��:;n�ij� �NRI: 11�\\lll\nyadii sasmiira !§abham\nr�i!tiirh dayitam patim\n\n", "SB3.3#p0268": "Text 35)\n\nDevahiiti's Lamentation\n\n929\n\ntatra caste saha stribhir\nyatriiste sa prajiipati{!\nyadii\n\n-\n\nwhen; sasmiira-she thought of; r.sabham\n\namong the rfiis; dayitam -dear;patim\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe fore m ost ;rs i[l ii m .\n\nhusband; tatra-there; ca-and;iiste­\n\nshe was present; saha-along with; stribh i{l. -the maidservants; yatra-whe re;\n\niiste-was present; sa ft -he; praja-pati[t-the prajiipati (Kardama).\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen she thought of her great husband, the best of the sages, Kardama\nMuni, who was very dear to her, she, along with all the maidservants, at once\nappeared where he was.\nPURPORT\nIt appears from this verse that in the beginning Devahiiti thought herself\nto be dirty and very niggardly dressed. When her husband asked her to\nenter the lake, she saw the maidservants, and they took care of her. Everything was done within the water, and as soon as she thought of her beloved\nhusband, Kardama, she was brought before him without delay. These are\nsome of the powers attained by perfect yogis; they can immediately\nexecute anything they desire.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�: �UijiiS>I�¥41 �ft���(j � I\n\nf�tr ij'mtmftt m\n\nst��qQ� ������\n\nbhartuft purastiid atmanam\nstri-sahasra-vrtarh tada\nnisamya tad-yoga-gatirh\nsarhsayarh pratyapadyata\nbhartu[t-of her husband; purastat-in the presence; atmanam-herself;\nstri-sahasra-by a thousand maids; vrtam-surrounded; tadti-then; nisiimya\n\n-seeing; tat-his; yoga-gat im-yogi c power; sarhsayam pratyapadyata-she\nwas amazed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nShe was amazed to find herself surrounded by a thousand maids in the\npresence of her husband and to witness his yogic power.\n\n·\n\n", "SB3.3#p0269": "[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n930\n\nPURPORT\nDevahiiti saw everything miraculously done, yet when brought before\nher husband she could understand that it was all due to his great yogic\nmystic power. She understood that nothing was impossible for a yogT\nlike Kardama Muni.\nTEXTS 36-37\n\nm '66'l�(iU-.i fcf�;fflq\\cfi:f� I\n� firrif � �M®41f( 11��11\n�IJ( �o�qliff ij� I\n��� r� �rooo�� 11�\\S,,\n�\n\nsa tiim krta-mala-sniiniim\nvibhrii.jantfm apurvavat\niitmano bibhratim riipam\nsamvita- rue i ra-stanim\nvidyiidha ri-sahasre\"{la\nsevyamiiniim suviisasam\njiita-bhiivo vimiinam tad\niirohayad amitra-han\nsa [l -the sage; tiim-her (Devahuti);\nvibhriijanti m -shining forth;\n\n-\n\nkrt a-ma la sniiniim\n\n-bathed clean;\n\napii rvavat-unprecedentedly;\n\niitmana fl - her\n\nown; bibhratim-possessing; rupam-beauty;sa mv1ta-gi rded; rucira- charm­\n\ning; stanim-with breasts; vidyiidha ri-of Gandharva girls; sahasre(la-by\n\n- struck with fondness; vimiinam-airplane like a\n\na thousand; sevyamanam b ei n g waited upon; su-vasasam-dressed in ex­\n\ncellent robes; jiita-bhiiva �\n\nmansion; tat- that; iirohayat-he put her onboard; amitra-han-0 destroyer of the enemy.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage could see that Devahiiti had washed herself clean and was\nshining forth as though no longer his former wife. She had regained her own\noriginal beauty as the daughter of a prince. Dressed in excellent robes, her\ncharming breasts duly girded, she was waited upon by a thousand Gan­\n\ndharva girls. 0 destroyer of the enemy, his fondness for her grew, and he\nplaced her on the aerial mansion.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0270": "Text 38]\n\nDevahuti 's Lamentation\n\n931\n\nPURPORT\nBefore her marriage, when Devahuti was brought by her parents before\n\nthe sage Kardama, she was the perfectly beautiful princess, and Kardama\nMuni remembered her former beauty. But after her marriage, when she\n\nwas engaged in the service of Kardama Muni, she neglected to care for her\n\nbody like a princess, since there was no means for such care; her husband\nwas living in a cottage, and since she was always engaged in serving him,\n\nher royal beauty disappeared, and she became just like an ordinary maid­\n\nservant. Now, after being bathed by the Gandharva girls by the order of\n\nKardama Muni's yogic power, she regained her beauty, and Kardama Muni\n\nfelt attracted to the beauty she had shown before the marriage. The\n\nreal beauty of a young woman is her breasts. When Kardama Muni saw the\nbreasts of his wife so nicely decorated, increasing her beauty many times,\n\nhe was attracted, even though he was a great sage. Srlpiida Sarikariiciirya\n\nhas therefore warned the transcendentalists that one who is after transcen­\n\ndental realization should not be attracted by the raised breasts of a woman\nbecause they are nothing but an interaction of fat and blood within the\n\nbody.\n\nTEXT 38\n\nm�m\"'\n\nrs.����\n�����lit\n\ni(�\n\n'3ffi'qtil(Uiqlwt41il'q-\n\n�tmmr ��Rt4'1:'-': ������\ntasminn alupta-mahimii priyayiinurakto\nvidyiidharibhir upacirr-a-vapur vimiine\nbabhriija utkaca-kumud-gar-aviin apicyas\ntiiriibhir iivrta ivo{iu-patir nabha[l.-sthafi.\ntasmin-in that; alupta-not l.ost; mahimii-glory; priyayii-with his be­\n\nloved consort; anu ra kta{l\n\n-\n\nattached; vidyiidharibhi{l-by the Gandharva\n\ngirls; upacirr-a-waited upon; vapu{l-his person; vimiine-on the airplane;\n\nbabhriija-he shone; utkaca-open; kumud-gar-aviin-the moon, who is followed by rows of lilies; apicya[l.-very charming;tiiriibhi{l-by stars;iivrta{lsurrounded; iva-as; u{iu-pati{l-the moon (the chief of the stars); nabha{ls tha{l-in the sky.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0271": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n932\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nTRANSLATION\nThough seemingly attached to his beloved consort while served by the\n\nGandharva girls, the sage did not lose his glory, which was mastery over his\nself. In the aerial mansion Kardama Muni with his consort shone as charm­\n\ningly as the moon in the midst of the stars in the sky, which causes rows of\n\nlilies to open in ponds at night.\n\nPURPORT\nThe mansion was in the sky, and therefore the comparison to the full\nmoon and the stars is very beautifully composed in this verse. Kardama\nMuni looked like the full moon, and the girls who surrounded his wife,\nDevahuti, seemed just like the stars. On a full-moon night the stars and\nthe moon together form a beautiful constellation; similarly, in that aerial\nmansion in the sky, Kardama Muni with his beautiful wife and the damsels\nsurrounding them appeared like the moon and stars on a full-moon night.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n�wtleetEfNFei,i(teN�·s:­\n\niloft�Wffl-ij��m�Tij\n\n�tdJl ftf.Nlijf\\1EI�wtl«\n\n� f:;:R illwt?{EigewtiEI� II� �II\n\nteniifita-lokapa-vihara-kuliicalendradro[tisv anmiga-sakha-miiruta-saubhagiisu\nsiddhair nuto dyudhuni-piita-siva-svaniisu\nreme ciram dhanadaval-lalanii-varuthi\nlena-by that airplane; a.sta-lokapa-of the predominating deities of the\neight heavenly planets; vihiira-the pleasure grounds; kula-acala-indra-of\nthe king of mountains (Meru ); dro[!�su-in the valleys; ananga-of passion;\nsakha-the\n\ncompanions;\n\nmiiruta-with\n\nbreezes;\n\nsaubhagiisu-beautiful;\n\nsiddhai{l-by the Siddhas; nuta[l -bein g praised; dyudhuni-of the Ganges;\npiita-of the downfall; siva svaniisu\n-\n\n-\n\nvibrating with auspicious sounds; reme\n\n-he enjoyed; ciram-for a long time; dhanada-vat-Like Kuvera; lalana-by\ndamsels; variithi-surrounded.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0272": "Text40)\n\nDevahuti 's Lamentation\n\n933\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn that aerial mansion he traveled to the pleasure valleys of Mount Meru,\nwhich were rendered all the more beautiful by cool, gentle, fragrant breezes\nthat stimulated passion. In these valleys, the treasurer of the gods, Kuvera,\nsurrounded by beautiful women and praised by the Siddhas, generally\nenjoys pleasure. Kardama Muni also, surrounded by the beautiful damsels\nand his wife, went there and enjoyed for many, many years.\n\nPURPORT\nKuvera is one of the eight demigods who are in charge of the different\ndirections of the universe. It is said that lndra is in charge of the eastern\nside of the universe, where the heavenly planet, or paradise, is situated.\nSimilarly, Agni is in charge of the southeastern portion of the universe;\nYama, the demigod who punishes sinners, is in charge of the southern\nportion; Nirrti is in charge of the southwestern part of the universe;\nVaru!Ja, the demigod in charge of the waters, is in charge of the western\nportion; Vayu, who controls the air and who has wings to travel in the ·air,\nis in charge of the northwestern part of the universe, and Kuvera, the\ntreasurer of the demigods, is in charge of the northern part of the universe.\nAll these demigods take pleasure in the valleys of Mount Meru, which is\nsituated somewhere between the sun and the earth. In the aerial mansion,\nKardama Muni traveled throughout the eight directions controlled by the\ndifferent demigods described above, and as the demigods go to Mount\nMeru, he also went there to enjoy life. When one is surrounded by young,\nbeautiful girls, sex stimulation naturally becomes prominent. Kardama\nMuni was sexually stimulated, and he enjoyed his wife for many, many\nyears in that part of Mount Meru. But his sex indulgence was praised by\nmany, many Siddhas, beings who have attained perfection, because it was\nintended to produce good progeny for the good of universal affairs.\n\nTEXT40\n\n� � � �t>q+t�fti I\n\n�TiiU � :q � � � �: 11\\loll\nvaisrambhake surasane\nnandane pu§pabhadrake\n\n", "SB3.3#p0273": "[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n934\n\nmiinase caitrarathye ca\n\nsa reme riimayii rata�\n\nvaisrambhake-in\n\nthe\n\nVaisrambhaka garden; surasane-in\n\nSurasana;\n\nnandane-in Nandana; pufipabhadrake-in Pu�pabhadraka; miinase-by the\nManasa-sarovara Lake;cailrarathye -in Caitrarathya; ca-and; sa�-he;reme\n\n-enjoyed; riimayii-by his wife; rata[t-satisfied.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSatisfied by his wife, he enjoyed in that aerial mansion not only on Mount\n\nMeru but in different gardens known as Vaisrambhaka, Surasana, Nandana,\n\nPu�pabhadraka and Caitrarathya, and by the Manasa-sarovara Lake.\nTEXT 41\n\n�IMUFII fct•u�wt 'it¥ti\\wt ¥tt\\4�tl I\n�'IIMifilwt�a =iftl!Jlilhl( 44'7.11fwm : 11\\l� II\nbhriijifi[lUnii vimiinena\n\nkiimagena mahiyasii\n\nvaimiin_ikiin atyaseta\n\ncaraT lokiin yathiinila�\n\nbhriijigwnii-splendid; vimiinena- with the airplane; kiima-gena-which\n\nflew according to his desire; mahiyasii-very great; vaimiinikiin-the demi­\n\ngods in their airplanes; atya8eta-he surpassed; caran traveling; lokiin-\n\nthrough the planets; yathii-like; anila�\n\n-\n\nthe air.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe traveled in that way through the various planets, as the air passes\n\nuncontrolled in every direction. Coursing through the air in that great and\nsplendid aerial mansion, which could fly at his will, he surpassed even the\n\ndemigods.\n\nPURPORT\nThe planets occupied by the demigods are restricted to their own orbits,\nbut Kardama Muni, by his yogic power, could travel all over the different\ndirections of the universe without restriction. The living entities who are\nwithin the universe are called conditioned souls; that is, they are not free\n\n", "SB3.3#p0274": "Text42]\n\nDevahuti's Lamentation\n\n935\n\nto move everywhere. We are inhabitants of this earthly globe; we cannot\nmove freely to other planets. In the modern age man is trying to go to\nother planets, but so far he has been unsuccessful. It is not possible to\ntravel to any other planets because by the laws of nature even the\ndemigods cannot move from one planet to another. But Kardama Muni, by\nhis yogic power, could surpass the strength of the demigods and travel in\nspace in all directions. The comparison here is very suitable. The words\n\nyathii anilaft indicate that as the air is free to move anywhere without\nrestriction, so Kardama Muni unrestrictedly traveled in all directions of the\nuniverse.\n\nTEXT42\n\n\" �1q1a...t �\n\n���\n\n�Qifl\\l&(�ijQI( I\n�QWCI��: 11\\l�ll\n\nkim duriipiidanam lefiiim\npumsiim uddiima-cetasiim\nyair iisritas tirtha-padas\ncara[lO vyasaniityayaft\nkim what; duriipiidana m-difficult to achieve; te�am- for those; pumsiim\n-\n\n-men; uddama-cetasiim-who are determined; yai{t-by whom; iisritafltaken refuge; tirtha-padaft-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; caral)a�\n-feet; vyasana-atyayafl\n\n-\n\nwhich vanquish dangers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhat is difficult to achieve for determined men who have taken refuge\nof the Supreme Per11onality of Godhead's lotus feet? His feet are the source\nof sacred rivers like the Ganges, which p ut an end to the dangers of mundane life.\nPURPORT\nThe words yair iisritas tirtha-padas cara{la� are significant here. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is known as tirtha-piida. The Ganges is\ncalled a sacred river because it emanates from the toe of Vi�•.Ju. The\nGanges is meant to eradicate all the material distresses of the conditioned\nsouls. For any living entity, therefore, who has taken shelter of the holy\nlotus feet of the Lord, nothing is impossible. Kardama l\\luni is special not\nbecause he was a great mystic, but because he was a great devotee.\nTherefore it is said here that for a great devotee like Kardama Muni,\n\n", "SB3.3#p0275": "[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n936\n\nnothing is impossible. Although yogis can perform wonderful feats, as\nKardama has already displayed, Kardama was more than a yogi because he\nwas a great devotee of the Lord; therefore he was more glorious than an\nordinary yogi:. As it is confirmed in Bhagavad-g'itii, \"Out of the many\nyogis, he who is a devotee of the Lord is first class.\" For a person like\nKardama Muni there is no question of being conditioned; he was already a\nliberated soul and better than the demigods, who are also conditioned.\nAlthough he was enjoying with his wife and many other women, he was\nabove material conditional life. Therefore the word vyasaniityaya� is used\nto indicate that he was beyond the position of a conditioned soul. He was\ntranscendental to all material limitations.\n\nTEXT 43\n\n�1ifq)��trf�����ll\nifll'Fi •nwil•n �� � 11\\l�ll\nprek.sayitvii bhuvo golam\npatnyai yiiviin sva-samsthayii\nbahv-iiscaryarh mahii-yogi\nsviisramiiya nyavartata\nprek�ayitva-after showing; bhuva�-of the universe; golam-the globe;\npatnyai-to his wife; yiiviin-as much; sva-samsthayii-with its arrangements;\nbahu-iis'caryam-full\n\nof\n\nmany\n\nwonders;\n\nmahii yogi the\n-\n\n-\n\ngreat\n\n(Kardama); sva-tisramiiya-to his own hermitage; nyavartata-retu rned\n\nyogi\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter showing his wife the globe of the universe and its different arrangements, full of many wonders, the great yogi Kardama Muni returned to his\nown hermitage.\n\nPURPORT\nAll the planets are here described as gola, round. Every planet is\nround, and each planet is a different shelter, just like islands in the great\nocean. Planets are sometimes called dv'ipa or var§a. This earth planet is\ncalled Bhiirata-var�a because it was ruled by King Bharata. Another significant word used in this verse is bahv-ascarya, \"many wonderful things.\"\nThis indicates that the different planets are distributed all over the uni-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0276": "Text 44]\n\nDevahiiti's Lamentation\n\n937\n\nverse in the eight directions, and each and every one of them is wonderful\nin itself. Each planet has its particular climatic influences and particular\ntypes of inhabitants and is completely equipped with everything, including\nthe beauty of the seasons. In the Brahma-samhita (Bs. 5.40) it is similarly\nstated, vibhiiti-bhinnam: on each and every planet there are different\nopulences. It cannot be expected that one planet is exactly like another.\nBy God's grace, by nature's law, each and every planet is made differently\nand has different wonderful features. All such wonders were personally\nexperienced by Kardama Muni while he traveled with his wife, yet he\ncould return again to his humble hermitage. He showed his princess wife\nthat although he was living in the hermitage, he had the power to go\neverywhere and do anything by mystic yoga. That is the perfection of\nyoga. One cannot become a perfect yogi simply by showing some sitting\npostures, nor by such sitting postures or so-called meditation can one\nbecome God, as is being advertised. Foolish persons are misled into\nbelieving that simply by some caricature of meditation and sitting postures\none can become God within six months.\nHere is the example of a perfect yogi; he could travel all over the\nuniverse. Similarly, there is a description of Durvasa Muni, who also\ntraveled in space. Actually, the perfect yogi can do that. But even if one\ncan travel all over the universe and show wonderful feats like Kardama\nMuni, he cannot be compared to the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwhose power and inconceivable energy can never be attained by any\nconditioned or liberated soul. By the actions of Kardama Muni we can\nunderstand that in spite of his immense mystic power, he remained a\ndevotee of the Lord. That is the real position of every living entity.\nTEXT44\n\n��s��wffi����\n� f.:R'Iq;r_ � i4tf�lle:ui�'4( 11��11\nvibhajya navadhiitmiinarh\nmiinavirh suratotsukiim\nriimiirh niramayan reme\nvar�5a-pugiin muhilrtavat\nvibhajya\n\n-\n\nhaving divided; nava-dhii-into nine; iitmiinam-himself ; mana­\n\nvim-the daughter of Manu (Devahiiti); surata-for sex life; utsukiim-who\nwas\n\neager; riimiim-to his wife; niramayan-giving pleasure; reme-he\n\nenjoyed; varfia pugiin-for many years; muhurta-vat-like a moment.\n-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0277": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n938\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter corning back to his hermitage, he divided himself into nine person­\n\nalities just to give pleasure to Devahiiti, the daughter of Manu, who was\n\neager for sex life. In that way he enjoyed with her for many, many years,\nwhich passed just like a moment.\nPURPORT\n\nHere the daughter of Svayambhuva Manu, Devahiiti, is described as\nsuratotsuka. After traveling with her husband all over the universe, in\n\nMount Meru and the beautiful gardens of the heavenly kingdoms, she\nnaturally became sexually stimulated, and in order to satisfy her sexual\ndesire, Kardama Muni expanded himself into nine forms. Instead of one,\nhe became nine, and nine persons had sexual intercourse with Devahu ti\nfor many, many years. It is understood that the sexual ap petite of a\nwoman is nine times greater than that of a man. That is clearly indicated\nhere. Otherwise, Kardama Muni would have had no reason to expand\nhimself into nine. Here is another example of yogic power. As the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead can expand Himself in millions of forms, so a yogi\ncan also expand up to nine forms, but not more than that. Another\nexample is that of Saubhari Muni; he also expanded himself into eight\nforms. But however powerful a yogi may be, he cannot expand himself\ninto more than eight or nine forms. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, however, can expand Himself into millions of forms, ananta-riipainnumerable, countless forms-as stated in the Brahma-sarhhitii. No one\ncan compare to the Supreme Personality of Godhead by any conceivable\nenergetic manifestation of power.\nTEXT 45\n\n��R���t�f�ml\nwt � �m �lft�wt� 11\\l�ll\ntasmin vimiina utkntiirh\nsayyiirh rati-karirh sritii\nna ciibudhyata tam kiilarh\npatyiipic_yena sangatii\ntasmin-in that; vimiine -airplane; utkrfit iim -e x ce U en t; sayyiim-a bed;\n\nrati ka rim -increasing sexual desires; sritii-situated on; na-not; ca-and;\n-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0278": "Devahuti 's Lamentation\n\nText 47]\n\n939\n\nabudhyata-she noticed; tam-that; kalam-time; patya-with her husband;\napicyena-most handsome; sangata-in company.\nTRANSLATION\nIn that aerial mansion, Devahiiti, in the company of her handsome\nhusband, situated on an excellent bed that increased sexual desires, could\nnot realize how much time was passing.\nPURPORT\nSex indulgence is so enjoyable for materialistic people that when they\nengage in such activities they forget how time is passing. Saint Kardama\nand Devahuti, in their sex indulgence, also forgot how time was passing by.\nTEXT 46\n\n�� 4'1•11s¥11�WI ii;iq� ('4'4101441: I\nfi �: �: ��(1��..�� 11\\l,ll\n\"'\n\nevam _yoganubhavena\ndam-patyo ramamarJayo�\nsatam vyatiyu� sarada�\nkama-liilasayor manak\nevam-thus; yoga-anubhavena-by yogic powers; dam-patyol;! - the couple;\nramama{layo[l.-while enjoying themfielves; satam-a hundred; vyatiyu�passed; sarada[l.-autumns; kama-sexual pleasure; lalasayo�-who were\neagerly longing for; manak-like a short time.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the couple, who eagerly longed for sexual pleasur�, were thus enjoying themselves by virtue of mystic powers, a hundred autumns passed\nlike a brief span of time.\nTEXT 47\n\n��\n\n�W4441�WCISS�f'€4( I\n;cNt R\\flll � � (14(1t�Ptfl:v; : ll\\l\\911\n\n", "SB3.3#p0279": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n940\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\ntasyiim iidhatta retas tiim\nbhiivayann iitmaniitma-vit\nnodhii vidhiiya rupam svam\nsarva-sarikalpa-vid vibhu�.\ntasyiim-in her;iidhatta-he deposited; reta�-semina; tiim�her; bhiivayan\n\n-regarding; iitmanii-as half of himself; iitma-vit-a knower of spirit soul;\nnodhii-into nine; vidhiiya having divided; rupam-body; svam-his own;\n-\n\nsarvll-sarikalpll-vit-the knower of all desires; vibhu�-the powerful Kardama\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe po�rful Kardama Muni was the knower of everyone's heart, and\n\nhe could grant whatever one desired. Knowing the spiritual soul, he regarded her as half of his body. Dividing himself into nine forms, he impregnated Devahiiti with nine discharges of semina.\n\nPURPORT\nSince Kardama Muni could understand that Devahuti wanted many\nchildren, at the first chance he begot nine children at one time. He is\ndescribed here as vibhu, the most powerful master. By his yogic power he\ncould at once produce nine daughters in the womb of Devahuti.\nTEXT 48\n\n� riJ �: �: �: I\n�lfl�ctittit �1fl��qe•r.-tA : II'J�II\n\n3«1: ��\n\nata� sii Sufouve sadyo\ndevahuti� striya� prajii�\nsarviis tiis ciiru-sarvii.rigyo\nlohitotpala-gandhaya�\nataft - then; sii.-she; su;suve-gave\n\nbirth; sadya�-on\n\nthe\n\nsame day;\n\ndevahutift- Devahiiti; striyaq-females; p rajii� p rog eny; sarvii�-all; tii�-\n\nthey; c iiru -sarva-a ri gyaq-cha rming in every Limb; lohita-red; u tpala-li ke\nthe lotus; gandhaya�\n\n-\n\nfragrant.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0280": "Text 49]\n\n941\n\nDevahiiti 's Lame ntation\n\nTRANSLATION\nImmediately afterwards, on the same day, Devahiiti gave birth to nine\nfemale children, all charming in every limb and fragrant with the scent of\nthe red lotus flower.\n\nPURPORT\nDevahiiti was too sexually excited, and therefore she discharged more\nova, and nine daughters were born. It is said in the smrti-sastra as well as\nin the Ayur Veda that when the discharge of the male is greater, then male\nchildren are begotten, but when the discharge of the female is greater,\nfemale children are begotten. It appears from the circumstances that\nDevahiiti was more sexually excited, and therefore she had nine daughters\nat once. All the daughters, however, were very beautiful, and their bodies\nwere nicely formed; each resembled a lotus flower and was fragrant like a\nlotus.\n\nTEXT49\n\n�����ISS�\\Iflil'f(: I\n�4'fl911 �iR � f�(fl 11\\lQ..II\npatiin sa pravraji�yan tain\nladalaknosati bahi[l.\nsmayamana viklavena\nhrdayena viduyata\n\npatim -her husband; sa-she; pravraji,syantam- going to leave home; tada\n- then; alak sya\n.\n\n-\n\nafter seeing; usati-beautiful; bah ift\n\n-\n\noutwardly; smaya­\n\nmii'na-smiling; viklavena-agitated ; hrdayena-with a heart; vidii yata\n\n-\n\nbeing\n\ndistressed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen she saw her husband about to leave home, she smiled externally,\nbut at heart she was agitated and distressed.\n\nPURPORT\nKardama Muni finished his household affairs quickly by his mystic\npower. The building of the castle in the air, traveling all over the universe\n\n", "SB3.3#p0281": "942\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nwith his wife in the company of beautiful girls, and begetting of children\nwere finished, and now, according to his promise to leave home for his\nreal concern of spiritual realization after impregnating his wife, he was\nabout to go away. Seeing her husband about to leave, Devahiiti was very\ndisturbed, but to satisfy her husband she was smiling. The example of\nKardama Muni should be understood very clearly; a pen;on whose main\nconcern is Kr�l)a consciousness, even if he is entrapped in household life,\nshould always be ready to leave household enticement as soon as possible.\nTEXT 50\n\nM(il�fita<cft l{fif wro �an� I\n��tJRf.R;���: ll�oll\nlikhanty adho-mukhi bhiimim\npadii nakha-ma[li-sriyii\nuviica lalitiim viicam\nnirudhyiisru-kaliim sanai[l\nlikhanti-scratchi n g; adha[l-mukhi-her head bent down; bhiimim-the\n\nground; padii-with her foot; nakha-nails; ma[li-gemlike; sriyii-with radiant; uviica-she spoke; lalitiim-char ming; viicam-accents; nirudhya\nsuppressing; asru-kaliim-tears; sanai[l\n\n-\n\nslowly\n\n-­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nShe stood and scratched the ground with her foot, which was radiant\nwith the luster of her gemlike nails. Her head bent down, she spoke in slow\nyet charming accents, suppressing her tears.\n\nPURPORT\nDevahuti was so beautiful that her toenails appeared just like pearls, and\n.\nas she scratched the ground it appeared as if pearls had been thrown on\nthe ground. When a woman scratches the ground with her foot, it is a sign\nthat her mind is very disturbed. These signs were sometimes exhibited by\nthe gopis before Kr�l)a. When the gopis came in the dead of night and\nKr�l)a asked them to return to their homes, the gopis also scratched the\nground like this because their minds were very disturbed.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0282": "Devahiitl's Lamentation\n\nText 51]\n\n943\n\nTEXT 51\n\n�lf'\"fWifR\n'!:\n\n\"\n\n..t.::\n\nl11�� I\n3N1fq lt SWSI'P-0 3flP.f «Jtl'lt� II�� II\n�\n\n�lw-ilijfttli41$\n\ndevahutir uviica\n\nsarvam tad bhagaviin mah_yam\nupoviihu pratisrutam\n\nathiipi me prapanniiyii\n\nabhayam datum arhasi\n\n·\n\ndevahiiti[l- Devahuti; uvaca- said; s arvam - all; tat- that ; bhaga viin -Your\n\nLordship; mahyam-for me; upovtiha- has been fulfilled ;pratisrutam- prom­\n\nised; athtip i- yet; me-unto me; prapanntiytifl - unto one who has surrendered; a b ha_ya m - fearlessness ; datum-to give; a rh as i - you deserve.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Devahiiti said: My lord, you have fulfilled all the promises you gave\n\nme, yet because I am your surrendered soul, you should give me fearlessness too.\n\nPURPORT\nDevahuti requested her husband to grant her something without fear.\nAs a wife, she was a fully surrendered soul to her husband, and it is the\nresponsibility of the husband to give his wife fearlessness. How one awards\n\nfearlessness to his subordinate is mentioned in the Fifth Canto of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam.\n\nOne who cannot get free from the clutches of death is\n\ndependent, and he should not become a spiritual master, nor a husband,\nnor a kinsman, nor a father, nor a mother, etc. It is the duty of the\nsuperior to give fearlessness to the subordinate. To take charge of someone, therefore, either as father, mother, spiritual master, relative or husband, one must accept the responsibility to give his ward freedom from\nthe fearful situation of material existence. Material existence is always\nfearful and full of anxiety. Devahuti is saying, \"You have given me all\nsorts of material comforts by your yogic power, and since you are uow\nprepared to go away, you must give me your last award so that I may get\nfree from this material conditional life.\"\n\n", "SB3.3#p0283": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n944\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nTEXT 52\n\niltA�fC<tfil\\1+4 �: �: �: I\n'lfl4�1 � M\"ifil4 �JPriQ�� II��''\n..\n\nbrahman duhitrbhis tubhyarit\nvimrgyii� pataya� samii�\nkascit syiin me visokiiya\ntvayi pravrajite vanam\nbrahma n -my dear bnihma(la; duhitrbhil).-by the daughters themselves;\n\ntubhyam-for you; vimrgyii�-to be found out; pataya�-husbands; samii�­\n\nsuitable; kascit-someone; syat-there should be; me - my; visokaya-for\nsolace; tvayi-when you; prav rajite-departed; vanam-to the forest.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear brahmal}.a, as far as your daughters are concerned, they will\n\nfind their own suitable husbands and go away to their respective homes.\nBut who will give me solace after your departure as a sannyasi?\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said that the father himself becomes the son in another form. The\n\nfather and son are therefore considered to be nondifferent. A widow who\n\nhas her son is actually not a widow because she has the representative of\nher husband. Similarly, Devahuti is indirectly asking Kardama Muni to\n\nleave a representative so that in his absence she might be relieved of her\n\nanxieties by a suitable son. A householder is not expected to remain at\n\nhome for all his days. After getting his sons and daughters married, a\nhouseholder can retire from household life, leaving his wife in the charge\n\nof the grown-up sons. That is the social convention of the Vedic system.\n\nDevahiiti is indirectly asking that in his absence from home there be at\n\nleast one male child to give her relief from her anxieties. This relief means\n\nspiritual instruction. Relief does not mean material comforts. Material\n\ncomforts will end with the end of the body, but spiritual instruction\n\nwill not end; it will go on with the spirit soul. Instruction in spiritual\n\nadvancement is necessary, but without having a worthy son, how could\n\nDevahiiti advance in spiritual knowledge? It is the duty of the husband to\n\nliquidate his debt to his wife. The wife gives her sincere service to the\n\nhusband, and he becomes indebted to her because one cannot accept\n\n", "SB3.3#p0284": "945\n\nDevahuti's Lamentation\n\nText 53]\n\nservice from his subordinate without giving him something in exchange.\nThe spiritual master cannot accept service from a disciple without awarding\nhim spiritual instruction. That is the reciprocation of love and duty. Thus\nDevahuti reminds her husband, Kardama Muni, that she has rendered him\nfaithful service. Even considering the situation on the basis of liquidating\nhis debt towards his wife, he must give a male child before he leaves.\nIndirectly, Devahuti requests her husband to remain at home a few days\nmore, or at least until a male child is born.\n\nTEXT 53\n\n�('ili4iji� �� o�ifil;:(t-w if Jll11\n�I�SI(1f;w\nqf@l•tfN(IflWI: ll��ll\netiivatiilam kiilena\nvyatikriintena me prabho\nindriyiirtha-prasangena\nparityakta-pariitmanaft\netiivatii-so much;alam-for nothing;kiilena-time; vyatikriinlena-passed\nby; me-my; prabho-0\n\nmy\n\nprasangena-in the matter of\niitmanaft\n\n-\n\nlord; indriya arlha-sense\n-\n\ngratification;\n\nindulging; parityakta- di sregard i ng ; para­\n\nknowledge of the Supreme Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUntil now we have simply wasted so much of our time in sense gratification, neglecting to cultivate knowledge of the Supreme Lord.\nPURPORT\nHuman life is not meant to be wasted, like that of the animals, in sense\ngratificatory activities. Animals always engage in sense gratificationeating, sleeping, fearing an d mating-but that is not the engagement of the\nhuman being, although, because of the material body, there is need\nof sense gratification according to a regulative principle. So, in effect,\nDevahiiti said to her husband: \"So far we have these daughters, and we\nhave enjoyed material life in the aerial mansion, traveling all over the\nuniverse. These boons have come by your grace, but they have all been\nfor sense gratification.\nadvancement.\"\n\nNow there must be something for my spiritual\n\n", "SB3.3#p0285": "946\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nindriyiirthe�u sajjant_yii\nprasangas tvayi me krtaft\najiinantyii param bhiivam\ntathiipy astv abhayiiya me\nindriya-arthefiu-to\n\nsense\n\ngratification;\n\nsajjantyii\n\n-\n\nbeing\n\nattached;\n\np rasa tiga/1.-a ffinity; tvayi -for you; me-by me; krta [l was done; ajiinantyii\n-\n\n-not knowing; param bhiivam-your transcendent situation; tathiipi-nonetheless; astu-let it be; abh a yiiya\n\n--\n\nfor fearlessness; me-my.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNot knowing your transcendental situation, I have loved you while re­\n\nmaining attached to the objects of the senses. Nonetheless, let the affinity\n\nI have developed for you rid me of all fear.\n\nPURPORT\nDevahuti is lamenting her position. As a woman, she had to love\nsomeone. Somehow or other, she came to love Kardama Muni, but\nwithout knowing of his spiritual advancement. Kardama Muni could\nunderstand Devahuti's heart; generally all women desire material enjoyment. They are called less intelligent because they are mostly prone to\nmaterial enjoyment. Devahuti laments because her husband had given her\nthe best kind of material enjoyment, but she did not know that he was so\nadvanced in spiritual realization. Her plea was that even though she did\nnot know the glories of her great husband, because she had taken shelter\nof him she must therefore be delivered from material entanglement.\nAssociation with a great personality is most important. In Caitanyacaritiimrta Lord Caitanya says that siidhu-satiga, the association of a great\n\nsaintly person, is very important, because even if one is not advanced i n\nknowledge, simply by association with a great saintly person one can\nimmediately make considerable advancement in spiritual life. As a woman,\nas an ordinary wife, Devahuti became attached to Kardama Muni in order\nto satisfy her sense enjoyment and other material necessities, but actually\n\n", "SB3.3#p0286": "Text 55)\n\nDevahuti 's Lamentation\n\n947\n\nshe associated with a great personality. Now she understood this, and she\nwanted to utilize the advantage of the association of her great husband .\n\n. TEXT 55\n\n��:�i��l\n� � � � Aa:t� � 11�\"'11\nsango ya� sarhsrter hetur\nasatsu vihito 'dhiyii\nsa eva siidhu.su krto\nn*sangatviiya kalpate\n\nt\n\nsanga� associa ion; ya� which; sa msrt e � of the cycle of birth and\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\ndeath; hetu� the cause; asatsu-with those engaged in sense gratification;\n-\n\nvih ita� done; adhiyii through ignorance; sa�-the same thing; eva-cer·\n-\n\n-\n\ntainly; siidhu§u-with saintly persons; krta�- performed; n*sangatviiyato liberation; kalpate-leads.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAssociation for sense gratification is certainly the path of bondage. But\nthe same type of association, performed with a saintly person, leads to the\npath of liberation, even if performed without knowledge.\nPURPORT\nThe association of a saintly person in any way bears the same result.\nFor example, Lord Kr�rya met many kinds of living entities, and some\ntreated Him as an enemy, and some treated Him as an agent for sense\ngratification. It is generally said that the gopis were attached to Kr�t]a for\nsense attractions, and yet they became first·class devotees of the Lord.\n\nKamsa, S isupala, Dantavakra and other demons, however, were related to\n\nKr�IJa as enemies. But whether they associated with Kr�t;Ja as enemies or\nfor sense gratification, out of fear or as pure devotees, they all got\nliberation. That is the result of association with the Lord. Even if one does\nnot understand who He is, the results have the same efficacy. Association\nwith a great saintly person also results in liberation, just as whether one\ngoes towards fire knowingly or unknowingly, the fire will make him\nwarm. Devahiiti expressed her gratefulness, for although sh� wanted to\n\n", "SB3.3#p0287": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n948\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nassociate with Kardama Muni only for sense gratification, because he was\nspiritually great she was sure to be liberated by his benediction.\nTEXT 56\n\n���WfFmllA�I\n;r �qa;�ell� � riT f( �: 11'-\\�11\nneha yat karma dharmiiya\nna viriigiiya kalpate\nna tirtha-pada-seviiyai\njivann api mrto hi sa�\nna\n\n--\n\nnot; iha-here; yat- which; karma-work; dharmiiya-for perfection\n\nof religious life; na-not ; viriigiiya-for detachment; kal pate\n\n-\n\nleads; na-not;\n\ntirtha-pada-of the Lord's lotus feet; seviiyai-to devotional service; jivan­\n\nliving; api altho u gh; mrta�- dead; hi-indeed; sa�\n-\n\n-\n\nhe.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone whose work is not meant to elevate him to religious life, anyone\nwhose religious ritualistic performances do not raise him to renunciation,\nand anyone situated in renunciation that does not lead him to devotional\nservice to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, must be considered dead,\nalthough he is breathing.\nPURPORT\nDevahuti's statement is that since she was attached to living with her\nhusband for sense gratification, which does not lead to liberation from\nmaterial entanglement, her life was simply a waste of time. Any work one\nperforms that does not lead to the state of religious life is useless activity.\nEveryone is by nature inclined to some sort of work, and when that work\nleads one to religious life, religious life leads one to renunciation, and\nrenunciation leads one to devotional service, that is the perfection of\nwork. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii, any work that does not lead ultimately\nto the standard of devotional service is a cause of bondage in the material\nworld. Yajiiiirthiit karmar-o 'nyatra loko 'yarh karma-bandhana�. Unless\none is gradually elevated to the position of devotional service, beginning\nfrom his natural activity, he is to be considered a dead body. Work which\ndoes not lead one to the understanding of Kr�r)a consciousness is\nconsidered useless.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0288": "Devahiiti 's Lamentation\n\nText 57]\n\n949\n\nTEXT 57\n\nm( �);@ �ilm �wtl\n�t AaRti< J(1Qf .. • � 11'-\\�11\nsiiham bhagavato nunam\nvaiicitii miiyayii dnlham\nyat tviim vimuktidarit priipya\nna mumuk§eya bandhaniit\n\nsa-that very person; aham-I am; bhagavata[t-of the Lord; nunamsurely; vaiicitii-cheated; miiyayii by the illusory energy; dnlham\n-\n\n-\n\nsolidly;\n\nyat-because; tviim-you; vimukti-dam-who gives liberation;priipya-having\n\nattained; na mumukfieya-I have not sought liberation; bandhaniit-from\nmaterial bondage.\nTRANSLATION\nMy lord, surely I have been solidly cheated by the insurmountable illusory energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for in spite of having\nobtained your association, which gives liberation from material bondage, I\ndid not seek such liberation.\nPURPORT\nAn\n\nintelligent\n\nman\n\nshould\n\nutilize\n\ngood\n\nopportunities.\n\nThe\n\nfirst\n\nopportunity is the human form of life, and the second opporlunity\nis to take birth in a suitable family where there is cultivation of spiritual\nknowledge; this is rarely obtained. The greatest opportunity is to have the\nassociation of a saintly person. Devahuti was conscious that she was born\nas the daughter of an emperor. She was sufficiently educated and cultured,\nand at last she got Kardama Muni, a saintly person and a great yogi, as her\nhusband. Still, if she did not get liberation from the entanglement of\nmaterial energy, then certainly she would be cheated by the insurmountable illusory energy. Actually, the illusory material energy is cheating\neveryone. People do not know what they are doing when they worship\nthe material energy in the form of goddess Ka.l'i or Durga for material\nboons. They ask, \"Mother, give me great riches, give me a good wife, give\nme fame, give me victory.\" But such devotees of the goddess Maya or\nDurga do not know that they are being cheated by that goddess. Material\nachievement is actually no achievement because as soon as one is illusioned\nby the material gifts, he becomes more and more entangled, and there is\n\n", "SB3.3#p0289": "950\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 23\n\nno question of liberation. One should be intelligent enough to know how\n\nto utilize material assets for the purpose of spiritual realization. That is\ncalled karma-yoga or jniina-yoga. Whatever we have we should use as\n\nservice to the Supreme Person. It is advised in Bhagavad-gitii, sva-karmartii\n\ntam abhyarcya. One should try to worship the Surpeme Personality of\n\nGodhead by one's assets. There are many forms of service to the Supreme\nLord, and anyone can render service unto Him according to his best\n\nability.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Twenty-third\nChapter, of the Sr!mad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Devahuti's Lamentation.\"\n\n", "SB3.3#p0290": "CHAPTER TWENTY- FOUR\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\nTEXTl\n\n� �-q \\ffi'if\n\n�fu�\n\n'I·� afil: I\n��:�rrf��U1�011��-II �II\nmaitreya uviica\nnirveda-viidinim evarh\nmanor duhitararh muni�\ndayiilu� siilinim iiha\nsukliibhivyiihrtarh smaran\n\nmaitreya�\n\n-\n\nthe great sage Maitreya; u v iica-said; nirveda-viidinim-who\n\nwas speaking words full of renunciation; evam- t hus; mano�-of Sviiyamhhuva Manu; duhitaram-to the daughter; mun*\nlu�\n\n-\n\n--\n\nthe sage Kardama; dayii­\n\nmerci f ul ; siilinim-who was worthy of praise; aha-replied; suhla-by\n\nLord Vi�ryu; abhivyiihrtam-what was said; smaran- recalling\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRecalling the words of Lord V��fu, the merciful sage Kardama replied\nas follows to Svayambhuva Manu's praiseworthy daughter, Devahiiti, who\nwas speaking words full of renunciation.\nTEXT2\n\n�'if\n\n����1Ri1M� I\n�•Ni��� tl�'I\\O�JSiq�� II � II\nrfiir uviica\nmii lchido raja-putrfttham\niitmiinani praty anindite\n\n951\n\n", "SB3.3#p0291": "Srimad Bhag avata m\n\n952\n\n-\n\n[Canto3, Ch. 24\n\nbhagaviinis te 'k§aro garbham\naduriit samprapatsyate\nr.s* uviica- the sage said; mii khida�\n\n-\n\ndo not be disappointed; riija-putri-\n\n0 princess; ittham-in this way; iitmiinam- yourseJf; prati\ndite-0 praiseworthy\n\n-\n\ntowards ; anin­\n\nDevahiiti; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; te-your; ak.sara� -infallible; garbham-womb; aduriit-without\ndelay; samprapatsyate-will enter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage said: Do not be disappointed with yourself, 0 princess. You\nare actually praiseworthy. The infallible Supreme P�rsonality of Godhead\nwill shortly enter your womb as your son.\nPURPORT\nKardama Muni encouraged his wife not to be sorry, thinking herself\nunfortunate, because the Supreme Personality of Godhead, by His incarnation, was going to come from her body.\n\nTEXT3\n\n�Tf« � ij � f�4�'1 � I\n�:tit�M�*t � �� � II � II\ndhrta-vratiisi bhadrarh te\ndamena niyamena ca\ntapo-dravirw-diinais ca\nsraddhayii cesvararh bhaja\ndhrta-vratii as i\n\n-\n\nyou have undertaken sacred vows; bhadram te\n\n-\n\nmay\n\nGod bless you; damena-by control of the senses; niyamena-by religious\nobservances; ca-and; tapa� -austerities; dravi cw - of money; diina*- by\n\ngiving in charity; ca-and; sraddhayii- with great faith; ca- an d ; isvaramthe Supreme Lord; bhaja\n\n-\n\nworship\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou have undertaken sacred vows. God will bless you. Hence you should\nworship the Lord with great faith, through sensual control, religious observances, austerities and gifts of your money in charity.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0292": "Text 4]\n\n953\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\nPURPORT\n\nIn order to spiritually advance or to achieve the mercy of the Lord, one\nmust be self-controlled in the following manner: he must be restrained in\nsense gratification and must follow the rules and regulations of religious\nprinciples. Without austerity and penance and without sacrificing one's\nriches, one cannot achieve the mercy of the Supreme Lord. Kardama\nMuni advised his wife: \"You have to factually engage in devotional service\nwith austerity and penance, following the religious principles and giving in\ncharity. Then the Supreme Lord will be pleased with you, and He will come\nas your son.\"\nTEXT 4\n\n��s�: � f?4ijwoq.-Jf11{�:1\nfir ij m��·� imll�;r: II 'J II\nsa tvayiiriidhita[l suklo\nvitanvan miimakam yasaft\nchettii te hrdaya-granthim\naudaryo brahma-bhiivanaft\nsa[l-He; tvayii-by you; iiriidhitaft\n\n-\n\nbeing worshiped; sukla{t-the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; vitanvan-spreading; miimakam-my; yasa{l,- fame;\nchettii-He will cut; te-your; hrdaya-of the heart; granthim-knot; audarya{t-your son; brahma\n\n-\n\nknowledge of Brahman; bhiivanaft-teaching\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead, being worshiped by you, will spread my\nname and fame. He will vanquish the knot of your heart by becoming your\nson and teaching knowledge of Brahman.\nPURPORT\nWhen the Supreme Personality of Godhead comes to disseminate spiritual knowledge for the benefit of all people, he generally descends as the\nson of a devotee, being pleased by the devotee's devotional service. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is the father of everyone. No one, therefore, is His father, but by His inconceivable energy He accepts some of the\ndevotees as His parents and descendants. It is explained h!'!re that spiritual\nknowledge vanquishes the knot of the heart. Matter and spirit are knotted\nby false ego. This identification of oneself with matter, which is called\n\n", "SB3.3#p0293": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n954\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nhrdaya-granthi, exists for all conditioned souls, and it becomes more and\nmore tightened when there is too much affection for sex life. The explanation was given by Lord ij,l;iabha to his sons that this material world is an atmosphere of attraction between male and female. That attraction takes the\nshape of a knot in the heart, and by material affection it becomes still\nmore tight. For people who hanker after material possessions, society,\nfriendship and love, this knot of affection becomes very strong. It is only by\nbrahma-bhiivana-the instruction by which spiritual knowledge is enhanced\n-that the knot in the heart is cut to pieces. No material weapon is needed\nto cut this knot, but it requires bona fide spiritual instruction. Kardama\nMuni instructed his wife, Devahiiti, that the Lord would appear as her son\nand disseminate spiritual knowledge to cut the knot of material identification.\n\n�t4(€itN\n\n�:I\n� � �� il�'i����¥( II '-' II\nmaitreya uvaca\ndevahuty api sandesam\ngaurave{la prajapate�\nsamyak sraddhaya puru�am\nku.ta-stham abhajad gurum\nmaitreya/1. uviica-Maitreya said; devahuti- Devahiiti; api-also; sandesam\n-the direction; gauravera-with great respect; prajii-pateJ:t-of Kardama;\nsamyak-complete; s ra ddhiiya-having faith in; pu rufiam-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; ku.ta stham\n-\n\n-\n\nsitua ted in everyone's heart; abhajat­\n\nworshiped; gurum-most worshipable.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Maitreya said: Devahiiti was fully faithful and respectful towards the\n\ndirection of her husband, Kardama, who was one of the prajapatis, or gen­\n\nerators of human beings in the universe. 0 great sage, she thus began to\n\nworship the master of the universe, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwho is situated in everyone's heart.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0294": "Text 6]\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\n955\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the process of spiritual realization; one has to receive instruction\n\nfrom a bona fide spiritual master. Although Kardama Muni was Devahuti's\n\nhusband, because he instructed her on how to achieve spiritual perfection,\nhe naturally became her spiritual master also. There are many instances\n\nwherein the husband becomes the spiritual master. Lord Siva also is the\n\nspiritual master of his consort, Parvati. A husband should be so enlightened\n\nthat he should become the spiritual master of his wife in order to enlighten\n\nher in the advancement of Kr�Da consciousness. Generally stri, or woman,\n\nis less intelligent than man; therefore, if the husband is intelligent enough,\nthe woman gets a great opportunity for spiritual enlightenment.\n\nHere it is clearly said (samyak sraddhiiya) that with great faith one\n\nshould receive knowledge from the spiritual master and with great faith\n\nexecute the performance of service. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura, in\n\nhis commentary on Bhagavad-gitii, has especially stressed the instruction\n\nof the spiritual master. One should accept the instruction of the spiritual\n\nmaster as one's life and soul. Whether one is liberated or not liberated, he\nshould execute the instruction of the spiritual master with great faith.\n\nIt is also stated that the Lord is situated in everyone's heart. One doesn't\n\nhave to seek the Lord outside; He is already there. One simply has to\nconcentrate on his worship in good faith, as instructed by the bona fide\n\nspiritual master, and his efforts will come out successfully. It is also clear\n\nthat the Supreme Personality of Godhead does not appear as an ordinary\n\nchild; He appears as He is. As stated in Bhagavad-gita, He appears by His\nown internal potency, iitma-miiyii. And how does He appear? He appears\n\nwhen pleased by the worship of a devotee. A devotee may ask the Lord to\n\nappear as her son. The Lord is already sitting within the heart, and if He\n\ncomes out from the body of a devotee it does not mean that the particular\n\nwoman becomes His mother in the material sense. He is always there, but\n\nin order to please His devotee, He appears as her son.\n\nTEXT6\n\nm qRI� m llrt€fl.-¥t!!�: ,\n�� �T\"'\" �sfirf� �fUr II� II\ntasyii.rh bahu-tithe kale\nbhagavan madhusiidana�\nkii.rdamarh viryam apanno\njajne 'gnir iva daru(li\n\n", "SB3.3#p0295": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n956\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\ntasyam-in Devahuti; bahu-tithe kale-after many years; bhagavcin-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; madhu-sudana�-the killer of the demon\nMadhu; kiirdamam-of Kardama; viryam-the semina; iipanna�-entered;\njajne-He appeared; agn*-fire; iva-like; diiruri-in wood.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter\n\nmany,\n\nmany\n\nyears,\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of\n\nGodhead,\n\nMadhusfidana, the killer of the demon Madhu, having entered the semina\n\nof Kardama, appeared in Devahfiti just as fire comes from ·wood in a\nsacrifice.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIt is clearly stated here that the Lord is always the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, although He appeared as the son of Kardama Muni. Fire is\nalready present in wood, but by a certain process, fire is kindled. Similarly,\nGod is all-pervading. He is everywhere, and since He may come out from\neverything, He appeared in His devotee's semina. Just as an ordinary living\nentity takes his birth by taking shelter of the semina of a certain living\nentity, similarly the Supreme Personality of Godhead accepts the shelter\nof the semina of His devotee and comes out as His son. This manifests His\nfull independence to act in any way, and it does not mean that He is an\nordinary living entity forced to take birth in a certain type of womb. Lord\nNrsimha appeared from the pillar of HiraJ;�yakasipu's palace, Lord Varaha\nappeared from the nostril of Brahma, and Lord Kapila appeared from the\nsemina of Kardama, but this does not mean that the nostril of Brahma or\nthe pillar of HiraJ;�yakasipu's palace or the semina of Kardama Muni is the\nsource of the appearance of the Lord. The Lord is always the Lord.\nBhagaviin madhusudana�-He is the killer of all kinds of demons, and He\nalways remains the Lord, even if He appears as the son of a particular\ndevotee. The word kiirdamam is significant, for it indicates that the Lord\nhad some devotional affection or relationship in devotional service with\nKardama and Devahuti. But we should not mistakenly understand that He\nwas born just like an ordinary living entity from the semina of Kardama\nMuni in the womb of Devahuti.\nTEXT 7\n\n3Nl�tl�dJ � t:U�S�IfOT �;n: I\n•114Mr� ��\"l.;:4�4t('t�� II \\9 II\n\n", "SB3.3#p0296": "Text 8]\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\n957\n\naviidayams tadii vyomni\nviiditriifli ghaniighanii�\ngiiyanti tam sma gandharvii\nnrtyant_y apsaraso mudii\naviidayan-sounded; tadii-at that time; vyomni-in the sky; viiditriir-imusical instruments; ghaniighanii�-the rain clouds; giiyanti-sang; tam-to\nHim; sma-certainly; gandharvii�-the Gandharvas; nrtyanti-danced ; apsarasa�-the Apsariis; mudii-in j oyful ecstasy.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the time of His descent on earth, demigods in the form of raining\nclouds sounded musical instruments in the sky. The celestial musicians, the\nGandharvas, sang the glories of the Lord, while celestial dancing girls known\nas Apsaras danced in joyful ecstasy.\nTEXTS\n\nif«: ij¥4'1Ql �oq\"T: �qqfffffl: I\n�IT f�: �t 31�ij' lif �;rtfu � II � II\npetu� sumanaso divyii�\nkhe-carair apavarjitii�\nprasedus ca disa� sarvii\nambhiimsi ca maniimsi ca\npetu � -fel l; sumanasa [l -flowers; div yii�\n_\n\n-\n\nbeautiful; khe-carai[l-by the\n\ndemigods who fly in the sky; apavarjitii [l -dropped; prasedu [l -became sat­\n\nisfied; ca-and; disa[l -directions; sarvii�-all; ambhiimsi-waters; ca-and;\nmaniimsi-minds; ca-and\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the time of the Lord's appearance, the demigods flying freely in the\nsky showered flowers. All the directions, all the waters, and everyone's mind\nbecame very satisfied.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is learned herewith that in the higher sky there are living entities who\ncan travel through the air without being hampered. Although we can\n\n", "SB3.3#p0297": "958\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\ntravel in outer space, we are hampered by so many impediments, but they\n\nare not. We learn from the pages of Srimad-Bhiigavatam that the inhabitants of the planet called Siddhaloka can travel in space from one planet\nto another without impediment. They showered flowers on the earth\nwhen Lord Kapila, the son of Kardama, appeared.\nTEXT9\n\n-m�qq( (1(((4�1 qftfQJ{ 1\n((t�\"'{:�IIEWN4U\"*'l�flR� II �II\ntat kardamiisrama-padam\nsarasvatyii parisritam\n\nsvayambhu� siikam rfiibhir\n\nmaricy-iidibhir abhyayiit\n\ntat-that; kardama-of Kardama; iisrama-padam-to the place of the her­\n\nmitage; sarasvatyii-by the River Sarasvati; paris'ritam-surrounded; svayam­\n\nbhu�-Brahma (the self-born); siikam - along with; r§ibhi[l.-the sages; marici\n- the great sage Marici; iidibhift - and others; abhyayiit-he came there.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBrahma, the first-horn living being, went along with Marici and other\n\nsages to the place of Kardama 's hermitage, which was surrounded by the\nRiver Sarasvati.\nPURPORT\n\nBrahma is called Svayambhii because he is not born of any material\nfather and mother. He is the first living creature and is born from the lotus\nwhich grows from the abdomen of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�l.JU. Therefore he is called Svayambhii, self-born.\nTEXT 10\n\n� qt\n\nectl;tf(l._ � I\nij+it(f(ettlwWf��RiPtr;:l..I5H �II� II\nq\n\n\"'\n\nbhagavantam pararit brahma\nsattveniimsena satru-han\n\n0\n\n", "SB3.3#p0298": "The Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\nText 10)\n\n959\n\ntattva-sankhyiina-vijiiaptyai\njiitam vidviin aja� sva-riit\nbhagavantam-the Lord; param-supreme; brahma-Brahman; sattvenahaving an uncontaminated existence; amsena-by a plenary portion; satruhan-0 killer of the enemy, Vidura; tattva-sankhyiina-the philosophy of\nthe twenty-four material elements; vijiiaptyai-for explaining; jiitamappeared; vidviin-knowing; aja�-the unborn (Lord Brahma);sva-nit-independent.\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya continued: 0 killer of the enemy, the unborn Lord Brahma,\nwho is almost independent in acquiring knowledge, could understand that\na portion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in His quality of pure\nexistence, had appeared in the womb of Devahfiti just to explain the complete state of knowledge known as sankhya-yoga.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii, Fifteenth Chapter, it is stated that the Lord Himself\nis the compiler of Vediinta-sutra, and He is the perfect knower of Vediintasutra. Similarly, the siilikhya philosophy is compiled by the Supreme\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead in\n\nHis appearance as\n\nKapila.\n\nThere is an\n\nimitation Kapila who has a siilikhya philosophical system, but Kapila the\nincarnation of God is different from that Kapila. Kapila, the son of\nKardama Muni, in His system of siilikhya philosophy, very explicitly\nexplained not only the material world but also the spiritual world.\nBrahma could understand this fact because he is sva-riit, almost independent\nin receiving knowledge.\n\nHe is called sva-riit because he did not go to any\n\nschool or college to learn but learned everything from within. Because\nBrahma is the first living creature within this universe, he had no teacher;\nhis teacher was the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself, who is\nseated in the heart of every living creature. Brahma acquired knowledge\ndirectly· from the Supreme Lord within the heart; therefore he is sometimes called sva-riit and aja.\nAnother\n\nimportant\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nall\n\nHis\n\nHis\n\nquality,\n\nparaphernalia of\nHis\n\nis\n\nstated\n\nhere.\n\nSattveniimsena:\n\nwhen\n\nVaikuQ.tha; therefore\n\nHis\n\nname, His form,\n\nparaphernalia and His entourage all belong to the\n\ntranscendental world.\nHere\n\npoint\n\nPersonality of Godhead appears, He brings with Him\n\nReal goodness is in the transcendental world.\n\nin the material world, the quality of goodness is not pure.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0299": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n960\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nGoodness may exist, but there must also be some tinges of passion and\nignorance. In the spiritual world the unalloyed quality of goodness prevails; there the quality of goodness is called suddha-sattva, pure goodness.\nAnother name for suddha-sattva is viisudeva because God is born from\nVasudeva. Another meaning is that when one is purely situated in the\nqualities\n\nof goodness,\n\nhe can\n\nunderstand the form, name, quality,\n\nparaphernalia and entourage of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThe word amsena also indicates that the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nKrl?Qa appeared as Kapiladeva in His portion of the portion. God expands\neither as kalii or as amsa. Amsa means direct expansion, and kala means\nexpansion of the expansion. There is no difference between the expansion,\nthe expansion of the expansion and the Supreme Personality of Godhead\ndirectly, as there is no difference between one candle and another-but\nstill the candle from which the others are lit is called the original. Krl?Qa,\ntherefore, is called the Parabrahman, or the Ultimate Godhead and\ncause of all causes.\nTEXT 11\n\n�� R�WI � �Mcfilfif�'( I\n\nSl(\"t¥11QRWlf: �\" �4:¥1� II� �II\nsabhiijayan visuddhena\ncetasii tac-cikir�itam\nprahrfiyamii[lair asubhi[l\nkardamam cedam abhyadhiit\nsabhajayan-worshiping; visuddhena pure; cetasii-with a heart; tat-of\n.\n\n-\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; cikir�itam-the intended activities;\nprahrnamii[la*-gladdened; asubhi[l-with senses; kardamam-to Kardama\nMuni; ca-and Devahiiti; idam\n\n-\n\nthis ; abhyadhiit-spoke.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter worshiping the Supreme Lord with gladdened senses and a pure\n\nheart for His intended activities as an incarnation, Brahma spoke as follows\nto Kardama and Devahiiti.\nPURPORT\nAs explained in Bhagavad-gitii, Fourth Chapter, anyone who understands the transcendental activities, the appearance and disappearance of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead is to be considered liberated.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0300": "The Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\nText 12]\n\n961\n\nBrahmii, therefore, is a liberated soul. Although he is in charge of this\nmaterial world, he is not exactly like the common living entity. Since he\nis liberated from the majority of the follies of the common living entities,\nhe was in knowledge of the appearance of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and he therefore worshiped the Lord's activities, and with a\nglad heart he also praised Kardama Muni because the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, as Kapila, appeared as his son. One who can become the\nfather of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is certainly a great devotee.\nThere is a verse spoken by a briihma{la in which he says that he does not\nknow what the Vedas and what the Puriirzas are, but while others might\nbe interested in the Vedas or Purii{laS, he is interested in Nanda Maharaja,\nwho appeared as the father of Kr�Q.a. He wanted to worship Nanda\nMaharaja because the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, as a child,\n\ncrawled in the yard of his house. These are some of the good sentiments\nof devotees. If a recognized devotee brings forth the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead as his son, how he should be praised! Brahma, therefore, not\nonly worshiped the incarnation of Godhead Kapila, but he praised His\nso-called father, Kardama Muni.\nTEXT 12\n\n�\n� �sq��t6Rt EtiPq(tT f;1�1Wt: I\n\n���lRT������II\nbrahmoviica\ntvayii me 'pacitis tiita\nkalpitii nirvyalikata�\nyan me sanjagrhe viikyarh\nbhaviin miinada miinayan\nbrahmii-Lord Brahmii; uvii c a said; tvayii-by you; me-my; apacit*-\n\nworship; tiita-0 son; kalpitii-is .accomplished; nirvyalikata�-without\nduplicity; yat\n\n-\n\ns i nce; me\n\n-\n\nmy; s anjagrhe-have completely accepted; viik­\n\nyam-inst ru c tio ns; bhaviin-you; miina-da-0 Kardama (one who offers\nhonor to others); miinayan\n\n-\n\nrespecting.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Brahma said: My dear son Kardama, since you have completely accepted my instructions without duplicity, showing them proper respect,\n\n", "SB3.3#p0301": "962\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nyou have worshiped me properly. Whatever instructions you took from me\nyou have carried out, and thereby you have honored me.\nPURPORT\nLord Brahma, as the first living entity within the universe, is supposed\nto be the spiritual master of everyone, and he is also the father, the\ncreator, of all beings. Kardama Muni is one of the prajiipatis, or creators\nof the living entities, and he is also a son of Brahma. Brahma praises\nKardama because he carried out the orders of the spiritual master in toto\nand without cheating. A conditioned soul in the material world has the\ndisqualification of cheating. He has four disqualifications: he is sure to\ncommit mistakes, he is sure to be illusioned, he is prone to cheat others,\nand his senses are imperfect. But if anyone carries out the order of the\nspiritual master by disciplic succession or the\n\nparamparii system, he\n\novercomes the four defects. Therefore, knowledge received from the bona\nfide spiritual master is not cheating. Any other knowledge which is\nmanufactured by the conditioned soul is cheating only. Brahma knew well\nthat Kardama Muni exactly carried out the instructions received from\nhim and that he actually honored his spiritual master. To honor the\nspiritual master means to carry out his instructions word for word.\nTEXT 13\n\n�m� U'l\"' � mR �: I\n\"\"fi«:tt'\"� � �\"\": ut�u\netiivaty eva susril�ii\nkiiryii pitari putraka*\nbii{iham ity anumanyeta\ngauraverw guror vaca[l.\netiivati-to this extent; eva-exactly; susrilfi ii-service ; k iirya\n\n- ought to be\n\nrendered;pitari-to the father; putraka i[t -by the sons; bapham iti-accept­\n\ning, \"yes, sir\"; anumanyeta-he should obey; gauraver-a-with due deference; guro[l. -of the guru; vacaft-commands.\nTRANSLATION\nSons ought to render service to their father exactly to this extent. One\nshould obey the command of his father or spiritual master with due\ndeference, saying, \"Yes, sir.\"\n\n", "SB3.3#p0302": "Text 14 J\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\n963\n\nPURPORT\nTwo words in this verse are very important; one word is pitari, and\nanother word is guro�. The son or disciple should accept the words of his•\nspiritual master and father without hesitation. Whatever the father and\nthe spiritual master order should be taken without argument: \"Yes.\"\nThere should be no instance in which the disciple or the son says, \"This\nis not correct. I cannot carry it out.\" When he says that, he is fallen. The\nfather and the spiritual master are on the same platform because a\nspiritual master is the second father. The higher classes are called dvija,\ntwice-born. Whenever there is a question of birth, there must be a\nfather. The first birth is made possible by the actual father, and the second\nbirth is made possible by the spiritual master. Sometimes the father and\nthe spiritual master may be the same man, and sometimes they are\ndifferent men. In any case, the order of the father or the order of the\nspiritual master must be carried out without hesitation, with an immediate\n\"yes.\" There should be no argument. That is real service to the father and\nto the spiritual master. Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura has stated that the\norder of the spiritual master is the life and soul of the disciples. As a man\ncannot separate his life from his body, so a disciple cannot separate the\norder of the spiritual master from his life. If a disciple follows the\ninstruction of the spiritual master in that way, he is sure to become\nperfect.\n\nThis is\n\nconfirmed\n\nin the\n\nUpaniflads:\n\nthe\n\nimport of\n\nVedic\n\ninstruction is revealed automatically only to one who has implicit faith\nin the Supreme Personality of Godhead and in his spiritual master. One\nmay be materially considered an illiterate man, but if he has faith in the\nspiritual master as well as in the Supreme Personality of Godhead, then the\nmeaning of scriptural revelation is immediately manifested before him.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� �: ���(ijq � «¥4\"4¥41: I\n\n� �: �ft�Q4��� II�VII\nimii duhitara� satyas\ntava vatsa sumadhyamii�\nsargam etarh prabhiiva* svair\nbrnihayi§yanty anekadhii\nimafl-these; du hita ra� daughters ; satya�-chaste; tava-your; vatsa-\n\n0 my dear son; s u madhyama�- thin waisted ; sargam creation ; etam- this;\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0303": "Srimad-Bha gavatam\n\n964\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nprabhiivaift-by descendants; svaift- their own; b[lnhayi�yanti-they will\nincrease; aneka-dhii.-in various ways.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma then praised Kardama Muni's nine daughters, saying: All\nyour thin-waisted daughters are certainly very chaste. I am sure they will\nincrease this creation by their own descendants in various ways.\nPURPORT\nIn the beginning of creation, Brahma was concerned more or less with\nincreasing the population, and when he saw that Kardama Muni had\nalready begotten nine nice daughters, he was hopeful that through the\ndaughters many children would come who would take charge of the\ncreative principle of the material world.\n\nHe was therefore happy to\n\nsee them. The word sumadhyamii. means a good daughter of a beautiful\nwoman. If she has a thin waist, a woman is considered very beautiful.\nAll the daughters of Kardama Muni were of the same beautiful. feature.\nTEXT 15\n\n3H'I�'lrtM+f4l � � I\n�n qffutqf?l�ftft � ifcf llt'-\\11\natas tvam r�i-mukhyebhyo\nyathii-silam yathii-ruci\niitmajii./1. paridehy adya\nvistr!lihi yaso bhuvi\na ta[l.-therefore\n\n; tvam-you;r�i-mukhyebhya[l.-unto the foremost sages;\n\nyathii-Silam-according to temperament; yathii-ruc i - according to taste;\niitma-ja� - your daughters; paridehi - please give away; adya-today ; vtstr!lihi-spread; yasa�-fame; bhuvi-over the universe.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, today please give away your daughters to the foremost of the\nsages, with due regard for the girls' temperaments and likings, and thereby\nspread your fame all over the universe.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0304": "The Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\nText 15]\n\n965\n\nPURPORT\nThe nine principal r.sis or sages are 1\\larici, Atri, Angira, Pulastya,\nPulaha, Kratu, Bhrgu, Vasi�tha and Atharva.\n\nAll these r�is are most\n\nimportant, and Brahma desired that the nine daughters already born of\nKardama Muni be handed over to them. Here two words are used very\nsignificantly-yatha-silam andyatha-ruci. The daughters should be handed\nover to the respective r,sis, not blindly but according to the combination of\ncharacter and taste. That is the art of combining a man and woman. Man\nand woman should not be united simply on the consideration of sex life.\nThere are many other considerations, especially character and taste. If the\ntaste and character differ between the man and woman, their combination\nwill be unhappy. Even about forty years ago, in Indian marriages, the\ntaste and character of the boy and girl were first of all matched, and then\nthey were allowed to marry. This was done under the direction of the\nrespective\n\nparents.\n\nThe parents used to astrologically determine the\n\ncharacter and tastes of the boy and girl, and when they corresponded, the\nmatch was selected: \"This girl and this boy are just suitable, and. they\nshould be married.\" Other considerations were less important. The same\nsystem was also advised in the beginning of the creation by Brahma:\n\"Your daughters should be handed over to the rt•is according to taste and\ncharacter.\"\nAccording to astrological calculation, a person is classified according to\nwhether he belongs to the godly or demoniac quality. In that way the\nspouse was selected. A girl of godly quality should be handed over to a\nboy of godly quality. A girl of demoniac quality should be handed over\nto a boy of demoniac quality. Then they will be happy. But if the girl is\ndemoniac and the boy is godly, then the combination is incompatible;\nthey cannot be happy in such a marriage. At the present moment, because\nboys and girls are not married according to quality and character, most\nmarriages are unhappy, and there is divorce.\nIt is foretold in the Twelfth Canto of the Bhagavatam that in this age\nof Kali married life will be accepted on the consideration of sex only;\nwhen the boy and the girl are pleased in sex, they get married, and when\nthere is deficiency in sex, they separate. That is not actual marriage, but a\ncombination of men and women like cats and dogs. Therefore, the children\nproduced in the modern age are not exactly human beings. Human beings\nmust be twice-born. A child is first born of a good father and mother, and\nthen he is born again of the spiritual master and the Vedas. The first\nmother and father bring about his birth into the world; then the spiritual\n\n", "SB3.3#p0305": ".\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n966\n\n[Canto 3, Ch 24\n\nmaster and the Vedas become his second father and mother. According to\nthe Vedic system of marriage for producing children, every man and\nwoman was enlightened in spiritual knowledge, and at the time of their\ncombination to produce a child, everything was scrutinizingly and scientifically done.\nTEXT 16\n\n!\"''�\"�\"' (Ct¥11441 1\n� � � finnat � � ������\n\n�<l••nd\n\nvediiham iidyam puru§am\navatirTJarh sva-miiyayii\nbhiltiiniirh sevadhirh deharh\nbibhrii(lam kapilarh mune\nveda-know; aham-1; iidyam\n\n- the original; puru§am-enjoyer ; avatir(lam\n\n-incarnated; sva-mayayii-by His own internal energy; bhutiinam-of all\nthe living entities; sevadhim-the bestower of all desired, who is just like a\nvast treasure; deham-the body; bibhrii(lam-assuming; kapilam- Kapila\nMuni; mune-0 sage Kardama.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Kardama, I know that the original Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nhas now appeared as an incarnation by His internal energy. He is the\n\nbestower of all desired by the living entities, and He has now assumed the\n\nbody of Kapila Muni.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse we find the words puru�am avatir(lam sva-miiyayii. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is everlastingly, eternally, the form of\npu·ru§a, the predominator or enjoyer, and when He appears He never\naccepts\n\nanything\n\nof\n\nthis\n\nmaterial\n\nenergy.\n\nThe\n\nspiritual\n\nworld\n\nis a\n\nmanifestation of His personal, internal potency, whereas the material\nworld is a manifestation of His material or differentiated energy. The\nword sva-miiyayii, by His own internal potency, indicates that whenever the\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead\n\ndescends,\n\nHe\n\ncomes in\n\nHis\n\nown\n\nenergy. He may assume the body of a human being, but that body is not\nmaterial. In Bhagavad-gita, therefore, it is clearly stated that only fools\n\nand rascals, muflhas, consider the body of KwJa to be the body of a\ncommon human being. The word sevadhim means that He is the original\n\n", "SB3.3#p0306": "The Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\nText 17]\n\n967\n\nbestower of all the necessities of life upon the living entities. In the Vedas\nalso it is stated that He is the chief living entity, and He bestows all the\ndesired necessities of other living entities. Because He is the bestower of\nthe necessities of all others, he is called God. The Supreme is also a\nliving entity; He is not impersonal. As we are individual, so the Supreme\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead\n\nis also individual-but\n\nHe is\n\nthe supreme\n\nindividual. That is the difference between God and the ordinary living\nentities.\nTEXT 17\n\n,,..fft,lwt�itWf dan�\nf•�•�n\n\nq'fW:\n\n\\lilt: I\n\nq\"fBIQ�I'!�n II � \\911\n\njniina-vijniina-yogena\nkarmaru'im uddharan jaJiifi.\nhirarya-kesafi. padmiikfiafi.\npadma-mudrii-padiimbuja{l.\njniina-of scriptural knowledge; vijniina and application; yogena-by\n-\n\nmeans of mystic yoga; karma[liim-of material actions; uddharan-uproot\ning; ja t iifi.\n,\n\n-\n\nthe roots; h ira [l ya- ke sa{l.\n\n-\n\n­\n\ngolden hair; padma-akfi afi.-lotus eyed;\n-\n\npadma-mudrii-marked with the sign of the lotus; pada-ambujaft-having\nlotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nBy mystic yoga and the practical application of knowledge from the\nscriptures, Kapila Muni, who is characterized by His golden hair, His eyes\njust like lotus petals, and His lotus feet, which hear the marks of lotus\nflowers, will uproot the deep-rooted desire for work in this material world.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the activities and bodily features of Kapila Muni are very\nnicely described. The activities of Kapila Muni are forecast herein: He will\npresent the philosophy of siinkhya in such a way that by studying His\nphilosophy people will be able to uproot the deep-rooted desire for\n\nkarma, fruitive activities. Everyone in this material world engages in\nachieving the fruits of his labor. A man tries to be happy by achieving\nthe fruits of his own honest labor, but actually he becomes more and more\nentangled. One cannot get out of this entanglement unless he has perfect\nknowledge or devotional service.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0307": "[Canto 3, Ch 24\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n968\n\n.\n\nThose who are trying to get out of the entanglement by speculation are\nalso doing their best, but in the Vedic scriptures we find that if anyone\nhas taken to the devotional service of the Lord in Kr�Qa consciousness, he\ncan very easily uproot the deep-rooted desire for fruitive activities.\nSiihkhya philosophy will be broadcast by Kapila Muni for that purpose.\nHis bodily features are also described herein. ]i'iiina does not refer to\nordinary research work. ]i'iiina entails receiving knowledge from the\nscriptures through the spiritual master by disciplic successioJ1. In the\nmodern age there is a tendency to do research by mental speculation and\nconcoction.\n\nBut the man who speculates forgets that he himself is\n\nsubject to the four defects of nature: he is sure to commit mistakes,\nhis senses are imperfect, he is sure to fall into illusion, and he is cheating.\nUnless one has perfect knowledge from disciplic succession, he simply\nputs forth some theories of his own creation; therefore he is cheating\npeople. ]i'iiina means knowledge received through disciplic succession\nfrom the scriptures, and viji'iiina means practical application of sueh\nknowledge.\n\nKapila Muni's siinkhya system of philosophy is based on\n\nji'iiina and viji'iiina.\nTEXT 18\n\n� � � m!: �l«wt: 1\n3ffeltl(i�t�Rfi'f�T m R:q�RIII��u\n\n�\n\ne;;a miinavi te garbharh\npravi;;_ta� kai_tabhiirdana�\navidyii-sarhsaya-granthirh\nchittvii giirh vicari;;yati\nesa�-the same Supreme Personality of Godhead; miinavi-0 daughter of\n.\n\nManu; te-your; garbham-womb; pravi;;.ta� has entered; kai_tabha-ardana�\n-\n\n-the killer of the demon Kaitabha; avidyii-of ignorance; sarhsaya-and of\n\ndoubt; granthim-the knot; chittva-cutting off; gam the world; vicari�yati\n-\n\n-He will travel over.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma then told Devahfiti: My dear daughter of Manu, the same\nSupreme Personality of Godhead who killed the demon Kai!abha is now\nwithin your womb. He will cut off all the knots of your ignorance and\ndoubt. Then He will travel all over the world.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0308": "The Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\nText 19]\n\n969\n\nPURPORT\nHere the word avidyii is very significant. Avidyii means forgetfulness of\none's identity. Every one of us is a spirit soul, but we have forgotten. We\nthink, \"I am this body.\" This is called avidyii.\n\nSarhsaya-granthi means\n\ndoubtfulness. The knot of doubtfulness is tied when the soul identifies\nwith the material world. That knot is also called ahankiira, the j unction of\n\nmatter and spirit. By proper knowledge received from the scriptures in\ndisciplic succt1ssion and by proper application of that knowledge, one can\nfree himself from this binding combination of matter and spirit. Brahma\nassures Devahuti that her son will enlighten her, and after enlightening her\nHe will travel all over the world, distributing the system of\n\nsiinkhya\n\nphilosophy.\nThe word sarhsaya means doubtful knowledge. Speculative and pseudo\nyogic knowledge is all doubtful. At the present moment the so-called yoga\nsystem is prosecuted on the understanding that by agitation of the different\nstations of the bodily construction one can find that he is God. The\nmental speculators think similarly, but they are all doubtful. Real knowledge is expounded in Bhagavad-gitii: \"Just become Kr�l)a conscious. Just\nworship Kr�rya and become a devotee of Kr�Qa.\" That is real knowledge,\nand anyone who follows that system becomes perfect without a doubt.\nTEXT 19\n\n3Pf Rf:(t11Jfl\\llfil: �t'\"��: ij��: I\n� � ��(�f ���$(:����II\nayarh siddha-gar.iidhisa[l\nsiinkhyiiciiryai[l. susammataft\nloke kapila ity iikh_yiirh\ngantii te kirti-vardhanaft\nayam-this Personality of Godhead; siddha-ga[la-of the perfected sages;\nadhisaft-the head; siinkhya-iiciiryai[l.-by iiciiryas expert in siirikhya\nphilosophy; su sammataft approved according to Vedic principles; lakein the world; kapilaft iti-as Kapila; iikhyiim-cele brate d; gantii He will go\nabout; te-your; kirti-fame; vardhanaft-increasing.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nYour son will be the head of all the perfected souls. He will be approved\nby the acaryas expert in disseminating real knowledge, and among the\n\n", "SB3.3#p0309": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n970\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\npeople He will be celebrated by the name Kapila. As the son of Devahfiti,\nHe will increase your fame.\nPURPORT\n\nSiinkhya philosophy is the philosophical system enunciated by Kapila,\nthe son of Devahuti. The other Kapila, who is not the son of Devahuti, is\nan imitation. This is the statement of Brahma, and because we belong to\nBrahma's disciplic succession we should accept his statement that the real\nKapila is the son of Devahuti and that real siHr.khya\n\np hilosophy is the\n\nsystem of philosophy which He introduced and which will be accepted by\nthe iiciiryas, the directors of spiritual discipline. The word susammata\nmeans accepted by persons who are counted upon to give their good\nopmwn.\nTEXT 20\n\n�� iffl\"'\n<'fliiUlQI� iiltl�tl\n\nf'f(t:\n\ntc«91W�J I\n\nmm� �\\itl+tq(4i � II� ll\no\n\nmaitreya uviica\ntiiv iisviisya jagat-srafi_tii\nkumiira* saha niirada[r.\nhamso harhsena yanena\ntri-dhiima paramam yayau\nmaitreya[r. uviica-M aitreya said; tau-the couple; iisvtisya\n\nassured; jagat-sra§,tii-the creator of the universe; kumiira i[r.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nhaving re­\n\nalong with the\n\nKumaras; saha niirada[r.-with Narada; harhsa[r.-Lord Brahma; hamsena\n\nran e na- by his swan carrier; tri-dhiima paramam-to the highest planetary\n\n.\n\nsystem; yayau-went.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Maitreya said: After thus speaking to Kardama Muni and his wife,\nDevahfiti, Lord Brahma, the creator of the universe, who is also known as\nHamsa, went back to the highest of the three planetary systems on his swan\ncarrier with the four Kumaras and Narada.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0310": "Text 21]\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\n971\n\nPURPORT\nThe words hamsena yiinena are very significant here. Hamsa-yiina,\nthe airplane by which Brahma travels all over outer space, resembles a\nswan. Brahma is also known as Hamsa because he can grasp the essence of\neverything.\n\nHis abode is called tri-dhiima paramam.\n\nThere are three\n\ndivisions of the universe....:. the upper planetary system, the middle planetary\nsystem and the lower planetary system-but his abode is above even\nSiddhaloka, the upper planetary system. He returned to his own planet\nwith the four Kumiiras and Niirada because they were not going to be\nmarried. The other r.sis who came with him, such as Marici and Atri,\nremained there because they were to be married to the daughters of\nKardama, but his other sons, Sanat, Sanaka, Sanandana, Sanatana and\nNiirada, went back with him in his swan-shaped airplane. The four Kumaras\nand Narada .are nai§.thika-brahmaciiris. Nai§.thika-brahmaciiri means one\nwho never wastes his semina at any time. They were not to attend the\nmarriage ceremony of their other brothers, Marlci and the other sages, and\ntherefore they went back with their father, Harilsa.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n� � �: �¥C�W1 �: I\n\n4titR:� �: stlfl:lfl?a�f mt: II�� II\ngate sata-dhrtau k§attaft\nkardamas tena coditaft\nyathoditam sva-duhitftt\npriidiid visva-srjiirh tataft\n\ngate\n\n-\n\nafter he departed; sata-dhrtau-Lord Brahma; k§attafi,-0 Vidura;\n\nkardama[l-Kardama Muni; tena by him; coditaft-ordered;yathii-uditam-\n\nas told; sva-duhitftt-his own daughters; priidiit handed over; viSva-srjiim-\n\nto the creators of the world's population; tataft-thereafter\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Vidura, after the departure of Brahma, Kardama Muni, having been\nordered by Brahma, handed over his nine daughters, as instructed, to the\nnine great sages who created the population of the world.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0311": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n972\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nTEXTS 22-23\n\nif�\n\n�\n\nsti4J«wt&.�I'4'-IISI� I\n\n�41'4ft(�St+��@tltt � ����II\n�tlfi�m�n�1\n�=i{�i�Stt'b09\\Ma�ll��ll\nmaricaye kaliirh priidiid\nanasuyiim athiitraye\nsraddhiim angirase 'yacchat\npulastyii_ya havirbhuvam\npulahiiya gatirh yuktiirh\nkratave ca kriyiirh satim\nkhyiitirh ca bhrgave '_yacchad\nvasi,5.thiiyiipy arundhatim\n\nmaricaye-unto Marlci; kaliim- Kala; priidiit-he handed over; anasuyiim­\n\nAnasuya; atha-then; atraye-unto Atri; sraddham-Sraddha; angirase-unto\n\nA il gi ra; ayacchat-he gave away;pulastyiiya- unto Pulastya; havirbhuvamHavirbhu; pulahiiya-unto Pulaha; gatim-Gati; _yuktiim-suitable; kratave­\n\nunto\n\nKratu; ca-and; kriyiim-Kriya; satim-virtuous; khyiitim-Khyati;\n\nca-and; bhrgave-unto Bhrgu; ayacchat-he gave away; vasi§thiiya-unto\n\nthe sage V asi�tha; api-also; arundhatim-Arundhati.\nTRANSLATION\nKardama Muni handed over his daughter Kala to Marici and another\n\ndaughter, Anasiiya, to Atri. He delivered Sraddha to Arigira, and Havirhhii\nto Pulastya. He delivered Gati to Pulahal the chaste Kriya to Kratu, Khyati\nto Bhrgu, and Arundhati to Vasi!Jtha.\nTEXT 24\n\n�ursa:a:1�0lf;ij � ��) � 1\nfitstwt'lf.l 'tlfflA\\1,1� (14\\1(1'{ (1'4�1�ttd_ 11�\\lll\natharva[!e 'dadiic chiintirh\nya_yii _yajii o vi tan yale\n\n", "SB3.3#p0312": "Text 26)\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\n973\n\nviprar§abhiin krtodviihiin\nsadiiriin samala1ayat\n\natharvaf1e-to Atharva; adadiit-he gave away; siintim-Santi; ya_yii-by\n\nwhom; yajiia[l-sacrifice; vitanyate-is performed;vipra-r§abhiin-the foremost briihmaf1as; krta-udviihiin-married; sa-diiriin-with their wives;sama­\n\nliilayat-maintained them.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe delivered Santi to Atharva. Because of Santi, sacrificial ceremonies\n\nare well performed. Thus he got the foremost brahma�as married, and he\n\nmaintained them along with their wives.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n� �: �: t<WCS:I(I fwtq;:sq � I\n\nsuRta'ltf�'ilq•u: � � ������\ntatas ta rfiaya[l k§atta[l\n\nkrta-diirii nimantrya tam\n\npriiti§.than nandim iipannii[l\n\nsvarh svam iisrama-ma!l!ialam\n\ntata[l-then; te-they;r§aya[l-the sages; k§atta[l-0 Vidura; krta-diirii[l­\n\nthus married; nimantrya-taking leave of;tam-Kardama;priiti§Jhan-they\n\ndeparted; nandim-joy; iipannii[l-obtained; svam svam-each to his own;\niisrama-ma!l!ialam-hermitage.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus married, the sages took leave of Kardama and departed full of joy,\n\neach for his own hermitage, 0 Vidura.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�luf Bls••..•••� �� 1\n� aq('lf¥4'1 SfUIRI �'i•ll't<� ������\n\n�\n\nsa ciivatirf1arh tri-yugam\n\niijna_ya vibudhar§abham\n\n", "SB3.3#p0313": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n974\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nvivikta upasangamya\npra[lamya samabhii§ata\n\nKardama; ca-and; avatirp am -descended; tri-yugam­\n\nsa[t-the sage\n\nVigtU; iijiiiiya-having understood; vibudha-r§abham-the chie f of the\ndemigods; vivikte-in a secluded place; upasaligamya-having approached;\npracwmya- offering obeisances; samabhii§ata-he spoke.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Kardama Muni understood that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the chief of all the demigods, Vi�I]U, had descended, he approached\nHim in a secluded place, offered obeisances, and spoke as follows.\nPURPORT\nLord Vi�QU is called tri-yuga. He appears in three yugas, Satya, Tretii,\nDviipara-but in Kali-yuga He does not appear. From the prayers of\nPrahliida Mahara a, however, we understand that He appears garbed as a\n\nj\n\ndevotee in Kali-yuga. Lord Caitanya is that devotee. Kr�l}a appeared in the\nform of a devotee, but although He never disclosed Himself, Rupa Gosvaml\ncould understand His identity, for the Lord cannot hide Himself from a\npure devotee. Rupa Gosviiml detected Him when he offered his first\nobeisances to Lord Caitanya. He knew that He was Kr�l}a Himself and\ntherefore offered his obeisances with the following words: \"I offer my\nrespects to Kr�l}a, who has now appeared as Lord Caitanya.\" This is also\nconfirmed in the prayers of Prahlada Mahara a: in Kali-yuga He does not\n\nj\n\ndirectly appear, but He appears as a devotee. Vi�f,lU, therefore, is known as\ntri-yuga.\n\nAnother explanation of tri-_vuga is that He has three pairs of\n\ndivine attributes, namely power and affluence, piety and renown, and\n\nwisdom and dispassion. According to S rldhara Svaml, His three pairs of\n\nopulences are complete riches and complete strength, complete fame and\ncomplete beauty, and complete wisdom and complete renunciation. There\nare different interpretations of tri-yuga, but it is accepted by all learned\nscholars that tri-yuga means Vi�QU. When Kardama Muni understood that\nHis son Kapila was Vi�QU Himself, he wanted to offer his obeisances.\nTherefore, when Kapila was alone he offered his respects and expressed\nhis mind as follows.\nTEXT 27\n\n3lit q1q:;q•n-.1-.i � �(4{fi: 1\n� � � S14la:w:ffl' �: II �\"II\n\n", "SB3.3#p0314": "Text 28]\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\n975\n\naho piipacyamiiniiniirh\nniraye svair amar'lgala*\nkiilena bhuyasii nunarh\nprasidantiha devatii�\n\naho-oh; piipacyamiiniiniim-with those being much afflicted; niraye-in\nthe hellish material entanglement; sva*\n\n- their own; amatigala*-by mis-\n\ndeeds; kiilena bhuyasii-after a long time; nunam-indeed; prasidanti they\nare pleased; iha-in this world; devatiilt-the demigods.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKardama Muni said: Oh, after a long time the demigods of this universe\nhave become pleased with the suffering souls who are in material entanglement because of their own misdeeds.\n\nPURPORT\nThis material world is a place for suffering, which is due to the misdeeds\nof the inhabitants, the conditioned souls themselves. The sufferings are\nnot extraneously imposed upon them; rather, they create their own suffering by their own acts. In the forest, fire takes place automatically. It is not\nthat someone has to go there and set a fire, but because of friction among\nvarious trees, fire occurs automatically. When there is too much heat from\nthe forest fire of this material world, the demigods, including Brahma\nhimself, being harassed, approach the Supreme Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and appeal to Him to alleviate the condition. Then the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead descends. In other words, when the\ndemigods become distressed by the sufferings of the conditioned souls,\nthey approach the Lord to remedy the suffering, and the Personality of\nGodhead descends. When the Lord descends, all the demigods become\nenlivened. Therefore Kardama Muni said, \"After many, many years of\nhuman suffering\n\nall the demigods are now satisfied because Kapiladeva,\n\nthe incarnation of Godhead, has appeared.\"\n\nTEXT 28\n\nill��\n(1RI•�•R1+t1Ntu I\n�� �� ��: '!l�l•ll�!l � ����II\n\n", "SB3.3#p0315": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n976\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nbahu-janma-vipakvena\nsam yag-yoga-samadhina\n\ndra§.turh yatante yataya�\n\nsilnyagare.su yat-padam\nbahu-many ; janma-after births; vipakvena-which is mature; sam yak­\n\nperfect; yoga-samadhina-by trance in yoga; dra§.tum-to see; yatante­\n\nthey endeavor; yataya�\nwhose; padam- feet.\n\n-\n\nthe yogis; sunya-agare§u-in secluded places; yat\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter many births, mature yogis, by complete trance in yoga, endeavor\n\nin secluded places to see the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nSome important things are mentioned here about yoga. The word bahu­\n\njanma-vipakvena means after many, many births of mature yoga practice.\n\nAnd another word, samyag-yoga-samadhinii, means by complete practice of\n\nthe yoga system. Complete practice of yoga means bhakti-yoga; unless\n\none comes to the point of bhakti-yoga, or surrender unto the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, one's yoga practice is not complete. This same\n\npoint is corroborated in the Srimad Bhagavad-gita. Bahiinarh janmanam\n\nante: after many, many births, the jiiant who has matured in transcendental knowledge surrenders unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nKardama Muni repeats the same statement: After many, many years and\n\nmany, many births of complete practice of yoga, one can see the lotus\nfeet of the Supreme Lord in a secluded place. It is not that after one\npractices some sitting postures he immediately becomes perfect. One has\nto perform yoga a long time-\"many, many births\"-to become mature,\n\nand a yogi has to practice in a secluded place. One cannot practice yoga in\na city or in a public park and declare that he has become God simply by\nsome exchange of dollars. This is all bogus propaganda. Those who are\nactually yogis practice in a secluded place, and after many, many births\n\nthey become successful, provided they surrender unto the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, which is the completion of yoga.\nTEXT 29\n\n�\n\n�\n\n� '1t1UIU4 W{: I\nm� sURtiUif q: �q�: ������\n��\n\n", "SB3.3#p0316": "The Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\nText 29]\n\n977\n\nsa eva bhagaviin adya\nhelanarit na ga[layya naft\ngrhefiu jato griimyii[liirit\nyaft sviiniirit pakfia-pofiaflaft\nsaP, eva that very same; b hagaviin\n-\n\n-\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nadya today; h elanam negligence; na not;ga [l- ayya\n-\n\nlow; naft-our; grhe.su\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nconsidering high and\n\nin the houses; jiitaft-appeared; griimyii[liim-of or­\n\n-\n\ndinary householders; yaft-He who; sviiniim-of His own devotees; pakfia­\n\npo,saflaft-who supports the party.\nTRANSLATION\nNot considering the negligence of ordinary householders like us, that very\nsame Supreme Personality of Godhead appears in our homes just to support\nHis devotees .\nPURPORT\nDevotees are so affectionate towards the PersonaLity of Godhead that\nalthough He does not appear before those who practice yoga in a secluded\nplace even for many, many births, He agrees to appear in a householder's\nhome where devotees engage in devotional service without material yoga\npractice. In other words, devotional service to the Lord is so easy that even\n\na householder can see the Supreme Personality of Godhead as one of the\nmembers of his household, as his son, as Kardama Muni experienced. He\nwas a househoLder, although a yogi, but he had the incarnation of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Kapila Muni, as his son.\nD evotional service is such a powerful transcendental method that it\nsurpasses all other methods of transcendental realization. The Lord says,\ntherefore, that He lives neither in Vaikut)tha nor in the heart of a yogi, but\nHe Lives where His pure devotees are always chanting and glorifying Him.\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is known as bhakta-vatsala. He is\nnever described as jniini-vatsala or yogi-vatsala. He is always described as\n\nbhakta-vatsala because He is more inclined towards His devotees than\ntowards other transcendentalists. In Bhagavad-gitii it is confirmed that\nonly a devotee can understand Him as He is. Bhaktyii miim abhijiiniiti:\n\"One can understand Me only by devotional service, not otherwise.\" That\nunderstanding alone is real because although jniinis, mental s peculators ,\ncan realize only the effulgence or the bodily luster of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, and yogis can realize only the partial representation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, a bhakta not only realizes\n\n", "SB3.3#p0317": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n978\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nHim as He is, but he also associates with the Personality of Godhead face\nto face.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n� f!4i+qJt� 4idqf!4dloftsfi{ it 'lt I\nMEfil�*li!4l� � � �: ����II\nsviyarh vakyam rtarh kartum\n\navatir[lo 'si me grhe\ncikir§ur bhagavan jiiiinmn\nbhaktanarh mana-vardhana�\nsviyam-Your\n\nown;\n\navatir(la�-descended;\n\nviikyam-words; rtam-true; kartum-to make;\nasi- You are; me grhe-in my house; cikir�u{t­\n\ndesirous to disseminate; bhagavan-the Personality of Godhead; jiianam­\n\nknowledge; bhaktanam-of the devotees; mana-the honor; vardhana�who increases.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKardama Muni said: My dear Lord, You, who are always increasing the\n\nhonor of Your devotees, have descended in my home just to fulfill Your\nword and disseminate the process of real knowledge.\nPURPORT\nWhen the Lord appeared before Kardama Muni after his mature yoga\npractice, He promised that He would become his son. He descended as the\nson of Kardama Muni in order to fulfill that promise. Another purpose of\n\nHis appearance is cikirfi U T bhagaviin jniinam, to distribute knowledge. There­\n\nfore, He is called bhaktiiniirh mana var dhana ft He who increases the honor of\n-\n\n,\n\nHis devotees. By distributing sari khya He would increase the honor of the de­\n\nvotees; therefore, siinkhya p hilosophy is not d ry mental speculation.Sarikhya\nphilosophy means devotional service. How could the honor of the devotees\nbe increased unless sankhya were meant for devotional service? Devotees\nare not\n\ninterested\n\nin\n\nspeculative knowledge; therefore, the siink hya\n\nenunciated by Kapila Muni is meant to establish one firmly in devotional\nservice. Real knowledge and real liberation is to surrender unto the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and engage in devotional service.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0318": "Text 31)\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\n979\n\nTEXT 31\n\n� �sflt\"qlfiil � ll•l��q I\ntnR � � � (q'!ijW\\iwtl+t\"f4ot: ����II\ntiin y eva te 'bhiriipii[li\nrupii[li bhagavams lava\nyiini yiini ca rocante\nsva-janiiniim arupira�\ntiini those; eva-truly; te-Your; a bhiriipii[li-suitable; riipii[li\n-\n\n-\n\nforms;\n\nbhagavan-0 Lord; tava- Your; yiini yiini-whichever; ca-and; rocante-are\n\npleasing; sva-janiiniim-to Your own devotees; ariipira�-of one with no\n\nmaterial form.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, although You have no material form, You have Your\nown innumerable forms. They truly are Your transcendental forms, which\nare pleasing to Your devotees.\nPURPORT\nIn the Brahma-sarithitii it is stated that the Lord is one Absolute, but He\n\nhas ananta, or innumerable, forms. Advaitam acyutam aniidim ananta­\n\nriipam. The Lord is the original form, but still lie has multi·forms. Those\n\nmulti-forms are manifested by Him transcendentally, according to the\ntastes of His multi-devotees. It is understood that once Hanuman, the\n\ngreat devotee of Lord Ramacandra, said that he knew that Narayat_la, the\n\nhusband of Lak�mi, and Rama, the husband of Sita, are one and the same,\nand that there is no difference between Lak�mi and Sitii, but as for himself,\n\nhe liked the form of Lord Rama. In a similar way, some devotees worship\n\nthe original form of Kr�l)a. When we say Kr�qa we refer to all forms of the\n\nLord-not only Kr�qa, but Rama, Nrsimha, Varaha, Narayat.la, etc. The\nvarieties of transcendental forms exist simultaneously. That is also stated\n\nin the Brahma-samhita: riimiidi-miirti�u...niiniivatiiram. He already exists\n\nin multi-forms, but none of the forms are material. Sridh ara Svaml has\ncommented that ariipirtaft, without form, means without material form.\n\nThe Lord has form, otherwise how can it be stated here, tiiny eva te 'bhiru­\n\npii[li riipii[li bhagavams tava: \"You have Your forms, but they are not material.. Materially You have no form, but spiritually, transcendentally, You\n\nhave multi-forms\"? Mayaviidi philosophers cannot understand these tran-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0319": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n980\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nscendental forms of the Lord, and, being disappointed, they say that the\nSupreme Lord is impersonal. But that is not a fact; whenever there is form\nthere is a person. Many times in many Vedic literatures the Lord is\ndescribed as puru�a, which means the original form, the original enjoyer.\nThe conclusion is that the Lord has no material form, and yet, according\nto the liking of different grades of devotees, He simultaneously exists in\nmulti-forms, such .as Rama, Nrsimha, Varaha, Narayat_la and Mukunda.\nThere are many thousands and thousands of forms, but they are all vi§,nutattva, Kr�Q.a.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�\n\nf.liWI(ij'*4!tffl414J\n(1C(IfllqIC::Iiul4IC::cft64(\n\n��(1�444�il�'INM� �\n\nmu����\n\ntviim suribhis tattva-bubhutsayiiddhii\nsadiibhiviidiirhar-a-piida-pitham\naisvarya-vairiigya-yaso- 'vabodhavirya-sriyii purtam aham prapadye\n\ntvam-unto You; s u ribh* -by the great sages; tattva-the Absolute Truth;\nbubhutsayii-with a desire to understand; addh ii-certainly; sadii-always;\n\nabhiviida-of worshipful respects; arhar-a-which are worthy; pada - of\n\nY our feet; pit ham-to the seat; aisvarya - opule n ce; vairiigya-renunciation;\n\nyasa�- fame; avabodha-knowledge; virya-stren gth; sriyii-with beauty;\npurtam- who are full; aham-I; prapadye-surrender.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, Your lotus feet are the reservoir that always deserves to\nreceive worshipful homage from all great sages eager to understand the Absolute Truth. You are full in opulence, renunciation, transcendental fame,\nknowledge, strength and beauty, and therefore I surrender myself unto\nYour lotus feet.\nPURPORT\nActually, those who are searching after the Absolute Truth must take\nshelter of the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\nworship Him. In Bhagavad-gitii Lord Kp)t}a advised Arjuna many times to\n\n", "SB3.3#p0320": "Text 33]\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\n981\n\nsurrender unto Him, especially at the end of the Ninth Chapter man-mana\n-\n\nbhava mad-bhakta[l: \"If you want to be perfect, just always think of Me,\n\nbecome My devotee, worship Me, and offer your obeisances to Me. In this\nway you will understand Me, the Personality of Godhead, and ultimately\nyou will come back to Me, back to Godhead, back home.\" Why is it so?\nThe Lord is always full in six opulences, as mentioned herein: wealth,\n\nrenunciation, fame, knowledge, strength and beauty. The word purtam\n\nmeans in full. No one can claim that all wealth belongs to him, but Kreyqa\ncan claim it, since He has full wealth. Similarly, He is full in knowledge,\nrenunciation, strength and beauty. He is full in everything, and no one can\n\nsurpass Him. Another one of K{�Q.a 's names is asamaurdhva, which means\n\nthat no one is equal to or greater than Him.\nTEXT 33\n\n�\n\n�Efiql<iS'( I\n\n31lffll�\\Nl�lijstq9i\n(qitk:�� �\n\nS(qQ 11��11\n\npararh pradhtinarh puru§arh mahtintarh\nkalarh kavirh tri-vrtarh loka-palam\natmanubhutyanugata-prapaiicarh\nsvacchanda-saktirh kapilarh prapadye\n\nparam-transcendental; pradhanam\n\n-\n\nsupreme; puru§am-person; mahan­\n\ntam-who is the origin of the material world; kiilam-who is time; kavim­\n\nfully cognizant; tri-vr tam-three modes of material nature; loka-palam­\n\nwho is the maintainer of all the universes; iitma-in Himself; anubhutya­\n\nby internal potency; anugata\n\n-\n\ndissolved; prapaiicam-whose material mani­\n\nfestations; s va c chanda-independently; saktim-who is powerful; lcapilamto Lord Kapila; prapadye- I surrender.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI surrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, descended in the\nform of Kapila, who is independently powerful and transcendental, who is\nthe Supreme Person and the Lord of the sum total of matter and the element\nof time, who is the fully cognizant maintainer of all the universes under the\n\n", "SB3.3#p0321": "982\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nthree modes of material nature, and who absorbs the material manifestations\nafter their dissolution.\n\nPURPORT\nThe six opulences-wealth, strength, fame, beauty, knowledg e and\nrenunciation-are indicated here by Kardama Muni, who addresses Kapila\n\nMuni, his son, as param. The word param is used in the beginning of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, in the phrase pararh satyam, to refer to the summum\n\nbonum or the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Param is explained further\n\nby the next word, pradhii. nam which means the chief, the origin, the source\n,\n\nof everything-sarva-kiirara-kiiraram-the cause of all causes. The Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead is not formless; He is puru�am, or the enjoyer, the\noriginal person. He is the time element and is all-cognizant. He knows\n\neverything-past, present and future-as confirmed in Bhagavad-g\"itii. The\nLord says, \"I know everything, present, past and future, in every corner of\n\nthe universe.\" The material world, which is moving under the spell of the\nthree modes of nature, is also a manifestation of His energy. Pariisya saktir\n\nvividhaiva sriiyate: everything that we see is an interaction of His energies\n\n(Svet. Up. 6.8). Parasya brahmaTJ-a{t saktis tathedam akhilam jagat. This is the\n\nversion of the Vi§r-u Puriir-a. We can understand that whatever we see is an\ninteraction of the three modes o f material nature, but actually it is all an\n\ninteraction of the Lord's energy. Loka-piilam: He is actually the main­\n\ntainer of all living entities. Nityo nityiinam: He is the chief of all living\n\nentities; He is one, but He maintains many, many living entities. God\nmaintains all other living entities, but no one can maintain God. That is\n\nHis svacchanda-sakti; He is not dependent on others. Someone may call\n\nhimself independent, but he is still dependent on someone higher. The\nPersonality of Godhead, however, is absolute; there is no one higher than\nor equal to Him.\nKapila Muni appeared as the son of Kardama Muni, but because He is\nan incarnation of the Supreme Personality o f Godhead, Kardama Muni\noffered his respectful obeisances unto Him with full surrender. Another\nword in this verse is very important: ii.tmiinubhutyiinugata-praparicam.\n\nThe Lord descends either as Kapila or Rama, Nrsiniha or Varaha, and\nwhatever forms He assumes in the material world are all manifestations of\nHis own personal internal energy. They are never the forms of the material\nenergy. The ordinary living entities who are manifested in this material\nworld have bodies created by the material energy, but when Kr�Qa or any\none of His expansions or parts of the expansions descends on this material\nworld, although He appears to have a material body, His body is not\nmaterial. He always has a transcendental body. But fools and rascals, who\n\n", "SB3.3#p0322": "Text 34]\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\n983\n\nare called mii�has, consider Him one of them, and therefore they deride\nHim. They refuse to accept KwJa as the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nbecause they cannot understand Him. In Bhagavad-g\"itii Kr�11a says, avajiin­\n\nanti miim mii�hiift: \"Those who are rascals and fools deride Me.\" When\nGod descends in a form, this does not mean that He assumes His form\nwith the help of the material energy. He manifests His spiritual form as He\nexists in His spiritual kingdom.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n311\n\n�� qRj �\n\n�qlq�oiui\n\n\\3iji8Efil¥t: I\n\nqf(!4i$j�qa:+ft+tl�dtst\n\n����fifit�: U�\\lll\n\nii smiibhiprcche 'dya patim prajiiniim\ntvayiivatin:wn;a utiipta-kiimal]\nparivrajat-padavim iisthito 'ham\ncarifiye tviirh hrdi yui'ijan visoka�\nii\n\nsma\n\nabhiprcche-1\n\nam\n\ninquiring;\n\nadya-now;\n\npatim- the\n\nLord;\n\nprajiiniim-of all created beings; tvayii -by You; avatirrt a-rrw� free from\n-\n\ndebts; uta-and; iipta\n\nfulfilled; kiima� desi res ; parivrajat-of an itinerant\n\n-\n\n-\n\nmendicant; padavim-the path; · asthita�-a ccepting; aham-1; cari�ye-1\nshall wander; tviim- You; hrdi\n\n-\n\nin my heart; yu ii jan\n\n-\n\nkeeping; visoka�­\n\nfree from lamentation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nToday I have something to ask from You, who are the Lord of all living\nentities. Since I have now been liberated by You from my debts to my\nfather, and since all my desires are fulfilled, I wish to accept the order of\nan itinerant mendicant. Renouncing this family life, I wish to wander about,\nfree from lamentation, thinking always of You in my heart.\nPURPORT\nActually, sannyiisa, or renunciation of material household life, necessitates complete absorption in Kr�11a consciousness and immersion in the\nSelf. One does not take sannyiisa, freedom from family responsibility in\nthe renounced order of life, to make another family or to create an\n\n", "SB3.3#p0323": "984\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nembarrassing transcendental fraud in the name of sannyasa. The sannyasi's\nbusiness is not to become proprietor of so many things and amass money\nfrom the innocent public. A sannyasi is proud that he is always thinking of\nKr�rya within himself. Of course, there are two kinds of devotees of the\nLord. One is called go�thyanandi, which means those who are preachers\nand have many followers for preaching the glories of the Lord and who\nlive amongst those many, many followers just to organize missionary\nactivities. Other devotees are atmanandi, or self-satisfied, and do not take\nthe risk of preaching work. They remain, therefore, alone with God. In\nthis classification was Kardama Muni. He wanted to he free from all\nanxieties and remain alone within his heart with the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead.Parivrc1ja means an itinerant mendicant. A mendicant sannyasi\nshould not live anywhere for more than three days. He must be always\nmoving because his duty is to move from door to door and enlighten\npeople about Kr�Qa consciousness.\nTEXT 35\n\n��\"�\n� fi ft: il� Sllt1'1f (4��1� I\n\n3ft4Nif.l � � ��it�at6 � ������\nsri bhagavan tivaca\nmaya proktam hi lokasya\npramiir-am satya-laukike\nathajani maya tubhyam\nyad avocam rtam mune\n\nsri bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; mayaby Me;p roktam-spoken; hi-in fact; lokasya-for the people;pramar-amauthority; satya\n\n- spoken in scripture; laukike-and in ordinary speech;\n- by Me; tubhyam-to you;\n\natha-therefore; ajani-there was birth; maya\n\nyat-that which; avocam-I said;rtam-true; mune-0 sage.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Personality of Godhead Kapila said: Whatever I speak, whether\ndirectly or in the scriptures, is authoritative in all respects for the people of\nthe world. 0 Muni, because I told you before that I would become your\nson, I have descended to fulfill this truth.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0324": "Text 35]\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\n985\n\nPURPORT\n\nKardama Muni was to leave his family life to completely engage in the\n\nservice of the Lord. But.since he knew that the Lord Himself, as Kapila,\n\nhad taken birth in his home as his own son, why was he preparing to leave\n\nhome to search out self-realization or God realization? God Himself was\npresent in his home-why should he leave home? Such a question may\n\ncertainly arise. But here it is said that whatever is spoken in the Vedas and\n\nwhatever is practiced in accordance with the injunctions of the Vedas is to\n\nbe accepted as authoritative in society. Vedic authority says that a householder must leave home after his fiftieth year. Panciisordhvam vanam vrajet:\n\none must leave his family life and enter the forest after the age of fifty.\n\nThis is an authoritative statement of the Vedas, based on the division of\nsocial life into four departments of activity-brahmacarya, grhastha, viina­\n\nprastha and sannyiisa.\n\nKardama Muni practiced yoga very rigidly as a brahmaciiri before his\n\nmarriage, and he became so powerful and attained so much mystic power\n\nthat his father, Brahma, ordered him to marry and beget children as a\n\nhous holder. Kardama did that also; he begot nine good daughters and\none son, Kapila Muni, and thus his householder duty was also performed\n\nnicely, and now his duty was to leave. Even though he had the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead as his son, he had to respect the authority of the\nVedas. This is a very important lesson. Even if one has God in his home as\n\nhis son,\n\nhe should still follow the\n\nVedic injunctions.\n\nIt is stated,\n\nmahiijano yena gata� sa panthii�: one should traverse the path which\n\nis followed by great personalities.\n\nKardama Muni's example is very instructive, for in spite of h�Jving the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead as his son, he left home just to obey the\n\nauthority of the Vedic injunction. Kardama Muni states here the main\n\npurpose of his leaving home: while traveling all over the world as a\nmendicant, he would always remember the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead within his heart and thereby be freed from all the anxieties of material\nexistence. In this age of Kali -yuga sannyiisa is prohibited because persons\n\nin this age are all siidras and cannot follow the rules and regulations o f\n\nsannyiisa life. It i s very commonly found that so-called sannyiisis are\naddicted to nonsense-even to having private relationships with women.\n\nThis is the abominable situation in this age. Although they dress themselves\n\nas sannyiisis, they still cannot free themselves from the four principles of\n\nsinful life, namely illicit sex life, meat eating, intoxication and gambling.\n\nSince they are not freed from these four principles, they are cheating the\npublic by posing as sviimis.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0325": "986\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nIn Kali-yuga the injunction is that no one should accept sannyasa. Of\ncourse, those who actually follow the rules and regulations must take\nsannyasa. Generally, however, people are unable to accept sannyiisa life,\n\nand therefore Caitanya Mahaprabhu stressed, kalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha. In this age there is no other alternative, no other\n\nalternative, no other alternative than to chant the holy name of the Lord,\nHare Kr;;�a, Hare Kr��a, Kr��a Kr��a, Hare Hare. The main purpose of\nsannyasa life is to be in constant companionship with the Supreme Lord,\n\neither by thinking of Him within the heart or hearing of Him through\naural reception. ln this age, hearing is more important than thinking\nbecause one's thinking may be disturbed by mental agitation, but if one\nconcentrates on hearing, he will be forced to associate with the sound\nvibration of Kr�l.la. Kr�l.la and the sound vibration Kr�r;ta are nondifferent,\nso if one loudly vibrates Hare Kr�Qa, he will be able to think of Kr�r;ta\nimmediately. This process of chanting is the best process of self-realization\nin this age; therefore Lord Caitanya preached it so nicely for the benefit\nof all humanity.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n� �;q e\\$sf411fJl(Ulf ���tl€( .I\nsm._oq,..,f.4 � (1i'q('ilf.l�¥4a:�i ������\netan me janma loke 'srnin\nmumukfiilru'im durii.sayat\nprasatikhyanaya tattvanam\nsammatayatma-darsane\n\netat-this; me-My; janma\n\n- birth; loke-in the world; asmin-in this;\n\nmumuk§ilr-am-by those great sages seeking liberation; durasayat- from\n\nunnecessary material desires; prasatikhyanaya-for explaining; tattvaniimof the truths; sammataya-which is highly esteemed; atma-darsane-in\nself-realization.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy appearance in this world is especially to explain the philosophy of\nsarikhya, which is highly esteemed for self-realization by those desiring\nfreedom from the entanglement of unnecessary material desires.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0326": "Text 37)\n\n987\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\nPURPORT\nHere the word duriisayiit is very significant. Dur means trouble or\ndu�kha, miseries. Asayiit means from the shelter. We conditioned souls\nhave taken shelter of the material body, which is full of troubles and\nmiseries. Foolish people cannot understand the situation, and this is called\nignorance, illusion, or the spell of miiyii. Human society should very\nseriously understand that the body itself is the source of all miserable life.\nModern civilization is supposed to be making advancement in scientific\nknowledge, but what is this scientific knowledge? It is based on bodily\ncomforts only, without knowledge that however comfortably one maintains his body, the body is destructible. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii,\n\nantavanta ime dehiil;t: these bodies are destined to be destroyed. Nityasyoktiitl saririQ.al;t refers to the living soul or the living spark which is within the\nbody. That soul is eternal, but the body is not eternal. For our activity we\nmust have a body; without a body, without sense organs, there is no activity.\nRut people are not inquiring whether it is possible to have an eternal body.\nActually they aspire for an eternal body because even though they engage\nin sense enjoyment, that sense enjoyment is not eternal. They are there·\nfore in want of something which they can enjoy eternally, but they do not\nunderstand how to attain that perfection. Siitikhya philosophy, therefore,\nas stated herein by Kapiladeva, is tattviiniim. The siitikhya philosophy\nsystem is designed to afford understanding of the real truth. What is that\nreal truth? The real truth is knowledge of how to get out of the material\nbody, which is the source of all trouble. Lord Kapila's incarnation or\ndescent is especially meant for this purpose. That is clearly stated here.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�· 3fl�q-.)soq:fil WM: � � I\n\na st+4d�d � Rf% � � ���\\911\nefia iitma-patho 'vyakto\nnafi.taft kiilena bhiiyasii\ntam pravartayitum deham\nimam viddhi maya bhrtam\n\nA e�aft-this; iitma-patha[t-path of self-realization; avyaktaft difficult to\n�e known; na�taft lost; kiilena bhiiyasii-in the course of time; tam-this;\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0327": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n988\n\npravar tayitum-to introduce again; deham\nplease know; maya\n\n-\n\n-\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nbody; imam-this; viddhi-·\n\nby Me; bhrtam assumed.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis path of self-realization, which is difficult to understand, has now\n\nbeen lost in the course of time. Please know that I have assumed this body\nof Kapila to introduce and explain this philosphy to human society again.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is not true that satikhya philosophy is a new system of philosophy\n. introduced by Kapila as material philosophers introduce new kinds of\nmental speculative thought to supersede that of another philosopher. Ori\nthe material platform everyone, especially the mental speculator, tries to\nbe more prominent than others. The field of activity of the speculators is\nthe mind; there is no limit to the different ways in which one can agitate\nthe mind. The mind can be unlimitedly agitated, and thus one can put\nforward an unlimited number of theories. Satikhya philosophy is not like\nthat; it is not mental speculation. It is factual, but at the time of Kapila it\nwas lost.\nIn due course of time, a particular type of knowledge may be lost or may\nbe covered for the time being; that is the nature of this material wor ld. A similar statement was made by Lord Kr�tta in Bhagavad-gfta. Sa kaleneha mahata\nyogo na�ta/l:\n\n\"\n\nIn course of time the yoga system as stated in Bhagavad­\n\ngita was lost.\" It was coming in parampara, in disciplic succession, but due\nto the passage of time it was lost. The time factor is so pressing that in the\ncourse of time everything within this material world is spoiled or lost.\nThe yoga system of Bhagavad-gita was lost before the meeting of Krfll)a\nand A�una. Therefore Krfll)a again enunciated the same ancient yoga\nsystem to A�una, who could actually understand Bhagavad-gitii. Similarly, Kapila also said that the system of siitikhya philosophy was not exactly\nbeing introduced by Him; it was already current, but in course of time it\nwas mysteriously lost, and therefore He appeared to reintroduce it. That\nis the purpose of the incarnation of Godhead. Yada yadii hi dharmasya\ngliinir bhavati bhiirata. Dharma means the real occupation of the living\nentity. When there is a discrepancy in the eternal occupation of the living\nentity, the Lord comes and introduces the real occupation of life. Any socalled religious system that is not in the line of devotional service is called\nadharma-saritsthiipana. When people forget their eternal relationship with\nGod and engage in something other than devotional service, that is called\n\n", "SB3.3#p0328": "989\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\nText 38]\n\nirreligion. How one can get out of the miserable condition of material life\nis stated in satikhya philosophy, and the Lord Himself is explaining this\nsublime system.\nTEXT 38\n\nq;g 1litlf lATW � 4Ht�EtAull I\n\nftlm � 'l�S'\\®�Itl � � ������\ngaccha kamam mayaprfi.to\nmayi sannyasta-karma\"{la\njitvii sudurjayarit mrtyum\namrtatviiya miim bhaja\n\ngaccha-go; kamam-as you wish; maya\nmayi to Me;\n-\n\ns an nyasta-completely\n\n-\n\nby Me; apnta�-sanctioned;\n\nsurrendered; karma!'ii-with your\n\nactivities; jitvii having conquered; sud u rjayam insurmountable; mrtyum-\n\n-\n\ndeath; amrtatvaya-for eternal life; mam-unto Me; bhaja\n\n-\n\nengage in de­\n\nvotional service.\nTRANSLATION\nNow, being sanctioned by Me, go as you desire, surrendering all your\nactivities to Me. Conquering insurmountable death, worship Me for eternal\nlife.\nPURPORT\nThe purpose of satikhya philosophy is stated herein. If anyone wants\nreal eternal life, he has to engage himself in devotional service or Kr�r,a\nconsciousness. To become free from birth and death is not an easy task.\nBirth and death are natural to this material body. Sudurjayam means very,\nvery difficult to overcome. The modern so-called scientists have no sufficient\nmeans to understand the process of victory over birth and death. Therefore,\nthey set aside the question of birth and death; they do not consider it.\nThey simply engage in the problems of the material body, which is tran·\nsient and sure to end.\nActually, human life is meant for conquering the insurmountable process\nof birth and death. That can be done as stated here. Miirit bhaja: one must\nengage in the devotional service of the Lord. In Bhagavad-gitii also the\nLord says, man-mana bhava mad-bhakta�: \"Just become My devotee. Just\nworship Me.\" But foolish so-called scholars say that it is not Knr,a whom\nwe must worship and to whom we must surrender; it is something else.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0329": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n990\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nWithout Kr�pa's mercy, therefore, no one can understand the siinkhya\n\n·\n\nphilosophy or any philosophy which is especially meant for liberation.\nVedic knowledge confirms that one becomes entangled in this material\nlife because of ignorance, and one can become free from material embarrassment by becoming situated in factual knowledge. Siitikhya means that\nfactual knowledge by which one can get out of the material entanglement.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n1111�1-t (qMRt: ��\\<��1\\14( 1\n311€¥4�4kllitl � fit\\RctdS+i4'l\"3Ri ll� Q,ll\nmiim iitmiinam svayam-jyotift\nsarvabhuta-guhiisayam\natmany evatmana vik�ya\nvisoko 'bhayam rcchasi\nmam-Me; atmanam-the Supreme Soul, or Paramatma; svayam-jyoti/1self-effulgent; sarva-bhuta-of all beings; guha-in the hearts; asayamdwelling; atmani-in your own heart; eva-indeed; atmana-through your\nintellect; vik�ya-always\n\nseeing,\n\nalways\n\nthinking; visokal,t-free\n\nfrom\n\nlamentation; abhayam-fearlessness; rcchasi-you will achieve.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlways, in your own heart, through your intellect, seeing Me, the su­\n\npreme self -effulgent soul dwelling within the hearts of all living entities, you\nwill achieve the state of eternal life, free from all lamentation and fear.\n\nPURPORT\nPeople are very anxious to understand the Absolute Truth in various\nways, especially by experiencing the brahmajyoti, or Brahman effulgence,\nby meditation and by mental speculation. But Kapiladeva uses the word\nmiim to emphasize that the Personality of Godhead is the ultimate feature\n\nof the Absolute Truth. In Bhagavad-gita the Personality of Godhead always\nsays mam, \"unto Me,\" but the rascals misinterpret the clear meaning. Mam\nis the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If one can see the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead as He appears in different incarnations and understand that He has not assumed a material body but is present in His own\n\n", "SB3.3#p0330": "Text 40]\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\n991\n\neternal, spiritual form, then he can understand the nature of the Personality\nof Godhead. Since the less intelligent cannot understand this point, it is\nstressed everywhere again and again. Simply by seeing the form of the\nLord as He presents Himself by His own internal potency as Kr�qa or Rama\nor Kapila, one can directly see the brahmajyoti because the brahmajyoti is\nno mor& than the effulgence of His bodily luster. Since the sunshine is the\nluster of the sun planet, by seeing the sun one automatically sees the sunshine; similarly, by seeing the Supreme Personality of Godhead one\nsimultaneously sees and experiences the Paramatma feature as well as the\nimpersonal Brahman feature of the Supreme.\nThe Bhiigavatam has already enunciated that the Absolute Truth is\npresent in three features-in the beginning as the impersonal Brahman,\nin the next stage as the Paramatma in everyone's heart, and, at last,\nas the ultimate realization of the Absolute Truth, Bhagavan, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. One who sees the Supreme Person can automatically realize the other features, namely the Paramatma and Brahman\nfeatures of the Lord. The words used here are visoko 'bhayam rcchasi.\nSimply by seeing the Personality of Godhead one realizes everything, and\nthe result is that he becomes situated on the platform where there is no\nlamentation and no fear. This can be attained simply by devotional service\nto the Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT40\n\n�311\"41ft¥4� f'ftri ���dum{ I\n�ij� � � � \"41Mij�(6 11\\lo II\nmiitra iidhyiitmikirh vidyiirh\nsamanim sarva-karmar-iim\nvitarine yayii ciisau\nbhayam ciititarifiyati\nmiitre-to My mother; iidhyiitmik im-which opens the door of spiritual\n\nlife; vidyiim\n\n-\n\nknowledge; samanim- ending; sarva-karmar-iim-all fruitive\n\nactivities; vitari§ye-1 shall\n\ngive; yayii-by which; ca-also; asau-she;\n\nbhayam-fear; ca-also; atitari§yati-will overcome.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI shall also describe this sublime knowledge, which is the door to spiritual\nlife, to My mother, so that she also can attain perfection and self -realization,\n\n", "SB3.3#p0331": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n992\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nending all reactions to fruitive activities. Thus she also will be freed from\n\nall material fear.\n\nPURPORT\nKardama Muni was anxious about his good wife, Devahuti, while leaving\nhome, and so the worthy son promised that not only would Kardama\nMuni be freed from the material entanglement, but Devahuti would also be\nfreed by receiving instruction from her son. A very good example is set\nhere: the husband goes away, taking the sannyiisa order for self-realization,\nbut his representative, the son, who is equally educated, remains at home\nto deliver the mother. A sannyiisi is not supposed to take his wife with him.\nAt the viinaprastha stage of retired life, or the stage midway between\nhouseholder life and renounced life, one may keep his wife as an assistant\nwithout sex relations, but in the sannyiisa order of life one cannot keep\nhis wife with him. Otherwise, a person like Kardama Muni could have kept\nhis wife with him, and there would have been no hindrance to his prosecution of self-realization.\nKardama Muni followed the Vedic injunction that no one in sannyiisa\nlife can have any kind of relationship with women. But what is the position\nof a woman who is left by her husband? She is entrusted to the son, and\nthe son promises that he will deliver his mother from entanglement. A\nwoman is not supposed to take sannyiisa. So-called spiritual societies con­\n\ncocted in modern times give sannyiisa even to women, although there is no\nsanction in the\n\nVedic literature for a woman's accepting sannyiisa.\n\nOtherwise, if it were sanctioned, Kardama Muni could have taken his wife\nand given her sannyiisa. The woman must remain at home. She has only\nthree stages of life: dependency on the father in childhood, dependency on\nthe husband in youth, and, in old age, dependency on the grown-up son,\nsuch as Kapila. In old age the progress of women depends on the grown-up\nson. The ideal son, Kapila Muni, is assuring His father of the deliverance of\nHis mother so that His father may go peacefully without anxiety for his\ngood wife.\nTEXT 41\n\n����\n\n� (tfl�6�wt EfiN�wt �rmr: 1\nq:\"\"'1ti� � sful1 � � � lUi� II\nmaitreya uviica\nevarh samuditas tena\nkapilena prajapati{!\n\n", "SB3.3#p0332": "Text 41]\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\n993\n\ndakfii[li-krtya tam prito\nvanam eva jagiima ha\nmaitreya[l uvii ca - the great sage Maitreya said; evam -thus; samudita[laddressed; tena-by Him; kapilena-by Kapila; p rajii-pati[l - the progenitor\nof human society; dalc§i[li- krtya - having circumambulated; tam- Him;\nprita� -being pacified; vanam-to the forest; eva - indeed; jagiima - he left;\nha - then.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Maitreya said: Thus when Kardama Muni, the progenitor of human\nsociety, was spoken to in fullness by his son, Kapila, he circumambulated\nHim, and with a good, pacified mind he at once left for the forest.\nPURPORT\nGoing to the forest is compulsory for everyone. It is not a mental excursion upon which one person goes and another does not. Everyone should go\nto the forest at least as a viinaprastha. Forest-going means to take one hundred percent shelter of the Supreme Lord, as explained by Prahl ada Maharaja\n\nin his talks with his father (Bhiig. 7.5.5). Sadii samudvigna-dhiyiim. People\nwho have accepted a temporary material body are always full of anxieties.\n\nOne should not, therefore, be very much affected by this material body, hut\nshould try to he freed. The preliminary process to become freed is to go to\nthe forest or give up family relationships and exclusively engage in Kreyrya\nconsciousness. That is the purpose of going to the forest. Otherwise, the\nforest is only a place of monkeys and wild animals. To go to the forest\ndoes not mean to become a monkey or a ferocious animal. It means to\naccept exclusively the shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\nengage oneself in full service. One does not actually have to go to the forest.\nAt the preserH moment this is not at all advisable for a man who has spent\nhis life all along in big cities. As explained by Prahlada Maharaja (hitviitmapiitam grhani andha-kilpam), one should not remain always engaged in the\nresponsibilities of family life because family life without Kreyrya consciousness is just like a blind well. Alone in a field, if one falls into a blind well\nand no one is there to save him, he may cry for years, and no one will see\nor hear where the crying is coming from. Death is sure. Similarly, those\nwho are forgetful of their eternal relationship with the Supreme Lord are\nin the blind well of family life; their position is very ominous. Prahlada\nMaharaja advised that one should give up this well somehow or other and\ntake to Kw}a consciousness and thus be freed from material entanglement,\nwhich is full of anxieties.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0333": "[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n994\n\nTEXT42\n\n� � 311Rtoifl ����'fi�Hoil �: I\nf.r:� oq'Ef(t:�OftilwtficditfMwt: 11\\l�fl\nvratam sa iisthito maunam\niitmaika-sara{lo muni[l\nni[lsmigo vyacarat kfio.nim\nanagnir aniketana[l\nvratam-vow; sa{l-he (Kardama); iisthita[l-accepted; maunam-silence;\niitma-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; eka-exclusively; sarap,a{tbeing\n\nsheltered;\n\nvyacarat-he\n\nmuni[l-the\n\ntraveled;\n\nsage;\n\nk§O[lim-the\n\nni[lsanga[l-without\nearth;\n\nassociation;\n\nanagni{l-without\n\nfire;\n\naniketana[l-without shelter.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Kardama Muni accepted silence as a vow in order to think of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead and take shelter of Him exclusively.\n\nWithout association, he traveled over the surface of the globe as a sannyasi,\ndevoid of any relationship with fire or shelter.\nPURPORT\n\nHere the words anagnir aniketanaf!. are very significant. A sannyiisi should\nbe completely detached from fire and any residential quarters. A grhastha\nhas a relationship with fire, either for offering sacrifices or for cooking, but\n\ny\n\na sann iisi is freed from these two responsibilities. He does not have to cook\nor offer fire for sacrifice because he is always engaged in K{�J}.a consciousness;\ntherefore he has already accomplished all ritualistic performances of\nreligion. Aniketana[l means without lodging. He should not have his own\nhouse, but should depend completely on the Supreme Lord for his food\nand lodging. He should travel.\nMauna means silence. Unless one becomes silent, he cannot think completely about the pastimes and activities of the Lord. It is not that because\none is a fool and cannot speak nicely he therefore takes the vow of mauna.\nRather, one becomes silent so that people will not disturb him. It is said\nby Cat:takya Pat:t9ita that a rascal appears very intelligent as long as he does\nnot speak. But speaking is the test. The so-called silence of a silent impersonalist sviimi indicates that he has nothing to say; he simply wants to beg.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0334": "The Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\nText43]\n\n995\n\nBut the silence adopted by Kardama Muni is not like that. He became\nsilent for relief from nonsensical talk. One is called a muni when he\nremains grave and does not talk nonsense. Maharaja Ambari�a has set a\nvery good example; whenever he spoke, he spoke about the pastimes of the\nLord. Mauna necessitates refraining from nonsensical talking and engaging\nthe talking facility in the pastimes of the Lord. In that way one can chant and\nhear about the Lord in order to perfect his life. Vratam means that one\nshould take a vow as explained in Bhagavad-gitii, amiinitvam adambhitvam,\nwithout hankering for personal respect and without being proud of one's\nmaterial position. Ahirhsii means not being violent. There are eighteen\nprocesses\n\nfor\n\nattaining knowledge and perfection, and, by his vow,\n\nKardama Muni adopted all the principles of self-realization.\nTEXT43\n\n� ;mfUr �;it tl=ij€ijG;Q�t: 'rol_ I\nguffcf� R!jot � II'J� II\nmano brahmarti yunjiino\nyat tat sad-asatafl param\nguravabhiise vigura\neka-bhaktyiinubhiivite\nmana� - mind; b rahmar_�i - on the Supreme; yU1 ijana � - fixing; yat-which ;\ntat-that; sat-asatafi,-cause and effect; pa ram -beyond; gura-avabhiisewho manifests the three modes of material nature; vigure-who is beyond\nthe material modes; eka-bhaktyii-by exclusive devotion; anubhiivite-who\nis perceived.\nTRANSLATION\nHe\n\nfixed\n\nhis\n\nmind upon the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of\n\nGodhead,\n\nParabrahman, who is beyond cause and effect, who manifests the three\nmodes of material nature, who is beyond those three modes, and who is\nperceived only through unfailing devotional service.\nPURPORT\nWhenever there is bhalcti,\n\nthere must be three things present-the\n\ndevotee, the devotion and the Lord. Without these three, bhakta, bhakti\nand bha ga viin, there is no meaning to the word bhakti. Kardama Muni\nfixed his mind on the Supreme Brahman and realized Him through bhakti,\n\n", "SB3.3#p0335": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n996\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nor devotional service. This indicates that he fixed his mind on the personal\nfeature of the Lord because bhakti cannot be executed unless one has\nrealization of the personal feature of the Absolute Truth. Guriivabhiise: He\nis beyond the three modes of material nature, but it is due to Him that the\nthree modes of material nature are manifested. In other words, although\nthe material energy is an emanation of the Supreme Lord, He is not\naffected, as we are, by the modes of material nature. We are conditioned\nsouls, but He is not affected, although the material nature has emanated\nfrom Him. He is the supreme living entity and is never affected by miiyii,\nbut we are subordinate, minute living entities, prone to be affected by the\nlimitations of miiyii. If he is in constant contact with the Supreme Lord\nby devotional service, the conditioned living entity also becomes freed\nfrom the infection of miiyii. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii: sa guriin\nsamatityaitiin.\n\nA\n\nperson engaged\n\nin\n\nKr�11a consciousness is at once\n\nliberated from the influence of the three modes of material nature. In\nother words, once the conditioned soul engages himself in devotional\nservice, he also becomes liberated like the Lord.\nTEXT44\n\nf;H(tf�f.\\� tt �: � m� I\n'\n\n' ·\n\n�: �.ffifflroi'��: 11\\?\\?11\nnirahankrtir nirmamas ca\nnirdvandvaf!. sama-drk sva-drk\npro tyak-prasiinta-dhir dhiraf!.\nprasiintormir ivodadhif!.\nnirahankrtif!.\n\n-\n\nwithout false ego; nirmamaf!.-without material affection;\n\nca-and; nirdvandvaf!.\n\n-\n\nwithout duality ;sama-drk- seeing equality;sva-drk\n\n­\n\nseeing himself; pratyak turned inward; prasiinta-perfectly composed;\n-\n\ndhi[l. -mind; dhiraf!. -sober, not disturbed; prasiinta-calmed; u rm iQ.- whose\nwaves; iva-like; udadhif!.-the ocean.\nTRANSLATION\nThus he gradually became unaffected by the false ego of material identity\n\nand became free from material affection. Undisturbed, equal to everyone,\nand without duality, he could indeed see himself also. His mind was turned\ninward and was perfectly calm, like an ocean unagitated by waves.\n\n", "SB3.3#p0336": "The Renunciation of Kardama Muni\n\nText45]\n\n997\n\nPURPORT\nWhen one's mind is in full Kr�qa consciousness and one fully engages in\nrendering devotional service to the Lord, he becomes just like an ocean\nunagitated by waves. This very example is also cited in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\none should become like the ocean. The ocean is filled by many thousands\nof rivers, and clouds evaporate millions of tons of its water, yet the ocean\nis the same unagitated ocean. The laws of nature may work, but if one is\nfixed in devotional service at the lotus feet of the Lord, he is not agitated\nbecause he is introspective. He does not look outside to material nature,\nbut he looks into the spiritual nature of his existence; with a sober mind,\nhe simply engages in the service of the Lord. Thus he realizes his own self\nwithout\n\nfalse identification with\n\nmatter and\n\nwithout\n\naffection\n\nfor\n\nmaterial possessions. Such a great devotee is never in trouble with others\nbecause he sees everyone from the platform of spiritual understanding; he\nsees himself and others in the right perspective.\nTEXT45\n\n� � � ��·n�qf.t 1\n\n�Of���: II'J�II\nviisudeve bhagavati\n\nsarva-jne pratyag-iitmani\n\nparer-a bhakti-bhiivena\n\nlabdhiitmii mukta-bandhana�\n\nviisudeve-to Vasudeva; bhagavati-the Personality of Godhead; sarva­\n\njne-omniscient; pratyak-iitmani-the Supersoul within everyone; parer-a­\n\ntranscendental; bhakti-bhiivena-by devotional service; labdha-iitmii-being\n\nsituated in himself; mu kta ba n dhanatt-liberated from material bondage.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe thus became liberated from conditioned life and became self-situated\nin transcendental\n\ndevotional service to the Personality of Godhead,\n\nVasudeva, the omniscient Supersoul within everyone.\nPURPORT\nWhen one engages in the transcendental ·devotional service of the Lord\nhe becomes aware that his constitutional position, as an individual soul,\n\n", "SB3.3#p0337": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n998\nis\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 24\n\nto be eternally a servitor of the Supreme Lord, Vasudeva. Self­\n\nrealization does not\n\nmean that because the Supreme Soul and the\n\nindividual soul are both souls they are equal in every respect. The individual soul is prone to be conditioned, and the Supreme Soul is never\nconditioned. When the conditioned soul realizes that he is subordinate\nto the Supreme Soul, that is called labdhiitmii, self-realization, or muktabandhana, freedom from material contamination. Material contamination\n\ncontinues as long as one thinks that he is as good as the Supreme Lord or\nis equal with Him. This condition is the last snare of miiyii. Miiyii always\ninfluences\n\nthe\n\nconditioned\n\nsoul.\n\nEven\n\nafter much meditation and\n\nspeculation, if one continues to think himself one with the Supreme\nLord, it is to be understood that he is still in the last snares of the spell\nof miiyii.\nThe\n\nword\n\npare!la\n\nis very significant. Para\n\nmeans\n\ntranscendental,\n\nuntinged by material contamination. When one is in full consciousness that\nhe is an eternal servant of the Lord, that is called parii bhakti. If one has any\nidentification with material things arid executes devotional service for\nattainment of some material gain, that is viddhii bhakti, contaminated\nbhakti. One can actually become liberated by execution of para bhakti.\n\nAnother word mentioned here is sarva-jne. The Supersoul sitting within\nthe heart is all-cognizant. He knows. I may forget my past activities due\nto the change of body, but because the Supreme Lord as Paramatma is\nsitting with me, He knows everything; therefore the result of .my past\nkarma or past activities is awarded to me. I may forget, but He awards me\n\nsuffering or enjoyment for the misdeeds or good deeds of my past life.\nOne should not think that he is freed from reaction because he has forgotten the actions of his past life. Reactions will take place, and what\nkind of reactions there will be is judged by the Supersoul, the witness.\n\nTEXT46\n\n311€¥tlwl ri� �·fi49'ij'4i!4MI:It( I\n3'(\\l�� lltFI� \"\"41€'4M II«J�II\nii.tmiinam sarva-bhiitefiu\nbhagavantam avasthitam\napasyat sarva-bhiitiini\nbhagavaty api ciitmani\n\n", "SB3.3#p0338": "Text47]\natmanam-the\n\nThe Renunciation of Kardama Muni\nSupersoul;\n\nsarva-bhute�u-in\n\nall\n\n999\nliving\n\nbeings;\n\nbhagavantam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; avasthitam-situated;\napasyat-he saw; sarva-bhutiini-all living beings; bhagavati-in the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; api-moreover; ca-and; atmani-on the Supersoul.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe began to see that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is seated in\neveryone's heart, and that everyone is existing on Him, because He is the\nSupersoul of everyone.\nPURPORT\nThat everyone is existing on the Supreme Personality of Godhead does\nnot mean that everyone is· also Godhead. This is also explained in\nBhagavad-gita: everything is resting on Him, the Supreme Lord, but that\ndoes not mean that the Supreme Lord is also everywhere. This mysterious\nposition has to be understood by highly advanced devotees. There are three\nkinds of devotees-the neophyte devotee, the intermediate devotee and\nthe advanced devotee. The neophyte devotee does not understand the techniques of devotional science, but simply offers devotional service to the Deity\nin the temple; the intermediate devotee understands who God is, who is a\ndevotee, who is a nondevotee and who is innocent, and he deals with such\npersons differently. But a person who sees that the Lord is sitting as\nParamatma in everyone's heart and that everything is depending or existing\non the transcendental energy of the Supreme Lord is in the highest devotional position.\n\nTEXT47\n\n�li'1f� -�� ij+i�d�l I\n�·tq{(Nfl�i1 mm llt•tqffl tffif: 11\\1�11\niccha-dve§a-vihinena.\nsarvatra sama-cetasa\nbhagavad-bhakti-yuktena\nprapta bhagavati gati�\niccha-desire; dve�a-and hatred; vihinena-freed from; sarvatra-everywhere; sama-equal; c e t as a\n\n-\n\nwith the mind; bhagavat-unto the Personality\n\nof Godhead; bhakti-yuktena-by discharging devotional service; prapta-\n\n", "SB3.3#p0339": "1000\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nwas attained; bhiigavati gatift\nhome, back to Godhead.)\n\n-\n\n[Canto 3, Ch 24\n.\n\nthe destination of the devotee (going back\n\nTRANSLATION\nFreed from all hatred and desire, Kardama Muni, being equal to everyone\n\nbecause of discharging uncontaminated devotional service, ultimately attained the path back to Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita, only by devotional service can one under­\n\nstand the transcendental nature of the Supreme Lord and, after under­\n\nstanding Him perfectly in His transcendental position, enter into the\nkingdom of God. The process of entering into the kingdom of God is tri­\n\npiida-bhuti-gati, or the path back home, back to Godhead, by which one\ncan attain the ultimate goal of life. Kardama Muni, by His perfect devo­\n\ntional knowledge and service, achieved this ultimate goal, which is known\nas bhagavati gati{t.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports o f the Third Canto, Twentyfourth Chapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Renunciation of\nKardama Muni.\"\n\n", "SB3.3#p0340": "", "SB3.4#p0001": "'\n\nSrlmad\nBhagavatam\n\n·\n\nSri mad\nBhagavatam\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\nThird canto\n!Part FoUr -Chapters 25-33l\nwith the original Sanskrit text, its Roman transliteration, word-for-word synonyms, translation\nand elaborate purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society\nfor Krishna Consciousness\n\n464pages\n8 color illustrations\n\n)>\nh\nO:l\n::r\nQJ\n\nFortunate are those who read Srimad-Bhiigavatam,\nfor this ancient classic of spiritual wisdom offers\ndeep insight into every sphere of life, including\nphilosophy, sociology, religion and love. The ulti­\n\n�\n\nmate work of the great sage Vyasa, the author of\n\n�· :I:\nVi\n0.\nQJ 0'\n:::l c::·\ns 5'\nUl ([)\n=E C)\nQJ\nQJ\n�. n\n\"'0 ([)\nnJ\nC'\n::r\nc\n\"C\nQJI\n0.\nQJ\n\nBhagavad-gitii, Srimad-Bhiigavatam is so potent that\nit can bring about a spiritual revolution in the\nhearts of those who read it. Since it is a book not\nof sectarian religion but of universal enlightenment,\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam lights the way of spiritual progress for people of all nations and religions. It is\ncompared to the rising sun, for its knowledge dissi­\n\n.,\n\npates the darkness of illusion and anxiety.\nAimed especially at describing the sublime pastimes of Lord Km1a, the Personality of Godhead,\nwhich are to be found in the Tenth Canto, SrimadBhagavatam gradually elevates its reader in the\ninner knowledge of the self and in the mysteries of\nthe cosmos, its laws and its ultimate source. Therefore, those sincerely searching for spiritual truth\nwill find it in every verse of Srimad-Bhagavatam,\nthe world's most ancient and scientific text of\nspiritual knowledge.\n\n•\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nFront cover:\n\nLord Kapila instructs His mother,\n\nDevahiiti, in the path of analytical knowledge.\nBack cover:\nGodhead.\n\nKf�l)a, the Supreme Personality of\n\n", "SB3.4#p0002": "Other Books by His Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nCOMPLETE EDITION\n\nwith the original Sanskrit text, Roman\ntransliteration, English equivalents,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\nThe International Society for Krishna Consciousness is pleased to announce the publication by the\n\nComplete\nEdition of Bhagavad-gita As It Is. This most basic\n\nMacmillan Company of the long-awaited\n\nand essential of all spiritual texts is now available in\none complete, authoritative, beautifully illustrated\n\n1 ,000-page\n\nvolume.\n\nBhagavad-gita has long been\n\nappreciated as a scriptural literature of sublime importance by thoughtfu I men throughout the world, for its\neighteen chapters shower upon man the immortal\n\nnectar of the wisdom of the Absolute. In Bhagavadgita As It Is, the message of this timeless classic is now\ntransmitted in its purity and fullness. By reading this\nbook, one can attain the perfection of human life.\n\nHardcover $10. 95; Paperback $4.95\n\nKRSNA\n•\n\n•\n\n•\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead\nHere, in three magnificent volumes, His Divine\nGrace presents the eternal, blissful pastimes of the\n\nSupreme Lord Sri Kr�r;�a as they are revealed in the\nTenth Canto oi\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, the ripened\n\nfruit of all Vedic literatures. The KFJ�JYA BOOKS,\n\n750 pages of transcendental stories, richly illustrated\nwith 120 full-color reproductions.\n\nPer Volume, $7.95\nSet of three volumes, $19.95\nThe KFJ$t;JA BOOKS are now available in a wonderful paperback trilogy set. These pocket-size books include all of the original text and the most exquisite of\nthe color illustrations. Pocket-size bliss! A beautiful\nslip case is also included free with the complete set of\nbooks.\n\nPer Vol., $1.95 Per Set $4.95\n\n", "SB3.4#p0003": "His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nFounder-Acarya of the International Socie\n\nor Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB3.4#p0004": "Plate 1 The Lord ex lained the\n\nath of the transcendentalists to His mother, Devahuti.\n\n.\n\n1014\n\n", "SB3.4#p0005": "Plate 2 \"My devotees always see the smiling face of My form, with eyes like the rising morning\nsun.\"\n\n. 1044\n\n", "SB3.4#p0006": "Plate 3 The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the Supreme Soul. (p. 1 064)\n\n", "SB3.4#p0007": "Plate 4 One should concentrate on the tip of the nose with half-closed eyes and see the form of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. (p. 1186)\n\n", "SB3.4#p0008": "Plate 5 Lak�mi, the goddess of fortune, can always be found massaging the legs and thighs of the Lord. (p. 1199)\n\n", "SB3.4#p0009": "'\nPlate 6 The man with uncontrolled senses is arrested by the Yamact iitas at the time of death. (p. 1298)\n\n", "SB3.4#p0010": "Plate 7 \"At the end of the millenium, You lie down on a leaf of a banyan tree, and just like a\n\nsmall baby, You lick the toe of Your lotus foot.\" (p. 1420)\n\n", "SB3.4#p0011": "ALL GLORY TO 5Rl GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\nof\n\nK�St;.JA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\n� FIR<R1*4� ��A � I\n� WiNt�il 311�� �llMd\\ ����II\nevarit vidita-tattvasya\nprakrtir mayi manasam\nyunjato napakuruta\natmtiramasya karhicit (p. 1166)\n\n", "SB3.4#p0012": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-4 ( 13 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (3 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri Tsopani:;ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr:;11a Consciousness: Th.e Topmost Yoga System\nKr:;(la, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (2 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nTranscendental Teachings of Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nKr:;(la, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr:;11a\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr:;11a Consciousness\nLord Caitanya in Five Features\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3959 Landmark Street\nCulver City, California 90230\n\n", "SB3.4#p0013": "Srfmad-Bhagavatam\nThird Canto\n\"The status Quo\"\n\n<Part Four-chapters 25-33>\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n8\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York\n\n0\n\nLos Angeles\n\n0\n\nLondon\n\n°\n\nBombay\n\n", "SB3.4#p0014": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3959 Landmark Street\nCulver City, California 90230\n\n© 1974 the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nALL RIGHTS RESERVED\n\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 70-127183\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-75-7\n\n", "SB3.4#p0015": "TABLE OF CONTENTS\nCHAPTER TWENTY-FIVE\nThe Olorles of DevotiOnal service\n\n1001\n\nThe Lord Takes Birth as Kapila Muni\n\n1001\n\nDevahiiti Questions Her Son\n\n1007\n\nThe Lord Explains the Path of the Transcendentalists\n\n1014\n\nConditional Life and Liberation\n\n1017\n\nDevotional Service Is the Only Auspicious Path\n\n1021\n\nThe Symptoms of a Sadhu\n\n1025\n\nThe Value of Attachment to Devotees\n\n1029\n\nThe Easiest Process of Mystic Power\n\n1032\n\nDevahiiti Inquires About Devotional Service\n\n1035\n\nThe Senses Represent the Demigods\n\n1039\n\nDevotional Service Dissolves the Subtle Body\n\n1041\n\nDevotees Like to See the Forms of the Lord\n\n1044\n\nDevotees Enjoy All Offered Benedictions\n\n1048\n\nUnflinching Devotional Service Described\n\n1052\n\nThe Wind Blows Out of Fear of the Lord\n\n1057\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-SIX\nFundamental PrinciPleS of Material Nature\n\n1061\n\nKnowledge Is the Ultimate Perfection\n\n1062\n\nThe Lord Accepts the Subtle Material Energy\n\n1067\n\nMaterial Consciousness Causes Conditional Life\n\n1072\n\nThe Aggregate Elements are Known as the Pradhana\n\n1077\n\nv\n\n", "SB3.4#p0016": "Table of Contents\nTime Is the Twenty-fifth Element\n\n1080\n\nThe Lord Impregnates Material Nature\n\n1085\n\nThe Characteristics of Pure Consciousness\n\n1088\n\nThe Mind Is Known as Lord Aniruddha\n\n1093\n\nThe Characteristics of Intelligence\n\n1095\n\nManifestation of the Sound Element\n\n1098\n\nThe Characteristics of the Ethereal Element\n\nll01\n\nThe Characteristics of Form\n\nll05\n\nThe Characteristics of Water\n\nll08\n\nThe Earth Sustains All Elements\n\nll10\n\nAppearance of the Celebrated Cosmic Being\n\n1114\n\nDivision of the Universe\n\nll17\n\nThe Demigods Try to Awaken the Universal Form\n\nll25\n\nThe Cosmic Being Arises from the Causal Waters\n\nll29\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-SEVEN\n\nUnderStanding Material Nature\n\nll33\n\nTransmigration of the Conditioned Soul\n\n1136\n\nThe Controlling Process of the Yoga System\n\n1140\n\nThe Qualities of a Devotee\n\nll43\n\nA Liberated Soul Realizes the Lord\n\nll47\n\nA Devotee Is Freed from False Ego\n\nll51\n\nDevahiiti Makes Her First Inquiry\n\nll55\n\nDevotional Service Performed in Knowledge\n\nll62\n\nMaterial Nature Cannot Harm an Enlightened Soul\n\nll66\n\nThe Devotee Goes to the Transcendental Abode\n\nll69\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY- EIGHT\n\nKaPIIas Instructions on the Execution\nof DeVOtiOnal service\n\n1173\nVl\n\n", "SB3.4#p0017": "Table of Contents\nKapila Explains the System of Yoga\n\n1173\n\nOne Should Eat Very Frugally\n\n1176\n\nOne Must Control the Unbridled Mind\n\n1180\n\nThe Yogts Are Freed From Mental Disturbances\n\n1184\n\nDescription of the Form of the Lord\n\n1187\n\nThe Lord is Eternally Very Beautiful\n\n1191\n\nThe Pastimes of the Lord Are Always Attractive\n\n1194\n\nThe Lord's Lotus Feet Act Like Thunderbolts\n\n1197\n\nThe Moonlike Navel of the Lord\n\n1201\n\nThe Lord's Club Smashes Demons\n\n1205\n\nThe Benevolent Smile of Lord Sri Hari\n\n1210\n\nThe Yogt Develops Pure Love of God\n\n1213\n\nThe Liberated Soul Forgets His Bodily Demands\n\n1218\n\nThe Supreme Lord is the Seer\n\n1221\n\nThe Spirit Soul Manifests in Different Bodies\n\n1224\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-NINE\nExplanation of DeVOtional service\nby LOrc:t Kaplla\n\n1221\nI\n\nThe Ultimate End of All Philosophical Systems\n\n1228\n\nLord Kapila Speaks\n\n1233\n\nDevotion in the Mode of Passion\n\n1236\n\nUnadulterated Devotional Service\n\n1239\n\nA Devotee Must Execute Prescribed Duties\n\n1243\n\nTemple Worship Is the Duty of a Devotee\n\n1246\n\nA Devotee Avoids the Company of Nondevotees\n\n1249\n\nThe Supreme Soul Is Present Everywhere\n\n1252\n\nA Separatist Never Attains Peace of Mind\n\n1255\n\nDifferent Grades of Living Entities\n\n1261\n\nDifferent Grades of Human Beings\n\n1265\n\nvn\n\n", "SB3.4#p0018": "Table of Contents\nA Devotee Offers Respect to All Living Beings\n\n1268\n\nLord Vi�Q.U Is the Time Factor\n\n1273\n\nExpansion of the Total Universal Body\n\n1277\n\nCHAPTER THIRTY\nDeScription by Lord KaPIIa of\nAdverse Frultlve Activities\n\n1281\n\nThe Powerful Strength of the Time Factor\n\n1281\n\nConditioned Souls Delight in Hellish Enjoyment\n\n1285\n\nThe Attached Householder Remains in Family Life\n\n1289\n\nThe Foolish Family Man Prepares for Death\n\n1292\n\nThe Materialist Dies Most Pathetically\n\n1297\n\nThe Criminal Is Brought Before Yamaraja\n\n1301\n\nHellish Punishments on this Planet\n\n1305\n\nCHAPTER THIRTY- ONE\nLord KaPIIas Instructions on the\nMovements of the Living Entitles\n\n1313\n\nDevelopment of the Material Body\n\n1315\n\nAgony of the Child in the Womb\n\n1318\n\nPrayers of the Child in the Womb\n\n1322\n\nOne Must Surrender to Paramatma\n\n1329\n\nThe Human Form of Life Is the Highest\n\n1334\n\nThe Pangs of Birth\n\n1339\n\nThe Distresses of Boyhood\n\n1343\n\nThe Conditioned Soul Again Goes to Hell\n\n1347\n\nDangers of Association with Women\n\n1351\n\nThe Woman Is the Representation of Maya\n\n1356\n\nVlH\n\n", "SB3.4#p0019": "Table of Contents\nThe Materialist Involves Himself in Fruitive\nActivities\n\n1360\n\nOne Should Not View Death with Horror\n\n1364\n\nCHAPTER THIRTY-TWO\nEntanglement In Fru!ttve Activities\n\n1367\n\nMaterialists Can Be Elevated to the Moon\n\n1370\n\nThe Path of Illumination\n\n1374\n\nLord Brahma Closes the Material Universe\n\n1377\n\nMaterialists Work with Attachment to the Result\n\n1382\n\nMaterialists Are Compared to Hogs\n\n1385\n\nThe Devotee's Mind Becomes Equipoised\n\n1390\n\nThe Greatest Common Understanding for All Yogis\n\n1395\n\nThe Entire Universe Has Come from the Lord\n\n1398\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead Is One\n\n1402\n\nKapila's Instruction Is Not Meant for the Envious\n\n1409\n\nCHAPTER THIRTY-THREE\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1415\n\nPrayers of Devahuti\n\n1417\n\nThe Lord Assumes Many Incarnations\n\n1421\n\nThose Who Chant the Holy Names Are Glorious\n\n1425\n\nKapila Replies to His Mother\n\n1429\n\nDevahuti Begins to Practice Bhakti-yoga\n\n1433\n\nThe Opulence of Kardama Muni's Household\n\n1435\n\nDevahuti Aggrieved at the Loss of Her Son\n\n1439\n\nDevahuti Attains Transcendental Bliss\n\n1443\n\nDevahuti Appears Like Fire Surrounded by Smoke\n\n1447\n\nThe Ocean Offers Kapila a Place of Residence\n\n1452\n\nzx\n\n", "SB3.4#p0020": "CHAPTER TWENTY- FIVE\n\nThe Glories of DeVotiOnal service\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��\nEfiN�(a��ffl 4f•lcUWfifil¥tl��1 I\n�: � : �IG;kit�'l� � II � II\nsaunaka uvaca\nkapilas tattva-smikhyata\n\nbhagavan atma-mayaya\n\njata{l svayam aja{l slik§lid\n\natma-prajnaptaye nrrtam\n\nAaunaka� uviica-Sri Saunaka said; kapila�-Lord Kapila; tattva-of the\n\ntruth; sankhyata-the expounder; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; iitma-mayaya-by\n\nHis internal potency; jiita�-took birth;\n\nsvayam-Himself; aja�-unborn; siik§iit-in .person; iitma-prajnaptaye-to\ndisseminate transcendental knowledge; nrrtam-for the human race.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Saunaka said: Although He is unborn, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead took birth as Kapila Muni by His internal potency. He descended\n\nto disseminate transcendental knowledge for the benefit of the whole\n\nhuman race.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe word atma-prajiiaptaye indicates that the Lord descends for the·\n\nbenefit of the human race to give transcendental knowledge. Material\n\nnecessities are quite sufficiently provided for in the Vedic knowledge,\nwhich offers a program for good living conditions and gradual elevation to\n1001\n\n", "SB3.4#p0021": "1002\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch 25\n.\n\nthe platform of goodness. In the mode of goodness one's knowledge ex­\n\npands. On the platform of passion there is no knowledge, for passion is\n\nsimply an impetus to enjoy material benefits. On the platform of ignorance\n\nthere is no knowledge and no enjoyment but simply life almost like that of\n\nanimals.\n\nThe Vedas are meant to elevate one from the mode of ignorance to the\n\nplatform of goodness. When one is situated in the mode of goodness he is\n\nable to understand knowledge of the self, or transcendental knowledge.\nThis knowledge cannot be appreciated by any ordinary man. Therefore,\n\nsince a disciplic succession is required, this knowledge is expounded either\n\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself or by His bona fide\n\ndevotee. Saunaka Muni also states here that Kapila, the incarnation of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, took His birth or appearance simply to\n\nappreciate and disseminate transcendental knowledge. Simply to under­\n\nstand that one is not matter but spirit soul (aham brahmiismi: \"I am by\nnature Brahman\") is not sufficient knowledge for understanding the self\n\nand his activities. One must be situated in the activities of Brahman, and\n\nthat knowledge is explained by the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nHimself. Such transcendental knowledge can be appreciated in human\n\nsociety but not in animal society, as clearly indicated here by the word\nnrr-iim, \"for the human beings.\" Human beings are meant for regulated life.\n\nBy nature, there is regulation in animal life also, but that is not like the\n\nregulative life as described in the scriptures or by the authorities. Human\nlife is regulated life, not animal life. In regulated life only can one under­\n\nstand transcendental knowledge.\n\nTEXT2\n\n.. ��:�crt'�:�����\n� ��!!4� ��t=ij it��: II� II\nna hy asya var§mar-a� pumsiim\nvarimr-a� sarva-yoginiim\nvisrutau sruta-devasya\nbhiiri trpyanti me 'sava�\nna- not; hi- indeed; as'ya- about Him; var§maT_Ia�- the greatest; pumsiim­\n\namong\n\nmen; varimT_�a�-the\n\nforemost;\n\nsa rva- all;\n\nyoginiim-of yogis;\n\n", "SB3.4#p0022": "Text 2]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\nvisrutau-in hearing; sruta-devasya-the master of the\nrepeatedly; trpyanti\n\n-\n\nare sated; me-my; asavaft\n\n-\n\n1003\nVedas; bhuri­\n\nsenses.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaunaka continued: There is no one who knows more than the Lord\n\nHimself. No one is more worshipable or more mature a yogi than He.\n\nHe is therefore the master of the Vedas, and to hear about Him always is\n\nthe actual p leasure of the senses.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii it is stated that no one can be equal to or greater than\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is confirmed in the Vedas also:\neko bahunarit yo vidadhati kaman. He is the supreme living entity and is\nsupplying the necessities of all other living entities. Thus all other living\nentities, both vi§[\"U-tattva and jiva-tattva, are subordinate to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, K.r��a. The same concept is confirmed here. Na hy\nasya var§mar-aft puritsiim: amongst the living entities, no one can surpass the\nSupreme Person because no one is richer, more famous, stronger, more\nbeautiful, wiser or more renounced than He. These qualifications make\nHim the Supreme Godhead, the cause of all causes. Yogfs are very proud\nof performing wonderful feats, but no one can compare to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nAnyone who is associated with the Supreme Lord is accepted as a firstclass yogl: Devotees may not be as powerful as the Supreme Lord, but by\nconstant association with the Lord they become as good as the Lord Himself. Sometimes the devotees act more powerfully than the Lord. Of\ncourse, that is the Lord's concession.\nAlso used here is the word varimrtaft, the most worshipful of all yogl.s.\nTo hear from Kr��a is the real pleasure of the senses; therefore He is known\nas Govinda, for by His words, by His teachings, by His instruction-by\neverything connected with Him-He enlivens the senses. Whatever He\ninstructs is from the transcendental platform, and His instructions, being\nabsolute, are nondifferent from Him. Hearing from Kr��a or His expansion\nor plenary expansion like Kapila is very pleasing to the senses. Bhagavadgitii can be read or heard many times, but because it gives great pleasure,\nthe more one reads Bhagavad-gitii the more he gets the appetite to read\nand understand it, and each time he gets new enlightenment. That is the\nnature of the transcendental message. Similarly, we find that transcendental\n\n", "SB3.4#p0023": "Sri mad- Bhagavatam\n\n1004\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nhappiness in the Srimad-Bhagavatam. The more we hear and chant the\nglories of the Lord, the more we become happy.\nTEXT 3\n\n���{_(l�I�SS\"'�+tltttll\nfflf.r it ��tillwt� *'l\\h1��tk II� II\nyad yad vidhatte bhagavan\nsvacchandatmatma-mayaya\ntani me sraddadhanasya\nkirtanyany anukirtaya\nyat yat-whatever; vidhatte-He performs; bhagaviin-the Personality of\n\nGodhead; svacchanda-atma-full of self-desire; iitma-miiyayii-by His internal potency; tiini-all of them; me-to me; sraddadhanasya-faithful;\nkirtanyiini-worthy of praise; anukirtaya-please describe.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore please precisely describe all the activities and pastimes of the\nPersonality of Godhead, who is full of self-desire and who assumes all\nthese activities by His internal potency.\nPURPORT\nThe word anukirtaya is very significant. Anukirtaya means to follow the\ndescription-not to create a concocted mental description, but to follow.\nSaunaka .ft�i requested Suta Gosvami to describe what he had actually\nheard from his spiritual master, Sukadeva Gosvami, about the transcendental pastimes which the Lord manifested by His internal energy. Bhagaviin,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, has no material body, but He can\nassume any kind of body by His supreme will. That is made possible by\nHis internal energy.\nTEXT4\n\nfin�\n\ni-tlttwt('I(Cf�� � �tl'4i(ijtn I\nsnt( f�t !ffir 3lli'fft�flf Sf�: II \\l II\n\n", "SB3.4#p0024": "Text 5]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1005\n\nsuta uvaca\ndvaipayana-sakhas tv evarh\nmaitreyo bhagavarhs tathli\nprahedarh vidurarh prita\nanvik§ikyarh pracodita�\nsiita�t uviica-Siita Gosvami said; dvaipiiyana-sakha�-friend of Vyasadeva;\ntu-then; evam-thus; maitreya�-Maitreya; bhagaviin-worshipful; tathiiin that way; priiha-spoke; idam-this; viduram-to V idura; prtta�-being\npleased; iinvik§ikyiim-about transcendental knowledge; pracodita�- being\nasked.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Siita Gosviimi said: The most powerful sage Maitreya was a friend\nof Vyasadeva's. Thus being encouraged, Maitreya, pleased by Vidura's\ninquiry about transcendental knowledge, spoke as follows.\nPURPORT\nQuestions and answers are very satisfactorily dealt with when the\ninquirer is bona fide and the speaker is also authorized. Here Maitreya is\nconsidered a powerful sage, and therefore he is also described as bhagavan.\nThis word can be used not only for the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nbut for anyone who is almost as powerful as the Supreme Lord. Maitreya\nis addressed as bhagaviin because he was spiritually far advanced. He was\na personal friend of Dvaipii.yana V yii.sadeva, who is a literary incarnation of\nthe Lord. Maitreya was very pleased with the inquiries of V idura because\nthey were the inquiries of a bona fide advanced devotee. Thus Maitreya was\nencouraged to answer. When there are discourses on transcendental topics\nbetween devotees of equal mentality, the questions and answers are very\nfruitful and encouraging.\nTEXTS\n\n�� i37fR\n\nf'fflft Sl��s(U4 �: fii�MEtft4�1 I\n\n�ft\"'\\(1��l00'Atlql'l_�:�tt�ll\nmaitreya uvaca\npitari prasthite 'raryarh\nmatu� priya-cikir§aya\n\n", "SB3.4#p0025": "1006\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\ntasmin bindusare 'vatsid\nbhagavan kapila� kila\nmaitreya� uvii ca-Maitreya said; pitari-when the father; prasthite-left;\n\nara'!yam-for the forest; miitu�-His mother; priya-cikir§aya-with a desire\nto please; tasmin-on that; bindusare-Lake Bindu-sarovara; avatsit-He\n\nstayed; bhagavan-the Lord; kapila � -Kapila; kila\n\n-\n\nindeed .\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya said: When Kardama left for the forest, Lord Kapila stayed on\nthe strand of the Bindu-sarovara in order to please His mother, Devahiiti.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the absence of the father it is the duty of the growiMlp son to take\ncharge of his m other and to serve her to the best of his capacity so that she\nwill not feel separation from her husband, and it is the duty of the\nhusband to leave home as soon as there is a grown-up son to take charge\nof his wife and family affairs. That is the Vedic system of household life.\nOne should not remain continually implicated in household affairs up to\nthe time of death. He must leave. Family affairs and the wife may be\ntaken charge of by a grown-up son.\n\ntam astnam akarmliflaril\ntattva-margagra-darsanam\nsva-sutam devahiity aha\ndhatu� samsmarati vaca�\ntam-to Him (Kapila); iisinam-seated; akarmii7Jam-at leisure; tattva-of\n\nthe Absolute Truth; marga-a gra-the ultimate goal; darsanam-who could\nshow; sva-sutam-her\n\nson;\n\ndevahiiti-Devahiiti;\n\naha-said;\n\nBrahma; samsmaratt-remembering; vaca�-the words.\n\ndhiitu� -of\n\n", "SB3.4#p0026": "Text 7]\n\n1007\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\nTRANSLATION\n\nDevahuti remembered the words spoken to her by Brahma. Seeing her\nson, Kapila, who could show the ultimate goal of the Absolute Truth,\nsitting at leisure, she questioned Him as follows.\nTEXT7\n\n�lfrt�\n\nf;tfctwn f.mt �'\\'l«fa.�<�4on€( 1\nir.f � � �: 31� II \\9 II\ndevahiitir uvtica\nnirvir-r-a nitartirit bhiimann\nasad-indriya-tar�a[liit\nyena sambhtivyamtinena\nprapanntindharit tama� prabho\ndevahilti�\n\nuviic a- D evahil ti\n\nsaid; nirvi��ii-disgusted; nitariim\n\n-\n\nvery;\n\nbhiiman-0 my Lord; asat-impermanent; indriya-of the senses; tar�a�atfrom\n\nagitation;\n\nyena\n\n-\n\nby which;\n\nsambhavyamanena-being\n\nprevalent;\n\nprapannti-I have fallen; andham tama � -into the abyss of ignorance;\n\nprabho-0 my Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nDevahiiti said: I am very sick of the disturbance of my material senses,\nfor because of this sense disturbance, my Lord, I have fallen into the\nabyss of ignorance.\nPURPORT\nHere the word asad-indriya-tar�ar-tit is significant. Asat means impermanent, temporary, and indriya means senses. Thus asad-indriya-tar§ar-tit\nmeans from being agitated by the temporarily manifest senses of the material body. We are evolving through different statuses of material bodily\nexistence-sometimes in a human body, so metimes in an animal bodyand therefore the engagements of our material senses are also changing.\nAnything which changes is called temporary, or asat. We should know that\nbeyond these temporary senses are our permanent senses, which are now\n\n", "SB3.4#p0027": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1008\n\n[Canto 3, Ch 25\n.\n\ncovered by the material body. The permanent senses, being contaminated\nby matter, are not acting properly. Devotional service, therefore, involves\nfreeing the senses from this contamination. When the contamination is\ncompletely removed and the senses act in the purity of unalloyed Kr�p.a\nconsciousness, then we have reached sad-indriya, or eternal sense activities.\nEternal sensual activities are called devotional service, whereas temporary\nsensual activities are called sense gratification. Unless one becomes tired of\nmaterial sense gratification, there is no opportunity to hear transcendental\nmessages from a person like Kapila. Devahuti expressed that she was tired\nNow that her husband had left home, she wanted to get relief by hearing\nthe instructions of Lord Kapila.\n\nTEXTS\n� � �� �qlffl(IQ � I\n\n�\"''wtl+t;:ij � � �(�Cl<( II� II\ntasya tvam tamaso 'ndhasya\ndu§piirasyiidya piiragam\nsac-cak§ur janmaniim ante\nlabdham me tvad-anugrahiit\ntasya-that;\n\n�\n\ntvam- You;\n\n�\n\nta m asa -ignorance;\n\nandhasya- darkness;\n\ndu parasya- difficult to cross; adya-now; para gam- crossing over; sat-\n\n� �\n\ntranscendental; cak u -eye; janmanam-of births; ante-at\nlabdham\n\n-\n\nthe end;\n\nattained; me-my; tvat-anugrahat-by Your mercy.\nTRANSLATION\n\nYour Lordship is my only means of getting out of this darkest region of\nignorance because You are my transcendental eye, which, by Yo ur mercy\nonly, I have attained after many, many births\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is very instructive, since it indicates the relationship between\nthe spiritual master and the disciple. The disciple or conditioned soul is put\ninto this darkest region of ignorance and therefore is entangled in the\nmaterial existence of sense gratification. It is very difficult to get out of\nthis entanglement and attain freedom, but if one is fortunate enough to\nget the association of a spiritual master like Kapila Muni or His representa-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0028": "Text 9]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1009\n\ntive, then by His grace one can be delivered from the mire of ignorance. The\nspiritual master is therefore worshiped as one who delivers the disciple\nfrom the mire of ignorance with the light of the torch of knowledge. The\nword paragam is very significant. Piiragam means one who can take the\ndisciple to the other side. This side is conditioned life; the other side is the\nlife of freedom. The spiritual master takes the disciple to the other side by\nopening his eyes with knowledge. We are suffering simply because of\nignorance. By the instruction of the spiritual master, the darkness of\nignorance is removed, and thus the disciple is enabled to go to the side of\nfreedom. It is stated in Bhagavad-gitii that after many, many births one\nsurrenders to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Similarly, if, after\nmany, many births, one is able to find a bona fide spiritual master and\nsurrender to such a bona fide representative of Kr�!J.a, he can be taken to\nthe side of light.\nTEXT9\n\n�3TTQ) � ����� I\n���� �: ���: IIQ..II\nya iidyo bhagaviin pumsiim\nisvaro vai bhaviin kila\nlokasya tamasiindhasya\ncak§u� surya ivodita�\nya�- He who; iidya�- the origin; bhagaviin- the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; pumsiim- of all living entities; i8vara�-the Lord; vai-in fact;\nbhaviin- You; kila- indeed; lokasya-of the universe; tamasii - by the dark­\n\nness of ignorance; andhasya- blinded; cak� u� - eye; surya�- the sun; ivalike; udita� - risen.\nTRANSLATION\nYou are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the origin and Supreme\nLord of all living entities. You have arisen to disseminate the rays of the\nsun in order to dissipate the darkness of the ignorance of the universe.\nPURPORT\nKapila Muni is accepted as an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Kr�!J.a. Here the word iidya means the origin of all living entities,\nand pumsiim tsvara means the Lord, or isvara, of the living entities\n(iSvara� parama� kn'.la� ). Kapila Muni is the direct expansion of Kr�!J.a, who\n\n", "SB3.4#p0029": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1010\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nis the sun of spiritual knowledge. As the sun dissipates the darkness of the\nuniverse, so when the light of the Supreme Personality of Godhead comes\ndown, it at once dissipates the darkness of maya. We have our eyes, but\nwithout the light of the sun our eyes are of no value. Similarly, without\nthe light of the Supreme Lord, or without the divine grace of the spiritual\nmaster, one cannot see things as they are.\nTEXT 10\n\nit 1:� �c¥tqli\"'� ��m 1\n�sq(ls(+t�m('l�-t�Mij�i41 II� oil\n\naN\n\natha me deva sammoham\napakra§tum tvam arhasi\nyo 'vagraho 'ham mametity\netasmin yojitas tvaya\natha-now; me\n\n-\n\nmy; deva-0 Lord; sammoha m- delusion ; apiikra§tum­\n\nto dispel; tvam-You; arhasi-be pleased; ya�-which; avagraha�-misconception; aham-1; mama-mine; iti-thus; iti-thus; etasmin-in this; yojita�\n-engaged; tvaya- by You.\nTRANS LATION\nNow be pleased, my Lord, to dispel my great delusion. Due to my\n\nfeeling of false ego, I have been engaged by Your maya and have identified\nmyself with the body and consequent bodily relations.\nPURPORT\n\nThe false ego of identifying one's body as one's self and of claiming\nthings possessed in relationship with this body is called maya. In Bhagavadgitii, Fifteenth Chapter, the Lord says, \"I am sitting in everyone's heart,\nand from Me come everyone's remembrance and forgetfulness.\" Devahiiti\nhas stated that false identification of the body with the self and attachment\nfor possessions in relation to the body are also under the direction of the\nLord. Does this mean that the Lord discriminates by engaging one in His\ndevotional service and another in sense gratification? If that were true, it\nwould be an incongruity on the part of the Supreme Lord, but that is not\nthe actual fact. As soon as the living entity forgets his real constitutional\nposition of eternal servitorship to the Lord and wants instead to enjoy\n\n", "SB3.4#p0030": "Text 11]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1011\n\nhimself by sense gratification, he is captured by miiyii. This capture by\nmiiy ii is the consciousness of false identification with the body and attachment for the possessions of the body. These are the activities of miiyii, and\nsince miiyii is also an agent of the Lord, it is indirectly the action of the\nLord. The Lord is merciful; if anyone wants to forget Him and enjoy this\nmaterial world, He gives him full facility, not directly but through the\nagency of His material potency. Therefore, since the material potency is\nthe Lord's energy, indirectly it is the Lord who gives the facility to forget\nHim. Devahiiti therefore said, \"My engagement in sense gratification was\nalso due to You. Now kindly get me free from this entanglement.\"\nBy the grace of the Lord one is allowed to enjoy this material world, but\nwhen one is disgusted with material enjoyment and is frustrated, and when\none sincerely surrenders unto the lotus feet of the Lord, then the Lord is\nso kind that He frees one from entanglement. Kr�p.a says, therefore, in\nBhagavad-gitii, \"First of all surrender, and then I will take charge of you\nand free you from all reactions of sinful activities.\" Sinful activities are\nthose activities performed in forgetfulness of our relationship with the\nLord. In this material world, activities for material enjoyment which are\nconsidered to be pious are also sinful. For example, one sometimes gives\nsomething in charity to a needy person with a view to get back the money\nfour times increased. Giving with the purpose of gaining something is called\ncharity in the mode of passion. Everything done here is done in the modes\nof material nature, and therefore all activities but service to the Lord are\nsinful. Because of sinful activities we become attracted by the illusion\nof material attachment, and we think, \"I am this body.\" I think of the\nbody as myself and of bodily possessions as \"mine.\" Devahiiti requested\nLord Kapila to free her from that entanglement of false identification and\nfalse possession.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n��m\n�I\n��m:(lu:\n�$1(141( �: �\n� �rw �������\n.\n\n\"'\n\ntam tvii gatiiham sarartam sarar-yam\nsva-bhrtya-samsiira-taro� kuthiiram\njijniisayiiham prakrte� puru§asya\nnamiimi sad-dharma-vidiim vari§tham\n\n", "SB3.4#p0031": "1012\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\ntam-that person; tvii-unto You; gatii-have gone; aham-I; sara7Jamshelter;sara7Jyam-worth taking shelter of;sva-bhrtya-for Your dependents;\nsarhsiira-of material existence; taro�-of the tree; kuthiiram-the axe;\njijniisayii-with the desire to know; aham-l;prakrte�-of matter (woman);\npuru�asya-of spirit (man); namiimi-1 offer obeisances; sat-dharma-of the\neternal occupation;vidiim-of the knowers; vari§tham-unto the greatest.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDevahiiti continued: I have taken shelter of Your lotus feet because You\nare the only person of whom to take shelter. You are the axe which can\n\ncut the tree of material existence. I therefore offer my obeisances unto\n\nYou, who are the greatest of all transcendentalists, and I inquire from You\n\nas\n\nto the relationship between man and woman and between spirit and\n\nmatter.\n\nPURPORT\nSiii1khya philosophy, as is well known, deals with prakrti and puru§a.\nPuru§a is the Supreme Personality of Godhead or anyone who imitates the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead as an enjoyer, and prakrti means nature.\nIn this material world, material nature is being exploited by the puru§as, or\nthe living entities. The intricacies in the material world of the relationship\nof the prakrti and puru§a, or the enjoyed and the enjoyer, is called sanisiira,\nor material entanglement. Devahiiti wanted to cut the tree of material\nentanglement, and she found the suitable weapon in Kapila Muni. The tree\nof material existence is explained in the Fifteenth Chapter of Bhagavadgita as an asvattha tree whose root is upwards and whose branches are\ndownwards. It is recommended there that one has to cut the root of this\nmaterial existential tree with the axe of detachment. What is the attachment? The attachment involves prakrti and purufia. The living entities are\ntrying to lord it over material nature. Since the conditioned soul takes\nmaterial nature to be the object of his enjoyment and he takes the position\nof the enjoyer, he is therefore called purufia.\nDevahiiti questioned Kapila Muni, for she knew that only He could cut\nher attachment for this material world. The living entities, in the guises of\nmen and women, are trying to enjoy the material energy; therefore in one\nsense everyone is puru§a because puru§a means enjoyer and prakrti means\nenjoyed. In this material world both the so-called man and so-called woman\nare imitating the real puru§a; the Supreme Personality of Godhead is actually the enjoyer in the transcendental sense, whereas all others are prakrti.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0032": "Text 12]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1013\n\nThe living entities are considered prakrti. In Bhagavad-gitii, matter is analyzed\n\nas\n\naparii, or inferior nature, whereas beyond this inferior nature\n\nthere is another, superior nature-the living entities. Living entities are also\nprakrti, or enjoyed, hut under the spell of miiyii, the living entities are\n\nfalsely trying to take the position of enjoyers. That is the cause of samsiirabandha, or conditional life. Devahuti wanted to get out of conditional life\n\nand place herself in full surrender. The Lord is saraT)ya, which means the\nonly worthy personality to whom one can fully surrender, because He\nis full of all opulences.lf anyone actually wants relief, the best course is to\nsurrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord is also\ndescribed here as sad-dharma-vidiim vari�{ham. This indicates that of all\ntranscendental occupations the best occupation is eternal loving service\nunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Dharma is sometimes translated\nas religion, but that is not exactly the meaning. Dharma actually means that\nwhich one cannot give up, that which is inseparable from oneself. The\nwarmth of fire is inseparable from fire; therefore warmth is called the\n\n-\n\ndharma or nature of fire. Similarly, sad dharma means eternal occupation.\n\nThat eternal occupation is engagement in the transcendental loving service\nof the Lord. The purpose of Kapiladeva's siinkhya philosophy is to propagate pure, uncontaminated devotional service, and therefore He is addressed\nhere as the most important personality amongst those who know the transcendental occupation of the living entity.\n\nTEXT 12\n\nJt�q�\n\n(ffl\n\n�¥tiij�(!i4Q¥ftfC;{td\n�\n!jQa¥tqii4•i� 1\n\nf\\4�afllwt\"'li€¥4!46i m ttf(f-\n\n�\n\n����61....: ������\n\nmaitreya uviica\niti sva-miitur niravadyam ipsitani\nnisamya purhsiim apavarga-vardhanam\ndhiyiibhinandyiitmavatiirh satiirh gatir\nbabhii�a i�at-smita-sobhitiinana�\n\n", "SB3.4#p0033": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1014\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nmaitreya� uviica-Maitreya said; iti-thus; sva-miitu�-of His mother;\nniravadyam-uncontaminated;\n\nipsitam-desire;\n\nnisamya-after\n\nhearing;\n\npumsiim-of people; apavarga-cessation of bodily existence; vardhanamincreasing; dhiyii-mentally; abhinandya-having thanked; iitmavatiiminterested in self-realization; satiim-of the transcendentalists; gati�-the\npath;\n\nbabhii�e-He\n\nexplained;\n\ni�at-slightly; smita-smiling;\n\nsobhita­\n\nbeautiful; iinana�-His face.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing of His mother's uncontaminated desire for transcendental\nrealization, the Lord thanked her within Himself for her questions, and\nthus, His face smiling, He explained the path of the transcendentalists who\nare interested in self-realization.\nPURPORT\nDevahuti has surrendered her confession of material entanglement and\nher desire to gain release. Her questions to Lord Kapila are very interesting\nfor persons who are actually trying to get liberation from material entan.\nglement and attain the perfectional stage of human life. Unless one is\ninterested in understanding his spiritual life or his constitutional position,\nand unless he also feels inconvenience in material existence, his human form\nof life is spoiled. One who does not care for these transcendental necessities of life and simply engages like an animal in eating, sleeping, fearing and\nmating has spoiled his life. Lord Kapila was very much satisfied by His\nmother's questions because the answers stimulate one's desire for liberation\nfrom the conditional life of material existence. Such questions are called\napavarga-vardhanam. Those who have actual spiritual interest are called sat\nor devotees. Satam prasangat. Sat means that which eternally exists, and\nasat means that which is not eternal. Unless one is situated on the spiritual\nplatform, he is not sat; he is asat. The asat stands on a platform which\nwill not exist, but anyone who stands on the spiritual platform will\nexist eternally. As spirit soul, everyone exists eternally, but the asat has\naccepted the material world as his shelter, and therefore he is full of\nanxiety. Asad-grahan, the incompatible situation of the spirit soul, who has\nthe false idea of enjoying matter, is the cause of the soul's being asat.\nActually, the spirit soul is not asat. As soon as one is conscious of this fact\nand takes to Kr�r:ta consciousness, then he becomes sat. Satam gati{l., the\npath of the eternal, is very interesting to persons who are after liberation,\nand His Lordship Kapila began to speak about that path.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0034": "Text 13)\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1015\n\nTEXT 13\n\n,ftqrr<fT<J<fl'<f\n\n�11311\\crrR�: � qcit f.l:� lfl\n�..fflq(Rf�\"' �:� � � � II� �II\nsri bhagavan uvaca\nyoga iidhyatmika� purhsarh\nmato n*sreyasaya me\natyantoparatir yatra\ndu�khasya ca sukhasya ca\nsri bhagaviin uviica-the Personality of Godhead said; yoga�- the yoga\nsystem; adhyiitmika�\n\n-\n\nrelating to the soul; purhsiim-of living entities;\n\nmata�-is approved; ni�sreyasiiya-for the ultimate benefit; me-by Me;\natyanta- complete; uparati�-detachment; yatra-where; du�khasya-from\ndistress; ca-and; sukhasya\n\n-\n\nfrom happiness; ca-and.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Personality of Godhead answered: The yoga system which relates to\nthe Lord and the individual soul, which is meant for the ultimate benefit\nof the living entity, and which causes detachment from all happiness and\ndistress in the material world, is the highest yoga system.\nPURPORT\nIn the material world, everyone is trying to get some material happiness,\nbut as soon as we get some material happiness, there is also material\ndistress. In the material world one cannot have unadulterated happiness.\nAny kind of happiness one has is contaminated by distress also. For\nexample, if we want to drink milk then we have to bother to maintain a\ncow and keep her fit to supply milk. Drinking milk is very nice; it is also\npleasure. But for the sake of drinking milk one has to accept so much\ntrouble. The yoga system, as here stated by the Lord, is meant to end\n\nall material happiness and material distress. The best yoga, as taught in\nBhagavad-gtta by Kr�l}.a, is bhakti-yoga. It is also mentioned in the Gtta\nthat one should try to be tolerant and not be disturbed by material happiness or distress. Of course, one may say that he is not disturbed by\nmaterial happiness, but he does not know that just after one enjoys so-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0035": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n1016\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\ncalled material happiness, material distress will follow. This is the law of\nthe material world. Lord Kapila states that the yoga system is the science\nof the spirit. One practices yoga in order to attain perfection on the\nspiritual platform. There is no question of material happiness or distress.\nIt is transcendental. Lord Kapila will eventually explain how it is transcendental, but the preliminary introduction is given here.\nTEXT 14\n\n� � �tnfq ��� �ill\n¥fturt �trfiliu;wi tim ���CJf� II� �II\ntam imam te pravak§ytimi\nyam avocam puranaghe\nr�ir-am srotu-kamanam\nyogam sarvanga-naipur-am\ntam imam-that very; te-to you; pravak§yiimi-I shall explain; yamwhich; avocam-I explained; purii-formerly; anaghe-0 pious mother;\n[§l�iim-to the sages; srotu-kamanam-eager to hear;yogam-yoga system;\nsarva-anga-in all respects;naipu�J.am-serviceable and practical.\nTRANSLATION\n0 most pious mother, I shall now explain unto you the ancient yoga\nsystem which I explained formerly to the great sages. It is serviceable and\npractical in every way.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord does not manufacture a new system of yoga. Sometimes it is\nclaimed that someone has become an incarnation of God and is expounding\na new theological aspect of the Absolute Truth. But here we find that\nalthough Kapila Muni is the Lord Himself and is capable of manufacturing\na new doctrine for His mother, He nevertheless says, \"I shall just explain\nthe ancient system which I once explained to the great sages because they\nwere also anxious to hear about it.\" When we have a superexcellent process\nalready present in Vedic scriptures, there is no need to concoct a new\nsystem to mislead the innocent public. At present it has become a fashion\nto reject the standard system and present something bogus in the name of\na newly invented process of yoga.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0036": "Text 16]\n\n1017\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\nTEXT 15\n\n�(1:�����)�1\ng�� � � ����a�������\nceta� khalv asya bandhaya\nmuktaye ctitmano matam\ngur.e§U saktam bandhtiya\nratam vii pumsi muktaye\nceta�-consciousness;\n\nkhalu-indeed;\n\nasya- of\n\nhim;\n\nbandhiiya-for\n\nbondage; muktaye-for liberation; ca-and; iitmanal].-of the living entity;\nmatam-is considered; gu�e�u\n\n-\n\nin the three modes of nature; saktam­\n\nattracted; bandhiiya-for conditional life; ratam\n\n-\n\nattached;vii-or; pumsi­\n\nin the Supreme Personality of Godhead; muktaye-for liberation.\nTRANSLATION\nThe stage in which the consciousness of the living entity is attracted by\nthe three modes of material nature is called conditional life. But when\nthat same consciousness is attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one is situated in the consciousness of liberation.\nPURPORT\nThere is a distinction here between Kr�f.la consciousness and maya\nconsciousness. Gur-eflu, or maya consciousness, involves attachment to the\nthree material modes of nature, under which one works sometimes in\ngoodness and knowledge, sometimes in passion and sometimes in ignorance.\nThese different qualitative activities, with the central attachment for mater\nrial enj oyment, are the cause of one's conditional life. When the same ceta{l,\nor consciousness, is transferred to the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nKr�f.la, or when one becomes K��qa conscious, he is on the path of liberation.\nTEXT 16\n\n3l��¥ti;t1�: i$i¥tJl�f�: I\nm �� �: �:�wet � ������\naham mamtibhimtinotthai{l\nktima-lobhtidibhir malai{l\n\n", "SB3.4#p0037": "1018\n\nSrimad- Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nvitam yadii mana� suddham\nadu�kham asukham samam\naham-I; mama-mine; abhimiina-from the misconception; utthai�­\n\nproduced; kiima-lust; lobha - greed; iidibhi� - and so on; malai�-from the\nimpurities; vitam-freed; yadii-when; mana�-the mind; suddham-pure;\nadu�kham-without\n\ndistress;\n\nasukham-without\n\nhappiness;\n\nsamam­\n\nequipoised.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen one is completely cleansed of the impurities of lust and greed\nproduced from the false indentification of the body as \"I\" and bodily\npossessions as \"mine,\" one's mind becomes purified. In that pure state he\ntranscends the stage of so-called material happiness and distress.\n\nPURPORT\nKama and lobha are the symptoms of material existence. Everyone\nalways desires to possess something. It is said here that desire and greed\nare the products of false identification of oneself with the body. When one\nbecomes free from this contamination, then his mind and consciousness\nalso become freed and attain their original state. Mind, consciousness and\nthe living entity exist. Whenever we speak of the living entity, this includes\nthe mind and consciousness. The difference between conditional life and\nliberated life occurs when we purify the mind and the consciousness. When\nthey are purified, one becomes transcendental to material happiness and\ndistress.\nIn the beginning Lord Kapila has said that perfect yoga is to transcend\nthe platform of material distress and happiness. How this can be done is\nexplained here: one has to purify his mind and consciousness. This can be\ndone by the bhakti-yoga system. As explained in the Niirada-pancariitra,\n\none's mind and senses should be purified ( tat-paratvena nirmalam ). One's\nsenses must be engaged in devotional service of the Lord. That is the process. The mind must have some engagement. One cannot make the mind\nvacant. Of course there are some foolish attempts to try to make the mind\nvacant or void, but that is not possible. The only process that will purify\nthe mind is to engage it in Kr�Qa. The mind must be engaged. If we engage\nour mind in Kr�Qa, naturally the consciousness becomes fully purified, and\nthere is no chance of the entrance of material desire and greed.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0038": "Text 17]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1019\n\nTEXT 17\n\n��q 3lR&U;i �t Sl�: �'{ I\nf� �tfrouri{1Wf'R'ff�6'{ 11 � \\911\n�\n\ntada puru�a atmanarh\nkevalarh prakrte[! param\nnirantararh svayarh-jyotir\nar-imanam akhar-flitam\ntada- then; puru�a�\n\n-\n\nthe individual soul; a tmanam himself; kevalam-\n\npure; prakrte� param- transcendental to material existence; nirantaramnondifferent;\nsvayam-jyotil; -self-effulgent;\nakhal)�itam- not fragmented.\n\naf}imiinam- infinitesimal;\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time the soul can see himself to be transcendental to material\nexistence and always self-effulgent, never fragmented, although very minute\nin size.\nPURPORT\nIn the state of pure consciousness or Kr�r:ta consciousness one can see\nhimself as a minute particle nondifferent from the Supreme Lord. As\nstated in Bhagavad-gita, the jfva or the individual soul is eternally part and\nparcel of the Supreme Lord. Just as the sun's rays are minute particles of\nthe brilliant constitution of the sun, so a living entity is a minute particle\nof the Supreme Spirit. The individual soul and the Supreme Lord are not\nseparated as in material differentiation. The individual soul is a particle\nfrom the very beginning. One should not think that because the individual\nsoul is a particle, it is fragmented from the whole spirit. Mayavada philosophy enunciates that the whole spirit exists, but a part of it, which is called the\n\njiva, is entrapped by illusion. This philosophy, however, is unacceptable because spirit cannot be divided like a fragment of matter. That part, the ]iva,\nis eternally a part. As long as the Supreme Spirit exists, His part and parcel\nalso exists. As long as the sun exists, the molecules of the sun's rays also exist.\nThe jiva particle is estimated in the Vedic literature to be l/10,000 the\nsize of the upper portion of a hair. It is therefore infinitesimal. The\nSupreme Spirit is infinite, but the living entity or the individual soul is\ninfinitesimal, although it is not different in quality from the Supreme\n\n", "SB3.4#p0039": "1020\n\nSrimad- Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nSpirit. Two words in this verse are to be particularly noted. One is\nnirantaram, which means nondifferent or of the same quality. The individual soul is also expressed here as ar-imanam. ATJ-imiinam means infinitesimal. The Supreme Spirit is all-pervading, but the very small spirit is the\nindividual soul. Akhar-�itam means not exactly fragmented but constitutionally always infinitesimal. No one can separate the molecular parts of\nthe sunshine from the sun, but at the same time the molecular part of the\nsunshine is not as expansive as the sun itself. Similarly, the living entity,\nby its constitutional position, is qualitatively the same as the Supreme\nSpirit, but it is very infinitesimal.\nTEXT 18\n\n�Wq�:ffi-. �Rfi�-. :qr�44-.1 I\nqf(q�q�aJQ'l;f 3lfM � ,«t�:te¥( 11 t�ll\njiiana-vairagya-yuk tena\nbhakti-yuktena catmana\nparipasyaty udasinarh\nprakrtirh ca hataujasam\njiiiina-knowledge; vairiigya-renunciation; yuktena-equipped\n\nwith;\n\nbhakti-devotional service; yuktena-equipped with; ca-and; iitmana-by\nthe mind; paripasyati-one sees;udiisinam-indifferent;prakrtim-material\nexistence; ca-and;hata-ojasam-reduced in strength.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn that position of self-realization, by practice of knowledge and\n\nrenunciation in devotional service, one sees everything in the right\nperspective; he becomes indifferent to material existence, and the material\ninfluence acts less powerfully upon him.\nPURPORT\n\nAs the contamination of the germs of a particular disease can influence\na weaker person, similarly the influence of material nature or illusory\nenergy can act on the weaker or conditioned soul but not on the liberated\nsoul. Self-realization is the position of the liberated state. One understands\nhis constitutional position by knowledge and vairiigya, renunciation. With-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0040": "Text 19]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1021\n\nout knowledge, one cannot have realization. The realization that one is the\ninfinitesimal part and parcel of the Supreme Spirit makes him unattached\nto material conditional life. That is the beginning of devotional service.\nUnless one is liberated from material contamination, one cannot engage\nhimself in the devotional service of the Lord. In this verse, therefore, it is\nstated, jiiiina-vainigya-yuktena: When one is in full knowledge of one's\nconstitutional position and is in the renounced order of life, detached\nfrom material attraction, then by pure devotional service, bhakti-yuktena,\nhe can engage himself as a loving servant of the Lord. Paripasyati means\nthat he can see everything in its right perspective. Then the influence of\nmaterial nature becomes almost nil. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad­\n\ngi:tii. Brahma-bhiltal;t prasanniitmii: When one is self-realized he becomes\nhappy and free from the influence of material nature, and at that time he\nis freed from lamentation and hankering. The Lord states that position as\n\nmad-bhaktirh labhate pariim, the real state of beginning devotional service.\nSimilarly, it is confirmed in the Niirada-paiicariitra that when the senses\nare purified they can then be engaged in the devotional service of the Lord.\nOne who is attached to material contamination cannot be a devotee.\nTEXT 19\n\n;:r ���tt� � ��Rctct*'4M I\n\nij'tifsftij �:'P-IT �ftRhiiiM� II� �II\nna yujyamiinayii bhaktyii\nbhagavaty akhiliitmani\nsadrso 'sti siva� panthii\nyoginiirh brahma-siddhaye\nna- riot; yujyamiinayii-being performed; bhaktyii-devotional service;\nbhagavati- towards the Supreme Personality of Godhead; akhila-iitmanithe Supersoul; sadrsal;t -like; asti- there is; siva�- auspicious; panthii�-path;\n\nyoginiim-of the yogis; brahma-siddhaye-for perfection in self-realization.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPerfection in self-realization cannot be attained by any kind of yogi\nunless he engages in devotional service to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, because that is the only auspicious path.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0041": "1022\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nPURPORT\nThat knowledge and renunciation are never perfect unless j oined by\n\ndevotional service is explicitly explained here.Na yujyamanayii means without being dovetailed. When there is devotional service, then the question is\nwhere to offer that service. Devotional service is to be offered to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is the Supersoul of everything, for\nthat is the only reliable path of self-realization or Brahman realization. The\n\nword brahma-siddhaye means to understand oneself to be different from\nmatter, to understand oneself to be Brahman. The Vedic words are aharh\n\nbrahmiismi. Brahma-siddhi means that one should know that he is not\n\nmatter; he is pure soul. There are different kinds of yogis, but every yogi\nis supposed to engage in self-realization or Brahman realization.l t is clearly\nstated here that unless one is fully engaged in the devotional service of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead one cannot have easy approach to the\n\npath of brahma-siddhi.\n\nIn the beginning of the Second Chapter of Srtmad-Bhiigavatam it\n\nis stated that when one engages himself in the devotional service of\nVasudeva, spiritual knowledge and renunciation of the material world\nautomatically become manifest. Thus a devotee does not have to try\nseparately for renunciation or knowledge. Devotional service itself is so\npowerful that by one's service attitude, everything is revealed. It is stated\n\nhere, siva{l panthii: this is the only auspicious path for self-realization. The\npath of devotional service is the most confidential means for attaining\nBrahman realization. That perfection in Brahman realization is attained\nthrough the auspicious path of devotional service indicates that the so­\n\ncalled Brahman realization or realization of the brahmajyoti effulgence is\n\nnot brahma-siddhi. Beyond that brahmajyoti there is the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead. In the Upani§ads a devotee prays to the Lord to kindly\nput aside the effulgence, brahmajyoti, so that the devotee may see within\n\nthe brahmajyoti the actual eternal form of the Lord. Unless one attains\nrealization of the transcendental form of the Lord, there is no question of\n\nbhakti. Bhakti necessitates the existence of the recipient of devotional\n\nservice and the devotee who renders devotional service. Brahma-siddhi\n\nthrough devotional service is realization of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. The understanding of the effulgent rays of the body of the\nSupreme Godhead is not the perfect stage of brahma-siddhi or Brahman\n\nrealization.Nor is the realization of the Paramatmii feature of the Supreme\nPerson perfect because Bhagavan, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is\n\nakhiliitmii- He is the Supersoul.One who realizes the Supreme Personality\n\n", "SB3.4#p0042": "Text 20}\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1023\n\nrealizes the other features, namely the Paramiitmii feature and the Brahman\nfeature, and that total realization is brahma-siddhi.\nTEXT 20\n\n51(11·'1:1� 41�1'1R'Iw:f: � fef�: I\n� � (11� iiD ��ii\\l('l41tij4( ll�oll\nprasahgam ajaram piisam\niitmana� kavayo vidu�\nsa eva siidhu�u krto\nmok§a-dviiram apiivrtam\nprasangam- attachment; ajaram- strong; piisam-entanglement; atmana�\n-of the soul; kavaya�- learned men; vidu�- know; sa� eva-that same;\n\nsiidhu§u-to the devotees; krta�-applied; mok� a dviira m -the door of\n-\n\nliberation; apiivrtam- opened.\nTRANSLATION\nEvery learned man knows very well that attachment for the material is\n\nthe greatest entan glement of the spirit soul. But that same attachment,\nwhen applied to the self-realized devotees, opens the door of liberation.\nPURPORT\nHere it is clearly stated that attachment for one thing is the cause of\nbondage in conditioned life, and the same attachment, when applied to\nsomething else, opens the door of liberation. Attachment cannot be\nkilled; it has simply to be transferred. Attachment for material things is\ncalled material consciousness, and attachment for Kr��a or His devotee is\ncalled Kr��a consciousness. Consciousness, therefore, is the platform of\nattachment. It is clearly stated here that when we simply purify the\nconsciousness from material consciousness to KH�a consciousness, that is\nliberation. Despite the statement that one should give up attachment,\ndesirelessness is not possible for a living entity. A living entity, by\nconstitution, has the propensity to be attached to something. We see that\nif someone has no object of attachment, if he has no children, then he\ntransfers his attachment to cats and dogs. This indicates that the propensity for attachment cannot be stopped; it must be utilized for the best\n\n", "SB3.4#p0043": "1024\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[ Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\npurpose. Our attachment for material things perpetuates our conditional\nstate, but the same attachment, when transferred to the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His devotee, is the source of liberation.\nHere it is recommended that attachment should be transferred to the\nself-realized devotees, the stidhus. And who is a sadhu? A sadhu is not just\nan ordinary man with a saffron robe or long beard. A sadhu is described in\n\nBhagavad-gitii as one who unflinchingly engages in devotional service. Even\nthough one is found not to be following the strict rules and regulations\nof devotional service, if one simply has unflinching faith in Kr�I)a, the\nSupreme Person, he is understood to be a sadhu. Sadhur eva sa mantavya[!.\nA stidhu is a strict follower of devotional service. It is recommended here\nthat if one at all wants to realize Brahman or spiritual perfection, his\nattachment should be transferred to the stidhu or devotee. Lord Caitanya\nalso confirmed this. Lava-mtitra sadhu-sarige sarva-siddhi haya: simply by a\nmoment's association with a sadhu one can attain perfection.\n\nMahatma is a synonym of stidhu. It is said that service to a mahatma or\nelevated devotee of the Lord is dvtiram tihur vimukte�, the royal road of\nliberation. Mahat-sevtirh dvtiram ahur vimuktes tamo-dvararh yo§itarh sarigi­\n\nsarigam. Rendering service to the materialists has the opposite effect. If\nanyone offers service to a gross materialist or a person engaged only in\nsense enjoyment, then by association with such a person the door to hell\nis opened (Bhtig. 5.5.2). The same principle is confirmed here. Attachment\nto a devotee is attachment to the service of the Lord because if one\nassociates with a sadhu, then the result will be that the stidhu will teach him\nhow to become a devotee, a worshiper and a sincere servitor of the Lord.\nThese are the gifts of a sadhu. If we want to associate with a sadhu we\ncannot expect him to give us instructions on how to improve our material\ncondition, but he will give us instructions on how to cut the knot of the\ncontamination of material attraction and how to elevate ourselves in\ndevotional service. That is the result of associating with a sadhu. Kapila\nMuni first of all instructs that the path of liberation begins with such\n'I.Ssociation.\n\nTEXT 21\n\nfm�;r: mf�Jt'it: �: ��� 1\n3l�ij;y�: �en: �:r: m�EJurr: II�� II\ntitik§ava� karurtika�\nsuhrda� sarva-dehinam\n\n", "SB3.4#p0044": "Text 21]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1025\n\najata-satravaly. santaly.\nsadhavaly. sadhu-bhU�a[llily.\ntitik§ava�-tolerant;\n\nkiirur;tikii�-merciful;\n\nsuhrda�-friendly;\n\nsarva­\n\ndehiniim-to all living entities; ajata-satrava�-inimical to none; siintii�peaceful; sadhava�-abiding by scriptures; sadhu-bhil�ar;tii�-adorned with\nsublime characteristics.\nTRANSLATION\nThe symptoms of a sadhu are that he is tolerant, merciful and friendly\nto all living entities. He has no enemies, he is peaceful, he abides by the\nscriptures, and all his characteristics are sublime.\nPURPORT\nA sadhu, as described above, is a devotee of the Lord. His concern,\n\ntherefore, is to enlighten people in devotional service to the Lord. That is\nhis mercy. He knows that without devotional service to the Lord, human\nlife is spoiled. A devotee travels all over the country, from door to door,\npreaching, \"Be Kr�r:ta conscious. Be a devotee of Lord Kr�qa. Don't spoil\nyour life in simply fulfilling your animal propensities. Human life is meant\nfor self-realization or K r�r:ta consciousness.\" These are the preachings of a\nsadhu. He is not satisfied with his own liberation. He always thinks about\nothers. He is the most compassionate personality towards all the fallen\nsouls. One of his qualifications, therefore, is karurtika, great mercy to the\nfallen souls. While engaged in preaching work he has to meet with so many\nopposing elements, and therefore the sadhu or devotee of the Lord has to\nbe very tolerant. Someone may ill-treat him because the conditioned souls\nare not prepared to receive the transcendental knowledge of devotional\nservice. They don't like it; that is their disease. The sadhu has the thankless\ntask of impressing upon them the importance of devotional service.\nSometimes devotees are personally attacked with violence. Lord Jesus\nChrist was crucified, Haridiisa 'fhiikura was caned in twenty-two marketplaces, and Lord Caitanya 's principal assistant, Nityananda, was violently\nattacked by Jagiii and Miidhiii. But still they were tolerant because their\nmission was to deliver the fallen souls. One of the qualifications of a sadhu\nis that he is very tolerant and is merciful to all fallen souls. He is merciful\nbecause he is the well-wisher of all living entities. He is not only a wellwisher of human society, but a well-wisher of animal society as well. It is\nsaid here, sarva-dehinam, which indicates all living entities who have\n\n", "SB3.4#p0045": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1026\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\naccepted a material body. Not only does the human being have a material\nbody, but other living entities, such as cats and dogs, also have material\nbodies. The devotee of the Lord is merciful to everyone-the cats, dogs,\ntrees, etc. He treats all living entities in such a way that they can ultimately\n\nget salvation from this material entanglement. Siviinanda Sena, one of the\n\ndisciples of Lord Caitanya, gave liberation to a dog by treating the dog\ntranscendentally. There are many instances where a dog got salvation by\nassociation with a sadhu because a sadhu engages in the highest philanthropic activities for the benediction of all living entities. Yet although a\nsadhu is not inimical towards anyone, the world is so ungrateful that even\na siidhu has many enemies.\nWhat is the difference between an enemy and a friend? It is a difference\nin behavior. A sadhu behaves with all conditioned souls for their ultimate\nrelief from the material entanglement. Therefore, no one can be more\nfriendly than a sadhu in relieving a conditioned soul. A sadhu is calm, and\nhe quietly and peacefully follows the principles of scripture. A siidhu\nmeans one who follows the principles of scripture and at the same time is\na devotee of the Lord. One who actually follows the principles of scripture\nmust be a devotee of God because all the sastras instruct us to obey the\norders of the Personality of Godhead. Sadhu, therefore, means a follower\n\nof the scriptural inj unctions and a devotee of the Lord. All these charac­\n\nteristics are prominent in a devotee. A devotee develops all the good\nqualities of the demigods, whereas a nondevotee, even though academically\nqualified, has no actual good qualifications or good characteristics in the\nstandard of transcendental realization.\nTEXT 22\n\n�����f;cr���\n\n�\n\n�+tlul�4-4''fi�·sr;,;n;:\n: 1\"�11\n\nmayy ananyena bhavena\nbhaktirh kurvanti ye dnlhiim\nmat-krte tyakta-karmarws\ntyakta-svajana-biindhava�\nmayi\n\n-\n\nunto Me; ananyena bhiivena-with undeviated mind; bhaktim­\n\ndevotional service; kurvanti-perform; ye-those who; drt;lhiim-staunch;\nmat-krte-for My sake; tyakta-renounced; karmii�a�-activities; tyakta\n\n", "SB3.4#p0046": "Text 23]\n-renounced;\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\nsva-jana- family\n\nrelationships;\n\nbandhavii�\n\n1027\n\n-\n\nfriendly\n\nac­\n\nquaintances.\nTRANSLATION\nSuch a sadhu engages in staunch devotional service to the Lord without\ndeviation. For the sake of the Lord he renounces all other connections,\nsuch as family relationships and friendly acquaintances within the world.\nPURPORT\nA person in the renounced order of life, a sannyiist, is also called a\nsiidhu because he renounces everything-his home, his comfort, his friends,\nhis relatives and his duties to friends and to family. He renounces every·\nthing for the sake of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A sannyiist is\ngenerally in the renounced order of life, hut his renunciation will he\nsuccessful only when his energy is employed in the service of the Lord\nwith great austerity .It is said here, therefore, bhaktim kurvanti ye dnlham.\nA person who seriously engages in the service of the Lord and is in the\nrenounced order of life is a siidhu. A siidhu is one who has given up all\nresponsibility to society, family and worldly humanitarianism simply for\nthe sake of the service of the Lord. As soon as he takes his birth in the\nworld, a person has so many responsibilities and obligations-to the public,\nto the demigods, to the great sages, to the general living beings, to his\nparents, to the family forefathers, and to many others. When he gives up\nall such obligations for the sake of the service of the Supreme Lord, he is\nnot punished for such renunciation of obligation. But if for sense gratification a person renounces all such obligations, he is punished by the law of\nnature.\nTEXT 23\n\n���: � �: VRf..ij en� =it 1\n\nij� fqf� �€tlfl4�ij'��: 11��11\nmad-O:srayii� kathii mr�tii�\nsrrwanti kathayanti ca\ntapanti vividhiis tiipii\nnaitiin mad-gata-cetasa�\nmat asra ya�-about Me; kat hti� stories; mma�- delightful; S[I)Vantichant; ca-and; tapanti-inflict suffering;\n-\n\nthey hear; kathayanti-they\n\n-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0047": "1028\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nvividhii/:t -various; tiipii/:t - the material miseries; na-do not; etiin-unto\nthem; mat-gata - fixed on Me; cetasa/:t - their thoughts.\nTRANSLATION\nEngaged constantly in chanting and hearing about Me, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, the sadhus do not suffer from material miseries\nbecause they are always filled with thoughts of My pastimes and activities.\nPURPORT\n\nThere are multifarious miseries in material existence-those pertaining\nto the body and the mind, those imposed by other Living entities, and\nthose imposed by natural disturbances. But a siidhu is not disturbed by\nsuch miserable conditions because his mind is always filled with Kr�r:ta\nconsciousness, and thus he does not like to talk about anything but the\nactivities of the Lord. Mahiiriija Ambari�a did not speak of anything but\nthe pastimes of the Lord. Vacamsi vaikur-tha-gur-anuvarr-ane. He engaged\nhis words only in glorification of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nSadhus are always interested in hearing about the activities of the Lord or\nHis devotees. Since they are filled with Kr�r:ta consciousness, they are\nforgetful of the material miseries. Ordinary conditioned souls, being\nforgetful of the activities of the Lord, are always full of anxieties and\nmaterial tribulations. On the other hand, since the devotees always engage\nin the topics of the Lord, they are forgetful of the miseries of material\nexistence.\nTEXT 24\n\nmr� ������n: 1\nffi� � �: (1fi·�'1iiU ft � 11�\\lll\n\nij' � ijN�:\n\nta ete sadhaval:t sadhvi\nsarva-sanga-vivarjita�\nsangas te§v atha te prarthyal:t\nsanga-do§a-hara hi te\nte ete- those very; siidhava�- devotees; siidhvi-virtuous lady; sarva-all;\nsanga- attachments; vivarjitii�- freed from; sanga �-attachment; te§u - unto\n\nthem; atha-hence; te- by you; priirthya�-must be sought; sanga-dosa-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0048": "Text 24]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\nthe pernicious effects of material attachment;\n\n1029\n\nharii�-counteractors of;\n\nhi-indeed; te-they.\nTRANSLATION\n0 My mother, 0 virtuous lady, these are the qualities of great devotees\n\nwho are free from all attachment. You must seek attachment to such holy\nmen, for this counteracts the pernicious effects of material attachment.\nPURPORT\nKapila Muni herein advises His mother, Devahiiti, that if she wants to\nbe free from material attachment then she should increase her attachment\n\nfor the sadhus or devotees who are completely freed from all material\n\nattachment. In Bhagavad-gtta, Fifteenth Chapter, fifth verse, it is stated\nwho is qualified to enter into the kingdom of Godhead. It is said there,\n\nnirmlina-moha jita-sanga-do�li�. This refers to one who is completely freed\nfrom the puffed-up condition of material possessiveness. A person may be\nmaterially very rich, opulent or respectable, but if he at all wants to\ntransfer himself to the spiritual kingdom, back home, back to Godhead,\nthen he has to be freed from the puffed-up condition of material\npossessiveness, because that is a false position.\nThe word moha, used here, means the false understanding that one is\nrich or poor. In this material world, the conception that one is very rich\nor very poor-or any such consciousness in connection with material\nexistence-is false, because this body itself is false or temporary. A pure\nsoul who is prepared to be freed from this material entanglement must first\nof all be free from the association of the three modes of nature. Our\nconsciousness at the present moment is polluted because of association\nwith the three modes of nature; therefore in Bhagavad-gtta the same\n\nprinciple is stated. It is advised, jita-sanga-do§li�: one should be freed from\nthe contaminated association of the three modes of material nature. Here\nalso, in the Srtmad-Bhtigavatam, this is confirmed: a pure devotee who is\npreparing to transfer himself to the spiritual kingdom is also freed from\nthe association of the three modes of material nature. We have to seek\nthe association of such devotees. For this reason we have begun the\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness. There are many mercantile, scientific and other associations in human society to develop a\nparticular type of education or consciousness, but there is no association\nwhich helps one to get free from all material association. If anyone has\nreached the stage where he must become free from this material contami-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0049": "[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n\n1030\n\n·\n\nnation, then he has to seek the association of devotees, wherein K.r�p.a\nconsciousness is exclusively cultured. One can thereby become freed from\nall material association.\nBecause a devotee is freed from all contaminated material association,\nhe is not affected by the miseries of material existence. Even though he\nappears to be in the material world, he is not affected by the miseries of\nthe material world. How is it possible? There is a very good example in the\nactivities of the cat. The cat carries her kittens in her mouth, and when she\nkills a rat she also carries the booty in her mouth. Thus both are carried in\nthe mouth of the cat, but they are in different conditions. The kitten feels\ncomfort in the mouth of the mother, whereas when the rat is carried in\nthe mouth of the cat, the rat feels the blows of death. Similarly, those who\nare siidhava�, or devotees engaged in Kr��a consciousness in the transcendental service of the Lord, do not feel the contamination of material\nmiseries, whereas those who are not devotees in Kr��a consciousness\nactually feel the miseries of material existence. One should therefore give\nup the association of materialistic persons and seek the association of\npersons engaged in Kr��a consciousness, and by such association he will be\nbenefited in spiritual advancement. By their words and instructions, he\nwill be able to cut off his attachment to material existence.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�ij'f �ijfl;:q\" i;(r:�m-�\nWlfrQ �ar�n �n 1\nij�OJroPel�Cl��\n��\nmr�tHM�sti�llftf 11�'-\\11\nsatiim prasangiin mama virya-samvido\nbhavanti hrt-karra-rasiiyanii� kathii�\ntaj-jo§artiid iisv apavarga-vartmani\nsraddhii ratir bhaktir anukrami§yati\n\nsatam-of pure devotees; prasangat\n\n-\n\nthrough the association; mama-My;\n\nvirya-wonderful activities; samvida�-by discussion of; bhavanti-become;\nhrt-to the heart; kar'!a-to the ear; rasa ayana� pleasing ; katha� the\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nstories; tat-of that; jo§a'!at-by cultivation; usu-quickly; apavarga-of\n\n", "SB3.4#p0050": "Text 25)\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1031\n\nliberation; vartmani-on the path; sraddhii-firm faith; rat*-attraction;\nbhakti�-devotion; anukrami§yati-will follow in order.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the association of pure devotees, discussion of the pastimes and\nactivities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is very pleasing and\nsatisfying to the ear and the heart. By cultivating such knowledge one\ngradually becomes advanced on the path of liberation, and thereafter he is\nfreed, and his attraction becomes fixed. Then real devotion and devotional\nservice begin.\nPURPORT\nThe process of advancing in KnQ.a consciousness and devotional service\nis described here. The first point is that one must seek the association of\npersons who are Kr�Q.a conscious and who engage in devotional service.\nWithout such association one cannot make advancement. Simply by\ntheoretical knowledge or study one cannot make any appreciable advancement. One must give up the association of materialistic persons and seek\nthe association of devotees because without the association of devotees\none cannot understand the activities of the Lord. Generally, people are\nconvinced of the impersonal feature of the Absolute Truth. Because they\ndo not associate with devotees, they cannot understand that the Absolute\nTruth can be a person and have personal activities. This is a very difficult\nsubject matter, and unless one has personal understanding of the Absolute\nTruth, there is no meaning to devotion. Service or devotion cannot be\noffered to anything impersonal. Service must be offered to a p erson.\nNondevotees cannot appreciate Kr�':la consciousness by reading the Srtmad­\n\nBhagavatam or any other Vedic literature wherein the activities of the\nLord are described; they think that they are fiction, manufactured stories,\nbecause spiritual life is not explained to them in the proper mood. To\nunderstand the personal activities of the Lord one has to seek the associa·\ntion of devotees, and by such association, when one contemplates and\ntries to understand the transcendental activities of the Lord, then his path\nto liberation is open, and he is freed. One who has firm faith in the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead becomes fixed, and his attraction for\nassociation with the Lord and the devotees increases. Association with\ndevotees means association with the Lord. The devotee who makes this\nassociation develops the consciousness for rendering service to the Lord,\nand then, being situated in the transcendental position of devotional ser·\nvice, he gradually becomes perfect.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0051": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1032\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 26\n\n� ���f?roq ��\n���*-1'11��lfl\n� � � �<ilal9;'fil\n�f�\n�flriht�: II�� II\n.\n\nbhaktya pumafi jata-viraga aindriyiid\ndnta-srutan mad-racananucintaya\ncittasya yatto grahar-e yoga-yukto\nyati§yate rjubhir yoga-marga*\nbhaktyii-by devotional service; puman-a person; jiita-viriiga�-having\n\ndeveloped distaste; aindriyiit-for sense gratification; dr§ta- seen (in this\n\nworld); srutiit-heard (in the next world); mat-racana- My activities of\ncreation and so on; anucintaya-by constantly thinking about; cittasya­\n\nof the mind; yatta�- engaged; g raha1Je-in the control; yoga-yukta�situated in devotional service; yati§yate-will en deavor; rjubh*-easy;\nyoga-margai�-by the processes of mystic power.\nTRANSLATION\nThus consciously engaged in devotional service in the association of\ndevotees, a person gains distaste for sense gratification, both in this world\nand in the next, by constantly thinking about the activities of the Lord.\nThis process of Kr��a consciousness is the easiest process of mystic power;\nwhen one is actually situated on that path of devotional service, he is able\nto control the mind.\nPURPORT\nIn all scriptures people are encouraged to act in a pious way so that\nthey can enjoy sense gratification not only in this life but also in the next.\nFor example, one is promised promotion to the heavenly kingdom of\nhigher planets by pious fruitive activities. But a devotee in the association\nof devotees prefers to contemplate the activities of the Lord-how He has\ncreated this universe, how He is maintaining it, how the creation dissolves,\nand how in the spiritual kingdom the Lord's pastimes are going on. There\nare full literatures describing these activities of the Lord, especially\n\nBhagavad-gita, Brahma-samhita and Srimad-Bhagavatam. The sincere devo-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0052": "Text 27]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1033\n\ntee who associates with devotees gets the opportunity to hear and contemplate this subject of the pastimes of the Lord, and the result is that he\nfeels distaste for so-called happiness in this or that world, in heaven or on\nother planets. The devotees are simply interested in being transferred to\nthe personal association of the Lord; they have no more attraction for\ntemporary so-called happiness. That is the position of one who is yoga­\n\nyukta. One who is fixed in mystic power is not disturbed by the allurement\nof this world or that world; he is interested in the matters of spiritual understanding or the spiritual situation. This sublime situation is very easily\nattained by the easiest process, bhakti-yoga. �jubhir yoga-margai[l.. A\nvery suitable word used here is rjubhi[l., or very easy. There are different\nprocesses of yoga-marga, attaining yoga perfection, but this process,\ndevotional service to the Lord, is the easiest. Not only is it the easiest\nprocess, but the result is sublime. Everyone, therefore, should try to take\nthis process of Kr��a consciousness and reach the highest perfection of life.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nSJ�on;rt\n�er:n�\nijt;r;w\n�unrf�f� I\ntr)i\\;w w;�q�f � ��\n�\nSRtrlll�'llWff�T�� II �\\911\nasevayayam prakrter gu[llinam\np'ianena vairagya-vijrmbhitena\nyogena mayy arpitaya ca bhaktya\nmam pratyag..atmanam ihavarundhe\nasevayii-by not engaging in the service; ayam\ngur;tiiniim-of the modes of\n\n-\n\nthis person; prakrte�­\n\nmaterial nature; jfiiinena-by knowledge;\n\nvairiigya-with renunciation; vijrmbhitena- developed; yogena- by practicing\n\nyoga; mayi-unto Me; arpitayii- fixed; ca-and; bhaktyii-with\n\ndevotion; miim-unto Me; pratyak-iitmiinam-the Absolute Truth; iha-in\nthis very life; avarundhe-one attains.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus by not engaging in the service of the modes of material nature but\nby developing Kf��a consciousness, knowledge in renunciation, and by\n\n", "SB3.4#p0053": "1034\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\npracticing yoga, in which the mind is always fixed in devotional service\nunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one achieves My association in\nthis very life, for I am the Supreme Personality, the Absolute Truth.\nPURPORT\nWhen one engages in devotional service to the Lord in the nine different\n\nkinds of bhakti-yoga, as enunciated in authoritative scriptures, such as by\n\nhearing (sravaram), chanting (kirtanam), remembering, offering worship,\npraying and offering personal service-either in one of them, or two, or\nthree or all of them-he naturally has no opportunity to engage in the\nservice of the three modes of material nature. Unless one has good\nengagements in spiritual service, it is not possible to get out of the attach·\nment to material service. Those who are not devotees, therefore, are\ninterested in so-called humanitarian or philanthropic work, such as opening\na hospital or charitable institution. These are undoubtedly good works in\nthe sense that they are pious activities, and their result is that the performer may get some opportunities for sense gratification, either in this life\nor in the next. Devotional service, however, is beyond the boundary of\nsense gratification. It is completely spiritual activity. When one engages in\nthe spiritual activities of devotional service, naturally he does not get any\nopportunity to engage in sense gratificatory activities. Kr��a conscious\nactivities are performed not blindly but with perfect understanding of\n\nknowledge and renunciation. This kind of yoga practice, in which the\n\nmind is always fixed upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead in\ndevotion, results in liberation in this very life. The person who performs\nsuch acts gets in touch with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Lord\nCaitanya, therefore, approved the process of hearing from realized devotees about the pastimes of the Lord. It does not matter to what category\nof this world the audience belongs. If one meekly and submissively hears\nabout the activities of the Lord from a realized soul, he will be able to\nconquer the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is unconquerable by\nany other process. Hearing or associating with devotees is the most\nimportant function for self-realization.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�·ru:rn��\n���Rfflm�: �'llf � 1\n� � � fW�ifor��·JR� � 11��11\n\n", "SB3.4#p0054": "Text 29]\n\nT he Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1035\n\ndevahutir uvaca\nkacit tvayy ucita bhakt*\nkidrsi mama gocara\nyaya padam te nirvar;am\naiijasanvasnava aham\ndevahiiti� uvaca-Devahuti said; kacit-what; tvayi-unto You; ucitaproper; bhakti�-devotional service; kidrsi-what kind; mama-by me;\ngo-cara-fit to be\n\npracticed; yaya-by which; padam-feet; te- Your;\n\nnirva�am-liberation; aiijasa-immediately; anvasnavai-shall attain; aham-1.\nTRANSLATION\nOn hearing this statement of the Lord, Devahuti inquired: What kind of\ndevotional service is worth developing and practicing to help me to easily\nand immediately attain to the service of Your lotus feet?\nPURPORT\nIt is stated in Bhagavad-gita that no one is barred from rendering service\nto the Lord. Whether one is a woman or a laborer or a merchant, if he\nengages himself in the devotional service of the Lord he is promoted to the\nhighest perfectional state and goes back home, back to Godhead. The\ndevotional service which is most suitable for different types of devotees\nis determined and fixed by the mercy of the spiritual master.\nTEXT 29\n\ntrl �Tm lf'lmaft f.tttlOI�+i���(f: I\ncit�: m �� �<f(ij�i'Eil� 1\"�11\nyo yogo bhagavad-ba!!o\nnirva!!atmams tvayodita�\nkidrsa� kati cangani\nyatas tattvavabodhanam\nya�-which; yoga�-mystic yoga process; bhagavat-bii�a�-aiming at the\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead; nirvii�a-iitman-0 embodiment of\n\nnirva�a; tvaya-by You; udita�-explained; krdrsa�-of what nature; katihow many; ca-and; aligiini-branches; yata�-by which; tattva-of the\ntruth; avabodhanam-understanding.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0055": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1036\n\n[ Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe mystic yoga system, as you have explained, aims at the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and is meant for completely ending material\nexistence. Please let me know what the nature of that yoga system is. How\nmany ways are there by which one can understand in truth that sublime\nyoga?\nPURPORT\nThere are different kinds of mystic yoga systems aiming for different\nphases of the Absolute Truth. The jiiiina-yoga system aims at the impersonal Brahman effulgence, and the hatha-yoga system aims at the localized\npersonal aspect, the Paramatma feature of the Absolute Truth, whereas\n\nbhakti-yoga, or devotional service, which is executed in nine different ways,\nheaded by hearing and chanting, aims at complete realization of the Supreme Lord. There are different methods of self-realization. But here\nDevahuti especially refers to the bhakti-yoga system, which has already\nbeen primarily explained by the Lord. The different parts of the bhakti­\n\nyoga system are hearing, chanting, remembering, offering prayers, worshiping the Lord in the temple, accepting service to Him, carrying out His\norders, making friendship with Him, and, after all, surrendering everything\nfor the service of the Lord. The word nirvii!liitman is very significant\nin this\n\nverse.\n\none cannot\n\nUnless one accepts the process of devotional service,\n\nend\n\nthe\n\ncontinuation\n\nof\n\nmaterial\n\nexistence.\n\nAs far\n\nas\n\njiiiinis are concerned, they are interested in jiiiina-yoga, but even if one\nelevates oneself, after a great performance of austerity, to the Brahman\neffulgence, there is a chance of falling down again in the material world.\nTherefore, jiiiina-yoga does not actually end material existence. Similarly,\nregarding the hatha-yoga system, which aims at the localized aspect of the\nLord, Paramatma, it has been experienced that many yogis, such as\nVisvamitra, fall down. But bhakti-yogis, once approaching the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, never come hack to this material world, as it is\nconfirmed in the Bhagavad-gua. Yad gatvii na nivartante: upon going, one\nnever comes back. Tyaktvii dehani punar janma naiti: after giving up this\nbody, he never comes back again to accept a material body. Nirvii!la does\nnot finish the existence of the soul. The soul is ever-existing. Therefore\n\nnirviitta ·means to end one's material existence, and to end material existence means to go back home, back to Godhead.\nSometimes it is questioned how the living entity falls down from the\nspiritual world to the material world. Here is the answer. Unless one is\n\n", "SB3.4#p0056": "Text 30]\n\n1037\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\nelevated to the V aikutttha planets, directly in touch with the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, he is prone to fall down, either from the impersonal Brahman realization or from an ecstatic trance of meditation. Another\nword in this verse, bhagavad-biinaQ,, is very significant. Biina� means arrow.\nThe bhakti-yoga system is just like an arrow aiming up to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The bhakti-yoga system never urges one towards the\nimpersonal Brahman effulgence or to the point of Paramatma realization.\nThis biir_ta/.1., or arrow, is so sharp and swift that it goes directly to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, penetrating the regions of impersonal Brahman and localized Paramatma.\nTEXT 30\n\n�ilt:lf fq:jfFfl� ��t ���{� I\nij� ��tr �ij� �'fr �q��� II� II\no\n\ntad etan me vijiinthi\nyathiiham manda-dhir hare\nsukham buddhyeya durbodham\nyo§ii bhavad-anugrahiit\ntat etat\n\n-\n\nthat same; me-to me; vijiin thi please explain; yathii- so that;\n\naham-I; manda-slow; dh t�\n\n-\n\nwhose intelligence; hare-0 my Lord;sukham\n\n-\n\n-easily; buddhyeya-may understand; durbodham-very difficult to understand; yo§ii-a woman; bhavat-anugrahiit- by Your grace.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear son, Kapila, after all, I am a woman. It is very difficult for me\nto understand the Absolute Truth because my intelligence is not very\ngreat. But if You will kindly explain it to me, even though I am not very\nintelligent, I can understand it and thereby feel transcendental happiness.\nPURPORT\nKnowledge of the Absolute Truth is not very easily understood by\nordinary, less intelligent men; but if the spiritual master is kind enough to\nthe disciple, however unintelligent he may be, then by the divine grace of\nthe spiritual master everything is revealed. Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura\ntherefore says, yasya prasiidiid, by the mercy of the spiritual master,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0057": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1038\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nbhagavat-prasadary, the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nrevealed. Devahilti requested her great son to be merciful towards her\nbecause she was a less intelligent woman and also His mother. By the\ngrace of Kapiladeva it was quite possible for her to understand the\nAbsolute Truth, even though the subject matter is very difficult for\nordinary persons, especially women.\nTEXT 31\n�--\n\n'l157ll �'Tf\n\nf�CJN � ill�f��\n�TtR:�l tl'SJ �Tf��ct: I\n�mw;f �;r�f;:ij' ijfmi\n�� �\n\n��f.«rt't� II�� II\n\nmaitreya uvaca\nviditvartham kapilo matur ittham\njata-sneho yatra tanvabhijata�\ntattvamnayam yat pravadanti salikhyam\nprovaca vai bhakti-vitana-yogam\n\nmaitreya� uvaca- Maitreya said;viditva-having known; artham-purpose;\nkapilary- Lord Kapila; miitu�-of His mother; it tham-thus; jata-sneha�became compassionate; yatra-upon her;tanva-from her body; abhijiita{zborn; tattva-amnayam-truths received by disciplic succession;yat-which;\npravadanti-they\n\ncall;\n\ndescribed; vai-in\n\nfact; bhakti- devotional\n\nsankhyam-siinkhya\n\nphilosophy; provaca-He\nservice;\n\nvitiina-spreading;\n\nyogam-mystic yoga.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Maitreya said: After hearing the statement of His mother, Kapila\n\ncould understand her purpose, and He became compassionate towards her\n\nbecause of being born of her body. He described the sarikhya system of\n\nphilosophy, which is a combination of devotional service and mystic\nrealization, as received by disciplic succession.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0058": "Text 32]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1039\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�'t�il erf!J<(T'Tf\n\ng.m�·l'11+tl��rer��� 1\n�� ��;ml if'q: �tt?! �1 I\nm;riim lll1mfl ��r�: �tfit� ������\n\n�r-rt\n\nsrt bhagaviin uviica\ndeviiniirh gu[la-lingiiniim\niinusravika-karmartiim\nsattva evaika-manaso\nvrtt* sviibhavikt tu yii\nanimittii bhiigavatt\nbhakti� siddher gariyast\nsri bhagaviin uviica\n\n-\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; deviiniim\n\n-of the senses or of the presiding deities of the senses; gur;w-lingiiniimwhich detect sense-objects; iinu sravika-according to scripture; karmar,tiimwhich work; sattve-unto the mind or unto the Lord; eva only; ekamanasa�-of a man of undivided mind; vrtti�-inclination ; sviibhiiviktnatural; tu-in fact; yii-which; animitta-without motive; bhiigavati-to\nthe Personality of Godhead; bhakti�-devotional service; si ddhe�-than\nsalvation; gariyast-better.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kapila said: The senses are symbolic representations of the\ndemigods, and their natural inclination is to work under the direction of\nthe Vedic injunctions. As the senses are representatives of the demigods, so\nthe mind is the representative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\nmind's natural duty is to serve. When that service spirit is engaged in devotional service to the Personality of Godhead, without any motive, that is\nfar better even than salvation.\nPURPORT\nThe senses of the living entity are always engaged in some occupation,\neither in activities prescribed in the injunctions of the Vedas or in material\nactivities. The natural inclination of the senses is to work for something,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0059": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1040\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nand the mind is the center of the senses. The mind is actually the leader of\n\nthe senses; therefore it is called sattva. Similarly, the leader of all the\ndemigods who are engaged in the activities of this material world-the sun,\nmoon, Indra, etc.-is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nIt is stated in the Vedic literature that the demigods are different limbs\n\nof the universal body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Our senses\nare also controlled by different demigpds; our senses are representations of\nvarious demigods, and the mind is the representation of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. The senses, led by the mind, act under the\ninfluence of the demigods. When the service is ultimately aimed at the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the senses are in their natural position.\nThe Lord is called Hr�ikesa, for He is actually the proprietor and ultimate\nmaster of the senses. The senses and the mind are naturally inclined to\nwork, but when they are materially contaminated they work for some\nmaterial benefit or for the service of the demigods, although actually they\nare meant to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The senses are\ncalled hr§ika, and the Supreme Personality of Godhead is called Hr�ikesa.\nIndirectly, all the senses are naturally inclined to serve the Supreme Lord.\nThat is called bhakti.\n\nKapiladeva said that when the senses, without desire for material\nprofit or other selfish motives, are engaged in the service of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, that is called devotional service. That spirit of\n\nservice is far better than siddhi, salvation. Bhakti, the inclination to serve\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, is in a transcendental position far\n\nbetter than mukti or liberation. Thus bhakti is the stage after liberation.\nUnless one is liberated one cannot engage the senses in the service of the\nLord. When the senses are engaged either in material activities of sense\n\ngratification or in the activities of the Vedic injunctions, there is some\nmotive, but when the same senses are engaged in the service of the Lord\nand there is no motive, that is called animitta and is the natural inclination\n\nof the mind. The conclusion is that when the mind, without being deviated\neither to Vedic injunctions or material activities, is fully engaged in Kr�l).a\nconsciousness\n\nor\n\ndevotional\n\nservice to the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead, it is far better than the most aspired for liberation from material\nentanglement.\n\nTEXT 33\n\niii�� tn �� f�;re) ;;r�T II��II\njarayaty tisu ya kosam\nnigirrtam analo yathti\n\n", "SB3.4#p0060": "Text 34]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1041\n\njarayati-dissolves; asu-quickly; ya-which; kosam-the subtle body;\nnigtrram-things eaten; anala{l.-fire; yatha-as.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBhakti, devotional service, dissolves the subtle body of the living entity\nwithout separate effort, just as fire in the stomach digests all that we eat.\n\nPURPORT\n\nBhakti is in a far higher position than mukti because a person's endeavor\nto get liberation from the material encagement is automatically served in\ndevotional service. The example is given here that the fire in the stomach\n\ncan digest whatever we eat. If the digestive power is sufficient, then what­\n\never we can eat will be digested by the fire in the stomach. Similarly, a\ndevotee doesn't have to try separately to attain liberation. That very\n\nservice to the Supreme Personality of G odhead is the process of his\nliberation because to engage oneself in the service of the Lord is already\nliberation from material entanglement. Sri Bilvamailgala Thakura explained\n\nthis position very nicely. He said, \"If I have unflinching devotion unto the\n\nlotus feet of the Supreme Lord, then mukti or liberation serves me as my\nmaidservant. Mukti, the maidservant, is always ready to do whatever I ask.\"\nFor a devotee, liberation is no problem at all. Liberation takes place\nwithout separate endeavor. Bhakti, therefore, is far better than mukti or\nthe impersonalist position. The impersonalists undergo severe penances and\nausterities to attain mukt� but the bhakta, simply by engaging himself in\nthe bhakti process, especially ih chanting Hare KI:�J}.a, Hare Kt�J}.a, Kn>pa\nKrwa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare,\nimmediately develops control over the tongue by engaging it in chanting\n\nand accepting the remnants of foodstuff offered to the Personality of\nGodhead. As soon as the tongue is controlled, naturally all other senses\nare controlled automatically. Sense control is the perfection of the yoga\nprinciple, and one's liberation begins immediately as soon as he engages\nhimself in the service of the Lord. It is confirmed by Kapiladeva that\n\nbhakti or devotional service is gariyast, more glorious than siddhi, libera­\n\ntion.\n\nTEXT 34\n\nij�lf¥4ijf � mttf� ifif:q.{_1Rq��ij'\n\n��H I\n\n·\n\n", "SB3.4#p0061": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1042\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nnaiktitmattirh me sprhayanti kecinmat-ptida-sevtibhiratti mad-ihti{l\nye 'nyonyato bhtigavatti{l prasajya\nsabhiijayante mama pauru§ti[li\nna-never; eka iitmatiim-merging into oneness; me- My ; sprhayanti-\n\nthey\n\ndesire; kecit-any; mat-piida-sevti-the service of My lotus feet;\n\nabhiratti{l-engaged in; mat ihti{l-endeavoring to attain Me;ye-those who;\n-\n\nan yon yata{l-mutually; bhiigavatti{l-pure devotees; prasajya- assembling;\nsabhiijayante-glorify; mama- My; pauru§ii[li-glorious activities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA pure devotee who is attached to the activities of devotional service\n\nand who always engages in the service of My lotus feet never desires to\n\nbecome one with Me. Such a devotee, who is unflinchingly engaged, always\nglorifies My pastimes and activities.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are five kinds of liberation stated in the scriptures. One is to\nbecome one with the Supreme Personality of Godhead or to forsake one's\nindividuality and merge into the Supreme Spirit. This is called ekiitmatiim.\nA devotee never accepts this kind of liberation. The other four liberations\nare to be promoted to the same planet as God, Vaikuvtha, to associate\npersonally with the Supreme Lord, to achieve the same opulence as the\nLord and to attain the same bodily features as the Supreme Lord. A pure\ndevotee, as will be explained by Kapila Muni, does not aspire for any of the\nfive liberations. He especially despises as hellish becoming one with the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Sri Prabodhananda Sarasvati, a great\ndevotee of Lord Caitanya, said kaivalyarh narakiiyate: \"The happiness of\nbecoming\n\none with the Supreme Lord, which is aspired to by the\n\nMayavadis, is considered to be hellish.\" That oneness is not for pure\ndevotees.\nThere are many so-called devotees who think that in the conditioned\nstate we may worship the Personality of Godhead, but ultimately there is\nno personality; they say that since the Absolute Truth is impersonal, one\n\n", "SB3.4#p0062": "Text 34]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1043\n\ncan imagine a personal form of the impersonal Absolute Truth for the\ntime being, but as soon as one becomes liberated the worship stops.\nThat is the theory put forward by the Mayavada philosophy. Actually the\nimpersonalists do not merge into the existence of the Supreme Person\n\nhut into His personal bodily luster, which is called brahmajyoti. Although\n\nthat brahmajyoti is not different from His personal body, that sort of\noneness or merging into the bodily luster of the Personality of Godhead\nis not accepted by a pure devotee because the devotees engage in greater\npleasure than the so-called pleasure of merging into His existence. The\ngreatest pleasure is to serve the Lord. Devotees are always thinking about\nhow to serve Him; they are always designing ways and means to serve the\nSupreme Lord, even in the midst of the greatest obstacles of material\nexistence.\nThe Mayavadis accept the description of the pastimes of the Lord as\nstories, but actually they are not stories; they are historir..al facts. Pure\ndevotees accept the narrations of the pastimes of the Lord not as stories\n\nbut as Absolute Truth. The words mama pauru�tir;ti are significant. Devotees\nare very much attached to glorifying the activities of the Lord, whereas\nthe Mayavadis cannot even think of these activities. According to them\nthe Absolute Truth is impersonal. Without personal existence, how can\nt]tere be activity? The impersonalists take the activities mentioned in the\n\nSrimad-Bhtigavatam, Bhagavad-gitii, and other Vedic literatures as fictitious\n\nstories, and therefore they interpret them most mischievously. They have\nno idea of the Personality of Godhead. They unnecessarily poke their\nnoses into the scripture and interpret it in a deceptive way in order to\nmislead the innocent public. The activities of Mayavada philosophy are very\ndangerous to the public, and therefore Lord Caitanya warned never to hear\nfrom any Mayavadi about any scripture. They will spoil the entire process,\nand the person hearing them will never be able to come to the path of\ndevotional service to attain the highest perfection, or will be able to do so\nonly after a very long time.\n\nIt is clearly stated by Kapila Muni that bhakti activities or activities in\n\ndevotional service are transcendental to mukti. This is called paficama­\n\npurufltirtha. Generally, people engage in the activities of religion, economic\ndevelopment and sense gratification, and ultimately they work with an\nidea that they are going to become one with the Supreme Lord (mukti).\nBut bhakti is transcendental to all these activities. The Srtmad-Bhtigavatam,\n\ntherefore, begins by stating that all kinds of pretentious religiosity is\ncompletely eradicated from the Bhagavatam.\n\nRitualistic activities for\n\neconomic development and sense gratification, and, after frustration in\n\n", "SB3.4#p0063": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1044\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nsense gratification, the desire to become one with the Supreme Lord, are\n\nall completely rejected in the Bhagavatam. The Bhiigavatam is especially\n\nmeant for the pure devotees who always engage in Kr�!la consciousness, in\nthe activities of the Lord, and always glorify these transcendental activities.\nPure devotees\n\nworship the\n\ntranscendental\n\nactivities\n\nof the Lord in\n\nVrndiivana, Dviirakii and Mathura as they are narrated in the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam and other PuriiT}as. The Mayiivadi philosophers completely\nreject them as stories, but actually they are great and worshipable subject\nmatter and thus are relishable only for devotees. That is the difference\nbetween a Mayiivadi and a pure devotee.\nTEXT 35\n\n������MI�:\n�fl1�1�l'i4'lfif I\n�� ��\n� t�R �'l(Uihlf �� II� '-\\II\npasyanti te me rucirary amba santa�\nprasanna-vaktriirura-locaniini\n\nrilpii'[li divyiini vara-pradiini\n\nsiikam viicarh sprhartyiim vadanti\n\npasyanti-see; te-they; me-My; ruciriiri-beautiful; amba-0 mother;\n\nsanta�-devotees; prasan na-smiling; vaktra- face ; arura-like the morning\nsun; locaniini-eyes; rilpii'[li-forms; divyiini-transcendental; vara-pradiinibenevolent;\n\nsakam-with\n\nvadanti-they speak.\n\nMe;\n\nvacam-words;\n\nsp_rhaT}iyiim-favorable;\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 My mother, My devotees always see the smiling face of My form, with\neyes like the rising morning sun. They like to see My various transcendental\nforms, which are all benevolent, and they also talk favorably with Me.\nPURPORT\nMayavadis and atheists accept the forms of the Deities in the temple of\nthe Lord as idols, but the devotees do not worship idols. They directly\n\nworship the Personality of Godhead in His arcii incarnation. A rcii refers to\n\nthe form which we can worship in our present condition. Actually in our\n\n", "SB3.4#p0064": "Text 36]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1045\n\npresent state it is not possible to see God in His spiritual form because our\nmaterial eyes and senses cannot conceive of a spiritual form. We cannot\neven see the spiritual form of the individual soul. W hen a man dies we\ncannot see how the spiritual form leaves the body. That is the defect of\nour material senses. In order to be seen by our material senses, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead accepts a favorable form which is called arciivigraha. This arcii-vigraha, sometimes called the arcii incarnation, is not\ndifferent from Him. Just as the Supreme Personality of Godhead accepts\nvarious incarnations, so He takes on forms made out of matter-clay, wood,\nmetal, jewels, etc.\nThere are many sastric injunctions which give instructions for carving\nforms of the Lord. These forms are not material. If God is all-pervading,\nthen He is also in the material elements. There is no doubt about it. But\nthe atheists think otherwise. Although they preach that everything is God,\nwhen they go to the temple and see the form of the Lord, they deny that\nHe is God. According to their own theory, everything is God. Then why\nis the Deity not God? Actually, they have no conception of God. The\ndevotees' vision, however, is different; their vision is smeared with love of\nGod. As soon as they see the Lord in His different forms the devotees\nbecome saturated with love, for they do not find any difference between\nthe Lord and His form in the temple, as do the atheists. The smiling face of\nthe Deity in the temple is beheld by the devotees as very transcendental\nand spiritual, and the decoration of the body of the Lord is very much\nappreciated by the devotees. It is the duty of the spiritual master to teach\nhow to decorate the Deity in the temple, how to cleanse the temple and\nhow to worship the Deity. There are different procedures and rules and\nregulations which are followed in temples of Vi�!J.U, and devotees go there\nand see the Deity, the vigraha, and spiritually enjoy the form because\nall of the Deities are benevolent. The devotees express their minds before\nthe Deity, and in many instances the Deity also gives answers. But one\nmust be a very elevated devotee in order to be able to speak with the\nSupreme Lord. Sometimes the Lord informs the devotee through dreams.\nThese exchanges of feelings between the Deity and the devotee are not\nunderstandable by atheists, but actually the devotee enjoys. Kapila Muni\nis explaining how the devotees see the decorated body and face of the\nDeity and how they speak with Him in devotional service.\nTEXT 36\n\n��wflttlilftlq��W�I«(I�� ll{�:\n\n", "SB3.4#p0065": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1046\n\n(*tl�q;ft\n\n���\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\n�-\n\n�f� � �ocff �� II� �II\n\ntair darsaniyavayavair udaravilasa-hasek§ita-vama-siiktai{l\nhrtatmano hrta-praf!arhs ca bhaktir\nanicchato me gatim af!vim prayUiikte\ntai{l-by those forms; darsaniya\nudara-exalted; vilasa\n\n-\n\n-\n\ncharming; avayavai{l-whose limbs;\n\npastimes; hasa-smiling; ik§ita-glances; varna­\n\npleasing; s iiktai{l-whose delightful words;hrta-captivated; atmana{l- their\nminds; hrta-captivated; praf!an-their senses; ca-and ; bhakti{l-devotional\nservice;\n\nanicchata{l- unwilling;\n\nme -\n\nM y;\n\ngatim-abode; af!vim- subtle;\n\nprayUiikte-secures.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing the charming forms of the Lord, smiling and attractive,\nand hearing His very pleasing words, the pure devotee almost loses all\nother consciousness. His senses are freed from all other engagements, and\nhe becomes absorbed in devotional service. Thus in spite of his unwillingness, he gets liberation without separate endeavor.\nPURPORT\nThere are three divisions of devotees-first-class, second-class and thirdclass. Even the third-class devotees are liberated souls. It is explained in\nthis verse that although they do not have knowledge, simply by seeing the\nbeautiful decoration of the Deity in the temple, the devotee is absorbed in\nthought of Him and loses all other consciousness. Simply by fixing oneself\nin Kr�l)a consciousness, engaging the senses in the service of the Lord, one\nis imperceptibly liberated. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gtta. Simply\nby discharging uncontaminated devotional service as prescribed in the\nscriptures, one becomes equal to Brahman. In Bhagavad-gita it is said,\nbrahma-bhUyaya kalpate. This means that the living entity in his original\nstate is Brahman because he is part and parcel of the Supreme Brahman.\nBut simply because of his forgetfulness of his real nature as an eternal\nservitor of the\n\nLord, he is overwhelmed and captured by maya. His\n\nforgetfulness of his real constitutional position is maya. Otherwise he is\neternally Brahman.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0066": "Text 36]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1047\n\nWhen one is trained to become conscious of his position, he understands\nthat he is the servitor of the Lord. Brahman refers to a state of self-realization. Even the third-class devotee, who is not advanced in knowledge of the\nAbsolute Truth but simply offers obeisances with great devotion, thinks of\nthe Lord, sees the Lord in the temple and brings forth flowers and fruits\nto offer to the Deity, becomes imperceptibly liberated-. Sraddhayiinvitii�:\n\nwith great devotion the devotees offer worshipful respects and paraphernalia\nto the Deity. The Deities of Radha and Kr�qa, Lak�mi and Naraya�a, and\nRama and Sita are very attractive to devotees, so much so that when they\nsee the statue decorated in the temple of the Lord they become fully absorbed in thought of the Lord. That is the state of liberation. In other\nwords, it is confirmed herewith that even a third-class devotee is in the\ntranscendental position, above those who are trying for liberation by\nspeculation or by other methods. Even great impersonalists like Sukadeva\nGosvami and the four Kumaras were attracted by the beauty of the Deities\n\nin the temple, by the decorations and by the aroma of tulasi offered to\nthe Lord, and they became devotees. Even though they were in the\nliberated state, instead of remaining impersonalists they were attracted by\nthe beauty of the Lord and became devotees.\nHere the word viliisa is very important.\n\nViliisa means the activities or\n\npastimes of the Lord. It is a prescribed duty in temple worship that not\nonly should one visit the temple to see the Deity nicely decorated, but at\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam,\nBhagavad-gitii or some similar literature, which is regularly recited in the\n\nthe same time he should hear the recitation of\n\ntemple. It is the system in Vrndavana that in every temple there is recita­\n\ntion of the siistras. Even third-class devotees who have no literary knowl­\n\nedge or no time to read\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam or Bhagavad-gitii get the\n\nopportunity to hear about the pastimes of the Lord. In this way their\nminds may remain always absorbed in the thought of the Lord-His form,\nHis activities and His transcendental nature. This state of Kr��a consciousness is a liberated stage. Lord Caitanya, therefore, recommended five\n\nimportant processes in the discharge of devotional service: (1) to chant\nthe holy name of the Lord, Hare Kr��a, Hare Kr��a, Kr��a Kr��a, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare, (2) to associate\n\nwith devotees and serve them as far as possible, (3) to hear SrimadBhiigavatam, (4) to see the decorated temple and the Deity, and, if\npossible, (5) to live in a place like Vrndavana or Mathura. These five items\nalone can help a devotee to achieve the highest perfectional stage. This is\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii and here in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam. That third-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0067": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1048\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nclass devotees can also imperceptibly achieve liberation is accepted in all\nVedic literatures.\nTEXT 37\n\n3P.lT f�fij' � 'lr:rt�­\n\na�elt'h!SI'rt'f\\\nf� llll� �nm:tlf� m\n� it �s�� � <?it� 11�\"11\natho vibhutirh mama mayavinas tam\naiJvaryam a§tiihgam anupravrttam\ngriyarh bhagavatirh viisprhayanti bhadrarh\nparasya me te '§nuvate tu loke\nath o\n\n-\n\nthen; vibhutim-opulence; mama-of Me; mayavina�-of the Lord\n\nof maya; tam-that; ais varyam-m ystic perfection; a§ta aligam\n-\n\n-\n\nconsisting\n\nof eight parts; anuprav.rttam-following; sriyam-splendor; bhiigavatim-of\nthe kingdom of God; va-or; asp.rhayanti-they do not desire; bhadriimblissful; parasya-of the Supreme Lord; me-of Me; te-those devotees;\nas n uvate-enjoy; tu-but; loke-in this life.\nTRANSLATION\nThus because he is completely absorbed in thought of Me, the devotee\ndoes not desire even the highest benediction obtainable in the upper\nplanetary systems, including Satyaloka. He does not desire the eight\nmaterial perfections obtained from mystic yoga, nor does he desire to be\nelevated to the kingdom of God. Yet even without desiring them, the\ndevotee enjoys, even in this life, all the offered benedictions.\n\nPURPORT\nThe vibhuti or opulences offered by maya are of many varieties. We\nhave experience of different varieties of material enjoyment even on this\nplanet, but if one is able to promote himself to higher planets like Candraloka, the sun, or, still higher, Maharloka, Janaloka and Tapoloka, or even\nultimately the highest planet, which is inhabited by Brahmii and is called\nSatyaloka, there are immense possibilities for material enjoyment. For\nexample, the duration of life on higher planets is far, far greater than on\n\n", "SB3.4#p0068": "Text 38]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1049\n\nthis planet. It is said that on the moon the duration of life is such that our\nsix months are equal to one day. We cannot even imagine the duration of\nlife on the highest planet. It is stated in Bhagavad-gita that Brahma's\ntwelve hours are inconceivable even to our mathematicians. These are all\ndescriptions of the external energy of the Lord, or maya. Besides these,\nthere are other opulences which the yogis can achieve by their mystic\npower. They are also material. A devotee does not aspire for all these\nmaterial pleasures, although they are available to him simply by wishing.\nBy the grace of the Lord, a devotee can achieve wonderful success simply\nby willing. But a real devotee does not like that. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nhas taught that one should not desire material opulence or material reputation, nor should one try to enjoy material beauty; he should simply aspire to be absorbed in the devotional service of the Lord, even if he does\nnot get liberation but has to continue the process of birth and death\nunlimitedly. Actually, however, to one who engages in Kr�p.a consciousness, liberation is already guaranteed. Devotees enjoy all the benefits of the\nhigher planets and the Vaikup.tha planets also. It is especially mentioned\nhere, bhiigavatim bhadriim. In the Vaikup.tha planets everything is eternally\npeaceful, yet a pure devotee does not even aspire to be promoted there.\nBut still he gets that advantage; he enjoys all the facilities of the material\nand spiritual worlds, even during the present life span.\nTEXT 38\n\n•fiM\"i�'RH ��\n��tf�;ft itsRf'\"t Mt �: I\n� f� �T WffJJ\n� �: � ��� ������\nWf\n\n\"\n\nna karhicin mat-para� siinta-rupe\nnalik§yanti no me 'nimi§o le!lhi heti[l.\nye§iim aham priya iitmii sutas ca\nsakhii guru� suhrdo daivam i§tam\nna-not; karhicit-ever; mat-parii[l.-My devotees; siinta-rupe-0 mother;\nnalik§yanti-will lose; no-not; me- My; animi§a {l. -time; le!lhi- destroys;\nheti[l.- weapon; ye§iim-of whom; aham- I; priya� dear; iitmii-self; suta[l.son; ca- and; sakhii- friend; guru�- preceptor; suhrda[l.- benefactor; daivam\n-Deity; i§t am- chosen .\n-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0069": "1050\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord continued:\n\nMy dear mother, devotees who receive such\n\ntranscendental opulences are never bereft of them; neither weapons nor\n\nthe change of time can destroy such opulences. Because the devotees\n\naccept Me as their friend, their relative, their son, preceptor, benefactor\n\nand Supreme Deity, they cannot be deprived of their possessions at any\n\ntime.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is stated in Bhagavad-gita that one may elevate himself to the\nhigher planetary systems, even up to Brahmaloka, by dint of pious activities, but when the effects of such pious activities are finished, one again\ncomes back to this earth to begin a new life of activities. Thus even though\none is promoted to the higher planetary system for enj oyment and a long\nduration of life, still that is not a permanent settlement. But as far as the\ndevotees are concerned, their assets-the achievement of devotional service\nand the consequent opulence of VaikupJha, even on this planet-are never\ndestroyed. In this verse Kapiladeva addresses His mother as santa-rupa,\nindicating that the opulences of devotees are fixed because devotees are\neternally fixed in the VaikupJha atmosphere, which is called santa-riipa\nbecause it is in the mode of pure goodness, undisturbed by the modes of\npassion and ignorance. Once one is fixed in the devotional service of the\nLord, his position of transcendental service cannot be destroyed, and the\npleasure and service simply increase unlimitedly. For the devotees engaged\nin Kr�l).a consciousness, in the V aikuptha atmosphere, there is no influence\nof time. In the material world the influence of time destroys everything,\nbut in the VaikupJha atmosphere there is no influence of time or of the\ndemigods because there are no demigods in the Vaikuptha planets. Here\nour activities are controlled by different demigods; even if we move our\nhand and leg, the action is controlled by the demigods. But· in the\nVaikurttha atmosphere there is no influence of the demigods or of time;\ntherefore there is no question of destruction. When the time element is\npresent, there is the certainty of destruction, but when there is no time\nelement, past, present or future, then everything is eternal. Therefore this\nverse uses the words na nank§yanti, indicating that the transcendental\nopulences will never be destroyed.\nThe reason for freedom from destruction is also described. The devotees\naccept the Supreme Lord as the most dear personality and reciprocate\nwith Him in different relationships. They accept the Supreme Personality\n\n", "SB3.4#p0070": "Text 38]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1051\n\nof Godhead as the dearmost friend, the dearmost relative, the dearmost\nson, the dearmost preceptor, the dearmost well-wisher or the dearmost\nDeity. The Lord is eternal; therefore any relationship in which we accept\nHim is also eternal. It is clearly confirmed herein that the relationships cannot be destroyed, and therefore the opulences of those relationships are\nnever destroyed. Every living entity has the propensity to love someone.\nWe can see that if someone has no object of love, then generally he puts\nhis love in a pet animal like a cat or a dog. Thus the eternal propensity for\nlove in all living entities is always searching for a place to reside. From\nthis verse we can learn that we can love the Supreme Personality of Godhead as our dearmost object-as a friend, as a son, as a preceptor or as a\nwell-wisher-and there will be no cheating and no end to such love. We\nshall eternally enjoy the relationship with the Supreme Lord in different\naspects. A special feature of this verse is the acceptance of the Supreme\nLord as the supreme preceptor. Bhagavad-gtta is spoken directly by the\nSupreme Lord, and Arjuna accepted Kr�l).a as guru or spiritual master.\nSimilarly, we should accept only Kr�Qa as the supreme spiritual master.\nKr�Qa, of course, means Kr�l).a and His confidential devotees; Kr�l).a is\nnot alone. When we speak of Kr�Qa, Kr�l).a means Kr�l).a in His name, in His\nform, in His quality, in His abode, in His associates, etc. Kr�l).a is never\nalone because the devotees of Kr�l).a are not impersonalists. For example,\na king is always associated with his secretary, his commander, his servant\nand so much paraphernalia. As soon as we accept Kr�l).a and His associates\nas our preceptors, no ill effects can destroy our knowledge. In the material\nworld the knowledge which we acquire may change because of the influence of time, but nevertheless the conclusions received from Bhagavad­\n\ngita, directly from the speeches of the Supreme Lord Kr�l).a, can never\nchange. There is no use interpreting Bhagavad-gitii; it is eternal.\nKr�Qa, the Supreme Lord, should be accepted as one's best friend. He will\nnever cheat. He will always give His friendly advice and friendly protection to\nthe devotee. If Kr�Qa is accepted as a son, He will never die. Here we have a\nvery loving son or child, but the father and mother, or those who are affectionate towards him, always hope, \"May my son not die.\" But Kr�p.a actually\nnever will die. Therefore those who accept Kr�p.a or the Supreme Lord as\ntheir son will never be bereft of their son. In many instances devotees have\naccepted the Deity as a son. In Bengal there are many such instances, and\neven after the death of the devotee, the Deity performed the sriiddha ceremony for the father. The relationship is never destroyed. People are\naccustomed to worship different forms of demigods, but in Bhagavad-gttii\nsuch a mentality is condemned; therefore one should be intelligent enough\n\n", "SB3.4#p0071": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1052\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nto worship only the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His different forms\nsuch as Lak�mi-Naraya!la, Sita-Rama and Radha-Kr�!la. Thus he will never be\ncheated. By worshiping the demigods one may elevate himself to the\nhigher planets, but during the dissolution of the material world, the deity\nand the abode of the deity will be destroyed. But one who worships the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is promoted to the V aikutttha planet\nwhere there is no influence of time, destruction or annihilation. The conclusion is that the time influence cannot act upon devotees who have\naccepted the Supreme Personality of Godhead as everything.\nTEXTS 39-40\n\n� � m��·�a+it�lf� 1\n�� � � � ntr: � tro: II�Q..II\nf� ��t;pri� miW R�� 1\nlf��t��;:t lffitn �:n;:�u�'R� m�oll\nG\n\nimam lokarh tathaivamum\natmanam ubhayayinam\natmanam anu ye ceha\nye rayaft pasavo grhaft\nvisrjya sarvan anyarhs ca\nmam evarh visvato-mukham\nbhajanty ananyaya bhaktya\ntan mrtyor atiparaye\nimam-this; lokam-world; tathii-accordingly; eva-certainly ; amumthat world; atmanam-the subtle body; ubhaya-in both; ayinam- traveling;\niitmiinam-the body; anu-in relationship with; ye-those who; ca-also;\niha-in this world; ye-that which; riiya�-wealth; pasava�-cattle; grha�\n\n­\n\nhouses; visrjya-having given up; sarviin-all; anyii n-other; ca-and; miimMe; evam-thus; visvata�-mukham-the all-pervading Lord of the universe;\nbhajanti-they worship; ananyaya-un flinching; bhaktya-by devotional\nservice; tan-them; mrtyo[t\n\n-\n\nof death; atiparaye-1 take to the other side.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus the devotee who worships Me, the all-pervading Lord of the\nuniverse, in unflinching devotional service, gives up all aspirations to be\n\n", "SB3.4#p0072": "Texts 39-40]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1053\n\npromoted to heavenly planets or to become happy in this world with\nwealth, children, cattle, home or anything in relationship with the body. I\ntake him to the other side of birth and death.\n\nPURPORT\nUnflinching devotional service, as described in these two verses, means\nengaging oneself in full Kr�I).a consciousness or devotional service, accepting the Supreme Lord as all in all. Since the Supreme Lord is all-inclusive,\nif anyone worships Him with unflinching faith, he has automatically\nachieved all other opulences and performed all other duties. The Lord\npromises herein that He takes His devotee to the other side of birth and\ndeath. Lord Caitanya, therefore, recommended that one who aspires to go\nbeyond birth and death should have no material possessions. This means\nthat one should not try to be happy in this world or to be promoted to the\nheavenly world, nor should he try for material wealth, children, houses or\ncattle.\nHow liberation is imperceptibly achieved by a pure devotee and what the\nsymptoms are have been explained. For the conditioned soul there are two\nstatuses of living. One status is in this present life, and the other is our\npreparation for the next life. If I am in the mode of goodness, then I may\nbe preparing for promotion to the higher planets, if I am in the mode of\npassion then I shall remain here in a society where activity is very prominent, and if I am in the mode of ignorance I may be degraded to animal\nlife or a lower grade of human life. But for a devotee there is no concern\nfor this life or the next life because in any life he does not desire elevation\nin material prosperity or a high-grade or low-grade life. He prays to the\nLord, \"My dear Lord, it does not matter where I am born, but let me be\nborn, even as an ant, in the house of a devotee.\" A pure devotee does not\npray to the Lord for liberation from this material bondage. Actually, the\npure devotee never thinks that he is fit for liberation. Considering his past\nlife and his mischievous activities, he thinks that he is fit to be sent to the\nlowest region of hell. If in this life I am trying to become a devotee, this\ndoes not mean that in my many past lives I was one hundred percent pious.\nThat is not possible. A devotee, therefore, is always conscious of his real\nposition. Only by his full surrender to the Lord, by the Lord's grace, are\nhis sufferings made shorter. As stated in Bhagavad-gita, \"Surrender unto\nMe, and I will give you protection from all kinds of sinful reaction.\" That\nis His mercy. But this does not mean that one who has surrendered to the\nlotus feet of the Lord has committed no misdeeds in his past life. A devotee\nalways prays, \"For my misdeeds, may I be born again and again, but my\n\n", "SB3.4#p0073": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1054\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nonly prayer is that I may not forget Your service.\" The devotee has that\nmuch mental strength, and he prays to the Lord: \"May I be born again\nand again, but let me be born in the home of Your pure devotee so that I\nmay again get a chance to develop myself.\"\nA pure devotee is not anxious to elevate himself in his next birth. He\nhas already given up that sort of hope. In any life in which one is born, as\na householder, or even as an animal, he must have some children, some\nresources or some possessions, but a devotee is not anxious to possess\nanything. He is satisfied with whatever is obtainable by God's grace. He is\nnot at all attached to improving his social status or improving the status of\neducation of his children. He is not neglectful-he is dutiful-but he does\nnot spend too much time on the upliftment of temporary household or\nsocial life. He fully engages in the service of the Lord and for other affairs\nhe simply spares as much time as absolutely necessary\n\n(yathiirtham\nupayufijata� ). Such a pure devotee does not care for what is going to\n\nhappen in the next life or in this life; he does not care even for family,\n\nchildren or society. He fully engages in the service of the Lord in Kr�l).a\nconsciousness. It is stated in Bhagavad-gtta that without the knowledge of\nthe\n\ndevotee,\n\nthe\n\nLord\n\narranges for\n\nHis devotee to be immediately\n\ntransferred to His transcendental abode j ust after leaving his body. After\n\nquitting his body he does not go into the womb of another mother. The\nordinary common living entity, after death, is transferred to the womb of\nanother mother, according to his karma or activities, to take another type\n\nof body. But as far as the devotee is concerned, he is at once transferred to\n\nthe spiritual world in the association of the Lord. That is the Lord's\nspecial mercy. How it is possible is explained in the following verses.\nBecause He is all-powerful, the Lord can do anything and everything. He\ncan excuse all sinful reactions. He can immediately transfer a person to\n\nV aikup.thaloka. That is the inconceivable power of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, who is favorably disposed to the pure devotees.\n\nTEXT 41\n�\n\nflf:'l��:\n\n�if� I\n\n3ffifl;r:\n\nij'�+{m;rt � �bf f� II�� II\n\nnanyatra mad bhagavata�\npradhana-puru�esvarat\natmana� sarva-bhutanam\nbhayam tivram nivartate\n\n", "SB3.4#p0074": "Text 41)\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\nna-not; anyatra\n\n-\n\n1055\n\notherwise; mat-than Myself; bhagavata�-the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead; pradhana-puru�a-isvanzt-the Lord of both prakrti\nand puru§a;\n\natmana�-the Soul; sarva-bhutanam-of all living beings;\n\nbhayam-fear; tivram-terrible ; nivartate-is forsaken.\nTRANSLATION\nThe terrible fear of birth and death can never be forsaken by anyone\nwho resorts to any shelter other than Myself, for I am the almighty Lord,\nthe Suprem e Personality of Godhead, the original source of all creation,\nand also the Supreme Soul of all souls.\nPURPORT\nIt is indicated herein that the cycle of birth and death cannot be stopped\nunless one is a pure devotee of the Supreme Lord. It is said, harirh vina\nna srtirh taranti. One cannot surpass the cycle of birth and death unless\none is favored by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The same concept\nis confirmed herewith: one may take to the system of understanding the\nAbsolute Truth by one's own imperfect sensual speculation, or one may try\nto realize the self by the mystic yoga process ; but whatever one may do,\nunless he comes to the point of surrendering to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, no process can give him liberation. One may ask if this means\nthat those who are undergoing so much penance and austerity by strictly\nfollowing the rules and regulations are endeavoring in vain. The answer is\n\ngi ven by Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.2.32):\n\nye\n\n'nye\n\n'ravindtikfia vimukta­\n\nmanina�. Lord Brahma and other demigods prayed to the Lord when Kr�f.la\nwas in the womb of Devaki: \"My dear lotus-eyed Lord, there are persons\nwho are puffed up with the thought that they have become liberated or one\nwith God or have become God, but in spite of thinking in such a puffed-up\nway, their intelligence is not laudable. They are less intelligent.\" ft is stated\nthat their intelligence, whether high or low, is not even purified. In\npurified intelligence a living entity cannot think otherwise than to surrender. Bhagavad-gfta, therefore, confirms that purified intelligence arises in\n\nthe person of a very wise man. Bahunarh janmanam ante jnanavan marh\n\nprapadyate. After many, many births, one who is actually advanced in\nintelligence surrenders unto the Supreme Lord.\nWithout the surrendering process, one cannot achieve liberation. The\nBhagavatam says, \"Those who are simply puffed up, thinking themselves\nliberated by some nondevotional process, are not polished or clear in\nintelligence because they have not yet surrendered unto You. In spite of\nexecuting aU kinds of austerities and penances or even arriving at the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0075": "1056\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nbrink of spiritual realization in Brahman realization, they think that they\nare in the effulgence of Brahman. But actually, because they have no\ntranscendental activities, they fall down to material activities.\" One should\nnot be satisfied simply with knowing that he is Brahman. He must engage\nhimself in the service of the Supreme Brahman; that is\n\nbhakti.\n\nThe\n\nengagement of Brahman should be the service of Parabrahman. It is said\nthat unless one becomes Brahman one cannot serve Brahman. The Supreme\nBrahman is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and the living entity is\nalso Brahman. Without realization that he is Brahman, spirit soul, an eternal\nservitor of the Lord, if one simply thinks that he is Brahman, then that is\nonly theoretical. He has to realize and at the same time engage himself in\nthe devotional service of the Lord; then he can exist in the Brahman status. Otherwise he falls down.\n\nThe Bhagavatam says that because nondevotees neglect the transcenden­\n\ntal loving service of the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead, their\nintelligence is not sufficient, and therefore these persons fall down. The\nliving entity must have some activity. If he does not engage in the activity\nof transcendental service, he must fall down to material activity. As soon\nas one falls down to material activity, there is no rescue from the cycle of\nbirth and death. It is stated here by Lord Kapila, \"Without My mercy\"\n\n(nanyatra mad bhagavata� ). The Lord is stated here to be Bhagavan, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, indicating that He is full of all opulences\nand is therefore perfectly competent to deliver one from the cycle of\n\nbirth and death. He is also called pradhlina because He is the Supreme. He\n\nis equal to everyone, but to one who surrenders to Him He is especially\n\nfavorable. It is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gita that the Lord is equal to\neveryone; no one is His enemy and no one is His friend. But to one who\nsurrenders unto Him, He is especially inclined. By the grace of the Lord,\nsimply by surrendering unto Him one can get out of this cycle of birth and\ndeath. Otherwise, he may go on in many, many lives and may many times\nattempt other processes for liberation.\n\nTEXT42\n\ng:�� tn�i1Sli .qfu li:P:�l<l_ I\nq� ��lf�� ��lq_ 11\\?�11\nmad-bhayad vati vato 'yam\nsuryas tapati mad-bhayat\n\n", "SB3.4#p0076": "Text 42]\n\n1057\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\nvar�attndro dahaty agnir\nmrtyus carati mad-bhayat\nmat-bhayat-out of fear of Me; vati-blows; vata[t-wind; ayam- this;\nsurya[t-the sun; tapati-shines; mat-bhayat-out of fear of Me; var§atishowers rain; indra[l- lndra; dahati-burns; agni[t-fire; mrtyu[t- death;\nc a rati\ngoes ; mat-bhayat-out of fear of Me.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is because of My supremacy that the wind blows, out of fear of Me;\nthe sun shines out of fear of Me, and the lord of the clouds, lndra, sends\nforth showers out of fear of Me. Fire burns out of fear of Me, and\ndeath goes about taking its toll out of fear of Me.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�l).a, says in Bhagavad-gtta that\nthe natural laws being enacted are correct in all activities because of His\nsuperintendence. No one should think that nature is working automatically, without superintendence. The Vedic literature says that the clouds\nare controlled by the demigod lndra, heat is distributed by the sun-god,\nthe soothing moonlight is distributed by Candra, and the air is blowing\nunder the arrangement ofthe demigod Vayu. But above all these demigods,\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead\n\nis\n\nthe\n\nchief\n\nliving\n\nentity.\n\nNityo nityanarh cetanas cetananam. The demigods are also ordinary living\nentities, but due to their faithfulness-their devotional service attitudethey have been promoted to such posts. These different demigods, or\ndirectors, such as Candra, Varul)a and Vayu, are called adhikari-devata. The\ndemigods are departmental. heads. The government of the Supreme Lord\nconsists not only of one planet or two or three;· there are millions of\nplanets and millions of universes. The Supreme Personality of Godhead has a\nhuge government, and He requires assistants. The demigods are considered\nHis bodily limbs. These are the descriptions of Vedic literature. Under\nthese circumstances, the sun-god, the moon-god, the fire-god and the airgod are working under the direction of the Supreme Lord. It is confirmed\nin the Bhagavad-gita,\n\nmayadhyakfier-a prakrti[t suyate sa-caracaram. The\n\nnatural laws are being conducted under His superintendence. Because He\nis in the background, everything is being performed so punctually and\nregularly.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0077": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1058\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nOne who has taken shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\ncompletely protected from all other influences. He no longer serves or is\nobliged to anyone else. Of course he is not disobedient to anyone, but his\nfull power of thought is absorbed in the service of the Lord. The statements by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kapila, that under His\ndirection the air is blowing, the fire is burning, the sun is giving heat, etc.,\nare not sentimental. The impersonalist may say that the\n\nBhiigavatam\n\ndevotees create and imagine someone as the Supreme Personality of Godhead and assign qualifications to Him; but actually it is neither imagination\nnor an imposition of artificial power in the name of Godhead. In the Vedas\nit is said,\n\nbhf§lismad vata[! pavate/ bhf§odeti surya[!:\n\n\"By fear of the\n\nSupreme Lord the wind-god and the sun-god are acting.\" Bhi§asmad agnis\n\ncendras ca/ mrtyur dhavati pancama[!: \"Agni, Indra, and Mrtyu are also\nacting under His direction.\" These are the statements of the Vedas.\n\nTEXT43\n\n��(l\"il�� �Rtitftitif �: I\n� �it��\n� ll'd�ll\njnana-vairagya-yuktena\nbhakti-yogena yogina�\nk§emaya pada-mulam me\npravisanty akuto-bhayam\njnana with knowledge; vairagya- and renunciation; yuktena-equipped;\nbhakti-yogena-by devotional service; yogin a[!- the yogis; k§emiiya-for\neternal benefit; pada mula m feet; me- My; pravisan t i-take shelter of;\nakuta[!-bhayam-without fear.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe yogis, equipped with transcendental knowledge and renunciation\nand engaged in devotional service for their eternal benefit, take shelter of\nMy lotus feet, and since I am the Lord, they are thus eligible to enter into\nthe kingdom of Godhead without fear.\nPURPORT\nOne who actually wants to be liberated from the entanglement of this\nmaterial world and go back home, back to Godhead, is the mystic yogt.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0078": "Text 44]\n\nThe Glories of Devotional Service\n\n1059\n\nThe words explicitly used here are yuktena bhakti-yogena. Those yogts or\nmystics who engage in devotional service are the first-class yogts. The firstclass yogts, as described in Bhagavad-gtta, are those who are constantly\nthinking of the Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�t:ta. These\n\nyogts are not without knowledge and renunciation. To become a bhaktiyogt means to automatically attain knowledge and renunciation. That is\nthe consequent result of bhakti-yoga. In the Bhtigavatam, First Canto,\nSecond Chapter it is also confirmed that one who engages in devotional\nservice of Vasudeva, Kr�t:ta, has complete transcendental knowledge and\nrenunciation, and there is no explanation for these attainments. Ahaituktwithout reason, they come. Even if a person is completely illiterate, simply\nbecause of\n\nhis engagement in devotional service, the transcendental\n\nknowledge of the scriptures is revealed unto him. That is also stated in the\nVedic literature. To anyone who has full faith in the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead and the spiritual master, all the import of the Vedic literatures\nis revealed. He doesn't have to seek separately; the yogts who engage in\ndevotional service are full in knowledge and renunciation. If there is a lack\nof knowledge and renunciation, it is to be understood that he is not in full\ndevotional service. The conclusion is that one cannot be sure of entrance\ninto the spiritual realm-in either the impersonal brahmajyoti effulgence\nof the Lord or the V aiku!ltha planets within that Brahman effulgenceunless he is surrendered unto the lotus feet of the Supreme Lord. The\nsurrendered souls are called akuto-bhaya. They are doubtless and fearless,\nand their entrance into the spiritual kingdom is guaranteed.\n\nTEXT44\n\nJl.ijftfl�ct ittsf� �t {;{:���: I\n�OJ llf�t(ti\\;r � �ij � 11\\l\\111\nettivtin eva loke 'smin\npumstim n*sreyasodaya�\ntivrerta bhakti-yogena\nmano mayy arpitam sthiram\nettivtin eva-only so far; loke as min\nni�§reyasa\n\n-\n\n-\n\nin this world; pumstim-of men;\n\nfinal perfection of life; udaya�-the attainment of; tivrerta­\n\nintense; bhakti-yogena-by practice of devotional service; mana�-mind;\nmayi-in Me; arpitam - fi xed; sthira m - steady.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0079": "1060\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore persons whose minds are fixed on the Lord engage in the\n\nintensive practice of devotional service.\nattainment of the final perfection of life.\n\nThat is the only means for\n\nPURPORT\nHere the words mano mayy arpitam, which mean \"the mind being fixed\non Me,\" are significant. One should fix his mind on the lotus feet of Kr�f.la\nor any incarnation. To be fixed steadily in that freedom is the way of\nliberation. Ambari�a Maharaja is an example. He fixed his mind on the\nlotus feet of the Lord, he spoke only on the pastimes of the Lord, he\nsmelled only the flowers and tulasi offered to the Lord, he walked only to\nthe temple of the Lord, he engaged his hands in cleansing the temple, he\nengaged his tongue in tasting the foodstuff offered to the Lord, and he\nengaged his ears for hearing the great pastimes of the Lord. In that way all\nhis senses were engaged. First of all, the mind should be engaged at the\nlotus feet of the Lord, very steadily and naturally. Because the mind is the\nmaster of the senses, when the mind is engaged, all the senses become\nengaged. That is bhakti-yoga. Yoga means controlling the senses. The\nsenses cannot be controlled in the proper sense of the term; they are\nalways agitated. This is true also with a child-how long can he be forced\nto sit down silently? It is not possible. Even Arjuna said, caiicalam hi\nmana[!. krgw: \"The mind is always agitated.\" The best course is to fix the\nmind on the lotus feet of the Lord. Mano mayy arpitam sthiram. If one\nseriously engages in Kr�f.la consciousness, that is the highest perfectional\nstage. All Kr�f.la conscious activities are on the highest perfectional level of\n\nhuman life.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Twenty-fifth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled ''The Glories of Devotional\nService.\"\n\n", "SB3.4#p0080": "CHAPTER TWENTY-SIX\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\nTEXT1\n\n'JITif4t<im<�t..,\n\n\"� ��\"lflf11 � � m 1\n� ��\"'\nII � II\n..rtfa:�l R� �: �u1:\nsri bhagavan uvaca\natha te sampravak.syami\ntattvanarh lakfiarwrh prthak\nyad viditva vimucyeta\npuru.saft prakrtair gut;taift\nsrt bhagaviin uviica- the Personality of Godhead said; atha-now; te-to\nyou; sampravak�yiimi-I shall describe; tattviiniim-of the categories of the\nAbsolute Truth; lak�a � wm-the distinctive features; prthak- one by one;\n\nyat-w hich ; viditvii\n\n-\n\nkno wing; vimucyeta-one can be released; puru�a�­\n\nany person; prii krta *\n\n-\n\nof the material nature; g ut;ta i�\n\n-\n\nfrom the modes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead, Kapila, continued: My dear mother, now\nI shall describe unto you the different categories of the Absolute Truth,\nknowing which any person can be released from the influence of the\nmodes of material nature.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii, one can understand the Supreme Personality\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nthe\n\nAbsolute\n\nTruth, only\n\nthrough\n\ndevotional\n\nservice\n\n(bhaktya mam abhijanati). As stated in the Bhiigavatam, the obj ect of\ndevotional service is miim, Kr�l)a. And, as explained in the Caitanya­\n\ncaritiimrta,\n\nto\n\nunderstand\n\nKf�l)a means to understand Kf{!J;la in His\n\n1061\n\n", "SB3.4#p0081": "1062\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\npersonal form with His internal energy, His external energy, His expansions\nand His incarnations. There are many diverse departments of knowledge in\nunderstanding Kr�t;�a. Siinkhya philosophy is especially meant for persons\nwho are conditioned by this material world. It is generally understood by\nthe parampa rii system, or by disciplic succession, to be the science of\ndevotional service. Preliminary studies of devotional service have already\nbeen explained. Now the analytical study of devotional service will be\nexplained by the Lord, who says that by such an analytical study, one\nbecomes freed from the modes of material nature. The same assertion is\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii. Tato miirh tattvato jfiiitvii: By understanding\nthe Lord according to various categories, one can become eligible to enter\ninto the kingdom of God. This is also explained here. By understanding\nthe science of devotional service in siinkh ya philosophy, one can become\nfree from the modes of material nature. The eternal self, after becoming\nfreed from the spell of material nature, becomes eligible to enter into the\nkingdom of God. As long as one has even a slight desire to enjoy or lord\nit over material nature, there is no chance of his being freed from the\ninfluence of nature's material modes. Therefore, one has to understand\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead analytically, as explained in the\nsiinkhya system of philosophy by Lord Kapiladeva.\n\nTEXT2\n�\n\n�(itt�'lc:lt��li1'( I\n\n� 11�11\nji'ianarh niftsreyasiirthaya\npuru.sasyatma-darsanam\nyad ahur vaqwye tat te\n\nhrdaya-granthi-bhedanam\njnanam-knowledge; n*sreyasa-arthaya-for the ultimate perfection;\npuru§asya-of a man; atma-darsanam-self-realization; yat-which; ahu�they said; varQ-aye-I shall explain; tat-that; te-to you; hrdaya-in the\nheart;granthi-the knots; bhedanam-cuts.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKnowledge is the ultimate perfection of self-realization. I shall explain\nthat knowledge unto you by which the knots of attachment to the\nmaterial world are cut.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0082": "Text3)\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1063\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said that by proper understanding of the pure self, or by selfrealization,\n\none can\n\nbe freed from material attachment. Knowledge\n\nleads one to attain the ultimate perfection of life and to see oneself as he\nis. The Svetiisvatara Upani,sad (3.8) also confirms this. Tam eva viditviiti­\n\nmrtyum eti: Simply by understanding one's spiritual position or by seeing\n\noneself as he is, one can be freed from material entanglement. In various\nways, the seeing of oneself is described in the Vedic literatures, and it is confirmed in the Bhagavatam (puru§asya atma-darsanam) that one has to see\noneself and know what he is. As Kapiladeva explains to His mother, this\n\"seeing\" can be done by hearing from the proper authoritative source.\nKapiladeva is the greatest authority because He is the Personality of\n\nGodhead, and if someone accepts whatever is explained as it is, without\n\ninterpretation, then he can see himself.\nLord Caitanya explained to Sanatana Gosvami the real constitutional\nposition of the individual. He said directly that each and every individual\nsoul is eternally a servitor of l<{�r:ta. ]ivera 'svariipa' haya-krfirtera 'nitya­\n\ndiisa': Every individual soul is eternally a servitor. When one is fixed in the\nunderstanding that he is part and parcel of the Supreme Soul and that his\neternal position is to serve in association with the Supreme Lord, he becomes\nself-realized. This position of understanding oneself rightly cuts the knot\nof\n\nmaterial\n\nattraction (hrdaya-granthi-bhedanam ).\n\nDue to false ego\n\nor false identification of oneself with the body and the material world,\n\none is entrapped by maya, but as soon as one understands that he is\nqualitatively the same substance as the Supreme Lord because he belongs\n\nto the same category of spirit soul and that his perpetual position is to\nserve, this is iitma-darsanam and hrdaya-granthi-bhedanam, self-realization.\nWhen one can cut the knot of attachment to the material world, his understanding is called knowledge. Atma-darsanam means to see oneself by\nknowledge; therefore, when one is freed from the false ego by the cultivation of real knowledge, he sees himself, and that is the ultimate necessity\nof human life. The soul is thus isolated from the entanglement of the\ntwenty-four categories of material nature. Pursuit of the systematic philo­\n\nsophic process called siinkhya is called knowledge and self-revelation.\n\nTEXT3\n\n31W11��\"' � �: �: �: I\n\n�l'n���ir.f��,,�ll\n\n", "SB3.4#p0083": "1064\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\naniidir iitmii puru.so\nnirgup,a� prakrte� para�\npratyag-dhiimii svayam-jyotir\nvisvam yena samanvitam\nan iid* -without a beginning; iitmii-the Supreme Soul; puru�a�-the\n\nPersonality of Godhead; nirgu!l a �- transcendental to the material modes of\n\nnature; prakrte� para�\n\n-\n\nbeyond this material world;\n\nperceivable everywhere; svayam-jyot*\n\n-\n\npratyak-dhiimii­\n\nself-effulgent; visvam-the entire\n\ncreation; yena- by whom; samanvitam- is maintained.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the Supreme Soul, and He has\n\nno beginning. He is transcendental to the material modes of nature and\nbeyond the existence of this material world. He is perceivable everywhere\n\nbecause He is self-effulgent, and by His self-effulgent luster the entire\ncreation is maintained.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is described as being without\n\nbeginning. He is puru�a, the Supreme Spirit. Puru�a means person. When\nwe think of a person in our present experience, that person has a begin­\n\nning. This means that he has taken birth and that there is a history from\nthe beginning of his life. But the Lord is particularly mentioned here as\n\naniidi, beginningless. If we examine all persons, we will find that everyone\n\nhas a beginning, but when we approach a person who has no beginning, He\nis the Supreme Person. That is the definition given in the Brahma-sanihitii.\nlsvara[l parama� krrr;a�: The Supreme Personality of Godhead is Kr�Qa,\n\nthe supreme controller; He is without beginning, and He is the beginning\nof everyone. This definition is found in all Vedic literatures.\nThe Lord is described as the soul or spirit. What is the definition of\nspirit? Spirit is perceivable everywhere. Brahman means great. His greatness\nis perceived everywhere. And what is that greatness? Consciousness. We\nhave personal experience of consciousness, for it is spread all over the\nbody; in every hair follicle of our body we can feel consciousness. This is\nindividual consciousness.\n\nSimilarly, there is Superconsciousness. The\n\nexample can be given of a small light and the sunlight. The sunlight is\nperceived everywhere, even within the room or in the sky, but the small\nlight is experienced within a specific limit. Similarly, our consciousness is\n\n", "SB3.4#p0084": "Text 3]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1065\n\nperceived within the limit of our particular body,but the Superconsciousness, or the existence of God, is perceived everywhere. He is present\neverywhere by His energy. It is stated in the Vi�[lU Purii[la that whatever\nwe find, anywhere and everywhere, is the distribution of the energy of the\nSupreme Lord. In Bhagavad-g'itii also it is confirmed that the Lord is allpervading and exists everywhere by His two kinds of energy, one spiritual\nand the other material. Both the spiritual and material energies are spread\neverywhere, and that is the proof of the existence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThe existence of consciousness everywhere is not temporary. It is\nwithout beginning. And because it is without beginning, it is also without\nend. The theory that consciousness develops at a certain stage of material\ncombination is not accepted herein, for the consciousness which exists\neverywhere is said to be without beginning. The materialistic or atheistic\ntheory stating that there is no soul, that there is no God, and that\nconsciousness is the result of a combination of matter is not acceptable.\nMatter is not beginningless; it has a beginning. As this material body has a\nbeginning, so the universal body does also. And as our material body has\nbegun on the basis of our soul, similarly, the entire gigantic universal body\nhas begun on the basis of the Supreme Soul. The Vediinta-siitra says,\njanmiidy asya. This entire material exhibition-its creation, its growth, its\n\nmaintenance, and its dissolution-is an emanation from the Supreme\nPerson. In Bhagavad-g'itii also, the Lord says, \"I am the beginning and the\nsource of birth of everything.\"\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is described �'!ere. He is not a\ntemporary person, nor does He have a beginning. He is without a cause,\nand He is the cause of all causes. Paral;t means transcendental, beyond the\ncreative energy. The Lord is the creator of the creative energy. We can see\nthat there is a creative energy in the material world, but He is not under\nthis energy. He is prakrti-paral;t, beyond this energy. He is not subjected to\nthe threefold miseries created by the material energy because He is beyond\nit. The modes of material nature do not touch Him. It is explained here,\nsvayam-jyoti: He is light Himself. We have experience in the material world\n\nof one light's being a reflection of another,just as moonlight is a reflection\nof the sunlight. Sunlight is also the reflection of the brahmajyoti. Similarly,\nbrahmajyoti, the spiritual effulgence, is a reflection of the body of the\n\nSupreme Lord. This is confirmed in the Brahma-samhitii: yasya prabhii\nprabhavatal;t. The brahmajyoti, or Brahman effulgence, is due to His bodily\n\nluster. Therefore it is said here, svayam-jyoti: He Himself is light. His light\nis distributed in different ways, as the brahmajyoti, as sunlight and as\n\n", "SB3.4#p0085": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1066\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nmoonlight. Bhagavad -gita confirms that in the spiritual world there is no\nneed of sunlight, moonlight or electricity. The Upani§ads also confirm\nthis; because the bodily luster of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nsufficient to illuminate the spiritual world, there is no need of sunlight,\nmoonlight or any other light or electricity. This self-illumination also\ncontradicts the theory that the spirit soul or the spiritual consciousness\ndevelops at a certain point in material combination. The term svayaritjyoti indicates that there is no tinge of anything material or any material\nreaction. It is confirmed here that the concept of the Lord's all-pervasiveness\nis due to His illumination everywhere. We have experience that the\nsun is situated in one place, but the sunlight is diffused all around\nfor millions and millions of miles. That is our practical experience.\nSimilarly, although the supreme light is situated in His personal abode ,\nVaiku!J.tha or Vrndavana, His light is diffused not only in the spiritual\nworld but beyond that. In the material world also, that light is reflected\nto the sun globe, and the sunlight is reflected by the moon globe. Thus\nalthough He is situated in His own abode, His light is distributed all over\nthe spiritual and material worlds. The Brahma-sarithitii confirms this (Bs.\n5.37). Goloka eva nivasaty alchiliitma-bhuta�: He is living in Goloka, but\nstill He is present all over the creation. He is the Supersoul of everything,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, and He has innumerable transcendental qualities. It is also concluded that although He is undoubtedly a\nperson, He is not a puru§a of this material world. Mayavadi philosophers\ncannot understand that beyond this material world there can be a person;\ntherefore they are impersonalists. But it is explained very nicely here that\nthe Personality of Godhead is beyond material existence.\n\nTEXT4\n� �\" qRt ��\n\n�eft glll'l1ft f�: I\n\n�t�e�ifl'ffl�ttmf\n\n�l II \\l II\n\nsa e§a prakrtirit silkfimiirit\ndaivirit gu[tamayirit vibhu�\nyadrcchayaivopagattim\nabhyapadyata lilayii\nsa� e� a�\n\n-\n\nthat same Supreme Personality of Godhead;prakrtim-material\n\nenergy; silk§mllm\n\n-\n\nsubtle; daivim-related to Vi�I)U; gu Q.a-mayim invested\n-\n\nwith the three modes of material nature; vibhu� the greatest of the great;\n-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0086": "Text 4]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1067\n\nyadrcchaya of His own will; iva quite; up agatam obtained; abhyap adyata\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-He accepted; ltlaya-as His pastime.\nTRANSLATION\nAs His pastime, that Supreme Personality of Godhead, the greatest of\nthe great, accepted the subtle material energy, which is invested with three\nmaterial modes of nature and which is related with Vi�I].U.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word gurwmayim is very significant. Daivim means\n\n\"the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\" and gurtamayim\n\nmeans \"invested with the three modes of material nature.\" When the\nmaterial energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead appears, this\n\ngu[tamayim energy acts as a manifestation of the energies of the three\nmodes; it acts as a covering. The energy emanated from the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead manifests in two ways-as an emanation from the\n\nSupreme Lord and as a covering of the Lord's face. In Bhagavad-gita it is\nsaid that the whole world is illusioned by the three modes of material\nnature, and thus the common conditioned soul, being covered by such\nenergy, cannot see the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The example of a\ncloud is very nicely given. All of a sudden there may appear a big cloud in\nthe sky. This cloud is perceived in two ways. To the sun the cloud is a\ncreation of its energy, but to the ordinary common man in the conditioned\nstate, it is a covering to the eyes; because of the cloud, the sun cannot be\nseen. It is not that the sun is actually covered by the cloud; only the\n\nvision of the ordinary being is covered. Similarly, although miiya cannot\n\ncover the Supreme Lord, who is beyond maya, the material energy covers\nthe ordinary living entities. Those conditioned souls who are covered are\n\nindividual living entities, and He from whose energy miiya is created is the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nIn another place in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, in the First Canto, Seventh\n\nChapter, it is stated that by his spiritual vision Vyasadeva saw the Supreme\nLord and the material energy standing behind Him. This indicates that\nmaterial energy cannot cover the Lord, just as darkness cannot cover the\nsun. Darkness can cover a jurisdiction which is very insignificant in comparison to that of the sun. Darkness can cover a small cave, but not the\nopen sky. Similarly, the covering capacity of the material energy is limited\nand cannot act on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is therefore\n\ncalled vibhu. As the appearance of a cloud is accepted by the sun, so the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0087": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1068\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nappearance of the material energy at a certain interval is accepted by the\nLord. Although His material energy is utilized to create the material\nworld, this does not mean that He is covered by that energy. Those who\nare covered by the material energy are called conditioned souls. The Lord\naccepts the material energy for His material pastimes in creation, maintenance and dissolution. But the conditioned soul is covered; he cannot\nunderstand that beyond this material energy there is the Supreme Personality of Godhead who is the cause of all causes, just as a less intelligent\nperson cannot understand that beyond the covering of the clouds there\nis bright sunshine.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�Rf�'ln �1 �en: �� �t: 1\n\n�q Ot �: � � �� II � II\ngu[!air vicitra{l srjatirh\nsarupa{l prakrtirh praja{l\nvilokya mumuhe sadya{l\nsa iha jnana-guhaya\n\nguQ-a*-by the threefold modes; vicitrii�-variegated; srjatrm-creating;\nsa-rupii�-with forms; prakrtim-material nature; prajii�-living entities;\nvilokya-having seen;mumuhe-was illusioned;sadya�-at once; sa�-the\n\nliving entity; iha-in this world; jiiiina-guhayii-by the knowledge-covering\nfeature.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDivided into varieties by her threefold modes, material nature creates\nthe forms of the living entities, and the living entities, seeing this, are\nillusioned by the knowledge-covering feature of the illusory energy.\n\nPURPORT\nMaterial energy has the power to cover knowledge, but this covering\ncannot be applied to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is applicable\nonly to the praja{l, or those who are born with material bodies, the\nconditioned souls. The different kinds of living entities vary according\nto the modes of material nature, as explained in Bhagavad-gita and other\nVedic literature. In Bhagavad-gita (7.12) it is very nicely explained that\nalthough the modes of goodness, passion and ignorance are born of the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0088": "Text 5)\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1069\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, He is not subject to them. In other\nwords, the energy emanating from the Supreme Personality of Godhead\ncaqnot act on Him; it acts on the conditioned souls who are covered by\nthe material energy. The Lord is the father of all living entities because He\nimpregnates material energy with the conditioned souls. Therefore, the\nconditioned souls get bodies created by the material energy, whereas the\nfather of the living entities is aloof from the three modes.\nIt is stated in the previous verse that the material energy was accepted\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead in order that He might exhibit\npastimes for the living entities who wanted to enjoy and lord it over the\nmaterial energy. This world was created through the material energy of\nthe Lord for the so-called enjoyment of such living entities. Why this\nmaterial world was created for the sufferings of the conditioned souls is a\nvery intricate question. There is a hint here in the word lilayii, which means\nfor the pastimes of the Lord. The Lord wants to rectify the enjoying\ntemperament of the conditioned souls. It is stated in Bhagavad-gitii that\nno one is the enjoyer but the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This\nmaterial energy is created, therefore, for anyone who pretends to enjoy.\nAn example can be cited here that there is no necessity for the government's creation of a separate police department, but because it is a fact\nthat some of the citizens will not accept the state laws, a department to\ndeal with criminals is necessary. There is no necessity, but at the same\ntime there is a necessity. Similarly, there was no necessity to create this\nmaterial world for the sufferings of the conditioned souls, but at the same\ntime there are certain living entities known as nitya-baddha who are\neternally conditioned. We say that they have been conditioned from time\nimmemorial because no one can trace out when the living entity, the part\nand parcel of the Supreme Lord, became rebellious against the supremacy\nof the Lord.\nIt is a fact that there are two classes of men-those who are obedient to\nthe laws of the Supreme Lord, and those who are atheists or agnostics,\nwho do not accept the existence of God and who want to create their own\nlaws. They want to establish that everyone can create his own laws or his\nown religious path. Without tracing out the beginning of the existence of\nthese two classes, we can take it for granted that some of the living entities\nrevolted against the laws of the Lord. Such entities are called conditioned\nsouls, for they are conditioned by the three modes of material nature.\nTherefore the words gur-air vicitriif!, are used here.\nIn this material world there are 8,400,000 species of life. As spirit souls,\nthey are all transcendental to this material world. Why, then, do they\n\n", "SB3.4#p0089": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1070\n\n[Canto 3, Ch 26\n.\n\nexhibit themselves in different stages of life? The answer is given here:\nthey are under the spell of the three modes of material nature. Because\nthey were created by the material energy, their bodies are made of the\nmaterial elements. Covered by the material body, the spiritual identity is\n\nlost, and therefore the word mumuhe is used here, indicating that they\nhave forgotten their own spiritual identity. This forgetfulness of spiritual\n\nidentity is present in the jivas, the conditioned souls who are subject to\n\nbe covered by the energy of material nature. ]niina-gilhayii is another word\n\nused. Guha means covering. Because the knowledge of the minute condi­\n\ntioned souls is covered, they are exhibited in so many species of life. It is\nsaid in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nSeventh Chapter, First Canto, \"The\n\nliving entities are illusioned by the material energy.\" In the Vedas also it\nis stated that the eternal living entities are covered by different modes and\nthat they are called tri-colored-red, white and blue-living entities. Red is\nthe representation of the mode of passion, white is the representation of\nthe mode of goodness, and blue is the representation of the mode of\nignorance. These modes of material nature belong to the material energy,\nand therefore the living entities under these different modes of material\nnature have different kinds of material bodies. Because they are forgetful\nof their spiritual identities, they think the material bodies to be themselves.\nTo the conditioned soul, \"me\" means the material body. This is called\n\nmoha, or bewilderment.\n\nIt is repeatedly said in the Ka{ha Upani§ad that the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead is never affected by the influence of material nature. It is,\nrather, the conditioned souls or. the minute infinitesimal parts and parcels\nof the Supreme who are affected by the influence of material nature and\nwho appear in different bodies under the material modes.\nTEXT6\n\n�� �ll\\\"ll�� �ci Sf�: � I\n� f�� g�fWl �� II � II\nevarh panibhidhyiinena\nkartrtvarh prakrte� pumiin\nkarmasu kriyamii[Le.su\ngu[Lair iitmani manyate\nevam-in\n\nthis\n\nway;\n\npara -other;\n\nabhidhyiinena-by\n\nidentification;\n\nkartrtvam-the doing of activities; prakrte�-of the material nature; pumiin\n\n", "SB3.4#p0090": "Text 7]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1071\n\n-the living entity; karmasu kriyamiiQ-e�u-while the activities are being\nperformed; guQ-ai�-by the three modes; atmani-to himself; manyate-he\nconsiders.\nTRANSLATION\nDue to his forgetfulness, the transcendental living entity accepts the\ninfluence of material energy as his field of activities, and, thus actuated,\nhe wrongly applies the activities to himself.\nPURPORT\nThe forgetful living entity can be compared to a man who is under the\ninfluence of disease and has become mad, or to a man haunted by ghosts\nwho acts without control and yet thinks himself to be in control.\nUnder the influence of material nature, the conditioned soul becomes\nabsorbed in material consciousness. In this consciousness, whatever is done\nunder the influence of the material energy is accepted by the conditioned\nsoul as self-actuated. Actually, the soul in his pure state of existence\nshould be in Kr��Ja consciousness. When a person is not acting in Kr�qa\nconsciousness he is understood to be acting in material consciousness.\nConsciousness cannot be killed because the symptom of the living entity\nis consciousness. The material consciousness simply has to be purified.\nOne becomes liberated by accepting Kr��Ja, or the Supreme Lord, as\nmaster and by changing the mode of consciousness from material consciousness to Kr�qa consciousness.\n\nTEXT7\n\n�f�ij: qmt;S� :q ij� I\n¥fcl��� mf�ait f�m��: II \\9 II\n\n�\n\ntad asya sarhsrtir bandha�\npiira-tantryarh ca tat-krtam\nbhavaty akartur isasya\nsiik.sir-o nirvrtatmana�\ntat-from the misconception; asya-of the conditioned soul; samsrti�conditioned life; bandha�- bondage; piira-tantryam-dependence; ca-and;\ntat-krtam-made by that; bhavati-is; akartu�-of the non-doer; !Sasyaindependent; siik�iQ-a�-the witness; nirvrta-litmana�-joyful by nature.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0091": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1072\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaterial consciousness is the cause of one's conditional life. Conditions\nare enforced upon the living entity by the material energy. Although he\ndoes not do anything and is transcendental to such activities, the spirit\nsoul is thus affected by conditional life.\nPURPORT\nThe Mayavadi: philosopher, who does not differentiate between the\nSupreme Spirit and the individual spirit, says that the conditional existence\nof the living entity is his lila, or pastime. But the word \"pastime\" implies\nemployment in the activities of the Lord. The Mayavadi:s misuse the word\nand say that even if the living entity has become a stool-eating hog, he is\nalso enjoying his pastimes. This is a most dangerous interpretation. Actually\nthe Supreme Lord is the leader and maintainer of all living entities. His\npastimes are transcendental to any material activity. Such pastimes of the\nLord cannot be dragged to the level of the conditional activities of the\nliving entities. In conditional life the living entity actually remains as if a\ncaptive in the hands of material energy. Whatever the material energy\ndictates, the conditioned soul does. He has no responsibility; he is simply\nthe witness of the action, but he is forced to act in that way due to his\noffense in his eternal relationship with Kr�J')a. Lord Kr�J')a therefore says\n\nin Bhagavad-gita that miiya, His material energy, is so forceful that it is\ninsurmountable.\n\nBut if a\n\nliving\n\nentity\n\nsimply\n\nunderstands\n\nthat his\n\nconstitutional position is to serve Kr�J')a and he tries to act on this principle,\n\nthen however conditioned he may be, the influence of miiya immediately\n\nvanishes. This is clearly stated in Bhagavad-gita, Seventh Chapter: Kr�J')a\ntakes charge of anyone who surrenders to Him in helplessness, and thus\nthe influence of miiya, or conditional life, is removed.\n\nThe spirit soul is actually sac-c id-ana n da - ete rn al, full of bliss and full\n\nof knowledge. Under the clutches of miiya, however, he suffers from con­\n\ntinued birth, death, disease and old age. One has to be serious to cure this\ncondition of material existence and transfer himself to Kr�J')a consciousness, for thus his long suffering may be mitigated without difficulty. In\nsummary, the sufferin g of the conditioned soul is due to his attachment to\n1\nmaterial nature. This attachment should thus be transferred from matter\nto Kr�J')a.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�'fil(OI'fi�� m � �: I\n���-- �:�;IT � �: � II � II\n\n", "SB3.4#p0092": "Text 8]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1073\n\nkarya-karar-a-kartrtve\nkarartam prakrtim vidu/1.\nbhoktrtve sukha-duf!.khanam\npuru.sam prakrtef!. param\nkar ya\n\n-\n\nthe body; kiira�a-the senses; kart rtve- regarding the demigods;\n\nkiira�a m- the cause; prakrtim- material nature; v i du�- the learned understand; bh ok trtve-regarding the perception; sukhcrof happiness; du�khiiniim\n-and of distress; pu ru§ am\n\n-\n\nthe spirit soul; prakrt eft\n\n-\n\nto material nature;\n\nparam- transcendental.\nTRANSLATION\nThe cause of the conditioned soul's material body and senses, and the\nsenses' presiding deities, the demigods, is the material nature. This is\nunderstood by learned men. The feelings of happiness and distress of the\nsoul, who is transcendental by nature, are caused by the spirit soul\nhimself.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad ·gitii it is said that when the Lord descends to this material\nworld, He comes as a person by His own energy, iitma-miiyii. He is not\nforced by any superior energy. He comes by His own will, and this can be\ncalled His pastime or lilii. But here it is clearly stated that the conditioned\nsoul is forced to take a certain type of body and senses under the three\nmodes of material nature. That body is not received according to his own\nchoice. In other words, a conditioned soul has no free choice; he has\nto\n\naccept\n\na\n\ncertain\n\ntype\n\nof\n\nbody\n\naccording\n\nto his\n\nkarma. But\n\nwhen there are bodily reactions as felt in happiness and distress, it is to be\nunderstood that the cause is the spirit soul himself. If he so desires, the\nspirit soul can change this conditional life of dualities by choosing to\nserve KnJ].a. The living entity is the cause of his own suffering, but he can\nalso be the cause of his eternal happiness. When he wants to engage in\nKr�J].a consciousness, a suitable body is offered to him by the internal\npotency or spiritual energy of the Lord, and when he wants to satisfy his\nsenses, a material body is offered. Thus it is his free choice to accept a\nspiritual body or a material body, but once the body is accepted he has to\nenjoy or suffer the consequences. The Mayavii.di philosopher's presentation\nis that the living entity enjoys his pastimes by accepting the body of a\nhog. This theory is not acceptable, however, because the word \"pastime\"\nimplies voluntary acceptance for enjoyment. Therefore this interpretation\nis most misleading. When there is enforced acceptance for suffering, it is not\n\n", "SB3.4#p0093": "Srimad· Bhagavatam\n\n1074\na pastime.\n\nThe\n\nLord's pastimes\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nand the conditioned living entity's\n\nacceptance of karmic reaction are not on the same level.\nTEXT9\n\n�lf?W�R\nSJ:P: �'1�1fif ��uf �� 1\nil_f� €fii(Uitl(� � �� II Q.. II\ndevahiitir uvtica\nprakrte� puru.sasyapi\nlak.sarwrh puru§ottama\nbriihi karar-ayor asya\nsad-asac ca yad-titmakam\ndevahiiti� uvaca-Devahiiti said; prak rte�-of His energies;puru�asya- of\nthe Supreme Person; api-also; lak�a�am- ch aracteristics; puru�a-uttama-\n\n0 Supreme Personality of Godhead; briihi-kindly explain; kara�ayo�causes; asya-of this creation; sat-asat-manifest and unmanifest; ca-and;\nyat titmakam- consisting of which.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nDevahiiti said: 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, kindly explain the\ncharacteristics of the Supreme Person and His energies because both of\nthese are the causes of this manifest and unmanifest creation.\nPURPORT\nPrakrti, or material nature, is connected with both the Supreme Lord\n\nand the living entities, j ust as a woman is connected with her husband as a\n\nwife and with her children as a mother. In Bhagavad-gitii the Lord says\nthat He impregnates mother nature with children, living entities, and\nthereafter all species of living entities become manifest. The relationship\nof all living entities with material nature has been explained. Now an\nunderstanding of the relationship between material nature and the Supreme\nLord is sought by Devahiiti. The product of that relationship is stated to\nbe the manifest and unmanifest material world. The unmanifest material\n\n", "SB3.4#p0094": "Text 9]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1075\n\nworld is the subtle mahat-tattva, and from that mahat-tattva the material\nmanifestation has emerged.\nIn the Vedic literatures it is said that by the glance of the Supreme\nLord the total material energy is impregnated, and then everything\nis born of material nature. It is also confirmed in the Ninth Chapter of\nBhagavad-gita that under His glance, adhyak§erw-under His direction and\nby His will-nature is working. It is not that nature works blindly. After\nunderstanding the position of the conditioned souls in relation to material\nnature, Devahuti wanted to know how nature works under the direction of\nthe Lord and what the relationship is between the material nature and the\nLord. In other words, she wanted to learn the characteristics of the\nSupreme Lord in relation to the material nature.\nThe relationship of the living entities with matter and that of the\nSupreme Lord with matter are certainly not on the same level, although\nthe Mayavadls may interpret it in that way. When it is said that the living\nentities are bewildered, the Mayavadl philosophers ascribe this bewilderment to the Supreme Lord. But that is not applicable. The Lord is never\nbewildered. That is the difference between personalists and impersonalists.\nDevahuti is not unintelligent. She has enough intelligence to understand\nthat the living entities are not on the level of the Supreme Lord. Because\nthe living entities are minute and infinitesimal, they become bewildered or\nconditioned by material nature, but this does not mean that the Supreme\nLord is also conditioned or bewildered. The difference between the\nconditioned soul and the Lord is that the Lord is the Lord, the master of\nmaterial nature, and He is therefore not subject to its control. He is controlled neither by spiritual nature nor by material nature. He is the supreme\ncontroller Himself, and He cannot be compared to the ordinary living\nentities who are controlled by the laws of material nature.\nTwo words used in this verse are sat and asat. The cosmic manifestation\nis asat-it does not exist-but the material energy of the Supreme Lord is\nsat, or ever-existing. Material nature is ever-existing in its subtle form as\nthe energy of the Lord, but it sometimes manifests this nonexistent or\ntemporarily existent nature, the cosmos. An analogy may be made with\nthe father and mother: the mother and the father exist, but sometimes the\nmother begets children. Similarly, this cosmic manifestation which comes\nfrom the unmanifest material nature of the Supreme Lord sometimes\nappears and again disappears. But the material nature is ever-existing, and\nthe Lord is the supreme cause for both the subtle and gross manifestations\nof this material world.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0095": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1076\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nTEXT 10\n\n,ft�'EfT�\n\nt��f6lgul'4� ftt<:4 Q���'{ I\n\nSNlrl �� �mrf �����oil\nsri bhagavan uviica\nyat tat tri-gu�Jam avyaktam\nnityam sad-asad-atmakam\npradhanam prakrtim prahur\navise.sam vise.savat\n\nsrt bhagaviin uviica-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; yat\n\n-\n\nfurther; tat-that; tri-guQ-am\n\n-\n\nnow\n\ncombination of the three modes; avyaktam­\n\nunmanifested; nityam-eternal; sat-asat-iitmakam\n\n-\n\nconsisting of cause and\n\neffect; pradhiinam-the pradhiina; prakrtim-prakrti; priih u� -they call;\n\navise § am\n\n-\n\nundifferentiated; vise § a vat possessing differentiation.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: The unmanifested eternal\ncombination of the three modes is the cause of the manifest state and is\n\ncalled pradhana. It is called prakfti when in the manifested stage of\n\nexistence.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord points out material nature in its subtle stage, which is called\npradhiina, and He analyzes this pradhiina. The explanation of pradhiina\nand prakrti is that pradhiina is the subtle, undifferentiated sum total of all\nmaterial elements. Although they are undifferentiated, one can understand\nthat the total material elements are contained therein. When the total\nmaterial elements are manifested by the interaction of the three modes of\nmaterial nature, the manifestation is called prakrti. 1mpersonalists say that\nBrahman is without variegatedness and without differentiation. One may\nsay that pradhiina is the Brahman stage, but actually the Brahman stage is\nnot pradhiina. Pradhiina is distinct from Brahman because in Brahman\nthere is no existence of the material modes of nature. One may argue that\nthe mahat-tattva is also different from pradhiina because in the mahattattva there are manifestations. The actual explanation of pradhiina, however, is given here: when the cause and effect are not clearly manifested\n(avyaktam), the reaction of the total elements does not take place, and\n\n", "SB3.4#p0096": "Text 11]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1077\n\nthat is called pradhiina. Pradhiina is not the time element because in the\ntime element there are actions and reactions, creation and annihilation.\n\nNor is it the jiva or marginal potency of living entities, or designated,\n\nconditioned living entities, because the designations of the living entities\n\nare not eternal. One adjective used in this connection is nitya, which\nindicates eternality. Therefore the condition of material nature immediately previous to its manifestation is called pradhiina.\nTEXT 11\n\nqiffll: ��\" ���ll� I\nl(ijiQdfctaRtifi qof Sf� fcf�: II H II\npancabhift pancabhir brahma\ncaturbhir dasabhis tathii\n\netac catur-vimsatikam\n\ngaram priidhiinikam vidu�\npancabhi�-with the five (gross elements); pancabhi�\nelements);\n\nbrah ma- Brahman;\n\ncaturbhi�-the\n\nfour\n\n-\n\nthe five (subtle\n\n(internal\n\nsenses);\n\ndasabh*-the ten (five senses for gathering knowledge and five organs of\naction); tathii-in that way; etat-this; catu� vimsatikam-consisting of\n-\n\ntwenty-four elements; ga�am-aggregate; priidhii n ikam-comprising the\n\npradhiina; vidu � -they know.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe aggregate elements, namely the five gross elements, the five subtle\nelements, the four internal senses, the five senses for gathering knowledge\nand the five outward organs of action, are known as the pradhana.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to Bhagavad-gitii, the sum total of the twenty-four elements\ndescribed herein\n\nis\n\ncalled\n\nthe yonir\n\nmahad-brahma.\n\nThe sum total\n\nof the living entities is impregnated in this yonir mahad-brahma, and they\nare born\n\nin\n\ndifferent forms, beginning from\n\nBrahma down to the\n\ninsignificant ant. In the Srimad-Bhiigavatam and other Vedic literatures,\n\nthe sum total of the twenty-four elements, pradhiina, is also described as\n\nyonir mahad-brahma; it is the source of the birth and subsistence of all\nliving entities.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0097": "1078\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�t��tfWf �q �sf«��: I\nwJ�mfUJ ='-f 61qf;a �Tfir 1RITR ltll��II\nmahti-bhutani paiicaiva\nbhur apo 'gnir marun nabhaft\ntanmiitrari ca tavanti\ngandhadini matani me\nmahii-bhiltiini-the gross elements; pafica-five; eva-exactly; bhil�earth; iipa�-water; agni�-fire; marut-air; nabha�-ether; tanmiitra�i-the\nsubtle elements; ca-also; tavanti-so many; gandha-iidtni-smell and so on\n(taste, color, touch and sound); matani-considered; me-by Me.\nTRANSLATION\nThere are five gross elements, namely earth, water, fire, air and ether.\n\nThere are also five subtle elements: smell, taste, color, touch and sound.\nTEXT 13\n\n-PJ•ufOt � � �ati4(1Wf�: 1\nen.U \"RUft �i· ��� a� 11��11\n\"\n\nindriyari dasa srotrarh\ntvag drg-rasana-nasikaft\nviik karau cararau me!ihrarh\npayur dasama ucyate\nindriyii�i-the senses; dasa-ten; srotram-the sense of hearing; tvak-the\n\nsense of touch; drk-the sense of sight; rasana-the sense of taste; niisikii�the sense of smell; viik-the organ of speech; karau-two hands; cara�authe organs for traveling (legs); me!lhra m-the generative organ; piiyu�the evacuating organ; dasama�-the tenth; ucyate-is called.\nTRANSLATION\nThe senses for acquiring knowledge and the organs for action number\n\nten, namely the auditory sense, the sense of taste, the tactile sense, the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0098": "Text 15]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1079\n\nsense of sight, the sense of smell, the active organ for speaking, the active organs for working, and those for traveling, generating and evacuating.\nTEXT 14\n\nq;it\n\n��*lfil�ttt=ij{R'l� I\n:q'ff � � � �u,�qttlll�\\lll\nmano buddhir ahankiiras\ncittam ity antariitmakam\ncaturdha lak.syate bhedo\nV[ttyii lak.SU[la-rupayii\nmana�-the mind; buddh*\n\n-\n\nintelligence; ahankiira�-ego; cittam-con­\n\nsciousness; iti-thus; antariitmakam-the internal, subtle senses; catu�-dhiihaving four aspects; lak�yate-is observed; bheda�-the distinction; vrttyiiby their functions; Zak�a�w rupayii\n-\n\n-\n\nrepresenting different characteristics.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe internal subtle senses are experienced as having four aspects in the\nshape of mind, intelligence, ego and contaminated consciousness. Distinctions between them can be made only by different functions, since they\nrepresent different characteristics.\nPURPORT\nThe four internal senses or subtle senses described herein are defined\nby\n\ndifferent characteristics. When pure consciousness is polluted by\n\nmaterial\n\ncontamination,\n\nand\n\nidentification\n\nwith\n\nthe\n\nbody\n\nbecomes\n\nprominent, this is called false ego. Consciousness is the function of the\nsoul, and therefore behind consciousness there is soul. When consciousness\nis polluted by material contamination, this is called ahankiira.\n\nTEXT 15\n\nl((lt�•\"' �m ifmUT: �� � 1\n(1Nc��n �it��:�: q1aft�1�: II� �II\netiivan eva sankhyiito\nbrahma[la{l sagu[lasya ha\n\n", "SB3.4#p0099": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n1080\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nsanniveso maya prokto\nya� kala� paiica-vimsaka�\netiiviin-so much; eva just; sankhyiita�-enumerated; brahma �J- a�\n-\n\n-\n\nof\n\nBrahman; sa-gul)-asya-with material qualities; ha-indeed; sannivesa�arrangement; mayii-by Me; prokta� -spoken; ya�\npa fi ca vimsaka�-the twenty fifth\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwh ich; kiila�-time;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll these are considered the qualified Brahman. The mixing element,\nwhich is known as time, is counted as the twenty-fifth element.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic version there is no existence beyond Brahman.\n\nSarvarh khalv idarh brahma (Chand. Up. 3.14.1). I t is stated also in the Vi§I)U\nPurii'}a that whatever we see is parasya brahma'}al). saktil).; everything is an\nexpansion of the energy of the Supreme Absolute Truth, Brahman. When\nBrahman is mixed with the three qualities of goodness, passion and\nignorance, there results\n\nthe material expansion, which is sometimes\n\ncalled sagur-a Brahman and which consists of these twenty-five elements.\nIn the nirgur-a Brahman, where there is no material contamination, or in\nthe spiritual world, the three modes-goodness, passion and ignoranceare not present. Where nirgur-a .Brahman is found, simple unalloyed goodness prevails. Sagu{la Brahman is described by the siinkhya system of\nphilosophy as consisting of twenty-five elements, including the time\nfactor (past, present and future).\nTEXT 16\n\n��� q1� !If!: �q� t«tt �'I I\n3Rti(N� �: ��: �����\nprabhavam pauru§am priihu�\nkiilam eke yato bhayam\nahankara-vimu!fhasya\nkartu[t prakrtim iyu§a�\np rabhiiva m-the influence; pauru�am-of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; priihu�-they have said; kiilam-the time factor; eke-some ;\n\n", "SB3.4#p0100": "Text 17)\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1081\n\nyata� - from which; bhayam - fear; aharika ra- vim u!fhasya- deluded by false\nego; kartu � - of the individual soul; p ra krtim - material nature; tyu�a�having contacted.\nTRANSLATION\nThe influence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is felt in the time\nfactor, which causes fear of death due to the false ego of the deluded soul\nwho has contacted material nature.\nPURPORT.\nThe living entity's fear of death is due to his false ego of identifying with\nthe body. Everyone is afraid of death. Actually there is no death for the\nspirit soul, but due to our absorption in the identification of body as self,\n\nthe fear of death develops. It is also stated in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(Bhag. 11.2.37), bhayarh dvitiyabhinivesata� syat. Dvitiya means matter,\n\nwhich is beyond spirit. Matter is the secondary manifestation of spirit, for\nmatter is produced from spirit. Just as the material elements described\nare caused by the Supreme Lord, the Supreme Spirit, the body is also a\nproduct of the spirit soul. Therefore, the material body is called dvitiya,\n\nor \"the second.\" One who is absorbed in this second element or second\nexhibition of the spirit is afraid of death. When one is fully convinced that\nhe is not his body, there is no question of fearing death, since the spirit\nsoul does not die.\nIf the spirit soul engages in the spiritual activities of devotional service,\nhe is completely freed from the platform of birth and death. His next\nposition is complete spiritual freedom from a material body. The fear of\n\ndeath is the action of the h:ala, or the time factor, which represents the\ninfluence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In other words, time is\ndestructive. Whatever is created is subject to destruction and dissolution,\nwhich is the action of time. Time is a representation of the Lord, and it\nreminds us also that we must surrender unto the Lord. The Lord speaks\n\nto every conditioned soul as time. He says in Bhagavad-gita that if someone\nsurrenders unto Him, then there is no longer any problem of birth and\ndeath. We should therefore accept the time factor as the Supreme Personality of Godhead standing before us. This is further explained in the\nfollowing verse.\nTEXT 17\n\n�UR«RR� �� ��� I\nifm 1{�: ij' ll�'fil. � ��= 11�\\91\n\n", "SB3.4#p0101": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1082\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nprakrter gura-samyasya\nnirvi.Se§asya manavi\ncefitli yata� sa bhagavan\nkala ity upalak§ita�\nprakrte�\n\n-\n\nof material nature; gu!la-siimyasya-without interaction of the\n\nthree modes; nirvise§asya\n\n-\n\nwithout specific qualities; miinavi-0 daughter\n\nof Manu; ce§tii-movement; yata�-from whom; sa�\n\n-\n\nHe; bhagaviin-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; kiila�-time; iti-thus; upalak§ita�-is\ndesignated.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear mother, 0 daughter of Svayambhuva Manu, the time factor, as\nI have explained, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead from whom the\ncreation begins as a result of the agitation of the neutral, unmanifested\nnature.\nPURPORT\nThe unmanifested state of material nature, pradhana is being explained.\n,\n\nThe Lord says that when the unmanifested material nature is agitated by\nthe glance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, it hegins to manifest\nitself in different ways. Before this agitation, it remains in the neutral\nstate, without interaction by the three modes of material nature. In\nother words, material nature cannot produce any variety of manifestations without the contact of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is\nvery nicely explained in Bhagavad-gita. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the cause of the products of material nature. Without His contact,\nmaterial nature cannot produce anything.\nIn the Caitanya-caritiimrta also, a very suitable example is given in this\nconnection. Although the nipples on a goat's neck appear to be breast\nnipples, they do not give milk. Similarly, material nature appears to the\nmaterial scientist to act and react in a wonderful manner, but in reality\nit cannot act without the agitator, time, who is the representation of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. When time agitates the neutral state of\nmaterial nature, then material nature hegins to produce varieties of manifestations. Ultimately it is said that the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nis the cause of creation. As a woman cannot produce children unless\nimpregnated by a man, similarly material nature cannot produce or\nmanifest anything unless it is impregnated by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead in the form of the time factor.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0102": "Text 18]\n\n1083\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\nTEXT 18\n\n�Ef�qUI ���UI � iff(: I\n\n�:\n\nQ¥4.-���t �r-ri ¥Pli4t•t1�4441\"'1\"'1 II� �II\nanta� puru§a-rupe[la\nkiila-rupe{la yo bah*\nsamanvety e.sa sattviiniirh\nbhagaviin iitma-miiyayii\nanta�- within; puru�a rupe ':la- in the form of Supersoul; kiila r il pe ':la- in\n-\n\n-\n\nthe form of time; ya�-He who; bahi�-without; samanveti-exists; e�a�He; sattviiniim-of all living entities; bh agaviin- the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; iitma-miiyayii-by His potencies.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBy exhibiting His potencies, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nadjusts all these different\n\nelements,\n\nkeeping\n\nHimself within\n\nas\n\nthe\n\nSupersoul and without as time.\nPURPORT\nHere it is stated that within the heart the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead resides as the Supersoul. This situation is also explained in\n\nBhagavad-gitii: the Supersoul rests beside the individual soul and acts as a\nwitness. This is also confirmed elsewhere in the Vedic literature: two\nbirds are sitting on the same tree of the body; one is witnessing, and the\nother\nwho\n\nis\n\neating\n\nthe\n\nfruits\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ntree. This\n\npuru§a or Paramatma\n\nresides within the body of the individual soul is described in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (13.23) as the upadra§ta, witness, and the anumantii,\nsanctioning authority. The conditioned soul engages in the happiness and\ndistress of the particular body given him by the arrangement of the\nexternal energy of the Supreme Lord. But the supreme living being, or\nthe Paramatmii, is different from the conditioned soul. He is described in\n\nBhagavad-gitii as mahesvara, or the Supreme Lord. He is Paramatmii, not\njiviitmii. Paramatma means the Supersoul who is sitting by the side of the\nconditioned soul just to sanction his activities. The conditioned soul comes\nto this material world in order to lord it over material nature. Since one\ncannot do anything without the sanction of the Supreme Lord, He lives\nwith the jiva soul as witness and sanction-giver. He is also bhoktii; He\n\n", "SB3.4#p0103": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1084\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\ngives maintenance and sustenance to the conditioned soul.\n\nSince the living entity is constitutionally part and parcel of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the Lord is very affectionate to the\n\nliving entities. Unfortunately, when the living entity is bewildered or\nillusioned by the external energy, he becomes forgetful of his eternal\n\nrelationship with the Lord, but as soon as he becomes aware of his\nconstitutional position, then he is liberated. The minute independence of\n\nthe conditioned soul is exhibited by his marginal position. If he likes, he\n\ncan forget the Supreme Personality of Godhead and come into the\n\nmaterial existence with a false ego to lord it over material nature, but if\n\nhe likes, he can turn his face to the service of the Lord. The individual\n\nliving entity is given that independence. His conditional life is ended and\n\nhis life becomes successful as soon as he turns his face to the Lord, but by\n\nmisusing his independence he enters into material existence. Yet the Lord\nis so kind that, as Supersoul, He always remains with the conditioned soul.\n\nThe concern of the Lord is neither to enjoy nor to suffer from the material\n\nbody. He remains with the jiva simply as sanction-giver and witness so\nthat the living entity can receive the results of his activities, good or bad.\n\nOutside the body of the conditioned soul, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead remains as the time factor. According to the siirikhya system of\nphilosophy, there are twenty-five elements. The twenty-four elements\n\nalready described plus the time factor make twenty-five. According to\n\nsome learned philosophers, the Supersoul is included to make a total of\ntwenty-six elements.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n��\\lf�����: �I\n31NEr � � � f{('l¥4t14( II� �II\ndaivat k.subhita-dharmi[t yiith\nsvasyarh yonau para{!, puman\niidhatta viryarh sasu ta\nmahat-tattvarh hira[tmayam\ndaiviit-by the destiny of the conditioned souls; k§ubhita- agitated;\ndharmirJyiim-whose equilibrium of the modes; svasylim-His own;yonau­\n\nin the womb (material nature); para� pumiin-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; iidhatta-impregnated; vtryam-semina (His internal potency);\n\nsii-she (material nature); as uta\n\n-\n\ndelivered; mahat-tattvam-the sum total\n\nof cosmic intelligence; hirarJmay am-known as Hira�maya.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0104": "Text 19]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1085\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the Supreme Personality of Godhead impregnates material nature\nwith His internal potency, material nature delivers the sum total of the\ncosmic intelligence, which is known as Hirar_tmaya. This takes place in\nmaterial nature when she is agitated by the destinations of the conditioned\nsouls.\nPURPORT\nThis impregnation of material nature is described in Bhagavad-gitii,\nFourteenth Chapter, third verse. Material nature's primal factor is the\nmahat-tattva, or breeding source of all varieties. This part of material\nnature, which is called pradhiina as well as Brahman, is impregnated by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and delivers varieties of living entities.\nMaterial nature in this connection is called Brahman because it is a perverted reflection of the spiritual nature.\nIt is described in the Vi�p.u Pu riip.a that the living entities belong to the\nspiritual nature. The potency of the Supreme Lord is spiritual, and the\nliving entities, although they are called marginal potency, are also spiritual.\nIf the living entities were not spiritual, this description of impregnation by\nthe Supreme Lord would not be applicable. The Supreme Lord does not\nput His semina into that which is not spiritual, but it is stated here that\nthe Supreme Person puts His semina into material nature. This means that\nthe living entities are spiritual by nature. After impregnation, material\nnature delivers all kinds of living entities, beginning from the greatest\nliving creature, Lord Brahmii, down to the insignificant ant, in all varieties\nof form. In Bhagavad-gitii (14.4) material nature is clearly mentioned as\nsarva-yoni�u . This means that of all varieties of species-demigods, human\nbeings, animals, birds and beasts (whatever is manifested)-material nature\nis the mother, and the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the seed-giving\nfather. Generally it is experienced that the father gives life to a child but\nthe mother gives its body; although the seed of life is given by the father,\nthe body develops within the womb of the mother. Similarly, the spiritual\nliving entities are impregnated into the womb of material nature, but the\nbody, being supplied by material nature, takes on many different species\nand forms of life. The theory that the symptoms of life are manifest by the\ninteraction of the twenty-four material elements is not supported here.\nThe living force comes directly from the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nand is completely spiritual. Therefore, no material scientific advancement\ncan produce life. The living force comes from the spiritual world and has\nnothing to do with the interaction of the material elements.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0105": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1086\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nTEXT 20\n\nftlQ¥tr�•r<i � � ��: 1\nm-ilelNi1Wh4441�Sl(4Nil\n(11{: II� oil\nvisvam iitma-gatam vyaiijan\nku.tastho jagad-ahkura�\nsva-tejasiipibat tivram\niitma-prasviipanam tama�\nvisvam-the universe; iitma-gatam-contained within itself; vyanJanmanifesting; ku ta stha�\n-\n\n-\n\nunchangeable; jagat-ankura �-the root of\n\nall\n\ncosmic manifestations; sva-tejasa-by its own effulgence;apibat-swallowed\nup; ttvram-dense; iitma-prasviipanam-which had covered the mahattattva; tama�-darkness.\nTRANSLATION\nThus, after manifesting variegatedness, the effulgent mahat-tattva, which\n\ncontains all the universes within itself, which is the root of all cosmic\n\nmanifestations and which is not destroyed at the time of annihilation,\nswallows up the darkness which covered the effulgence at the time of\n\ndissolution.\n\nPURPORT\nSince the Supreme Personality of Godhead is ever existing, all-blissful\nand full of knowledge, His different energies are also ever existing in the\ndormant stage. Thus when the mahat-tattva was created, it manifested\nthe material ego and swallowed up the darkness which covered the cosmic\nmanifestation at the time of dissolution. This idea can be further explained.\n\nA person at night remains inactive, covered by the darkness of night, but\nwhen he is awakened in the morning, the covering of night, or the forgetfulness of the sleeping state, disappears. Similarly, when the mahat-tattva\nappears after the night of dissolution, the effulgence is manifested to\nexhibit the variegatedness of this material world.\nTEXT 21\n\ntR«:c'Eqgof � �.-d �: � I\n�'(18;'tlu�4R-«i m 6\"'1«G\\I�'i'h( II�� II\n\n", "SB3.4#p0106": "Text 21]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1087\n\nyat tat sattva-gurwrh svaccharh\nsiintarh bhagavatafl. padam\nyad ahur vasudevakhyarh\ncittarh tan mahad-iitmakam\nyat\n\n-\n\nwhich; tat-that; sattva-guQ-am-the mode of goodness; svaccham­\n\nclear; siintam-sober; bhagavata�-of the Personality of Godhead;padam\nthe status of understanding; yat-which; iihu�\n\n-\n\n­\n\nis called; viisudeva-iikhyam\n\n-by the name viisudeva; cittam-consciousness;tat-that; mahat-iitmakam\n-manifest in the mahat-tattva.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe mode of goodness, which is the clear, sober status of understanding\nthe Personality of Godhead and which is generally called vasudeva, or\nconsciousness, becomes manifest in the mahat-tattva.\nPURPORT\nThe viisudeva manifestation or the status of understanding the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is called pure goodness or suddha-sattva. In the\nsuddha-sattva status there is no infringement of the other qualities, namely\npassion and ignorance. In the Vedic literature there is mention of the\nLord's\n\nexpansion\n\nas\n\nthe\n\nfour\n\nPersonalities\n\nof Godhead- Vasudeva,\n\nSat'tkar�aJ;Ja, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. Here in the reappearance of the\nmahat-tattva the four expansions of Godhead occur. He who is seated\nwithin as Supersoul expands first as Vasudeva.\nThe viisudeva stage is free from infringement by material desires and is\nthe status in which one can understand the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, or the obj ective which is described in the Bhagavad-gitii as\nadbhuta.\n\nThis is another feature of the mahat-tattva.\n\nThe viisudeva\n\nexpansion is also called Kr�l)a consciousness, for it is free from all tinges\nof material passion and ignorance. This clear state of understanding helps\none to know the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The viisudeva status is\nalso explained in Bhagavad-grtii as k�etra-jfia, which means the knower of\nthe field of activities as well as the Superknower. The living being who has\noccupied a particular type of body knows that body, but the Superknower,\nVasudeva, knows not only a particular type of body but also the field of\nactivities in all the different varieties of bodies. In order to be situated in\nclear consciousness or Kr�l)a consciousness, one must worship Vasudeva.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0107": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1088\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nVasudeva is Kr�rya alone. When Kr�rya or Vi�tm is alone, without the\n\naccompaniment of\n\nHis internal energy,\n\nHe is Vasudeva. When He is\n\naccompanied by His internal potency, He is called Dvarakadh!sa. To have\nclear consciousness or Kr�rya consciousness, one has to worship Vasudeva.\n\nIt is also explained in Bhagavad-gitii that after many, many births one\nsurrenders to Vasudeva. Such a great soul is very rare.\n\nIn order to get release from the false ego one has to worship SaJikar�aJ_la.\n\nSankar�a�;ta is also worshiped through Lord Siva; the snakes which cover\n\nthe body of Lord Siva are representations of Sai'lkar�a�;ta, and Lord Siva is\n\nalways absorbed in meditation upon SaJikar�a�;ta. One who is actually a\nworshiper of Lord Siva as a devotee of SaJikar�a�;ta can be released from\n\nfalse material ego. If one wants to get free from mental disturbances one\n\nhas to worship Aniruddha. For this purpose, worship of the moon planet\nis also recommended in the Vedic literature. Similarly, to be fixed in one's\n\nintelligence one has to worship Pradyumna, who is reached 'through the\nworship of Brahma. These matters are explained in Vedic literature.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n((til3€'4¥tfc1Efil� �M1€<4f'«Rt ��: I\ntRl�� smt ��m �: m ������\nsvacchatvam avikiiritvarh\nsantatvam iti cetasaft\nvrttibhir lakfiar-arh proktarit\nyathiiparit prakrti[l parii\nsvacchatvam- clarity;\n\navikiiritvam- freedom\n\nfrom\n\nall\n\ndistraction;\n\nsiintatvam-serenity; iti-thus; cetasa�-of consciousness; vrttibhi�-by\ncharacteristics;\n\nlak�a�am- traits; proktam-called; yathii-as; apiim-of\n\nwater; prakrti�- natural state; parii- pure.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the manifestation of the mahat-tattva, these features appear\nsimultaneously. As water in its natural state, before coming in contact\nwith earth, is clear, sweet and unruffled, so the characteristic traits of pure\nconsciousness are complete serenity, clarity, and freedom from distraction.\nPURPORT\nThe pure status of consciousness, or Kr�J;ta consciousness, exists in the\n\nbeginning; just after creation, consciousness is not polluted. The more one\n\n", "SB3.4#p0108": "Texts 23-24]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1089\n\nbecomes materially contaminated, however, the more consciousness becomes obscured. In pure consciousness one can perceive a slight reflection\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As in clear, unagitated water, free\nfrom impurities, one can see everything clearly, so in pure consciousness\nor Kr�l)a consciousness one can see things as they are. One can see the\nreflection of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and one can see his\nown existence as well. This state of consciousness is very pleasing, transparent and sober. In the beginning, consciousness is pure.\nTEXTS 23-24\n\n�(1fQ'!fliJ(lJ:'Nt\\��=�l� I\n(1¥fqQij ����II\nf4tii�HMQ;I(:\n�(ifi�::te*t �If qffl �: I\n���lOlt � � 'f(ijlqf'i II�CJII\nmahat-tattviid vikurviirtiid\nbhagavad-vtrya-sambhaviit\nkriyii-saktir ahankiiras\ntri-vidha� samapadyata\nvaikiirikas taijasas ca\ntiimasas ca yato bhava�\nmanasas cendriyiirtiim ca\nbhiltiiniim mahatiim api\nmahat-tattviit-from the mahat-tattva; vikurvii � iit-undergoing a change;\nbhagavat-virya-sambhaviit-evolved from the Lord's own energy; kriyiisakt*-endowed with active pow er; ahahkara�-the material ego; tri-vidha�\n-of the three kinds; samapadyata-sprang up; vaikarika�-material ego in\ntransformed goodness; taijasa�-material ego in passion; ca-and; tamasa�material ego in ignorance; ca\n\n- also; yata�- from which; bhava�- the origin;\n\nmanasa�-of the mind; ca-and; indriya�am-of the senses for perception\nand action; ca-and; bhutiinam mahatam- of the f ive gross elements; apialso.\nTRANSLATION\nThe material energy springs up from the mahat-tattva which evolved\nfrom the Lord's own energy. The material ego is endowed predominantly\nwith active power of three kinds-good, passionate and ignorant. From\n\n", "SB3.4#p0109": "1090\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nthese three types of material ego, the mind, the senses of perception and\nthe organs of action, and the gross elements evolve.\nPURPORT\nIn the beginning, from clear consciousness or the pure state of Kr�qa\nconsciousness, the first contamination sprang up. This is called false ego,\nor identification of the body as self. The living entity exists in the\nnatural state of Kr�l}a consciousness, but he has marginal independence,\nand this allows him to forget Kr�!]a. Originally, pure Kr�l}a consciousness\nexists, but because of misuse of marginal independence there is a chance\nof forgetting Kr�!]a. This is exhibited in actual life; there are many\ninstances in\n\nwhich someone acting in Kr�r]a consciousness suddenly\n\nchanges. In the Upani§ads it is stated, therefore, that the path of spiritual\nrealization is just like the sharp edge of a razor. The example is very\nappropriate. One shaves his cheeks with a sharp razor very nicely, but as\nsoon as his attention is diverted from the activity he immediately cuts his\ncheek because he mishandles the razor.\nNot only must one come to the stage of pure Kr�!la consciousness, but\none must also be very careful. Any inattentiveness or carelessness may cause\nfalldown. This falldown is due to false ego. From the status of pure\nconsciousness the false ego is born because of misuse of independence. We\ncannot argue about why false ego arises from pure consciousness. Factually, there is always the chance that this will happen, and therefore one\nhas to be very careful. False ego is the basic principle for all material\nactivities, which are executed in the modes of material nature. As soon as\none deviates from pure Kr�l}a consciousness, he increases his entanglement\nin material reaction. The entanglement of materialism is the material\nmind, and from this material mind, the senses and material organs become\nmanifest.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�q� �I\n�� l{6�+twihtt4( ����II\nsahasra-sirasam stik§tid\nyam anantam pracak§ate\nsankar.sa{ltikhyam puru§am\nbhiltendriya-manomayam\n\n", "SB3.4#p0110": "Text 26]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1091\n\nsahasra-sirasam-with a thousand heads; siik§iit- directly; yam- whom;\nanantam-Ananta; p racakflate-they call; sankarflar w- iikhyam-Sankar�al).a\nby name;p uru§am - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhUta-the gross\nelements; indriya-the senses; mana�-mayam- consisting of the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nThe threefold aharikara, the source of the gross elements, the senses\nand the mind, is hence identical with them because it is their cause.\nIt is known by the name of Sarikar�apa, who is directly Lord Ananta\nwith a thousand heads.\nTEXT 26\n\n������Rr�l\n�l;:ijtfld'�'l'� qr �ua:C:t�: ������\nkartrtvarh karar-atvarh ca\nkiiryatvarh ceti lak.sar-am\nsiinta-ghora-vimu!lhatvam\niti vii syad ahankrte�\nkartrtvam-being the doer; kara�atvam-being the instrument; ca-and;\nkiiryatvam- being the effect; ca-also; iti- thus; lak§a�am- characteristic;\nsiinta-serene; ghora-active; vimu�hatvam-being dull; iti-thus; vii-or;\ns\n\nyiit-may he; ahankrte�-of the false ego.\nTRANSLATION\nThis false ego is characterized as the doer, as an instrument and as an\n\neffect. It is further characterized as serene, active or dull according to how\nit is influenced by the modes of goodness, passion and ignorance.\nPURPORT\nAhankiira, or false ego, is transformed into the demigods, the con·\ntrolling directors of material affairs. As an instrument, the false ego is\nrepresented as different senses and sense organs, and as the result of the\ncombination of the demigods and the senses, material objects are produced.\nIn the material world we are producing so many things, and this is called\n\n", "SB3.4#p0111": "Srimad-Bhii.gavatam\n\n1092\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nadvancement of civilization, but factually the advancement of civilization\nis a manifestation of the false ego. By false ego all material things are\nproduced as objects of enjoyment. One has to cease increasing artificial\nnecessities\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nform\n\nof\n\nmaterial\n\nobjects.\n\nOne\n\ngreat\n\niiciirya,\n\nNarottama dii.sa Thiikura, has lamented that when one deviates from pure\nconsciousness of Vasudeva, or Kr�l}a consciousness, he becomes entangled\nin material activities. The exact words he uses are sat-sahga chiilj.i' kainu\nasate vilasa/ te-kiiral)e lagil,a ye karma-bandha-phiilisa: \"I have given up\nthe pure status of consciousness because I wanted to enjoy in the tempora.ry material manifestation; therefore I have been entangled in the network\nof actions and reactions.\"\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�Ehlfltctiunftl;Hij'64'1�\nI\n44«1tCN�Cf*'fl.-qf � i¥1'1(1�: ����II\nvaikiirikiid vikurvii[liin\nmanas-tattvam ajiiyata\nyat-sankalpa-vikalpiibhyiim\nvartate kiima-sambhavafl\nvaikiirikiit-from the false ego of goodness; vikurviil)iit\ntransformation; mana�\nyat-whose; sankalpa\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nundergoing\n\nthe mind; tat tvam-principle; ajiiyata\n\n-\n\nevolved ;\n\nthoughts; vikalpiibhyiim-and by reflections; vartate\n\n-happens; kiima-sambhava�-the rise of desire.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the false ego of goodness, another transformation takes place.\n\nFrom this evolves the mind, whose thoughts and reflections give rise to\ndesire.\n\nPURPORT\nThe symptoms of the mind are determination and rejection, which are\ndue to different kinds of desires. We desire that which is favorable to our\nsense gratification, and we reject that which is not favorable to sense\ngratification. The material mind is not fixed, but the very same mind can\nbe fixed when engaged in the activities of Kr�l}a consciousness. Otherwise,\nas long as the mind is on the material platform, it is hovering, and all this\nrejection and acceptance is asat, temporary. It is stated that he whose mind\n\n", "SB3.4#p0112": "Text 28]\n\n1093\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\nis not fixed in KrllQa consciousness must hover between acceptance and\nrej ection. However advanced a man is in academic qualifications, as long\nas he is not fixed in Kr�rya consciousness he will simply accept and rej ect\nand will never be able to fix his mind on a particular subj ect matter.\nTEXT 28\n\n44fll�M(i4J� �'iiOil'l� I\nilll(<�ctW41¥i � �: �: ����\"\nyad vidur hy aniruddhakhyam\nhnikartam adhisvaram\nSiiradendivara-syamarh\nsarhradhyarh yogibhi� sanai�\nyat-which mind; vidulJ,-is known; hi-indeed; aniruddha-iikhyam-by\nthe name Aniruddha; h r�tkiirJiim-of the senses; adhtsvaram-the supreme\nruler; siirada-autumnal; indivara-like a blue lotus; syiimam-bluish;\nsarhriidhyam-who is found; yogibhilJ,\n\n-\n\nby the yogts; sa nai�\n\n-\n\ngradually.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe mind of the living entity is known by the name of Lord Aniruddha,\nthe supreme ruler of the senses. He possesses a bluish-black form like a\nlotus flower growing in the autumn. He is found solely by the yogis.\n\nPURPORT\nThe system\n\nof yoga\n\nentails controlling the mind, and the Lord\n\nof the mind is Aniruddha. It is stated that Aniruddha is four-handed,\nwith Sudarsana cakra, conchshell, club and lotus flower. There are twentyfour forms of Vi�J;JU, each differently named. Among these twenty-four\nforms, Saitkar�aJ;Ja, Aniruddha, Pradyumna and Vasudeva are depicted\nvery nicely in the Caitanya-caritamrta, where it is said that Aniruddha is\nworshiped by the yogis. Meditation upon voidness is a modern invention\nof the fertile brain of some speculator. Actually the process of yoga\nmeditation, as prescribed in this verse, should be fixed upon the form of\nAniruddha. By meditating on Aniruddha one can become free from the\nagitation of acceptance and rej ection. When one's mind is fixed upon\n\n", "SB3.4#p0113": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n1094\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nAniruddha, he gradually becomes God realized; he approaches the pure\nstatus of Kp)l)a consciousness, which is the ultimate goal of yoga.\nTEXT 29\n\n�(11\\ f�IJ1� ��� I\n��atf�f'lf..�ouq3J4(:\n\n������\n\ntaijasat tu vikurvarzad\nbuddhi-tattvam abhiit sati\ndravya-sphurarza-vijiianam\nindriyaram anugraha�\ntaijasiit-from the false ego in passion; tu-then; vikurvii�iit - undergoing\n\ntransformation; buddhi -intelligence; tattvam-principle; abhut-took birth;\nsati-0\n\nvirtuous\n\nlady;\n\nvijiiiinam-ascertaining;\n\ndravya-objects;\n\nsphura�;ta - coming\n\nindriyii�iim-to\n\nthe\n\nsenses;\n\ninto\n\nview;\n\nanu grahaft-giving\n\nassistance.\nTRANSLATION\nBy transformation of the false ego in passion, intelligence takes birth,\n\n0 virtuous lady. The functions of intelligence are to help in ascertaining\n\nthe nature of objects when they come into view and to help the senses.\nPURPORT\n\nIntelligence is the discriminating power to understand an object, and it\nhelps the senses to make choices. Therefore intelligence is supposed to be\nthe master of the senses. The perfection of intelligence is attained when\none becomes fixed in the activities of Kr�t:�a consciousness. By the proper\nuse of intelligence one's consciousness is expanded, and the ultimate\nexpansion of consciousness is Kr�t:�a consciousness.\nTEXT 30\n\nm)Sll �lm At1�: �( � I\n� ��*AI� ��aJof �; � ll�oll\n...\n\nsarhsayo 'tha viparyaso\nniScaya� smrtir eva ca\n\n", "SB3.4#p0114": "Fundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\nText 30]\n\n1095\n\nsviipa ity ucyate buddher\n\nlak.sartarh vrttitafl, prthak\n\nsarhsaya�-doubt; atha-then; viparyiisa�-misapprehension; niscaya�­\n\ncorrecl apprehension; smrti�-memory; eva-also; ca-and; sviipa�-sleep;\n\niti-thus; ucyate-are said; buddhe�-of intelligence; lak§a�am-characteristics;vrttita�-by their functions;prthak-different.\nTRANSLATION\nDoubt, misapprehension, correct apprehension, memory and sleep, as\ndetermined by their different functions, are said to be the distinct\ncharacteristics of intelligence.\nPURPORT\nDoubt\n\nis\n\none\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nimportant functions of intelligence; blind\n\nacceptance of something does not give evidence of intelligence. Therefore\n\nthe word sarhsaya is very important; in order to cultivate intelligence, one\nshould be doubtful in the beginning. But doubting is not very favorable\n\nwhen information is received from the proper source. In Bhagavad-gitii the\n\nLord says that doubting the words of the authority is the cause of\n\ndestruction.\n\nAs described in the Pataiijali yoga system, pramarw-viparyaya-vikalpa­\n\nnidrii-smrtayafl,. By intelligence one can understand things as they are.\nBy intelligence only can one understand whether or not he is the body.\n\nThe study to determine whether one's identity is spiritual or material\n\nbegins in doubtfulness. When one is able to analyze his actual position,\n\nthe false identification with the body is detected. This is viparyiisa. When\n\nfalse identification is detected, then real identification can be understood.\n\nReal understanding is described here as niscayafl,, or proved experimental\n\nknowledge. This experimental knowledge can be achieved when one has\nunderstood the false knowledge. By experimental or proved knowledge,\n\none can understand that he is not the body but spirit soul.\n\nSmrti means memory, and sviipa means sleep. Sleep is also necessary to\n\nkeep the intelligence in working order. If there is no sleep, the brain cannot\nwork nicely. In Bhagavad-gitii it is especially mentioned that persons who\n\nregulate eating, sleeping and other necessities of the body in the proper\n\nproportion become very successful in the yoga process. These are some of\n\nthe aspects of the analytical study of intelligence as described in both the\n\nPatafijali yoga system and the sankhya philosophy system of Kapiladeva\n\nin Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0115": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n1096\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nTEXT 31\n\n���qt�' fifiqt\\IIWIN'tt�l�: I\n� ft: fitiqt�Rfii:i:R\\Iiwt�IM«t II�� II\ntaijasiintndriyiip.y eva\nkriyii-jiiiina-vibhiigasa�\npriil)asya hi kriyii-saktir\nbuddher vijniina-saktitii\ntaijasani-produced from egoism in the mode of passion; indriya{li-the\nsenses;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nkriya-action; jfiiina- k nowledge;\n\nvibhiigasa�­\n\naccording to; prap.asya-of the vital energy; hi-indeed; kriyii-s aktift the\n-\n\nsenses of action; buddhe�- of the intelligence; vijfiiina-saktitii-the senses\nfor acquiring knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\nEgoism in the mode of passion produces two kinds of senses-the\nsenses for acquiring knowledge and the senses of action. The senses of\n\naction depend on the vital energy, and the senses for acquiring knowledge\ndepend on intelligence.\n\nPURPORT\nIt has been explained in the previous verses that mind is the product of\nego in goodness and that the fun'ction of the mind is acceptance and\nrejection according to desire. But here intelligence is said to be the\nproduct of ego in passion. That is the distinction between mind and\nintelligence; mind is a product of egoism in goodness, and intelligence is a\nproduct of egoism in passion. The desire to accept something and reject\n\nsomething is a very important factor of the mind. Since mind is a product\nof the mode of goodness, if it is fixed upon the Lord of mind, Auiruddha,\n\nthen the mind can be changed to Kpll)a consciousness. It is stated by\nNarottama dasa Thakura that we always have desires. Desire cannot be\nstopped. But if we transfer our desires to please the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, that is the perfection of life. As soon as the desire is trans·\nferred to lording it over material nature, it becomes contaminated by\nmatter. Desire has to be purified. In the beginning, this purification\nprocess has to be carried out by the order of the spiritual master,\nsince the spiritual master knows how the disciple's desires can be transformed into Kr�l)a consciousness. As far as intelligence is concerned, it is\n\n", "SB3.4#p0116": "Text 32]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1097\n\nclearly stated here that it is a product of egoism in passion. By practice\none comes to the point of the mode of goodness, and by surrendering\nor fixing the mind upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one\nbecomes a very great personality or mahiitmii. In Bhagavad-gitii it is\nclearly said, sa mahiitmii sudurlabha[l: \"Such a great soul is very rare.\"\nIn this verse it is clear that both kinds of senses, the senses for acquiring\nknowledge and the senses for action, are products of egoism in the mode\nof passion. And because the sense organs for activity and for acquiring\nknowledge require energy, therefore vital energy or life energy is also\nproduced by egoism in the mode of passion. We can actually see, therefore,\nthat those who are very passionate can improve in material acquisition\nvery quickly. It is recommended in the Vedic scriptures that if one wants\nto encourage a person in acquiring material possessions, one should also\nencourage him in sex life. We naturally find that those who are addicted to\nsex life are also materially advanced because sex life or passionate life is\nthe impetus for the material advancement of civilization. For those who\nwant to make spiritual advancement, there is almost no existence of the\nmode of passion. Only the mode of goodness is prominent. We find that\nthose who engage in Kr�rya consciousness are materially poor, but one who\nhas eyes can see who is the greater. Although he appears to be materially\npoor, a person in Kr�rya consciousness is not actually a poor man, but\nthe person who has no taste for K��rya consciousness and appears to be\nvery happy with material possessions is actually poor. Persons infatuated\nby material consciousness are very intelligent in discovering things for\nmaterial comforts, but they have no access to understanding the spirit\nsoul and spiritual life. If, therefore, anyone wants to advance in spiritual\nlife, he has to come back to the platform of purified desire, the purified\ndesire for devotional service. As stated in the Niirada-paiicariitra, engagement in the service of the Lord when the senses are purified in Kr�rya\nconsciousness is called pure devotion.\n\nTEXT 32\n�•\n\nfcr.piun{(qt�it��m({ 1\n\n��lilll: �«�������II\ntiimasiic ca vikurvii[liid\nbhagavad-virya-coditiit\n5abda-miitram abhUt tasmiin\nnabhafl srotrarh tu sabdagam\n\n", "SB3.4#p0117": "1098\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\ntiimasiit-from egoism in ignorance; ca-and; viku rvii�iit-undergoing\ntransformation; bhagavat-virya-by the energy of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; coditiit-impelled ; sabda-miitram-the subtle element sound;\nabhilt-was manifested; tasmiit-from that; nabha�\n\n-\n\nether ; srotram-the\n\nsense of hearing; tu-then; sabda gam-which catches sound.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen egoism in ignorance is agitated by the sex energy of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, the subtle element sound is manifested, and\nfrom sound comes the ethereal sky and the sense of hearing.\nPURPORT\nIt appears from this verse that all the objects of our sense gratification\nare the products of egoism in ignorance. It is understood from this verse\nthat by agitation of the element of egoism in ignorance the first thing\nproduced was sound, which is the subtle form of ether. It is stated also in\nthe Vediinta-siltra that sound is the origin of all objects of material\npossession and that by sound one can also dissolve this material existence.\nAnavrtti� sabdiit means \"liberation by sound.\" The entire material manifestation began from sound, and sound can also end material entanglement, if it\nhas a particular potency. The particular sound capable of doing this is the\ntranscendental vibration Hare ��Q.a. Our entanglement in material affairs\nhas begun from material sound. Now we must purify that sound in\nspiritual understanding. There is sound in the spiritual world also. If we\napproach that sound, then our spiritual life begins, and the other requirements for spiritual advancement can be supplied. We have to understand\nvery clearly that sound is the beginning of the creation of all material\nobjects for our sense gratification. Similarly, if sound is purified, our\nspiritual necessities also are produced from sound.\nHere it is said that from sound the ether became manifested and that\nthe air became manifested from ether. How the ethereal sky comes from\nsound, how the air comes from sky and how fire comes from air will be\nexplained later on. Sound is the cause of the sky, and sky is the cause of\nsrotram, the ear. The ear is the first sense for receiving knowledge. One\nmust give aural reception to any knowledge one wants to receive, either\nmaterial or spiritual. Therefore srotram is very important. The Vedic\nknowledge is called sruti; knowledge has to be received by hearing. By\nhearing only can we have access to either material or spiritual enjoyment.\nIn the material world, we manufacture many things for our material\ncomfort simply by hearing. They are already there, but just by hearing,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0118": "Text 33]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1099\n\none can transform them. If we want to build a very high skyscraper, this\ndoes not mean that we have to create it. The materials for the skyscraperwood, metal, earth, etc.-are already there, but we make our intimate\nrelationship with those already created material elements by hearing how\nto utilize them. Modern economic advancement for creation is also a\nproduct of hearing, and similarly, one can create a favorable field of\nspiritual activities by hearing from the right source. Arjuna was a gross\nmaterialist in the bodily conception of life and was suffering from the\nbodily concept very acutely. But simply by hearing, A�una became a\nspiritualized Kr�qa conscious person. Hearing is very important, and that\nhearing is produced from the sky. By hearing only can we make proper\nuse of that which already exists. The principle of hearing to properly\nutilize preconceived materials is applicable to spiritual paraphernalia as\nwell. We must hear from the proper spiritual source.\nTEXT 33\n\n3Nt�� �� ��«·�q � I\nij;\"'� � Wl\\lm � Cfiqtfl r�: ������\narthiisrayatvam sabdasya\ndra.stur lingatvam eva ca\ntanmtitratvam ca nabhaso\nlak.sapam kavayo vidu�\nartha-iisrayatvam-that which conveys the meaning of an object; sabdasya\n-of sound; dra�t u �-of the speaker; lingatvam-that which indicates the\npresence; eva-also; ca-and; tanmiitratvam-the subtle element; ca-and;\nnabhasa�-of ether; lak�a�am-definition; kavaya�-learned persons; vidu�\n-know.\nTRANSLATION\nPersons who are learned and who have true knowledge define sound as\nthat which conveys the idea of an object, indicates the presence of a\nspeaker screened from our view and constitutes the subtle form of ether.\nPURPORT\nIt is very clear herein that as soon as we speak of hearing, there must be\na speaker; without a speaker there is no question of hearing. Therefore the\nVedic knowledge, which is known as sruti, or that which is received by\n\n", "SB3.4#p0119": "1100\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nhearing, is also called apauru�a. Apauru§a means \"not spoken by any\nperson materially created.\" It is stated in the beginning of $rimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, tene brahma hrdii. The sound of Brahman, or Veda, was\nfirst impregnated in the heart of Brahmii, the original learned man (iidi­\n\nkavaye ). How did he become learned? Whenever there is learning, there\nmust be a speaker and the process of hearing. But Brahmii was the first\ncreated being. Who spoke to him? Since no one was there, who was the\nspiritual master to give knowledge? He was the only living creature; therefore the Vedic knowledge was imparted within his heart by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who is seated within everyone as Paramiitmii.\nVedic knowledge is understood to be spoken by the Supreme Lord, and\ntherefore it is free from the defects of material understanding. Material\nunderstanding is defective. If we hear something from a conditioned soul,\nit is full of defects. All material and mundane information is tainted by\nillusion, error, cheating and imperfection of the senses. Because Vedic\nknowledge was imparted by the Supreme Lord, who is transcendental to\nmaterial creation, it is perfect. If we receive that Vedic knowledge from\nBrahmii in disciplic succession, then we receive perfect knowledge.\nEvery word we hear has a meaning behind it. As soon as we hear the\nword \"water,\" there is a substance, water, behind the word. Similarly, as\nsoon as we hear the word God, there is a meaning to it. If we receive that\nmeaning and explanation of God from God Himself, then it is perfect.\nBut if we speculate about the meaning of God, it is imperfect. Bhagavad­\n\ngitii, which is the science of God, is spoken by the Personality of Godhead\nHimself. This is perfect knowledge. Mental speculators or so-called philosophers who are researching what is actually God will never understand the\nnature of God. The science of God has to be understood in disciplic\nsuccession from Brahmii, who was first instructed about knowledge of\nGod by God Himself. We can understand the knowledge of God by\nhearing Bhagavad-gitii from a person authorized in the disciplic succession.\nWhen we speak of seeing, there must be form. By our sense perception,\nthe beginning experience is the sky. Sky is the beginning of form. And\nfrom the sky, other forms emanate. The objects of knowledge and sense\nperception begin, therefore, from the sky.\nTEXT 34\n\n� f�� if�(ftti\n\n� I\n\nsn01f;���'lf������\\lll\n\n", "SB3.4#p0120": "Fundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\nText 34]\n\nUOl\n\nbhiltaniim chidra-datrtvam\nbahir antaram eva ca\nprii[lendriyiitma-dhi§[lyatvam\nnabhaso vrtti-lak�apam\nbhiltiir.iim-of all living entities; chidra-dat.rtvam-the accommodation of\nroom; bahir\n\n-\n\nexternal; antaram-internal; eva also; ca-and; prii !la- of the\n-\n\nvital air ; indriya-the senses; atma- and the mind ; dhi§[lyatvam\n\n-\n\nbeing the\n\nfield of activities; nabhasa�-of the ethereal element; vrt ti- activities;\nlak§aT_lam- characteristics.\nTRANSLATION\nThe activities and characteristics of the ethereal element can be observed as accommodation for the room for the external and internal\nexistences of all living entities, namely the field of activities of the vital\nair, the senses and the mind.\nPURPORT\nThe mind, the senses and the vital force, or living entity, have forms,\nalthough they are not visible to the naked eye. Form rests in subtle\nexistence in the sky, and internally it is perceived as the veins within the\nbody and the circulation of the vital air. Externally there are invisible\nforms of sense objects. The production of the invisible sense objects is the\nexternal activity of the ethereal element, and the circulation of vital air\nand blood is its internal activity. That subtle forms exist in the ether has\nbeen proven by modern science by transmission of television, by which\nforms or photographs of one place are transmitted to another place by the\naction of the ethereal element. That is very nicely explained here. This\nverse is the potential basis of great scientific research work, for it explains\nhow subtle forms are generated from the ethereal element, what their\ncharacteristics and actions are, and how the tangible elements, namely air,\nfire, water and earth, are manifested from the subtle form. Mental\nactivities or psychological actions of thinking, feeling and willing are\nalso activities on the platform of ethereal existence. The statement in\nBhagavad-gitii that the mental situation at the time of death is the basis of\nthe next birth is also corroborated in this verse. Mental existence trans·\nforms into tangible form as soon as there is an opportunity due to\ncontamination or development of the gross elements from subtle form.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0121": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n1102\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nTEXT 35\n\n;nm: ��<t\"'fi'Sll�+ihl� �: I\n\n�s��19:�....����: 11��11\nnabhasaft sabda-tanmatriit\nkiila-gatyii vikuroataft\nsparso 'bhavat tato viiyus\ntvak sparsasya ca sangrahaft\n\nnabh asa�- from ether; sabda-tanmatriit-which evolves from the subtle\n\n-\n\nelement sound; kii la gatyii - under the impulse of time; vikurvata�-undergoing transformation; spar sa�\n\n-\n\n- the subtle element touch; abhavat- evolved;\n\ntata�-thence; vay u� air; tvak-the sense of touch; sparsasya-of touch;\nca-and; sangraha�- perception\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom ethereal existence, which evolves from sound, the next trans­\n\nformation takes place under the impulse of time, and thus the subtle\n\nelement touch and thence the air and sense of touch become prominent.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the course of time, when the subtle forms are transformed into\ngross forms, they become the objects of touch. The objects of touch and\nthe tactile sense also develop after this evolution in time. Sound is the\nfirst sense object to exhibit material existence, and from the perception of\nsound, touch perception evolves and from touch perception the perception\nof sight. That is the way of the gradual evolution of our perceptive\nobjects.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n�� +:hf&��q � �� � I\n·�rri�2n �\nC'\n�ij�q!tM\nij\"'fl*q ��: ������\n•\n\n•\n\nmrdutvam ka,thinatvam ca\nsaityam ufivatvam eva ca\netat sparsasya sparsatvam\ntanmiitratvam nabhasvataft\n\n", "SB3.4#p0122": "Text 37]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\nm rd u tvam-softness;\nU§\n\n�Jatvam\n\n-\n\nka t hinatvam- hardness;\n\n1103\n\nca- and; saityam- cold;\n\nheat; eva-also; ca-and; etat-this; sparsasya-of the subtle\n\nelement touch; sparsatvam-the distinguishing attributes; tanmatratvamthe subtle form; nabhasvata�-of air.\nTRANSLATION\nSoftness and hardness and cold and heat are the distinguishing attributes of touch, which is characterized as the subtle form of air.\nPURPORT\nTangibility is the proof of form. In actuality, objects are perceived in\ntwo different ways. They are either soft or hard, cold or hot, etc. This\ntangible action of the tactile sense is the result of the evolution of air,\nwhich is produced from the sky.\nTEXT 37\n\n�� o� snfif.f�fcf ��tit: I\n\n���IOJI¥U�+i� �: Cfilftfll� 11�\\911\nciilanam vyuhanam priiptir\nnetrtvam dravya-sabdayo�\nsarvendriyii[liim atmatvam\nvayo� karmabhilak§arwm\n\nciilana m -moving;\nn\n\nvyuhanam- mixing;\n\nprapti�- allowing\n\napproach;\n\net rtvam-carrying; d ra vya s abdayo�-particles of substances and sound;\n-\n\nsarva-indriyii�Jiim-of all the senses; iitmatvam-providing for the proper\nfunctioning; viiyo�-of air; karma-by actions; a b hila k§ a�J am- the distinct\ncharacteristics.\nTRANSLATION\nThe action of the air is exhibited in movements, m1xmg, allowing\napproach to the objects of sound and other sense perceptions, and\nproviding for the proper functioning of all other senses.\nPURPORT\nWe can perceive the action of the air when the branches of a tree move\nor when dry leaves on the ground collect together. Similarly, it is only by\n\n", "SB3.4#p0123": "1104\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nthe action of the air that a body moves, and when the air circulation is\nimpeded, many diseases result. Paralysis, nervous breakdowns, madness\nand many other diseases are actually due to an insufficient circulation of\n\nair. In the Ayur-vedic system these diseases are treated on the basis of air\ncirculation. If from the beginning one takes care of the process of air\n\ncirculation, such diseases cannot take place. From the Ayur Veda as well\nas from the Srimad-Bhiigavatam it is clear that so many activities are going\n\non internally and externally because of air alone, and as soon as there is\nsome deficiency in the air circulation, these activities cannot take place.\n\nHere it is clearly stated, netrtvarh dravya-sabdayofl. Our sense of pro­\n\nprietorship over action is also due to the activity of the air. If the air\ncirculation is stifled, we cannot approach a place after hearing. If someone\ncalls us, we hear the sound because of the air circulation, and we approach\nthat sound or the place from which the sound comes. It is clearly said in\nthis verse that these are all movements of the air. The ability to detect\nodors is also due to the action of the air.\nTEXT 38\n\n��� ��;:� �fm� 1\n� ���� ������<;II\nviiyos ca sparsa-tanmatrad\nriiparh daiveritiid abhut\nsamutthitarh tatas tejas\ncak§ii rupopalambhanam\nvayo�-from air; ca-and ; sparsa-tanmatriit-which evolves from the\nsubtle element touch; rupam-form; daiva tritiit-according to destiny;\n-\n\nabhiit-evolved; samutthitam-arose; tata�-from that; teja�-fire; cak§u�sense of sight; rupa-color and form; upala mbhanam-perceiving\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDue to interactions of the air and the sensations of touch, one receives\n\ndifferent forms according to predestiny. By evolution of such forms, there\n\nis fire, and the eye sees different forms in color.\nPURPORT\n\nDue to predestiny, the touch sensation, the interactions of air, and\nthe situation of the mind, which is produced of the ethereal element, one\n\n", "SB3.4#p0124": "Text 39]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1105\n\nreceives a body according to his previous activities. Needless to say, a\nliving entity transmigrates from one form to another. His form changes\naccording to predestiny and by the arrangement of a superior authority\nwhich controls the interaction of air and the mental situation. Form is the\ncombination of different types of sense perception. Predestined activities\nare the plans of the mental situation and the interaction of air.\n\nTEXT 39\n\ndravyiikrtitvam gu[latii\nvyakti-samsthiitvam eva ca\ntejastvam tejasafl siidhvi\nrupa-matrasya vrttayafl\ndravya-of an object; akrtitvam-dimension; g u �atii- quality; vyaktisamsthatvam- individuality;\n\neva- also;\n\nca-and;\n\ntejastvam-effulgence;:\n\ntejasa�-of fire; siidhvi-0 virtuous lady; rupa-miitrasya-of the subtle\nelement form; vrttaya�-the characteristics.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear mother, the characteristics of form are understood by dimension, quality and individuality. The form of fire is appreciated by its\neffulgence.\nPURPORT\nEvery form that we appreciate has its particular dimensions and characteristics. The quality of a particular object is appreciated by its utility. But\nthe form of sound is independent. Forms which are invisible can be\nunderstood only by touch; that is the independent appreciation of invisible\nform. Visible forms are understood by analytical study of their constitu·\ntion. The constitution of a certain object is appreciated by its internal\naction. For example, the form of salt is appreciated by the interaction of\nsalty tastes, and the form of sugar is appreciated by the interaction of\nsweet tastes. Tastes and qualitative constitution are the basic principles in\nunderstanding the form of an object.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0125": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1106\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nTEXT40\n\n� 'RWf q1'1'4!(4 f��Wft{ I\n��m t*l4��iji: � �n :q 11\\loll\ndyotanarh pacanarh panam\nadanarh hima-mardanam\ntejaso vrttayas tv eta�\nsofia{larh k§ut trt;l eva ca\ndyo tanam- illumination; pacanam-cooking, digesting; piinam- drinking;\nadanam-eating; hima-mardanam-destroying cold; tejasa�-of fire; vrttaya�\n-functions; tu-indeed; etii�-these; SO§a�am-evaporating; k§ut-hunger;\ntrt-thirst; eva\n\n-\n\nalso; ca- and.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFire is appreciated by its light and by its capacity to cook, to digest, to\n\ndestroy cold, to evaporate, and to give rise to hunger, thirst, eating and\ndrinking.\n\nPURPORT\nThe first symptoms of fire are distribution of light and heat, and the\nexistence of fire is also perceived in the stomach. Without fire we cannot\ndigest what we eat. Without digestion there is no hunger and thirst or\npower to eat and drink. When there is insufficient hunger and thirst, it is\nunderstood that there is a shortage of fire within the stomach, and the\nAyur-vedic treatment is performed in connection with the fire element,\n\nagni-mandyam. Since fire is increased by the secretion of bile, the treatment is to increase bile secretion. The Ayur-vedic treatment thus corroborates the statements in Srimad-Bhiigavatam. The characteristic of fire in\nsubduing the influence of cold is known to everyone. Severe cold can\nalways be counteracted by fire.\n\nTEXT41\n\n�q+t1�1fmt��\n��'ll{fl�li.\"�\n\n�\"ffl_ I\nfiif@l\n\n�!((: ����II\n\nrupa-matrad vikurva[lat\ntejaso daiva-coditat\n\n", "SB3.4#p0126": "Text42]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1107\n\nrasa-matram abhiU tasmad\nambho jihvii rasa-graha�\nrilpa-ma trat-which evolves from the subtle element form; vikurvaratundergoing\n\ntransformation; tejasa�-from fire; daiva-coditiit-under a\n\nsuperior arrangement; rasa-matram-the subtle element taste; abhut-became manifested; tasmat-from that; ambha�-water; jihvii-the sense of\ntaste; rasa-graha�-which perceive taste.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy the interaction of fire and the visual sensation, the subtle element\ntaste evolves under a superior arrangement. From taste, water is produced,\nand the tongue, which perceives taste, is also manifested.\n\nPURPORT\nThe tongue is described here as the instrument for acquiring knowledge\nof taste. Because taste is a product of water, there is always saliva on the\ntongue.\nTEXT42\n\n���:�l.,� ��'\n\n�Rt�l\"fi N�I�U( � � � 11\\l�lt\nkafitiyo madhuras tikta�\nka.tv amla iti naikadha\nbhautikanarh vikarera\nrasa eko vibhidyate\n\n�\n\nka§iiya -astringent; madhura\n\n� sweet; tikta� -bitter; ka t u-pungent;\n-\n\namla�-sour; iti-thus ; naika dhii-manifoldly; bhautikiiniim-of other sub-\n\nstances; viktirera-by transformation; ras a�-the subtle element taste;\n\neka�-originally one; vibhidyate-is divided.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough originally one, taste becomes manifold as astringent, sweet,\nbitter, pungent, sour and salty due to contact with other substances.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0127": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nll08\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nTEXT4 3\n\n� fm �: �q.q;fl�wtl. 1\n�;ft����q·���n ll'd�ll\nkledanam pip-{ianam trpti[l.\npraranapyayanondanam\ntapapanodo bhiiyastvam\nambhaso vrttayas tv ima[l.\nkledana m-moistening; pilJ- cJanam-coagulating; trpti� causing satisfac-\n\ntion; priilJ-ana- maintaining life; iipyiiyana-refreshing; undanam- softening;\n\ntiipa-heat; apanoda� driving away; bh uyastvam-being in abundance;\nambhasa� of water; vrttaya�- the characteristic functions; tu-in fact;\n-\n\n-\n\nimii�-these.\nTRANSLATION\nThe characteristics of water are exhibited by its moistening other\nsubstances, coagulating various mixtures, causing satisfaction, maintaining\nlife, softening things, driving away heat, incessantly supplying itself to\nreservoirs of water, and refreshing by slaking thirst.\nPURPORT\nStarvation can be mitigated by drinking water. It is sometimes found\nthat if a person who has taken a vow to fast takes a little water at intervals,\nthe exhaustion of fasting is at once mitigated. In the\n\nVedas it is also\n\nstated, apomaya[l. praf!a[l.. \"Life depends on water.\" With water anything\n\ncan be moistened or dampened. Flour dough can be prepared with a\nmixture of water. Mud is made by mixing earth with water. As stated in\nthe beginning of Srimad-Bhagavatam, water is the cementing ingredient of\ndifferent material elements. If we build a house, water is actually the\nconstituent in making the bricks. Fire, water and air are the exchanging\nelements for the entire material manifestation, but water is most prominent. Also, excessive heat can be reduced simply by pouring water on the\nheated field.\nTEXT44\n\nw+tiS�tftt�iuu�·'�m �� 1\n���� �: U\\lVU\n\n", "SB3.4#p0128": "Text 45]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1109\n\nrasa-matrad vikurvar-ad\nambhaso daiva-coditat\ngandha-matram abhiit tasmtit\nprthvi ghrar-as tu gandhaga�\nrasa-matrtit-which evolves from the subtle element taste; vikurvli[tlit­\n\nundergoing transformation; ambhasa� -from water; daiva-coditiit-by a\nsuperior arrangement; gandha-mtitram-the subtle element odor; abhiitbecame manifest; tasmiit-from that; prthvi-earth; ghrii�a� -the olfactory\nsense; tu-in fact; gandha-ga� - which perceives aromas.\nTRANSLATION\nDue to the interaction of water with the taste perception, the subtle\nelement odor evolves under superior arrangement. Thence the earth and\nthe olfactory sense by which we can variously experience the aroma of\nthe earth become manifest.\nTEXT 45\n\nEfi(++t•(ftnit�(i��: �-- 1\n�lil1ttil1���� � �� 11\\/�11\nkarambha-pii ti-saurab hya\nstintogramliidibhi� prthak\ndravytiva yava-vai�am ytid\ngandha eko vibhidyate\nkarambha-mixed; piiti-offensive; saurabhya-fragrant;\n\nsa nta-mild ;\n\nugra - strong , pungent; amla-acid; a dibhi � -and so on ; prthak-separately;\nsubstance; avayava-of portions; vai§amya t-according\ndiversity; gandha�-odor; eka�-one; vibhidyate-is divided.\n\ndravya-of\n\nto\n\nTRANSLATION\nOdor, although one, becomes many-as mixed, offensive, fragrant,\nmild, strong, acidic and so on-according to the proportions of associated\nsubstances.\nPURPORT\nMixed smell is sometimes perceived in foodstuffs prepared from various\ningredients, such as vegetables mixed with different kinds of spices and\n\n", "SB3.4#p0129": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1110\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nasafetida. Bad odors are perceived in filthy places, good smells are per·\nceived from camphor, menthol and similar other products, pungent smells\nare perceived from garlic and onions, and acidic smells are perceived from\nturmeric and similar sour substances. The original aroma is the odor\nemanating from the earth, and when it is mixed with different substances,\nthis odor appears in different ways.\nTEXT 46\n\nlWA ;mut: �;f � m:9\\�ttUI� I\n(1�\"4g�: if�� 11\\l�ll\nbhavanarh brahma[lll[l. sthanarh\ndhara[tarh sad-vise§U[Lam\nsarva-sattva-gu[todbhedaf!.\nprthivi-vrtti-lak§a[Lam\nbhavanam- modeling forms; brahma1Ja�-of the Supreme Brahman;\nsthiinam- constructing\n\nplaces\n\nof\n\nresidence;\n\ndhiiralJam - containing\n\nsubstances; sat-vise�a1Jam-distinguishing the open space; sarva- all; sattvaof existence; gu1Ja- qu alities; udbheda� -the place for manifestation;\np.rthivi-of earth; v.rtti-of the functions; lak§ U1Jam- the characteristics.\nTRANSLATION\nThe characteristics of the functions of earth can be perceived by\n\nmodeling forms of the Supreme Brahman, by constructing places of\n\nresidence, by preparing pots to contain water, etc. In other words, the\nearth is the place of sustenance for all elements.\nPURPORT\n\nDifferent elements, such as sound, sky, air, fire and water, can be\nperceived in the earth. Another feature of the earth especially mentioned\nhere is that earth can manifest different forms of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. By this statement of Kapila it is confirmed that the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Brahman, has innumerable forms, which are\ndescribed in the scriptures. By manipulation of earth and its products,\nsuch as stone, wood, jewel, etc., these forms of the Supreme Lord can be\npresent before our eyes. When a form of Lord Kr�r.Ja or Lord Vi��1u is\n\n", "SB3.4#p0130": "Text 47]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1111\n\nmanifested by presentation of a statue made of earth, it is not imaginary.\nThe earth gives shape to the Lord's forms as described in the scriptures.\nIn the Brahma-samhitii there is description of Lord Kr�1.m's lands, the\nvariegatedness of the spiritual abode and the forms of the Lord playing a\nflute with His spiritual body. All these forms are described in the scriptures, and when they are thus presented they become worshipable. They\nare not imaginary as the Miiyiivlida philosophy says. Sometimes the word\nbhiivana is misinterpreted as \"imagination.\" But bhiivana does not mean\n\nimagination; it means to give actual shape to the description of Vedic\nliterature. Earth is the ultimate transformation of all living entities and\ntheir respective modes of material nature.\n\nTEXT 47\n\ntt4ilguiN�itS?.if � �\"''!�� 1\nilU�ltlUIN�it� � ij�,q�j;f fq: 11\\l\"ll\nnabho-gurw-visefio 'rtho\nyasya tac chrotram ucyate\nviiyor gu{!a-visefio 'rtho\nyasya tat sparsanarh vidu/:1\n\nnabha�-gu'!a-vise�a�-the\n\ndistinctive\n\ncharacteristic\n\nof\n\nsky\n\n(sound);\n\nart ha�-object of perception; yasya-whose; tat-that; srotram-the audi­\n\ntory sense; ucyate-is called; viiyo� gu '!a-viSe�a�-the distinctive characteristic of air (touch); artha�-object of perception;yasya-whose;tat-that;\ns parsana m - the tactile sense; vidu�-they know.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sense whose object of perception is sound is called the auditory\nsense, and that whose object of perception is touch is called the tactile\nsense.\nPURPORT\nSound is one of the qualifications of the sky and is the subject matter\nfor hearing. Similarly, touch is the qualification of the air and is the subject\nof the touch sensation.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0131": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1112\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nTEXT 48\n\n<t�lgut�� � � I\n3rwflgo1fct�Nr � �At: I\n'¥{�� �« Ef11Jf � 11\\lGII\ntejo-gu[la-vise§o 'rtho\nyasya tac cak§ur ucyate\nambho-gu[la-vise§o 'rtho\nyasya tad rasanarh vidu�\nbhumer gurta-vise.so 'rtho\nyasya sa ghrarta ucyate\n\nteja�-gu!J-a-vise�a�-the distinctive characteristic of fire (form); artha�­\n\nobject of perception; yasya-whose; tat-that; cak.su�-the sense of sight ;\n\nucyate-is called; ambha�-gu!J-a-vise�a�-the distinctive characteristic of\nwater\n\n(taste);\n\nartha�-object of perception; yasya-whose;\n\ntat-that;\n\nrasanam-the sense of taste; vidu�-they know; bhilme� gu!J-a-vi se�a�-the\ndistinctive characteristic of earth (odor); artha�-object of perception;\nyasya-whose; sa�- that; ghrii!J-a�-the sense of smell; ucyate-is called.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sense whose object of perception is form, the distinctive characteristic of fire, is the sense of sight. The sense whose object of perception\n\nis taste, the distinctive characteristic of water, is known as the sense of\n\ntaste. Finally, the sense whose object of perception is odor, the distinctive\n\ncharacteristic of earth, is called the sense of smell.\nTEXT49\n\n���m�«�t�l\n3RR Fl� �m;rt ���i}q��� 11\\1�11\nparasya drsyate dharma\nhy aparasmin samanvayat\nato vise.so bhtivanarh\nbhamav evopalak§yate\n\n", "SB3.4#p0132": "Text 50]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1113\n\nparasya-of the cause; drsyate-is observed; dharma�-the characteristics;\nhi-indeed; aparasmin-in the effect; samanvayat-in order; ata�-hence;\nvise§a�-the\n\ndistinctive characteristic; bhavanam-of all the elements;\n\nbhumau-in earth; eva-alone; upalak§yate-is observed.\nTRANSLATION\nSince the cause exists in its effect as well, the characteristics of the\nformer are observed in the latter. That is why the peculiarities of all the\nelements exist in the earth alone.\nPURPORT\nSound is the cause of the sky, sky is the cause of the air, air is the cause\nof fire, fire is the cause of water, and water is the cause of earth. In the\nsky there is only sound; in the air there is sound and touch; in the fire\nthere is sound, touch and form; in water there is sound, touch, form and\ntaste; and in the earth there is sound, touch, form, taste and smell. Therefore earth is the reservoir of all the qualities of the other elements. Earth\nis the sum total of all other elements. The earth has all five qualities of the\nelements, water has four qualities, fire has three, air has two, and the sky\nhas only one quality, sound.\nTEXT 50\n\n��� �T �����\n'�'•�wigvnqat i3141f:J{(�qdf4� II� II\no\n\netany asarhhatya yada\nmahad-adini sapta vai\nkala-karma-gu[lopeto\njagad-adir upavisat\netani-these; asarhhatya-being\n\nunmixed; yada-when; mahat-adini­\n\nthe mahat-tattva, false ego and five gross elements; sapta-all together\nseven; vai-in fact; kala-time; karma-wor k; gu[la-and the three modes of\nmaterial nature; upeta�-accompanied by; jagat-iid*-the origin of creation;\nupavisat-entered.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all these elements were unmixed, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, the origin of creation, along with time, work and the qualities\n\n", "SB3.4#p0133": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nlll4\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nof the modes of material nature, entered into the universe with the total\n\nmaterial energy in seven divisions.\n\nPURPORT\nAfter stating the generation of the causes, Kapiladeva speaks about the\ngeneration of the effects. At that time when the causes were unmixed, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, in His feature of Garbhodakasayi Vi�Qu,\nentered within each universe. Accompanying Him were all of the seven\nprimary elements-the five material elements, the total energy (mahattattva) and the false ego. This entrance of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead involves His entering even the atoms of the material world. This\nis confirmed in the Brahma-sarhhitii (Bs. 5.35): a[tpiintarastha-paramii[tu­\n\ncayiintarastham. He is not only within the universe, but within the\natoms also. He is within the heart of every living entity. Garbhodakasayi\nVi�Qu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, entered into everything.\nTEXT 51\n\n66�-«���� �+ttlsl\\tq�6-«i( 1\n� � ��U§}S:M�� ��---II�� II\ntatas tenanuviddhebhyo\nyuktebhyo '[tpam acetanam\nutthitarh p urufio yasmiid\nudatifithad asau vira.t\ntatafl- then; tena by the Lord; anuviddhebhyafl-from these seven\nroused into activity; yuktebhyafl- united; a[tpam- an egg;\nacetanam- unintelligent; utthitam-arose; p uru$ afl -Cosmic Being; yasmatfrom which; udati§ that- appeared; asau-that; viriit-celebrated.\n-\n\nprinciples,\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom these seven principles, roused into activity and united by the\n\npresence of the Lord, an unintelligent egg arose, from which appeared the\ncelebrated Cosmic Being.\nPURPORT\nIn sex life, the combination of matter from the parents, which involves\nemulsification and secretion, creates the situation whereby a soul is\n\n", "SB3.4#p0134": "Text 52]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1115\n\nreceived within matter, and the combination of matter gradually develops\ninto a complete body. The same principle exists in the universal creation:\nthe ingredients were present, but only when the Lord entered into the\nmaterial elements was matter actually agitated. That is the cause of\ncreation. We can see this in our ordinary experience. Although we may\nhave clay, water and fire, the elements take the shape of a brick only\nwhen we labor to combine them. Without the living energy, there is no\npossibility that matter can take shape. Similarly, this material world does\nnot develop unless agitated by the Supreme Lord as the virii,ta-puru.sa.\n\nYasmiid udati�thad asau viriit: by His agitation, space was created, and the\nuniversal form of the Lord also manifested therein.\nTEXT 52\n\n�� f€t�NRo4 ifi+tf.i:�j) :\nffllfl�fij: qfftij 3N��: I\n� ���•.nSlf � � n: ����\"\netad ar-parh visefiiikhyarh\nkrama-vrddhair dasottarai[l\ntoyadibhi{l parivrtarh\npradhanenavrtair bahi{l\nyatra loka-vitano 'yarh\nriiparh bhagavato hare{l\netat-this; ar-pam-egg; vise§a-iikhyam- called vise§a; krama-one after\ntimes; uttaraifl - greater; toyaadibhi{l- by water and so on; pa rivrtam- enveloped; pradhiinena-by\npradhana; avrtai{l covered; bahi[l. - on the outside; yatra - w here; lokavitana{l- the extension of the planetary systems; ayam- this; r upam-form;\nbhagavata{l-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; hare�-of Lord Hari.\nanother; vrddhaifl-increased; dasa-ten\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis universal egg, or the universe in the shape of an egg, is called the\nmanifestation of material energy. Its layers of water, air, fire, sky, ego and\nmahat-tattva increase in thickness one after another. Each layer is ten times\nbigger than the previous one, and the final outside layer is covered by\npradhina. Within this egg is the universal form of Lord Hari, of whose body\nthe fourteen planetary systems are parts.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0135": "1116\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nPURPORT\nThis universe, or the universal sky which we can visualize with its\ninnumerable planets, is shaped just like an egg. As an egg is covered by a\nskin, so the universe is also covered by various layers. The first layer is\nwater, the next is fire, then air, then sky, and the ultimate holding crust is\n\npradhiina. Within this egglike universe is the universal form of the Lord as\nthe virii_ta-purufia. All the different planetary situations are parts of His\nbody. This is already explained in the beginning of Srtmad-Bhiigavatam,\nSecond Canto. The planetary systems are considered to form different\nbodily parts of that universal form of the Lord. Persons who cannot\n\ndirectly engage in the worship of the transcendental form of the Lord are\nadvised to think of and worship this universal form. The lowest planetary\nsystem, Patala, is considered to he the sole of the Supreme Lord, and the\nearth is considered to he the belly of the Lord. Brahmaloka, or the highest\nplanetary system, where Brahma lives, is considered to he the head of the\nLord.\nThis virii}a-puru.sa is considered an incarnation of the Lord. The origi­\n\nnal form of the Lord is l<r?':la, as confirmed in Brahma-sarhhita: \"adi­\n\npuru.sa.\" The viriita-puru�a is also puru.sa, but He is not adi-puru§a.\nThe iidi-puru§a is Kr�J.la. lsvara{l. parama{l. kr§rJa{l. sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha{l./\naniidir adir govindafl. In Bhagavad-grtli l<r?':ia is also accepted as the adipuru.sa, the original. Kr�':la says, \"No one is greater than I.\" There are\ninnumerable expansions of the Lord, and all of them are puru.sas or enjoyers, hut neither the virli_ta-puru�a nor the puru�a avatliras Karal).odaka-\n\n-\n\nsayi Vi?I).U, Garhhodakasayi Vi?I).U and �rrodakasayr Vi��m-nor any of\nthe many other expansions, is the original. In each universe there is\n\nGarhhodakasayr Vi�J.lu, the vira.ta-puru_sa and K�Irodakasay1 Vi�!lu. The\n\nactive manifestation of the vi'rii_ta-purufia is described here. Persons who\n\nare in the lower grade of understanding regarding the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead may think of the universal form of the Lord, for that is\nadvised in the Bhllgavatam.\n\nThe dimensions of the universe are estimated here. The outer covering\n\nis made of layers of water, air, fire, sky, ego and mahat-tattva, and each\nlayer is ten times greater than the one previous. The space within the\nhollow of the universe cannot be measured by any human scientist or\n\nanyone else, and beyond the hollow there are seven coverings, each one\nten times greater than the one preceding it. The layer of water is ten times\ngreater than the length of the universe, and the layer of fire is ten times\ngreater than that of water. Similarly, the layer of air is ten times greater\n\n", "SB3.4#p0136": "Fundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\nText 54]\n\n1117\n\nthan that of fire. These dimensions are all inconceivable to the tiny brain\nof a human being.\nIt is also stated that this description is of only one egglike universe.\nThere are innumerable universes besides this one, and some of them are\nmany, many times greater. It is considered, in fact, that this universe is the\nsmallest; therefore the predominating superintendent, or Brahmii., has\nonly four heads for management. In other universes, which are far greater\nthan this one, Brahmii has more heads. In the Caitanya-caritiimrta it is\nstated that all these Brahmiis were called one day by Lord Krg1a on the\ninquiry of the small Brahmii, who, after seeing all the larger Brahmiis, was\nthunderstruck. That is the inconceivable potency of the Lord. No one can\nmeasure the length and breadth of God by speculation or by false\nidentification with God. These attempts are symptoms of lunacy.\nTEXT 53\n\nf���rit��� «���H( I\n\n��tiN�� ��t � �� � 11'-\\�11\nhirar-mayiid ar-�a-kosiid\nutthiiya salile sayiit\ntam iivisya mahii-devo\nbahudhii nirbibheda kham\nhi ra r- mayiit -golden ; a r4a-kostit\n\non the water; saylit\n\n-\n\n-\n\nfrom the egg; utthtiya-arising ; salile­\n\nlying; tam-in it; a visya -having entered; mahii-deva�­\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; bahu-dhii-in many ways; nirbibheda\n-divided; kham\n\n-\n\napertures\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, the virii.�a-puru�a, situated Himself\nin that golden egg, which was lying on the water, and He divided it into\nmany departments.\nTEXT 54\n\nr������m�l\n�trPtf\\oo wni snumnmur�:· ������\nnirabhidyatiisya prathamam\nmukham viir-i tato 'bhavat\n\n", "SB3.4#p0137": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1118\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nva!lyii vahnir atho nase\nprii11oto ghra11a etayo{l\nnirabhidyata-appeared; asya-of Him; prathamam fi rst of all; mukham\n-\n\n-a mouth; vii!li-the organ of speech; tata {l-then; abhavat-came forth;\n\nva11ya- with the organ of speech; vahn i{t-the god of fire; atha{l-then; nase\n\n-the two nostrils; pra11a-the vital air; uta{!-j oined; ghra11afl- the olfactory\nsense; etayo{l-in them.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFirst of all a mouth appeared in Him, and then came forth the organ\nof speech, and with it the god of fire, the deity who presides over that\norgan. Then a pair of nostrils appeared, and in them appeared the\nolfactory sense, as well as pra�a, the vital air.\nPURPORT\nWith manifestation of speech, fire also became manifested, and with the\nmanifestation of nostrils, the vital air, the breathing process and the sense\nof smell also became manifested.\n\nTEXT 55\n\nmutl(I�M�\n��: I\n�� �t �oihfufm�) �: ������\nghra11iid viiyur abhidyetiim\nak§i!li cak§ur etayo{l\ntasmat silryo nyabhidyetiim\nkar�u srotram tato diSa{l\nghrii11iit-from the olfactory sense; vayu{l-the wind-god; abhidyetamappeared; a k§ i!li-the two eyes; ca k§ u{l-the sense of sight; etayo{l-in them;\ntasmat-from that; s il rya {l-the sun-god; nyabhidyetam -appeared; kar11au\n-the two ears; srotram-the auditory sense; tata{l -from that; disa{l- the\ndeities presiding over the directions.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the wake of the olfactory sense came the wind-god, who presides\n\nover that sense. Thereafter a pair of eyes appeared in the universal form,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0138": "Text 56]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1119\n\nand in them the sense of sight. In the wake of this sense came the sun-god,\nwho presides over it. Next there appeared in Him a pair of ears, and in\nthem the auditory sense and in its wake the dig-devatas, or the deities who\npreside over the directions.\n\nPURPORT\nThe appearance of different parts of the body of the universal form of\nthe Lord and the appearance of,the presiding deities of those bodily parts\nis being described. As in the womb of a mother a child gradually grows\ndifferent bodily parts, so in the universal womb the universal form of the\nLord gives rise to the creation of various paraphernalia. The senses appear,\nand over each of them there is a presiding deity. It is corroborated by this\n\nstatement of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, and also by Brahma-samhitii, that the\nsun appeared after the appearance of the eyes of the universal form of the\nLord. The sun is dependent on the eyes of the universal form. The\n\nBrahma-samhitii also says that the sun is the eye of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Kr��a. Yac-cak�ur e�a savitii. Savitii means the sun. The sun is\nthe eye of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Actually, everything is\ncreated by the universal body of the Supreme Godhead. Material nature is\n\nsimply the supplier of materials. The creation is actually done by the\nSupreme Lord, as confirmed in Bhagavad-g\"itii. Mayiidhyak�erta prakrti�\n\nsuyate sa-cariicaram (Bg.9.10): \"Under My direction does material nature\ncreate all moving and nonmoving objects in the cosmic creation.\"\n\nTEXT 56\n\nf�� ��Jr){�'lttl�tf(ij6: I\nmr llltt\\t�� f�� -��a: ������\nnirbibheda viriijas tvag­\n\nroma-smasrv-adayas tata�\n\ntata O§adhayas casan\n\nsiSnam nirbibhide tatafl\n\nnirbibheda-appeared; viriija�-of the universal form; tvak -skin; roma­\n\nhair; smasru-beard, mustache; adaya�-and so on; tata� then; tatal;t-\n\nthereupon; o�adhaya�-the herbs and drugs; ca-and; asan-appeared; sisnam\n-genitals; nirbibhide\n\n-\n\nappeared; tata�-after this.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0139": "1120\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen the universal form of the Lord, the virata-puru�a, manifested His\n\nskin, and thereupon the hair, mustache and beard appeared. After this all\n\nthe herbs and drugs became manifested, and then His genitals also appeared.\nPURPORT\nThe skin is the site of the touch sensation. The demigods who control\nthe production of herbs and medicinal drugs are the presiding deities over\nthe tactile sense.\n\nTEXT 57\n\n1:<1(64ll�lq 311«f1td�Q<I � �I\n\n!J4)(ql;flSqi'111Q\n\n®l�\"'¥t�t(: U�\\911\n\nretas tasmiid iipa iisan\nnirabhidyata vai gudam\ngudiid apiino 'piiniic ca\nmrtyur loka-bhayankara�\nreta�-semina; tasmiit-from that; t1pa�-the god who presides over the\nwaters;llsan-appeared;nirabhidyata-was manifested; vai- indeed ;gudaman anus; gudad-from the anus; apa na�\n\n-\n\nthe organ of defecation; apanat­\n\nfrom the organ of defecation; ca-and; m rtyu�\n\n-\n\ndeath; loka-bhayam-kara�\n\n-causing fear throughout the universe.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter this, semina (the faculty of procreation) and the god who presides\nover the waters appeared. Next appeared an anus and then the organ of\n\ndefecation and thereupon the god of death, who is feared throughout the\nuniverse.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is understood herewith that the faculty to discharge semina is the\ncause of death. Therefore, yogis and transcendentalists who want to live\nfor greater spans of life voluntarily restrain themselves from discharging\nsemina. The more one can restrain the discharge of semina, the more one\ncan be aloof from the problem of death. There are many yogis living up to\n\n300 or 700 years by this process, and in the Bhiigavatam it is clearly\n\n", "SB3.4#p0140": "Text 59]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1121\n\nstated that discharging semina is the cause of horrible death. The more one\nis addicted to sexual enjoyment the more susceptible he is to a quick death.\nTEXT 58\n\n��fwtdllq�;r���: �I\n� � F-lu� ••ftt(ijl+lf m m: ,,'-\\�''\n....\n\nhastau ca nirabhidyetam\nbalam tabhyam tata� sva-ra.t\npadau ca nirabhidyetam\ngatis tabhyam tato har*\nhastau-the two hands; ca-and; nirabhidyetiim-were manifested; balam\n\ntii bhyiim - from them; tata� - thereafter; sva-rat- Lord Indra;\npii dau-the two feet; ca-and; nirabhidyetiim - became manifested; gat*the process of movement; tii bhyii m-from them; tata � -then; ha ri� - Lord\n\n-power;\n\nVi�p.u.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the two hands of the universal form of the Lord became\nmanifested, and with them the power of grasping and dropping things, and\nafter that Lord lndra appeared. Next the legs became manifested, and with\nthem the process of movement, and after that Lord Vi��u appeared.\nPURPORT\nThe deity presiding over the hands is Indra, and the presiding deity of\nmovement is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�p.u. Vi�p.u appeared\non the appearance of the legs of the viriita-puru�a.\nTEXT 59\n\n;mqlm M(f41tt.-a ��il�l\n;m�:\n��t\nf.l(f¥1mf 11'-\\�11\nna!fyo 'sya nirabhidyanta\ntabhyo lohitam abhrtam\nnadyas tata� samabhavann\nudaram nirabhidyata\n\n", "SB3.4#p0141": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1122\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nniitJya�-the veins; asya-of the universal form; nirabhidyanta-became\nmanifested; tiibhya�-from them; lohitam-blood; iibhrtam-was produced;\nnadya�-the rivers; tata�-from that; samabhavan- appeared; udaram-the\nstomach; nirabhidyata-became manifested.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe veins of the universal body became manifested and thereafter the\nred corpuscles or blood. In their wake came the rivers (the deities presiding\nover the veins), and then appeared an abdomen.\nPURPORT\nBlood veins are compared to rivers; when the veins were manifested in\nthe universal form, the rivers in the various planets were also manifested.\nThe controlling deity of the rivers is also the controlling deity of the\nnervous system. In Ayur-vedic treatment, those who are suffering from the\ndisease of nervous instability are recommended to take a bath by dipping\ninto a flowing river.\n\nTEXT60\n\n�� mr: �mff (1fl\"��� 1\n31� �� fll?f �a:�IP¥4'1 �� II� II\no\n\nk§ut-pipase tata� syatam\nsamudras tv etayor abhut\nathasya hrdayam bhinnarh\nhrdayan mana utthitam\nk§ut-pipiise-hunger and thirst; tata�-then; sya tam\n\n- appeared; samudra�\n\n-the ocean; tu- th en; etayo�-in their wake; abhiit-appeared; atha-then;\nasya-of the universal form; hrdayam-a heart; bhinnam- appeared; hrdayiit\n-from the heart; mana�-the mind; utthitam-appeared.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNext grew feelings of hunger and thirst, and in their wake came the\nmanifestation of the oceans. Then a heart became manifest, and in the\nwake of the heart the mind appeared.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0142": "Text61]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1123\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe ocean is considered to be the presiding deity of the abdomen,\n\nwhere the feelings of hunger and thirst originate. When there is an\nirregularity in hunger and thirst, one is advised, according to Ayur-vedic\n\ntreatment, to take a bath in the ocean.\n\nTEXT6l\n\niinffi �mr�u m: 1\n3l�ti((ijJ{ ¢'� ��it�� 11��11\n\n��1\n\nmanasas candrama jato\n\nbuddhir buddher giram pat*\n\nahalikaras tato rudras\n\ncittam caityas tato 'bhavat\n\nmanasa�-from\n\nthe\n\nmind;\n\ncandrama�-the moon; jata�-appeared;\n\nbuddh*-inte1ligence; buddhe�-from intelligence; giriim pati�-the Lord\n\nof speech (Brahmii); ahalikiira�-false ego; tata�-then; rudra�-Lord Siva;\n\ncittam-consciousness; caitya�-the deity presiding over consciousness;\n\ntata�-then; abhavat-appeared.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the mind, the moon appeared. Intelligence appeared next, and\n\nafter intelligence, Lord Brahmii appeared. Then the false ego appeared and\n\nthen Lord Siva, and after the appearance of Lord Siva came consciousness\nand the deity presiding over consciousness.\nPURPORT\n\nThe moon appeared after the appearance of mind, and this indicates\n\nthat the moon is the presiding deity of mind. Similarly, Lord Brahma,\nappearing after intelligence, is the presiding deity of intelligence, and Lord\nSiva, who appears after false ego, is the presiding deity of false ego. In\n\nother words, it is indicated that the moon·god is in the mode of goodness,\nwhereas Lord Brahmii is in the mode of passion, and Lord Siva is in the\n\nmode of ignorance. The appearance of consciousness after the appearance\nof false ego indicates that, from the beginning, material consciousness is\n\n", "SB3.4#p0143": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1124\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nunder the mode of ignorance and that one therefore has to purify himself\n\nby purifying his consciousness. This purificatory process is called Kf�l)a\nconsciousness. As soon as the consciousness is purified, the false ego\n\ndisappears. Identification of the body with the self is called false identifi­\n\ncation or false ego. Lord Caitanya confirms this in His Sik�a�taka. He\nstates that the first result of chanting the mahii-mantra, Hare Kr�p.a, is that\n\ndirt is cleared from the consciousness, or the mirror of the mind, and then\n\nat once the blazing fire of material existence is over. The blazing fire of\n\nmaterial existence is due to false ego, but as soon as the false ego is\n\nremoved, one can understand his real identity. At that point he is actually\nliberated from the clutches of miiyii. As soon as one is freed from the\n\nclutches of false ego, his intelligence also becomes purified, and then his\n\nmind is always engaged upon the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead appeared on the full-moon day as\n\nGauracandra, or the spotless transcendental moon. The material moon has\n\nspots on it, but on the transcendental moon, Gauracandra, there are no\n\nspots. In order to fix the purified mind in the service of the Supreme Lord,\n\none has to worship the spotless moon, Gauracandra. Those who are\nmaterially passionate or those who want to exhibit their intelligence for\n\nmaterial advancement in life are generally worshipers of Lord Brahmii, and\n\npersons who are in the gross ignorance of identifying with the body\nworship Lord Siva. Materialists like HiraJ,lyakasipu and Riival,la are wor­\n\nshipers of Lord Brahmii or Lord Siva, but Prahliida, or devotees who are in\nthe service of Kr�eya consciousness, worship the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT62\n\n����� �T ��n��R;rs� I\nFRlfm�: �f;( ��Nf4difi1ffil_ ����II\nete hy abhyutthita deva\n\nnaivasyotthapane 'sakan\n\npunar avivisu� khani\n\ntam utthapayiturit kramat\n\nete-thcse; hi-indeed; abhyutthitii�-manifested; devii�-demigods; na­\n\nnot; eva-at all; asya-of the virii,ta-purufla; utthiipane-in waking; asakan-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0144": "Text63)\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1125\n\nwere able; puna�-again; aviviSu� - they entered; khani-the apertures of\n\nthe body; tam-Him ; utthapayitum-to awaken; kramat-one after another.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the demigods and presiding deities of the various senses were thus\nmanifested, they wanted to wake their origin of appearance. But upon\nfailing to do so, they reentered the body of the viriita-puru�a one after\nanother in order to wake Him.\nPURPORT\nIn order to wake the sleeping Deity-controller within, one has to\nrechannel the sense activities from concentration on the outside to\nconcentration inside. In the following verses, the sense activities which are\nrequired to wake the virii!a-puru�a will be explained very nicely.\n\nTEXT63\n\n��t:qf � �� �� f.Rg\"' I\nit� ;nfut �1�� ftlm: ������\n\"'\n\nvahnir vaca mukharh bheje\nnodatifithat tada vira.t\nghrar-ena nasike vayur\nnodatifithat tada vira.t\nvahn* -the god of fire; vaca-with the organ of speech; mukham-the\nmouth; bheje-enter ed ; na-not; udati§that-did arise; tadii-then; viriit-the\nvirii!a-puru§a; ghrii�ena-with the olfactory sense; niisike-into His two\nnostrils; viiyu�-the god of the winds; na-not; udati§that-did arise; tadiithen; viriit-the viriita-puru�a.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe god of fire entered His mouth with the organ of speech, hut the\nviriita-puru�a could not be aroused. Then the god of wind entered His\nnostrils with the sense of smell, but still the viriita-puru�a refused to he\nawakened.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0145": "1126 '\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nTEXT64\n\n3lfaJUfi��ss�� ��Flu�... 1\n�Q{ �tiff�� ..�� �... ll�'clll\nak§i[!i cakflU§tidityo\nnodati§{hat tada vira.t\nsrotrer-a karr-au ca diso\nnodati§{hat tada vira.t\nak§i !!t- His two eyes; cak§U§ii-with the sense of sight; aditya�- the sun­\n\ngod; na-not; udati� that-did arise; tada-then; vira\"{- the virata-puru�a;\nsrotre�a-with the sense of hearing; kar!!au-His two ears; ca-and; disa�­\n\nthe deities presiding over the directions; na-not; udati§{hat -did arise;\ntadii-then; virii{ -the virii{a-puru§a.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sun-god entered the eyes of the virata-puru�a with the sense of\nsight, but still the virata-puru�a did not get up. Similarly, the predominating\ndeities of the directions entered through His ears with the sense of hearing,\nbut still He did not get up.\n\nTEXT65\n\n�� umlfffi't�T ;ita:Rtg�aJ �o�... I\n� r��JM� ;ita:f� �... 11�'-\\11\ntvacam romabhir O§adhyo\nnodatifl{hat tada vira.t\nretasa sisnam apas tu\nnodati§{hat tada vira.t\n\ntvacam-the skin of the virii{a-puru§a; romabhi�-with the hair on the\nbody; O§adhya�-the deities presiding over the herbs and plants; na-not;\nudati§{hat-did arise; tadii- then; virii{-the virii{a-puru§a; retasii-with the\n\nfaculty of procreation; sisnam-the organ of generation; iipa�-the watergod; tu-then; na-not; udati§{hat-did arise; tadii-then; virii{- the virii{apuru§a.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe predominating deities of the skin, herbs and seasoning plants\n\nentered the skin of the virata-puru�a with the hair of the body, but the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0146": "Text67]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\n1127\n\nCosmic Being refused to get up even then. The god predominating over\nwater entered His organ of generation with the faculty of procreation,\nbut the virata-pun.L!!a still would not rise.\nTEXT66\n\ng� ��� �RtB�i:J f� l\n��if �tr wftG:RtB�� ������II\n...\n\n...\n\ngudarh mrtyur apiinena\nnodati§that tadii virii.t\nhastii.v indro balenaiva\n'\nnodati§that tadii virii,t\ngudam - His anus; mrtyu�- the god of death; apiinena-with the organ of\ndefecation; na-not; udati�that-did arise; tadii-even then; viriit-the viriitapuru�a; hastau-the two hands; indra�-Lord Indra; balena-with their\npower to grasp and drop things; eva-indeed; na-not; udati�that-did arise;\ntadii-even then; viriit-the viriita-puru§a.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe god of death entered His anus with the organ of defecation, but the\nvirata-puru�a could not be spurred to activity. The god lndra entered the\nhands with their power of grasping and dropping things, but the viratapuru�a would not get up even then.\n\nTEXT67\n\n��� �aft ��t R'm:.,.l\nitRr.fm �m itla:Rie�a:l feme ���\\911\n\"\n\nvi,srtur gatyaiva carartau\nnodati§that tadii viriit\nnii(lir nadyo lohitena\nnodati§that tadii viriit\nvi§\"f!U�-Lord Vi�ttu ;gatyii- with the faculty of locomotion;eva- indeed;\ncara'!au-His two feet; na-not; udati§that-did arise; tadii-even then;\nviriit-the viriita-puru�a; niilji�- His blood vessels; nadya�-the rivers or\n\n", "SB3.4#p0147": "1128\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nriver-gods; lohitena- with the blood, with the power of circulation; na- not;\nudati§{hat-did stir; tadii-even then; virii{ - the virii{a-puru§a.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord V��u entered His feet with the faculty of locomotion, but the\n\nviriita-puru�a refused to stand up even then. The rivers entered His blood\n\nvessels with the blood and the power of circulation, but still the Cosmic\n\nBeing could not be made to stir.\n\nTEXT68\n\n���� f��� f�._ I\n���� �� Fm�._ll��ll\nk§ut-tnlbhyiim udararit sindhur\nnodati§{hat tadii viriit\nhrdayarit manasii candro\nnodati§.that tadii viriiJ\nk§ut-tr�bh yiim- with hunger and thirst; udaram- His abdomen; sindhu�\n-the ocean or ocean-god; na-not; udati§_that-did arise; tada-even then;\nvirii{ - the virii{a-puru§a; hrdayam- His heart; manasii-with the mind;\ncandra�-the moon-god; na-not; udati§{hat-did arise; tadii-even then;\nvirii{-the virii{a-puru§a.\nTRANSLATION\nThe ocean entered His abdomen with hunger and thirst, but the Cosmic\n\nBeing refused to rise even then. The moon-god entered His heart with the\nmind, but the Cosmic Being would not be roused.\nTEXT69\n\n� orfcl wi ;00'� Rm._ I\n\n�sffl+wu w;f ;ft(fijg'ijl(l Rm 11'\\II\n...\n\nbuddhyii brahmiipi hrdayarit\nnodati§{hat tadii viriiJ\nrudro 'bhimatyii hrdayarit\nnodati§{hat tadii viriit\n\n", "SB3.4#p0148": "Text71)\n\n1129\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\nbuddhya-with intelligence; brahma-Lord B rahma; api- a lso; hrdayam\n\n-His heart; na-not; udatisthat-did arise; tada-even then; virat-the\n..\nvirata-puru§a; rudra�-Lor d Siva; abhimatya-with the ego; hrda amHis heart; na-not; udati§that-did arise; tadii-even then; viriit\n\npurufia.\n\ny\n\n-\n\nthe viriita­\n\nTRANSLATION\nBrahma also entered His heart with intelligence, but even then the\nCosmic Being could not be prevailed upon to get up. Lord Rudra also\nentered His heart with the ego, but even then the Cosmic Being did not stir.\nTEXT70\n\n�wi �:�:��I\nftm; � �'{: tcRs�19:�f� ll\\9oII\ncittena hrdayam caityaft\n\nkfietra-jnaft prtivisad yadti\n\nvirti,t tadaiva purufiaft\nsaliltid udatifithata\n\ncittena-along with reason, consciousness; hrdayam-the heart; caitya�­\n\nthe deity presiding over consciousness; k§etra-jna�-the knower of the\n\nfield; prtivisat-entered; yada-when; vi nit-the virtita-puru§a; tada-then;\n\neva-just; puru§a�-the Cosmic Being; saliliit-from the water; udati§thata\n-arose.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen,\n\nhowever,\n\nthe\n\ninner\n\ncontroller,\n\nthe\n\ndeity presiding over\n\nconsciousness, entered the heart with reason, at that very moment the\nCosmic Being arose from the causal waters.\nTEXT7l\n\nSfWi � SIIOl�q;flf\\N: I\n� Rwn it;( ;fl�f.llqftltl'fl� ll\\9� II\n�\n\nyathti prasuptam purufiam\n\nprtir-endriya-mano-dhiyaft\n\n", "SB3.4#p0149": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1130\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\nprabhavanti vina yena\nnotthapayitum ojasti\nyathii-just as; prasuptam-sleeping; puru�am-a man; prii�a-the vital\nair; indriya-the senses for working and recording knowledge; mana�-the\nmind; dhiya�-the intelligence; prabhavanti-are able;vina-without;yenawhom (the Supersoul); na-not; utthapayitum-to arouse; ojasii-by their\nown power.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a man is sleeping, all his material assets-namely the vital energy,\nthe senses for recording knowledge, the senses for working, the mind and\nthe intelligence-cannot arouse him. He can be aroused only when the\nSupersoul helps him.\nPURPORT\nThe explanation of siinkhya philosophy is described here in detail in\nthe sense that the virata-puru�a, or the universal form of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, is the original source of all the various sense\norgans and their presiding deities. The relationship between the viriitapuru�a and the presiding deities or the living entities is so intricate that\nsimply by exercising the sense organs, which are related to their presiding\ndeities, the viriita-puru§a cannot be aroused. It is not possible to arouse\nthe viriita-puru�a or link with the Supreme Absolute Personality of Godhead by material activities. Only by devotional service and detachment\ncan one perform the process of linking with the Absolute.\nTEXT 72\n\n6'4f4t'{ SRtrllmwf Ntn ��\nI\n� r��\"ir� AA�tt•�'�r-. f:q��� ������\ntam asmin pratyag-iitmiinam\ndhiyii yoga-pravrttayii\nbhaktya viraktyii jiiiinena\nvivicyiitmani cintayet\ntam-upon Him;asmin-in this;pratyak-iitmiinam-the Supersoul; dhiyii\n-with the mind; yoga-pravrttayii-engaged in devotional service; bhaktyiithrough devotion; viraktyii-through detachment; jniinena-through spiritual\n\n", "SB3.4#p0150": "Text 72]\n\nFundamental Principles of Material Nature\n\nknowledge; vivicya\n\n-\n\n1131\n\nconsidering carefully; atmani-in the body; cintayet­\n\none should contemplate.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, through devotion, detachment and advancement in spiritual\nknowledge acquired through concentrated devotional service, one should\ncontemplate that Supersoul as present in this very body, although simul·\ntaneously apart from it.\nPURPORT\nOne can realize the Supersoul within oneself. He is within one's body\nbut apart from the body, or transcendental to the body. Although sitting\nin the same body as the individual soul, the Supersoul has no affection for\nthe body, whereas the individual soul does. One has to detach himself,\ntherefore, from this material body, by discharging devotional service. It is\n\nclearly mentioned here (bhaktyii) that one has to execute devotional ser·\n\nvice to the Supreme. As it is stated in the First Canto, Second Chapter, of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (Bhiig. 1.2.7), viisudeve bhagavati bhakti-yoga� prayojita�. When Vasudeva, the all-pervading Vi�I)U, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, is served in completely pure devotion, then detachment from the\n\nmaterial world immediately begins. The purpose of siirikhya is to detach\noneself from material contamination. This can be achieved simply by\ndevotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nWhen one is detached from the attraction of material prosperity, one\ncan actually concentrate his mind upon the Supersoul. As long as the\nmind is distracted toward the material, there is no possibility of concentrating one's mind and intelligence upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nor His partial representation, Supersoul. In other words, one cannot concentrate his mind and energy upon the Supreme unless he is detached from\nthe material world. Following detachment from the material world, one\ncan actually attain transcendental knowledge of the Absolute Truth. As\nlong as one is entangled in sense enjoyment or material enjoyment, it is\nnot possible to understand the Absolute Truth. This is also confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (18.54). One who is freed from material contamination is\njoyful and can enter into devotional service, and by devotional service he\ncan be liberated.\n\nIn the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, First Canto, it is stated that one becomes\n\njoyful by discharging devotional service. In that joyful attitude, one can\nunderstand the science of God, or Kr��a consciousness; otherwise it is not\n\n", "SB3.4#p0151": "1132\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 26\n\npossible. The analytical study of the elements of material nature and the\nconcentration of the mind upon the Supersoul is the sum and su bstance of\n\nthe siinkhya philosophical system. The perfection of this siinkhya-yoga\n\nculminates in devotional service unto the Absolute Truth.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Twenty-sixth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Fundamental Principles of\nMaterial Nature.\"\n\n", "SB3.4#p0152": "CHAPTER TWENTY-SEVEN\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\nTEXT l\n\n��\"\n\nqr� �'�a stttij!i� : 1\n31fil�t(t(.f'tgot�MR.,I� II � II\nsri bhagaviin uviica\nprakrti-stho 'pi puru§o\nniijyate prakrtair gu[!aift.\navikiiriid akartrtviin\nnirgu[!atviij jalarkavat\nsri bhagaviin uviica-the Personality of Godhead said; prakrti-stha�residing in the material body; api although; pu ru �a�-the liv ing entity;\n-\n\nna-not; ajyate-is affected; priikrta*-of material nature; gu�a*-by the\nmodes; avikiiriit-from being without change; akartrtviit-by freedom from\nproprietorship; nirgu�atviit-from being unaffected by the qualities of\nmaterial nature; jala - on water; arka-vat-like the sun.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead Kapila continued: When the living entity\nis thus\n\nunaffected by the modes of material nature, because he is\n\nunchanging and does not claim proprietorship, he remains apart from the\nreaction of the modes, although abiding in a material body, just as the sun\nremains aloof from its reflection on water.\nPURPORT\nIn the previous chapter Lord Kapiladeva has con cluded that simply by\nbeginning the discharge of devotional service one can attain detachment\n1133\n\n", "SB3.4#p0153": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1134\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nand transcendental knowledge for understanding the science of God. Here\nthe same principle is confirmed. A person who is detached from the modes\nof material nature remains just like the sun reflected on the water. When\nthe sun is reflected on the water, the movement of the water or the\ncoolness or unsteadiness of the water cannot affect the sun. Similarly,\n\nviisudeve bhagavati bhakti-yoga[l prayojita[l: when one engages fully in the\nactivities of devotional service, bhakti-yoga, he becomes just like the sun\nreflected on the water. Although a devotee appears to be in the material\nworld, actually he is in the transcendental world. As the reflection of the\nsun appears to be on the water but is many millions of miles away from\n\nthe water, so one engaged in the bhakti-yoga process is nirgur-a, or\nunaffected by the qualities of material nature.\n\nAvikiira means without change. It is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii that\n\neach and every living entity is part and parcel of the Supreme Lord, and\nthus his eternal position is to cooperate or to dovetail his energy with the\nSupreme Lord. That is his unchanging position. As soon as he changes\nthis position or employs his energy and activities for sense gratification, it\n\nis called vikiira. Similarly, even in this material body, when he practices\ndevotional service under the direction of the spiritual master, he comes\nto the position which is without change because that is his natural duty.\n\nAs stated in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, liberation means reinstatement in\none's original position. The original position is one of rendering service\n\nto the Lord (bhakti-yogena, bhaktyii). When one becomes detached from\nmaterial attraction and engages fully in devotional service, that is change­\n\nlessness. Akartrtva means not doing anything for sense gratification . When\none does something at his own risk, there is a sense of proprietorship and\ntherefore a reaction, but when one does everything for Kr�qa, there is no\nproprietorship over the activities. By changelessness and by not claiming\nthe proprietorship of activities, one can immediately situate himself in\nthe transcendental position in which one is not touched by the modes of\nmaterial nature,just as the reflection of the sun is unaffected by the water.\n\nTEXT2\n\nsr��fll� 1\n31(fitiqrf.4'{fAI�'il �at���flt'i�{t II � II\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\nsa e§a yarhi prakrter\ngur-e§V abhivi§ajjate\nahalikriyii-vimu!Ihatmti\nkarttismity abhimanyate\n\n", "SB3.4#p0154": "Text 3]\nsa�- that\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\nvery\n\nliving\n\nentity;\n\n1135\n\ne§a� - this; yarhi-when; prakrte � - of\n\nmaterial nature; gu !l e§ u- in the modes; abhivi§ajjate-is absorbed; ahankriyii\n-by false ego; vimu�ha-bewildered ; iitmii-the individual soul; kartii-the\ndoer; asmi-1 am; iti-thus; abhimanyate-he thinks.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the soul is under the spell of material nature and false ego,\nidentifying his body as the self, he becomes absorbed in material activities,\nand by the influence of false ego he thinks that he is the proprietor of\neverything.\nPURPORT\nActually the conditioned soul is forced to act under the pressure of the\nmodes of material nature. The living entity has no independence. When he\nis under the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead he is free,\nbut when, under the impression that he is satisfying his senses, he engages\nin sense gratificatory activities, he is actually under the spell of material\nnature. In Bhagavad-gitii it is said, prakrte{l kriyamiiriini. One acts according to the particular modes of nature he has acquired. Gura means the\nqualities of nature. He is under the qualities of nature, but he falsely\nthinks that he is the proprietor. This false sense of proprietorship can be\navoided simply by engaging oneself in devotional service under the direction of the Supreme Lord or His bona fide representative. A�una, in\nBhagavad-gitii, was trying to accept for himself the responsibility for\nkilling his grandfather and teacher in the fight, but he became freed from\nthat proprietorship of action when he acted under the direction of Kreyqa.\nHe fought, but he was actually freed from the reactions of fighting ,\nalthough in the beginning, when he was nonviolent, unwilling to fight,\nthe entire responsibility was upon him. That is the difference between\nliberation and conditioning. A conditioned soul may be very good and act\nin the mode of goodness, but still he is conditioned under the spell of\nmaterial nature. A devotee, however, acts completely under the direction\nof the Supreme Lord. Thus his actions may not appear to be of a very high\nquality to the common man, but the devotee has no responsibility.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0155": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nll36\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\ntena sarhsara-padavtm\navaso 'bhyety anirvrta�\nprasangika* karma-do§a*\nsad-asan-misra-yoni§U\ntena-by this; sarhsara-of repeated birth and death; padavim-the path;\n\navasa�-help lessly;\n\nabhyeti-he\n\nprasahgikai�-resulting\n\nfrom\n\nundergoes;\n\nanirvrta�-discontented;\n\nassociation with material nature; karma­\n\ndo§a*-by faulty actions; sat-good; asat-bad; misra-mixed; yoni�u-in\ndifferent species of life.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe conditioned soul therefore transmigrates in different species of life,\nhigher and lower, because of his association with the modes of material\nnature. Unless he is relieved of material activities, he has to accept this\nposition because of his faulty work.\n\nPURPORT\nHere the word karma-do§ai� means by faulty actions. This refers to any\n\nactivity, good or bad, performed in this material world-they are all\n\ncontaminated, faulty actions because of material association. The foolish\nconditioned soul may think that he is offering charity by opening hospitals\n\nfor material benefit or by opening an educational institution for material\neducation, but he does not know that all such work is also faulty because\nit will not give him relief from the process of transmigration from one\n\nbody to another. It is clearly stated here,.sad-asan-misra-yonifiu. This means\nthat one may take birth in a very high family or he may take his birth in\nhigher planets, among the demigods, for his so-called pious activities in\nthe material world. But this work is also faulty because it does not give\nliberation. To take birth in a nice place or a high family does not mean\nthat one avoids undergoing the material tribulations, the pangs of birth,\n\ndeath, old age and disease. A conditioned soul under the spell of material\nnature cannot understand that any action he performs for sense gratification is faulty and that only his activities in devotional service to the Lord\ncan give him release from the reaction of faulty activities. Because he does\nnot cease such faulty activities, he has to change to different bodies, some\nhigh and some low. That is called samsara-padavim, which means this\n\nmaterial world, from which there is no release. One who desires material\nliberation has to turn his activities to devotional service. There is no\nother alternative.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0156": "Text4)\n\nU nderstanding Material Nature\n\n1137\n\nTEXT4\n\n� af4ca•u�sftl � � 1\n� Pctt�l'1� �swt�.U �T II 'cl II\narthe hy avidyamane 'pi\nsarhsrtir na nivartate\ndhyayato vi§ayan asya\nsvapne 'narthagamo yatha\nart he- real cause; hi- certainly; avidyamane- not existing; api-although;\nsam srti�- the material existential condition; na- not; nivartate- does cease;\n\ndhyiiyata�-contemplating; vi§ayan- objects of the senses; asya-of the\n\n­\n\nliving entity; svapne-in a dream; anartha-of disadvantages; agama�\narrival; yatha- like.\nTRANSLATION\n\nActually a living entity is transcendental to material existence, but\nbecause of his mentality to lord it over material nature, his material\nexistential condition does not cease, and, just as in a dream, he is affected.\nby all sorts of disadvantages.\nPURPORT\nThe example of a dream is very appropriate. Due to different mental\nconditions, in dreams we are put into advantageous and disadvantageous\npositions. Similarly, the spirit soul has nothing to do with this material\nnature, but because of his mentality to lord it over, he is put into the\nposition of conditional existence.\nConditional existence is described here as dhyiiyato vi�ayiin asya.\nV�aya means an object of enjoyment. As long as one continues to think\nthat he can enjoy material advantages, then he is in conditioned life, but\nas soon as he comes to his senses, he develops the knowledge that he is not\nthe enjoyer, for the only enjoyer is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nAs confirmed in Bhagavad-grtii (Bg. 5.29), He is the beneficiary for all the\n\nresults of sacrifices and penances (bhoktiirarh yajna-tapasiim), and He is\nthe proprietor of all the three worlds (sarva-loka-mahesvaram). He is\nthe actual friend of all living entities. But instead of leaving proprietorship, enjoyment and the actual position as the friend of all living entities\nto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, we claim that we are the proprietors, the enjoyers and the friends. We perform philanthropic work,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0157": "Sri mad- Bhagavatam\n\n1138\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nthinking that we are the friends of human society. Someone may proclaim\nhimself to be a very good national worker, the best friend of the people\nand of the country, but actually he cannot be the greatest friend of\neveryone. The only friend is Kr�rp. One should try to raise the consciousness of the conditioned soul to the platform of understanding that Kr�rya\nis his actual friend. If one makes friendship with Kr�rya, he will never be\ncheated, and he will get all help needed. Arousing this consciousness of the\nconditioned soul is the greatest service, not posing oneself as a great friend\nof another living entity. The power of friendship is limited. Although one\nclaims to be a friend, he cannot be a friend unlimitedly. There is an unlimited number of living entities, and our resources are limited; therefore\nwe cannot be of any real benefit to the people in general. The best service\nto the people in general is to awaken them to Kr�l)a consciousness so that\nthey may know that the supreme enjoyer, the supreme proprietor and the\nsupreme friend is Kr�•P· Then this illusory dream of lording it over material\nnature will vanish.\nTEXT5\n\n�r� st�m 'lN 1\n���i\\'1 6tiur AN��� � '1�lfil4( II '-\\ II\n\n3RI �\n\nata eva sanais cittarh\nprasaktam asatarh pathi\nbhakti-yogena tivre['a\nviraktya ca nayed vasam\nata eva-therefore;\n\nsana*-gradually;\n\ncittam-mind,\n\nconsciousness;\n\nprasaktam-attached; asatam-of material enjoyments;pathi-on the path;\nbhakti-yogena-by devotional service; tivre!la-very serious; viraktyawithout attachment; ca-and; nayet-he must bring; vasam-under control.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is the duty of every conditioned soul to engage his polluted conscious­\n\nness, which is now attached to material enj oyment, in very serious\n\ndevotional service with detachment. Thus his mind and consciousness will\n\nbe under full control.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0158": "Text 5]\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\n1139\n\nPURPORT\nThe process of liberation is very nicely explained in this verse. The\ncause of one's becoming conditioned by material nature is his thinking\nhimself the enjoyer, the proprietor or the friend of all living entities. This\nfalse thinking is a result of contemplation on sense enjoyment. When one\nthinks that he is the best friend to his countrymen, to society or to\nhumanity and he engages in various nationalistic, philanthropic and\naltruistic activities, all that is just so much concentration on sense gratification. The so-called national leader or humanist does not serve anyone;\nhe serves his senses only. That is a fact. But the conditioned soul cannot\nunderstand this because he is bewildered by the spell of material nature.\nIt is therefore recommended in this verse that one should engage very\nseriously in the devotional service of the Lord. This means that he should\nnot think that he is the proprietor, benefactor, friend or enjoyer. He\nshould always be cognizant that the real et�oyer is Kr�Qa, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; that is the basic principle of bhakti-yoga. One\nmust be firmly convinced of these three principles: one should always\nthink that Kr�Qa is the proprietor, Kr�l)a is the enj oyer and Kr�l)a is the\nfriend. Not only should he understand these principles himself, but he\nshould try to convince others and propagate Kreyl)a consciousness.\nAs soon as one engages in such serious devotional service of the Lord,\nnaturally the propensity to falsely claim lordship over material nature\ndisappears. That detachment is called vairiigya. Instead of being absorbed\nin so-called material lordship, one engages in Kreyl)a consciousness; that is\ncontrol of consciousness. The yoga process necessitates controlling the\nsenses. Yoga indriya-samyama. Since the senses are always active, their\nactivities should be engaged in devotional service-one cannot stop their\nactivities. If one wants to artificially stop the activities of the senses, it will\nbe a failure. Even the great yogi Visvamitra, who was trying to control his\nsenses by the yoga process, fell victim to the beauty of Menakii. There are\nmany such instances. Unless one's mind and consciousness are fully engaged\nin devotional service, there is always the opportunity for the mind to\nbecome occupied with desires for sense gratification. One particular point\nmentioned in this verse is very significant. It is said here, prasaktam\n\nasatiim pathi:\n\nthe mind is always attracted by asat, the temporary\n\nmaterial existence. Because we have been associated with material nature\nsince time immemorial, we have become accustomed to our attachment\nfor this temporary material nature. The mind has to be fixed at the\neternal lotus feet of the Supreme Lord. Sa vai mana[! knTJ-a-padiiravindayofi.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0159": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1140\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nOne has to fix the mind at the lotus feet of Kr�rya; then everything will be\nvery nice. Thus the seriousness of bhakti-yoga is stressed in this verse.\n\nTEXT6\n\nq&Ufd\\f'l��-- ��: I\n\n� lllt.f ij� 'R��m �II� II\nyamadibhir yoga-pathair\nabhyasafi sraddhayanvita\"{l.\nmayi bhavena satyena\nmat-katha-sravarena ca\n\nyama-adibhi\"{l.- beginning with yama; yoga-pathai�- by the yoga system;\nabhyasan practicing; sraddhaya anvita�- with great faith; mayi- unto Me;\nbhavena-with devotion; satyena unalloyed; mat-katha-stories about Me;\nsravarena- by hearing; ca-and.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne has to become faithful by practicing the controlling process of the\nyoga system and must elevate himself to the platform of unalloyed\n\ndevotional service by chanting and hearing about Me.\nPURPORT\n\nYoga is practiced in eight different stages: yama, niyama, iisana, pra�J-iiyiima, pratyahara, dharal'}-ii, dhyana, and samiidhi. Yama and niyama mean\npracticing the controlling process by following strict regulations, and iisana\n\nrefers to the sitting postures. These help to raise one to the standard of\n\nfaithfulness in devotional service. The practice of yoga by physical exercise\nis not the ultimate goal; the real end is to concentrate and to control the\nmind and train oneself to be situated in faithful devotional service.\n\nBhavena, or bhiiva, is a very important factor in the practice of yoga or\nin any spiritual process. Bhiiva is explained in Bhagavad-gitii (10.8). Budh'ii\n\nbhiiva-samanvitii�: one should be absorbed in the thought of love of Kr�Q.a.\nWhen one knows that Kr�Q.a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the\nsource of everything and that everything emanates from Him (ahani sarvasya prabhava�), then one understands the Vedanta aphorism janmiidy asya\nyataft (the original source of everything), and then he can become\nabsorbed in bhava, or the preliminary stage of love of Godhead.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0160": "Text7)\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\nll4l\n\nRupa GosviimT explains very nicely in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu how this\nbhiiva, or preliminary stage of love of God, is achieved. He states that one\nfirst of all has to become faithful (sraddhayiinvitalt). Faith is attained by\ncontrolling the senses, either by yoga practice, following the rules and\n\nregulations and practicing the sitting postures, or by engaging directly in\n\nbhakti-yoga as recommended in the previous verse. Of the nine different\nitems of bhakti-yoga, the first and foremost is to chant and hear about the\nLord. That is also mentioned here. Mat-kathii-sravar-ena ca. One may come\nto the standard of faithfulness by following the rules and regulations of\n\nthe yoga system, and the same goal can be achieved simply by chanting\n\nand hearing about the transcendental activities of the Lord. The word ca\n\nis significant. Bhakti-yoga is direct, and the other process is indirect. But\n\neven if the indirect process is taken, there is no success unless one comes\nfully to the direct process of hearing and chanting the glories of the Lord.\n\nTherefore the word satyena is used here. In this connection Sviim1\nSridhar a comments that satyena means ni§kapatena, \"without duplicity.\"\n\nThe impersonalists are full of duplicity. Sometimes they pretend to execute\n\ndevotional service, but their ultimate idea is to become one with the\nSupreme. This is duplicity, kapa,ta. The Bhiigavatam does not allow this\n\nduplicity. In the beginning of Srimad-Bhiigavatam it is clearly stated,\n\nparamo nirmatsarar-am: \"This treatise of Srimad-Bhiigavatam is meant for\n\nthose who are completely free from envy.\" The same point is again\n\nstressed here. Unless one is completely faithful to the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead and engages himself in the process of hearing and chanting the\nglories of the Lord, there is no possibility for liberation.\n\nTEXT7\n\n�it;t\n\nf;t��: I\nilll:q'qul �;r �\\:lifur if� II \\9 II\nsarva-bhuta-samatvena\nnirvairer-iiprasangata�\nbrahmacaryer-a maunena\nsva-dharmer-a baltyasa\n\nsarva-all; b hiita- living entities; samatvena-by seeing equally; nirvaireT}a\n\n-without enmity; aprasaligata�-without intimate connections; brahma­\n\ncarye�a-by celibacy; maunena-by silence; sva-dharmera-by one's occupation; baliyasa-by offering the result.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0161": "1142\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn executing devotional service , one has to see every living entity\n\nequally, without enmity towards anyone yet without intimate connections\n\nwith anyone. One has to observe celibacy , be grave and execute his eternal\nactivities , offering the results to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nA devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead who seriously\nengages in devotional service is equal to all living entities. There are various\nspecies of living entities, but a devotee does not see the outward covering;\nhe sees the inner soul inhabiting the body. Because each and every soul is\npart and parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he does not see\nany difference. That is the vision of a learned devotee. As explained in\nBhagavad-gitii, a devotee or a learned sage does not see any difference\nbetween a learned briihmara, a dog, an elephant or a cow because he knows\nthat the body is the outer covering only and that the soul is actually part\nand parcel of the Supreme Lord. A devotee has no enmity towards any\nliving entity, but that does not mean that he mixes with everyone. That is\nprohibited. Aprasangataf! means \"not to be in intimate touch with everyone.\" A devotee is concerned with his execution of devotional service,\nand he should therefore mix with devotees only, in order to advance his\nobjective. He has no business mixing with others, for although he does not\nsee anyone as his enemy, his dealings are only with persons who engage in\ndevotional service. A devotee should observe the vow of celibacy. Celibacy\ndoes not necessitate that one be absolutely free from sex life; satisfaction\nwith one's wife is permitted also under the vow of celibacy. The best\npolicy is to avoid sex life altogether. That is preferable. Otherwise, a\ndevotee can get married under religious principles and live peacefully with\na wife. A devotee should not speak needlessly. A serious devotee has no\ntime to speak of nonsense. He is always busy in Kf�l)a consciousness.\nWhenever he speaks, he speaks about Kr�J)a. Mauna means \"silence.\"\nSilence does not mean that one should not speak at all, but that he should\nnot speak of nonsense. He should be very enthusiastic in speaking about\nKr�J)a. Another important item described here is sva-dharmera, or being\n\nexclusively occupied in one's eternal occupation, which is to act as the\neternal servitor of the Lord, or to act in Kr�IJa consciousness. The next\nword, baliyasii, means \"offering the result of all activities to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\" A devotee does not act on his personal account\nfor sense gratification. Whatever he earns, whatever he eats and whatever\n\n", "SB3.4#p0162": "Text 8]\n\nU nderstanding Material Nature\n\n1143\n\nhe does, he offers for the satisfaction of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nTEXTS\n\n�t\"'sq1qe.� �� f� if.�: 1\n...\n\nAA����n �a:;r: � 3tl�+t€flwt 11 � 11\nyadrcchayopalabdhena\nsantu§to mita-bhwi mun*\nvivikta-sarar-aft santo\nmaitra{t karur-a atmavan\nyadrcchayti-without difficulty; upalabdhena- with what is obtained;\nsantu§taft-satisfied; mita-little; bhuk-eating; mun*-thoughtful; viviktasarar-aft-living in a secluded place; santa{l.-peaceful; maitra{t-friendly;\nkarur-afl.-compassionate; titma-van-self-possessed, self-realized.\nTRANSLATION\nFor his income a devotee should be satisfied with what he earns without\ngreat difficulty. He should not eat more than what is necessary. He should\nlive in a secluded place and always be thoughtful, peaceful, friendly, compassionate and self -realized.\nPURPORT\nEveryone who has accepted a material body must maintain the necessities of the body by acting or earning some livelihood. A devotee should\nonly work for such income as is absolutely necessary. He should be\nsatisfied always with such income and should not endeavor to earn more\nand more simply to\n\naccumulate the unnecessary. A person in the\n\nconditioned state who has no money is always found to be working very\nhard to earn some with the object of lording it over material nature.\nKapiladeva instructs that we should not endeavor hard for things which\nmay come automatically, without extraneous labor. The exact word used\nin this connection, yadrcchayti, means that every living entity has a predestined happiness and distress in his present body; this is called the law of\nkarma. It is not possible that simply by endeavors to accumulate more\nmoney a person will be able to do so, otherwise almost everyone would be\non the same level of wealth. In reality everyone is earning and acquiring\naccordinz to his predestined karma. According to the Bhiigavatam con-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0163": "ll44\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nelusion, we are sometimes faced with dangerous or miserable conditions\nwithout endeavoring for them, and similarly we may have prosperous\nconditions without endeavoring for them. We are advised to let these\nthings come as predestined. We should engage our valuable time in\nprosecuting Kr�l)a consciousness. In other words, one should be satisfied\nby his natural condition. If by predestination one is put into a certain\ncondition of life which is not very prosperous in comparison to another's\nposition, one should not be disturbed. He should simply try to utilize his\nvaluable time to advance in Kr�l)a consciousness. Advancement in Kr�l)a\nconsciousness does not depend on any materially prosperous or distressed\ncondition; it is free from the conditions imposed by material life. A very\npoor man can execute Kr�l)a consciousness as effectively as a very rich\nman. One should therefore be very satisfied with his position as offered by\nthe Lord.\n\nAnother word here is mita-bhuk. This means that one should eat only\n\nas much as necessary to maintain the body and soul together. One should\nnot be gluttonous to satisfy the tongue. Grains, fruits, milk and similar\nfoods are allotted for human consumption. One should not be excessively\neager to satisfy the tongue and eat that which is not meant for humanity.\n\nParticularly, a devotee should eat only prasiida, or food which is offered\nto the Personality of Godhead. His position is to accept the remnants of\nthose foodstuffs. Innocent foods like grains, vegetables, fruits, flowers,\nand milk preparations are offered to the Lord, and therefore there is no\nscope for offering foods which are in the modes of passion and ignorance.\nA devotee should not be greedy. It is also recommended that the devotee\n\nshould be muni, or thoughtful; he should always think of Kr�Qa and how\nto render better service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That\nshould be his only anxiety. As a materialist is always thoughtful about\nimproving his material condition, so a devotee's thoughts should always be\nengaged in improving his condition in Kreyl'}a consciousness; therefore he\n\nshould be a muni.\n\nThe next item recommended is that a devotee should live in a secluded\nplace. Generally a common man is interested in pounds, shillings and\npence, or materialistic advancement in life, which is unnecessary for a\ndevotee. A devotee should select a place of residence where everyone is\ninterested in devotional service. Generally, therefore, a devotee goes to a\nsacred place of pilgrimage where devotees live. It is recommended that he\nlive in a place where there is no large number of ordinary men. It is very\n\n(vivikta-sarar;ta) to live in a secluded place. The next item is\nsiinta, or peacefulness. The devotee should not be agitated. He should be\n\nimportant\n\n", "SB3.4#p0164": "Text9]\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\n1145\n\nsatisfied with his natural income, eat only as much as he needs to keep his\nhealth, live in a secluded place and always remain peaceful. Peace of mind\nis necessary for prosecuting Kr�Qa consciousness.\n\nThe next item is maitra, friendliness. A devotee should be friendly to\n\neveryone, but his intimate friendship should be with devotees only. With\nothers he should be official. He may say, \"Yes, sir, what you say is all\nright,\" but he is not intimate with them. A devotee should, however, have\ncompassion for persons who are innocent, who are neither atheistic nor\nvery much advanced in spiritual realization. A devotee should be compassionate towards them and instruct them as far as possible in making\nadvancement in Kr�rya consciousness. A devotee should always remain\n\niitmaviin, or situated in his spiritual position. He should not forget that\nhis main concern is to make advancement in spiritual consciousness, or\nKr�Qa consciousness, and he should not ignorantly identify himself with\nthe body or the mind. Atmii means the body or the mind, but here the\nword iitmaviin especially means that one should be self-possessed. He\nshould always remain in the pure consciousness that he is spirit soul and\nnot the material body or the mind_ That will make him progress confidently in Kr�Qa consciousness.\n\nTEXT9\n\n� � �sf�'6f(1G\\I'l� I\n� tJ!{1��'1 �: � � II ' II\nstinubandhe ca dehe 'sminn\nakurvann asad-iigraham\njfitinena dnta-tattvena\nprakrte� puru�asya ca\nsa-anubandhe-with bodily relationships; ca-and; dehe-towards the\nbody; asmin-this; akurvan-not doing; asat-iigraham-bodily concept of\n\nlife; jfi tinena-t hrough knowledge; dnta-having seen; tattvena-the reality;\n\nprakrte�-of matter; puru� asya of spirit; ca-and_\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne's seeing power should be increased through knowledge of spirit and\nmatter, and one should not unnecessarily identify himself with the body\nand thus become attracted by bodily relationships.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0165": "1146\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, C h. 27\n\nPURPORT\nThe conditioned souls are eager to identify with the body and consider\nthat the body is \"myself\" and that anything in relationship with the body\nor possessions of the body is \"mine.\" In Sanskrit this is called aharh\nTI'WTI'Wtii, and it is the root cause of all conditional life. A person should\nsee things as the combination of matter and spirit. He should distinguish\nbetween the nature of matter and the nature of spirit, and his real identification should be with spirit, not with matter. By this knowledge one\nshould avoid the false bodily concept of life.\nTEXT 10\n\nPlt�1'tt�t4(lQitfl\n\n�:I\n\ni3qe+ttwiW'IS� :q�qt4i,'il�'it<ti..,ll � II\no\n\nnivrtta-buddh y-avasthlino\nduribhutiinya-darsana�\nupalabhyatmamitmanam\ncak§U§evarkam atma-drk\nnivrtta-transcended; buddhi-avasthana�-the stages of material consciousness; duribhuta-far off; anya-other; darsana�-conceptions of life;\nupalabhya-having realized; atmana-by his purified intellect; atmanamhis own self; cak§U§a-with his eyes; iva-as; arkam-the sun; atma-drkthe self-realized.\nTRANSLATION\nOne should be situated in the transcendental position, beyond the\nstages of material consciousness, and should be aloof from all other\nconceptions of life. Thus realizing freedom from false ego, one should see\nhis own self just as he sees the sun in the sky.\nPURPORT\nConsciousness acts in three stages under the material conception of\nlife. When we are awake, consciousness acts in a particular way, when we\nare asleep it acts in a different way, and when we are in deep sleep,\nconsciousness acts in still another way. To become Kreyqa conscious, one\nhas to become transcendental to these three stages of consciousness. Our\npresent consciousness should be freed from all perceptions of life other\n\n", "SB3.4#p0166": "Text ll]\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\nll47\n\nthan consciousness of Kr�qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This\nis called duribhiltlinya-darsanaft, which means that when one attains\nperfect Kr�qa consciousness he does not see anything but Kr�qa. In the\nCaitanya-caritiimrta it is said that the perfect devotee may see many\nmovable and immovable objects, but in everything he sees that the energy\nof Kr�qa is acting. As soon as he remembers the energy of Kr�IJa, he\nimmediately remembers Kr�qa in His personal form. Therefore in all his\nobservations he sees Kr�qa only. In the Brahma-samhitii (Bs.\n\n5.38) it is\n\nstated that (premiinjana-cchurita) when one's eyes are smeared with love of\nKr�qa, he always sees Kr�l)a, outside and inside. This is confirmed here;\none should be freed from all other vision, and in that way he is freed from\nthe false egoistic identification and sees himself as the eternal servitor of\nthe Lord. Cak�u�eviirkam: as we can see the sun without a doubt, so one,\nwho is fully developed in Kr�qa consciousness sees Kr�qa and His energy.\nBy this vision one becomes iitma-drk, or self-realized. When the false ego\nof identifying the body with the self is removed, then actual vision of\nlife is perceivable. The senses, therefore, also become purified. Real\nservice of the Lord begins when the senses are purified. One does not\nhave to stop the activities of the senses, but the false ego of identifying\nwith the body has to be removed. Then automatically the senses become\npurified, and with purified senses one can actually discharge devotional\nservice.\nTEXT ll\n\n�\n\nsmr�'\n\n���6�11��11\nmukta-lingam sad-abhasam\nasati pratipadyate\nsato bandhum asac-cak§ul).\nsarviinusyutam advayam\nmukta-liligam-transcendental; sat-abhiisam-manifest as a reflection;\nasati-in the false ego; pratipadyate-he realizes; satal). bandhum-the\nsupport of the material cause; asat-cak§ul;t-the eye (revealer) of the illusory\nenergy; sarva-anusyutam-entered into everything; advayam-without a\nsecond.\nTRANSLATION\nA liberated soul realizes the Absolute Personality of Godhead, who is\ntranscendental and who is manifest as a reflection even in the false ego.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0167": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n1148\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nHe is the support of the material cause and He enters into everything. He\nis absolute, one without a second, and He is the eyes of the illusory energy.\nPURPORT\nA pure devotee can see the presence of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead in everything materially manifested. He is present there only as\na reflection, but a pure devotee can realize that in the darkness of material\nillusion the only light is the Supreme Lord, who is its support. It is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii that the background of the material manifestation\nis Lord Kr�Qa. And, as confirmed in the Brahma-sarhhitii, Kri!l}a is the\ncause of all causes. In the Brahma-sarhhitii it is stated that the Supreme\nLord, by His partial or plenary expansion, is present not only within this\nuniverse and each and every universe, hut in every atom, although He\nis one without a second. The word advayam, \"without a second,\" which\nis used in this verse, indicates that although the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is represented in everything, including the atoms, He is not\ndivided. His presence in everything is explained in the next verse.\nTEXT 12\n\n�iRTCft:� I\n�'f.�wt �\"·'u'm �iR AA ftr.m: 11 � ���\n\n1N1 � 3fllfif!\n\nyatha jala-stha abhasa�\nsthala-sthenavadrsyate\nsvabhasena tatha suryo\njala-sthena divi sthita�\nyath a as; jala-stha � - situated on water; abhasa�-a reflection; sthala-\n\nsthena -situated on the wall; avadrsyate-is perceived; sva-libhasena-by its\n\nreflection; tatha-in that way; surya�-the sun; jala-sthena- situated on the\nwater; divi-in the sky; sth ita �\n\n-\n\nsituated\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe presence of the Supreme Lord can be realized just as the sun is\nrealized first as a reflection on water, and again as a second reflection on\nthe wall of a room, although the sun itself is situated in the sky.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0168": "Text 13]\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\nll49\n\nPURPORT\nThe example given herewith is perfect. The sun is situated in the sky,\nfar, far away from the surface of the earth, but its reflection can be seen\nin a pot of water in the corner of a room. The room is dark, and the sun is\n\nfar away in the sky, but the sun's reflection on the water illuminates the\n\ndarkness of the room. A pure devotee can realize the presence of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in everything by the reflection of His\nenergy. In the\n\nVintu Puriirw it is stated that as the presence of fire is\n\nunderstood by heat and light, so the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nalthough one without a second, is perceived everywhere by the diffusion\n\nof His different energies. It is confirmed in the lsopani�ad that the presence\nof the Lord is perceived everywhere by the liberated soul, just as the sunshine and the reflection can be perceived everywhere although the sun is\n\nsituated far away from the surface of the globe.\nTEXT 13\n\n�� t{ijf;.s;:4¥t�·ht�: I\n�'li�JRm� �e;l'41�� �'f4 II t �II\n��\n\n'\"'\n\nevarit trivrd-ahaTikaro\n\nbhutendriya-manomayai�\n\nsvabhasair lak$ito 'nena\n\nsad-libhasena satya-drk\n\nevam-thus; tri-vrt-the threefold; ahankara�-false ego; bhuta-indriyamana�-maya*-consisting of body, senses and mind; sva-libhasa*-by its\nown reflections; lak�ita�-is revealed; anena-by this; sat-libhasena-by a\nreflection of Brahman; satya-drk-the self-realized soul.\nTRANSLATION\nThe self-realized soul is thus reflected first in the threefold ego and then\nin the body, senses and mind.\nPURPORT\nThe conditioned soul thinks, \"I am this body,\" but a liberated soul\nthinks, \"I am not this body. I am spirit soul.\" This \"I am\" is called ego or\n\nidentification of the self. \"I am this body\" or \"Everything in relationship\n\n", "SB3.4#p0169": "1150\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nto the body is mine\" is called false ego, but when one is self-realized and\nthinks that he is an eternal servitor of the Supreme Lord, that identification is real ego. One conception is in the darkness of the threefold qualities\nof material nature-goodness, passion and ignorance-and the other is in\nthe pure state of goodness, called suddha-sattva or viisudeva. When we\nsay that we give up our ego, this means that we give up our false ego, but\nreal ego is always present. When one is reflected through the material\ncontamination of the body and mind in false identification, he is in the\nconditional state, but when he is reflected in the pure stage he is called\nliberated. The identification of oneself with one's material possessions in\nthe conditional stage must be purified, and one must identify himself in\nrelationship with the Supreme Lord. In the conditioned state one accepts\neverything as an object of sense gratification, and in the liberated state one\naccepts everything for the service of the Supreme Lord. Kr:}l)a consciousness, devotional service, is the actual liberated stage of a living entity.\nOtherwise, both accepting and rejecting on the material platform or in\nvoidness or impersonalism are imperfect conditions for the pure soul.\nBy the understanding of the pure soul, called satya-drk, one can see\neverything as a reflection of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A\nconcrete example can be given in this connection. A conditioned soul\nsees a very beautiful rose, and he thinks that the nice aromatic flower\nshould be used for his own sense gratification. This is one kind of vision.\n\nA liberated soul, however, sees the same flower as a reflection of the\nSupreme Lord. He thinks, \"This beautiful flower is made possible by the\nsuperior energy of the Supreme Lord; therefore it belongs to the Supreme\nLord and should be utilized in His service.\" These are two kinds of vision.\nThe conditioned soul sees the flower for his own enjoyment, and the\ndevotee sees the flower as an object to be used in the service of the Lord.\nIn the same way, one can see the reflection of the Supreme Lord in his\nown senses, mind and body-in everything. With that correct vision, one\ncan engage everything in the service of the Lord. It is stated in the Bhaktirasiimrta-sindhu that one who has engaged everything-his vital energy, his\nwealth, his intelligence and his words-in the service of the Lord, or who\ndesires to engage aU these in the service of the Lord, no matter how he is\nsituated, is to be considered a liberated soul, or satya-drk. Such a man has\nunderstood things as they are.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n'{_(fi.\\-��+t;fl,;('l41f1>f'+t f� I\n��\"4(1f� �sr Rf.lit f:.«fifiq: 11 � \\lll\n\n", "SB3.4#p0170": "Text 14]\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\nll5l\n\nbhuta-suk§mendriya-manobuddhy..adi§v iha nidraya\nline§v asati yas tatra\nvinidro nirahmikriya�\n\nbhUta-the material elements; suk§ma the objects of enjoyment; indriya\n-\n\n-\n\nthe material senses; mana�- mind; buddhi- intelligence; ad (su\n\n-\n\nand so on;\n\niha- here; nidraya-by sleep; l fne � u-merged; asati-in the unmanifest;yaq­\n\nwho; tatra-there; vinidra�-awake; nira ha nk riya�-freed from false ego.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough he appears to be merged in the five material elements, the\nobjects of material enjoyment, the material senses and material mind and\nintelligence, a devotee is understood to be awake and to be freed from the\nfalse ego.\nPURPORT\nThe explanation by Rupa Gosvami in theBhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu of how\na person can be liberated even in this body is more elaborately explained\nin this verse. The living entity who has become satya-drk, who realizes\nhis position in relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nmay remain apparently merged in the five elements of matter, the five\nmaterial sense objects, the ten senses and the mind and the intelligence,\nbut still he is considered to be awake and to be freed from the reaction of\nfalse ego. Here the word lina is very significant. The Mayavadi philosophers\nrecommend merging in the impersonal effulgence of Brahman; that is\ntheir ultimate goal or destination. That merging is also mentioned here.\nBut in spite of merging, one can keep his individuality. The example given\nby Jiva Gosvami is that a green bird who enters a green tree appears to\nmerge in the color of greenness, but actually the bird does not lose its\nindividuality.\n\nSimilarly, a living entity merged either in the material\n\nnature or in the spiritual nature does not give up his individuality. Real\nindividuality is to understand oneself to be the eternal servitor of the\nSupreme Lord. This information is received from the mouth of Lord\nCaitanya. He said clearly, upon the inquiry of Sanatana Gosvami, that a\nliving entity is the servitor of KnTJa eternally. Kr�r:ta also confirms in\nBhagavad-gitii that the living entity is eternally His part and parcel. The\n\npart and parcel is meant to serve the whole. This is individuality. It is so\neven in this material existence, when the living entity apparently merges\nin matter. His gross body is made up of five elements, his subtle body is\n\ng\n\nmade of mind, intelligence, false e o and contaminated consciousness, and\n\n", "SB3.4#p0171": "1152\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nhe has five active senses and five knowledge-acquiring senses. In this way\nhe merges in matter. But even while merged in the twenty-four elements\nof matter, he can keep his individuality as the eternal servitor of the Lord.\nEither in the spirit ual nature or in the material nature, such a servitor is to\nbe considered a liberated soul. That is the explanation of the authorities,\nand it is confirmed in this verse.\nTEXT 15\n\n'l;q'll9\\(ijG\\IS�I419\\'Iwtit\n\nitfS,t(Ol\n\n�\n\n9\\tct\"'l,l I\n\n�\n\n�: 11�\"-.11\n\nmanyamtinas tadtitmtinam\nana§{O na§{avan m!§ti\nna§{e 'halikararte dra§�ti\nna§{a-vitta ivtitura�\nmanyamana�-thinking; tada-then; atmanam-himself; ana§ta�-al­\n\nthough not lost; na§ta-vat-as lost; m r§ii-false ly; nafl.te ahankara{le -h ecause\nof the disappearance of the ego; dra§tii-the seer; na§ta-vitta�-one who has\nlost his fortune; iva-like; at u ra�-distressed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlthough the living entity can vividly feel his existence as the seer,\nstill, because of the disappearance of the ego during the state of deep\nsleep, he falsely takes himself to he lost, like a man who has lost his\nfortune and feels distressed, thinking himself to he lost.\nPURPORT\nOnly in ignorance does a living entity think that he is lost. If by\nattainment of knowledge he comes to the real position of his eternal\nexistence, then he knows that he is not lost. An appropriate example is\nmentioned herein: nafl!a-vitta iviitura�. A person who has lost a great sum\nof money may think that he is lost, but actually he is not lost-only his\nmoney is lost. But due to his absorption in the money or identification\nwith the money, he thinks that he is lost. Similarly, when we falsely\nidentify with matter as our field of activities, then we think that we are\nlost, although actually we are not. As soon as a person is awakened to the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0172": "Text 16]\n\n1153\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\npure knowledge of understanding that he is an eternal servitor of the\nLord, his own real position is revived. A living entity can never be lost.\nWhen one forgets his identity in deep sleep, he becomes absorbed in\ndreams, and he may think himself a different person or may think himself\nlost. But actually his identity is intact. This concept of being lost is due\nto false ego, and it continues as long as one is not awakened to the\nsense of his existence as an eternal servitor of the Lord. The Mayavadi\nphilosophers' concept of becoming one with the Supreme Lord is another\nsymptom of being lost in false ego. One may falsely claim that he is the\nSupreme Lord, but actually he is not. This is the last snare of maya's\ninfluence upon the living entity. To think oneself equal with the Supreme\nLord or to think oneself to be the Supreme Lord Himself is also due to\nfalse ego.\nTEXT 16\n\n� st€tliil��wu�'O;f stRiqq� 1\n(UQIOO �� ���-.¥t�il60: II�� II\nevam pratyavamrsylisliv\n·\n\nlitmlinam pratipadyate\n\nsahankarasya dravyasya\nyo 'vasthtinam anug raha�\nevam-thus;\n\npratyavam rsya-after\n\nunderstanding; asau-that\n\niitmanam-his self; pratipadyate-realizes; sa -ahm ikiirasya\n\nperson;\n\n-a cepted under\nc\n\nfalse ego; dravyasya-of the situation; ya�- who; avasthiinam -resting place;\nanug raha �-the manifester.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen, by mature understanding, one can realize his individuality, then\nthe situation he accepts under false ego becomes manifest to him.\nPURPORT\nThe Mayiiviidi philosophers' position is that at the ultimate issue the\nindividual is lost, everything becomes one, and there is no distinction\nbetween the knower, the knowable and knowledge. But by minute analysis\nwe can see that this is not correct. Individuality is never lost, even when\none thinks that the three different principles, namely the knower, the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0173": "1154\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nknowable and knowledge, are amalgamated or merged into one. The very\nconcept that the three merge into one is another form of knowledge, and\nsince the perceiver of the knowledge still exists, how can one say that the\nknower, knowledge and knowable have become one? The individual soul\nwho is perceiving this knowledge still remains an individual. Both in\nmaterial existence and in spiritual existence the individuality continues;\nthe only difference is in the quality of the identity. In the material\nidentity, the false ego acts, and because of false identification, one takes\nthings to be different from what they actually are. That is the basic\nprinciple of conditional life. Similarly, when the false ego is purified, one\ntakes everything in the right perspective. That is the state of liberation.\nIt is stated in the Isopan�ad that everything belongs to the Lord.\n\nIsavasyam idarit sarvam. Everything exists on the energy of the Supreme\nLord. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii. Because everything is\nproduced of His energy and exists on His energy, the energy is not\ndifferent from Him-but still the Lord declares,\n\n\"\n\nI am not there.\" When\n\none clearly understands one's constitutional position, everything becomes\nmanifest. False egoistic acceptance of things conditions one, whereas\nacceptance of things as they are makes one liberated. The example given\nin the previous verse is applicable here: due to absorption of one's identity\nin his money, when the money is lost he thinks that he is also lost. But\nactually he is not identical with the money, nor does the money belong to\nhim. When the actual situation is revealed, we understand that the money\ndoes not belong to any individual person or living entity, nor is it\nproduced by man. Ultimately the money is the property of the Supreme\nLord, and there is no question of its being lost. But as long as one falsely\nthinks, \"I am the enjoyer,\" or \"I am the Lord,\" this concept of life\ncontinues, and one remains conditioned. As soon as this false ego is\neliminated, one is liberated. As confirmed in the Bhiigavatam, situation in\none's real constitutional position is called mukti, or liberation.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�fft�\n\n� !tif�\"'' ftuiffil ilifif� I\nsc;:c(trilm�� ... ��: Sllft 11 �\\911\ndevahutir uvaca\npuru§arh prakrtir brahman\nna vimuiicati karhicit\n\n", "SB3.4#p0174": "Text 18)\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\n1155\n\nanyonytiptisrayatvtic ca\nnityatvtid anayo� prabho\ndevahiltil} uvaca- Devahuti said; puru�am-the spirit soul; prakrtil}material nature; brahman-0 brahma'}a; na-not; vimuficati-does release;\nkarhicit-at any time; anyonya-to one another; apasrayatvat-from attraction; ca-and; nityatvat-from eternality; anayol}-of them both; prabho0 my Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Devahuti inquired: My dear brahm�a, does material nature ever\ngive release to the spirit soul? Since one is attracted to the other eternally,\nhow is their separation possible?\nPURPORT\nDevahiiti, the mother of Kapiladeva, here makes her first inquiry.\nAlthough one may understand that spirit soul and matter are different,\ntheir actual separation is not possible, either by philosophical speculation\nor by proper understanding. The spirit soul is the marginal potency of the\nSupreme Lord, and matter is the external potency of the Lord. The two\neternal potencies have somehow or other been combined, and since it is so\ndifficult to separate one from the other, how is it possible for the\nindividual soul to become liberated? By practical experience one can see\nthat when the soul is separated from the body, the body has no real\nexistence, and when the body is separated from the soul one cannot\nperceive the existence of the soul. As long as the soul and the body are\ncombined, we can understand that there is life. But when they are\nseparated, there is no manifested existence of the body or the soul. This\nquestion asked by Devahiiti of Kapiladeva is more or less impelled by the\nphilosophy of voidism. The voidists say that consciousness is a product of\na combination of matter and that as soon as the consciousness is gone, the\nmaterial combination dissolves, and therefore there is ultimately nothing\nhut voidness. This absence of consciousness is called nirvii{la in Mayavada\nphilosophy.\nTEXT 18\n\n�!f � llFll ogRl���t: I\n31qf�� ����:������II\n\n�'fl �\n\n", "SB3.4#p0175": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1156\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nyathii gandhasya bhumes ca\nna bhiivo vyatirekata�\napiirh rasasya ca yathii\ntathii buddhe� parasya ca\nyathii-as; gandhasya-of aroma; bh il me�- of earth; ca -and; na-no;\nbhiiva� -existence; vyatirekata�-separate; apiim-of\n\nwater; rasasya-of\n\ntaste; ca -and; yathii-as; tathii-so; buddhe�-of intelligence; parasya-of\nconsciousness, spirit; ca-and.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs there is no separate existence of the earth and its aroma or of water\n\nand its taste, so there cannot be any separate existence of intelligence and\nconsciousness.\nPURPORT\n\nThe example is given here that anything material has an aroma. The\nflower, the earth-everything-has an aroma. If the aroma is separated\nfrom the matter, the matter cannot be identified. If there is no taste to\nwater, the water has no meaning; if there is no heat in the fire, the fire has\nno meaning. Similarly, when there is want of intelligence, spirit has no\nmeamng.\nTEXT 19\n\n�: d�Sli � ��: I\n�!��:���:�����II\nakartu� karma-bandho 'yarh\npuru�asya yad-iisraya�\ngu!le�u satsu prakrte�\nkaivalyarh te�v ata� katham\nakartu �\n\n-\n\nof\n\nthe\n\npassive\n\nperformer, the non-doer; karma-bandha�­\n\nbondage to fruitive activities; ayam -this; puru §asya-of the soul; yatiisraya�-caused by attachment to the modes; gu�e§u-while the modes;\n\nsatsu-are\n\nexisting; prakrte�-of\n\nmaterial nature; kaivalyam-fr eedom;\n\nte§u-those; ata� -hence; katham- how.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0176": "Text 19)\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\n1157\n\nTRANSLATION\nHence even though he is the passive performer of all activities, how can\nthere be freedom for the soul as long as material nature acts on him and\nbinds him?\nPURPORT\nAlthough the living entity desires freedom from the contamination of\nmatter, he is not given release. Actually, as soon as a living entity puts\nhimself under the control of the modes of material nature, his acts are\ninfluenced by the qualities of material nature, and he becomes passive. It\nis\n\nconfirmed\n\nin\n\nBhagavad-gitii,\n\nprakrte�\n\nkriyamii[liini\n\ngur;wi�:\n\nthe\n\nliving entity acts according to the qualities or modes of material nature.\nHe falsely thinks that he is acting, but unfortunately he is passive. In\nother words, he has no opportunity to get out of the control of material\nnature because it has already conditioned him. In Bhagavad-gitii it is also\nstated that it is very difficult to get out of the clutches of material\nnature. One may try in different ways to think that everything is void in\nthe ultimate issue, that there is no God, and that even if the background\nof everything is spirit, it is impersonal. This speculation may go on, but\nactually it is very difficult to get out of the clutches of material nature.\nDevahiiti poses the question that although one may speculate in many\nways, where is liberation as long as one is under the spell of material\nnature? The answer is also found in Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 7.14): only one\nwho has surrendered himself unto the lotus feet of the Supreme Lord\nKr�Qa (miim eva ye prapadyante) can be freed from the clutches of miiyii.\nSince Devahiiti is gradually coming to the point of surrender, her\nquestions are very intelligent. How can one be liberated? How can one be\nin a pure state of spiritual existence as long as he is strongly held by the\nmodes of material nature? This is also an indication to the false meditator.\nThere are many so-called meditators who think, \"I am the Supreme Spirit\nSoul. I am conducting the activities of material nature. Under my direction\nthe sun is m('ving and the moon is rising.\" They think that by such\ncontemplation or meditation they can become free, but it is seen that just\nthree minutes after finishing such nonsensical meditation, they are immediately captured by the modes of material nature. Immediately after\nhis high-sounding meditation, a \"meditator\" becomes thirsty and wants\nto smoke or drink. He is under the strong grip of material nature, yet he\nthinks that he is already free from the clutches of miiyii. This question of\nDevahiiti's is for such a person who falsely claims that he is everything,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0177": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1158\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nthat ultimately everything is void, and that there are no sinful or pious\nactivities. These are all atheistic inventions. Actually, unless a living entity\nsurrenders unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead as instructed in\nBhagavad-gitii, there is no liberation or freedom from the clutches of miiyii.\nTEXT 20\n\n���ij;r � lt�fF!'I011( I\n�� ll�oll\n31M¥tf-fi� ;r:\nkvacit tattviivamarsena\nnivrttarh bhayam ulba�am\nanivrtta-nimittatviit\npuna� pratyavati§thate\nkvacit-in a certain case; tattva-the fundamental principles; avamarsena\n-by\n\nreflecting\n\nupon;\n\nnivrttam-avoided;\n\nbhayam-fear;\n\nulba.nam­\n\ngreat; anivrtta-not ceased; nimittatvat-since the cause; punaft-again;\npratyavati�_thate-it appears.\nTRANSLATION\nEven if the great fear of bondage is avoided by mental speculation and\n\ninquiry into the fundamental principles, still it may appear again, since its\ncause has not ceased.\n\nPURPORT\nMaterial bondage is caused by putting oneself under the control of\nmatter because of the false ego of lording it over material nature. Bhagavadgitii states (Bg. 7.27), icchii-dve�a-samutthena. Two kinds of propensities\narise in the living entity. One propensity is icchii, which means desire to\nlord it over material nature or to be as great as the Supreme Lord.\nEveryone desires to be the greatest personality in this material world.\nDve§a means envy. When one becomes envious of Kr�!)a or the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, he thinks, \"Why should Kr�!)a be the all and all?\nI'm as good as Kr�J)a.\" These two items, desire to be the Lord and envy of\n\nthe Lord, are the beginning cause of material bondage. As long as a\n\nphilosopher, salvationist or voidist has some desire to be supreme, to be\neverything, or to deny the existence of God, then the cause remains, and\nthere is no question of his liberation.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0178": "Text 21]\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\n1159\n\nDevahiiti very intelligently says, \"One may theoretically analyze and\nsay that by knowledge he has become freed, but actually, as long as the\ncause exists, he is not free.\" Bhagavad-gita confirms that after performing\nsuch speculative activities for many, many births, when one actually\ncomes to his real consciousness and surrenders unto the Supreme Lord,\nKr�pa, then the fulfillment of his research in knowledge is actually\nachieved. There is a gulf of difference between theoretical freedom and\nactual freedom from material bondage. The Bhagavatam says that if one\ngives up the auspicious path of devotional service and simply tries to know\nthings by speculation, one wastes his valuable time (klisyanti ye kevalabodha-labdhaye). The result of such a labor of love is simply labor; there is\nno other result. The labor of speculation is ended only by exhaustion. The\nexample is given that there is no benefit in husking the skin of an empty\npaddy; the rice is already gone. Similarly, simply by the speculative\nprocess one cannot be freed from material bondage because the cause\nstill exists. One has to nullify the cause, and then the effect will be\nnullified. This is explained by the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the\nfollowing verses.\nTEXT 21\n\naft��\"\n\n��;r�;r\n���;n I\nmw.n� lffiln �����������\nsri bhagavan uviica\nanimitta-nimittena\nsva-dharmer-amalatmana\ntivraya mayi bhaktya ca\nsruta-sambhrtaya ciram\n�ri bhagaviin uvii c a-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; animitta­\n\nnimittena\n\n-\n\nwithout desiring the fruits of activities; sva-dharmeT}a-by\n\nexecuting one's prescribed duties; amala-iitmanii-with a pure mind;\ntivrayii-serious; mayi\n\n-\n\nunto Me; bhaktyii-by devotional service; ca-and;\n\ns ruta-hearing; s ambhrtayii-endowed with; ciram-for a long time.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: One can get liberation by\nseriously discharging devotional service unto Me and thereby hearing for a\n\n", "SB3.4#p0179": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1160\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nlong time about Me or from Me. By thus executing one's prescribed duties,\n\nthere will be no reaction, and one will be freed from the contamination of\n\nmatter.\n\nPURPORT\nSridhara Svami comments in this connection that by association of\n\nmaterial nature alone one does not become conditioned. Conditional life\n\nbegins only after one is· infected by the modes of material nature. If\n\nsomeone is in contact with the police department, that does not mean that\n\nhe is a criminal. As long as one does not commit criminal acts, even though\n\nthere is a police department, he is not punished. Similarly, the liberated\n\nsoul is not affected, although he is in the material nature. Even the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is sup-posed to be in association with\n\nmaterial nature when He descends, but He is not affected. One has to act\n\nin such a way that in spite of being in the material nature he is not\n\naffected by contamination. Although the lotus flower is in association\n\nwith water, it does not mix with the water. That is how one has to live, as\ndescribed here by the Personality of Godhead Kapiladeva (animitta­\n\nnimittena sva-dharmeriimalatmanii.\n\nOne can be liberated from all adverse circumstances simply by seriously\n\nengaging in devotional service. How this devotional service develops and\n\nbecomes mature is explained here. In the beginning one has to perform his\n\nprescribed duties with a clean mind. Clean consciousness means Kplt}a\nconsciousness.\n\nOne\n\nhas to\n\nperform his prescribed\n\nduties in\n\nKr�Qa\n\nconsciousness. There is no necessity of changing one's prescribed duties;\n\none simply has to act in KwJa consciousness. In discharging Kr�Qa\n\nconscious duties, one should determine whether, by his professional\n\nor occupational duties, Kr�Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is\n\nsatisfied. In another place in the Bhiigavatam it is said, svanu.sthitasya\ndharmasya samsiddhir hari-to�aram: everyone has some prescribed duties\nto perform, but the perfection of such duties will be reached only if the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, is satisfied by such actions. For\n\nexample, A�una's prescribed duty was to fight, and the perfection of his\n\nfighting was tested by the satisfaction of Kr�Qa. Kr�Qa wanted him to\n\nfight, and when he fought for the satisfaction of the Lord, that was the\n\nperfection of his professional devotional duty. On the other hand, when,\n\ncontrary to the wish of Kr�Qa, he was not willing to fight, that was imperfect.\n\nIf one wants to perfect his life, then he should discharge his prescribed\n\nduties for the satisfaction of Kr�Qa. One must act in Kr�Qa consciousness,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0180": "Text 22]\n\n1161\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\nfor such action will never produce any reaction (animitta-nimittena). This\n\nis also confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nYajiiiirthiit karmarw 'nyatra: All\n\nactivities should be performed simply for Yajna, or the satisfaction of\n\nVi�!J.U. Anything done otherwise, without the satisfaction of Vi�!J.U or\nYajiia, produces bondage, so here it is also -prescribed by Kapila Muni\n\nthat\n\none\n\ncan transcend material entanglement\n\nby\n\nacting\n\nin Kr�qa\n\nconsciousness, which means seriously engaging in devotional service. This\n\nserious devotional service can develop by hearing for long periods of time.\n\nChanting and hearing is the beginning of the process of devotional service.\n\nOne should associate with devotees and hear from them about the\n\ntranscendental appearance, activities, disappearance, instructions, etc., of\nthe Lord.\n\nThere are two kinds of sruti, or scripture. One is spoken by the Lord,\n\nand the other is spoken about the Lord and His devotees. Bhagavad-gitii\n\nis the former and Srimad-Bhiigavatam the latter. One must hear these\nscriptures repeatedly from reliable sources in order to become fixed in\n\nserious devotional service. Through engagement in such devotional service\n\none becomes freed from the contamination of miiyii. It is stated in the\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam that hearing about the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead cleanses the heart of all contamination caused by the influence of the\n\nthree modes of material nature. By continuous, regular hearing, the effects\n\nof the contamination of lust and greed to enjoy or lord it over material\n\nnature diminish, and when lust and greed diminish, one then becomes\n\nsituated in the mode of goodness. This is the stage of Brahman realization\n\nor spiritual realization. In this way one becomes fixed on the transcendental\n\nplatform.\n\nRemaining fixed on the transcendental platform is\n\nliberation from material entanglement.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n� te(t�.. ���·-'• tt('ftq�u 1\n��� \\fliotRIC(UUf'Rl ����II\njnanena dr§ta-tattvena\nvairiigyer-a baliyasii\ntapo-yuktena yogena\ntivrer-atma-samiidhina\njniinena-in knowledge; dr§ta-tattvena-with vision of the Absolute Truth;\nvairagye�a-with renunciation; baliyas ii- very strong; tapa�-yuktena-by\n\n", "SB3.4#p0181": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1162\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nengagement in austerity; yogena-by mystic yoga; tivre �a-firmly fixed;\niitma-samiidhinii-by self-absorption.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis devotional service has to be performed strongly in perfect knowl­\n\nedge and with transcendental vision. One must be strongly renounced and\nmust engage in austerity and perform mystic yoga in order to be firmly\nfixed in self-absorption.\nPURPORT\nDevotional service in Kr�qa consciousness cannot be performed blindly\ndue to material emotion or mental concoction. It is specifically mentioned\nhere that one has to perform devotional service in full knowledge by\nvisualizing the Absolute Truth. We can understand about the Absolute\nTruth by evolving transcendental knowledge, and the result of such\ntranscendental\n\nknowledge\n\nwill\n\nbe\n\nmanifested\n\nby\n\nrenunciation. That\n\nrenunciation is not temporary or artificial, but is very strong. It is said that\ndevelopment of Kr�qa consciousness is exhibited by proportionate material\ndetachment, or vairiigya. If one does not separate himself from material\n\nenj oyment, it is to be understood that he is not advancing in Kr�l)a\nconsciousness. Renunciation in Kr�l)a consciousness is so strong that it\ncannot be deviated by any attractive illusion. One has to perform devotional\nservice in full tapasya, austerity. One should fast on the two EkadaS!\ndays, which fall on the eleventh day of the waxing and waning moon, and\non the birthdays of Lord Kr�l)a, Lord Rama and Caitanya Mahiiprabhu.\nThere are many such fasting days. Y ogena means \"by controlling the senses\nand mind.\" Yoga indriya-saniyama. Yogena implies that one is seriously\nabsorbed in the self and is able, by development of knowledge, to understand his constitutional position in relationship with the Superself. In this\nway he becomes fixed in devotional service, and his faith cannot be shaken\nby any material allurement.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�: ��' ?{�q•..• �cf.\\ta( 1\nfilitqff4sft\n�i�f.lroudOt: ������\nprakrt* puru§asyeha\ndahyamtinti tv ahar-nisam\n\n", "SB3.4#p0182": "Text 23]\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\n1163\n\ntiro-bhavitri sanakair\nagner yonir ivarar-*\nprakrti�-the influence of material nature ;purufiasya- of the living entity;\niha-here; dahyamiinii-being consumed; tu-but; aha�-nisam-day and\nnight; tira�-bhavitr'i-disappearing; sanaka*-gradually; agne�-of fire;\nyoni�-the cause of appearance; iva-as; ara�*-wooden sticks.\nTRANSLATION\nThe influence of material nature has covered the living entity, and thus\nit is as if the living entity were always in a blazing fire. But by the process\nof seriously discharging devotional service, this influence can be removed,\njust as wooden sticks which cause a fire are themselves consumed by it.\nPURPORT\n\nFire is\n\nconserved\n\nin wooden\n\nsticks, and when circumstances are\n\nfavorable, the fire is ignited. But the wooden sticks which are the cause of\nthe fire are also consumed by the fire if it is p roperly dealt with. Similarly, the living entity's conditional life of material existence is due to his\ndesire to lord it over material nature and due to his envy of the Supreme\nLord. Thus his main diseases are that he wants to be one with the Supreme\nLord or he wants to become the lord of material nature. The karmis try to\nutilize the resources of material nature and thus become its lord and\nenjoy sense gratification, and the jiiiinis, the salvationists, who have\nbecome frustrated in enjoying the material resources, want to become\none with the Supreme Personality of Godhead or to merge into the\nimpersonal effulgence. These two diseases are due to material contamination. Material contamination can be consumed by devotional service\nbecause in devotional service these two diseases, namely the desire to lord\nit over material nature and the desire to become one with the Supreme\nLord, are absent. Therefore the cause of material existence is at once\nconsumed by the careful discharge of devotional service in Kr�J}.a consciousness.\nA devotee in full Kr�J}.a consciousness appears superficially to be a great\n\nkarmi, always\n\nworking, but the inner significance of the devotee's\n\nactivities is that they are meant for the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord.\nThis is called bhakti, or devotional service. A�una was apparently a\nfighter, but when by his fighting he satisfied the senses of Lord Kr�J}.a, he\nbecame a devotee. Since a devotee also engages in philosophical research\n\n", "SB3.4#p0183": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1164\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nto understand the Supreme Person as He is, his activities may thus appear\nto be like those of a mental speculator, but actually he is trying to understand the spiritual nature and transcendental activities. Thus although\nthe tendency for philosophical speculation exists, the material effects of\nfruitive activities and empiric speculation do not, because this activity is\nmeant for the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nll'ffi.tl•n qf1:t::tt'ffil \"{� :q- �q�n 1\nif�� � �� �r� r� � u�\\lu\nbhukta-bhoga parityakta\nd!§ta-do§ii ca nityasa�\nnesvarasyasubharit dhatte\nsve mahimni sthitasya ca\nbhukta-enjoyed; bhogii-enjoyment; parityaktii-given up; ama-discovered; do§ii-faultiness; ca-and; nityasa�\nthe independent; as'ubha m\n\n-\n\n-\n\nalways; na-not; tsvarasya-of\n\nharm; dhatte-she inflicts; sve mahimni-in\n\nhis own glory; sthitasya-situated; ca-and.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy discovering the faultiness of his desiring to lord it over material\nnature and by therefore giving it up, the living entity becomes independent\nand stands in his own glory.\n\nPURPORT\nBecause the living entity is not actually the enjoyer of the material\nresources, his attempt to lord it over material nature is, at the ultimate\nissue, frustrated. As a result of frustration he desires more power than the\nordinary living entity and thus wants to merge into the existence of the\nsupreme enjoyer. In this way he develops a plan for greater enjoyment.\nWhen one is actually situated in devotional service, that is his independent position. Less intelligent men cannot understand the position of the\neternal servant of the Lord. Because the word \"servant\" is used, they\nbecome confused; they cannot understand that this servitude is not the\nservitude of this material world. To be the servant of the Lord is the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0184": "Text 25]\n\n1165\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\ngreatest position. If one can understand this and can thus revive one's\noriginal nature of eternal servitorship of the Lord, he stands fully independent. A living entity's independence is lost by material contact. In the\nspiritual field he has full independence, and therefore there is no question\nof becoming dependent upon the three modes of material nature. This\nposition is attained by a devotee, and therefore he gives up the tendency\nfor material enjoyment after seeing its faultiness.\nThe difference between a devotee and an impersonalist is that an\nimpersonalist tries to become one with the Supreme so that he can enjoy\nwithout impediment, whereas a devotee gives up the entire mentality of\nenjoying and engages in the transcendental loving service of the Lord.\nThat is his constitutional glorified position. At that time he is iSvara, fully\nindependent. The real isvara or iSvara-parama, the supreme iSvara or\nsupreme independent, is Kr�J]a. The living entity is isvara only when\nengaged in the service of the Lord. In other words, transcendental\npleasure derived from loving service to the Lord is actual independence.\nTEXT 25\n\n�srftfrot � � I\n� � stf� wt � �lll �� ����II\n�\n\nyathti hy apratibuddhasya\nprasvtipo bahv-anartha-bhrt\nsa eva pratibuddhasya\nna vai mohtiya kalpate\nyathti-as; hi-indeed; apratibuddhasya- of one who is sleeping; prasviipa�\n-the dream; bahu-anartha-bhrt-bearing many inauspicious things; sa� evathat very dream; pratibuddhasya-of one who is awake; na-not; vaicertainly; mohiiya-for bewildering; kalpate-is capable.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the dreaming state one's consciousness is almost covered, and one\nsees\n\nmany inauspicious things, but when he is\n\nawakened\n\nand fully\n\nconscious, such inauspicious things cannot bewilder him.\nPURPORT\nIn the condition of dreaming, when one's consciousness is almost\ncovered, one may see many unfavorable things which cause disturbance\n\n", "SB3.4#p0185": "1166\n\nSrimad- Bhii.gavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nor anxiety, but upon awakening, although he remembers what happened\nin the dream, he is not disturbed. Similarly the position of self-realization\nor understanding of one's real relationship with the Supreme Lord makes\none completely satisfied, and the three modes of material nature, which\nare the cause of all disturbances, cannot affect him. In contaminated\nconsciousness one sees everything to be for his own enjoyment, but in\npure consciousness or Kr�J].a consciousness he sees that everything exists\nfor the enjoyment of the supreme enjoyer. That is the difference between\nthe dream state and wakefulness. The state of contaminated consciousness\nis compared to dream consciousness, and Kr�J].a consciousness is compared\nto the awakened stage of life. Actually, as stated in Bhagavad-gitii, the\nonly absolute enjoyer is Kr�J].a. One who can understand that KHJ].a is the\nproprietor of all the three worlds and that He is the friend of everyone is\npeaceful and independent. As long as he does not have this knowledge, a\nconditioned soul wants to be the enjoyer of everything; he wants to\nbecome a humanitarian or philanthropist and open hospitals and schools\nfor his fellow human beings. This is all illusion, for one cannot benefit\nanyone by such material activities. If one wishes to benefit his fellow\nbrother, he must awaken his dormant Kr�J].a consciousness. The Kr�J].a\nconscious position is that of pratibuddha, which means \"pure consciousness.\"\nTEXT 26\n\n� AfG\\((('*4� 3Jl)Rf�flr �I\n� wtNt�Rt �1�� �f(Md\\ ����II\nevam vidita-tattvasya\nprakrtir mayi miinasam\nyunjato niipakuruta\niitmiiriimasya karhicit\nevam-thus; vidita-tattvasya-to one who knows the Absolute Truth;\np ra krti�-material nature; mayi-on Me; miinasam-the mind; yufijata�fixing; na-not; apa kurute-can do harm; iitmiiriimasya-to one who rejoices in the self; karhicit-at any time.\nTRANSLATION\nThe influence of material nature cannot harm an enlightened soul, even\nthough he engages in material activities, because he knows the truth of the\nAbsolute and his mind is fixed on the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0186": "Text 27)\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\n1167\n\nPURPORT\nLord Kapila says that mayi manasam, a devotee whose mind is always\nfixed upon the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is\ncalled iitmiiriima or vidita-tattva. Atmiiriima means \"one who rejoices\nin the self,\" or \"one who enjoys in the spiritual atmosphere.\" Atma, in\nthe material sense, means the body or the mind, but when referring to\none whose mind is fixed on the lotus feet of the Supreme Lord, iitmariima\nmeans \"one who is fixed in spiritual activities in relationship with the\nSupreme Soul.\" The Supreme Soul is the Personality of Godhead, and the\nindividual soul is the living entity. When they engage in reciprocation of\nservice and benediction, that is called the iitmiirama position. This iit miiriima position can be attained by one who knows the truth as it is. The\ntruth is that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the enjoyer and that\nthe living entities are meant for His service and enjoyment. One who\nknows this truth, and who tries to engage all resources in the service of\nthe Lord, escapes all material reactions and influences of the modes of\nmaterial nature.\nAn example may be cited in this connection. Just as a materialist\nengages in constructing a big skyscraper, similarly, a devotee engages in\nconstructing a b ig temple to Vigm. Superficially the skyscraper constructor\nand temple constructor are on the same level, for both are collecting wood,\nstone, iron and other building materials. But the person who constructs a\nskyscraper is a materialist, and the person who constructs a temple of\nVi�Q.U is iitmiiriima. The materialist tries to satisfy himself in relation to\nhis body by constructing a skyscraper, but the devotee tries to satisfy\nthe Superself, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, by constructing the\ntemple. Although both are engaged in the association of material activities,\nthe devotee is liberated, and the materialist is conditioned. This is because\nthe devotee, who is constructing the temple, has fixed his mind upon the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, but the nondevotee, who is constructing\nthe skyscraper, has his mind fixed in sense gratification. If, while performing any activity, even in material existence, one's mind is fixed upon\nthe lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead, he will not be entangled or\nconditioned. The worker in devotional service, in full Kr�qa consciOusness, is always independent of the influence of material nature.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n��1fmR�r: � q�q;n I\n� �onf 3fT �;u;:uf.t: II �\"II\n\n", "SB3.4#p0187": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1168\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nyadaivam adhyatma-rata�\nkalena bahu-janmana\nsarvatra jata-vairagya\na brahma-bhuvanan mun*\nyadii-when; evam-thus; adhyiitma-rata�-engaged in self-realization;\nkiilena-for many years; bahu-janmanii-for many births; sarvatra-everywhere; jiita-vairiigya�-detachment is born; ii brahma-bhuvaniit-up to\nBrahmaloka; muni�-a thoughtful person.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a person thus engages in devotional service and self-realization\n\nfor many, many y ears and births, he becomes completely reluctant to\n\nenjoy any one of the material planets, even up to the highest planet,\n\nwhich is known as Brahmaloka; he becomes fully developed in conscious­\n\nness.\n\nPURPORT\nAnyone engaged in devotional service to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is known as a devotee, but there is a distinction between pure\ndevotees and mixed devotees. A mixed devotee engages in devotional\nservice for the spiritual benefit of being eternally engaged in the transcendental abode of the Lord in full bliss and knowledge.\nIn material existence, when a devotee is not completely purified, he\nexpects material benefit from the Lord in the form of relief from material\nmiseries, or he wants material gain, advancement in knowledge of the\nrelationship between the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the living\nentity, or knowledge as to the real nature of the Supreme Lord. When a\nperson is transcendental to these conditions, he is called a pure devotee.\nHe does not engage himself in the service of the Lord for any material\nbenefit or for understanding of the Supreme Lord. His one interest is that\nhe loves the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and he spontaneously\nengages in satisfying Him.\nThe highest example of pure devotional service is that of the gopis in\nVrndavana. They are not interested in understanding KreyJ}a, but only in\nloving Him. That platform of love is the pure state of devotional service.\nUnless one is advanced to this pure state of devotional service, there is a\ntendency to desire elevation to a higher material position. A mixed devotee\nmay desire to enjoy a comfortable life on another planet with a greater\n\n", "SB3.4#p0188": "Texts 28-29]\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\n1169\n\nspan of life, such as on Brahmaloka. These are material desires, but\nbecause a mixed devotee engages in the service of the Lord, ultimately,\nafter many, many lives of material enjoyment, he undoubtedly develops\nKr�rya consciousness, and the symptom of this Kr�rya consciousness is that\nhe is no longer interested in any sort of materially elevated life. He does\nnot even aspire to become a personality like Lord Brahma.\nTEXTS 28-29\n\n�: sr�� 'R�\n\n�I\nf;r:�����q���� ����II\nstlstlffl,lt54<-1 \\:tR: �ijlMJ\\16��: I\n�en wt fwtm �m fQtfd�q� 11����\nmad-bhakta� pratibuddhartho\nmat-prasadena bhiiyasli\nni�sreyasam sva-samsthlinam\nkaivalyakh yam mad-asrayam\nprlipnotihaiijasli dhtra�\nsva-drsa cchinna-samsaya�\nyad gatvli na nivarteta\nyogi lingad vinirgame\n\nmat-bhakta�- My\n\ndevotee;\n\npratibuddha-artha�-self-realized;\n\nmat­\n\nprasiidena-by My causeless mercy; bhiiyasii-unlimited; ni�sreyasam-the\nultimate perfectional goal; sva-samsthiinam-his abode; kaivalya-iikhyamcalled kaivalya; mat-iisrayam- under My protection; prlipnoti- attains ;ihain this life; anjasii-truly; dhtra�-steady; sva-drsii-by knowledge of the\nself; chinna-samsaya�-freed from doubts; yat-to that abode; gatvii-having\ngone; na-never; nivarteta-comes back; yogi-the mystic devotee; lingiitfrom the subtle and gross material bodies; vinirgame\n\n-\n\nafter departing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy devotee actually becomes self-realized by My unlimited causeless\nmercy, and thus, when freed from all doubts, he steadily progresses towards\nhis destined abode, which is directly under the protection of My spiritual\n\n", "SB3.4#p0189": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1170\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nenergy of unadulterated bliss. That is the ultimate perfectional goal of the\nliving entity. After giving up the present material body, the mystic devotee\ngoes to that transcendental abode and never comes back.\nPURPORT\nActual self-realization means becoming a pure devotee of the Lord. The\nexistence of a devotee implies the function of devotion and the object of\ndevotion. Self-realization ultimately means to understand the Personality\nof Godhead and the living entities; to know the individual self and the\nreciprocal exchanges of loving service between the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead and the living entity is real self-realization. This cannot be attained\nby the impersonalists or other transcendentalists; they cannot understand\nthe science of devotional service. Devotional service is revealed to the pure\ndevotee by the unlimited causeless mercy of the Lord. This is especially\nspoken of here by the Lord- \"mat-prasiidena,''\"by My special grace.\" This\nis also confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii. Only those who engage in devotional\nservice with love and faith receive the necessary intelligence from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead so that gradually and progressively they\ncan advance to the abode of the Personality of Godhead.\nNi/:tsreyasa\n\nmeans\n\nthe\n\nultimate\n\ndestination.\n\nSva-sanisthiina means\n\nthat the impersonalists have no particular place to stay. The impersonalists\nsacrifice their individuality so that the living spark can merge into the\nimpersonal effulgence emanating from the transcendental body of the\nLord, but the devotee has a specific abode. The planets rest in the sunshine,\nbut the sunshine itself has no particular resting place. When one reaches\na particular planet, then he has a resting place. The spiritual sky, which is\nknown as kaivalya, is simply blissful light on all sides, and it is under the\nprotection of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As stated in Bhagavadgitii, brahmarw hi prati§!hiiham: the impersonal Brahman effulgence rests\non the body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In other words, the\nbodily effulgence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is kaivalya, or\nimpersonal Brahman. In that impersonal effulgence there are spiritual\nplanets, which are known as V aikul)thas, chief of which is Kr�J']aloka. Some\ndevotees are elevated to the V aikw.1tha planets, and some are elevated to\nthe planet of Kr�J']aloka. According to the desire of the particular devotee,\n\nhe is offered a particular abode, which is known as sva-samsthiina, his\ndesired destination. By the grace of the Lord the self-realized devotee\nengaged in devotional service understands his destination even while in the\nmaterial body. He therefore performs his devotional activities steadily,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0190": "Text 30]\n\nUnderstanding Material Nature\n\n1171\n\nwithout doubting, and after quitting his material body he at once reaches\nthe destination for which he has prepared himself. After reaching that\nabode, he never comes back to this material world.\nThe words lirigiid vinirgame, which are used here, mean \"after being\nfreed from the two kinds of material bodies, subtle and gross.\" The subtle\nbody is made of mind, intelligence, false ego and contaminated consciousness, and the gross body is made of five elements-earth, water, fire, air and\nether. When one is transferred to the spiritual world, he gives up both the\nsubtle and gross bodies of this material world. He enters the spiritual sky in\nhis pure spiritual body and is stationed in one of the spiritual planets.\nAlthough the impersonalists also reach that spiritual sky after giving up\nthe subtle and gross material bodies, they are not placed in the spiritual\nplanets; as they desire, they are allowed to merge in the spiritual effulgence\nemanating from the transcendental body of the Lord. The word svasamsthiinam is also very significant. As a living entity prepares himself, so\nhe attains his abode. The impersonal Brahman effulgence is offered to the\nimpersonalists, but those who want to associate with the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His transcendental form as Narayal)a in the VaikuQthas,\nor with Kr�qa in Kr�qaloka, go to those abodes, wherefrom they never\nreturn.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�qR<nij\n\n��ft\n\nfq�\n\nFmr�SW I\n\n31iirit� � ;ffir:\n\n�\n\n�aqft � wt ��: ll�oll\n\nyadii na yogopacitiisu ceto\nmiiyiisu siddhasya vi§ajjate 'liga\nananya-hetU§V atha me gatift syiid\niityantiki yatra na mrtyu-hiisaft\nyadii-when; na-not; yoga-upacitiisu-to powers developed by yoga;\nceta�-the attention; mayiisu-manifestations of miiyii; siddhasya-of a\nperfect yogi; vi§ajjate-is attracted; a�iga-My dear mother; ananya-hetU§Uhaving no other cause; atha-then; me-to Me; gatiQ-his progress; syiitbecomes; iityantiki- unlimited ;yatra-where; na-not; mrtyu-hiisa�-power\nof death.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0191": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1172\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 27\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a perfect yogi's attention is no longer attracted to the by-products\nof mystic powers, which are manifestations of the external energy, his\n\nprogress towards Me becomes unlimited, and thus the power of death\ncannot overcome him.\n\nPURPORT\nYogis are generally attracted to the by-products of mystic yogic power,\n\nfor they can become smaller than the smallest or greater than the greatest,\n\nachieve anything they desire, have power even to create a planet or bring\n\nanyone they like under their subjection. Yogis who have incomplete infor­\n\nmation of the result of devotional service are attracted by these powers,\n\nbut these powers are material; they have nothing to do with spiritual\n\nprogress. As other material powers are created by the material energy, so\n\nmystic yogic powers are also material. A perfect yogi's mind is not attracted\n\nby any material power, but is simply attracted by unalloyed service to the\n\nSupreme Lord. For a devotee, the process of merging into the Brahman\n\neffulgence is considered to be hellish, and yogic power or the preliminary\nperfection of yogic power, to be able to control the senses, is automatically\n\nachieved. As for elevation to hig�er planets, a devotee considers this to be\nsimply hallucinatory. A devotee's\n\nattention is concentrated only upon\n\nthe eternal loving service of the Lord, and therefore the power of death\n\nhas no influence over him. In such a devotional state, a perfect yogi can\nattain the status of immortal knowledge and bliss.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Twentyseventh\n\nChapter, of the\n\nMaterial Nature.\"\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, entitled\n\n\"Understanding\n\n", "SB3.4#p0192": "CHAPTER TWENTY- EIGHT\n\nKaPilas Instructions on the Execution\nof DeVotiOnal service\n\nTEXT I\n\n�+(f/Cfl�\"'l\n\n� � �� �ct1::t� iql�¥t:st I\n�) � Flf� m t�ffil ��II � II\nsri bhagavan uvaca\nyogasya lak§a[!arh vak§ye\nsabijasya nrpatmaje\nmano yenaiva vidhina\nprasannam yati sat-patham\nsri bhagaviin uvac a-the Personality of Godhead said; yogasya-of the\nyoga system; lak sa [! am-description; vak.sye-I shall explain; sa-bijasya.\n\nauthorized; nrpa-iitma-je-0\n\ndaughter of the King; mana[l- the mind;\n\nyena-by which; eva-certainly; vidhinii-by practice; prasannam joyful;\n-\n\nyati-attains; sat-patham-the path of the Absolute Truth.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead said: My dear mother, 0 daughter of the\nKing, now I shall explain to you the system of yoga, the object of which\nis to concentrate the mind. By practicing this system one can become\njoyful and progressively advance towards the path of the Absolute Truth.\nPURPORT\nThe yoga process explained by Lord Kapiladeva in this chapter is authorized and standard, and therefore these instructions should be followed\nvery carefully. To begin, the Lord says that by yoga practice one can make\n1173\n\n", "SB3.4#p0193": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1174\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nprogress towards understanding the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In the previous chapter it has been clearly stated that the\ndesired result of yoga is not to achieve some wonderful mystic power.\nOne should not be at all attracted by such mystic power, but should attain\nprogressive realization on the path of understanding the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii, which states in\nthe last verse of the Sixth Chapter that the greatest yogi is he who\nconstantly thinks of Kr�rya within himself, or he who is Kr�rya conscious.\nIt is stated here that by following the system of yoga one can become\njoyful. Lord Kapila, the Personality of Godhead, who is the highest authority on yoga, here explains the yoga system known as a$tiinga-yoga, which\ncomprises\n\neight\n\ndifferent\n\npractices,\n\nnamely\n\nyama,\n\nniyama,\n\niisana,\n\nprii[liiyiima, pratyahtira, dhtirar-a, dhyana and samadhi. By all these stages of\npractice one must realize Lord Vi�Du, who is the target of all yoga. There\nare so-called yoga practices in which one concentrates the mind on voidness\nor on the impersonal, but this is not approved by the authorized yoga\nsystem as explained by Kapiladeva. Even Patafijali explains that the target\nof all yoga is Vi�!lu. Afitiinga-yoga is therefore part of Vai�l)ava practice\nbecause its ultimate goal is realization of Vi�!lu. The achievement of success\nin yoga is not acquisition of mystic power, which is condemned in the\nprevious chapter, but, rather, freedom from all material designations and\nsituation in one's constitutional position. That is the ultimate achievement\nin yoga practice.\nTEXT2\n\n���.f�f-1\n��� � 3JR't��:;:iwtt{.ll � II\nsva-dharmacarartarit saktya\nvidharmac ca nivartanam\ndaival labdhena santo§a\natmavic-cara[tarcanam\nsva-dharma-acararwm-e xecuting one's prescribed duties; sak tya-to the\nbest of one's ability; vidharmat- unauthorized duties; ca-and; nivartanamavoiding; daiviit- by the grace of the Lord; labdhena- with what is achieved;\nsanto§a�-satisfied; atma-vit-of the self-realized soul; cararta- the feet;\narcanam-worshiping.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0194": "Text 3)\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1175\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne should execute his prescribed duties to the best of his ability and\navoid performing duties which are not allotted to him. One should be\nsatisfied with as much gain as he achieves by the grace of the Lord, and one\nshould worship the lotus feet of a spiritual master.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse there are many important words which could be very\nelaborately explained, but we shall briefly discuss the important aspects of\neach. The final statement is atmavic-cararuircanam. iitma-vit means a selfrealized soul or bona fide spiritual master. Unless one is self-realized and\nknows what his relationship with the Supersoul is, he cannot be a bona\nfide spiritual master. Here it is recommended that one should seek out a\nbona fide spiritual master and (arcanam) surrender unto him, for by inquiring from and worshiping him one can learn spiritual activities.\nThe first recommendation is sva-dharmacara[lam. As long as we have this\nmaterial body there are various duties prescribed for us. Such duties are\ndivided by a system of four social orders: brahmar-a, lrfiatriya, vaisya and\n\nsudra. These particular duties are mentioned in the siistra, and particularly\nin Bhagavad-gitii. Sva-dharmacara[lam means that one must discharge the\nprescribed duties of his particular division of society faithfully and to the\nbest of one's ability. One should not accept another's duty. If one is born\nin a particular society or community, he should perform the prescribed\nduties for that particular division. If, however, one is fortunate enough to\ntranscend the designation of birth in a particular society or community by\nbeing elevated to the standard of spiritual identity, then his sva-dharma, or\nduty, is solely that of serving the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\nactual duty of one who is advanced in Kr�Qa consciousness is to serve the\nLord. As long as one remains in the bodily concept of life, he may act\naccording to the duties of social convention, but if one is elevated tci the\nspiritual platform, he must simply serve the Supreme Lord; that is the real\nexecution of sva-dharma.\n\nTEXT3\n\n��\n��\n\n��mt�l\n��ftf.l�q�ll�ll\n\ngramya-dharma-nivrttis ca\nmokfia-dharma-ratis tatha\n\n", "SB3.4#p0195": "1176\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nmita-medh yadanam sasvad\nvivikta-kfiema-sevanam\ngramya- conventional; dharma- religious practice; nivrtt*- ceasing; ca­\n\nand; mokfia- for salvation; dharma- religious practice; rat*- being attracted\n\nto; tatha- in that way; mi ta- little; medhya- pure; adanam- eating; sasvatalways; vivikta-secluded; kfiema peaceful; sevanam- dwelling.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne should cease performing conventional religious practices and should\nbe attracted to those which lead to salvation. One should eat very frugally\nand should always remain secluded so that he can achieve the highest\nperfection of life.\nPURPORT\nIt is recommended herein that religious practice for economic development or the satisfaction of sense desires should be avoided. Religious\npractices should be executed only to gain freedom from the clutches\nof material nature. It is stated in the beginning of Srimad-Bhiigavatam that\n\nthe topmost religious practice is that by which one can attain to the transcendental devotional service of the Lord, without reason or cause. Such\nreligious practice is never hampered by any impediments, and by its performance one actually becomes satisfied. Here this is recommended as\n\nmokfia-dharma, religious practice for salvation or transcendence of the\n\nclutches of material contamination. Generally people execute religious\npractices for economic development or for sense gratification, but that is\nnot recommended for one who wants to advance in yoga.\n\nThe next important phrase is mita-medhyiidanam, which means that\n\none should eat very frugally. It is recommended in the Vedic literatures\n\nthat a yogi eat only half what he desires according to his hunger. If one\n\nis so hungry that he could devour one pound of foodstuffs, then instead\nof eating one pound, he should consume only half a pound and supplement this with four ounces of water; one fourth of the stomach should be\nleft empty for passage of air in the stomach. If one eats in this m anner he\nwill avoid indigestion and disease. The yogi should eat in this way, as\nrecommended in the Srimad-Bhagavatam and all other standard scriptures.\n\nThe yogi should live in a secluded place where his yoga practice will not be\ndisturbed.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0196": "Text4]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1177\n\nTEXT4\n\n3lfm �� �:1\n� �: �� ��: ��14wt( II VII\nahiritsa satyam asteyarit\nyavad-artha-parigraha�\nbrahmacaryarit tapa� saucarit\nsvadhyaya� purufitircanam\nahi msii- nonviolence; satyam- truthfulness; ast eyam- refraining from\ntheft;\n\nyavat-artha-as\n\nmuch\n\nas\n\nnecessary;\n\nparigraha� - possessin g ;\n\nbrahmacaryam- celibacy; tapa�- austerity; saucam- cleanliness; svadh yaya�\n-study of the Vedas; puru§a arcanam- worship of the Supreme Personality\n-\n\nof Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nOne should practice nonviolence and truthfulness, should avoid thieving\nand be satisfied with possessing as much as he needs for his maintenance.\nHe should abstain from sex life, perform austerity, be clean, study the\nVedas and worship the supreme form of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nPURPORT\nThe word puru§iircanam in this verse means worshiping the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, especially the form of Lord l<{�l')a. In Bhagavad­\n\ngita it is confirmed by Arjuna that Kp)l).a is the original puru,sa, or Personality of Godhead, puru�am sasvatam. Therefore in yoga practice one must\nnot only concentrate his mind on the person of Kr�l).a, but must also\nworship the form or Deity of l<{�{la daily.\nA brahmacari practices celibacy , controlling his sex life. One cannot\nenjoy unrestricted sex life and practice yoga; this is rascaldom. So-called\n\nyogis advertise that one can go on enjoying as one likes and simultaneously\nbecome a yogi, but this is totally unauthorized. It is very clearly explained\nhere that one must observe celibacy. Brahmacaryam means that one leads\nhis life simply in relationship with Brahman, or in full Kp)l).a consciousness.\nThose who are too addicted to sex life cannot observe the regulations\nwhich will lead them to Kr�Qa consciousness. Sex life should be restricted\nto persons who are married. A person whose sex life is restricted in marriage\nis also called a brahmacari.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0197": "1178\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nThe word asteyam is also very important for a yogi. Asteyam means to\nrefrain from theft. In the broader sense, everyone who accumulates more\nthan he needs is a thief. According to spiritual communism, one cannot\npossess more than he needs for his personal maintenance. That is the law of\nnature. Anyone who accumulates more money or more possessions than\nhe needs is called a thief, and one who simply accumulates wealth without\nspending for sacrifice or for worship of the Personality of Godhead is a\ngreat thief.\nSviidhyiiyaft means reading the authorized Vedic scriptures. Even if one\nis not Kr�qa conscious and is practicing the yoga system, he must read\nstandard Vedic literatures in order to understand. Performance of yoga\nalone is not sufficient. N arottama dasa Thakura, a great devotee and iiciirya\nin the GauQ.iya Vai�ttava-sampradaya, says that all spiritual activities should\nbe understood from three sources, namely saintly persons, standard scriptures and the spiritual master. These three guides are very important for\nprogress in spiritual life. The spiritual master prescribes standard literature\nfor the prosecution of the yoga of devotional service, and he himself speaks\nonly from scriptural reference. Therefore reading standard scriptures is\nnecessary for executing yoga. Practicing .roga without reading the standard\nliteratures is simply a waste of time.\n\nTEXTS\n\n���tv��: �q ��: �: I\nst�qi(l(�� fclqq(rit�m � II '\"\"I II\nmaunarh sad-iisana-jaya�\nsthairyarh prii[ta-jayaft sanaift\npratyiihiiras cendriyii[tlirh\nvi�ayiin manasii hrdi\nmaunam-silence; sat-good; iisana\n\n-\n\nyogic postures; jaya�-controlling;\n\ns th ai ryam-steadiness; pra[ta-jayaft-controlling\ngradually; pratyiihiira�-with drawal; ca-and;\n\nthe\n\nvital\n\nair;\n\nsanaifl­\n\nindriya1J-am- of the senses;\n\nvi�aya t -from the sense objects; manasa-with the mind; h.rdi-on the heart.\n\nTRANSLA TI O N\nOne must observe silence, acquire steadiness by practicing different\nyogic postures, control the breathing of the vital air, withdraw the senses\nfrom sense objects, and thus concentrate the mind on the heart.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0198": "Text 6)\n\n1179\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\nPURPORT\n\nThe yogic practices in general and hatha-yoga in particular are not ends\nin themselves; they are means to the end of attaining steadiness. First one\nmust be able to sit properly, and then the mind and attention will become\nsteady enough for practicing yoga. Gradually, one must control the circulation of vital air, and with such control he will be able to withdraw the\nsenses from sense objects. In the previous verse it is stated that one must\nobserve celibacy. The most important aspect of sense control is controlling\nsex life. That is called brahmacarya. By practicing the different sitting\npostures and controlling the vital air, one can control and restrain the\nsenses from unrestricted sense enjoyment.\nTEXT6\n\n�N'���t�l\n��\"11Fi �Nt-i �ss-�: II � II\nsvadhi§ryytintim eka-dese\nmanasa priirta-dhtirartam\nvaiku[ttha-liltibhidhyanarh\nsamadhanarh tathatmana�\nsvadhi�{lyiinam-within the vital\n\nair\n\ncircles; eka-dese-in one spot;\n\nmanasa-with the mind; priirta the vital air; dhii rartam- fixing; vaikurt{ha-\n\nlilii-on\n\nthe\n\npastimes\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nabhidhyiinam- concentration; samadhiinam-samadhi; tathii- thus; titmana�\n-of the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nFixing the vital air and the mind in one of the six circles of vital air\ncirculation\n\nwithin the body,\n\nthus concentrating one's mind on the\n\ntranscendental pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is called\nsamadhi or samadhana of the mind.\nPURPORT\nThere are six circles of vital air circulation within the body. The first\ncircle is within the belly, the second circle is in the area of the heart, the\nthird is in the area of the lungs, the fourth is on the palate, the fifth is\nbetween the eyebrows, and the highest, the sixth circle, is above the brain.\nOne has to fix his mind and the circulation of the vital air and thus think\n\n", "SB3.4#p0199": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1180\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nof the transcendental pastimes of the Supreme Lord. It is never mentioned\nthat one should concentrate on the impersonal or void. It is clearly stated,\n\nvaikufl.tha-lila. Lila means pastimes. Unless the Absolute Truth, the Personality of Godhead, has transcendental activities, where is the scope for\nthinking of these pastimes? It is through the processes of devotional service,\n\nchanting and hearing of the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, that one can achieve this concentration. As described in the SrimadBhagavatam, the Lord appears and disappears according to His relationships with different devotees. The Vedic literatures contain many narrations\nof the Lord's pastimes, including the Battle of Kuruk�etra and historical\n\nj\n\nfacts relating to the life and precepts of devotees like Prahlada Mahara a,\n\nj\n\nj\n\nDhruva Mahara a and Ambari�a Mahara a. One need only concentrate his\nmind on one such narration and become always absorbed in its thought.\n\nThen he will be in samadhi. Samadhi is not an artificial bodily state; it is\n\nthe state achieved when the mind is virtually absorbed in thoughts of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT7\n\n��!If� ��I\n� � !d'i\"ll�tslult �«: II\" II\netair anyais ca pathibhir\nmano du�tam asat-patham\nbuddhya yufijtta sanakair\njita-praro hy atandrita�\neta*- by t hese; any ai� by other; ca- and; pathibh*- processes; manaft-\n\nthe mind; du�tam- contaminated; asat-patham-on the path of material\n\nenj oyment; buddhya-by the intelligence; yuiijtta- one must control;\nsanaka*- gradually ; jita-priii;ta{t-the life air being fixed; hi-indeed;\natandritaft- alert.\nTRAN SLATI ON\nBy these processes, or any other true process, one must control the\ncontaminated, unbridled mind, which is always attracted by material\nenjoyment, and thus fix himself in thought of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0200": "Text 8]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1181\n\nPURPORT\nEtair anyais ca. The general yoga process entails observing the rules and\nregulations, practicing the different sitting postures, concentrating the mind\non the vital circulation of the air and then thinking of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead in His V aikur:ttha pastimes. This is the general\nprocess of yoga. This same concentration can be achieved by other recommended processes, and therefore anyais ca, other methods, also can be\napplied. The essential point is that the mind, which is contaminated by\nmaterial attraction, has to be bridled and concentrated on the Supreme\nPersonality of\nimpersonal.\n\nGodhead.\n\nIt cannot be\n\nfixed on something void or\n\nFor this reason, so-called yoga practices of voidism and·\n\nimpersonalism are not recommended in any standard yoga-siistra. The\nreal yogi is the devotee because his mind is always concentrated on the\npastimes of Lord Kr�rya. Therefore Kr�rya consciousness is the topmost\nyoga system.\nTEXTS\n\n� � SfRISR Frf� 3TT� I\n·��f;{ Sft��it: «�II� II\nsucau dese prati§{hapya\nvijitasana asanam\ntasmin svasti samasina\nrju-kayaft samabhyaset\nsucau dese-in a sanctified place; prati§thapya-after placing; vijita­\n\nasanaft\n\n-\n\ncontrolling the sitting postures; asanam-a seat; tasmin-in that\n\nplace; svasti sam as inaft\n\n-\n\nsitting in an easy posture; rju-kayaft-keeping the\n\nbody erect; samabhyaset-one should practice.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter controlling one's mind and sitting postures, one should spread a\nseat in a secluded and sanctified place, sit there in an easy posture, keeping\nthe body erect, and practice breath control.\nPURPORT\nSitting in an easy posture is called svasti samasinaft. It is recommended\nin the yoga scripture that one should put the soles of the feet between the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0201": "ll82\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\ntwo thighs and ankles and sit straight; that posture will help one to concentrate his mind on the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This very\nprocess is also recommended in Bhagavad-gitii, Sixth Chapter. It is further\nsuggested that one sit in a secluded, sanctified spot. The seat should\nconsist of deerskin and kusa grass, topped with cotton.\nTEXT9\n\n��m�:l\nsn� qr m � f�IR� II� II\nprii[lasya sodhayen miirgarh\npura-kumbhaka-recakaily.\npratikulena vii cittarh\nyathii sthiram acaficalam\nprii[lasya-of vital air; s odhayet- one should clear; miirgam-the passage;\npura-kumbhaka-recakai[l.-by inhaling, retaining, and exhaling; pratikulenaby reversing; vii-or; cittam-the mind; yathii- so that; s thiram- steady ;\nacaficalam-free from disturbances.\nTRANSLATION\nThe yogi should clear the passage of vital air by breathing in the\nfollowing manner: first he should inhale very deeply, then hold the breath\nin, and finally exhale. Or, reversing the process, the yogi can first exhale,\nthen hold the breath outside, and finally inhale. This is done so that the\nmind may become steady and free from external disturbances.\nPURPORT\nThese breathing exercises are performed to control the mind and\nfix it on the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sa vai manaft k{ftJ.a­\n\npadaravindayoly.: the devotee Ambari�a Maharaja fixed his mind on the\nlotus feet of Kw�a twenty-four hours a day. The process of Kr�rya consciousness is to chant Hare Kr�rya and to hear the sound attentively so that\nthe mind is fixed upon the transcendental vibration of Kr�rya's name, which\nis nondifferent from Kr�rya the personality. The real purpose of controlling\nthe mind by the prescribed method of clearing the passage of the life air is\nachieved immediately if one fixes his mind directly on the lotus feet of\n\n", "SB3.4#p0202": "Text 10]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1183\n\nKr�qa. The ha{ha-yoga system, or breathing system, is especially recommended for those who are very absorbed in the concept of bodily\nexistence, but one who can perform the simple process of chanting Hare\nKr�qa can fix the mind more easily.\nThree different activities are recommended for clearing the passage of\nbreath: puraka, k,umbhaka and recaka. Inhaling the breath is called puraka,\nsustaining it within is called kumbhaka, and finally exhaling it is called\n\nrecaka. These recommended processes can also be performed in the reverse\norder. After exhaling, one can keep the air outside for some time and then\ninhale. The nerves through which inhalation and exhalation are conducted\nare technically called ilja and pingala. The ultimate purpose of clearing the\n\nilja and pingala passages is to divert the mind from material enjoyment. As\nstated in Bhagavad-gitii, one's mind is his enemy, and one's mind is also his\nfriend; its position varies according to the different dealings of the living\nentity. If we divert our mind to thoughts of material enjoyment, then our\nmind becomes an enemy, and if we concentrate our mind on the lotus feet\nof Kr�qa, then our mind is a friend. By the\n\nyoga system of puraka,\n\nkumbhaka and recaka or by directly fixing the mind on the sound\nvibration of Kr�qa or on the form of Kr�qa, the same purpose is achieved.\nIn\n\nBhagavad-gitii (8.8) it is said that one must practice the breathing\n\nexercise (abhyiisa-yoga-yuktena). By virtue of these processes of control,\nthe mind cannot wander to external thoughts (cetasii niinya-giiminii). Thus\none can fix his mind constantly on the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nand can attain (yati) Him.\nPracticing the yoga system of exercise and breath control is very difficult\nfor a person of this age, and therefore Lord Caitanya recommended,\n\nkirtaniya{! sadii hari{!: one should always chant the holy name of the\nSupreme Lord, Kr�qa, because Kr�qa is the most suitable name of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The name Kr��a and the Supreme Person\nKr��a are nondifferent. Therefore, if one concentrates his mind on hearing\nand chanting Hare Kr��a, the same result is achieved.\n\nTEXT 10\n\nar.ftsM(I�Ifi:(ijf R't6JQiij(l �: I\nqftiifit�t��·�·�llt•ll\nmano 'ciriit syiid virajarh\njita-sviisasya yogina{!\n\n", "SB3.4#p0203": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1184\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nvayv-agnibhyam yathri loham\ndhmatam tyajati vai malam\nmana�-the mind; aciriit-soon; syiit-can be; virajam-free from disturb­\n\nances; jita-sviisasya-whose breathing is controlled; yogina�-of the yogi;\n\nvayu-agnibhyam-by air and fire; yatha-just as; l o ham\n\n-\n\ngold; dhmatam­\n\nfanned; tyajati-becomes freed from; vai-certainly; malam- impurity.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe yogis who practice such breathing exercises are very soon freed\nfrom all mental disturbances, just as gold, when put into fire and fanned\n\nwith air, becomes free from all impurities.\n\nPURPORT\nThis process of purifying the mind is also recommended by Lord\n\nCaitanya; He says that one should chant Hare Kr�l)a. He says further,\n\nparam vijayate: \"All glories to Sri Kr�l)a smikirtana!\" All glories are given\nto the chanting of the holy names of Kr�l)a because as soon as one begins\n\nthis process of chanting, the mind becomes purified. Ceto-darparta­\n\nmarjanam: by chanting the holy name of Kr�l)a one is cleansed of the dirt\n\nthat accumulates in the mind. One can purify the mind either by the\n\nbreathing process or by the chanting process, just as one can purify gold\n\nby putting it in a fire and fanning it with a bellows.\nTEXT 11\n\nSfiOfiCII�(�'I•'41(GIritr fil�'lll( I\nSRCII«I�I 4e•liii\\Cfl�;n;ft-.(F{ !l'lll(II��II\nprartayamair dahed do�an\ndharartabhis ca kilbi�an\npratyaharerta samsargan\ndhyanenantSvaran gurtrin\npriirtiiyiima*-b y practice of priirtiiyiima; dahet-one can eradicate;\n\ndo.siin-contaminations; dhiirartiibh*-by concentrating the mind; ca-and;\nkilbi;siin\n\n-\n\nsinful\n\nactivities;\n\npratyiihiirerta-by\n\nrestraining\n\nthe\n\nsenses;\n\n", "SB3.4#p0204": "Text 11]\n\nKapila 's fustructions on Devotional Service\n\nsarhsargan material\n-\n\nassociation;\n\ndhyiin ena by\n-\n\n1185\n\nmeditating;\n\naniSvaran\n\nguriin the modes of material nature.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy\n\npracticing\n\nthe\n\nprocess\n\nof\n\npra�ayama one can\n\neradicate\n\nthe\n\ncontamination of his physiological condition, and by concentrating the\nmind one can become free from all sinful activities. By restraining the\nsenses one can free himself from material association, and by meditating\non the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one can become free from the\nthree modes of material attachment.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Ayur·vedic medical science the three items kapha, pitta\nand vayu (phlegm, bile and air) maintain the physiological condition of the\nbody. Modern medical science does not accept this physiological analysis\nas valid, but the ancient Ayur-vedic process of treatment is based upon\nthese items. Ayur-vedic treatment concerns itself with the cause of these\nthree elements, which are mentioned in many places in the Bhagavatam\nas the basic conditions of the body. Here it is recommended that by\npracticing the breathing process of prar-ayama one can be released from\ncontamination created by the principal physiological elements, by concentrating the mind one\n\ncan become free from sinful activities, and by\n\nwithdrawing the senses one can free himself from material association.\nUltimately, one has to meditate on the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nin order to be elevated to the transcendental position where he is no longer\naffected by the three modes of material nature. It is also confirmed in\nBhagavad-gita that one who engages himself in unalloyed devotional\nservice at once becomes transcendental to the three modes of material\nnature and immediately realizes his identification with Brahman. Sa gur-an\nsamatityaitiin brahma-bhuyiiya kalpate. For every item in the yoga system\nthere is a parallel activity in bhakti-yoga, but the practice of bhakti-yoga\nis easier for this age. What was introduced by Lord Caitanya is not a new\ninterpretation. Bhakti-yoga is a feasible process that begins with chanting\nand hearing. Bhakti-yoga and other yogas have as their ultimate goal the\nsame Personality of Godhead, but one is practical, and the other is\ndifficult. One has to purify his physiological condition by concentration\nand by restraint of the senses; then he can fix his mind upon the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. That is called samiidhi.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0205": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1186\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nTEXT 12\n\n� �: � fcmi � !J9¥tlft('l( I\n\nq � �''*'\"l(tltiMit+t: II� �II\nyada mana{t svarh virajarh\nyogena susamahitam\nka§tharh bhagavato dhyayet\nsva-nasagravalokana{t\n\n-\n\nyadii- when; mana {t the mind; svam-own; v irajam-purified; yogena­\n\n-\n\nby yoga practice; su samiihitam- controlled; ka§tham-the plenary expansion; bhagavata{t-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; dhyiiyet- one\n\n-\n\n-\n\nshould meditate upon; sva niisii agra- the tip of one's nose; avalokana,hlooking at.\n\nTRANSLATION\n. When the mind is perfectly purified by this practice of yoga, then one\nshould concentrate on the tip of the nose with half-closed eyes and see the\nform of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nIt is clearly mentioned here that one has to meditate upon the expansion\nof Vi�QU. The word kii§thiim refers to Paramii.tmii., the expansion of the\nexpansion of Vi�I).U. Bhagavata{t refers to Lord Vi�I).U, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Supreme Godhead is KHI).a; from Him comes the\nfirst expansion, Baladeva, and from Baladeva come Sarikaq;aQa, Aniruddha\nand many other forms, followed by the puru§a-avatiiras. As mentioned in\nthe previous verses (puru,sarcanam), this puru§a is represented as the\nParamii.tmii., or Supersoul. A description of the Supersoul, upon whom one\n\nmust meditate, will be gi ven in the following verses. In this verse it is\n\nclearly stated that one must meditate by fixing the vision on the tip of the\nnose and concentrating one's mind on the kalii, or the plenary expansion\nof Vi�Qu.\nTEXT 13\n\nSlij'llq(\"l�\n��e'Wc4\n\n", "SB3.4#p0206": "Text 13]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1187\n\nprasanna-vadanambhojam\n\npadma-garbharu[�-ek§a[�-am\n\nntlo tpala-dala-syamam\n\nsankha-cakra-gada-dharam\n\nprasanna-cheerful; vadana-countenance; ambhojam-lotuslike; padmagarbha the interior of a lotus; aru{la-ruddy; iksa{lam with eyes; nila-\n\n.\n\n-\n\nutpala- blue lotus; dala-petals; syamam-swarthy; salikha-conch; cakradiscus; gadii-club; dharam-bearing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead\n\nhas\n\na\n\ncheerful,\n\nlotuslike\n\ncountenance with ruddy eyes like the interior of a lotus and a swarthy\nbody like the petals of a blue lotus. He bears a conch, discus and a mace in\nthree of His hands.\nPURPORT\nIt is definitely recommended herein that one concentrate his mind upon\nthe form of Vi�J)U. There are twelve different forms of Vi��;tu w hich are\ndescribed in Teachings of Lord Caitanya. One cannot concentrate his mind\non anything void or impersonal; the mind should be fixed on the personal\nform of the Lord, whose attitude is cheerful, as described in this verse.\n\nBhagavad-gitii states that meditation on the impersonal or void features is\nvery troublesome to the meditator. Those who are attached to the impersonal or void features of meditation have to undergo a difficult process\nbecause we are not accustomed to concentrating our minds on anything\nimpersonal. Actually such concentration is not even possible. Bhagavad-gitii\nalso confirms that one should concentrate his mind on the Personality of\nGodhead.\nThe color of the Personality of Godhead, Kr�Qa, is described here as\n\nnilotpala-dala, meaning that it is like that of a lotus flower with petals\ntinted blue and white. People always ask why Kr�Qa is blue. The color of\nthe Lord has not been imagined by an artist. It is described in authoritative\nscripture. In the Brahma-sarhhitii also, the color of Kr�Qa's body is\ncompared to that of a bluish cloud. The color of the Lord is not poetical\n\nimagination. There are authoritative descriptions in the Brahma-sarhhitii,\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, Bhagavad-gitii and many of the Purii[�-as of the Lord's\n\nbody, His weapons and all other paraphernalia. The Lord's appearance is\ndescribed here as padma-garbhiiru[�-ek§a[�-am. His eyes resemble the inside\n\n", "SB3.4#p0207": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1188\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nof a lotus flower, and in His four hands He holds the four symbols:\nconchshell, discus, mace and lotus.\nTEXT 14\n\n�QNC���4�Q( I\n\"'4�'4� ����EQ\\i41QI'filiflil(( II� VII\nlasat-pankaja-kinjalkapita-kauseya-vasasam\nsrivatsa-vakfiasam bhrajat\nkaustubhamukta-kandharam\nZasat-shining; pankaja-of a lotus; kiiijalka-filaments; pita-yellow;\n\n- silk cloth; vii.sasam-whose garment; srtvatsa-bearing the mark\n\nkauseya\n\nof Srivatsa; vak.sasam- breast; bhrajat- brilliant; kaustubha- Kaustubha\n\ngem; amukta-put on; kandharam-His neck.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis loins are covered by a shining cloth, yellowish like the filaments of\n\na lotus. On His breast He bears the mark of Srivatsa, a curl of white hair.\n\nThe brilliant Kaustubha gem is suspended from His neck.\nPURPORT\n\nThe exact color of the garment of the Supreme Lord is described as\nsaffron-yellow, just like the pollen of a lotus flower. The Kaustubha gem\nhanging on His chest is also described. His neck is beautifully decorated\nwith jewels and pearls. The Lord is full in six opulences, one of which is\nwealth. He is very richly dressed with valuable jewels which are not visible\nwithin this material world.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n'I'Etfl«w�u\n\nqfut\n\nCCWI'II� I\n\n�CI«e44�tlfK\\1((\n\nmatta-dvirepha-kalaya\nparitam vana-malaya\n\nII����\n\n", "SB3.4#p0208": "Text 16]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1189\n\npariirdhya-hara-valayakiritiingada-nupuram\nmatta-intoxicated; dvi repha-with bees; kalayii-humming; paritam-\n\ngarlanded; vana miilayii-with a garland of forest flowers; pariirdhya-\n\npriceless; hiira-pearl necklace; valaya-bracelets; kirita-a crown; angadaarmlets; nupuram-anklets\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe also wears around His neck a garland of attractive sylvan flowers,\nand a swarm of bees, intoxicated by its delicious fragrance, hums about\nthe garland. He is further superbly adorned with a pearl necklace, a crown,\nand pairs of armlets, bracelets and anklets.\nPURPORT\nFrom this description it appears that the flower garland of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is fresh. Actually, in V aikuQtha or the spiritual\nsky there is nothing but freshness. Even the flowers picked from the trees\nand plants remain fresh, for everything in the spiritual sky retains its\noriginality and does not fade. The fragrance of the flowers picked from\nthe trees and made into garlands does not fade because both the trees and\nthe flowers are spiritual. When the flower is taken from the tree, it\nremains the same; it does not lose its aroma. The bees are equally attracted\nto the flowers whether they are on the garland or on the trees. The\nsignificance of spirituality is that everything is eternal and inexhaustible.\nEverything taken from everything remains everything, or, as has been\nstated, in the spiritual world one minus one equals one, and one plus one\nequals one. The bees hum around the fresh flowers, and their sweet sound\nis enjoyed by the Lord. The Lord's bangles, necklace, crown and anklets\nare all bedecked with invaluable jewels. Since the jewels and pearls are\nspiritual, t here is no material calculation of their value.\nTEXT 16\n\n.._;gonMcifUi «(('flwU�P4W( I\n�� m ¥twnort4;JN$t( ,,��''\nkiifici-gur-ollasac-chror-im\nhrdayiimbhoja-vifitaram\n\n", "SB3.4#p0209": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1190\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\ndarsaniyatamarh siintarh\nmano-nayana-vardhanam\n\nk ii nci\nhips;\n\n-\n\ngirdle; gur a- quality; ullasa t- brilliant; sror im- His loins and\n\nhrdaya-heart; ambhoja-lotus; vi,staram-whose seat;\n\ndarsaniya­\n\ntamam- most charming to look at; siintam-serene; mana�- minds, hearts;\nnayana- eyes; vardhanam-gladdening.\nTRANSLATION\nHis loins and hips encircled by a girdle, He stands on the lotus of His\ndevotee's heart. He is most charming to look at, and His serene aspect\ngladdens the eyes and souls of the devotees who behold Him.\nPURPORT\nThe word darsaniyatamam, which is used in this verse, means that the\nLord is so beautiful that the devotee-yogi does not wish to see anything\n\nelse. His desire to see beautiful objects is completely satisfied by the sight\nof the Lord. In the material world we want to see beauty, but the desire\nis never satisfied. All the propensities that we feel in the material world are\nnever satisfied. Because of material contamination, not all of the propensities we feel in the material world are satisfied. But when our desires to see,\nhear, touch, etc., are dovetailed for the satisfaction of the ·supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, they are on the level of the topmost perfection.\nAlthough the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His eternal form is so\nbeautiful and pleasing to the heart of the devotee, He does not attract the\nimpersonalists who want to meditate on His impersonal aspect. This is\nsimply fruitless labor. The actual yogis, with half-closed eyes, fix on the\nform of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, not upon anything void or\nimpersonal.\nTEXT 17\n\n31<ft:;ql(�f;f\n\n�4Ji.W'I\\'i6<14( I\n� � � ��·�«il<l(i( 11�\\911\napicya-darsanarh sasvat\nsarva-loka-namaskrtam\nsantarh vayasi kaisore\nbhrtyiinugraha-kiitaram\n\n", "SB3.4#p0210": "Text 18]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1191\n\napic ya-darsanam-very beautiful to see; sasvat-eternal; sarva-loka­\n\nby all the inhabitants of every planet; nama/.l krtam-worshipable; santam-\n\nsituated;vayasi-in youth; kai sore in boyhood; bhrtya -upon His devotees;\n-\n\nanugraha-to bestow blessings; kiitaram\n\n-\n\neager.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord is eternally very beautiful, and He is worshipable by all the\ninhabitants of every planet. He is ever youthful and always eager to\nbestow His blessing upon His devotees.\nPURPORT\nThe word sarva-loka-namaskrtam means that He is worshipable by\neveryone on every planet. There are innumerable planets in the material\nworld and innumerable planets in the spiritual world as well. On each\nplanet there are innumerable inhabitants who worship the Lord, for the\nLord is worshipable by all but the impersonalists. The Supreme Lord is\n\nvery beautiful. The wprd sasvat is significant. It is not that He appears\nbeautiful to the devotees but is ultimately impersonal. Sasvat means everexisting. That beauty is not temporary. It is ever-existing-He is always\n\nyouthful. In the Brahma-sarhhitii (Bs. 5.33) it is also stated: advaitam\nacyutam aniidim ananta-rupam iidyarh puriirw-purufiarh nava-yauvanarh ca.\n\nThe Original Person is one without a second, yet He never appears old; He\nalways appears as everfresh as a blooming youth.\nThe Lord's facial expression always indicates that He is ready to show\nfavor and benediction to the devotees; for the nondevotees, however, He is\n\nsilent. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii, although He acts equally to everyone\n\nbecause He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead and because all living\nentities are His sons, He is especially inclined to those engaged in devotional service. The same fact is confirmed here: He is always anxious to\nshow favor to the devotees. Just as the devotees are always eager to render\nservice unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, so the Lord is also very\neager to bestow benediction upon the pure devotees.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�� t\"4Wl'li44ij8(t I\niaql�(q tt'IWii 44ml � q;y: ������\n\n", "SB3.4#p0211": "1192\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nkirtanya-tirtha-yasasarh\npu(tya-sloka-yasaskaram\ndhyiiyed devarh samagrangarh\nyiivan na cyavate manafl\nkirtanya-worth singing; tirtha-yasasam-the glories of the Lord; p u �J ya­\n\nsloka-of the devotees; yasa�-karam enhan cing the glory; dhyliyet-one\n-\n\nshould meditate; devam-upon the Lord; samagra-angam-all the limbs;\n\nylivat-as much as; na-not; cyavate-deviates; ma na�-the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe glory of the Lord is always worth singing, for His glories enhance\n\nthe glories of His devotees. One should therefore meditate upon the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and upon His devotees. One should\n\nmeditate on the eternal form of the Lord until the mind becomes fixed.\nPURPORT\n\nOne has to fix his mind on the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nconstantly. When one is accustomed to thinking of one of the innumerable\nforms of the Lord-Kreyr]a, Vi�l)u, Rama, NarayaJ.la, etc.-he has reached\nthe perfection of yoga. This is confirmed in the Brahma-sarhhitli: a person\nwho has developed pure love for the Lord, and whose eyes are smeared\nwith the ointment of transcendental loving exchange, always sees within\nhis heart the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The devotees especially\n\nsee the Lord in the beautiful blackish form of Syamasundara. That is the\nperfection of yoga. This yoga system should be continued until the mind\n\ndoes not vacillate for a moment. Om tad vinwfl paramarh padarh sadii\npa,Syanti suraya�: the form of Vi�Q.u is the highest individuality and is\nalways visible to sages and saintly persons.\nThe same purpose is served when a devotee worships the form of the\nLord in the temple. There is no difference between devotional service in\n\nthe temple and meditation on the form of the Lord, since the form of the\nLord is the same whether He appears within the mind or in some concrete\nelement. There are eight kinds of forms recommended for the devotees to\nsee. The forms may be made out of sand, clay, wood or stone, they may be\n\ncontemplated within the mind, or made of jewel, metal or painted colors,\n\nbut all the forms are of the same value. It is n ot that one who meditates on\nthe form within the mind sees differently from one who worships the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0212": "Text 19]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1193\n\nform in the temple. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is absolute, and\nthere is therefore no difference between the two. The impersonalists, who\ndesire to disregard the eternal form of the Lord, imagine some round\nfigure.\n\nThey especially prefer the orhkiira, which also has form. In\n\nBhagavad-gitii it is stated that orhkiira is the letter form of the Lord.\nSimilarly, there are statue forms and painting forms of the Lord.\nAnother significant word in this verse is pur-ya-sloka-yasaskaram. The\ndevotee is called puT}ya-sloka. As one becomes purified by chanting the\nholy name of the Lord, so one can become purified simply by chanting\nthe name of a holy devotee. The pure devotee of the Lord and the Lord\nHimself are nondifferent. It is sometimes feasible to chant the name of a\nholy devotee. This is a very sanctified process. Lord Caitanya was once\nchanting the holy names of the gopis. He was chanting, \"Gopi! Gopi!\nGopi!\" when His students criticized Him: \"Why are You chanting the\nnames of the gopis? Why not Km1a?\" Lord Caitanya was irritated by the\ncriticism, and so there was some misunderstanding between Him and His\nstudents. He wanted to chastise them for desiring to instruct Him on the\ntranscendental process of chanting.\nThe beauty of the Lord is that the devotees who are connected with His\nactivities\n\nare also\n\nglorified.\n\nA� una, Prahlada, J anaka Maharaja, Bali\n\nMaharaja, and many other devotees were not even in the renounced order\nof life, but were householders. Some of them, such as Prahlada Maharaja\nand Bali Maharaja, were born of demoniac families. Prahlada Maharaja's\nfather was a demon, and Bali Maharaja was the grandson of Prahlada\nMaharaja, but still they have become famous because of their association\nwith the Lord. Anyone who is eternally associated with the Lord is\nglorified with the Lord. The conclusion is that a perfect yogi should\nalways be accustomed to seeing the form of the Lord, and unless the mind\nis fixed in that way, he should continue practicing yoga.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n� ifi!f;ij+n4M � iff yCNii\\ I\n-uft4f(6 'tl41.i1Mwt itm II� �II\nsthitam vrajantam iisinam\nsayanam vii guhiisayam\nprekfiar-iyehitam dhyiiyec\nchuddha-bhiivena cetasii\n\n", "SB3.4#p0213": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1194\n\n-\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\n-\n\nsthitam standing ; vraja ntam-moving; 1istnam sitting; sayii nam-lying\n\n-\n\ndown; vii-or; guhii-iisayam the Lord dwelling in the heart ; prek�ar;ttyabeautiful; thitam- pastimes; dhyiiyet-he should visualize; suddha-bhiivenapure; cetasii-by the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nThus always merged in devotional service, the yogt visualizes the Lord\nstanding, moving, lying down or sitting within him, for the pastimes of the\nSupreme Lord are always beautiful and attractive.\nPURPORT\nThe process of meditating on the form of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead within oneself and the process of chanting the glories and pastimes\nof the Lord are the same. The only difference is that hearing and fixing\nthe mind on the pastimes of the Lord is easier than visualizing the form\nof the Lord within one's heart because as soon as one begins to think of\nthe Lord, especially in this age, the mind becomes disturbed, and due to\nso much agitation, the process of seeing the Lord within the mind is\ninterrupted. When there is sound vibrated praising the transcendental\npastimes of the Lord, however, one is forced to hear. That hearing process\nenters into the mind, and the practice of yoga is automatically performed.\nFor example, even a child can hear and derive the benefit of meditating on\nthe pastimes of the Lord simply by listening to a reading from the\nBhagavatam that describes the Lord as He is going to the pasturing ground\nwith His cows and friends. Hearing includes applying the mind. In this\nage of Kali-yuga, Lord Caitanya has recommended that one should always\nengage in chanting and hearing Bhagavad-gita. The Lord also says that the\nmahatmas, or great souls, always engage in the process of chanting the\nglories of the Lord, and just by hearing, others derive the same benefit.\nYoga necessitates meditation on the transcendental pastimes of the Lord,\nwhether He is standing, moving, lying down, etc.\nTEXT 20\n\n� � (tctict�ct4r.(l( I\n�ifi (fptf(f ..m af.l: ll�oll\ntasmi! labdha-padani cittam\nsarviivayava-samsthitam\n\n", "SB3.4#p0214": "Text 21)\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1195\n\nvilak§yaikatra sarhyujyiid\nange bhagavato muni{!\ntasmin-on the form of the Lord; la bdha-padam-fixed; cittam-the\nmind; sarva-all; avayava-limbs; samsthitam-fixed upon; vilak�ya-havi ng\ndistinguished; ekatra-in one place; sa myujyiit-should fix the mind;\n\nange-on each limb; bhagavata�-of the Lord; muni�-the sage.\nTRANSLATION\nIn fixing his mind on the eternal form of the Lord, the yogi should not\n\ntake a collective view of all His limbs, but should fix the mind on each\nindividual limb of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe word muni is very significant. Muni means one who is very expert\nin mental speculation or in thinking, feeling and willing.\n\nHe is not\n\nmentioned here as a devotee or yogi. Those who try to meditate on the\nform of the Lord are called munis, or less intelligent, whereas those who\nrender actual service to the Lord are called bhakti-yogis. The thought\nprocess described below is for the education of the muni. In order to\nconvince the yogi that the Absolute Truth or Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is never impersonal at any time, the following verses prescribe\nobserving the Lord in His personal form, limb after limb. To think of the\nLord as a whole may sometimes be impersonal; therefore, it is recommended\nhere that one first think of His lotus feet, then His ankles, then the thighs,\nthen the waist, then the chest, then the neck, then the face and so on. One\nshould begin from the lotus feet and gradually rise to the upper limbs of\nthe transcendental body of the Lord.\nTEXT 21\n\nmlM�«•t'talt(GII(N;:c(\n\n'tlillfilit\\$1(1�1!+tlt)4( I\n\n�tt«fiN�(1'1(Cicqifi•:u�-\n\nsaiicintayed bhagavatas cararu\"iravindarh\nvaj riinkusa-dh va ja-saroruh a-liiiichaniiflh yam\n\n", "SB3.4#p0215": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1196\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nu ttwiga-rak ta--vilasan-nakha-cak raviilajyotsniibhir iihata-mahad-dhrdayiindhakiiram\nsaiicintayet-he should concentrate; bhagavata�-of the Lord; cara!la­\n\n-banner; saroruha-lotus; liiiichana-marks;\n\naravindam -on the lotus feet; vajra-thunderbolt; ankusa goad (rod for\ndriving\n\nelephants);\n\ndhvaja\n\nii�h yam-adorned with; u ttu nga- prominent; rak ta-red; vilasat -brilliant;\nnakha-nails; cakraviila-the circle of the moon; jyots niibhi�-with splendor ;\nahata-dispelled; mahat-thick; hrdaya- of the heart; andhakiiram - darkness.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotee should first concentrate his mind on the Lord's lotus feet,\nwhich are adorned with the marks of a thunderbolt, a goad, a banner and\na lotus. The splendor of their beautiful ruby nails resembles the orbit of\nthe moon and dispels the thick gloom of one's heart.\nPURPORT\nThe Miiyavadi says that because one is unable to fix his mind on the\nimpersonal existence of the Absolute Truth, one can imagine any form he\nlikes and fix his mind on that imaginary form; hut such a process is not\nrecommended here. Imagination is always imagination and results\"only in\nfurther imagination.\nA concrete description of the eternal form of the Lord is given here.\nThe Lord's sole is depicted with distinctive lines resembling a thunderbolt,\na flag, a lotus flower and a goad. The luster of His toenails, which are\nbrilliantly prominent, resembles the light of the moon. If a yogi looks\nupon the marks of the Lord's sole and on the blazing brilliance of His\nnails, then he can be freed from the darkness of ignorance in material\nexistence. This liberation is not achieved by mental speculation, but by\nseeing the light emanating from the lustrous toenails of the Lord. In other\nwords, one has to fix his mind first on the lotus feet of the Lord if he\nwants to he freed from the darkness of ignorance in material existence.\nTEXT 22\n\n�cm:qf.uq�ijftatqu�4lwt\n�;r �� ftN: ftr�S\\l«J\nW41ti�wt na'le�ef.lijtfclt:4\n\n\"41-fift� �lf(UIIdif�( ������\n\n", "SB3.4#p0216": "Text 22]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1197\n\nyac-chauca-n*srta-sarit-pravarodakena\ntirthena murdhny adhik,rtena sivafl sivo 'bhilt\ndh yiitur manafl-samala-saila-nisr.s.ta-vajram\ndhyiiyec ciram bhagavatas cara[!iiravindam\nyat-the Lord's lotus feet; sauca-washing; ni�srta-gone forth; sarit­\n\npravara-of the Ganges; udakena-by the water; ttrthena-holy; milrdhni­\n\non his head ;adhikrtena-borne; siva�-Lord Siva; siva�-auspicious; abhiltbecame; dhylitu�\n\n-\n\nof the meditator; mana�-in the mind; samala-saila-the\n\nmountain of sin; nisr§ta-hurled; vajram- thunderbolt; dhyiiyet- one should\n\nmeditate; ciram-for a\n\nlong time; bhagavata�-of\n\naravindam-on the lotus feet.\n\nthe\n\nLord; cara[!a­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe blessed Lord Siva becomes all the more blessed by bearing on his\nhead the holy waters of the Ganges, which has its source in the water that\nwashed the Lord's lotus feet. The Lord's feet act like thunderbolts hurled\nto shatter the mountain of sin stored in the mind of the meditating\ndevotee. One should therefore meditate on the lotus feet of the Lord for\na long time.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the position of Lord Siva is specifically mentioned. The\n\nimpersonalist suggests that the Absolute Truth has no form and that one\n\ncan therefore equally imagine the form of Vi�r:tu or Lord Siva or the goddess\nDurga or their son Gar:te8a. But actually the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is the supreme master of everyone. In the Caitanya-caritiim,rta it\n\nis said: ekale isvara k,r§T)a, iira saba bhrtya: the Supreme Lord is Kr�I)a, and\n\neveryone else, including Lord Siva and Lord Brahma-not to mention\nother demigods-is a servant of Kr�I)a. The same principle is described\n\nhere. Lord Siva is important because he is holding on his head the holy\nGanges water which has its origin in the footwash of Lord Vigm. In the\n\nHari-bhakti-viliisa by Sanatana Gosvami it is said that anyone who puts the\nSupreme Lord and the demigods, including Lord Siva and Lord Brahma,\n\non the same level, at once becomes a piifiarz!li, or atheist. We should never\n\nconsider that the Supreme Lord Vi�tJ.U and the demigods are on an equal\nfooting.\n\nAnother significant point of this verse is that the mind of the con­\n\nditioned soul, on account of its association with the material energy from\n\ntime immemorial, contains heaps of dirt in the form of desires to lord it\n\n", "SB3.4#p0217": "1198\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nover material nature. This dirt is like a mountain, but a mountain can be\nshattered when hit by a thunderbolt. Meditating on the lotus feet of the\nLord acts like a thunderbolt on the mountain of dirt in the mind of the\n\nyogi. If a yogi wants to shatter the mountain of dirt in his mind, he should\nconcentrate on the lotus feet of the Lord and not imagine something void\nor impersonal. Because the dirt has accumulated like a solid mountain,\none must meditate on the lotus feet of the Lord for quite a long time. For\none who is accustomed to thinking of the lotus feet of the Lord constantly,\nhowever, it is a different matter. The devotees are so fixed on the lotus\nfeet of the Lord that they do not think of anything else. Those who\npractice the yoga system must meditate on the lotus feet of the Lord for\na long time after following the regulative principles and thereby controlling\nthe senses.\nIt is specifically mentioned here, bhagavatas cararu'iravindam: one has\nto think of the lotus feet of the Lord. The Mayavadis imagine that one can\nthink of the lotus feet of Lord\nto achieve liberation, but\n\nS iva or Lord Brahma or the goddess Durga\n\nthis is not so.\n\nBhagavata{!\n\nis specifically\n\nmentioned. Bhagavata� means of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nVi�Qu, and no one else. Another significant phrase in this verse is siva[!\nsivo 'bhut. By his constitutional position, Lord S iva is always great and\n\nauspicious, but since he has accepted on his head the Ganges water which\nemanated from the lotus feet of the Lord, he has become even more\nauspicious and important. The stress is on the lotus feet of the Lord. A\nrelationship with the lotus feet of the Lord can even enhance the importance of Lord\n\nS iva, what to speak of other, ordinary living entities.\nTEXT 23\n\n� 'Sf�JI:q:rt�l 'SfiRT\n�·f(ij� ij(q�ij�l �:1\n� cti(qtf4(t�•u �\nij('Sl�d � �..q� �� ����II\njiinu-dvayarh jalaja-locanayii jananyii\nlak§my1lkhilasya sura-vanditayii vidhiitu�\nurvor nidhiiya kara-pallava-roci,sii yat\nsarhlalitarh h,rdi vibhor abhavasya kuryiit\n\n", "SB3.4#p0218": "Text 23]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1199\n\njanu-dvayam-up to the knees; jalaja-locanaya-lotus-eyed; jananyamother; lak�mya-by Lak�mi; akhilasya-of the entire universe; suravanditaya-worshiped by the demigods; vidhiitu�-of Brahmii; urvo�-at\nthe thighs; nidhiiya-having placed; kara-pallava-roci�ii-with her lustrous\nfingers; yat-which; samliilitam-massaged; hrdi-in the heart; vibho�-of\nthe Lord; abhavasya-transcendental to material existence; kuryat-one\nshould meditate.\nTRANSLATION\nThe yogi should fix in his heart the activities of Lak�mi, the goddess of\nfortune, who is worshiped by all demigods and is the mother of the\nsupreme person, Brahma. She can always be found massaging the legs\nand thighs of the transcendental Lord, very carefully serving Him in this\nway.\nPURPORT\n\nBrahmii is the appointed lord of the universe. Because his father is\nGarbhodakasiiyi Vi�l).U, Lak�mi, the goddess of fortune, is automatically\nhis mother. Lak�miji is worshiped by all demigods as well as by the inhabitants of other planets. Human beings are also eager to receive favor\nfrom the goddess of fortune. Lak�mi is always engaged in massaging the\nlegs and thighs of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nariiyal).a, who is\nlying on the ocean of Garbha within the universe. Brahmii is described\nhere as the son of the goddess of fortune, but actually he was not born of\nher womb. Brahma takes his birth in the abdomen of the Lord Himself.\nA lotus flower grows from the abdomen of Garbhodakasayi Vi�l).u, and\nBrahma is born there. Therefore Lak�miji's massaging of the thighs of the\nLord should not be taken as the behavior of an ordinary wife. The Lord is\ntranscendental to the behavior of the ordinary male and female. The word\nabhavasya is very significant, for it indicates that He could produce Brahma\nwithout the assistance of the goddess of fortune.\nSince transcendental behavior is different from mundane behavior, it\nshould not be taken that the Lord receives service from His wife just as a\ndemigod or human being might receive service from his wife. It is advised\nhere that the yogi always keep this picture in his heart. The devotee always\nthinks of this relationship between Lak�mi and Narayal).a; therefore he does\nnot meditate on the mental plane as impersonalists and voidists do.\nBhava� means one who accepts a material body, and abhava� means one\nwho does not accept a material body but descends in the original spiritual\nbody. Lord Narayal).a is not born of anything material. Matter is generated\n\n", "SB3.4#p0219": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1200\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nfrom matter, but He is not born of matter. Brahma is born after the creation, but since the Lord existed before the creation, He therefore has no\nmaterial body.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nuqui�\\1Nld�ttl¥tilrli1�f.I4T 31<1�illi!f¥tij1 l\n&14R\"5f&414l<ti!i(i!fRim -�·wtqqRdtolf f.l<tiilfil¥414(! 1�\\lll\n�\n\nurn suparrta-bhujayor adhi sobhamiiniiv\nojo-nidhi atasikii-kusumiivabhiisau\nvyiilambi-pita-vara-viisasi vartamiinakiinci-kaliipa-parirambhi nitamba-bimbam\nurn-the two thighs; supan:w-of Garu�a; bhujayo�-the two shoulders;\n\nadhi-on; sobhamiinau-b eautiful; oja�-nidht-the storehouse of all energy;\natasikii-kusuma-of the linseed flower; avabhiisau-like the luster; vyiilambiextending\n\ndown;\n\npita\n\n- yellow ; vara- e quisite; viisasi- on the cloth;\nx\n\nvar tamiina-being; kiinci-kaliipa- by a girdle; parirambhi-encircled; nitamba·\n\nbimbam-His rounded hips.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNext, the yogi should fix his mind in meditation on the Personality of\n\nGodhead's thighs, the storehouse of all energy. The Lord's thighs are\n\nwhitish blue, like the luster of the linseed flower, and appear most graceful\n\nwhen the Lord is carried on the shoulders of Garuc�a. Also the yogi should\n\ncontemplate upon His rounded hips, which are encircled by a girdle that\n\nrests on the exquisite yellow silk cloth that extends down to His ankles.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Personality of Godhead is the reservoir of all strength, and His\nstrength rests on the thighs of His transcendental body. His whole body is\nfull of opulences: all riches, all strength, all fame, all beauty, all knowledge\nand all renunciation. The yog\"i is advised to meditate upon the transcendental form of the Lord, beginning from the soles of the feet and then\ngradually rising to the knees, to the thighs, and finally arriving at the face.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0220": "Text 25)\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1201\n\nThe system of meditating on the Supreme Personality of Godhead begins\nfrom His feet.\nThe description of the transcendental form of the Lord is exactly\nrepresented in the arca-vigraha, the statue in the temples. Generally the\nlower part of the body of the statue of the Lord is covered with yellow\nsilk. That is the V aiku�tha dress, or the dress the Lord wears in the\nspiritual sky. This cloth extends down to the Lord's ankles. Thus, since\nthe yogi has so many transcendental objectives on which to meditate,\nthere is no reason for his meditating on something imaginary, as is the\n\npractice of the so-called yogjs whose objective is impersonal.\nTEXT 25\n\nC4;stit'4Jg\"ao«ti\n*NI€¥Mf.tfit'l•l�( I\n� tR\"tfOit'l(t;s*\"�\n��N'IJ�Wit«tft( ������\n;scflt«(\n\nniibhi-hradam bhuvana-kosa-guhodara-s tham\nyatriitma-yoni-dhi§a[liikhila-loka-padmam\n\nvyu !iham harin-ma{li-vr§a-stanayor amu§ya\n\ndhyayed dvayam visada-hcira-mayilkha-gauram\nnabhi-hradam-the navel lake; bhuvana-kosa-of all the worlds; guha­\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe foundation; udara-on the ab domen; sth am situated; yatra where;\n\niit ma-yoni-of\n\nB rahma; dhi�a �a-resid ence;\n\nakhila-loka-containing\n\nall\n\nplanetary systems; padmam-lotus; vyu�ham-sprang up; harit-mar-i -like\nemeralds; vr�a- most exquisite; stanayo�-of nipples; amu§ya-of the Lord;\n\ndhyiiyet-he should meditate on; dvayam-the pair; v iSada-white; hiiraof pearl necklaces; mayukha-from the light; gauram- whitish.\nTRANSLATION\nThe yogi should then meditate on His moonlike navel in the center of\nHis abdomen. From His navel, which is the foundation of the entire\nuniverse, sprang the lotus stem containing all the different planetary\nsystems. The lotus is the residence of Brahma, the first created being. In\nthe same way, the yogi should concentrate his mind on the Lord's\nnipples, which resemble a pair of the most exquisite emeralds and which\n\n", "SB3.4#p0221": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1202\n\n[Canto 3, Ch- 28\n\nappear whitish because of the rays of the milk-white pearl necklaces\nadorning His chest.\nPURPORT\nThe yogi is advised next to meditate upon the navel of the Lord, which\nis the foundation of all material creation. Just as a child is connected to\nhis mother by the umbilical cord, so the first-born living creature, Brahma,\nby the supreme will of the Lord, is connected to the Lord by a lotus stem.\nIn the previous verse it was stated that the goddess of fortune, Lak�mi,\nwho engages in massaging the legs, ankles and thighs of the Lord, is called\nthe mother of Brahmii, but actually Brahmii is born from the abdomen of\nthe Lord, not from the abdomen of his mother. These are inconceivable\nconceptions of the Lord, and one should not think materially, \"How can\nthe father give birth to a child?\"\nIt is explained in the Brahma-sarhhitii that each limb of the Lord has\nthe potency of every other limb; because everything is spiritual, His parts\nare not conditioned. The Lord can see with His ears. The material ear can\nhear but cannot see, but we understand from the Brahma-sarhhitii that the\nLord can also see with His ears and hear with His eyes. Any organ of His\ntranscendental body can function as any other organ. His abdomen is the\nfoundation of all the planetary systems. Brahmii holds the post of the\ncreator of all planetary systems, but his engineering energy is ge!'lerated\nfrom the abdomen of the Lord. Any creative function in the universe\nalways has a direct connecting link with the Lord. The necklace of pearls\nwhich decorates the upper portion of the Lord's body is also spiritual, and\ntherefore the yogi is advised to gaze at the whitish luster of the pearls\ndecorating His chest.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n,.��:\n� ¥twi1wt�wtf.tif6¥tiC:� 1\n.at� �\ni�l\"Cwt��EM¥1('t)ij� 11�'\\11\n�f\\:rctRt'lt4f«\n\n..\n\nvak§o 'dhiviisam rflabhasya mahii-vibhiite�\npurhsiirh mano-nayana-nirvrtim iidadhiinam\nkarJham ca kaustubha-marter adhibhii§artiirtharh\nkuryiin manasy akhila-loka-namaskrtasya\n\n", "SB3.4#p0222": "Text 26]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1203\n\nvak�al,t-the chest; adhiviisam-the abode; r�abhasya- of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; mahii-vibhute�-of Maha-Lak�mi; pumsiim-of\nper�:;ons; mana�- to the mind; nayana-to the eyes; ni rortim-transcendental\n\npleasure; iidadhiinam- bestowing; kar.tham-the\n\nneck; ca-also;\n\nkaustubha-mar:e�- of the Kaustubha gem; adhibhil§ar:a-artham- which\nenhances the beauty; kuryiit- he should meditate on; manasi-in the mind;\n\nakhila-loka-by the entire universe; nama�-krtasya-who is adored.\nTRANSLATION\nThe yogi should then meditate on the chest of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, the abode of goddess Maha-La�mi. The Lord's chest is the\nsource of all transcendental pleasure for the mind and full satisfaction for\nthe eyes. The yogi should then imprint on his mind the neck of the\nPersonality of Godhead, who is adored by the entire universe. The\nneck of the Lord serves to enhance the beauty of the Kaustubha gem,\nwhich hangs on His chest.\nPURPORT\nIn the Upani�ads it is said that the various energies of the Lord are\nworking to create, destroy and maintain. These inconceivable varieties of\nenergy are stored in the bosom of the Lord. As people generally say, God\nis\n\nall-powerful.\n\nThat\n\nprowess\n\nis\n\nrepresented\n\nby\n\nMaha-Lak!'mi, the\n\nreservoir of all energies, who is situated on the bosom of the transcendental form of the Lord. The yogi who can meditate perfectly on that spot\non the transcendental form of the Lord can derive many material powers,\nwhich comprise the eight perfections of the yoga system.\nIt is stated herein that the beauty of the neck of the Lord enhances\nthe beauty of the Kaustubha gem rather than vice versa. The gem itself\nbecomes more beautiful because it is situated on the neck of the Lord. A\n\nyogi is therefore recommended to meditate upon the Lord's neck. The\nLord's transcendental form can either be meditated upon in the mind or\nplaced in a temple in the form of a statue and decorated in such a way\nthat everyone can contemplate it. Temple worship, therefore, is meant\nfor persons who are not so advanced that they can meditate upon the\nform of the Lord. There is no difference between constantly visiting the\ntemple and directly seeing the transcendental form of the Lord; they are\nof equal value. The advantageous position of the yog\"\"i is that he can sit\nanywhere in a solitary place and meditate upon the form of the Lord. A\n\n", "SB3.4#p0223": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1204\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nless advanced person, however, has to go to the temple, and as long as he\ndoes not go to the temple he is unable to see the form of the Lord. Either\n\nby hearing, seeing or meditating, the obj ective is the transcendental form\n\nof the Lord; there is no question of voidness or impersonalism. The Lord\ncan bestow the blessings of transcendental pleasure upon either the\n\n-\n\nvisitor of the temple, the meditator yogi or one who hears about the\nLord's transcendental form from scriptures like the Srimad-Bhiigavatam or\n\nBhagavad-gitii. There are nine processes for executing devotional service,\n\nof which s mararwm, or meditation, is one. Yogis take advantage of the\n\nprocess of smara(lam, whereas bhakti-yogis take special advantage of the\nprocess of hearing and chanting.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n;n(lr ¥tW(d1t�: q(tq��..\n\nf.tffl'ffi\"ll�R;s�lwt�Jl•qtel'{ I\n6filiij-(iQijijl(¥(ijij�ijf:\n\nq � *Mij(\\(C(I&f(ij( 11�\\911\nbiihums ca mandara-gire{l parivartanena\nnirr.ik ta-biihu-valayiin adhiloka-piiliin\n\nsancintayed dasa-satiiram asah ya-teja{l\n\nsalikham ca tat-kara-saroruha-riija-hamsam\n\nbiihun-the\n\narms;\n\nca-and;\n\nmandara-gire�-of\n\nMount\n\nMandara;\n\n-\n\nparivartanena-by the revolvi ng; nir�ikta-polished; biihu-valayiin the arm\n\nornaments; adhiloka-piiliin-the source of the controllers of the u niverse;\nsancintayet-one should meditate on; dasa-sata-aram-the Sudarsana disc\n\n-\n\n(ten hundred spokes); asahya-teja� dazzling luster; smikham-the conch;\n\nca-also; tat-kara-in the hand of the Lord; saroruha-lotuslike; riijahanisam-like a s wan.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe yogi should further meditate upon the Lord's four arms, which are\n\nthe source of all the powers of the demigods who control the various\nfunctions of material nature. Then the yogi should concentrate on the\npolished ornaments which were burnished by Mount Mandara as it\n\nrevolved.\n\nHe\n\nshould also duly contemplate the Lord's discus, the\n\nSudarsana cakra, which contains 1,000 spokes and a dazzling luster, as\n\nwell as the conch, which looks like a swan in His lotuslike palm.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0224": "Text 28]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1205\n\nPURPORT\nAll departments of law and order emanate from the arms of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. The law and order of the universe is directed by\ndifferent demigods, and it is here said to emanate from the Lord's arms.\nMandara Hill is mentioned here because when the ocean was churned by\nthe demons on one side and the demigods on the other, Mandara Hill was\ntaken as the churning rod. The Lord in His tortoise incarnation became\nthe pivot for the churning rod, and thus His ornaments were polished by\nthe turning of Mandara Hill. In other words, the ornaments on the arms\nof the Lord are as brilliant and. lustrous as if they had been polished very\nrecently. The wheel in the hand of the Lord, called the Sudarsana cakra,\nhas 1,000 spokes. The yogz is advised to meditate upon each of the spokes.\nHe should meditate upon each and every one of the component parts of\nthe transcendental form of the Lord.\nTEXT 28\n\nca.aC(� � � �\n�144(1�¥te.i1filij�t-1\n�\n44f!4ijq�fil<t41ti\n� (t'f44444J ¥\\fUI¥4@ � ������\nkaumodaktm bhagavato dayitam smare t\ndigdham arati-bha.ta-So'}ita-kardamena\nmalam madhuvrata-variitha-giropaghu�.tiim\ncaityasya tattvam amalam ma{lim asya ka1J.the\nkaumodaktm-club named Kaumodaki; bhagavata�-of the Personality\nof Godhead; dayitiim-very dear; smaret-one should remember; digdhiimsmeared; ariiti- of the enemies; bha {a- soldiers; sorita-kardamena-with the\nbloodstains; miiliim-the garland; madhu-vrata-of bumblebees; variitha­\n\nof a swarm; giro - with the sou nd ; u paghu §tiim- surr ounded ; caityasya-of\nthe living entity; tattvam- principle , truth; amalam-pure; ma �J im- t he\npearl necklace; asya-of the Lord ; ka1J!he-on the neck.\nTRANSLATION\nThe yogi should meditate upon His club, which is named Kaumodaki\nand is very dear to Him. This club smashes the demons, who are always\n\n", "SB3.4#p0225": "1206\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\ninimical soldiers, and is smeared with their blood. One should also concentrate on the nice garland on the neck of the Lord, which is always\nsurrounded by bumblebees, with their nice buzzing sound, and one should\n\nmeditate upon the pearl necklace on the Lord's neck, which is considered\n\nto be the pure living entities who are always engaged in His service.\nPURPORT\n\nThe yogi must contemplate the different parts of the transcendental\nbody of the Lord. Here it is stated that the constitutional position of the\nliving entities should he understood. There are two kinds of living entities\nmentioned here. One is called the ariiti. They are averse to understanding\nthe pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. For them, the Lord\nappears with His hand clutching the terrible mace, which is always smeared\nwith bloodstains from His killing of demons. Demons are also sons of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. As stated in Bhagavad-g\"itii, all the\ndifferent species of living entities are sons of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. There are, however, two classes of living entities, who act in\ntwo different ways. The Supreme Lord keeps those living entities who\nare pure on His neck, as one protects the jewels and pearls on the bosom\nand neck of one's body. Those living entities in pure Kwp consciousness\nare symbolized by the pearls on His neck. Those who are demons.and are\ninimical towards the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are\npunished by His mace, which is always smeared with the blood of such\nfallen living entities. The club of the Lord is very dear to Him because He\nuses this instrument to smash the bodies of the demons and mix their\nblood. As mud is kneaded with water and earth, so the earthly bodies of\nthe enemies of the Lord, or the atheists, are smashed by the club of the\nLord, which becomes muddied with the blood of such demons.\nTEXT 29\n\n�·i�flxtm�( •ri\\<t¥((1:\n�-\"\"�'«•tqfl qa:;nd�t'G\\4( 1\n44fd:\\$(;:q4\\\\t«s*4Ria�-.\nNtitkt<ti¥\\MCflQG\\I(WtiQ II��II\nbhrtyiinukampita-dhiyeha grhita-murte�\nsaficintayed bhagavato vadaniiravindam\n\n", "SB3.4#p0226": "Text 29]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1207\n\nyad visphuran-makara-kur�ala-valgitena\nvidyotitamala-kapolam udara-nasam\nbhrtya- for the devotees; anu kampita-dhiyii-out of compassion; iha-in\nthis world; grhtta-miirte�\n\n-\n\nwho presents different forms; sa flcintayet- one\n\nshould meditate on; bhagavata�-of the Personality of G odhead; vadanacountenance;\nmakara\n\n-\n\naravindam lotuslike;\n\nlation; vidyotita\nudiira\n\n-\n\n-\n\nalligator-shaped ; ku '!�ala\n-\n\n-\n\nyad-which;\n\nvisphuran- glittering;\n\nof His earrings; valgitena-by the oscil­\n\nilluminated; amala-crystal clear; kapolam-His cheeks;\n\nprominent; niisam-His nose.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe yogi should then meditate on the lotuslike countenance of the\nLord, who presents His diff erent forms in this world out of compassion\nfor the anxious devotees. His nose is prominent, and His crystal-clear\ncheeks are illuminated by the oscillation of His glittering alligator-shaped\nearrings.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord descends to the material world out of His deep compassion\nfor His devotees. There are two reasons for the Lord's appearance or\nincarnation in the material world. Whenever there is a discrepancy in the\ndischarge of religious principles and prominence of irreligion, the Lord\ndescends for the protection of the devotees and the destruction of the\nnondevotees. When He appears, His main purpose is to give solace to His\ndevotees. He does not have to come Himself to destroy the demons, for\nHe has many agents; even the external energy, maya, has sufficient strength\nto kill them. But when He comes to show compassion to His devotees, He\nkills the nondevotees as a matter of course.\nThe Lord appears in the particular form loved by a particular type of\ndevotee. There are millions of forms of the Lord, but they are one\nAbsolute. As stated in the Brahma-samhitii, advaitam acyutam aniidim\nananta-riipam: all the different forms of the Lord are one, but some\ndevotees want to see Him in the form of Radha and Kri!'Ja, others prefer\nHim as Sita and Ramacandra, others would see Him as Lak�mi-NarayaJ:Ja\nand others want to see Him as four-handed NarayaJ:Ja, Vasudeva. The Lord\nhas innumerable forms, and He appears in a particular form as preferred by\na particular type of devotee. A yogi is advised to meditate upon the forms\nthat are\n\napproved by devotees. A yogi cannot imagine a form for\n\nmeditation. Those so-called yogis who manufacture a circle or target are\n\n", "SB3.4#p0227": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n1208\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nengaged in nonsense. Actually, a yogi must meditate upon the form of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead that has been experienced by the Lord's\npure devotees. Yogi means devotee. Yogis who are not actually pure\ndevotees should follow in the footsteps of devotees. It is especially\nmentioned here that the yogi should meditate upon the form which is· thus\napproved; he cannot manufacture a form of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�TMQ'4re(1n qf(t&q¥41-1\n��tftq;:6�t��... t\n\n¥ftwtl441t�'4�qC(ilif�!l\n\"41�\"\\.U¥4�'46� i3(1(11(M t I� II\no\n\n�\n\nyac chri-niketam alibhift parisevyamiinarh\nbhiltyii svayii ku_tila-kuntala-vrnda-jufi.tam\nmina-dvayiisrayam adhikfiipad abja-netrarh\ndhyiiyen manomayam atandrita ullasad-bhru\nyat- which face of the Lord; srt-niketam-a lotus; alibhi�-by bees;\nparisevyamanam sur rounded ; bhiltya-by elegance; svaya- i ts ; ku!ilacurly; kuntala-of hair; vrnda-by a multitude; j u� tam ad orned ; mina-of\nfish; dvaya-a p air; iisrayam dwelling ; adhik§ipat- p u ttin g to shame; abjaa l otus; netram- having eyes; dhyayet one should meditate on; manafl,mayam formed in the mind; atand rita�- attentive; ullasat- dancing; bhru­\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\n-\n\n·\n\n-\n\nhaving eyebrows ..\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe yogi then meditates upon the beautiful face of the Lord, which is\n\nadorned with curly hair and decorated by lotuslike eyes and dancing\n\neyebrows. A lotus surrounded by swar ming bees and a pair of swimming\n\nfish would he put to shame by its elegance.\nPURPORT\n\nOne important statement here is dhyii.yen manomayam. Manomayam\nis not imagination. lmpersonalists think that the yogi can imagine any\nform that he likes, but, as stated here, the yogi must meditate upon the\nform of the Lord which is experienced by devotees. Devotees never\n\n", "SB3.4#p0228": "Text 31]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1209\n\nimagine a form of the Lord. They are not satisfied by something imaginary.\nThe Lord has different eternal forms; each devotee likes a particular form\nand thus engages himself in the service of the Lord by worshiping that\nform.\n\nThe\n\nLord's\n\nform is\n\ndepicted\n\nin different ways according to\n\nscriptures. As already discussed, there are eight kinds of representations of\nthe original form of the Lord. These representations can be produced by\nthe use of clay, stone, wood, paint, sand, etc., depending upon the\nresources of the devotee.\nManomayam is a carving of the form of the Lord within the mind.\nThis is included as one of the eight different carvings of the form of the\nLord. It is not imagination. Meditation on the actual form of the Lord may\nbe manifested in different manners, but i t should not be concluded that\none has to imagine a form. There are two comparisons in this verse: first,\nthe Lord's face is compared to a lotus, and then His black hair is compared to humming bees swarming around the lotus, and His two eyes are\ncompared to two fish swimming about. A lotus flower on the water is very\nbeautiful when surrounded by humming bees and fish. The Lord's face is\nself-sufficient and complete. His beauty defies the natural beauty of a lotus.\n\nTEXT 31\n\nij\\'funilW«fW iq41f<tEtl(�nq,.�qta'i..l4 Plttiifil): 1\n\n�•l!4f41ijl�f01� ��SI�U(\n\n\"li-�H�·�e¥tM..41gtl41i(lt� �II\n\ntasyiivalokam adhikarh krpayiitighoratiipa-trayopasamaniiya nisr.s,tam ak§[lO�\nsnigdha-smitiinugu[litarh vipula-prasiidarh\ndhyayec cirani vipula-bhiivanayii guhiiyiim\nta s ya of the Personality of Godhead; avalokam-glance s; adhikam-\n\nfrequent; krpayii-with compassion; atighora-most fearful; tapa-traya­\n\nthreefold agonies; upasamaniiya-soothing; ni sn {am\n\n-\n\ncast; ak§TJOft-from\n\nHis eyes; snigdha-loving; smita-smiles; anugu T}itam-accompanied by;\n\nvipula-abundant ; prasiidam-full of grace; dhyiiyet-he should contemplate; ciram-for a long time; vipula-full; bhiivanayii-with devotion;\nguhiiyiim-in the heart.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0229": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1210\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe yogis should contemplate with full devotion upon the compassionate\n\nglances frequently cast by the Lord's eyes, for they soothe the most\nfearful threefold agonies of His devotees. His glances, accompanied by\nloving smiles, are full of abundant grace.\n\nPURPORT\nAs long as one is in conditional life, in the material body, it is natural\nthat he will suffer from anxieties and agonies. One cannot avoid the\ninfluence of material energy, even when one is on the transcendental\nplane. Sometimes disturbances come, but the agonies and anxieties of the\ndevotees are at once mitigated when they think of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead in His beautiful form or the smiling face of the Lord. The\nLord bestows innumerable favors upon His devotee, and the greatest\nmanifestation of His grace is His smiling face, which is full of compassion\nfor His pure devotees.\nTEXT 32\n\n�\n\n««ww<nR'4�J\\Etr�AttnEfil?!(4••r(fch:n,ur¥4�1(1( 1\nij...U(i\\14 u� ��¥4144M\n� tPti� ¥iifi(-.�\\'il II��II\nhiisarh harer avanatiikhila-loka-tivrasokiisru-siigara-viso.sar-am atyudiiram\nsammohaniiya racitarh nija-mayayiisya\nbhril-mal)ljalani muni-krte makara-dhvajasya\nhasam-the smile; hare�-of Lord S ri Hari; avanata-bowed; akhila-all;\nloka-for persons; tivra-soka-caused by intense grief; asru-siigara-the ocean\nof tears;vis'o§a�am-drying up; ati-udiiram-most benevolent; sammo haniiya\n\n-for charming ; racitam-manifested; nija-mayaya-by His internal potency;\nasya- His;\n\nbhril-ma�ljalam-arched eyebrows; muni-krte-for the good of\n\nthe sages; makara-dhvajasya-of the sex god.\n\nTRANSLATION\n•\n\nA yogi should similarly meditate on the most benevolent smile of Lord\n\nSri Hari, a smile which, for all those who bow to Him, dries away the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0230": "Text 33]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1211\n\nocean of tears caused by intense grief. He should also meditate on His\narched eyebrows, which are manifested by His internal potency in order\nto charm the sex god for the good of the sages.\nPURPORT\nThe entire universe is full of miseries, and therefore the inhabitants of\nthis material universe are always shedding tears out of intense grief. There\nis a great ocean of water made from such tears, but for one who surrenders\nunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the ocean of tears is at once\ndried up. One need only see the charming smile of the Supreme Lord. In\nother words, the bereavement of material existence immediately subsides\nwhen one sees the charming smile of the Lord.\nIt is stated in this verse that the charming eyebrows of the Lord are so\nfascinating that they cause one to forget the charms of sense attraction.\nThe conditioned souls are shackled to material existence because they are\ncaptivated by the charms of sense gratification, especially sex life. The\nsex god is called makara-dhvaja. The charming brows of the Supreme\nPersonality of\ncharmed by\n\nGodhead protect the sages and devotees from being\n\nmaterial lust and sex attraction.\n\nYamunacarya, a\n\ngreat\n\niiciirya, said that ever since he had seen the charming pastimes of the Lord,\nthe charms of sex life had become abominable for him, and the mere\nthought of sex enjoyment would cause him to spit and turn his face. Thus\nif anyone wants to be aloof from sex attraction he must see the charming\nsmile and fascinating eyebrows of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n\\ii41..1C44\n\n� �-\n\n�R11�1f1t<t('HJft-sit�q·� I\n\\U.II�M\\,t(,sqftij� ftqft�sictlf't(l¥4'11 Wf 'N�tit(l��II\ndhyiiniiyanarh prahasitarh bahuladharo.sthabhiisiirurziiyita-tanu-dvija-kunda-pankti\ndhyiiyet svadeha-kuhare 'vasitasya vifi[lOr\nbhaktyiirdrayiirpita-manii na prthag didrk.set\ndhyana-ayanam- e asily meditated upon;prahasitam- the laughter;bahula\n\n-\n\n-abundant; adhara-o�tha-of His lips; bhiisa-b y the splendor; aru7Jayita\n\n", "SB3.4#p0231": "1212\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nrendered rosy; tanu-small; dvija-teeth; kunda-pankti-like a row of jasmine\n\nbuds; dhyiiyet-he should meditate upon; sva-deha-kuhare-in th e core of\n\nhis heart; avasitasya-who resides; vin w�-of Vi�!lu; bhaktyii-with devo­\n\ntion; iirdrayii-steeped in love; arpita-manii�- his mind being fixed; na- not;\nprthak-anything else; didrk.set-he should desire to see.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith devotion steeped in love and affection, the yogi should meditate\n\nwithin the core of his heart upon the laughter of Lord Vi�!lu. The\n\nlaughter of Vi��u is so captivating that it can be easily meditated\nupon. When the Supreme Lord is laughing one can see His small teeth,\n\nwhich resemble jasmine buds rendered rosy by the splendor of His lips.\nOnce devoting his mind to this, the yogi should no longer desire to see\n\nanything else.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is recommended that the yogt visualize the laughter of the Lord\nafter studying His smile very carefully. These particular descriptions of\nmeditation on the smile, laughter, face, lips and teeth all indicate conclusively that God is not impersonal. It is described herein that one should\nmeditate on the laughter or smiling of Vi�!lu. There is no other activity that\ncan completely cleanse the heart of the devotee. The exceptional beauty\nof the laughter of Lord Vi�!lu is that when He smiles His small teeth,\n\nwhich resemble the buds of jasmine flowers, at once become reddish,\n\nreflecting His rosy lips. If the yogi is able to place the beautiful face of the\nLord in the core of his heart, then he will be completely satisfied. In other\n\nwords, when one is absorbed in seeing the beauty of the Lord within\nhimself, the material attraction can no longer disturb him.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�ct ro � SIRt€$&$;(�•41\n\n����:st'ili(la.l\n3flWJdii'IUfEfW;�T ��� �'EI'Ifij�j 41wt�M�� 11�\\111\nevam harau bhagavati pratilabdha-bhiivo\nbhaktyii dravad-dhrdaya utpulaka� pramodiit\n\n", "SB3.4#p0232": "Text 34]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1213\n\nautka[l_thya-bii§pa-kalayii muhur ardyamiinas\ntac ciipi citta-baflisam sanakair viyunkte\nevam-thus; harau-towards Lord Hari; bhagavati-the Personality of\nGodhead; pratilabdha-developed; bhiiva�-pure love; bhaktyii-by devotional service; dravat-melting; hrdaya�-his heart; utpulaka�-experiencing\nstanding of the hairs of the body; pramodiit-from excessive joy; autka[l,thya\n-occasioned by intense love; bii§pa-kalayii-by a stream of tears; muhu�constantly; ardyamiina�-being afflicted; tat-that; ca-and; api-even;\ncitta-the mind; batjisam-hook; sanaka*-gradually; viyunkte-withdraws.\nTRANSLATION\nBy following this course, the yogi gradually develops pure love for the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Hari. In the course of his progress in\ndevotional service, the hairs on his body stand erect through excessive\njoy, and he is constantly bathed in a stream of tears occasioned by\nintense love. Gradually, even the mind which he used as a means to\nattract the Lord, as one attracts a fish to a hook, withdraws from material\nactivity.\nPURPORT\nHere it is clearly mentioned that meditation, which is an action of the\nmind, is not the perfect stage of samiidhi or absorption. In the beginning\nthe mind is employed in attracting the form of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, but in the higher stages there is no question of using the\nmind. A devotee becomes accustomed to serving the Supreme Lord by\npurification of his senses. In other words, the yoga principles of meditation are required as long as one is not situated in pure devotional service.\nThe mind is used to purify the senses, but when the senses are purified\nby meditation, there is no need to sit in a particular place and to try to\nmeditate upon the form of the Lord. One becomes so habituated that he\nautomatically engages in the personal service of the Lord. When the mind\nforcibly is engaged upon the form of the Lord, this is called nirbija-yoga,\nor lifeless yoga, for the yogi does not automatically engage in the personal\nservice of the Lord. But when he is constantly thinking of the Lord, that\nis called sabija-yoga or living yoga. One has to be promoted to the platform of living yoga.\nOne should engage in the service of the Lord twenty-four hours a day,\nas confirmed in the Brahma-samhitii. The stage of premiinjana-cchurita\ncan be attained by developing complete love. When one's love for the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0233": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1214\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in devotional service is fully developed,\nhe always sees the Lord, even without artificially meditating on His form.\nHis vision is divine because he has no other engagement. At this stage of\nspiritual realization it is not necessary to engage the mind artificially.\nSince the meditation which is recommended in the lower stages is a means\nto come to the platform of devotional service, those who are already\nengaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord are above such\nmeditation. This stage of perfection is called K_rgm consciousness.\n\nTEXT 35\n\nl'fil\\l� � f.lf4q4 Fmf:\nf�Cfiotat•� �: mn�: 1\n\n��� �f.lt�gotstCft$: 11�'-\\11\n\nllt�•uwtqsc\n\nmuktiisrayam yarhi niroifiayam viraktam\nniroiirtam rcchati mana[! sahasii yathiircift\niitmiinam atra puru.so 'vyavadhiinam ekam\nanvikfiate pratinivrtta-gu[ta-praviihaft\nmukta iisra yam-situated in liberation; yarhi at which time; niroi§ayam\n-\n\n-\n\n-detached from sense objects; viraktam- indifferent; ni roiirtam\n\n-\n\ne xtinction;\n\nrcchati-obtains; mana�-the mind; sahasii-immediately; yathii-like; arc*\n-the flame; iitmiinam-the mind; atra-at this time; pum§a�-a person;\navyavadhiinam-without\n\nsep aration; ekam-one; anvik§ate-experiences;\n\npratinivrtta-freed; gu[ta-praviihaft- from the flow of material qualities.\n\nTRANSLATION\n'\\\\he n the mind is thus completely freed from all material contamination\n\nand detached from material objectives, it is just like the flame of a lamp.\nAt that time the mind is actually dovetailed with that of the Supreme Lord\n\nand is experienced as one with Him because it is freed from the interactive\nflow of the material qualities.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the material world the activities of the mind are acceptance and\nrejection. As long as the mind is in material consciousness, it must be\n\n", "SB3.4#p0234": "Text 36]\n\n1215\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\nforcibly trained to accept meditation on the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, but when one is actually elev ated to loving the Supreme Lord,\nthen the mind is automatically absorbed in thought of the Lord. In such\na position a yogi has no other thought than to serve the Lord. This\ndovetailing of the mind with the desires of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is called nirviirw, or making the mind one with the Supreme Lord.\nThe best example of nirviirw is cited in Bhagavad-gitii. In the beginning\nthe mind of Arjuna deviated from Kr�l)a's. Kf�l).a wanted Arjuna to fight,\nbut Arjuna did not want to, so there was disagreement. But after hearing\nBhagavad-gitii from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Arjuna dovetailed his mind with Kr�l)a's desire. This is called oneness. This oneness,\nhowever, did not cause Arjuna and Kr�l)a to lose their individualities. The\nMayavadi philosophers cannot understand this. They think that oneness\nnecessitates loss of individuality. Actually, however, we find in Bhagavadgitii that individuality is not lost. When the mind is completely purified in\nlove of Godhead, then the mind becomes the mind of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. The mind at that time does not act separately,\nnor does it act without inspiration to fulfill the desire of the Lord. The\nindividual liberated soul has no other activity. Pratinivrtta-gu[!a-praviiha{t.\nIn the conditioned state the mind is always engaged in activity impelled\nby the three modes of the material world, but in the transcendental stage,\nthe material modes cannot disturb the mind of the devotee. The devotee\nhas no other concern than to satisfy the desires of the Lord. That is the\nhighest stage of perfection, called nirvii[!a or nirvii[la-muhti. At this stage\nthe mind becomes completely free from material desire.\nYathiirci{t. Arci{t means flame. When a lamp is broken or the oil is\nfinished, we see that the flame of the lamp goes out, but according to\nscientific understanding, the flame is not extinguished; it is conserved.\nThis is conservation of energy. Similarly, when the mind stops functioning on the material platform, it is conserved in the activities of the Supreme\nLord.\n\nThe\n\nMayavadi\n\nphilosophers'\n\nconception\n\nof\n\ncessation\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nfunctions of the mind is explained here: cessation of the mental functions\nmeans cessation of activities conducted under the influence of the three\nmodes of material nature.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n���f.IMI\n(tNt\"ff{wqft(f: �:�I\n\n", "SB3.4#p0235": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n1216\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\ntd�'CQ4ijRt dR �:��\n\n��aq\\+&iifq(IMU!: ����\n\nso 'py etayii caramayii manaso nivrttyii\ntasmin mahimny avasita� sukha-du�kha- bahye\nhetutvam apy asati kartari du�khayor yat\nsviitman vidhatta upalabdha-pariitma-kii§.tha�\nsa�-the\n\nyogi;\n\napi- moreover; etayti- by this; caramaya- ultimate;\n\nmanasa�-of the mind; nivrttya-by cessation of material reaction; tasminin his; mahimni--ultimate glory; avasita�- situate d; sukha-du�kha-bahye­\n\noutside of happiness and distress; hetutvam-the cause; api-indeed ; asatia product of ignorance; kartari-in the false ego; du�khayo�-of pleasure\n\nand pain; yat which; sva-atman-to his own self; vidhatte-he attributes;\n-\n\nupalabdha realiz ed; para-iitma-of the Personality of Godhead; kii.s!ha�-\n\nthe highest truth.\nTRANSLATION\nThus situated in the highest transcendental stage, the mind ceases from\n\nall material reaction and becomes situated in its own glory, transcendental\n\nto all material conceptions of happiness and distress. At that time the\n\nyogi realizes the truth of his relationship with the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. He discovers that pleasure and pain as well as their interactions,\n\nwhich he attributed to his own self, are actually due to the false ego, which\nis a product of ignorance.\n\nPURPORT\nForgetfulness of one's relationship with the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is a product of ignorance. By yoga practice one can eradicate\nthis ignorance of thinking oneself independent of the Supreme Lord.\n\nOne's actual relationship is ete rn ally that of love. The living entity is\nmeant to render transcendental loving service to the Lord. Forgetfulness\nof that sweet relationship is called ignorance, and in ignorance one is\nimpelled by the three material modes of nature to think himself the\nenjoyer. When the devotee's mind is purified and he understands that his\nmind has to be dovetailed with the desires of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, that is the perfectional, transcendental stage, which is beyond\nthe perception of material distress and happiness.\nAs long as one acts on his own account, he is subjected to all the material\n\n", "SB3.4#p0236": "Kapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\nText 37]\n\n1217\n\nperceptions of so-called happiness and distress. Actually there is no happiness. Just as there is no happiness in any of the activities of a madman, so\nin material activities the mental concoctions of happiness and distress are\nfalse. Actually everything is distress.\nWhen the mind is dovetailed to act according to the desire of the\nLord, that is the transcendental stage. The desire to lord it over material\nnature is the cause of ignorance, and when that desire is completely\nextinguished and the desires are dovetailed with those of the Supreme\nLord,\n\nthat\n\nis\n\nthe\n\nperfectional\n\nstage.\n\nUpalabdha-pariitma-kii§fha[L\n\nUpalabdha means realization. Realization necessarily indicates individuality.\n\nIn the\n\nperfectional,\n\nliberated stage,\n\nthere is actual realization.\n\nNivrttyii means that the living entity keeps his individuality; oneness\nmeans that he realizes happiness in the happiness of the Supreme Lord.\nIn the Supreme Lord there is nothing but happiness. Anandamayo 'bhyiisiit:\nthe Lord is by nature full of transcendental happiness. In the liberated\nstage, oneness with the Supreme Lord means that one has no realization\nother than happiness. But the individual still exists, otherwise this word\n\nupalabdha, individual realization of transcendental happiness, would not\nhave been used.\n\nTEXT 37\n\ni:( :q � W{ :;ro{: �(taft\\itd �\nmit �qii�Rt �s�•tq�\"\"(I\n\n���\\l(qd\n\n�·�qij'i¥:f\n\n��mid iifa:(l'iG;F'l(: II� \\911\n\ndeharh ca tam na carama� sthitam utthitarh vii\nsiddho vipasyati yato 'dhyagamat svarupam\ndaiviid upetam atha daiva-vasiid apetarh\nviiso yathii parikrtarh madira-madiindha�\ndeham-material\n\nbody;\n\nca-and; tam\n\n-\n\nthat; na not; carama� -last;\n-\n\nsthitam sitting; utthitam rising; vii or; siddha�- the realized soul; vipasyati\n-\n\n-\n\n-can conceive; yata�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nb ecause; adhyagamat-he has achieved; sva-rupam­\n\nhis real identity; daiviit- according to destiny; u petam-arrived; athamoreover; daiva va siit- according to destiny; apetam-departed; viisa�-\n\nclothing; yatha-as; parikrtam-put on; madirii-mada-andha�-one who is\nblinded by intoxication.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0237": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1218\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause he has achieved his real identity, the perfectly realized soul\n\nhas no conception of how the material body is moving or acting, just as an\nintoxicated person cannot understand whether or not he has clothing on\n\nhis body.\n\nPURPORT\nThis stage of life is explained by Rupa Gosvami in his Bhakti-rasiimrta­\n\nsindhu. A person whose mind is completely dovetailed with the desire of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, and who engages one hundred\npercent in the service of the Lord, forgets his material bodily demands.\nTEXT 38\n\nijsft �CI�ItU Q � �\nd\n\n((41(� SIRtij¥ft� �: I\n«Jr�ii'4N\"'ijqtf\\t:ql•t:\n� � � SIRt914\\CI\\Q: ������\n\ndeho 'pi daiva-vasaga� khalu karma yiivat\nsviirambhakarh pratisamikfiala eva siisu�\ntarh saprapancam adhiriipha-samiidhi-yoga�\nsviipnarh punar na bhajate pratibuddha-vastu�\ndeha{t -the body; api-moreover; daiva vasa ga{t -under the control of\n-\n\n-\n\nthe Personality of Godhead; khalu-indeed; karma-activities; ylivat-as\nmuch as; sva-lirambhakam-begun by himself; pratisam ik§ate - continues to\nfunction; eva-certainly; sa asu�\n-\n\n-\n\nalong with the senses; tam-the body;\n\nsa-prapailcam-with its expansions; adhirurJha-samiidhi-yoga�-being situated in samadhi by yoga p ractice; svlipnam-born in a d ream; puna�again; na- not ; bhajate-he does accept as his own; pratibuddha-awake;\n\nvastu�-to his constitutional position.\nTRANSLATION\nThe body of such a liberated yogi, along with the senses, is taken charge\n\nof by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and it functions until its\ndestined activities are finished. Because the liberated devotee, being awake\n\nto his constitutional position and thus situated in samadhi, the highest\n\nperfectional stage of yoga, does not accept the by-products of the material\n\n", "SB3.4#p0238": "Text 39)\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1219\n\nbody as his own, he considers his bodily activities to be like the activities\nof a body in a dream.\nPURPORT\nThe following questions may be posed. As long as the liberated soul is\nin contact with the body, why don't the bodily activities affect him?\nDoesn't he actually become contaminated by the action and reaction of\nmaterial activities? In answer to such questions, this verse explains that\nthe material body of a liberated soul is taken charge of by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. It is not acting due to the living force of the living\nentity; it is simply acting as a reaction to past activities. Even after being\nswitched off, an electric fan moves for some time. That movement is not\ndue to the electric current, but is a continuation of the last movement;\n\nsimilarly, although a liberated soul appears to be acting j ust like an ordinary man, his actions are to be accepted as the continuation of past\nactivities. In a dream one may see himself expanded through many bodies,\nbut when awake he can understand that those bodies were all false.\nSimilarly, although a liberated soul has the by-products of the bodychildren, wife, house, etc.-he does not identify himself with those bodily\nexpansions. He knows that they are all products of the material dream. The\ngross body is made of the gross elements of matter, and the subtle body is\nmade of mind, intelligence, ego and contaminated consciousness. If one\ncan accept the subtle body of a dream as false and not identify oneself with\nthat body, then certainly an awake person need not identify with the gross\nbody. As one who is awake has no connection with the activities of the\nbody in a dream, an awakened liberated soul has no connection with the\nactivities of the present body. In other words, because he is acquainted\nwith his constitutional position, he never accepts the bodily concept of\nlife.\nTEXT 39\n\n� � R� 'N'QJ: snft� I\n\n��R::\n\n� 11�,11\n\nyathii putriic ca vittiic ca\nprthan martya{l. prattyate\napy iitmatveniibhimatiid\ndehiidefl purufias tathii\n\n", "SB3.4#p0239": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1220\nyathii-as ; putr ii t\nprthak\n\n-\n\n-\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nfrom a son; c a- and; vitfiit-from wealth; ca-also;\n\ndiffer ently ; martya�-a mortal man; pratiyate\n\n-\n\nis understood; api­\n\neven; iitmatvena-by nature; abhimatiit-for which one has affection; dehaiid e�- from his material body, senses and mind; puru saft-t he liberat ed\n.\n\ns oul; tathii- similarly\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of great affection for family and wealth, one accepts a son and\nsome money as his own, and due to affection for the material body, one\nthinks that it is his. But actually, as one can understand that his family and\n\nwealth are different from him, so the liberated soul can understand that\n\nhe and his body are not the same.\n\nPURPORT\nThe status of real knowledge is explained in this verse. There are many\nchildren, but we accept some children as our sons and daughters because of\nour affection for them, although we know very well that these children are\ndifferent from us. Similarly, because of great affection for money, we\naccept some amount of wealth in the bank as ours. In the same way, we\nclaim that the body is ours because of affection for it. I say that it is \"my\"\nbody. I then extend that possessive concept and say, \"It is my hand, my\nleg,\" and further, \"It is my bank balance, my son, my daughter.\" But\nactually I know that the son and the money are separate from me. It is the\nsame with the body; I am separate from my body. It is a question of understanding, and the proper understand,ing is called pratibuddha. By obtaining\nknowledge in devotional service, or Kr�Qa consciousness, one can become\na liberated soul.\n\nTEXT 40\n\nqqlCia••fl���m (qijW{�� 1\n31teU�+t��wtlf'l+t611P·Uflf: 'l�!I(!I'HI\\ 11\\l II\no\n\nyatholmukad visphulingad\ndhumad vapi sva-sambhavat\napy atmatvenabhimatad\nyathagni{l prthag ulmukat\nyathii\n\n-\n\nas; ulmukiit-from the flames; visphulingat-from the sparks;\n\ndhumiit-from the smoke; vii-or; api-even; s va sambha viit-pr odu ced from\n-\n\nitself; api-although ; iitmatvena-by nature; abhimatii t-intima t ely con-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0240": "Text 41]\n\n1221\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional S ervice\n\nnected; yathii-as; agni � -the fir e; p rthak\n\n-\n\ndifferent; ulmukiit-from the\n\nflames.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe blazing fire is different from the flames, from the sparks and from\nthe smoke, although all are intimately connected because they are born\nfrom the same blazing wood.\nPURPORT\nAlthough the blazing firewood, the sparks, the smoke and the flame\ncannot stay apart because each of them is part and parcel of the fire, still\nthey are different from one another. A less intelligent person accepts the\nsmoke as fire, although fire and smoke are completely different. The heat\nand light of the fire are separate, although one cannot differentiate fire\nfrom heat and light.\n\nTEXT 41\n\nl(��l;(f:��� I\n\n31mn � 'NaS::tl � i4llt4f\\kr: ������\nbhiitend riyiin ta[t-kara[!ii t\npradhiiniij jtva-samjnitiit\niitmii tathii prthag dra.sfii\nbhagaviin brahma-samjnita[t\nbhuta-the five elements; indriya -the senses; anta � kara T;tiit-from the\nmind; pradhiiniit -fr om the pradhiina; jiva-sa rhjfi itiit from the jtva soul;\natma-the Paramatma; tatha so; P rthak -different ; dra §tii the seer;\nbhaga viin-the Personality of Godhead; brah ma-sa mj fiita � -called Brahman.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is known as Pararh Brahma,\nis the seer. He is different from the JIVa soul, or individual living entity, who\nis combined with the senses, the five elements and consciousness.\nPURPORT\nA clear conception of the complete whole is given herewith. The living\nentity is different from the material elements, and the supreme living\nentity, the Personality of Godhead, who is the creator of the material\nelements, is also different from the individual living entity. This philosophy\n\n", "SB3.4#p0241": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1222\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nis propounded by Lord Caitanya as acintya-bhediibheda-tattva. Everything\nis simultaneously one with and different from everything else. The cosmic\nmanifestation created by the Supreme Lord by His material energy is also\nsimultaneously different and nondifferent from Him. The material energy\nis nondifferent from the Supreme Lord, but at the same time, because\nthat energy is acting in a different way, it is different from Him. Similarly,\nthe individual living entity is one with and different from the Supreme\nLord. This \"simultaneously one and different\" philosophy is the perfect\n\nconclusion of the Bhiigavata school, as confirmed here by Kapiladeva.\n\nLiving entities are compared to the sparks of a fire. As stated in the\nprevious verse, fire, flame, smoke and firewood are combined together.\nHere the living entity, the material elements and the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead are combined together. The exact position of the living entities\nis just like that of the sparks of a fire; they are part and parcel. The\nmaterial energy is compared to the smoke. The fire is also part and parcel\n\nof the Supreme Lord. In the Vi§[lU Puriir-a it is said that whatever we can\nsee or experience, either in the material or spiritual world, is an expansion\nof the different energies of the Supreme Lord. As fire distributes its light\n\nand heat from one place, so the Supreme Personality of Godhead distributes\nHis different energies all over His creation.\nThe\n\nfour\n\nprinciples\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nVai�l).ava\n\nphilosophic\n\ndoctrine\n\nare\n\nsuddhiidvaita, purified oneness, dvaitiidvaita, simultaneous oneness and\n\ndifference, visi§tiidvaita and dvaita. All four principles of Vai�l).ava philosophy are based on the thesis of Srimad-Bhiigavatam explained in these two\nverses.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n�4� oql€441-i � \"4k44f.t I\n�(U.,;:q¥41�.. l(6�li4 q((l€4tql' 11\\l�ll\nsarva-bhiite§u ciitmiinam\nsarva-bhutiini ciitmani\nik§etiinanya-bhiivena\nbhiite§v iva tad-iitmatiim\nsarva-bhiite�u-in all manifestations; ca-and; atmanam-the soul; sarva­\n\nb h Utani -all manifestations; ca-also; atmani-in the Supreme Spirit; ik§eta\n\n-he should see; ananya-bhavena-with equal vision; bh ilte§ u -in all manifestations; iva-as; tat-iitmatiim-the nature of itself.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0242": "Text 43]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1223\n\nTRANSLATION\nA yogi should see the same soul in all manifestations, for all that exists\nis a manifestation of different energies of the Supreme. In this way the\ndevotee should see all living entities without distinction. That is realization\nof the Supreme Soul.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the Brahma-sarhhitii, not only does the Supreme Soul enter\neach and every universe, but He enters even the atoms. The Supreme\nSoul is present everywhere in the dormant stage, and when one can see the\npresence of the Supreme Soul everywhere, he is liberated from material\ndesignations.\nThe word sarva-bhute§U is to be understood as follows. There are four\ndifferent divisions of species-living entities which sprout from the earth,\nliving entities born of fermentation or germination, living entities which\ncome from eggs, and living entities which come from the embryo. These\nfour divisions of living entities are expanded in 8,400,000 species of life. A\nperson who is freed from material designations can see the same quality of\nspirit present everywhere or in every manifested living entity. Less intelligent men think that plants and grass grow out of the earth automatically,\nbut one who is actually intelligent and has realized the self can see that\nthis growth is not automatic; the cause is the soul, and the forms come\nout in material bodies under different conditions. By fermentation in the\nlaboratory many germs are born, but this is due to the presence of the soul.\nThe material scientist thinks that eggs are lifeless, but that is not a fact.\nFrom Vedic scripture we can understand that living entities in different\nforms are generated under different conditions. Birds evolve from eggs,\nand beasts and human beings are born from the embryo. The perfect vision\nof the yogi or devotee is that he sees the presence of the living entity\neverywhere.\nTEXT 43\n\n�lfif1 � liq')RI� ;n;n !Rim '\n�guHtt+4l'E1'4lmqtJftmfm:ll\\l�ll\nsva-yonifiu yathii jyotir\nekarh ncinci pratiyate\nyoniniirh gur-a-vaifiamyiit\ntathiitmii prakrtau sthita�\n\n", "SB3.4#p0243": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1224\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nsva-yoni�u-in forms of wood;yathii-as;jyoti� -fire;e kam-one;niinii­\n\ndifferently; p ratiya te-is exhibited; yoniniim - of different wombs; gu'!ava�amyiit-from the different conditions of the modes; tathii-so; iitmiithe spirit soul;p ra krtau- in the material nature; sthita� -situated .\nTRANSLATION\nAs fire is exhibited in different forms of wood, so, under different\nconditions of the modes of material nature, the pure spirit soul manifests\nitself in different bodies.\nPURPORT\nIt is to he understood that the body is designated. Prakrti is an interaction\nby the three modes of material nature, and according to these modes,\nsomeone has a small body, and someone has a very large body. For example, the fire in a big piece of wood appears to be very big, and in a stick\nthe fire appears to be small. Actually, the quality of fire is the same\neverywhere, but the manifestation of material nature is such that according\nto the fuel, the fire appears to be bigger and smaller. Similarly, the soul\nin the universal body, although of the same quality, is different from the\nsoul in the smaller body.\nThe small particles of soul are just like sparks of the larger soul. The\ngreatest soul is the Supersoul, but the Supersoul is quantitatively different\nfrom the small soul. The Supersoul is described in the Vedic literature as\nthe supplier of all necessities of the smaller soul (nityo nityaniim). One\nwho understands this distinction between the Supersoul and the individual soul is above lamentation and is in a peaceful position. When the\nsmaller soul thinks himself quantitatively as big as the larger soul, he is\nunder the spell of miiya, for that is not his constitutional position. No one\ncan become the greater soul simply by mental speculation.\nThe smallness or greatness of different souls is described in the Variiha\nPuriirw as sviirhSa-vibhinniimsa. The sviirhSa soul is the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, and the vibhinniirhSa souls, or small particles, are eternally\nsmall particles, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (mamaiviimso jiva-loke\njiva-bhuta� saniitana�). The small living entities are eternally part and\nparcel, and therefore it is not possible for them to be quantitatively as\ngreat as the Supersoul.\nTEXT 44\n\n641lf4>¥4f ��� ����IMI( I\n(M¥4aoqi 'Rl¥4liW4 (Cf\"�oaNRUM 11\\l\\lll\n\n", "SB3.4#p0244": "Text 44]\n\nKapila 's Instructions on Devotional Service\n\n1225\n\ntasmiid imiim sviim prakrtim\ndaivim sad-asad-iitmikiim\ndurvibhiivyiim pariibhiivya\nsvarUpe�iivat�Jhate\ntasmiit-thus; imam-this; sviim-own; prakrtim-rna terial energy; daiv1m\n-divine; sat-asat..atmikiim consisting of cause and effect; durvibhiivyiim-\n\ndifficult to understand; pariibhiivya-after conquering; sva-rUpe�a-in the\nself-realized position; avati�thate-he remains_\nTRANSLATION\nThus the yogi can be in the self-realized position after conquering the\ninsurmountable spell of maya, who presents herself as both the cause and\neffect of this material manifestation and is therefore very difficult to\nunderstand.\nPURPORT\nIt is stated in Bhagavad-gitii that the spell of miiyii, which covers the\nknowledge of the living entity, is insurmountable. However, one who\nsurrenders unto Kr�J].a, the Sup�eme Personality of Godhead, can conquer\nthis seemingly insurmountable spell of miiyii. Here also it is stated that\nthe daivt prakrti, or the external energy of the Supreme Lord, is durvibhiivyii, very difficult to understand and very difficult to conquer. One\nmust, however, conquer this insurmountable spell of miiyii, and this is\npossible, by the grace of the Lord, when God reveals Himself to the\n•\n\nsurrendered soul. It is also stated here, svarUperJiivati�fhate. SvarUpa\nmeans that one has to know that he is not the Supreme Soul, but rather,\npart and parcel of the Supreme Soul; that is self-realization. To think\nfalsely that one is the Supreme Soul and that he is all-pervading is not\nsvarUpa. This is not realization of his actual position. The real position is\nthat he is part and parcel. It is recommended here that one remain in that\nposition of actual self-realization. In Bhagavad-gitii this understanding is\ndefined as Brahman realization.\nAfter Brahman realization, one can engage in the activities of Brahman.\nAs long as one is not self-realized, he engages in activities based on false\nidentification with the body. When one is situated in his real self, then\nthe activities of Brahman realization begin. The Mayavadi philosophers\nsay that after Brahman realization, all activities stop, but that is not\nactually so. If the soul is so active in its abnormal condition, existing\nunder the covering of matter, how can one deny its activity when free?\nAn example may be cited here. If a man in a diseased condition is very\n\n", "SB3.4#p0245": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1226\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 28\n\nactive, how can one imagine that when he is free from the disease he will\n\nbe inactive? Naturally the conclusion is that when one is free from all\n\ndisease, his activities are pure. It may be said that the activities of Brahman\n\nrealization are different from those of conditional life, but that does not\n\nstop activity. This is indicated in Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 18.54): After one\n\nrealizes oneself to be Brahman, devotional service begins. Mad-bhaktim\n\nlabhate pariim: After Brahman realization, one can engage in the devotional\n\nservice of the Lord. Therefore devotional service of the Lord is activity\nin Brahman realization.\n\nFor those who engage in devotional service there is no spell of miiyii,\n\nand their situation is all-perfect. The duty of the living entity, as a part\nand parcel of the whole, is to render devotional service to the whole.\n\nThat is the ultimate perfection of life.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Twentyeighth\n\nChapter,\n\nof the Srimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nentitled\n\nInstructions on the Execution of Devotional Service.\"\n\n\"Lord\n\nKapila's\n\n", "SB3.4#p0246": "CHAPTER TWENTY-NINE\n\nExplanation of DeVotiOnal service\nby LOrd Kaplla\nTEXTS l-2\n\n�\"Iffl�\"'\"'\n� ¥t«I(1W�f �: � � I\nm �s4rrt lR � II� II\n\nijf(�! � � (161:q'4� I\nttRti�•l� it ¥t1il Jtf( N(d«U Slit II � II\n\n1Nf\n\ndevahutir uviica\nlak.sartam mahad-iidiniim\nprakrteft puru.sasya ca\nsvarupam lak§yate 'mi§iirh\nyena tat-piiramiirthikam\nyathii siinkhye§u kathitam\nyan-mulam tat pracak§ate\nbhakti-yogasya me miirgam\nbruhi vistarasaft prabho\ndevahilt* u vaca\n\n-\n\nD evahuti said; lak�a�am-symptoms; mahat-adiniim­\n\nof the mahat-tattva and so on; prakrte�-of material nature; puru§asyaof the spirit; ca-and;sva rilpam the nature;lak�yate-is described;ami�iim\n-\n\n-\n\n-of those; yena-by which; tat-piirama-arthikam-the true nature of them;\nyatha\n\n-\n\nas ; siinkhye§u-in siinkhya philosophy; kathitam-is explained;\n\nyat-of which; mulam-ultimate end; tat-that; pracak§ate-they call;\nbhakti-yogasya-of devotional\n\nservice; me-to me; miirgam\n\n-\n\nthe path;\n\nbrilhi-please explain; vistarasa�-at length;prabho-my dear Lord Kapila.\n\n1227\n\n", "SB3.4#p0247": "1228\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nTRANSLATION\nDevahfiti inquired: My dear Lord, You have already very scientifically\n\ndescribed the symptoms of the total material nature and the characteristics\n\nof the spirit according to the sankhya system of philosophy. Now I shall\n\nrequest You to explain the path of devotional service, which is the ultimate\n\nend of all philosophical systems.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this Twenty-ninth Chapter, the glories of devotional service are\nelaborately explained, and the influence of time on the conditioned\nsoul is also described. The purpose of elaborately describing the influence\nof time is to detach the conditioned soul from his material activities,\nwhich are considered to be simply a waste of time. In the previous\nchapter, material nature, the spirit and the Supreme Lord or Supersoul\nare analytically studied, and in this chapter the principles of bhakti-yoga\nor devotional service-the execution of activities in the eternal relationship\nbetween the living entities and the Personality of Godhead-are explained.\nBhakti-yoga, devotional service, is the basic principle of all systems of\nphilosophy; all philosophy which does not aim for devotional service to\nthe Lord is considered to be merely mental speculation. But of course\nbhakti-yoga with no philosophical basis is more or less sentiment. There\nare two classes of men. Some consider themselves intellectually advanced\nand simply speculate and meditate, and others are sentimental and have\nno philosophical basis for their propositions. Neither of these can achieve\nthe highest goal of life-or, if they do, it will take them many, many years.\nVedic literature therefore suggests that there are three elements-namely\nthe Supreme Lord, the living entity and their eternal relationship-and the\ngoal of life is to follow the principles of bhakti or devotional service and\nultimately attain to the planet of the Supreme Lord in full devotion and\nlove as an eternal servitor of the Lord.\nSatikhya philosophy is the analytical study of all existence. One has to\nunderstand everything by examining its nature and characteristics. This is\ncalled acquirement of knowledge. But one should not simply acquire knowledge without reaching the goal of life or the basic principle for acquiring\nknowledge-bhakti-yoga. If we give up bhakti-yoga and simply busy ourselves in the analytical study of the nature of things as they are, then the\nresult will be practically nil. It is stated in the Bhiigavatam that such\nengagement is something like husking a paddy. There is no use beating the\nhusk if the grain has already been removed. By the scientific study of\n\n", "SB3.4#p0248": "Text 3]\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1229\n\nmaterial nature, the living entity and the Supersoul, one has to understand\nthe basic principle of devotional service to the Lord.\nTEXT3\n\nfcmm�����l\n� iiiWJliMN f� � �: II � II\nvirago yena puru�o\nbhagavan sarvato bhavet\nacak§va jtva-lokasya\nvividha mama sarhsrttl1\nviriiga� -detached; yena-by which; pur u§a� -a person; bhagavan-my\nsarvata� -completely; bhave t-may become; ii cak§ va-please\ndescribe; Jiva-lokasya-for the people in general; vividhii� -manifold;\nmama-for myself; sarhs rti� repetition of birth and death.\ndear Lord;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nDevahuti continued: My dear Lord, please also describe in detail, both\nfor myself and for people in general, the continual process of birth and\ndeath, for by hearing of such calamities we may become detached from the\nactivities of this material world.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word sarhsrti� is very important. Sreya�-srti means the\nprosperous path of advancement towards the Supreme Personality of God·\n\nhead, and sarhsrti means the continued journey on the path of birth and\n\ndeath towards the darkest region of material existence. People who have no\nknowledge of this material world, God and their actual intimate relation·\nship with Him are actually going to the darkest region of material\nexistence in the name of progress in the material advancement of civiliza.\ntion. To enter the darkest region of material existence means to enter into\na species of life other than the human species. Ignorant men do not know\nthat after this life they are completely under the grip of material nature\nand will be offered a life which may not be very congenial. How a living\nentity gets different kinds of bodies will be explained in the next chapter.\nThis continual change of bodies in birth and death is called sarhsiira.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0249": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1230\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nDevahuti requests her glorious son, Kapila Muni, to explain about this\ncontinued journey to impress upon the conditioned souls that they are\nundergoing a path of degradation by not understanding the path of\nbhakti-yoga, devotional service.\nTEXT4\n\n�\"'(�q� �\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�I\n\nm'Rf���: � �:tt\\ltt\nkalasyesvara-rilpasya\npare�am ca parasya te\nsvarilpam bata kurvanti\nyad-dheto� kusalam jana�\nka lasya-of time;iSvara-rupasya-a representation of the Lord;pare�a m\n\n­\n\nof all others; ca-and; parasya-the chief; te-of You; sva-rupam-the\nnature; bata\n\n-\n\noh; kurvanti-perform; yat-het o�-by\n\nkusalam -pious activities;janii�-people in general.\n\nwhose\n\ninfluence;\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlease also describe eternal time, which is a representation of Your\nform and by whose influence people in general engage in the performance\nof pious activities.\nPURPORT\nHowever ignorant one may be regarding the path of good fortune and\nthe path down to the darkest region of ignorance, everyone is aware of the\ninfluence of eternal time, which devours all the effects of our material\nactivities. The body is born at a certain time, and immediately the influence\nof time acts upon it. From the date of the birth of the body, the influence\nof death is also acting; the advancement of age entails the influence of\ntime on the body. If a man is thirty or fifty years old, then the influence\nof time has already devoured thirty or fifty years of the duration of his\nlife.\nEveryone is conscious of the last stage of life, when he will meet the\ncruel hands of death, but some consider their age and circumstances,\nconcern themselves with the influence of time, and thus engage in pious\nactivities so that in the future they will not be put into a low family or an\n\n", "SB3.4#p0250": "Text 5 ]\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1231\n\nanimal species. Generally, people are attached to sense enj oyment and so\naspire for life on the heavenly planets. Therefore, they engage themselves\nin charitable or other pious activities, but actually, as stated in Bhagavadgitii, one cannot get relief from the chain of birth and death even if he goes\nto the highest planet, Brahmaloka, because the influence of time is present\neverywhere within this material world. In the spiritual world, however, the\ntime factor has no influence.\nTEXT5\n\n�\n�flt¥«6�f� � ij4i4Awtl'lit I\n'lli{I4A •\"(\"4s(i141.., �\n�¥tl(il(l(ft:��: II� II\nlokasya mithytibhimater acak�u�as\nciram prasuptasya tamasy aniisraye\nsriintasya karmasv anuviddhayii dhiyii\ntvam iiviriisift kila yoga-bhiiskaraft\nlokasya-of the living entities; mithyii-abhimate�-deluded by false ego;\nacak�u�a�- blind; ciram-for\ntamasi-in\n\ndarkness;\n\na very long time; prasuptasya- sleeping;\n\naniisraye-without\n\nshelter;\n\nsriintasya-fatigued;\n\nkarmasu-to material activities; a n uviddhayii-attache d ; dhiyii-with the\n\nintelligence; tvam-You; iiviriist� - have appeared; kila - indee d ; yoga- of the\nyoga system; bhiiskara�-the sun.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You are j ust like the sun, for You illuminate the darkness\nof the conditional life of the living entities. Because their eyes of knowledge\nare not open, they are sleeping eternally in that darkness without Your\nshelter, and therefore they are falsely engaged by the actions and reactions\nof their material activities, and they appear to be very fatigued.\nPURPORT\nIt\n\nappears\n\nthat\n\nS rimati\n\nDevahuti,\n\nthe\n\nglorious\n\nmother\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nKapiladeva, is very compassionate for the regrettable condition of people\n\n", "SB3.4#p0251": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1232\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nin general, who, not knowing the goal of life, are sleeping in the darkness\nof illusion. It is the general feeling of the Vai�l)ava, or devotee of the Lord,\nthat he should awaken them. Similarly, Devahiiti is requesting her glorious\nson to illuminate the lives of the conditioned souls so that their most\nregrettable conditional life may be ended. The Lord is described herein as\n\nyoga-bhaskara, the sun of the system of all yoga. Devahiiti has already\nrequested her glorious son to describe bhakti-yoga, and the Lord has\ndescribed bhakti-yoga as the ultimate yoga system.\n\nBhakti-yoga is the sunlike illumination for delivering the conditioned\nsouls, whose general condition is described here. They have no eyes to see\ntheir own interests. They do not know that the goal of life is not to increase\nthe material necessities of existence, because the body will not exist more\nthan a few years. The living beings are eternal, and they have their eternal\nneed. If one engages only in caring for the necessities of the body, not\ncaring for the eternal necessities of Life, then he is a part of a civilization\nwhose advancement puts the living entities in the darkest region of ignorance. Sleeping in that darkest region, one does not get any refreshment,\nbut rather gradually becomes fatigued. He invents many processes to adjust\nthis fatigued condition, but he fails and thus remains confused. The only\npath for mitigating his fatigue in the struggle for existence is the path of\ndevotional service, or the path of J<.r�pa consciousness.\n\nTEXT6\n\nm�\n� .: � stf<t+CI tiCI@f.i: I\n311'1411 fM sfumt ....tf(EU II � II\nmaitreya uviica\niti miitur vacafl slak§rtarh\npratinandya mahii-munift\niibabhii§e kuru-sre§.tha\npritas tiirh karurardita[l\nmaitreya� uviica- Maitreya said; iti-thus; miitu�-of\nvacafl-the\n\nslak§v. am\n\nwords;\n\n-\n\ngentle ;\n\nHis\n\npratinandya-welc oming;\n\nmother;\n\nmahii­\n\nmuni �-the great sage Kapila; ababhii§e-spoke; kuru-sre§!ha-0 best\namong the Kurus, Vidura; prita� pleased ; tiim-to her; k aru!l ii-with\n-\n\ncompassion; ardita�\n\n-\n\nmoved.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0252": "Text 7)\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1233\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n,\n\nSri Maitreya ·said: 0 best amongst the Kurus, the great sage Kapila,\nmoved by great compassion and pleased by the words of His glorious\nmother, spoke as follows.\nPURPORT\nLord Kapila was very satisfied by the request of His glorious mother\nbecause she was thinking not only in terms of her personal salvation but in\nterms of all the fallen conditioned souls. The Lord is always compassionate\ntowards the fallen souls of this material world, and therefore He comes\nHimself or sends His confidential servants to deliver them. Since He is\nperpetually compassionate towards them, if some of His devotees also become compassionate towards them, He is very pleased with the devotees. In\nBhagavad-gita it is clearly stated that persons who are trying to elevate the\n\ncondition of the fallen souls by preaching the conclusion of Bhagavad-gitanamely, full surrender unto the Personality of Godhead-are very dear\nto Him. Thus when the Lord saw that His beloved mother was very compassionate towards the fallen souls, He was pleased, and He also became\ncompassionate towards her.\n\nTEXT7\n\n'J(tijijtf/9'#1.,\n\n�Mi\\l•ft \"'fctl!l) �¥ti(1dil �I\n\n�14gtJI+IIiful �m � fC\\fltQ� II \\911\nsri bhagaviin uviica\nbhakti-yogo bahu-vidho\nmiirgair bhiimini bhiivyate\nsvabhiiva-gurw-miirgerw\npumsiirh bhiivo vibhidyate\nsrt bhagaviin uviica- the Personality of Godhead replied; bhakti-yoga� ­\n\ndevotional\n\nservice;\n\nbah u-vidha�- multifarious;\n\nmiirga* -with\n\npaths;\n\nbhiimini-0 noble lady; bhiivyate-is manifest; sva-bhiiva - nature; gu!la­\n\nqualities; miirge!la - in\n\nterms of behavior; pu rhsiim - of the executors;\n\nbhiiva�- the appearance; vibhidyate-is divided.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0253": "[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1234\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kapila, the Personality of Godhead, replied: 0 noble lady, there\n\nare multifarious paths of devotional service in terms of the different\nqualities of the executor.\nPURPORT\n\nPure devotional service in Kreyl).a consciousness is one because in pure\ndevotional service there is no demand from the devotee to be fulfilled by\nthe Lord. But generally people take to devotional service with a purpose.\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii, people who are not purified take to devotional\nservice with four purposes. A person who is distressed because of material\nconditions becomes a devotee of the Lord and approaches the Lord for\nmitigation of his distressed condition. A person in need of money approaches the Lord to ask for some improvement in his monetary condition. Others, who are not in distress or in need of monetary assistance\nbut are seeking knowledge in order to understand the Absolute Truth,\nalso take to devotional service, and they inquire into the nature of the\nSupreme Lord. This is very nicely described in Bhagavad-gitii (7.16).\nActually the path of devotional service is one without a second, but\naccording\n\nto the\n\ndevotees' condition,\n\ndevotional\n\nservice appears in\n\nmultifarious varieties, as will be nicely explained in the following verses.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�(1..\\if'N � fM � +tlffl4fti!4 'fl I\n\n�1ft����: 11�11\nabhisandhiiya yo hirhsiirh\ndambharh miitsaryam eva vii\nsarhrambhi bhinna-drg bhiivarh\nmayi kuryiit sa tiimasaf!.\nabhisandhaya-having\ndambham- pr ide;\nangry; bhinna\n\nin\n\nview;\n\nmiitsaryam-envy;\n\nya�-he\n\nwho;\n\neva-indeed;\n\nhimsiim-violen ce;\n\nvii-or;\n\nsamrambht­\n\n- separate; drk - whose vision; bhiivam-devotional service;\n\nmayi-t o Me; kuryat- may do; sa�-he; tiimasa�-in the mode of ignorance.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0254": "Text 9]\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1235\n\nTRANSLATION\nDevotional service executed by a person who is envious, proud, violent\nand angry, and who is a separatist, is considered to be in the mode of\n\ndarkness.\n\nPURPORT\nIt has already been stated in the\n\n$rtmad-Bhiigavatam, First Canto,\n\nSecond Chapter, that the highest, most glorious religion is the attainment\nof causeless, unmotivated devotional service. In pure devotional service,\nthe only motive should be to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThat is not actually a motive; that is the pure condition of the living entity.\nIn the conditioned stage, when one engages in devotional service, he should\nfollow the instruction of the bona fide spiritual master in full surrender.\nThe spiritual master is the manifested representation of the Supreme Lord\nbecause he receives and presents the instructions of the Lord, as they are,\nby disciplic succession. It is described in Bhagavad-gitii that the teachings\ntherein should be received by disciplic succession, otherwise there is\nadulteration. To act under the direction of a bona fide spiritual master\nwith a motive to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead is pure\ndevotional service. But if one has a motive for personal sense gratifica tion,\nhis devotional service is manifested differently. Such a man may be\nviolent, proud, envious and angry, and his interests are separate from the\nLord's.\nOne who approaches the Supreme Lord to render devotional service,\nbut who is proud of his personality, envious of others, or vengeful, is in the\nmode of anger. He thinks that he is the best devotee. Devotional service\nexecuted in this way is not pure; it is mixed and is of the lowest grade,\n\ntiimasa�. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarfi Thakura advises that a V ai�pava who is\nnot of good character should be avoided. A Vai�pava is one who has taken\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead as the ultimate goal of life, but if\none is not pure and still has motives, then he is not a Vai�I).ava of the first\norder of good character. One may offer his respects to such a Vai�I).ava\nbecause he has accepted the Supreme Lord as the ultimate goal of life,\nbut one should not keep company with a Vai�pava who is in the mode of\nignorance.\nTEXT9\n\nflt1441\"1flle.-l:fN �\n\n�iR\n\n�I\n\n31\"4id014� � �q;¥JN: � ��: II �II\n\n", "SB3.4#p0255": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1236\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nviflayiin abhisandhiiya\nyasa aisvaryam eva vii\narciidiiv arcayed yo miim\nprthag-bhiiva� sa riijasa�\nviflayiin-sense objects; abhisandhiiya-aiming at; yasa�-fame; aisvaryam\n-opulence; eva-indeed; vii-or; arcii-iidau-in worship of the Deity and so\non; ar cay et-may worship; ya�\nseparatist; sa�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nhe who; miim-Me; prthak-bhiiva�-a\n\nhe; riijasa�-in the mode of passion.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe worship of Deities in the temple by a separatist, with a motive for\nmaterial enjoyment, fame and opulence, is devotion in the mode of\npassion.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word \"separatist\" must be understood carefully. The Sanskrit\nwords in this connection are bhinna-drk ap.d prthag-bhiiva�. A separatist is\none who sees his interest as separate from that of the Supreme Lord. Mixed\ndevotees, or devotees in the modes of passion and ignorance, think that\nthe interest of the Supreme Lord is supplying the orders of the devotee;\nthe interest of such devotees is to draw from the Lord as much as.possible\nfor their sense gratification. This is the separatist mentality. Actually, pure\ndevotion is explained in the previous chapter; the mind of the Supreme\nLord and the mind of the devotee should be dovetailed. A devotee should\nnot wish anything but to execute the desire of the Supreme. That is\noneness. When the devotee has an interest or will different from the\ninterest of the Supreme Lord, that is the separatist mentality. When the\nso-called devotee desires material enjoyment, without reference to the\ninterest of the Supreme Lord, or he wants to become famous or opulent\nby utilizing the mercy or grace of the Supreme Lord, he is in the mode of\npassion.\nMayavadis, however, interpret this word \"separatist\" in a different way.\nThey say that while worshiping the Lord, one should think himself one\nwith the Supreme Lord. This is another adulterated form of devotion\nwithin the modes of material nature. The conception that the living entity\nis one with the Supreme is in the mode of ignorance. Oneness is actually\nbased on oneness of interest. A pure devotee has no interest but to act on\nbehalf of the Supreme Lord. When he has even a tinge of personal interest,\nthen his devotion is mixed with the three modes of material nature.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0256": "Text 10]\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1237\n\nTEXT 10\n\n'5�MliOl�� � en �I\n�qeoq�f«cn '!11nm: � eaf'it•: u � oll\nkarma-nirhiiram uddisya\nparasmin vii tad-arpa[tam\nyajed ya�_tavyam iti vii\nprthag-bhiiva� sa siittvika�\nkarma- fruitive activities; nirhiiram- freeing himself from; uddisyawith the purpose of; parasmin-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nvii-or; tat-arpa�Jam\n\n-\n\nofferi ng the result of activities; yajet-m ay worship;\n\nY ll§tavyam-to be worshiped; iti thus; vii-or; p[thak-bhiiva�\nsa�-he; siittvika�-in the mode of goodness.\n-\n\nseparatist;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a devotee worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\noffers the results of his activities in order to free himself from the\ninebrieties of fruitive activities, his devotion is in the mode of goodness.\nPURPORT\nThe briihmar-as, k§atriyas, vaisyas and sudras, along with the brahmaciiris, grhasthas, viinaprasthas and sannyasis, are the members of the eight\ndivisions of varr-as and iisramas, and they have their respective duties to\nperform for the satisfaction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When\nsuch activities are performed and the results are offered to the Supreme\nLord, they are called karmiirpa!lam, d uties performed for the satisfaction\nof the L ord. If there is any inebriety or fault, it is atoned for by this\noffering process. But if this offering process is in the mode of goodness\nrather than in pure devotion, then the interest is different. The four\n'\niiSramas and the four varr-as act for some benefit in accordance with their\npersonal interests. Therefore such activities are in the mode of goodness;\nthey cannot be counted in the category of pure devotion. Pure devotional\nservice as described by Riipa Gosvami is free from all material desires.\nAnyiibhilii,sitii-sunyam. There can be no excuse for personal or material\ninterest. Devotional activities should be transcendental to fruitive activities\nand empiric philosophical speculation. Pure devotional service is transcendental to all material qualities.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0257": "1238\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nDevotional service in the modes of ignorance, passion and goodness can\nbe divided into eighty-one categories. There are different\n\ndevotional\n\nactivities, such as hearing, chanting, remembering, worshiping, offering\nprayer, rendering service and surrendering every thing, and each of them\ncan be divided into three qualitative categories. There is hearing in the\nmode of passion, in the mode of ignorance, and in the mode of goodness.\nSimilarly, there is chanting in the mode of ignorance, passion and goodness, etc. Three multiplied by nine equals twenty-seven, and when again\nmultiplied by three it becomes eighty-one. One has to transcend all such\nmixed materialistic devotional service in order to reach the standard of pure\ndevotional service, as explained in the next verses.\nTEXTS ll-12\n\n'l\\!IUI,Rt'li�UI\n\n'IN ri!l(tij� I\n¥(;ilitM<M9lill� ��II� �II\n� ¥tRfi�il� f.t�t� !l(t,ij( I\n31��qf(ij � w: �W1'EI� ������\nmad-gura-sruti-miitrer a\nmayi sarva-guhiisaye\nmanogatir avicchinnii\nyathii gangiimbhaso 'mbudhau\nlak.sararh bhakti-yogasya\nnirgurasya hy udiihrtam\nahaituky avyavahitii\nyii bhakti{l puru.sottame\n\nmat-of Me; gu!la-qualities; sruti-by hearing; miitre!la-j ust; mayitowards Me; sarva-guhii-iisaye\n\n- residing in everyone's heart; mana�-gati�­\n\nthe heart's course; avicchinnii-contin uo us; yathii-as; ganga-of the Ganges;\nambhasa�-of the water; ambudhau-towards the ocean; lak�a!tam-the\nmanifestation;\n\nbhakti-yogasya-of\n\nunadulterated;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\ndevotional\n\nservice;\n\nudiihrtam-exhibited;\n\nnirgu!tasya­\n\nahai tu k'i- causeless;\n\navyavahi tii-not separated; yii-which; bhakti�-devo tional service; puru�auttame- towards the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0258": "Texts ll-12]\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1239\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe manifestation of unadulterated devotional service is exhibited\nwhen one's mind is at once attracted to hearing the transcendental name\nand quality of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is residing in\neveryone's heart. Just as the water of the Ganges flows naturally down\ntowards the ocean, such devotional ecstasy, uninterrupted by any materi al\ncondition, flows towards the Supreme Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe basic principle of this unadulterated, pure devotional service is love\nof Godhead. Mad-gur-a-sruti-matrer-a means \"just after hearing about the\ntranscendental quality of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\" This\nquality is called nirgu\"[la. The Supreme Lord is uncontaminated by the\nmodes of material nature; therefore He is attractive to the pure devotee.\nThere is no need to practice meditation to attain such attraction; the pure\ndevotee is already in the transcendental stage, and the affinity between\nhim and the Supreme Personality of Godhead is natural and is compared\nto the Ganges water flowing towards the sea. The flow of the Ganges\nwater cannot be stopped by any condition; similarly, a pure devotee's\nattraction for the transcendental name, form and pastimes of the Supreme Godhead cannot be stopped by any material condition. The word\navicchinnii, \"without interruptions,\" is very important in this connection.\nNo material condition can stop the flow of the devotional service of a\npure devotee.\nThe word ahaituki' means \"without reason.\" A pure devotee does not\nrender loving service to the Personality of Godhead for any cause or for\nany benefit, material or spiritual. This is the first symptom of unalloyed\ndevotion. Anyiibhilii�itii-sunyam: he has no desire to fulfill by rendering\ndevotional service. Such devotional service is meant for the puru}ottama,\nthe Supreme Personality, and not for anyone else. Sometimes pseudodevotees show devotion to many demigods, thinking the forms of the\ndemigods to be the same as the Supreme Personality of Godhead's form.\nIt is specifically mentioned herein, however, that bhakti,\n\ndevotional\n\nservice, is meant only for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, NarayaQ.a,\nor Vi�Q.U or l<.f�Q.a, not for anyone else.\nAvyavahitii means \"without cessation.\" A pure devotee must engage in\nthe service of the Lord twenty-four hours a day, without cessation; his life\nis so molded that at every minute and every second he engages in some\n\n", "SB3.4#p0259": "[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1240\n\nsort of devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Another\n\nmeaning of the word avyavahitii is that the interest of the devotee and the\ninterest of the Supreme Lord are on the same level. The devotee has no\n\ninterest but to fulfill the transcendental desire of the Supreme Lord. Such\nspontaneous service unto the Supreme Lord is transcendental and is never\ncontaminated by the material modes of nature. These are the symptoms of\npure devotional service, which is free from all contamination of material\nnature.\nTEXT 13\n\nQtif.MQtf\\iQt¥ftQfQI�\n� I\nc(h�+tt4 WI � ft;n � �WIT: II�� II\nsiilokya-sarfi.ti-siimipyasiirupyaikatvam apy uta\ndiyamanam na grhr-anti\nvina mat-sevanam janiift\nsiilokya living on the same planet; siir�ti having the same opulence;\nsiimipya to be a personal associate; siiru pya -having the same bodily\nfeatures; ekatvam-oneness; api- also; uta- even; dtyamiinam- being\noffered; na not; grh�anti-do accept; vinii-without; mat-My; sevdnamdevotional service; janii�- pure devotees.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nA pure devotee does not accept any kind of liberation-salokya, sar�ti,\n\nsamipya,\n\nsariipya\n\nor ekatva-even though they\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nare\n\noffered\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nPURPORT\nLord Caitanya taught us how to execute pure devotional service out\nof spontaneous love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In the\n\n$ik§a§taka, He prays to the Lord: \"0 Lord, I do not wish to gain from\nYou any wealth, nor do I wish to have a beautiful wife, nor do I wish to\nhave many followers. All I want from You is that in life after life I may\nremain a pure devotee at Your lotus feet.\" There is a similarity between\nthe prayers of Lord Caitanya and the statements of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nLord Caitanya prays, \"in life after life,\" indicating that a devotee does not\n\n", "SB3.4#p0260": "Text 13]\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1241\n\neven desire the cessation of birth and death. The yogis and empmc\n\nphilosophers desire cessation of the process of birth and death, but a\n\ndevotee is satisfied to remain even in this material world and execute\n\ndevotional service.\n\nIt is clearly stated herein that a pure devot�e does not desire ekatva,\n\noneness with the Supreme Lord, as desired by the impersonalists, the\n\nmental speculators and the meditators. To become one with the Supreme\nLord is beyond the dream of a pure devotee. Sometimes he may accept\n\npromotion to the VaikuQ.tha planets to serve the Lord there, but he never\n\nwill accept merging into the Brahman effulgence, which he considers to be\nworse than hellish. Such ekatva, or merging into the effulgence of the\n\nSupreme Lord, is called kaivalya, but the happiness derived from kaivalya\n\nis considered by the pure devotee to be hellish. The devotee is so fond of\n\nrendering service to the Supreme Lord that the five kinds of liberation are\nnot important to him. If one is engaged in pure transcendental loving\n\nservice to the Lord, it is understood that he has already achieved the five\n\nkinds of liberation.\n\nWhen a devotee is promoted to the spiritual world, VaikuQ.tha, he\n\nreceives four kinds of facilities. One of these is siilokya, living on the same\n\nplanet as the Supreme Personality. The Supreme Person, in His different\nplenary expansions, lives on innumerable VaikuQ.tha planets, and the chief\n\nplanet is K��Q.aloka. Just as within the material universe the chief planet is\nthe sun, similarly in the spiritual world the chief planet is K��Q.aloka.\n\nFrom Kr�Q.aloka, the bodily effulgence of Lord Kr�Q.a is distributed not\n\nonly to the spiritual world but to the material world as well; it is covered\n\nby matter, however, in the material world. In the spiritual world there are\ninnumerable VaikuQ.tha planets, and on each one the Lord is the predom­\n\ninating Deity. A devotee can be promoted to one such VaikuQ.tha planet\nto live with the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nIn siirfiti liberation the opulence of the devotee is equal to the opulence\n\nof the Supreme Lord. Siimipya means to be a personal associate of the\nSupreme Lord. In sarupya liberation the bodily features of the devotee\n\nare exactly like those of the Supreme Person but for two or three symp­\n\ntoms which are found exclusively on the transcendental body of the\n\nLord. Srivatsa, for example, the hair on the chest of the Lord, particularly\n\ndistinguishes Him from His devotees.\n\nA pure devotee does not accept these five kinds of spiritual existence,\n\neven if they are offered, and he certainly does not hanker after material\nbenefits, which are all insignificant in comparison with spiritual benefits.\n\nWhen Prahlada Maharaja was offered some material benefit, he stated:\n\n", "SB3.4#p0261": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1242\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\n\"My Lord, I have seen that my father achieved all kinds of material\nbenefits, and even the demigods were afraid of his opulence, but still, in a\nsecond, You have finished his life and all his material prosperity.\" For a\ndevotee there is no question of desiring any material or spiritual prosperity.\nHe simply aspires to serve the Lord. That is his highest happiness.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� � �� 311€4� �: I\n\n�;nf<li4� Rmui qFJr�qqf.l� 11 �\\ill\nsa eva bhakti-yogakhya\natyantika udahrta�\nyenativrajya tri-gurarh\n\nmad-bhaviiyopapadyate\n\nsa�-this; eva-indeed; bhakti-yoga-devotional service; iikhya�-called;\niityantika�-highest\n\nplatform;\n\nudahrta�-explained;\n\nyen a- by\n\nwhich;\n\nativrajya-overcoming; tri-gu7Jam-the three modes of material nature;\nmat-bhiiviiya-to My transcendental stage; upapadyate-one attains.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy attaining the h ighest platform\n\nof devotional service, as I have\n\nexplained, one can overcome the influence of the three modes of material\nnature and be situated in the transcendental stage, as is the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nSripada Sankaracarya, who is supposed to be the leader of the impersonalist school of philosophers, has admitted in the beginning of his comments\non Bhagavad-gita that Narayap.a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is\nbeyond the material creation; except for Him, everything is within the\nmaterial creation. It is also confirmed in the Vedic literature that before\nthe creation there was only Narayap.a; neither Lord Brahma nor Lord Siva\nexisted. Only Narayap.a, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�p.u,\nor Kr�Qa, is always in the transcendental position, beyond the influence of\nmaterial creation.\nThe material qualities of goodness, passion and ignorance cannot affect\n\nthe position of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; therefore He is\n\ncalled nirgurw (free from all tinges of material qualities). Here the same fact\n\n", "SB3.4#p0262": "Text 15)\n\n1243\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\nis confirmed by Lord Kapila: one who is situated in pure devotional\nservice is transcendentally situated, as is the Lord. Just as the Lord is\nunaffected by the influence of the material modes, so too are His pure\ndevotees. One who is not affected by the three modes of material nature\nis called a liberated soul, or brahma-bhuta soul. Brahma-bhuta{t prasanniitmii\nis the stage of liberation. A ham brahmiismi: \"I am not this body.\"\nThis is applicable only to the person who constantly engages in the\ndevotional service of Krlll}a and is thus in the transcendental stage; he is\nabove the influence of the three modes of material nature.\nIt is the misconception of the impersonalists that one can worship any\nimaginary form of the Lord, or Brahman, and at the end merge in the\nBrahman effulgence. Of course, to merge into the bodily effulgence\n(Brahman) of the Supreme Lord is also liberation, as explained in the\nprevious verse. Ekatva is also liberation, but that sort of liberation is\nnever accepted by any devotee because qualitative oneness is immediately\nattained as soon as one is situated in devotional service. For a devotee,\nthat qualitative equality, which is the result of impersonal liberation, is\nalready attained; he does not have to try for it separately. It is clearly\nstated here that simply by pure devotional service one becomes qualitatively as good as the Lord Himself.\nTEXT 15\n\n��;nfilll� � +ti'�e• 1\n��·�i\\wt �� wtiRt�Q( �: 11�'-\\11\nnifieviteniinimittena\nsva-dharmerw mahiyasa\nkriyii-yogena sastena\nniitihimsrera nityasa�\nni§e v it ena-executed; animittena-without attachment to the result;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsva dharme!la by\n\n-\n\nyog ena by\n\none's\n\nprescribed\n\nduties;\n\ndevotional\n\nactivities;\n\nsastena-auspicious;\n\nmahtyasii-glorious; kriyiina-without;\n\natihimsrery,a-excessive violence; nityasa�-regularly.\nTRANSLATION\nA devotee must execute his prescribed duties, which are glorious,\nwithout material profit. Without excessive violence, one should regularly\nperform one's devotional activities.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0263": "1244\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nPURPORT\nOne has to execute his prescribed duties according to his social position\nas a brahma(la, k§atriya, vaisya or siidra. The prescribed duties of the four\nclasses of men in human society are also described in Bhagavad-gitii. The\nactivities of brahma{las are to control the senses and to become simple,\nclean, learned devotees. The k§atriyas have the spirit for ruling, they are\nnot afraid on the battlefield, and they are charitable. The vaisyas, or the\nmercantile class of men, trade in commodities, protect cows and develop\nagricultural produce. The sudras, or laborer class, serve the higher classes\nbecause they themselves are not very intelligent.\nFrom\n\nevery position, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gita, sva-karma[ta\n\ntam abhyarcya: one can serve the Supreme Lord by performing his pre­\n\nscribed duty. It is not that only the brahmarws can serve the Supreme Lord\nand not the sildras. Anyone can serve the Supreme Lord by performing his\nprescribed duties under the direction of a spiritual master or representative\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. No one should think that his\nprescribed duties are inferior. A brahmarw can serve the Lord by using his\nintelligence, and the kflalriya can serve the Supreme Lord by using his\nmilitary arts, just as A�una served Kr�J).a. Arjuna was a warrior; he had no\ntime to study Vediinta, or other highly intellectual books. The damsels in\nVrajadhama were girls born of the vaisya class, and they engaged in\nprotecting cows and producing agriculture. Kr�l).a's foster father; Nanda\nMaharaja, and his associates were all vaisyas. They were not at all educated,\nbut they could serve Kr�l).a by loving Him and by offering everything to\nHim. Similarly, there are many instances in which ca{l(iiilas, or those\nlower than sudras, have served Kr�l).a. Also, the sage Vidura was considered\na sudra because his mother happened to be sudra. There are no distinctions,\nfor it is declared by the Lord in Bhagavad-g\"itii that anyone engaged\nspecifically in devotional service is elevated to the transcendental position\nwithout a doubt. Everyone's prescribed duty is glorious if it is p erformed\nin devotional service of the Lord, without desire for profit. Such loving\nservice must be performed without reason, without impediment and\nspontaneously. Kr�l).a is lovable, and one has to serve Him in whatever\ncapacity he can. That is pure devotional service.\nAnother significant phrase in this verse is natihirhsre{la (with minimum\nviolence or sacrifice of life). Even if a devotee has to commit violence, it\nshould not be done beyond what is necessary. Sometimes the question is\nput before us: \"You ask us not to eat meat, but you are eating vegetables.\nDo you think that is not violence?\" The answer is that eating vegetables is\nviolence and vegetarians are also committing violence against other living\n\n", "SB3.4#p0264": "Text 16]\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1245\n\nentities because vegetables also have life. Nondevotees are killing cows,\ngoats and so many other animals for eating purposes, and a devotee who is\nvegetarian is also killing. But here, significantly, it is stated that every living\nentity has to live by killing another entity; that is the law of nature. Jtvo\n\njivasya jivanam: one living entity is the life for another living entity. But\nfor a human being, that violence should be committed only as much as\nnecessary.\nA human being is not to eat anything which is not of ered to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Yajna-si§.tiisina� santa�: one becomes\nfreed from all sinful reactions by eating foodstuffs which are offered to\nYajiia, the Supreme Personality of Godhead A devotee therefore eats only\n\nprasiida, or foodstuffs offered to the Supreme Lord, and I<.{�Qa says that\nwhen a devotee offers Him foodstuffs from the vegetable kingdom, with\ndevotion, He eats that. A devotee is to offer to Kr�t:ta foodstuffs prepared\nfrom vegetables. If the Supreme Lord wanted foodstuffs prepared from\nanimal food, the devotee could offer this, but He does not order to do\nthat.\nWe have to commit violence; that is a natural law. We should not,\nhowever, commit violence extravagantly, but only as much as ordered by the\nLord. Arjuna engaged in the art of killing, and although killing is, of course,\nviolence, he killed the enemy simply on Kr�t:ta's order. In the same way, if\nwe commit violence as it is necessary, by the order of the Lord, that is\ncalled niitihimsii. We cannot avoid violence because we are put into a\nconditional life in which we have to commit violence, but we should not\ncommit more violence than necessary or than ordered by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�f4:wq��t.t�i-{�1�fltct�: I\n� ¥4'l1Ciwt�l (1��WI(11itwJ l'f II� �II\nmad-dhi,srya-darsana-sparsapujii-stuty-abhivandana*\nbhute.su mad-bhiivanayii\nsattveniisarigamena ca\nmat-My; dhi��ya -statue; dar sana seeing; spar sa -touch ing; puJast uti -pra ying to; abhivandana*-by offering obeisances;\n-\n\nworshi ping;\n\nbhiite�u-in all living entities; mat-of Me; bhiivanayii-with thought;\nsattvena-by the mode of goodness ; asa n ga me na- wi th detachment; ca-and.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0265": "1246\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotee should regularly see My statues in the temple, touch My\n\nlotus feet and offer worshipable paraphernalia and prayer. He should see\n\nin the spirit of renunciation, from the mode of goodness, and see every\nliving entity as spiritual.\n\nPURPORT\nTemple worship is one of the duties of a devotee. It is especially recommended for neophytes, but those who are advanced should not refrain\nfrom temple worship. There is a distinction in the manner a neophyte and\nan advanced devotee appreciate the Lord's presence in the temple. A\nneophyte considers the arca-vigraha (the statue of the Lord) to be different\nfrom the original Personality of Godhead; he considers it a representation\nof the Supreme Lord in the form of a Deity. But an advanced devotee\naccepts the Deity in the temple as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nHe does not see any difference between the original form of the Lord and\nthe statue, or area form of the Lord, in the temple. This is the vision of a\ndevotee whose devotional service is in the highest stage of bhiiva, or love of\nGodhead, whereas a neophyte's worship in the temple is a matter of routine\nduty.\nTemple Deity worship is one of the functions of a devotee. He goes\nregularly to see the Deity nicely decorated, and with veneration and respect he touches the lotus feet of the Lord and presents offerings of\nworship, such as fruits, flowers and prayers. At the same time, to advance\nin devotional service, a devotee should see other living entities as spiritual\n\nsparks, parts and parcels of the Supreme Lord. A devotee is to offer\n\nrespect to every entity that has a relationship with the Lord. Because every\nliving entity originally has a relationship with the Lord as part and parcel,\na devotee should try to see all living entities on the same equal level of\n\nspiritual existence. As stated inBhagavad-gitii, a partflita, one who is learned,\n\nsees equally a very learned briihmaf!a, a sudra, a hog, a dog and a cow. He\ndoes not see the body, which is only an outward dress. He does not\nsee the dress of a briihma[ta, or that of a cow or of a hog. He sees\nthe spiritual spark, part and parcel of the Supreme Lord. If a devotee does\nnot see every living entity as part and parcel of the Supreme Lord, he is\nconsidered prakrta-bhakta, a materialistic devotee. He is not completely\nsituated on the spiritual platform; rather, he is in the lowest stage of\ndevotion. He does, however, show all respect to the Deity.\nAlthough a devotee sees all living entities on the level of spiritual\nexistence, he is not interested in associating with everyone. Simply because\n\n", "SB3.4#p0266": "Text 17]\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1247\n\na tiger is part and parcel of the Supreme Lord does not mean that we\nembrace him because of his spiritual relationship with the Supreme Lord.\nWe must associate only with persons who have developed Kr�!la consciousness.\nWe should befriend and offer special respect to persons who are\n\ndeveloped in Kr��a consciousness. Other living entities are undoubtedly\npart and parcel of the Supreme Lord, but because their consciousness is\nstill covered and not developed in Kr�!la consciousness, we should renounce\ntheir association. It is said by Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura that even if\none is a Vai�!lava, if he is not of good character, his company should be\navoided, although he may be offered the respect of a Vai�!lava. Anyone\n\nwho accepts Vi�!lu as the Supreme Personality of Godhead is accepted\n\nas a V ai�!lava, but a Vai�!lava is expected to develop all the good qualities\n\nof the demigods.\n\nThe exact meaning of the word sattvena is given by Sridhara Svami as\n\nbeing synonymous with dhairyer-a, or patience. One must perform devotional service with great patience. One should not give up the execution of\ndevotional service because one or two attempts have not been successful.\n\nOne must continue. Sri Rupa Gosvami also confirms that one should be\n\nvery enthusiastic and execute devotional service with patience and confi­\n\ndence. Patience is necessary for developing the confidence that \"Kr�!la will\ncertainly accept me because I am engaging in devotional service.\" One has\nonly to execute service according to the rules and regulations to insure\nsuccess.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n'1!¥41�'1 a:1wtlwtl¥4ij4i+q�l I\n�� �CII€+1Q�! m fOI��wt � II� �II\ng\n\nmahatiim bahu-miinena\ndiniiniim anukampayii\nmaitryii caiviitma-tulye�u\nyamena niyamena ca\nmahatiim-to the great souls; bahu-miinena-with great respect; dtniiniim­\n\nto the poor; anukampayii-with compassion; maitryii-with friendship; caalso; eva- certainly; iitma-tulye§u-to persons who are equals; yamenawith control of the senses; niyamena-with regulation; ca- and\n\n.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0267": "1248\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pure devotee should execute devotional service by giving the\n\ngreatest respect to the spiritual master and the acaryas. He should be\n\ncompassionate to the poor and make friendship with persons who are his\nequals, but all his activities should be executed under regulation and with\n\ncontrol of the senses.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-g\"ltii, Thirteenth Chapter, it is clearly stated that one should\nexecute devotional service and advance on the path of spiritual knowledge\nby accepting the iiciirya. Aciiryopiisanam: one should worship an iiciirya,\na spiritual master who knows things as they are. The spiritual master must\nbe in the disciplic succession from Kr�p.a. The predecessors of the spiritual\nmaster are his spiritual master, his grand spiritual master, his great grand\nspiritual master and so on, who form the disciplic succession of iiciiryas.\nIt is recommended herewith that all the iiciiryas be given the highest\nrespect. It is stated, guru§U nara-mat*. Guru§U means \"unto the iiciiryas\"\nand nara-mat* means \"thinking like a common man.\" To think of the\nVai�p.avas, the devotees, as belonging to a particular caste or community,\nto think of the iiciiryas as ordinary men, or to think of the Deity in the\ntemple as being made of stone, wood or metal, is condemned. Niya'!'ena:\none should offer the greatest respect to the iiciiryas according to the stan­\n\ndard regulations. A devotee should also be compassionate to the poor.\n\nThis does not refer to those who are poverty-stricken materially. According to devotional vision, a man is poor if he is not in J<.r�J)a consciousness.\nA man may be very rich materially, but if he is not Kr�p.a conscious, he is\nconsidered poor. On the other hand, many iiciiryas, such as Riipa Gosvami\nand Sanatana Gosvami, used to live beneath trees every night. Superficially it appeared that they were very poverty-stricken, but from their\nwritings we can understand that in spiritual life they were the richest\npersonalities.\nA devotee shows compassion to those poor souls who are wanting in\nspiritual knowledge by enlightening them in order to elevate them to\nKr�t:�a consciousness. That is one of the duties of a devotee. He should also\nmake friendship with persons who are on an equal level with himself or\nwho have the same understanding that he does. For a devotee, there is no\npoint in making friendships with ordinary persons; he should make friendship with other devotees so that by discussing among themselves, they\n\n", "SB3.4#p0268": "Text 18]\n\n1249\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\nmay elevate one another on the path of spiritual understanding. This is\ncalled i�ta-go�thi.\nIn\n\nBhagavad-gitii\n\nthere\n\nis\n\nreference\n\nto bodhayantafl\n\nparasparam,\n\n\"discussing among themselves.\" Generally pure devotees utilize their\nvaluable time in chanting and discussing various activities of Lord Kr�l).a\nor Lord Caitanya amongst themselves. There are innumerable books, such\nas the Puriirws, Mahiibhiirata, Bhiigavatam, Bhagavad-gitii and Upani§ads,\nwhich contain countless subjects for discussion among two devotees or\nmore. Friendship should be cemented between persons with mutual interests and understanding. Such persons are said to be sva-jiiti, \"of the\nsame caste.\" The devotee should avoid a person whose character is not\nfixed in the standard understanding; even though he may be a V ai�l)ava or\na devotee of Kr�l)a, if his character is not correctly representative, then\nhe should be avoided. One should steadily control the senses and the mind\nand strictly follow the rules and regulations, and he should make friendship with persons of the same standard.\nTEXT\n\n18\n\n811\"41mtifil�qoliJti+t(1(\\d;wiiQ it I\n���14(1fwt f.l(it'!....fifittttI � II ��II\niidhyiitmikiinusravar-an\nniima-sankirtaniic ca me\niirjaveniirya-sangena\nnirahankriyayii tathii\niidhyiit mika\n\n-spiritual matters; anusrava{tiit- from hearing; niima- My iirjavena­\n\nsanktrtaniit-from chanting the holy name; ca-and; me\n\n;\n\nwith straightforward behavior; iirya-sangena- with association of saintly\npersons; nirahankriyayii-without false ego; tathii\n\n- thus .\n\nTRANSLATION\nA devotee should always try to hear about spiritual matters and should\nalways utilize his time in chanting the holy name of the Lord. His behavior\nshould always be straightforward and simple, and although he is not\nenvious but friendly to everyone, he should avoid the company of persons\nwho are not spiritually advanced.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0269": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1250\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nPURPORT\nIn order to advance in spiritual understanding, one has to hear from\nauthentic sources about spiritual knowledge. One can understand the\nreality of spiritual life by following strict regulative principles and by\ncontrolling the senses. To have control it is necessary that one be nonviolent and truthful, refrain from stealing, abstain from sex life and possess\nonly that which is absolutely necessary for keeping the body and soul\ntogether. One should not eat more than necessary, he should not collect\nmore paraphernalia than necessary, he should not talk unnecessarily with\ncommon men, and he should not follow the rules and regulations without\npurpose. He should follow the rules and regulations so that he may actually\nmake advancement.\nThere are eighteen qualifications mentioned in Bhagavad-gitii, among\nwhich is simplicity. One should be without pride; one should not demand\nunnecessary respect from others, and one should be nonviolent. Amiinitvam\nadambhitvam ahiritsii. One should be very tolerant and simple, one should\naccept the spiritual master, and one should control the senses. These are\nmentioned here and in Bhagavad-gitii as well. One should hear from\nauthentic sources how to advance in spiritual life; such instructions should\nbe taken from the iiciirya and should be assimilated.\nIt is especially mentioned here, nama-sarikfrtanac ca: one should chant\nthe holy names of the Lord, Hare K�91}a, Hare Kr91}a, Kr91}a Kf�l}a', Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare, either individually\nor with others. Lord Caitanya has given special stress to chanting of these\nholy names of the Lord as the basic principle of spiritual advancement.\n\nAnother word used here is iirjavena, meaning \"without diplomacy.\" A\ndevotee should not make plans out of self-interest. Of course preachers\n\nsometimes have to make some plan to execute the mission of the Lord\nunder proper guidance, but regarding personal self-interest, a devotee\nshould always be without diplomacy, and he should avoid the company of\npersons who are not advancing in spiritual life. Another word is iirya.\nAryans are persons who are advancing in knowledge of Kr91}a consciousness\nas well as in material prosperity. The difference between the Aryan and\nnon-Aryan, the sura and asura, is in their standards of spiritual advancement. Association with persons who are not spiritually advanced is forbidden. Lord Caitanya advised, asat-sanga-tyiiga. One should avoid persons\nwho are attached to the temporary. Asat is one who is too materially\nattached, who is not a devotee of the Lord and who is too attached to\nwomen\n\nor\n\nenjoyable material things.\n\nSuch a\n\nV ai�l}ava philosophy, is a persona non grata.\n\nperson,\n\naccording\n\nto\n\n", "SB3.4#p0270": "Text 19]\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1251\n\nA devotee should not be proud of his acquisitions. The symptoms of a\ndevotee are meekness and humility. Although very spiritually advanced,\nhe will always remain meek and humble, as Kaviraja Gosvami and all the\nother Vai�r;tavas have taught us by personal example. Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ntaught that one should be humbler than the grass on the street and more\ntolerant than the tree. One should not be proud or falsely puffed up. In\nthis way one will surely advance in spiritual life.\nTEXT 19\n\nqR4tt'l 3fl\\111: I\n�+nS�goi ������II\nmad-dharmar-o gur-air etaifl\nparisamsuddha asaya[!\npuru�asyanjasabhyeti\nsruta-matra-gur-am hi mam\nmat-dharmar-a�-of My devotee; gu rt a* with the attributes; eta*parisa rhsu ddha�-completely purified; iisaya�-consciousness;\npuru�asya-of a person; a fijasii instantly; abhyeti -approaches; sruta-by\nhearing; miitra-simply ; gu � am-quality ; hi-certainly; mii m-Me.\n-\n\nthese;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen one is fully qualified with all these transcendental attributes and\nhis consciousness is thus completely purified, he is immediately attracted\nsimply by hearing My name or hearing of My transcendental quality.\nPURPORT\nIn the beginning of this instruction, the Lord explained to His mother\nthat mad-gu[ta-sruti-matre[ta, simply by hearing the name, quality, form,\netc., of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one is immediately attracted.\nA person becomes fully qualified with all transcendental qualities by following the rules and regulations, as recommended in different scriptures.\nWe have developed certain unnecessary qualities by material association,\nand by following the above process we become free from that contamination. To develop transcendental qualities, as explained in the previous\nverse, one must become free from these contaminated qualities.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0271": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1252\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�� WIUf'llte.:fi '1\"1311\\141( I\n� � � ata�iii\"'INEfiR � 11�o11\nyathii viita-ratho ghrii{lam\niivrnkte gandha ii.sayiit\nevarh yoga-ratam ceta\niitmiinam avikiiri yat\n\n[l\n\nyathii-as; viita-of air; ratha - the chariot; ghriirta m- sense of smell;\niivrn kte-catches; ga n dha - aroma; iis'ayiit - from the source; evamsimilarly; yoga-ratam - engaged in devotional service; cetaft-consciousness;\niitmiinam-the Supreme Soul; avikii ri - unchanging; yat - which.\n\n[l\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs the chariot of air carries an aroma from its source and immediately\ncatches the sense of smell, similarly, one who constantly engages in\ndevotional service, in Kr��a consciousness, can catch the Supreme Soul,\nwho is equally present everywhere.\n\nPURPORT\nAs a breeze carrying a pleasant fragrance from a garden of flowers at\nonce captures the organ of smell, so one's consciousness, saturated with\ndevotion, can at once capture the transcendental existence of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who, in His Paramiitma feature, is present everywhere, even in the heart of every living being. It is stated in Bhagavad-gitii\nthat the Supreme Personality of Godhead is k§etra-jiia, present within this\nbody, hut He is also simultaneously present in every other body. Since the\nindividual soul is present only in a particular body, he is altered when\nanother individual soul does not cooperate with him. The Supersoul, however, is equally present everywhere. Individual souls may disagree, but the\nSupersoul, being equally present in every body, is called unchanging, or\navikiiri. The individual soul, when fully saturated with Kr�t:J.a consciousness,\ncan understand the presence of the Supersoul. It is confirmed in Bhagavadgitii that (bhaktyii miim abhijiiniiti) a person saturated with devotional\nservice in full Kr�t:J.a consciousness can understand the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead either as Supersoul or as the Supreme Person.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0272": "Text 22]\n\nExplan ation of Devotional S ervice\n\n1253\n\nTEXT 21\n\n� �1 � l(<tl�'llqM(H � I\n6'1qlll14 � �: t��l�iMI'fi( II�� II\naharh sarve,su bhiiteflu\nbhiitiitmiivasthita[l, sadii\ntam avajiiiiya miirh martya[l,\nkurute 'rcii-vi!lambanam\n\n-\n\naham-I; sarve§u-in all; bh iite§u living entities; bhilta-atma-the Supersoul in all beings; avasthitaft- situated; sad ii-always; tam-that Supersoul;\navajiiiiya - disregarding; miim-Me; martyaft-a mortal man; kurute- per\nforms; arcii-of worship of the Deity; vi!lamban am-imitation\n\n.\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nI am present in every living entity as the Supersoul. If someone neglects\nor disregards that Supersoul everywhere and engages himself in the worship\nof the Deity in the temple, that is simply imitation.\nPURPORT\nIn purified consciousness, or Kr�Q.a consciousness, one sees the presence\nof Kr�Q.a everywhere. If, therefore, one only engages in Deity worship in\nthe temple and does not consider other living entities, then he is in the\nlowest grade of devotional service. One who worships the Deity in the\ntemple and does not show respect to others is a devotee on the material\nplatform, in the lowest stage of devotional service. A devotee should try to\nunderstand everything in relationship with Kr�Q.a and try to serve everything in that spirit. To serve everything means to engage everything in the\nservice of Kr�l}ll- If a person is innocent and does not know his relationship\nwith Kr�Q.a, an advanced devotee should try to engage him in the service of\nKr�Q.a. One who is advanced in Kr�Q.a consciousness can engage not only\nthe living being but everything in the service of Kr�Q.a.\nTEXT 22\n\n� 'If �! � (1\"(1'11�1'14\\41( I\n\"filrU � .a(IQI'A41�q • 'J: II�� II\n\n", "SB3.4#p0273": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1254\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nyo miirh saroefiu bhutefiu\nsantam iitmiinam isvaram\nhitviirciirh bhajate mauphyiid\nbhasmany eva juhoti sa�\nya[l-one who; miim-Me; sarve§u-in all; bhu te§u- living entities; santam\n-being present; iitmiinam-the Paramatma; iSvaram-the Supreme Lord;\nhitvii-disregarding; arciim-the Deity; bhajate-worships; mauphyiitbecause of ignorance;\noblations; sa �-he\n\nbhasmani-into\n\nashes; eva-only; juho ti - offers\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who worships the Deity of Godhead in the temples but does not\n\nknow that the Supreme Lord, as Paramatma, is situated in every living\n. entity's heart, must be in ignorance and is compared to one who offers\noblations into ashes.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is stated clearly herein that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in\nHis plenary expansion of Supersoul, is present in all living entities. The\nliving entities have 8,400,000 different kinds of bodies, and the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is living in every body both as the individual soul\nand as the Supersoul. Since the individual soul is part and parcel of the\nSupreme Lord, in that sense the Lord is living in every body; and, as\nSupersoul, the Lord is also present as a witness. In both cases the presence\nof God in every living entity is essential. Therefore persons who profess to\nbelong to some religious sect but who do not feel the presence of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in every living entity, and everywhere\nelse, are in the mode of ignorance.\nIf, without this preliminary knowledge of the Lord's omnipresence\neverywhere, one simply attaches himself to the rituals in a temple, church\nor mosque, it is as if he were offering butter into ashes rather than into the\nfire. One offers sacrifices by pouring clarified butter into a fire and chanting Vedic mantras, but even if there are Vedic mantras and all conditions\nare favorable, if the clarified butter is poured on ashes, then such a sacrifice\nwill be useless. In other words, a devotee should not ignore any living\nentity. The devotee must know that in every living entity, however insignificant he may be, even in an ant, God is present, and therefore every\nliving entity should be kindly treated and should not be subjected to any\nviolence. In modern civilized society, slaughterhouses are regularly maintained and supported by a certain type of religious principle. But without\n\n", "SB3.4#p0274": "Text 23)\n\n1255\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\nknowledge of the presence of God in every living entity, any so-called\nadvancement of human civilization, either spiritual or material, is to be\nunderstood as being in the mode of ignorance.\nTEXT 23\n\ne: � � � fif'lt�f(r;c: 1\n�! q�� Wf �: �i'\\'l'l�WM ����II\ndv(sata{t para-kaye marh\nmanino bhinna-darsina{t\nbhiite�u baddha-vairasya\nna mana{t san tim rcchati\ndvi§ata{t-of one who is envious; pa ra-kaye-towards the body of\nanother; mam-unto Me; manina{t-offering respect; bhinna-darsina{t-of a\nseparatist; bhate§u-towards living entities; baddha-vairasya-of one who\nis inimical; na-not; mana{t-the mind; san tim-peace; rcchati attains.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who offers Me respect but is envious of the bodies of others and is\ntherefore a separatist never attains peace of mind, because of his inimical\nbehavior towards other living entities.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse, two phrases, bhute§u baddha-vairasya (\"inimical towards\nothers\")\n\nand dvi§ata� para-kaye\n\n(\"envious of another's body\"), are\n\nsignificant. One who is envious of or inimical towards others never experiences any happiness. A devotee's vision, therefore, must be perfect. He\nshould ignore bodily distinctions and should see only the presence of the\npart and parcel of the Supreme Lord, and the Lord Himself in His plenary\nexpansion as Supersoul. That is the vision of a pure devotee. The bodily\nexpression of a particular type of living entity is always ignored by the\ndevotee.\nIt is expressed herein that the Lord is always eager to deliver the conditioned souls, who have been encaged within material bodies. Devotees are\nexpected to carry the message or desire of the Lord to such conditioned\nsouls and enlighten them with Kr�qa consciousness. Thus they may be\nelevated to transcendental, spiritual life, and the mission of their lives will\n\n", "SB3.4#p0275": "1256\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nbe successful. Of course this is not possible for living entities who are lower\n\nthan human beings, but in human society it is feasible that all living entities\n\ncan be enlightened with Kf�l).a consciousness. Even living entities who are\n\nlower than human can be raised to Kr�l).a consciousness by other methods.\nFor example, Sivananda Sena, a great devotee of Lord Caitanya, delivered\na dog by feeding him pras'iida. Distribution of prasiida, or remnants of\n\nfoodstuffs offered to the Lord, even to the ignorant masses of people\n\nand to animals, gives such living entities the chance for elevation to Kr�l).a\nconsciousness. Factually it happened that the same dog, when met by Lord\nCaitanya at Puri, was liberated from the material condition.\nIt is especially mentioned here that a devotee must be free from all\nviolence (jiviihimsii). Lord Caitanya has recommended that a devotee not\n\ncommit violence to any living entity. Sometimes the question is raised\nthat since vegetables also have life and devotees take vegetable foodstuffs,\n\nisn't that violence? Firstly, however, taking some leaves, twigs or fruit\nfrom a tree or plant does not kill the plant. Besides that, jiviihirhsii means\nthat since every living entity has to pass through a particular type of body\n\naccording to his past karma, although every living entity is eternal, he\n\nshould not be disturbed in his gradual evolution. A devotee has to execute\n\nthe principles of devotional service exactly as they are, and he must know\n\nthat however insignificant a living entity may be, the Lord is present within\nhim. A devotee must realize this universal presence of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n3f(fijil!f�i4:\nfiA\"q1�q'INIW1� I\n��S�ffl� \\(6SII'il!f¥Uf.twt: 11�\\lll\naham ucciivacair dravyaift\nkriyayotpannayiinaghe\nnaiva tu�ye 'rcito 'rciiyiirh\nbhilta-griimiivamaninaft\naham-I; ucciivaca*-with various; d ravya*- paraphernalia; kriyayii-by\nreligious rituals; u tpannayii- accomplished; anaghe-0 sinless mother;\nna-not; eva-certainly; tu�ye-am pleased; arcita[t-worshiped; arciiyiimin the Deity form; bhilta-griima-to other living entities; avamanina�-with\nthose who are disrespectful.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0276": "Text 24)\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1257\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy\n\ndear\n\nMother,\n\neven\n\nif he\n\nworships\n\nwith proper\n\nrituals\n\nand\n\nparaphernalia, a person who is ignorant of My presence in all living\nentities never pleases Me by the worship of My Deities in the temple.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are sixty-four different prescriptions for worship of the Deity in\nthe temple. There are many items offered to the Deity, some valuable and\nsome less valuable. It is prescribed in Bhagavad-g\"itii: \"If a devotee offers\nMe a small flower, a leaf, some water, or a little fruit, I will accept it.\"\nThe real purpose is to exhibit one's loving devotion to the Lord; the offerings themselves are secondary. If one has not developed loving devotion\nto the Lord and simply offers many kinds of foodstuffs, fruits and flowers\nwithout real devotion, the offering will not be accepted by the Lord. We\ncannot bribe the Personality of Godhead. He is so great that our bribery\nhas no value. Nor has He any scarcity; since He is full in Himself, what can\nwe offer Him? Everything is produced by Him. We simply offer to show\nour love and gratitude to the Lord.\nThis gratitude and love for God is exhibited by a pure devotee who\nknows that the Lord lives in every living entity. As such, temple worship\nnecessarily includes distribution of prasiida. It is not that one should\ncreate a temple in his private apartment or private room, offer something\nto the Lord, and then eat. Of course, that is better than simply cooking\nfoodstuffs and eating without understanding one's relationship with the\nSupreme Lord; people who act in this manner are just like animals. But\nthe devotee who wants to elevate himself to the higher level of understanding must know that the Lord is present in every living entity, and, as\nstated in the previous verse, one should be compassionate to other living\nentities. A devotee should worship the Supreme Lord, be friendly to\npersons who are on the same level, and be compassionate to the ignorant.\nOne should exhibit his compassion for ignorant living entities by distributing prasiida.\n\nDistribution of prasiida to the ignorant masses of\n\npeople is essential for persons who make offerings to the Personality of\nGodhead.\nReal love and\n\ndevotion is accepted by the Lord.\n\nMany valuable\n\nfoodstuffs may be presented to a person, but if the person is not hungry,\nall such offerings are useless for him. Similarly, we may offer many valuable\nitems to the Deity, but if we have no real sense of devotion and no real\n\n", "SB3.4#p0277": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1258\n\n[Canto 3, Ch_ 29\n\nsense of the Lord's presence everywhere, then we are lacking in devotional\nservice; in such a state of ignorance, we cannot offer anything acceptable\nto the Lord.\nTEXT 25\n\n3f\"fi((ICf��IEf(�.l�� � M%( I\n� � �������II\narcadav arcayet tavad\nisvaram mam sva-karma-krt\nyavan na veda sva-hrdi\nsarva-bhilte.sv avasthitam\narca -Udau -beginning with worship of the Deity; arcayet-one should\nworship; tavat-so long; is\"varam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nmam-Me; sva-his own; ka rma-prescribed duties; k rt-performing; yii vatas long as; na-not; veda-he realizes; sva-hrdi-in his own heart; sarvabhute§u-in all living entities; avasthitam-situated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPerforming his prescribed duties, one should worship the Deity of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead until he realizes My presence in his own\nheart and in the hearts of other living entities as well.\nPURPORT\nWorship of the Deity of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nprescribed herewith even for persons who are simply discharging their\nprescribed duties. There are prescribed duties for the different classes of\nmen-the brahmarws, the vaisyas, the kpatriyas and the sildras-and for the\ndifferent iisramas-brahmacarya, gr;hastha, viinaprastha and sannyiisa. One\nshould worship the Deity of the Lord until one appreciates the presence of\nthe Lord in every living entity. In other words, one should not be satisfied\nsimply by discharging his duties properly; he must realize his relationship\nand the relationship of all other living entities with the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. If he does not understand this, then even though he discharges\nhis prescribed duties properly, it is to be understood that he is simply\nlaboring without profit.\nThe word sva-karma-krt in this verse is very significant. Sva-karma-krt\nis one who engages in discharging his prescribed duties. It is not that one\n\n", "SB3.4#p0278": "Text 27]\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1259\n\nwho has become a devotee of the Lord or who engages in devotional\nservice should give up his prescribed duties. No one should be lazy under\nthe plea of devotional service. One has to execute devotional service\naccording to his prescribed duties. Sva-karma-krt means that one should\ndischarge the duties prescribed for him without neglect.\nTEXT 26\n\nq«41� �: 'fit��'(¥( I\n� flt'ilttUl flelfif� ..�fiNUf¥( 11�,11\nllRIRif\n\niitmanas ca parasyiipi\nyafl karoty antarodaram\ntasya bhinna-drso mrtyur\nvidadhe bhayam ulbar-am\niitmana� -of himself; ca-and; parasya-of another; api - also; ya� -one\nwho; karoti-discriminates; antarii-between; udaram-the body; tasya-of\nhim; bhinna-drsafl-having\n\na\n\ndifferential\n\noutlook; mrtyufl-as death;\n\nvidadhe-1 cause; bhayam-fear; ulbaT_lam-great.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs the blazing fire of death, I cause great fear to whoever makes the\nleast discrimination between himself and other living entities because of a\ndifferential outlook.\nPURPORT\nThere are bodily differentiations among all varieties of living entities,\nbut a devotee should not distinguish between one living entity and another\non such a basis; a devotee's outlook should be that both the soul and\nSupersoul are equally present in all varieties of living entities.\nTEXT 27\n\n.\n\n� l((I€+1Wi flm¥( I\n�4ft!!\n3i�(lwt¥11.W+tri �tlllftl;w .... 11�\\911\n\n3N \"'.\n\n�\n\natha miirh sarva-bhiite.su\nbhiitiitmiinarh k rtiilayam\n\n", "SB3.4#p0279": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1260\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\narhayed dana-miiniibhyiirh\nmaitryiibhinnena cak�u.sii\n\ncreatures; bhiltaone should\npropitiate; diina-miiniibhyiim-through charity and respect; maitryiithrough friendship; abhinnena- equal; cak§U§ii by viewing.\natka-therefore;\n\nmiim-Me;\n\nsarva-bhilte§u-in\n\nall\n\niitmiinam-the Self in all beings; krta-iilayam- abiding; arhaye t\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, through charitable gifts and attention,\n\nas\n\nwell as through\n\nfriendly behavior and by viewing all to be alike, one should propitiate Me,\nwho abide in all creatures as their very Self.\nPURPORT\nIt should not be misunderstood that because the Supersoul is dwelling\nwithin the heart of a living entity, the individual soul has become equal to\nHim. The equality of the Supersoul and the individual soul is misconceived\nby the impersonalist. Here it is distinctly mentioned that the individual\nsoul should be recognized in relationship with the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. The method of worshiping the individual soul is described here\nas either giving charitable gifts or behaving in a friendly manner, fr�e from\nany\n\nseparatist outlook. The impersonalist sometimes accepts a poor\n\nindividual soul as being daridra-niiriiyar;ta, meaning that NarayaQ.a, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, has become poor. This is a contradiction.\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is full in all opulences. He can agree\nto live with a poor soul or even with an animal, but this does not make Him\npoor.\nThere are two Sanskrit words used here, sevii and diiya. Sevii indicates a\nsuperior, and diiya indicates one who gives charitable gifts or is compassionate towards an inferior. We cannot treat the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead as an inferior who is dependent on our charitable gifts. When we\ngive charity, it is to a person who is inferior in his material or economic\ncondition. Charity is not given to a rich man. Similarly, it is explicitly\nstated here that miina, respect, is offered to a superior, and charity is\noffered to an inferior. The living entities, according to different results of\nfruitive activities, may become rich or poor, but the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is unchangeable; He is always full in six opulences. Treating\na living entity equally does not mean treating him as one would treat the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0280": "Explanation of Devotional Service\n\nText 28]\n\n1261\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Compassion and friendliness do not\nnecessitate\n\nfalsely elevating someone to the exalted position of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. We should not, at the same time,\nmisunderstand that the Supersoul situated in the heart of an animal like a\nhog and the Supersoul situated in the heart of a learned briihma[la are\ndifferent.\n\nThe\n\nSupersoul in all living entities is the same Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. By His omnipotency, He can live anywhere, and\nHe can create His VaikuQ.tha situation everywhere. That is His inconceivable potency. Therefore, when NarayaQa is living in the heart of a hog, He\ndoes not become a hog-NiirayaQ.a. He is always NarayaQa and is unaffected\nby the body of the hog.\nTEXT 28\n\n-bn:� .rliflctt;ri �: �: � I\n�: �: Slct(l«!ij�M\\4:1t'ij'cH ����II\njiva� srefi.tha h y ajivanarh\ntata� pra[la-bhrta� subhe\ntat a� sacitta� pravaras\ntatas cendriya-vrttaya�\njtvii�-living entities; sre§{ hii�-better; hi-indeed; ajivii niim-than\ninanimate objects; tata �-than them; priiQ-a-bhrta �-entities with life\nsymptoms; subhe-0 blessed mother; tata�-than them; s a-citt ii�-entities\nwith developed consciousness; p ra var ii�- better; tata �-than them; caand; indriya-vrttaya�-those with sense perception.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLiving entities are superior to inanimate objects, 0 blessed mother, and\namong them, living entities who display life symptoms are better. Animals\nwith developed consciousness are better than them, and better still are\nthose who have developed sense perception.\nPURPORT\nIn the previous verse it was explained that living entities should be\nhonored by charitable gifts and friendly behavior, and in this verse and in\nthe following verses, the description of different grades of living entities is\n\n", "SB3.4#p0281": "1262\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\ngiven so that one can know when to behave friendly and when to give\ncharity. For example, a tiger is a living entity, part and parcel of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and the Supreme Lord is living in the\nheart of the tiger as Supersoul. But does this mean that we have to treat\nthe tiger in a friendly manner? Certainly not. We have to treat him\ndifferently, giving him charity in the form of prasiida. The many saintly\npersons in the jungles do not treat the tigers in a friendly way, but they\nsupply prasiida foodstuffs to them. The tigers come, take the food and go\naway, just as a dog does. According to the Vedic system, a dog is not allowed\nto enter the house. Because of their uncleanliness, cats and dogs are not\nallowed within the apartment of a gentleman, but they are so trained that\nthey stand outside. The compassionate householder will supply prasiida\nto the dogs and cats, who eat outside and then go away. We must treat the\nlower living entities compassionately, but this does not mean that we\nhave to treat them in the same way we treat other human beings. The\nfeeling of equality must be there, but the treatment should be discriminating. Just how discrimination should be maintained is given in the\nfollowing six verses concerning the different grades of living conditions.\nThe first division is made between dead, stonelike matter and the living\norganism. A living organism is sometimes manifested even in\n\nstone.\n\nExperience shows that some hills and mountains grow. This is due to the\npresence of the soul within that stone. Above that, the next man�festation\nof the living condition is d evelopment of consciousness, and the next\nmanifestation is the development of sense perception. In the Mokfla·\n\ndharma section of the Mahiibhiirata it is stated that trees have developed\nsense perception; they can see and smell. We know by experience that\ntrees can see. Sometimes in its growth a large tree changes its course of\ndevelopment to avoid some hindrances. This means that a tree can see, and\naccording to Mahiibhiirata,\n\na tree can also smell. This indicates the\n\ndevelopment of sense perception.\nTEXT 29\n\n� ��i�fa:+lf : smt �Q�f«: I\n� �: �31�6: �ICG\\��l em: II ��II\ntalriipi sparsa-vedibhya�\npravarii rasa-vedina�\ntebhyo gandha-vida� srefl.thiis\ntata� sabda-vido varii�\n\n", "SB3.4#p0282": "Text 30]\n\n1263\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\ntatra-among them; api-moreover; sparsa-vedibhy a{t-than those perceiving\n\ntouch;\n\np ravarii� - better;\n\nrasa-vedina�-those\n\nperceiving\n\ntaste;\n\nte bhya�-than them; gan dha-vida� - those perceiving smell; sre§fhii�better; tata� - than them; sabda-vida� - those perceiving sound; varii�better.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmong t�e Jiving entities who have developed sense perception, those\nwho have developed the sense of taste are better than those who have\ndeveloped only the sense of touch. Better than them are those who have\ndeveloped the sense of smell, and better still are those who have developed\nthe sense of hearing.\nPURPORT\nAlthough Westerners accept that Darwin first expounded the doctrine of\nevolution, the science of anthropology is not new. The development of the\nevolutionary process was known long before from the Bhiigavatam, which\nwas written 5,000 years ago. There are records of the statements of\nKapila Muni, who was present almost in the beginning of the creation.\nThis knowledge has existed since the Vedic time, and all these sequences\nare disclosed in Vedic literature; the theory of gradual evolution or\nanthropology is not new to the Vedas.\nIt is said here that amongst the trees there are also evolutionary\nprocesses; the different kinds of trees have touch perception. It is said that\nbetter than the trees are the fish because fish have developed the sense of\ntaste. Better than the fish are the bees, who have developed the sense of\nsmell, and better than them are the serpents because serpents have\ndeveloped the sense of hearing. In the darkness of night a snake can find\nits eatables simply by hearing the frog's very pleasant cry. The snake can\nunderstand, \"There is the frog,\" and he captures the frog simply because\nof its sound vibration. This example is sometimes given for persons who\nvibrate sounds simply for death. One may have a very nice tongue that can\nvibrate sound like the frogs, but that kind of vibration is simply calling\ndeath. The best use of the tongue and of sound vibration is to chant\nHare K�(ll).a, Hare K�\\ll).a, K�(ll).a K�\\ll).a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama,\nRama Rama, Hare Hare. That will protect one from the hands of cruel\ndeath.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�tihlqffl«;(t: I\n��\n� �: �ltQ'414;�61 � ll�oll\n\n", "SB3.4#p0283": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1264\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nrupa-bheda-vidas tatra\ntatas cobhayato data�\nte�iim bahu-padii� sre�.thiis\ncatu�-piidas tato dvi-piit\nrilpa bheda-distinctions of form; vida�- those who perceive; tatrathan them; tata �-than them; ca and; ubhayata�-in both jaws; data�those with teeth; te§iim-of them; bahu pada�-those who have many legs;\nsre§thii�-better; catu� p ada� four legged ; tata� than them; dvi-pattwo-legged.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nBetter than those living entities who can perceive sound are those who\ncan distinguish between one form and another. Better than them are those\nwho have developed upper and lower sets of teeth, and better still are those\nwho have many legs. Better than them are the quadrupeds, and better still\nare the human beings.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said that certain birds, such as crows, can distinguish one form from\nanother. Living entities that have many legs, like the wasp, are better than\nplants and grasses, which have no legs. Four-legged animals are better\nthan many-legged living entities, and better than the animals is the human\nbeing, who has only two legs.\n\nTEXT 31\n\nm ctantt �� QIQ( A'{: 1\nifllcit\"Cljq Q �\"�: II�� II\ntato varr-iis ca catviiras\nte�iim briihmar-a uttama�\nbriihmare�v api veda-jiio\nhy artha-jiio ,bhyadhikas tata�\ntata�-among them; var �a�-classes; ca-and; catvara� four; te§ iim of\nthem; brahma�a�-a brahmar:a; uttama�-best; briihma �e§u among the\nbrahmar:as; api-moreover; veda-the Vedas; j na� one who knows; hicertainly; artha-the purpose;jfia�-one who knows; abhyadhika� -better;\ntata�-than him.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0284": "Text 32]\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1265\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmong human beings, the society which is divided according to quality\nand work is best, and in that society, the intelligent men, who are\ndesignated as briihmal)as, are best. Among the brahmal)as, one who has\nstudied the Vedas is the best, and among the brahmal)aS who have studied\nthe Vedas, one who knows the actual purport of Veda is the best.\nPURPORT\nThe system of four classifications in human society according to quality\nand work is very scientific. This system of briih marws, kfiatriyas, vaisyas,\nand sud ras has now become vitiated as the present caste system in India,\nbut it appears that this system has been current a very long time, since it is\nmentioned in Srimad -Bhiigavatam and Bhagavad -gitii . Unless there is such\na division of the social orders in human society, including the intelligent\nclass, the martial class, the mercantile class and the laborer class, then there\nis always confusion as to who is to work for what purpose. A person\ntrained to the stage of understanding the Absolute Truth is a briihmar-a,\nand when such a briihmarta is v eda-jiia, then he understands the purpose of\n\nVeda. The purpose of Veda is to understand the Absolute. One who\nul').derstands the Absolute\n\nTruth in\n\nthree phases, namely Brahman,\n\nParamiitmii and Bhagaviin, and who understands the term Bhagavim to\nmean the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is considered to be the best\n\nof the briihmar-as, or a Vai�I)ava.\n\nTEXT 32\n\nlf'itr�GJtt�l �: � ((t.4t( I\n�ij�� \\(�IWf�lnn �q�: ����II\nartha-jnii t smhsaya-cchettii\ntata� sreyiin s va-karma-krt\nmuk ta-sangas tato bh uyiin\nadogdhii dharmam ii t mana�\n\n-\n\nartha-j nii t than one who knows the purpose of the Vedas; sarhsayadoubts; chettii-one who cuts off; tata� than him; srey iin better; s va­\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nkarma his prescribed duties; k rt one who executes; muk ta-saliga�liberated from material association; tata� than him; bh U yiin better;\n\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0285": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1266\n\nadogdhii-not\n\nexecuting;\n\ndharmam-devotional\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\nservice;\n\n'iitmana�-for\n\nhimself.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBetter than the brahma�a who knows the purpose of the Vedas is he\nwho can dissipate all dou bts, and better than him is one who strictly\nfollows the brahminical princip les. Better than him is one who is liberated\n\nfrom all material contamination, and better than him is a pure devotee\nwho executes devotional service without expectation of re ward.\n\nPURPORT\n\nArtha-jna-briihmarta refers to one who has made a thorough analytical\nstudy of the Absolute Truth and who knows that the Absolute Truth is\nrealized in three different phases, namely Brahman, Paramii.tmii. and\nBhagavii.n. If someone not only has this knowledge but is able to clear all\ndoubts if questioned about the Absolute Truth, he is considered better.\n\nFurther, there may be a learned briihmarta Vai�p.ava who can explain clearly\n\nand eradicate all doubts, but if he does not follow the Vai�p.ava principles,\nthen he is not situated on a higher level. One must be able to clear all\ndoubts and simultaneously be situated in the brahminical characteristics.\nSuch a person, who knows the purpose of the Vedic injunctions, who can\nemploy the principles laid down in the Vedic literatures and who teaches his\ndisciples in that way, is called an iiciirya. The position of an iiciirya is that\n\nhe executes devotional service with no desire for elevation to a higher\nposition of life.\n\nThe highest perfectional briihmarta is the Vai�p.ava. A Vai�p.ava who\n\nknows the science of the Absolute Truth but is not able to preach such\nknowledge to others is described as being in the lower stage, one who not\nonly understands the principles of the science of God but can also preach\nis in the second stage, and one who not only can preach but who also sees\neverything in the Absolute Truth and the Absolute Truth in everything is\nin the highest class of V ai�p.avas. It is mentioned here that a Vai��ava is\n\nalready a briihmarta; in fact, the highest stage of brahminical perfection is\nreached when one becomes a Vai�p.ava.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n�4ilfl4t:qfit�I�Nf4i�nqlf+il �: I\n�q���¥4\"1: � ¥iN 4944�.4un 1\n\"' � qt ���: �441(�\"1 ����II\n\n", "SB3.4#p0286": "Text 33]\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1267\n\ntasman mayy arpitiisefiakriyiirthiitmii nirantara�\nmayy arpitiitmana� pumso\nmayi sannyasta-karmarw�\nna pasyiimi param bhi tam\nakartu� sama-darsaniit\ntasmiit-than him; mayi -unto Me; arpita-offered; ase§a-all; kriyiiactions; artha-wealth; iitmii-life, soul; nirantarah-without cessation;\nmayi-unto Me; arpita-offered; iitmana�-whose �ind; pumsa�-than a\nperson; mayi-unto Me; sannyasta dedicated; karma�a�-whose activities;\nna-not; pasyiimi-I see; param-greater; bhutam-living entity; akartu�-\n\nwithout proprietorship; sama-same; darsaniit- whose vision.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore I do not find a greater person than he who has no interest\noutside of Mine and who therefore engages and dedicates all his activities\nand all his life-everything-unto Me without cessation.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word sama-darsaniit means that he no longer has any\nseparate interest; the devotee's interest and the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead's interest are one. For example, Lord Caitanya, in the role of a\ndevotee, also preached the same philosophy. He preached that Kr�J].a is the\nworshipful Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and that the\ninterest of His pure devotees is the same as His own.\nSometimes Mayavadi philosophers, due to a poor fund of knowledge,\ndefine the word sama-darsaniit to mean that a devotee should see himself as\none with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is foolishness. When\none thinks himself one with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, there is\nno question of serving Him. When there is service, there must be a master.\nThree things must be present for there to be service: the master, the servant\nand the service. Here it is clearly stated that he who has dedicated his life,\nall his activities, his mind and his soul -everything-for the satisfaction of\nthe Supreme Lord, is considered to be the greatest person.\nThe word akartu� means \"without any sense of proprietorship.\" Everyone wants to act as the proprietor of his actions so that he can enj oy the\nresult. A devotee, however, has no such desire; he acts because the Personality of Godhead wants him to act in a particular way. He has no personal\nmotive. When Lord Caitanya preached Kr�!la consciousness, it was not\n\n", "SB3.4#p0287": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1268\nwith the purpose\n\nthat\n\npeople\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nwould call Him Kr�!la, the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead; rather, He preached that K{�Qa is the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead and should be worshiped as such. A devotee who\n\nis a most confidential servant of the Lord never does anything for his personal account, but does everything for the satisfaction of the Supreme\nLord. It is clearly stated, therefore, mayi sannyasta-karmarw�. The devotee\nworks, but he works for the Supreme. It is also stated, mayy arpitiitmana�:\n\"He gives his mind unto Me.\" These are the qualifications of a devotee,\nwho, according to this verse, is accepted as the highest of all human\nbeings.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n3<t1Pf � SfUI�l�� I\n�� �ctW'II srm1 ll�Fnf.ffif 11 �\\ill\nq..\n\nmanasaitiini bhutiini\npraramed bahu-miinayan\nisvaro jiva-kalayii\npravifl.to bhagaviin iti\nmanasii-with the mind; e tiini- to these; bhUtiini-living entities; pra�ame t\n-he offers respects; bahu miinayan showing regard; tsvara�-the c6ntroller;\njiva-of the living entities; kalayii-by His expansion as the Supersoul;\npravi§ta�-has entered; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\niti-thus.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuch a perfect devotee offers respects to every living entity b ecause he\n\nis under the firm conviction that the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nhas entered the body of every living entity as the Supersoul, or controller.\nPURPORT\n\nA perfect devotee, as described above, does not make the mistake of\nthinking that because the Supreme Personality of Godhead as Paramatma\nhas entered into the body of every living entity, therefore every living\nentity has become the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is foolishness. Suppose a person enters into a room; that does not mean that the\nroom has become that person. Similarly, that the Supreme Lord has\nentered into each of the 8,400,000 particular types of material bodies\ndoes not mean that each of these bodies has become the Supreme Lord.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0288": "Text 35]\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1269\n\nBecause the Supreme Lord is present, however, a pure devotee accepts\neach body as the temple of the Lord, and since the devotee offers\nrespect to such temples in full knowledge, he gives respect to every\nliving entity in relationship with the Lord. Mayavadi philosophers wrongly\nthink that because the Supreme Person has entered the body of a poor\nman, the Supreme Lord has therefore become daridra-niiriiyar-a, or poor\nNarayaQa. These are all blasphemous statements of atheists and nondevotees.\nTEXT 35\n\nllf�tfttt\" tfttt11 � ��mr: ,\nm\"��\n�: � � ''�'\"'''\nbhakti-yogas ca yogas ca\nmayii miinavy udirita�\nyayor ekatareraiva\npurufla� puruflarh vrajet\nbhakti-yoga�-devotional service; ca and; yoga�-mystic yoga; ca-also;\nmaya-by Me; manavi-0 daughter of Manu; udirita�-described; yayo�of which two; ekatarer-a-by either one; eva alone; puru�a�-a person;\npuru�am the Supreme Person; vrajet-can achieve.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear mother, 0 daughter of Manu, a devotee who applies the\nscience of devotional service and mystic yoga in this way can achieve\nthe abode of the Supreme Person simply by that devotional service.\n\nPURPORT\nHerein\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead Kapiladeva perfectly\n\nexplains that the mystic yoga system, consisting of eight different kinds\nof yoga activities, has to be performed with the aim of coming to the\nperfectional stage of\n\nbhakti-yoga. It is not acceptable for one to be\n\nsatisfied simply by practicing the sitting postures and thinking himself\ncomplete. By meditation one must attain to the stage of devotional\nservice. As previously described, a yogi is advised to meditate on the form\nof Lord Vi�QU, from point to point, from the ankles, to the legs, to the\nknees, to the thighs, to the chest, to the neck, and in this way gradually\n\n", "SB3.4#p0289": "1270\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nup to the face and then to the ornaments. There is no question of\nimpersonal meditation.\nWhen, by meditation on the Supreme Personality of Godhead in all\ndetail, one comes to the point of love of God, that is the point of bhaktiyoga, and at that point he must actually render service to the Lord out of\ntranscendental love. Anyone who practices yoga and comes to the point\nof devotional service can attain the Supreme Personality of Godhead in\nHis transcendental abode. Here it is clearly stated, purufia� purufiarh\nvrajet: The purufia, the living entity, goes to the Supreme Person. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and the living entity are qualitatively\none; both are defined as purufia. The quality of purufia exists both in the\nSupreme Godhead and in the living entity. Purufia means enjoyer, and the\nspirit of enjoyment is present both in the living entity and in the Supreme\nLord. The difference is that the quantity of enjoyment is not equal. The\nliving entity cannot experience the same quantity of enjoyment as the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. An analogy may be made with a rich\nman and a poor man: The propensity for enjoyment is present in both,\nbut the poor man cannot enjoy in the same quantity as the rich man.\nWhen the poor man dovetails his desires with those of the rich man,\nhowever, and when there is cooperation between the poor man and the\nrich man, or between the big and the small man, then the enjoyment is\nshared equally. That is like bhakti-yoga. Purufia� purufiarh vrajet: When the\nliving entity enters into the kingdom of God and cooperates with the\nSupreme Lord by giving Him enjoyment, he enjoys the same facility or\nthe same amount of pleasure as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nOn the other hand, when the living entity wants to enjoy by imitating\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, that is called miiyii, and it puts\nhim in the material atmosphere. A living entity who wants to enjoy on\nhis personal account and not cooperate with the Supreme Lord is engaged\nin materialistic life. As soon as he dovetails his enjoyment with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, he is engaged in spiritual life. An\nexample may be cited here: The different limbs of the body cannot enjoy\nlife independently; they must cooperate with the whole body and supply\nfood to the stomach. In so doing, all the different parts of the body\nenjoy equally in cooperation with the whole body. That is the philosophy\nof acintya-bhediibheda, simultaneous oneness and difference. The living\nentity cannot enjoy life in opposition to the Supreme Lord; he has to\ndovetail his activities with Him by practicing bhakti-yoga.\nIt is said herein that one can approach the Supreme Personality of Godhead by either the yoga process or the bhakti-yoga process. This indicates\n\n", "SB3.4#p0290": "Text 36)\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1271\n\nthat factually there is no difference between yoga and bhakti-yoga because\nthe target of both is Vigm. In the modern age, however, a yoga process has\nbeen manufactured which aims at something void and impersonal. Actually,\n\nyoga means meditation on the form of Lord Vi�!J.U. If the yoga practice is\nactually performed according to the standard direction, there is no difference between yoga and bhakti-yoga.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n�d:P:41€4ffl �q Qlll: '«+tk+i'i: I\n\"� SNA � �ci �f\"fi!ij4( II�' II\netad bhagavato rilparh\nbrahmar-afl paramiitmana[l\npararh pradhiinarh puru.sarh\ndaivarh karma-vice§.titam\netat-this; bhagavata�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; rupamform; brahma1}a�-of Brahman; paramiitmana�-of Paramii.tmii.; paramtranscendental;pradhiinam- chief; puru§am- personality; daivam- spiritual;\nkarma-vice§titam-whose activities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis puru�a whom the individual soul must approach is the eternal\nform of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is known as Brahman\nand Paramiitmii.. He is the transcendental chief personality, and His\nactivities are all spiritual.\nPURPORT\nIn order to distinguish the personality whom the individual soul must\napproach, it is described herein that this purufia, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, is the chief amongst all living entities and is the ultimate form\nof the impersonal\n\nBrahman effulgence and Paramiitmii manifestation.\n\nSince He is the origin of the Brahman effulgence and Paramiitmii. manifestation, He is described herewith as the chief personality. It is confirmed\nin the Ka{ha Upani§ad, nityo nityiiniim: there are many eternal living\nentities, but He is the chief maintainer. This is confirmed in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii also, where Lord Kr�Q.a says, aharh sarvasya prabhava[!: \"I am the\norigin of everything, including the Brahman effulgence and Paramiitmii\nmanifestation.\" His activities are transcendental, as confirmed in Bhagavad-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0291": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1272\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\ngitii. ]anma karma ca me divyam: the activities and the appearance and\ndisappearance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are transcendental;\nthey are not to be considered material. Anyone who knows this fact-that\nthe appearance, disappearance and activities of the Lord are beyond\nmaterial activities or material conception-is liberated. Yo vetti tattvata�\n\ntyaktvii de ham punar jan rna: such a person, after quitting his body, does\nnot come back again to this material world, but goes to th,e Supreme\nPerson. It is confirmed here, puru.sa� purufiam vrajet: the living entity\ngoes to the Supreme Personality simply by understanding His transcendental nature and activities.\nTEXT 37\n\n�il�t�( R:� � �� I\n� &t«M.'htf � �qf � 11�\\911\nrupa-bhediispadam divyam\nkiiln ity abhidhiyate\nbhUtanam mahad-adinam\nyato bhinna-d,.Siim bhayam\nrupa-bheda-of the transformation of forms; iispadam-the ·cause;\ndivyam divin e; kaln�-time; iti-thus; abhidhiyate-is known; bhutiiniimof living entities; ma h at-iidinilm beginning with Lord Brahma; yata�because of which; b hinna drsiim -with separate vision; bhayam-fear\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe time factor, who causes the transformation of the various material\nmanifestations, is another feature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nAnyone who does not know that time is the same Supreme Personality is\nafraid of the time factor.\nPURPORT\nEveryone is afraid of the activities of time, but a devotee who knows\nthat the time factor is another representation or manifestation of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead has nothing to fear from the influence\nof\n\ntime.\n\nThe\n\nphrase\n\nriipa-bhediispadam\n\nis\n\nvery\n\nsignificant.\n\nBy the\n\ninfluence of time, so many forms are changing. For example, when a\nchild is born his form is small, but in the course of time that form\n\n", "SB3.4#p0292": "Text 38]\n\n1273\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\nchanges into a larger form, the body of a boy, and then the body of a\n\nyoung man. Similarly, everything is changed and transformed by the\n\ntime factor or by the indirect control of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. Usually we do not see any difference between the body of a\n\nchild and the body of a boy or young man because we know that these\n\nchanges are due to the action of the time factor. There is cause for fear for\n\na person who does not know how time acts.\nTEXT 38\n\n�: ��l{�(wtf{ctels,Pn 1\n«��sf\\t����:WttEIq:��\nyo 'nta� pravisya bhiltiini\nbhiltair atty akhiliisraya�\nsa v(s[!.v-iikhyo 'dhiyajfio 'sau\nkiila� kalayatiim prabhu�\nya{t-He who; anta� -within; pravisya-entering; b hu tiini living entities;\nbhiltai� -by living entities; atti-annihilates; akhila-of everyone; iisraya{tthe support; sa�- He; vigtu- Vi��u; iikhya� named; adhiyajnal],- the\nenjoyer of all sacrifices; asau-that; kiila� -time factor; kalayatiim-of all\nmasters; prabhu�\nthe master.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Vi��u, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the enj oyer\nof all sacrifices, is the time factor and the master of all masters. He\nenters everyone's heart, He is the support of everyone, and He causes\nevery being to be annihilated by another.\nPURPORT\nLord Vigm, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is clearly described\n\nin this passage. He is the supreme enjoyer, and all others are working as\n\nHis servants. As stated in the Caitanya-caritamrta, ekale iSvara kr�rJ.a: the\n\nonly Supreme Lord is Vi�J;J.U. Ara saba bhrtya: all others are His servants.\n\nLord Brahma, Lord Siva and other demigods are all servants. The same Vi�l).U\n\nenters everyone's heart as Paramatma, and He causes the annihilation of\nevery being through another being.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0293": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1274\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nTEXT 39\n\n;r �\n\n'lfit(�(\\1 ;r � ;r � 'll\"N: I\n\nanfct�I�SI'iWt� m �Wf'iRiti( II�Q..II\nna ciisya kascid dayito\nna dveno na ca biindhava[l\niivisaty apramatto 'sau\npramattam janam antakrt\nna-not; ca-and; asya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kascitanyone; dayita� dear; na-not; dve�ya�-enemy ; na-not; ca-and;\nbandhava�-friend; iivisati- approaches; apramatta�- attentive; asau-He;\npra mattam-inattentive; janam-persons; anta krt-the destroyer.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nNo one is dear to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, nor is anyone\nHis enemy or friend. But He gives inspiration to those who have not\nforgotten Him and destroys those who have.\nPURPORT\nForgetfulness of one's relationship with Lord Vi�p.u, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, is the cause of one's repeated birth and death.\nA living entity is as eternal as the Supreme Lord, but due to his forgetfulness he is put into this material nature and transmigrates from one\nbody to another, and when the body is destroyed, he thinks that he is\nalso destroyed. Actually, this forgetfulness of his relationship with Lord\nVi�p.u is the cause of his destruction. Anyone who revives his consciousness of the original relationship receives inspiration from the Lord. This\ndoes not mean that the Lord is someone's enemy and someone else's\nfriend. He helps everyone; one who is not bewildered by the influence of\nmaterial energy is saved, and one who is bewildered is destroyed. It is\nsaid, therefore, harim vinii na srtim taranti:\n\nno one can be saved from\n\nthe repetition of birth and death without the help of the Supreme Lord.\nIt is therefore the duty of all living entities to take shelter of the lotus\nfeet of Vi�p.u and thus save themselves from the cycle of birth and death.\n\nTEXT40\n\n�'IK�IIIM � ��qfij �'MI<( I\nflf:�ll\\'i� � � lRRf �'Aflh( 11\\loll\n\n", "SB3.4#p0294": "Explanation of Devotional Service\n\nText 41]\n\n1275\n\nyad-bhayiid vati vato 'yam\nsiiryas tapati yad-bhayat\nyad-bhayad var.sate devo\nbhagarw bhati yad-bhayat\nyat-of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); bhayiit- out of\nfear; viiti-blows; viita� the wind; ayam-this; siirya� sun; tapati- shines ;\nyat of whom; bhayiit-out of fear; yat-of whom; bhayiit-out of fear;\nvar§ate- sends rains; deva�-the god of rain ;bha-gar;ta�-the host of heavenly\nbodies; bhiiti shine; yat-of whom; bhayiit- out of fear.\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nOut of fear of the Supreme Personality of Godhead the wind blows, out\nof fear of Him the sun shines, out of fear of Him the rain pours forth\nshowers, and out of fear of Him the host of heavenly bodies shed their\nluster.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord states in Bhagavad-gttii, mayiidhyak§er-a prakrtif! suyate:\n\"Nature is working under My direction.\" The foolish person thinks that\nnature is working automatically, but such an atheistic theory is not\nsupported in the Vedic literature. Nature is working under the superintendence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That is confirmed in\nBhagavad-gtlii, and we also find here that the sun shines under the direction\nof the Lord, and the cloud pours forth showers of rain under the direction\nof the Lord. All natural phenomena are under superintendence of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�f.lU.\nTEXT41\n\n*4£wt\\q6*41 lfun ��f\\ril(: � I\n\ni�llfil�sf�t« ����ll\\l� II\nyad vanas-patayo bhttii\nlatas cau§adhibhi� saha\nsve sve kale 'bhigrhr-anti\npu§par-i ca phaliini ca\nyat-because of whom; vana�-pataya�-the trees; bhtta�- fearful; latii�creepers; ca-and; O§ adhibhi�- herbs; saha-with; sve sve kale each in its\nown season; abhigrhr;tanti- bear; pu§piir;ti- flowers; ca-and; phaliini- fruits;\nca-also.\n\n-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0295": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1276\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nTRANSLATION\nOut of fear of the Supreme Personality of Godhead the trees, creepers,\nherbs and seasonal plants and flowers blossom and fructify, each in its\nown season.\nPURPORT\n\nAs the sun rises and sets and the seasonal changes ensue at their\nappointed times by the superintendence of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, so the seasonal plants, flowers, herbs and trees all grow\nunder the direction of the Supreme Lord. It is not that plants grow\nautomatically,\n\nwithout any\n\ncause, as the atheistic philosophers say.\n\nRather, they grow in pursuance of the supreme order of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. It is confirmed in the Vedic literature that the\nLord's diverse energies are working so nicely that it appears that everything is being done automatically.\nTEXT42\n\n� � � wit�4�t�G>fSt4{(: I\natficR \" �qRf¥1'(� � �'A�Id\\ 11\\l�ll\n..\n\nsravanti sarito bhitii\nnotsarpaty udadhir yata�\nagnir indhe sagiribhir\nbhur na majjati yad-bhayiit\n\n­\n\nsravanti-flow; sarita!J- rivers; bhitiilJ- fearful; na-not ; utsarpati-over\nflows; uda- dh * -the ocean; yatary - because of whom; agnilJ-fire; indheburns; sa-giribhilJ-with its mountains; bh u iJ -the earth; na- not; majjatisinks; yat-of whom; bhayiit-out of fear.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOut of fear of the Supreme Personality of Godhead the rivers flow,\nand the ocean never overflows. Out of fear of Him only does fire burn\nand does the earth, with its mountains, not sink in the water of the\nuniverse.\nPURPORT\n\nWe can understand from the Vedic literature that this universe is half\nfilled with water, on which Garbhodakasayi Vi�p.u is lying. From His\n\n", "SB3.4#p0296": "Text 43)\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1277\n\nabdomen a lotus flower has grown, and within the stem of that lotus\nflower all the different planets exist. The material scientist explains that\nall these different planets are floating because of the law of gravity or\nsome other law; but the actual lawmaker is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. When we speak of law, we must understand that there must be\na lawmaker. The material scientists can discover laws of nature, but they\nare unable to recognize the lawmaker. From $rimad-Bhiigavatam and\n\nBhagavad-gitii we can know who the lawmaker is: the lawmaker is the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nIt is said here that the planets do not sink. Since they are floating\nunder the order or energy of the Supreme Godhead, they do not fall\ndown into the water which covers half the universe. All the planets are\nheavy, with their various mountains, seas, oceans, cities, palaces and\nbuildings, and yet they are floating. It is understood from this passage\nthat all the other planets that are floating in the air have oceans and\nmountains similar to those on this planet.\n\nTEXT43\n\nwM � .m � ttf4ttt4i��: I\n� � � 'f(F{ (18f'ii�I'Mt( 11\\l�ll\nnabho dadiiti svasatiim\npadam yan-niyamiid adaft\nlokam sva-deham tanute\nmahiin saptabhir iivrtam\nnabha�-the sky; dadiiti-gives; svasatiim-to the living entities; padamabode; yat-of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); niyamiitunder the control; ada�- that; lokam-the universe; sva-deham-own body;\ntanute expands; mahan-the mahat-tattva; saptabhi� with the seven\n\n-\n\n-\n\n(layers); iivrtam- covered.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSubject to the control of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\nsky allows outer space to accommodate all the various planets, which\nhold\n\ninnumerable living entities. The total universal body\n\nwith its seven coverings under His supreme control.\n\nexpands\n\n", "SB3.4#p0297": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1278\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nPURPORT\nIt is understood from this verse that all the planets in outer space are\nfloating, and they all hold living entities. The word svasatiim means those\nwho breathe, or the living entities. In order to accommodate them, there\nare innumerable planets.\n\nEvery planet is a residence for\n\ninnumerable\n\nliving entities, and the necessary space is provided in the sky by the\nsupreme order of the Lord. It is also stated here that the total universal\nbody is increasing. It is covered by seven layers, and as there are five\nelements within the universe, so the total elements, in layers, cover the\noutside of the universal body. The first layer is of earth, and it is ten\ntimes greater in size than the space within the universe; the second layer\nis water, and that is ten times greater than the earthly layer; the third\ncovering is fire, which is ten times greater than the water covering. In this\nway each layer is ten times greater than the previous one.\n\nTEXT44\n\ngunf11¥tlf.t;(t �n (1tll�Q4� �'Mid\\ 1\nct� ij's�•i ird Cl� �ij--�1'+4(4 II \\I\\Ill\n..\n\nguriibhimiinino devii�\nsargiidi§v asya yad-bhayiit\nvartante 'nuyugarh yefliirh\nvasa etac cariicaram\ngu�a\n\n- the modes of material nature; abhimiinina�-in charge of; devii�­\n\nthe demigods; sarga -adi�u-in the matter of creation and so on; asya- of this\nworld; yat-bhayiit-out of fear of whom; va rtante -c arry out functions;\nanuyugam-according to the yugas; ye§iim -of whom; vase-under the\ncontrol; etat-this; ca ra acaram everything animate and inanimate.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nOut of fear of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the directing\ndemigods in charge of the modes of material nature carry out the functions\nof creation, maintenance and destruction; everything animate and inanimate within this material world is under their control.\nPURPORT\nThe three modes of material nature, namely goodness, passion and\nignorance, are under the control of three deities-Brahma, Vi�ru and\n\n", "SB3.4#p0298": "Text 45]\n\nExplanation of Devotional Service\n\n1279\n\nLord Siva. Lord Vi�p.u is in charge of the mode of goodness, Lord Brahma\nis in charge of the mode of passion, and Lord Siva is in charge of the\nmode of ignorance. Similarly, there are many other demigods in charge\nof the air department, the water department, the cloud department, etc.\nJust as the government has many different departments, so, within this\nmaterial world, the government of the Supreme Lord has many departments, and all these departments function in proper order out of fear of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Demigods are undoubtedly con­\n\ntrolling all matter, animate and inanimate, within the universe, but\n\nabove them the supreme controller is the Personality of Godhead. Therefore in the Brahma-sarhhita it is said, iivara� parama� lq§7Ja�. Undoubtedly\nthere are many controllers in the departmental management of this\nuniverse, but the supreme controller is Kr�l]a.\nThere are two kinds of dissolutions. One kind of dissolution takes\nplace when Brahma goes to sleep during his night, and the final dissolution\ntakes place when Brahma dies. As long as Brahma does not die, creation,\nmaintenance and destruction are actuated by different demigods under\nthe superintendence of the Supreme Lord.\n\nTEXT 45\n\nso 'nanto 'ntakara� kalo\n'nadir adikrd avyaya�\njanarh janena janayan\nmarayan mrtyuniintakam\nsa�- that; ananta�- endless; anta-kara�-destroyer; kiila�-time; aniid*without beginning; iidi-krt-the creator; avyaya�-not liable to change;\njanam-persons;janena-by persons;janayan-creating; miirayan-destroying;\nmrtyunii-by death; anta-kam-the lord of death.\nTRANSLATION\nThe eternal time factor has no beginning and no end. It is the representative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the maker of the criminal\nworld. It brings about the end of the phenomenal world, it carries on the\nwork of creation by bringing one individ ual into existence from another,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0299": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1280\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 29\n\nand likewise it dissolves the universe by destroying even the lord of death,\nYamariija.\n\nPURPORT\nBy the influence of eternal time, which is a representative of the\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, the father begets a son, and the\n\nfather dies by the influence of cruel death. But by time's influence, even\nthe lord of cruel death is killed. In other words, all the demigods within\nthe material world are temporary, like ourselves. Our lives last for 100\nyears\n\nat the\n\nmost,\n\nand similarly, although their lives may last for\n\nmillions and billions of years, the demigods are not eternal. No one can\nlive\n\nwithin this material\n\nworld eternally. The phenomenal world is\n\ncreated, maintained and destroyed by the finger signal of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Therefore a devotee does not desire anything in\nthis material world. A devotee desires only to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This servitude exists eternally; the Lord exists eternally,\nHis servitor exists eternally, and the service exists eternally.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Twentyninth\n\nChapter,\n\nof the\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Explanation of\n\nDevotional Service by Lord Kapila.\"\n\n", "SB3.4#p0300": "CHAPTER THIRTY\n\nDescription by Lord Kapila\nof Adverse Frultive Activities\nTEXT1\n\nw�\nij�ij� � ;@ ifP.f �G.ltfihti+t¥( I\n�\\!ct+tlwtlsfq- II'� CO� 'f;n�: II � II\nkapila uviica\ntasyaitasya jano nunam\nniiyam vedoru-vikramam\nkiilyamiino 'pi balino\nviiyor iva ghaniival*\nkapila� uviica-Lord Kapila said; tasya etasya-of this very time factor;\njana�\n\n-\n\nperson; nu nam -certainly; na-not ; aya m this; veda-knows; uru-\n\nvikramam-the great strength; kiilyamiina�-being carried off; api-although;\nbalina�\n\n-\n\npowerful; viiyo�- of the wind; iva like; ghana-of clouds; avali�-\n\na mass.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead said: As a mass of clouds does not know\nthe powerful influence of the wind, so a person engaged in material consciousness does not know the powerful strength of the time factor by\nwhich he is being carried.\nPURPORT\nThe great politician par-{iita named Car,takya said that even one moment\n-\n\nof time cannot be returned even if one is prepared to pay millions of\ndollars. One cannot calculate the amount of loss there is in wasting valuable\ntime. Either materially or spiritually, one should be very alert in utilizing\n1281\n\n", "SB3.4#p0301": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1282\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 30\n\nthe time which he has at his disposal. A conditioned soul lives in a particular body for a fixed measurement of time, and it is recommended in the\nscriptures that within that small measurement of time one has to finish\nKnJ;J.a consciousness and thus gain release from the influence of the time\nfactor. But, unfortunately, those who are not in Kp;Qa consciousness are\ncarried away by the strong power of time without their knowledge, as\nclouds are carried by the wind.\nTEXT2\n\nt � t:� ij(Ci�- I\n� � � ¥f�Fflif. �lsoM'iJI� � II � II\nyam yam artham upiidatte\ndu�khena sukha-hetave\ntam tam dhunoti bhagaviin\npumiiii chocati yat-krte\nyam yam-whatever; artham-obj ect; upiidatte\n\n-\n\none acquires; du�khena­\n\nwith difficulty; sukha-hetave-for happiness; tam tam-that; dhunotidestroys; bhagaviin-the Surpeme Personality of Godhead; pumiin-the\nperson; socati\n\n-\n\nlaments; yat-krte-for which reason.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhatever is produced by the materialist with great pain and labor for\nso-called happiness, the Supreme Personality, as the time factor, destroys,\nand for this reason the conditioned soul laments.\nPURPORT\nThe main function of the time factor, which is a representative of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, is to destroy everything. The materialists, in material consciousness, are engaged in producing so many things\nin the name of economic development. They think that by advancing in\nsatisfying the material needs of man they will be happy, but they forget\nthat everything they have produced will be destroyed in due course of\ntime. From history we can see that there were many powerful empires on\nthe surface of the globe that were constructed with great pain and great\nperseverance, but in due course of time they have all been destroyed. Still\n\n", "SB3.4#p0302": "Text 3]\n\nDescription of Adverse Fruitive Activities\n\n1283\n\nthe foolish materialists cannot understand that they are simply wasting\ntime in producing material necessities which are destined to be vanquished\nin due course of time. This waste of energy is due to the ignorance of the\nmass of people, who do not know that they are eternal and that they\nhave an eternal engagement also. They do not know that this span of life\nin a particular type of body is a flash in the eternal journey. Not knowing\nthis fact, they take the small flash of life to be everything, and they waste\ntime in improving economic conditions.\nTEXT3\n\n�����:1\n�� mm ��� ������\nyad adhruvasya dehasya\nsiinubandhasya durmat*\ndhruvii[li manyate mohiid\ngrha-kfietra-vasuni ca\n\nyat-because;\n\nadhruvasya-temporary;\n\ndehasya-of\n\nthe\n\nbody;\n\nsa­\n\nanubandhasya-with that which is related; durmat* - misguided person;\ndhruvii�Ji- permanent;\n\nmanyate- thinks;\n\nmohiit-because\n\ngrha- home; k � etra- land; vas u n i-wealth; ca\n\n-\n\nof ignorance;\n\nand.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe mi sguided materialist does not know that his very body is impermanent and that the attractions for home, land and wealth, which are in\nrelationship to that body, are also temporary. Out of ignorance only, he\nthinks that everything is permanent.\nPURPORT\nThe ma terialist thinks that persons engaged in Kr�Qa consciousness are\ncrazy fellows wasting time by chanting Hare Kr�Qa, but actually he does\nnot know that he himself is in the darkest region of craziness because of\naccepting his body as permanent. And, in relation to his body, he accepts\nhis home, his country, his society and all other paraphernalia as permanent. This materialistic acceptance of the permanency of home, land ,\netc., is called the illusion of miiyii. This is clearly mentioned here. Mohiid\n\n", "SB3.4#p0303": "1284\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 30\n\ngrha-k�etra-vasuni: out of illusion only does the materialist accept his\nhome, his land and his money as permanent. Out of this illusion, the\nfamily life, national life and economic development which are very important factors in modern civilization have grown. A Kf�Qa conscious\nperson knows that this economic development of human society is but\ntemporary illusion.\n\nIn another part of Snmad-Bhiigavatam, the acceptance of the body as\n\noneself, the acceptance of others as kinsmen in relationship to this body\nand the acceptance of the land of one's birth as worshipable are declared\nto be the products of an animal civilization. When, however, one is enlightened in Kri§Qa consciousness, he can use these for the service of the Lord.\nThat is a very suitable proposition. Everything has a relationship with\nKri§Q.a. When all economic development and material advancement are\nutilized to advance the cause of Kr�Q.a consciousness, a new phase of\nprogressive life arises.\nTEXT4\n\n�� *«1f41� � � ��rint: I\nm m � � � ..- N(ii4� II \\l II\njantur vai bhava etasmin\n\nyiirh yiirh yonim anuvrajet\n\ntasyiirh tasyiirh sa labhate\nnirvrtirh na virajyate\n\njantu � -the living entity; vai-certainly; bhave-in worldly existence;\n\netasmin-this; yiim yam- whatever; yonim-species; anuvrajet-he may\n\nobtain; tasyiim\n\nt asyiim-in\n\nthat; sa� -he; labhate-achieves; nirvrtim­\n\nsatisfaction; na-not; virajyate-is averse.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe living entity, in whatever species of life he appears, finds a particular type of satisfaction in that species, and he is never averse to being\n\nsituated in such a condition.\n\nPURPORT\nThe satisfaction of the living entity in a particular type of body, even if\nit is most abominable, is called illusion. A man in a higher position may\nfeel dissatisfaction with the standard of life of a lower grade man, but the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0304": "Text 5]\n\nDescription of Adverse Fruitive Activities\n\n1285\n\nlower grade man is satisfied in that position because of the spell of miiyii,\n\nMaya has two phases of activities. One is called\nprak§epiitmikii, and another is called iivararziitmikii. Avararziitmikii means\n\"covering,\" and prak§epiitmikii means \"pulling down.\" In any condition\n\nthe external energy.\n\nof life, the materialistic person or animal will be satisfied because his\nknowledge is covered by the influence of maya. In the lower grade or\nlower species of life, the development of consciousness is so poor that\none cannot understand whether he is happy or distressed. This is called\n\niivararatmikii. Even a hog, who lives by eating stool, finds himself happy,\nalthough a person in a higher mode of life sees that the hog is eating stool.\nHow abominable that life is!\nTEXTS\n\n;w(Efi(i(tsftf � � ;J ���i�*iSfa I\n-w1mf firM� �€4+ti�IA¥ilf(ij : II '-\\II\nnaraka-stho 'pi deharh vai\nna pumiirhs tyaktum icchati\nniirakyiirh nirvrtau satyiirh\ndeva-miiyii-vimohita�\nnaraka-in hell; stha�-situated; api even; de ham-body; vai-indeed;\npumiin- p erson; tyaktum-to leave; icchati wishes; niirakyiimhellish; nirvrtau enjoyment; satyiim-when existing; deva-miiyii-by the\nillusory energy of Vi�p.u; vimohita�- deluded.\n-\n\nna-not;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe conditioned living entity is satisfied in his own particular species of\nlife; while deluded by the covering influence of the illusory energy, he feels\nlittle inclined to cast off his body, even when in hell, for he takes delight\nin hellish enjoyment.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that once lndra, the king of heaven, was cursed by his spiritual\nmaster, Brhaspati, on account of his misbehavior, and he became a hog on\nthis planet. After many days, when Brahmii wanted to recall him to his\nheavenly kingdom, Indra, in the form of a hog, forgot everything of his\nroyal position in the heavenly kingdom, and he refused to go back. This is\n\n", "SB3.4#p0305": "1286\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 30\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nthe spell of miiyii. Even Indra forgets his heavenly standard of life and is\nsatisfied with the standard of a hog's life. By the influence of miiyii the\nconditioned soul becomes so affectionate towards his particular type of\nbody that if he is offered, \"Give up this body, and immediately you will\nhave a king's body,\" he will not agree. This attachment strongly affects\nall conditioned living entities. Lord Kr�qa is personally canvassing, \"Give\nup everything in this material world. Come to Me, and I shall give you all\nprotection,\" but we are not agreeable. We think, \"We are quite all right.\nWhy should we surrender unto Kr�qa and go back to His kingdom?\" This\nis called illusion, or miiyii. Everyone is satisfied with his standard of living,\nhowever abominable it may be.\nTEXT6\n\natt�Gta:qtWta•u(q?Jsd(lotif �!1\n..\n\n1\n\nf;a��'f;�:q � q: �II� II\niitma-jiiyii-sutiigiirapasu-d ravir-a-bandh U§U\nniru!iha-mula-hrdaya\niitmiinam bahu manyate\niitma-body; jiiyii- wife; suta-children; agiira-home; pa su - animals;\n\ndravi�a-wealth; bandhu�u- in friends; niruqha-mula- deep-rooted ;hrdaya�\n-his heart; iitmiinam-himself; bahu- highly; manyate-he thinks.\nTRANSLATION\nSuch satisfaction with one's standard of living is due to deep-rooted\nattraction for body, wife, home, children, animals, wealth and friends. In\nsuch association, the conditioned soul thinks himself quite perfect.\nPURPORT\nThis so-called perfection of human life is a concoction. Therefore, it is\nsaid that the materialist, however materially qualified he may be, is worthless because he is hovering on the mental plane, which will drag him again\nto the material existence of temporary life. One who acts on the mental\nplane cannot get promotion to the spiritual. Such a person is always sure\nto glide down again to material life. In the association of so-called society,\nfriendship and love, the conditioned soul appears completely satisfied.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0306": "Text 7)\n\nDescription of Adverse Fruitive Activities\n\n1287\n\nTEXT7\n\n(1\"«:U441wt(1+4it\nl(lflllJ\\6� I\n���(ij � �� ��: II \\9 II\nsandahyamiina-sarviinga\nefiiim udvahaniidhinii\nkaroty aviratam mu!iho\nduritiini duriisaya�\nsandahyamiina\n\n- burning; sa va-all; miga�-his limbs; e §iim - these family\nr\n\nmembers; udvahana-for maintaining; adhinii-with anxiety; karoti-he\nperforms; aviratam-always; ma �ha�\n\nduriisaya�-evil-minded.\n\n- the fool; duritani-sinful activities;\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough he is always burning with anxiety, such a fool always performs\nall kinds of mischievous activities, with a hope which is never to be fulfilled,\nin order to maintain his so-called family and society.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that it is easier to maintain a great empire than to maintain a\nsmall family, especially in these days, when the influence of Kali-yuga is so\nstrong that everyone is harassed and full of anxieties because of accepting\nthe false presentation of maya's family. The family which we maintain is\ncreated by maya; it is the perverted reflection of the family in Kw�aloka.\nIn KwJ.aloka there are also family, friends, society, father and mother;\neverything is there, but they are eternal. Here, as we change bodies, our\nfamily relationships also change. Sometimes we are in a family of human\nbeings, sometimes in a family of demigods, sometimes a family of cats, or\nsometimes a family of dogs. Family, society and friendship are flickering,\nand so they are called asat. It is said that as long as we are attached to this\nasat, temporary, nonexisting society and family, we are always full of\nanxieties. The materialists do not know that the family, society and\nfriendship here in this material world are only shadows, and thus they\nbecome attached. Naturally their hearts are always burning, but in spite of\nall inconvenience, they still work to maintain such false families because\nthey have no information of the real family association with KwJ.a.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0307": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1288\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 30\n\nTEXTS\n\naufiJa•��: �f14(1�;rt � � 1\n�f.Vt�ss�: � EfR'\\¥UAOII( II � II\niik§iptiitmendriya� strirziim\nasatiniirh ca miiyayii\nraho racitayalapai�\nsisuniirh kala-bhii§i[liim\niik � ipta- charmed; atma-heart; indriyaQ,-his senses; stri�iim- of women;\nasatiniim-false; ca- and ; miiyayii\n\n-\n\nby miiyii; raha�- in a solitary place;\n\nracitayii- displayed; iiliipai�- by the talking; sisuniim- of the children; kalabhii�i� iim\n\n-\n\nwith sweet words.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe gives heart and senses to a woman who falsely charms him with\n\nmaya. He enjoys solitary embraces and talking with her, and he is enchant­\n\ned by the sweet words of the small children.\nPURPORT\n\nFamily life within the kingdom of illusory energy, maya, is just like a\nprison for the eternal living entity. In prison a prisoner is shackled by iron\nchains and iron bars. Similarly, a conditioned soul is shackled by the\ncharming beauty of a woman, by her solitary embraces and talks of socalled love, and by the sweet words of his small children. Thus he forgets\nhis real identity.\nIn this verse the words strirtiim asatTniim indicate that womanly love is\njust to agitate the mind of man. Actually, in the material world there is no\nlove. Both the woman and the man are interested in their sense gratification. For sense gratification a woman creates an illusory love, and the man\nbecomes enchanted by such false love and forgets his real duty. When\nthere are children as the result of such a combination, the next attraction\nis to the sweet words of the children. The love of the woman at home and\nthe talk of the children make one a secure prisoner, and thus he cannot\nleave his home. Such a person is termed, in Vedic language, a grhamedhi,\nwhich means one whose center of attraction is home. Grhastha refers to\none who lives with family, wife and children but whose real purpose of\n\n", "SB3.4#p0308": "Description of Adverse Fruitive Activities\n\nText 9]\n\n1289\n\nliving is to develop Kr�qa consciousness. One is therefore advised to become a grhastha and not a grhamedhi. The grhastha's concern is to get\nout of the family life created by illusion and enter into real family life\nwith Kr�qa, whereas the grhamedhi's business is to repeatedly chain himself to so-called family life, in one life after another, and perpetually\nremain in the darkness of miiyii.\n\nTEXT9\n\nm� �:��lk46�: I\n�RCfSIJt�( W-*ti+t�� � II � II\ngrhe§u ku.ta-dharme§u\ndu�kha-tantrefiV atandrita�\nkurvan du�kha-pratikiirarh\nsukhavan manyate grhi\ngrhe�u-in family life; kuta-dharme�u involving the practice of false-\n\nhood; du � kha tantre�u\n-\n\n-\n\nspreading miseries; atandr ita�\n\n-\n\nattentive; kurvan­\n\ndoing; du� kha-pratikiiram-counteraction of miseries; sukha-vat-as happiness; manyate-thinks; grhi the householder.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe attached householder remains in his family life, which is full of\ndiplomacy and politics. Always spreading miseries and controlled by acts\nof sense gratification, he acts just to counteract the reactions of all his\nmiseries, and if he can successfully counteract such miseries, he thinks\nthat he is happy.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii the Personality of Godhead Himself certifies the\nmaterial world as an impermanent place that is full of miseries. There is no\nquestion of happiness in this material world, either individually or in terms\nof family, society or country. If something is going on in the name of\nhappiness, that is also illusion. Here in this material world, happiness means\nsuccessful counteraction to the effects of distress. The material world is so\nmade that unless one becomes a clever diplomat, his life will be a failure.\nNot to speak of human society, even the society of lower animals, the\nbirds and bees, cleverly manages its bodily demands of eating, sleeping\n\n", "SB3.4#p0309": "1290\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 30\n\nand mating. Human society competes nationally or individually, and in\nthe attempt to be successful, the entire human society becomes full of\ndiplomacy. We should always remember that in spite of all diplomacy\nand all intelligence in the struggle for our existence, everything will end in\na second by the supreme will. Therefore, all our attempts to become happy\nin this material world are simply a delusion offered by miiyii.\nTEXT 10\n\n�(NI�doqi ft��� m;{ I\n��m�pn�:�ll�oll\narthair iipiiditair guroyii\nhimsayetas-tatas ca tiin\npu§[liiti ye§iim po§e!la\nse§a-bhug yiity adha� svayam\nartha*-by wealth; iipiiditai� - secured; gurvyii- great ; himsayii-by violence; ita�-tata�-here and there; ca-and; tiin-them (family members);\npu§�iiti-he maintains; ye§iim - of whom; po§e�a - because of the maintenance; se§a-remnants; bhuk-eating ; yiiti-he goes; adha�-down.wards;\nsvayam- himself.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe secures money by committing violence here and there, and although\n\nhe employs it in the service of his family, he himself eats only a little\n\nportion of the food thus purchased, and he goes to hell for those for whom\nhe earned the money in such an irregular way.\nPURPORT\nThere is a Bengali proverb, \"The person for whom I have stolen accuses\nme of being a thief.\" The family members, for whom an attached person\nacts in so many criminal ways, are never satisfied. In illusion an attached\nperson serves such family members, and by serving them he is destined to\nenter into a hellish condition of life. For example, a thief steals something\nto maintain his family, and he is caught and imprisoned. This is the sum\nand substance of material existence and attachment to material society,\nfriendship and love. Although an attached family man is always engaged\n\n", "SB3.4#p0310": "Text 11]\n\nDescription of Adverse Fruitive Activities\n\n1291\n\nin getting money by hook or by crook for the maintenance of his family,\nhe cannot enjoy more than what he could consume even without such\ncriminal activities. A man who eats eight ounces of foodstuffs may have\nto maintain a big family and earn money by any means to support that\nfamily, hut he himself is not offered more than what he can eat, and\nsometimes he eats the remnants that are left after his family members are\nfed. Even by earning money by unfair means, he cannot enjoy life for\nhimself. That is called the covering illusion of maya.\nThe process of illusory service to society, country and community is\nexactly the same everywhere; the same principle is applicable even to big\n\nnational leaders. A national leader who is very great in serving his country\nis sometimes killed by his countrymen because of irregular service. In\nother words, one cannot satisfy his dependents by this illusory service,\nalthough one cannot get out of the service because servant is his constitutional position. A living entity is constitutionally part and parcel of the\nSupreme Being, hut he forgets that he has to render service to the Supreme\nBeing and diverts his attention to serve others; this is called maya. By\nserving others he falsely thinks that he is master. The head of a family\nthinks of himself as the master of the family, or the leader of a nation\nthinks of himself as the master of the nation, whereas actually he is\nserving, and by serving maya he is gradually going to hell. Therefore, a\nsane man should come to the point of Kreyqa consciousness and engage\nin the service of the Supreme Lord, applying his whole life, all of his\nwealth, his entire intelligence and his full power of speaking.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n• �ql'1141ql�&lifl�f �: �: I\n�l'llf1f� f;r:�: � m� II�� II\nviirtiiyiim lupyamiiniiyiim\niirabdhiiyiim puna� puna�\nlobhiibhibhuto n*sattva�\npariirthe kurute sprham\nviirtiiyiim-when\n\nhis\n\nabhibhuta� overwhelmed; n*sattva�\nothers; kurute sprhiim-he longs.\n-\n\nlupyamiinayiim-is\n\noccupation;\n\niirabdhiiyiim-undertaken; puna� puna�\n-\n\n-\n\nhampered;\n\nagain and again; lobha-by greed;\n\nruined; para arthe\n-\n\n-\n\nfor the wealth of\n\n", "SB3.4#p0311": "1292\n\nSri mad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 30\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he suffers reverses in his occupation, he tries again and again to\nimprove himself, but when he is baffled in all attempts and is ruined, he\naccepts money from others because of excessive greed.\nTEXT 12\n\nfti41¥t(OIM 'IW{¥11•� �'A: I\n� �: � 'Qllqstfuf6 �: II� �II\nku_tumba-bharariikalpo\nmanda-bhiigyo vrthodyamafl\nsriyii-vihinafl k[paf!O\ndhyiiyaii chvasiti mu�ha-dhifl\nkutumba-his family; bharar;w-in maintaining; akalpa�-unable; mandabhiigya�-the unfortunate man; vrthii-in vain; udyama�-whose effort;\nsriyii-beauty, wealth; vih'ina�-bereft of; krpa�a�-wretched; dhyiiyangrieving; svasiti-he sighs; mut;lha-bewildered; dhi�-his intelligence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the unfortunate man, unsuccessful in maintaining his family members, is bereft of all beauty. He always thinks of his failure, grieving very\ndeeply.\nTEXT 13\n\nl(ci �it(OIIif*Cf 6M'511G\\4«1¥fl I\n;uf1:4� � citwtNt � � tt��II\nevarh sva-bharariikalparh\ntat-kalatriidayas tathii\nniidriyante yathii purvarh\nkiniisii iva go-jaram\nevam-thus; sva-bhara�a-to maintain them; akalpam-unable; tat-his;\nkalatra-wife; adaya�-and so on; tatha-so; na-not; adriyante-do respect;\nyathii- as; pilrvam-before; kiniisii�-farmers; iva-like ;go-jaram- an old ox.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0312": "Text 14)\n\nDescription of Adverse Fruitive Activities\n\n1293\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing him unable to support them, his wife and others do not treat him\nwith the same respect as before, even as miserly farmers do not accord the\nsame treatment to their old and worn-out oxen.\nPURPORT\nNot only in the present age but from time immemorial, no one has liked\nan old man who is unable to earn in the family_ Even in the modern age, in\nsome communities or states, the old men are given poison so that they\nwill die as soon as possible. In some cannibalistic communities, the old\ngrandfather is sportingly killed, and a feast is held in which his body is\neaten. The example is given that a farmer does not like an old bull who\nhas ceased to work. Similarly, when an attached person in family life\nbecomes old and is unable to earn, he is no longer liked by his wife, sons,\ndaughters and other kinsmen, and he is consequently neglected, what to\nspeak of not being given respect. It is judicious, therefore, to give up\nfamily attachment before one attains old age and take shelter of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. One should employ himself in His\nservice so that the Supreme Lord can take charge of him and he will not\nbe neglected by his so-called kinsmen.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�smtfwtla.l fllt•uou (CIIt�: I\n�itlqc'ij�A 'I(Ollfit(ifl 'lt II� VII\ntatriipy ajiita-niroedo\nbhriyamiiraft svayam bhrta*\njarayopiitta-vairopyo\nmarariibhimukho grhe\ntatra- ther e; api-although; a jiita not arisen; nirveda�- aversion;\nbhriyamii �a�- being maintained; svayam-by himself; bhrtai�-by those\nwho were maintained; ja rayii by old age; upiitta-obtained; vairupya�deformation; ma ra � a-death; abhimukha� app roaching ; grh e- at home.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe foolish family man does not become averse to family life although\nhe is maintained by those whom he once maintained. Deformed by the influence of old age, he prepares himself to meet ultimate death.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0313": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1294\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 30\n\nPURPORT\nFamily attraction is so strong that even if one is neglected by family\nmembers in his old age, he cannot give up family affection, and he remains\nat home just like a dog. In the Vedic way of life one has to give up family\nlife when he is strong enough. It is advised that before getting too weak and\nbeing baffled in material activities, and before becoming diseased, one\nshould give up family life and engage oneself completely in the service of\nthe Lord for the remaining days of his life. It is enjoined, therefore, in the\nVedic scriptures, that as soon as one passes fifty years of age, he must give\nup family life and live alone in the forest. After preparing himself fully, he\nshould become a sannyasi to distribute the knowledge of spiritual life to\neach and every home.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n-SJ!f'4�q;:q� � � I\n311't41&qst�hllfi4((NI«IU�'trt�: II� '\"II\niiste 'vamatyopanyastarh\ngrha-piila ivaharan\niimayiivy apradtptiignir\nalpiihiiro 'lpa-cefi.titaft\niiste-he remains; avamatyii-negligently; upanyastam-what is placed;\n\ngrha-piila�-a dog; iva-like; iiharan-eating; iimayiivi-diseased; apr.tdiptaagni�-having dyspepsia; alpa-little; iihiira�-eating; alpa-little; ce§tita�his ac tivity\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus he remains at home just like a pet dog and eats whatever is so negligently given to him. Afflicted with many illnesses, such as dyspepsia and\n\nloss of appetite, he eats only very small morsels of food, and he 1:-ecomes\nan invalid who cannot work any more.\nPURPORT\n\nBefore meeting death one is sure to become a diseased invalid, and when\nhe is neglected by his family members, his life becomes less than a dog's because he is put into so many miserable conditions of life. Vedic literatures\nenjoin, therefore, that before the arrival of such miserable conditions, one\nshould leave home and die without the knowledge of his family members.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0314": "Text 17]\n\nDescription of Adverse Fruitive Activities\n\n1295\n\nIf a man leaves home and dies without his family's knowing, that is considered to be a glorious death. But an attached family man wants his family\nmembers to carry him in a great procession even after his death, and although he will not be able to see how the procession goes, still he desires\nthat his body be taken gorgeously in procession. Thus he is happy without\neven knowing where he has to go when he leaves his body for the next life.\nTEXT 16\n\n�usw.Rt.+tfl'ijl( :\nmiflllet{ltlft:\n\nft�(S:(wtlfC.. : I\nm !(!(N� ����II\n\nviiyunotkramatottiira�\nkapha-samruddha-nii!lika�\nkiisa-sviisa-krtayiisa�\nka[l,the ghura-ghuriiyate\n\n-\n\n- his eyes; kapha- with\n- his wind pipe; kiisa-coughing;\n\nviiyuna by air; ut kramatii-bulging out; uttiira�\n\n-\n\nmucus; samruddha congested; nii�ika �\n\nsviisa- breathing ; krta- done; iiyiisa� - difficulty ; kar:!he - in the throat;\nghura-ghuriiyate-he produces a sound like \"ghura-ghura.\"\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn that diseased condition, one's eyes bulge due to the pressure of air\nfrom within, and his glands become congested with mucus. He has difficulty\nbreathing, and upon exhaling and inhaling he produces a sound like \"ghuraghura,\" a ratl il}g within the throat.\n\n'\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�: ��: �: (q'l..�: I\n\nEtli>tl+tl;{tsft 'I i@ 'ileqi�IEt* WRJ: II��II\nsayiina� parisocadbh*\nparivita� sva-bandhubhi�\nviicyamiino 'pi na briite\nkiila-piisa-vasam gata�\n\n", "SB3.4#p0315": "[Canto 3, Ch. 30\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1296\n\ns ayiina�-lying down; pari s ocadbh *-lamenting; parivtta�-surrounded;\n\nsva-bandhubhi�-by his relatives and friends; viicyam iina�-being urged to\nspeak; api\n\n- although; na-not; brnte-he speaks; kala-of time; piisa-the\n\nnoose; vasam-under the control of;gata�-gone.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way he comes under the clutches of death and lies down,\n\nsurrounded by lamenting friends and relatives, and although he wants to\n\nspeak with them, he no longer can because he is under the control of\ntime.\n\nPURPORT\nFor formality's sake, when a man is lying on his deathbed, his relatives\ncome to him, and sometimes they cry very loudly, addressing the dying\nman: \"Oh, my father!\" \"Oh, my friend!\" or \"Oh, my husband!\" In that\npitiable condition the dying man wants to speak with them and instruct\nthem of his desires, hut because he is fully under the control of the time\nfactor, death, he cannot express himself, and that causes him inconceivable\npain. He is already in a painful condition because of disease, and his glands\nand throat are choked up with mucus. He is already in a very difficult position, and when he is addressed by his relatives in that way, his· grief increases.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n� tPI¥«� 0441'Ftl�+�: I\n� �\n\n(C(IttUl·�-.�: II� �II\n\nevarh ku_tumba-bharar-e\nvyiiprtiitmiijitendriya�\nmriyate rudatiim sviiniim\nuru-vedanayiista-dhi�\nevam-thus;\n\nkutumba-bharar:e-in\n\nengrossed; iitmii-his\n\nmaintaining\n\na family; vyaprta­\n\nmind; ajita-unc ontrolled; indr iya �-his senses;\n\nmriyate-he dies; rudatiim-while crying; sviin1im-his relatives; uru- great;\nvedanaya-with pain; asta-bereft of; dhl�-consciousness.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0316": "Text 19]\n\nDescription of Adverse Fruitive Activities\n\n1297\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the man, who engaged with uncontrolled senses in maintaining a\nfamily, dies in great grief, seeing his relatives crying. He dies most pathetically, in great pain and without consciousness.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii it is said that at the time of death one will be absorbed\nin the thoughts which he cultivated during his lifetime. A person who had\nno other idea than to properly maintain his family members must have\nfamily affairs in his last thoughts. That is the natural sequence for a\ncommon man. The common man does not know the destiny of his life; he\nis simply busy in his flash of life, maintaining his family. At the last stage,\nno one is satisfied with how he has improved the family economic condition; everyone thinks that he could not provide sufficiently. Because of\nhis deep family affection, he forgets his main duty of controlling the senses\nand improving his spiritual consciousness. Sometimes a dying man entrusts\nthe family affairs to either his son or some relative, saying, \"I am going.\nPlease look after the family.\" He does not know where he is going, but\neven at the time of death he is anxious about how his family will be maintained. Sometimes it is seen that a dying man requests the physician to\nincrease his life at least for a few years so that the family maintenance plan\nwhich he has begun can be completed. These are the material diseases of\nthe conditioned soul. He completely forgets his real engagement-to become KwJ.a conscious-and is always serious about planning to maintain\nhis family, although he changes families one after another.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n� �l smfl �l{t ��� I\n� ql 't�f(�: %\"¥(� fq91fft II����\nyama-dutau tadii prtiptau\nbhimau sarabhasek�ar-au\nsa dr�tvii trasta-hrdaya�\nsakrn-mutram vimuncati\nyama-diltau- two messengers of Y amaraj a; tadii-at that time; priiptauarrived; bhimau\n\n-terrible; sa-rabhasa-full of wrath; ik§a�a - their eyes;\nu\n\n", "SB3.4#p0317": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1298\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 30\n\nsa� -he; dr�fvii- seeing; trasta-frightened; hrdaya�-his heart; sa krt stool;\n-\n\nmiltram-urine; vimuiicati-he passes.\nTRANSLATION\nAt death, he sees the messengers of the lord of death come before him,\ntheir eyes full of wrath, and in great fear he passes stool and urine.\nPURPORT\nThere are two kinds of transmigration of a living entity after passing\naway from the present body. One kind of transmigration is to go to the\ncontroller of sinful activities, who is known as Yamaraja, and the other is\nto go to the higher planets up to V aikuJ;t\\ha. Here Lord Kapil a describes\nhow persons engaged in activities of sense gratification to maintain a family are treated by the messengers of Yamaraja, called Yamadutas. At the\ntime of death theYamadutas become the custodians of those persons who\nhave strongly gratified their senses. They take charge of the dying man\nand take him to the planet where Yamaraja resides. The conditions there\nare described in the following verses.\nTEXT 20\n\nt11twtl� 311� � � � I\n��� � � tltn ����II\nyiitanii-deha iivrtya\npasair baddhva gale balat\nnayato dirgham adhvanarh\ndart!iyam raja-bhafa yatha\nyii tanii -for punishment; dehe-his body; a vrtya- covering; pii sa *\n\nropes; baddhv ii\n\n-\n\nbinding; gale\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwith\n\nby the neck; baliit-by force; nayata�- they\n\nlead; dirgham- l ong; adh viinam- distance; da7Jtjyam- a criminal; riija-bhafii�\n-the king's soldiers; yathii-as\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs a criminal is arrested for punishment by the constables of the state,\na person engaged in criminal sense gratification is similarly arrested by\n\n", "SB3.4#p0318": "Text 21]\n\nDescription of Adverse Fruitive Activities\n\n1299\n\nthe Yamadutas, who bind him by the neck with strong rope and cover\nhis subtle body so that he may undergo severe punishment.\nPURPORT\nEvery living entity is covered by a subtle and gross body. The subtle\nbody is the covering of mind, ego, intelligence and consciousness. It is\nsaid in the scriptures that the constables of Yamaraja cover the subtle\nbody of the culprit and take him to the abode of Yamaraja to be punished in a way that he is able to tolerate. He does not die from this punishment because if he died, then who would suffer the punishment? It is\nnot the business of the constables of Y amaraja to put one to death. In\nfact, it is not possible to kill a living entity because factually he is eternal;\nhe simply has to suffer the consequences of his activities of sense\ngratification.\nThe process of punishment is explained in the\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta.\n\nFormerly the king's men would take a criminal in a boat in the middle\nof the river. They would dunk him by grasping a bunch of his hair and\nthrusting him completely underwater, and when he was almost suffocated,\nthe king's constables would take him out of the water and allow him to\nbreathe for some time, and then they would again dunk him in the water\nto suffocate. This sort of punishment is inflicted upon the forgotten soul\nby Yamaraja, as will be described in the following verses.\n\nTEXT 21\n\nI\n6�Mf4'1Cd\\4�si�'5ft6-qf!:\nqf1{ .�'flUT 3ffitstf �'4S4t(� II�� II\ntayor nirbhinna-hrdayas\ntarjanair jiita-vepathu�\npathi svabhir bhak.syamiirw\niirto 'gham svam anusmaran\ntayo�-of the Yamadiitas; nirbhinna-broken; hrdaya{l.- his heart;\ntarjanai{l.-by the threatening; jiita-arisen; vepathu{l. trembling; pathi-on\nthe road; svabhi{l.- by dogs; bhaksyamii rw�- being bitten; iirta{l. distressed;\nagham-sins ; svam- his ; anusmaran- remembe ring\n-\n\n.\n\n-\n\n.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0319": "1300\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 30\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile carried by the constables of Yamarija, he is overwhelmed and\n\ntrembles in their hands. While passing on the road he is bitten by dogs, and\n\nhe can remember the sinful activities of his life. He is thus terribly distressed.\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears from this verse that while passing from this planet to the\nplanet of Yamaraja, the culprit arrested by Y amari.ija's constables meets\n\nmany dogs, who bark and bite just to remind him of his criminal activities\nof sense gratification. It is said in Bhagavad-gitii that one becomes almost\n\nblind and is bereft of all sense when he is infuriated by the desire for sense\n\ngratification. He forgets everything. Kiimais tais tair hrta-jniinii�. One is\nbereft of all intelligence when he is too attracted by sense gratification, and\n\nhe forgets that he has to suffer the consequences also. Here the chance for\n\nrecounting his activities of sense gratification is given by the dogs engaged\n\nby Y amaraja. While we live in the gross body, such activities of sense\ngratification are encouraged even by modern government regulations. In\n\nevery state all over the world, such activities are encouraged by the govern­\n\nment in the form of birth control. Women are supplied pills, and they are\n\nallowed to go to a clinical laboratory to get assistance for abortion. This\n\nis going on as a result of sense gratification. Actually sex life is meant for\n\nbegetting a good child, but because people have no control over the\n\nsenses and there is no institution to train them to control the senses, the\n\npoor fellows fall victim to the criminal offenses of sense gratification, and\n\nthey are punished after death as described in these pages of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nrn.�s�'41'lelf-c�:\n� e ...\ne;:ijQ(fUwt: qf1J 68�1ij4i I\nAut � Q� l'f �lfmmsfq � ������\nkflut-tr.t-parito 'rka-daviinaliinilai�\n\nsantapyctmiina� pathi tapta-viiluke\n\nkrcchrer-a pr.s.the kasayii ca tiipitas\ncalaty asakto 'pi niriisramodake\n\n", "SB3.4#p0320": "Text 24]\n\nDescription of Adverse Fruitive Activities\n\n1301\n\nk,sut-trt-by hunger and thirst; paritafl-afflicted; arka-sun; dava-analaforest fires; anilaifl-by winds; santapyamiinafl- being scorched;pathi-on\na road; tapta-viiluke-of hot sand; krcchre{la-painfully; pnthe-on the\nback; kasayii-with a whip; ca-and; tii�itafl-beaten; calati-he moves;\na5aktafl-unable;api-although; niriisrama-udake-without shelter or water.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUnder the scorching sun, the criminal has to pass through roads of hot\nsand with forest fires on both sides. He is whipped on the back by the\nconstables because of his inability to walk, and he is afflicted by hunger\nand thirst, but unfortunately there is no drinking water, no shelter and no\nplace for rest on the road.\nTEXT 23\n\nft � qijSfl;:ffl �: ��: I\nqvn qrftq(1I\n\n;ftij(ij(ijI\n\nq+t(11C(...'{ II�� II\n\ntatra tatra pataii chriinto\nmurcchitafl punar utthitafl\npathii piipiyasii nitas\ntarasii yama-siidanam\ntatra tatra-here and there;patan-falling; sriintafl-fatigued; murcchitafl\n-unconscious; punafl-again; utthitafl-risen; pathii-by the road; piipiyasii\n-very inauspicious;nitafl-brought; tarasii-quickly; yama-siidanam-to the\npresence of Y amariija.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile passing on that road to the abode of Y amaraja, he falls down in\nfatigue, and sometimes he becomes unconscious, but he is forced to rise\nagain. In this way he is very quickly brought to the presence of Yamariija.\nTEXT 24\n\n41151...1...1 � d iR �: I\n����;ft'�: srm)ftf�: 11�\\111\n\n", "SB3.4#p0321": "[Canto 3, Ch. 30\n\n�nmad-Bliagavatam\n\n1302\n\nyojaniiniirh sahasrii'{li\nnavatirh nava ciidhvana�\ntribhir muhurtair dviibhyiirh vii\nnita� priipnoti yiitanii�\nyojaniiniim-of yojanas; sahasrii'{li-thousands; navatim\nnine; ca-and; adhvana�-from a distance; tribh*\n\n-\n\n-\n\nninety; nava­\n\nthree; muhilrta*­\n\nwithin moments; dviibhyiim-two; va-or; nita�-brought; priipnoti-he\nreceives; yiitanii�-punishments.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus he has to pass 99,000 yojanas within two or three moments, and\nthen he is at once engaged in the torturous punishment which he is destined to suffer.\nPURPORT\nOne yojana is calculated to be eight miles, and he has to pass along a\nroad which is therefore as much as 792,000 miles. Such a long distance is\npassed over within a few moments only. The subtle body is covered by the\nconstables so that the living entity can pass such a long distance quickly\nand at the same time tolerate the suffering. This covering, although material, is of such fine elements that material scientists cannot discover what\nthe coverings are made of. To pass 792,000 miles within a few moments\nseems wonderful to the modern space travelers. They have so far traveled\nat a speed of 18,000 miles per hour, but here we see that a criminal passes\n\n792,000 miles within a few seconds only, although the process is not\nspiritual but material.\n\nTEXT 25\n\nau�q;f (Cl•ll'i1o1f �efllfiC?fiEfilfa:f'f : 1\nan�qqf�ua:4 .nq. � CRmsfq � ������\niidipanarh sva-giitriir-iirh\nve�.tayitvolmukiidibh*\niitma-miirhsiidanarh kviipi\nsva-krttarh parato 'pi vii\niidipanam-setting on fire; sva-gatrii'{ltim-of his own limbs; ve§fayitvahaving been surrounded; ulmuka-adibh*-by pieces of burning wood and\n\n", "SB3.4#p0322": "Text 26]\n\nDescription of Adverse Fruitive Activities\n\n1303\n\nso on; iitma-miimsa-of his own flesh; adanam- eating; kviipi- sometimes;\n\nsva-krttam-done by himself;parata�-by others; api-else; vii-or.\nTRANSLATION\nHe is placed in the midst of burning pieces of wood, and his limbs are\nset on fire. In some cases he is made to eat his own flesh or have it eaten\nby others.\nPURPORT\nFrom this verse through the next three verses the description of punishmenrwill be narrated. The first description is that the criminal has to eat\nhis own flesh, burning with fire, or allow others like himself who are\npresent there to eat. In the last great war people in concentration camps\nsometimes ate their own stool, so there is no wonder that in the Y amasadana, the abode of Y amaraja, one who had a very enjoyable life eating\nothers' flesh has to eat his own flesh.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n��I\n��m������\n������\naimf*41911414:1(t\n\njivatas ciintriibh yuddhiira�\nsva-grdhrair yama-siidane\nsarpa-vrscika-darhsiidyair\ndasadbhis ciitma-vaisasam\njivatalJ, - alive;ca-and; antra-of his entrails; abhyuddhiira,h - pulling out;\nsva-grdhraif!-by dogs and vultures;yama-siidan e -in the abode of Yamariija;\nr a-by serpents; vrscika-scorpions; darhsa-gnats; iidyai� - and so on;\n\nsa p\n\ndasadbhif!- biting; ca-and;iitma-vaisasam-torment of himself.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis entrails are pulled out by the hounds and vultures of hell, even\nthough he is still alive to see it, and he is subjected to torment by serpents,\nscorpions, gnats and other creatures that bite him.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0323": "[Canto 3, Ch. 30\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1304\n\nTEXT 27\n\npy;f \"41'lftt€1W �� �4\\NWlf( I\nm;t f'IR»ti+1it � ��: 11�\\911\nkrntanarh ciivayavaso\ngajiidibhyo bhidiipanam\npiitanarh giri-(mgebhyo\nrodhanarh ciimbu-gartayofl\nk rntanam-cutting\niidibhya�-by\n\noff;\n\nelephants\n\nca-and;\nand\n\nso\n\navayavasa�-limb\n\non; bhidiipanam\n\nby\n\nlimb; gaja­\n\n- tearing; piitanam­\n\nhurling down; giri-of hills; srngebhya�-from the tops; rodhanam-enclosing; ca-and; ambu-gartayo�-in water or in a cave.\nTRANSLATION\nNext his limbs are lopped off and tom asunder by elephants. He is\nhurled down from hilltops, and he is also held captive either in water or in\na cave.\nTEXT 28\n\n�(iU•f.l61f� U(€11Qif( �;n: I\n\n��ifl;ffilr.nf'N: Q;l�: ����II\n\"'\n\nyiis tiimisriindha-tiimisrii\nrauraviidyiis ca yiitaniifl\nbhunkte naro vii niiri va\nmithafl smigena nirmitii\"{l\nyii� - wh ich; tiimisra-the name of a hell; andha-tiimisrii�-the name of a\nhell; raurava-the name of a hell; iidyii�-and so on; ca-and; yiitanii�punishments; bh UTi kte - u nde rgoes; nara�-man; vii-or; nari-woman; viior; mitha�-mutual; sa�igena-by association; nirmitii� - caused.\nTRANSLATION\nMen and women whose lives were built upon indulgence in illicit sex\nlife are put into many kinds of miserable conditions in the hells known as\n\nTiimisra, Andha-tiimisra and Raurava.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0324": "Text 29)\n\nDescription of Adverse Fruitive Activities\n\n1305\n\nPURPORT\nMaterialistic life is based on sex life. The existence of all the material·\nistic people who are undergoing severe tribulation in the struggle for\nexistence is based on sex. Therefore, in the Vedic civilization sex life is\nallowed only in a restricted way; it is for the married couple and only\nfor begetting children. But when sex life is indulged in for sense gratification illegally and illicitly, both the man and ·the woman await severe\npunishment in this world or after death. In this world also they are punished by virulent diseases like syphillis and gonorrhea, and in the next\n\nlife, as we see in this passage of Srimad-Bhagavatam, they are put into\n\ndifferent kinds of hellish conditions to suffer. In Bhagavad-gitii, First\n\nChapter, illicit sex life is also very much condemned, and it is said that\none who produces children by illicit sex life is sent to hell. It is confirmed\n\nhere in the Bhagavatam that such offenders are put into hellish conditions\nof life in Tii.misra, Andha-tiimisra and Raurava.\nTEXT 29\n\nam �: � � �mr: sr� I\n� � � �� ��an ������\natraiva narakaft svarga\niti mata!t pracak�ate\nyii yiitanii vai niirakyas\ntii ihiipy upalak�itiilt\natra-in this world; e va-even; narakaft-hell; svargaft-heaven; iti-thus;\nmiita�-0 mother; pracak§ate- they say; ya�-which; ya tanii � punish\nments; vai-certainly; nii rakya�-hellish; tii �-they; iha-here; ap i-also;\nupala k§itii �- visible.\n-\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kapila continued: My dear mother, it is sometimes said that we\nexperience hell or heaven on this planet, for hellish punishments are some·\ntimes visible on this planet also.\nPURPORT\nSometimes unbelievers do not accept these statements of scripture regarding hell. They disregard such authorized descriptions. Lord Kapila\n\n", "SB3.4#p0325": "[Canto 3, Ch. 30\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1306\n\ntherefore confirms them by saying that these hellish conditions are also\nvisible on this planet. It is not that they are only on the planet where\nYamaraja lives. On the planet of Yamaraja, the sinful man is given the\nchance to practice living in the hellish conditions which he will have to endure in the next life, and then he is given a chance to take birth on another\nplanet to continue his hellish life. For example, if a man is to he punished\nto remain in hell and eat stool and urine, then first of all he practices such\nhabits on the planets of Y amariija, and then he is given a particular type of\nbody, the hog, so that he can eat stool and think that he is enjoying life. It\nis stated previously that in any hellish condition, the conditioned soul\nthinks he is happy. Otherwise, it would not be possible for him to suffer\nhellish life.\nTEXT30\n\n� iPt f.r-mor � � en 1\nfitQ:��iht� � � ���fit�I( II� II\no\n\nevarh ku_tumbarh bibhriirw\nudaram bhara eva vii\nvisrjyehobhayarh pretya\nbhunkte tat-phalam idrsam\nevam-in this way; kutu m bam\nudaram\n\n-\n\n-\n\nfamily; bibhrar.ta�-he who maintained;\n\nstomach; bhara�-he who maintained; eva\n\n-\n\nonly; va-or; visrjya­\n\nafter giving up; iha-here; ubhayam-both of them; pretya after death;\n-\n\nbhunkte-he undergoes; tat-of that;phalam-result; idrsam-su ch.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter leaving this body, the man who maintained himself and his family\nmembers by sinful activities suffers a hellish life, and his relatives suffer\nalso.\nPURPORT\nThe mistake of modern civilization is that man does not believe in the\nnext life. But whether he believes or not, the next life is there, and one has\nto suffer if one does not lead a responsible life in terms of the injunctions\nof authoritative scriptures like the Vedas and Puriirtas. Species lower than\nhuman beings are not responsible for their actions because they are made\nto act in a certain way, but in the developed life of human consciousness,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0326": "Text 31]\n\nDescription of Adverse Fruitive Activities\n\n1307\n\nif one is not responsible for his activities, then he is sure to get a hellish\nlife, as described herein.\nTEXT 31\n\n� ft�� �t�ct(¥( I\ntta8(t('tlf4� �� q �����II\n\n�: sm.M\n\neka{l prapadyate dhviintam\nhitvedam sva-kalevaram\nkusaletara-piitheyo\nbhilta-droher-a yad bhrtam\neka�- alone; prapadyate-he enters; dhviintam-darkness; hitvii-after\nquitting; ida m\n\n-\n\nthis; sva-his; kalevaram-body; kusala-itara-sin; piitheya�\n\n-his passage money; bhilta-to other living entities; droheT}a-by injury;\nyad\n\n-\n\nwhich body; bhrta m- was maintained.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe goes alone to the darkest regions of hell after quitting the present\nbody, and the money which he acquired by envying other living entities is\nthe passage money with which he leaves this world.\nPURPORT\nWhen a man earns money by unfair means and maintains his family and\nhimself with that money, the money is enjoyed by many members of the\nfamily, but he alone goes to hell. A person who enjoys life by earning\nmoney or by envying another's life, and who enjoys with family and\nfriends, will have to enjoy alone the resultant sinful reactions accrued from\nsuch violent and illicit life. For example, if a man secures some money by\nkilling someone and with that money maintains his family, those who\nenjoy the black money earned by him are also partially responsible and\nare also sent to hell, but he who is the leader is especially punished. The\nresult of material enjoyment is that one takes with him the sinful reaction\nonly, and not the money. The money he earned is left in this world, and\nhe takes only the reaction.\nIn this world also, if a person acquires some money by murdering someone, the family is not hanged, although its members are sinfully contaminated. But the man who commits the murder and maintains his family is\n\n", "SB3.4#p0327": "1308\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 30\n\nhimself hanged as a murderer. The direct offender is more responsible for\nsinful activities than the indirect enjoyer. The great learned scholar CiiQ.akya\nPal').9ita says, therefore, that whatever one has in his possession had better\nbe spent for the cause of sat, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead, because one cannot take his possessions with him. They remain here, and\nthey will be lost. Either we leave the money or the money leaves us,\nbut we will be separated. The best use of money as long as it is within our\npossession is to spend it to acquire K:f�Q.a consciousness.\nTEXT 32\n\n�-WCRUfa\\d � �� f� � I\n� tfiMicflq� � �: ����II\ndaiveniisiiditam tasya\nsamalarh niraye pumiin\nbhunkte ku,tumba-po,sasya\nhrta-vitta ivatura�\nda iv ena-by the arrangement of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\niisii ditam-obtained ; tasya -his; samalam-sinful reaction; niraye-in a\nhellish condition;pumiin-the man; bhun kte-undergoes; kutumba-po§asya\n-of maintaining a family; hrta-vitta�-one whose wealth is lost; iva-like;\niitura�-suffering.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus, by the arrangement of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\nmaintainer of kinsmen is put into a hellish condition to suffer for his sin­\n\nful activities, like a man who has lost h is wealth.\nPURPORT\nThe example set herein is that the sinful person suffers just like a man\nwho has lost his wealth. The human form of body is achieved by the conditioned soul after many, many births and is a very valuable asset. Instead\nof utilizing this life to get liberation, if one uses it simply for the purpose\nof maintaining his so-called family and therefore performs foolish and unauthorized action, he is compared to a man who has lost his wealth and\nwho, upon losing it, laments. When wealth is lost, there is no use lamenting,\nbut as long as there is wealth, one has to utilize it properly and thereby gain\n\n", "SB3.4#p0328": "Text 33]\n\n1309\n\nDescription of Adverse Fruitive Activities\n\neternal profit. It may be argued that when a man leaves his money earned\nby sinful activities, then he also leaves his sinful activities here with his\nmoney. But it is especially mentioned herein that by superior arrange·\nment, (daiveniisiiditam), although the man leaves behind him his sinfully\nearned money, he carries the effect of it. When a man steals some money,\nif he is caught and agrees to return it, he is not freed from the criminal\npunishment. By the law of the state, even though he returns the money, he\nhas to undergo the punishment. Similarly, the money which is earned by a\ncriminal process may be left by the man when dying, but by superior\narrangement he carries with him the effect, and therefore he has to suffer\nhellish life.\nTEXT 33\n\n� � �fi\"l¥i��t I\n� i11RtS\"talfii� � �= � ������\nkevalena hy adharmera\nkuJumba-bhararotsuka�\nyiiti jivo 'ndha-tiimisrarh\ncaramarh tamasa� padam\nkevalena- simply; hi-certainly; adharme�Ja-by irreligious activities;\nkutumba- family; bhara�Ja- to maintain; utsuka�- eager; yiiti goes; ]iva�a person; andha-tiimisram-to Andha-tamisra; c aramam ultimate; tamasa�\n-\n\n-\n\n-of darkness;padam-region.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore a person who is very eager to maintain his family and kinsmen simply by black methods certainly goes to the darkest region of hell,\nwhich is known as Andha-tamisra.\nPURPORT\nThree words in this verse are very significant. Kevalena means only by\nblack methods, adharmer;ta means unrighteous or irreligious, and kutumba­\n\nbharara means family maintenance. Maintaining one's family is certainly the duty of a householder, but one should be eager to earn his livelihood by the prescribed method, as stated in the scriptures. In Bhagavad­\n\ng\"itii it is described that the Lord has divided the social system into four\n\n", "SB3.4#p0329": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1310\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 30\n\nclassifications of castes, or var(las, according to quality and work. Apart\nfrom Bhagavad-g\"itii, in every society a man is known according to his quality and work. For example, when a man is constructing wooden furniture,\nhe is called a carpenter, and a man who works with an anvil and iron is\ncalled a blacksmith. Similarly, a man who is engaged in the medical or engineering fields has a particular duty and designation. All these human\nactivities have been divided by the Supreme Lord into four var(las, namely\n\nbriihma(la, k�atriya, vaisya and siidra. In Bhagavad-g\"itii and in other Vedic\nliteratures, the specific duties of the briihma(la, k�atriya, vaiSya and siidra\nare mentioned.\nOne should work honestly according to his qualification. He should not\nearn his livelihood unfairly, by means for which he is not qualified. If a\n\nbriihma(la who works as a priest so that he may enlighten his followers\nwith the spiritual way of life is not qualified as a priest, then he is cheating\nthe public. One should not earn by such unfair means.' The same is applicable to a k�atriya or to a vaisya. It is especially mentioned that the means\nof livelihood of those who are trying to advance in K{�Q.a consciousness\nmust be very fair and uncomplicated. Here it is mentioned that he who\nearns his livelihood by unfair means (kevalena) is sent to the darkest hellish\nregion. Otherwise, if one maintains his family by prescribed methods and\nhonest means, there is no objection to one's being a family man.\nTEXT 34\n\n3f\\l(ijl41(�\n�:\n\n�Rf\n\nttltHlltilij-wl��: I\n�m��: ����II\n\nadhastiin nara-lokasya\nyiivatir yiitaniidaya�\nkramasa� samanukramya\npunar atriivrajec chuc*\nadhastat-from below; nara- lokasya human birth; yavati� - as many;\nyiitanii-punishments; iidaya � and so on; k rama s a� - in a regular order;\nsamanukramya-having gone through; puna � - again; atra- here, on this\nearth; iivrajet-he may return; s uc i� pure\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nHaving gone through all the miserable hellish conditions and having\npassed in a regular order through the lowest forms of animal life prior to\n\n", "SB3.4#p0330": "Text 34]\n\nDescription of Adverse Fruitive Activities\n\n1311\n\nhuman birth, and having thus been purged of his sins, one is reborn again\nas a human being on this earth.\n\nPURPORT\n\nJust as a prisoner who has undergone troublesome prison life is set free\n\nagain, similarly the person who has always engaged in impious and mis­\n\nchievous activities is put into hellish conditions, and when he has under­\n\ngone different hellish lives, namely those of lower animals like cats, dogs\n\nand hogs, by the gradual process of evolution he again comes back as a\nhuman being. In Bhagavad-g\"itii it is stated that even though a person en­\n\ngaged in the practice of the yoga system may not finish perfectly and may\n\nfall down for some reason or other, his next life as a human being is\n\nguaranteed. It is stated that such a person, who has fallen from the path of\n\nyoga practice, is given a chance in his next life to take birth in a very rich\n\nfamily or in a very pious family. It is interpreted that \"rich family\" refers\n\nto a big mercantile family because generally people who engage in trades\nand mercantile business are very rich. One who engaged in the process of\nself-realization or connecting with the Supreme Absolute Truth but fell\n\nshort is allowed to take birth in such a rich family, or he is allowed to take\n\nbirth in the family of pious briihmar;ws; either way, he is guaranteed to ap­\n\npear in human society in his next life. It can be concluded that if someone\nis not willing to enter into hellish life, as in Tiimisra or Andha-tiimisra, then\n\nhe must take to the process of Kr�r:ta consciousness, which is the first-class\n\nyoga system, because even if one is unable to attain complete Kr�r;ta con­\n\nsciousness in this life, he is guaranteed at least to take his next birth in a\n\nhuman family. He cannot be sent into a hellish condition. Kr�r;ta conscious­\n\nness is the purest life, and it protects all human beings from gliding down\n\nto hell to take birth in a family of dogs or hogs.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Third Canto, Thirtieth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, entitled \"Description by Lord Kapila\nof Adverse Fruitive Activities.\"\n\n", "SB3.4#p0331": "CHAPTER THIRTY- ONE\n\nLord KaPila� Instructions on the\nMovements of the Living Entities\nTEXT 1\n\n��11�\n'fOI\n�Si44fl� I\n\"G;ct�-�: Sf� a'� �m �(!:��: II � II\n�\"'\n\nsri bhagavan uviica\nkarmarii daiva-netre'{la\njantur dehopapattaye\nstriyiifl pravifi.ta udaram\npumso retafl-kariisrayafl\nsribhagavan uvaca the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; karma'{lii-\n\nby the result of work; daiva-n etre'{la under the supervision of the Lord;\n-\n\njantufl.-the living entity; deha-a body; upapa ttaye-for obtaining; striyafl.of a woman; pravifita�-enter s; udaram-the womb; pumsafl.-of a man;\nretafl.-of semina; ka'{la-a particle; asrayafl.-dwellin g in.\nTRA NSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead said: Under the supervision of the Supreme\nLord and according to the result of his work, the living entity, the soul,\nis made to enter into the womb of a woman through the particle of male\nsemina to assume a particular type of body.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in the last chapter, after suffering different kinds of hellish\nconditions, a man comes again to the human form of body. The same\ntopic is continued in this chapter. In order to give a particular type of\n\n1313\n\n", "SB3.4#p0332": "1314\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nhuman form to a person who has already suffered hellish life, the soul is\ntransferred to the semina of a man who is just suitable to become his\nfather. During sexual intercourse, the soul is transferred through the\nsemina of the father into the mother's womb in order to produce a\nparticular type of body. This process is applicable to all embodied living\nentities, but it is especially mentioned for the man who was transferred to\nthe Andha-tamisra hell. After suffering there, when he who has had many\ntypes of hellish bodies, like those of dogs and hogs, is to come again to the\nhuman form, he is given the chance to take his birth in the same type of\nbody from which he degraded himself to hell.\nEverything is done by the supervision of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Material nature supplies the body, but it does so under the\ndirection of the Supersoul. It is said in Bhagavad-gitii that a living\nentity is wandering in this material world on a chariot made by material\nnature.\n\nThe Supreme Lord, as Supersoul, is always present with the\n\nindividual soul. He directs material nature to supply a particular type of\nbody to the individual soul according to the result of his work, and the\nmaterial nature supplies it. Here one word, reta�-kartiisraya�, is very\nsignificant because it indicates that it is not the semina of the man that\ncreates life within the womb of a woman; rather, the living entity, the\nsoul, takes shelter in a particle of semina and is then pushed into the womb\nof a woman. Then the body develops. There is no possibility of creating a\nliving entity without the presence of the soul simply by sexual intercourse.\nThe materialistic theory that there is no soul and that a child is born simply\nby material combination of a man's and woman's semina is not very\nfeasible. It is unacceptable.\nTEXT 2\n\n- ��¥(1�111 q� !tm_ I\n\n�ij�:�cn�:�ll �II\nkalalam tv eka-riitrerta\npanca-riitrep,a budbudam\ndasiihena tu karkandhU�\npesy ap,!fam vii tata� param\nkalalam-mixing of semina and ovum; tu-then; eka-riitrerw-on the\nfirst night; panca-riitrer-a-by the fifth night; budbudam-a b ubble; dasaahena-in ten days; tu-then; karkandhU�-like a plum; pesi a lump of\n-\n\nflesh; ar-!fam-an egg; vii-or; tata�\n\n-\n\nthence; param\n\n-\n\nafterwards.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0333": "Text 3]\n\n1315\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\nTRANSLATION\n\nOn the first night, the semina and ovum mix, and on the fifth night the\nmixture ferments into a bubble. On the tenth night it develops into a form\nlike a plum, and after that, gradually it turns into a lump of flesh or an\negg, as the case may be.\nPURPORT\nThe body of the soul develops in four different ways according to its\ndifferent sources. One kind of body, that of the trees and plants, sprouts\nfrom the earth; the second kind of body grows from perspiration, as with\nflies, germs and hugs; the third kind of body develops from eggs; and the\nfourth develops from an embryo. This verse indicates that after emulsification of the ovum and semina, the body gradually develops either into a\nlump of flesh or into an egg, as the case may he. In the case of birds it\ndevelops into an egg, and in the case of animals and human beings it\ndevelops into a lump of flesh.\nTEXT 3\n\n� «fW� 'lllef41t1W�tR: 1\n;w(CIJl+tl��f€stP>tJit�ft@l: II� II\nmasena tu siro dviibhyiirh\nbahv-angh ry-iidy -anga-vigraha�\nnakha-lomiisthi-carmar-i\nlinga-cchidrodbhavas tribhi�\nmasena-within a month; t u-then; sira�-a head; d viibhyam\n\n-\n\nin two\n\nmonths; biihu-arms; a righri-feet; ildi-and so on; ariga-limbs; vigra ha /;1.\n\n­\n\nform; nakha-nails; loma-body hair; asthi-bones; car ma r-i-and skin;\n\nlinga\n\n-\n\norgan\n\nof\n\ngeneration;\n\nchidra-apertures;\n\nudbhava/;1.-appearance;\n\ntribh ift- within three months.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the course of a month, a head is formed, and at the end of two\nmonths, hands, feet and other limbs take shape. By the end of three\nmonths, the nails, fingers, toes, body hair, bones and skin appear, as do\nthe organ of generation and the other apertures in the body, namely the\neyes, nostrils, ears, mouth and anus.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0334": "1316\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nTEXT4\n\n�: � q.t'Jf: 1]1�: I\nw,flw�(l� �: 1\\ft lliiRIM �II ll II\ncaturbhir dhiitavafl sapta\npaiicabhi� kfiut-t.r�-udbhavafl\nfia�bhir jariiyur-ii vitafl\nkukfiau bhriimyati dak.sir-e\ncaturbhi[l-within four months; d luitaoo[l-ingredients; sapta - seven;\npanca b hi[l- within five months; k�ut-trt -of hunger and thirst; udbhaooqappearance; �a{lbhi[l -within six months; jarayucui-by the amnion; vitaflenclosed; kuk�au-in the abdomen; bhramyati-moves; dakflir-e-on the\nright side.\nTRANSLATION\nWithin four months from the date of conception, the seven essential\ningredients of the body, namely, chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow\nand semina, come into existence. At the end of five months, hunger and\nthirst make themselves felt, and at the end of· six months, the fetus,\nenclosed by the amnion, begins to move on the right side of the abdomen.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen the body of the child is completely formed at the end of six\nmonths, the child, if he is male, begins to move on the right side, and if\nfemale, she tries to move on the left side.\nTEXT5\n\nI\nttl(i�l'lql._.a�q4Jd(ij+il(t\n� �IJ&{\"'4il�ij « � �Gf�ij++A\" II � II\n..\n\nmatur jagdhiinna-paniidyair\nedhad-dhatur asammate\nsete vir--mutrayor garte\nsa jantur jantu-sambhave\nmatufl-of the mother ; jagd ha -taken; anna-piina- by the food and drink;\nadyai[l-and so on; edhat-increasing; dhatu[l -the ingredients of his body;\n\nasammate-abominable; sete-remains; vit-miitrayo[l-of stools and urine;\n\n", "SB3.4#p0335": "Text6]\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\ngarte-in a hollow; sa{l\n\n-\n\nthat ; jantu{l\n\n-\n\n1317\n\nfetus ; jantu of worms; sambhave-\n\nthe breeding place.\nTRANSLATION\nDeriving its nutrition from the food and drink taken by the mother, the\nfetus grows and remains in that abominable residence of stools and urine,\nwhich is the breeding place of all kinds of worms.\nPURPORT\nIn the Markar-!leya Purar-a it is said that in the intestine of the mother\nthe umbilical cord, which is known as apyayani, j oins the mother to the\nabdomen of the child, and through this passage the child within the womb\naccepts the mother's assimilated foodstuff. In this way the child is fed by\nthe mother's intestine within the womb and grows from day to day. The\nstatement of the Markar-�eya Purar-a about the child's situation within\nthe womb is exactly corroborated by modern medical science, and thus\nthe authority of the Purar-as cannot be disproved, as is sometimes attempted by the Mayavadi philosophers.\nSince the child depends completely on the assimilated foodstuff of the\nmother, during pregnancy there are restrictions on the food taken by the\nmother. Too much salt, chili, onion and similar food is forbidden for the\npregnant mother because the child's body is too delicate and new for\nhim to tolerate such pungent food. Restrictions and precautions to be\ntaken by the pregnant mother, as enunciated in the smrti scriptures of\nVedic literature, are very useful. We can understand from the Vedic literature how much care is taken to beget a nice child in society. The\ngarbhiidhiina ceremony before sexual intercourse was compulsory for\npersons in the higher grades of society, and it is very scientific. Other\nprocesses recommended in the Vedic literature during pregnancy are also\nvery important. To take care of the child is the primary duty of the\nparents because if such care is taken, society will be filled with good\npopulation to maintain the peace and prosperity of the society, country\nand human race.\nTEXT6\n\n�: ij6fti4tw: «iti41�t�stfttijOit( I\n4(4li41M�-\\J(ij'l�: ��q: II � II\nkrmibhi{l k�ata-sarvanga{l\nsaukumaryat pratik�artam\n\n", "SB3.4#p0336": "1318\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nmurcchiim iipnoty uru-klesas\n\ntatratyai� k�udhitair muhu�\nkrmibhi[l - by worms; k:Sata-bitten; sar w -a liga [l-all over the body;\naukumiiryiit -because of tenderness; pratik�al)a m - moment after moment;\nmurcchiim-unconsciousness; iipnoti - he obtains; u ru - klesa�- whose suffering is great; tatratyai�- being there (in the abdomen); k�udhitai�hungry; muhu� - again and again.\n\ns\n\nTRANSLATION\nBitten again and again all over the body by the hungry worms in the\nabdomen itself, the child suffers terrible agony because of his tenderness.\nHe thus becomes unconscious moment after moment because of the\nterrible condition.\nPURPORT\nThe miserable condition of material existence is not only felt when we\ncome out of the womb of the mother, but it is also present within the\nwomb. Miserable life begins from the moment the living entity begins to\ncontact his material body. Unfortunately, we forget this experience and do\nnot take the miseries of birth very seriously. In Bhagavad-gitii, therefore, it\nis specifically mentioned that one should be very alert to understand the\nspecific difficulties of birth and death. Just as during the formation of this\nbody we have to pass through so many difficulties within the womb of the\nmother, similarly, at the time of death, there are also many difficulties. As\ndescribed in the previous chapter, one has to transmigrate from one body\nto another, and the transmigration into the bodies of dogs and hogs is\nespecially miserable. But despite such miserable conditions, due to the\nspell of miiyii we forget everything and become enamored by the present\nso-called happiness, which is described as actually no more than a counteraction to distress.\nTEXT7\n\nka.tu-tik1�1JO:S1Ja-laval)arilk:Siimliidibhir ulbal)ai[l\nmiitr-bhuktair upaspr�.tafl\nsarviingotthita-vedanal).\n\n", "SB3.4#p0337": "Text 8]\n\n1319\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\nkat u-bitter; tik§!la pungent; U§lfU-hot; lavalfa-salty; ruk�a- dry; amla-\n\nSOUr; adibhi[l-and SO on; ulba fl aift -excessive; matr-bhuktai�-by foods\neaten by the mother; up aspr§fa�-affected; sarva-ariga-all over the body;\nutthita-arisen; vedana]l.-pain\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOwing to the mo ther's eating bitter, pungent foodstuffs, or food\nwhich is too salty or too sour, the body of the child incessantly suffers\npains which are almost intolerable.\n\nPURPORT\nAll descriptions of the child's bodily situation in the womb of the\nmother are beyond our conception. It is very difficult to remain in such a\nposition, but still the child has to remain. Because his consciousness is not\nvery developed, the child can tolerate it, otherwise he would die. That is\nthe benediction of miiyii, who endows the suffering body with the qualifications for tolerating such terrible tortures.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� 4'M(ijNt'it4*1 i1fu1R: I\n� im f�: iit ,it'l$1�00: II� II\nulbena sarhvrtas tasminn\nantrais ca bahir avrta�\niiste krtvii sira� kukflUU\nbhugna-prfl(ha-sirodhara�\nulbena-by\n\nthe amnion; sa rhvrta�-enclosed; tasmin-in that place;\n\nantrai�-by the intestines; ca-and; bah*\n\n-\n\noutside; iivrta�\n\n-\n\ncovered; iiste­\n\nhe lies; krtvii having put; sira�-the head; kukflau-toward the belly;\n-\n\nbhugna bent; pnf ha-back ; sira�-d hara�\n-\n\n-\n\nneck.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlaced within the amnion and covered outside by the intestines, the\nchild remains lying on one side of the abdomen, his head turned toward\nhis belly and his back and neck arched like a bow.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0338": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1320\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nPURPORT\nIf a grown-up man were put into such a condition as the child within\nthe abdomen, completely entangled in all respects, it would be impossible\nfor him to live even for a few seconds. Unfortunately, we forget all these\nsufferings and try to be happy in this life, not caring for the liberation of\nthe soul from the entanglement of birth and death. It is an unfortunate\ncivilization in which these matters are not plainly discussed to make\npeople understand the precarious condition of material existence.\n\nTEXT9\n\n�:-�����\n\n��ctl� �fli\\Rfl� I\n�\"\"'�'114 d f1t ;nq A�� II � II\n�\n\nakalpa� svanga-cefitayarh\nsakunta iva pafijare\ntatra labdha-smrtir daivat\nkarma janma-satodbhavam\nsmaran dirgham anucchvasarh\nsarma kirh nama vindate\nakalpa�-unab le; sva-ati ga -his limbs; cefiJtiyam-to move; s'akunta�a bird; iva-like; pafijare-in a cage; tatra -there; labdha-smrt*-having\ngained his memory;\n\ndaiviit -by fortune; karma-activities; janma-sata­\n\nudbha va m-occurring during the last hundred births; smaran -remembering;\ndirgham-for a long time; anucchvasa m sighing; sarma peace of mind;\n-\n\n-\n\nkim-what; nama-then; vindate-can he achieve.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe child thus remains just like a bird in a cage, without freedom of\nmovement. At that time, if the child is fortunate, he can remember all the\ntroubles of his past one hundred births, and he grieves wretchedly. What is\nthe possibility of peace of mind in that condition?\nPURPORT\nAfter birth the child may forget about the difficulties of his past lives,\nbut when we are grown up we can at least understand the grievous tortures\n\n", "SB3.4#p0339": "Text 10]\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1321\n\nundergone at birth and death by reading the authorized scriptures like\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nIf we do not believe in the scriptures, that is a\n\ndifferent question, but if we have faith in the authority of such descriptions, then we must prepare for our freedom in the next life; that is\npossible in this human form of life. One who does not take heed of these\nindications of suffering in human existence is said to be undoubtedly\ncommitting suicide. It is said that this human form of life is the only means\nfor crossing over the nescience of miiyii, or material existence. We have a\n\nvery efficient boat in this human form of body, and there is a very expert\ncaptain, the spiritual master; the scriptural injunctions are like favorable\nwinds. If we do not cross over the ocean of nescience of material existence\nin spite of all these facilities, then certainly we are all intentionally committing suicide.\nTEXT 10\n\n31� ��sfi{ �:I\n\n��1�ij i_mret4IDl(RCI\n\n�: I I� II\no\n\niirabhya saptamiin miisiil\n\nlabdha-bodho 'pi vepita�\n\nnaikatriiste suti-viitair\n\nvifl.thii-bhiir iva sodara�\n\narabhya-beginning; saptamiit miisiit-from the seventh month; labdha­\n\nbodha�-endowed with consciousness; api-although; vepita�-tossed; na­\n\nnot; ekatra-in one place; aste-he remains; suti-viita*-by the winds for\n\nchildbirth; vifl.t hii-bhii� the worm; iva-like; sa-udara�- born of the same\n-\n\nwomb.\nTRANSLATION\nThus endowed with the development of consciousness from the seventh\nmonth after his conception, the child is tossed downward by the airs that\npress the embryo during the weeks preceding delivery. Like the worms\nborn of the same filthy abdominal cavity, he cannot remain in one place.\nPURPORT\nAt the end of the seventh month the child is moved by the bodily air\nand does not remain in the same place because the entire uterine system\n\n", "SB3.4#p0340": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1322\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nbecomes slackened before delivery. The worms have been described here\nas sodara. Sodara means born of the same mother. Since the child is born\nfrom the womb of the mother and the worms are also born of fermentation within the womb of the same mother, under the circumstances the\nchild and the worms are actually brothers. We are very anxious to\nestablish universal brotherhood among human beings, but we should take\ninto consideration that even the worms are our brothers, what to speak\nof other living entities. Therefore, we should be concerned about all living\nentities.\nTEXT 11\n\n'!4tN�: �fit: p�: I\n� � Mtij�ill q'Rt ��: IIHII\n\n'11t.t+tli\n\nniithamiina nir bhita�\nsapta-vadh� krtaiijal*\nstuvita tam viklavayii\nviicii yenodare 'rpita�\n\n- appealing; r; ift-the living entity; bhitaft-frightened; sapta- bound by the seven layers; krta-arijali�-with folde� hands;\nstuvita- prays; tam-to the Lord; vik la vaya-faltering; vacii-with words;\nyena- by whom; udare-in the womb; arpita� - he was placed.\nniithamii na fl\n\n�\n\nvadhri�\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe living entity in this frightful condition of life, bound by seven layers\nof material ingredients, prays with folded hands, appealing to the Lord,\nwho has put him in that condition.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that when a woman is having labor pains she promises that she\nwill never again become pregnant and suffer from such a severely painful\ncondition. Similarly, when one is undergoing some surgical operation he\npromises that he will never again act in such a way as to become diseased\nand have to undergo medical surgery, or when one falls into danger, he\npromises that he will never again make the same mistake. Similarly, the\nliving entity, when put into the hellish condition of life, prays to the Lord\n\n", "SB3.4#p0341": "Text 12]\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1323\n\nthat he will never again commit sinful activities and have to be put into the\nwomb for repeated birth and death. In the hellish condition within the\nwomb the living entity is very much afraid of being born again, but when\nhe is out of the womb, when he is in full life and good health, he forgets\neverything and commits again and again the same sins for which he was put\ninto that horrible condition of existence.\nTEXT 12\n\n��..,\n\nij�tq(1ost¥4Md �R:�tt•�W11Wilij.tij� �!Q(Uiid?t�'f\\ I\nmst � �� ��� i{\n�� ttm��mlTSWO II�� II\njantur uviica\ntasyopasannam avitum jagad icchayiittaniinii-tanor bhuvi calac-carar-aravindam\nso 'ham vrajiimi sarar-am hy akuto-bhayam me\nyenedrStgatir adarsy asato 'nuriipli\njantuft uvlica-the human soul said; tasya\n\n- of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead; upasannam-having approached for protection; avitum-to\nprotect; jagat-the universe; icchaya-by His own will; atta-nana-tanoftwho accepts various forms; bhuvi-on the earth; calat-walking; carar-aaravindam-the lotus feet ; saft aham-I myself; vrajami-go; sarar-am\n\n- unto\n\nthe shelter; hi-indeed; akuta[t-bhayam-giving relief from all fear; mefor me; yena-by whom; idrsi-such; gati[l,-condition of life; adarsi-was\nconsidered; asata[t-impious; anurupa-befitting.\nTRANSLATION\nThe human soul says: I take shelter of the lotus feet of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who appears in His various eternal forms and\nwalks on the surface of the world. I take shelter of Him only, because He\ncan give me relief from all fear and from Him I have received this condition\nof life, which is just befitting my impious activities.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0342": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1324\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nPURPORT\nThe word c alac-cararuiravindam means the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead who actually walks or travels upon the surface of the world. For\nexample, Lord Ramacandra actually walked on the surface of the world,\nand Lord Kr�IJa also walked just like an ordinary man. The prayer is therefore offered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who descends to the\nsurface of this earth, or any part of this universe, for the protection of the\npious and the destruction of the impious. It is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii\nthat when there is an increase of irreligion and discrepancies arise in the\nreal religious activities, the Supreme Lord comes to protect the pious and\nkill the impious. This verse indicates Lord Kr�IJa.\nAnother significant point in this verse is that the Lord comes, icchayii,\nby\n\nHis own will. As Kr�!la confirms in Bhagavad-gitii, sambhaviimy\n\niitma-miiyaya: \"I appear at My will, by My internal potential power.\" He\nis not forced to come by the laws of material nature. It is stated here,\nicchaya:\n\nHe does not assume any form, as the impersonalists think,\n\nbecause He comes at His own will, and the form in which He descends is\nHis eternal form. As the Supreme Lord puts the living entity into the\ncondition of horrible existence, so He can also deliver him, and therefore\none should seek shelter at the lotus feet of Kr�IJa. Kr�IJa demands, \"Give up\neverything and surrender unto Me.\" And it is also said in Bhagavad-gitii\nthat anyone who approaches Him does not come back again to accept\nform in material existence, but goes back to Godhead, back home,\nnever to return.\nTEXT 13\n\n�� q � dfl:t(l{ijl�ll\n\n+@f;�qJ��qtfiq�� �I\n\n� f�:s;:1lM�I(1l(f4oriN1ll���itserf� ;pn� II�� II\nyas tv atra baddha iva karmabhir iivrtiitmii\nbhUtendriyii.Sayamayim avalambya miiyam\naste viSuddham avikiiram akhar-fla-bodham\niitapyamana-hrdaye 'vasitarh namami\nya[l-who; tu-also; atra-here; baddha[l\n\n-\n\nbound; iva-as if; karmabhi[t­\n\nby activities;iivrta-covered;atma-the pure soul; bhiita-the gross elements;\nindriya-the senses; asaya-the mind; mayim-consisting of; avalambya-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0343": "Text 13]\n\n1325\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\nhaving fallen; mayam-into maya; aste-remains; vis uddham\npure; avikaram-without change; akhar4a bodham\n-\n\nknowledge;\n\natapyamana-repentant;\n\n-\n\nhrdaye-in\n\n-\n\ncompletely\n\npossessed of unlimited\n\nthe\n\nheart; avasitam­\n\nresiding; namami-I offer my respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nI, the pure soul, appearing now to be bound up by my activities, am\nlying in the womb of my mother by the arrangement of maya. I offer my\nrespectful obeisances unto Him who is also here with me but who is\nunaffected and changeless. He is unlimited, but He is perceived in the\nrepentant heart. To Him I offer my respectful obeisances.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the previous verse, the jiva soul says, \"I take shelter of the\nSupreme Lord.\" Therefore, constitutionally, the fiva soul is the subordinate\nservitor of the Supreme Soul, the Personality of Godhead. Both the Supreme Soul and the fiva soul are sitting in the same body, as confirmed in\nthe Upani�ads. They are sitting as friends, but one is suffering, and the\nother is aloof from the suffering condition of life.\nIn this verse it is said, visuddham avikaram akhar.u;la-bodham: the\nSupersoul is always sitting apart from all contamination. The living entity\nis contaminated and is suffering because he has a material body, but that\ndoes not mean that because the Lord is also with him, He also has a\nmaterial\n\nbody.\n\nHe is\n\navikaram,\n\nchangeless.\n\nHe is always the same\n\nSupreme, but unfortunately the Mayavadi philosophers, because of their\nimpure hearts, cannot understand that the Supreme Soul, the Supersoul,\nis\n\ndifferent from the individual soul.\n\nIt is said\n\nhere, atapyamtina­\n\nhrdaye 'vasitam: He is in the heart of every living entity, but He can be\nrealized only by a soul who is repentant. The individual soul becomes\nrepentant that he forgot his constitutional position, wanted to become\none with the Supreme Soul and tried his best to lord it over material\nnature. He has been baffled, and therefore he is repentant. At that time,\nSupersoul, or the relationship between the Supersoul and the individual\nsoul, is realized. As it is confirmed in Bhagavad-g\"itii, after many, many\nbirths the knowledge comes to the conditioned soul that Vasudeva is\ngreat, He is master, and He is .Lord. The individual soul is the servant, and\ntherefore he surrenders unto Him. At that time he becomes a mahiitmii, a\ngreat soul. Therefore, a fortunate living being who comes to this understanding, even within the womb of his mother, has his liberation assured.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0344": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1326\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�n\n\nq91�:q� U(ij: �\n�.s trif��utNMt::l�+tEil I\n\n�wnf.tto&+t�fit\n�\nq;:� � �f��qtJ): � II� 'tt II\nyafl panca-bhuta-racite rahitafl sarire\ncchanno 'yathendriya-gurpirtha-cid-iitmako 'ham\nteniivikur.tha-mahimiinam [§irh tam enarh\nvande pararh prakrti-puru,sayofl pumiirhsam\nyafl\n\n-\n\nwho; paiica-bhuta-five gross elements; racite-made of; rahitafl­\n\nseparated; sarire-in the material body; channafl-covered; ayath ii-unfitly;\nindriya-senses; g u ra\n\n-\n\nqualities; artha-objects of senses; cit-ego; iitmakafl­\n\nconsisting of; aham-I; tena-by a material body; avikurfha-mahimiinamwhose glories are unobscured; r�im\n\n-\n\nall knowing; tam-that; enam-unto\n-\n\nHim ;vande- I offer obeisances; param- transcendental; prakrti- to material\nnature; puru�ayo[l.-to the living entities; pumii rhs am-unto the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nI am separated from the Supreme Lord because of my being in this\nmaterial body, which is made of five elements, and therefore my qualities\nand senses are being misused, although I am essentially spiritual. Because\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead is transcendental to material nature\nand the living entities, because He is devoid of such a material body, and\nbecause\n\nHe is always glorious in His spiritual qualities, I offer my\n\nobeisances unto Him.\nPURPORT\nThe difference between the living entity and the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is that the living entity is prone to be subjected to material\nnature, whereas the Supreme Godhead is always transcendental to material\nnature as well as to the living entities. When the living entity is put into\nmaterial nature, then his senses and qualities are polluted, or designated.\nThere is no possibility for the Supreme Lord to become embodied by\nmaterial qualities or material senses for the reason that He is above the\ninfluence of material nature and cannot possibly be put in the darkness of\nignorance like the living entities. Because of His full knowledge, He is\n\n", "SB3.4#p0345": "Text 15)\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1327\n\nnever subjected to the influence of material nature. Material nature i s\nalways under His control, and it i s therefore not possible that material\nnature can control the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nSince the identity of the living entity is very minute, he is prone to\nbe subjected to material nature, but when he is freed from this material\nbody, which is false, then he attains the same spiritual nature as the\nSupreme Lord. At that time there is no qualitative difference between\nhim and the Supreme Lord, but because he is not so quantitatively\npowerful as to never be put under the influence of material nature, he\nis quantitatively different from the Lord.\nThe entire process of devotional service is to purify oneself of this\ncontamination of material nature and put oneself on the spiritual platform\nwhere he is qualitatively one with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In\nthe Vedas it is said that the living entity is always free. Asango hy ayarh\npuru�a/:t.\n\nThe living entity is liberated. His material contamination is\n\ntemporary, and his actual position is that he is liberated. This liberation is\nachieved by Kr��a consciousness, which begins from the point of surrender.\nTherefore it is said here, \"I offer my respectful obeisances unto the\nSupreme Person.\"\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�;l{l�:p.fl�!!���sf�\nijfffif� qf¥.1 ���G:f¥1�� I\nom�fu: � �ij ��\n��'\"tfl � 'ltiG:�R�� ����II\nyan-miiyayoru-gu[la-karma-nibandhane 'smin\nsiirhsiirike pathi cararhs tad-abhisrame[la\nna�Ja-smrti� punar ayarh pravrflita lokarh\nyuktyii kayii mahad-anugraham an·tare[la\nyat-of the Lord; mayaya-by the miiyii; uru-gu[la-arising from the\ngreat\n\nmodes;\n\nkar ma -act ivities; nibandhane-with\n\nsarhsarike-of repeated\n\nbirth\n\nand\n\nbonds;\n\nasmin this;\n-\n\ndeath; pathi-on the path; caran­\n\nwandering; tat-of him; abhisrame [la-with great pains; na sta-lo st; smrti�.\n\nmemory; puna�-again; ayam-this living entity; pravrflita-may realize;\nlokam-his true nature; yuktyii kayii-by what means; mahat-anugrahamthe mercy of the Lord; antare[la\n\n-\n\nwithout.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0346": "1328\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe human soul further prays: The living entity is put under the\ninfluence of material nature and continues a hard struggle for existence\non the path of repeated birth and death. This conditional life is due to his\nforgetfulness of his relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTherefore, without the Lord's mercy, how can he again engage in the\ntranscendental loving service of the Lord?\nPURPORT\nThe Mayavadi philosophers say that simply by cultivation of knowledge\n\nby mental speculation, one can be liberated from the condition of\n\nmaterial bondage. But here it is said one is liberated not by knowledge but\nby the mercy of the Supreme Lord. The knowledge the conditioned soul\n\ngains by mental speculation, however powerful it may be, is always too\n\nimperfect to approach the Absolute Truth. It is said that without the\nmercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead one cannot understand Him\n\nor His actual form, quality and name. Those who are not in devotional\n\nservice go on speculating for many, many thousands of years, but they are\nstill unable to understand the nature of the Absolute Truth.\n\nOne can be liberated in the knowledge of Absolute Truth simply by the\n\nmercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is clearly said herein that\n\nour memory is lost because we are now covered by His material energy.\n\nArguments may be put forward as to why we have been put under the\n\ninfluence of this material energy by the supreme will of the Lord. This is\nexplained in Bhagavad-gitii where the Lord says, \"I am sitting in everyone's\n\nheart, and due to Me one is forgetful or one is alive in knowledge.\" The\nforgetfulness of the conditioned soul is also due to the direction of the\n\nSupreme Lord. A living entity misuses his little independence when he\n\nwants to lord it over material nature. This misuse of independence, which is\ncalled miiyii, is always available, otherwise there would be no independence.\n\nIndependence implies that one can use it properly or improperly. It is not\nstatic; it is dynamic. Therefore, misuse of independence is the cause of\nbeing influenced by mayii.\n\nMayii is so strong that the Lord says that it is very difficult to surmount\n\nher influence. But one can do so very easily \"if he surrenders unto Me.\"\n\nMiim eva ye prapadyante: anyone who surrenders unto Him can overcome\n\nthe influence of the stringent laws of material nature. It is clearly said here\n\nthat a living entity is put under the influence of miiyii by His will, and if\n\nanyone wants to get out of this entanglement, this can be made possible\nsimply by His mercy.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0347": "Text 16]\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1329\n\nThe activities of the conditioned souls under the influence of material\nnature are explained here. Every conditioned soul is engaged in different\ntypes of work under the influence of material nature. We can see in the\nmaterial world that the conditioned soul acts so powerfully that he is\nplaying wonderfully in creating the so-called advancements of material\ncivilization for sense gratification. But actually his position is to know\nthat he is an eternal servant of the Supreme Lord. When he is actually in\nperfect knowledge, he knows that the Lord is the supreme worshipful\nobject and that the living entity is His eternal servant. Without this\nknowledge, he engages in material activities; that is called ignorance.\nTEXT 16\n\n����: � �fin� f(:q(:q�liq�f!4M<�f�u I\n�\niiiN�<�i�i!4�1.,1(ijNst4{-tq4Jq.,q f!41i � II� �II\njniinarh yad etad adadhiit katamaft sa devas\ntroi-kiilikarh sthiro-carefiv anuvartitiirhsaft\ntam jiva-karma-padavim anuvartamiiniis\ntiipa-trayopasamaniiya vayarh bhajema\nj i'itinam-knowledge; yat-which; etat-this; adadhiit-gave ; katama�who other than; sa/l-that; devaft-the Personality of Godhead; trai-kalikam\n-of the three phases of time; sl\"hira-care�u-in the inanimate and animate\nobjects; anuvartita-dwelling; arhSaft- His partial representation; tam-unto\nHim; jtva-of the jtva souls; karma-padavfm-the path of fruitive activities;\n\n-\n\nanuvartamiinaft-who are pursuing; tapa traya-from the threefold miseries;\nupaAamanaya-for getting free; vayam-we; bhajema-must surrender.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one other than the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as the\nlocalized Paramatma, the partial representation of the Lord, is directing all\ninanimate and animate objects. He is present in the three phases of timepast, present and future. Therefore, the conditioned soul is engaged in\ndifferent activities by His direction, and in order to get free from the\nthreefold miseries of this conditional life, we have to surrender unto Him\nonly.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0348": "[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1330\n\nPURPORT\nWhen a conditioned soul is seriously anxious to get out of the influence\nof the material clutches, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is\nsituated within him as Paramatma, gives him this knowledge: \"Surrender\n\nunto Me.\" As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii, \"Give up all other engage­\n\nments. Just surrender unto Me.\" It is to be accepted that the source of\nknowledge is the Supreme Person. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii.\nMattaft smrtir jniinam apohanarh ca. The Lord says, \"Through Me one gets\nreal knowledge and memory, and one also forgets through Me.\" To one\nwho wants to be materially satisfied or who wants to lord it over material\nnature, the Lord gives the opportunity to forget His service and engage in\n\nthe so-called happiness of material activities. Similarly, when one is\nfrustrated\n\nabout\n\nin\n\nlording\n\ngetting\n\nout\n\nit\n\nover\n\nmaterial\n\nnature\n\nand is\n\nof this material entanglement, the\n\nvery\n\nserious\n\nLord, from\n\nwithin, gives him the knowledge that he has to surrender unto Him;\nthen there is liberation.\n\nThis knowledge cannot be imparted by anyone other than the Supreme\n\nLord or His representative. In the Caitanya-caritiimrta Lord Caitanya in­\n\nstructs Rupa Gosvami that the living entities wander in life after life, undergoing the miserable conditions of material existence. But when one is very\n\nanxious to get free from the material entanglement, then he gets enlighten­\n\nment through a spiritual master and J<r�J].a. This means that Kr�J].a as the\nSupersoul is seated within the heart of the living entity, and when\nthe\n\nliving\n\nof\n\nHis representative, a\n\nwithin\nthe\n\nentity\n\nand\n\npath\n\nof\n\nis serious, the\n\nguided externally\nKr�p.a\n\nLord\n\ndirects him to take shelter\n\nbona fide spiritual master.\nby\n\nconsciousness,\n\nthe\n\nDirected from\n\nspiritual master, one attains\n\nwhich\n\nis the way out of the\n\nmaterial clutches.\nTherefore there is no possibility of one's being situated in his own\nposition unless he is blessed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nUnless he is enlightened with the supreme knowledge, one has to undergo\nthe severe penalties of the hard struggle for existence in the material\nnature. The spiritual master is therefore the mercy manifestation of the\nSupreme Person. The conditioned soul has to take direct instruction from\nthe spiritual\n\nthe path of\n\nmaster,\n\nand\n\nthus\n\nhe\n\nKr�p.a consciousness.\n\nis sown within the heart\n\nhears instruction from the\n\nhis life is blessed.\n\ngradually becomes enlightened to\n\nThe seed of Kr�p.a consciousness\n\nof the conditioned soul, and\n\nwhen one\n\nspiritual master, the seed fructifies, and\n\n", "SB3.4#p0349": "Text 17)\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1331\n\ndehy anya-deha-vivare ja,thariigniniisrgvirt-miitra-kupa-patito bhrsa-tapta-deha[l,\nicchann ito vivasiturh gartayan sva-miisiin\nnirviisyate krparta-dhir bhagavan kadii nu\ndehi-the embodied soul; anya-deha-of another body; vivare-in the\nabdomen; ja,t hara- of the stomach; agnin a- by the fire; asrk -of blood; vi�stool; mutra-and urine; kupa\n\n-\n\nin a pool; patita[l,\n\ntapta-scorched; d eha[l, - his body; i c chan\n\nvivasitum-to\n\nget\n\nout;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nfallen; bhrsa\n\n-\n\nstrongly;\n\ndesiring; ita[l, - from that place;\n\nga �ayan- counting;\n\nsva-masan-his\n\nmonths;\n\nnirvasyate-will be released; krpar- a-dh i{l - person of miserly intelligence;\nbhagavan-0 Lord; kad a -when; nu-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\nFallen into a pool of blood, stool and urine within the abdomen of his\nmother, his own body scorched by the mother's gastric fire, the embodied\nsoul, anxious to get out, counts his months and prays, \"0 my Lord, when\nshall I, a wretched soul, be released from this confinement?\"\n\nPURPORT\nThe precarious condition of the living entity within the womb of his\nmother is described here. On one side of where the child is floating there\nis the heat of gastric fire, and on the other side there is urine, stool, blood\nand discharges. After seven months the child, who has regained his consciousness, feels the horrible condition of his existence and prays to the\nLord. Counting the months until his release, he becomes greatly anxious\nto get out of the confinement. The so-called civilized man does not take\naccount of this horrible condition of life, and sometimes for the purpose\nof sense gratification he tries to kill the child by contraceptive methods.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0350": "[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1332\n\nUnserious about the horrible condition in the womb, such persons continue\nin materialism, grossly misusing the chance of the human form of life.\nThe word krpa{la-dhifi. is significant in this verse. Dhi means intelligence,\nand krpa{la means miserly. Conditional life is for persons who are of\nmiserly intelligence or who do not properly utilize their intelligence. In the\nhuman form of life the intelligence is developed, and one has to utilize that\ndeveloped intelligence to get out of the cycle of birth and death. One who\ndoes not do so is a miser, just like a person who has immense wealth but\ndoes not utilize it, keeping it simply to see. A person who does not actually\nutilize his human intelligence to get out of the clutches of miiyii, the cycle\nof birth and death, is accepted as miserly. The exact opposite of miserly is\n\nudiira, very magnanimous. A briihmal)a is called udiira because he utilizes\nhis human intelligence for spiritual realization. He uses that intelligence to\npreach Kr�r_1a consciousness for the benefit of the public, and therefore he\nis magnanimous.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�Wl«if ¥TRI+t(i) �YU+tiE'I �\nQrf�: ��_, +tiitlt�W1 I\n�C( � m ij' ��:\n�;m:r� P4W11�fe��i<t IH�II\nyenedrstrh gatim asau dasa-miisya isa\nsahgrii hita� purudayena bhavii drsena\nsvenaiva tu§yatu krtena sa dtna-niitha�\nko nama tat prati viniinjalim asya kuryiit\nyena- by whom (the Lord);\nthat\n\nr\n\nperson\n\n-\n\n(myself);\n\nidrSim- such; gatim-a condition; asau­\n\ndasa- miisya �-ten\n\nmonths\n\nold;\n\nisa-0\n\nLord;\n\nru -dayena - very merciful; bhaviidrsenaincomparable; svena- own; eva- alone;tunatu- may He be pleased; krt enawith His act; sa ft- that; d ina-niitha ft - refuge of the fallen souls; ka�-who;\nnama- indeed; tat-that m ercy ; prati-in return; vinii- except with; aiijalimfolded hands; a sya-of the Lord; kuryiit- can repay.\n\nsa rig iihita � was made to accept; pu\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, by Your causeless mercy I am awakened to consciousness,\n\nalthough I am only ten months old. For this causeless mercy of the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0351": "Text 19]\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1333\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the friend of all fallen souls, there is no\nway to express my gratitude but to pray with folded hands.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii,\n\nintelligence and forgetfulness are both\n\nsupplied by the Supersoul sitting with the individual soul within the\nbody. When He sees that a conditioned soul is very serious about getting\nout of the clutches of the material influence, the Supreme Lord gives\nintelligence internally as Supersoul and externally as the spiritual master,\nor, as an incarnation of the Personality of Godhead Himself, He helps by\nspeaking instructions such as Bhagavad-gitii. The Lord is always seeking the\nopportunity to reclaim the fallen souls to His abode, the kingdom of God.\nWe should always feel very much obliged to the Personality of Godhead,\nfor He is always anxious to bring us into the happy condition of eternal life.\nThere is no sufficient means to repay the Personality of Godhead for His\nact of benediction; therefore, we can simply feel gratitude and pray to the\nLord with folded hands. This prayer of the child in the womb may be\nquestioned by some atheistic people. How can a child pray in such a nice\nway in the womb of his mother? Everything is possible by the grace of the\nLord. The child is put into such a precarious condition externally, but\ninternally he is the same, and the Lord is there. By the transcendental\nenergy of the Lord, everything is possible.\nTEXT 19\n\nttw�4 � � ��-a:\n���(� f\\'i�it\\4�R: � I\nttttlf!�ISSij � � �\n\n�����qfitq � II�Q.,II\n\npasyaty ayam dhi§ar.wya nanu sapta-vadhri�\nsiirirake dama-sariry apara� sva-dehe\nyat-sr§tayiisam tam aham puru§arh purii�arh\npasye bahir hrdi ca caityam iva pratitam\n\npagyati- sees ; ayam this living entity ; dhi§arzaya-with intelligence;\n-\n\nnanu-only; sapta-vadhr*- bound by the seven layers of material coverings;\nsarrrak e\n\n-\n\nagreeable and disagreeable sense perceptions; dama-sariri-having\n\n", "SB3.4#p0352": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1334\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\na body for self control; apara[t-another; sva-dehe-in his body; yat-by\n-\n\nthe Supreme Lord; sntaya-endowed; asam-was; tam-Him; aham-I;\npuru§am-person; purafWm-oldest; pasye-see; bahi�-outside; hrd i in\n-\n\nthe heart; ca-and; caityam-the source of the ego; iva\nrecognized.\n\n-\n\nindeed ; pra.titam\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe living entity in another type of body sees only by instinct; he knows\nonly the agreeable and disagreeable sense perceptions of that particular\nbody. But I have a body in which I can control my senses and can\nunderstand my destination; therefore, I offer my respectful obeisances to\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, by whom I have been blessed with\nthis body, and by whose grace I can see Him within and without.\nPURPORT\nThe evolutionary process of different types of bodies is something like\nthat of a fructifying flower. Just as there are different stages in the growth\nof a flower-the bud stage, the blooming stage and the full-fledged, grownup stage of aroma and beauty-similarly, there are 8,400,000 species of\nbodies in gradual evolution, and there is systematic progress from the lower species of life to the higher. The human form of life is supposed to be\nthe highest, for it offers consciousness for getting out of the clutches of\nbirth and death. The fortunate child in the womb of his mother realizes his\nsuperior position and is thereby distinguished from other bodies. Animals\nin bodies lower than that of the human being are conscious only as far as\ntheir bodily distress and happiness are concerned; they cannot think of\nmore than their bodily necessities of life-eating, sleeping, mating and defending.\n\nBut in the human form of life, by the grace of God, the\n\nconsciousness is so developed that a man can evaluate his exceptional\nposition and thus realize the self and the Supreme Lord.\nThe word dama-sariri means that we have a body in which we can\ncontrol the senses and the mind. The complication of materialistic life is\ndue to an uncontrolled mind and uncontrolled senses. One should feel\ngrateful to the Supreme Personality of Godhead for having obtained such\na nice human form of body, and he should properly utilize it. The\ndistinction between an animal and a man is that the animal cannot control\nhimself and has no sense of decency, whereas the human being has the\nsense of decency and can control himself. If this controlling power is not\nexhibited by the human being, then he is no better than an animal. By\ncontrolling the senses, or by the process of yoga regulation, one can under-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0353": "Text 20]\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1335\n\nstand the position of his self, the Supersoul, the world and their interrelation; everything is possible by controlling the senses. Otherwise, we are no\nbetter than animals.\n\nReal self-realization by means of controlling the senses is explained\nherein. One should try to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\n\nhis own self also. To think oneself the same as the Supreme is not self­\n\nrealization. Here it is clearly explained that the Supreme Lord is aniidi, or\n\npura[ta, and He has no other cause. The living entity is born of the\nSupreme Godhead as part and parcel. It is confirmed in the Brahmasamhitii, aniidir iidir govinda�: Govinda, the Supreme Person, has no cause.\n\nHe is unborn. But the living entity is born of Him. As confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gita, mamaivarhsa�: both the living entity and the Supreme Lord\nare unborn, but it has to be understood that the supreme cause of the\npart and parcel is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Brahma-samhitii\ntherefore says that everything has come from the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead (sarva-kiirarta-kiiraf!am). The Vediinta-siitra confirms this also\n.Tanmiidy asya yata�: the Absolute Truth is the original source of every.\n\none's birth. Kr�lla also says in Bhagavad-g\"itii, aham sarvasya prabhava[t: \"I\nam the source of birth of everything, including Brahma and Lord Siva and\nthe living entities.\" This is self-realization. One should know that he is\nunder the control of the Supreme Lord and not think that he is fully\n\nindependent. Otherwise, why should he be put into conditional life?\n\nTEXT 20\n\nmst �H1'1ft4 � �:��\n\n'llli'l f.t�··fll� iff�\nqsnq�naaqecim\n�·\nfitvn'IRI4�ij�RI�sti�a, ll�oll\nso 'ham vasann api vibho bahu-du�kha-viisarh\ngarbhiin na nirjigami�e bahir andha-kupe\nyatropayiitam upasarpati deva-miiyii\nmithyii matir yad anu samsrti-cakram etat\nsa� aham-I myself; vasan\n\n-\n\nliving; api-a lt ho ugh; vibho-0 Lord; bahu­\n\ndu�kha-with many miseries; viisam-in a condition; garbhiit-from the\nabdomen; na-not; nirjigami§e-I wish to depart; bahi�-o ut side; andhakilpe-in t he blind well; yatra where; upayiitam-one who goes there;\n-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0354": "1336\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nupasarpati-she captures; deva-miiyii-the external energy of the Lord;\n\nmit hyii-false; ma t i�-identification ; ya t-which miiyii; anu-according to;\nsarhsrti-of continual birth and death; ca kram\n\n-\n\ncycle; eta t-this.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, my Lord, although I am living in a terrible condition, still I\ndo not wish to depart from my mother's abdomen to fall again into the\nblind well of materialistic life. Your external energy, called deva-maya, at\nonce captures the newly born child, and immediately false identification,\nwhich is the beginning of the cycle of continual birth and death, begins.\nPURPORT\nAs long as the child is within the womb of his mother, he is in a very\nprecarious and horrible condition of life, but the benefit is that he revives\n\npure consciousness of his relationship with the Supreme Lord and prays\n\nfor deliverance. But once he is outside the abdomen, when a child is born,\n\nmaya or the illusory energy is so strong that he is immediately overpowered\ninto considering his body to be his self. Maya means illusion, or that which\n\nis actually not. In the material world, everyone is identifying with his\nbody. This false egoistic consciousness of \"I am this body\" at once\ndevelops after the child comes out of the womb. The mother and other\n\nrelatives are awaiting the child, and as soon as he is born, the mother feeds\n\nhim, and everyone takes care of him. The living entity soon forgets his position and becomes entangled in bodily relationships. The entire material\n\nexistence is entanglement in this bodily conception of life. Real knowledge\nmeans to develop the consciousness of \"I am not this body. I am spirit\n\nsoul, an eternal part and parcel of the Supreme Lord.\" Real knowledge\nentails renunciation, or nonacceptance of this body as the self.\n\nBy the influence of maya, the external energy, one forgets everything\njust after birth. Therefore the child is praying that he prefers to remain\nwithin the womb rather than come out. It is said that Sukadeva Gosvami,\non this consideration, remained for sixteen years within the womb of his\nmother; he did not want to be entangled in false bodily identification.\n\nAfter cultivating such knowledge within the womb of his mother, he came\nout at the end of sixteen years and immediately left home so that he\nmight not be captured by the influence of maya. The influence of maya is\nalso explained in Bhagavad-gitii as insurmountable. But insurmountable\n\nmiiyii can be overcome simply by\n\nKT�Q.a consciousness. That is also\n\n", "SB3.4#p0355": "Text 21]\n\n1337\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii. Miim eva ye prapadyante miiyiim etiim taranti\n\nte (Bg. 7.14): whoever surrenders unto the lotus feet of Krwa can get out\nof this false conception of life. By the influence of miiyii only, one forgets\nhis eternal relationship with Kr�t�a and identifies himself with his body\nand the by-products of the body-namely wife, children, society, friendship and love. Thus he becomes a victim of the influence of miiyii, and his\n\nmaterialistic life of continued birth and death becomes still more stringent.\nTEXT 21\n\n�( fct•RtAmq ii!'i�\nan�•n-w'll� �tm: 6<«\\ISS('I).:c 1\n\n� qvn 6ij(tijqij«\\i\\Efi(•'d\n+11 q ¥tNQ4l'4(tl�ij�'�qa«:: II�� II\ntasmiid aharh vigata-viklava uddhar�ya\niitmiinam iisu tamasa� suhrdiitmanaiva\nbhuyo yathii vyasanam etad aneka-randhram\nmii me bhavi§yad upasiidita-vi§T}U-piida�\ntasmiit-therefore;\n\naham-I;\n\nuddha rine shall deliver; iitmiinam\n-\n\nthe darkness; suhrdii\nbhuya�\n\n-\n\nagain ;\n\nyathii\n\nrand hra m-entering\n\niitmanii\n-\n\nso\n\nmany\n\n-\n\nvigata-ceased;\n-\n\nmyself; iisu\n\n-\n\nviklava�\n\n-\n\nagitation ;\n\nquickl y; tamas a� -from\n\nwit h friendly intelligence; eva-indeed;\n\nt hat;\n\nvyasanam-plight;\n\nwombs;\n\netat-this;\n\nmii-not; me-my;\n\noccur; upasiidita- placed (in my mind); vi§r;tu-piida �\n\n-\n\naneka­\n\nbhavi§yat-may\n\nthe lotus feet of\n\nLord Vi�pu.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, without being agitated any more, I shall deliver myself from\nthe darkness of nescience with the help of my friend, clear consciousness.\nSimply by keeping the lotus feet of Lord Vi.!Jt�u in my mind, I shall be\nsaved from entering into the wombs of many mothers for repeated birth\nand death.\nPURPORT\nThe miseries of material existence begin from the very day when the\nspirit soul takes shelter in the ovum and sperm of the mother and father,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0356": "1338\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nthey continue after he is born from the womb, and then they are further\nprolonged. We do not know where the suffering ends. It does not end,\nhowever, by one's changing his body. The change of body is taking place\nat every moment, but that does not mean that we are improving from the\nfetal condition of life to a more comfortable condition. The best thing is,\ntherefore, to develop K.r�l).a consciousness. Here it is stated, upasiiditavi�r-u-piida�. This means realization of K��!la consciousness. One who is\n\nintelligent, by the grace of the Lord, and develops Kr�!la consciousness, is\nsuccessful in his life because simply by keeping himself in Kr�!la consciousness, he will be saved from the repetition of birth and death.\nThe child prays that it is better to remain within the womb of darkness\nand be constantly absorbed in Kr�!la consciousness than to get out and\nagain fall a victim to the illusory energy. The illusory energy acts within\nthe abdomen as well as outside the abdomen, but the trick is that one\nshould remain KH!la conscious, and then the effect of such a horrible\ncondition cannot act unfavorably upon him. In Bhagavad-gitii it is said that\none's intelligence is his friend and the same intelligence can also be his\nenemy. Here also the same idea is repeated: suhrdiitmanaiva, friendly\nintelligence. Absorption of intelligence in the personal service of Krwa\nand full consciousness of Kr�!la always are the path of self-realization and\nliberation. Without being unnecessarily agitated, if we take to the process\nof Kr�!la consciousness by constantly chanting Hare Kr�!la, Hare Kr�!la,\nKr�!la Kr�tta, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare,\nthe cycle of birth and death can be stopped for good.\nIt may be questioned herein how the child can be fully KH!la conscious\nwithin the womb of the mother without any paraphernalia with which to\nexecute Kr�!la consciousness. It is not necessary to arrange for paraphernalia to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viwu. The child\nwants to remain within the abdomen of its mother and at the same time\nwants to become free from the clutches of miiyii. One does not need any\nmaterial arrangement to cultivate Krwa consciousness. One can cultivate\nKr�pa consciousness anywhere and everywhere, provided he can always\nthink of Kr�tta. The mahii-mantra, Hare Kr�l).a, Hare Kr�l).a, Kr�l).a Kr�l).a,\nHare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare, can be\nchanted even within the abdomen of one's mother. One can chant while\nsleeping, while working, while imprisoned in the womb or while outside.\nThis Kr�l).a consciousness cannot be checked in any circumstance. The\nconclusion of the child's prayer is: \"Let me remain in this condition;\nalthough it is very miserable, it is better not to fall a victim to miiyii\nagain by going outside.\"\n\n", "SB3.4#p0357": "Text 23]\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1339\n\nTEXT 22\n\nenfii� �q('if\n\n� iijm'�ij G:fil¥41�: ��: I\n��: �R1;f Sll!� i.M¥tl«t: ������\nkapila uviica\nevani krta-matir garbhe\ndasa-miisya� stuvann r�i�\nsadya� k�ipaty aviicinarh\nprasutyai suti-miiruta�\nuviica-Lord\n\nKapila\n\ngarbhe-in\n\nkapila�\n\nthe\n\nwomb;\n\ndasa-miisya�-ten-month-old; stuvan-e xtolling;\n\nsaid; evam-thus; krta-mati�-desiring;\n\n[§i�-the\n\nlivin g\n\nen tity;\n\nsadya�-at\n\nthat\n\nvery time; k§ipati-propels;\n\naviicinam-turned downward; prasutyai- for birth; suti-miiruta!;t- the wind\nfor chil dbirth .\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kapila continued:\n\nThe ten-month-old living entity has these\n\ndesires even while in the womb. But while he thus extols the Lord, the\nwind that helps parturition propels him forth with his face turned downward so that he may be born.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n��: ��ij'J tc:ccNIEfi fij� 3lJ«�: I\n�f.tttilifij �Ill M(i��Ril �:II�� II\n\"'\n\nteniivasnta� sahasii\nk rtviiviik Sira iitura!;t\nvini§kriimati :krcchrer;w\nnirucchviiso hata-smrt*\ntena-by that wind; avasr�ta�-pushed downwards; sahasii-suddenly;\nkrtvii-turned; aviik-downwards; siral;t-his head; iitura!;t-suffering;\nvini�kriimati-he comes out; krcchrer,w-with great trouble; nirucchvasal;tbre athless; hata-deprived of; smrti�-memory.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0358": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n1340\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nTRANSLATION\nPushed downward all of a sudden by the wind, the child comes out\nwith great trouble, head downward, breathless and deprived of memory\ndue to severe agony.\nPURPORT\nThe word krcchrer;w means \"with great difficulty.\" When the child\ncomes out of the abdomen through the narrow passage, due to pressure\nthere the breathing system completely stops, and due to agony the child\nloses his memory. Sometimes the trouble is so severe that the child comes\nout dead or almost dead. One can imagine what the pangs of birth are\nlike. The child remains for ten months in that horrible condition within\nthe abdomen, and at the end of ten months he is forcibly pushed out. In\nBhagavad-gitii the Lord points out that a person who is serious about\nadvancement in spiritual consciousness should always consider the four\npangs of birth, death, disease and old age. The materialist advances in\nmany ways, but he is unable to stop these four principles of suffering\ninherent in material existence.\nTEXT 24\n\nqmn ��: �� � 1\nu�re- tt� � f?fqfutt ttfd tm: ���\\lll\npatito bhuvy asrn-misra�\nvi§thii-bhftr iva ce§tate\nroruyati gate jffiine\nviparitiirh gatirh gata�\npatita�\n\n-\n\nfa1len; bhuvi-on the earth; asrk-with blood; misra�-smeared;\n\nvi�thii-bhU�-a worm; iva-like; ce�tate-he moves his limbs; roriiyati-cries\nloudly; gate-being\n\nlost; jfiiine-his wisdom;\n\nv iparttiim- the\n\nopposite;\n\ngati m-state; gata[l-gon e to.\nTRANSLATION\nThe child thus falls on the ground, smeared with stool and blood, and\nplays just like a worm germinated from the stool. He loses his superior\nknowledge and cries under the spell of maya.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0359": "Text 26)\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1341\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�� ;J�T �t�) ��:I\n3(;1MWJ1U�: *�R'*tld� 'R: 11��11\npara-cchandam na vidu§ri\npu§yamri[lO janena sa[!.\nanabhipretam ripanna[l.\npratyrikhyritum anisvara{t\npara-chandam-the desire of another; na-not; vidu § ii-unde rstanding;\npu§yamii {ta� -being maintained; janena-b y persom; sa�- he; anabhipretam\n-into undesirable circumstances; ii panna�-fallen; pratyiikhyiitum-to\nrefuse; ants vara �-unable.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter coming out of the abdomen, the child is given to the care of\npersons who are unable to understand what he wants, and thus he is\nnursed by such persons. Unable to refuse whatever is given to him, he falls\ninto undesirable circumstances.\nPURPORT\nWithin the abdomen of the mother, the nourishment of the child was\nbeing carried on by nature's own arrangement. Although the atmosphere\nwithin the abdomen was not at all pleasing, still, as far as the child's\nfeeding was concerned, it was being properly done by the laws of nature.\nBut upon coming out of the abdomen the child falls into a different\natmosphere. He wants to eat one thing, but something else is given to him\nbecause no one knows his actual demand, and he cannot refuse the\nundesirables given to him. Sometimes the child cries for the mother's\nbreast, but because the nurse thinks that it is due to pain within his\nstomach that he is crying, she supplies him some bitter medicine. The\nchild does not want it, but he cannot refuse it. He is put in very awkward\ncircumstances, and the suffering continues.\nTEXT 26\n\nwqijtsW'�i �: �� 1\nipr: •'T4�Si1Wfi'Uttwit�tiwt*te II�� II\n\n", "SB3.4#p0360": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1342\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nsayito 'suci-paryanke\njantu� svedaja-du§ite\nneia� kar!luyane 'nganam\nasanotthana-ce§�ane\nsiiyita�- laid down; asuci-paryanke-on a foul bed; jantu� the child;\nsveda-ja-with creatures b orn from sweat; dii §ite- infested; na iSa�incapable of; ka �lj uyane scrat ching; angiiniim- his limbs; iisana- sitting;\nutthiina- standing; ce§tane-or moving.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nLaid down on a foul bed infested with sweat and germs, the poor child\nis incapable of scratching his body to get relief from his itching sensation,\n\nto say nothing of sitting up, standing or even moving.\nPURPORT\nIt should be noted that the child is born crying and suffering. After\nbirth the same suffering continues, and he cries. Because he is disturbed by\nthe germs in his foul bed, which is contaminated by his urine and stool,\nthe poor child continues to cry. He is unable to take any remedial measure\nfor his relief.\n\nTEXT 27\n\ntK�I¥\\� (� � +t€fOili(tt: I\n� P4•@31ii ��: 'if� � 11�\\511\ntudanty ama-tvacam damsa\nmasaka matkuradaya�\nrudantam vigata-jnanam\nkrmaya� krmikam yatha\ntudanti\n\n-\n\nthey bite; iima-tvacam-the baby, whose skin is soft; damsii�­\n\ngnat s ; mas akii�- mosquitoes; matku �a bugs; iidaya�-and other creatures;\n-\n\nrudantam- crying; vigata- deprived of; j nanam\nkrmikam-a worm; yathii-just as.\n\n-\n\nwisdom; krmaya�- wor ms;\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn his helpless condition, gnats, mosquitoes, bugs and other germs bite\nthe baby, whose skin is tender, just as smaller worms bite a big worm. The\nchild, deprived of his wisdom, cries bitterly.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0361": "Text 28]\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1343\n\nPURPORT\nThe word vigata-jfiiinam means that the spiritual knowledge which the\nchild developed in the abdomen is already lost to the spell of miiyii. Owing\nto various kinds of disturbances and to being out of the abdomen, the\nchild cannot remember what he was thinking of for his salvation. It is\nassumed that even if a person acquires some spiritually uplifting knowledge,\ncircumstantially he is prone to forget it. Not only children but also elderly\npersons should be very careful to protect their sense of Kr�J].a consciousness and avoid unfavorable circumstances so that they may not forget\ntheir prime duty.\nTEXT 28\n\n�qcf ��ci WFm �:� tft� � I\n\n��\"«fflS�II;Ufa\\(+t�: �;.nf'tfu:11 � G II\nity evam saisavam bhuktvii\ndu[tkham paugar-(iam eva ca\nalabdhtibhtpsito }iiiiniid\niddha-manyu[t suciirpita[t\niti evam-in this way; saisavam-childhood; bhuktvii- having undergone;\ndu �kham distress; pauga �uj am b oyhood ; eva-even; ca-and; alabdha-not\nachieved; abhtpsita�-he whose desires; aj niiniit due to ignorance; iddhakindled; manyu�-his anger; sucii -b y sorrow; arpita � overcome\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, the child passes through his childhood, suffering different\nkinds of distresses, and he attains boyhood. In boyhood also he suffers\npain over desires to get things which he can never achieve. And thus, due\nto ignorance, he becomes angry and sorry.\nPURPORT\nFrom birth to the end of five years of age is called childhood. After five\nyears up to the end of the fifteenth year is called paugar-(ia. At sixteen\nyears of age, youth begins. The distresses of childhood are already\nexplained, but when the child attains boyhood he is enrolled in a school\nwhich he does not like. He wants to play, but he is forced to go to school\nand study and take responsibility for passing examinations. Another kind\nof distress is that he wants to get some things with which to play, but\n\n", "SB3.4#p0362": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1344\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\ncircumstances may be such that he is not able to attain them, and he thus\nbecomes aggrieved and feels pain. In one word, he is unhappy, even in his\nboyhood, just as he was unhappy in his childhood, what to speak of youth.\nBoys are apt to create so many artificial demands for playing, and when\nthey do not attain satisfaction they become furious with anger, and the\nresult is suffering.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n� � Cf��WI �� I\n'fiitfa Nri CA'IT �lf'IY.4;m �: I 1 � C?..ll\n�\n\nsaha dehena manena\nvardhamanena manyuna\nkaroti vigraham kamt\nkamifiV antaya Catmanafl,\nsaha-with; dehena-the body; manena-with false prestige; vardhamiinena\n-increasing; manyunii-on account of anger; karoti-he creates; vigrahamenmity; kamt-the lusty person; kiimi�u-towards other lusty people;\n\nan tiiya- for destruction ; ca-and; at mana�-of his soul.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWith the growth of the body, the living entity, in order to vanquish his\nsoul, increases his false prestige and anger and thereby creates enmity\ntowards similarly lusty people.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii, Third Chapter, thirty-sixth verse, Arjuna inquired\nfrom Kr�l'.la about the cause of a living being's lust. It is said that a living\nentity is eternal and, as such, qualitatively one with the Supreme Lord.\nThen what is the reason that he falls prey to the material and commits so\nmany sinful activities by the influence of the material energy? In reply to\nthis question, Lord Kr�l'.la said that it is lust which causes a living entity to\nglide down from his exalted position to the abominable condition of\nmaterial existence. This lust circumstantially changes into anger. Both lust\nand anger stand on the platform of the mode of passion. Lust is actually\nthe product of the mode of passion, and in the absence of satisfaction of\nlust, the same desire transforms into anger on the platform of ignorance.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0363": "Text 30]\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1345\n\nWhen ignorance covers the soul, it is the source of his degradation to the\n\nmost abominable condition of hellish life.\n\nTo raise oneself from hellish life to the highest position of spiritual\n\nunderstanding is to transform this lust into love of Kr�I).a. Sri N arottama\ndasa 'fhakura, a great acarya of the Vai�I).ava sampradaya, said, kama kr�'!akarmiirparye: due to our lust we want many things for our sense gratifica­\n\ntion, but the same lust can be transformed in a purified way so that we\nwant everything for the satisfaction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Anger also can be utilized towards a person who is atheistic or who\n\nis envious of the Personality of Godhead. As we have fallen in this material\nexistence because of our lust and anger, the same two qualities can be\nutilized for the purpose of advancing in Kr�I).a consciousness, and one can\n\nelevate himself again to his former pure spiritual position. Srila Rupa\nGosvami has therefore recommended that because in material existence\nwe have so many objects of sense gratification, which we need for the\nmaintenance of the body , we should use all of them without attachment,\n\nfor the purpose of satisfy ing the senses of Kr�I).a; that is actual renunciation.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�; q'lfil(l(•� � �� I\n31(4t��(ill': �ftr t¥4Rt4Rtl{ It� It\nf)\n\nbhiitai[l pancabhir arabdhe\ndehe dehy abudho 'sakrt\naham mamety asad-grahafl,\nkaroti kumatir matim\nbhiita*-by material elements; pafi cabhi�-five; arabdhe-made; dehein the body; dehl-the living entit y ; abudha� ignor ant ; asakrt -con stant ly;\n-\n\naham-I; mama-mine; iti-thus; asat-nonpermanent things; griiha�accepting; karoti-he does; ku-mati�-being foolish; matim-thought.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy such ignorance the living entity accepts the material body, which is\nmade of five elements, as himself. With this misunderstanding, he accepts\nnonpermanent things as his own and increases his ignorance in the darkest\nregion.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0364": "1346\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nPURPORT\nThe expansion of ignorance is explained in this verse. The first ignorance\nis to identify one's material body, which is made of five elements, as the\nself, and the second is to accept something as one's own due to a bodily\nconnection. In this way ignorance expands. The living entity is eternal,\nbut because of his accepting nonpermanent things, misidentifying his interest, he is put into ignorance, and therefore he suffers material pangs.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�m����'l.l\n;&��lf6 c::c::�M\\1'1ff4tll� �;n II�� II\n...\n\ntad-artharit kurute karma\nyad-baddho yati saritsrtim\nyo 'nuyati dadat klesam\navidya-karma-bandhana�\ntat-artham-for the sake of the body; kurute-he performs; karmaactions;\n\nyat -baddha� -bound\n\nby\n\nwhich;\n\nyii ti -he\n\ng oes ; saritsrt im- to\n\nrepeated birth and death; ya�-which body; anuyii t i-fol lows ; dadat­\n\ngiving; klesam-misery; avidyii - by ignorance; karma-by fruitive activities;\nbandhana�-the cause of bondage.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor the sake of the body, which is a source of constant trouble to him\nand which follows him because he is bound by ties of ignorance and\nfruitive activities, he performs various actions which cause him to be\nsubjected to repeated birth and death.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii it is said that one has to work to satisfy Y ajfia, or\nVi�!J.U, for any work done without the purpose of satisfying the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is a cause of bondage. In the conditioned state a\nliving entity, accepting his body as himself, forgets his eternal relationship\nwith the Supreme Personality of Godhead and acts on the interest of his\nbody. He takes the body as himself, his bodily expansions as his kinsmen\n\n", "SB3.4#p0365": "Text 32]\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1347\n\nand the land from which his body is born as worshipable. In this way he\nperforms all sorts of misconceived activities, which lead to his perpetual\nbondage in repetition of birth and death in various species.\nIn modern civilization, the so-called social, national and government\nleaders mislead people more and more, under the bodily conception of life,\nwith the result that all the leaders, with their followers, are glidin� down\nto hellish conditions birth after birth. An example is given in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam. Andhii yathiindhair upaniyamiinii�: when a blind man leads\nseveral other blind men, the result is that all of them fall down in a ditch.\nThis is actually happening. There are many leaders to lead the ignorant\npublic, but because every one of them is bewildered by the bodily conception of life, there is no peace and prosperity in human society. So-called\n\nyogis who perform various bodily feats are also in the same category as\nsuch ignorant people because the hatha-yoga system is especially recommended for persons who are grossly implicated in the bodily conception.\nThe conclusion is that as long as one is fixed in the bodily conception, he\nhas to suffer birth and death.\n\nTEXT 32\n\nt�CI(1�: qN �: ftlild><iflCI� : I\n311�<1 � i5(iij� f�. ������\nyady asadbhi[l. pathi puna[l.\nsisnodara-krtodyamai[l.\nasthito ramate jantus\ntamo visati piirvavat\nyadi if ; asadb h i�- with the un righteous ; path i- on the path ; puna�-\n\nagain; sisna for the genital; udara-for the stomach; k rta-done; udyama*-\n\nwhose endeavors; iisthita �-asso ciating; ramate- enj oys; jantu�- the living\nentity; tama�-darkne ss; visati-enters; piirva-vat-as b efore.\nTRANSLATION\nIf,\n\ntherefore,\n\nthe\n\nliving\n\nentity again associates with the path of\n\nunrighteousness, influenced by sensually-minded people engaged in the\npursuit of sexual enjoyment and the gratification of the palate, he again\ngoes to hell as before.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0366": "1348\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nPURPORT\nIt has been explained that the conditioned soul is put into the Andhatamisra and Tiimisra hellish conditions, and after suffering there he gets a\nhellish body like the dog's or hog's. After several such births, he again\ncomes into the form of a human being. How the human being is born is\nalso described by Kapiladeva. The human being develops in the mother's\nabdomen and suffers there and comes out again. After all these sufferings,\nif he gets another chance in a human body and wastes his valuable time in\nthe association of persons who are concerned with sexual life and palatable\ndishes, then naturally he again glides down to the sameAndha-tamisra and\nTiimisra hells.\nGenerally, people are concerned with the satisfaction of the tongue and\nthe satisfaction of the genitals. That is material life. Material life means eat,\ndrink, be merry and enjoy, with no concern for understanding one's spiritual\nidentity and the process of spiritual advancement. Since materialistic people\nare concerned with the tongue, belly and genitals, if anyone wants to advance\nin spiritual life he must be very careful about associating with such people.\nTo associate with such materialistic men is to commit purposeful suicide in\nthe human form of life. It is said, therefore, that an intelligent man should\ngive up such undesirable association and should always mix with saintly\npersons. When he is in association with saintly persons, all his doubts about\nthe spiritual expansion of life are eradicated, and he makes tangible.progress\non the path of spiritual understanding. It is also sometimes found that\npeople are very much addicted to a particular type of religious faith.\nHindus, Muslims and Christians are faithful in their particular type of\nreligion, and they go to the church, temple or mosque, but unfortunately\nthey cannot give up the association of persons who are too much addicted\nto sex life and satisfaction of the palate. Here it is clearly said that one may\nofficially be a very religious man, but if he associates with such persons,\nthen he is sure to slide down to the darkest region of hell.\nTEXT 33\n\n������:��:�I\nrit � 11tt� �«CtlQIM �����II\nsatyarh saucarh daya maunarh\nbuddh* srir hrir yasafl k§ama\nsamo damo bhagas ceti\nyat-sangad yati sa�ik§ayam\n\n", "SB3.4#p0367": "Text 34]\n\nsatyam\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n-\n\nsaucam\n\ntruthfulness;\n\ngravity; b uddhi�\n\n-\n\n-\n\ncleanliness;\n\ndayii mercy;\n-\n\nin telligence; sri�- prosperity; hri�\n\n-\n\n1349\nmaunam­\n\nshyness; yasa�\n\n-\n\nfame;\n\nsama � - control of the mind; dama� - control of the\nsenses; b haga � - fortune ; ca and; iti thus; yat-sa ngii t- from association\nwith whom; yiiti s ank �ayam are destroyed.\nk�amii-forgiveness;\n\n'\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe becomes devoid of truthfulness, cleanliness, mercy, gravity, spiritual\nintelligence, shyness, austerity, fame, forgiveness, control of the mind,\ncontrol of the senses, fortune and all such opportunities.\nPURPORT\nThose who are too addicted to sex life cannot understand the purpose\nof the Absolute Truth, nor can they be clean in their habits, not to\nmention showing mercy to others. They cannot remain grave, and they\nhave no interest in the ultimate goal of life. The ultimate goal of life is\n\nKr�rta, or Vi�rtu, but those who are addicted to sex life cannot understand\nthat their ultimate interest is Kr�rta consciousness. Such people have no\nsense of decency, and even in public streets or public parks they embrace\neach other just like cats and dogs and pass it off in the name of lovemaking. Such unfortunate creatures can never become materially prosperous. Behavior like that of cats and dogs keeps them in the position of cats\nand dogs. They cannot improve any material condition, not to speak of\nbecoming famous. Such foolish persons may even make a show of so-called\n\nyoga, but they are unable to control the senses and mind, which is the real\npurpose of yoga practice. Such people can have no opulence in their lives.\nIn a word, they are very unfortunate.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n� � ��61�+\\((1(1� I\nQ WI ����!! ��l'l1f#i!! :q II� \\111\ntefiV asanteflU mu!lhefiU\nkhar.!litatmasv asadhufiu\nsangam na kuryac chocyefiU\nyofiit-kri#-mrgefiu ca\ntefiu with those; asantefiu coarse; mu,Phefiu fools; khar-!lita-atmasu-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbereft of self-realization; asadh ufiu- wicked; sarigam\n\n-\n\nassocia tion; na\n\n-\n\nnot;\n\n", "SB3.4#p0368": "1350\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nkuryat-one should make; socyeflu-pitiable;\n\nyoflit-of women; kriQ,a­\n\nmrgeflu - dancing dogs; ca-and.\n\nTRANS LATIO N\nOne should not associate with a coarse fool who is bereft of the\nknowledge of self-realization and who is no more than a dancing dog in\n\nthe hands of a woman.\n\nPURPORT\nThe restnctwn of association with such foolish persons is especially\n\nmeant for those who are in the line of advancement in Kr�lla conscious­\n\nness. Advancement in Kr�lla consciousness involves developing the qualities\nof truthfulness, cleanliness, mercy, gravity, intelligence in spiritual knowl­\n\nedge, simplicity, material opulence, fame, forgiveness, and control of the\n\nmind and the senses. All these qualities are to be manifested with the\n\nprogress of Kr�pa consciousness, but if one associates with a siidra, a\n\nfoolish person who is like a dancing dog in the hands of a woman, then he\ncannot make any progress. Lord Caitanya has advised that any person\n\nwho is engaged in Kr�pa consciousness and who desires to pass beyond\n\nmaterial nescience must not associate himself with women or with persons\n\ninterested in material enjoyment. For a person seeking advancement in\nKrwa consciousness, such association is more dangerous than suiciile.\nTEXT 35\n\n�� ��Sffifij: I\n�rRQtltNI �) � tl�(1(1:ijf(f: 11�'-\\11\nWI �\n\nna tathasya bhaven moho\nbandhas canya-prasangata�\nyo§it-saligad yatha puritso\nyatha tat-saligi-sangata�\nna-not; tatha-in that manner; asya-of this man; bhavet-may arise;\n\nmoha[l- infatuation; bandha[l- bondage; ca and; anya-prasangata[l- from\n-\n\nattachment to any other object; yoflit-sangat-from attachment to women;\nyathii-as; purhsa[l-of a man; yathii-as; tat-sangi-of men who are fond of\nwomen; sangata[l-from the fellowship.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0369": "Text 36]\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1351\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe infatuation and bondage which accrue to a man from attachment\nto any other object is not as complete as that resulting from attachment\nto a woman or to the fellowship of men who are fond of women.\nPURPORT\nAttachment to women is so contaminating that one becomes attached\nto the condition of material life not only by the association of women but\nby the contaminated association of persons who are too attached to them.\nThere are many reasons for our conditional life in the material world, but\nthe topmost of all such causes is the association of women, as will be\nconfirmed in the following stanzas.\nIn Kali-yuga, association with women is very strong. In every step of\nlife, there is association with women. If a person goes to purchase something, the advertisements are full of pictures of women. The physiological\nattraction for women is very great, and therefore people are very slack in\nspiritual understanding. The Vedic civilization, being based on spiritual\nunderstanding, arranges association with women very cautiously. Out of\nthe four social divisions, the members of the first order, namely brahmacarya, the third order, viinaprastha, and the fourth order, sannyiisa, are\nstrictly prohibited from female association. Only in one order, the householder, is there license to mix with women under restricted conditions.\nIn other words, attraction for woman's association is the cause of the\nmaterial conditional life, and anyone interested in being freed from this\nconditional life must detach himself from the association of women.\nTEXT 36\n\n�rffil: � tfm ql �lflq\\ilfif{t: I\nUft:� itSii:«*l�tft\n\nmq: ������\n\npraja-pat* svarh duhitararh\ndr§ �va tad-riipa-dhar�ita�\nrohid-bhiitarh so 'nvadhavad\nrk§a-riipi hata-trapa�\npraja pati�\n-\n\n-\n\nLord Brahma; svam h is own; duhitaram daughter; dr�Jva-\n\nhaving seen; tat-riipa- by her charms; dhar§ita�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbewildered; rohit-bhutam-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0370": "1352\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nto her in the form of a deer; s a ft-he; an vadhavat -ran; r k�a-rupi- in the\n\nform of a stag; hata-bereft of; trapafl-shame.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the sight of his own daughter, Brahma was bewildered by her charms\n\nand shamelessly ran up to her in the form of a stag when she took the\nform of a hind.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Brahma's being captivated by the charms of his daughter and Lord\nSiva's being captivated by the Mohini form of the Lord are specific\ninstances which instruct us that even great demigods like Brahma and\nLord Siva, what to speak of the ordinary conditioned soul, are captivated\nby the beauty of woman. Therefore, everyone is advised that one should\nnot freely mix even with one's daughter, or with his mother, or with his\nsister, because the senses are so strong that when one becomes infatuated,\nthe senses do not consider the relationship of daughter, mother or sister.\nIt is best, therefore, to practice controlling the senses by performing\nbh a kt i-yoga, engaging in the service of Madana-mohana. Lord Krwa's\nname is Madana-mohana, for He can subdue the god Cupid, or lust. Only\nby engaging in the service of Madana-mohana can one curb the dictates of\nMadana, Cupid. Otherwise, attempts to control the senses will fail.\nTEXT 37\n\nm��� 'lit �f�: ·� 1\n\n!�fit -.l(lftUifi6 �A\"'tt�C � II �\\911\ntat-sn�a-sr§ta-snte§u\nko nv akh ar{i.ita-dh ifl puman\n!§im narayaram rte\nyo§in-mayyeha mayaya\ntat-by Brahmii.; mta-srflt a-mt e�u - amongst all living entities begotten;\nkafl-who; nu-indeed; akh a r{i.ita-not distracted; dhi[l-his intelligence;\npurruin- male; r�im-the sage; narayaram-Nii.rayapa; rte-except; yo�itmayya-in the form of a woman; iha-here; rruiyaya-by maya.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0371": "Text 38]\n\n1353\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\nTRANSLATION\n\nAmongst all kinds of living entities begotten by Brahma, namely men,\ndemigods, and animals, none but the sage Naraya�a is immune to the\nattraction of maya in the form of woman.\nPURPORT\nThe first living creature is Brahma himself, and from him were created\nsages like Marici, who in their turn created Kasyapa Muni and others, and\nKasyapa Muni and the Manus created different demigods and human\nbeings, etc. But there is none among them who is not attracted by the\nspell of maya in the form of woman. Throughout the entire material\nworld, beginning from Brahma down to the small insignificant creatures\nlike the ant, everyone is attracted by sex life. That is the basic principle of\nthis material world. Lord Brahma 's being attracted by his daughter is the\nvivid example that no one is exempt from sexual attraction to woman.\nWoman, therefore, is the wonderful creation of mayii to keep the conditioned soul in shackles.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n��qw �:�¥4'·���1{ I\n��q4J4il\"61'{ ��� ����II\nbalam me pasya mayaya[l\nstri-mayya jayino disam\nya karoti padiikriintiin\nbhruvi-jrmbher-a kevalam\nbalam-the strength; me-My; pasya -behold; mayaya[l\n\n-\n\nof maya; stri­\n\nmayyal],- in the shape of a woman; jayin al],-conquer ors; diSii.m-of all\ndirections; ya-who; karot i makes; pada.akra nta n-f o llow ing at her heels;\n-\n\nbhruvi-of her eyebrows;jrmbher-a-by the movement; k evalam-merely.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust try to understand the mighty strength of My maya in the shape of\nwoman, who by the mere movement of her eyebrows can keep even the\ngreatest conquerors of the world under her grip.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0372": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1354.\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nPURPORT\nThere are many instances in the history of the world of a great\nconqueror's being captivated by the charms of a Cleopatra. One has to\nstudy the captivating potency of woman, and man's attraction for\nthat\n\npotency.\n\nFrom\n\nwhat\n\nsource was this generated? According to\n\nVediinta-sutra, we can understand that everything is generated from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. It is enunciated there, janmiidy asya\n\nyata�. This means that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, or the\nSupreme Person, Brahman, the Absolute Truth, is the source from whom\neverything emanates. The captivating power of woman, and man's susceptibility to such attraction, must also exist in the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead in the spiritual world and must be represented in the transcendental pastimes of the Lord.\nThe Lord is the Supreme Person, the supreme male. As a common male\nwants to be attracted by a female, similarly, that propensity is in the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. He also wants to be attracted by the\nbeautiful features of a woman. Now the question is, if He wants to be\ncaptivated by such womanly attraction, would He be attracted by any\nmaterial woman? It is not possible. Even persons who are. in this material\nexistence can give up womanly attraction if they are attracted by the\nSupreme Brahman. Such was the case with Haridasa Thiikura. A beautiful\nprostitute tried to attract him in the dead of night, but since· he was\nsituated in devotional service, in transcendental love of Godhead, Haridiisa\nThakura was not captivated. Rather, he turned the prostitute into a great\ndevotee by his transcendental association. This material attraction, therefore, certainly cannot attract the Supreme Lord. When He wants to be\nattracted by a woman, He has to create .such a woman from His own\nenergy. That woman is Riidhiiriip.i. It is explained by the Gosviimis that\nRadhiiriip.i is the manifestation of the pleasure potency of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. When the Supreme Lord wants to derive transcendental pleasure, He has to create a woman from His internal potency. Thus\nthe tendency to be attracted by womanly beauty is natural because it\nexists in the spiritual world. In the material world it is reflected pervertedly, and therefore there are so many inebrieties.\nInstead of being attracted by material beauty, if one is accustomed to\nbe attracted by the beauty of Riidhiiriip.i and Kf�l).a, then the statement in\n\nBhagavad-gitii, param dr�tvii nivartate, holds true. When one is attracted by\nthe transcendental beauty of Riidhii and Kr�l).a, he is no longer attracted\nby material feminine beauty. That is the special significance of Riidhii-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0373": "Text 39)\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1355\n\nK.r!�q.a worship. That is testified to by Yamunaciirya. He says, \"Since I have\n\nbecome attracted by the beauty of Radhii and Kr�Qa, when there is attrac·\n\ntion for a woman or a memory of sex life with a woman, I at once spit on\n\nit, and my face turns in disgust.\" When we are attracted by Madana-mohana\n\nand the beauty of Kr�f.la and His consorts, then the shackles of conditioned\n\nlife, namely the beauty of a material woman, cannot attract us.\nTEXT 39\n\n;{\n\n�sproij\n\n��\nI\n\n�\n\nqR ��:1\nJlf�\ntrt f.ivu:a�� 11 � ���\n\nsangam na kuryat pramadasu jatu\n\nyogasya param param arurukfiu�\n\nmat-sevaya pratilabdhatma-labho\nvadanti ya niraya-dvaram asya\n\nsangam-association; na-not; kuryat-one should make; pramadasu­\n\nwith women; jatu -ever; yogasya-of yoga; param-culmination; param­\n\ntopmost; aruruk�u�-one who aspires to reach; mat-sevaya-by rendering\nservice\n\nunto\n\nMe;\n\npratilabdha-obtained; atma-labha�-self-realization;\n\nvadanti-they say; ya�-which women; niraya-to hell; dvaram-the gateway; asya-of the advancing devotee.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who aspires to reach the culmination of yoga and has realized his\nself by rendering service unto Me should never associate with an attractive\nwoman, for such a woman is declared in the scripture to be the gateway\nto hell for the advancing devotee.\nPURPORT\nThe culmination of yoga is full Kr�J}.a consciousness. This is affirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gitii: a person who is always thinking of Kr�J}.a in devotion is the\n\ntopmost of all yogis. And in the Second Chapter of the First Canto of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, it is also stated that when one becomes freed from\n\n", "SB3.4#p0374": "1356\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nmaterial contamination by rendering devotional service unto the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, he can at that time understand the science of\nGod.\nHere the word pratilabdhiitma-labha� occurs. A tmli means self, and labha\nmeans gain. Generally, conditioned souls have lost their iitmii, or self, but\nthose who are transcendentalists have realized the self. It is directed that\nsuch a self-realized soul who aspires to the topmost platform of yogic\nperfection should not associate with young women. In the modern age,\nhowever, there are so many rascals who recommend that while one has\ngenitals he should enjoy women as much as he likes, and at the same time\nhe can become a yogi. In no standard yoga system is the association of\nwomen accepted. It is clearly stated here that the association of women is\nthe gateway to hellish life. The association of woman is very much\nrestricted in the Vedic civilization. Out of the four social divisions, the\nbrahmaciin, viinaprastha and the sannyiisi, three orders, are strictly prohibited from the association of women; only the grhasthas, or householders, are given license to have an intimate relationship with a woman,\nand that relationship is also restricted for begetting nice children. If,\nhowever, one wants to stick to continued existence in the material world,\nhe may indulge in female association unrestrictedly.\n\nTEXT40\n\n�iN�IM �� �qfmfim I\n�T�� � �: 'i�� ll�oll\nyopayiiti sanair miiyii\nyo;Sid deva-vinirmitti\ntam ik§ettitmano mrtyurh\ntrrw* kilpam ivavrtam\nyti-she who; upaytiti-approaches; sana*-slowly; mtiyti-representation of mtiyti;\n\nyo§it-woman; deva-by the Lord; vinirmitti-created;\n\nttim-her; ik.seta-one must regard; atmana{t-of the soul; mrtyum-death;\ntnuzi�-with grass; kupam-a well; iva-like; avrtam-covered.\nTRANSLATION\nThe woman created by the Lord is the representation of maya, and one\nwho associates with such maya by accepting services must certainly know\n\nthat this is the way of death, just like a blind well covered with grass.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0375": "Text 41]\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1357\n\nPURPORT\nSometimes it happens that a rejected well is covered by grass, and an\nunwary traveler who does not know of the existence of the well falls\ndown, and his death is assured. Similarly, association with a woman\nbegins when one accepts service from her because woman is especially\ncreated by the Lord to give service to man. By accepting her service, a\nman is entrapped. If he is not intelligent enough to know that she is the\ngateway to hellish life, he may indulge in her association very liberally. This\nis restricted for those who aspire to ascend to the transcendental platform.\nEven fifty years ago in Hindu society, such association was restricted. A\nwife could not see her husband during the daytime. Householders even had\ndifferent residential quarters. The internal quarters of a residential house\nwere for the woman, and the external quarters were for the man. Acceptance of service rendered by a woman may appear to be very pleasing, but\none should be very cautious in accepting such service because it is clearly\nsaid that woman is the gateway to death, or forgetfulness of one's self.\nShe blocks the path of spiritual realization.\n\nTEXT 41\n\nllf �� m 411iilriirilqiJA't'flqJtt{_ I\n� '!A1«fi<ij : smit f?t=ijN��®S4C:'( mn 11\nyiirh manyate patirh mohiin\nman-miiyiim r§abhiiyatim\nstritvarh stri-sangata� priipto\nvittiipatya-grha-pradam\nyam\n\n- which; manyate-she thinks; patim-her husband; mohiit-due to\n\nillusion; mat-miiyiim-My miiyii; rflabha-in the form of a man; iiyatim­\n\n·\n\n-\n\ncoming; stritvam-the state of being a woman; stri sangatab,\n\n- from attach­\n\nment to a woman; priipta�-obtained; vitta-wealth; apatya-progeny;\ngrha-house; pradam-bestowing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA living entity who, as a result of attachment to a woman in his previous\nlife, has been endowed with the form of a woman, foolishly looks upon\nmaya in the form of a man, her husband, as the bestower of wealth,\nprogeny, house and other material assets.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0376": "1358\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch_ 31\n\nPURPORT\nFrom this verse it appears that a woman is also supposed to have been a\nman in his (her) previous life, and due to his attachment to his wife, he now\nhas the body of a woman_ Bhagavad-gitii confirms this; a man gets his next\nlife's birth according to what he thinks of at the time of death. If someone\nis too attached to his wife, naturally he thinks of his wife at the time of\ndeath, and in his next lHe he takes the body of a woman. Similarly, if a\nwoman thinks of her husband at the time of death, then naturally she gets\nthe body of a man in the next life. In the Hindu scriptures, therefore,\nwoman's chastity and devotion to man is greatly emphasized. A woman's\nattachment to her husband may elevate her to the body of a man in her\nnext life, but a man's attachment to a woman will degrade him, and in his\nnext life he will get the body of a woman. We should always remember, as\nit is stated in Bhagavad-gitii, that both the gross and subtle material bodies\nare dresses; they are the shirt and coat of the living entity. To be either a\nwoman or a man only involves one's bodily dress. The soul in nature is\nactually the marginal energy of the Supreme Lord. Every living entity,\nbeing classified as energy, is supposed to be originally a woman, or one\nwho is enjoyed. In the body of a man there is a greater opportunity to get\nout of the material clutches; there is less opportunity in the body of a\nwoman. In this verse it is indicated that the body of a man should not be\nmisused through forming an attachment to women and thus becoming too\nentangled in material enjoyment, which will result in getting the body of a\nwoman in the next life. A woman is generally fond of household prosperity,\nornaments, furniture and dresses. She is satisfied when the husband supplies\nall these things sufficiently. The relationship between man and woman is\nvery complicated, but the substance is that one who aspires to ascend to\nthe transcendental stage of spiritual realization should be very careful in\naccepting the association of a woman. In the stage of Kr�l)a consciousness,\nhowever, such restriction of association may be slackened because if a\nman's and woman's attachment is not to each other but to Kr�l).a, then\nboth of them are equally eligible to get out of the material entanglement\nand reach the abode of Kr�l).a. As it is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii, anyone\nwho seriously takes to Kr�l)a consciousness-whether in the lowest species\nof life, or a woman, or of the less intelligent classes, such as the mercantile\nor laborer class-will go back home, back to Godhead, and reach the abode\nof Kr�l).a. A man should not be attached to a woman, nor should a woman\nbe attached to a man. Both man and woman should be attached to the\nservice of the Lord. Then there is the possibility of liberation from material\nentanglement for both of them.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0377": "Text 42]\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1359\n\nTEXT42\n\nij&qa�qfil �ana€¥4� 1\n\n�tmt� � JPatil•ri�;f\n\nt�tn ml�ll\n\ntam atmano vijaniyat\npaty-apatya-grhatmakam\ndaivopasiiditarh mrtyurh\nmrgayor giiyanarh yathii\ntam-the Lord's maya; at mana� -of herself; vijantyat-she should know;\npati-husband;\n\napatya -children; grha-house; atmakam-consisting\n\nof;\n\ndaiva- by the authority of the Lord; upasaditam- brought about; mrtyumdeath; mrgayo�-of the hunter; gayanam-the singing; yathti-as.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA woman, therefore, should consider her husband, her house and her\nchildren to he the arrangement of the external energy of the Lord for her\ndeath, just as the sweet singing of the hunter is death for the dee r\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nIn these instructions of Lord Kapiladeva it is explained that not only\nis woman the gateway to hell for man, hut man is also the gateway to hell\nfor woman. It is a question of attachment. A man becomes attached to a\n\nwoman because of her service, her beauty and many other assets, and\nsimilarly, a woman becomes attached to a man for his giving her a nice\n\nplace to live, ornaments, dress and children. It is a question of attachment\nfor one another. As long as either is attached to the other for such\nmaterial enjoyment, the woman is dangerous for the man, and the man is\nalso dangerous for the woman. But if the attachment is transferred to\nl<f�J].a, both of them become l<f�J].a conscious, and then marriage is\n\nvery nice. Srila Riipa Gosvami therefore recommends:\n\naniisaktasya vi§ayiin\nyathiirtham upayunjata�\nnirbandha{t k!§TJ-a-sambandhe\nyuktarh vairagyam ucyate\n\n(Bh.r.s. 1.2.255)\n\n", "SB3.4#p0378": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1360\n\n(Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nMan and woman should live together as householders in relationship with\nKr��a only for the purpose of discharging duties in the service of Kr�tJ.a.\nEngage the children, engage the wife and engage the husband, all in Kr��a\nconscious duties, and then all these bodily or material attachments will\ndisappear. Since the via medium is Kr��a, the consciousness is pure, and\nthere is no possibility of degradation at any time.\nTEXT 43\n\n�W� l:ftiit\\J\\�.. �Ehlet�Ma4�\"l\nfttlWI � � Eh?t�4N(d � 11\\l�ll\ndehena jiva-bhutena\nlokiil lokam anuvrajan\nbhuiijiina eva karmiir-i\nkaroty aviratam pumiin\ndehena-on account of the body; jiva-bhutena-possessed by the living\n\nentity; lokiit-from one planet; lokam-to another planet; anuvrajanwandering;\n\nbhuiijiina{l-enjoying;\n\neva-so; karmiiri-fruitive activities;\n\nkaroti-he does; aviratam-incessantly; pumiin-the living entity.\nTRANSLATION\nDue to his particular type of body, the materialistic living entity\nwanders from one planet to another, following fruitive activities. In this\nway,\n\nhe involves himself in fruitive activities and enjoys the result\n\nincessant! y.\nPURPORT\nWhen the living entity is encaged in the material body, he is called ji'vabhiita, and when he is free from the material body he is called brahmabhiita. By changing his material body birth after birth, he travels not only\n\nin the different species of life, but also from one planet to another. Lord\n\nCaitanya says that the living entities, bound up by fruitive activities, are\nwandering in this way throughout the whole universe, and if by some\nchance or by pious activities they get in touch with a bona fide spiritual\nmaster, by the grace of Kr��a, then they get the seed of devotional service.\nAfter getting this seed, if one sows it within his heart and pours water on it\nby hearing and chanting, the seed grows into a big plant, and there are\n\n", "SB3.4#p0379": "Text44]\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1361\n\nfruits and flowers which the living entity can enjoy, even in this material\nworld. That is called the brahma-bhuta stage. In his designated condition,\na living entity is called materialistic, and upon being freed from all\ndesignation, when he is fully Kr��a conscious, engaged in devotional\nservice, he is called liberated. Unless one gets the opportunity to associate\nwith a bona fide spiritual master by the grace of the Lord, there is no\npossibility of one's liberation from the cycle of birth and death in the\ndifferent species of life and through the different grades of planets.\nTEXT44\n\n� u�u�n ljt �fr�q;ftq�: 1\n��� � �: 11\\l\\lll\njivo hy asytinugo deho\nbhiitendriya-mano-mayafl\ntan-nirodho 'sya marar.am\ntivirbhtivas tu sambhavafl\njiva[l-the living\n\nentity; hi-indeed; asya-of him; anuga[l-suitable;\n\ndeha[l -body; bhiita-gross material elements; ind riya-senses ; mana[l­\n\nmind; maya[l-made of; tat-of the body; nirodha[l-destruction; asya-of\nthe living entity; marartam-death; tivirbhtiva[l-manifestation; tu-but;\nsambhava[l-birth.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the living entity gets a suitable body with a material mind\nand senses, according to his fruitive activities. When the reaction of his\nparticular activity is finished, it is called death, and when a particular\ntype of reaction begins, that is called birth.\nPURPORT\nFrom time immemorial, the living entity travels in the different species\nof life and the different planets, almost perpetually. This process is explained in Bhagavad-gitii. Bhriimayan sarva-bhutiini yantrarii{lhiini miiyayii:\nunder the spell of mayii, everyone is wandering throughout the universe on\nthe carriage of the body offered by the material energy. Materialistic life involves a series of actions and reactions. It is a long film spool of actions and\nreactions, and one life span is just a flash in such a reactionary show. When\n\n", "SB3.4#p0380": "1362\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\na child is born, it is to be understood that his particular type of body is\nthe beginning of another set of activities, and when an old man dies, it is\nto be understood that one set of reactionary activity is finished.\nWe can see that, because of different reactionary activities, one man is\nborn in a rich family, and another is born in a poor family, although both\nof them are born in the same place, in the same moment and the same\natmosphere. One who is carrying pious activity with him is given a chance\nto take his birth in a rich or pious family, and one who is carrying impious\nactivity is given a chance to take birth in a lower, poor family. The change\nof body means a change to a different field of activities. Similarly, when\nthe body of the boy changes into that of a youth, the boyish activities\nchange into youthful activities.\nIt is clear that a particular body is given to the living entity for a\nparticular type of activity. This process is going on perpetually, from a time\nwhich is impossible to trace out. Vai�t;tava poets say, therefore, aniidi\nkarama-phale, which means that these actions and reactions of one's activity\ncannot be traced, for they may even continue from the last millennium of\nBrahma's birth to the next millennium. We have seen the example in the\nlife of Narada Muni. In one millennium he was the son of a maidservant,\nand in the next millennium he became a great sage.\nTEXTS45-46\n\nS(o�q�J$\\il�l;c� �ltffl � I\n\n��-f4qi;tr.r1Fff��ao�i-.41. ������\n�\\'\"tJftiOl{f.llfl·� � I\n� • �mtitn�<n;c�: ������\ndravyopalabdhi-sthanasya\ndravyek�ayogyata yada\ntat pancatvam aham manad\nutpattir dravya-darsanam\nyathiik�r-or dravyiivayavadarsaniiyogyatii yadii\ntadaiva cak�u.so dra�tur\ndra§trtviiyogyatiinayo�\n\n", "SB3.4#p0381": "Text 47)\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1363\n\nupalab dhi-of perception; sthiinasya-of the place;\nii\nli\nwhen; tat-that; pancatvam-death; aham miinii t- from the misconception\nof \"I\"; u tpattiQ. birth; dravya-the physical body; darsanam-viewing;\ndravya-of objects;\n\ndravya-of objects; ikflii-of perception; ayogyat -incapabi ty; yadii­\n\n-\n\nyathii- just as; ak sl'}o/t\n.\n\n-\n\nof the eyes; dravya-of objects; avayava-parts;\n\nii\n\ndarsana-of seeing; ayogyat -incap ability; yadii-when; tadii-then; eva­\n\nu\n\nindeed; cakflUflaft-of the sense of sight; dra st Q.- of the seer; dra�.trtva-of\n.\n\ny\n\nthe faculty of seeing; ayogyatii- incapabilit ; anayoQ.-of both of these.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the eyes lose their power to see color or form due to morbid\naffliction of the optic nerve, the sense of sight becomes deadened. The\nliving entity, who is the seer of both the eyes and the sight, loses his\npower of vision. In the same way, when the physical body, the place where\nperception of objects occurs, is rendered incapable of perceiving, that is\nknown as death. When one hegins to view the physical body as one's very\nself, that is called birth.\nPURPORT\nWhen one says, \"I see,\" this means that he sees with his eyes or with his\nspectacles; he sees with the instrument of sight. If the instrument of sight\nis broken or becomes diseased or incapable of acting, then he, as the seer,\nalso ceases to act. Similarly, in this material body, at the present moment\nthe living soul is acting, and when the material body, due to its incapability\nto function, ceases, he also ceases to perform his reactionary activities.\nWhen one's instrument of action is broken and cannot function, that is\ncalled death. Again, when one gets a new instrument for action, that is\ncalled birth. This process of birth and death is going on at every moment,\nby constant bodily change. The final change is called death, and acceptance\nof a new body is called birth. That is the solution of the question of birth\nand death. Actually, the living entity has neither birth nor death, but is\neternal. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii, na hanyate hanyamiine sarire: the\nliving entity never dies, even after the death or annihilation of this material\nbody.\nTEXT 47\n\n��:�oo;r�;r�:1\n� �fij � �aw.nft:• 11\\l\\!)11\n\n", "SB3.4#p0382": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1364\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\ntasman na karya� santraso\nna karpaflyarh na sambhrama�\nbuddhvci jiva-gatirh dhiro\nmukta-saligas cared iha\ntasmcit-on account of death; na-not; karyaf!.-should be done; santriisafl\n-horror; na- not; karpap yam- miserliness; na- not; sambhrama�- eagerness\nrealizing; jiva-gatim- the true nature of the\ndhiraft- steadfast; mukta-saligafl.-free from attachment;\n\nfor material gain; buddhvii\nliving\n\nentity;\n\n-\n\ncaret-one should move about; iha-in this world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, one should not view death with horror, nor have recourse to\ndefining the body as soul, nor give way to exaggeration in enjoying the\nbodily necessities of life. Realizing the true nature of the living entity, one\nshould move about in the world free from attachment and steadfast in\npurpose.\n\nPURPORT\nA sane person who has understood the philosophy of life and death is\nvery upset upon hearing of the horrible, hellish condition of life in the\nwomb of the mother or outside of the mother. But one has to make a\nsolution to the problems of life. A sane man should understand the\nmiserable condition of this material body. Without being unnecessarily\nupset, he should try to find out if there is a remedy. The remedial measures\ncan be understood when one associates with persons who are liberated. It\nmust be understood who is actually liberated. The liberated person is\ndescribed in Bhagavad-gitii: one who engages in uninterrupted devotional\nservice to the Lord, having surpassed the stringent laws of material\nnature, is understood to be situated in Brahman.\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is beyond the material creation.\nIt is admitted even by impersonalists like Sankaracarya that Naraya�a is\ntranscendental to this material creation. As such, when one actually engages\nin the service of the Lord in various forms, either Narayap.a, or RadhaKr�p.a, or Sita-Rama, he is understood to be on the platform of liberation.\nThe Bhiigavatam also confirms that liberation means to be situated in one's\nconstitutional position. Since a living entity is eternally the servitor of the\nSupreme Lord, when one seriously and sincerely engages in the transcendental loving service of the Lord, that is the position of liberation. One\n\n", "SB3.4#p0383": "Text 48)\n\nThe Movements of the Living Entities\n\n1365\n\nshould try to associate with a liberated person, and then the problems of\nlife, namely birth and death, can be solved.\nW hile discharging devotional service in full Kr�pa consciousness, one\nshould not be miserly. He should not unnecessarily show that he has\nrenounced this world. Actually, renunciation is not possible. If one\nrenounces his palatial building and goes to a forest, there is actually no\nrenunciation because the palatial building is the property of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and the forest is also the property of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. If he changes from one property to another, that\ndoes not mean that he renounces; he was never the proprietor of either the\npalace or the forest. Renunciation necessitates renouncing the false understanding that one can lord it over material nature. W hen one renounces this\nfalse attitude and renounces the puffed up position that he is also God, that\nis real renunciation. Otherwise, there is no meaning of renunciation. Riipa\nGosvami advises that if one renounces anything which could be applied in\nthe service of the Lord and does not use it for that purpose, that is called\nphalgu-vairiigya, insufficient or false renunciation. Everything belongs to\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; therefore everything can be engaged\nin the service of the Lord; nothing should be used for one's sense gratification. That is real renunciation. Nor should one unnecessarily increase\nthe necessities of the body. We should be satisfied with whatever is offered\nand supplied by K��pa without much personal endeavor. We should spend\nour time executing devotional service in Kr�!ia consciousness. That is the\nsolution of the problem of life and death.\nTEXT 48\n\n6RI�4\\tti-.•u � �(lnt�'ifi:ql 1\n� itt �� W!i4<( IIV�Il\nsamyag-darsanayii buddh yii\nyoga-vairiigya-yuktayii\nmiiyii-viracite loke\ncaren nyasya kalevaram\nsamyak darsanaya-endowed with right vision; buddhya\n-\n\nyoga- by\n\ndevotional\n\nservice;\n\nstrengthened; mayii vira cite\n-\n\n-\n\nvaircigya- by\n\n-\n\nthrough reason;\n\ndetachment;\n\nyuktayii­\n\narranged by miiya; loke to this world; caret-\n\none should move about; nyasya-relegating ; kalevaram-the body.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0384": "1366\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 31\n\nTRANSLATION\nEndowed with right vision and strengthened by devotional service and a\npessimistic attitude toward material identity, one should relegate his body\nto this illusory world through his reason. Thus one can be unconcerned\nwith this material world.\nPURPORT\nIt is sometimes misunderstood that if one has to associate with persons\n\nengaged in devotional service, he will not be able to solve the economic\n\nproblem. To answer this argument, it is described here that one has to\nassociate with liberated persons not directly, physically, but by under­\n\nstanding, through philosophy and logic, the problems of life. It is stated\nhere, samyag- darsanayii buddhyii: one has to see perfectly, and by\n\nintelligence and yoga practice one has to renounce this world. That\nrenunciation can be achieved by the process recommended in the Second\n\nChapter of the First Canto of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nThe devotee's intelligence is always in touch with the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead. His attitude toward the material existence is one of\n\ndetachment, for he knows perfectly well that this material world is a\n\ncreation of illusory energy. Realizing himself to be part and parcel of the\nSupreme Soul, the devotee discharges his devotional service and is com­\n\npletely aloof from material action and reaction. Thus at the end he gives\nup his material body or the material energy, and as pure soul he enters\nthe kingdom of God.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Thirty-first\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Lord Kapila's Instructions\non the Movements of the Living Entities.\"\n\n", "SB3.4#p0385": "CHAPTER THIRTY- TWO\n\nEntanglement in Frultive Activities\n\nTEXT l\n\nw�\n\n� �ilqlwo1illi�cU�(1 � I\n'i111'1tl �-�a)� l\"{�:Jqqfti �II� II\n\n31'{\n\nkapila uviica\natha yo grha-medhtyiin\ndharmiin eviivasan grhe\nkiimam artham ca dharmiin sviin\ndogdhi bhuya� piparti tan\nkapilaft uviica-Lord Kapila said;atha-now;ya�-the person who;grhamedhiyiin-of the householders; dharmiin-duties; eva-certainly; iivasanliving; grhe-at\n\nhome; kiimam-sense gratification; artham-economic\n\ndevelopment;ca-and;dharmiin-religious rituals;sviin-his;dogdhi- enjoys;\nbhuyaft -again and again; piparti- performs; tan- them.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead said: The person who lives in the center of\nhousehold life derives material benefits by performing religious rituals, and\nthereby he fulfills his\n\ndesire for\n\neconomic\n\ndevelopment\n\nand sense\n\ngratification. Again and again he acts the same way.\nPURPORT\nThere are two kinds of householders. One is called the grhamedhi, and\n\nthe other is called the grhastha. The obj ective of the grhamedhi is sense\n\n1367\n\n", "SB3.4#p0386": "1368\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\ngratification, and the objective of the grhastha is self-realization. Here the\nLord is speaking about the grhamedhi, or the ·person who wants to remain\nin this material world. His activity is to enjoy material benefits by performing religious rituals for economic development and thereby ultimately\nsatisfy the senses. He does not want anything more. Such a person works\nvery hard throughout his life to become very rich and eat very nicely and\ndrink. By giving some charity for pious activity he can go to a higher\nplanetary atmosphere in the heavenly planets in his next life, but he does\nnot want to stop the repetition of birth and death and finish with the\nconcomitant miserable factors of material existence. Such a person is\ncalled a grhamedhi.\nA grhastha is a person who lives with family, wife, children and relatives\nbut has no attachment for them. He prefers to live in family life rather\nthan as a mendicant or sannyiisi, but his chief aim is to achieve self-realization or to come to the standard of Kr�I]a consciousness. Here, however,\nLord Kapiladeva is speaking about the grhamedh'is, who have made their\naim the materialistically prosperous life, which they achieve by sacrificial\nceremonies, by charities and by good work. They are posted in good positions, and since they know that they are using up their assets of pious\nactivities, they again and again perform activities of sense gratification. It\nis said by Prahlada Maharaja, puna� punas carvita-carvaf!aniim: they prefer\nto chew the already chewed. Again and again they experience the material\npangs, even if they are rich and prosperous, but they do not want to give\nup this kind of life.\n\nTEXT2\n6\n\n� ¥4•lcc('{i�l'{f: : q(N_J(�: I\n\nm �� r�·tt qqd'�: \" � u\n�\n\nsa ciipi bhagavad-dharmiit\nkiima-mu(iha� pariin-mukha[l.\nyajate kratubhir deviin\npitfrits ca sraddhayiinvita[l.\nsa[l. - he; ca api- moreover; bhagavat-dharmiit-from devotional service;\nkiima-m il(iha[l. - infatuated by lust; pariik-mukha[l. - having the face turned\naway; yajat e - w orships; kratubhi[l-with sacrificial ceremonies; deviin-the\ndemigods; p i tfn- the forefathers; ca- and; sraddhaya-with faith; anvita[l.endowed.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0387": "Text 3]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1369\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuch persons are ever bereft of devotional service due to being too\nattached to sense gratification, and therefore, although they perform\nvarious kinds of.sacrifices and take great vows to satisfy the demigods and\nforefathers, they are not interested in Kf�pa consciousness, devotional\nservice.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gTtii it is said that persons who worship demigods have lost\n\ntheir intelligence: kiimais tais tair hrta-jiiiinii� (Bg. 7.20). They are much\nattracted to sense gratification, and therefore they worship the demigods.\n\nIt is, of course, recommended in the Vedic scriptures that if one wants\nmoney, health or education, then he should worship the various demigods.\n\nA materialistic person has manifold demands, and thus there are manifold\n\ndemigods to satisfy his senses. The grhamedhTs, who want to continue a\nprosperous materialistic way of life, generally worship the demigods or the\n\nforefathers by offering pif!t;la, or respectful oblations. Such persons are\nbereft of K{�I)a consciousness and are not interested in devotional service\nto the Lord. This kind of so-called pious and religious man is the result of\n\nimpersonalism. The impersonalists maintain that the Supreme Absolute\nTruth has no form and that one can imagine any form he likes for his\nbenefit and worship in that way. Therefore the grhamedhTs or materialistic\n\nmen say that they can worship any form of a demigod as worship of the\nSupreme Lord. Especially amongst the Hindus, those who are meat-eaters\nprefer to worship goddess Kali because it is prescribed that one can sacrifice a goat before that goddess. They maintain that whether one worships\nthe goddess Kali, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead Vi�I)u, or any\ndemigod, the destination is the same. This is first-class rascaldom, and\n\nsuch people are misled. But they prefer this philosophy. Bhagavad-gTtii\n\ndoes not accept such rascaldom, and it is clearly stated that such methods\nare meant for persons who have lost their intelligence. The same judg­\n\nment is confirmed here, and the word kiima-mut;lha, meaning one who has\nlost his sense or is infatuated by the lust of attraction for sense gratifica­\n\ntion, is used. Kiima-mucJhas are bereft of Kr�pa consciousness and devo­\n\n�\n\ntional service and are infatuated by a strong desire for sense gratifica� on. The\nworshipers of demigods are condemned both in Bhagavad-gTtii and in\n\nSrTmad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nTEXT3\n\nA({'a:cuca: S'l1'{ 1\nqm 'CI�� � �: ��Rt II � II\nq..R�uSCI�w:t'iRt:\n\n", "SB3.4#p0388": "1370\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\ntac-chraddhayiikriinta-mati�\npitr-deva-vrata[t pumiin\ngatvii ciindramasarh lokarh\nsoma-piift punar enati\ntat-to the demigods and forefathers; s raddhayii-with reverence; iikriinta\n-overcome; mati�-his mind; pitr-to the forefathers; deva-to the demigods; vrata�-his VOW; pumiin-the person; gatvii-having gone; candramasam\n-to the moon; lokam-planet; soma-pii�- drinking soma juice; puna�again; enati-will return.\nTRANSLATION\nSuch materialistic persons, attracted by sense gratification and devoted\n\nto the forefathers and demigods, can be elevated to the moon, where they\ndrink an extract of the soma plant. They again return to this planet.\nPURPORT\n\nThe moon is considered one of the planets of the heavenly kingdom.\nOne can be promoted to this planet by executing different sacrifices\nrecommended in the Vedic literature, such as pious activities in worshiping the demigods and forefathers with rigidity and vows. But one cannot\nremain there for a very long time. Life on the moon is said to last ten\nthousand years according to the calculation of the demigods. The demigods' time is calculated in such a way that one day (12 hours) is equal to six\nmonths on this planet. It is not possible to reach the moon by any material\nvehicle like a sputnik, but persons who are attracted by material enjoyment can go to the moon by pious activities. In spite of being promoted\nto the moon, however, one has to come back to this earth again when the\nmerits of his works in sacrifice are finished. This is also confirmed in\nBhagavad-gitii, Ninth Chapter: te tam bhuktvii svarga-lokarh visiilarh kflir-e\npurye martya-lokarh visanti (Bg. 9.21).\nTEXT4\n\n� �\"�''AIti ��Jrit dt: I\n\n��� � � � •l-�Nitl¥( II \\/II\nyadii ciihindra-sayyiiyiirh\nsete 'nantiisano har*\n\n", "SB3.4#p0389": "Text 4]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1371\n\ntada loka layam yanti\nta ete grha-medhinam\nyada-when; ca-and; ahi-indro-of the king of snakes; sayyayam- on\n\nthe bed; sete-lies; ananta-asana�-He whose seat is Ananta Se�a; hari�Lord Hari; tada-then; loka�-the planets; layam-unto dissolution; yanti­\n\ngo; te ete-those very; grha-medhiniim-of the materialistic householders.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the planets of the materialistic persons, including all the heavenly\n\nplanets, such as the moon, are vanquished at the time when the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Hari, goes to His bed of serpents, which is\nknown as Ananta Set�a.\nPURPORT\nThe materially attached are very eager to promote themselves to the\n\nheavenly planets such as the moon. There are many heavenly planets to\n\nwhich they aspire just to achieve more and more material happiness by\ngetting a long duration of life and the paraphernalia for sense enjoyment.\nBut the attached persons do not know that even if one goes to the highest\n\nplanet, Brahmaloka, destruction exists there also. lnBhagavad-g\"itii the Lord\nsays that one can even go to the Brahmaloka, but still he will find the pangs\n\nof birth, death, disease and old age. Only by approaching the Lord's\n\nabode, the VaikuQthaloka, does one not take birth again in this material\nworld. The grhamedh\"is or materialistic persons, however, do not like to use\n\nthis advantage. They would prefer to transmigrate perpetually from one\n\nbody to another, or from one planet to another. They do not want eternal,\nblissful life in knowledge in the kingdom of God.\n\nThere are two kinds of dissolutions. One dissolution takes place at the\n\nend of the life of Brahmii. At that time all the planetary systems, including\n\nthe heave.nly systems, are dissolved in water and enter into the body of\n\nGarbhodakasiiyi Vi�QU, who lies on the Garbhodaka Ocean on the bed of\n\nserpents, called Se�a. In the other dissolution, which occurs at the end of\n\nBrahmii's day, all the lower planetary systems are destroyed. When Lord\n\nBrahmii rises after his night, these lower planetary systems are again\n\ncreated. The statement in Bhagavad-gita that persons who worship the\ndemigods have lost their intelligence is confirmed in this verse. These less\n\nintelligent persons do not know that even if they are promoted to the\n\nheavenly planets, at the time of dissolution they themselves, the demigods\n\n", "SB3.4#p0390": "1372\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\nand all their planets will be annihilated. They have no information that\neternal, blissful life can be attained.\nTEXTS\n\nlt�'lkt� �t: � I\nfir:q� �(ij$1lUH qr-:m: �(ifEI(U II'-\\ II\nye sva-dharman na duhyanti\ndhira� kamartha-hetave\nniftsanga nyasta-karmar-a�\nprasanta� suddha-cetasa�\nye those who;sva-dharman-their own occupational duties; na-do not;\nduhyanti- take advantage of; dhirii�- intelligent; kama- sense gratification;\nartha-economic development; hetave-for the sake of; n * sang ii[l-free\nfrom material attachment; nyasta-given up; karmiir-a� -fruitive activities;\nprasantii[l-satisfied; suddha-cetasafl- of purified consciousness.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who\n\nare intelligent and are of purified consciousness are\n\ncompletely satisfied in Kr�!la consciousness. Freed from the modes of\nmaterial nature, they do not act for sense gratification, but, since they are\nsituated in their own occupational duties, they act as one is expected to\nact.\nPURPORT\nThe first-class example of this type of man is Arjuna. Arjuna was a\n\nk�atriya, and his occupational duty was to fight. Generally, kings fight to\nextend their kingdoms, which they rule for sense gratification. But as far as\nArjuna is concerned, he declined to fight for his own sense gratification.\nHe said that although he could get a kingdom by fighting with his relatives,\nhe did not want to fight with them. But when he was ordered by Kr�va and\nconvinced by the teachings of Bhagavad-gitii that his duty was to satisfy\nKr�I].a, then he fought. Thus he fought not for his sense gratification, but\nfor the satisfaction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPersons who work at their prescribed duties, not for sense gratification\nbut for gratification of the Supreme Lord, are called niftsanga, freed from\nthe influence of the modes of material nature. Nyasta-karmar-afl indicates\nthat the results of their activities are given to the Supreme Personality of\n\n", "SB3.4#p0391": "Text 6]\nGodhead.\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\nSuch\n\npersons\n\nappear\n\nto\n\nbe\n\nacting\n\n1373\n\non\n\nthe\n\nplatform\n\nof their respective ,duties, but such activities are not performed for\npersonal sense gratification; rather, they are performed for the Supreme\nPerson. Such devotees are called prasiintii�, which means completely\nsatisfied. Suddha-cetasa/J, means Kr�J;la conscious; their consciousness has\n\nbecome purified. In unpurified consciousness one thinks of himself as the\nLord of the universe, but in purified consciousness one thinks himself the\neternal servant of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Putting oneself in\nthat position of eternal servitorship to the Supreme Lord and working for\nHim perpetually, one actually becomes completely satisfied. As long as\none works for his personal sense gratification, he will always be full of\nanxiety. That is the difference between ordinary consciousness and l(r�J;la\nconsciousness.\nTEXT6\n\nf.t'IM\\:4�(61 � fimum: 1\n�� � 1ift�Wf �.II � ll\n'\n\n�\n\nnivrtti-dharma-niratti\nnirmamti nirahankrtii�\nsva-dharmtiptena sattvena\nparisuddhena cetasti\n\nnivrtti-dharma-in religious activities for detachment; niratti�- constantly\n\nengaged; ni rmamti�-without a sense of proprietorship; ni rahankrtti�- without false egoism; sva-dharma-by one's own occupational duties; iiptena­\n\nexecuted;\n\nsattvena-by\n\ncetasii- by consciousness.\n\ngoodness;\n\nparisuddhena- complet e ly\n\npurified;\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy executing one's occupational duties, acting with detachment and\nwithout a sense of proprietorship or false egoism, one is posted in one's\nconstitutional position by dint of complete purification of consciousness,\nand by thus executing so-called material duties he can easily enter into the\nkingdom of God.\nPURPORT\nHere the word nivrtti-dharma-niratii� means constantly engaging in\nexecuting religious activities for detachment. There are two kinds of\n\nreligious performances. One is called pravrtti-dharma, which means the\n\nreligious activities performed by the grhamedhis for elevation to higher\n\n", "SB3.4#p0392": "1374\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nplanets or for economic prosperity, the final aim of which is sense gratification. Every one of us who has come to this material world has the sense\nof overlordship. This is called pravrtti. But the opposite type of religious\nperformance, which is called nivrtti, is to act for the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Engaged in devotional service in Kr�l).a consciousness, one has\nno proprietorship claim, nor is one situated in the false egoism of thinking\nthat he is God or the master. He always thinks himself the servant. That is\nthe process of purifying consciousness. With pure consciousness only can\none enter into the kingdom of God. Materialistic persons, in their elevated\ncondition, can enter any one of the planets withih this material world, but\nall are subj ected to dissolution over and over again.\nTEXT 7\n\nwt�Rut ij ��f� ·� Wadli<'4¥( I\nl�UCIW\n!ltRt+t@�q'ftl�4tlcti¥( II \\9 II\nsurya-dviirerta te yiinti\npurufiarh visvato-mukham\npariivaresam prakrtim\nasyotpatty-anta-bhiivanam\n\ns urya-dviire[la-through the path\n\nof illumination; te-they ; yiinti­\n\napproach; purufiam- the Personality of Godhead; viSvata� mukham-whose\n-\n\nface is turned everywhere; para-avara-isam-the proprietor of the spiritual\nand material worlds; prakrtim-the material cause; asya-of the world;\nutpatti-of manifestation; anta-of dissolution; bhiivanam-the cause.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThrough the path of ill umination, such liber ated persons approach the\ncomplete Personality of Godhead, who is the proprietor of the material and\nspiritual worlds and is the supreme cause of their manifestation and\ndissolution.\nPURPORT\nThe word surya-dviirerta means by the illuminated path, or through the\nsun planet. The illuminated path is devotional service. It is advised in the\nVedas not to pass through the darkness, but to pass through the sun\n\nplanet. It is also recommended here that by traversing the illuminated\n\n", "SB3.4#p0393": "Text 8]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1375\n\npath one can be freed from the contamination of the material modes of\nnature; by that path one can enter into the kingdom where the completely\nperfect Personality of Godhead resides. The words puru�arh visvato-mukham\nmean the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is all·perfect. All living\nentities other than the Supreme Personality of Godhead are very small,\nalthough they may be big by our calculation. Everyone is infinitesimal,\nand therefore in the Vedas the Supreme Lord is called the Supreme Eternal\namongst all eternals. He is the proprietor of the material and spiritual\nworlds and the supreme cause of manifestation. Material nature is only\nthe ingredient because actually th\n\nmanifestation is caused by His energy.\n\nThe material energy is also His energy; just as the combination of father\nand mother is the cause of childbirth, so the combination of the material\nenergy and the glance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the cause\nof the manifestation of the material world. The efficient cause, therefore,\nis not matter, but the Lord Himself.\nTEXTS\n\ndvi-pariirdhavasiine yaJt\npralayo brahmaras tu te\ntiivad adhyiisate lokarh\nparasya para-cintakiift.\ndvi pa riirdha-two\n-\n\npariirdhas;\n\navasiine-at\n\nthe end of; yaft-which;\n\np ralayaft-death; brahmaraf!-of Lord Brahma; tu-indeed; te-they; tiivat­\n\nso long; adhyiisate-dwell; lokam-on the planet; parasya-of the Supreme;\npara cintakiift-thinking of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWorshipers of the\n\nHira�yagarbha expansion of the Personality of\n\nGodhead remain within this material world until the end of two parardhas,\nwhen Lord Brahma also dies.\nPURPORT\nOne dissolution is at the end of Brahma's day, and one is at the end of\nBrahma's life. Brahma dies at the end of two pariirdhas, at which time the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0394": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1376\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\nentire material universe is dissolved. Persons who are worshipers of\nHiral).yagarbha, the plenary expansion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Garbhodakasayi Vi�Q.u, do not directly approach the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead in VaikuQ.tha. They remain within this universe on\nSatyaloka or other higher planets until the end of the life of Brahma. Then,\nwith Brahma, they are elevated to the spiritual kingdom.\nThe words parasya para-cintakii� mean always thinking of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead or being always Kr�Q.a conscious. When we speak of\nKr�qa this refers to the complete category of vinm-tattva. Kr�qa includes\nthe three purufia incarnations, namely Maha-Vi�Q.U, Garbhodakasayi Vi�Q.U\nand K�irodakasayi Vi�Q.U, as well as all the incarnations taken together.\nThis is confirmed in the Brahma-samhita. Ramadi-murti§u kalii-niyamena\n\ntiflthan: Lord Kr�Q.a is perpetually situated with His many expansions, such\nas Rama, Nrsimha, Vamana, Madhusudana, Vi�Q.u and NarayaQ.a. He exists\nwith all His plenary portions and the portions of His plenary portions, and\neach of them is as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The words\n\nparasya para-cintakii[l. mean those who are fully Kr�Q.a conscious. Such persons enter directly into the kingdom of God, the VaikuQ.tha planets, or, if\nthey are worshipers of the plenary portion Garbhodakasayt Vi�Q.U, then\nthey remain within this universe until dissolution, and after that they\nenter.\n\nTEXT9\n\n��SWI�f.m�{f..-wtt���fil: .mt�hrf�m��: 1\n\n3JOlllf;d mrRf � go\\'31�1�¥41\nifitt��lR: ��: II� II\nk.smiimbho- 'naliinila-viyan-mana-indriyiirthabhUtiidibhi[l. parivrtam pratisanjihtr.sufl\navyiikrtarh visati yarhi gura-trayiitmii\nkiilam pariikhyam anubhUya para[!. svayam-bhU[l.\nk§mii earth; ambha [l.-water; ana la- fire; anila air; viyat ether; mana[!.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-mind; indri ya- the senses; artha-the objects of the senses; bh iU a.- ego;\na dibhi[l.- and so on; pariv rtam- co vered by; prati sa njih tr� u[l. - desiring to\ndissolve; avya krtam- the changeless spiritual sky; viSati-he enters; yarhiat which time; gu�a-traya iit m ii- consisting of the three modes; kiilam-\n\nthe time;\n\npara-iikhyam-two pariirdha.s; anubhuya after experiencing;\npara[!.- the chief; svayam-bhu�- Lord Brahmii.\n-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0395": "Text 10)\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1377\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter experiencing the inhabitable time of the three modes of material\nnature, known as two parardhas, Lord Brahma closes the material universe,\nwhich is covered by layers of earth, water, air, fire, ether, mind, ego, etc.,\nand goes back to Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThe word avyakrtam is very significant in this verse. The same meaning\nis stated in Bhagavad-gitii, in the word saniitana. This material world is\n\nvyiikrta, or subject to changes, and it finally dissolves. But after the\ndissolution of this material world, the manifestation of the spiritual world,\nthe sanatana-dhama, remains. That spiritual sky is called avyakrta, that\nwhich does not change, and there the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nresides. When, after ruling over the material universe under the influence of\nthe time element, Lord Brahmii desires to dissolve it and enter into the\nkingdom of God, others then enter with him.\nTEXT 10\n\n��\n\n� ��fffi\n� ��) fllij4t(iri{�e1 Ftum: I\n�� �·�'l'ld �� �\nQ!f'ifl�f!q:ql�fRfl�: II� oil\n\nevam paretya bhagavantam anupravift.ta\nye yogino jita-marun-manaso viriiga�\ntenaiva sakam amrtam purufiani pural}arh\nbrahma pradhanam upayanty agatabhimana�\nevam- thus; paretya- having gone a long distance; bhagavantam - Lord\nBrahma; anupravi� !ll�- entered; ye- those who; yogina�-yogcs; jita- con trolled; marut-the breathing; manasa�- the mind; vi ro ga � - detached;\ntena- with Lord Brahma; eva- indeed; sakam - together; amrtam- the\nembodiment of bliss; puru§am- unto the Personality of Godhead; puriir;wmthe oldest; brahma pradhanam- the Supreme Brahman; upayanti- they go;\n\nagata-not gone; abhimana� - whose false ego.\nTRANSLATION\nThe yogis who become detached from the material world by practice of\nbreathing exercises and control of the mind reach the planet of Brahma,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0396": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1378\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\nwhich is far, far away. After giving up their bodies, they enter into the\nbody of Lord Brahma, and therefore when Brahma is liberated and goes\nto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the Supreme Brahman,\nsuch yogis can also enter into the kingdom of God.\nPURPORT\nBy perfecting their yogic practice, yogis can reach the highest planet,\nBrahmaloka or Satyaloka, and after giving up their material bodies, they\ncan enter into the body of Lord Brahma. Because they are not directly\ndevotees of the Lord, they cannot get liberation directly. They have to\nwait until Brahma is liberated, and only then, along with Brahma, are they\nalso liberated. It is clear that as long as a living entity is a worshiper of a\nparticular demigod, his consciousness is absorbed in thoughts of that\ndemigod, and therefore he cannot get direct liberation, or entrance into the\nkingdom of God, nor can he merge into the impersonal effulgence of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Such yogis or demigod worshipers are\nsubjected to the chance of taking birth again when there is again creation.\nTEXT 11\n\n� ���Pff � im� I\n�ef � � � lllfid:. II n II\n3f·?.f\n\natha tarh sarva-bhutanarh\nhrt-padmefiu krtalayam\nsrutanubhavarh sarartarh\nvraja bhavena bhamini\natha-therefore; tam-the\n\nSupreme Personality\n\nof Godhead; sarva­\n\nbhiitiiniim-of all living entities; hrt-padme§u-in the lotus hearts; krtaiilayam\n\n-\n\nresiding; sruta-anubhiivam-whose glories you have heard;saral}am\n\n-unto the shelter; vraja-go; bhiivena-by devotional service; bhiimini-My\ndear mother.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, My dear mother, by devotional service take direct shelter of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is seated in everyone's heart.\nPURPORT\nOne can attain direct contact with the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nin full Kr�pa consciousness and revive one's eternal relationship with Him\n\n", "SB3.4#p0397": "Texts 12-15]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1379\n\nas lover, as Supreme Soul, as son, as friend or as master. One can reestablish the transcendental loving relationship with the Supreme Lord in so\nmany ways, and that feeling is true oneness. The oneness of the Mayavadi\nphilosophers and the oneness of V ai�pava philosophers are different. The\nMayavadi and Vai�pava philosophers both want to merge into the Supreme,\nbut the Vai�Q.avas do not lose their identities. They want to keep the\nidentity of lover, parent, friend, or servant.\nIn the transcendental world, the servant and master are one. That is the\nabsolute platform. Although the relationship is servant and master, both\nthe servant and the served stand on the same platform. That is oneness.\nLord Kapila advised His mother that she did not need any indirect process.\nShe was already situated in that direct process because the Supreme Lord\nhad taken birth as her son. Actually, she did not need any further instruction because she was already in the perfectional stage. Kapiladeva advised\nher to continue in the same way. He therefore addressed His mother as\n\nbhiimini to indicate that she was already thinking of the Lord as her son.\nDevahiiti is advised by Lord Kapila to take directly to devotional service,\nKr�t:J.a consciousness, because without that consciousness one cannot become liberated from the clutches of miiyii.\n\nTEXTS 12-15\n\ntr�: �N: I\n��: t�: M�•ISI€4��: 11��11\n��� f.f:ei•uN �T I\n�mmut ;m ��� �q��������\n� �tr �: � �sa(l{Rt•n 1\n��ij- �urotrftl� qq� � II� \\111\n�ri �� � ij-sfq- ��NF..flf� 1\n� �Atf;ij !JUiottRt� m ������\n\nam�: Rtl�:q�lUii �\n\niidya� sthira-carii[liirh yo\nveda-garbha� saharflibhi�\nyogesvara* kumiiriidya*\nsiddhair yoga-pravartaka*\nbheda-drfl1yiibhimiinena\nn*sangeniipi karma[lii\n\n", "SB3.4#p0398": "[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1380\n\nkartrtvat sagu!J-am brahma\npuru�am puru�ar�abham\nsa samsrtya puna� kale\nkalenesvara-murtina\njate gu!la-vyatikare\nyatha-purvam prajayate\naiivaryam parame�.thyam ca\nte 'pi dharma-vinirmitam\nn�evya punar ayanti\ngu!J-a-vyatikare sati\niidya�- the creator, Lord Brahma; sthira-caril':llm-of the immobile and\n\nmobile manifestations; ya�- he who; veda-garbha�-the repository of the\n\nVedas; saha\n\n-\n\nalong with; r� ibhi�-the sages; yoga-i.Svarai�-with\n\ngreat\n\nmystic yogis; kumiira-iidya*-the Kumar as and others; siddhai�- with the\nperfected living beings; yoga-pravarta kai�\n\nthe authors of the yoga system;\nbheda-dr§!yii- because of independent vision; abhimiinena- by misconception;\n\ni�sa�i gena- nonfruitive;\n\nn\n\n-\n\napi-although;\n\nkarma�ii-by\n\ntheir\n\nactivities; k artr tvat- from the sense of being a doer; sa-guram-possessing\n\nspiritual qualities;b rahma- Brahman; puru§am- the Personality of Godhead;\npurU§a-r§abham-the first puru§a incarnation; sa� he; samsrtya- having\nattained; puna� again; kiile-at the time; kiilena-by time;isvara-murtiniithe manifestation of the Lord;jiite gu l}a-vyatika re-when the interaction of\n-\n\n-\n\nthe modes arises; yatha- as; piir va m-previously; prajiiyate-is born;\nais va ryam-opulence; piirame§t hyam- royal; ca-and; te-the sages; apialso; d harma- by their pious activities; vinirmitam- produced; ni�evyahaving enjoyed; puna�- again; ii yiinti- they return; gu�a-vyatikare satiwhen the interaction of the modes takes place.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear mother, someone may worship the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead with a special self-interest, but even demigods such as Lord\nBrahmi, great sages such as Sanat-kumara, and great munis such as\nMarici have to come back to the material world again at the time of\ncreation. When the interaction of the three modes of material nature\nbegins, Brahma, who is the creator of this cosmic manifestation and who\nis full of Vedic knowledge, and the great sages, who are the authors of the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0399": "Texts 12-15]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1381\n\nspiritual path and the yoga system, come back under the influence of the\ntime factor. Although they are liberated by their nonfruitive activities and\nthey attain the first incarnation of the puru!!a, still, at the time of creation,\nthey come back in exactly the same forms and positions as they had\npreviously.\nPURPORT\n\nThat Brahmii becomes liberated is known to everyone, but he cannot\nliberate his devotees. Demigods like Brahmii and Lord Siva cannot give\nliberation to any living entity. As it is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii, only\n\none who surrenders unto Kf�J]a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, can\n\nbe liberated from the clutches of miiyii. Brahmii is called here iidya�\n\nsthira-cariir-iim. He is the original, first-created living entity, and after his\nown birth he creates the entire cosmic manifestation. He was fully in­\n\nstructed in the matter of creation by the Supreme Lord. Here he is called\n\nveda-garbha, which means that he knows the complete purpose of the\nVedas. He is always accompanied by such great personalities as Marici,\nKasyapa and the seven sages, as well as by great mystic yogis, the Kumiiras\nand many other spiritually advanced living entities, but he has his own\ninterest, separate from the Lord's. Bheda-dr§,tyii means that Brahmii\n\nsometimes thinks that he is independent of the Supreme Lord, or\nhe thinks of himself as one of the three equally independent incarnations. Brahmii is entrusted with creation, Vigm maintains, and Rudra ,\nLord Siva, destroys. The three of them are understood to be incarnations\nof the Supreme Lord in charge of the three different material modes of\nnature, but none of them is independent of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Here the word bheda-dHfYii occurs because Brahmii has a slight\ninclination to think that he is as independent as Rudra. Sometimes Brahmii\nthinks that he is independent of the Supreme Lord, and the worshiper also\nthinks that he is independent. For this reaso�, after the destruction of this\nmaterial world, when there is again creation by the interaction of the\nmaterial modes of nature, Brahmii comes back. Although Brahmii reaches\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead as the first puru§a incarnation, Mahii­\n\nVigm, who is full with transcendental qualities, still he cannot stay in the\nspiritual world.\nThe specific significance of his coming back may be noted. Brahmii and\n\nthe great His and the great master of yoga (�iva) are not ordinary living\n\nentities; they are very powerful and have all the perfections of mystic\n\nyoga. But still they have an inclination to try to become one with the Supreme, and therefore they have to come back. In the Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n", "SB3.4#p0400": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1382\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\nit is accepted that as long as one thinks that he is equal with the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, he is not completely purified or knowledgeable.\n\nIn spite of going up to the first puru�a-avatiira, Maha-Vi�p.u, after the dissolution of this material creation, such personalities again fall down or\ncome back to the material creation.\nIt is a great falldown on the part of the impersonalists to think that the\nSupreme Lord appears within a material body and that one should therefore not meditate upon the form of the Supreme but should meditate instead on the formless. For this particular mistake, even the great mystic\n\nyogis or great stalwart transcendentalists also come back again when there\nis creation. All living entities other than the impersonalists and monists\ncan directly take to devotional service in full Kr�t:ta consciousness and\nbecome liberated by developing transcendental loving service for the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Such devotional service develops in the\ndegrees of thinking of the Supreme Lord as master, as friend, as son, and,\nat last, as lover. These distinctions in transcendental variegatedness must\nalways be present.\nTEXT 16\n\nit �(IQ'ffi'ilQ: d5 �'{t(IP4m: I\n��A4JM Pl�1w:ttfq :q-�:11 � ���\nye tv ihiisakta-manasa[l.\n\nkarmasu sraddhayiinvitii[l.\n\nkurvanty apralifliddhiini\n\nnityiiny api ca krtsnasa�\n\nye-those who; tu-but; iha-in this world; iisakta-addicted; manasaftwhose\n\nminds;\n\nkarmasu-to\n\nfruitive\n\nactivities; sraddhayii- with faith;\n\nanvitii�-endowed ; kurvanti-perform; aprati§iddhani-with attachment to\nthe result; nityiini-prescribed duties; api-certainly; ca-and; krtsnasa�repeatedly.\nTRANSLATION\nPersons who are too addicted to this material world execute their\n\nprescribed duties very nicely and with great faith. They daily perform all\nsuch prescribed duties with attachment to the fruitive result.\nPURPORT\nIn this and the following six verses, the Srimad-Bhiigavatam criticizes\n\npersons who are too materially attached. It is enj oined in the Vedic scrip-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0401": "Text 18]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1383\n\ntures that those who are attached to the enjoyment of material facilities\nhave to sacrifice and undergo certain ritualistic performances. They have\nto observe certain rules and regulations in their daily lives to be elevated\nto the heavenly planets. It is stated in this verse that such persons cannot\nbe liberated at any time. Those who worship demigods with the consciousness that each and every demigod is a separate God cannot be elevated to\nthe spiritual world, what to speak of persons who are simply attached to\nduties for the upliftment of their material condition.\nTEXT 17\n\n�m ��: itil+U�+tltft��: I\n\nffffl�� �� �ff«ijlW<4t: II� \\911\nrajasii kurt.tha-manasafl,\nkiimiitmiino 'jitendriyiifl,\npitfn yajanty anudinam\ngrhe§v abhiratiisayiilt\nrajasa- by the mode of passion; k u �!ha- full of anxieties; manasa�­\n\ntheir minds; kiima-iitmana�- aspiring for sense gratification; ajita- uncontrolled; indriyii�- their senses ;pit[n- the forefathers ;yajanti- they worship;\nanudinam-every day; grhe §u- in home life; abhirata- engaged ; asayii�their minds.\nTRANSLATION\nSuch persons, impelled by the mode of passion, are full of anxieties and\nalways aspire for sense gratification due to uncontrolled senses. They\nworship the forefathers and are busy day and night improving the\neconomic condition of their family, social or national life.\nTEXT 18\n\n�w � f� �1:\"R{: ,\n·� � �: 11��11\ntrai-vargikiis te puru§ii\nvimukhii hari-medhasafl,\nkathiiyiim kathaniyoruvikramasya madhu-dvi§afl,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0402": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1384\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\nt rai vargikii�- interes ted in the three elevating processes; te-those;\n-\n\npu ru§ ii�- per sons; vimu khii�- not interested; hari-medhasa�-of Lord Hari;\n\nkathiiyiim-in the pastimes; katha niya- worth chanting of; uru-vikramasya\nwhose excellent prowess; madh u dvi§ a�- the killer of the Madhu demon.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuch persons are called trai-vargika because they are interested in the\nthree elevating processes. They are averse to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who can give relief to the conditioned soul. They are not\ninterested in the Supreme Personality's pastimes, which are worth hearing\nbecause of His transcendental prowess.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Vedic thought, there are four elevating principles, namely\nreligiosity, economic development, sense gratification and liberation. Persons who are simply interested in material enjoyment make plans to execute\nprescribed duties. They are interested in the three elevating processes of\nreligious rituals, economic elevation and sense enjoyment. By developing\ntheir economic condition, they can enjoy material life. Materialistic\npersons, therefore, are interested in those elevating processes, which are\ncalled\n\ntrai-vargika. Trai means three; vargika means elevating processes.\n\nSuch materialistic persons are never attracted by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Rather, they are antagonistic towards Him.\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is here described as harimedha{l, or He who can deliver one from the cycle of birth and death.\nMaterialistic persons are never interested in hearing about the marvelous\n\npastimes of the Lord. They think that they are fictions and stories and that\nthe Supreme Godhead is also a man of material nature. They are not fit\nfor advancing in devotional service or K{�qa consciousness. Such materialistic persons are interested in newspaper stories, novels and imaginary\ndramas. The factual activities of the Lord, such as Lord Kr�J].a's acting in\nthe Battle of Kuruk�etra, or the activities of the Part�avas, or the Lord's\n\nactivities in V�ndavana or Dviiraka, are related in the Bhagavad-gita and\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, which are full of the activities of the Lord. But\nmaterialistic persons who engage in elevating their position in the material\nworld are not interested in such activities of the Lord. They may be interested in the activities of a great politician or a great rich man of this\nworld, but they are not interested in the transcendental activities of the\nSupreme Lord.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0403": "Text 19]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1385\n\nTEXT 19\n\n;@ �� Fmn it �1�6�1W:111l.\n� 'tlli4�H'Il(ltll: �qf¥1� A'�: II� �II\nnunam daivena vihata\n\nye cacyuta-katha-sudham\n\nhitva snwanty asad-gatha�\npuri_sam iva vi!l-bhuja�\n\nniinam-certainly; daivena-by the order of the Lord; vihatii�- condemned; ye-those who; ca-also; acyuta- of the infallible Lord; kathastories; su dhii m- nect ar; hitvii- having given up; s'� vanti - they hear;\nasat-giithii� -stories about materialistic persons; pu ri§ am- s tool; iva-like;\nvi! -bhuja � -stool-eaters (hogs).\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuch persons are condemned by the supreme order of the Lord. Because\nthey are averse to the nectar of the activities of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, they are compared to stool-eating hogs. They give up hearing\nthe transcendental activities of the Lord and indulge in hearing of the\nabominable activities of materialistic persons.\n\nPURPORT\n\nEveryone is addicted to hearing of the activities of another person,\nwhether a politician, or a rich man, or an imaginary character whose\nactivities are created in a novel. There are so many nonsensical literatures,\nstories and books of speculative philosophy. Materialistic persons are very\ninterested in reading such literature, but when they are presented with\ngenuine books of knowledge like Srimad-Bhiigavatam, Bhagavad-gTtii,\nVi�!tU Purii!ta or other scriptures of the world, such as the Bible and Koran,\nthey are not interested. These persons are condemned by the supreme\norder as much as a hog is condemned. The hog is interested in eating stool.\nIf the hog is offered some nice preparation made of condensed milk or\nghee, he won't like it; he would prefer obnoxious, bad-smelling stool,\nwhich he finds very relishable. Materialistic persons are considered to be\ncondemned because they are interested in hellish activities and not in\ntranscendental activities. The message of the Lord's activities is nectar,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0404": "[Canto 3. Ch. 32\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1386\n\nand besides that message, any information in which we may be interested\nis actually hellish.\nTEXT 20\n\n�cq;c q�t.f;uu fq��1€ft if�f� � I\nSl'� Sl151lt(w-� �'itUIWCIRt&tn��: ll�oll\ndak§irena patharyamra�\npitr-lokam vrajanti te\nprajam anu prajayante\nsmasananta-kriya-krta�\ndak�i�ena-southern; patha-by the path; a ry am � a� -of the sun; pit,r­\n\nlokam-to\n\nPitrloka ; vrajan ti go ;\n-\n\nalong with; prajiiyante\n\n-\n\nte\n\n-\n\nthey ; prajiim- their families; anu­\n\nthey take birth; s'masana-the crematorium; anta­\n\nto the end; k riyii- fruitive activities; krta� - performing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuch materialistic persons are allowed to go to the planet called Pitrloka\n\nby the southern course of the sun, but they again come back to this planet\nand take birth in their own families, beginning again the same fruitive\n\nactivities from birth to the end of life.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-g\"ltii, Ninth Chapter, twenty-first verse, it is stated that such\npersons are elevated to the higher planetary systems. As soon as their\nlifetimes of fruitive activity are finished, they again return to this planet,\nand thus they go up and come down. Those who are elevated to the higher\nplanets again come back into the same family for which they had too\nmuch attachment; they are born, and the fruitive activities continue again\nuntil the end of life. There are different prescribed rituals from birth until\nthe end of life, and they are very much attached to such activities.\nTEXT 21\n\n� �UlijtRU: �Jf�(ic� �ftr I\n���:�A��:������\n\n", "SB3.4#p0405": "Text 22]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1387\n\ntatas te k�trw-sukrta�\npunar lokam imam sati\npatanti vivasa deva*\nsadyo vibhrarhsitodaya�\ntata �- then; te- they; k§t�w-exhausted; su-k rtii� -results of their pious\nactivities; pu n a� - again; lokam imam-to this planet; sati-0 virtuous\nmother; patanti-fall; vivasii �- helpless; deva *- by higher arrangement;\nsadya� -suddenly; vibhrarhsita-caused to fall; udayii� -their prosperity.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the results of their pious activities are exhausted, they fall down\nby higher arrangement and again come back to this planet, just as any\nperson raised to a high position sometimes all of a sudden falls.\nPURPORT\nIt is sometimes found that a person elevated to a very high position in\ngovernment service falls down all of a sudden, and no one can check him.\n\nSimilarly, after finishing their period of enj oyment, foolish persons who\nare very much interested in being elevated to the position of President in\n\nhigher planets also fall down to this planet. The distinction between the\nelevated position of a devotee and that of an ordinary person attracted to\nfruitive activities is that when a devotee is elevated to the spiritual kingdom he never falls down, whereas an ordinary person falls, even if he is\nelevated to the highest planetary system, Brahmaloka. It is confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gita (abrahma-bhuvanal loka�) that even if one is elevated to a\nhigher\n\nplanet he has to\n\nBhagavad-g'itii,\n(Bg.\n\ncome down again. But Kr�J;Ia confirms in\n\niniim upetya tu\n\nkaunteya\n\npunar janma na vidyate\n\n8.16): \"Anyone who attains My abode never comes back to this\n\nconditioned life of material existence.\"\nTEXT 22\n\nwhnitit �� �� 1\niji(YUU� � �wtltlq((�t_ ����II\n�\n\ntasmiit tvarh sarva-bhiivena\nbhajasva parame§thinam\n\n", "SB3.4#p0406": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n1388\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\ntad-guruHrayaya bhaktya\nbhajaniya-padiimbujam\ntas mii t-therefore; t vam- you (Devahuti); sarva-bhiivena-with loving\n\necstasy; bhajasva-worship; parame�thinam-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; tat-g u�a the qualities of the Lord; iis rayayii - connected with;\n-\n\nbhaktyii-by devotional service; bhajantya wors hipable; pada-ambujam-\n\nwhose lotus feet\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear mother, I therefore advise that you take shelter of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead because His lotus feet are worth worshiping.\n\nAccept this with all devotion and love, for thus you can be situated in\ntranscendental devotional service.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word parame�phina is sometimes used in connection with Brahmii.\n\nParame�.thina means the supreme person. As Brahmii is the supreme\nperson within this universe, similarly Krl'r;�a is the Supreme Personality in\n\nthe spiritual world. Lord Kapiladeva advises His mother that she should\n\ntake shelter of the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nKrl't;ta, because it is worthwhile. Taking shelter of demigods, even those\n\nin the highest positions, like Brahma and Siva, is not advised herein. One\nshould take shelter of the Supreme Godhead.\n\nSarva-bhiivena means \"in all-loving ecstasy.\" Bhiiva is the preliminary\n\nstage of elevation before the attainment of pure love of Godhead. It is\nstated in Bhagavad-glta, budha bhava-samanvita�: one who has attained\nthe stage of bhava can accept the lotus feet of Lord Kr�t�-a as worshipable.\n\nThis is also advised here by Lord Kapila to His mother. Also significant in\nthis verse is the phrase tad-gurtiisrayaya bhaktya. This means that discharg­\n\ning devotional service unto Krl'r;�a is transcendental; it is not material\nactivity. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-g'ita: those who engage in devotion­\n\nal service are accepted to be situated in the spiritual kingdom. Brahma­\n\nbhuyiiya kalpate: they at once become situated in the transcendental\nkingdom.\nDevotional service in full Kr�t�-a consciousness is the only means for\nattaining the highest perfection of life for the human being. This is\nrecommended herein by Lord Kapila to His mother. Bhakti is therefore\n\nnirgufta, free from all tinges of material qualities. Although the discharge\nof devotional service appears to be like material activities, it is never\n\nsagurta, or contaminated by material qualities. Tad-gurtiisrayayii means\n\n", "SB3.4#p0407": "Entanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\nText 23]\n\n1389\n\nthat Lord Kr�p.a's transcendental qualities are so sublime that there is no\nneed to divert one's attention to any other activities. His behavior with the\ndevotees is so exalted that a devotee need not try to divert his attention to\nany other worship. It is said that the demoniac Piitanii came to kill Kr�p.a\nby poisoning Him, but because Kr�p.a was pleased to suck her breast, she\nwas given the same position as His mother. Devotees pray, therefore, that\nif a demon who wanted to kill Kr�p.a gets such an exalted position, why\nshould they go to anyone other than Kr�p.a for their worshipful attachment? There are two kinds of religious activities: one for material advancement and the other for spiritual advancement. By taking shelter under the\nlotus feet of Kr�p.a, one is endowed with both kinds of prosperity, material\nand spiritual. Why then should one go to any demigod?\nTEXT 23\n\nq� � ��: Sl���H I\n\n�� ������\n\niSiwwq�q•u � �\n\nvasudeve bhagavati\nbhakti-yoga� prayojita�\njanayaty asu vairogyarh\njiiiinarh yad brahma-darsanam\nviisudeve-unto Kr�l)a; bhagavati-the Personality of Godhead; bhaktiyoga�-devotional service; prayo jita�-discharged ;janayati- produces; iisuvery\n\nsoon;\n\nvai riigya m - detachment ;\n\njiiiinam\n\n-\n\nknowledge;\n\nyat- which ;\n\nb rahma-dar5anam- self-realization.\nTRANSLATION\nEngagement\n\nin :Kf�r;ta\n\nservice unto Kr�l)a\n\nconsciousness and application of devotional\n\nmake\n\nit possible to advance in knowledge and\n\ndetachment, as well as in self-realization.\nPURPORT\nIt is said by less intelligent men that bhakti-yoga or devotional service is\nmeant for persons who are not advanced in transcendental knowledge and\nrenunciation. But the fact is that if one engages in the devotional service\nof the Lord in full Kr�p.a consciousness, he does not have to attempt\nseparately to practice detachment or to wait for an awakening of tran-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0408": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1390\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\nscendental knowledge. It is said that one who engages unflinchingly in the\ndevotional service of the Lord actually has all the good qualities of the\ndemigods develop in him automatically. One cannot discover how such\ngood qualities develop in the body of a devotee, but actually it happens.\nThere is one instance where a hunter was taking pleasure in killing animals,\nbut after becoming a devotee he was not prepared to kill even an ant. Such\nis the quality of a devotee.\nThose who are very eager to advance in transcendental knowledge can\nengage themselves in pure devotional service, without wasting time in\nmental speculation. For arriving at the positive conclusions of knowledge\nin the Absolute Truth, the word brahma-darsanam is significant in this\nverse. Brahma-darsanam means to realize or to understand the Transcendence. One who engages in the service of Vasudeva can actually realize\nwhat Brahman is. If Brahman is impersonal, then there is no question of\ndarsanam, which means seeing face to face. Darsanam refers to seeing the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva. Unless the seer and the seen\nare persons, there is no darsanam. Brahma-darsanam means that as soon as\none sees the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he can at once realize what\nimpersonal Brahman is. A devotee does not need to make separate investigations to understand the nature of Brahman. Bhagavad-gitii also confirms\nthis. Brahma-bhuyiiya kalpate: a devotee at once becomes a self-realized\nsoul in the Absolute Truth.\nTEXT 24\n\n� ���ttRlf¥r: I\nif M•l«lf<l � �SA� 11�\\lll\n\n�\n\nyadiisya cittam arthe§u\nsame§v indriya-vrttibhift\nna vigrhr-iiti vai§amyam\npriyam apriyam ity uta\nyad ii-when; asya-of the devotee; cittam-the mind; arthe.su-in the\n\nsense obj ects; same§u-same; indriya-vrttibh*-by the activities of the\n\nsenses; na-not; vigrh1f iiti-does perceive; vai§amyam-difference;priyamagreeable; apriyam -not agreeable; iti-thus; uta-certainly\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe exalted devotee's mind becomes equipoised in sensual activities,\nand he is transcendental to that which is agreeable and not agreeable.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0409": "Text 25]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1391\n\nPURPORT\nThe significance of advancement in transcendental knowledge and\ndetachment from material attraction is exhibited in the personality of a\nhighly advanced devotee. For him there is nothing agreeable or disagreeable because he does not act in any way for his personal sense gratification. Whatever he does, whatever he thinks, is for the satisfaction of the\nPersonality of Godhead. Either in the material world or in the spiritual\nworld, his equipoised mind is completely manifested. He can understand\nthat in the material world there is nothing good; everything is bad due to\nits being contaminated by material nature. The materialists' conclusions of\ngood and bad, moral and immoral, etc., are simply mental concoction or\nsentiment. Actually there is nothing good in the material world. In the\nspiritual field everything is absolutely good. There is no inebriety in the\nspiritual varieties. Because a devotee accepts everything in spiritual vision,\nhe is equipoised; that is the symptom of his being elevated to the transcendental position. He automatically attains detachment, vairagya, then\njiiiina, knowledge, and then actual transcendental knowledge. The conclusion is that an advanced devotee dovetails himself in the transcendental\nqualities of the Lord, and in that sense he becomes qualitatively one with\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 25\n\nija�u€+4•n� f;r:q Q+t<:>��.., 1\nt..,q.a.�oo�\n't((� ���'-\\11\n\n�\n\nsa tadaiviitmaniitmiinarh\nn*sangarh sama-darianam\nheyopiideya-rahitam\niirii,Pharh padam ik.sate\nsa�-the\n\npure\n\ntranscendental\n\ndevotee;\n\ntadii-then;\n\nintelligence;\n\n-\n\neva-certainly;\n\nii.tmii.nam-himself;\n\nmaterial attachment; sama dadanam\n\n-\n\natmanii by his\n\nni�sangam-without\n\n- equipoised in vision; heya-to be\n\nrejected; upiideya-acceptable; rahitam-devoid of; iirilgham-elevated;\npadam\n\n- to the transcendental position; ik§ate-he sees.\nTRANSLATION\n\nDue to his transcendental intelligence, the pure devotee is equipoised in\nhis vision and sees himself to he uncontaminated by matter. He does not\n\n", "SB3.4#p0410": "1392\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\nsee anything as superior or inferior, and he feels himself elevated to the\ntranscendental platform of being equal in qualities with the Supreme\nPerson.\nPURPORT\nPerception of the disagreeable arises from attachment. A devotee has no\npersonal attachment to anything; therefore for him there is no question of\nagreeable or disagreeable. For the service of the Lord he can accept anything, even though it may be disagreeable to his personal interest. In fact,\nhe is completely free from personal interest, and thus anything agreeable\nto the Lord is agreeable to him. For example, for Arjuna at first fighting\nwas not agreeable, but when he understood that the fighting was agreeable\nto the Lord, he accepted the fighting as agreeable. That is the position of\na pure devotee. For his personal interest there is nothing which is agreeable\nor disagreeable; everything is done for the Lord, and therefore he is free\nfrom attachment and detachment. That is the transcendental stage of\nneutrality. A pure devotee enjoys life in the pleasure of the Supreme Lord.\nTEXT 26\n\n(ta-.•n,f 'ft ;m q(•w:�\"R:\nt'WaFa:f1n\n���\njiiiina-miitrarh pararh brahma\nparamiitmesvara� pumiin\ndrsyiidibh* prthag bhiivair\nbhagaviin eka iyate\n\njniina- knowledge; mii t ram- only; param- transcendental; brahmaBrahman; parama-iit mii- Paramiitmii; is vara�- the controller; pumiinSupersoul; drsyii-iidibhi�- by philosophical research and other processes;\nprthak bhiivai�-according to different processes of understanding;\nbhagaviin- the Supreme Personality of Godhead; eka�-alone; tyate - is\nperceived.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead alone is complete transcendental\nknowledge, but according to the different processes of understanding He\nappears differently, either as impersonal Brahman, or as Paramatma, or\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, or the puru�a-avatara.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0411": "Text 26]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1393\n\nPURPORT\nThe word drsyadibh*\n\nis\n\nsignificant.\n\nAccording to }iva Gosvami,\n\ndrsyii means jniina, philosophical research. By different processes of\nphilosophical research under different concepts, such as the process of\n\nj niina- yoga\n\n,\n\nthe same Bhagavan, or Supreme Personality of Godhead, is\n\nunderstood as impersonal Brahman. Similarly, by the eightfold yoga\nsystem He appears as the Paramatma. But in pure Kr�t;ta consciousness, or\nknowledge in purity, when one tries to understand the Absolute Truth,\none realizes Him as the Supreme Person. The Transcendence is realized\n\nsimply on the basis of knowledge. The words used here, paramatmesvaraft\n\npumiin, are all transcendental, and they refer to Supersoul. Supersoul is\nalso described as puru�a,\n\nbut the word Bhagavan directly refers to the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is full of six opulences: wealth,\nfame, strength, beauty, knowledge and renunciation. He is the Personality\nof\n\nGodhead\n\nin different spiritual skies. The various descriptions of\n\nparamatmti, isvara and pumtin indicate that the expansions of the Supreme\nGodhead are unlimited.\nUltimately, to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead one\n\nhas to accept bhakti-yoga. By executingjniina-yoga or dhyiina-yoga one has\n\nto eventually approach the bhakti yoga platform, and then paramatma,\n-\n\niSvara, puman, etc., are all clearly understood. It is recommended in the\n\nSecond Canto of Srimad-Bhiigavatam that whether one is a devotee, or\n\nfruitive actor, or liberationist, if he is intelligent enough, he should engage\nhimself with all seriousness in the process of devotional service. It is also\nexplained that whatever one desires which is obtainable by fruitive activities,\neven if one wants to be elevated to higher planets, can be achieved simply\nby execution of devotional service. Since the Supreme Lord is full in six\nopulences, He can bestow any one of them upon the worshiper.\nThe one Supreme Personality of Godhead reveals Himself to different\nthinkers as the Supreme Person, or impersonal Brahman, or Paramatma.\n1mpersonalists merge into the impersonal Brahman, but that is not achieved\nby worshiping the impersonal Brahman. If one takes to devotional service\nand at the same time desires to merge into the existence of the Supreme\nLord, he can achieve that. If someone desires at all to merge into the\nexistence of the Supreme, he has to execute devotional service.\n\nThe devotee can see the Supreme Lord face to face, but the j niin\"i\nthe empiric philosopher, or yogi cannot. They cannot be elevated to the\n,\n\npositions of associates of the Lord. There is no evidence in the scriptures\nstating that by cultivating knowledge or worshiping the impersonal\nBrahman one can become a personal associate of the Supreme Personality\n\n", "SB3.4#p0412": "[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1394\n\nof Godhead. Nor by executing the yogic principles can one become an\n\nassociate of the Supreme Godhead. Impersonal Brahman, being formless,\nis described as adrsya because the impersonal effulgence of brahma}yoti\n\ncovers the face of the Supreme Lord. Some yogis see the four-handed\nVigm sitting within the heart, and therefore in their case also the Supreme\n\nLord is invisible. Only for the devotees is the Lord visible. Here the state­\n\nment\n\ndrsyadibhi[l.\n\nis\n\nsignificant.\n\nSince the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of\n\nGodhead is both invisible and visible, there are differeJJt features of the\n\nLord. The Paramatma feature and Brahman feature are invisible, but the\n\nBhagavan feature is visible. In the\n\nVi�[lU Purii[la this fact is very nicely\n\nexplained. The universal form of the Lord and the formless Brahman\n\neffulgence of the Lord, being invisible, are inferior features. The concept\n\nof the universal form is material, and the concept of impersonal Brahman\nis spiritual, but the highest spiritual understanding is the Personality\n\nof Godhead.\n\nVi�[lU Purii[la states, vinmr brahma-svariipe[la svayam eva\nvyavasthitaft: Brahman's real feature is Vi�Q.U, or the Supreme Brahman is\nVi$Q.U. Svayam eva: that is His personal feature. The supreme spiritual\n\nconception is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is also confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gitii: yad gatvii na nivartante tad dhiima paramarh mama. That\nspecific abode called paramarh mama is the place from which, once one\nattains it, one does not return to this miserable conditional life. Every\n\nplace, every space and every thing belongs to Vi$l)U, but where He per­\n\nsonally lives is tad dhiima paramam, His supreme abode. One has to make\nhis destination the supreme abode of the Lord.\nTEXT 27\n\nt(�NI�i!4 � �+tautii �: I\n\n�sfit+tffl �l �;::�· ���: 11�\\911\netiiviin eva yogena\nsamagrer-eha yoginaft\nyujyate 'bhimato hy artho\nyad asaftgas tu krtsnasaft\netiiviin-of such a measure; eva-just; yogena-by yoga practice;\nsam agre !!a all; iha-in this world; yogina�- of the yogt; yujyate-is achieved;\nabhimata�- desired; hi-certainly; artha�-p urpose ; yat- which; asatigaftdetachment; tu-indeed; k rtsnasa� - completely\n-\n\n.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0413": "Text 28]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1395\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe greatest common understanding for all yogis is complete detachment\nfrom matter, which can be achieved by different kinds of yoga.\nPURPORT\nThere are three kinds of yoga, namely bhakti-yoga, jiiiina-yoga, and\n\na§tiihga-yoga. Devotees, jiiiinis and yogis all try to get out of the material\nentanglement. The jiiiinis try to detach their sensual activities from material\nengagement. The jiiana-yogi thinks that matter is false and that Brahman is\ntruth; he tries, therefore, by cultivation of knowledge, to detach the senses\nfrom material enjoyment. The a§tiihga-yogis also try to control the senses.\nThe devotees, however, try to engage the senses in the service of the Lord.\nTherefore it appears that the activities of the bhaktas, devotees, are better\nthan those of the jiiiinis and yogis. The mystic yogis simply try to control\nthe senses by practicing the eight divisions of yoga-yama, niyama, iisana,\n\npriir-iiyiima, pratyahiira, etc.-and the jiianis try by mental reasoning to\nunderstand that sense enjoyment is false. But the easiest and most direct\nprocess is to engage the senses in the service of the Lord.\nThe purpose of all yoga is to detach one's sense activities from this\nmaterial world. The final aims, however, are different. ]iiiinis want to become one with the Brahman effulgence, yogis want to realize Paramatma,\nand devotees want to develop Kr.tJI)a consciousness and transcendental\nloving service to the Lord. That loving service is the perfect stage of sense\ncontrol. The senses are actually active symptoms of life, and they cannot\nbe stopped. They can be detached only if there is superior engagement. As\nit is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii, param dr�tvii nivartate. The activities of\nthe senses can be stopped if they are given superior engagements. The\nsupreme engagement is to engage the senses in the service of the Lord.\nThat is the purpose of all yoga.\nTEXT 28\n\n,.we�� qu�1�Rr�aim � 1\n31+4¥41��\n� �iil>IR$:Jfflan ������\njiiiinam ekam pariicinair\nindriyair brahma nirgur-am\navabhiity artha-riiper-a\nbhriintyii sabdiidi-dharmirtii\n\n", "SB3.4#p0414": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n1396\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\njni.inam- knowledge; ekam- one; pari.icin ail]- averse; indriyail]- by the\nbrahma-the Supreme Absolute Truth; nirg u '!am- beyond the\nmaterial modes; ava bha ti appears; artha rilpe r;w - in the form of various\nobjects; bh rii n tyii- mistakenly; sabda-iidi-sound and so on; dharmi1]-iisenses;\n\n-\n\nendowed with.\nThose\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nwho are averse to the Transcendence realize the Supreme\n\nAbsolute Truth differently through speculative sense perception, and\ntherefore, because of mistaken speculation, everything appears to them to\nbe relative.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Absolute Truth, the Personality of Godhead, is one, and\nHe is spread everywhere by His impersonal feature. This is clearly expressed\nin Bhagavad-gitii. Lord Kni].a says, \"Everything that is experienced is but\nan expansion of My energy.\" Everything is sustained by Him, but that does\nnot mean that He is in everything. Sense perceptions, such as aural perception of the sound of a drum, visual perception of a beautiful woman, or\nperception of the delicious taste of a milk preparation by the tongue, all\ncome through different senses and are therefore differently understood.\nTherefore sensory knowledge is divided in different categories, although\nactually everything is one as a manifestation of the energy of the Supreme\nLord. Similarly, the energies of fire are heat and illumination, and by these\ntwo energies, fire can display itself in many varieties, or in diversified\nsense perception. Mayavadi philosophers declare this diversity to be false.\nBut Vai�p.ava philosophers do not accept the different manifestations as\nfalse; they accept them as nondifferent from the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead because they are a display of His diverse energies.\nThe philosophy that the Absolute is true and this creation is false\n\n(brahma satyam jagan-mithya) is not accepted by Vai��ava philosophers.\nThe example is given that although all that glitters is not gold, this does\nnot mean that a glittering object is false. For example, an oyster shell\nappears to be golden. This appearance of golden hue is due only to the\nperception of the eyes, but that does not mean that the oyster shell is\nfalse. Similarly, by seeing the form of Lord Kr��a one cannot understand\nwhat He actually is, but this does not mean that He is false. The form of\n1\\r�I].a has to be understood as it is described in the books of knowledge\nsuch as Brahma-samhitii. Isvarab- paramab- kn'!ab- sac-cid-ananda-vigrahab-:\nl<f��a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, has an eternal, blissful spiritual\nbody. By our imperfect sense perception we cannot understand the form\n\n", "SB3.4#p0415": "Text 28]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1397\n\nof the Lord. We have to acquire knowledge about Him. Therefore it is said\nhere, jnanam ekam. Bhagavad-gitii confirms that they are fools who, simply\nupon seeing Kr�t;ta, consider Him a common man. They do not know the\nunlimited knowledge, power and opulence of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Material sense speculation leads to the conclusion that the\nSupreme is formless. It is because of such mental speculation that the conditioned soul remains in ignorance under the spell of illusory energy.\nThe Supreme Person has to be understood by the transcendental sound\nvibrated by Him in Bhagavad-gitii, wherein He says that there is nothing\nsuperior to Himself; the impersonal Brahman effulgence is resting on His\npersonality. The purified, absolute vision of Bhagavad-gitii is compared to\nthe River Ganges. Ganges water is so pure that it can purify even the asses\nand cows. But anyone who, disregarding the pure Ganges, wishes to be\npurified instead by the filthy water flowing in a drain, cannot be successful. Similarly, one can successfully attain pure knowledge of the Absolute\nonly by hearing from the pure Absolute Himself.\nIn this verse it is clearly said that those who are averse to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead speculate with their imperfect senses about the\nnature of the Absolute Truth. The formless Brahman conception, however,\ncan be received only by aural reception and not by personal experience.\nKnowledge is therefore acquired by aural reception. It is confirmed in the\nVediinta-sutra, siistra-yonitviit: one has to acquire pure knowledge from the\nauthorized scriptures. So-called speculative arguments about the Absolute\nTruth are therefore useless. The actual identity of the living entity is his\nconsciousness, which is always present while the living entity is awake,\ndreaming, or in deep sleep. Even in deep sleep, he can perceive by consciousness whether he is happy or distressed. Thus when consciousness is\ndisplayed through the medium of the subtle and gross material bodies, it is\ncovered, but when the consciousness is purified, in Knn:1a consciousness,\none becomes free from the entanglement of repeated birth and death.\nWhen uncontaminated pure knowledge is uncovered from the modes of\nmaterial nature, then the actual identity of the living entity is discovered:\nhe is eternally a servitor of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\nprocess of uncovering is like this: the rays of sunshine are luminous, and\nthe sun itself is also luminous. In the presence of the sun, the rays illuminate just like the sun, but when the sunshine is covered by the spell of a\ncloud, or by miiyii, then darkness, the imperfection of perception, begins.\nTherefore, to get out of the entanglement of the spell of nescience, one has\nto awaken his spiritual consciousness or Kr�l)a consciousness in terms of\nthe authorized scriptures.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0416": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1398\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\nTEXT 29\n\ntAT\n\n�(�q�,���:\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�--I\n\\111mf: ������\n\nyathii mahan aham-riipas\ntri-vrt paiica-vidha{! sva-rii.t\nekiidasa-vidhas tasya\nvapur a!l.dam jagad yata.h\nyatha-as; mahan-the mahat-tattva; aham- rilpa�- the false ego; tri-vrt­\n\nthe three modes\n\nof material nature; paflca-vidha�-the five material\n\nelements; s va - ra t- the individual consciousness; ekada§a-vidha�-the eleven\n\nsenses; tasya-of the living ent ity ; va p u �- the material body; a�gam - the\nbrahmii1J4a; jagat- the universe; yata�-from which or from whom.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the total energy, the mahat-tattva, I have manifested the false\nego, the three modes of material nature, the five material elements, the\nindividual consciousness, the eleven senses and the material body. Similarly,\nthe entire universe has come from the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Lord is described as mahat-pada, which means that the\ntotal material energy known as the mahat-tattva is lying at His lotus feet.\nThe origin or the total energy of the cosmic manifestation is the mahattattva. From the mahat-tattva all the other twenty-four divisions have\nsprung, namely the eleven senses (including the mind), the five sense\nobjects, the five material elements, and then consciousness, intelligence\nand false ego. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the cause of the\nmahat-tattva, and therefore, in one sense, because everything is an emanation from the Supreme Lord, there is no difference between the Lord and\nthe cosmic manifestation. But at the same time the cosmic manifestation\nis different from the Lord. The word sva-rii.t is very significant here. Sva-rii.t\nmeans independent. The Supreme Lord is independent, and the individual\nsoul is also independent. Although there is no comparison between the two\nqualities of independence, the Living entity is minutely independent, and\nthe Supreme Lord is fully independent. As the individual soul has a material\nbody made of five elements and the senses, the Supreme Independent Lord\n\n", "SB3.4#p0417": "Text 30]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1399\n\nsimilarly has the gigantic body of the universe. The individual body is\ntemporary; similarly, the entire universe, which is considered to be the\nbody of the Supreme Lord, is also temporary, and both the individual and\nuniversal bodies are products of the mahat-tattva. One has to understand\nthe differences with intelligence. Everyone knows that his material body\nhas developed from a spiritual spark, and similarly the universal body has\ndeveloped from the supreme spark, Supersoul. As the individual body\ndevelops from the individual soul, so the gigantic body of the universe\ndevelops from the Supreme Soul. Just as the individual soul has consciousness, so the Supreme Soul is also conscious. But although there is a\nsimilarity between the consciousness of the Supreme Soul and the consciousness of the individual soul, the individual soul's consciousness is\nlimited, whereas the consciousness of the Supreme Soul is unlimited. This\nis described in Bhagavad-g!tii. K�etrajiiarh ciipi miim viddhi (Bg. 13.3): the\nSupersoul is present in every field of activity, just as the individual soul\nis present in the individual body. Both of them are conscious. The difference is that the individual soul is conscious of the individual body only,\nwhereas the Supersoul is conscious of the total number of individual\nbodies.\nTEXT 30\n\n� � ��•IIRI�'1\n!3! I\n��TR!QT��W�I�rn II� oil\netad vai sraddhayii bhaktyii\nyogiibh yiisena nityasa{t\nsamiihitiitmii ni{tsango\nviraktyii paripasyati\netat this; vai-certainly; sraddhayii-with faith; bhaktyii-by devotional\n-\n\nservice; yoga-abhyiisena-by practice of yoga; nityasa�\n\n-\n\nalways; samiihita­\n\niitmii- he whose mind is fixed; n i� sati ga� - al oof from material association;\nvirak tyii- by detachment; paripasyati- understands.\nTRANSLATION\nThis perfect knowledge can be achieved by a person who is already\nengaged in devotional service with faith, steadiness and full detachment,\nand who is always absorbed in thought of the Supreme. He is aloof from\nmaterial association.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0418": "[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1400\n\nPURPORT\nThe atheistic mystic\n\npractitioner of yoga cannot understand this\n\nperfect knowledge. Only persons who engage in the practical activities of\ndevotional service in full Kg;I;ta consciousness can become absorbed in full\nsamiidhi. It is possible for them to see and understand the actual fact of the\nentire cosmic manifestation and its cause. It is clearly stated here that this\nis not possible for one who has not developed devotional service in full\nfaith to understand. The words samiihitiitmii and samiidhi are synonomous.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�<t�ttiPfd\n\n� � ��I\n\n�wc•a!!!�a � �: �� :q ������\nity etat kathitarh guroi\njniinarh tad brahma-darsanam\nyeniinubuddhyate tattvarh\nprakrte[l. puru.sasya ca\niti-thus; etat-this; kathitam-described; gurvi-0 respectful mother;\n\njfliinam-knowledge; tat-that; brahma-the Absolute Truth; darsanamrevealing; yena-by which; anubuddhyate-is understood; tattvam-the\ntruth; prakrte�-of matter; puru§asya-of spirit; ca\n\n-\n\nan d\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear respectful mother, I have already described the path of\nunderstanding the Absolute Truth by which one can come to understand\nthe real truth of matter and spirit and their relationship.\nTEXT 32\n\n:�nft;owlf(5f � �IR(t ��or:\n�� �00 �'4�0&a:��or: ����II\njniina-yogas ca man-ni§{ho\nnairgur-yo bhakti-lak§ar-aft\ndvayor apy eka eviirtho\nbhagavac-chabda-lak§arwft\n\n", "SB3.4#p0419": "Text 32]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1401\n\njniina-y oga�- phil os o phical research; ca- and; mat-n i§tha� - d ire cted\nMe; n airg urJ- ya� - free from the material modes of nature;\nbhakti-devotional service; la k§arJ- a� - named; dvay o� -of both; apimoreover; e ka � - one; e va- certainly; artha� - purpo se ; bhagavat- the\nSupreme Personality of Godhea d ; sabda- by the word; la k§a'!a�-s ignified .\n\ntowards\n\nTRANSLATION\nPhilosophical research culminates in understanding the Supreme Personality of Godhead. After achieving this understanding, when one becomes\nfree from the material modes of nature, he attains the stage of devotional\nservice. Either by devotional service directly or by philosophical research,\none has to find the same destination, which is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nPURPORT\nIt is said in Bhagavad-g\"itii that after many, many lives of philosophical\nresearch the wise man ultimately comes to the point of knowing that\nVasudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is everything, and therefore he surrenders unto Him. Such serious students in philosophical\nresearch are rare because they are very great souls. If by philosophical\nresearch one cannot come to the point of understanding the Supreme\nPerson, then his task is not finished. His search in knowledge is still to be\ncontinued until he comes to the point of understanding the Supreme\nLord in devotional service.\nThe opportunity for direct touch with the Personality of Godhead is\ngiven in Bhagavad-g\"itii, where it is also said that those who take to other\nprocesses, namely the processes of philosophical speculation and mystic\nyoga practice, have much trouble. After many, many years of much\ntrouble, a yog£ or wise philosopher may come to Him, but his path is very\ntroublesome, whereas the path of devotional service is easy for everyone.\nOne can achieve the result of wise philosophical speculation simply by\ndischarging devotional service, and unless one reaches the point of the\nPersonality of Godhead by his mental speculation, then all his research\nwork is said to be simply a labor of love. The ultimate destination of the\nwise\n\nphilosopher\n\nis to merge in the impersonal Brahman, but that\n\nBrahman is the effulgence of the Supreme Person. The Lord says in\nBhagavad-g\"itii, brahmar,to hi prati�thiiham amrtasyavyayasya ca: \"I am the\nbasis of the impersonal Brahman, which is indestructible and is the supreme\nbliss.\" The Lord is the supreme reservoir of all pleasure, including Brahman\n\n", "SB3.4#p0420": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1402\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\npleasure; therefore, one who has unflinching faith in the Supreme Personality of Godhead is to be said to be already realized in impersonal Brahman\nand Paramatma.\n\nTEXT 33\n\nq��: 'l�� if!!JUll�: I\n�� ..� �� ijl�: 11��11\nyathendriyai[l. prthag-dviirair\nartho bahu-guriisraya[l.\neko niineyate tadvad\nbhagavan siistra-vartmabhi[l.\nyat hli-as; indriyai�-by the senses; prthak-dvarai�-in different ways;\n\nartha�-an object; bahu-gur;w-many q ualities ; iUroya�-endowed wit h;\neka� one;\n-\n\nbhagav iin\n\n-\n\nnand\nthe\n\n-\n\ndifferently;\n\nSupreme\n\ntyate-is\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\naccording to different scr ip tu ral inj unctio ns\n\nperceived;\n\ntadvat-similarly;\n\nGodhead; siistra-vartmabh*.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA single object is appreciated differently by different senses due to its\n\nhaving different qualities. Similarly, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nis one, but according to different scriptural injunctions He appears to be\ndifferent.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that by following the path of jiiiina-yoga, or empiric philosophical speculation, one reaches the impersonal Brahman, whereas by\nexecuting devotional service in Kr�ry.a consciousness one enriches his faith\nin and devotion to the Personality of Godhead. But it is stated here\nthat both bhakti-yoga and jiiiina-yoga are meant for reaching the same\ndestination-the Personality of Godhead. By the process of jiiiina-yoga the\nsame Personality of Godhead appears to be impersonal. As the same object\nappears to be different when perceived by different senses, similarly the\nsame Supreme Lord appears to be impersonal by mental speculation. A\nhill appears cloudy from a distance, and one who does not know may\nspeculate that the hill is a cloud. Actually, it is not a cloud; it is a big hill.\nOne has to learn from authority that the sight of a cloud is not actually a\ncloud but a hill. If one makes a little more progress, then instead of a\n\n", "SB3.4#p0421": "Text 33]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1403\n\ncloud he sees the hill and something green. When one actually approaches\nthe hill, he will see many varieties. Another example is in perceiving mille\nWhen we see milk, we see that it is white; when we taste it, it appears that\nmilk is very palatable. When we touch milk, it appears very cold; when we\nsmell milk, it appears to have a very good flavor; and when we hear, we\nunderstand that it is called milk. Perceiving milk with different senses, we\nsay that it is something white, something very delicious, something very\naromatic, and so on. Actually, it is milk. Similarly, those who are trying\nto find the Supreme Godhead by mental speculation may approach the\nbodily effulgence, or the impersonal Brahman, and those who are trying\nto find the Supreme Godhead by yoga practice may find Him as the\nlocalized Supersoul, but those who are directly trying to approach the\nSupreme Truth by practice of bhakti-yoga can see Him face to face as the\nSupreme Person.\nUltimately, the Supreme Person is the destination of all different\nprocesses. The fortunate person who, by following the principles of scriptures, becomes completely purified of all material contamination, surrenders\nunto the Supreme Lord as everything. Just as one can appreciate the real\ntaste of milk with the tongue and not with the eyes, nostrils or ears, one\ncan similarly appreciate the Absolute Truth perfectly and with all relishable pleasure only through one path, devotional service. This is also\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii, bhaktyii miim abhijiiniiti: if one wants to\nunderstand the Absolute Truth in perfection, he must take to devotional\nservice. Of course, no one can understand the Absolute Truth in all perfection. That is not possible for the infinitesimal living entities. But the\nhighest point of understanding by the living entity is reached by discharge\nof devotional service, not otherwise.\nBy following various scriptural paths, one may come to the impersonal\neffulgence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The transcendental\npleasure derived from merging with or understanding the impersonal\nBrahman is very extensive because Brahman is ananta. Tad-brahma-nifikalam\nanantam: brahmiinanda is unlimited. But that unlimited pleasure can also\n\nbe surpassed. That is the nature of the Transcendence. The unlimited can\nbe surpassed also, and that higher platform is Kr�t:la. When one deals\ndirectly with Kr�l).a, the mellow and the humor relished by reciprocation\nof devotional service is incomparable, even with the pleasure derived from\ntranscendental Brahman.\n\nPrabodhananda Sarasvati therefore says that\n\nkaivalya, the Brahman pleasure, is undoubtedly very great and is appre­\n\nciated by many philosophers, but to a devotee who has understood how\nto derive pleasure from exchanging devotional service with the Lord, this\n\n", "SB3.4#p0422": "1404\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nunlimited Brahman appears to be hellish. One should try, therefore, to\ntranscend even the Brahman pleasure in order to approach the position of\ndealing with Kr�Qa face to face. As the mind is the center of all the activities of the senses, so Kr�Qa is called the master of the senses, Hr�ikesa. The\nprocess is to fix the mind on Hr�kesa or Kr��a, as Maharaja Ambari�a did\n\n(sa vai mana� knrya-padaravindayol! ). Bhakti is the basic principle of all\nprocesses. Without bhakti, neither jniina-yoga nor a§tiinga-yoga can be\nsuccessful, and unless one approaches Kr�Qa, the principles of selfrealization have no ultimate destination.\nTEXTS 34-36\n\n� �Gj��q:��� ¥4��: I\n311�Pv4iilir.nfq ij;:q1ij91 ��Ufll{_ ����II\n� Nfct\\illf91 ¥1Rh�lft9f � ft I\ndm¥t�MiWf �: SI'IMPitRnrrot.ll��ll\n311€¥tij+Jt(flilm �(·•�Of m � 1\n� ¥t•tflltilfil: �aft�: m$.._11��11\nkriyayii kratubhir diinais\ntapa�-sviidhyiiya-marsana*\natmendriya-jayeniipi\nsannyiisena ca karmar;tam\nyogena vividhiingena\nbhakti-yogena caiva hi\ndharme[l-obhaya-cihnena\nya� pravrtti-nivrttimiin\niitma-tattviivabodhena\nvairiigye[l-a dnlhena ca\ntyate bhagaviin ebh*\nsagu[I-O nirgu[l-a� sva-drk\nkriyayii-by fruitive activities; kratubhi�-by sacrificial performances;\ndiinai�- by charity; tapa�- austerities; sviidhyiiya study of Vedic literature;\nmarsana*-and by philosophical research; iitma-indriya-jayena-by control-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0423": "1405\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\nTexts 34-36]\n\nling the mind and senses; api-also; sannyiisena- by renunciation; ca- and;\nkarmartiim-of fruitive activities; yogena-by yoga practice; vividha-migena\n-of different divisions; bhakti-yogena-by devotional service; ca\neva\n\n-\n\n-\n\nand;\n\ncertainly; hi indeed; dharmel;!a-by prescribed duties; ubhaya-cihnena\n-\n\n-having both symptoms; yal},- which; pravrtti- attachment; nivrtti-mancontaining\n\ndetachment;\n\navabodhena-by\n\niitma-tattva-the\n\nscience\n\nof\n\nse lf-realization;\n\nunderstanding; vairiigye{la-by detachment; dnlhena­\n\nstrong; ca-and; iyate -is perceived; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; ebhi [l.\n\n-\n\nby these; sa-gu[la/l-in the material world; nirgu[la[t­\n\nbeyond the material modes; sva drk one who sees his constitutional\n-\n\n-\n\nposition.\nTRANSLATION\nBy performing fruitive activities and sacrifices, by distributing charity,\nby performing austerities, by studying various literatures, by conducting\nphilosophical research, by controlling the mind, by subduing the senses,\nby accepting the renounced order of life, and by performing the prescribed\nduties of one's social order; by performing the different divisions of yoga\npractice, by performing devotional service, and by exhibiting the process\nof devotional service containing the symptoms of both attachment and\ndetachment; by understanding the science of self-realization and by developing a strong sense of detachment, one who is expert in understanding\nthe different processes of self-realization realizes the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead as He is represented in the material world as well as in\ntranscendence.\nPURPORT\nAs it is stated in the previous verse, one has to follow the principles o f\nthe scriptures. There are different prescribed duties for persons in the\ndifferent social and spiritual orders. Here it is stated that performance of\nfruitive activities and sacrifices and distribution of charity are activities\nmeant for persons who are in the householder order of society. There are\nfour orders of the social system: brahmacarya, grhastha, viinaprastha and\nsannyiisa. For the grhasthas, or householders, performance of sacrifices ,\ndistribution of charity, and action according to prescribed duties are especially recommended. Similarly, austerity, study of Vedic literature, and\nphilosophical research are meant for the viinaprasthas, or retired persons.\nStudy of the Vedic literature from the bona fide spiritual master is meant\nfor the brahmaciir\"i, or student. Atmendriya-jaya, control of the mind and\ntaming of the senses, is meant for persons in the renounced order of life.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0424": "1406\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\nAll these different activities are prescribed for different persons so that they\nmay be elevated to the platform of self-realization and from there to Kr�Qa\nconsciousness, devotional service.\nThe words bhakti-yogena caiva hi mean that whatever is to be performed,\nas described in verse 34, whether yoga, or sacrifice, or fruitive activity, or\nstudy of Vedic literature, or philosophical research, or acceptance of the\nrenounced order of life, is to be executed in bhakti-yoga. The words caiva\nhi, according to Sanskrit grammar, indicate that one must perform all these\nactivities mixed with devotional service, otherwise such activities will not\nproduce any fruit. Any prescribed activity must be performed for the sake\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is confirmed in Bhagavad-g\"ita,\nyat karo�i yad asnasi: \"Whatever you do, whatever you eat, whatever you\nsacrifice, whatever austerities you undergo and whatever charities you give,\nthe result should be given to the Supreme Lord.\" The word eva is added, indicating that one must execute activities in such a way. Unless one adds devotional service to all activities, he cannot achieve the desired result, but when\nbhakti-yoga is prominent in every activity, then the ultimate goal is sure.\nOne has to approach the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�Qa, as it\nis stated in Bhagavad-gl\"ta: \"After many, many births, one approaches\nthe Supreme Person, Kr�Qa, and surrenders unto Him, knowing that He is\neverything.\" Also in Bhagavad-g\"ita, the Lord says, bhoktaram yajiiatapasam: \"For anyone who is undergoing rigid austerity or for anyone who\nis performing different kinds of sacrifices, the beneficiary is the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\" He is the proprietor of all planets, and He is the\nfriend of every living soul.\nThe words dhar mel)obhaya-cihnena mean that the bhakti-yoga process\ncontains two symptoms, namely attachment for the Supreme Lord and\ndetachment from all material affinities. There are two symptoms\n\nof\n\nadvancement in the process of devotional service, just as there are two\nprocesses taking place while eating. A hungry man feels strength and\nsatisfaction from eating, and at the same time he gradually becomes\ndetached from eating any more. Similarly, with the execution of devotional\nservice, real knowledge develops, and one becomes detached from all\nmaterial activities. In no other activity but devotional service is there such\ndetachment from matter and attachment for the Supreme. There are nine\ndifferent processes to increase this attachment to the Supreme Lord:\nhearing, chanting, remembering, worshiping, serving the Lord, making\nfriendship, praying, offering everything, and serving the lotus feet of the\nLord. The processes for increasing detachment from material affinities are\nexplained in verse 36.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0425": "Text 37]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1407\n\nOne can achieve elevation to the higher planetary systems like the\n\nheavenly kingdom by executing one's prescribed duties and by performing\n\nsacrifices. When he is transcendental to such desires because of accepting\nthe renounced order of life, he can understand the Brahman feature of the\nSupreme, and when one is able to see his real constitutional position, he\n\nsees all other processes and becomes situated in the stage of pure devotional\nservice. At that time he can understand the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, Bhagaviin.\n\nUnderstanding of the Supreme Person is called iitma-tattva-avabodhena,\n\nwhich means understanding of one's real constitutional position. If one\nactually understands one's constitutional position as an eternal servitor of\n\nthe Supreme Lord, he becomes detached from the service of the material\n\nworld. Everyone engages in some sort of service. If one does not know\none's constitutional position, one engages in the service of his personal\n\ngross body, or his family, society or country. But as soon as one is able\n\nto see his constitutional position (the word sva-drk means one who is able\nto see), he becomes detached from such material service and engages\nhimself in devotional service.\n\nAs long as one is in the modes of material nature and is performing the\n\nduties prescribed in the scriptures, he can be elevated to higher planetary\n\nsystems where the predominating deities are material representations of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, like the sun-god, the moon-god, the air­\n\ngod, Brahmii and Lord Siva. All the different demigods are material repre­\n\nsentations of the Supreme Lord. By material activities one can only\napproach such demigods, as stated in Bhagavad-g\"itii. Yiinti deva-vratii deviin\n\n(Bg. 9.25): those who are attached to the demigods and who perform the\n\nprescribed duties can approach the abodes of the demigods. In this way,\none can go to the planet of the pitas, or forefathers. Similarly, one who\n\nfully understands the real position of his life adopts devotional service and\n\nrealizes the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 37\n\nsrm\"' �� � � � ,\n'A�� &ql&q'ffil��� �!I II� \\911\npriivocam bhakti-yogasya\nsvarupam te catur-vidham\nkalasya cavyakta-gater\nyo 'ntardhavati jantuflu\n\n", "SB3.4#p0426": "1408\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\npravocam-explained; bhakti-yogasya-of devotional service; sva-rupamthe identity; te-to you; catu�-vidham-in four divisions; kiilasya of time;\n-\n\nca-also; avyakta-gate�-the movement of which is imperceptible; ya�which; antardhavati-chases; jantu� u-the living entities.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear mother, I have explained to you the process of devotional\nservice and its identity in four different social divisions. I have explained\nto you as well how eternal time is chasing the living entities, although it is\nimperceptible to them.\nPURPORT\nThe process of bhakti-yoga, devotional service, is the main river flowing\ndown towards the sea of the Absolute Truth, and all other processes mentioned are just like tributaries. Lord Kapila is summarizing the importance\nof the process of devotional service. Bhakti-yoga, as described before, is\ndivided into four divisions, three in the material modes of nature and one\nin transcendence, which is untinged by the modes of material nature.\nDevotional service mixed with the modes of material nature is a means for\nmaterial existence, whereas devotional service without desires for fruitive\nresult and without attempts for empirical philosophical research is pure,\ntranscendental devotional service.\nTEXT 38\n\n�\n\n4��:4&1ditn�f.IMiju 1\n\n� SIFt!illtl�l wr �� qf(tqa�q;w: 11��11\njivasya samsrttr bahvir\navidya-karma-nirmitii�\nyasv anga praviSann alma\nna veda gatim iitmanafl\njivasya-of the living entity; samsrtt{l-courses of material existence;\n\nbahvifl- many ; avidyii-in ignorance; karma-by work; nirmitafl-produced;\nyiis u-into which; anga-My dear mother; p ravisan- entering; iitmii-the\nliving entity ; na- not; veda- understands; gatim-the movement; iitmanaflof himself.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0427": "Text 39)\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1409\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere are varieties of material existence for the living entity according to\nthe work he performs in ignorance or forgetfulness of his real identity. My\ndear mother, if anyone enters into that forgetfulness, he is unable to\nunderstand where his movements will end.\nPURPORT\nOnce one enters into the continuation of material existence, it is very\ndifficult to get out. Therefore the Supreme Personality of Godhead comes\nHimself or sends His bona fide representative, and He leaves behind scrip­\n\ntures like Bhagavad-gitii and Srimad-Bhiigavatam, so that the living entities\nhovering in the darkness of nescience may take advantage of the instructions, the saintly persons and the spiritual masters and thus be freed. Unless\nthe living entity receives the mercy of the saintly persons, the spiritual\n\nmaster or Kn>Q.a, it is not possible for him to get out of the darkness of\nmaterial existence; by his own endeavor it is not possible.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n�6«'4elq')qfd:�ostlfil;ft�nq �� 1\n;r �;rf� �� �\"' 11�,11\nnaitat khaliiyopadisen\nniivinitiiya karhicit\n\nna stabdhiiya na bhinniiya\n\nnaiva dharma-dhvajiiya ca\n\nna-not; etat-this instruction; khaliiya-to the envious; upadiSet\n\n-\n\none\n\nshould teach; na-not; avinitiiya-to the agnostic; karhicit-ever; na-not;\n\nstabdhiiya-to the proud; na not; bhinniiya-to the misbehaved; na-not;\n-\n\neva-certainly; dharma-dhvajiiya-to the hypocrites; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Kapila continued: This instruction is not meant for the envious, for\nthe agnostics or for persons who are unclean in their behavior. Nor is it\nfor hypocrites or for persons who are proud of material possessions.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0428": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1410\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\nTEXT40\n\niltf41fiN\"'�\" ��a� I\nwm1� lif it � � ¥tPMttl¥trq 11\\lo II\n\n�\n\nna lolupiiyopadisen\nna grhiiruf]ha-cetase\nniibhaktiiya ca me jiitu\nna mad-bhakta-dvifiiim api\nna-not; lolupiiya-to the greedy; upadiset-one should instruct; na-not;\ngrha-iirnflha-cetase-to one who is too attached to family life; na-not;\nabhaktaya-to the nondevotee; ca-and; me-of Me; jatu-ever; na-not;\nmat-My;\n\nbhakta\n\n-\n\ndevotees; dvi§iim to those who are envious of; api-\n\nalso.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is not to be instructed to persons who are too greedy and too attached\nto family life, nor to persons who are nondevotees and who are envious of\nthe devotees and of the Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nPersons who are always planning to do harm .to other living entities are\nnot eligible to understand l<.f�I).a consciousness and cannot enter into the\nrealm of transcendental loving service to the Lord. Also, there are so-called\ndisciples who become submissive to a spiritual master most artificially,\nwith an ulterior motive. They also cannot understand what K_r�I).a consciousness or devotional service is. Persons who, due to being initiated by\nanother sect of religious faith, do not find devotional service as the\ncommon platform for approaching the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nalso cannot understand K_r�I).a consciousness. We have experience that\nsome students come to join us, but because of being biased in some particular type of faith, they leave our camp and become lost in the wilderness.\nActually, l<.f�J]a consciousness is not a sectarian religious faith; it is a\nteaching process for understanding the Supreme Lord and our relationship\nwith Him. Anyone can join this movement without prejudice, but unfortunately there are persons who feel differently. It is better, therefore, not\nto instruct the science of Kr�I).a consciousness unto such persons.\nGenerally, materialistic persons are after some name, fame and material\ngain, so if someone takes to l<.f�Qa consciousness for these reasons, he will\n\n", "SB3.4#p0429": "Entanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\nText 42]\n\n1411\n\nnever be able to understand this philosophy. Such persons take to religious\nprinciples as a social decoration. They admit themselves into some cultural\ninstitution for the sake of name only, especially in this age. Such persons\nalso cannot understand the philosophy of Kr�l')a consciousness. Even if one\nis not greedy for material possessions but is too attached to family life, he\nalso cannot understand Kf�l')a consciousness. Superficially such persons are\nnot very greedy for material possessions, but they are too attached to\nwife, children and family improvement. When a person is not contaminated\nby the above-mentioned faults yet at the ultimate issue is not interested\nin the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, or if he is a nondevotee, he also cannot understand the philosophy of Kr�.;ta consciousness.\nTEXT4l\n\n'l�wtl�\n\nfit;(hti41iiC4l� I\n� tiij-Sfl4 Wdlt(ijli4 'if 11\\1�11\n¥1�\n\nsraddadhiiniiya bhaktiiya\nvinitiiyiinasuyave\nbhiite.su krta-maitriiya\nsusriifiiibhiratiiya ca\ns'ra ddadhii niiya-faithful; bhaktiiya-to the devotee; vinitaya-respectful;\na nasuyave-nonenvious; bhute su -to\n.\n\nall\n\nliving entities; krta-maitriiya­\n\nfriendly; su sriis a-faithful service; abhi ratiiya-eager to render; ca-and.\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nInstruction should be given to the faithful devotee who is respectful to\nthe spiritual master, nonenvious, friendly to all kinds of living entities and\neager to render service with faith and sincerity.\nTEXT 42\n\nilfC�iijfct(lt114 tai\"<�N� c(}qijl( I\n�Uti' � � � tiPf: 11\\1�11\nbahir-jiita-viriigaya\nsiinta-cittiiya diyatiim\nnirmatsariiya sucaye\nyasyiiharh preyasiirh priyaft\n\n", "SB3.4#p0430": "1412\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 32\n\nbahi{l.-for what is outside; jiita-viriigiiya-to him who has developed\n\ndetachment; santa -c ittiiya-whose mind is peaceful; dtyatam-let this be\n\ninstructed; n i rmatsariiya - nonenvious; sucaye-perfectly cleansed; yasya­\n\nof whom; aham-I; pre yasiim - of all that is very dear; priyafl.-the most\n\ndear.\nTRANSLATION\nThis instruction should be imparted by the spiritual master to persons\nwho have taken the Supreme Personality of Godhead to be more dear than\nanything, who are not envious of anyone, who are perfectly cleansed and\nwho have developed detachment for that which is outside of the purview\nof Kr�Qa consciousness.\nPURPORT\nIn the beginning, no one can be elevated to the highest stage of devo­\n\ntional service. Here bhakta means one who does not hesitate to accept the\n\nreformatory processes for becoming a bhakta. In order to become a devotee\n\nof the Lord one has to accept a spiritual master and inquire from him about\nhow to progress in devotional service. To serve a devotee, to chant the holy\nname according to a certain counting method, to worship the Deity, to\nhear Sr\"imad-Bhii.gavatam or Bhagavad-g\"itii. from a realized person and to\n\nlive in a sacred place where devotional service is not disturbed are the first\nout of sixty-four devotional activities for making progress in devotional\nservice. One who has accepted these five chief activities is called a devotee.\nOne must be prepared to offer the necessary respect and honor to the\nspiritual master. He should not be unnecessarily envious of his Godbrothers.\nRather, if a Godbrother is more enlightened and advanced in Kpil).a consciousness, one should accept him as almost equal to the spiritual master,\nand one should be happy to see such Godbrothers advance in Kr�l).a consciousness. A devotee should always be very kind to the general public in\ninstructing l<[��a consciousness because that is the only solution for getting\nout of the clutches of mii.yii.. That is really humanitarian work, for it is the\n\nway to show mercy to other people who need it very badly. The word\n\nsusrii§iibhiratii.ya indicates a person who faithfully engages in serving the\n\nspiritual master. One should give personal service and all kinds of comforts\nto the spiritual master. A devotee who does so is also a bona fide candi­\n\ndate for taking this instruction. The word bahir-jiita-viriigiiya means a person\nwho has developed detachment from external and internal material propensities. Not only is he detached from activities which are not connected\nto Kr�l).a consciousness, but he should be internally averse to the material\nway of life. Such a person must be nonenvious and should think of the\nwelfare of all living entities, not only of the human beings, but living\n\n", "SB3.4#p0431": "Text 43]\n\nEntanglement in Fruitive Activities\n\n1413\n\nentities other than human beings. The word sucaye means one who is\ncleansed both externally and internally. To become actually cleansed\nexternally and internally, one should chant the holy name of the Lord,\nHare Kri?Qa, or Vif?QU, constantly.\nThe word diyatam means that knowledge of Kr��a consciousness should\nbe offered by the spiritual master. The spiritual master must not accept a\ndisciple who is not qualified; he should not be professional and should\nnot accept disciples for monetary gains. The bona fide spiritual master\nmust see the bona fide qualities of a person whom he is going to initiate.\nAn unworthy person should not be initiated. The spiritual master should\ntrain his disciple in such a way so that in the future only the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead will be the dearmost goal of his life.\nIn these two verses the qualities of a devotee are fully explained. One\nwho has actually developed all the qualities listed in these verses is already\nelevated to the post of a devotee. If one has not developed all these qualities, he still has to fulfill these conditions in order to become a perfect\ndevotee.\nTEXT43\n\n� �� q1l1 �:�I\n� � �: �uRI qW =it it 11\\HII\n\n�\n\nya idarh srrm yad amba\nsraddhaya purufiafl sakrt\nyo vabhidhatte mac-citta{l\nsa hy eti padavirh ca me\nya{l he\n-\n\nwho;\n\nidam- this;\n\ns'nt uy at-may\n\nhear;\n\namba-0\n\nmother;\n\ns ra ddhay a with faith; purufiafl-a person; sakrt once; yah-he who; va-\n\n.\n\n-\n\n_\n\nor; abhidhatte-repeats; mat-citta{l-his mind fixed on Me; sa{l-he; hicertainly; eti-attains; padavim-abode; ca-and; me-My.\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone who once meditates upon Me with faith and affection, who\nhears and chants about Me, surely goes back home, back to Godhead.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Thirty-second\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Entanglement in Fruitive\nActivities. \"\n\n", "SB3.4#p0432": "CHAPTER THIRTY-THREE\nActivities of Kapila\n\nTEXT 1\n\nfu�\n�� � ·��� cr;it �\n\n�·���:1\n\nN(ll(ijlftcqa�•\n«m\n\nm�\n\n6+.tM-.�1�6f«� II � II\nmaitreya uvaca\n\nevam nisamya kapilasya vaco janitri\nsa kardamasya dayita kila devahiit*\nvisrasta-moha-pa,tala tam abhiprar-amya\ntufi.tava tattva-vifiayankita-siddhi-bhiimim\nmaitreya� u vaca\n\n-\n\nM aitreya said; evam - thus; niSamya having heard;\n-\n\nkapilasya-of Lord Kapila; vaca{l - the words; janitri-the mother; sa - she;\nKardama Muni; dayita - the dear wife; kila-namely;\nD evahiiti ; visrasta-freed from; mo ha-pafa la - the covering of\n\nkardamasya-of\ndevah ii t*\n\n-\n\nillusion; tam-unto Him; abhiprar-amya-having offered obeisances; tu�tava\n-recited\n\nprayers;\n\ntattoo-basic\n\nprinciples;\n\nvi�aya-in\n\nthe matter of;\n\nankita - the author; siddhi-of liberation; bhiimim-the background.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Maitreya said: Thus Devahuti, the mother of Lord Kapila and wife of\nKardama Muni, became freed from all ignorance concerning devotional\nservice and transcendental knowledge. She offered her obeisances unto the\nLord, the author of the basic principles of the sarikhya system of philoso-\n\n1415\n\n", "SB3.4#p0433": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1416\n\n[Canto 3, Ch_ 33\n\nphy, which is the background of liberation, and she satsified Him with the\nfollowing verses of prayer.\nPURPORT\nThe system of philosophy enunciated by Lord Kapila before His mother\nis the background for situation on the spiritual platform. The specific\nsignificance of this system of philosophy is stated herein as siddhi­\n\nbh umi m-it is the background of salvation. People who are suffering in\nthis material world because they are conditioned by the material energy\ncan easily get freedom from the clutches of matter by understanding the\n\nsiinkhya philosophy enunciated by Lord Kapila. By this system of philosophy, one can immediately become free, even though one is situated in\nthis material world. That stage is called jlvan-muk ti. This means that one is\nliberated even though one stays with his rnaterial body. That happened for\nDevahuti, the mother of Lord Kapila, and she therefore satisfied the Lord\nby offering her prayers. Anyone who understands the basic principle of\n\nsiinkhya philosophy is elevated in devotional service and becomes fully\nKr�J;Ja conscious or liberated, even within this material world.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�\"�Rt�'fl'\"f\n31f41ttNtT�:�\n\n��� q��l\ngalstill(\n\n��\n\n�� � ���Rr: II �II\ndevahiitir uvaca\nathtipy ajo 'nta�-salile sayanam\nbhiitendriyarthtitma-mayam vapus te\ngu[la-pravaham sad-asefoa-bijam\ndadhyau svayam yaj-ja_tharabja-jata�\ndevahati� uvaca- Devahiiti said; atha api-moreover; aja�- Lord Brahma;\nanta�-salile-in the water; sayanam-lyi ng; bhiita-the material elements;\nindriya-the senses; artha-the sense objects; atma-the mind; mayam-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0434": "Text 2]\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1417\n\npervaded by; vapu�-body; te-Your; gur-a-pravaham-the source of the\nstream of the three modes of material nature; sat-manifest; ase§a-of all;\nbijam-the\n\nseed;\n\ndadhyau-meditated\n\nupon; svayam-himself; yat-of\n\nwhom; jathara-from the abdomen; abja-from the lotus flower; jtita�born.\nTRANSLATION\nDevahfiti said: Brahma is said to be unborn because he takes birth from\nthe lotus flower which grows from Your abdomen while You lie in the\nocean at the bottom of the universe. But even Brahma simply meditated\nupon You, whose body is the source of unlimited universes.\n\nPURPORT\nBrahma's name is Aja, he who is unborn. Whenever we think of\nsomeone's birth, there must be a material father and mother, for thus one\nis born. But Brahma, being the first living creature within this universe, was\nborn directly from the body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead who\nis known as Garbhodakasayi Vi�Qu, the Vi�Qu form lying down in the\nocean at the bottom of the universe. Devahiiti wanted to impress upon the\nLord that when Brahma wants to see Him, he has to meditate upon Him.\n\"You are the seed of all creation,\" she said. \"Although Brahma was\ndirectly born from You, he still has to perform many years of meditation,\nand even then he cannot see You directly, face to face. Your body is lying\nwithin the vast water at the bottom of the universe, and thus You are\nknown as Garbhodakasayi Vi�Q.U.\"\nThe nature of the Lord's gigantic body is also explained in this verse.\nThat body is transcendental, untouched by matter. Since the material\nmanifestation has come from His body, His body therefore existed before\nthe material creation. The conclusion is that the transcendental body of\nVi�QU is not made of material elements. The body of Vi�QU is the source\nof all other living entities, as well as the material nature, which is also sup·\nposed to be the energy of that Supreme Personality of Godhead. Devahuti\nsaid, \"You are the background of the material manifestation and all\ncreated energy; therefore Your delivering me from the clutches of miiyii\nby explaining the system of sankh ya philosophy is not so astonishing. But\nYour being born from my abdomen is certainly wonderful because although\nYou are the source of all creation, You have so kindly taken birth as my\nchild. That is most wonderful. Your body is the source of all the universe,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0435": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1418\n\n[Canto 3 , Ch. 33\n\nand still You put Your body within the abdomen of a common woman like\nme. To me, that is most astonishing.\"\nTEXT3\n\n�\n\n�fit�\n!jiJfSNlliJf\n\nij4�Q;fiit�t:t��s�+4ij«'f�tRti! II� II\nsa eva visvasya bhaviin vidhatte\ngur-a-praviiherw vibhakta-virya�\nsargiidy aniho 'vitathiibhisandhir\niitmesvaro 'tarkya-sahasra-sakt*\n\nsa{l-that very person; eva-certainly; visvasya-of the universe; bhaviinYou; vidha tte ca rr y on; gur-a-praviiher-a-by the interaction of t he modes;\nvibhakta-divided; virya�- Your energies; sarga ..adi-the creation and so\non; aniha {l t he nondoer; avitat ha-not futile; abhisandhi�- Your determination; iitma-iSvara�-the Lord of all living entities; atarkya-inconceivab le;\nsahasra tho usands; sak t* possessing energies.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, although personally You have nothing to do, You have\ndistributed Your energies in the interactions of the material modes of\nnature, and for that reason the creation, maintenance and dissolution of\nthe cosmic manifestation take place. My dear Lord, You are self-determined\nand are the Supreme Personality of Godhead for all living entities. For\nthem You created this material manifestation, and although You are one,\nYour diverse energies can act multifariously. This is inconceivable to us.\nPURPORT\n\nThe statement made in this verse by Devahuti that the Absolute Truth\nhas many diverse energies although He personally has nothing to do is\nconfirmed in the Upani�ads. There is no one greater than Him or on an\nequal level with Him, and everything is completely done by His energy, as\nif by nature. It is understood herein, therefore, that the modes of material\nnature are entrusted to different manifestations like Brahm a, Vi�pu and Siva.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0436": "Text 4]\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1419\n\nEach one of them is particularly invested with different kinds of power,\nbut the Supreme Lord is completely aloof from such activities. Devahuti\nis saying, \"Although You personally are not doing anything, Your determination is absolute. There is no question of Your fulfilling Your will with\nthe help of anyone else besides Yourself. You are, in the end, the Supreme\nSoul and the supreme controller. Your will, therefore, cannot be checked\nby anyone else.\" The Supreme Lord can check others' plans. As it is\nsaid, \"Man proposes and God disposes.\" But when the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead proposes, that desire is under no one else's control. He is\nabsolute. We are ultimately dependent on Him to fulfill our desires, but\nwe cannot say that God's desires are also dependent. That is His inconceivable power. That which may be inconceivable by ordinary living\nentities is easily done by Him. And in spite of His being unlimited, He has\nsubjected Himself to being known from the authoritative scriptures like the\nVedic literatures. As it is said, sabda-mulatviit: He can be known through\nthe §abda-brahman, or Vedic literature.\nWhy is the creation made? Since the Lord is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead for all living entities, He created this material manifestation for\nthose living entities who want to enjoy or lord it over material nature. As\nthe Supreme Godhead, He arranges to fulfill their various desires. It is\nconfirmed also in the Vedas, eko bahuniirh yo vidadhati kiimiin: the\nSupreme One supplies the necessities of the many living entities. There is\nno limit to the demands of the different kinds of living entities, and the\nSupreme One, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, alone maintains them\nand supplies them by His inconceivable energy.\n\nTEXT4\n\n« ���it���\n.\n\n� 3\n\n�\n\n\"''�tG:( ��G:II(\n� I\n\nA'����:\n� �+tl\"''lfa.l?J(•fim;{: II � II\n....\n\nsa tvarh bhrto me ja,thare[ta niitha\nkatharh nu yasyodara etad iisit\nvisvarh yugiinte va,ta-patra eka�\nsete sma miiyii-sisur anghri-piina�\n\n", "SB3.4#p0437": "[Canto 3, Ch. 33\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1420\n\na� that very person; tvam- You; bhrta� took birth; me jafhareJ;W­\n\ns\n\n-\n\n-\n\nby my abdomen; natha-0 my Lord; k atham how ; nu-t hen; ya sya- of\n-\n\nwhom; udare-in the belly; etat-this; iisit-did rest; viSvam-universe;\n\nyuga-ante- at the end ofthe millennium; vata-patre- on the leaf of a banyan\n\ntree; ek a�- alone; sete sma- You lay down; maya- possessing inconceivable\npowers; sisu�-a bab y; arighri-Your toe; piina�-li cking.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs the Supreme Personality of Godhead, You have taken birth from\nmy abdomen. 0 my Lord, how is that possible for the Supreme One, who\nhas in His belly all the cosmic manifestation? The answer is that it is\n\npossible, for at the end of the millennium You lie down on a leaf of a\nbanyan tree, and just like a small baby, You lick the toe of Your lotus foot.\nPURPORT\nAt the time of dissolution the Lord sometimes appears as a small baby\n\nlying on a leaf of a banyan tree, floating on the devastating water. There­\n\nfore Devahuti suggests, \"Your lying down within the abdomen of a\ncommon woman like me is not so astonishing. You can lie down on the\n\nleaf of a banyan tree and float on the water of devastation as a small baby.\n\nIt is not very wonderful, therefore, that You can lie down in the abdomen\n\nof my body. You teach us that those who are very fond of children within\n\nthis material world and who therefore enter into marriage to enjoy family\nlife with children can also have the Supreme Personality of Godhead as\n\ntheir child, and the most wonderful thing is that the Lord Himself licks\nHis toe.\"\n\nSince all the great sages and devotees apply all energy and all activities\n\nin the service of the lotus feet of the Lord, there must be some transcen­\n\ndental pleasure in the toes of His lotus feet. The Lord licks His toe to\n\ntaste the nectar for which the devotees always aspire. Sometimes the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead Himself wonders how much transcen­\n\ndental pleasure is within Himself, and in order to taste His own potency,\nHe sometimes takes the position of tasting Himself. Lord Caitanya is\n\nKr��a Himself, but He appears as a devotee to taste the sweetness of the\n\ntranscendental mellow in Himself which is tasted by Srimati Radhar'a�i,\nthe greatest of all devotees.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� �:\n\n�\n\n'W=q;ri\n\n��f�R\"'{�I\n\n", "SB3.4#p0438": "Text 5]\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n�l€tijl(l�\n\n1421\n\n<(4i(li(q-\n\n�fUq'fCqj€'fqilqe'l�\n\n11 � 11\n\ntvam deha-tantra{t prasamtiya ptipmanam\nnidesa-bhtijtim ca vibho vibhiltaye\nyathtivattirtis tava siikartidayas\ntathtiyam apy titma-pathopalabdhaye\ntvam- You; deha-this body; tantraft-have ass umed; prasamtiya\n\n-\n\nfor the\n\ndiminution; ptipmantim-of sinful activities; n idesa bhtijtim-of instructions\n-\n\nin devotion; ca-and; vibho-0 my Lord; vibhUtaye-for the expansion;\nyatha-as; avattirtift-incarnations; tav a Your; siikara-{}daya{t-the boar and\n-\n\nother forms; tathti-so; ayam this incarnation of Kapila; api-surely;\n-\n\niit ma-patha-the path of self-realization; upalabdhaye-in order to reveal.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You have assumed this body in order to diminish the\nsinful activities of the fallen and to enrich their knowledge in devotion\nand liberation. Since these sinful people are dependent on Your direction,\nby Your own will You assume incarnations as a boar and as other forms.\nSimilarly, You have appeared in order to distribute transcendental knowledge to Your dependents.\nPURPORT\nIn the previous verses, the general transcendental qualifications of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead were described. Now the specific purpose\nof the Lord's appearance is also described. By His different energies He\nbestows different kinds of bodies upon the living entities who are conditioned by their propensity to lord it over material nature, but in course\nof time these living entities become so degraded that they need enlightenment. It is stated in Bhagavad-g'itii that whenever there are discrepancies\nin the discharge of the real purpose of this material existence, the Lord\nappears as an incarnation. The Lord's form as Kapila directs the fallen\nsouls and enriches them with knowledge and devotion so that they may\ngo back to Godhead. There are many incarnations of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, like those of the boar, the fish, the tortoise, and\nthe half-man half-lion. Lord Kapiladeva is also one of the incarnations of\nGodhead. It is accepted herein that Lord Kapiladeva appeared on the\nsurface of the earth to give transcendental knowledge to the misguided\nconditioned souls.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0439": "[Canto 3, Ch. 33\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1422\n\nTEXT6\n\n���\n��stiUIIQ�4f(UIIG\\� qi� I\n�sfq\n\n�:\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�:� � �11�11\nyan-niimadheya-srava[tiinukirtaniid\nyat-prahvar-iid yat-smarar-iid api kvacit\nsviido 'pi sadyal;l savaniiya kalpate\nkuta{l p unas te bhagavan nu darsaniit\nyat\nname;\n\n-\n\nof whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); na madheya the\n-\n\nsra va r- a-hearing;\n\nanukirtaniit-by\n\nyat-to\n\nchanting;\n\nprahva[Uit-by offering ob eisances;yat-whom; smarar-at\n\n-\n\nwhom;\n\nby remembering;\n\napi-e ven; kvacit-at any time; sva-ada{l-a dog-eater; api-even ; sadya{limmediately; savaniiya-for performing Vedic sacrifices; kalpate-b ecomes\n\neligible; kutaQ,-what to speak of; p unatJ, -again; te- You; bhagavan0 Supreme Personality of Godhead; nu-then; dar§aniit-by seeing eye to\neye.\nTRANSLATION\nTo say nothing of the spiritual advancement of persons who see the\nSupreme Person eye to eye, even a person born in the family of dog-eaters\nimmediately becomes eligible to perform Vedic sacrifices if he once utters\nthe holy name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, or chants about\nHim, hears about His pastimes, offers Him obeisances or even remembers\nHim.\nPURPORT\nHerein the spiritual potency of chanting, hearing or remembering the\nholy name of the Supreme Lord is greatly stressed. Rupa Gosvii.mi has\ndiscussed the sequence of sinful activities of the conditioned soul, and he\nhas established, in Bhakti -rasiimrta-sindhu,\n\nthat those who engage in\n\ndevotional service become freed from the reactions of all sinful activities.\nThis is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii. The Lord says that He takes\ncharge of one who surrenders unto Him, and He makes him immune to all\nreactions to sinful activities. If by chanting the holy name of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead one becomes so swiftly cleared of all reactions to\n\n", "SB3.4#p0440": "Text 6]\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1423\n\nsinful activities, then what is to be said of those persons who see Him\nface to face?\n\nAnother consideration here is that persons who are purified by the\n\nprocess of chanting and hearing become immediately eligible to perform\n\nVedic sacrifices. Generally, only a person who is born in a family of\n\nbriihmal)as,\n\nwho has been reformed by the ten kinds of purificatory\n\nprocesses, and who is learned in Vedic literature is allowed to perform\nthe Vedic sacrifices. But here the word sadyal),, \"immediately,\" is used,\n\nand Sridhara Svami also remarks that one can immediately become\n\neligible to perform Vedic sacrifices. A person born in a family of the low\n\ncaste which is accustomed to eat dogs is so positioned due to his\n\npast sinful activities, but by chanting or hearing once in pureness or in an\n\noffenseless manner, he is immediately relieved of the sinful reaction. Not\n\nonly is he relieved of the sinful reaction, but immediately he achieves the\nresult of all purificatory processes.\n\nTaking birth in the family of a\n\nbriihmal)a is certainly due to pious activities in one's past life. But still a\n\nchild who is born in a family of a briihmal)a depends for his further\n\nreformation upon initiation into acceptance of a sacred thread and many\n\nother reformatory processes. But a person who chants the holy name of\n\nthe Lord, even if born in a family of car-fliilas, dog-eaters, does not need\n\nreformation. Simply by chanting Hare Kreyqa, he immediately becomes\npur_ified and becomes as good as the most learned briihmal)a.\n\nSridhara Svam1 especially remarks in this connection, anena pujyatvarh\n\nlak§yate. Some caste briihmartas remark that by chanting Hare Kr�qa,\n\npurification begins. Of course that depends on the individual process of\n�\nchanting, but this remark of Sridhara Svami's is completely applicable if\none chants the holy name of the Lord without offense, for he immediately\n\nbecomes more than a briihmaT)a. As Sridhara Svami says, pujyatvam: he\n\nimmediately becomes as respectable as a most learned briihmarta and can\n\nbe allowed to perform Vedic sacrifices. If by simply chanting the holy\nname of the Lord one becomes sanctified instantly, then what can be said\n\nof those persons who see the Supreme Lord face to face and who under­\n\nstand the descent of the Lord as Devahuti understands Kapiladeva.\n\nUsually, initiation depends on the bona fide spiritual master, who\n\ndirects the disciple. If he sees that a disciple has pecome competent and\n\npurified by the process of chanting, then he offers the sacred thread to\n\nthe disciple just so that he will be recognized as one hundred percent\nequal with a briihmaT)a. This is also confirmed in the Hari-bhakti-viliisa by\n\nSri Sanatana Gosvami: \"As a base metal like bell metal can be changed into\n\ngold by a chemical process, similarly any person can be changed into a\nbriihmarw by dikfiti-vidhiina, the initiation process.\"\n\n", "SB3.4#p0441": "[Canto 3, Ch. 33\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1424\n\nIt is sometimes remarked that by the chanting process one begins to\npurify himself and can take birth in his next life in a brahma11a family\nand then be reformed. But at this present moment, even those who are\nborn in the best briihma11a families are not reformed, nor is there any\ncertainty that they are actually born of briihma11a fathers. Formerly the\ngarbhiidhiina reformatory system was prevalent, but at the present moment\nthere is no such garbhiidhiina, or seed-giving ceremony. Under these\ncircumstances no one knows if a man is factually born of a briihma11a\nfather. Whether one has acquired the qualification of a briihmar-a depends\non the judgement of the bona fide spiritual master. He bestow s upon the\ndisciple the position of a briihmarw b.y his own judgement. When one is\naccepted as a\n\nbriihma11a in the sacred thread ceremony, under the\n\npaficaratric system, then he is dvija, twice-born. That is confirmed by\nSanatana Gosvam!: dvijatvam jiiyate. By the process of initiation by the\nspiritual master, a person is accepted as a brahma11a in his purified state of\nchanting the holy name of the Lord. He then makes further progress to\nbecome a qualified Vai�l)ava, which means that the brahminical qualification is already acquired.\n\nTEXT7\n\n�\n\nil<J\n\n��q�\n\n�sm tt�\ntt�,.a m WWI «� 1\n�:\n\n��\n\ni18119li� qorf� � � II \\9 II\naho bata sva-paco 'to gariyiin\nyaj-jihvagre vartate niima tubhyam\ntepus tapas te juhuvuft sasnur aryii\nbrahmiinucur nama grr-anti ye te\naho bata-oh how glorious; sva-pacaft-a dog-eater; ata�- hence ;gariyiinworshipable; yat-of\n\nwhom; jihvti-agre-on\n\nthe\n\ntip\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ntong ue;\n\nvartate-is; nama-the holy name; tubhyam-unto You; tepuft tapaftpracticed austerities; te-they; juhuvuft\n\n-\n\nexecuted fire sacrifices; sasnuft­\n\ntook bath in the sacred rivers; aryaft- Aryans; brahma anucuft-st udied t he\nVedas; nama-the holy name;grnanti-accept; ye-they who; te- Your.\n,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0442": "Text 7]\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1425\n\nTRANSLATION\nOh how glorious are they whose tongues are chanting Your holy name!\nEven if hom in the families of dog-eaters, such persons are worshipable.\nPersons who chant the holy name of Your Lordship must have executed\n\nall kinds of austerities and fire sacrifices and achieved all the good manners\nof the Aryans. To be chanting the holy name of Your Lordship, they\nmust have bathed at holy places of pilgrimage, studied the Vedas and\nfulfilled everything required.\nPURPORT\nAs it is stated in the previous verse, a person who has once offenselessly\nchanted the holy name of God becomes immediately eligible to perform\nVedic sacrifices.\n\nOne should not be astonished by this statement of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam. One should not disbelieve or think, \"How by chanting\nthe holy name of the Lord can one become a holy man to be compared\n\nwith the most elevated briihmara?\" To eradicate such doubts in the\n\nminds of unbelievers, this verse affirms that the stage of chanting of the\nholy name of the Lord is not sudden, but that the chanters have already\nperformed all kinds of Vedic rituals and sacrifices. It is not very astounding because no one in this life can chant the holy name of the Lord\nunless he has passed all lower stages, such as performing the Vedic\n\nritualistic sacrifices, studying the Vedas and practicing good behavior like\nthat of the Aryans. All this must first have been done. just as a student\nin a law class is to be understood to have already graduated from general\neducation, so anyone who is engaged in the chanting of the holy name of\nthe Lord, Hare KwJa, Hare Kr�qa, Kr�qa Kr�qa, Hare Hare/ Hare Riima,\nHare Riima, Riima Riima, Hare Hare, must have already passed all lower\nstages. It is said that those who simply chant the holy name with the tip of\nthe tongue are glorious. One does not even have to chant the holy name\nand understand the whole procedure, namely the offensive stage, offenseless stage and pure stage; if the holy name is sounded on the tip of the\n\ntongue, 'that is also sufficient. It is said herein that niima, a singular\n\nnumber, one name, Kriil}a or Riima, is sufficient. It is not that one has to\nchant all the holy names of the Lord. The holy names of the Lord are\ninnumerable, and one does not have to chant all the names to prove that\nhe has already undergone all the processes of Vedic ritualistic ceremonies.\nIf one chants once only, it is to be understood that he has already passed\nall the examinations, not to speak of those who are chanting always,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0443": "1426\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3; Ch. 33\n\ntwenty-four hours a day. It is specifically said here, tubhyam: \"unto You\n\nonly.\" One must chant God's name, not, as the Mayavadi philosophers\nsay, any name, such as a demigod's name or the names of God's energies.\nOnly the holy name of the Supreme Lord will be effective. Anyone who\n\ncompares the holy name of the Supreme Lord to the names of the\n\ndemigods is called pii§a[lpi, or an offender.\n\nThe holy name has to be chanted to please the Supreme Lord, and not\n\nfor any sense gratification or professional purpose. If this pure mentality\nis there, then even though a person is born of a low family, such as a dogeater's, he is so glorious that not only has he purified himself, but he is\nquite competent to deliver others. He is competent to speak on the\n\nimportance of the transcendental name, just as Thakura Haridasa did. He\nwas apparently born in a family of Mohammedans, but because he was\nchanting the holy name of the Supreme Lord offenselessly, Lord Caitanya\nempowered him to become the authority or iiciirya of spreading the name.\n\nIt didn't matter that he was born in a family which was not following the\nVedic rules and regulations. Caitanya Mahiiprabhu and Advaita Prabhu\naccepted him as an authority because he was offenselessly chanting the\nname of the Lord. Authorities like Advaita Prabhu and Lord Caitanya\nimmediately\nausterities,\n\naccepted\nstudied\n\nthe\n\nthat\n\nhe\n\nhad\n\nalready\n\nVedas\n\nand\n\nperformed\n\nperformed\nall\n\nall\n\nsacrifices.\n\nkinds\n\nof\n\nThat is\n\nautomatically understood. There is a hereditary class of briihmar-as called\n\nthe smiirta-briihmap.as, however, who are of the opinion that even if such\n\npersons who are chanting the holy name of the Lord are accepted as\n\npurified, they still have to perform the Vedic rites or await their next\nbirth in a family of briihmap.as so that they can perform the Vedic rituals.\n\nBut actually that is not the case. Such a man does not need to wait for the\nnext birth to become purified. He is at once purified. It is understood\n\nthat he has already performed all sorts of rites. It is the so-called\n\nbriihmalJaS who actually have to undergo different kinds of austerities\n\nbefore reaching that point of purification. There are many other Vedic\n\nperformances which are not described here. All such Vedic rituals have\n\nbeen already performed by the chanters of the holy name.\n\nThe word juhuvu� means that the chanters of the holy name have\nalready performed all kinds of sacrifices.\n\nSasnu� means that they have\n\nalready traveled to all the holy places of pilgrimage and taken part in\n\npurificatory activities at those places. They are called iiryal;t because they\n\nhave already finished all these requirements, and therefore they must be\namong the Aryans or those who have qualified themselves to become Aryans.\n\nAryan refers to those who are civilized, whose manners are regulated\n\n", "SB3.4#p0444": "Text 8)\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1427\n\naccording to the Vedic rituals. Any devotee who is chanting the holy\nname of the Lord is the best kind of Aryan. Unless one studies the Vedas,\none cannot become an Aryan, but it is automatically understood that the\nchanters have already studied all the Vedic literature. The specific word\nused here is aniicu�, which means that because they have already completed\nall those recommended acts, they have become qualified to be spiritual\nmasters.\nThe very word grrzanti, which is used in this verse, means to be\nalready established in the perfectional stage of ritualistic performances.\nIf one is seated on the bench of a high court and is giving judgement on\ncases, it means that he has already passed all legal exams and is better than\nthose who are engaged in the study of law or those who are expecting to\nstudy law in the future. In a similar way, persons who are chanting the\nholy name are transcendental to those who are factually performing the\nVedic rituals and those who expect to be qualified (or, in other words,\nthose who are born in families of brahmarzas but have not yet undergone\nthe reformatory processes and who therefore expect to study the Vedic\nrituals and perform the sacrifices in the future).\nThere are many Vedic versions in different places saying that anyone\nwho chants the holy name of the Lord becomes immediately freed from\nconditional life and that anyone who hears the holy name of the Lord,\neven though born of a family of dog-eaters, also becomes liberated from\nthe clutches of material entanglement.\nTEXTS\n\nij�q\n\nqt\n\n�\n51��ij@l � I\n�ij1\n�::t�gUIS(�It\n���� 11�11\ntam tviim aham brahma param pumamsam\npratyak-srotasy atmani samvibhavyam\nsva-tejasa dhvasta-gurza-pravaham\nvande vi§rzum kapilam veda-garbham\ntam-unto\n\nHim;\n\ntvtim- You;\n\nsupreme; pumiirhsam\n\n-\n\naham-1; brahma-Brahman; param­\n\nthe Supreme Personalit y of Godhead; pratyak-\n\n", "SB3.4#p0445": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1428\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 33\n\nsrotasi-turned inwards; atmani-in the mind; sa nivibhavyam- meditated\nupon, perceived; sva-tejasii-by Your own potency; dhvasta- vanished;\ngu(la-praviiham-the influence of the modes of material nature; vande1 offer obeisances; vigmm- unto Lord Vi�!l u; kapilam-named Kapila;\nveda-garbham-the repository of the Vedas.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI believe, my Lord, that You are Lord Vi�J;tU Himself under the name of\nKapila, and You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Supreme\nBrahman! The saints and sages, being freed from all the disturbances of\nthe senses and mind, meditate upon You, for by Your mercy only can one\nbecome free from the clutches of the three modes of material nature. At\nthe time of dissolution all the Vedas are sustained in You only.\nPURPORT\nDevahiiti, the mother of Kapila, instead of prolonging her prayers,\nsummarized that Lord Kapila was none other than Vi�J;tU and that since\nshe was a woman it was not possible for her to worship Him properly\nsimply by prayer. It was her intention that the Lord should be satisfied.\nThe word pratyak is significant. In yogic practice, the eight divisions are\nyama,\n\nniyama,\n\nasana,\n\nprartayama,\n\npratyahara,\n\ndhararta,\n\ndh yana,\n\nand\n\nsamiidhi. Pratyiih'ii ra means to wind up the activities of the senses. The\nlevel of realization of the Supreme Lord evidenced by Devahiiti is possible\nwhen one is able to withdraw the senses from material activities. When\none is engaged in devotional service, there is no scope for his senses to be\nengaged otherwise. In such full Kr�{la consciousness, one can understand\nthe Supreme Lord as He is.\n\nTEXT9\n\n�ll�\n\n� �R� ififq<?;l(ot: �:�'\"'�.I\n\n���cr�� '\\RR 'llVI�: II � II\nmaitreya uviica\ni{lito bhagaviin evarh\nkapilakhya� para� puman\nviiciiviklavayety aha\nmatararh miitr-vatsala�\n\n", "SB3.4#p0446": "Text 10]\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1429\n\nmaitreya[l uvaca-Maitreya said; i!Iita[t -praised; bhagavan-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; evam-thus; kapila-tikhya�-named Kapila; para�supreme; puman-person; vaca-with words; aviklavayii-grave; iti-thus;\naha-replied; mataram-to His mother; matr-vatsala[l-very affectionate\nto His mother.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kapila, satisfied by the words\nof His mother, towards whom He was very affectionate, replied with\ngravity.\nPURPORT\nSince the Lord is all-perfect, His exhibition of affection for His mother\nwas also complete. After hearing the words of His mother, He most\nrespectfully, with due gravity and good manners, replied.\nTEXT 10\n\n<fi(q(? �\n\n�� � ij��;flfd\\�'1 it I\n�� W �qPHI��m ll�oll\nkapila uviica\nmiirgertanena matas te\nsusevyenoditena me\nasthitena pariim ka�,tham\naciriid avarotsyasi\nkapilalt uvaca- Lord Kapila said; miirgerta-by the path; anena- this;\nmiita[l-My dear motht;r; te-for you; su-sevyena-very easy to execute;\nuditena-instructed; me-by Me; asthitena-being\n\nperformed; param­\n\nsupreme; kii§.tham-goal; aciriit-very soon; avarotsyasi-you will attain.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead said: My dear mother, the path of self·\nrealization which I have already instructed to you is very easy. You can\nexecute this system without difficulty, and by following it you shall\nvery soon be liberated, even within your present body.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0447": "1430\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 33\n\nPURPORT\nDevotional service is so perfect that simply by following the rules and\n\nregulations and executing them under the direction of the spiritual\n\nmaster, one is liberated, as it is said herein, from the clutches of miiyii,\n\neven in this body. In other yogic processes, or in empiric philosophical\n\nspeculation, one is never certain whether or not he is at the perfectional\n\nstage. But in the discharge of devotional service, if one has unflinching\n\nfaith in the instruction of the bona fide spiritual master and follows the\n\nrules and regulations, he is sure to be liberated, even within this present\n\nbody.\n\nSrila\n\nRupa\n\nGosvami,\n\nin the Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu,\n\nhas also\n\nconfirmed this. Ihii yasya harer diisye: anyone whose only aim is to serve\nthe Supreme Lord under the direction of the spiritual master, regardless\nof where he is situated, is called jivan-mukta, or one who is liberated\neven with his material body. Sometimes doubts arise in the minds of\n\nneophytes about whether or not the spiritual master is liberated, and\nsometimes\n\nneophytes are\n\ndoubtful\n\nabout the\n\nbodily affairs of the\n\nspiritual master. The point of liberation, however, is not to see the\n\nbodily symptoms of the spiritual master. One has to see the spiritual\n\nsymptoms of the spiritual master. ]ivan-mukta means that even though\n\none is in the material body (there are still some material necessities,\n\nsince the body is material), because one is fully situated in the service of\n\nthe Lord, he is to be understood to be liberated.\n\nLiberation entails being situated in one's own position. That is the\n\ndefinition in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam: muktir... svaruper-a vyavasthiti�.\n\nThe svarilpa, or actual identity of the living entity, is described by Lord\n\nCaitanya. Jivera 'svarupa' haya-kT§rJera 'nitya-diisa': the real identity of\n\nthe living entity is that he is eternally a servitor of the Supreme Lord. If\nsomeone is one hundred percent engaged in the service of the Lord, he is\n\nto be understood as liberated. One must understand whether or not he is\nliberated by his activities in devotional service, not by other symptoms.\n\nTEXT ll\n\n��ijfl{ij � � �tfijlH I\nit;r �� � ��$A�0 �tlijfA:<:: : II � � II\n..\n\nsraddhatsvaitan matam mahyam\njufi.tam yad brahma-viidibh*\nyena miim abhayam yiiyii\nmrtyum rcchanty atad-vida�\n\n", "SB3.4#p0448": "Text 12]\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1431\n\nsraddhatsva-you may rest assured; etat-about this; matam-instruction;\nmahyam-My;ju;Stam-followed;yat-which; brahma-viidibhi�-by transcendentalists; yena-by\n\nwhich; miim-unto Me; abhayam-without fear;\n\nyiiya�-you shall reach; mrtyum-death; rcchanti-attain; a-tat- vida�persons who are not conversant with this.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear mother, those who are actually transcendentalists certainly\nfollow\n\nMy instructions, as I have given them to you. You may rest\n\nassured that if you traverse this path of self -realization perfectly, surely\nyou shall be freed from fearful material contamination and shall ultimately\nreach Me. Mother, persons who are not conversant with this method of\ndevotional service certainly cannot get out of the cycle of birth and\ndeath.\nPURPORT\nMaterial existence is full of anxiety, and therefore it is fearful. One\nwho gets out of this material existence automatically becomes free from\nall anxieties and fear. One who follows the path of devotional service\nenunciated by Lord Kapila is very easily liberated.\n\nTEXT 12\n\"\"\"'\n\n'l15flf �\n\n���Flrifm���\n� itlA'41fa\\r!l �������II\nmaitreya uvaca\niti pradarsya bhagavan\nsatirh tiim iitmano gatim\nsva-miitrii brahma-vadinya\nkapilo 'numato yayau\nmaitreya[l uviica-Maitreya said; iti-thus; pradarsya-after instructing;\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; satim-venerable; tamthat; iitmana[l-of self -realization;gatim-path;soo-miitni-from His mother;\nbrahma-vadinyii-self-realized;\npermission; yayau-left.\n\nkapila�-Lord\n\nKapila;\n\nanumatafl-took\n\n", "SB3.4#p0449": "1432\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 33\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Maitreya said: The Supreme Personality of Godhead Kapila, after\n\ninstructing His beloved mother, took permission from her and left His\nhome, His mission having been fulfilled.\nPURPORT\n\nThe mission of the appearance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nin the form of Kapila was to distribute the transcendental knowledge of\nsaTikhya philosophy, which is full of devotional service. Having imparted\nthat knowledge to His mother-and, through His mother, to the worldKapiladeva had no more need to stay at home, so He took permission from\nHis mother and left. Apparently He left home for spiritual realization,\nalthough He had nothing to realize spiritually because He Himself is the\nperson to be spiritually realized. Therefore this is an example set by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead while acting like an ordinary human\nbeing so that others might learn from Him. He could, of course, have\nstayed with His mother, but He indicated that there was no need to stay\nwith the family. It is best to remain alone as a brahmacari, sannyiisi or\nviinaprastha and cultivate KfEiQa consciousness throughout one's whole\nlife. Those who are unable to remain alone are given license to live in\nhousehold life with wife and children, not for sense gratification but for\ncultivation of K{�qa consciousness.\n\nTEXT 13\n\nQ1 � �wtq1:ffiwt\n\ntfl�ll�wt ql�l�ih.._ I\n\n�1� 3'(1qf� ��: (1411�1 1��11\nsa capi tanayoktena\n\nyogadesena yoga-yuk\ntasminn asrama api!le\nsarasvatya[l samiihitii\nsa-she; ca-and; api-also; tanaya-by her son; ukt ena-spoken; yogaiidesena-by the instruction on yoga; y o ga-yuh\n\n-\n\nengaged in bhakti-yoga;\n\ntasmin-in that; iisrame-hermitage; iipt!le-the flower crown; sarasvatyaftof the Sarasvati; samahitii-fixed in samadhi.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0450": "Text 14]\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1433\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs instructed by her son, Devahiiti also began to practice bhakti-yoga in\nthat very asrama. She practiced samadhi in the house of Kardama Muni,\nwhich was so beautifully decorated with flowers that it was considered to\n\nbe the flower crown of the River Sarasvati.\nPURPORT'\nDevahiHi did not leave her house, because it is never recommended for a\nwoman to leave her home. She is dependent. The very example of Devahiiti\nwas that when she was not married, she was under the care of her father,\nSviiyambhuva Manu, and then Sviiyambhuva Manu gave her to Kardama\nMuni in charity. She was under the care of her husband in her youth, and\nthen her son Kapila Muni was born. As soon as her son grew up, her\nhusband left home, and similarly the son, after discharging His duty\ntowards His mother, also left. She could also have left home, but she did\nnot. Rather, she remained at home and began to practice bhakti-yoga as it\nwas instructed by her great son, Kapila Muni, and because of her practice\nof bhakti-yoga, the entire home became just like a flower crown on the\nRiver Sarasvati.\nTEXT 14\n\n�mq.���-R�•��•'ll\n3ffiqR �JRmn � � � ll�'clll\nabhik�ruivagiiha-kapi.Siin\nja,tilan ku,tilalakiin\niitmiinam cogra-tapasii\nbibhrati cirirwm krsam\nabhikfi(la-again and again; a va giiha-by bathing; kapisiin-gray;ja,tilanmatted; ku,tila-curled; alakiin-hair; iitmiinam-her body; ca-and; ugra\n\n­\n\ntapasii-by severe austerities; bibhrati-became; cirirwm-clothed in rags;\nkrsam-thin.\nTRA NSLATION\nShe began to bathe three times daily, and thus her curling black hair\ngradually became gray. Due to austerity, her body gradually became thin,\nand she wore old garments.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0451": "1434\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3. Ch. 33\n\nPURPORT\nIt is the practice of the yogi, brahmacari, vanaprastha and sannyiisi to\nbathe at least three times daily-early in the morning, during noontime\nand in the evening. These principles are strictly followed even by some\ngrhasthas, especially brahmat;�as, who are elevated in spiritual consciousness. Devahi.iti was a king's daughter and almost a king's wife also.\nAlthough Kardama Muni was not a king, by his yogic mystic power he\naccommodated Devahi.iti very comfortably in a nice palace with maidservants and all opulence. But since she had learned austerity even in the\npresence of her husband, there was no difficulty for her to be austere.\nStill, because her body underwent severe austerity after the departure of\nher husband and son, she became thin. To be too fat is not very good for\nspiritually advanced life. Rather, one should reduce because if one becomes\nfat it is an impediment to progress in spiritual understanding. One should\nbe careful not to eat too much, sleep too much or remain in a comfortable\nposition. Voluntarily accepting some penances and difficulties, one should\ntake less food and less sleep. These are the procedures for practicing any\nkind of yoga, whether bhakti-yoga, jnana-yoga or hatha-yoga.\nTEXT 15\n\n�: �� (1ql�41�'1f� I\n��'1f�q;tj SI'P-tf �f.l�dq II� �II\nprajii-pate[l. kardamasya\ntapo-yoga-vijrmbhitam\nsva-garhasthyam anaupamyam\nprarth yam vaimanikair api\npraja-pate{l-of\n\nthe\n\nprogenitor of\n\nmankind; kardamasya-Kardama\n\nMuni; tapa{l-by austerity; yoga-by yoga; vijrmbhitam-deve loped ; svagarhasthyam-his\n\nhome and household paraphernalia; anaupamyam­\n\nunequaled; prarthyam en viable ; vaimanikai{l- by the denizens of heaven;\n-\n\napt-even.\nTRANSLATION\nThe home and household paraphernalia of Kardama, who was one of\nthe prajapatis, was developed in such a way, by dint of his mystic powers\nof austerity and yoga, that his opulence was sometimes envied by those\nwho travel in outer space in airplanes.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0452": "Text 16]\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1435\n\nPURPORT\nThe statement in this verse that Kardama Muni's household affairs were\nenvied even by persons who travel in outer space refers to the denizens of\nheaven. Their airships are not like those we have invented in the modern\nage, which fly only from one country to another; their airplanes were\ncapable of going from one planet to another. There are many such\nstatements in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam from which we can understand that\n\nthere were facilities to travel from one planet to another, especially in the\nhigher planetary system, and who can say that they are not still traveling?\nThe speed of our airplanes and space vehicles is very limited, hut, as we\nhave already studied, Kardama Muni traveled in outer space in an airplane\nwhich was like a city, and he journeyed to see all the different heavenly\nplanets. That was not an ordinary airplane, nor was it ordinary space\n\ntravel. Because Kardama Muni was such a powerful mystic yogi, his\nopulence was envied by the denizens of heaven.\n\nTEXT 16\n\nqtJ:�: � � ��qqR:;w:�: I\n31rn;nR :;.r � t!�q�ll�(OIM :;.r II� �II\npayafl.-phena-nibhiifl. sayyii\ndiintii rukma-paricchadiifl.\niisaniini ca haimiini\nsusparsiistarar-iini ca\npaya {l. - of milk; phena- the foam; nibhiif!.-resembling; sayyafl.-beds;\ndiintii{l.- made of ivory; rukma-golden; par icchadafl.- with covers;asaruinichairs and benches; ca-and; hairruini-made of gold; su-sparsa- soft to t he\nto uch; iistarar-ani-cushions; ca-and.\nTRANSLATION\nThe opulence of the household of Kardama Muni is described herein.\nThe bedsheets and mattresses were all as white as the foam of milk, the\nchairs and benches were made of ivory and were covered by cloths of lace\nwith golden filigree, and the couches were made of gold and had very soft\npillows.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0453": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1436\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 33\n\nTEXT 17\n\n..'0%fat.P-l,; �� �I\n(+IS1G_lql 311l1f� ��;w1«t«91�1: II� �II\n�\n\nsvaccha-spha,tika-ku!fye�u\nmahii-rruirakateflU ca\nratna-pradipii iibhiinti\nlalanii ratna-samyutii�\nsvaccha-pure;\n\nsphatika-marble;\n\nku!fye§u-on\n\nthe\n\nwalls;\n\nmahii­\n\nrruirakate §u-decorated with valuable emeralds; ca-and; ratna-pradipii�jewel lamps; iibhiinti-shine; lalanii� -women; ratna-with jewelry; samyutiift\n-decorated.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe walls of the house were made of first-class marble, decorated with\nvaluable jewels. There was no need of light, for the household was\nilluminated by the rays of these jewels. The female members of the\nhousehold were all amply decorated with jewelry.\nPURPORT\nIt is understood from this statement that the opulences of household\nlife were exhibited in valuable jewels, ivory, first-class marble and furniture made of gold and jewels. The clothes are also mentioned as being\ndecorated with golden filigree. Everything actually had some value. It was\nnot like the furniture of the present day, which is cast in valueless plastic\nor base metal. The way of Vedic civilization is that whatever was used in\nhousehold affairs had to be valuable. In case of need, such items of value\ncould be exchanged immediately. Thus one's broken and unwanted furniture and paraphernalia would never be without value. This system is still\nfollowed by Indians in household affairs. They keep metal utensils and\ngolden ornaments or silver plates and valuable silk garments with gold\nembroidery, and in case of need, they can have some money in exchange\nimmediately. There are exchanges for the money lenders and the householders.\nTEXT 18\n\n·�.&��... �\n�flq:f¥1�\n\n", "SB3.4#p0454": "Text 19]\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1437\n\ngrhodyiinam kusumitai\nramyam bahv-amara-drumai�\nkujad-vihanga-mithunam\ngiiyan-matta-madhu-vratam\ngrha-udyiinam-the household garden; kusumita*-with flowers and\nfruits; ramyam-beautiful; bahu-amara-druma*-with many celestial trees;\nkujat-sin ging; viha�iga-of birds; mithunam-with pairs; gayat\n\n-\n\nhu mming;\n\nmatta-intoxicated; madhu-vratam-with bees.\nTRANSLATION\nThe compound of the main household was surrounded by beautiful\ngardens, with sweet, fragrant flowers and many trees which produced\nfresh fruit and were tall and beautiful. The attraction of such gardens was\nthat singing birds would sit on the trees, and their chanting voices, as well\nas the humming sound of the bees, made the whole atmosphere as pleasing\nas possible.\nTEXT 19\n\n� �: I\n� ��;flqe1�ij4( 11��11\n\n�\n\nSI�¥Mk+U;f\n\nyatra pravi�,tam iitmiinam\nvibudhiinucarii jagu�\nviipyiim utpala-gandhinyiim\nkardamenopalalitam\nyatra-where; pravi§tam-entered; atmiinam-unto her; vibudha-anucarii�\n-the associates of the denizens of heaven; jagu�-sang ; viipyiim-in the\npond; utpala-of lotuses; gandhinyiim-with the fragr an ce; kardamena­\n\nby Kardama; upalalitam-treated with great c are\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Devahuti would enter that lovely garden to take her bath in the\npond filled with lotus flowers, the associates of the denizens of heaven,\nthe Gandharvas, would sing about Kardama's glorious household life. Her\ngreat husband, Kardama, gave her all protection at all times.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0455": "1438\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 33\n\nPURPORT\nThe ideal husband and wife relationship is very nicely described in this\nstatement. Kardama Muni gave Devahuti all sorts of comforts in his duty\nas a husband, but he was not at all attached to his wife. As soon as his son\nKapiladeva was grown up, Kardama at once left all family connection.\nSimilarly, Devahuti was the daughter of a great king, Svayambhuva Manu,\nand was qualified and beautiful, but she was completely dependent on the\nprotection of her husband. According to Manu, women, the fair sex,\nshould not have independence at any stage of life. In childhood a woman\nmust be under the protection of the parents, in youth she must be under\nthe protection of the husband, and in old age she must be under the\nprotection of the grown-up children. Devahuti demonstrated all these\nstatements of the Manu-samhita in her life: as a child she was dependent\non her father, later she was dependent on her husband, in spite of her\nopulence, and she was later on dependent on her son Kapiladeva.\n\nhitvii tad ipsitatamam\napy akhar4ala-yoflitam\nkincic cakiira vadanarh\nputra-visleflariitura\nhitvti-having given up; tat-that household; tpsita-tamam-most desirable;\napi\n\n-\n\neven ; iikharpala-yo§itiim-by the wives of Lord Indra; kincit cakiira\n\nvadanam-she wore a sorry look on her face; putra-visle§a[la-by separation\nfrom her son; iiturii-afflicted.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough her position was unique from all points of view, saintly\nDevahiiti, in spite of all her possessions, which were envied even by the\nladies of the heavenly planets, gave up all such comforts. She was only\nsorry that her great son was separated from her.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0456": "Text 21]\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1439\n\nPURPORT\nDevahiiti was not at all sorry at giving up her material comforts, but she\nwas very much aggrieved at the separation of her son. It may be questioned here that if Devahiiti was not at all sorry to give up the material\ncomforts of life, then why was she sorry about losing her son? Why was\nshe so attached to her son? The answer is explained in the next verse. He\nwas not an ordinary son. Her son was the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One can give up material attachment, therefore, only when one has\nattachment for the Supreme Person. This is explained in Bhagavad-gita.\nPararh dntva nivartate. Only when one actually has some taste for spiritual\nexistence can he be reluctant to follow the materialistic way of life.\nTEXT 21\n\nq�lttq�RUij(l I\n��������''\n\n�;:f\n\n�\n\nvanarh pravrajite patyiiv\ndpatya-virahatura\njnata-tattvapy abhiin na§te\nvatse gaur iva vatsalti\nvanam-to the forest; pravrajite patyau-when her husband left home;\napatya-viraha-by separation from her son; iitura-very sorry;jniita-tattviiknowing the truth; api-although; abhiit-she became; nafi.te vatse-when\nher calf is lost;gauf!-a cow;iva-like; vatsalti-affectionate.\nTRANSLATION\nDevahiiti's husband had already left home and accepted the renounced\norder of life, and then her only son, Kapila, left home. Although she knew\nall the truths of life and death, and although her heart was cleansed of all\ndirt, she was very aggrieved at the loss of her son, just as a cow is affected\nwhen her calf dies.\nPURPORT\nA woman whose husband is away from home or has taken the renounced order of life should not be very sorry, because she still has the\npresence of her husband's representative, her son. It is said in the Vedic\n\n", "SB3.4#p0457": "1440\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 33\n\nscriptures, atmaiva putro jayate: the husband's body is represented by\nthe son. Strictly speaking, a woman is never widowed if she has a grown-up\nson. Devahuti was not very much affected while Kapila Muni was there,\nbut upon His departure she was very afflicted. She grieved not because\nof her worldly relationship with\n\nKardama Muni but because of her\n\nsincere love for the Personality of Godhead.\nThe example given here is that Devahuti became just like a cow who\nhas lost her calf. A cow bereft of her calf cries day and night. Similarly,\nDevahuti was aggrieved, and she always cried and requested her friends\nand relatives, \"Please bring my son home so that I may live. Otherwise, I\nshall die.\" This intense affection for the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nalthough manifested as affection for one's son, is spiritually beneficial.\nAttachment for a material son obliges one to remain in material existence,\nbut the same attachment, when transferred to the Supreme Lord, brings\none elevation to the spiritual world in the association of the Lord.\nEvery woman can qualify herself as much as Devahuti and then can\nalso have the Supreme Godhead as her son. If the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead can appear as the son of Devahuti, He can also appear as the son\nof any other woman, provided that woman is qualified. If one gets the\nSupreme Lord as a son, he can have the benefit of bringing up a nice son\nin this world and at the same time get promotion to the spiritual world to\nbecome the face-to-face associate of the Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nm � (et+tq� � ��\n�qif4Hd1 � A:� � � ����II\ntam eva dh yayati devam\napatyarh kapilarh harim\nbabh uvacirato vatsa\nni�sprha tadrse grhe\n\ntam-upon him; eva-certainly; dh ya yati- meditating; devam-divine;\napatyam-son; kapilam-Lord Kapila; harim-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; babhu va-became; acirata�-very soon; vatsa-0 dear Vidura;\n\n-\n\nn*sprha-unattached; tadrse grhe to such a home.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0458": "Text 23]\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1441\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Vidura, thus always meditating upon her son, the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead Kapiladeva, she very soon became unattached to her\nnicely decorated home.\nPURPORT\nHere is a practical example of how one can elevate oneself in spiritual\nadvancement by Kw,1a consciousness. Kapiladeva is Kr�l').a, and He appeared as the son of Devahiiti. After Kapiladeva left home, Devahiiti was\nabsorbed in thought of Him, and thus she was always Kf�l').a conscious.\nHer constant situation in Kr�l').a consciousness enabled her to be detached\nfrom hearth and home.\nUnless we are able to transfer our attachment to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, there is no possibility of becoming freed from material\n\nattachment. The Snmad-Bhiigavatam, therefore, confirms that it is not\n\npossible for one to become liberated by cultivation of empiric philosophical speculation. Simply knowing that one is not matter but spirit soul, or\nBrahman, does not purify one's intelligence. Even if the impersonalist\nreaches the highest platform of spiritual realization, he falls down again\nto material attachment because of not being situated in the transcendental\nloving service of the Supreme Lord.\nThe devotees adopt the devotional process, hearing about the Supreme\nLord's pastimes and glorifying His activities and thereby always remembering His beautiful eternal form. By rendering service, becoming His friend\nor His servant and offering Him everything that one possesses, one is able\n\nto enter into the kingdom of God. As it is said in Bhagavad-gita, tato mam\n\ntattvato pi�tva: after discharging pure devotional service, one can under­\n\nstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead in fact, and thus one becomes\neligible to enter into His association in one of the spiritual planets.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n� � � uottitit:q( I\nwr: sce'liita:4 e¥t«��«�fil�• ����\"\ndhyayati bhagavad-rilpam\n\nyad aha dhyana-gocaram\n\nsuta� prasanna-vadanam\n\nsamasta-vyasta-cintaya\n\n", "SB3.4#p0459": "1442\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 33\n\n-\n\ndhyayati-meditating ; bhagavat-rilpam upon the form of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; yat-which; aha-He instructed; dhyana-gocaramthe object of meditation; sutafl-her son; prasanna-vadanam-with a smiling\nface; samasta-on the whole; vyasta-on the parts; cintaya-with her mind.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, having heard with great eagerness and in all detail from her\n\nson Kapiladeva, the eternally smiling Personality of Godhead, Devahiiti\nbegan to meditate constantly upon the Vi�pu form of the Supreme Lord.\n\nTEXTS 24-25\n\n�(la�ul 'lelli(1 I\n�l§tWNIIijWf � iltlltdWfl 11�\\111\nmxt-f �S�Iif¥U�ifl �fli4dli(C� I\n� �ij'lilil!jUifit�,UI� 11�'-\\11\n�Nfi*lWili\\il\n\nbhakti-pravaha-yogena\nvainigyerta baliyasti\nyuktti nu�fhana-jtitena\njfianena brahma-hetunti\nvi.Suddhena tadatmtinam\niitmana visvato-mukham\nsvanubhiltyii tiro-bhutamayii-gurta-vise�artam\n\nbhakti-praviiha-yogena-by continuous engagement in devotional service;\nvairiigyer;w-by renunciation; baliyasii-very strong; yukta-anu§fhiina- by\nproper performance of duties; jatena-produced; jnanena-b y knowledge;\nbrahma-hetunti-due to realization of the Absolute Truth; visuddhena-by\npurification; tadii-then; iitmanam- Supreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof Godhead;\n\n-\n\ntitmana-with the mind; viSvata�-mukham whose face is turned everywhere; sva-anubhiltya-by self-realization; tira�-bhilta-disappeared; mayagu\"{la\n\n- of the modes of material nature; vise�artam- distincti n .\no\n\ns\n\n", "SB3.4#p0460": "Activities of Kapila\n\nText 26)\n\n1443\n\nTRANSLATION\nShe did so with serious engagement in devotional service. Because she\nwas strong in renunciation, she accepted only the necessities of the body.\nShe became situated in knowledge due to realization of the Absolute\nTruth, her heart became purified, she became fully absorbed in meditation\nupon the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and all misgivings due to the\nmodes of material nature disappeared.\nTEXT 26\n\niURIAt61�641�161�1�4�\nI\nfitfij'5i\\61NRl�i<:�ntssaf;t(R1: ������\nbrahmal)y avasthita-matir\nbhagavaty atma-samsraye\nnivrtta-jivapattitvat\nk�il)a-klesapta-nirvrti�\nbrahmal}i- in Brahman;avasthita- situated;mat *\n\n-\n\nher mind; bhagavati­\n\nin the Supreme Personality of Godhead; atma-samsraye residing in all\n-\n\nliving entities; nivrtta- freed; jiva\nfortunate\n\n-\n\nof the jiva soul; apattitvat\n\ncondition; k§i!la-disappeared; klesa-material\n\n-\n\nfrom the un­\n\npangs; iipta­\n\nattained; nirvrti� - transcendental bliss.\nTRANSLATION\nHer mind became completely engaged in the Supreme Lord, and she\nautomatically realized the knowledge of the impersonal Brahman. As a\nBrahman\n\nrealized soul, she was freed from the designations of the\n\nmaterialistic concept of life. Thus all material pangs disappeared, and she\nattained transcendental bliss.\nPURPORT\nThe previous verse states that Devahuti was already conversant with the\nAbsolute Truth. It may be questioned why she was meditating. The\nexplanation is that when one theoretically discusses the Absolute Truth\nhe becomes situated\n\nin the impersonal concept of Absolute Truth.\n\nSimilarly, when one seriously discusses the subject matter of the form,\nquality, pastimes and entourage of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\n", "SB3.4#p0461": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1444\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 33\n\nhe becomes situated in meditation on Him. If one has complete knowledge\nof the Supreme Lord, then knowledge of the impersonal Brahman is\nautomatically realized. The Absolute Truth is realized by the knower\naccording to three different angles of vision, namely impersonal Brahman,\nlocalized Supersoul and ultimately the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nIf one is situated, therefore, in knowledge of the Supreme Person, this\nimplies that one is already situated in the concept of the Supersoul and\nimpersonal Brahman.\nIn Bhagavad-gita it is said, brahma-bhiita[l, prasannatma. This means that\nunless one is freed from the material entanglement and situated in\nBrahman, there is no question of entering into the understanding of\ndevotional service or engaging in Kr�Qa consciousness. One who is engaged\nin devotional service to Kr�l).a is understood to be already realized in the\nBrahman concept of life because transcendental knowledge of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead includes knowledge of Brahman. This is confirmed\nin Bhagavad-gita. Brahmal)O hi prati�thiiham: the concept of the Personality of Godhead does not depend on Brahman. The V�l)U Puriirw also\nconfirms that one who has taken shelter of the all-auspicious Supreme\nLord is already situated in the understanding of Brahman. In other words,\none who is a Vai�l).ava is already a briihmal)a.\nAnother significant point of this verse is that one has to observe the\nprescribed rules and regulations. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gi\"tii, yuktiihiiravihiirasya. When one engages in devotional service in Kr�Q.a consciousness,\nhe still has to eat, sleep, defend and mate because these are necessities of\nthe body. But he performs such activities in a regulated way. He has to eat\nkr�TJ-a-prasada.\n\nHe has to sleep according to reg ulated principles. The\n\nprinciple is to reduce the duration of sleep and to reduce eating, taking\nonly what is needed to keep the body fit. In short, the goal is spiritual\nadvancement, not sense gratification. Similarly, sex life must be reduced.\nSex life is meant only for begetting Kr�Q.a conscious children. Otherwise,\nthere is no necessity for sex life. Nothing is prohibited, but everything is\nmade yukta, regulated, with the higher purpose always in mind. By\nfollowing all these rules and regulations of living, one becomes purified,\nand all misconceptions due to ignorance become nil. It is specifically\nmentioned here that the causes of material entanglement are completely\nvanquished.\nThe Sanskrit statement anartha-nivrtti indicates that this body is\nunwanted. We are spirit soul, and there was never any need of this material\nbody. But because we wanted to enjoy the material body, we therefore\nhave this body, through the material energy, under the direction of the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0462": "Text 26]\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1445\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. As soon as we are reestablished in our\noriginal position of servitorship to the Supreme Lord, we begin to forget\nthe necessities of the body, and at last we forget the body.\nSometimes in a dream we get a particular type of body with which to\nwork in the dream. I may dream that I am flying in the sky or that I have\ngone into the forest or some unknown place. But as soon as I am awake I\nforget all these bodies. Similarly, when one is Kw;ta conscious, fully\ndevoted, he forgets all his changes of body. We are always changing bodies,\nbeginning at birth from the womb of our mother. But when we are\nawakened to Kr�Qa consciousness we forget all these bodies. The bodily\nnecessities become secondary, for the primary necessity is the engagement\nof the soul in real spiritual life. The activities of devotional service in full\nKr�Qa consciousness are the cause of our being situated in transcendence.\nThe words bhagavaty iitma-sanisraye denote the Personality of Godhead as\nthe Supreme Soul, or the soul of everyone. In Bhagavad-g\"itii Kf�r:ta says,\nb\"ijam miim sarva-bhutiiniim: \"I am the seed of all entities.\" By taking\nshelter of the Supreme Being by the process of devotional service, one\nbecomes fully situated in the concept of the Personality of Godhead. As\ndescribed by Kapila, mad-gu[ta-sruti-matre[ta:\n\none who is fully Kf�Qa\n\nconscious, situated in the Personality of Godhead, is immediately saturated with love of God as soon as he hears about the transcendental\nqualities of the Lord.\nDevahiiti was fully instructed by her son Kapiladeva on how to concentrate her mind on the Vi�pu form in full detail. Following the instructions\nof her son in the matter of devotional service, she contemplated the form\nof the Lord within herself with great devotional love. That is the perfection of Brahman realization, or the mystic yoga system or devotional\nservice. At the ultimate issue, when one is fully absorbed in thought of the\nSupreme Lord and meditates on Him constantly, that is the highest\nperfection. Bhagavad-gTtii confirms that one who is always absorbed in\nsuch a way is to be considered the topmost yog\"i.\nThe real purpose of all processes of transcendental realization-jiiiinayoga, dhyiina-yoga or bhakti-yoga-is to arrive at the point of devotional\nservice. If one endeavors simply to achieve knowledge of the Absolute\nTruth or the Supersoul but has no devotional service, then he labors\nwithout gaining the real result. This is compared to beating the husks of\nwheat after the grains have already been removed. Unless one understands\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead to be the ultimate goal, it is valueless\nsimply to speculate or perform mystic yoga practice. In the a�tiinga-yoga\nsystem, the seventh stage of perfection is dhyana. This dhytina is the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0463": "[Canto 3, Ch. 33\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1446\n\nthird stage in devotional service. There are nine stages of devotional service.\nThe first is hearing, and then comes chanting and then contemplating. By\nexecuting devotional service, therefore, one automatically becomes an\nexpert jiiiin\"i and an expert yogi:. In other words, jiiiina and yoga are\ndifferent preliminary stages of devotional service.\nDevahiiti was expert in accepting the real substance; she contemplated\nthe form of Vi�!J.U in detail as advised by her smiling son, Kapiladeva. At\nthe same time, she was thinking of Kapiladeva, who is the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, and therefore she completely perfected her\nausterities, penances and transcendental realization.\nTEXT 27\n\nPt�i�G(14tiN�i�q(i�gul�\nI\n;r� �� � allW\\� : 11�\\911\nnityarufj.ha-samadhitvat\nparavrtta-gut:ta-bhrama\nna sasmara tadatmanam\nsvapne dr�tam ivotthital;t\nnitya-eternal;ilru{lha-situated in; samiidhitvat-from trance; paravrttafreed from; gur-a\n\n-\n\nof the modes of material nature; bhrama-illusion; na\n\nsasmara-she did not remember; tada-then; atmanam-her material body;\n\nsvapne-in a dream;drfi.tam-seen; iva just as; utthita!J\n-\n\n-\n\none who has arisen.\n\nTRAN S LATION\n\nSituated in eternal trance and freed from illusion impelled by the modes\nof material nature, she forgot her material body, just as one forgets his\ndifferent bodies in a dream.\nPURPORT\nA great V ai�Qava said that he who has no remembrance of his body is\nnot bound to material existence. As long as we are conscious of our bodily\nexistence, it is to be understood that we are living conditionally, under the\nthree modes of material nature. When one forgets his bodily existence, his\nconditional material life is over. This forgetfulness is actually possible\nwhen we engage our senses in the transcendental loving service of the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0464": "Text 28)\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1447\n\nLord. In the conditional state one engages his senses as a member of a\nfamily, or as a member of a society or country, etc. But when one\nforgets all such membership in material circum£tances and realizes that he\nis an eternal servant of the Supreme Lord, that is actual forgetfulness of\nmaterial existence.\nThis forgetfulness actually occurs when one renders service unto the\nLord. A devotee no longer works with the body for sense gratification\nwith family, society, country, humanity and so on. He simply works\nfor the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Ktwa. That is perfect Knw.a\nconsciousness.\nA devotee always merges in transcendental happiness, and therefore he\nhas no experience of material distresses. This transcendental happiness is\ncalled eternal bliss. According to the opinion of devotees, constant remembrance of the Supreme Lord is called samiidhi, or trance. If one is\nconstantly in trance, there is no possibility of his being attacked or even\ntouched by the modes of material nature. As soon as one is freed from the\ncontamination of the three material modes, he no longer has to take birth\nto transmigrate from one form to another in this material world.\nTEXT 28\n\n��: -mr:-im�ttl\\4(1wtetl( I\nqit �(et+JS•ot: � � �:����II\ntad-deha� parata� po�o\n'py akrsas ciidhy-asambhaviit\nbabhau malair avacchanna�\nsadhilma iva piivaka�\ntat-deha� - her\n\nbody; parata�-by others (the damsels created by\n\nKardama); po�a�-maintained; api-although; akrsa[l-not thin; ca-and;\n\niidhi - anx iety; asambhaviit-from not occurring; babhau-shone; mala*by dust; avacchanna[l-covered; sa -dhilma�-surrounded with smoke; ivalike; piivaka�-a fire.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHer body was being taken care of by the spiritual damsels created by\nher husband Kardama, and since she had no mental anxiety at that time,\nher body did not become thin. She appeared just like a fire surrounded by\nsmoke.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0465": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1448\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 33\n\nPURPORT\nBecause she was always in trance in transcendental bliss, the thought of\nthe Personality of Godhead was always carefully fixed in her mind. She\ndid not become thin, for she was taken care of by the celestial maidservants created by her husband. It is said, according to the ,A yur-vedic\nmedical science, that if one is free from anxieties he generally becomes\nfat. Devahii.ti, being situated in Kr�l)a consciousness, had no mental\nanxieties, and therefore her body did not become thin. It is customary in\nthe renounced order of life that one should not take any service from a\nservant or maid, but Devahii.ti was being served by the celestial maidservants. This may appear to be against the spiritual concept of life, but\njust as fire is still beautiful even when surrounded by smoke, she looked\ncompletely pure although it seemed that she was living in a luxurious way.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n� <tcft�•l+i4 \"�i •l<tl+il('( I\n\n�\n\ni1\n\n� �����: ����II\n\nsviiligam tapo-yoga-mayam\nmukta-kesam gatiimbaram\ndaiva-guptam na bubudhe\nviisudeva-pravi§ta-dhi7_l\nsva-angam-her body; tapa�-austerity; yoga-yoga practice; mayamfully engaged in; mukta-loosened; kesam-her hair; gata-disarrayed;\nambaram-her garments; daiva-by the Lord; guptam-protected; na-not;\nbubudhe-she was aware of; viisudeva-in the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;prav�_ta-absorbed;dhi�-her thoughts.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause she was always absorbed in the thought of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, she was not aware that her hair was sometimes\nloosened or her garments were disarrayed.\nPURPORT\n\n,\n\nIn this verse the word daiva-guptam \"protected by the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\" is very significant. Once one surrenders unto the\n\n", "SB3.4#p0466": "Text 30]\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1449\n\nservice of the Supreme Lord, the Lord takes charge of the maintenance of\nthe devotee's body, and there is no need of anxiety for its protection. It is\n\nsaid in the Second Chapter, Second Canto, of Snmad-Bhiigavatam that a\n\nfully surrendered soul has no anxiety about the maintenance of his body.\nThe Supreme Lord takes care of the maintenance of innumerable species\nof bodies; therefore, one who fully engages in His service will not go\nunprotected by the Supreme Lord. Devahuti was naturally unmindful for\nthe protection of her body, which was being taken care of by the Supreme\nPerson.\nTEXT 30\n\n� m $�cM:ffiwt 'llifUII�(ij : � I\n311�14 qf.Riuf �� � ll�oll\nevam sii kapiloktena\n\nmiirge!liiciratal;t param\n\niitmiinam brahma-nirvar;wrh\nbhagavantam aviipa ha\nevam-thus; sa-she (Devahiiti); kapila-by Kapila; uktena-instructed;\n\nmiirgerta-by the path; ac irata[l.\n\n- soon; param-supreme; iit miinam-Super- cessation of materialistic existence;\n\nsoul; brahma-Brahman; nirvii!l-am\n\nbhagavantam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; avapa- she achieved;\n\nha-certainly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Vidura, by following the principles instructed by Kapila,\nDevahiiti soon became liberated from material bondage, and she achieved\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, as Supersoul, without difficulty_\nPURPORT\nThree words have been used in this connection to describe the achieve­\n\nment of Devahuti: iitmiinam, brahma-nirvii!lam and bhagavantam. These\nrefer to the gradual process of discovery of the Absolute Truth, mentioned\nherein as the bhagavantam. The Supreme Personality of Godhead resides\n\nin various V aikuQ.tha planets. Nirvii!la means to extinguish the pangs of\nmaterial existence. When one is able to enter into the spiritual kingdom or\ninto spiritual realization, one is automatically freed from material pangs.\n\nThat is called brahma-nirvii!la-\n\nAccording to Vedic scripture, nirviirta\n\n", "SB3.4#p0467": "1450\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 33\n\nmeans cessation of the materialistic way of life. Atmanam means realization of the Supersoul within the heart. Ultimately, the highest perfection\nis realization of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is to be understood that Devahuti entered the planet which is called Kapila V aikuQtha.\nThere are innumerable V aikuQtha planets predominated by the expansions\nof Vi�QU. All the VaikuQ.�ha planets are known by a particular name of\nVi�.I).U. As we understand from Brahma-samhita, advaitam acyutam aniidim\nananta-rupam.\n\nAnanta means innumerable. The Lord has innumerable\n\nexpansions of His transcendental form, and according to the different\npositions of the symbolical representations in His four hands, He is known\nas NarayaQ.a, Pradyumna, Aniruddha, Vasudeva, etc. There is also a\nVaikuQtha planet known as Kapila VaikuQ�ha, to which Devahuti was\npromoted to meet Kapila and reside there eternally, enjoying the company\nof her transcendental son.\nTEXT 31\n\n(lil(t\"�� � �cM�M�'( I\n;nm � q;r m (ifij�9l'tf II�� II\ntad viriisit pul)yatamam\nk�etram trai-lokya-visrutam\nniimnii siddha-padam yatra\nsii samsiddhim upeyu�i\ntat-that; vira-0 brave Vidura; iisit-was; pu!lya-tamam-most sacred;\nk�etram- place; trai-lokya-in the three worlds; visrut am- known ; niimna­\n\nby the name; siddha-padam- Siddhapada; yatra-where; sa-she (Devahfiti);\nsamsiddhim- perfection; upeyu�i- achieved.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe palace where Devahiiti achieved her perfection, my dear Vidura, is\n\nunderstood to be a most sacred spot. It is known all over the three worlds\nas\n\nSiddhapada.\nTEXT 32\n\n(l�l�tl� � I\n� � � �f4:i::t fij4:�Mijt ������\n\n", "SB3.4#p0468": "Text 33]\n\nActivities of Kapila\n\n1451\n\ntasyiis tad yoga-vidhutamiirtyam martyam abhiit sarit\nsrotasiim pravarii saumya\nsiddhidii siddha-sevitii\ntasyii�-of Devahuti; tat-that; yoga-by yoga practice; vidhuta-relinquished; miirtyam-material elements; martyam-her mortal body; abhiltbecame; sarit-a river; srotasiim-of all rivers; pravarii\n\n-\n\nthe foremost;\n\nsaumya-0 gentle Vidura; siddhi dii-conferring perfection; siddha-by\n-\n\npersons desiring perfection; sevita-resorted to.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDear Vidura, the material elements of her body have melted into water\nand are now a flowing river, which is the most sacred of all rivers. Anyone\nwho bathes in that river also attains perfection, and therefore all persons\nwho desire perfection go bathe there.\nTEXT 33\n\n.�sfq ��T ���Rl_ I\n�Ta� e��ltt sng(hff � � ������\nkapilo 'pi mahii-yogf\nbhagaviin pitur iisramiit\nmiitaram samanujriapya\npriig-udfcfm disam yayau\nkapila�- Lord Kapila; api-surely; mahii-yogi-the great sage; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; pitu�-of His father; asramat-from\nthe hermitage; miitaram-from His mother; samanujiiiipya-having asked\npermission; priik-udicfm- northeast; disam\n\n-\n\ndirection; yayau-He went.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Vidura, the great sage Kapila, the Personality of Godhead, left\nhis father's hermitage with the permission of His mother and went toward\nthe northeast.\n\n", "SB3.4#p0469": "1452\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 3, Ch. 33\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�0(\"'41(0141�-lfiCQ(tal�:\n1\n�44+tl\"t: • G\\'*11�1M�wt: ll�'dll\nsiddha-ciira!la-gandharvair\n\nmunibhis ciipsaro-ga!lail].\n\nstuyamiina� samudrer&a\n\ndat tiirha!la-nik etana�\n\nsiddha-by the Siddhas; carar a -by the Carav.as; gandharvai�-by the\n\nGandharvas; munibhi�-by the munis; ca-and; apsara�-gar-ai�-by the\n\nApsaras (damsels of the heavenly planets); stuy amana� being extolled;\n-\n\nsamudre!la-by the ocean; datta- given; arha!'-a-oblations; niketana�place of residence.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile He was passing in the northern direction, all the celestial denizens\nknown as Cirapas and Gandharvas, as well as the munis and the damsels of\nthe heavenly planets, prayed and offered Him all respects. The ocean\noffered Him oblations and a place of residence.\nPURPORT\nIt is understood that Kapila Muni first went towards the Himalayas and\ntraced the course of the River Ganges, and He again came to the delta of\nthe Ganges at the sea now known as the Bay of Bengal. The ocean gave\nHim residence at a place still known as Gaitga-sagara, where the River\nGanges meets the sea. That place is called Ganga-sagara Tirtha, and even\ntoday people gather there to offer respects to Kapiladeva, the original\n\nauthor of the salikhya system of philosophy. Unfortunately, this salikhya\nsystem has been misrepresented by an imposter who is also named Kapila,\nbut that other system of philosop hy does not tally with anything described\nin the siilikhya of Kapila in the Srtmad-Bhiigavatam.\nTEXT 35\n\n� � tt+tl(41tf tti(.�I\"Etllfi�e� : I\n�tfiUII+(fq ��;qq� tt+tlmt: 11�'-\\11\n�\n\n'-::1\n\n", "SB3.4#p0470": "Activities of Kapila\n\nText 37]\n\n1453\n\niiste yogam samiisthiiya\n\nsiihkhyiiciiryair abh�tutal]\n\ntrayiiryiim api lokiiniim\n\nupasiintyai samiihita�\n\ntiste- He remains;yogam-yoga; samtisthtiya-having practiced;siihkhyaof the stiitkhya philosophy; tictiryai�-by the great teachers; abhi�.tuta�worshiped; trayar-iim-three; api-certainly; lokaniim-of\n\nupasantyai-for the deliverance; samtihita�-fixed in trance.\n\nthe\n\nworlds;\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven now Kapila Muni is staying there in trance for the deliverance of\nthe conditioned souls in the three worlds, and all the acaryas, or great\nteachers, of the system of sailkhya philosophy are worshiping Him.\nTEXT 36\n\n*«ff41•1fa:d m �s{ �TWN 1\ncti�e� =if � ��� 'ffi't: ����II\netan nigaditam tiita\n\nyat pr�to 'ham taviinagha\n\nkapilasya ca samviido\n\ndevahutyiiS ca piivana�\n\netat-this; nigaditam-spoken; ttita-0 dear Vidura; yat-which;P!fi.taflwas asked; aham-1; tava-by you; anagha-0 sinless Vidura; kapilasya-of\nKapila; ca-and; saritvtida[l-conversation; devahutyti[l-of Devahiiti; caand; ptivana[l-pure.\n\nTRANSLA 'fiON\nMy dear son, since you have inquired from me, I have answered. 0\nsinless one, the descriptions of Kapiladeva and His mother and their\nactivities are the purest of all pure discourses.\nTEXT 37\n\n�\n\n(i('lfllJflRi �\nCfi�(.q��..k+t�••g�'(\n\n", "SB3.4#p0471": "[Canto 3, Ch. 33\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1454\n\n�\n\n�:\n\nf4e¥A\n\n6'4uiwu�•1'4t4G\\idil;a:'{ 11 �\\911\n\nya idam anusrr;wti yo 'bhidhatte\nkapila-muner matam iitma-yoga-guhyam\nbhagavati krta-dhi1} supar[!a-ketiiv\nupalabhate bhagavat-padiiravindam\nya�-whoever; idam-this; anusrr w ti\n\n-\n\nhears; ya�-whoever; abhidhatte­\n\nexpounds; kapila-mune�-of the sage Kapila; matam- instructions; iitma­\n\nyoga-based on meditation on the Lord; guh yam- confidential; b hagavati­\n\non the Supreme Personality of Godhead; krta-dhi�-having fixed his mind;\n\nsuparr-a-ketau-who has a banner of Garu�a; upalabhate\n-of the Supreme Lord; pada ara vinda m\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe lotus feet.\n\nachieves; bhagavat\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe description of the dealings of Kapiladeva and His mother is very\nconfidential, and anyone who hears or reads this narration becomes a\ndevotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is carried by\nGaru!fa, and he thereafter enters into the abode of the Supreme Lord to\nengage in the transcendental loving service of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe narration of Kapiladeva and His mother Devahuti is so perfect and\n\ntranscendental that even if one only hears or reads this description, he\nachieves the highest perfectional goal of life, for he engages in the loving\n\nservice of the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. There is\n\nno doubt that Devahuti, who had the Supreme Lord as her son and who\nfollowed the instructions of Kapiladeva so nicely, attained the highest\nperfection of human life.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Thirty-third\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, entitled \"Activities of Kapila.\"\nEND OF THE THIRD CANTO\n\n", "SB3.4#p0472": "", "SB4.1#p0001": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\nFourth Canto\n\ngrimad\nBhagavatam\n\n!Part one-chapters 1-Bl\nwith the original Sanskrit text, its Roman transliteration, word-for-word synonyms, translation\nand elaborate purports by\n\nFourth canto\nPart one\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society\nfor Krishna Consciousness\n359 pages\n\n8 color illustrations\n\n)>\nh\n\nOf all the treasures of ancient India, none can be\n\n.\n\nOJ\n:::r\nnl\n\nmore\n\n�\n\nhearing Sriinad-Bh�gavatam one can attain the highest\nplane of transcendental consciousness. Science, politics,\nadventure, philosophy, sociology, religion and love all\nfind their perfection in Srimad-Bh�gavatam because the\n\nc\n\nc::·\nS\" 5'\nCJ)\n\nBhagavatam is the authorized transcendental history of\n\nthe pastimes of Lord Sri Kr�l')a, the Supreme Personality\n\nen\n\nof Godhead.\n\n...,\n\nfamous Bhagavad-gita and although\n\nAlthough Lord Sri Kr�l')a is the speaker of the world­\n\n0\n� nl\n\n�.\n\nIndeed, the\n\nincarnation of God Himself, and it is said that simply by\n\n::J:\n�·\nc. v;·\nnl\n::::s\n\nvaluable than Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nBhagavatam is so exalted that it is worshiped as a literary\n\nHe is celebrated\n\nboth in the world and in the Vedas as the Supreme\n\nn\n\"\"0 en\n\nPersonality of Godhead, the transcencental nature of His\nappearance and activities is rarely understood even by\n\nQJ\n\nthe greatest scholars. As Kr�l')a says Himself in the Git�.\n\nC'\n:::r\nc\n'0\nnll\nc.\nnl\n\n\"Out of many thousands among men, one may endeavor\nfor perfection, and of those who have achieved perfection,\n\nhardly\n\none\n\nknows\n\nMe\n\nin\n\ntruth.\"\n\nIn Srimad­\n\nBh�gavatam, the name, fame, qualities and pastimes of\nthis Supreme Personality are elaborately described in a\nscientific way. The science of God is greater than all\nother sciences, and this spiritual technology is brilliantly\nexplained in the 18,000 verses of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\n(continued on back flap)\n\nFront cover: The Personality of Godhead Lord Vi�QU appearing\non His feathered carrier Garuqa for the benediction of the\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\ndemigods.\nBack cover: Lord Siva, the destroyer of the universe, with his\ndevoted consort Sat!.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0002": "(continued from front flap)\nTherefore by reading Srimad-Bhiigavatam one is sure to\nbecome a fully self-realized soul, and in the advanced\nstage of self-realization one can enjoy the highest satisfaction and become absorbed in the transcendental pastimes that the Bhagavatam describes.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is a book of knowledge and of\ntruth. Originally spoken 5,000 years ago, it has been\ncarefully handed down in the Sanskrit language through\na chain of self-realized spiritual masters, and it is now\nbeing translated into English by His Divine Grace A.C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's greatest\nauthority on Vedic religion and thought. Srila Prabhupada\nis the founder and spiritual master of the International\nSociety for Krishna Consciousness and the author of\n\nBhagavad-gita As It Is, Kr�rJa and many other English\nversions of Vedic Iiteratu re. His authoritative translations,\ncommentaries and summary studies are standard textbooks of transcendental science.\nSrila Prabhupada does not write with any professional\nmot1ve in mind. Upon the order of his spiritual master,\nhe has taken up the work of Kr�f)a consciousness as a\nmatter of spiritual responsibility, and he has dedicated\nhis life to spreading the message of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nHis Divine Grace says, \"It is the great need of modern\ncivilization. I am hopeful of its good reception by the\nthinkers and leaders of society.\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "SB4.1#p0003": "His Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhu ada\n\n", "SB4.1#p0004": "Plate 1 The three deities approached the hermitage of Atri Muni, accompanied by the denizens of\nthe heavenly planets. (page 19)\n\n", "SB4.1#p0005": "_\n....\n_..... ..\n\n. Plate 2 ln the heavenly planets, bands began to play, and they showered flowers from the sky.\nGreat demi ods like Brahma also offered their res ectful\n\nra ers.\n\na e 38\n\n", "SB4.1#p0006": "Plate 3 Sati could not persuade Lord Siva to give her permission to go to her father's home. (page\n110)\n\n", "SB4.1#p0007": "Plate 4 Satl became completely cleansed of all taints of sin and quit her body in a blazing fire by\nmeditation on the fiery elements. (page 141)\n\n", "SB4.1#p0008": "Plate 5 Speaking to all the sages present, Lord Siva sat as gravely as time eternal under the giant\nbanyan tree. (page 189)\n\n", "SB4.1#p0009": "Plate 6 When Dhruva Maharaja, struck by the strong words of his stepmother, saw that his father\nwas silent and did not rotest, he immediately left the alace. (page 290)\n\n", "SB4.1#p0010": "Plate 7 After Dhruva Maharaja received instructions from his spiritual master Narada and entered\nMadhuvana Forest to execute devotional service, Narada thought it wise to go to the King. (page\n341)\n\n", "SB4.1#p0011": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n", "SB4.1#p0012": "OTHER BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktlvectanta swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-g\"'itii As It Is\n'\nr\"'imad-Bhiigavatam, Cantos 1-3\nTeachings of Lord Chaitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKnrJ.a Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKmta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (2 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahliid Mahiiraj\nTranscendental Teachings of Caitanya Mahiiprabhu\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to KHTJ.a\nRii.ja-vidyii: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to KnTJ.a Consciousness\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nKmw, the Matchless Gift\nKr�t;ta, the Reservoir of Pleasure\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0013": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\nFourth Canto\n\"The creation Of the Fourth Order\"\n\n<Part one-Chapters 1-8>\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB4.1#p0014": "Copyright ©\n\n1972\n\nby the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-33-2\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 71-189066\nALL RIGHTS RESERVED\n\nReaders interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousne ss\n3764 Watseka Ave.\n\nLo A nge le , Calif. 90034\n\nThe Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watsckn Avenu\n\n32 Tiffany Place\n13ruoklyn, No;w York\n\n11231\n\n·\n\nLo Angeles, Cnlifornia 90034\n\n7 Bury Pia 'C\n\nGandhi Gram Road\n\nBloomsbury, W.C. I\n\n.luhu, Bombay.54\n\nLondon\n\nPrinted by Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan\n\n", "SB4.1#p0015": "TABLE OF CONTENTS\nCHAPTER ONE\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters\nof Manu\n\n1\n\nThree Daughters of Svayambhuva Manu\n\n1\n\nYajfia Born of Akuti\n\n5\n\nTwelve Boys Born of Yajfia and Dak�il')ii\nPlirl')ima's Descendants Described\n\n8\n12\n\nThe Severe Austerities of Atri Muni\n15\n\nand Anasuya\nBrahma, Vi�I')U and Siva Visit Atri Muni\n\n19\n\nAtri Muni Benedicted by the Three Deities\n\n25\n\nBirth of the Great Mystic Dattatreya\n\n27\n\nSeven Spotless Sages Born of Vasi�tha\n\n31\n\nThe Universe Populated by Descendants\nof Kardama\n\n35\n\nThe Joyful Appearance of Nara-Narayal')a\n\n38\n\nForty-nine Fire-gods Generated\n\n44\n\nCHAPTER TWO\n\noak$a curses Lord Siva\n\n49\n\nLord Siva, Spiritual Master of the World\n\n50\n\nDak�a Offended by Lord Siva\n\n54\n\nDak�a Speaks Against Lord Siva\n\n56\n\nLord Siva Cursed by Dak�a\n\n61\n\nDak�a Cursed by Nandisvara\n\n64\n\nThe Followers of Lord Siva Cursed by Bhrgu\n\n70\n\nLord Siva Leaves the Arena of Sacrifice\n\n77\n\nThe Demigods Depart for Their Abodes\n\n79\n\nvu\n\n", "SB4.1#p0016": "Table of Contents\n\nCHAPTER THREE\n\nTalks Between Lord Siva and SatT\n\ns1\n\nTension Between Dak�a and Lord Siva\n\n81\n\nThe Great Sacrifice Planned by Dak�a\n\n83\n\nSati's Desire to Attend the Sacrifice\n\n86\n\nWomen Hanker for Material Affection\n\n90\n\nSiva Remembers the Malicious Speeches\nof Dak�a\n\n93\n\nDak�a Proud of Material Assets\n\n96\n\nDak�a Intolerant of Siva's High Position\n\n100\n\nSiva Worships Vasudeva in Pure Consciousness\n\n103\n\nSiva's Advice to Sati\n\n106\n\nCHAPTER FOUR\n\nsatT Quits Her Body\n\n1o9\n\nSati's Mind Unsettled\n\n109\n\nSati Leaves Her Husband\n\n112\n\nSati Dissatisfied by Dak�a's Silence\n\n116\n\nSati Condemns Her Father\n\n118\n\nSiva's Honor Never Neglected\n\n123\n\nInauspicious Qualities of Siva\n\n126\n\nSati Condemns Her Body\n\n129\n\nOpulences of Self-realized Souls\n\nJ 33\n\nSati Absorbs Herself in Mystic Yoga\n\n137\n\nSati Quits Her Body in Blazing Fire\n\n141\n\nDak�a Unworthy to Be a Briihma[la\n\n144\n\nBhrgu Muni Creates the .{tbhava Demigods\n\n146\n\nCHAPTER FIVE\n\nFrustration of the sacrifice o f Dak$a\n\n149\n\nSiva Becomes Angry\n\n149\n\nThe Fearful Black Demon Created\n\n151\n\nSiva's Soldiers Follow the Fierce Personality\n\n154\n\nviii\n\n", "SB4.1#p0017": "Table of Contents\nLord Siva's Dance of Dissolution\n\n157\n\nThe Destruction of the Sacrificial Arena\n\n160\n\nDak�a Beheaded by Virabhadra\n\n165\n\nCHAPTER SIX\n\nLord Brahma satisfies Lord Siva\n\n169\n\nPriests and Demigods Approach Lord Brahma\n\n169\n\nLord Siva Easily Pleased\n\n1 72\n\nThe Abode of Kailasa\n\n1 75\n\nThe Lake in W hich Sati Bathed\n\n180\n\nCelestial Damsels Enjoy in Sanctified Rivers\n\n182\n\nThe Airplanes of the Heavenly Denizens\n\n184\n\nSiva Surrounded by Saintly Persons\n\n190\n\nLord Siva, Chief of All Thinkers\n\n194\n\nLord Brahma Speaks to Siva\n\n196\n\nMiscreants Destined to Ghastly Hells\n\n200\n\nEnvious Persons Already Killed by\nProvidence\n\n203\n\nVai�l}avas Never Bewildered by Miiyii\n\n205\n\nThe Recommended Sacrifice for this Age\n\n209\n\nCHAPTER SEVEN\n\nThe sacrifice Performed by Dak$a\n\n211\n\nSiva Pacified by the Words of Lord Brahma\n\n211\n\nDak�a Given a Goat's Head\n\n213\n\nDak�a's Heart Cleansed\n\n219\n\nDak�a's Prayers to Lord Siva\n\n221\n\nThe Briihmaf1as Arrange to Offer Oblations\n\n226\n\nThe Appearance of Lord Narayal}a\n\n228\n\nLord Vi�I}U W orshipable by Everyone\n\n231\n\nDak�a Offers Respectful Prayers to the Lord\n\n234\n\nThe Formidable Fort of Conditional Existence\n\n236\n\nlX\n\n", "SB4.1#p0018": "Table of Contents\nThe Insurmountable Spell of Illusory Energy\n\n239\n\nVi�pu's Form Pleasing to the Mind and Eyes\n\n242\n\nThe Mind Compared to an Elephant\n\n246\n\nVi�Qu, the Shelter of the Quality of\nGoodness\n\n253\n\nDemigods Depend on Vi�QU for Protection\n\n256\n\nThe Value of the Human Form of Life\n\n259\n\nLord V i�QU Is Everything\n\n261\n\nChanting the Lord's Holy Name\n\n264\n\nSupersoul, the Self-sufficient Witness\n\n266\n\nOne Who Knows Brahman\n\n270\n\nDak�a Situated on the Religious Path\n\n273\n\nCHAPTER EIGHT\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for\nthe Forest\n\n279\n\nThe Brahmacii.ri Sons of Brahma\n\n279\n\nIrreligion Also Brahma's Son\n\n281\n\nThe Descendants of Svayambhuva Manu\n\n284\n\nDhruva Maharaja Insulted\n\n287\n\nDhruva Leaves the Palace\n\n290\n\nThe Advice of Dhruva 's Mother\n\n293\n\nTaking Shelter of the Lord's Lotus Feet\n\n297\n\nThe Great Sage Narada Struck with Wonder\n\n301\n\nLiving Entities Controlled by Previous\nActions\n\n304\n\nCrossing over the Darkness of Nescience\n\n308\n\nDhruva Lacking Brahminical Humility\n\n312\n\nThe Expert Advice of Narada Muni\n\n316\n\nThe Virtuous Forest Named l\\Iadhuvana\n\n319\n\nThe Goal of .Meditation Is the Personality\nof Godhead\n\n322\n325\n\nThe Lord Is a Person\nX\n\n", "SB4.1#p0019": "Table of Contents\nPerfect Human Beings Flying in the Sky\n\n329\n\nTulasT Leaves Very Dear to Kr�J;Ja\n\n333\n\nPrescribed Paraphernalia for Worship of the\nLord\n\n337\n\nDhruva Maharaja Enters Madhuvana Forest\n\n341\n\nNarada Muni Advises the King\n\n345\n\nFollowing the Orders of the Spiritual Master\n\n347\n\nDhruva Maharaja Captures the Supreme Lord\n\n352\n\nThe Lord Reassures the Demigods\n\n358\n\nXL\n\n", "SB4.1#p0020": "CHAPTER ONE\n\nGenealogical Table of the\nDaughters of Manu\nTEXT l\n\nfu�\n�� �6�1�i ftm: �ff iil� I\n31ffi�q:Rr� !N.� R�H II � II\nmaitreya uvaca\n\nmanos tu satariipiiyarh\n\ntisra� kanyas ca jajnire\n\nakiitir devahiitiS ca\n\npras iitir iti viSruta�\nmaitreya�\n\nuvaca-the\n\ngreat\n\nsage\n\nMaitreya\n\nsaid;\n\nmano�\n\ntu-of\n\nSvayambhuva Manu; satariipayam-in his wife Satariipa; tisra�-three;\n\nkanya�\n\nca-daughters\n\nalso; jajnire-gave birth; akuti�-named Akuti;\n\ndevahiit*-named Devahiiti; ca-also; prasut*-named Prasiiti; iti-thus;\n\nviSruta�-wel1 known.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Maitreya said: Svayambhuva Manu begot three daughters in his wife\n\nSatariipa, and their names were Akiiti, Devahiiti and Prasiiti.\nPURPORT\n\nFirst of all let us offer our respectful obeisances unto our spiritual\n\nmaster, Om Vi�!]upada Sri Srimad Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami\n\nPrabhupada, by whose order I am engaged in this herculean task of writing\n\ncommentary on the Srimad-Bhiigavatam as the Bhaktivedanta purports.\n\nBy his grace we have finished three cantos already, and we are just trying\nl\n\n", "SB4.1#p0021": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n2\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. l\n\nto begin the Fourth Canto. By his divine grace let us offer our respectful\n\nobeisances unto Lord Caitanya, who began this Kp]l}a consciousness\nmovement of Bhiigavata-dharma 500 years ago, and through His grace let\nus offer our obeisances to the six Gosvamis, and then let us offer our\n\nobeisances to Radha and Kr�J}a, the spiritual couple who enjoy eternally\nin Vrndavana with Their cowherd boys and damsels in Vrajabhumi. Let\n\nus also offer our respectful obeisances to all the devotees and eternal\n\nservitors of the Supreme Lord.\nIn this\n\nFourth Canto\n\nof Srimad-Bhiigavatam there are thirty-one\n\nchapters, and all these chapters describe the secondary creation by Brahma\n\nand the Manus. The real creation is done by the Supreme Lord Himself\n\nby agitating His material energy, and then, by His order, Brahma, the\nfirst living creature in the universe, attempts to create the different\n\nplanetary systems and their inhabitants, expanding the population through\nhis progeny, like Manu and other progenitors of living entities, who work\n\nperpetually under the order of the Supreme Lord. In the First Chapter of\n\nthis\n\nFourth\n\nCanto there are descriptions of the three daughters of\n\nSvayambhuva Manu and their descendants. The next six chapters describe\n\nthe sacrifice performed by King Dak�a and how it was spoiled. Thereafter\n\nthe activities of Maharaja Dhruva are described in five chapters. Th_en, in\neleven chapters, the activities of King Prthu are described, and th� next\n\neight chapters are devoted to the activities of the Pracetas J5.ih.gs. As described in the first verse of this chapter, Svayambhuva Manu had three\n\ndaughters, named Akuti, Devahiiti and Prasuti.. Of these three daughters, one\ndaughter, Devahuti, has already been described, along with her husband,\n\nKardama Muni, and her son, Kapila Muni. In this chapter the descendants\n\nof the first daughter, Akuti, will specifically be described. Svayambhuva\nManu is the son of Brahma. Brahma had many other sons, but Manu's\n\nname is specifically mentioned first because he was a great devotee of the\n\nLord. In this verse there is also the word ca, indicating that besides the\n\nthree daughters mentioned, Svayambhuva Manu also had two sons.\nTEXT 2\n\nakut�rh rucaye pradad\napi bhratrmatim nrpa�\nputrika-dharmam asritya\nsatarupanumodita�\n\n", "SB4.1#p0022": "Genealogical Table of the Da ughters of Manu\n\nText 3)\n\niik u tim\n\n-\n\n3\n\nAkiiti; rucaye-unto the great sage Ruci;priidiit-handed over;\n\napi-although; bhriit rmatim\n\n-\n\ndaughter having a brother; nrpa�-the King;\n\nput r ik ii-get the resultant son; d harma m-religious rites; iisritya taking\nshelter; sataru'pii-the wife of Svayambhuva Manu; an um od ita�-being\n-\n\nsanctioned.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAkiiti had two brothers, but in spite of her brothers, King Svayambhuva\nManu handed her over to Prajapati Ruci on the condition that the son\n\nborn of her be returned to him as his son. This he did in consultation with\nhis wife, Satariipa.\nPURPORT\n\nSometimes a sonless person offers his daughter to a husband on the\n\ncondition that his grandson be returned to him to be adopted as his son\n\nand inherit his property. This is called putrikii-dharma, which means that\n\nby execution of religious rituals one gets a son, although he is sonless by\n\nhis own wife. But here we see extraordinary behavior in Manu, for\n\nin spite of his having two sons, he handed over his first daughter to\n\nPrajapati Ruci on the condition that the son born of his daughter be\n\nreturned to him as his son. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakur comments\n\nin this connection that King Manu knew that the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead would take birth in the womb of Akiiti; therefore, in spite of\n\nhaving two sons, he wanted the particular son born of Akiiti because he\n\nwas ambitious to have the Supreme Personality of Godhead appear as his\nson\n\nand\n\ngrandson.\n\nManu is the lawgiver of mankind, and since he\n\npersonally executed the putrikii-dharma, it is to be accepted that such a\n\nsystem can be adopted by mankind also. Thus, even though one has a son,\n\nif he wants to have a particular son from his daughter, he can give his\n\ndaughter in charity on that condition. That is the opinion of Srila ]iva\n\nGosvami.\n\nTEXT 3\n\nQtmr: � �Fl. �Rt(ij�l¥4��� I\n� iUIW�W � �II �II\nprajiipat* sa bhagaviin\nrucis tasyiim ajijanat\nmithunam brahma-varcasv\"i\nparameT}a samiidhinii\n\n", "SB4.1#p0023": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n4\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 1\n\npraftipat * - one who is entrusted to beget children; saft-he; bhagaviin­\n\nthe most opulent; rucift - the great sage Ruci; t asy iim-in her; ajija nat- gave\n\nbirth; mithunam-couple; brahma-varcasvi-very much spiritually powerful;\n\npa ram e r- a\n\n-\n\nwith great strength; samiidhinii-in trance.\nTRANSLATION\n\nRuci, who was very powerful in his brahminical qualifications and was\nappointed one of the progenitors of the living entities, begot one son and\none daughter by his wife, Akiiti.\nPURPORT\nThe word brahma-varcasvi is very significant. Ruci was a briihma[ta, and\n\nhe executed the brahminical duties very rigidly. As stated in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii, the brahminical qualifications are control of the enses, control of the\n\nmind,\n\ncleanliness\n\nmaterial\n\nwithin\n\nknowledge,\n\nand\n\nwithout, development of spiritual and\n\nsimplicity,\n\ntruthfulness,\n\nfaith\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, etc. There are many qualities which indicate a\nbrahminical personality, and it is understood that Ruci followed all the\nbrahminical principles rigidly. Therefore he is specifically mentioned as\n\nbrahma-varcasvi. One who is born of a briihma[ta father but does not act\n\nas a briihma[ta is called, in Vedic language, a brahma-bandhu, and is\n\ncalculated to be on the level of sudras and women. Thus in theB h iigavatam\n\nwe find that Mahiibhiirata was specifically compiled by Vyasadeva for\n\nstri-sudra-brahma-bandhu. Stri means women, sudra means the lower class\n\nof civilized human society, and brahma-bandhu means persons who are\n\nborn in the\n\nfamilies of briihmar-as but do not follow the rules and\n\nregulations carefully. All of these three classes are called les intelligent;\n\nthey have no access to the study of the Vedas, which are specifically\n\nmeant for persons who have acquired the brahminical qualifications. This\nrestriction is not based upon any sectarian distinction but upon qualification. The Vedic literatures cannot be understood unless one has developed\nthe brahminical qualifications. It is regrettable, therefore, that per ons\nwho have no brahminical qualifications and have never been trained under\na bona fide spiritual master nevertheless comment on Vedic literatures\n\nlike the Srimad-Bhiigavatam and other Purarws, for they cannot deliver\n\ntheir real message. R uci was considered a first-class briihmar-a; therefore\n\nhe is mentioned here as brahma-varcasvi, one who has full prowess in\nbrahm inical strength.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0024": "Genealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\nText 5)\n\n5\n\nTEXT4\n\nyas tayo� puru�a� sak�ad\nvi�ttur yajna-svariipa-dhrk\nya str\"i sa dak�irta bhuter\narhsa-bhutanapayin\"i\nya� - one who; tayo� - ou t of them; puru�a�-male; s ak�at- directly;\nv4rtu�-the Supreme\n\nLord; yajna- Yajiia;\n\nsva rii pa- dh rk - accepting the\n\nform; ya-the other; str\"i-f emale; sa- she; dak.siru1-Dak�ina; bhute�-of\nthe goddess of fortune; am.�a-bhuta- being a plenary expansion; a napayin\"i­\n\nnever to be separated.\nTRANSLATION\nOf the two children born of Akiiti, the male child was directly an\nincarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and His name was\nYajfia, which is another name of Lord Vi�I).U. The female child was a\n\npartial incarnation of La�mi, the goddess of fortune, the eternal consort\nof Lord Vi�J).U.\nPURPORT\nLak�mi, the goddess of fortune, is the eternal consort of Lord Vi�J).U.\nHere it is stated that both the Lord and Lak�mi, who are eternal consorts,\nappeared from Akiiti simultaneously. Both the Lord and His consort are\nbeyond\n\nthis\n\nmaterial\n\ncreation,\n\nas\n\nconfirmed\n\nby\n\nmany\n\nauthorities\n\n(niiriiya[ta� paro 'vyaktiit); therefore their eternal relationship cannot be\n\nchanged, and Yajfia, the boy born of Akiiti, later on married the goddess\nof fortune.\nTEXTS\n\n3CIM� � �: � N(t(tUM€411,. I\n\n�fro� ��Jm:�� II'-' II\naninye sva-grham putrya�\nputram vitataroci�am\n\n", "SB4.1#p0025": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n6\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 1\n\nsviiyambhuvo mudii yukto\nrucir jagriiha dak�i[liim\niin i n ye- brought to; s va grham- home; putryiib--born of the daughter;\n-\n\nputram-the son; vitataroci�am-very powerful; sviiyambhuvab--the Manu\nnamed Svayambhuva; mudii- being very pleased; yuktab--with; rucib--the\ngreat sage Ruci;jagriiha-kept; dak�i[liim-the daughter named Dak�iQii.\nTRANSLATION\nSvayambhuva Manu very gladly brought home the boy named Yajfia,\nwho was so beautiful, and Ruci, his son-in-law, kept with him the daughter,\nDa�i�a.\n\nPURPORT\nSvayambhuva Manu was very glad to see that his daughter, Akiiti, had\ngiven birth to both a boy and girl. He was afraid that he would take one\nson and that because of this his son-in-law, Ruci, might be sorry. Thus\nwhen he heard that a daughter was born along with the boy, he was very\nglad.\n\nRuci,\n\naccording\n\nto\n\nhis\n\npromise,\n\nreturned\n\nhis\n\nmale child\n\nto\n\nSvayambhuva Manu and decided to keep the daughter, whose name was\nDak�i�a. One of Lord Vi�I)U 's names is Yajfia because He is the master of\nthe Vedas. The name Yajfia comes from yaju§iim pati[l; in the Yajur-veda\nthere are different ritualistic prescriptions for performing yajfias, and the\nbeneficiary of all such yajfias is the Supreme Lord, Vi�I)U. Therefore it is\nstated in Bhagavad-gitii, yajiiiirthiit karma!Ja�: one should act, but one should\nperform his prescribed duties only for the sake of Y ajfia or Vi�I)U. If one\ndoes not act for the satisfaction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nor if one does not perform devotional service, then there will be reactions\nto all his activities. It does not matter if the reaction is good or bad; if our\nactivities are not dovetailed with the desire of the Supreme Lord, or if we\ndo not act in Kr�l)a consciousness, then we shall be responsible for the\nresults of all our activities. There is always a reaction to every kind of\naction, but if actions are performed for Y ajiia, there is no reaction. Thus\nif one acts for Yajiia, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one is not\nentangled in the material condition, for it is mentioned in the Vedas and\nalso in Bhagavad-gitii that the Vedas and the Vedic rituals are all meant for\nunderstanding the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�l)a. From the very\nbeginning one should try to act in Kr�l)a consciousness; that will free one\nfrom the reactions of material activities.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0026": "Text6]\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n7\n\nTEXT6\n\n� ....�wd li•l41�!!41� � cmr: ,\n\n� �qasi\\�:rttt{ 4:1C(�I€¥4Gil'lll � II\ntam kamayiinam bhagaviin\nuvaha yaju�am pat*\n\ntu�tayam tO§am apanno\n\n'janayad dvadasatmajan\n\ntam-her; kamayanam-desiring; bhagavan-the Lord; uvaha-married;\n\nyaju�iim-of all sacrifices; pati�-master; tufi.tiiyiim-in His wife who was\nvery\n\nmuch pleased; tofiam-great pleasure; iipanna�-having obtained;\n\najanayat-gave birth; dviidasa-tweive; iitmajiin-sons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord of the ritualistic performance of yajiia later on married\nDalq;i!la, who was anxious to have the Personality of Godhead as her\nhusband, and in this wife the Lord was also very much pleased to beget\ntwelve children.\nPURPORT\nAn ideal husband and wife are generally called Lak�mi-Naraya11a to\n\ncompare them to the Lord and the goddess of fortune, for it is significant\n\nthat Lak�mi-Naraya11a are forever happy as husband and wife. A wife\n\nshould always remain satisfied with her husband, and a husband should\nalways remain satisfied with his wife. In the Ciip,akya-sloka, the moral\n\ninstructions of Capa kya Pa11�it, it is said that if a husband and wife are\n\nalways satisfied with one another, then the goddess of fortune automati­\n\ncally comes. In other words, where there is no disagreement between\n\nhusband and wife there is all material opulence present, and good children\n\nare born. Generally, according to Vedic civilization, the wife is trained to\n\nbe satisfied in all conditions, and the husband, according to Vedic instruction, is required to please the wife with sufficient food, ornaments and\n\nclothing. Then, if they are satisfied with their mutual dealings, good\nchildren are born. In this way the entire world can become peaceful, but\n\nunfortunately in this age of Kali there are no ideal husbands and wives;\ntherefore unwanted children are produced, and there is no peace and\n\nprosperity in the present-day world.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0027": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n8\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. I\n\nTEXT7\n\nto�a� prato§afl. santo�o\nbhadrafl. siintir itjaspat*\nidhma� kavir vibhu[l. sva hna[l.\nsudevo rocano dv4at\nto�a[l.-To�a; prato�a�- Prato � a; santo�a�-Santo�a; bhadra[l.-Bhadra;\nsiint�-S anti ; itjas patifl.- l �aspati; idhmafl.- ldhma; kavi�- Kavi; vibhu[l.Vibhu; sva hna [l.-Svahna ; sudeva�-Sudeva; rocana�- Rocana; dvi$attwelve.\nTRANSLATION\nThe twelve boys born of Y ajna and D�i!la were named To�a, Prato�a,\n\nSanto�a, Bhadra, Santi, I�aspati, Idhma, Kavi, Vibhu, Svahna, Sudeva and\n\nRocana.\n\nTEXT8\n\ntu�itii nama te devii\niisan sviiyambhuvantare\nmarici-mi.Srii nayo\nyajiiafl. sura-ga[tesvara[l.\ntu�itafl.-the cat e gor y of the tu�itas; nama-of the name; te-all of them;\ndevafl.-demigods; iisan-became; sviiyambhuva-the name of the Manu;\nantare-at that perio d; marici-misriifl.-headed by Marici ;r�aya[l.-great sages;\nyajiia�-the incarnation of Lord Vi�QU; sura-ga[ta-isvara[l.- the King of the\ndemigods\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the time of Svayambhuva Manu, these sons all became the\n\ndemigods collectively named the tu�itas. M arici became the head of the\n\nseven r�is, and Yajna became the King of the demigods, lndra.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0028": "Text 10)\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n9\n\nPURPORT\nDuring the life of Svayamhhuva Manu, six kinds of living entities were\ngenerated from the demigods known as the tu�itas, from the sages headed\nby Marici, and from descendants of Yajfia, King of the demigods, and all\nof them expanded their progeny to observe the order of the Lord to fill\nthe universe with living entities. These six kinds of living entities are\nknown as manus, devas, manu-putras, amsavatiiras, surdvaras and nis.\nYajria, being the incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nbecame the leader of the demigods, lndra.\n\nTEXT9\n\n�Jhu�q1�1 • �� 1\n�1{, II � II\n�l��'ktUI\n'i�t'f\n�\npriyavratottanapadau\nmanu-putrau mahaujasau\ntat-putra-pautra-naptfTJiim\nanuvrttam tadantaram\npriyavrata- Priyavrata; uttanapiidau- Uttanapada; manu-putrau-sons of\nManu; mahii-ojasau\n\n-\n\ngrandsons; naptf!liim\n\nvery great, powerful; tat-their; putra-sons;pautra-\n\ngrandsons from the daughter; anu vrtt am- following;\n\ntadantaram-in that Manu's period.\nTRANSLATION\nSvayambhuva Manu's two sons, Priyavrata and Uttanapada, became\nvery powerful kings, and their sons and grandsons spread all over the three\nworlds during that period.\nTEXT 10\n\n�'ii(l�l �¥4NR�j q: I\n6«4\"4f� �swf � � 'Pill� oil\ndevahutim adat tata\nkardamiiyiitmajiim manu�\ntat-sambandhi sruta-priiyam\nbhavatii gadato mama\n\n", "SB4.1#p0029": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n10\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 1\n\ndevahutim-Devahuti;adiit-handed over;tata-my dear son; kardamiiya\n-unto\n\nthe\n\ngreat\n\nsage\n\nKardama; iitmajiim-daughter; manu�-Lord\n\nSviiyambhuva Manu; tat-sambandhi-in that connection; sruta-priiyamheard almost in full; bhavatii-by you; gadataft-spoken;mama-by me.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear son, S viiyamhhuva Manu handed over his very dear daughter,\n\nDevahiiti, to Kardama Muni. I have already spoken to you about them,\nand you have heard about them almost in full.\nTEXT 1 1\n\niUA,;'SIIil SN.fd' ¥tiHI\"t�: I\nSII1\"4Jt€ti«: �,.Jt4Mi ftm' �II��II\n\n�\n\ndak�iiya brahma-putriiya\nprasutim bhagaviin manu�\npmyacchad yat-krta� sargas\ntrilokyiim vitato mahiin\ndak�iiya-unto Prajapati\n\nDak�a; brahma-putriiya-the\n\nBrahmii; prasutim-Prasuti; bhagaviin-the\n\ngreat\n\nson of Lord\n\npersonality; manu�­\n\nSvayamhhuva Manu; priiyacchat-handed over;yat-krta�-done by whom;\nsarga�-creation;\n\ntri-lokyiim-in\n\nthe\n\nthree\n\nworlds; vitata�-expanded;\n\nmahan- greatly.\nTRANSLATION\nSvayambhuva Manu handed over his daughter Prasuti to the son of\nBrahma named Dak�a, who was also one of the progenitors of the living\nentities. The descendants of Da�a are spread through the three worlds.\nTEXT 12\n\n�:\n\n4i�+twn: sm.n �it \"\"Mq\"�: 1\n\n� SN.Rl� sfl:&q+tlwf f.RN it II��II\nyii� kardama-sutii� proktii\nnava brahmar�i-patnaya�\ntiisiim prasutiprasavam\nprocyamiinam nibodha me\n\n", "SB4.1#p0030": "Text 14]\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\nII\n\ny\"a[t-those who; kardama-suta[l-the daughters of Kardama; prokta[lwere mentioned; nava-nine; brahma-r§i-great sages of spiritual knowledge;\npatnayal;t-wives; tiisi.im-their; prasutiprasavam-generations of sons and\ngrandsons; procyamanam-describing; nibodha-try to understand; mefrom me.\nTRANSLATION\nYou have already been informed about the nine daughters of Kardama\nMuni, who were handed over to nine different sages. I shall now describe\nthe descendants of those nine daughters. Please hear from me.\nPURPORT\nIn the Third Canto it is already described how Kardama Muni begot\nnine daughters in Devahuti and later on all the daughters were handed over\nto great sages like Marici, Atri and V asi�tha.\nTEXT 13\n\nqift �(1�� m � ·���'Nil I\n� �lwi � ��(1\\\"Rd � 11��11\npatn'i mar'ices tu kala\nSUflUVe kardamiitmaja\nkasyaparh purr-imanarh ca\nyayor apuritarh jagat\npatn\"i-wife; mar'ice[l-of the sage named Mar1ci; tu-also; kala-named\nKala; SU§uve-gave birth; kardama-atmajii-daughter of Kardama Muni;\nkasyapam-of the\n\nname Kasyapa; pilrrtimanam ca-and of the name\n\nPurt:�ima; yayo[l-by whom; apilritam-spread aU over; jagal-the world.\nTRANSLATION\nKardama Muni's daughter Kala, who was married to Marici, gave birth\nto two children, whose names were Kasyapa and Piiqtima. Their descendants are spread all over the world.\nTEXT 14\n\ntf'fr11� m � � cRfA 1\na.ctt�i �: qta:�n'EltQit_€(1R� : n � \\lll\n.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0031": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n12\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 1\n\npiir!timiisiita virajam\nvisvagam ca parantapa\ndevakulyiim hare� padasauciid yiibhut sarid diva�\npurrimii- P ii r t;� ima ; as iita-begot; virajam-a son named Viraj a; visvagam ca\n-and named Visvaga; para ntapa- 0 annihilator of enemies; devakulyiim-a\ndaughter named Devakulya; hare�- of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\npada-saucat-by the water which washed His lotus feet; ya-she; abhut-became;sarit diva�- the transcendental water within the banks of the Ganges.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Vidura, of the two sons, Ka.Syapa and Piiqtima, Piiqtima begot\nthree children, namely Viraja, Visvaga and Devakulya. Of these three,\nDevakulya was the water which washed the lotus feet of the Personality\nof Godhead and later on transformed into the Ganges of the heavenly\nplanets.\nPURPORT\nOf the two sons Kasyapa and Purpima, herein Purpima's descendants\nare described. An elaborate description of these descendants will be given\nin the Sixth Canto. It is also understood herein that Devakulya is the\npresiding deity of the River Ganges, which comes down from the heavenly\nplanets to this planet and is accepted to be sanctified because it touched\nthe lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari.\nTEXT 15\n\n3fi: q&'flfi&\\�1 ��:�I\n\n� � ����'11�1: II � '-\\II\natre� patny anasuyii\ntriii jajiie suyasasa� sutiin\ndattam durviisasam somam\niitmesa-brahma-sambhaviin\natre�-of Atri Muni; patn i wife; anas ii yii-named Anasiiya; trin-three;\n-\n\njajii.e\n\n-\n\nb ore ;\n\nsuyasasa�- very\n\nfamous; sutiin- sons; dattam- Datta treya;\n\n", "SB4.1#p0032": "Text 15)\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n13\n\ndurviisasa\"J- Durvasa; somam-Soma (the moon-god); atma-the Supersoul;\n\nisa-Lord Siva; brahma-Lord Brahmii; sambhavan-incarnations of.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAnasuya, the wife of Atri Muni, gave birth to three very famous sons,\nSoma, Dattatreya and Durvasa, who were partial representations of Lord\nVi�J'.lU, Lord Siva and Lord Brahma. Soma was a partial representation of\n\nLord Brahma, Dattatreya was a partial representation of Lord Vi�l',lU, and\nDurvasa was a partial representation of Lord Siva.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse we find the words atma-isa-brahma-sambhaviin. Atma means\n\nthe Supersoul, or ViglU, TSa means Lord Siva, and brahma means the four­\n\nheaded\n\nLord\n\nBrahmii. The three sons born of Anasuya- Dattiitreya,\n\nDurvasa and Soma-were born as partial representations of these three\n\ndemigods. .if.tma is not in the category of the demigods or living entities\n\nbecause He is Vi�l)u; therefore He is described as vibhinniimsa-bhiitiinam. The\n\nSupersoul or Vi�1�u is the seed-giving father of all living entities, including\n\nBrahma and Lord Siva. Another meaning of the word iitma may be\naccepted in this way: the principle who is the Supersoul in every iitma, or,\n\none may say, the soul of everyone, became manifested as Dattatreya,\n\nbecause the word amsa, part and parcel, is used here.\n\nIn Bhagavad-gitii the individual souls are also described as parts of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead or Supersoul, so why not accept that\nDattatreya is one of those parts? Lord Siva and Lord Brahma are also\n\ndescribed here as parts, so why not accept all of them as ordinary\n\nindividual souls? The answer is that the manifestations of Vi�I)U and\n\nthose of the ordinary living entities are certainly all parts and parcels of\nthe Supreme Lord, and no one is equal. to Him, but among the parts and\n\nparcels there are different categories. In the Variiha Puriirza it is nicely\n\nexplained that some of the parts are sviithsa, and some are vibhinniimsa.\n\nVibhinniimsa parts are called jivas, and sviimsa parts are in the Vi�l)u\n\ncategory. In the jiva category, the vibhinniimsa parts and parcels, there are\n\nalso gradations. That is explained in the Vi§r;tU Puriirza, where it is clearly\n\nstated that the individual parts and parcels who can travel to any part of\n\nthe Lord's creation are called sarva-gata and are suffering the pangs of\nmaterial existence. They are subject to be freed from the coverings of\nignorance under material existence according to different levels of work\n\n", "SB4.1#p0033": "[Canto 4, Ch 1\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n14\n\n.\n\nand under different influences of the modes of material nature. For\n\nexample, the sufferings of jivas who are situated in the mode of goodness\n\nare less than those of jivas situated in the mode of ignorance. Pure Kr�r;Ja\n\nconsciousness is the birthright of all living entities because every living\nentity is part and parcel of the Supreme Lord. The consciousness of the\nLord is also in the part and parcel, and according to the proportion to\nwhich that consciousness is cleared of material dirt, the living entities are\n\ndifferently situated. In the Vediinta-sutra the living entities of different\n\ngradations are compared to candles or lamps with different candle power.\nFor example, some electric bulbs have the power of one thousand candles,\nsome have the power· of 500 candles, some the power of 100 candles, some\nfif�y candles, etc., but all electric bulbs have light. Light is present in every\nbulb,\n\nbut the\n\ngradations of light are different.\n\nSimilarly, there are\n\ngradations of Brahman. The Vi�I).U sviirhsa expansions of the Supreme Lord\n\nin different Vi�r;JU forms are like lamps, Lord S iva is also like a lamp, and\n\nthe supreme candle power or the 100 percent light is Kr�r;Ja. The Vi§[lU­\n\ntattva has ninety-four percent, the Siva-tattva has eighty-four percent,\n\nLord Brahma has seventy-eight percent, and the living entities are also\nlike Brahma, but in the conditioned state their power is still more dim.\nThere are gradations of Brahman, and no one can deny this fact. There­\n\nfore the words iitmesa-brahma-sam bhaviin indicate that\n\nDatta trey a is\n\ndirectly part and parcel of Vi�r;Ju, whereas Durvlisa and Soma are parts and\nparcels of Lord S iva and Lord Brahma.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�f�\n\n� �: ���� m.: I\nM'illf4tcil�mniljt(RQ41felt gU 11��11\n..\n\nvidura uviica\natrer grhe sura-sre§thii(L\nsthity-utpatl:y-anta-hetava�\nkincic cikir§avo jiitii\netad akhyahi me guro\nvidura� uvaca-Sri Vidura said; atre� grhe-in the house of Atri; surasre§tha�- chief demigods; sthiti-maintenance; utpatti- creation; anta- destruction; hetava�-causes; kii'icit-something; cikir§ava�-desiring to do;\n\njatafl-appeared; etat-this; akh yahi-tell; me- to me;guro-spiritu al master.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0034": "Text 17]\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n15\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing this, Vidura inquired from Maitreya: My dear master, how\nis it that the three deities Brahma, Vi�J]U and Siva, who are the creator,\nmaintainer and destroyer of the whole creation, became the offspring of\nthe wife of Atri Muni?\nPURPORT\nThe inquisitiveness of Vidura was quite fitting, for he understood that\n\nwhen the Supersoul, Lord Brahmii. and Lord Siva all appeared through the\n\nperson of Anasiiyii., the wife of Atri Muni, there must have been some\n\ngreat purpose. Otherwise why should they appear in such a way?\nTEXT 17\n\n���\n\nqan\n\n�: qm�i{� em 1\n\n���Plfl��: 11�\\911\nmaitreya uvaca\nbrahmar-a coditab- sr:�tav\natrir brahma-vidam varabsaha patnya yayav r:k�am\nkuliidrim tapasi sthitabmaitreyab- uvaca-Sr1 Maitreya l:t!ii said; brahma!�a-by Lord Brahma;\n\ncoditab-- being inspired ;sr§tau-for creation; atrib-- A tri; brahma-vidam-of\n\nthe persons learned in spiritual knowledge; varab--the chief; saha-with;\n\npatnya-wife; yayau-went; rk�am-to the mountain named .{tk�a; kuladrim\n\n-great mountain; tapasi-for austerities; sth i tab-- re maine d\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya\n\nsaid:\n\nWhen Lord\n\nBrahmii. ordered\n\nAtri\n\nMuni\n\nto create\n\ngenerations after marrying Anasiiyii., Atri Muni and his wife went to\nperform severe austerities in the valley of the mountain known as .{tk�a.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0035": "16\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 1\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nTEXT 18\n\n� �'l,'i�ii+Met�tWt4t-.9l\nenfll :�:.t{i(�� f.ff�;�: ��: 1 �\ntasmin prasuna-stabakapaliisasoka-kanane\nvarbh* sravadbhir udghu�te\nnirvindhya ya� samantata�\ntasmin-in that; prasuna-stabaka-bunches of\n\nflow ers; palasa-paliisa\n\ntrees; asoka-asoka trees; kiinane-in the forest ga rden ; viirbhi{t-by the\n\nw aters; sravadbhi�-flowing; udghu�Je-in sound; nirvindhyiiyii[l.-of the\nriver Nirvindhya; samant ata[l.-every w here .\nTRANSLATION\nIn that mountain valley flows a river named Nirvindhya. On the bank of\n\nthe river there are many a.Soka trees and other plants full of palasa flowers,\n\nand there is always the sweet sound of water falling from a waterfall. The\nhusband and wife reached that beautiful place.\nTEXT 19\n\nSJ11I1Rtlr.. ij�� �WIT �� uf.t: I\n3tfttg�1iql�.. f.t(orl)sf.l���: II� �II\nprar;tayamena samyamya\nmano var�asatam muni�1\nati�thad ekapadena\nnirdvandvo 'nila-bhojana�\nprar;tayamena-by practice of the breathing e xercise; samyamya-cont ro llin g ; mana�- m ind ; varfia-satam-one hundred years; mun*-the great\nsage; ati� t hat - re m ained there; ek apadena- sta ndi ng on one leg; nirdvandv a �- wi thout duality; anila- air ; b hojana�-ea ting.\nTRANSLATION\nThere the great sage concentrated his mind by the yoga breathing\nexercises, and thereby controlling all attachment, he remained standing\n\n", "SB4.1#p0036": "Text 20)\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n17\n\non one leg only; eating nothing but air, and stood there on one leg for\nhundreds of years.\nTEXT 20\n\n��uj ij SAQS{ � � 1!111�41(: I\n�mf�'{�f 'IV Sl�� N�44W{ II� II\no\n\nsara[lam tam prapadye 'ham\nya eva jagad-1Svara�\nprafo.m iitmasamiim mahyam\nprayacchatv iti cintayan\nsararam-taking shelter;tam-unto Him;prapadye-surrendered;aham1; ya�-one who; eva-certainly;jagat-Ts'varoQ-master of the universe;pra­\n\njiim-son; iitma-samiim-like Himself; mahyam-unto me;prayacchatu-let\nHim give;iti-thus;cintayan-thinking.\nTRANSLATION\nHe was thinking: May the Lord of the universe, of whom I have taken\nshelter, kindly be pleased to offer me a son exactly like Him.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that the great sage Atri Muni had no specific idea of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Of course he must have been conversant\nwith the Vedic information that there is the Supreme Personality of Godhead who is the creator of the universe, from whom everything emanated,\nwho maintains this created manifestation, and in whom the entire manifestation is conserved after dissolution. Yato vii imiini bhiitiini. The Vedic\nmantras give us information of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, so he\nconcentrated his mind upon that Supreme Personality of Godhead, even\nwithout knowing His name, just to beg from Him a child exactly on His\nlevel. This kind of devotional service, in which knowledge of God's name\nis lacking, is also described in Bhagavad-gitii where the Lord says that there\nare four kinds of men with backgrounds of pious activities who come\nto Him asking what they need. Atri Muni wanted a son exactly like the\nLord, and therefore he is not supposed to be a pure devotee because he\nhad a desire to be fulfilled, and that desire was material. Although he\nwanted a son exactly like the Supreme Personality of Godhead, still it\n\n", "SB4.1#p0037": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n18\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 1\n\nwas material desire because he did not want the Personality of Godhead\nHimself, but only a child exactly like Him. If he had desired the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead as his child he would have been completely free\n\nof material desires because he would have wanted the Supreme Absolute\nTruth, but because he wanted a similar child, that was material. Thus Atri\nMuni cannot be counted among the pure devotees.\nTEXT 21\n\nSf1UIIt41�t�ijlfQ'11 I\n� Sf'li!t.ct: II�� II\ntapyamanam tri-bhuvanam\npriirtiiyamaidhasagnina\nnirgatena muner murdhnab,\nsamik�ya prabhavas trayabtapyamanam-while\n\npracticing\n\nausterities; tri-bhuvanam-the\n\nthree\n\nworlds; priirtiiyiima-practice by breathing exercise; edhasii - fue l ; agninii­\n\nby the fire; nirgatena-issuing out; munefl,-of the great sage; murdhnab-­\n\ntop of the head; samik�ya-looking over; prabhavab, trayab- - the three great\n\ngods (Brahma, Vi��;tu and Mahesvara).\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Atri Muni was engaged in these severe austerities, a blazing fire\n\ncame out of his head due to his breathing exercise, and that fire was seen\nby the three principal d�ities of the three worlds.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Srila Jiva Gosvami, the fire of priiriiyiima is mental satisfaction, and that was perceived by the Supersoul, Vi�!JU, and thereby Lord\nBrahma and Siva also perceived it. By his breathing exercise Atri Muni\nconcentrated on the Supersoul, or the Lord of the universe. As confirmed\n\nin Bhagavad-gitii, the Lord of the universe is Vasudeva (viisudevaft sarvam\n\niti), and, by the direction of Vasudeva, Lord Brahma and Lord Siva work.\n\nTherefore, on the direction of Vasudeva, both Lord Brahma and Lord\n\nSiva perceived the severe penance adopted by Atri Muni, and thus they\n\nwere pleased to come down, as stated in the next verse.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0038": "Text 23)\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n19\n\nTEXT 22\n\nI\n�«ilaF.. �ftq��:\nH6aq¥iaWi�lim��\n�: ������\napsaro-muni-gandharvasiddha-vidyiidharoragai�\nvitiiyamiina-yasasas\ntadiisramapadam yaytt�\napsara �\n\n-\n\nheavenly society women; muni great sages; gandharva- inhabi\n-\n\ntants of the Gandharva planet; siddha-of Siddhaloka; vidyiidhara\ndemigods; uragai�\nyasasa�\n\n-\n\nfame\n\n,\n\n�\n\nthe inhabitants of Nagaloka;vilayamana\n\nreputation; ta t\n\n-,\n\n-\n\n-\n\n­\n\nother\n\nbeing spread;\n\nhis; as'rama pad m- hermitage; yayu�-\n\na\n\nwent.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time the three deities approached the hermitage of Atri Muni,\naccompanied by the denizens of the heavenly planets, such as the celestial\nbeauties, the Gandharvas, the Siddhas, the Vidyadharas and the Nagas, and\nthus they entered the iisrama of the great sage, who had become so famous\nby his austerities.\nPURPORT\nIt is advised in the Vedic literatures that one should take shelter of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is the Lord of the universe and who\nis the master of creation, maintenance and dissolution. He is known a s the\nSupersoul, and when one worships the Supersoul, all other deities, such\nas Brahma and S iva, appear with Lord Vi�r;tu because they are directed by\n\nthe Supersoul.\nTEXT 23\n\n�sn��� af-1: 1\n�g...�OJMI«.'l �� A�ltl... ������\ntat-priidurbhiiva-samyogavidyotita-manii mun*\nutti�thann ekapiidena\ndadarsa vibudha-r�abhiin\n\n", "SB4.1#p0039": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n20\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. l\n\ntat- their; priidurbha va- appearance; samyoga - simul ta n eously; vidyotita- enli ght ened; mana/:1.-in the mind; mun i/:1. - the great sage; utti�thanbeing awakened; e k a-padena- even on one leg; dadar sa- saw; vibudhademigods; r�abhan-the great personalities.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage was standing on one leg, but as soon as he saw that the three\ndeities had appeared before him, he was so pleased to see them all together\nthat despite great difficulty he approached them on one leg.\nTEXT 24\n\n�ltqa,;q(f�s(\n:1\nTt«t�u(� �: �fll(tt f�� II �'ill\n\n�\n\nprar;wmya dar4avad bhumiiv\nupalasthe 'rhartiinjalib.\nvr�a-hamsa-supar[la-sthan\nsvaiJ:t svais cihnais ca cihnitiin\nprartamya- offering obeisances; dart(iavat- like a rod; bhumau - ground;\nupatasthe-fell down; arharta-all paraphernalia for worship; arijaliJ:t- fo!ded\nhands; vr�a-bull; hamsa-swan; s upa rf! a-t he Garul,la bird; sthiin-situated;\ns vai J:t - o wn; svailt - o wn ; cihnailt-by symbols; ca-and cihnitiin-being\nrecognized.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter he began to offer prayers to the three deities, who were\nseated on different carriers- a bull, a swan and Garu�a-and who held in\ntheir hands a drum, kusa grass and a discus. The sage offered them his\nrespects by falling down like a stick.\nPURPORT\n\nDart!la means a long rod, and vat means like. Before a superior, one has\nto fall down on the ground just like a stick, and this sort of offering of\nrespect is called dart(iavat. Atri ].l�i offered his respect to the three deities\nin that way. They were identified by their different carriers and different\n\n", "SB4.1#p0040": "Texts 26-27)\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n21\n\nsymbolic representations. In that connection it is stated here t hat Lord\n\nViwu was sitting on Garu�a, a big aquiline bird, and was carrying in His\n\nhand a disc, Brahma was sitting on a swan and had in his hand kusa grass,\n\nand Lord Siva was sitting on a bull and was carrying in his hand a small\n\ndrum called a damar u. Atri J;t�i recognized them by their symbolic repre­\n\nsentations and different carriers, and thus he offered them prayers and\nrespects.\n\nTEXT 25\n\nti'fl=:t�l\\'1\n��1qefl:•R1'{ I\n6�f-«t�l srfm fif� IM(RMf ������\nkrpiivalokena hasadvadanenopalambhitiin\ntad-roc4ii pratihate\nnimuya munir ak�i[Li\nkrpa avaloke n a- glancing with mercy; hasat-smiling; vadanena-with\n-\n\nfaces; upalambhitiin-appearing very much satisfied; tat-their ; roci�ii- by\nthe glaring effulgence; pratihate-being dazzled;\n\nn imilya - cl osing ;\n\nmun­\n\ni{t-the sage; ak§i[Li-his eyes.\nTRANSLATION\nAtri Muni was greatly pleased to see that the three devas were gracious\ntowards him. His eyes were dazzled by the effulgence of their bodies, and\ntherefore he closed his eyes for the time being.\nPURPORT\nSince the deities were smiling, he could understand that they were\npleased with him. Their glaring bodily effulgences were intolerable to his\neyes, so he closed them for the time being.\nTEXTS 26-27\n\n�uf\n\n91!1'il�l=:tRd«61!tM: I\n�-up;n �� � ���i••tut� n ������\n\n", "SB4.1#p0041": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n22\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 1\n\niJT(\"ffi'f!('R\n\n����A��¥ti441!JUi(M•i �: I\n\nij' ;mt'fP!!ftrfun: !1om� cr�: l!fi�lffift ���{lq(<t: ������\ncetas tat-pravar-am yuiijann\nastavit samhataiijal*\nslakHtaya siiktaya vaca\nsarvaloka-gariyasa�\natrir uvaca\n\nviSvodbhava-s thiti-laye� u vibhajyam iinair\nmaya-gu�J-air anuyugarh vigrhita-deha�\nte brahma-v4r-u-girisa� prar-ato 'smy aham vas\ntebhya� ka eva bhavatam ma ihopahuta�\nceta�-heart; tat-pravar-am-fixing on them; ynrijan-making; astavit­\n\noffered prayers; samhata-arijal*-with folded hands; slak�rwya- ecstatic;\n\nsiiktaya-prayers; vaca-words; sarva-loka-all over the wor ld; gariyasa�­\n\nhonorable; atr* uvaca-Atri said; viSva-the universe; udbhava-creation;\n\nsthiti-maintenance; laye§u-in destruction; vibhajyamiinai[l-being divided;\nmiiyii-gu[lai[l-by the external modes of nature; a n uyuga m-accord i ng to\n\ndifferent millenniums; vigrhita\n\n-\n\naccepte d; dehii[l- bodies; te- t he y; brahma\n\n-Lord Brahma; vi§!ll.t-Lord Vigw; girisii[l-Lord Siva; prarwta[I-bowed;\nasmi-am; aham-1; va[l--unto you; tebhya[l-from them; ka[l-who; eva­\n\ncertainly; bhavatiim-of you; me-by me; iha\n\n-\n\nhere; upahuta[l-calJed for.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBut since his heart was already attracted by the deities, somehow or\nother he gathered his senses, and with folded hands and sweet words he\nbegan to offer prayers to the predominating deities of the universe. The\ngreat sage Atri said: 0 Lord Brahma, Lord Vi�pu and Lord Siva, you have\ndivided yourself into three bodies by accepting the three modes of material nature, as you do in every miUennium for the creation, maintenance and\ndissolution of the cosmic manifestation. I offer my respectful obeisances\nunto all of you and beg to inquire whom of' you three I have called by my\nprayer.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0042": "Text 28)\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n23\n\nPURPORT\nAtri ��i called for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, jagadisvara, the\n\nLord of the universe. The Lord must exist before the creation, otherwise\n\nhow could He be its Lord? If someone constructs a big building, this indicates that he must have existed before the building was constructed. There­\n\nfore the Supreme Lord, the creator of the universe, must be transcenden­\n\ntal to the material modes of nature. But it is known that Vi�pu takes\n\ncharge of the mode of goodness, Brahma takes charge of the mode of\n\npassion, and Lord Siva takes charge of the mode of ignorance. Therefore\n\nAtri Muni said, \"That jagadisvara, the Lord of the universe, must be one of\n\nyou, but since three of you have appeared, I cannot recognize whom I\n\nhave called. You are all so kind. Please let me know who is actually\n\njagadiSvara, the Lord of the universe.\" In fact Atri ��i was doubtful\nabout the constitutional position of the Supreme Lord Vi�pu, but he was\nquite certain that the Lord of the universe cannot be one of the creatures\n\ncreated by miiyii. His very inquiry about whom he called for indicates\nthat he was in doubt about the constitutional position of the Lord.\nTherefore he prayed to all three, \"Kindly let me know who is the\n\ntranscendental Lord of the universe.\" He was, of course, certain that not\nall of them could be the Lord, but the Lord of the universe was one of the\n\nthree.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n� � ll'f.O'l. ffi�:J!r�f��: Shf'1'11� � � T\"l. I\n�m� �ffisft �\ni@ �� � N\\¥44411 ������\neko mayeha bhagavan vividha-pradhanais\ncitti-krta/:1. prajananaya katham nu yuyam\natriigatiis tanubhr:tiim manaso 'pi duriid\n\nbruta prasidata mahan iha vismayo me\n\neka/:1.-one; maya-by me; iha-here; bhagavan - great personality; vivi­\n\ndha-various; pradhana*-by paraphernalia; ci tti-k r:ta/:1. - fixed in mind;\npra jananiiya- for begetting a child; katham-how come; nu-however; yu­\n\nyam - all of you; at ra- her e; iigata{t-appeared; tanubhrtam- of the embodied; manasa{t-the minds; ap i - a ltho u gh; dilriit-from far beyond; bruta\n\n-kindly explain;p rasid ata - b e ing merciful to me; mah an-very great; ihathis; vismaya [! - doubt ; me-of mine.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0043": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n24\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. l\n\nTRANSLATION\nI called for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, desiring a son like\nHim, and I thought of Him only. But although He is far beyond the mental\n\nspeculation of man, all three of you have come here. Finally let me know\n\nhow you have come, for I am greatly bewildered about this.\nPURPORT\n\nAtri Muni was confidently aware that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the Lord of the universe, so he pray ed for the one Supreme Lord.\nHe was surprised, therefore, that three of them appeared.\nTEXT 29\n\n�5tcl �\n\n��\":�� �!�:1\n�: 'Sfllf'n�� �snit ����II\nmaitreya uvaca\niti tasya vacafl srutva\ntrayas te vibudha-r�abhiifl\npratyiihufl slnk�rwya viicii\nprahasya tam r�im prabho\n\nvi.ica- the sage Maitreya said; iti- th us; tasya-h is; vacaflthree; vibudha-demigods;\nr�abhiifl- chiefs;pratyiihufl-replied ;slak�[layii- gentle; viicii- voices; prahasya-smiling; tam-u nto him;r�im-the great sage; prabho - 0 mighty one.\nmaitreyafl\n\nu\n\nwords; srutvii-after hearing; trayafl te- all\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: The three great deities smiled upon\n\nhearing Atri Muni speak in that way, and they replied in the following\nsweet words.\nTEXT 30\n\n� cri3:\n'At� �� � �tl '11�1 I\n(tffitiN� a-� �\\lqp�� a- ����oil\n\n", "SB4.1#p0044": "Text 30)\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n25\n\ndevii ucub,\nyathii krtas te sahkalpo\nbhiivyam tenaiva nii nyathii\nsatsankalpasya te brahman\nyadvai dhyiiyati te vayam\ndeval,l ucu l,l-the demigods replied; yatha-as; krta � -done; te\n\n-\n\nby you;\n\nsarikalpal,l-determination; bhav yam-to be done; lena eva-by that; na\n\nanyatha-not otherwise; satsahkalpasya-one whose determination is never\nlost; te-of you; brahman-0 dear briihmarw; yat\n\n-\n\nthat which; vai-certain­\n\nly; dhyiiyati-meditating; te-all of them; vayam-we are.\nTRANSLATION\nThe three deities told Atri Muni: Dear brahmaiJ.a, you are perfect\nin your determination, so as you have decided, so it will happen; it will\nnot happen otherwise. We are all the same person upon whom you were\nmeditating, and we have all come to you.\nPURPORT\nAtri Muni unspecifically thought of the Personality of Godhead, the\nLord of the universe, although he had no clear idea of the Lord of the\nuniverse nor of His specific form. Maha-Vi�flU, from whose breathing\n\nmillions of universes emanate and into whom they are again withdrawn,\n\nmay be accepted as the Lord of the universe. Garbhodakasayi VigJU,\n\nfrom whose abdomen sprouted the lotus flower which is the birthplace of\nBrahm a, can also be considered the Lord of the universe. Similarly,\n\nK�irodakasiiyi Vi�rm, who is the Supersoul of all living entities, can also be\n\nconsidered\n\nthe\n\nLord\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nuniverse.\n\nThen,\n\nunder\n\nthe\n\norder\n\nof\n\nK�irodakasiiyi Vi�flU, the Vi�!lu form within this universe, Lord Brahma\n\nand Lord Siva can also be accepted as the lords of the universe. Vi�!lu is the\nLord of the universe because He is its maintainer.\n\nSimilarly Brahma creates the different planetary systems and the popu­\n\nlation, so he also can be considered the Lord of the universe. Or Lord Siva,\nwho is ultimately the destroyer of the universe, also can be considered its\nlord. Therefore, since Atri Muni did not specifically mention whom he\nwanted, all three-Brahma, Vi�!lu and Lord Siva-came before him. They\n\nsaid, \"Since you were thinking of having a son exactly like the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, the Lord of the universe, your determination will\n\nbe fulfilled.\" In other words, one's determination is fulfilled according to\n\n", "SB4.1#p0045": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n26\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. l\n\nthe strength of one's devotion. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii: yiinti deva­\n\nvratii deviin pitfn yiinti pit_r-vratii�. If one is attached to a particular\ndemigod, he is promoted to the abode of that demigod; if one is attached\nto the pitrs or forefathers he is promoted to their planet; and similarly if\none is attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�Q.a, he is promoted to the abode of Lord Kr�Q.a. Atri Muni actually had no clear conception of the Lord of the universe; therefore the three presiding deities\nwho are actually the lords of the universe in the three departments of the\nmodes of nature all came before him. Now, according to the strength of his\ndetermination for a son, his desire would be fulfilled by the grace of the\nLord.\nTEXT 31\n\natql�(�mij' 3fRJ��n ��: 1\n\nat�(tiUSW �ij'Pf(ii�P<f � ijo �: ������\natha smad-arhsa-bhutiis te\natmajii loka-viSrutii�\nbhavitiiro 'nga bhadram te\nvisrapsyanti ca te yasa�\n\na-\n\natha- therefore; asmat- our; am s bh utii�\n\n�\n\n-\n\n�\n\n- plenary expansions; te-your;\n\niitmajii -sons; loka v ismtii - very famous in the world; bhavitara�-in the\n\nfuture will be born; anga- dear great sage; bhadram-all good fortune; teunto\n\nyou; visrapsyanti-will spread; ca-also; te\n\ntion.\n\n- your; yasa�- reputa\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nYou will have sons who will represent a partial manifestation of our\n\npotency, and because we desire all good fortune for you, those sons will\n\nglorify your reputation throughout the world.\nTEXT 32\n\n� � � sffinl;;: �•u: 1\n���ijl(it4{t : �tp(¥qN\\flf�� : ����II\n\n", "SB4.1#p0046": "Text 33)\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n27\n\nevam kiimavaram dattva\npratijagmul;t suresvariil;t\nsabhiijitiis tayol;t samyag\ndampatyor mi�atos tata�t\nevam-thus; kiimavaram-desired benediction; dattvii-offering; pratijagmul;t-returned; sura-Isvarii/:t-the chief demigods; sabhiijitii/:t-being worshiped; tayolt-while they; samyak-perfectly; dampatyoft-the husband\nand wife; mifial;o/:t-were looking on; tata{t-from there.\nTRANSLATION\nThus, while the couple looked on, the three deities Brahma, Vi�!lu and\nMahesvara disappeared from that place after bestowing upon Atri Muni the\nbenediction.\nTEXT 33\n\nmlits�oits'91 �f.ltun� q)flfifa< I\n�im: �,..(�i�f�Mf«{:�: ������\nsomo'bhiid brahmar-o 'rhsena\ndatto v4r-os tu yogavit\ndurviisii/:t sankarasyiimso\nnibodhiingirasa/:t prajii/:t\nsomal;t-the King of the moon planet; abhut-appeared; brahmar-a/:t-of\nLord Brahma; amsena-partial expansion; datta/:t-Dattatreya; v4r-o/:t-of\nVi�I)U; tu-but;yogavit-very powerful yogi:;durviisii/:t-Durvasa; sankarasya\narhsa[t-partial expansion of Lord Siv a; nibodha-just try to understand;\nangirasa/:t-of the great sage Angira; prajii�-generations.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, from the partial representation of Brahma, the moon-god\nwas born of them; from the partial representation of Vi�!lu, the great\nmystic Oattatreya was born; and from the partial representation of\nSankara [Lord Siva], Durvasa was born. Now you may hear from me of\nthe many sons of Angira.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0047": "[Canto 4, Ch. l\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n28\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�flit�: qit ��Si_(f �lt�: I\nftl� it mT �ti?j't�{ijql 11�\\lll\n\nQ1\n\nsraddhii tvangirasa� patni\ncatasro 'siita kan yaka�\n\nsiniviili kuhii riikii\n\ncaturthy anumatis tathii\n\nsraddhii\n\n�\n\nsra�-four ;\n\nSr addha; tu-but; angirasa�-of Angira .ft!li; patni-wife; cataas iita\n\n-\n\ngave\n\nbirth;\n\nkan yakii�-daughters;\n\nsiniviili-Sin! vafi;\n\nkuhii�- Kuhu; riikii- Raka; caturthi-the fourth one; anumat0- Anumati;\ntathii-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\nArigira's wife, Sraddha, gave birth to four daughters, named Sinivali,\n\nKuhii, Riika and Anumati.\n\nTEXT 35\n\nc:���.,.,�..�����i �eft��� I\n� � �mu;:fita:\\1 \"��: ������\ntat-putriiv apariiv iistiirh\n\nkh yiitau sviiroci$e 'ntare\n\nutathyo bhagaviin siik�iid\n\nbrahmi�thas ca brhaspat*\n\ntat-his; putrau-sons; aparau-others; iistiim-were born; khy iitau\n\n-\n\nvery\n\nfamous; sviiroci§e-in the S varo ci�a millennium; antare-of the Manu;\n\nutathya�-U tat hya; bhagaviin-very mighty; s iik� iit- dire ctl y ; brahmi�tha�\nca-fully spiritually advanced; brhaspati�- Brhaspati.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBesides these four daughters, she also had another two sons. One of them\nwas known as Utathya, and the other was the learned scholar Brhaspati.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0048": "Text 37]\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n29\n\nTEXT 36\n\nse��-.��q�•qiffili � miA- 1\n�s��w:¥tf.f �mf.i��Jq +t(Rtqt: ����.1•\npulastyo 'janayat patnyiim\nagastyam ca havirbhuvi\nso 'nya-janmani dahriignir\nviSraviis ca mahiitapii/:t\npulastya�-the sage Pulastya; ajanayat-begot; patnyiim-in his wife;\nagastyam-the great sage Agastya;ca-also;havirbhuvi-in Havirbhii.; sa/:t-he\n(Agastya);anya-janmani-in the next birth; dahriignil:t-the digesting fire;visravii�-Visrava; ca-and; mahiitapii�-greatly powerful because of austerity.\nTRANSLATION\nPulastya begot in his wife, Havirbhii, one son of the name Agastya, who\nin his next birth became Dahragni. Besides him, Pulastya begot another\nvery great and saintly son, whose name was Visrava.\nTEXT 37\n\n�'{�: t4<f�CNCiij(l: I\nmUf: ��..-�� (l�lf44�d ft�: 11�\"\"\n�\n\ntasya yak�a-patir deval:t\nkuberas tvi{lavi{lii-sutal:t\nriivartal:t kumbhakarrtas ca\ntathiinyasyiim vibh4artal:t\ntasya-his; yak�a-pati/:t-the King of the Yak�as; deva/:t-demigod;\nkubera/:t-Kuvera;tu-and;i{lavi{iii-of IQ.aviQ.ii;suta/:t-son; riivarta/:t-RavaJ:la;\nkumbhakarrtal:t- Kumbhakar!la; ca-also;tathii-so;anyasyiim-in the other;\nvibh(sartal:t- Vibhi�aJ:la.\nTRANSLATION\nViSrava had two wives. The first wife was I�avi�a, from whom Kuvera,\nthe master of all Y ak�as, was born, and the next wife was named\n\n", "SB4.1#p0049": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n30\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ I\n\nKesini, and from her were horn three sons-Riival).a, Kumhhakarl).a and\nVihhi�al).a.\n\nTEXT 38\n\npulahasya gatir bhiirya\ntnn asuta satT sutiin\nkarmas're�tharh variy7uhsam\nsahi�f!um ca mahiimate\npulahasya-of Pulaha; gati �- Gati; bharya - w ife; tr\"in- three; as uta- g ave\nbirth; satf- chaste; sutiin-sons; karmasre�tham-very expert in fruitive ac­\n\ntivities; va nyamsam-very respectable; sahi�I)- U m-very tolerant; Ca- aJ so ;\n\nmahamate-0 great Vidura.\nTRANSLATION\nGati, the wife of the sage Pulaha, gave birth to three sons, named\n\nKarma8re�tha, Variyan and Sahi�tm, and all of them were great sages.\nPURPORT\n\nGati, the wife of Pulaha, is the fifth daughter of Kardama Muni. She was\nvery faithful to her husband, and all her sons were as good as him.\nTEXT 39\n\nifRft�ft � �trt �naRft��I� I\n@\\r,fe�mnM �:rm ��� II� �II\nkrator api kriya bharyii\nvalakhilyiin asuyata\nf§Zn �a�ti-sahasriif!i\njvalato brahma-tejasa\nkrato(l-of the great sage Kratu; api-also ; kriyii- Kriyii;bharya-wife;\nvalakhilyan-j ust like Valakhilya; as uyata- bego t; nin-sages; §U§ti-sixty;\n\n", "SB4.1#p0050": "Text 41)\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n31\n\nsahasrar.i-thousand; jvalata�-very brilliant; brahma-tejasii-by dint of the\nBrahman effulgence.\nTRANSLATION\nKratu 's wife, Kriya, gave birth to 60,000 great sages, named the\nValakhilyas. All these sages were greatly advanced in spiritual knowledge,\nand their bodies were illuminated by such knowledge.\nPURPORT\n\nKriya is the sixth daughter of Kardama Muni, and she produced 60,000\n\nsages, who were known as the Valakhilyas because they all retired from\nfamily life as viinaprasthas.\nTEXT 40\n\nur]ayiim jajnire putra\nvas4thasya parantapa\ncitraketu-pradhaniis te\nsapta brahmar�ayo 'malii{l\nU'}ayam-in\n\nthe great sage\n\nOrJa;\n\njajnire-took birth; pu tr al;l so ns; vasi�(hasya-of\n-\n\nVasi�tha; parantapa-0 great one; citraketu-Citraketu;\n\npradhanal;l-headed by; te-all the sons; sapta seven; brahmar$ayal;l-great\n-\n\nsages with spiritual knowledge; amalii�-without contamination.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Vas�tha begot in his wife, Orja, sometimes called\nArundhati, seven spotlessly great sages, headed by the sage named Citraketu.\nTEXT 41\n\n�IJI�: uW�� fwn flf.f �cf � I\n�ctuf!QI'1rg���m m�tll\n\n", "SB4.1#p0051": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n32\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 1\n\ncitraketub- surociS ca\nvirafo mitra eva ca\nulbarw vasubhrdyiino\ndyumiin sakty-iidayo 'pare\ncitraketub--C itraketu; surocib- ca-and Suroci; virajiib-- Viraja; mitrab-­\n\nMitra;eua-also; ca-and; ulbartab-- UlbaQa; vasubhrdyiinab--Vasubhrdyana;\n\ndyuman Dyum iin ; sakti adayaft - sons headed by Sakti; apare-from his\n-\n\n-\n\nother wife.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe names of these seven sages are as follows:\nViraja, Mitra, Ulba�a, Vasub hrdyana, and\n\nCitraketu, Suroci,\n\nDyuman. Some other very\n\ncompetent sons were born from his other wives.\nPURPORT\n\nD � a, who is sometimes known as Arundhafi and is the wife of Vasi�tha,\n\nis the ninth daughter of Kardama Muni.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n�M�ff��: qifr � � 'la'Effl'{ 1\n\n���Rmt ��� f;r� it 11\\l�ll\ncittis tvatharvartab- patni\nlebhe putram dhrtavratam\ndadhyaiicam asvasirasam\nbhrgor vamsam nibodha me\n\nc ittib--Citti;\n\ntu-also; atharvartab--of\n\nAtharva;\n\npatni-w i fe ; lebhe­\n\ngot; putram-son; dhrtauratam- completely dedicated to a vow; dadhyaii­\n\ncam- Dadhya iica ; asvasirasam-AsvaSira; bhrgob- ua rhs'am\nBhrgu; nibodha-try to understand; me-from me.\n\n-\n\nge ne rati ons of\n\nTRANSLATION\nCitti, wife of the sage Atharvii, gave birth to a son named Asvasira by\n\naccepting a great vow called Dadhyafica. Now you can hear from me about\n\nthe descendants of the sage Bhrgu.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0052": "Text 44)\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n33\n\nPURPORT\nThe wife of Atharvli known as Citti is also known as Santi and is the\neighth daughter of Kardama Muni.\nTEXT43\n\n�:�t�rr:��T�I\n\\lRtl� � A-�-mnt f�� :q �·N�q(i'( 11\\l�ll\nbhrgufl khyiityiirh mahiibhiigafl\npatnyiirh putriin ajijanat\ndhiitiirarh ca vidhatiirarh\nsriyarh ca bhagavat-pariim\nbh rgufl- the great sage Bhrgu; khyiityiim-in his wife Khyati; mahiibhiiga[z- great ly fortunate; pa t nyiim-un to the wife; putriin-sons; afijanatgave birth; dhataram-Dhatli; ca-also; vidhataram- Vidhata; sriyamdaughter named Sr1; ca bhagavat-param- and a great devotee of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Bhrgu was highly fortunate, and in his wife, known as Khyati,\n\nhe begot two sons, named Dhata and Vidhata, and one daughter, named\n\nSri, who was very much devoted to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT44\n\nayatirh niyatirh caiva\nsute merus tayor adiit\ntiibhyarh tayor abhavatiirh\nmr;karz{lafl prarza eva ca\niiyatim-Ayati; niyatim N iyati; ca eva-also; sute- dau ghters ; meruflthe sage Meru; tay o fl u n to those two; adiit-gave in marriage; tabhyamout of them; tay o [l-both of them; abhavatam-appe are d; mrkar-{ia[lMrka�lQa; prarza[t-Prarya; eva- c ertain l y; ca- and\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0053": "Srimad-Bhaga:vatam\n\n34\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Meru had two daughters, named Ayati and Niyati, whom he\ngave in charity to Dhata and Vidhata. They gave birth to two sons,\nMrka!l�a and Prii!la.\nTEXT45\n\n�tft �� suoni�fiju �: I\n��� � �� �� ij(l: U�ll\nmiirka'(l{leyo mrka'(l{lasya\npra'(liid vedaiira muni/;1.\nkaviS ca bhargavo yasya\nbhagavan usana suta/;1.\nmiirka'(l{ieyal;l.-Marka�;u;leya; mrka'(l{lasya-of Mrkru;u;la; pra'(lat-from\nPral)a; vedasira/;1.-Vedasira; muni/;1.-great sage;kavi/;1. ca-of the name Kavi;\nbhargava/;1.-?f the name Bhargava;yasya-whose;bhagavan-greatly powerful;usana-Suk ra carya;suta/;1.-son.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Mrkat:t_,a, Markal).,eya Muni was born and from Prru,a the sage\nVeda.Sira, whose son was Usana [Sukracarya], also known as Kavi. Thus\nKavi also belonged to the descendants of the Bhrgu dynasty.\nTEXTS46-47\n\n�: �if� �<¥m� I\n� �*.if«4ar.n\n�N�m IIV�II\n'l\"Rf: 'tiT�� �: �: �: I\n� �1 � � �&It�: 11\\l�ll\nt �\n\nta ete munaya� k�attar\n\nlokiin sargair abhiivayan\ne�a karda11Ul-dauhitrasantiinaft kathitas tava\n\n", "SB4.1#p0054": "Text48]\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n35\n\nsrrwatafl. sraddadhiinasya\nsadyafl. piipa-harafl. parafl.\nprasutim miinavim dakfia\nupayeme hy ajiitmajafl.\nte- they; ete-all; munayafl.-great sages; k§attafl.-0 Vidura; lokiin-the\nthree worlds; sargaifl. -with their descendents; abhiiv ayan-filled; e§afl.-this;\nkardama-of the sage Kardama; dauhit ra-grandsons; san tiinafl. - offs p r ing ;\n\nkathitafl.-already spoken; tava-unto you; sn watafl. -hearing; sraddadhii­\n\nnasya- of the faithful; sadyaft- immediately;piipa-haraft- reducing all sinful\nactivities; para fl. - great; prasutim- Prasuti; miinavim-daughter of Manu;\ndak§aft-King Dak�a; upayeme- mar ried; hi-certainly; ajiitmaja fl.-son of\nBrahm a.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Vidura, the population of the universe was thus increased by\n\nthe descendants of these sages. Actually all of them were born of the\ndaughters of Kardama. Anyone who hears the descriptions of this dynasty\nwith faith will be relieved from all sinful reactions. Another daughter of\nManu, known as Prasflti, married the son of Brahma named D�a.\n\nTEXT48\n\nm � �: m��wn: 1\n:C�I(\\11�10(¥4�� � �Cfil¥4\\l� fcli: II \\lt II\ntasyiim sasarja duhitflJ.\n.so flasiimala-locanii/l\ntrayodasiidiid dharmiiya\ntathaikiim agnaye vibhufl.\ntasyiim-unt o\n\nher;\n\ns\n\nasarja - cr eated; duhitf?l - daughters; § O pasa- six­\n\nteen; amala-locaniift- with lotusl ike eyes; trayodasa- th irteen; adiit- gave;\n\ndharmaya-to Dharma; tatha-so; ekiim-one daughter; agnaye-to Agni;\nvibhul;l- Dak�a.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0055": "36\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. l\n\nTRANSLATION\nDak�a begot sixteen very beautiful daughters with lotuslike eyes in his\nwife Prasiiti. Of these sixteen daughters, thirteen were given in marriage to\nDharma, and one daughter was given to Agni.\nTEXTS 49-52\n\n� � �ffi�) �R� l(qf�\n\nI\n\n� 'alf � � �\n�: � � «f!: � �M(f.ltt<t\nql1j ���\nsJ(«ltt<t\n\n11'-\\oll\n\nqta��t�tf��:�!:��:ll\\l,ll\n!f� rm� � \"�: 1\nI\nII'\\� II\n\niNT���«�(T:mW\"l_\n�:\n�ait��t(I�Uil'\"'\n\n,\n11'-\\�11\n\npitrbhya ekiim yuktebhyo\nbhaviiyaikiim bhava-cchide\n§raddhii maitrr dayii siintis\ntu§{i{t pu§(i{t kriyonnati{t\nbuddhir medhii titik�ii hrir\nmurtir dharmasya patnaya{t\nsraddhiisuta subham maitri\nprasiidam abhayam dayii\nsiinti{t sukharh mu.dam tu§ti{t\nsrnayam pu§{ir asuyata\nyogam kriyonnatir darpam\nartham buddhir asuyata\nmedhii smrtim titik:�ii tu\nk§emam hri{t prasrayam sutam\nmurti{t sarva-gurwtpattir\nnara-niiraya[LUV [�i\npitrbhya{t-to the Pitas; ekiim one daughter; yuktebhyaft-the assembled; bhavaya-to Lord Siva; ekiim-one daughter; bhava-chide-who\ndelivers from the material entanglement; sraddhii, maitri, dayii, siinti{t,\n,\n\n-\n\n", "SB4.1#p0056": "Text 53]\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n37\n\ntu�ti[l,, pu�ti[l,, kriyii, unnati[l,, buddhi[l,, medhii, titik�ii, hriJ:t, miirti[l,names of thirteen daughters of Dak(la; dharmasya-of Dharma; patnaya[l,\n-the wives; sraddhii- Sraddha; asut a- gave birth to; subham- Subha; maitriMaitri; prasiidam- Prasada; abhayam-Abhaya; dayii-Daya; siinti[l,-S iinti;\nsukham-Sukha; mudam-Muda; tu�ti[l.-Tu�ti; smayam-Smaya; pu§ti[l,Pu�ti; asiiyata-gave birth to;yogam-Yo ga; kriyii- K riya; unnati�-Unnati;\ndarpam-Darpa; artham-Ar th a ; buddhi[l,- B u ddh i; asiiyata - begot; medhii\n-Medha; smrtim - Smrti; titik� ii -Titi k(lii; t u-also; k�emam-K �ema; hriJ:tHri; pra srayam- Pras raya; sutam-son; miir ti[l, -Mu rti; saroa-gu[la-of all\nrespectable qualities; utpatti[l,- the reservoir; nara-niiriiya[lau- both N ara\nand NarayaQa;r�i-the two sages.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne of the remaining two daughters was given in charity to the Pitrloka,\n\nwhere she resides very amicably, and the other was given to Lord Siva, who\n\nis the deliverer of sinful persons from material entanglement. The names\n\nof the thirteen daughters oi' Dak�:�a who were given to Dharma are Sraddha,\n\nMaitri, Daya, Santi, Tu�:�ti, Pu�:�ti, Kriya, Unnati, Buddhi, Medha, Tit�,\n\nHri and Murti. These thirteen daughters produced the following sons:\n\nSraddha gave birth to Subha, Maitri produced Prasada, Daya gave birth to\n\nAbhaya, Santi gave birth to Sukha, Tu�ti gave birth to Muda, Pu�ti gave\n\nbirth to Smaya, Kriya gave birth to Yoga, Unnati gave birth to Darpa,\n\nBuddhi gave birth to Artha, Medha gave birth to Smrti, Titik�a gave birth to\nK�ema, and Hn gave birth to Pras\"raya. Miirti, a reservoir of all respectable\n\nqualities, gave birth to Sri Nara-NarayaQa, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\nTEXT 53\n\n�.rt:sf.:+t..��� �+tt'1�M (ll{ I\n11;rtM q1it crnn: �:�ron�: ����II\nyayor janmany ado visvam\nabhyanandat sunirvrtam\nmaniimsi kakubho viitii{l\n\nprasedu{1 sarito 'draya�\nyayo�-both of whom (Nara and NarayaQa); janmani-on the appear­\n\nance; ada[!,-that; visvam- universe; abhyanandat-became glad; sunirvrtam\n\n", "SB4.1#p0057": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n38\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. l\n\n-full of joy; maniirhsi-everyone s mind; kakubhaft-the directions; viitiift'\n\nthe\n\nair; praseduft-became pleasant; saritaft-the rivers; adrayaft\n\nmountains.\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the occasion of the appearance of Nara-Naraya!la, the entire world\n\nwas\n\nfull of joy. Everyone's mind became tranquil, and thus in all\n\ndirections the air, the rivers and the mountains became pleasant.\nTEXTS 54-55\n\nf�TtM� �IJ( �: tW�m: 1\n...�\\fl�@!l �����: 11�\\lll\ni��fkt � f� �Olf 311dt�q(¥(ilfall.l\n� �tr: �� m��: ������\ndivy aviidyanta turyii[li\npetuft kusuma-vrfitaya{t\nmunayas tu§tuvus tu§tii\njagur gandharva-kinnarii{I\nnrtyanti sma striyo devya\niisit parama-mahgalam\ndevii brahmiidaya{t sarve\nupatasthur abhi_stavai{t\ndivi-in the heavenly planets; aviidyanta-vibrated; tiiryii[li-a band of\npetuft-they showered; kusuma-of flowers; Vf§tayaftshowers; munayaft the sages; tu§tuvuft-chanted Vedic prayers; tu§tiiftpacified; jaguft-began to sing; gandharva-the Gandharvas; kinnariift-the\nKinnaras; nrtyanti sma d anced; st riyaft-the beautiful damsels; devya{tof the heavenly planets; asit- were visible; parama-rnangalam-the highest\ngood fortune; deviift-the d emigods; brahma-iidayaft-Brahma and others;\nsarve-all; upatasthu{t-worshiped; abhi§tavai{t-with respectful prayers.\ninstruments;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the heavenly planets, bands began to play, and they showered flowers\n\nfrom the sky. The pacified sages chanted Vedic prayers, the denizens of\n\n", "SB4.1#p0058": "Genealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\nText 56]\n\n39\n\nheaven known as the Gandharvas and Kinnaras sang, the beautiful damsels\nof the heavenly planets danced, and in this way, at the time of the appearance of Nara-Naraya�a, all signs of good fortune were visible. Just at that\ntime great demigods like Brahma also offered their respectful prayers.\nTEXT 56\n\n��:\n\n� l�A� fctd�d��ss��\n� �q�G\\f'lq ijd(Rfoqf4UW4 I\n�� 14-fuG>it •A'{fflilM\n�� �'IN �: � 11'-\\�11\ndevii ilcu{l.\nyo miiyayii viracitarh nijayiitmanidarh\nkhe rilpa-bhedam iva tat-praticak§a[liiya\netena dharma-sadane [§i-milrtiniidya\npriidukakiira puru§iiya nama{!. parasmai\ndevafl\n\n-\n\nthe demigods; ucufz-said; yafl-who; mayaya-by the external\n\nenergy; viracitam-was created; nijaya-by His own; atmani-being situated\nin Him; idam- this; khe-in the sky; rupa bhedam-bunches of clouds;\n-\n\niva-as if; tat-of Himself; praticak�a[laya\n\n-\n\nfor manifesting; etena-with\n\nthis; dharma-sadane-in the house of Dharma; r�i murtina-with the form\n-\n\nof\n\na\n\nsage; adya-today; prad uscakara-appeared; puru�aya- un to\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead; namafz\n\n-\n\nrespec tful obeisances; para s m ai\n\nthe\n-\n\nthe\n\nSupreme.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods said: Let us offer our respectful obeisances unto the\ntranscendental Personality\n\nof\n\nGodhead who created as His external\n\nenergy this cosmic manifestation, which is situated in Him as the air and\nclouds are situated in space, and who has now appeared in the form of\nNara-Naraya�a J;t�i in the house of Dharma.\nPURPORT\nThe universal form of the Lord is in the cosmic manifestation, which\nis an exhibition of the external energy of the Supreme Personality of\n\n", "SB4.1#p0059": "40\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. l\n\nGodhead. In space there are innumerable varieties of planets and also the\nair, and in the air there -are variously colored clouds, and sometimes we\nsee airplanes running from one place to another. Thus the entire cosmic\nmanifestation is full of variety, but actually that variety is a manifestation\nof the external energy of the Supreme Lord, and that energy is situated in\nHi'm. Now the Lord Himself, after manifesting His energy, appeared within\nthe creation of His energy, which is simultaneously one with and different\nfrom Himself, and therefore the demigods offered their respects to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead who manifests Himself in such varieties.\nThere are some philosophers, called nondualists, who, because of their\nimpersonal conception, think that the varieties are false. In this verse it is\nspecifically stated, yo miiyayii viracitam. This indicates that the varieties\nare a manifestation of the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThus because the energy is nondifferent from the Godhead, the varieties\nare also factual. The material varieties may be temporary, but they are not\nfalse. They are a reflection of the spiritual varieties. Here the word\npraticak�arziiya, \"there are varieties,\" announces the glories of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead who appeared as Nara-Narayapa J;t�i and who is\nthe origin of all varieties of material nature.\n\nTEXT 57\n\nit� ftllfttoqR�Efioqt'n� 'l!l'l\n� ';(: ij(iiUIfi13ir�6\"6t:\nUi41(4(Mm-r\n���\n44�f.t�1414\\'i ftJq61(f4\"\\l(. l'-\\\\!>ll\nso 'yam sthiti-vyatikaropasamiiya sr�tiin\nsattvena na� sura-garziin anumeya-tattva�\ndrsyiid adabhra-karurzena vilokanena\nyac chriniketam amalam k�ipatiiravindam\nsa[&- that; ayam-He; sthiti-of the created world; vyatikara-calamities;\nupasamiiya-for destroying; sr#iin-created; sattvena-by the mode of goodness; na[&-us; sura-garziin-the demigods; anumeya-tattva[&- understood by\nthe Vedas; drsyat- glance over; adabhra -ka ru rzena- mercifu l ; vilokanenagl.ance; yat-which; sriniketam-the home of the goddess of fortune;\namalam-spotless; k�ipata- supersedes; aravindam- I otus.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0060": "Text 58]\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n41\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet that Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is understood by truly\nauthorized Vedic literature and who has created peace and prosperity to\ndestroy all calamities of the created world, be kind enough to bestow His\nglance upon the demigods. His merciful glance can supersede the beauty\nof the spotless lotus flower which is the home of the goddess of fortune.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead who is the origin of the cosmic\nmanifestation is covered by the wonderful activities of material nature,\njust as outer space or the illumination of the sun and moon are sometimes\ncovered by clouds or dust. It is very difficult to find the origin of the\ncosmic manifestation; therefore material scientists conclude that nature\nis the ultimate cause of all manifestations. But from siistra, or authentic\nliterature like Bhagavad-gitii and other Vedic scriptures, we understand\nthat behind this wonderful cosmic manifestation is the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, and in order to maintain the regular procedures of the cosmic\nmanifestation and to be visible to the eyes of persons who are in the\nmode of goodness, the Lord appears. He is the cause of the creation and\ndissolution of the cosmic manifestatipn. The demigods therefore prayed\nfor His merciful glance upon them in order to be blessed.\nTEXT 58\n\n�\n\nWfl� li•lteiffl�fitc§Jt I\n�\"'I'Jiel��� �� 11��11\nevarit sura-ga1Jais tiita\nbhagavantiiv abhi�tutau\nlabdhiivalokair yayatur\narcitau gandhamiidanam\n\nevam-thus; sura-garai{t-by the demigods; tiita-0 Vidura; bhagavantau\n-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; abhi§Jutau\nlabdha-having obtained; avalok ai{t\ndeparted;\n\narc itau having\n-\n\nGandhamadana Hill.\n\nbeen\n\n-\n\n-\n\nhaving been praised;\n\nthe glance (of mercy); yayatuft­\n\nworshiped;\n\ngandhamiidanam-to\n\nthe\n\n", "SB4.1#p0061": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n42\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\n[Maitryea said: J 0 Vidura, thus the demigods worshiped with prayers\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead appearing as the sage Nara-Naray�a,\nand the Lord glanced upon them with mercy and then departed for\nGandhamadana Hill.\nTEXT 59\n\n�� � � t��lf4C14tm I\n¥11<'\"4�•� � wr: P�t1 �lt(II:IC\\ 11�'11\ntiiv imau vai bhagavato\n. harer amsiiv ihiigatau\nbhiira-vyayiiya ca bhuval].\nkrHwu yadu-kurildvahau\ntau-both; imau-these; vai-certainly; bhagavata�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; hare[t-of Hari; amsau- part and parcel expansion;\niha-here (in this universe); iiga tau-has appeared; bhiira-vyayiiya-for mitigation of the burden; ca-and; bhuva[l-of the world; kH� au- t he two\nKr�Q.as (Kr�cya and Aijuna); yadu-kuru-udvahau-who are the best of the\nYadu and Kuru dynasties respectively.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat Nara-Narayar;ta IJ.11i, who is a partial expansion of K�!1f!a, has now\n\nappeared in the dynasties of Y adu and Kuru, in the forms of Kr�Q.a and\n\nArjuna respectively, in order to mitigate the burden of the world.\nPURPORT\n\nNarayapa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and Nara is a part of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead Narayapa Thus the energy and t he\n.\n\nenergetic together are the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Maitreya\ninformed Vidura that Nara, the portion of NarayaQ.a, had appeared in the\nfamily of the Kurus and that NarayaQ.a, the plenary expansion of Krf?Q.a,\nhad come as Kr�Q.a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, with the purpose\n\no f deliveri ng the suffering humanity from the pangs of material burdens.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0062": "Genealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\nText 61]\n\n43\n\nIn other words, Narayap.a l,l�i was now present in the world in the forms of\nKr�f)a and Arjuna.\nTEXT 60\n\n(C41«1M'Ilf;lif�'41Sti(i\\ifiSIT� I\nm q� � Wlt .. � ll,oll\nsviihiibhimiininas ciigner\niitmajiirhs trin ajijanat\npiivakam pavamiinarh ca\nsucirh ca huta-bhojanam\nsvaha-Svaha, the wife of Agni; abhimaninafl-the presiding deity of fire;\nca-and; agne�-from Agni; iitmajiin-sons; trin-three; ajijanat produced ;\npavakam- Pavaka ;pavamanam ca- and Pavamana; sucim ca- and Suci; hutabhojana m e ating the oblations of the sacrifice.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe predominating deity of fire begot in his wife, Svaha, three children,\nnamed Pavaka, Pavamana and Suci, who exist by eating the oblations\noffered to the fire of sacrifice.\nPURPORT\n\nAfter describing the descendants of the thirteen wives of Dharma, who\nwere all daughters of Dak�a, Maitreya now describes the fourteenth\ndaughter of Dak�a, Svaha, and her three sons. Oblations offered in the\nsacrificial fire are meant for the demigods, and, on behalf of the demigods,\nthe three sons of Agni and Svaha, namely Pavaka, Pavamana, and Suci,\naccept the oblations.\nTEXT 61\n\n�)SlN: �if. :q�1f{�IQ 'fit � I\n� �.tifq-.�«Ft fq�J1{(11'it: II'� II\n\n", "SB4.1#p0063": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n44\n\n[Canto 4, Ch . 1\n\ntebhyo 'gnaya]z samabhavan\ncatviirimsac ca paiica ca\nta evaikonapaiiciisat\nsakam pitr-pitiimahaift\ntebhya{t - from them; agnaya[t\n\n-\n\nfire-gods; samabhavan-were produced;\n\ncatviirimsat-forty; ca-and; paii ca-five ; ca-and; te-th e y; eva-certainl y ;\nekonapaiiciisat- forty-nine; siikam\n\n-\n\nfathers and grandfathers.\n\nalong with; pitr�pitiimahai{z- with the\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom those three sons another forty-five descendants were generated,\nwho are also fire-gods. The total number of fire-gods is therefore fortynine, including the fathers and the grandfather.\nPURPORT\nThe grandfather is Agni, and the sons are Pavaka, Pavamana and Suci.\nCounting these four plus forty-five grandsons, there are altogether f ort y\n\n­\n\nnine different fire-gods.\n\nTEXT 62\n\n·� dfOr �411it��'41�fit: I\n..tar� q. ��S«�« � 11��11\nvaitiinike karma[!i yannamabhir brahrna-viidibhi{t\nagneyya i�fayo yajne\nnirupyante 'gnayas tu te\nvaita n ike-offering of oblations; karmari-the activity; yat- of the firegods;\n\nniimabhi{t-by\n\nthe\n\nnames;\n\nbrahma-viidibhi{t-by\n\nimpersonalist\n\nbrahmar;ws; agneyyal;t- for Agni; i�{aya�z - sacri fic es; yajne- in the sacrifice;\nnirilpyante-are the objective; agnaya[t - the forty-nine fire-gods; tu -b ut;\nte-th ose\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese forty-nine fire-gods are the beneficiaries of the oblations offered\nin the Vedic sacrificial fire by impersonalist brahma!las.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0064": "Text64]\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n45\n\nPURPORT\nImpersonalists who perform Vedic fruitive sacrifices are attracted to the\nvarious fire-gods and offer oblations in their name. The forty-nine fire-gods\nare described herewith.\n\nTEXT63\n\n31NQ41'(11 �:R: �31�: I\n�S ..\\C��'ti qWT �������II\nagni�viittii barhi�adaft\nsaumyiif!, pitara iijyapiif!,\nsiignayo 'nagnayas te�iirh\npatni diik§iiya[li svadhii\nagni�vattiib.-the Agni�vattas; barhiflada[l,-the Barhi�adas ; saumyab.-the\nSaumyas; pitara[l-the forefathers; iijyapii[l-the Ajyapas; siignaya[l-those\nwhose means is by fire; anagnaya[l-those whose means is without fire;\nte�iim- of them; patni-the wife; da�aya�z-the daughter of Dak�a; svadhiiSvadha.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Agni�vattas, the Barhi�adas, the Saumyas and the Ajyapas are the\nPitrs. They are either sagnika or niragnika. The wife of all these Pitrs is\nSvadha, who is the daughter of King Da�a.\nTEXT64\n\n� � � i CIWif '=ltftuff� I\n� � it*ICIIF(;:t(l (11-.f?t�n..ql(i\\ ����II\ntebhyo dadhiira kanye dve\nvayuniirh dhiirir-irh svadha\nubhe te brahma-viidinyau\njniina-vijniina-piirage\n\n", "SB4.1#p0065": "46\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 1\n\ntebhya�-from them; dadhiira-produced; k anye-daughters; dve-two;\n\nvayuniim- Vayuna; dhiiririm-Dharir_li; svadha-Svadha; ubhe-both of\n\nthem; te-they; brahma-viidinyau-impersonalists; jfiiina-vijfiana-piirageexpert in both transcendental and Vedic knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSvadha, who was offered to the Pitas, begot two daughters named\n\nVayuna and DhariQi, both of whom were impersonalists and were expert\n\nin transcendental Vedic knowledge.\n\nTEXT 65\n\n�em qW\\' «\n\nm lR �Ci4¥i�C4<11 I\n�: rn.f � \"� gu1C\\e<t: 11��11\nbhavasya patni tu sati\nbhavarh devam anuvratii\niitmana� sadrsarh putrarh\nna lebhe gu[!a-suata�\n\nbhavasya-of Bha va (Lord S iva ) ; patni-the wife; tu-but; sa ti- named\n\nSati; bhavam-to Bhava; devam-a demigod; anuvrata-faithfully engaged\nin service; iitmana�-of herself; sadrsam- similar; put ram-a son; na lebhe­\n\ndid not obtain;gucw-silata�-by good qualities and by character.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe sixteenth daughter, whose name was Sati, was the wife of Lord\n\nSiva. She could not produce a child, although she always faithfully engaged in the service of her husband.\nTEXT 66\n\nftt<t4sifij\"q � ¥tcU441'1il� � I\n31Si\\icn€¥«'11��C:IQlfi��T II��II\npitary apratirupe sve\nbhavayanagase ru�ii\n\n", "SB4.1#p0066": "Text 66]\n\nGenealogical Table of the Daughters of Manu\n\n47\n\naprauf/,haiviitmaniitmanam\najahiid yoga-sarhyuta\npitari-as a father; apratirupe-unfavorable; sue-her own; bhavaya-unto\n\nLord Siva; antigase-faultless; ru.sii-with anger; aprauphii-before attaining\n\nmaturity; eva-even; iitmanii-by herself; iitnuinam-the body; ajahiit-gave\nup; yoga-samyutii- by mystic yoga.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe reason is that Sati's father, Dak�a, used to chastise Lord Siva in\n\nspite of Siva's faultlessness. Therefore, before attaining a mature age,\n\nSati gave up her body by dint of yogic mystic power.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Siva, being the head of all mystic yogis, never even constructed a\n\nhome for his residence. Sati was the daughter of a great king, Dak�a, and\nbecause his youngest daughter, Sati, selected as her husband Lord Siva,\n\nKing Dak�a was not very much satisfied with her. Therefore whenever she\n\nmet her father, he unnecessarily chastised her husband, although Lord Siva\n\nwas faultless. Because of this, before attaining a mature age Sati gave up\n\nthe body given by her father, Dak�a, and therefore she could not produce\na child.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, First\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Genealogical Table of the\nDaughters of Manu.,\n\n", "SB4.1#p0067": "CHAPTER TWO\n\nDaksa curses Lord Siva\nTEXT I\n\n��\nll� �WH\"tf � � if��: I\nwi\"\"�'Mtl���t��t �11{ II � II\nvidura uvaca\nbhave suavatiim sre§the.\ndak§o duhitr-vatsalafi.\nvidve§am akarot kasmiid\nanadrtyiitmajiim satTm\nvidurafi. uviica- Vidura said; bhave-towards Lord Siva; s'ilavatiim-among\n\nthe gentle; sre�the- the best; dak�a�-Dak�a; duhitr-vatsalab.-being affec­\n\ntionate towards his daughter; vidve§am- enmity; akarot-did exhibit; kas­\n\nmiit- why; anadrtya- neglecting; iitmajiim- his own daughter; satim\n\n-\n\nSati\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVidura inquired: Why was Dalq;a, who was so affectionate towards his\n\ndaughter, so envious of Lord Siva, who is the best among the gentle? Why\ndid he neglect his daughter Sati?\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Second Chapter of the Fourth Canto, the cause of the dis&�nsion\n\nbetween Lord Siva and Dak�a, which was due to a ,great sacrifice arranged\n\nby Dak�a for the pacification of the entire universe, is explained. Lord\n\nSiva is described here as the best of the gentle because he is not envious\n\nof anyone, he is equal to all living entities, and all other good qualities\nare present in his personality. Siva means all-auspicious. No one can be\n49\n\n", "SB4.1#p0068": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n50\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 2\n\nan enemy of Lord Siva's, for he is so peaceful and renounced that he does\nnot even construct a house for his residence, but lives underneath a tree,\n\nalways detached from all worldly things. The personality of Lord Siva\n\nsymbolizes the best of gentleness. Why, then, was Dak�a, who offered his\n\nbeloved daughter to such a gentle personality, so intensely inimical towards\n\nLord Siva that Sati, the daughter of Dakf?a and wife of Lord Siva, gave up\n\nher body?\n\nkas tam cariicara-gurum\n\nnirvairam siinta-vigraham\n\niitmiiriimam katham dve�ti\njagato daivatam mahat\n\nka�-who (Dak�a); tam-him (Lord Siva);cara-acara- of the whole world\n\n(both animate and inanimate); gurum-the spiritual master; nirvairamwithout\n\nenmity; siinta-vigraham-having a peaceful personality; iitmii­\n\nrcimam-satisfied in himself; katham-how; dve§ti-hates; jagata�-of the\nuniverse; daivatam- demigod; mahat-the great.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva, the spiritual master of the entire world, is free from enmity,\n\nis a peaceful personality, and is always satisfied in himself. He is the great­\n\nest among the demigods. How is it possible that D�a could be inimical\n\ntowards such an auspicious personality?\n\nPURPORT\nLord Siva is described here as cariicara-guru, the spiritual master of all\n\nanimate and inanimate objects. He is sometimes known as Bhiitanatha,\n\nwhich means the worshipable deity of the dull-headed. Bhiita is also\n\nsometimes taken to indicate the ghosts. Lord Siva takes charge of re­\n\nforming persons who are ghosts and demons, not to speak of others, who\n\nare godly; therefore he is the spiritual master of everyone, both the dull and\n\ndemoniac and the highly learned V aif?pavas. It is also stated, vai§T_taviincirit\n\nyatha sambhu�. Sambhu, Lord Siva, is the greatest of all v ai�r;tavas. On\n\none hand he is the worshipable object of the dull demons, and on the\n\n", "SB4.1#p0069": "Text 4]\n\nDakl}a Curses Lord Siva\n\n51\n\nother he is the best of all Vaig1avas, or devotees, and he has a sampradiiya\n\ncalled the Rudra-sampradaya. Even if he is an enemy or is sometimes\n\nangry, such a personality cannot be the object of envy, so Vidura, in\n\nastonishment, asked why he was taken as such, especially by Dak�a. Dak�a\nis also not an ordinary person. He is a Prajapati in charge of fathering\npopulation, and all his daughters are highly elevated, especially Sati. Sati\n\nmeans the most chaste. Whenever there is consideration of chastity, Sati,\n\nthis wife of Lord Siva and daughter of Dak�a, is considered first. Vidura\n\nwas astonished that there could possibly be so much enmity between\nDak�a, who was such a great man, the father of Sati, and Lord Siva, the\n\nspiritual master of everyone, that the most chaste goddess Sati gave up\n\nher body in that quarrel.\n\nTEXT3\n\nl((tfl\\l\\\"41fs:lt Qr-{ iiiM«: ��� I\nf� ��1: SIIUif(ij� t�4iil�dl II � II\netad iikhyiihi me brahman\njiimiitu{l svasurasya ca\nvidve�as tu yata� prii[tiims\ntatyaje\n\ndustyajiin safi\n\netat-thus;iikhyiihi-please tell;me-to me;brahman-0 briihma(1a;jiimii­\n\ntu�-of the son-in-law (Lord Siva) j svasurasya-of the father-in-law (Dak�a) j\nca-and; vidve�a�-quarrel; tu-as to;yata�-from what cause;priiQ.iin-her\n\nlife;tatyaje-gave up; dustyajiin-which is impossible to give up; sati-Safi.\nTRANSLATION\n\nVidura therefore inquired: My dear Maitreya, would you kindly explain\n\nto me how such a son-in-law and such a father-in-law could quarrel so\n\nbitterly that the great goddess Sati could give up her life, with which it is\nnot easy to part?\n\nTEXT4\n\n", "SB4.1#p0070": "52\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 2\n\nmaitreya uviica\npurii visva-srjiirh satre\nsametii(t paramar�ayafi,\ntathiimara-gar-iift sarve\nsiinugii munayo'gnayafi,\nmaitreyafi, uviica-the sage Maitreya said; purii-formerly (at the time of\nSvayambhuva Manu); visva-srjiim-of the creators of the universe; satre-at\na sacrifice; sametiifi,-were assembled; parama-r�ayafi,-the great sages; tathii\n-and also; amara-gar-iift-the demigods; sarve-all; sa-anugiifi,-along with\ntheir followers; munayafi,-the philosophers; agnayafi,-the fire-gods.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Maitreya said: In a former time the leaders of the universal\n\ncreation performed a great sacrifice in which all the great sages, philoso­\n\nphers, demigods and fire-gods assembled with their followers.\nPURPORT\n\nUpon being asked by Vidura, the sage Maitreya began to explain the\ncause of the misunderstanding between Lord Siva and Dak�a, because of\nwhich the goddess Sati gave up her body. Thus begins the history of. a\ngreat sacrifice performed by the leaders of the universal creation, namely\nMarici, Dak�a and Vasi�tha. These great personalities arranged for a great\nsacrifice, for which demigods like lndra and the fire-gods assembled with\ntheir followers. Lord Brahma and Lord Siva were also present.\nTEXTS\n\ntatra pravi�tam r�ayo\ndr�tviirkam iva roci�ii\nbhriijamiinarh vitimirarh\nkurvantarh tari-mahat-Sadafi,\ntatra-there; pravi�tam-having· entered; nayaft-the sages; dr�tvii-seeing; arkam- the sun; iva-just like; roci�ii-with luster; bhriijamiinamshining; vitimiram-free from darkness; kurvantam-making; tat-that;\nmahat-great; sadaft-assembly.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0071": "Da�a Curses Lord Siva\n\nText7]\n\n53\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Da�a, the leader of the Prajapatis, entered that assembly, his\npersonal bodily luster as bright as that of the sun, the entire assembly was\nilluminated, and all the assembled personalities became insignificant in\nhis presence.\nTEXT6\n\n�fuR ��ij'�1:1'1J��'lf: �: I\n� Mftili � � (10AI«IfaJ8�ilQ : II � II\nudati�than sadasyiis te\nsva-dhi�r-yebhya� sahiignaya�\nrte viriliciim sarvam ca\ntad-bhiisiik�ipta-cetasa�\n\n- they;\nseats; saha-agna_ya{!-along with the\nfire -g od s; rte-except for; viriiicam-Brahma; sarvam-Siva; ca-and; tat-his\n(Dak�a's); bhiisa-by the luster; ak§ipta-are influenced; cetasa{l-those\nwhose mi nds .\nudati�{han-stood up; sadasyii{!-the members of the assembly; te\n\nsva-dhi§[lyebhya{!-from their own\n\nTRANSLATION\nInfluenced by his personal bodily luster, all the fire-gods and other\n\nparticipants present in that great assembly, with the exceptions of Lord\nBrahma and Lord Siva, gave up their own sitting places and stood in\nrespect for Dak�a.\n\nTEXT7\n\n'l�m�� ll'NA: � �: 1\n\n� ���� �T mm� (1�1$3011 II \\9 II\nsadasas patibhir dak�o\nbhagaviin siidhu sat-krta�\najam loka-gurum natvii\nni�asiida tad-iijnayii\nsadasas-of\n\nthe\n\nassembly; patibhi�-by the le aders; dak� a�-Dak�a;\n\nbhagaviin-the possessor of all opulences; siidh u-pr operly; sat-krta[l-w as\n\nwelcomed; ajam- to the unborn (Brahmii); loka-gurum- to the teacher of\n\n", "SB4.1#p0072": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n54\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 2\n\nthe universe; natva-making obeisances; ni§asada-sat down; tat-ajnaya -by\n\nhis (Brahma's) order.\n\nTRANSLATION\nD�a was adequately welcomed by the president of the great assembly,\nLord Brahma, and after offering him his respect, Da�a, by the order of\nBrahma, properly took his seat.\nTEXTS\n\n�� � qt iit'l'tf�i3': I\n� �p{ ��+�q � II<; II\npran ni§a[t[W/'Yt mnlam d[§{Vii\nnamr§yat tad-anadrta�\nuvaca viimam cak§urbhyam\nabhivik§ya dahann iva\npr'iin- before ;ni�a[t[tam- being seated; mglam- Lord Siva;dr�tvii-seeing;\n\nna amr�yat-did not tolerate; tat-by him (Siva); anadrta[l-not being\n\nrespected; uvaca-said; va mam-dishonest; cak�urbhya m-with both eyes;\n\nabhivi\"k�ya-looking at; dahan-burning; iva-as if.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBefore taking his seat, however, Da�a was very much offended to see\n\nLord Siva sitting there and not showing any respect to him. At that time\nhe became greatly angry, and, his eyes glowing, he began to speak very\nstrongly against him.\nPURPORT\nLord Siva, being the son-in-law of Dak�a, was expected to show his\n\nfather-in-law respect by standing with the others, but because Lord\n\nBrahma and Lord Siva are the principal demigods, their positions were\n\ngreater than Dak�a's. Dak�a, however, could not tolerate this, and he took\n\nit as an insult by his son-in-law. Previously, also, he was not very much\nsatisfied with Lord Siva b ecause Siva looked very poor and was niggardly\n\nin dress.\n\nTEXT9\n\n� �� it ij�T: �: I\n�j � t� �� :q 'i«HHI\\ II � II\n\n", "SB4.1#p0073": "D�a Curses Lord Siva\n\nText 10]\n\n55\n\nsruyatiim brahmar§ayo me\nsaha-devii� sahiignaya�\nsiidhuniim bnwato vrttam\nniijniiniin na ca matsariit\nsriiyatiim hear; brahmar�aya�-0 sages among the briihma�as; me-unto\nme; saha-devii�-0 demigods; saha-agnaya�-0 fire-gods; siidhuniim-of the\ngentle; bruvatalt-speaking; vrttam- the manners; na-not; ajniiniit-from\nignorance; na ca-and not; matsariit-from envy.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll sages, brahma�as and fire-gods present here, please hear me with\nattention, for I am speaking about the manners of gentle persons. I am\nnot speaking out of ignorance or envy.\nPURPORT\n\nIn speaking against Lord Siva, Dak�a tried to pacify the assembly by\npresenting in a very tactful way that he was going to speak about the\nmanners of gentle persons, although naturally this might affect some\nunmannerly upstarts and the assembly might be unhappy because they\ndid not want even unmannerly persons to be offended. In other words, he\nwas in complete knowledge that he was speaking against Lord Siva in\nspite of Siva's spotless character. As far as envy is concerned, from the\nvery beginning he was envious of Lord Siva; therefore he could not\ndistinguish his own particular envy. Although he spoke like a man in\nignorance, he wanted to cover his statements by saying that he was not\nspeaking for impudent and envious reasons.\nTEXT 10\n\nayam tu loka-piiliiniim\nyaso-ghno nirapatrapa�\nsadbhir iicarita� panthii\nyena stabdhena du�ita�\n\nayam-he (Siva); tu-but ; loka-piiliiniim-of the governors of the universe;\nyasalt-ghnalt-spoiling the fame;nirapatrapalt-shameless;sadbhil;t-by those\nof gentle manner; iicarita�-followed; panthii�-the path; yena-by whom\n(Siva); stabdhena- being devoid of proper actions; dii§ita�-is polluted.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0074": "Srimad Bhiga vatam\n\n56\n\n-\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSiva has spoiled the name and fame of the governors of the universe\nand has polluted the path of gentle manners. Because he is shameless, he\ndoes not know how to act.\nPURPORT\n\nDak�a wanted to imp ress upon the minds of all the great sages assembled\nin that meeting that Siva, being one of the demigods, had ruined the good\nreputations of all the demigods by his unmannerly behavior. The words\nused against Lor d Siva by Dak�a can also be understood in a different way,\n\nin a good sense. For example, he stated that Siva is yasoghna, which means\none who spoils name and fame. So this also can be interpreted to mean\nthat he was so famous that his fame killed all other fame. Again, he used the\nword nirapatrapa, which also can be used in two senses. One sense is one\nwho is stunted, and another sense is one who is the maintainer of persons\n\nwho have no other shelter. Generally Lord Siva is known as the lord of the\n\nbhutas or lower grade of living creatures. They take shelter of Lord Siva\n\nbecause he is very kind to everyone and is very quickly satisfied. Therefore\n\nhe is called ASuto�a. To such men, who cannot approach other demigods\n\nor Vi�pu, Lord Siva gives shelter. Therefore the word nirapatrapa can be\nused in that sense.\n\nTEXT ll\n\n�it f� snit �lt lfCti('4�( I\nqUQ(��:��(Cf� llttll\ne�a me si§yatam priipto\nyan me duhitur agrahit\npii[lirh vipriigni-mukhata�\nsiivitryii iva siidhuvat\n·\n\nesa�-he (Siva); me-my; si;syatam-subordinate\n.\n\nposition; praptaft­\n\naccepted; yat-because; me duhitu�-of my daughter; agrahit-he took;\n\npi.i[!im-the hand; vipra agni\n-\n\n-\n\nof brahma[laS and fire; mukhata�-in the\n\npresence; si.ivitryi.ifi-Gayatri; iva-Like; siidhuvat-like an honest person.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe has already accepted himself as my subordinate by marrying my\ndaughter in the presence of fire and brahmapas. He has married my\n\n", "SB4.1#p0075": "Da�a Curses Lord Siva\n\nText 13)\n\n57\n\ndaughter, who is equal to Gayatri, and has pretended to be just like an\n\nhonest person.\n\nPURPORT\nDak�a's statement that Lord Siva pretended to be an honest person\n\nmeans that Siva was not honest because in spite of accepting the position\n.\n\nof Dak�a's s.on-in-law, he was not respectful to Dak�a.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�� ��1\\-�: q-jf6r ��;r: I\nS«����{ctt�� .m������ll\ngrh!tvii mrga-siiviik�yii�\npiirtirh markata-locana�\npratyutthiiniibhivadiirhe\nviiciipy akrta nocitam\ngrhitvii-taking;mrga-siiva-like a deer cub;ak�yii�-of she who has eyes;\npaf!im-the hand; markata-of a monkey; locana�-he who has the eyes;\npratyutthiina-of rising from one's seat; abhiviida-the honor;arhe-to me,\nwho deserves; viicii-with sweet words; api-even; akrta na-he did not do;\nucitam- honor.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe has eyes like a monkey's, yet he has married my daughter, whose\neyes are just like those of a deer cub. Nevertheless he did not stand up 'to\nreceive me, nor did he think it fit to welcome me with sweet words.\nTEXT 13\n\n�fitl�1�1�4 �f;r� �� I\n3ff.(����������ll\nlupta-kriyiiyiisucaye\nmiinine bhinna-setave\nanicchann apy adiirh biiliirh\nsudriiyevosat!rh giram\nlupta-kriyiiya-not observing rules and regulations; aSucaye-impure;\nmiinine\n\n-\n\nproud;\n\nbhinna-setave-having\n\nbroken.\n\nall\n\nrules\n\nof\n\ncivility;\n\n", "SB4.1#p0076": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n58\nanicchan-not\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 2\n\ndesiring; api-although; adam-handed over; baliim-my\n\ndaughter; sudraya-unto a sudra; iva-as; usatim giram-the message of the\nVedas.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nI had no desire to give my daughter to this person who has broken all\n\nrules of civility. Because of his not observing the required rules and\n\nregulations, he is impure, but I was obliged to hand over my daughter to\n\nhim just as one teaches the messages of the Vedas to a siidra.\nPURPORT\n\nA sudra is forbidden to take lessons from the Vedas because a sudra,\ndue to his unclean habits, is not worthy to hear such instructions. This\nrestriction, that unless one has acquired the brahminical qualifications\n\none should not read the Vedic literatures, is like the restriction that a law\n\nstudent should not enter a law college unless he has graduated all lower\ngrades. According to the estimation of Dak�a, Siva was unclean in habits\nand not worthy to have the hand of his daughter, Sati, who was so en­\n\nlightened, beautiful and chaste. The word used in this connection is\n\nbhinna-se'tave, which means one who has broken all the regulations for\ngood behavior by not following the Vedic principles. In other words,\n\naccording to Dak�a the entire transaction of the marriage of his daughter\nwith Siva was not in order.\nTEXTS 14-15\n\n� ��:I\n��1'41�!\n31a�.,.rij'4'*\" �a�� � wtll�\\lll\nRffl��: ���: I\nftmq� ufuit � �;r6N: I\nqfu: �;mn;rt (f+it'il�l�4i�1{_II �'-\\11\npretavase�u ghore�u\npretair bhuta-gaFJair vrta�\nataty unmattavan nagno\nvyupta-ke5o hasan rudan\ncita-bhasma-krta-sniina�\npre ta-sra[t-nr-asthi-bhu�af!al:t\nsiviipadeso hy asivo\n\n", "SB4.1#p0077": "Dak�a Curses Lord Siva\n\nTexts 14-15]\n\n59\n\nmatto matta-jana-priya(t\npati [t pramatha-niitluinam\ntamo-miitriitmakiitmaniim\nplaces of dead bodies; ghore�upretas; bhiita-garai fl-by the bhiitas; vrtaftaccompanied\nby; atati-he wanders; unmattavat-like a madman;\nnagna[t-naked; vyupta-kesa[t-having scattered hair; hasan laughing;\nrudan\ncrying; ci ta-of the funeral pyre; bhasma-with the ashes; krtasnanaft- taking bath; preta-of the skulls of dead bodies; srak-having a\ngarland; nr-asthi-bhu.sapaft-ornamented with dead men's bones; sivaapadesa[t-who is siva, or auspicious, only in name; hi-for;asivaft- inauspicious; ma ttaft crazy; matta-jana-priyaft-very dear to the crazy beings;\npati[t-the leader; pramatha-nathanam-of the lords of the pramathas;\ntamaft-matra-atmaka-atmanam-of those grossly in the modes of ignorance.\n\npreta-iiviise�u-at\n\nthe\n\nburning\n\nhorrible; pretaifl-by the\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe lives in filthy places like crematoriums, and his companions are the\n\nghosts and demons. Naked like a madman, sometimes laughing and some­\n\ntimes crying, he smears crematorium ashes all over his body. He does not\n\nbathe regularly, and he ornaments his body with a garland of skulls and\n\nbones. Therefore only in name is he Siva, or auspicious; actually, he is the\n\nmost mad and inauspicious creature. Thus he is very dear to crazy beings·\nwho are in the gross mode of ignorance, and he is their leader.\nPURPORT\nThose who do not regularly bathe are supposed to be in association\n\nwith ghosts and crazy creatures. Lord Siva appeared to be like t hat, but\nhis name, Siva, is actually fitting, for he is very kind to persons who are in\n\nthe darkness of the mode of ignorance, such as unclean drunkards who do\n\nnot regularly bathe. Lord Siva is so kind that he gives shelter to such\n\ncreatures and gradually elevates them to spiritual consciousness. Although\n\nit is very difficult to raise such creatures to spiritual understanding, Lord\nSiva takes charge of them, and therefore, as stated in the\n\nVedas, Lord\n\nSiva is all-auspicious. Thus by his association even such fallen souls can be\n\nelevated. Sometimes it is seen that great personalities meet with fallen\n\nsouls, not for any personal interest but for the benefit of those souls. In\n\nthe creation of the Lord there are different kinds of living creatures. Some\n\nof them are in the mode of goodness, some are in the mode of passion, and\n\n", "SB4.1#p0078": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n60\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 2\n\nsome are in the mode of ignorance. Lord Vi���u takes charge of persons\n\nwho are advanced Kr�rya conscious V ai�ryavas, and Lord Brahma takes\n\ncharge of persons who are very much attached to material activities, but\n\nLord Siva is so kind that he takes charge of persons who are in gross\n\nignorance and whose behavior is lower than that of the animals. Therefore\nLord Siva is especially called auspicious.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n���WI!���\n�� ilij 1NT\n\n��:;it� q�mwtl II� �II\n\ntasma unmada-nathaya\nTw�{a-saucaya durhrde\ndatta bata maya sadhv!\ncodite parame�thina\ntasmai-to him; unmada-nathaya-to the lord of ghosts; nafita-saucaya­\n\nbeing devoid of all cleanliness; durhrde-heart filled with nasty things;\n\ndatta-was given; bata-alas; maya-by me; sadhv!-Sati; codite-being re·\nquested; parame§thina-by the supreme teacher (Brahma).\nTRANSLATION\n\nOn the request of Lord Brahmli I handed over my chaste daughter to\n\nhim, although he is devoid of all cleanliness and his heart is filled with\nnasty things.\nPURPORT\nIt is the duty of parents to hand over their daughters to suitable persons,\n\njust befitting their family tradition in cleanliness, gentle behavior, wealth,\nsocial position, etc. Dak�a was repentant that, on the request of Brahmli,\n\nwho\n\nwas his father, he had handed over his daughter to a person\n\nwho, according to his calculation, was nasty. He was so angry that he did\n\nnot acknowledge that the request was from his father. He referred to\nBrahma\n\nas\n\nparame�!h!, the supreme teacher in the universe; because of\n\nhis temperament of gross anger, he was not even prepared to accept\nBrahma as his father. In other words he accused even Brahmii of being\n\nless intelligent because he had advised Da��a to hand over his beautiful\n\ndaughter to such a nasty fellow. In anger oJ e forgets everything, and thus\n\nDak�a, in anger, not only accused the great Lord Siva, but he criticized\n\nhis father, Lord Brahma, for his not very sanguine advice that Dak�a\nhand over his daughter to Lord Siva.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0079": "Text 18]\n\nDak�a Curses Lord Siva\n\n61\n\nTEXT 17\n:,...._\n\n�Q'�\n\nf.lf;r;:Qq\n\nPifhJ'istdtq'iqf� I\n�ajts� ��� �: � wq� II� \\911\n«\n\nmaitreya uviica\nvinindyaivarh sa girisam\napratfpam avasthitam\ndalc§o 'thiipa upas prsya\nlcruddha(l saptum pracalcrame\nmaitreya[t uviica- M aitreya said; vinindya-abusing; evam -thus; sa�-he\n(Dak�a); girisam - Si va; apratipam- without any hostility; avasthitam-remaining;dak§a�I- Dak�a;atha-now;apa�- water; upasprsya- washing hands\nand mouth; kruddha�- angry; sap tum- to curse; pracakrame- began to.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Maitreya continued: Thus Dak�a, seeing Lord Siva sitting as if\nagainst him, washed· his hands and mouth and cursed him in the following\nwords.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�tt (;i\\q so���: 1\nijl llltl tt �t ��� : II� �II\n3Pi\n\nij\n\n..\n\nayam tu deva-_yajana\nindropendriidibhir bhava{1.\nsaha bhiigam na labhatiili'l\ndevair deva-gat;tadhama(t\nayam-that; tu- but;deva-yajane- in the sacrifice of the demigods;indraupendra-iidibh*-with Indra, Upendra and the others;bhava�-Si va; saltaalong with; bhiigam- a portion; na-not; labhatiim-should obtain; deva*wi th the demigods; deva-gat;ta-adhamal;t- the lo west of all the demigods.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods are eligible to share in the oblations of sacrifice, but Lord\n\nSiva, who is lowest of all the demigods, should not have a share.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0080": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n62\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 2\n\nPURPORT\nDue to this curse, Siva was deprived of his share in the oblations of\n\nVedic sacrifices. It is due to the curse of Dak§a, Sri Visvanatha Cakravarfi\n\ncomments in this connection, that Lord Siva was saved from the calamity\n\nof taking part with other demigods, who were all materialistic. Lord Siva\n\nis the greatest devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and it is\nnot fitting for him to eat or sit with materialistic persons like the demi­\n\ngods. Thus the curse of Dak§a was indirectly a blessing, for he would not\nhave to eat or sit with other demigods, who were too materialistic. There\n\nis a practical example set for us by Gaurakisora dasa Babaji Maharaja,\n\nwho used to sit on the side of a latrine to chant Hare K.r§rya. Many\n\nmaterialistic persons used to come and bother him and disturb his daily\n\nroutine of chanting, so to avoid their company he used to sit by the side\nof a latrine, where materialistic persons would not go because of the\n\nfilth and the obnoxious smell. However, Gaurakisora dasa Babaji Maharaja\n\nwas so great that he was accepted as the spiritual master of such a great\n\npersonality as His Divine Grace Om Vi§ryupada Sri Srimad Bhaktisiddhanta\n\nSarasvatl Gosvam1 Maharaja. The conclusion is that Lord Siva behaved in\n\nhis own way to avoid materialistic persons who might disturb him in\nhis prosecution of devotional service.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nf�: � ('ld>�U��� fiiR'w4 f� �w_ I\nQ�Tft�Rr\nWR����� f.i�wt�ll��ll\nnifiidhyamiina� sa sadasya-mukhyair\ndakfiO giritriiya visrjya siipam\ntasmiid vinifikramya vivrddhamanyur\njagiima kauravya nijarh niketanam\n\nnifiidhyamiina�-being requested not to; sa�-he\n\n(Dak�a); sadasya­\n\nmu k hya*-by the members of the sacrifice; dak fia�-Dak�a; giritriiya-to\n\nSiva; visrjya-giving; siipam-a curse; tasmiit-from that place;vini�kramya­\n\ngoing\n\nout;\n\nvivrddhamanyu�-being\n\nexceedingly angry; j agii ma -went;\n\nkauravya-0 Vidura; nijam-to his own; niketanam-home.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0081": "Text 20]\n\nDak�a Curses Lord Siva\n\n63\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya continued: My dear Vidura, in spite of the requests of all the\n\nmembers of the sacrificial assembly, Dakl}a, in great anger, cursed Lord\nSiva and then left the assembly and went back to his home.\nPURPORT\n\nAnger is so detrimental that even a great personality like Dak�a, out of\nanger, left the arena where Brahma was presiding and all the great sages\nand pious and saintly persons were assembled. All of them requested him\nnot to leave, but, infuriated, he left, thinking that the auspicious place\nwas not fit for him. Puffed up by his exalted position, he thought that no\none was greater than him in argument. It appears that all the members of\nthe assembly, including Lord Brahma, requested him not to be angry and\nleave their company, but in spite of all these requests, he left. That is the\neffect of cruel anger. In Bhagavad-gitii, therefore, it is advised that one\nwho desires to make tangible advancement in spiritual consciousness must\navoid three things-lust, anger and the mode of passion. Actually we can\nsee that lust, anger and passion make a man crazy, even though he be as\ngreat as Dak�a. The very name Dak�a suggests that he was expert in all\nmaterial activities, but still, because of his aversion towards such a saintly\npersonality as Siva, he was attacked by these three enemies-anger, lust\nand passion. Lord Caitanya, therefore, advised that one should be very\ncareful not to offend V ai�l}avas. He has compared offenses towards a\nVai�l}ava to a mad elephant. As a mad elephant can do anything horrible,\nso when a person offends a V ai�l}ava he can perform any abominable\naction.\nTEXT 20\n\n�tMli�IIRVr\"t�'���:I\n�flr\nw ft� ��\nlt 441�¥fl<{ij�f41-o�ijf �t: II� oil\nvijnaya sapam girisanugagral)ir\nnandisvaro ro§a-ka§aya-du§ita�\ndak§aya sapam visasarja darul)am\nye canvamodams tad-avacyatiim dvijii�\n\n", "SB4.1#p0082": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n64\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 2\n\nvijfi.aya- understan ding; sa pam- the curse ;girisa- of Siva; anuga-agrar-zl;lone of the principal associates; nandisvaraQ.-N andisvara; rofia-anger;\nkafi aya- red; dufi ital;l- blinded; dakfiaya-to Dak�a; sapam-a curse; visasarja- gave; darur-am-harsh; ye-who; ca-and; anvamodan- tolerated; tatava cya ta m- the cursing of Siva; dvijal;l-brahmar-as.\nTRANSLATION\nNandi8vara, one of the principal associates of Lord Siva, upon under­\n\nstanding that Lord Siva ha� been cursed, became greatly angry. His eyes\n\nbecame red, and he also prepared to curse Dak�a and all the brahma!las\n\npresent there who tolerated Da� 's cursing Siva in harsh words.\nPURPORT\nThere\n\nis a long-standing dissension among some of the neophyte\n\nVai�pavas and Saivites; they are always at loggerheads. When Dak�a cursed\n\nLord Siva in harsh words, some of the brahmar-as present might have\n\nenjoyed it because some brahmarws do not very much admire Lord Siva.\nThis is due to their ignorance of\n\nLord Siva's position. Nandisvara was\n\nalso affected by the cursing, but he did not follow the example of Lord\n\nSiva, who was also present there. Lord Siva could also have cursed Dak�a\nin a similar way, but he was silent and tolerant; Nandisvara, his follower,\n\nhowever, was not tolerant. Of course, as a follower it was right for him not\n\nto tolerate an insult to his master, but he should not have also cursed the\n\nbrahmar-as who were present. The entire issue was so complicated that\nthose who were not strong enough forgot their positions, and thus cursing\n\nand countercursing went on in that great assembly. In other words, the\nmaterial field is so unsteady that even\n\npersonalities l.ike N andisvara,\n\nDak�a and many of the brahma'{las present were also infected by the atmo­\n\nsphere of anger.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�4'SfRtam 1\na���•: it.�•tfi!{6*4� � � u�tu\n\n�\n\n*«'.,..�,f(�q\n\nya etan-martyam uddisya\nbhagavaty apratidruhi\ndruhyaty ajiial;l prthag-drfitis\ntattvato vimukho bhavet\n\n", "SB4.1#p0083": "D� Curses Lord Siva\n\nText 22]\n\n65\n\nya�-who (Dak�a); etat-martyam-this body; uddisya-with reference to;\n\nbhagavati-to Siva; apratidruhi-who is not envious; druhyati-bears envy;\n\napia[I-Iess intelligent persons; prthak-dr��-the vision of duality; tattva­\n\nta�-from transcendental knowledge; vimukh�-bereft; bhavet-may become.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone who has accepted Daktja as the most important personality and\n\nhas neglected Lord Siva because of envy is a less intelligent person and,\nbecause of visualizing in duality, will be bereft of transcendental knowledge.\nPURPORT\nThe first curse in this connection by Nana.Svara was that anyone\n\nsupporting Dak�a was foolishly identifying himself with the body, and\n\ntherefore, because Dak�a had no transcendental knowledge, supporting\nhim\n\nwould\n\ndeprive\n\none\n\nof\n\ntranscendental\n\nknowledge.\n\nDak�a,\n\nNandlsvara said, identified himself with the body like other materialistic\n\npersons and was trying to derive all kinds of facilities in relationship with\n\nthe body. He had excessive attachment for the body and bodily relations\nlike wife, children, home and other such things, which are different from\n\nthe soul. Therefore NandJsvara's curse was that anyone who supported\nDak�a would be bereft of transcendental knowledge of the soul and thus\n\nalso be deprived of knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 22\n\n� �! m 'IIW4U4\"F41 I\n�;si �� \"�IGOAq4t'f1: ������\ngrhe�u kuta-dharme�u\nsak to griimya-sukhecchayii\nkarma-tantram vitanute\nvedaviida-vipanna-dhl[l\ngrhe�u-in householder life; kuta-dharme�u-of pretentious religiosity;\n\nsakta�- being\nhappiness;\n\nattracted; griimya-sukha-icchayii-by\n\nkarma-tantram-fruitive\n\nactivities;\n\ndesire\n\nfor material\n\nvitanute-he\n\n-\n\nperforms;\n\nveda-vada-by the explanations of the Vedas; vipanna-dhill intelli gence\n\nbeing lost.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0084": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n66\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nPretentious religious householder life, in which one is attracted to ma­\n\nterial happiness and thus also attracted to the superficial explanation of the\nVedas, robs one of all intelligence and attaches one to fruitive activities as\n\nall in all.\n\nPURPORT\n\nPersons who identify with bodily existence are attached to the fruitive\nactivities described in the Vedic literature. For example, in the Vedas it is\nsaid that one who observes the ciiturmiisya vow will attain eternal happiness\nin the heavenly kingdom. In Bhagavad-gitii, it is said that this flowery\nlanguage of the Vedas mostly attracts persons who identify with the body.\nTo them such happiness as that of the heavenly kingdom is everything;\nthey do not know that beyond that there is the spiritual kingdom or\nkingdom of God, and they have no knowledge that one can go there.\nThus they are bereft of transcendental knowledge. Such persons are very\ncareful in observing the rules and regulations of household life in order\nto be promoted in the next life to the moon or other heavenly planets. It\nis stated here that such persons are attached to griimya-sukha, which means\n\nmaterial happiness, without knowledge of eternal, blissful, spiritual life.\nTEXT 23\n\n�'ro����'liffil:qtg:\n\nI\n\n�:�s�RHtd�l��lSRW<( 11��11\nbuddhya parabhidhyayinya\nvismrtatmagat* pasu�\nstr\"l-kama� so 'stv atitaram\ndak§o basta-mukho 'cirat\n\nbuddhyii-by intelligence; para-abhidhyiiyinyii-by ac cepting the body\na\n\nthe self; vismrta-iitmagati{t-having forgotten the knowledge of Vi�t� u;\n\npasu[l-an animal; stri-kiima[l-at tached to sex life; salt-he (Dak�a); astulet; atitariim-excessive; dak§a[l-Dak�a; basta-mukha�t-the face of a goat;\naciriit-in a very short time.\nTRANSLATION\nDa�a has accepted the body as all in all. Therefore, since he has for­\n\ngotten the Vi�!lupada or Vi�!lugati and is attached to sex life only, within\n\na short time he will have the face of a goat.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0085": "Text 25)\n\nD� Curses Lord Siva\n\n67\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�f.{dCltUfri ..q+tUU+tm i31�: I\n�;m: � '+4ltfti *'N+tlf.twt( 11�\\lll\nvidyii-buddhir avidyiiyiirh\n\nkarma-mayyiim asau ja�al;\n\nsmhsaran'tv iha ye camum\nanu sarviivamanmam\n\nvidyii-buddhil;- materialistic education and intelligence; avidyiiyiim- in\n\nkarma-mayyiim- formed of fruitive activities; asau-he\n(Dak�a); ja{la�-dull; satitsarantu-let them take birth again and again;\niha - here in this world; ye-who; ca- and; amum - D ak9a; anu - followi ng;\nsarva - S i v a; avamiininam- insulting.\nnescience ;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who have become as dull as matter by cultivating materialistic\neducation and intelligence are nesciently involved in fruitive activities.\nSuch men have purposely insulted Lord Siva. May they continue in the\ncycle of repeated birth and death.\nPURPORT\nThe three curses mentioned above are sufficient to make one as dull as\nstone,\n\nvoid of spiritual knowledge and preoccupied with materialistic\n\neducation,\n\nwhich is nescience. After uttering these curses, N andisvara\n\nthen cursed the briihmarws to continue in the cycle of birth and death\nbecause of their supporting Dak�a in blaspheming Lord S iva.\n\nTEXT 25\n\nfiR:�: ����WI� I\n�WII �);IJN��: �� �: II��II\ngiral; smtiiyiil; pu�pi[Lyii\nrnadhu-gan.dhena bhurirtii\n\nmathnii conmathitiitmiina[r\n\nsammuhyantu hara-dvi§al;\n\ngiral;- words; srutiiyiil;- of the\n\nVedas; pu�pirryii?r- flowery; madhu­\n\ngandhe na- wi th the scent of honey; b h u rirrii\n\n- profuse; math ii- enchantn.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0086": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n68\ning;\n\nca-and;\n\nsammuhyantu\n\nunmathita-atmiina�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwhose\n\nminds\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 2\nhave\n\nbecome\n\ndull;\n\nlet them remain attached; hara-dvi�al;t-envious of Lord S iva.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMay those who are envious of Lord Siva, being attracted by the flowery\nlanguage of the enchanting Vedic promises, and who have thus become\ndull, always remain attached to fruitive activities.\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic promises of elevation to higher planets for a better standard\nof materialistic life are compared to \"flowery language because in a \"flower\nthere is certainly an aroma, hut that aroma does not last for a very long\ntime. In a flower there is honey, hut that honey is also not eternal.\nTEXT 26\n\n- fl� R 'l(fWtuerilA«t: 1\nA�'ot�i41(1¥U � �::q(Pf4( ����II\nsarva-bhak�ii dvijii vrttyai\ndhrta-vidyii-tapo-vratii�\nvitta-dehendriyariimii\nyacakii vicarantv iha\nsarva bhak§ii�-eating everything; dvijii �- t he briihmarws; vrttyai-for\n-\n\nmaintaining the body; dhrta-vidyii\nausterity; vratii�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nhaving taken to education; tapa�­\n\nand vows; vitta- money; deha-the body; indriya-the\n\nsenses; ara rnii�-the satisfaction; yacakii�-as beggars; vicarantu-let them\nwander; iha-here.\nTRANSLATION\nThese hrahma�as take to education, austerity and vows only for the\npurpose of maintaining the body. They shall be devoid of discrimination\nbetween what is to eat and what is not to eat. They will acquire money,\nbegging from door to door, simply for the satisfaction of the body.\nPURPORT\nThe third curse which was inflicted by Nandisvara on the briihma[!as\nwho supported Dak�a is completely functioning in the age of Kali. The socalled briihrna[!as are no longer interested in understanding the nature of\nthe Supreme Brahman, although a briihrna[la means one who has attained\n\n", "SB4.1#p0087": "Text 27]\n\nDak�a Curses Lord Siva\n\n69\n\nknowledge about Brahman. In the Vediinta-sutra also it is stated, athiito\n\nbrahma-jijiiiisii:\n\nthi\n\nhuman form of life is meant for realization of the\n\nSupreme Brahman or Absolute Truth, or, in other words, human life is\nmeant for one's elevation to the post of a briihma[la. Unfortunately the\nmodern\n\nbriihma[laS,\n\nor\n\nso-called briihma[las\n\nwho come in originally\n\nbrahminical families, have left their own occupational duties, but they do\n\nnot allow others to occupy the posts of briihmaflaS. The qualifications for\n\nbriihma[tas are described in the scriptures, in Srimad-Bhiigavatam, Bhagavad­\n\ngita and all other Vedic literatures. Brahmara is not a heredi Lary ti tie or\n\nposition. If someone from a non-briihmafla family (for example, one born\n\nin the family of sudras) tries to become a briihma[la by being properly\n\nqualified under the instruction of a bona fide spiritual master, these socalled\n\nbrah71Ja!ws\n\nwill\n\nobject.\n\nSuch\n\nbrahnwrws,\n\nbeing\n\ncursed\n\nby\n\nNandi:svara, are actually in a position where they have no discrimination\nbetween eatables and noneatables and simply live to maintain the perishable material body and its family. Such fallen conditioned souls are not\nworthy to be called briihma[tas, but in Kali-yuga they claim to be\n\nbriihmaflas, and if a person actually tries to attain the brahminical\nqualifications, they try to hinder his progress. This is the situation in the\npresent age. Caitanya Mahaprabhu condemned this principle very strongly.\nDuring His conversation with Ramananda Raya, He said that regardless of\nwhether a person is born in a briihmafla family or sudra family, regardless\nof whether he is a householder or a sannyasi, if he knows the science of\nKr�J]a\n\nhe must be a spiritual master. He had many so-called sudra\n\ndisciples like Haridasa Thakur and Ramananda Raya. Even the Gosvamis,\nwho were principal students of Lord Caitanya, were also ostracized from\n\nbriihma[ta society, but Caitanya Mahaprabhu, by His grace, made them\nfirst-class V ai�p.avas.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nm� �: \\TN � ft�tel� � I\n'{g: Sl€ttqGI'i'0N illl�o:S �(�tit«'( II��II\ntasyaivam vadata� saparit\nsrutvii dvija-kuliiya vai\nbhrgu/:t pratyasrjac chiipam\nbrahma-dartd'\n\ntasya- his (Nan disvara 's); evam- th\n\n.\n\n!uratyayam\n\n, v<J.-.!.ataJ:t- words; siipam- the curse;\n\nsrutvii- hearing; dvija-kuliiya- unto the briihma[lUS; vai-in deed; bhrgu[l.-\n\n", "SB4.1#p0088": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n70\nBhrgu; pratyasrjat\n\n-\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 2\n\nma de; sapam-a curse; brahma�dar-{iam-the punish­\n\nment of a brahmarta; du ra tyayam\n\n-\n\ninsurmountable.\n\nTRANSLA TION\n\nWhen all the hereditary brahmapas were thus cursed by Nandisvara,\n\nthe sage Bhrgu, as a reaction, condemned the followers of Lord Siva with\nthis very strong brahminical curse:\nPURPORT\nThe word duratyaya is particularly used in reference to a brahma-dar4a,\nor curse by a briihmar-a. A curse by a briihmar-a is very strong; therefore\nit is called duratyaya, or insurmountable. As the Lord states in Bhagavadgita, the stringent laws· of nature are insurmountable; similarly, if a\ncurse is uttered by a briihmar-a, that curse is also insurmountable. But\nBhagavad-gitii also says that the curses or benedictions. of the material\nworld are, after all, material creations. The Caitanya- caritamrta also\nconfirms that that which is accepted in this ma terial world to be a benediction and that which is taken to be a curse are both on the same platform\nbecause they are material. To get out of this material contamination, one\nshould take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as recommended in Bhagavad-gitii: miim eva ye prapadyante miiyiim etam taranti te. The\nbest path is to transcend all material curses and benedictions and take\nshelter of the Supreme Lord, Kr�l).a, and remain in a transcendental\nposition. Persons who have taken shelter of Kr�l).a are always peaceful;\nthey are never cursed by anyone, nor do they attempt to curse anyone.\nThat is a transcendental position.\nTEXT 28\n\n��it� it� (J1'f. �'��'nn: 1\n111'ff� � ��� qftqf..�: ����II\nbhava-vrata-dhara ye ca\nye ca tan samanuvratatt\npaflar-{iinas te bhavantu\nsac-chastra-pari panthina�\nbhava-v rata dhara�- taking a vow to satisfy Lord S iva;ye- who; ca and;\nye- who; ca-and; tan-such principles; samanuvrata�-following;piisar-{iina�- atheists; te-they; bhavantu-let them become; sat-sastra-paripanthina�- diverted from transcendental scriptural injunctions.\n-\n\n-\n\n,\n\n", "SB4.1#p0089": "Text 29)\n\nDa�a Curses Lord Siva\n\n71\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who takes a vow to satisfy Lord Siva or who follows such principles\nwill certainly become\n\nan\n\natheist and be diverted from transcendental\n\nscriptural injunctions.\nPURPORT\nIt is sometimes seen that devotees of Lord Siva imitate the character­\n\nistics of Lord Siva. For example, Lord Siva drank an ocean of poison, so\nsome of the followers of Lord Siva imitate him and try to take intoxicants\n\nlike giinjii (marijuana). Here the curse is that if someone follows such\n\nprinciples he must become an infidel and turn against t e principles of\n\nq\n\nVedic regulation. It is said that such devotees of Lord Siva will be sac­\n\nchiistra-paripanthina{l, which means opposed to the conclusion of s�stra, or\nscripture. This is confirmed in the Padma Puriir.ta also. Lord Siva was\n\nordered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead to preach the impersonal\n\nor Mayavadi philosophy for a particular purpose, just as Lord Buddha\n\npreached the philosophy of voidness for particular purposes mentioned in\n\nthe sastras.\n\nSometimes it is necessary to preach a philosophical doctrine which is\n\nagainst the Vedic conclusion. In the Siva Puriirw it is stated that Lord\n\nSiva said to Parvati that in the Kali-yuga in the body of a briihmarw he\n\nwould preach the Mayavadi philosophy. Thus generally it is found that the\nworshipers of Lord Siva are Mayavadi followers. Lord Siva himself says,\n\nmayaviidam asac-chastram.\n\nAsat-sastra, as explained here, means the\n\ndoctrine of Mayavadi impersonalism, or becoming one with the Supreme.\n\nBhrgu Muni cursed that persons who worshiped Lord Siva would become\n\nfollowers of this Mayavadi asat-sastra.\n\nIt is called asat-siistra because\n\nthe Mayavadi doctrine attempts to establish that the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is impersonal. Besides that, among the worshipers of Lord\n\nSiva there is a section who live a devilish life. Srimad-Bhiigavatam and\n\nNiirada-pancaratra are authorized scriptures that are considered sat-siistra,\nor scriptures which lead one to the path of God realization. Asat-sastras\nare just the opposite.\n\nTEXT 29\n\nwcm'l!41 � Gtal¥t441�\\q1Ruf: I\n� Nct(l\\SI�f � �� ij(IQCf( ����II\nna�ta-saucii muqha-dhiyo\njatii-bhasmiisthi-dharirwfl\n\n", "SB4.1#p0090": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n72\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 2\n\nvisantu siva-dLk�ayiim\n\nyatro daivarh suriisavam\n\nna�ta-sauciifr-cleanliness being abandoned; mu�ha d hiya� -fo olish;jata\n-\n\n­\n\nbhasmiisthi-dhiirirwfr-wearing long hair, ashes and bones; visantu- may\n\nenter; siva-cfik�iiyiim-into initiation\n\nof worship of Siva; yatra- where;\n\ndaivam-are spiritual;sura-iisavam-wine and liquor.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThose who vow to worship Lord Siva are so foolish that they imitate\n\nhim by keeping long hair on their heads. When initiated into worship of\nLord Siva, they prefer to live on wine, flesh and other such things.\nPURPORT\n\nIndulging in wine and meat, keeping long hair on one's head, not\n\nbathing daily, and smokingganjii, marijuana, are some of the habits which\n\nare accepted by fo olish creatures who do not have regulated lives. By such\n\nbehavior one becomes devoid of transcendental knowledge. In the initiation\n\ninto the Siva mantra there are mudrikii�taka, in which it is sometimes\n\nrecommended that one make his sitting place on the vagina and thus\ndesire nirvii[la, or\n\ndissolution of existence. In that process of worship,\n\nwine is needed, or sometimes, in place of wine, palm tree juice which is\nconverted into an intoxicant. This is also offered according to Siva-iigama,\n\na scripture on the method of worshiping Lord Siva.\nTEXT 30\n\nqpqf� � qRPI�� I\nW« �\"l(uj -: ��: ll�oll\n\n... �\n\nbrahma ca briihmar-iims caiva\nyad yuyam parinindatha\n\nsetum vidh'iira[lam puthsiim\n\nata[l pa�a!l�am iisritii�\n\nbrahma-the Vedas; ca-and; briihmar-iin-the briihmar-as; ca-and; eva­\n\ncertainly; yat\n\n-\n\nbecause; yuyam-you; parinindatha-blaspheme; setum­\n\nVedic principles; vidh'iirar-am-holding;pumsiim-of mankind; ata�-there·\n\nfore;pii�a[l�m- atheism; iiSrita[l- have taken shelter.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0091": "Da�a Curses Lord Siva\n\nText 30]\n\n73\n\nTRANSLATION\nBhrgu\n\nMuni\n\ncontinued:\n\nSince you blaspheme the Vedas and the\n\nbrahma�as, who are f ollowers of the Vedic principles, it is understood\n\nthat you have already taken shelter of the doctrine of atheism.\nPURPORT\n\nBhrgu Muni, in cursing Nandisvara, said that not only would they be\n\ndegraded as atheists because of his curse, but they had already fallen to\n\nthe standard of atheism because they had blasphemed the Vedas, which\n\nare the source of human civilization. Human civilization is based on the\nqualitative divisions of social order, namely the intelligent class, the\n\nmartial class, the productive class and the laborer class. The Vedas pro­\n\nvide the right direction for advancing in spiritual cultivation and economic\n\ndevelopment and regulating the principle of sense gratification so that\n\nultimately one may be liberated from material contamination to his real\n\nstate of spiritual identification (aharh brahmiismi). As long as one is in the\ncontamination\n\nof\n\nmaterial\n\nexistence,\n\nhe\n\nchanges\n\nbodies\n\nfrom the\n\naquatics up to the position of Brahma, but the human form of life is\n\nthe highest perfectional life in the material world. The Vedas give direc­\n\ntion how to elevate oneself in the next life, so the Vedas are the mother\nfor such instructions, and the bnihmarzas, or persons who are in knowl­\n\nedge of the Vedas, are the father. Thus if one blasphemes the Vedas and\nbriihmar-as, naturally one goes down to the status of atheism. The exact\n\nword used in Sanskrit is niistika, which means one who does not believe in\n\nthe\n\nVedas but manufactures some concocted system of religion. Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu has said that the followers of the Buddhist system\n\nof religion are niistikas. In order to establish his doctrine of nonviolence,\nLord Buddha flatly refused to believe in the Vedas, and thus, later on,\n\nSankaracarya stopped this system of religion in India and forced it to go\n\noutside India. Here it is stated, brahma ca briihma[!iin. Brahma means the\nVedas. Aharh brahmiismi means \"I am in full knowledge.\" The Vedic\n\nassertion is that one should think that he is Brahman, for actually he is\n\nBrahman. If brahman or the Vedic spiritual science is condemned, and the\n\nmasters of the spiritual science, the briihmar-as, are condemned, then\n\nwhere does human civilization stand? Bhrgu Muni says, \"It is not due to\n\nmy cursing that you shall become atheists; you are already situated in the\n\nprinciple of atheism. Therefore you are condemned.\"\n\n", "SB4.1#p0092": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n74\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 31\n\n� � ft: �..., ftR: �: e;w16;w: 1\n\n� � oqi�<I\\!!��SI'llof\n\n\\il;wl(;t: II�� II\n\ne§a eva hi lokiiniim\nsiva(�, panthii� saniitana(l\nyam purve ciinusantasthur\nyat pramiirwm janiirdana[l\ne�a�- the Vedas; eva-certainly ; hi-for; lokiiniim-of all people;Siva[l,\n\n­\n\nauspicious; panthii�- path; saniitana�-eternal; yam- which (Vedic path);\n\npurve-in the past; ca and ; anusantasthu�-was rigidly followed; yat- in\nwhich; pmmiirtam-the evidence; janiirdana(l- J anardana.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Vedas give the eternal regulative principles for auspicious advancement in human ,civilization which have been rigidly followed in the past.\nThe strong evidence of this principle is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is called Janardana, the well-wisher of all living entities.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the\n\nBhagavad-gitii the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�f.la, has\n\nclaimed that He is the father of all living entities, regardless of form. There\nare 8,400,000 different species of life forms, and Lord Kr�f.la claims that\nHe is the father of all. Because the living entities are pa rts and parcels of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, they are all sons of the Lord, and\nfor their benefit, because they are hovering under the impression that\nthey can lord it over material nature, the\ntheir guidance. Therefore the\n\nVedas are ,given to them for\nVedas are called apauru§eya, for they are\n\nnot written by any man or demigod, including the first living creature,\nBrahma. Brahma is not the creator or author of the Vedas. He is also one\nof the living beings in this material world; therefore he does not have the\npower to write or speak the\n\nVedas independently. Every living entity\n\nwithin this material world is subject to four deficiencies: he commits\nmistakes, he accepts one thing for another, he cheats, and he has imperfect\nsenses. The\n\nVedas, however, are not written by any living creature within\n\nthis material world. Therefore they are said to be apauru�eya. No one can\ntrace out the history of the\n\nVedas. Of course, modern human civilization\n\nhas no chronological history of the world or the universe, and· it cannot\npresent actual historical facts older than 3,000 years. But no one has\n\n", "SB4.1#p0093": "Text 31]\n\nDa�a Curses Lord Siva\n\n75\n\ntraced out when the Vedas were written because they were never\nwritten by any living being within this material world. All other systems\nof knowledge are defective because they have been written or spoken by\nmen or demigods who are products of this material creation, but\nBhagavad-gitii is ap auru�eya, for it was not spoken by any human being or\nany demigod of this material creation; it was spoken by Lord Kr�I,la, who\nis beyond the material creation. That is accepted by such stalwart scholars\nas Sailkariidirya, not to speak of other iiciiryas such as Riimanujiicarya\nand Madhviidirya. Sankariiciirya has accepted that Niiriiyarta and Kr�I,la\nare transcendental, and in Bhagavad-gitii also Lord Kr�I,la has established,\naharh sarvasya prabhavo matta� sarvarh pravartate: \"I am the origin of\neverything; everything has emanated from Me.\" This material creation,\nincluding Brahmii and Siva and all the demigods, has been created by Him,\nfor everything has emanated from Him. He also says that (vedaiS ca sarvair\naham eva vedya�) the purpose of all the Vedas is to understand Him. He\nis the original veda-vit, or knower of Vedanta, and vediinta-krt, or\ncompiler of the Vedas. Brahmii is not the compiler of the Vedas.\nIn the beginning of Srimad-Bhiigavatam it is established, tene brahma\nhrdii: the Supreme Absolute Truth, the Personality of Godhead, instructed\nBrahmii in the Vedic knowledge through his heart. Therefore the evidence\nthat Vedic knowledge is free from the defects of mistakes, illusions,\ncheating and imperfection is that it is spoken by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead Janiirdana and has thus been followed from time immemorial,\nbeginning from Brahmii. The Vedic religion or the principles of the Vedas\nhave been followed by the highly cultured population of India since time\nimmemorial; no one can trace out the history of Vedic religion. Therefore\nit is saniitana, and any blasphemy against the Vedas is calculated to be\natheism. The Vedas are described as setu, which means bridge. If one wants\nto attain his spiritual existence, one has to cross an ocean of nescience.\nThe Vedas are the bridge to cross such a great ocean. The Vedas describe\nhow to divide the human race into four divisions according to quality and\nworking capacity. This is a very scientific system, and it is also saniitana,\nfor no one can trace out its history, and it has no dissolution. No one can\nstop the system of varrw and iisrama, or the castes and divisions. For\nexample, whether or not one accepts the name briihmarw, there is a class\nin society which is known as the intelligent class and which is interested\nin spiritual understanding and philosophy. Similarly, there is a class of men\nwho are interested in administration and in ruling others. In the Vedic\nsystem these martially spirited men are called k§atriyas. Similarly, everywhere there is a class of men who are interested in economic development,\n\n", "SB4.1#p0094": "Srimad-Bhligavatam\n\n76\n\n[Canto 4, Ch 2\n.\n\nbusiness, industry and moneymaking; they are called vai.Syas. And there is\nanother\n\nclass who\n\nare\n\nneither\n\nintelligent nor martially spirited nor\n\nendowed with the capacity for economic development hut who simply\n\ncan serve others. They are called sudras, or the laborer class. This system\n\nis saniitana-it comes from time immemorial, and it will continue in\n\nthe same way. There is no power in the world which can stop it.\n\nTherefore, since this saniitana-dharma system is eternal, one can elevate\n\nhimself to the highest standard of spiritual life by following the Vedic\nprinciples. It is stated that formerly the sages followed this system; there­\n\nfore to follow the Vedic system is to follow the standard etiquette of\n\nsociety. But the followers of Lord Siva, who are drunkards, who are\n\naddicted to intoxicants and sex life, who do not bathe and who smoke\n\ngiinjii, are against all human etiquette. The conclusion is that persons who\n\nrebel against the Vedic principles are themselves the evidence that the\n\nVedas are authoritative because by not following the Vedic principles they\n\nbecome like animals. Such animalistic persons are themselves evidence of\n\nthe supremacy of the Vedic regulations.\n\nTEXT 32\n\ntad-brahma paramarh suddharh\nsatiirh vartma saniitanam\nvigarhya yiita pii§a[t�arh\ndaivarh vo yatra bhuta-riit\nof\n\ntat-that; brahma- Veda; paramam-supreme; suddham-pure; satiimthe\n\nsaintly\n\nhlaspheming;\n\npersons; va rtma-path; saniitanam-eternal; vigarhya­\n\nyata\n\n-\n\nshould\n\ngo; pii�a�;t�am-to\n\natheism; daivam-deity;\n\nva�-your; yatra-where ; bhuta-riit-the lord of the bhutas.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBy blaspheming the principles of the Vedas, which are the pure and\nsupreme path of the saintly persons, certainly you followers of Bht1tapati,\nLord Siva, will descend to the standard of atheism without a doub�.\nPURPORT\nLord Siva is described here as bhiita-ra.t. The ghosts and those who\nare situated in the material mode of ignorance are called bhutas, so\nbhiita-ra,t\n\nmeans the leader of the creatures who are in the lowest\n\n", "SB4.1#p0095": "Da�a Curses Lord Siva\n\nText 33]\n\n77\n\nstandard of the material modes of nature. Another meaning of bhuta is\nanyone who has taken birth or anything which is produced, so in that\n\nsense Lord Siva may be accepted as the father of this material world. Here,\nof course, Bhrgu Muni takes Lord Siva as the leader of the lowest creatures.\n\nThe characteristics of the lowest class of men have already been described\n\n-they do not bathe, they have long hair on their heads, and they are\naddicted to intoxicants. In comparison to the path followed by the\n\nfollowers of BhutariiL the Vedic system is certainly excellent, for it\n\npromotes people to spiritual life as the highest eternal principle of human\n\ncivilization. If one decries or blasphemes the Vedic principles, then he\n\nfalls to the standard of atheism.\nTEXT 33\n\nm�\n\n��:��:� � �:I\nt;.� �: M\"FA:+iwtl � �: ������\nmaitreya uviica\ntasyaivarh vadata/:1. saparh\n\nbhrgo/:1. sa bhagavan bhava/:1.\n\nniscakrama tataJ:! kiiicid\nvimana iva sanuga/:1.\n\nmaitreyaJ:!. uvaca-Maitreya said; tasya-of him; evam-thus; vadataJ;!­\n\nbeing spoken; sapam-curse; bhrgo/:1.-of Bhrgu; saJ:!.-he; bhagavan-the\npossessor of all opulences; bhavaJ:!.-Lord Siva; niScakrama-went; tataJ:!from\n\nthere; kiiicit-somewhat; vimanaJ:!.-morose; iva-as; sa-anugaJ;!­\n\nfollowed by his disciples.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Maitreya said: When such cursing and countercursing was\n\ngoing on between his followers and the parties of Dak�a and Bhrgu, Lord\nSiva became very morose. Not saying anything, he left the arena of the\nsacrifice, followed by his disciples.\nPURPORT\n\nHere Lord Siva's excellent character is described. In spite of the\n\ncursing and\n\ncountercursing\n\nbetween\n\nthe parties of Dak�a and Siva,\n\nbecause he is the greatest V ai�!lava, he was so sober that he did not say\nanything. A Vai�!lava is always tolerant, and Lord Siva is considered the\n\n", "SB4.1#p0096": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n78\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 2\n\ntopmost Vai�pava, so his character, as shown in this scene, is excellent. He\n\nbecame morose because he knew that these people, both his men and\nDak�a's, were unnecessarily cursing and countercursing one another, with­\n\nout any interest in the spiritual life. From his point of view, he did not\n\nsee anyone as lower or higher because he is a Vai�pava. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii, par,Pitii[l sama-darsina[l:\n\none\n\nwho is perfectly learned\n\ndoes not see anyone as lesser or greater because he sees eve ry one from\n\nthe spiritual platform. Thus the only ·alternative left to Lord Siva was to\n\nleave in order to stop his follower, N andisvara, as well as Bhrgu Muni,\n\nfrom cursing and countercursing in that way.\nTEXT 34\n\n� Fi�: � ec�qf(.Et�(li 1\n4�\\lN � � � eft: 11�\\lll\nte 'pi visvasrja[l sa tram\nsahasra-parivatsariin\nsarhvidhiiya mahe�viisa\nyatrejya r�abho hari!t\nte-those; api-even; v isvasrja [l - progenitors of the universal population;\n\nsatram-the\n\nsacrifice;\n\nsahasra-one thousand; parivatsariin- yea rs; sarh­\n\nvidhiiya- performing; mahe�viisa-0 Vidura; yatra-in which; ijya[l-to be\nworshiped; r�abha[l\n\n-\n\nthe presiding deity of all demigods; hari[l- Hari\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Maitreya continued: 0 Vidura, all the progenitors of the\n\nuniversal population thus executed a sacrifice for thousands of years, for\nsacrifice is the best way to worship the Supreme Lord, Hari, the Personality of Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is clearly stated here that the stalwart personalities who generate the\n\nentire population of the world are interested in satisfying the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead by offering sacrifices. The Lord also says in\n\nBhagavad-gitii, bhoktiiram yajiia-tapasam. One may engage in performing\n\nsacrifices and severe austerities for perfection, but they are all meant to\n\nsatisfy the Supreme Lord. If such activities are performed for personal\nsatisfaction, that is called pii§ap.Q.a, or atheism; but when they are per­\n\nformed for the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord, that iii the Vedic\n\n", "SB4.1#p0097": "Dalqa Curses Lord Siva\n\nText 35]\n\n79\n\nprinciple. All the assembled sages performed sacrifices for one thousand\nyears.\n\naplutyiivabhrtharh yatra\n\nganga yamunayanvitii\n\nvirajeniitmana sarve\n\nsvarh svarh dhama yayus tata�\n\naplutya-taking a bath; avabhrtham-the bath which is taken after per­\n\nforming sacrifices; yatra-where; ganga-the River Ganges; yamunaya-by\nthe River Yamuna;anvitii-mixed;virajena-without infection;iitmanii-by\n\nthe mind; sarve-ail; svam svam-their respective;dhama-abodes;yayu�went;tata�-from there.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Vidura, carrier of bows and arrows, all the demigods who were\n\nperforming the sacrifice took their bath at the confluence of the Ganges\n\nand the Yamuna after completing the yajiia performance. Such a bath is\ncalled avabhrtha-snana. Thus becoming purified in heart, they departed\n\nfor their respective abodes.\n\nPURPORT\nAfter Lord Siva and, previously, Dak�a, left the arena of sacrifice, the\n\nsacrifice was not stopped; the sages went on for many years in order to\n\nsatisfy the Supreme Lord. The sacrifice was not destroyed for want of\n\nSiva and Dak�, and the sages went on with their activities. In other\nwords, it may be assumed that if one does not worship the demigods,\n\neven up to Lord Siva and Brahma, one can nevertheless satisfy the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii\n\nKiimais tais tair hrta-jiiiinii� prapadyante 'nya-devatii�. Persons who are\nimpelled by lust and desire go to the demigods to derive some m�terial\n\nbenefit. Bhagavad-gitii uses the very specific words niisti buddh�, meaning\n\npersons who have lost their sense or intelligence. Only such persons care for\ndemigods and want to derive material benefit from them. Of course, this\ndoes not mean that one should not show respect to the demigods, but there\n\nis no need to worship them. One who is honest may be faithful to the\ngovernment, but he does �ot need to bribe the government servants.\n\nBribery is illegal; one does not bribe a government servant, but that does\n\n", "SB4.1#p0098": "80\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 2\n\nnot mean that he does not show him respect. Similarly, one who engages\nin the transcendental loving serVice of the Supreme Lord does not need to\nworship any demigod, nor does he have any tendency to show disrespect\n\nto the demigods. Elsewhere in Bhagavad-gitii it is stated, ye'py anyadevatii-bhaktii yajante sraddhayiinvitiilz. The Lord says that anyone who\nworships the demigods is also worshiping Him, but he is worshiping\n\navidhi-piirvakam, which means without following the regulative principles.\nThe regulative principle is to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nWorship of demigods may indirectly be worship of the Personality of\n\nGodhead, but it is not regulated. By worshiping the Supreme Lord, one\n\nautomatically serves all the demigods because they are parts and parcels of\n\nthe whole. If one supplies water to the root of a tree, all the parts of the\n\ntree, such as the leaves and branches, are automatically satisfied, and if one\nsupplies food to the stomach, all the limbs of the body-the hands, legs,\n\nfingers, etc.-are nourished. Thus by worshiping the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead one can satisfy all the demigods, but by worshiping all the\ndemigods one does not completely worship the Supreme Lord. Therefore\nworship of the demigods is irregular, and it is disrespectful to the\n\nscriptural injunctions.\n\n·\n\nIn this age of Kali it is practically impossible to perform the deva-yajna\n\nor sacrifices to the demigods. As such, in this age Srimad-Bhiigavatam recommends sank'irtana-yajiia. Yajiiailz sankirtana-priiyair y(ljanti hi sumedhasalz.\n\n(Bhiig. 11.5.32) \"In this age the intelligent person completes the perfor­\n\nmances of all kinds of yajnas simply by chanting Hare Kr�Q.a, Hare Kr�Q.a,\nKr�t;�a Kr�t;�a, Hare Hare I Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare\n\nHare.\" 1'asmin tu�te jagat-tu�ta�: \"When Lord Vi�Q.U is satisfied, all the\n\ndemigods who are part and parcels of the Supreme Lord are satisfied.\"\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Second\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled, \"Dak§a Curses Lord Siva.\"\n\n", "SB4.1#p0099": "CHAPTER THREE\n\nTalks Between Lord Siva and sati\nTEXT I\n�\"'\n\n��\n\n� filft'lffl�i � � fa�¥UUI�: I\n\n�:\n\n\"'m�•fit Wi«twwR\\:q•� u � 11\nmaitreya uvaca\n\nsada vidvi�ator evam\nkalo vai dhriyamiir-ayo�\njiimiitu� svasurasyiipi\nsu-mahiin aticakrame\nmaitreya� uviica -Mai treya said; sadii-constantly; vidv�ato�-the ten­\n\nsion; evam-in this manner; kala�- time; vai-certainly ; dhriyamiirtayo�­\n\ncontinued to bear;jiimiitu� -of the son-in-law; sva8urasya-of the father-in­\n\nlaw; api-even; su-mahiin-a very great; aticakrame-passed.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaitreya continued: In this manner the tension between the father·in­\n\nlaw and son-in-law, Da�a and Lord Siva, continued for a considerably\n\nlong period.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe previous chapter has already explained that Vidura questioned the\n\nsage Maitreya as to the cause of the misunderstanding between Lord Siva\nand Dak�a. Another question is why the strife between Dak�a and his son­\n\nin-law caused Satito destroy her body. The chief reason for Satfs giving up\n\nher body was that her father, Dak�a, began another sacrificial performance\n\nto which Lord Siva was not invited at all. Generally, when any sacrifice\n\n81\n\n", "SB4.1#p0100": "Srirnad-Bhagavatarn\n\n82\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 3\n\nis performed, although each and every sacrifice is intended to pacify the Su­\n\npreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�r:tu, all the demigods, especially Lord\n\nBrahma and Lord Siva and the other principal demigods, such as Indra and\n\nCandra, are invited, and they take part. It is said that unless all the\n\ndemigods are present, no sacrifice is complete. In the tension between\n\nthe father-in-law and son-in-law, Dak�a began �mother yajfia performance,\nto- which\n\nLord Siva was not invited. Dak�a was the chief progenitor\n\nemployed by Lord Brahma, and he was a son of Brahma, so he had a high\n\nposition and was also very proud.\n\nTEXT 2\n\n�� � ;mun �;n I\n�mfl;U �� ��II� II\nyadabhi§ikto dak§as tu\nbrahmal)a parame§thina\nprajapatinam sarve�am\nadhipatye smayo 'bhavat\nyada- when; abhi�ikta� -appointed; dak�a�- Dak�a; tu- but; brahmal)a­\n\nby Brahma; parame§{hina-the supreme teacher; prajapafinam-of the\nPrajiipatis; sarve�am-of all; adhipatye-as the chief; smaya�-puffed up;\n\nabhavat- he became.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Brahma appointed Dak�a as the chief of all the Prajapatis,\nthe progenitors of population, Dak�a became very much puffed up.\nPURPORT\nAlthough he was envious and was inimical towards Lord Siva, Dak�a was\n\nappointed the chief of all Prajiipatis. That was the cause of his excessive\n\npride. When a man becomes too proud of his material possessions, he can\nperform any disastrous act, so Dak�a acted out of false prestige. That is\ndescribed in this chapter.\n\nTEXT3\n\nq� � ��� iffm� :q 1\n\"'�kt(1� ;:mt � 4�*1+4'( II � II\n\n", "SB4.1#p0101": "Text41\n\nTalks Between Lord Siva and Sati\n\n83\n\n4tvii sa viijapeyena\nbrahmi§thiin abhibhiiya ca\n\nbrhaspati-savarh niima\n\nsamiirebhe kratiittamam\ni§tvii-after performing; sa�-he (Dak�a); viijapeyena-with a Vajapeya\n\nsacrifice; brahmi§thiin- Siva and his followers; abhibh iiya- negle cting; ca­\n\nand; brhaspati-savam- the Brhaspati-sava; niima- called; samiirebhe- began;\nkratu-uttamam-the best of sacrifices.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDaktja began a sacrifice named Vajapeya, and he became excessively\nconfident of his support by Lord Brahma. He then performed another\ngreat s acrifice named Brhaspati-sava.\nPURPORT\nIn the Vedas it is prescribed that before performing a Brhaspati-sava\n\nsacrifice, one should perform the sacrifice named Vajapeya. While perform­\n\ning these sacrifices, however, Dak�a neglected great devotees like Lord\n\nSiva. According to Vedic scriptures, the demigods are eligible to participate\n\nin yajiias and share the oblations, but he wanted to avoid them. All\n\nsacrifices are intended to pacify Lord Vi�I)U, but Lord Vi�I)U includes all\nHis devotees. Brahma, Lord Siva and the other demigods are all obedient\n\nservants of Lord Vi�I)U; therefore Lord Vi�I)U is never satisfied without\n\nthem. But Dak�a, being puffed up with his power, wanted to deprive Lord\nBrahma and Lord Siva of participation in the sacrifice, understanding that\n\nif one satisfies Vi�I)U, it is not necessary to satisfy His followers. But that\n\nis not the process. Vi�I)U wants His followers to be satisfied first. Lord\nKmw says, mad-bhakta-piijiibhyadhikii: \"The worship of My devotees is\n\nbetter than worship of Myself.\" Similarly, in the Siva Purur:ta, it is stated\n\nthat the best mode of worship is to offer oblations to Vi�I)U, but better\n\nthan that is to worship the devotees of Kr�l)a. Thus Dak�a's determination\nto neglect Lord Siva in the sacrifices was not fitting.\nTEXT4\n\n� - : � �ctrffqi�!\nHm I\n<:'\n3ft� 1)6(4��--,(ij�q�� ��: It \\l It\n\n", "SB4.1#p0102": "Srimad-Bhigavatarn\n\n84\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 3\n\ntasmin brahmar�aya� sarve\ndevar§i-pitr-devatii�\niisan krta-svasty-ayaniis\ntat-patnyas ca sa-bhartrkii�\ntasmin-in that (sacrifice); br.ahmar�aya�-the brahmar�is; sarve-all;\ndevar�i- the devar�is; pitr- ancestors; devatii�- demigods; iisan- were; krtasvasti-ayanii�- were very nicely decorated with ornaments; tat-patnya�­\n\ntheir wives; ca-and; sa bhartrkii�- along with their husbands.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the sacrifice was being performed, many brahmar�is, great sages,\nancestral demigods and other demigods, their wives all very nicely decorated with ornaments, attended from different parts of the universe.\nPURPORT\nIn any auspicious ceremony, such as a marriage ceremony, sacrificial\nceremony or pujii ceremony, it is auspicious for married women to decorate\nthemselves very nicely with ornaments, fine clothing and cosmetics. These\nare auspicious signs, and many heavenly women assembled with their\n\nhusbands, the devar�is, demigods and riijar�is, in that great sacrifice named\nBrhaspati-sava. It is specifically mentioned in this verse that they approached with their husbands, for when a woman is decorated nicely, her\nhusband becomes more cheerful. The nice decorations, ornaments and dress\nof the wives of the demigods and sages and the cheerfulness of the demigods and sages themselves were all-auspicious signs for the ceremony.\nTEXTS 5-7\n\n� � �·�HiUii SNii!'1ij1� I\nm �T � ftr��+tilffli:i� II'-\\ II\n�;:ffl': � � 3q�CICI(�tt: I\n�+ti�tll�l! � f.ft�: ijCII('t('t:ll � II\n\nqt��:l\nqfij' �qm �l-�ia>+� II \\9 II\ntad upasrutya nabhasi\nkhecariirtiirh prajalpatiim\nsati diik�iiyarzi devi\npitr-yajiia-mah otsavam\n\n", "SB4.1#p0103": "Talks Between Lord Siva and Sati\n\nTexts 5-7]\n\n85\n\nvrajantil;t sarvato digbhya\nupadeva-vara-s triya/:l\nvimiina-yiiniib sa-pre�thii\nni�ka-kar-thi/:t su-viisasaJ:t\ndr�tvii sva-nilayiibhyiise\nloliik�ir mr§ta-kur-�aliiJ:t\npatim bhiita-patim devam\nautsukyiid abhyabhii§ata\ntat- then; upa �ru ty a- hearing; nabhasi-in the sky; khe c arii r ttim-of those\n.\n\nwho were fly ing in the air (the Gandharvas); prajalpatiim-the conversation;\n\nsati-Sati; d iik§iiya r- i-the daughter of Dak�a; devi-the wife of Siva; pitryajfia-mahotsavam-the great festival of sacrifice performed by her father;\nv rajant ift - were going; s arvata/:l-from all; d igb hya /:l directions; upadevavara-st riy a/:l - the beautiful wives of the demigods; vimiina-yiinii�-flying in\ntheir airplanes; sa-p resthii/:l -along with their husbands; nifika-ka[tJhi/:lhaving nice necklaces with lockets; su-viisa s a� - dressed in fine clothing;\ndrfltrxi-seeing; sva-nilaya-abh yase-near her residence; L o la- ak�i�-having\nbeautiful\nglittering eyes; mr�ta k u [!�a lti� - nice earrings; pa t im her\nhusband; bhiita-patim- the master of the bhutas; devam- the demigod;\nautsukyiit- f rom great anxiety; abhyabhiifiata-she spoke.\n-\n\n.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe chaste lady Sati, the daughter of Da�a, heard the heavenly denizens\nflying in the sky conversing about the great sacrifice being performed by\nher father. When she saw that from all directions the beautiful wives of the\nheavenly denizens, their eyes very beautifully glittering, were near her\nresidence and were going to the sacrifice dressed in fine clothing and\nornamented with earrings and necklaces with lockets, she approached her\nhusband, the master of the bhiitas, in great anxiety, and spoke as follows.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that the residence of Lord S iva was not on this planet but\n\nwas somewhere in outer space, otherwise how could Sati see the airplanes\ncoming from different directions towards this plane t and hear the passen­\n\ngers talk ing about the great sacrifice being performed by Dak�a? Sati is\ndescribed here as Dak�ayapi because she was the daughter of Dak�a. The\n\nmention of upadeva-vara refers to inferior demigods like the Gandharvas,\n\nKinnaras and Uragas, who are not exactly demigods but are between the\n\ndemigods and the human beings. They were also coming in planes. The\n\n", "SB4.1#p0104": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n86\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 3\n\nword sva-nilayiibhyiise indicates that they were passing right near her\nresidential quarters. The dresses and bodily features of the wives of the\nheavenly denizens are very nicely described here. Their eyes moved;their\n\nearrings and other ornaments glittered and glared, their dresses were the\n\nnicest possible, and all of them had special lockets on their necklaces.\n\nEach woman was accompanied by her husband. Thus they looked so\nbeautiful that Sati, Dak�ayapi, was impelled to dress similarly and go to\nthe sacrifice with her husband. That is the natural inclination of a woman.\nTEXTS\n\n��\n\n'Eicg;<=n:a\n\n�\nFr:rttqm ��'i��w-t: � 1\n���qll{�\n��1100 f?r� 1(�� � II � II\n�\n\nsaty uviica\nprajiipates te svasurasya siirnpratam\nniryiipito yajtia-rnahotsavall kila\nvayarh ca tatriibhisariima viima te\nyady arthitiirni vibudhii vrajanti hi\nsati uviica-Sati said; prajiipate�-of Dak�a; t e - your ; svasura s ya-of your\n\nfather-in-law; siimpratam-nowadays; niryiipitaft-has been started; yajiia ­\n\nmahotsavaft-a great sacrifice; kila-certainly; vaya�-we; ca-and; tatra­\n\nthere; abhisariima-may go; viima-0 my dear Lord Siva; te-your; yadi-if ;\n\narthitii-desire; ami-these; vibudhiift-demigods; vrajanti- a re going; hibecause.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSati said: My dear Lord Siva, your father-in-law is now executing great\nsacrifices, and all the demigods, having been invited by him, are going\nthere. If you desire, we may also g o.\nPURPORT\nSati knew of the tension between her father and her husband, but still\nshe expressed to her husband, Lord Siva, that since such sacrifices were\n\ngoing on at her father's house and so many demigods were going, she also\ndesired to go. But she could not express her willingness directly, and so\n\n", "SB4.1#p0105": "Talks Between Lord Siva and Sati\n\nText9]\n\n87\n\nshe told her husband that if he desired to go, then she could also accom­\n\npany him. In other words, she submitted her desire very politely to her\nhusband.\n\nTEXT9\n\n����:�Wi •tfitGttf� �(tf(UR: I\n3T{ � ���\nm)q;fuf\nqRif��dl( II �II\ntasmin bhaginyo mama bhartrbhi� svakair\ndhruvmh gami§yanti suhrd-didrk§ava�t\naham ca tasmin bhavatiibhikiimaye\nsahopanitarn paribarham arhitum\ntasmin-in that sacrifice; bhaginya � -sisters; mama-my; bhartrbh*­\n\nwith their husbands;svaka*-their own; dhruvam-surely; gami�yanti-will\ngo; suhrt-didrk:�ava�-desiring to meet the relatives; aham-1; ca-and ;\n\ntasmin-in that assembly; bhavatii-with you (Lord Siva); abhikiimaye-1\n\ndesire ;saha- with; upanitam-given; paribarham-ornaments of decoration;\n\narhitum-to accept.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI think that all my sisters must have gone to this great sacrificial ceremony with their husbands just to see their relatives. I also desire to\n\ndecorate myself with the ornaments given to me by my father and go\nthere with you to participate in that assembly.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is a woman's nature to want to decorate herself with ornaments and\nnice dresses and accompany her husband to social functions, meet friends\n\nand relatives and enjoy life in that way. This propensity is not unusual\nbecause woman is the basic principle of material enjoyment. Therefore in\n\nSanskrit the word for woman is stri, which means one who expands the\nfield of material enjoyment. In the material world there is an attraction\n\nbetween woman and man. This is the arrangement of conditional life. A\nwoman attracts a man, and in that way the scope of material activities,\n\ninvolving house, wealth, children and friendship, increases, and thus\n\ninstead of decreasing one's material demands, one becomes entangled in\n\n", "SB4.1#p0106": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n88\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 3\n\nmaterial enjoyment. Lord Siva, however, is different; therefore his name\nis Siva. He is not at all attracted by material enjoyment, although his wife,\nSati, was the daughter of a very great leader and was given to him by the\nrequest of Brahma. Lord Siva was reluctant, but Sati, as a woman, the\ndaughter of a king, wanted enjoyment. She wanted to go to her father's\nhouse, just as her other sisters might have done, and meet them and enjoy\nsocial life. Here, she specifically indicated that she would decorate herself\nwith the ornaments given by her father. She did not say that she would\ndecorate herself with the ornaments given by her husband because her\nhusband was callous about all such matters. He did not know how to\ndecorate his wife and take part in social life because he was always in\necstasy with thoughts of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. According\nto the Vedic system, a daughter is given a sufficient dowry at the time of\nher marriage, so Sati was also given a dowry by her father, and ornaments\nwere included. It is also the custom that the husband gives some ornaments,\nbut here it is particularly mentioned that her husband, being materially\nalmost nothing, could not do so; therefore she wanted to decorate herself\nwith the ornaments given by her father. It was fortunate for Sati that\nLord Siva did not take the ornaments from his wife and spend them for\ngiiiijii because those who imitate Lord Siva in smoking giiiijii exploit\neverything from household affairs; they take all of their wives' property\nand spend on smoking, intoxication and similar other activities.\n\nTEXT 10\nvr\n\n� � ��\n1t�:��:q�l\n\n� f*4(\\�o61tWIT ��'ifttt1tl4 :q ���1{ II� oil\ntatra svas[r me nanu bhartr-sammitii\nmiitr-�vasr� klinna-dhiyam ca miitaram\ndrak�ye cirotkar-tha-manii mahar§ibhir\nunniyamiinam ca mnliidhvara-dhvajam\ntatra-there; svasf[l-own sisters; me-my; nanu-surely; bhartrsammital].-along with their husbands; matr-svasfl].-the sisters of my mother; klinna-dhiyam-affectionate; ca-and; mataram-mother; drak§ye-I\nshall see; cira-utkarztha-manii�- being very anxious for a long time;\nma�ar�ibhi�-great sages; unnl\"yamanam-being raised up; ca-and; mrcJa0 Siva; adhvara-sacrifice; dhvajam-flags.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0107": "Text ll]\n\nTalks Between Lord Siva and Sati\n\n89\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy sisters, the sisters of my mother and their husbands and other\naffectionate relatives must be assembled there, so if I go I shall be able to\nsee them, and I shall be able to see the flapping flags and the performance\nof the sacrifice by the great sages. For these reasons, my dear husband, I\nam very much anxious to go.\nPURPORT\nAs stated before, the tension between the father-in-law and son-in-law\npersisted for a considerable time. So Sati had not gone to her father's house\nfor a long while. Thus she was very anxious to go to her father's house,\nparticularly because on that .occasion her sisters and their husbands and\nher mother's sisters would be there. As is natural for a woman, she wanted\nto dress equally to her other sisters and also be accompanied by her\nhusband. She did not, of course, want to go alone.\nTEXT 11\n\n�������'4¥41�·\n�Mf4� � ����I\nijlfl� �tm:�+:«�... ij'\n� � +1t1 ���II��II\ntvayy etad iiscaryam ajiitma-miiyayii\nvinirmitarh bhiiti gutta-trayiitmakam\ntathiipy aharh yo§id atattva-vic ca te\ndina didrk§e bhava me bhava-k�itim\ntvayi-in you; etat-this; iiscaryam-wonderful; aja-0 Lord S iva; iitmamiiyayii-by\n\nthe external energy of the Supreme Lord; vinirmitam­\n\ncreated; bhii.ti-appears; gu{la-traya-iitmakam-being an interaction of the\nthree modes of material. nature; tathiipi-even so; aham-l;yo�it-woman;\n\natattva-vit-not conversant with the truth; ca-and; te-your; dinii-poor;\ndidrk�e-l wish to see; bhava-0 Lord S iva; me- m y; bhava-k�itim-place of\nbirth.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough this cosmic manifestation is a wonderful creation of the inter­\n\naction of the three material modes, or the external energy of the Supreme\nLord, the truth is fully known to you. Yet I am a poor woman, and, as\n\n", "SB4.1#p0108": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n90\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 3\n\nyou know, I am not conversant with the truth. Therefore I wish to see m y\nbirthplace once more.\n\nPURPORT\nDak�ayapi, Sati, knew very well that her husband, Lord Siva, was not\n\nvery much interested in the glaring manifestation of the material world,\n\nwhich is caused by the interaction of the three modes of nature. Therefore\n\nshe addressed her husband as aja, one who has transcended the bondage\n\nof birth and death, or one who has realized his eternal position. She stated,\n\"The illusion of accepting the perverted reflection, the material or cosmic\n\nmanifestation, to be real is not present in you because you are self­\n\nrealized. For you the attraction of social life and the consideration that\n\nsomeone is father, someone is mother and someone is sister, which are\nillusory relationships, i� already over, but because I am a poor woman I\n\nam not so advanced in transcendental realization. Therefore naturally\n\nthese appear to me as real.\" Only less intelligent persons accept this\nperverted reflection of the spiritual world to be real. Those who are\nunder the spell of the external energy accept this manifestation to be fact,\n\nwhereas those who are advanced in spiritual realization know that it is\n\nillusion. Actual reality is elsewhere, in the spiritual world. \"But as far as\n\nI am concerned,\" Sati said, \"I do not have much knowledge about selfrealization. I am poor because I do not know the actual facts. I am\n\nattracted by my birthplace, and I want to see it.\" One who has attraction\n\nfor his birthplace, for his body, and for other such i terns mentioned in the\n\nBhiigavatam is considered to be like an ass or a cow. Sati might have heard\nall this many times from her husband, Lord Siva, but because she was a\n\nwoman,yo,:Sit, she still hankered after the same material objects of affection\n\nThe word yo,:Sil means \"one who is enjoyed.\" Therefore woman is called\n\nyo,:Sit. In spiritual advancement, association with yo,:Sit is always restricted\nbecause if one is like a play doll in the hands of yo.sit, then all his spiritual\nadvancement is at once stopped. It is said, \"Those who are just Like play­\n\nthings in the hands of a woman cannot make any advancement in spiritual\nrealization.\"\n\nTEXT 12\n\nSltll�(�:f41�ttl�ijls��:���:t\n� ��: fu� 1ff�\n;00 �: ifi�(eqt�flt: II� �II\n\nqw\n\n", "SB4.1#p0109": "Text 12]\n\nTalks Between Lord Siva and Sati\n\n91\n\npasya prayiintir abhaviinya-yo�ito\n'py alankrtii� kiinta-sakhii variithasa�\nyiisiim vrajadbh* siti-ka[�tha ma[lt)itam\nnabho vimiinai� kala-hamsa-pii[�t)ubhi�\npasya-just see; prayiint i{t\n\n-\n\ngoing; abhava-0 never-horn; anya-yo§itafl­\n\nother women; api-certainly; alankrtii Q - ornamented; kiinta-sakhii�- with\n\ntheir hus bands and friends; variithaSaQ-in large numbers;yiisiim-of them;\n\nvrajadbhiQ- flying; siti-ka!ltha- 0 blue-throated one;ma[lt)itam- decorated;\nnabha�- the sky; vimiina*- with airplanes; kala-hamsa-swans;pii[lt)ubhiQwhite.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 never-born, 0 blue-throated one, not only my relatives hut also other\n\nwomen, dressed in nice clothes and decorated with ornaments, are going\nthere with their husbands and friends. Just see how their flocks of white\n\nairplanes have made the entire sky very heautifuJ.\n\nPURPORT\nHere Lord Siva is addressed as abhava, which means one who is never\n\nborn, although generally he is known as bhava, one who is horn. Actually\nRudra, Lord Siva, is horn from the eyes of Brahma, who is called\n\nsviiyambhuva because he is not born of any human being or material\ncreature but is born directly from the lotus flower which grows from the\n\nabdomen of Vi�pu. When Lord Siva is addressed here as abhava, this may\n\nbe taken to mean one who has never felt material miseries. Safi wanted to\n\nimpress upon her husband that even those who were not related to her\n\nfather were also going, to say nothing of herself, who was intimately related\n\nwith him. Lord Siva is addressed here as blue-throated. Lord Siva drank an\n\nocean of poison and kept it in his throat, not swallowing it or allowing it\nto go down to his stomach, and thus his throat became blue. Since then he\n\nhas been known as nilaka!ltha, or blue-throated. The reason that Lord Siva\n\ndrank an ocean of poison was for others' b enefit. When the ocean was\n\nchurned by the demigods and the demons, the churning at first produced\n\npoison, so because the poisonous ocean might have affected others who\nwere not so advanced, Lord Siva drank all the ocean water. In other\nwords, he could drink such a great amount- of poison for others' benefit,\n\nand now, since his wife was personally requesting him to go to her\n\nfather's house, even if he did not wish to give that permission, he should do\n\nso out of his great kindness.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0110": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n92\n\nl Canto 4, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 13\n\nf\\lq:i\\�trt\n��:��I\n3twtl�(t( atc�flt�f.ijo �\n�����II\n����\n\n�\n\nWfN(:\n\nkatharh sutiiyii� pitr-geha-kautukarh\nnisamya deha� sura-varya nengate\naniihutii apy abhiyanti sauhrdarh\nbharlltr guror deha-krtas ca ketanam\nkatham-how; sutiiyii�-of a daughter; pitr-geha-kautukam-the festival\nin the house of her father; nisamya-hearing; deha�-the body;sura-varya-\n\n0 best of the demigods; na-not; ingate-disturbed; aniihutii�-without\nbeing called; api\n\n- ev n; abhiyanti-goes; sauhrdam-a friend; bhartu�-of\ne\n\nthe husband; guro�-of the spiritual master; deha-krta�-of the father;\nca-and;ketanam-the house.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of the demigods, how can the body of a daughter remain undisturbed when she hears that some festive event is taking place in her father's\nhouse? Even though you may be considering that I have not been invited,\n\nthere is no harm if one goes to the house of his friend, husband, spiritual\nmaster or father without invitation.\n\nTEXT 14\n\nR\n\nSHft«+t+t€4 �ltsmf\n�ij ll��IJlit 'RiltRr I\n\n�s�;ft�Si{+{i(R��\nM�{q(t( +413•l(IUI �:;rn: II�'JII\ntan me prasidedam amartya viinchitarh\nkarturh bhaviin kiiru[Liko batiirhati\ntvayiitmarw 'rdhe 'ham adabhra-cak§U§ii\nnirupitii miinugrhii[la yiicita�\ntat-therefore; me-unto me; prasida-please be kind;idam-this; amartya-\n\n0 immortal lord; viinchitam-desire; kartum-to do; bhaviin-your honor;\nkiiru[!ika�-kind; bata-O lord;arhati-is able; tvayii-by you;iitmana�-of\n\n", "SB4.1#p0111": "Te x t l5 )\n\nTalks Between Lord Siva and Sati\n\n93\n\nyour own body; ardhe-in the half; aham-I; adabhra- cak � u�ii- having all\nknowledge;\n\nnirupitii-am\n\nsituated; mii-to me; anugrha(w-please show\n\nkindness; yacita�- requested.\nTRANSLATION\n0 immortal Siva, please be kind towards me and fulfill my desire. You\nhave accepted me as half of your body; therefore please show kindness\ntowards me and accept my request.\nTEXT 15\n\n'Sfl�ijqj\"i\n�� fttf�: fitttlr¥Pltffif:\n� � �ttRstt : I\n��Tmfl ��: ��\n� � ft��f �: ''�'\"'\"\nntr uvaca\nevam giritra�l priyayabhibha�ita[l\npratyabhyadhatta prahasan suhrt-priya�\nsamsmiirito mar ma-bh ida� kuviig�un\nyan aha ko visva-srfiim samak�ata/:t\n!§* uviica- the great sage Maitreya said; eva m - thus;giritra ft - Lord Siva;\npriyay a- by his dear wife; abhi b ha§itaft - being spoken to; pratyabhyadhatta\n-replied; prahasan - while sm iling ; suhrt-priya�-dear to the relatives;\nsamsmiirita�-remem beri ng; marma-bhida�- heart-piercing ; kuviigi§ii n- malicious\n\nwords;\n\nyiin-which\n\n(words);\n\naha-said;\n\nka�-who\n\n(Dak�a);\n\nvi.Sva-srjam - of the creators of the universal manifestation; samak�ataftin the presence.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya said: Lord Siva, the deliverer of the hill\nKailasa, thus\n\nbeing addressed by his dear wife, replied smilingly, al­\n\nthough at the same time he remembered the malicious, heart-piercing\n\nspeeches delivered by Dalq!a before the guardians of the universal affairs.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0112": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n94\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 3\n\nPURPORT\nWten Lord Siva heard from his wife about Dak�a, the psychological\n\neffect was that he immediately remembered the strong words which were\n\nspoken against him in the assembly of the guardians of the universe, and,\nremembering those words, he was sorry at heart, although to please his\n\nwife he smiled. In Bhagavad-gitii it is said that a liberated person is always\n\nin mental equilibrium in both the distress and the happiness of this mate­\n\nrial world. Therefore the question may now be raised why a liberated\npersonality Like Lord Siva was so unhappy because of the words of Dak�a.\n\nThe answer is given by Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakur. Lord Siva is\n\niitmiiriima, or situated in complete self-realization, but because he is the\nincarnation in charge of the material mode of ignorance, tamogu[ta, he is\n\nsometimes affected by the pleasure and pain of the material world. The\ndifference between the pleasure and pain of this material world and that\n\nof the spiritual world is that in the spiritual world the effect is qualita­\n\ntively absolute. Therefore one may feel sorry in the absolute world, but\n\nthe manifestation of so-called pain is always full of bliss. For instance,\nonce\n\nLord\n\n�f.la,\n\nin\n\nHis childhood, was chastised by His mother,\n\nYa8odii, and Lord Kr�f.la cried. But although He shed tears from His\n\neyes, this is not to be considered a reaction of the mode of ignorance, for\nthe incident was full of transc;endental pleasure. When Kr�f.la was play­\n\ning in so many ways, sometimes it appeared that He caused distress to the\n\ngopis, but actually such dealings were full of transcendental bliss. That\n\n·is the difference between the material and spiritual worlds. The spiritual\nworld, where everything is pure, is pervertedly reflected in this material\n\nworld. Since everything in the spiritual world is absolute, in the spiritual\n\nvarieties of apparent pleasure and pain there is no other perception than\neternal bliss, whereas in the material world, because everything is contami­\n\nnated by the modes of material nature, there are feelings of pleasure and\n\npain. Therefore because Lord Siva, although a fully self-realized person,\nwas in charge of the material mode of ignorance, he felt sorrow.\nTEXT 16\n\nwnt'�ICII?!CI'\"'\n��1RJ\n�flwtii€f �\n31wtl�l ��� � I\n�\n�'Q�c:qlf�ij¢Jtt!tlt\n'l�l�('tlwtlc:\"q'i�wt � II� �II\n\n", "SB4.1#p0113": "Talks Between Lord Siva and Sati\n\nText 17]\n\n95\n\nsri bhagaviin uviica\ntvayoditam .{obhanam eva sobhane\naniihutii apy abhiyanti bandhu§u\nte yady anutpiidita-do§a-dr§tayo\nbafiyasiiniitmyamadena manyunii\nsri bhagaviin uviica-the great lord replied; tvayii-by you; uditam-said;\nsobhanam-is\n\ntrue; eva-certainly; sobhane-my\n\naniihutiifl- without\n\ndear beautiful\n\nwife;\n\nbeing invited; api-even; abhiyanti-go; bandhu§U­\n\namong friends; te-those (friends); yadi-if; anutpiidita-do§a-dr�Jaya{l-not\nfinding fault; baliyasii-more important;aniitmyamadena-by pride caused\n\nby identification with the body;manyunii-by anger.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe great lord replied: My dear beautiful wife, you have said that\n\none may go to a friend's house without being invited, and this is true,\n\nprovided such a friend does not find fault with the guest because of\nbodily identification and thereby become angry towards him.\nPURPORT\nLord Siva could foresee that as soon as Sati reached her father's house,\n\nher father, Dak�a, being too puffed up because of bodily identification,\n\nwould be angry at her presence, and although she was innocent and fault­\n\nless, he would be mercilessly angry towards her. He warned that since her\n\nfather was too puffed up by his material possessions, he would be angry,\n\nand this would be intolerable for her. Therefore it was better that she\nnot go. This fact was already experienced by Lord Siva because a lthough\nLord Siva was faultless, Dak�a cursed him in so many harsh words.\nTEXT 17\n\nMQR1wilW*IC� :�:\n\n\"'\n\"'\"'\ngar: 'R fl+i«'l*l'i��: I\n� mtrT �'4191\\t�H\n�W( q��f.:ij ft: ��II �\"II\n.\n\n�ffl'\n\n\"\n\n('\n\nvidyii-tapo-vitta-vapur-va yafl-k ulaifl\nsatiim gur-aifl §a{lbhir asattametarai[t\nsmrtau hatiiyiith bhrta-miina-durdrsafl\nstabdhii na pasyanti hi dhiima bhiiyasiim\n\n", "SB4.1#p0114": "96\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 3\n\nvidyii-education;tapa�-austerity;vitta-;-wealth;mpu�-beauty of body,\n\netc.; vaya�-youth; kulai�-with heritage; satam-of the pious; gut;�a*­\n\nby such qualities;�a{1bhi�-six;asattama-itara*-having the opposite result\nto those who are not great souls;smrtau-good sense;hatiiyiim-being lost;\n\nbhrta-miina-durdrsa�-blind due to pride; stabdhii�-being proud;na-not;\n\npasyanti-see;hi-for;dhiima-the glories;bhuyasiim-of the great souls.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlthough the six qualities of education, austerity, wealth, beauty,\nyouth and heritage are for the highly elevated, one who is proud of\n\npossessing them becomes blind, and thus he loses his good sense and\n\ncannot appreciate the glories of great personalities.\nPURPORT\n\nIt may be argued that since Dak�a was very learned, wealthy and\n\naustere and had descended from a very exalted heritage, how could he\n\nbe unnecessarily angry towards another? The answer is that when the\n\nqualities of good education, good parentage, beauty and sufficient wealth\nare misplaced in a person who is puffed up by all these possessions, they\n\nproduce a very bad result. Milk is a very nice food, but when milk\n\nis touched by an envious serpent it becomes poisonous. Similarly, material\n\nassets such as education, wealth, beauty and good parentage arc undoubt­\n\nedly nice, but when they decorate persons of a malicious nature, then they\n\nact adversely. Another example, given by Catlakya Patl�it, is that a serpent\nthat has a jewel on its head is still fearful because it is a serpent. A serpent,\nby nature, is envious of other living entities, even though they be faultless.\n\nWhen a serpent bites another creature, it is not necessarily because the\nother creature is at fault; it is the habit of the serpent to bite innocent\n\ncreatures. Similarly, although Dak�a was qualified by many material assets,\n\nbecause he was proud of his possessions and because he was envious, all\n\nthose qualities were polluted. It is sometimes, therefore, detrimental for a\n\nperson advancing in spiritual consciousness or Kr�J)a consciousness to\n\npossess such material assets. Kuntidevi, while offering prayers to Kr�Qa,\n\naddressed Him as akiiicana-gocara, one who is easily approached by those\nwho are bereft of all material acquisitions. Material exhaustion is an\nadvantage for advancement in Kr�qa consciousness, although if one is conscious of his eternal relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he can utilize his material assets, such as great learning and beauty\n\nand exalted ancestry, for the service of the Lord; then such assets become\n\n", "SB4.1#p0115": "Text 18]\n\nTalks Between Lord Siva and Sati\n\n97\n\nglorious. In other words, unless one is Kr�Qa conscious, all his material\npossessions are zero, but when this zero is by the side of the Supreme One,\nit at once increases in value to ten. Unless situated by the side of the\nSupreme One, zero is always zero; one can add one hundred zeros, but\nthe value will still remain zero. Unless one's material assets are used in\nKr�l)a consciousness, they may play havoc and degrade the possessor.\nTEXT 18\n\n�(fl�\n\n�W{otfq�\n�l'l stJlitits:wt�fml�'iwtl'l 1\n�S+lllfR11'{\n��\n31mM�Tf�:\n������\n...\n\nnaitiidrsiiniim svajana-vyapek�ayii\ngrhiin pratiyiid anavasthitiit maniim\nye 'bh yiigatiin vakra-dhiyiibhicak�ate\niiropita-bhriibhir amar§a!liik�ibh*\nna-not; e tiidrsaniim - like this; svajana - kinsmen; vyapek§ayii- depen d\n\n·\n\ning on that; grhiin - in the house of; pratiyiit-one should go; anavasthitadisturbed; lilmaniim-mind; ye-those; abhyiigatiin - guests; vakra-dhiyiiwith\n\ncold\n\nreception;\n\nabhicak§ate -looki ng\n\nat; iiro pita- bhriib h* - with\n\nraised eyebrows; amar§a!la - angry; ak§ibh* - with the eyes.\nTRANSLATION\nOne should not go to anyone's house, even on the consideration of his\nbeing a relative or a friend, when the man is disturbed in his mind and looks\nupon the guest with raised eyebrows and angry eyes.\nPURPORT\nHowever low a person may be, he is never unkind to his children, wife\nand nearest kin; even a tiger is kind to his cubs, for within the animal\nkingdom the cubs are treated very nicely. Since Sati was the daughter of\nDak�a, however cruel and contaminated he might be, naturally it was\nexpected that he would receive her very nicely. But here it is indicated by.\nthe word anavasthita that such a person cannot be trusted. Tigers are\nvery kind to their cubs, but it is also known that sometimes they eat them.\nMalicious persons should not be trusted because they are always unsteady.\nThus Sati was advised not to go to her father's house because to accept\n\n", "SB4.1#p0116": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n98\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 3\n\nsuch a father as a relative and to go to his house without being properly\n\ninvited was not suitable.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n� � ftiJlQ(�:\n�(llfl � �I\nR �� f4st�J\\Nt ��f(qlf.l* (Jqffif ��: II� Q..ll\ntathiiribhir na vyathate silimukha*\nsete 'rditiihgo hrdayena duyatii\nsviiniim yatha vakra-dhiyarh duruktibhir\ndivii-nisam tapyati marma-ta,t)ita�\ntathii.-so ; aribh*-enemy; na-not; vyathate-is hurt; silimukhai[l.-by\n\nthe arrows; sete-rests; ardita-aggrieved; anga[l -a part; hrdayena-by the\nheart; d u yata-grie ving; s vanam-of relatives ; yatha\n\n-\n\nas ; vakra-dhiyam-de­\n\nceitful; duruktibhift-by harsh words; diva-nisam-day and night; tapyati­\n\nsuffers; marma-ta{litaft-one whose feelings are hurt.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Siva continued: If one is hurt by the arrows of an enemy, he is not\n\nas aggrieved as when he is cut by the unkind words of a relative, for such\ngrief continues to rend his heart day and night.\nPURPORT\nSati\n\nmight\n\nhave\n\nconcluded\n\nthat\n\nshe\n\nwould\n\ntake\n\nthe\n\nrisk\n\nof\n\ngoing to her father's house, and even if her father spoke unkindly\n\nagainst her she would be tolerant, as a son sometimes tolerates the\n\nreproaches of his parents. But Lord Siva reminded her that she would\n\nnot be able to tolerate such unkind words because natural psychology\n\ndictates that one can suffer harm from an enemy and not mind so much\n\nbecause pain inflicted by an enemy is natural; but when one is hurt by the\n\nstrong words of a relative, he suffers the effects continually, day and night,\nand sometimes the injury becomes so intolerable that one commits suicide.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0117": "Text 21]\n\nTalks Between Lord Siva and Sati\n\n99\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�\n\n�m-:\nffl�•ss�qlil•�•qm ij\\1 �'«fl 1\n� � ;( fir«: Sf�\nq�l't�l�¥: qf(ijQ�ij �: ll�oll\n\n���tf!•lij:\n\n'\"'\n\nvyaktarh tvam utkr.sta-gate� prajiipate{l\npriyatmajanam asi subhru me mata\ntathapi manam na pitu� prapatsyase\nmad-iisrayiit kafr. paritapyate yata�\nvyaktam-it is clear; tvam-you; utkrfita-gatefr.-having the best behavior;\n\nprajiipate[l-of\n\nPraj.apati Dak�a;\n\npriya-the\n\npet;\n\niitmajiiniim-of\n\nthe\n\ndaughters; asi-you are; subhru-0 you with the beautiful eyebrows; memy; matii-considered; tathiipi-yet; miinam-honor; na-not; pitu{l-from\n\nyour father; prapatsyase-you will meet with; mat-iisrayiit-from connec·\ntion with me; ka fi - D a k � a ; paritapyate-is feeling pain; yata�-from whom.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear\n\nwhite-complexioned\n\nwife,\n\nit is\n\nclear\n\nthat of the many\n\ndaughters of Dak�a you are the pet, yet you will not be honored at his\nhouse because of your being my wife. Rather, you will be sorry that you\nare connected with me.\nPURPORT\nLord Siva put forward the argument that even if Sati proposed to go\nalone, without her husband, still she would not be received well because\n\nshe was his wife. There was every chance of a cata trophe, even if she\nwanted to go alone. Therefore Lord Siva indirectly requested her not to\ngo to her father's house.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n��(S��:\n(i4lf%fln ���I\n\nqjqQtqj��\n\n��(i(\nqt � iM ��•w• � 1\"�11\n\n�\n\n", "SB4.1#p0118": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n100\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 3\n\npii.pacyamiinena hrdiiturendriya�\nsamrddhibhi{l. piiru§a-buddhi-siik§i[liim\nakalpa e§iim adhiro{ihum aiijasii\npararh padarh dve.sti yathiisurii harim\npiipacyamiinena-burning; hrda-with a heart; iitura-indriya�-who is\n\ndistressed; samrddhibhift-by the pious reputation, etc.; pii,ru§a-buddhi­\n\nsiik§i[liim-of those who are always absorbed in thought of the Supreme\n\nLord; akalpa{t-being unable; e,siim-of those persons; adhiro{ihum-to rise\n\nup; aiijasii-quickly;\n\nparam-merely; padam-to the standard; dvefiti­\n\nenvy; yathii-as much as; asurii{t-the demons; harim-the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who is conducted by false ego and is thus always distressed, both\n\nmentally and sensually, cannot tolerate the opulence of self-realized\npersons, and, being unable to rise to the standard of self-realization, he\nenvies such persons as much as demons envy the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\nPURPORT\nThe real reason for the enmity between Lord Siva and Dak�a is ex­\n\nplained here. Dak�a was envious of Lord Siva because of his high position as\n\nan incarnation of a quality of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\n\nbecause he was directly in contact with the Supersoul and was therefore\n\nhonored and given a better sitting place than him. There were many other\n\nreasons also. Dak�a, bei,ng materially puffed up, c< ;m ld not tolerate the\nhigh position of Lord Siva, so his anger at Lord Siva's not standing up\n\nin his presence was only the final manifestation of his envy. Lord Siva is\n\nalways in meditation and always perceives the Supersoul, as expressed here\n\nby the words piiru§a-buddhi-siik§i[liim. The position of one whose intel­\n\nligence is always absorbed in meditation upon the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is very great and cannot be imitated by anyone, especially an\n\nordinary person. When Dak�a entered the arena of yajiia, Lord Siva was in\n\nmeditation and might not have seen Dak�a enter, but Dak�a took the\n\nopportunity to curse him because he had maintained an envious attitude\nLowards Lord Siva for a long time. Those who are actually self-realized see\n\nevery individual body as a temple of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nbecause the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in His Paramiitma feature,\n\nis residing in everyone's body.\n\nWhen one offers respect to the body, it is not to the material body but\n\nto the presence of the Supreme Lord. Thus one who is always in medita-\n\n", "SB4.1#p0119": "Text 22]\n\nTalks Between Lord Siva and Sati\n\n101\n\ntion upon the Supreme Lord is always offering Him obeisances. But since\nDak�a was not very elevated, he thought that obeisances were offered to\n\nthe material body, and because Lord Siva did not offer respect to his\nmaterial body, Dak�a became envious. Such persons, being unable to rise\n\nto the standard of self-realized souls like Lord Siva, are always envious.\n\nThe example given here is very suitable. Asuras, demons or atheists, are\n\nalways envious of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; they simply want\n\nto kill Him. Even in this age we find some so-called scholars commenting\n\non Bhagavad-gitii who are envious of Kr�r:ta. When Kr�r:ta says, manmanii\nbhava mad-bhakto (Bg. 18.65)-\"Always think of Me, become My devotee,\n\nand surrender unto Me.\" -the so-called scholars comment that it is not to\nKr�r:ta that we have to surrender. That is envy. The asuras or atheists, the\n\ndemons, without reason or cause, are envious of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Similarly, instead of offering respect to self-realized persons,\n\nfoolish men who cannot approach the highest standard of self-realization\nare always envious, although there is no reason.\nTEXT 22\n\nst�A'4st��\n� � fiN: t\\'4�ft I\nsne: � � �\n!J(i�ltll�q ;f �(441F-t� ����II\npratyudgama-prasraya[liibhivadanarh\nvidhiyate siidhu mitha[l, sumadh_yame\npriijiiai{l, parasmai puru.sii_ya cetasii\nguhasayiiyaiva na deha-miinine\n\npratyudgama-standing up from one's seat; prasraya[ta-welcoming;\n\nabhi vadanam-obeisances; vidhiyate-are intended; sadhu-pr o per; mitha�­\n\nmutually; sumadhyame-my\n\ndear young wife; prajna*-by the wise;\n\nparasmai-unto the Supreme; puru;Saya-unto the Supersoul; cetasa-with\nthe intelligence ; guhasayaya-sitting within the body; eva-cer tai nly; na­\n\nnot; deha-manine-to the person identifying with the body.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear young wife, certainly friends and relatives offer mutual greetings by standing up, welcoming one another and offering obeisances. But\nthose who are elevated to the transcendental platform, being intelligent,\n\n", "SB4.1#p0120": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n102\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 3\n\n,\n\noffer such respects to the Supersoul who is sitting within the body not to\nthe person identified with the body.\nPURPORT\nIt may be argued that since Dak�a was the father-in-law of Lord Siva,\nit was certainly the duty of Lord Siva to offer him respect. In answer to\nthat argument it is explained here that when a learned person stands up or\n\noffers obeisances in welcome, he offers respect to the Supersoul, who is\n\nsitting within everyone's heart. It is seen, therefore, among Vai�pavas, that\neven when a disciple offers obeisances to his spiritual master, the spiritual\nmaster immediately returns the obeisances because they are mutually\n\noffered not to the body but to the Supersoul. Therefore the spiritual master\n\nalso offers respect to the Supersoul situated in the body of the disciple.\n\nThe Lord says in Srimad-Bhiigavatam that offering respect to His devotee\n\nis more valuable than offering respect to Himself.\n\nDevotees do not\n\nidentify with the body, so offering respect to a Vai�l')ava means offering\nrespect to Vi�l)U. It is stated also that, as a matter of etiquette, as soon as\n\none sees a V ai�l')ava he must immediately offer him respect, indicating the\nSupersoul sitting within. A Vai�l')ava sees the body as a temple of Vi�l)U.\n\nSince Lord Siva had already offered respect to the Supersoul in Kr�l')a\n\nconsciousness, offering respect to Dak�a, who identified with his body,\n\nwas already performed. There was no need to offer respect to his body\nbecause that is not directed by any Vedic inj unction.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�\n\n�;{\n\ntt4.'1tt�\n\ncrij�f�d\n\n�'fiR: I\n� � • ll� '41ija.(\\\nrit� it � � 11��11\n�\n\nsattvarh visuddham vasudeva-sabditam\n_yad �yate tatra p ttman apavrtaft\n\nsattve ca tasmin bhagavan vasudevo\n\nhyadhok�ajo me namasa vidhiyate\n\nsattvam-consciousness; visuddham--eure; vasudeva- Vasudeva; sabdi­\n\ntam-known as; yat-because; iyate-is revealed; tatra-there; pumiin-the\n\nSupreme Person; apavrta[1-withou t any covering; sattve-in consciousness;\n\nca-and; tasmin-in that; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\n", "SB4.1#p0121": "Text 23]\n\nTalks Between Lord Siva and Sati\n\nv a sudeva �-Vasude va;\n\nhi-because;\n\nadho/c,saia{t-transcendental;\n\nme; namasa-with obeisances; v idhiyate worshiped\n-\n\n103\nme by\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATIO N\nI am always engaged in offering obeisances to Lord Vasudeva in pure\nKr�Qa consciousness. Kr�Qa consciousness is always pure consciousness,\nand in that consciousness the Supreme Personality of Godhead, known as\nVasudeva, is revealed without any covering.\nPURPORT\nThe living entity is constitutionally pure. Asahgo hy iitmiiyarh puru,sa/:1.\nIn the Vedic literature it is said that the soul i always pure and uncontaminated by material attachment. The identification of the body with the soul is\ndue to misunderstanding. As soon as one is fully Kr�Qa conscious it is to\nbe understood that he is in his pure, original constitutional position. This\nstate of existence is called suddha-sattva, which means that it is transcendental to the material qualities. Since this suddha-sattva existence is under\nthe direct action of the internal potency, in this state the activities of\nmaterial consciousness stop. For example, when iron is put into a fire, it\nbecomes warm, and when it is red-hot, although it is iron, it acts like fire.\nSimilarly, when copper is surcharged with electricity, its action as copper\nstops; it acts as electricity. It is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gita that anyone who engages in unadult erated devotional service to the Lord is at\nonce elevated to the position of pure Brahman.\nmiim ca yo 'v yabhiciire[La bhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gu[Liin samatityaitiin brahma-bhuyiiya kalpate\n\n(Bg. 14.26)\nTherefore suddha-sattva, as described in this verse, is the transcendental\nposition, which is technically called vasudeva. Vasudeva is also the name of\nthe person from whom K��r,ta appears. This verse explains that the pure\nstate is called vasudeva because in that state Vasudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is reveale-d without 'tny covering. To execute unadulterated devotional service, therefore, one must follow the rules and\nregulations of devotional service without desire to gain material profit by\nfruitive activities or mental speculation.\nIn pure devotional service one simply serves the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead as a matter of duty, without reason and without being\nimpeded by material conditions. That is called suddha-sattva, or vasudeva,\n\n", "SB4.1#p0122": "104\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 3\n\nbecause in that stage the Supreme Person, Kr��Ja, is revealed in the heart\n\nof the devotee. Srila Jiva Gosvami has very nicely described this vasudeva\n\nor suddha-sattva in his Bhagavat-sandarbha. He explains that a§. tottarasata (108) is added to the name of the spiritual master to indicate one who is\n\nsituated in suddha-sattva or in the transcendental state of vasudeva. The\n\nword vasudeva is also used for other purposes. For example, vasudeva\n\nalso means one who is everywhere or all-pervading. The sun is also called\nvasudeva-sabditam . The word vasudeva may be utilized for different purposes, but whatever purpose we adopt, Vasudeva means the all-pervading\n\nor localized Supreme Personality of Godhead. In Bhagavad-gitii it is also\n\nstated, Vasudeva� sarvam iti (Bg. 7.19). Factual realization is to understand\n\nVasudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and surrender unto Him.\nVasudeva is the field where Vasudeva, the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, is revealed. When one is free from the contamination of material\n\nnature and is situated in pure Kr�r:ta consciousness or in the vasudeva\n\nstate, Vasudeva, the Supreme Person, is revealed. This state is also called\nkaivalya, which means pure consciousness. }fiinarh siittvikarh kaivalyam.\n\nWhen one is situated in pure transcendental knowledge, that is called\nkaivalya. Therefore vasudeva also means kaivalya, a word which is gener­\n\nally used by impersonalists. Impersonal kaivalya is not the last stage of\n\nrealization, but in Kr��Ja consciousness kaivalya, when one understands\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, then he is successful. In that pure\nstate, by hearing, chanting, remembering, etc., because of the development\n\nof knowledge of the science of Kr��Ja, one can understand the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. All these activities are under the guidance of\n\nthe internal energy of the Supreme Lord. The action of the internal\n\npotency is also described in this verse as apiivrta�, free from any covering.\n\nBecause the Supreme Personality of Godhead, His name, His form, His\nquality, His paraphernalia, etc., are beyond material nature, being transcen­\n\ndental, it is not possible to understand any one of them with the material­\n\nistic senses. When the senses are purified by the discharge of pure devo­\n\ntional service (hr§iker;w h!§ikesa-sevanarh bhaktir ucyate ), the pure senses\ncan see Kr��Ja without covering. Now one may inquire that since factually\n\nthe devotee has the same material existential body, how is it possible that\n\nthe same materialistic eyes become purified by devotional service? The\nexample, as stated by Lord Caitanya, is that devotional service cleanses\n\nthe mirror of the mind. In a clean mirror one can see his face very dis­\n\ntinctly. Similarly, simply by cleansing the mirror of the mind one can have\na clear conception of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is stated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii, abhyiisa-yoga-yuk tena. By executing one's prescribed duties\n\n", "SB4.1#p0123": "Text 23]\n\nTalks Between Lord Siva and Sati\n\n105\n\nin devotional service, cetasii niinyagiiminii (Bg. 8.8), or simply by hearing\n\nabout God and chanting about Him, if one's mind is always engaged in\n\nchanting and hearing and is not allowed to go elsewhere, one can realize\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. As confirmed by Lord Caitanya,\n\nby the bhakti-yoga process, beginning from hearing and chanting, one can\ncleanse the heart and mind, and thus one can clearly see the face of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nLord Siva said that since his heart was always filled with the conception\n\nof Vasudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, because of His presence\n\nwithin his mind and heart, he was always offering obeisances unto Him. In\nother words, Lord Siva is always in trance, samiidhi. This samiidhi is not\n\nunder the control of the devotee; it is under the control of Vasudeva, for\nthe entire internal energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead acts\n\nunder His order. Of course the material energy also acts by His order, but\nHis direct will is specifically executed through the spiritual energy. Thus\n\nby His spiritual energy He reveals Himself. It is stated in Bhagavad-gitii,\n\nsambhaviimy iitma-miiyayii. (Bg. 4.6 ). A tma-miiyayii means internal potency.\nBy His sweet will He reveals Himself by His internal potency, being satis­\n\nfied by the transcendental loving service of the devotee. The devotee never\ncommands, \"My dear Lord, please come here so that I can see You.\" It is\nnot the position of the devotee to command the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead to come before him or to dance before him. There are many socalled devotees who command the Lord to come before them dancing.\n\nThe Lord, however, is not subject to anyone's command, but if He is\n\nsatisfied by one's pure devotional ac tivities, He reveals Himself. Therefore\na meaningful word in this verse is\n\nadhok§aja,\n\nfor it indicates that the\n\nactivities of our material senses will fail to realize the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. One cannot realize the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nsimply by the attempt of his speculative mind, but if one desires he can\n\nsubdue all the material activities of his senses, and by manifesting His\nspiritual energy the Lord can reveal Himself to the pure devotee. When\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead reveals Himself to the pure devotee,\nthe devotee has no other duty than to offer Him respectful obeisances.\n\nThe Absolute Truth reveals Himself to the devotee in His form. He is not\n\nformless. Vasudeva is not formless because it is stated in this verse that as\nsoon as the Lord reveals Himself, the devotee offers his obeisances. Obei­\n\nsances are offered to a person, not to anything impersonal. One should not\n\naccept the May avadi interpretation that Vasudeva is impersonal. As stated\nin Bhagavad-gitii, prapadyate, one surrenders. One surrenders to a person,\n\nnot to impersonal nonduality. Whenever there is a question of surrendering or\n\n", "SB4.1#p0124": "106\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 3\n\noffering obeisances, there must be an object of surrender or obeisances.\nTEXT 24\n\nri f;t(l� '1 � ��fl\n\n� � m: (f4\\�tH11� lt I\nit ft\"'Q!44�•id �� '{l�«\n�\"Cf(1a•(1Rlu 11�\\lll\n...\n\ntat te nir\"ik.s_yo na pitiipi deha-krd\ndak.so mama dvit tad-anuvratiis ca ye\nyo visvasrg yajiia-gatarh varoru miim\naniigasarh durvacasiikaro t tira{t\ntat- there fore; te-your; nirik§ya�- to be seen; na-not; pitii-your\n\nfather; api-a l though; deha-krt-the giver of your body; dakfi a� -Dak�a;\nmama-my; dvit-envious; tat anu vratii�-his (Dak�a's) foUowers; ca-also;\n-\n\nye-who; yaft-who (Dak�a); v isvasrk- of the Visvasrjs;yaj ii a-gatam -b eing\npresent at the sacrifice; vara-uru-0 Sati; miim-me; aniigasam- being\n\ninnocent; durvacasii-with cruel words; aharot tira[l.-has insulted.\nTRANSLATION\n\nTherefore you should not see your father, although he is the giver of\n\nyour body, because he and his followers are envious of me. Because of his\n\nenvy, 0 most worshipful one, he has insulted me with cruel words although\nI am innocent.\n\nPURPORT\n\nFor a woman, both the husband and the father are equally worshipable.\n\nThe husband is the protector of a woman during her youthful life, where­\n\nas the father is her protector during her childhood. Thus both are\n\nworship able, but especially the father because he is the giver of the body.\nLord Siva reminded Sati, \"Your father is undoubtedly worshipable, even\n\nmore than I am, but take care, for although he is the giver of your body, he\n\nmay also be the taker of your body because when you see your father,\n\nbecause of your association with me, he may insult you. An insult from a\nrelative is worse than death, especially when one is well situated.\"\n\n", "SB4.1#p0125": "Text 25]\n\nTalks Between Lord Siva and Sati\n\n107\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�\n\nm�� ��\n� � ;{ m llft�Rr ,\n�i:itwtl�q(j�)\n��\n� � � �Ofllr � ����II\nyadi vraji,syasy atihiiya mad-vaco\nbhadram bhavatyii na tato bhavi,syati\nsambhiivitasya sva-janiit pariibhavo\nyadii sa sadyo mara[Iiiya lwlpate\n\nyadi-if; vra}ifiyasi-you will go; atihaya-neglecting; mat-vacaf!-my\nwords; bhadram-good; bhavatyiift-your; na-not; tata[!-then; bhavifiyatiwill become; sambhavitasya-most respectable; sva-janat-by your own\nrelative; parabhava�-are insulted; yada- when ; sa� t hat insult; sadyal;timmediately; mara[Iiiya-to death; kalpate-is equal.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf in spite of this instruction you decide to go, neglecting my words, the\nfuture will not be good for you. You are most respectable, and when\nyou are insulted by your relative, it will immediately be equal to death.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Third\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, entitled \"Talks Between Lord\nSiva and Safi.\"\n\n", "SB4.1#p0126": "CHAPTER FOUR\n\nsatT Quits Her Body\nTEXTl\n\"\"\"'\n\n1{51l[ �\n\n•vw•lffi' tffi\"' m:\n'Wl{f;mi �� f�tl'{\n�\n\n��: qf��\n\n�-\n\n�ll«ft ��ft �tss�m II� II\nmaitreya uviica\n\netiivad uktvii virariima sahkara{l.\npatn.y-ahga-niiSarh hy ubhayatra cintaya.n\nsuhrd-didrk.suft pa.risahkit;ii bha.viin\nn(skriimati nirvisat;i dvidhiisa sii\nma.itreya/:t uvii c a- M aitreya said; etiivat- so much; uktvii- a ft er speaking;\n\nvirariima.-was silent; sahkara/:t- L ord Siva; pa.tni-ahga-niisam- the destrUC·\ntion of the body of his wife;hi-sin c e;ubhayatra-in both cases; cintayanu\n\nnde rstanding; suhrt-didrk§u[t-being anxious to see her relatives; pari­\n\nsankita-bein g afraid; bhavat-of Siva; ni�kramati- moving out; nirvisatimoving in; dvidhii-divided; asa-wa ; sii-she (Satl).\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe sage Maitreya said: Lord Siva was silent after speaking to Sati,\nseeing her between decisions. Sati was very much anxious to see her\nrelatives at her father's house, but at the same time she was afraid of Lord\nSiva's warning. Her mind unsettled, she moved in and out of the room as a\nswing moves this way and that.\nPURPORT\nSati's mind was divided about whether to go to her father's house or\n\nobey the orders of Lord Siva . The stru ggle between the two decisions was\n\n109\n\n", "SB4.1#p0127": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nllO\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\nso strong that she was pushed from one side of the room to another, and\nshe began to move just like the pendulum of a clock.\nTEXT2\n\n�(�UfkJEtiij�-.r:\nd\n\n��ill!t'O���fci�\n\nWUritst� �1\n51�\niiiRA�: II � II\n\nsuhrd-didrkfiii·pratighiita-durmanii�\nsnehiid rudat_y asru-kaliitivihvalii\nbhavarh bhaviiny apratipuru§am rusji\npradhakfi_yativaikfiala jiita-vepathu�\nsuhrt didrk§ii-of the·desire to see her relatives; pratighiita-the preven-\n\ntion; durmaniift- feeling so rry; snehiit- from\n\naffection; rudatt- crying;\n\nasru-kala-by drops of t e ar s; ativihvala- ve ry afflicted; bhavam-Lord S iva;\n\nbhaviini-Sati; apratip il ru§am- w ithout an equal or rival; ru§ii-with anger;\n\npradhak§yati- to blast; iva-as if; aik§ata-l o ok ed at;jiita ve pathu ft - sha king\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSati felt very sorry at being forbidden to go see her relatives at her\nfather's house, and due to affection for them, tears fell from her eyes.\nShaking and very much afflicted, she looked at her uncommon husband,\nLord Siva, as if she were going to blast hi m with her vision.\nPURPORT\nThe word apratipiiru§am, used in this verse, means one who has no\nequal. Lord Siva has no equal in the material world in regard to equality\n\ntowards everyone. His wife, Sati, knew that her husband was equal towards\n\neveryone, so why in this case was he so unkind to his wife that he did not\nallow her to go to her father's house? This distressed her more than she\ncould tolerate, and she looked at her husband as if she were ready to blast\n\nhim with her vision. In other words, since Lord Siva is the iitmii (siva also\nmeans\n\niitmii),\n\nit is indicated here that Sati was prepared lo\n\ncommit\n\nsuicide. Another meaning of the word apratipiim�a is the pers ona l i ty who\n\nhas no rival. Since Lord Siva could not be persuaded to give her permission.\nSati took shelter of a woman's last weapon, weeping, which forces a\nhusband to agree to the proposal of his wife.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0128": "Text3]\n\nSafi Quits Her Body\n\nlll\n\nTEXT3\n\nm rm:� m f«R d\nm\"�����\n\nttt\"'l(4n�u,�o·h:�ot\n\n�s���'l<(lffi<ti fsrq: II �II\n\ntato vin*svasya sati vihiiya tam\n.�okena ro§e[la ca duyatii hrdii\npitror agiit strai[la-vimii!iha-dhir grhiin\nprem[liitmano yo'rdham adiit satiirh priya�\n\ntata�-th�n; vini�svasya-breathing very heavily; sati-Sati; vihiiya­\n\nleaving; tam-- him (Lord Siva); sokena- by bereavement; ro§era- by anger;\nca-and; diiyatli-afflicted; hrdu-with the heart; pitro'{l-of her father;\n\naglit-she went; straira-by her womanly nature; vimii !lha-deluded; dhift­\n\nintelligence; grhiin-to the house; premrli-due to affection; iitmana�-of\n\nhis body; ya�-who; ardham-half; adiit-gave; satlim-to the saintly;\n\npriya�-dear.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter Sati left her husband, Lord Siva, who had given her half his\n\nbody due to affection, and breathing very heavily because of anger and\nbereavement, she went to the house of her father. This less intelligent act\n\nwas due to her being a weak woman.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the·Vedic conception of family life, the husband gives half\n\nhis body to his wife, and the wife gives half of her body to her husband. In\n\nother words, a husband without a wife or a wife without a husband is in­\n\ncomplete. The Vedic marital relationship existed between Lord Siva and\n\nSati, but sometimes, due to weakness, a woman becomes very attracted by\n\nthe members of her father's house, and this happened to Sati. In this verse\nit is specifically mentioned that she wanted to leave such a great husband\n\nas Siva because of her womanly weakneSs. In other words, womanly\n\nweakness exists even in the relationship between husband and wife.\n\nGenerally separation between husband and wife is due to womanly\n\nbehavior; divorce takes place due to womanly weakness. The best course\n\nfor a woman is to abide by the orders of her husband. That makes family\nlife very peaceful. Sometimes there may be misunderstandings between\n\n", "SB4.1#p0129": "112\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\nhusband and wife, as found even in such an elevated family relationship as\n\nthat of Sati and Lord Siva, but a wife should not leave her husband's\n\nprotection because of such a misunderstanding. If she does so, it is\n\nunderstood to be due to her womanly weakness.\n\nTEXT4\n\n<ll1r.-6441TJ0'{ �{f�stad\n\nm­\n\nw ��: �n:\n(iql.f<::�\n�lltriG>I<::�\n\n� S::I(ij«tl\n..\n\nIRfOtp.fl: II IJ II\n\ntam anvagacchan druta-vikramiirh satim\nekiirh trinetriinucarii� sahasrasa�\nsa-piir.sada-yak.sii ma{liman-madiidaya�\npuro-vr.sendriis. tarasii gata-vyathii�\ntam- her (Sati); anvagacchan-followed; druta-v ik ramiim- leaving rapidly;\n\nsatim-Sati; ekiim-alone; trinetra-of Lord Siva (who has three eyes);\n\nanucarii{l- the\n\nfollowers; sahasrasa{l-by thousands; sa-piir§ada-yak§ii{l­\n\naccompanied by his personal associates and the Yak�as; mariman-mada­\n\na daya �t - Mal)i m an, Mada, etc; pura{l-vnendrii{l-having the Nandi bull in\n\nfront; taras ii-swiftly; gata-vyathii{l- without fear.\nTR AN S L ATION\n\nWhen they saw San leaving alone very rapidly, thousands of Lord Siva's\n\ndisciples headed by Mal)iman and Mada quickly followed her with his bull\nNandi in front and accompanied by the Ya�as.\n\nPURPORT\nSati was going very fast so that she might not be checked by her husband,\n\nbut she was immediately followed by the many thousands of disciples of\nLord Siva, headed by Y ak�as, MaQiman and Mada. The word gata-vyathii�,\n\nused in this connection, means without fear. Sati did not care that she was\n\ngoing alone; therefore she was almost fearless. The word anucarii{l is also\n\nsignificant, for it indicates that Lord Siva's disciples were always ready to\n\nsacrifice anything for Lord Siva. All of them could understand the desire\n\nof Siva, who did not want Sati to go alone. Anucarii{l means those who\ncan immediately understand the purpose of their master.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0130": "Sati Quits Her Body\n\nText 6]\n\n113\n\nTEXT5\n\n�\n\nmft•l,..����':i�etlet4SiolfijW(�rnf�:\n\nlftetlll�t lflrol��q� f�ftm �: II � II\n..\n\ntiirh siirikii-kanduka-darpa[Liimbujasve tiitapatra-vyajana-srag-iidi bhitz\ngitiiyanair dundubhi-sahkha-ve{lubhir\nV[§endram iiropya vitahkitii yayu{l\n\ntiim-her (Sat!);\n\nsiirikii-pet\n\nbird;\n\nkanduka-baU; darpa!la- mir r or;\n\nambuja-Iotus flower; s ve ta -iitapatra- white umbrella; vyajana-chowry;\n\nsrak - g arland; iidibhi � - and others; g itii-ayanai {l - accompan ied with music;\ndundubhi- drums j sahkha-conchshells; ve !l ubh i� -with flutes; vr§endram­\n\non the bull; iiropya -placing; vita� iki t ii� - decor ated; yayu �-they went.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe disciples of Lord Siva arranged for Sati to be on the back of a bull\nand gave her the bird which was her pet. They bore a lotus flower, a\nmirror and all such paraphernalia for her enjoyment and covered her with\n\na great canopy. Followed by a singing party with drums, conchshells and\nbugles, the entire procession was as pompous as a royal parade.\nTEXT6\n\n3tPitAEftwft�et��\nPut�e r�� �:\n��:��llf.t�� � (1¥UW\\H{ II � II\nii-brahma-gho§orjita-yajna-vaisasarh\nviprar§i-ju§tarh vibudhais ca sarvasa{l\nmrd-diirv-aya{l-kiincana-darbha-carmabhir\nnisr.s!a-bhii[tparh yajanarh samiivisat\n\nii-from all sides; brahma-gho§a-with the sounds of the Vedic hymns;\n\nurjita -decorated;\n\nyaj ri a-s acrifice;\n\nvaisasam-destruction\n\nof\n\nanimals;\n\nviprar� i -ju§t am- attended by the great sages; vib ud ha *- with demigods;\n\n", "SB4.1#p0131": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n114\na\n\nc\n\n-\n\nand; sarvasa/;1\n\n-\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\non all sides; mrt-clay ; daru wood ; aya/;1 -iron; kancana\n-\n\n-gold; darbha-kusa grass; carmabhi/;1\n\n-\n\nskins ; nimta\n\n-\n\nmade of; bhii!l{iam­\n\nsacrificial animals and pots; yajanam sacrifice; sa mavisat\n-\n\n-\n\nentered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nShe then reached her father's house where the sacrifice was being\nperformed and entered the arena where everyone was chanting the Vedic\nhymns. The great sages, brahma�as and demigods were all assembled\nthere, and there were many sacrificial animals as weU as pots made of\nclay, stone, gold, glass and skin, which were all requisite for the sacrifice.\nPURPORT\nWhen learned sages and briihmarws assemble to chant Vedic mantras,\nsome of them also engage in arguing about the conclusion of the scriptures.\nThus some of the· sages and briihmarws were arguing, and some of them\nwere chantingthe Vedic mantras, so the entire atmosphere was surcharged\n\nwith transcendental sound vibration. This transcendental sound vibration\nhas been simplified in the transcendental vibration Hare Kr�l)a, Hare\nKr�t;�a, Kr�l)a Kr�l)a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama,\nHare Hare. In this age, no one is expected to be highly educated in the\nVe'dic ways of understanding because people are very slow, lazy and\nunfortunate.\n\nTherefore Lord\n\nCaitanya has\n\nrecommended the sound\n\nvibration Hare Kr�l)a, and in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam it is also recommended:\n\nyajnai/;1 sank!rtana-priiyair yajanti hi sumedhasa/;1\n\n(Bhag.\n\n11.5.32). At\n\nthe present moment it is impossible to gather sacrificial necessities because\nof the poverty of the population and their lack of knowledge in Vedic\n\nmantras. Therefore for this age it is recommended that people should\n\ngather together and chant the Hare Kr�l)a mantra to satisfy the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead who is accompanied by His associates. Indirectly\nthis indicates Lord Caitanya, who is accompanied by His associates\nNityiinanda, Advaita and others. That is the process of performing yajna\nin this age.\nAnother significant point in the verse is that there were animals for\nsacrifice. That these animals were meant for sacrifice does not mean that\nthey were meant to be killed. There were great sages and realized souls\n\nassembled who were performing yajnas, and their realization was tested\n\nby animal sacrifice, just as, in modern science, tests are made on animals\n\nto determine the effectiveness of a particular medicine. The briihmarzas\n\nwho were entrusted with the performance of yajiia were very realized\n\n", "SB4.1#p0132": "Sati Quits Her Body\n\nText7]\n\nliS\n\nsouls, and to test their realization an old animal was offered in the fire and\nagain rejuvenated. That was the test of a Vedic mantra. The animals\ngathered were not meant to be killed and eaten. The real purpose of a\nsacrifice was not to replace a slaughterhouse but to test a Vedic mantra by\ngiving an animal new life. Animals were used to test the power of Vedic\nmantras, not for meat.\nTEXT7\n\nffl'IT'lffi' ij� ;r ��;n��\nftltlfWRJf tffiijt +14MIWC: I\n���(:q��H\n\nit\"'�:\n\nqf�i� II \\911\n\ntiim iigatiirh tatra na kascaniidriyad\nvimiinitiim yajna-krto bhayiij jana{l,\nrte svasfr vai jananirh ca siidara/J\npremiisru-kaflthya{l, pari:sasvajur mudii\ntiim-her (Safi); iigatam-having arrived; tatra-there; na-not; kascanaanyone; iidriyat- received; vimiinitiim-not receiving respect; yajiia-krta[lof the performer of the sacrifice (Dak�a); bhayiit-from fear;jana[l-person;\n.rte-except; svas[[l-her own sister; uai-indeed ;jananim- mother; ca-and;\nsiidarii{t\n\n-\n\nwith respect; pre ma -as ru kar-thya[l-whose throats were filled\n-\n\nwith tears of affection;pari�asuaju[l-embraced; mudii-with glad faces.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sati, with her followers, reached the arena, because all the people\nassembled were afraid of Dak�a, none of them received her well. No one\nwelcomed her but her mother and sisters, who, with tears in their eyes\nand with glad faces, welcomed her and talked with her very pleasingly.\nPURPORT\nThe mother and sisters of Sati could not follow the others, who did not\nreceive Sati\n\nvery well.\n\nDue to\n\nnatural\n\naffection, they immediately\n\nembraced her with tears in their eyes and with loving feelings. This shows\nthat women as a class are very softhearted; their natural affection and\nlove cannot be checked by artificial means. Although the men present\nwere very learned briihmar-as and demigods, they were afraid of their\n\n", "SB4.1#p0133": "Srirnad-Bhagavatam\n\n116\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\nsuperior, Dak�a, and because they knew that their welcoming Sati would\n\ndisplease him, although in their minds they wanted to receive her, they\n\ncould not do so. Women are naturally softhearted, but men are some­\n\ntimes very hardhearted.\n\nTEXTS\n\n«i<:\\4«40!4-N«�\n\n� :q +tl�ttQ:flf� � I\n\n� � tt<+tt«4 � m\n� ttm�� m11�11\nsaudarya-samprasna-samartha-viirtayii\nmiitrii ca miitr·§vasrbhis ca siidaram\ndattiim Sa]Xlryiim varam iisanam ca sa\nniidatta pitriipratinanditii sati\nsaudarya-of\n\nher\n\nsisters; samprasna- with the greetings; samartha­\n\nproper; viir t ayii- ti din gs; miitrii-by her mother; ca- and; m atr-svasrbhift­\n\nby her aunts; ca-and; siidaram- along with respect; dattiim-which was\n\noffered; saparyiim- worship , adoration; varam- present s ; iisanam-a seat;\nca-and; sa- she (Sati); na iidatta-did not accept; pitrii-by her father;\napratinanditii-not being welcomed; sati-Safi .\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlthough she was received by her sisters and mother, she did not reply\n\nto their words of reception, and although she was offered a seat and\n\npresents, she did not accept anything because her father neither talked\nwith her nor welcomed her by asking about her welfare.\nPURPORT\n\nSati did not accept the greetings offered by her sisters and mother\n\nbecause she was not at all satisfied by her father's silence. Sati was the\nyoungest child of Dak�a, and she knew that she was his pet. But now,\n\nnecause of her association with Lord Siva, Dak�a forgot all his affection\n\nfor his daughter, which very much aggrieved her. The material bodily\nconception is so polluted that even upon slight provocation all our rela­\n\ntionships of love and affection are nullified. Bodily relationships are so\ntransient that even though one is affectionate towards someone in a\nbodily relationship, a slight provocation terminates this intimacy.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0134": "Text 9]\n\nSati Quits Her Body\n\nll7\n\nTEXT9\n\n� m�\"tf ��t\nftm � � t;ij�;f Fnn I\nar.nm\n��('(G\\��1Qft\n�Nit� �tRil � II� II\narudra-bhiigarh tam avel9ya ciidhvararh\npitrii ca deve krta-helanarh vibhau\naniicJrtii yajna-sadasy adhiSvari\ncukopa lokiin iva dhak.syati ru.sii\narudra-bhagam- having no oblations for Lord Siva; tam-tha t ; avek§yaseeing; ca-and; adhvaram-place of sacrifice;pitrii-by her father; ca- and;\n\ndeve-to Lord S iva; krta -helanam-contempt having been shown; vibhau­\n\nto the lord; aniidrtii-not being received; yajiia-sadasi-in the assembly of\nthe sacrifice; adhisvari-Sati; cukopa-became greatly angry; lokiin-the\nfourteen worlds; iva-as if; dhak§yati-burning; ru§ii-with anger.\nTRANSLATION\nPresent in the arena of sacrifice, Sati saw that there were no oblations\nfor her husband, Lord Siva. Next she realized that not only did her father\nfail to invite Lord Siva, but when he saw Lord Siva's exalted wife, Dak�a\ndid not receive her either. Thus she became greatly angry, so much so that\nshe looked at her father as if she were going to burn him with her eyes.\nPURPORT\nBy offering oblations in the fire while chanting the Vedic mantra sviihii,\n\none offers respect to all the demigods, great sages, and pitrs, including\n\nLord Brahma, Lord S iva and Lord Vi�!J.U. It is customary that S iva is one\nof those who are offered respects, but Sati, while personally present in the\narena, saw that the briihma'{tas did not utter the mantra offering oblations\n\nto Lord Siva , nama� s iviiya sviihii. She was not sorry for herself, for she was\n\nready to come to her father's house without being invited, but she\nwanted to see whether or not her husband was being respected. To see her\nrelatives, her sisters and mother, was not so important; even when she was\nreceived by her mother and sisters she did not care, for she was most concerned that her husband was being insulted in the sacrifice. When she\nmarked the insult, she became greatly angry, and she looked at her father\nso angrily that Dak�a appeared to burn in her vision.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0135": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n118\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 10\n\n�\n\n��\n\nfiru\nfuqfri\n�'l�'i�tl'{ I\n�� �� �iR�61i\nf� � :sftRJt�iJ: ll�oll\njagarha siimar.sa-vipannayii girii\nsiva-dvi;�arh dhiima-patha-srama-smayam\nsva-tejasii bhiita-garuin samq,tthitiin\nnigrhya devt jagato 'bhi.�nwataft\njagarha-began\n\nto\n\ncondemn;\n\nsa-she;\n\namar§a-vipannaya-indistinct\n\nthrough anger; gira-with words; siva-dvi§am-the enemy of Lord Siva;\n\ndhiima-patha-in sacrifices; srama-by troubles; smayam-very proud; sva­\n\ntejasa-by her order; bhiita-gartiin- the ghosts; samutthitiin-ready (to\ninjure Dak�a); nigrhya-stopped; devi-Sati; jagata�-in the presence of all;\n\nabhiSrrvata�-being heard.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe followers of Lord Siva, the ghosts, were ready to injure or kill\nDak.!ja, but Sati stopped them by her order. She was very angry and\nsorrowful, and in that mood she began to condemn the process of\n\nsacrificial fruitive activities and persons who are very proud of such\nunnecessary and troublesome sacrifices. She especially condemned her\nfather, speaking against him in the presence of all.\nPURPORT\nThe process of offering sacrifices is especially meant to satisfy Vi�p.u,\n\nwho is called Y ajfiesa because He is the enjoyer of the fruits of all\n\nsacrifice. Bhagavad-gitii also confirms this fact. The Lord says, bhoktiirarh\nyajna-tapasiim (Bg. 5.29). He is the actual beneficiary of all sacrifices.\n\nNot knowing this fact, less intelligent men offer sacrifices for some\n\nmaterial benefit. To derive personal material benefit for sense gratification\n\nis the reason persons like Dak�a and his followers perform sacrifices.\n\nSuch sacrifices are condemned here as a labor of love without actual\nprofit. This is confirmed in S rimad-Bhiigavatam. One may prosecute the\nVedic injunctions of offering sacrifices and other fruitive activities, but if\n\nby such activities one does not develop attraction for Vi�p.u, they are\n\nuseless labors. One who has developed love for Vi�p.u must develop love\n\n", "SB4.1#p0136": "119\n\nSati Quits Her Body\n\nText ll]\n\nand respect for Vigm's devotees. Lord Siva is considered the foremost\npersonality amongst the Vai�t;tavas. Vai§rtaviiniim yathii sambhu�.\n\nThus\n\nwhen Sati saw that her father was performing great sacrifices but had no\n\nrespect for the greatest devotee, Lord Siva, she was very angr)'. This is\n\nfitting; when Vi��u or a Vai��ava is insulted, one should be angry. Lord\n\nCaitanya, who always preached nonviolence, meekness and humility, al�o\n\nbecame angry when Nityananda was offended by Jagai and Madhai, and\nHe wanted to kill them. When Vi�!l.U or a V ai��ava is blasphemed or· dis­\n\nhonored, one should be very angry. Narottama dasa Thakur said, krodha\n\nbhakta dve§i jane. We have anger, and that anger can be a great quality when\n\ndirected against a person who is envious of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead or His devotee. One should not be tolerant when a person is\noffensive towards Vi�!l.U or a Vai��ava. The anger of Sati towards her\n\nfather was not objectionable, for although he was her father, still he was\n\ntrying to insult the greatest Vai�!lava. Thus Sati's anger against her father\n·\n\nwas quite applaudable.\n\nTEXT ll\n��\nWI � itts�M�lii\"H fir:r­\n\n�qTISJ� �� fiFm�: I\n\n� ��qf;r ��\n� l'R� ��: qffiq�({ II�� II\ndevy uviica\nna yasya loke 'sty atisiiyana{! priyas\ntathiipriyo deha-bhrtiirh priyiilmana/:1,\ntasmin samastiitmani mukta.-vairake\n[te bhavantarh katama{L pratipayet\ndevi uviica-the blessed goddess said;na-not;yasya-of whom; lolce-in\nthe material world; asti-is; atisiiyana�-having no rival; priya�-dear;\nlatha-so; apriya{!-enemy; deha-bhrtiim-bearing material bodies; priya­\n\niitmana�-who is the most beloved; tasmin-towards Lord Siva; saniastaiitmani\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nuniversal being; mukta-vairake-who is free from all en­\n\nmity; rte-exc ept; bhavantam-for you; katama�-who;pratipayet-would\n\nbe envious.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0137": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n120\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe blessed goddess said: Lord Siva is the most beloved of all living\n\nentities. He has no rival. No one is very dear to him, and no one is his\nenemy. No one but yourself could be envious of such a universal being,\nwho is free from all enmity.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 9.29) the Lord says, samo ,ham saroa-bhute§u:\n\n\"I am equal to all living entities.\" Similarly, Lord Siva is a qualitative\nincarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, so he has almost\n\nthe same qualities as Him. Therefore he is equal to everyone; no one is\n\nhis enemy, and no one is his friend, but one who is envious by nature\ncan become the enemy of Lord Siva. Therefore Sati accused her father,\n\"No one but you could be envious of Lord Siva or could be his enemy.\"\nThere were other sages and learned briihmartas present, but they were not\n\nenvious of Lord Siva, although they were all dependent on Dak�a. There­\n\nfore no one but Dak�a could be envious of Lord Siva. That was the\n\naccusation of Sati.\nTEXT 12\n\n� �ft���\nwiij � ¥�€tit�• r� ,\ngari� � ..�.�left\n'4$0\\l+m:�'tt�a:�cnwt�f{.\n\n11 ��II\n\ndo§iin pare;�iim hi gu[le§u siidhavo\ngrh[lanti kecin na bhaviidrso dvija\ngu!liirhs ca phalgU.n bahuukari§!lavo\nmahattamiis te§V avidad bhaviin agham\ndo§iin-faults; pare§iim-of\n\nothers; hi-for; gu[!e§u-in the qualities;\n\nsiidhava�-siidhus; grh!lanti- find; ke cit\n\n-\n\nsome; na-not; bhaviidrsa�-like\n\nyou; dvija-0 twice-born; gu[!iin-qualities; ca-and; phalgun-sm all; bahuukari�[lava�-greatly magnifies; mahattamii�-the greatest persons; te§Uamong them; avidat\n\n-\n\nfind; bhaviin-you; agham-the fault.\nTRANSLATION\n\nTwice-born pak!ja, a man like you can simply find fault in the qualities\nof others. Lord Siva, however, not only does not find fault with others'\n\n", "SB4.1#p0138": "Text 13]\n\nSati Quits Her Body\n\n121\n\nqualities, but if someone has a little good quality, he magnifies it greatly.\nUnfortunately you have found fault with such a great soul.\nPURPORT\nKing Dak�a is addressed here by his daughter Sati as dvija, twice-born.\n\nTwice-born refers to the higher classes of men, namely the briihma'{las,\n\nk�atriyas and vaisyas. In other words, dvija is not an ordinary man but one\n\nwho has studied the Vedic literature from a spiritual master and can discriminate between good and bad. Therefore it is supposed that he under­\n\nstands logic and philosophy. Sati, Dak�a's daughter, put before him sound\n\narguments. There are some highly qualified persons who only accept the\n\ngood qualities of others. Just as a bee is always interested in the honey in\n\nthe flower and does not consider the thorns and colors, highly qualified\n\npersons, who are uncommon, accept only the good qualities of others, not\n\nconsidering their bad qualities, whereas the common man can judge what\nare good qualities and what are bad qualities.\n\nAmong the uncommonly good souls there are still gradations, and the best\n\ngood soul is one who accepts an insignificant asset of a person and magnifies that good quality. Lord Siva is also called Asuto�a, which means one\n\nwho is satisfied very easily and who offers to any person the highest level\n\nof benediction. For example, once a devotee of Lord Siva wanted the\n\nbenediction that whenever he touched someone on the head, that person's\nhead would at once be separated from his trunk. Lord Siva agreed.\n\nAlthough the benediction asked �as not very commendable because the\ndevotee wanted to kill his enemy, Lord Siva considered his good quality in\n\nworshiping and satisfying him, and he granted the benediction. Thus Lord\n\nSiva accepted his bad qualities as magnificently good qualities. But Sati\n\naccused her father, \"You are just the opposite. Although Lord Siva has so\n\nmany good qualities and has no bad qualities at all, you have accepted him\nas bad and found fault with him. Because of your accepting his good\n\nqualities to be bad, instead of your becoming the most exalted soul you\nhave become the most fallen. A man becomes the greatest· soul by\n\naccepting the goodness of others' qualities, but by unnecessarily consid­\n\nering others' good qualities to be bad, you have become the lowest of the\nfallen souls.\"\n\nTEXT 13\n\nwt�*f4�ijQC(ij�\n\n+tdA:Fwt;a:l\n\n•\n\nfUiql€¥tcU� I\n\n", "SB4.1#p0139": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n122\n\n�\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\n¥4(1\\(Sttql�qfqtllf.\\(�ij�nij �er � II�� II\n\nniiscaryam etad yad asatsu sarvadii\nmahad-vinindii kurapiitma-viidi_su\nser.syarit n:tahiipuru§a-piida-piiritsubhir\nnirasta-tejafl.su tad eva sobhanam\nna-not; iiscaryam-wonderful; etat-this; yat-which; asatsu-evil; sar­\n\nvadii-always; mahat-vinindii-the deriding of great souls; kurapa-tltma­\n\nviidi�u-among those who have accepted the dead body as the self; sa­\n\nir_syam-envy; mahiipiiru§a-of great personalities; pada-paritsubhifl.-by the\ndust of the feet; nirasta-tejafl.su-whose glory is diminished; tat-that; eva­\n\ncertainly; sobhanam-very good.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is not wonderful for persons who have accepted the transient material\nbody as the self to engage always in deriding great souls. Such envy on the\npart of materialistic persons is very good because that is the way they fall\ndown. They are diminished by the dust of the feet of great personalities.\nPURPORT\nEverything depends on the strength of the recipient. For example, due\n\nto the scorching sunshine many vegetables and flowers dry up, and many\n\ngrow luxuriantly. Thus it is the recipient that causes growth and dwin­\n\ndling. Similarly, mahiipuru�a-piida-piiritsubhifl, the dust of the lotus feet\n\nof great personalities, offers all good to the recipient, but the same dust\n\ncan also do harm. Those who are offenders at the lotus feet of a great\n\npersonality dry up; their godly qualities diminish. A great soul may\nforgive offenses, but K�s.n!J. does not excuse offenses to the dust of his feet,\n\njust as one can tolerate the scorching sunshine on his head but cannot\n\ntolerate the scorching sunshine on his feet. An offender glides down more\n\nand more; therefore naturally he continues to commit offenses at the feet\n\nof the great soul. Offenses are generally committed by persons who\nfalsely identify with the impermanent body. King Dak�a was deeply\nengrossed in misconception because he identified the body with the soul.\n\nHe offended the lotus feet of Lord Siva because he thought that his body,\n\nbeing the father of the body of Sati, was superior to Lord Siva's. Generally, less intelligent men misidentify in that way, and they act on the bodily\n\nconcept of life. Thus they are subject to commit more and more offenses\n\n", "SB4.1#p0140": "Text 14]\n\nSati Quits Her Body\n\n123\n\nat the lotus feet of great souls. One who has such a concept of life is con­\n\nsidered to be in the class of animals like cows and asses.\nTEXT 14\n\n� � WfT'{ fltlrt<i ;prJ\n\nef)�stetti(Ef+tl� � ffil I\nq�st\"m �(J)ttf\\lte4\n� m ftrcf N�: ���\\lu\nyad dvy-akfiararh niima gireritarh nnliim\nsakrt prasangiid agham iisu hanti tat\npavitra-kirtirh tam alanghya-siisanarh\nbhaviin aho dve.sti sivarh sivetara[t\n\nyat-which; dvi-ak,:Saram-consisting of two letters; nama-named; gira\niritam-merely being pronounced by the tongue; nnlam-persons; sakrtonce;prasangat\n\n-\n\nfrom the heart; agham-sinful activities; iisu-immediately;\n\nhanti-destroys; tat-that; pavitra-kirtim-whose fame is pure; tam-him;\n\nalanghya-siisanam-whose order is never neglected; bhavan-you; aho-oh;\ndvefiti-envy; sivam-Lord Siva; siva-itara[t-who are inauspicious.\nTRANSLATION\nSati continued: My dear father, you are committing the greatest offense\n\nby envying Lord Siva, whose very name, consisting of two syllables, si and\n\nva, purifies one of all sinful activities. His order is never neglected. Lord\n\nSiva is always pure, and no one but yourself envies him.\nPURPORT\n\nSince Lord Siva is the greatest soul among the living entities within this\n\nmaterial world, his name, Siva, is very auspicious for persons who identify\n\nthe body with the soul. If such persons take shelter of Lord Siva, gradually\n\nthey will understand that they are not the material body but are. spirit\nsoul. Siva means mangala, or auspicious. Within the body the soul is\nauspicious. Aharh brahmasmi : \"I am Brahman.\" This realization is auspi­\n\ncious. As long as one does not realize his identity as the soul, whatever he\ndoes is inauspicious. Siva means auspicious, and devotees of Lord Siva\n\ngradually come to the platform of spiritual identification, but that is not\nall. Auspicious life begins from the point of spiritual identification. But\nthere are still more duties-one has to understand his relationship with the\n\n", "SB4.1#p0141": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n124\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\nSupreme Soul. If one is actually a devotee of Lord Siva, he comes to the\n\nplatform of spiritual realization, but if he is not intelligent enough, then he\nstops at that point, only realizing that he is spirit soul (aharh brahmiismi)­\n\nIf he is intelligent enough, however, he should continue to act in the way\n\nof Lord Siva, for Lord Siva is always absorbed in the thought of Vasudeva_\nAs was previously\n\nexplained, sattvarh viSuddharh vasudeva-sabditam:\n\nLord Siva is always in meditation on the lotus feet of Vasudeva, Sri Kr�t:la.\n\nThus the auspicious position of Lord Siva is realized if one takes to the\n\n�\n\nworship of Vi�p.u because Lord Siva says in t e Siva Puriirza that the topmost worship is worship of Lord Vi�J;lU. Lord Siva is worshiped because he\n\nis the greatest devotee of Lord V�p.u. One should not, however, make the\n\nmistake of considering Lord Siva and Lord Vi�p.u to be on the same level.\n\nThat is also an atheistic idea. It is also enjoined in the Vai§l).aviya Puriipa\nthat Vi�t;lU or Narliyap.a is the exalted Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nand no one should be compared to Him as equal, even Lord Siva or Lord\nBrahma, not to speak of other demigods.\n\nTEXT 15\n\nJ:t�q1a;q.t Q +iwilsMilf-\n\nM��d\niUR«1R1€41�:\n����R� � ft� 11�'-\\11\n\nyat-piida-padmarh mahatiirh mano 'libhir\nni§evitarh brahma-rasiisaviirthibhift\nlokasya yad var,sati ciisi�o 'rthinas\ntasmai bhaviin druhyati visva-bandhave\nyat-piida-padmam-the lotus feet of whom; mahatiim-of the higher\n\npersonalities; manaft-alibhi[l- by the bees of the mind; n�evitam- being\n\nengaged at; brahma-rasa-of transcendental bliss (brahmiinanda); iisavaarthibhi ft -seek ing for the nectar; lokasya-of the common man; yatwhich; va r§a ii-he fulfills; ca- and; iis(saft-desires; arthinaft-seeking; tasmai\n-towards him (Lord Siva); bhaviin- you; druhyati-are envious; viSvabandhave-unto the friend of all living entities within the three worlds.\nTRANSLATION\n\nYou are envious of Lord Siva, who is the friend of all living entities\n\nwithin the three worlds. For the common man he fulfills all desires, and\n\n", "SB4.1#p0142": "Text 16 J\n\nSati Quits Her Body\n\n125\n\nbecause of their engagement in thinking of his lotus feet, he also blesses\n\nhigher personalities who are seeking after brahmananda [transcendental\n\nbliss J.\n\nPURPORT\nOrdinarily there are two classes of men. One class, who are grossly\n\nmaterialistic, want material p rosperity, and their desires are fulfilled if they\nworship Lord Siva. Lord Siva, being very quickly satisfied, satisfies the\n\nmaterial desires of the common man very quickly; therefore it is seen that\n\nordinary men are very much apt to worship him. Next, those who are\ndisgusted or frustrated with the materialistic way of life worship Lord\n\nSiva to attain salvation, which entails freedom from material identification.\n\nOne who understands that he is not the material body but is spirit soul is\n\nliberated from ignorance. Lord Siva also offers that facility. People\ngenerally practice religion for economic development, to get some money,\n\nfor by getting money they can satisfy their senses. But when they are\nfrustrated they want spiritual brahmiinanda, or merging into the Supreme.\n\nThese four principles of material life-religion, economic development,\nsense gratification and liberation-exist, and Lord Siva is the friend of both\n\nthe ordinary man and the man who is elevated in spiritual knowledge, so\n\nit was not good for Dak�a to create enmity towards him. Even Vai�t]avas,\n\nwho are above both the ordinary and the elevated men in this world, also\nworship Lord Siva as the greatest Vai�t]ava. Thus he is the friend of every­\n\none-the common men, the elevated men and the devotees of the Lord-so\nno one should disrespect or create enmity towards Lord Siva.\nTEXT 16\n\nfit en �1:4Rott'IN14 WI �\niliAIG:t4(ij'liit� �: � I\nil;+fi<At�ijl'fMI<At'4(1f€q�1�� � il._(UW4«!1{ 11�,11\nkirh vii siviikhyam asivarh na vidus tvad anye\nbrahmiidayas tam avakirya jatii� smasiine\ntan-malya-bhasma-nrkapaly avasat pisacair\nye miirdhabhir dadhati tac-caraQavasntam\nkim vii-whether; siva-akhyam-named Siva; asivam-inauspicious; na\n\nvidufr.-do not know; tvat anye-other than you; brahma-adayafr.-Brahma\n\nand others; tam-him (Lord Siva); avaki:'rya-scattered;jatiifr.-having twist-\n\n", "SB4.1#p0143": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n126\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\ned hair; smasane-in the crematorium; tat-malya-bhasma-nrkapali-who is\ngarlanded with human skulls and smeared with ashes; avasat-associated;\n\npiSacai{l-with demons; ye-who; murdhabh*-with the head; dadhatiplace; tat-cararta-avasr.stam-fallen from his lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\nDo you think that greater, more respectable personalities than you, such\n\nas Lord Brahma, do not know this inauspicious person who goes under\nthe name of Lord Siva? He associates with the demons in the crematorium,\n\nhis locks of hair are scattered all over his body, he is garlanded with human\n\nskulls and smeared with ashes from the crematorium, but in spite of all\n\nthese inauspicious qualities, great personalities like Brahma honor him by\n\naccepting the flowers offered to his lotus feet and placing them with great\nrespect on their heads.\nPURPORT\nIt is useless to condemn a great personality like Lord Siva, and this is\nbeing stated by his wife, Sati, to establish the supremacy of her husband.\nFirst she said, \"You call Lord Siva inauspicious because he associates with\ndemons in crematoriums, covers his body with the ashes of the dead and\ngarlands himself with the skulls of human beings. You have shown so\nmany defects, but you do not know that his position is always transcendental.\n\nAlthough he appears inauspicious, why do personalities like\n\nBrahma respect the dust of his lotus feet and place on their heads with\ngreat respect those very garlands which are condemned by you?\" Since\nSati was a chaste woman and the wife of Lord Siva, it was her duty to\nestablish the elevated position of Lord Siva, not only by sentiment but by\nfacts. Lord Siva is not an ordinary living entity. This is the conclusion of\nVedic scripture. He is neither on the level of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead nor on the level of the ordinary living entities. Brahma is in\nalmost all cases an ordinary living entity. Sometimes, when there is no\n\nordinary living entity available, the post of Brahma is occupied by an\n\nexpansion of Lord Vi�QU, but generally this post is occupied by a greatly\n\npious living entity within this universe. Thus constitutionally Lord Siva's\n\nposition is higher than that of Lord Brahma, although Lord Siva appeared\n\nas the son of Brahma. Here it is mentioned that even personalities like\nBrahma accept the so-called inauspicious flowers and the dust of the\n\nlotus feet of Lord Siva. Great sages like Marici, Atri, Bhrgu and the other\nnine great sages who are descendants of Brahma also respect Lord Siva in\n\n", "SB4.1#p0144": "Sati Quits Her Body\n\nText 17]\n\n127\n\nsuch a way because they all know that Lord Siva is not an ordinary living\nentity.\n\nIn many Puriirws it is sometimes asserted that a demigod is elevated to\n\nsuch a high position that he is almost on an equal level with the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, but the conclusion that Lord Vi�I).U is the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is confirmed in every scripture. Lord\n\nSiva is described in the Brahma-samhitii to be like curd or yogurt. Curd is\nnot different from milk. Since milk is transformed into curd, in one sense\n\ncurd is also milk. Similarly, Lord Siva is in one sense the Supreme Personal­\n\nity of Godhead, but in another sense he is not, just as curd is milk\n\nalthough we have to distinguish between the two. These descriptions are\n\nin the Vedic literature. Whenever we find that a deJTiigod occupies a\n\nposition apparently more elevated than that of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, it is just to dr.aw the devotee's attention to that particular\n\ndemigod. It is also stated in the Bhagavad-gitii that if anyone wants to\nworship a particular demigod, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\n\nis sitting in everyone's heart, gives him greater and greater attachment for\n\nthat demigod so that he may be elevated to the demigod's abode. Yiinti\ndeva-vratii deviin (Bg.\n\n9.25). By worshiping demigods one can elevate\n\nhimself to the abodes of the demigods; similarly, by worshiping the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead one can be elevated to the spiritual\n\nkingdom. This is stated in different places in Vedic literature. Here Lord\n\nSiva is praised by Sati, partially due to her personal respect for Lord Siva,\n\nsince he is her husband, and partially due to his exalted position, which\n\nexceeds that of ordinary living entities, even Lord Brahma. The position\n\nof Lord Siva is accepted by Lord Brahma, so Dak�a, Sati's father, should\n\nalso recognize him. That was the point of Sati's statement. She did not\n\nactually come to her father's house to participate in the function, although\n\nbefore coming she pleaded with her husband that she wanted to see her\nsisters and her mother. That was a plea only, for actually at heart she\nmaintained the idea that she would convince her father, Dak�a, that it\nwas useless to continue being envious of Lord Siva. That was her main\n\npurpose. When she was unable to convince her father, she gave up the\nbody he had given her, as will be seen in the following verses.\nTEXT 17\n\n�fq1fltrfii�IQ�tN �\n\n���\n\n", "SB4.1#p0145": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n128\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\nkar{lau pidhiiya nirayiid yad akalpa ise\n\ndharmiivitary aS[[!ibhir nrbhir asyamiine\n\nchindyiit prasahya rusatim asatirit prabhus cej\njihvam asiin api tato visrjet sa dharma�\n\nkar!'lau-both ears; pidhaya-blocking;nirayat-one should go away;yat\n\n-if; akalpa{l.-unable; iSe-the master; dharma-avitari-the controller of\nreligion; asr!'libhi{l.-by\n\nirresponsible; nrbhi{l.-persons; asyamane-being\n\n91asphemed; chindyat-he should cut; prasahya-by force;rusatim-vilify­\n\ning; asatim-of the blasphemer; prabhu{l.-one is able; c et-if; jihvam­\n\ntongue; asun-(his own) life; api-certainly; tata{l.-then; visrjet-should\n\ngive up;sa{!.- that;dharma{!.- is the process.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSati continued: If one hears an irresponsible person blaspheme the\n\nmaster and controller of religion, he should block his ears and go away\n\nif he is unable to punish him. But if one is able to kill, then one should\nby force cut out the blasphemer's tongue and kill the offender, and\nafter that he should give up his own life.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe argument offered by Sati is that a person who vilifies a great\n\npersonality is the lowest of all creatures. But, by the same argument,\nDak�a could also defend himself by saying that since he was a Prajapati,\n\nthe master of many living creatures and one of the great officers of the\n\ngreat universal affairs, his position was so exalted that Sati should accept\n\nhis good qualities instead of vilifying him. The answer to that argument is\nthat Sati was not vilifying but defending. If possible she should have cut\nout Dak�a's tongue because he blasphemed Lord Siva. In other words,\n\nsince Lord Siva is the protector of religion, a person who vilifies him\n\nshould be killed at once, and after killing such a person, one should give\nup his life. That is the process, but because Dak�a happened to be the\n\nfather of Sati, she decided not to kill him but to give up her own life in\n\norder to compensate for the great sin that she had committed by hearing\n\nblasphemy of\n\nLord Siva. The instruction set forth here in Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam is that one should not tolerate at any cost the activities of a\n\nperson who vilifies or blasphemes an authority. If one is a brahma!'la he\n\n", "SB4.1#p0146": "Text 18]\n\nSati Quits Her Body\n\n129\n\nshould not give up his body because by doing so he would be responsible\nfor killing a briihma7Ja; therefore a briihma'{la should Leave the place or\nblock his ears so that he will not hear the blasphemy. If one happens to be\n\na k�atriya he has the power to punish any man; therefore a k�atriya should\n\nat once cut out the tongue of the vilifier and kill him. But as far as the\n\nvaisyas and sudras are concerned, they should immediately give up their\nbodies. Sati decided to give up her body because she thought herself to be\namong the sudras and vaisyas. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii, striyo vaisyas\n\ntatha sudra� (Bg. 9.32). Women, laborers and the mercantile class are on\n\nthe same level. Thus since it is recommended that vaiSyas and sudras\n\nshould immediately give up their bodies upon hearing blasphemy of an\nexalted person like Lord Siva, she decided to give up her life.\nTEXT 18\n\natas tavotpannam idarh kalevararh\nna dhiirayine siti-ka[ltha-garhirwft\njagdhasya mohiidd hi visuddhim andhaso\njugupsitasyoddhara[larh pracak§ate\nuta�- therefore; tava-from you; utpan nam-received; idam-this; kalevaram b o dy; na dhiirayi§ye-1 shall not bear; siti kar-tha garhirw�\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwho\n\nhave blasphemed Lord Siva;jagdhasya-which has been eaten; mohiit-by\nmistake; hi-because; visuddhim-the purification; ·andhasa�-of food;\njugupsitasya-poisonous; uddharar-am-vo m iting; prac ak§ate\n\n-\n\nd eclare\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore I shall no Longer bear this unworthy body, which has been\nreceived from you, who have blasphemed Lord Siva. If someone has taken\nfood which is poisonous, the best treatment is to vomit.\nPURPORT\nSince Sati was the representation of the external potency of the Lord, it\nwas in her power to vanquish many universes, including many Dak�as, but\n\n", "SB4.1#p0147": "130\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\nin order to save her husband from the charge that he employed his wife\n\nSat! to kill Dak�a because he could not do so due to his inferior position,\n\nshe decided to give up her body.\nTEXT 19\n\nWI �cti(IWiict�a- �:\n��itt� .:1\n� tiRl�ct+(�Qiti) : 'Nii,\n���WI qt �f�:-11 ��II\nna veda-viidiin anuvartate mati[t\nsva eva lake ramalo mahiimune{t\nyatha gatir deva-manu�yayo� prthak\nsva eva dharme na pararh k�ipet sthita/.1\nna-not; veda-viidiin-rules and regulations of the Vedas; anuvartate­\n\nfoUow; mat*-the mind; sve-in his own; eva-certainly; loke-in the self;\nramata�-enjoying; mahiimune�-of elevated transcendentalists; yathii­\n\nas; gati�-the way; deva -ma nu�yayo �-of the men and the demigods; prthak\n-separately; sve-in your own; eva-alone; dharme-occupational duty; na\n\n-not; param- another; k�ipet-should criticize; sthita�-being situated.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is better to execute one's own occupational duty than to criticize\n\nothers. Those who are elevated transcendentalists sometimes may not\n\nobserve the rules and regulations of the Vedas, since they do not need to\n\nfollow them, just as the demigods travel in space whereas ordinary men\ntravel on the surface of the earth.\n\nPURPORT\nThe behavior of the most elevated transcendentalist and that of the\n\nmost fallen conditioned soul appear to be the same. The elevated transcen­\n\ndentalist can surpass all the regulations of the Vedas, just as the demigods\n\ntraveling in space surpass all the jungles and rocks on the surface of the\n\nglobe, although a common man who has no such ability to travel in space\n\nhas to face aU those impediments. The most dear Lord Siva, although he\n\nappeared not to observe all the rules and regulations of the Vedas, is not\naffected by such disobedience, but a common man who wants to imitate\n\n", "SB4.1#p0148": "Text 20]\n\nSati Quits Her Body\n\n131\n\nLord S iv a is mistaken. A common man must observe all the rules and\nr egulations of the Vedas which a person who is in the transcendental\nposition does not need to observe. Dak�a found fault with Lord S iva for\nnot observing all the strict rules and regulations of the Vedas, bu t Sati\nasserted that he had no need to observe such rules. It is said that\nfor one who is powerful like the sun or the fire, there is no considera·\ntion of purity or impurity. The sunshine can sterilize an impure place,\nwhereas if someone else were to pass such a place he would be affected.\nOne should not try to imitate Lord Siva; rather, one should strictly\nfollow\n\nhis\n\nprescribed\n\noccupational\n\nduties.\n\nOne should\n\nnever vilify\n\na g reat personalit y like Lord Siya.\nTEXT 20\n\nd � � f.ll't+tqd\nit1: �fi«\"*4t¥4it�f+l� I\n�\n�Qli(q(�\nFf � i1SI'fUr � � ll�oll\n'\"'\n\ne\n\nkarma pravrttarh ca nivrttam apy rtarh\nvede vivicyobhaya-lihgam iisritam\nvirodhi tad yaugapadaikakartari\ndvayarh tatha brahma(li karma narcchati\n\nkarma-activities; pra vrttam- attached to material enj oyment; ca-and;\nnivrttam- materiaLly\n\ndetached; api-certa inl y; rtam- true; vede- in the\n\nVedas; vivicya- distingu ished; ub h aya- li ngam- symptoms of both; iisritam\n\n-directed; virodhi-contradictory; tat- that; yauga-pada-ekakartari- both\nactivities in one person; dvayam two; tathii\n-\n\n-\n\nso ; b rahma r i in one who is\n-\n\ntranscendentally situated; karma-activities; na rcch ati- a re neglected.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Vedas there are directions for two kinds of activities-activities\nfor those who are attached to material enjoyment and activities for those\nwho are materially detached. In consideration of these two kinds of\nactivities, there are two kinds of people, who have different symptoms.\nIf one wants to see two kinds of activities in one person, that is contradictory. But both kinds of activities may be neglected by a person who is\ntranscendentally situated.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0149": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n132\n\n[ Cant o 4, Ch. 4\n\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic activities are so designed that the conditioned soul who has\n\ncome to enjoy the material world may do so under direction so that at the\n\nend he becomes detached from such material enjoyment and is eligible to\nenter into the transcendental position. The four different social ordersb rahmaciiri, grhastha, viinaprastha and sannyiisa-gradually train a person to\n\ncome to the platform of transcendental life. The activities and dress of a\n\ngrhastha or householder are different from those of a sannyiisi, one in the\nrenounced order of life. It is impossible for one person to adopt both\n\norders. A sannyiisi cannot act like a householder, nor can a householder act\n\nlike a sannyiisi, but above these two kinds of persons, one who engages in\n\nmaterial activities and one who has renounced material activities, there is\nthe person who is transcendental to both. Lord Siva was in the transcen­\n\ndental position because, as stated before, he was always absorbed in the\n\nthought of Lord Vasudeva within himself. Therefore neither the activities\n\nof the grhastha nor those of the sannyiisi in the renounced order can be\napplicable for him. He is in the paramahamsa stage, the highest perfectional\n\nstage of life. The transcendental position of Lord Siva is also explained in\n\nBhagavad-gitii, Second Chapter, verses 52 and 53. It is stated there that\n\nwhen one fully engages in transcendental service of the Lord by performing\n\nactivities without fruitive results, one is elevated to the transcendental\n\nposition. At that time he has no obligation to follow the Vedic injunctions\nor the different rules and regulations of the Vedas. When one is above the\n\ndirections of the Vedic ritualistic injunctions for attaining different allure­\n\nments and is fully absorbed in transcendental thought, which means\n\nthought of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in devotional service,\nthat position is called buddhi-yoga, or samiidhi, ecstasy. For a person who\n\nhas attained this stage, neither the Vedic activities for realizing material\nenjoyment nor those for renunciation are applicable.\n\nTEXT 21\n� ct: �: fqij(ijli(f�ij(\n\n44\\I�IR�Iij WI \\44i4�fif : I\nija:•ut4(uazf.Aufiij'\n310i4'ffifet �: II�� II\nqJ\n\nmii va� padavya� pitar asmad-iisthitii\nyii yajiia-siiliisu na dhuma-vartmabh*\n\n", "SB4.1#p0150": "Sati Quits Her Body\n\nText 21]\n\n133\n\ntad-anna-trptair asu-bhrdbhir iflita\navyakta-linga avadhuta-sevita�\nrna-are not; va�-yours; padavya�\niisthitii�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nopulences; pita�-0 father; asmat­\n\npossessed by us; ya�-which (opulences); yajiia-saliisu-in the\n\nsacrifici al fire; na not; dhuma-vartmabhi�-by the path of sacrifices; tat-\n\nanna-trpta*\n\n-\n\nsatisfied by the foodstuff of the sacrifice; asu-bhrdbh*­\n\nsatisfying bodily necessities; i�ita�-praised; avyakta-linga�-whose cause\nis unmanifested; avadhuta-sevita�-achieved by the self-realized souls.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear father, the opulence which we possess is impossible either for\nyou or for your flatterers to imagine because persons who engage in\nfruitive activities by performing great sacrifices are concerned with satisfying their bodily necessities by eating foodstuff offered as a sacrifice.\nWe can exhibit our opulences simply by desiring to do so. This can be\nachieved only by great personalities who are renounced self-realized souls.\nPURPORT\nSati's father was under the impression that he was exalted in both\n\nprestige and opulence and that he had offered his daughter to a person\nwho was not only poor but devoid of all culture. Her father might have\nbeen thinking that although she was a chaste woman, greatly adherent to\n\nher husband, her husband was in a deplorable condition. To counteract\n\nsuch thoughts, Sati said that the opulence possessed by her husband could\nnot be understood by materialistic persons like Dak�a and his followers,\nwho were flatterers and were engaged in fruitive activities. Her husband's\n\nposition was different. He possessed all opulences, but he did not like to\nexhibit them. Therefore such opulences are called avyakta, or unmani­\n\nfested. But if required, simply by willing, Lord Siva can show his wonderful opulences, and such an event is predicted here, for it would soon occur.\n\nThe opulence which Lord Siva possesses is enjoyable in renunciation and\n\nlove of God, not in material exhibition of sense gratificatory methods.\nSuch opulences are possessed by personalities like the Kumaras, Narada\nand Lord Siva, not by others. In this verse the performers of the Vedic\nrituals\n\nare\n\nvartmabh*,\n\ncondemned.\nthose\n\nwho\n\nThey\n\nhave\n\nmaintain\n\nbeen\n\ndescribed\n\nthemselves\n\non\n\nhere as\n\ndhuma­\n\nthe remnants of\n\nsacrificial foodstuff. There are two kinds of foodstuff offered in sacrifice.\nOne kind is food offered in fruitive ritualistic sacrifices, and the other, the\nbest, is food offered to Vi�tJ.U. Although in all cases Viwu is the chief\n\n", "SB4.1#p0151": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n134\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\nDeity on the sacrificial altar, the performers of fruitive rituals aim to\nsatisfy various demigods to achieve in return some material prosperity.\nReal sacrifice, however, is to satisfy Lord Vi�pu, and the remnants of such\nsacrifices are beneficial for advancement in devotional service. The process\nof elevation by performing sacrifices other than those aimed at Vi�pu is\nvery slow, and therefore it has been condemned in this verse. Visvanatha\nCakravarti has d escribed the ritualistic performers to be like crows because\ncrows delight in eating the remnants of food which has been thrown into\nthe dustbin. All the briihm arw s who were present for the sacrifice were\nalso condemned by Sati.\nWhether or not King Dak�a and his flatterers could understand the\n\nposition of Lord S iva, Sati wanted to impress upon her father that he\n\nshould not think her husband to be without opulence. Sati, being the\n\ndevoted wife of Lord S iva, offers all kinds of material opulences to the\nworshipers of Lord S iva. This fact is explained in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nin the Tenth Canto. Lord S iva's worshipers sometimes appear to be more\nopulent than the worshipers of Lord Vi�qu because Durga, or Sati, being\nthe superintendent in charge of material affairs, can offer all material\nopulences to the worshipers of Lord S iva in order to glorify her husband,\nbut the worshipers of Vi�pu are meant for spiritual elevation, and therefore\ntheir material opulence is sometimes found to decrease. These points are\nvery nicely discussed in the Tenth Canto.\nTEXT 22\n\n� � \" iflijlttit\n\n�� I\n«if\"A�wtlC?S¥4�\nm ��� � � '4(ijl'if.t4t� 11��11\n\nnaitena dehena hare krtiigaso\ndehodbhaveniilam ala rn ku-janmanii\nvri(ia mamabhut ku-jana-prasarigatas\ntaj janma dhig yo mahatam avadya-krt\nna-not; etena- by this; dehena-by the body; hare-to Lord S iva� krtaagasa�- having committed offenses; deha -udbhavena-produced from your\nbody;alam alam-enough, enough; ku-janmana\n\n- with a contemptible birth;\n\nvri(iii-shame; mama-my; abhut-was; ku-jana-prasarigata�-from a relationship with a bad person; tat janma-that birth; dhik-shameful; ya�who; mahatam-of the great personalities; avadya-krt-an offender.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0152": "Sati Quits Her Body\n\nText 23]\n\n135\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou are an offender at the lotus feet of Lord Siva, and unfortunately I\nhave a body produced from yours. I am very much ashamed of our bodily\nrelationship, and I condemn myself because my body is contaminated by a\n\nrelationship with a person who is an offender at the lotus feet of the\ngreatest personality.\nPURPORT\nLord Siva is the greatest of all devotees of Lord Vi�pu. It is stated,\n\nvai§rwviiniirh yathii sambhu{t. Sambhu, Lord Siva, is the greatest of all\n\ndevotees of Lord Vi�pu. In the previous verses Sati has described that\nLord Siva is always in a transcendental position because he is situated in\n\npure vasudeva. Vasudeva is the state from which K��qa, Vasudeva, is born,\nso Lord Siva is the greatest devotee of Lord Kr�f,la, and Sati's behavior is\n\nexemplary because no one should tolerate blasphemy against Lord Vi�pu\nor His devotee. Sati is aggrieved not for her personal association with Lord\n\nSiva but because her body is related with that of Dak�a, who is an offender\n\nat Lord Siva's lotus feet. She feels herself to be condemned because of the\n\nbody given by her father, Dak�a.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n���l'{!�l\nii;I�U4Uft�l� � ��: I\n64q6ww4f416+tl1! (f<:;ts(\n�� �� �ii>f'it( ������\ngvtrarh t vad �y a m bhagavan vr�adhvajo\ndak;;aya!tity aha yada sudu rmani'ift\nvyapcta-narmasmitam iisu tada 'harh\nv_yutsrak.s_ya etat kur-aparh t va d ai�gajam\n-\n\ngot ram fami ly relation hip; tvad iyam-your; bhagaviin-the p ossessor of\n-\n\nall opulences; vr�adhvaja{t- Lord Siva; dak�iiyar.i-Diik�iiyani (the daughter\n\nof Dak�a); iti-thus; aha-calls; yadii- whe n; sudurmanii{t-very morose;\n\nvyapeta- d i sappea r; r w mw smitam\n·\n\n-\n\nmy joiJiness and smile; iisu-immedi­\n\nately; t adii- then; aham-I; vyutsrak�ye-I shall give up; etat-this (body);\nku r-a pam\n\n-\n\ndead body; tvat -angajam-produced from your body.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0153": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n136\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\nTRAN S LATI ON\n\nBecause of our family relationship, when Lord Siva addresses me as\nDak�aya�i 1 at once become morose, and my jolliness and my smile at\nonce disappear. 1 feel very much sorry that my body, which is just like a\nbag, has been produced by you, and I shall therefore give it up.\nPURPORT\nThe word diik�iiyaf,li means the daughter of King Dak�a. Sometimes,\nwhen there was relaxed conversation between husband and wife, Lord\n\nSiva used to call Sati the daughter of King Dak�a, and because this very\nword reminded her about her family relationship with King Dak�a, she at\nonce became ashamed because Dak�a is an incarnation of all offenses.\nDak�a is the embodiment of envy, for he unnecessarily blasphemed a great\npersonality, Lord\n\nSiva. Simply upon hearing the word diik�iiyari, she felt\n\nafflicted because of reference to the context because her body was the\nsymbol of all the offensiveness with which Dak�a was endowed. Since her\nbody was constantly a source of unhappiness, she decided to give it up.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n���\n\n(�&4� �'li(t1 �\nN61!G.l4ff M'ftt� �ll;:ijiifIEfi.... I\n� �\ntft6�«Mtt61\nf.tlft� tuft•lq� �� II �\\II I\nmaitreya uviica\nity adhvare dak,sam anudya satru-han\nk,sitiiv udicim ni,sasiida siinta-viik\nspr.stvii jalam pita-dukiila-samvrtii\nnimilya drg yoga-patham samiivisat\n\nc\n\nM aitre ya said; iti-thus; adhvare-in the arena of sacri·\n; satru-han-0 annihilator of\nenemies; kfiita u-on the ground; u dt c tm- facing north; nifiasiida-sat down;\nsiinta-viik-in silence; sprfitvii- after touching; ja la m-water ; pita-dukulamaitreya� u vii a-\n\nfice; dakfiam- to Dak�a; anudya-speakin g\n\nsamvrta-dressed in yellow garments; nimtlya- closing; drk- the vision;\nyoga-patham-the mystic yoga process; samiivisat-became absorbed.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0154": "San Quits Her Body\n\nText 25]\n\n137\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya the sage told Vidura:\n\n0 annihilator of enemies, while thus\n\nspeaking to her father in the arena of sacrifice, Sati sat down on the\nground and faced north. Dressed in saffron garments, she sanctified\nherself with water and closed her eyes to absorb herself in the mystic yoga\nprocess.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that when a man desires to quit his body he dresses in saffron\n\ngarments. Therefore it appears that Sati changed her dress, indicating that\nshe was going to quit the body given her by Dak�a. Dak�a was Sati's\n\nfather, so instead of killing Dak�a she decided that it would be better to\ndestroy the part of his body which was hers. Thus she decided to give up\n\nthe body of Dak�a by the yogic process. Sati was the wife of Lord Siva,\n\nwho is known as Y ogesvara, the best among all yogis, because he knows\n\nall the mystic processes of yoga, so it appeared that Sati also knew them.\n\nEither she learned yoga from her husband or she was enlightened because\n\nshe was the daughter of such a great king as Dak�a. The perfection of yoga\n\nis that one can give up his body or release himself from the embodiment\n\nof material elements according to one's desire. Yogis who have attained\n\nperfection are not subject to death by naturaJ laws; such perfect yogis can\n\nleave the body whenever they desire. Generally the yogi first of all\n\nbecomes mature in controlling the air passing within the body, thus\n\nbringing the soul to the top of the brain. Then when the body bursts into\n\nflames, the yogi can go anywhere he likes. This yoga system recognizes the\nsoul, and thus it is distinct from the so-called yoga process for controlling\n\nthe cells of the body which has been discovered in the modern age. The\n\nreal yoga process accepts the transmigration of the soul from one planet\nto another or one body to another; and it appears from this incidence thai\n\nSati wanted to transfer her soul to another body or sphere.\nTEXT 25\n\n�\n\n(1¥41W1Nf.1JI Mijl(1Wil\n\n���:1\n� � fi;lt(td�� �\n�'!� ����II\nkrtvii samiiniiv anilau jitiisanii\nsodiinam utthiipya ca niibhi-cakrata[l\n\n", "SB4.1#p0155": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n138\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 4\n\nsanair hrdi sthiipya dhiyorasi sthitarh\nkarthiid bhruvor madhyam aninditiinayat\nkrtvii- after placing; samiinau-in equilibrium; an ilau the priira and\n-\n\napiina airs; ji ta iisanii having\n-\n\ncontrolled the sitting posture; sti-Satl;\n\n-\n\nudiinam-the life air; utt hiipya\n\n,-\n\nraising; ca-and; niibhi-cakrata[l.-at the\n\ncircle in the navel; sanai[l. - gradually; hrd i-in the heart; sthapya- placing;\n\ndhi yii- with the intelligence;urasi-towards the pulmonary passage ; sthitam\n-having been placed; karthat- through the throat; bhruvo[l.-of the eyebrows; madhyam-to the middle; anindita- the blameless (Satl);anayatraised.\nTRANSLATION\nFirst of all she sat in the required sitting posture, and then she carried\n\nthe life air upwards and placed it in the position of equilibrium near the\n\nnavel. Then she raised her life air, mixed with inteUigence, to the heart and\n\nthen gradually raised it towards the pulmonary passage and from there to\nbetween her eyebrows.\n\nPURPORT\nThe yogic process is to control the air passing within the body in\ndifferent places called �at-cakra, the six circles of air circulation. The\nair is raised from the abdomen to the navel, from the navel to the heart,\nfrom the heart to the throat, from the throat to between the eyebrows\nand from between the eyebrows to the top of the cerebrum. That is the\nsum and substance of practicing yoga. Before practicing the real yoga\nsystem one has to practice the sitting postures because this helps in the\nbreathing exercises which control the airs going upwards and downwards.\nThis is a great technique which one has to practice to attain the highest\nperfectional stage of yoga, but such practice is not meant for this age.\nNo one in this age can attain the perfectional stage of such yoga, but\npeople indulge in practicing sitting postures, which is more or less a\ngymnastic process. By such bodily gymnastics one may develop good\ncirculation and may therefore keep his body fit, but if one simply\nrestricts oneself to that gymnastic process one cannot attain the highest\nperfectionaJ stage. The yoga process, as described in the Kesava-sruti, prescribes how one can control his living force according to his desire and\ntransmigrate from one body to another or from one place to another.\nIn other words, yoga practice is not meant to keep the body fit because\nany transcendental process of spiritual realization automatically helps one\n\n", "SB4.1#p0156": "Sati Quits Her Body\n\nText 26]\n\n139\n\nto keep the body fit, for it is the spirit soul that keeps the body always\nfresh. As soon as the spirit soul is out of the body, the material body\nimmediately begins to decompose. Any spiritual process keeps the body\nfit without separate endeavor, but if one takes it that the ultimate aim of\nyoga is to maintain the body, then he is mistaken. The real perfection of\nyoga is elevation of the soul to a higher position or the liberation of the\nsoul from material entanglement. Some yogis try to elevate the soul to\nhigher planetary systems where the standard of life is different from that\nof this planet and where the material comforts, life span and other facilities\nfor self-realization are greater, and some yogis endeavor to elevate the soul\nto the spiritual world, the spiritual Vaikm;ttha planets. The bhakti-yoga\nprocess directly elevates the soul to the spiritual planets where life is\neternally blissful and full of knowledge; therefore bhakti-yoga is considered to be the greatest of all yoga systems.\nTEXT 26\n\n��\nu:\n�c1edl\n\nQ\n\n¥4(144(1\n\n�(qij¥41¥41d\\(l(\n�\n\n¥4�\n\n- ����II\n\n�\n\nevarh sva-deharh mahatarh mah�yasa\nmuhu� samaropitam mikam adarat\njihasati dak�a-ru�a mannsvini\ndadhiira giitre§V aniliigni-dhiirariim\nevam-thus; sva-deham-her own body; mahatiim- of the great saints;\nmahiyasa-most\n\nworshipful;\n\nmuhu{l-again\n\nand\n\nagain; samiiropitam­\n\nseated; ahkam-on the lap; adariit-respectfully; jihiisati-wishing to give\nup; dak§a-ru§ii-due\n\nto anger towards\n\nDak�a;\n\n-\n\nma n asvi n i volu ntarily;\n\ndadhiira-plac ed; giitre§u-on the limbs of the body; anila-agni-dhiira[Liimmeditation on the fire and air.\nTRANSLATION\nThus, in order to give up her body, which had been so respectfully and\naffectionately seated on the lap of Lord Siva, who is worshiped by great\nsages and saints, Sati, due to anger towards her father, began to meditate\non the fiery air within the body.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0157": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n140\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\nPURPORT\nLord Siva is described herein as the best of all great souls. Although\nSati's body was born of Dak�a, Lord Siva used to adore her by sitting her\non his lap. This is considered a great token of respect. Thus Sati's body\n\nwas not ordinary, but still she decided to give it up because it was the\n\nsource of unhappiness because of its connection with Dak�a. This severe\n\nexample set by Sati is to be followed. One should be extremely careful\n\nabout associating with persons who are not respectful to the higher\n\nauthorities. It is instructed, therefore, in the Vedic literature that one\n\nshould always be free from the association of atheists and nondevot:ecs\n\nand should try to associate with devotees, for by the association of a\n\ndevotee one can be elevated to the platform of self-realization. This\n\ninjunction is stressed in many places in Srimad-Bhiigavatam; if one wants\n\nto be liberated from the clutches of material existence, then one has to\nassociate with great souls, and if one wants to continue one's material\nexistential life, then one can associate with persons who are materialistic.\nThe materialistic way of life is based on sex life. Thus both becoming\naddicted to sex life and associating with persons who are addicted to sex\nlife are condemned in the Vedic literature because such association will\nsimply interfere with one's spiritual progress. However, association with\n\ngreat personalities, devotees who are great souls, will elevate one to the\nspiritual platform.\n\nSatidev1 decided to quit the body which she had\n\nobtained from Dak�a's body, and she wanted to transfer herself to\nanother body so that she might have completely uncontaminated associa­\n\ntion with Lord Siva. Of course it is understood that in her next life she\nwould take birth as the daughter of the Himalayas, Parvati, and then she\nwould again accept Lord Siva as her husband. Sati and Lord Siva are\n\neternally related; even after she changes her body their relationship is\n\nnever broken.\n\nTEXT 27\n�:\n\n�\n\n����p:�\n\\lltlfiUI*f;:ij�fl ;r �I\n��\n\n�:\n\n�«:1��\",:\n��\n\nm\n�T 11,\\911\n\ntala� sva-bhartus cara{!iimbujiisavam\njagad-guros cintayati na ciiparam\ndadarsa deho hata-kalma,sa� sati\nsadya� prajajviila samiidhijiigninii\n\n", "SB4.1#p0158": "Sati Quits Her Body\n\nText 27]\n\n141\n\ntata{l-there; sva-bhartu{!-of her husband; cararta-ambnja-iisavnm-on\n\nthe nectar of the lotus feet; jagat-guro{!- of the supreme spiritual teacher\nof the universe; cintayati-meditating; na-not; ca-and; apamm-not other\n\n(than her husband); dadarsa-saw; d eha{!-her body; hata-kalma§a{!- taints\nof\n\nsin\n\nbeing\n\ndestroyed;\n\nsati- Sati;\n\nsadya{!-soon; prajajvala- burned;\n\nsamadhija-agnina-by fire produced by meditation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSati concentrated all her meditation on the holy lotus feet of her\nhusband, Lord Siva, who is the supreme spiritual master of all the world,\nand thus she became completely cleansed of all taints of sin and quit her\nbody in a blazing fire by meditation on the fiery elements.\nPURPORT\n\nSati at once thought of the lotus feet of her husband, Lord Siva, who is\none of the three great personalities of Godhead in charge of the management of the material world, and simply by meditating on his lotus feet she\nderived such great pleasure that she forgot everything in relationship with\nher body. This pleasure was certainly material because she gave up her\nbody for another body that was also material, but by this example we\ncan appreciate the devotee's pleasure in concentrating his mind and\nattention on the lotus feet of the Supreme Lord, Vi�p.u or Krwa. There is\nsuch transcendental bliss in simply meditating on the lotus feet of the\nLord that one can forget everything but the Lord's transcendental form.\nThis is the perfe c tio n of yogic samiidhi or ecstasy. In this verse it is stated\nthat by such meditation she became free from all contamination. What\nwas that contamination? The contamination was her concept of the body\nderived from Dak�a, but she forgot that bodily relationship in trance. The\npurport is that when one becomes free from all bodily relationships with�n\nthis material world and simply places himself in the position of an eternal\nservant of the Supreme Lord, it is to be understood that all the contamination of his material attachment has been burnt by the blazing fires of\ntranscendental ecstasy . lt is not necessary for one to manifest a blazing\nfire externally, for if one forgets all his bodily relationships within this\nmaterial world and becomes situated in his spiritual i de nt i ty , it is said\nthat one has been freed from all material contamination by the blazing\n\nfire of yogic samiidhi or ecstasy. That is the topmost perfection of yoga.\nIf one keeps hi\n\nbodily l'elatiunships within this material world and poses\n\nhimself as a great yogi, he is not a bona fide yogi. In Srim ad-Bhagavatam,\nSecond Canto, it is stated , yat-hirtanam yat-smara[wrh\n\n(Bhag. 2.4.15).\n\n", "SB4.1#p0159": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n142\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\nSimply by chanting the holy name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nsimply by remembering the lotus feet of Kr�l')a, simply by offering prayers\n\nto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one is immediately freed from\n\nmaterial contamination, the material bodily concept, by the blazing fire\n\nof ecstasy. This effect takes place immediately, without a second's delay.\n\nAccording to Sri jiva Gosviimi, that Sati quit her body means that she\n\ngave up within her heart her relationship with Dak�a. Sri Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti Thakur also comments that since Sati is the superintendent\n\ndeity of the external potency, when she quit her body she did not get a\nspiritual body but simply transferred from the body she had received from\nDak�a. Other commentators also say that she immediately transferred\n\nherself into the womb of Menaka, her future mother. She gave up the\n\nbody she had received from Dak�a and immediately transferred herself to\n\nanother, better body, but this does not mean that she got a spiritual body.\nTEXT 28\n\nij��ijf � � � �\n� em:: Dij!r.�'\"lwt��r.n:q':l'ij\n\nfip.n �\"ij¥4� �\n\n� m stitfqij• ������\n\ntat pasyatiirh khe bhuvi ciidbhutarh mahad\nhii heti viidaft su-mahiin ajiiyata\n\nhanta priya daivatamasya dev\"i\n\njahav aslin kena satfprakopita\ntat-that; pasyatiim\n\n-\n\nof those who had seen; khe-in the sky; bhuvi-on\n\nthe earth; ca-and; adbhutam-wonderful; mahat\n\n-\n\n-thus; viida ft-roar; su mahiin -tumultuous ; ajiiyata\n-\n\ngreat; hii hii-oh, oh; iti\n\n-\n\noccurred ; harzta-alas;\n\npriyii-the beloved; daivatamasya-of the most respectable demigod (Lord\n\nSiva); devi-Sati; jahau-quit; asun-her life; k ena-by Dak�a; sat i Sati;\n-\n\npral� o pita-angered.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Sati annihilated her body in anger, there was a tumultuous roar\n\nall over the universe. Why had Sati, the wife of the most respectable\ndemigod, Lord Siva, quit her body in such a manner?\n\n", "SB4.1#p0160": "Text 29]\n\nSati Quits Her Body\n\n143\n\nPURPORT\n\nThere was a tumultuous roaring all over the universe in the societies of\n\nthe demigods of different planets because Sati was the daughter of Dak�a,\n\nthe greatest of all kings, and the wife of Lord Siva, the greatest of all\ndemigods. Why did she become so angry that she gave up her body?\n\nSince she was the daughter of a great personality and wife of a great\n\npersonality, she had nothing to desire, but still she gave up her body in\ndissatisfaction. Certainly this was astonishing. One cannot attain complete\n\nsatisfaction even if o'ne is situated in the greatest material opulence. There\n\nwas nothing Sati could not achieve either from her relationship with her\nfather or from her relationship with the greatest of the demigods, but still,\n\nfor some reason, she was dissatisfied. Therefore, Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nexplains that\n\none has\n\nsamprasidati) iitma\n\nto\n\nachieve\n\nreal\n\nsatisfaction,\n\nbut\n\n(yayiitmii\n\n- the body, mind and soul-all become completely satis­\n\nfied only if one develops devotional service to the Absolute Truth. Sa vai\n\npurhsiirh paro dharmo yato bhaktir adhok§aje.\n\nAdhok§aja\n\nmeans the\n\nAbsolute Truth. If one can develop his unflinching love for the transcen·\n\ndental Supreme Personality of Godhead, that can give complete satisfac·\n\ntion, otherwise there is no possibility of satisfaction in the material world\n\nor anywhere else.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n� 319(1� � �\nSfiitlq�4� � �: I\n111CI€1&.� ttfl'461�T m\n� ����II\n'iwtrt<lwft\naho aniitmyam mahad asya pasyata\nprajiipater yasya cariicaram prajii�\njahiiv asun yad-vimatiitma-ja sati\n\nmanasvini miinam abhik§{lam arhati\n\naho-oh; aniitmyam-neglect; mahat-great; asya-of Dak�a; pasyata­\n\njust see; prajiipate�-of the prajiipati; yasya-of whom; cara-acaram-allliv·\n\ning entities; prajii�-offspring; jahau-gave up; asun-her body; yat-by\n\nwhom;\n\nvimata-disrespected;\n\natma-jii-his\n\nown\n\ndaughter;\n\nsati-Sati;\n\nmanasvini-voluntarily; manam:...respect; abhikfir-am-repeatedly; arhatideserved.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0161": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n144\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt was astonishing that Dak�a, who was prajapati, the maintainer of all\n\nliving entities, was so disrespectful to his own daughter, Sati, who was not\n\nonly chaste but was also a great soul, that she gave up her body because of\n\nhis neglect.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word aniitmya is significant. Aniitmya means the life of the soul, so\nthis word indicates that although Dak�a appeared to be living, actually he\nwas a dead body, otherwise how could he neglect Sati, who was his own\ndaughter? It was the duty of Dak�a to look after the maintenance and\ncomforts of all living entities because he was situated as prajiipat� the\ngovernor of all living entities. Therefore how is it that he neglected his\nown daughter, who was the most exalted and chaste woman, a great soul,\nand who therefore deserved the most respectful treatment from her\nfather? The death of Sati because of her being neglected by Dak�a, her\nfather, was most astonishing to all the great demigods of the umverse.\nTEXT 30\n\n�\n\n��,(� �-- :q'\n¥t(d\\¥ti!41C@IM I\nJ\\$sqEfllf6�\n\ntt(�f\n\n�\n\n;r\n\n�..B:\\tf('lf\nstEttih4..at('l�s�: II� II\no\n\nso'yarh durmar�a-hrdayo brahma-dhruk ca\nloke 'pakirtirh mahatim aviipsyati\nyad-anga-jiirh sviirh puru§a-dvi!l udyatiirh\nna pratya�edhan m,rtaye 'pariidhataft\n\nsa{l. he; ayam-that; durmar§a hrdaya�-hardhearted; brahma-dhrukriih ma rw ; ca-and; loke-in the world; apakirtim-ill\nfame; mahatim-extensive; aviipsya ti- will gain; yat anga jiim- the daughter\n-\n\n-\n\nunworthy to be a b\n\n-\n\n-\n\nof whom; svam- own;puru§a dvit-the enemy of Lord S iva; udyatam-who\n-\n\nwas preparing; na pratya�edhat-did not prevent; mrtaye- for death; aparii­\n\n{l.\n\ndhata -because of his offenses.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore D�a, who is so hardhearted that he is unworthy to be a\n\nbrahm�a, will gain extensive ill fame because of his offenses to his\n\n", "SB4.1#p0162": "Sati Quits Her Body\n\nText 31]\n\n145\n\ndaughter, because of not having prevented her death, and because of his\ngreat envy of the S upreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nDak�a is described here as most hardhearted and therefore unqualified\nto be a briihmar-a. Brahma-dhruk is described by some commentators to\nmean brahma-bandhu, or friend of the brahmar-as. A person who is born in\na brahmar-a family but has no brahminical qualifications is called a\nbrahma-bandhu. Brahmar-as are generally very softhearted and forbearing\nbecause they have the power to control the senses and the mind. Dak�a,\nhowever, was not forbearing. For the simple reason that his son-in-law,\nLord\n\nSiva, did not stand up to show him the formality of respect, he\n\nbecame so angry and hardhearted that he tolerated even the death of his\ndearest daughter. Sati tried her best to mitigate the misunderstanding\nbetween the son-in-law and the' father-in-law by coming to her father's\nhouse, even without an invitation, and at that time Dak�a should have\nreceived her, forgetting all past misunderstandings. But he was so hardhearted that he was unworthy to be called an aryan or briihmar-a. Thus his\nill fame still continues. Dak�a means expert, and he was given this name\nbecause of his ability to beget many hundreds and thousands of children.\nPersons who are too sexually inclined and materialistic become so hardhearted because of a slight loss of prestige that they can tolerate even the\ndeath of their children.\nTEXT31\n\nvadaty evam jane satyii\ndr.stviisu-tyiigam adbhutam\ndak.sam tat-piir;�adii hantum\nudati.sthann udiiyudhii�\nvadati-were talking; evam-thus; jane-while the people; satya�-of\nSati; drfitvii-after seeing; asu-tyiigam-the death; adbhutam-wonderful;\n\ndak sam Dak�a; tat-piir�ada[!-the attendants of Lord S iva; hantum-to\n.\n\n-\n\nkill; udatifi.than-stood up; udii.yudhii.ft-with uplifted weapons.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0163": "146\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile people were talking among themselves about the wonder ful\n\nvoluntary death of Sati, the attendants who came with her readied them­\n\nselves to kill Dak�a with their weapons.\n\nPURPORT\nThe attendants who came with Sati were meant to protect her from\ncalamities, but since they were unable to protect their master's wife, they\ndecided to die for her, and before dying they wanted to kill Dak�a. It is\nthe duty of attendants to give protection to their master, and in case of\nfailure it is their duty to die.\nTEXT 32\n\n�Jtl+ilq(f(fj � Mtlll¥4 � �g: I\n�ri\" �' � �m � ������\nte§iim iipatatiirh vegarh\nnisiimya bhagaviin bhrgu{l\nyajiia-ghna-ghnena yaju.sii\ndak.si[liignau juhiiva ha\nte§iim-of them; iipatatiim-who were approaching; v egam-the impulse;\niSii mya - after seeing; bha gaviin- the possessor of all opulences; bhrgu{l­\n\nn\n\nBhrgu Muni; yajiia-ghna-ghnena-for killing the destroyers of the yajiia;\nyaju;Sii - with hymns of the Yajur-veda; dak§irw-agnau-in the southern side\nof the sacrificial fire; juhiiva-offered oblations; Ita-certainly.\nTRANSLATION\nThey came forward forcibly, but Bhrgu Muni saw the danger and,\n\noffering oblations into the southern side of the sacrificial fire, immediately\n\nuttered mantric hymns from the Y ajur-veda by which the destroyers of\nyajfiik performances could be killed immediately.\nPURPORT\nHere is one example of powerful hymns in the Vedas which, when\nchanted, could perform wonderful acts. In the present age of Kali it is not\npossible to find expert mantra chanters; therefore all the sacrifices recommended in the Vedas are forbidden in this age. The only sacrifice recommended in this age is the chanting of the Hare Kr�l)a mantra because in\nthis age it is not possible to accumulate the needed funds for performing\n\n", "SB4.1#p0164": "Text 34]\n\n147\n\nSati Quits Her Body\n\nsacrifices, not to speak of finding expert briihmap.as who can chant the\n\nmantras perfectly.\nTEXT 33\n\n3l�� � � ��ml\n� ;m� � � srnn: �: 11��11\nadhvaryup.ii huyamiine\ndevii utpetur ojasii\nrbhavo niima tapasii somam\npriip tii[l sahasrasa[l\nadhvaryup.ii-by the priest, Bhrgu; huyamiine- oblations being offered;\ndevii�- demigods; utpetu [t - became manifested; ojasii with great strength;\nrbhavah- the :(tbhus; niima-named; tapasii- by penance; somam- Soma;\npriiptii�- having achieved; sahasrasa�- by the thousands.\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSL ATION\nWhen Bhrgu Muni offered oblations in the fire, immediately many\nthousands of demigods named J;tbhu became manifested. All of them were\npowerful, having achieved strength from Soma, the moon.\nPURPORT\nIt is stated here that many thousands of demigods named J;tbhus\nbecame manifested because of the oblations offered in the fire and the\nchanting of the hymns from the Yajur-veda. Briihmap.as like Bhrgu Muni\nwere so powerful that they could create such powerful demigods simply\nby chanting the Vedic mantras. Vedic mantras are still available, but the\nchanters are not. By chanting Vedic mantras or chanting the Giiyatri or\nfl.g-mantra one can attain the results he desires. In the present age of Kali\nit is recommended by Lord Caitanya that simply by chanting Hare Kr�IJ.a\none can attain all perfection.\nTEXT 34\n\n�m�il: � �'\"\": «��ctil: 1\n��1Wll �� �����m�l51(il II�CJII\ntair aliitiiyudha* sarve\npramathii[l saha-guhyakii�\nhanyamana diso bhejur\nusadbhir brahma-tejasii\n\n", "SB4.1#p0165": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n148\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 4\n\ntaift-by them; aliita iiyudhaift-with weapons of fire brands; sarve-all;\n-\n\npra mathii�-the ghosts; saha guhyakii[t-along with the Guhyakas; hanyam-\n\niiniift- being attacked; disaft\n\n-\n\nin different directions; bhejuft-fled j usadbhift\n\n-glowing; brahma-tejasii-by brahminical power.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the\n\nJ.U>hu demigods attacked the ghosts and Guhyakas with\n\nhalf-burned fuel from the yajfia fire, all these attendants of Sati fled in\n\ndifferent directions and disappeared. This was possible simply because of\n\nbrahma-teja):t,brahminical power.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word brahma-tejasii, used in this verse, is significant. In those days\n\nbriihmaras were so powerful that simply by desiring\n\nand by chanting\n\na Vedic mantra, they could accomplish very wonderful .effects. But in the\npresent age of degradation there are no such briihmaras. According to the\n\nPancariitrika system, in this age the entire population is supposed to con­\n\nsist of sudras because the brahminical culture has been lost. But if anyone\ndisplays the signs of understanding Kf�l}a consciousness, he should he\naccepted, according to Vai�pava smrti regulations, as a prospective\n\nbriihmara and should be given all facilities to achieve the highest perfec­\n\ntion. The most magnanimous gift of Lord Caitanya is that the highest\n\nperfection of life is available in this fallen age if one simply adopts the\nprocess of chanting Hare Kr�Q.a, which is able to bring about the fulfill­\n\nment of all activities in self-realization.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Fourth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Safi Quits Her Body.\"\n\n", "SB4.1#p0166": "CHAPTER FIVE\nFrustration of the sacrifice of Dak$3\nTEXT l\n\n�ll \\ffl'f/\n\nf;N;t �m3(t{�\n�I\n\n�\":R��11�11\nmaitreya uvaca\nbhavo bhavanya nidhanam prafapater\nasat-krtiiya avagamya naradiit\nsva-piirfiada-sainyam ca tad-adhvararbhubhir\nvidravitam krodham aparam iidadhe\nmaitreya� uviica - Maitreya said; bhava�-Lord Siva; bhavanya]l-of Sati;\n\nnidhanam- the death; prafapate�- because of Prajapati Dak�a; asat-krtaya[l.\n\n-having been insulted; avagamya-hearing about; niiradiit-from Narada;\nsva-parfiada-sainyam- the soldiers of his own associates; ca- and; tat-adhvara-(produced from) his (Dak�a's) sacrifice; rbhubhi[r.- by the :{tbhus;\nvidriivitam-were driven away; krodham-anger; apiiram- unbounded; adadhe-showed.\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya said: When Lord Siva heard from Narada that Sati, his wife,\n\nwas now dead because of Praj apati Dak�a's insult to her and that his\nsoldiers had been driven away by the J;tbhu demigods, he became g reat ly\n\nangry.\n\nPURPORT\n\nLord Siva understood that Sati, being the youngest daughter of Dak�a,\ncould present the case of Lord Siva's purity of purpose and thus would be\n149\n\n", "SB4.1#p0167": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n150\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 5\n\nable to mitigate the misunderstanding between Dak�a and himself. But\nsuch a compromise was not attained, and Sati was deliberately insulted by\nher father by not being received properly when she visited his house\nwithout being invited. Sati herself could have killed her father, Dak�a,\nbecause she is the personified material energy and has immense power to\nkill and create within this material universe. In the Brahma-sarhhitii her\nstrength is described: she is capable of creating and dissolving many\nuniverses. But although she is so powerful, she acts under the direction of\nthe Supreme Personality ·of Godhead, Kr�q.a, as His shadow. It would not\nhave been very difficult for Sati to punish her father, but she thought that\nsince she was his daughter, it was not proper for her to kill him. Thus she\ndecided to give up her own body, which she had obtained from his, and\nDak�a did not even check her.\nWhen Sati passed away, giving up her body, the news was conveyed by\nNarada to Lord Siva. Narada always carries the news of such events\nbecause he knows their import. When Lord Siva heard that his chaste wife\nSati was dead, he naturally became exceedingly angry. He also understood\nthat Bhrgu Muni had created the J;tbhudeva demigods by uttering the\nmantras of the Yajur-veda and that these demigods had driven away all of\nhis soldiers who were present in the arena of the sacrifice. Therefore, he\nwanted to reply to this insult, and thus he decided to kill Dak�a because he\nwas the cause of the death of Sati.\nTEXT2\n\nR:\n\n�m�: � ����\n�!4UM'1� I\n\n��:��) �'l\n�� f%� m W?r II � II\nkruddha[l suda�tau�thaputalt sa dhur-ja(ir\njatiirh ta{lid-vahni-satogra-roci�am\nutkrtya rudra[l sahasotthito hasan\ngam bhi\"ra-niido visasarja tam bhuvi\n\nkruddha[l-very angry; suda�fa-o�fha-puta[l-pressing his lips with his\nteeth; sa�- he (Lord Siva); dhii[l-jati[l-having a cluster of hair on his head;\njafiim-one hair; ta{lit-of electricity; vahni-of fire; satii-a flame; ugraterrible; roci�am- blazing; utkrtya snatching ; rudra[l- Lord Siva; sahasiiat once; utthitafi.-stood up; hasan-laughing; gambhira- deep; niida[lsound; visasarja-dashed; tam-that (hair); bhuvi-on the ground.\n-\n\n", "SB4.1#p0168": "Text4)\n\nFrustration of the Sacrifice of Da�a\n\n151\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Lord Siva, being extremely angry, pressed his lips with his teeth\nand immediately snatched from his head a strand of hair which blazed\nlike electricity or fire. He stood up at once, laughing like a madman, and\ndashed the hair to the ground.\nTEXT3\n\n�«tsRtEfittt(ij�'\n\nmfi�\n\nf,m_�� 1\ne\"'\"'!�wt.:i'lfi\niRteG:Rt'l�: \"'\n�it\ncm��T\nft�: I � II\ntato'tikiiyas tanuvii sprsan divam\nsahasra-biihur ghana-ruk tri-surya-drk\nkariila-dam�tro jvalad-agni-murdhaja�\nkapala-miili vividhodyatiiyudha�\ntata�- at this time; atikaya�-a great personality (Virabhadra); tanuviiwith his body; sprsan-touching; divam-the sky; sahasrd-a thousand;\n\nbahuft- arms; ghana-ruk-of black color; tri-surya-drk-as bright as three\nsuns combined; kariila-dam�tra�-having very fearful teeth; jvalat-agni­\n\n(like) burning fire; murdhaja�-having hair on his head; kapa la-miili-gar\n\n­\n\nlanded with men's heads; vividha-various kinds; udyata- upraised; iiyudha�-equipped with weapons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA fearful black demon as high as the sky and as bright as three suns\ncombined was thereby created, his teeth very fearful and the hairs on his\nhead like burning fire. He had thousands of arms equipped with various\nweapons, and he was garlanded with the heads of men.\nTEXT4\n\n�:I\nfiJ:lliif\n\n", "SB4.1#p0169": "152\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 5\n\ntam kim karomiti grrwntam aha\n\nbaddhaiijalim bhagavan bhuta-natha�\n\ndakfiam sa-yajiiam jahi mad-bhatiinam\ntvam agrartz rudra bha(iimsako me\ntam-to him (Virabhadra); kim-what; karomi-shall I do; iti-thus;\n\ngnwntam-asking; aha-ordered; baddha-aiijalim-with folded hands; bha­\n\ngava n -the possessor of all opulences (Lord Siva); bhiita-niitha�-the lord\n\nof the ghosts; da k,sam- Daksa; sa-yajiiam-along with his sacrifice; jahi­\n\nkill; mat-bhaf'iiniim-of all my associates; tvam-you; agrariT{l-the chief;\n\nrudra-0 Rudra; bhata-0 expert in battle; amsaka�-born of my body;\nme-my.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen that gigantic demon asked with folded hands, \"What shall I\n\ndo, my lord?\"Lord S iva, who is known as Bhiitanatha, directly ordered,\n\"Because you are born from my body, you are the chief of all my associates. Therefore, kill Da�a and his soldiers at the sacrifice.\"\nPURPORT\nHere\n\nis the\n\nbeginning of competition between brahma-tejas\n\nand\n\nSiva-tejas. Bhfgu Muni had, created the J;tbhu demigods, who had driven\n\naway the soldiers of Lord Siva stationed in the arena, by his brahma-tejas,\n\nbrahminical strength. When Lord Siva heard that his soldiers had been\ndriven away, he created the tall black demon Virabhadra to retaliate.\nThere is sometimes a competition between the mode of goodness and the\n\nmode of ignorance. That is the way of material existence. Even when one\n\nis situated in the mode of goodness, there is every possibility that his\n\nposition will he mixed with or attacked by the modes of passion or\n\nignorance. That is the law of material nature. Although pure goodness, or\nsuddha-sattva, is the basic principle in the spiritual world, pure manifesta­\n\ntion of goodness is not possible in this material world. Thus, the struggle\n\nfor existence between different material qualities is always present. This\n\nquarrel between Lord Siva and Bhrgu Muni, centering around Prajapati\nDak�a, is the practical example of such competition between the different\n\nqualitative modes of material nature.\n\nTEXT5\n\n311Q�� �\n�\n�� q�:qifi� �I\n\n", "SB4.1#p0170": "Frustration of the Sacrifice of Dakl!a\n\nText6)\n\n153\n\n� �s�¥tlwt'4(1F6:(1\nit�tt(1f � �: ��1{. II '-\\ I I\najiiapta evam kupitena manyunii\nsa deva-devam paricakrame vibhum\nmene tadiitmanam asanga-rarhhasa\nmah�yasam tiita sahaft sahi;�r.um\najiiapta�-being ordered; evam-in this manner; kupitena angr y; man-\n\nyuna-by Lord Siva (who is anger personified);saft-he (Virabhadra); deva­\n\ndevam- he who is worshiped by the demigods;paricakrame-circumambulated; vibhum- Lord Siva; mene-considered; tadii- at that time; iitmanam\n-himself; asanga-ramhasa-with the power of Lord Siva that cannot be\nopposed;mahl'yasam-of the most powerful; tata-my dear Vidura; sahaftstrength; sahifirtum-capable to cope with.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya\n\npersonified\n\ncontinued:\n\nanger\n\nof\n\nMy dear\n\nVidura, that black person was the\n\nthe Supreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,. and he\n\nwas prepa,red to execute the orders of Lord Siva. Thus, considering himself\n\ncapable of coping with any power offered against him, he circumambulated\n\nLord Siva.\n\nTEXT6\n\n31;:eftttitl'f:\n\n(1\n\n�\n�\n\nw;f\n\n(1+'!tl\"�'\n\n��wtG>f.Ao4�1\n�\n\n�ti(R'IilfHWf!Et\n\n�111\\\"0IIe�: II � II\n\nanviyamiina� sa tu rudra-piir�adair\nbhrsam nadadbhir vyanadat su-bhairavam\nudyamya siilam jagad-antakantakam\nsampriidravad ghofiarw-bhufiaflanghr*\nanviyamanaft- being followed; �aft- he (Virabhadra); tu- but; rudrapar§adaift- by the soldiers of Lord Siva;bhrsam- tumultuously; nadadbhift\n\n-roaring;vyanadat-sounded; s u-bhairavam-very fearful;udyamya- carrying; sillam- a trident; jagat-antaka- death ;antakam- killing; sampradravat­\n\nhurried towards (the sacrifice of Dak�a);gho§arw- roaring; bhii�a!la-anghrift\n\n-with bangles on his legs.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0171": "154\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nMany other soldiers of Lord Siva followed the fierce personality in a\ntumultuous uproar. He carried a great trident, fearful enough to kill even\ndeath, and on his legs he wore bangles which seemed to roar.\nTEXT7\n\n3ftllitf\\il f4ijj¥41WI: �:\n44fi�\"*4i SI�Uft\\\"4 � I\n�: '\"ij*\n�Sl{­\n\nAA���� �: 11\\911\n\nathartvijo yajamanalt sadasyalt\nkakubhy udicyiim prasam'ik§ya re11um\ntam alt kim etat kuta etad rajo'bhud\niti dvifo dvija-patnyas ca dadhyult\natha- at that time; rtvija�- the priests; yajamiina�- the chief person performing the sacrifice (Dak�a); sadasyii�-all the persons assembled in the\nsacrificial arena; kakubhi udicyiim- in the northern direction; prasamikna\n-seeing; rerzum-the dust storm; tama�- darkness; kim-what; etat-this;\n\nkuta�-from where; etat-this; raja�-dust; abhiit-has come; iti-thus;\ndvijii�- the briihmacws; dvija-patnya�-the wives of the briihmaras; caand; dadhyu�- began to speculate.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, all the persons assembled in the sacrificial arena-the\npriests, the chief of the sacrificial performance, and the brihmu:tas and\ntheir wives-wondered where the darkness was coming from. Later they\ncould understand that it was a dust storm, and all of them were full of\nanxiety.\nTEXTS\n\nQl1 WI� WI ft �� �:\n\nri�� ilwc::oc: 1\n\"\"' WI EfiiCN;:ij � tm 00\n�SWR fit SI\\JS4414 � II � II\n\n", "SB4.1#p0172": "Text9]\n\nFrustration of the Sacrifice of Da�a\n\n155\n\nvata na viinti na hi santi dasyava\"{l.\npracina-barhir jlvati hogra-da{l{ia\"{l.\ngavo na kalyanta idam kuto rajo\nloko'dhuna kim pralayaya kalpate\nvata�-the winds; na vanti-are not blowing; na-not;hi-because; santiare possible; dasyava �-plunderers; priicina-barhi]l-old King Barhi;jivati­\n\nis living;ha-still; ugra-da11fla�-who would sternly punish; gava�- the cows;\n\nna kalyante\n\n-\n\nare not being driven; idam-this; kuta\"{l.-from where; raja�­\n\ndust; loka�-the planet; adhunii-now; kim-is it; pralayiiya-for dissolution;\n\nkalpate- to be considered ready.\n\nTRANSLATION\nConjecturing on the origin of the storm, they said: There is no wind\nblowing, and there are no cows passing, nor is it possible that this dust\nstorm could be raised by plunderers because still there is the strong King\nBarhi, who would punish them. Where is this dust storm blowing from? Is\nthe dissolution of this planet now to occur?\nPURPORT\nSpecifically significant in this verse is priicinabarhir jivati. The king of\n\nthat part of the land was known as Barhi, and although he was old, he was\n\nstill living, and he was a very strong ruler. Thus there was no possibility of\nthieves and plunderers invading. Indirectly it is stated here that thieves,\n\nplunderers, rogues and unwanted population can exist only in a state or\nkingdom where there is no strong ruler. When, in the name of justice,\nthieves are allowed liberty, the state and kingdom are disturbed by such\n\nplunderers and unwanted population. The dust storm created by the\n\nsoldiers and assistants of Lord Siva resembled the situation at the time of\n\nthe dissolution of this world. When there is a need for the dissolution of\nthe material creation, this function is conducted by Lord Siva. Therefore\nthe situation now created by him resembled the dissolution of the cosmic\n\nmanifestation.\n\nTEXT9\n\nQ.�t: �a-lb�\n\ni§ii�lctd m�� � 1\ntt�q'W�f �W.urt ��:\nWIT\n\n�� �����\n\n", "SB4.1#p0173": "156\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 5\n\n.Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nprasuti-misra� striya udvigna-citta\nucur vipiiko vrjinasyaiva tasya\nyat pa5yant\"iniim duhitfr.iim prajesa{l\nsutam safirn avadadhyav aniigam\nprasuti-mi srii�- headed by Prasuti; striya� - the women; udvigna-cittii�­\n\nbeing very anxious; U:cu�- said; vipiik a {l - the resultant danger; vrjinasya­\n\nof the sinful activity; eva-indeed; tasya - his (Dak�a's); yat - because;\n\npas'yant\"inam - who were looking on; duhitff} iim - of her sisters; prajdal).­\n\nthe lord of the created beings (Dak�a); sutiim-his daughter; satim - Sati;\n\navadadhyau-insulted; aniigiim-completely innocent.\nTRANSLATION\n\nPrasuti, the wife of Da�a, along with the other women assembled,\nbecame very anxious and said: This danger has been created by Da�a\n\nbecause of the death of Sati, who, even though completely innocent, quit\n\nher body as her sisters looked on.\nPURPORT\n\nPrasuti, being a softhearted woman, could immediately understand\n\nthat the imminent danger approaching was due to the impious activity\n\nof hardhearted Prajapati Dak�a. He was so cruel that he would not save\nher youngest daughter, Sati, from the action of committing suicide in the\npresence of her sisters. Sati's mother could understand how much Sati had\n\nbeen pained by the insult of her father. She had been present along with\n\nthe other daughters, and Dak�a had purposely received all of them but\nher because she happened to be the wife of Lord Siva. This consideration\n\nconvinced the wife of Dak�a of the danger which was now ahead, and thus\n\nshe knew that Dak�a must be prepared to die for his heinous action.\nTEXT 10\n\n�*'�••�\n\n��m:\n\n(q��&.\"llfq��:\n� 9@4&fd\\iji(!AGJ��··�,.(1(ij'1��'fi II� II\n....\n\nyas tv anta-kale vyupta-jatii.-kaliipa�\nsva-sula-sucy-arpita-dig-gajendraf!\n\no\n\n", "SB4.1#p0174": "Text 11]\n\nFrustration of the Sacrifice of Da�a\n\n157\n\nvitatya nrtyaty uditastra-dor-dhvajan\nucciit tahiisa-s tanayitnu-bhinna-dik\n\nya�-who (Lord Siva); tu- but; anta-kiile-at the time of dissolution;\nvyupta-having scattered; jata-kalapa�- his bunch of hair; sva-siila-- his own\ntrident; suci- on the points; arpita-pierced; dik-gajendraft- the rulers of the\ndifferent directions; vitatya-scattering; nrtyati- dances; ndita uprai sed;\n-\n\nastra- weapons ;do{l- hands; dhvajan- flags; ucca-loud; a ttahasa-laughing;\n\nstanayitnu-by the thundering sound; bhinna-divided;dik-the directions.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the time of dissolution, Lord Siva's hair is scattered, and he pierces\nthe rulers of the different directions with his trident. He laughs and dances\n\nproudly, scattering their hands like flags, as thunder scatters the clouds all\nover the world.\n\nPURPORT\n\nPrasiiti, who appreciated the power and strength of her son-in-law,\nLord Siva, is describing what he does at the time of dissolution. This\ndescription indicates that the strength of Lord Siva is so great that Dak�a's\npower could not be set in comparison to it. At the time of dissolution,\nLord Siva, with his trident in hand, dances over the rulers of the different\nplanets, and his hair is scattered, just as the clouds are scattered over all\ndirections in order to plunge the different planets into incessant torrents\nof rain. In the last phase of dissolution, all the planets become inundated with water, and that inundation is caused by the dancing of\nLord Siva. This dance is called the pralaya dance, or dance of dissolution.\nPrasiiti could understand that the dangers ahead resulted not only from\nDak�a's neglecting her daughter, but also because of his neglecting the\nprestige and honor of Lord Siva.\nTEXT 11\n\n:su•4��.\n{f'«''Qm\n���� �q !P'T I\n'MI�(,if't(i(6+tl•laf\n���� � �qttfi �: II�� II\n\n", "SB4.1#p0175": "Srimad-B hagavatam\n\n158\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 5\n\namar}ayitva tam asahya-tejasam\nmanyu-plutam durnir\"'ik�yam bhru-kutyii\nkariila-dam�triibhir udasta-bhagartam\nsyat svasti kim kopayato vidhatuft\namar�ayitva-after causing to become angry; tam-him (Lord Siva);\n\nasahya-tejasam-with an unbearable effulgence;manyu-plutam-filled with\nanger; durnirik�yam-not able to be looked at; bhru-kutya-by the movement of his brows;karala-dam�triibh*-by his fearful teeth; udasta-bhiiga!l am- having scattered the luminaries; syiit-there should be;svasti-good\nfortune;kim-how;kopayata�-causing (Lord Siva) to be angry;vidhiituft\n-of Brahma.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe gigantic black man bared his fearful teeth. By the movements of his\n\nbrows he \"scattered the luminaries all over the sky, and he covered them\n\nwith his strong, piercing effulgence. Because of the misbehavior of Da�,\n\neven Lord Brahma, Da�a's father, could not have been saved from the\n\ngreat exhibition of anger.\n\nTEXT 12\n\niiCGilt�•n::t\nm � utic•€44\"': 1\n(1«1�\n\\kq�166¥U:\n¥t41q81 AA � � ., II� �II\nbahv evam udvigna-drsocyamane\njanena dak�asya muhur mahiitmanaft\nutpetur utpatatama� sahasraso\nbhayiivaha divi bhumau ca paryak\nbahu-much; evam-in this manner;udvigna-drsa-with nervo us glances;\n\nucyamane-while this was being said;janena-by the persons (assembled at\n\nthe sacrifice);dak�asya-of Da�a;muhu�-again and again;mahiitmana�­\n\nstronghearted; utpetu�-appeared; utpiitatamii�-very powerful symptoms;\n\nsahasras'a�-by the thousands; bhaya-iivahii�-producing fear; divi-in the\nsky; bhumau-on the earth;ca-and;paryak-from all sides.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile everyone was talking amongst themselves, D�a saw dangerous\nomens from all sides, from the earth and from the sky.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0176": "Text 13)\n\nFrustration of the Sacrifice of Dalu!a\n\n159\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse Dak�a has been described as mahatma. The word mahiitma\n\nhas been commented upon by different commentators in various manners.\n\nViraraghavadirya has indicated that this word mahatma means steady in\n\nheart. That is to say that Dak�a was so stronghearted that even when his\n\nbeloved daughter was prepared to lay down her life, he was steady and\nunshaken. But in spite of his being so stronghearted, he was perturbed\nwhen he saw the various disturbances created by the gigantic black demon.\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakur remarks in this connection that even if one\n\nis called mahiitmii, a great soul, unless he exhibits the symptoms of a\n\nmahiitmii, he should be considered a duriitmii, or a degraded soul. In\n\nBhagavad-gitii the word mahatma describes the pure devotee of the Lord:\n\nmahiitmiinas tu miim piirtha daivim prakrtim iiSritafl. (Bg. 9.13). A mahiitmii\n\nis always under the guidance of the internal energy of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, and thus how could such a misbehaved person as\nDak�a be a mahiitma? A mahatma is supposed to have all the good\n\nqualities of the demigods, and thus Dak�a, lacking those qualities, could\n\nnot be called a mahatma; he should instead be called duriitmii, a degraded\nsoul. The word mahiitmii to describe the qualifications of Dak�a is used\nsarcastically.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n��·�«�·q�\n......�f!4i'4wt��·�:\nfiti:\nN41wq4iU((�Iwt�:\n�\n\n11.rts::f!4fiJJii�(a;q�a\n\ntiivat sa rudriinucarair mahii-makho\nniiniiyudhair oomanakair udiiyudhailt\npingai[l. pisangair makarodariinanaifl.\nparyiidravadbhir viduriinvarudhyata\ntiivat- very quickly; sap- that; rudra-anucaraifl.-by the followers of\n\nLord Siva; mahii-makhap-the arena of the great sacrifice; niinii-various\n\nkinds; iiyudhaip- with weapons; viimanakaip-of short stature; udiiyudhaip\n\n-upraised; pingaip- blackish; piSangaip- yellowish; makara-udara-iinanaip\n\n-with bellies and faces like sharks; paryiidravadbhi� - running all around;\n\nvidura-0 Vidura; anvarudhyata-was surrounded.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0177": "160\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Vidura, all the followers of Lord Siva surrounded the arena of\n\nsacrifice. They were of short stature and were equipped with various kinds\n\nof weapons; their bodies appeared to be like those of sharks, blackish and\nyellowish. They ran all around the sacrificial arena and thus began to create\n\ndisturbances.\nTEXT14\n\n4$ua:q: �� qihtnef � 1\n� �.mm �������\\ill\n-.:1\n\nkecid babhaiiju� prag-vamsam\npatni-saliim tathiipare\nsada iign\"idhra-saliim ca\ntad-vihiiram mahiinasam\nkecit- some; babha ri ju�\n\n-\n\npulled down;priik va msam- the pillars of the\n-\n\nsacrificial pandal; patn\"l-siiliim- the female quarters; tathii- also; apareothers; sada�- the\n\nsacrificial arena; iign\"ldhra-siiliim-the house of the\n\npriests; ca-and; tat-vihiiram-the house of the chief of the sacrifice;\n\nmahiinasam- the house of the kitchen department.\nTRANSLATION\nSome of the soldiers pulled down the pillars which were supporting the\n\npandal of sacrifice, some of them entered the female quarters, some of\nthem began destroying the sacrificial arena, and some of them entered the\nkitchen and the residential quarters.\nTEXT 15\n\n�...ql'llfOl\n\n�\"1wtwti�I�Wl\nt-4�4('31�-l 4iMfl:fillif� : II� \"-.II\nrurujur yajna-piitrii{li\ntathaike 'gn\"ln anasayan\nkurt<le�v amutrayan kecid\nbibhidur vedi-mekhalii�\nruruju�- broke; yajna-piitriir;ti-the pots used in the sacrifice; tathii- so;\neke- some; agn\"ln\n\n-\n\nthe sacrificial fires; a n iisayan- e xtingu ishe d; kur-{ie§u­\n\non the sacrificial arenas; am u trayan- passed urine; kecit- some; bibhidu�tore down; vedi-mekhala�- the boundary lines of the sacrificial arena.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0178": "Text17)\n\nFrustration of the Sacrifice of Dalqla\n\n161\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey broke all the pots made for use in the sacrifice, and some of them\nbegan to extinguish the sacrificial fire. Some tore down the boundary line\nof the sacrificial arena, and some passed urine on the arena.\nTEXT16\n\na;ft;f;� � qW\\(ijJtt� I\n� iil•a(qt\"t sw�•ij•n� qe•f11ij.l� 11 � ���\n31'1114�\n\nabadhanta munin anye\neke patnir atarjayan\napare jagrhur devan\npratyasannan paliiyitiin\nabadhanta-blocked the way; muni'n-the sages; an�-others; eke - some;\n\npatni?l- t he women; atarjaya n-threate ne d; apare-ot hers; jagrhu� - arres t\ned; deviin-the demigods; pratyiisanniin-near at hand; paliiy itiin- who\n­\n\nwere fleeing.\nTRANSLATION\nSome blocked the way of the fleeing sages, some threatened the women\nassembled there, and some arrested the demigods who were fleeing the\npandal.\n\nTEXT17\n\n'6 � '4fiii¥U\"{ ��: SliJ!Iq�i( I\n��: 'l\"\"f � � ��&wch( 11 �\"u\nbhrgum babandha maetiman\nvirabhadra[l prafopatim\ncaet{lesa[l pu�aetam devam\nbhagam nandlsvaro ,grahit\nbhrgum-Bhrgu Muni; babandha-arr ested; ma!liman-Mal).iman; vi'rabhadra�- Virabhadra; prajiipatim-Prajapati\n\nDak�a; ca!l{lesa�-Cai).QeSa;\n\npii�a!lam- Pi:i.�a; devam-the demigo d; bhagam- Bhaga; nandlsvara�- Nandi­\n\nsvara; ag rahi't - arres ted .\n\nTRANSLATION\nMa!'iman, one of the followers of Lord Siva, arrested Bhrgu Muni, and\n\nVirabhadra, the black demon, arrested Prajapati Dalqa. Another follower,\n\nwho was named Cal)..,esa,arrested Pii�a. Nandi8vara arrested the demigod\n\nBhaga.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0179": "162\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 18\n\nri����: m:�: I\n���: � Jtlij���� II� �II\nsarva evartvijo dr§tva\nsadasya� sa-divaukasalt\ntair ardyamana� su-bhrsarh\ngriivabhir naikadha 'dravan\nsarve-all; eva-certainly; rtvija�-the priests; dr�tvii-after seeing; sadasyii�-all the members assembled in the sacrifice; sa-divaukasa� - along with\nthe demigods; tai�-by those (stones); ardyamiinii� - being disturbed; subhrsam -very greatly; griivabh* - by stones; naikadhii-in different directions; adravan - began to disperse.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was a continuous shower of stones, and all the priests and other\n\nmembers assembled at the sacrifice were put into immense misery. For\nfear of their lives they dispersed in different directions.\nTEXT 19\n\n�: �� �� ¥ltNI'l �: I\n\n�-��sce'4,+t'lci�ll��ll\njuhvataft sruva-hastasya\nsmasrii!li bhagavan bhava�\nbhrgor luluiice sadasi\nyo 'hasac chmasru darsayan\njuhvata�-offering sacrificiat\" oblations; sruva-hastasya-with the sacrificial ladle in his hand; smalrii�i-the moustache; bhagaviin-the possessor\nof all opulences; bhava�- Virabhadra; bhrgo�-of Bhrgu Muni; luluncetore out;_ sadasi-in the midst of the assembly; ya�-who (Bhrgu Muni);\nahasat-had smiled; smasru-his moustache; darsayan - showing .\nTRANSLATION\nVirabha,dra shaved off the moustache of Bhrgu, who was offering the\nsacrificial oblations with his hands in the fire.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0180": "Text 21)\n\nFrustration of the Sacrifice of Dak�a\n\n163\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�iN� qafeRt� � � I\n� ���:�(TQ,�II�oll\nbhagasya netre bhagaviin\npiititasya ru�ii bhuvi\nujjahiira sadastho 'k�flii\nyaft sapantam asusucat\nbhagasya-of Bhaga; netre-both eyes; bhagaviin-Vir abhadra; piititasya­\n\nhaving been thrust; ru§a-with great anger; bhuvi-on the ground; ujjahiira­\n\nplucked out; sadastha�- while situated in the assembly of the Visvastks;\n\nak�rtii-by the m9vement of his eyebrows; ya�-who (Bhaga); sapantam(Dak�a) who was cursing (Lord Siva); asii.sucat-encouraged.\nTRANSLATION\n\nVirabhadra immediately caught Bhaga, who had been moving his\neyebrows during the cursing of Lord Siva by Bhtgu, and out of great\nanger thrust him to the ground and forcibly put out his eyes.\nTEXT 21\n\n\\�lift ,gq(ij4,W'(II-l •afus\" � �: I\n�� ••R:�f01 4tsce��i491S\\6: 11� � 11\npii§I]O hy apatayad dantiin\nkalihgasya yathii bala�\nsapyamane garimari\nyo 'hasad darsayan data�\npuuwtt-of PU�a; hi-since; apiitayat extracted; dantiin-the teeth;\nkalingasya-of the King of Kaliriga; yathii-as; bala[t-B al adeva; sapyamiinewhile being cursed; garima{li-Lord Siva; ya[t-who (Pii�a); ahasat-smiled;\ndarsayan showi ng; data�- his teeth.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust as BallJdeva had knocked out the teeth of Dantavakra, the King of\nKaliriga, during the gambling match at the marriage ceremony of Aniruddha,\nVirabhadra knocked out the teeth of both Dak{!a, who had shown them\n\n", "SB4.1#p0181": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n164\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 5\n\nwhile cursing Lord Siva, and PU�a, who, by smiling sympathetically, had\n\nalso shown his teeth.\n\nPURPORT\nHere a reference is made to the marriage of Aniruddha, a grandson of\n\nLord KHI)a's. He kidnapped the daughter of Dantavakra, and thereafter\n\nhe was arrested. Just as he was to be punished for the kidnapping, the\n\nsoldiers from Dvaraka, headed by Balarama, arrived, and a fight ensued\n\namongst the k§atriyas. This sort of fight was very common, especially\n\nduring marriage ceremonies, when everyone was in a challenging spirit.\n\nIn that challenging spirit, a fight was sure to occur, and in such fights\nthere was commonly killing and misfortune. After finishing such fighting\n\nthe parties would come to a compromise, and everything would be settled.\n\nThis Dak�a yajna was similar to such events. Now all of them-Dak�a and\n\nthe demigods Bhaga and PU�a and Bhrgu Muni-were punished by the\nsoldiers of Lord Siva, but later everything would come to a peaceful end.\n\nSo this spirit of fighting between one another was not exactly inimical.\nBut, because everyone was so powerful and wanted to show his strength\n\nby Vedic mantra or mystic power, all these fighting skills were very\nelaborately exhibited by the different parties at the Dak�a yajna.\nTEXT 22\n\n311¥Rfl(fij � f\\1(1\\ffiut tfawn 1\n\nm�\"r\" �m W�roit� �Tl��(·ll����\niikramyorasi dak�asya\nsita-dhiirerta hetinii\nchindann api tad uddhartum\nniisaknot tryambakas tadii\nakramya-having sat; urasi-on the chest; dak�asya-of Dak�a; sita­\n\ndhar e(l a-having a sharp blade; hetina-with a weapon; chindan-cutting;\napi-even though; tat-that (head); uddhartum-to separate; na asaknot­\n\nwas not able; tryambaka�- Virabhadra (who had three eyes); tada-after\n\nthis.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Virabhadra, the giantlike personality, sat on the chest of Dak�a\n\nand tried to separate his head from his body with sharp weapons, but he\nwas not successful.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0182": "Text 24]\n\nFrustration of the Sacrifice of Dak�a\n\n165\n\nTEXT 23\n\n·�·�·�\n�:1\nmA q(+«N4it � qWIRI� ����II\nsastrair astriinvitair evam\nanirbhinna-tvacam hara[l\nvtsmayam param apanno\ndadhyau pasupatis ciram\n•\n\n0\n\n-\n\nsas tra* - with weapons; astra-anvita*-with hymns {mantras); evamthus; anirbhinna-not being cut; tvacam-the skin; haral;t- Virabhadra;\n\nvismayam - be wilderme nt; param-greate st; iipa nnal;t - was s truck with;\ndadhya u- thought; pasupatil;t-Virabhadra; ciram-for a long time.\nTRANSLATION\nHe tried to cut the head of Da�a with hymns as well as weapons, but\nstill it was hard to cut even the surface of the skin of Dak�a's head. Thus\nVirabhadra was exceedingly bewildered.\nTEXT 24\n\ntil � � � « qRI4� 1\nttlii+Ui1q�n : � �lttl�i1(� : II�CJII\ndr*tvii samjnapanam yogam\npasuniim sa patir makhe\nyajamiina-paso[l kasya\nkayat teniiharac chiral;t\ndr�t va- having seen; samj n apanam- for the killing of the animals in the\nsacrifice; yogam - the device; pasuniim-of the animals; sal;t - he (Virabhadra); pat*- the lord; makhe-in the sacrifice; yajamiina-pasol;t-who\nwas an animal in the form of the chief of the sacrifice; kasya- of Dak�a;\nkayat- from the body; tena- by that (device); aharat-severed; siral;t- his\nhead.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Virabhadra saw the wooden device in the sacrificial arena by which\nthe animals were to have been killed. He took the opportunity of this\nfacility to behead Dak�a.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0183": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n166\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\nIn this connection it is to be noted that the device used for killing\n\nanimals in the sacrifice was not designed to facilitate eating their fles)l.\n\nThe killing was specifically intended to give a new life to the sacrificed\n\nanimal by the power of Vedic mantra. The animals were sacrificed to\n\ntest the strength of Vedic mantras; yajnas were performed as a test of the\n\nmantra. Even in the modern age, tests are executed on animal bodies in the\nphysiology laboratory. Similarly, whether or not the briihmarzas were\nuttering the Vedic hymns correctly was tested by sacrifice in the arena.\n\nOn the whole, the animals thus sacrificed were not at all the losers. Some\n\nold animals would be sacrificed, but in exchange for their old bodies they\n\nreceived other, new bodies. That was the test of Vedic mantras. Virabhadra,\ninstead of sacrificing animals\n\nwith the wooden device, immediately\n\nbeheaded Dak�a, to the astonishment of everyone.\nTEXT 25\n\n«n!iltl(((ij(l � � � WI� I\n\nl(6�6fti\\1Miwtl4�ti\n\nijflq4�: ������\n\nsadhu-vadas tad'ii te�iim\nkarma tat tasya pasyatiim\nbhi ta-preta-pisiiciiniim\nanye�iim tad-viparyaya�\nsiidhu-viida�-joyful exclamation; tadii-at that time; te�iim-of those\n\n(followers of Lord Siva); karma-action; tat-that; tasya-of him (Virabhadra); pasyatiim-seeing; bhiita-preta-pisiiciiniim-of the bhiitas (ghosts),\n\npretas and piSiicas; anye�iim-of the others (in the party of Dak�a); tat­\n\nviparyaya�-the opposite of that (an exclamation of grief).\nTRANSLATION\n\nUpon seeing the action of Virabhadra, the party of Lord Siva was\npleased and cried out joyfully, and all the bhutas, the ghosts and demons\n\nthat had come\n\nmade a tumultuous sound. On the other hand, the\n\nbrahmru:tas who were in charge of the sacrifice cried out in grief at the\n\ndeath of Da�a.\n\nTEXT 26\n\nI\n'ijC:I4ij�;�J�UI\\Iil44fifij :\nij(q��;f � St1Rt8C( �4iR��4( ������\n\n", "SB4.1#p0184": "Frustration of the Sacrifice of Da�a\n\nText 26]\n\n167\n\njuhiivaitac chiras tasmin\ndak�ir-iigniiv amar�ita�\ntad-deva-yajanam dagdhva\npriiti�thad guhyakiilayam\njuhiiva-sacrificed as an oblation; etat-that; sira�-head; tasmin-in\n\nthat; dak§irw-agnau-in the sacrificial fire on the southern side; amarsitah.\nVirabhadra, being greatly angry; tat-of Dak�a; deva-yajanam-the a; ran ge­\n\nments\n\nfor\n\nthe\n\nsacrifice to\n\nthe\n\ndemigods; dagdhvii-having set\n\nprati§ (hat-de parted ; guhyaka-iilayam-to\n(Kailasa).\n\nfire;\n\nthe abode of the Guhyakas\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nVirabhadra then took the head and, out of his great anger, threw it into\n\nthe southern side of the sacrificial fire, offering it as an oblation. In this\nway all the followers of Lord Siva devastated all the arrangements for sacri­\n\nfice. After setting fire to the whole arena, they departed for their master's·\nabode, Kailasa.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Fifth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Frustration of the Sacrifice\nof Dak�a.\"\n\n", "SB4.1#p0185": "CHAPTER SIX\n\nBrahma satisfies Lord Siva\nTEXTS 1-2\n\n���\n3N �'44IU: «l ijS(Iwr\\�: q(l�(tl: I\n\nII � II\n'l.�qfnf.IMt'•�NREIU�l:\n4M'11N'ifij'4ltl: W� W�Ii\\JSI: I\n� wt'4('f)� ••�(\"\"if��� II � II\nmaitreya uviica\n\natha deva-gartii� sarve\n\nrudriin\"lka* pariijitii�\n\nsiila-pat tisa-nistrirhsa­\n\ngadii-parigha-mudgara*\n\nsanchinna-bhinna-sarvangii�\n\nsartvik-sabhyii bhayiikulii�\n\nsvayambhuve namaskrtya\n\nkiirtsnyenaitan nyavedayan\n\nmaitreya� uvaca-Maitreya said; atha-after this; deva-gaT)ii/1-all the\n\ndemigods;sarve-all;rudra-anika*-by the soldiers of Lord Siva;pariijita�­\n\nhaving been defeated; si.ila-trident; pattisa-a sharp-edged spear; nistrimsa-a sword; gada-mace; parigha-an iron bludgeon; mudgarai�-a hammer­\n\nlike weapon; safichinna-bhinna-sarva;tga�-all the limbs wounded; sa-rtvik­\n\nsabhya�-with all the priests and members of the sacrificial assembly;\nbhaya-akula�-with great fear; svayambhuve-unto Lord Brahma; namas­\n\nkrtya-after offering obeisances; kartsnyena-in detail; etat-the events of\nDak�a's sacrifice; nyavedayan-reported.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the priests and other members of the sacrificial assembly and all the\n\ndemigods, being defeated by the soldiers of Lord Siva and injured by\n169\n\n", "SB4.1#p0186": "[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n170\n\nweapons like tridents and swords, approached Lord Brahma with great\nfear. After offering him obeisances, they began to speak in detail of all the\nevents which had transpired.\n\nTEXT3\n\ni46\"A•Ictlwti'$wrcr: 1\n\n:aqew\n\nwtiO�UI� �'IT ;r 4MI'*4'ltft�t}: II � II\nupalabhya puraivaitad\nbhagavan abja-sambhava[l\nnaraya[las ca visviitmii\nna kasyadhvaram \"iyatu[l\nupalabhya-knowing; pura-beforehand; eva\n\n-\n\nce r tai nly ; etat-all these\n\nevents of Dak�a's sacrifice; bhagav an- the possessor of all opulences; abja­\n\nsambhavafi.- born from a lotus flower (Lord Brahm a); naraya[la/1.- Nad.iyar;Ja;\nca-and; visvatma-the Supersoul of the entire universe; na-not; kasya-of\nDak�a; adhvaram-to the sacrifice; i\"yatu_h\n\n-\n\ndi d go.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBoth Lord Brahma and Vilj�u already knew that such events would\n\noccur in the sacrificial arena of D�a, and knowing beforehand, they\ndid not go to the sacrifice.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii, vediiham samatitiini vartamiinani ciirjuna\n(Bg. 7.26). The Lord says, \"I know everything that has happened in the\npast and is going to happen in the future.\" Lord Vi�l)U is omniscient, and\nHe therefore knew what would happen at Dak�a's sacrificial arena. For\nthis reason both Narayal;la and Lord Brahma did not attend the great\nsacrifice performed by Dak�a.\nTEXT 4\n\nij� �: � �'P.rm t6•••m 1\n\n� \\ft � � sniPJr � II � II\ntad akar[lya vibhuft praha\ntejiyasi krtiigasi\nk.semiiya tatra sa bhu_yiin\nna prii_ye[!a bubhu:;atam\n\n", "SB4.1#p0187": "Lord Brahma Satisfies Lord Siva\n\nText 5]\n\n171\n\ntat-the events related by the demigods and the others; iikarr ya- after\n\n- replied ; tejiyas i- a great personality;\n. - has been offended; k,s emiiya- for your happiness; tatra-in that\n\nhearing; vibhu�- Lord Brahm a; p niha\n\nkr t a-iiga , i\n\nway; sii-that; bhuyiit\n\nn\n\na-i s not conducive; priiye [!a- ge her al ly ; bubhu­\n\n$Uliim- desire to exist.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Brahma heard everything from the demigods and the\nmembers who had attended the sacrifice, he replied: You cannot he\n\nhappy in executing a sacrifice if you blaspheme a great personality and\nthereby offend his lotus feet. You cannot have happiness in that way.\nPURPORT\nLord Brahma explained to the demigods that although Dak�a wanted to\n\nj\n\nj\n\nen oy the results of fruitive sacrificial activities, it is not possible to en oy\n\nwhen one offends a great personality like Lord Siva. It was good for Dak�a\nto have died in the fight because if he had lived he would have committed\nsuch offenses at the lotus feet of great personalities again and again. According to Manu's Jaw, when a person commits murder, punishment is beneficial\nfor him because if he is not killed then he might commit more and more\n\nmurders and therefore be entangled in his future lives for having killed so\nmany persons. Therefore the king's punishment of a murderer is appro­\n\npriate. If th o se who are extremely offensive are killed by the grace of the\nLord, that is good for them. In other words, Lord Brahma explained to the\ndemigods that it was good for Dak�a to have been killed.\n\nTEXTS\n\n3N1N Tf iijft�ttl\n� � �1•14{f$ �:\n'ff41G:�i4\nqRu�ij(11\n\n�Sf$f(11{\n\nst•OOijlf«q\"� II \"' II\n\nathapi yuyam krta-kilbi�ii bhavam\n_ye barhi�o bhaga-bhajarh paradu�\n\nprasadayadhvarh parisuddha-cetasa\nlr�ipra-prasadarh pragrhita-mighri-padmam\nathiipi-still; yuya m -all of you; k rta- k ilbi§ii{l -having committed of­\n\nfenses; bhavam- Lord S iva;ye-all of you; barhi� aft - of the sacrifice; blufg.z-\n\n", "SB4.1#p0188": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n172\n\n[Canto 4, Ch.6\n\nbhajam-entitled to a share; paradu{!-have excluded; prasiidayadhvam­\n\nall of you should satisfy; parisuddha-cetasa-without mental reservations;\n\nk§ipra-prasadam-quick mercy; pragrhita-a;tghri-padrnam-his lotus feet\nhaving been taken shelter of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou have excluded Lord Siva from taking part in the sacrificial results,\nand therefore you are all offenders at his lotus feet. Still, if you go without\nmental reservations and surrender unto him and fall down at his lotus\nfeet, he will be very pleased.\nPURPORT\nLord Siva is also called Asuto�a. Asu means very soon, and to�a means\n\nto become satisfied. The demigods were advised to go to Lord Siva and\n\nbeg his pardon, and because he is very easily pleased, it was certain that\n\ntheir purpose would be served. Lord Brahma knew the mind of Lord Siva\n\nvery well, and he was confident that the demigods, who were offenders\n\nat his lotus feet, could mitigate their offenses by going to him and surrendering without reservation.\n\nTEXT6\n\n;jflM(t+tiiH�\n�: �:�W{�I\n�m\n� � f«1;t\n\n311411(11'1I\n\n��Fit �:11�11\nasiisana jivitam adhvarasya\nlokafr sa-piilalt kupite na yasmin\ntarn asu devam priyaya vihinam\nk§amapayadhvam hrdi viddharh duruktaifr\nasaslinalt-wishing to ask; jivitam-for the duration; adhvarasya-of the\n\nsacrifice; loka{!-all the planets; sa-pala{!-with their controllers; kupile­\n\nwhen angered; na-not; yasmin-whom; tam-that; asu-at once; devam­\n\nLord Siva; priyayii-of his dear wife; vihinam-having been deprived;\n\nk;samapayadhvam-beg his pardon; hrdi-in his heart; viddham-very much\nafflicted; duruktai{t- by unkind words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma also advised them that Lord S iva is so powerful that by\nhis anger all the planets and their chief controllers can be destroyed\n\n", "SB4.1#p0189": "Text 7]\n\n173\n\nLord Brahma Satisfies Lord Siva\n\nimmediately. Also, he said that Lord Siva was especially sorry because he\nhad recently lost his dear wife and was also very much afflicted by the\n\nunkind words of D�a. Under the circumstances, Lord Brahma suggested\n\nthat it would behoove them to go at once and beg his pardon.\nTEXT7\n\nitt¥4�\n'!�*��I\nft�:\n\nile41�til�t\nt1(!4k44(1����11 \\9 II\n3144Tui\n\nnaharh na yajno na ca yuyam anye\n_ye deha-bhajo munayas ca tattvam\nviduft pramiirwm bala-v\"iryayor vii\nyasyiitma-tantrasya ka upiiyam vidhitset\nna-no t ; ah am- l ; na nor ; yajiia� -lndra; na-nor; ca-and; yuyam-a11\n-\n\nof you; anye-others; ye-who; deha-bhiija�-of those who bear material\nbodies; munaya{ t-the sages; ca-and; tattvam-the truth; viduft\n\n-\n\nknow ;\n\npramanam- the extent; bala-viryayoh-of the strength and po w er; va\n\n-\n\nor;\n\nyasya _:_ of Lord S iva; iitma-tantrasya._of Lord S iva, who is self-dependent;\n\nka{t-what; u payam-means ; vidhitset-should wish to devise.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Brahma said that no one, including himself, Indra, all the members\n\nwho were assembled in the sacrificial arena, and all the sages, could know\n\nhow powerful Lord Siva is. Under the circumstances, who would dare to\ncommit an offense at his lotus feet?\n\nPURPORT\nAfter Lord Brahma advised the demigods to go to Lord Siva and beg\nhis pardon, it was suggested how he should be satisfied and how the mafter\nshould be placed before him. Brahma also asserted that none of the conditioned souls, including himself and all the demigods, could know how to\n\nsatisfy Lord S iva. But he said, \"It is known that he is very easily satisfied,\nso let us try to satisfy him by falling at his lotus feet.\"\n\nActually the position of the subordinate always is to surrender to the\nSupreme. That is the instruction of Bhagavad-gitii. The Lord asks everyone\nto give up all kinds of concocted occupations and simply surrender unto\nHim. That will protect the conditioned souls from all sinful reactions.\n\nSimilarly, in this case Brahma also suggests that they go and surrender\n\n", "SB4.1#p0190": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n174\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\nunto the lotus feet of Lord Siva, for since he is very kind and easily\n\nsatisfied, this action would prove effective.\nTEXTS\n\n�\n\n�\n\nij(lwt�4i� �:\n\nij¥4�6: �: �:\n�1 �W<flfite4 �:\n�le'4faSI!4� fW;f �: II <; II\n\nsa ittham adisya suran ajas tu ta*\nsamanvita� pitrbhi� saprajesa*\nyayau svadhi,wyan nilayam pura-dvi�aft\nkailasam adri-pravaram priyam prabhoft\nsa�-he (Brahma); ittham-thus; adisya-after instruCting; suran-the\n\ndemigods;\n\naja�-Lord\n\nBrahma;\n\ntu-then; tai�- th ose; samanvita�­\n\nfoUowed; pitrbhi�- by the Pitas; sa-prajesa*-along with the lords of the\n\nliving entities; yayau-went; svadhi§!tyiit-from his own place; nilayam­\n\nt he ·abode; pura-dvi�a�-of Lord Siva; kailiisam\n\n-\n\nKailii sa; adri-pravaram­\n\nLhc b est among mountains;priyam-dear;prabho�-of the lord (Siva).\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter thus instructing all the demigods, the Pitas and the lords of the\n\nliving entities, Lord Brahma took them with him and left for the abode of\nLord Siva, known as the Kailasa Hill.\nPURPORT\nThe abode of Lord Siva, which is known as Kailasa, is described in the\n\nfourteen verses which follow.\n\nTEXT9\n\n�i4i1ttN6qlt4;:sctTt•l�t;f��:\n� fct;t(tl.-�c:e(t\n\n� II � II\n\njanmaufiadhi-tapomantrayoga-siddhair naretara*\nju�tam kinnara-gandharvair\napsarobhir vrtarh sada\njanma- b irth; o� adh i her bs; tapa�- a uste rity ; mantra- Vedic hymns;\nyoga- mys tic yoga practices; siddha*-with perfected beings; naretara*-\n\n", "SB4.1#p0191": "Text 11)\n\nby\n\nLord Brahma Satisfies Lord Siva\n\n175\n\ndemigods; ju§fam-enjoyed; kinnara-gandharoaiJ:l-by K.innaras and\n\nGandharvas; apsarobhil;l-by A psar as; vrtam-full of; sada-always.\nTRANSLATION\nThe abode known as Kailisa is full of different herbs and vegetables,\nand it is sanctified by Vedic hymns and mystic yoga practice. Thus the\nresidents of that abode are demigods by birth and have all mystic powers.\nBesides them there are other human beings who are known as Kinnaras\nand Gandharvas and are accompanied by their beautiful wives, who are\nknown as Apsaris, or angels.\nTEXT 10\n\n;u;uqru.q�: sft;tiwcr\\ifltJfitNf?l�: 1\n:rtl:rtig;qc?Rtlg�wrtwtl4•l•l•lt�:\nII� II\no\n\nnana-map,i-mayai/l srngair\nnanadhatu-vicitritai/l\nnii.nii-druma-lata-gulmair\nnana-mrga-gap,avrtai/l\nniina-d.ifferent kinds; map,i-je wels; mayaiJ:l-made of;s'pigail;l- with the\npeaks; niiniidhiitu-vicitritai/;1.-decor ated with various minerals; niinii- various; druma-trees; lata-creepers; gulmai/;1.-plants; niinii-various; mrgagarta-by groups of deer; iivrtaiJ:l-inhabited by.\nTRANSLATION\nKailisa is full of mountains which are filled with all kinds of valuable\njewels and minerals and surrounded by all varieties of valuable trees and\nplants. The top of the hill is nicely decorated by various types of deer.\nTEXT 11\n\nI\nwtl:rtlq�Sf(lq�wtiwc�«1�fl:\n� �«P{fiwti �: m:s;:.rt�{'ll( II� �II\nnanamala-prasraval,lair\nniinii-k andara-siinubhi{l\nramaf1arh viharantlnam\nramarraift siddha-yofiitiim\nniinii-various; amala-transparent; prasraval,lai�-with waterfalls; niiniivarious; kandara-caves;siinubhi/;1.-with summits; ramap,am-giving pleasure;\nviharantiniim-sporting; ramal,lai/;1.-with their lovers; siddha-yo�itiim-of\n·the damsels of the mystics.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0192": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n176\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere are many waterfalls, and in the mountains there are many\n\nbeautiful caves in which the very beautiful wives of the mystics are found.\nTEXT 12\n\n�7{(if%t�d �tref?c4{f4i� I\n�tm �� �tf q�f�UIII( llt�ll\nmayura-kekiibhirutarh\nmadiin.dhali-vimurcchitam\npliivitai rakta-kar-thiinarh\nkujitais ca patattrittiim\nmayU:ra-pe acocks; keka-with the cries; abhirutam-resounding; madaby intoxication; andha-blinded; ali-by the bees; vimiirc chitam-resounded; plavita*-with the singing; rakta-kar;tthanam-of the cuckoos; kujita*\n\n-with the whispering; ca-and;patattrir;tam-of other birds.\nTRANSLATION\nOn Kailasa Hill there is always the rhythmical sound of the peacocks'\nsweet vibrations and the bees' humming. Cuckoos are always singing, and\nother birds whisper amongst themselves.\nTEXT 13\n\nafi1'414\\�Fl �: 1\n���· 'ftd.lul'kfflw �f�: II� �II\n�\n\n..\n\nahvayantam ivoddhastair\ndvijan kiima-dughair drumaift\nvrajantam iva miitarigair\ngp;wntam iva nirjhara*\nahvayantam-calling;iva-as if;uddhastai�-with upraised hands (branches); dvijan-the birds; kama-dughaiQ.-yielding desires; druma*-with trees;\nvrajantam-moving;iva-as if; matanga*-by elephants; gnwntam-resounding; iva-as if; nirjharaiQ.-b y the w aterfalls.\nTRANSLATION\nThere are tall trees with straight branches that appear to call the sweet\n\nbirds, and when flocks of elephants pass through the hills, it appears that\nthe Kailasa Hill moves with them. When the waterfalls resound, it appears\nthat Kailasa Hill does also.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0193": "Lord Brahma Satisfies Lord Siva\n\nText 16]\n\n177\n\nmandarai/1 piiri.iiitais ca\nsaralais copasobhitam\ntamiila* siila-tiilais ca\nkovidiiriisaniirjunai[l\ncutai[l kadambair nipais ca\nniiga-punniiga-campakai�\npii�aliisoka-bakulai�\nkunda* kurabakair api\nmandiiraifl-with mandiiras; piirijiitaifi,-with piirijiitas; ca-and; saralai[lwith saralas; ca-and; upasobhitam- dec o rat ed ; tamiilaift-with tamiila\ntrees; siila-tiilaift-with siilas and tiilas; ca-and; kovidiira-iisana-arjunai[lkovidaras, iisanas (vijaya-saras) and arjuna trees (kiiiicaniirakas); cutai[lwith cutas (a species of mango); kadambaift-with kadambas; nipai�-with\nn\"'ipas (dhuli-kadambas); ca-and; niiga-punniiga-campakailt·-with niigas,\npunniigas, and campakas; piitala-asoka-bakulai�-with piitalas, asokas and\nbakulas; kundaift-with kundas; kurabakaift-with kurabakas; api also\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe whole of Kailasa Hill is decorated with various kinds of trees, of\n\nwhich the following names can be mentioned: mandara, parijata, sarala,\ntarnala,\n\ntala,\n\nkovidara,\n\nasana,\n\narjuna,\n\namrajati\n\n(mango),\n\nkadamba,\n\ndhuli-kadamba, naga, punnaga, campaka, patala, a8oka, bakula, kunda and\n\nkurabakas. The entire hill is decorated with such trees, which produce\n\nflowers with fragrant aromas.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�o1tuiija-q;�\nf4«�sufflf¥r: 1\n����tmfll� �¥1�11Na-� lit f.. II\nsvarr-iirra-sata-patrais ca\nvarare\"(luka-jiitibhi[l\nkubjakair mallikiibhis ca\nmiidhavibhis ca ma\"(l{litam\n\n", "SB4.1#p0194": "178\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\nsvar(liir(la-golden colored; sata-patrai{l-with lotuses; ca-and; varare(luka-jiitibhil;t-with varas, re!lukas and malat\"is; kubjakail;t-with kubjakas; mallikabhil;t-with mallikas; ca-and; madhav\"\"ibhil;t- with madhav'is;\nca-and; ma(l{iitam-decorated .\nTRANSLATION\nThere are other trees also which decorate the hill, such as the golden\n\nlotus flower, the cinnamon tree, miilati, kubja, mallikii and madhavi.\nTEXT 17\n\n'1-Hit�UlQ��3'4�til\\iftqfll :\nI\nl{�'IM¥1: \\it ���� ��: I I� \\91 I\npanasodumbariisvatthaplak�a-n yagrodha-hingu bh*\nbhurjair o�adhibhil;t pugai\nrajapugais ca jambubhil;t\npanasa-udumbara-asvattha-plak�a-nyagrodha-hirigubhil;t-with panasas\n(jackfruit trees), udumbaras, asvatthas, plak�as, nyagrodhas and trees produ ci ng asafetida; bhiirjail;t-with bhiirjas ;o�adhibhil;t-with betel nut trees;\npugail;t-with piigas; rajapiigail;t-with rajapiigas; ca-and; ja.\"Y£bubhifl-with\njambus.\nTRANSLATION\nKailasa Hill is also decorated with such trees as kata, jackfruit, julara,\n\nbanyan trees, plak�as, nyagrodhas and trees producing asafetida. Also\nthere are trees of betel nuts and bhiirjapatra, as well as rajapiiga, black­\n\nberries and similar othe trees.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n��(i;jRtEfil;jla: fit41e+t��: r\n��� � �'!!�\"4�: II�GII\nkharjuriimratakiimriidyail;t\npriyala-madhukengudail;t\ndruma-fatibhir anyais ca\nrajitam vep.u-k'icakail}\nkharjura-iimriitaka-amra-adyail;t-with kharjiiras, amratakas, amras and\nothers; priyiila-madhuka-ingudai{l-with priyalas, madhukas and irigudas;\n\n", "SB4.1#p0195": "Texts 19-20]\n\nLord Brahma Satisfies Lord Siva\n\n179\n\ndruma-jiitibh*-with v arieties of trees; anyai�-other; ca-and; riijitamdecorated; veflu-k'Lcaka*-with ver.us (bamboos) and k\"icakas\n\n( hollow\n\nbamboos).\nTRANSLATION\nThere are mango trees, priyila, madhuka and inguda. Besides these\n\nthere are other trees, like thin bamboos, kicaka, and varieties of other\nbamboo trees, all decorating the tract of Kailasa Hill.\nTEXTS 19-20\n\nI\ntHJ(\\�qe�IW€fq'31!JIW«f.tftf:\n�1! � ��«f4•1'FGJq�jf� ����II\n�: :u.Rf41'lti: stil�ii\\ �taiN�: I\niFA: ��ii �f��f�r: ll�oll\n..\n\nkumudotpala-kahliirasatapatra-vanarddhibh*\nnalin'i�u kalam kujatkhaga-vrndopasobhitam\nmrga* siikhiimrga* kropair\nmrgendrair rkfia-salyaka*\ngavayai� sarabhair vyiighrai\nrurubhir mahi�iidibh*\nkumuda-kumuda; utpala-utpala; kahliira-kahliira; satapatra-lotuses;\nvana- for est; rddhibhi�- being covered with; nalin\"i�u-in the lakes;kalamvery sweetly; kujat-whispering; khaga-of birds; vrnda- grou ps; upasobhitam-decorated with; mrga*-with deer; siikhiimrgai�-with monkeys;\n\nkro�a*-with boars; mrgen drai�- with lions; rk§a-salyaka*-with rk§as\n\nand salyakas; gavay a ilt -with forest cows; sarabha*-with forest asses;\n\nvyaghrai�-with tigers; rurubhi�-with small deer; mahi.5a-adibhi�-with\nbuffalo, etc.\nTRANSLATION\nThere are different kinds of lotus flowers, such as kumuda, utpala\n\nand satapatra. The forest appears to be a decorated garden, and the small\nlakes are\n\nfull of various kinds of birds who whisper very sweetly.\n\nThere are many kinds of other animals also, like deer, monkeys, boars,\n\nlions, riqlas, salyakas, forest cows, forest asses, tigers, small deer, buffalo\n\nand many other animals, who are fully enjoying their lives.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0196": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n180\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�IJfl��MdJ �f.\\�i �: I\n«J't(qtJC����� ����II\nkarrantraikapadasvasyair\nnirju§tarh vrka-nabhibh*\nkadali-khar!ia-.sarhruddhanalin\"\"i-pulina-sriyam\nkarrtiintra-by the karl}iintra; ekapada-the ekapada; as'vasyai�-by the\nas'vasya; nirju§tam-fully enjoyed; vrka-niibhibhi�-by the vrka and niibhi\nor kastiiri deer; kadali'-of banana trees; kha!lga-with groups; sarhruddha\n-covered; nalini-of small lakes filled with lotus flowers;pulina-with the\nsandy banks;sriyam-very beautiful.\nTRANSLATION\nThere are varieties of deer, such as kart:tantra, ekapada, asvasya, vrka\nand kasturi, the deer which bears musk. Besides the deer there are many\n\nbanana trees which decorate the small hillside lakes very nicely.\nTEXT 22\n�\n\n'{lt� � ��: �t'tlt!ud\\tli I\n.\n\n�� \\��f'IR � � �: ������\nparyastam nandaya satya�\nsnana-pur yatarodaya\nvilokya bhutda-girirh\nvibudha vismayarh yayu�\nparyastam-surrounded; nandaya-by the Nandii; satyaf!,-of Sati;snana\n-by the bathing;puryatara-especially flavored;udaya-with water; �ilokya-after seeing; bhutesa-of Bhutesa (the lord of the ghosts, Lord Siva);\ngirim-the mountain;vibudhtift-the demigods;vismayam-wonder;yayuftobtained.\nTRANSLATION\nThere is a small lake named Alakananda in which Sati used to take\nher bath, and that lake is especially auspicious. All the demigods, after\n\nseeing the specific beauty of Kailasa Hill, were struck with wonder at the\ngreat opulence that was to be found there.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0197": "Lord Brahma Satisfies Lord Siva\n\nText 23]\n\n181\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the commentary called Sri Bhagavata-candra-candrika, the\nwater in which Sati used to bathe was Ganges water. In other words, the\nGanges flowed through the Kailasa Parvata. There is every possibility of\naccepting such a statement because Ganges water also flows from the hair\nof Lord �iva. Since Ganges water rests on the head of Lord �iva and then\nflows to the other parts of the universe, it is quite possible that the water\nin which Sati bathed, which was certainly very nicely scented, was Ganges\nwater.\nTEXT 23\n\n;::� � (RCiqC?SEfi em{\n\n� �I\n������llf�ll��ll\ndadrsus tatra te ramyiim\nalakiirh nama vai purim\n\nvanarh saugandhikarh ciipi\n\nyatra tan-nama paiikajam\n\ndadrsu�-saw; tatra-there (in Kailasa); te-they (the demigods); ram­\n\nyam-ve ry attractive; ala k am-Al ak a; nama-known as; vai-indeed; purim\n\n-abode; vanam-forest; sa u ga n dh ik am-Sau gand hika; ca-and; api-eve n;\n\nyatra-in which place; tat-nama-known by that name; patikajam-species\nof lotus flowers.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus the demigods saw the wonderfully beautiful region known as\n\nAlaka in the forest known as Saugandhika, which means \"full of fragrance.\"\n\nThe forest is known as Saugandhika because of its abundance of lotus\n\nflowers.\n\nPURPORT\nSometimes Alaka is known as Alaka puri, which is also the name of the\nabode of Kuvera. Kuvera's abode, however, cannot be seen from Kailasa.\nTherefore the region of Alakii referred to here is different from the Alaka\npuri of Kuvera. According to Virariighava Acarya, alaka means \"uncom­\n\nmonly beautiful.\" In the region of Alaka the demigods saw, there is a type\nof lotus flower known as Saugandhika that distributes an especially fragrant scent.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0198": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n182\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 24\n\n� ��ftlWf;((l � �fhit ii'RRf: �(: I\n\n� 11��11\n\n����\nnanaa ciilakanandii ca\n\nsaritau bahyataft puraft\nfirthapada-padiimbhoja\nrajasiitiva piivane\nnanda-the Nanda; ca-and; alakanandii-the Alakananda; ca-and; sari­\n\ntwo rivers; bahyata{t - ou tsid e ; pura�-from the city; tirthapada-of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; padiimbhoja-of the lotus feet;\nrajas ii- by the dust; at iva\nexceedingl.y; pii van e -sanc tifie d\n\ntau\n\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey also saw the two rivers named Nanda and Alakananda. These two\nrivers are sanctified by the dust of the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda.\nTEXT 25\n\n�: ij(�tt: �'ijfct� ���: I\nqiR��: f��f� d(t4i�6UII��II\nyayoft sura-striya[l k,sattar\navaruhya svadhigtyata�\nkrT!fanti pumsa� siiicantyo\nvigiihya rati-karsitii!J,\n\nyay o {t-in both of which (rivers); s u ra -striya� the celestial damsels along\nwith their husbands; k§aUa�-0 Vidura; avaruhya-desc endi ng; svad hi§[lyata{!-from their own airplanes; kri!fan ti-they play;punisa[t - their husbands;\nsiii can tya� sprinkling with water; vigiih y a ilfter entering(the water); rati ka rsitii�-whose enjoyment has become diminished.\n-\n\n-\n\n_\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear �atta, Vidura, the celestial damsels came down to that river in\ntheir airplanes with their husbands, and after sex enjoyment, they entered\nthe water and enjoyed sprinkling their husbands with water.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is understood that even the damsels of the heavenly planets are\npolluted b y thoughts of sex enjoyment, and therefore they come in\n\n", "SB4.1#p0199": "Text 25]\n\nLord Brahmii Satisfies Lord Siva\n\n183\n\nairplanes to bathe in the rivers Nandii. and Alakanandii.. It is significant\nthat these rivers, Nandii. and Alakanandii., are sanctified by the dust of the\n\nlotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In other words, just as\n\nthe Ganges is sacred because its water emanates from the toes of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Nii.rii.ya!J.a, so whenever water or any­\n\nthing is in touch with devotional service of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, it is purified and spiritualized. The rules and regulations of\n\ndevotional service are based on this principle: anything in touch with the\nlotus feet of the Lord is immediately freed from all material contamina­\n\ntion. The damsels of the heavenly planets, polluted by thoughts of sex\n\nlife, come down to bathe in the sanctified rivers and enjoy sprinkling\n\nwater on their husbands.\n\nTwo words are very significant in this connection. Rati-karsita means\n\nthat the damsels become morose after sex enjoyment. Although they\naccept sex enjoyment as a bodily demand, afterwards they are not happy.\n\nAnother significant point in this connection is that Lord Govinda, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, is described here as tirtha-pada. Tirtha\n\nmeans \"sanctified place,\" and piida means \"lotus feet of the Lord.\" People\n\ngo to a sanctified place to free themselves from all sinful reaction. In\n\nother words, those who are devoted to the lotus feet of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Kr�r;ta, automatically become sanctified. The\nLord's lotus feet are called tirtha-piida because under their protection\n\nthere are hundreds and thousands of saintly persons who sanctify the\n\nsacred places of pilgrimage. Srila Narottamadiisa Thakur, a great acarya of\n\nthe Gau�iya Vai�r;tava Sampradaya, advises us not to travel to different\n\nplaces of pilgrimage. Undoubtedly, it is troublesome to go from one place to\n\nanother, but one who is intelligent can take shelter of the lotus feet of\n\nGovinda and thereby be automatically, sanctified as the result of his\npilgrimage. Anyone who is fixed in the service of the lotus feet of Govinda\n\nis called tirtha-piida; he does not need to travel on various pilgrimages, for\n\nhe can enjoy all the benefits of such travel simply by engaging in the\nservice of the lotus feet of the Lord. Such a pure devotee who has\nimplicit faith in the lotus feet of the Lord can create sacred places in any\npart of. the world where he decides to remain. Tirthikurvanti tirthiini\n\n(Bhag.\n\n1.13.10). The places are sanctified due to the presence of pure\n\ndevotees; any place automatically becomes a place of pilgrimage if either\n\nthe Lord or His pure devotee remains or resides there. In other words, such\n\na pure devotee, who is engaged one hundred percent in the service of the\nLord, can remain anywhere in the universe, and that part of the universe\n\nimmediately becomes a sacred place where he can peacefully render service\nto the Lord as the Lord desires.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0200": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n184\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 6\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�q1�«iilwtfcnAe;wctl'1f�\n�sA rq....tfi¥4: q·��;ij· ��:������\nyayos tat-snana-vibhrafitanava-kuhkuma-pinjaram\nvitrfiopi pibanty ambha[l\npayayanto ga]a gafz{t\nyayo{t-in both of which rivers; tat-sniina-by the bathing of them (the\ndamsels of the heavenly planets); vibhra§ { a fall en off; nava-fresh; kunkuma-with kunkuma powder; piiijaram-yellow; vitr�a{t-n ot being thirsty ;\napi-even; piba11ti- drink; ambhary- the water; payayanta�t- causing to\ndrink; gaja{t-the elephants; gaj i'{t the female elephants.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the damsels of the heavenly planets bathe in the water, it becomes\n\nyellowish and fragrant due to the kurikuma from their bodies. Thus the\nelephants come to bathe there with their wives, the she-elephants, and they\nalso drink the water, although they are not thirsty.\nTEXT 27\n\nI\niji�'ICIOIN'llwt�.Htd�\n� ��lllwt4'f�qt � �� 11�\\911\niara-hema-maharatnavimana-sata-sankulam\nju.$ tam pur-yajana-strTbhir\nyatha kham sa-ta{lid-ghanam\ntara-hema-of pearls and gold; maharatna-valuable jewels; vimana-of\nhundreds; sankulam c ro w ded; ju${cim.-occupied,\nenj oyed ; pu[tyajana-stribhi{t-by the wives of the Yak�as; yathii-as; khamthe sky; sa-ta{lit-ghanam-with the lightning and th e clou ds.\nairplanes; sata-with\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe airplanes of the heavenly denizens are bedecked with pearls, gold,\nand many valuable jewels. The heavenly denizens are compared to clouds\nin the sky decorated with occasional flashes of electric lightning.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0201": "Lord Brahma Satisfies Lord Siva\n\nText 28]\n\n185\n\nPURPORT\nThe airplanes described in this verse are different from the airplanes of\n\nwhich we have experience. In the Srimad-Bhiigavatam and all the Vedic\n\nliteratures, there are many descriptions of vimiina, which means airplanes.\n\nOn different planets there are different kinds of airplanes. On this gross\n\nplanet earth, there are airplanes run by machine, but on other planets the\nairplanes are not run by machine but by mantric hymns. They are also used\n\nespecially for enjoyment by the denizens of the heavenly planets so that\n\nthey can go from one planet to :mother. On other planets which are called\nSiddhalokas the denizens can travel from one planet to another without\n\nairplanes. The beautiful airplanes from the heavenly planets are compared\n\nhere to the sky because they fly in the sky; the passengers are compared\n\nto the clouds. The beautiful damsels, the wives of the denizens of the\nheavenly planets, are compared to lightning. In summation, the airplanes\n\nwith their passengers which came from higher planets to KaiHisa were very\npleasant to look at.\n\nTEXT 28\n\nf(m\n\n�:\n\n�\"'�I\n= <t;f�51+il�'tie\"0(:\n\n������\n\nhitvii yak1�esvarapur\"im\n\nvanam saugandhikam ca tat\n\ndrumaift kiima-dughair hrdyam\ncitra-miilya-phala-cchadai{l\n\nhitva-passing over; yak§a-isvara-the lord of the Yak�as (Kuvera);\n\npurim\n\n-\n\nthe abode; vanam-the forest; sauga ndh ikam- na m ed Saugandhika;\n\nca-and; ta t - that ; dr u mailt - w ith trees; k ama-dughai lt\n\n-\n\nyielding desires;\n\nhrdyam- attractive; citra-variegated; miilya- flowers; phala- fruits; chadaift -leaves.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile\n\ntraveling,\n\nthe\n\ndemigods\n\npassed\n\nover the forest\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nSaugandhika, which is full of varieties oi' flowers, fruits and desire trees.\nWhile passing over the forest they also saw the regions of Y ak�svara.\nPURPORT\nYak�esvara is also known as Kuvera, and he is the treasurer of the demi­\n\ngods. In the descriptions of him in Vedic literature, it is stated that he is\n\n", "SB4.1#p0202": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n186\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\nfabulously rich. It appears from these verses that Kailasa is situated near\n\nthe residential quarters of Kuvera. It is also stated here that the forest was\n\nfull of desire trees. In Brahma-samhitii. we learn about the desire tree which\n\nis found in the spiritual world, especially in Kr�I)aloka, the abode of Lord\n\nKrsna. We learn here that such desire trees are also found in Kailasa, the\n\n�tdence of Lord Siva, by the grace of Kr�I)a. It thus appears that Kailasa\n\nre\n\nhas a special significance; it is almost like the residence of Lord Kr�I)a.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n('ffiCW'6(CI414\\W(iN(I'Ie�((4(\n8\n�. (1���.\n\n(C4(((0C\\i�N\"4( 11�'11\n\nrakta-ka(ltha-khagiin\"ikasvara-map{lita-fiat-padam\nkalahamsa-kula-prefitharh\nkhara-dap(la-jalasayam\n\n- reddish ; kap_tha-nec ks; khaga-anika-of many birds; svara-with\n- dec orated; �at-padam - bees; kalahathsa-kulaof groups of swans; pre §th am - very dear; khara-da!t!la-lotus fl owers; jaliirak t a\n\nthe sweet s oun ds ; map{li ta\nsayam\n\n-lakes .\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn that celestial forest there were many birds whose necks were colored\n\nreddish and whose sweet sounds mixed with the humming of the bees. The\n\nlakes were abundantly decorated with crying swans as\nstemmed lotus flowers.\n\nwell as strong­\n\nPURPORT\nThe beauty of the forest was intensified by the presence of various lakes.\n\nIt is described herein that the lakes were decorated with lutus flowers and\n\nwith swans w ho play ed and sang with the b irds and th�� humming bees.\n\nConsidering all these attribut<�s, one can imagine how IH:autiful this spot\nwas and how much the demigods passing through enjoyed the atmosphere.\nThere are many paths and b��autiful spots created by man on this planet,\n\nbut none of them can surpass Lhos<� of Kailasa, as they are described in\nthese verses.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n1\nctW�tg<4'l'!'R=.�-.�nsew•\n� fA4\\ilwt\\4ftulf Q(il{ill4\"4rilwt: II� II\no\n\n", "SB4.1#p0203": "Text 31]\n\nLord Brahma Satisfies Lord Siva\n\n187\n\nvanakunjara-sahghrfotaharicandana-vayunii\nadhi pu(lyajana-stri(liim\nmuhur unmathayan manaft\nvana-kufijara-by wil d elephants; sa n ghn t a-rubbed against; hari-candana\n-the sandalwood trees; vayuna by the breeze; adhi-further; pu(lyajana-\n\nstr'iram-of the wives of the Yak�as; muhub-again and again; unmathayat\n-agitating; mana�- the minds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll these atmospheric influences unsettled the forest elephants who\nflocked together in the sandalwood forest, and the blowing wind agitated\n\nthe minds of the damsels there for further sex enjoyment.\nPURPORT\n\nWhenever there is a nice atmosphere in the material world, immediately\nthere is an awakening of the sexual appetite in the minds of materialistic\npersons. This tendency is present everywhere within this material world,\nnot only on this earth but in higher planetary systems as well. In complete\ncontrast to the influence of this atmosphere on the minds of the living\nentities within the material world is the description of the spiritual world.\nThe women there are hundreds and thousands of times more beautiful\n\nthan the women here in this material world, and the spiritual atmosphere\nis also many times better. Yet despite the pleasant atmosphere, the minds\nof the denizens do not become agitated because in the spiritual world, the\nVa ikut�!ha planets, the spiritualistic minds of the inhabitants are so much\n\nabsorbed in the spiritual vibration of chanting the glories of the Lord\nthat such enjoyment could not be surpassed by any other enjoyment, even\nsex, which is the culmination of all pleasure in the material world. In other\nwords, in the V aikut�tha world, in spite of its better atmosphere and\nfacilities, there is no impetus for sex life. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii\n(Bg. 2.59), param dntvii nivartate: the inhabitants are so spiritually\nenlightened that in the presence of such spirituality sex life is insignificant.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�'66«lq191 CJR a�qe'ilft.m: 1\nSIR �s\"tvt a 311(1(t?JI�� ������\nvaidurya-krta-s 0piinii\nviipya utpala- m iilini[l\n\n", "SB4.1#p0204": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n188\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\npraptam kimpuru§air dr§tva\nta arad-dadrsur vatam\nvaidurya-krta-made of vaidurya; sopana�-staircases; vapya�-lakes;\nutpala-of lotus flowers; m alin i{t -conta ining rows; pr aptam inhabited;\nkimpuru�ai[l-by the Kimpuru�as; dr§t va-after seeing; te-those demigods;\narat-not far away; dadrsuft-saw; vatam-a banyan tree.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey also saw that the bathing gha!s and their staircases were made of\nvaidiirya-ma1,1i. The water was full of lotus flowers. Passing by such lakes,\nthe demigods reached a place where there was a big banyan tree.\nTEXT 32\n\n�..,��'4: �� � : I\nq�'fl<tt,.e*'Wt�1 �t:l�n 11��11\n�\n\nyojana-satotsedha[l\npadona-v itapaya ta[t\nparyak-krtacala-cchayo\nnirn\"if]as tapa-varjitalt\n\nsa\n\nsa�- th at banyan tree; yojana-sata-one hundred yojanas (800 m iles);\nutsedha�-height; piidona-less by a quarter (600 miles); v ifapa by the\nbranches; ayata�- spre a d out; paryak-all around; krta-made ; acala-unshaken; chiiyatL-the shadow; ni rn �a� -wi th out bird nests; ti'ipa-varjital;twithout temperature.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat banyan tree was 800 miles high, and its branches spread over 600\n\nmiles around. The tree cast a fine shade which permanently cooled the\n\ntemperature, yet there was no noise of birds.\nPURPORT\n\nGen erally in every tree there are bird nests, and the birds c o ngr ega te\nin the evening and create noise. But it appears that this banyan tree was\ndevoid of nests, and therefore it was calm, quiet and peaceful, and its\ntemperatur e was undisturbed, so it was just suitable for me ditat i on\n,\n\n.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n<tf41Ai,Mil¥4- � uu: I\n�: f�Rft;i �'ffil'f.ffilq���I( II��II\n\n", "SB4.1#p0205": "Text 34]\n\nLord Brahma Satisfies Lord Siva\n\n189\n\ntasmin ma hiiyogamaye\nmumuk�u-sarar-e sura{!,\ndadrsu{l sivam iisinam\ntyaktiimar�am ivantakam\ntasmin-under that tree; mahayogamaye\n\n-\n\nhaving many sages engaged\n\nin meditation on the Supreme; mumuk�u-of those who desire liberation;\n\nsararz e\n\n-\n\nthe shelter; sura�- the demigods; dadrs u{l- saw; sivam- Lord S iva;\n\nasinam-seated; tyakta-amar �am\n\n-\n\nhaving given up anger; iva- as; antakam­\n\neternal time.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods saw Lord Siva sitting under that tree, which was com­\n\npetent to give perfection to mystic yogTs and deliver all people. As grave\nas time eternal, he appeared to have given up all anger.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word mahii-yoga-maye is very significant. Yoga means\nmeditation on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and mahii-yoga means\nthose who engage in the devotional service of Vi�QU. Meditation means\nremembering, smara{lam. There are nine different kinds of devotional service, of which smara11am is one process; the yogi remembers the form of\nVi�QU within his heart. Thus there were many devotees engaged in meditation on Lord Vi�QU u nder the big banyan tree.\nThe Sanskrit word mahii is derived from the affix mahat. This affix is\nused when there is a great number or quantity, so mahi -yoga indicates\nthat there were many great yogis and devotees meditating on the form of\nLord Vi�Q.U. Generally such meditators are desirous of liberation from\nmaterial bondage, and they are promoted to the spiritual world to one of\nthe Vaikupthas.\n\nLiberation means freedom from material bondage or\n\nnescience. In the material world we are suffering life after life because of\nour bodily identification, and liberation is freedom from that miserable\ncondition of life.\nTEXT 34\n\n6wtt<:;uq�rfu;{ : �: ��11\"6fcli1Ci( I\n:aqr�uu;i � � � �·w�ri( 11�\\lll\nsanandanadyair mahasiddhai{l\nsantai[l. samsiinta-vigraham\nupiisyamanarh sakhyii ca\nbhartra guhyaka-rak�asam\n\n", "SB4.1#p0206": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n190\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\nsanandana-iidyai{t-the four Kumiiras headed by Sanandana; mahii-sid­\n\ndhai{l-liberated souls; santai{l-saintly; samsanta-vigraham-the grave and\n\nsaintly Lord Siva; upiisyamiinam-was being praised; sakhyii-by Kuvera;\n\nca-and; bhartrii-by the master; guhyaka-rakfiasiim-of the Guhyakas and\nthe Rak�asas.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva sat there, surrounded by saintly persons like Kuvera, the\nmaster\n\nof the Guhyakas, and the four Kumaras, who were already\n\nliberated souls. Lord Siva was grave and saintly.\nPURPORT\nThe personalities who were sitting with Lord Siva are significant because\n\nthe four Kumaras were liberated from birth. It may be remembered that\n\nafter their birth these Kumaras were requested by their father to get\n\nmarried and beget children in order to increase the population of the\nnewly created universe. But they refused, and at that time, Lord Brahma\n\nwas angry. In that angry mood, Rudra, or Lord Siva, was born. Thus they\n\nwere intimately related. Kuvera, the treasurer of the demigods, is fabulous­\n\nly rich. Thus Lord Siva's association with the Kumiiras and Kuvera indi­\n\ncates that he has all transcendental and material opulences. Actually, he is\n\nthe qualitative incarnation of the Supreme Lord; therefore his position is\nvery exalted.\n\nTEXT 35\n\nAt�ta.f1q1alq¥Uf�d\n�� 1\n� R�� cU«t(!qlel..¥11·�1( �����\nvidyii-tapo-yoga-patham\nasthitarh tam adhzsvaram\ncarantarh visva-suhrdarh\nvatsalyal loka-mangalam\nvidyi.i--knowledge; tapa�-austerity;yoga-patham-the path of devotional\n\nservice; asthitam-situated; tam-him (Lord Siva); adh\"isvaram-the master\nof the senses; carantam-performing (austerity, etc.); visva-suhrdam-the\n\nfriend of the whole world; vatsalyiit-out of full affection; loka-ma1igalam\n\n-auspicious for everyone.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods saw Lord Siva situated in his perfection as the master of\nthe senses, knowledge, fruitive activities and the path of achieving perfec-\n\n", "SB4.1#p0207": "Text 36]\n\nLord Brahma Satisfies Lord Siva\n\n191\n\ntion. He was the friend of the entire world, and due to his full affection\nfor everyone, he was very auspicious.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Siva is full of wisdom and tapasya, austerity. One who knows .the\n\nmodes of work is understood to be situated on the path of devotional\n\nservice to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One cannot serve the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead unless he has achieved full perfectional\n\nknowled�e in the ways and means of perfor�ing devotional service.\n\nLord Siva is described here as adhlivara. Uvara means \"controller,\" and\nadhlivara means particularly \"controller of the senses.\" Generally our\n\nmaterially contaminated senses are apt to engage in sense gratificatory\n\nactivities, but when a person is elevated by wisdom and austerity, the\n\nsenses then become purified, and they become engaged in the service of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Lord Siva is the emblem of such\n\nperfection, and t�erefore in the scriptures, it is said, vai§r.wviiniim yathii\nsambhul).: Lord Siva is a Vai�l}ava. Lord Siva, by his action within this\n\nmaterial world, teaches all conditioned souls how to engage in devotional\nservice twenty-four\n\nhours\n\na day. Therefore he is described here as\n\nloka-mangala, good fortune personified for all conditioned souls.\nTEXT 36\n\nfW =.. � 4t41f(\"i'itlft�'( I\n3l1l;t 4UUWfl ...�f l'f �tl6'( ������\nlingam ca tiipasiibh�.tam\nbhasma-dap.fla-jatajinam\nangena sandhyabhra-ruca\ncandra-lekham ca bibhratam\nlirigam-symptom; ca-and; ttipasa-abhi�fam-desired by Saivite ascetics;\n\nbhasma-ashes; dap.pa-staff; jafa-matted hair; ajinam-antelope skin;\n\narigena-with his body; sandhyiibhra- reddish; mea-colored; candra-le kham\n-the crest of a half moon; ca-and; bibh ratam- bearing\n\n.\n\nTRANS LATION\nHe was seated on a deer skin and was practicing all forms of austerity.\n\nBecause his body was smeared with ashes, he looked like an evening cloud.\nOn his hair,was the sign of a half moon, a symbolic representat ion\n\n.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0208": "192\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\nLord Siva's symptoms of austerity are not exactly those of a Vai�l)ava.\nLord Siva is certainly the number one Vai�l)ava, but he exhibited a feature\nfor a particular class of men who cannot follow the Vai�l)ava principles.\n\nThe Saivites, the devotees of Lord Siva, generally dress like Lord Siva, and\nsometimes they indulge in smoking and taking intoxicants. Such practices\nare never accepted by the followers of Vai�f)ava rituals.\nTEXT 37\n\n:rnw � � iRI ('litlijit'( I\nitl(i(tt4 st+fl:q d � �ijf � 11�\"11\n..\n\nupavi.starit darbhamayyarit\nbrsyarit brahma sanatanam\nnaradaya pravocantarit\nprcchate snwatarit satam\nupavi§tam-seated; darbhamayyiim-made of darbha, straw; brsyiim-on\n\na mattress; brahma-the Absolute Truth;saniitanam-the eternal; niiradiiya\n\n-unto Narada; pravocantam-speaking; prcchate-asking; snwatiim-listening; satarn-of the great sages.\nTRANSLATION\nHe was seated on a straw mattress and was speaking to all who were\npresent there, including the great sage Narada. He was specifically talking\nto him about the Absolute Truth.\n\nPURPORT\nThe lord was sitting on a mattress of straw because such a sitting place\n\nis accepted by persons who are practicing austerities to gain understanding\nof the Absolute Truth. In this verse it is specifically mentioned that he was\nspeaking to the great sage Narada, a celebrated devotee. Narada was asking\nLord Siva about devotional service, and Siva, being the topmost Vai�rtava,\nwas instructing him. In other words, Lord Siva and Narada were discussing\nthe knowledge of the Veda, but it is to be understood that the subject\nmatter was devotional service. Another point in this connection is that\nLord Siva is the supreme instructor and the great sage Narada is the\nsupreme audience. Therefore, the supreme subject matter of Vedic knowledge is bhakti, or devotional service.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0209": "Lord Brahma Satisfies Lord Siva\n\nText 39)\n\n193\n\nTEXT 38\n\n� ���q.tlif.l\n� �%�+tR�I•U4hf �������II\nkrtvorau dakfiir-e savyam\n\npada-padmam ca ftinuni\n\nbahum prako§the 'k�a-miiliim\nasinam tarka-mudraya\n\nkrtva-having placed; iirau-thigh; dak§ire-at the right; savyam-the\n\nleft; piida-padmam-lotus feet; ca-and; jiinuni-on his knee; biihum-hand;\nprako§{he-in the end of the right hand; ak§a-miiliim-Rudriik�a beads;\n\nasi\"nam-sitting; tar ka-mudraya-with the mudra of argument.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHis left leg was placed on his right thigh, and his left hand was placed\n\non his left thigh. In his right hand he held rudr�a beads. This sitting\n\nposture is called virasana. He sat in the virasana posture, and his finger\nwas in the mode of argument.\n\nPURPORT\nThe sitting posture described herein is called viriisana according to the\n\nsystem of U§/iihga-yoga performances. In the performance of yoga there\n\nare eight divisions,· such as yama and niyama-controlling, following the\n\nrules and regulations, then practicing the sitting postures, etc. Besides\n\nviriisana\n\nthere\n\nsiddhiisana.\n\nare\n\nother\n\nsitting\n\npostures,\n\nsuch as padmiisana\n\nand\n\nPractice of these asanas without elevating oneself to the\n\nposition of realizing the Supersoul, Vi�pu, is not the perfectional stage of\n\nyoga. Lord Siva is called yogisvara, the master of all yogis, and Kr�qa is also\ncalled yogesvara. Yogisvara indicates that no one can surpass the yoga\npractice of Lord Siva, and yogesvara indicates that no one can surpass the\n\n·yogic perfection of Kr�qa. Another significant word is tarka-mudrii. This\n\nindicates that the fingers are opened and the second finger is raised, along\nwith the arm, to impress the audie·nce with some subject matter. This is\nactually a symbolic representation.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n�\n\n••f.tctiuiQ+tiN+ttf'�\n� ftTmi 41•14iW( I\n\n", "SB4.1#p0210": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n194\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\ntfelEMit'SI pit ���llttf � Sll$t'S4H Jl'ita: ����II\ntam brahma-nirva[la-samadhim asritam\nvyupasritam giriSam yogakakfiam\nsaloka-pala munayo manunam\niidyam manum praiijalaya� prar-emu�\n\ntam-him (Lord Siva); brahma-nirva�a-in brahmananda; samadhim-in\n\ntrance; asritam-absorbed; vyupasritam-leaning on; girisam-Lord Siva;\n\nyoga-kak§am- having his left knee firmly fixed with a knotted cloth;\n\nsaloka-palii�-along with the demigods (headed by Indra); munaya�-the\n\nsages; manunam-of al l thinkers; adyam-the chief; manum-thinker;\n\npranjalaya�-with folded palms; pra11emu�-offered respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll the sages and the demigods, headed by lndra, offered their respect­\n\nful obeisances unto Lord Siva with folded hands. Lord Siva was dressed\n\nin saffron colored garments and was absorbed in trance, thus appearing to\n\nbe the head of all sages.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word brahmiinanda is significant. This brahmiinanda,\n\nor brahma-nirviir;w, is explained by Prahlada Maharaja. When one is com­\n\npletely absorbed in the adhokfiaja, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nwho is beyond the sense perception of materialistic persons, this is called\nbrahmiinanda.\n\nIt is impossible to conceive of the existence, name, form, quality and\n\npastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead because He is transcen­\n\ndentally situated beyond the conception of materialistic persons. Because\n\nmaterialists cannot imagine or conceive of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, they may think that God is dead, but factually He is always\n\nexisting in His sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha, His eternal form. Constant meditation concentrated on the form of the Lord is called samiidh� ecstasy or\ntrance. Samiidhi means particularly concentrated attention, so one who has\n\nachieved the qualification of always meditating on the Personality of\nGodhead is t o be understood to be always in trance and enjoying brohma­\n\nnirv'ii[la or brahmiinanda. Lord Siva exhibited those symptoms, and there­\n\nfore it is stated that he was absorbed in brahmiinanda.\nAnother significant word is yogakak§iim.\n\nYogakak§iim is the sitting\n\nposture in which the left thigh is fixed under one's tightly knotted saffron\n\n", "SB4.1#p0211": "Text 40)\n\nLord Brahma Satisfies Lord Siva\n\n195\n\ncolored garment. Also the words manuniim iidyam are significant here be­\n\ncause they mean a philosopher or one who is thoughtful and can think very\n\nnicely. Such a man is called manu. Lord Siva is described in this verse as the\nchief of all thinkers. Lord Siva, of course, does not engage in useless mental\n\nspeculation, but as stated in the previous verse, he is always thoughtful\n\nregarding how to deliver the demons from their fallen condition of life.\n\nIt is said that during the advent of Lord Caitanya, Sada-Siva appeared as\n\nAdvaita Prabhu, and Advaita Prabhu's chief concern was to elevate the\nfallen conditioned souls to the platform of devotional service to Lord\n\nKr�I)a. Since people were engaged in useless occupations which would\n\ncontinue their material existence, Lord Siva, in the form of Lord Advaita,\n\nappealed to the Supreme Lord to appear as Lord Caitanya to deliver these\nillusioned souls. Actually Lord Caitanya appeared on the request of Lord\n\nAdvaita. Similarly, Lord Siva has a sampradaya, the Rudra Sampradaya.\n\nHe is always thinking about the deliverance of the fallen soul�, as exhibited\n\nby Lord .Advaita Prabhu.\n\nTEXT 40\n\n�\n\n([q�+�ltlallt�f.f\n\n�(lti(�(f¥1'4(;(�tfW: I\n� �� f���: � �Cf A�: ll'floll\nsa tupalabhyagatam atma-yonim\nsurasuresair abhivanditanghr*\nutthaya cakre sira.sabhivandanam\narhallama[l kasya yathaiva vifirtuft\n\nSU�l- Lord Siv a; lu-but; upalabhya-seeing; agatam-had arrived; atma­\n\nyonim-· Lord Brah mi.i; sura-asura-isai�- by the best of the demigods and\n\ndemons; abhivandita-a;tghrib-whose feet are wo r sh ip e d ; utthaya-standing\n\nup; cakre-rnadc; sirasa-wilh his head; a bh i vandana m\n\n-\n\nre sp ectful ; arhatta­\n\nma�- Vamanadeva; kasya-of Kasyapa; yatha e va-j us t a ; vi�IJ-uf.t- Vi�l)u.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Siva's lotus feet were worshiped by both the demigods and\n\ndemons, and still, in spite of his exalted position, as soon as he saw that\n\nLord Brahma was there among all the other demigods, immediately he\n\nstood up and offered his respect to him by bowing down and touching his\n\n", "SB4.1#p0212": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n196\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\nlotus feet. This action was just like that of Vamanadeva, who offered His\n\nrespectful obeisances to Kasyapa Muni.\n\nPURPORT\nKasyapa Muni was in the category of the living entities, but he had a tran­\n\nscendental son, Vamanadeva, who was an incarnation of Vi�pu. Thus\n\nalthough Lord Vi�pu is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He offered\n\nHis respects to Kasyapa Muni. Similarly, when Lord K��l}a was a child He\n\nused to offer His respectful obeisances to His mother and father, Nanda\nand Yasodii. Also at the Battle of Kuruk�etra, Lord Kr�l)a touched the\nfeet of Maharaja Yudhi�thira because he was His elder. It appears, then,\n\nthat the Personality of Godhead, Lord Siva and other devotees, in spite of\n\ntheir being situated in exalted positions, instructed by practical example\nhow to offer obeisances to their superiors. Lord Siva offered his respectful\n\nobeisances to. Brahm a because Brahma was his father ,just as Kasyapa Muni\nwas the father of Vamana.\n\nTEXT4l\n\n� ft14:41011 'ICfifPtq � �G 4\\e�lfl(fl{. I\nSIT( ��...�('4(\nstCijf'l6CI�¥t'{: 11\\l�ll\ntathapare siddha-ga[la maharfiibhir\nye vai samantad anu nilalohitam\nnamaskrta� praha sasanka-sekharam\nkrta-prartamam prahasann ivatmabhu�\ntathii-so; apare-the others; siddha-ga[lii�-the Siddhas; maharfiibh*­\n\nalong with the great sages; ye-who; vai-indeed; samantiit-from all sides;\n\nanu-after; nilalohitam-Lord Siva; namaskrtatt-making obeisances; priiha\n-said; sasiinka-sekharam-to\n\nLord\n\nSiva;\n\nkrta-prartiimam-having\n\nobeisances; prahasan-smil ing; iva-as; iitmabhu�-Lord Brahma.\n\nmade\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the sages who were sitting with Lord Siva, such as N iirada and\n\nothers, also offered their respectful obeisances to Lord Brahma. After\nbeing so worshiped, Lord Brahma, smiling, began to speak to Lord Siva.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0213": "Text 42]\n\nLord Brahmii Satisfies Lord Siva\n\n197\n\nPURPORT\n\nLord Brahma was smiling because he knew that Lord Siva is not only\neasily satisfied but easily irritated as well. He was afraid that Lord Siva\nmight be in an angry mood because he had lost his wife and had been\ninsulted by Dak�a. In order to conceal this fear, he smiled and addressed\nLord Siva as follows.·\nTEXT42\n\nlf1it?fT\"'\n\n� ��4l�i R� � �1fw�;ft�:�q1: 1\nri: � =if qt ���� f-tW(� 11\\l�ll\nbrahmoviica\njane tviim\"isam visvasya\njagato yoni-bijayo�\nsakte� sivasya ca param\nyat tad brahma nirantaram\nbrahmii uviica-Lord Brahmii said;jiine-I know; tviim-you (Lord Siva);\n\nTsam- the controller; visvasya-of the entire material manifestation; jagata�\n\n-of the cosmic manifestation; yoni-bTjayo�-of both the mother and the\nfather; sakte�t-of potency; sivasya-of Siva; ca-and; param-the Supreme;\nyat-which; tat-that; brahma-without change; nirantaram-with no material qualities.\nTRAN SLA TI ON\nLord Brahma said: My dear Lord Siva, I know that you are the con­\n\ntroller of the entire material manifestation, the combination father and\n\nmother of the cosmic manifestation, and the Supreme Brahman beyond\n\nthe cosmic manifestation as well. I know you in that way.\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough Lord Brahmii had received very respectful obeisances from\nLord Siva, still he knew that Lord Siva was in a more exalted position than\nhimself. Lord Siva's position is described in Brahma-sarhhitii; there is no\ndifference between Lord Vi�pu and Lord Siva in their original positions,\nbut still Lord Siva is different from Lord Vi�pu. The example is given that\nthe milk in yogurt is not different from the original milk from which it\nwas made.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0214": "198\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT43\n\n� ¥1tlf.i �ijfi>m,�l: (4\"qq): I\nA-• � q•�fffl �aicm � m1�11\n..\n\ntvam eva bhagavann etac\nchiva-saktyo[l. sva-rupayo[l.\nvisvam srjasi pasy atsi\nkrl:fjann ur!la-pato yatha\ntvam-you; eva-certainly; bhagavan- 0 my lord; etat- this; siva-saktyo[l.­\n\nbeing situated in your auspicious energy; sva-rupayo�-by your personal\n\nexpansion; visvam-this universe; srjasi- create; piisi- maintain; atsi-annihilate; knl!an- working; ur �a-pa ta�- spider 's web; yathii-just like.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear lord, you create this cosmic manifestation, maintain it and anni­\n\nhilate it by expansion of your personality, exactly as a spider creates,\n\nmaintains and winds up its web.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word siva-sakti is significant. Siva means auspicious, and\nsakti means energy. There are many types of energies of the Supreme\nLord, and all of them are auspicious. Brahma, Vi�Q.U and Mahesvara are\ncalled\n\nguru'ivatiiras or incarnations of material qualities. In the material\n\nworld we compare these different incarnations from different angles of\nvision, but since all of them are expansions of the supreme auspicious, all\nof them are auspicious, although sometimes we consider one quality of\nnature to be higher or lower than another. The mode of ignorance or\n\ntamogura is considered very much lower than the others, but in the\nhigher sense it is also auspicious. The example may be given herein that\n\nthe government has both an educational department and criminal department. An outsider may consider the criminal department inauspicious,\nbut from the government's point of view it is as important-as the education\ndepartment, and therefore the government finances both departments\nequally, without discrimination.\nTEXT44\n\n�\n�UJ ����\n\n", "SB4.1#p0215": "Text 44J\n\nLord Brahma Satisfies Lord Siva\n\n199\n\n�\" �\"' �\n:ql iUIII UJT: 'l� �: 11\\J\\JII\n..\n\ntvam eva dharmiirtha-dughiibhipattaye\ndak§er-a sutrer-a sasarjithiidhvaram\ntvayaiva loke 'vasitiis ca setavo\nyiin briihmar-ii� sraddadhate dhrta-vratii�\n\ntvam-your lordship; eva-certainly; dharma-artha-dugha- benefit derived from religion and economic development; abhipattaye-for their\nprotection; dak� er-a- by Da�a; siitrer-a-making him the cause; sasarjithacreated; adhvaram-sacrifices; tvaya - by you; eva- certainly; loke-in this\nworld; avasita� - regulated ; ca- and; setava� - respect for the varr-asrama\ninstitution; yan- which; brah mattiifl -the brahmar-as; sraddadhat e - respect\nvery much; dhrta-vrata� - taking it as vow.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear lord, your lordship has introduced the system of sacrifices\nthrough the agency of Da�a and thus one may derive the benefits of reli­\n\ngious activities and economic development Under your regulative principles,\n\nthe institution of the four vart;tas and asramas is respected. The brahmat;tas\ntherefore vow to follow this system strictly.\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic system of varra and iisrama is never to be neglected because\nthese divisions are created by the Supreme Lord Himself for the upkeep of\nsocial and religious order in human society. The brahmaras, as the intelligent class of men in society, must be avowed to steadily respect this\nregulative principle. The tendency in this age of Kali to make a classless\nsociety and not observe the principles of vartta and iisrama is a manifestation of an impossible dream. Destruction of the social and spiritual orders\nwill not bring fulfillment of the idea of a classless society. One should\nobserve the principles of varra and iisrama strictly for the satisfaction of\nthe creator, for it is stated in the Bhagavad-gita by Lord KwJ.a that the four\n\norders of the social system - lmih mar as, k§atriyas, vaisyas and Siidras-are\n\nHis creation. They should act according to the regulative principles of this\ninstitution and satisfy the Lord, just as different parts of the body all\nengage in the service of the whole. The whole is the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead in His virata-riipa or universal form. The brahmaras, k§atriyas,\nvaiSyas and siidras are respectively the mouth, arms, abdomen and legs of\n\n", "SB4.1#p0216": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n200\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\nthe universal form of the Lord. So long as they are engaged in Lhe service\nof the complete whole, their position is secure, otherwise they fall down\nfrom their respective positions and become degraded.\n\ntvam karma[liim mangala mangalii.niim\nkartu/.1. sva-lokarh tanu�e sva{t pararh va\namangaliiniirh ca tamisram ulbar:wm\nviparyaya/.1. kena /;adeva kasyacit\ntvam-your lordship; karmaram-of the prescribed duties; marigala0 most auspicious; mangaliiniim-of the auspicious; kartu{t-of the performer; sva lokam-respective higher planetary systems; tanu:Se\n-\n\n-\n\nexpand;\n\nsva{t-heavenly planets; param-transcendental world; va-or; amahgalaniim\n\n-\n\nof the inauspicious; ca-and; tamisram-the name of a particu.lar hell;\ncertai nly\n\nulbaram-ghastly ; viparyaya{t-the opposite; kena why; tat eva\n-\n\n-\n\nthat; kasyacit-for someone.\nTRANSLATION\n0 most auspicious lord, you have destined the heavenly planets, the\n\nspiritual V aikut:�,ha planets, or the impersonal Brahman sphere as the\n\nrespective positions of the performers of auspicious activities. Similarly,\n\nfor others, who are miscreants, you have destined different kinds of hells\n\nwhich are horrible and ghastly. Yet sometimes it is found that their desti­\n\nnations are just the opposite. It is very difficult to ascertain the cause of this.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is called the supreme will. By the\n\nsupreme will everything is happening. It is said, therefore, that not a blade\n\nof grass moves without the supreme will. Generally it is prescribed that\nperformers of pious activities are promoted to the higher planetary systems,\ndevotees are promoted to the Vaikul).�has or spiritual worlds, and impersonal speculators are promoted to the impersonal Brahman effulgence; but it\nsometimes so happens that a miscreant like Aj iimila is immediately promoted to the Vaikut:��ha-loka simply by chanting the name of Niirayal).a.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0217": "Text 46)\n\nLord Brahma Satisfies Lord Siva\n\n201\n\nAlthough when Ajamila uttered this vibration he intended to call his son\nNariiyar;w, Lord Narayar;ta took it seriously and immediately gave him\n\npromotion to Vaiku�;ttha-loka, despite his background, which was full of\n\nsinful activities. Similarly King Dak�a was always engaged in the pious\n\nactivities of performing sacrifices, yet simply because of creating a little\nmisunderstanding with Lord Siva, he was severely taken to task. The con­\n\nclusion is, therefore, that the supreme will is the ultimate judgment; no\n\none can argue upon this. A pure devotee therefore submits in all circum­\n\nstances to the supreme will of the Lord, accepting it as all-auspicious.\ntat te 'nukampam susamik.samarw\nbhufijana evatma-krtarh vipakam\nhrd-viig-vapurbhir vidadhan namas te\njiveta yo mukti-pade sa daya-bhak\n(Bhiig. 10.14.8)\n\nThe purport of this verse is that when a devotee is in a calamitous con­\n\ndition he takes it as a benediction of the Supreme Lord and takes respon­\n\nsibility for himself for his past misdeeds. In s uch a condition, he offers still\nmore devotional services and is not disturbed. One who lives in such a\n\ndisposition of mind, engaged in devotionai service, is the most eligible\n\ncandidate for promotion to the spiritual world. In other words, such a\n\ndevotee's claim for promotion to the spiritual world is assured in all\ncircumstances.\nTEXT 46\n\n... � m �SQ(UIIfif{lk+t�t\n� ��q��cti wt 1\n�'If.{ �'4;:40l�f�\nsnitut imsfil+t�tl�l � ������\nna vai satiirh tvac-carartiirpitatmaniirh\nbhute�u sarve�v abhipasyatiirh tava\nbhutiini ciitmany aprthag-didrk�atiirh\npraye[la ro�o 'bhibhaved yathii pasum\nna-not; vai-but; satam-of the devotees; tvat-cararw-arpita-atmanam­\n\nof those who ai-e completely surrendered at your lotus feet; bhiite§u­\n\namong living entities; sarve�u-all varieties; abhipasyatam-perfectly seeing;\n\ntava-your; bhiitani-living entities; ca-and; atmani-in the Supreme;\n\naprthak-nondifferent; didrk§atam-those who see like that; praye[la-\n\n", "SB4.1#p0218": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n202\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\nalmost always; ro� a� - an ger; abhibhavet-takes place; yathti- ex ac tly like;,\n\npasum\n\n-\n\nthe animals.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear lord, devotees who have fully dedicated their lives unto your\n\nlotus feet certainly observe your presence as Paramatma in each and every\nbeing, and as such they do not differentiate between one living being and\n\nanother. Such persons treat all living entities equally. They never become\n\noverwhelmed by anger like animals, who can see nothing without differ­\n\nentiation.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen the Supreme Personality of Godhead becomes angry or kills a\ndemon, materially it may appear unfavorable, but spiritually this is a\nblissful blessing upon him. Therefore pure devotees do not make any\ndistinction between the Lord's anger and His blessings. They see both\nwith reference to the Lord's behavior with others and themselves. A\n\ndevotee does not find fault with the behavior of the Lord in any circumstances.\n\nprthag-dhiya� karma-drso durasaya�\nparodayenarpita-hrd-rujo 'nisam\nparan duruktair vitudanty aruntudiis\ntiin mavadhid daiva-vadhan bhavad-vidhal;l\nprthak- differen tl y; dhiya�\nactivities;\n\ndrsa�\n\n-\n\nobserver;\n\n-\n\nthose who are thinking; karma-fruitive\n\ndura s aya�- mean -minded; para-udayena-by\n\nothers' flourishing condition; arpita-given up; hrt\n\nani sam- alway s; paran\n\n-\n\n-\n\nheart; ruja�\n\n-\n\nan ge r;\n\no thers; duru ktai�- h arsh words; vitudanti-gives\n\npain; aruntuda�-by piercing words; tan- unto them; ma- not; avadhitkill; daiva\nlike.\n\n-\n\nby Providence; vadhan\n\n-\n\nalready killed; bha vat- you; vidha�­\n\n", "SB4.1#p0219": "Text 47]\n\nLord Brahma Satisfies Lord Siva\n\n203\n\nTRANSLATION\nPersons who observe everything with differentiation, who are simply\n\nattached to fruitive activities, who are mean-minded, who are always\n\npained to see the flourishing condition of others and who thus give\ndistress to them by uttering harsh and piercing words have already been\n\nkilled by Providence. Thus there is no need for them to be killed again by\n\nan exalted personality like you.\n\nPURPORT\nPersons who are materialistic and always engaged in fruitive activities\n\nfor material profit cannot endure seeing the flourishing life of others.\n\nBut for a few persons in Kr�l)a consciousness, the entire world is full of\n\nsuch envious persons, who are perpetually full of anxieties because they\n\nare attached to the material body and are without self-realization. Since\n\ntheir hearts are always filled with an)i:iety, it is understood that they have\n\nalready been killed by Providence. Thus Lord Siva, as a self-realized\n\nVai�l,lava, was advised not to kill Dak�a. A Vaiwava is described as paradu�kha-du�khi because although he is never distressed in any condition\nof life, he is distressed to see others in a distressed condition. V ai�l,lavas,\ntherefore, should not try to kill by any action of the body or mind but\n\nshould try to revive the Kr�l}:a consciousness of others out of compassion\nfor them. The Kr�l)a consciousness movement has been started �o deliver\n\nthe envious persons of the world from the clutches of maya, and even\n\nthough they are sometimes put in trouble, devotees push on the Kr�l)a\nconsciousness movement in all tolerance. Lord Caitanya advises:\n\ntrflad api sunicena taror api sahi§[!Una\namanina manadena kirtaniya� sada hari�\n\"One can chant the holy name of the Lord in a humble state of mind,\n\nthinking himself lower than the straw in the street. One should be more\ntolerant than the tree, devoid of all sense of false prestige and ready to of­\n\nfer all respects to others. In such a state of mind one can chant the holy\nname of the Lord constantly.\" (Sik§a§takam, 3)\n\nA Vai�Qava should follow the examples of such Vai�qavas as Haridasa\n\n':fhakura, Nityananda Prabhu and also Lord Jesus Christ. There is no need\nto kill anyone who has already been killed. But it should be noted here­\n\nwith that a Vai�l,lava should not tolerate the blaspheming of Vi�l,lU or\nVai�l,lavas, although he should tolerate personal insults to himself.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0220": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n204\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 6\n\nTEXT48\n\n� � �(ifll{q'(lfqJ\n\n�� �N'�: 'l�: I\n��VI' �qtll �\n� � �if4ik1ktlij � II'J�II\nyasmin yada puf!kara-nabha-mayaya\ndurantaya spnta-dhiyaf!. prthag-drsa�\n\nkurvanti tatra hy anukampaya krpam\n\nna sadhavo daiva-balat krte kramam\n\nyasmin-in some place; yada-when; pu�kara-nabha-miiyaya-by the\nillusory energy of Pu�karanabha, the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\ndurantaya-insurmountable; spr��a-dhiya�-bewildered; prthak-dpfa�-the\n\nsame persons who see diffe rently ; kurvanti-do; tatra-there; hi-certainly;\n\nanukampaya-out of compassion; krpam-mercy; na-never; sadhava�saintly persons; daiva-balat-by Providence; krte -b eing done; kramam­\n\nprowess.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear lord, if in some places materialists who are already bewildered\nby the insurmountable illusory energy of the Supreme Godhead sometimes\ncommit offenses, a saintly person, with compassion, does not take this\nseriously. Knowing that they committed the offenses because they were\noverpowered by the illusory energy, he does not show his prowess to\ncounteract them.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that the beauty of a tapasvi or saintly person is forgiveness.\n\nThere are many instances in the spiritual history of the world in which\nmany\n\nsaintly\n\npersons,\n\nalthough unnecessarily harassed, did not take\n\nj\n\naction, although they could have done so. Parik�it Mahara a, for example,\n\nwas unnecessarily cursed by a brahmara b oy, and this was very much\n\nregretted by t he boy's father, but Parik�it Maharaja accepted the curse and\n\nj\n\nagreed to die within a week as the brahmar;za boy desired. Parlk�it Mahara a\n\nwas the Emperor and was full in power b oth spiritually and materially,\nbut out of compassion and out of respect for the briihmara community,\n\nhe did not c ounteract the action of the brahmarw boy but agreed to die\n\nj\n\nwithin seven days. Because it was desired by Kr�qa that Parik�it Mahara a\n\nagree to the punishment so that the instruction of Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n", "SB4.1#p0221": "Lord Brahma Satisfies Lord S iva\n\nText49]\n\n205\n\nwould thus be revealed to the world, Parik�it Maharaja was advised not to\ntake action. A Vai�t;�ava is personally tolerant for the benefit of others.\nWhen he does not show his prowess, this does not mean that he is lacking\nin strength, but it indicates that he is tolerant for the welfare of the entire\nhuman society.\n\nTEXT49\n\n�� �a: �\n���'lf!'«RI:\n�lfl\n\n�liT\n.......\nt¥\n.,.,.,\n�\n'«\"\"\"\n(1\n....\n\n,(fk¥4((4� (1:�\n�ma �m 11\\lQ.,II\n\nbhaviirhstu purhsa� paramasya miiyayii\ndurantayiispr�ta-mat* samasta-drk\ntayii hatiitmasv anukarma-cetarysv\nanugraharh kartum iharhasi prabho\nbhaviin -your lordship; tu - but; pu rhsa lt - of the person; paramasya - the\nsupreme; miiyay ii-by the material energy; durantayii-of great potency;\n\naspnt a -unaffected; mat*-intelligence; samasta-drk-seer or knower of\neverything; tayii-by the same illusory energy; hata-iitmasu-bewildered at\nheart; anukarma- ce t a�su -whose hearts are attracted by fruitive activities;\n\nanugraham- mercy; kartum- to do; iha- in this case; arhasi- desire; prabho·\n\n0 lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear lord, you are never bewildered by the formidable influence of\nthe illusory energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore you\nare omniscient and should be merciful and compassionate upon those who\nare bewildered by the same illusory· energy and are very much attached to\nfruitive activities.\nPURPORT\n\nA V ai�t;�ava is never bewildered by the influence of the external energy\nbecause he is engaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord.\nThe Lord states in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\ndaiv\"i hy efiii gu[tamay\"i.mama miiyii duratyayii\nmiim eva ye prapadyante miiyiim etiirh taranti te\n\"My divine energy consisting of the three modes of material nature is\ndifficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me can easily\n\n", "SB4.1#p0222": "206\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\ncross beyond it.\" (Bg. 7.14) A Vai�r:tava should take c;:tre of those who\nare bewildered by this miiyii instead of becoming angry with them because\nwithout a Vai�r:tava's mercy they have no way to get out of the clutches\nof miiyii. Those who have been condemned by miiyii are rescued by the\nmercy of devotees.\nvanca-kalpatarubhyas ca krpii-sin.dhubhya eva ca\npatitanam pavanebhyo vaifi{tavebhyo nama na,ma{l\n\n\"I offer my respectful obeisances unto all the Vai�r:tava devotees of the\n\nLord. They are just like desire trees who can fulfill the desires of everyone,\nand they are full of compassion for the fallen conditioned souls.\" Those\nwho are under the influence of the illusory energy are attracted to\nfruitive activities, but a V ai�?r:tava preacher attracts their hearts to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Kmw.\nTEXT 50\n\n���\n\nlit:\n��ttl«¥tiH�\n¥twiT 31�m: I\nWI � llllf ijtt � q:\n��;{J itWJ � Mwfltt� ll�oll\n�\n\nkurv adhvarasyoddharar-am hatasya bho{l\ntvayiisamaptasya mano prajiipate{l\nna yatra bhiigam tava bhiigino dadu{t\nku-yiijino yena makho niniyate\n\nk uru -just execute; adhvarasya-of the sacrifice; uddhara {I a m -complete\nregularly; hatasya-killed; bho�-0; tvayii-by you; asamiiptasya-of the\nunfinished sacrifie(�; mano-0 Lord Siva; praj iipate�-of Maharaja Dak�?a;\nna-not; yatra - wh ere ; bhiigam-share; tava - your; bhiigi na �-deserving to\ntake the share; dadu{t-did not give; ku-yiijina � -bad pries ts; yena-by the\nbeslower; ma kha�-sa e r ifi cc; n iniyat e -gets the result.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord Siva, you are a shareholder of a portion of the sacrifice,\n\nand you are the giver of t h e result. The bad priests did not deliver your\n\n", "SB4.1#p0223": "Text 52)\n\nLord Brahma Satisfies Lord Siva\n\n207\n\nshare, and therefore you destroyed everything, and the sacrifice remains\n\nunfinished. Now you can do the needful and take your rightful share.\nTEXT 51\n\n\\1ftiHUQiittlitl� SfqQ(UfaJoft �: I\n\n�:�OJ���\"��\"\"'�\"\njivatad yajamano 'yam\n\nprapadyetak�irti bhaga�\nbhrgo� smasru[li rohantu\npufiflO dantiis ca purvavat\njivatiit-let him be alive; yajamiina�-the performer of the sacrifice\n\n(Dak�a); ayam\n\n- this; prapadyeta-let him get back; ak�il)i-by the eyes;\n\nbhaga�-Bhagadeva; bhrgo�-of\n\nthe sage Bhrgu; smasru!li-moustache;\n\nrohantu-may grow again; pu�fla�-of Pii�iideva; dantii�-the chain of\nteeth; ca-and; purvavat-like before.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear lord, by your mercy the performer of the sacrifice (King Dalqa)\n\nmay get back his life, Bhaga may get back his eyes, Bhrgu may get back his\nmoustache, and PU�a may get back his teeth.\nTEXT 52\n\n� �\\ltii'SIOI�� '+41�1\"4'tfq : I\n�'4c:U�•OOijlwtlq� �s�wtl�l( 11\"'�11\ndevaniirh bhagna-gatral)iim\nrtvijarri ciiyudhasmabhift\nbhavatiin ugrh itiiniim\niisu manyo 'stv aniituram\ndeviiniin-of\n\nthe demigods; bhagna-giitriirtiim-whose limbs are badly\n\nbroken; rtvijiim-of the priests; ca-and; iiyudha-asmabhi�-by weapons\n\nand by stones; bhavatii- by you; anugrhitiiniim- being favored; iisu- at\n\nonce; manya[l-Lord Siva (in an angry mood); astu-let there be; aniituram-recovery from injuries.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord Siva, may the demigods and the priests whose limbs have been\n\nbroken by your soldiers recover from the injuries by your grace.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0224": "[Canto 4, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n208\n\nTEXT 53\n\n� � '� ¥fltlt�« �-uifs-«f�� � I\n\n� ��\n\n�� � 11'-\\�11\n\nefia te rudra bhago 'stu\n\nyad-ucch�to 'dhvarasya vai\n\nyajnas te rudra bhiigena\n\nkalpatam adya yajna-han\n\ne�a�-this; te-your; rudra-0 Lord Siva; bhaga�\n\n-\n\nportion; astu-let it\n\nbe; yat- whatever; ucch�.ta[1-is the remainder; adhvarasya-of the sacri­\n\nfice; vai-indeed; yajiia�-the sacrifice; te-your; rudra-0 Rudra; bhagena\n\n-by the portion; kalpatiim-may be completed; adya\n\n-\n\n0 destroyer of the sacrifice.\n\ntoday; yajiia-han-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 destroyer of the sacrifice, please take your portion of the sacrifice\nand let the sacrifice be completed by your grace.\nPURPORT\nA sacrifice is a ceremony p erformed to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, First Canto, Second\n\nChapter, it is stated that everyone should try to understand whether the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is satisfied by his activity. In other words,\n\nthe aim of our activities should be to satisfy the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. Just as in an office it is the duty of the worker to see that the\n\nproprietor or the master is satisfied, so everyone's duty is to see whether\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead is satisfied by one's activity. Activities\n\nto satisfy the Supreme Godhead are prescribed in the Vedic literature, and\n\nexecution of such activities is called yajna. In other words, acting on\n\nbehalf of the Supreme Lord is called yajna. One should know very well that\n\nany other activity besides yajiia is the cause of material bondage. That is\n\nexplained\n\nin\n\nBhagavad-gitii,\n\nThird Chapter,\n\nninth\n\nverse:\n\nyajiiarthat\n\nkarmat;to'nyatra loko 'yam karma-bandhanal,t. Karma-bandhana�1 means\n\nthat if we do not work for the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord, Vi�Qu,\n\nthen the reaction of our work will bind us. One should not work for his\n\nown sense gratification. Everyone should work for the satisfaction of God.\nThat is called yajfia.\n\nAfter the yajna was performed by Dak�a, all the demigods expected\n\nprosiidam, the remnants of foodstuffs offered to Vi�pu. Lord Siva is one of\n\n", "SB4.1#p0225": "Text 53]\n\nLord Brahmii Satisfies Lord Siva\n\n209\n\nthe demigods, so naturally he also expected his share of the prasadam\nfrom the yajna. But Dak�a, out of his envy for Lord Siva, did not invite\n\nSiva to participate in the yajiia, nor did he give him his share after the\n\noffering. But after the destruction of the yajiia arena by the followers of\n\nLord Siva, Lord Brahma pacified him and assured him that he would get\n\nhis share of prasadam. Thus he was requested to rectify whatever destruction was caused by the followers.\n\nIn Bhagavad-gita, Third Chapter, eleventh verse, it is said that all the\n\ndemigods are satisfied when one performs yajiia. Because the demigods\nexpect\n\nprasadam from yajiias, yajiia must be performed. Those who\n\nengage in sense gratificato,ry materialistic activities must perform yajna,\n\notherwise they will be im licated. Thus Dak�a, being the father of manp\nkind, was performing yajn�, and Lord Siva expected his share. But since he\nwas not invited, there was trouble. By the mediation of Lord Brahma,\nhowever, everything was settled satisfactorily.\n\nThe performance of yaj/ia is a very difficult task because all the demigods\n\nmust be invited to participate in the yajiia. In this Kali-yuga it is not\n\npossible to perform such costly sacrifices, nor is it possible to invite the\n\ndemigods to participate. Therefore in this age, it is recommended, yajiiaifl\nsankirtana-prayair yajanti hi sumedhasa� (Bhiig. 11.5.32). Those who are\n\nintelligent should know that in the Kali-yuga there is no possibility of\n\nperforming the Vedic sacrifices. But unless one pleases the demigods,\n\nthere will be no regulated seasonal activities or rainfall. Everything is\ncontrolled by the demigods. Under the circumstances, in this age, in order\n\nto keep the balance of social peace and prosperity, all intelligent men\n\nshould execute the performance of sankirtana-yajna by chanting the holy\n\nnames Hare J<r�J)a, Hare Kr�l)a, Kr�l)a Kr�l)a, Hare Hare/ Hare Riima, Hare\n\nRama, Rama Riima, Hare Hare. One should invite people, chant Hare\nJ<r�J)a, and then distribute prasadam. This yajiia will satisfy all the demi­\n\ngods, and thus there will be peace and prosperity in the world. Another\n\ndifficulty in performing the Vedic rituals is that if one fails to satisfy even\n\none demigod out of the many hundreds of thousands of demigods, just as\n\nDak�a failed to satisfy Lord Siva, there will be disaster. But in this age the\n\nperformance of sacrifice has been simplified. One can chant Hare J<r�l)a,\nand by pleasing J<r�J)a one can satisfy all the demigods automatically.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Sixth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Lord Brahmii Satisfies Lord\nSiva.\"\n\n", "SB4.1#p0226": "CHAPTER SEVEN\n\nThe sacrifice Performed by Dak$a\nTEXT l\n\n�5r7.1 �\n\n��\n\nCfR�61 I\n31�1� 't(Nr(t � '(461fqf(t II i II\n\n(�iwtl��wt\n\nmaitreya uviica\n\nity ajeniinunztena\n\nbhavena paritufiyatii\n\nabhyadhiiyi mahiibiiho\n\nprahasya sruyatiim iti\n\nmaitreyafl- Maitreya; uviica-said; iti-thus; ajena-by\n\nLord Brahma;\n\nanunitena-pacified; bhavena-by Lord Siva; parituuata-fully satisfied;\n\nabhyadhayi-said; mahabaho-0\nlisten; iti-thus.\n\nVidura; prahasya-smiling; sruyatam­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Maitreya said: 0 mighty-armed Vidura, Lord Siva, being thus\n\npacified by the words of Lord Brahma, spoke as follows in answer to the\n\nrequest of Lord Brahma.\n\nTEXT2\n\n� if1fTTI\nWfN ri� iJ1R � ;n��;:ij� I\n'�'tlttl� C(U'!�SI � 'tttlll � II\n211\n\n", "SB4.1#p0227": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n212\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nmahiideva uviica\nniigham prajesa biiliiniim\nvaqwye niinucintaye\ndeva-miiyiibhibhutaniim\nda(tf]as tatra dhrto maya\nmahiidevaft-Lord Siva; uviica-said; na-not; agham-o ffense; prajesa-\n\n0 lord of created beings; biiliiniim-of the children; var!laye-1 regard; na­\n\nnot; anucintaye-1 consider; deva-miiyii - th e external energy of the Lord;\n\nabhibhiitiiniim-of those deluded by; da !l {ia�- rod; tatra-there; dhrta�used; mayii- by me.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Siva said: My dear father, Brahma, I do not mind the offenses\ncreated by the demigods. Because they are childish and less intelligent, I\ndo not take a serious view of their offenses, and I have punished them\nonly in order to right them.\nPURPORT\nThere are two types of punishment. One is that which a conqueror\nimposes on an enemy, and the other is like that a father imposes on\nhis son. There is a gulf of difference between these two kinds of punishment. Lord Siva is by nature a Vai�ryava, a great devotee, and his\n\nname in this connection is Asuto�a. He is always satisfied, and therefore\n\nhe did not become angry as if he were an enemy. He is not inimical to any\nliving entity, but he always wishes the welfare of all. Whenever he chastises\n\na person, it is just like a father's punishment of his son. Lord Siva is like a\nfather because he never takes seriously any offense by any living entities,\n\nespecially the demigods.\n\nTEXT3\n\n��\"�wn ��� m: 1\nfiml �� �pj � � �: II � II\nprajiipater dagdha-Sir�!lO\nbhavatv aja-mukham siraft\n\n", "SB4.1#p0228": "Text 4]\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Dak�a\n\n213\n\nmitrasya cakfiufiek�eta\nbhagarh svarh barhifio bhaga�\nprajiipate!t-of Prajapati Dak�a; dagdha-Sir�!!a�-whose head has been\nburned to ashes; bhavatu-let there be; aja-mukham-with the face of a\ngoat; sira?t-a head; mitrasya-of Mitra; cak�u§a-through the eyes; !k§etamay see;bhiigam-share;svam-his own;barhi§a�-of the sacrifice;bhaga�Bhaga.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva continued: S ince the head of Dak�a has already been burned\nto ashes, he will have the head of a goat. The demigod known as Bhaga\nwill be able to see his share of sacrifice through the eyes of Mitra.\nTEXT4\n\npu§a tu yajamanasya\ndadbhir jak§atu pi§tabhuk\ndeva� prakrta-sarvahga\nye ma ucche.saf!arh dadu�\np'U§a-Pil�a; tu-but; yajamanasya-of the performer of the sacrifice;\ndadbh*-with the teeth; jak�atu-chew; pi§tabhuk-eating flour; devii�the demigods; p ra krta- m ade; sarva-ariga�-complete; ye-who; me-unto\nme; ucche§af!am-a share of the sacrifice; dadu�-ga ve\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigod Pu�a will be able to chew only through the teeth of his\ndisciples, and if alone, he will have to satisfy himself by eating dough made\nfrom chick pea flour. But the demigods who have agreed to give me my\n\nshare of the sacrifice will recover from all their injuries.\nPURPORT\n\nThe demigod Pu�a became dependent on his disciples for chewing.\nOtherwise he was allowed to swallow only dough made of chick pea flour.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0229": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n214\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nThus his punishment continued. He could not use his teeth for eating\n\npurposes because he had laughed at Lord Siva, deriding him by showing\n\nhis teeth. In other words, it was not appropriate for him to have teeth\nbecause he had used them against Lord Siva.\nTEXTS\n\nillt�ld''Q'Wft: � ((ijl+4rl ��: I\n41C4*4\"4�iflfR ��� II� II\nbahubhyam asvino{l pil§[W\nhastabhyarh krta-bahava{l\nbhavantv adhvaryavas ciinye\nbasta-smasrur bhrgur bhavet\nbahubhyam-with\n\ntwo\n\narms; asvino{l-of Asvinikumara; pii§rza�-of\n\nPli�a; hastiibhyam-with two hands; krta-bahava�-those in need of arms;\n\nbhavantu-they will have to; adhvaryava�-the priests; ca-and; anye­\n\nothers; basta-smasrtL�-the beard of the goat; bhrg�.t{t-Bhrgu; bhavet-he\n\nmay have.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who have had their arms cut off will have to work with the arms\n\nof Asvinikumara, and those whose hands were cut off will have to do their\n\nwork with the hands of Pii�a. The priests will also have to act in that\nmanner. As for Bhrgu, he will have the heard from the goat's head.\nPURPORT\n\nBhrgu M uni, a great supp or ter of Dak9a, was awarded the beard of the\ngoat's head which was substituted for the head of Dak§a. It appears from\n\nthe exchange of Dak§a's head that the modern scientific theory that the\n\nbrain substance is the cause of all intelligent work is not valid. The brain\nsubstance of Dak§a and that of a goat are different, hut Dak§a still acted\n\nlike himself, even though his head was replaced by that of a goat. The\nconclusion is that it is the particular consciousness of an individual\n\nsoul which acts. The brain substance is only an instrument which has\n\nnothing to do with real intelligence. The real intelligence, mind and con­\n\nsciousness are part of the particular individual soul. It will he found in the\n\nverses ahead that after Dak§a 's head was replaced by the goat's head, he\n\n", "SB4.1#p0230": "Text6]\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Dalqa\n\n215\n\nwas as intelligent as he had previously been. He prayed very nicely to\nsatisfy Lord Siva and Lord Vi�!)U, which is not possible for a goat to do.\nTherefore it is definitely concluded that the brain substance is not the\ncenter of intelligence; it is the consciousness of a particular soul that works\n\nintelligently. The whole movement of Kr�IJa consciousness is to purify the\nconsciousness. It doesn't matter what kind of brain one has because if he\nsimply transfers his consciousness from matter to Kr�Qa, his life becomes\nsuccessful. It is confirmed by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gitii that\nanyone who takes up Kr�Qa consciousness achieves the highest perfection\n\nof life, regardless of whatever abominable condition of life he may have\nfallen into. Specifically, anyone in Kr�Qa consciousness goes back to God­\n\nhead, back to home, on leaving his present material body.\nTEXT6\n\nmi!crrf\n� • � �� ¥fi§e.U� 1\n\nqf(dtl�fil(ijl6 � mf'v��tt¥41!£�'{11 � II\nmaitreya uviica\ntadii sarviirti bhutiini\nsrutvii mi{lhu�tamoditam\nparitu§(iitmabhis tiita\nsiidhu siidhv ity athiibruvan\nmaitreya�-the sage Maitreya; uviica-said; tadii-at that time; sarviiri­\n\nall; bhiitiini-personalities; srutvii-after hearing; mi{lhu§(ama-the best of\n\nthe benedictors (Lord Siva); uditam-spoken by;paritu§ta-being satisfied;\n\niitmabh*-by heart and soul; tii ta my dear Vidura; siidhu siidhu-well\n-\n\ndone, well done; iti-thus; atha abruvan-as we have said.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe great sage Maitreya said: My dear Vidura, all the personalities\npresent were very much satisfied in heart and soul upon hearing the words\nof Lord Siva, who is the best among the benedictors.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse Lord Siva is described as mi{lhu§(ama, t he best of the\n\nbenedictors. He is also known asAsuto�a, which indicates that he is very\n\nq u ickly satisfied and very quickly angered. It is said in Bhagavad-gitii that\nless intel ligent persons go to the demigods for material benediction. In this\nconnection, people generally go to Lord Siva, and because he is always\n\n", "SB4.1#p0231": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n216\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nquickly satisfied and gives benediction to his devotees without consideration, he is called mi�hu§tama, or the best of the benedictors. Materialistic\npersons are always anxious to get material profit, but they are not serious\n\nabout spiritual profit.\n\nSometimes, of course, it so happens that Lord Siva becomes the best\n\nbenedictor in spiritual life. It is said that once a poor briihmar-a worshiped\n\nLord Siva for a benediction, and Lord Siva advised the devotee to go to see\n\nSanatana Gosvami. The devotee went to Sanatana Gosvami and informed\n\nhim that Lord Siva had advised him to seek out the best benediction from\nhim (Sanatana). Sanatana had a touchstone with him, which he kept with\nthe garbage. On the request of the poor briihmarw, Sanatana Gosvami gave\nhim the touchstone, and the briihmar-a was very happy to have it. He now\n\ncould get as much gold as he desired simply by touching the touchstone to\niron. But after he left Sanatana, he thought, \"If a touchstone is the best\nbenediction, why has Sanatana Gosvami kept it with the garbage?\" He\ntherefore returned and asked Sanatana Gosvami, \"Sir, if this is the best\nbenediction, why did you keep it with the garbage?\" Sanatana Gosvami\n\nthen informed him,\"Actually, this is not the best benediction. But are you\nprepared to take the best benediction from me?\" The briihmarw said, \"Yes,\n\nsir. Lord Siva has sent me to you for the best benediction.\" Then Sanatana\nGosvami asked him to throw the touchstone in the water nearby and then\ncome back. The poor briihmar-a did so, and when he re turned, Sanatana\nGosvami initiated him with the Hare Kr�J]a mantra. Thus by the benediction of Lord Siva the briihmar-a got the association of the best devotee of\nLord Kr�Qa and was thus initiated in the mahiimantra, Hare Kr�!]a, Hare\n\nKr�Qa, Kr�J}.a Kr�f}.a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama,\n\nHare Hare.\n\nTEXT7\n\nm�(qfQ+ti¥4;:;1J?f'tlelO: �: I\n\\�(ij«qit\\ilwi � �: II \\9 II\ntato mi�hviirhsam iimantrya\nsuniisirii� sahar�ibhi�\nbhuyas tad deva-yajanarh\nsa-m'i�hvad-vedhaso yayu�\ntata�-thereafter;\n\nmi�hviirhsam-Lord\n\nSiva;\n\niimantrya-inviting;\n\nsuniisirii�-the demigods headed by King lndra; saha-nibhi[t-with all the\n\n", "SB4.1#p0232": "Text 8]\n\nThe Sacrit'ice Performed by Da�a\n\n217\n\ngreat sages, headed by Bhrgu; bhiiya[l,-again; tat-thal; deva-yajanam­\n\nplace where the demigods are worshiped; sa-mi�hvat-wi th Lord S iva;\n\nvedhasa[l,-with Lo rd Brahma; yayu[l,-went.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Bhrgu, the head of the great sages, invited Lord Siva to\ncome to the sacrificial arena, and thus the demigods, accompanied by\nthe sages, Lord Siva and Lord Brahmii, all went to the place where the\ngreat sacrifice was being performed.\nPURPORT\nThe whole sacrifice arranged by King Dak�a had been disturbed by\n\nS iva. Therefore all the demigods present there, along with Lord\nBrahma and the great sages, specifically requested Lord S iva to come and\nLord\n\nrevive the sacrificial fire. There is a common phrase, siva-hina-yajiia:\n\n\"\n\nAny\n\nsacrifice without the presence of Lord S iva is baffled.\" Altho ugh Lord\nVi� pu is Y aj iie svara, the Supreme Personality in the matter of sacrifice,\n\nstill in each yajiia it is necessary for all the demigods, headed by Lord\nBrahma and Lord S iva, to be present.\n\nTEXTS\n\nR\\lN Cfil��;r � ijq(\\T( � �: I\n�: � �;r «�;,rqij): fm:: II � II\nvidhiiya kiirtsnyena ca tad yad\niiha bhagaviin bhava[l,\nsandadhu[l, kasya kiiyena\nsavaniya-paso[l, sira[l,\nvidhiiya-e x ecu t i ng; kiirtsnyena-all in all; ca-also; ta t\niiha-was said; bhagaviin-the Lord; bhav a/:1\n\nkasya-of the living (Dak�a); kiiyena\n\nsacrifice; paso�-of the animal; siralt\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthat; y at-which;\n\nS iva; sandadhu[l, -e x e cuted ;\nwith the body; savaniya meant f or\n-\n\n-\n\nhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter everything was executed exactly as directed by Lord Siva, Dak�a's\nbody was joined to the head of the animal that was meant to be killed in\nthe sacrifice.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0233": "218\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nPURPORT\nThis time, all the demigods and great sages were very careful not to\n\nirritate Lord Siva. Therefore whatever he asked was done. It is specifically\n\nsaid here that Dak�a's body was joined to the head of an animal (a goat).\n\nTEXT9\n\n�4\\�...� r�rm- �� �: 1\n�: Uti (�'ij� � �� � II � II\nsandhiyamiine sirasi\ndak�o rudriibhivik�itap\nsadyap supta ivottasthau\ndadrse ciigrato mf1lam\n\nsandhiyamiine-being executed; sirasi-by the head; dak�p-King Dak�a;\n\nrudra-abhivik�ita�-having been seen by Rudra (Lord Siva);\n\nsadyap­\n\nimmediately; supte-sleeping; ioo-like; uttasthau-awakened; dadrse-saw;\n\nca-also; agratafl-in front; mnlam-Lord Siva.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the animal's head was fixed on the body of King Dak�a, D�a\n\nwas immediately brought to consciousness, and as he awakened from sleep,\n\nthe King saw Lord Siva standing before him.\nPURPORT\n\nThe example given here is that Dak�a got up as if he were awakened\n\nfrom deep sleep. In Sanskrit this is called supta ivottasthau. The meaning\n\nis that after a man awakens from sleep, he immediately remembers alJ the\n\nduties which he must execute. Dak�a was killed, and his head was taken\naway and burnt to ashes. His body was lying dead, but by the grace of\n\nLord Siva, as soon as the head of a goat was joined to the body, Dak�a\ncame back to consciousness again. This indicates that consciousness is\n\nalso individual. Dak�a actually took another body when he took on the\n\nhead of a goat, but because consciousness is individual, his consciousness\n\nremained the same although his bodily condition changed. Thus bodily\n\nconstruction has nothing to do with the development of consciousness.\n\nConsciousness is carried with the transmigration of the soul. There are\nmany instances of this in Vedic history, such as the case of Maharaja\nBharata. After quilting his body as a king, Maharaja Bharala was trans­\n\nferred to the body of a deer, but he retained the same consciousness. He\n\n", "SB4.1#p0234": "Text 10]\n\n·T he Sacrifice Performed by Da�\n\n219\n\nknew that although formerly he was King Bharata, he had been transferred\nto the body of a deer because of his absorption in thinking of a deer at the\ntime of his death. In spite of his having the body of a deer, however, his\nconsciousness was as good as it was in the body of King Bharata. The\narrangement by the Lord is so nice that if a person's consciousness is\nturned into Kr�I)a consciousness, there is no doubt that in his next life he\nwill be a great devotee of Kr��J.a, even if he is offered a different type of\nbody.\nTEXT 10\n\n'('t'CI�Ntitt�re�'*+tl �'NRJ: I\nNqfq�lEfil<(� �\n{�: II� II\n�\n\n0\n\ntadii vnadhvaja-dve§akaliliitmii prajiipati�\nsiviivalokad abhavac\ncharad-dhrada iviimala�\ntadii-at that time; V[§a-dhvaja- Lord S iva, who rides on a bull; dve§a­\n\nenvy; kalila-iitmii-polluted heart; prajiipat*- King Dak�a; siva - Lord Siva;\navalokiit-by seeing him; abhavat-became; sarat-in the autumn; hrada�lake; iva-like; amala[l.-cleansed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAt that time, when Dak�a saw Lord Siva, who rides upon a bull, his\nheart, which was polluted by envy of Lord Siva, was immediately cleansed,\njust as the water in a lake is cleansed by autumn rains.\nPURPORT\nHere is an example of why Lord S iva is called auspicious. If anyone sees\n\nLord S iva with devotion and reverence, his heart is immediately cleansed.\n\nKing Dak�a was polluted by envy of Lord S iva, and yet by seeing him with\n\na little love and devotion, his heart immediately became cleansed. In the\nrainy season, the reservoirs of water become dirty and muddy, but as soon\nas the autumn rain comes, all the water immediately becomes clear and\ntransparent. Similarly, although Dak�a's heart was impure because of his\nslandering Lord S iva, for which he was severely punished, Dak�a now came\n\nto consciousness, and j ust by seeing Lord S iva with veneration and respect,\nhe became immediately purified.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0235": "[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n220\n\nTEXT 11\n\n'l)ij'=\"JA�<:\\�(1•16 : I\nil�ll\\1'�� ij+q{6i ijijf �II��II\n\nWf((tq(q\"\n\nbhava-staviiya krta-dhir\nniisaknod anuriigata�\nautkaf!thyiid bii§pa-kalayii\nsamparetiirh sutiirh smaran\nbhava-staviiya-for praying to Lord Siva; krta dh Qt\n-\n\n-\n\naltho u gh decided;\n\nna-never; asaknot-was able; anuriigata�-by feeling;autka!lthyiit-because\nof eagerness; bii§pa-kalayii-with tears in the eyes; samparetiim-dead;\n\nsutiim- daughter;s maran- remembering.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing D�a wanted to offer prayers to Lord Siva, but as he remembered\nthe ill-fated death of his daughter Sati, his eyes filled with tears, and in\nbereavement his voice choked up, and he could not say anything.\nTEXT 12\n\n1..-.tfl(tl� � �: ��: �: I\n� ��� ¥il���j �yqre: II� �II\nkrcchriit samstabhya ca mana�\nprema-vihvalita� sudhQl\nsasarhsa nirvyalikena\nbhiivenesarh prajiipat*\nkrcchriit- with great endeavor;sarhstabhya- pacifying; ca- also;mana�­\n\nmind; prema-vihvalita�-bewildered by love and affection; su-dhi�-one\n\n�\n\nwho has come to his real senses; sasamsa-praised; ni rvyalike n a -wit out\n\nduplicity, or with great love; bhiivena-in feeling; isam-to Lord Siva;\n\nprajiipati�- King Dak§a.\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time, King D�a, afflicted by love and affection, was very much\n\nawakened to his real senses. With great endeavor, he pacified his mind,\n\nchecked his feelings, and with pure consciousness began to offer prayers\nto Lord Siva.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0236": "Text 13]\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Dak�\n\n221\n\nTEXT 13\n\n���\n\n�JR 31it � �q\n�0�\\��·����5{�:1\n������\nf!;;i ��� tij � \\[<1\"�� II� �II\ndak�a uviica\nbhuyiin anugraha aho bhavatii krto me\ndar-{ias tvayii mayi bhrto yad api pralabdha�\nna brahma-bandhu§u ca viim bhagavann avajiiii\ntubhyam hares ca kuta eva dhrta-vrate�u\ndak�a�-l(jng Dak�a; uviica-said; bhuyiin-very great; anugraha�- favor;\naho-alas; bhavatii- by you; krta{t-done; me-upon me; dart{ia{tpunishment; tvayii-by you; mayi-unto me; bhrta{t done; yat apialthough; pralabdhaft-defeated; na-neither; brahma-bandhu§u-unto an\nunqualified briihmar-a; ca- als o; viim-both of you; bhagavan-my lord;\navajiiii- negligence; tubhyam-of you; hare[! ca-of Lord Vi�tlUi kutaftwhere; eva- certainly; dhrta-vrate§u- one who is engaged in the\n-\n\nperformance of sacrifice.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Dak�a said: My dear Lord �iva, I committed\n\na\n\ngreat offense\n\nagainst you, but you are so kind that instead of withdrawing your mercy,\nyou have done me a great favor by punishing me. Both yourself and\nLord Vi�tlu do not neglect even useless unqualified brahmatlas. Why, then,\nshouJd you neglect me, who am engaged in performing sacrifices?\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough Dak�a felt that he was defeated, he knew that his punishment\n\nwas simply the great mercy of Lord Siva. He remembered that Lord Siva\nand Lord Vi�tlu are never neglectful of the briihmar-as, e ve n though they\n\nare sometimes unqualified. According to Vedic civilization, a person who\nis a descendant of a briihmar-a family should never be heavily punished.\n\nThis was exemplified in Arjuna's treatment of Asvatthama. Asvatthama\n\nwas the son of a great briihmar-a, Drotlacarya, and in spite of his commit­\n\nting the great offense of killing all the sleeping sons of the Pap9avas, for\n\n", "SB4.1#p0237": "222\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatarn\n\nwhich he was condemned even by Lord Kr�Qa, Arjuna excused him by not\n\nkilling him because he happened to be the son of a briihma[la. The word\n\nbrahma-bandhu�u used here is significant. Brahma-bandhu means a person\nwho is born of a briihma[la father but whose activities are not up to the\nstandaJ:d of the briihma[!as. Such a person is not a briihmafla, but is a\n\nbrahma-bandhu. Dak�a proved himself to be a brahma-bandhu. He was\nborn of a great briihmarza father, Lord Brahmii, but his treatment of Lord\nSiva was not exactly brahminical; therefore he admitted that he was not a\n\nperfect briihma'(la. Lord Siva and Lord Vi�p.u, however, are affectionate\neven to an imperfect briihma'(la. Lord Siva punished Dak�a not as one does\n\nhis enemy, but he punished him just to bring him to his senses, so that he\nwould know that he had done wrong. Dak�a could understand this, and he\n\nacknowledged the great mercy of Lord Kr�Qa and Lord Siva towards the\nfallen briihmaf1as, including even himself. Although he was fallen, his vow\n\nwas to execute the sacrifice, as is the duty of briihma'(las, and thus he\n\nbegan his prayers to Lord Siva.\n\nTEXT 14\n\nNQRttftt��:��\n;nns�ij'Eif+tNQSNli�+t\\ill�.... I\n�\n\nijJ:tfAUIIWf. � ij�Nq€ij�\nqw;:\n\n�Ff�SI•lit1((U:S II� �II\n\nvidyii-tapo-vrata-dhariin mukhata� sma vipriin\nbrahmiitma-tattvam avitum prathamam tvam asriik\ntad briihma{liin parama sarva-vipatsu piisi\npiila� pasiin iva vibho pragrh1ta-da!l!la�\nvidyii-learning; tapa�-austerities; vrata-vows; dhariin-the followers;\nmukhata�-from the mouth; sma-was; vipriin\nLord\n\n-\n\nBrahma; atma-tattvam-self-realization;\n\nthe briihma[!as; brahmiiavitum-to\n\ndisseminate;\n\nprathamam-first;tvam-you;asrak-created; tat therefore;brahma[lan-the\n-\n\nbriihma'(las; parama-0 great one; sarva-all ; vipatsu-in dangers; pasi-you\nprotect; piilafl-like the protector; pasun-the animals; iva-l ike ; vibho-0\ngreat one; pragrh1ta-taking in hand; dar{iafl-a stick.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear great and powerful Lord Siva, you were created first from the\n\nmouth of Lord Brahma in order to protect the brahmap.as in pursuing\neducation, austerities, vows and self-realization. As protector\n\nof the\n\n", "SB4.1#p0238": "Text 14]\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Dalqa\n\n223\n\nbrahmapas, you always protect the regulative principles followed by them,\njust as a cowherd boy keeps a stick in his hand to give protection to the\ncows.\nPURPORT\n\nThe specific function of a human being in society, irrespective of his\n\nsocial status, is to practice control of the mind and senses by observing the\n\nregulative principles enjoined in the Vedic siistras. Lord Siva is called\n\npasupati because he protects the living entities in their developed conscious­\n\nness so that they may follow the Vedic system of varcw and iisrama. The\nword pasu refers to the animal as well as to the. human entity. It is stated\n\nhere that Lord Siva is always interested in protecting the animals and the\nanimal-like living entities who are not very advanced in the spiritual sense.\n\nIt is also stated that the. briihmaetas are produced from the mouth df the\nSupreme Lord. We should always remember that Lord Siva is being\n\naddressed as the representative of the Supreme Lord Vi�pu. In the Vedic\n\nliterature it is described that the briihmaetas are born from the mouth of\n\nthe universal form of Vi�pu, the k§atriyas are born from His arms, the\nvaiSyas are born from His abdomen or waist, and the sildras are born from\n\nHis legs. In the formation of a body, the head is the principal factor. The\n\nbriihmaetas are born from the mouth of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead in order to accept charity for worship of Vi�pu and to spread\n\nVedic knowledge. Lord Siva is known as pasupati, the protector of the\nbriihmaetas and other living entities. He protects them from the attacks of\n\nnon-briihmaetas, or uncultured persons who are against the self-realization\n\nprocess.\n\nAnother feature of this word is that persons who are simply attached to\n\nthe ritualistic portion of the Vedas and do not understand the situation of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead are not any more advanced than\n\nanimals. In the beginning of Srimad-Bhii.gavatam it is confirmed that even\n\nthough one performs the rituals of the Vedas, if he does not develop a\nsense of Kr�J}.a consciousness, then all his labor in performing Vedic rituals\n\nis considered to be simply a waste of time. Lord Siva's aim in destroying\n\nthe Dak�a yajna was to punish Dak�a because by neglecting him (Lord\nSiva), Da�a was committing a great offense. Lord Siva's punishment\n\nwas just like that of a cowherd boy who keeps a stick to frighten his\n\nanimals. It is commonly said that to give protection to animals, a stick is\n\nneeded because animals cannot reason and argue. Their reasoning and argument is argumentum ad baculum; unless there is a rod, they do not obey.\n\nForce is required for the animalistic class of men, whereas those who are\n\nadvanced are convinced by reasons, arguments and scriptural authority.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0239": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n224\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nPersons who are simply attached to Vedic rituals, without further advance­\n\nment of devotional service or Kr�Q.a consciousness, are almost like animals,\nand Lord Siva is in charge of giving them protection and sometimes\n\npunishing them, as he punished Dak�a.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�s�ihv•uNR<:t<:t'*4<:o�ii �\nf?ro �RtiN�R�R•tott <:�� 1\naw� q'(j'�11�¥tM�tttq�\n'\n\n.\n\nw.nssim����llt�ll\nyo 'sau mayiividita-tattva-drsii sabhiiyiirh\nk§ipto durukti-visikhair vigartayya tan miim\narviik patantam arhattama-nindayiipiid\ndr§tyiirdrayii sa bhagaviin sva-krtena tu§yet\nya�-who; asau-that; maya-by me; avidita-tattva-without knowing\n\nthe actual fact; drsii-by experience; sabhiiyiim-in the assembly; k§iptaflwas abused; durukti-unkind words; visikhai�-by the arrows of; vigartayya\n\n-taking no notice of; tat-that; miim-me; arviik-downwards; patantam­\n\ngliding down to hell; arhattama- the most respectable; nindayii- by de­\n\nfamation; apiit-saved; dr�_t yii-seeing; iirdrayii-out of compassion; sa� that; bhagaviin- Your Lordship; sva-krtena-by your own mercy; tu�yetbe satisfied.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI did not know your full glories. For this reason, I threw arrows of sharp\nwords at you in the open assembly, although you did not take them into\naccount. I was going down to hell because of my disobedience to you, who\nare the most respectable personality, but you took compassion upon me\nand saved me by awarding punishment. I request that you be pleased by\nyour own mercy, since I cannot satisfy you by my words.\n\nPURPORT\nAs usual, a devotee in an adverse condition of life accepts such a condi­\n\ntion to be the mercy of the Lord. Factually, the insulting words used by\n\nDak�a against Lord Siva were enough to have him thrown perpetually into\n\na hellish life. But Lord Siva, being kind toward him, awarded him punish­\n\nment to neutralize the offense. King Dak�a realized this, and, feeling\n\nobliged for Lord Siva's magnanimous behavior, he wanted to show his\n\n", "SB4.1#p0240": "Te�t 16]\n\nThe Sacrifice Pe·r formed by Dalqa\n\n225\n\ngratitude to him. Sometimes a father punishes his child, and when the\nchild is grown up and comes to his senses, he understands that the\n\nfather's punishment was not actually punishment but mercy. Similarly,\n\nDak�a appreciated that the punishment offered to him by Lord Siva was a\n\nmanifestation of his mercy. That is the symptom of a pe!:son who is making progress on the path of Kr�Qa consciousness. It is said that a devotee in\nKr�Qa consciousness never takes any miserable condition of life to be\n\ncondemnation by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He accepts the\nmiserable condition to be the grace of the Lord. He thinks, \"I would have\nbeen punished or put into a more dangerous condition of life due to my\npast misdeeds, but the Lord has protected me. Thus I have received only a\nlittle punishment as token execution of the law of karma.\" Thinking of\nHis grace in that way, a devotee aiways surrenders to the Supreme Personality of Godhead more and more seriously and is not disturbed by such\nso-called punishment.\nTEXT 16\n\n��\nm� � +fH(i4i4 i1111Jf1 �?.«T: I\n\n� ij�l'1�1+tij �J•nRiir : 11 � 1\\11\nmaitreya uviica\nk�amiipyaivam sa miflhviimsam\nbrahmaf!ii ciinumantrita[l\nkarma santiinayiimiisa\nsopadh yiiyartvig-adibhi[l\nmaitreya[l-the sage Maitreya; uvaca-said; k�ama- for giveness; iipya­\n\nreceiving; evam\n\n-\n\nthus; sa[l-King Dak�a; mitjhvamsam -unto Lord Siva;\n\nb rahmaf!ii -along with Lord Brahmii; ca-also; anumantrita[l-being per­\n\nmitted; karma�the sacrifice; santanayamasa-began again; sa-along with;\n\nupadh yaya l ea rned sages; rtvik-the priests; iidibhi[l-and others.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya said: Thus being pardoned by Lord Siva, King\nDakt;�a, with the permission of Lord Brahmii, again began the per formance\nof the yajfia, along with the great iearned sages, the priests and others.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0241": "226\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nvai§rtavam yajna-santatyai\n\ntrikapiilam dvijottamii�\n\npurogiisam niravapan\n\nvira-samsarga-suddhaye\n\nvaigtavam-meant for Lord Vi�t:tu or His devotees; yajna-sacrifice;\n\nsantatyai-for performances; trikapiilam-three kinds of offerings; dvija­\n\nuttamii�-the best of the briihmartas; purogiisam-the oblation called\npuroqiisa; niravapan-offered; vira-Virabhadra and other followers of Lord\n\nSiva; samsarga-contamination (do§a) due to his touching; suddhaye-for\n\npurification.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, in order to resume the activities of sacrifice, the brahmlqlas\n\nfirst of. all arranged for purification of the contamination caused by the\ntouch of Virabhadra and other ghostly followers of Lord Siva. They then\n\narranged to offer the oblations known as puroc,la8a into the fire.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Siva's followers and devotees, headed by Virabhadra, are known\nas viras, and they are ghostly demons. Not only did they pollute the entire\n\nsacrificial arena by their very presence, but they disturbed the whol�\n\nsituation by passing stool and urine. Therefore, the infection they had\ncreated was to be first ·purified by the method of offering puror)iisa\n\noblations. A Vi�t:tu yajna, or an offering to Lord Vi�Qu, cannot be\nperformed uncleanly. If anything is offered in an unclean state, that is\n\ncalled seviipariidha. The Vi�t:tu Deity worship in the temple is also Vi�t:tu\n\nyajna. In all Vi�t:tu temples, therefore, the priest who takes care of the\n\narcanii-vidhi must be very clean. Everything should be always kept neat\n\nand clean, and the foodstuffs should be prepared in a neat and clean\nmanner. All these regulative principles are described in The Nectar of\n\nDevotion. There are thirty-two kinds of offenses in discharging arcana\n\nservice. It is required, therefore, that one should be extremely careful\nnot to be unclean. Generally, whenever any ritualistic ceremony is begun,\n\nthe holy name of Lord Vi�t:tu is first chanted in order to purify the situa­\n\ntion. Whether one is in a pure or impure condition internally or externally,\n\n", "SB4.1#p0242": "Text 18]\n\n227\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Dalqa\n\nif one chants or even remembers the holy name of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead Vi�!]U, he immediately becomes purified. The yajiia arena was\n\ndesecrated by the presence of Lord Siva's followers, headed by Virabhadra,\n\nand therefore the entire arena had to be sanCtified. Although Lord Siva\n\nwas present and he is all-auspicious, it was still necessary to sanctify the\nplace because his followers had broken into the arena and committed so\n\nmany obnoxious acts. That sanctification was possible only by chanting\n\nthe holy name of Vi�!]u, Trikapalam, which can sanctify the three worlds.\n\nIn other words, it is admitted herein that the followers of Lord Siva are\n\ngenerally unclean. They are not even very hygienic; they do not take baths\n\nregularly, they wear long hair, and they smoke giinjii. Persons of such\n\nirregular habits are counted amongst the gh osts. Since they were present\n\nin the sacrificial arena, the atmosphere became polluted, and it had to be\n\nsanctified by offering trikapiila oblations which indicated the invocation\nof Vi�!]u's favor.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n3t�SS���'1 �� Fltiii+qij I\nNln �\\f.Ftl �if��: 11��11\nadhvaryur-iit ta-hav4ii\nyajamiino viSiim-pate\ndhiyii visuddhayii dadhyau\ntathii priidur abhudd hari�\nadhvaryutz,ii-with the\n\nYajur-veda; iitta\n\n-\n\nt ak ing; havi�ii-with clarified\n\nbutter; yajamiina�-King Dak�a; viSiim-pate-0 Vidura; dhiyii-in meditation;\n\nviSuddhayii-sanctified;\n\ndadhyau\n\n-\n\noffered;\n\ntathii- immediately;\n\npradu�-manifest; a bh U t beca m e; hari�t-Hari, the Lord.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya said to Vidura: My dear Vidura, as soon as King\nDak�a offered the clarified butter with Yajur-veda mantras in sanctified\nmeditation, Lord Vi�!JU appeared there in His original form as Naraya!Ja.\nPURPORT\nLord Vi�pu is all-pervading. Any devotee who, in sanctified meditation,\n\nfollowing the regulative principles, chants the requirtd mantras in service\n\nand in a devotional mood can see Vi�t;�u. [t is said i n the Brahma-sarhhita\n\nthat a devotee whose eyes are anointed with the ointment of love of\nGodhead can see the Supreme Personality of Godhead always within his\n\nheart. Lord Syamasundara is so kind to His devotee.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0243": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n228\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\ntadii sva-prabhayii te§iirh\ndyotayantyii diso dasa\nmu§parhs teja upiinitas\n·\n\ntiirk�yera stotra-viijinii\n\ntadii-at that time; sva-prabhayii-by His own effulgence; te§iim-all of\nthem; dyotayantyii-by brightness; diSa�-directions; dasa-ten; mu§r-andiminishing; teja�-effulgence; upanrta�-brought; tiirk§yeTJa-by Garu�a;\n\nstotra-viijinii-whose wings are called Brhat and R at hantara .\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Naraya�a was seated on the shoulder of Stotra, or Garu�a, who\n\nhad big wings. As soon as He appeared, all directions were illuminated,\n\ndiminishing the luster of Brahma and the others present.\nPURPORT\n\nA description of Naraya�a is given in the following two slokas.\nTEXT 20\n\n\"' �\n\n�Ai�\n\"'\nii!i@l\n\n�'IT �Uq(�IW\\IS�\n\"'\n\n;ft�����:\n\nflt:\\ii'it4i�H*4141�1�f':r.t����:ll�oll\n\n�I\n\nsyamo hirar-ya-rasano 'rka-kirita-ju�to\nnlliilaka-bhramara-ma!l!iita-ku!l!ialasya�\nsankhiibja-cakra-sara-capa-gadas i-carmavyagrair hira11maya-bhujair iva karr-ikara�\nsyama�-blackish; hiraf)ya-rasana�-a\n\ngarment like gold; arka-kirita­\n\nju§ta�-with a helmet as dazzling as the sun; nua-alaka-bluish curls;\nbhramara-big black bees; maf)!iita-kur4ala-asya�-having a face decorated\nwith earrings; sankha-conchshell; abja-lotus flower; cakra-wheel; saraarrows; capa-bow; gada-club; asi-sword; carma-shield; vyagra*-.filled\nwith; hira!lmaya-goiden (bracelets and bangles); bhuja*-with hands; ivaas; kar!likara�--fiower tree.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0244": "Text 21]\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Da�a\n\n229\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis complexion was blackish, His garment was of a yellow color, like\ngold, His helmet was as dazzling as the sun, His hair was bluish, the color\nof black bees, and His face was decorated with earrings. His eight hands\nheld a conchshell, wheel, club, lotus flower, arrow, bow, shield and sword,\nand they were decorated with golden ornaments such as bangles and\nbracelets.\n\nHis\n\nwhole\n\nbody\n\nresembled\n\na blossoming\n\ntree\n\nbeautifully\n\ndecorated with various kinds of flowers.\nPURPORT\nThe face of Lord Vi��;J.U as described in this verse appears like a lotus\nflower with bees humming over it. All of the ornaments on the body of\nLord Vi��;J.U are of molten gold of the reddish-gold color of the morning\nsunrise. The Lord appears, just as the morning sun rises, to protect the\nwhole universal creation. His arms display differenl weapons, and His\neight hands are compared to the eight petals of a lotus flower. All the\nweapons mentioned are for the protection of His devotees.\nGenerally in the four hands of Vi��;J.U there are a wheel, a club,\nconchshell and lotus flower. These four symbols are seen in the four\nhands of Vi��;J.U in different arrangements. The club and the wheel are\nthe Lord's symbols of punishment for the demons and miscreants, and\nthe lotus flower and conchshell are used to benedict the devotees. There\nare always two classes of men, the devotees and the demons. It is\nconfirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 4.8) that (paritriiriiya siidhunam) the\n\nLord is always ready for the protection of the devotees and annihilation of\nthe demons. There are demons and devotees in this material world, but in\nthe spiritual world there is no such distinction. In other words, Lord\nVi��;J.U is the proprietor of both the material and spiritual worlds. In the\nmaterial world almost everyone is of the demoniac nature, but there are\nalso devotees, who appear to be in the material world although they are\nalways situated in the spiritual world. A devotee's position is always\ntranscendental, and he is always protected by Lord Vi��;J.u.\nTEXT 21\n\n", "SB4.1#p0245": "[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n230\n\nvak�asy adhiSrita-vadhur vana-maly ud'iirahasavaloka-kalaya ramayarhs ca visvam\npiirsva-bhramad-vyajana-camara-riija-harhsa�\n. svetiitapatra-sasinopari rajyamana�\nvak�asi-on the chest; ad h isri ta- situated; vadh u� - a woman (the goddess\nof fortune, Lak�mi); vana-mali garlanded with forest flowers; ud ara-\n\nbeautiful;\n\nhasa\n\n-\n\nsmiling ; avalo ka gl an ce; kalaya with a small part;\n\nramaya n - pleas in g;\n\n-\n\nca-and;\n\n-\n\nvisvam-the\n\nwhole\n\nworld;\n\nparsva-side;\n\nbhramat- moving back and forth; vyaja n a-camara- wh ite yak-tail hair for\n\nfanning; raja-harhsa�- swan; sveta-Gtapatra-iasina-with a white canopy\nlike the moon; u pari-above; rajyamana �\n\n-\n\nlooking beautiful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Vi��u looked extraordinarily beautiful because the goddess of\n\nfortune and a garland were situated on. his chest. His face was beautifully\ndecorated with a smiling attitude which can captivate the entire world,\n\nespecially the devotees. White hair fans appeared on both sides of the Lord\nlike white swans, and the white canopy overhead looked like the moon.\nPURPORT\nThe smiling face of Lord Vi�pu is pleasing to the whole world. Not only\ndevotees hut even nondevotees are attracted by such a smile. This verse\nnicely describes how the sun, moon, eight-petaled lotus flower and humming black bees were represented by the fans of hair, the overhead canopy,\nthe moving earrings on both sides of His face, and His blackish hair. All\ntogether, accompanied by the conchshell, wheel, club, lotus flower, bow,\narrows, shield\n\nand sword in His hands, these presented a grand and\n\nbeautiful audience for Lord Vi�I]U which captivated all the demigods\nthere, including Dak�a and Lord Brahma.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n�ttRfq�\n\n�\n\nij(4j0jji(tj:\n\n�: � q� : ������\ntam up'iigatam iilakna\nsarve sura-gariidaya�\npraremu� sahasotthiiya\nbrahmendra-tryak�a-nayakii�\n\n", "SB4.1#p0246": "The Sacrifice Performed by Da�a\n\nText 23 J\n\n231\n\ntam- Him;\nupagatam-arrived;\nalak.sya-after\nseeing;\nsarve-all;\nsura-ga!la-adayall-the demigods and others; pra(lemull-obeisances;\nsahasii-immediately; utthiiya-after standing up; brahma-Lord Brahma;\nindra-Lord Indra; tryak�a-Lord Siva (who has three eyes); niiyakiillled by.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Lord Vi��u was visible, all the demigods-Lord Brahma and\nLord Siva, the Gandharvas and all present there-immediately offered\ntheir respectful obeisances by falling down straight before Him.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that Lord Vi��u is the Supreme Lord even of Lord Siva and\n\nLord Brahma, what to speak of the demigods, Gandharvas and ordinary\n\nliving entities. It is stated in a prayer, yam brahma varu�Jendra-rudramarutall: All of them, including the yogis, worship Lord Vi�I).U. Dhyanavasthitii tad-gatena manasii pasyanti yam yogino: Yogis concentrate their\nminds on the form of Lord Vi��u, and thus He is worshipable by all\ndemigods, all Gandharvas\n\nand even by Lord Siva and Lord Brahma.\n\nTad vi�!loll paramam padam sadii pasyanti siirayall: Vi��u is therefore the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Even though Lord Siva was previously\n\nreferred to in prayers by Lord Brahma as the Supreme, when Lord Vi�pu\n\nappeared, Siva also fell pro11trated before Him to offer his respectful\n\nobeisances.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�� m=i!l: ij\"�'n �: 1\n\n� 'l6i&�M�tl �� 11��11\ntat-tejasii hata-ruca�\nsanna-jihvii� sa-siidhvasiill\nmurdhna dhrtiiiijali-putii\nupatasthur adhok�ajam\ntat-tejasii-by. the glaring effulgence of His body; hata-rucall-having\n\nfaded lusters; sanna-jihvii�-having silent tongues; sa-siidhvasii�-having\nfear of\n\nHim; murdhnii-with the head; dhrta-anjali-putii�-with hands\n\ntouched to the head; upatasthu�\n\n-\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nprayed; adhok�ajam-to Adhok�aja, the\n\n", "SB4.1#p0247": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n232\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the presence of the glaring effulgence of the bodily luster of\n\nNarayapa,\n\neveryone else's luster faded away, and everyone stopped\n\nspeaking. Fearful with awe and veneration, they touched their hands to\n\ntheir heads and prepared to offer their prayers to the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Adhok�aja.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n������:1\n�� quri'� � ti�l�!f��\nll�'dll\napy arviig-vrttayo yasya\nmahitv atmabhuv-adayafl.\nyath'iimatigrrantisma\nkrtanugraha-vigraham\napi- still; arviik-vrttayafl.- beyond the mental activities; yasya- whose;\nmahi-glory; tu- but; iitmabhu-iidayafl.- Brahma, etc.; yathiima t i- ac cord·\ning to\n\ntheir different\n\ncapacities; grran.ti sma- offered prayers; krta­\n\nanugraha - manifested by His grace; vigraham- transcendental form.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the mental scope of even demigods like Brahma was unable to\n\ncomprehend the unlimited glories of the Supreme Lord, they were all able\n\nto perceive the transcendental form of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead by His grace. Only by such grace could they offer their respectful\n\nprayers according to their different capacities.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, is always unlimited,\nand His glories cannot be completely enumerated by anyone, including\n\na personality like Lord Brahma. It is said that Ananta, a direct incarnation\n\nof the Lord, has unlimited mouths, and with each mouth He has been\ntrying to describe the glories of the Lord for an unlimited span of time,\nyet the glories of the Lord remain unlimited, and He therefore never\nfinishes. It is not possible for any ordinary living entity to understand or\nto glorify the unlimited Personality of Godhead, but one can offer prayers\nor service to the Lord according to one's particular capacity. This capacity\n\n", "SB4.1#p0248": "Text 25]\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Dak��\n\n233\n\nis increased by the service spirit. Sevonmukhe hi jihvadau means that the\nservice of the Lord begins with the tongue. This refers to chanting. By\nchanting Hare Kr�rta, one begins the service of the Lord. Another function\nof the tongue is to taste and accept the Lord's prasadam. We have to begin\nour service to the Unlimited with the tongue and become perfect in chanting and accepting the Lord's prasadam. To accept the Lord's prasadam\nmeans to control the entire set of senses. The tongue is considered to be\nthe most uncontrollable sense because it hankers for so many unwholesome\neatables, thereby forcing the living entity into the dungeon of material\nconditional life. As the living entity transmigrates from one form of life\nto another, he has to eat so many abominable foodstuffs that finally\nthere is no limit. The tongue should be engaged in chanting and in\neating the Lord's prasadam so that the other senses will be controlled.\nChanting is the medicine, and prasadam is the diet. With these processes\none can begin his service, and as the service increases, the Lord reveals\nmore and more to the devotee. But there is no limit to His glories, and\nthere is no limit to engaging oneself in the service of the Lord.\nTEXT 25\n\ndak�o grhitiirhara -siidano ttamarh\nyajiiesvararh visvasr[arh pararh gurum\nsunanda-nandiidy-anugair vrtarh mudii\ngr ran prapede prayata� krtiinjal*\n\ndak§a/],- Dak�a;grhfta-accepted; arha {l a-rightful; sadana-uttamam-sacrificial vessel; yajnesvaram\n\n-\n\nunto the master of all sacrifices; visvasrjiim-of\n\nall the prajiipatis; param- the supreme; gurum- preceptor; s unanda-nanda­\n\niidi-anuga*-by associates like Sunanda, Nanda, etc.; vrtam-surrounded;\nmudii- with great pleasure ; gr r an-offeri ng respectful prayers; prapedetook shelter; p raya ta�\nhands.\n\n-\n\nhaving a subdued mind; krta-anjali � - with folded\n\n", "SB4.1#p0249": "[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n234\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Lord Vi¥otu accepted the oblations offered in the sacrifice,\n\nDalqa, the Prajapati, began with great pleasure to offer respectful prayers\n\nunto Him. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is actually the master of\nall sacrifices and preceptor of all the prajapatis, and He is served even by\n\nsuch personalities as N anda and Sunanda.\n\nTEXT 26\n���\n\n� (i4�1�q«tlf<CIC?Si�\n\nMrill'31�f.fi+t¥Pf SIRt�'fJ.I � I\n\nfij�qq ��,q� �� �i41wtqRij{(iil€¥46�: ������\ndak§a uviica\nsuddham sva-dhiimny uparatiikhila-buddhy-avastham\ncin-miitram ekam abhayarh prati§idhya miiyiim\nti§tharhs tayaiva puru�atvam upetya tasyiim\n·\n\ndak§a\n\ntJ\n\n-\n\niiste bhaviin apari.Suddha iviitma-tantra�\n\nDa k9a; uviica sai d; suddham-pu r e; sva-dhiimni-in Your own\n-\n\nabode; uparata-akhila-completely turned back; buddhi-avastham-mental\n\nspeculative p osi t ion; cit-miitram-completely spiritual; ekam-one without\n\na second; a bhayam-fear less; prati§idhya-controUing; miiy m-m a teri a l\n\nii\n\nenergy; ti§than-being situated; tay -with her (Maya); eva-certainly;\n\npurujatvam-overseer;\n\nii\n\nupetya-ent er in g\n\ninto;\n\ntasyiim-in\n\nher; aste-is\n\npresent; bhaviin-Your Lordship; apariSuddhal;l-impure; iva-as if; iitmatantra�-self-sufficient.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDalqa addressed the Supreme Personality of Godhead: My dear Lord,\nYou are transcendental to all mental speculative positions. You are\n\ncompletely spiritual, devoid of all fearfulness, and You are always in\ncontrol of the material energy. Even though You are situated transcen­\n\ndentally, You appear in the material energy, but You are always free from\nmaterial contamination because You are completely self-sufficient.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0250": "Text 27]\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by D�a\n\n235\n\nTEXT 27\n\n���\n\n� � � i:t�'4it�it �AA11q1a.\n�i:t'ICfWt +t•l�:tf;q<:l¥4 : I\nlJfiiNe�ullt<i B1t<::'&4(1(-4\n\nm-:���\\9,\nrtvija ucuft\n\ntattvarh na te vayam anaiijana rudra-siipiit\nkarmary-avagraha-dhiyo bhagavan vidiimaft\ndharmopalak�aram idarh trivrd adhvariikhyarh\njiiiitarh yad-artham adhidaivam ado vyavasthii�\nrt vija {!\n\n- the priests; ucu{t-began to say; tattvam-truth; na-not; te-of\n\nYour Lordship; vayam-al l of us; anarijana- without rna terial contamina­\n\ntion; rudra-Lord Siva; siipiit-by his curse; karma[li-in fruitive activities;\n\navagraha-being too much attached; dhiyaft-of such i ntel l igence; bhagavan- 0 Lord; vidiimal;t- know; dharma-religion; upalak§aram- s ymboli zed ;\nidarn-this; trivrt- the three departments of know l edge of the Vedas;\nadhvara-sacrifice; iikhyam-of the name; j niitam\n\n- known to us; yat-that;\n\nartharn-for the matter of; adhidaivarn-for worshiping the demigods;\n\nada�-this; vya vasthii/;t -arrangement\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe priests addressed the Lord, saying: 0 Lord, transcendental to\n\nmaterial contamination, by the curse offered by Lord Siva's men we have\nbecome attached to fruitive activities, and thus we are now fallen and there­\n\nfore do not know anything about You. On the contrary, we are now\ninvolved in the injunctions of the three departments of the Vedic knowl­\n\nedge under the plea of executing rituals in the name of yajiia. We know\n\nthat You have made arrangements for distributing the respective shares\n\nof the demigods.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Vedas a re known as traigur-ya-vi§ayii vediift (Bg. 2.45). Those who.\nare serious students of the Vedas are very much attac hed to the ritualistic\n\nceremonies mentioned in the Vedas, and therefore these Vedavadis cannot\nunderstand t h at the ul timate goal of the Vedas is to understand Lord Kg;Qa\n\n", "SB4.1#p0251": "236\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nor Vi�r:tu. Those who have transcended the qualitative Vedic attractions,\nhowever, can understand Kr�r:ta, who is never contaminated by the material\nqualities. Therefore Lord Vi�r:tu is addressed here as ananjana (free from\nmaterial contamination). In Bhagavad-g\"itii the crude Vedic scholars have\nbeen deprecated by Kr�r:ta as follows:\n\nyam imam pu�pitarh vacarh pravadanty avipascitaft\nveda-viida-ratiift piirtha nanyad astt:ti viidina�\n\"Men of small knowledge are very much attached to the flowery words of\n\nthe Vedas, and they say that there is nothing more than this.\" (Bg. 2.42)\nTEXT 28\n\nff��:\n\n'3($it8sftS�EitJ4oqi{U$If.:4� �14�1(('4i€¥4i\\{l(S¥fR : I\nAri (ite'tfl¥1� �nllMJ�sm :\nql(t·������!: ����II\n\n'3�'4;:t4tQ(UI\n\nsadasya ilcu�\nutpatty-adhvany asarara uru-klesa-durge 'ntakogravyiilanvi§te vi§aya-rnrga-tr§Y iitma-gehoru-bhara�\ndvandva-svabhre khala-mrga-bhaye soka-diive 'jna-sartha�\npiidaukas te sararada kada yiiti karnopasnta�\nsadasya�-the members of the assembly; ilcu� -said; utpatti-repeate d\nbirth and death; adhvani-on the path of; asara[Le-not having a place to\ntake shelter; uru -great; kle5a- troublesome; durge -in the formidable fort;\nantaka- termination; ugra-ferocious; vyiila -sn ak es; anvi§te -being i nfested\nwith; vi§aya-material happiness; rnrga-tr� i-mirage; iitrna -body; gehahome; uru-heavy; bhara� -burden; dvandva-dual; svabhre-holes, ditches\nof so-called happiness and distress; khala-ferocious; mrga-animals; bhayebeing afraid of; soka-dave- the forest fire of lamentation; ajna-sartha�-for\nthe interest of the rascals; piidauka�- shelter of Your lotus feet; te-unto\nYou; s a ra !l a-da- giving shelter; kada-when; yati went ; kama-upasf§ta�being afflicted by aU sorts of desires.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe members of the assembly addressed the Lord: 0 exclusive shelter\n\nfor all who are situated in troubled life, in this formidable fort of condi-\n\n", "SB4.1#p0252": "Text 29]\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Da�a\n\n237\n\ntional existence the time element, like a snake, is always looking for an\nopportunity to strike. This world is full of ditches of so-called distress and\nhappiness, and there are many ferocious animals always ready to attack.\nThe fire of lamentation is always blazing, and the mirage of false happiness\nis always alluring, but one has no shelter from them. Thus foolish persons\nlive in the cycle of birth and death, always overburdened in discharging\ntheir so-called duties, and we do not know when they will accept the\nshelter of Your lotus feet.\nPURPORT\nPersons who are not in Kr�va consciousness are living a very precarious\n\nlife, as described in this verse, but all these circumstantial conditions are\ndue to forgetfulness of Kr�va. The Kr�va consciousness movement is\n\nmeant to give relief to all. these bewildered and distressed persons; therefore\n\nit is the greatest relief work for all human society, and the workers thereof\nare the greatest well-wishers, for they follow\n\nin the footsteps of Lord\n\nCaitanya, who is the greatest friend to all living entities.\nTEXT 29\n\n����\n\n<N �\n\n!!4(1eWI!!4tM1t1Rct<?stif\n\nmafitfit(e:fiu«ut� '\n� ff:qaflt� ��sqffi[\niijqftr \";� ttUJit d+Jt�q(ltJstCUI II� �II\nrudra uviica\ntava varada variinghriiv iisi�ehiikhilarthe\nhy api munibhir asaktair adarerriirhariiye\nyadi racita-dhiyarh miividya-loko 'paviddham\njapati na garraye tat tvat-pariinugrahera\nrudra� uviic a- Lord Siva said; tava- Your; varada-0 supreme benefactor;\n\nvara-a nghrau-precious lotus feet; iisi§ ii-by desire; iha-in the material\n\nworld; akhila-arthe-for fulfillment; hi api-certainly; munibh *-by the\n\nsages; asaktai�-liberated; iidare!la-with care; arhaf)iye- w orshipa ble; yadi ­\n\nif; racita-dhiyam-mind fixed; mii-m e ; avidya-loka�-the ignorant persons;\n\napaviddham-u npurified activity; japati-utters; na ga r ayc - do n' t value;\n\ntat-it; tvat-para-anugraher;w-by compassion like Yours.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0253": "238\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva said: My dear Lord, my mind and consciousness are always\n\nfixed on Your lotus feet, which, as the source of all benediction and the\n\nful fillment of all desires, are worshiped by all liberated great sages because\n\nthey are worthy of worship. With my mind fixed on Your lotus feet, I am\n\nno longer disturbed by persons who blaspheme me, claiming that my\n\nactivities are not purified. I do not mind their accusations, and I excuse\n\nthem out of compassion, just as You exhibit compassion towards all living\nentities.\n\nPURPORT\n\nLord Siva expresses herein his regret at being angry and disturbing the\n\nsacrificial activities of Dak�a. King Da�a had insulted him in many ways,\n\nand thus he had become angry and had frustrated the entire sacrificial\n\nceremony. Later, when he was pleased with them, the yajna performances\nwere reinstituted, and therefore he regretted his activities. Now he says\n\nthat due to his mind's being fixed on the lotus feet of the Supreme Lord,\nVi�!'u, he is no longer disturbed by the ordinary critics of his way of life.\n\nFrom this statement of Lord Siva it is understood that as long as one is on\n\nthe material platform he is affected by the three modes of material nature.\n\nAs soon as he is in Kr�t:ta consciousness, however, one is no longer affected\n\nby such material activities. One should therefore always be fixed in Kr�t:ta\n\nconsciousness, busy in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. It is\n\nguaranteed that such a devotee will never be affected by the actions and\nreactions of the three modes of material nature.\n\nThis fact is also\n\ncorroborated in Bhagavad-gitii: Anyone who is fixed in the transcendental\n\nservice of the Lord has surpassed all the material qualities and is situated in\nthe status of Brahman-realization, in which one is not afflicted by\n\nhankering for material objects. The recommendation of the\n\nSrimadBhiigavatam is that one should always be Kr�t:ta conscious and should\n\nnever forget his transcendental relationship with the Lord. This program\n\nhas to be followed strictly by everyone. From the statement of Lord Siva\nit is understood that he was always in Kr�t:ta consciousness, and thus he\n\nremained free from material affliction. The only remedy is, therefore, to\n\ncontinue Kr�t:ta consciousness rigidly, in order to get out of the contamination of the material modes.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�/'if\n\nti,WC<qN(61€+till'f\n\n", "SB4.1#p0254": "Text 30)\n\n239\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Dalqa\n\nil*'l(:q(ijft6(ij'IRf �: I\n;f�f'Rt6Cf���f4\n�sq Sl(il(d liCIF{ S(UI(Ikft'l.-!:11 � II\no\n\nbhrgur uviica\nyan miiyayii gahanayiipahrtiitma-bodhii\nbrahmiidayas tanu-bhrtas tamasi svapanta�\nniitman sritam tava vidanty adhuniipi tattvam\nso 'yam pras\"\"idatu bhaviin pra\"(latiitma-bandhufr\nbhrgu{l u v tic a\n\n-\n\nS ri Bhrgu said; yat-who; mtiyaya-by illusory energy;\n\ngahanayii- insurmountable; apahrta-stolen; iitma-bodhii{l- knowledge of\nthe constitutional\n\nbhrta{l - embodied\n\nposition; brahmiJ...Qdaya�-Lord Brahma, etc; tanu­\n\nliving\n\n·entities; tamasi-in the darkness of iUusion;\n\nsvapanta{l-lying down;na-not;titman-in the living entity;sritam-situated\nin;tava- Your;vidanti-understand; adh unti- now ; api-cert ainly;tattvam­\n\nabsolute position; sa{l- You; ayam- this;prasidatu-be kind; bhavtin- Your\n\nLordship; pra[lata...Qtma-surrendered soul; bandhu�-friend.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Bhrgu said: My dear Lord, all living entities, beginning from the\nhighest, namely Lord Brahma, down to the ordinary ant, are under the\ninfluence of the insurmountable spell of illusory energy, and thus they are\nignorant of their constitutional position. Everyone believes in the concept\n\nof the body, and thus all are submerged in the darkness of illusion. They\n\nare actually unable to understand how You live in every living entity as the\nSupersoul, nor can they understand Your absolute position. But You are\nthe eternal friend and protector of all\n\nsurre ndered\n\nsouls. Therefore,\n\nplease be kind towards us and forgive all our offenses.\nPURPORT\nBhrgu Muni was conscious of the scandalous behavior exhibited by each\n\nand every one of them, including Brahma and Lord Siva, in the sacrificial\nceremony of Dak�a. By mentioning Brahma, the chief of aU living entities\n\nwithin this material world, he wanted to state that everyone, including\n\nalso Brahma and Lord Siva, is under the concept of the body and under\n\nthe spell of material energy-all hut Vi�r.m. That is the version of Bhrgu.\n\nAs long as one is under the concept of the body as self, it is very difficult\n\nto understand the Supersoul or the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nConscious that he was not greater than Brahma, Bhfgu included himself in\n\n", "SB4.1#p0255": "[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n240\n\nthe list of offenders. Ignorant personalities, or conditioned souls, have no\nchoice but to accept their precarious condition under material nature. The\nonly remedy is to surrender to Vi�t;�u and always pray to be excused. One\nshould depend only on the causeless mercy of the Lord for deliverance and\n\nnot even slightly on one's own strengt h. That is the perfect position of a\nKr�t;�a conscious person. The Lord is everyone's friend, but He is especially\n\nfriendly to the surrendered soul. The simple process is, therefore, that a\nconditioned soul should remain surrendered to the Lord, and the Lord\nwill give him all protection to keep him out of the clutches of material\n\ncontamination.\nTEXT 31\n\nlflitm\n\n�(1�\"_. �'Tsm ��: � tfl!i4G.l� I\n����\n\n¥\\NI¥441( oqf(w� 1Rf�ll� �II\nbrahmoviica\n\nnaitat svarupam bhavato 'sau padiirthabheda-grahai[l. purufio yavad \"\"ikfiet\njniinasya ciirthasya gurtas_ya casrayo\nmiiya-mayiid vyatirikto matas tvam\nbrahmii uvii c a Lord Brahm a said; na- not; etat- this; svarupam- eternal\n-\n\nform; bhavata{t- Your; asau-that other; pada-a rtha\n\n-\n\nkno wledge; bheda­\n\ndifferent; grah a i{t -by the acquiring; puru§a /r -per son; yiivat-as l.ong as;\n\nik § el - w ants to see; jniinasya-of knowledge; ca-also ; arthasya-of the\n\nobj ecti ve; gurtasya\n\n-\n\nof the instruments of knowledge; ca-also; iisraya{t­\n\nthe basis; miiyii-mayiit-from being made of material energy; vyatirikta{tdistinct; mat a{t-regarded ; tvam- You.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma said: My dear Lord, Your personality and eternal form\n\ncannot be understood by any person who is trying to know You through\n\nthe different processes of acquiring knowledge. Your position is always\n\ntranscendental to the material creation, whereas the empiric attempt to\n\nunderstand You is material, as are its objectives and instruments.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0256": "Text 32]\n\n241\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Dalqa\nPURPORT\n\nIt is said that the transcendental name, qualities, activities, paraphernalia,\netc., of the Supreme Personality of Godhead cannot be understood with\nour material senses. The attempt of the empiric philosophers to understand\nthe Absolute Truth by speculation is always futile because their process of\nunderstanding, their objective and the instruments by which they try to\nunderstand the Absolute Truth are all material. The Lord is aprakrta,\n\n�\n\nbeyond the creation of t e material world. This fact is also accepted by\nthe great impersonalist Sankaracarya: narayar;w� paro 'vyaktiid arJlfam\n\navyakta-sambhavam. Avyakta, or the original material cause, is beyond\nthis material manifestation and is the cause of the material world. Because\nNarayat�a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is beyond the material\nworld, one cannot speculate upon Him by any material method. One has to\nunderstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead simply by the transcendental method of Kr�l]a consciousness. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii\n(Bg. 18.55). Bhaktyii mam abhijiinati: Only by devotional service can one\nunderstand the transcendental form of the Lord. That is the difference\nbetween\n\nthe\n\nimpersonalists\n\nand the personalists.\n\nThe impersonalists,\n\nlimited by their speculative processes, cannot even approach the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, whereas the devotees please the Supreme Personality of Godhead through His transcendental loving service. Sevonmukhe\n\nhi: Due to the service attitude of the devotee, the Lord is revealed to him.\nThe Supreme Lord cannot he understood by materialistic persons even\nthough He is present before them. In Bhagavad-gitii, Lord Kr�J]a therefore\ncondemns such materialists as muflhas. Muflha means rascal. It is said in\n\nthe Gitii, \"Only rascals think of Lord Kr�J]a as an ordinary person. TheY.\ndo not know what Lord K.r�qa's position is or what His transcendental\npotencies are.\" Unaware of His transcendental potencies, the impersonalists deride the person of Lord Kr�J]a, whereas the devotees, by dint of\ntheir service attitude, can understand Him as the Personality of Godhead.\nIn the Tenth Chapter of Bhagavad-gita, Arjuna also confirmed that it is\nvery difficult to understand the personality of the Lord.\nTEXT 32\n\nR�\n\n�¥\\tq�\nCf�(IWC\"«\\�{\n\n�fltq;f\n¥twilt�ll( I\n\n", "SB4.1#p0257": "[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n242\n\n�B:��q��i�G\\4�qq..4te�: ������\nindra uvaca\nidam apy acyuta visva-bhiivanam\nvapur ananda-karam mano-drsam\nsura-vidvit-kt;apartair ud-ayudhair\nbhuja-dar{iair upapannam afitabhi�\nindra{t uvaca- King Indra said; idam-this; ap i certain ly; acyuta-0\nvisva-bhiivanam-for the welfare of t he universe; vapufttranscendental form; ananda-karam-a cause of pleasure; manalt-drsamto the mind and the eye; sura vidvi� -envious of Your devotees; lc§apa[lai�by punishment; ud-iiyudhaift-with u plifted weapons; bhuja-da!!{iai{t-with\narms; upapannam possessed of; a§[abhiq-with eight.\n-\n\ninfallible one;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANS L ATION\nKing lndra said: My dear Lord, Your transcendental form with eight\n\nhands and weapons in each of them appears for the welfare of the entire\n\nuniverse, and it is very pleasing to the mind and eyes. In such a form Your\nLordship is always prepared to punish the demons, who are envious of\nYour devotees.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is generally understood from revealed scriptures that Lord Vi�pu\nappears with four hands, but in this particular sacrificial arena Lord Vi�pu\narrived with eight hands. King lndra said, \"Even though we are accustomed\nto see Your four-handed Vi�pu form, still this appearance with eight hands\nis as real as the four-handed form.\" As Lord Brahmii had said, to realize\nthe transcendental form of the Lord is beyond the power of the senses. In\nreply to that statement of Brahmii, King lndra here says that even though\nthe transcendental form of the Lord is not perceivable by the material\nsenses, His activities and His transcendental form can be understood. The\nLord's uncommon features, uncommon activities and uncommon beauty\ncan be perceived even by an ordinary man. For example, when Lord Kr�Q.a\nappeared just like a six- or seven-year-old boy in V rndiivana, He was\napproached by the residents there. There were torrents of rain, and the\nLord saved the residents of V rndavana by lifting Govardhana Hill and\n\n", "SB4.1#p0258": "Text 33]\n\n243\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Da�a\n\nresting it on the little finger of His left hand for seven days. This\nuncommon feature of the Lord should convince even materialistic persons\nwho want to speculate to the limit of their material senses. The activities\nof the Lord are pleasing to experimental vision also, but impersonalists\nwill not believe in His identity because they study the personality of the\nLord by comparing their personality to His. Because men in this material\nworld cannot lift a hill, they therefore do not believe that the Lord can\n\nlift one. They accept the statements of Srimad-Bhiigavatam to be allegori­\n\ncal, and they try to interpret them in their own way. But factually the\nLord lifted the hill in the presence of all the inhabitants of Vrndavana, as\ncorroborated by great iiciiryas and authors like Vyasadeva and Narada.\nEverything about\n\nthe\n\nLord-His activities, pastimes\n\nand uncommon\n\nfeatures-should be accepted as is, and in this way, even in our present\ncondition, we can understand the Lord. In the instance herein, King Indra\nconfirms: \"Your presence with eight hands is as good as Your presence\nwith four hands.\" There is no doubt about it.\nTEXT 33\n\n'«\"� �:\n\nq)sti � �hlwtl� � �\n�: quqf6WII'Q ��I\n(j � �i4�1�wtl'l�l;ij��\n�� !:�l � 11��11\npatnya iicul),\n\nyajno 'yam tava yajanaya kena S[§(o\n\nvidhvasta[l pasupatinadya dak�a-kopat\n\ntam nas tvarn sava-sayanabha-santa-medham\nyajniitman nalina-ruca drsa punlhi\n\npatnyalt u cu{t - t he wives of the e x ecutors of the sacrifice said;yajiia[l.­\n\nthe sacrifice; ayam-this; tava- Your; yajaniiya-worshiping; kena-by\nBrahma; sntalt-arranged; vidhvasta{t-devastated; pasupatina-by Lord\n\nSiva; adya-today; da§ka-kop iit-fro m anger at Dak�a; tam-it; nal),-our;\n\ntvam- You; sava-sayan a-dead bodies; abha-like; .§anta-medham-the still\nsacrificial anima l s; yajiiatman-0 Lord of sa c rifice; nalin a-lo t us; ruca­\n\nbeauliful;drsa-by the vision of Your eyes; punihi-sanctify.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0259": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n244\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe wives of the performers of the sacrifice said: My dear Lord, this\nsacrifice was arranged under the instruction of Brahma, but unfortunately\nLord Siva, being angry at Dalq!a, devastated the entire scene, and because\nof his anger the animals meant for sacrifice are lying dead. Therefore the\npreparations of the yajfia have been lost. Now, by the glance of Your\nlotus eyes, the sanctity of this sacrificial arena may be again invoked.\nPURPORT\nAnimals were offered in sacrifice in order to give them renewed life; that\nwas the purpose of having animals there. Offering an animal in sacrifice\nand giving him renewed life is the evidence of the strength of chanting\nmantras. Unfortunately, when Dak�a's sacrifice was devastated by Lord\nSiva, some of the animals were killed. (One was killed just to replace the\nhead of Dak�a.) Their bodies were lying about, and the sacrificial arena\nwas turned into a crematorium. Thus the real purpose of yajna was lost.\nLord Vi�pu, being the ultimate objective of such sacrificialeeremonies,\nwas requested by the wives of the priests to glance over the yajiia arena\nwith His causeless mercy so that the routine work of the yajiia might be\ncontinued. The purport here is that animals should not be unnecessarily\nkilled. They were used to prove the strength of the mantras and were to\nhave been rejuvenated by the use of the mantras. They should not have\nbeen killed, as they were by Lord Siva to replace the head of D ak�a with\nan animal's head. It was pleasing to see an animal sacrificed and rejuvenated, and that pleasing atmosphere had been lost. The wives of the\npriests requested that the animals be brought back to life by the glance of\nLord Vi�pu to make a pleasing yajiia.\nTEXT 34\n��:\n\n���AA�\ntttJ�9\\I � f( � � I\n\n�\n\n�� :;;sq�l{\\�6\nWf � �'4sii4d61 � 11�v\"\n\nr�aya ucu�\nananvitam te bhagavan vice�titam\nyad iitmana carasi hi karma niijyase\n\n", "SB4.1#p0260": "245\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Da�a\n\nText 35]\n\nvibhutaye yata upasedur \"isvar\"irh\nna manyate svayam anuvartatirh bhaviin\n\nnaya�-the\n\nsages;\n\nucu�-prayed;\n\nananvitam-wonderful;\n\nbhagavan-0 possessor of all opulences; vice§!itam\n\n-\n\nte-Your;\n\nactivities ; yat-which;\n\natmana-by Your potencies; carasi- You execute; hi-certainly ; karmato such activities; na ajyase- You are not attached; vibhiltaye-for her\nmercy; yata�\n\n-\n\nfrom whom; upased u �\n\n-\n\nworshiped; isvarim-Lak�mi\n\n,\n\nthe\n\ngoddess of fortune; na manyate-are not attached; svayam- Yourself; anuvar tat\"im-to Your obedient servant (Lak�mi); bhaviin-Your Lordship.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sages prayed: Dear Lord, Your activities are most wonderful, and\nalthough You do everything by Your different potencies, You are not at\nall attached to such activities. You are not even attached to the goddess of\nfortune, who is worshiped by the great demigods like Brahma, who pray\nto achieve her mercy.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii it is said that the Lord has no desire to achieve any\nresult from His wonderful activities, nor has He any need to perform\nthem. But still, in order to give an example to people in ge neral, He\nsometimes acts, and those activities are very wonderful. He is not attached\nto anything. Na marh karmiirti limpanti: Although He acts very wonderfully, He is not at all attached to anything (Bg. 4.14). He is self-sufficient.\nThe example is given here that the goddess of fortune, Lak�m1, is always\nengaged in the service of the Lord, but still He is not attached to her.\nEven great demigods like Brahma worship the goddess of fortune in order\nto win her favor. And though the Lord is worshiped by many hundreds and\nthousands of goddesses of fortune, still He is not at all attached to any one\nof them. This distinction concerning the exalted transcendental position\nof the Lord is specifically mentioned by the great sages: He is not like the\nordinary living entity, who is attached to the result of pious activities.\nTEXT 35\n\nffm�:\n\n3Fl\n\n��li!41Tt'1td\n\n", "SB4.1#p0261": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n246\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\n+t;\\tiiU(Ut:\n\nM�ldJii41f�: I\n��WI��\nif ht'lf<l JttiQ¥41!4: II ��II\nsiddha ucuft\nayarh tvat-kathii-mr.sta-piyufia-nadyiirh\nmano-varartaft klesa-daviigni-dagdhaft\ntrfiarto 'vagiipho na sasmiira davarh\nna ni_skriimati brahma-sampannavan naft\nsiddhii�-the\n\nSiddhas;\n\nucu�-prayed;\n\nayam- this; tvat-kathii- Your\n\npastimes; mr§ta-pure; p'iyu�a-of nectar; nady iim- in the river; mana�of the mind; vii ra ra�- the elephant; klda- sufferings; diiva-agni-by the\nforest fire; dagdha�- burnt; tr�ii-thirst; iirtaft-afflicted; avagii�haft- being\nimmersed; na sasmiira- does not remember; diivam- the forest fire or the\nmiseries; na ni§ kriimati-not come out; brahma-the Absolute; sampannavat-like having merged; naft-our.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Siddhas prayed: Like an elephant that has suffered in a forest fire\n\nbut can forget all its troubles by entering a river, our minds, 0 Lord,\n\nalways merge in the nectarean river of Your transcendental pastimes, and\n\nthey desire never to leave such transcendental bliss, which is as good as the\npleasure of merging in the Absolute.\n\nPURPORT\nThis statement is from the Siddhas, the inhabitants of the Siddhaloka,\nwhere the eight kinds of material perfection are complete. The residents\nof Siddhaloka have full control in the eight kinds of yogic perfection, but\nfrom their statement it appears that they are pure devotees. They always\nmerge in the nectarean river of hearing of the pastimes of the Lord. Hearing of the pastimes of the Lord is called Knrta-kathii. Similarly, there is a\nstatement by Prahlada Maharaja that those who are always merged in the\nocean of the nectar of describing the pastimes of the Lord are liberated.\nThey have no fear of the material condition of life. The Siddhas say that\nthe mind of an ordinary person is full of anxieties. The example is given of\nthe elephant who has suffered in a forest fire and who enters into a river to\n\n", "SB4.1#p0262": "The Sacrifice Performed by Da�a\n\nText 36 J\n\n247\n\nrelieve himself. If persons who are suffering in the forest fire of this\nmaterial existence will only enter into the nectarean river of the description\nof the pastimes of the Lord, they will forget all the troubles of the misera·\nble material existence. The Siddhas do not care for fruitive activities, such\nas performing sacrifices and achieving the good results. They simply\nmerge in the transcendental discussions of the pastimes of the Lord. That\nmakes\n\nthem\n\ncompletely\n\nhappy, without\n\ncare for pious or impious\n\nactivities. For those who are always in Kr�!la consciousness there is no\nneed to perform any kind o f pious or impious sacrifices or activities.\n\nKr�!la consciousness is itself complete, for it includes all the processes\n\npraised in the Vedic scriptures.\n\nTEXT 36\n\nll'3fij/�i!fl\"'\n\n� � stdl« � ;p(:\n\n»Jfif;tctle � ¥1�441 snft: ;r: I\n\n�Slh��:�\n�i\\ctt\\;w : � � �: II�� II\n.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nyaJamany uvaca\nsv-iigatarit te prasidesa tubhyarit nama{!\nsrinivasa sriyii kantaya triihi na�\ntviim rte 'dhisa niihgair makha{l sobhate\nSir�a-hina{l ka-bandho yathii puru.sa{l\nyajamiini- the\nappearance;\n\nwife of Dak�a; uvaca- prayed;\n\nte- Your; prasida_.:become\n\ns u -agata m - auspicious\n\npleased; Tsa\n\n-\n\nmy\n\ndear\n\nLord;\n\ntubhyam-unto You; nama{l-respectful obeisances; sriniviisa-0 abode of\nthe g oddess of fortune; sriya- with Lak�mi; kiintaya- Your wife; triihiprotect; na{l\n\n-\n\nus ; tviim- you; rte-without; adhisa-0 supreme controller;\n\nna- not; ahgai{l-with bodily limbs; makha{l- the sacrificial arena; sobhateis beautiful; s!r�a-hina{l- withou l the head; ka-bandha{l- possessed of only\na b ody ; yath\n\nii -as; puru� alt -a person.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe wife of Da�a prayed as follows: My dear Lord, it is very fortunate\nthat You have appeared in this arena of sacrifice. I offer my respectful\nobeisances unto You, and 1 request that You be pleased on this occasion.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0263": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n248\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nThe sacrificial arena is not beautiful without You, just as a body is not\nbeautiful without the head.\n\nPURPORT\nAnother name of Lord Vi�1:1u is Yajnesvara. In Bhagavad-gita it is said\n\nthat all activities should be performed as Vi�1:1u yajii.a, for the pleasure of\n\nLord Vi�l:lU- Unless we please Him, whatever we do is the cause of our\n\nbondage in the material world. This is confirmed herein by the wife of\nDak�a: \"Without Your presence, the grandeur of this sacrificial ceremony\n\nis useless, just as a body without the head, however decorated it may be,\nis useless.\" The comparison is equally applicable to the social body.\n\nMaterial civilization is very proud of being advanced, but it is actually\n\nthe useless trunk of a body without a head. Without Kr�1:1a consciousness,\n\nwithout an understanding of Vi�1:1u, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nany advancement in a civilization, no matter how sophisticated, is of no\n\nvalue. There is a statement in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam:\n\nbhagavad-bhaktihinasya jiitil;l sastram japas tapafi, apriir-asyaiva dehasya mar-t;lanam lokaranjanam. The purport is that sometimes when a friend or relative dies,\nespecially amongst lower class men, the dead body is decorated. Dressed\n\nand ornamented, the body is taken in procession. That sort of decoration\nof the dead body has no actual value because the life force is already gone.\n\nSimilarly, any aristocracy, any social prestige or any advancement of\n\nmaterial civilization without Kr�1:1a consciousness is as good as the decora­\n\ntion of a dead body. The name of the wife of Dak�a was Prasuti, and she\n\nwas the daughter of Svayambhuva Manu. Her sister, Devahuti, was married\n\nto Kardama Muni, and Kapiladeva, the Personality of Godhead, became\n\nher son. Prasuti, then, was the aunt of Lord Vi�Q.U. She was asking the\n\nfavor of Lord Vi�1:1u in an affectionate mode; since she was His aunt, she\nsought some special favor. Also significant in this verse is that the Lord is\n\npraised with the goddess of fortune. Wherever Lord Vi�1:1u is worshiped,\n\nnaturally there is the favor of the goddess of fortune. Lord Vi�QU is\n\naddressed here as amrta, transcendental. The demigods, including Brahma\nand Lord Siva, were produced after the creation, but Lord Vi�1:1u existed\n\nbefore the creation. He is addressed, therefore, as amrta. Lord Vi�1:1u is\n\nworshiped with His internal energy by the Vai�Q.avas. Prasuti, the wife of\n\nDak�a, implored the Lord to turn the priests into Vai�1:1avas instead of\n\nsimply fruitive workers performing sacrifices for some material benefits.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�'(ffl�l\n\nu:\n\nf4i ;it\n\ndi¥t((1jl�\n\n", "SB4.1#p0264": "Text 38]\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Da�a\n\n249\n\nst�al:'!l Wfa itWf N\"W. 1\n� itn +tct((141 fi: 1{'fel\n� qg: qflfil+tiRi �: 11�\\911\nlokapiila iicu�\ndr�ta/:1. kim no drgbhir asad-grahais tvarh\npratyag-dra§tii drsyate yena visvam\nmiiyii hy e§ii bhavadiyii hi bhuman\n·\nyas tva m �a.sJha� paiicabhir bhiisi bhiitai�\nl okapalal) - the governors of the different planets; ucul).-said; dr�ta/:1.seen; kim-whether; naft-by us; drgbhil)-by the material senses; asat­\n\ngrahail)- revealing the cosmic manifestation; tvam- You; pratyak-dra�tainner witness; drsyate-is seen; ye na-by whom; visvam-the universe;\nmaya material world; hi-because; C§a-this; bhavac!iya-Your; hi-certainly; bhurnan-0 possessor of the universe; ya� because; tvam- You;\n�a� t ha l)-the sixth; pa n cabh ift -wil h the five; bhasi-appear; bhii ta il) with\n-\n\n-\n\n:\n\n-\n\nthe elements.\nTRANSLATION\nThe governors of various planets spoke as follows: Dear Lord, we\nbelieve only in our direct perception. But, under the circumstances, we do\nnot know whether we have actually seen You with our material senses.\nBy our material senses we can simply perceive the cosmic manifestation,\nbut You are bey�nd the five elements. You are the sixth. We see You,\ntherefore, as a creation of the material world.\nPURPORT\nT he governors of the various planets are certainly very materially opulent\nand puffed up. Such persons are unable to understand the transcendental\neternal form of the Lord. In the Brahma-sarhhitii it is stated that only\npersons who have anointed their eyes with love of Godhead can see the\nPersonality of Godhead in every step of their activities. Also, in the prayers\nof Kuntl it is stated (akii'i.cana-gocaram) that only those who are not\nmaterially puffed up can see the Supreme Personality of Godhead; others\nare bewildered and cannot even think of the Absolute Truth. (Bhiig. 1.8.26)\nTEXT 38\n\nWit-tm 3i'3:\n\niPIT'f�s�a<��Pf 51¥1)\n\n", "SB4.1#p0265": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n250\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nAllil�;it4\"t � 3U�wt: I\n�\nij�a�q�Ma�\n¥Cwt�t'W41a•AIUI\n� ������\nyogesvarii ucu{l\npreyiin na te 'nyo 'sty amutas tvayi prabho\nvisviitmanik.sen na prthag ya iitmana{l\nathiipi bhaktyesa tayopadhiivatiim\nananya-vrttyiinugrhiicw vatsala\nyo gesvarii� - the great mystics; ucutt - said; preyiin- very dear; na-not;\n\nte-of You; anya� - another; asti-there is; amutatt -from that; tvayi- in\nYou; prab ho- dear Lord; visva-iitmani-in the Supersoul of all living entities;\n\nik§et- see; na-not ; p rthak-different; ya{l-who ; iitmana{l-the living entities;\n\na thiipi -so\n\nmuch\n\nmore;\n\nbhaktyii-with\n\ndevotion; isa-0\n\nLord;\n\ntayii - with it; upadhavatiim-of those who worship; ananya-vrttyii-unfail\ning; anugrh ar\n.w - favor; vatsala-0 favorable Lord.\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great mystics said: Dear Lord, persons who see You as nondifferent\n\nfrom themselves, knowing that You are the Supersoul of all living entities,\n\nare certainly very, very dear to You. You are very favorable towards\nthose who engage in devotional service, accepting You as the Lord and\nthemselves as the servants. By Your mercy, You are always inclined in\ntheir favor.\nPURPORT\nIt is indicated in this verse that the monists and the great mystics know\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead as one. This oneness is not the\nmisunderstanding that a living entity is equal in every respect to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This monism is based on pure knowledge\nas described and confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii: priyo hi jniinino 'tyartham\n\naham sa ca mama priya{l (Bg. 7.17). The Lord says that those who are\nadvanced in transcendental knowledge and know the science of Kr�J).a\nconsciousness are very dear to Him, and He also is very dear to them.\nThose who are actually in perfect knowledge of the science of God know\nthat the living entities are superior energy of the Supreme Lord. This is\nstated in Bhagavad-gitii, Seventh Chapter: The material energy is inferior,\nand the living entities are superior energy. Energy and the energetic are\n\n", "SB4.1#p0266": "Text 39]\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Daksfl\n\n251\n\nnondifferent; therefore, energies possess the same quality as the energetic.\nPersons who are in full knowledge of the Personality of Godhead,\nanalyzing His different energies and knowing their own constitutional\nposition, are certainly very, very dear to the Lord. Persons, however, who\nmay not even be conversant with knowledge of the Supreme Personality\nbut who always think of the Lord with love and faith, feeling that He is\ngreat and that they are His parts and parcels, ever His servitors, are even\nmore favored by Him. The particular significance of this verse is that the\nLord is addressed as vatsala. Vatsala means always favorably disposed. The\nLord's name is bhakta-vatsala. The Lord is famous as bhakta-vatsala, which\nmeans that He is always favorably inclined to the devotees, whereas He is\nnever addressed anywhere in the Vedic literature as jniini-vatsala.\nTEXT 39\n\niil•tpc�Ar4f6e�1\n�\n'ltfllti41'1!JUI:qtss�qj:q:qj\n�\n����·\nAfWiqM6Ri4!JUI� �: ������\njagad -udbhava-sthiti-layefiu daivato\nbahu-bhidyamana-gur-ayii \"tma-miiyayii\nracitiitma-bheda-mataye sva-samsthayii\nvinivartita-bhrama-gur-iitmane nama�\njaga/,- the material world; udbhava-crea tion; sthiti-maintenance; laye�u-in annihilation; daivata�-destiny; bahu-many ; bhidyamiina-being\nvariegated; gur- ayii-by material qualities; iitma-miiyayii-by His material\nenergy; rac ita\n\n- produced iitma-in the living entities; bheda-mataye-who\n;\n\nproduced different inclinations; sva-sarhsthayii-by His internal potency;\nvinivartita-caused to stop; bhrama-intera ction ; gura\n\n- of material modes;\n\natmane-unto Him in His personal form ; nama� -obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWe offer our respectful obeisances unto the S upreme, who has created\nvarieties of manifestations and put them under the spell of the three\nqualities of the material world in order to create, maintain and annihilate\nthem. He Himself is not under the control of the external energy; in His\npersonal feature He is completely devoid of the variegated manifestation\nof material qualities, and He is under no illusion of false identification.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0267": "252\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nPURPORT\nTwo situations are described in this verse. One is the creation, main­\n\ntenance and annihilation of the material world, and the other is the Lord's\nown establishment. There is also quality in the Lord's own establishment,\n\nthe kingdom of God. It is stated here that Goloka is His personal situation.\n\nThere is also quality in Goloka, but that quality is not divided into\n\ncreation, maintenance and annihilation. In the external energy, the inter·\naction of the three qualities makes it possible for things to be created,\n\nmaintained and annihilated. But in the spiritual world, or the kingdo m of\n\nGod, there is no such exhibition, since everything is eternal, sentient and\n\nblissful. There is a class of philosophers who misunderstand the appearance\n\nof the Personality of Godhead within this material world. They are under\n\nthe impression that when the Supreme Personality of Godhead appears, He\n\nis under the spell of the three qualities, like all the other living entities\nwho appear within this material world. That is their misunderstanding; as\nit is clearly stated here (svasamsthayii), by His internal potency He is\n\ntranscendental to all these material qualities. Similarly, in Bhagavad-gitii\nthe Lord says, \"I appear by My internal potency.\" Both the internal and\nexternal potencies are under the control of the Supreme, so He does not\n\ncome under the control of either of these potencies. Rather, everything is\nunder His control. In order to manifest His transcendental name, form,\nquality, pastimes and paraphernalia, He brings into action His internal\n\nenergy. On account of the variegatedness of the external potency, there\nare manifestations of many qualitative demigods, beginning with Brahma\nand Lord Siva, and people are attracted to these demigods according to\n\ntheir own material quality. But when one is transcendental or surpasses\n\nthe material qualities, he is simply fixed in the worship of the Supreme\nPersonality. This fact is explained in Bhagavad-gitii: Anyone engaged in\n\nthe service of the Lord is already transcendental to the variegatedness and\n\ninteraction of the three material qualities. The summary is that the con­\n\nditioned souls are being pulled on by the action and reaction of the\n\nmaterial qualities, which create a differentiation of energies. But in the·\n\nspiritual world the worshipable one is the Supreme Lord and no one else.\n\nTEXT 40\n\nlfrsitctl\"t\n\n� �<IQ%4144 �¥4t(hd � � I\n\nr..gun4 t;f 44�181 ill( �sft :q- 11\\Joll\n\n", "SB4.1#p0268": "The Sacrifice Performed by Da�a\n\nText 40]\n\n253\n\nbrahmovaca\nnamas te srita -sa ttva ya\ndharmadinarh ca sutaye\n\nnirgur-aya ca yat kafitharh\n\nnaharh vedapare pi ca\n'\n\nbrahma-the personified\n\nVedas; uvaca-said; nama�-respectful obei­\n\nsances; te-unto You; srita-sattviiya-the shelter of the quality of goodness; dharma-iidiniim-of all religion, austerity and penance; ca-and;\n\nsutaye-the source; nirgu(liiya-transcendental to material qualities; ca­\n\nand; yat-of whom (of the Supreme Lord); ka�thiim-the situation; na­\n\nnot; aham- I; veda-know; apare- others; api- certainly; ca-and.\nTRANS LATIO N\n\nThe personified Vedas said: We offer our respectful obeisances unto\nYou, the Lord, the shelter of the quality of goodness and therefore\nthe source of all religion, austerity and penance, for You are nevertheless\ntranscendental to all material qualities, and no one knows You or Your\nactual situation.\nPURPORT\nIn the material world there is the trinity of the three material qualities.\nLord Vi�ttu has accepted the superintendence of the quality of goodness,\nwhich is\n\nthe source of religion, knowledge, austerity, renunication,\n\nopulence, etc. Because of this, actual peace, prosperity, knowledge and\n\nreligion can be attained when the living entities are under the control of\n\nthe quality of goodness in the material world. As soon as they are\nsubjected to the control of the other two qualities, namely passion and\n\nignorance,\nLord\n\ntheir\n\nprecarious\n\nconditional life becomes intolerable. But\n\nVi��u, in His original position, is always nirgu[ta, which means\n\ntranscendental to these material qualities. Gurta means quality, and nir\nmeans negation. This does not indicate, however, that He has no qualities;\nHe has transcendental qualities by which He appears and manifests His\n\npastimes. The positive transcendental qualitative manifestation is unknown\n\nto the students of the Vedas as well as to the great stalwart demigods like\n\nBrahmii and Siva. Actually, the transcendental qualities are manifested\nonly to the devotees. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii, simply by dis­\n\ncharging\n\ndevotional\n\nservice\n\none\n\ncan\n\nunderstand\n\nthe\n\ntranscendental.\n\nposition of the Supreme Lord. Those who are in the mode of goodness\ncan partially enter into the transcendental understanding, but it is advised\n\n", "SB4.1#p0269": "[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n254\n\nin Bhagavad-gitii that one has to surpass this. The Vedic principles are\nbased on the three qualities of the material modes. One has to transcend\nthe three qualities, and then one can be situated in pure and simple\nspiritual life.\nTEXT 41\n\n-wtii�l!fl'¥\n\nijijf¥14�151T\n:q�151�11(\n� � � 31Fii4ft'fi4( I\nd� q� � q.r�:\n� �: 5f11Rtlsm � mn 11\nagmr uvaca\nyat-tejasaharh susamiddha-teja\nhavyarh vahe sv-adhvara iijya-siktam\ntam yajniyarh pancavidharh ca pancabh*\nsv-i�tarh yajurbhi� prarzato 'smi yajnam\nagn i� -the fire-god; u vaca-said; yat-tejasa-by whose effulgence; aham-\n\n1; susamiddha-teja�-as luminous as blazing fire; havyam offerings; vahe-\n\n1 am accepting; su-adhvare-in the sacrifice; ajya-siktam- mixed with butter;\ntam-that; yaj if iyam- the protector of the sacrifice; panca-vidham- five;\n\nca- and; pancabh*-by five; su i§tam-worshiped;yajurbh*-Vedic hymns;\n-\n\np ra flata�\n\n-\n\noffer respectful obeisances; asmi-l; yajnam-to Y ajiia (Vi�I).U).\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe fire-god said: My dear Lord, I offer my respectful obeisances unto\n\nYou because by Your favor I am as luminous as blazing fire and I accept\n\nthe offerings mixed with butter and offered in sacrifice. The five kinds of\nofferings according to the Yajur Veda are all Your different energies, and\nYou are worshiped by five kinds of Vedic hymns. Sacrifice means Your\n\nS upreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii it is clearly said that yajna should be performed for\nLord Vi�l)U. Lord Vi�l)U has one thousand popular transcendental names,\nout of which one name is Y ajfia. It is clearly said that everything should\nbe done for the satisfaction of Y ajfia or Vi�l)U. All other actions which a\n\n", "SB4.1#p0270": "Text 42]\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Dalqa\n\n255\n\nperson may take are only causes for his bondage. Everyone has to perform\n\nyajna according to the Vedic hymns. As stated in the Veda Upani�ad,\n\nfire, the altar, the auspicious full moon, the period of four months called\n\nCaturmiisya, the sacrificial animal and the beverage called soma are necesVedas and\ncomposed of four letters. One hymn is as follows: iisriivayeti catur-ak§aram\nastu srau�a!f iti catur-ak�aram yajeti dviibhyiim ye yajiimaha�. These mantras,\nchanted according to the sruti and smrti literatures, are only to please\nsary requisites, as are the specific hymns mentioned in the\n\nLord Vi�I)U. For the deliverance of those who are materially conditioned\n\nand attached to material enjoyment, performing yajna and following the\nrules and regulations of the four divisions of society and of spiritual life\nare recommended. It is said in the\n\nVi§!J.u Purii!J.a that by offering sacrifice\n\nto Vi�I)U one can gradually he liberated. The whole target of life, therefore,\n\nis to please Lord Vi�I)U. That is yajna. Any person who is in Kr�Qa consciousness has dedicated his life for the satisfaction of Kr�Qa, the origin of\nall Vi�I)U forms, and by offering worship and prasiidam daily, he becomes\n\nthe best performer of yajna. In the Sr\"imad-Bhiigavatam it is clearly stated\n\nthat in this age of Kali the only successful performance of yajna or sacrifice is yajnai� sank\"irtana-priiya*; the best type of sacrifice is simply to\n\nchant Hare Kr�Qa, Hare Kr!}Qa, Kr!}Qa Kr!}Qa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare\n\nRama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. This yajna is performed before the form of\nLord Caitanya, as other yajnas are performed before the form of Lord Vi!}I)U.\n\nThese recommendations are found in the Eleventh Canto of the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam.\n\nMoreover,\n\nthis\n\nyajna performance confirms that Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahiiprabhu is Vi�I)U Himself. As Lord Vi!}l)u appeared at the\nDak� yajiia long, long ago, similarly Lord Caitanya has appeared in this\n\nage to accept our sankirtana-yajiia.\n\nTEXT42\n\n�err��\n� �NI4 (Cit)ijflf\\UI€i4 �\n\n�lt't1C4«1r.t( � aVH:Ifltij*4it I\n��\n\n�� ·��'Ci. R'lRH11\\IS:4k¥fqi(f.t:\n\n��:tritr����;r:ll\\i�ll\n\ndevii ucu�\npurii kalpiipiiye sva-krtam udankrtya vikrtam\ntvam eviidyas tasmin salila uragendriidhisayane\n\n", "SB4.1#p0271": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n256\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\npuman sefie siddhair hrdi vimrsitadhyatma-padav*\nsa evadyakfirwr ya� pathi carasi bhrtyan avasi na�\ndeva�-the demigods; ucu�-said; pura-formerly; kalpa-apaye-at the\n\ndevastation\n\nof the kalpa; sva-kr t am-self-produc ed; udarzkrtya-having\n\ndrawn within Your abdomen; vikrtam- effec t; tvam- You; eva-certainly;\n\nadya�-original; tasmin-in that; salile-water; uraga-indra-on Se�a; ad­\n\nhisayane-on the bed; puman-personality; sefie-taking rest; siddha*-by\n\nthe liberated souls (like Sanaka, etc.); hrdi-in the heart; vim rsita-medi­\n\ntated on; adhyatma-padavi�-the path of philosophical speculation; sa�He; eva-certainly; adya-now; ak�[IO�-of both eyes; ya�\n\n-\n\nwho; pathi­\n\non the path; carasi- You move; bhrtyan-servants; avasi- protect; na�- us.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe demigods said: Dear Lord, formerly, when there was a deva&ation,\n\nYou conserved all the different energies of material manifestation. At that\n\ntime\n\nall\n\nthe inhabitants of the higher planets, repr�sented by such\n\nliberated souls as Sanaka, were meditating on You by philosophical\nspeculation. You are therefore the Original Person, and You rest in the\n\nwater of devastation on the bed of the Se�a snake. Now, today, You are\n\nvisible to us, who are all Your servants. Please give us protection.\nPURPORT\n\nThe devastation indicated in this verse is the partial devastation of the\n\nlower planets within the universe at the time when Lord Brahma goes to\n\nsleep. The higher planetary systems, beginning with Janaloka, Maharloka\n\nand Tapoloka, are not inundated at the time of this devastation. The Lord\n\nis the creator, as indicated in this verse, because the energies of creation\nare manifested through His body, and after annihilation, He conserves all\n\nthe energy within His abdomen.\n\nAnother significant point in this verse is that the demigods said,\n\n\"We are all Your servants [ bhrtyan] . Give us Your protection.\" The\n\ndemigods depend on the protection of Vi�QU; they are not independent.\n\nBhagavad-gita, therefore,\n\ncondemns the worship of demigods because\n\nthere is no need of it and clearly states that only those who have lost their\nsense go asking favors of the demigods. Generally, if anyone has material\ndesire to be fulfilled, he can ask Vi�I}U instead of going to the demigods.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0272": "Text 43]\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Dalqa\n\n257\n\nThose who worship demigods are not very intelligent. Besides that, the\n\ndemigods say, \"We are Your eternal servants.\" So those who are servants,\n\nor devotees of the Lord, are not very much concerned with fruitive\nactivities, the performance of the prescribed yajnas or mental speculation.\n\nThey simply serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead sincerely, with\n\nlove and faith, performing everything with that loving service, and the\n\nLord gives such devotees direct protection. In Bhagavad-gitii Lord l<f�Qa\n\nsays, \"Simply surrender unto Me, and I will give you protection from all\n\nthe reactions of sinful activities.\" This material world is so created that one\n\nhas to act sinfully, knowingly or unknowingly, and unless his life is\n\ndedicated to Vi�f.l.U, he has to suffer all the reactions of sinful activities.\n\nBut one who surrenders and dedicates his life for the service of the Lord\n\nhas direct protection from the Lord. He has no fear of suffering from\n\nsinful activities, nor does he desire, willingly or unwillingly, to do\n\nanything which is sinful.\n\nTEXT43\n\n;rr'<lW �:\nai�i�ll� � '4(\\'dfl� �\nif4tA.-S(lQl a.qtlUII �•11: I\n� A1fl� �R\\'t\"l\n��WIN� � 11\\1�11\ngandharvii ucu[l\narhsarhsas te deva maricy-iidaya ete\nbrahmendradya deva-garii rudm-puroga[l\nkri!ia-bhiirtflam visvam idarh yasya vibhuman\ntasmai nityarh natha namas te kamviima\n\ngandharva[l-the Gandharvas; ucu[l-said; amsa-amsa[l-parts and par­\n\ncels of Your body; te- Your; deva-dear Lord; manci-iidaya[l-Marici and\nthe great sages; ete-these; b rahma-indm -iidya[l- headed by Brahma and\n\nlndra; deva-garta�-the demigods; rudra-puroga[l-having Lord Siva as the\n\nchief; krT!la-bhar4am-a plaything; viSvam-the whole creation; idamthis; yasya-of whom; vibhuman-the Supreme Almighty Great; tasmai­\n\nunto Him; nityam-al ways; natha-0 Lord; nama[l-respectful obeisances;\nte-unto You; karavama-we offer.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0273": "258\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Gandharvas said: Dear Lord, all the demigods, including Lord Siva\n\nand Lord Brahma and the great sages Marici and Indra, are all only\ndifferentiated parts and parcels of Your body. You are the Supreme\n\nAlmighty Great; the whole creation is just like a plaything for You. We\nalways accept You as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and we offer\n\nour respectful obeisances unto You.\n\nPURPOR T\nIn the Brahma-sarhhitii it is said that J<r�I].a is the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. There may be many gods, from Brahma, Lord Siva, lndra\n\nand Candra down to the rulers of the lower planetary systems, the\npresidents, ministers, chairmen and kings. In fact, anyone can think that\n\nhe is God. That is the false, puffed up conviction of material life. Actually\nVi�f}.U is the Supreme Lord, but there is even one above Vi�I].U, for Vi�f}.U\n\nis also the plenary portion of a part of J<r�I].a. In this verse this is referred\n\nto by the word amsiimsii[1, which means part and parcel of a part and\nparcel. There are similar verses in the Caitanya-caritiimrta which indicate\n\nthat the Supreme Lord's parts and parcels again expand into other parts\nand parcels. As described in Srimad-Bhiigavatam, there are many manifes­\n\ntations of Vi�I].U and many manifestations of living entities. Vi�f}.U manifes­\n\ntations are called sviirhsa, partial manifestations, and the living entities are\ncalled vibhinnarhsa. The demigods like Brahma and lndra have been pro­\n\nmoted to such exalted positions by pious activities and austerities, but\n\nactually Vi�f}.u, or J<r�I].a, is the master of everyone. In the Caitanya­\n\ncaritiimrta it is said, ekale isvara krgw, iira saba bhrtya. This means that\nKr�l).a alone is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and all others, even the\n\nvi�ru-tattva and certainly the living entities, are His servitors. Baladeva is\n\nthe immediate expansion of Kr�I].a. He also engages in the service of Kr�f}.a,\n\nand certainly the ordinary living entities are serving. Everyone is created,\n\nconstitutionally, for serving Kr�I].a. Here the Gandharvas acknowledge that\nalthough the demigods may represent themselves as the Supreme, actually\n\nthey are not supreme. Real supremacy belongs to J<r�I].a. KnTJ-aS tu\nbhagaviin svayam is the statement of Srimad-Bhiigavatam: \"Kr�f}.a is the\n\nonly Supreme Lord.\" Worship of Kr�f}.a alone, therefore, includes worship\n\nof all the parts and parcels, just as watering the root of a tree also waters\nall the branches, twigs, leaves and flowers.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0274": "259\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Da�a\n\nText 441\n\nTEXT 44\n\nfci�T'eTfT �'3:\n\n�ritlt(�lltf� ���sf�'{\n�¥i4U&fl4Rr ��: ��: I\n��«���« 3TR�\n\n����31o�a:�4d,ll'd'JII\nvidyadhara iicult\ntvan-mayayiirtham abhipadya kalevare 'smin\nkrtvii mamaham iti durmatir utpathai[l. svai[l.\nk§ipto 'py asad-Vi§aya-lalasa atma-moham\nyufimat-kathamrta-nifievaka ud vyudasyet\nvidyiidharal;t -the Vidyiidharas; ii cu�t- sa id; tvat-miiyayii-by Your external\npotency; artham-the human body; abh ipadya- af t er obtaining ; kalevare­\n\nin the body; a srrt in-in this; krt va - h avin g misidentified; mama-mine;\naham-I; iti-thus; durmati{t-the ig nor ant per on; utpathai?t-by wrong\nroads; sva*-by\n\none's own belongi ng s; k§ ipta � - d istr ac te d ; api -eve n;\n\nasat-temporary ; vi§aya-liilasa{t-having his happiness in sense objec ts;\niitma-moham-the illusion of t he body as the self; yu§mat- Your; kathiitopics; amrta-nectar;\n\nrt i§eVaka!t - reJish ing;\n\nul-from\n\na\n\nlong\n\ndistance;\n\nvyudas yet- c an be delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Vidyadharas said: Dear Lord, this human form of body is for\nattaining the highest perfectional objective, but, impelled by Your external\nenergy, the living entity misidentifies himself with his body and with the\nmaterial energy, and, therefore, influenced by maya, he wants to become\nhappy by material enjoyment. He is misled and is always attracted by\ntemporary, illusory happiness. But Your transcendental activities are so\npowerful that if one engages in the hearing and chanting of such topics, he\ncan be delivered from illusion.\nPURPORT\nThe human form of life is called arthadam be c ause the body can very\nnicely help the embodied soul to achieve the highest perfection. Prahlada\nMaharaja said that even though it is temporary, the body can give us the\n\n", "SB4.1#p0275": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n260\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nhighest perfectional achievement. In the process of evolution from the\nlower to the higher grade of living, the human form of life is a great boon.\n\nBut maya is so strong that in spite of achieving this great boon of the\n\nhuman form of life, we are influenced by temporary material happiness,\n\nand we forget our goal of life. We are attracted by things which will cease\n\nto exist. The beginning of such attraction is the temporary body. In this\n\nhorrible condition of life there is only one way of liberation-to engage in\n\nthe activities of transcendental chanting and hearing of the holy name of\n\nthe Supreme Lord: Hare Kr�r;ta, Hare Kr�r;ta, Kr�r:ta Kr�r;ta, Hare Hare/\nHare Rama, Hare Riima, Riima Riima, Hare Hare. The words yu�mat­\n\nkathiimrta-ni§evaka mean \"those who engage in relishing the nectar of the\ntopics of Your Lordship.\" There are two narrative books which especially\n\nconcern the words and j!Ctivities of Kr�r;ta. Bhagavad-gitii is the instruction\n\ngiven by ��r;ta, and SrTmad-Bhiigavatam is the book containing topics\n\nexclusively about Kr�r:ta and His devotees. These two books are the special\nnectar of the words of Kr�r;ta. For those who engage in the preaching of\nthese two Vedic literatures it is very easy to get out of the illusory condi­\n\ntional life imposed upon us by miiyii. The illusion is that the conditioned\nsoul does not try to understand his spiritual identity. He is more interested\n\nin his external body, which is only a flash and which will be finished as\nsoon as the time is designated. The whole atmosphere will change when the\n\nliving entity has to transmigrate from one body to another. Under the spell\n\nof miiyii, he will again be satisfied in a different atmosphere. This spell of\n\nmiiyii is called iivaraf!iitmika-sakti because it is so strong that the living\n\nentity is satisfied in any abominable condition. Even if he is born as a\n\nworm living within the intestine or abdomen in the midst of urine and\nstool, still he is satisfied. This is the covering influence of mayii. But the\n\nhuman form of life is a chance to understand, and if one misses this opportunity, he is most unfortunate. The way to get out of illusory miiyii is to\nengage in\n\nthe\n\ntopics\n\nof\n\nKw;ta.\n\nLord Caitanya advocated a process\n\nwhereby everyone may remain in his present position without change\n\nbut simply hear from the proper authoritative sources about Kr�r;ta.\n\nLord Caitanya advised everyone to spread the word of Kr�r;ta. He advised,\n\n\"All of you become spiritual masters. Your duty is simply to talk to\n\nwhomever you meet of Kr�r:ta or of the instructions given by Kr�r;ta.\" The\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness is operating for this\npurpose: we do not ask anyone to first change his position and then come\nto us; we invite everyone to come with us and simply chant Hare Kr�r;ta,\n\nHare Kr�r;ta, Kr�r:ta Kr�r;ta, Hare Hare/ Hare Riima, Hare Riima, Riima Riima,\n\nHare Hare, because we know that if one simply chants and hears the topics\n\n", "SB4.1#p0276": "Text45]\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Da�\n\n261\n\nof Kr�Jja, one's life will change; he will see a new light, and his life will be\nsuccessful.\n\nTEXT45\n\n�UfT �:\n\n�������:�\n� ft 1FJT: � :q I\n\n��k����\n\n3ffrit;f � � � �: II �'-\\11\n\nbrahmar-a ucuf!\ntvam kratus tvam havis tvam hutasaf! svayam\ntvam hi mantraf! samid-darbha-patrari ca\ntvam sadasyartvijo dampati devata\nagnihotram svadha soma ajyam pasuf!\nbrtihmarui{t the briihmarws; U:cu�- said; tvam- You; kratu fi sacrifice;\ntvam- You; havif!- offering of clarified butter; tvam- You; huta-iisa[!- fire;\nsvayam personi fied; tvam- You; hi- for; man tra[l - the Vedic hymns;\nsamit-darbha-piitriiri- the fuel, the kusa grass and the sacrificial pots; caand; tvam- You; sadasya- the members of the assembly; rtvija{t- the\npriests; dampa ti- the chief person of the sacrifice and his wife; devatiidemigods; ag n iho t ram sacred fire ceremony; svadha-the offering to the\nforefathers; soma[l - th e soma plant; iijyam- the clarified butter; pasul].-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe sacrificial animal.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahma�as said: Dear Lord, You are sacrifice personified, You are\nthe offering of clarified butter, You are the fire, You are the chanting of\nVedic hymns by which the sacrifice is conducted, You are the fuel, You\nare the flame, You are the kusa grass, You are the sacrificial pots, You are\nthe priests who perform the yajna, You are the demigods headed by Indra,\nand You are the sacrificial animal. Everything that is sacrificed is You or\nYour energy.\nPURPORT\nIn this statement Lord Vi�I;m's all-pervasiveness is partially explained. It\nis said in the\n\nV41JU Puriira that as a fire situated in one place emanates its\n\nheat and illumination everywhere, so whatever we see within the material\n\n", "SB4.1#p0277": "262\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 7\n\nor spiritual worlds is also nothing but a manifestation of different energies\n\nemanating from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The briihmapas'\nstatement is that Lord Vi�ryu is everything-the fire, the offering, the\n\nclarified butter, the utensils, the place of sacrifice and the kusa. He is\neverything. It is confirmed herein that the performance of sankirtana­\n\nyajna in this age is as good as all other yajnas in all other ages. If one per·\n\nforms sahkirtana-yajna by chanting Hare Kr�rya, Hare Kr�rya, Kr�rya Kr�rya,\n\nHare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare, there is no\n\nneed to arrange elaborate paraphernalia for the prescribed sacrificial cere­\n\nmonies recommended in the Vedas. In the chant of the holy names, Hare\n\nand Kr�v.a, Hare means the energy of Kr�v.a, and Krf!!W is the vin,u-tattva.\n\nCombined together they are everything. In this age, persons are harassed\nby the influence of Kali-yuga and cannot arrange for all the requisite\n\nparaphernalia for performing sacrifice as recommended in the Vedas. But\nif one simply chants Hare KHQa, it is to be understood that he is perform­\n\ning all kinds of yajna because there is nothing within our vision except\nHare, the energy of Kr�rya, and Kr�rya. There is no difference between\nKr�rya and His energies. Thus since everything is a manifestation of His\n\nenergy, it is to be understood that everything is Kr�Qa. One simply has to\naccept everything in Kr�Qa consciousness, and he is a liberated person. He\n\nshould not misunderstand that because everything is Kr�Qa, Kr�Qa has no\n\npersonal identity. Kr�Qa is so full that in spite of keeping Himself separate\n\nfrom everything by His energy, He is everything. This is confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-g itii, Ninth Chapter. He is spread throughout the creation as\n\neverything, but still He is not everything. The philosophy recommended\n\nby Lord Caitanya is that He is simultaneously one and different.\nTEXT 46\n\n�� � m �tn 't6:1��il\n�Wll qf�'l �HO'i jl � I\n�tt'tl�' ��� mfimr�� srfi�JN ttij�: II�G.II\n..\n\ntvam pura gam rasaya maha-sukaro\ndarh§{raya paqminTrh vara[!,endro yatha\nstuyamiino nadallilayii yogibhir\nvyujjahartha trayTgiitra yajiia-kratu�\n\n", "SB4.1#p0278": "The Sacrifice Performed by Da�a\n\nText47]\n\n263\n\ntvam- You; p ura i n th e p ast; gam-the e a r th ; rasaya{L-from within the\n-\n\n.\n\nwater; maha s ii kara{t - the great boar incarna Lion; da rrt§t ra yii- w ith Y our\n-\n\ntusk ; padmin i m -a lotus; vrirarendra{t-an e le phan t; yalha- as; s lii yamalw{r-being offered prayers; nadan-vibrating; lilaya-ver y easi ly ; yogibh*by great sages like S anak a, etc.; vyujjahartha-picked up; lrayigatra-0\nperso nified Vedic k now le d ge; yajiia-kratu{l.- havin g the form of sacri fice .\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, 0 personified Vedic knowledge, in the past millennium,\n\nlong, long ago, when You appeared as the great boar incarnation, You\npicked up the world from the water as an elephant picks up a lotus flower\nfrom a lake. When You vib rated transcendental sound in that gigantic\nboar form, it was accepted as a sacrificial hymn, and great sages like\nSanaka meditated upon it and offered prayers i\"or Your glorification.\nPURPORT\nA sig nifica nt word used in this verse is t rayigiitra which mean s that the\n,\n\ntranscendental form of the Lord is the Vedas. Anyone who engages in the\nworship of the Deity, or the form of the Lord in the temple, is under­\n\nstood to be study i n g all the Vedas twe n t y fou r hours a d ay\n-\n\n.\n\nS i mply by\n\ndecorating the Deities of the Lord, Radha and Kr��a, in the temple, one\nvery minutely studies the injunctions of the\n\nVedas. Even\n\na neophyte\n\ndevotee who simply engages in the worship of the Deity is understood to\n\nbe in dir ec t touch with the p urport of Vedic k now ledge . As c onfir m e d in\n\nBhagavad-gitii, vedais ca sarvair aham eva vedya�: the purport of the Vedas\n\nis to understand Him, Kr�Qa. One who worships and serves Kr��a directly\nhas understood the tr uths of the Vedas.\n\nTEXT47\n\n�� �+t�lf.fi+tlf.fi��i\nmij��\n�+tR �� ;.rij� ij\n\n�\n\n�Nm: � ;.rtf�� iPf: 11�\\911\n\ns a p ra sTda lvam asmiikam iikiink�aliirh\n\ndar8anarh le paribhraHa-sat-karma�uim\nkirlyamiine nrbhir niimni yajlieSa le\nyajiiavighnii{l k§ayarh yiinti lasmai nama�\n\n", "SB4.1#p0279": "264\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nsaft-that same person; prasida-be pleased;tvam- You;asmakam-upon\n\nus; aka ti k§ atam-awaiting; darsanam-audience; te- Your; paribhrafi.ta­\n\nfallen down;sat-karma[liim-of whom the performance of sacrifice; kirtya­\n\nmiine-being chanted; nrbhifl-by persons; namni-Your holy name;yajnesa\n\n-0 Lord of sacrifice; te-Your;yajna-vighnafl-obstacles; k§ayam-destruction; yanti-attain; tasmai-unto You;namaft-respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, we were awaiting Your audience because we have been\n\nunable to perform the yajiias according to the Vedic rituals. We pray\nunto You, therefore, to be pleased with us. Simply by chanting Your holy\n\nname, one can surpass all obstacles. We offer our respectful obeisances\nunto You in Your presence.\n\nPURPORT\nThe briihma!la priests were very hopeful that their sacrifice would be\n\ncarried out without obstacles now that Lord Vi�QU was present. It is\n\nsignificant in this verse that the briihma!las say, \"Simply by chanting Your\n\nholy name we can surpass the obstacles, but now You are personally\n\npresent.\" The performance of yajna by Dak�a was obstructed by the\n\ndisciples and followers of Lord Siva. The briihma!las indirectly criticized\n\nthe followers of Lord Siva, but because the briihma!las were always\n\nprotected by Lord Vi�Qu, Siva's followers could not do any harm to their\n\nprosecution of the sacrificial process. There is a saying that when Kr�Qa\n\nprotects someone, no one can do him harm, and when Kr�rya wants to\n\nkill someone, no one can protect him. The vivid example was Ravap.a.\n\nRavap.a was a great devotee of Lord Siva, but when Lord Ramacandra\n\nwanted to kill him, Lord Siva could not protect him. If some demigod,\n\neven Lord Siva or Lord Brahma, wants to do harm to a devotee, Kr�I.la\n\nprotects the devotee. But when Kf�rya wants to kill someone, such as\nRavaQa or HiraQyakasipu, no demigod can protect him.\nTEXT48\n\n��\n\nda' �: � � �fl{¥1�<14( I\n..aJ...._ �4i:8 � �,,n,._ 11\\l�ll\nmaitreya uvaca\niti dak§a/l kavir yapiarh\nbhadra rudriibhimarsitam\n\n", "SB4.1#p0280": "The Sacrifice Performed by Dalqa\n\nText 49]\n\n265\n\nkTrtyamiine hriikese\nsanninye y ajii a-bhavane\nma itreya� -M aitreya; uva c a- said ; iti-thus; dak §a� - D a k �a; kav*- being\n\npurified in consciousness; yajiiam-the sacrifice; bhadra-0 Vidura; rudra­\n\nb y Vira bhadra ; k irtyamane-being glorified;\n\nabhimarsitam- devastated\n\nhnikese-Hr�ikesa (Lord Vi�•:w); sanninye - arranged for restarting; yajiiabhavane- the protector o f sac rifice .\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Maitreya said: After Lord Vi�QU was glorified by all present, Dak�a,\nhis consciousness purified, arranged to begin again the yajfia which had\n\nbeen devastated by the followers of Lord Siva.\nTEXT 49\n\n����ri\"+tl•t�,l\n� 'll1'f 30lti'� sfl�fiiUI\n\n� ������\n\nbhagaviin svena bhagena\nsarviitmii sarva-bhagabhuk\ndak�arh babhii§a iibhii�ya\npr\"iyamiirw iviinagha\nbhagava n - Lord Vi�I)U; svena-with His own; b hage na - with the share;\nsarva-atma- the\n\nSupersoul\n\nof all living entities; sarva-bhaga-bhuk- the\n\nenjoyer of the results of all sacrifices; dak § am- D ak�a ; babhii§e-sa.id;\n\nabha §ya - add ressing ; pnyamarw � - being satisfied; iva-as ; an agha - 0 sinless\n\nVidura.\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya continued: My dear sinless Vidura, Lord Vi�QU is actually the\n\nenjoyer of the results of all sacrifices. Still, because of His being the\n\nSupersoul of all living entities, He was satisfied simply with His share\nof the sacrificial offerings. He therefore addressed D�a in a pleasing\nattitude.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii it is said, bhoktiirarh yajiia-tapasiim: Lord VigJ.U, or\n\nKr�f,la, is the supreme enjoyer of all the results of sa crifices, austerities\nand p enances; in whatever one may engage, the ultimate goal is Vi�tJ.U. If\nhe does not know that, a p erson is misled. As the Supreme Personality of\n\n", "SB4.1#p0281": "266\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nGodhead, Vi�ttu has nothing to demand from anyone. He is self-satisfied,\n\nself-sufficient, but He accepts the offerings of\n\nyajiia because of His\n\nfriendly attitude toward all living entities. When His share of the sacrificial\n\nresults was offered to Him, He appeared to be very pleased. It is said in\n\nBhagavad-gita (9.26), patrarh pu§parh phalarh toyarh yo me bhaktyii\nprayacchati: if any devotee offers Him even a small leaf, or a flower or\nwater, if it is done with love and affection, the Lord accepts it and is\n\npleased. Although He is self-sufficient and does not need anything from\n\nanyone, He accepts such offerings because, as Supersoul, He has such a\n\nfriendly attitude towards all living entities. Another point here is that He\n\ndoes not encroach upon another's share. In the yajiia there is a share for\n\nthe demigods, Lord Siva and Lord Brahma, and a share for Lord Vi�ttu.\n\nHe is satisfied with His own share and does not encroach upon others'.\n\nIndirectly, He indicated that He was not satisfied with Dak�a's trying to\ndeny Lord Siva his share. Maitreya addressed Vidura as sinless because\n\nVidura was a pure Vai�ttava and never committed any offense to any\ndemigod. Although V ai�ttavas accept Lord Vi�ttu as the Supreme, they are\n\nnot prone to �ffend demigods. They give them proper respect. Vai�ttavas\n\naccept Lord Siva as the best Vai�l)ava.\n\nFor a Vai�nava there is no\n\npossibility of offending any demigods, and the demigods are also pleased\nwith the Vai�ttava because they are faultless devotees of Lord Vi�ttu·\nTEXT 50\n\nij�lf#Ujf#l'i#\n\nq Q1 � �If �tRJ: � em{ I\n3U�Ja4il� � (<44t1Ft4�10(: 11'-\\oll\nbhagaviin uviica\naham brahma ca sarvas ca\njagata[l karapam param\natmesvara upadra�ta\nsvayarh-drg avise}apap\nbhagaviin-Lord Vi�l)u; uviic a- said; aham-I; brahmii- Brahma ; ca-and;\n\nsarva�-Lord Siva; ca-and; jagata�-of the material manifestation; kiirarzam\n\n- cause; param-supreme; iitma-iSvara[l- the Supersoul; upadra§tii-the\n\nwitness; svayam-d rk-self-sufficient; avise§at]a�- there is no difference.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Vi�ttu replied: Brahma, Lord Siva and I are the supreme cause of\n\nthe material manifestation. I am the Supersoul, the self-sufficient witness.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0282": "Text 51]\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Da�a\n\n267\n\nBut impersonally there is no difference between Brahma, Lord Siva and\n\nMyself.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Brahma was born out of the transcendental body of Lord Vi§pu,\n\nand Lord Siva was born out of the body of Brahma. Lord Vi§pu is,\n\ntherefore, the supreme cause. In the Vedas also it is stated that in the\n\nbeginning there was only Vi§pu, Narayapa, but there was no Brahma or\n\nSiva. Similarly, Sankaracarya confirmed this: niiriiyapa[l para[l. Na.:ayapa,\n\nor Lord Vi§pu, is the origin, and Brahma and Siva are manifested after\ncreation. Lord Vi�QU is also atmesvara, the Supersoul in everyone. Under\n\nHis direction, every thing is prompted from within. For example, in the\n\nbeginning of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam it is stated, tene brahma hrdii: He\n\nfirst educated Lord Brahma from within.\n\nIn Bhagavad-gitii Lord l<f§r;ta states, aham iidir hi deviiniim: Lord Vi§pu,\n\nor l<fsr;ta, is the origin of all demigods, including Lord Brahma and\nLord\n\n�iva. In another place in Bhagavad-gitii K!§r;ta states, aham sarvasya\n\nprabhava[l: \"Everything is generated from Me.\" This includes all the\ndemigods. Similarly, in the Vediin ta-sutra: janmiidyasya yata[l. And in the\n\nUpani§ads is the statement, yato vii imani bhutiini jayante. Everything is\n\ngenerated\n\nfrom\n\nLord\n\nVi�Qu,\n\neverything is maintained by Him, and\n\neverything is annihilated by His energy. Therefore, by their actions and\n\nreactions, the energies which come from Him create the cosmic manifes­\n\ntations, and they also dissolve the whole creation. Thus the Lord is the\n\ncause and also the effect. Whatever effect we see is the interaction of His\n\nenergy. And because the energy is generated from Him, He is both cause\n\nand effect. Simultaneously, everything is different and the same. It is said\n\nthat everything is Brahman: sarvam khalv idam brahma. In the highest\n\nvision, nothing is beyond Brahman, and therefore Lord Brahma and\n\nLord Siva are certainly nondifferent from Him.\nTEXT 51\n\n3ll€+1¥U�f � mst goltttf � I\n� �tt-lR� ��� �(111{ 1� � 11\natma-miiyam samiivisya\n\nso 'ham gurwmayim dvija\n\nsrjan rak�an haran visvarh\n\ndadhre sarhjniirh kriyocit'iim\n\n", "SB4.1#p0283": "268\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\niitma-miiyiim-My energy; samiivisya-having entered; s aft - M ys e l f ; aham\n\n-\n\nl ; gu(lamayim- composed of the modes of material nature; dvija-0 twice­\n\nborn Dak�a; srjan-creating; rak�an-maintaining; haran\n\n-\n\na n nihilating; vis­\n\nvam-the cosmic manifestation; dadhre-I cause to be born; samjnii.m-a\n\nname; kriyii.-ucitii.m-according to the activity.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord continued: My dear Dalq;a Dvija, I am the original Personality\n\nof Godhead, but in order to create, maintain and annihilate this cosmic\n\nmanifestation, I act through My material energy, and according to the\n\ndifferent grades of activity, My representations are differently named.\n\nPURPORT\nAs explained in Bhagavad-gitii (7.5), jiva-bhutiirh mahiibiiho: the whole\n\nworld is energy released from the supreme source, the Personality of\n\nGodhead, who, it is further stated in Bhagavad-gitii, acts in superior\nenergies and inferior energies. The superior energy is the living entity,\n\nwho is part and parcel of the Supreme Lord. As parts and parcels, the\n\nliving entities are not different from the Supreme Lord; the energy ema­\n\nnated from Him is not different from Him. But in the actual activity of\n\nthis material world, the living entity is under the different qualities of\n\nmaterial energy and in different forms. There are 8,400,000 life forms.\n\nThe same living entity acts under the influence of the different qualities of\n\nmaterial nature. The entities have different bodies, but originally, in the\nbeginning of creation, Lord Vigm is alone. For the purp ose of creation,\n\nBrahma is manifested, and for annihilation there is Lord Siva. As far as the\n\nspiritual entrance into the material world is concerned, all beings are part\n\nand parcel of the Supreme Lord, but under the covering of different\n\nmaterial qualities they have different names. Lord Brahma and Lord Siva\n\nare qualitative incarnations of Vi�J;�u, as gu(lii.vatii.ras, and Vi�J;�U with them\naccepts control of the quality of goodness; therefore He is also a qualita­\n\ntive incarnation like Lord Siva and Lord Brahma. Actually the different\nnames exist for different directions, otherwise the origin is one only.\n\nTEXT 52\n\n- illl�fit� � q(¥U€¥4M I\nJrm � � il(;tlftS��Rt ����II\ntasmin brahmap,y advifiye\nkevale paramii.tmani\n\n", "SB4.1#p0284": "Text 53 J\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Dak!j!a\n\n269\n\nbrahma-rudrau ca bhutani\n\nbhedenajiio 'n upasya ti\n\ntas min- H im; b rahmari-the Supreme Brahman; advitiye - withou t a\n\nsecond; kevale-being one; pa ramatmani-the Supersoul; brahma-rudrau­\n\nboth Brahma and Siva; ca-and; bhutani - the living entities; bhedena-with\n\nsepara tion; ajiia{t- one who is not properly conversant; anupasyati - thinks .\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord continued: One who is not in proper knowledge thinks that\n\ndemigods like Brahma and Siva are independent, or he even thinks that the\nliving entities are independent.\n\nPURPORT\nThe living entities, including Brahma, are not independently separated,\nbut are counted within the marginal potency of the Supreme Lord. The\nSupreme Lord, being the Supersoul in every living entity, including Lord\nBrahma and Lord Siva, is directing everyone in the activities of the material\nmodes of nature. No one can act independently of the sanction of the\nLord, and therefore, indirectly, no one is different from the Supreme\nPerson, and certainly Brahma and Rudra, who are incarnations of the\nmaterial modes of nature, passion and ignorance, are not.\nTEXT 53\n\n1NT�-N{:4lottl�1\nI\n4l('P4�r.t m � � �: 11'-\\�11\nyatha puman na svangefiU\n\nsira�-pa[ly-adifiU kvacit\n\nparakya-buddhirh kurute\n\nevarh bhutefiu mat-para�\n\nyatha - as; puman-a person; na-not; s va-a hge§u-in his own body;\n\n.�ira{t-pii[!i-iidi§u-between the head and the hands and other parts of the\n\nbody;kvacit-sometimes;piirakya-buddhim-differentiation;kurute-make;\n\ne va rn- thus ; bhute§u-among living entities; mat-para!!-My devotee.\nTRANSLATION\n\nA person with average intelligence does not think the head and other\n\nparts of the body to be separate. Similarly, he does not differentiate Vi�f}u,\n\n", "SB4.1#p0285": "270\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nthe all-pervading Personality of Godhead, from any thing or any living\n\nentity.\n\nPURPORT\nWhenever there is disease in any part of the body, the whole body takes\n\ncare of the ailing part. Similarly, a devotee's oneness is manifested in His\ncompassion for all conditioned souls. Bhagavad-gitii says, par4itii� sama­\n\ndarsina�: those who are learned see everyone's conditional life equalJy\n\n(Bg. 5.18). Devotees are compassionate to every conditioned soul, and\n\ntherefore they are known as apiirakya-buddhi. Because devotees are learned\n\nand know that every living entity is part and parcel of the Supreme Lord,\nthey preach Kr�va consciousness to everyone so that they may be happy.\n\nIf a particular part of the body is diseased, the whole attention of the body\n\ngoes to that part. Similarly, devotees care for any person who is forgetful\n\nof Kr�va and therefore in material consciousness. The equal vision of the\n\ndevotee is that he works to get all living entities back home, back to\nGodhead.\n\nTEXT 54\n\n'I�UUI�� �WI 'f��� I\n��4(ijl�'1i� � �Rr 11'-\\�11\ntrayar-am eka-bhavanarh\nyo na pasyati vai bhidam\nsarva-bhutatmanarh brahman\nsa siintim adhigacchati\ntrayar_�am-of the three; eka-bhav anam-having one nature; ya{t-who;\n\nna pasyati- does not see; vai-certainly; bhidam- separa tene ss; sarva-bhiita­\n\niitmaniim-of the Supersoul of all living entities; brahman-0 Dak�a; sa{the; santim- peace; adhigacchati- realizes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord continued: One who does not consider Brahma, Vi�I].U, Siva\n\nor the living entities in general to be separate from the Supreme, and who\n\nknows Brahman, actually realizes peace; others do not.\nPURPORT\n\nTwo words are very s ignificant in this verse. Trayiir-iim indicates three,\n\nnamely Lord Brahma, Lord Siva and Lord Vi�11u. Bhidam means different.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0286": "Text 55]\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Da�a\n\n271\n\nThey are three, and therefore they are separate, but at the same time they\nare one. This is the philosophy of simultaneous oneness and difference,\nwhich is called acintya-bhediibheda-tattva. The example given in the\nBrahma-samhitii is that milk and yogurt are simultaneously one and different; both are milk, but the yogurt has become changed. In order to\n\nachieve real peace, one should see everything and every living entity,\nincluding Lord Brahma and Lord Siva, as nondifferent from the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. No one is independent. Every one of us is an\nexpansion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This accounts for unity\n\nin diversity. There are diverse manifestations, but, at the same time, they\nare one in Vi�QU. Everything is an expansion of Vi�Qu's energy.\nTEXT 55\n\nm\\RR\n\nRI(R( I\n�����11'-\\'-\\11\n\n�\n\nlltf.RRS�:\n\nst•�uq Riq\n\nmaitreya uviica\nevam bhagavatiidi�ta�\nprajiipati-patir harim\narcitvii kratunii svena\ndeviin ubhayato 'yajat\nmaitreya{l- Maitreya; u viica said; evam- thus; bhagavatii- by the Su-\n\npreme Personality of Godhead; adi�Ja�-having been instructed; prajiipati­\n\npati� the head of aU the Prajapatis; harim-Hari; arcitvii-after worship-\n\ning; kmtunii-with the sacrificial ceremonies; svena-his own; deviin-the\n\ndemigods; ubhaya t a�- separately ; ayajat- worshiped.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Maitreya said: Thus D�a, the head of all Prajapatis, having\nbeen nicely instructed by the S upreme Personality of Godhead, worshiped\nLord Vi�QU, and after worshiping Him by performing the prescribed\nsacrificial ceremonies, he also worshiped Lord Brahma and Lord Siva\nseparately.\nPURPORT\nLord Vi��JU should be offered everything, and His prasiidam should be dis­\n\ntributed to all other demigods. This practice is stiU followed in the temple of\n\nJ agannatha at Puri. There are many temples of demigods around the main\ntemple of Jagannatha, and the prasiidam which is offered first. to\n\n", "SB4.1#p0287": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n272\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\nJagannatha is distributed to all the demigods. The deity of Bhagalin is\nworshiped with the p rasiidam of Vi�QU, and also, in the famous Lord Siva\n\ntemple of Bhuvanesvara, the prasiidam of Lord Vigm or Lord Jagannatha\n\nis offered to the deity of Lord Siva. This is the Vai�Qava principle. The\nVai�Qava does not deride even ordinary living entities, including the small\n\nant; everyone is offered proper respect according to his position. The\n\noffering, however, is in relation to the center, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, Kr�Qa, or Vi�I]U. The devotee who is highly elevated sees the\n\nrelationship to Kr�Qa in everything; he does not see anything as being\n\nindependent of Kr�J}.a. That is his vision of oneness.\n\nTEXT 56\n\n���� ��:1\n\n��ij�\n�f;f(Rlilfq I\n�� «d'��: ij�� �: 11��11\nrudram ca svena bhiigena\nhy upiidhiivat samtihita[l\nkarmarodavasiinena\nsomapiin itariin api\nudavasya sahartvigbhi[l\nsasniiv avabhrtham tataft\nrudram-Lord Siva; ca- and; svena-with his own; bh agena- sha re; hi­\n\nsince; upadhavat-he\n\nworshiped; samtihita{t-with concentrated mind;\nkarmaiJti-by the performance; udavastinena-by the act of finishing;\n\nsomaptin- demigods; itarlin- other; api- even; udavasya- after finishing;\n\nsaha-along with;rtvigbhi{l-with the priests; sas nau-bathe d ; avabhrthamthe avabhrtha bath; tata� - then.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith all respect, Da�a worshiped Lord Siva with his share of the\n\nremnants of the yajiia. After finishing the ritualistic sacrificial activities,\n\nhe satisfied all other demigods and the other people assembled there. After\n\nfinishing all these duties with the priests, he took a bath and was fully\n\nsatisfied.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Rudra, Siva, was properly worshiped with his share of the rem­\n\nnants of the yajiia. Y ajiia is Vi�J}.U, and whatever p rasiidam is offered to\n\n", "SB4.1#p0288": "Text 58)\n\nThe Sacrifice Performed by Dakfa\n\n273\n\nVi\\ll)U is offered to everyone, even to Lord Siva. Srldhara Svam'i also\n\ncomments in this connection, svena bhiigena: the remnants of the yajiia\nare offered to all the demigods and others.\nTEXT 57\n\n�\n\n31��¥11�'1 �iiUifUft(l� I\n\n\\1� �cl � � fST�tdl� �� �: 11'-\\�11\ntasmii apy anubhiivena\nsvenaiviiviipta-riidhase\ndharma eva matirh dattva\ntridasas te divam yayu�\n\np - even ; anubhavena-by worshiping the\n- certainly ; aviipta-riidhase-hav ing\n\ntasmai-unto him (Dak�a); a i\n\nSupreme Lord; svena-by his own; eva\nattained\n\n- certa inly; matim-intelli·\n- having given; tridasa{l -demigods ; te-those; divam-to the\n\nperfection; dharme-in religion; eva\n\ngence; dattva\n\nheavenly planels; yayu�- went.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus\n\nworshiping the\n\nSupreme\n\nLord Vi�l}U by the ritualistic per­\n\nformance of sacrifice, Da�a was completely situated on the religious\npath. Besides that, all the demigods who had assembled at the sacrifice\nblessed him that he might increase his religiosity, and then they left.\nPURPORT\nAlthough Dak\\la was considerably advanced in religious principles, he\n\nawaited the blessings of the demigods. Thus the great sacrifice conducted\n\nby Dak�a ended in harmony and peace.\n\nTEXT 58\n\n�f( �144on � m 'l�Wi4(( I\nq �: �� il'1141fitRt � 11'-\\�11\nevarh diik�iiyap.i hitva\nsati purva-kalevaram\njajne himavata� k�etre\nmeniiyiim iti susruma\n\n§\n\neva m-thus; dak aya\n\nr i-the daughter of Dak�a; hitva-after giving up;\n\nsati-Sa ti; piirva-kalevaram- her former body; jajiie- was born; himavata{l-\n\n", "SB4.1#p0289": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n274\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nHimalayas; k§etre-in the wife; menayam-in\n\nsusruma-1 have heard.\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\nMena; iti- thus;\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya said: I have heard that, after giving up the body she had\nreceived from Da�a, Da�ayar;ti (his daughter) took her birth in the\nkingdom of the Himalayas and was born as the daughter of Mena. I heard\nthis from authoritative sources.\nPURPORT\nMena is also known as Menaka and is the wife of the king of the\n\nHimalayas.\n\nTEXT 59\n\nm � � 3l1ti qfet+�fi\"4•1\n31wtA4+n�\nm: � � ���'��\ntam eva dayitarh bhuya\navrnkte patim ambika\nananya-bhavaika-gatirh\nsakt* supteva puruflam\ntam-him (Lord Siva); eva-certainly; dayitam-beloved; bhiiya�-again;\n\navrnkte-accepted; patim-as her husband; ambika- Ambika or Sati; ananya­\n\nbhava-without attachment for others; eka-gatim-the one goal; sakt*the feminine (marginal and external) energies; supta-lying dormant; iva­\n\nas; puru§am-the masculine (Lord Siva, as representative of the Supreme\n\nLord).\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmbika [goddess Durga], who was known as Dak�yaQi [Sati], again\naccepted Lord Siva as her husband, just as different energies of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead act during the course of a new creation.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the verse of the Vedic mantras, pariisya saktir vividhaiva sru­\n\nyate: the Supreme Personality of Godhead has different varieties of energies.\n\nSakti is feminine, and the Lord is puru�a, masculine. It is the duty of the fe­\n\nmale to serve under the supreme puru�a. As stated in Bhagavad-g\"itii, aJl living\n\nentities are marginal energieS of the Supreme Lord. It is the duty of all\n\n", "SB4.1#p0290": "The Sacrifice Performed by Dak�a\n\nText 61)\n\n275\n\nliving entities to serve this Supreme Person. Durga is the representation in\nthe material world of both the marginal and external energies, and Lord\n\nSiva is the representation of the Supreme Person. The connection of Lord\n\nSiva and Ambika, or Durga, is eternal. Sat! could not accept any husband\nbut Lord Siva. How Lord Siva remarried Durgii as Himavatl, the daughter\nof the Himalayas, and how Karttikeya was born, is a great story in itself.\nTEXT 60\n\n�it: d �'4q;(: 1\n��aW-0\"�•ro•·� �: ��� u\n\n'«t'A•I\"�n\n\no\n\netad bhagavata[l sambho[l\nkarma dak�iidhvara-druhalt\nsrutarh bhagavatac chi�yad\nuddhavan me brhaspate[l\netat- this; bhagavata[l- of the possessor of all opulences; sambhor-of\n\nSambhu (Lord Siva); karma-story; dak�a-adhvara-druhalt-who devastated\n\nthe sacrifice o f Dak�a; srutam-was heard; bhiigavatiit-from a great\n\ndevotee; si§yiit-from the disciple; uddhaviit-from Uddhava; me- by me;\n\nbrhaspate[l-of Brhaspati.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya said: My dear Vidura, I heard this story of the Dalqla yajiia,\n\nwhich was devastated by Lord Siva, from Uddhava, a great devotee and\ndisciple of Brhaspati.\n\nTEXT 61\n\n�\n>it\n\nqft�\n\nq(lt't��mt\n\nA��s':i;�,\n.\n�11� m ��+WHt: ������\n\nidam pavitrarh param isace.stitarh\nyasasyam iiyu�yam aghaugha-mar§a�am\nyo nityadiikarrzya naro 'nuk\"irtayed\ndhunoty agharh kaurava bhakti-bhavata[l\nidam-this; pavitram-pure; param-supreme; isa-ce§Jitam-pastime of\n\nthe Supreme\n\nLord; yasasyam-famc; iiyu§yam-long duration of life;\n\n", "SB4.1#p0291": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n276\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 7\n\naghaugha-mar§ll[!am-destroying sins ;ya�-who; nityada-always; akarrya­\n\nafter h ear ing ; nar al;t-a pe rson ; anu k irtay et\noff; agham-material\n\nb hakti b hiivata�\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nshou l d narrate; dhunoti-clears\n\ncontamination; kaurava-0 descendant of Kuru;\n\nwith faith and devotion.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya concluded: If one hears and again narrates, with\nfaith and devotion, this story of the Dalqa Yajiia as it was conducted by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�tJ.U,\n\nthen certainly he is cleared\n\nof all contamination of material existence, 0 son of Kuru.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Seventh\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled\nby Dak�a\n\n.\n\n\"\n\n\"The Sacrific e Performed\n\n", "SB4.1#p0292": "CHAPTER EIGHT\n\nDhruva Maharaia Leaves Home for the Forest\nTEXT I\n\n��\n\nSllQ��: I ·\n�� � ilmWfl �Q��ij({: II� II\n\nQ�CfMU ���\n\nmaitreya uviica\nsanakiidyii niiradas ca\nrbhur hariuo 'ruflir yat*\nnaite grhiin brahma-sutii\nhy iivasann urdhva-retasaft\nmaitreyaft uviica-Maitreya said; sanaka-iidyiift-those headed by Sanaka;\nniiradaft-Narada; ca-and; rbhuft-�bhu; hamsaft-Hamsa; aru11*-Arupi;\nyat*- Yati; na-not; ete-all these; grhiin-at home; brahma-sutiift-sons of\nBrahma;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\niivasan-did\n\nlive; urdhva-retasaft-unadulterated\n\ncelibates.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya said: The four great Kumara sages headed by\nSanaka, as well\n\nas\n\nNarada, �bhu, Hamsa, Arupi and Y ati, all sons of\n\nBrahma, did not live at home, but became urdhva-reta or nai�thikabrahmacii.ris, unadulterated celibates.\nPURPORT\nThe system of brahmacarya has been current since the birth of Brahma.\nA section of the population, especially male, did not marry at all. Instead\nof allowing their semina to be driven downwards, they used to lift the\n279\n\n", "SB4.1#p0293": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n280\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nsemina up to the brain. They are called urdhva-reta/:l, those who lift up.\nSemina is\n\nso\n\nimportant that if, by the yogic process, one can lift the\n\nsemina up to the brain, he can perform wonderful work-one's memory\nis enabled to act very swiftly, and the duration of life is increased. Yogis\n\ncan thus perform all kinds of austerity with steadiness and can he elevated\n\nto the highest perfectional stage, even to the spiritual world. Vivid examples\n\nof brahmaciiris who accepted this principle of life are the four sages\n\nSanaka, Sanandana, Sanatana an� Sanat-kumara, as well as Narada and\nothers.\n\nAnother significant phrase here is naite grhan hy iivasan, \"they did not\n\nlive at home.\" G r ha means home as well as wife. In fact, home means\nwife; home does not mean a room or a house. One who lives with a wife\n\nlives at home, otherwise a sannyiisi or brahmacU.ri, even though he may\n\nlive in a room or in a house, does not live at home. That they did not live\nat home means that they did not accept a wife, and so there was no\n\nquestion of their discharging semina. Semina is meant to he discharged\n\nwhen one has a home, a wife and the intention to beget children, otherwise\n\nthere is no injunction for discharging semina. These principles were\n\nfollowed from the beginning of creation, and such brahmaciiris never\ncreated progeny. This narration deals with the descendants of Lord\n\nBrahma from Manu's daughter Prasiiti. Prasiiti's daughter was Dak�aya�i\nor Sati, in relation to whom the story of the Dak�a yaji'ia was narrated.\n\nMaitreya is now explaining about the progeny of the sons of Brahma. Out\n\nof the many sons of Brahma, the brahmacU.ri sons headed by Sanaka and\n\nNarada did not marry at all, and therefore there is no question of\n\nnarrating the history of their descendants.\n\nTEXT2\n\nat:�:n'tn.:lilm�:zn lWI'is�� �f :q ��I\n3Rm � � PisiRt��s�: II � II\nm.\"§iidharmasya bhiiryasid\ndambham miiyam ca satru-han\nasiita mithunam tat tu\nnirrtir jagrhe 'praja\"{l\nmnii- Mr�a; adharmasya-of Irreligion; bharya- wife; asit was; dambham\n-\n\n-Bluffing; mayii,n-Cheating; ca-and ; satru-han-0 slayer of enemies;\n\n", "SB4.1#p0294": "Text3]\n\nDhruva Ma haraja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\nasuta- produced;\n\nj\n\nmithunam-combination;\n\nj\n\ntat-that; tu-but;\n\n281\nnirrti�­\n\nNir rti; agrhe- took ; apra a� - being childless.\nTRANSLATION\nIrreligion was also Brahma's son, and his wife's name was Falsity. From\ntheir combination, two demons named Dambha, or Bluffing, and Maya , or\nCheating, were born, and they were taken by a demon named Nirrti, who\nhad no children.\nPURPORT\nIt is understood herein that Adharma, Irreligion, was also a son of\nBrahma, and he married his sister Mr�a. This is the beginning of sex life\nbetween brother and sister. This unnatural combination of sex life can be\npossible in human society only where there is Adharma, Irreligion. It is\nunderstood that in the beginning of creation\n\nBrahma created not only\n\nsaintly sons like Sanaka, Sanatana and Narada but also demonic offspring\nlike Nirrti, Adharma, Dambha and Falsity. Everything was created by\nBrahma in the beginning. Regarding Narada, it is understood that because\nhis previous life was very pious and his association was very good, he was\ntherefore born as Narada. Others were also born in their own capacities,\naccording to their backgrounds. The law of karma continues birth after\nbirth, and when there is a new creation, the same karma comes back with\nthe living entities. They are born in different capacities according to karma\neven though their father is originally Brahma, who is the exalted qualitative incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT3\n\n�: �'f€4�� �� � I\n� ifiN� tm � tt�(iRti: � m: �����\ntayo� samabhaval lobho\nnikrtis ca mahii-mate\ntiibhyiim krodhas ca himsii ca\nyad durukt* svasii kal*\ntayo�- those two; samabhavat-were born; lobha�-Greed; nikrti�Cunning; ca - and; mahii-mate-0 great soul; tiibhy iim- from both of them;\n\n", "SB4.1#p0295": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n282\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nkrodha{l-Anger; ca-and; hiriua-Envy;ca-and;yat-from both of whom;\ndurukti{l-Harsh Speech;svasa-sister; kali{l-Kali.\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya told Vidura: 0 great soul, from Dambha and Maya were born\n\nGreed and Nilq-ti, Cunning. From their combination came children named\nKrodha, Anger, and Hiril.sa, Envy, and from their combination were born\n\nKali and his sister Durukti, Harsh Speech.\nTEXT4\n\n� -�(1\\if\\1 lPi � � � I\n�If � q � fZI('4t6141 II \\l II\nduruktau kalir adhatta\nbhayam mrtyum ca sattama\ntayos ca mithunam jajiie\nyatana nimyas tatha\nduruktau-in Durukti;kali{l-Kali;tUih.1tta-produced; bhayam-Fearfulness; mrtyum-Death; ca-and; sattama-0 greatest of all good men; tayo{l\n-of those two;ca-and; mithunam-by combination;jajiie-were produced;\nyatana-Excessive Pain; nimya{l-Hell;tatha-as well.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 greatest of all good men, by the combination of Kali and Harsh Speech\n\nwere born children named M,.tyu, Death, and Bhiti, Fear. From the combi­\n\nnation of Mrtyu and Bhiti came children named Yatana, Excessive Pain,\nand Niraya, Hell.\nTEXTS\n\nRfij¥JmIWI\\'.1 I\nf,r:�e���¥419{ Al;fl�l€¥(;{1 �11�11\n� ¥f\"'ISS(.Qf0116:\n\nSl\n\nsangrahep.a mayiikhyiita{l\npratisargas taviinagha\ntri{l srutvaitat puman pupyam\nvidhunoty atmano malam\n\n", "SB4.1#p0296": "Text 6]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n283\n\nsahgra hec w-in summary; maya-by me; akhyatafl-is explained; pratisargafl - cause of devastation; tava- your; anagha-0 pure one; trifl-three\ntimes; s ru tva-having heard; etat-this\n\ndescription; puman-one who;\n\npu r-yam-piety; vidhunoti-washes off; atmanap-of the soul; malamcontamination.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Vidura, I have summarily explained the causes of devastation,\nand one who hears this description three times attains piety and washes\nthe sinful contamination from his soul.\nPURPORT\n\nThe creation takes place on the basis of goodness, but devastation takes\nplace because of irreligion. That is the way of material creation and devastation. Here it is stated that the cause of devastation is Adharma, or\nIrreligion. The descendants of Irreligion and Falsity, born one after\nanother, are Bluffing, Cheating, Greed, Cunning, Quarrel, Envy, Harsh\nSpeech, Death, Severe Pain and Hell. All these descendants are described as\nsigns of devastation. If a person is pious and hears about these causes of\ndevastation, he will feel hatred for all these, and that will cause his\nadvancement in a life of piely. Piety refers to the cleansing process of the\nheart. As recommended by Lord Caitanya, one has to cleanse the dust on\nthe mirror of the mind, and then advancement on the path of liberation\nbegins.\n\nHere also the same process is recommended. Malam means\n\ncontamination. We should learn to despise all the causes of devastation,\nbeginning from irreligion and cheating, and then we shall be able to make\nadvancement in a life of piety. The possibility of our attaining Kf�r;ta\nconsciousness will be easier, and we shall not be subjected to repeated\ndevastation. The present life is repeated birth and death, but if we seek\nthe path of liberation, we may be saved from repeated suffering.\nTEXT6\n\n� q f'4ift16: �I\n��1ft\n��(:oi�l��: II � II\n3Pffif:\n\nathatafl kirtaye varitsarit\npur.ya-kirtefl kuriidvaha\nsvayambhuvasyapi manor harer\naritsaritsa-janmanafl\n\n", "SB4.1#p0297": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n284\natha-now;\n\nata�-hereafter;\n\nkirtaye-1\n\nshall\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\ndescribe;\n\nvamsam­\n\ndynasty; pu[lya kirte�-celebrated for virtuous activities; kuru-udvaha-0\n-\n\nbest of the Kurus; sviiyambhuvasya-of Svayambhuva; api\n\n-\n\ne\n\nve n; man oft­\n\nof the Manu; hare�-of the Personality of Godhead; ar sa-plenary exh\n\npansion; arh sa\n\n-\n\npart of;janmana�-born of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya continued: 0 best of the Kuru dynasty, I shall now describe\n\nbefore you the descendants of Svayambhuva Manu, who was born of the\npart of the plenary expansion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nLord Brahma is a powerful expansion of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. Although Brahma is jiva-tattva, he is empowered by the Lord,\n\nand therefore He is considered a plenary expansion of the Supreme God­\n\nhead. Sometimes it happens that when there is no suitable living being to\n\nhe empowered to act as Brahma, the Supreme Lord Himself appears as\n\nBrahma. Brahma is the plenary expansion of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and Svayambhuva Manu was the direct son of Brahma. The great\n\nsage Maitreya was now going to explain about the descendants of this\nManu, all of whom are widely celebrated for their pious activities. Before\n\nspeaking of these pious descendants, Maitreya had already described the\n\ndescendants of impious activities, representing anger, envy, unpalatable\n\nspeech, quarrel, fearfulness and death. Purposely, therefore, he is next\n\nrelating the history of the life of Dhruva Maharaja, the most pious king\n\nwithin this universe.\n\nTEXT 7\n\ntsA�;m(t ��: wn 1\n'0� � �aw:tf ��: mm II \\9 II\npriyavratottiinapiidau\nsatarnpii-pateft sutau\n, viisudevasya kalayii\nrak§iiyiirh jagata� sthitau\npriyavrota-Priyavrata;\n\nuttiinapiidau- Uttanapada;\n\nsatarnpii-pate�-of\n\nQueen Satarupa and her husband Manu; sutau-the two sons; viisudevasya\n\n", "SB4.1#p0298": "Dhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\nText 8]\n\n285\n\n-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kalayii-by plenary expansion;\nro\n\nk� iiyii m- for the protection; jagata�-of the world; sthitau-for the\n\nmaintenance.\nTRANSLATION\nSvayambhuva Manu had two sons by his wife Satariipa, and the names\nof the sons were Uttanapiida and Priyavrata. Because both of them were\n\ndescendants of the plenary expansion of Vasudeva, the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead, they were very competent to rule the universe to\nmaintain and protect the citizens.\nPURPORT\nIt\n\nis\n\nsaid that these two kings, Uttanapada\n\nand Priyavrata, were\n\nspecifically empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, unlike\nthe great King I,t�abha, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Him·\nself.\nTEXTS\n\njiiye uttiinapiidasya\nsunit* surucis tayo�\nsuruc* preyasi patyur\nnetarii yat-suto dhruva�\njiiye-of the two wives; uttiinapiid asya-of King UWi.napiida; suniti�­\n\nSuniti; suruc*- Suruci; tayo�-of both of them; suruci�-Suruci; p re yasi ­\n\nvery dear; patyu�-of the husband; na itarii-not the other; yat-whose;\n\nsuta�-son; d hruva�- Dhruva.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Uttiinapli.da had two queens, named Suniti and Suruci. Suruci was\nmuch more dear to the King; Suniti, who had a son named Dhruva, was not\nhis favorite.\nPURPORT\nThe great sage Maitreya wanted to describe the pious activities of the\nkings. Priyavrata was the first son of Svayambhuva Manu, and Uttanapada\n\n", "SB4.1#p0299": "286\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nwas the second, but the great sage Maitreya immediately began to speak of\nDhruva Maharaja, the son of Uttanapada, because he was very eager to\ndescribe pious activities. The incidents in the life of Dhruva Maharaja are\nvery attractive for devotees. From his pious actions, one can learn how one\ncan detach himself from material possessions and how one can enhance\none's devotional service by severe austerities and penances. By hearing the\nactivities of pious Dhruva, one can enhance one's faith in God and can\ndirectly connect with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and thus one\ncan very soon be elevated to the transcendental platform of devotional\nservice. The example of Dhruva Maharaja's austerities can immediately\ngenerate a feeling of devotional service in the hearts of the hearers.\nTEXT9\n\n�: �'l+tt+n(tcq \\0\\H.'S�� I\nm � tFf �������\n\n�\n\nekadii suruce� putram\nankam iiropya liilayan\nuttamarh niiruruk§antarh\ndhruvarh riijiibhyanandata\nekadii-once upon a time; suruce�-of Queen Suruci; putram -the son;\nankam-on the lap; iiropya-placing; lii layan-while patting; uttamamUttama; na-did not; iiruruk§antam\n\n-\n\ntrying to get on; dhruvam-Dhruva;\n\nrojii-the King; abhyanan data-welcome\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce upon a time, King Uttanapada was patting the son of Suruci,\n\nUttama, placing him on his lap. Dhruva M aharaj a was also trying to get on\nhis lap, but the King did not very much welcome him.\nTEXT 10\n\nf:qct\\4+t1Ui ij (1q�l(ijwt4 �I\n�: � u�: �+tnnRt•if4fflll� oil\n(NT\n\ne\n\ntathii cikir§amiirzarh tam\nsapatnyiis tanayarh dhruvam\nsuruc* srrwato riijiia�\nser§yam iihiitigarvitii\n\n", "SB4.1#p0300": "Text 11)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n287\n\ntatha- thus; ciki'T}amapam-the child Dhruva, who was trying to get up;\ntam-unto him; sapatnya[l-of her co-wife (Suniti); tanayam-son; dhruvam\n-Dhruva; suruci[l-Queen Suruci; srp vata[l-while hearing; rajii a[l- of the\nKing; s e F}yam-with envy; aha-said; at iga rvita- being too proud.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the child, Dhruva Maharaj a, was trying to get on the lap of his\nfather, Suruci, his stepmother, became very envious of the child, and with\ngreat pride she began to speak so as to be heard by the King himself.\nPURPORT\nThe King was, of course, equally affectionate toward both his sons,\nUttama and Dhruva, so he had a natural inclination to take Dhruva as well\nas Uttama on his lap. But because of his favoritism to wards his Queen\nSuruci, he could not welcome Dhruva Maharaja, despite his feelings. King\nUttiinapada's feeling was understood by Suruci, and therefore with great\npride she began to speak about the King's affection for her. This is the\nnature of woman_ If a woman understands that her husband regards her as\na favorite and is especially affectionate to her, she takes undue advantage.\nThese symptoms are even visible in such an elevated society as the family\nof Svayambhuva Manu. Therefore it is concluded that the feminine nature\nof woman is present everywhere.\nTEXT ll\n\nWI � iq��ui 1fcU•Uiti'(t� I\nWI� IPfl\" MNffl iql�: II��II\nna vatsa n.rpater dh�f1yam\nbhavan arotjhum arhati\nna grhito maya yat tvam\nkuk§av api n.rpiitmaja[l\nna-not; vatsa-my dear child; n.rpate[l-of the King; dh�p yam-seat;\nbhavan-yourself; arotjhum-to get on; arhati-deserve; na-not; grhita[ltaken; maya-by me; yat-because; tvam-yourself; ku lc�au-in the womb;\napi-although; nr pa-atmaja[l-son of the King.\nTRANSLATION\nQueen Suruci told Dhruva Maharaja: My dear child, you do not deserve\nto sit on the throne or on the lap of the King. Surely you are also the son\n\n", "SB4.1#p0301": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n288\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 8\n\nof the King, but because you did not take your birth in my womb, you are\nnot qualified to sit on your father s lap.\n'\n\nPURPORT\nQueen Suruci very proudly informed Dhruva Maharaja that to be the\nKing's son was not the qualification for sitting on the lap or on the throne\nof the King. Rather, this privilege was dependent on one's taking birth in\nthe womb of Queen Suruci. In other words, she indirectly informed\nDhruva Maharaja that although he happened to be born of the King, he was\nnevertheless considered to be an illegitimate son because of his birth in the\nwomb of the other queen.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�sftf 'Rr '11�¥41'1¥4.-� I\n;@ � �����: ������\nbiilo 'si bat a niitmiinam\nanya-s tri-garbha-sambhrtam\nnunarh veda bhaviin yasya\ndurlabhe'rthe mano-ratha�\nba la � -ch ild; asi- you are; bata-however; na-not; iitmanam-my own;\nanya- other; s tri-woman; garbha-womb; sambhrtam-born by; nunamhowever;\n\nv\n\neda-just try to know; bhav an- yourself; yasya-of which;\n\ndurlabhe-unapproachable; arthe-matter; mana�-ratha�-desirous.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear child, you are unaware that you were not born of my womb but\n\nwere born of another woman. Therefore you should know that your at­\n\ntempt is doomed to failure. You are trying to fulfill a desire which is\n\nimpossible to be fulfilled.\n\nPURPORT\nThe small child, Dhruva Maharaja, was naturally affectionate toward his\nfather, and he did not know that there was a distinction between his two\nmothers. This distinction was pointed out by Queen Suruci, who informed\n\n", "SB4.1#p0302": "Text 141\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n289\n\nhim that since he was a child he did not understand the distinction between\nthe two queens. This is another statement of Queen Suruci's pride.\nTEXT 13\n\n��\n\n� 6�ii41i!ltu it I\n\ntN � 6N�I�I;f �((l'14f« i't16;wl( II t �II\ntapasiiriidhya puru¥Jm\ntasyaiviinugrahepa me\ngarbhe tvam siidhayiitmiinam\nyadicchasi n.rpiisanam\ntapasa-by austerities; iiriidhya-ha ving satisfied; puru§am-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; tasya-by His; eva-only; anugrahepa-by the\nmercy of; m e\n\n-\n\nmy ; garbhe-in the womb; tvam-you; sadhaya\n\na tmanam-you rself ; yadi -if; icchasi-you\n\n-\n\nplace;\n\ndesire; nrpa-iisanam-on the\n\nthrone of the King.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIf you at aU desire to rise to the throne of the King, then you have to\nundergo severe austerities. First of aU you must satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead, N araya!la, and then, when you are favored by Him\nbecause of such worship, you shall have to take your next birth in my\nwomb.\nPURPORT\nSuruci was so envious of Dhruva Maharaja that she indirectly asked him\nto change his body. According to her, first of all he had to die, then take\nhis next body in her womb, and only then would it be possible for Dhruva\nMaharaja to ascend the throne of his father.\nTEXT 14\n� ....\n\nInN�\n\n�: (1q�a: � �Rfi(if;( :\n� � <ocm �:1\n\n", "SB4.1#p0303": "290\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nftm � firnt (1'5t'41'i\n�\" �: � �� II�'JII\nmaitreya uviica\nmiitu� sapatnyii� sa durukti-viddha�\nsvasan ru§ii dar!fa-hato yathiih*\nhitvii mi§antam pitaram sanna-viicam\njagiima miitu� prarudan sakiisam\nmaitreya� uviica-the great sage Maitrey a said; miitu�-of his mother;\nsapatnyii�-of the co-wife; sa�-he; durukti-harsh words; viddha�-being\n\npierced by; svasan-breathing very heavily; ru�ii-out of anger; dar!fa­\n\nhata�-struck by a stick; y athii-as much as; ah*-a snake;hitvii-giving up;\nmi§antam-simply looking over;pitaram-his father; sanna vii cam-silently;\n-\n\njagiima-went;miitu�-to his mother;prarudan-weeping; sakiisam-near.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, as a snake, when struck\nby a stick, breathes very heavily, so Dhruva Maharaja also, being struck by\n\nthe strong words of his stepmother, began to breathe very heavily because\nof great anger. When he saw that his father was silent and did not protest,\nhe immediately left the palace and went to his mother.\nTEXT 15\n\n�\n\nf-1:�\n\n���\n\nij;flf{t(ittf �a mt{, 1\n�\nij�qi(Jl{ctlfl'lijlord\nm\n\nft� ��ij eq�• ������\n\ntam ni�svasantam sphuritiidharo§tham\nsunitir utsahga uduhya biilam\nnisamya tat-paura-mukhiin nitiintam\nsii vivyathe yad gaditam sapatnyii\ntam-him;n*svasantam-heavily breathing; sphurita tre mbling ; adhara-\n\nO§{ham-upper and lower lips; suniti�-Queen Suniti; utsahge-on her\n\nlap; uduhya-lifting; biilam-her son; nisamya\n\n-\n\nafter hear ing ; tat-paura-\n\n", "SB4.1#p0304": "Text 16]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n291\n\nmukhiit-from the mouths of other inhabitants; nitiintam-all descriptions;\nsii-she; vivyathe-became aggrieved; yat-that which; gad itam-spoken;\nsapatnyii-by her co-wife.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja reached his mother, his lips were trembling in\nanger, and he was crying very grievously. Queen Suniti immediately lifted\nher son onto her lap, while the palace residents who had heard all the harsh\nwords of Suruci related everything in detail. Thus Suniti also became\ngreatly aggrieved.\nTEXT 16\n\n�«f�q M �(.'Sc?H4 ��Rr.n\n\n�q �I\nqwf eq�n � emr� � if115:q��tQIE4hi II� �II\nsotsrjya dhairyam vilaliipa sokadiiviigninii diiva-lateva biilii\nviikyam sapatnyii� smarati sarojasriyii drsii bii§pa-kaliim uviiha\nsii-she; utsrjya- giving up; dhairyam-patience; v ila liipa- lamented ; sokadiiva-agninii-by the fire of grief; diiva-latii iva-like burned leaves; biilii-the\nwoman; viikyam-words; sapatnyii�-spoken by her co-wife; smarati-remember; saroja-sriyii-a face as beautiful as a lotus; drsii-by looking;\nbii � pa- k a liim-weeping; uviiha-said\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis incident was unbearable to Suniti's patience. She began to burn as\nif in a forest fire, and In her grief she became just like a burnt leaf and so\nlamented. As she remembered the words of her co-wife, her bright lotuslike\nface became filled with tears, and thus she spoke.\nPURPORT\nWhen a man is aggrieved, he feels exactly like a burnt leaf in a forest\nfire. Sunili's position was like that, and although her face was as beautiful\n\n", "SB4.1#p0305": "Sr'imad-Bhagavatam\n\n292\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 8\n\nas a lotus flower, it became dried up because of the burning fire caused by\n\nthe harsh words of her co-wife.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�� �\n\nm-\n\n1{� i11RJ;�¥t( illl� I\n¥tl¥tte\nffl!J\n��\n� \\ilitl ��:� 11�\\911\ndirgharh svasanti vrjinasya piiram\napasyati biilakam iiha biilii\nmiimangalarh tiita pare�u marhsthii\nbhunkte jano yat para-du�khadas tat\ndir;gham\n\n-\n\nheavy ; svasanti- breathing; vrjinasya-of the danger; piiram­\n\nlimitation; apasyati-without finding; biilakam-to her son; aha- said; biila\n-the lady; ma-let there not be; amangalam-ill fortune; tiita-my dear son;\n\npare§u- unto others; marhsthii�- desire; b hunk te- suffered; jana�- person;\nyat-that which; para-du{tkhada{t-who is apt to inflict pain upon others;\n\ntat- that.\nTRANSLATION\nShe aJso was breathing very heavily, and she did not know the factual\nremedy for the painful situation. Not finding any remedy, she said to her\nson, My dear son, don't wish for anything inauspicious for others. Anyone\n\nwho inflicts pains upon others suffers himself from that pain.\nTEXT 18\n\n�\n\nij�\n\n��\n� �ltm � �:I\n����� �\n�ftr �� ��fit:g�qPf� II� �II\nsatyarh surucyabhihitarh bhaviin me\nyad durbhagayii udare grhita�\nstanyena vrddhas ca vilajjate yarh\nbhiiryeti vii vo!ihum i!las-patir miim\n\n", "SB4.1#p0306": "Text 19]\n\n293\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\nsatyam-truth; sumcya-by Queen Suruci; abhihitam\n-unto you; me-of me; yat\n\n-\n\n-\n\nnarrated; bhaviin\n\nbecause; durbhagaya�-of the unfortunate;\n\nudare-in the womb; grhita�- taken birth; stany e n a- fed by the breast milk;\n\nvrddha� ca-grown up; vilajjate-becomes ashamed; yam-unto one; bharya\n-wife; iti\n\n-\n\nthu s ; va-or; voqhum-to accept; iqas patil].\n-\n\n-\n\nthe King; mam­\n\nme.\nTRANSLATION\nSuniti said: My dear boy, whatever has been spoken by Suruci is so, because the King, your father, does not consider me his wife or even his\nmaidservant. He feels ashamed to accept me, so it is a fact that you have\ntaken birth in the womb of an unfortunate woman, and by being fed from\nher breast you have grown up.\nTEXT 19\n\n� mrrn ���i� �Uti'IIN ��ot�JI€ti'( I\n���\n\n��S\\:.\"tfm� �'fr 11��11\niiti�tha tat tata vimatsaras tvam\nuktarh samatrapi yad avyalikam\niiriidhayiidhok�aja-piida-padmarh\nyadicchase'dhyiisanam uttamo yatha\nati �tha-just\n\nto execute; tat-that; tata\n\n-\n\nmy dear son; vimatsara�­\n\nwithout being envious; tvam-unto you; uktam-said; samiitrii api-by your\nstepmother; yat\n\n-\n\nwh atever; avyalik am\n\n-\n\nthey are all factual; a radhaya-just\n\nbegin worshiping; adhok�aja-the Transcendence; pada padma m\n-\n\n-\n\nlotus feet;\n\nyadi- if; icchase-desire; adhyasanam-to be seated along with; uttama�your stepbrother; yatM- a s much as.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear boy, whatever has been spoken by Suruci, your stepmother,\nalthough very harsh to hear, is factual. Therefore, if you desire at all to sit\non the same throne as your stepbrother Uttama, then give up your envious\nattitude and immediately try to execute the instructions of your stepmother. Without further delay, you must engage yourself in worshiping\nthe lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0307": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n294\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nThe harsh words used by Suruci to her stepson were true because unless\none is favored by the Supreme Personality of Godhead one cannot achieve\nany success in life. Man proposes, God disposes. Suniti, the mother of\nDhruva Maharaja, agreed with her co-wife's advice that Dhruva engage himself in the worship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Indirectly the\nwords of Suruci were a benediction for Dhruva Maharaja, for because of the\ninfluence of the words of his stepmother, he became a great devotee.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n4�1emq1i tffi:;q� N'J�1€4'11�l*lgunf¥m) :\nq1(�'0\\i\n�51Ts�f<te«�\n�\n�m-��� II\"< oil\n...\n\nyasyiihghri-padmarh paricarya visvavibhiivaniiyiitta-guriibhipattelz\najo'dhyat�that khalu piirame§thyarh\npadarh jitiitma-svasaniibhivandyam\nyasya-whose; anghri -leg; padmam - lotus feet; paricarya- worshiping;\nv iS va-universe; vibhiivaniiya-for creating; iitta-received; gura-abhipattefz\n-for acquiring the required qualifications; ajafz -t he unborn (Lord Brahmii.);\nadhyat� that -bccame situated; khalu-undoubtedly; piirame§thyam-the\nsupreme position within the univ e rse ; padam -position ; jita-iitma-one who\nhas conquered his mind; svasana-by controlling the life air; abhivandyam\n-worshipable.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSuniti continued: The Supreme Personality of Godhead is so great that\nsimply by worshiping His lotus feet, your great-grandfather Lord Brahmii.\n\nacquired the necessary qualifications to create this universe. Although he\n\nis unborn and is the chief of all living creatures, he was situated in that\nexalted post because of the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nwhom even great yogis worship by controlling the mind and regulating the\nlife air [prii.!J.a].\n\n", "SB4.1#p0308": "Text 21)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n295\n\nPURPORT\nSuniti cited the example of Lord Brahma, who was Dhruva Maharaja's\ngreat-grandfather. Although Lord Brahma is also a living being, by his\npenance and austerity he acquired the exalted position of creator of this\nuniverse by the mercy of the Supreme Lord. To become successful in any\nattempt, one not only has to undergo severe penances and austerities,\nbut also must be dependent on the mercy of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. This indication had been given to Dhruva Maharaja by his\nstepmother and was now confirmed by his own mother, Suniti.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�� �F{ f�\ntt�cti•w•u\n���: 1\n(itfilqa.\n�«N'4;44fl\n� ij� R\\Ott'4\"41q� ''��''\ntathii manur vo bhagaviin pitii-maho\nyam eka-maty'ii puru-dak§iuair makha*\ni§tviibhipede duraviipam anyato\nbhaumarh sukharh divyam athiipavargyam\ntathii- si m i larly; manuft- Svayambhuv a Manu; vaft - yo u r; bhagaviinworshipable; pitii-mahaft-grandfather; yam-unto whom; eka-matyii-with\n\n-\n\nunflinching devotion; pu ru gre at; dakfi irwift-charity; makhaift-by execut­\n\n.\n\ning sacrifices ; ifitva-worshiping ; abhiped e-achieved ; duravapam-difficult to\nachieve; anyataft- by any other means; bhaumam- material; sukham- hap\npiness; divyam- celestial; atha- thereafter; apavargyam-li beration.\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuniti\n\ninformed her son:\n\nYour grandfather,\n\nSvayambhuva\n\nManu,\n\nexecuted great sacrifices with distribution of charity, and thereby, with\nunflinching faith and devotion, he worshiped and satisfied the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. By acting in that way he achieved the greatest\nsuccess in material happiness and afterwards achieved liberation, which is\nimpossible to obtain by worshiping the demigods.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0309": "Snmad-Bhigavatam\n\n296\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nThe success of one's life is measured by one's material happiness in this\nlife and liberation in the next. Such success can he achieved only by the\ngrace of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The words eka-matyii mean\nconcentrating one's mind on the Lord without deviation. This process of\nundeviating worship of the Supreme Lord is also expressed in Bhagavad-gitii\nas\n\nananya-bhiik. \"That which is impossible to obtain from any other\n\nsource\" is also mentioned here. \"Other source\" refers to worship of\nthe demigods. It is especially stressed here that the opulence of Manu\nwas due to his undeviating faithfulness in the transcendental service\nof the Lord. One who diverts his mind to worshiping many demigods\nto obtain material happiness is considered to be bereft of intelligence.\nIf anyone wants even material happiness, he can worship the Supreme\nLord without deviation, and persons who are desirous of liberation can\nalso worship the Supreme Lord and achieve their goal of life.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n��qq�J\naqfll�qa\\I�Cf{Rt¥(\n31+44ata�\n���¥�1H�\n\n•\n\n�\n\n¥t'1�q�PI\n\n� 11��11\n\n�\n\ntam eva vatsiiSraya bhrtya-vatsalam\nmumuk�ubhir m.rgya-padiibja-paddhatim\nananya-bhiive nija-dharma-bhiivite\nmanasy avasthiipya bhajasva puru�am\ntam-Him; eva-also; vatsa-my dear boy; as'raya\n\n-\n\ntake shelter; bhrtya­\n\nvatsalam-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is very kind to\nHis devotees; mumuk�ubhil)\n\n-\n\nalso by persons desiring liberation; mrgya-to\n\nbe sQught after; pada-abja-lotus feet; paddhatim\nunflinching situation; nija dharma-bhiivite\n-\n\nconstitutional\n\nposition;\n\nbhajasva-go\n\non executing\n\nPerson.\n\nmanasi-unto\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsystem; ananya-bhiive-in\n\nbeing situated in one's original\n\nthe\n\nmind; avasthiipya-placing;\n\ndevotional service; puru� am\n\n-\n\nthe Supreme\n\n", "SB4.1#p0310": "Text 22)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n297\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear boy, you also should take shelter of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, who is very kind to His devotees. Persons who are seeking\nliberation from the cycle of birth and death always take shelter of the\nlotus feet of the Lord in devotional service. Becoming purified by executing your allotted occupation, j ust situate the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead in your heart, and without deviating for a moment, engage\nalways in His service.\nPURPORT\nThe system of bhakti-yoga described by Queen Suniti to her son is the\nstandard way of God realization. Everyone can continue in his constitutional occupational duties and at the same time keep the Supreme Personality of Godhead within his heart. This was also instructed by the Lord\nHimself to Arjuna in Bhagavad-gitii: \"Go on fighting, but keep Me within\nyour mind.\" That should be the motto of every honest person seeking\nperfection in Kr�t;�a consciousness. In this connection, Queen Suniti\nadvised her son that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is known as\nbhrtya-vatsala, which indicates that He is very kind to His devotees. She\nsaid, \"You came to me crying, having been insulted by your stepmother,\nbut I am unable to do any good for you. But Kr�t;�a is so kind to His\ndevotees that if you go to Him, then the combined kindness of millions of\nmothers like me would be surpassed by His affectionate and tender dealings. When everyone else fails to mitigate one's misery, K r�t;�a is able to\nhelp the devotee.\" Queen Suniti also stressed that the process of approaching the Supreme Personality of Godhead is not easy, but is sought after by\ngreat sages who are very advanced in spiritual realization. Queen Suniti also\nindicated by her instruction that Dhruva Maharaja was only a small child,\nfive years old, and it was not possible for him to purify himself by the\nway of karm.a-kiir-{la. But by the process of bhakti-yoga, even a child less\nthan five years old, or anyone of any age, can be purified. That is the\nspecial significance of bhakti-yoga. Therefore she advised him not to\naccept worship of the demigods or any other process, but simply to take\nto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and the result would be all perfection. As soon as one places the Supreme Personality of Godhead within\none's heart, everything becomes easy and successful.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0311": "Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n298\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 23\n\n;n;ti\n\n1Ar���\ntR'4�S( � 4141�tfft � I\n� � �(ij·li\\dqil�l\nf�'�\nftrap�IUUI�I ������\nmt:\n\nniinyam tata[l padma-paliisa-locaniid\ndu[lkha-cchidam te m.rgayiimi kaiicana\nyo m.rgyate hasta-ghita-padmayii\nsriyetarair anga vimrgyamiirwyii\nna anyam-no others; tata[l-therefore; padma-paliisa-locaniit-from the\nlotus-eyed Supreme Personality of Godhead; du[lkha-chidam-one who can\nmitigate others' difficulties; te\n\n-\n\nyour; m.rgayiimi- I am searching after;\n\nkaiicana-anyone else; ya[l-who; m rgyate- se arches; hasta-ghita-padmayii\n_\n\n-taking a lotus flower in the hand; sriyii-the goddess of fortune; itarai[lby others; anga\n\n-\n\nmy dear boy; vim.rgyamiipayii-one who is worshiped.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Dhruva, as far as I am concerned, I do not find anyone who can\nmitigate your distressed condition but the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose eyes are like lotus petals. Many demigods such\n\nas\n\nLord\n\nBrahmii and others seek the pleasure of the goddess of fortune, but the\ngoddess of fortune herself, with a lotus flower in her hand, is always ready\n\nto render service to the Supreme Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nSuniti pointed out herewith that the benediction received from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and that received from the demigods\nare not on an equal level. Foolish persons say that no matter whom one\nworships one will get the same result, but actually that is not a fact.\nIn Bhagavad-gitii it is also said that benedictions received from the\n\n", "SB4.1#p0312": "Text 23)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n299\n\ndemigods are all temporary and are meant for the less intelligent. In\n\nother words, because the demigods are all materialistically conditioned\nsouls, although they are situated in very exalted positions, their bene­\n\ndictions cannot be permanent. Permanent benediction is spiritual bene­\n\ndiction, since a spirit soul is eternal. It is also said in Bhagavad-gitii that\n\nonly persons who have lost their intelligence go to worship the demigods.\n\nTherefore Suniti told her son that he should not seek the mercy of\n\nthe demigods, but should directly approach the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead to mitigate his misery.\n\nMaterial opulences are controlled by the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead through His different potencies and specifically the goddess of for­\n\ntune. Therefore, those who are after material opulences seek the pleasure\n\nor mercy of the goddess of fortune. Even the highly placed demigods\nworship the goddess of fortune, but the goddess of fortune, Mahii-Lak�mi\n\nherself, is always seeking the pleasure of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. Anyone, therefore, who takes to the worship of the Supreme\n\nLord automatically receives the blessings of the goddess of fortune. At\n\nthis stage of his life, Dhruva Maharaja was seeking material opulences, and\n\nhis mother advised rightly that even for material opulences it is better to\nworship not the demigods but the Supreme Lord.\n\nAlthough a pure devotee does not seek benedictions from the Supreme\n\nLord for material advancement, still it is stated in Bhagavad-gitii that\n\npious persons go to the Lord even for material benedictions. A person\n\nwho goes to the Supreme Personality of Godhead for material gain is\n\ngradually purified in association with the Supreme Lord. Thus he becomes\n\nfree from all material desires and is elevated to the platform of 'spiritual\n\nlife. Unless one is raised to the spiritual platform it is not possible for\nhim to completely transcend all material contamination.\n\nSuniti, the mother of ·Dhruva, was a farseeing woman, and therefore\n\nshe advised her son to worship the Supreme Lord and no one else.\n\nThe Lord is described herein as lotus-eyed (padma-paliisa-locanf'it). When\na person is fatigued, if he sees a lotus flower all his fatigue can be\n\nimmediately reduced to nil. Similarly, when an aggrieved person sees\n\nthe lotus face of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, immediately all\n\nhis grief is reduced. A lotus flower is also an insignia in the hands of\n\nLord Vi�ttu as well as in the hand of the goddess of fortune. The\nworshipers of the goddess of fortune and Lord Vi�ttu together certainly\n\nare very opulent in all respects, even in material life. The Lord is some­\n\ntimes described as siva-virii'ici-nutam, which means that Lord Siva and\n\n", "SB4.1#p0313": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n300\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nLord Brahma also offer their respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Naraya!la.\nTEXT 24\n\n��\n� �'Ri �U«(I4i\"il�t•l4 ��: I\n�f.tt�+qi€44�1S�t;f f;{� fq\"Q: �\" � I\nmaitre ya uviica\nevam saiijalpitam miitur\niikarr-yiirthiigamam vaca�\nsanniyamyiitmaniitmiinam\nniscakriima pitu� puriit\nmaitreya{t uvaca- the great sage Mai t reya s aid ; evam-thus; sa iijalpitam\nspoken together ; matuft-from the mother; akar[l ya- he ar ing; artha-agamam\n-purposeful; vaca{t-words; sanniyamya- controlling; iitmanii-by th e\n­\n\nmind; atmanarn-own self; niscakrama-got out; pituft-of t he father;\n\npuriit-from the house.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: The instruction of Dhruva Maharaja's\n\nmother, Suniti, was actually meant for fulfilling his desired objective.\n\nTherefore, after deliberate consideration and with intelligence and fixed\ndetermination, he left his father's house.\n\nPURPORT\nBoth the mother and the son were lamenting Dhruva Maharaja's being\n\ninsulted by his stepmother and his father's not having taken any step on\n\nthis issue. But mere lamentation is useless-one should find out the means\n\nto mitigate one's lamentation. Thus both the mother and the son decided\nto take shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord because that is the only\n\nsolution to all material problems. It is indicated in this connection\n\n", "SB4.1#p0314": "Text 25)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n301\n\nthat Dhruva Maharaja left his father's capital city to go to a secluded\nplace to search out the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nIt is the\n\ninstruction of Prahlada Maharaja also that if one is seeking peace of mind\nhe should free himself from all contamination of family life and take\nshelter of the Supreme Godhead by going to the forest. To the Gauflya\n\nVaisnava this forest is the forest of Vrndli, or Vrndavana. If one takes\n\ni�\n\n§\n\n�\n\nshe t r of Vrndavana under Vrndavane vari, Srim ti Radharap.i, certainly\nall the problems of his life are solved very easily.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�� � � R-tlfif�H( I\n� ��s:p:.�;J 'flfor;n sm f�: ����II\n\n•n«(ij\n\nniiradas tad upiikar[!ya\njiiiitvii tasya cikir�itam\nspntvii murdhany agha-ghnena\npiirinii priiha vismita�\nniirada�-the\n\ngreat\n\nsage\n\nNarada; tat-that; upiikar[lya-overhearing;\n\njii.iitvii-and knowing; tasya-his (Dhruva Maharaja's); cikir§itam-activities;\nspntvii-by\n\ntouching; murdhani-on the head; agha-ghnena-which can\n\ndrive away all sinful activities;piirtinii-by the hand;priiha-said; vismita�being surprised.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada overheard this news, and understanding all the\nactivities of Dhruva Maharaja, he was struck with wonder. He approached\nDhruva, and touching his head with his all-virtuous hand, he spoke as\nfollows.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja was talking with his mother, Suniti, of all the\nincidences that had taken place in the palace, Narada was not present.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0315": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n302\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nThus the question ll\\ay be raised how Narada overheard all these topics.\nThe answer is that Narada is tri-kiila-jiia; he is so powerful that he can\nunderstand the past, future and present of everyone's heart, just like the\nSupersoul, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, after understanding the strong determination of Dhruva Maharaja, he came to help\nhim. It may be explained in this way: The Supreme Personality of Godhead is present in everyone's heart, and as soon as He understands that a\nliving entity is serious about entering devotional service, he sends His\nrepresentative. In this way Narada was sent to Dhruva Maharaja. This is\nexplained in the Caitanya-caritiimrta: guru-kmw-prasade paya bhakti-lata\nbija: By the grace of the spiritual master and Kr�t:Ja, one can enter into\ndevotional service. Because of Dhruva Maharaja's determination, Kr�t:Ja,\n\nthe Supersoul, immediately sent His representative, Narada, to initiate\nhim.\nTEXT 26\n\n3tif �: �� 'IR�� I\n;nJls44lf � � ��(14ildU1ii'H ����II\naho teja[l k�atriyii'(liim\nmiina-bhangam amnyatiim\nbiilo 'py ayam hrdii dhatte\nyat samiitur asad-vaca[l\naho-how surprising it is; teja[l\n\n-\n\npower; k�atriyii'(liim-of the k�atriyas;\n\nmiina-bhangam-hurtin g the prestige; amr�yatiim-unable to tolerate; biila[l\n-only a child; api\n\n-\n\nalthough; ayam- this; hrdii- at heart; dhatte- has taken;\n\nyat-that which; samiitu[l-of the stepmother; asat\n\n-\n\nunpala table; vaca[l­\n\nwords.\nTRANSLATION\nHow wonderful are the powerful k�atriyas. They cannot tolerate even a\nslight infringement of their prestige. just imagine! This boy is only a\n\nsmall child, yet harsh words from his stepmother proved unbearable to\n\nhim.\n\nPURPORT\nThe' qualifications of the k�atriyas are described in Bhagavad-gitii. Two\nimportant qualifications are to have a sense of prestige and not to flee\n\n", "SB4.1#p0316": "Text 27]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n303\n\nfrom battle. It appears that the k�atriya blood within the body of Dhruva\nMaharaja was naturally very active. If the b rahminical, k�atriya or vai.Sya\nculture is maintained in a family, naturally the sons and grandsons inherit\nthe spirit of the particular class. Therefore, according to the Vedic system,\nthe samskiira, or the reformatory system, is maintained very rigidly. If one\nfails to observe the reformatory measures current in the family, then\nimmediately he is degraded to a lower standard of life.\nTEXT 27\n\n..ro{ �\n\n;mJ;cMct¥tlwf � � m �· I\n��: t¥41(� �� •1�'11fa:!l l�\\911\nniirada uviica\nniidhuniipy avamiinam te\nsammiinam viipi putraka\nlak�ayiimafl kumiirasya\nsaktasya knpaniidi§u\nniiradafl uviica-the great sage Narada said; na-not; ad h un ii-just now;\napi- although; avamiinam-insult; te-unto you; sammii na m- offering re·\nspects; vii-or;api-certainly;putraka-my dear boy;lak�ayii mafl -I can see;\nkumiirasya-of boys like you; sak tasya- being attached; kripana-iidi�u-to\nsports and frivolities.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada told Dhruva: My dear boy, you are only a little\nboy whose attachment is to sports and other frivolities. Why are you so\naffected by words insulting your honor?\nPURPORT\nOrdinarily if a child is rebuked as a rascal or fool, he smiles and does not\ntake such insulting words very seriously. Similarly, if words of honor are\noffered, he does not appreciate them. But in the case of Dhruva Maharaja,\nthe k�atri.ya spirit was so strong that he could not tolerate a slight insult\nfrom his stepmother which injured his k�atriya prestige.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0317": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n304\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 28\n\n� f�sfq W1 ���: I\n�ijt �� f�t �e't Pt�€tiatfit : ������\nvikalpe vidyamiine 'pi\nna hy asanto�a-hetava�\npumso moham rte bhinnii\nyal-loke nija-karmabhi�\nvik a lpe-a lt ernation ; vidyamiin e api-although there is; n a-not; hicertainly;\n\nas an to�a-dissatisfaction;\n\nhetava iJ, -causes;\n\npu m sa �-of\n\nthe\n\npersons; moham rte-without being illusioned; bhinnii[l separated; yat-\n\nloke-withi n this world; nija-karmabh�-by his own work.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Dhruva, if you feel that your sense of honor has been insulted,\n\nyou still have no cause for dissatisfaction. This kind of dissatisfaction is\nanother feature of the illusory energy because every living entity is con­\n\ntrolled by his previous actions, and therefore there are different varieties\nof life for enjoying or suffering.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Vedas it is said that the living entity is always uncontaminated\nand unaffected by material association. The living entity gets different\ntypes of material bodies because of his previous fruitive actions. If, however, one understands the philosophy that as a living spirit soul he has an\naffinity for neither suffering nor enjoyment, then he is considered to be a\nliberated\n\nperson.\n\nIt\n\nis\n\nconfirmed\n\nin\n\nBhagavad-gitii,\n\nbrahma-bhiita�\n\nprasanniitmii: When one is actually situated on the transcendental platform,\nhe has nothing for which to lament and nothing for which to hanker\n(Bg. 18.54). Narada J,t�i first of all wanted to impress upon Dhruva\nMaharaja that he was only a child; he should not have been affected by\nwords of insult or honor. And if he were so developed as to understand\nhonor and insult, then this understanding should have been applied in his\nown life; he should have known that honor and dishonor are both destined\nonly by one's previous actions; therefore one should not be sorry or\nhappy under any circumstances.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0318": "Text 30)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n305\n\nTEXT 29\n\nqRtR'Ef6«16 �M;tt�GI 'l\"(: I\nt(lq(11\"� 441cti\\�(•tRI �: ll�\\11\nparitu,yet tatas tiita\n\ntiivan-miitrepa piirufllfl\n\ndaivopasiiditam yiivad\n\nvik§yesvam-gatim budhafl\n\nparitu§yet-one should be satisfied; tatap -therefore; tiita-my dear boy;\n\ntavat-up to such; miitrepa-quantity; piiru§ afl-a person; daiva-destiny;\nupasaditam-offered by; yiivat-as; vlk,ya-seeing; uvam-gat im-the process of the Supreme; budhafl-one who is intelligent.\nTRANSLATION\nThe process of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is very wonderful.\nOne who is intelligent should accept that process and be satisfied with\nwhatever comes, favorable or unfavorable, by His supreme will.\nPURPORT\nThe great sage Narada instructed Dhruva Maharaja that one should be\nsatisfied in all circumstances. Everyone who is intelligent should know\nthat because of our concept of bodily existence, we are subjected to\nsuffering and enjoyment. One who is in the transcendental position,\nbeyond the concept of bodily life, is considered to be intelligent. One who\nis a devotee especially accepts all reverses as gifts of the Supreme Lord.\nWhen a devotee is put into distress, he accepts this as God's mercy and\noffers Him repeated obeisances with his body, mind and intellect. An\nintelligent person, therefore, should be always satisfied, depending on the\nmercy of the Lord.\nTEXT30\n\n¥tl�q(\\4;w itlir.IM�RI I\n'lal(11( U l $If ((Riad � 441( II� oil\n31'1\n\n", "SB4.1#p0319": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n306\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\natha miitropadi§tena\nyogeniivarurutsasi\nyat-prasiidam -sa vai pumsiim\nduriirii dhyo mato mama\natha- therefore; miitrii by your mother; upadi§tena- being instructed;\nyogena-by mystic meditation; avarurutsasi-want to elevate yourself;\nyat-prasiidam-whose mercy; sa�- that; vai-certainly; pumsiim of the\nliving entities; duriiriidhya�-very difficult to perform; mata�-opinion;\nmama my.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow you have decided to undertake the mystic process of meditation\nunder the instruction of your mother, just to achieve the mercy of the\nLord, but in my opinion such austerities are not possible for any ordinary\nman. It is very difficult to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nThe process of bhakti-yoga is simultaneously very difficult and very\n\neasy to perform. Sri Nirada Muni, the supreme spiritual master, is testing\n\nDhruva Maharaja to see how determined he is to prosecute devotional\nservice. This is the process of accepting a disciple. The great sage Narada\nMuni has come to Dhruva under the direction of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead just to initiate him, yet he is testing his determination to\nexecute the process. It is a fact, however, that for a sincere person devotional service is very easy. But for one who is not determined and sincere,\nthis process is very difficult.\nTEXT 31\n\nmunaya� padavim yasya\nn*sahgenoru-janmabh*\nna vidur mrgayanto'pi\ntivra-yoga-samiidhinii\nmunayaQ - great\n\nsages;\n\npa davi\"m pa t h;\n-\n\nyasya- whose ;\n\nn*sarigena­\n\nby detachment; uru-janmabh*- after many births; na- never ; vidu�-\n\n", "SB4.1#p0320": "Text 32)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n307\n\nunderstood; mrgayan ta�-searching for; api-certainly; ti\"vra-yoga - se vere\nausterities; samadhina-by trance.\nTRANSLATION\nNarada Muni continued: After trying this process for many, many births\nand remaining unattached to material contamination, placing themselves\ncontinually in trance and executing many types of austerities, many mystic\nyogis could not find the end of the path of God realization.\nTEXT 32\n\n3lm r.t��<�•it-t � · �: 1\n�fa�f<t � cR � ijf4�� ����II\nato nivartatiim e§a\nnirbandhas tava ni§phala�\nyati§yati bhaviin kiile\nsreyasiim samupasthite\nata�-hereafter; nivartatiim-just stop yourself; e§a[t-Lhis; nirbandha{tdetermination; tava-your; ni§phala� -witho u t any result; yati§yati- in the\nfuture you should try; bhaviin-yourself; kiile-in due course of time;\nsreyasiim- opportunities; samupasthite-being present.\nTRANSLATION\nFor this reason, my dear boy, you should not endeavor for this; it will\nnot be successful. It is better that you go home. When you are grown up,\nby the mercy of the Lord you will get a chance for these mystic performances. At that time you may execute this function.\nPURPORT\nGenerally, a thoroughly trained person takes to spiritual perfection at\nthe end of his life. According to the Vedic system, therefore, life is divided\ninto four stages. In the beginning, one becomes a brahmaciiri, a student\nwho studies Vedic knowledge under the authoritative guidance of a spiritual master. He then becomes a householder and executes household duties\naccording to the Vedic process. Then the householder becomes a viinaprastha, and gradually, when he is mature, he renounces household life\n\n", "SB4.1#p0321": "[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n308\n\nand viinaprastha life also and takes to sannyiisa, completely devoting himself to devotional service.\nGenerally, people think that childhood is meant for enjoying life by\nengaging oneself in sports and play, youth is meant for enjoying the\ncompany of young girls, and when one becomes old, at the time of death,\nthen he may try to execute devotional service or a mystic yoga process. But\nthis conclusion is not for devotees who are actually serious. The great\nsage\n\nNarada\n\nMuni is\n\ninstructing Dhruva Maharaja just to test him.\n\nActually, the direct order is that from any point of life one should begin\nrendering devotional service. But it is the duty of the spiritual master to\ntest the disciple to see how seriously he desires to execute devotional\nservice. Then he may be initiated.\nTEXT 33\n\n�q�������:�: I\n�t;f �..�� �: qt(lt+>u� II�� II\nyasya yad daiva-vihitarh\nsa tena sukha-du[lkhayo[l\niitmiinarh to§ayan dehi\ntamasa[l piiram rcchati\nyasya-anyone; yat-that which; daiva-by destiny; vihitam-destined;\nsafl-such a person; tena-by that; sukha duflkhayo[l\n-\n\n-\n\nhappiness or dis­\n\ntress; iitmiinam-one's self; to§ayan-being satisfied; dehi-an embodied\nsoul; tamasaQ.-of the darkness; param-to the other side; rcc hati-crosses\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nOne should try to keep himself satisfied in any condition of life­\n\nwhether distress or happiness-which is offered by the supreme will. A\n\nperson who endures in this way is able to cross over the darkness of\n\nnescience very easily.\n\nPURPORT\nMaterial existence consists of pious and impious fruitive activities. As\nlong as one is engaged in any kind of activity other than devotional service,\nit will result in the happiness and distress of this material world. When we\n\n", "SB4.1#p0322": "Text 34]\n\n309\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\nenjoy life in so-called material happiness, it is to be understood that we are\ndiminishing the resultant actions of our pious activities. And when we are\nput into suffering, it is to be understood that we are diminishing the\nresultant action of our impious activities. Instead of being attached to the\ncircumstantial happiness and distress resulting from pious or impious\nactivities, if we want to get out of the clutches of this nescience, then\nwhatever position we are put in by the will of the Lord we should accept.\nThus if we simply surrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, we\nget out of t�e clutches of this material existence.\nTEXT 34\n\nguriidhikiin mudam lipsed\nanukrosam gu'{liidhamiit\nmaitrim samiiniid anvicchen\nna tiipair abhibhuyate\ngu'{la-adhikiit-one who is more qualified; mudam-pleasure; lipset\nshould\n\nfeel; anukrosam-compassion; gu!w-adhamiit-one\n\n-\n\nwho is\n\none\n\nless\n\nqualified; maitrim- friendship; samiiniit-with an equal; anvic chet-one\nshould\n\ndesire; na-not; tiipa*-by\n\ntribulation; abhibhuyate- becomes\n\naffected.\nTRANSLATION\nEvery man should act like this: when he meets a person more qualified\nthan himself, he should be very pleased; when he meets someone less\nqualified than himself, he should be compassionate toward him; and when\nhe meets someone equal to himself, he should make friendship with him.\nIn this way one is never affected by the threefold miseries of this material\nworld.\nPURPORT\nGenerally when we find someone more qualified than ourselves, we\nbecome envious of him; when we find someone less qualified, we deride\nhim; and when we find someone equal we become very proud of our\n\n", "SB4.1#p0323": "310\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nactivities. These are the causes of all material tribulations. The great sage\nNarada therefore advised that a devotee should act perfectly. Instead of\nbeing envious of a more qualified man, one should be jolly to receive him.\nInstead of being oppressive to a less qualified man, one should be compassionate toward him just to raise him to the proper standard. And when one\nmeets an equal, instead of being proud of one's own activities before him,\none should treat him as a friend. One should also have compassion for the\npeople in general, who are suffering due to forgetfulness of J<r�Qa. These\nimportant functions will make one happy within this material world.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n��\n\n�� � � �RCf�I�WII¥( I\n.�a-:�� �\"\"f\"�� �: 11��11\ndhruva uviica\nso 'yarh: samo bhagavatii\nsukha-du[l.kha-hatiitmaniim\ndarsita[l. krpayii pumsiim\ndurdarso 'smad-vidhais tu ya[l.\n\ndhruva{l. u viic a- Dhruva Maharaja said; sa[l.-that; a ya m this; sama{t-\n\nequilibrium of mind; bhagavatii-by Your Lordship; sukh a-du [l.kha-happi\n\n­\n\nness and miseries; hata-iitmaniim-those who are affected; darsita[l.-shown;\nkrpayii-by mercy; p u msiim-of the people; durdarsa[l.-very difficult to\nperceive; asmat-vidhai[l.-by persons like us; tu-but; ya[l.-whatever you\nhave said.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva Maharaja said: My dear Lord Naradaji, for a person whose heart\nis disturbed by the material conditions of happiness and distress, whatever\nyou have so kindly explained for attainment of peace of mind is certainly\na very good instruction. But as far as I am concerned, I am covered by\nignorance, and this kind of philosophy does not touch my heart.\nPURPORT\nThere are various classes of men. One class is called akarmis, referring Lo\n\nthose who have no material desire. Desire must exist, ei t her material or\n\n", "SB4.1#p0324": "Text 36]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n311\n\nspiritual. Material desire arises when one wants to satisfy one's personal\nsenses. One who is ready to sacrifice anything to satisfy the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead can be said to have spiritual desire. Dhruva did not\naccept the instruction given by the great saint Narada because he thought\nhimself unfit for such in&truction, which prohibited all material desires. It\nis not a fact, however, that those who have material desires are prohibited\nfrom worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is the essential instruction from the life of Dhruva. He frankly admitted that his\nheart was full of material desires. First of all, he was very much affected\nby the cruel words of his stepmother, whereas those who are spiritually\nadvanced do not care about anyone's condemnation or adoration.\nIn Bhagavad-gitii it is said that persons who are actually advanced in\nspiritual life do not care for the dual behavior of this material world. But\nDhruva Maharaja frankly admitted that he was not beyond the affliction\nof material distress and happiness. He was confident that the instruction\ngiven by Narada was valuable, yet he could not accept it. The question\nraised here is whether or not a person afflicted by material desires is fit to\nworship the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The answer is that everyone\nis fit to worship Him. Even if one has many material desires to fulfill, he\nshould take to Kr�l'.la consciousness and worship the Supreme Lord Kr�J'.la,\nwho is so merciful that He fulfills everyone's desires. Through this narration\nit will become very clear that no one is barred from worshiping the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, even if he has many material d esires.\nTEXT 36\n\n� itsfft416� � -it(�ft: I\n� ��\"iftiCI�� � � � ����II\nathiipi me'vinitasya\nk§iittram ghoram upeyu§a{l\nsurucyii durvaco-biirwir\nna bhinne srayate hrdi\natha api-therefore; me-my; avinitasya-not very submissive; k§iittramthe spirit of a kfiatriya; ghoram-intolerant; up eyufia(l - achieved ; suru c ya�\n-of Queen Suruci; du rvaca(l - harsh words; biirwi(l-by the arrows; na-not;\nbhinne - being pierced; srayate-remain in; hrdi - the heart.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0325": "312\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear lord, I am very impude nt for not accepting your instructions,\n\nbut this is not my fault. It is due to my being born in a lqatriya family. My\n\nstepmother, Suruci, has pierced my heart with her harsh words. Therefore\nyour valuable instruction does not stand in my heart.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is said that the heart or mind is just Like an earthen pot; once broken,\n\nit cannot be repaired by any means. Dhruva Maharaja gave this example to\nNarada Muni. He said that his heart, having been pierced by the arrows of\n\nhis stepmother's harsh words, felt so broken that nothing seemed valuable\nbut his desire to counteract her insult. His stepmother had said that be­\n\ncause he was born in the womb of Suniti, a neglected queen of Maharaja\n\nUttanapada, Dhruva Maharaja was not fit to sit either on the throne or on\n\nhis father's lap. In other words, according to his stepmother, he could not\n\nbe declared king. Dhruva Maharaja's determination was to become king of\n\na planet exalted even beyond that possessed by Lord Brahma, the greatest\nof all the demigods.\n\nDhruva Maharaja indirectly informed the great sage Narada that there\n\nare four kinds of human spirit-the brahminical spirit, the k�atriya spirit,\nthe vaiSya spirit and the sudra spirit. The spirit of one caste is not applicable\n\nto the members of another. The philosophical spirit enunciated by Narada\n\nMuni might have been suitable for a briihmapa spirit, but it was not suitable\n\nfor a k�atriya. Dhruva frankly admitted that he was lacking in brahminical\nhumility and was therefore unable to accept the philosophy of Narada\nMuni.\n\nThe statements of Dhruva Maharaja indicate that unless a child is\ntrained according to his tendency, there is no possibility of his develop­\n\ning his particular spirit. It was the duty of the spiritual master or teacher\n\nto observe the psychological movement of a particular boy and thus train\nhim in a particular occupational duty. Dhruva Maharaja, having already\nbeen trained in the k11Jtriya spirit, would not accept the brahminical\n\nphilosophy. We have practical experience of this incompatibility of the\nbrahminical and kFtriya temperaments in America. The American boys,\nwho have simply been trained as siidms, are not at all fit to fight in battle.\n\nTherefore, when they are called to join the military, they refuse because\n\nthey do not have k�atriya spirit. This is a cause of great dissatisfaction in\nsociety.\n\nThat the boys do not have the k�atriya spirit does not mean that they are\n\n", "SB4.1#p0326": "Text 37]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n313\n\ntrained in brahminical qualities; they are trained as siidras, and thus in\nfrustration they are becoming hippies. However, as soon as they enter the\nKr�J;�a consciousness movement which is beirig started in America, they\nare trained to meet the brahminical qualifications, even though they have\nfallen to the lowest conditions as siidras. In other words, since the Kr�J;�a\nconsciousness movement is open for everyone, people in general can attain\nthe brahminical qualifications. This is the greatest need at the present\nmoment, for now there are actually no briihmarws or k�atriyas but only\nsome vaiSyas and, for the most part, siidras. The classification of society into briihmartas, k�atriyas, vaiSyas and siidras is very scientific. In the human\nsocial body, the briihmartas are considered the head, the k�atriyas are the\narms, the vaisyas are the belly, and the siidras are the legs. At the present\nmoment the body has legs and a belly, but there are no arms or head, and\ntherefore society is topsy-turvy. It is necessary to reestablish the brahminical qualifications in order to raise the fallen human society to the highest\nstandard of spiritual consciousness.\nTEXT 37\n\n� NiCJwil�tq! �: � � it I\ni(4441Rq:f4i;fiii'S(.-�cqt:f II� \\SII\npadarh tri-bhuvanotknfarh\njigi�o� siidhu vartma me\nbriihy asmat-pitrbhir brahmann\nan yair apy anadhi�thitam\npadam-positi on ; tri-bhuvana-the three worlds; utknfam-the best;\njigi�o�-desirous; siidhu-honest; vartma-way; me-unto me; brii hi-please\ntell; asmat-our; pitrbhi�-by the forefathers, the father and grandfather;\nbrahman-0 great briihmarw; anya*-by others; api\n\n-\n\ne ve n ; anadhi§.thitam\n\n-not acquired.\nTRANSLATION\n0 learned brahma!la, I want to occupy a position more exalted than any\n\nyet achieved within the three worlds by anyone, even by my fathers and\ngrandfathers. If you will oblige, kindly advise me of an honest path to\nfollow by which I can achieve the goal of my life.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0327": "314\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja refused to accept the brahminical instruction of\n\nNarada Muni, naturally the next question would be what sort of instruction\n\nhe wanted. So, even before Narada Muni asked, Dhruva Maharaja expressed\nhis heartfelt desire. His father, of course, was the emperor of the entire\n\nworld, and his grandfather, Lord Brahma, was the creator of the universe.\n\nDhruva Maharaja expressed his desire to possess a kingdom better than\n\nthose of his father and grandfather. He frankly stated that he wanted a\n\nkingdom which had no competitor within the three worlds, namely the\n\nhigher, middle and lower planetary systems. The greatest personality within\n\nthis universe is Lord Brahma, and Dhruva Maharaja wanted a position even\n\ngreater than his. He wanted to take advantage of Narada Muni's presence\nbecause he knew very well that if Narada Muni, the greatest devotee of\n\nLord Kr�l].a, could bless him or show him the path, then certainly he would\n\nbe able to occupy a more exalted position than any person within the\nthree worlds. Thus he wanted help from Naradaji to achieve that position.\n\nDhruva Maharaja wanted a position greater than that of Brahma. This was\n\npractically an impossible proposition, but by pleasing the Supreme Person·\nality of Godhead a devotee can achieve even the impossible.\n\nOne particular point mentioned here is that Dhruva Maharaja wanted to\n\noccupy an exalted position not by hoo\n\nor by crook, but by honest means.\n\nThis indicates that if Kr�l].a offered him such a position, then he would\n\naccept it. That is the nature of a devotee. He may desire material gain, but\nhe accepts it only if Kr�a offers it. Dhruva Maharaja was sorry to refuse\n\nthe instruction of Narada Muni; therefore he requested him to be merciful\nto him by showing a path by which he could fulfill his mind's desires.\nTEXT38\n\nnunam bhaviin bhagavato\nyo 'nga-jafi. pamme�thina�\nvitudann atate v\"iQiim\nhitiiya jagato 'rkavat\nnfLnam- certainly; bhaviin-your honor; bhagavata�-of the Lord; yap­\n\nthat which; anga-ja�-born from the body; pamme�thina[I.-Lord Brahma;\n\n", "SB4.1#p0328": "Text 39)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n315\n\nvit udan-by playing on ; a tate-travel all over ; vi!u2m a musical instrument;\nhitiiya-for the welfare ; jagata� of the world; arkavat-like the sun.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear lord, you are a worthy son of Lord Brahma, and you travel,\nplaying on your musical instrument, the vi!J.ii, for the welfare of the entire\nuniverse. You are like the sun, which rotates in the universe for the benefit\nof aU living beings.\nPURPORT\nDhruva Maharaja, although a young child, expressed his hope that he\nmight be offered the benediction of a kingdom which would exceed in\nopulence those of his father and grandfather. He also expressed his glad·\nness that he had met such an exalted person as Narada, whose only con·\ncern was to illuminate the world, like the sun, which rotates all over the\nuniverse only for the purpose of benefiting the inhabitants of all planets.\nNarada Muni travels all over the universe for the sole purpose of perform·\ning the best welfare activity for the entire universe by teaching everyone\nhow to become a devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus\nDhruva Maharaja felt fully assured that Narada Muni could fulfill his\ndesire, even though the desire was very extraordinary.\nThe example of the sun is very significant. The sun is so kind that he\ndistributes\n\nhis\n\nsunshine\n\neverywhere,\n\nwithout\n\nconsideration.\n\nDhruva\n\nMaharaja requested Narada Muni to be merciful to him. He pointed out\nthat Narada travels all over the universe just for the purpose of doing good\nto all conditioned souls. He requested that Narada Muni show his mercy\nby awarding him the benefit of his particular desire. He was strongly\ndetermined to fulfill his desire, and it was for that purpose that he had left\nhis home and palace.\nTEXT 39\n\n��\n\n��l(ij+tlwuf\n\n¥1tlql'fl((� I\nsfur: � � m ea:t+t+t�ifi+qt• ����II\nmaitreya uviica\nity udiihrtam iikarrya\nbhagaviin niiradas tadii\nprita� pratyiiha tam biilam\nsad-viikyam anukampayii\n\n", "SB4.1#p0329": "[Canto4, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n316\n\nmaitreya[l uviica-the sage Maitreya continued; iti-thus; udiihrtam­\n\nbeing spoken; iika rp ya- hearing; bhagaviin niirada[l- the great personality\nNarada; tadii-thereupon; p rita[l - being pleased; pratyiiha- replied; tamhim; balam-the boy; sat-viikyam-good advice; anukampayii-being compassionate.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Maitreya continued: The great personality Narada Muni, upon\nhearing the words of Dhruva Maharaja, became very compassionate\ntowards him, and in order to show him his causeless mercy, he gave him\nthe following expert advice.\nPURPORT\nSince the great sage Narada is the foremost spiritual master, naturally\nhis only activity is to bestow the greatest benefit upon whomever he\nmeets. Dhruva Maharaja, however, was a child, and so his demand was\nalso that of a playful child. Still, the great sage became compassionate\ntowards him, and for his welfare he spoke the following verses.\nTEXT40\n\n��\n\n�: �: ��f;r:��� I\n�l'l en�m � � sNon�;:ct ll�oll\nniirada uviica\njananyiibhihita[l panthii[l\nsa vai nilJ,sreyasasya te\nbhagaviin viisudevas tam\nbhaja tam pravarziitmanii\nniirada[l uviica-the great sage Narada said; jananyii-by your mother;\n\nabhihita[l- stated;\n\nni[lsreyasasya-the\nSupreme\n\npanthii[l-the\n\nultimate\n\nPersonality\n\ngoal\n\npath;\n\nsa[l- that;\n\nvai-certainly;\n\nof life; te-for you; bhagav iin- the\n\nof Godhead; viisudeva{l-Kf�T)a; tam- unto Him;\n\nbhaja render your service; tam-by Him ; p ravarza iitmanii- fully absorbing\n-\n\n-\n\nyour mind.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada told Dhruva Maharaja: The instruction given by\nyour mother, Suniti, to follow the path of devotional service to the\n\n", "SB4.1#p0330": "Text41)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n317\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, is just suitable for you. You should\ntherefore completely absorb yourself in the devotional service of the\nLord.\nPURPORT\nDhruva Maharaja's demand was to achieve an abode even greater than\nLord Brahma's. Within this universe, Lord Brahma is supposed to be in the\nmost exalted position, for he is the chief of all demigods, but Dhruva\nMaharaja wanted a realm beyond his. Therefore his desire was not to be\nfulfilled by worshiping any demigod. As described in Bhagavad-gitii, the\nbenedictions offered by the demigods are all temporary. Therefore Narada\nMuni asked Dhruva Maharaja to follow the path which was recommended\nby his mother-to worship Kr�rp, Vasudeva. When Kr�I;Ia offers anything,\nit is beyond the expectation of the devotee. Both Suniti and Narada Muni\nknew that the demand of Dhruva Maharaja was impossible for any demigod\nto fulfill, and therefore both of them recommended following the process\nof devotional service to Lord Kr�I;Ia.\nNarada Muni is referred to here as Bhagaviin because he can bless any\nperson just as the Supreme Personality of Godhead can. He was very\npleased with Dhruva Maharaja, and he could have at once personally given\nwhatever he wanted, but that is not the duty of a spiritual master. His duty\nis to engage the disciple in proper devotional service as prescribed in the\nsiistras. Kr�I;Ia was similarly present before Arjuna, and even though He\ncould have given him all facilities for victory over the opposing party\nwithout a fight, He did not do so; He asked him to fight. In the same way,\nNarada Muni asked Dhruva Maharaja to undergo devotional discipline in\norder to achieve the desired result.\nTEXT41\n\n�������:I\n� m- � � q1a;ijttW1'( ����II\ndharmiirtha-kiima-mok�iikhyarh\nya icchecchreya iitmana�\nekarh hy eva hares tatra\nkiirar-arh piida-sevanam\ndharma-artha-kiima-mok§a-the four principles of religiosity, economic\ndevelopment, sense gratification and liberation; iikhyam-by the· name;\n\n", "SB4.1#p0331": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n318\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nya{l-who; icc he t - may desire; sr eya{l-the goal of life; iit ma na.h-of the\nself;\n\nekam hi eva- only the one; hare �- of the Supreme Personality of\ntatra-in that; kara !l a m- the cause; pada-seva n a m-w orshiping\n\nGodhead;\n\nthe lotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAny person who desires the fruits of the four principles of religiosity,\neconomic development, sense gratification and, at the end, liberation,\n\nshould engage himself in the devotional service of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead because worship of His lotus feet yields the fulfillment of all\n\nof these.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita it is said that only with the sanction of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead can the demigods offer benediction. Therefore,\n\nwhenever any sacrifice is offered to a demigod, the Supreme Lord in the\nform of Niir ayapa-sila or Salagrama-sila is put forward to observe the\n\nsacrifice. Actually, the demigods cannot give any benediction without the\n\nsanction of the Supreme Lord. Narada Muni, therefore, advised that even\n\nfor religiosity, economic development, sense gratification or liberation, one\nshould approach the Supreme Personality of Godhead, offer prayers and\n\nask for the fulfillment of his desire at the lotus feet of the Lord. That is\n\nreal intelligence. An intelligent person never goes to demigods to pray for\n\nanything. He goes directly to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is\n\nthe cause of all benediction.\n\nAs Lord Sri Kr�t;�a has said in Bhagavad-gitii, performance of ritualistic\n\nceremonies is not actually religion. The real path of religion is to surrender\n\nat the lotus feet of the Lord. For one who is actually surrendered to the\n\nlotus feet of the Lord, there is no question of any separate endeavor\n\nfor economic development. A devotee engaged in service to the Lord is\n\nnot disappointed in the satisfaction of his senses. If he wants to satisfy\n\nhis senses, Kr�t:�a fulfills that desire. As far as liberation is concerned, any\n\ndevotee fully engaged in the service of the Lord is already liberated;\n\ntherefore there is no separate necessity for his liberation.\n\nNarada Muni therefore advised Dhruva Maharaja to take shelter of\n\nVasudeva, Lord Kr�t;�a, and engage himself in the way that his mother had\n\nadvised, for that would help him fulfill his desire. In this verse Narada\n\nMuni has especially stressed the devotional service of the Lord as the only\n\n", "SB4.1#p0332": "Text42]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n319\n\nway. In other words, even if one is full of material desires, he can continue\n\nhis devotional service to the Lord, and all his desires will be fulfilled.\nTEXT42\n\n� � � �\n\n\"4Jfll\"41«ti � I\n� � � �tr.r'01# Pl€\"4�1 (�: 11\\l�ll\ntat tiita gaccha bhadram te\nyamuniiyiis tafam suci\npupyam madhuvanam yatra\nsiinnidhyam nityadii hareZ,.\n\ntat-that; tiita-my dear son; gaccha-go; bhadram-good fortune; te­\n\nfor you; yamuniiyii/1.-of the Yamuna; tatam-bank; suci-being purified;\n\npupyam-the holy; madhuvanam-of the name Madhuvana; yatra-where;\nsiinnidhyam-being nearer; nityadti-always; hareZ,.-of the Supreme Per·\nsonality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear boy, therefore I wish all good fortune for you. You should go\nto the bank of the Yamuni, where there is a virtuous forest named\nMadhuvana, and there be purified. Just by going there, one draws nearer to\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who always lives there.\nPURPORT\n\nBoth Narada Muni and Suniti, the mother of Dhruva Maharaja, advised\n\nDhruva Maharaja to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Now,\nNarada Muni is especially giving him directions how this worship of the\n\nSupreme Person can very quickly fructify. He recommends that Dhruva\n\nMaharaja go to the bank of the Yamuna, where there is a forest by the\n\nname Madhuvana, and begin his meditation and worship there.\n\nPlaces of pilgrimage yield a special advantage for a devotee in quickly\n\nadvancing his spiritual life. Lord Kr�J}.a lives everywhere, but still it is very\neasy to approach Him in holy places of pilgrimage because these places are\n\ninhabited by great sages. Lord Sri Kr�Qa says that He lives wherever His\ndevotees are chanting the glories of His transcendental activities. There are\n\nmany\n\nplaces\n\nof\n\npilgrimage in\n\nIndia,\n\nand\n\nespecially\n\nprominent are\n\nBadriniiriiyal)a, Dviirakii, Riime8varam and Jagannatha Purl. These sacred\n\n", "SB4.1#p0333": "320\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nplaces are called the four dhiimas. Dhiima refers to a place where one can\nimmediately contact the Supreme Lord. To go to Badrinaraya�a one has to\npass through Haridvara on the path to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Similarly, there are other holy places of pilgrimage, such as Prayag\n(Allahabad) and Mathura, and the topmost of them all is Vrndavana.\nUnless one is very advanced in spiritual life, it is recommended that he live\nin such holy places and execute devotional service there. But an advanced\ndevotee like Narada Muni who is engaged in preaching work can serve the\nSupreme Lord anywhere. Sometimes he even goes to the hellish planets.\nHellish conditions do not affect Narada Muni because he is engaged in\ngreatly responsible activities in devotional service. According to the state·\nment of Narada Muni, Madhuvana, which is still existing in the Vrndavana\narea, in the district of Mathura, is a most sacred place. Many saintly persons\nstill live there and engage in the devotional service of the Lord.\nThere are twelve forests in the area of Vrndavana, and Madhuvana is one\nof them. Pilgrims from all parts of India assemble together and visit all\ntwelve of these forests. There are five forests on the eastern bank of the\nYam una: Bhadravana, Bilvavana, Lauhavana, Bha�<;liravana and Mahavana.\nOn the western side of the bank there are seven: Madhuvana, Talavana,\nKumudavana, Bahulavana, Kamyavana,\n\nKhadiravana and Vrndavana. In\n\nthose twelve forests there are different ghats, or bathing places. They are\n\n(1) Avimukta, (2) Adhiru<;lha, (3) Guhyatirtha, (4)\n(5) Kanakhala, (6) 'i'indukatirtha, (7) Suryatirtha, (8)\n\nListed as follows:\nPrayagatirtha,\n\nVatasvami, (9) Dhruvaghata\n\n(Dhruvaghata, where there are many nice\n\nfruit and flower trees, is famous because Dhruva Maharaja meditated and\nunderwent severe penances and austerities there in an elevated spot),\n\n(10) J.l�itlrtha, (ll) Mok�ati\"rtha, (12) Budhatirtha, (13) Gokar�a, (14)\nKr�qagarigii, (15) Vaiku�tha, (16) Asikul).<;la, (17) Catul).siimudrika�kupa,\n(18) Akruratirtha (When Kr�l).a and Balarama were going to Mathura in the\nchariot driven by Akrura, all of them took baths in this ghiit), (19)\nYajii.igviprasthana, (20) Kubja-kupa, (21) Rarigasthala, (22) Maiichasthala,\n(23) Manllayudhasthana, and (24) Dasasvamedha.\nTEXT 43\n\n(ail�I�� • �•fe\"'•u: � RA 1\n\nt�f41M�tf.f ��: 'hfiN�I(1'1: 11\\l�ll\nsniitviinusavanam tasmin\nkiilindyii{l, salile sive\nkrtvocitiini nivasann\niitmanafl. kalpitiisanafl.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0334": "Text 44]\n\nDhruva Maharaj a Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n321\n\nsnatva-after taking bath; anusavanam-three times; tasmin-in that;\n\nkalindya[l -in the River Kalindi (the Yamuna); salile-in the water; sivewhich is very auspicious; krtva- pe rforming; ucitani-suitable; nivasansitting; atmana[l-of the self; kalpi ta iisana[l\n-\n\n-\n\nhaving prepared a sitting place.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNarada Muni instructed: My dear boy, in the waters of the Yamuna\nRiver, which is known as Kalindi, you should take. three baths daily\nbecause the water is very auspicious, sacred and clear. After bathing, you\nshould perfoFQl the necessary regulative principles for at1iinga-yoga and\nthen sit down on your asana [sitting place] in a calm and quiet position.\n�URPORT\nIt appears from this statement that Dhruva Maharaja had already been\ninstructed how to practice the eightfold yoga system, which is known as\n\na§tanga-yoga. This system is explained in our Bhagavad-gita As It Is, in the\nchapter entitled \"Siinkhya-yoga,\" pages 319-322. It is understood that in\n\na§tahga-yoga one practices settling the mind and then concentrating it on\nthe form of Lord Vi�rm, as will be described in the following verses. It is\nclearly stated here that a§tanga-yoga is not a bodily gymnastic exercise,\nbut a practice to concentrate the mind on the form of V�!].u. Before sitting\non his asana, which is also described in Bhagavad-gita, one has to cleanse\nhimself very nicely in clear or sacred water thrice daily. The water of\nYamuna is naturally very clear and pure, and thus if anyone bathes there\nthree times, undoubtedly he will be very greatly purified externally.\nNarada Muni, therefore, instructed Dhruva Maharaja to go to the bank of\nthe Yamuna and thus become externally purified. This is part of the\ngradual process of practicing mystic yoga.\nTEXT 44\n\nsn�JfTlnlt� NRI Sf11J)f;.�'lwil'l�l( 1\nftl�*�nflr�\"fwml � � ������\nprapiiyiimena tri-vrta\nprii!'endriya-mano-malam\nsanair vyudasyiibhidhyiiyen\nmanasii gurw;tii gurum\nprariiyamena-by breathing exercise; tri vrta by the three recommended\n-\n\n-\n\nways; prara-indriya-the life air and the senses; mana� -mind; malam-\n\n", "SB4.1#p0335": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n322\nimpurity; sanaift-gradually ;\nupon;\n\nmanasa- by\n\nvyudasya- giving\n\nthe mind; gurucui\n\n-\n\n[Canto 4, Ch.8\n\nup; abhidhyayet-meditate\n\nundisturbed ; gurum -the supreme\n\nspiritual master, Kr�Qa.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter sitting\n\non your seat, practice the three kinds of breathing\n\nexercises, and thus gradually control the life air, the mind and the senses.\n\nCompletely free y ourself fr om all material contamination, and with great\npatience begin to meditate on the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the entire yoga system is described in summary, and special\nstress is given to the breathing exercise for stopping the disturbing mind.\nThe mind, by nature, is always oscillating, for it is very fickle, but the\nbreathing exercise is meant to control it. This process of controlling the\nmind might have been very possible in those days millions of years ago\nwhen Dhruva Maharaja took to it, but at the present moment the mind\nhas to be fixed directly on the lotus feet of the Lord by the chanting\nprocess. By chanting the Hare Kr�Qa mantra one immediately concentrates\non the sound vibration and thinks of the lotus feet of the Lord, and very\nquickly one is elevated to the position of samiidhi, or trance. If one goes\non chanting the holy names of the Lord, which are not different from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, naturally his mind becomes absorbed in\nthought of the Lord.\nIt is here recommended to Dhruva Maharaja that he meditate on the\nsupreme guru or supreme spiritual master. The supreme spiritual master is\nKr�r,ta, who is therefore known as caitya-guru. This refers to the Supersoul,\nwho is sitting in everyone's heart. He helps, as stated in Bhagavad-gitii,\nfrom within, and He sends the spiritual master, who helps from without.\nThe spiritual master is the external manifestation of the caitya-guru, or the\nspiritual master sitting in everyone's heart.\nThe process by which we give up our thoughts of material things is called\npratyiihara, which entails being freed from all material thoughts and engagements. The word abhidhyayet, which is used in this verse, indicates that\nunless one's mind is fixed, one cannot meditate. The conclusion, therefore,\nis that meditation means thinking of the Lord within. Whether one comes\nto that stage by the a§tiinga-yoga system or by the method which is\nrecommended in the sastras especially for this present age-to constantly\nchant the holy name of the Lord-the goal is to meditate on the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0336": "Text 45]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n323\n\nTEXT 45\n\n�� I\n��w'fl� ti<�(¥( tt'l�tt\nprasiidiibhimukharh sasvat\nprasanna-vadanek§ar.am\nsuniisarh subhruvarh ciirukapolarh sura-sundaram\np ra siida-abhi mu kha m\n\n-\n\nalways prepared to offer causeless mercy; sasvat­\n\nalways; prasanna pleasing; vadan a mouth; ik§ar.am-vision; suniisam-\n\n-\n\nvery nicely constructed nose; subh ru vam-very nicely decorated eyebrows;\nearn-beautiful; kapolam-fore head ; sura-the demigods; sundaram-good\n\n­\n\nlooking.\nTRANSLATION\n[The form\n\nof the Lord is described herein.]\n\nThe Lord's face is\n\nperpetually very beautiful and pleasing in attitude. To the devo tees who\nsee Him, He appears never to be displeased, and He is always prepared t o\naward benediction to them. His eyes, His nicely decorated eyebrows, His\nraised nose and His broad forehead are all very beautiful. He is more\nbeautiful than all the demigods.\nPURPORT\nThis verse clearly explains how one has to meditate on the form of the\nLord. 1mpersonal meditation is a bogus invention of modern days. In none\nof\n\nthe\n\nVedic\n\nliteratures\n\nis\n\nimpersonal meditation recommended.\n\nIn\n\nBhagavad-gitii, when meditation is recommended, the word \"mat-para{t,\"\nwhich means \"pertaining to Me,\" is used. Any Vi�ryu form pertains to\nLord l<f�rya because Lord Kr�rya is the original Vi�ryu form. Sometimes\nsomeone tries\n\nto\n\nmeditate upon the impersonal Brahman, which is\n\ndescribed in Bhagavad-gitii as avyakta, meaning unmanifested or impersonal.\nBut it is remarked by the Lord Himself that those who are attached to this\nimpersonal feature of the Lord suffer a very troublesome task because no\none can concentrate on the impersonal feature. One has to concentrate on\nthe form of the Lord, which is described here in connection with Dhruva\nMaharaja's meditation. As will be apparent from later descriptions, Dhru va\nMaharaja perfected this kind of meditation, and his yoga was successful.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0337": "324\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto4, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT46\n\nm\n-1\n31VR11�� � � ��naii4'( II \\l� II\ntarnrwrh rama'{liyiingam\narn'{lO§thek§a[liidharam\npra'{latiisraya\"[larh nrm'{larh\nsarar-yarh karnr-iir'{lavam\ntarn'{lam-youthful; ramar-iya-attractive; arigam-all parts of the body;\naru�a-o�tha-lips pinkish like the rising sun; ik§a�a-adharam-eyes of the\nsame nature; pral)ata-one who is surrendered; as'rayal)am-shelter of the\nsurrendered; nrmr-am-transcendentally pleasing in all respects; sarar-yamthe person unto whom it is just worthy to surrender; karn'{lii-merciful like;\na\"{lavam-the ocean.\nTRANSLATION\nNarada Muni continued: The Lord's form is always youthfuL Every\n\nlimb and every part of His body is properly formed, free from defect.\n\nBoth His eyes and lips are pinkish like the rising sun. He is always\n\nprepared to give shelter to the surrendered soul, and anyone who is so\n\nfortunate as to look upon Him feels all satisfaction. The Lord is always\nworthy to be the master of the surrendered soul, for He is the ocean of\n\nmercy.\n\nPURPORT\nEveryone has to surrender to someone superior. That is always the\nnature of our living condition. At the present moment we are trying to\nsurrender to someone-either to society, or to our nation, family, state or\ngovernment. The surrendering process already exists, but it is never perfect\nbecause the· person or institution unto whom we surrender is imperfect,\nand our surrender, having so many ulterior motives, is also imperfect. As\nsuch, in the material world no one is worthy to accept anyone's surrender,\nnor does anyone fully surrender to anyone. else unless he is obliged to do\nso. But here the surrendering process is voluntary, and the Lord is worthy\nto accept the surrender. This surrender by the living entity occurs automatically as soon as he sees the beautiful youthful nature of the Lord.\nThe description given by Narada Muni is not imaginary. The form of the\nLord is understood by the paramparii system. Mayavadi philosophers say\nthat we have to imagine the form of the Lord, but here Narada Muni does\n\n", "SB4.1#p0338": "Text 47)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n325\n\nnot say that. Rather, he gives the description of the Lord from authorita­\n\ntive sources. He is himself an authority, and he is able to go to V aiku !ltha ­\n\nloka and see the Lord personall y; therefore his description of the bodily\n\nfeatures of the Lord is not imagination. Sometimes we give instructions to\nour students about the bodily features of the Lord, and they paint Him.\n\nTheir paintings are not imaginary. The description is\n\ngiven through\n\ndisciplic succession, just like that gi v en by Narada Muni, who sees the\n\nLord and describes His bodily features. Therefore, such descriptions should\n\nbe accepted, and if they are painted, that is not imaginative painting.\n\nTEXT47\n\n��fflt �� � ��I\nq��ttG\\N�d4�\nll'd\\911\nsrivatsiinkarit ghana-syiimarit\npuru�arit vana-miilinam\nsankha-cakra-gadii-padmair\nabhivyakta-caturbhujam\nsrivatsa-ankam-the\n\nghana-syiimam-deeply\n\nmark\n\nof\n\nbluish;\n\nSrivatsa\n\non the chest\n\npuru§am-the\n\nSupreme\n\nof the\n\nLord;\n\nPerson; vana­\n\nmiilinam-with a garland of flowers; sankha- c onchshell; cakra-wheel;\n\ngadii-club;padmai�-lotusflower;abhivyakta-manifested; catur-bhujamfour-handed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord is further described as having the mark of Srivatsa, or the\nsitting place of the goddess of fortune, and His bodily hue is deep bluish.\nThe Lord is a person, He wears a garland of flowers, and He is eternally\nmanifest with four hands, which hold [beginning from the lower left hand]\na conchshell, wheel, club and lotus flower .\nPURPORT\nHere in this verse the word puru�am is very significant. The Lord is\n\nnever female. He is a lwa ys male (puru§a). Therefore the impersonalist who\n\nimagines the Lord's form as that of a woman is mistaken. The Lord appears\n\nin female form if necessary, but His perpetual form is puru§a because He is\noriginally male. The feminine feature of the Lord is displayed by goddesses\n\nof fortune- La k�mi , Radharli!li, Sita, etc. All these goddesses of fortune\n\nare servitors of the Lord; they are not the Supreme, as falsely imagined by\nthe impersonalist. Lord\n\nKr�!}a in His Narayal)a feature is always four-\n\n", "SB4.1#p0339": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n326\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nhanded. On the Battlefield of Kuru�etra, when Arjuna wanted to see His\nuniversal form, He showed this feature of four-handed Niiriiya':la. Some\ndevotees are of the opinion that Kr�J].a is an incarnation of NarayaJ].a, but\nthe Bhagavata school says that NarayaJ].a is a manifestation of Kr�J].a.\n\nTEXT48\n\n�� �R;;f q«�t�IP<4(14( I\n.fl6it�qq1(1(14( 11\\l�ll\nttn\\'Q¥ff'i(UIA\\ci\nkiritinarh kur-!lalinarh\nkeyiira-valayiinvitam\nkaustubhiibharar-a-grivarh\npita-k auseya-viisasam\nkirifinam-the Lord is decorated with a jeweled helmet; kur-�alinamwith pearl earrings; keyiira-jeweled necklace; valaya-anvitam\n\n- withjeweled\n\nbracelets; kaustubha-iibharar-a-grivam- His neck is decorated by the Kau­\n\n-\n\nstubha jewel; pita ka us e ya-viisa sam\nments.\n\n- and He is dressed with yellow silk gar­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe entire body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva, is\n\ndecorated. He wears a valuable jeweled helmet, necklaces and bracelets,\n\nHis neck is adorned with the Kaustubha jewel, and He is dressed in yellow\n\nsilk garments.\n\nTEXT49\n\nCfil91il$�Nq4� �!ilwtW\\1(4( I\n((�wt\"it�(l4 � � 11\\l�ll\nkiinci-kaliipa-paryastarh\nlasat-kiincana-niipuram\ndarianiyatamarh siintarh\nmano-nayana-vardhanam\nkiinci-kaliipa-small\n\nbells;\n\npa ryastam-surrounding\n\nkiincana-niipuram-His\n\nlegs\n\nare\n\ndecorated\n\nthe\n\nwith golden\n\nwaist;\n\nlasat­\n\nankle bells;\n\ndarsaniyatamam-the superexcellent feature; siintam-peaceful\n\n, calm and\n\nquiet; mana�-nayana-vardhanam-very pleasing to the eyes and the mind.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0340": "Text 51 J\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n327\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord is decorated with small golden hells around His waist, and His\nlotus feet are decorated with golden ankle hells. All His bodily features\nare very attractive and pleasing to the eyes. He is always peaceful, calm\n\nand quiet and very pleasing to the eyes and the mind.\nTEXT 50\n\n�wm� �e�t+qf e'f��l( 1\n<�114ifil4i1N'u�'41rti+�l€'4;44qRr4�( II� II\no\n\npadbh yiirh nakha-mari.Srer-yii\nvilasadbhyiirh samarcatiim\nhrt-padma-karr-ikii-dhi.§r;tyam\niikramyiitmany avasthitam\npadbhyiim-by His lotus feet; nakha-marisreryii-by the light of the\njewel-like nails on the toes; vilasadbhyiim\n\n-\n\nglittering lotus feet; samar­\n\ncatiim-persons who are engaged in worshiping them; hrt-padma-karr-ikiithe whorl of the lotus flower of the heart; dhi.§ r;t yam- situated; iikramyaseizing; iitmani-in the heart; avasthitam-situated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nReal yogis meditate upon the transcendental form of the L ord as He\nstands on the whorl of the lotus of their hearts, the jewel-like nails of His\nlotus feet glittering.\nTEXT 51\n\n�il'ff14'Cl�l�fl�(lili'4JlEM\\\n\n��\n\n¥(;mt\n\nI\n� ll�tll\n\nsmayamiinam abhidhyiiyet\nsiinuriigiivalokanam\nniyatenaikabhutena\nmanasii varadar�abham\nsmayamiinam-the Lord's smiling; abhidhyiiyet-one should meditate\nupon Him; sa-anuriiga-avalokanam-one who is looking towards the devotees\nwith great affection; niyatena-in this way, regularly; ekabh u tena- with\n\n", "SB4.1#p0341": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n328\ngreat\n\nattention; manasa-with\n\nthe mind;\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nvaradar§abham-one\n\nshould\n\nmeditate upon the greatest bestower of benedictions.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord is always smiling, and the devotee should constantly see the\n\nLord in this form, as He looks very mercifully toward the devotee. In\n\nthis way the meditator should look toward the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, the bestower of all benediction.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word niyatena is very significant in this connection, for it indicates\nthat one should execute the meditation practice as stated above. One\nshould not manufacture a way of meditation on the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, but should follow the authorized siistras and personalities.\nBy this prescribed method one can practice concentration upon the Lord\nuntil he is so fixed that he remains in trance, thinking always of the form\nof the Lord. The word used here is ekabhiitena, which means \"with great\nattention and concentration.\" If one concentrates on the descriptions of\nthe bodily features of the Lord, he will never fall down.\n\nTEXT 52\n\nevarh bhagavato riiparh\nsu-bhadrarh dhyiiyato manafl\nnirvrtyii parayii turcwrh\nsampaimarh na nivartate\nevam\n\n-\n\nthus;\n\nriipam-form;\n\nbhagavata�\n\n-\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nsu bhadram-very\n-\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nausp1c10us;\n\nof Godhead;\n\ndhyiiyata�-meditating;\n\nmana�-the mind; nirvrtyii-being freed from all material con tamination;\nparayii\nna\n\n-\n\n-\n\ntrans cendental; tiirr-am\n\n-\n\nvery soon; sampannam\n\n-\n\nbeing enriched;\n\nnever; nivartate-do not come down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who meditates in this way, concentrating his mind upon the always\n\nauspicious form of the\n\nLord, very soon is freed from all material\n\ncontamination, and he does not come down from meditation upon the\nLord.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0342": "Text 53)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n329\n\nPURPORT\nThis fixed meditation is called samiidhi, or trance. A person constantly\nengaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord cannot be deviated\nfrom meditating on the form of the Lord, as described herein. The arcana­\n\nmiirga, or the devotional path prescribed in the paiicariitra system of\ndevotional service for worshiping the Deity in the temple, makes the\ndevotee think constantly of the Lord; that is samiidhi, or trance. One who\npractices in this way cannot deviate from the service of the Lord, and that\nmakes him perfect in the mission of human life.\nTEXT 53\n\n�q� wit\n\nga: � ir iql€¥4� 1\n\nq ����@'114(1_11��11\njapas ca paramo guh ya�\nsriiyatiim me n.rpiitmaja\nyam sapta-riitram prapathan\npumiin pasyati khecariin\njapa� ca-the chanting mantra in this connection;parama�-very, very;\ngu hya�-con fidential; sriiyatiim- please hear; me-from me; nrpa-iitmaja0 son of the King; yam-which; sapta-riitram-seven nights; prapa_thanchanting;pumiin-a person; pasyati-can see; khecariin-human beings who\ntravel in space.\nTRANSLATION\n0 son of the King, now I shall speak unto you the mantra which is to be\nchanted with this meditation process. One who carefully chants this mantra\nfor seven nights can see the perfect human beings flying in the sky.\nPURPORT\nWithin this universe there is a planet called Siddhaloka. The inhabitants\nof Siddhaloka are by nature perfect in the yoga achievements, which are\nof eight varieties: one can become smaller than the smallest, lighter than\nthe lightest, or bigger than the biggest, one can immediately get whatever\nhe likes, one can even create a planet, etc. These are some of the yogic\nperfections. By virtue of the laghimii-siddhi, or purificatory process to\nbecome lighter than the lightest, the inhabitants of Siddhaloka can fly in\nthe sky without airplanes or airships. It is hinted herein by Narada Muni to\nDhruva Maharaja that by meditating upon the transcendental form of the\n\n", "SB4.1#p0343": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n330\n\n[Canto 4, Ch 8\n.\n\nLord and at the same time chanting the mantra one becomes so perfect\nwithin seven days that he can see the human beings who fly in the sky.\n\nNarada Muni used the word japa[l, which indicates that the mantra to be\n\nchanted is very confidential. One may ask, \"If it is confidential, why is it\n\nmentioned in the writing of Srimad-Bhiigavatam?\" It is confidential in this\nsense: one may receive a published mantra anywhere, but unless it is\n\naccepted through the chain of disciplic succession, the mantra does not act.\n\nIt is said by authoritative sources that any mantra chanted without having\nbeen received from the disciplic succession has no efficacy.\nAnother point established in this verse is that meditation should be\n\ncarried on with the chanting of a mantra.\n\nChanting of the Hare �J).a\n\nmantra is the easiest process of meditation in this age. As soon as one\n\nchants the Hare Kr�J).a mantra, he sees the forms of Kr�J).a, Rama and\nTheir energies, and that is the perfect stage of trance. One should not artificially try to see the form of the Lord while chantjng Hare Kp]J).a, but\nwhen the chanting is performed offenselessly the Lord will automatically\nreveal Himself to the view of the chanter. The chanter, therefore, has to\nconcentrate on hearing the vibration, and without extra endeavor on his\n\npart, the Lord will automatically appear.\n\nTEXT 54\n\na, ;M � qlijC.ql� I\napiuu�;c � � �oq+t4f �: 1\n\n�\n\nfit�Qi��14iR��fi•IM( 11\"\\\\lll\n\nom namo bhagavate viisudeviiya\nmantreriinena devasya\n\nkuryiid dravyamayirh budha[l\n\nsaparyiirh vividhair dravyair\n\ndesa-kiila-vibhiigavit\n\nom-0 my Lord; nama[l-1 offer my respectful obeisances; bhagavate­\n\nunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; viisudeviiya-unto the Supreme\nLord Vasudeva; mantrera-by this hymn or mantra; anena-this; devasya­\n\nof the Lord; kuryiit-one should do; dravyama y im-physical; budha[l­\n\none who is learned;saparyam-worship by the prescribed method; vividhai[l\n\n-with varieties; dra v yai [l\n-time; v ib hagav it\n\n-\n\no\n\n-\n\npar aphernalia ; desa-according to country; kala\n\nne who knows the divisions.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0344": "Text 54]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n331\n\nTRANSLATION\nOrh namo bhagavate visudeviya. This is the twelve-syllable mantra\nfor worshiping Lord Kr�l}a. One should install the physical forms of the\nLord, and with the chanting of the mantra one should offer flowers and\nfruits and other varieties of foodstuffs exactly according to the rules and\nregulations prescribed by authorities. But this should be done in consideration of place, time and attendant conveniences and inconveniences.\nPURPORT\nOrh namo bhagavate vasudeviiya is known as the Dvadasak�ara-mantra.\n\nThis mantra is chanted by V ai�rava devotees, and it begins with prarava,\nor orhkiira. There is an inj unction that those who are not brahmaras\ncannot pronounce the prarava mantra. But Dhruva Maharaj a was born a\nk�atriya. He at once admitted before Nirada Muni that as a k�atriya he\n\nwas\n\nunable\n\nto\n\naccept\n\nhis instruction of renunciation and\n\nmental\n\nequilibrium, which are the concern of a briihmara. Still, although not a\nbriihmara but a k�atriya, Dhruva was allowed, on the authority of Narada,\n\nto pronounce the prarava orhkara. This is very significant. Especially in\nIndia, the caste brahmaras obj ect greatly when persons from other castes,\nwho are not born in brahmara families, recite this pmrava mantra. But\nhere is tacit proof that if a person accepts the Vai�rava mantra or\nVai�rava way of worshiping the Deity, he is allowed to chant the\nprarava mantra. In Bhagavad-gita the Lord personally accepts that anyone,\n\neven one of a low species, can be elevated to the highest position and go\nback home, back to Godhead, simply if he worships properly.\nThe prescribed rules, as stated here by Nirada Muni, are that one\nshould accept the mantra through a bona fide spiritual master and hear\nthe mantra in the right ear. Not only should one chant or murmur the\nmantra, but in front of him he must have the Deity or physical form of\n\nthe Lord. Of course, when the Lord appears it is no longer a physical\nform. For example, when an iron rod is made red-hot in a fire, it is no\nlonger iron; it is fire. Similarly, when we make a form of the Lordwhether of wood, or stone, or metal, or jewel, or paint, or even a form\nwithin the mind-it is a bona fide, spiritual, transcendental form of the\nLord. One must not only receive the mantra from the bona fide spiritual\nmaster like Nirada Muni or his representative in the disciplic succession,\nbut one must chant the mantra. And not only must one chant, but he\nshould also offer whatever foodstuff is available in his part of the world,\naccording to time and convenience.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0345": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n332\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nThe method of worship-chanting the mantra and preparing the forms\nof the Lord-is not stereotyped, nor is it exactly the same everywhere.\n\nIt is specifically mentioned in this verse that one should take consideration\n\nof the time, place and available conveniences. Our Kr�l).a consciousness\n\nmovement is going on throughout the entire world, and we also install\n\nDeities in different centers. Sometimes our Indian friends, puffed up with\n\nconcocted notions, criticize, \"This has not been done. That has not been\n\ndone.\" But they forget this instruction of Narada Muni to one of the\ngreatest V ai�ravas, D hruva Maharaja. One has to consider the particular\n\ntime, country and conveniences. What is convenient in India may not be\n\nconvenient in the Western countries. Those who are not actually in the\n\n'line of iiciiryas, or who personally have no knowledge how to act in the\nrole of\n\niiciirya, unnecessarily criticize the activities of the ISKCON\n\nmovement in countries outside of India. The fact is that such critics\n\ncannot do anything personally to spread Kr�l).a consciousness. If someone\ndoes go and preach, taking all risks and allowing all considerations for\ntime and place, it might be that there are changes in the manner of worship,\n\nbut that is not at all faulty according to siistra. Sriman Viraraghavacarya,\n\nan iiciirya in the disciplic succession of the Riimiinuja Sampradiiya, has\n\nremarked in his commentary that car-�iilas, or conditioned·souls who are\n\nborn in lower than\n\nsiidra families, can also be initiated according to\n\ncircumstances. The formalities may be slightly changed here and there to\n\nmake them V ai�ravas.\n\nLord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu recommends that His name should be\n\nheard in every nook and corner of the world. How is this possible unless\n\none preaches everywhere? The cult of Lord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu is\n\nBhiigavata-dharma, and He especially recommends Kr§TJa-kathii, or the\ncult of Bhagavad-gitii and Srimad-Bhiigavatam. He recommends that every\nIndian, considering this task as paropakiira, or welfare activity, take the\n\nLord's message to other residents of the world. \"Other residents of the\n\nworld\" does not refer only to those who are exact! y like the Indian\n\nbriihmar-as or k§atriyas, or like the caste briihmar-as, who claim to be\nbriihmar-as because they were born in the families of briihmarws. The\nprinciple that only Indians and\n\nHindus\n\nshould be brought into the\n\nVai�rava cult is a mistaken idea. There should be propaganda to bring\n\neveryone to the V ai�rava cult. The Kr�l).a consciousness movement is\nmeant\n\nfor this\n\npurpose. There is no bar to propagating the Kr�l).a\n\nconsciousness movement even among people who are born in cap{liila,\n\nmleccha or yavana families. Even in India, this point has been enunciated\nby Srila Sanatana Gosvami in his book Hari-bhakti-viliisa, which is smrti\n\n", "SB4.1#p0346": "Text 55)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n333\n\nand is the authorized Vedic guide for V ai�p.avas in their daily behavior.\nSanatana Gosvami says that as bell metal can turn to gold when mixed\nwith mercury in a chemical process, so, by the bona fide dik§ii or initiation\nmethod, anyone can become a V ai�p.ava. One should take initiation from a\nbona fide spiritual master coming in the disciplic succession who is\nauthorized by his predecessor spiritual master. This is called dik�a-vidhiina.\nLord Kmta states in Bhagavad-gitii,\n\nvyapasritya: one should accept a\n\nspiritual master. By this process the entire world can be converted to\nKr�t:J.a consciousness.\n\nTEXT 55\n\n�: �crt�M�e'fielfijlr: 1\n\\I�IFf�'flii�e�u &� � 11��11\nsalila* sucibhir miilyair\nvan yair mula-phaliidibh*\nsastiil'tkuriimsukais ciircet\ntulasyii priyayii p ra bhum\nsalilai{t-by use of water; su c ibhift\n\n- being purified;miilyai�-by garlands;\n\nva n yaift - of forest fl ow ers; mula-roots; phala-iidibhi�-by different kinds\n\nof\n\nvegetables and fruits; sasta-the newly grown grass; ahkura-buds;\n\namsukai�- by the skin of trees, such as the bhurja ; ca-and; arcet-should\nworship; tulasyii-by the tulasi leaves; p riyayii-wh ich are very dear to the\nLord;prabhu m- the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne should worship the Lord by offering pure water, pure flower\ngarlands, fruits, flowers and vegetables, which are available in the forest,\nor by collecting newly grown grasses, small buds of flowers or even the\nskins of trees, and if possible, by offering tulasi leaves, which are very\ndea� to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nIt is specifically mentioned herein that tulasi leaves are very dear to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and devotees should take particular\ncare to have tulasi leaves in every temple and center of worship. In the\nWestern countries, while engaged in propagating the Kr�t;ta consciousness\nmovement, we were brought great unhappiness because we could not\nfind tulasi leaves. We are very much obliged, therefore, to our disciple\n\n", "SB4.1#p0347": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n334\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nSrimati Govinda dasi because she has taken much care to grow tulasi\nplants from seeds, and she has been successful by the grace of Kr�J;�a.\nNow tulasi plants are growing in almost every center of our movement.\nTulasi leaves are very important in the method of worshiping the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In this verse the word salilai� means\n\"by the water.\" Of course, Dhruva Maharaja was worshiping on the bank\nof the Yamuna. The Yamuna and the Ganges are sacred, and sometimes\ndevotees in India insist that the Deity must be worshiped with water of\nthe Ganges or Yamuna. But here we understand desa-hiila to mean\n\"according to time and country.\" In the Western countries there is no\nRiver Yamuna or Ganges-water from such sacred rivers is not available.\nDoes this mean that the arcii worship should be stopped for that reason?\nNo. Salilaifi. refers to any water-whatever is available-but it must be\nvery clear and collected purely. That water can be used. The other\nparaphernalia, such as flower garlands, fruits and vegetables, should be\ncollected according to the country and according to their availability.\nTulasi leaves are very important for satisfying the Lord, so as far as\npossible, an arrangement should be made for growing tulasi leaves.\nDhruva Maharaja was advised to worship the Lord with the fruits and\nflowers available in the forest. In the Bhagavad-gitii Kr�J;�a frankly says\nthat He accepts vegetables, fruits, flowers, etc. One should not offer\nLord Vasudeva anything other than what is prescribed herein by the\ngreat authority Narada Muni. One cannot offer to the Deity according\nto one's whims, but since these fruits and vegetables are available anywhere in the universe, we should observe this small point very attentively.\nTEXT 56\n\n��sqf14ht'itl fP4�uqaR,; � 1\nuf.l: � 4\\141efllijq;44� �'\nmmmm\n... �\"'\"''\"''\n\n....\n\n\"'\n\nlabdhvii dravyamayim arciim\nk§ity-ambv-iidi§u viircayet\niibhrtiitmii munifi. siinto\nyataviin mita-vanya-bhuk\nlabdhvii-by getting; dravyamayim-made of physical elements; arciimworshipable Deity; k§iti-earth; ambu-water; iidi§u-beginning with; viior;\n\narcaye t-worship;\n\nmunifi.-great\n\niibhrta-iitmii-one\n\nwho\n\nis\n\nfully self-controlled;\n\npersonality; Siinta[l-peacefully; yataviik-controlling the\n\nforce of talking; mita-frugal; vanya-bhuk-eating whatever is available\nin the forest.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0348": "Text 57)\n\nDhruva Mahanija Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n335\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is possible to worship a form of the Lord made of physical elements\nsuch as earth, water, pulp, wood and metal. In the forest one can make a\nform with no more than earth and water and worship Him according to\nthe above principles. A devotee who has full control over his self should\nbe very sober and peaceful and must be satisfied simply with eating\nwhatever fruits and vegetables are available in the forest.\nPURPORT\nIt is essential for a devotee to worship the form of the Lord and not\nonly to medi tate upon the form of the L�rd within his mind with the\nchanting of the mantra given by the spiritual master. The worship of the\nform must be present. The impersonalist takes unnecessary trouble to\nmeditate upon or worship something impersonal, but this is very troublesome, and the path is very precarious. We are not advised to follow the\nimpersonalist way of meditating or worshiping the Lord. Dhruva Maharaja\nwas advised to worship a form made of earth and water because in the\njungle, if it is not possible to have a form made of metal, wood or stone,\nthe best process is to take earth mixed with water and make a form of the\nLord and worship Him. The devotee should not be anxious about cooking\nfood; whatever is available in the forest or in the city among the fruit and\nvegetable groups should be offered to the Deity, and the devotee should\nbe satisfied eating that. He should not be anxious to have very palatable\ndishes. Of course, wherever it is possible, one should offer the Deities the\nbest foodstuffs, prepared within the category of fruits and vegetables,\ncooked or uncooked. The important factor is that the devotee should be\nregulated (mita-bhuk); that is one of the good qualifications of a devotee.\nHe should not hanker to satisfy the tongue with a particular kind of foodstuff. He should be satisfied to eat whatever prasiidam is available by the\ngrace of the Lord.\nTEXT 57\n\n�._4M61NRijd�MifqliJil\nI\n•ftctl��qi\\EfM'! � ''\"'\"''\nsvecchiivatiira-caritair\nacintya-nija-miiyayii\nka�yaty uttamaslokas\ntad dhyiiyed dhrdaymigamam\n\n", "SB4.1#p0349": "[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n336\n\nsva-icchii-by His own supreme will; avatiira inca rn ation ; caritaift-\n\nactivi ties;\n\nacintya inconcei v able ;\n-\n\nnija-miiyayii- by\n\nHis\n\nown\n\npotency;\n\nkari§yati- per forms; uttama-slokaft-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\ntat- that ; dhyiiyet-one should meditate; h rdayan gama m very attractive.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Dhruva, besides worshiping the Deity and chanting the mantra\n\nthree times a day, you should meditate upon the transcendental activities\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His different incarnations, as\n\nexhibited by His supreme will and personal potencies.\nPURPORT\nDevotional\n\nservice\n\ncomprises\n\nnine\n\nprescribed\n\npractices-hearing,\n\nchanting, remembering, worshiping, serving, offering everything to the\nDeity, etc. Here Dhruva Maharaja is advised not only to meditate on the\nform of the Lord, but to think of His transcendental pastimes in His\ndifferent incarnations. Mayavadi philosophers take the incarnation of the\nLord to be in the same category as the ordinary living entity. This is a\ngreat mistake. The incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nnot forced to act by the material laws of nature. The word svecchii is used\nhere to indicate that He appears out of His supreme will. The conditioned\nsoul is forced to accept a particular type of body according to his karma\ngiven by the laws of material nature under the direction of the Supreme\nLord. But when the Lord appears, He is not forced by the dictation of\nmaterial nature; He appears as He likes by His own internal potency.\nThat is the difference. The conditioned soul accepts a particular type of\nbody, such as the body of a hog, by his work and by the superior\nauthority\n\nof material nature.\n\nBut when Lord Kr�Qa appears in the\n\nincarnation of a boar, He is not the same kind of hog as an ordinary\nanimal. Kr�Qa appears as V araha avatiira in an expansive feature which\ncannot be compared to an ordinary hog's. His appearance and disappearance are inconceivable to us. In the Bhagavad-gitii it is clearly said that He\nappears by His own internal potency for the protection of the 'tlevotees\nand the annihilation of the nondevotees. A devotee should always consider\nthat Kr�Qa does not appear as an ordinary human being or ordinary\nbeast; His appearance as Varaha-miirti or a horse or tortoise is an exhibition\nof His internal potency. In the Brahma-sarhhitii it is said, iinanda-cinmaya­\n\nrasa- pratibhiivitiibhi[l: one should not mistake the appearance of the Lord\nas a human being or a beast to be the same as the birth of an ordinary\nconditioned soul, who is forced to appear by the laws of nature, whether\n\n", "SB4.1#p0350": "337\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\nText 58]\n\nas an animal, as a human being or as a demigod. This kind of thinking is\noffensive. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu has condemned the Mayavadis as\noffensive\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof Godhead because of their\n\nthinking that the Lord and the conditioned living entities are one and the\nsame.\nNarada advises Dhruva to meditate on the pastimes of the Lord, which\nis as good as the meditation of concentrating one's mind on the form of\nthe Lord. As meditation on any form of the Lord is valuable, so is\nchanting of different names of the Lord, such as Hari, Govinda and\nNarayatla. But in this age we are especially advised to chant the Hare\nKr�t:Ja mantra as enunciated in the siistra: Hare Kr�Qa, Hare K.r�r;ta, Kr�t:Ja\nK.r�t:Ja, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nTEXT 58\n\nqf(:q�i � �tt: 'l4�Aaa: I\nm �51«��q\nSl'l��•l'\"¥4.-5f'{dlt ����II\nparicaryii bhagavato\nyiivatya{l, piirva-sevitii{l,\ntii mantra-hrdayenaiva\nprayunjyiin mantra-miirtaye\nparicaryii{l,\n\n- service;\n\nbhagavata{l,-of\n\nthe\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nyiivatya{l,-as they are prescribed (as above mentioned); piirva-sevitii�­\n\n- that mant - hymns;\ne - within the heart; eva-certainly; prayunjyiit- one should wor­\n\nrecommended or done by previous iiciiryas; tii�\n\n;\n\nra\n\nhrday na\n\nship; mantra-miirtaye-who is nondifferent from the mantra.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOne should follow in the footsteps of previo us devotees regarding how\nto worship the Supreme Lord with the prescribed paraphernalia, or one\nshould offer worship within the heart by reciting the mantra to the\nPersonality of Godhead, who is nondifferent from the mantra.\nPURPORT\nIt is recommended here that even if one cannot arrange to worship the\nforms of the Lord with all recommended paraphernalia, one can simply\nthink about the form of the Lord and mentally offer everything recommended in ·the siistras,\n\nincluding flowers, candana pulp, conchshell,\n\numbrella, fan and ciimara. One can meditate upon offering and chant the\n\n", "SB4.1#p0351": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n338\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\ntwelve-syllable mantra, orh namo bhagavate viisudeviiya. Since the mantra\nand the Supreme Personality of Godhead are nondifferent, one can worship\nthe form of the Lord with the mantra in the absence of physical paraphernalia. The story of the briihmar-a who worshiped the Lord within his\nmind, as related in Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu, or The Nectar of Devotion,\nshould be consulted in this connection. If paraphernalia is not present\nphysically, one can think of the items and offer them to the Deity by\nchanting the mantra. Such are the liberal and potent facilities in the\nprocess of devotional service.\nTEXTS 59-60\n\n� �� . ·� tf� � 'lr.q;w:rr.l•l'rl�l'ft'( I\n\nqft�+tlufl ll1f.rr-l l4Rfi+t�qf(:q�� ����II\n�lttfiriff � �: I\n� ���fllq� �4:¥(\\R! «:R:wtl( ll�oll\n\nevam kiiyena manasii vacasii ca mano-gatam\nparicaryamiir-o bhagavifn bhaktimat-paricaryayii\npumsiim amiiyiniirh samyag bhajatiim bhiiva-vardhana�\nsreyo disaty abhimatarh yad dharmiidi§U dehiniim\nevam-thus; kiiyena-by the body; manasii-by the mind; vacasii-by the\nwords;\n\nca-also;\n\nparicaryamiir-a�\n\n- simply by thinking of the Lord;\n\nmana�-gatam\n\n- engaged in\n\nthe\n\ndevotional\n\nservice;\n\nbhagaviin-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; bhaktimat-according to the regulative\nprinciples of devotional service; paricaryayii-by worshiping the Lord;\npumsiim-of the devotee; amiiyiniim- who is sincere and serious; samyak­\n\n-\n\nperfectly; bhajatiim engaged in devotional service; bhiiva-vardhana�-the\n\nLord, who increases the ecstasy of the devotee; sreya�-ultima te goal;\n\ndiSati-bestows;\nregarding\n\nabhimatam-desire;\n\nspiritual\n\nlife\n\nand\n\nyat-as\n\nthey\n\nare;\n\ndharma-iid�u­\n\neconomic development; dehiniim-of the\n\nconditioned souls.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAnyone who thus engages in the devotional service of the Lord, seriously\nand sincerely, with his mind, words and body, and who is fixed in the\nactivities of the prescribed devotional methods, is blessed by the Lord\n\naccording to his desire. If a devotee desires material religiosity, economic\ndevelopment, sense gratification or liberation from the material world, he\nis awarded these results.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0352": "Text 61]\n\nDhruva Maharaj a Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n339\n\nPURPORT\nDevotional service is so potent that one who renders devotional service\ncan receive\n\nwhatever he likes as\n\na benediction\n\nfrom the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. The conditioned souls are very attached to the\nmaterial world, and thus, by performing religious rites, they want the\nmaterial benefits known as dharma and artha.\n\n��ffoS::i4((1,\n��if\nviraktascendriya-ratau\nbhakti-yogena bhiiyasii\ntam nirantara-bhiivena\nbhajetiiddhii vimuktaye\nvirakta� ca-completely renounced order of life; indriya-ratau-in the\nmatter of sense gratification; bhakti-yogena-by the process of devotional\nservice; bhiiyasii\n\n-\n\nwith great seriousness; tam-unto Him (the Supreme);\n\nnirantara-constantly, twenty-four hours daily; bhiivena-in the topmost\nstage of ecstasy; bhajeta- must worship; addha-directly ; vi mu. ktay e -for\nliberation.\nTRANSLATION\nIf one is very serious about liberation, then he must stick to the process\nof transcendental loving service, engaging twenty-four hours a day in the\nhighest stage of ecstasy, and he must certainly be aloof from all activities\nof sense gratification.\nPURPORT\nThere are different stages of perfection according to different persons'\nobjectives. Generally people are karmis, for they engage in activities of\nsense gratification. Above the karmis are the jniinis, who are trying to\nbecome liberated from material entanglement. Yogis are still more advanced because they meditate on the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. And above all these are the devotees, who simply engage in\nthe transcendental loving service of the Lord; they are situated seriously\non the topmost platform of ecstasy.\nHere Dhruva Maharaja is advised that if he has no desire for sense\ngratification, then he should directly engage himself in the transcendental\nloving service of the Lord. The path of apavarga, or liberation, begins from\nthe stage called mok�a. In this verse the word vimuktaye, \"for liberation,\"\n\n", "SB4.1#p0353": "340\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nis especially mentioned. If one wants to be happy within this material\nworld, he may aspire to go to the different material planetary systems\nwhere there is a higher standard of sense gratification, but real mok§a or\nliberation is performed without any such desire. This is explained in the\nBhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu by the term anyiibhilii§itii-siinyam, \"without desire\nfor material sense gratification.\" For persons who are still inclined to enjoy\nmaterial life in different stages or on different planets, the stage of liberation in bhakti-yoga is not recommended. Only persons who are completely\nfree from the contamination of sense gratification can execute bhaktiyoga, or the process of devotional service, very purely. The activities on\nthe path of apavarga up to the stages of dharma, artha and kiima are\nmeant for sense gratification, hut when one comes to the stage of mok§a,\nthe impersonalist liberation, the practitioner wants to merge into the\nexistence of the Supreme. But that is also sense gratification. When one\ngoes above the stage of liberation, however, he at once becomes one of the\nassociates of the Lord to render transcendental loving service. That is\ntechnically called mukti. For this specific vimukti liberation Narada Muni\nrecommends that one directly engage himself in devotional service.\n\nTEXT 62\n\n����Q qf(rtlRt SIOTRJ � �: I\n� � � ��������II\nity uktas tam parikramya\nprarzamya ca nrpiirbhaka[l\nyayau madhuvanarh purzyarh\nhares cararza-carcitam\niti- thus; ukta[l -being spoken; tam-him (Narada Muni); parikramyaby circumambulating; prarzamya-by offering obeisances; ca-also; nrpaarbhaka[l- the boy of the King ; yayau-went to; madhuvanam-a forest in\n\nVrndavana known as Madhuvana; puryam- which is auspicious and pious;\n\nhare[l-of the Lord; cararza-carcitam-imprinted by the lotus feet of Lord\nKt�Qa.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja, the son of the King, was thus advised by the\n\ngreat sage Narada Muni, he circumambulated Narada, his spiritual master,\nand offered him respectful obeisances. Then he started for Madhuvana,\n\nwhich is always imprinted with the lotus footprints of Lord Kr�;�r;ta and\nwhich is therefore especially auspicious.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0354": "Text 64)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n341\n\nTEXT 63\n\n� � <tM.-stf€tit�:� J#f: I\nstff<tltul�l � ij('41«\\Wi �R � 11,�11\ntapo-vanam gate tasmin\nprav4to'nta�-puram mun*\n\narhitiirhacwko riijiiii\nsukhiisina uviica tam\ntapa� - vanam- the forest\n\npath\n\nwhere Dhruva Maharaja executed his\n\nausterity; gate-: having t h us a pproach ed; tasmin- the re; prav4ta� - having\n\nentered; anta�-puram-within the\n\np riv at e house; muni�-the great sage\n\nNarada; arhita- b e ing worshiped; arharwka�-by respectfu l behavior; riijiiii­\n\nby the King; sukha- asina�-whe n he comfortably sat on his seat; uviica­\n\nsaid; tam - unto hi m ( the Ki ng) .\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Dhruva entered Madhuvana Forest to execute devotional service,\nthe great sage Narada Muni thought it wise to go to the King to see how he\nwas faring within the palace. When Narada Muni approached, the King\nreceived him properly, offering him due obeisances. After being seated\ncomfortably, Narada began to speak.\nTEXT 64\n\n;m:a:�\n\n�It �q� ;::� � qf{@Wt<tl I\n\"�';{ ft\"� � � �N;t ��: II� 'ill\nniirada uviica\nraja n kim dhyayase dirgham\nmukhena parisu�yatii\nkim vii na ri§yate kiimo\ndharmo viirl;hena samyuta�\nnarada� uviica- the great sage Narada Muni said; riijan- my dear King;\nkim-what; dhyiiyase-thinking of; dirgham - very deeply; mukhena-with\n\nyour face; parisufiyatii-as if drying up; kim vii-whether; na-not; rifi yate been lost; k iima� - sense g rati fica tion; dharma �-reJj gio us rituals; vii-or;\narthena-with economic development; sarhyuta�t-along with.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0355": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n342\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada Muni inquired: My dear King, your face appears\n\nto be withering up, and you look like you have been thinking of something\nfor a very long time. Why is that? Have you been hampered in following\n\nyour\n\npath\n\ngratification?\n\nof\n\nreligious\n\nrites,\n\neconomic\n\ndevelopment\n\nand\n\nsense\n\nPURPORT\nThe four stages of adv ancement of human civilization are religiosity,\neconomic development, sense gratification and, for some, the stage of\nliberation. Narada Muni did not inquire from the King about his liberation,\nbut only regarding the state management, which is meant for advancement\nof the three principles of religiosity, economic development and sense\ngratification. Since those who engage in such activities are not interested\n\nin liberation, Narada did not inquire from the King about this. Liberation\nis meant for persons who have lost all interest in religious ritualistic ceremonies, economic development and sense gratification.\nTEXT65\n\n<tit6Jt4lf\n\nwR � � � �Yl\"tl��ol€¥4'1 I\nMC4lfeil: q�: � m;rt ¥{6}r€fiN: II� �I/\nriijoviica\nsuto me biilako brahman\nstraiveniikarnviitmanii\nnirvasita� paiica-var�afl\nsaha miitrii mahan kavi�\nriijii uviica the King replied; s uta� so n; m e my ; bii laka � tender\nbriihmapa; strai rzena one who is too add icted\nto his wife; akarnrii-iitmanii-one who is very hard of heart and without\nmercy; ni rviisita� is banished; paiica var�a� altho u gh the boy is five\nyears old; saha-with; miitrii mo ther; mahiin gr e at personality; kav*-\n\n-\n\nboy; brahman-my dear\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\ndevotee.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King replied: 0 best of the brahma�as, I am very much addicted to\n\nmy wife, and I am so fallen that I have abandoned all mercifull;lehavior,\n\n", "SB4.1#p0356": "Text 66)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n343\n\neven to my son, who is only five years old. I have banished him and his\nmother, even though he is a great soul and a great devotee.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse there are some specific words which are to be understood\nvery carefully. The King said that since he was very much addicted to his\nwife, he had lost all his mercy. That is the result of becoming too\naffectionate towards women. The King had two wives; the first wife was\nSunlti, and the second was Suruci. He was too attached to the second\nwife, however, so he could not behave well with Dhruva Maharaja. That\nwas the cause of Dhruva's leaving home to perform austerities. Although as\na father the King was affectionate towards his son, he minimized his\naffection for Dhruva Maharaja because he was too much addicted to the\nsecond wife. Now he was repenting that both Dhruva Maharaja and his\nmother, Suniti, were practically banished. Dhruva Maharaja went to the\nforest, and since his mother was being neglected by the King, she was,\ntherefore, almost banished also. The King was repentant for banishing his\nboy because Dhruva was only five years old and a father should not banish\nhis wife and children or neglect their maintenance. Repentant over his\nneglect of both Suniti and her son, he was morose, and his face appeared\nwithered. According to Manu-smrti, one should never desert his wife and\nchildren. In a case where the wife and children are disobedient and do not\nfollow the principles of home life, they are sometimes given up. But in the\ncase of Dhruva Maharaja this was not applicable because Dhruva was very\nmannerly and obedient. He was, moreover, a great devotee. Such a person\nis never to be neglected, yet the King was obliged to banish him. Now he\nwas very sorry.\nTEXT 66\n\n�q Cl� ;m;:qi�IC::�<:�� m: I\n� �tfFi �m qf<+<?H9tf!(c•\"�¥( ������\napy aniitharh vane brahman\nmii smiidanty arbhakarh vrkii�\nsriintarh sayiinarh k�udhitarh\nparimliina-mukhiimbujam\napi- certainly; anatham-without being protected by anyone; vane-in\n\nthe forest; brahman-my dear brahma\"{la; mii- wh et her or not; sma-did\nnot; adanti-devour; arbhakam-the helpless boy; vrka� wolves; srantam-\n\n", "SB4.1#p0357": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n344\nbeing\n\nfat igued;\n\ns ay ana m- lyin g\n\ndown;\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nk§udhitam-being\n\nhungry;\n\nparimlana-emaciated ; mukha-ambujam-his face, which is just like a\nlotus flower.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear brahmapa, the face of my son was just like a lotus flower. I am\nthinking of his precarious condition. He is unprotected, and he might be\n\nvery hungry. He might have lain down somewhere in the forest, and the\n\nwolves might have attacked him to eat his body.\nTEXT67\n\nQt � 'Rr G.1�t<:Ri ��� I\n�si itwnss���;:ij �;;:+t('(fl II� \\911\naho me bata dauratmyam\nstrf-jitasyopadharaya\nyo'nkam prem[lli' 'ruruk�antam\nnabhyanandam asattama�.\nah o - alas ; me-my ; bata - certai n ly ; dauratmya m-c ruelty; strf-jitasya­\n\nconquered by a wom an; upadh araya -just think of me in this regard; ya�­\n\nwho; an ka m- l ap ; pre mT).a - out of love; aruruk�a nta m-t rying to rise on it;\nna-not; abhyananda m -recei ved properly; asattama�-the most cruel.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlas, just\n\nsee how I was conquered by my wife! Just imagine my\n\ncruelty! Out of love and affection the boy was trying to get up on my\nlap, but I did not receive him, nor did I even pat him for a moment. Just\n\nimagine how hardhearted I am.\n\nTEXT68\n\n��\n\n� � fft�l+<t� I\nGdUtPf+t�(lli4 mti � � II� �II\n�� �:\n\nnarada uv'iica\nma ma suca� sva-tanayam\ndeva-guptarh visampate\ntat-pra-bhavam avipiiiya\npriivrnkte yad-ya5o jagat\n\n", "SB4.1#p0358": "Text 69]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n345\n\nniirada� uviica-the great sage Narada Muni said; mii-do not; mii-do\n\nnot; s u c a�-be aggrieved; sva-tanayam-of your own son; deva-guptam­\n\nhe is well protected by the Lord; visiimpate-0 master of human society;\n\ntat-his; pra bhava m-influence; avij iia ya-wi t hout knowing; pravpiktewidespread; ya t -whose; yas'a � - r eputa t ion; jagat -all over the world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada Muni replied: My dear King, please do not be\naggrieved about your son. He is weD protected by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Although you have no actual information of his influence,\nhis reputation is already spread aU over the world.\nPURPORT\nSometimes when we hear that great sages and devotees go to the forest\nand engage themselves in devotional service or meditation, we become\nsurprised: how can one live in the forest and not be taken care of by anyone? But the answer, given by a great authority, Narada Muni, is that such\npersons are well protected by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nSararuigati, or surrender, means acceptance or firm belief that wherever\nthe surrendered soul lives he is always protected by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; he is never alone or unprotected. Dhruva Maharaja's\naffectionate father thought his young boy, only five years old, to be in a\nvery precarious position in the jungle, but Narada Muni assured him,\n\"You do not have sufficient information about the influence of your son.\"\nAnyone who engages in devotional service anywhere within this universe\nis never unprotected.\n\nTEXT 69\n\nij�{ d � al'f*q�dq q: I\n�<:��«1 � �it �,;�4� ������\nsudu�kararh karma krtvii\n\nloka-piilair api prabhu�\n\na4yaty acirato riijan\n\nyaso vipulayams tava\n\nsudu�ka ra m - impossible to perform; karma-work; k rt va- after perform­\n\ning; loka-piilai�-by great personalities; api-even; prabh u�-quite compe­\n\ntent; aiuati - will come back; ac irata � - without delay; riijan - my dear King;\n\nyasa�- repu t ation ; vip u la yan -ca using to become great; tava-your.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0359": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n346\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, your son is very competent. He will perform activities\nwhich would be impossible even for great kings and sages. Very soon he\n\nwill complete his task and come back home. You should know that he will\nalso spread your reputation all over the world.\nPURPORT\nHere in this verse Narada Muni has described Dhruva Maharaja as prabhu.\nThis word is applicable to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sometimes the spiritual master is addressed as Prabhupada. Prabhu means the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and piida means post. According to\nVai�l)ava philosophy the\n\nspiritual master\n\noccupies the\n\npost\n\nof the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, or in other words he is the bona fide\nrepresentative of the Supreme Lord. Dhruva Maharaja is also described\nhere as prabhu because he is an acarya of the Vai�l}ava school. Another\nmeaning of prabhu is \"master of the senses,\" just like the word svami\nAnother significant word is sudu�karam, \"very difficult to perform.\"\nWhat was the task that Dhruva Maharaja undertook? The most difficult\ntask in life is to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and Dhruva\nMaharaja would be able to do that. We must remember that Dhruva\nMaharaja was not fickle; he was determined to execute his service and then\ncome back. Every devotee, therefore, should be determined that in this\nlife he will be able to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead and by\nthat process go back home, back to Godhead. That is the perfection of the\nhighest mission of life.\nTEXT 70\n\n��\n� �Man sffi5 � Gt•a�qf<l: 1\n�\"\"i(Wfl® ��lf41�M;{14.1( ll\\Soll\nmaitreya uvaca\niti deva�i!lii proktam\nviSrutya jagati-pati�\nroja-lak�mim anadrtya\nputram eviinvacintayat\n\n- the great sage Maitreya said; iti-thus; devar$i!lii-by\nsage Nirada Muni ; proktam - spoken ; viSru tya -hearing ;\n\nmaitreya� uvaca\nthe\n\ngreat\n\n", "SB4.1#p0360": "Text 71)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n347\n\njagat\"i-pati�-the King; raja-lak§m\"im-the opulence of his big kingdom;\naniidrtya-without\n\ntaking\n\ncare\n\nof;\n\nanvacintayat- began to think of him.\n\nputram-his\n\nson;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great Maitreya continued:\n\nThe King, Uttanapada, after being\n\nadvised by Narada Muni, practically gave up all duties in relation with his\nkingdom, which was very vast and wide, opulent like the goddess of\nfortune, and he simply began to think of his son Dhruva.\nTEXT 71\n\n�: SltJ�(ijUJtft'Q R+Wt(h( I\n(iiu�: q4:q(t:'41�'1 � ll\\9tll\ntatrabhi�ikta� prayatas\n\ntam upo�ya vibhavarim\n\nsamahita� paryacarad\n\nr�yadesena puru�am\n\ntatra-thereupon; abhi$ikta�-after taking a bath; prayata�-with great\n\natfention;\n\ntam-that;\n\nupo�ya-fasting;\n\nvibhavar\"im-night; samahita�­\n\nperfect attention; paryacarat-worshiped; r�i-by the great sage Narada;\nadesena-as advised; puru�am-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nElsewhere, Dhruva Maharaja, having arrived at Madhuvana, took his\nbath in the River Yam una and observed fasting in the night with great care\nand attention. After that, as advised by the great sage Narada, he engaged\nhimself in worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThe significance of this particular verse is that Dhruva Maharaja acted\n\nexactly according to the advice of his spiritual master, the great sage Narada\n\nMuni. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarfi also advises that if we want to be\n\nsuccessful in our attempt to go back to Godhead, we must very seriously\n\nact according to the instruction of the spiritual master. That is the way of\n\nperfection. There need be no anxiety over attaining perfection because if\n\none follows the instruction given by the spiritual master he is sure to attain\n\nperfection. Our only concern should be how to execute the order of the\n\n", "SB4.1#p0361": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n348\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nspiritual master. A spiritual master is expert in giving special instructions\nto each of his disciples, and if the disciple executes the order of the spiritual\nmaster, that is the way of his perfection.\n\nTEXT 72\n\n�((�...� f,t((�...� 4iA�lti((\\(l�it : I\n311€+ft�q�I�OI � �s:4q;:d�( ll\\9�11\ntri-riitriinte tri-riitriinte\nkapittha-badariisana�\niitma-vrtty-anusiire!ta\nmiisarh ninye 'rcayan harim\ntri-three; riitra-ante-at the end of night; tri\n\n-\n\nthre e; riitra-ante-at the\n\nend of night; kapittha-badara-fruits and berries; asana�\nvrt t i\n\n-\n\n-\n\ne\n\nating; iitma­\n\njust to preserve the body; anusiire(w-as it was necessary, minimum;\n\nmiisam- one month; ninye-passed away; arcayan- worshiping; harim-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor the first month Dhruva Maharaja ate only fruits and berries on\n\nevery third day, only to keep his body and soul together, and in this way\n\nhe progressed in his worship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nKapittha is a flower which is known in Indian vernacular as kouth. We\ndo not find an English equivalent for the name of this flower, but its fruit\nis generally not accepted by human beings; it is eaten by monkeys in the\nforest. Dhruva Maharaja, however, accepted such fruit, not for luxuriant\nfeasting but just to keep his body and soul together. The body needs food,\nbut a devotee should not accept foodstuff to satisfy the tongue in sense\ngratification. It is recommended in Bhagavad-gitii that one should accept\nas much food as necessary to keep the body fit, but one should not eat for\nluxury. Dhruva Maharaja is an iiciirya, and by undergoing severe austerities\nand penances he teaches us how one should execute devotional service. We\nmust carefully know the process of Dhruva Maharaja's service; how severely\nhe passed his days will be shown in later verses. We should always remember that to become a bona fide devotee of the Lord is not an easy task, but\nin this age, by the mercy of Lord Caitanya, it has been made very easy. But\nif we do not follow even the liberal instructions of Lord Caitanya, how can\n\n", "SB4.1#p0362": "Text 73]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n349\n\nwe expect to discharge our regular duties in devotional service? It is not\npossible in this age to follow Dhruva Maharaja in his austerity, but the\nprinciples must be followed; we sh ould not disregard the regulative principles given by our spiritual master, for they make it easier for the conditioned soul. As far as our ISKCON movement is concerned, we simply\nask that one observe the four prohibitive rules, chant sixteen rounds, and,\ninstead of indulging in luxurious eating for the tongue, simply accept\nprasadam offered to the Lord. This does not mean that with our fasting\nthe Lord should also fast. The Lord should be given foodstuff which is as\nnice as possible. But we should not make it a point to satisfy our own\ntongues. As far as possible we should accept simple foodstuff, just to keep\nthe body and soul together to execute devotional service.\nIt is our duty to remember always that in comparison to Dhruva\nMaharaja\n\nwe are insignificant.\n\nWe\n\ncannot do anything like Dhruva\n\nMaharaja did for self-realization because we are absolutely incompetent to\nexecute such service. But by Lord Caitanya's mercy we have been given\nall concessions possible for this age, so at least we should always remember\nthat neglect of our prescribed duties in devotional service will not make us\nsuccessful in the mission we have undertaken. It is our duty to follow in\nthe footsteps of Dhruva Maharaja, for he was very determined. We should\nalso be determined to finish our duties in executing devotional service\nin this life; we should not wait for another life to finish our job.\nTEXT 73\n\nfmtf � � lffif � �cit � I\n(Utqati�flr: itUf: �s-..,..=t14r�� l\\9� 11\ndvitiyam ca tathii miisam\n§U§fhe §U§the'rbhako dine\ntn w-parr-iidibhift sirrai�\nkrtiinno 'bh yarcayan vibhum\ndvitiyam-next month; ca-also; tathii-as mentioned above; mii.sammonth; §U§the §U§the\n\n- every sixth day; arbhaka[l-the innocent boy; dine­\n\non days; trrw�parr-a-iidibhi�-by grasses and leaves; sirraifl-which were\ndry; krta-a n na� -;- made for his food; abhyarcayan-and thus continued his\nmethod of worship; vibhum-for the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the second month Dhruva Maharaja ate only every six days, and for\nhis eatables he took dry grass and leaves. Thus continued his worship.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0363": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n350\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 74\n\n� \"41wt..\"'41e � �stf.t' 1\n�\n�sil�QtW411JHij'i1Nwn 11�\\lll\ntrtiyarh ciinayan miisarh\nnavame navame 'hani\nabbhak�a uttamaslokam\nupiidhiivat samiidhinii\ntrtiyam the\n-\n\nthird\n\nmonth;\n\nca-also;\n\niinayan-passing; miisam-one\n\nmonth; navame navame-on each ninth; ahani-on the day; abbhakfia�drinking water only; uttamaslokam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nwho is worshiped by selected verses; upiidhiivat-worshiped; samiidhiniiin trance.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOn the third month he drank water only every nine days. Thus he\n\nremained completely in trance and worshiped the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who is adored by selected verses.\nTEXT 75\n\n�� '4Rf ����\n� �� �--�q¥4\\itl(q( ll\\9�11\ncaturtham api vai miisarh\ndviidase dviidase 'hani\nviiyu-bhak§o jita-sviiso\ndhyiiyan devam adhiirayat\ncaturtham-fourth; api\n\n-\n\nalso; vai-in that way; miisam-the month;\n\ndviidase dviidase-on the twelfth; ahani-day; viiyu-air; bhak§a�-eating;\njita sviisa�\n-\n\n-\n\ncontrolling\n\nthe\n\nbreathing\n\ndevam-the Supreme Lord; adhiirayat\n\n-\n\nprocess;\n\nworshiped\n\ndhyiiyan\n\n-\n\nmeditating;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the fourth month Dhruva Maharaja became a complete master of the\n\nbreathing exercise, and thus he inhaled air only every twelfth day. In this\n\nway he became completely fixed in his position and worshiped the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0364": "Dhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\nText 77]\n\n351\n\nTEXT 76\n\nq� '���M ftr�'IIRU i'tl�iSI: 1\n�q_ ;m �twl m ��u'!R:�u:qe l l\\9'\"\npaii.came miisy anupriipte\njita-sviiso nrpiitmajaft\ndhyiiyan brahma padaikena\ntasthau sthiirzur iviicalaft\npaii.came\n\n-\n\nin the fifth; miisi-in the month; anupriipte-being situated;\n\njita sviisaft-an\n\nd stil.l controlling the breathing; nrpa-iitmajaft-the son of\nd\nbrahma-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; padii ekena-with one leg; tasthau-stood; sthiiru ft -j ust like a\n-\n\nthe\n\nKing; dhyiiyan-me itating;\n\ncolumn; iva-like; acalaft-without movement.\nTRANSLATION\nBy the fifth month,\n\nMaharaja Dhruva, the son of the King, had\n\ncontrolled his breathing so perfectly that he was able to stand on only one\nleg, just as a column stands, without motion, and concentrate his mind\nfully on the Param-brahman.\nTEXT 77\n\n� ¥R llti§QI � \\ijPJ\\�Iij'4'( l\n\\tU�t'ftiN\\fl � wtl«��oqwtlq('( 11�11\nsarvato mana iikr�ya\nhrdi bhutendriyiisayam\ndhyiiyan bhagavato rupam\nniidriik�it kincaniiparam\nsarvataft-in all respects; manaft\n\n-\n\nmin ; ii r�ya- c oncen trati n g; hrdi\n\nd k\n\n-\n\nin\n\nthe heart; bhilta indriya as'ayam-resting place of the senses and the ob ects\n-\n\nj\n\n-\n\nof the senses; dhy yan-me itating; bhagavata1;1.-of the Supreme Person­\n\nii\n\nd\n\nality of Godhead; rii pam form ; na adriik� -did not see; kiii.cana-any\n\nil\n\n-\n\nthing; aparam-else\n\n­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe completely controlled his senses and their objects, and in this way he\nfixed his mind, without diversion to anything else, upon the form of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.1#p0365": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n352\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nThe yogic principles of meditation are clearly explained here. One has\nto fix one's mind upon the form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nwithout diversion to any other objective. It is not that one can meditate or\nconcentrate on an impersonal objective. To try to do so is simply a waste\nof time, for it is unnecessarily troublesome, as explained in Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nTEXT 78\n\n3INR\nJl1r\n\n¥t«lf:.�f\n\nSl\\1191�()\\t I\n\n'li.ll(l4qiOI� �) ���'\" 11\\!l�tl\niidhiirarh mahadiidiniirh\npradhiina-puru§esvaram\nbrahma dhiirayamiirwsya\ntrayo lokiis cakampire\n\niidhiiram-repose; mahat-iidiniim- of the material sum total known as\nthe mahat-tattva; pradhiina-the chief; puru§a iSvaram-master of all living\n-\n\nentities;\n\nbrahma-the\n\nSupreme\n\nBrahman\n\nPersonality\n\ndhiirayamiirwsya-having taken into the heart; traya�\n\n-\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nt he three planetary\n\nsystems; loka�-al1 the planets; cakampire- began to tremble.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja thus captured the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, who is the refuge of the total material creation and who is the\nmaster of all living entities, the three worlds began to tremble.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the particular word brahman is very significant. Brahman\nmeans one who not only is the greatest, but who has the potency to expand\nto an unlimited extent. How was it possible for Dhruva Maharaja to capture\nBrahman within his heart? This question has been very nicely answered by\nJ!va Gosvami. He says that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the\norigin of Brahman, for since He comprises everything material and spiritual,\nthere cannot be anything greater than Him. In the Bhagavad-gitii also the\nSupreme Godhead says, \"I am the resting place of Brahman.\" Many\npersons, especially the\n\nMayavadi philosophers, consider\n\nBrahman the\n\nbiggest, all-expanding substance, but according to this verse and other\nVedic literatures, such as Bhagavad-gitii, the resting place of Brahman is\n\n", "SB4.1#p0366": "Text 79]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n353\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, just as the resting place of the sun­\n\nshine is the sun globe. Srila Jiva Gosvami, therefore, says that since the\n\ntranscendental form of the Lord is the seed of all greatness, He is the\n\nSupreme Brahman. Since the Supreme Brahman was situated in the heart\nof Dhruva Maharaja, he became heavier than the heaviest, and therefore\n\neverything trembled in all three worlds and in the spiritual world.\n\nThe mahat-tattva, or the sum total of the material creation, is to be\n\nunderstood as the ultimate end of all universes, including all the living\n\nentities therein. Brahman is the resort of the mahat-tattva, which includes\n\nall material and spiritual entities. It is described in this connection that the\nSupreme Brahman, the Personality of Godhead, is the master of both\n\npradhiina and pnru�a. Pradhana means subtle matter, such as ether. Puru§a\n\nmeans the spiritual spark living entities who are entangled in that subtle\n\nmaterial existence. These may also be described as para prakrti and apara\n\nprakrti, as stated in Bhagavad-gitii . Kr1lt:Ja, being the controller of both the\nprakrtis, is thus the master of pradhiina and puru�a. In the Vedic hymns\nalso the Supreme Brahman is described as anta�pravi�f.a� siistii. This indicates\nthat the Supreme Personality of Godhead is controlling everything and\n\nentering into everything.\n\nThe Brahma-samhitii further confirms this:\nar-{iantarastha-paramiif}u-cayiintarastham: He has not only entered the\nuniverses, but He has entered even into the atom. In Bhagavad-gita Kr�t;�a\nalso says, v4tabhyaham idam krtsnam. The Supreme Personality of Godhead controls everything by entering into everything. By associating con­\n\nstantly with the Supreme Personality in his heart,\n\nDhruva Maharaja\n\nnaturally became equal to the greatest, Brahman, by His association, and\n\nthus became the heaviest, and the entire universe trembled. In conclusion,\n\na person who always concentrates on the transcendental form of Kr�!)a\n\nwithin his heart can very easily strike the whole world with wonder at his\n\nactivities. This is the perfection of yoga performance, as confirmed in\nBhagavad-gita. Yoginiim a pi sarve§am: of all yogis, the bhak ti-yogl, who\nthinks of\n\nKr1l!)a\n\nalways within his heart and engages in His loving\n\ntranscendental service, is the topmost. Ordinary yogis can exhibit wonder­\n\nful material activities, known as a§ta-siddhi, eight kinds of yogic perfection,\n\nbut a pure devotee of the Lord can surpass these perfections by perform­\n\ning activities which can make the whole universe trembte.\n\nTEXT 79\n\n�<t<tuPtcft�61 � 1\n6\n\n", "SB4.1#p0367": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n354\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nyadaika-padena sa piirthivarbhakas\ntasthau tad-a;tgu§(ha-nipit;lita mahi\nnanama tatrardham ibhendradhi�thita\ntariva sabyeta-rata� pade pade\nyada- when;\npiirth iva- the\n\neka-with\n\none;\n\nKing's; arbhaka{l\n\n-\n\nc\n\npadena-Ieg;\n\nsa�-Dhruva\n\nMaharaja;\n\nhild ; tasthau-remained standing; tat­\n\na ri gu �tha his big toe; nipit;lita - bein g pressed; mahi-the earth; nanama-\n\nbent down; tat ra- then ; ardham-half; ibhendra-the king of elephants;\n\nadh i�t h it ii being situated; tan iva-like a boat; sabyeta rataQ. -ri ght and left;\n-\n\n-\n\npade pade-in every step.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs Dhruva Maharaja, the King's son, kept himself steadily standing on\none leg, the pressure of his big toe pushed down half the earth, just as an\nelephant being carried on a boat rocks the boat left and right with his every\nstep.\nPURPORT\nThe most significanf expression in this verse is parthivarbhaka (\"son of\nthe King\"). When Dhruva Maharaja was at home, although he was a king's\nson, he was prevented from getting on the lap of his father. But when he\nbecame advanced in self-realization or devotional service, by the pressure\nof his toe he could push down the whole earth. That is the difference\nbetween ordinary consciousness and Kr:}l}a consciousness. In ordinary\nconsciousness a king's son may be refused something even by his father,\nbut when the same person becomes fully Kr11l}a conscious within his heart,\nhe can push down the earth with the pressure of his toe.\nOne cannot argue, \"How is it that Dhruva Maharaja, who was prevented\nfrom getting up on the lap of his father, could press down the whole\nearth?\" This argument is not very much appreciated by the learned, for it\nis an example of nagnamatrkii logic. By this logic one would think that\nbecause his mother in her childhood was naked she should therefore remain naked even when she is grown up. The stepmother of Dhruva\nM a h araj a might have been thinking in a similar way: since she had refused\n\nto allow him to get up on the lap of his father, how could Dhruva perform\nsuch wonderful activities as pressing down the whole earth? She must\n\n", "SB4.1#p0368": "Text 80]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\n355\n\nhave been very surprised when she learned that Dhruva Maharaja, by\ncon cen t ratin g constantly on the Supreme Personality of Godhead within\nhis heart, could press down the en t ire earth, like an ele phan t who presses\ndown the boat on which it is loaded.\nTEXT 80\n\n6f4t'ilf'l\\li41it� Rlfl'41€¥ieil\n\nm A�lt\\'4._9'i4i41 �I\n� Pl�1(1Pfc(t�61 �\n�mt: �\n\n·ll�oll\n\ntasminn abhidhyiiyati visvam iitmano\ndvaram nirudhyiisum ananyayii dhiyii\nlokii nirucchviisa-nipit;litii bhrsarh\nsaloka-piilii� sara[J-arh yayur harim\ntasmin-Dhruva\n\nMaharaja; abhidhyiiyati - when meditating wit h full\n\nconcentration; visvam iitmana{t -the total body of the universe; dviiramthe holes; nirudhya - closed ; asum-the life air; ananyaya - w ithout being diverted; dhiya -m editation; l o ka!t- all\n\nthe planets ; nirucchvasa­\n\nhaving stopped breathing; nipit;litii{t- t hus bein g suffocated; bhrsam-very\nSOOn; saloka-piilii�-al1 the gre at d em igods from different plan e t s; sara!Wm­\n\nshelter; yay u� - t oo k; harim-of the Supreme Personali t y of God hea d.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja became practically one in heaviness with Lord\nVi�pu, the total consciousness, due to his fully concentrating and closing\nall the holes of his body, the total universal breathing became choked up,\nand all the big demigods in all the planetary systems felt suffocated and\nthus took shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nWhen hundreds of persons are Sittmg in an airplane, although they\nremain as individual units, they each share in the total force of the airplane, which runs at thousands of miles per hour; similarly, when unit\nenergy is identified with the service of the to t al energy, the unit energy becomes as powerful as the total energy. As explained in the previous verse,\nDhruva Maharaja, because of his spiritual advancement, became almost\nthe total heaviness, and thus he pressed down the whole earth. l\\1oreover,\n\n", "SB4.1#p0369": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n356\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nby such spiritual power his unit body became the total body of the\nuniverse. Thus when he closed the holes of his unit body to firmly concentrate his mind on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, all the units of the\nuniverse-namely all the living entities, including the big demigods-felt\nthe pressure of suffocation, as if their breathing were being choked. Therefore they all took shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead because\nthey were perplexed as to what had happened.\nThis example of Dhruva Maharaja's closing the holes of his personal\nbody and thereby closing the breathing holes of the total universe clearly\nindicates that a devotee, by his personal devotional service, can influence\nall the people of the whole world to become devotees of the Lord. If there\nis only one pure devotee in pure Kr�fla consciousness, he can change the\ntotal consciousness of the world into Kr�l}a consciousness. This is not very\ndifficult to understand if we study the behavior of Dhruva Maharaja.\nTEXT 81\n\n\"tcrr q:\n� � � SIIUI@i\n:q(l:q*IIR.iteQ'+il':tH' 1\n� \"' t�•uf«l•\nsnm ifli m � ta(U�aJ:.II����\ndevii ucu�\nnaivarh vidiimo bhagavan priirw-rodharh\ncariicarasyiikh ila-sattva-dhiimna�\nvidhehi tan no vrjiniid vimok§arh\npriiptii vayarh tviirh sara[!arh sara[! yam\ndevii{t\n\nucu�-al1 the demigods said; na-not; evam-thus; vidiima�-we can\n-\n\nunderstand; bhagavan-0 Personality of Godhead; prii[!a rodham-how we\nfeel our breathing choked; cara- moving; acarasya-not moving; akhilauniversal; sattva-existence; dhiimna�-the reservoir of; vidhe hi-kindly do\n\n�t\n\nthe needful; tat-therefore; na -our; vrjinat- from the danger; vimok�amliberation; prapta�-approaching; vayam-all\n\nof us;\n\ntvam-unto\n\nsara[ am-shelter; sarartyam- worthy to be taken shelter of.\n\nYou;\n\nl\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods said: Dear Lord, You are the refuge of all moving and\nnonmoving living entities. We feel all living entities to 'he suffocating,\n\n", "SB4.1#p0370": "Text 82)\n\n357\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest\n\ntheir breathing processes choked up. We have never experienced such a\nthing. Since You are the ultimate shelter of all surrendered souls, we have\ntherefore approached You; kindly save us from this danger.\nPURPORT\nDhruva Mahara a's influence, attained by executing devotional service\n\nj\n\nunto the Lord, was felt even by the demigods, who had never before\nexperienced such a situation. Because of Dhruva Mahara a's controlling\n\nj\n\nhis breathing, the entire universal breathing process was choked. It is by\nthe will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead that material entities cannot breathe whereas spiritual entities are able to breathe; material entities\nare products of the Lord's external energy, whereas spiritual entities are\nproducts of the Lord's internal energy. The demigods approached the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is the controller of both kinds of\nentities, in order to know why their breathing was choked. The Supreme\nLord is the ultimate goal for the solution to all problems within this\nmaterial world. In the spiritual world there are no problems, but the\nmaterial world is always problematic. Since the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is the master of both the material and spiritual worlds, it is better\nto approach Him in all problematic situations. Those who are devotees,\ntherefore,\n\nhave\n\nno problems\n\nin\n\nthis material world.\n\nVisvam piirrta­\n\nsukhiiyate: devotees are free from all problems because they are fully\nsurrendered unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. For a devotee,\neverything in the world is very pleasing because he knows how to use\neverything in the transcendental loving service of the Lord.\nTEXT 82\n\nst.:fh�tr�\n\"' u � � 5:(���·AI���G� S1M�I(( � I\n1Rft ft if: SIIUif.t(t� amftf(,'q(ijqlf«o�� 411<1€¥41 \"'�\"\nsd\"-bhagaviin uviica\nmii bha4ta biilam tapaso duratyayiin\nnivartayi�ye pratiyata sva-dhama\nyato hi va� prar;w-nirodha as\"id\nauttanapadir mayi satigatatma\n\n", "SB4.1#p0371": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n358\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 8\n\nsri bhagaviin uviica-the Supreme Personali ty of Godhead r eplied; ma\nbhai�ta-do not be afraid; balam-the boy Dhruva; tapasa�-by his sever e\n\na us teri ty;\n\nduratyayat-strongly determined; nivartayi�ye-1 shall ask him\n\nto stop this; pratiyiita-you can return; sva-dhiima-your own respective\nhomes; yataft-from whom; h i- certainly ; va�-your; priirw-nirodha-chok­\n\ning the life air;a stt happ ened; auttanapadi/;l-on account of the son of Kin g\n-\n\nUttanapada; mayi-unto Me; saligata-iitma-fully absorbed in th ought of\nMe.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead replied: My dear demigods, do not\nbe perturbed by this. It is due to the severe austerity and full determination\nof the son of King Uttanapada, who is now fully absorbed in thought of\nMe. He has obstructed the universal breathing process. You can safely\n\nreturn to your respective homes. I shall stop this boy in his severe acts of\nausterities, and you will be saved from this situation.\nPURPORT\nHere\n\none\n\nword,\n\nsatigatiitmii,\n\nis\n\nmisinterpreted\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nMayavadi\n\nphilo sophers, who say that the self of Dhruva Maharaja became one with\nthe Su p reme Self, the Personality of Godhead The M ayavadl philos ophers\n.\n\nwant to prove by this word that the Supersoul and the individual soul\nbe come united in this way and that after such unification the individual\nsoul has no separate existence. Bu t here il is clearly said by the S up reme\nLord that Dhruva Maharaja was so absorbed in meditation on the thoughl\nof the\n\nupreme Personality of G odhead that He Himself, the universal\n\nconsciousness, was attracted to Dhruva. In order to plea se the demigods,\nHe wanted to go Himself to Dhruva Maharaja to stop him from this severe\nausterity. The Mayavad'i philosophers' conclusion that the Supersuul and\nthe individual soul become united is not support d by this sta l e m en t.\n\nRather, the Supersoul, the Personality of Godhead, wanted to stop Dhruva\nMaharaja from this sever\n\nausterity.\n\nBy pleasing the Supreme Personality of G odhead, one pleases everyone,\njust as by watering the root of a tree one satisfies every branch, twig and\nleaf of the tree. If one can attract the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nnaturally he attracts the whole univer e because Kr!ll}a is the supreme\n\ncause of the universe. All the demigods were afraid of being totally\n\nvanquished by suffocation, but the Persona li t y of Godhead assured them\n\nthat Dhruva l\\llaharaja was a great devotee of the Lord and was not about\nto annihilate everyone in the universe.\n\nliving e ntities\n\n.\n\ndevotee is never enviou s of other\n\n", "SB4.1#p0372": "Text 82J\n\nDhruva Maharaja Leaves Home for the Forest.\n\n359\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Eighth\n\nChapter, of the Sr!mad-Bha gavatam, entitled \"Dhruva Mahiiriija Leaves\nHome for the Forest.\"\n\n", "SB4.1#p0373": "", "SB4.2#p0001": ",I\n\nSrimad\n\nBhagavatam\n\n,\n\nSrimad\nBhagavatam\nFourth canto- Part Two\n\nFourth canto\nPart TWO\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\nFourth canto\n·\n\n<Part Two-Chapters 9-19)\n\nwith the original Sanskrit text, its Roman transliteration, word-for-word synonyms, translation\nand elaborate purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society\nfor Krishna Consciousness\n\n416 pages\n8 color illustrations\n\n)>\n\n0\n\nFortunate are those who read Srimad-Bhagavatam,\nfor this ancient classic of spiritual wisdom offers\n\nOJ\n=s\nQJ\n\ndeep insight into every sphere of life, including\nphilosophy, sociology, religion and love. The ulti­\n\n�\n\n· :I:\n�\n0. Vi'\nQJ\n�\n\nmate work of the great sage Vyasa, the author of\n\nBhagavad-gita, Srimad-Bhagavatam is so potent that\n\nit can bring about a spiritual revolution in the\nhearts of those who read it. Since it is a book not\n\n0\n\n·\ns c::\n�·\nUl m\n\nof sectarian religion but of universal enlightenment,\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam lights the way of spiritual progress for people of all nations and religions. It is\n\n� �\n\nC')\n\n3,\n\"'0\n\ncompared to the rising sun, for its knowledge dissipates the darkness of illusion and anxiety.\n\nn\nm\n\nAimed especially at describing the sublime pas­\n\nnl\n\ntimes of Lord Kr�r;�a, the Personality of Godhead,\n\nwhich are to be found in the Tenth Canto, Srimad­\n\nC'\n=s\ns:::\n'0\nQJI\n0.\nQJ\n\nBhagavatam\n\ngradually elevates its reader in the\n\ninner knowledge of the self and in the mysteries of\nthe cosmos, its laws and its ultimate source. Therefore, those sincerely searching for spiritual truth\nwill find it in every verse of Srimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nthe world's most ancient and scientific text of\nspiritual knowledge.\n\n•\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nFront Cover: From the dead body of his father, Vena, King\nPrthu appeared along with his queen, Arci.\nBack Cover: Dhruva Maharaja battles the mystic power of\nthe Yak�as.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0002": "Other Books by His Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedimta Swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nCOMPLETE EDITION\nwith the original Sanskrit text, Roman\ntransliteration, English equivalents,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\nThe International Society for Krishna Consciousness is pleased to announce the publication by the\nMacmillan Company of the long-awaited Complete\n\nEdition of Bhagavad-gita As It Is. This most basic\nand essential of all spiritual texts is now available in\none complete, authoritative, beautifully . illustrated\n\n1 ,000-page\n\nvolume.\n\nBhagavad-gita\n\nhas\n\nlong\n\nbeen\n\nappreciated as a scriptural literature of sublime importance by thoughtful men throughout the world, for its\neighteen chapters shower upon man the immortal\nnectar of the wisdom of the Absolute. In Bhagavad­\n\ngita As It Is, the message of this timeless classic is now\ntransmitted in its purity and fullness. By reading this\nbook, one can attain the perfection of human life.\nHardcover $10.95; Paperback $4.95\n\nKRSNA\n•\n\n•\n\n•\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead\nHere,\n\nin\n\ntwo\n\nmagnificent\n\nvolumes,\n\nHis\n\nDivine\n\nGrace presents the eternal, blissful pastimes of the\nSupreme Lord S ri Kr$Qa as they are revealed in the\nTenth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam, the ripened fruit\n\nof all Vedic literatures. The KIJ$/YA BOOKS, 750\npages of transcendental stories, richly illustrated with\n\n82 full-color reproductions.\nVol. I, 400 pp., 58 il/us., $7.95\nVol. II, 370 pp., 24 illus., $7.95\nSet of both volumes, $14.95\n\nThe KIJ$/YA BOOKS are now available in a wonderful paperback trilogy set. These pocket-size books include all of the original text and the most exquisite of\nthe color illustrations. Pocket-size bliss! A beautiful\nslip case is also included free with the complete set of\nbooks.\nPer Vol., $1.95 Per Set $4.95\n\n", "SB4.2#p0003": "HitDivine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupiida\nFounder-Adirya of the International Society for Kn'shna Consciousness\n\n", "SB4.2#p0004": "Plate 1 Dhruva fell flat before the Lord like a rod and became absorbed in love of God\n. 363\n\n.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0005": "Plate 2 \"You are eternally the master of the three modes of material nature; thus You are\n\nalways different from the ordinary living entities.\" (p. 382)\n\n", "SB4.2#p0006": "Plate 5 The Supreme Lord is transcendent al to this mat erial world; therefore only a fool\nthinks of Him as an ordinary human be ing. (p. 477)\n\n", "SB4.2#p0007": "Plate 6 While Dhruva Mahirii·a was\n\nassin throu\n\ns\n\nce, he\n\ndually saw all the planets of the solar system. (p. 521)\n\n", "SB4.2#p0008": "Plate 7 The male and female born of the arms of Vena's body were an expansion of Vi�l).U,\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. (p. 622)\n\n", "SB4.2#p0009": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n", "SB4.2#p0010": "ALL GLORY TO �Rl GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nsrtmad-Bhagavatam\nof\n\nK�S�A-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\nm�� iiffit �•fmrn I\n� 'fl � f( -t\\(�GI,S;{q� II � II\n\n�\n\ne$a sak§ad dharer arhso\njato loka-rirak§aya\niyarh ca tat-para hi srir\nanujaji'i.e 'napayini (p. 624)\n\n", "SB4.2#p0011": "OTHER BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-4 ( 11 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (2 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri Tsopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�[la Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKf�[la, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (2 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nTranscendental Teachings of Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nKr�[la, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�[la\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr�[la Consciousness\nLord Caitanya in Five Features\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3959 Landmark Street\nCulver City, California 90230\n\n", "SB4.2#p0012": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\nFourth Canto\n\"The creation of the Fourth Order\"\n\n<Part Two-Chapters 9-19>\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York\n\n·\n\nLos Angeles\n\n·\n\nLondon\n\n·\n\nBombay\n\n", "SB4.2#p0013": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Kr ishna Consciousness\n3959 Landmark Street\nCulver City, California 90230\n\n© 1974 the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\n\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 7 5-189067\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-47-1\n\nPrinted by Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan\n\n", "SB4.2#p0014": "TABLE OF CONTENTS\n\nCHAPTER NINE\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n36 1\n\nThe Lord Appears Before Dhruva\n\n362\n\nDhruva Offers Conclusive Prayers\n\n336\n\nThe Lord Is Like a Desire Tree\n\n374\n\nThe Different Varieties of Living Entities\n\n378\n\nLord V i�!J.U Enj oys the Results of Sacrifices\n\n381\n\nThe Lord Congratulates Dhruva\n\n387\n\nDhruva Is Awarded the Pole Star\n\n389\n\nLord Vi�!J.U Returns to His Abode\n\n395\n\nDhruva Ashamed of His Material Demands\n\n397\n\nThe Shelter of the Lotus Feet of the Lord\n\n402\n\nKing Uttiinapiida Considers Himself Wretched\n\n410\n\nDhruva's Reunion with His Father\n\n414\n\nSumti Was the Mother of a Great Hero\n\n418\n\nDescription of the Capital City\n\n421\n\nDhruva Enthroned as Emperor\n\n430\n\nCHAPTER TEN\nDhruva Maharaja1S Fight with the Yak$aS\n\n433\n\nDhruva 's Brother Killed by a Yak�\n\n435\n\nThe Yak�s Valiantly Exhibit Their Prowess\n\n438\n\nDhruva Shoots Incessant Arrows\n\n442\n\nThe Mystic Tricks of the Demons\n\n446\n\nvii\n\n", "SB4.2#p0015": "viii\n\nCHAPTER ELEVEN\nsvavambhuva Manu Advises\nDhruva Maharaja to stop Fighting\n\n451\n\nDhruva's Arrows Dismay the Enemy Soldiers\n\n454\n\nSvayambhuva Manu Gives Good Instruction\n\n456\n\nCreation of the Material World\n\n464\n\nThe Lord in His Feature of Eternal Time\n\n471\n\nBirth and Death Caused by the Supreme\n\n476\n\nAnger Is the Enemy of Spiritual Realization\n\n483\n\nCHAPTER TWELVE\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n489\n\nKuvera Speaks to Dhruva Maharaj a\n\n489\n\nKuvera Offers a Benediction to Dhruva\n\n495\n\nDhruva Performs Many Ceremonial Sacrifices\n\n499\n\nDhruva as Direct Father of the Citizens\n\n502\n\nDhruva Maharaj a Retires to the Forest\n\n507\n\nAssociates of Vigm Come Before Dhruva\n\n512\n\nNanda and Sunanda Address Dhruva\n\n515\n\nDhruva Prepares to Board the Transcendental Plane\n\n520\n\nDhruva Remembers His Poor Mother\n\n524\n\nNarada Chants the Glories of Dhruva\n\n533\n\nDevotees Like to Hear About D hruva\n\n538\n\nThe Narration of Dhruva Maharaj a Is Sublime\nKnowledge\n\n544\n\nCHAPTER THIRTEEN\nDescri ption of the Descendants\nof Dhruva Maharaja\n\n547\n\n", "SB4.2#p0016": "tX\n\nVidura Inquires About the Pracetas\n\n548\n\nDhruva's Son Utkala Does Not Desire the Throne\n\n551\n\nVat sara Elevated to the Royal Throne\n\n556\n\nKing Vena Cursed by the Sages\n\n560\n\nSacrifice Performed by King Anga\n\n564\n\nKing Anga Offers Oblat ions to Vigm\n\n571\n\nVena as Grandson of Death Personified\n\n574\n\nKing Anga Gives Up His Home\n\n579\n\nCHAPTER FOURTEEN\nThe story of King vena\n\n583\n\nVena Installed on the Throne\n\n584\n\nKing Vena Stops Religious Rituals\n\n587\n\nThe Great Sages Speak to King Vena\n\n592\n\nQualifications of a Pious King\n\n597\n\nKing Vena Replies to the Briihmartas\n\n602\n\nKing Vena Condemned by the Sages\n\n606\n\nSunitha Preserves the Dead Body of Vena\n\n610\n\nBahuka Born from the Thighs of Vena\n\n617\n\nCHAPTER\n\nFIFTEEN\n\nKing Prthu's Appearance and coronation\n\n621\n\nMale and Female Born of the Arms of Vena\n\n622\n\nThe Goddess of Fortune Incarnated as Arci\n\n625\n\nKing J>rthu Is Placed on the Throne\n\n629\n\nKing Prthu Speaks\n\n634\n\nCHAPTER\n\nSl XTEEN\n\nPraise of King Prthu\nby the Professional Reciters\n\n639\n\n", "SB4.2#p0017": "X\n\nThe Reciters Continue to Praise the King\n\n639\n\nKing Pfthu As a Chastiser to the Irreligious\n\n643\n\nKing Prthu As a Protector of the World\n\n647\n\nKing Prthu To Remain Just Like Fire\n\n651\n\nThe King Will Respect All Women\n\n655\n\nThe King Will Perform One Hundred Sacrifices\n\n662\n\nCHAPTER SEVENTEEN\n\nMaharaja Prthu Becomes Angry\nat the Earth\n\n667\n\nThe Citizens Suffer Starvation\n\n673\n\nThe Earth Flees From King Prthu\n\n677\n\nThe Cow-shaped Earth Appeals to the King\n\n679\n\nKing Prthu Replies to the Earthly Planet\n\n682\n\nPfthu Maharaja Becomes Like Y amaraja\n\n688\n\nThe Planet Earth Speaks\n\n689\n\nThe Lord in the Form of the Original Boar\n\n696\n\nCHAPTER EIGHTEEN\n\nPrthu Maharaja Milks the Earth Planet\n\n101\n\nThe Planet Earth Tries to Convince the King\n\n701\n\nGrains Being Used by Nondevotees\n\n706\n\nEarth Fulfills the King's Desire\n\n711\n\nThe Demigods Milk Nectar from the Earth\n\n71 5\n\nThe Demons Milk Blood from the Earth\n\n721\n\nEarth Supplies Everyone His Food\n\n724\n\n", "SB4.2#p0018": "xi\n\nCHAPTER\n\nNINETEEN\n\nKing Prthu's one Hundred Horse sacrifices\n\n729\n\nVi�pu Present at the Sacrifices of King J>rthu\n\n731\n\nKing Prthu Presented with Various Gifts\n\n736\n\nIndra Takes the Sacrificial Horse\n\n739\n\nIndra Abandons His False Dress\n\n743\n\nIndra Adopts Several Orders of Sannyasa\n\n749\n\nLord Brahma Stops the Sacrifice\n\n752\n\nUnwanted Desires Even Amongst the Demigods\n\n757\n\nKing J>rthu Concludes a Peace with Indra\n\n762\n\n", "SB4.2#p0019": "CHAPTER NINE\n\nDhruva Mahar��iia Returns Home\nTEXT 1\n\n�\n\n���\n\\Wsli�\n�Uffl'I+P«\ni�llat'1¥tH\n\n��fileq¥( 1\n\n(1«t�ftttifit m ·���+i€1\n�;f � m�: II � II\nmaitreya uvaca\nta evam utsanna-bhaya urukrame\nkrtavanamaft prayayus tri-vi§.tapam\nsahasrasir§api tato garutmata\nmadhor vanam bhrtya-didrk§aya gataft\nmaitreyafl, uvaca- the great sage Maitreya continued; te-the demigods;\nevam thus; utsanna-bhayafl,-being freed from all fears; urukrame-unto\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose actions are uncommon; krta-\n\navanamafl,-they offered their obeisances; prayayuft-they returned; trivi§tapam-to th�ir respective heavenly planets; sahasra-sir§a api- also the\nPersonality of Godhead known as Sahasrasir�a; tatafl, - from there;\ngarutmata- getting up on the back of Garw}a; madhoft vanam the forest\n-\n\nknown as Madhuvana; bh rtya\n\ngata[l,\n\n-\n\nwent\n\n.\n\n-\n\nservant; didrk§aya\n\n-\n\nwishing to see him;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe great sage Maitreya told Vidura: When the demigods were reassured\nby the Personality of Godhead, they were freed from all fears, and after\noffering their obeisances, they returned to their heavenly planets. Then\nthe Lord, who is nondifferent from the SahasraSir�a incarnation, got on\nthe back of Garuc;la, who carried Him to the Madhuvana Forest to see His\nservant Dhruva.\n361\n\n", "SB4.2#p0020": "362\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nThe word sahasraszr�a refers to the Personality of Godhead known as\n\nGarbhodakasayi\n\nVi�Du. Although the Lord appeared as K�lrodakasayi\n\ndifferent\n\nGarbhodakasayi\n\nVi�DU, He has been described here as Sahasra&r�a Vi�DU because He is nonfrom\n\nVi�DU·\n\nAccording to\n\nSrila\n\nSanatana\n\nGos vami in his Bhagavatamr:ta, the Sahasra&r�a Personality of Godhead\n\nwho appeared at that time was the incarnation known as Prsnigarbha. He\n\ncreated the planet known as Dhruvaloka for the habitation of Dhruva\nMaharaja.\n\nTEXT2\n\n� � q1•tNqtctiil1ectea\n��q'llit� �� <af\\dc¥11(. 1\n�6\ne�f!t')qe�'1.1'\n;rft:ftqd � �II� II\n�\n\nsa vai dhiya yoga-vipaka-t'ivraya\nhr:t-padma-kose sphuritarh tal)it-prabham\ntirohitarh sahasaivopalakna\nbahi/:t sthitarh tad-avastharh dadarsa\nsa�-Dhruva Maharaja; vai-also; dhiya-by meditation; yoga-vipaka­\n\ntivrayii-on account of mature realization of the yogic process; hrt-the\nheart;\n\npadma-kose-on\n\nthe\n\nlotus\n\nof;\n\nsphuritam-mani fes ted;\n\ntal)it­\n\npra bham-brilliant like lightning; tirohitam-having disappeared; sahasii­\n\nall of a sudden; eva-also; upalak�ya-by observing; bahi/:t sthitam-ex te r nally situated; tat-avastham-in the same posture; dadarsa-was able to see.\nTRANSLATION\nThe form of the Lord, which was brilliant like lightning and in which\nDhruva Maharaja, in his mature yogic process, was fully absorbed in meditation, all of a sudden disappeared. Thus Dhruva was perturbed, and his\nmeditation broke. As soon as he opened his eyes he saw the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead personally present, just as he had been seeing Him\nin his heart.\nPURPORT\nBecause of his mature position in yogic meditation, Dhruva Maharaja\n\nwas constantly observing the form of the Personality of Godhead within\n\n", "SB4.2#p0021": "Text3)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n363\n\nhis heart, but all of a sudden, when the Supreme Personality disappeared\nfrom his heart, he thought that he had lost Him. He was perturbed, but\n\nupon opening his eyes and breaking his meditation he saw the same form\n\nof the Lord before him. In the Brahma-samhita (5.38) it is aid, prem­\n\nanjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena: a saintly person who has developed\n\nlove of Godhead by devotional service always sees the Lord's transcen­\n\ndental form of Syamasundara. This Syamasundara form of the Lord within\n\nthe heart of a devotee is not imagination. When a devotee becomes mature\nin his prosecution of devotional service, he sees eye to eye the same\n\nSyamasundara he has thought of during the entire course of his devotional\n\nservice. Since the Supreme Lord is absolute, the form within the heart of a\n\ndevotee, the form in the temple and the original form in V aikul)tha,\n\nVrndavana-dhama, are all the same; they are nondifferent from one\n\nanother.\n\nTEXT3\n\n(1«1�......�«:\n\n�w� Nwiw·� ��\ntmri �'1. stft4'1fft�·���a:qfft�l� �trof� II � II\ntad-darsaneniigata-siid hvasa� k�itiiv\navandatiingarh vinamayya daT)t}avat\ndrgbhyiirh prapasyan prapibann ivarbhakas\ncumbann iviisyena bhujair iviisli$an\ntat-darsanena-after seeing the Lord; iigata-siidhvasa�-Dhruva Maharaja,\n\nbeing greatly confused; kfiilau-on the ground; avandata-offered obeisances;\nmigam-hls body; vinamayya-prostrating; da[Lt}a-vat-just like\n\na rod;\n\ndrgbhyam-with his eyes; prapasyan-looking upon; prapiban-drinking;\n\niva-like; arbhaka�-the boy; cumban-kissing; iva-like; as_yena-with hi\nmouth; bhuja*-with his arms; iva-like; aslifian-embra c ing .\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja saw his Lord just in front of him, he was greatly\nagitated and offered Him obeisances and respect. He fell flat before Him\nlike a rod and became absorbed in love of God. Dhruva Maharaja, in\neestasy, looked upon the Lord as if he were drinking the Lord with his\neyes, kissing the lotus feet of the Lord with his mouth, and embracing the\nLord with his arms.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0022": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n364\n\n[Canto4, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nNaturally, when Dhruva Maharaj a personally saw the Supreme Personality of Godhead face to face, he was very much agitated in awe and\nrespect, and it appeared as if he were drinking the entire body of the Lord\nwith his eyes. The devotee's love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nis so intense that he wants to kiss the lotus feet of the Lord constantly,\nand he wants to touch the tips of the toes of the Lord and constantly\nembrace His lotus feet. All these features of Dhruva Maharaja's bodily\nexpression indicate that upon seeing the Lord eye to eye he developed the\neight kinds of transcendental ecstasy in his body.\nTEXT4\n\nij m�-=a+tafl� �.t�·� • :q �cc�a: 1\ni(tl� Q� �\nw� � � �11\\ill\n\n�\n\nsa tam vivak§antam atadvidam h arir\njiiiitviisya sarvasya ca h rdy avasthita�\nkrtiiiijalim brah mamayena kambunii\npasparsa biilarh krpaya kapole\nsaft -the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead; tam-Dhruva Maharaja;\n\nv iva k�antam - wanting to offer prayers describing his qualities;a- tat- vidam not experienced at that; h arift - the Personality of Godhead;jiiatva-having\nunderstood; asya - of Dhruva Maharaja; sarvasya-of everyone; ca-and;\n\nhrdi-in the heart; a v asthita ft -being situated; krta-a njalim - situated with\nfolded hands; brahma-mayena-just up to the words of the Vedic hymns;\nkambuna-with\n\nHis\n\nconchshell;\n\npaspar sa- touc hed;\n\nbalam-the\n\nboy;\n\nkrpaya - out of causeless mercy; kapole-on the forehead.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Dhruva Maharaja was a small boy, still he wanted to offer\n\nprayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead in suitable language. But\nbecause he was inexperienced, he could not adjust himself immediately.\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, being situated in everyone's heart,\ncould understand Dhruva Maharaja's awkward position. Out of His causeless mercy He touched His conchshell to the forehead of Dhruva Maharaja,\nwho stood before Him with folded hands.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0023": "Text 5)\n\n365\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\nPURPORT\nEvery devotee wants to chant the transcendental qualities of the Lord.\nDevotees are always interested in hearing about the transcendental qualities\nof the Lord, and they are always l!ager to glorify these qualities, but\nsometimes they feel inconvenienced by humbleness. The Personality of\nGodhead, being situated in everyone's heart, specifically gives a devotee\nintelligence to describe Him.lt is therefore understood that when a devotee\nwrites or speaks about the Supreme Personality of Godhead, it is dictated\nby the Lord from within. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii, Tenth Chapter: to those who constantly engage in the transcendental loving service of\nthe Lord, the Lord, from within, dictates what to do next in order to serve\nHim. When Dhruva Maharaja felt hesitant, not knowing how to describe\nthe Lord for want of sufficient experience, the Lord, out of His causeless\nmercy, touched His conchshell to Dhruva's forehead, and he was transcendentally inspired. This transcendental inspiration is called brahmamaya because when one is thus inspired, the sound he produces exactly\ncorresponds to the sound vibration of the Vedas. This is not the ordinary\nsound vibration_ of this material world. Therefore the sound vibration of\nthe Hare Kr�f}a mantra, although presented in the ordinary alphabet,\nshould not be taken as mundane or material.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� a� sr�at fiR\n�eft\nqR���f.l�: t\n� �m����\nq����Hf\n'Wff�ftn II'-\\ II\n\n�\n\n':1\n\nsa vai tadaiva pratipaditarh girarh\ndaivirit parijiiiita-pariitma-nirr:zaya�\ntam bhakti-bhiivo 'bhyagp:ziid asatvararh\nparisrutoru-sravasarh dhruva-k§iti�\nsa�-Dhruva\npratipiidilii m\n\n-\n\nMaharaja; vai-certainly; tadii-at\n\nhaving\n\nattained;\n\nparijiiiila- understood;para iit rn a\n-\n\ngiram-speech;\n-\n\nthat time;\n\ne va-just ;\n\ndaivim-transcendental;\n\nof the Supreme Soul; n ir[!aya�\n\n-\n\nthe con­\n\nclusion; tarn-to the Lord; bhakti bhi i va�-situated in devotional service;\n-\n\nabhyagnu il-offered prayers; asatvararn-without any hasty conclusion;\nparisru ta-widely\n\nknown;\n\nuru-sravasarn-whose\n\nDhruva, whose planel would not be annihilated.\n\nfame;\n\ndhruva-k�iti!t­\n\n", "SB4.2#p0024": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n366\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time Dhruva Maharaja became perfectly aware of the Vedic conclusion and understood the Absolute Truth and His relationship with all\nliving entities. In accordance with the line of devotional service to the\n\nSupreme Lord, whose fame is widespread, Dhruva, who in the future\n\nwould receive a planet which would never he annihilated, even during the\ntime of dissolution, offered his deliberate and conclusive prayers.\nPURPORT\nThere are many important items to he considered in this verse. First of\nall,\n\nthe\n\nrelationship\n\nbetween\n\nthe Absolute Truth and\n\nthe relative\n\nmaterial and spiritual energies is here understood by a student who has\ncomplete knowledge of the Vedic literature. Dhruva Maharaja never went\nto any school or academic teacher to learn the Vedic conclusion, but\nbecause of his devotional service to the Lord, as soon as the Lord appeared\nand touched his forehead with His conchshell, automatically the entire\nVedic conclusion was revealed to him. That is the process of understanding\nVedic literature. One cannot understand it simply by academic learning.\nThe Vedas indicate that only to one who has unflinching faith in the Supreme Lord as well as in the spiritual master is the Vedic conclusion revealed.\nThe example of Dhruva Maharaja is that he engaged himself in devotional service to the Lord according to the order of his spiritual master, Narada\nMuni. As a result of his rendering such devotional service with great\ndetermination\n\nand\n\nausterity,\n\nthe\n\nPersonality\n\nof Godhead personally\n\nmanifested Himself before him. Dhruva was only a child. He wanted\nto offer nice prayers to the Lord, but because he lacked sufficient\nknowledge,\n\nhe\n\nhesitated; but by the\n\nmercy of the Lord, as soon\n\nas the Lord's conchshell touched his forehead, he became completely\naware of the Vedic conclusion. That conclusion is based on proper understanding of the difference between fiva and Paramatma, the individual\nsoul and the Supersoul. The individual soul is forever a servant of the\nSupersoul, and therefore his relationship with the Supersoul is to offer\nservice. That is called bhakti-yoga or bhakti-bhiiva. Dhruva Maharaja\noffered his prayers to the Lord not in the way of the impersonalist\nphilosophers, but as a devotee. Therefore, it is clearly said here, bhakti­\n\nbhiiva. The only prayers worth offering are those offered to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, whose reputation is spread far and wide. Dhruva\nMaharaja wanted to have the kingdom of his father, but his father refused\nto even allow him to get on his lap. In order to fulfill his desire, the Lord\n\n", "SB4.2#p0025": "Dhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\nText6]\n\n367\n\nhad already created a planet known as the Pole Star, Dhruvaloka, which\nwas never to be annihilated even at the time of the dissolution of the\nuniverse.\n\nOhruva\n\nMaharaja\n\ndid not attain this perfection by acting\n\nhastily, but by patiently executing the order of his spiritual master, and\ntherefore he became so successful that he sa:w the Lord face to face. Now\nhe was further enabled, by the causeless mercy of the Lord, to offer\nfitting prayers to the Lord. To glorify or offer prayers unto the Supreme,\none needs the Lord's mercy. One cannot write to glorify the Lord unless\none is endowed with His causeless mercy.\nTEXT6\n\n��\n\n��: slfim 1P1 •:u:qf'l�i Slmlf\n(hftii4t�ttR'4a�\n: �1\n\n��� �(ij:q(UIS$fif4Uif4lf:.19{\nSUUitJt¥\\1 � � ijl-� II � II\ndhruva uvaca\nyo 'ntafl pravisya mama viicam imam prasuptam\nsaiijivayaty akhila-sakti-dhara� sva-dhiimnii\nanyams ca hasta-cararta-sravarta- tvag-iidin\npriirtiin namo bhagavate puru�iiya tubhyam\ndhruva[t uvaca- D hru va Maharaja said; ya[t-the Supreme Lord who;\nantafl-within; pravisya-entering; mama-my; viicam-words; imam-all\nthese; prasup tam- which are all inactive or dead; sa i'ijivayat i\n\n-\n\nrej uvenates;\n\nakhila- universal; sakti- energy; dharafl- possessing; sva-dhamna- Ly His\ninternal potency; anyan ca- other limbs also; hasta-like hands; carartalegs; srava�a-ears; tvak-skin; adin-and so on; prii[lan-life force; nama[tlet me offer my obeisances; bhagavate- unto the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; puru�iiya\n\n-\n\nthe Supreme Person; tu b hyam -unto You.\nTRANSLATION\n\nDhruva Maharaja said:\n\nMy dear Lord, You are all-powerful. After\n\nentering within me, You have enlivened all my sleeping senses-my hands,\nlegs, ears, touch sen sation, life force and especially my power of speech.\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto You.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0026": "368\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nDhruva Maharaja could understand very easily the difference between\n\nhis condition before and after attaining spiritual realization and seeing the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead face to face. He could understand that his\n\nlife force and activities had been sleeping. Unless one comes to the spiritual\n\nplatform, his bodily limbs, mind and other facilities within the body are\n\nunderstood to be sleeping. Unless one is spiritually situated, all his activities\n\nare taken as a dead man's activities or ghostly activities. Srila Bhaktivinoda\nThakura has composed a song in which he addresses himself: \"0 living\n\nentity, get up! How long shall you sleep on the lap of miiyii? Now you\nhave the opportunity of possessing a human form of body; now try to get\n\nup and realize yourself.\" The Vedas also declare, \"Get up! Get up! You\n\nhave the opportunity, the boon of the human form of life-now realize\nyourself.\" These are the Vedic injunctions.\n\nDhruva Maharaja actually experienced that upon enlightenment of his\n\nsenses on the spiritual platform he could understand the essence of Vedic\n\ninstruction-that the Supreme Godhead is the Supreme Person; He is not\n\nimpersonal. Dhruva Maharaja could immediately understand this fact. He\n\nwas aware that for a very long time he was practically sleeping, and he felt\n\nthe impetus to glorify the Lord according to the Vedic conclusion. A mun­\n\ndane person cannot offer any prayer or glorify the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead because he has no realization of the Vedic conclusion.\n\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja, therefore, found this difference within himself,\n\nhe could immediately understand that it was because of the causeless\nmercy of the Lord. He offered obeisances to the Lord with great respect\n\nand reverence, completely understanding that the Lord's favor was upon\nhim. This spiritual enlivenment of Dhruva Maharaja's senses, mind, etc.,\n\nwas due to the action of the internal potency of the Lord. In this verse,\ntherefore, the word sva-dhiimnii means by spiritual energy. Spiritual en­\n\nlightenment is possible by the mercy of the spiritual energy of the Lord. The\nchanting of the Hare Kr�Qa mantra is first addressed to the spiritual energy\nof the Lord, Hare. This spiritual energy acts when a living entity fully\n\nsurrenders and accepts his position as an eternal servitor. When a person\nplaces himself at the disposal or order of the Supreme Lord, that is called\n\nsevonmukha; at that time the spiritual energy gradually reveals the Lord to\nhim.\n\nWithout revelation by the spiritual energy, one is unable to offer\n\nprayers glorifying the Lord. Any amount of philosophical speculation\n\nor poetic expression by mundane persons is still considered to be the\n\naction and reaction of the material energy. When one is actually enlivened\n\n", "SB4.2#p0027": "Text7)\n\n369\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\nby the spiritual energy, all his senses become purified, and he engages only\nin the service of the Lord. At that time his hands, legs, ear, tongue, mind,\ngenitals-everything-engage in the service of the Lord. Such an enlightened\ndevotee no longer has any material activities, nor has he any interest in\nbeing materially engaged. This process of purifying the senses and engaging\nthem in the service of the Lord is known as bhakti, or devotional service.\nIn the beginning, the senses are engaged by the direction of the spiritual\nmaster and sastra, and after realization, when the same senses are purified,\nthe engagement continues. The difference is that in the beginning the\nsenses are engaged in a mechanical way, but after realization they are\nengaged in spiritual understanding.\nTEXT7\n\n\"\"��t �i\\+il��+:�l\n+tl�l(�tft�Jop;(J'fro� 1\n��l?!N��\n�lf{iji\\�p;Of1\n��fcl�f�ll\\911\nekas tvam eva bhagavann idam iitma-saktyii\nmayiikhyayoru-gu�ayii mahadiidy-ase�am\nsr�tvanuviSya puru�as tad-asad-gu[te�u\nnaneva diiru�u vibhavasu-vad vibhiisi\neka[l. -one; tvam-you; eva-certainly; bhagavan-0 my Lord; idam-this\nmaterial world; iitma-saktyii-by Your own potency; miiyii-iikhyayii-of the\nname maya; uru\n\n-\n\n-greatly powerful; gu{laya-consisting of the modes of\n-unlimited; r.s.tvii -after\n\nnature; mahat adi -the mahat-tattva, etc.; ase.sam\n\ns\n\ncreating; anuvisya-then after entering; puru.sa�-the Supersoul; tat-of\nmaya; asat-gu [lefiu\n\n- into the temporarily manifested qualities; niina­\n\nvariously; iva-as if; daru.s u -into pieces of woocl; vibhavasu-vat-j ust like\nfire; v ibhiis i-you appear.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You are the Supreme One, but by Your different energies\nYou\n\nappear\n\ndifferently\n\nin\n\nthe spiritual\n\nand material worlds.\n\nYou\n\ncreate the total energy of the material world by Your external potency,\nand after creation You enter within the material world as the Supersoul.\nYou are the Supreme Person, and through the temporary modes of\nmaterial nature You create varieties of manifestation, just as fire, entering\ninto wood of different shapes, burns brilliantly in different varieties.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0028": "370\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\n\nDhruva Maharaja realized that the Supreme Absolute Truth, the Personality of Godhead, acts through His different energies, not that He becomes\nvoid or impersonal and thus becomes all-pervading. The Mayavadi\n\nphilosopher thinks that the Absolute Truth, being spread throughout the\n\ncosmic manifestation, has no personal form. But here Dhruva Maharaja,\nupon realization of the Vedic conclusion, says, \"You are spread all over\n\nthe cosmic manifestation by Your energy.\" This energy is basically\nspiritual, but because it acts in the material world temporarily, it is called\n\nmiiyii, or illusory energy. In other words, for everyone but the devotees the\n\nLord's energy acts as external energy. Dhruva Maharaja could understand\n\nthis fact very nicely, and he could understand also that the energy and the\n\nenergetic are one and the same. The energy cannot be separated from the\nenergetic.\n\nThe identity of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the feature of\n\nParamatma or Supersoul is admitted herein. His original spiritual energy\n\nenlivens the material energy, and thus the dead body appears to have life\n\nforce. Voidist philosophers think that under certain material conditions\n\nsymptoms of life occur in the material body, but the fact is that the\n\nmaterial body cannot act on its own. Even a machine needs separate energy\n\n(electricity, steam, etc.). It is stated in this verse that the material energy\n\nacts in varieties of material bodies, just as fire burns differently in different\nwood according to the size and quality of the wood. In the case of\n\ndevotees the same energy is transformed into spiritual energy; this is\n\npossible because the energy is originally spiritual, not material. As it is\n\nsaid, vinw-sakt* parii prokt\"a. The original energy inspires a devotee, and\n\nthus he engages all his bodily limbs in the service of the Lord. The same\nenergy, as external potency, engages the ordinary nondevotees in material\n\nactivities for sense enjoyment. We should mark the difference between\n\nmiiyii and sva-dhiima-for devotees the sva-dhiima acts, whereas in the case\n\nof nondevotees the miiyii energy acts.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0029": "Text 8)\n\nDh ruva M aharaja Returns Home\n\n371\n\ntvad-dattayii vayunayedam aca�ta visvarh\nsupta-prabuddha iva niitha bhavat-prapanna�\ntasyiipavargya-sara[tam tava piida-mularh\nvismaryate krtavidii katham iirtabandho\ntvat dattayii-given\n-\n\nby\n\nYou;\n\nvayunayii-by\n\nknowledge; idam- this;\n\nac a.s.ta-could see; visvam-whole universe; supta-prabuddhaft-a man rising\nfrom sleep; iva\n\n-\n\nlike; niitha-0 my Lord; bhavat-prapanna�-Lord Brahma,\n\nwho is surrendered unto You; tasya\nliberation;\n\nsara[l am-the\n\n-\n\nhis; iipavargya-of persons desiring\n\nshelter; tava- Your; piida m iilam- lotus feet;\n-\n\nvismarya t e can be forgotten; krta-vidii-by a learned person; katham-\n\nhow; iirta -bandho-0 friend of the distressed.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my master, Lord Brahmii is fully surrendered unto You. In the\n\nbeginning You gave him knowledge, and thus he could see and understand\nthe entire universe, just as a person awakens from sleep and visualizes\nhis immediate duties. You are the only shelter of all persons who desire\nliberation, and You are the friend of all who are distressed. How, therefore,\ncan a learned person who has perfect knowledge ever forget You?\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead cannot be forgotten even for a\nmoment by His surrendered devotees. The devotee understands that the\nLord's causeless mercy is beyond his estimation; he cannot know how\nmuch he is benefited by the grace of the Lord. The more a devotee\nengages himself in the devotional service of the Lord, the more encouragement is supplied by the energy of the Lord. In the Bhagavad-gitii the\nLord says that to those who are constantly engaged in devotional service\nwith love and affection, the Supreme Personality of Godhead gives\nintelligence from within, and thus they may make further progress.\nBeing so encouraged, the devotee can never forget, at any moment, the\nPersonality of Godhead. He always feels obliged to Him for having achieved\nincreased power in devotional service by His grace. Saintly persons like\nSanaka, Saniitana and Lord Brahma were able to see the entire universe,\nby the mercy of the Lord, through knowledge of the Lord. The example is\ngiven that a person may apparently abstain from sleep all day, but as long\nas he is not spiritually enlightened he is actually sleeping. He may sleep at\nnight and perform his duties in the daytime, but as long as he does not\n\n", "SB4.2#p0030": "Srimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n372\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\ncome to the platform of working in spiritual enlightenment he is considered\nto be always sleeping. A devotee, therefore, never forgets the benefit\nderived from the Lord.\nThe Lord is addressed here as iirtabandhu, which means friend of the\ndistressed. As stated in the Bhagavad-gi:tii, after many, many births of\nexecuting severe austerities in search of knowledge, one comes to the\npoint of real knowledge and becomes wise when he surrenders unto\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. The MayavadT philosopher who does\nnot surrender unto the Supreme Person is understood to be lacking in\nreal knowledge. The devotee in perfect knowledge cannot forget his obligation to the Lord at any moment.\n\nTEXT9\n\n;@����\nit�� +ti:41Ct(t(�.t\\�UI+t;:l4t� : I\n� Efi(!qcti(l� �Uiq''lq4{1�t(����f;(�sfq�ll�ll\nniinam vimu�ta-matayas tava miiyayii te\nye tviim bhavapyaya-vimok�ar-am anya-heto�\narcanti kalpaka-tarum kurapopabhogyam\nicchanti yat sparsa-jam niraye 'pi n\"fr-iim\nnu nam-certainly; vimus_ta-matayaft\n.\n\n-\n\nthose who have lost their right\n\nintelligence; tava-Your; miiyayii-by influence of the illusory energy; tethey;\n\nye wh o;\n-\n\ntviim-You;\n\nbhava-from\n\nbirth;\n\napyaya\n\n-\n\nand death;\n\nvimok.sar-am-the cause of liberation; anya heto[!-for other purposes;\n-\n\narc anti-worship; kalpaka-tarum-who are like the desire tr.ee; kurwpaof this dead body; upabhogyam-sense gratification; icchanti-they desire;\nyat that which; spada jam derived by touch sensation ; niraye-in hell;\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\napi-even; nfr-iim-for persons.\n\nTR ANS LATION\nPersons who worship You simply for the sense gratification of this hag\n\nof skin are certainly influenced by Your illusory energy. In spite of\n\nhaving You, who are like a desire tree and are the cause of liberation from\n\nbirth and death, foolish persons, such as me, desire benediction from You\n\nfor sense gratification, which is available even for those who live in hellish\nconditions.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0031": "Text 10)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n373\n\nPURPORT\nDhruva Maharaj a repented because he came to the Lord to render\ndevotional service for material profit. He here condemns his attitude.\nOnly due to gross lack of knowledge does one worship the Lord for\nmaterial profit or for sense gratification. The Lord is like a desire tree.\nAnyone can have whatever he desires from the Lord, but people in general\ndo not know what kind of benediction they should ask from Him.\nHappiness derived from the touch of skin, or sensuous happiness, is present\nin the life of hogs and dogs. Such happiness is very insignificant. If a\ndevotee worshi ps the Lord for such insignificant happiness, he must be\nconsidered devoid of all knowledge.\nTEXT 10\n\n���t ��-\"1.\n\n�IWII'Acr�\n�ur.trn� 1\nij'( qfUt ��fq wt'N '\"�\n\nfct��iji�€Rti A¥41wtld\\ I� I\n0\n\nyii nirvrtis tanu-bhrtiim tava piida-padmadhyanad bhavaj-jana-katha-sravat:tena vii syat\nsa brahmar-i sva-mahimany api natha ma bhut\nkim tv antakiisi-lulitiit patatiirh vimiinat\nya-that which� nirvrtift -b l issfulness; tanu-bhrtiim-of the embodied;\ntava-your;\n\npiida-padma-lotus\n\nfeet; dhyiinat-from meditating\n\nupon;\n\nbhavat jana-from Your intimate devotees; katha-topics; srava[lena-by\n-\n\nhearing; vii-or; syiit-comes into being; sa-that bliss; brahma[li-in the\nimpersonal Brahman; sva-mahimani-Your own magnificence; api-even;\nniitha-0 Lord; mii-never; bhiit-exists; kim-what to speak of; tu\nantaka-asi-by the sword of death; lulitat\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthen;\n\nbeing destroyed; patatiim-­\n\nof those who fall down; vimiiniit-from their airplanes.\nTRANSLATION\nMy L ord, the transcendental bliss derived from meditating upon Your\nlotus\n\nfeet\n\nor hearing about Your glories from pure devotees is so\n\nunlimited that it is far beyond the stage of brahmananda, wherein one\nthinks himself merged in the impersonal Brahman as one with the Supreme.\nSince brahmananda is also defeated by the transcendental bliss derived\n\n", "SB4.2#p0032": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n374\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nfrom devotional service, what to speak of the temporary blissfulness of\nelevating oneself to the heavenly planets, which is ended by the separating\nsword of time? Although one may be elevated to the heavenly planets, he\nfalls down in due course of time.\n\n·\n\nPURPORT\nThe transcendental bliss derived from devotional service, primarily from\nsravar-arh kirtanam, hearing and chanting, cannot be compared with the\nhappiness derived by karmis by elevating themselves to the heavenly\nplanets or by jiiiinis or yogis who enjoy oneness with the supreme impersonal Brahman. Yogis generally meditate upon the transcendental form of\nViglU, but devotees not only meditate upon Him but actually engage in the\ndirect service of the Lord. In the previous verse we find the phrase\nbhavapyaya, which means birth and death. The Lord can give relief from\nthe chain of birth and death. It is a misunderstanding to think, as do the\nmonists, that when one gets relief from the process of birth and death h�\nmerges into the Supreme Brahman. Here it is clearly said that the transcendental bliss derived from sravar-arh kirtanam by pure devotees cannot\nbe compared with brahmananda, or the impersonal conception of transcendental bliss derived by merging into the Absolute.\nThe position of karmis is still more degraded. Their aim is to elevate\nthemselves to the higher planetary systems. It is said, yiinti deva-vratii\ndeviin: persons who worship the demigods are elevated to the heavenly\nplanets (Bg.\n\n9.25). But elsewhere in Bhagavad-gita (Bg. 9.21) we find,\n\nk§i(l-e pu[lye martya-lokani vis'anti: those who are elevated to the higher\nplanetary systems must come down again as soon as the results of their\npious activities are exhausted. They are like the modern astronauts who go\nto the moon; as soon as their fuel is used up, they are obliged to come\nback down to this earth. As the modern astronauts who go to the moon or\nother heavenly planets by force of jet propulsion have to come down again\nafter exhausting their fuel, so also do those who are elevated to the\nheavenly planets\n\nby\n\nforce of\n\nyajiias and pious activities. Antakiisi­\n\nlulitiit: by the sword of time one is cut from his exalted position within\nthis material world, and he comes down again. Dhruva Maharaja appreciated that the results of devotional service are far more valuable than\nmerging into the Absolute or being elevated to the heavenly planets. The\nwords patatiim vimiiniit are very significant. Vimiina means airplane: those\nwho are elevated to the heavenly planets are like airplanes, which drop\nwhen they run out of fuel.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0033": "Text 11]\n\n375\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\nTEXT 11\n\n�u:��it�\n\n\\.qiG\\'1--d ��di��CiSI4f:ql'1'( I\n4'11§HtCNUIU��;f �\n� \\NCffiUI4Niflijql'1�: II�� II\n\nbhaktirh muhu[t pravahatarh tvayi me prasango\nbhuyad ananta mahatam amawsayanam\nyenaii.jasolbar-am uru-vyasanarh bhaviibdhirh\nn�ye bhavad-gur-a-kathamrta-pana-matta[t\nbhaktim-devotional service; muhuft-constantly; pravahatiim-of those\nwho perform; tvay i- unto You; me-my; prasangalt\nbhuy iit\n\n-\n\ndevotees; amala iisayiiniim\n-\n\nnation;\n\n-\n\nintimate association;\n\nmay it become; ananta-0 unlimited; mahatiim-of the great\n\nyena- by\n\nvyasa n am\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwhose hearts are freed from material contami­\n\nwhich; a iijasii -easily; u lbap. am\n\n-\n\nterrible;\n\nuru- great;\n\nfull of dangers; bhava-abdhim--the ocean of material existence;\n\nne.sye-1 shall cross; bhavat- Your; gu(ta-transcendental qualities; kathiipastimes; am_rta-nectar, eternal; piina\n\n-\n\nby drinking; mattaft-mad.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva Maharaja continued: 0 unlimited Lord, kindly bless me so that\nI can be associated with great devotees who engage in Your transcendental\nloving service constantly, as the waves of a river constantly flow. Such\ntranscendental devotees are completely situated in an uncontaminated\nstate of life. By the process of devotional service I shall surely be able to\ncross the nescient ocean of material existence, which is filled with the\nwaves of blazing, firelike dangers. It will be very easy for me, for I am\nbecoming mad to hear about Your transcendental qualities and pastimes,\nwhich are eternally existent.\nPURPORT\nThe significant point in Dhruva Maharaja's statement is that he wanted\nthe association of pure devotees. Transcendental devotional service cannot\nbe complete and cannot be relishable without the association of devotees.\nWe have, therefore, established the International Society for Krishna\nConsciousness. Anyone who is trying to be aloof from this Krishna Con-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0034": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n376\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nsciousness Society and yet engage in Kr�Qa consciousness is living in a great\n\nhallucination, for this is not possible. From this statement of Dhruva\n\nMaharaja it is clear that unless one is associated with devotees, his devo­\n\ntional service does not mature; it does not become distinct from material\n\nactivities. The Lord says, satiirh prasangiin mama virya-sarhvido bhavanti\n\nhrt-karrw-rasiiyanii\"{t kathii�. Only in the association of pure devotees can\nthe words of Lord Kr�Qa be fully potent and relishable to the heart and\near. (Bhag. 3.25.25) Dhruva Maharaja explicitly wanted the association of\n\ndevotees. That association in devotional activities is just like the waves of\n\nan incessantly flowing river. In our Krishna Consciousness Society we have\n\nfull engagement twenty-four hours a day. Every moment of our time is\n\nalways busily engaged in the service of the Lord. This is called the incessant\nflow of devotional service.\n\nA Mayavadi philosopher may question us, \"You may be very happy in\n\nthe association of devotees, but what is your plan for crossing the ocean of\n\nmaterial existence?\"\n\nDhruva Maharaja's answer is that it is not very\n\ndifficult. He clearly says that this ocean can be crossed very easily if one\n\nsimply becomes mad to hear the glories of the Lord. Bhavad-gur-a-kathii:\n\nfor anyone who persistently engages in hearing the topics of the Lord from\n\nSnmad Bhagavad-gTtii,\n\nSrTmad-Bhiigavatam\n\nand Caitanya-caritiimrta and\n\nwho is actually addicted to this process, just as one becomes addicted to\n\nintoxicants, it is very easy to cross the nescience of material existence. The\n\nocean of material nescience is compared with a blazing fire, but to a devo­\n\ntee this blazing fire is insignificant because he is completely absorbed in\n\ndevotional service. Although the material world is blazing fire, to a devotee\n\nit appears full of pleasure (visvarh pilr7Jam sukhayate ).\n\nThe purport of this statement by Dhruva Maharaja is that devotional\n\nservice in the association of devotees is the cause of the development of\n\nfurther devotiond service. By devotional service only is one elevated to the\ntranscendental planet Goloka V rndavana, and there also there is only\ndevotional service, for the activities of devotional service both in this\n\nworld and in the spiritual world are one and the same. Devotional service\n\ndoes not change. The example of a mango can be given here. If one gets an\nunripe mango, it is still a mango, and when it is ripe it remains the same\nmango, but it becomes more tasteful and relishable. Similarly, there is\n\ndevotional service performed according to the direction of the spiritual\n\nmaster and the injunctions and regulative principles of siistra, and there is\ndevotienal service in the spiritual world rendered directly in association\n\nwith the Supreme Personality of Godhead. But they are both the same.\n\nThere is no change. The difference is that one stage is unripe and the other\n\n", "SB4.2#p0035": "Dhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\nText 12)\n\n377\n\nis ripe and more relishable. It is possible to mature in devotional service\nonly in the association of devotees.\n\nTEXT 12\n\nij' if ���trfu�d f�� �\n��:Wf«ft��: I\n�\nill� �����\n\n�����: 11�0(11\n\nte na smaranty atitariirh priyam \"isa martyarh\nye ciinv ada� suta-suhrd-grha-vitta-diirii�\nye tv abja-niibha bhavadiya-padiiravindasaugandhya-lubdha-hrdaye�u krta-prasangii�\nte-they; na-never; sma ranti remember; atitariim highly; priyam-\n\n-\n\ndear; isa-0 Lord; mq r t yam-material body; ye-they who; c a-als o; anuin relationship with; ada�-tha t; suta-sons; suhrt-friends; grh a-home;\nvitta-wealt h ; diirii�-and wife; ye\n\n-\n\nthose who; tu\n\n-\n\nthen; abja-niibha-0\n\nLord who has a lotus navel; bhavadiya-of Your; pada-aravinda-lotus feet;\nsaugandhya-the fragrance; lubdha-have achieved; hrdaye.su-wi th devotees\nwhose hearts; krta prasang a�\n-\n\n-\n\nhave association.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord who has a lotus navel, if a person happens to associate with a\ndevotee whose heart always hankers after Your lotus feet, seeking always\ntheir fragrance, he is never attached to the material body or, in relationship\nwith it, offspring, friends, home, wealth, and wife, which are very, very\ndear to materialistic persons. He does not care for them.\nPURPORT\n\nA special advantage in devotional service is that devotees not only enjoy\nthe transcendental pastimes of the Lord by hearing and chanting and\nglorifying them, but also they are not very much attached to their bodies,\nunlike the yogis, who are too attached to the body and who think that by\nperforming bodily gymnastic exercises they will advance in spiritual consciousness. Yogis are generally not very much interested in devotional\nservice; they want to regulate the breathing process. This is simply a\nbodily concern. Here Dhruva Maharaja plainly says that a devotee has no\nmore bodily interest. He knows that he is not the body. From the very\n\n", "SB4.2#p0036": "[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n378\n\nbeginning, therefore, without wasting time in bodily exercises, a devotee\nsearches out a pure devotee, and simply by his association becomes more\nadvanced in spiritual consciousness than any yogi. Because a devotee\nknows that he is not the body, he is never affected by bodily happiness or\ndistress. He is not interested in bodily relationships with wife, children,\nhome, bank balance, etc., or in the distress or happiness which comes from\nthese things. This is the special advantage of being a devotee. This status\nof life is possible only when a person is interested in associating with a\n\npure devotee who always enj oys the fragrance of the lotus feet of the\nLord.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�@'1•1fl�ij��q\\cc�4��l(: qftfitij oon� 1\n� �Na�::t � �«lt�itfi.\n....\n\n;rnr: -rt 'WI �AJ ���:II� �I\n\ntiryan-naga-dvija-sarl:srpa-deva-daityamartyii.dibh* paricitarh sad-asad-vise�am\nriiparh sthavi�tham aja te mahad-ii.dy-anekarh\nnatal) pararh parama vedmi na yatra vii.dal).\ntiryak-by animals; naga-trees; dvija-birds; sarisrpa-reptiles; devademigods; dai tya-demons; martya-iidibhi[l,-by men, etc.; paricitam-per vaded; sat-asat-viSe§am-with varieties manifest and nonmanifest; rupamform; sthavi§.tham-gross universal; aja-0 unborn; te- Your; mahat-iidicaused by the total material energy, etc.; anekam-various causes; na-not;\natal).-from\n\nthis; param-transcendental; parama-0\n\nSupreme; vedmi-\n\n1 know; na-not; yatra - where; vada[l,-various arguments.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, 0 Supreme Unborn, I know that the different varieties\n\nof living entities, such as animals, trees, birds, reptiles, demigods and\n\nhuman beings, are spread throughout the universe, which is caused by the\ntotal material energy, and I know that they are sometimes manifest and\n\nsometimes unmanifest; but I have never experienced the supreme form I\nbehold\n\nas\n\nfinished.\n\nI see You now. Now all kinds of theorizing processes are\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii. the Lord says that He has spread Himself throughout the universe, but although everything is resting upon Him, He is aloof.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0037": "Text 14]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n379\n\nThe same concept is expressed here by Dhruva Maharaja. He states that\nbefore seeing the transcendental form of the Lord, he had experienced\nonly the varieties of material forms, which are counted at 8,400,000\nspecies of aquatics, birds, beasts, etc. The fact is that unless one engages\nin the devotional service of the Lord, it is impossible for him to understand the ultimate form of the Lord. This is also confirmed in the\nBhagavad-gitii (Bg. 18.55). Bhaktyii miim abhijiiniiti: factual understanding\n\nof the Absolute Truth, who is the Supreme Person, cannot be obtained\nby any process other than devotional service.\nDhruva Maharaja here compares his previous state of understanding\nwith the perfection of understanding in the presence of the Supreme\nLord. The position of a living entity is to render service; unless he comes\nto the stage of appreciating the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he\nengages in the service of the various forms of trees, reptiles, animals,\nmen, demigods, etc. One can experience that one man engages in the\nservice of a dog, another serves plants and creepers, another the demigods,\nand another humanity or his boss in the office- but no one is engaged in\nthe service of Kr��a. Aside from common men, even men who are\nelevated in terms of spiritual understanding are at the utmost engaged in\nthe service of the viriita-rupa, or, unable to understand the ultimate form\nof the Lord, they worship voidism by meditation. Dhruva Maharaja,\nhowever, had been blessed by the Supreme Lord. When the Lord touched\nHis conchshell to Dhruva's forehead, real knowledge was revealed from\nwithin, and Dhruva could understand the Lord's transcendental form.\nDhruva Maharaja here admits that not only was he ignorant, but by\nyears he was only a child. It would not have been possible for an ignorant\nchild to appreciate the supreme form of the Lord had he not been blessed\nby the Lord, who touched His conchshell to Dhruva's forehead.\n\nTEXT 14\nifmii(f �6C::ft4�m.\n\n� � �til\"f�Q(f4�C I\n44tlfilfe �m��� � � SIURitsNI ij'�ll �\\ill\n..\n\n'-:>\n\nkalpiinta etad akhilarh jatharer-a grhr.an\nsete pumiin sva-drg ananta-sakhas tad-alike\nyan-niibhi-sindhu-ruha-kiincana-loka-padmagarbhe dyumiin bhagavate prar-ato 'smi tasmai\n\n", "SB4.2#p0038": "[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n380\n\nkalpa-ante-at the end of the millennium; etat-this universe; akhilam­\n\nall; jathare�a-within the belly; grhcwn-withdrawing; sete-lies down;\npuman-the Supreme Person; sva-drk-looking upon Himself; ananta-the\n\nunlimited being Se�a; sakha� accompanied by; tat-a�ike-on His lap; yat--\n\nfrom whose; nabhi-navel; sindhu-ocean; ruha-sprouted; kanc ana-golden;\nloka-planet; padma-of the lotus; garbhe-on the whorl; dy tt ma n-Lord\nBrahma; bhagavate\n\n-\n\nunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; pra[lata�­\n\noffering obeisances; asmi-1 am; tasmai-unto Him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, at the end of each millennium the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead Garbhodakasayl Vi�J]U dissolves everything manifested within\n\nthe universe in His belly. He lies down on the lap of Se�t�anaga, from His navel\n\nsprouts a golden lotus flower on a stem, and on that lotus Lord Brahma is\ncreated. I can understand that You are the same Supreme Godhead. I\n\ntherefore offer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\nDhruva\n\nMaharaja's\n\nunderstanding\n\nof the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of\n\nGodhead is complete. In the Vedas it is said, yasmin vijnate sarvam evam\n\nvijnatam bhavanti: knowledge received through the transcendental cause­\n\nless mercy of the Lord is so perfect that by that knowledge the devotee\nbecomes acquainted with all the different manifestations of the Lord.\n\nLord K�1rodakasay1 Vigm was present before Dhruva Maharaj a, who could\n\nalso understand the Lord's two other forms, namely Garbhodakasay1\n\nVigm and Kara�;wdakasay! (Maha) Vigm. Regarding Maha-Vigm, it is\nstated in the Brahma-samhitii:\n\nyasyaika-niSvasita-kiilam athiivalambya\njivanti loma-vilajii jagadar4a-niithii�\nvi�rtur mahan sa iha yasya kalii-vise�o\ngovindam iidi-puru�arh tam aham bhajiimi\n\n(Bs. 5.48)\n\nAt the end of each and every millennium, when all the material worlds\n\nare dissolved, everything enters the body of Garbhodakasay! V i�J)u, who\n\nis lying on the lap of Se�anaga, another form of the Lord.\n\n.\nThose who are not devotees cannot understand the different forms of\n\nVi�J)U and their positions in regard to the creation. Sometimes the\n\natheists argue,\n\n\"How can a flower stem sprout\n\nfrom the navel of\n\n", "SB4.2#p0039": "Text 15)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n381\n\nGarhhodakasayi Vi��;m?\" They consider all the statements of the siistras\nto be stories. As a result of their inexperience in the Absolute Truth and\ntheir reluctance\n\nto accept authority, they become more and more\n\natheistic; they cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nBut a devotee like Dhruva Maharaj a , by the grace of the Lord, knows all\n\nthe manifestations of the Lord and their different positions. It is said that\nanyone who has even a little of the Lord's grace can understand His\nglories; others may go on speculating on the Absolute Truth, hut they\nwill always be unable to understand the Lord. In other words, unless one\ncomes in contact with a devotee it is not possible to understand the\ntranscendental form or the spiritual world and its transcendental activities.\nTEXT 15\n\n� fil�fl'EM�\\(� 3lRin\n\n� 311��..� ¥ttli!4f��: I\n\n4(f.(i.ii!4�Rt+t(f4fQi641 (f4UNI\n\n� ftli<tli!4N+t(ci\\ 04Rtf(:m �II � '-\\11\n\ntvarh nitya-mukta-parisuddha-vibuddha iitmii\nkuta-stha iidi-puru�o bhagaviirhs try-adhiSa�\nyad buddhy-avasthitim akharu)itayii sva-dr�tyii\ndra�tii sthitiiv adhimakho vyatirikta iisse\ntvam- You; nitya-eternally; mukta- liberated ; p ari.�uddha- unco ntaminated; vibuddha-full of knowledge; atma-the Supreme Soul; ku.ta-sthaft­\n\nchangeless; adi- original; puru� a[l -person; bhagavan - the Lord full with six\nopulences; t ri-a dhisaft - maste r of the three modes; yat-whence; buddhi­\n\nof intellectual activities; avasthitim-all stages; akha[l{iitaya - unb roken;\n\nsva-dr.s.tyii-by transcendental vision; dra.spi- You witness; sthitau-for\nmaintaining (the universe); adhi makha[l. - enjoyer of the results of all\nsacrifices; vyatiriktaft-differently; asse- You are situated.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, by Your unbroken transcendental glance You are the supreme\nwitness of all stages of intellectual activities. You are eternally liberated,\nYour existence is situated in pure goodness, You are existent in the\nSupersoul without change, You are the original Personality of Godhead,\nfull with six opulences, and You are eternally the master of the three\nmodes of material nature. Thus, You are always different from the\n\n", "SB4.2#p0040": "382\n\nSrimad-Bhligavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nordinary living entities. As Lord Vi�J.lU, You maintain all the affairs of the\n\nentire universe, and yet You stand aloof and are the enjoyer of the\n\nresults of all sacrifices.\n\nPURPORT\nAn atheistic argument against the supremacy of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead states that if God, the Supreme Person, appears and dis­\n\nappears and sleeps and awakens, then what is the difference between God\n\nand the living entity? Dhruva Maharaja is carefully distinguishing the\n\nexistence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead from that of the living\n\nentities. He points out the following differences. The Lord is eternally\n\nliberated. Whenever He appears, even within this material world, He is\nnever entangled by the three modes of material nature. He is known,\n\ntherefore, as try-adhtsa, the master of the three modes of material nature.\n\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (7.14) it is said, daivi hy e.sii guramayi mama miiyii\n\nduratyayii: the living entities are all entangled in the three modes of\n\nmaterial nature. The external energy of the Lord is very strong, but the\nLord, as the master of the three modes of nature, is ever liberated from\nthe action and reaction of those modes. He is, therefore, uncontaminated,\n\nas it is stated in the lsopanUjad. The contamination of the material world\n\ndoes not affect the Supreme Godhead. KnQ.a therefore says in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii that those who are rascals and fools think of Him as an\nordinary human being, not knowing His pararh bhiivam. Pararh bhiivam\n\nrefers to His being always transcendentally situated. Material contami­\n\nnation cannot affect Him.\n\nAnother difference between the Lord and the living entity is that a\n\nliving entity is always in darkness. Even though he may be situated in the\n\nmode of goodness, there are still so many things which are unknown to\nhim. But it is not the same for the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He\n\nknows past, present and future and everything that is happening in every­\n\none's heart. Bhagavad-gitii confirms this (vediiharh samatitiini). The Lord\nis not part of the soul-He is the unchangeable Supreme Soul, and the\n\nliving entities are His parts and parcels. The living entity is forced to\nappear in this material world under the direction of daiva-miiyii, but when\n\nthe Lord appears, He comes by His own internal potency, iitma-miiyii.\n\nBesides that, a living entity is within the time of past, present and future.\n\nHis life has a beginning, a birth, and in the conditioned state his life ends\nwith death. But the Lord is iidi-puru�a, the original person. In the Brahma­\n\nsarhhitii Lord Brahma offers his respect to the iidi-puru�a, Govinda, the\noriginal person, who has no beginning, whereas the creation of this material\n\n", "SB4.2#p0041": "Text 16]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n383\n\nworld has a beginning. The Vedanta says, janmiidy asya yata�: everything\nis born from the Supreme, but the Supreme has no birth. He has all the\nsix opulences .in full and beyond comparison, He is the master of material\nnature, His intelligence is not broken under any circumstances, and He\nstands aloof, although He is the maintainer of the whole creation. As\nstated in the Vedas (Ka.tha Up. 2.2.13), nityo nityiiniirh cetanas cetaniiniim.\nThe Lord is the supreme maintainer. Living entities are meant to serve\nHim by offering sacrifices, for He is the rightful enjoyer of the results of\nall sacrifices. Everyone, therefore, should engage himself in the devotional\nservice of the Lord with his life, his riches, his intelligence and his words.\nThis is the original, constitutional position of the living entities. One\nshould never compare the sleeping of an ordinary living entity with the\nsleeping of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the Causal Ocean.\nThere is no stage at which the living entity can compare to the Supreme\nPerson. The Mayavadi: philosophers, being unable to adjust to all this,\ncome to the conclusion of impersonalism or voidism.\nTEXT 16\n\n�NWRt���\nf?tQWG>� RNtt�� 311d'(Of4� I\n�\n\n�ii4itfU4;w;:ij+tiQ+tt;w�+tlst+t�Etil(¥1(.\n!A'l II � �II\n\"\n\nyasmin viruddha-gatayo hy anisarh patanti\nvidyiidayo vividha-saktaya iinupurvyiit\ntad brahma visva-bhavam ekam anantam iidyam\niinanda-miitram avikiiram aharh prapadye\nya s min-in whom; viruddha-gatayafl,-of opposite character; hi-certainly;\nanisam-always; patanti - are manifest; vidyii-iidayaft - knowledge and ignorance, etc.; vividha-various; saktayaft - en ergies; iin up ur vyiit-continually ;\ntat-that; brahma-Brahman; visva-bhavam-the cause of material creation;\nekam-one; anantam-unlimited ; iidyam-original; iinanda-miitram-simply\nblissful; avikiiram - changeless; aham-I; prapadye-offer my obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, in Your impersonal manifestation of Brahman there are\nalways two opposing elements, knowledge and ignorance. Your multi-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0042": "384\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nenergies are continually manifest, but the impersonal Brahman, which is\nundivided, original, changeless, unlimited and blissful, is the cause of the\nmaterial manifestation. Because You are the same impersonal Brahman, I\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\nIn the Brahma-sarithitii it is said that the unlimited impersonal Brahman\n\nis the effulgence of the transcendental body of Govinda. In that unlimited\neffulgent aura of the Supreme Personality of Godhead there are innumer­\n\nable universes with innumerable planets of different categories. Although\n\nthe Supreme Person is the original cause of all causes, still His impersonal\neffulgence, known as Brahman, is the immediate cause of the material\nmanifestation. Dhruva Maharaja, therefore, offered his respectful obeisances\n\nunto the impersonal feature of the Lord. One who realizes this impersonal\n\nfeature can enjoy the unchangeable brahmiinanda described here as\nspiritual bliss.\n\nSrlla Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura describes that this impersonal\n\nfeature or Brahman manifestation of the Supreme Lord is meant for\n\npersons who are essentially very advanced but still not able to under­\n\nstand the personal features or variegatedness of the spiritual world. Such\n\ndevotees are known as jfiiina-misra-bhaktas, or devotees whose devotional\n\nservice is mixed with empiric knowledge. Because the impersonal.Brahman\n\nrealization is a partial understanding of the Absolute Truth, Dhruva\nMaharaja offers his respectful obeisances.\n\nIt is said that this impersonal Brahman is the distant realization of the\n\nAbsolute Truth. Although apparently Brahman seems to be devoid of en­\n\nergy, factually it has different energies working under the headings of\n\nknowledge and ignorance. On account of these different energies,. there is\n\ncontinually a manifestation of vidyii and avidyii. Vidyii and avidyii are very\nnicely described in lsopani�ad. It is said there that sometimes, due to\navidyii, or a poor fund of knowledge, one accepts the Absolute Truth as\n\nultimately impersonal. But in fact the impersonal and personal realizations\ndevelop in proportion to the development of devotional service. The more\n\nwe develop our devotional service, the more closely we approach the\n\nAbsolute Truth, which, in the beginning, when we realize the Absolute\nTruth from a distant place, is manifest as impersonal.\n\nPeople in general, who are under the influence of avidyii-sakti, or miiyii,\n\nhave neither knowledge nor devotion. But when a person who is a little\n\nadvanced and is therefore called a jfiiinl advances even more, he is in the\n\ncategory of a jfiiina-misra-bhakta, or a devotee whose love is mixed with\n\n", "SB4.2#p0043": "Text 17)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n385\n\nmaterial knowledge. When he is still further advanced, he can realize that\nthe Absolute Truth is a person with multi-energies. An advanced devotee\ncan understand the Lord and His creative energy. As soon as one accepts\nthe creative energy of the Absolute Truth, the six opulences of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead are also understood. Devotees who are\nstill further advanced, in full knowledge, can understand the transcendental\npastimes of the Lord. Only on that platform can one fully enjoy transcendental bliss. An example is given in this connection by Visvanatha\nCakravarti'fhakura of a person proceeding towards a destination. As he approaches, he sees the destination from a distant place, just as we see a city\nfrom a distance. At that time he simply understands that the city is situated\nat a distance. When, however, he comes still nearer, he sees the domes and\nflags. But as soon as he enters the city, he sees various paths, gardens, lakes,\nand marketplaces with shops and persons buying. He sees varieties of\ncinema houses, and he sees dancing and jubilation. When a person actually\nenters the city and personally sees the activities of the city, he becomes\nsatisfied.\nTEXT 17\n\n(t�lfaltft f( ��� �­\n\n'fiW«t�l��if(t: �:\n31qCI'f� � qf(qwf<1 (t;n;{\n\n� CI�(1Efi'f��·mtSWF{ II� \\91 I\n\nsatyiisi�o hi bhagavarhs tava piida-padmam\niiSis tathiinubhajata� puru�iirtha-murte�\napy evam arya bhagaviin paripiiti d\"iniin\nviisreva vatsakam anugraha-kiitaro 'smiin\nsatyii-real; iis(saft-compared with other benedictions; hi-certainly;\nbhagavan-my Lord; tava- Your; piida-padmam-lotus feet; iisift--benediction; tathii-in that way; anubhajata[l.-for the devotees; puru.sa-artha-of\nthe real goal of life; murtefl.-the personification; api-although ; evamthus; arya-0 Lord; bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead; paripiitimaintains; dintin-the poor in heart; viisrii-a cow; iva-like; vatsakamunto the calf; anugraha-to bestow mercy; kiit ara�-eager; asmiin-upon me.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy Lord, 0 Supreme Lord, You are the supreme personified form of all\nbenediction. Therefore, for one who abides in Your devotional service\n\n", "SB4.2#p0044": "386\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nwith no other desire, worshiping Your lotus feet is better than becoming\nking and lording it over a kingdom. That is the benediction of worshiping\nYour lotus feet. To ignorant devotees like me, You are the causelessly\nmerciful maintainer, just like a cow, who takes care of the newly born\ncalf by supplying milk and giving it protection from attack.\nPURPORT\nDhruva Maharaja was cognizant of the defective nature of his own devotional service. Pure devotional service is without material form and is\nnot covered by mental speculation or fruitive activities. Pure devotional\nservice is therefore called ahaituki, unmotivated. Dhruva Maharaja knew\nthat he came to worship the Lord in devotional service with a motive-to\nget the kingdom of his father. Such an adulterated devotee can never see\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead face to face. He therefore felt very\ngrateful for the causeless mercy of the Lord. The Lord is so merciful that\nHe not only fulfills the desires of a devotee who is driven by ignorance and\ndesires for material benefit, but He also gives him all protection, just\nas a cow gives milk to a newly born calf. In the Bhagavad-gitii it is said that\nthe Lord gives intelligence to the constantly engaged devotee so that he\nmay gradually approach the Lord without difficulty. A devotee must be\nvery sincere in his devotional service; then, although there may be many\nthings wrong on the devotee's part, Kr�l}a will guide him and gradually\nelevate him to the highest position of devotional service.\nThe Lord is addressed herein by Dhruva Maharaja as puru§iirtha-murti,\nthe ultimate goal of life. Generally puru�iirtha is taken to mean execution\nof a type of religious principle or worship of God in order to get material\nbenediction. Prayers for material benediction are intended for satisfying\nthe senses. And when one is frustrated and cannot fully satisfy the senses\nin spite of all endeavor, he desires liberation, or freedom from material\nexistence. These activities are generally called puru�iirtha. But actually the\nultimate goal is to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This\nis called pafica-puru§iirtha, the ultimate goal of life. Lord Caitanya therefore taught us not to ask from the Supreme Personality any benediction\nsuch as material wealth, popularity or a good wife. One should simply\npray to the Lord to be constantly engaged in His transcendental loving\nservice. Dhruva Maharaja, being cognizant of his desire for material\nbenefit, wanted protection from the Lord so that he might not be misled\nor deviated from the path of devotional service by material desires.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0045": "Text 19]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n387\n\nTEXT 18\nl:>\"'\n\n��\n\n31'f� �����I\n����'fil � stRI�;.Q�'ittO� II� �II\nrr!4itreya uvaca\nathabhi$tuta evarh vai\nsat-sankalpena dhimata\nbhrtyanurakto bhagavan\npratinandyedam abravit\nmaitreyal;l.\n\nuvaca\n\n-\n\nMaitreya\n\nsaid; atha-then; abhi$tutalt-being wor­\n\nshiped; evam-thus; vai-certainl y; sat-sankalpena-by Dhruva Maharaja,\nwho had only good desires in his heart; dhimata-because he was very\nintelligent; bhrtya-anuraktalt-very favorably disposed to devotees; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; pratinandya-having congratulated him; idam-this; abravit-said\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, when Dhruva\nMaharaja, who had good intentions in his heart, finished his prayer, the\nSupreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, who is very kind to His\ndevotees and servants, congratulated him, speaking as follows.\nTEXT 19\n\n�4jqj�j:;j\n� � W4qRid � �fil�i11S4i I\nttat+illfil � � �N WRJ II� �II\nsri bhagavan uvaca\nvediiharh te vyavasitarh\nhrdi rajanya-balaka\ntat prayacchami bhadrarh te\ndurapam api suvrata\n\n", "SB4.2#p0046": "388\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nsn bhagaviin uviica-the Personality of Godhead said; veda-know;\naham-I; te-your; vyavasitam-determination; hrdi-within\n\nthe heart;\n\nriijanya-biilaka-0 son of the King; tat-that; prayacchiimi-I shall give\nyou; bhadram-all good fortune; te-unto you; duriipam-although it is\nvery difficult to obtain; api-in spite of; su-vrata-one who has taken a\npious vow.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead said: My dear Dhruva, son of the King, you\n\nhave executed pious vows, and I also know the desire within your heart.\n\nAlthough your desire is very ambitious and very difficult to fulfill, still I\n\nshall favor you with its fulfillment. All good fortune unto you.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord is so merciful to His devotee that He immediately said to\nDhruva Maharaja, \"Let there be all good fortune for you.\" The fact is that\nDhruva Maharaja was very much afraid in his mind, for he had aspired\nafter material benefit in discharging his devotional service and this was\nhampering him from reaching the stage of love of God. In the Bhagavadgitii (2.44) it is said, bhogaUvarya-prasaktiiniim: those who are addicted to\nmaterial pleasure cannot be attracted to dP.votional service. It was true\nthat at heart Dhruva Maharaja wanted a kingdom that would be far better\nthan Brahmaloka. This was a natural desire for a k§atriya. He was also only\nfive years old, and in his childish way he desired to have a kingdom far\ngreater than his father's, grandfather's or great-grandfather's. His father,\nUttanapada, was the son of Manu, and Manu was the son of Lord Brahma.\nDhruva wanted to excel all these great family members. The Lord, however, knew Dhruva Maharaja's childish ambition, but at the same time how\nwas it possible to offer him a position more exalted than Lord Brahma's?\nThe Lord assured Dhruva Maharaja that he would not be bereft of His\nlove. He encouraged Dhruva not to be worried that he childishly had\nmaterial desires and at the same time had the pure aspiration to be a great\ndevotee. Generally, the Lord does not award a pure devotee material\nopulence, even though he may desire it. But Dhruva Maharaja's case was\ndifferent. The Lord knew that he was such a great devotee that in spite of\nhaving material opulence he would never be deviated from love of God.\nThis example illustrates that a highly qualified devotee can have the\nfacility of material enjoyment and at the same time execute love of God.\nThis, however, is a special case for Dhruva Maharaja.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0047": "Dhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\nTexts 20-21]\n\n389\n\nTEXTS 20-21\n\n��ij � �� 'ailt�Rr I\ntN � �rn �ifi¥4t�� II� oil\nm an�itiilt�l� q((ijl�i41fewtl I\n�sfil: �q: wit �ifef�: I\n�\n\n�� ��oftt� JPI� �«Htl(iliU II�� II\nniinyair adhi�thitarh bhadra\nyad bhriiji�r-u dhruva-k�iti\nyatra grahark�a-tiiriir-iirh\njyoti�iim cakram iihitam\nmc{lhyiirh go-cakravat sthiisnu\nparastiit kalpa-viisiniim\ndharmo 'gn* kasyapafl. sukro\nmunayo ye vanaukasafl.\ncaranti dak�ir-\"l-krtya\nbhramanto yat satiirakii{l\n\nna-never; anyai{l- by others; adhi.s.thitam-was ruled over; bhadra-my\ngood boy; yat- which; bhr aji.sr w- brightly glowing; dhruva-k�iti-the land\nknown as Dhruvaloka; yatra-where; graha-planet s; rk;S a-c ons t ellations;\ntiira{liim-and st ars;jyot� iim-by luminaries; cakram-encirclement; iihitam\n-is done;me{lhyam-around a central pole;go -of bulls;cakra-a multitude;\nvat-like; stha snu - stationary ; parastiit-beyon d ; kalpa-a day of Brahma\n(millennium); viisinam-th ose, who live; dharma{l- D har ma ; agni{l - Agni;\nkas yap a{l- Kasyapa ; suk ra {l - Sukra; munayafl.-great sages; ye -- all of them\nwho; vana-okasaft - living in the forest; caranti-move; dak,:Si{li-krtya-keeping it to their right; b hramanta[l. -c ircumambulating; yat - whic h pla n et;\nsa-ta rakii{l - with all the stars.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead continued: My dear Dhruva, I\n\nshall award you the glowing planet known as the Pole Star, which will\n\ncontinue to stay even after the dissolution at the end of the millen­\n\nnium. No one has ever ruled over this planet, which is surrounded\nby all the solar systems, planets and stars. All the l�minaries in the\n\nsky circumambulate this planet,\n\njust as bulls go around a central\n\npole for the purpose of crushing grains. Keeping it to their right, all the stars\n\ninhabited by the great sages like Dharma, Agni, Kasyapa and Sukra\n·\n\n", "SB4.2#p0048": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n390\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\ncircumambulate this planet, which continues to exist even after the\ndissolution of all others.\nPURPORT\nAlthough the Pole Star existed before its occupation by Dhruva Maha­\n\nraja, there was no predominating deity. Dhruvaloka, our Pole Star, is the\n\ncenter for all other stars and solar systems, for all of them circle around\nDhruvaloka just as a bull crushes grains by walking around and around a\n\ncentral pole. Dhruva wanted the best of all planets, and although it was a\n\nchildish prayer, the Lord satisfied his demand. A small child may demand\n\nsomething from his father which his father has never given to anyone else,\n\nyet out of affection the father offers it to the child; similarly, this unique\nplanet, Dhruvaloka, was offered to Maharaja Dhruva. The specific signifi­\n\ncance of this planet is that until the entire universe is annihilated, this\nplanet will remain, even during the devastation which takes place during\n\nthe night of Lord Brahma. There are two kinds of dissolutions, one during\n\nthe night of Lord Brahma and one at the end of Lord Brahma's life. At the\nend of Brahma's life, selected personalities go back home, back to God­\n\nhead. Dhruva Maharaja is one of them. The Lord assured Dhruva that he\n\nwould exist beyond the partial dissolution of this universe. Thus at the\n\nend of the complete dissolution, Dhruva Maharaja would go directly to\nVaikui;lthaloka, to a spiritual planet in the spiritual sky. Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti Thakura comments in this connection that Dhruvaloka is one of\n\nthe lokas like Svetadvipa, Mathura and Dvaraka. They are all eternal\n\nplaces in the kingdom of Godhead, which is described in the Bhagavadgita (tad dhama paramam) and in the Vedas (om tad vifl[W� paramarh\npadarh sadii pasyanti siiraya�). The words parastiit kalpa-viisiniim, transcendental to the planets inhabited after the dissolution, refer to the V ai­\n\nkul)tha planets. In other words, Dhruva Maharaja's promotion to the\nVaikul)thalokas was guaranteed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 22\n\n� ij � mt � m '444JJT�n 1\n\ntttJ�I14el«'i\n\nmaa1ot1W�: ������\n\nprasthite tu vanarh pitrii\ndattvii giirh dharma-sarhsraya�\n�at -trirhsad-var�a-siihasrarh\nrak�itiivyiihatendriya�\n\n", "SB4.2#p0049": "Text 23]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n391\n\nprasthite-after departure; tu-but; vanam-to the forest;pitra-by your\nfather; dattva-awarding; gam-the whole world; dharma-sarhsraya�-under\nthe protection of piety; �at-trirhsat-thirty-six; var�a-years; sahasram-one\nthousand; rakfiita-you will rule; avyahata-without decay; indriyafl.-the\npower of the senses.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter your father goes to the forest and awards you the rule of his\nkingdom, you will rule the entire world continually for 36,000 years, and\nall your senses will continue to be as strong as they are now. You will\nnever become old.\nP U RPO RT\nIn the Satya-yuga people generally lived for 100,000 ye ar s. Dhruva\nMaharaja's ruling the world for 36,000 years was quite possible in those\ndays.\nTEXT 23\n\n�$AI<1��� � 'PI�Wd {I �: I\n31..�,� � � � m � 11��11\ntvad-bhratary uttame na�te\nmrgayayarh tu tan-mana�\nanve�anti vanarh mata\ndavagnirh sa pravek�yati\ntvat-your; bhratari-brother;uttame-Uttama;nafi .te-being killed; mrgayayam-in hunting; tu-then; tat-mana�-being too afflicted; anve§antiwhile searching out; vanam-in the forest; mata-the mother; dava-agnimin the forest fire; sa- she; pravek§yati-will enter.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Lord continued: Sometime in the future your brother Uttama will\ngo hunting in the forest, and while absorbed in hunting, he will be killed.\nYour stepmother Suruci, being maddened upon the death of her son, will\ngo to search him out in the forest, but she will be devoured by a forest\nfire.\nPURPORT\nDhruva Maharaja came to the forest to search out the Supreme Personality of Godhead with a revenging spirit against his stepmother. His step-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0050": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n392\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nmother insulted Dhruva, who was not' an ordinary person, but a great\nVaig1ava. An offense at the lotus feet of a Vaig1ava is the greatest offense\nin this world. Because of her insulting Dhruva Maharaja, Suruci would\n\nbecome mad upon the death of her son and would enter a forest fire, and\nthus her life would be ended. This was specifically mentioned by the Lord\nto Dhruva because he was determined for revenge against her. From this\nwe should take the lesson that we should never try to insult a Vai�l).ava.\nNot only should we not insult a Vai�l).ava, but we should not insult anyone\nunnecessarily. When Suruci insulted Dhruva Maharaja, he was just a child.\nShe of course did not know that Dhruva was a great recognized Vai�l).ava,\nand so her offense was committed unknowingly. Similarly, if one serves a\nVai�l).ava unknowingly, there is a good result. When one serves a Vai$1).ava\nwithout knowledge, he still gets the good result, and if he unknowingly\ninsults a Vai�l).ava, one suffers the bad result. A Vai�l).ava is especially\n\nfavored by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Pleasing him or displeasing him directly affects the pleasure and displeasure of the Supreme\nLord. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura , in his eight stanzas of prayer to\nthe spiritual master, has sung, yasya prasadiid bhagavat-prasiida[t: by pleasing\nthe spiritual master, who is a pure Vai�l).ava, one pleases the Personality of\nGodhead, but if one displeases the spiritual master he does not know where\nhe is going.\nTEXT 24\n\nqt ltt �� �: ��fdfOT: I\n��(lfa:t•u��l{fij�� l�'dl\ni§tvii miirh yajfia-hrdayarh\nyajfiai[t pu§kala-dak§irwi[t\nbhuktvii cehiisi§aft satyii\nante miirh sarhsmari§yasi\ni§.tvii-after\n\nworshiping;\n\nmiim-Me;\n\nyajii a hrdayam- the heart of all\n-\n\nsacrifices; yajnai[t- by great sacrifices; pu�ka la-dak� i rw * - comprehending\ndistribution of great charities; bhuktva-after enjoying; ca-also; iha-within\nthis world; asi§a[l,-blessings; satyii[t-true; ante- at the end; miim-Me;\n\nsarhsmari§yasi-you will be able to remember.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord continued: I am the heart of all sacrifices. You will he able\n\nto perform many great sacrifices and also give great charities. In this way\n\n", "SB4.2#p0051": "Text 25)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n393\n\nyou will be able to enjoy the blessings of material happiness in this life,\nand at the time of your death you will be able to remember Me.\nPURPORT\n\nThe most important factor in this verse is the Lord's instructions\nregarding how to remember the Supreme Personality of Godhead at the\nend of life. Ante niirayarw-smrti�: the result of whatever we do in\nexecuting spiritual activities is successful if we can remember Narayar;�a,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. This program of constant remembrance can be disturbed by many things, but Dhruva Maharaja's life would\nbe so pure, as assured by the Lord Himself, that he would never forget\nHim. Thus at the time of his death he would remember the Supreme\nLord, and before his death he would enjoy this material world, not by\nsense gratification, but by performing great sacrifices. As stated in the\nVedas, when one performs great sacrifices he must give in charity, not only\n\nto the briihmar-as, but also to the k�atriyas, vaisyas and sudras. It is\nassured here that Dhruva Maharaja would be able to perform such activities. In this age of Kali, however, the great sacrifice is the performance of\nsankirtana-yajna. Our Kr�IJa consciousness movement is designed to teach\n\npeople (and to learn ourselves) the exact instruction of the Personality of\nGodhead. In this way we shall continue to perform the sankirtana-yajna\ncontinually and continually chant the Hare Kr�IJa mantra. Then certainly\nat the end of our lives we shall be able to remember Kr�IJa, and our\nprogram of life will be successful. In this age, distribution of prasiida has\nreplaced distribution of money. No one has sufficient money to distribute,\nbut if we distribute krnw-prasiida as far as possible, it is more valuable\nthan the distribution of money.\nTEXT 25\n\nm .,;ij,Rt � ��tiM'i�d(,\n�qf(eat\"'�� � �� tRr: ������\ntato gantiisi mat-sthiinam\nsarva ·loka-namas-krtam\nupari�tiid r§ibhyas tvam\nyato niivartate gata�\ntata � - thereafter; gantiisi- you will go; mat-sthiinam-to\nsarva-loka-by all planetary sys tems; n ama �t -krtam\n\n-\n\nMy abode;\n\noffered obeisances to;\n\nupari;S tiit-situated higher; T;Sibhya�-than the planetary systems of the r.sis;\n.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0052": "394\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\ntvam-you; yata{l-wherefrom; na-never; iivartate-will come back; gata{t­\n\nhaving gone there.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead continued: My dear Dhruva, after your\n\nmaterial life in this body, you will go to My planet, which is always offered\n\nobeisances by the residents of all other planetary systems. It is situated\n\nabove the planets of the seven r�is, and when you go there you never have\nto come back again to this material world.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word niivartate is very significant. The Lord says, \"You\n\nwill not come back to this material world because you will r each mat­\n\nsthiinam, My abode.\" Therefore Dhruvaloka, or the Pole Star, is the abode\nof Lord Vi�QU within this material world. Upon it there is an ocean of\n\nmilk, and within that ocean there is an island known as Svetadvipa. It is\n\nclearly indicated that this planet is situated above the seven planetary\n\nsystems of the f§is, and because this planet is Vi�Quloka, it is worshiped by\n\nall other planetary systems. It may be questioned here what will happen\n\nto the planet known as Dhruvaloka at the time of the dissolution of this\n\nuniverse.\n\nThe\n\nans wer\n\nis\n\nsimple:\n\nDhruvaloka\n\nremains,\n\nlike\n\nother\n\nVaikuQthalokas, beyond this universe. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura\n\nhas commented in this connection that the very word niivartate indicates\nthat this planet is eternal.\n\nTEXT 26\n.::.\"'\n\nif���\n\n'€44N<t : � �Ri�{'q·�·t: � I\n� � 'ftq ((:4+14111(\"�: II�� II\nmaitreya uviica\nity arcita{l sa bhagaviin\natidisyiitmana� padam\nbiilasya pasyato dhiima svam\nagiid garut;la-dhvaja{l\nmaitreya� u vac a- the great sage Maitreya continued to speak;iti-thus;\narcita�-being honored and worshiped; sa�-the Supreme Lord; bhagavanPersonality of Godhead; atidisya-after offering; atmana{t- His personal;\npadam-residence;\n\nbalasya-while\n\nthe boy; pasyata{t-was looking on;\n\n", "SB4.2#p0053": "Dhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\nText 27)\n\n395\n\ndhiima-to His abode; svam-own; agiit -He returned; garu!la-dhvaja{lLord Vi�QU, whose flag bears the emblem of Garuc;la.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya said: After being worshiped and honored by the\nboy, Dhruva Maharaja, and offering him His abode, L ord Vi�QU returned\nto His abode on the back of Garuc;la as Dhruva Maharaja looked on.\nPURPORT\nFrom this verse it appears that Lord Vi�J;lu awarded Dhruva Maharaja\nthe same abode in which He resides. His abode is described in the Bhagavad­\n\ngitii (15.6): yad gatvii na nivartante tad dhiima paramam mama.\nTEXT 27\n\nmsN (iqwqiif �: q(((�qlq(1•1\\� 1\n�\"\n\n4E�mA1:1tui ;nRJq'Rils.q•u��(4(1 �\\911\n'pi sankalpajam Vi§[W�\npiida-sevopasiiditam\npriipya sankalpa-nirvii[lam\nniitiprito 'bh�agiit puram\n\nSO\n\nsafl-he (Dhruva Maharaja); api-although; sankalpa-jam-the desired\nvi§[lO{l-of Lord Vi�QU; piida-sevii-by serving the lotus feet;\nupasiiditam-obtained; priipya-having achieved; sankalpa-of his determination; nirvii[lam the satisfaction; na-not; atipr itafl -very much pleased;\nabhyagiit-he returned; puram-to his home.\nresult;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nDespite having achieved the desired result of his determination by\nworshiping the lotus feet of the Lord, Dhruva Maharaja was not very pleased.\nThus he returned to his home.\nPURPORT\nBy worshiping the lotus feet of the Lord in devotional service as instructed by Narada Muni, Dhruva Maharaja achieved the desired result. His\ndesire was to get a very exalted position, excelling those of his father,\ngrandfather and great-grandfather, and although it was a somewhat childish determination because Dhruva Maharaja was nothing but a small child,\nstill Lord Vi�J;lU, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is so kind and\n\n", "SB4.2#p0054": "[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n396\n\nmerciful that He fulfilled his desire. Dhruva Maharaja wanted a residence\nmore exalted than any ever occupied by anyone else in his family. Therefore he was offered the planet in which the Lord personally resides, and\nhis determination was completely satisfied. Still, when Dhruva Maharaja\nreturned home he was not very much pleased because although in pure\ndevotional service there is no demand from the Lord, because of his childish nature he had demanded something, and although the Lord also fulfilled\nhis desire, he was not very pleased. Rather, he was ashamed that he had\ndemanded something from the Lord, for he should not have done this.\nTEXT 28\n\n� '!C(l:o;f\n���l{ �rmt 1{� �itt�INW1{ij!i4(UJR�ij�\n\n�144M'li�Ptq�\n� �r;p{q� ''��''\nvidura uviica\nsudurlabharh yat paramam padam harer\nmiiyiivinas tac-carartiircaniirjitam\nlabdhviipy asiddhiirtham ivaika-janmanii\nkatham svam iitmiinam amanyatartha-vit\nvidura� uvaca- Vidura\n\ncontinued to inquire; sudu rlabham very rare;\nwhich; paramam-is the supreme; padam situation; hare {t of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; m ayavinaft -very affectionate; tatHis; ca ra(l a-lotus feet; arcana-by worshiping; arjitam-ac hieved; labdhvahaving attained; api-although; asiddha-artham- not fulfilled; iva- as if; ekajanmana-:in the duration of one life; katham why; svam-own; iitmiinamheart; amanyata-he felt; artha vit- being very wise.\n-\n\nyat- that\n\n--\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Vidura inquired: My dear brahma�a, the abode of the Lord is very\n\ndifficult to attain. It can be attained only by pure devotional service,\n\nwhich\n\nalone\n\npleases\n\nthe\n\nmost affectionate,\n\nmerciful\n\nLord.\n\nDhruva\n\nMaharaja achieved this position even in one life, and he was very wise and\n\nconscientious. Why, then, was he not very pleased?\n\n", "SB4.2#p0055": "Text 29]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n397\n\nPURPORT\nSaint Vidura's inquiry is very relevant. The word artha-vit, which refers\nto one who knows how to discriminate between reality and unreality, is\nvery significant in this connection. An artha-vit is also called paramaharhsa.\nA paramaharhsa accepts only the active principle of everything; just as a\nswan\n\naccepts only the\n\nmilk\n\nfrom\n\na\n\nmixture of water and milk, a\n\nparamaharhsa accepts only the Supreme Personality of Godhead as his life\n\nand soul, neglecting all external material things. Dhruva Maharaja was in\nthis category, and due to his determination he achieved the result he desired, but still when he returned home he was not very pleased.\nTEXT 29\n\"\"\"'\n\n��\n\n�: �q�turw��ill'{� 1\n\n�•;:uRfiq��� ij�'*''q�flclfl ll����\nmaitreya uviica\nmiitu!J, sapatnyii viigbiirtair\nhrdi viddhas tu tii.n smaran\nnaicchan mukti-pater muktirh\ntasmiit tiipam upeyiviin\nmaitreya[t uviica- the gre. t sage Maitreya replied; mii.tu!J,-of his mother;\nsa-p at nyii[l - of the co-wife; viik-bar-ai[l-by the arrows of harsh words;\nhrdi-in the heart; viddha [l -pierc ed; tu-then; tan-all of them; smaranremembering; na-not; aiccha t-desi red; mukti-pate [l - from the Lord, whose\n\nlotus feet give liberation; muk tim-salva ti on ; tasmiit-therefore; tapamgrief; upeyiviin-he suffered.\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya answered: Dhruva Maharaja's heart, which was pierced by the\narrow of the harsh words of his stepmother, was greatly aggrieved, and thus\nwhen he fixed upon his goal of life he did not forget her misbehavior. He\ndid not demand actual liberation from this material world, but at the end\nof his devotional service, when the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nappeared before him, he was simply ashamed of the material demands he\nhad in his mind.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0056": "398\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nThis important verse has been discussed by many stalwart commenta­\n\ntors. Why was Dhruva Maharaja not very pleased, even after achieving the\n\ngoal of life he desired? A pure devotee is always free from any kind of\n\nmaterial desires. In the material world, one's material desires are all most\ndemonic; one thinks of others as one's enemies, one thinks of revenge\n\nagainst one's enemies, one aspires to become the topmost leader or top­\n\nmost person in this material world, and thus one competes with all others,\n\netc. This has been described in the Bhagavad-gitii, Sixteenth Chapter, as\n\nasuric. A pure devotee has no demand from the Lord. His only concern\n\nis to serve the Lord sincerely and seriously, and he is not at all concerned\n\nabout· what will happen in the future. In the Mukunda-miilii-stotra, King\nKulasekhara, author of the book, states in his prayer: \"My dear Lord, I\n\ndon't want any position of sense gratification within this material world. I\n\nsimply want to engage in Your service perpetually.\" Similarly, Lord\n\nCaitanya, in His Sik§ii§taka, also prayed, \"My Lord, I do not want any\n\namount of material wealth, I do not want any number of materialistic\n\nfollowers, nor do I want any attractive wife to enjoy. The only thing I want\n\nis that I may engage life after life in Your service.\" Lord Caitanya did not\npray even for mukti, or liberation.\n\nIn this verse Maitreya replied to Vidura that Dhruva Maharaja, influenced\n\nby a revengeful attitude towards his insulting stepmother, did not think of\n\nmukti, nor did he know what mukti is. Therefore he failed to aim for\nmukti as his goal in life. But a pure devotee also does not want liberation.\n\nHe is a soul completely surrendered to the Supreme Lord, and he does not\n\ndemand anything from the Lord. This position was realized by Dhruva\nMaharaja when he saw the Supreme Personality of Godhead present person­\n\nally before him because he was elevated to the viisudeva platform. The\n\nviisudeva platform refers to the stage at which material contamination is\nconspicuous by absence only, or in other words where there is no question\n\nof the material modes of nature-goodness, passion and ignorance-and one\n\ncan therefore see the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Because on the\n\nviisudeva platform one can see God face to face, the Lord is also called\n\nVasudeva.\n\nDhruva Maharaja's demand was for a position so exalte·d that it was\n\nnever enjoyed even by Lord Brahma, his great-grandfather. Kr�rya, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, is so affectionate and kind towards His\n\ndevotee, especially to a devotee like Dhruva Maharaja, who went to render\ndevotional service in the forest alone at the age of only five years, that\n\nalthough the motive might be impure, the Lord does not consider the\n\n", "SB4.2#p0057": "Text 29]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n399\n\nmotive; He is concerned with the service. But if a devotee has a particular\nmotive, the Lord directly or indirectly knows it, and therefore He does\nnot leave the devotee's material desires unfulfilled. These are some of the\nspecial favors by the Lord to a devotee.\nDhruva Maharaja was offered Dhruvaloka, a planet that was never resided upon by any conditioned soul. Even Brahma, although the topmost\nliving creature within this universe, was also not allowed to enter the\nDhruvaloka. Whenever there is a crisis within this universe, the demigods\ngo to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead K�Irodakasayi Vigm, and\nthey stand on the beach of the Milk Ocean. So the fulfillment of Dhruva\nMaharaja's demand-a position more exalted than that of even his greatgrandfather Brahma-was offered to him.\n\nHere in this verse the Lord is described as mukti-pati, which means one\n\nunder whose lotus feet there are all kinds of mukti. There are five kinds of\n\nmukti-siiyujya, siirupya, siilokya, siimipya, and siir#i. Out of these five\nmuktis, which can be achieved by any person engaged in devotional service\n\nto the Lord, the one which is known as siiyujya is generally demanded by\nMayavadi philosophers; they demand to become one with the impersonal\nBrahman effulgence of the Lord. In the opinion of many scholars, this\n\nsiiyujya-mukti, although counted among the five kinds of mukti, is not\nactually mukti because from siiyujya-mukti one may again fall down to\n\nthis material world. This information we have from Srimad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nwherein it is said patanty ada[!, which means \"they again fall down.\" The\n\nmonist philosopher, after executing severe austerity, merges into the\nimpersonal effulgence of the Lord, but the living entity always wants\nreciprocation in loving\n\naffairs.\n\nTherefore,\n\nalthough\n\nthe monist phi­\n\nlosopher is elevated to the status of being one with the effulgence of the\nLord, because there is no facility for associating with the Lord and rendering service unto Him, he again falls down into this material world, and his\nservice propensity is satisfied by material welfare activities like humanitarianism, altruism and philanthropy. There are many instances of such fall­\n\ndowns, even for great sannyiis\"is in the Mayavada school.\n\nTherefore Vai�rtava philosophers do not accept siiyujya-mukti to be\n\nwithin the category of mukti. According to them, mukti means transferral\nto the loving service of the Lord from one's position of serving miiyii. Lord\n\nCaitanya also says in this connection that the constitutional position of a\n\nliving entity is to render service to the Lord. That is real mukti. When one\n\nis situated in his original position, giving up artificial positions, he is called\n\nmukta, or liberated. In the Bhagavad-gitii this is confirmed: anyone who\n\nengages in rendering transcendental loving service to the Lord is considered\n\n", "SB4.2#p0058": "400\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nto be mukta or brahma-bhuta. It is said in Bhagavad-gita that a devotee is\nconsidered to be on the brahma-bhuta platform when he has no material\n\ncontamination. In the Padma Purap,a this is also confirmed: mukti means\n\nengagement in the service of the Lord.\n\nThe great sage Maitreya explained that Dhruva Maharaja did not desire\n\nin the beginning to engage in the service of the Lord, but he wanted an\n\nexalted position better than his great-grandfather's. This is more or less not\n\nservice to the Lord but service to the senses. Even if one gets the position\nof Brahma, the most exalted position in this material world, he is a condi­\n\ntioned soul. Srila Prabodhananda Sarasvati says that if one is elevated to\n\nreal, pure devotional service, he considers even great demigods like Brahma\n\nand Indra to be on an equal level with an insignificant insect. The reason is\n\nthat an insignificant insect has a desire for sense gratification, and even a\n\ngreat personality like Lord Brahma also wants to dominate this material\nnature.\n\nSense gratification means domination over material nature. The whole\n\ncompetition between conditioned souls is based upon domination of this\n\nmaterial nature. Modern scientists are proud of their knowledge because\nthey are discovering new methods to dominate the laws of material\n\nnature. They think that this is the advancement of human civilization-the\n\nmore they can dominate the material laws, the more advanced they think\n\nthey are. Dhruva Maharaja's propensity in the beginning was like that. He\nwanted to dominate this material world in a greater position than Lord\n\nBrahma. Therefore elsewhere it is described that after the appearance of\n\nthe Lord, when Dhruva Maharaja thought and compared his determination\n\nto his final reward, he realized that he had wanted a few particles of broken\nglass but instead had received many diamonds. As soon as he saw the Su­\n\npreme Personality of Godhead face to face, he immediately became con­\n\nscious of the unimportance of his demand from the Lord to have an exalted\nposition better than Lord Brahma's.\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja became situated on the vdsudeva platform due\nto seeing the Lord face to f ace, all his material contamination was cleared.\n\nThus he became ashamed of what his demands were and what he had\n\nachieved. He was very much ashamed to think that although he had gone to\nMadhuvana, giving up the kingdom of his father, and he had gotten a spiritual\n\nmaster like Narada Muni, still he was thinking of revenge against his stepmother and wanted to occupy an exalted post within this material world.\n\nThese were the causes for his moroseness even after he received all the\ndesired benedictions from the Lord.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0059": "Text 30]\n\n401\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja factually saw the Supreme Personality of Godhead, there was no question of a revengeful attitude towards his stepmother\nnor any aspiration to lord it over the material world, but the Supreme\nPersonality is so kind that He knew that Dhruva Maharaja wanted these.\nSpeaking before Dhruva Maharaja, He used the word vediiham because\nwhen Dhruva Maharaja demanded material benefits, the Lord was present\nwithin his heart and so knew everything. The Lord always knows everything that a man is thinking. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-g\"itii also:\nvediiharh samat\"itiini.\nThe\n\nLord\n\nfulfilled\n\nall\n\nDhruva\n\nMaharaja's desires.\n\nHis\n\nrevengeful\n\nattitude towards his stepmother and stepbrother was satisfied. He wanted\na more exalted position than his great-grandfather. That was also fulfilled.\nAnd at the same time, his eternal position in Dhruvaloka was fixed. Although\n\nDhruva\n\nMaharaja's achievement of an eternal planet was not\n\nconceived by him, Kr�t:J.a thought, \"What will Dhruva do with an exalted\nposition within this material world?\" Therefore He gave him the opportunity to rule this material world for 36,000 years with unchangeable senses\nand the chance to perform many great sacrifices and thus become the most\nreputed king within this material world. And, after finishing with all this\nmaterial enjoyment, he would be promoted to the spiritual world, which\nincludes the Dhruvaloka.\nTEXT 30\n\n�q�:q\n\nfl+tiN-n\n\n��\n\n�\n\n�: flwtw:G\\IG:t �: I\n• 'fllflt(fl'tl �..\n\nWittlllqc:tfl44tij: 'l1Jiiffir:II� o II\ndhruva uviica\nsarniidhinii naika-bhavena yat padarh\nvidu� sanandiidaya iirdhva-retasa�\nmiisair aharh §a{lbhir amu§ya piidayos\nchiiyiirn upetyiipagata� prthan-rnat*\ndhruva� uviica- Dhruva Maharaja said; samiidhinii- by practicing yoga\nin trance; na- never ; eka-bhavena--by one birth; yat- which ; padamposition; vidu{1\n\n-\n\nunders t ood ; sananda-iidaya�-the four brahmaciiris headed\n\n", "SB4.2#p0060": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n402\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nby Sanandana; ii rdhva retasa{t-infallible celibates; masai{t-within months;\n-\n\naham-1;\n\n§ apbhi{t -six; amu §ya\n\n-\n\nof\n\nHim; padayo[t-of\n\nthe\n\nlotus feet;\n\nchiiyiim-shelter; upetya-achieving;apagata[t-fell down ;prthak-mati[t-my\nmind fixed on things other than the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva Maharaja thought to himself: To endeavor to be situated in the\n\nshade of the lotus feet of the Lord is not an ordinary task because even the\n\ngreat brahmaciiris headed by Sanandana, who practiced the ��aitga-yoga in\n\ntrance, attained the shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord only after many,\n\nmany births. Although within six months I achieved the same result,\n\nnevertheless, due to my thinking differently from the Lord, I fell down\n\nfrom my position.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse Dhruva Maharaja himself explains the cause of his moroseness. First he laments that to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead\ndirectly is not easy. Even great saintly persons like the four celebrated\n\nbrahmacaris headed by Sanandana-Sanaka, Sanatana, Sanatkumara and\nSanandana-practiced the yoga system for many, many births and remained\nin trance before getting the opportunity to see the Supreme Lord face to\nface. As far as Dhruva Maharaja was concerned, he saw the Supreme Lord\npersonally after only six months of practice in devotional service. He\nexpected, therefore, that as soon as he met the Supreme Lord, the Lord\nwould take him to His abode immediately , without waiting. Dhruva\nMaharaja could understand very clearly that the Lord had offered him the\nrule of the world for 36,000 years because in the beginning he was under\nthe spell of material energy and wanted to take revenge against his stepmother and rule over his father's kingdom. Dhruva Maharaja greatly\nlamented his propensity for ruling the material world and his revengeful\nattitude toward other living entities.\nTEXT 31\n\n� 'Rf ¥44Uwti€Wf � � I\n4tetf�: Q ti€Ctl�lit ������II\naho bata mamii.nii.tmyam\nmanda-bhiigyasya pasyata\nbhava-cchida{t pada-miilam\ngatvii. yii.ce yad antavat\n\n", "SB4.2#p0061": "Text 31 J\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n403\n\naho-oh; bata-alas; mama-my; anatmyam-bodily consciousness; manda­\n\nbhiigyasya-of the unfortunate;pasyata-just see; bhava-material existence;\n\nchida{l-of the Lord who can cut off; piida-miilam-the lotus feet; gatvii­\n\nhaving approached;yiice-1 prayed for;yat-that which; antavat-perishable.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlas, just look at me! I am so unfortunate. I approached the lotus feet\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who can immediately cut the\nchain of the repetition of birth and death, but still, out of my foolishness,\n\nI prayed for things which are perishable.\nPURPORT\nThe word aniitmyam is very significant in this verse.Atmii means the soul,\n\nand aniitmya means without any conception of the soul. Srila .fttlabhadeva\ninstructed his sons that unless a human being comes to the point of under­\n\nstanding the atma, or spiritual position, whatever he does is ignorance, and\n\nthis brings only defeat in his life. Dhruva Maharaja regrets his unfortunate\nposition, for although he approached the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nwho is always able to give His devotee the highest benediction of cessation\n\nof the repetition of birth and death, which is impossible for any demigod\nto offer, he foolishly wanted something perishable. When HiraJ;tyakasipu\n\nasked immortality from Lord Brahma, Lord Brahm a expressed his inability\n\nto offer such a benediction because he himself is not immortal; therefore\nimmortality or complete cessation of the chain of repeated birth and death\n\ncan be offered by the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead Himself,\n\nnot by others. Harirh vinii na srtirh taranti.lt is said that without the blessings\n\nof Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, no one can stop the continu·\nous chain of birth and death within this material world. Therefore the Su·\n\npreme Lord is also called bhava-cchida. The Vai�J;tava philosophy in the pro­\n\ncess of Kr�J;ta consciousness prohibits the devotee from all kinds of material\naspirations. A Vai�Qava devotee\n\nshould always be anyiibhilli.sitii-Siinya,\n\nfree from all material aspirations for the results of fruitive activities or empiric philosophical speculation. Dhruva Maharaja was actually initiated by\n\nNarada Muni, the greatest Vait>J;tava, in the chanting of orh namo bhagavate\n\nvasudeviiya . This mantra is a vi§[lu-mantra, for by practicing the chanting\n\nof this mantra one is elevated to the Vit>Quloka. Dhruva Maharaja regrets\n\nthat although he was initiated in the vi§[lu-mantra b y a Vai�\\}ava, he still\naspired for material benefits. That was another cause for lamentation. Al­\n\nthough he got the result of the vi§[lU-mantra by the causeless mercy of the\n\nLord, he lamented how foolish he was to strive for material benefits while\n\n", "SB4.2#p0062": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n404\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\npracticing devotional service. In other words, every one of us who is engaged in devotional service in Kr�J;Ia consciousness should be completely\nfree from all material aspirations. Otherwise we will have to lament like\nDhruva Maharaja.\nTEXT 32\n\n¥tf6f\\t�ij( ��: q614\\«1�fit: I\n��� ;nmft.tt¥1(1¥1'1 : ������\nmatir vidii�ita devai�\npatadbhir asahi�r-ubh*\nyo narada-vacas tathyarh\nnagrahi�am asattama�\nmatilt-intelligence; vid iisita contaminated; de va*\n.\n\npatadbh*-who\n\n-\n\nwill fall down; asahi§TJ.u bhi lt\n\nmirada-of the great sage Niirada ; vaca[l\n-the truth;\nwretched.\n\nna-not;\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nby the demigods;\n\nintolerant ; ya[l-I who;\n\nof the insLTuctions; tathyam\n\ngriihi§ am -could accept; asat ta m a[l\n\na\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe most\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince all the demigods who are situated in the higher planetary system\n\nwill have to come down again, they are all envious of my being elevated to\nVaikuJ;I�haloka by devotional service. These intolerant demigods have\ndissipated my intelligence, and only for this reason could I not accept the\ngenuine benediction of the instructions of Sage Niirada.\nPURPORT\nAs shown by many instances in the Vedic literature, when a person\nundergoes severe austerities, the demigods become very much perturbed\nbecause they are always afraid of losing their posts as the predominating\ndeities of the heavenly planets. It is known to them that their position in\nthe higher planetary system is not permanent, as it is stated in the\n\nBhagavad-gita, Ninth Chapter. It is said in the Gita that after exhausting\nthe results of their pious activities, all the demigods who are inhabitants of\nthe higher planetary system have to come back again to this earth.\nIt is a fact that the demigods control the different activities of the limbs\nof our bodies. Factually we are not free even in moving our eyelids. Everything is controlled by them. Dhruva Maharaja's conclusion is that these\ndemigods, being envious of his superior position in devotional service,\n\n", "SB4.2#p0063": "Text 33]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n405\n\nconspired against him to pollute hi'S intelligence, and thus although he was\nthe disciple of a great V ai��;tava, Narada Muni, he could not accept his valid\ninstructions. Now Dhruva Maharaja regretted very much that he had neglected these instructions. Narada Muni had asked him, \"Why should you\nbother about insult or adoration from your stepmother?\" He of course\ninformed Dhruva Maharaja that since he was only a child, what did he\nhave to do with such insult or adoration? But Dhruva Maharaja was\ndetermined to achieve the benediction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore Narada advised him to go back home for the time\nbeing, and in mature time he could try to practice devotional service.\nDhruva Maharaja regretted that he had rejected the advice of Narada Muni\nand was adamant in asking him for something perishable, namely revenge\nagainst his stepmother for her insult and possession of the kingdom of his\nfather.\nDhruva Maharaja regretted very much that he could not take seriously\nthe instruction of his spiritual master and that his consciousness was therefore contaminated. Still, the Lord is so merciful that due to Dhruva's\nexecution of devotional service He offered him the ultimate V ai�t;�ava goal.\nTEXT 33\n\n�tiT�� stm1 � � I\n\"\n\nR ft:�st� �' 11��11\ndaivirh miiyiim upiisritya\nprasupta iva bhinna-drk\ntapye dvitiye 'py asati\nbhriitr- bhriitrvya-hrd-rujii\ndaivim-of the Personality of Godhead; miiyiim-the illusory energy;\n\nupiisritya- taking shelter of; prasupta[l- dreaming while asleep; iva- like;\nbhinna- drk- having separated vision; tapye-I lamented; dvitiye-in the\nillusory energy; api-although; asati- temporary; bhriitr- brother; bhrii­\n\ntrvya- enemy; hrt-within the heart; rujii-by lamentation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nDhruva Maharaja lamented: I was under the influence of the illusory\nenergy; being ignorant of the actual facts, I was sleeping on her lap. Under\na vision of duality, I saw my brother as my enemy, and falsely I lamented\nwithin my heart, thinking, \"They are my enemies.\"\n\n", "SB4.2#p0064": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n406\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nReal knowledge is revealed to a devotee only when he comes to the\n\nright conclusion about life by the grace of the Lord. Our creation\nof friends and enemies within this material world is something like\n\ndreaming at night. In dreams we create so many things out of various\nimpressions in the subconscious mind, but all such creations are simply\n\ntemporary and unreal. In the same way, although apparently we are awake\nin material life, because we have no information of the soul and the Super­\n\nsoul, we create many friends and enemies simply out of imagination.\n\nSrlla Kr�qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami says that within this material world or\n\nmaterial consciousness, good and bad are the same. The distinction between\n\ngood and bad is simply a mental concoction. The actual fact is that all\n\nliving entities are sons of God, or by-products of His marginal energy.\n\nBecause of our being contaminated by the modes of material nature, we\n\ndistinguish one spiritual spark from another. That is also another kind of\n\ndreaming. It is stated in the Bhagavad-gita that those who are actually\n\nlearned do not make any distinction between a learned scholar, a brahmara,\n\nan elephant, a dog and a car(lala; they do not see in terms of the external\n\nbody, but they see the person as spirit soul. By higher understanding one\n\ncan know that the material body is nothing but a combination of the five\nmaterial elements. In that sense also the bodily construction of a human\n\nbeing and that of a demigod are one and the same. From the spiritual\n\npoint of view we are all spiritual sparks, parts and parcels of the Supreme\n\nSpirit, God. Either materially or spiritually we are basically one, but we\n\nmake friends and enemies as dictated by the illusory energy. Dhruva\nMaharaja\n\ntherefore\n\nsaid, daivirh\n\nmiiyiim upiiSritya: the cause of his\n\nbewilderment was his association with the illusory material energy.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n·�� 011� R� tm� I\n\n��1;1 � �t$4(11(('1¥( I\n¥fC1F.lJ�'l�st � m;��ffi�n 11�\\111\n�\n\nmayaitat priirthitarh vyartharh\ncikitseva gatayu�i\nprasadya jagad-iitmanarh\ntapasii du�prasiidanam\nbhava-cchidam ayiice 'harh\nbhavarh bhiigya-vivarjita�\nmaya-by me; etat-this; priirthitam-prayed for; vyartham- uselessly;\n\ncikitsii-treatment; iva-like; gata-has ended; iiyufli-for one whose life;\n\n", "SB4.2#p0065": "Text 35)\n\n407\n\nDhruva Maharaja R eturns Home\n\nprasiidya after satisfying;jagat-iitmiinam-the soul of the universe; tapasiiby austerity; dufiprasiidanam-who is very difficult to satisfy; bhava-chidam-\n\nthe Personality of Godhead, who can cut the chain of birth and death;\n\nayace pray ed for; aham-l; bhavam again repetition of birth and death;\nbhagya fortune; vivarjita� being without.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is very difficult to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but in\nmy case, although I have satisfied the Supersoul of the whole universe, I\nhave prayed only for useless things. My activities were exactly like treatment given to a person who is already dead. Just see how unfortunate I\nam, for in spite of meeting the Supreme Lord, who can cut one's link with\nbirth and death, I have prayed for the same conditions again.\nPURPORT\nSometimes it so happens that a devotee engaged in the loving service of\nthe Lord desires some material benefit in exchange for this service. This is\nnot the proper way to discharge devotional service. Out of ignorance, of\ncourse, sometimes a devotee does so, but Dhruva Maharaja regrets his personal behavior in this connection.\nTEXT 35\n\n(Ctl(f£4�¥ftGi41'\"'4iwillt� 'I� I\n�.....��-- �Jl4ii(lf;t�W{ : 11��11\nsviiriijyam yacchato mau{lhyiin\nmano me bhik�ito bata\nisvariit k�irw-pur-yena\nphali-kiiran iviidhana�\nsvarajyam-His devotional service; yacchata � from the Lord, who was\n-\n\nwilling to offer; mau{lhyat-by foo lishness; mana�\n\n-\n\nmaterial prosperity;\n\nme-by me; bhiksita� was asked for; bata-alas; iSvarat-from a great\nemperor; kfiirw-reduced; pu (t ye na-whose pious activities; phali-kiiranbroken particles of husked rice; iva-l i ke; adhana{t-a poor man.\n.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of my state of complete foolishness and paucity of pious activities, although the Lord offered me His personal service, still I wanted rna.\nterial name, fame and prosperity. My case is just like that of the poor man\n\n", "SB4.2#p0066": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n408\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nwho, when he satisfied a great emperor who wanted to gi ve him anything he\nmight ask, out of ignorance asked only a few broken grains of husked rice.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word sviiriijyam, which means complete independence,\nis very significant. A conditioned soul does not know what complete independence is. Complete independence means situation in one's own constitutional position. The real independence of a living entity, who is part and\nparcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is to remain always dependent on the Supreme Lord, just like a child who plays in complete independence, guided by his parents, who watch over him. The independence\nof the conditioned soul does not mean to fight with the obstacles offered\n\nby miiyii, but to surrender to Kr�cya. In the material world, everyone is\n\ntrying to become completely independent simply by fighting against the\nobstacles offered by miiyii. This is called the struggle for existence. Real\n\nindependence is to be reinstated in the service of the Lord. Anyone who\ngoes to the Vaikul).�ha planets or Goloka Vrndiivana planet is freely offering\nhis service to the Lord. That is complete independence. Just contrary to\nthis is material overlordship, which we wrongly take to be independence.\nMany great political leaders have tried to establish independence, but due\nto such so-called independence the people's dependence has only increased.\nThe living entity cannot be happy trying to be independent in the material\nworld. One has to surrender, therefore, unto the lotus feet of the Lord and\nengage in His original eternal service.\nDhruva Maharaja regrets that he wanted material opulence and greater\nprosperity than that of his great-grandfather, Lord Brahma. His begging\nfrom the Lord was like a poor man's asking a great emperor for a few\ngrains of broken rice. The conclusion is that anyone who is engaged in the\nloving service of the Lord should never ask for material prosperity from\nthe Lord. The awarding of material prosperity simply depends on the stringent rules and regulations of the external energy. Pure devotees ask the\nLord only for the privilege of serving Him. This is our real independence.\nIf we want anything else, it is a sign of our misfortune.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n��\n�\n\n� o;:a:� �'Rf�\n��� �q(t�lt :jf';ll: I\n\n", "SB4.2#p0067": "Text 36]\n\n409\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n�� �W�+t1�i11\ntt�\n\n�WI:�: ����II\n\nmaitreya uviica\nna vai mukundasya padiiravindayo\nrajo-ju�as tiita bhaviidrsii janii�\nviifichanti tad-diisyam rte 'rtham iitmano\nyadrcchayii labdha-manaf:t-samrddhaya�\nmaitreyal;l. uvaca- the great sage Maitreya continued; na- never; vaithe L9rd, who can give liberation; padaaravindayo[!.-of the lotus feet; raja[l.-jufiaft-persons who are eager to taste\nthe dust; tata-my dear Vidura; bhavadrsa�-like yourself; jana[l.-persons;\nviiichanti- desire; tat- His; diisyam- servitorship; rte- without; arthaminterest; atmana[l.-for themselves; yadrcchaya automatically; labdh a-by\nwhat is achieved; mana[l.-samrddhaya[l.-considering themselves to be very\ncertainly; mukundasya-of\n\n-\n\nrich.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, persons who, like\nyou, are pure devotees of the lotus feet of Mukunda [the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who can offer liberation] and who are always attached\nto the honey of His lotus feet, are always satisfied in serving at the lotus\nfeet of the Lord. In any condition of life, such persons remain satisfied,\nand thus they never ask the Lord for material prosperity.\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord says that He is the supreme enj oyer, the\nsupreme proprietor of everything and anything within this creation, and\nthe supreme friend of everyone. When one knows these things perfectly,\nhe\n\nis\n\nalways satisfied.\n\nThe pure devotee never hankers\n\nafter\n\nany\n\nkind of material prosperity. The karmis, however, or jfiiinis or yogis, endeavor always for their own personal happiness. Karmis work day and\nnight to improve their economic condition, jiiiinis undergo severe austerities in order to get liberation, and yogis also undergo severe austerities\nby practicing the yoga system for attainment of wonderful mystic powers.\n\nA devotee, however, is not interested in such activities; he does not want\nmystic powers or liberation or material prosperity. He is satisfied in any\ncondition of life, as long as he is constantly engaged in the service of the\nLord. The Lord's feet are compared with the lotus, wherein there is saffron\n\n", "SB4.2#p0068": "410\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\ndust. A devotee is always engaged in drinking the honey from the lotus feet\nof the Lord. Unless one is freed from all material desires, he cannot actually\ntaste the honey from the Lord's lotus feet. One has to discharge his devotional duties without being disturbed by the coming and going of material\ncircumstances. This desirelessness for material prosperity is called ni�kiima.\nOne should not mistakenly think that ni§kiima means giving up all desires.\nThat is impossible. A living entity is eternally existent, and he cannot give\nup desires. A living entity must have desires; that is the symptom of life.\nWhen there is a recommendation to become desireless, it is to be understood that this means that we should not desire anything for our sense\ngratification. For a devotee this state of mind, ni{l.sprha, is the right position. Actually every one of us already has an arrangement for our standard\nof material comforts. A devotee should always remain satisfied with the\nstandard of comforts offered by the Lord, as stated in the lsopani§ad (tena\ntyaktena bhunjithii). This saves time for executing Kr�qa consciousness.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n311Etiw:tl��'41'141;:ij Q\"''�q�SStRit( I\nmil \" � � � � 11�\\911\niikarr-yiitma-jam iiyiintarh\nsamparetya yathagatam\nriijii na sraddadhe bhadram\nabhadrasya kuto mama\nakar{lya - having heard; ii tma-jam-his son; ayan tam-coming back;\nsamparetya-after dying; yatha -as if; iiga tam-coming back; raja- King\nUttanapada; na-did not; sraddadhe-have any confidence; bhadram-good\nfortune; abhadrasya-of the impious; kuta� -whence ; ma.ma - my.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen King Uttanapada heard that his son Dhruva was coming back\n\nhome, as if coming back to life after death, he could not put his faith in\n\nthis message, for he was doubtful how it could happen. He considered.\nhimself the most wretched, and therefore he thought that it was not\n\npossible for him to attain such good fortune.\n\nPURPORT\nDhruva Maharaja, a five-year-old boy, went to the forest for penance\nand austerity, and the King could not at all believe that a small boy of\nsuch a tender age could live in the forest. He was certain that he was dead.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0069": "Texts 39-40]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n4ll\n\nHe therefore could not fix his faith in the message that Dhruva Maharaja\nwas coming back home again. For him this message said that a dead man\nwas coming back home, and so he could not believe it. After Dhruva\nMaharaja's departure from home, King Uttanapada thought that he was\nthe cause of his leaving, and thus he considered himself the most wretched.\nTherefore, even though it was possible that his lost son was coming back\nfrom the kingdom of death, he thought that since he was most sinful it was\nnot possible for him to be so fortunate as to get back his lost son.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n���:1\n�ktltdd�sft«l ttt �l\"'i«lii49\\'( 11��11\n��\n\nsraddhaya vakyarh devar�er\nhar�a-vegena dhar�ita�\nvarta-hartur atipr\"ito\nhararh pradan maha-dhanam\nsraddhaya-keeping faith; viikyam-in the words; devar§e� -of the great\nsage Narada; har.sa-vegena-by great satisfaction; dhar§ita�-overwhelmed;\n\nviirtii-hartu [1 -with the messenger who brought the news; atipritafl-being\nvery satisfied; hiiram-a pearl necklace; priidiit-offered; mahii-dhanamvery valuable.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough he could not believe the words of the messenger, he had full\nfaith in the word of the great sage, Narada. Thus he was greatly overwhelmed by the news, and immediately he offered the messenger a highly\nvaluable garland in great satisfaction.\nTEXTS 39-40\n\n�\n\n(1.1+tl�\n\niifild((«(q�6'( I\n\n;nA: �� �S¥tk�;q �fif: II��II\n��� �:1\nf;(� �oi¥tl�¥t(1tl�ufl�i6: 11\\loll\n..\n\nsad-asvarh ratham aruh ya\nkartasvara-pari�krtam\nbrahmar;wi� kula-vrddhais ca\nparyasto 'matya-bandhubh*\n\n", "SB4.2#p0070": "412\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto4, Ch. 9\n\nsankha-dundubhi-niidena\nbrahma-gho§e[!a ve[!ubhifl.\nniscakriima puriit tiirrtam\natma-fo.bhlk�a[!Otsukafl.\nsat-asvam-drawn by\n\nvery\n\nfine\n\nhorses; ratham-chariot; iiruhya­\n\ngetting on; kartasvara-pari�krtam-bedecked with golden filigr ee; brahma­\n\nrtaifl.- with briihmartas; kula vrddhaifl. alon g with elderly personalities of\nthe family; ca-also; paryastafl.- being surrounded; amiitya-by officers and\nministers; bandhubh*-and friends; sankha-of conchshells; dundubhiand kettledrums; niidena-with the sound; brahma-ghOfie\"[ta-by the chanting\nof Vedic mantras; verubhifl,-by flutes; niscakriima-he came out; puriitfrom the city ; tii r [! am with great haste; iitma-ja-son; abhik§ara-to see;\nutsukafl.-very eager.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen King Uttanapada, being very eager to see the face of his lost son,\n\nmounted a chariot drawn by excellent horses and bedecked with golden\nfiligree. Taking with him many learned brahmar;tas, all the elderly per­\n\nsonalities of his family, his officers, his ministers, and his immediate\n\nfriends, he immediately left the city. As he proceeded in this parade, there\nwere auspicious sounds of conchshells, kettledrums, flutes, and the chanting 'Of Vedic mantras to indicate all good fortune.\nTEXT4l\n\n-=��1{��1\n� oor.tEhi m�: ll'd�ll\nsunititL surucis casya\nmahi�yau rukma-bhii§ite\naruhya sibikam sardham\nuttamen(ibhijagmatufl.\nsunitifl.-Queen Sunlti; surucifl.-Queen Suruci; ca-also; asya-of the\nmahi§yau-queens; ru,kma-bhii§ite-being decora t ed with golden\nornaments; iiruhya-ge tting on; sibikiim a p alanquin; siirdham- a long with;\nuttameria-the King's other son, Uttama; abhijagmatu[l.-all p roc eeded alon g\nKing;\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBoth the queens of King Uttiinapada, namely Suniti and Suruci, along\nwith his other son, Uttama, appeared in the procession. The queens were\nseated on a palanquin.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0071": "Texts 42-43]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Hom e\n\n413\n\nPURPORT\n\nAfter the departure of Dhruva Maharaja from the palace, the King was\nvery afflicted, but by the kind words of Saint Narada he was partially\nsatisfied. He could understand the great fortune of his wife Sunlti and the\ngreat misfortune of Queen Suruci, for these facts were certainly very open\nin the palace. But still when the news reached the palace that Dhruva\nMaharaja was returning, his mother, Suriiti, out of her great compassion\nand due to being the mother of a great V ai�l)ava, did not hesitate to take\nthe other wife, Suruci, and her son Uttama, on the same palanquin. That\nis the greatness of Queen Suriiti, the mother of the great V ai�l)ava Dhruva\nMaharaja.\nTEXTS 42-43\n\ntam dr�tvopavaniibhyiisa\niiyiintarh tarasii rathiit\navartthya nrpas turr-am\niisiidya prema-vihvalab.\nparirebhe 'ngajarh dorbhyiirh\ndirghotkar-tha-maniib. svasan\nvi�vakseniinghri-sarhsparsahatiise�iigha-bandhanam\n\ntam-him (Dhruva Maharaja); dr.s.tvii-having seen; upav ana - the small\nforest; abhyiise - near ; iiyiintam-retu rn ing; tarasii-wi th great haste; rathiitfrom the chariot; ava ru hya-go t down; nrpa[t-the King; tuqwm-immediately; asiidya-comi n g near; pr e ma - with love; vihvalaft -overwhelmed;\nparirebhe-he embraced; anga-jam-his son; d o rbhyiim-with his arms;\ndirgha-for a long time; ut ka r-_t ha - an xious; ma niift -the King, whose mind;\nsvasan- breathing heavily; vifivaksena-of the Lord; anghri- by the lotus feet;\nsarhsparsa- bei ng touched; hata-were destroyed; ase.sa - unlimi ted; aghamaterial contamination; bandhanam-whose bondage.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing Dhruva Maharaja approaching the neighboring small forest,\nKing Uttanapada with great haste got down from his chariot. He had been\n\n", "SB4.2#p0072": "414\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nvery anxious for a long time to see his son Dhruva, and therefore with\ngreat love and affection he went forward to embrace his long lost boy.\n\nBreathing very heavily, he embraced him with both arms. But Dhruva\n\nMaharaja was not the same as before; he was completely sanctified by\n\nspiritual advancement due to being touched by the lotus feet of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT44\n\nat?.II�R...Q{m � �t��t�ufWI: 1\n(itN�I'lle ij;p;f\n(iflffl(l'l'l;f\\(?.1: II \\I \\ill\nathajighran muhur murdhni\nSitair nayana-varibhi�\nsniipayiim iisa tanayarh\njiitoddiima-mano-ratha�\n\n-\n\natka-thereupon; iijighran-smelling; mu hu� again and again; miirdhni­\n\non the head; sita*- cold; nayana-of his eyes; viiribh*\n\n- with the water;\n-\n\nsniipayiim iisa-he bathed; tanayam-son; jiita-fulfilled; uddiima great;\nmana� ratha�-his desire.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nReunion with Dhruva Maharaja fulfilled King Uttanapada's long cherished\n\ndesire, and for this reason he smelled Dhruva's head again and again and\n\nbathed him with torrents of very cold tears.\nPURPORT\n\nBy nature's way, when a man cries, there may be two causes. When one\n\ncries in great happiness upon the fulfillment of some desire, the tears\n\nc oming forth from the eyes are very cold and pleasing, whereas tears in\ntimes of distress are very hot.\nTEXT45\n\n3t��: qi«YU�\"Ifl�¥tf>Ji�u I\n;r;m( � �t �H1S!C't1Silft: 11\\l�ll\nabhivandya pitu� piidiiv\niiitrbhis ciibhimantrita�\nnaniima matarau Sir�!J-a\nsat-krta� saj-janiigrar-ift\nabhivandya-w orshiping; pitu�-of his father; piidau-the feet; iisirbh*­\n\nwith benedictions; ca-and; abhimantrita�-was addressed; naniima-he\n\n", "SB4.2#p0073": "Text46]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n415\n\n.\n\nbowed; miitarau-to his two mothers; sirs !lii-with his head; sat-krta{t-was\nhonored; sat-jana-of the nobles; agra !lift - the foremost.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Dhruva Maharaja, the foremost of all nobles, first of all offered his\nobeisances at the feet of his father and was honored by his father with\nvarious questions. He then bowed his head at the feet of his two mothers.\nPURPORT\nIt may be questioned why Dhruva Maharaja offered his respect not only\nto his mother but also to his stepmother, due to whose insults he had to\nleave home. The answer is that after achieving perfection by self-realization\nand seeing the Supreme Personality of Godhead face to face, Dhruva\nMaharaja was completely freed from all contamination of material desire.\nFeelings of insult or honor in this material world are never perceived by a\ndevotee. Lord Caitanya therefore says that one has to be humbler than the\ngrass, and, He recommends, more tolerant than the tree, to execute devotional service. Dhruva Maharaja, therefore, has in this verse been described\nas saj-janiigraflift, the foremost of noble men. The pure devotee is the\nnoblest of all, and he has no feelings of animosity towards anyone. Duality\ndue to animosity is a creation of this material world. There is no such thing\nin the spiritual world, which is the absolute reality.\nTEXT46\n\n�� (1�1Q4 qli(IC4Wf(t¥4� I\n\nqft\\qiitfiC: � •u,q•IM441 tiro IIV�II\nsurucis tam samutthiipya\npiidiivanatam arbhakam\npari�vajyiiha jiveti\nbii�pa-gadgadayii girii\n\nsuruci{t-Queen Suruci; tam-him; samutthiipya- ha ving picked up; piidaavanatam-fallen at her feet; arbhakam-the innocent boy; parifivajyaembracing; iiha-she said; jiva- may you live long; iti-thus; biifipa-with\ntears; gadgadayii-choked up; girii-with words.\nTRANSLATION\nSuruci,\n\nthe younger mother of Dhruva Maharaja, seeing that the\n\ninnocent boy had fallen at her feet, immediately picked him up, embracing\n\n", "SB4.2#p0074": "416\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nhim with her hands, and with tears of feeling she blessed him with the\nwords, \"My dear boy, long may you live!\"\nTEXT47\n\n� � � �'A41fd\\fi4(R: I\n\n� � � f;(vi{N � � 11\\l�ll\nyasya prasanno bhagaviin\ngur-air maitryiidibhir har*\ntasmai namanti bhutiini\nnimnam iipa iva svayam\n\nyasya-anyone with whom; prasanna[l.-is pleased; bhagavan-the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; gup.ai[l.-by qualities; maitri-adibhi[l.-by friendship,\netc.; hari[l.-Lord 1-Iari; tasmai-unto him; namanti-offer respect; bhutani­\n\nall living entities; nimnam-to low ground; apa[l.-water; iva-just as;\nsvayam-automatically.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAnyone who has transcendental qualities due to friendly behavior with\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead receives honor from all living entities,\njust as water automatically flows down by nature.\nPURPORT\n\nThe question may be raised in this connection why Suruci, who was not\n\nat all favorably disposed towards Dhruva, blessed him, \"Long may you live,\"\nwhich means that she also desired good fortune for him. The answer is\n\ngiven in this verse. Since Dhruva Maharaja was blessed by the Lord, due to\n\nhis transcendental qualities everyone was bound to offer him all respects\n\nand benediction, just as water, by its nature, flows downward. A devotee\nof the Lord does not demand respect from anyone, but wherever he goes\nhe is honored by everyone throughout the whole world with all respect.\n\nSrinivasa Acarya said that the six Gosvamis of Vrndavana are respected\n\nthroughout the entire universe because a devotee, having pleased the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the source of all emanations, auto­\n\nmatically pleases everyone, and thus everyone offers him respect.\nTEXT48\n\n�\"'\n\n�lit¥m;:ql q\n\n31f(1tl'l\\�ti\n\n..\n\nq'tAct:S1 1\nQt:Cdt 11\\l�ll\n\n", "SB4.2#p0075": "Dhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\nText 50]\n\n417\n\nuttamas ca dhruvas cobhiiv\nanyonyarh prema-vihvalau\nanga-sangiid utpulakiiv\nasraugharh muhur uhatu(l\nuttama� ca-also Uttama; dhruva� ca-Dhruva also; ubhau\nnyam\n\n-\n\none another; prema vihvalau\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nboth; anyo­\n\nbeing overwhelmed with affection;\n\natiga-sangiit-by embracing; utpulakau-their hair stood up; asru-of tears;\nogham\n\n-\n\ntorrents; muhu{t\n\n-\n\nagain and again; iihatu�-they exchanged.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe two brothers Uttama and Dhruva Maharaja also exchanged their\ntears. They were overwhelmed by the ecstasy of love and affection, and\nwhen they embraced one another, the hair on both their bodies stood up.\nTEXT49\n\nu4\\Ri(� � SIIUt+lftsfit� �I\n� �lii41fif <14\\tW\\iPfj-(11 IIV'II\nsunitir asya janani\npriil)ebhyo 'pi priyarh sutam\nupaguhya jahiiv iidhirh\ntad-atiga-sparsa-nirvrtii\nsunit i�- Suniti the real mother of Dhruva Maharaja; asya-his;janani,\n\nmother; prii[lebhya(l\n\n-\n\nmore than life air; api-even; priyam-dear; sutam­\n\nson; upaguhya-embracing;\n\nhis body ; sparsa\n\n-\n\njahau\n\n-\n\ngave\n\nup; iidhim\n\ntouching ; nirvrta- being satisfied.\n\n-\n\nall grief; tat-anga­\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuniti, the real mother of Dhruva Maharaja, embraced the tender body\nof her son, who was dearer to her than her own life, and thus forgot all\nmaterial grief, for she was very pleased.\nTEXT 50\n\n�:(ij;u� ��: �: AA: 1\n<14\\lfl1Ail4+cl-cl+lf tft( t41(!!\\la: ll�oll\n\n", "SB4.2#p0076": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n418\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\npaya{l staniibhyiim susriiva\nnetra-jai{l salila* sivai{l\ntadiibhi�icyamiiniibhyiim\nvira vira-suvo muhu{l\npaya{l.\n\n-\n\nmilk; staniibhyiim-from both breasts; susriiva-began to flow\n\ndown; netra-jai{t-from the eyes; salilai{t-by tears; sivai{t-auspicious; tadiiat that time; abhi§icyamiiniibhyiim-being wetted; vira my dear Vidura;\nvira-suva{l-of the mother who gave birth to a hero; muhu{l. -constantly.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Vidura, Suniti was the mother of a great hero. Her tears,\n\ntogether with the milk flowing from her breasts, wet the whole body of\nDhruva Maharaja. This was a great auspicious sign.\nPURPORT\nWhen Deities are installed, They are washed with milk, yogurt and\nwater, and this ceremony is called abh4eka. In this verse it has been especially mentioned that the tears which flowed down from the eyes of Suruti\nwere all-auspicious. This auspiciousness of the abhi�eka ceremony performed by his beloved mother is the indication that in the very near\nfuture Dhruva Maharaja would be installed on the throne of his father.\nThe history of Dhruva Maharaja's leaving home was that his father refused\nto give him a place on his lap, and Dhruva Maharaja determined that\nunless he got the throne of his father he would not come back. Now this\n\nabhi�eka ceremony performed by his beloved mother was an indication\nthat he would occupy the throne of Maharaja Uttanapada.\nIt is also significant in this verse that Suruti, mother of Dhruva Maharaja,\nis described as vira-su, a mother who produced a great hero. There are\nmany heroes in the world, but there is no comparison with Dhruva Maharaja, who was not only a heroic emperor of this planet, but also a great\ndevotee. A devotee is also a great hero because he conquers the influence\nof miiyii. When Lord Caitanya inquired from Ramananda Raya about the\nmost famous man in this world, the latter replied that anyone who is\nknown as a great devotee of the Lord is to be accepted as the most famous.\n\nTEXT 51\n\n� �'u�wn uff � � � 3l1fm 1\n�� .m � � W(: 11'-\\�11\n\n", "SB4.2#p0077": "Text 52]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n419\n\ntam sasamsur jani.i ri.ijii\"im\ndi�tyi.i te putra iirti-hii\npratilabdhas ciram na�to\nrak�itii mal){lalam bhuva�\ntam-unto Queen Suniti; sasamsu�-offered praise;janii�-the people in\ngeneral; riijiiim-unto the Queen; di§tyii-by fortune; te-your; putra�-son;\niirti-hii-will vanquish all your pains; pratilabdha�-now returned; dramsince a long time; na�.ta� - lost; rak�ita-will protect; mal){lalam-the globe;\n\nb h uva�-earthly .\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe residents of the palace praised the Queen: Dear Queen, your\nbeloved son was lost a long time ago, and it is your great fortune that he\nnow has come back. It appears, therefore, that your son will be able to\nprotect you for a· very long time and will put an end to all your material\npangs.\nTEXT 52\n\n31'�fft<l�l ;@ � SIUI<tlffl«l I\n\n44(�1Pt;\\l�ft�: utosN'( 11'-\\�11\nabhyarcitas tvayi.i nunam\nbhagavi.in prar-atiirti-hii\nyad-anudhyi.iyino dh\"iri.i\nmrtyum jigyu� sudurjayam\n\nabhyarcita�-worshiped ; tvayi.i-by you; nu nam-however; bhagavi.inthe Supreme Personality of Godhead;p ra l)ata-arti-ha- who can deliver His\ndevotees from the greatest danger;yat-whom ; anudhyiiyina � - constantly\nmeditating upon; d h \"iri.i�- great saintly persons; mrtyum - death; jigyu�conquered;sudurjayam-which is very, very difficult to overcome.\nTRANSLATION\nDear Queen, you must have worshiped the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who delivers His devotees from the greatest danger. Persons who\nconstantly meditate upon Him surpass the course of birth and death. This\nperfection is very difficult to achieve.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0078": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n420\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nDhruva Maharaja was the lost child of Queen Suruti, but during his\nabsence she always meditated upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwho is able to rescue His devotee from all dangers. While Dhruva Maharaja\nwas absent from his home, not only did he undergo severe austerities in the\nforest of Madhuvana, but at home also his mother prayed to the Supreme\nLord for his safety and good fortune. In other words, the Lord was worshiped by both the mother and the son, and both were able to achieve the\n\nsupreme benediction from the Supreme Lord. The word sudurjayam, an\nadjective which indicates that no one can conquer death, is very significant.\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja was away from his home, his father thought that\nhe was dead. Ordinarily a king's son only five years old and away from\nhome in the forest would certainly be supposed dead, but by the mercy\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, not only was he saved, but he was\nblessed with the highest perfection.\nTEXT 53\n\neiit4+Uwi ;:J��� � om �: I\n�ttiftalf �: ��sfct�k�'( 11��11\nliilyamiinarh janair evarh\ndhruvarh sabhriitararh nrpa�\niiropya karil)irh hr�ta�\nstuyamiino 'vi.Sat puram\nlalyamiinam-being thus praised;jana*-by the people in general; evam ­\n\nthus; dh ruvam\n\n-\n\nMaharaja Dhruva; sa-bhriitaram-with his brother; nrpafl­\n\nthe King; aropy a-placing ; kari[l'im-on the back of a she-elephant; hn!aft­\n\nbeing so pleased; stuyamiinafl- and being so praised; avisa t-returned;\n\npuram-to his capital.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Mait reya continued: My dear Vidura, when everyone was thus\n\npraising Dhruva Maharaja, the King was very happy, and he had Dhruva and\n\nhis brother seated on the back of a she-elephant. Thus he returned to his\ncapital, where he was praised by all classes of men.\nTEXT 54\n\n�m�J\\irit�(Jl(Ol: 1\n�: $4\\�l(a�: ��� �: ������\n\n�\n\ne\n\n", "SB4.2#p0079": "Text 55]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n421\n\ntatra tatropasankJptair\nlasan-makara-torarta*\nsavrndaifi. kadali-stambhai[l,\npuga-potaiS ca tad-vidhaift\ntatra tatra -here and there; upasankJptai[l-set up; lasat-hrilliant;\nmakara - shark -shaped; tora{l ai[l -with arched gateways; sa- vrndai[l-with\nbunches of fruits and flowers; kadali-of banana trees; stambhai[l - with\ncolumns; p uga-p otai[l- with young betel nut trees; ca- also; tat-vidhai[l-of\nthat kind.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe whole city was decorated with columns of banana trees containing\nbunches of fruits and flowers, and betel nut trees with leaves and branches\nwere seen here and there. There were also many gates set up which were\nstructured to give the appearance of sharks.\nPURPORT\nAuspicious ceremonies with decorations of the green leaves of palms,\ncoconut trees, betel nut trees and banana trees and with fruits, flowers and\nleaves are an age-old custom in India. To receive his great son Dhruva\nMaharaja, King Uttanapada arranged a good reception, and all the citizens\nvery enthusiastically took part with great jubilation.\nTEXT 55\n\n1\nyrqg�:�lil'ffi4J'd�efRfflt:\naq\\'id stRta\\l�qf F\\: �ct: ������\ncuta-pallava-vasaft-sranmukta-dama-vilambibhift\nupaskrtarh pratidvaram\naparh kumbhai[l, sadlpakaift\ncuta-pallava-wi th mango leaves; vasa[l-cloth; srak-flower garlands;\nmu kta-dama- strings of pearls; vilambibhi[l- hanging; upaskrtam- decorated;\npratidvaram-at every gate; apam- fu ll of water; kumbhai {t - with water\npols; s a- dipakai[l - with burning lamps.\nTRANSLATION\nAt each and every gate there were burning lamps and big water pots\ndecorated with differently colored cloth, strings of pearls, flower garlands,\nand hanging mango leaves.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0080": "422\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 56\n\n�lilfi(ltll : �«1t\"'qf�: I\n�� ,��htfl'tlitftHCRQf4: 11'-\\,11\n-.$\n\npriikiirair gopuriigiiraifl\nsiita-kumbha-paricchadaifl\nsarvato 'lankrtarh srimadvimiina-sikhara-dyubhi�\nprtiktiraifl-with surrounding walls; gopura city gates; tig tiraifl-with\nstita-kumbha-golden; pa ricchadaifl with ornamental work;\nsarvata{l-on all sides; alankrtam -decorated; sr imat-valuable, beautiful;\nvim tina- airplanes ; sikhara-domes; dyubhift-glittering.\n-\n\nhouses;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the capital city there were many palaces, city gates and surrounding\nwalls, which were already very, very beautiful, and on this occasion all of\nthem were decorated with golden ornaments. The domes of the city palaces\nglittered, as did the domes of the beautiful airplanes which hovered over\nthe city.\n\nPURPORT\nRegarding the mention of airplanes here, it is suggested by Srimad\n\nVijayadhvaja Tirtha that on this occasion the demigods from higher\n\nplanetary systems also came in their airplanes to bestow their blessings on\nDhruva Maharaja on his arrival at the capital of his father. It also appears\n\nthat all the domes of the city palaces as well as the pinnacles of the air­\n\nplanes were decorated with ornamental work in gold, and, being reflected\n\nby the sunshine, they were all glittering. We can observe a specific distinc­\n\ntion between Dhruva Maharaja's time and modern days, for the airplanes\n\nin those days were made of gold, whereas at the present moment airplanes\n\nare made of base aluminum. This just gives a hint of the opulence of\nDhruva Maharaja's days and the poverty of modern times.\n\nTEXT 57\n\n�ECt((�lt'l•i\n���6( I\n�: �'fi�(ij\"'�re�a( 11'-\\\\911\n\n", "SB4.2#p0081": "Texts\n\n58-59]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n423\n\nmr�ta-catvara-rathyiittamiirgarh candana-carcitam\nliijiik�atail) pu�pa-phalais\ntar-{lulair balibhir yutam\nmr.s.ta-fully\n\ncleansed; catvara -q uadrangles; rathya-highways; a.t.ta­\n\nraised sitting places; margam-lanes; candana-with sandalwood; carcitam­\n\nsprinkled; liija-with fried rice; ak.satai[t- and harley; pu,s pa-with flowers;\nphalai[t-and fruits; ta{l{iulai[t- with rice; balibh *-auspicious presentations; yutam-provided with.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the quadran gles, lanes and streets in the city, and the raised sitting\nplaces at the crossings, were thoroughly cleansed and sprinkled with\nsandalwood water; and all over the city auspicious grains such as rice and\nharley and flowers, fruits and many other auspicious presentations were\nscattered.\n\nTEXTS 58-59\n\n� q-fiJ tm ft ft �: I\n\nfti(lqlaJ�45�{tit\"flfi\n\n� ������\n\n�: Sf�l CII�CN14Jf\\t•u �: I\nifii(�Pj•ft�IP. sufit�'lctwt �: II�Q.,II\ndhruviiya pathi dr�tiiya.\ntatra tatra pura-striya�\nsiddharthiik,sata-dadhy-ambudurva-pu�pa-phalani ca\nupajahru� prayufijiinii\nviitsalyiid iisi�a� satQI.\nsnw arhs tad-valgu-g'itiini\npriivisad bhavanarh pitul;t\n\ndhruv a_ya - on Dhruva; pathi-on the road; dntaya -seen ; tatra tatra­\n\nhere and there; pu ra-striya[t - h ou seh old ladies; siddhartha-white mustard\nseed; ak ,sata-harley; dadhi -cu rd; ambu -water; du rva-newly grown grass;\n\npu,spa-flowers;\nphalani-frui ts; ca-also; upajahru {t - t hey showered;\nprayu njana{t -ut teri ng; vat saly at -ou t of affection; asi,sa[l,-hlessings; sati'{tgentle ladies; snwan-hearing; tat - their; va lgu - very pleasing; g ita ni -songs;\npravisat-he entered; bhavanam-the palace; pitu [t-of his father.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0082": "[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n424\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus, as Dhruva Maharaja passed on the road, from every place in the\nneighborhood all the gentle household ladies assembled to see him, and\nout of maternal affection they offered their blessings, showering him with\n\nwhite mustard seed, barley, curd, water, newly grown grass, fruits and\nflowers. In this way Dhruva Maharaja, while hearing the pleasing songs sung\n\nby the ladies, entered the palace of his father.\n\nTEXT60\n\n�fUnmr� .ij\" � 4t€1;ft<qir I\n� f.{� N;n �«ftN 1:� II' II\no\n\nmahiima[�-i-vriita-maye\nsa tasmin bhavanottame\nliilito nitariirh pitrii\nnyavasad divi devavat\nmahama[l-i\n\n-\n\ngreatly valuable jewels; vrata-group s of; maye-bede c ked\n\nwith; sa�-he (Dhruva Maharaja); tasmin-in that; bhavana-uttame-brilliant house; liilita�-being raised; nitariim\n\n-\n\nalways; pitrii-by the father;\n\nnyavasat-lived there; divi-in the higher planetary systems; deva-vatlike the demigods.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva Maharaja thereafter lived in his father's palace, which had walls\nbedecked with highly valuable jewels. His affectionate father took particular care of him, and he dwelled in that house just as the demigods\nlive in their palaces in the higher planetary systems.\n\nTEXT61\n\n�:�¥11: � � tet¥tqR�:I\n3Ue•uf.f � � ffllft �qWio: II�� II\npaya�-phena-nibhii� sayyii\ndiintii rukma-paricchadii�\niisaniini mahiirhii[!-i\nyatra raukmii upaskani�\n\n", "SB4.2#p0083": "Text 62]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n425\n\npaya�-milk; phena-foam; nibha�-like; sayyafl.-bedding; danta�­\n\nmade of ivory; rukma-golden; paricc hada�-with embellishments; asanani­\n\nsitting places; maha arhii[!- i- very valuable; yatr a-where; raukma�-golden;\n-\n\nupaskara�- furniture.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe bedding in the palace was as white as the foam of milk and was very\nsoft. The bedsteads were made of ivory with embellishments of gold, and\nthe chairs, benches and other sitting places and furniture were made of gold.\nTEXT 62\n\n��91 �� �I\n¥tf0tst(l4t 31Nlf� ��wtt«t4�U II' �II\nq;r\n\nyatra sphatika-ku{lye�u\nmahii-miirakate�u ca\nmar-i-pradipii iibhiinti\nlalanii-ratna-sarh yuta�\nyat r a-where; spha.tika-made of marble; ku{lyeftu-on walls; mahiimarakatesu -bedecked with valuable jewels like sapphires; ca-also; ma[lip radipa� i amps made of jewels; abhanti-shined; lalana-female figures;\nratna-made of jewels; sa rh yuta�-held by.\n.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe palace of the King was surrounded by walls made of marble with\nmany engravings\n\nmade of valuable jewels like sapphires, which depicted\n\nbeautiful women with shining jewel lamps in their hands.\nPURPORT\nThe description of King Uttanapada's palace depicts the state of affairs\n\nmany hundreds and thousands of years ago, long before Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nwas compiled. Since it is described that Maharaja Dhruva ruled for 36,000\nyears, he must have lived in the Satya-yuga, when people lived for 100,000\n\nyears. The life durations in the four yugas are also mentioned in the Vedic\n\nliterature. In the Satya-yuga people used to live for 100,000 years, in the\nTreta-yuga people lived for 10,000 years, in Dvapara-yuga they lived for\n\n1,000 years, and in this age, Kali-yuga, people may live up to 100 years.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0084": "426\n\nSrirnad-Bhagavatarn\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nWith the progressive advance of each new yuga, the duration of human life\n\nis reduced by ninety percent-from 100,000 to 10,000, from 10,000 to\n\n1,000, and from 1,000 to 100.\n\nIt is said that Dhruva Maharaja is the great-grandson of Lord Brahma.\n\nThis indicates that Dhruva Maharaja's time was in the Satya-yuga in the\n\nbeginning of creation. During one day of Lord Brahma, as stated in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii, there are many Satya-yugas. According to the Vedic calcu­\n\nlation, at the present moment the twenty-eighth millennium is current. It\ncan be calculated that Dhruva Maharaja lived many millions of years ago,\n\nbut the description of the palace of Dhruva's father is so glorious that\n\nwe cannot accept that advanced human civilization did not exist even\n\n40,000 or 50,000 years ago. There were walls like those in the palace of\n\nMaharaja Uttanapada even very recently, during the Mogul period. Anyone\nwho has seen the Red Fort in Delhi must have marked that the walls were\n\nmade of marble and were once decorated with jewels. During the British\n\nPeriod all these jewels were taken away and dispatched to the British\n\nMuseum.\n\nThe conception of worldly opulence was formerly based mainly on\n\nnatural resources such as jewels, marble, silk, ivory, gold and silver. The\nadvancement of economic development was not based on big motor cars.\n\nAdvancement of human civilization does not depend on industrial enter­\n\nprises, but on possession of natural wealth and natural food, which is all\n\nsupplied by the Supreme Personality of Godhead so that we may save time\n\nfor self-realization and success in the human form of body.\n\nAnother aspect of this verse is that DhruvaMaharaja's father, Uttanapada,\n\nwould very soon give up attachment for his palaces and would go to the\nforest for self-realization. From the description of Srimad-Bhagavatam,\n\ntherefore, we can make a very thorough comparative study of modern\n\ncivilization and the civilization of mankind in the other millenniums,\nSatya-yuga, Treta-yuga and Dvapara-yuga.\n\nTEXT63\n\n� tq��('R�a: 1\ni�fmrfll��·� 'lcqqeM: � II� �II\nacn•uf.:f\n\n�\n\n..\n\nudyiiniini ca ramyiirti\nvicitrair amara-drumai/;1.\nkuja-dvihanga-mithunair\ngiiyan-matta-madhuvratai/;1.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0085": "Text 64]\n\nDhruva Mahar aja Returns Home\n\n427\n\nudyiiniini-gardens; ca-also; ramyii[li-very beautiful; vicitraift-various;\namara-drumaift-with trees brought from the heavenly planets; kujasinging; dvihanga-of birds; mithunaift-with pairs; gayat-humming; matta\n-mad; madhu-vrataift-with bumblebees.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King's residence was surrounded by gardens wherein there were\nvarieties of trees brought from the heavenly planets, and in those trees\nthere were pairs of sweetly singing birds and almost mad bumblebees who\nmade a very relishable buzzing sound.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse the word amara-drumaift, \"with trees brought from the\nheavenly planets,\" is very significant. The heavenly planets are known as\namaraloka, the planets where death is very much delayed, because the people\nthere live for 10,000 years according to the calculations of the demigods, in\nwhich our six months are equal to one day. The demigods live in the\nheavenly planets for months, years and ten thousands of years according\nto demigod time, and then again, after the results of their pious activities\nare exhausted, they fall down again to this earth. These are the statements\nthat can be collected from Vedic literature. As the people there live for\n10,000 years, so also do the trees. Of course, here on this earth there are\n\nmany trees which live for 10 ,000 years, so what to speak of the trees on\nthe heavenly planets? They must live for more than many ten thousands of\nyears, and sometimes, as practiced even now, some valuable trees are taken\nfrom one place to another.\nIt is elsewhere stated that when Lord Kr�IJ.a went to the heavenly planets\nwith His wife Satyabhiimii He took a piirijiita flower tree from heaven and\nbrought it to the earth. There was a fight between Kr�IJ.a and the demigods\n\ndue to the piirijiita tree's being taken from heaven to this planet. The\n\npiirijiita was planted in the palace of Lord Kr�IJ.a which was occupied by\nQueen Satyabhiimii. The flower and fruit trees in the heavenly planets are\nsuperior, for they are very pleasant and tasteful, and it appears that in the\npalace of Maharaja Uttanapiida there were many varieties of such trees.\nTEXT 64\n\n� ��:\n\n\"'\"�\\'$-: I\n(t14i1(0Ci4ilh!ll¥llt1�:\n11�\\lll\n\n", "SB4.2#p0086": "428\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nviipyo vaidurya-sopiinii�\npadmotpala-kumudvatil)\nhamsa-kiirarz{lava-kulair\nju�tiis cakriihva-siirasa*\n\nvapya{l-lakes; vaid u rya-emerald; so pana{l with staircases; padmalotuses; utpala -blue lotuses; kumud-vatQt-fuU of lilies; hamsa-swans;\nkarart{lava-and ducks; ku lai[1-by flocks of; ju,s,ta{l-inhabited; cakrahvaby cakravakas (geese); sarasa i{l-and by cranes.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere were emerald staircases which led to lakes full of variously colored\n\nlotus flowers and lilies, and swans, karm;uJ.avas, cakravakas, cranes and\nsimilar other valuable birds were visible in those lakes.\nPURPORT\n\nIt appears that the palace was not only surrounded by compounds and\ngardens with varieties of trees, but there were small man-made lakes also\nwhere the water was full of many colorful lotus flowers and lilies, and to\nget down to the lakes there were staircases made of valuable jewels such as\nemeralds. By the beautifully positioned garden houses there were many\nluxuriant birds, such as swans, cakraviikas, kiirarz{lavas and cranes. These\nbirds generally do not live in filthy places like crows. The atmosphere of\nthe city was very healthy and beautiful; it can simply be imagined from its\ndescription.\nTEXT 65\n\na�u;wqf() �: 5lll1'i � � 1\n� t�l�/:tij+f � f?r� tro{_ 11�'-\\11\nuttiinapiido riijar�*\nprabhiivam tanayasya tam\nsrutvii dr�tviidbhuta-tamam\nprapede vismayam param\nuttiinapiida�-King Uttanapada; rajar� *- great saintly king;prabhavam\n-influence; tanayasya-of his son; tam-that; srutva heari ng; drfi.tvaseeing; adbhuta-wonderful; tamam-in the superlative degree; prapedehappily felt; vismayam-wonder; param-supreme.\n-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0087": "Dhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\nText 66]\n\n429\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe saintly King Uttanapada, hearing of the glorious deeds of Dhruva\nMaharaja and personally seeing also how influential and great he was, felt\nvery satisfied, for\n\nDhruva 's activities were wonderful to the supreme\n\ndegree.\nPURPORT\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja was in the forest executing his austerities, his\nfather, Uttanapada, heard everything about his very wonderful activities.\nAlthough Dhruva Maharaja was not only the son of a king but was\nonly five years old, he went to the forest and executed devotional service\nunder strict austerity. Therefore his acts were all wonderful, and when he\ncame back home, naturally, because of his spiritual qualifications, he became very popular amongst the citizens. He must have performed many\nwonderful activities by the grace of the Lord. No one is more satisfied\nthan the father of a person who is credited with glorious activities.\nMaharaja Uttanapada was not an ordinary king; he was a riijar�i, a saintly\nking. Formerly this earth was ruled by one saintly king only. Kings were\ntrained to become saintly; therefore they had no other concern than the\nwelfare of the citizens. These saintly kings were properly trained, and as\nmentioned in Bhagavad-gitii also, the science of God, or the yoga system of\ndevotional service known as Bhagavad-gitii, was spoken to the saintly king\nof the sun planet, and gradually it descended through the k§atriya kings\nwho were generated from the sun and the moon. If the head of the government is saintly, certainly the citizens not only become saintly, but they\nare very happy because both their spiritual and physical needs and hankerings are satisfied.\nTEXT 66\n\n�\"li{�qd � � Sl�f.rt � Q1'i164( I\n31�(\"ffist;:i U�T �4 �� itt: qRr¥( ������\nvik§yo{lha-vayasarh tam ca\nprakrtiniirh ca sammatam\nanurakta-prajarh riijii\ndhruvarh cakre bhuva� patim\nvik§ya-after seeing;u{lha-vayasam- mature in age;tam- D hruva;ca- and;\nprakrtiniim-by the ministers;ca-also;sammatam-approved of; anurakta-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0088": "430\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 9\n\nbeloved;prajam-by his subjects; raja-the King; dhruvam-Dhruva Maharaja;\ncakre-made; bhuva{l-of the earth; patim-master.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen, after concentration, King Uttanapada saw that Dhruva Maharaja\n\nwas suitably mature to take charge of the kingdom and that his ministers\nwere agreeable and the citizens were also very fond of him, he enthroned\nhim as Emperor of this planet.\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough it is misconceived that formerly the monarchial government\nwas autocratic, from the description of this verse it appears that not only\nwas King Uttanapada a riijar�i, but before installing his beloved son Dhruva\non the throne of the empire of the world, he consulted his ministerial\nofficers, considered the opinion of the public, and also personally examined\nDhruva's character. Then he installed him on the throne to take charge of\nthe affairs of the world.\nWhen a Vai�Qava kihg like Dhruva Maharaja is the head of the government of the entire world, the world is so happy that it is not possible to\nimagine or describe. Even now, if people would all become Kr�Qa conscious,\nthe democratic government of the present day would be exactly like the\nkingdom of heaven. If all people became Kr�Qa conscious they would vote\nfor persons who are of the category of Dhruva Maharaja. If the post of\nchief executive were occupied by such a Vai�Qava, all the problems of\nsatanic government would be solved. The youthful generation of the present day is very enthusiastic in trying to overthrow the government in\ndifferent parts of the world. Unless people are Kr�Qa conscious like Dhruva\nMaharaja, there will be no appreciable changes in government because\npeople who hanker to attain political position by hook or by crook cannot\nthink of the welfare of the people. They are only busy to keep their\nposition of prestige and monetary gain. They have very little time to think\nof the welfare of the citizens.\n\nTEXT67\n\n� � 3f�'IT� �m-: I\nrr-t m�: mf«<D��ost��.n rr� ���\\911\n\n", "SB4.2#p0089": "Text 67)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Returns Home\n\n431\n\natmanarh ca pravayasam\nakalayya visiim pat*\nvanarh virakta� priiti�thad\nvimrsann iitmano gatim\niitmiinam-himself; ca-also; prauayasam-advanced in age; akalayya­\n\nconsidering;visam pat*-King Uttanapada; vanam-to the forest; uirakta�­\n\ndetached; priiti$that-departed; uimrsan-deliberating on; atmana�-of the\n\nself; gatim-salvation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter considering his advanced age and deliberating on the welfare of\nhis spiritual self, King Uttanapada detached himself from worldly affairs\nand entered the forest.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is the sign of a rajar�i. King Uttanapada was very opulent and was\n\nEmperor of the world, and these attachments were certainly very great.\n\nModern politicians are not as great as kings like Maharaja Uttanapada,\n\nbut because they get some political power for some days, they become so\nmuch attached to their positions that they never retire unless they are re­\n\nmoved from their posts by cruel death or killed by some opposing political\n\nparty. It is within our experience that the politicians in India do not quit\n\ntheir positions until death. This was not the practice in olden days, as it is\n\nevident from the behavior of King Uttanapada. Immediately after installing\n\nhis worthy son Dhruva Maharaja on the throne, he left his home and palace.\n\nThere are hundreds and thousands of instances like this in which kings, in\n\ntheir mature age, would give up their kingdoms and go to the forest to\n\npractice austerity. Practice of austerity is the main business of human life.\n\nAs Maharaja Dhruva practiced austerity in his early age, similarly his father,\nMaharaja Uttanapada, in his old age, also practiced austerity in the forest.\n\nIt is, however, not possible in modern days to give up one's home and go to\n\nthe forest to practice austerity, but if people of all ages would take shelter\n\nof the Kr�Qa consciousness movement and practice the simple austerities\n\nof no illicit sex, no intoxication, no gambling and no meat eating, and\n\nchant the Hare Kr�Qa mantra regularly (sixteen rounds), by this p_ractical\n\nmethod it would be a very easy task to get salvation from this material\nworld.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Ninth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Dhruva Maharaja Returns\nHome.\"\n\n", "SB4.2#p0090": "CHAPTER TEN\n\nDhruva Maharaja's Fight with the Yak$as\nTEXT I\n\n��\n\n�m��� �W\\1(� � ��: 1\nmit � �11{ �T �m� II � II\nmaitreya uviica\nprajiipater duhitararh\nsisumiirasya vai dhruval,l\nupayeme bhramim niima\ntat-sutau kalpa-vatsarau\nmaitreya� uvac a\n\n-\n\nthe great sage Maitreya continued; p raja pate�-of the\n-\n\nprajiipati; duhitaram-daughter; sisumiirasya- of Sisumara; vai-certainty;\ndhruval,l - Dhruva Maharaja; upayeme -married; bhramim-Bhrami; namanamed; tat-sutau-her sons; kal pa\n\n-\n\nK alpa; vatsarau- Vatsara.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya said:\n\nMy dear Vidura,\n\nthereafter Dhruva\n\nMaharaja married the daughter of Prajapati Sisumara, whose name was\nBhrami, and two sons named Kalpa and Vatsara were hom of her.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that Dhruva Maharaja married after being installed on the\n\nthrone of his father and after the departure of his father for the forest for\n\nself-realization. It is very important to note in this connection that since\nMaharaja Uttanapada was greatly affectionate towards his son, and since it\n\nis the duty of a father to get his sons and daughters married as quickly as\n\npossible, why did he not get his son married before he left home? The\n\nanswer is that Maharaja Uttanapada was a riijar�i, saintly king. Although he\n\n433\n\n", "SB4.2#p0091": "434\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. l 0\n\nwas busy in his political affairs and duties of government management,\nstill he was very anxious for self-realization. Therefore as soon as his son,\nDhruva Maharaja, was quite worthy to take charge of the government, he\ntook this opportunity to leave home, just like his son, who, without fear,\nleft home for self-realization, even at the age of five years. These are rare\ninstances from which we can see that the importance of spiritual realization\nis above all other important work. Maharaja Uttanapada knew very well\nthat to get his son, Dhruva Maharaja, married was not so important that it\nshould take preference to his going away- to the forest for self-realization.\nTEXT2\n\n(�AtqN lTI� ttm: �td �: 1\n�;r��Fi\nlflA��5f�� II � II\nilayiim api bhiiryiiyiirh\nviiyoft putryiirh mahii-balaft\nputram utkala-niimiinarh\nyo�id-ratnam ajljanat\niliiyiim- unto his wife named Ila; api-a l so; bhiiryiiyiim-unto his wife;\nvayo� -of the demigod Viiyu (controller of air); putryam- unto the daughter; maha- bala�-the greatly powerful Dhruva Maharaja; put ram-son;\nutkala-Utkala; namiinam-of\najijanat-he begot.\n\nthe name; yo.sit-female; ratnam-j ewel ;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe greatly powerful Dhruva Maharaja had another wife named llii, who\n\nwas the daughter of the demi god Vayu. In her he begot a son named Utkala\nand a very beautiful daughter.\n\nTEXT3\n\na�q��i\n��\n\n��11\n{�n �� �� �tffl' mn 11 � 11\nuttamas tv akrtodvaho\nmrgayiiyiirh baliyasii\nhataft pur-ya-janeniidrau\ntan-miitiisya gatirh gatii\n\nuttamaft-Uttama; tu-but; akrta-without; udviihab,-marriage; mrgayiiyam-on a hunting excursion; baliyasii- very powerful; hata� -w as killed;\npurya-janena-by a\n\nYak�a; adrau-on the Himalayan Mountains; tat­\n\nhis; miitii-mother (Suruci); asya-of her son; gatim-way;gatii -fol l owed .\n\n", "SB4.2#p0092": "Text 5]\n\nDhruva Maharaja's Fight with theY��\n\n435\n\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva Maharaja's younger brother Uttama, who was still unmarried,\nonce went on a hunting excursion and was killed by a powerfulYalqa in\nthe Himalayan Mountains. Along with him, his mother, Suruci, also\nfollowed the path of her son [died J\n\n•\n\nTEXT4\n\n� �TVl� �rfl cimll��:q'ffiRf: I\n�\n\n�;i �;:<::;r�l�\"f iRJ: 9;>401\\il\"iM:q� II � II\ndhruvo bhriitr-vadharh srutvii\nkopiimar§a-suciirpital;l.\njaitrarh syandanam iisthiiya\ngatal;l. pur-ya-janiilayam\n\ndhruval;l.- Dhruva Maharaja; bhratr-vadham- killing of his brother; srutva\n-hearing this news; k opa -anger; amar,sa-vengeance; suca-lamentation;\n\narpita ft -being filled with; ja itram\n\n-\n\n-getting on; gataft\n\n-\n\nvictorious ; syandanam-chariot ; asthaya\n\nwent ; pu[tya-jana-alayam-to the city of the Yak�as.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja heard of the killing of his brother Uttama by the\nYa�as in the Himalayan Mountains, being overwhelmed with lamentation\nand anger, he got on his chariot and went for victory over the city of the\nYa�as, Alakapuri.\nPURPORT\nDhruva Maharaja's becoming angry, overwhelmed with grief, and envious\nof the enemies was not incompatible with his position as a great devotee.\nIt is a misunderstanding that a devotee should not be angry, envious or\noverwhelmed by lamentation. Dhruva Maharaja was the King, and when\nhis brother was unceremoniously killed, it was his duty to take revenge\nagainst the Yak�as from the Himalayas.\n\nTEXTS\n\niRCil� �� ���� ����f-=«r� I\n�� ftllrf�)nrl � g��� II � II\ngatvodicirh disarh raja\nrudranucara-sevitiim\n\n", "SB4.2#p0093": "436\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. l 0\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\ndadarsa himavad-dror-yiirh\npunrh guhyaka-sankuliim\n\ngatva-going; udicim-northern; disam-direction; raja-King\nrudra-anucara-by\n\nfollowers\n\nDhruva;\n\nof Rudra, Lord Siva; sevitam-inhabited;\n\ndadarsa-saw; himavat- Himalayan; dro�Jyam-in a valley; pur\"lm-a city;\n\nguhyaka-ghostly persons; sankuliim-full of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva Maharaja went to the northern direction of the Himalayan range.\n\nIn a valley he saw a city that was full of ghostly persons who were\n\nfollowers of Lord Siva.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse it is stated that the Y aksas are more or less devotees of\n\n�\n\nLord Siva. By this indication the Yak�as m y be taken to be the Himalayan\n\ntribes like the Tibetans.\n\nTEXT6\n\n�� �- m�: � fW�t��Wl 1\n�wtlffi:\\4�: �:q(iq«.�s\nII� II\ndadhmau sankharh brhad-biihul;l.\nkharh disas ciinuniidayan\nyenodvigna-drsal;l. k�attar\nupadevyo ,trasan bhrsam\ndadhmau-blew; sankham-conchshell; brhat-biihul;l.-the mighty-armed;\n\nkham-the sky; disa[l. ca\n\n-\n\nand all directions; anunadayan-causing to re­\n\nsound; yena-by which; udvigna-drsa[l.-appeared to be very anxious;\n\nkfiatta[l.-my dear Vidura; upadevya[l.-the wives of the Yak�as; atrasanbecame frightened; bhrsam-greatly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya continued:\n\nMy dear Vidura,\n\nas\n\nsoon\n\nas\n\nDhruva Maharaja\n\nreached Alakapuri, he immediately blew his conchshell, and the sound\n\nreverberated throughout the entire sky and in every direction. The wives of\n\nthe Yak{;as became very much frightened. From their eyes it was apparent\nthat they were full of anxiety.\n\nTEXT7\n\nmit �G4iRI � aq«.f.t+t(l+iQ : I\n\n3fft(�(ijf4t�l�+t� �:\n\nII \\9 II\n\n", "SB4.2#p0094": "Dhruva Maharaja's Fight with the Y �as\n\nText9]\n\n437\n\ntato ni§kramya balina\nupadeva-mahii-bhatii/:1.\nasahantas tan-niniidam\nabhipetur udiiyudhii/:t\ntataJ:t there after; ni� kramya comin g out; balinaJ:t- very powerful;\nupadeva-of Kuvera; mahii bha.tiift -great soldiers; asahantaft-unable to\ntolerate; tat-of the conchshell; niniidam-sound; abhipetuJ:t-attacked;\nudiiyudhiiJ:t equipped with various weapons.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 hero Vidura, the greatly powerful heroes of the Y �as, unable to\ntolerate the resounding vibration of the conchshell of Dhruva Maharaja,\ncame forth from their city with weapons and attacked Dhruva.\nTEXTS\n\n�\n\n�u;uq6m fu �' ��= 1\n\n�fi $1qt:�ctfwf� ifM�: II � II\nsa tan iipatato vira\nugra-dhanvii mahii-rathaJ:t\nekaikam yugapat sarviin\nahan biirtais tribhis tribhiJ:t\nsaJ:t- Dhruva Maharaja; tiin-all of them; iipatata ft -f a lling upon him; vira{t\nbowman; mahii-rathaJ:t-who could fight\nwith many chariots;eka-ekam-one after another; yugapat-simultaneously ;\nsarviin-all of them; ahan-killed; biirtai/:t-by arrows; tribhiJ:t tribhil;t-by\n-hero; ugra-dhanvii-powerful\n\nthrees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva Maharaja, who was a great charioteer and certainly a great\nbowman also, immediately began to kill them by simultaneously discharging arrows at the rate of three at a time.\nTEXT9\n\nij � eeaaeq��: ri � ft I\n� R�'ll-.�l�'t d � ffi{ II � II\n\n", "SB4.2#p0095": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n438\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 10\n\nte vai laliita-lagnais tair\ni�ubhi\"t£ sarva eva hi\nmatvii nirastam iitmiinam\niiSamsan karma tasya tat\nte-they; vai-certainly; lala.ta lagnailr-intent upon their heads; ta*-\n\nby those; ifiubhi�\nfail; matva\n\n-\n\n-\n\narrows; sarve-all of them; eva-certainly; hi-without\n\nthinking; nirastam-defeated; atmanam-themselves; asamsan­\n\npraised; karma-action; tasya-of him; tat-that.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the heroes of the Y ak!;!as saw that all their heads were being thus\nthreatened by Dhruva Maharaja, they could very easily understand their\nawkward position, and they concluded that they would certainly be\ndefeated. But, as heroes, they lauded the action of Dhruva.\nPURPORT\nThis spirit of fighting in a sporting attitude is very significant in this\nverse. The Yak!;!as were severely attacked. Dhruva Maharaja was their\nenemy, but still upon witnessing the wonderful heroic action of Maharaja\nDhruva, they were very pleased with him. This straightforward appreciation of an enemy's prowess is a characteristic of real k�atriya spirit.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n�sfq \"'llu+i�W{f: qli(('q�lflit(4U: I\n��� �tt� ft!luf srP:t��ct : II� oil\nte 'pi ciimum amr�yanta\"t£\npiida-sparsam ivoragii\"t£\nsarair avidhyan yugapad\ndvi-gu[tarh pracikir§ava�\nte-the Yak�as; api-al so; ca-and; amum-at Dhruva; amr.syanta� being\n-\n\nintolerant of; pada spadam -being touched by the feet; iva-l ike; uraga�-\n\nserpents; § araift-with arrows; avidhya n\n\n-\n\nstruck; yugapat -simu ltaneously;\n\ndvi gu[tam-twice as much; pracikir�ava� trying to retaliate.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nJust like serpents, who cannot tolerate being trampled upon by anyone's\nfeet, the Yak!;!as, being intolerant of the wonderful prowess of Dhruva\n\n", "SB4.2#p0096": "Text 1 3]\n\nDhruva Maharaja's Fight with the Y ak�as\n\n439\n\nMaharaja, threw twice as many arrows-six from each of the soldiers-and\nthus they very valiantly exhibited their prowess.\nTEXTS ll-12\n\nqf(E�fil��: stleq�q(4N: I\n�'Wff!{q�\"tfilfft*u�: �uq II t t II\n�q�W�_ sttJN(fU � �� I\n('63f{t(ijdlflctid¥4�1�i\nSflll� II� �II\n�:\n\ne\n\ntata� parigha-nistrirhsa*\npriisasula-parasvadha*\nsakty-rfl.tibhir bhusur.f}ibhis\ncitra-viijai{l sarair api\nabhyavarflan prakupitii�\nsaratharh saha siirathim\nicchantas tat pratikartum\nayutiiniirh trayodasa\ntata[!.-thereupon; par igha-with iron bludgeons; nistrirhsa*-and swords;\npriisasiila-with tridents; parasvadhai[l.-and lances; sakti-with pikes;\nr.s.t i b hi [l. -and spears; bhusur.f}ibhi[l.-with bhusur.f}i weapons; citra-viijai/1.having various feathers; sa rai[l. -with arrows; api - also; abhyavar§an-they\nshowered Dhruva; prakupitii [l. - being angry; s a-ra t ham - along with his\nchariot; saha siirathim - along with his charioteer; icc hantaft -desi ring; tatDhruva 's activities; pratikartum-to counteract; ayutiiniim-of tenthousands; trayodasa - thir teen .\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Yalq!a soldiers were 130,000 strong, all greatly angry and all desiring\nto defeat the wonderful activities of Dhruva Maharaja. With full strength\nthey showered various types of feathered arrows, parighas [iron bludgeons],\nnistrimsas [swords], prasasUlas (tridents], parasvadhas (lances], saktis\n[pikes], r�tis [spears], and bhusu�u,li weapons upon Maharaja Dhruva along\nwith his chariot and charioteer.\nTEXT 1 3\n\naft�r.�-n�: � �<o ���OJ � I\n� l(CIIt�<1'63'l 31l� � fitft: II� �II\n\n", "SB4.2#p0097": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n440\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 10\n\nauttiinapiid* sa tadii\nsastra-var�er-a bhurir-a\nna eviidrsyatiicchanna\niisiirer-a yathii gir*\n\nau ttiinapiidi{l.\n\n- Dhruva Maharaja; sa�-he tadii-at that time; sastra;\n\nvar.se[!.a-by a shower of weapons; bhuriQ-ii-incessant; na-not;eva-certainly; adrsyata-was visible; iicchanna�-being covered; iisii re[!.a-by constant\nrainfall; yathii-as; giri{l.-a mountain.\nTRANSLATION\n\nDhruva Maharaja was completely covered by an incessant shower of\n\nweapons, just as a mountain becomes covered by incessant rainfall.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura points out in this connection that\nalthough Dhruva Maharaja was covered by the incessant arrows of the\nenemy, this does not mean that he succumbed in the battle. The example\nof a mountain peak's being covered by incessant rain is just suitable, for\nwhen a mountain is covered by incessant rain, all dirty things are washed\nfrom the body of the mountain. Similarly, the incessant shower of arrows\nfrom the enemy gave Dhruva Maharaja new vigor to defeat them. In other\nwords, whatever incompetency he might have had was washed away.\nTEXT 14\n\n(l(�l((ij� 41ffit(Mf AA q��tl( I\n�� �: � �q: �i4iil�lui- llt�ll\nhiihii-kiiras tadaiviis'it\nsiddhiiniirh divi pasyatiim\nhato 'yarh miinava� suryo\nmagna� pu[!.ya-janiirr-ave\nhiihii-kiira{t-tumult of disappointment; tadii-at that time; eva-certainly;\nasit-became manifest; siddhiiniim-of all the residents of Siddhaloka; divi­\n\n- killed; ayam-s un; magna�-set; pu[!.ya-jana­\n\nin the sky; pasyatiim-who were observing the fight; hata�\nthis; ma nava[t-grandson of Manu; surya[t\nof the Y ak�as; ar[!.ave-in the ocean.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0098": "Text 15]\n\nDhruva Maharaja's Fight with the Y ak$as\n\n441\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the Siddhas from the higher planetary systems were observing the\nfight from the sky, and when they saw that Dhruva Maharaja had been\ncovered by the incessant arrows of the enemy, they roared tumultuously,\n\"The grandson of Manu, Dhruva, is now lost!\" They cried that Dhruva\nMaharaja was just like the sun and that now he had set within the ocean of\nthe Ya�as.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse miinava is very significant. Generally this word is used to\nmean \"human being.\" Dhruva Mahadija is also described here as miinava.\nNot only is Dhruva Maharaja a descendant of Manu, but all human society\ndescends from Manu. According to Vedic civilization, Manu is the lawgiver.\n\nEven today Hindus in India follow the laws given by Manu. Everyone,\n\ntherefore, in human society is a miinava, or descendant from Manu, but\nDhruva Maharaja is a distinguished miinava because he is a great devotee.\nThe denizens of the planet Siddhaloka, where the residents can fly in the\nsky without airplanes, were anxious over Dhruva Maharaja's welfare in the\nbattlefield. Srila Riipa Gosvami says, therefore, that a devotee is not only\n\nwell protected by the Supreme Lord, but all the demigods, and even ordi­\n\nnary men, are anxious for his security and safety. The comparison given\nhere that Dhruva Maharaja appeared to merge in the ocean of the Yak�as\nis also significant. When the sun sets on the horizon, it appears that the\nsun drowns in the ocean, but factually the sun has no difficulty. Similarly,\nalthough Dhruva appeared to drown in the ocean of the Yak�as, he had no\ndifficulty. As the sun rises again in due course at the end of night, so\nDhruva Maharaja, although he might have been in difficulty (because, after\nall, it was a fight, and in any fighting activities there are reverses), that did\nnot mean that he was defeated.\nTEXT 15\n\n�\n\n� iil�ll�l\n\ni3G\\Rtas::��� WITrnl�tr\n\n�: II� �II\n\nnadatsu yiitudhiine.su\njayakiisifiv atho mrdhe\nudati�thad rathas tasya\nnihiiriid iva bhaskara�\n\n", "SB4.2#p0099": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n442\nnadatsu-while\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 10\n\nexclaiming; yiitud hiine§u-the ghostly\n\nYa�as; jaya­\n\nkiisi§u-proclaiming victory; atho-then; m rdhe- in the fighting; udati§that­\n\nappeared; ratha{t - the chariot; tasya-of Dhruva Maharaja; nl:harat-from\n\nthe mist; iva - like; bhiiskara[l.-the sun.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Yak.!}as, being temporarily victorious, exclaimed that they had\n\nconquered Dhruva Maharaja. But in the meantime Dhruva's chariot suddenly appeared, just as the sun suddenly appears from within foggy mist.\nPURPORT\n\nHere Dhruva Maharaja is compared to the sun and the great assembly\n\nof the Y ak�as to foggy mist. Fog is insignificant in comparison with the\n\nsun. Although the sun is sometimes seen to be covered by fog, in fact the\n\nsun cannot be covered by anything. Our eyes may be covered by a cloud,\n\nbut the sun is never covered. By this comparison with the sun, the greatness of Dhruva Maharaja in all circumstances is affirmed.\nTEXT 16\n\n����tf\"(oq ft:11at ig�IW( I\nqN �Aiclt�Wfl;(l4ifl4qlf.te: II� �II\ndhanur visphiirjayan divyarit\ndvi�atiirit khedam udvahan\nastraugharit vyadham ad bii'{lair\nghaniinikam iviinilal)\ndhanu [l.-his bow; visp h ii rjaya n-twanging; divyam-wonderful ; dviftatiim--­\n\nof the enemies; khedam-lamentation; udvaha n- creating; astra-ogham­\n\ndifferent types of weapons; vyadhamat-he scattered; bii�wi[l-with his\narrows; ghana-of clouds; anikam-an army; iva-like; a nila[l - the wind.\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva Maharaja's bow and arrows twanged and hissed, causing lamen­\n\ntation in the hearts of his enemies. He began to shoot incessant arrows\n\nshattering all their different weapons, just as the blasting wind scatters the\nassembled clouds in the sky.\n\n�\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�:q1qfWcj'fil Ill� if1lifVr �I\n\nEfilt�l-.n�Fclij�..u fit�W�ttt � 11� \\911\n\n", "SB4.2#p0100": "Texts 18-19]\n\nDhruva Maharaj a'\" Fight with the Y �as\n\n443\n\ntasya te ciipa-nirmuktii\nbhittvii varmii[li rah;�asiim\nkiiyiin iivivisus tigmii\ngirin asanayo yathii\ntasya-of Dhruva; te-those arrows; capa-from the bow; nirmukta�released; bhittva-having pierced; varmarti- hield ; rak�asam-of the demons; kayan-bodies; avivisu�-.entered; tigma�-sharp; girin-mountains;\nasanaya�-thunderbolts; yatha-just like.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sharp arrows released from the bow of Dhruva Maharaja pierced the\nshields and bodies of the enemy, like the thunderbolts released by the King\nof heaven, which dismantle the bodies of the mountains.\nTEXTS 18-19\n\n�: �(0Q+U�I�i fuUfll�l(itO:S�: I\n-�:\n11� �11\n\niil�\\{fti��\n����\n\n��: I\n� {-ijtft(q;fli{(U II� �II\n\nbhallai}:t saiichidyamiiniiniirh\nSirobhis Caru-kU[l�alaifl.\nurubhir hema-tiiliibhair\ndorbhir valaya-valgubhiJ:t\nhiira-keyura-mukutair\nu�fl�sais ca mahii-dhanaiJ:t\niistrtas tii ra[la-bhuvo\nrejur vira-mano-hariift\nbhalla*-by his arrows; saiichidyamiinaniim-of the Yak�as who were\ncut to pieces; sirobh*-with heads; caru-beautiful; kurtflalai�-with\nearrings; urubh(h-with thighs; hema-lalabha*-like golden palm tree ;\ndorbh*-with arms; valaya-valgu�h*-with beautiful bracelets; harawith garlands; keyura-armlets; muku[a*-and helmets; U§fli§aift-with\nturbans; ca-also; mahii-dhana*-very valuable; iistrtii�-covered; lii�those; ra[ta-bhuva�-batllefields; reju{t-began to glimmer; vira-of the\nheroes; mana�-harii�-bewildering the minds.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0101": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n444\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, the heads of those\n\nwho were cut to pieces by the arrows of Dhruva Maharaja were decorated\n\nvery beautifully with earrings and turbans. The legs of their bodies\n\nwere as beautiful as golden palm trees, their arms were decorated with\n\ngolden bracelets and armlets, and on their heads there were very valuable\n\nhelmets bedecked with gold. All these ornaments lying on that battlefield\n\nwere very attractive and could bewilder the mind of a hero.\nPURPORT\n\nIt appears that in those days soldiers used to go to the battlefield\nhighly decorated with golden ornaments and with helmets and turbans,\nand when they were dead the booty was taken by the enemy party. Their\nfalling dead in battle with their many golden ornamental dresse\n\nwas\n\ncertainly a lucrative opportunity to the heroes on the battlefield.\nTEXT 20\n\n�m�e1 ��\n\n{Uil�\n�: ��R:\n� At¥nst�(l ���.1��Tm\nf{ ll�oll\nhatiivasi�tii itare rartiijiriid\nrak�o-gartiift k�atriya-varya-siiyakai{t\npriiyo vivrkrtiivayavii vidudruvur\nmrgendra-vikri:t;lita-yuthapii iva\nhata-avasi§tiift- the remaining soldiers who were not killed; itare-others;\nrart a-ajiriit-from the battlefield; rak§ aft-ga [tii fl.- the Y ak�as; k§atriyavarya-of the greatest of the k.satriyas or warriors; siiyakaift-by the arrows;\npriiya[t - mostl y ; v ivrk [t a -cut to pieces; avayavii[t - their bodily limbs;\nvidudruvu{t- fled; mrgendra-by a lion; vikrit;lita-being de feated; yuthapii�t\n-elephants; iva-like.\nTRANSLATION\nThe remaining Ya�as who somehow or other were not killed had their\n\nlimbs cut to pieces by the arrows of the great warrior Dhruva Maharaja.\n\nThus they began to flee, just as elephants flee when defeated by a lion.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0102": "Text 22)\n\nDhruva Maharaja's Fight with the Yak�as\n\n445\n\nTEXT 21\n\n3T�Wf: « �s��\n\n'ltPi4' �� ��:\n� � ;ufil�'l frn\nif�� R�d �r.n ����II\napasyamiinaft sa tadiitatiiyinarh\nmahii-mrdhe kaiicana miinavottamaft\npurirh didrk�ann api niivisad dvi�iim\nna miiyiniim veda cikir�itam jana(t\napasyamiinaft\n\n-\n\nwhile not observing; salt\n\n-\n\nDhruva; tadii-at that time;\n\nii.taliiyinam -armed opposing soldier; mahii-mrdhe-in that great battlefield;\nkancana-any; miinava-uttamaft-the best of the human beings; purim-the\ncity; didrk;San - wishing to see; api-a lt hough; na iivisat\ndv(siim- of the enemies; na\n\n-\n\n-\n\ndid not enter;\n\nno t; miiyiniim-of the mystics; veda-knows;\n\ncikir;Sitam-the pla ns; jana� - anyone\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva Maharaja, the best of human beings, observed that in that g reat\nbattlefield not one of the opposing soldiers was left standing with proper\nweapons. He then desired to see the city of Alakapuri, but he though t to\nhimself, \"No one knows the plans of the mystic Yak�as.\"\nTEXT 22\n\n�\n\n�: (q('tj(f¥1\n� srRt�••,ft�n 1\n\n�:\n\n�\n\n�\n\n���\n\nif� �� (itSr4Utfij II��II\niti bruvams citra-rathaft sva-siirathim\nyattaft pare;Siirh pratiyoga-satikilaft\nsusriiva sabdam jaladher iveritam\nnabhasvato dik�u raja 'nv adrsyata\niti- thus; bruvan- ta lking; citra ratha{t\n-\n\n-\n\nDhruva Maharaj a, whose chariot\n\nwas very beautiful; sva-siirathim-to his charioteer; yatlaft -being on guard;\n\n", "SB4.2#p0103": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n446\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 10\n\npare§iim-from his enemies; pratiyoga-counteratta ck; satikitah-being apprehensive;susriiva-heard;sabdam-sound;jaladhe�-from the ocean;ivaas if; iritam-resounded; nabhasvata� be cause of wind; dik§u-in all direc-\n\ntions;raja�- dust;anu-then;adrsyata-was perceived.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the meantime, while Dhruva Maharaja, doubtful of his mystic enemies,\n\nwas talking with his charioteer, they heard a tremendous sound, as if the\nwhole ocean were there, and they found that from the sky a great dust\nstorm was coming over them from all directions.\nTEXT 23\n\n'41ii-.l;slfa.d ot(tq 'l-.lift� �: I\nA��ij• ft:� ;nQ�&t-.Pt�a-n ������\nkfiar-eniicchiiditarh vyoma\nghaniinikena sarvata�\nvisphurat-ta{litii dik�u\ntriisayat-stanayitnunii\nkfiar-ena-within a moment; iicchiiditam-was covered; vyoma-the sky;\nghana-of dense\n\nclouds; anikena-with\n\na mass; sar vata�-ev erywhere;\n\nvisphurat dazzling;ta{litii-with lightning;dik su\n-\n\n.\n\n-\n\nin all directions; triisayat\n\n-threatening; stanayitnunii-with thundering.\nTRANSLATION\nWithin a moment the whole sky was overcast with dense clouds, and\nsevere thundering was heard. There was glittering electric lightning and\nsevere rainfall.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�U'llq'f\\�Noi('l�i(�n I\n\nem:\n\n� ....i(�\n.\n\n�� 11�\\lll\n\nvavr�u rudhiraughiisrkpuya-vir--mutra-medasal).\nnipetur gaganiid asya\nkabandhiiny agrato 'nagha\n\n", "SB4.2#p0104": "Dhruva Maharaja's Fight with the Y�as\n\nText 26]\n\n447\n\nvavnu�-showered; rudhira-of blood; ogha-an inundati on; asrk-mucus;\npuya-pus; v(t-stool; mutra-urine; medasaft-and marrow; nipetu{t-began\nto fall; gaganiit-from the sky; asya-of Dhruva; kabandhiini-trunks of\nbodies; agrataft-in front; anagha-0 faultless Vidura.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear faultless Vidura, in that rainfall there was blood, mucus, pus,\nstool, urine and marrow falling heavily before Dhruva Maharaja, and there\nwere trunks of bodies falling from the sky.\nTEXT 25\n\nmr: �� ttm�:\n\n•IG:NREtf.c��.HJQen\n\n��� 1\nQl'4¥4'4fifur: ����II\n\ntataft khe 'drsyata girir\nnipetuft sarvato-disam\ngadii-parigha-nistrirhsamusaliift siisma-var�irw�\ntata[l,-thereafter; khe-in the sky; adrsyata-was visible; girift-a mountain; nipetu[l,-fell down; sarvataft-disam-from all directions; gada-clubs;\nparigha-iron bludgeons; nistrirhsa-swords; musalii�-maces; siisma-great\npieces of stone; var§i!ta�-with a shower of.\nTRANSLATION\nNext, a great mountain was visible in the sky, and from all directions\nhailstones fell, along with lances, clubs, swords, iron bludgeons and great\npieces of stone.\nTEXT 26\n\n�5\\lfitf.c:Gn '41Rlsfit��: I\n�1'41: f(� �: M(fUtiNIIf �:tl��ll\nahayo 'sani-ni�sviisii\nvamanto 'gnirh rufiiik�ibhift\nabh yadhiivan gajii mattii�\nsirhha-vyiighriis ca yiithasa�\n\n", "SB4.2#p0105": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n448\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 10\n\nahayaft-se r pents; asani-thunderbolts; niftsvii.sii.ft- breathing; vamantaftvomiting; agnim fi re; rn§ii ak �ibh ifl. wi th angry eyes; abhyadhavan came forward; gajii.ft-elephants; mattii.ft mad; simha -lions; vyii.ghrii.fttigers; a also; yiithasaft - in groups.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nc-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nDhruva Maharaja also saw many big serpents with angry eyes, vomiting\n\nforth fire and coming to devour him, along with groups of mad elephants,\n\nlions and tigers.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n� ��: ��WI'(I\n31R161(( �: 'lmiRI � �: 11�\\911\nsamudra iirmibhir bhima�\npliivayan sarvato bhuvam\nasasada maha-hrada�\nkalpanta iva bh�sa[!a�\nsa ud aft the sea; iirmibhift - wi th waves; bhimaft- fie rce; plii.v yan -inu dating; sarvata� -in all directions; bhuvam-the earth; ii.sasii.da-came forward; mahii.-hrii.daft mak.ing great sounds; kalpa-ante-(the dissolution) at\nthe end of a kalpa; iva-like; bh(satlaft fearfuL\n\nn\n\nm r -\n\na\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThen, as if it were the time of the dissolution of the whole world, the\n\nfierce sea with foaming waves and great roaring sounds came forward\n\nbefore him.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�feNI\"\"'Wl�lf;r\n\n;r16itl\"\"'¥\\it� I\n(iij�·it16tf � �ttu: ll��tl\nevarh vidhany anekiini\ntriisanan y amanasviniirn\nsasrjus tigma-gataya\niisuryii miiyayasura�\nevam vidhii. i (phenomena) like this; anekii.n i many vanetJes of;\ntrii.sanii. i-fearful; amanasvinii.m-to the less intelligent men; sasrju�-they\ncreated; tigma-gatayaft-of heinous nature; ii.suryii. -demoni c; mii.yayiiby illusion; asurii.ft-the demons.\n\nn\n\nn-\n\n-\n\na\n\n", "SB4.2#p0106": "Dhruva Maharaja's Fight with the Yak{;as\n\nText 30]\n\n449\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demon Yak{;as are by nature very heinous, and by their demoniac\npower of illusion they can create many strange phenomena to frighten\none who is less intelligent.\nTEXT 29\n\n� st9:'ffitqul� q•�•qf6l�(tl( 1\nr..� � u;t�: �� eqt•Rm ������\ndhruve prayuktiim asurais\ntam miiyiim atidus tariim\nnisamya tasya munayal;l.\nsam iisamsan samiigatiil;l.\ndhruve- agai nst Dhruva; prayuktam\ntam\n\n-\n\n-\n\ninflic ted; asurail).-by the demons;\n\ntha t ; mayam-mystic power; atidustaram-very dangerous; nisamya­\n\nafter hearing; tasya-his; munaya�-the great sages; sam\n\nasarhsan-giving encouragement for; samagatii� assembled\n-\n\n-\n\ngood fortune;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the great sages heard that Dhruva Maharaja was overpowered by\nthe illusory mystic tricks of the demons, they immediately assembled to\noffer him auspicious encouragement.\nTEXT 30\n\n��:\n\n�l'Etlwtql� �·l!i4f�ct mf�\ni:�:�m�l\n��� � :qfi:(\n���!;j«i(qf�ll�oll\nmunaya iicubauttanapiida bhagaviims lava siinigadhanvii\ndeva[t k§i[wlv avanatiirti-haro vipak:siin\nyan-niimadheyam abhidhiiya nisamya ciiddhii\nloko 'iijasii tarati dustaram anga mrtyum\nmunaya� ucu{t-the sages said; autliinapiida-0 son of King Uttiinapiida;\nb hagaviin-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead; tava-your;\n\nsiirnga-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0107": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n450\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 10\n\ndhanvii-one who bears the bow called Saniga; deva�-the Lord; k�irwtu­\n\nmay He kill; avanata-of the surrendered soul; arti-the distresses; hara�­\n\nwho removes; vipak§an-enemies; yat-whose; namadheyam-holy name;\n\nabhidhaya-uttering;\n\nZoka�\n\n-\n\nnisamya-hearing;\n\nca-also;\n\naddha\n\n-\n\nimmediately;\n\npersons; aiijasa- fully; tarati-overcome; dustaram-insurmountable;\n\nanga-0 Dhruva; mrtyum-death.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll the sages said: Dear Dhruva, 0 son of King Uttanapada, may the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead known as Sarrigadhanus, who relieves the\n\ndistresses of His devotees, kill all your threatening enemies. The holy name\nof the Lord is as powerful as the Lord Himself. Therefore, simply by chant­\n\ning and hearing the holy name of the Lord, many men can be fully\nprotected from fierce death without difficulty. Thus a devotee is saved.\nPURPORT\nThe great nis approached Dhruva Maharaja at a time when his mind\n\nwas very perplexed due to the magical feats exhibited by the Y a�as. A\n\ndevotee is always protected by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. By\nHis inspiration only the sages came to encourage Dhruva Maharaja and\n\nassure him that there was no danger because he was a soul fully surrendered\n\nto the Supreme Lord. By the grace of the Lord, if a devotee can simply\n\nchant His holy name-Hare Kr�p.a, Hare Kr�p.a, Kr�p.a Kr�p.a, Hare Hare/\n\nHare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare-at the time of death,\n\nthen he immediately surpasses the great ocean of the material sky and\n\nenters the spiritual sky. He never has to come back for repetition of birth\n\nand death. Simply by chanting the holy name of the Lord, one can surpass\n\nthe ocean of death, so Dhruva Maharaja was certainly able to surpass the\n\nillusory magical feats of the Y ak�as which for the time being disturbed\nhis mind.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Tenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, entitled \"Dhruva Maharaja's Fight\nwith the Yak§aS. \"\n\n", "SB4.2#p0108": "CHAPTER ELEVEN\n\nsvayambhuva Manu Advises\nDhruva Maharaia to stop Fighting\nTEXT l\n\n���\n� t1(61�!!4ftatf qft �: I\n�s�aq�-M �4\\l(l�otPwlf46' II t II\nmaitreya uviica\nnisamya gadatiim evam\nriiTJiirh dhanu§i dhruva�\nsandadhe 'stram upasprsya\nyan niiriiya[la-nirmitam\nmaitreya[t uvti ca\n\n-\n\nthe sage Maitreya continued to speak; nisamya having\n-\n\nheard; gadatam-the words; evam-thus; r§irtiim-of the sages; dhanu§iupon his bow; dhruva�- Dhruva Maharaja; sandadhe-fix ed; astram-an\narrow; upasprsya- a fter touching water; yat-that which; nii.rii.ya{ta-by\nNariiyaJ;�a; nirmitam-was made.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Maitreya said: My dear Vidura, when Dhruva Maharaja heard the\nencouraging words of the great sages, he performed the acamana by\ntouching water and then took up his arrow, which was made by Lord\nNaraya!J.a, and fixed it upon his bow.\nPURPORT\nDhruva Maharaja was given a specific arrow made by Lord Naraya!J.a\nHimself, and he now fixed it upon his bow to finish the illusory atmos·\nphere created by the Y ak�as. As it is stated in the Bhagavad-gitii, miim eva\nye prapadyante miiyiim etiim taranti te. (Bg. 7.14) Without Narayap.a, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, no one is able to overcome the action\n451\n\n", "SB4.2#p0109": "452\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 11\n\nof the illusory energy. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has also given us a nice\n\nweapon for this a,ge, as stated in the Bhiigavatam: siingopiingiistrain\n\nthis age, the\n\nNarayar;tastra,\n\nor weapon\n\nto\n\ndrive away miiyii,\n\nis\n\nthe chanting of the Hare Kr�pa mantra in pursuance of the associates of\nLord Caitanya, such as Advaita Prabhu, Nityananda, Gadadhara and\n\nSrivasa.\nTEXT2\n\n��Uir ll\\<tf41f'¥41�1 !l\"�fitM<tn I\nftJsi �� m� (U;ft<:;� � II � II\nsandh'iyamiina etasmin\nmiiyii guhyaka-nirmitii�\nk§ipram vinesur vidura\nklesii jiiiinodaye yathii\nsandhiyamiine-while joining to his bow; etasmin-this Narayapiistra;\n\nmiiyii�-the illusions; guhyaka-nirmitii�-created by the Yak�as; k§ipram­\n\nvery soon; vinesul].-were destroyed; vidura-0 Vidura; klesaQ.-illusory\n\npains and pleasures; jiiiina-udaye-upon the arising of knowledge; yathiijust as.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Dhruva Maharaja joined the Narayapastra arrow to his bow,\n\nthe illusion created by the Y a�as was immediately vanquished, just as all\nmaterial pains and pleasures are vanquished when one becomes fully\n\ncognizant of the self.\n\nPURPORT\nKr�r;ta is like the sun, and miiyii, or the illusory energy of Kr�r;ta, is like\n\ndarkness. Darkness means absence of light; similarly, miiyii means absence\nof Kr�r;ta consciousness. Kr�r;ta consciousness and miiyii are always there,\nside by side. As soon as there is awakening of Kr�r;ta consciousness, all the\nillusory pains and pleasures of material existence are vanquished. Miiyiim\n\netiim taranti te: constant chanting of the mahti-mantra will keep us always\naloof from the illusory energy of miiyii.\n\nTEXT3\n\n�:\n•\n\n��:I\n\n", "SB4.2#p0110": "Text4)\n\nSvayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\nAA:�\n\n453\n\n�f�Wiv:�\n\n� cR �: ftmf�: II � II\n\ntasyiir�iistram dhanu�i prayuiijata�\ns uvan:w-punkhii[l kalaha msa-viisasa[l\nviniftsrtii iivivisur dvi�ad-balam\nyathii vanam bhima-ravii[l sikhar-{iina�\ntasya-while Dhruva; iir�a-astram-the weapon given by NarayaQa J;t�i;\ndhanu�i-on his bow; prayunjata/:l-fixed; suvar(la-puhkhii/:l-(arrows) with\ngolden shafts; kalaharhsa-viisasa/:l-with feathers like the wings of a swan;\nvinib.srtii/:l-sprang out; iivivisulJ,-entered; dvi�at-balam-the soldiers of the\nenemy; yathii-just as; vanam-into a forest; bhima-ravii/:l-making a tumultuous sound; sikhaT;�t;lina�t-peacocks.\nTRANSLATION\nEven as Dhruva Maharaja fixed the weapon made by Naraya�;ta ��i onto\nhis bow, arrows with golden shafts and feathers like the wings of a swan\nflew out from it. They entered the enemy soldiers with a great hissing\nsound, just as peacocks enter a forest with tumultuous crowing.\nTEXT4\n\n�m: � NtJl�­\n\nft�: fAf�;n �u 1\n{l¥(�1ct'l � \\3a:l$1t:\n\nU'funa'l«art\n\n�ttr: II \\i II\n\ntais tigma-dhiirail), pradhane silz-mukhair\nitas tatab, pu(tya-janii upadrutii/:l\ntam abhyadhiivan kupitii udiiyudhii�\nsupar[lam unnaddha-pha[lii iviihaya�\ntai�-by those; tigma-dhiiraib,-which had a sharp point; pradhane-on\nthe battlefield; sili-mukhail�-arrows; itas tatalJ,-here and there; pu(lyajana/:l-the Y ak�as; upadrutii/:l-being greatly agitated; tam-toward Dhruva\nMaharaja; abhyadhavan-rushed; kupitii/:l-being angry; udiiyudhii�t- with\nupraised weapons; supar(!am-toward Garu�a; unnaddha-pha�tiilJ,-w1th upraised hoods; iva-like; ahayab,-serpents.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0111": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n454\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose sharp arrows dismayed the. enemy soldiers, who became almost\nunconscious, but various Y �as on the battlefield, in a rage against\nDhruva Maharaja, somehow or other collected their weapons and attacked.\nJust as serpents agitated by Garu�a rush toward him with upraised hoods,\nso all the Y �a soldiers prepared to overcome Dhruva Maharaja with their\nupraised weapons.\nTEXTS\n\n� 'l'l�diNict«l �\nMi't'l���ill!4<ta;(li\nf.r-IN � qwei¥totJ\n�\n\n�� ��:11�11\nsa tiin pr�atkair abhidhiivato mrdhe\nnikrtta-biihuru-sirodharodariin\nniniiya lokam param arka-mar4alam\nvrajanti nirbhidya yam urdhva-retasaft\nsa[l -he (Dhruva Maharaja); tan-all theYak�as; pn atkai[l -by his arrows;\n\nabhidhavata[l- coming forward; mrdhe-in the battlefield; nikrtta- being\nseparated;\n\nbiihu-arms;\n\nuru-thighs;\n\nsiral)-dhara-necks;\n\nudariin­\n\nand bellies; ni naya- delivered; lokam- to the planet; param-supreme; arka­\n\nmar;u;lalam- the sun globe; vrajanti-go; nirbhidya- piercing; yam- to which ;\n\n-\n\nurdhva retasa� - those who do not discharge semina at any time.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja saw the Y �as coming forward, he immediately\n\ntook his arrows and cut the enemies to pieces. Separating their arms,\nlegs, heads and bellies from their bodies, he delivered the Y ak�as to the\nplanetary system which is situated above the sun-globe and which is\n\nattainable only by first-class brahmacaris who have never discharged their\n\nsemina.\n\nPURPORT\nTo be killed by the Lord or by His devotees is auspicious for nondevotees. The Yak�as were killed indiscriminately by Dhruva Maharaja,\nbut they attained the planetary\n\nystem which was only attainable for\n\nbrahmaciiris who had never discharged their semina. A\n\nthe imper onalist\n\n", "SB4.2#p0112": "Text 6]\n\nSvayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\n455\n\n1nams or the demons who are killed by the Lord attain Brahmaloka, or\nSatyaloka, so persons who are killed by a devotee of the Lord also attain\nSatyaloka. To reach the Satyaloka planetary system described here, one\nhas to be elevated above the sun globe. Killing , therefore, is not always\nbad. If the killing is done by the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His\ndevotee or in great sacrifices, it is for the benefit of the entity killed in that\nway. Material so-called nonviolence is very insignificant in comparison to\nkilling done by the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His devotees. Even\nwhen a king or the state government kills a person who is a murderer, that\nkilling is for the benefit of the murderer, for thus he may become cleared\nof all sinful reactions.\nAn important word in this verse is urdhva-retasalJ., which means brahmaciiris who have never discharged semina. Celibacy is so important that even\nthough one does not undergo any austerities, penances or ritualistic ceremonies prescribed in the Vedas, if one simply keeps himself a pure brahma­\n\ncari, not discharging his semina, the result is that after death he goes to the\nSatyaloka. Generally, sex life is the cause of all miseries in the material\nworld. In the Vedic civilization sex life is restricted in various ways. Out\nof the whole population of the social structure, only the grhasthas are\nallowed restricted sex life. All others refrain from sex. The people of this\n\nage especially do not know the value of not discharging semina. As such,\nthey are variously entangled with material qualities and suffer an existence\nof struggle only. The word urdhva-retasa[l especially indicates the Mayavadi\nsannyiisis, who undergo strict principles of austerity. But in the Bhagavadgitii the Lord says that even if one goes up to Brahmaloka, he again comes\nback. (Abrahma-bhuvaniil lokiilJ. punar iivartino 'rjuna. Bg. 8.16) Therefore,\nactual mukti or liberation can be attained only by devotional service,\nbecause by devot,onal service one can go above Brahmaloka, or to the\nspiritual world, wherefrom he never comes back. Mayavadi sannyiisis are\nvery proud of becoming liberated, but actual liberation is not possible unless one is in touch with the Supreme Lord in devotional service. It is said,\n\nharim vinii na srtim taranti: without Kr�tta's mercy, no one can have\nIiberati on.\nTEXT6\n\n(l1\"t (�'ilwtllt� �.......�Pt��i{\n�: I\na(t:q,wtqlf( � A<wtit\n��na:lq•Rt: mMf¥1: 11 � 11\n\n", "SB4.2#p0113": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n456\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 11\n\ntan han yamanan abhiv\"ik§ya guhyakan\nanagasas citra-ratllena bhurisa�\nauttanapadim krpaya pitamaho\nmanur jagadopagata� sahar§ibh*\ntan-those\n\nYak�as;\n\nguhyakan-the\n\nhanyaman(in-being\n\nkilled;\n\nabhivik�ya-seeing;\n\nYak�as; antigasa�-offenseless; citra rathena-by Dhruva\n-\n\nMaharaja, who had a beautiful chariot; bhurisa�-greatly; auttanapadimunto\n\nthe\n\nson\n\nof\n\nUttanapada;\n\nkrpaya-out of\n\nmercy; pitamaha�­\n\nthe grandfather; manu�-Svayambhuva Manu; jagtida-gave instructions;\nupagata�t-approached; saha r§ibh*-with great sages.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Svayambhuva Manu saw that his grandson Dhruva Maharaja was\nkilling so many of the Y a�as who were not actually offenders, out of his\ngreat compassion he approached Dhruva with great sages to give him good\ninstruction.\nPURPORT\nDhruva Maharaja attacked Alakapuri, the city of the Yak�as, because\nhis brother was killed by one of them. Actually only one of the citizens,\nnot all of them, was guilty of killing his brother Uttama. Dhruva Maharaja,\nof course, took a very serious step when his brother was killed by the\nYak�as. War was declared, and the fighting was going on. This sometimes\nhappens in present days also-for one man's fault a whole state is sometimes attacked. This kind of wholesale attack is not approved by Manu,\nthe father and lawgiver of the human race. He therefore wanted to stop his\ngrandson Dhruva from continuing to kill the Yak�a citizens who were not\noffenders.\n\nTEXT 7\n\nq�qj'Q\n\nQ ct((1�(1ul 6¥ftA\\I�UI �q;n I\niR\n����¥iwtl41ijt \"\\9\"\nmanur uvaca\nalam vatsatiro§erw\ntamo-dviiretta piipmana\nyena pu[tya-janan etan\navadh\"is tvam anagasa�\nmanu/.1 uvaca-Manu said; alam-enough; vatsa-my dear boy; atiro§eiJ.awith excessive anger; tama[l-dvii rerta-the path of ignorance; piipmanii-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0114": "Text 8]\n\nSvayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\n457\n\nsinful; yena-by which; pu Ct ya janan-the Yak$as; etan-all these; avadhift-\n\nyou have killed; tvam-you; anagas a[l.-offenseless.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Manu said : M y dear son, please stop. It is not good to become\nis the path to hellish life. Now you are g oing\nbeyond the limit by killing Ya�as who are actually not offenders.\n\nu nnecessarily angry-it\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word atiro$el)a means \"with unnecessary anger.\" When\nDhruva Maharaja went beyond the limits of necessary anger, his grandfather, Svayambhuva Manu, immediately came to protect him from further\nsinful action. From this we can understand that killing is not bad, but when\nkilling is done unnecessarily or when an offenseless person is killed, such\nkilling opens the path to hell. Dhruva Maharaja was saved from such sinful\naction because he was a great devotee.\nA k§atriya is allowed to kill only for maintenance of the law and order\nof the state; he is not allowed to kill or commit violence without reason.\nViolence is certainly a path leading to a hellish condition of life, but it is\nalso required for maintenance of the law and order of the state. Here Lord\nManu prohibited Dhruva Maharaja from killing the Yak�as because only\none of them was punishable for killing his brother Uttama; all of the Yak�a\ncitizens were not punishable. We find in modern warfare, however, that\nattacks are made upon innocent citizens who are without fault. According\nto the law of Manu, such warfare is a most sinful activity. Furthermore,\nat the present moment civilized nations are unnecessarily maintaining\nmany slaughterhouses for killing innocent animals. When a nation is\nattacked by its enemies, the wholesale slaughter of the citizens should be\ntaken as a reaction to their own sinful activities-that is nature's law.\nTEXTS\n\n:rtl4i�Jl�d m �tt€(1fl•lftt( 1\niNf\n��\\f41:rtl+ti(•'I�S'63:rtel( II � II\nniismat-kulocitam tiita\nkarmaitat sad-vigarhitam\nvadho yad upadeviiniim\niirabdhas te 'krtainasiim\n\n", "SB4.2#p0115": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n458\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 11\n\nna-not; asmat-kula-our family; uc itam-befitting; tata-my dear son;\nkarma-action; etat-this; sat\nbidden; vadhaft-the\n\n-\n\narabdha�-was undertaken; te\nsinless.\n\nby authorities on religion; vigarhitam-for­\n\nkilling; yat-whi ch; upadeviiniim-of the Yak�as;\n-\n\nby you; akrta-enasiim-of those who are\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear son, the killing of the sinless Ya�as which you have undertaken\nis not at all approved by authorities, and it does not befit our family, which\nis supposed to know the laws of religion and irreligion.\nTEXT9\n\n....-w•q�;c 51Q1?! � m: 1\n\nlll d4'4fflt6�..\n\n�\n\n�<1}4�� II' ll\n\nnanv ekasyiipariidhena\nprasangad bahavo hata�\nbhratur vadhabhitaptena\ntvayahga bhratr-vatsala\nnanu- cert ainly; ekasya-of one (Yak�a); apariidhena-with the offense;\n\np ras ahgat-bec ause of their association; bahava�\n\n-\n\nmany; hatii�\n.\n\n-\n\nhave been\n\nkilled; bhriitu�-of your brother; vadha-by the death; abhitaptena-bei ng\naggrieved; tvayii-by you; anga-my dear son; bhriitr vatsala-affectionate\n-\n\nto your brother.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear son, it has been proved that you are very much affectionate\ntowards your brother and are greatly aggrieved at his being killed by the\nY�as, but just consider-for one Y�a's offense, you have killed many\nothers, who are innocent.\nTEXT 10\n\n'1N qplf � � ttfl��lt�cd6;c'( I\n��·�·;f qonzu q?lcti{��Qt( lit otl\nniiyam margo hi siidhunam\nhr$Ikesiinuvartiniim\nyad iitmiinam pariig grhya\npasuvad bhuta-vaisasam\nna-never; ayam-this; miirga�-path; hi- certainly; sadhuniim- of honest\npersons; hr$ikesa-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anuvartiniim-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0116": "Text 11]\n\nSvayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\na tma nam self; parak-the body; grhyapasu vat-like animals; bhuta-of living entities; vaisasam­\n\nfollowing the path; yat-which;\nthinking to be;\n\n459\n\n-\n\n-\n\nkilling.\nTRANSLATION\nOne should not accept the body as the self and thus, like the animals,\nkill the bodies of others. It is especially forbidden by saintly persons who\nfollow the path of devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThe words siidhuniirh hr§ikesiinuvartiniim are very significant. Siidhu\nmeans a saintly person. But who is a saintly person? A saintly person is he\nwho follows the path of rendering service unto the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Hrf?ikesa. In the Narada-paii.cariitra it is said, hr§iker.a hnikesasevanarh bhaktir ucyate: the process of rendering favorable service to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead with one's senses is called bhakti, or\ndevotional service. Therefore, why should a person who is already engaged\nin the service of the Lord engage himself in personal sense gratification?\n\nj\n\nDhruva Mahara a is advised here by Lord Manu that he is a pure servitor of\nthe Lord. Why should he unnecessarily engage, like the animals, in the\nbodily concept of life? An animal thinks that the body of another animal\nis his food; therefore, in the bodily concept of life, one animal attacks\nanother. A human being, especially one who is a devotee of the Lord,\nshould not act like this. Sadhu, a saintly devotee, is not supposed to kill\nanimals unnecessarily.\nTEXT ll\n\n��4(<11�¥il-wt \\�liiftd tft � I\nQI'Oqlq'\n\n�(1(1� RQJn(ij�q(4t � II��It\n\nsarva-bhiitiitma-bhiivena\nbhutiiviisarh harirh bhaviin\niiriidhyiipa duriiriidhyam\nvi§[LOS tat paramarh padam\nsarva-bhuta-in all living entities; iitma- upon the Supersoul; bhiivenawith meditation; bhuta-of all existence; iiviisam-the abode; harim-Lord\n\nHari; bhaviin- you; iitiidhya-by worshiping; apa-have achieved; duriiriidhyam-very difficult to propitiate; vigw/:1.-of Lord Viglll; tat-that;\npa ramam supreme ; padam-situati on.\n-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0117": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n460\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. ll\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is very difficult to achieve the spiritual abode of Hari in the V aikuptha\nplanets, but you are so fortunate that you are already destined to go to\n\nthat abode by worshiping Him as the supreme abode of all living entities.\nPURPORT\n\nThe material bodies of all living entities cannot exist unless sheltered by\nthe spirit soul and the Supersoul. The spirit soul is dependent on the Supersoul, who is present even within the atom. Therefore, since anything\nmaterial or spiritual is completely dependent on the Supreme Lord, the\nSupreme Lord is referred to here as bhutiivii.sa. Dhruva Maharaja, as a\nk�atriya, could have argued with his grandfather, Manu, when Manu requested him to stop fighting. But even though Dhruva could have argued\nthat as a k�atriya it was his duty to fight with the enemy, still he was informed that since every living entity is a residence of the Supreme Lord\n\nand can be considered a temple of the Lord, the unnecessary killing of any\nliving entity is not permitted.\n\n� «��i(11'4rtl �: I\n�� � f)6qlwt� �� �II� �II\n�\n\nsa tvam harer anudhyiitas\ntat-pumsiim api sammata/:1.\nkatharh tv avadyarh krtaviin\nanusik�an satiim vratam\nsal).-that person; tvam you; ha rel].\n-\n\n-\n\nby the Supreme Lord; anudhyii.tal].\n\n­\n\nbeing always remembered; tat-His; p urhsiim-by the devotees; api-also;\n\nsa mmata� - e s teemed; katham-why; tu-then; avadyam\n\n-\n\nabominable (act);\n\nkrtaviin-you have undertaken; anusik§an-setting the example ; satiim-of\nsaintly persons; vratam-a vow.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause you are a pure devotee of the Lord, the Lord is always thinking\n\nof you, and you are also recognized by all His confidential devotees. Your\n\nlife is meant for exemplary behavior. I am, therefore, surprised-why have\n\nyou undertaken such an abominable task?\n\n", "SB4.2#p0118": "Text 13)\n\nSvayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\n461\n\nPURPORT\nDhruva Maharaja was a pure devotee and was accustomed to always\nthinking of the Lord. Reciprocally, the Lord always thinks of those pure\ndevotees who think of Him only, twenty-four hours a day. As a pure\ndevotee does not know anything beyond the Lord, so the Lord does not\nknow anything beyond His pure devotee. Svayambhuva Manu pointed out\nthis fact to Dhruva Maharaja: \"You are not only a pure devotee, but you\nare recognized by all pure devotees of the Lord. You should always act in\nsuch an exemplary way that others may learn from you. Under the circumstances, it is surprising that you have killed so many faultless Yak�as.\"\n\nTEXT 13\n\n� ii($01441 � lifr�� I\nij¥(�--. � � � ij+S(«)G>ft II� �I I\ntitik�ayii karu[tayii\nmaitryii ciikhila-jantu�u\nsamatvena ca sarviitmii\nbhagaviin samprasidati\ntitik�ayii- by tolerance; karu[tayii- by mercy; maitryii- by friendship;\nca-also; akhila\n\n-\n\nuniversal; jan t u�u\n\n-\n\nunto the living entities; samatvena­\n\nby equilibrium; ca-also; sarva-iitmii- the Supersoul; bhagaviin- Personality\nof Godhead; samprasidati- becomes very satisfied.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord is very satisfied with His devotee when the devotee greets\nother people with tolerance, mercy, friendship and equality.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is the duty of an advanced devotee in the second stage of devotional\nperfection to act in accordance with this verse. There are three stages of\ndevotional life. In the lowest stage, a devotee is simply concerned with the\nDeity in the temple, and he worships the Lord with great devotion, according to rules and regulations. In the second stage the devotee is\ncognizant of his relationship with the Lord, his relationship with fellow\ndevotees, his relationship with persons who are innocent and his relationship with persons who are envious. Sometimes devotees are ill-treated by\n\n", "SB4.2#p0119": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n462\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. ll\n\nenvious persons. It is advised that an advanced devotee should be tolerant;\nhe should show complete mercy to persons who are ignorant or innocent.\nA preacher-devotee is meant to show mercy to innocent persons whom he\ncan elevate to devotional service. Everyone, by constitutional position, is\nan eternal servant of God. Therefore, a devotee's business is to awaken\neveryone's Kr�t;�a consciousness. That is his mercy. As for a devotee's\ntreatment of other devotees who are his equals, he should maintain friendship with them. His general view should be to see every living entity as\npart of the Supreme Lord. Different living entities appear in different\nforms of dress, but according to the instruction of the Bhagavad-gitii, a\nlearned person sees all living entities equally. Such treatment by the\ndevotee is very much appreciated by the Supreme Lord. It is said, therefore, that a saintly person is always tolerant and merciful, he is a friend\nfor everyone, never an enemy to anyone, and is peaceful. These are some\nof the good qualities of a devotee.\n\nTEXT 14\n\nSllti3�: I\n� at1cdit4� iRf Pliitiult'WRt II t \\lll\niji151ij� � �:\n\nsamprasanne bhagavati\npuru§afi. priikrtair gur-aifi.\nvimukto fiva-nirmukto\nbrahma nirviir-am rcchati\nsamprasanne-upon satisfaction; bhagavati-of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; puru§afi.-a per on; prakrtai[l.-from the material; gup,ai[l.modes of nature; vimuktafi.-being liberated;jiva-nirmuktafi.-freed from the\nsubtle body also; brahma-unlimited; nirvii[tam-spirituaJ bliss; rcchatiachieves.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who actually satisfies the Supreme Personality of Godhead during\nhis lifetime becomes liberated from the gross and subtle material condi­\n\ntions. Thus being freed from all material modes of nature, he achieves\n\nnnlimited spiritual bliss.\nPURPORT\nIn the previous verse it has been explained that one should treat all\nliving entities with tolerance, mercy, friendship and equality. By such\n\n", "SB4.2#p0120": "Text 15]\n\nSvayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\n463\n\nbehavior one satisfies the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and upon His\nsatisfaction the devotee immediately becomes free from all material conditions. The Lord also confirms this in the Bhagavad-gitii: \"Anyone who\nsincerely and seriously engages in My service immediately becomes situated\nin the transcendental stage wherein he can enjoy unlimited spiritual bliss.\"\nEveryone in this material world is struggling hard in order to achieve\nblissful life. Unfortunately, people do not know how to achieve it.\nAtheists do not believe in God, and certainly they do not please Him.\nHere it is clearly said that upon pleasing the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead one immediately attains to the spiritual platform and enjoys\nunlimited blissful life. To become free from material existence means to\nbecome free from the influence of material nature.\nThe word samprasanne,\n\nwhich is used in this verse, means \"being\n\nsatisfied.\" A person should act in such a way that the Lord is satisfied by\nthe activity; it is not that he himself is to be satisfied. Of cour e, when the\nLord is satisfied, the devotee automatically becomes satisfied. This is the\nsecret of the process of bhakti-yoga. Outside of bhakti-yoga, everyone is\ntrying to satisfy himself. No one is trying to satisfy the Lord. Karmis\ngrossly try to\n\natisfy their senses, but even those who are elevated on the\n\nplatform of knowledge also try to satisfy themselves, in a subtle form.\nKarmis try to satisfy themselves by sense gratification, and jiiiinis try to\nsatisfy themselves by subtle activities or mental speculation and thinking\nthemselves to be God. Yogis also try to satisfy themselves by thinking\nthat they can achieve different mystic perfections. But only devotees try\nto satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The devotees' process of\nself-realization is completely different from the processes of the karmis,\njfianis and yogis. Everyone else is trying to satisfy himself, whereas the\ndevotee tries only to satisfy the Lord. The devotional process is completely\ndifferent from the others; by working to please the Lord by engaging his\nsenses in His loving service, the devotee is immediately situated on the\ntranscendental platform, and he enjoys unlimited blissful life.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�: q�(l(•�titA�� � it I\n�cn�I���A���tt�R:c II t t.tll\nbhutaift pancabhir iirabdhair\nyo�it puru�a eva hi\ntayor vyaviiyiit sambhutir\nyo�it-puru§ayor iha\n\n", "SB4.2#p0121": "464\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. ll\n\nbhutaift-by the material elements; pa ii c abhi[t - five; iirabdha ift -developed; yofi it -woman; p ur ufi aft-man; eva-just so; hi-certainly; tayoftof them; vya viiyiit -by sexual life; sambhutift-the further creation; yo.sitof women; p urufi ayoft - and of men; iha-in this material world.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe creation of the material world begins with the five elements, and\n\nthus everything, including the body of a man or a woman, is created of\n\nthe five elements. By the sexual life of a man and woman, the number of\nmen and women in this material world is further increased.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen Svayambhuva Manu saw that Dhruva Maharaja understood the\nphilosophy of V ai�t:tavism, and yet was still dissatisfied because of his\nbrother's death, he gave him an explanation of how this material body is\ncreated by the five elements of material nature. In the Bhagavad-gitii it is\nalso confirmed, prakrte(l. kriyamii[Liini: everything is created, maintained\nand annihilated by the material modes of nature. In the background, of\ncourse, there is the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This\nis also confirmed in the Bhagavad-g'itii (mayiidhyak�er-a). In the Ninth\nChapter, Kr�f!a says, \"Under My superintendence material nature is acting.\"\nSvayambhuva Manu wanted to impress on Dhruva Maharaja that the death\nof the material body of his brother was not actually the Y ak�as' fault; it\nwas an action of the material nature. The Supreme Personality of Godhead has immense varieties of potencies, and they act in different gross\nand subtle ways.\nIt is by such powerful potencies that the universe is created, although\ngrossly it appears to be no more than the five elements-earth, water, fire,\nair and ether. Similarly, the bodies of all species of living entities, whether\nhuman beings or demigods, animals or birds, are also created by the same\nfive elements, and by sexual union they expand into more and more\nliving entities. That is the way of creation, maintenance and annihilation.\nOne should not be disturbed by the waves of material nature in this\nprocess. Dhruva Maharaja was indirectly advised not to be afflicted by the\ndeath of his brother because our relationship with the body is completely\nmaterial. The real self, spirit soul, is never annihilated or killed by anyone.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0122": "Svayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\nText 16]\n\n465\n\nTEXT 16\n\n���:�:m���\n!JOIOf4RfCMIS(Iat'{ � q(+U�'1: II� �II\nevarh pravartate sarga[l\nsthiti[l sarhyama eva ca\ngu[!a-vyatikariid riijan\nmiiyayii paramiitmanall\nevam-thus; pravartate-occurs; sarga[t-creation ; sthitift- maintenance;\nannihilation; eva-certainl y; ca and ; g u l).a-of the modes;\n\nsani yama�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nvyatikariit-by interaction; rii.jan-0 King; mii.yayii. by the illusory energy;\n-\n\nparamiitmana[l-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nManu continued: My dear King Dhruva, it is simply by the illusory\nmaterial energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and by the\ninteraction of the three modes of material nature that creation, maintenance and annihilation take place.\nPURPORT\nFirst, creation takes place with the ingredients of the five elements of\nmaterial nature. Then, by the interaction of the modes of material nature,\nmaintenance also takes place. When a child is born, the parents immediately\nsee to its maintenance. This tendency for maintenance of offspring is\npresent not only in human society, but in animal society as well. Even\ntigers care for their cubs, although their propensity is to eat other animals.\nBy the interaction of the material modes of nature, creation, maintenance\nand also annihilation take place inevitably. But at the same time we should\nknow that all is conducted under the superintendence of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nEverything is going on under that process.\n\nCreation is the action of the rajo-gur-a, the mode of passion; maintenance\nis the action of sattva-gu[!a, the mode of goodness; and annihilation is the\naction of tamo-gur-a, the mode of ignorance. We can see that those who\nare situated in the mode of goodness live longer than those who are\nsituated in the tamo-gur-a or rajo-gu[ta. In other words, if one is elevated\nto the mode of goodness, he is elevated to a higher planetary system where\n\n", "SB4.2#p0123": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n466\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. ll\n\nthe duration of life is very great. Ordhvam gacchanti sattva-sthafl: Great\nr�is, sages and sannyiisis who maintain themselves in sattva-gur-a, or the\nmode of material goodness, are elevated to a higher planetary system.\nThose who are transcendental even to the material modes of nature are\nsituated in the mode of pure goodness; they attain eternal life in the spiritual world.\nTEXT 17\n\nf.rf'l*liilsi 6�14\\Al�: . -: I\noct'ffitoct'fifil(Ft\"� � � � 11�\\911\nnimitta-miitram tatriisin\nnirgur-afl puru§ar§abhafl\nvyaktiivyaktam idam visvam\nyatra bhramati lohavat\nnimitta-miitram-remote cause; tatra-then; iisit - was; nirgu!l a fl. - uncontaminated;\n\npuru§a-nabhafl-the\n\navyaktam-unmanifested ;\n\nSupreme\n\nida m - t his ;\n\nPerson; vya/cta-manifested;\n\nvisvam- wo rld ;\n\nyatra-where ;\n\nbhramati-moves; loha-vat-like iron.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Dhruva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is uncontaminated\n\nby the material modes of nature. He is the remote cause of the creation of\n\nthis material cosmic manifestation. When He gives the impetus, many other\n\ncauses and effects are produced, and thus the whole universe moves, just\n\nas\n\niron moves by the integrated force of a magnet.\nPURPORT\n\nHow the external energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead works\nwithin this material world is explained in this verse. Everything is happening by the energy of the Supreme Lord. The atheistic philosophers who\ndo not agree to accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead as the original\ncause of creation think that the material world moves by the action and\nreaction of different material elements. A simple example of the interaction\nof elements occurs when we mix soda and acid and the movement of effervescence is produced. But one cannot produce life by such interaction\nof chemicals. There are 8,400,000 different species of life, with different\nwishes and different actions. How the material force is working cannot be\nexplained just on the basis of chemical reaction. A suitable example in this\nconnection is that of the potter and the potter's wheel. The potter's wheel\n\n", "SB4.2#p0124": "Text 18]\n\nSvayambhuva l\\'{anu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\n467\n\nrotates, and several varieties of earthen pots come out. There are many\ncauses for the earthen pots, but the original cause is the potter who sets\na force on the wheel. That force comes by his superintendence. The same\nidea is explained in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n-behind all material action and reaction\n\nthere is Kr�t}.a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Kr�t}.a says that every­\n\nthing depends on His energy and yet He is not everywhere. The pot is\nproduced under certain conditions of action and reaction of material\nenergy, but the potter is not in the pot. In a similar way, the material\ncreation is set up by the Lord, but He remains aloof. As stated in the\n\nVedas, He simply glanced over it, and the agitation of matter immediately\nbegan.\nIn Bhagavad-gitii it is also said that the Lord impregnates the material\nenergy with the part and parcel jivas, and thus the different forms and\ndifferent activities immediately ensue. Because of the different desires and\nkarmic activities of the jiva soul, different types of bodies in different\nspecies are produced. In Darwin's theory there is no acceptance of the\nliving entity as spirit soul, and therefore his explanation of evolution is\nincomplete. Varieties of phenomena occur within this universe on account\nof the action and reaction of the three material modes, but the original\ncreator, or the cause, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is mentioned here as nimitta-miitram, the remote cause. He simply pushes the\nwheel with His energy. According to the Mayavadi philosophers, the\nSupreme Brahman has transformed Himself into many varieties of forms,\nbut that is not the fact. He is always transcendental to the action and reaction of the material gu(las, although He is the cause of aU causes. Lord\nBrahma says, therefore, in the Brahma-sarhhitii: isvara� parama� kr�ry,aft\n\nsac-cid-iinanda-vigrahaft/ aniidir iidir govindaft sarva-kiira!w-karar.am. There\nare many causes and effects, but the original cause is Sri Kr�J}a.\nTEXT 18\n\n� � � fhlc_;s\\ht41\n\n!JUISiqltul\n\nRil'ffi414: I\n\n�m\nM(�(i(tl\n� �: � lfif¥41otl II� Gil\nsa k halv idam bhagaviin kiila-saktyii\ngu(la-praviihe(la vibhakta-v\"irya[t\nkaroty ak artaiva nihanty ahantii\nce§ta vibhumnaft khaltL durvibhiivyii\n\n", "SB4.2#p0125": "468\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. ll\n\nsa�-the; khalu-however; idam-this (universe); bhagavan-Personality\n\nof Godhead; kala-of time; saktya-by the force; gup.a-pravahef!a-by the\ninteraction of the modes of nature; vibhakta-divided; virya�-(whose)\n\npotencies; karoti-acts upon; akarta-the non-doer; eva-although; nihantikills; ahanta-non-killer; cefi.ta-the energy; vibhiimna�-of the Lord; khalu\n-certainly; durvibhavya-inconceivable.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, by His inconceivable supreme\nenergy, time, causes the interaction of the three modes of material nature,\nand thus varieties of energy become manifest. It appears that He is acting,\nbut He is not the actor. He is killing, but He is not the killer. Thus it is\nunderstood that only by His inconceivable power is everything happening.\nPURPORT\nThe word durvibhiivyii means inconceivable by our tiny brain, and\n\nvibhakta-vzryaf:t means divided in varieties of potencies. This is the right\n\nexplanation of the display of creative energies in the material world. We\ncan better understand the mercy of God by an example: a government\n\nstate is always supposed to be merciful, but sometimes, in order to keep\nlaw and order, the government employs its police force, and thus punish­\n\nment is meted out to the rebellious citizens. Similarly, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead is always merciful and full of transcendental qualities,\n\nbut certain individual souls have forgotten their relationship with Kr�Qa\nand have endeavored to lord it over material nature. As a result of their\nendeavor, they are involved in varieties of material interaction. It is incor­\n\nrect to argue, however, that because energy issues from the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, He is therefore the actor. In the previous verse,\n\nthe word nimitta-miitram indicates that the Supreme Lord is completely\naloof from the action and reaction of this material world. How is every­\n\nthing being done? The word \"inconceivable\" has been used. It is not\nwithin the power of one's small brain to comprehend; unless one accepts\n\nthe inconceivable power and energy of the Lord, one cannot make any\nprogress. The forces which act are certainly set up by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but He is always aloof from their action and reaction.\n\nThe varieties of energies produced by the interaction of material nature\nproduce the varieties of species of life and their resultant happiness and\nunhappiness.\n\nHow the Lord acts is nicely explained in Vi�p.u Puriir-a: fire is situated\n\nin one place, while the heat and light produced by the fire act in many\n\ndifferent ways. Another example given is that the electric powerhouse is\n\n", "SB4.2#p0126": "Text 19]\n\nSvayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\n469\n\nsituated in one place, but by its energies many different types of machinery\n\nmove. The production is never identical with the original source of the\n\nenergy, but the original source of energy, being the prime factor, is simul­\n\ntaneously one and different from the product. Therefore, Lord Caitanya's\n\nphilosophy, acintya-bhediibheda-tattva, is the perfect way of understand­\n\ning. In this material world, the Lord incarnates in three forms-as Brahma,\n\nVi�QU and Siva-by which He takes charge of the three modes of material\n\nnature. By His incarnation of Brahma He creates, as the incarnation of\nVi�QU He maintains, and by His incarnation of Siva, He also annihilates.\n\nBut the original source of Brahma, Vi�QU and Siva-Garbhodakasayi\nVi�QU -is always apart from these actions and reactions of material nature.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nqlS..�SRtCfi{: �itS..I��l�tii(ot(q: l\n� �WI :st..ttri\\l�ri!�..IRt� 11��11\nso 'nanto 'nta -karab. kiilo\n'nadir iidi-krd avyayal),\njanarh janena janayan\nmiirayan mrtyuniintakam\nsa�- He;\nanantab.- infinite;\nanta-ka rab.- annihila tor; kiilab.- time;\naniidib.- without beginning; iidi-krt-beginning of everything; avyayab.without decrease ;janam-living entities;janena-by living entities; janayancausing to be born; miirayan- killing; mrtyunii- by death; anta-kam- killers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Dhruva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is ever existing.\n\nIn the form of time, He is the killer of everything. He has no beginning,\nalthough He is the beginning of everything, nor is He ever exhaustible,\nalthough everything is exhausted in due course of time. The living entities\nare created through the agency of the father, and they are killed through\nthe agency of death, but He is perpetually free of birth and death.\n\nPURPORT\nThe supreme authority and inconceivable power of the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead can be minutely studied from this verse. He is always\n\nunlimited. That means that He has no creation or end. He is, however,\ndeath (in the form of time), as described in Bhagavad-gitii. Kr�Qa says, \"I\n\n", "SB4.2#p0127": "[Canto 4, Ch. ll\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n470\n\nam death. I take away everything at the end of life.\" Eternal time is also\nwithout beginning, but it is the creator of all creatures. The example is\n\ngiven of touchstone, which creates many valuable stones and jewels but\n\ndoes not decrease in power. Similarly, creation occurs many times, everything is maintained, and, after a time, everything is annihilated- but the\noriginal creator, the Supreme Lord, remains untouched and undiminished\n\nin power. The secondary creation is made by Brahma, but Brahma is created\n\nby the Supreme Godhead. Lord Siva annihilates the whole creation, but at\n\nthe end he is also annihilated by Vi�J;tU. Lord Vi�J;tU remains. In the Vedic\n\nhymns it is stated that in the beginning there is only Vi�J;tu �nd that He\nalone remains at the end.\n\nAn example can help us to understand the inconceivable potency of the\n\nSupreme Lord In the recent history of warfare the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead created a Hitler and, before that, a Napoleon Bonaparte, and\n\nthey each killed many living entities in war. But in the end Bonaparte and\n\nHitler were also killed. People are still very much interested in writing and\n\nreading books about Hitler and Bonaparte and how they killed so many\npeople in war. Year after year many books are published for public reading\n\nregarding Hitler's killing thousands of Jews in confinement. But no one is\n\nresearching who killed Hitler and who created such a gigantic killer of\nhuman beings. The devotees of the Lord are not much interested in the\n\nstudy of the flickering history of the world. They are interested only in\n\nHe who is the original creator, maintainer and annihilator. That is the\npurpose of the Kr�J;ta consciousness movement.\nTEXT 20\n\n.. ������\n� 'lWlfcftU�t: � sm: I\n� 'lli:f¥41'1qd'iflt�wflf81\nq\\{1\nna\n\n(�f�f.t<.'i\n\n�: ll�oll\n\nvai sva-pak�o 'sya vipak§a eva vii.\nparasya mrtyor visata� samam prajii.�\n\ntam dhii.vamii.nam anu dhii.vanty anzsii.\nyathii rajii.msy anilam bhiita-sanghii.�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nna-not; vai-however; sva pak.sa{l- ally; asya-of the Supreme Person­\n\n- in the form of time; visata{l, - ent ring; samam- qually;\n\nality of Godhead; vipak§a{l -enemy; eva-certainly; vii or; pa rasya-of the\nSupreme; mrtyo {l\n\ne\n\ne\n\nprajii{l,-living entities; tam-Him; dhiivamiinam- moving ; anu dhiivanti-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0128": "Text 20)\nfollow\n\nSvayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\n471\n\nbehind; ani.Sa[l,-dependent living entities; yatha-as; raJamst­\n\nparticles of d ust; anilam-the wind; bhuta-sari.ghii�-other material elements.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, in His feature of eternal time, is\npresent in the material world and is neutral towards everyone. No one is\nHis ally, and no one is His enemy. Within the jurisdiction of the time\nelement, everyone enjoys or suffers the result of his own karma, or fruitive\nactivities. As, when the wind blows, small particles of dust fly in the air,\nso, according to one's particular karma, one suffers or enjoys material life.\nPURPORT\nAlthough the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the original cause of\nall causes, He is not responsible for anyone's material sufferings or enjoyment. There is no such partiality on the part of the Supreme Lord. The\nless intelligent accuse the Supreme Lord of being partial and claim that\nthis is why one enjoys in this material world and another suffers. But this\nverse specifically says that there is no such partiality on the part of the\nSupreme Lord. Living entities, however, are never independent. As soon as\nthey declare their independence of the supreme controller, they are immediately put into this material world to try their luck freely, as far as\npossible. When the material world is created for such misguided living\nentities, they create their own karma, fruitive activities, and take advantage of the time elements, and thereby they create their own fortune or\nmisfortune. Everyone is created, everyone is maintained, and everyone is\nultimately killed. As far as these three things are concerned, the Lord is\nequal to everyone, it is according to his karma that a person suffers and\nenjoys. The living entity's higher or lower position, his suffering and\nenjoying, are due to his own karma. The exact word used in this connection\nis aniSa�1, which means \"dependent on their own karma.\" The example is\ngiven that the government gives everyone the facilities for governmental\naction and management, hut by one's own choice he creates a situation\nwhich obliges him to exist under different types of consciousness. The\nexample given in this verse is that when the wind blows, particles of dust\nfloat in the air. Gradually lightning occurs, and then torrents of rain\nfollow, and thus the rainy season creates a situation of varieties in the\nforest. God is very kind-He gives everyone an equal chance-b ut by the\nresultant actions of one's own karma he suffers or enjoys this material\nworld.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0129": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n472\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. ll\n\nTEXT 21\n\n•sm�� �:1\n��m.-:��:�� ������\niiyu�o 'pacayarh jantos\ntathaivopacayarh vibhufl\nubhabhyiirh rahita� sva-stho\ndufl.sthasya vidadhiity asau\niiyufi a[l-of duration of life; apacayam-diminution; janto[l-of the living\ntatha-similarly; eva-also; upacayam-increase; vibhu[l the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; u b hiibhyiim-from both of them;\nrahita[l-free; sva stha[l -always situated in His transcendental position;\ndu[lsthasya-of the living entities under the laws of karma; vidadhatiawards; asau-He.\n\nentities;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi��u, is all-powerful, and He\nawards the results of one's fruitive activities. Thus, although one living\n\nentity's duration of life is very small whereas that of another is very great,\nHe is always in His transcendental position, and there is no question of\nlessening or increasing His duration of life.\nPURPORT\nBoth the mosquito and Lord Brahma are living entities in the material\nworld; both are minute sparks and are part of the Supreme Lord. The very\nshort duration of life of the mosquito and the very long lifetime of Lord\nBrahma are both awarded by the Supreme Personality of Godhead according to the results of their karma. But in the Brahma-sarhhita we find it said,\n\nkarmaT)i nirdahati: the Lord diminishes or vanquishes the reactions of\ndevotees. The same fact is explained in Bhagavad-gita, yajfiarthiit karmaro\n\n'nyatra: one should perform karma only for the purpose of satisfying the\nSupreme Lord, otherwise one is bound by the action and reaction of\n\nkarma. Under the laws of karma a living entity wanders within the universe\nunder the rule of eternal time, and sometimes he becomes a mosquito and\nsometimes Lord Brahma. To a sane man this business is not very fruitful.\n\nBhagavad-gitii (9.25) gives a ·warning to the living entities: yiinti deva-vratii\ndeviin-those who are addicted to the worship of the demigods go to the\nplanets of the demigods, and those who are addicted to worship of the\n\npitas, forefathers, go to the pitas. Those who are inclined to material activi-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0130": "Text 22]\n\n473\n\nSvayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\nties remain in the material sphere. But persons who engage in devotional\nservice reach the abode of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, where\n\nthere is neither birth nor death nor different varieties of life under the\n\ninfluence of the law of karma. The best interest of the living entity is\n\nto engage himself in devotional service and go back home, back to Godhead.\n\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura advised: \"My friend, you are being washed\n\naway in material nature's waves of time. Please try to understand that you\nare the eternal servant of the Lord. Then everything will stop, and you will\nbe eternally happy.\"\n\nTEXT 22\n\nifif<q�� ct((�;f ((4¥tli444q� erf I\n� m � �� �= �•qacltcR: ������\nkecit karma vadanty enarh\nsvabhiivam apare nrpa\neke kalarh pare daivarh\npurhsa� kiimam utapare\nkecit-some; karma-fruitive activities; vadanti-expiain; enam\n\n-\n\nthal;\n\nsvabhava m-nature ; apare-others; nrpa-my dear King Dhruva; eke-some;\nkalam\n\n-\n\nLime ;\n\npare others; daivam-fate; purhsa[1,-of the living enlily;\n-\n\nkiimam-desire; uta-also ; ap a re-others.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe differentiation among varieties of life and their suffering and enjoyment is explained by some to be the result of karma. Others say it is due\nto nature, others due to time, others due to fate, and still others say that it\nis due to desire.\nPURPORT\nThere are different types of philosophers-mfmiirhsakas atheists, astrono,\n\nmers, sexualists and so many other classificalions of mental speculators.\n\nThe real conclusion is Lhat it is our work only that binds us within this\n\nmaterial. world in different varieties of life. How these varieties have sprung\nup is explained in the Vedas: it is due lo the desire of the living entity.\n\nThe living entity is not a dead stone; he has different varieties of desire, or\n\nkama. The Vedas say, kamo 'kar�it. The living entities are originally parts\n\nof the Lord, like sparks of a fire, bu l they have dropped to Lhis material\n\nworld, attracted by a desire to lord it over nature. That is a fact. Every\n\n", "SB4.2#p0131": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n474\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. ll\n\nliving entity is trying to lord it over the material resources to the best of\nhis ability.\n\nThis kama, or desire, cannot be annihilated. There are some philosophers\n\nwho say· that if one gives up his desires, he again becomes liberated. But\n\nit is not at all possible to give up desire because desire is a symptom of the\n\nliving entity.lf there were no desire, then the living entity would be a dead\n\nstone. Srila Narottama dasa Thakura, therefore, advises that one turn his\n\ndesire to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Then desire becomes\n\npurified. And when one's desires are purified, he becomes liberated from\nall material contamination. The conclusion is that the different philoso­\n\nphers' theories to explain the varieties of life and their pleasure and pain\n\nare all imperfect. The real explanation is that we are eternal servants of\n\nGod and that as soon as we forget this relationship, we are thrown into the\n\nmaterial world, where we create our different activities and suffer or enjoy\n\nthe result. We are drawn in this material world by desire, but the same\ndesire must be purified and employed in the devotional service of the Lord.\n\nThen our disease of wandering in the universe under different forms and\n\nconditions will end.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n3l�'ffi�lSilr..,.� il\\l;clij�C(.,.� � I\n\"�PI\"Ad m � ��QJ¥fct( ������\navyaktasyiiprameyasya\nniinii-sakty-udayasya ca\nna vai cikir�itarh tiita\nko vediitha sva-sambhavam\navyaktasya-of the unmanifested; aprameyasya-of the Transcendence;\n\nnana-various; sakti-energies; udayasya-of He who gives rise to; ca-also;\n\nna-never; vai-certai nly; cikirfiitam-the plan; tata-my dear boy; ka[l-who;\nveda-can know; atha-therefore; sva-own; sambhavam-origin.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Absolute Truth, Transcendence, is never subjected to the under­\n\nstanding of imperfect sense endeavor, nor is He subject to direct experience.\n\nHe is the master of varieties of energies, like the full material energy, and\n\nno one can understand His plans or actions; therefore it should be\n\nconcluded that although He is the original cause of all causes, no one can\nknow Him by mental speculation.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0132": "Text 23]\n\nSvayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\n475\n\nPURPORT\nThe question may be raised, \"Since there are so many varieties of\nphilosophers theorizing in different ways, which of them is correct?\"\nThe answer is that the Absolute Truth, Transcendence, is never subject to\ndirect experience or mental speculation. The mental speculator may be\ncalled Dr. Frog. The story is that a frog in a three-foot well wanted to\ncalculate the length and breadth of the Atlantic Ocean on the basis of his\nknowledge of his own well. But it was an impossible task for Dr. Frog. A\nperson may be a great academician, scholar or professor, but he cannot\nspeculate and expect to understand the Absolute Truth because his senses\nare limited. The cause of all causes, the Absolute Truth, can be known from\nthe Absolute Truth Himself, and not by our ascending process to reach\nHim. When the sun is not visible at night or when it is covered by a cloud\nin the day, it is not possible to uncover it, either by bodily or mental\nstrength or by scientific instruments, although the sun is there in the sky.\nNo one can say that he has discovered a torchlight so powerful that if one\ngoes on a roof and focuses the torchlight on the night sky, the sun will\nthen be seen. There is no such torchlight, nor is it possible.\nThe word avyakta, unmanifested, in this verse indicates that the Absolute Truth cannot be manifested by any strain of so-called scientific\nadvancement of knowledge. Transcendence is not the subject matter of\ndirect experience. The Absolute Truth may be known in the same way as\nthe sun covered by a cloud or covered by night, for when the sun rises' in\nthe morning, in its own way, then everyone can see the sun, everyone can\nsee the world, and everyone can see himself. This understanding of selfrealization is called atma-tattva. Unless, however, one comes to this point\nof understanding atma-tattva, one remains in the darkness in which he was\nborn. Under the circumstances, no one can understand the plan of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord is equipped with varieties of\nenergies, as stated in the Vedic literature (pariisya saktir vividhaiva srilyate ) .\nHe is equipped with the energy of eternal time. He has not only the material\nenergy which we see and experience, but He has also many reserve energies\nthat He can manifest in due course of time when necessary. The material\nscientist can simply study the partial understanding of the varieties of\nenergies; he can take up one of the energies and try to understand it with\nlimited knowledge, but still it is not possible to understand the Absolute\nTruth in full by dint of material science. No material scientist can foretell\nwhat is going to happen in the future. The bhakti-yoga process is, however,\ncompletely different from so-called scientific advancement of knowledge.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0133": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n476\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. ll\n\nA devotee completely surrenders unto the Supreme, and He reveals Himself by His causeless mercy. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii, dadiimi buddhiyogarh tam. The Lord says, \"I\n\ngi ve him intelligence.\" What is that intelligi ves him the intelligence to cross over\n\ngence? Yena miim upayiinti te. He\n\nthe ocean of nescience and come back home, back to Godhead. In conclusion, the cause of all causes, the Absolute Truth or Supreme Brahman,\ncannot be understood by philosophical speculation, but He reveals Himself\nto His devotee because the devotee fully surrenders unto His lotus feet.\n\nBhagavad-gitii is therefore to be accepted as a revealed scripture spoken by\nthe Absolute Truth Himself when He descended to this planet. If any\nintelligent man wants to know what God is, he should study this transcendental literature under the guidance of a bona fide spiritual master. Then\nit is very easy to understand Krfl�a as He is.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n� � llll\\](�l(t �W\\C:J�IU I\nf<4Q•rtii01wt4l«tl<t � � ft � II ��II\nWI\n\nna caite putraka bhriitur\nhantiiro dhana-diinugii�\nvisargiidiinayos tiita\npumso daivam hi kiira[tam\nna-never; ca-also; ete-all these; putraka-my dear son; bhriitu�-of\n\nk\n\nyour brother; hantara�- illers; dhana-da-of Kuvera; anuga�-followers;\nvisarga-of birth; adanayo�-of death; tata-my dear son; purhsa[l-of a\nliving entity; daivam-the supreme; hi-certainly; kara[tam\n\n-\n\nthe cause.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear son, those Yalq;as, who are descendants of Kuvera, are not\n\nactually the killers of your brother; the birth and death of every living\nentity is caused by the Supreme, who is certainly the cause of all causes.\nTEXT 25\n\n��ft'lf������\n� Uil�l(l'ill� gGI!iti�llf : ������\nsa eva visvarh srjati\nsa eviivati hanti ca\nathapi h y anahmikaran\nniijyate gu[ta-karmabhi�\n\n", "SB4.2#p0134": "Svayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\nText 25)\ns a�-He;\n\n477\n\neva-certainly; visvam-the universe; srjati-creates; s a� -He ;\n\neva-certainly; avati-maintains; hanti-annihilates; ca-also; athiipi-moreover; hi-certainly; anahankiiriit-from being without ego; na-not; ajyatebecomes entangled; gu �a\n\n-\n\nby the modes of material nature; karmabhi}J­\n\nby activities.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead creates this material world, maintains it, and annihilates it in due course of time, but because He is\ntranscendental to such activities, He is never affected by ego in such action\nor by the modes of material nature.\nP URP ORT\nIn this verse the word anahankiira means \"without ego·.\" The conditioned soul has a false ego, and as a result of his karma he gets different\ntypes of bodies in this material world. Sometimes he gets the body of a\ndemigod, and he thinks that body to be his identity. Similarly, when he\ngets the body of a dog he identifies his self with that body. But for the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead there is no such distinction between\nthe body and the soul. Bhagavad-gitii, therefore, certifies that anyone who\nthinks of Kr�t:ta as an ordinary human being is without knowledge of His\ntranscendental nature and is a great fool. The Lord says, na miirh karmiirti\nlimpanti: He is not affected by anything He does because He is never\ncontaminated by the material modes of nature. That we have a material\nbody proves that we are infected by the three material modes of nature.\nThe Lord says to Arjuna, \"You and I had many, many births previously,\nbut I remember everything, whereas you do not.\" That is the difference\nbetween the living entity, or conditioned soul, and the Supreme Soul.\nThe Supersoul, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, has no material\nbody, and because He has no material body, He is not affected by any\nwork that He executes.\n\nThere are many Mayavadl philosophers who\n\nconsider that Kr�t:ta's body is the effect of a concentration of the material\nmode of goodness, and they distinguish Kr�t:ta's soul from Kr�J;ta's body.\nThe real situation, however, is that the body of the conditioned soul,\neven if he has a large accumulation of material goodness, is material,\nwhereas Kr�J;ta's body is never material; it is transcendental. Kr�J;ta has no\nfalse ego, for He does not identify Himself with the false and temporary\nbody. His body is always eternal; He descends on this world in His own\noriginal spiritual body. This is explained in Bhagavad-gitii as parafn bhiivam.\nThe words param bhiivam divyam are especially significant in understanding Kr�Q.a 's personality.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0135": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n478\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�� ¥{��)��:I\n(<tfUW�t��:���Rl :qqffif�tt����\nefia bhutiini bhutiitmii\nbhiiteso bhiita-bhiivanafl.\nsva-saktyii miiyayii yuktaft\nsrjaty atti ca piiti ca\nefiaft-this; bhiltiini-all created beings; bhiita-iitmii-the Supersoul of all\nliving entities; bh iita iSaft-the controller of everyone; bhiita-bhiivanafl.-the\n-\n\nmaintainer\n\nof everyone;\n\nsva saktyii\n-\n\n-\n\nthrough His energy; miiyayii-the\n\nexternal energy; yuktaft-through such agency; srjati-creates; atti-annihilates; ca-and; piiti-maintains; ca-and.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the Supersoul of all living\n\nentities. He is the controller and maintainer of everyone; through the\n\nagency of His external energy, He creates, maintains and annihilates everyone.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are two kinds of energies in the matter of creation. The Lord\ncreates this material world through His external, material energy, whereas\nthe spiritual world is a manifestation of His internal energy. He is always\nassociated with the internal energy, but He is always aloof from the material energy. Therefore in Bhagavad-gitii the Lord says, mat-sthiini sarva­\n\nbhiltiini na ciiham tefiv avasthitaft: \"All living entities are living on Me or\non My energy, but I am not everywhere.\" (Bg. 9.4) He is personally always\nsituated in the spiritual world. In the material world also, wherever the\nSupreme Lord is personally present is to be understood as the spiritual\nworld. For example, the Lord is worshiped in the temple by pure devotees.\nThe temple is therefore to be understood as the spiritual world.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nm\n\nat&+tat�\n\n�€4t�;flqf{\n\n�\n\n��\n\niijtRq(f�Ol'{ I\n\n", "SB4.2#p0136": "Text 27]\n\nSvayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\n479\n\nd�ft�ro�\nqffi qqt � WJftf �r;rt:n: II �\\911\ntam eva mrtyum amrtarh tiita daivarh\nsaroiitmanopehi jagat-pariiyar-am\nyasmai balirh visva-srjo haranti\ngiivo yathii vai nasi diima-yantritii�\ntam-unto Him; eva-certainly; mrtyum\ntiita\n\n-\n\n-\n\ndeath; amrtam\n\n-\n\nimmortality;\n\nmy dear son; daivam-the Supreme; saroa-iitmanii-in all respects;\n\nupehi-surrender; jagat-of the world; panzyar-am-ultimate goal; yasmaiunto whom; balim-offerings; visva-srja�\nharanti-bear; gavaft\ndama\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nall the demigods like Brahmii;\n\nbulls; yatha-as; vai-without fail; nasi-in the nose;\n\nby a rope; yantritaft-controlled.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear boy Dhruva, please surrender unto the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who is the ultimate goal of the progress of the world. Everyone,\nincluding the demigods headed by Lord Brahma, is working under His\ncontrol, j ust as a bull, prompted by a rope in its nose, is controlled by its\nowner.\nPURPORT\nThe material disease is to declare independence from the supreme\ncontroller. Factually, our material existence begins when we forget the\nsupreme controller and wish to lord it over material nature. Everyone in\nthe material world is trying his best to become the supreme controller­\n\nindividually, nationally, socially and in many other ways. Dhruva Maharaj a\nwas advised to stop fighting by his grandfather, who was concerned that\nDhruva was adhering to a personal ambition to fight to annihilate the whole\nrace of Yak�as. In this verse, therefore, Svayambhuva Manu seeks to eradi·\ncate the last tinge of false ambition in Dhruva by explaining the position\nof the supreme controller. The words mrtyum amrtam, \"death and immortality,\" are significant. In Bhagavad-gitii the Lord says, \"I am ultimate\ndeath, who takes away everything from the demons.\" The demons' business is to continually struggle for existence as lords over material nature.\nThe demons repeatedly meet death after death and create a network of\ninvolvement in the material world. The Lord is death for the demons, but\nfor devotees He is amrta, eternal life. Devotees who render continuous\nservice to the Lord have already attained immortality, for whatever they\n\n", "SB4.2#p0137": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n480\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 11\n\nare doing in this life they will continue to do in the next. They will simply\nchange their material bodies for spiritual bodies. Unlike the demons, they\nno longer have to change material bodies. The Lord, therefore, is simultaneously death and immortality. He is death for demons and immortality\nfor devotees. He is the ultimate goal of everyone because He is the cause of\nall causes. Dhruva Maharaja was advised to surrender unto Him in all\n\nrespects, without keeping any personal ambition. One may put forward\nthe argument, \"Why are the demigods worshiped?\" The answer is given\nhere that demigods are worshiped by less intelligent men. The demigods\nthemselves accept sacrifices for the ultimate satisfaction of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\n.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�\n\nflij«fq(if\n\nS(�·.--\n\n��lt���Jt'Rn II�GII\nyaft panca-var§o jananirh tvarh vihiiya\nmatuft sapatnyii vacasa bhinna-marmii\nvanarh gatas tapasa pratyag-ak§am\niiradhya lebhe miirdhni padarh tri-lokyiift\nyaft-one who; panca-var§aft-five years old; jananim-mother; tvamyou; vihaya-leaving aside; matu[l-of the mother; sa-patnya[l-of the cowife; vacasa-by the words; bhinna-marma-aggrieved at heart; vanam-to\nthe forest;gata[l-went;tapasa-by austerity;pratyak-ak§am-the Supreme\nLord;aradhya-worshiping;lebhe-achieved;murdhni-on the top;padamthe position; tri-lokya[l-of the three worlds.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Dhruva, at the age of only five years you were very grievously\nafflicted by the words of your mother's co-wife, and you very boldly gave\nup the protection of your mother and went to the forest to engage in the\nyogic process for realization of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As a\n\nresult of this you have already achieved the topmost position in all the\nthree worlds.\nPURPORT\nManu was very proud that Dhruva Maharaja was one of the descendants\n\nin his family because at the age of only five years Dhruva began meditating\n\n", "SB4.2#p0138": "Text 29)\n\nSvayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\n481\n\nupon the Supreme Personality of Godhead and within six months he was\n\nj\n\nable to see the Supreme Lord face to face. Factually, Dhruva Mahara a is\nthe glory of the Manu dynasty, or the human family. The human family\n\nbegi ns from Manu. The Sanskrit word for man is manu�ya, which means\n\nj\n\n\"descendant of Manu.\" Dhruva Mahara a is not only the glory of the\nfamily of Svayambhuva Manu, but he is the glory of the entire human\n\nj\n\nsociety. Because Dhruva Mahara a had already surrendered to the Supreme\nGodhead, he was especially requested not to do anything unbefitting a\nsurrendered soul.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n6�'1'1tl€¥if.t\n\n�qt\n��-q��l\n\nsq��\n31mn;tq� AU'ffiql€¥it11\n\n�� �qQ�stffltl�\n\n\"\n\n����II\n\ntam enam angiitmani mukta-vigrahe\nvyapiisritarh nirgur-am ekam ak�aram\niitmiinam anviccha vimuktam iitma-drg\nyasminn idarh bhedam asat pratiyate\ntam- Him ; enam - that ; anga-my dear Dhruva; iitmani-in the mind;\nmukta-vigrahe-free from anger; vyaplis'ritam-situated; nirguT}am-tran\n\n­\n\nscendental; ekam-one ; ak§aram-the infallible Brahman ;iitmanam- the self;\nanviccha - try to find out; vimuktam-uncontaminated; iitma -drk-facing\ntoward the Supersoul; yasmin-in which; idam-this; bhedam-differentiation; asat-unreal; pratiyate-appears to be.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Dhruva, please, therefore, turn your attention to the Supreme\nPerson, who is the infallible Brahman. Face the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead in your original position, and thus, by self-realization, you will\nfind this material differe11tiation to be merely flickering.\nPURPORT\nThe living entities have three kinds of vision, according to their positions\nin self-realization.\n\nAccording to the bodily concept of life, one sees\n\ndifferentiation in terms of varieties of bodies. The living entity actually\npasses through many varieties of material forms, but despite all such\nchanges of body, he is eternal. When living entities, therefore, are viewed\n\n", "SB4.2#p0139": "482\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. ll\n\nin the bodily concept of life, one appears to be different from another.\nLord Manu wanted to change the vision of Dhruva Maharaja, who was looking upon the Yak�as as different from him or as his enemies. Factually no\none is an enemy or a friend. Everyone is passing through different types of\nbodies under the law of karma, but as soon as one is situated in his spiritual\nidentity, he does not see differentiation in terms of this law. In other\nwords, as stated in the Bhagavad-gitii, brahma-bhuta� prasanniitmii na socati\n\nna kank§ati/samafl. sarve§U bhilte§u mad-bhaktirh labhate param (Bg. 18.54).\nA devotee, who is already liberated, does not see differentiation in terms\n\nof the outward body; he sees all living entities as spirit souls, eternal\nservants of the Lord. Dhruva Maharaja was advised by Lord Manu to see\nwith that vision. He was specifically advised to do so because he was a\ngreat devotee and should not have looked upon other living entities with\nordinary vision. Indirectly Manu pointed out to Dhruva Maharaja that out\nof material affection Dhruva thought of his brother as his kin and the\nYak�as as his enemies. Such observation of differentiation subsides as soon\nas one is situated in his original position as an eternal servant of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n� stfll•n�f;r ro ��\n\n;aqq41e41(ij�'ml I\n� f� � �t;ceid�m3ll;c�41SI\n\n�fifil�Rt 414116:f¥1� �II� II\no\n\ntvarh pratyag-iitmani tadii bhagavaty ananta\niinanda-miitra upapanna-samasta-saktau\nbhaktim vidhiiya paramiim sanakair avidyiigranthirh vibhetsyasi mamaham iti prarut;lham\ntvam-you; pratyak-iitmani-unto the Supersoul; tada-at that time;\nbhagavati-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anante-who is\nunlimited; iinanda-miitre-reservoir of all pleasure; upapan n a-possessed of;\nsamasta-all; s aktau-potencies ; bhaktim-devotional service; vidhiiya by\n-\n\nrendering; paramiim-supreme; sanakai[t-very soon; avidyii-of illusion;\ngranthim-the knot; vibhetsyasi-you will undo; mama-my; aham-1; itithus; prarupham-fir m ly fixed.\nTRANSLATION\nThus regaining your natural position and rendering service unto the\n\nSupreme Lord, who is the all-powerful reservoir of all pleasure and who\n\n", "SB4.2#p0140": "Text 31]\n\n483\n\nSvayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\nlives in all living entities as the Supersoul, you will very soon forget the\nillusory understanding of \"I\" and \"my.\"\nPURPORT\n\nDhruva Maharaja was already a liberated person because at the age of\n\nfive years he had seen the Supreme Personality of Godhead. But even\nthough liberated, he was, for the time being, afflicted by the illusion of\nmiiyii, thinking himself the brother of Uttama in the bodily concept of\n\nlife. The whole material world is working on the basis of \"I\" and \"mine.\"\n\nThis is the root of attraction to the material world. If one is attracted by\n\nthis root of illusory conceptions-\"!\" and \"mine\"-he will have to remain\nwithin this material world in different exalted or nasty positions. By the\ngrace of Lord Kr�Q.a, the sages and Lord Manu reminded Dhruva Maharaja\n\nthat he should not continue this material conception of \"I\" and \"mine.\"\nSimply by devotional service unto the Lord his illusion could be eradicated\n\nwithout difficulty.\nTEXT 31\n\n�it� �it SRiW ��I\n� � {liit'il•l�wt �.p.nss� II�� 11\nsamyaccha ro§am bhadram te\npratipam sreyasiim param\nsrutena bhiiyasii riijann\nagadena yathiimayam\nsa m ya ccha-just control; rO§am-anger;\n\nbhadram-all\n\nte-to you; pratip am enemy; sreyasiim-of all\n-\n\ngood fortune;\n\ngoodness; p a ram the\n-\n\nforemost; s rutena-by hearing; bh ii yasii co n stantly ; riijan-my dear King;\n-\n\nagadena-by medicinal treatment; yathii-as ; amayam-disease\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, just consider what I have said to you, which will act as\nmedicinal treatment upon disease. Control your anger, for anger is the\nforemost enemy on the path of spiritual realization. I wish all good fortune\nfor you. Please follow my instructions.\nPURPORT\n\nDhruva Maharaja was a liberated soul, and actually he was not angry\nwith anyone. But because he was the ruler, it was his duty to become\n\n", "SB4.2#p0141": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n484\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. ll\n\nangry for some time in order to keep law and order in the state. His brother,\n\nUttama, was without fault, yet he was killed by one of the Yak�as. It was\n\nthe duty of Dhruva Maharaja to kill the offender (life for life) because he\n\nwas the king. When the challenge came, Dhruva Maharaja fought vehement­\n\nly and punished the Yak�as sufficiently. But anger is such that if one\n\nincreases it, it increases unlimitedly. In order that Dhruva Maharaja's kingly\nanger not exceed the limit, Manu was kind enough to check his grandson.\n\nDhruva Maharaja could understand the purpose of his grandfather, and he\n\nimmediately stopped the fighting. The words srutena bhuyasii, by constant·\n\nly hearing, are very important in this verse. By constantly hearing about\n\ndevotional service, one can check the force of anger, which is detrimental\n\nto the process of devotional service. Srila Par�it Maharaja said that the\n\nconstant hearing of the pastimes of the Lord is the panacea for all material\n\ndiseases. Everyone, therefore, should hear about the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead constantly. By hearing one can always remain in equilibrium,\nand thus his progress in spiritual life will not be hampered.\n\nDhruva Maharaja's becoming angry with the miscreants was quite appro­\n\npriate. There is a short story in this connection about a snake who became\n\na devotee upon instruction by Narada, who instructed him not to bite any\n\nmore. Since ordinarily a snake's business is to fatally bite other living\nentities, as a devotee he was forbidden to do so. Unfortunately, people took\nadvantage of this nonviolence on the part of the snake, especially the chil­\n\ndren, who began to throw stones at him. He did not bite anyone, however,\n\nbecause it was the instruction of his spiritual master. After a while, when\n\nthe snake met his spiritual master, Narada, he complained, \"I have given\n\nup the bad habit of biting innocent living entities, but they are mistreating\nme by throwing stones at me.\" Upon hearing this, Narada Muni instructed\n\nhim, \"Don't bite, but do not forget to expand your hood as if you were\n\ngoing to bite. Then they will go away.\" Similarly, a devotee is always nonviolent; he is qualified with all good characteristics. But, in the common\n\nworld, when there is mischief made by others, he should not forget to\n\nbecome angry, at least for the time being, in order to drive away the\nmiscreants.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n';{tqqt·�·m• � �ijl{,\n� ••�0R...0��¥tk+twt: ������\n\nil\n\n", "SB4.2#p0142": "Text 33]\n\nSvayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\n485\n\nyenopasr�tiit puru�iil\nloka udvijate bhrsam\nna budhas tad -vasam gacched\nicchann abhayam iitmana�\nyena- by which; upasr§tiit - being overwhelmed;puru§iit-by the person;\n\nlo kaft - everyone; udvijate- becomes terrified; bhrsam-greatly; na-n ever;\n\nbudhaft-a learned person; tat-of anger; vasam-under the control;\ngacchet-should go; icchan-desiring; abhayam-fearlessness, liberation;\n\niitmana[t-of the self.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA person who desires liberation from this material world should not fall\ntmder the control of anger because when bewildered by anger one becomes\na source of dread for all others.\nPURPORT\nA devotee or saintly person should not be dreadful to others, nor should\nanyone be a source of dread to him. If one treats others with non-enmity,\nthen no one will become his enemy. There is the example, however, of\nJesus Christ, who had enemies, and they crucified him. The demonic are\nalways present, and they find fault even in saintly persons. But a saintly\nperson never becomes angry, even if there is very great provocation.\nTEXT 33\n\nmttt� ����\n\n*IQI�ctl'l s;w4\\it-«11)ih(l!:ltIP..<:i4itR\"a:II � � I\nhelanarh girisa-bhriitur\ndhanadasya tvayii krtam\nyaj jaghniviin pul)ya-janiin\nbhriitr-ghniin ity amar�ita�\n\nhe la nam-disrespectful behavior; gir isa - of Lord Siva; bh ratuft-the\nbrother; dhana-dasya-to Kuvera; tvay ii-by you; k rtam - was performed;\nyat-because; jaghnivan-you have killed; pu[!-ya-janan-the Yak�as;\nbh nitr - o f your brother; ghnan -killers ; iti-thus (thinking); amarfiitaftangry.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0143": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n486\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. ll\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Dhruva, you thought that the Yaluzas killed your brother, and\ntherefore you have killed great numbers of them. But by this action you\nhave agitated the mind of Lord Siva's brother, Kuvera, who is the treasurer\nof the demigods. Please note that your actions have been very disrespectful\nto Kuvera and Lord Siva.\nPURPORT\nLord Manu stated that Dhruva Maharaja had been offensive to Lord Siva\n\nand his brother Kuvera because the Ya�as belonged to Kuvera's family.\n\nThey were not ordinary persons. As such, they have been described as\n\npur-ya-jana, pious men. Somehow or other the mind of Kuvera had been\nagitated, and Dhruva Maharaja was advised to pacify him.\nTEXT 34\n\n������·�:1\nWI q'f�� �: � W(lS�Q;fRJ 11�\\lll\ntam prasiidaya vatsiisu\nsannatyii prasrayoktibhi[l\nna yiivan mahatiirh teja[l\nkularh no 'bhibhavinati\ntam-him; prasadaya-pacify; vatsa-my son; asu-immediately; san­\n\nnatya-by offering obeisances; prasraya-by respectful behavior; uktibhift­\n\nby gentle words; na yavat-before; mahatam-of great personalities; teja[l­\n\nwrath; kulam-family; na[l-our; abhibhavi�yati-will affect.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFor this reason, my son, you should immediately pacify Kuvera with\n\ngentle words and prayers, and thus his wrath may not affect our family.\nPURPORT\n\nIn our common dealings we should maintain friendship with everyone\n\nand certainly with such exalted demigods asK uvera. Our behavior should\n\nbe such that no one should become angry and thereby commit a wrong to\nindividuals, families or society.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0144": "Text 35)\n\nSvayambhuva Manu Advises Dhruva Maharaja\n\n487\n\nTEXT 35\n\n� �;r: m�� �� 1\nq;w1f¥Nf�a3t: «lii'tAfif: � � ������\nevam sviiyambhuval;l pautram\nanusiisya manur dhruvam\nteniibhivanditah siikam\nr�ibhil;l sva-p�ram yayau\nevam-thus; sviiyambhuva�-Lord Svayambhuva Manu; pautram-to his\n\ngrandson; anusiisya-after giving instruction; manu�-Lord Manu; dhruvam\n\n-to Dhruva Maharaja; tena-by him; abhivandita[t-being offered obeisances\n\nto; siikam-together;r§ibhi[t-with the sages; sva-puram-to his own abode;\nyayau-went.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Svayambhuva Manu, after giving instruction to Dhruva Maharaja,\nhis grandson, received respectful obeisances from him. Then Lord Manu\nand the great sages went back to their respective homes.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Eleventh\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Sviiyambhuva Manu Advises\nDhruva Mahiiriija to Stop Fighting.\"\n\n", "SB4.2#p0145": "CHAPTER TWELVE\n\nDhruva Maharaia Goes Back to Godhead\nTEXTl\n\n��\n\"\n�\n8CJ .-w,-q swRlro ��qij�� � ��: I\n.\n\n�lfR���:\n(f�qqr.ft qqd\\�61�f� II � II\n...\n\nmaitreya uviica\ndhruvam nivrttam pratibuddhya vaisasiid\napeta-manyum bhagavan dhanesvara�\ntatriigatas ciirar-a-yak§a-k innara*\nsamstuyamiirto nyavadat krtiiiijalim\nmaitreyaft uviica-Maitreya said; dhruvam-Dhruva Maharaja; nivrttamceased; pratibuddhya - having learned; vaiSasiit-from killing; apeta-sub­\n\nsided; manyum-anger'; bhagaviin-Kuvera; dhana- isvara{l. -master of the\ntreasury; tatra-there; iigataft-appeared; ciirar-a-by the Caral}as; yak§aYak$as; kinnara* - and by the Kinnaras; sa rh stuyamii na{t- being worshiped;\n\nnyavadat- spoke; krta-aiijalim-to Dhruva with folded hands.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya said: My dear Vidura, Dhruva Maharaja's anger\nsubsided, and he completely c eased killing Y al\\�as. When Kuvera, the most\nblessed master of the treasury, learned this news, he appeared before him.\nWhile being worshiped by Y ak�as, Kinnaras and Cara�as, he spoke to\nDhruva Maharaja, who stood before him with folded hands.\n\n489\n\n", "SB4.2#p0146": "[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n490\n\nTEXT2\n\n��\n\n� �: �P-I�aJ�1� lf�sf� �s;(Sf 1\nq-� fqalil(l��lit �lilil��lil: II � II\ndhanada uviica\nbho bho� kflatriya-diiyiida\nparitufl.to 'smi te 'nagha\nyat tvarh pitiimahiidesiid\nvairarh dustyajam atyajal;\ndhana-da� uviica-the master of the treasury (Kuvera) said; bho� bho[l.0; kfiatriya-diiyiida-0 son of a k.satriya; paritu.s_t a� very glad; asmi-I am;\nte-with you; anagha-0 sinless one; yat because; tvam-you; pitiimahaof your grandfather; cidesat-under the instruction; vai ram- enmity;\nd ustyajam- difficult to avoid; atyajal;l-have given up.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe master of the treasury, Kuvera said, 0 sinless son of a �atriya,\nI am very glad to know that under the instruction of your grandfather you\n\nhave given up your enmity, although it is very difficult to avoid. I am very\npleased with you.\n\nTEXT3\n\nRT�t �I\nm � ft � Q;(Qt�+llctq'l: II� II\n91\n\n��\n\n�\n\nna bhaviin avadhid yak§iin\nna yak§ii bhriitararh tava\nkala eva hi bhiitiiniirh\nprabhur apyaya-bhiivayo[l.\nna not; bhavan you; avadh it-killed; yakfiiin-the Yak�as; na-not;\nyaksii[l. -the Yak�as; bhrataram-brother; tava-your; kalal;- time; evacertainly; hi-for; bhiltaniim-of living entities; pra bhu�-the Supreme\nLord; apyaya-bhavayo�-of annihilation and generation.\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nActually, you have not killed the Yak�as, nor have they killed your\nbrother, for the ultimate cause of generation and annihilation is the\neternal time feature of the Supreme Lord.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0147": "Dhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\nText4)\n\n491\n\nPURPORT\nWhen the master of the treasury addressed him as sinless, Dhruva\nMaharaja, considering himself responsible for killing so many Y ak�as,\nmight have thought himself otherwise. Kuvera, however, assured him that\nfactually he did not kill any of the Yak�as; therefore, he was not at all sinful. He did his duty as a king, as it is ordered by the laws of nature. \"Nor\nshould you think that your brother was killed by the Y ak�as,\" said Kuvera.\n\"He died or was killed in due course of time by the laws of nature. Elernal\ntime, one of the features of the Lord, is ultimately responsible for annihilation and generation. You are not responsible for such actions.\"\n\nTEXT4\n\nat( ECtfil�t�qlql �(tlitlc:�� ft: I\n\n(.cnstiii4t¥tl€4'16:ttlwtl'l4t�l �r 11 \\l 11\naham tvam ity apiirtha dhir\najniiniit puru�asya hi\nsviipniviibhiity atad-dh yiiniid\nyayii bandha-viparyayau\n\n-\n\naham-I; tvam-you; iti th u s; apiirthii-misconceived ; dhi�-intelligence;\najniiniit-from ignorance; puru.sasya-of a person; hi-certainly; sviipni-a\n\n-\n\ndream; iva like; iibhiiti-appears; a-tat-dhyiiniit\n\n- from the bodily concept\n\nof life; yayii-by which; bandha-bondage; viparyayau-and misery.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMisidentification of oneself and others as \"I\" and \"you\" on the basis of\nthe bodily concept of life is a product of ignorance. This bodily concept is\nthe cause of repeated birth and death, and it makes us go on continuously\nin material existence.\nPURPORT\nThe conception of \"I\" and \"you,\" aham tvam, as separate from one\nanother, is due to our forgetfulness of our eternal relationship with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The Supreme Person, Kr�J;�a, is the\ncentral point, and all of us are His parts and parcels, just as hands and\nlegs are parts and parcels of the whole body. When we actually come to this\nunderstanding of being eternally related to the Supreme Lord, this distinction, which is based on the bodily concept of life, cannot exist. The\nsame example can be cited herewith: the hand is the hand, and the leg is\nthe leg, but when both of them engage in the service of the whole body,\n\n", "SB4.2#p0148": "492\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nthere is no such distinction as hands and legs, for all of them belong to the\nwhole body, and all the parts working together constitute the whole body.\nSimilarly, when the living entities are in Kr�pa consciousness, there is no\nsuch distinction as \"I\" and \"you\" because everyone is engaged in the\nservice of the Lord. Since the Lord is absolute, the services are also absolute; even though the hand is working one way and the leg is working in\nanother way, since the purpose is the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nthey are all one. This is not to be confused with the statement by the\nMayavadi philosopher that \"everything is one.\" Real knowledge is that\nhand is hand, leg is leg, body is body, and yet all together they are one.\nAs soon as the living entity thinks that he is independent, his conditional\nmaterial existence begins. The conception of independent existence is,\ntherefore, like a dream. One has to be in Kr�Da consciousness, his original\nposition. Then he can be freed from material bondage.\nTEXTS\n\n���� � �\n�ai�'IA._\nGtf¥(al�filt1Ct( II � II\ntad gaccha dhruva bhadrarh te\nbhagavantam adhokfiajam\nsarva-bhutiitma-bhiivena\nsarva-bhutiitma-vigraham\ntat-therefore; gaccha-come ; dhruva-Dhruva; bhadram-good fortune;\nte-unto you; bhagavanta m-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nadhokfiajam-who is beyond the concepts of material senses; sarva-bhutaall living entities; iitma-bhiivena-by thinking of them as one; sarva-bhiitain all living entities; iitma-the Supersoul; vigraham\n\n-\n\nhaving form.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Dhruva, come forward. May the Lord always grace you with\n\ngood fortune. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is beyond our\nsensual perception, is the Supersoul of all living entities, and thus all\n\nentities are one, without distinction. Begin, therefore, to render service\n\nunto the transcendental form of the Lord, who is the ultimate shelter of all\n\nliving entities.\n\nPURPORT\nHere the word vigraham, \"having specific form,\" is very significant, for\nit indicates that the Absolute Truth is ultimately the Supreme Personality\n\n", "SB4.2#p0149": "Text 6]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n493\n\nof Godhead. That is explained in the Brahma-sarh.hitii. Sac-cid-iinandavigrahal;t: He has form, but His form is different from any kind of material\nform. The living entities are the marginal energy of the supreme form. As\nsuch, they are not different from the supreme form, but at the same time\nthey are not equal to the supreme form. Dhruva Maharaja is advised herewith to render service unto the supreme form. That will include service to\nother individual forms. For example, a tree has a form, and when water is\npoured on the root of the tree, the other forms-the leaves, twigs, flowers\nand fruits-are automatically watered. The Mayavada conception that because the Absolute Truth is everything He must be formless is rejected here.\nRather, it is confirmed that the Absolute Truth has form, and yet He is allpervading. Nothing is independent from Him.\nTEXT6\n\n¥t1St4\\441ft¥i¥1Cfl4 ¥tctf+;w(( I\n�mtta � !f'I¥4UUS€¥1¥414qll ' II\n�\n\nbhajasva bhajaniyiinghrim\nabhaviiya bhava-cchidam\nyuk tarn virahitarh. saktyii\ngu[ta-mayyiitma-miiyayii\nbhajasva-engage in devotional service; bhajaniya - worthy to be wor­\n\nshiped; anghrim-unto Him whose lotus feet; abhaviiya - for deliverance\nfrom material existence; bhava-chidam-who cuts the knot of material\n\nentanglement; yuktam-attached ; virahitam-aloof; saktyii - to His potency; gu[ta-mayyii - consisting of the modes of material nature; iitma-miiyayii\n-by His inconceivable potency.\nTRANSLATION\n\nEngage yourself fully, therefore, in the devotional service of the Lord, for\nonly He can deliver us from this entanglement of materialistic existence.\nAlthough the Lord is attached to His material potency, He is aloof from her\nactivities. Everything in this material world is happening by the inconceivable potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nIn continuation of the previous verse, it is specifically mentioned here\nthat Dhruva Maharaja should engage himself in devotional service. Devotional service cannot be rendered to the impersonal Brahman feature of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Whenever the word \"bhajasva\" appears,\n\n", "SB4.2#p0150": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n494\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nmeaning \"engage yourself in devotional service,\" there must be the servant,\nservice and the served. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is served, the\nmode of activities to please Him is called service, and one who renders such\nservice is called the servant. Another significant feature in this verse is that\nonly the Lord, and no one else, is to be served. That is confirmed in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii, (miim ekarh sarar-arh vraja). There is no need to serve the\ndemigods, who are just like the hands and legs of the Supreme Lord. When\nthe Supreme Lord is served, the hands and legs of the Supreme Lord are\nautomatically served. There is no need of separate service. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gltii, te§iim aharh samuddhartii mrtyu-sarhsiira-siigariit. (Bg.l2. 7)\nThis means that the Lord, in order to show specific favor to the devotee,\ndirects the devotee from within in such a way that ultimately he is delivered from the entanglement of material existence. No one but the Supreme\nLord can help the living entity to be delivered from the entanglement of\nthis material world. The material energy is a manifestation of one of the\nSupreme .Personality of Godhead's varieties of potencies (pariisya saktir\nvividhaiva sriiyate). This material energy is one of the Lord's potencies,\nas\n\nmuch as heat and light are potencies of fire. The material energy is not\n\ndifferent from the Supreme Godhead, but at the same time He has nothing\nto do with the material energy. The living entity, who is of the marginal\nenergy, is entrapped by the material energy on the basis of his desire to\nlord it over the material world. The Lord is aloof from this, but when the\nsame living entity engages himself in the devotional service of the Lord,\nthen he becomes attached to this service. This situation is called yuktam.\nFor devotees the Lord is present even in the material energy. This is the inconceivable potency of the Lord. Material energy acts in the three modes of\nmaterial qualities, which produce the action and reaction of material existence. Those who are not devotees become involved in such activities,\nwhereas devotees, who are dovetailed with the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, are freed from such action and reaction of the material energy.\nThe Lord is therefore described herewith as bhava-cchidam, one who can\ngive deliverance from the entanglement of material exislence.\nTEXT7\n\ntufTft 'A1t � �IRi\n�\n\n¥M�4hu;N�S�ijfti:\n�S�'St...l'lql«t� m cr�\"' � \" \\9 \"\n\n", "SB4.2#p0151": "Text 7)\n\n·\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n495\n\nvrr-ihi kiimam nrpa yan manogatam\nmattas tvam auttiinapade 'visankita�\nvaram variirho 'mbuja-niibha-piidayor\nanantaram tviim vayam anga susruma\nvrrzthi-please ask; kamam-desire; n.rpa-0 King; yat-whatever; manal}.gatam -within your mind; mattaft-from me; tvam you; auttii.napade0 son of Maharaja Uttanapada; aviSahkitaft-without hesitation; varam-\n\nbenediction; vara-arhaft-worthy to take benediction; ambuja-lotus flower;\nnii.bha-whose navel; pii.dayoft-at His lotus feet; anantaram-constantly;\ntvii.m-about you; vayam-we; ahga-dear Dhruva; susruma-have heard.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Dhruva Maharaja, son of Maharaja Uttanapada, we have heard\nthat you are constantly engaged in transcendental loving service to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is known for His lotus navel. You\nare therefore worthy to take all benediction from us. Please, therefore,\nask whatever benediction you want from me without hesitation.\nPURPORT\nDhruva Maharaja, the son of King Uttanapada, was already known\n\nthroughout the universe as a great devotee of the Lord, constantly thinking\n\nof His lotus feet. Such a pure, uncontaminated devotee of the Lord is\nworthy to have all the benedictions that can be offered by the demigods.\nHe doesn't have to worship the demigods separately for such benediction.\n\nKuvera is the treasurer of the demigods, and he is personally offering\n\nwhatever benediction Dhruva Maharaja would like to have from him. Srila\n\nBilvamangala Thakura stated, therefore, that for persons who engage in the\n\ndevotional service of the Lord, all material benedictions wait like maidservants.\n\nMukti-devi is just waiting at the door of the devotee to offer\n\nliberation, or more than that, at any time. To be a devotee is therefore an\nexalted position. Simply by rendering transcendental loving service unto\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead one can have all the benedictions of\n\nthe world without separate endeavor. Lord Kuvera said to Dhruva Maharaja\n\nthat he had heard that he was always in samiidhi, or thinking of the lotus\n\nfeet of the Lord. In other words, he knew that for Dhruva Maharaja there\nwas nothing desirable within the three material worlds. He knew that\nDhruva would ask for nothing but to remember the lotus feet of the Su­\n\npreme Lord constantly.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0152": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n496\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nTEXTS\n\n��\n�\n\n(liil(li}c;w C('(N =i.1l�\n\nlfit ¥i(I'I'Pli1Jl �·l(lltfij: I\nro�����\nd(�q44i;w �tf\n\n�: II � II\n\nmaitreya uviica\nsa riija-riijena variiya codito\ndhruvo mahii-bhiigavato mahii-matift\nharau sa vavre 'calitiim smrtirh yayii\ntaraty ayatnena dZLratyayam tamaft\nmaitreyaft uviica- the great sage Maitreya said; sa � - he; riija-riijena-by\nthe\n\nking\n\nof kings (Kuvera); variiya-for benediction; c odita� - being\n\nasked; dhr uva{t\n\n- Dhruva Maharaja; mahii-bhiigavata[l.-a first-class pure\n- most intelligent or thoughtful; harau-unto the\n\ndevotee; mahii-mati [l.\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; sa[l.- he; uau re-asked; acalitam-unfiinch­\n\n-\n\ning; smrtim- remembrance; yayii by which; tarati-crosses over ;ayatnenawithout difficulty; duratyayam-unsurpassable; tama�\n\n- nescience .\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, when thus asked to\n\naccept a benediction from Kuvera the Yak!}araja [King of the Y ak!]as] ,\n\nDhruva Maharaja, that most elevated pure devotee, who was an intelligent\n\nand thoughtful king, begged from him that he might have unflinching faith\n\nin and remembrance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for thus a\nperson can cross over the ocean of nescience very easily, although it is very\n\ndifficult for others to cross.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the opinion of expert followers of Vedic rites, there are\ndifferent types of benedictions in terms of religiosity, economic development, sense gratification and liberation. These four principles are known\nas catur-vargas. Of all the catur-vargas, the benediction of liberation is considered to be the highest in this material world. To be enabled to cross\nover material nescience is known as the highest puru�iirtha, or benediction\nfor the human being. But Dhruva Maharaja wanted a benediction which\nsurpasses even the highest puru�iirtha, liberation. He wanted the benedic-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0153": "Text 9]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n497\n\ntion that he might constantly remember the lotus feet of the Lord. This\n\nstage of life is called panca-puru.stirtha. When a devotee comes to the\n\nplatform of panca-purufitirtha, simply engaging in devotional service to\n\nthe Lord, the fourth purufiiirtha, liberation, becomes very insignificant in his\n\neyes. Srila Prabodhananda Sarasvati has stated in this connection that for\n\na devotee liberation is a hellish condition of life; as for sense gratification,\nwhich is available in the heavenly planets, the devotee considers it to be a\n\nwill-o'-the-wisp, having no value in life. YogiS endeavor to control the\n\nsenses, but for a devotee, controlling the senses is no difficulty at all. The\n\nsenses are compared to serpents, but for a devotee the serpents' poison\n\nteeth are broken. Thus Srila Prabodhananda Sarasvati has analyzed all\n\nkinds of benedictions available in this world, and he clearly declares that\nfor a pure devotee they are all of no significance. Dhruva Maharaja was\n\nalso a maha-bhi.igavata, or a first-class pure devotee, and his intelligence was\n\nvery great (mahii-mati�). Unless one is very intelligent, one cannot take to\ndevotional service or Krf?Qa consciousness. Naturally, anyone who is a first­\n\nclass devotee must be a first-class intelligent person and therefore not\ninterested in any kind of benediction within this material world. Dhruva\n\nMaharaja was offered benediction by the king of the kings. Kuvera, the\n\ntreasurer of the demigods, whose only business is to supply immense riches\n\nto persons within this materialistic world, is described as the king of kings\n\nbecause unless benedicted by Kuvera one cannot become a king. The king\n\nof the kings personally offered Dhruva Maharaja any amount of riches, but\nhe declined. He is described, therefore, as mahii-mati�, very thoughtful or\n\nhighly intellectual.\n\nTEXT9\n� sftawr �\n\n\\rt �4:cfclftRf: 1\n\nq,q(fls;ij(\\f itsf't � Sf�qQtt II ' II\ntasya pntena manasii\ntiirh dattvait;lavit;las tata�\npasyato 'ntardadhe so 'pi\nsva-purarh pratyapadyata\ntasya-with Dhruva; pritena-being very pleased; manasii-with such a\n\nmentality;\n\ntam-that\n\nremembrance;\n\ndattvii-having\n\ngiven;\n\naipavipa[l­\n\nKuvera, son of l pavipii; tataft-thereafter; pasyataft-while Dhruva was\n\nlooking on; antardadhe-disappeared; sal!-he (Dhruva); ap i-also; sva­\n\npuram -to his city; p ratyapadyata -returned.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0154": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n498\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of l�avi�a, Lord Kuvera, was very p leased, and happily he gave\n\nDhruva Maharaja the benediction he wanted. Thereafter he disappeared\n\nfrom Dhruva's presence, and Dhruva Maharaja also returned to his capital\n\ncity.\nPURPORT\nKuvera, who is known as the son of lgaviga, was very pleased with\nDhruva Maharaja because he did not ask him for anything materially enjoyable. Kuvera is one of the demigods, so one may put forward the argument,\n\"Why did Dhruva Maharaja take benediction from a demigod?\" The an­\n\nswer is that for a V ai�t:tava there is no objection in taking benediction from\n\na demigod if it is favorable for advancing Kr�qa consciousness. The go pis,\nfor example, worshiped Katyayani, the demigoddess, but the only benediction they wanted from the goddess was to _have Kr�rya as their husband.\n\nA V ai��ava is not interested in asking any benediction from the demigods,\nnor is he interested in asking benediction from the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. It is said in the Bhiigavatam that liberation can be offered by the\nSupreme Person, but even if a pure devotee is offered liberation by the\nSupreme Lord, he refuses to accept it. Dhruva Maharaja did not ask Kuvera\nfor transference to the spiritual world, which is called liberation; he simply\nasked that wherever he would remain-whether in the spiritual or material\nworld-he would always remember the Supreme Perso�ality of Godhead.\n\nA V ai�t:tava is always respectful to everyone. So when Kuvera offered him\na benediction, he did not refuse it. But he wanted something which would\nbe favorable to his advancement in Kr�rya consciousness.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n� �: I\n1(oqf441<1!461wtf d ��tfieSif(( II� oil\n81'414\\it(l\n\nathiiyajata yajiiesam\nkratubhir bhuri-dak§irwi�\ndravya-kriyii-devatiiniim\nkarma karma-phala-pradam\natha-thereafter;\n\nayajata-he\n\nworshiped;\n\nyajii a-iSam-the ·master\n\nof\n\nsacrifices; kratubhifl-by sacrificial ceremonies; bh iiri-great ; dak�irwi/;tby charities; dravya-kriyii-devatiiniim-of (sacrifices including various) paraphernalia, activities, and demigods; karma-the objective; karma-phalathe result of activities; p rada m-who awards.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0155": "Text 10)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n499\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs long as he remained at home, Dhruva Maharaja performed many great.\nceremonial sacrifices in order to please the enjoyer of all sacrifices, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Prescribed ceremonial sacrifices are\nespecially meant to please Lord Vi�pu, who is the objective of all such\nsacrifices and who awards the resultant benedictions.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii. (Bg.3. 9) it is said, yajiiiirthii.t karmarw 'nyatra loko 'yam\nkarma-bandhanafi.: one should act or work only in order to please the\nSupreme Lord, otherwise he becomes entangled in the resultant reactions.\nAccording to the four divisions of var[la and ii.srama, k§atriyas and vaisyas\nare especially advised to perform great ceremonial sacrifices and to distribute their accumulated money very liberally. Dhruva Maharaja, as a\nking and ideal k§atriya,\n\nperformed many such sacrifices, giving very\n\nliberally in charity. K§atriyas and vaisyas are supposed to earn their money\nand accumulate great riches. Sometimes they do it by acting sinfully.\nK§atriyas are meant to rule over a country; Dhruva Maharaja, for example,\nin the course of ruling, had to fight and kill many Y ak�as. Such action is\nnecessary for k§atriyas. A k§atriya should not be a coward, and he should\nnot be nonviolent; to rule over the country he has to act violently.\nK§atriyas and the vaisyas are therefore especially advised to give in\ncharity at least fifty percent of their accumulated wealth . In Bhagavadgitii. it is recommended that even though one enters the renounced order of\nlife, he still cannot give up the performance of yajiia, dana, and tapasya.\nThey are never to be given up. Tapasya is meant for the renounced order\nof life; those who are retired from worldly activities should perform\ntapasya, penances and austerities. Those who are in the material world,\nthe k�atriyas and the vaisyas, must give in charity. Brahmaciiris, in the\nbeginning of their lives, should perform different kinds of yajiias.\nDhruva Maharaja, as an ideal king, practically emptied his treasury by\ngiving in charity. A king is not meant to simply realize taxes from the\ncitizens and accumulate wealth to spend in sense gratification. World\nmonarchy has failed ever since kings began lo satisfy their personal senses\nwith the taxes accumulated from the citizens. Of course, whether the\nsystem is monarchy or democracy, the same corruption is still going on.\nAt the present moment there are different parties in the democratic government, but everyone is busy trying to keep their posts or trying to keep\ntheir political party in power. They have very little time to think of the\nwelfare of the citizens, whom they oppress with heavy taxes in the form of\n\n", "SB4.2#p0156": "500\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nincome tax, sales tax and many other taxes-people sometimes have eighty\nto ninety percent of their income taken away, and these taxes are lavishly\nspent for the high salaries drawn by the officers and rulers. Formerly, the\ntaxes accumulated from the citizens were spent for performing great\nsacrifices as enjoined in the Vedic literature. At the present moment,\nhowever, almost all forms of sacrifice are not at all possible; therefore, it is\nrecommended in the siistras that people should perform smikirtana-yajiia.\nAny householder, regardless of his position, can perform this sankirtanayajiia without expenditure. All the family members can sit down together\nand simply clap their hands and chant the Hare Kr�va mahii-mantra. Somehow or other, everyone can manage to perform such a yajiia and distribute\nprasiida to the people in general.\n\nThat is quite sufficient for this age of\n\nKali. The Kr�rya consciousness movement is based on this principle:chant\nthe Hare Kr�rya mantra every moment, as much as possible, both inside and\noutside of the temples, and, as far as possible, distribute prasiida. This\nprocess can be accelerated with the cooperation of state administrators\nand those who are producing the country's wealth. Simply by liberal distribution of prasiida and sarikirtana, the whole world can become peaceful and prosperous.\nGenerally in all the material sacrifices recommended in the Vedic\nliterature there are offerings to the demigods. This demigod worship is\nespecially meant for less intelligent men. Actually, the result of such\nsacrifice goes to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; Narayava. Lord\nKr�rya says in Bhagavad-gitii, bhoktiiram yajiia- tapasiim: He is actually the\nenjoyer of all sacrifices (Bg. 5.29). His name is, therefore, Yajiiapuru�a.\nAlthough he was a great devotee and had nothing to do with these\nsacrifices, still, to set an example to his people, Dhruva Maharaja performed\nmany sacrifices and gave all his wealth in charity. For as long as he lived\nas a householder, he never spent a farthing for his sense gratification. In\nthis verse the word karma-phala-pradam is very significant. The Lord\nawards everyone different kinds of karma as the individual living entities\ndesire; He is the Supersoul present within the heart of everyone, and He is\nso kind and liberal that He gives everyone full facilities to perform whatever\nacts one wants. Then the result of the action is also enjoyed by the living\nentity. If anyone wants to enjoy or lord it over material nature, the Lord\ngives him full facilities, but he becomes entangled in the resultant reactions.\nSimilarly, if anyone wants to engage himself fully in devotional service,\nthe Lord gives him full facilities, and the devotee enjoys the results. The\nLord is therefore known as karma-phala-prada.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0157": "Dhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\nText 11)\n\n501\n\nTEXTll\n\n(4C4t�q;:q\"'a� � �Rwiaa:w 1\nC(«t�fil � 6�C41C4�d � II!� II\nsarviitmany acyute 'sarve\ntivraughiim bhak tim udvahan\ndadarsatmani bhute§u\ntam eviivasthitam vibhum\nsarva-iitmani-unto the Supersoul; ac yute\n\n- infallible; asarve-without any\n\nlimit; t ivra- ogham-with unrelenting force; bhaktim-devotional service;\n\nudvahan-rendering; dadada-he saw; iitmani-in the Supreme Spirit;\nbhute.su-in all living entities; tam-Him; eva-only; avasthitam-situated;\nv ibhum-all powerful.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva Maharaja rendered devotional service unto the Supreme, the\nreservoir of everything, with unrelenting force. While carrying out his\ndevotional service to the Lord, he could see that everything is situated in\nHim only and that He is situated in all living entities. The Lord is called\nacyuta because He never fails in His prime duty, to give protection to His\ndevotees.\nPURPORT\nDhruva Maharaja not only performed many sacrifices, but he carried on\nhis transcendental occupation, engagement in the devotional service of the\nLord. The ordinary karmis who want to enjoy the results of fruitive\nactivities are concerned only with sacrifices and ritualistic ceremonies as\nenjoined in the Vedic siistras. Although Dhruva Maharaja performed many\nsacrifices in order to be an exemplary king, he was constantly engaged in\ndevotional service. The Lord always protects His surrendered devotee. A\ndevotee can see that the Lord is situated in everyone's heart, as stated in\nthe Bhagavad-gitii (isvara� sarva-bhutiiniirh hrd-dese 'rjuna ti§thati). Ordinary persons cannot understand how the Supreme Lord is situated in\neveryone's heart, but a devotee can actually see Him. Not only can he see\nHim outwardly, but he can see, with spiritual vision, that everything is\nresting in the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as described in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii (mat-sthiini sarva-bhutiini). That is the vision of a mahii-bhiigavata. He\nsees everything others see, but instead of seeing merely the trees, the\n\n", "SB4.2#p0158": "502\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nmountains, the cities or the sky, he sees only his worshipable Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead in everything, because everything is resting in Him\nonly. This is the vision of the mahii-bhiigavata.\n\nIn summary, a maha­\n\nbhagavata, a highly elevated pure devotee, sees the Lord everywhere as\n\nwell as within the heart of everyone. This is possible for devotees who have\ndeveloped elevated devotional service to the Lord. As stated in the Brahmasarhhita,\n\npremanjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena:\n\nonly those who have\n\nsmeared their eyes with the ointment of love of Godhead can see everywhere the Supreme Lord face to face; it is not possible by imagination or\nso-called meditation (Bs. 5.38).\nTEXT 12\n\nm �eQ.,q;;( � �l9tii4fie'( I\n� �� � A'� �n \"�\"'\ntam evarh Ctla-sampannarh\nbrah ma[lya rh dina-vatsalam\ngoptiirarh dharma-setunarh\nmenire pitararh prajiil;t\n\ntam-him; evam-thus; Sila-with godly qualities; s ampannam-endowed;\nbrahmaryam-respect ful to the briihma[tas; dina -to the poor; vatsalam­\n\nkind; goptiiram- protector; dharma-se tilniim-of religious principles; menire\n-thought; pitaram-father; prajiift-the citizens.\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva Maharaja was endowed with all the godly qualities; he was very\n\nrespectful to the devotees of the Supreme Lord and very kind to the poor\n\nand innocent, and he protected religious principles. With all these qualifications, he was considered to be the direct father of all the citizens.\nPURPORT\n\nThe personal qualities of Dhruva Maharaja described herein are the\nexemplary qualities of a saintly king. Not only a king but also the leaders\nof a modern democratic or impersonal government must be qualified with\nall these godly characteristics. Then the citizens of the state can be happy.\nIt is clearly stated here that the citizens thought of Dhruva Maharaja as\ntheir father; as a child, depending on the able father, is completely satisfied, so the citizens of the state, being protected by the state or the king,\nshould remain satisfied in every respect. At the present moment, however,\n\n", "SB4.2#p0159": "Text 13]\n\nDhruva Maharaj a Goes Back to Godhead·\n\n503\n\nthere is no guarantee by the government of even the primary necessities of\nlife in the state, namely, the protection of the lives and property of the\ncitizens.\nOne word is very significant in this connection: brahmal)yam. Dhruva\nMaharaja was very devoted to the briihmal)as, who engage in the study of\nthe Vedas and thereby know the Supreme Personality of Godhead. They\nare always busy propagating Krgta consciousness. The state should be very\nrespectful to societies that distribute God consciousness all over the world,\nbut, unfortunately, at the present moment there is no state or government\nsupport given to such movements. As for good qualities, it is very difficult\nto find anyone in state administration with any good qualities. The administrators simply sit in their administrative posts and say \"no\" to every\nrequest, as if they were paid to say \"no\" to the citizens. Another word,\n\ndina-vatsalam, is very significant also. The state head should be very kind\nto the innocent. Unfortunately in this age the state �gents and the presidents draw good salaries from the state, and they pose themselves as very\npious, but they allow the running of slaughterhouses where innocent\nanimals are killed. If we try to compare the godly qualities of Dhruva\nMaharaja to the qualities of modern statesmen, we can see that there is no\nactual comparison. Dhruva Maharaja was present in the Satya-yuga, as will\nbe clear from the next verses. He was the ideal king in Satya-yuga. The\ngovernment administration in the present age (Kali-yuga) is bereft of all\ngodly qualities. Considering all these points, the people today have no\nalternative but to take to Kr�t:ta consciousness for protection of religion,\nlife and property.\nTEXT 13\n\n'ltf4ijl!i� ftm �Rl'41ii{JS( I\n�: f'�� ���4Nt�'( llt�ll\n.sa.t-trirhsad-varfia-siihasrarh\nsasiisa k�iti-mal)�alam\nbhogai{l pur-ya-kfiayarh kurvann\nabhogair asubha-kfiayam\nfia.t-trirhsat- thirty -six; var.sa- years; siihasram-thousand; sasiisa-- ruled;\nk.siti-mar-palam-the\n\nearth\n\nplanet; bhogai{l-by enjoyment; pul)ya-of\n\nreactions of pious activities; ksayam\n,\n\n-\n\ndiminution; ku rvan- doing; abhoga*\n\n-by austerities; asubha-of inauspicious reactions; k.sayam-diminution\n\n.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0160": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n504\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nDhruva Maharaja ruled over this planet for 36,000 years; he diminished\nthe reactions of pious activities by enjoyment, and by practicing austerities\nhe diminished inauspicious reactions.\nPURPORT\nThat Dhruva Maharaja ruled over the planet for 36,000 years means\nthat he was present in the Satya-yuga because in the Satya-yuga people\n\nused to live for 100,000 years. In the next yuga, Treta, people used to live\n\nfor 10,000 years, and in the next yuga, Dvapara, for 1,000 years. In the\npresent age, the Kali-yuga, the maximum duration of life is 100 years. With\n\nthe change of the yugas, the duration of life and memory, the quality of\nkindness-all good qualities-diminish. There are two kinds of activities,\n\nnamely pious and impious. By executing pious activities one can gain\nfacilities for higher material enjoyment, but due to impious ac:!tivities one\nhas to undergo severe distress. A devotee, however, is not interested in\nenjoyment or affected by distress. When he is prosperous he knows, \"I am\ndiminishing the results of my pious activities,\" and when he is in distress\nhe knows, \"I am diminishing the reactions of my impious activities.\" A\ndevotee is not concerned with enjoyment or distress; he simply desires to\n\nexecute devotional service. It is said in the Srimad-Bhagavatam that devo­\n\ntional service should be apratihata, not checked by the material conditions\n·of happiness or distress. The devotee undergoes processes of austerity such\n\nas observing EkadaSi and similar other fasting days and restraining from\nillicit sex life, intoxication, gambling and meat-eating. Thus he becomes\npurified from the reactions of his past impious life, and because he engages\nin devotional service, which is the most pious activity, he enjoys life without separate endeavor.\nTEXT 14\n\n� � m ¥t(I€'11N'El�M\\ : I\nft4i{fq�efi ;fficn �511�1G\\I\"fileit( II� �II\nevam bahu-savam kiilam\n\nmahiitmavicalendriya�\n\ntrivargaupayikam nitvii\n\nputriiyadiin nrpiisanam\n\nevam-thus; bahu-many; savam-years; kiilam-time; mah atm a-great\nsoul;\n\navicala-indriya�-without\n\nbeing\n\ndisturbed\n\nby\n\nsense\n\nagitation;\n\n", "SB4.2#p0161": "Text 14]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\ntri varga-three kinds\n-\n\nof\n\nworldly\n\n505\n\nactivities; aupayikam-favorable for\n\nexecuting; nitva-having passed;putraya-to his son;adat-he handed over;\n\nnrpa-<isanam-the royal throne.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe self-controlled great soul Dhruva Maharaja thus passed many, many\nyears favorably executing three kinds of worldly activities, namely religiosity, economic development and satisfaction of all material desires. Thereafter he handed over the charge of the royal throne to his son.\nPURPORT\nPerfection of materialistic life is suitably attained by the process of\n\nobserving religious principles. This leads automatically to successful eco­\n\nnomic development, and thus there is no difficulty in satisfying all material\ndesires, but since, as a king, he had to keep up his status quo or it would\n\nnot have been possible to rule over the people in general, he did it perfect­\n\nly. But as soon as he saw that his son was grown up and could take charge\nof the royal throne, he immediately handed over the charge and retired\nfrom all material engagements.\n\nOne word used here is very significant-avicalendriya, which means that\n\nneither was he disturbed by the agitation of the senses nor was his sense\n\npower diminished, although in years he was a very old man. Since he ruled\n\nover the world for 36,000 years, naturally one may conclude that he\n\nbecame very, very old, but factually his senses were very young-and yet\n\nhe was not interested in sense gratification. In other words, he remained\n\nself-controlled. He performed his duties perfectly according to the materi­\n\nalistic way. That is the way of behavior of great devotees. Srila Raghunatha\n\ndasa Gosvami, one of the direct disciples of Lord Caitanya, was the son of\na very rich man. Although he had no interest in enjoying material happiness,\n\nwhen he was entrusted to do something in managing the state, he did it\n\nperfectly. Srlla Gaurasundara advised him, \"From within, keep yourself\n\nand your mind completely aloof, but externally execute the material duties\n\njust as they need to be done.\" This transcendental position can be achieved\n\nby devotees only, as described in the Bhagavad-g\"ltii: while others, such as\n\nyogis, try to control their senses by force, devotees, even though possessing\n\nfull sense powers, do not use them because they engage in higher transcendental activities.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0162": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n506\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�¥41._ {( ffl�\n\n¥4141d�6¥41�f.l I\nIIt '-\\I I\naafc\\cudit6(C(S4tl.-'4(;s•I(N¥t¥(\nmanyamiina idam visvam\nmiiyii-racitam iitmani\navidyii-racita-svapnagandharva-nagaropamam\n\n-reali ing id m -this; visvam -univers ; maya-by the exavidya-by illusion; racita - anufactured svapna-a dream; gandharvamanyamana[!\n\nternal\n\nz\n\n;\n\na\n\ne\n\nenergy; racitam- manufactured; atman.i- unto the living entity;\n;\n\nm\n\nnagara-phantasmagoria; upamam-like.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Dhruva Maharaja realized that this cosmic manifestation bewilders\n\nliving entities like a dream or phantasmagoria because it is a creation of\n\nthe illusory external energy of the Supreme Lord.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the deep forest sometimes it appears that there are big palaces and\nnice cities. That is technically called gandharva-nagara. Similarly, in dreams\nalso we create many false things out of imagination. A self-realized person\nor a devotee knows well that this material cosmic manifestation is a temporary illusory representation appearing to be truth. It is like phantasmagoria.\nBut behind this shadow creation there is reality-the spiritual world. A\ndevotee is interested in the spiritual world, not its shadow. Since he has\nrealization of the supreme truth, a devotee is not interested in this temporary shadow of truth. This is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii (param\ndr�tvii nivartate).\n\nTEXT 16\n\natl�\\ssq�u<cil 'lettcilta�:�qRf4ti«Nif�: I\n,quce ��('4e¥41Wat\nttMNQO!fll� �Uiq1flA� 11 ��II\n\n", "SB4.2#p0163": "Text 17]\n\nDhruv a Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n507\n\niitma-stry-apatya-suhrdo balam rddha-ko.<am\nanta�-purarh parivihiira-bhuvas ca ramyii�\nbhu-ma[lpalarh jaladhi-mekhalam iikalayya\nkiilopasr#am iti sa prayayau visiiliim\natma-body; stri-wives; apatya-children; suhrda�-friends; balam-in­\n\nfluence, army; rddha-kosam-rich treasury; anta�-puram-female residential\n\nquarters; parivihlira-bhuva[l-pleasure-grounds; ca-and; ramya[l-beautiful;\n\nbhu-marflalam-the complete earth ;jala-dhi- by oceans; me khalam- bound;\nakalayya- considering ; kala-by time; upasr.st am- created; iti-thus; sa/;1.he; prayayau-went; visalam-to Badarikasrama.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Dhruva Maharaja, at the end, left his kingdom, which extended all\nover the earth and was bounded by the great oceans. He considered his\nbody, his wife, his children, his friends, his army, his rich treasury, his\nvery comfortable palaces and his many enjoyable pleasure-grounds to be\ncreations of the illusory energy. Thus in due course of time he retired to\nthe forest known as Badarikasrama in the Himalayas.\nPURPORT\nIn the beginning of his life, when he went to the forest in search of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Dhruva Maharaja realized that all bodily\n\nconceptions of pleasure are products of· the illusory energy. In the very\n\nbeginning, of course, he was after the kingdom of his father, and in order\n\nto get it he went to search for the Supreme Lord. But he later realized\n\nthat everything is the creation of the illusory energy. From the acts of\nSrlla Dhruva Maharaja we can understand that somehow or other if one\n\nbecomes Kr�qa conscious-it does not matter what his motivation is in the\nbeginning-he will eventually realize the real truth by the grace of the Lord.\n\nIn the beginning, Dhruva Maharaja was interested in the kingdom of his\n\nfather, but later on he became a great devotee, maha-bhagavata, and had no\n\ninterest in material enjoyment. The perfection of life can be achieved only\n\nby devotees. Even if one completes only a minute percentage of devotion­\n\nal service and then falls down from his immature position, he is better than\n\na person who fully engages in the fruitive activities of this material world.\nTEXT 17\n\n�t W'M:4i(UJ: ftrefiiflfct•ntQ\"\nq:�ss� fijf��s��: I\n\n", "SB4.2#p0164": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n508\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\n� � �·���scfij�q �\n'<iq���fl� o�tl'iii€(1¥U,fl II� \\91 I\ntasyiim visuddha-kara[!aft siva-viir vigiihya\nbaddhviisanam jita-marun manasiihrtiikfia�\nsthule dadhiira bhagavat-pratirupa etad\ndhyiiyams tad avyavahito vyasrjat samiidhau\nta syiim-in Badarikasrama; visuddha-purified; kara[ta�-his senses; sivapure; viift-water; vigahya -bathin g in; baddhva-having fixed; iisanamsitting position; jita - controlled; mar u t -breathing process; manasii-by\nthe mind; iih,rta-withdrawn; ak.sa{l-his senses; sthule-physical; dadharahe concentrated; bhagavat-pratirupe-on the exact form of the Lord; etatthe\n\nmind; dhyiiyan-meditating upon; tat-that; avyavahita{l-without\n\nstopping; vyasrjat-he entered; samadhau-into trance.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn Badariklisrama Dhruva Maharaja's senses became completely purified\nbecause he bathed regularly in the crystal-clear purified water. He fixed his\nsitting position and by yogic practice controlled the breathing process and\nthe air of life; in this way his senses were completely withdrawn. Then he\n\nconcentrated his mind on the arca-vigraha form of the Lord, which is the\n\nexact replica of the Lord, and thus meditating upon Him he entered into\ncomplete trance.\nPURPORT\nHere is a description of the a�tiinga-yoga system, to which Dhruva\nMaharaja was already accustomed. Afltiinga-yoga was never meant to be\npracticed in a fashionable city. Dhruva Maharaja went to Badarikasrama,\nand in a solitary place, alone, he practiced yoga. He concentrated his mind\non the arcii-vigraha, the worshipable Deity of the Lord, which exactly\nrepresents the Supreme Lord, and thus thinking constantly of that Deity,\nhe became absorbed in trance. Worship of the arcii-vigraha is not idol\nworship. The arcii-vigraha is an incarnation of the Lord in a form appreciable by a devotee. Therefore devotees engage in the temple in the service\nof the Lord as arca-vigraha, a form made of sthula (material) objects such as\nstone, metal, wood, jewels or paint. All of these are called sthula, or\nphysical representations. Since the devotees follow the regulative principles\nof worship, even though the Lord is there in His physical form, He is nondifferent from His original spiritual form. Thus the devotee gets the benefit\n\n", "SB4.2#p0165": "Text 18]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n509\n\nof achieving the ultimate goal of life, that is to say, becoming always\nabsorbed in thought of the Lord. This incessant thought of the Lord, as\nprescribed in the Bhagavad-g\"itii, makes one the topmost yogi.\nTEXT 18\n\n� ro � Slf4�\"ili:il(i(-\n\n�mwr: 1\nftfJitHUii(t(tl: �Cfil�ijlfl\niil€+tlii114t(GJnf?4R� �rew: 11 � ���\n111ii;(il(l\"qf.tiwn\n\nbhaktirit harau bhagavati pravahann ajasram\niinanda-bii§pa-kalayii muhur ardyamiinaft\nvik lidyamiina-hrdaya� pulakiicitiingo\nniitmiinam asmarad asiiv iti mukta-lingaft\nbhaktim-devotional service; harau-unto Hari; bhagavati-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; pravahan ---e onstantly engaging in; ajasram-always;\nilnanda-blissful; ba.spa-kalayii-by a stream of tears; muhu/l-again and\nagain; ardyamanafl.-being overcome; viklidyamiina-melting; hrdayaft -his\nheart; pulaka standing of hairs; iicita-covered; angaft-his body; na-not;\n-\n\niitmiinam\n\n-\n\nbody; asmarat-he remembered; asau-he; iti-thus; mukta­\n\nlingaft-free from the subtle body.\nTRANSLATION\nDue to his transcendental bliss, incessant tears flowed from his eyes, his\nheart melted, and there was shivering and standing of the hairs all over his\nbody.\n\nThus\n\ntransformed, in a trance of devotional service, Dhruva\n\nMaharaja completely forgot his bodily existence, and thus he immediately\nbecame liberated from material bondage.\n\nPURPORT\nDue to constant engagement in devotional service- hearing, chanting,\nremembering, worshiping the Deity, etc., as prescribed in nine varietiesthere are different symptoms which appear in the body of a devotee.\nThese eight bodily transformations, which indicate that a devotee is already\nliberated within himself, are called a,s,ta-siittvika-vikiira. When a devotee\n\n", "SB4.2#p0166": "510\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 12\n\ncompletely forgets his bodily existence, he is to be understood as liberated.\n\nHe is no longer encaged in the body. The example is given that when a coco­\n\nnut becomes completely dry, the coconut pulp within the coconut shell\n\nseparates from the bondage of the shell and the outer covering. By moving\n\nthe dry coconut, one can hear that the pulp within is no longer attached\n\nto the shell or to the covering. Similarly, when one is fully absorbed in\n\ndevotional service, he is completely disconnected from the two material\ncoverings, the subtle and gross bodies. Dhruva Maharaja actually attained\n\nthis stage of life by constantly discharging devotional service. He is already\n\ndescribed as a mahii-bhiigavata, for unless one becomes a mahii-bhiigavata, or\n\na first-class pure devotee, these symptoms are not visible. Lord Caitanya\n\nexhibited all these symptoms. fhakura Haridasa also exhibited them, and\n\nthere are many pure devotees who manifested such bodily symptoms. They\nare not to he imitated, but when one is actually advanced, these symptoms\nare exhibited. At that time it is to he understood that a devotee is material­\n\nly free. Of course, from the beginning of devotional service the path of\n\nliberation immediately opens, just as the coconut taken from the tree\nimmediately begins to dry; it simply takes some time for the shell and\npulp to separate from one another.\n\nAn important word in this verse is mukta-linga�.\n\nMukta means liber­\n\nated, and linga means the subtle body. When a man dies, he quits the\ngross body, but the subtle body of mind, intelligence and ego carries him\n\nto a new body. While existing in the present body, the same subtle body\n\ncarries him from one stage of life to another (for example, from childhood\n\nto boyhood) by mental development. The mental condition of a baby is\n\ndifferent from that of a boy, the mental condition of a boy is different\n\nfrom that of a young man, and the mental condition of a young man is\ndifferent from that of an old man. So at death the process of changing\n\nbodies takes place due to the subtle body; the mind, intelligence and ego\n\ncarry the soul from one gross body to another. This is called transmigration\n\nof the soul. But there is another stage, when one becomes liberated even\n\nfrom the subtle body; at that time the living entity is competent and fully\nprepared to be transferred to the transcendental or spiritual world.\n\nThe description of the bodily symptoms of Sri Dhruva Maharaja makes\n\nit apparent that he became perfectly fit to be transferred to the spiritual\n\nworld. One can experience the distinction between the subtle and gross\n\nbodies even daily; in a dream, one's gross body is lying on tl1e bed while the\n\nsubtle body carries the soul, the living entity, to another atmosphere. But\nbecause the gross body has to he continued, the subtle body comes back\n\nand settles in the present gross body. Therefore one has to become free\n\nfrom the subtle body also. This freedom is known as mukta-linga.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0167": "Text 20)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n5ll\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�\n\n� ftt¥U'1ffi Wfll�i'tsct� �; I\n\n�mt miT (lilhNRirlt(lfa\\ij� II� �II\nsa dadaria vimiiniigryarh\nnabhaso 'vatarad dhruva�\nvibhriijayad dasa diso\nriikiipatim ivoditam\nsa[t-he;\n\ndadarsa-saw;\n\nvimiina-an airplane; agryam-very beautiful;\n\nnabhasa[t-from the sky; avatarat-descending; dhruva[t- Dhruva Maharaja;\nv ibhriijayat-illuminating;\n\nmoon; iva-like; udita m\n\n-\n\ndasa-ten; disa[t directions; riikii patim-the full\n-\n\n-\n\nvisible.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs soon as the symptoms of his liberation were manifest, he saw a very\nbeautiful airplane coming down from the sky, as if the brilliant full moon\nwere coming down, illuminating all the ten directions.\nPURPORT\nThere are different levels of acquired knowledge-direct knowledge,\nknowledge received from authorities, transcendental knowledge, know).\nedge beyond the senses, and finally spiritual knowledge. When one surpasses the stage of acquiring knowledge by the descending process, he is\nimmediately situated on the transcendental platform. Dhruva Maharaja,\nbeing liberated from the material concept of life, was situated in transcendental knowledge and could perceive the presence of a transcendental\nairplane which was as brilliant as the full moonlight. This is not possible in\nthe stages of direct or indirect perception of knowledge. Such knowledge\nis a special favor of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One can, however, rise to this platform of knowledge by the gradual process of advancing in devotional service, or Kr�l)a consciousness.\nTEXT 20\n\n�qSNU �\n� f?fi�(l€4�11�\nI\nfmttr�+� � wrmm\n�&l(l'fi'((�l(ifii'S�\nII� II\n\n�\n\no\n\n", "SB4.2#p0168": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n512\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\ntatninu deva-pravarau catur-bhujau\nsyiimau kiSoriiv arurtiimbujek§m:wu\nsthitiiv ava§tabhya gadiirh suviisasau\nkirita-hiiriingada-ciiru-kurt�alau\ntatra-there; anu-then; de va p ra varau two very beautiful demigods;\ncatu� bhujau with four arms; sy a mau-blackish ; kisorau-quite y oung;\naru {l a-reddish; ambuja-lotus flower; ik�a{la u-with eyes; sthitau -situated;\nava§tabhya ho�ding ; gadam-clubs; su-vasasau-with nice garments; kirttahelmets; hara-necklaces; a tigada-bracelets; caru-beautiful; ku{l�alau-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwith earrings.\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva Maharaja saw two very beautiful associates of Lord Vi�ttu in the\n\nplane. They had four hands and a blackish bodily luster; they were very\n\nyouthful, and their eyes were just like reddish lotus flowers. They held\n\nclubs in their hands, and they were dressed in very attractive garments with\nhelmets and were decorated with necklaces, bracelets and earrings.\nPURPORT\nThe inhabitants of Vi�l)uloka are of the same bodily feature as Lord\nVi�l)u, and they also hold club, conchshell, lotus flower and disc. In this\nverse it is distinctly stated that they had four hands and were nicely dressed;\nthe description of their bodily decorations corresponds exactly to that of\nVi�I)U. So the two uncommon personalities who descended from the airplane came directly from Vi�l)uloka, or the planet where Lord Vi�I)U lives.\nTEXT 21\n\nR�\n\n6t�+c•n4{iq(tq+�6': m«4(1M�6sti+c : I\n� ;n+ttf;( •!Uirij�flq:\n� ��:11��11\nvijiiiiya tiiv uttamagiiya-kinkariiv\nabhyutthita� siidhvasa-vismrta-krama�\nnaniima niimiini grrtan madhu-dvi,salt\npiir§at-pradhiiniiv iti sarhhatiiiijalift\nvijniiya-after understanding; tau-them; uttama-gaya-of Lord Vi�I)U (of\nexcellent renown); kinkarau-two servants; abhyutthitaft-stood up; siidhvasa\n-by being puzzled; vismrta\n\n-\n\nforgot; krama�-proper behavior; nanama-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0169": "Text 22)\n\n513\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\noffered obeisances; namani-names; gr(l.an-chanting; madhu-dvi§a�\n\n-\n\nof the\n\nLord (the enemy of Madhu); ptir�at-associates; pradhtinau-chief; iti-thus ;\nsa mhata respectfully joined; anjali�\n-\n\nwith folded hands.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva Maharaja, seeing that these uncommon personalities were direct\nservants of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, immediately stood up.\nBut, being puzzled, in hastiness he forgot how to receive them in the\nproper way. Therefore, he simply offered obeisances with folded hands and\nchanted and glorified the holy names of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nChanting of the holy names of the Lord is perfect in every way. When\nDhruva Maharaja saw the Vi$�udiltas, the direct associates of Lord Vi$1)U,\nfour-handed and nicely decorated, he could understand who they were, but\nfor the time being he was puzzled. But simply by chanting the holy name\nof the Lord, the Hare Kr�l)a mantra, he could satisfy the uncommon guest\nwho had all of a sudden arrived before him. The chanting of the holy name\nof the Lord is perfect; even though one does not know how to please Lord\nVi$1)U or His associates, simply by sincerely chanting the holy name of the\nLord, everything becomes perfect. A devotee, therefore, either in danger\nor in happiness, constantly chants the Hare Kr�l)a mantra. When he is in\ndanger he is immediately relieved, and when he is in a position to see Lord\nVigm or His associates directly, by chanting this mahii-mantra he can\nplea e the Lord. This is the absolute nature of the mahii-mantra. Either in\ndanger or in happiness, it can be chanted without limitation.\nTEXT 22\n\nd\n\n���!�dQ\nqO{tSlm\nSJ).ii'l4WfW'fi.-\\i4(4{ I\nijwt\\4;\\wt\\4;\\lf!\\IQO�:q'\n��\nSl€\\4.ld:\n�fti(Wfl+t('l+'iffl ll��ll\ntarh knr;w-piidiibhinivi;�ta-cetasarh\nbaddhiiiijalirh prasraya-namra-kandharam\nsunanda-nandiiv upasrtya sasmitarh\npratyucatu� pufikara-niibha-sammatau\n\n", "SB4.2#p0170": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n514\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\ntam-him; km1a-of Lord Km1a; piida-of the lotus feet; abhinivi�ta\n\n­\n\nabsorbed in thought; cetasam-whose heart; baddha -a tijalim-with foLded\nhands; prasraya-very humbly; namra-bowed; kandharam-whose neck;\nsunanda-Sunanda; nandau-and Nanda; upasrtya-approaching; sa-smitam\n-smilingly; pratyU:catu�-addressed; pu§kara-nabha-of Lord Vi�ryu, who\nhas a Lotus navel; sammatau-confidential servants.\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva Maharaja was always absorbed in thinking of the lotus feet of\nLord Kr�I;ta. His heart was full with Km•a. When the two confidential\nservants of the Supreme Lord, who were named N anda and Sunanda,\napproached him, smiling happily, Dhruva stood with folded hands, bowing\nhumbly. They then addressed him as follows.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word pu§kara-nabha-sammatau is significant. Kr�l)a, or\nLord Vi�J)U, is known for His lotus eyes, lotus navel, lotus feet and lotus\npalms. Here He is called pu§kara nabha which means the Supreme Person-\n\n,\n\nality of Godhead who has a lotus navel, and sammatau means two confidential or very obedient servants. The materialistic way of life differs from\nthe spiritual way of Life in that one is disobedience and one is obedience to\nthe will of the Supreme Lord. All Living entities are part and parcel of the\nSupreme Lord, and they are supposed to be always agreeable to the order\nof the Supreme Person; that is perfect oneness.\nIn the Vaikut;�tha world all the living entities are in oneness with the\nSupreme Godhead because they never defy Hi orders. llere in the material\nworld, however, they are not sammata, agreeabLe, but always asammata,\ndisagreeable. This human form of life is a chance to be trained to be\nagreeable to the orders of the Supreme Lord. To bring about this\ntraining\n\nin\n\nmovement.\n\nsociety\nAs\n\nstated\n\nis\n\nthe\nin\n\nthe\n\nmission\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nBhagavad-gitii,\n\nKr�qa\nthe laws\n\nconsciousness\nof\n\nmaterial\n\nnature are very strict; no one can overcome the stringent laws of material\nnature.\n\nBut one who becomes a surrendered soul and agrees to the\n\norder of the Supreme Lord can easily overcome those stringent laws. The\nexample of Dhruva Maharaja is very fitting. Simply by becoming agreeable\nto the orders of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and by developing\nlove of Godhead, Dhruva got the chance to personally meet the confidential\nservants of Lord Vi�t;JU face to face. What is possible for Dhruva Maharaja\nis possible for everyone. Anyone who very seriously engages in devotional\n\n", "SB4.2#p0171": "Text 24)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n515\n\nservice can obtain, in due course of time, the same perfection of the human\nform of life.\nTEXT 23\n\nWJ�if�';fQ\"t\n\n¥if ¥flu��� �;t)stt�:� I\n�:\n'f9fi�T +tt41.,.4>tt¥tdht<( ������\nsunanda-nandiiv ucatul;t\nbho bho riijan subhadrarh te\nviicarh no 'vahital;t srr-u\nyal;t paii.ca-varfiaS tapasii\nbhaviin devam atitrpat\nsunanda-nandau ucatu J:t Sunanda and Nanda said; bhol;t bhol;t riijan-0\ndear King ; sUrbhadram good fortune; te-unto you; viicam-words; naflour; avahital:t - attentively; snm-hear; yafl who; pa.ii.ca-var�a{l-five years\nold; tapasii-by austerity; bhaviin- yourself; devam-the Supreme Personality of Godhcad; atitrpat greatly satisfied.\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe two confidential associates of Lord Vi�pu, Nanda and Sunanda, said:\nDear King, let there be all good fortune unto you. Please attentively hear\nwhat we shall say. When you were only five years old, you underwent\nsevere austerities, and you thereby greatly satisfied the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead.\nPURPORT\nWhat was possible for Dhruva Maharaj a is possible for anyone. Any fiveyear-old child can be trained, and within a very short time his life will become successful by realization of Kr�t:Ja consciousness. Unfortunately, this\ntraining is lacking all over the world. It is necessary for the leaders of the\nKr�t:Ja consciousness movement to start educational institutions in different\nparts of the world to train children, starting at the age of five years. Thus\nsuch children will not become hippies or spoiled children of society, but\nthey can all become devotees of the Lord. The face of the world will then\nchange automatically.\n. TEXT 24\n\n�ct(?;\\iltl(l� � wtuT: I\n�« Q¥>SUm � ffl ll4fcf�� 11�\\lll\n\n", "SB4.2#p0172": "516\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\ntasyiikhila-jagad-dhiitur\niiviim devasya siirhgiralJ.\npiir_sadiiv iha sampriiptau\nneturh tviirh bhagavat-padam\ntasya- His; akhila-entire; jagat- universe; dhiitu�l- creator; avam- we;\ndevasya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sarrigi �w tt- who has the\nbow named Sarriga; par�adau associates; iha-now; sampriiptau-approached; netum-to take; tviim- you; bhagavat-padam-to the position of\n-\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWe are representatives of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\ncreator of the whole universe, who carries in His hand the bow named\n\nSarnga. We have been specifically deputed to take you to the spiritual\nworld.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii the Lord says that simply by knowing His transcenden­\n\ntal pastimes (whether within this material world or in the spiritual world),\n\nanyone who understands factually who He is, how He appears and how He\n\nacts can be immediately fit for transfer to the spiritual world. This principle\n\nstated in the Bhagavad-gitii operated in the case of King Dhruva. Through­\n\nout his life he tried to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead by\nausterity and penances. Now, the mature result was that Dhruva Maharaja\nbecame fit to be carried to the spiritual world, accompanied by the confi­\n\ndential associates of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�� fii'!q< fat� mt\n��f.l(�lSJIA � � I\n3Tffim\n���\n�m: qf� �� ������\nsudurjayarh vi_sru-padam jitarh tvayii\nyat surayo 'priipya vicak�ate param\niitifltha tac candra-diviikariidayo\ngrahark�a-tarii� pariyanti dak.si�am\n\n", "SB4.2#p0173": "Text 26]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n517\n\ns udu rjayam- very difficult to achieve; vi�rr. u pada m- planet known as\n-\n\nVaikut;�thaloka or Vi�t;�uloka;jitam- conquered; tvayii- by you;yat- which;\n\ns urayaft- great demigods; ap nipya- without achieving; vicak�at e- sim ply\nsee; param-supreme; iiti�t ha\ndiviikara-sun; iidaya l]. - and\n\n-\n\nplease come; tat-that; candra-the moon;\n\nothers; gra ha\n\n-\n\nthe nine planets (Mercury,\n\nVenus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto); rk�a­\n\ntiirii�-stars; pariya nti- circumam bulate; dak.sirwm-to the right.\nTRANSLATION\nTo achieve Vi�!luloka is very difficult, but by your austerity you have\nconquered. Even the great r�is and demigods cannot achieve this position.\nSimply to see the supreme abode [the Vi�r;tu planet], the sun and moon\nand all the other planets, stars, lunar mansions, and solar systems are circumambulating it. Now please come; you are welcome to go there.\nPURPORT\nEven in this material world the so-called scientists, philosophers and\nmental speculators strive to merge into the spiritual sky, but they can\nnever go there. But a devotee, by executing devotional service, not only\nrealizes what the spiritual world actually is, but he factually goes there to\nlive an eternal life of bliss and knowledge. The Kr�r_1a consciousness movement is so potent that by adopting these principles of life and developing\nlove of God one can very easily go back home, back to Godhead. Here the\npractical example is the case of Dhruva .Maharaja. While the scientist and\nphilosopher go to the moon but are disappointed in their attempts to stay\nthere and live, the devotee makes an easy journey to other planets and\nultimately goes back to Godhead. Devotees have no interest in seeing\nother planets, but while going back to Godhead, they see all of them as\npassing phases, just as one who is going to a distant place passes through\nmany small stations.\nTEXT 26\n\n31Wil�d � N�nt(w=a(QIW qffi'� I\n311f� � �.-d �fi;:qft: � � II�' II\naniisthitarh te pitrbhir\nanyair apy ahga karhicit\niit(stha jagatiim vandyam\ntad vi�T;to/; paramam padam\n\n", "SB4.2#p0174": "518\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\naniisthitam-never achieved; te-your; pitrbhi{l.-by forefathers; anyai{tby others; api-even ; ahga-0 Dhruva; karhicit-at any time; ati�tha\ncome and live there; jagatii m\n\n-\n\n-worshipable; tat-that; vi�TJ O /:!\n\n-\n\nplease\n\nby the inhabitants of the universe; vandyam\n-\n\nof Lord Vi�I).U; paramam\n\n-\n\nsupreme ; padam\n\n-situation.\nTRANSLATION\nDear King Dhruva, neither your forefathers nor anyone else before you\never achieved such a transcendental planet. The planet known as Vi��uloka,\nwhere Lord Vi��u personally resides, is the highest of all. It is worshipable\nby the inhabitants of all other planets within the universe. Please come with\nus and live there eternally.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja went to perform austerities he was very determined to achieve a post never dreamed of by his forefathers. His father was\nUttanapiida, his grandfather was Manu, and his great-grandfather was Lord\nBrahma. So Dhruva wanted a kingdom even greater than Lord Brahma\ncould achieve, and he requested Narada Muni to give him facility for achieving it. The associates of Lord VigJU reminded him that not only his forefathers but everyone else before him was unable to attain Vi�p.uloka, the\nplanet where Lord Vi�p.u resides. This is because everyone within this\nmaterial world is either a karmi, jniini, or a yogi, but there are hardly any\npure devotees. The transcendental planet known as Vi�p.uloka is especially\nmeant for devotees, not for karmis, jniinis or yogis. Great [§is or demigods\ncan hardly approach Brahmaloka, and, as stated in Bhagavad-gitii, Brahmaloka is not a permanent residence. Lord Brah rna's duration of life is so long\nthat it is difficult to estimate even the duration of one day in his life, and\nyet Lord Brahma also dies, as do the residents of his planet. Bhagavad-gitii\nsays, iibrahma-bhuvaniil lokii/:1. punar iivartino 'rjuna: except for those who\ngo to Vi�p.uloka, everyone is subjected to the four principles of material life,\nnamely birth, death, old age and disease (Bg. 8.16). The Lord says, yad\ngatvii na nivartante tad dhiima paramam mama: the planet from which, once\ngoing, no one returns, is My supreme abode (Bg. 15.6). Dhruva Maharaja was\nreminded, \"You are going in our company to that planet from which no\none returns to this material world.\" Material scientists are attempting to go\nto the moon and other planets, but they cannot imagine going to the top·\nmost planet, Brahmaloka, for it is beyond their imaginations. By material\ncalculation, traveling at the speed of light it would take forty thousand\nyears to reach the topmost planet. By mechanical processes we are unable\n\n", "SB4.2#p0175": "Text 27)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n519\n\nto reach the topmost planet of this universe, but the process caUed bhakti­\n\nyoga, as executed by Maharaja Dhruva, can give one the facility not only\n\nto reach other planets within this universe, but also to reach beyond this\n\nuniverse to the Vi�tmloka planets. We have outlined this i n our small\nbooklet Easy .Journey to Other Planets.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�fl+�•-.���wre;u\n\naq(41N6¥il�'itN(\\4\n\n1\n\n�+t(Rt ll�\\911\n\netad vimiina-pravaram\nu t tarna-sloka-rnaulinii\nupasthiipitam iiyufimann\nadhiro!fhurh tvam arhasi\netat-this; vimiina-airplane ; pra v aram-unique ; uttamasloka-the Su­\n\npreme Personality o f Godhead; maulinii-by the head of all living entities;\nu\n\npasthapitarn-sent; ayu§rnan-0 immortal one; adhirO()hurn-to board;\n\ntvarn-you; arhasi-are worthy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 immortal one, this unique airplane has been sent by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who is worshiped by selected prayers and who is\nthe chief of all living entities. You are quite worthy to board such a plane.\nPURPORT\nAccording to astronomical calculation, along with the Pole Star there is\n\nanother star, which is called Sisumara, where Lord Vi�r.1U, who is in charge\n\nof the maintenance of this material world, resides. Sisumara or Dhruvaloka\n\ncan never be reached by anyone but the Vai�r_1avas, as will be described by\nthe following slokas. The associates of Lord Vi�r.1u brought the special airplane for Dhruva Maharaja and then informed him that Lord Vi�r.lU had\n\nespecially sent this airplane.\n\nThe Vaikur;r�ha airplane does not move by mechanical arrangement.\n\nThere are three processes for moving in outer space. One of Lhe processes\n\nis known to the modern scientist. It is called kapota-viiyLL. Ka means\nouter space, and pota means ship. There is a second process also called\n\nkapota-viiyu. Kapota means pigeon. One can train pigeons to carry one\ninto outer space. The third process is very subtle. It is called iikiisa-patana.\n\nThis iikiisa-patana system is also material. Just as the mind can fly anywhere\n\n", "SB4.2#p0176": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n520\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\none likes without mechanical arrangement, so the akiisa-patana ai rplane can\n\nfly at the speed of mind. Beyond this iikiisa-patana system is the Vaiku�tha\n\nprocess, which is completely spiritual. The airplane sent by Lord Vi�t;�u lo\ncarry Dhruva J'llahiiriija Lo Sisumiira was a completely spiritue�l, lranscen­\n\nden tal airplane. Material scientists can neither see such vehicles nor imagine\n\nhow they fly in the e�ir. The material scientist has no information about the\nspiritual sky, although it is mentioned in the Bhagavad-gitii (paras tasmiit\n\ntu bhiivo 'nya�).\nTEXT 28\n\"''\"'\n\nJf5[q\n\no<lT'if\n\nR� �f06f.Pit��t�-\n\n�\n����ifi+tfSP{: I\nimfm: ��+t��\n� S(UIRtl�'f'i+'tiO:(:q( ������\n\nmaitreya uviica\nni.Samya vaihur!ha-niyojya-mukhyayor\nmadhu-cyutarh viicam urukrama�priyal:t\nkrtiibhifieka[l krta-nitya-matigalo\nmunin prar;wmyasi�am abhyaviidayat\nmaitreya� uviica-the great sage Maitreya said; nisamya-after hearing;\nvaikur-tha-of the Lord; niyojya-asso c iates ; mukhyayo[l,-of the chief;\nmadhu-cyutam-like pouri ng ho ney; viicam-speeches; urukrama-priyal;tDhruva Maharaja, who was very dear to the Lord; krta-abhi§eka[l,-took his\nsacred b ath ; krta-performed; nitya-marigalal;t-his daily spiritual duties;\nmunin-to the sages; prar-amya-having offered obeisances; iisi§amblessi ngs; abhyaviidayat- accepted.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: Maharaja Dhruva was very dear to\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. When he heard the sweet speeches\nof the Lord's chief associates in the VaikuJ;Itha planet, he immediately\n\ntook\n\nhis\n\nsacred\n\nbath, dressed himself with suitable ornaments, and\n\nperformed his daily spiritual duties. Thereafter he offered his respectful\n\nobeisances to the great sages present there and accepted their blessings.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0177": "Text 29]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n521\n\nPURPORT\nWe should mark how dutiful Dhruva\n\ntaharaja was in his devotional\n\nservice, even at the time he left this material world. He was constantly\nalert in the performance of devotional duties. Every devotee should Lake\nhis bath early in the morning and decorate his body with tilaka. In Kali.\nyuga one can hardly acquire gold or jeweled ornaments, but the twelve\ntilaka marks on the body are sufficient as auspicious decorations Lo purify the body. Since Dhruva Maharaja was living at that time at Badarikasrama, there were other great sages there. lie did not become puffed up\nbecause the airplane sent by Lord Vi�t.m was waiting for him; as a humble\n\nVai�1,1ava, he accepted blessings from all the sages before riding on the\n\nplane brought by the chief of the Vaikut)tha associates.\nTEXT 29\n\nqu�tt•+t�f�m � � 1\n� ijaJl:mtd fim{'f �� II�Q..II\n·\n\nparityiibhyarcya dhifir-yagryarit\npiir,sadiiv abhivandya ca\niyefia tad adhifi!haturit\nbibhrad riiparit hirar-mayam\nparitya- having circumambulated; abh yarcya-having worshiped; dhi�l)yaagrya m\n\n-\n\nthe transcendental airplane; piir�adau\n\n-\n\nunto the two associates;\n\nabhi vandya-having offered obeisances; ca-also; iye�a-he attempted; tatthat plane; adhi�thiitum-to board; b ibhrat-illuminating; rupa m\n\n-\n\nhis form;\n\nhiral)ma yam-golden.\nTRANSLATION\nBefore getting aboard, Dhruva Maharaja worshiped the airplane, circumambulated it, and also offered obeisances to the associates of Vi�J1U. In\nthe meantime he became as brilliant and illuminating as molten gold. He\nwas thus completely prepared to hoard the transcendental plane.\nPURPORT\nIn the absolute world, the plane as well as the associates of Lord Vi�l)u\nand Lord Vi�J,IU Himself are all spiritual. There is no material contamination. In quality, everything there is one. As Lord Vi�t,IU is worshipable,\nso also are His associates, His paraphernalia, His airplane and His abode,\n\n", "SB4.2#p0178": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n522\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nfor everything of Vi�r.lU's is as good as Lord Vi�t.lu. Dhruva Maharaj a knew\nall this very well, as a pure Vai�1.1ava, and he offered his respects to the\nassociates and to the plane before riding in it. But in the meantime, his\n\nbody changed into spiritual existence, and therefore it was illuminating\nlike molten gold. In this way he also became one with the other paraphernalia of Vi�t .1Uloka.\n\nMiiyiivadi philosophers cannot imagine how this oneness can be achieved\n\neven in different varieties. Their idea of oneness is that there is no variety.\n\nTherefore they have become impersonalists. As S isumiira, Vi�t;JUioka or\n\nDhruvaloka are completely different from this material world, so a Vi�1.1u\ntemple witltin this world is also completely different from this material\nworld. As soon as we are in a temple we should know very well that we\nare situated differently from the material world. In the temple, Lord Vi�t;�u,\nHis throne, l lis room and everything associated with the temple are transcendental. The three modes, sattva-gur-a, rajo-gurta and lamo-gur-a, have\nno entrance into the temple. It is said, therefore, that to live in the forest\nis in the mode of goodness, to live in the city is in the mode of passion, and\nto live in a brothel, liquor shop or slaughterhouse is in the mode of ignorance. But to live in the temple means to live in Vaikut:� thaloka. Everything\nin the temple is as worshipable as Lord Vi;H,lU or Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 30\n\nij(loqlWfq(: � G\\G\\�l;:ij..ql•lij¥( I\n+JOOO{ft � � 3ll�til� �� II� II\no\n\ntadottiinapada� putro\ndadarsiintakam iigatam\nmrtyor murdhni padam dattvii\niirurohadbhutam grham\n\n- of King Uttiinapiida; putra�- son; dadarsamurdhni- on the head of death; padam-feet; dattva - placing; arurohatadii-then ; utttinapadal;t.\n\ncould see; antakam-death personified; iigatam-approached him; mrtyo{t.\n\ngot up; adbhutam-wonderful; grham-on the airplane which resembled a\nbig house.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja was attempting to get on the transcendental\n\nplane, he saw death personified approach him. Not caring for death, how-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0179": "Text 31]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n523\n\never, he took advantage of the opportunity to put his feet on the head of\ndeath, and thus he got up on the airplane, which was as big as a house.\nPURPORT\nTo take the passing away of a devotee and the passing away of a nondevotee as one and the same is completely misleading. While ascending the\ntranscendental airplane, Dhruva Maharaja suddenly saw death personified\nbefore him, but he was not afraid. Instead of death's giving him trouble,\nDhruva Maharaja took advantage of death's presence and put his feet on\nthe head of death. People with a poor fund of knowledge do not know the\ndifference between the death of a devotee and the death of a nondevotee.\nIn this connection, an example can l>e given: a cal carries its kittens in its\nmouth, and it also catches a rat in its mouth. Superficially, the catching of\nthe rat and the kitten appear to be one and the same, but actually they are\nnot. When the cat catches the rat in its mouth it means death for the rat,\nwhereas when the cat catches the kitten, the kitten enjoys it. When Dhruva\nMaharaja boarded the airplane, he took advantage of the arrival of death\npersonified, who came to offer him obeisances; putting his feet on the head\nof death, he got up on the unique airplane, which is described here to be as\nbig as a house (grham).\nThere are many other similar instances inBhiigavata literature. lt is stated\nthat when Kardama Muni created an airplane to carry his wife, Devahuti,\nall over the universe, the airplane was like a big city, carrying many houses,\nlakes and gardens. Modern scientists have manufactured big airplanes, but\nthey are packed with passengers, who experience all sorts of discomforts\nwhile riding in tl1em.\nMaterial scientists are not even perfect in manufacturing a material airplane. ln order to compare with the plane used by Kard<Jma or the plane\nsent from Vi�r;�uloka, they must manufacture an airplane equipped like a\nbig city, with all the comforts of life-lakes, gardens, parl... s, etc. Their\nplane must be able to fly in outer space and hover and visit all other\nplanets. If they invent such a plane they will not have Lo make different\nspace stations for fuel to travel into outer space. Such a plane would have\nan unlimited supply of fuel, or, like the plane from Vi�t)uloka, would fly\nwithout it.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n� �§!iG]f4Uiii41i(�: I\n�: �: �: tWtte�: 11��11.\n�\n\n", "SB4.2#p0180": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n524\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\ntadii dundubhayo nedur\nmrdanga-parwviidaya�\ngandharva-mukhyii[t prajagu�\npetu� kusuma-vr.sfaya[l\ntadii-at\n\nthat\n\ndundubhaya � - kettledrums; nedu � - resounded;\n\ntime;\n\nm rdati ga- drums; pa �ava- small drums; iidaya � - etc.; gandharva-mukhyii�\nthe chief residents of Gandharvaloka; prajagu/;1.\n\n-\n\nkusuma-fl owers; ws.taya[l. -like rains.\n\n­\n\nsang; petu/;1.- showered;\n\n:\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time drums and kettledrums resounded from the sky, the chief\n\nGandharvas began to sing, and other demigods showered flowers like\ntorrents of rain upon Dhruva Maharaja.\n\nTEXT 32\n\nQ' �\n\n� � iif;r.ff �: I\n\n��IT� a.1;ri �t� f�� 11��11\nsa ca svarlokam iirok.syan\nsunitirh jananirh dhruva�\nanvasmarad agarh hitvii\ndfniirh yiisye tri-vifi.tapam\nsa[l,-He; ca-also; svar-lokam-to the celestial planet; aroknan -about to\nascend;\n\nsunitim-Sunili;\n\njanan im- mother;\n\ndhruvaft- Dhruva\n\nanvasma rat - immediately remembered; agam\nleaving\n\nbehind;\n\nd inam\n\n-\n\npoor; yasye-I\n\n-\n\nMaharaj a;\n\ndifficult to attain; hitva­\n\nshall go; tri-vi�{apam-to the\n\nVaikuvJha planet.\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva was seated in the transcendental airplane, which was just about\n\nto start, when he remembered his poor mother, Suniti. He thought to him­\n\nself, \"How shall I go alone to the V aiku�tha planet and leave behind my\npoor mother?\"\n\nPURPORT\nDhruva had a feeling of obligation to his mother, SUt1iti. lL was SunHi\nwho gave him the clue which had euabled him to now be personally carried\nto the Vaikut;�tha planet by the associates of Lord Vi�t_lu. He now remem­\n\nbered her and wanted to take her with him. Actually, Dhruva Maharaj a's\nmother, Sun1ti, was his patha-pradarsaka-guru. Patha-pradarsaka-guru\n\n", "SB4.2#p0181": "Text 33]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to God he ad\n\n525\n\nmeans the guru or the spiritual master who shows the way. Such a guru\nis sometimes called sik§a-g uru. Although Narada Muni was his dik§ii-guru\n(initiating spiritual master), Sunlti, his mother, was the first who gave him\ninstruction on how to achieve the favor of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is the duty of the sik�ii-guru or dik§ii-guru to instruct the disciple\nin the right way, and it depends on the disciple to execute the process.\nAccording to sastric injunctions, Lhere is no difference between sik§ii-guru\nand dik§'ii- guru, and generally the sik§'ii-guru later on becomes the dik§iiguru. Suniti, however, being a woman, and specifically his mother, could\nnot become Dhruva Maharaja's dik�a-guru. Still, he was not less obliged to\n\nSunlti. There was no question of carrying Narada Muni to Vaikw.1thaloka,\nbut Dhruva Maharaja thought of his mother.\nWhatever plan the Supreme Personality of Godhead contemplates immediately fructifies. Similarly, a devotee who is completely dependent on\nthe Supreme Lord can also fulfill his wishes by the grace of the Lord. The\nLord fulfills Ilis wishes independently, but a devotee fulfills his wishes\nsimply by being dependent on the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore as soon as Dhruva Maharaja thought of his poor mother, he was\nassured by the associates of Vi$l)U that Sunlti was also going to Vaikul)thaloka in another plane. Dhruva Maharaja had thought that he was going\nalone to Vaikur;Jthaloka, leaving behind his mother, which was not very\nauspicious because people would criticize him for going alone to Vaikut,:tthaloka and not carrying with him Suruti, who had given him so much.\nBut Dhruva also considered that he was not personally the Supreme.\nTherefore, if Kr�l)a fulfilled his desires, only then would it be possible.\nKr�l)a could immediately understand his mind, and He told him that his\nmother was also going with him. This incident proves that a pure devotee\nlike Dhruva Maharaja can fulfill all his desires; by the grace of the Lord,\nhe becomes exactly like the Lord, and thus whenever he thinks of anything, his wish is immediately fulfilled.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n� ottctf«d � ottct(itq u<t;qtft 1\ni(�ii41iR1d(4f � � •1�4( ������\niti vyavasitam tasya\nvyavasiiya surottamau\ndarsayiim iisatur devim\npuro yiinena gacchatim\n\n", "SB4.2#p0182": "Sr'irnad-Bhagavatarn\n\n526\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\niti-thus; vyavasitam-contemplation; tasya-of Dhruva; vyavasiiya-understanding; sura-uttamau-the two chief associates; darsayiim iisatu{l,showed (to him); devim-exalted Suniti; pura{l,-before; yiinena-by airplane;\ngacchattm-going forward.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great associates of Vaikup!haloka, N anda and Sunanda, could\n\nunderstand the mind of Dhruva Maharaja, and thus they showed him that\nhis mother, Suniti, was going forward in another plane.\nPURPORT\n\nThis incident proves that the sik�a or dik�ii-guru who has a disciple who\nstrongly executes devotional service like Dhruva Maharaja can be carried\nby the disciple even though the instructor is not as advanced. Although\nSuniti was an instructor to Dhruva Maharaja, she could not go to the forest\nbecause she was a woman, nor could she execute austerities and penances\nas Dhruva Maharaja did. Still, Dhruva Maharaja was able to take his mother\nwith him. -Similarly, Prahlada Maharaja also delivered his atheistic father ,\nHirat;�yakasipu. The conclusion is that a disciple or an offspring who is a\n\nvery strong devotee can carry with him to Vaikw)thaloka either his father,\nmother or sik§ii or dik§ii-guru. Sn1a Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatiThakura used\nto say, \"If I could perfectly deliver even one soul back home, back to Godhead, I would think my mission-propagating Kr�l)a consciousness-to be\nsuccessful.\" The Kreyl)a consciousness movement is spreading now all over\nthe world, and sometimes I think that even though I am crippled in many\nways, if one of my disciples becomes as strong as Dhruva Maharaja, then he\nwill be able to carry me with him to Vaikut;�thaloka.\nTEXT 34\n\n��: qfl-1 �+tlf.t�: �: I\nat14Eft4¥tluU � �: � !«f.l II� \\lll\n� �\n\ntatra tatra prasamsadbhi{l,\np athi vaimiinikai[1 surai[t\navakiryamiir-o dadrse\nkusumai{l, kramaso grahiin\ntatra tatra-here and there; prasamsadbhi[l,-by persons engaged in the\npraise of Dhruva Maharaja; pathi-on the path; vaimiinika*-carried by\ndifferent types of airplanes; surai[l,-by the demigods; avaktryamiir-a{t-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0183": "Text 35)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\nbeing covered; da drse\n\n-\n\ncould see; k u s umai {t\n\n-\n\nby fl owers; k ramasaf!.\n\n527\n-\n\none\n\nafter another;gra/u.ln-all the planets of the solar system.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile Dhruva Maharaja was passing through space, he gradually saw all\nthe planets of the solar system, and on the path he saw all the demigods in\ntheir airplanes showering flowers upon him like rain.\nPURPORT\nThere is a Vedic version, yasmi n vijniite sarvam evam vijniitam bhavanti,\nwhich means that by knowing the Supreme Personality of Godhead, everything becomes known to the devotee. Similarly, by going to the planet of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, one can know all the other planetary\nsystems on the path to Vaikul)tha. We should remember that Dhruva\nMaharaj a's body was different from our bodies. While boarding the\nVaikul)tha airplane, his body changed to a completely spiritual golden hue.\nNo one can surpass the higher planets in a material body, but when one\ngets a spiritual body he can travel not only to the higher planetary system\nof this material world, but he can go even to the still higher planetary\nsystem known as Vaikur.1thaloka. It is well known that Narada Muni travels\neverywhere, both in the spiritual and material worlds.\nIt should be noted also that while Sunlti was going to Vaikur.1thaloka\n\nshe also changed her body into spiritual form. Like S ri Suniti, every mother should train her child to become a devotee like Dhruva Maharaj a.\nSuniti instructed her son, even at the age of five years, to be unattached to\nworldly affairs and to go to the forest to search out the Supreme Lord. She\nnever desired that her son remain at home comfortably without ever undertaking austerities and penances to achieve the favor of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Every mother, like Suniti, must take care of her son and\n\ntrain him to become a brahmaciiri from the age of five years and to under­\n\ngo austerities and penances for spiritual realization. The benefit will be\nthat if her son becomes a strong devotee like Dhruva, certainly not only\nwill he be transferred back home, back to Godhead, but she will also be\ntransferred with him to the spiritual world, even though she may be unable\nto undergo austerities and penances in executing devotional service.\nTEXT 35\n\nf51Jt�1 �tP-Uwt;tt msf� tr.ft;ttfq I\nq((ijlf.l' �: 4G;¥t¥4l+l41� II ��II\n\n", "SB4.2#p0184": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n528\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\ntri-loktrh deva-yiinena\nso 'tivrajya munin api\nparastiid yad dhruva-gatir\nv�rw[l padam athiibhyagiit\ntri-lokim-the three planetary systems; deva-yiinena- by the transcendental airplane; sa� - Dhruva; ativrajya- having surpassed; m u nin- great sages;\n\napi- even ; parastiit- beyond; yat which; d hruva-gat* - Dhruva\n-\n\n,\n\nwho at­\n\ntained permanent life; vifi[I-O� - of Lord Vi�p.u; padam - abode; atha- then;\n\nabhyagiit- achieved.\nTRA NS LATI O N\nDhruva Maharaja thus surpassed the seven planetary systems of the\ngreat sages who are known as saptar�i. Beyond that region, he achieved\nthe transcendental situation of permanent life in the planet where Lord\nVi��u lives.\n\nPURPORT\nThe airplane was piloted by the two chief associates of Lord Vi�{lu,\nnamely Sunanda and Nanda. Only such spiritual astronauts can pilot their\nairplane beyond the seven planets and arrive in the region of eternal blissful life. It is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii also (paras\n\ntasmiit tu bhiivo\n'nyaM that beyond this planetary system begins the spiritual sky, where\n\neverything is permanent and blissful. The planets there are known as\nVi�{luloka or V aiku{lthaloka. Only there can one get an eternal blissful life\nof knowledge. Below V aiku{lthaloka is the material universe, where Lord\nBrahma and others in Brahmaloka can live until the annihilation of this\nuniverse; but that life is not permanent. That is also confirmed in the\n\nBhagavad-gitii (iibrahma-bhuvaniil lokii�). Even if one goes to the topmost\nplanet, one cannot achieve eternal life. Only by arriving in Vaiku{lthaloka\ncan one live an eternally blissful life.\n\nTEXT 36\n\nq tlllil¥414\n\n� �\n�1•••tft Q Rilllif\\Oij � I\n4.t'ltlr.tlilt5t�\nitswt�A(l\n!flilf�� �ilsPt'iJ: ������\n\n", "SB4.2#p0185": "Text 36]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n529\n\nyad bhrii.jamiinarh sva-rucaiva sarvato\nlokiis trayo hy anu vibhrii.janta ete\nyan niivrajaii jantU§U ye 'nanugrahii\nvrajanti bhadriiri caranti ye 'nisam\nyat- which planet; bhriijamiinam- illuminating; sva-rucii- b y self-effulgence; eva- o nly; sarvata f!- every where; lokii.{l - planetary systems; trayaf!\n-three; hi- certainly; anu-thereupon; vibhrii.jante-give off light; ete- these;\n\nyat- which planet; na-not; avrajat- have reached; jantufiu- to living entities;\nye- those who; ananugrahiif!-not merciful; vrajanti- reach; bhadriiri- welfare activities; caranti- engage in; ye-those who; ani sam- constantly .\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe self-effulgent Vaikur:ttha planets, by whose illumination alone all the\nilluminating planets within this material world give off reflected light, cannot be reached by those who are not merciful to other Living entities. Only\npersons who constantly engage in welfare activities for other living entities\ncan reach the V aiku!J.tha planets.\nPURPORT\nHere is a description of two aspects of the V aikul)tha planets. The first\nis that in the Vaikul)tha sky there is no need of the sun and moon. This is\nconfirmed by the Upani�ads as well as Bhagavad-gitii (na tad bhiisayate\n\nsuryo na sasiinko na piivaka�). In the spiritual world the VaikuD thalokas\nare themselves illuminated; there is therefore no need of sun, moon or\nelectric light. It is, in fact, the illumination of the Vaikul)thalokas which is\nreflected in the material sky. Only by this reflection are the suns in the\nmaterial universes illuminated; after the illumination of the sun, all the\nstars and moons are illuminated. In other words, all the luminaries in the\nmaterial sky borrow illumination from Vaikul)thaloka. From this material\nworld, however, people can be transferred to the Vaikul)thaloka, if they\nincessantly engage in welfare activities for all other living entities. Such incessant welfare activities can really be performed only in K��I'Ja consciousness. There is no other philanthropic work within this material world but\nKri!Qa consciousness which can engage a person twenty-four hours a day.\n\nA Krl�Qa conscious being is always engaged in planning how to take all\nthe suffering humanity back home, back to Godhead. Even if one is not\nsuccessful in reclaiming all the fallen souls back to Godhead, still, because\nhe is Kr11rya conscious, his path to Vaikul)thaloka is open. He personally becomes qualified to enter the Vaikul)thalokas, and if anyone follows such a\n\n", "SB4.2#p0186": "530\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\ndevotee, he also enters into V aikut:�thaloka. Others, who engage in envious\nactivities, are known as karmis. Karmis are envious of one another. Simply\nfor sense gratification, they can kill thousands of innocent animals. ]iianis\nare not as sinful as karmis, but they do not try to reclaim others back to\nGodhead. They perform austerities for their own liberation. Yogis are also\nengaged in self-aggrandizement by trying to attain mystic powers. But devotees, Vai�I).avas, who are servants of the Lord, come forward in the actual\nfield of work in Kr�rya consciousness to reclaim fallen souls. Only K r� qa\nconscious persons are eligible to enter into the spiritual world. That is\nclearly stated in this verse and is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gita, wherein\nthe Lord says that there is no one dearer to Him than those who preach the\ngospel of Bhagavad-gita to the world.\nTEXT 37\nt'\n\n�:�:�:�:1\n�lk4ts(11�qa:+t�flt�ill �: II �\\911\n..\n\nsanta� samadrsa� suddha{t\nsarva-bhutanuraiijana{l\nyanty aiijasacyuta-padam\nacyuta-priya-bandhava�\nsanta�-peaceful; samadrsa�- equipoised; suddha�-cleansed, purified;\nsarva-all; bh u ta - living entities; anuraiijanaft- pleasing; yanti-go; aiijasaeasily; acyuta-of the Lord; padam-to the abode; acyuta-priya-with\ndevotees of the Lord; bandhava� - friends.\nTRANSLATION\nPersons who are peaceful, equipoised, cleansed and purified, and who\n\nknow the art of pleasing all other living entities, keep friendship only with\n\ndevotees of the Lord; they alone can very easily achieve the perfection of\ngoing back home, back to Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nThe description of this verse fully indicates that only devotees are eligible to enter iuto the kingdom of Godhead. The first point stated is that\ndevotees are peaceful, for they have no demands for their personal sense\ngratification. They are simply dedicated to the service of the Lord. Karmis\ncannot be peaceful because they have immense demands for sense gratification. As for jiianis, they cannot be peaceful because they are too busy trying to attain liberation or merge into the existence of the Supreme.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0187": "Text 38]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n531\n\nSimilarly ,yogis are also restless to get mystic power. But a devotee is peaceful because he is fully surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nand thinks of himself as completely helpless; just as a child feels complete peace in depending on the parent, so a devotee is completely peaceful, for he depends on the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nA devotee is equipoised. He sees everyone on the same transcendental\nplatform. A devotee knows that although a conditioned soul has a particular type of body according to his past fruitive activities, factually everyone\nis part of the Supreme Lord. A devotee sees all living entities with spiritual\nvision and does not discriminate on the platform of the bodily concept of\nlife. Such qualities develop only in the association of devotees. Without the\nassociation of devotees, one cannot advance in Kr�r;ta consciousness. Therefore, we have established the International Society for Krishna Consciousness. Factually, whoever lives in this society automatically develops\nKr�r:ta consciousness. Devotees are dear to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and the Supreme Personality of Godhead is only dear to devotees.\nOn this platform only can one make progress in Kreyqa consciousness. Persons in Kreyl).a consciousness, or devotees of the Lord, can please everyone,\nas is evident in the Krey!Ja consciousness movement. We invite everyone,\nwithout discrimination; we request everyone to sit down and chant the\n\nHare Kr�va mantra and take as· much prasiida as we can supply-and thus\neveryone is pleased with us. This is the qualification. Sarva-bhutiinu­\n\nrafijanii�. As for purification, no one can be more pure than devotees. Anyone who once utters the name of Vi�r;tu immediately becomes purified, in­\n\nside and outside (ya/;1. smaret puru)ar'ikiik�am). Since a devotee constantly\nchants the Hare Kreyl).a mantra, no contamination of the material world can\n\ntouch him. He is, therefore, actually purified. Muci haya suci haya yadi\nkr�TJ-a bhaje. It is said that even a cobbler or person born in the family of a\ncobbler can be elevated to the position of a briihmar-a (suci) if he takes to\nKr�l).a consciousness. Any person who is purely Kreyl).a conscious and who\nengages in chanting the Hare Kreyl).a mantra is the purest in the whole\nurn verse.\nTEXT 38\n\n� �: Pl4(1f4Ut: I\n3fl(et�tolf elctilwti 'i�U+ifUIRcU'ie: ������\n(¢11Wl4\\:\n\nity uttiinapada[l putro\ndhruva� knr;w-pariiya[la�\nabhiit trayii[liirh lokiiniirh\ncu{iii-martir iviimala{t\n\n", "SB4.2#p0188": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n532\niti-thus;\n\nuttiinapada�-of\n\nMaharaja\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nUttanapada;\n\nputra�-the\n\nson;\n\ndhruva�-Dhruva Maharaja; kr.sr-a-pariiyar-a�-fully Kr�pa conscious; abhut\n-became; trayiir-iim-of\n\nthe\n\nthree; lokiiniim-worlds; cu!fii-ma[l*-the\n\nsummit jewel; iva-like; amala�-pu rified.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, the fully Kr�pa conscious Dhruva Maharaja, the exalted son\nof Maharaja Uttanapada, attained the summit of the three statuses of\n\nplanetary systems.\n\nPURPORT\nThe\n\nexact\n\nSanskrit\n\nterminology\n\nmentioned: krflr-a-pariiyar.a�.\n\nfor\n\nKrl�Qa consciousness\n\nPariiya[la means going forward.\n\nis\n\nhere\n\nAnyone\n\nwho is going forward to the goal of Kr�pa is called krfir-a-pariiya[la, or\nfully Krl)Qa conscious. The example of Dhruva Maharaja indicates that\nevery Krl�Qa conscious person can expect to reach the topmost summit of\nall three planetary systems within the universe. A Kr�Qa conscious person\ncan occupy an exalted position beyond the imagination of any ambitious\nmaterialist.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n4F4l«•nsfwd1t• iWtlRI•d �st�q•mttt:. 1\n·J(���@¥1ffc'4 �ttOJ: 11{�11\ngambhira-vego 'nimi§arh\njyoti§iirit cakram iihitam\nyasmin bhramati kauravya\nme!fh yam iva gaviirit gara[t\ngambhira v ega� with great force and speed; ani mifi am-unceasingly;\n-\n\n-\n\njyoti,siim-of luminaries; cakram-sphere; iihitam-connected; yasminaround which; bh ramati-encircles; kauravya-0\n\nVidura; me!fhyiim-a\n\ncentral pole; iva-as;gaviim-of bulls; gara�-a herd.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaint Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, descendant of Kuru, as a herd\n\nof bulls circumambulates a central pole on their right side, so all the\n\nluminaries within the universal sky unceasingly circumambulate the abode\nof Dhruva Maharaja with great force and speed.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0189": "Text40)\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n533\n\nPURPORT\nEach and every planet within the universe travels at a very high speed.\n\nFrom a statement in Srimad-Bhiigavatam it is understood that even the sun\n\ntravels 16,000 miles in a second, and from Brahmii-samhitii we understand\n\nfrom the sloka, yac-cak�ur e�a savitii sakala-grahacuim, that the sun is considered to he the eye of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda, and\nit also has a specific orbit within which it circles. Similarly, all other planets\nhave their specific orbits. But together all of them encircle the Pole Star, or\nDhruvaloka, where Dhruva Maharaja is situated at the summit of the three\nworlds. We can only imagine how highly exalted the actual position of a\ndevotee is, and certainly we cannot even conceive how exalted is the position of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT40\n\n+1�14 �{fSl�U� � lf41stl'l�: I\n\n31Ritd�\"'�ris•ntedlil6tlt(l\\lol1\nmahimiinarh vilokyiisya\n\nniirado bhagavii.n r.si[t\n\nii.todyarh vitudaii slol£iin\n\nsatre 'giiyat pracetasiim\n\nmahimanam-glories; vilokya-observing; asya-of\n\nDhruva\n\nMaharaja;\n\n- the great sage Narada; bhagaviin-equally exalled like the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; f§i?t- the saint ; iitodyam - the string instrument,\n\nniirada?t\n\nvi[lii; vitudan-p laying on; slokiin-verses; satre-in the sacrificial arena;\n\nagiiyat-chanted; p raceta siim-of the Pracetas.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n,\n\nAfter observing the glories of Dhruva Maharaja the great sage Narada,\nplaying his viJ;la, went to the sacrificial arena of the Pracetas and very\nhappily chanted the following three verses.\nPURPORT\nThe great sage Narada was the spiritual master of Dhruva Maharaja. Certainly he was very glad to see his glories. As a father is very happy to see the\n\n", "SB4.2#p0190": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n534\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nson's advancement in every respect, so the spiritual master is very happy\nto observe the ascendancy of his disciple.\nTEXT 41\n\n·('{�\n\n;@\n\n�:\n\n-n<t�CHII�I�:Sill'Fm � m � 1\ntVI�I�IWCN �i(cufa\\;{1\n�if4·�·•\"ti � tt wrn: 11\\l� 11\nniirada uviica\n\nnunam sunite� pati-deva.tayas\ntapa[t-prabhavasya sutasya tam gatim\ndrfltviibhyupiiyiin api veda-viidino\nnaiviidhiganturh prabhavanti kim nrpii�\nniirada� uviica\n\n-\n\nNarada said; nii nam-certainly ; sunite�-of Sunlti; pati­\n\ndevatiiya�-very much attached to her husband; tapa�-prabhiivasya-by the\ninfluence of austerity; sutasya-of the son; tiim-that; gatim-position;\ndrs.tvii\n.\n\n-\n\nobserving; abhyupayiin-the means; api-although; veda-viidina�­\n\nstrict followers of the Vedic principles or the so-called Vedantists; nanever; eva\n\n-\n\ncertainly ; adhigantum-to attain; prabhavanti-are eligible; kim\n\n-what to speak of; nrpa�-ordinary kings.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada said: Simply by the influence of his spiritual advancement and powerful austerity, Dhruva Maharaja, the son of Sunili,\nwho was devoted to her husband, acquired an exalted position not possible\neven for the so-called Vedantists or strict followers of the Vedic principles\nto attain, not to speak of ordinary human beings.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word veda-viidina� is very significant. Generally, a person who strictly follows the Vedic principles is called veda-viid i. There are\nalso so-called Vedantists who advertise themselves as followers of Vedanta\nphilosophy but who misinterpret Vedanta. This expression is also found in\nthe Bhagavad-gitii: veda-viida-ratii�, which means persons who are attached\nto the Vedas without understanding the purport of the Vedas. Such persons\nmay go on talking about the Vedas or may execute austerities in their own\n\n", "SB4.2#p0191": "Text 42]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n535\n\nway, but it is not possible for them to attain to such an exalted position as\nDhruva Maharaja. As far as ordinary kings are concerned, it is not at all\npossible. The specific mention of kings is significant because formerly kings\nwere also riijar�is, for the kings were as good as great sages. Dhruva Maharaja\nwas a king, and at the same time he was as learned as a great sage. But\nwithout devotional. service, neither a great king, a k§atriya, nor a great\nbriihmarta strictly adhering to the Vedic principles can be elevated to the\nexalted position attained by Dhruva Maharaja.\n\nTEXT 42\n\nq-� g�J(tl14i��;r� ��I\nq.{ ��� q\n� d;a'ffiglil : q(j�(t� 11\\l�ll\n�:\n\nya[t paiica-var.so guru-diira-viik-sarair\nbhinnena yiito hrdayena duyatii\nvanani mad-iidesa-karo jitani prabhurh\njigiiya tad-bhakta-gurtai� pariijitam\nya{1-he who; paii ca va rsa�-at the age of five years; guru-diira-of the\n-\n\n.\n\nwife of his father; viik-sara*-by the harsh words; bhinnena- being very\nmuch aggrieved; yata�-went; hrdayena\n\n-\n\nbecause his heart; duyatii-very\n\nmuch pained; vanam-to the forest; mat-iidesa-according to my instruction; kara{1-acting; ajitam-unconquerable; prabhum-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; jigiiya-he defeated; tat-His; bhakta-of devotees;\ngurwi[t-with the qualities; pariijitam-conquered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage\n\nNarada continued:\n\nJust see how Dhruva Maharaja,\n\naggrieved at the harsh words of his stepmother, went to the forest at the age\nof only five years and under my direction underwent austerity. Although\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead is unconquerable, still he defeated\nHim with the specific qualifications possessed by the Lord's devotees.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Godhead is unconquerable; no one can conquer the Lord.\nBut He voluntarily accepts subordination to the devotional qualities of His\ndevotees. For example, Lord Krflqa accepted subordination to the control\n\n", "SB4.2#p0192": "536\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nof mother Y asoda because she was a great devotee. The Lord likes to be\nunder the control of His devotees. In the Caitanya-caritiimrta it is said that\neveryone comes before the Lord and offers Him exalted prayers, but the\nLord does not feel as pleased when offered such prayers as He does when a\ndevotee, out of pure love, chastises Him as a subordinate. The Lord forgets\nHis exalted position and willingly submits to His pure devotee. Dhruva\nMaharaja conquered the Supreme Lord because at a very tender age, only\nfive years old, he underwent all the austerities of devotional service. This\ndevotional service was of course executed under the direction of a great\nsage, Narada. This is the first principle of devotional service adau gurv-\n\nasrayam. In the beginning one must accept a bona fide spiritual master,\nand if a devotee follows strictly the direction of the spiritual master, as\nDhruva Maharaja followed the instruction of Narada Muni, then it is not\ndifficult for him to achieve the favor of the Lord.\nThe sum total of devotional qualities is development of unalloyed love\nfor Kr�qa. This unalloyed love for Kwp can be achieved simply by hearing\nabout Kr�t:la. Lord Caitanya accepted this principle-that if one in any\nposition submissively hears the transcendental message spoken by Kreyqa or\nabout Kreyqa, then gradually he develops the quality of unalloyed love, and\nby that love only he can conquer the unconquerable. The Mayavadi philosophers aspire to become one with the Supreme Lord, but a devotee surpasses\nthat position. A devotee not only becomes one in quality with the Supreme\nLord, but he sometimes becomes the father, mother or master of the Lord.\nAtjuna also, by his devotional service, made Lord Kreyqa his chariot driver;\nhe ordered the Lord, \"Put my chariot here,\" and the Lord execu ted his\norder. These are some examples of how a devotee can acquire the exalted\nposition of conquering the unconquerable.\nTEXT 43\n\nya[l. kfiatra-bandhur bhuvi tasyiidhiru!lham\nanv £irurultfled api varfoa-puga*\nfiat-panca-varfio yad ahobhir alpa*\nprasiidya vailmr-tham aviipa tat-padam\n\n", "SB4.2#p0193": "Dhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\nText 43)\n\n537\n\nya[l.-one who; k§atra-bandhu[l.-the son of a k,satriya; bhuvi-on the\ntasya-of Dhruva; adhiru{iham-the exalted position; a rm-after;\niiruruk,set-can aspire to attain; api- even; var§a pugai[l.- after many years;\nsa.t pa n c a-v arsa[l.-five or six years old; yat- which; ahobhi{t alpa i{t after a\nfew days; p rasiidya after pleasing; vaikur-.tham-the Lord; aviipa- attained;\ntat-padam-His abode.\nearth;\n\n-\n\n.\n\n\"\n\n,\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva Maharaja attained an exalted position at the age of only five or\nsix years, after undergoing austerity for six months. Alas, a great lqatriya\ncannot achieve such a position even after undergoing austerities for many,\nmany years.\nPURPORT\n\nDhruva Maharaja is described herein as k�atra-bandhu{t, which indicates\n\nthat he was not fully trained as a k�atriya because he was only five years\n\nold; he was not a mature k�atriya. A k�atriya or briihma[la has to take\n\ntraining. A boy born in the family of a briihma[la is not immediately a\nbriihma[la, but he has to take up the training and the purificatory process.\n\nThe great sage Narada Muni was very proud of having a devotee disciple\n\nlike Dhruva Maharaja. He had many other disciples, but he was very pleased\n\nwith Dhruva Maharaja because in one lifetime, by dint of his severe pen­\n\nances and austerities, he had achieved V aikuJ;�tha, which was never achieved\n\nby any other king's son or riijar§i throughout the whole universe. There is\nthe instance of the great King Bharata Maharaja, who was also a great devo­\n\ntee, but he attained VaikuJ;�thaloka in three lives. In the first life, although\nhe executed austerities in the forest, he became a victim of too much affection for a small deer, and in his next life he had to take birth as a deer.\n\nAlthough he had a deer's body, he remembered his spiritual position, but\n\nhe still had to wait until the next life for perfection. In the next life he\n\ntook birth as Ja�a Bharata. Of course, in that life he was completely\n\nfreed from all material entanglement, and he attained perfection and was\nelevated to VaikuJ;�thaloka. The lesson from the life of Dhruva Maharaja is\n\nthat if one likes, one can attain VaikuJ;�thaloka in one life, without waiting\n\nfor many other lives. My Guru Maharaja, Sri Srimad Bhaktisiddhanta\n\nSarasvafi GosvamT Prabhupada, used to say that every one of his disciples\n\ncould attain VaikuJ;�thaloka in this life, without waiting for another life to\n\nexecute devotional service. One simply has to become as serious and sincere\nas Dhruva Maharaja; then it is quite possible to attain Vaikut,lthaloka and\ngo back home, back to Godhead, in one life.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0194": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n538\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 44\n\nm�\n��fld ri ��� �I\n������ � � 11��11\nmaitreya uviica\n\netat te 'bhihitarh sarvarh\n\nyat P!§!O 'ham iha tvaya\n\ndhru vasyoddama-yasasas\n\ncaritarh sammatarh satam\n\nmaitreya[l. uvaca-the great sage Maitreya said; etat-this; te-unto you;\n\nabhihitam-described; sarvam-everything; yat-what; pr�.tai:J, aham-I was\nasked; iha\n\ngreatly\n\n-\n\nhere; t vaya\n\n-\n\nby you; dh ruvasya- of DhruvaMahariija; uddiima­\n\nuplifting; ya s asa[l - whose\n\nreputation;\n\nmatam-approved; satam-by great devotees.\n\nc\n\nar itam- character; sam­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, whatever you have\n\nasked from me about the great reputation and character of Dhruva\nMaharaja I have explained to you in all detail. Great saintly persons and\n\ndevotees very much like to hear about Dhruva Maharaja.\nPURPORT\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam means everything in relationship with the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Whether we hear the pastimes and activities of the\nSupreme Lord or we hear about the character, reputation and activities of\nHis devotees, they are all one and the same. Neophyte devotees simply try\nto understand the pastimes of the Lord and are not very interested to hear\nabout the activities of His devotees, but such discrimination should not be\nindulged in by any real devotee. Sometimes less intelligent men try to hear\n\nabout the rasa dance of Kr�qa and do not take care to hear about other\n\nportions of Srimad-Bhagavatam, which they completely avoid. There are\nprofessional Bhagavata reciters who abruptly go to the rasa-lila chapters of\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam as if other portions of Sri\"mad-Bhiigavatam were use­\n\nless. This kind of discrimination and abrupt adoption of the rasa-lila pas­\n\ntimes of the Lord is not approved by the aciiryas. A sincere devotee should\n\nread every chapter and every word of Srimad-Bhagavatam, for the beginning\n\nverses describe that it is the ripened fruit of all Vedic literature. Devotees\n\nshould not try to avoid even a word of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. The great sage\n\n", "SB4.2#p0195": "Text45]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n539\n\nMaitreya therefore affirmed herein that the Bhiigavatam is sammatam\nsatiim, approved by great devotees.\nTEXT45\n\n� �'�+tl� � �� � I\n� � ((t+tWi� *d�+t'4+fqU14( 11\\l�ll\ndhanyarh yasasyam iiyu§yarh\npuryarh svasty-ayanarh mahat\nsvargyarh dhrauvyarh saumanasyarh\nprasasyam agha-marfiaram\ndhanyam\n\n-\n\nbestowing wealth; yasasyam-bestowing reputation; iiyufiyam\n\n-increasing duration of life; pu[J.yam-sacred; svasti ayanam -creating aus·\n-\n\npiciousness; mahat-great; svargyam-bestowing achievement of heavenly\nplanets; dhrauvyam-or Dhruvaloka; saumanasyam-pleasing to the mind;\npra sasyam\n\n-\n\nglorious ; agha mar§a[J.am\n-\n\n-\n\ncounteracting all kinds of sinful\n\nactivities.\nTRANSLATION\nBy hearing the narration of Dhruva Maharaja one can fulfill desires for\nwealth, reputation and increased duration of life. It is so auspicious that\none can even go to a heavenly planet or can attain Dhruvaloka, which was\nachieved by Dhruva Maharaja, just by hearing about him. The demigods\nalso become pleased because it is so glorious, and it is so powerful that it\ncan counteract all the results of one's sinful actions.\nPURPORT\nThere are different types of men in this world, not all of them pure\ndevotees. Some are karmis, desiring to acquire vast wealth. There are also\npersons who are only after reputation. Some desire to be elevated to the\nheavenly planets or to go to Dhruvaloka, and others want to please the\ndemigods to get material profits. Herein it is recommended by Maitreya\n\nthat every one of them can hear the narration about Dhruva Maharaj a and\nthus get their desired goal. It is recommended that the devotees (akiima),\nthe karmis (sarva-kiima) and the jniinis who desire to be liberated (mok§akiima) should all worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead to acquire\ntheir desired goals of life. Similarly, if anyone hears about the activities of\nthe Lord's devotee, he can achieve the same result. There is no difference\nbetween the activities and character of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His pure devotees.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0196": "540\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto4 Ch. 12\n\nTEXT46\n\n��ij��14Wol¥i�filtt�f!t'( I\nlf�:PJ�.t·r�Rt �� ��M�14�: 11\\/�11\nsrutvaitac chraddhayiibhikr(lam\nacyuta-priya-ce§ titam\nbhaved bhaktir bhagavati\nyayii syiit klesa-sahk§ayaft\nsrutvii-by hearing; etat-this; sraddhayii-with faith; abhtkfi(lam-repeatedly; acyuta-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; priya-dear ;\nce,s_tita m -a ctivi ties ; bhavet- develops; bhaktift - devotion; bhagavati-unto\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; yayii-by which; syiit-must be;\nklesa-of miseries; s ank,saya[l. - c omplete diminution.\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone\n\nwho\n\nhears\n\nthe\n\nnarration of\n\nDhruva\n\nMaharaja,\n\nand who\n\nrepeatedly tries with faith and devotion to understand his pure character,\n\nattains the pure devotional platform and executes pure devotional service.\nBy such activities one can diminish the threefold miserable conditions of\n\nmaterial life.\n\nPURPORT\nHere the word acyuta-priya is very significant.\n\nDhruva Maharaja's\n\ncharacter and reputation are great because he is very dear to Acyuta, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. As the pastimes and activities of the\nSupreme Lord are pleasing to hear, so hearing about His devotees, who\nare very dear to the Supreme Person, is also pleasing and potent. If one\nsimply reads over and over again about Dhruva Maharaja by hearing and\nreading this chapter, he can attain the highest perfection of life in any way\nhe desires; most importantly, he gets the chance to become a great devotee.\nTo become a great devotee means to finish all miserable conditions of\nmaterialistic life.\nTEXT47\n\n¥1Rf�f ��)ij: �fMt<::�gvn: I\n� �(ijr:a.-o,wtf qr.if tf;f ¥iWff� ll'4l\\91l\n\n", "SB4.2#p0197": "Dhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\nText 48)\n\n541\n\nmahattvam icchatiirh tirtharh\nsrotu[l siliidayo gur-ii[l\nyatra tejas tad icchuniirh\nmiino yatra manasviniim\nmahattvam -greatness; icchatiim-for those desiring; tirtham-the pro­\n\ncess; srotu [t\n\n-\n\nof\n\nqualities; yat ra\n\n-\n\nthe hearer; Sila iidaya[l high character, etc.; gu[!ii[l,-\n\nin which; teja[l,\n\n-\n\n-\n\nprowess; tat-that; icchuniim-for those\n\nwho desire; miina[l-adoration; _yatra -in which; manasviniim-for thoughtful men.\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone who hears this narration of Dhruva Maharaja acquires exalted\nqualities like him. For anyone who desires greatness, prowess or influence,\nhere is the process to acquire them, and for thoughtful men who want\nadoration, here is the proper means.\nPURPORT\nIn the material world everyone is after profit, respectability and reputation, everyone wants the supreme exalted position, and everyone wants to\nhear about the great qualities of exalted persons. All ambitions which are\ndesirable for great persons can be fulfilled simply by reading and understanding the narration of Dhruva Maharaj a's activities.\nTEXT 48\n\nW«J:\n\nt\\d�c:SIRJ: � f(.5tri4•U4( I\n\nm � �tr� �� � � 11\\l�ll\nprayata[l kirtayet priita[l\nsamaviiye dvijanmaniim\nsiiyarh ca pur-ya-slokasya\ndhruvasya caritarh mahat\nprayata[l-with great care; kirtayet-one should chant; p nita[l-in the\n\nmorning; samaviiye\nsiiyam\n\n-\n\nin\n\nthe\n\n-\n\nin the association; dvi-janmaniim-of the twice-born;\n\nevening;\n\nca-also;\n\npur,t.Ya-slokasya-of\n\ndhruvas_ya-of Dhruva; caritam-character; mahat\n\n-\n\ngreat\n\n.\n\nsacred\n\nrenown;\n\n", "SB4.2#p0198": "542\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe great sage Maitreya recommended: One should chant of the character\nand activities of Dhruva Maharaja both in the morning and in the evening,\n\nwith great attention and care, in a society of brahma!J.aS or other twice­\n\nborn persons.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said that only in the association of devotees can one understand\nthe importance of the character and pastimes of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead or His devotees. In this verse it is especially recommended\nthat Dhruva Maharaja's character should be discussed in a society of the\ntwice-born, which refers to the qualified briihmarws, k§atriyas and vaisyas.\nOne should especially seek the society of briihmarws who are elevated to\nthe position of Vai�p.avas. Thus discussion of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, which\ndescribes the character and pastimes of devotees and the Lord, is very\nquickly effective. The International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nhas been organized for this purpose. In every center of this society-not\nonly in the morning, evening or noon, but practically twenty-four hours a\nday-there is continuous devotional service going on. Anyone who comes\nin contact with the Society automatically becomes a devotee. We have\nactual experience that many karmis and others come to the Society and\nfind a very pleasing and peaceful atmosphere in the temples of ISKCON.\nIn this verse the word dvijanmaniim means \"of the twice-born.\" Anyone\ncan join the International Society for Krishna Consciousness and be initiated to become twice-born. As recommended by Sanatana Gosvami, by the\nprocess of initiation and authorized training, any man can become twiceborn. The first birth is made possible by the parent, and the second birth\nis made possible by the spiritual father and Vedic knowledge. Unless one\nis twice-born one cannot understand the transcendental characteristics of\nthe Lord and His devotees. Study of the Vedas is therefore forbidden for\nsudras. Simply by academic qualifications a sudra cannot understand the\ntranscendental science. At the present moment, throughout the entire\nworld the educational system is geared to produce sudras. A big technolo­\n\ngist is no more than a big sudra. Kalau sudra-sambhava: in the age of\nKali, everyone is a sudra.\n\nBecause the whole population of the world\n\nconsists only of sudras, there is therefore a decline of spiritual knowledge,\nand people are unhappy. The Kr�t:�a consciousness movement has been\nstarted especially to create qualified briihmarws to broadcast spiritual\nknowledge all over the world, for thus people may become very happy.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0199": "Texts 49-50]\n\n543\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\nTEXTS 49-50\n\nituf¥u�i mwtliiU@Oi ii\\ICS:\"Wi ��I\n�04fflql� ee¥il�sftf �� ll'll�ll\n�lii4�� �qji(qi(i�Fn I\n...\n\ni\\'4§�511�4\\WffS�� �f�ll'-\\ II\no\n\npaurramiisyiirit siniviilyiirit\ndviidasyiirit sravare 'thavii\ndinak§aye vyatipiite\nsankrame 'rkadine 'pi vii\nsriivayec chraddadhiiniiniim\ntirtha-piida-padiisraya�\nneccharits tatriitmaniitmiinam\nsantu§ta iti sidhyati\npaurramiisyiim-on the full moon; siniviilyiim-on the dark moon; dvii­\n\ndasyiim-on the day after EJ..adaS!; sravare - during the S raval)a star's appearance; athavii-or; dinak§aye-at the end of the tithi; vyatipiite-a particular\nday of the name; sankrame-at the end of the month; arkadine-on Sunday;\napi - also; vii - or; sriivayet-one should recite; sraddadhiiniiniim-to a receptive audience; tirtha-piida-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; padaiisraya�- taken\n\nshelter of the lotus feet; na icchan- wi thout desiring\n\nremuneration;\n\ntatra-there; iitmanii-by the self; iitmiinam-the mind;\n\nsan tu,s.ta�- pacified; iti- thus; sidhyati-becomes perfect .\nTRANSLATION\nPersons who have completely taken shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord\nshould recite this narration of Dhruva Maharaja without taking remuneration. Specifically, recitation is recommended on the full moon or dark\nmoon day, on the day after EkadaSi, on the appearance of the Srava!la\nstar, at the end of a particular tithi, or the occasion of Vyatipata, at the end\nof the\n\nmonth, or on Sunday. Such recitation should of course be\n\nperformed before a favorable audience. When recitation is performed this\nway,\n\nwithout\n\nprofessional\n\nmotive, the reciter and audience become\n\nperfect.\nPURPORT\nProfessional reciters may ask money to extinguish the blazing fire within their bellies, but they cannot make any spiritual improvement or\n\n", "SB4.2#p0200": "become\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n544\nperfect.\n\nIt is\n\ntherefore strictly forbidden to recite $rimad­\n\nBhiigavatam as a profession to earn a livelihood. Only one who is completely\nsurrendered at the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\ndepending fully on Him for personal maintenance or even for maintenance\nof his family, can attain perfection by recitation of $rimad-Bhiigavatam,\nwhich is full of narrations of the pastimes of the Lord and His devotees.\nThe process can be summarized as follows: the audience must be faithfully\nreceptive to the Bhiigavata message, and the reciter should completely\ndepend on the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Bhiigavata recitation\nmust not be a business. If done in the right way, not only does the reciter\na·chieve perfect satisfaction, but the Lord also is very satisfied with the\nreciter and the audience, and thus both are liberated from material bondage simply by the process of hearing.\n\nTEXT 51\n\ntfl ��it� I\ntNIJl{f��l¥.1�\n��I!!•L«a II�� II\n�'4itii�RI�I�\n\njniinam ajniita-tattviiya\nyo dadyiit sat-pathe 'mrtam\nkrpiilor dina-niithasya\ndeviis tasyiinugrh!tate\njii.ii.nam-knowledge; ajiiiita-tattviiya-to those who are unaware of the\ntruth; ya[t-one who; dadyiit-imparts; sat-pathe-on the path of truth;\namrtam-immortality;\npoor; de vii.[t\n\n-\n\nkrpalo[l-kind;\n\ndina-niithasya\n\nprotector\n\n-\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nthe demigods; tasya-to him; anugrhr;wt e -give blessings.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\nnarration of Dhruva\n\nMaharaja is sublime knowledge for the\n\nattainment of immortality. Persons who are unaware of the Absolute\n\nTruth can be led to the path of truth. Those who out of transcendental\n\nkindness take on the responsibility of becoming master protect ors of the\npoor living entities automatically gain the interest and blessings of the\ndemigods.\n\nPURPORT\n]iiiinam ajniita means knowledge which is unknown almost throughout\nthe entire world. No one knows actually what is the Absolute Truth.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0201": "Text 51]\n\nDhruva Maharaja Goes Back to Godhead\n\n545\n\nMaterialists are very proud of their advancement in education, in philo­\n\nsophical speculation and in scientific knowledge, but no one actually knows\n\nwhat the Absolute Truth is. The great sage Maitreya, therefore, recommends\n\nthat to\n\nenlighten people about the Absolute Truth (tattva),\n\ndevotees should preach the teachings of Srimad-Bhiigavatam throughout\n\nthe entire world. Srila Vyasadeva especially compiled this great literature\n\nof scientific knowledge because people are completely unaware of the\nAbsolute Truth. In the beginning of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, First Canto, it is\n\nsaid that Vyasadeva, the learned sage, compiled this great Bhiigavata Puriir-a\n\njust to stop the ignorance of the mass of people. Because people do not\nknow the Absolute Truth, this Srimad-Bhiigavatam was specifically com­\n\npiled by Vyasadeva under the instruction of Narada. Generally, even\n\nthough people are interested in understanding the truth, they take to\n\nspeculation and reach at most the conception of impersonal Brahman.\nBut very few men actually know the Personality of Godhead.\n\nRecitation of Srimad-Bhiigavatam is specifically meant lo enlighten\n\npeople about the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nAlthough there is no fundamental difference between impersonal Brahman,\n\nfocalized Paramatma and the Supreme Person, still factual immortality\ncannot be obtained unless and until one attains the stage of associating\n\nwith the Supreme Person. Devotional service, which leads to the associa­\n\ntion of the Supreme Lord, is actual immortality. Pure devotees, out of\n\ncompassion for the fallen souls, are krpalu, very kind to people in general;\n\nthey distribute this Bhagavata knowledge aU over the world. A kindhearted\n\ndevotee is called dina-natha, protector of the poor, ignorant mass of\n\npeople. Lord Kr�tla is also known as dina-natha or dina-bandhu, the master\nor actual friend of the poor living entities, and His pure devotee also takes\n\nthe same position of dina-natha. The dina-nathas, or devotees of Lord Kr�t:la,\n\nwho preach the path of devotional service, become the favorites of the\n\ndemigods. Generally persons are interested in worshiping the demigods,\nespecially Lord Siva, in order to obtain material benefits, but a pure devo­\n\ntee who engages in preaching the principles of devotional service, as\n\nprescribed in the Srimad-Bhagavatam, does not need to separately worship\n\nthe demigods; the demigods are automatically pleased with him and offer\n\nall the blessings within their capacity. As by watering the root of a tree the\n\nleaves and branches are automatically watered, so, by executing pure\n\ndevotional service to the Lord, the branches, twigs and leaves of the Lord,\n\nknown as demigods, are automatically pleased with the devotee, and they\n\noffer all benediction.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0202": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n546\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 52\n\n�\n\n�sfilfld\n\ntm\n\nN4.�RfN�4�U I\n\nitlliSwt�lf.t 'IT«� � � � � � ����II\nidarh maya te 'bhihitarh kurudvaha\ndhruvasya vikhyiita-visuddha-karmaT]a�\nhitviirbhaka� kri�anahiini miitur\ngrharh ca vi�rturh sarartarh yo jagiima\nidam-this; maya by me; te-unto you; abhihitam described; kuruudvaha-0 great one among the Kurus; dhruvasya-of Dhruva; vikhyiita-\n\n-\n\nvery famous; visuddha-very pure; karma[la�\n\nwhose activities; hitviigiving up; arbhakafJ.-child; kri�anakiini-toys and plaything ; miitu� of\nhis mother; grham-home; ca-also; vin m m-to Lord Vi$t:tU; sarartam-\n\n-\n\nshelter; ya�\n\n-\n\none who; jagiima-went\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe transcendental activities of Dhruva Maharaja are well known all\n\nover the world, and they are very pure. In childhood Dhruva Maharaja\n\nrejected all kinds of toys and playthings, left the protection of his mother\nand seriously took shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�!J.U.\n\nMy dear Vi dura, I therefore conclude this narration, for I have described to\nyou all its details.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said by Cat;1akya Pat:tc;lita that life is certainly short for everyone,\n\nbut if one acts properly, his reputation will remain for a generation. As the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�qa, is everlastingly famous, so the\n\nreputation of Lord Kr�qa's devotee is also everlasting. Therefore in describing Dhruva Maharaja's activities two specific words have been used­\n\nvikhyiita, very famous, and visuddha, transcendental. Dhruva Maharaja's\n\nleaving home at a tender age and taking shelter of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead in the forest is a unique example in this world.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Twelfth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Dhruva Maharaja Goes Back\nto Godhead.\"\n\n", "SB4.2#p0203": "CHAPTER THIRTEEN\n\nDescription of the Descendants\nof Dhruva Maharaia\nTEXT I\n\ntrrr\n\\3Wi!f\n\"\n\n�\n\n4!1tttdi\\unqfld\n��tN(t(Ut¥( I\n�\n\nSl\"+ttil\n\n�\n\n���:�11�11\nsiita uviica\nnisamya kau§iiravirwpavarrtitarh\ndhruvasya vaikurttha-padiidhirohartam\nprariiflha-bhiivo bhagavaty adhok§aje\npra�Jurh punas tarh viduraft pracakrame\nsiita[l uva ca-Siita Gosvami said; nisamya-after hearing; kau§iiravirtii-by\nthe sage Maitreya; upavarrtitam - described; dhruvasya-of Maharaj a Dhruva;\n\nvaikurttha-pada-to the abode of Vi�QU; adhiroharwm- asc ent; prariiflhabhiiva[l-devotional emotion; bhagavati- unto the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; adhok§aje-who is beyond the reach of direct\n\nincreased;\n\nperception;\n\npra§tum-to\n\ninquire;\n\npunafl-again;\n\ntam-unto\n\nMaitreya;\n\nviduraft- Vidura; prac akrame-attempted .\nTRANSLATION\nSiita Gosvami, continuing to speak to all the r�is, headed by Saunaka,\n\nsaid: After hearing Maitreya ��i describe Dhruva Maharaja's ascent to Lord\nVi�Qu's abode, Vidura became very enlightened in devotional emotion, and\nhe inquired from Maitreya as follows.\n\n547\n\n", "SB4.2#p0204": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n548\n\n.\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 13\n\nPURPORT\nAs evidenced in the topics between Vidura and Maitreya, the activities\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the devotees are so fascinating\nthat neither the devotee who is describing them nor the devotee who is\nhearing is at all fatigued by the inquiries and answers. Transcendental subject matter is so nice that no one becomes tired of hearing or speaking.\nOthers, who are not devotees, may think, \"How can people devote so\nmuch time simply to talks of God?\" But devotees are never satisfied or\nsatiated in hearing and speaking about the Supreme Personality of Godhead or about His devotees. The more they hear and talk, the more they become enthusiastic to hear. The chanting of the Hare Kr�f.la mantra is\nsimply the repetition of three words, Hare, Kr�f!a and Riima, but still\ndevotees can go on chanting this Hare Kr�Qa mantra twenty-four hours a\nday without feeling fatigued .\nTEXT2\n\n���\n\n� � st�ij({t ;mr •�nqfqiM � 1\nWl;<fiitl� Sl(.otllijl: � Et'\"H:t'l4il�ij II � II\nvidura uvii.ca\nke te pracetaso nii.ma\nkasyii.patyii.ni suvrata\nkasyii.nvavii.ye prakhyii.tii.ft\nkutra vii satram iisata\nviduraft uvii.ca- Vidura inquired; ke-who were; te-they; pracetasaft­\n\nthe Pracetas; nii.ma-of the name; ka sya\n\n-\n\nwhose; apatyii.ni-sons; su-vrata-\n\n0 Maitreya, who has taken an auspicious vow; ka sya whose; anvavii.ye-in\n-\n\nthe family; prakhyii.tii.[l. - famous; kutra-where; va-also; satram-the sacrifice; asata-was performed.\n'FRANSLATION\nVidura inquired from Maitreya: 0 greatly advanced devotee, who were\n\nthe Pracetas? To which family do they belong? Whose sons were they, and\nwhere did they perform the great sacrifices?\nPURPORT\n\nThe great Narada's singing, in the previous chapter, of three verses in the\nsacrificial arena of the Pracetas gave another impetus to Vidura to ask further questions.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0205": "Text 4)\n\nDescription of the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\n549\n\nTEXT3\n\n� ..,,..,.,q� � �'4<(�..4( I\nir.f �: fsRT�: �: II� II\nmanye maha-bhagavatarh\nnaradam deva-darsanam\nyena proktal;t kriya-yogal;t\nparicarya vidhir harelt\nmanye--I think; mah ii-b hagavatam- greatest of all devotees; niiradam­\n\nthe sage Narada; deva-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; darsanamwho met; ye na-by\n\nwhom; proktal;t-spoken; kriya-yogal;t-devotional\n\nservice; paricarya-for rendering service; v idhil;t -the procedure; hare l;t\n\n!\n\nthe Supreme Persona ity of Godhead.\n\n- to\n\nTRANSLATION\nVidura continued: I know that the great sage Narada is the greates t of\nall devotees. He has compiled the pancaratrika procedure of devotional service and has directly met the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThere are two different ways of approaching the Supreme Lord. One is\ncalled bhiigavata-miirga, or the way of Srtmad-Bhiigavatam, and the other\n\nis called piiiicariitrika-vidhi. Piiiicariitrika-vidhi is the method of temple\nworship, and bhiigavata-vidhi is the system of nine processes which begin\nwith hearing and chanting. The Kr�qa conscious movement accepts both\nprocesses simultaneously and thus enables one to make steady progress on\nthe path of realization of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This\n\npiiiicariitrika procedure was first introduced by the great sage Narada, as\nreferred to here by Vidura.\nTEXT4\n\n��� : �\n\n��'((i'f: I\n\n��'llwil �� -n«�R�t: �II \\lll\nsva-dharma-sila* puru�air\nbhagavan yajiia-puru�al;t\nijyamano bhaktimata\nniiradenerital;t kila\n\n", "SB4.2#p0206": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n550\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 13\n\nsva dharma-sil ai[l,- executing sacrificial duties; puru§ai{l, - by the men;\n-\n\nbhagavan\n\n-\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; yajiia p uru§a�- the enjoyer of\n-\n\nall sacrifices; ijyamana� - being worshiped; bhaktimatii-by the devotee;\n\nnaradena-by Na rada; irita � - described; kili.z-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile all the Pracetas were executing religious rituals and sacrificial\n\nceremonies and thus worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead for\nHis satisfaction, the great sage Narada described the transcendental qualities\n\nof Dhruva Maharaja.\n\nPURPORT\nNarada Muni is always glorifying the pastimes of the Lord. In this verse\nwe see that he not only glorifies the Lord, but he also likes to glorify the\ndevotees of the Lord. The great sage Narada Muni's mission is to broadcast\nthe devotional service of the Lord. For this purpose he has compiled the\n\nNarada-paiicaratra, a directory of devotional service, so that devotees can\nalways take information about how to execute devotional service and thus\nengage twenty-four hours a.day in performing sacrifices for the pleasure of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. As stated in the Bhagavad -gita, the\nLord has created four orders of social life, namely brahmarw, k§atriya,\n\nvaisya and sudra. In the Niirada-paiicaratra it is very clearly described how\n\neach of the social orders can please the Supreme Lord. In the Bhagavad­\n\ngita (Bg.l8.45) it is stated, sve sve karmap_y abhirata� samsiddhim labhate\n\nnara�: by executing one's prescribed duties one can please the Supreme\nLord.\n\nIn\n\nthe\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nalso\n\nit\n\nis stated, svanu§thitas.ya\n\ndharmasya samsiddhir hari-to§artam: the perfection of duty is to see that\nby discharging one's specific duties one satisfies the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead\n\n(Bhag.l.2.13). When the Pracetas were performing sacrifices\n\naccording to this direction, Narada Muni was satisfied to see these activities, and he also wanted to glorify Dhruva Maharaja in that sacrificial\narena.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� �;:tfifun � f.JfifRn \\ltlfi4MU I\n\n• � � Clii��WII'q'�{fu II '-\\ II\nyas ta devar§irta tatra\nvarrtita bhagavat-katha�\nmahyam susru§ave brahman\nkartsnyenaca§tum arhasi\n\n", "SB4.2#p0207": "Text6]\n\nDescription of the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\n551\n\nya�-which; ta�- a l1 those; devar§iQ.a-by the great sage Narada; tatra­\n\nthere; var[lita�-narr ated; bhagavat-katha�- preachings pertaining to the\nactivities of the Lord; mahyam- unto me; susrii§ave - very eager to hear;\n\nbrahman-my dear brahma[la; kartsnyena-fully; aca§tum arhasi-kindly\ne xplain .\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear brahma!la, how did Narada Muni glorify the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and what pastimes were described in that meeting? I am\nvery eager to hear of them. Kindly explain fully about that glorification of\nthe Lord.\nPURPORT\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is the record of bhagavat-katha, topics about the\npastimes of the Lord. What Vidura was anxious to hear from Maitreya we\ncan also hear five thousand years later, provided we are very eager.\n\nTEXT6\n\nit��\n\n��:�:mft���\nec44i1'4f� ���m;i f�: II� II\nmaitreya uvaca\ndhruvasya cotkala� putra�\npitari prasthite vanam\nsiirvabhauma-sriyarh naicchad\nadhirajasanarh pitu�\nmaitreya� uvaca- the great sage Maitreya said; dhru vasya- of Ohruva\nMaharaja; ca- also; utkala�- Utkala; putra�- son; p itari- after the father;\n\nprasthite -departed; vanam-for the forest; s arva-bhauma - i ncludin g all\nlands; sr iyam - opu lence; rw ai c chat - did not desire; adhiraja-royal.; asanam\n\n- throne; pitu � - of the father.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya replied: My dear Vidura, when Maharaja\nDhruva departed for the forest, his son, Utkala, did not desire to accept\nthe opulent throne of his father, which was meant for the ruler of all the\nlands of this planet.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0208": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n552\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT7\n\n� �fl(;{tqftUWfl€¥41 f;r:q:\n\nQ+t�f•t: I\n\n� � AtRt+tl�+tl4 J\\�+tl€¥4{;( II \\9 II\nsa janmanopasiintiitmii\nn*sahgaft samadarsanaft\ndadarsa loke vitatam\niitmiinam lokam iitmani\nsalt-his son Utkala;janmanii-from the very beginning of his birth; upasiinta-very\n\nwell satisfied; atma-soul; niftsangaft-without attachment;\n\nsama-dadana{l.-equipoised; dadarsa-saw; loke-in the world; vitatamspread; atmanam-the Supersoul; lokam-all the world; atmani-in the\nSupersoul.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom his very birth, Utkala was fully satisfied and unattached to the\nworld. He was equipoised, for he could see everything resting in the Supersoul and the Supersoul present in everyone's heart.\nPURPORT\nThe symptoms and characteristics of Utkala, the son of Maharaja Dhruva,\n\nare those of a mahii-bhiigavata. As stated in the Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 6.30),\nyo miim pasyati sarvatra sarvam ca mayi pasyati: a highly advanced devotee sees the Supreme Personality of Godhead everywhere, and He also sees\neverything resting in the Supreme. It is also confirmed in the Bhagavad-gita\n(Bg. 9.4), maya tatam idam sarvam jagad avyakta-murtina:\n\nLord Kr�qa is\n\nspread all over the universe in His impersonal feature. Everything is resting\non Him, but that does not mean that everything is He Himself. A highly advanced mahii-bhiigavata devotee sees in this spirit: he sees the same Supersoul, Paramatma, existing within everyone's heart, regardless of discrimination based on the different material forms of the living entities. He sees\neveryone as part and parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\nmahii-bhiigavata who experiences the Supreme Godhead's presence everywhere is never missing from the sight of the Supreme Lord, nor is the Supreme Lord ever lost from his sight. This is only possible when one is advanced in love of Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0209": "Texts\n\n8-9] Description of the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\n553\n\nTEXTS 8-9\n\n311�14 ;m � Sl�(ijllfijf?Ut(¥( I\n\n31qilll:I(�Ehl�'4lwt�+c�e;:ij4( II � II\n:atoqqfi;s'ftit•nlia:n.tEh4'4�t�:: 1\n� ;m�� �11�11\niitmiinarh brahma nirviir-arh\npratyastamita-vigraham\navabodha-rasaikiitmyam\niinandam anusantatam\navyavacchinna-yogiignidagdha-karma-maliisaya{l\nsvarilpam avarundhiino\nniitmano 'nyarit tadaik§ata\niitmiinam-self; brahma-spirit ; nirviirwm-extinction of material existence ;pratyastam-ita-ceased; vigraham-separation ; avabodha-rasa-by the\nmellow of knowledge; eka-iitmyam-oneness; iinandam-bliss; anusantatamexpanded; avyavacchinna-continuous; yoga-by practice of yoga; agni-by\nthe fire ; dagdha-burned; karma-fruitive desires ; mala-dirty; iisaya{l-in\nhis mind; svariipam-constitutional position ; avarundhiina{l-realizing; nanot ; iitmana{l-than the Supreme Soul ; anyam-anything else ; tadii-then ;\naik.sata- saw.\nTRANSLATION\nBy expansion of his knowledge of the Supreme Brahman, he had already\nattained liberation from the bondage of the body. This is known as nirva!la.\nHe was situated in transcendental bliss, and he continued always in that\nblissful existence, which expanded more and more. This was possible for\nhim by continual practice of bhakti-yoga, which is compared with fire because it burns away all dirty material things. He was always situated in his\nconstitutional position of self-realization, and he could not see anything\nelse but the Supreme Lord and himself engaged in discharging devotional\nservice.\nPURPORT\nThese two verses explain the verse in the Bhagavad-gitii, brahma-bhiitaft\nprasanniitmii na socati na kiink§ati/ sama{l sarve§u bhute §u mad-bhaktirit\n\n", "SB4.2#p0210": "554\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 13\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nlabhate pariim: \"One who is transcendentally situated at once realizes the\nSupreme Brahman. He never laments or desires to have anything. He is\nequally disposed towards every living entity. In that state he achieves pure\n\ndevotional service unto Me.\" (Bg. 18.54) This is also explained by Lord\nCaitanya in His Sik§ii§taka in the beginning of the first verse:\n\nceto-darparw-miirjanarh bhava-mahii-diiviigni-nirviipa7Jam\nsreya[l kairava-candrikii-vitarar-arh vidyii-vadhu-jivanam\nThe bhakti-yoga system is the topmost yoga system, and in this system the\nchanting of the holy name of the Lord is the foremost performance of devotional service. By chanting the holy name one can attain the perfection\n\nof nirvara,. or liberation from material existence, and so increase one's\n\nblissful life of spiritual existence as described by Lord Caitanya (iinandiimbudhi-vardhanam). When one is situated in that position he no longer has\nany interest in material opulence or even a royal throne and sovereignty\nover the whole planet. This situation is called viraktir anyatra syat. It is the\nresult of devotional service.\nThe more one makes advancement in devotional service, the more one\nbecomes detached from material opulence and material activity. This is the\n\nspiritual nature, full of bliss. This is also described in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(Bg. 2.59). Pararh dntvii nivartate: one ceases to take part in material enjoyment upon tasting superior, blissful life in spiritual existence. By advancement in spiritual knowledge, which is considered to be like blazing\n\nfire, all material desires are burned to ashes. The perfection of mystic yoga\n\nis possible when one is continuously in connection with the Supreme Personality of Godhead by discharging devotional service. A devotee is always\nthinking of the Supreme Person at every step of his life. Every conditioned\nsoul is full of the reactions of his past life, but all dirty things are immediately burned to ashes if one simply executes devotional service. This is de­\n\nscribed in the Niirada-paficariitra: sarvopiidhi-vinirmuktarh tat-paratvena\n\nnirmalam.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n\\11Ciw-\\4it�Ufli\"q¥('lfiliRt«tflif(f:\n\nI\n\n�: qN itRJSiwtf stijiRll�f{cuwt: II� oil\njat;liindha-badhironmattamukiikrtir atanmati[l\nlakflitaft pathi biiliiniirh\nprasiintiircir iviinalaft\n\n", "SB4.2#p0211": "Text 11]\n\nDescription of the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\n555\n\njapa-foolish; andha - blind; badhi ra- deaf; unmatta- mad; muka -dumb;\nakrti{l -appearance; a-tat-not like that; mati{l-his intelligence; lak§ita{the was seen; pathi - on the road; ba lan am-by the less intelligent; prasantacalmed; arci{l.-with flames; iva-like; ana l a{l- fire.\nTRANSLATION\nUtkala appeared to the less intelligent persons on the road to be foolish,\nblind, dumb, deaf and mad, although actually he was not so. He remained\nlike fire covered with ashes, without blazing flames.\nPURPORT\n\nIn order to avoid contradiction, botheration and unfavorable situations\ncreated by materialistic persons, a great saintly person like J a<) a Bharata or\nUtkala remains silent. The less intelligent consider such saintly persons to\nbe mad, deaf or dumb. Factually, an advanced devotee avoids speaking with\npersons who are not in devotional life, but to those who are in devotional\nlife he speaks in friendship, and he speaks to the innocent for their enlightenment. For all practical purposes, the whole world is full of nondevotees,\nand so one kind of very advanced devotee is called bhajananandl. Those\nwho are go�thanandf, however, preach to increase the number of devotees.\nBut even such preachers also avoid opposing elements who are unfavorably\ndisposed towards spiritual life.\nTEXT 11\n\nij+i�UU I\nm � ���;:ft�f( Jri\\': � II� �II\n� d iatCUrii� Pt(U\n\nmatva tarh japam unmattarh\nkula-vrddhaft samantrirwft\nvatsararh bhupatirh cakrur\nyaviyarhsarh bhrameft sutam\nmatvii-thinking; tam-Utkala;j a pam - without intelligence; unmattammad; ku l a- vrddhiift-elde rly members of the family; sa-mantri (l.a �-with the\nministers; vatsaram- V atsar a; bhu-patim -ruler of the world; cakru{l-they\nmade; yaviyarhsam -younger; bh rame�-of Bhrami; sutam-son.\nTRANSLATION\nFor this reason the ministers and all the elderly members of the family\nthought Utkala to he without intelligence and, in fact, mad. Thus his\n\n", "SB4.2#p0212": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n556\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 13\n\nyounger brother , named V atsara, who was the son of Bhrami and who was\njunior to Utkala, was elevated to the royal throne, and he became king of\nthe world.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that although there was monarchy, it was not at all an autocracy. There were senior family members and ministers who could make\nchanges and elect the proper person to the throne, although the throne\ncould be occupied only by the royal family. In modern days also, wherever there is monarchy, sometimes the ministers and elderly members of\nthe family select one member from the royal family to occupy the throne\nin preference to another.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n((f��;i�tl 441«<� 'tCI€¥4\\iiF{ I\n�lUi Rl•¥444 � � Cftt 1111{. I l ��II\ns varvithir vatsarasye.stii\nbhiiryiisu ta flafl-iit majiin\n\npufipiir'{lam tigmaketum ca\niflam urjam vasum jayam\ns varvithi[t-Svarvithi;\n\nvat saras ya-of\n\nKing\n\nVatsara;\n\ni� tii-very dear;\n\nbhiiryii-wife ; asuta-gave birth to; �at -six ; iit majiin-sons; p u�piir[lam ­\n\nPuf?part:ta; tigmaketum-Tigmaketu; ca-also; i�am-If?a; urjam-Orja ; vasumV asu; jayam -J aya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Vatsara had a very dear wife whose name was Svarvithi, and she\ngave birth to six sons, named Pu�piiqta, Tigmaketu, �a, Orja, Vasu and\nJay a.\nPURPORT\nVatsara 's wife is mentioned here as i§tii, which means worshipahle. In\nother words it appears that Vatsara 's wife had all good qualities ; for\nexample, she was always very faithful and obedient and affectionate to her\nhusband. She had all good qualities for managing household affairs. If both\nthe husband and wife are endowed with good qualities and live peacefully,\nthen nice children take birth, and thus the whole family is happy and\nprosperous.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0213": "Texts 15-16]\n\nDescription of the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\n557\n\nTEXT 13\n\nS\"UUi@ 3Im llNi � � i �: I\nm\\iq�•hw�fiRI vme{S(+IIU(tl: II��II\npun:Jiirrwsya prabha bhiiryii\ndo.sii ca dve babhuvatuft\npriitar madhyandinam siiyam\niti hy iisan prabhii-sutiift\npu§piir{lasya-of Pu�parQ.a; prabhii-Prabha; bhiiryii-wife; do�ii-Do�ii;\nca-also; dve-two; babhuvatuft-were; priitaft-PriitaJ:t; madhyandinamMadhyandinam ; siiyam-Sayam; iti-thus; hi-certainly; iisan-were; prabhiisutiift-sons of Prabhii.\nTRANSLATION\nPu�paqta had two wives, named Prabha and Do�a. Prabha had three sons,\nnamed PrataQ., Madhyandinam and Sayam.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� f.lftl¥(1 � � �'llt\\iji4Jt�: I\n�: � ''RIRif (1tt�ii(1+1G\\� II�\\lll\npradofio nisitho vyu§ta\niti do§ii-sutiis trayaft\nvyufitalt sutam pu§kariryiim\nsarva-tejasam iidadhe\nprado§a{l-Prado�a; nisitha{l-Nisitha; vyu§ta{l-Vyu��a; iti-thus; do§iiof Do�a; sutii{l-sons; traya{l-three; vyu§ta{l-Vyu��a; sutam-son;\npu§kari{lyiim-in Pu�kariQ.i; sarva-tejasam-named Sarvateja, all-powerful;\niidadhe-begot.\nTRANSLATION\nDo�a had three sons-Prado�a, Nisitha and Vyu�1a. Vyu�1a's wife was\nnamed Pu�kari�i, and she gave birth to a very powerful son named Sarvateja.\n\nTEXTS 15-16\n\n� =q;: U(t+tl�f � +t�cuq ' 1\n\n+twftO(<I � �(iii'IC.,�I � ������\n\n", "SB4.2#p0214": "558\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 13\n\n� � m Iii ij�i!4\"<ttd � 1\natftlil¥t+td\\o5i SIP ���U(!Jliti( 11����\nsa cakfiu� sutam iikutyiim\npatnyiim manum aviipa ha\nmanor asuta mahi§i\nvirajiin na{lvalii sutiin\npurum lwtsam tritam dyumnam\nsatyavantam rtarh vratam\nagnifitomam atiriitram\npradyumnam sibim ulmulwm\nsa�-he (Sarvateja); cak�u�-named Cak�ul:t; sutam-son; iikutyiim-in\nAkiiti; patnyiim-wife; manum-Ciik�u�a Manu; aviipa-obtained; ha-indeed; mano�-of Manu; asuta-gave birth to; mahi�i-queen; virajiinwithout passion; na{lvalii-NaQ.valii; sutiin-sons; purum-Puru; kutsamKutsa; tritam-Trita; dyumnam-Dyumna; satyavantam-Satyavan; rtam�ta;\nvratam-Vrata;\nagni�tomam-Agni��oma;\natiriitram-Atiriitra;\npradyumnam-Pradyumna; sibim-Sibi; ulmukam-Ulmuka.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvateja 's wife, Akiiti, gave birth to a son named Ca�u�;�a, who became\nthe sixth Manu at the end of the Manu millennium. Nac;lvala, the wife of\nCak�;�u�;�a Manu, gave birth to the following faultless sons: Puru, Kutsa, Trita,\nDyumna, Satyavan, ij.ta, Vrata, Agni�;��oma, Atiratra, Pradyumna, Sibi and\nUlmuka.\nTEXT 17\n\ni3i!�aiij4�!'11..�'Efif(v4f '4l'q'IIW{ I\nq � � stiQ+Crw«< � 11��11\nulmuko ]anayat putriin\npufikarir-yiim .sa{l uttamiin\nangarh sumanasarh khyiitim\nkratum angirasam gayam\nulmuka�-Ulmuka; ajanayat-begot; putriin-sons; pu§kariryiim-in\nPu�karil)i, his wife; §at-six; uttamiin-very good; angam-Ariga;\nkhyatim-Khyiiti; kratum-Kratu; migirasamsumanasam-Sumanii;\nArigira; gayam-Gaya.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0215": "Texts\n\n19-20]\n\nDescription of the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\n559\n\nTRANSLATION\nOf the twelve sons, Ulmuka begot six sons in his wife Pu�kari�i. They\nwere all very good sons, and their names were Anga, Sumana, Khyati,\nKratu, .Aitgira and Gaya.\nTEXT 18\n\nt(.(lql\" � m � �WifliNUI( I\n�:�itt�I€« � M(411�(1(1 1��II\nsunithiingasya yii patni\nsufiuve venam ulbarwm\nyad-dau[l.silyiit sa riijar§ir\nnirvi.n.no niragiit puriit\nsunithii-Sunitha; angasya-of Anga;\n\nyii.-she\n\nwho; patni-the wife;\n\nsu§uve-gave birth to; venam-Vena; ulbarwm-very crooked; yat-whose;\n\ndau[l.silyiit-on account of bad charac ter ;s a[l. -he ; riija-r§i{t-the saintly Kin g\n\nAnga; nirvirt[la[l.-very disappointed; niragiit-went out; puriit-from home.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe wife of Anga, Sunitha, gave birth to a son named Vena, who was\nvery crooked. The saintly King Ali.ga was very disappointed with his bad\ncharacter, and he left home and kingdom and went out to the forest.\nTEXTS 19-20\n\n� �: � ctl•ctlill 'ff-N: � I\n\n•Ru«l(ij4A � �� � 11��11\n31(11i14Hf�1 �: 1ftfm: Sllil1: I\nliiRIT wtl(lqUif�wt quq: �Jfl(: ll�oll\nyam anga sepu[l kupitii\nviig-vajrii munaya[l. kila\ngatiisos tasya bhuyas te\nmamanthur dak.si[tam lcaram\nariijake tadii loke\ndasyubhi[t pi!}itii[l. prajii[l.\njii.to niirii ya[lii.rhs ena\nprthur iidya[t k§itisvara[l.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0216": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n560\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 13\n\nyam-him (Vena) whom; anga-my dear Vidura; sepu/l-they cursed;\nkupitii�-being angry; viik-vajrii�-whose words are as strong as a thunderbolt; munaya�-great sages; kila-indeed; gata-aso� tasya-after he died;\nbhiiya�-moreover;\n\nte-they;\n\nmamanthu�-churned;\n\ndak�irwm-right;\n\nkaram-hand; ariijake-being without a king; tadii-then; loke-the world;\ndasyubh*-by\n\nrogues\n\nand thieves; pipitii�-suffering; prajii�-all\n\nthe\n\ncitizens; jiita�-advented; niiriiyar.a-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; arrisena-by a partial representation; prthu�-Prthu; iidya�-original;\nk�iti-iSvara�-ruler of the world.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Vidura, when great sages curse, their words are as invincible as\na thunderbolt. Thus when they cursed King Vena out of anger, he died.\nAfter his death, since there was no king, all the rogues and thieves flour­\n\nished, the kingdom became unregulated, and all the citizens suffered greatly. On seeing this, the great sages took the right hand of Vena as a churning\nrod, and as a result of their churning, Lord Vi��u in His partial representation advented as King Prthu, the original emperor of the world.\nPURPORT\nMonarchy is better than democracy because if the monarchy is very\nstrong the regulative principles within the kingdom are upheld very nicely.\nEven one hundred years ago in the state of Kashmir in India, the king was\nso strong that if a thief were arrested in his kingdom and brought before\nhim, the king would immediately chop off the hands of the thief. As a result of this severe punishment there were practically no theft cases within\nthe kingdom. Even if someone left something on the street, no one would\ntouch it. The rule was that the things could be taken away only by the proprietor and that no one else would touch them. In the so-called democracy,\nwherever there is a theft case the police come and take note of the case,\nbut generally the thief is never caught, nor is any punishment offered to\nhim. As a result of incapable government, at the present moment thieves,\nrogues and cheaters are very prominent all over the world.\nTEXT 21\n\nfirF�\n\nM-'\"4� ¥4(1€¥1'1: I\n�: ifi¥4¥4�!1 � 4fA\\¥4'11 � II�� II\n\n� ��f.t�:\n\n", "SB4.2#p0217": "Text 22]\n\n561\n\nDescription of the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\nvidura uvaca\ntasya sila-nidheft sadhor\nbrahmar-yasya mahatmana{l\nrajii.a� katham abhud dufitti\npraja yad vimana yayau\nvidura� uvaca- Vidura said; tasya- of him (A riga); sila ni dhe�\n-\n\n-\n\nreservoir\n\nof good characteristics; sadho�-saintly person; brahma [L yasya- lover of\nbrahminical culture; ma htitmana�\nhow; abhut-it was; du�ta\n\n-\n\n-\n\ngreat soul; riijii.a�- of the king; katham­\n\nbad ; praja- so n ; yat-by which; vimana�\n\n-\n\nbeing\n\nindifferent; yayau he left.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nVidura inquired from the sage Maitreya: My dear brahma!la, King A.Oga\nwas very gentle. He had high character and was a saintly personality and\nlover of brahminical culture. How is it that such a great soul got a bad son\nlike Vena, because of whom he became indifferent to his kingdom and left\nit?\nPURPORT\nIn family life a man is supposed to live happily with father, mother, wife\nand children, but sometimes, under certain conditions, a father, mother,\nchild or wife becomes an enemy. It is said by Cal)akya Par:u;lita that a father\nis an enemy when he is too much in debt, a mother is an enemy if she\nmarries for a second time, a wife is an enemy when she is very beautiful,\nand a son is an enemy when he is a foolish rascal. In this way, when a family member becomes an enemy it is very difficult to live in family life or\nremain a householder. Generally such situations occur in the material\nworld. Therefore according to Vedic culture one has to take leave of his\nfamily members just after his fiftieth year so that the balance of his life\nmay be completely devoted in search of Kr�ra consciousness.\nTEXT 22\n\nfcti mt iR i!f� ilfMG\\\"'''t\\91�-t I\n\nG\\0Ci4ij� � � ��fitG\\U ����II\nkim varhho vena uddisya\nbrahma-dap[lam ayuyujan\ndart!ia-vrata-dhare riijii.i\nmunayo dharma-kovida�\n\n", "SB4.2#p0218": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n562\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 13\n\nkim-why; vii- also;amhaft-sinful activities; vene-unto Vena; uddisya­\n\n-\n\nseeing; brahma da r,Pam-curse of a briihma[la; ayuyujan -they desired to\n\n-\n\naward; dart!la-vrata dhare -who carries the rod of punishment; rtijiii-unto\nthe king; munayaft-the great sages; dharma-kovida ft -completely conversant with religious principles.\nTRANSLATION\n\nVidura also inquired: How is it that the great sages, who were completely\n\nconversant with rel igious principles, desired to curse King Vena, who him­\n\nself carried the rod of punishment, and thus awarded him the greatest\npunishment [ brahma-sapa]?\nPURPORT\nIt is understood that the king is able to give punishment to everyone, but\nin this case it appears that the great sages punished him. The king must\nhave done something very serious, otherwise how could the great sages,\nwho were supposed to be the greatest and most tolerant, still punish him\nin spite of their elevated religious consciousness? It appears also that the\nking was not independent of the brahminical culture. Above the king there\nwas the control of the briihmar-as, and if needed the briihmar-as would\ndethrone the king or would kill him, not with any weapon, but with the\n\nmantra of a brahma-siipa. The briihmar-as were so powerful that simply by\ntheir cursing one would immediately die.\nTEXT 23\n\niflq��H ��: �(*4qlif(q I\n� ��qI�Iiff fW-�: (q�1$1QI II�� II\nniivadhyeya{t p raja-pala{t\np rajabhir aghaviin api\nyad asau lolw-paliinarh\nbibharty oja[t sva-tejasa\nna-never; avadhyeya}J-to be insulted; praja-pala[t-Lhe king; p rajabhi{tby the citizens; agh a van- ever sinful; ap i- even though; yat- because; asauhe; loha-piilaniim-of many kings; bibharti-maintains; oja[t- prowess; svatejasa-by personal influence.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIt is the duty of all citizens in a state never to insult the king, even\n\nthough he sometimes appears to have done something very sinful. Because\n\n", "SB4.2#p0219": "Text 24]\n\nDescription of the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\n563\n\nof his prowess, the king is always more influential than all other ruling\nchiefs.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic civilization the king is supposed to be the represen­\n\ntative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is called nara-niiriiyar-a,\n\nindicating that Nii.rayal)a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, appears in\n\nhuman society as the king. It is etiquette that neither a briihmarta nor a\n\nk�atriya king is ever insulted by the citizens; even though a king appears to\n\nbe sinful, the citizens should not insult him. But in the case of Vena it\n\nappears that he was cursed by the nara-devatiis; therefore, it was concluded that his sinful activities were very grievous.\nTEXT 24\n\nC(<t�Rottlftlt itlr.ltrwil�l€41\\i�M<t( I\n�l\"'l:q lffliN � q(lit(�:qq : 11�\\lll\netad iikhyiihi me brahman\nsunithiitmaja-cefltitam\nsraddadhiiniiya bhaktiiya\ntvam pariivara-vittama{t\netat-all these; iih hyiihi\n\n-\n\nplease describe; me-unto me; brahman-0\n\ngreat briihmaf}.a; sunithii-iitmaja-of the son of Sunitha, Vena; ce�titamactivities; sraddadhiiniiya-faithful; bhaktiiya-unto your devotee; tvam­\n\nyou;para avara\n-\n\n-\n\nwith past and future; vit-tamaft -well conversant.\nTRANSLATION\n\nVidura requested Maitreya: My dear brahma�a, you are well conversant\nwith all subjects, both past and future. Therefore I wish to hear from you\nall the activities of King Vena. I am your faithful devotee, so please explain\nthis.\nPURPORT\nVidura accepted Maitreya as his spiritual master. A disciple always\n\ninquires from the spiritual master, and the spiritual master answers the\n\nquestion, provided the disciple is very gentle and devoted. Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti Thakura said that by the mercy of the spiritual master one is\n\nbenedicted with the mercy of the Supreme Lord. The spiritual master is\n\nnol inclined to disclose all the secrets of transcendental science unless the\n\n", "SB4.2#p0220": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n564\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 13\n\ndisciple is very submissive and devoted. As stated in the Bhagavad-g\"itii,\nthe process of receiving knowledge from the spiritual master entails submission, inquiry and service.\nTEXT 25\n\n�51ll �\n\n3Jtfts.IJJiN U\\ilfif(l�«l( 'iCI¥«( I\niCFii•Jl(q(tl(ijM'I(ijl JtGiql�fil: ������\nmaitreya uviica\nango 'svamedham riijar§ir\niijahiira mahii-kratum\nniijagmur devatiis tasminn\niihUtii brahma-viidibhift\n\n- M aitreya answered; angaft- King Anga; asvamedham·\n\nmaitreyaft uviica\n\nasvamedha sacrifice; riija rfi ift- the saintly king; iijahiira- executed; mahii­\n\n-\n\nkratum great sacrifice; na-not; ajagmu{l -came; devatii [l - the demigods;\ntasmin-in that sacrifice; iihu tiift -being invited; brahma-viidibhift-by the\nbriihmaras expert in executing sacrifices.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Maitreya replied: My dear Vidura, once the great King Anga arranged\nto perform the great sacrifice known as a8vamedha. All the expert hrah­\n\nma�as present knew how to invite the demigods, hut in spite of their\n\nefforts, no demigods participated or appeared in that sacrifice.\nPURPORT\n\nA Vedic sacrifice is not an ordinary performance. The demigods used to\nparticipate in such sacrifices, and the animals sacrificed in such performances were reincarnated with new life. In this age of Kali there are no\npowerful briihmar;tas who can invite the demigods or give renewed life to\nanimals. Formerly, the briihmar;tas well conversant in Vedic mantras\ncould show the potency of the mantras, but in this age, because there are\nno such briihmar;tas, all such sacrifices are forbidden. The sacrifice in which\nhorses were offered was called asvamedha. Sometimes cows were sacrificed\n\n(gaviilambha), not for eating purposes, but to give them new life in order\nto show the potency of the mantra. In this age, therefore, the only practical yajiia is sa�iktrtana-yajiia or chanting of the Hare Kr�J;la mantra\ntwenty-four hours a day.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0221": "Text 27]\n\nDescription of the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\n565\n\nTEXT 26\n\n(t'{'fJRM<U(ij?l\ntt�¥llwt¥4vtR\\4�: I\n� ft¥41wtlf.t WI � �� �: ������\ntam ilcur vismitiis tatra\nyajamiinam athartvija{l\nhavimfii huyamiiniini\nna te grhr-anti devatii�\ntam- unto King At1ga; ilcu� -said; vismitii�-in wonder; tatra-there;\nyajamiinam-to the institutor of the sacrifice; atha-then; rtvijaft-the\npri ests; havim§i-offerings of clarified butter; huyamiiniini-being offered;\nna-not; te-they; grhr-anti-accept; devatii[l-the demigods\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe priests engaged in the sacrifice then informed King Aitga: 0 King,\nwe are properly offering the clarified butter in the sacrifice, but despite all\nour efforts the demigods do not accept it.\nTEXT 27\n\nm'{ C4fut\\f!lf.l �SS(11f«:ijlf.l � I\n\n�f�ttl(ttl•nf.t ttlf� R: 11�\\911\nriijan havim§y adu§fiini\nsraddhayiisiiditiini te\nchandiimsy ayiita-yiimiini\nyojitiini dhrta-vrataift\n\n-\n\nriijan-0 King; havirh§i sacrificial offerings; adu §tiini- no t polluted;\nsraddhayii-with great faith and care; iisiiditiini-collected; te-your;\nchandiimsi-the mantras; ayiita-yiimiini-not deficient; yojitiini-properly\nexecuted; dhrta-vrataift-by qu a lified briihmarws.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, we know that the paraphernalia to perform the sacrifice is well\ncollected by you with great faith and care and is not polluted. Our chanting\nof the Vedic hymns also is not deficient in any way because all the\nbrahmaras and priests present here are expert and are executing the\nperformances properly.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0222": "566\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 13\n\nPURPORT\nIt is the practice of the brahmartas conversant with the science to\n\npronounce a Vedic mantra in the right accent. The combination of the\nmantra and Sanskrit words must be chanted with the right pronunciation,\notherwise it will not be successful. In this age the brahmartas are neither\nwell versed in the Sanskrit language nor very pure in practical life. But by\nchanting the Hare Kr�tta mantra one can attain the highest benefit of\nsacrificial performances. Even if the Hare Kr�J;Ja mantra is not chanted\nproperly, still it has so much potency that the chanter gains the effect.\nTEXT 28\n\n� �r-ft � Cf4tit1Ji4fq I\n��¥Qilr-{�-�:�l�:l��l\nWI\n\nna vidiimeha deviiniim\nhelanarh vayam ar-v api\nyan na grhrwnti bhiigiin sviin\nye devii[l, karma-siik§ir.a[l,\nna-not; vidiima-can find; ilta-in this connection; deviiniim-of the\ndemigods; helanam-insult, neglect; vayam-we; artu-minute; api-even;\nyat-becau se of which; na-not; grhrtanti-accept; bhiigiin-shares; sviinown; ye-who; devii[l,\nsacrifice.\n\n-\n\nthe demigods; karma-siik§irtafi,\n\n-\n\nwitnesses for the\n\nTRANS LATION\n\nDear King, we do not find any reason that the demigods should feel\n\ninsulted or neglected in any way, but still the demigods who are witnesses\nfor the sacrifice do not accept their shares. We do not know why it is so.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is indicated herein that if there is negligence on the part of the priest,\nthe demigods do not accept their share in sacrifices. Similarly, in devotional\nservice there are offenses known as seva-aparadha. Those who are engaged\nin worshiping the Deity , Radha and Kr�t)a in the temple, should avoid\nsuch offenses in service. The offenses in service are described in The Nectar\nof Devotion. If we simply make a show of o ffering services to the Deity\nbut do not care for the seva-aparadha, certainly the Radha-Kr�l)a Deity\nwill not accept offerings from such nondevotees. Devotees engaged in\ntemple worship should not, therefore, manufacture their own methods,\n\n", "SB4.2#p0223": "Text 30]\n\nDescription of the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\n567\n\nbut should strictly follow the regulative principles of cleanliness, and then\nofferings will be accepted.\n\nTEXT 29\n\nm�\n3I1ft �ct:q: �� �: �: I\n� ottQO\\ilsU-4 (1C(�I(ijC(§(I41 ������\nnwitreya uviica\nango dvija-vaca{l srutvii\nyajamiina{l sudurnwnii{l\ntat pra§{urh vyasrjad viicarh\nsadasyiirhs tad-anujiiayii\nmaitreya[l uviica-the great sage Maitreya answered; anga[l- King Ar\"1ga;\ndvija-vaca[l-the briihnwrws words; srutvii-after hearing; yajamiina{tperformer of the sacrifice; s udurnwnii [t- very much aggrieved in mind;\ntat-about that; pra§tum-in order to inquire; vyasrjat viicam-he s po k e;\nsadasyiin-to the priests; tat-their; anujiiayii taking permission.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya explained that King Anga, after hearing the statements of the\npriests, was greatly aggrieved. At that time he took permission from the\npriests to break his silence and inquired from all the priests who were\npresent in the sacrificial arena.\nTEXT 30\n\nitl•l�l�l � Wf � AtiFw.t I\n�(1�644l i@ fitqcttf 44441 P1{ II� I I\no\n\nniigacchanty iihutii devii\nna grhrwnti grahiin iha\nsadasas patayo bruta\nkim avadyarh nwyii krtam\nna-not; agacc h anti -are coming;\n\niihutii[!- being invited; devii{t the\n-\n\ndemigods; na-not; grhrwnti-are accepting; grahiin-shares; iha-in the\n\nsacrifice; sadasa{! pataya[!-My dear priests; b ruta-k indly tell me; kimwhat; avadyam-offense; maya by me; krtam-was committed.\n-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0224": "S rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n568\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing A.Dga addressed the priestly order: My dear priests, kindly tell me\nwhat offense I have committed. Although invited, the demigods are neither\ntaking part in the sacrifice nor accepting their shares.\nTEXT 31\n\n'fRJI\"frrrf([ �:\n\n��� lWffl ;n� ijW;:'{�\"' �Cll{_ I\n���ct. snwl�� ��t� ���: II�� II\n\"'\n\nsadasas pataya ucu[l\nnara-deveha bhavato\nniigharh tiivan maniik sthitam\nasty ekarh priiktanam agharh\nyad ihedrk tvam apraja�\nsadasa� patayaft ucuft -the head priests aid; nara-deva-0 King; iha-in\nthis life; bhavata{l.-of you; na - not; agham - sinful activity; tiivat maniikeven very slight; sthitam-situated; asti-there is; ekam - one; priiktanamin the previous birth; agham-sinful activity; yat-by which; iha-in this\nlife; idrk -like this; tvam-you; apraja.h - wi thout any son.\nTRANSLATION\nThe head priests said: 0 King, in this life we do not find any sinful\nactivity, even within your mind, so you are not in the least offensive. But\nwe can see that in your previous life you performed sinful activities due to\nwhich, in spite of your having all qualifications, you have no son.\nPURPORT\nThe purpose of marrying is to beget a son because a son is necessary to\ndeliver his father and forefathers from any hellish conditional life in which\nthey may be. Cat:takya Paq<;lita, therefore, says, putra-hinarn grham sunyam:\nwithout a son, married life is simply abominable. King Anga was a very\npious king in this life, but because of his previous sinful activity he could\nnot get a son. It is concluded, therefore, that if a person does not get a son\nit is due to his past sinful life.\nTEXT 32\n\n� ij 31m�t;f ij� �q I\n� �� � � ��-- 11�\":(11\n� �\n\n", "SB4.2#p0225": "Text 33]\n\nDescription o f the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\n569\n\ntathii siidhaya bhadrarit te\niitmiinarit suprajarit n rpa\n4tas te putra-kiimasya\nputrarit diisyati yajfia-bhuk\ntathii-therefore; siidhaya-e x ecute the sacrifice to get; bh adram-good\nfortune; te-to you; iit miinam-your own; su-prajam-good son; nrpa-0\nKing; i§t a[t\n\n-\n\nbeing worshiped; te\n\n-\n\nby you; pu t ra- k iimasya-desiring to have\n\na son; putram-a son; diisyati-He will deliver; yajfia-bhuk-the Lord, the\nenjoyer of the sacrifice.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, we wish all good fortune for you. You have no son, but if you\npray at once to the Supreme Lord and ask for a son, and if you execute\nthe sacrifice for that purpose, the enjoyer of the sacrifice, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, will fulfill your desire.\nTEXT 33\n\n� �+lltl�lf-1 ��\n\n�Q(I��q:\n\n�\n\nfa:('t�: I\n�f�: 11��11\n\ntathii sva-bhiiga-dheyiini\ngrahi§yanti divauhasaft\nyad yajfia-puru§a{t siik§iid\napatyiiya harir vrta{t\ntathii-thereupon; sva-bhiiga-dheyiini-their shares in the sacrifice;\ngrahi§yanti-will accept; diva-okasa[t-all the demigods; yat- because;\nyajfia-puru§a[t-the enjoyer of all sacrifices; siik§ii t-directly; apatyayafor the purpose of a son; hari[t -the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nvrta[t-is invited.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Hari, the supreme enjoyer of all sacrifices, is invited to fulfill your\ndesire for a son, all the demigods will come with Him and take their shares\nin the sacrifice.\nPURPORT\nWhenever a sacrifice is performed, it is meant for satisfying Lord Vi�J).U,\nthe enjoyer of the fruits of all sacrifices; and when Lord V i�J).U agrees to\ncome to a sacrificial arena, all the demigods naturally follow their master,\nand their shares are offered in such sacrifices. The conclusion is that the\nsacrifices performed are meant for Lord Vi�J).u, not for the demigods.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0226": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n570\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 34\n\n� � ��tiRlfof. � ��� ijfWJ: I\nSll(llfat �'f � � ��: 11�\\lll\ntiirhs tiin kiimiin harir dadyiid\nyiin yiin kiimayate janafl\niiriidhito yathaivai§a\ntathii purhsiirh phalodaya!t .\ntiin tan\naward;\n\n-\n\nthose; kiimiin-desired objects; ha rifl-the Lord; dadyiit\n\nyan\n\nyiin-whatsoever;\n\nii riidhita[l-being\n\nkamayate-desires;\n\njana[l-the\n\nworshiped; yatha-as; eva-certainly; e�afl,\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwill\n\nperson;\n\nthe Lord;\n\ntatha-similarly ; purhsam-of men; phala u daya[l-the result.\n-\n\nTRAN SL ATI O N\nThe performer of the sacrifices [under karma-kiiQ{,ia activities J achieves\n\nthe fulfillment of the desire for which he worships the Lord.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Bhagavad-gitii the Lord says that He awards benediction to the\nworshiper according to his desire. The Supreme Personality of Godhead\ngives all living entities conditioned within this material world full freedom\nto act in their own way. But to His devotee He says that instead of working\nin that way, it is better to surrender unto Him, for He will take charge of\nthe devotee. That is the difference between a devotee and a fruitive actor.\nThe fruitive actor enjoys only the fruits of his own activities, but a devotee,\nbeing under the guidance of the Supreme Lord, simply advances in devotional service to achieve the ultimate goal of life-to go back home, back to\nGodhead. The significant word in this verse is kiimiin, which means sense\ngratificatory desires. A devotee is devoid of all kaman. He is anyabhila�itiisunya: a devotee is always devoid of all desires for sense gratification.\nHis only aim is to satisfy or gratify the senses of the Lord. That is the\ndifference between a karmi and a devotee.\nTEXT 35\n\n� Oll�fuijl �SII{ij� Uij: Sf� I\n�UCI�i f� fttfqfffitr �� 11��11\n\n", "SB4.2#p0227": "Text 36]\n\nDescription of the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\n571\n\niti vyavasitii vipriis\ntasya riijfia[l prajiitaye\npuro-�iisam niravapan\nsipi-Vifi_tliya VififLUVe\niti thus; vyavasitii[l having decided; vipriift- the briihmafLas; tasya-his;\nriijfia[l\nof the king; prajiitaye-for the purpose of getting a son; puraft�asam-the paraphernalia of sacrifice; niravapan offered; sipi-vi§tiiya-to\nthe Lord, who is situated in the sacrificial fire; vi§fLave-to Lord Vi�I).U.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus for the sake of a son for King Ailga, they decided to offer oblations\nto Lord Vi��u, who is situated in the hearts of all living entities.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to sacrificial rituals, animals are sometimes sacrificed in the\n\nyajfia arena. Such animals are sacrificed not to kill them but to give them\nnew life. Such action was an experiment to observe whether the Vedic\n\nmantras were being properly pronounced. Sometimes small animals are\nkilled in a medical laboratory to investigate therapeutic effect. In a medical clinic the animals are not revived, but in the yajfia arena, when animals\nwere sacrificed, they were again given life by the potency of Vedic mantras.\n\nThe word sipi-vifi.tiiya appears in this verse. Sipi means the flames of the\n\nsacrifice. In the sacrificial fire if the oblations are offered into the flames,\nthen Lord Visnu is situated there in the form of the flames. Therefore Lord\nVi�I).u is kno�� as Sipivi�ta.\nTEXT 36\n\n6411�\" �� t'«'«l(!�'teTMR: 1\nfbvqiR mur Rt4¥11d\\I� qF.t� II�� II\ntasmiit puru§a uttasthau\nhema-miily amaliimbara{t\nhirartmayena piitre!w\nsiddham iidiiya piiyasam\ntasmiit-from that fire; puru§a{l.-a person; utta� thau-appeare d; hema.\n\nmiilt- w it h\n\na\n\ngolden\n\ngarland;\n\namala-ambara{l.-in\n\nwhite\n\ngarments;\n\n", "SB4.2#p0228": "[Canto 4, Ch. 13\n\nSr'imad-Bhagavatam\n\n572\nhira [lma ye na\n\n-\n\ngolden; patre[l a\n\n-\n\nwith\n\na\n\npot; siddham-cooked; adaya­\n\ncarrying; pay asam-rice boiled in milk.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs soon as the oblation was offered in the fire, a person appeared from\nthe fire altar wearing a golden garland and white dress. He was carrying a\ngolden pot filled with rice boiled in milk.\nTEXT 37\n\n�\n\n�SU�ffl U� il���� I\n\nSf�l{���: SOW�T ��: 11�\\911\nsa vipranumato raja\ngrhitvaiijalinaudanam\navaghraya muda yuktafi,\npradiit patnya udara-dhl{l.\nsafi,-he; vipra-of the brahmaras; anumatafi,-taking permission; rajathe King; grh it va- taking; a iij a lina\n\n-\n\nin his joined palms; odanam-rice boiled\n\nin milk;avaghriiya-after smelling; mudii-with great delight; yuktafi,-fixed;\n\npradat\n\n-\n\noffered; pa tnya i-to his wife; udara-dhi fl, -liberal minded\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King was very liberal, and after taking permission from the priests,\nhe took the preparation in his joined palms, and after smelling it he offered\na portion to his wife.\nPURPORT\nThe word udara-dhl{l. is significant in this connection. The wife of the\nKing, Sunitha, was not fit to accept this benediction, yet the King was so\nliberal that without hesitation he offered to his wife the boiled rice in milk\n\nprasiida received from the yajiia-puru§a. Of course everything is designed\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As will be explained in later\nverses, this incident was not very favorable for the King. Since the King\nwas very liberal, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in order to increase\nhis detachment from this material world, willed that a cruel son be born of\nthe Queen so that the King would have to leave home. As stated above,\nLord Vi�pu fulfills the desires of the karmis as they desire, but the Lord\nfulfills the desire of a devotee in a different way so that the devotee may\n\n", "SB4.2#p0229": "Description of the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\nText 39]\n\n573\n\ngradually come to Him. This is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gitii (dadiimi\nbuddhi-yogam tam yena miim upayiinti te). The Lord gives the devotee the\nopportunity to make progress further and further so that he may come\nback home, back to Godhead.\n\nsa tat purh-savanarh rajni\nprasya vai patyur adadhe\ngarbharh kala upavrtte\nkumiiram su§uve 'praja\nsa-she; tat-that food; pum-savanam-which produces a male child;\nrajiii-the Queen; prasya\nadadhe\n\n-\n\n-\n\neating; vai-indeed; patyu[l-from the husband;\n\nconceived ;garb ham -pregnancy; kale-when the due time; upavrtte\n\n-appeared; kumaram-a son; SUfiUVe-gave birth to; apraja-having no son.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlthough the Queen had no son, after eating that food, which had the\n.\npower to produce a male child, she became pregnant from her husband, and\nin due course of time she gave birth to a son.\nPURPORT\nAmong the ten kinds of purificatory processes, one is purh-savanam, in\nwhich the\n\nwife\n\nis offered\n\nsome prasada,\n\nor remnants of foodstuff\n\noffered to Lord Vi�p.u, so that after sexual intercourse with her husband\nshe may conceive a child.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n� +tl�l+t�?Jil�n 1\n\n�\n\n����: ����II\n\nsa bala eva puru§O\nmata-maham anuvrata[l\nadharmarhsodbhavarh mrtyurh\ntenabhavad adharmika[l\nsa [t-that ; bala[l-child ; eva-certainly; pu rufi alt-m al e ; miita-mahammaternal grandfather; anuvrata[l-a follower of; adharma-of irreligion;\n\n", "SB4.2#p0230": "574\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch.l3\n\narhsa-from a portion; udbhavam-who appeared; mrtyum-death; tenaby this; abhavat-he became; adharmikaft-irreligious.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat boy was born p artially in the dynasty of irreligion. His grandfather\nwas death personified, and the boy grew up as his follower; he became a\ngreatly irreligious person.\nPURPORT\nThe child's mother, Sunitha, was the daughter of death personified.\nGenerally the daughter receives the qualifications of her father, and the son\nacquires those of the mother. So, according to the axiomatic truth that\nthings equal to the same thiug are equal to one another, the child born of\nKing Anga became the follower of his maternal grandfather. According to\nsmrti-siistra, a child generally follows the principles of his maternal uncle's\nhouse. Nariir-iirh miitula-karma means that a child generally follows the\nqualities of his maternal family. If the maternal family is very corrupt or\nsinful, the child, even though born of a good father, becomes a victim of\nthe maternal family. According to Vedic civilization, therefore, before the\nmarriage takes place an account is taken of both the boy's and girl's\nfamilies. If according to astrological calculation the combination is perfect,\nthen marriage takes place. Sometimes, however, there is a mistake, and\nfamily life becomes frustrating.\nIt appears that King Anga did not get a very good wife in Sunitha\nbecause she was the daughter of death personified. Sometimes the Lord\narranges an unfortunate wife for His devotee so that gradually, due to\nfamily circumstances, the devotee becomes detached from his wife and\nhome and makes progress in devotional life. It appears that by the arrangement of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, King Anga, although a pious\ndevotee, got an unfortunate wife like Sunitha and later on a bad child like\nVena. But the result was that he got complete freedom from the entanglement of family life and left home to go back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT40\n\n", "SB4.2#p0231": "Text 41]\n\nDescription of the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\n575\n\nsa sariisanam udyamya\nmrgayur vana-gocara�\nhanty asiidhur mrgiin diniin\nveno 'siiv ity arauj jana�\nsa�-that boy of the name Vena; sariisanam-his bow; udyamya-taking\n\n- used\n\nup; mrgay u�-the hunter; vana-gocara�-going into the forest; hanti\n\n-\n\n-\n\nto kill; asiidhu� being very cruel; mrgan-deer; diniin poor; vena�- Vena;\nasau-there he is; iti-thus; araut-would cry ; jana �-all the people.\nTRANSLATION\nMter fixing his bow and arrow, the cruel boy used to go to the forest\nand unnecessarily kill innocent deer, and as soon as he came all the people\nwould cry, \"Here comes cruel Vena! Here comes cruel Vena!\"\nPURPORT\n\nK�atriyas are allowed to hunt in the forest for the purpose of learning\nthe killing art, not to kill animals for eating or for any other purpose. The\n\nk�atriya kings were sometimes expected to cut off the head of a culprit in\nthe state. For this reason the k�atriyas were allowed to hunt in the forest.\nBecause this son of King Anga, Vena, was born of a bad mother, he was very\ncruel, and he used to go to the forest and unnecessarily kill the animals. All\nthe neighboring inhabitants would be frightened by his presence, and they\nwould call, \"Here comes Vena! Here comes Vena!\" So from the beginning\nof his life he was fearful to the citizens.\nTEXT 41\n\namftt � � *4���-�I(WH I\nsmv\nM(�ta: �'4«'4•41�( 11\\ltH\niikri�e kri�ato biiliin\nvayasyiin atidiirur-aft\nprasahya niranukrosa�\npasu-miiram amiirayat\niikri�e\n\n- in the playground; kri� ta[ - while playing; bii liin- boys vayasa\n\n1\n\n;\n\nyiin-of his age; atidii.ru(la�-very cruel; prasahya-by force; niranukrosa{lmerciless; pasu-mii.ram- as if slaughtering animals; amiirayat- killed.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0232": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n576\n\n[Canto4, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe boy was so cruel that while playing with young boys of his age he\n\nwould kill them very mercilessly, as if they were animals meant for\n\nslaughter.\n\nTEXT42\n\nd N�\\\"4 � � �RP.�-ict: I\n� .. � � �¥416l€fi*'n: 11\\l�ll\ntarh vicak§ya k halarh putrarh\nsiisanair vividhair nrpa[l\nyadii na siisiturh kalpo\nbhrsam iisit sudurmanii[l\ntam-him; vicak § ya- observing; khalam-cruel; putram-son; sasanaift­\n\nb y punishments; vividhaift- different kinds of; nrpaft-the King;yada-when;\nna-not; sasitum-to bring under control;kalpaft-was able; bhrsam\n\nly; asit-became; sudurmanaft-aggrieved\n\n-\n\ngreat\n\n­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing the cruel and merciless behavior of his son Vena, King Ailga\n\npunished him in different ways to reform him, but he was unable to bring\n\nhim to the path of gentleness. He thus became greatly aggrieved.\nTEXT43\n\nS11lMI+qf'.ftdl �� � •ailf'.M: I\nW{q�� �:� it WI�� � IIV�ll\nprayertiibhyarcito devo\nye 'praja grha-medhina[l\nkad-apatya-bhrtarh du�kham\nye na vindanti durbharam\np riiy e{la\n\n-\n\nprob abl y ; abhyarcitaft-was worshiped; devaft-the Lord; ye­\n\nthey who; aprajiift-without a son;grha-medhinaft-persons living at home;\n\nkad-apatya-by a bad son; bhrtam\n\n-\n\ncaused ; du�kham-unhappiness; ye­\n\nthey who; na-not; vindan ti-suffer; durbha ra m -unbearable\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King thought to himself: Persons who have no son are certainly for­\n\ntunate. They must have worshiped the Lord in their previous lives so that\nthey would not have to suffer the unbearable unhappiness caused by a bad\n\nson.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0233": "Text45]\n\nDescription of the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\n577\n\nTEXT44\n\nqt-ft44� �!11 +tti'J.ul� I\n� �: dri � �: 11\\l\\lll\n\n�:\n\nyataft papiyasi kirtir\nadharmas ca mahan nrram\nyato virodhaft sarve§am\nyata adhir anantakaft\nyataft-on account of a bad son; papiyasi-sinfui; kirti{t-rcpu tation;\nadharmaft-irreligion; ca-also; mahan-great;nrrfiim-of men;yata�-from\nwhich; virodhaft-quarrel; sarve�am-of all people; yata[l-from which;\nadhift-anxiety; anantakn{1-endless.\nTRANSLATION\nA sinful son causes a person's reputation to vanish. His irreligious activities at home cause irreligion and quarrel among everyone, and this creates\nonly endless anxiety.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is said that a married couple must have a son, otherwise their family\nlife is void. But a son born without good qualities is as good as a blind eye.\nA blind eye has no use for seeing, but it is simply unbearably painfuL The\nKing therefore thought himself very unfortunate to have such a bad son.\nTEXT45\n\n� SNIIq� � �: I\nqfiFcij) q � �: �� �: 11\\l�ll\nkas tam prajapadesarh vai\nmoha-bandhanam atmanaft\npar-!lito bahu rnanyeta\nyad-arthaft klesada grha{t\nka[l-who;tam-him; praja-apadesam-son in name only; vai-certainly;\nmoha-of illusion; bandhanam- bondage; atmana[!-for the soul;pa[!pita{lintelligent man;bahu manyeta-would value; yat-arthii�-because of whom;\nklesa-daft-painful;grhaft-home.\nTRANSLATION\nWho, if he is considerate and intelligent, would desire such a worthless\nson? Such a son is nothing but a bondage of illusion for the living entity,\nand he makes one's home miserable.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0234": "578\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto4, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT46\n\n44q� t�t �� (1f(q�l'bf\"4f � I\nPIRi� 4JO«I\"IM qMijMi4tt�W: II\\I'll\nkad-apatyam varam manye\nsad-apatyiic chuciim padiit\nnirvidyeta grhiin martyo\nyat klesa-nivahii grhii{!\nkad-apatyam-bad son; varam-better; manye-I think; sat-apatyatthan a good son; suciim-of grief; padiit\n\n- the source; nirvidyeta - becomes\n- because of\n\ndetached; grhat-from home; martya{!-a mortal man; yat\nwhom; klesa-nivahii[l.-hellish; grhii[l.-home.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThen the King thought: A bad son is better than a good son because a\n\ngood son creates an attachment for home, whereas a bad son does not. A\n\nbad son creates a hellish home from which an intelligent man naturally\nbecomes very easily detached.\n\nPURPORT\nThe King began to think in terms of attachment and detachment from\none's material home. According to Prahlada Maharaja, the material home is\n\ncompared to a blind well. If a man falls down into a blind well, it is very\ndifficult to get out of it and begin life again. Prahlada Maharaja has advised\nthat one should give up this blind well of home life as soon as possible and\ngo to the forest to take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nAccording to Vedic civilization, this giving up of home with vii.naprastha\nand sannyasa is compulsory. But people are so attached to their homes\nthat even up to the point of death they do not like to retire from home life.\nKing Anga, therefore, thinking in terms of detachment, accepted his bad\nson as a good impetus for detachment from home life. He therefore\nconsidered his bad son his friend since he was helping him to become detached from his home. Ultimately one has to learn how to detach oneself\nfrom attachment to material life; therefore, if a bad son, by his bad\nbehavior, helps a householder to go away from home, it is a boon.\n\nTEXT47\n\n� � fi1Mwt¥t;ct -rft �� � '10:.�ql\\ I\n\n", "SB4.2#p0235": "Text 48]\n\nDescription of the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\n579\n\n�ssqe� �� tRtt � SIU� ll\\l\\911\nevarh sa nirvirtrw-manii nrpo grhiin\nniSitha utthiiya mahodayodayiit\nalabdha-nidro 'nupalah§ito nrbhir\nhitvii gato vena-suvarh prasuptiim\nevam-thus; sa�-he; nirvi(l!W-manii�-being indifferent in mind; nrpa{lKing Aitga; grhiit-from home; nisithe�in the dead of night; utthiiyagetting up; mahii-udaya-udayiit-opulent by the blessings of great souls;\nalabdha-nid ra [l, - being without sleep; anupalakfiitaft - without being seen;\nnrbhi{t - by people in general; hi tva - giving up; gata[l,-went off; vena-suvam\n-the mother of Vena; p ras uptiim - sleeping deeply.\nTRANSLATION\nThinking like that, King Aitga could not sleep at night. He became\ncompletely indifferent to household life. Once, therefore, in the dead of\nnight, he got up from bed and left Vena's mother [his wife], who was\nsleeping deeply. He gave up all attraction for his greatly opulent kingdom,\nand, unseen by anyone, he very silently gave up his home and opulence and\nproceeded toward the forest.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word mahodayodayiit indicates that by the blessings of\na great soul one becomes materially opulent. But when one gives up\nattachment to material wealth, that should be considered an even greater\nblessing from the great souls. It was not a very easy ta k for the King to\ngive up his opulent kingdom and young faithful wife, but it was certainly\na great blessing of the Supreme Personality of Godhead that he could give\nup the attachment and go out to the forest without being seen by anyone.\nThere are many instances of great souls leaving home in this way in the\ndead of night, giving up attachment for home, wife and money.\nTEXT48\n\n� � 'Rt '1M sm:\niUI1:<�1+tl€4tJ<t•lon(4t:\nNNffl(iiA4NM'41lWI<�o\n� � � ttitfilwt: 11\\l�ll\n\n", "SB4.2#p0236": "[Canto 4, Ch. 13\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n580\n\nvijniiya nirvidya gatam patim prajiift\npuro hitii miitya-suhrd-gar-iidayaft\nvicikyur urvyiim atisoka-kiitarii\nyathii niguf[ham puru§arh kuyoginal).\nvijniiya\n\n-\n\nleft; patim\n\nafter understanding;\n\n-\n\nthe King; praja�\n\nministers; suhrt\n\n-\n\n-\n\nni rvidya\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbeing indifferent; gatam had\n-\n\nall the citizens; purohita\n\nfriends; garw iidayaft\n\nsearched; urvyiim\n\nyathii\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\npriests; iimiitya­\n\nand people in general; vicikyu�­\n\non the earth; atisoka-kiitarii� being greatly aggrieved;\n\njust as; nig u!fha m\n\n-\n\n-\n\nconcealed; puru§am\n\n-\n\nthe Supersoul; ku-yoginafi.\n\n-inexperienced mystics.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen it was understood that the King had indifferently left home, all\n\nthe citizens, priests, ministers, friends, and people in general were greatly\n\naggrieved. They began to search for him all over the world, just as a less\nexperienced mystic searches out the Supersoul within himself.\nPURPORT\n\nThe example of searching for the Supersoul within the heart by the less\nintelligent mystics is very instructive. The Absolute Truth is understood in\nthree different features, namely impersonal Brahman, localized Paramatmii,\nand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such kuyogina�, or less intelligent mystics, can by mental speculation reach the point of the impersonal\nBrahman, but they cannot find the Supersoul who is sitting within each\nliving entity. When the King left, it was certain that he was staying somewhere else, but because they did not know how to find him they were\nfrustrated like the less intelligent mystics.\nTEXT 49\n\nq� �mimf.llf(: Sl��q�tt � �t'(. I\n� eiHu..fqtf;:q m�\n..��((tJWI. � ��1(.11\\l�ll\n3T��;:�n\n\nalak§ayantaft padavim prajiipater\nhatod.yamiift pratyupasrtya te purim\nnin sametiin abhivandya siisravo\nnyavedayan paurava bhartr-viplavam\n\n", "SB4.2#p0237": "Text 49]\n\nDescription of the Descendants of Dhruva Maharaja\n\nalak�ayanta�-not\n\n581\n\nfinding; padavim-any trace; prajapate�-of Ki.ng\n\nAilga; hata-udyama�-having become disappointed; pratyupasrtya-after\n\nreturning; te-those citizens; purim-to the city; f§tn-the great sages;\n\nsametan-assembled ; abhivandya-after making respectful obeisances; sa­\n\nasrava�-with tears in their eyes; nyavedayan-informed;paurava-0 Vidura;\nbhartr-of the king; viplavam-the absence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the citizens could not find any trace of the King after searching\nfor him everywhere, they were very disappointed, and they returned to\nthe city, where all the great sages of the country assembled because of the\nKing's absence. With tears in their eyes the citizens offered respectful\nobeisances and informed them in full detail that they were unable to find\nthe King anywhere.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Thirteenth\n\nChapter, o f the Sri m ad Bhagavatam entitled \"Description of the Descend-\n\nants of Dhruva Maharaja.\"\n\n,\n\n", "SB4.2#p0238": "CHAPTER FOURTEEN\nThe story of King vena\n\nTEXT l\n\ni?�<l ��'if\n\n�'41i(q� � �� �i(f({;{: I\n•na4eRt�rrt �: \"�ijll( 11 t 11\nmaitreya uvaca\nbhrgv-adayas te munayo\nlokanarh k§ema-darsina[l\ngoptary asati vai nfi:l,arh\npasyanta[l pasu-samyatam\nmaitreya[l uvaca-the great sage Maitreya continued; bhrgu-adaya[lheaded by Bhrgu; te-all of them; munaya[l-the great sages; lokanam-of\nthe people; k§ema-darsina[l-who always aspire for the welfare; goptarithe King; as ati-being absent; vai-certainly; nfiJ-iim-of all the citizens;\n\npasyanta[l- having understood; pasu samyatam-existence on the Level of\n-\n\nthe animals.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: 0 great hero Vidura, the great\nsages, headed by Bhrgu, were always thinking of. the welfare of the people\nin general. When they saw that in the absence o:f King Ang a there was no\none to protect the interests of the people, they understood that without a\nruler the people would become independent and nonregulated.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the significant word is k§ema-darsina[l, which refers to\nthose who are always Looking after the welfare of the people in general.\nHowever, all the great sages headed by Bhrgu were always thinking of how\nto elevate all the people of the universe to the spiritual platform. Indeed,\n\n583\n\n", "SB4.2#p0239": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n584\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 14\n\nthey advised the kings of every planet to rule the people with that ultimate\ngoal of life in mind. The great sages used to advis� the head of the state,\nor the king, and he used to rule the populace in accordance with their\ninstruction. After the disappearance of King Anga, there was no one to\nfollow the instructions of the great sages. Consequently all the citizens\nbecame unruly, so much so that they could be compared to animals. As\ndescribed in Bhagavad-gitii (Bg. 4.13), human society must be divided into\nfour orders according to quality and work. In every society there must be\nan intelligent class, administrative class, productive class and worker class.\nIn modern democracy these scientific divisions are turned topsy-turvy, and\nby vote siidras, or workers, are chosen for administrative posts. Having no\nknowledge of the ultimate goal of life, such persons whimsically enact laws\nwithout knowledge of life's purpose. The result is that no one is happy.\nTEXT2\n\nfuma�'\"Ff WIM ;m�f�: I\nSf'h�fftWid �'fl-({f{f� tfffi' wn II � II\nvira-miitaram iihiiya\nsunithiirh brahma-viidinaf!\nprakrty-asammatarh venam\nabhya§iiican patirh bhuvaf!\nvrra-of Vena; miitaram-mother; iihuya-calling; sunithiim-of the name\nSunitha; brahma-viidinal;t-the great sages learned in the Vedas; prakrti-by\nthe ministers; asammatam-not approved of; venam- Vena; abhya§incanenthroned; patim\n\n-\n\nthe master; bhuva{!-of the world.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe great sages then called for the Queen Mother, Sunitha, and with her\n\npermission they installed Vena on the throne as master of the world. All\nthe ministers, however, disagreed with this.\nTEXT3\n\n����I\nf;{f��tr: {«1: ��m �: II � II\n\n�\n\niqlewt•ld\n\nsrutvii nrpiisana-gatarh\nvenam aty-ugra-siisanam\nnililyur dasyavaf! sadya�\nsarpa-trastii iviikhavaf!\n\n", "SB4.2#p0240": "585\n\nThe Story of King Vena\n\nText4]\n\nsrutva-after hearing; nrpa\n\n-\n\nof the King; asana gatam\n-\n\n-\n\nascended to the\n\nthrone; venam-Vena; ati- very ; ugra-severe; sasanam- punisher; nililyu{l.hid them elves; dasyava{l.\n\n-\n\nall the thieves; sadya{l.- immediately; sarpa\n\nsnakes; trasta{l.- being afraid; iva-like; a k ha vaf!\n\n-\n\nrats\n\n-\n\nfrom\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt was already known that Vena was very severe and cruel; therefore as\nsoon as all the thieves and rogues in the state heard of his ascendance to\nthe royal throne, they became very much afraid of him. Indeed, they hid\nthemselves here and there as rats hide themselves from snakes.\nPURPORT\nWhen the government is very weak, rogues and thieves flourish. Similarly , when the government is very strong, all the thieves and rogues\ndisappear or hide themselves. Of course Vena was not a very good king,\nbut he was known to be cruel and severe. Thus the state at least became\nfreed from thieves and rogues.\nTEXT4\n\nQ �iq(41'1 \\!?lits!f'�ll: I\n3Ririt' ��:�111ft«�: �:u 'd ll\nsa aru{lha-nrpa-sthana\nunnaddho '§ta-vibhUtibhif!\navamene maha-bhagan\nstabdha[l sambhavita{l. svata{l.\nsa{I. - King Vena; ar u{ih a- ascended to; nrpa-sthana{l.-the seat of the king;\nunnaddha{l.-very proud; a§ta eight; vibhutibhi[r,-by opulences; avamenebegan to in ult; maha bhagiin- great personalities; stabdha{l.- inconsiderate;\nsa mb hiivita {l. - considered great; svataf!- by himself.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the King ascended to the throne, he became all-powerful with\neight kinds of opulences. Consequently he became too proud. By virtue of\nhis false prestige, he considered himself to be greater than anyone. Thus he\nbegan to insult great personalities.\nPURPORT\nIn thi\n\nverse Lhe word a§ta-vibhutibhi{l., meaning by eight opulences, is\n\nvery important. The king is supposed to possess eight kinds of opulences.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0241": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n586\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 14\n\nBy dint of mystic yoga practice, kings generally acquired these eight kinds\nof opulences. These kings were called riijar§is, kings who were also great\nsages. By practicing mystic yoga, a riijar§i could become smaller than\nthe smallest, greater than the greatest, and could get whatever he desired.\nA riijar�i could also create a kingdom, bring everyone under his control\nand rule them. These were some of the opulences of a king. King Vena,\nhowever, was not practiced in yoga, but he became very proud of his\nroyal position nonetheless. Because he was not very considerate, he began\nto misu e his power and insult great personalities.\nTEXT5\n\n� � ��«� f� (tf f(l{: I\n� �'ll�lq �qqf'N iti(dl II � II\nevarh madiindha utsikto\nnirankusa iva dvipa�\nparyatan ratham iisthiiya\nkampayann iva rodasi\nevam-thus; mada-andha�-being blind with power; utsiktafl,\nn i rank u s a�\n\n-\n\nuncontrolled ; iva\n\n-\n\n-\n\nlike ; dvipa�- an elephant; paryatan\n\nproud;\n\n-\n\ntravel\n\n­\n\ning; ratham-a chariot; asthaya-having mounted; kampayan-causing to\ntremble; iva-indeed; rodasi-the sky and earth.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he became overly blind due to his opulences, King Vena mounted\na chariot and, like an uncontrolled elephant, began to travel through the\nkingdom causing the sky and earth to tremble wherever he went.\nTEXT6\n\ntt � tt � ttmr��: 'fiR<l_ I\n� �q\"R�� �T�IIf ��: II � II\nna ya§tavyarh na datavyarh\nna hotavyarh dvija� kvacit\niti nyavarayad dharmarh\nbhen-gho§erw sarvasa�\nna-not;\ndatavyam\n\n-\n\nya§tavyam-any\n\nsacrifices\n\ncan\n\nbe\n\nperformed;\n\nna-not;\n\nany charity can be given; na-not; hotavyam-any clarified\n\n", "SB4.2#p0242": "Text7)\n\nThe Story of King Vena\n\n587\n\nbutter can be offered; dvijii{l-0 twice-born; kvacit-at any time; iti-thus;\nnyaviirayat-he stopped; dharmam-the procedures of religious principles;\nbheri-of kettledrums; gho§e[!.a-with the sound; sarvasa{t-everywhere.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the twice-born [ brahmat;�.as] were forbidden henceforward to perform any sacrifice, and they were also forbidden to give charity or offer\nclarified butter. Thus King Vena sounded kettledrums throughout the\ncountryside. In other words, he stopped all kinds of religious rituals.\nPURPORT\nWhat was committed by King Vena many years ago is at present being\ncarried out by atheistic governments all over the world. The world situation\nis so tense that at any moment governments may issue declarations to stop\nreligious rituals. Eventually the world situation will become so degraded\nthat it will be impossible for pious men to live on the planet. Therefore\nsane people should execute Kr�t;�.a consciousness very seriously so that\nthey can go back home, back to Godhead, without having to further\nsuffer the miserable conditions predominant in this universe.\nTEXT7\n\n�it4AI��\"ll Uiltft � AAf� I\nf� �� iqi41t�: � ij�; II � II\nvenasyiivek§ya munayo\ndurvrttasya vice§titam\nvimrsya loka-vyasanam\nkrpayocuft sma satrirwft\nvenasya-of King Vena; iivek§ya-after observing; munaya�-al1 great\nsages; durvrttasya-of the great rogue; vice§titam-activities; vimrsyaconsidering; loka-vyasanam-danger to the people in general; krpaya-out\nof compassion; iicu{t-talked; sma-in the past; satrirta�-the performers of\nsacrifices.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore all the great sages assembled together, and, after observing\ncruel Vena's atrocities, concluded that a great danger and catastrophe was\napproaching the people of the world. Thus out of compassion they began\nto talk amongst themselves, for they themselves were the sacrificial performers.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0243": "588\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 14\n\nPURPORT\nBefore King Vena was enthroned, all the great sages were very much\nanxious to see to the welfare of society. When they saw that King Vena\nwas most irresponsible, cruel and atrocious, they again began to think of\nthe welfare of the people. It should be understood that sages, saintly\npersons and devotees are not unconcerned with the people's welfare.\nOrdinary karm\"is are busy acquiring money for sense gratification, and\nordinary jniin\"is are socially aloof when they speculate on liberation, but\nactual devotees and saintly persons are always anxious to see how the\npeople can be made happy both materially and spiritually. Therefore the\ngreat sages began to consult one another on how to get out of the dangerous atmosphere created by King Vena.\nTEXTS\n\n� �: sml � 61RR �I\n�·�t(� �� � (J�(ql��: \"�\"\naho ubhayata� priiptarh\nlokasya vyasanarh mahat\ndiirur-y ubhayato dipte\niva taskara-piilayo�\naho-alas; ubhayata�-from both directions;pniptam-received; lokasyaof the people in general; vyasanam-danger; mahat-great; diiru[!i-a log;\nubhayata�-from both sides; dipte-burning; iva-like; taskara-from thieves\nand rogues; piilayo�-and from the king.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the great sages consulted one another, they saw that the people\n\nwere in a dangerous position from both directions. When a fire blazes on\nboth ends of a log, the ants in the middle are in a very dangerous situation.\n\nSimilarly, at that time the people in general were in a dangerous position\n\ndue to an irresponsible king on one side and thieves and rogues on the\n\nother.\n\nTEXT9\n\nU!ll<tG\\tuU I\nmSQfnfr����·�t«t<ft;c•l(' '''\n\n�'l'ltrli:t\n\n�)\n\n", "SB4.2#p0244": "The Story of King Vena\n\nText 10)\n\n589\n\narajaka-bhayad e§a\nkrto rajatad-arharta�\ntato 'py asid bhayarh tv adya\nkatharh syat svasti dehinam\n\narajaka-being without a king; bhayiit-out of fear of; e§a{l,-this Vena;\nkrtaft-was made; riijii-the king; a-tat-arhar.aft-though not qualified for it;\ntata[t-from him; api-also; iisit-there was; bhayam-danger; tu-then;\nadya-now; katham-how; syiit-can there be; svasti-happiness; dehiniimof the people in general.\nTRANSLATION\nThinking to save the state from irregularity, the sages began to consider\nthat it was due to a political crisis that they made Vena king although he\nwas not qualified. But alas, now the people were being disturbed by the\nking himself. Under such circumstances, how could the people be happy?\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-g\"itii (Bg.18.5) it is stated that even in the renounced order\none should not give up sacrifice, charity and penance. The brahmaciir\"is\nmust perform sacrifices, the grhasthas must give in charity, and those in\nthe renounced order of life (the viinaprasthas and sannyiis\"is) must practice\npenance and austerities. These are the procedures by which everyone can\nbe elevated to the spiritual platform. When the sages and saintly persons\nsaw that King Vena had stopped all these functions, they became concerned about the people's progress. Saintly people preach God consciousness or Kr�t;ta consciousness because they are anxious to save the general\npopulace from the dangers of animalistic life. There must be a good\ngovernment to see that the citizens are actually executing their religious\nrituals, and thieves and rogues must be curbed. When this is done, the\npeople can advance peacefully in spiritual consciousness and make their\nLives successful.\nTEXT 10\n\ncil'i¥\\'i�M.-i� I\n.'Piea:tM: tl� oil\naher iva paya�-po§a�\npo§akasyapy anartha-bhrt\nvena� prakrtyaiva khala�\nsunitha-garbha-sambhava{t\n\n", "SB4.2#p0245": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n590\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 14\n\nahe{l-of a snake; iva-like; paya{l-with milk; po�a{l-the maintaining;\npo�akasya-of the maintainer; api-even; anartha-against the interest;\nbhrt-becomes; vena.h-King Vena; prakrtyii-by nature; eva-certainly;\nkhala{t-mischievous; sunUhii-of\n\nSunitha, Vena's mother; garbha-the\n\nwomb; sambhava{l-born of.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sages began to think within themselves: Because he was born in the\n\nwomb of Sunitha, King Vena is by nature very mischievous. Supporting\n\nthis mischievous king is exactly like maintaining a snake with m ilk. Now\n\nhe has become a source of all difficulties.\n\nPURPORT\nSaintly persons are generally aloof from social activities and the materialistic way of life. King Vena was supported by the saintly persons just\nto protect the citizens from the hands of rogues and thieves, but after his\nascendance to the throne, he became a source of trouble to the sages.\nSaintly people are\n\nespecially interested in performing sacrifices and\n\nausterities for the advancement of spiritual life, but Vena, instead of being\nobliged because of the saints' mercy, turned out to be their enemy because\n\nhe prohibited them from executing their ordinary duties. A serpent who is\n\nmaintained with milk and bananas simply stores poison in his teeth and\nawaits the day to bite his master.\nTEXT 11\n\nf\"\"fq�: stsuqtQ: 6 Rt'lf\\1ftt- �: 1\n\n�ij��-¥Ctl;cMtf«t�R'I\" -II��II\nnirupitaft prajii-piila[I\nsa jigharhsati vai prajaft\ntathapi santvayemamurh\nnasmarhs tat-patakarh sprset\nnirupita{l-appointed; praja-piila{l-the king; sa{l-he; jigharhsati-desires\nto\n\nharm;\n\nvai-certainly;\n\nprajii{l-the\n\ncitizens;\n\ntathiipi-nevertheless;\n\nsantvayema-we should pacify; amum-him; na-not; asmiin-us; tat-his;\npatakam-sinful result; sprset-may touch.\nTRANSLATION\nWe appointed this Vena king of the state in order to give protection\n\nto the citizens, but now he has become the enemy of the citizens. Despite\n\n", "SB4.2#p0246": "Text 12)\n\n591\n\nThe Story of King Vena\n\nall these discrepancies, we should at once try to pacify him. By doing so,\nwe may not be touched by the sinful results caused by him.\nPURPORT\nThe saintly sages elected King V ena to become king, but he proved to\nbe mischievous; therefore the sages were very much afraid of incurring\nsinful reaction. The law of karma even prohibits a person to associate with\na mischievous individual. By electing Vena to the throne, the saintly sages\ncertainly associated with him. Ultimately King Vena became so mischievous\nthat the saintly sages actually became afraid of becoming contaminated by\nhis activities. Thus before taking any action against him, the sage tried to\npacify and correct him so that he might turn from his mischief.\nTEXT 12\n\nmGf«(ij'(t� -.ns411f�: A)�: I\n\nijl�6\\ qft:;(t iff� if� I\nJt•Nifil«i<R{nt «:ft<44a+c: ��iiitijl II� �ll\ntad-vidvadbhir asad-vrtto\nveno 'smabh* krto nrpalt\nsantvito yadi no vacam\nna grahi$yaty adharma-krt\nloka-dhik-kara-sandagdham\ndahi�yamalt sva-tejasa\ntat-his mischievous nature; vidvadbh ilt aware of; asat-vrtta{t impious;\nvena{t- Vena; asmiibhifl.-by us; krta fl. - was made; nrpafl.- king; siintvitaft(in spite of) being pacified; yadi- if; naft- our; viica m - words; na- not; grah(s yat i- he will accept; adharma-krt-the most mischievous; loka-dhik-kiira\n-by public condemnation; s an dagdham bu rned; dah(syii ma{t we shall\nburn; sva-tejasii-by our prowess.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe saintly sages continued thinking: Of course we are completely aware\nof his mischievous nature. Yet nevertheless we enthroned Vena. If we cannot persuade King Vena to accept our advice, he will be condemned by\nthe public, and we will join them. Thus by our prowess we shall burn him\nto ashes.\nPURPORT\nSaintly persons are not interested in political matters, yet they are\nalways thinking of the welfare of the people in general. Consequently they\n\n", "SB4.2#p0247": "592\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 14\n\nsometimes have to come down to the political field and take steps to\ncorrect the misguided government or royalty.\n\nHowever, in Kali-yuga,\n\nsaintly persons are not as powerful as they previously were. They used to\nbe able to burn any sinful man to ashes by virtue of their spiritual\nprowess. Now saintly persons have no such power due to the influence of\nthe age of Kali. Indeed, the briihmar-as do not even have the power to perform sacrifices in which animals are put into a fire to attain a new life.\nUnder these circumstances, instead of actively taking part in politics,\nsaintly persons should engage in chanting the mahii-mantra, Hare Kr�l)a.\nBy the grace of Lord Caitanya, by simply chanting this Hare Kr�l)a mahii­\n\nmantra, the general populace can derive all benefits without political\nimplications.\nTEXT 13\n\nl(ct4C'4�\\Uawt\n\nPIT\n\n•l4'4\"*4�: I\naqJC,...I4't�(tl�fil�t\"f(t14(f1r: IIt �II\nevam adhyavasiiyainarh\nmunayo gu�ha-manyava�\nupavrajyiibruvan venarh\nsiintvayitvii ca siimabhi�\n\nevam - thus ; adhyavasiiya- having decided; enam-him; munaya�-the\n\ngreat sages; gu� ha -many a va�- concealing their anger; upavrajya- having\napproached; abruvan- spoke; venam- to King Vena; siintvayitvii-after\npacifying; ca- also; siimabh *- with sweet words.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe great sages, having thus decided, approached King Vena. Concealing\ntheir real anger, they pacified him with sweet words and then spoke as\nfollows.\n\nTEXT 14\n\nlfPI q:\n\n� f.t-il,4lca'i A•N*tt*C 1ft: 1\n�:�8�{ftwtf � m �'44wt( lit VII\nmunaya ucu�\nnrpa-varya nibodhaitad\nyat te vijniipayiima bho�\niiyu[l-sri-bala-kirtiniim\ntava tiita vivardhanam\n\n", "SB4.2#p0248": "Text 15]\n\nThe Story of King Vena\n\n593\n\nmunaya� U:cu� -the great sages said; nrpa�varya-0 best of the kings;\nnibodha -kindly try to understand; etat-this; yat-which; te-to you;\nvijiiiipayiima-we shall instruct; bhoft-0 King; iiyufl.-duration of life;\nsr'i-opulences; bala- strength; k'ir t\"i'nam- good reputation; tava- your; tutudear son; vivardhanam-which will increase.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sages said: Dear King, we have come to give you good advice.\nKindly hear us with great attention. By doing so, your duration of life,\nyour opulence, strength and reputation will increase.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic civilization, in a monarchy the king is advised hy\nsaintly persons and sages. By taking their advice, he can become the great·\nest executive power, and everyone in his kingdom will be happy, peaceful\nand prosperous. The great kings were very responsible in taking the instructions given by great saintly personalities. The kings used to accept the\ninstructions given by great sages like Parasara, Vyasadeva, Narada, Devala,\nAsita, etc. In other words, they would first accept the authority of saintly\npersons and then execute their monarchical power. Unfortunately, in the\npresent age of Kali, the head of government does not follow the instructions given by the saintly persons; therefore neither the citizens nor the\nmen of government are very happy. Their duration of life is shortened, and\nalmost everyone is wretched and bereft of bodily strength and spiritual\npower. If citizens want to be happy and prosperous in this democratic age,\nthey should not elect rascals and fools who have no respect for saintly\npersons.\n\nTEXT 15\n\nd .,...ftij: � \"'�'�=\"\"�Sf4:flu 1\nitv{�41'1'1. A6(�Ci'tlwt'Nit(ilff;tl( I� �I\ndharma iicaritalt pumsiim\nviin-mana/;1-kaya-buddhibhi�\nlokiin visokiin vitaraty\nathiinantyam asanginiim\nd harmalt-religious principles; iicarita fl. - executed; p umsiim-to persons;\nviik-by words; manalt - mind; kiiya-body; buddhibhilt-and by intelligence; lokiin-the planets; viSokiin-without misery; vitarati-bestow; atha\n-certainly; iinantyam- unlimited happiness, liberation; asaliginiim- to\nthose free from material influence.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0249": "Srimad· Bhagavatam\n\n594\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who live according to religious principles and who follow them by\nwords, mind, body and intelligence, are elevated to the heavenly kingdom,\nwhich is devoid of all miseries. Being thus rid of the material influence,\nthey achieve unlimited happiness in life.\nPURPORT\nThe saintly sages herein instruct that the king or head of government\nshould set an example by living a religious life. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii,\nreligion means worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One\nshouJd not simply make a show of religious life, hut one should perform\ndevotional service perfectly with words, mind, body and good intelligence.\nBy doing so, not only will the king or government head rid himself of the\ncontamination of the material modes of nature, hut the general public wiiJ\nalso, and they wiJl all become gradually elevated to the kingdom of God\nand go back home, back to Godhead. The instructions given herein serve as\na summary of how the head of government should execute his ruling power\nand thus attain happiness not only in this life but also in the life after\ndeath.\nTEXT 16\n\n� ' \"'\n\nHwt��( sm;rt �..Q...: I\n• fitd ,qfttt•«cea,� ut'u\nsa te ma vinased vira\n\nprajanarh k§ema-lak§arw�\n\nyasmin vina§te nrpatir\naiSvaryad avarohati\n\n-\n\nsafl,-that spiritual life; te by you; ma-don't; vinaset-let it be spoiled;\n\nvira-0 hero; prajaniim-of the people; k§ema-lak§a[laf/,-the cause of prosperity; yasmin-which; vina§te-being spoiled; nrpatifl,-the king; aisvaryiitfrom opulence; avarohati-falls down.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe sages continued: 0 great hero, for this reason you should not be\nthe cause of spoiling the spiritual life of the general populace. If their\nspiritual life is spoiled because of your activities, you will certainly fall\ndown from your opulent and royal position.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0250": "Text 17)\n\n595\n\nThe Story of King Vena\nPURPORT\n\nFormerly, in practically all parts of the world, there were monarchies,\nbut gradually as monarchy declined from the ideal life of religion to the\ngodless life of sense gratification, monarchies all over the world were\nabolished. However, simply abolishing monarchy and replacing it with\ndemocracy is not sufficient unless the government men are religious and\nfollow the footsteps of great religious personalities.\nTEXT 17\n\n(Nii'IMI'4tl�¥4aft(IR¥4: sm �: I\n� q1{T i(� ·��i{ � � � ''��''\nnijann asadhv-amatyebhyas\ncoradibh ya[t prajii nrpa�\nrak§an yathii balim grhrwnn\niha pretya ca modate\nriijan-0 King; as iidh u -mischievou s; amiityebhya�-from ministers; coraiidibhya�-from thieves and rogues; prajii�\n\n- the citizens; nrpa� - the king;\n\nrak§an-protecting; yathii- accordingly as; balim-taxes; grhrwn-a ccepting;\niha-in this world; pretya\n\n- after death; ca-also ;\n\nm\n\nodat e-enjoys.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe saintly persons continued: When the king protects the citizens from\nthe disturbances of mischievous ministers as well as from thieves and\nrogues, he can, by virtue of such pious activities, accept taxes given by his\nsubjects. Thus a pious king can certainly enjoy himself in this world as well\nas in the life after death.\nPURPORT\nThe duty of a pious king is described very nicely in this verse. His fir t\nand foremost duty is to give protection to the citizens from thieves and\nrogues as well as from ministers who are no better than thieves and rogues.\nFormerly, ministers were appointed by the king and were not elected.\nConsequently, if the king was not Very pious or strict, the ministers would\nbecome thieves and rogues and exploit the innocent citizens. It is the\nking's duty to see that there is no increase of thieves and rogues either in\n\n", "SB4.2#p0251": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n596\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 14\n\nthe government secretariat or in the departments of public affairs. If a king\ncannot give protection to citizens from thieves and rogues both in the\ngovernment service and in public affairs, he has no right to exact taxes from\nthem. In other words, the king or the government that taxes can levy taxes\nfrom the citizens only if the king or government is able to give protection\nto the citizens from thieves and rogues.\n\nIn the Twelfth Canto of Srl:mad-Bhiigavatam there is a description of\n\nprajiis te\nbhak�ayi�yanti mlecchii riijanya-rupira� (Bhiig. 12.1. 42). \"These proud\nmlecchas [persons who are less than sudras], representing themselves as\nthese thieves and rogues in government service. As stated:\n\nkings, will tyrannize their subjects, and their subjects, on the other hand,\nwill cultivate the most vicious practices. Thus practicing evil habits and\nbehaving foolishly, the subjects will be like their rulers.\" The idea is that in\nthe democratic days of Kali-yuga, the general population will fall down to\n\nthe standard of sudras. As stated (kalau sudra-sambhava), practically the\n\nwhole population of the world will be sudra. A siidra is a fourth-class man\nwho is only fit to work for the three higher social castes. Being fourth-class\n\nmen, sudras are not very intelligent. Since the population is fallen in these\ndemocratic days, they can only elect a person in their category, but a\ngovernment cannot run very well when it is run by sudras. The second\nclass of men, known as k�atriyas, are especially meant for governing a\ncountry under the direction of saintly persons (briihmaras) who are sup­\n\nposed to be very intelligent. In other ages-in Satya-yuga, Treta-yuga and\nDvapara-yuga-the general populace was not so degraded, and the head of\ngovernment was never elected. The king was the supreme executive personality, and if he caught any ministers stealing like thieves and rogues, he\nwould at once have them killed or dismissed from service. As it was the\nduty of the king to kill thieves and rogues, it was similarly his duty to\nimmediately kill dishonest ministers in government service. By such strict\nvigilance, the king could run the government very well, and the citizens\nwould be happy to have such a king. The conclusion is that unless the king\nis perfectly able to give protection to the citizens from rogues and thieves,\nhe has no right to levy taxes from the citizens for his own sense gratification. However, if he gives all protection to the citizens and levies taxes on\nthem, he can live very happily and peacefully in this life, and at the end of\nthis life be elevated to the heavenly kingdom or even to the V aikut;tthas,\nwhere he would be happy in all respects.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n� � � � ��\\(i't: I\n� m 1-t\"itur �IJft�crn: II� �II\n�\n\n", "SB4.2#p0252": "Text 18)\n\nThe Story of King Vena\n\n597\n\nyasya ra§tre pure caiva\nbhagavan yaji'ia-purufiaft\nijyate svena dharme\"{la\njanair var\"{lasramanvita*\nyasya-whose; rii§ tre in the state or kingdom; pure in the cities; ca-\n\n-\n\nalso; eva-certainly; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; yajiiap uru§a{t-who is the enjoyer of all sacrifices; ijyate-is worshiped; svenatheir own; dharme\"{la- by occupation; janai[t- by the people; var\"{la-iisramathe system of eight social orders; anvitai[t-who follow.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe king is supposed to be pious in whose state and cities the general\npopulace strictly observes the system of eight social orders of varl).a and\nasrama, and where all citizens engage in worshiping the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead by their particular occupations.\nPURPORT\nThe state's duty and the citizen's duty are very nicely explained in this\nverse. The activities of the government head, or king, as well as the activities of the citizens, should be so directed that ultimately everyone engages\nin devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The king, or\ngovernment head, is supposed to be the representative of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and is therefore supposed to see that things go on\nnicely and that the citizens are situated in the scientific social order comprised of four var!J.as and four iisramas. In the Vifi!J.U Purii!J.a it is stated that\nunless people are educated or situated in the scientific ocial order comprised of four var\"{las (briihma!J.a, kfiatriya.. vaisya and siidra) and four\n\niisramas (brahmacarya, grhastha, viinaprastha and sannyiisa) society can\nnever be considered real human society, nor can it make any advancement\ntoward the ultimate goal of human life. It is the duty of the government to\nsee that things go on in terms of vaqw and iisrama. As stated herein, bhagaviin\n\nyajiia-puru§a{t-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�cya, is the\nyajfia-piirufia. As stated in Bhagavad-gTtii: bhoktiirarh yajfia-tapasiim\n(Bg. 5.29). K.r�r;ta is the ultimate purpose of all sacrifice. He is also the enjoyer of all sacrifices; therefore He is known as yajfia-piirufia. The word\n\nyajna-purufia indicates Lord Vi�I).U or Lord Kr�r;ta, or any Personality of\nGodhead in the category of vi§[lU-tattva. In perfect human society, people\nare situated in the orders of var!J.a and iisrama and are engaged in worshiping Lord Vi�I).U by their respective activities. Every citizen engaged in an\n\n", "SB4.2#p0253": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n598\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 14\n\noccupation renders service by the resultant actions of his activities. That is\nthe perfection of life. As stated in Bhagavad-g\"itii:\n\nyata� pravrttir bhutiiniim\nyena sarvam idam tatam\nsva-karmartii tam abhyarcya\nsiddhim vindati miinava�\n\"By worship of the Lord, who is the source of aH beings and who is aUpervading, man can, in the performance of his own duty, attain perfection.\"\n(Bg. 18.46)\nThus the briihmar-as, k�atriyas, sudras and vaiSyas must execute their\nprescribed duties as these duties are stated in the siistras. In this way everyone can satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�J)U. The king, or\ngovernment head, has to see that the citizens are thus engaged. In other\nwords, the state or the government must not deviate from its duty by declaring that the state is a secular one which has no interest in whether\nor not the people advance in var�Jiisrama-dharma. Today people engaged in\ngovernment service and people who rule over the citizens have no respect\nfor the varrtiisrama-dharma. They complacently feel that the state is secular. In such a government, no one can he happy. The people must follow\nthe varr-iisrama-dharma, and the king must see that they are following it\nnicely.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nuif tmmtT � �;r: I\nqf'(g;U�Rf �'ll mro f.t��IR1� II� �II\n�\n\ntasya riijno mahii-bhiiga\nbhagaviin bhiita-bhiivanaft\nparitu§yati visviitmii\nti§thato nija-siisane\ntas ya- with him; riijnaft- the king; maha-bhiiga-0 noble one; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhuta-bhavana�-who is the original\ncause of the cosmic manifestation; paritu�yati- becomes satisfied; visvaatmii- the Supersoul of the entire universe; ti�thata�- being situated; nija­\n\nsasane-in his own governing situation.\nTRANSLATION\n0 noble one, if the king sees that the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nthe original cause of the cosmic manifestation and the Supersoul within\neveryone, is worshiped, the Lord will be satisfied.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0254": "Text 20)\n\nThe Story of King Vena\n\n599\n\nPURPORT\nIt is a fact that the government's duty is to see that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is satisfied by the activities of the people as well as by\nthe activities of the government. There is no possibility of happiness if the\ngovernment or citizenry have no idea of Bhagavan, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, who is the original cause of the cosmic manifestation, or if\nthey have no knowledge of bhuta-bhiivana, who is visviitmii, or the Supersoul, the soul of everyone's soul. The conclusion is that without engaging\nin devotional service, neither the citizens nor the government can be happy\nin any way. At the present moment neither the king nor the governing\nbody is interested in seeing that the people are engaged in the devotional\nservice of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Rather, they are more interested in advancing the machinery of sense .gratification. Consequently\nthey are becoming more and more implicated in the complex machinery of\nthe stringent laws of nature. People should be freed from the entanglement\nof the three modes of material nature, and the only process by which this\nis possible is surrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is\nadvised in Bhagavad-gitii. Unfortunately neither the government nor the\npeople in general have any idea of this; they are simply inlerested in sense\ngratification and in being happy in this Life. The word nija-siisane (in his\nown governmental duty) indicates that both the government and the\ncitizens are responsible for the execution of varr-iisrama-dharma. Once the\npopulace i situated in the varr-iisrama-dharma, there is every possibility of\nreal life and prosperity both in this world and in the next.\n\nTEXT 20\n\nm� �� �•RU¥ft�� I\n�:���'(��: ll�oll\ntasmirhs tu§te kim apriipyarh\njagatam isvaresvare\nlokii� sapiila hy etasmai\nharanti balim adrta�\ntasmin-when He; tu§te-is sati fied; kim-what; apriipyam-impossible\nto achieve; jagatiim-of the universe; iSvara-iSvare-controller of the controllers; loka�-the inhabitants of the planets; sa-piila�-with their presiding\ndeities; hi-for this reason; etasmai-unto Him; haranti-offer; balimparaphernalia for worship; adrtii�-with great pleasure.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0255": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n600\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is worshiped by the great demi­\n\ngods, controllers of universal affairs. When He is satisfied, nothing is\n\nimpossible to achieve. For this reason all the demigods, presiding deities of\n\ndifferent planets, as well as the inhabitants of their planets, take great\npleasure in offering all kinds of paraphernalia for His worship.\nPURPORT\n\nAll Vedic civilization is summarized in this verse: all living entities,\neither on this planet or on other planets, have to satisfy the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead by their respective duties. When He is satisfied, all\nnecessities of life are automatically supplied. In the Vedas it is also stated:\n\neko bahuniim yo vidadhiiti kiimiin (Katha\nUp. 2.2.13). From the Vedas we\n.\nunderstand that He is supplying everyone's necessities, and we can actually\nsee that the lower animals, the birds and the bees, have no business or profession, yet they are not dying for want of food. They are all living in\nnature's way, and they all have the necessities of life provided-namely,\neating, sleeping, mating and defending.\nHuman society, however, has artificially created a type of civilization\nwhich makes one forgetful of his relationship with the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Modern society even enables one to forget the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead's grace and mercy. Consequently modern civilized\nman is always unhappy and in need of things. People do not know that the\nultimate goal of life is to approach Lord Vi�QU and satisfy Him. They have\ntaken this materialistic way of life as everything and have become captivated\nby materialistic activities. Indeed, their leaders are always encouraging\nthem to follow this path, and the general populace, being ignorant of the\nlaws of God, is following their blind leaders down the path of unhappiness. In order to rectify this world situation, all people should be trained\nin l<.f�l').a consciousness and act in accordance with the varrtiisrama system.\nThe state should also see that the people are engaged in satisfying the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This is the primary duty of the state. The\nl<.f�r;ta consciousness movement was started to convince the general populace to adopt the best process by which to satisfy the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead and thus solve all problems.\n\nTEXT 21\n\nd\n\nwiil�·\nm\n� �� ��'\n\n", "SB4.2#p0256": "Text 22]\n\nThe Story of King Vena\n\n601\n\ntam sarva-lokamara-yajii.a-sangraham\ntrayimayam dravyamayam tapomayam\nyajii.air vicitrair yajato bhavaya te\nrajan sva-desan anuroddhum arhasi\ntam-Him; sarva-loka-in all planets; amara-with the predominating\ndeities; yajii.a- sacrifices; sangraham-who accepts; trayi-mayam -the sum\ntotal of the three Vedas; dravya-mayam-the owner of all paraphernalia;\ntapa[l.-mayam-the goal of all austerity; yaj iia i[l. - by sacrifices; vicitrai[l.various; yajata[l. -worshiping; bhavaya -for elevation; te- your; rajan-0\nKing; sva-desiin -your countrymen; anuroddhum-to direct; arhasi- you\nought.\nTRANSLATION\nDear King, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, along with the predomi·\nnating deities, is the enjoyer of the results of all sacrifices in all planets.\nThe Supreme Lord is the sum total of the three Vedas, the owner of every·\nthing, and the ultimate goal of all austerity. Therefore your countrymen\nshould engage in performing various sacrifices for your elevation. Indeed,\nyou should always direct them toward the offering of sacrifices.\nTEXT 22\n\n� 9;\\fifd:tt� f�tRrfil­\n\nFcf(114t¥4Rwl Wf: �T �: I\nf�:tm!t:SI����-R\n� ;nif« iiR \"f!« II��II\n\nyajii.ena yu§mad-vi§aye dvijatibhir\nvitayamanena sura[!. kala hare[!.\nsvi§taft sutu§taft pradisanti vaiichitam\ntad-dhelanam niirhasi vira cefititum\n\nyaj ii ena- by sacrifice; yu§mat- your; vi§aye-in the kingdom; dvijiitibhi[l.by the briihmar.as; vitiiyamiinena- being performed; sura[t-all the demigods;\nkalci[l.-expansions; hare [l.- of the Personality of Godhead; su- i§ tiift - being\nproperly worshiped; s u-tu§taft - very much satisfied; pradisanti-will give;\n\n", "SB4.2#p0257": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n602\nvanchitam-desired\n\nresult;\n\ntat-helanam-disrespect\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 14\nto them; na-not;\n\narhasi-you ought; vira-0 hero; ce§titum-to do.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the brahmaf.las engage in performing sacrifices in your kingdom,\n\nall the demigods, who are plenary expansions of the Lord, will be very\n\nmuch satisfied by their activities and will give you your desired result.\n\nTherefore, 0 hero, do not stop the sacrificial performances. If you stop\nthem, you will disrespect the demigods.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�.., �Cf'RI\n\n\"•re�•• iRf Tt �· 3l� ���: '\n� �� qfij frnt :jfR mt� II�� II\nvena uvaca\nbalisa bata yuyarh va\nadharme dharma-manina[t\nye vrtti-darh patirh hitva\njararh patim uptisate\nvena[t- King\n\nVena;\n\nuvtica- replied;\n\nbalisa[t-childish;\n\nbata-oh;\n\nyuyam-all of you; vii-indeed; adharme-in irreligious principles; dharmamtinina[t-accepting as religious; ye-all of you who; vrtti-dam-providing\nmaintenance; patim-husband; hitva-giving up; jaram-paramour; patimhusband; uptisate-worship\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nKing Vena replied: You are not at all experienced. It is very much re­\n\ngrettable that you are maintaining something which is not religious and are\naccepting it as religious. Indeed, I think you are giving up your real husband\n\nwho maintains you and are searching after some paramour to worship.\nPURPORT\n\nKing Vena was so foolish that he accused the saintly sages of being inexperienced like small children. In other words, he was accusing them of\nnot having perfect knowledge. In this way he could reject their advice and\n\nmake accusations against them, comparing them with a woman who does\n\nnot care for her husband who maintains her but goes to satisfy a paramour\nwho does not maintain her. The purpose of this simile is apparent. It is the\n\n", "SB4.2#p0258": "Text 25)\n\nThe Story of King Vena\n\n603\n\nduty of the k�atriyas to engage the briihma')as in different types of religious\nactivities, and the king is supposed to be the maintainer of the briihma')as.\nIf the briihma')as do not worship the king and go to the demigods, they\nare as polluted as unchaste women.\nTEXT 24\n\n3fqiSf1wt�¥ft � \"f{�\"llft�� I\n;n�P4��� � �Wt� � � � 11�\\lll\navajananty ami mil{lha\nnrpa-rilpi')am iSvaram\nnanuvindanti te bhadram\niha loke paratra ca\navajananti-disrespect;amt-those (who); mil{lM[I-being ignorant;nrparupi')am-in the form of the king; tsvaram-the Personality of Godhead;\nna-not; anuvindanti-experience; te-they; bhadram-happiness; iha-in\nthis; loke-world;paratra-after death; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\nThose who, out of gross ignorance, do not worship the king, who is\nactually the Supreme Personality of Godhead, experience happiness neither\nin this world nor in the world after death.\nTEXT 25\n\n� ��rit wmt � q) �Rtiftt� I\n¥�#1�P4((1J1i :q� ijfR �mtl'( II ��II\nko yajna-puru§o nama\nyatra vo bhaktir idrsi\nbhartr-sneha-vidilrartarh\nyatha jare kuyo�itiim\n\nka�-who (is); yajfw-puru.sa{l-the enjoyer of all sacrifices; nama-by\nname; yatra-unto whom;vaQ,-your;bhaktiQ.-devotional service;Tdrsi-so\ngreat; bhartr-for the husband; sneha-affection; vidurii(liim-bereft of;\nyatha-like;jiire-unto the paramour;ku-yofiitam-of unchaste women.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0259": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n604\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou are so much devoted to the demigods, but who are they? Indeed,\n\nyour affection for these demigods is exactly like the affection of an un­\n\nchaste woman who neglects her married life and gives all attention to her\nparamour.\n\nTEXTS 26-27\n\n��gjt � � �� U%: I\nq�� �: �: �fit(qj+qRf: 11��11\n� � � �: JPRl it('I8N411: I\n� �� �: ti�C4'44fl �: U�\\tll\nvi§rtUr viriiico girisa\nindro vayur yamo ravifi.\nparjanyo dhanada� soma�\nk§itir agnir apiim-patil;l\nete canye ca vibudha�\nprabhavo vara-sapayo�\ndehe bhavanti nrpate�\nsarva-devamayo nrpa[l\nvi§rtu/;l- Lord Vi�l',lU; viriiical;l- Lord Brahmii; giriSal;l- Lord S iva; indral;tLord Indra; viiyul;l- Viiyu, the director of the air; yamal;l- Yama, the superintendent of death; ravil;l - the sun-god; parjanya[l the director of rainfall;\ndhana dal;l- Kuvera the treasurer; somal;l- the moon-god; k�itil;t - the predominating deity of the earth; agnil;l the fire-god; apiim-pati[l- Varul',la,\nthe lord of waters; ete-all these; ca-and; anye-others; ca-also; vibudhal;l\n-\n\n-\n\n,\n\n-\n\n-demigods;prabhavaft-competent;vara-siipayol;l- in both benediction and\ncurse;dehe-in the body; bhavanti- abide; nrpate[l-of the king; sarva-deva­\n\nmayal;l-comprising all demigods; n,rpa[l - the king.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Vi�l',lu; Lord Brahma; Lord Siva; Lord lndra; Vayu, the master of\n\nair; Yama, the superintendent of death; the sun-god; the director of rainfall;\nKuvera, the treasurer; the moon-god; the predominating deity of the earth;\n\nAgni, the fire-god; Varul',la, the lord of waters, and all others who are great\n\nand competent to bestow benedictions or to curse, all abide in the body of\nthe king. For this reason the king is known as the reservoir of all demigods,\nwho are simply parts and parcels of the king's body.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0260": "Text 29]\n\n605\n\nThe Story of King Vena\nPURPORT\n\nThere are many demons who think of themselves as the Supreme and\npresent themselves as the directors of the sun, moon and other planets.\nThis is all due to false pride. Similarly, King Vena developed the demonic\nmentality and presented himself as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nSuch demons are numerous in this age of Kali, and all of them are condemned by great sages and saintly persons.\nTEXT 28\n\nQ�U\"tr �fiiRsn 'f��� •1(1¥\\«''O: I\n..m-;.r...tm��:���������\ntasman miirit karmabhir viprii\nyajadhvarit gata-matsariifl.\nbalirit ca mahyam harata\nmatto 'nyafl. ko 'gra-bhuk pumiin\ntasmiit-for this reason; miim\n\n-\n\nme; karmabhi�-by ritualistic activities;\n\nviprii�- 0 briihmaT_�,as; yajadhvam- worship; gata- without; matsarii�- being\nenvious; balim-paraphernalia for worship; ca-also; mahyam\n\n-\n\nunto me;\n\nharata bring; m atta� than me; anya�- other; ka�-who (is); agra-bhuk-\n\n-\n\nthe enjoyer of the first oblations; pumiin-personality.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Vena continued: For this reason, 0 brahmaJ.las, you should abandon\nyour envy of me, and, by your ritualistic activities, you should worship me\nand offer me all paraphernalia. If you are intelligent, you should know that\nthere is no personality superior to me, who can accept the first oblations\nof all sacrifices.\nPURPORT\nAs stated by Kr�qa Himself throughout Bhagavad-gitii, there is no truth\nsuperior to Him. King Vena was imitating the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead and was also speaking out of false pride, presenting himself as\nthe Supreme Lord. These are all characteristics of a demonic person.\nTEXT 29\n\n��ii<IR\n\n� �¥\\ft(: q\"ttfti41�tl �: I\n31��4¥\\IWI(ij� w:f � lilt!¥\\p: 11�\\11\n\n", "SB4.2#p0261": "606\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 14\n\nmaitreya uvaca\nittharh viparyaya-mati�\npapiyan utpatharh gata�\nanuniyamanas tad-yaciiarh\nna cakre bhra§ta-mangala�\nmaitreyal), uviica-Maitreya said; ittham-thus; viparyaya-matil),-one\nmost sinful; utpathamfrom the right path; gatal),-having gone; anuniyamiinal),-being offered all\nrespect; tat-yiicliiim-the request of the sages; na-not; cakr e- accepted;\nb hra§ ta bereft of; ma ngalal), all good fortune.\nwho has developed perverse intelligence; piip iyiin\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRAN S L AT I ON\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: Thus the King, who became unin­\n\ntelligent due to his sinful life and deviation from the right path, became\nactually bereft of all good fortune. Thus he could not accept the requests\n\nof the great sages, which the sages put before him with great respect, and\n\ntherefore he was condemned.\n\nPURPORT\nThe demons certainly cannot have any faith in the words of authorities.\nIn fact, they are always disrespectful to authorities. They manufacture\ntheir own religious principles and disobey great personalities like Vyasa,\nNarada, and even the Supreme Personality of Godhead, K��J1a. As soon as\none disobeys authority, he immediately becomes very sinful and loses his\ngood fortune. The King was so puffed up and impudent that he dared disrespect the great saintly personalities, and this brought him ruination.\nTEXT 30\n\n� �SQ�c:tl�wt �t: qfa\"c<lillf.twtl I\n� 44&a4401lwtlid � Fm U'!: II� oil\niti te 'sat-krtas tena\ndvija� par-flita-manina\nbhagnayiirh bhavya-yaciitiyarh\ntasmai vidura cukrudhu�\niti-thus; te-all the great sages; asat-k rtiil), - being insulted; tena-by the\nKing; dvijii�- the brahmar-as; par-.dita miinin ii-thinking himself to be very\n-\n\nlearned; b hagniiyiim-being broken; b havya-auspicious; yiicliiiyiim-their\nrequest; tasmai-at him; vidura-0 Vidura; cukrudhul),- became very angry.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0262": "Text 32]\n\nThe Story of King Vena\n\n607\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Vidura, all good fortune unto you. The foolish King, who\nthought himself to he very learned, thus insulted the great sages, and the\nsages, being brokenhearted by the King's words, became very angry at him.\nTEXT 31\n\n� A6llN qw: st'6Rf4J..t: I\nGi\\C45til(QIC4la! �� ¥144Ql( � II�� II\nhanyatarh hanyatam e§a\npapa� prakrti-darur-a�\njivaii jagad asav asu\nkurute bhasmasad dhruvam\nha nyatam\n\n-\n\nkill him; hanyatam-kill him; e§a�-this king; papa�\n\n-\n\nsentative of sin; prakrti-by nature; darur:ta�- most dreadful; jivan\nliving; jagat\n\n-\n\nrepre\n\n-\n\n·\n\nwhile\n\nthe whole world; asau-he; asu-very soon; kurute-will make;\n\nbhasmasiit-into ashes; dhruvam- certainly.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the great saintly sages immediately cried: Kill him! Kill him! He is\nthe most dreadful, sinful person. If he lives, he will certainly turn the\nwhole world into ashes in no time.\nPURPORT\nSaintly persons are generally very kind to all kinds of living entities, but\nthey are not unhappy when a serpent or a scorpion is killed. It is not good\nfor saintly persons to kill, but they are encouraged to kill demons who are\nexactly like serpents and scorpions. Therefore all the saintly sages decided\nto kill King Vena, who was so dreadful and dangerous to all human society.\nWe can appreciate the extent to which the saintly sages actually controlled\nthe king. If the king or government becomes demonic, it is the duty of a\nsaintly person to upset the government and replace it with deserving persons who follow the orders and instructions of saintly persons.\nTEXT 32\n\n�ltt'IWtQfC�\n�(�C4ii(Rf�i( I\nttt�t4qR\\ PI� Rf.t;a:�..q�q: ������\nnayam arhaty asad-vrtto\nnaradeva-varasanam\n\n", "SB4.2#p0263": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n608\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 14\n\nyo 'dhiyajna-patim vi$TJUm\nvinindaty anapatrapa/:1.\n\nna- never; ayam-this man; arhati-deserves; asat-vrtta lt - full of impious\n\nactivities; nara-deva-of the worldly king or worldly god; vara-asanamthe exalted throne;yal.t-h,e who; adhiyajiia-patim-master of all sacrifices;\nvi§rum- Lord Vi$l).U; vinindati-insults; anapatrapa/:1.- shameless.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe saintly sages continued: This impious, impudent man does not\ndeserve to sit on the throne at all. He is so shameless that he even dared insult the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi$r;IU.\n\nPURPORT\nOne should not at any time tolerate blasphemy and insults against Lord\nVi$t;tU or His devotees. A devotee is generally very humble and meek, and\nhe is reluctant to pick a quarrel with anyone. Nor does he envy anyone.\nHowever, a pure devotee immediately becomes fiery with anger when he\nsees that Lord Vi$l).U or His devotee is insulted. This is the duty of a devotee. Although a devotee maintains an attitude of meekness and gentleness,\nit is a great fault on his part if he remains silent when the Lord or His devotee is blasphemed.\nTEXT 33\n\n�..��� �\n��WI: 11��11\nko vainam paricak§ita\nvenam ekam rte 'subham\npnipta idrsam aisvaryam\nyad-anugraha-bhiijana/:1.\n\nka/:1.-who; vii-indeed; enam-the Lord; parica k sita-would blaspheme;\n.\n\nvenam- King\n\nVena; ekam-alone; rte-but for; a s ubham\n\n-\n\ninauspicious;\n\nprapta /:1.- having obtained; idrs am- like this; aisvaryam- opulence; yat'\n\nwhose; anugraha\n\n-\n\nmercy; bhiijana/:1.-receiving.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0264": "Text 35]\n\nThe Story of King Vena\n\n609\n\nTRANSLATION\nBut for King Vena, who is simply inauspicious, who would blaspheme\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead by whose mercy one is awarded all\nkinds of fortune and opulence?\nPURPORT\nWhen human society individually or collectively becomes godless and\nblasphemes the authority of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, it is\ncertainly destined for ruination. Such a civilization invites all kinds of bad\nfortune due to not appreciating the mercy of the Lord.\nTEXT 34\n\n� oqqft�l ii�itt�\n\nr..�q�if;f\n\n�'44;:q I\n\nW¥4*$M��� 11�\\lll\n\nittharh vyavasitii hantum\nr§ayo ruf[ha-manyava[l,\nnijaghnur hunkrtair venarh\nhatam acyuta-nindayii\nittham- thus; vya vas itiib, - decided ; hantum-·to kill; r.saya{l. - the sages;\nrilqha-manifested; manyavab, - their anger; nijaghnu[l, - they killed; hum­\n\nkrtai[l,- by angry words or by sounds of hum; venam- King Vena; hatamdead; acyuta- against the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nindayii-by\nblasphemy.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sages, thus manifesting their covert anger, immediately decided\nto kill the King. King Vena was already as good as dead due to his blasphemy\nagainst the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus without using any\nweapons, the sages killed King Vena simply by high-sounding words.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�: � � �!4Wq(( I\n� q1w..1¥tm Ntll�itWT � ������\n\n", "SB4.2#p0265": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n610\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 14\n\nr.sibhi[l. sviisrama-padam\ngate putra-kalevaram\nsunithii piilayiim iisa\nvidyii-yogena socati\nrfi ibhi[l -by the sages; sva-iisrama-padam-to their own respective hermi­\n\ntages; gate-h a ving returned; putra -of her son; kalevaram-the body;\nsunithii-Sunitha, mother of King Vena; piilayiim iisa- preserved; vidyiiyogena-by mantra and ingredients; socati-while lamenting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter all the sages returned to their respective hermitages, the mother of\nKing Vena, Sunitha, became very much aggrieved because of her son's death.\nShe decided to preserve the dead body of her son by the application of\ncertain ingredients and by chanting mantras [ mantra-yogena] .\nTEXT 36\n\nfF'ftt� {I 6(((4�fe�rwtn 1\n�tift-t �lfi(i�!n � 11��11\n�1\n\nekadii munayas te tu\nsarasvat-saliliiplu tiifr,\nhutviignin sat-kathiis cakrur\nupavi§.tiifr, sarit-ta.te\n\nekadii-once upon a time; munayafr,-all those great saintly persons; tethey; tu-then; sarasvat-of the River Sarasvati; salila-in the water; iiplutiifr,\n-bathed; hutva-offering oblations; agnin into the fires; sat-kathafr,-dis-\n\ncussions\n\nabout transcendental\n\nu pavi§.tiifr,-\n\nsubj ect matters; cakrufr,\n\n-\n\nbegan to do;\n\nsitting; sarit-ta.te-by the side of the river.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce upon a time, the same saintly persons, after taking their_bath in the\n\nRiver Sarasvati, began to perform their daily duties by offering oblations\ninto the sacrificial fires. After this, sitting on the bank of the river, they\nbegan to talk about the transcendental person and His pastimes.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0266": "The Story of King Vena\n\nText 37]\n\n6ll\n\nTEXT 37\n\ncftWlR-I(tj(6�l�lijl9tl\\�'llt(l1 I\niltq¥tS(¥t9tltU41 '(� if �: 11�\\!JII\nvikfiyotthitiirhs tadotpiitiin\niihur loka-bhayankariin\napy abhadram aniithiiyii\ndasyubhyo na bhaved bhuva{l.\n\n- having seen; utthitan-developed; tada-then ; utpiitan- disturbances; iihu{l. - they began to say; loka-in society; bhayam-kariin- causing\nvik§ya\n\npanic; api-whether; abhadram-misfortune; aniithiiyii{l.-having no ruler;\ndasyubhyal;t\n\n-from thieves and rogues; na-not; bhavet-may happen;\n\nbhuval;t-of the world.\nTRANSLATION\nIn those days there were various disturbances in the country that were\ncreating a panic in society. Therefore all the sages began to talk amongst\nthemselves: Since the King is dead and there is no protector in the world,\nmisfortune may befall the people in general on account of rogues and\nthieves.\nPURPORT\nWhenever there is a disturbance in the state, or a panic situation, the\nproperty and lives of the citizens become unsafe. This is caused by the\nuprising of various thieves and rogues. At such a time it is to be understood that the ruler, or the government, is dead. All of these misfortunes\nhappened due to the death of King Vena. Thus the saintly persons became\nvery anxious for the safety of the people in general. The conclusion is that\neven though saintly persons have no business in political affairs, they are\nnonetheless always compassionate upon the people in general. Thus even\nthough they are always aloof from society, still out of mercy and compassion they consider how the citizens can peacefully execute their rituals\nand follow the rules and regulations of varr-iisrama-dharma. That was the\nconcern of these sages. In this age of Kali, everything is disturbed. Therefore saintly persons should take to the chanting of the Hare Kt�l'.la mantra,\nas recommended in the siistras. Harer niima harer niima harer niimaiva\nkevalarh/ kalau niisty eva niisty eva niisty evagatir anyathii. Both for spiritual\nand material prosperity, everyone should devotedly chant the Hare Kt�f.la\nmantra.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0267": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n612\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 38\n\n� � � �f 'ltf��\\1¥( I\nqfu: qk1461\\{ftai'HIUII¥4Nti'q�l¥( II�� II\nevam mrsanta rftayo\ndhiivatiim sarvato-diSam\npiimsu{t samutthito bhUriS\ncoriirtiim abhilumpatiim\n\n- thus; mrsanta{t - while considering; rfiaya{t -the great saintly per- running sarvatal].-dis\"am-from all directions; piimsu{tdust; sam tthita{t - arose bhiiri{t - much; coriirtiim - from thieves and rogues;\nabhilumpatiim - engaged in plundering.\nev am\n\nsons; dhiivatiim\nu\n\n;\n\n;\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the great sages were carrying on their discussion in this way, they\n\nsaw a dust storm arising from all directions. This storm was caused by the\nrunning of thieves and rogues who were engaged in plundering the citizens.\nPURPORT\n\nThieves and rogues simply await some political upset in order to take the\nopportunity to plunder the people in general. To keep thieves and rogues\ninactive in their profession, a strong government is always required.\nTEXTS 39-40\n\nij�S(..tll'lq � � \\1¥\"461¥( I\n�(� 6f4t� � ft�E4f'l614( ����II\n..aou41 :sw� (\\W�fl\"4¥((1:st� 1\n�¥1'it14Rqsu�r Jrft 6\\l'4«:ft.t : 11\\loll\ntad upadravam iijiiiiya\nlokasya vasu lumpatiim\nbhartary uparate tasminn\nanyon yam ca jighiimsatiim\n\n", "SB4.2#p0268": "613\n\nThe Story of King Vena\n\nText 41 )\n\ncora-priiyarh jana-padarh\nhina-sattvam ariijakam\nlokiin niiviirayaii chaktii\napi tad-dofoa-dar5inaft\ntat-at that time; upadra vam\n\n-the disturbance; iijii iiya-understanding;\n\nlokasya-of the people in general; vas u -riches; lumpatiim-by those who\nwere plundering; bhartari-the protector;\n\nu parate\n\n-being dead; tasmin-desiring to kill;\n\nKing Vena; anyonyam-one another; ca-also; jighiirh s atiim\n\nof thieves; jana-pada - the state; hina-bereft of;\n- regu lation; ariijakam- without a king; lokiin-the thieves and\nrogues; na - ot; aviirayan-they subdued; s aktiift -able to do so; api-al ­\n\ncora-priiyam-full\n\nm\n\ns att va m\n\nn\n\nthough; tat-do.sa-the fault of that; dars inaft -considerin g.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing the dust storm, the saintly persons could understand that\nthere were a great deal of irregularities due to the death of King Vena.\nWithout government, the state was devoid of law and order, and consequently there was a great uprising of murderous thieves and rogues who\nwere plundering the riches of the people in general. Although the great\nsages could subdue the disturbance by their powers-just as they could kill\nthe King-they nonetheless considered it improper on their part to do so.\nThus they did not attempt to stop the disturbance.\nPURPORT\nThe saintly persons and great sages killed King Vena out of emergency,\nbut they did not choose to take part in the government in order to subdue\nthe uprising of thieves and rogues, which took place after the death of\nKing Vena. lt is not the duty of briihmar-as and saintly persons to kill,\nalthough they may sometimes do so in the case of an emergency. They\ncould kill all the thieves and rogues by the prowess of their mantras, but\nthey thought it the duty of k�atriya kings to do so. Thus they reluctantly\ndid not take part in the killing business.\n\nTEXT41\n\nIIRIVJ: �JI1� � (1�Q'i: I\n\nm Q � f¥N+tl\"''l�q�') � II'll� II\n\n", "SB4.2#p0269": "614\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 14\n\nbriihmacw{l. sama-drk siinto\ndiniiniirh samupekfiaka{l.\nsravate brahma tasyiipi\nbhinna-bhiir-!liit payo yathii\nbriihma[la[t-a\n\nbrahma[la;\n\nsa ma drk-equipoised;\n-\n\nsiinta � - peaceful ;\n\ndinanam-the poor; samupek§aka� -grossly neglecting; sravate-diminishes;\n\nbrahma- spiritual power; tasya-his; api- certainly; bhinna-bhii[l!lat-from\na cracked pot; paya[l. - water; yathii-j ust as.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe great sages began to think that although a brahmal}.a is peaceful and\n\nimpartial because he is equal to everyone, it is still not his duty to neglect\n\npoor humans. By such neglect, a brahmaJ]a's spiritual power diminishes, just\nas water kept in a cracked pot leaks out.\n\nPURPORT\n\nBriihmartas, the topmost section of human society, are mostly devotees.\nThey are generally not aware of the happenings within the material world\nbecause they are always busy in their activities for spiritual advancement.\nNonetheless, when there is a calamity in human society, they cannot remain impartial. If they do not do something to relieve the distressed condition of human society, it is said that due to such neglect their spiritual\nknowledge diminishes. Almost all the sages go to the Himalayas for their\npersonal benefit, but Prahlada Maharaj a said that he did not want liberation\nalone. He decided to wait until he was able to deliver all the fallen souls of\nthe world.\nIn their elevated condition, the briihmartas are called Vai�Qavas. There\nare two types of briihma[las- namely, briihma[la-par-!lita and briihma[la­\n\nvai§[lava. A qualified briihmar-a is naturally very learned, but when his\nlearning is advanced in understanding the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nhe becomes a briihma[la-vai§[lava. Unless one becomes a Vai�l).ava, one's\nperfection of brahminical culture is incomplete.\nThe saintly persons considered very wisely that although King Vena\nwas very sinful, he was nonetheless born in a family descending from\nDhruva Maharaj a. Therefore the semina in the family must be protected by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kesava. As such, the sages wanted\n\n", "SB4.2#p0270": "The Story of King Vena\n\nText 42]\n\n615\n\nto take some steps to relieve the situation. For want of a king, everything\nwas being disturbed and turned topsy-turvy.\n\nTEXT42\n\n�\n\nem\n\nmifu\n\nMutVt(Rt I\n\n31¥t'l.:t\"1�t fi:-l�n ��if.�leUJDI1tl: ll\\l�ll\nniingasya varhso riijarfier\nefia sarhsthiitum arhati\namogha-viryii hi nrpii\nvarhse 'smin kesaviisrayii�\nna-not; atigasya-of King Anga; varhsa�\n\n-\n\nfamily line; riija-r.se�-of the\n\nsaintly King; e §a� this; sarhsthiitum-to be stopped; arhati-ou ght; amogha\n-\n\n-without sin, powerful; virya�-their semina; hi-because; nrpii�-kings;\nvarhse-in the family; asmin-this; kesava-of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; iisrayii�-under the shelter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sages decided that the descendants of the family of the saintly King\nMga should not he stopped because in this family the semina was very\npowerful and the children were prone to become devotees of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe purity of hereditary succession is called amogha-virya. The pious\nseminal succession in the twice-born family of the bnihmaT}-as and k�atriyas\nespecially, as well as in the family of vaisyas also, must be kept very pure\nby the observation of the purificatory processes beginning with garbhiidhiina-sarhskiira, which is observed before giving birth to a child. Unless this\npurificatory process is strictly observed, especially by the briihmar-as, the\nfamily descendants become impure, and gradually sinful activities become\nvisible in the family. Maharaja Anga was very pure because of the purification of semina in the family of Maharaja Dhruva. However, his semina\nbecame contaminated in association with his wife, Sunitha, who happened\nto be the daughter of death personified. Because of this polluted semina,\nKing Vena was produced. This was a catastrophe in the family of Dhruva\n\n", "SB4.2#p0271": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n616\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 1 4\n\nMaharaja. All the saintly persons and sages considered this point, and they\ndecided to take action in this manner, as described in the following verses.\nTEXT 43\n\n�� Aq\"� �:1\n'4'4•$;M � ij'tld\\1\\1� WR: 11'<1�11\nviniscityaivam r§ayo\nvipannasya mahipate�\nmamanthur ururh tarasii\ntatriisid biihuko nara�\nviniscitya-deciding; evam-thus; r§aya�\n\n- the great sages; vipannasya- hu n d; urum-the thighs;\n\ndead; mahi-pate�-of the King; mamanthu�\n\nc\n\nr\n\ne\n\ntarasii-with specific powet:; tatra-thereupon; iisit-was born; biihuka�-of\nthe name Bahuka (dwarf); nara�-a person.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMter making a decision, the saintly persons and sages churned the thighs\nof the dead body of King Vena with great force and according to a specific\nmethod. As a result of this churning, a dwarf-like person was born from\nKing Vena's body.\n\nPURPORT\nThat a person was born by the churning of the thighs of King Vena\nproves that the spirit soul is individual and separate from the body. The\ngreat sages and saintly persons could beget another person from the body\nof the dead King Vena, but it was not possible for them to bring King\nVena back to life. King Vena was gone, and certainly he had taken another\nbody. The saintly persons and sages were only concerned with the body\nof Vena because it was a result of the seminal succession in the family of\nMaharaja Dhruva. Consequently the ingredients by which another body\ncould be produced were there in the body of King Vena. By a certain\nprocess, when the thighs of the dead body were churned, another body came\nout. Although dead, the body of King Vena was perserved by drugs and\nmantras chanted by King Vena's mother. In this way the ingredients for\nthe production of another body were there. When the body of the person\nnamed Bahuka came out of the dead body of Kjng Vena, it was really not\n\n", "SB4.2#p0272": "Text 45]\n\nThe Story of King Vena\n\n617\n\nvery astonishing. It was simply a question of knowing how to do it. From\nthe semina of one body, another body is produced, and the life symptoms\nare visible due to the soul's taking shelter of this body. One should not\nthink that it was impossible for another body to come out of the dead\nbody of Maharaja Vena. This was performed by the skillful action of the\nsages.\nTEXT 44\n\nEtiiEti'I)Qii1SRt�l C((tifl!tl�: I\nC((tqtf1ti1Wli(1M ('ffi�IW�iif: I 1\\l\\ll I\nkiika-krHw 'tihrasviingo\nhrasva-biihur mahii-hanu[t\nhrasva-piin nimna-niisiigro\nraktiik.sas tiimra-murdhaja[t\nkiika-kr.sflalt - as black as a crow; atihrasva-very short; arigafl, -his limbs;\nhrasva-short; biihu[t-his arms; mahii - big ; hanu[t-his jaws; hrasva-short;\npiit-his legs; nimna-fl.at; niisa-agra[t-the tip of his nose; rakta-reddish;\nak.sa[t - his eyes; tiimra-copperlike; murdha-ja[t-his hair.\nTRANSLATION\nThis person born from King Vena's thighs was named Bahuka, and his\ncomplexion was as black as a crow's. All the limbs of his body were very\n\nshort, his arms and legs were short, and his jaws were large. His nose was\nflat, his eyes were reddish, and his hair copper-colored.\nTEXT45\n\n� � �� aJ;t f* �Tftf iuta.wc� 1\nfiltfta.�-4�16 � ,..,.�61\n11\\ll.tll\ntam tu te 'vanatam dinam\nkim karomiti viidinam\nnifiidety abruvams tiita\nsa ni§iidas tato 'bhavat\ntam-unto him; tu-then; te-the sages; avanatam-bowed down; dinammeek;\n\nkim-what; karomi-shall\n\nI\n\ndo;\n\niti-thus;\n\nviidi n am - inqu iring ;\n\n", "SB4.2#p0273": "618\n\n[Canto4, Ch. 14\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nn(sida-j ust sit down; iti-thus; abruvan-they replied; tata-my dear Vidura;\nsafl -he; ni§iida[l-of the name Ni�ada; tata�\n\n-\n\nthereafter; abhavat-becam e\n\n.\n\nTRANSLA TION\nHe was very submissive and meek, and immediately after his birth he\n\nbowed down and inquired, \"Sirs, what shall I do?\" The great sages replied,\n\n\"Please sit down [ni�ida].\" Thus Ni�ada, the father of the Nai�ada race, was\n\nborn.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said in the siistras that the head of the body represents the briihmar-as,\nthe arms represent the k§atriyas, the abdomen represents the vaisyas, and\nthe legs, beginning with the thighs, represent the sudras. The sudras are\nsometimes called black or k!§r;ta. The briihmar-as are called sukla, or white,\nand the k§atriyas and the vaisyas are a mixture of black and white. However,\nthose who are extraordinarily white are said to have skin produced out of\nwhite leprosy. It may be concluded that white or a golden hue is the color\nof the higher caste, and black is the complexion of the sudras.\nTEXT46\n\n� 4-wt� � fftR•'\"'\"'•n:qu '\n\n�\"'lt((iNI�\n\n�\"'EM+tif�OI¥( 11\\l�ll\n\ntasya varhsyiis tu nai§iidii\ngiri-kiinana-gocarii[l\nyeniiharaj jiiyamiino\nven!l-kalma§am ulbar-am\ntasya-his (Ni�ada's); varhsyiift-descendants; tu-then; nai_siidii[l\n\n-\n\ncalled\n\nNai�adas; giri-kiinana-the hills and forests; go c arii[l-inhabiting; yenabecause; aharat-he took upon himself; jiiyamiina[l-being born; vena-of\nKing Vena; kalmasam-all kinds of sin; ulbar-am\n.\n\n-\n\nvery fearful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter his [Ni�ada's] birth, he immediately took charge of all the resultant\n\nactions of King Vena's sinful activities. As such, this Nai�ada class is always\n\nengaged in sinful activities like stealing, plundering and hunting. Consequently they are only allowed to live in the hills and forests.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0274": "Text 46]\n\nThe Story of King V e na\n\n619\n\nPURPORT\nThe Nai�ii.das are not allowed to live in cities and towns because they are\n\nsinful by nature. As such, their bodies are very ugly, and their occupations\n\nare also sinful. We should, however, know that even these sinful men (who\nare sometimes called kiriitas) can be delivered from their sinful condition\n\nto the topmost V ai�.r;tava platform by the mercy of a pure devotee. Engage·\n\nment in the transcendental loving devotional service of the Lord can make\n\nanyone, however sinful he may be, fit to return home, back to Godhead.\n\nOne has only to become free from all contamination by the process of\n\ndevotional service. In this way everyone can become fit to return home,\nback to Godhead. This is confirmed by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nmiirh hi piirtha vyapiisritya\nye 'pi syufi. piipa-yonayafi.\nstriyo vaisyiis tathii sudriis\nte 'pi yiinti pariirh gatim\n\"0 son of Prtha, those who take shelter of Me, though they be of lower\nbirth-women,\n\nvaisyas [merchants], as well as sudras [workers] -can\n\napproach the supreme destination.\" (Bg. 9 .32)\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Fourteenth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Story of King Vena.\"\n\n", "SB4.2#p0275": "CHAPTER FIFTEEN\n\nKing Prthu's Appearance and coronation\nTEXT 1\n\n�£ill ij<(f'i(\n\n�..Ma(��� �:I\n'11!+4ri �'41'11¥qf � (1qqQ?� II � II\n3N\n\n�\n\nmaitreya uvaca\natha tasya punar viprair\naputrasya mahipate{l.\nbii.hubhyii.rh mathyamii.nii.bhyii.rh\nmithunarh samapadyata\nmaitreyal]. uv tic a - Maitrey a continued t o speak ; atha-thus; tasya-his;\npuna� -again ; vipra*-by the brahmaiJas; aputrasya-without a son;\nmahipate{l.-of the King; bii.hubhyii.m-from the arms; mathyamii.nii.bhyii.mbeing churned; mithunam-a couple; samapadyata-took birth.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, thus the brahmaQas\nand the great sages churned the two arms of King Vena's dead body. As a\nresult a male and female couple came out of his arms.\nTEXT2\n\n� qT � i116attqt illli41f4<' :I\nQ: q(¥{(1�1 A� lttli4€*WI( II� II\ntad dntvii. mithunarh jatam\nr�ayo brahma-vii.dina{l.\n621\n\n", "SB4.2#p0276": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n622\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 15\n\nucu{l. parama-santu§ta\n\nviditva bhagavat-kalam\ntat-that; d!§{Va-seeing; m it hunam-couple; jiita m-born; r�aya Q_ the\n-\n\ngreat sages; bra hma-viidina l].-very learned in Vedic knowledge; ilc u Q,\n\n-\n\nsaid;\n\nparama-very much; santu§tal].- being pleased; viditvii-knowing; bhagavatof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kalam\n\n-\n\nexpansion\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sages were highly learned in Vedic knowledge. When they\nsaw the male and female born of the arms of Vena's body, they were very\npleased, for they could understand that the couple was an expansion of the\nplenary portion of Vi�t;tu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThe method adopted by the great sages and scholars, who were learned\nin Vedic knowledge, was perfect. They removed all the reactions of King\nVena's sinful activities by seeing that King Vena first gave birth to Bahuka,\ndescribed in the previous chapter. After King Vena's body was thus\npurified, a male and female came out of it, and the great sages could\nunderstand that this was an expansion of Lord Vi�Q.U. This expansion, of\ncourse, was not vifirtu-tattva but a specifically empowered expansion of\nLord Vi�Q.u known as iivesa.\nTEXT3\n\n!lfPPl i1i'3:\n\n�a: m ijC(wtqlf{l)wr 1\n\":rt � :�:�..�lttqlf�;ft II� II\n\n�\n\nr�aya ucu[t\ne§a vi§[lOr bhagavata{l.\nkala bhuvana-piilini\niyarh c a lak§mya{l. sambhiiti{l.\npuru§asyiinapayint\n[§aya{l. ilcu{t-the sages said; efi a{l - this male; vi§IJOI].-of Lord Vi�Q.u;\nbhagavata{l.-of the Supreme Personalit of Godhead; kala-expansion;\nbhuvana-piilini-who maintains the world; iyam-this female; ca-also;\nl akJim y a{l.-of the goddess of fortune; sambhuti[l,-expansion; puru�asyaof the Lord; anapiiyint- inseparable.\n\ny\n\n", "SB4.2#p0277": "King Prthu's Appearance and Coronation\n\nText4]\n\n623\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sages said: The male is a plenary expansion of the power of\nLord Vi�l)U, who maintains the entire universe, and the female is a plenary\nexpansion of the goddess of fortune, who is never separated from the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe significance of the goddess of fortune's never being separated from\nthe Lord is clearly mentioned herein. People in the material world are\nvery fond of the goddess of fortune, and they want her favor in the form\nof riches. They should know, however, that the goddess of fortune is\ninseparable from\n\nLord Vi�r,tu. Materialists should understand that the\n\ngoddess of fortune should be worshiped along with Lord Vi�r,tu and should\nnot be regarded separately. Materialists seeking the favor of the goddess\nof fortune must worship Lord Vi�r,tu and Lak�mi together to maintain\nmaterial opulence. If a materialist follows the policy of Ravar.ta, who\nwanted to separate Sita from Lord Ramacandra, the process of separation\nwill vanquish him. Those who are very rich and have taken favor of the\ngoddess of fortune in this world must engage their money in the service\nof the Lord. In this way they can continue in their opulent position without disturbance.\nTEXT4\n\n3111 {I JPOO � � stqNijl �: I\np �� �MQ4Rt �'fc�U II \\l II\nayam tu prathamo rajiiam\npuman prathayita yasa{!\nprthur nama maharaja\nbhavi§yati prthu-srava{t\nayam-this ; tu-then ;prathama�-the first; rajniim\n\n-\n\nof the kings; pumiin­\n\nthe male; prathayitii-will expand; yasa�-reputation; p rthu {t - Maharaj a\nP�thu; nama-by name; mahii riija�-the great king; bhavi§yati-will be-\n\ncome; prthu sravii�\n-\n\n-\n\nof wide renown.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOf the two, the male will be able to expand his reputation throughout the\nworld. His name will be Prthu. Indeed, he will be the first among kings.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0278": "Srimad Bhaga vatam\n\n624\n\n-\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 15\n\nPURPORT\nThere are different Lype\n\nof incarnation· of Lhe Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. In the siistras it is said thal Garuqa, Lhe carrier of Lord Vi�I'JU,\nand Lord Siva and Anan La are all very powerful incarnation of the Brahman\nfealure of Lhe Lord. Similarly, Sacipati, or lndra, Lhe King of heaven, is an\nincarnation of Lhe lusty feature of the Lord. Aniruddha i an incarnation\nof the Lord's mind. Similarly, King Prthu is an incarnation of the ruling\nforce of the Lord. Thus the saintly persons and great sages predicted the\nfuture activities of King P\\'thu, who was already explained as a partial\nincarnation of the plenary expansion of the Lord.\nTEXTS\n\niyam ca sudati devi\ngu{la-bhii§arw-bhu§a{lii\narcir niima variirohii\np[thum eviivarundhati\niyam-this female child; ca-and; su-dati-who has very nice teeth; dev'ithe goddess of fortune; gu(ta-by good qualities; bhU§a(la-ornaments;\nbhu§aTJ,ii-who beautifies; arci�-Arci; nama-by name; vara-iiroha-very\nbeautiful; prthum-unto King Prthu; eva-certainly; avarundhat'i-being\nvery much attached.\nTRANSLATION\nThe female has such beautiful teeth and beautiful qualities that she will\nactually beautify the ornaments she wears. Her name will be Arci. In the\nfuture she will accept King Prthu as her husband.\nTEXT6\n\nm�m � ��fmpn I\nfl l1if � f( �(�\\it,Sijq�R;flll � II\n\n�\n\ne§a siik§iid dharer amso\njiito loka-rirak§ayii\niyam ca tat-parii hi srir\nanujajiie 'napiiyini\n\n", "SB4.2#p0279": "Text 7)\n\nKing Prthu's Appearance and Coronation\n\n625\n\ne�a{1-this male; sak.siit- d irect ly; hare/;t - of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;\n\namsa{1-partial representalive; jiita{1 - bo rn; loka-thc entire\n\nworld; rira k§ ayii - with a desire to protect; iyam-this female; ca-also;\n\ntat-para-very much attached to him; hi - certainly; .Sri/;t-the goddess of\nfortune; anujajii e - took birth; anapayini-inseparab le .\nTRANSLATION\nIn the form of King Prthu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead has\nappeared through a part of His potency to protect the people of the world.\nThe goddess of fortune is the constant companion of the Lord, and there·\nfore she has incarnated partially as Arci to become King Prthu's queen.\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gitii the Lord says that whenever one sees an extraordinary\npower, he should conclude that a specific partial representation of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is present. There are innumerable such\nperson ali ties, but not an of them are direct v(sr-u-tattva plenary expansions\nof the Lord. Many living entities are classified among the sakti-tattva�.\nSuch\n\nincarnations, empowered\n\nfor\n\nspecific\n\npurposes, are known\n\nas\n\nsaktyiivesa-avatiiras. King Prthu was such a saktyiivesa-avatiira of the Lord.\nSimilarly, Arci, King Ptthu's wife, was a saktyiivesa-avatiira of the goddcs\nof fortune.\nTEXT7\n\n�� \\l<IR\n\nsr� � d mn rr.:�:�cfsml �g: I\nm: �: ftqT ¢� �:�:11 \\911\nmaitreya uviica\nprasamsanti sma tam viprii\ngandharva-pravarii jagu{t\nmumucu{1 sumano-dhiirii{1\nsiddhii nrtyanti sva{t-striya!t\nmaitreya/;t uviica- the great saint Maitreya said; prasamsanti smapraised, glorified; tam-him (Prthu); vipra/;t - all the bnihma!Jas; gandharva­\n\npravarii/;t-the best of the Gandharvas;jagu{1-chanted;mumucu{1-relea ed;\nsumana/;t-dhiirii/:t-showers of flowers; siddhii{1-the personalities from\nSiddhal.oka; nrtyanti-were dancing; sva/;t-of the heavenly planet ; striya/;t\n-women (the Apsadis).\n\n", "SB4.2#p0280": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n626\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Viduraji, at that time all the\nbrahmal).as highly praised and glorified King Prthu, and the best singers\nof Gandharvaloka chanted his glories. The inhabitants of Siddhaloka\nshowered flowers, and the beautiful women in the heavenly planets\ndanced in ecstasy.\nTEXT 8\n\n't((futt1 � AA I\n\" 'I� ��ft«Jurf 'llllt: I I G I I\nsankha-tilrya-mrdangadya\nnedur dundubhayo divi\ntatra sarva upajagmur\ndevar§i-pitfTJiirh garta�\n\n-\n\nsahkha -conches; turya bugles; m rdahga -drums; adya�-and so on;\nnedu�-vibrated; dundubhaya�-kettledrums; divi-in outer sp ace; tatrathere; sarve- all; upii.jagmu{t-came; deva-r.si- demigods and sages; pitff}iimof forefathers;gaTJii.�-groups.\n\nTRANSLATION\nConchshells, bugles, drums and kettledrums vibrated in outer space.\nGreat sages, forefathers and personalities from the heavenly planets all\ncame to earth from various planetary systems.\nTEXTS 9-10\n\nI(!}��: ('ttl� ��: I\n� � t�� q1 rq 'l@F': II � II\nqiG>¢l«f14;( � � � � �: � I\nq�UstRtt<J �: 'I q(�r!;r: II� oJI\n\nQl1\n\n\\itt\n\nbrahma jagad-gurur deva*\nsahasrtya suresvarai�\nvainyasya dak§irte haste\ndr§tva cihnarh gadabhrta�\n\n", "SB4.2#p0281": "Text 11)\n\nKing Prthu's Appearance and Coronation\n\n627\n\npiidayor aravindarh ca tam\nvai mene hare{!. kaliim\nyasyiipratihatarh cakram\narhsa{l. sa parame§[hina.h\nbrah mii- L ord Brahma; jagat-guru�- the master of the universe; deva*by the demigods; saha- accompanied; iisrtya- arriving; sura-isvaraift-with\nthe chiefs of all the heavenly planets; vainyasya-of Maharaja Prthu, the\nson of Vena; dak�i{le-right; haste-on the hand; dr�tvii- seeing; cihnammark; gadii-bhrtaft-of Lord Vi�QU, who carries the club ; piidayo {l.- on the\ntwo feet; aravindam-lotus flower; ca-also; tam- him; vai-certainly; mene\n-he understood; hare�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kaliimpart\n\nof\n\na\n\nplenary expansion; yasya- whose; apra t ihatam- invincible;\n\ncakra m - disc; a rhsav - partial representation; sa�-he; parame�thina�-of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma, the master of the entire universe, arrived there accompanied by all the demigods and their chiefs. Seeing the lines of Lord\nVi��m's palm on King Prthu's right hand and impressions of lotus flowers\non the soles of his feet, Lord Brahma could understand that King Prthu\nwas a partial representation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One\nwhose palm bears the sign of a disc, as well as other such lines, should be\nconsidered a partial representation or incarnation of the Supreme Lord.\nPURPORT\nThere is a system by which one can detect an incarnation of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Nowadays it has become a cheap fashion\nto accept any rascal as an incarnation of God, but from this incident we\ncan see that Lord Brahma personally examined the hands and feet of King\nPrthu for specific signs. In their prophecies the learned sages and briihmar-as\naccepted Prthu Maharaja as a plenary partial expansion of the Lord.\nDuring the presence of Lord Kr��a, however, a king declared himself\nVasudeva, and Lord Kr��a killed him. Before accepting someone as an\nincarnation of God, one should verify his identity according to the symptoms mentioned in the siistras. Without these symptoms the pretender is\nsubject to be killed by the authorities for pretending to be an incarnation\nof God.\n\nTEXT ll\n\n64Miflt161i � iiUIIUi�flcUfa:fl : I\n31lfif·�P-f�1;:q� 30�(: � �: II��II\n�\n\n", "SB4.2#p0282": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n628\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 15\n\ntasyii.bhi§eka ii.rabdho\nbnihmartair brahma-vii.dibh*\nabhi§ecanikii.ny asmai\nii.jahru� sarvato janii.�\ntasya - his; abh i�ekab- - coronation;iirab dha ft-was arranged; briihmar_taib-learned briihmar_tas; brahma-vadibhib- -attached to the Vedic\nrituals;iibh i§ ec anikiini-various paraphernalia for performing the ceremony;\nasmai-unto him; iijahru � - collected; s arvata � - from all directions; janiift by the\n\npeople.\nTRANSLATION\nThe learned brahmaQ.as, who were very attached to the Vedic ritualistic\nceremonies, then arranged for the King's coronation. People from all\ndirections collected all the different paraphernalia for the ceremony. Thus\neverything was complete.\nTEXT 12\n\neffieU:I f� ;nm 'l'f.T: � 'ltll: I\ntft: M: echt.<ttfwt �..������ 11����\nsarit-samudrii. girayo\nniigii giiva� khagii mrgaft\ndyauft k§itift sarva-bhUtiini\nsamiijahrur upiiyanam\nsarit-the rivers; samudnib--the seas; giraya b- -the mountains; n iigii.b- -the\nserpents; giiv ab-- the cows; khagiib- -the birds; mrga b- -the animals; dyaul;tthe sky; k§ itib- - the earth; sarva-bhUtiini-all living entities; samiijahru/;tcollected; upiiyanam - different kinds of presentations.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll the rivers, seas, hills, mountains, serpents, cows, birds, animals,\n\nheavenly planets, the earthly planet and all other living entities collected\nvarious presentations, according to their ability, to offer the King.\nTEXT 13\n\n«tsfld�'fil 'l(l(l�t: ijiffin: �: I\nq�I�'4RJlf<1�1 �sft4f(cuq(: II� �II\n\n", "SB4.2#p0283": "Text 15)\n\nKing Prthu's Appearance and Coronation\n\n629\n\nso 'bhi§ikto mahiiriija�\nsuviisii� siidhv-alankrta�\npatnyiirci§iilankrtayii\nvireje 'gnir iviipara�\nsa�-the King; abhi§ikta�-being coronated; mahiinija�-Maharaja Prthu;\nsu-viisii�-exquisitely dressed; siidhu-alankrta�-highly decorated with ornaments; patnyii-along with his wife; arci§ii-named Arci; alarikrtayii-nicely\nornamented; vireje-appeared; agn*-fire; iva-like; apara�-another.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the great King Ptthu, exquisitely dressed with garments and ornaments, was coronated and placed on the throne. The King and his wife,\nArci, who was also exquisitely ornamented, appeared exactly like fire.\nTEXT 14\n\n� � � � � 4(1(1wt(l\nCRiQf: �ee('IN+tl<fqsi � II t VII\ntasmai jahiira dhanado\nhaimarh vira variisanam\nvaru[la� salila-sriivam\niitapatrarh sa.Si-prabham\ntasmai-unto him; jahi:ira-presented; dhana-da�-the treasurer of the\ndemigods (Kuvera); haimam-made of gold; vira-0 Vidura; vara-iisanamroyal\n\nthrone;\n\nvaru�a�-the\n\ndemigod\n\nVarup.a;\n\nsalila-sriivam-dropping\n\nparticles of water; atapat ram-umbrella; sasi-prabham-as brilliant as the\nmoon.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage continued: My dear Vidura, Kuvera presented the great\nKing Ptthu a golden throne. The demigod Varu�a presented him an\numbrella that constantly\n\nsprayed\n\nfine particles of water and was as\n\nbrilliant as the moon.\nTEXT 15\n\n��� 41WHHtit �: �1 � I\n�: fftiftttFif>i � � �: II� �II\n\n", "SB4.2#p0284": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n630\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 15\n\nvayus ca vala-vyajane\n\ndharma� kirtimayim srajam\nindra� kiri(am utkr�tarh\nda!l{lam sam yamanam yamal).\n\nvayu�-the demigod of air;ca-also;vala-vyajane-two camaras made of\nhair; dharma�-the King of religion; kirti-mayim-expanding one's name\nand fame; srajam-garland; indra�-the King of heaven; kiritam-helmet;\nutkntam-very valuable; da!l!Iam-sceptor; samyamanam-for ruling the\nworld;yama�-the superintendent of death.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigod of air, Vayu, presented King Prthu two whisks [ camaras]\nof hair; the King of religion, Dharma, presented him a flower garland\nwhich would expand his fame; the King of heaven, lndra, presented him a\nvaluable helmet; and the superintendent of death, Yamaraja, presented\nhim a sceptor with which to rule the world.\nTEXT 16\n\nqt\n\n� � ¥�miT '\\(l<q¥t'( I\n\ntft: ��6€\\t�qoqtwif�tt_ll����\nbrahma brahmamayam varma\nbharati hiiram uttamam\nhari� sudarsanarh cakram\ntat-patny avyiihatiim Sriyam\n\nbrahma-Lord Brahma; brahma-mayam-made of spiritual knowledge;\nvarma-armor;bharati-the goddess of learning;hiiram-necklace; uttamam\n-transcendental; hari�1-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sudar5anam\ncakram-Sudarsana disc; tat-patni-His wife (Lak�mi); avyiihatiim-imperishable;sri yam-beauty and opulence.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma presented King Prthu a protective garment made of\nspiritual knowledge. Bharati [ Sarasvati], the wife of Brahma, gave him a\ntranscendental necklace. Lord Vi�QU presented him a Sudarsana disc, and\nLord Vill!QU 's wife, the goddess of fortune, gave him imperishable opulences.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0285": "Text 18]\n\nKing Prthu's Appearance and Coronation\n\n631\n\nPURPORT\n\nAll the demigods presented various gifts to King Prthu. Hari, an incarna­\n\ntion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead known as Upendra in the\nheavenly planet, presented the King a Sudarsana disc. It should be under­\n\nstood that this Sudarsana disc is not exactly the same type of Sudarsana\n\ndisc used by the Personality of Godhead, Kr�Q.a or Vi!>pu. Since Maharaja\n\nPrthu was a partial representation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's\n\npower, the Sudarsana disc given to him represented the partial power of the\noriginal Sudarsana disc.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n«''*'�{« �: �a...� 6'·11�· 1\n«i4ftSii6+l�twt�!T �� � II� \\911\ndasa-candram asim rudra�\nsata-candram tathiimbikii\nsomo 'mrta-mayiin asviims\ntva§tii riipiisrayam ratham\n\ndasa-candram-decorated with ten moons; asim-sword; rud ra b, - Lord\n\nSiva; sata-candram-decorated with one hundred moons; tatha-in that\n\nmanner; ambikii-the goddess Durga; soma� - the moon demigod; amrta­\n\nmayii n\nr\n\n-\n\nmade of nectar; asvtin-horses; tva�ta the demigod Visvakarma;\n-\n\niipa -iisrayam- very beautiful; ratham- a chariot.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva presented him a sword within a sheath marked with ten\nmoons, and his wife, the goddess Durga, presented him with a shield\nmarked with one hundred moons. The moon demigod presented him\nhorses made of nectar, and the demigod Visvakarma presented him a very\nbeautiful chariot.\nTEXT 18\n\n31RIU�II4 :q1'f � U\"i+i�l� I\n¥{: � �� m: �¥4\"'4�4(II�� II\n\n", "SB4.2#p0286": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n632\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 15\n\nagnir iija-gavarh ciiparh\nsuryo rasmimayiin i�un\nbhilfi. piiduke yogamayyau\ndyaufi. pu§piivalim anvaham\nagniQ.-the demigod of fire; iija-gavam- made of the horns of goats and\ncows; ciipam-a bow; suryaQ. - the sun-god; rasm i-ma yiin- brilliant as\nsunshine; i§iin-arrows; bh uQ.- Bhiimi, the predominating goddess of the\nearth; piiduke-two slippers; yoga-mayyau-full of mystic power; dyauQ.the demigods in outer space; pu§pa-of flowers; iivalim-presentation;\nanvaham-day after day.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigod of fire, Agni, presented him a bow made of the horns of\ngoats and cows. The sun-god presented him arrows as brilliant as sunshine.\n\nThe predominating deity of Bhiiloka presented him slippers full of mystic\npower. The demigods from outer space brought him presentations of\n\nflowers again and again.\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse describes that the King's slippers were invested with mystic\npowers (piiduke yogamayyau ) . Thus as soon as the King placed his feet in\nthe slippers they would immediately carry him wherever he desired.\nMystic yogis can transfer themselves from one place to another whenever\nthey desire. A similar power was invested in the slippers of King Prthu.\nTEXT 19\n\n�p����:l\nSll.'Pfl11ftN: �: �p:: �II+U�+til'( II� �II\nniityarh sugitarh viiditram\nantardhiinarh ca khecarar.\n!§ayas ciisi§ar. satyii�\nsamudrar. sankham iitmajam\nniityam-the art of drama;\n\nsu-gi tam-the art of singing sweet songs;\n\nviiditram-the art of playing musical instruments; antardhiinam-the art\n\nof disappearing; ca-also; khe-c ariiQ. - demigods traveling in outer space;\n\n", "SB4.2#p0287": "Text 21]\n\n633\n\nKing Prthu's Appearance and Coronation\n\ngreat sages; ca-also; ii:Si�a�-blessings; satya�-infall ible;\nsamud ra�-the demigod of the ocean; sahkham-conchshell; atma-jam­\n\n.r:saya�-the\n\nproduced from himself.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods who always travel in outer space gave King Prthu the arts\nto perform dramas, sing songs, play musical instruments and disappear at\nhis will . The great sages also offered him infallible blessings. The ocean\noffered him a conchshell produced from the ocean.\nTEXT 20\n\n�: 'f�61 � �iNht«l�: I\n� � � d (ij)tptHIRct� II� II\no\n\nsindhava� parvatii nadyo\nratha-vithir mahiitmana{l\nsiUo 'tha miigadho vandi\ntam stotum upatasthire\nsin dhava f:t-the seas; parvataf:t- the mountains; nadya f:t-the rivers;\nratha-vithil;t-the paths for the chariot to pass; mahiitmanaf:t-of the great\nsoul; suta/:l-a professional who offers praises; atha-then; magadhal),-a\nprofessional bard; vandi-a professional who offers prayers; tam- him;\nstotum-to praise; upatasthire- presented themselves.\nTRANSLATION\nThe seas, mountains and rivers gave him room to drive his chariot\nwithout impediments, and a siita, a magadha and a vandl offered prayers\nand praises. They all presented themselves before him to perform their\nrespective duties.\nTEXT 21\n\n(dfi*tii(EIWI£1� ��: sRuq�Ft. I\niNPwl•tf\\41 CfR1 S(((1�i(itql� ������\nstiivakarhs tan abhipretya\nprthur vainya{l pratiipavan\n\n", "SB4.2#p0288": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n634\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 15\n\nmegha-nirhriidayii viicii\n\nprahasann idam abravit\n\nstiivakiin-engaged in offering prayers; tan-those persons; abh ipretya­\n\nseeing, understanding; prthu�- King Prthu; vainya�-son of Vena; pratiipa­\n\nviin- greatly powerful; megha-nirhriidayii-as\n\ngrave\n\nas\n\nthe thundering\n\nof clouds; viica-with a voice; prahasan-smiling; idam-this; abravit-he\n\nspoke.\nTRANSLATION\nThus when the greatly powerful King J>rthu, the son of Vena, saw the\nprofessionals before him, to congratulate them he smiled, and with the\ngravity of the vibrating sounds of clouds he spoke as follows.\nTEXT 22\n\n��,.,\n\n�: � � �IN «lRr ����!g�it �I\nf��itit � � ��\n� ��� ft� ·fiR)�: 11��11\nprthur uviica\n.\nbho{t silta he miigadha saumya vandif\nloke 'dhuniispa§ta-gur-asya me syiit\n\nkim iisrayo me stava e§a yojyatiirh\n\nma mayy abhilvan vitathii giro va�\n\nprthu/:t uvaca\n\n-\n\nK i n g Prthu\n\nsaid; bho/:t silta-0 silta; he magadha-0\n\nmagadha; saumya-gentle; vandin-0 devotee offering prayers; loke-in this\n\nworld; adhuna-just now; aspa�ta-not distinct; gu !!asya-whose qualities;\n\nme-of me; syiit- there may be; kim-why; iisraya /:t -shelter; me-of me;\n\ns tava/:t -praise; e �a l!\n\n-\n\nthis; yojyatam - may be applied; mil-never; mayi­\n\nunto me; abhilvan-were; v itath ii in va in; gira�- words; va�\n-\n\n-\n\nyour\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing J>rthu said: 0 gentle siita, magadha and other devotee offering\n\nprayers, the qualities of which you have spoken are not distinct in me.\nWhy then should you praise me for all these qualities when I do not\n\n", "SB4.2#p0289": "Text 23]\n\nKing Prthu's Appearance and Coronation\n\n635\n\nshelter these features? I do not wish for these words meant for me to go in\nvain, but it is better that they be offered to someone else.\n\nPURPORT\nThe prayers and praises by the suta, magadha and vandi all explain the\ngodly qualities of Maharaja Prthu, for he was a saktyiivesa incarnation of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Because the qualities were not yet\nmanifest, however, King Prthu very humbly asked why the devotees\nshould praise him with such exalted words. He did not want anyone to\noffer him prayers or glorify him unless he possessed the real qualities of\nwhich they spoke. The offering of prayers was certainly appropriate, for\nhe was an incarnation of Godhead, but he warned that one should not be\naccepted as an incarnation of the Personality of Godhead without having\nthe godly qualities. At the present moment there are many so-called\nincarnations of the Personality of Godhead, but these are merely fools and\nrascals whom people accept as incarnations of God although they have no\ngodly qualities. King Prthu desired that his real characteristics in the future\nmight justify such words of praise. Although there was no fault in the\nprayers offered, Prthu Maharaja indicated that such prayers should not be\noffered to an unfit person who pretends to be\n\nan\n\nincarnation of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�-mil�-\n\n��\n��+tcft����: I\ne��+t�gon��\n'ijgMd 91 �CJlff� ij+({l: '\"�II\ntasmiit parok§e 'smad-upasrutiiny alarh\nkari§yatha stotram apicya-viicaft\nsaty uttamasloka-gur-iinuviide\njugupsitarh na stavayanti sabhyii{t\n\ntasmtit-therefore; parok� e -in some future time; as ma t -my; upasrutiini\n-about the qualities spoken of; alam-sufficiently; kari�yatha-you will be\nable to offer; stotram-prayers; apicya-viica�-0 gentle reciters; sati-being\nthe proper engagement; uttama-sloka-of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; gu�a-of the qualities; anu oode-discussion; jugupsitam-to an\n\n", "SB4.2#p0290": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n636\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 15\n\nabominable person; na-never; sta va yanti-offer prayers; sabhya � -persons\nwho are gentle.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 gentle reciters, offer such prayers in due course of time, when the\nqualities of which you have spoken actually manifest themselves in me.\nThe gentle who offer prayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead do\nnot attribute such qualities to a human being who does not actually have\nthem.\nPURPORT\nGentle devotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead know perfectly\nwell who is God and who is not. Nondevotee impersonalists, however, who\nhave no idea what God is and who never offer prayers to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, are always interested in accepting a human being\nas God and offering such prayers to him. This is the difference between a\ndevotee and a demon. Demons manufacture their own gods, or a demon\nhimself claims to be God, following in the footsteps of Rava.r:ta and\nHiral)yakasipu. Although Prthu Maharaja was factually an incarnation of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, he nonetheless rej ected those praises\nbecause the qualities of the Supreme Person were not yet manifest in him.\n\nHe wanted to stress that one who does not actually possess these qualities\nshould not try to engage his followers and devotees in offering him glory\nfor them, even though these qualities might be manifest in the future. If a\nman who does not factually possess the attributes of a great personality\nengages his followers in praising him with the expectation that such\nattributes will develop in the future, that sort of praise is actually an insult.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�un•u�'int\n(fi:\n\n��:\n��: �tf�smsft 1\n\n�s�U¥4M'�f'ffir\nf�\n�wtl�(ld t'4ftf�\n� II �\\ill\nmahad-gur-an atmani kartum tsa�\nka� stavaka* stavayate 'sato 'pi\nte 'syabhavi�yann iti vipralabdho\njanavahasarh kumatir na veda\n\n", "SB4.2#p0291": "King Prthu's Appearance and Coronation\n\nText 25]\n\nmahat -e x alted;\n\n637\n\ngu�ui n-the qualities; atmani-in himself; kartum-to\n\nmanifest; isa�-competent; ka�-who; stilvakai\"l).-by followers; stilvayate�\ncauses to be praised; asata\"l).-not existing; api-although; te-they; asya-of\nhim; abhav i� yan- might have been; iti-thus; vipralabd ha�-cheated;jana\n\n­\n\nof people; avahasam-insult; kuma t i\"l).-a fool; na-does not; veda-know.\nTRANSLATION\nHow could an intelligent man competent enough to possess such exalted\nqualities allow his followers to praise him if he did not actually have them?\nPraising a man by saying that if he were educated he might have become a\ngreat scholar or great personality is nothing but a process of cheating. A\nfoolish person who agrees to accept such praise does not know that such\nwords simply insult him.\nPURPORT\nPrthu Maharaja was an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, as Lord Brahma and other demigods had already testified when\nthey had presented the King many heavenly gifts. BeclJUSe he had just\nbeen coronated, however, he could not manifest his godly qualities in\naction. Therefore he was not willing to accept the praise of the devotees.\nSo-called incarnations of Godhead should therefore take lessons from the\nbehavior of King Prthu. Demons without godly qualities should not\naccept false praise from their followers.\nTEXT 25\n\nSfrit �:�l;tijgtij��fq �: I\n��: q('ila;HI: qre� � Rttfi� II �'-\\11\nprabhavo hy atmana� stotrarft,\njugupsanty api viSruta�\nhrimanta� paramodiirii�\npauru§arh vii vigarhitam\nprabhava� very powerful persons ; hi-certainly; iitmana� -of themselves;\nstotram praise; jugupsanti-do not like; api-although; v i.Srutii �-very\nfamous; hrimanta�-modest; parama udiirii�-very magnanimous persons;\npauru§am-powerful actions; vii-also; viga rhitam abominable.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0292": "638\n\nSri mad- Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs a person with a sense of honor and magnanimity does not like to\n\nhear about his abominable actions, a person who is very famous and\npowerful does not like to hear himself praised.\nTEXT 26\n\n((� �ctf� itif; fi�IQlflf �lt: I\n�: �+ti�+u4 �fli�lillt �II� �II\nvayarh tv aviditii loke\nsutii.dyii.pi var\"imabhi.h\nkarmabh* katham iitmiinarh\ngiipayi§yiima biilavat\nvayam-we; tu-then; aviditii�-not famous; loke-in the world; siita­\n\niidya-0 persons headed by the suta; api-just now; varimabh*-great,\npraiseworthy; karmabhi{t-by actions; katham-how; iitmiinam-unto myself;giipayi§yii.ma-I shall engage you in offering; bii.la-vat-like children.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Ptthu continued: My dear devotees, headed by the siita, just now I\nam not very famous for my personal activities because I have not done\nanything praiseworthy you could glorify. Therefore how could I engage\n\nyou in praising my activities exactly like children?\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifteenth Chapter, Fourth\n\nCanto, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"King Prthu's Appearance and\nCoronation.\"\n\n", "SB4.2#p0293": "CHAPTER 51 XTEEN\n\nPraise of King Prthu\nby the Professional Reciters\n\nTEXT l\n\n��� ���\n\nm �11li �qfti' f(lll�t urW{�tf�: 1\nII � II\n(N�¥t._('t�§ll41JA�T\nmaitreya uviica\niti bruviil)ani nrpatini\ngiiyakii muni-coditii�l\ntu�tuvus tu§ta-manasas\ntad-viig-amrta-sevayii\nmaitreyaiJ uvii c a\n\n-\n\nthe great sage Maitreya said; iti-thus; bruviil)am­\n\nspeaking; nrpatim-the King; giiyakiiiJ-the reciters; muni-by the sages;\ncoditiil),-having\n\nbeen instructed; tu§ t uvuiJ-praised, satisfied; tu� ta-being\n\npleased; manasaiJ-their minds; tat-his; viik-words; amrta-nectarean;\nsevaya-by hearing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: While King J'rthu thus spoke, the\nhumility of his nectarean speeches pleased the reciters very much. Then\nagain they continued to praise the King highly with exalted prayers, as\nthey had been instructed by the great sages.\nPURPORT\nHere the word muni-coditii�J indicates instructions received from great\nsages and saintly persons. Although Maharaja Prthu was simply enth ro ned\n\n639\n\n", "SB4.2#p0294": "640\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 16\n\non the royal seat and was not at that time exhibiting his godly powers,\nnonetheless the reciters like the suta, the miigadha and the vandi under­\n\nstood that King Prthu was an incarnation of God. They could understand\nthis by the instructions given by the great sages and learned briihmartas. We\nhave to understand the incarnations of God by the instructions of authorized persons. We cannot manufacture a God by our own concoctions. As\n\nstated by Narottama dasa Thakura, siidhu-siistra-guru: one has to test all\nspiritual matters according to the instructions of saintly persons, scriptures\nand the spiritual master. The spiritual master is one who follows the instructions of his predecessors, namely the siidhus, or saintly persons. A\nbona fide spiritual master does not mention anything not mentioned in the\nauthorized scriptures. Ordinary people have to follow the instructions of\nsiidhu, siistra and guru. Those statements made in the siistras and those\n\nmade by the bona fide siidhu or guru cannot differ from one another.\nReciters like the suta and the mii.gadha were confidentially aware that\nKing Prthu was an incarnation of the Personality of Godhead. Although\nthe King denied such praise because he was not at that time exhibiting his\ngodly qualities, the reciters nonetheless did not stop praising him. Rather,\nthey were very pleased with the King, who, although actually an incarnation of God, was so humble and delightful in his dealings with devotees. In\nthis connection we may note that previously (4.15.21) it was mentioned\nthat King Prthu was smiling and was in a pleasant mood while speaking to\nthe reciters. Thus we have to learn from the Lord or His incarnation how\nto become gentle and humble. The King's behavior was very pleasing to\nthe reciters, and consequently the reciters continued their praise and even\nforetold the King's future activities, as they had been instructed by the\nsadhus and sages.\n\nTEXT2\n\n;mf � � �f«I?J'4ui\\'\n� �S'46<31( � I\n�''U«\"'ifRf� =tlf �fOT ijqmq�qfq �: II � II\nniilam vayam te mahimiinuvarr;wne\nyo deva-varyo 'vatatiira miiyayii\nveniiTiga-jii.tasya ca pauru§iir;ti te\nviicas-patiniim api babhramur dhiya/:t\n\n", "SB4.2#p0295": "Text 2]\n\nPraise of King Prthu by the Professional Reciters\n\n641\n\nna alam-not able; vayam-we; te-your; ma hi ma-glories; anuvarQ,ane­\n\nin describing; ya�-you who; deva-the Personality of Godhead; varya�foremost; avatatiira-descended; miiyayii-by His internal potencies or\ncauseless mercy; vena-atiga-from the body of King Vena; jiitasya-who\nhave appeared; ca-and; pauru�ii�i-glorious activities; te-of you; viica�patiniim-of great orators; api-although; babhramu[t-became bewildered;\ndhiya[t-the minds.\nTRANSLATION\nThe reciters continued: Dear King, you are a direct incarnation of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi��u, and by His causeless mercy\nyou have descended on this earth. Therefore it is not possible for us to\nactually glorify your exalted activities.\n\nAlthough you have appeared\n\nthrough the body of King Vena, even great oraters and speakers like Lord\nBrahma and other demigods cannot exactly describe the glorious activities\nof Your Lordship.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word miiyayii means \"by your causeless mercy.\" The\nMayavadi philosophers explain the word maya as meaning \"illusion\" or\n\"falseness.\" However, there is another meaning of miiyii-that is, \"causeless\nmercy.\" There are two kinds of miiyii-yogamiiyii and mahiimiiyii. Mahiimiiyii is an expansion of yogamiiyii, and both these mayiis are different ex­\n\npressions of the Lord's internal potencies. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii, the\nLord appears through His internal potencies (iitma-miiyayii). We should\n\ntherefore rej ecl the Mayavada explanation that the Lord appears in a body\n\ngiven by the external potency, the material energy. The Lord and His incarnation are fully independent and can appear anywhere and everywhere\nby virtue of the internal potency. Although born out of the so-called dead\nbody of King Vena, King Prthu was still an incarnation of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead by the Lord's internal potency. The Lord can appear in any family. Sometimes He appears as a fish incarnation (mutsyaavatiira), or a boar incarnation (variiha-avatiira). Thus the Lord is completely\n\nfree and independent to appear anywhere and everywhere by His internal\npotency. It is stated that Ananta, an incarnation of the Lord who has unlimited mouths, cannot reach the end of His glorification of the Lord, although Ananta has been describing the Lord since time immemorial. So\n\nwhat to speak of demigods like Lord Brahma, Lord S iva and others? It is\nsaid that the Lord is siva-virinci-nutam-always worshiped by demigods like\n\n", "SB4.2#p0296": "642\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 16\n\nLord Siva and Lord Brahma. If the demigods cannot find adequate language\n\nto express the glories of the Lord, then what to speak of others? Conse­\n\nquently reciters like the suta and the miigadha felt inadequate to speak\n\nabout King Prthu.\n\nBy glorifying the Lord with exalted verses, one becomes purified. Al­\n\nthough we are unable to offer prayers to the Lord in an adequate fashion,\n\nour duty is to make the attempt in order to purify ourselves. It is not that\nwe should stop our glorification because demigods like Lord Brahma and\nLord Siva cannot adequately glorify the Lord. Rather, as stated by\n\nPrahlada Maharaja, everyone should glorify the Lord according to his own\n\nability. If we are serious and sincere devotees, the Lord will give us the\nintelligence to offer prayers properly.\n\nTEXT3\n\n�1t1RR��:\n��\n\n��:\n�man1\n\n��� uf.ffll: st:;flR:<n:\n\n��f.f�crt� II� II\n\nathiipy udiira-srava8al;t prthor harel;t\nlwliivatiirasya kathiimrtiidrtiil;t\nyathopadesam munibhil;t pracoditiil;t\nsliighyiini karmii!J-i vayam vitanmahi\n\nathiipi-nevertheless; udiira-liberal; sravasal;t-whose fame; prthoJ:t-of\n\nKing Prthu; hareJ:t-of Lord Vi�J;tu; kalii-part of a plenary expansion;\n\navatiiras ya-incarnation; kathii-words; amrta- nectarean; adrtiiJ:t-attentive\n\nto; yathii-according to; upadesam-instruction; munibhi�-by the great\nsages; pracoditiil;t-being encouraged; sliighyiini-laudable; karmii(li-activi­\n\nties; vayam-we; vitanmahi-shall try to spread.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlthough we are unable to glorify you adequately, we nonetheless have\na transcendental taste to glorify your activities. We shall try to glorify you\naccording to the instructions received from authoritative sages and scholars.\nWhatever we speak, however, is always inadequate and very insignificant.\nDear King, because you are a direct incarnation of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, all your activities are liberal and ever laudable.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0297": "Text 4]\n\nPraise of King PJ;thu by the Professional Reciters\n\n643\n\nPURPORT\nHowever expert one may\" be, he can never describe the glories of the\nLord adequately. Nonetheless, those engaged in glorifying the activities of\nthe Lord should try to do so as far as possible. Such an attempt will please\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Lord Caitanya has advised all His\nfollowers to go everywhere and preach the message of Lord Kr�I:ta. Since\nthis message is essentially Bhagavad-gita, the preacher's duty is to study\nBhagavad-gita as it is understood by disciplic succession and explained by\n\ngreat sages and learned devotees. One should speak to the general populace\nin accordance with one's predecessors-sadhu guru and siistras. This simple\n,\n\nprocess is the easiest method by which one can glorify the Lord. Devotional\nservice, however, is the real method, for by devotional service one can\nsatisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead with just a few words. Without\ndevotional service, volumes of books cannot satisfy the Lord. Even though\npreachers of the Kr�I:ta consciousness movement may be unable to describe\nthe glories of the Lord, they can nonetheless go everywhere and request\npeople to chant Hare Kr�I:ta.\n\ne�a dharma-bhrtiirh sre�tho\nlokam dharme 'nuvartayan\ngoptii ca dharma-setiiniim\nsiista tat-paripanthiniim\n\nesah-this King Prthu; dharma-bhrtam-of persons executing religious\nactivities; sre.s_tha�-the best; lokam-Lhe whole world; dharme-in religious\nactivities; anu vartayan -engaging them properly; go pta-the protector; caalso; dharma-setilniim-of the principles of religiosity; siistii-the chastiser;\ntat-paripanthiniim-of those who are against religious principles.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis King, Maharaja Prthu, is the best amongst those who are following\nreligious principles. As such, he will engage everyone in the pursuit of reli·\ngious principles and give them all protection. He will also be a great chas·\ntiser to the irreligious and atheistic.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0298": "[Canto 4, Ch. 16\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n644\n\nPURPORT\nThe duty of the king or the head of the government is described very\n\nnicely in this verse. It is the duty of the governmental head to see that\npeople strictly follow a religious life. A king should also be strict in chastis­\n\ning the atheists. In other words, an atheistic or godless government should\n\nnever be supported by a king or governmental chief. That is the test of\ngood government. In the name of secular government, the king or govern­\n\nmental head remains neutral and allows people to engage in all sorts of ir­\n\nreligious activities. In such a state people cannot be happy despite all economic development. However, in this age of Kali there are no pious kings.\n\nInstead, rogues and thieves are elected to head the government. But how\n\ncan the people be happy without religion and God consciousness? The\nrogues exact taxes from the citizens for their own sense enjoyment, and\n\nin the future the people will be so much harassed that according to\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam they will flee from their homes and country and take\n\nshelter in the forest. However, in Kali-yuga, democratic government can\n\nbe captured by Kgll).a conscious people. If this can be done, the general\npopulace can be made very happy.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�'t l �l€MI�Iijj ��;{f ij� I\n\n�� �W; �nwl ����II� II\ne�a vai loka-piilaniini\nbibharty ekas tanau tanulJ\nkale kale yatha-bhiigam\nlokayor ubhayor hitam\ne�a�-this\n\nKing; vai-certainly; loka-piiliiniim-of all the\n\ndemigods;\n\nbibharti-bears; eka�-alone; tanau-in his body; tanu�-the bodies; kale\n\nkale-in due course of time; yathii-according to; bhiigam-proper share;\nlokayol;t-of planetary systems; ubhayo{t-both; hitam\n\n-\n\nwelfare\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis King alone, in his own body, will be able in due course of time to\n\nmaintain all living entities and keep them in a pleasant condition by mani­\n\nfesting himself\n\nas\n\ndifferent demigods to perform various departmental\n\nactivities. Thus he will maintain the upper planetary system by inducing\n\n", "SB4.2#p0299": "Text 6]\n\nPraise of King Prthu by the Professional Reciters\n\n645\n\nthe populace to perform Vedic sacrifices. In due course of time he will also\nmaintain this earthly planet by discharging proper rainfall.\nPURPORT\nThe demigods in charge of the various departmental activities that maintain this world are but assistants to Lhe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nWhen an incarnation of Godhead descends on this planet, demigods like\nthe sun-god, the moon-god, or the King of heaven, Indra, all join Him.\nConsequently the incarnation of Godhead is able to act for the departmental demigods to keep the planetary systems in order. The protection of\nthe earthly planet is dependent on proper rainfall, and as stated in Bhagavadgilii and other scriptures, sacrifices are performed to please those demigods\nwho are in charge of rainfall.\nanniid bhavanti bhiltiini\nparjanyiid anna-sambhava{t\nyajnJid bhavati parjanyo\nyajiia{t karma-samudbhava{l.\n\"All living bodies subsist on food grains, which are produced from rains.\nRains are produced by performance of yajfi.a [sacrifice] , and yajiia is born\nof prescribed duties.\" (Bg. 3.14)\nThus the proper execution of yajfi.a, sacrifice, is required. As indicated\nherein, King Prthu alone would induce all the citizens to engage in such\nsacrificial activities so that there would not be scarcity or distress. In Kaliyuga, however, in the so-called secular state, the executive branch of government is in the charge of so-called kings and presidents who are all fools and\nrascals ignorant of the intricacies of nature's causes and ignorant of the\nprinciples of sacrifice. Such rascals simply make various plans, which always\nfail, and the people subsequently suffer disturbances. To counteract this\nsituation, the sastras advise: harer nama harer nama harer namaiva kevalam/\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva nasty eva gatir anyatha. Thus in order to counleract this unfortunate situation in government, the general populace is advised\nto chant the mahii-mantra: Hare Kp;;Qa, Hare Kr�Qa, Kr�Qa Kr�Qa, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nTEXT6\n\nem m � � :qtti tq�fir 1\nijl{:\n\n��, � � �crf'Q: II� II\n\n", "SB4.2#p0300": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n646\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 16\n\nvasu kala upiidatte\nkiile cayam vimuticati\nsama� sarve�u bhute�u\npratapan silryavad vibhu�\n\nvasu-riches; kale-in due course of time; upiidatte-exacts; kiile-in due\ncourse of time;ca-also;ayam\n\n-\n\nthis King Prthu; vimuncati-returns; samal].­\n\nequal; sarve�u-to all; b h il te �u living entities;pratapan-shining;surya-vat-\n\nlike the sun-god; vi b huQ,\n\n-\n\npowerful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis King J>tthu will be as powerful as the sun-god, and just as the sun­\n\ngod equally distributes his sunshine to everyone, King Ptthu will distribute\nhis mercy equally. Similarly, just as the sun-god evaporates water for eight\nmonths and, during the rainy season, returns it profusely, similarly this\n\nKing will also exact taxes from the citizens and return these monies in times\n\nof need.\n\nPURPORT\nThe process of tax exaction is very nicely explained in this verse. Tax\nexaction is not meant for the sense gratification of the so-called administrative heads. Tax revenues should be distributed to the citizens in times of\nneed, during emergencies such as famine or flood. Tax revenues should\nnever be distributed amongst governmental servants in the form of high\nsalaries and various other allowances. In Kali-yuga, however, the position\nof the citizens is very horrible because taxes are exacted in so many forms\nand are spent for the personal comforts of the administrators.\nThe example of the sun in this verse is very appropriate. The sun is many\nmillions of miles away from the earth, and although the sun does not\nactually touch the earth, it manages to distribute land all over the planet\nby exacting water from the oceans and seas, and it also manages to make\nthat land fertile by distributing water during the rainy season. As an ideal\nking, King Prthu would execute all this business in the village and state as\nexpertly as the sun.\n\nTEXT7\n\nRf� �\n\n�qtifi'idlqfq I\n\n��ur: ��r.tfftJRitM'il\"fO II \\9 II\n\n", "SB4.2#p0301": "Text 8)\n\nPraise of King Prthu by the Professional Reciters\n\n647\n\ntitik�aty akramam vainya\nupary iikramattim api\nbhuttintim karur;a� sasvad\niirtiiniim k�iti-vrttiman\ntitik§ ati - tolerates ; akramam - offense; vainya� -the son of King Vena;\nupa ri - on his head; iikramatiim-of those who are trampling; api- al so;\nbhiUiiniim- to all living entities; karuTJ- a lJ - very kindhearted; sasva t - always;\niirtiiniim-to the aggrieved; k§ iti -vrtti -miin-a ccepting the profession of the\n\nearth.\nTRANSLATION\nThis King Ptthu will he very, very kind to all citizens. Even though a\n\npoor person may trample over the King's head by violating the rules and\nregulations, the King, out of his causeless mercy, will he forgetful and forgiving. As a protector of the world, he will he as tolerant as the earth itself.\nPURPORT\nKing Prthu is herein compared to the earthly planet as far as his tolerance is concerned. Although the earth is always trampled upon by men\nand animals, it still gives food to them by producing grains, fruits and vegetables. As an ideal king, Maharaja Prthu is compared to the earthly planet,\nfor even though some citizens might violate the rules and regulations of the\nstate, he would still be tolerant and maintain them with fruits and grains.\nIn other words, it is the duty of the king to look after the comforts of the\ncitizens, even at the cost of his own personal convenience. This is not the\ncase, however, in Kali-yuga, for in Kali-yuga the kings and heads of state\nenjoy life at the cost of taxes exacted from the citizens. Such unfair taxation makes the people dishonest, and the people try to hide their income\nin so many ways. Eventually the state will not he able to collect taxes and\nconsequently will not he able to meet its huge military and administrative\nexpenses. Everything will collapse, and there will he chaos and disturbance\nall over the state.\n\nTEXTS\n\n��scri�m\n\n�\n\ntt«.cttt�tft: 1\n\n��snarr: � � m.tQI����..s:\\ct( II � II\ndeve 'var�aty asau devo\nnaradeva-vapur har*\n\n", "SB4.2#p0302": "Sri mad- Bhagavatam\n\n648\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 16\n\nkrcchra-priil).ii� prafii hy e.sa\nrak�i$yaty afijasendravat\n\ndeve-when the demigod (Indra); ava r§ a ti\nthat; de vaft\n\n-\n\n-\n\ndoes not supply rains; asau­\n\nMahlirlija Prthu; nara-deva-of the king; vapuft-having the\n\nbody; harift-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kr c c hra -p riirtii�\n\n-\n\nsuffer\n\n­\n\ning living entities;prajii{1-the citizens; hi-certainly; e§ alt -this; rak�i�yatiwill protect; a njasii\n\n-\n\nvery easily; indra-vat-like King Indra.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen there is no rainfall and the citizens are in great danger due to the\nscarcity of water, this royal personality of Godhead will be able to supply\nrains exactly like the heavenly King Indra. Thus he will very easily be able\nto protect the citizens from drought.\nPURPORT\nKing Prthu is very appropriately compared to the sun and the demigod\nlndra. King lndra of the heavenly planets is in charge of distributing\nwater over the earth and other planetary systems. It is indicated that King\nPrthu would arrange for the distribution of rainfall personally if Indra failed\nto discharge his duty properly. It is, however, indicated that sometimes the\nKing of heaven, lndra, would become angry at the inhabitants of the earth\nif they did not offer sacrifices to appease him. However, being an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, King Prthu did not depend\non the mercy of the heavenly King. It is foretold herein that if there would\nbe a scarcity of rain, KingPrthu would manage to counteract the deficiency\nby virtue of his godly powers. Such powers were also exhibited by Lord\nKr�t:�a when He was present in V rndavana. Indeed, when Indra poured incessant water on V rndavana for seven days, the inhabitants were protected\nby Kn>Qa, who raised Govardhana Hill over their heads as a great umbrella.\nThus Lord Kr�t:�a is also known as govardhana-d hari.\nTEXT9\n\n3llt�P-P'I��m �� �al{Rl;Jt I\nm���\nfct�taJ�H1\"tl� II � II\niipyiiyayaty asau lokam\nva daniimrta-murtinii\n\n", "SB4.2#p0303": "Text 10]\n\nPraise of King Prthu by the Professional Reciters\n\n649\n\nsanuriigavalokena\nvisada-smita-carul)ii\napyayayati-enhances; asau-he; lokam-the whole world; vadana-by his\nface; amrta-murtina-moonlike; sa-a nuniga- affection ate; avalokena-with\nglances; visada-bright; smita-smiling; ciiru!lii-beautiful.\nTRANSLATION\nThis King, Prthu Maharaja, by virtue of his affectionate glances and\nbeautiful full face, which is always smiling with great affection for the\ncitizens, will enhance everyone's peaceful life.\nTEXT 10\n\nct�tt\nM•l!!i!filqy\n��\naqyafff'f : 1\n31��+41(1\n�\n\nq: �\n\n�\n\nQ� ll�oll\n\navyakta-varlmai§a nigucf.ha-kiiryo\ngambhira-vedhii upagupta-vittaQ.\na.nanta-miihiitmya-gu(taika-dhama\nprthuQ. praceta iva samvrtiitma\navyakta-nonmanifested; vartma-his policies; e�a�-this King; nigii{lhaconfidential; karya{t-his activities; gambhira-grave, secret; vedha�-his accomplishing; upagupta-secretly kept; vitta�-his treasury; ananta-unlimited; mahatmya-of glories; gu!la-of good qualities; eka-dhama-the\nonly reservoir; prthu�-King Prthu; praceta�-V arUJ:).a, the King of the seas;\niva-like; samvrta-covered; atma-self.\nTRANSLATION\nThe reciters continued: No one will be able to understand the policies\nthe King will follow. His activities will also be very confidential, and it will\nnot be possible for anyone to know how he will make every activity successful. His treasury will always remain unknown to everyone. He will be\nthe reservoir of unlimited glories and good qualities, and his position will\nbe maintained and covered just as Varur_1a, the deity of the seas, is covered\nall around by water.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0304": "650\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 16\n\nPURPORT\nThere is a predominating deity for all the material elements, and Varut;ta,\n\nor Praceta, is the predominating deity of the seas and the oceans. From\n\noutward appearances the seas and oceans appear devoid of life, but a person\nacquainted with the sea knows that within the water exist many varieties\n\n.of life. The king of that underwater kingdom is V aru.t:J.a. Just as no one can\n\nunderstand what is going on beneath the sea, no one could understand what\npolicy King Prthu was following to make everything successful. Indeed,\nKing Prthu 's path of diplomacy was very grave. His success was made pos­\n\nsible because he was a reservior of unlimited glorified qualities.\n\nThe word upagupta-vittal), is very significant in this verse. It indicates\n\nthat no one would know the extent of the riches King Prthu would confi­\n\ndentially keep. The idea is that not only the king but everyone should keep\nhis hard earned money confidentially and secretly so that in due course of\n\ntime the money can be spent for good practical purposes. In Kali-yuga,\n\nhowever, the king or government has no well-protected treasury, and the\n\nonly means of circulation is cunency notes made of paper. Thus in times\nof distress the government will artificially inflate the currency by simply\nprinting papers, and this artificially raises the price of commodities, and\nthe general condition of the citizens becomes very precarious. Thus keep­\n\ning one's money very secretly is an old practice, for we find this practice\npresent even during the reign of Maharaja Prthu. Just as the king has the\nright to keep his treasury confidential and secret, the people should also\nkeep their individual earnings a secret. There is no fault in such dealings.\nThe main point is that everyone should be trained in the system of\n\nvarruHrama-dharma so that the money is spent only for good causes and\nnothing else.\nTEXT ll\n\n�'.li:) ifi� 3ltwitsf(t f��a: I\n��N�� �FFft�Wil(���: II��II\ndunisado durvi�aha\niisanno 'pi viduravat\nnaiviibhibhaviturh sakyo\nveniirat;ty-utthito 'nalal),\nduriisada{l- unapproachable; duroi § ah a{l -unhearable ;iisanna{l- being apapi- although; vidura-vat-as if far away; na- never ; eva-\n\nproached;\n\n", "SB4.2#p0305": "Text 12)\n\nPraise of King Pr�hu by the Professional Reciters\n\n651\n\ncertainly; abhibhavitum-to be overcome; saky a [t -abl e; ve n a- King Vena;\narari-the wood that produces fire; u t th ita�- being born of; anala�-fire.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Prthu was born of the dead body of King Vena as fire is produced\nfrom arar;U wood. Thus King Pfthu will always remain just like fire, and his\nenemies will not be able to approach him. Indeed, he will be unbearable to\nhis enemies, for although staying very near him, they will never be able to\napproach him but will have to remain as if far away. No one will be able to\novercome the strength of King Pfthu.\nPURPORT\nArari wood is a kind of fuel used to ignite fire by friction. At the time\n\nof performing sacrifices, one can ignite a fire from arari wood. Although\nborn of his dead father, King Prthu would still remain just like fire. Just as\nfire is not easily approached, similarly King Prth u would be unapproachable\nby his enemies, even though they would appear to be very near him.\nTEXT 12\n\n3l�����Uf�: I\n�Rft;:{ �� �itt� �f{;n� II t�ll\nantar bahis ca bhiltiiniim\npasyan karmiil).i ciiral).ai/:1.\nudasina iviidhyak�o\nvayur iitmeva dehinam\nanta�\n\n-\n\ninternally; bahift -externally; ca-and; bhiltiiniim-of living enti­\n\nties; pasyan- seeing; karm ii[l i\nneutral; iva-like; adhyak§ a �\n\n-\n\n-\n\nactivities; c iira {lai�\n\n-\n\nby spies; udiisina�­\n\nthe witness; viiyu�-the air of life; iitma-the\n\nliving force; iva-like; dehiniim-of all the embodied.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Prthu will be able to see all the internal and external activities of\nevery one of his citizens. Still no one will be able to know his system of espionage, and he himself will remain neutral regarding all matters of glorification or vilification paid to him. He will be exactly like air, the life force\n\n", "SB4.2#p0306": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n652\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 16\n\nwithin the body, which is exhibited internally and externally but is always\n\nneutral to all affairs.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�� �� ij�l�¥4fA:1U¥4fq I\n���flf � �qif ftiRI: u��''\nniidm;ujyam dar;u;layaty e§a\nsutam iitma-dvi§am api\ndar_uj.ayaty iitma-jam api\nda�;tg.yam dharma-pathe sthital;t\nna-not; adar-{lyam not punishable; dar-{layati- punishes; e§a{t this\n-\n\n-\n\nKing; sutam-the son; iitma-dvi§iim-of his enemies; api- even; dar-{layati­\n\nhe punishes; iitma jam his own son; api- even; dar- {Jyan punishable ;\ndharma-pathe-o.n the path of piety; sthita{t being situated.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince this King will always remain on the path of piety, he will be neutral\n\nto both his son and the son of his enemy. If the son of his enemy is not\npunishable, he will not punish him, but if his son is punishable, he will immediately punish him.\n\nPURPORT\nThese are the characteristics of an impartial ruler. It is the duty of a ruler\nto punish the criminal and give protection to the innocent. J(jng Prthu was\nso neutral that if his own son were punishable, he would not hesitate to\npunish him. On the other hand, if the son of his enemy were innocent, he\nwould not engage in some intrigue in order to punish him.\nTEXT 14\n\n31�Tstf�d �iii �(l'ii'1('(1\"•'R�I(( I\nq� lflfcfr.m �� iftq�: II� 'dII\nasyiipratihatam cakram\nprthor iimiinasiicaliit\nvartate bhagaviin arko\nyiivat tapati go-ga�;ta*\n\n", "SB4.2#p0307": "Text 15]\n\nPraise of King Prthu by the Professional Reciters\n\n653\n\nasya-of this King; apratihatam-not being impeded; cakram-the circle\nof influence; prth o� - of King Prthu; ii-miinasa-acaliit-up to the Manasa\nmountain; vartate-remains; bhagaviin-the most powerful; arka� - sun-god;\n\nyiivat -just as; tapati - shines; g o-ga {lai�- with rays of light.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as the sun-god expands his shining rays up to the Arctic region without impedance, the influence of King Prthu will cover all tracts of land up\nto the Arctic region and will remain undisturbed as long as he lives.\nPURPORT\nAlthough the Arctic region is not visible to ordinary persons, the sun\nnonetheless shines there without impediment. Just as no one can check the\nsunshine from spreading all over the universe, no one could check the influence and reign of King Prthu, which would remain undisturbed as long\nas he lived. The conclusion is that the sunshine and the sun-god cannot be\nseparated, nor can King Prthu and his ruling strength be separated. His rule\nover everyone would continue without disturbance. Thus the King could\nnot he separated from his ruling power.\nTEXT 15\n\n�f�RI\nttWifi'itt'it�'ittt�: I\n�TJiltla �Fi '4��: �t: II� �II\nrarijayi$yati yal lokam\nayam iitma-vice§titaiiJ,\nathiimum iihil riijiinam\nmano-rarijanaka* praja�\nraiijay4yati-wi11 please; yat- hecause; lokam-the entire world; ayamthis King; iitma- personal; vice�titai�-by activities; at k a -therefore; amumhim; iihu� - they call; riijiinam - the King; mana{l - raiijanakai {l - very pleasing\nto the mind; p rajii� - the citizens .\nTRANSLATION\nThis King will please everyone by his practical activities, and all of his\ncitizens will remain very satisfied. Because of this the citizens will take\ngreat satisfaction in accepting him as their ruling king.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0308": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n654\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�7.iri � 'R��: 1\n��: ij\"tl�t'lf Ill� (t�€4«R�: II� �II\n\nwrn:\n\ndrl}.ha-vratal), satya-sandho\nbrahma1}-yo vrddha-sevaka[l\nsara1}-yal), sarva-bhutiiniini\nmiinado di:na-vatsalal),\ndnlha v rata�\n-\n\n-\n\nfirmly\n\ndetermined;\n\nsatya-sandha�-always situated in\n\ntruth; brahmartya�-a lover of the brahminical culture; vrddha-sevaka�-a\nservitor of the old men; sarartya�\n\n-\n\nto be taken shelter of; sarva-bhutiiniim­\n\nof all living entities; miina-da�-one who gives respect to all; di:na-vatsala[l.very kind to the poor and helpless.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King will be firmly determined and always situated in truth. He will\nbe a lover of the brahminical culture and will render all service to old men\nand give shelter to all surrendered souls. Giving respect to all, he will always be merciful to the poor and innocent.\nPURPORT\nThe word v_rddha-sevaka[l is very significant. V.rddha means \"old men.\"\nThere are two kinds of old men: one is old by age, and another is old by\nknowledge. This Sanskrit word indicates that one can be older by the advancement\n\nof\n\nknowledge.\n\nKing\n\nPrthu\n\nwas\n\nvery\n\nrespectful\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nbriihmar-as, and he protected them. He also protected persons advanced in\nage. Whatever the King would decide to do, no one would be able\nto stop. That is called drl}.ha-sankalpa or dnlha-vrata.\nTEXT 17\n\n��}lf�: �'\\1 q�� ��'l�: I\nSf� N<t���: �tU�� II�\\91:\nmatr-bhaktil), para-stri$u\npatnyiim ardha iviitmanal),\nprajiisu pitrvat snigdhal],\nkinkaro brahma-viidiniim\n\n", "SB4.2#p0309": "Text 18]\n\nPraise of King Prthu by the Professional Reciters\n\nmiitr-bhakt*\n\n-\n\n655\n\nrespectful as one is to his mother; para-stri$u-to other\n\nwomen; patnyiim-to his own wife; ardha�-half; iva-like; iitmana�-of his\nbody; prajii.su-unto the citizens; pitr vat like a father; snigdha�-affec-\n\n-\n\ntionate; kinkara�-servant; brahma-vii.dinii.m-of the devotees who preach\nthe glories of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King will respect all women as if they were his own mother, and he\nwill treat his own wife as the other half of his body. He will be just like an\naffectionate father to his citizens, and he will treat himself as the most\nobedient servant of the devotees who always preach the glories of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nA learned man treats all women except his wife as his mother, looks on\nothers' property as garbage in the street, and treats others as he would treat\nhis own self. These are the symptoms of a learned person as described by\nCapakya Pat;�.pita. This should be the standard for education. Education\ndoes not mean having academic degrees only. One should execute what he\nhas learned in his personal life. These learned characteristics were verily\nmanifest in the life of King Prthu. Although he was king, he treated himself\nas a servant of the Lord's devotees. According to Vedic etiquette, if a\ndevotee came to a king's palace, the king would immediately offer his own\nseat to him. The word brahma-viidiniim is very significant. Brahma-viidi\nrefers to the devotees of the Lord. Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagav\"lm are\ndifferent terms for the Supreme Brahman, and the Supreme Brahman is\nLord Kr�tta. This is accepted in Bhagavad-gitii by Arjuna (pararh brahma\n\npararh dhtima, Bg. 10.12). Thus the word brahma-viidiniim refers to the devotees of the Lord. The state should always serve the devotees of the Lord,\nand the ideal state should conduct itself according to the instructions of the\ndevotee. Because King Prthu followed this principle, he is highly praised.\nTEXT 18\n\n�j ��:1\n�ntfUmtt�!l II� �II\ndehiniim iitmavat-pre�tha/],\nsuhrdarh nandi-vardhanal.t\nmukta-saliga-prasarigo 'yarn\ndaT;tc;la-piiT;tir asiidhu$u\n\n", "SB4.2#p0310": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n656\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 16\n\ndehiniim-to all living entities having a body; iitma-vat-as himself;\npre§tha{t-cons idering as dear; suhrdiim-of his friends; nandi-vardhana{tincreasing pleasures; mukta-sanga-with persons devoid of all material contamination; prasariga{t\n\n-\n\nintimately associated; ayam-this King ; dart{la­\n\npiirtift-a chastising hand; asiidhu§u-to the criminals.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King will consider all embodied living entities as dear as his own self,\nand he will always be increasing the pleasures of his friends. He will intimately associate with liberated persons, and he will be a chastising hand to\nall impious persons.\nPURPORT\nThe word dehiniim refers to those who are embodied. The living entities\nare embodied in different forms, which number 8,400,000 species. All of\nthese were treated by the King in the same way he would treat him elf. In\nthis age, however, so-called kings and presidents do not treat all other living\nentities as their own self. Most of them are meat-eaters, and even though\nthey may not be meat-eaters and may pose themselves to be very religious\nand pious, they still allow cow slaughter within their state. Such sinful\nheads of state cannot actually be popular at any time. Another significant\nword in this verse is mukta-smiga-prasanga{t, which indicates that the King\nwas always associating with liberated persons.\nTEXT 19\n\n3l� G m��ffcri���:\n�� 3l'R'1T ����:I\n�r�Fc�tttu�\n�\n\n�� ;n;{�fq � ������\nayarh tu siik§iid bhagaviirits try-adhisal),\nkutastha atma kalayiivatirr;wl),\nyasminn avidyii-racitarh nirarthakarh\npasyanti niiniitvam api pratitam\nayam-this King; tu\n\n-\n\nthen; siik§iit\n\n-\n\ndirectly; bhagaviin-the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; tri adhiSa{t-the master of the three planetary systems;\n-\n\nkutastha{t-without any change; iitmii-the Supersoul; kalayii-by a partial\n\n", "SB4.2#p0311": "Praise of King Prthu by the Professional Reciters\n\nText 19)\nplenary\nracitam\n\nthey\n\nexpansion;\n-\n\navatir{l a�\n\n-\n\ndescended;\n\ncreated by nescience; ni rarthakam\n\n-\n\nyasmin-in\n\n657\n\nwhom; avidyii­\n\nwith ou t meani ng; pasyanti­\n\nsee; naniitvam-material variegatedness; api\n\n-\n\ncertainly; pratitam­\n\nunderstood.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis King is the master of the three worlds, and he is directly empowered\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is without change, and he is an\nincarnation of the Sup reme known as a saktyavesa-avatara. Being a liberated\nsoul and comp letely learned, he understands that all material varieties are\nwithout meaning because their basic princip le is nescience.\nPURPORT\nThe reciters of these prayers are describing the transcendental qualities\nof Prthu Maharaj a. These qualities are summarized in the words siik�iid\nbhagaviin. This indicates that Maharaja Prthu is directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead and therefore possesses unlimited good qualilies.\nBeing an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Maharaj a\nPrthu could not be equaled in his excellent qualities. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is fully equipped with six kinds of opulences, and\nJ(jng Prthu was also empowered in such a way Lhat he could display these\nsix opulences of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in full.\nThe word ku,tastha, meaning \"without change,\" is also very significant.\nThere are two kinds of living entities nitya mukta and r.itya-baddha. A\n-\n\n-\n\nnitya-mukta never forgets his position as the eternal servant of the Supreme\nPersonalily of Godhead. One who does not forget this posilion and knows\nthat he is part and parcel of the Supreme Lord is nitya-mukta. Such a nityamukta living entity represenls the Supersoul as His expansion. As stated in\nthe Vedas, nityo nityiiniim. Thus the nitya-mukta living entity knows that\nhe is an expansion of the supreme nitya, or the eternal Supreme Personalily\nof Godhead. Being in such a position, he sees the material world wilh a\ndifferent vision. The living enlily who is nitya-baddha, or eternally conditioned, sees the material varieties as being actually different from one\nanother. In this connection we should remember that the embodimenl of\nthe conditioned soul is considered to be like a dress. One may dre s in different way , but a really learned man does not take dresses inlo considcraLion. As slated in Bhagavad-gitii:\nvidyii-vinaya-sampanne\nbriihma!le gavi hastini\n\n", "SB4.2#p0312": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n658\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 16\n\nsuni caiva svapake ca\npar-pita\"{!. sama-darsina\"{l.\n\"The humble sage, by virtue of true knowledge, sees with equal vision a\nlearned and gentle\n\nbrahmar-a, a cow, an elephant, a dog and a dog-eater\n\n[ outcaste].\" (Bg. 5.18)\n\nThus a learned man does not look upon the dresses that externally cover\nthe living entity but sees the pure soul within the varieties of dress and\nknows very well that the varieties of dress are the creation of nescience\n\n(avidya-racitam). Being a saktyavesa-avatara empowered by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Prthu Maharaja did not change his spiritual position, and consequently there was no possibility of his viewing the material\nworld as reality.\nTEXT 20\n\n31�\n\n�it ��T����: I\nii1H�TU\n\nayam bhuvo mar;ujalam odayadrer\ngoptaika-viro naradeva-natha/:t\nasthiiya jaitram ratham atta-ciipal;t\nparyasyate dak§ir;wto yathiirka/:t\nayam-this King; bhuva�-of the world; mar-!fala m-the globe; ii-udayaadre\"{l.-from the mountain where the first appearance of the sun is visible;\ngoptii - will protect; eka-uniquely; vzra�-powerful, heroic; nara-devaof all kings, gods in human society; niitha\"{l.-the master; iisthii ya- being\nsituated on; jaitram- victorious; ratham-his chariot; iitta-c iipa\"{l.-holding\nthe bow; paryasyate-he will circumambulate; dak § i [t atab. -from the\nsouthern side; yathii - like ; arka�- the sun.\nTRANSLATION\nThis King, being uniquely powerful and heroic, will have no competitor.\n\nHe will travel around the globe on his victorious chariot, holding his invincible bow in his hand and appearing exactly like the sun, which rotates in\n\nits own orbit from the south.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0313": "Text 21]\n\nPraise of King Prthu by the Professional Reciters\n\n659\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word yathiirka[l. indicates that the sun is not fixed but\nis rotating in its orbit, which is set by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nThis is confirmed in the Brahma-sanihitii and also in other parts of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam. In the Fifth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam it is stated that the\nsun rotates in its own orbit at the rate of 16,000 miles per second. Simi­\n\nlarly, Brahma-sarithitii states: yasyiijnayii bhramati sambhrta-kiila-cakra[l..\n\nThe sun rotates in its own orbit according to the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The conclusion is that the sun is not fixed in one\nplace. As far as Prthu Maharaja is concerned, it is indicated that his ruling\npower would extend all over the world. The Himalayan Mountains, from\nwhich the sunrise is first seen, are called udayacala or udayiidri. IL is herein\n\nindicated that Prthu Maharaja's reign over the world would cover even the\nHimalayan Mountains and extend to the borders of all oceans and seas. In\nother words, his reign would cover the entire planet.\n\nAnother significant word in this verse is naradeva. As described in pre­\n\nvious verses, the qualified king-be he King Prthu or any other king who\nrules over the state as an ideal king-should be understood to be God in\nhuman form. According to Vedic culture, the king is honored as the Supreme Personality of Godhead because he represents Narayapa, who also\ngives protection to the citizens. He is therefore niitha, or the proprietor.\n\nEven Sanatana Gosvami gave respect to the Nawab Hussain Shah as\nnaradeva, although the Nawab was Mohammedan. A king or governmental\nhead must therefore be so competent to rule over the state that the citizens\nwill worship him as God in human form. That is the perfectional stage for\nthe head of any government or state.\nTEXT 21\n\n� �my: f�� ij;J ij:;r\nil'� �f��Rf �tmt�: I\n�rij �'if f�� 3lT�:jf\n����� �� ��:����II\nasmai nrpalii/:1. kila tatra tatra\n\nbalim hari§yanti salokapiilii/:1.\n\nmanisyanta e�iirh striya iidi-riijarh\n\ncakriiyudham tad-yasa uddharantya/:1.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0314": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n660\nasmai-unto him;\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 16\n\nnr-piilii� -all the kings; kila-certainly; tatra tatra:...\n\nhere and there; balim- presentations; hari§yanti- will offer; sa- with; loka­\n\npiilii� -the demigods; mamsyante-will consider; e§iim-of these kings;\nstriya� - wives; iidi-riijam-the original king; c a kra-iiyudham-bearing the\ndisc weapon; tat-his;yasafl.-reputation; uddh arant ya� -carrying on.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the King travels all over the world, other kings, as well as the\ndemigods, will offer him all kinds of presentations. Their queens will also\nconsider him the original king, who carries in his hands the emblems of\nclub and disc, and will sing of his fame, for he will be as reputable as the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nAs far as reputalion is concerned, King Prthu is already known as the incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The word\n\nadi-riijam\n\nmeans \"the original king.\" The original king is Naniyapa, or Lord Vi�qu.\nPeople do not know that the original king, or Narayal)a, is actually the\nprotector of all living entities. As confirmed in the Vedas: eko bahuniim yo\n\nvidadhiiti kiimiin (Ka�ha Up. 2.2.13). Actually the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is maintaining all living entities. The king, or naradeva, is His representative. As such, the king's duty is to personally supervise the distribution of wealth for the maintenance of all living entities. If he does so, he\nwill be as reputable as Narayar;ta. As mentioned in this verse (tad-yasa!t),\nPrthu Maharaja was actually carrying with him the reputation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead because he was actually reigning over the\nworld in that capacity.\nTEXT 22\n\n31� 1{if tiT n�s�Hljf:\nsrmqftitf��:\nSI�RT� I\n� �r���'{. �m�a:rr\nr� ij\"qf flllltfin��: ������\nayam mahim gam duduhe 'dhiriijal:t\nprajiipatir vrtti-karal:t prajaniim\nyo lilayiidrin sva-sariisa-kotyii\nbhindan samiim gam akarod yathendral:t\n\n", "SB4.2#p0315": "Text 23)\n\n661\n\nPraise of King Prthu by the Professional Reciters\n\nayam-this King; mah im-the earth; gam- in theform of a cow;duduhe­\n\nwill milk; adhirtija� - extrao rdinary king; prajti-pat* -pr ogeni t o r of man­\n\nkind; vrtti -kara�-providing living facility; prajanam-of the citizens; ya�­\n\none who; lilaya- simp ly by pastimes ; adrin-mountains and hills; sva­\n\nsarasa-of his bow;ko t ya - by the pointed end; b hindan - breaking; samiim­\n\nlevel; ga m-the earth; akarot-will make; yatha- as ; ind ra �- the King of\nheaven, lndra.\nTRANSLATION\nThis King, this protector of the citizens, is an extraordinary king and is\nequal to the prajiipati demigods. For the living facility of all citizens, he will\nmilk the earth, which is like a cow. Not only that, but he will level the\nsurface of the earth with the pointed ends of his bow, breaking all the hills\nexactly as King lndra, the heavenly King, breaks mountains with his powerful thunderbolt.\nTEXT 23\n\n��\n��T�����{?{q��:nm I\nij�l frtf���fu ���;:({)\n���ij�;� �?.IT ���: II��II\n\nf��jfi(�\n\n�:\n\nvisphurjayann iijagavam dhanu� svayarh\nyadiicarat k§miim avi§ahyam iijau\ntadii nililyur disi disy asanto\nltingulam udyamya yathii mrgendra/:t\nvisphilrjayan-vibratin g ; aja-gavam- made of th e horns of goats and bulls;\ndhanu�- his\n\nbow; svayam-personally ; yadii - when; acarat-will\n\ntravel;\n\nk§mam-on the earth; avi§ahyam-irresis tible; iijau-in battle; tadii-at that\n\ntime; nililyu�-wil1 hide themselves; disi disi-in all directions; asanta�demoniac\n\nmen;\n\nliiti gulam-tail;\n\nudyamya-keeping\n\nhigh;\n\nyathii-as;\n\nmrgendra�-the lion.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the lion travels in the forest with its tail turned upward, all menial\nanimals hide themselves. Similarly, when King Pfthu will travel over his\nkingdom and vibrate the string of his bow, which is made of the horns of\ngoats and bulls and is irresistible in battle, all demoniac rogues and thieves\nwill hide themselves in all directions.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0316": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n662\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 16\n\nPURPORT\nIt is very appropriate to compare a powerful king like Prthu to a lion. In\nIndia, k�atriya kings are still called simha, which means \"lion.\" Unless\nrogues, thieves and other demoniac people in a state are afraid of the executive head, who rules the kingdom with a strong hand, there cannot be\npeace or prosperity in the state. Thus it is most regrettable when a woman\nbecomes the executive head instead of a lion-like king. In such a situation\nthe people are considered very unfortunate.\nTEXT 24\n\n�FJ'lTiif�l�\n�1s�i't�t5t\n��\n���·f?f\n31m�\n��\n����:\nq-�A ������\n�ijif!��it\n\"'\n\ne§O 'svamedhiifi satam iijahiira\nsarasvati priidur abhiivi yatra\nahiir§id yasya hayarh purandara�\nsata-kratus carame vartamiine\ne§a{t-this King; asvamedhan-sacrifices known as asvamedha; satam-one\nhundred; iijahiira-will perform; sarasvati-the river of the name Sarasvati;\npriidu[t abhiivi- b ecame manifest; yatra-where; ahiir§it-will steal; yasyawhose; hayam-horse; purandara{t-the Lord Indra; sata-kratu{t-who performed one hundred sacrifices; carame-while the last sacrifice; vartamiineis occurring.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the source of the River Sarasvati, this King will perform one hundred\nsacrifices known as asvamedha. In the course of the last sacrifice, the\nheavenly King lndra will steal the sacrificial horse.\nTEXT 25\n\n�\n\n�ij�q::{�\n��\n�'l��l�\n�if.{;:ijl{q:;� I\n3TRrQ\"ll �CR\"lft?;�(Jllt� ��t;f �en il&l q� ��Trii II��II\n\n", "SB4.2#p0317": "Text 25]\n\n663\n\nPraise of King Prthu by the Professional Reciters\ne�a sva-sadmopavane sametya\nsanat-kumiirani bhagavantam ekam\niiriidhya bhaktyiilabhatiimalani tajjiiiinani yato brahma parani vidanti\n\ne�a�-this\n\nKing; sva-sadma-of his palace; upavane-in the garden;\n\nsametya meeting; sanat-kumiiram-Sanat-kumara; bhagavantam-the wor-\n\nshipable;\n\nekam-alone;\n\nalabhata-he\n\nwill\n\niiriidhya\n\n-\n\nworshiping;\n\nachieve; amalam-without\n\njfiiinam-transcendental\n\nknowledge;\n\nyata�\n\n-\n\nbhaktyii-with\n\ndevotion;\n\ncontamination; tat-that;\n\nby\n\nwhich; brahma-spirit;\n\nparam-supreme, transcendental; vidanti they enjoy, they know.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis King Pl;thu will meet Sanat-kumara, one of the four Kumaras, in\nthe garden of his palace compound. The King will worship him with devotion and will be fortunate to receive instructions by which one can enjoy\ntranscendental bliss.\nPURPORT\nThe word vidanti refers to one who knows something or enjoys something. When a person is properly instructed by a spiritual master and understands transcendental bliss, he enjoys life. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii:\nbrahma-bhiita� prasanniitmii\nna socati na kiitik�ati\nsama� sarve�u bhiite�u\nmad-bhaktini labhate pariim\n\"One who is thus transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme\nBrahman. He never laments nor desires to have anything; he is equally disposed to every living entity. In that state he attains pure devotional service\nunto Me.\" (Bg. 18.54)\nWhen one attains to the Brahman platform, he neither hankers nor\nlaments. He actually partakes of transcendental bl.issful enjoyment. AJthough King Prthu was an incarnation of Vi�t:tu, he nonetheless taught the\npeople in his kingdom to take instructions from a spiritual master who\nrepresents the disciplic succession. Thus one can become fortunate and\nenjoy a blissful life even within this material world. In this verse the verb\nvidanti i.s sometimes taken to mean \"understanding.\" Thus when a person\nunderstands Brahman, or the supreme source of everything, he enjoys a\nblissful life.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0318": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n664\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 26\n\nftl��wn �ftr W�ijfetijan 1\n��it�itI���Tf?;t(fl illv.JT: ll�: llTfUijill: II�� II\n\n� �\n\ntatra tatra giras tiis tii\niti viSruta-vikrama/_1.\nsro�yaty iitmiisritii g iithii/_1.\nprthu/_1. p.rthu-pariikrama�t\ntatra tatra- here and there; gira� - words; til� t ii�-many , various; itithus; visruta-vikrama[t-he whose chivalrous activities are widely reputed;\nsr o � yati - will hear; iitma-iisritii�-about himself; gatha(t - songs , narrations;\np.rthu�- King Prthu; prthu-pariikrama�- distinctly powerfuL\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way when the chivalrous activities of King Prthu come to be\nknown to the people in general, King Prthu will always hear about himself\nand his activities.\n\nPURPORT\nTo artificially advertise oneself and thus enjoy a so-called reputation is\na kind of conceit. Prthu Maharaja was famous amongst the people because\nof his chivalrous activities. He did not have to advertise himself artificially.\nOne's factual reputation cannot be covered.\nTEXT 27\n\n��'\n\n�����fu��:qiji:\nm�m�qtftij���: 1\n\nmt��-=��!{tfl�l;{-\n\n��lffil llfti'(IT qfuier: II �\\911\n\ndiSo vijityiipratiruddha-cakra/_1.\nsva-te jasotpiitita-loka-salya/_1.\nsuriisurendrair upagiyamiinamahiinubhiivo bhavitii patir bhuva/_1.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0319": "Text 27]\n\nPraise of King Prthu by the Professional Reciters\n\n665\n\ndisaft-all directions; vijitya-conquering; apratiruddha-without check;\n\ncakraft-his influence or power; sva-tejasii-by his own prowess; utpiitita­\n\nuprooted; loka-salyaft-the miseries of the citizens; sura-of demigods;\n\nasura-of demons; indrai{t\n\n-\n\nby the chiefs; upagiyamiina-being glorified;\n\nmahii-anubhiivaft-the great soul; bhavitii-he will become; pat*-the lord;\n\nbhuvaft-of the world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNo one will be able to disobey the orders of Prthu Maharaja. After con­\n\nquering the world, he will completely eradicate the threefold miseries of\n\nthe citizens. Then he will be recognized all over the world. At that time\n\nboth the suras and the asuras will undoubtedly glorify his magnanimous\nactivities.\n\nPURPORT\nAt the time of Maharaja Prthu, the world was ruled by one emperor,\n\nalthough there were many subordinate states. Just as there are many united\n\nstates in various parts of the world, in olden days the entire world was\nruled through many states, but there was a supreme emperor who ruled\n\nover all subsidiary states. As soon as there were some discrepancies in the\n\nmaintenance of the variJ.iisrama system, the emperor would immediately\ntake charge of the small states.\n\nThe word utpiitita-loka-salyal_t indicates that Maharaja Prthu completely\n\nuprooted all the miseries of his citizens. The word salya means \"piercing\nthorns.\" There are many kinds of miserable thorns that pierce the citizens\n\nof a state, but all competent rulers, even up to the reign of Maharaja\nYudhi�thira, uprooted all the miserable conditions of the citizens. It is\n\nstated that during the reign of Maharaja Y udhi�thira there did not even\n\nexist severe cold or scorching heat, nor did the citizens suffer from any\n\nkind of mental anxiety. This is the standard of good government. Such a\n\npeaceful and prosperous government, devoid of anxiety, was established\n\nby Prthu Maharaja. Thus the inhabitants of both saintly and demoniac\nplanets were all engaged in glorifying the activities of Maharaja Prthu.\n\nPersons or nations anxious to spread their influence all over the world\n\nshould consider this point. If one is able to eradicate completely the three­\n\nfold miseries of the citizens, he should aspire to rule the world. One should\nnot aspire to rule for any political or diplomatic consideration.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Sixteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srlmad-Bhagavatam, entitled ''Praise of King Prthu by the\nProfessional Reciters.\"\n\n", "SB4.2#p0320": "CHAPTER SEVENTEEN\n\nMaharaJa Prthu\nBecomes Angry at the Earth\nTEXT l\n\n��lf iJ<f1'\"1\n\n�����:\\ilflfqfflg�fl(: I\n��ijlfl��:stRt�:ilf��ll �II\nmaitreya uvtica\nevam sa bhagavtin vainya{t\nkhytipito gurw-karmabhi�\nchandaytim tisa tan ktimai�\npratipujytibhinandya ca\nmaitreya{! uvtica the great sage Maitreya continued to speak; evam-\n\nthus; sa{t-he; b hagavtin-the Personality of Godhead; vainya{t-in the form\nof the son of King Vena; khytipita{t- being glorified; gu[!a-karmabh*- by\nqualities and factual activities; chandaytim lisa-pacified; tan-those re­\n\nciters; kama*- by various presentations; pratipujya-offering all respects;\n\nabhinandya-offering prayers; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: In this way the reciters who were\nglorifying Maharaja Prthu readily described his qualities and chivalrous\nactivities. At the end, Maharaja Prthu offered them various presentations\nwith all due respect and worshiped them adequately.\nTEXT 2\n\n;rrsrlllstf!@1. ctotTi_ ���l+tl�t��: I\ntf1���q�11. �IJIT: st�<:t:T: ij'¥4��� II � II\n667\n\n", "SB4.2#p0321": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n668\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 17\n\nbrahma[ta-pramukhiin var[tiin\nbhrtyiimiitya-purodhasaft\npauriiii jiina-padiin sre[!ift\nprakrtift samapujayat\nbriihma[!a-pramukhiin-unto the Leaders of the briihma[!a community;\nvar[!iin-to\n\nthe\n\nother\n\ncastes;\n\nbhrtya-servants;\n\namiitya-minist er s;\n\npurodhasaft-to the priests; pauriin-to the citizens; jiina-padiin-to his\ncountrymen; srel)-i[!-to different communities; prakrtift-to th e admirers;\nsamapujayal-he gave proper respects.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Prthu thus satisfied and offered all respect to all the Leaders of the\nbrahmaQas and other castes, to his servants, to his ministers, to the priests,\ncitizens, general countrymen, people from other communities, admirers,\nas well as others, and thus they all became happy.\nTEXT3\n\nm���\n�� m� \\:lrofT �fqoft 1\n� �<::)� �� CfiT Cf\"� (\\)�;j ��II � II\nvidura uviica\nkasmiid dadhiira go-rupam\ndharitri bahu-rupi[!i\nyam dudoha prthus tatra\nko vatso dohanam ca kim\nviduraft\n\nuviica- Vidura\n\ninquired;\n\nkasmiit-why;\n\ndadhiira-took; go­\n\nrupam-the shape of a cow; dharitri- the earth; bahu-rupir;r,i- who has\nmany other forms; yam-whom; dudo ha\ntatra-there; kaft-who; vats aft\n\nalso; kim-w hat\n\n-\n\n-\n\nmilked; prthuft- Ki ng Prthu;\n\nthe calf; dohanam-the milking pot; ca­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVidura inquired from the great sage Maitreya: My dear brahmaJ'_la, since\nmother earth can appear in different shapes, why did she take the shape of\n\na cow? And when King Prthu milked her, who became the calf, and what\nwas the milking pot?\n\n", "SB4.2#p0322": "Text\n\n5]\n\n669\n\nMaharaja Prthu Becomes Angry at the Earth\nTEXT4\n\n!f� �\"\" �AT i(ft � �'\" �� I\n� lt�tf � �: �\n\n��� II \\l II\n\nprakrtyii vifiamii devi\nkrtii tena samii katham\ntasya medhyarh hayarh deva{t\nkasya hetor apiiharat\nprakrtyii-by nature; vi� amii-not level; devi-the earth; krtii-was made;\ntena-by him; samii-level; katham-how; tasya-his; medhyam\n\n-\n\nm ean t for\n\noffering in the sacrifice; hayam-horse; deva{t-the dem igod lndra; kasyafor whal; heto{t-r eason; apiiharat-stole.\nTRANSLATION\nThe surface of the earth is by nature low in some places and high in\nothers. How did King Prthu level the surface of the earth, and why did the\nKing of heaven, Indra, steal the horse meant for the sacrifice?\nTEXT 5\n\ne'1��ql(l�tt� ii�Of. stlAM��fl ({_ I\n�t �1;f eitt�u;f u�fit: �ttfct mr: 11 � 11\nsanat-kumiiriid bhagavato\nbrahman brahma-vid-uttamiit\nlabdhvii jiiiinarh sa-vijiiiinam\nrajar.si{t karh gatirh gata�\nsanat-kumiirat-from\n\nS anat-kumiira; bhagavata{t-the\n\nmost p owe rfu l;\n\nbrahman-my dear brahmar-a; brahma-vit-uttamiit-well versed in the Vedic\n\nk no wledge; labdhvii- after achieving; j iiiinam-know ledge; sa-vipiiinam-for\npract ical appli ca tio n ; riija-n*-the gre at saintly King; kiim- which; gat im\n­\n\ndeslination; gata{t-achieved.\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\ngreat saintly\n\nKing,\n\nMaharaja Prthu, received knowledge from\n\nSanat-kumara, who was the greatest Vedic scholar. After receiving knowl-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0323": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n670\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 17\n\nedge to be applied practically in his life, how did the saintly King attain\nhis desired destination?\n\nPURPORT\nThere are four Vai�Qava sampradiiyas (systems) of di cipli\n\nsuccession.\n\nOne sampradiiya comes from Lord Brahma, one from the goddess of\n\nfortune, one from the Kumaras headed by S anat-kumara , and one from\nLord Siva. These four systems of disciplic succession are still going on. As\n\nKing Prthu has illustrated, one who is serious lo receive transcendental\n\nVedic knowledge must accept a guru, or spiritual master, in one of these\n\nfour disciplic\n\nuccessions. [t is said that unless one accepts a mantra from\n\none of these sampradiiyas, the so-called mantra will not act in Kali-yuga.\n\nMany sampradiiyas have sprung up without authority, and they are\n\nmisleading the people by giving unauthorized mantras. The rascals of Lhese\no-called sampradiiyas do not ob erve the Vedic rules and regulation . Al­\n\nthough they are addicted to all kinds of sinful activilies, lhey slill offer the\n\npeople mantras and thus mislead them. Intelljgen L persons, however, know\n\nlhat such mantras will never be successful, and as such they never patronize\nsuch up tarl\n\npirilual groups. People should be very careful of these\n\nunfortunate\n\npeople in this age receive mantras from these so-called\n\nnon ensical sampradiiyas.\n\nTo get some facility for\n\nense gra lification,\n\nsampradiiyas. Prthu Maharaja, however, showed by his example lhat one\nshould\n\nreceive\n\nknowledge\n\nfrom\n\na\n\nbona\n\nfide sampradiiya.\n\nMaharaja Prthu accepted Sanat-kumara as his spiritual master.\n\nTEXTS 6-7\n\n��� i\"UJ� ¥{q� lllml: snit: I\n�: ��: � �����ql{ II � II\n� lt�r:r ijq :q1��� :q I\n��f« ���;tf��IJl tt�ll{_ II \\9 II\n�\n\nyac ciinyad api kr.srtasya\nbhaviin bhagavata� prabho[l.\nsrava[l. susravasa[l. pu[tyam\npiirva-deha-kathiisrayam\nbhaktiiya me 'nuraktiiya\ntava ciidhokfoajasya ca\n\nTherefore\n\n", "SB4.2#p0324": "671\n\nMaharaja Prthu Becomes Angry at the Earth\n\nTexts 6-7)\n\nvaktum arhasi yo 'duhyad\nvainya-rupe[la giim imiim\nyat - which; ca-and; anyat-other; api - c ertainly; knr.tasya-of Kr�pa;\n\nbhavii n -your good self; bhagavata{l.-of the\n\nupreme Personality of God­\n\nhead; prabho{l.-powerful; srava{l.-glorious activities; su-sravasa{t-who is\n\nvery\n\npleasing\n\nprevious\n\nto\n\nhear\n\ninca rn ation ;\n\nab out;\n\npu[!yam-pious ;\n\nkathii-iisrayam-connected\n\npurva-deha-of\n\nwi th\n\nthe\n\nHis\n\nnarration;\n\nbhaktiiya-unto the devotee ; me-to me; anuraktiiya-very much atten­\n\ntive; lava-of your elf; ca-and; adhok§ajasya-of the Lord, who is known\nas Adhok$aja; ca-also; vaktum arhasi-plea e narrate; ya{l.-one who;\n\naduhyal-milked; vainya-ruper.ta-in the form of the son of King Vena;\n\ngiim-cow, earth; imlirn-this.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrthu Maharaja was a powerful incarnation of Lord Kr�pa's potencies;\nconsequently any narration concerning his activities is surely very pleasing\nto hear, and it produces all good fortune. As far as I am concerned, I am\nalways your devotee as well as a devotee of the Lord, who is known as\nAdho�aja. Please therefore narrate aU the stories of King Prthu, who, in\nthe form of the son of King Vena, milked the cow-shaped earth.\nPURPORT\nLord Kr�pa is also known a avatiiri, which means, \"one from whom all\n\nthe incarna Lions emanate.\" ]n Bhagavad-gilii Lord Kr$t)a says, aharit sarvasya\nprabhavo matta[l sarvam pravartale:\n\n\"\n\nI am the source of all spiritual and\n\nmaterial world . Everything emanates from Me.\" (Bg. 10.8) Thus Lord\nKr�r:ta is the origin of everyone's appearance. As far as this material world\n\ni\n\nconcerned, Lord Brahma, Lord Vi$l)U and Lord Siva are all emanations\n\nfrom Kr�pa. These three incarnations of Kr$r.ta are called gu!ta-avattiras.\n\nThe material world is governed by three material modes of nature, and\nLord Vi�Qu, Lord Brahma and Lord Siva respectively take charge of the\n\nmodes of goodness, passion and ignorance. Maharaja Prthu is also an\n\nincarnation of those qualities of Lord Kr?ra by which one rules over\nconditioned souls.\n\nIn this verse the word adhok�aja, meaning \"beyond the perception of\n\nthe material senses,\" i\n\nvery ignificant.\n\no one can perceive the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead by mental speculation; therefore a person with a\n\npoor fund of knowledge cannot understand the\n\nupreme Personality of\n\n", "SB4.2#p0325": "Srimad- Bhaga va tam\n\n672\n\n[Canto 4, Ch 17\n.\n\nGodhead. Since one can only form an imper onal idea on the strength of\none's material enses, Lhe Lord is known as Adhok�aja.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�rr �\n\n::itf�) fql:urtf �Tij�� !�Rr I\n�� d 31'nl� ���: �mY II� II\nsilta uvaca\ncodilo viduretJaivarn\nviiw.deva-kalharh prati\nprasasya tam prita-mana\nmailreya[l pratyabhii§ata\nsiita� uvaca- uta Gosvami said; codita�-inspired; vidurerw-by Vidura;\nevam-Lhu ; viisudeva-of\n\nLord Kt�Qa; katham-narration; prati-about;\n\nprasasya-praising; tam-him ;prlla-mana�-being very pleased; mailreya{lLhe saint Maitrcya;pratyabha§ala-replied.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuta Go vami continued: When Vidura became inspired to hear of the\n\nactivities of Lord K�Qa in His various incarnations, Maitreya, also being\n\ninspired and being very pleased with Vidura, began to praise him. Then\nMaitreya spoke as follows.\n\nPURPORT\nTalk of krflra-kathii, or topics about Lord Kr�t�a or His incarnations, is\nso spiril ually inspiring that the reciter and hearer are never exhausted.\nThat is the nature of\n\npiritual talks. We have actually seen that one can\n\nnever become satiated by hearing the conversations between Vidura and\nMaitreya. 13oth of them are devotees, and the more Vidura inquires, the\nmore Maitreya is encouraged to speak. A symptom of\n\npiritual talks is\n\nthat no on� feel\n\nof Vidura, the\n\ngreat\n\ntired. Thu\n\nupon hearing the question\n\nage Maitreya did not feel disgusted but rather felt encouraged to\n\nspeak at greater length.\n\nTEXT9\n\n�5,<, �\n�T�: �� �Ufl�m ii[W{ijllfl� qy�:\n\n", "SB4.2#p0326": "Text 9]\n\n673\n\nMaharaja i>ftlm Becomes Angry at the Earth\n\n�T\n\nf;R:� f�'rn l@t\n���m: m'l+�t� II � II\n\nmaitreya uviica\nyadiibh(�ikta!L p[lhur anga viprair\niimantrito janatiiyiis ca piila{L\nprajii niranne kfiili-prfitha etya\nkfiut-kfiiima-dehiil;t patim abhyavocan\nmaitreya[l uviica -the great sage Mailreya said; yadii- when; abhi,siktaZtwas enthroned; prthu[t- King Prthu; a1iga-my dear Vidura; viprai/;1. - by the\n\nbriihmar-as; iimantrita[l-was declared; janatiiyii!t-of the people; ca.-also;\npiila[t -the protector; prajii[t- the citizens; ni ra nne- being without food\ngrains; k§iti-pr§t he-t he surface of the globe; etya-coming near; k§udh-by\nhunger; k§iima skinny; dehii[l -their bodies; patim to Lhe protector;\nabh yavocan- they said.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, at the time King\nPrthu was enthroned by the great sages and bnlhmaQ.as and declared to be\nthe protector of the citizens, there was a scarcity of food grains. The\ncitizens actually became skinny due to starvation. Therefore they came\nbefore the King and informed him of their real situation.\nPURPORT\nInformation i\n\ngiven herein concerning the selection of Lhe king by Lhe\n\nbriihma!taS. According lo the var[lii8rama system, the briihma[la\nconsidered to be the heads of the\n\n·\n\nare\n\nociely and therefore to be situated in\n\nLhe lopmo t social position. The var[liiSrama-dharma, Lhe inslilulion of\nfour var[las and four iisramas, is very scientifically designed. As slated in\nBhagavad-gttii, var[liisrama-dharma is not a man-made inslilulion but is\nGod-made. In this narration il is cl ear ly indicated Lhal lhe briihma!WS used\nlo control the royal power. When an evil king like Vena ruled, the\n\nbriihma[laS would kill him through their brahminical powers and would\nelect a proper ruler by testing his qualification . In other words, Lhe\n\nbriihmar.as, the intelligent men or great sages, would control the monarchical powers. Here we have an indication of how Lhe briihma[laS elected King\nPrthu to Lhe throne as the protector of Lhe citizens. The citizens, being\nskinny due to hunger, approached the\n\nKing and informed him Lhal\n\nnece sary action should be taken. The structure of the var[liisrama-dharma\nwas so nice that the briihma[laS would guide the head of slate. The head\n\n", "SB4.2#p0327": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n674\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. l 7\n\nof state would then give protection to the citizens. The k§atriyas would\ntake charge of protecting the people in general, and under the protection of\n\nt he kfialriyas, the vaisyas would protecl lhe cows, produce food grains and\n\ndistribute them. Siidras, th' working class, would help lhe higher three\nclasses by manual labor. This is Lhe perfecl social system.\n\nTEXTS 10-ll\n\niA\n\n(lstStl6'(unfil('lftl\n�lfifWil �it-1 �:\n\n�iW{tf ��t:\n\n•\n\n�\n\n•\n\n�\n\n�: mNm 'lf��:\n\n�\n\n¥11!414\\'d\n1\"-fiR<tiWi\n\n�: ll�oll\n\nmf%51(\n��� I\n\n��:.itt\n������:����II\n\n� ;m��\n\nvayarh riijan jii,tharertiibhitaptii\nyathagninii ko,tara-sthena vrk.sii�\ntviim adya yiitii� sararwrh sarartyarh\nya[t siidhito vrtti-kara� patir na�\ntan no bhaviin thatu riitave 'nnarh\nkfiudhiirditiiniirh nara-deva-deva\nyiivan na nankfiyiimaha ujjhitorjii\nviirtii-patis tvarh kila loka-piila�\nvayam-we; riijan-0 King; jiithare t;t a- by the fire of hunger; abhitaptii�­\n\nvery much aggrieved; yath ii-ju st as; agninii- b y the fire; kotara-sthena-in\n\nthe hoUow of a tree; vrk§ii� -trees; tviim-unto you; adya -today; yiitii[twe have come; sarartam- shelte r; sara (t yam- worth taking shelter of;ya�­\n\nwho; siidhita�- app o inted; vrtti-kara�-one who gives employment; pat*master; na�-our; tat - therefore ; na�- to us; bhaviin- Your Majesty; ihatuplease try; riitave-to give; annam-food grains; kfiudhii - with hunger;\n\narditiiniim - suffering; nara-deva-deva-0 supreme master of all kings; yiivat\nna-lest; nank,syiimahe-we will perish; ujjhita- being bereft of; urjii[t- food\ngrains; viirtii-of occupational engagements; pat*- bestower; tvam- you;\nkila-indeed; loka-pii la� - the protector of the citizens.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0328": "Text 12]\n\n675\n\nMaharaja Prthu Becomes Angry at the Earth\nTRANSLATION\n\nDear King, just as a tree with a fire burning in the hollow of the trunk\ngradually dries up, we are drying up due to the fire of hunger in our\nstomach. You are the protector of surrendered souls, and you have been\nappointed to give employment to us. Therefore we have all come to you\nfor protection. You are not only a king, but the incarnation of God as\nwell. Indeed, you are the King of aU kings. You can give us all kinds of\noccupational engagements, for you are the master of our livelihood. There·\nfore, 0 King of all kings, please arrange to satisfy our hunger by the\nproper distribution of food grains. Please take care of us, lest we soon die\nfor want of food.\nPURPORT\nIt is the duty of the king to see that everyone in the social ordersbriihma[las, kfialriyas, vaisyas and sudras-is fully employed in the state.\nJust as it is the duty of the briihmaflas to elect a proper king, it is the duty\nof the king to see that all the var[las-the briihma[laS, kfiatriyas, vaisyas\nand siidras-are fully engaged in their respective occupational duties. It is\nhere indicated that\n\na thou\n\nl\n\ngh the people were allowed to perform their\n\nduties, they were still unemployed. Althou gh they were not lazy, they\nstill could not produce sufficient food to satisfy their hunger. When the\npeople are perplexed in this way, they should approach the head of\ngovernment, and the president or king should take immediate action to\nmitiuate the distre s of the people.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n���\nq: �Rf �� � qft� I\n\n� � �� �� its•=tqQ<I II��II\nmaitreya uviica\nprthul). prajiiniirh karuttarh\nnisamya paridevitam\ndtrgharh dadhyau kurusrefi.tha\nnimittarh so 'nvapadyata\nmaitreya� uviica- the great saint Maitreya said; prthul).- King Prthu;\nprajii n iim\n\n-\n\no f the citi z ens; karu rt am- piti ab le condition; n isamya\n\n-\n\nhearing;\n\n", "SB4.2#p0329": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n676\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 17\n\nparidevitam-lamentation; dirgham-for a long time ; dadhyau-contemplated; kuru-sre�tha-0 Vidura; nimittam-the cause; salt-he; anvapadyalafound out.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing this lamentation and seeing the pitiable condition of the\n\ncitizens, King Prthu contemplated this matter for a long time to see if he\ncould find out the underlying causes.\nTEXT 13\n\n� oqqfuffl �\\'l{l !PJ:{\\q�l(lijtrl: I\n� fifft� �: �i�CT � II� �II\niti vyavasito buddhya\npragrhita-sarasana�\nsandadhe visikharit bhilme�\n\nkruddhas tri-pura-ha yatha\niti-thus ; vyavasitaft-having arrived at the conclusion ; buddhya-by intelligence; pragrhita-having taken up; §ariisanaft- the bow; sandadhe-fixed ;\nvisikham-an arrow ; bhilme�-at the earth; kruddhaft-angry; tri-pura-hii­\n\nLord Siva; yathii-like.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving arrived at a conclusion, the King took up his bow and arrow and\naimed them at the earth, exactly as Lord Siva destroyed the whole world\nout of anger.\nPURPORT\nKing Prthu found out the cause for the scarcity of food grains. He could\nunderstand that it wa\n\nnot the people' fault, for they were not lazy in\n\nexecuting their duties. Rather, the earlh wa\n\nnot producing sufficient\n\nfood grains. This indicates that the earth can produce sufficiently if\n\neverything is properly arranged, but sometimes the earth can refu e to\nproduce food grains for various reasons. The theory thaL there is a carcity\nof food grains due to an increase of population is not a very sound theory.\nThere are other causes that enable the earth to produce profusely or to\nstop producing. King Prthu found out the proper causes and took the\nnecessary steps immediately.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0330": "Text 15]\n\nMaharaja Prthu Becomes Angry a� the Earth\n\n677\n\nTEXT 14\n\nsc�q•nitt � t9l:i:n•ql� 'if � 1\nm: (i�q'\"ct\"'m �'R ��61 u t \\lll\npravepamiinii dharar-i\nnisiimyodiiyudharh ca tam\ngau� saty apiidravad bhi tii\nmrgiva mrgayu-drutii\npravepamiinii-trembling; dh ara!£ i- the earth; nisiimya- eeing; udiiyudham-having taken his bow and arrow; ca-also; tam-the King; gau{t-a\ncow; sa ti-becoming; apiidravat-began to flee; b hitii - very much afraid;\nmrgi iva- L ike a deer; mrgay u-by a hunter; drutii-being followed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the earth saw that King Prthu was taking his bow and arrow to kill\nher, she became very much afraid and began to tremble. She then began to\nflee, exactly as a deer, which runs very swiftly when followed by a hunter.\nBeing afraid of King Prthu, she took the shape of a cow and began to run.\nPURPORT\nJust as a mother produces variou\n\nchildren, both male and female, the\n\nwomb of mother earth produces aU kinds of living entities in various\nshapes. Thus it is possible for mother earth to take on innumerable shapes.\nAt this time, in. order to avoid the wrath of King Pr t hu , he look the shape\nof a cow. Since a cow is never to be kil led, mother earlh thought il wise to\ntake the\n\nhape of a cow in order to avoid King Prthu' arrows. King Prthu,\n\nhowever, could understand\n\nthis\n\nfact, and therefore he did not stop\n\nchasing the cow-shaped eart h.\n\nTEXT 15\n�\n\\ift\nct�\n=--j\"'-;::q\n\"\"\" :\n-�rwqii4\n\nifiRn���: I\n\n'it qft �� � � WN� llt\"'ll\ntiim anvadhiivat tad vainya�\nkupito 'tyaru[tek§arta�\n\n", "SB4.2#p0331": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n678\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 17\n\nsararit dhanu§i sandhaya\nyatra yatra palayate\ntam-the cow-shaped earth;anvadhavat-he chased;tat-then; vainya�the son of King Vena; k upita�- being very much angry; ati aru r-a very\n-\n\n-\n\nred; ik §a rt a�- his eyes; saram-an arrow; dhanu§i-on the bow; sandhriyaplacing; yatra yatra- wherever; palayate-she flees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing this, Maharaja Prthu became very angry, and his eyes became as\nred as the early morning sun. Placing an arrow on his bow, he chased the\ncow-shaped earth wherever she would run.\nTEXT 16\n\nm�ft����ft���:1\n� � �;f �:ak<Htl� 11��11\nsii diso vidiso devi\nrodasi ciintararit tayo[t\ndhiivanti tatra tatrainarit\ndadarsiinudyatiiyudham\nsii-the cow-shaped earth; di sa�-in the four directions; vidi safl. - ran\n\n­\n\ndomly in other directions; devi-the goddess; rodasi-toward heaven and\n\nearth; ca-also; antaram- be tween; tayo�- the m ; dhavantt-fleei ng ; tatra\ntatra-here and there; enam-the King; dadarsa-she saw; anu-behind;\nudyata taken up; iiyudham his weapons.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe cow-shaped earth ran here and there in outer space between the\nheavenly planets and the earth, and wherever she ran, the King chased\nher with his bow and arrows.\nTEXT 17\n\n������it��: I\n!RE11 � � �ij A'� 11�'-'ll\n\n", "SB4.2#p0332": "Text 18]\n\nMaharaja Prthu Becomes Angry at the Earth\n\n679\n\nloke navindata trararii\nvainyan mrtyor iva praja\"{t\ntrasta tada nivavrte\nhrdayena vidayata\n\nloke-within the three worlds; na-not; avindata-could obtain; trartamrelease; vai n yat-from the hand of the son of King Vena; mrtyo.h- from\ndeath; iva-Like; prajii\"{t - men; trasta- being very much afraid; tadii-at that\ntime; nivavrte-turned back; hrdaye na - within her heart; vi dil yata - very\nmuch aggrieved.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as a man cannot escape the cruel hands of death, the cow-shaped\nearth could not escape the hands of the son of Vena. At Length the earth,\nfearful, her heart aggrieved, turned back in helplessness.\nTEXT 18\n\nuviica ca maha.-bha.garii\ndharma-jfiapanna-vatsala\ntriihi miim api bhatanarii\npalane 'vasthito bhavan\nu va c a\nshe said; ca-and; mahii-bhiigam- unto the great, fortunate King;\n-:-=_\ndharma-,na-0 knower of the principles of religion; apanna-vatsala-0\n\nshelter of the surr ndered; trahi-save; mam-me; api-indeed; bhiltanam­\n\nof Living entities; palane- in protection; avasthita\"{t - situated; bhavan- Your\nMajesty.\nTRANSLATION\nAddressing the great opulent King Prthu as the knower of religious\nprinciples and shelter of the surrendered, she said: Please save me. You are\nthe protector of all living entities. Now you are situated as the King of this\nplanet.\nPURPORT\nThe cow- haped earth addressed King Pfthu as dharma-jfia, which refers\nto one who knows the principles of religion. The principles of religion\n\n", "SB4.2#p0333": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n680\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. l 7\n\ndictate that a woman, a cow, a child, a briihmarta and an old man must be\ngiven all protection by the king or anyone else. Consequently mother\nearth took the shape of a cow. She was also a woman. Thus she appealed\nto the\n\nIGng as one who knows the principles of religion. Religious\n\nprinciples also dictate thal one is not to he killed if he surrenders. She\nreminded IGng Prthu that not only was he an incarnation of God, hut he\nwas situated as the King of the earth as well. Therefore his duty was to\nexcuse her.\nTEXT 19\n\n� �e( �� �'*1(\\wtl+ti«�fiNttl� I\n\n31�f;t� �t � �Rf q) 'RJ: II t 0..11\nsa tvam jighiimsase kasmiid\ndtniim akrta-kilbi§iim\nahaninat katham yo,siim\ndharma-jiia iti yo mata�\n\nsaf!.-that very person; tvam-you; jighiimsase-want to kill; kasmiitwhy; diniim-poor; akrta-without having done; kilbi§iim-any sinful\nactivities; ahani§yat-would kill; katham-how; yo§iim-a woman; dharmajiia�-the knower of religious principles; iti-thus; ya{t-one who; mata{l.is considered.\nTRANSLATION\nThe cow-shaped earth continued to appeal to the King: I am very poor\nand have not committed any sinful activities. I do not know why you\nwant to kill me. Since you are supposed to be the knower of all religious\nprinciples, why are you so envious of me, and why are you so anxious to\nkill a woman?\n\nPURPORT\nThe earth appealed to the King in two ways. A king who knows religious\nprinciples cannot kill anyone who has not committed sinful activities.\nApart from this, a woman is not to be killed, even if she does commit some\nsinful activities. Since the earth was innocent and was also a woman, the\nKing should not kill her.\nTEXT 20\n\nSf��f;« et l � '§m:� �: 1\nmrn � lHiil �lilT 4)wt�«\"t�n I I 'o I I\n\n", "SB4.2#p0334": "Text 21]\n\nMaharaja Prthu Becomes Angry at the Earth\n\n681\n\npraharanti na vai stri§U\nkrtaga[lsv api jantavafl\nkim uta tvad-vidhii riijan\nkarurtii dina-vatsaliifl\npraharanti-strike;na-never;vai-certainly;stri§u-women;krta-iigal),suhaving committed sinful activities; api-although;jantavafl\n\nhuman beings;\nkim uta-then what to speak of;tvat-vidhiifl-personalities like you;riijan-\n\n0 King; karurtiifl.-merciful;dina vatsalii[l-affectionate to the poor.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven if a woman does commit some sinful activity, no one should place\nhis hand upon her. And what to speak of you, dear King, who are so merciful. You are a protector, and you are affectionate to the poor.\nTEXT 21\n\n� Wnon�wwi � R� srRt-m� I\n3TmtR ���:�'f!�fu' 11��11\nmiim vipiityiijariim niivam\nyatra visvarh prali§thitam\niitmiinam ca prajiis cemiifl\nkatham ambhasi dhiisyasi\nmiim-rne; vipiitya-breaking to pieces; ajariim-very strong; niivamboat; yatra-where;visvam-all worldly paraphernaua;prati§thitam-standing; iitmiinam-yourself; ca-and; prajii[l-your subjects;ca-also; imiifl-all\nthese; katham-how;ambhasi-in the water; dhiisyasi-you will hold.\nTRANSLATION\nThe cow-shaped earth continued: My dear King, I am just like a strong\nboat, and all the paraphernalia of the world is standing upon me. If you\nbreak me to pieces, how can you protect yourself and your subjects from\ndrowning?\nPURPORT\nBeneath the en lire planetary system is the garbha water. Lord Vi�Q.U lies\non t his garbha waler and from His abdomen a lotus slem grows, and all\n,\n\nthe planets within the universe are floating in the air being upported by\nthis lotus slem. If a planel is deslroyed it must fall into Lhe water of\n,\n\n", "SB4.2#p0335": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n682\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 17\n\ngarbha. The earth therefore warned King Prthu that he could gain nothing\n\nby destroying her. Indeed, how would he protect himself and his citizens\nfrom drowning in the garbha water? In other words, outer space may be\ncompared to an ocean of air, and each and every planet is floating on it\njust as a boat or island floats on the ocean. Sometimes planets are called\ndvtpa, or islands, and sometimes they are called boats. Thus the cosmic\n\nmanifestation is partially explained in this reference by the cow -shaped\nearlh.\nTEXT 22\n\n�\n\ncm\\t�t�atlfq �0reijtroe._� 1\nmti�fif�tri ;r� :q;ft erij ����II\n\"'\n\nprthur uvaca\nvasudhe tvarh vadhi§yiimi\nmac-chiisana-pariin-mukhrm\nbhiigarh barhi§i yii vrnkte\nna tanoti ca no vasu\nprthu[l. uviica- King Prthu replied; vasu-dhe-my dear earthly planet;\ntvii m-you;\nm\n\nvadhi§yiimi-1\n\nshall\n\nkill;\n\nmat - my;\n\nsiisa n a - rulings;\n\npariik­\n\nukhim- disobedient to; bhiiga m-your share; b arhi§i-in Lhe yajiia; yii­\n\nwho; vpikte-accepts; na-not; tanoti-does deliver; ca-and; n a [l.-to us;\nvasu - produce.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Prthu replied to the earthly planet: My dear earth, you have\n\ndisobeyed my orders and rulings. In the form of a demigod you accepted\n\nyour share of the yajrias we performed, hut in return you have not\nproduced sufficient food grains. For this reason I must kill you.\nPURPORT\nThe cow-shaped earthly planet submitted Lhat she was not only a woman,\nbut was innocent and sinless as well. Thus she argued that she should not\nbe killed. Besides, she pointed out that being perfectly religious-minded,\n\nthe King could not violate the religious principles that forbade killing a\nwoman. In reply, Maharaja Prthu informed her that first of all she had\ndisobeyed his orders. This was her first sinful activity. Secondly he accused\n\n", "SB4.2#p0336": "Text 24]\n\nMaharaja Prthu Becomes Angry at the Earth\n\n683\n\nher of taking her share in the yajnas (sacrifices) but not producing sufficient\nfood grains in return.\nTEXT 23\n\n�� ���� � ��� q�: I\n�� ft: � � ;n;r WI� ����II\nyavasarh jagdh y anudinarh\nnaiva dogdhy audhasarh paya{l.\ntasyiim evarh hi du�tiiyiirh\ndaru;lo niitra na sasyate\nyavasam-green grass;jagdhi-you eat; anudinam-daily;na-never; evaerta in ly; dogdhi-you yield; audhasam-in the milk bag; paya{l.-milk;\ntasyiim-when a cow;evam-thus; hi-certa in ly;du§tiiyiim-being offensive;\nda!l!fafl.-punishment;na-not;atra-here;na-not; sasyate-is advisable.\nc\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough you are eating green grass every day, you are not filling your\nmilk bag so we can utilize your milk. Since you are willfully committing\noffenses, it cannot be said that you are not punishable due to your\nassuming the form of a cow.\nPURPORT\n\nA cow eats green grasses in the pasture and fills her milk bag with\nsufficient milk so that the cowherdsmen can milk her. Yajnas (sacrifices)\nare performed to produce sufficient clouds that will pour water over the\nearth. The word paya{l can refer both to milk and to water. As one of the\ndemigods, the earthly planet was taking her share in the yajnas-that is,\nshe was eating green grass-but in return she was not producing sufficient\nfood grai n s-that is, she was not filling her milk bag. Prthu Maharaja was\ntherefore justified in threatening to punish her for her offense.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n��Nifhnf;r�� �TI\nW� ���atf.f �� �: ll�'ll l\n\n", "SB4.2#p0337": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n684\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 17\n\ntvam khalv o�adhi-bijani\nprak Sf§tani svayambhuva\nna muiicasy atma-ruddhani\nmam avajiiaya manda-dhi�\ntvam-you; khalu-certainly; o�adhi-of herbs, plants and grains; bijanithe seeds; prak-formerly; mtani-created; svayam-bhuva-by Lord Brahma;\nna-do\n\nnot; muiicasi-deliver; atma-ruddhani-hidden within yourself;\n\nmam-me; avajiiaya-disobeying; manda-dhi�-Less intelligent.\nTRANSLATION\nYou have so lost your intelligence that, despite my orders, you do not\ndeliver the seeds of herbs and grains-formerly created by Brahma-now\nhidden within yourself.\nPURPORT\nWhile creating all the planets in the universe, Lord Brahma also created\nthe seeds of various grains, herbs, plants and trees. When sufficient water\nfalls from the clouds, the seeds fructify and produce fruits, grains,\nvegetables, etc. By his example, Prthu Maharaja indicates that whenever\nthere is a scarcity in food production, the head of the government should\ntake steps to see why production is being held up and what should be done\nto rectify the situation.\nTEXT 25\n\n311f'T ��q(l<wn'ffiJi;ri qf«ff4ij'( 1\n�� ��� � 11,'-\\11\namu�am k�ut-paritanam\nartanam paridevitam\nsamayi�yami mad-bar-air\nbhinnayas tava medasa\namii�am-of all\n\nof\n\nthem; k�udh-paritanam-suffering\n\nfrom hunger;\n\nartanam-of the distressed; paridevitam-the Lamentation; samayi§yami-I\nshall pacify; mat-bar-a*-by my arrows; bhinnaya�-being cut into pieces;\ntava-of you; medasa-by the flesh.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0338": "Text 26]\n\nMaharaja P�;thu Becomes Angry at the Earth\n\n685\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow, with the help of my arrows, I shall cut you to pieces and with\nyour flesh satisfy the hunger-stricken citizens who are now crying for want\nof grains. Thus I shall satisfy the crying citizens of my kingdom.\nPURPORT\nHere we find some indication how the government can arrange for the\neating of cow flesh. It is here indicated that in a rare circumstance when\nthere is no supply of grains, the government may sanction the eating of\nmeat. However, when there is sufficient food, the government should not\nallow the eating of cow's flesh just to satisfy the fastidious tongue. In\nother words, in rare circumstances, when people are suffering for want of\ngrains, meat-eating or flesh-eating can be allowed, but not otherwise. The\nmaintenance of slaughterhouses for the satisfaction of the tongue and the\nkilling of animals unnecessarily should never be sanctioned by a government.\nAs described in the previous verse, animals or cows should be given sufficient grass to eat. If, despite a sufficient supply of grass, a cow does not\nsupply milk, and there is an acute shortage of food, the dried-up cow may\nbe utilized to feed the hungry masses of people. According to the law of\nnecessity, first of all human society must try to produce food grains and\nvegetables, but if they fail in this, they can indulge in flesh-eating. Otherwise not. As human society is presently structured, there is sufficient pro·\nduction of grains all over the world. Therefore the opening of slaughterhouses cannot be supported. In some nations there is so much\n\nurplus\n\ngrain that sometimes extra grain is thrown into the sea, and sometimes\nthe government forbids further production of grain. The conclusion is that\nthe earth produces sufficient grain to feed the entire population, but the\ndistribution of this grain is restricted due to trade regulations and a desire for\nprofit. Consequently in some places there is scarcity of grain and in others\nprofuse production. If there were one government on the surface of the\nearth to handle the distribution of grain, there would be no question of\nscarcity, no necessity to open slaughterhouses, and no need to present false\ntheories about overpopulation.\nTEXT 26\n\n�Fl..tit� Jftir 311<:'4Q�;ft5\\11(: I\n\\{�! f.R?j� � �s::N ������\n\n", "SB4.2#p0339": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n686\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 17\n\npumiin yo§id uta kliba\niitma-sambhiivano 'dhamaft\nbhute§u niranukroso\nnrpii[tiirh tad-vadho 'vadhaft\npumiin-a\n\nman;\n\nyo§it-a\n\nwoman;\n\nuta-also;\n\nkliba � -eunuch; iitma­\n\nsambhiivana�-interested in self-maintenance; adhamaft-lowest of humankind; bhute§u-to other living entities; niranukrosaft-without compassion;\nnrpii[tiim-for the kings; tat-of him; vadhall -killing; avadhaft-not killing.\nTRANSLATION\nAny cruel person-be he a man, woman or impotent eunuch-who is only\ninterested in his personal maintenance and has no compassion for other\nliving entities, may be killed by the king. Such killing can never be considered actual killing.\nPURPORT\nThe planet earth is actually a woman in her constitutional form, and as\nsuch she needs to be protected by the king. Prthu Maharaja argues, however,\nthat if a citizen within the state-be�he man, woman or a eunuch-is not\ncompassionate upon his fellow men, he or he may be killed by the king,\nand such killing is never to be considered actual killing. As far as the field of\nspiritual activities is concerned, when a devotee is self-satisfied and does\nnot preach the glories of Kr�rta, he is not considered a first-class devotee. A\ndevotee who tries to preach, who has compassion upon innocent persons\nwho have no knowledge of Kr�rta, is a superior devotee. In his prayer to\nthe Lord, Prahhida Maharaja said that he was not personally interested in\nliberation from this material world; rather, he did not wish to be liberated\nfrom this material condition until all fallen souls are delivered. Even in the\nmaterial field, if a person is not interested in others' welfare, he should be\nconsidered to be condemned by the Personality of Godhead or His incarnation as Prthu Maharaja.\nTEXT 27\n\ntviirh stabdhiirh durmadiirh\nnitvii miiyii-giirh tilasaft saraifl,\n\n", "SB4.2#p0340": "Text 28}\n\n687\n\nMaharaja Prthu Becomes Angry at the Earth\niitma-yoga-balenemii\ndhiirayi�yiimy aham prajii�\n\ntviim\n\n- you; stabdhiim - very much puffed up; durmadiim-mad nitvii- - false cow; tilasa�-into small\n;\n\nbringing into such a condition; miiyii giim\n\nparticles like grains; sara* -by my arrows; iitma-personal; yoga-balenaby mystic power; imii�\n\n- a1l these; dhiirayi�yiimi-shall uphold; aham-l;\n\nprajii�-all the citizens, or all the living entities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou are very much puffed up with pride and have become almost insane.\nPresently you have assumed the form of a cow by your mystic powers.\nNonetheless I shall cut you into small pieces like grain, and I will uphold\nthe entire population by my personal mystic powers.\nPURPORT\nThe earth informed King Prthu that if he destroyed her, he and his subjects would all fall down into the waters of the garbha ocean. King Prthu\nnow replies to that point. Although the earth assumed the shape of a cow\nby her mystic powers in order to be saved from being killed by the King,\nthe King was nonetheless aware of this fact and would not hesitate to cut\nher to pieces, just like small bits of grain. As far as the destruction of the,\ncitizens is concerned, Maharaja Prthu maintained that he could uphold\neveryone by his own mystic powers. He did not need the help of the earthly\nplanet. Being the incarnation of Lord Vi�Q.u, Prthu Maharaja possessed the\npower of Sankar�aQ.a, which is explained by the scientists as the power of\ngravitation. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is holding millions of\nplanets in space without any support; similarly, Prthu Maharaja would not\nhave had any difficulty supporting all his citizens and himself in space without the help of the planet earth. The Lord is known as Y ogesvara, master\nof all mystic powers. Consequently the planet earth was informed by the\nKing that she need not worry about his standing without her help.\nTEXT 28\n\n�� �q� � 'i<tl'ktfq� � I\n� �: 5l1t �� QS11(1�q�: ������\nevam manyumayim murtim\nkrtiintam iva bibhratam\n\n", "SB4.2#p0341": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n688\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 17\n\npra\"{latii priinjal* priiha\nmaht sanjiita-vepathu�\nevam-thus; manyu-mayim - very much\nantam-death\n\npersonified,\n\nYamanija;\n\nangry; m iirtim-form;\n\niva-like;\n\nkrta­\n\nbibhratam- possessing;\n\npra\"{latii-surrendered ; priinjal* - with folded hands; p nzha-said; mahi-the\nearthly planet; sanjiita - arisen; vepathu� - tremb1ing in her body.\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time �thu Maharaja became exactly like Yamaraja, and his whole\nbody appeared very angry. In other words, he was anger personified. After\nhearing him, the planet earth began to tremble. She surrendered, and with\n\nfolded hands began to speak as follows.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is death personified to miscreants\n\nand the supreme beloved Lord to the devotees. In Bhagavad-gitii the Lord\nsays, mrtyu� sarva-haras ciiham: \"I am aU-devouring death.\" (Bg. 10.34)\n\nFaithless unbelievers who challenge the appearance of God will be delivered\n\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead when He appears before them as\n\ndeath. Hirao.yakasipu, for example, challenged the authority of the Supreme\n\n:Personality of Godhead, and the Lord met him in the form of N rsimhadeva\n\nand killed him. Similarly, the planet earth saw Maharaja Prthu as death\npersonified, and she also saw him in the mood of anger personified. There­\n\nfore she began to tremble. One cannot challenge the authority of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in any circumstance. It is better to surrender\nunto Him and take His protection at all times.\nTEXT 29\n\nwm\n\nri � �\nfq;44(ijirfl\"tl6irf� guu€+ti\\\n�:\n�� �-\n\n�:\n\n�ottfstitl�H��·��\n\n������\n\ndharoviica\nnama� parasmai puru§iiya miiyayii\nvinyasta-niinii-tanave gu\"{liitmane\n\n", "SB4.2#p0342": "Text 29]\n\nMaharaja P�thu Becomes Angry at the Earth\n\n689\n\nnama� svariipiinubhavena nirdhutadravya-kriyii-kiiraka-vibhramormaye\ndharii-the earthly planet; uvii ca-said; nama�-1 offer my obeisances;\nparasmai-unto the Transcendence; purusiiya -unto the person; miiyayii.\n\nby the material energy; vinyasta -expanded; niinii-various; tanave-whose\nforms; gu�a-d'tmane-unto the source of the three modes of material nature;\nnama�- I offer my obeisances; sva-riipa-of the real form; anubhavena-by\nunderstanding; nirdhuta-not affected by; d ravya matter; kriyii -action;\n-\n\nkiira ka\n\n-\n\ndoer; v ibhrama\n\n-\n\nbewilderment; iirmaye-the waves of material\n\nexistence.\nTRANSLATION\nThe planet earth spoke: My dear Lord, 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, You are transcendental in Your position, and by Your material\nenergy You have expanded Yourself in various forms and species of life\nthrough the interaction of the three modes of material nature. Unlike some\nother masters, You always remain in Your transcendental position and are\nnot affected by the material creation, which is subject to different material\ninteractions. Consequently You are not bewildered by material activities.\nPURPORT\nAfLer King P�thu gave his royal command, the planet earth in the shape\nof a cow could understand that the King was a directly empowered incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Consequently the King\nknew everything past, present and future. Thus there was no possibility\nof the earth's cheating him. The earth was accused of hiding the seeds of all\nherbs and grains, and therefore she is preparing to explain how Lhe seeds of\nthese herbs and grains can be again exposed. The earth knew that Lhe King\nwas very angry with her, and she realized that unless she pacified his anger,\nthere was no possibility of placing a positive program before him. Therefore\nin the beginning of her speech she very humbly presents herself as a part\nand parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's body. She submits\nthat the various bodily forms manifest in the physical world are but different\nparts and parcels of the supreme gigantic body. It is said that the lower\nplanetary systems are parts and parcels of the legs of the Lord, whereas the\nupper planetary systems are parts and parcels of the Lord's head. The Lord\ncreates this material world by His external energy, but this external energy\nis in one sense not different from Him. Yet at the same time the Lord is not\ndirectly manifest in the external energy but is always situated in the spiritual\nenergy. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii (9.10), mayiidhyak§er;ta prakrti�.: material\n\n", "SB4.2#p0343": "690\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 17\n\nnature is working under the direction of the Lord. Therefore the Lord is\n\nnot unattached to the external energy, and He is addressed in this verse as\n\ngura-iitmii, the source of the three modes of material nature. As stated in\nBhagavad-gitii:\nsarvendriya-guriibhiisam\nsarvendriya-vivarjitam\nasaktam sarva-bhrc caiva\nnirguram gura-bhoktr ca\n\"The Supersoul is the original source of all senses, yet He is without senses.\n\nHe is unattached, although He is the maintainer of all living beings. He\n\ntranscends the modes of nature, and at the same time He is the master of\n\nall modes of material nature.\" (Bg. 13.15)\n\nAlthough the Lord is not attached to the external energy, He is nonethe­\n\nless the master of it. The philosophy of Lord Caitanya, upholding that the\nLord is simultaneously one with and different from His creation (acintya­\n\nbhediibheda-tattva), is very easily understandable in this connection. The\nplanet earth explains that although the Lord is attached to the external\n\nenergy, He is nonetheless nirdhuta; He is completely free from the activities\n\nof the external energy. The Lord is always situated in His internal energy.\n\nTherefore in this verse it is stated: svariipiinubhavena. The Lord remains\n\ncompletely in His internal potency and yet has full knowledge of the ex­\n\nternal energy as well as the internal energy, just as His devotee remains\n\nalways in a transcendental position, keeping himself in the service of the\n\nLord without becoming attached to the material body. Srila Riipa Gosvami\n\nsays that the devotee who is always engaged in the devotional service of the\nLord is always liberated, regardless of his material situation. If it is possible\n\nfor a devotee to remain transcendental, it is certainly possible for the Su­\n\npreme Personality of Godhead to remain in His internal potency without\n\nbeing attached to the external potency. There should be no difficulty in\n\nunderstanding this situation. Just as a devotee is never bewildered by his\n\nmaterial body, the Lord is never bewildered by the external energy of this\nmaterial world. A devotee is not hampered by the material body, although\n\nhe is situated in a physical body that runs according to so many material\nconditions, just as there are five kinds of air functioning within the body,\n\nand so many organs-the hands, legs, the tongue, genitals, rectum, etc.-all\n\nworking differently. The spirit soul, the living entity who is in full knowl­\n\nedge of his position, is always engaged in chanting Hare Knn:ta, Hare Kn>Q.a,\nKr$Q.a Kf$Q.a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare\n\n", "SB4.2#p0344": "Text 30]\n\nMaharaja �thu Becomes Angry at the Earth\n\n691\n\nand is not concerned with the bodily functions. Although the Lord is connected with the material world, He is always situated in His spiritual energy\nand is always unattached to the functions of the material world. As far as\nthe material body is concerned, there are six \"waves\" or symptomatic material conditions: hunger, thirst, lamentation, bewilderment, old age and\ndeath. The liberated soul is never concerned with these six physical interactions. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, being the all-powerful master\nof all energies, has some connection with the external energy, but He is always free from the interactions of the external energy in the material\nworld.\nTEXT 30\n\n��I�I<:+WH1�\n� ;;rij{�\n\nfcrf;r�\n\n���: I\n\nij � +rt �ijv;�: �­\n\n�qf�)srtf � �'If� II� II\no\n\nyenaham atmayatanam vinirmita\ndhatra yato 'yam gur-a-sarga-sangraha�\nsa eva mam hantum udayudhaft sva-ra{l\nupasthito 'nyam sarar-am kam asraye\nyena-by whom; aham-1; atma-ayatanam- resting place of all living\nentities; vinirmitll-was created; dhatrll-by the Supreme Lord; yata�-on\naccount of whom ; ayam-this ; gu r-a-sarga-sangraha�- combination of different material elements ; sa�- He ; eva-certainly ; mam-me; han tum-to kill;\nudliyudha�-prepared\n\nwith\n\nweapons; sva-ra.t- completely independent;\n\nupasthita�-now present before me; anyam-other;sara1J.am- shelter;kamunto whom;asraye - I shall resort to.\nTRANSLATION\nThe planet earth continued: My dear Lord, You are the complete conductor of the material creation. You have created this cosmic manifestation\nand the three material qualities, and therefore You have created me, the\nplanet earth, the resting place of all living entities. Yet You are always fully\nindependent, my Lord. Now that You are present before me and ready to\nkill me with Your weapons, let me know where I should go to take shelter,\nand tell me who can give me protection.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0345": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n692\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 17\n\nPURPORT\nThe planet earth herein exhibits the symptoms of full surrender before\n\nthe Lord. As stated, no one can protect the person whom Kr�pa is pre­\n\npared to kill, and no one can kill the person whom Kr�Qa protects. Be­\n\ncause the Lord was prepared to kill the planet earth, there was no one to\ngive protection to her. We are all receiving protection from the Lord, and\n\nit is therefore proper that every one of us surrender unto Him. In Bhagavad­\n\ngitii the Lord instructs:\n\nsarva-dharmiin parityajya\nmiim ekam sarar,wm vraja\naham tviim sarva-piipebhyo\nmokfiayi,syiimi mii sucafi.\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver\n\nyou from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" (Bg. 18.66)\n\nSrUaBhaktivinoda Thiikura sings: \"My dear Lord, whatever I have-even\n\nmy mind, the center of all material necessities, namely my home, my body\nand whatever I have in connection with this body-1 now surrender unto\nYou. You are now completely independent to act however You like. If You\n\nlike, You can kiU me, and if You like, Y ou can save me. In any case, I am\nYour eternal servant, and You have every right to do whatever You like.\"\n\nTEXT 31\n�\n\n�a:T���l�HR�\n\n((f+WP•US�IU�lN<t��� I\nij� mSlf r� titt«�:\n� � +rt �'Rt �qfma II\\ t II\nya etad iidiiv asrjac cariicaram\nsva-miiyayiitmiisrayayiivitarkyayii\ntayaiva so 'yam kila goptum udyatafi.\nkatham nu miim dharma-paro jighiimsati\nyab,-one who; etat-these; iidau-in the beginning of creation; asrjat­\n\ncreated; cara-acaram-moving and nonmoving living entities; sva-miiyayii­\n\nby His own potency; iitma-iisrayayii-sheltered under His own protection;\n\navitarkyaya-inconceivable; taya-by that same miiyii; eva-certainly; sa{l-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0346": "Text 32]\n\nMaharaja P�thu Becomes Angry at the Earth\n\n693\n\nhe; ayam-this King; kila-certainly; goptum udyata � -prepared to give\nprotection; katham-how; nu-then; mam-me; dharma-para�-one who is\n\nstrictly following religious principles; jighiimsati- desires to kill.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn the beginning of creation You created all these moving and nonmoving living entities by Your inconceivable energy. Through this very\nsame energy You are now prepared to protect the living entities. Indeed,\nYou are the supreme protector of religious principles. Why are You so\nanxious to kill me, even though I am in the form of a cow?\nPURPORT\nThe planet earth argues that there is no doubt that one who creates can\nalso annihilate by His sweet will. The planet earth questions why she should\nbe killed when the Lord is prepared to give protection to everyone. After\nall, it is the earth that is the resting place for all other living entities, and it\nis the earth that produces grains for Lhem.\nTEXT 32\n\n;@\n\n��(ijri(fQIH ��'f[i�: I\n\"� �'trot\n\n... �������� ��: 'ffill �: ������\nnunam batesasya samihitam janais\ntan-mayaya durjayayakrtatmabh*\nna lak§yate yas tv akarod akarayad\nyo 'neka eka� paratas ca tsvara�\nniinam- su rely; bata-certainly; iSasya-of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; samihitam-activities, plan; janai�-by people; tat-mayaya-by\n\nHis potency; durjayaya - which is unconquerable; akrta-atmabhi�-who are\n\nnot sufficiently experienced; na - never; lakfiyate-are seen; ya�-he who;\n\ntu - then; akarot-created; akarayat-caused\n\nto\n\ncreate; ya�-one who;\n\naneka{l- m any; ek a�- one; parata�-by His inconceivable potencies; caand; tsvara{t-controller.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0347": "694\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 17\n\nTRANS LATIO N\nMy dear Lord, although Y ou are one, by Your inconceivable potencies\nYou have expanded Yourself in many forms. Through the agency of Brahma,\nYou have created this universe. You are therefore directly the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Those who are not sufficiently experienced cannot\n\nunderstand Your transcendental activities because they are covered by Your\nillusory energy.\n\nPURPORT\nGod is one, but He expands Himself in a variety of energies-the material\nenergy, the spiritual energy, the marginal energy and so forth. Unless one\nis favored and especially endowed with grace, he cannot understand how the\none Supreme Personality of Godhead acts through His different energies.\nThe living entities are also the marginal energy of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Brahma is also one of these living entities, but he is especially\nempowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Although Brahmii is\nsupposed to be Lhe creator of this universe, actually the Supreme Personality of Godhead is its ultimate creator. In this verse the word miiyayii is\nsignificant. Maya means \"energy.\" Lord Brahm a is not the energetic but is\none of the manifestations of the Lord's marginal energy. In other words,\nLord Brahma is only an instrument. Although sometimes plans appear contradictory, there is a definite plan behind all action. One who is experienced\nand is favored by the Lord can understand that everything is being done according to the Lord's supreme plan.\nTEXT 33\n\n� ���utf% taRfif41ioqfitittlifi1Md�l<:'fit: 1\n�\n�;qf;r(i�tij�\n;w1t: �� �A � U ��II\nsargiidi yo 'syiinurur-addhi saktibhir\ndravya-kriya-kiiraka-cetaniitmabhifi,\ntasmai samunnaddha-niruddha-saktaye\nnama[!, parasmai puru�iiya vedhase\nsarga-adi - c reation , maintenance and dissolution;ya�-one who; asya-of\nthis material world; anu ru r- addhi-causes; saktibhifi,-by His own potencies;\n\n", "SB4.2#p0348": "Text 34]\n\nMaharaja Prthu Becomes Angry at the Earth\n\n695\n\ndravya- physical elements; kriya- senses; karaka- controlling demigods;\nc\n\netana- intelligence; atmabh* - consisting of false ego; tasmai-unto Him;\n\nsamunnaddha-manifest; nirudd ha- potential; saktaye- one who possesses\nthese energies; namaft -obeisances; p arasmai-unto the transcendental;\np u ru§ aya- Supreme Personality of Godhead; vedhase-unto the cause of all\ncauses.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, by Your own potencies You are the original cause of the\nmaterial elements, as well as the performing instruments (the senses), the\nworkers of the senses (the controlling demigods), the intelligence and the\nego, as well as everything else. By Your energy You manifest this entire\ncosmic creation, maintain it and dissolve it. Through Your energy alone\neverything is sometimes manifest and sometimes not manifest. You are\ntherefore the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the cause of all causes. I\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\nAll activities begin with the creation of the total energy, the mahat-tattva.\nThen, by the agitation of the three gur;tas, the physical elements are created,\nas well as the mind, ego and the controllers of the senses. All of these are\ncreated one after another by the inconceivable energy of the Lord. In\nmodern electronics, a mechanic may, by pushing only one button, set off an\nelectronic chain reaction by which so many actions are carried out one\nafter another. Similarly, the Supreme Personality of Godhead pushes the\nbutton of creation, and different energies create the material elements and\nvarious controllers of the physical elements, and their subsequent interactions follow the inconceivable plan of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 34\n\n� � ¥(((f.m�ffl� :.lt11t\n\n��liRH�{� Alit I\n\n4.rNNcq��� m �tam�� ��: 11�\\lll\nsa vai bhavan atma-vinirmitarh jagad\nbhUtendriyantaft-karartatmakarh vibho\n\n", "SB4.2#p0349": "[Canto 4, Ch. 17\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n696\n\nsarhsthiipayi§yann aja miirh rasiitaliid\nabhyujjahariimbhasa iidi-sukara{t\nsalt - He;\n\nvai-certainly;\n\nbhavan- Yourself;\n\nvinirmitam-manufactured; jagat-this world;\n\natma-by\n\nbhuta-the\n\nYourself;\n\nphysical\n\nele­\n\nments; indriya-senses; anta{t-kara[l a-mind, heart; atmakam-consisting\nof; vibho-0 Lord; sarhsthapayi§yan-maintain ing; aja-0 unborn; mamme;\n\nrasiitaliit-from\n\nthe\n\nplutonic\n\nregion;\n\nambhasa{t-from the water; iidi-original; sukara{t\n\nabhyujjahiira-took\n-\n\nout;\n\nthe boar.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You are always unborn. Once in the form of the original\nboar, You rescued me from the waters in the bottom of the universe.\nThrough Your own energy You created all the physical elements, the\nsenses and the heart, for the maintenance of the world.\nPURPORT\nThis refers to the time when Lord Kr�!la appeared as the supreme boar,\nVaraha, and rescued the earth, which had been merged in water. The asura\nHiraQ.yak�a had dislocated the earth from its orbit and thrown it beneath\nthe waters of the Garbhodaka Ocean. Then the Lord, in the shape of the\noriginal boar, rescued the earth.\nTEXT 35\n\naeq14q4}.t �� �qfmt:\nsm�\n6\n\ncfu:'{ftt:\n\nfm�:�l\n\n��\n\n� �t qlf��5JU f�� 11�'-\\11\napiim upasthe mayi navy avasthitii{t\npraja bhaviin adya rirak§i§u{t kila\nsa vtra-murti{t samabhud dhariidharo\nyo miirh payasy ugra-saro jighiirhsasi\nap iim-of the water; up asthe-situated on the surface; mayt-m me;\nniivi-in a boat; avas thitii{t-standing ; praja{t-living entities; bhaviin- Yourself; adya-now; rirak§i§u{t-desiring to protect; k ila-indeed; sa{t-He; vtra-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0350": "Text 36]\n\n697\n\nMaharaja P�thu Becomes Angry at the Earth\n\nmiirti ft -in the form of a great hero; samabhii t- became; dharii-dhara.h-the\nprotector of the earthly planet; yaft\n\n-\n\none who; miim-me; payasi-for the\n\nsake of milk; ugra-saraft - with sharpened arrows; j ighiirh s asi-you desire to\nkill.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, in this way You once protected me by rescuing me from\nthe water, and consequently Your name has been famous as DharadharaHe who holds the planet earth. Yet at the present moment, in the form of\na great hero, You are about to kill me with sharpened arrows. I am, how·\never, just like a boat on the water, keeping everything afloat.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord is known as Dharadhara, meaning, \"He who keeps the planet\nearth on His Lusks as the hoar incarnation.\" Thus the planet earth in the\nshape of a cow is accounting the contradictory acts of the Lord. Although\nHe once saved the earth, He now wants to upset the earth, which is like a\nboat on water. No one can understand the activities of the Lord. Due to a\npoor fund of knowledge, human beings sometimes think the Lord's activities\ncontradictory.\nTEXT 36\n\n�ufWft�un'1��(ijtgtll(1•huqr 1\n.m ilfC<t�..�4f4-\n\n� ;pfi fi\\(qtam;q: ������\n\nniinarh janair thitam tsvarii'{liim\nas mad-vidhais tad-gu'{la-sarga-miiyayii\nna jniiyate mohita-citta-vartmabhis\ntebhyo namo vtra-yasas-karebhyaft\nniinam-surely; janaift-by\n\nthe people in general; ihitam- activities;\n\niSvarii'{liim-of the controllers; asmat-vidhaift-like me; tat-of the Personality of Godhead; gul)-a-of the modes of material nature; sarga\n\n-\n\nwhich\n\nbrings forth creation; miiyayii-by Your energy; na-never; jniiyate-are\nunderstood; mo hita-bewildered; citta-whose minds; vartma bh ift- way;\n\ntebhya[l- unto them; namaft-oheisances; vtra-yasa[l-karebhyaft-who bring\nrenown to heroes themselves.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0351": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n698\n\n[Canto 4, C h l 7\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, I am also the creation of one of Your energies, composed\nof the three modes of material nature. Consequently I am bewildered by\nYour activities. Even the activities of Your devotees cannot be understood,\nand what to speak of Your pastimes. Thus everything appears to us to be\ncontradictory and wonderfuL\n\nPURPORT\nThe activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His various forms\n\nand incarnations are always uncommon and wonderful. It is not possible for\na tiny human being to estimate the purpose and plans of such activities;\n\ntherefore Srila )iva Gosvami has said that unless the Lord's activities are\naccepted as inconceivable, they cannot be explained. The Lord is eternally\n\nexisting as\n\nKn;p.a, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, in Goloka\n\nVrndavana. He has also simultaneously expanded Himself in innumerable\n\nforms, beginning with Lord Rama, Lord Nrsirhha, Lord Varaha and all the\nincarnations coming directly from Sankar�aQ.a. Sankar�ap.a is the expansion\n\nof Baladeva, and Baladeva is the first manifestation of Kr�p.a. Therefore all\n\nthese incarnations are known as kala.\n\nThe word isvararam refers to all the personalities of Godhead. As stated\n\nin Brahma-sarhhitii:\n\n(5.39) riimiidi-murti§u kala-niyamena ti§.than. In the\n\nSr'imad-Bhagavatam it is confirmed that all the incarnations are partial ex­\n\npansions or kala of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. However, Kr�p.a\n\nis the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. One should not take the\nplural number of the word iSvariir;iim to mean that there are many Godheads.\nThe fact is that God is one, but He exists eternally and expands Himself in\n\ninnumerable forms and acts in various ways. Sometimes the common man\n\nis bewildered by all this and considers such activities contradictory, but they\nare not contradictory. There is a great plan behind all the Lord's activities.\n\nFor our understanding it is sometimes said that the Lord is situated in\n\nthe heart of the thief as well as in the heart of the householder, but the\n\nSupersoul in the heart of the thief dictates, \"Go and steal things from that\n\nparticular house,\" and at the same time the Lord tells the householder, \"Now\nbe careful of thieves and burglars.\" These instructions to different persons\n\nappear contradictory, yet we should know that the Supersoul, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, has some plan, and we should not consider such\n\nactivities contradictory. The best course is to surrender unto the Supreme\n\n", "SB4.2#p0352": "Text 36]\n\nMaharaja Prthu Becomes Angry at the Earth\n\n699\n\nPersonality of Godhead wholeheartedly, and, being protected by Him, re­\n\nmain peaceful.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Seventeenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Mahiiriija Prthu Becomes\nAngry at the Earth.\"\n\n", "SB4.2#p0353": "CHAPTER EIGHTEEN\n\nPrthu MaharaJa Milks the Earth Planet\n\nTEXT I\n\n��\n\n� �$;\"�\"*\" ... stq;Rijl�( I\n� (f(d<Rfk+litifl�itl I I � II\nmaitreya uviica\nittham prthum abh�tuya\nru§ii prasphuritiidharam\npunar iihiivanir bhitii\nsamstabhyiitmiinam iitmanii\nmaitreyal;t uvaca- the great saint Maitreya continued to speak; itthamthus; prthum-unto King Prthu; abhi�tuya-after offering prayers; ru�a-in\nanger; prasphurita\nsaid; avanil;t\n\n-trembling; adharam-his lips; punal;l.-again; iiha-she\n\n- the earthly planet; bhita-in fear; samstabhya-after settling;\n\niitmanam-the mind; atmanii-by the intelligence.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe great saint Maitreya continued to address Vidura: My dear Vidura,\nat that time, after the planet earth finished her prayers, King Prthu was\nstill not pacified, and his lips trembled in great anger. Although the planet\nearth was frightened, she made up her mind and began to speak as follows\nin order to convince the King.\nTEXT2\n\n4f.t*'I\"01M\"' �f.r.m1 � � it 1\n\n�: el('fiG\\;ij � � �: I I � I I\n701\n\n", "SB4.2#p0354": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n702\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 18\n\nsanniyacchiibhibho manyum\nnibodha srtivitam ca me\nsarvata� stiram tidatte\nyathti madhu-karo budha�\nsanniyaccha-please pacify;abhibho-0 King; manyum-anger; nibodha­\n\ntry to understand; srt1vitam-what is said; ca-also; me-by me; sarvatal].­\n\nfrom everywhere; saram-the essence; adatte-takes; yathti-as; madhu­\n\nkara�-the bumblebee; budhaft-an inte lligent person.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Lord, please pacify your anger completely and patiently hear\n\nwhatever I submit before you. Please turn your kind attention to this. I\n\nmay be very poor, but a learned man takes the essence of knowledge from\n\nall places, just as a bumblebee collects honey from each and every flower.\nTEXT3\n\n31Mtil�l�\"fJfwtfil(ij'*4C(Kifin I\nt!1 �: ��� � �:� II �II\nasmit loke 'thavtimu�min\nmunibhis tattva-darsibhi{l\ndnta yoga� prayuktas ca\npumstim sreya{l.-prasiddhaye\nasmin-in this; loke-duration of life; athava-or; amu�min-in the next\n\nlife; munibh*-by the great sages; tattva -the truth; darsibh*-by those\nwho have seen it; dr�ta�-prescribed;yoga�-methods;prayuktii�-applied;\nca-also; pumsam-of the people in general; sre ya�-benefit; prasiddhaye\nin the matter of obtaining.\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo benefit all human society, not only in this life but in the next, the\n\ngreat seers and sages have prescribed various methods conducive to the\nprosperity of the people in general.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0355": "Text 3)\n\nPrthu Maharaja Milks the Earth Planet\n\n703\n\nPURPORT\nVedic civilization takes advantage of the perfect knowledge presented\n\nin the Vedas and presented by the great sages and briihmaras for the\n\nbenefit of human society. Vedic injunctions are known as sruti, and the\n\nadditional supplementary presentations of these principles, as given by the\ngreat sages, are known as smrti. They follow the principles of Vedic instruc­\n\ntion. Human society should take advantage of the instructions from both\nsruti and smrti. If one wants to advance in spiritual life, he must take these\n\ninstructions and follow the principles. In Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu, Srila\n\nRupa Gosvami says that if one poses himself as advanced in spiritual life\n\nbut does not refer to the srutis and smrtis he is simply a disturbance in\n\nsociety. One should follow the principles laid down in srutis and smrtis\n\nnot only in one's spiritual life but in material life as well. As far as human\n\nsociety is concerned, it should follow the Manu-smrti as well, for these\ntaws are given by Manu, the father of mankind.\n\nIn the Manu-smrti it is stated that a woman should not be given inde­\n\npendence but should be given protection by her father, husband and elderly\n\nsons. In all circumstances a woman should remain dependent upon some\nguardian. Presently women are given full independence like men, but actually\n\nwe can see that such independent women are no happier than those women\n\nwho are placed under guardians. If people follow the injunctions given by\n\nthe great sages, $rutis and sm,rtis, they can actually be happy in both this life\n\nand the next. Unfortunately rascals are manufacturing so many ways and\n\nmeans to be happy. Everyone is inventing so many methods. Consequently\n\nhuman society has lost the standard ways of life, both materially and spiritually, and as a result people are bewildered, and there is no peace or hap­\n\npiness in the world. Although they are trying to solve the problems of human\nsociety in the United Nations, they are still baffled. Because they do not\nfollow the liberated instructions of the Vedas, they are unhappy.\n\nTwo significant words used in this verse are asmin and amu!jmin. Asmin\n\nmeans \"in this life,\" and amu§min means \"in the next life.\" Unfortunately\n\nin this age, even exalted professors and learned men believe that there is\nno next life and that everything is finished in this life. Since they are ras­\n\ncals and fools, what advice can they give? Still they are passing as learned\n\nscholars and professors. In this verse the word amu$min is very explicit. It\n\nis the duty of everyone to mold his life in such a way that he will have a\n\nprofitable next life. Just as a boy is educated in order to become happy\n\nlater, one should be educated in this life in order attain an eternal and\n\nprosperous life after death. It is therefore essential that people follow what\n\n", "SB4.2#p0356": "Srimad· Bhagavatam\n\n704\n\n[Canto4, C h. 18\n\nis given in the srutis and smrtis to make sure that the human mission is\nsuccessful.\n\nTEXT4\n\nijt9ttf<tuf<t q: ijR4gqt�l\"l t«f{rijl\"l l\n�: 410(4\\qtJ � N;((6S$ijl II \\l II\ntiin iitifi.thati ya[l samyag\nupiiyiin purva-darsitiin\navarafl sraddhayopeta\nupeyiin vindate 'iijasii\ntan-those; iiti�t hati- follows; ya/].-anyone who; s amya k - completely;\nupiiyiin- principles ;purva- formerly; darsitiin- instructed; avara[l- inexperienced; sraddh ayii with faith; upeta[l being situated; upey iin- the fruits\nof activities; vindate-enjoys; Mija s ii very easily.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who follows the principles and instructions enjoined by the great\nsages of the past can utilize these instructions for practical purposes. Such\na person can very easily enjoy life and pleasures.\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic principles (mahiijano yena gata[l sa pantha[l) urge us to\nfollow in Lhe footsteps of great liberated souls. In this way we c an receive\nbenefit in both this life and the next, and we can also improve our material\nlife. By following the principles laid down by great sages and saints of the\n\npast, we can very easily understand the aim of all life. The word avara/:1.,\n\nmeaning \"inexperienced,\" is very significant in this verse. Every conditioned\n\nsoul is inexperienced. Everyone is abodha-jata-born a fool and rascal. In\ndemocratic government at the present moment all kinds of fools and rascals\nare making decisions. But what can they do? What is the result of their\n\nlegislation? They enact something today just to whimsically repeal it to­\n\nmorrow. One political party utilizes a country for one purpose, and the next\n\nmoment another political party forms a different type of government and\nnullifies all the laws and regulations. This process of chewing the chewed\n\n(puna/:!. punas carvita-carvaaiinam) will never make human society happy.\nIn order to make all human society happy and prosperous, we should\naccept the standard methods given by liberated persons.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0357": "Text 5]\n\n705\n\nP�thu Maharaja Milks the Earth Planet\nTEXTS\n\n6Mwtlt� �s��l\nfif�f1f:qM���� r-t: �: II'-\\ II\ntiin aniidrtya yo 'vidviin\narthiin iirabhate svayam\ntasya vyabhicaranty arthii\niirabdhiis ca puna� puna�\ntan-those; aniidrtya- neglecting; ya�-anyone\narthiin-schemes; iirabhate\n\n-\n\nbegins; svayam\n\n-\n\nwho; avidviin-rascal;\n\npersona lly; tasya\n\n-\n\nhis; vyabhi­\n\ncaranty-do not become successful; arthii[l.-purposes; iirabdhii�-a ltempted;\nca\n\n-\n\nand; pu na �t punaft - again and again.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA foolish person who manufactures his own ways and means through\nmental speculation and does not recognize the authority of the sages who\nlay down unimpeachable directions is simply unsuccessful again and again\nin his attempts.\nPURPORT\nAt Lhe present moment it has become fashionable to disobey the unimpeachable directions given by the iiciiryas and liberated souls of the past.\nPresently people are so fallen that they cannot distinguish between a\nliberated soul and a conditioned soul. A conditioned soul is hampered by\nfour defects: he is sure to commit mistakes, he is sure to become\nillusioned, he has a tendency to cheat others, and his senses are imperfect.\nConsequently we have to take direction from liberated persons. This Kr�r:ta\nconsciousness movement directly receives instructions from the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead via persons who are strictly following His instructions. Although a follower may not be a liberated person, if he follows the\nsupreme liberated Personality of Godhead, his actions are naturally liberated\nfrom the contaminalion of the material nature. Lord Caitanya therefore\nsays: \"By My order you may become a spiritual master.\" One can immediately become a spiritual master by having full faith in the transcendental\nwords of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and by following His instructions. Materialistic men are not interested in taking directions from a\nliberated person, but they are very much interested in their concocted\n\n", "SB4.2#p0358": "706\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Cit. 18\n\nideas, which make them repeatedly fail in their attempts. Because the\nentire world is now following the imperfect directions of conditioned\nsouls, humanity is completely bewildered.\nTEXT6\n\nsu � � ii1IUIT � Atal\"'46 I\n1�'4MI 'Pn t!l\n\n�: II � II\n\npurii sr.s.tii hy O§adhayo\nbrahmar-ii yii visiim pate\nbhujyamiinii mayii dr#ii\nasadbhir adhrta-vratai�\npurii\n\n-\n\nin the past; sr�tal].-created; hi-certainly; o�adhaya�t -herbs and\n\nfood grains; brah ma17-1i-by Lord Brahma;yiitL- all those which;visii m pate-\n\n0 King; bhujyamiiniitL being enj oyed; may ii by me; dr�tii[l -seen;asadbh itt\n-\n\n-\n\n-by non devotees; adhrta-vrataitt-devoid of all spiritual activities.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, the seeds, roots, herbs and grains, which were created by\nLord Brahma in the past, are now being used by nondevotees, who are\ndevoid of all spiritual understanding.\nPURPORT\nLord Brahm a created this material world for the use of the living entities,\nbut it was created according to a plan that all living entities who come into\nit to dominate it for sense gratification would be given directions by Lord\nBrahma in the Vedas in order that they might ultimately leave it and\nreturn home, back to Godhead. All necessities grown on earth-namely\nfruits, flowers, trees, grains, animals and animal by-products-were created\n\nfor use in sacrifice for the satisfaction of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, Vi�I).U. However, the planet earth in the shape of a cow herein\nsubmits that all these utilities are being used by nondevotees who have no\n\nplans for spiritual understanding. Although there are immense potencies\nwithin the earth for the production of grains, fruits and flowers, this pro­\n\nduction is checked by the earth itself when it is misused by nondevotees\nwho have no spiritual goals. Everything belongs to the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, and everything can be used for His satisfaction. Things should\n\n", "SB4.2#p0359": "Text 7)\n\nPrthu Maharaja Milks the Earth Planet\n\n707\n\nnot be used for the sense gratification of the living entities. This is the\nwhole plan of material nature according to the directions of this material\nnature.\nIn this verse the words asadbhib. and adhrta-vratail;t are important. The\nword asadbhil;l refers to the nondevotees. The nondevotees have been\ndescribed in Bhagavad-gttti as dufikrtina� (miscreants), mu{lhti� (asses or\nrascals), nartidhamti� (lowest of mankind) and mtiyaytipahrta-jiitinti� (those\nwho have lost their knowledge to the power of the illusory energy). All\nthese persons are asat, nondevotees. Nondevotees are also called grha-vrata,\nwhereas the devotee is called dhrta-vrata. According to plans, the misguided\nconditioned souls who have come to lord it over material nature should be\ntrained to become dhrta-vrata. This means that they should take a vow to\nsatisfy their senses or enjoy material life only �y satisfying the senses of\nthe Supreme Lord. Activities intended to satisfy the senses of the Surpeme\nLord, Kr�Qa, are called kr�o-iirthe 'khila-cesttil;r.. This indicates that one can\nattempt all kinds of work, but one should do so to satisfy Kr�Qa. This is\ndescribed in Bhagavad-gt1ii as yajntirthtit karma. The word yajna indicates\nLord Visuu. We should work only for His satisfaction. In modern times\n(Kali-yuga), however, people have forgotten Visou altogether, and they\nconduct their activities for sense gratification. Such people will gradually\nbecome poverty-stricken, for they cannot use things which are to be\nenjoyed by the Supreme Lord for their own sense gratification. If they\ncontinue like this, there will ultimately be a state of poverty, and no grains,\nfruits or flowers will be produced. Indeed, it is stated in the Twelfth Canto\nof Bhiigavatam that at the end of Kali-yuga people will be so polluted\nthat there will no longer be any grains, wheat, sugar cane or milk.\n\nTEXT7\n\n444f:�C�Wieil: I\n'+il��S'f � �: I I \\911\n\n�<IMI\\61 �\n\napiilitiiniidrtii ca\nbhavadbhir loka-piilakai[l\ncortbhUte 'tha loke 'ham\nyajiiiirthe 'grasam Ofiadhil),\napalita-without being taken care of; anadrtii-being neglected; ca-also;\nbhavadbhil),-like your good self; loka-piilakail),-by the governors or kings;\ncoribhute-being beset by thieves; atha-therefore;loke-this world; aham-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0360": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n708\nI; yajfia arthe\n-\n\n-\n\n[Canto 4, Ch 18\n\nfor the purpose of performing sacrifices; agrasam\n\nhidden; o�adhitt\n\n-\n\n.\n\n-\n\nhave\n\nall the herbs and grains.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear King, not only are grains and herbs being used by nondevotees,\nbut, as far as I'm concerned, I am not being properly maintained. Indeed,\nI am being neglected by kings who are not punishing these rascals who\n\nhave turned into thieves by using grains for sense gratification. Conse­\n\nquently I have hidden all these seeds, which were meant for the per­\n\nformance of sacrifice.\n\nPURPORT\nThat which happened during the time of Prthu Maharaja and his father,\nKing V ena, is also happening at this present moment. A huge arrangement\nexists for the production of large-scale industrial and agricultural products,\nbut all these products are meant for sense gratification. Therefore despite\nsuch productive capacities there is scarcity becau e the world's population\nis full of thieves. The word coribhilte indicates that the population has\nturned to thievery. According to Vedic understanding, men are transformed\ninto thieves when they plan economic development for sense gratification.\nIt is also explained in Bhagavad-gLta that if one eats food grains without\noffering them to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Y ajiia, he is a thief\nand liable to be punished. According to spiritual communism, all properties\non the surface of Lhe globe belong to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nThe population has a right to use goods only after offering them to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This is the process of accepting prasada.\nUnless one eats prasada, he is certainly a thief. It is the duty of governors\nand kings to punish such thieves and maintain the world nicely . If this is\nnot done, grains will no longer be produced, and people will simply starve.\nIndeed, not only will people be obliged to eat less, but they will kill one\nanother and eat their own flesh. They are already killing animals for flesh,\nso when there will no longer be grains, vegetables and fruits, they will kill\ntheir own sons and fathers and eat their flesh for sustenance.\nTEXTS\n\n;@mt��:�����\n� �-- m �i:fi911(1Q+t(Rf II� 11\n\n", "SB4.2#p0361": "Text 8]\n\nPrthu Maharaj a Milks the Earth Planet\n\n709\n\nniinam tii virudha� k§i[lii\nmayi kiilena bhiiyasii\ntatra yogena drfi.tena\nbhaviin iidiitum arhati\nnunam-therefore; tiiQ.-those; virudha Q.\n\n-\n\nherbs and grains;\n\nk.sil)-iiQ.­\n\ndeteriorated; mayi-within me; kiilena-in course of time; bhuya s ii-very\nmuch; tatra-therefore; yogena-by proper means; dr�tena-acknowledged;\nbhaviin- Your Maj esty; iidiitum-to take; arhati-ought.\nTRANSLATION\nDue to being stocked for a very long time, all the grain seeds within me\nhave certainly deteriorated. Therefore you should immediately arrange to\ntake these seeds out by the standard process, which is recommended by\nthe acaryas or sastras.\nPURPORT\nWhen there is a scarcity of grain, the government should follow the\nmethods prescribed in the siistra and approved by the iiciiryas; thus there\nwill be a sufficient production of grains, and food scarcity and famine can\nbe checked. Bhagavad-gl1ii recommends that we perform yajfia, sacrifices.\nBy the performance of yajiia, sufficient clouds gather in the sky, and when\nthere are sufficient clouds, there is also sufficient rainfall. In this way\nagricultural matters are taken care of. When there is sufficient grain production, the general populace eats the grains, and animals like cows, goats\nand other domestic animals eat the grasses and grains also. According to\nthis arrangement, human beings should perform the sacrifices recommended\nin the siistras, and if they do so there will no longer be food scarcity. In\nKali-yuga, the only sacrifice recommended is sankirtana-yajiia.\nIn this verse there are lwo significant words: yogena, \"by the approved\nmethod,\" and dr�.tena, \"as exemplified by the former iiciirya s.\" One is\nmistaken if he thinks that by applying modern machines such as tractors,\ngrains can be produced. If one goes to a desert and uses a tractor, there is\nstill no possibility of producing grains. We may adopt various means, but\nit is essential to know that the planet earth will stop producing grains if\nsacrifices are not performed. The earth has already explained that because\nnondevotees are enj oying the production of food, she has reserved food\nseeds for the performance of sacrifice. Now, of course, atheists will not\n\n", "SB4.2#p0362": "710\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 18\n\nbelieve in this spiritual method of producing grains, but whether they\n\nbelieve or not, the fact remains that we are not independent to produce\ngrain by mechanical means. As far as the approved method is concerned,\n\nit is enjoined in the siistras that intelligent men in this age will take to the\n\nsankirtana movement, and by so doing they shall worship the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead Lord Caitanya, whose bodily complexion is golden,\n\nand who is always accompanied by His confidential devotees to preach\nthis Kr�Q.a consciousness movement all over the world. In its present\n\ncondition, the world can only be saved by introducing this satikirtana, this\n\nKrs.v.a consciousness movement. As we have learned from the previous\n\nverse, one who is not in Kr�Q.a consciousness is considered a thief. Even\nthough he may be very materially advanced, a thief cannot be placed in a\ncomfortable position. A thief is a thief, and he is punishable. Because\npeople are without Kr�Q.a consciousness, they have become thieves, and\nconsequently they are being punished by the laws of material nature. No\none can check this, not even by introducing so many relief funds and\nhumanitarian institutions. Unless the people of the world take to Kr�pa\nconsciousness, there will be a scarcity of food and much suffering.\nTEXTS 9-10\n\n��itcmir.nt � �ffl\n� �('l�l'l �'ilit�q � � II Q.. II\n\n� � '1«1'11(1 � �+W4it I\n31nttft�<t'(�(q'l•Nl'l cns:R � II� II\no\n\nvatsam kalpaya me vira\nyeniiham vatsalii tava\ndhok§ye k§iramayiin kiimiin\nanuriipam ca dohanam\ndogdhiirarh ca mahii-biiho\nbhiitiiniirh bhiita-bhiivana\nannam tpsitam urjasvad\nbhagaviin viiiichate yadi\nvatsam-a calf; kalpaya-arr ange; me-for me; vira-0 hero; ye n a-by\n\nwhich; aham-1; vatsalii-affectionate; tava-your; dhok�ye-shall fulfill;\nk�ira-mayiin\n\n- in the form of milk; kiimiin-desired necessities; anuriipam­\n\naccording to different living entities; ca-also; dohanam-milking pot; dog-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0363": "Text 11]\n\nPrthu Maharaja Milks the Earth Planet\n\n711\n\ndlui:ram-milkman; ca-also; mahii-biiho-0 mighty-armed one; bhutiiniimof all living entities; bhuta-bhiivana-0 protector of the living entities;\nannam-food grains; ip s itam\n\n-\n\ndesired; urja�-vat-nourishing ; bhagaviin­\n\nyour worshipable self; viin c h a t e desires; yadi-if.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great hero, protector of living entities, if you desire to relieve the\nliving entities by supplying them sufficient grain, and if you desire to\nnourish them by taking milk from me, you should make arrangements to\nbring a calf suitable for this purpose and a pot in which the milk can be\nkept, as well as a milkman to do the work. Since I will be very much\naffectionate toward my calf, your desire to take milk from me will be\ni'ulfiUed.\nPURPORT\nThese are nice instructions for milking a cow. The cow must first have a\ncalf so that out of affection for the calf she will voluntarily give sufficient\nmilk. There must also be an expert milkman and a suitable pot in which to\nkeep the milk. Just as a cow cannot deliver sufficient milk without being\naffectionate to her calf, the earth cannot produce sufficient necessities\nwithout feeling affection for those who are Kr�r.ta conscious. Even though\nthe earth's being in the shape of a cow may be taken figuratively, the\nmeaning herein is very explicit. Just as a calf can derive milk from a cow,\nall living entities-including animals, birds, bees, reptiles, aquatics, etc.can receive their respective foods from the planet earth provided that\nhuman beings are not asat, or adhrta-vrata, as we have previously discussed.\nWhen human society becomes asat, or ungodly, or devoid of Kr�Q.a consciousness, the entire world suffers. If human beings are well-behaved,\nanimals will also receive sufficient .food and be happy. The ungodly human\nbeing, ignorant of his duty lo give protection and food to the animals, kills\nthem to compensate for the insufficient production of grains. Thus no\none is satisfied, and that is the cause for the present condition in today's\nworld.\nTEXT 11\n\n� � I' 'It (1\\il.-<ctlfi � tR: I\n3lq{ttctfq lft � �tf� � firm II � � II\nsamiirh ca kuru miirh riijan\ndeva-vn�ani yatha paya}J\n\n", "SB4.2#p0364": "[ Canto 4, Ch. 18\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n712\n\napartiiv api bhadrarh te�\nupiivarteta me vibho\nsamam-equally level; ca-also; kuru-make; miim-me; rii.jan-0 King;\ndeva vr�tam-fallen as rain by the mercy of King Indra; yatha-so that;\n-\n\npaya l;l. -water; apartau-when\n\nthe\n\nrainy season has ceased; api\n\n-\n\neven;\n\nbha dram-auspiciousness; te-unto you; upiivarteta-it can remain; me-on\nme; vibho-0 Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, may I inform you that you have to make the entire surface of the globe level. This will help me, even when the rainy season has\n\nceased. Rainfall comes by the mercy of King Indra. Rainfall will remain on\nthe surface of the globe always keeping the earth moistened, and thus it\nwill be auspicious for all kinds of production.\nPURPORT\nKing lndra of the heavenly planets is in charge of throwing thunderbolts\nand giving rainfall. Generally thunderbolts are thrown on the tops of hills\nin order to break them to pieces. As these pieces are spread asunder in due\ncourse of time, the surface of the globe gradually becomes fiL for agriculture. Level land is especially conducive to the production of grain. Thus\nthe planet earth requested Maharaj a Prthu to level the surface of the earth,\n\nbreaking up the high land and mountains.\nTEXT 12\n\n�fiA ftij �WI��: I\n� i\"'� � 1fi'JWf���: 11��11\niti priyarh hitarh viikyarh\nbhuva ii.diiya bhupat*\nvatsarh krtvii manum pii!UiV\naduhat sakalau§adhi�\niti-thus; priyam-pleasing; hitam beneficial; viikyam words; bhuval;t-\n\n-\n\nof the earth; adaya-taking into consideration; bhu patil;t-the King; vatsam\n-\n\n-calf; krtvii.-making; manum-Svayambhuva Manu; pii.nau-in his hands;\n\na duhat-milk ed; sakala-all; o�adhi� -herbs and grains.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0365": "Text 13]\n\nPrthu Maharaja Milks the Earth Planet\n\n713\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing the auspicious and pleasing words of the planet earth, the\nKing accepted them. He then transformed Svayambhuva Manu into a calf\nand milked all the herbs and grains from the earth in the form of a cow,\nkeeping them in his cupped hands.\nTEXT 13\n\n�q� � �fl �(+Uii;i;� �: I\nmit�����: ��IN<tl¥( ����II\nta thapare ca sarvatra\nsaram adadate budha[t\ntato 'nye ca yat hii-kamam\nduduhulf prthu-bhiivitam\nt athii-so;\n\napare\n\n-others; ca- also;\n\ns\n\narva tra- everywhere ; siiram-the\n\nessence; adadate-took; b udlu i[t - the intelligent class of men; tata [t-there\n\n­\n\nafter; anye- others; ca-also; yathii-kiimam-as much as they desired;\n\nduduhulf-milked; pr thu-bhiiv i l iim-the earth planet controlled by Prthu\nMaharaja.\nTRANSLATION\nOthers, who were as intelligent as King Pfthu, also took the essence out\nof the earthly planet. Indeed, everyone took this opportunity to follow in\nthe footsteps of King Prthu and get whatever he desired from the planet\nearth.\nPURPORT\nThe planet earth is also called vasundhara. The word vasu means \"wealth,\"\nand dharii means \"one who holds.\" All creatures within the earth fulfill\nthe necessities required for human beings, and all living entities can be\ntaken out of the earth by the proper means. As suggested by the planet\nearth, and accepted and iniliated by King Prthu, whatever is taken from\nthe earth-either from the mines, from the surface of the globe or from the\nalmosphere-should always be considered the property of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and should be used for Yajna, Lord Vif?Q.U. As soon\nas the process of yajna is stopped, the earth will withold all productionsvegetables, trees, plants, fruits,\n\nflowers,\n\nother\n\nagricultural products,\n\n", "SB4.2#p0366": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n714\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 18\n\nminerals, etc. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita, the process of yajiia was\ninstituted from the beginning of creation. By the regular performance of\nyajiia, the equal distribution of wealth, and the restriction of sense gratifi­\n\ncation, the entire world will be made peaceful and prosperous. As already\nmentioned, in this age of Kali the simple performance of smikirtana-yajiiathe holding of festivals as initiated by the International Society for Krishna\nConsciousness-should be introduced in every town and village. Intelligent\nmen should encourage the performance of saTikirtana-yajiia by their\npersonal behavior. This means that they should follow the process of\nausterity by restricting themselves from illiCit sex life, meat-eating, gambling\nand intoxication. If the intelligent men, or the brahmatJas of society ,\nwould follow the rules and regulations, certainly the entire face o f this\npresent world, which is in such chaotic condition, would change, and\npeople would be happy and prosperous.\nTEXT 14\n\nSll'A\n���cfif�� � I\ni!ffit mqffi' � q��0�l �R II� �II\nr§ayo duduhur devim\nindriye§V atha sattama\nvatsarh brhaspatim krtva\npayas chandomayani s'uci\nr�ayatt- the great sages; duduhutt- milked; devtm- the earth; indriye�u­\n\nin the senses;atha-then;sattama-0 Vidura; vatsam-the calf; brhaspatimthe sage Brhaspati; krtva-making; paya[l- milk; chanda[l-mayam-in the\nform of the Vedic hymns; suci-pure.\nTRANS LATION\nAll the great sages transformed Brhaspati into a calf, and making the\n\nsenses into a pot, they milked all kinds of Vedic knowledge to purify words,\nmind and hearing.\nPURPORT\n\nBrhaspati is the priest of the heavenly planets. Vedic knowledge was\nreceived in logical order by the great sages through Brhaspati .for the benefit of human society, not only on this planet, but throughout the universes.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0367": "Prthu Maharaja Milks the Earth Planet\n\nText 15)\n\n715\n\nIn other words, Vedic knowledge is considered one of the necessities for\nhuman society. If human society remains satisfied simply by taking grains\nfrom the planet earth as well as other necessities for maintaining the body,\nsociety will not be sufficiently prosperous. Humanity must have food for\nthe mind and ear, as well as for the purpose of vibration. As far as transcendental vibrations are concerned, the essence of all Vedic knowledge is\nthe mahii-mantra-- Hare Kr�Q.a, Hare Kr�Q.a, Kr�Q.a Kr�Q.a, Hare Hare/ Hare\nRama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. In Kali-yuga, if this Vedic\nmahii-mantra is chanted regularly and heard regularly by the devotional\n\nprocess of sravar-am kirtanam, it will purify all societies, and thus humanity\nwill be happy both materially and spiritually.\nTEXT 15\n\nCffi � � (il+t+t\\�1: I\n� � i:ft� � qq: 11��11\nim\n\nkrtvii vatsarh sura-gal]-ii\nindram somam adiiduhan\nhirar-mayena patrerJ.a\nviryam ojo balarh paya�\nkrtvii- making; vatsam-calf; su ra-gar-ii� -the demigods; indram-Indra,\n\n-\n\nKing of heaven; somam-nectar; adu du han they milked out; hirarymayenagolden; piitre r-a\n\n-\n\n- with a pot; viryam- mental power; oja�-strength of the\n.\n\nsenses; balam strength of the body; paya �-milk\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll the demigods made lndra, the King of heaven, into a calf, and from\nthe earth they milked the beverage soma, which is nectar. Thus they became very powerful in mental speculation and bodily and sensual strength.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word soma means \"nectar.\" Soma is a kind of beverage\nmade in the heavenly planets from the moon to the kingdoms of the\ndemigods in the various higher planetary systems. By drinking this soma\nbeverage the demigods become more powerful mentally and increase their\nsensual power and bodily strength. The words hirar-mayena piitrer-a indicate that this soma beverage is not an ordinary intoxicating liquor. The\n\n", "SB4.2#p0368": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n716\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 18\n\ndemigods would not touch any kind of liquor. Nor is soma a kind of drug.\nIt is a different kind of beverage available in the heavenly planets. Soma is\nfar different from the liquors made for demoniac people, as explained in\nthe next verse.\n\ndaiteyii diinavii vatsarh\nprahliidam asura-r§abham\nvidhiiyiiduduhan k�iram\naya�-piitre sunisavam\ndaiteya{l,- the sons of Diti; diinavii{l,- demons; vatsam- the calf; prahliidam\n-Prahlada Maharaja; asura-demon; r§ abham -the chief; vidhiiya-making;\n\nad u duhan-they milked out; k$fram- milk; aya{l,- iron; piitre- in a pot; surii\n-liquor; iisavam-fermented liquids like beer.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sons of Diti and the demons transformed Prahlada Maharaja, who\nwas born in an asura family, into a calf, and they extracted various kinds\nof liquor and beer, which they put into a pot made of iron.\nPURPORT\nThe demons also have their own types of beverage in the form of liquors\nand beers, just as the demigods use soma-rasa for their drinking purposes.\nThe demons born of Diti take great pleasure in drinking wine and beer.\nEven today people of demoniac nature are very much addicted to liquor\nand beer. The name of Prahliida Maharaja is very significant in this connection. Because Prahlada Maharaja was born in a family of demons, as the\nson of Hirao.yakasipu, by his mercy the demons were and still are able to\nhave their drinks in the forms of wine and beer. The word aya/:t (iron) is\nvery significant. Whereas the nectarean soma was put in a golden pot, the\nliquors and beers were put in an iron pot. Because the liquor and beer are\ninferior, they are placed in an iron pot, and because soma-rasa is superior,\nit is placed in a golden pot.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0369": "Text 18]\n\nP�thu Maharaja Milks the Earth Planet\n\n717\n\nTEXT 17\n\n������ �:1\n�di?Nltt�����ll�\\911\ngandharoiipsaraso 'dhuk§an\npiitre padmamaye payaft\nvatsarh visviivasurh krtvii\ngiindharvarh madhu saubhagam\ngandharoa-inhabitants of the Gandharva planet; apsarasaft-the inhabitants of the Apsara planet;adhuk;San-milked out;piitre-in a pot;padmamaye-made of a lotus;payaft-milk; vatsam-calf; viSviivasum-of the name\nVisvavasu;krtvii-making;giindharvam-songs; ma.dhu-sweet; saubhagambeauty.\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of Gandharvaloka and Apsaroloka made Visvavasu into\na calf, and they drew the milk into a lotus flower pot. The milk took the\nshape of sweet musical art and beauty.\n\nTEXT 18\n\nq� fiRm�� �l(ft�(ll\n3fltCqa� '\"'\"'•n: � �•«a.it�H 11 �Gil\nvatsena pitaro 'ryamrtii\nkavyarh k§iram adhuk�ata\niima-patre mahii-bhiigiift\nsraddhayii srtiddha-devataft\nvatsena-by the calf; pitaraft-the inhabitants of Pitrloka; aryam[l£'i-by\nthe god of Pitrloka, Aryama; kavyam-offerings of food to ancestors;\nk§iram-milk; adhuk�ata-took out; iima-piitre-into an unbaked earthen\npot; mahii-bhiigii/;1.-the greatly fortunate; sraddhayii-with great faith;\nsriiddha-\"devatii/;1.-the demigods presiding\nhonor of deceased relatives.\n\nover sriiddha ceremonies in\n\n", "SB4.2#p0370": "718\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe fortunate inhabitants of Pitrloka, who preside over the funeral ceremonies, made Aryama into a calf. With great faith they milked kavya, food\noffered to the ancestors, into an unbaked earthen pot.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii it is said, pitj'n yiinti pitr-vratii�. Those who are interested\n\nin family welfare are called pitr-vratii[l. There is a planet called Pitrloka, and\nthe predominating deity of that planet is called Aryama. He is somewhat of\na demigod, and by satisfying him one can help ghostly family members\ndevelop a gross body. Those who are very sinful and attached to their\nfamily, house, village or country do not receive a gross body made of\nmaterial elements but remain in a subtle body composed of mind, ego and\nintelligence. Those who live in such subtle bodies are called ghosts. This\nghostly position is very painful because a ghost has intelligence, mind and\nego and wants to enjoy material life, but because he doesn't have a gross\nmaterial body, he can only create disturbances for want of material\nsatisfaction. It is the duty of family members, especially the son, to offer\noblations to the demigod Aryama, or Lord Vi�Qu. From time immemorial\nin India the son of a dead man goes to Gaya and, at a Vi�Qu temple there,\noffers oblations for the benefit of his ghostly father. It is not that every­\n\none's father becomes a ghost, but the oblations of pir-{la are offered to the\nlotus feet of Lord Vi�!lU so that if a family member happens to become a\nghost, he will be favored with a gross body. However, if one is habituated\n\nto taking the prasiida of Lord Vi�Qu, there is no chance of his becoming\n\na ghost or anything lower than a human being. In Vedic civilization there\nis a performance called sriiddha by which food is offered with faith and\n\ndevotion. If one offers oblations with faith and devotion-either to the\nlotus feet of Lord Vi�Qu or to His representative in Pitrloka, Aryama-one's\nforefathers will attain material bodies to enjoy whatever material enjoyment is due them. In other words, they do not have to become ghosts.\nTEXT 19\n\n�����:('lt(N:rtl+t41'( I\n\nfmt � f?IQi ·=if it� f?tttlf.R�: II� �II\nprakalpya vatsam kapilam\nsiddhii[l sankalpaniimayim\n\n", "SB4.2#p0371": "Text 19]\n\n�thu Maharaja Milks the Earth Planet\n\n719\n\nsiddhirh nabhasi vidyiim ca\nye ca vidyiidhariidaya�\npra k alpya-appointing;\n\nva tsam calf; kapilam-lhe great sage Kapila;\n-\n\nsiddhii�-the inhabitants of Siddhaloka; sankalpanii mayim proceeding\n-\n\nfrom will; siddhim\n\n-\n\n-\n\nyogic perfection; nabhasi-in the sky; vidyiim-knowl­\n\nedge; ca-also; ye-those who; ca-also; vidyiidhara-ii daya�-the inhabitants\nof Vidya.dhara-loka, and so on.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, the inhabitants of Siddhaloka, as well as the inhabitants of\nVidyiidhara-loka, transformed the great sage Kapila into a calf, and making\nthe whole sky into a pot, they milked out specific yogic mystic powers,\nbeginning with aJ;tima. Indeed, the inhabitants of Vidyadhara-loka acquired\nthe art of flying in the sky.\nPURPORT\nThe inhabitants of both Siddhaloka and Vidyadhara-loka are naturally\nendowed with mystic yogic powers by which they can not only fly in outer\nspace without a vehicle but can also fly from one planet to another imply\nby exerting their will. Just as fish can swim within water, Lhe residenls of\nVidyadhara-loka can swim in the ocean of air. As far as the inhabitants of\nSiddhaloka are concerned, Lhey are endowed wilh all mystic powers. The\nyogis in this planet practice the eightfold yogic mysticism-namely yama,\nniyama iisana, prii[Liiyiima, pratyiihiira, dhiira{lii, dhyiina and samiidhi. By\nregularly practicing the yogic processes one after another, the yogts attain\nvarious perfections; Lhey can become smaller than the smallest, heavier\nLhan the heaviest, etc. They can even manufacture a planet, get whatever\nthey like, and control whatever man they want. All the residents of Siddhaloka are naturally endowed with these mystic yogic power . It is certainly\na very wonderful thing if we see a person on Lhis planet flying in the sky\nwilhout a vehicle, but in Vidyiidhara-loka such flying is as commonplace\nas a bird's flying in the sky. Similarly, in Siddhaloka all the inhabitants are\ngreat yogis, perfect in mystic powers.\nThe name of Kapila Muni is significant in this verse because He was the\nexpounder of the Sarikhya philosophical system, and His father, Kardama\nMuni, was a great yogi and mystic. Indeed, Kardama Muni prepared a\ngreat airplane, which was as large as a small town and had various gardens,\npalatial buildings, servants, maidservants, etc. With all Lhis paraphernalia,\n\n", "SB4.2#p0372": "720\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 18\n\nKapiladeva's mother, Devahuti, and His father, Kardama Muni, traveled\nall over the universes and visited different planets.\nTEXT 20\n\n� � � 'llttl'lw:ij1:1l;c1«(1�;cl'( I\n� ���������oil\nanye ca miiyino miiyiim\n\nan tardhiiniid b hutiitmaniim\n\nmayarh prakalpya vatsarh\n\nte duduhur dhiirartiimayim\n\nanye-others;\n\nca-also; miiyina[l-mystic\n\nmagicians; miiyiim-mystic\n\npowers; antardhana-disappearing; adbhuta-wonderful; atmaniim-of the\n\nbody; mayam-the demon named Maya; prakalpya-making; vatsam-the\ncalf; te-they; duduhu[l-miJked out; dharaQ.ii-mayim-proceeding from\nwill.\nTRANSLATION\nOthers also, the inhabitants of planets known as Kimpurusa-loka, made\nthe demon Maya into a calf, and they milked out mystic powers by which\none can disappear immediately from another's vision and appear again in a\ndifferent form.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that the inhabitants of Kimpuru�a-loka can perform many\nwonderful mystic demonstrations. In other words, they can exhibit as\nmany wonderful things as one can imagine. The inhabitants of this planet\ncan do whatever they like, or whatever they imagine. Such powers are\nalso mystic powers. The possession of such mystic power is called isitii.\n\nThe demons generally learn such mystic powers by the practice of yoga.\n\nIn the Dasama-skandha, the Tenth Canto of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, there is\na vivid description of how the demons appear before Kr�Q.a in various\nwonderful forms. For instance, Bakasura appeared before Kr�Q.a and His\ncowherd boy friends as a gigantic crane. While present on this planet, Lord\nKr�Q.a had to fight with many demons who could exhibit the wonderful\nmystic powers of Kimpuru�a-loka. Although the inhabitants of Kimpuru�aloka are naturally endowed with such powers, one can attain these powers\non this planet by performing different yogic practices.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0373": "Text 22]\n\nP,.-thu Maharaja Milks the Earth Planet\n\n721\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�� �f�: f<fftHti�I\"U: I\n����ct�• m: � ��q1{_ ������\nyak§a-rak§iirhsi bhiitiini\npisiiciib- piSitiisanii{l,\nbhiitesa-vatsii duduhu{l,\nkapiile k�atajiisavam\nyakpa-the Yak�as (the descendants of Kuvera); rakfiiimsi-the Riik�asas\n\n(meat-eaters); bhiitani-ghosts; pisiicii{l,- witches; pisita-asanlib--who are all\n\nhabituated to eating flesh; bhiitesa- Lord Siva's incarnation Rudra; vatsab-­\n\nwhose calf; duduhu �-milked out; kapiile-in the pot of skulls; kpata-jablood; iisavam-a fermented beverage.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen the Y ak�as, the R�asas, �hosts and witches, who are habituated\nto eating flesh, transformed l,ord Siva's incarnation Rudra [ Bhutanatha]\ninto a calf and milked out beverages made of blood and put them in a pot\nmade of skulls.\nPURPORT\nThere are some types of living entities in the form of human beings\n\nwhose living conditions and eatables are most abominable. Generally they\neat flesh and fermented blood, which is mentioned in this verse as k.sata­\n\njiisavant. The leaders of such degraded men known as Yak$as, Rak$asas,\nbhutas, pisiicas, etc., are all in the mode of ignorance. They have been\n\nplaced under the control of Rudra. Rudra is the incarnation of Lord Siva\nand is in charge of the mode of ignorance in material nature. Another name\n\nof Lord Siva is Bhutanatha, meaning \"master of ghosts.\" Rudra was born\nout of Brahma's eyes when Brahma was very angry at the four Kumaras.\nTEXT 22\n\n�:q1(i(l G;�:(�H � \"fftl�� I\nA� t«� �ufit�q�� Fi� �: ������\ntathiihayo dandasukii{l,\n. sarpii niigiis ca tak§akam\n\n", "SB4.2#p0374": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n722\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 18\n\nvidhiiya vatsarh duduhur\nbila-piitre vi§arh pay�l;t\ntathii similarly; ahaya l;t snakes without hoods; danda sukiil;t scorpions ;\nsarpiift cobras ; niigii ft big snakes; ca-and; takfiakam- Tak�aka, chief of\nthe snakes; vidhiiya making; vatsam-calf; duduhu� milked out; bilapiitre in the pot of snake holes; vi§am poison ; payal;t as milk.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter cobras and snakes without hoods, large snakes, scorpions and\nmany other poisonous animals took poison out of the planet earth as their\nmilk and kept this poison in snake holes. They made a calf out of Ta�aka.\nPURPORT\nWithin this material world there are various types of living entities, and\nthe different types of reptiles and scorpions mentioned in this verse are\nalso\n\nprovided\n\nwith\n\ntheir\n\nsustenance\n\nby\n\nthe\n\narrangement\n\nof the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The point is that everyone is taking\nhis eatables from the planet earth. According to one's association with\nthe\n\nmaterial\n\nqualities,\n\none\n\nPayal;t-piinam bhujangiiniim:\n\ndevelops\nif\n\na\n\ncertain\n\ntype of\n\ncharacter.\n\none feeds a serpent milk, the snake\n\nwill simply increase his venom. However, if one supplies milk to a\n\ntalented sage or saint, the sage will develop finer brain tissues by which he\ncan contemplate higher spiritual life. Thus the Lord is supplying everyone\n\nfood, but according to the living entity's association with the modes of\nmaterial nature, the living entity develops his specific character.\nTEXTS 23-24\n\n��������\n31('Riql� �or�;:i:ul :q �ffq: ������\n4CWOIIi(USllfOr;(:�m:� �I\n\ntrtuitt�l fWn5ft \"ql�<4tt\n\n:q\n\npasavo yavasarh k§irarh\nvatsarh krtvii ca go-vr§am\narar.ya-piitre ciidhuk§an\nmrgendre(la ca darh§trirtal;t\n\n11�\\lll\n\n", "SB4.2#p0375": "Text 25]\n\nfrthu Maharaja Milks the Earth Planet\n\n723\n\nkravyadal;t pra{linal;t kravyam\nduduhul;t sve kalevare\nsupar{la-vatsa vihagas\ncaram cacaram eva ca\npasava�-cattle; yavasam-green grasses; k�iram-milk; vatsam-the calf;\n\nkrtva-making; ca\n\n- also ; go-vnam-the bull carrier of Lord Siva; ararya­\n\npatre-in the pot of the forest; ca-also; adhuk�an-milked out; mrgaindre{la-by\n\nthe lion; ca-and; dam�tri{lal;t-animals with sharp teeth;\n\nkravya-ada�-animals who eat raw flesh; pra{lina� - living entities; kravyam­\n\nflesh; duduhu�-took out; sve-own; kalevare-in the pot of their body;\n\nsupar{la-Garuc;la; vatsa�-whose calf; viha-ga� - the birds; ca ram-moving\n\nliving entities; ca-also; acaram-nonmoving living entities; eva-certainly;\n\nca-also.\nTRANSLATION\nThe four-legged animals like the cows made a calf out of the bull who\n\ncarries Lord Siva and made a milking pot out of the forest. Thus they got\nfresh green grasses to eat. Ferocious animals like tigers transformed a lion\n\ninto a calf, and thus they were able to get flesh for milk. The birds made\n\na calf out of Garuc;J.a and took milk from the planet earth in the form of\nmoving insects and nonmoving plants and grasses.\nPURPORT\n\nThere are many carnivorous birds descended from Garu9a, the winged\n\ncarrier of Lord Vi�Q.U. Indeed, there is a particular type of bird that is very\nfond of eating monkeys. Eagles are fond of eating goats, and of course\n\nmany birds eat only fruits and berries. Therefore the words caram, referring\n\nto moving animals, and acaram, referring to grasses, fruits and vegetables,\nare mentioned in this verse.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n'l'U4Q444 q:q-: I\n� Wti:4Si\\�l '11'1\\ifHl-t (4QIS! 11�'-\\11\ni:4Cct�l i:4'1�(t:q:\n\nva{a-vatsa vanas-pataya�\nprthag rasamayam payal;t\ngirayo himavad-vatsa\nnana dhatiin SVa-sanU§U\n\n", "SB4.2#p0376": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n724\nuata-uatsaft\n\n-\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 18\n\nmaking the banyan tree a calf; uana[l-patayaft-the trees;\n\nprthak- different; rasa-mayam-in the form of j uices; paya�-milk; giraya[l­\n\nthe hills and mountains; himauat-uatsa�-making the Himalayas the calf;\nnana-various; dhatiin-minerals; sua-own; sanu�u-on their peaks.\nTRANSLATION\nThe trees made a calf out of the banyan tree , and thus they derived milk\nin the form of many delicious juices. The mountains transformed the\nHimalayas into a calf, and they milked a variety of minerals into a pot made\nof the peaks of hills.\nTEXT 26\n\n�(q�(�f.4�WI ��m � �: I\ne4ctia'i�i � m: �¥tlN(tl4( ������\nsarve sua-mukhya-uatsena\nsue sue piitre prthak paya[l,\nsarva-kama-dughiirh prthuirh\nduduhu� prthu-bhiiuitiim\nsarve-all; sua-mukhya-by their own chiefs; uatsena-as the calf; sue\nsue-in their own; patre- pots; prthak-different; pay a�-milk; sarva-kiimaall desirables; dugham- supplying as milk; prthuim-the earthly planet;\nduduhu�-milked out; prthu bhauitiim\n-\n\n-\n\ncontrolled by King Ptthu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe planet earth supplied everyone his respective food. During the time\nof King Pfthu, the earth was fully under the control of the King. Thus all\nthe inhabitants of the earth could get their food supply by creating various\ntypes of calves and putting their particular types of milk in various pots.\nPURPORT\nThis is evidence that the Lord supplies food to everyone. As confirmed\nin the Vedas: eko bahiiniirh yo uidadhati kiimiin. Although the Lord is one,\nHe is supplying all necessities to everyone through the medium of the planet\nearth. There are different varieties of living entities on different planets,\nand they all derive their eatables from their planets in different forms. On\nthe basis of these descriptions, how can one assume that there is no living\nentity on the moon? Every moon is earthly, being composed of the five\n\n", "SB4.2#p0377": "Text 28]\n\nJ>rthu Maharaja Milks the Earth Planet\n\n725\n\nelements. Every planet produces different types of food according to the\nneeds of its residents. According to the Vedic sastras, it is not true that the\nmoon does not produce food nor that no living entity is living there.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n� �: TGO+t'll�U ((4'il+tl€+ti1: I\n\nc;.t,illfilr-a.�:rt\n\n�\n\n1m 11�\\SII\n\nevam prthv-adaya� prthvim\nannada� svannam atmana�\ndoha-vatsadi-bhedena\nk§ira-bhedam kurndvaha\nevam- thus; prthu adaya� King P�thu and others; prthv im\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe earth;\n\nanna-ada�-al1 living entities desiring food; su-annam-their desired foodstuff; atmana�- for self-preservation; doha-for\n\nmilking; vatsa-adi-by\n\ncalves, pots and milkers; bhedena-different; k;Sira- mil k; bhedam-different; kuru-udvaha-0 chief of the Kurus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Vidura, chief of the Kurus, in this way King Prthu and all the\nothers who subsist on food created different types of calves and milked\nout their respective eatables. Thus they received their various foodstuffs,\nwhich were symbolized as milk.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�m �: srnr: �....,414, �: 1\n(ftqo�� *tiil'<+lf � lf«illfi�: ����II\ntato mahipati� prita�\nsarva-kama-dughiim prthu�\nduhitrtve cakaremam\nprem[La duhitr-vatsala�\ntata�\n\n-\n\nthereafter; mahi-pat i{l.\n\n-\n\nthe King; prita�-b ei n g pleased; sarva­\n\nkama-all desirables; dughiim-producing as milk; prthu�- King Prthu;\nduhitrtve- treating as his daughter; cakara-did; imam-unto the earthly\n\n", "SB4.2#p0378": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n726\nplanet; premr-ii-oul\n\nof\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 18\n\n-\n\naffection; duhi tr va t sala{I-affectionate to his\n\ndaughter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter King Prthu was very satisfied with the planet earth, for she\n\nsufficiently supplied all food to various living entities. Thus he developed\n\nan affection for the planet earth, just as if she were his own daughter.\nTEXT 29\n\n�WI. (q\\f4�'41l?Jn f11Ritl��... I\n�'IOC�fil( �: sntr� � fq: ����II\ncurr-ayan sva-dhanu�-kotyii\ngiri-kutiini riija-riit\nbhu-ma(l�alam idam vainya�\npriiyas cakre samarh vibhu{I\ncur r-ayan-making into pieces; sva-his own; dhanu�-ko,tyii-by the\n\n-\n\npower of his bow; giri-of the hills; kii!iini- the tops; r iija r iit-the Emperor;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbhu-mar- �alam the whole earth; idam this; vainya�-the son of Vena;\np riiya� al m ost; cakre -made; samam-level ; vibhuft-the powerful.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, the King of all kings, Maharaja Prthu, leveled all rough places\n\non the surface of the globe by breaking up the hills with the strength of his\nbow. By his grace the surface of the globe almost became flat.\nPURPORT\nGenerally the mountainous and hilly portions of the earth are made\nflat by the striking of thunderbolts. Generally this is the business of King\nIndra of the heavenly planets, but King Prthu, an incarnation of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, did not wait for King Indra to break up\nthe hills and mountains but did so himself by using his strong bow.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�\\ltNF{�:��:flm I\nf.tcUtcli{ �ri � � �: II� II\no\n\n", "SB4.2#p0379": "Text 32]\n\n�thu Maharaja Milks the Earth Planet\n\n727\n\nathiismin bhagaviin vainya�\nprajiiniim vrtti-da� pitii\nniviisiin kalpayiin cakre\ntatra tatra yathiirhata�\natha-thus; asmin-on this earth planet; bh agaviin-the Personality of\nGodhead; vainya /1 -son of Vena; prajiiniim-of the citizens; vrtti-da[l -who\nsupplies employment; pitii-a father; niviisiin-residences; kalpayiin-su i t\nable; cakre-make; tatra tatra\n\n-\n\n­\n\nhere and there ;yathii- as; arhata�- desirable,\n\nsuitable.\nTRANSLATION\nTo all the citizens of the state, King Prthu was as good as a father. Thus\nhe was visibly engaged in giving them proper subsistence and proper employment for subsistence. After leveling the surface of the globe, he earmarked different places for residential quarters, inasmuch as they were\ndesirable.\nTEXT 31\n\n��: q'l•uf.l ��� 1\n�fe{JOOi{ «f�f1Hiwtl4i�IW{ @U'4.tl'tJ I�� II\ngramiin purafi. pattanani\ndurga'(li vividhani ca\ngho§an vrajan sa-sibiran\niikaran kheta-kharvatan\ngriiman-villages; pura�-cities; pattaniini\n\n-\n\nsettlements; durgii[ti- forts;\n\nvividhiini-of different varieties; ca-also;gho§an-habitations for the milkmen; vrajan- pens for cattle; sa-sibiran-with camps; iikaran\n\n-\n\nmi nes; khe(a­\n\nagricultural towns; k h arvatan-m ountai n villages.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the King founded many types of villages, settlements and\ntowns and built forts, residences for cowherdsmen, stables for the animals,\nand places for the royal camps, mining places, agricultural towns and mountain villages.\nTEXT 32\n\n� � �ttl'lf«:EfiNwtl I\n� � �� 6!11tfl+NH ����II\n\n", "SB4.2#p0380": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n728\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 18\n\npriik prthor iha naivai�ii\n\npura-griimiidi-kalpanii\n\nyathii-sukham vasanti sma\ntatra tatriikutobhayii[l\npriik- before; prthoft- King Prthu; iha-on lhis planet; na-never; eva­\n\ncertainly; e§ii-this; pura-of towns; griima-iidi-of villages, etc.; kalpana­\n\nplanned arrangement; yathii- as ; sukham-convenient; vasanti sma-lived;\n\ntatra tatra-here and there; akutobhayiift- without hesitation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBefore the reign of King P�thu there was no planned arrangement for\ndifferent cities, villages, pasturing grounds, etc. Everything was scattered,\nand everyone constructed his residential quarters according to his own\nconvenience. However, since King Prthu plans were made for towns and\nvillages.\nPURPORT\nFrom this statement it appears that town and city planning is not new\n\nbut has been coming down since the time of King Prthu. In India we can\n\nsee\n\nregular planning methods evident in very old cities.\n\nIn Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam there are many descriptions of such ancient cities. Even 5,000\n\nyears ago, Lord Kr&qa's capital, Dvaraka, was well planned, and similar\nother cities-Mathura, and Hastinapura (now New Delhi)-were also well\n\nplanned. Thus the planning of cities and towns is not a modern innovation\nbut was existing in bygone ages.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Eighteenth\n\nChapter of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Prthu Maharaja Milks the\nEarth Planet.\"\n\n", "SB4.2#p0381": "CHAPTER NINETEEN\n\nKing Prthu's one Hundred Horse sacrifices\nTEXT 1\n\n�5;-q�\n\n31�1�1•6 � � �iNtaijwt �: I\n� �:� � � (1(((4� II� II\nmaitreya uvaca\nathadik§ata raja tu\nhaya-medha-satena sa�\nbrahmavarte mano� k§etre\nyatra priici sarasvati\nmaitreyaft uviica- the sage Maitreya said; atha- thereafter; adik§ata- took\ninitiation; riijii-the King; tu- then; haya- horse; me dh a-sa crifi c es; sate nato perform one hundred; sa�-he; brahmiivarte-known as Brahmavarta;\n\nmano�-of Svayambhuva Manu; k setre -in the land; yatra-where; priici.\n\neastern; sarasvati- the river named Sarasvati.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, King P,:-thu initiated\nthe performance of one hundred horse sacrifices at the spot where the\nRiver Sarasvati flows toward the East. This piece of land is known as\nBrahmavarta, and it was controlled by Svayambhuva Manu.\nTEXT2\n\n6f(fli�� � ijfiqif<lta4'1�wt: I\n�� � �(1'1(\\«iq( II � II\n729\n\n", "SB4.2#p0382": "730\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\ntad abhipretya bhagaviin\nkarmiitisayam iitmana�\nsata-kratur na mamrfie\nprthor yajna-mahotsavam\n\ntat abhipretya-considering this matter; bhagaviin\n\nkarma-atisaya m\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe most powerful;\n\nexcelling in fruitive activities; iitmanalt-of himself; sata­\n\nkralu�-King Indra, who had performed a hundred sacrifices; na-not;\nm amr.se - did\n\ntolerate; prtho{t\n\nutsavam-great ceremonies.\n\n-\n\nof King Prthu; yajna-sacrificial; mahii­\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the most powerful Indra, the King of heaven, saw this, he con­\n\nsidered the fact that King �thu was going to exceed him in fruitive activities. Thus lndra could not tolerate the great sacrificial ceremonies per­\n\nformed by King Prthu.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the material world everyone who comes to enjoy himself or lord it\n\nover material nature is envious of others. This envy is also found in the\n\npersonality of the King of heaven, Indra. As evident from revealed scrip­\n\ntures, Indra was several times envious of many persons. He was especially\nenvious of great fruitive activities and the execution of yoga practices, or\n\nsiddhis. Indeed, he could not tolerate them, and he desired to break them\nup. He was envious due to fear that those who performed great sacrifices\nfor the execution of mystic yoga might occupy his seat. Since no one in this\nmaterial world can tolerate another's advancement, everyone in the mate­\n\nrial world is called matsara, envious. In the beginning of Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nit is therefore said that Srimad-Bhiigavatam is meant for those who are\n\ncompletely nirmatsara (nonenvious). In other words, one who is not free\nfrom the contamination of envy cannot advance in Kr�Qa consciousness.\n\nIn K.r�Qa consciousness, however, if someone excels another person, the\n\ndevotee who is excelled thinks how fortunate the other person is to be advancing in devotional service. Such non-envy is typical of VaikuQ�ha. l low·\n\never, when one is envious of his competitor, that is material. The demigods\n\nposted in the material world are not exempt from envy.\nTEXT3\n\nqqftr: �·.,.·•�•-t: m�: 1\n31iq¥(�6 � ij�l4ig�: q: II � II\n�\n\n", "SB4.2#p0383": "Text 3]\n\n731\n\nKing Prthu's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\nyatra yajiia-pati� siikfiiid\nbhagaviin harir tsvara�\nanvabhuyata sarviitmii\nsarva-loka-guru� prabhu�\n\nyatra-where; yaj ii a-p ati/1 - the enjoyer of all sacrifices; siik�ii t\nbhagaviin-the\n\nSupreme\n\n-\n\ndirectly;\n\nPersonality of Godhead; h ari{l. - Lord\n\nVif3pu;\n\n1Svaraf1-the supreme controller; anvabhiiyata-became visible; sarva-iitmiithe Supersoul of everyone; sarva-loka-guru[1-the master of all planets or\nthe teacher of everyone; prabhu � - the proprietor.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi�QU, is present in everyone's heart as the Supersoul, and He is the proprietor of all planets and the\nenjoyer of the results of all sacrifices. He was personally present at the\nsacrifices made by King Prthu.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse the word siik$iit is significant. P.rthu Maharaja was a\nsaktyiivesa-avatiira incarnation of Lord Vit>J1U. Actually Prthu Maharaja was\n\na living entity, but he acquired specific powers from Lord Vi�Qu. Lord\nVi�Qu, however, is directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and thus\nbelongs to the category of vi§rtu-tattva. Maharaja Ptthu belonged to the\njiva-tattva. The vifirtu-tattva indicates God, whereas the fiva-tattva indicates\n\nthe part and parcel. of God. When God's part and parcel is especially empowered, he is called saktyiivesa-avatiira. Lord Vi�l)u is herein described as\nharir tsvara�. The Lord is so kind that He takes all miserable conditions\n\naway from His devotees. Consequently He is called hari. He is described as\ntsvara because He can do whatever He likes. He is the supreme controller.\n\nThe supreme tsvara puru§ottama is Lord Kt�l)a. He exhibits His powers as\ntsvara, or the supreme controller, when He assures His devotee in Bhagavadgitii: \"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall\n\ndeliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" (Bg. 18.66) He can immediately make His devotee immune from all the reactions caused by sinful\nLife if the devotee simply surrenders unto Him. He is described herein as\nsarviitmii, meaning that He is present in everyone's heart as the Supersoul,\n\nand as such He is the supreme teacher of everyone. If we are fortunate\nenough to take the lessons given by Lord K{�f)a in Bhagavad-gitii, our lives\nimmediately become successful. No one can· give better instructions to\nhuman society than Lord K.r�f'.la.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0384": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n732\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT4\n\n34M61 ii$�C4i+tf eliMI�: �: I\naq•ftt�•u.t �ifiC(1U•rtrf: 11 \\ill\nanvito brahma-sarviibhyiim\nloka-piilaift sahiinugaift\nupagiyamiino gandharvair\nmunibhis ciipsaro-gartaift\nanvi ta Q. being accompanied; brahma-by Lord Brahma; sarviibhyiim-\n\nand by Lord Siva; loka-piilaiQ.-by the predominating chiefs of all different\nplanets; saha\n\nanugai{1 along with their followers; upagiyamiina{t being\n-\n\n-\n\npraised; gandharvai[t-by the residents of Gandharvaloka; munibhi[t-by\ngreat sages; ca- also; apsara[t-gartailt-by the residents of Apsaroloka.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Vi�p.u appeared in the sacrificial arena, Lord Brahma, Lord\n,\nSiva and all the chief predominating personalities of every planet, as well as\ntheir followers, came with Him. When He appeared on the scene, the residents of Gandharvaloka, the great sages and the residents of Apsaroloka all\npraised Him.\nTEXTS\n\nftr.(t �CU\\!Rl � � !}UEtw(tt: I\nWt�wt�stll(cU: ql�((stq(l �: II � II\nsiddhii vidyiidharii daityii\ndanavii guhyakiidayaft\nsunanda-nanda-pramukhalt\npiirfiada-pravarii hareft\nsiddhiift the residents of Siddhaloka; vidyiidhariift-the residents of\n-\n\nVidyadhara-loka; daityiift the demoniac descendants of Diti; diinaviilt-\n\nthe asuras; guhyaka-iidayaft-the Yak�as, etc.; sunanda-nanda-pramukhiiftheaded by Sunanda and Nanda, the chief of Lord Vi�p.u's associates from\nVaikup.tha; piir§ ada- associates; pravarii[t - most respectful; hare[t - of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0385": "Text7)\n\nKing Prthu's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\n\n733\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord was accompanied by the residents of Siddhaloka, Vidyadharaloka, all the descendants of Diti, and the demons and the Ya�as. He was\nalso accompanied by His chief associates, headed by Sunanda and Nanda.\nTEXT6\n\n� � � �: QW\\Efii(�U I\ntt¥t;;:i'\\�lW4\\'I it � ttffl€1wfl€QifiU II � II\nkapilo ntirado datto\nyogesaft sanakadaya!t\ntam anviyur bhagavata\nye ca tat-sevanotsukaft\nkapila[l- Kapila\n\nMuni;\n\nDattatreya; yoga-rsa[l-the\n\nniirada[l-the\n\ngreat\n\nmasters\n\nmystic power; sanaka-iidaya{t­\n\nof\n\nsage\n\nNiirada;\n\ndatta/l­\n\nheaded by Sanaka; tam-Lord Vi��u; anvi\"yu{l-followed; bhagavata{tgreat devotees; ye-all those who; ca-also; tat-sevana-utsuka{t-always\neager to serve the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nGreat devotees who were always engaged in the service of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, as well as the great sages named Kapila, Narada,\nand Dattatreya, and masters of mystic powers, headed by Sanaka Kumara,\nall attended the great sacrifice with Lord Vi�r:tu.\nTEXT7\n\n� �: riifit'i�'ft � I\ni()fnf��� �II \\911\n\n�\n\nyatra dharma-dugha bhUmift\nsarva-kama-dugha sati\ndogdhi smabhfpsitan arthan\nyajamanasya bharata\nyatra-where; dharma-dugha-producing sufficient milk for religiosity;\nbhiim*-the land; sarva-kama-all desires; dughti-yielding as milk; sati-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0386": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n734\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\nthe cow; dogdhi sma-fulfilled; abhipsitan-desirable; arthan-objects;\n\nyajamanasya-of the sacrificer; bh arata- my dear Vidura.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Vidura, in that great sacrifice the entire land came to be like\n\nthe milk-producing kima-dhenu, and thus, by the performance of yajiia,\nall daily necessities for life were supplied.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word dharma-dugha is significant, for it indicates\n\nkama-dhenu. Kama-dhenu is also known as surabhi. Surabhi cows inhabit\nthe spiritual world, and, as stated in Brahma-samhita, Lord Kr�r:ta is en­\n\ngaged in tending these cows: surabhir abhipalayantam. One can milk a\n\nsurabhi cow as often as he likes, and the cow will deliver as much milk\n\nas one requires. Milk, of course, is necessary for the production of so\nmany milk products, especially clarified butter, which is required for the\nperformances of great sacrifices. Unless we are prepared to perform the\nprescribed sacrifices, our supply of the necessities of life will be checked.\n\nBhagavad-gita confirms that Lord Brahma created human society along\n\nwith yajna, the performance of sacrifice. Yajna means Lord Vi�r;tu, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and sacrifice means working for the\nsatisfaction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In this age, however,\nit is very difficult to find qualified brahma[las who can perform sacrifices as\nprescribed\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nVedas.\n\nTherefore it is\n\nrecommended\n\nin\n\nSrtmad­\n\nBhiigavatam (yajnaift sankirtana-priiyaift) that by performing sanktrtana­\n\nyajna and by satisfying the yajna-puru§a, Lord Caitanya, one can derive\nall the results derived by great sacrifices in the past. King Prthu and others\nderived all the necessities of life from the earthly planet by performing\n\ngreat sacrifices. Now this smikirtana movement has already been started\nby the International Society for Krishna Consciousness. People sh ould take\nadvantage of this great sacrifice and join in the Society's activities; then\n\nthere will be no scarcity. If sankirtana-yajna is performed, there will be no\n\ndifficulty, not even in industrial enterprises. Therefore this system should\nbe introduced in all spheres of life-social, political, industrial, commercial,\netc. Then everything will run very peacefully and smoothly.\nTEXTS\n\n�: �m�: �(C(\\i441•ft(1'l l\n� �\"'lul: stll.49{1 �g1<t: II � II\n\n", "SB4.2#p0387": "King Prthu's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\n\nText 8]\n\n735\n\nuhu[l. sarva-rasiin nadyaft\nk§ira-dadhy-anna-go-rasiin\ntaravo bhuri-var§mii[la[l.\npriisuyanta madhu-cyuta[l.\nuhuft-bore; sarva-rasiin-all kinds of tastes; nadya�l-the rivers; k§iramilk; dadhi- curd; anna- different kinds of food; go rasiin- other milk prod-\n\nucts; t araval].\n\n-\n\ntrees; bhuri-great ; var§mii[la [l.\n\n-\n\nhaving bodies; priisuyanta­\n\nbore fruit; madh u cyu t a {t - dropping honey.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe flowing rivers supplied all kinds of tastes-sweet, pungent, sour,\netc.-and very big trees supplied fruit and honey in abundance. The cows,\nhaving eaten sufficient green grass, supplied profuse quantities of milk,\ncurd, clarified butter and similar other necessities.\nPURPORT\nIf rivers are not polluted and are allowed to flow in their own way, or\nsometimes allowed to flood the land, the land will become very fertile\nand able to produce all kinds of vegetables, trees and plants. The word\n\nrasa means \"taste.\" Actually all rasas are tastes within the earth, and as\nsoon as seeds are sown on the ground, various lrees sprout up to satisfy our\ndifferent tastes. For instance, sugar cane provides its juices to satisfy our\ntaste for sweetness, and oranges provide their juices to satisfy our taste\nfor a mixture of the sour and the sweet. Similarly, there are pineapples\nand other fruits. At the same time, there are chilis to satisfy our taste for\npungency. Although the earth's ground is the same, different tastes arise\ndue to different kinds of seeds. As Kr�tta says in Bhagavad-gita, bi]arh\n\nmiim sarva-bhutiiniim: \"I am the original seed of all existences.\" (Bg. 7.10)\nTherefore all arrangements are there. And as stated in Isopani§ad: piiriJ-am\n\nidam. Complete arrangements for the production of all the necessities of\nlife are made by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. People should\ntherefore learn how to satisfy the yajiia-purufia, Lord Vi�9u. Indeed, the\nliving entity's prime business is to satisfy the Lord because the living\nentity is part and parcel of the Lord. Thus the whole system is so arranged\nthat the living entity must do his duty as he is constitutionally made.\nWithout doing so, all living entities must suffer. That is the law of nature.\nThe words taravo bhuri-var§mii[la[l. indicate very luxuriantly grown, bigbodied trees. The purpose of these trees was to produce honey and varieties\nof fruit. In other words, the forest also has its purpose in supplying honey,\nfruits and flowers. Unfortunately in Kali-yuga, due to an absence of\n\n", "SB4.2#p0388": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n736\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\nya1na, there are many big trees in the forests, but they do not supply\nsufficient fruits and honey. Thus everything is dependent on the performance of yajfia. The best way to perform yajfia in this age is to spread\nthe sankirtana movement all over the world.\n\nTEXT9\n\nRiA�� «<MEfi(l�\ns.i �� I\naq14t;waqw.5: � �: (1ql�4iU II ' II\nsindhavo ratna-nikanin\ngirayo 'nnatn catur-vidham\nupayanam upajahru{t\nsarve loka{t sapalaka{t\nsindhavaf£-the oceans; ratna-nikaran-heaps of jewels; giraya{t-the hills;\nannam-eatables; catull-vidham-four kinds of; upliyanam-presentations;\nupiijahru{l.-brought forward; sarve-all; lokaf£-the people in general of all\nplanets; sa-piilakii{l.-along with the governors.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Prthu was presented with various gifts from the general populace\nand predominating deities of all planets. The oceans and seas were full of\nvaluable jewels and pearls, and the hills were full of chemicals and fertilizers.\nFour kinds of edibles were produced profusely.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in lsopani;;ad, this material creation is supplied with all the\npotencies for the production of all necessities required by the living\nentities-not only human beings, but animals, reptiles, aquatics, trees, etc.\nThe oceans and seas produce pearls, coral and valuable jewels so that\nfortunate law-abiding people can utilize them. Similarly, the hills are\nfull of chemicals so when rivers flow down from them the chemicals\nspread over the fields to fertilize the four kinds of foodstuffs. These\nare\n\ntechnically known\n\nas carvya (those edibles which are chewed),\n\nlehya (those which are licked up), cu�ya (those which are swallowed) and\npeya (those which are drunk).\nPrthu Maharaja was greeted by the residents of other planets and their\npresiding deities. They presented various gifts to the King and acknowledged\n\n", "SB4.2#p0389": "Text 10)\n\nKing Prthu's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\n\n737\n\nhim as the proper type of king by whose planning and activities everyone\nthroughout the universe could be happy and prosperous. It is clearly\nindicated in this verse that the oceans and seas are meant for producing\njewels, but in Kali-yuga the oceans are mainly being utilized for fishing.\n\nSudras and poor men were allowed to fish, but the higher classes like the\n\nk§atriyas and vaisyas would gather pearls, jewels and coraL Although poor\nmen would catch tons of fish, they would not be equal in value to one\n\npiece of coral or pearl. In this age so many factories for the manufacture\nof fertilizers have been opened, but when the Personality of Godhead is\n\npleased by the performance of yajnas, the hills automatically produce\nfertilizing chemicals, which help produce edibles in the fields. Everything\nis dependent on the people's acceptance of the Vedic principle of sacrifice.\nTEXT 10\n\n� �)$a.�� � q�+f1G\\�( I\n� fttlcUf.ti: : stRIE41t�¥i'i.ftCh� II� II\no\n\niti ciidhok§ajesasya\nprtlws tu paramodayam\nasiiyan bhagaviin indra�\npratighiitam acikarat\niti-thus; ca-also; adhok$aja-isasya-who accepted Adhok�aja as his worshipable Lord; prtho{1\n\n-\n\nof King Prthu; ttL-then; parama-the topmost;\n\nudayam-opule nce; asiiyan-bei ng envious of; bhagaviin-the mo t powerful; indra�-Lhe King of heaven; pratighatam-impediments; acikaratmade.\nTR ANSLATION\nKing Prthu was dependent on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\nis known as Adho�aja. Because King Prthu performed so many sacrifices,\nhe was superhumanly enhanced by the mercy of the Supreme Lord. King\nPrthu's opulence, however, could not be tolerated by the King of heaven,\nlndra, who tried to impede the progress of his opulence.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse there are three significant purposes expressed in the words\nadhok§aja, bhagaviin indra� and prtho�. Maharaja Prthu is an incarnation\n\n", "SB4.2#p0390": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n738\n\n[Canto 4, Ch 19\n.\n\nof Vi�Q.u, yet he is a great devotee of Lord Vi�Q.U. Although an empowered\nincarnation of Lord Vi�Q.u, he is nonetheless a living entity. As such, he\nmust be a devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Although one\nis empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead and is an incarnation,\nhe should not forget his eternal relationship with the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. In Kali-yuga there are many self-made incarnations, rascals,\nwho declare themselves to be the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\nwords bhagaviin indraft indicate that even a living entity can be as exalted\nand powerful as King lndra, for even King lndra is an ordinary living\nentity in the material world and possesses the four defects of the\nconditioned soul. King lndra is described herein as bhagaviin, which is\ngenerally used in reference to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In\nthis case, however, King lndra is addressed as bhagaviin because he has\nso much power in his hands. Despite his becoming bhagaviin, he is\nenvious of the incarnation of God, Prthu Maharaja. The defects of material\nlife are so strong that due to contamination King Indra becomes envious\nof an incarnation of God.\nWe should try to understand, therefore, how a conditioned soul becomes\nfallen. The opulence of King Prthu was not dependent on material conditions. As described in this verse, he was a great devotee of Adhok�aja.\nThe word adhokfiaja indicates the Personality of Godhead, who is beyond\nthe expression of mind and words. However, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead appears before the devotee in His original form of eternal bliss\nand knowledge. The devotee is allowed to see the Supreme Lord eye to\neye, although the Lord is beyond the expression of our senses and beyond\nour direct perception.\n\n44'$cqf6( I\n\nf6(Ifl�t: II � � II\n\ncarameJ;tiisvamedhena\nyajamiine yajufi·patim\nvainye yajiia-pasurit spardhann\napoviiha tirohitaft\ncarameJJa-by the last one; asvamedhena-by the sacrifice of asvamedhayajiia; yajamiine-when he was performing the sacrifice; yaju�-patim-for\nsatisfaction of the Lord of yajiia, Vil'QU; vainye-the son of King Vena;\n\n", "SB4.2#p0391": "King Prthu's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\n\nText 12]\n\n739\n\nyajiia-pasum-the animal meant to be sacrificed in the yajiia; spardhanbeing envious; apovaha- stole; tirohitaft-being invisible.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Prthu Maharaja was performing the last horse sacrifice [ asvamedhayajiia], King lndra, invisible to everyone, stole the horse intended for\nsacrifice. He did this because of his great envy of King Prthu.\nPURPORT\nKing Indra is known as sata-kratu, which indicates that he has performed\none hundred horse sacrifices (asvamedha-yajiia). We should know, however,\nthat the animals sacrificed in the\n\nmantras\n\nwere\n\nproperly\n\nyajfia were not killed. If the Vedic\n\npronounced\n\nduring\n\nthe sacrifice, the animal\n\nsacrificed would come out again with a new life. That is the test for a\nsuccessful yajna. When King Prthu performed one hundred yajiias, Indra\nbecame very envious because he did not want anyone to excel him. Being\nan ordinary living entity, he became envious of King Prthu, and, making\nhimself invisible, he stole the horse and thus impeded the\n\nyajiia per­\n\nformance.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�CP4�U I\n6¥tf!I¢.1'4Mt!J'�(¥41vi\n3118'¥lil'4 � � \\!44�!11{ : II� �II\ntam atrir bhagavan aikfiat\ntvarama�am vihayasa\namuktam iva pakhar-!lam\nyo 'dharme dharma-vibhrama�\n·\n\ntam- King Indra; atri[l,- the sage Atri; bhagavan- most powerful; aik.satcould see; tvarama [tam - moving very hastily; vihayasa-in outer space;\namuktam iva-like a liberated person; pakha!t!lam-imposter; ya� - one\nwho; adharme-in irreligiosity; dharma- religiosity; vibh ramaft- mist aking .\n\nWhen King lndra was taking away the horse, he dressed himself to appear\nas a liberated person. Actually this dress is a form of cheating, for it\nfalsely created an impression of religion. When Indra went into outer\n\n", "SB4.2#p0392": "740\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\nspace in this way, the great sage Atri saw him and understood the whole\nsituation.\nPURPORT\nThe word piikhar-!la used in this verse is sometimes pronounced pii�ar-!la.\n\nBoth of these words indicate an imposter who presents himself as a very\n\nreligious person but in actuality is sinful. Indra took up the saffron­\n\ncolored dress as a way of cheating others. This saffron dress has been\n\nmisused by many imposters who present themselves as liberated persons\nor incarnations of God. In this way people are cheated. As we have\n\nmentioned many times, the conditioned soul has a tendency to cheat;\n\ntherefore this quality is also visible in a person like King Indra. It is\n\nunderstood that even King Indra is not liberated from the clutches of\nmaterial contamination. Thus the word iimuktam iva, meaning \"as if he\n\nwere liberated,\" is used. The saffron dress worn by a sannyiisi announces\n\nto the world that he has renounced all worldly affairs and is simply en­\n\ngaged in the service of the Lord. Such a devotee is actually a sannyiisi or\n\nliberated person. In Bhagavad-gitii it is said:\n\naniisrita� karma-phalani\nkiiryam karma karoti ya�\nsa sannyiisi ca yogi ca\nna niragnir na ciikriya�\n\n\"One who is unattached to the fruits of his work and who works as he is\n\nobligated is in the renounced order of life, and he is the true mystic: not\nhe who lights no fire and performs no work.\" (Bg. 6.1)\n\nIn other words, one who offers the results of his activities to the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead is actually a sannyiis'i and yogi. Cheating sannyiis\"is\n\nand yogis have existed since the time of Prthu Maharaja's sacrifice. This\n\ncheating was very foolishly introduced by King Indra. In some ages such\n\ncheating is very prominent, and in other ages not so prominent. It is the\n\nduty of a sannyiisi to be very cautious because, as stated by Lord Caitanya,\nsannyiisira alpa chidra sarva-loke giiya: a little spot in a sannyiisi's character\n\nwill be magnified by the public. Therefore, unless one is very sincere and\n\nserious, he should not take up the order of sannyiisa. One should not use\n\nthis order as a means to cheat the public. It is better not to take up sannyiisa\nin this age of Kali because provocations are very strong in this age. Only a\nvery exalted person advanced in spiritual understanding should attempt to\n\ntake up sannyiisa. One should not adopt this order as a means of livelihood\nor for some material purpose.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0393": "King Prthu's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\n\nText 14]\n\n741\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�������:1\n31eoq�l'!4� �8,l<i[F{ag f� �litcffil: II�� II\natrira codito hanturh\nprthu-putro maha-rathalz.\nanvadhavata sankruddhas\nti§tha t(stheti ctibravtt\natrirti-by the great age Atri; co ditaft -being encouraged; hantum- to\n\n-\n\nkill; prthu putra{t -the son of King Prthu; mahii-rathaft-a great hero;\nanvadhavata-followed; s ankruddhaft -being very angry; ti.s.tha ti,s,tha-just\nwait, just wait; iti-thus; ca-also; abravit-he said.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the son of King Prthu was informed by Atri of King lndra 's trick,\nhe immediately became very angry and followed lndra to kill him, calling,\n\"Wait! Wait!\"\nPURPORT\nThe words ti§Jha ti§tha are used by a k§atriya when he challenges his\nenemy. When fighting, a k§atriya cannot flee from the battlefield. However,\nwhen a k§atriya out of cowardice flees from the battlefield, howing hi\n\nenemy, he is challenged with the words ti§.tha ti§tha. A real\nk§atriya does not kill his enemy from behind, nor does a real k§atriya turn\n\nback to hi\n\nhis back on the battlefield. According to k§atriya principle and spirit,\none eilher attain\n\nvictory or dies in the baLUefield. Although King lndra\nwas very exalted, being the King of heaven, he became degraded due to his\n\nstealing the hor c intended for sacrifice. Therefore he fled without observing\nthe k§atriya principles, and the on of Prthu had Lo hallenge him wilh Lhe\nwords ti§�ha ti§tha.\nTEXT 14\n\nij ��t�utM � � � 4it\\�1'( I\n� +t41'11'bB� � iTt'Ji 91 pRr II� \\lll\ntam tadrsukrtirh vik§ya\nmene dharmarh sartriram\n\n", "SB4.2#p0394": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n742\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\nja_tilarh bhasman'iicchannarh\ntasmai biirtarh na muncati\ntam-him; tiidrsa-akrtim-in such dress; vtk § ya\n\n-\n\nafter seeing; mene-con­\n\nsidered; dharmam- pious or religious; sartri rtam -h aving a body; jatilamhaving knotted hair; bhasmanii-by ashes; iicchannam-smeared all over the\nbody; tasmai-unto him; bar- am-arrow; na-not; muncati-he did release.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing lndra was fraudulently dressed as a sannyasi, having knotted his\nhair on his head and smeared ashes all over his body. Upon seeing such\ndress, the son of King l>fthu considered lndra a religious man and pious\nsannyasi. Therefore he did not release his arrows.\nTEXT 15\n\n�lf'lt� � wn A�Sf;H�a:�a._ I\n� � m � R!\\411!.1'4'( 11�\"'11\nvadhiin nivrttarh tam bhuyo\nhantave 'trir acodayat\njahi yajna-hanarh tiita\nmahendrarh vibudhiidhamam\nvadhiit-from killing; nivrttam- stopped ; tam-the son of Prthu; bhUya[l.again; hantave-for the purpose of killing; atri[l. -the great sage Atri;\n\nacodayat- en cou raged; jahi-kill; yajna-hanam-one who impeded the performance of a yajna; tata\n\n-\n\nmy dear son; mahii-indram-the great heavenly\n\nKing Indra; vibudha-adhamam-the lowest of all demigods.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Atri Muni saw that the son of King l>fthu did not kill lndra but\nreturned deceived by him, Atri Muni again instructed him to kill the\nheavenly King because he thought that lndra had become the lowliest of\n\nall demigods due to his impeding the execution of King l>fthu's sacrifice.\nTEXT 16\n\n� ��: sihfi�('41vi fi1CI41el I\n3(;q�a:llli:it mot � ������\n\n", "SB4.2#p0395": "Text 18]\n\nKing Prthu's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\n\n743\n\nevam vainya-suta[l. proktas\ntvaramaram vihayasii\nanvadravad abhikruddho\nriivaram grdhra-rii!l iva\nevam-thus; vainya-suta[l.-the son of King Prthu; prokta[l. - being ordered; tva ramii [t am - Indra , who was moving hastily; vihiiyasii-in the sky;\n\nanvadravat- began to chase; abhikruddha[l.- being very angry; riiva[tamRavapa; grdhra-rii.t- the king of vultures; iva-like.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing thus informed, the grandson of King Vena immediately began to\nfollow lndra, who was fleeing through the sky in great haste. He was very\nangry with him, and he chased him just as the king of the vultures chased\nRaval).a.\nTEXT 17\n\nms� ��af(�cU�3C'flfta:�.J\nem:\nj:qtrf,�Potql-t_ 11�\\911\n(qq-wtlay;r\n\nso 'svarh rupam ca tad dhitva\ntasmii antarhita[l. sva-rat\nvtra[l. sva-pasum iidiiya\npitur yajiiam upeyiviin\nsa[l.- King Indra; asvam-the horse; rupam-the false dress of a saintly\nperson; c a - al so; tat- that; hitvii- giving up; tasmai- for him; antarhita[l.disappeared; s va-r ii.t- Indra; vtra[l.- the great hero; sva-pasum- h is animal;\niidiiya- having\n\ntaken;\n\npitu[l.-of\n\nhis\n\nfather; yaj n am- to\n\nthe\n\nsacrifice;\n\nupey iviin - he came back.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen lndra saw that the son of P{thu was chasing him, he immediately\nabandoned his false dress and left the horse. Indeed, he disappeared from\nthat very spot, and the great hero, the sori of Maharaja P{thu, returned the\nhorse to his father's sacrificial arena.\nTEXT 18\n\n", "SB4.2#p0396": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n744\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\ntat tasya ciidbhutarh karma\nvicakpya paramarfiaya�\nniimadheyarh dadus tasmai\nvijitiisva iti prabho\ntat- that; t asya\n\n,\n\n-his; ca- also; adbhulam- wonderf l ; karma-a tivi y ;\nu\n\nc\n\nt\n\nvicaksya-afte r observing; parama-r.saya�-the great sages; niimadheyam­\n\nthe name; dadu�- they offered; tasmai- to him; vijita-asva[l- Vijitasva (he\nwho has won the horse); iti-thu s; prabho-my dear Lord Vidura.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord Vidura, when the great sages observed the wonderful\n\nprowess of the son of King Prthu, they all agreed to give him the name\nVijitasva.\nTEXT 19\n\n6�«ftd �� �:I\noq'tiW{q6@i(l f«oq(ij;f ft-c: II ��II\n\naq�\n\nupasrjya tamas tivrarh\njahiiriisvarh punar hari[t\ncafiiila-yupalas channo\nhirar-ya-rasanarh vibhu�\n\n- creating; tama[l- darkness ; tivram- dense ; jahiira- took away;\nthe wooden instrument where the animals were sacrificed; channa[l - b e i ng\ncovered; hira[Lya-rasanam-tied with a gold chain; vibhu[l- ve ry powerful.\nupas rjya\n\nasvam-the horse; pu n a� -aga in; har i{l, - King Indra; ca.siila-yupata[l-from\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Vidura, lndra, being the King of heaven and very powerful, immediately brought a dense darkness upon the sacrificial arena. Covering\n\nthe whole scene in this way, he again took away the horse, which was\n\nchained with golden shackles near the wooden instrument where animals\nwere sacrificed.\nTEXT 20\n\nsmr: ('t�fiMI�I('I ��·uj �··�(1 I\n•MRJS(Citql�\n� � ll�oll\n....\n\n", "SB4.2#p0397": "Text 22)\n\nKing Prthu's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\n\n745\n\natrift sandarsayiim iisa\ntvaramii[tarh vihiiyasii\nkapiila-kha.tviinga-dhararh\nviro nainam abiidhata\natri�-the great sage Atri; sandarsayiim iisa-caused to see; tvararniir;wmgoing very hastily; vt:hayasii-in the sky; kapiila-kha,tviinga-a staff with a\nskull at the top; dhararn-who carried; viraf£ - the hero (King Prthu's son);\nna-not; enam-the King of heaven, lndra; abiidhata-killed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Atri again pointed out to the son of King Ptthu that lndra\nwas fleeing through the sky. The great hero, the son of Ptthu, chased him\nagain. But when he saw that lndra was carrying in his hand a staff with a\nskull at the top and was again wearing the dress of a sannyasi, he still chose\nnot to kill him.\nTEXT 21\n\n� :;{tfd>ij(ij� � fitftRcf � I\n��� �T{1�1q�fi�t: �IIi(� II\n...\n\natri[tii coditas tasmai\nsandadhe visikharh ru,sii\nso 'svarh ruparh ca tad dhitvii\ntasthiiv antarhita� sva-riit\natri[tii-by the great sage Atri; codita�-inspired; tasmai-for Lord lndra;\nsandadhe-fixed up; visikham-his arrow; ru�a-out of great anger; sa�King lndra; asvam-horse; ropam-the dress of a sannyasi; ca-also; tatthat; hitva-giving up; tasthau-he remained there; an.tarhita�-invisible;\nsva-ra.t-the independent I ndra.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the great sage Atri again gave directions, the son of King Prthu hecame very angry and placed an arrow on his how. Upon seeing this, King\nIndra immediately abandoned the false dress of a sannyasi and, giving up\nthe horse, made himself invisible.\nTEXT 22\n\nfutnJfJQqI<=Jtl\nij\"� {( �\n\nAq:.l(l'ltU4Iild: I\n::t•zt$lwtti�a: II�i(ll\n\n", "SB4.2#p0398": "746\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\nviras ciisvam upiidiiya\n\npitr-yajiiam athiivrajat\n\ntad avadyarh hare ruparh\n\njagrhur jiiiina-durbalii�\n\nvirafr-the son of King Pflhu; ca-also; asvam-the horse;upiidiiya-tak­\n\ning; pitr-yajiiam-to the sacrificial arena of his father; atka-thereafter;\navrajat-went; tat-that; avadyam-abominable; hare�-of Indra; rupamdress;jagrhu�-adopted;jiiiina-durbalii�-those with a poor fund of knowl­\n\nedge;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen the great hero, Vijitasva, the son of King Prthu, again took the\nhorse and returned to his father's sacrificial arena. Since that time, certain\n\nmen with a poor fund of knowledge have adopted the dress of a false\nsannyiisi. It was King lndra who introduced this.\nPURPORT\nSince time immemorial, the sannyiisa order has carried the tridap,Pa.\n\nLater Sati.karacarya introduced the ekadap,Pi-sannyiisi. A trida[!pi-sannyiisi\nis a Vai�l).ava sannyiisi, and an ekada[!pi-sannyiisi is a Miiyiiviidi sannyiisi.\n\nThere are many other types of sannyiisis who are not approved by Vedic\n\nrituals. A type of pseudo-sannyiisa was introduced by Indra when he tried\n\nto hide himself from the attack of Vijilasva, the great son of King Prthu.\n\nNow there are many different types of sannyiisis. Some of them go naked,\n\nand some of them carry a skull and trident, generally known as kiipiilika.\n\nAll of them were introduced under some meaningless circumstances, and\n\nthose who have a poor fund of knowledge accept these false sannyiisis and\ntheir pretenses, although they are not bona fide guides to spiritual advance­\n\nment. At the present moment some missionary institutions, without referring to the Vedic rituals, have introduced some sann yiisis who engage in\nsinful activities. The sinful activities forbidden by the siistras are illicit sex,\n\nintoxication, meat-eating and gambling. These so-called sannyiisis indulge\n\nin all these activities. They eat meat and flesh, fish, eggs and just about\neverything. They sometimes drink with the excuse that without alcohol,\nfish and meat, it is impossible to remain in the cold countries near the\n\narctic zone. These sannyiisis introduce all these sinful activities in the name\n\nof serving the poor, and consequently poor animals are cut to pieces and go\n\ninto the bellies of these sannyiisis. As described in the following verses, such\n\nsannyiisis are piikha[!pis. Vedic literature states that a person who puts\n\n", "SB4.2#p0399": "Text 23]\n\nKing Prthu's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\n\n747\n\nLord Narayal).a on the level with Lord Siva or Lord Brahma immediately\nbecomes a piikha[!pi. As stated in the Purii[!as:\nyas tu niiriiya[!arh devarh\nbrahma-rudriidi-daivatai[l.\nsamatvenaiva vik§eta\nsa pii§al)q.i bhaved dhruvam\nIn Kali-yuga the piikha[!pis are very prominent. However, Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu has tried to kill all these piikhar-pts by intr.o ducing\n\nHis\n\nsanktrtana movement. Those who take advantage of this sanktrtana movement of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness will be able\nto save themselves from the influence of these piikhar-pts.\nTEXT 23\n\nqUif � � vs:) �Rf�wiql I\n� �('40CIM fq (qo:sfll(t�Q II�� II\nyiini rupiil)i jagrhe\nindro haya-jihtr§ayii\ntiini piipasya kha[!piini\nlingarh khar-pam ihocyate\n\n- forms;jagrhe- accepted; indra[l.-the King\n- the horse;jihir§ayii-with a desire to steal; tani-all those;\n\nyani-all those which; rupa[!i\nof heaven; haya\npiipasya-of\n\nsinful\n\nactivities;\n\nkhar-pani-signs;\n\nliligam-the\n\nsymbol;\n\nkha[!pam-the word khar-!la; iha-here; ucyate-is said.\nTRANSLATION\nWhatever different forms Indra assumed as a mendicant because of his\ndesire to seize the horse were symbols of atheistic philosophy.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic civilization, sannyiisa is one of the essential items in\nthe program of the varr-a-iisrama institution. One should accept sannyiisa\naccording to the paramparii system of the iiciiryas. At the present moment,\nhowever, many so-called sannyiists or mendicants have no understanding of\nGod consciousness. Such sannyiisa was introduced by lndra because of his\n\n", "SB4.2#p0400": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n748\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\njealousy of Maharaja Prthu, and what he introduced is again appearing in\nthe age of Kali. Practically none of the sannyasts in this age are bona fide.\n\nNo one can introduce any new system into the Vedic way of life; if one\n\ndoes so out of malice, he is to be known as a pii�arJ.cJi, or atheist. In the\nVai$Qava tantra it is said:\n\nyas tu narayar;wrh devarh\nbrahma-rudradi-daivata*\nsamatvenaiva vtk§eta\nsa pii§art!li bhaved dhruvam\nAlthough it is forbidden, there are many pa�art(iis who coin terms like\ndaridra-naraya[ta and svami-naraya[ta, although not even such demigods as\nBrahmii. and Siva can be equal to NariiyaQa.\n\nTEXTS 24-25\n\n�� ���� �'\"*4�$�Efij�l I\n��! qRCiut! +tRtiun'l ll�\\lll\n�\n��\\lit!\nwt\\C«fiql!l�! I\n� m � � � f{� ������\nevam indre haraty asvarh\nvainya-yajna-jighiirhsayii\ntad-grhita-visntefiu\npiikhart!lefiu matir nr7J.iim\ndharma ity upadharmefiu\nnagna-rakta-patadi§u\npraye[ta sajjate bhrantyii\npesalefiu ca viigmi§u\nevam-thus; indre-when the King of heaven; harati-stole; asvam-the\n\nhorse; vainya-of the son of King Vena; yajna-the sacrifice;jighiirhsayii­\n\nwith a desire to stop;tat-by him;grhita-accepted;visr.s.te.su-abandoned;\n\npakhart!le.su-toward the sinful dress; mati[l\n\n- attraction; nrrtiim-of the\n- thus; upadharme.su­\n\npeople in general; dharmaft-system of religion; iti\n\ntoward false religious systems;nagna-naked;rakta-pa.ta-red robed;iidi,su­\n\netc.; pray e rta- gener al ly; sajjate-is attracted; bhriintyti-foolishly;pesale§u\n\n-expert; ca-and; viigm (su- eloquent\n\n.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0401": "Text 26]\n\nKing Prthu's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\n\n749\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, King lndra, in order to steal the horse from King Prthu's\nsacrifice, adopted several orders of sannyasa. Some of these sannyasis go\nnaked, and sometimes they wear red garments and pass under the name of\nkapalika. These are simply symbolic representations of their sinful activities.\nThese so·called sannyasis are very much appreciated by sinful men because\nthey are all godless atheists and very expert in putting forward arguments\nand reasons to support their case. We must know, however, that they are\nonly passing as adherents of religion and are not so in fact. Unfortunately,\nbewildered persons accept them as religious, and being attracted to them,\nthey spoil their life.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam, men in this age of Kali are short·lived,\ndevoid of spiritual knowledge, and susceptible to accept false religious\nsystems due to their unfortunate condition. Thus they always remain mentally disturbed. The Vedic siistras practically prohibit the adoption of\n\nsannyiisa in the age of Kali because less intelligent men may accept the\n\nsannyasa order for cheating purposes. Actually the only religion is the re­\n\nligion of surrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. We must\nserve the Lord in Kr�qa consciousnes . All other systems of sannyiisa and\n\nreligion are actually not bona fide. In this age they are simply passing for\nreligious systems. This is most regrettable.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�� lPlcffi'. �: �q(lsti¥U I\n� ifqijt 'IIOI'fiC:=JIQijifil�: ����II\ntad abhijnaya bhagavan\n\nprthu� prthu-parakrama�\n\nindraya kupito bii[l-am\n\nadattodyata-karmuka�\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-cel ebrat d as very powerful;\ni ndriiya - upon lndra; kupi ta� - being very angry; bii[l-am - an arrow; iidattatook up; udyata - having taken up; kii muka� - the bow.\ntat that; abhijnaya unde rstanding; bhagavan the incarnation of God­\n\n-\n\nhead; prthu�- King Prthu; prthu parii k rama�\nr\n\ne\n\n", "SB4.2#p0402": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n750\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Prthu, who was celebrated as very powerful, immediately took\nup his bow and arrows and prepared to kill lndra himself, because Indra\nintroduced such irregular sannyasa orders.\nPURPORT\nIt is the duty of the king not to tolerate any introduction of any irreligious\nsystems. Since King P�thu was an incarnation of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, certainly his duty was to cut down all kinds of irreligious\nsystems. Following in his footsteps, all heads of state should themselves be\nbona fide representatives of God and should cut down all irreligious systems. Unfortunately they are cowards who declare a secular state. Such\na mentality is a way of compromising religious and irreligiou systems,\nbut because of this citizens are generally becoming uninterested in spiritual\nadvancement. Thus the situation deteriorates to such an extenl thal human\nsociety becomes hellish.\nTEXT 27\n\n6'f��u\n\n,.i4�ijfAI6\n\n� l'��&tija(cij'( 1\n�\nf.tql(41qlij(«l\n;r ��S�II;::q'l st...,f«:<l( ������\n\ntam rtvijaft sakra-vadhabhisandhitam\nvicakfiya dufipreknam asahya-ramhasam\nnivii.rayii.m ii.sur aho mahii.-mate\nna yujyate 'trii.nya-vadha� pracoditii.t\ntam\n\n- King Prthu; rtvija�- the priest ; sakra-vadha-killing the King of\n\nheaven; abhisandhitam-thus preparing himself; vicak§ya-having observed;\n\n.\n\nduspre k.syam\n\n- terrible to look at; asahya - unbearable; ramhasam-whose\n\nvelocity; niviirayiim iisu�-they forbade; aho-oh; mahii-mate-0 great soul;\nna\n\n- not ; yujyate-is worthy for you; atra-in this sacrificial arena; anya­\n\nothers; vadha�-killing; pracoditiit-from being so directed in the scriptures.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the priests and all the others saw Maharaja Prthu very angry and\n\nprepared to kill lndra, they requested him: 0 great soul, do not kill him,\n\n", "SB4.2#p0403": "King Prthu's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\n\nText 28]\n\n751\n\nfor only sacrificial animals can be killed in a sacrifice. Such are the directions given by sastra.\nPURPORT\nAnimal killing is intended for different purposes. It tests the proper pronunciation of Vedic mantras, and an animal being put into the sacrificial\nfire should come out with a new life. No one should ever be killed in a\nsacrifice meant for the satisfaction of Lord Vi$Q.U. How then could Indra\nbe killed when he is actually worshiped in the yajfia and accepted as part\nand parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead? Therefore the priests\nrequested King Prthu not to kill him.\nTEXT 28\n\n��mttfl+t q&'!f(-.�(\nSimi � � (tsfl<t( II ��II\nvayarh marutvantam ihiirtha-niisanarh\nhvayiimahe tvac-chravasii hata-tvi�am\nayiitayiimopahavair anantararh\nprasahya riijan juhaviima te 'hitam\nvayam-we; marutvantam- King Indra; iha- here; artha- of your interest;\n\nniisanam-the destroyer; hvayiim a he-we shall call; tvat-sravasii-by your\n\n-\n\nglory; hata tv i,sam\n\n- already bereft of his power; ayiitayiima-never before\n\nused; upahavai{t-by mantras of invocation; anantaram-without delay;\nprasahya-by force; riijan-0 King; juhaviima-we shall sacrifice in the fire;\n\nte-your; ahitam\n\n- enemy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDear King, lndra's powers are already reduced due to his attempt to\nimpede the execution of your sacrifice. We shall call him by Vedic mantras,\nwhich were never before used, and certainly he will come. Thus by the\npower of our mantra, we shall cast him into the fire because he is your\nenemy.\nPURPORT\nBy chanting the Vedic mantras properly in a sacrifice, one can perform\nmany wonderful things. In Kali-yuga, however, there are no qualified\n\n", "SB4.2#p0404": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n752\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\nbrahma[las who can chanl the mantras properly. Con equently no attempt\nshould be made to perform such big sacrifices. In this age the only sacrifice\nrecommended is the sariktrtana movement.\n\nTEXT 29\n\nW$;(1�� �I\n�af4(ijl�lfl\n�: st�1'1a II�Q..II\n\n�� �\n\nity amantrya kratu-patirh\nviduriisyartvijo nt§ii\nsrug-ghastiin juhvato 'bhyetya\nsvayambhU� pratya§edhata\niti- thus; ii rn an trya-after\n\ninforming; kratu-patim-King\n\nPrthu,\n\nthe\n\nmaster of the sacrifice; vidura-0 Vidura; asya-of P,rthu; rtvija� -the\npriests; r u $li-in great anger; sruk-hastan-with the sacrificial lade! in hand;\njuhvata�-perfo rming the fire sacrifice; abhyetya-having begun; svayarnbhu!t\n\n-\n\nLord Brahm a; pratya�edhata-asked them to stop.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Vidura, after giving the King this advice, the priests who had\nbeen engaged in performing the sacrifice called for Indra, the King of\nheaven, in a mood of great anger. When they were just ready to put the\n\noblation on the fire, Lord Brahma appeared on the scene and forbade them\nto start the sacrifice.\n\nTEXT 30\n\nero� ¥teta1f'ltit � ¥t•let'E1�: 1\nq �� � ��t!���if: ijU: 11�011\n\n�\n\nna vadhyo bhavatiirn indro\nyad yajno bhagavat-tanu�\nyarh jighiirhsatha yajnena\nyasye§tiis tanava� sura�\nna not; vadhya� ought to be killed; bhavatiim-by all of you; indra�-\n\n-\n\nthe King of heaven; yat-because;yajna�-a name of Indra ; bhagavat-tanu�\n-part of the body of the Supreme Personality of G odhead; yam-wh om;\n\n", "SB4.2#p0405": "King Prthu 's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\n\nText 32]\n\n753\n\nj ighiimsatha you wish to kill; yajiiena-by perf or m i ng sacrifice;yasya-of\n-\n\nIndra; (s.tii{t-heing\n\nworshiped; tan ava�- p arts of the body ; sun:i[t-the\n\ndemigods.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma addressed them thus: My dear sacrificial performers, you\ncannot kill lndra, the King of heaven. It is not your duty. You should know\nthat Indra is as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Indeed, he is\none of the most powerful assistants of the Personality of Godhead. You\nare trying to satisfy all the demigods by the performance of this yajna, but\nyou should know that all these demigods are but parts and parcels of lndra,\nthe King of heaven. How, then, can you kill him in this great sacrifice?\nTEXT 31\n\n� �(f ¥4(4:fiof4Rt4i( �: I\nfo=�� u•: 4iit�\\4itH11 II�� II\ntad idam pasyata mahaddharma-vyatikaram dvijii{l\nindre!tiinu§�hitam riijfia�l\nkarmaitad vijighiimsatii\ntat-then; idam-this; pasyata-jusl see; mahat-great· dharma-of re·\n\nligio u s life; vyatikaram-violation; dvijii�-0 great briihma[tas; indre[la-by\n\nIndra; anu,s.thitam-performed; riijiia{l-of the King; karma-activity; etatthis sacrifice; vijighii1hsatii- desiring to impede.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn order to make trouble and impede the performance of King PJ,\"thu's\ngreat sacrifice, King lndra has adopted some means that in the future will\ndestroy the clear path of religious life. I draw your attention to this fact.\nIf you oppose him any further, he will further misuse his power and introduce many other irreligious systems.\nTEXT 32\n\n�i:\n��litwt,(tstid: I\n� � �: ���l;:¥{ttJ\\f�N( II��II\n\n", "SB4.2#p0406": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n754\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\nprthu-kirte� prthor bhiiyiit\ntarhy ekona-sata-kratu�\nalarit te kratubhilt svi_stair\nyad bhaviin mok§a-dharma-vit\nprthu-kirte�-of wide renown;prtho�\n\n-\n\nof King Prthu; b h iiyiit\n\n-\n\nlet it be;\n\ntarhi-therefore; ekona-sata-kratu�-he who performed ninety-nine yajnas;\nalam-there is nothing to be gained; te-of you; k ratubh*-by performing\nsacrifi ces; su-i,s.tai�-well performed;yat-because; bhaviin-yourself; mok§adharma-vit-the knower of the path of liberation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Let there be only ninety-nine sacrificial performances for Maharaja\nPrthu,\"\n\nLord\n\nBrahma concluded.\n\nLord Brahma then turned toward\n\nMaharaja Prthu and informed him that since he was thoroughly aware of\nthe path of liberation, what was the use in performing more sacrifices?\nPURPORT\nLord Brahma came down to pacify King Prthu regarding his continual\nperformance of one hundred sacrifices. King Prthu was determined to perform one hundred sacrifices, and King lndra took this very seriously because lndra himself was known as the performer of one hundred sacrifices.\nJust as it is the nature of all living entities wiLhin this material world to become envious of their competitors, King Indra, although King of heaven,\nwas also envious of King Prthu. Therefore, he wanted to stop him from performing one hundred sacrifices. Actually there was great competition, and\nKing lndra, to satisfy his senses, began to invent so many irreligious sy�tems Lo obstruct King Prthu. To stop these irreligious inventions, Lord\nBrahmii personally appeared in the sacrificial arena. As far as Maharaja\nPrthu was concerned, he was a great devotee of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; therefore it was not necessary for him to perform the prescribed\nVedic ritualistic ceremonies. Such ceremonies are known as karma, and\nthere is no need for a devotee in the transcendental position to execute\nthem. As the ideal king, however, it was King Prthu 's duty to perform sacrifices. A compromise was therefore to be worked out. By the blessings of\nLord Brahma, King Prthu would become more famous than King lndra. Thus\nPrthu 's determination to perform one hundred sacrifices was indirectly\nfulfilled by the blessings of Lord Brahma.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0407": "Text 34]\n\nKing Prthu 's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\n\n755\n\nTEXT 33\n\n�� �m (l\"\"'d\"(Rt 1\na'II�N ft � a- �4tili�Siitll����\nnaiviitmane mahendriiya\nro§am iihartum arhasi\nubhiiv api hi bhadrarh te\nuttamasloka-vigrahau\n\n-\n\nna not; eva- ce rtainly; iitmane-nondifferent from you; mahii-indriiyaange r; iihartum-to apply; arhasiou ought; ubhau-both of you; api ce rtainly ; hi- al so; bhad ram- good\n:>rtune; le-unto you; u ttama- sloka vig rahau-incarnations of the Supreme\n\n-\n\npon the King of heaven, Indra; ro §am\n\n-\n\n'ersonality of Godhead.\n\nTRANS LATION\nLord Brahma continued: Let there be good fortune to both of you, for\n·ou and King lndra are both part and parcel of the Supreme Personality of\n;odhead. Therefore you should not be angry with King lndra, who is nonlifferent from you.\nTEXT 34\n\n411f�rit(l� ;pn: � �\nf;t,...�.44�\n3li«<R411\n\n�1('41�JI � � •d\n41Wft�t f%w � 11�\\lll\n\nmiismin mahiiriija krthiift sma cintiirh\nnisiimayiismad-vaca iidrtiitmii\nyad dhyiiyato daiva-hatarh nu karturh\nmano 'tiru§tarh visate tamo 'ndham\nmii-do nol; asmin-in this; mahii-riija-0 King; krthiift\n\n- do ; sma-a:; done\n\nin the past; cintiim- agitation of the mind; ni siimaya-please\n\nonsider;\n\nasmal- my; vaca�t- words; iidrta-iitmii- being very respectful; yat- because;\ndhyiiyala{1.-of he who is contemplating; daiva-hatam-that which is\n\n", "SB4.2#p0408": "Sri mad- Bhagavatam\n\n756\nthwarted by providence; nu\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\ncertainly ; kartum-to do; mana{t- the mind;\natiru �t am very angry; visate-enters; tama{t -darkness; andham dense.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, don't be agitated and anxious because your sacrifices have\nnot been properly executed due to providential impediments. Kindly take\nmy words with great respect. We should always remember that if something\nhappens by providential arrangement, we should not be very sorry_ The\nmore we try to rectify such reversals, the m�re we enter into the darkest\nregion of materialistic thought.\nPURPORT\nSometimes the saintly or very religious person also has to meet with\nreversals in life. Such incidents should be taken as providential. Although\nthere may be sufficient cause for being unhappy, one should avoid counteracting such reversals because the more we become implicated in rectifying\nsuch reversals, the more we enter into the darkest regions of material\nanxiety. Lord Kr�11a has also advised us in this connection. We should\ntolerate things instead of becoming agitated.\nTEXT 35\n\n�: I\n�\n•ttMW<tl�,\nd+U4�Etit � ��fit��: ������\nkratur viramatlim e§a\ndeve§u duravagrahaft\ndharma-vyatikaro yatra\nplikhart9-air indra-nirmitai[t\nkratuft- the sacrifice ;viramatiim-let it stop; e�a�l- this; deve§u- amongst\nd u ravagrahaQ. - addiction to unwanted things; dharmavyatikaraft-violation of religious principles; yatra where; pakha[l9-ai�l-by\nsinful activities; indra-by the King of heaven; nirmita ift manufactured\n\nthe demigods;\n\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma continued: Stop the performance of these sacrifices, for\nthey have induced lndra to introduce so many irreligious aspects. You\n\n", "SB4.2#p0409": "Text 36]\n\n757\n\nKing P.;thu's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\n\nshould know very well that even amongst the demigods there are many unwanted desires.\nPURPORT\nThere are many competitors in ordinary business affairs, and the karmakii[lf[.a chaplers of the Vedas sometimes cause competition and envy\namongst karmis. A karmi must be envious because he wishes to enj oy material pleasures to their fullest extent. That is the material disease. Consequently there is always competition amongst karmis, either in ordinary\nbusiness affairs or in the performance of yajna. Lord Brahma's purpose was\nto end the competition between Lord Indra and Maharaj a P.;thu. Because\nMaharaj a P.;thu was a great devotee and incarnation of God, he was requested to stop the sacrifices so that Indra might not further introduce\nirreligious syslems, which are always followed by criminal-minded people.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n�R\"S(t�: ql(ct4{if(flt�W(t( I\nfl44•noj ftt:q�;f � � II�� II\n�\n\n....\n\nebhir indropasamsr#ai�\npiikha[lf[.air hiiribhir ja.nam\nhri yamii[larit vicak§vainam\nyas te yajiia-dhrug asva-mut\nebh ifl. by these; ind ra- upas aritsr.s t ai{ created by the King of heaven,\nsinful activities; hiiribhi{t very attractive to the heart;\njanam the people in general; hriyam a[l am being carried away; vicak§vaj ust see; enam-these; ya� one who; te your; ya. jna dhru k creating a disturbance in the performance of the sacrifice; asv a mu t who stole the horse.\n-\n\nIndra; piikha[l f/.ai�\n\n.\n\nl-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust see how Indra, the King of heaven, was creating a disturbance in\nthe midst of the sacrifice by stealing the sacrificial horse. These attractive\nsinful activities, which he has introduced, will be carried out by the people\nin general.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nyad yad acarati sre�.thas\ntat tad evetaro jana[l.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0410": "758\n\n�rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\nsa yat pramii[Larh kurute\nlokas tad anuvartate\n\"Whatever action is performed by a great man, common men follow in his\nfootsteps. And whatever standards he sets by exemplary acts, all the world\npursues.\" (Bg 3.21)\nFor his own sense gratification, King Indra thought to defeat Maharaja\nPrthu in the performance of one hundred horse sacrifices. Consequently he\nstole the horse and hid himself amid so many irreligious personalities,\ntaking on the guise of a false sannyiisi. Such activities are attractive to the\npeople in general; therefore they are dangerous. Lord Brahma thought that\ninstead of allowing Indra to further introduce such irreligious systems, it\nwould be better to stop the sacrifice. A similar stance was taken by Lord\nBuddha when people were overly engrossed in the animal sacrifices recommended by Vedic instructions. Lord Buddha had to introduce the religion\nof nonviolence by contradicting the Vedic sacrificial instructions. Actually\nin the sacrifices the slaughtered animals were given a new life, but people\nwithout such powers were taking advantage of such Vedic rituals and unnecessarily killing poor animals. Therefore Lord Buddha had to deny the\nauthority of the Vedas for the time being. One should not perform sacrifices\nthat will induce reversed orders. It is better to stop such sacrifices.\nAs we have repeatedly explained, due to a lack of qualified brahminical\npriests in Kali-yuga, it is not possible to perform the ritualistic ceremonies\nrecommended in the Vedas. Consequently the siistras instruct us to perform\nthe sankirtana-yajna. By the sankirtana sacrifice, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, in His form of Lord Caitanya, will be satisfied and worshiped.\nThe entire purpose of performing sacrifices is to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�QU. Lord Vi�Qu or Lord Kr�qa is present in His\nform of Lord Caitanya; therefore people who are intelligent should try to\nsatisfy Him by performing smikirtana-yajna. This is the easiest way to\nsatisfy Lord Vi�Qu in this age. People should take advantage of the injunction in different siistras concerning sacrifices in this age and not create\nunnecessary disturbances during the sinful age of Kali. In Kali-yuga men\nall over the world are very expert in opening slaughterhouses for killing\nanimals, which they eat. If the old ritualistic ceremonies were observed,\npeople would be encouraged to kill more and more animals. In Calcutta\nthere are many butcher shops which keep a deity of the goddess Kii.li, and\nanimal eaters think it proper to purchase animal flesh from such shops in\nhope that they are eating the remnants of food offered to goddess Kali.\nThey do not know that goddess Kali never accepts nonvegetarian food be-\n\n", "SB4.2#p0411": "Text 37]\n\nKing Prthu's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\n\n759\n\ncause she is the chaste wife of Lord Siva. Lord Siva is also a great Vai�qava\n\nand never eats nonvegetarian food, and the goddess Kali accepts the\nremnants of food left by Lord Siva. Therefore there is no possibility of her\n\neating flesh or fish. Such offerings are accepted by the associates of goddess\n\nKaliknown as bhutas, pisiicas and Rak�asas, and those who take the prasiida\n\nof goddess Kiili in the shape of flesh or fish are not actually taking Lhe\nprasiida left by goddess Kiili, but the food left by the bhutas and pisiicas.\n\nTEXT 37\n\nqf4Jlldf'ICICfflui1\n� (1¥tql��q( I\n�•uq::ql(t:ct!38'«e\n� W�WIM � ������\nbhaviin paritriitum ihiivat\"ir[tO\ndharmarh janiiniirh samayiinurupam\nveniipaciiriid avaluptam adya\ntad-dehato vifi[tu-kaliisi vainya\nbhaviin- Your Majesty; paritriitum-just to deliver; iha-in this world;\n\navatirrta�-incarnated; dharmam-religious system ;janiiniim-of the people\n\nin general; samaya-anurupam-according to the time and circumstances;\n\nvena-apaciiriit-by the misdeeds of King Vena; avaluptam-almost vanished;\nadya-at the present moment; tat-his; dehata�J.-from the body; vigtu-of\n\nLord Vi�J;tU; kala-part of a plenary portion; asi-you are; vainya-0 son of\n\nKing Vena.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Prthu, son of Vena, you are the part and parcel expansion of\nLord Vi�I).U. Due to the mischievous activities of King Vena, religious\nprinciples were almost lost. At that opportune moment you descended as\nthe incarnation of Lord Vi�I).U. Indeed, for the protection of religious\nprinciples you have appeared from the body of King Vena.\nPURPORT\nThe way in which Lord Vi�I).u kills the demons and protects the faithful\n\nis mentioned in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\n", "SB4.2#p0412": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n760\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\nparitriir-iiya siidhUniirh\nviniisiiya ca dufikrtiim\ndharma-sarhsthiipaniirthiiya\nsambhaviimi yuge yugc\n\"In order to deliver the pious and to annihilate the miscreants, as well as to\nreestablish the principle\n\nof religion, I advent My elf millennium after\n\nmillennium.\" (Bg. 4.8)\n\nIn two hands Lord Vi�Qu always carries a club and a cakra to kill\n\ndemons, and in His other Lwo hands He holds a conchshell and a lotus to\ngive protection to His devotees. When His incarnation is present on this\nplanet or in Lhis univer e, the Lord kills the demons and prolects His devotees simultaneously. Sometimes Lord Vi�Q.U appears in His person as Lord\nK r�ma or Lord Rama. All of Lhese appearance are mentioned in the siistras.\nSometimes He appear\n\nas a saktyiivesa-avatiira like Lord Buddha. As ex­\n\nplained before, these saktyiivesa-avatiiras are incarnations of Vi�r:tu's power\ninvested in a living entity. Living entities are also part and parcel of Lord\nVi�Qu, but Lhey are not as powerful; therefore when a living entity descends\nas an incarnation of Vi�r:tu, he is especially empowered by the Lord.\n\nWhen King P\\\"thu is described as an incarnation of Lord Vi�Qu, it should\n\nbe understood that he is a saktycwesa-avatara, part and parcel of Lord\nVi�QU, and is specifically empowered by Him. Any living being acting as the\nincarnation of Lord Vi�Qu is thus empowered by Lord Vi�QU to preach the\nbhakti cult. Such a person can act like Lord Vi�QU and defeat demons by\nargumenls and preach Lhe bhakti cult exactly according to the principles\nof siistra. As indicated in Bhagavad-gitii, whenever we find someone extraordinary preaching Lhe bhakti cult, we should know that he is especially\nempowered by Lord Vi�t}.U or Lord K\\\"�J1a. As confirmed in Caitanyacaritiimrta, kr�r_ta-sakti vinii nahe tiira pravartana: one cannot explain the\nglories of the holy name of Lhe Lord without being specifically empowered\nby Him. If one criticizes or finds fault with such an empowered personality,\none is to be considered an offender against Lord Vi�t;tu and is punishable.\nEven though such offenders may dress as V ai��wvas with false tilaka and\nmiilii, they are never forgiven by Lhe Lord if Lhey offend a pure Vai�t;tava.\nThere are many instance of this in the siistras.\n\nTEXT 38\n�\n\n� fit'P'It� 1fcf �\n(1tCN;f R� N-fi'l� I\n\n", "SB4.2#p0413": "Text 38]\n\nKing Prthu's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\n\nit.=if\n\n761\n\n�CN4'4Rt(\nJl=q1Jiqi(C4utq4 Jflll �ft: ����II\n=if\n\nsa tvarit vimrsyiisya bhavarit prajiipate\nsalikalpanarit visva-srjarh pipiprhi\naindririt ca miiyiim upadharma-miitararit\npracar-{la-piikhart{la-patharit prabho jahi\n\nsaft-the aforesaid; tvam-you;vim.rsya-considering; asya-of the world;\nbhavam -e x istence; prajii-pate- 0 protector of the people; sankalpanam­\n\nthe determination; vi s v a- s rjam -of the progenitors of the world; pipip.rhijust fulfill; aindrim-created by the King of heaven; ca-also; miiyiimillusion; upadharma-of\n\nthe irreligious system\n\nof so-called sannyiisa;\n\nmataram-the mother; prac aQ.I} a-furious dangerous; piikhar-{ia-patham,\n\nthe path of sinful activities;p rabh o\n\n-\n\n0 Lord;jahi-please conquer.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 protector of the people in general, please consider the purpose of your\nbeing incarnated by Lord Vi�QU. The irreligious principles created by lndra\nare but mothers of so many unwanted religions. Please therefore stop these\nimitations immediately.\nPURPORT\nLord Brahma addresses King Prthu as prajiipate just to remjnd rum of\nhis great responsibility in maintaining the peace and prosperity of the\ncitizens. Maharaja Prthu was empowered by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead for this purpose only. It is the duty of the ideal king to see that\npeople are properly executing religious principles. Lord Brahma especially\nrequested King Prthu to conquer the pseudo-religious principles produced\nby King lndra. In other words, it is the duty of the state or king to put a\nstop to\n\npseudo·religious systems produced by unscrupulous persons.\n\nOriginally a religious principle is one, given by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and it comes through the channel of disciplic succession in two\nforms. Lord Brahmii requested Prthu Maharaja to desist in his unnecessary\ncompetition with lndra, who was determined to stop Prthu Maharaja from\ncompleting one hundredyajiias . Instead of creating adverse reactions, it was\nbetter for Maharaja Prthu to stop the yajiias in the interesL of his original\npurpose as an incarnation. This purpose was to establish good government\nand set things in the right order.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0414": "762\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 39\n\ni}���\n\n� « J\\Etig(ian e'id:a;it P4ttu+qRf : 1\n(NT� fiffi�� '4tit•uftf � � 11 � Q..ll\nmaitreya uviica\nittham sa loka-gururtii\nsamiidi§to visiim patift\ntathii ca krtvii viitsalyam\nmaghoniipi ca sandadhe\nmaitreyaft uviica-the great sage Maitreya continued to speak; itthamthus; saft-King Prthu; loka-gururtii-by the original teacher of all people,\nLord Brahma; samiidi,s,tal).-being advised; visiim patil).-king, master of the\npeople; tathii-in that way; ca-also; krtva-having done; viitsalyam-affection;maghona-withlndra; api-even; ca-also; sandadhe-concluded peace.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: When King Prthu was thus advised\nby the supreme teacher, Lord Brahm a, he abandoned his eagerness to perform yajiias and with great affection concluded a peace with King Indra.\nTEXT40\n\nkrtavabhrtha-sniinaya\nprthave bhuri-karmarte\nvaran dadus te varadii\nye tad-barhi,si tarpitiift\nkrta-having performed; avabhrtha-sniiniiya-taking bath after the sacrifice; prthave-unto King Prthu; bhuri-karma[le-famous for performing\nmany virtuous acts; variin-benedictions; dadu�t-gave; te-aU of them;\nvara-diift-the demigods, bestowers of benedictions; ye-who; tat-barhiftiin the performance of such a yajna; tarpitiift-became pleased.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0415": "Text41]\n\nKing �thu's One Hundred Horse Sacrifices\n\n763\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Prthu Maharaja took his bath, which is customarily taken\nafter the performance of a yajria, and received the benedictions and due\nblessings of the demigods, who were very pleased by his glorious activities.\nPURPORT\n\nYajna means Lord Vi��u, for all yajna is meant to please the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Lord Vi�rJu. Since the demigods automatically\nbecome very pleased with the performance of sacrifice, they bestow benediction upon the executors of yajiias. When one pours water on the root of\na tree, the branches, trunks, twigs, flowers and leaves are all.\n\natisfied.\n\nSimilarly, when one gives food to the stomach, all parts of the body are\nrejuvenated. In the same way, if one simply satisfies Lord Vi�r:tu by the\nperformance of yajna, one satisfies all the demigods automatically. In turn,\nthe demigods offer their benedictions to such a devotee. A pure devotee\ntherefore does not ask benedictions directly from the demigods. His only\nbusiness is to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus he is never\nin need of those things supplied by the demigods.\nTEXT4l\n\nfcun: �.'kfOII�It�QI'!H ����on: I\n3l'lftri1 ��: t;l�(IR\\(� �n 11\\l� II\nvipriifr. satyiisi§as tu§ tafr,\nsraddhayii labdha-dak§i[lii[t\niisi§O yuyujufr. k§attar\niidi-rajiiya sat-krtafr.\nvipriifr. -all the briihma[tas; satya-true; as (safr.-whose benedictions; tu�tiil).\n-being very satisfied; s raddhaya-with great respect; labdha-dak�i1pi�1-who\nobtained\n\nrewards;\n\niisi�a�t-benedictions;\n\nyuyujuft-offered; k.sattafr.-0\n\nVidura; adi - rajaya-upon the original King; sat-krtafr. -being honored.\nTRANSLATION\nWith great respect, the original King, Prthu, offered all kinds of rewards\n\nto the brahma�as present at the sacrifice. Since all these brahmaJ;tas were\nvery much satisfied, they gave their heartfelt blessings to the King.\n\n", "SB4.2#p0416": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n764\n\n(Canto 4, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 42\n\n�SSFf1 �) ri � (i'il•l(ft: I\n\ntt.00n �� fqii4!4N'ilwtetl: II'J�II\nlvayiihutii mahii-biiho\nsarva eva samiigatii{l\npujitii diina-miiniibh yiirh\npitr-devar§i-miinavii{l\nlvayii\n\none;\n\n-\n\nby you; iihu tii [l\n\nsarve-all;\n\n-\n\nwe re invited; mahii-biiho-0 great mighty-armed\n\neva-certainly;\n\nsamiigatii {l\n\n-\n\nassembled;\n\npujilii{l- were\n\nhonored; dana-by charity; miiniibhyiim-and by res pect; pitr- the inhabitants of Pitr lok a; deva-demigods; r�i-great sages; miinava[L-as well as\n\ncommon men.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the great sages and brahmaQas said: 0 mighty King, by your invitation all classes of living entities have attended this assembly. They have\ncome from Pitrloka and the heavenly planets, and great sages as well as\ncommon men have attended this meeting. Now all of them are very much\nsatisfied by your dealing and charity toward them.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanla purports of the Fourth Canto,\n\nineteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"King Prthu's One Hundred\nHorse Sacrifices.\"\n\n", "SB4.2#p0417": "", "SB4.3#p0001": "His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nFounder-Aciirya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB4.3#p0002": "Plate 1 Ashamed of his activities, King lndra fell down to touch the lotus feet of P]ihu Maharaja.\n\n(p. 787)\n\n", "SB4.3#p0003": "Plate 2 The King took the water which had washed the lotus feet of the Kumliras and sprinkled it\nover his hair.\n891\n.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0004": "Plate 3 \"Just see how this chaste lady, Arci, is still following her husband upwards, as far as we can\n\nsee.\" (p. 1007)\n\n", "SB4.3#p0005": "Plate 4 Lord Siva addressed the Supreme Personality of Godhead with his p rayer. (p. 1 063)\n\n", "SB4.3#p0006": "Plate 5 The cowherd boys of Vrndavana treat Kr�I).a as their equal. (p. 1082)\n\n", "SB4.3#p0007": "Plate 6 The Lord is superexcellently beautiful on account of His open and merciful smile and His\nsidelong glance upon His devotees. (p. 1085\n\n", "SB4.3#p0008": "Plate 7 \"My dear Lord, those who desire to purify their existence must always engage in thf\nmeditation of Your lotus feet.\"\n\n.\n\n1091\n\n", "SB4.3#p0009": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n", "SB4.3#p0010": "ALL GLORY TO SRl GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\nql;(\n\n�(�q..q{JS,�(t�...\n\nwt(49;fil4f� �¥f�t I\n�ft'iqf(ijijl\\t.te\nm\n'f( !}it 'il�fg+xa�1( II��II\npada sarat-padma-palasa-roci§a\nnakha-dyubhir no 'ntar-agharh vidhunvata\npradarsaya svzyam apasta-sadhvasarh\npadarh guro marga-gurus tamo-ju§am (p. 1 ,088)\n\n", "SB4.3#p0011": "OTHER BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-4 ( 11 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (2 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri Tsopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�ra Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�ra. The Supreme Personality of Godhead (2 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nTranscendental Teachings of Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nKg;ra, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�ra\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr�ra Consciousness\nLord Caitanya in Five Features\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3959 Landmark Street\nCulver City, California 90230\n\n", "SB4.3#p0012": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\nFourth Canto\n''The creation of the Fourth Order\"\n\n<Part Three -Chapters 20-24 >\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n8\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "SB4.3#p0013": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3959 Landmark Street\nCulver City, California 90230\n\n© 1974 the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\n\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 75-189067\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-48-X\n\nPrinted by Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan\n\n", "SB4.3#p0014": "TABLE OF CONTENTS\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY\n\nLord Vi��u·s Appearance in the\nsacrificial Arena of Maharaja Prthu\n\n765\n\nLord Vi�pu Appears on the Scene\n\n765\n\nThe Intelligent Don't Become Addicted to the Body\n\n769\n\nThe Devotee's Mind Becomes Broader and Transparent\n\n774\n\nLord Vi�pu Instructs King }1thu\n\n778\n\nLord Vi�!lu Pleased with J>rthu's Character\n\n784\n\nKing·J>rthu Worships the Lord's Lotus Feet\n\n788\n\nPrayers Offered by Maharaja Prthu\n\n792\n\nHearing from the Mouth of a Pure Devotee\n\n797\n\nLakl'mi is the Mother of the Universe\n\n802\n\nThose Bound by the Sweet Words of the Vedas\n\n805\n\nJ>rthu Maharaja Blessed by the Lord\n\n809\n\nThe Lord Returns to His Abode\n\n814\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-ONE\n\nInstructions bY Maharaja Prthu\n\n817\n\nThe King's City Beautifully Decorated\n\n817\n\nAll the Citizens Welcome the King\n\n821\n\nThe Demigods Follow in Prthu's Footsteps\n\n825\n\nKing J>rthu Initiates a Great Sacrifice\n\n829\n\nMaharaja J>rthu 's Beautiful Speech\n\n833\n\nThe Fate of an Impious King\n\n838\n\nThere Must Be a Supreme Authority\n\n841\n\nvii\n\n", "SB4.3#p0015": "viii\n\nAbominable Persons Bewildered on the Path of Religion 848\nA Devotee Manifests Renunciation\n\n852\n\nThe Lord Accepts Different Types of Sacrifice\n\n856\n\nVai�pavas Are More Powerful than Royalty\n\n862\n\nRegular Service to Briihmar;ws and Vai�TJavas\n\n867\n\nOfferings Accepted Through Mouths of Devotees\n\n869\n\nThe Dust of the Lotus Feet of Vai�pavas\n\n873\n\nKing frthu Congratulated by the Saintly Persons\n\n877\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY- TWO\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting\nwith the Four Kumaras\n\n887\n\nThe Four Kumaras Arrive on the Spot\n\n887\n\nThe King Worships the Four Kumaras\n\n890\n\nKing frthu Speaks with Great Restraint\n\n892\n\nFour Kumaras Keep Themselves Like Small Children\n\n899\n\nSanatkumara Begins to Speak\n\n906\n\nThe Ultimate Goal of Life\n\n910\n\nDrinking the Nectar of the Glorification of the Lord\n\n914\n\nDevotees Should Lead a Simple Life\n\n916\n\nIncreasing the Culture of Devotional Service\n\n919\n\nThe Soul Subjected to Designations\n\n924\n\nThe Strongest Obstruction to One's Self-interest\n\n929\n\nLiberation Has to Be Taken Very Seriously\n\n932\n\nParamatma Is Eternally Transcendental\n\n939\n\nThe Ocean of Nescience is Difficult to Cross\n\n94 3\n\nfrthu Maharaja Offers Everything to the Kumaras\n\n950\n\nThe Kumaras Praise the Character of the King\n\n955\n\nfrthu Maharaja's Only Aim Is to Satisfy the Lord\n\n957\n\nMaharaja frthu Begets Five Sons\n\n962\n\n", "SB4.3#p0016": "ix\n\nMaharaja Jlrthu Satisfies Everyone\n\n967\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Reputation Loudly Declared\n\n971\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY- THREE\n\nMaharaja Prthu's Going Back Home\n\n973\n\nMaharaja Jlrthu Goes to the Forest\n\n974\n\nSevere Austerities Undergone by Prthu Maharaja\n\n978\n\nMaharaja Prthu Engages Completely in Devotional\nService\n\n984\n\nJlrthu Maharaja Gives Up His Material Body\n\n990\n\nPrthu Maharaja Is Released from All Designations\n\n997\n\nQueen Arci Follows the King into the Forest\n\n999\n\nQueen Arci Prepares a Funeral Pyre\n\n1002\n\nThe Wives of the Demigods Glorify Queen Arci\n\n1006\n\nQueen Arci Reaches the Planet of Her Husband\n\n1012\n\nBenefits of Hearing the Narration of Maharaja Jlrthu\n\n1016\n\nEven a Pure Devotee Must Hear About Jlrthu Maharaja\n\n1021\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-FOUR\n\nChanting the song sung by Lord Siva\n\n102s\n\nVijitasva Becomes Emperor of the World\n\n1025\n\nThe Three Sons of Maharaja Antardhana\n\n1028\n\nThe Marriage of Maharaja Barhi�at\n\n1034\n\nThe Sons of Pracinabarhi Meet Lord Siva\n\n1039\n\nLord Siva is Accompanied by His Dangerous Energies\n\n1042\n\nThe Great Lake Seen by the Pracetas\n\n1046\n\nLord Siva Speaks to the Pracetas\n\n1051\n\nDevotees Are Very Dear to Lord Siva\n\n1054\n\nPrayer of Lord Siva\n\n1063\n\nSiva Prays to Lord Aniruddha\n\n1068\n\n", "SB4.3#p0017": "X\n\nThe Lord Expands His Transcendental Vibrations\n\n1073\n\nThe Lord Is the Oldest and Supreme Enj oyer\n\n1076\n\nThe Lord Is the Sum Total of All Beauty\n\n1081\n\nThe Lord Has Shoulders Like a Lion\n\n1086\n\nThe Beauty of the Lord's Lotus Feet\n\n1089\n\nDevotees Easily Attain the Lord\n\n1093\n\nTime Does Not Approach the Devotee\n\n1095\n\nThe Lord is Spread All over the Universe\n\n1101\n\nThe Universal Form Consists of Five Elements\n\nll05\n\nThe Sc:rcalled Happiness of the Material Creation\n\n1109\n\nTime Scatters Everything\n\n1112\n\nEven Lord Brahma Worships the Lord\n\n1ll6\n\nThe Yoga System of Chanting the Holy Name\n\nll22\n\nAchievement of Knowledge Is the Highest Perfection\n\n1127\n\nValue of Chanting the Prayers of Lord Siva\n\n1129\n\n", "SB4.3#p0018": "CHAPTER TWENTY\n\nLOrd Vi$fJU's Appearance in the\nsacrificial Arena of Maharaja Prthu\nTEXT I\n\n���\n\n¥ttlcUwtN ��: � � �: I\n\n�atf.qf�\n\n�--\n\nijl{¥tl't<t II � II\n\nmaitreya uviica\nbhagaviin api vaikur-_tha�\nsiikarh maghavatii vibhu�\nyajiiair yajiia-patis tu§.to\nyajiia-bhuk tam abhii§ata\nmaitreya� uviica the great sage Maitreya continued to speak.; bhagavanalso; vaikur-.tha[t-the\nLord of Vaikuptha; siikam- along with; maghavata-King Indra; vibhu�the Lord; yajiiai[l.-by the sacrifices; yajiia pat* the Lord of all yajiias;\ntu§.taft satisfied ; yajiia bhuk the enjoyer of the yajiia; ta m - u nto King\nPrthu; abhii§ata-said.\n-\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi$pu; api\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, being very much\nsatisfied by the performance of ninety-nine horse sacrifices, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Lord Vi�r;tu, appeared on the scene. Accompanying Him was King Indra. Lord Vi!;!r;tU then began to speak.\nTEXT2\n\n�ijl/\"l/!ji!f/\"1\n�\n\n�SC�il'ifn\n\nt$¥tlq�tl\n\n�'=W�\n\n311�'1WI'lf!�\n765\n\n� ,\n\n�f« II � II\n\n", "SB4.3#p0019": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n766\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nsri bhagaviin uviica\ne.sa te 'kiir�id bhmigam\nhaya-medha-satasya ha\nk.samiipayata iitmiinam\namu.sya k�antum arhasi\nsri bhagaviin uviica-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vif2QU,\nspoke; e� a{t-this Lord Indra; te-your; akii r� it-performed; bha n gam-dis\n\n­\n\nturbance; haya-horse; medha-sacrifice; s\"atasya-of the one-hundredth;\nha-indeed; k�amiipayata{t-who is asking pardon; iitmiinam-unto yourself; amuna-him; kfiantum-to forgive; arhasi-you ought.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Vi�Qu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, said: My dear King\nPJ;\"thu, lndra, the King of heaven, has disturbed your execution of one\nhundred sacrifices. Now he has come with Me to be forgiven by you. Therefore excuse him.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word iitmiinam is very significant. It is a custom among\nyogis and jiiiinis to address one another (even an ordinary man) as one's\nself, for a transcendentalist never accepts a living being to be the body.\nSince the individual self is part and parcel of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, the self and the Superself are qualitatively nondifferent. As the\nnext verse will explain, the body is only a superficial covering, and consequently an advanced transcendentalist will not make a distinction between\none self and another.\nTEXT3\n\n�: m�it � WR� it{hi+U: I\n;nf�(f � ttf{ '1100 t.�iH¥{ II � II\nsudhiya{t siidhavo lake\nnaradeva naro ttamii{t\nniibhidmhyanti bhiitebhyo\nyarhi niitmii kalevaram\n\nsu dhiya{t-the most intelligent persons; siidhava{t-who are inclined to\n-\n\nperform welfare activities; lake-in this world; nara-deva-0 King; narau ttamii{t-the best of human beings; na abhidmhyanti-never become mali-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0020": "Text 4)\n\nLord Vi�l}u's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n767\n\ncious; bhutebhya[l,-toward other living beings; yarhi-because ; na-never;\nii.tmii.-the self or soul; kalevaram-this body.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, one who is advanced in intelligence and eager to perform welfare activities for others is considered best amongst human beings. An advanced human being is never malicious to others. Those with advanced intelligence are always conscious that this material body is different from the\nsoul.\nPURPORT\nIn daily life we find that when a madman commits murder, he is excused\neven by a high-court judge. The idea is that a living entity is always pure\nbecause he is part and parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When\nhe falls into the clutches of material energy, he becomes a victim of the\nthree modes of material nature. Indeed, whatever he does, he does under\nthe influence of material nature. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii.:\nna kartr tvarit na karmii.r-i\nlokasya srjati prabhu[l,\nna karma-phala-sarityogarit\nsvabh ii.vas tu pravartate\n\"The embodied spirit, master of the city of his body, does not create\nactivities, nor does he induce people to act, nor does he create the fruits of\n\naction. All this is enacted by the modes of material nature.\" (Bg. 5.14)\n\nActually the living entity or soul does not do anything; everything is\ndone under the influence of the modes of material nature. When a man is\ndiseased, the symptoms of the disease become a source of all kinds of pain.\nThose who are advanced in transcendental consciousness or Kr�J;la consciousness are never envious, neither of the soul nor of the activities of the\nsoul under the influence of material nature. Advanced transcendentalists\nare called sudhiya[l,. Sudht means intelligence, sudhimeans highly advanced,\nand sudht means devotee. One who is both devoted and highly advanced in\nintelligence does not take action against the soul or the body. If there is any\ndiscrepancy, he forgives. It is said that forgiveness is a quality of those who\nare advancing in spiritual knowledge.\nTEXT4\n\n� � �� �mm �tt+tltt 1\n� � qt GIRfl � mettn II 'J II\n\n", "SB4.3#p0021": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n768\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\npuru.sii yadi muhyanti\ntviidrsii deva-miiyayii\nsrama eva pararh jiito\ndirghayii vrddha-sevayii\npuruflii�-persons; yadi-if;· muhyanti-become bewildered; tvii-drsii�Like you; deva-of the Supreme Lord; miiyayii-by the energy; srama�exertion; eva-certainly; param-only;jiita�\n\n-\n\nproduced; dirghayii- for a long\n\ntime; vrddha-sevayii- by serving the superiors.\nTRANSLATION\nIf a personality like you, who are so much advanced because of executing the instructions of the previous acaryas, is carried away by the influence\nof My material energy, then all your advancement may be considered\nsimply a waste of time.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word vrddha-sevaya is very significant. Vrddha means\n\"old.\" Sevayii means \"by service.\" Perfect knowledge is acquired from the\naciiryas or liberated souls. No one can be perfect in knowledge without\nbeing trained by the paramparii system. Prthu Maharaja was completely\ntrained in that line; therefore he did not deserve to be considered an ordinary man. An ordinary man, who has only a conception of bodily existence,\nis always bewildered by the modes of material nature.\nTEXTS\n\nmf'Pi �WlNtll\"il't�Pt: I\n3Tl� � �� Sfffl�SW{�t\\' II '-\\ II\nat((:\n\nata� kiiyam imam vidviin\navidyii-kiima-karmabhi�\niirabdha iti naiviismin\npratibuddho 'nu.sajjate\n\nata�-therefore; kiiyam-body; imam-this; vidviin-he who has knowledge; avidyii-by nescience; kama-desires; karmabh*-and by activities;\niirabdha�-created; iti-thus; na-never; eva-certainly; asmin-to this body;\npratibuddha�-one who knows; anu.sajjate-becomes addicted.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0022": "Text6]\n\nLord Vi!IQU 's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n769\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who are in full knowledge of the bodily conception of life, who\nknow that this body is composed of nescience, desires and activities resulting from illusion, do not become addicted to the body.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in a previous verse, those with good intellect (sudhiya�) do\nnot accept themselves to be the body. Being a creation of nescience, the\nbody has two types of activities. In the bodily conception, when we think\nthat sense gratification will help us, we are in illusion. Another kind of\nillusion is to think that one will become happy by trying to satisfy the\ndesires that arise from the illusory body, or by attaining elevation to the\nhigher planetary systems, or by performing various types of Vedic rituals.\nThis is all illusion. Similarly, material activities performed for political\nemancipation and social and humanitarian activities performed with an\nidea that people of the world will be happy are also illusory because the\nbasic principle is the bodily conception, which is illusory. Whatever we\ndesire or perform under the bodily conception is all illusion. In other\nwords, Lord Vi�Qu informed Prthu Maharaja that although the sacrificial\nperformances set an example for ordinary people, there was no need for\nsuch sacrificial performances as far as his personal self was concerned. As\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\ntraigurya-vi.fiayii veda\nnistraiguryo bhaviirjuna\nnirdvandvo nitya-sattva-stho\nniryoga-k§ema iitmaviin\n\"The\n\nVedas mainly deal with the subject of the three modes of material\n\nnature. Rise above these modes, 0 Arjuna. Be transcendental to all of\nthem. Be free from all dualities and from all anxieties for gain and safety,\n\nand be established in the self.\" (Bg. 2.45)\n\nThe ritualistic performances recommended in the Vedas mainly depend\non the three modes of material nature. Consequently Arjuna was advised\nto transcend the Vedic activities. The activities Arjuna was advised to perform were the transcendental activities of devotional service.\nTEXT6\n\n314(1�6: msmqwt)�ql� � I\n� � �nfq ifi: itllfl\\+Hti �: II � II\n\n", "SB4.3#p0023": "770\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 20\n\nasamsakta{l. sarire 'sminn\namunotpiidite grhe\napatye dravir-e viipi\nka{l. kuryiin mamatiirh budha[l.\nasarhsakta[l.-being unattached; sarire-to the body; asmin-this; amuniiby such a bodily conception; utpiidite-produced; grhe-house; apatye­\n\nchildren; dravi rt e-wealth; vii-or; api-also; ka{l.- who; kuryiit-would do;\nmama tam-affinity; budhafl.-learned person.\nTRANSLATION\nHow can a highly learned person who has absolutely no affinity for\nthe bodily conception of life be affected by the bodily conception in regard\nto house, children, wealth and similar other bodily productions?\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic ritualistic ceremonies are certainly meant to please the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi�Q.U. However, by such activities\n\none does not factually satisfy the Lord. Rather, with the sanction of the\n\nLord, one tries to satisfy his own senses. In other words, materialists who\n\nare especially interested in sense gratification are given permission or license\n\nto enjoy sense gratification by executing the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies.\n\nThat is called traigu(lya-vifiayii vedii[l.. The Vedic performances are based on\n\nthe three modes of material nature. Those who are elevated above the\nmaterial condition are not at all interested in such Vedic performances.\n\nRather, they are interested in the higher duties of transcendental loving\n\nservice to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such devotional service is\n\ncalled nistraigu(lya. Devotional service to the Lord has nothing to do with\nthe material conception of bodily comfort.\nTEXT7\n\n�: �: (q4iiti1RIMgansm gunw:r: 1\n\n�m�: � M(I€+{1S�f{ls�: �: \\9\neka{l. suddhafl. svayam-jyotir\nnirgur-o 'sau gur-iisrayaft\nsarva-go 'niivrtaft siik§i\nniriitmiitmiitmanaft paraft\n\n", "SB4.3#p0024": "Text 7]\n\nLord Vi�QU 's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\neka�-one; suddha� pure; svayam-self; jyot*\n-\n\n-\n\n771\n\neffulgent; nirgu[l�­\n\nwithout material qualifications; asau-that; gu[la-iisraya�-the reservoir of\ngood qualities; sarva-ga[t-able to go everywhere; antivrta[l- without being\ncovered by matter; siik.si-witness; niriitmii-without another self; iitma­\n\niitmana[l-to the body and mind; para[l-transcendental.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe individual soul is one, pure, nonmaterial and self-effulgent. He is\nthe reservoir of all good qualities, and He is all-pervading. He is without\nmaterial covering, and He is the witness of all activities. He is completely\ndistinguished from other living entities, and He is transcendental to all\nembodied souls.\nPURPORT\nIn the previous verse two significant words are used: asamsakta[l, mean­\n\ning \"without attachment,\" and\n\nbudha[l,\n\nmeaning \"fully cognizant of\n\neverything.\" By full cognizance it is meant that one should know about\n\nhis own constitutional position as well as the position of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. According to Sri ViSvanatha Cakravarti Thakura,\n\nin this verse Lord Vi9Qu is describing Himself or the Paramatma. The\n\nParamatma is always distinguished from the embodied soul as well as the\n\nmaterial world. Therefore He has been described as para. That para, or\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, is eka, meaning one. The Lord is one,\n\nwhereas the conditioned souls embodied within the material world exist in\n\nmany varieties of form. There are demigods, human beings, animals, trees,\n\nbirds, bees, and so forth. Thus the living entities are not eka but many. As\nconfirmed in the Vedas: nityo nityiiniim cetanas cetaniiniim. The living\n\nentities, who are many and who are entangled in this material world, are\n\nnot pure. However, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is pure and\n\ndetached. Due to being covered by the material body, the living entities are\n\nnot self-effulgent, but the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Paramatma, is\n\nself-effulgent. The living entities, being contaminated by the modes of\n\nmaterial nature, are called saguQ.a, whereas Paramatmii, the Supreme Per�\n\nsonality of Godhead, is nirguQ.a, not being under the influence of the\n\nmaterial modes. The living entities, being encaged in material qualities, are\n\nguT}iisrita, whereas the Supreme Personality of Godhead is guT}iisraya. The\nconditioned soul's vision is covered by material contamination; therefore\nhe cannot see the cause of his resultant action and he cannot see his past\n\nlives. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, not being covered by a material\n\nbody, is the witness of all the activities of the living entity. But both of\n\n", "SB4.3#p0025": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n772\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nthem, the living entity and the Paramatma, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, are iitma, or spirit. They are one in quality, yet they are different\nin so many ways, especially in regard to the six opulences the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead has in full. Full knowledge means that the jiva-iitma,\nthe living entity, must know both his position and the Supreme's position.\nThat is full knowledge.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� � ij\"ft+tl�+tl�+iR�� � �'f: I\n\n--�3fif�sfq��:«�ft4ij: 11�11\nya evarh santam iitmiinam\niitma-stharh veda puru,sa{l\nniijyate prakrti-stho 'pi\ntad-gu[lai{l sa mayi sthita{l\nya{l-anyone who; evam-thus; san tam\n\n-\n\nexisting; atmanam-the indi­\n\nvidual atma and the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Paramatma; atmastham\n\n-\n\nsitu ated within his body; veda-knows; pu rusa[t -person; na-never;\n.\n\najyate-is affected; prakrti-in material nature; stha{l-situated ; api\n\n-\n\nal­\n\nthough; tat-gu[lai{l-by the material modes of nature; sa{l-such a person;\nmayi- in Me; sthitaft -situated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough within the material nature, one who is thus situated in full\nknowledge of the Paramatma and atma is never affected by the modes of\nmaterial nature, for he is always situated in My transcendental loving\nservice.\nPURPORT\nWhen the Supreme Personality of Godhead appears in this material world,\nHe is not affected by the modes of material nature. Similarly, those who are\nalways connected with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, even though\nthey be within the material body or the material world, are not affected\nby the material qualities. That is explained very nicely in Bhagavad-gita:\nmam ca yo 'vyabhicare7J-a\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gul).iin samatityaitan\nbrahma-bhilyiiya kalpate\n\n", "SB4.3#p0026": "Text9]\n\nLord Vi�Qu's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n773\n\n·'One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in any\n\ncircumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and thus\n\ncomes to the level of Brahman.\" (Bg. 14.26)\n\nThus one who is unflinchingly engaged in the devotional service of the\n\nLord surpasses the material qualities and attains Brahman realization. In\n\nthis connection Srila Rupa Gosvaml says that if a person is always engaged\nin the service of the Lord with his body, words and mind, he is to be con­\n\nsidered liberated, although living in the material world.\nTEXT9\n\n�:��f.l�f.tmft:�;a4t1Rij: I\n� �\"'fi'(ij� ij;ft mf\"t sm'T�fu II � II\nya�. sva-dharmer-a miirh nityarh\nniriiSi[l. sraddhayiinvita[l.\nbhajate sanakais tasya\nmano riijan prasidati\nya[l.-anyone who; sva-dharmer-a-by his occupational duties; miim-Me;\n\nnityam-regularly; n iriisi[l.-without any motive; sraddhayii-with faith and\n\ndevotion; anvita[l.-endowed; bhajate worships ; sanakai[l.-gradually; tasya-\n\nhis; mana[!.-mind; riijan-0 King Prthu; prasidati-becomes fully satisfied.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi�Qu, continued: My dear\nKing Prthu, when one situated in his occupational duty engages in My\nloving service without motive for material gain, he gradually becomes very\nsatisfied within.\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is also confirmed by the VifirtU Puriir-a. Occupational duties\n\nare known as varr-asrama-dharma and apply to the four divisions of ma­\n\nterial and spiritual life-namely, briihmar-a, k§atriya, vaiSya and sudra, and\nbrahmacarya, grhastha, viinaprastha and sannyiisa. If one works according\n\nto the varr-iisrama-dharma system and does not desire fruitive results, he\ngets satisfaction gradually. Discharging one's occupational duty as a means\nof rendering devotional service unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nis the ultimate goal of life. Bhagavad-gitii confirms this as the process of\n\nkarma-yoga. In other words, we should act only for the satisfaction and\n\n", "SB4.3#p0027": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n774\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nservice of the Lord. Otherwise we will be entangled by the resultant actions.\nEveryone is situated in his occupational duty, but the purpose of material\noccupations should not be for material gain. Rather, everyone should offer\nthe results of his occupational activities. A briihmar-a especially should execute his occupational duties not for material gain but to please the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. The k§atriya, vaisya and sudra should work in a\nsimilar way. In this material world everyone is engaged in various professional and occupational duties, but the purpose of such activities should\nbe to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Devotional service is\nvery simple, and anyone can adopt it. Let one remain what he is; he need\norily install the Deity of the Supreme Lord in his house. The Deity may be\nRadha-K.r��::ta or Lak�mi-NarayaJ::ta (there are many other forms of the\nLord). In this way a briihmar-a, k§atriya, vaisya or sudra can worship the\nDeity with the results of his honest labor. Regardless of one's occupational\nduty, one should adopt the devotional means of hearing, chanting, remembering, worshiping, offering everything to the Lord, and engaging in His\nservice. In this way one can very easily engage himself in the service of the\nLord. When the Lord is pleased with one's service , one's mission in life is\nfulfilled.\n\nTEXT 10\n\nqf(��'figui: (144tJ�;ir Ff���t�: I\n�;d it e+N�if iR1 ����II� oil\nparityakta-gur-a� samyag\ndarsano visadiisaya�\nsiintirh me samavasthiinarh\nbrahma kaivalyam asnute\nparityakta-gur-a�-one who is disassociated from the material modes of\n\nnature; samyak-equal; darsana�-whose vision; visada-uncontaminated;\niisaya�-whose mind or heart; siintim-peace ; me-My; samavasthiinam­\n\nequal situation; brahma- spi rit; kaivalyam-freedom from material contamination; asnute-achieves.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the heart is cleansed of all material contamination, the devotee's\n\nmind becomes broader and transparent, and he can see things equally. At\n\nthat stage of life there is peace, and one is situated equally with Me as\nsac-cid -ananda-vigraha.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0028": "Text ll]\n\n775\n\nLord Vi�Qu's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\nPURPORT\n\nThe Mayavada conception of kaivalya and that of the Vai�Qava community is different. The Mayavadi thinks that as soon as one is free from all\nmaterial contamination, he is merged into the existence of the Supreme.\nThe Vai�Qava philosopher's conception of kaivalya is different. He understands both his position and the position of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. In the uncontaminated condition, the living entity understands\nthat he is the eternal servitor of the Supreme, and that is called Brahman\nrealization, the spiritual perfection of the living entity. This rapport is\nvery easily achieved. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii, when one is engaged in\nthe transcendental loving service of the Lord, he is immediately situated\non the transcendental platform of kaivalya or Brahman.\n\nTEXT ll\n\n��Cf� lolt��ltmt;ni{_ I\n�l{'i+tl�l{l;j � ��1si1Rf �II��II\nudiisTnam ivadh yak�am\nd ra vya-j iiana-kri yiitmaniim\nkutastham imam iitmiinam\nyo vediipnoti sobhanam\nudiisinam- indifferent;\ndravya-of\n\nthe\n\nphysical\n\niva-simply;\n\nadh yak§ am- the superintendent;\n\nelements; jiiiina-knowledge-acquiring\n\nsenses;\n\nk riyii-working senses; iitmaniim-and of the mind; k ut a s th am-fixed;\n-\n\nimam-this; iitmiinam-soul; ya[t-anyone who; veda-know s; iipno t i gets ;\n-\n\nsobhanam-all good fortune.\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone who knows that this material body made of the five gross\nelements, the sense organs, the working senses and the mind is simply\nsupervised by the fixed soul is eligible to be liberated from material\nbondage.\nPURPORT\nThis verse describes how one can become liberated from material bondage.\nThe first point is that one must know that the soul is different from\nhis body. The soul is called dehT, or one who possesses the body, and the\n\n", "SB4.3#p0029": "776\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nmaterial body is called deha, or the embodiment of the souL The body is\nchanging at every moment, but the soul is fixed; therefore the soul is called\nkiitastham. The change of body is enacted by the reactions of the three\n\nmodes of nature. One who has understood the fixed position of the soul\nshould not be disturbed by the incoming and outgoing interactions of the\nmodes of material nature in the form of happiness and distress. In\nBhagavad-g\"itii also Lord Kr�Q.a recommends that since happiness and dis­\n\ntress come and go due to the interaction of the modes of nature on the\nbody, one should not be disturbed by such external movements. Even\nthough one is sometimes absorbed in such external movements, he has to\nlearn to tolerate them. The living entity should be always indifferent to the\naction and reaction of the external body.\nLord Kr�Q.a says inBhagavad-g\"itii that the body made of the gross physical elements (earth, water, fire, air and sky) and the subtle elements (mind,\nintelligence and ego ) is completely different from the soul proper. One\nshould therefore not be disturbed by the action and reaction of these\neight gross and subtle material elements. The practical process to attain\nthis stage of indifference is to execute devotional service. Only one who\nconstantly engages in devotional service twenty-four hours a day can be indifferent to the action and reaction of the external body. When a man is\nabsorbed in a particular thought, he does not hear or see any external activities, even though they are enacted in his presence. Similarly, those who\nare fully absorbed in devotional service do not care what is going on with\nthe external body. That status is called samadhi. One who is actually situated in samadhi is understood to be a first-class yogi.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n� � gur�it\nR�€fii(Ch�<t;n�:\n\n�����\n;r fqf�q--� m-� if'(tii«a: 11��11\nbhinnasya lingasya gu[ta-praviiho\ndravya-kriyii-kiiraka-cetanatmanafl\ndr�tiisu sampatsu vipatsu siirayo\nna vikriyante mayi baddha-sauhrdiifl\n\n", "SB4.3#p0030": "Text 12]\n\nLord Vi�I].u's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n777\n\nbhinnas ya -different; lingasy a-of the body; gur-a-of the three modes\nof material nature; praviiha [l.-the constant change; dravya-physical elements; kriyii-activities of the senses; kiiraka-demigods; cetanii-and the\nmind; atmana[l.-consisting\n\nof; dr§.tiisu-when experienced; sampatsuhappiness; vipatsu distress; sii raya[l.- those who are advanced in knowl-\n\nedge; na-never; vikriyante-become disturbed; mayi-unto Me; baddha­\n\nsauhrdii[l.- bound in friendship.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Vi�I].U told King Prthu: My dear King, the constant change of this\nmaterial world is due to the interaction of the three modes of material\nnature. The five elements, the senses, the demigods who control the senses,\nas well as the mind, which is agitated by spirit soul-all these taken together\ncomprise the body. Since the spirit soul is completely different from this\ncombination of gross and subtle material elements, My devotee who is\nconnected with Me in intense friendship and affection, being completely\nin knowledge, is never agitated by material happiness and distress.\nPURPOR T\nThe question may be raised that if the living entity has to act as the\nsuperintendent of the activities of the bodily combination, then how can\nhe be indifferent to the activities of the body? The answer is given here:\nthese activities are completely different from the activities of the spirit\nsoul of the living entity. A crude example can be given in this connection.\nA businessman riding in a motorcar sits in the car, supervises its running,\nand advises the driver. He knows how much gasoline is used up, and he\nknows everything about the car, but still he is apart from the car and is\nmore concerned with his business. Even while riding in the car, he thinks\nof his business and his office. He has no connection with the car, although\nhe is sitting there. As the businessman is always absorbed in thoughts of\nhis business, so the living entity can be .. absorbed in thoughts of\n·\nrendering loving service to the Lord. Then it will be possible to remain separate from the activities of the material body: This .position of neutrality\ncan only be possible for a devotee.\nThe\n\nword\n\nbaddha-sauhrdii[l.- \"bound in friendship\" -is particularly\n\nused here. Karmis, jniin'is and yogis cannot be bound in devotional service. Karm'is fully engage in the activities of the body. Their aim of life is\nto give comfort to the body only. ]niinis try to get out of entanglement by\n\n", "SB4.3#p0031": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n778\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nphilosophical speculation, but they have no standing in the liberated\nposition. Because they do not take shelter under the lotus feet of the Lord,\nthey fall down from the exalted position of Brahman realization. YogTs\nalso have a bodily concept of life-they think that they can achieve something spiritual by exercising the body through dhiirar.tii, iisana, priirtiiyiima,\netc. A devotee's position is always transcendental because of his intimate\nrelationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, to\nremain always aloof from the actions and reactions of the body and\nengage in one's real occupation, namely, rendering service to the Lord,\ncan only be possible for devotees.\n\nTEXT 13\n�:\n\n�141tiht�q\\.lp{l�:\n\n���:��f���: I\n�qfta•��M1sJt\n� iffi�ll��ll\nsamal) samiinottama-madh yamiidhamal)\nsukhe ca du/;lkhe ca jitendriyiisayal)\nmayopaklpfiikhila-loka-samyuto\nvidhatsva vTriikhila-loka-rak�artam\nsama[l-equipoised;\n\nmadhyama\n\n-\n\nsamana-all equal; uttama-one who is greater;\n\none who is in an intermediate position; adhama[l-one who is\n\nin a lower standard of life;sukhe-in happiness;c a and; du[l khe-in distress;\nca-also; jita-ind riya-having controlled the senses; asaya[l and mind;\nm aya by Me; upak[p ta-arranged; akhila- all; loka- by people; samyuta[lbeing accompanied; vidhatsva-give; vira-0 hero; akhila-all; loka- to the\ncitizens; rak;Sacwm- protection.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear heroic King, please keep yourself always equipoised and treat\n\npeople equally, whether they are greater than you, in the intermediate\n\nstage or lower than you. Do not be disturbed by temporary distress or\n\nhappiness. Fully control your mind and senses. In this transcendental\n\nposition, try to execute your duty as king in whatever condition of life\n\n", "SB4.3#p0032": "Text 13]\n\nLord Vi�Qu's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n779\n\nyou may be posted by My arrangement, for your only duty here is to give\nprotection to the citizens of your kingdom.\n\nPURPORT\n\nHere is an example of receiving direct instruction from the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Lord Vil;il).U. One has to execute the order of\nLord Vi�Q.u, whether receiving it directly from Him or from His bona\nfide representative, the spiritual master. Arjuna fought the Battle of Kuruk�etra under the direct order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nl<.rl;iQ.a. Similarly, here J>rthu Maharaja is also being given orders by Lord\nVi��;tu regarding the execution of his duty. We have to stick to the principles stated in the Bhagavad-gita. Vyavasayatmika buddhi�: every man's\nduty is to receive orders from Lord Kr�Q.a or from His bona fide representative and take these orders as his life and soul, without personal\nconsiderations. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura states that one should\nnot care very much whether he is going to be liberated or not, but he\nshould simply execute the direct order received from the spiritual master.\nIf one sticks to the principle of abiding by the order of the spiritual master, he will always remain in a liberated position. A common man must\nexecute the rules and regulations of varr;tiisrama-dharma by working in his\nprescribed duty according to the caste system (briihmar;ta, k�atriya, vaisya\nand sudra) and the spiritual order system (brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyiisa). If one simply executes regularly and strictly the\ninjunctions given for the different divisions of life, then one satisfies Lord\nVi�J).U.\nAs a king, Prthu Maharaja was ordered by Lord Vi��;tu to keep himself\nalways aloof from the activities of the bodily situation and to engage\nalways in the service of the Lord and thus keep himself in the liberated\nstage. The word baddha-sauh,rdiift in the previous verse is explained herewith. One can fully remain in intimate connection with the Supreme Lord\ndirectly or receive orders from His bona fide representative the spiritual\nmaster and execute the orders sincerely when one keeps aloof from the\nactivities of the body. The Lord helps us by giving us directions how to\nact in devotional service and thus advance on the path back home, back to\nGodhead. He instructs us outwardly in the form of the spiritual master.\nTherefore, one should not accept the spiritual master as an ordinary human\nbeing. The Lord says, iiciiryarh marh vijaniyan navamanyeta karhicit: one\nshould not treat the spiritual master as an ordinary human being because\n\n", "SB4.3#p0033": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n780\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nhe is the substitute for the Supreme Personality of Godhead. (Bhag.ll.l7. 2 7)\nOne should treat the spiritual master as the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead and never be envious of him or consider him to be an ordinary\nhuman being. If we follow the instruction of the spiritual master and\nexecute devotional service to the Lord, we will remain always free from\nthe contamination of bodily or material activities, and our life will be\nsuccessful.\nTEXT 14\n\n�:\n\n��iter oo\nq�(11PHI� ij�� 't84!d't I\nC(fi;q'-11 ��: 31�cmlits� ll�'<lll\n��T\nsreya� prajii-piilanam eva riijno\nyat siimpariiye sukrtiit �a�,tham arhsam\nhartiinyathii hrta-puflya� prajiiniim\narak�itii karahiiro 'gham atti\n\nsreya � -auspicious; prajii piilanam-ruling\n-\n\nover the general\n\nmass of\n\npeople; eva- certainly; riijiia[l.-for the king; yat-because; siimpariiye-in\nthe next birth; su-krtiit-from the pious activities; §a§{ham arhsam-onesixth part; hartii- collector; an yathii- otherwise; hrta-pur-ya[l.- being bereft\nof the results of pious activities; prajiiniim-of the citizens; arak�itii-one\nwho does not protect; kara-hiira[l.-tax collector; agham-sin; atti- receives\nor suffers.\nTRANSLATION\nTo give protection to the general mass of people who are citizens of the\nstate is the prescribed occupational duty for a king. By acting in that way,\n\nthe king in his next life shares one sixth of the result of the pious activities\nof the citizens. But a king or executive head of state who simply collects\n\ntaxes from the citizens hut does not give them proper protection as human\nbeings has the results of his own pious activities taken away by the citizens,\nand in exchange for his not giving protection he becomes liable to punishment for the impious activities of his subjects.\nPURPORT\nThe question may be raised here that if everyone engaged in spiritual\nactivities to attain salvation and became indifferent to the activities of the\n\n", "SB4.3#p0034": "Text 14)\n\nLord Vi�r.m's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n781\n\nmaterial world, then how could things as they are go on? And if things are\nto go on as they ought to, how can a head of state be indifferent to such\nactivities? In answer to this question the word sreya�, \"auspicious,\" is\nused here. The division of activities in society as arranged by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead was not blindly or accidently created, as foolish\npeople say. The briihmarta must do his duty properly, and the k�atriya,\nthe vaisya and even the sudra must do the same. And every one of them\ncan achieve the highest perfection of life-liberation from this material\nbondage. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii. Sve sve karmarty abhirata�\nsarhsiddhirh labhate nara�: \"By executing one's prescribed duties, one can\n\nattain the highest perfection.\" (Bg. 18.45)\nLord Vi�Q.U advised Maharaja Prthu that a king is not enjoined to give up\nhis kingdom and the responsibility of protecting the prajiis or citizens to\ninstead go away to the Himalayas for liberation. He can attain liberation\nwhile executing his royal duties. The royal duty or the duty of the head of\nstate is to see that the prajiis or the general mass of people are doing their\nrespective duties for spiritual salvation. A secular state does not necessitate\na king or head of state who is indifferent to the activities of the prajiis.\nIn the modern state the government has many rules and regulations for\nconducting the duties of the prajiis, but the government neglects to see\nthat the citizens advance in spiritual knowledge. If the government is\ncareless in this matter, the citizens will act whimsically, without any\nsense of God realization or spiritual life, and thus become entangled in\nsinful activities.\nAn executive head should not be callous to the welfare of the general\nmass of people while he simply goes on collecting taxes. The king's real\nduty is to see that the citizens gradually become fully Kr9f.la conscious.\nKr9f.la conscious means completely free from all sinful activities. As soon\nas there is complete eradication of sinful activities in the state, then there\nwill be no more war, pestilence, famine or natural disturbances. This was\n\nactually prevailing during the reign of Mahiuaja Yudhi9�hira. If a king or\nhead of the government is able to induce the citizens to become Kr9f.la conscious, then he is worthy to rule over the mass of people; otherwise, he\nhas no right to levy taxes. If the king looks after the spiritual interests of\nthe citizens, he can levy taxes without difficulties. In this way both the\nsubjects and the king will be happy during this life, and in the next life the\nking will be able to share one sixth of the pious activities of the citizens.\nOtherwise, by levying taxes on the sinful citizens he will have to share the\nreactions of their sinful activities.\nThis same principle can be applied to parents and the spiritual masters as\nwell. If parents simply give birth to children like cats and dogs but cannot\n\n", "SB4.3#p0035": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n782\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nsave their children from imminent death, they become responsible for the\nactivities of their animalistic children. Lately, such children are turning into\nhippies. Similarly, if a spiritual master cannot direct his disciples to become\nfree of sinful activities, he becomes responsible for their sinful acts. These\nsubtle laws of nature are unknown to the present leaders of society. Since\nthe leaders of society have a poor fund of knowledge and the citizens in\ngeneral are rogues and thieves, there cannot be an auspicious situation for\nhuman society. At the present moment the whole world is full of such an\nincompatible combination of state and citizens, and therefore there is\nconstant tension, war and anxiety as an inevitable result of such social\nconditions.\n\nTEXT 15\n\nil!i{l4�1ijfl\n\nfuittta<\"ffi�l�: II Z �II\nevarh dvijiigryiinumatiinuvrttadharma-pradhiino 'nyatamo 'vitiisyii�\nhrasvena kiilena grhopayiitiin\ndra§tiisi siddhiin anurak ta-loka�\ne vam-th us; dvija-of th e briihmar;ws; agrya-by the foremost; anumataapproved; anuvrtta-received by disciplic succession; dharma-religious\nprinciples; p radhiinafi.-he whose chief interest is; anyatamaft-unattached;\navita-the protector; asyii[t-of the earth;hrasvena- short;kiilena-in time;\n\ngrha-to your home; upayiitiin -having come personally; dra§tiisi-you will\nsee; siddhiin\n\n-\n\nperfected personalities; anurak ta-loka[t-being loved by the\n\ncitizens.\n\nTRA NS LATION\nLord Vi��u continued: My dear King P]-thu, if you continue to protect\n\nthe citizens according to the instructions of the learned brahmap.a authori­\n\nties, as they are received by the disciplic succession-by hearing-from\nmaster to disciple, and if you follow the religious principles laid down by\nthem, without attachment to ideas manufactured by mental concoction,\nthen every one of your citizens will be happy and will love you, and very\nsoon you will be able to see such already liberated personalities as the four\nKumaras [ Sanaka, Sanlitana, Sananda and Sanat-kumlira].\n\n", "SB4.3#p0036": "Text 15]\n\nLord Vi�I]. u s Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n'\n\n783\n\nPURPORT\nLord Vi��u advised King Prthu that everyone should follow the principles of varruisrama-dharma; then, in whatever capacity one remains within\nthis material world, his salvation is guaranteed after death. In this age, however, since the system of varrtiisrama-dharma is topsy-turvy, it is very difficult to strictly follow all the principles. The only method for becoming\nperfect in life is to develop Kr��a consciousness. As varrtiisrama-dharma is\nexecuted from different positions by different men, so the Kr�r:Ia consciousness principles can be followed by everyone in every part of the world.\nThere is a specific purpose in mentioning herein that one should follow\nthe dvijiigryas, the most prominent briihmartas like Parasara and Manu.\nThese great sages have already given us instructions how to live according\nto the principles of varrtiisrama-dharma. Similarly, Saniitana Gosviimi and\nRupa Gosviimi have given us rules and regulations for becoming pure devotees of the Lord. It is essential, therefore, to follow the instructions of the\niiciiryas in the paramparii system who have received the knowledge as\npassed down from spiritual master to disciple. In this way, although living\nin our material condition of life, we can get out of the entanglement of\nmaterial contamination without leaving our positions. Lord Caitanya\nMahiiprabhu advises, therefore, that one does not have to change his position. One simply has to hear from the perfect source (this is called paramparii) and follow the principles for practical application in life; thus one\ncan attain the highest perfection of life, liberation, and go back home, back\nto Godhead. In other words, the change required is a change in consciousness, not in the body. Unfortunately, in this fallen age, people are concerned with the body, not with the soul. They have invented so many\n\"isms\" pertaining to the body only, not to the soul.\nIn the modern age of democracy there are so many government representatives voting for legislation. Every day they bring out a new law. But\nbecause these laws are only mental concoctions manufactured by inex­\n\nperienced conditioned souls, they cannot give relief to human society.\nFormerly, although the kings were autocrats, they strictly followed the\nprinciples laid down by great sages and saintly persons. There were no mistakes in ruling over the country, and everything went perfectly. The citizens were completely pious, the king levied taxes legitimately, and therefore\nthe situation was very happy. At the present moment the so-called executive heads are more or less selected from materially ambitious persons who\nsimply look after their own personal interests; they have no knowledge of\nthe siistras. In other words, the executive heads are fools and rascals in the\nstrict sense of the terms, and the people in general are siidras. This combi-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0037": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n784\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nnation of fools and rascals and siidras cannot bring about peace and prosperity in this world. Therefore we find periodic upheavals in society in the\nforms of battles, communal riots and fratricidal quarrels. Under these\ncircumstances, not only are the leaders unable to lead the people towards\n\nliberation, but they cannot even gi ve them peace of mind. In Bhagavad­\n\ngftii it is stated that anyone who lives on concocted ideas, without reference to the siistras, never becomes successful and does not attain happiness\nor liberation after death.\nTEXT 16\n\ncri\n\n�� ��Wf ��11��s::\n� �st go1�n�ttP-id: 1\nwtrt \"� ij�� en ��·�=r�tfldl II ��II\n�\n\nvaram ca mat kancana miinavendra\nvrrt\"i�va te 'ham gur-a-sila-yantrita�\nniiham makhair vai sulabhas tapobhir\nyogena vii yat sama-citta-vart\"i\nvaram-benediction; ca-also; mat-from Me; kancana-whatever you\nlike; miinava-indra-0 chief of human beings; vrr-�sva-please request; teyour; aham-I; gu[la-sila- by elevated qualities and excellent behavior;\nyantrita�-being captivated; na- not; aham-1; makha*-by sacrifices;vaicertainly; su-labhaft-easily obtained; tapobhil].-by austerities; yogena­\n\nby practice of mystic yoga; va-or; yat- bec ause of which; sama-citta-in\none who is equipoised; varti-being situated.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, I am very captivated by your elevated qualities and\n\nexcellent behavior, and thus I am very favorably inclined towards you. You\n\nmay therefore ask from Me any benediction you like. One who does not\n\npossess elevated qualities and behavior cannot possibly achieve My favor\n\nsimply by performance of sacrifices, severe austerities, or mystic yoga. I\nalways remain equipoised in the heart of one who is also equipoised in all\n\ncircumstances.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0038": "Text 17)\n\nLord Vi�r;tu's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n785\n\nPURPORT\nLord Vigm was very pleased with Maharaja Prthu's good character and\nbehavior and offered him a benediction. The Lord openly says that per­\n\nforming great sacrifices or undergoing the austerities of mystic yoga prac­\n\ntice cannot satisfy Him. He is only pleased by elevated character and behavior. But these cannot develop unless one becomes a pure devotee of the\nLord. Anyone who has developed unalloyed, unflinching devotional service unto the Lord develops his original good qualities as spirit soul. The\nspirit soul, as part and parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, has\n\nall the good qualities of the Lord. When the spirit soul is contaminated by\nthe material modes of nature, one is considered good or bad with\nreference to the material qualities. But when one is transcendental to all\n\nmaterial qualities, all the good qualities come out. These qualities of a\ndevotee, twenty-six in number, are listed as follows: (1) kind to everyone,\n(2) does not quarrel with anyone, (3) fixed in the Absolute Truth, (4) equal\n\nto everyone, (5) faultless, (6) charitable, (7) mild, (8) clean, (9) simple,\n(10) benevolent,\n\n(ll) peaceful, (12) completely attached to Kr�va, (13)\n\nhas no material hankering, (14) meek, (15) steady, (16) self-controlled,\n\n(17) does not eat more than required, (18) sane, (19) respectful, (20)\n\nhumble,\n\n(21)\n\ngrave,\n\n(22)\n\ncompassionate, (23) friendly, (24) poetic,\n\n(25) expert, (26) silent. The Lord is satisfied by development of the\ntranscendental qualities of the living entity and not by artificial perfor­\n\nmance of sacrifices and mystic yoga. In other words, unless one is fully\nqualified to become a pure devotee of the Lord one cannot expect to be\nliberated from material entanglement.\n\nTEXT 17\n\niN� i3<1T\"f\n� ���an fcr�� fer�� 1\n'\n\n�6(1' 31� fm:m � �: 11 �\\911\nmaitreya uviica\nsa ittham loka-guru[tii\nvi§vaksenena visva-jit\nanusiisita iiddam\nsirasii jagrhe hare{!.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0039": "786\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nmaitreya� uvaca- Maitreya said; sa�-he; ittham-thus; loka-guru[ta- by\nthe supreme master of all people; visvak-senena-by the Personality of\nGodhead; visva-jit- the conqueror of the world (Maharaja Prthu ); anusasita[l.\n\n-being ordered; adesam- instructions; sirasa- on the head;jagrhe- accepted;\nhare[!.- of the Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great saint Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, in this way Maharaja ptthu, the conqueror of the entire world, accepted the instructions of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead on his head.\n\nPURPORT\nOne should accept the instructions of the Supreme Personality of Godhead by bowing down at the lotus feet of the Lord. This means that anything spoken by the Personality of Godhead should be taken as it is, with\ngreat care and attention and with great respect. It is not our business to\namend the words of the Supreme Personality of Godhead or make additions or alterations, as it has become a custom for many so-called scholars\nand svamis who comment on the words of Bhagavad-gita. Here the practical example of how to accept the instruction of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is shown by Prthu Maharaja. This is the way to receive knowledge through the paramparii system.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n��:��\"����I\n\nfiifi� qf\\��q fqi:; ffi:m� � II Z <.:II\nsprsantam piidayo[l. premrtii\nvr\"i{litam svena karma{lii\nsata-kratum pari�vajya\nvidve�am visasarja ha\nsprsan tam- touching ; padayo�- the feet; premra-in ecstasy; vri{litamashamed; svena-his own; karma[la-by activities; sata-kratum-King Indra;\n\npari_svajya- embracing; vidve§am-envy; visasarja- gave up; ha-of course.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0040": "Text 19]\n\nLord Vi�I]u's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n787\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs King Indra was standing by, he became ashamed of his own activities\nand fell down before King Prthu to touch his lotus feet. But Prthu Maharaja immediately embraced him in great ecstasy and gave up all his envy\nagainst him because of his stealing the horse meant for the sacrifice.\nPURPORT\nThere are many cases in which a person becomes an offender to the\nlotus feet of a Vai�l}ava and later becomes repentant. Here also we find\nthat although the King of heaven, lndra, is so powerful that he accompanied Lord Vi�J;lu, he felt himself a great offender for stealing Prthu Maharaja's horse that was meant for sacrifice. An offender at the lotus feet\nof a Vai�l}ava is never excused by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThere are many instances illustrating this fact. Ambari�a Maharaja was\n\noffended by Durvasa Muni, a great sage and mystic yogi, and Durvasa also\nhad to fall down at the lotus feet of Ambari�a Maharaja.\nIndra decided to fall down at the lotus feet of King Prthu, but the King\n\nwas so magnanimous a Vai�l}ava that he did not want Maharaja lndra to\nfall down at his feet. He immediately picked him up and embraced him,\nand both of them forgot all the past incidents. Both King lndra and Maharaja Prthu were envious and angry with each other, but since both of them\nwere Vai�Q.avas, or servants of Lord Vi�Q.U, it was their duty to adjust the\ncause of their envy. This is also a first-class example of cooperative behavior between Vai�Q.avas. In the present days, however, because people are\nnot Vai�Q.avas, they fight perpetually among one another and are vanquished\nwithout finishing the mission of human life. There is a great need to\npropagate the K{�J;la consciousness movement in the world so that even\nthough sometimes people become angry and malicious towards one another, because of their being Kr�Q.a conscious such rivalry, competition\nand envy could be adjusted without difficulty.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n'�·'�';cq\n\nw�\n\n��: 1\n\n('IQNf6VI�I itef� �'Tt(OII'ilil! II� �It\nbhagaviin atha visviitmii\nprthunopahrtiirha!lafl\n\n", "SB4.3#p0041": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n788\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nsamujjihiinayii bhaktya\ngrhita-cara[l\"ii mbuja�\nbhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; atha-thereupon;\nvisva-iitma-the Supersoul; prthunii-by King Prthu; upahrta- being offered;\n\narha r-a� -all the paraphernalia for worship; sam ujjihanayii gradually increased; bhaktya whose devotional service; grh ita taken; cara[la-ambuja�\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-His lotus feet_\nTRANSLATION\nKing }\\thu abundantly worshiped the lotus feet of the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead, who was so merciful to him. While worshiping the lotus\n\nfeet of the Lord, }\\thu Maharaja gradually increased his ecstasy in devotional service.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen various ecstasies appear in the body of a devotee, it is to be understood that his devotional service has become perfect. There are many\ntypes of transcendental ecstasies in the forms of crying, laughing, perspiring, falling down, and crying like a madman. All these symptoms are sometimes visible on the body of a devotee. They are called afi.ta-siittvika-vikara,\nwhich means eight kinds of transt::endental transformations. They are\nnever to be imitated, but when a devotee actually becomes perfect, these\nsymptoms are visible on his body. The Lord is bhakta-vatsala. which means\nthat He is inclined towards His pure devotee (bhakta). Therefore the\ntranscendental ecstatic transaction between the Supreme Lord and His\ndevotee is never like the activities of this material world.\nTEXT 20\n\nst(tl1Wfllil�sc4W�l{�!Rf'�f�:\nqw-r_ qqq�� �� �'(1{ II �oil\nprasthiiniibhimukho 'py enam\nanugraha-vilambita[l,\npasyan padma-paliis\"iik§o\nna pratasthe suhrt satiim\nprasthtina-to leave; abhim ukha[l -ready; api-although; enam-him\nkindness; vilambita[l-detained; pa syan- seeing;\n\n(Prthu); anugraha-by\n\n", "SB4.3#p0042": "Text 21)\n\nLord Vi�r;tu's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n789\n\npadma-paliisa-ak.sa[l-the Lord, whose eyes are like the petals of a lotus\nflower; na-not; pratasthe- departed; suhrt - the well-wisher; satiim-of the\ndevotees.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord was just about to leave, but because He was so greatly inclined\ntowards the behavior of King Prthu, He did not depart. Seeing the behavior\nof Maharaja frthu with His lotus eyes, He was detained because He is always\nthe well-wisher of His devotees.\nPURPORT\nHere the words suhrt satiim are very significant. The Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is always very inclined towards His devotee and is always\nthinking of his well-being. This is not partiality . As stated in Bhagavad-gitii,\n\nthe Lord is equal to everyone (samo 'ham sarva-bhuteflU ) , but to one who\nparticularly engages in His service, He is very much inclined. In another\nplace, the Lord says that a devotee always exists in His heart, and He also\nexists always in the heart of the devotee.\nThe special inclination of the Supreme Personality of Godhead for His\npure devotee is not unnatural, nor is it partiality. For example, sometimes\na father has several children, but he has special affection for one child who\nis very much inclined towards him. This is explained in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(10.10):\n\ntefiiim satata-yuktiiniim\nbhajatiim priti-purvakam\ndadiimi buddhi-yogam tam\nyena mam upayiinti te\n\nThose who constantly engage in the devotional service of the Lord in love\nand affection are directly in C(\\ntact with the Supreme Personality of Godhead sitting as the Supersoul in everyone's heart. The Lord is not far away\nfrom the devotee. He is always in everyone's heart, but only the devotee\ncan realize the Lord's presence, and thus he is directly connected, and he\ntakes instruction from the Lord at every moment. Therefore, there is no\nchance of a devotee's being in error, nor is there any partiality on the part\nof the Lord for His pure devotees.\nTEXT 21\n\n�\n\n3T�l� d�1t�f�\nf�� wt��:l\n\n", "SB4.3#p0043": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n790\nWI\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nr��� « 'lltqf�\n���T«JN�CJm�n\n\nsa iidi-riijo racitiinjalir harim\nvilokitum niisakad asru-locana�\nna kincanoviica sa bii�pa-viklavo\nhrdopaguhyiimum adhiid avasthita�\nsa� -he; adi raja�-the original King; racita a fijali�-with folded hands;\n-\n\n-\n\nharim-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vilokitum-to look upon;\nna-not; asakat-was able; asru-locanaft-his eyes full of tears; na-nor;\nki iicana- anything; uviic a- spoke; saft- he; bii�pa-viklavaft-his voice being\nchoked up; hrd ii-with his heart; upaguhya- embracing; amum-the Lord;\nadhiit-he remained; avasthita�- standing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe original King, Maharaja Prthu, his eyes full of tears and his voice\nfaltering and choked up, could neither see the Lord very distinctly nor\nspeak to address the Lord in any way. He simply embraced the Lord within his heart and remained standing in that way with folded hands.\nPURPORT\nJust as KwJa is addressed in the Brahma-samhita as adi-puru§a, the\noriginal personality, so King Prthu, being an empowered incarnation of\nthe Lord, is referred to in this verse as iidi-riija�, the original or ideal King.\nHe was a great devotee and at the same time a great hero who conquered\nover all undesirable elements in his kingdom. He was so powerful that he\nwas equal to fighting with Indra, the King of heaven. He gave protection to\nhis citizens, keeping them engaged in pious activities and devotion to\nthe Lord. He did not collect a single cent of taxes from the citizens without being able to give them protection from all calamities. The greatest\ncalamity in life is to become godless and therefore sinful. If the state head\nor king allows the citizens to become sinful by indulging in illicit sex life,\nintoxication, meat-eating and gambling, then the king is responsible, and\nhe has to suffer the resultant sequence of reactions for the sinful lives of\nthe citizens because he levies taxes on them unnecessarily. These are the\nprinciples for a ruling power, and because Maharaja Prthu observed all the\nprinciples for a ruling chief, he is referred to here as iidi-riija�.\nEven a responsible king like Maharaja Prthu can become a pure devotee\n\n", "SB4.3#p0044": "Text 22]\n\nLord Vi�Q.u's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n791\n\nof the first order. We can distinctly see from his behavior how he became\necstatic, both externally and internally, in pure devotional service.\nJust today we have seen in the newspapers of Bombay that the government is going to repeal its prohibition laws. Ever since Gandhi's noncooperation movement, Bombay has been kept dry and has not allowed its\ncitizens to drink. But unfortunately the citizens are so clever that they\nhave increased illicit distillation of liquor, and although not being sold\npublicly in shops, liquor is being sold in public lavatories and similar\nabnormal places. Unable to check such illicit smuggling, the government\nhas decided to manufacture the liquor at cheaper prices so that people can\nhave their supply of intoxication directly from the government instead of\npurchasing it in public lavatories. The government failed to change the\nhearts of the citizens from indulging in sinful life, so instead of losing the\ntaxes they collect to inflate the treasury, they have decided to manufacture\nliquor to supply to the citizens who hanker after it.\nThis kind of government cannot check the resultant actions of sinful\nlife, namely, war, pestilence, famine, earthquakes and similar other disturbances. Nature's law is that as soon as there are discrepancies in the laws of\n\nGod (which are described in Bhagavad-gitii as dharmasya gliin*, or dis­\n\nobedience to the laws of nature of God), at once there will be heavy punishment in the form of sudden outbreak of war. We have recently experienced\na war between India and Pakistan. Within fourteen days there have been\nimmense losses of men and money, and there have been disturbances to\nthe entire world. These are the reactions of sinful life. The Kp�rya consciousness movement is meant to make people pure and perfect. If we become\neven partially pure, as described in the Bhiigavatam (naHa-praye§v abhadre§u), by development of Kr�rya consciousness, then lust and greed, the\n\nmaterial diseases of the citizens, will be reduced. This can be made possible\n\nsimply by broadcasting the pure message of Srimad-Bhagavatam or Kr�11a\n\nconsciousness_ Big commercial and industrial firms have contributed many\nthousands of rupees to a Defense Fund that burns the money in the form\nof gunpowder, but unfortunately if they are asked to contribute liberally\nto advance the Kr�qa consciousness movement, they are reluctant. Under\nthe circumstances, the world will periodically suffer from such upsurges\nand outbreaks of war, which are the consequences of not being Kp�qa\nconscious.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n��;nr�HTl=T.R:'Ol\n�� I\n\n31��T��\n\n", "SB4.3#p0045": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n792\n\nq�T\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\n�ij f?.J� ��\nftJr����� �ffi�:\n\nathiivamrjyiisru-kalii vilokayann\natrpta-drg-gocaram iiha pilruftam\npadii sprsantarh kftitim arhsa unnate\nvinyasta-hastiigram uranga-vidvifta!t\n\natka-thereupon; avamrjya-wiping; asru-ka lii{l,-the tears in his eyes;\nvilokaya n -obser ving; atrpta-not\n\nsatisfied; drk-goca ram- visible to his\n\nnaked eyes; iiha-he said; pu ru.s am -unto the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead; padii-with His lotus feet; sprsa n t am-just touching; ksit im-the\n.\n\nground; arhse-on the shoulder; unnate-raised; vinyasta rested; hasta-of\n-\n\nthis hand; agra m\n\n-\n\nthe front part; urmiga-vidvi§a{l,-of Garu9-a, the enemy\n\nof the snakes.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead stood with His lotus feet almost\n\ntouching the ground while He rested the front of His hand on the raised\n\nshoulder of Garu(,ia, the enemy of the snakes. Maharaja P�;thu, wiping the\n\ntears from his eyes, tried to look upon the Lord, but it appeared that he\nwas not fully satisfied by looking at Him. Thus he offered the following\n\nprayers.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe significant point in this verse is that the Lord was standing above\nthe ground, almost touching it. The residents of the upper planetary\nsystems, beginning from Brahmaloka (the planet where Lord Brahma lives)\ndown to Svargaloka (the heavenly planet of lndra), are so advanced in\nspiritual life that when they come to visit this or similar other lower\nplanetary systems, they keep their weightlessness. This means that they can\nstand without touching the ground. Lord Vi�11u is the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, but because He lives in one of the planetary systems within\nthis universe, He sometimes plays as if one of the demigods of this universe. When He first appeared before P�;thu Maharaja, He was not touching\nthe ground of this earth, but when He was fully satisfied with the behavior\nand character of Maharaja P�;thu, He immediately acted as the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead Naraya_r:la from Vaikurytha. Out of affection for\nPrthu Maharaja, He touched the earth, but He rested the front of His hand\non the raised shoulder of Garu<;la, His carrier, as if to prevent Himself from\nfalling down, since the Lord is not accustomed to stand on earthly ground.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0046": "Text 23]\n\n79 3\n\nLord Vi!JQ.U 's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\nThese are all symptoms of His great affection for Prthu Maharaja. Perceiving his fortunate position, Prthu Maharaja could not fully look upon the\nLord due to ecstasy, but still, in a faltering voice, he began to offer prayers.\nTEXT 23\n\n�Y,?J</R\n�� A+lt ���� �:\n\n�� � �tfiQI�+t'1'( I\n� wn�qfq m� ��\nijl;tm �qtf � � :q II ��II\nprthur uviica\nvariin vibho tvad varadesvariid budhaft\nkatham vrrt\"ite gu[ta-vikriyiitmaniim\nye niirakiirtiim api santi dehiniim\ntiin \"isa kaivalya-pate vrrte na ca\n\nprthu/1. uviica- Prthu Maharaja said; variin-benedictions; vibho-my dear\nSupreme Lord; tvat-from You; vara-da-iSvariit-from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the highest of the bestowers of benediction; budha[la learned person; katham-how; V[[l ite-could ask for; gu r;w vikriyii-be-\n\nwildered by the modes of material nature; iitmaniim- of the living entities;\nye\n\n-\n\nwhich; niirakii{l-iim-of the living entities living in hell; api- also; santi­\n\nexist; dehiniim-of the embodied; tiin-all those; isa-0 Supreme Lord;\nkaivalya-pate- 0 bestower of merging in the existence of the Lord; vr�e­\n\nI ask for; na-not; ca- also.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You are the best of the demigods who can offer benedictions. Why therefore should any learned person ask You for benedictions\nthat are meant for living entities who are bewildered by the modes of\nnature? Such benedictions are available automatically, even in the lives of\nliving entities who are suffering in hellish conditions. My dear Lord, You\ncan\n\ncertainly bestow merging into Your existence, but I do not wish to\n\nhave such a benediction.\nPURPORT\nThere are different kinds of benedictions according to a person's demands. For karmis the best benediction is promotion to the higher plane-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0047": "794\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\ntary systems where the duration of life is very long and the standard of\n\nliving and happiness is very high. There are others, namely jiiiinis and\n\nyogis, who want the benediction of merging into the existence of the Lord.\n\nThis is called kaivalya. The Lord is therefore addressed as kaivalya-pati,\n\nthe master or Lord of the benediction known as kaivalya. But devotees\n\nreceive a different type of benediction from the Lord. Devotees are anxious\n\nneither for the heavenly planets nor for merging into the existence of the\nLord. According to devotees, kaivalya, or merging into the existence of\n\nthe Lord, is considered as good as hell. The word niiraka means hell.\n\nSimilarly, everyone who exists in this material world is called niiraka\n\nbecause this material existence itself is known as a hellish condition of life.\n\nPrthu Maharaja, however, expressed that he was interested neither in the\n\nbenediction desired by the karm\"is nor that desired by the jiiiin\"is and yogis.\n\nSrila Prabodhimanda Sarasvati Prabhu, a great devotee of Lord Caitanya,\ndescribed that kaivalya is no better than a hellish condition of l ife, and as\n\nfor the delights of the heavenly planets, they are factually will-o'-the-wisps\n\nor phantasmagoria. They are not wanted by devotees. Devotees do not\n\neven care for the positions held by Lord Brahma or Lord Siva, nor does a\ndevotee desire to become equal with Lord Vi�I)U. As a pure devotee of the\nLord, Prthu Maharaja made his position very clear.\n\nTEXT 24\nWI �� WIN �\n\n'liRol� �\n�iij(Uil�i:il(1�:\n('\n�'Wd't(\\4irfl(f4�\n�� �on�ttitt 1t CR:: 11�\\111\n\"'\n\nna kiimaye niitha tad apy aharit kvacin\nna yatra yufimac-carartiimbujasava{t\nmahattamiintar-hrdayiin mukha-cyuto\nvidhatsva karrtiiyutam e§a me vara[l,\nna-not ; k iimaye-do I desire; natha-0 master; tat-that; api-even;\n\naham-1; kvacit-at any time; na-not ; yatra-where; yufimat-Your; cararta­\n\nambuja-of the lotus feet; iisavalz-the nectarean beverage; mahattama-of\nthe great devotees; anta[l.-hrdayat-from the core of the heart; mukha­\n\nfrom the mouths; cyuta[l.-being delivered; vidhatsva-give; karrta-ears;\n\nayutam-one million; e§a[l,-this; me-my; varaft-benediction.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0048": "Text 24]\n\nLord Vi!JQU's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n795\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, I therefore do not wish to have the benediction of merging into Your existence because in that position there is no existence of\nthe nectarean beverage of Your lotus feet. I want the benediction of at\nleast one million ears, for thus I may be able to hear about the glories of\nYour lotus feet from the mouths of Your pure devotees.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the previous verse Maharaja Prthu addressed the Lord as kaivalya-pati,\n\nthe master of the liberation of merging into His existence. This does not\n\nmean that he was anxious for kaivalya liberation. That is made clear in this\n\nverse: \"My dear Lord, I do not want such a benediction.\" Maharaja Prthu\n\nwanted to have a million ears to hear the glories of the lotus feet of the\nLord. He specifically mentioned that the glories of the Lord should emanate\n\nfrom the mouths of pure devotees who speak from the cores of their\n\nhearts. It is stated in the beginning of Snmad-Bhagavatam, suka-mukhad\n\namrta-drava-samyutam: the nectar of Srimad-Bhasavatam became more\nrelishable because it emanated from the mouth of Srila Sukadeva Gosvami\n(Bhii.g.\n\n1.1.3). One might think that these glories of the Lord can be heard\n\nfrom anywhere, from the mouths of either devotees or nondevotees, but\n\nhere it is specifically mentioned that the glories of the Lord must emanate\nfrom the mouths of pure devotees. Sri Sanatana Gosvami has strictly pro­\n\nhibited hearing from �he mouth of a nondevotee. There are many professional reciters of Snmad-Bhagavatam who speak the narrations very\n\nornamentally, but a pure devotee does not like to hear from them because\nsuch glorification of the Lord is simply a vibration of material sound. When\n\nit is heard from the mouth of a pure devotee, glorification of the Lord is\nimmediately effective.\n\nThe words satam prasanglin mama virya-samvida� mean that glorification\nof the Lord is potent when uttered from the mouth of a pure devotee. The\n\nLord has innumerable devotees all over the universe, and they have been\n\nglorifying the Lord since time immemorial and for an unlimited time. But\nstill they cannot completely finish enumerating the glories of the Lord.\n\nPrthu Maharaja therefore wanted innumerable ears, as Rupa Gosvami also\ndesired to have millions of ears and millions of tongues to chant and hear the\n\nglorification of the Lord. In other words, if our ears are always engaged in\n\nhearing the glorification of the Lord, there will be no scope for hearing the\n\nMayavada philosophy, which is doom to spiritual progress. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu said that if anyone hears from a Mayavadi philosopher preach-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0049": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n796\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\ning about the activities of the Lord, even if it is a description from the\nVedic literature, he is ultimately doomed. By hearing such Mayavada philosophy one cannot come to the destination of spiritual perfection of life.\nTEXT 25\n\n�\n\n��\n\n�� 'ii{.-ij(if� �\nlt��qa:•·���:\n\n�f.i�Jtddi'4€l�\n\nft{tftr.:rt .U ftta<�t� tR: '\"�II\n\nsa uttamasloka mahan-mukha-cyuto\nbhavat-padiimbhoja-sudhii-kartiinila�\nsmrtim punar vismrta-tattva-vartmaniim\nkuyoginiim no vitaraty alam vara*\nsa[!.- that; uttama-Sloka-0 Lord, who is praised by selected verses; mahat\n-of great devotees; mukha-cyuta[l. -delivered from the mouths; bhavatYour; pada-ambhoja- from the lotus feet; sudha-of nectar; kartiiparticles; an i la[l. - soothing breeze; smrtim- remembrance; pu n a[l. -again;\n\nvismrta-forgotten; tattva-to the truth; vartmaniim-of persons whose\npath; ku-yoginiim-of persons not in the line of devotional service; na�of us; vitarati-restores; alam - unnecessary; vara i[l - other benedictions.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You are glorified by the selected verses uttered by great\npersonalities. Such glorification of Your lotus feet is just like saffron\nparticles. When the transcendental vibration from the mouths of great\ndevotees carries the aroma of the saffron dust of Your lotus feet, the forgetful living entity gradually remembers his eternal relationship with You.\nDevotees thus gradually come to the right conclusion about the value of\nlife. My dear Lord, I therefore do not need any other benediction but the\nopportunity to hear from the mouth of Your pure devotee.\nPURPORT\nIt is explained in the previous verse that one has to hear glorification of\nthe Lord from the mouth of a pure devotee. This is further explained here.\nThe transcendental vibration from the mouth of a pure devotee is so\npowerful that it can revive the living entity's memory of his eternal rela-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0050": "Text 26]\n\nLord Vi��u's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n797\n\ntionship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In our material existence, under the influence of illusory miiyii, we have almost forgotten our\neternal relationship with the Lord, exactly like a man sleeping very deeply\nwho forgets his duties. In the Vedas it is said that every one of us is sleeping under the influence of miiyii. We must get up from this slumber and\nengage in the right service, for thus we can properly utilize the facility of\nthis human form of life. As expressed in a song by Thakura Bhaktivinoda,\nLord Caitanya says,\n\n']tva jiigo, jiva jiigo.\" The Lord asks every sleeping\n\nliving entity to get up and engage in devotional service so that his mission\nin this human form of life may be fulfilled. This awakening voice comes\nthrough the mouth of a pure devotee.\nA pure devotee always engages in the service of the Lord, taking shelter\nof His lotus feet, and therefore he has direct connection with the saffron\nmercy particles that are strewn over the lotus feet of the Lord. Although\nwhen a pure devotee speaks the articulation of his voice may resemble the\nsound of this material sky, because the voice touches the particles of\nsaffron dust on the lotus feet of the Lord, the voice is spiritually very\npowerful. As soon as a sleeping living entity hears the powerful voice\nemanating from the mouth of a pure devotee, he immediately remembers\nhis eternal relationship with the Lord, although up until that moment he\nhad forgotten everything.\nFor a conditioned soul, therefore, it is very important to hear from the\nmouth of a pure devotee who is fully surrendered to the lotus feet of the\nLord without any material desire, speculative knowledge or contamination\nof the modes of material nature. Every one of us is kuyogt because we have\nengaged in the service of this material world, forgetting our eternal relationship with the Lord as His eternal loving servants. It is our duty to rise from\nthe\n\nkuyoga platform to become suyogts, perfect mystics. The process\n\nof hearing from a pure devotee is recommended in all Vedic scriptures,\nespecially by Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. One may stay in his position of\nlife-it doesn't matter what it is-but if one hears from the mouth of a pure\ndevotee, he gradually comes to the understanding of his relationship with\nthe Lord and thus engages in His loving service, and his life becomes completely perfect. Therefore, this process of hearing from the mouth of a\npure devotee is very important for making progress in the line of spiritual\nunderstanding.\n\nTEXT 26\n·�:\n\nftFi ij�Cf ��\n�t't,0�I �)q�aftRJ ij �R I\n\n", "SB4.3#p0051": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n798\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\n� !XU'� f?c<ttfuWi �\n��sr�\n�IJf��� II� �II\nyasa\"{l. sivarh susrava iirya-sangame\nyadrcchayii copasnwti te sakrt\nkatharh gurw-jno viramed vinii pasurh\nsrir yat pravavre gur-a-sangrahecchayii\nyasa[l-glorification; sivam-all-auspicious; su-srava\"{l.-0 highly glorified\nLord; iirya-sangame- in the association of advanced devotees; yadrcchayii­\n\nsomehow or other; ca-also; upas nwti- hears; te- Your; sakrt-even once;\n\nkatham-how; gu r-a-jna\"{l.- one who appreciates good qualities; viramet­\n\ncan cease; vinii-unless; pasum-an animal; sri\"{l.-the goddess of fortune;\nyat-which; pravavre- accepted; gur-a- Your qualities; sangraha- to receive;\nicc hayii-with a desire.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear highly glorified Lord, if one, in the association of pure\n\ndevotees, hears even once the glories of Your activities, he does not, unless\nhe is nothing but an animal, give up the association of devotees, for no intelligent person would be so careless as to leave their association. The perfectio.n of chanting and hearing about Your glories was even accepted by\n\nthe goddess of fortune, who desired to hear of Your unlimited activities\n\nand transcendental glories.\n\nPURPORT\nThe association of devotees (iirya-sangama) is the most important factor\nin this world. The word iirya refers to those who are advancing spiritually.\nIn the history of the human race, the Aryan family is considered to be the\nmost elevated c ommunit y in the world because it adopts the Vedic\ncivilization. The Aryan family is distributed all over the world and is known\nas Indo-Aryan. In prehistoric days all of the members of the Aryan family\nfollowed the Vedic principles, and therefore they became spiritually advanced.\n\nThe kings, known as riijar�is,\n\nwere so perfectly educated as\n\nk�atriyas, or protectors of the citizens, and so greatly advanced in spiritual\nlife, that there was not a bit of trouble for the citizens.\nThe glorification of the Supreme Lord can be very much appreciated by\nthe Aryan family. Although there is no bar for others, the members of the\nAryan family very quickly catch the essence of spiritual life. How is it we\n\n", "SB4.3#p0052": "Text 27)\n\nLord Vi�Qu's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n799\n\nare finding it very easy to spread J<r�Qa consciousness amongst the Europeans\nand\n\nAmericans?\n\nHistory reports\n\nthat the Americans and Europeans\n\nproved their capability when they were anxious to expand colonization,\nbut at the present time, being contaminated by the advancement of\nmaterial science, their sons and grandsons are turning into reprobates. This\nis due to their having lost their original spiritual culture, which is Vedic\ncivilization. Presently these descendants of the Aryan family are taking\nthis Kr�Qa consciousness movement very seriously. Others also who are\nassociating with them and hearing the chanting of the Hare Kt�l).a mahiimantra from the lips of pure devotees are also becoming captivated by the\ntranscendental vibration. Transcendental vibrations are very much effective\nwhen chanted amongst Aryans, but even though one does not belong to\nthe Aryan family, he will become a Vai�Qava simply by hearing the mantra\nbecause the vibration has great influence over everyone.\nMaharaja Prthu points out that even the goddess of fortune, who is the\nconstant companion of Lord NarayaQa, specifically wanted to hear about\nthe Lord's glories, and for the association of the gopi:s, who are pure\ndevotees, the goddess of fortune, Lak�mi, underwent severe austerities. The\nimpersonalist may ask why one should bother chanting the Hare Kr�Qa\nmahii-mantra continually for so many years instead of stopping and trying\nfor kaivalya, liberation, or merging into the existence of the Lord. In\nanswer, Maharaja Prthu maintains that the attraction of this chanting is\nso great that one cannot give up the process unless he is an animal. This is\nthe case even if one comes in contact with this transcendental vibration by\nchance. Prthu Maharaja is very emphatic in this connection-only an animal\ncan give up the practice of chanting Hare Kr�Qa. Those who are not animals, who are actually intelligent, advanced, human, civilized men, cannot\ngive up this practice of continually chanting Hare Kn>Qa, Hare Kt�Qa, Km1a\nKr�Qa, Hare Hare I Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�\n����\ngond4 q\"w �:\n3CQfl'4���qRt�«NT : mef ����<11'1�: ����II\nathiibhaje tviikhila-pum§ottamam\nguf!.alayam padma-kareva liilasal}\n\n", "SB4.3#p0053": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n800\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\napy avayor eka-pati-sprdho� kalir\nna syiit lqta-tvac-carar-aika-tiinayo�\natha-therefore; iibhaje-1 shall engage in devotional service; tvii-unto\nYou; akhila-all- inclusive; pii,ru§a-uttamam-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;gu r-a iilayam- the reservoir of all transcendental qualities; padma\n-\n\n­\n\nkarii-the goddess of fortune, who carries a lotus flower in her hand; iva­\n\nlike; liilasa�-bei ng desirous; api- indeed; avayo� - of Lak�mi and me; eka­\n\npati-o ne master; sprdho�-competing ; kali�\n\n-\n\nquar rel; na\n\n-\n\nnot; syii t-may\n\ntake place; krta-having done; tvat-cararJa-unto Your lotus feet; eka­\n\ntiinayo�-one attention.\nTRANSLATION\nNow I wish to engage in the service of the lotus feet of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead and to serve just as the goddess of fortune who\ncarries a lotus flower in her hand because His Lordship, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, is the reservoir of all transcendental qualities.\n\nI am afraid that the goddess of fortune and I will quarrel because both of\n\nus would be attentively engaged in the same service.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord is here addressed as akhila-piiru§ottama, the Supreme Personality of Godhead who is Lord of the entire creation. Puru§a means the\nenj oyer, and uttama means the best. There are different kinds of puru§aS\nor enj oyers within the universe. Generally they can be divided into three\nclasses-those who are conditioned, those who are liberated, and those who\nare eternal. In the Vedas the Supreme Lord is called the supreme eternal\nof all eternals (nityo nityiiniim). Both the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nand the living entities are eternal. The supreme eternals are the vi§[Lu­\n\ntattva or Lord Vi�l)U and His expansions. So nitya refers to the Personality\nof Godhead beginning frofu Kr�f.la up to Maha-Vi�l)u, Narayal)a and other\nexpansions of Lord Kr�f.la. As stated in the Brahma-samhitii (riimiidi­\n\nmurti§u) there are millions and trillions of expansions of Lord V i�l)U as\nRiima, Nrsimha, V ariiha and other incarnations. All of them are called\neternals.\nThe word mukta refers to the living entities who never come within this\nmaterial world. The baddhas are those living entities who are almost\neternally living within this material world. The baddhas are struggling very\nhard within this material world to become free from the threefold miseries\nof\n\nmaterial\n\nnature\n\nand\n\nto\n\nenj oy\n\nlife,\n\nwhereas\n\nthe\n\nmuktas\n\nare\n\n", "SB4.3#p0054": "Text 27]\n\nLord Vi�Q.U 's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n801\n\nalready liberated. They never come into this material world. Lord Vi�Q.U is\nthe master of this material world, and there is no question of His being\ncontrolled by material nature. Consequently, Lord Vi�Q.U is addressed here\nas\n\npii.ru§ottama, the best of all living entities-namely vi§r-u-tattvas and\n\njiva-tattvas. It is a great offense, therefore, to compare Lord Vi�Q.U and the\njiva-tattva or consider them on an equal level. The Mayavadi philosophers\nequalize the jivas and the Supreme Lord and consider them to be one, but\nthat is the greatest offense to the lotus feet of Lord Vi�Q.u.\nHere in the material world we have practical experience that a superior\nperson is worshiped by an inferior one. Similarly, piiru§ottama, the greatest, the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�Q.a or Lord Vi�Q.U, is always\nworshiped by others. Prthu Maharaja therefore decided to engage in the\nservice of the lotus feet of Lord Vi�Q.u. Prthu Maharaja is considered to be\nan incarnation of Lord Vi�Q.U, but he is called a saktyiivesa incarnation.\nAnother significant word in this verse is guruilayam, which refers to Vi�Q.U\nas the reservoir of all transcendental qualities. The Mayavadi philosophers\ntake the Absolute Truth to be nirgur-a (without qualities), in accordance\nwith the impersonalistic view, but actually the Lord is the reservoir of all\ngood qualities. One of the most important qualities of the Lord is His\ninclination to His devotees, called bhakta-vatsala. The devotees are always\nvery much inclined to render service to the lotus feet of the Lord, and the\nLord is also very much inclined to accept loving service from His devotees.\nIn that exchange of service there are so many transcendental transactions\nwhich are called transcendental qualitative activities. Some of the transcendental qualities of the Lord are that He is omniscient, omnipresent, allpervasive, all-powerful, the cause of all causes, the Absolute Truth, the\nreservoir of all pleasures, the reservoir of all knowledge, the all-auspicious\nand so on.\nPrthu Maharaja desired to serve the Lord with the goddess of fortune,\nbut this desire does not mean that he was situated on the platform of\n\nmiidhurya-rasa. The goddess of fortune is engaged in the service of the\nLord in the miidhurya-rasa of conjugal love. Although her position is on\nthe chest of the Lord, the goddess of fortune, in her position as a devotee,\ntakes pleasure in serving the lotus feet of the Lord. Prthu Maharaja was\nthinking only of the lotus feet of the Lord because he is on the platform\nof diisya-rasa or servitorship of the Lord. From the next verse we learn\nthat Prthu Maharaja was thinking of the goddess of fortune as the universal\nmother, jagan-miitii. Consequently there was no question of his competing\nwith her on the platform of miidhurya-rasa. Nonetheless he feared that she\nmight take offense at his engaging in the service of the Lord. This suggests\nthat in the absolute world there is sometimes competition between servitors\n\n", "SB4.3#p0055": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n802\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nin the service of the Lord, but such competition is without malice. In the\n\nVaikuJ;ttha worlds if a devotee excels in the service of the Lord, others do\nnot become envious of his excellent service but rather aspire to come to the\nplatform of that service.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�··�f1 qi\n\ni;l�� ��\n� �IJf ;r: ��I\n� <h�\"et'i(i ��:\n� � Nf>O�SflHij� � � ������\n..\n\njagaj-jananyiirh jagad-isa vaisasarh\nsyiid eva yat-karmarti nalJ, samihitam\nkaro$i phalgv apy uru dina-vatsala[l,\nsva eva dhi��ye 'bhiratasya kim taya\n\njagat-jananyiim-in the mother of the universe (Lak�mi:); jagat-isa-0\nLord of the universe; vaisasam-anger; syiit-may arise; eva-certainly; yatkarmap.i-in whose activity; na{t-my; samihitarn-desire; karo.si-You consider; phalgu-insignificant service; api-even; uru-very great; d'ina-vatsalaft\n-favorably inclined to the poor; sve-own; eva-certainly; dhifi rty e- in Your\nopulence; abhiratasya-of one who is fully satisfied; kim-what need is\nthere; tayii-with her.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord of the universe, the goddess of fortune L�mi is the\n\nmother of the universe, and yet I think that she may be angry with me\n\nbecause of my intruding on her service and my acting on that very plat­\n\nform to which she is so much attached. Yet I am hopeful that, even though\n\nthere is some misunderstanding, You will take my part because You are\n\nvery much inclined to the poor, and You always magnify even insignificant\n\nservice unto You. Therefore even though she becomes angry, I think that\nthere is no harm for You, because You are so self-sufficient that You can\ndo without her.\n\nPURPORT\nMother Lak�miji, the goddess of fortune, is well known for always\nmassaging the lotus feet of Lord NarayaJ;ta. She is an ideal wife because\nshe takes care of Lord Narayar;ta in every detail. She not only takes care of\nHis lotus feet but of the household affairs of the Lord as well. She cooks\nnice foods for Him, fans Him while He eats, smoothes sandalwood pulp\n\n", "SB4.3#p0056": "Text 29]\n\nLord Vi�Qu's Appearance in the Sacrificial Aren a\n\n803\n\non His face, and sets His bed and sitting places in the right order. In this\nway she is always engaged in the service of the Lord, and there is hardly\nany opportunity for any other devotee to intrude upon His daily activities.\nPrthu Maharaja is therefore almost certain that his intrusion into the service\nof the goddess of fortune would irritate her and cause her to become angry\nwith him. But why should mother Lalq;mi, the mother of the universe, be\nangry with an insignificant devotee like Prthu Maharaja? All this is not very\nlikely. Yet Prthu Maharaja, just for his personal protection, appealed to\nthe Lord to take his part. Prthu Maharaja was engaged in performing the\nordinary Vedic rituals and in performing sacrifices according to karma­\n\nkiirtt;la, or fruitive activities, but the Lord, being so kind and magnanimous,\nwas ready to award Prthu Maharaja the highest perfectional stage of life,\nnamely devotional service.\nWhen a person performs Vedic rituals and sacrifices, he does so to\nelevate himself to the heavenly planets. No one can become qualified to\ngo back home, back to Godhead, by means of such sacrifices. But the\nLord is so kind that He accepts a little insignificant service, and therefore\nit is stated in the\n\nVi�[lu Puriirta that by following the principles of\nvarrtiisrama-dharma one can satisfy the Supreme Lord. When the Lord is\nsatisfied, the performer of sacrifices is elevated to the platform of devotional service. Prthu Maharaja therefore expected that his insignificant\nservice to the Lord would be accepted by Him as being greater than that of\nLak�miji. The goddess of fortune is called caiicalii (restless) because she is\nvery restless and is always coming and going. So Prthu Maharaja indicates\nthat even though she might go away out of anger, there would be no harm\nfor Lord Vi�r;tu, because He is self-sufficient and can do anything and everything without the help of Lak�miji. For example, when Garbhodakasayi\nVi�r;tu begot Lord Brahma from His navel, He didn't take any help from\nLak�mi, who was just sitting by Him and massaging His lotus feet. Generally if a son is to be begotten, the husband impregnates the wife, and in\ndue course of time the son is born. But in the case of Lord Brahma's birth,\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�r;tu did not impregnate Lak�m1p. Being self-sufficient,\nthe Lord begot Brahma from His own navel. Therefore, Prthu Maharaja is\nconfident that even if the goddess of fortune became angry with him there\nwould be no harm, neither to the Lord nor to himself.\n\nTEXT 29\nl(S{�\n\nffi1RI\n\n� �\n\n�(ij¥\\lqlgulNR¥4�\n\n", "SB4.3#p0057": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n804\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\n�qaJ��(Uilt�\n\nfi::C\n\n��qt:qi(4i'it\"it\n\nbhajanty atha tvam ata eva sadhavo\n\nvyudasta-maya-gur-a-vibhramodayam\n\nbhavat-padiinusmarariid rte satiirh\n\nnimittam anyad bhagavan na vidmahe\n\nbhajanti- they worship; atha- therefore; tvam- You; ata eva-therefore;\n\nsa dhava[l. - all saintly persons; vyudasta-who dispel; m aya -gura- the modes\nof material nature; vibhrama-misconceptions; udayam - produced; bhavat\n\n-Your; pada-lotus\n\nfeet; anusmara r- at-constantly remembering; rte­\n\nexcept; satam-of great saintly persons; nimittam-reason; anyat- other;\n\nbhagavan-0 Supreme Personality of Godhead; na- not ; vidmahe-I can\nunderstand.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGreat saintly persons who are always liberated take to Your devotional\n\nservice because only by devotional service can one be relieved from the\nillusions of material existence. 0 my Lord, there is no other reason for the\nliberated souls to take shelter at Your lotus feet except for the fact that\n\nthey are constantly thinking of them.\n\nPURPORT\nThe karm!s are generally engaged in fruitive activities for material bodily\n\ncomforts. The jniin!s, however, are disgusted with searching after material\ncomforts. They understand that they have nothing to do with this material\n\nworld, being spirit souls. After self-realization, the piiin!s who are actually\nmatured in their knowledge must surrender unto the lotus feet of the Lord,\n\nas is stated in Bhagavad-g!tii (bahiiniim janmaniim ante). Self-realization is\n\nnot complete unless one comes to the devotional platform. Therefore it is\nstated in the Sr!mad-Bhiigavatam\n\nthat those who are iitmiiriima, self­\n\nsatisfied, are freed from all contaminations of the material modes of nature.\nAs long as one is affected by the modes of material nature, especially by\n\nraja[!. and tama[l., he will be very greedy and lusty and will therefore engage\nin hard tasks, laboring all day and night. Such false egoism carries one\nfrom one species of life into another perpetually, and there is no rest in\n\nany species of life. The jiiiin! understands this fact and therefore ceases to\n\nwork and takes to karma-sannyiisa.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0058": "Text 30]\n\nLord Vi�Qu's Appearance in th e Sacrificial Arena\n\n805\n\nYet this is not actually the platform of satisfaction. After self-realization,\nthe material wisdom of the jniin\"i leads him to the shelter of the lotus feet\nof the Lord. Then he is only satisfied in contemplating the lotus feet of the\nLord constantly. J>rthu Maharaja therefore concludes that liberated persons\ntaking to the devotional path have acquired the ultimate goal of life. If\nliberation were the end in itself, there would be no question of a liberated\nperson's taking to devotional service. In other words, the transcendental\nbliss derived from self-realization, known as iitmiinanda, is very insignificant\nin the presence of the bliss derived from devotional service to the lotus\nfeet of the Lord. Prthu Maharaja therefore concluded that he would simply\nhear of the glories of the Lord constantly and thus engage his mind upon\nthe lotus feet of the Lord. That is the highest perfection of life.\nTEXT 30\n\n� fiR � � f?..{t�;(f\ntR '{Oft��RJ +l<:lr6'41� � I\n�������tsfQQ:\n� �: � �Rr mf{�: ll�oll\nmanye girarh te jagatiirh vimohin\"irh\nvaram VfTJl§Veti bhajantam iittha yat\nviicii nu tantyii yadi te jano 'sital).\nkatham puna�). karma karoti mohitafl\nmanye-I consider; giram-words; te-Your; jagatiim-to the material\nworld; vimohinim- bewildering; varam-benediction; VJ[t�sva- just accept;\niti-in this way; bhajantam-unto Your devotee; iittha- You spoke; yatbecause; viicii-by the statements of the Vedas; nu-certai nly ; tantyii-by\nthe ropes; yadi-if; te- Your; jana[t-the people in general; asita[t-not\nbound; katham-how; pu na[t-again and again; karma-fruitive activities;\nkaroti- perform; mohita[t-being enamored.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, what You have said to Your unalloyed devotee is certainly\nvery much bewildering. The allurements w hich You offer in the Vedas\nare certainly not suitable for pure devotees. People in general are bound\n\n", "SB4.3#p0059": "806\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nby the sweet words of the Vedas, and they engage themselves again and\n\nagain in fruitive activities, enamored by the results of their actions.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Narottama dasa Thakura, a great acarya of the Gau�iya-sampradaya,\n\nhas said that persons who are very much attached to the fruitive activities\n\nof the Vedas, namely karma-kiir{ia and jniina-kiir{ia, are certainly doomed.\n\nIn the Vedas there are three categories of activities known as karma-kiir{ia,\nfruitive activities, jniina-kiir{ia, philosophical research, and upiisana-kiir{ia,\n\nworship of different demigods for receiving material benefits. Those who\n\nare engaged in karma-kti[!{ia and jnana-kii[!{ia are doomed in the sense that\n\neveryone is doomed who is entrapped by this material body, whether it is\na body of a demigod, a king, a lower animal or whatever. The sufferings of\n\nthe threefold miseries of material nature are the same for all. Cultivation\n\nof knowledge to understand one's spiritual position is also, to a certain\n\nextent, a waste of time. Because he is an eternal part and parcel of the\n\nSupreme Lord, the immediate business of the living entity is to engage\n\nhimself in devotional service. Prthu Maharaja therefore says that the\n\nallurement of material benedictions is another trap to entangle one in this\nmaterial world. He therefore frankly tells the Lord that the Lord's offer­\n\nings of benedictions in the form of material facilities are certainly causes\n\nfor bewilderment. A pure devotee is not at all interested in bhukti or mukti.\n\nThe Lord sometimes offers benedictions to the neophyte devotees who\n\nhave not yet understood that material facilities will not make them happy.\n\nIn the Caitanya-caritiimrta the Lord therefore says that a sincere devotee\n\nwho is not very intelligent may ask some material benefit from the Lord,\nbut the Lord, being omniscient, does not generally give material rewards\nbut, on the contrary, takes away whatever material facilities are being en­\n\njoyed by His devotee so that ultimately the devotee will completely\nsurrender unto Him. In other words, the offering of benedictions in the\n\nform of material profit is never auspicious for the devotee. The statements\nof the Vedas which offer elevation to heavenly planets in exchange for\n\ngreat sacrifices are simply bewildering. Therefore in Bhagavad-g'itii the Lord\nsays: yiim imiirh pufipitiirh vacarh pravadanty avipascita� (Bg. 2.42). The less\nintelligent class of men (avipascita�) are attracted by the flowery language\nof the Vedas and therefore engage in fruitive activities to become materially\n\nbenefited. Thus they continue life after life, in different bodily forms, to\n\nsearch very, very hard.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0060": "807\n\nLord Vi�J]u's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\nText 31]\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�fllltltl(l �;r � ���\ntl�rit�l\\lt'l\n�'\n\n�1�'4;11�: I\n\n'ii4'U:R�fl6 m. �\n� ��ftt wt: (14\\fitN II�� I\n\ntvan-mayayaddha jana isa khar-flito\nyad anyad asasta rtatmano 'budhafi.\nyathii cared biila-hitam pita svayam\ntatha tvam evarhasi nafi. samihitum\ntvat- Your; miiyayii- by illusory energy; addhii- ce rtainly; janal;t- the\npeople in general; isa-0 my Lord; k har4ita fi.- separated; yat- because ;\n\nanyat- other ; iisiiste- they\n\ndesire; rta- real; iitmana [l. - fr om\n\nthe\n\nself;\n\nabudhafi. without proper understanding; yathii- as; caret-would engage\n-\n\nin; biila-hitam-the welfare of one's child; pitii- the father; svayampersonally; tatha similarly; tvam- Your Lordship eva - certainly; arhasi\n-\n\nnafi. samihitu m- please act on my behalf.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, due to Your illusory energy, all living beings in this material\nworld have forgotten their real constitutional position, and out of ignorance they are always desirous of material happiness in the form of society,\nfriendship and love. Therefore, please do not ask me to take some material\nbenefits from You, but as the father, not waiting for the son's demand,\ndoes everything for the benefit of the son, please bestow upon me whatever You think best for me.\nPURPORT\nIt is the duty of the son to depend upon his father without asking anything from him. The good son has faith that the father knows best how to\nbenefit\nthe\n\nhim.\n\nLord\n\nSimilarly, a pure devotee does not ask anything from\n\nfor\n\nmaterial\n\nbenefit.\n\nNor\n\ndoes\n\nhe\n\nask\n\nanything\n\nfor\n\nspiritual benefit. The pure devotee is fully surrendered unto the lotus\nfeet of the Lord, and the Lord takes charge of him, as stated in Bhagavad­\n\ng1tii: aharh tviim sarva-piipebhy.o mok�ay.i�yiimi (Bg. 18.66). The father\n\n", "SB4.3#p0061": "[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n808\n\nknows the necessities of the son and supplies them, and the Supreme\nLord knows the necessities of the living entities and supplies them sump­\n\ntuously. Therefore the Isopani�ad states that everything in this material\n\nworld is complete (piirrtam idam). The difficulty is that due to forgetful­\n\nness the living entities create unnecessary demands and entangle themselves\n\nin material activities. The result is that there is no end to material activities\n\nlife after life.\n\nBefore us there are varieties of living entities, and everyone is entangled\n\nin transmigrations and activities. Our duty is simply to surrender unto the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and let Him take charge, for He knows\nwhat is good for us.\n\nP�thu Maharaja therefore tells the Lord that as the Supreme Father He\n\nmay elect to bestow whatever He considers beneficial for Prthu Maharaja.\n\nThat is the perfect position of the living entity. Therefore Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu teaches us in His $ik.sii�_taka:\n\nna dhanam na janam na sundar\"im kavitiim vii jagad-iSa ktimaye\nmama janmani janman\"isvare bhavattid bhaktir ahaituki tvayi\n\"0 Almighty Lord! I have no desire to accumulate wealth, nor have I any\ndesire to enjoy beautiful women, nor do I want any number of followers.\n\nI only want Your causeless devotional service in my life, birth after birth.\"\n\nThe conclusion is that the pure devotee should not aspire after any\n\nmaterial benefit from devotional service, nor should he be enamored by\nfruitive activities or philosophical speculation. He should always be en­\n\ngaged favorably in the service of the Lord. That is the highest perfection\nof life.\n\nTEXT 32\n......\n\n�57<1 �\n\n�R(I�wt �: ij' ��\n� m'{ � liRfi<� ij 1\n�m � � t;m lftn\n�����������II\n....\n\nmaitreya uviica\nity tidi-rajena nuta� sa visva-drk\ntam iiha riijan mayi bhaktir astu te\ndi§tyedrsi dhir mayi te krtii yayii\nmiiyiim madiyiim tarati sma dustyajiim\n\n", "SB4.3#p0062": "Text 33]\n\nLord Vi�l'}.u's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n809\n\nmaitreya�-Maitreya, the great sage; uvaca-spoke; iti-thus; adi-rajenaby the original\nSupreme\n\nKing\n\nPersonality\n\n(Prthu); nuta�-being worshiped; sa�-He (the\nof\n\nGodhead); vi.Sva-drk-the seer of the whole\n\nuniverse; tam-unto him; aha-said; rii.jan-my dear King; mayi-unto Me;\nbhakt*-devotional service; astu-let it be; te-your ; d�.tya-by good\nfortune; idrsi-like this; dhi�-intelligence; mayi-unto Me; te-by you;\nkrta-having been performed; yaya-by which; mayam-illusory energy;\nmadiyam-My; tarati-crosses over; sma-certainly; dustyajam-very difficult to give up.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued to speak: The Lord, the seer of the\nuniverse, after hearing Prthu Maharaja's prayer, addressed the King:\n\nMy\n\ndear King, may you always be blessed by engaging in My devotional service.\nOnly by such purity of purpose, as you yourself very intelligently express,\ncan one cross over the insurmountable illusory energy of maya.\nPURPORT\nThis is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii wherein the Lord also claims that\nthe illusory energy is insurmountable. No one can transcend the illusory\nenergy of miiyii by fruitive activity, speculative philosophy or mystic yoga.\nThe only means for transcending illusory energy is devotional service, as\nthe Lord Himself states.\nmiim eva ye prapadyante\nmiiyam etarh taranti te\n\n(Bg. 7.14)\n\nIf one wants to cross over the ocean of material existence, there is no\nalternative than to take to devotional service. A devotee, therefore, should\nnot care for any material position, whether in heaven or in hell. A pure\ndevotee should always engage in the service of the Lord, for that is his\nreal occupation. Simply by sticking to that position one can overcome\nthe stringent laws of material nature.\nTEXT 33\n\n\" � 'ATSsfG:e+tst+t� : �m 1\n+tGX,.u �: mmTRr �� 11��11\ntat tvarh kuru mayad�.tam\napramatta� prajapate\n\n", "SB4.3#p0063": "810\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nmad-iidesa-karo lokafl\nsarvatriipnoti sobhanam\ntat-therefore; tvam-you; kuru-do; maya by Me; iid i§.t am-what is\n-\n\nordered; apramattafl- without being misguided; prajii-pate-0 master of\nthe citizens; mat-of Me; iidesa-karafl-who executes the order; lokafl- any\nperson; sarvatra-everywhere; iipnoti-achieves; sobhanam-all good fortune.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, 0 protector of the citizens, henceforward be very careful to execute My orders and not be misled by anything. Anyone who\nlives in that way, simply carrying out My orders faithfully, will always\nfind good fortune all over the world.\nPURPORT\nThe sum and substance of religious life is to execute the orders of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and one who does so is perfectly religious. In Bhagavad-g\"itii the Supreme Lord Kr�Q.a says, man-manii bhava\n\nmad-bhakta}_!,: \"Just think of Me always and become My devotee.\" (Bg. 18.65)\nFurthermore, the Lord says, sarva-dharmiin parityajya miim ekarh saraparh\n\nvraja: \"Give up all kinds of material engagement and simply surrender unto\nMe.\" ( Bg. 18.66) This is the primary principle of religion. Anyone who\ndirectly executes such an order from the Personality of Godhead is actually\na religious person. Others are described as pretenders, for there are many\nactivities going on throughout the world in the name of religion which are\nnot actually religious. For one who executes the order of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, however, there is only good fortune throughout\nthe world.\nTEXT 34\n\n��\n�� �: S(��:l\n\n�dtS!4lt\\�;iq;ij ���� ��II\nmaitreya uviica\niti vainyasya riijar§e[l\npratinandyiirthavad vacafl\n\n", "SB4.3#p0064": "Text 34)\n\nLord Vi�Qu's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n811\n\npujito 'nugrhitvainam\ngantum cakre 'cyuto matim\nmaitreya� uvaca-the great sage Maitreya continued to speak; iti-thus;\nvainyasya-of the son of King Vena (Prthu Maharaja); raja rfi e �-of the\nsaintly King; p ratinandya appreciating; artha-vat vaca� -the prayers,\n-\n\n-\n\nwhich were full of meaning; piijita� being worshiped; anugrhitvasufficiently benedicting; enam- King J>rthu; gantum-to go from that\n-\n\nplace; cakre-made up; acyuta�-the infallible Lord; matim- His mind.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great saint Maitreya told Vidura: The Supreme Personality of Godhead amply appreciated the meaningful prayers of Maharaja J»tthu. Thus,\nafter being properly worshiped by the King, the Lord benedicted him and\ndecided to depart.\nPURPORT\n\nMost important in this verse are the words pratinandyiirthavad vaca�,\nwhich indicate that the Lord appreciated the very meaningful prayers of\nthe King. When a devotee prays to the Lord, it is not to ask for material\nbenefits but to ask the Lord for His favor; he prays that he may be engaged\nin the service of the Lord's lotus feet birth after birth. Lord Caitanya\ntherefore uses the words mama janmani janmani, which mean \"birth after\nbirth,\" because a devotee is not even interested in stopping the repetition\nof birth. The Lord and the devotee appear in this material world birth after\nbirth, but such births are transcendental. In the Fourth Chapter of\nBhagavad-gTtii the Lord informed Arjuna that both He and Arjuna had\n\nundergone many, many births previously, but the Lord remembered everything about them whereas Arjuna had forgotten. The Lord and His confidential devotees appear many times to fulfill the Lord's mission, but\nsince such births are transcendental, they are not accompanied by the\nmiserable conditions of material birth, and they are therefore called\ndivya, transcendental.\n\nOne must understand the transcendental birth of the Lord and the devotee. The purpose of the Lord's taking birth is to establish devotional\nservice, which is the perfect system of religion, and the purpose of the\nbirth of a devotee is to broadcast the same system of religion, or the bhakti\ncult, all over the world. Prthu Maharaja was an incarnation of the power\nof the Lord to spread the bhakti cult, and the Lord blessed him to remain\n\n", "SB4.3#p0065": "812\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nfixed in his position. Thus when the King refused to accept any material\nbenediction, the Lord appreciated that refusal very much. Another signifi­\n\ncant word in this verse is acyuta, which means \"infallible.\" Although the\nLord appears in this material world, He is never to be considered one of\n\nthe conditioned souls, who are all fallible. When the Lord appears, He\n\nremains in His spiritual position, uncontaminated by the modes of material\nnature, and therefore in Bhagavad-g\"itii the Lord expresses the quality of\n\nHis appearance as iitma-miiyayii, \"performed by internal potency.\" The\n\nLord, being infallible, is not forced by material nature to take birth in this\n\nmaterial world. He appears in order to reestablish the perfect order of\n\nreligious principles and to vanquish the demoniac influence in human\nsociety.\n\nTEXTS 35-36\n\n�q:�a '44m:a:qa(olqost•n:\n\n1\n\n..\n\n1\\41(1\"(1® �: �41' i{ffl;:m�n ������\nq� � cnP�'EII�+ri'�i�r: I\n� �: � qto61?!•tcrnmr: ������\ndevarfli-pitr-gandharvasiddha-ciirar-a-pannagiift\nkinnariipsaraso martyiift\nkhagii bhiitiiny anekasaft\nyajnesvara-dhiyii riijnii\nviig-vittiiJijali-bhaktita{t\nsabhiijitii yayuft sarve\nvaikur-.thiinugatiis tataft\ndeva-the demigods; [fli-the great sages; pitr-inhabitants of Pitrloka;\n\ngandharva- inhabitants of Gandharvaloka; sid dha- inhabitants of Siddha­\n\nloka; cara!'la-inhabitants of the Cliral)aloka; pannaga�-inhabitants of the\nplanets where serpents live; kinnara-inhabitants of the Kinnara planets;\n\naps arasaft-inhabitants of the Apsaroloka;\n\nm\n\nartya[l.-inhabitants of the\n\nearthly planets; khaga[l.- bi rds; bhiitani-other living entities; anekasa[l.many; yaj iia-iSva ra-dhiya-with perfect intelligence of thinking\n\nas\n\npart\n\nand parcel of the Supreme Lord; riijiiii-by the King; vak-with sweet\n\nwords; vitta-wealth; aiijali-with folded hands; bhaktitaft-in a spirit of\n\n", "SB4.3#p0066": "Texts 35-36]\n\nLord Vi�Qu's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\n813\n\ndevotional service; sabhajitiift-being properly worshiped; yayu�-went;\n\nsarve-ali; vaiku[l_tha-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead , Vigm;\nanugatiift-followers; tataft-from that place.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing P{thu worshiped the demigods, the great sages, the inhabitants of\nPitrloka, the inhabitants of Gandharvaloka, and those of Siddhaloka,\nOiraQaloka, Pannagaloka, Kinnaraloka, Apsaroloka, the earthly planets\nand the planets of the birds. He also worshiped many other living entities\nwho presented themselves in the sacrificial arena. With folded hands he\nworshiped all these, as well as the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\nthe personal associates of the Lord, by offering sweet words and as much\nwealth as possible.After this function, they all went back to their respective\nabodes, following in the footsteps of �rd Vi�QU.\nPURPORT\nIn modern so-called scientific society the idea is very prevalent that\nthere is no life on other planets but that only on this earth do living entities\nwith intelligence and scientific knowledge exist. The Vedic literatures,\nhowever, do not accept this foolish theory. The followers of Vedic wisdom\nare fully aware of various planets inhabited by varieties of living entities\nsuch as the demigods, the sages, the Pitas, the Gandharvas, the Pannagas,\nthe Kinnaras, the CaraQas, the Siddhas and the Apsarii.s. The Vedas give\ninformation that in all planets-not only within this material sky but also\nin the spiritual sky-there are varieties of living entities. Although all these\nliving entities are of one spiritual nature, in quality the same as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, they have varieties of bodies due to the\nembodiment of the spirit soul by the eight material elements, namely,\nearth, water, fire, air, sky, mind, intelligence and false ego. In the spiritual\nworld, however, there is no such distinction between the body and the\nembodied. In the material world, distinctive features are manifested in\ndifferent types of bodies in the various planets. We have full information\nfrom the Vedic literature that in each and every planet, both material and\nspiritual, there are living entities of varied intelligence. The earth is one of\nthe planets of the Bhurloka planetary system. There are six planetary\nsystems above Bhurloka and seven planetary systems below it. Therefore\n\nthe entire universe is known as caturdasa-bhuvana, indicating that it has\nfourteen different planetary systems. Beyond the planetary systems in the\nmaterial sky, there is another sky, which is known as paravyoma, or the\n\n", "SB4.3#p0067": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n814\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\nspiritual sky, where there are spiritual planets. The inhabitants of those\nplanets engage in varieties of loving service unto the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, which include different rasas or relationships known as diisyarasa, sakhya-rasa, viitsalya-rasa, miidhurya-rasa and, above all, parakiyarasa. This parakiya-rasa, or paramour love, is prevalent in Kr�f.laloka, where\nLord Kr�t:ta lives. This planet is also called Goloka Vrndavana, and\nalthough Lord Kr�t:ta lives there perpetually, He also expands Himself\nin millions and trillions of forms. In one of such forms He appears on\nthis material planet in a particular place known as Vrndavana-dhama, where\nHe displays His original pastimes of Goloka Vrndavana-dhama in the\nspiritual sky in order to attract the conditioned souls back home, back to\nGodhead.\nTEXT 37\n\nfliiCiwtN �: �)qiQtPt� �: I\n� ...tl� � SRqqQ<tll�\\911\nbhagaviin api riijarfle[l\nsopiidhyiiyasya ciicyuta[l\nharann iva mano 'muflya\nsva-dhiima pratyapadyata\nbhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; api-also; riija-rfle {l -of\nthe saintly King; sa-upiidhyiiyasya-along with all the priests; ca-also;\nacyuta[l-the infallible Lord; haran-captivating; iva-indeed; manatt-the\nmind; amu§ya-of him; sva-dhiima-to His abode;pratyapadyata-returned.\nTRANSLATION\nThe infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead, having captivated the\n\nminds of the King and the priests who were present, returned to His\nabode in the spiritual sky.\n\nPURPORT\nBecause the Supreme Personality of Godhead is all-spiritual, He can\ndescend from the spiritual sky without changing His body, and thus He is\nknown as acyuta, or infallible. When a living entity falls down to the\nmaterial world, however, he has to accept a material body, and therefore,\nin his material embodiment, he cannot be called acyuta. Because he falls\ndown from his real engagement in the service of the Lord, the living\n\n", "SB4.3#p0068": "Text 38]\n\n815\n\nLord Vi�J].U 's Appearance in the Sacrificial Arena\n\nentity gets a material body to suffer or try to enjoy in the miserable\nmaterial\n\nconditions\n\nof\n\nlife.\n\nTherefore\n\nthe\n\nfallen\n\nliving\n\nentity is\n\ncyuta, whereas the Lord is called acyuta. The Lord was attractive for\n\neveryone-not only the King but also the priestly order, who were very\nmuch addicted to the performance of Vedic rituals. Because the Lord is\nall-attractive, He is called Kf�J}.a, or \"one who attracts everyone.\" As will\nbe explained in the next verse, the Lord appeared in the sacrificial arena\nof Maharaja Prthu as K�irodakasayi Vigm, who is a plenary expansion of\nLord Kr�J].a. He is the second incarnation from Karar:1.0dakasayi V igm, who\nis the origin of material creation and who expands as Garbhodakasayi\nVi�QU, who then enters into each and every universe. K�irodakasayi Vi�QU\nis one of the puru�as who control the material modes of nature.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n(i;:((f{tti€¥4'Z:l 1\n3totl'ffiP4 :;:r � � �t � ������\n\nawttw4 :rt'4\\tfl4 ert:\n\nadrfl.tiiya namas-krtya\nnrpa� sandarsitiitmane\navyaktiiya ca deviiniirh\ndeviiya sva-purarh yayau\n\n.\n\nadrfl tiiya-unto one who is beyond the purview of material vision; nama�kr tya-offering obeisances; nrpa�-the King; sandarsita\n\n- revealed; iitmane­\n\nunto the Supreme Soul; avyaktiiya-who is beyond the manifestation of\nthe material world; ca\n\n- also; deviiniim-of the demigods; deviiya-unto\n.\n\nthe Supreme Lord; sva-puram-to his own house; yaya u- returned\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Prthu then offered his respectful obeisances unto the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who is the Supreme Lord of all demigods. Although n ot an object of material vision, the Lord revealed Himself to the\nsight of Maharaja Prthu. After offering obeisances to the Lord, the King\nreturned to his home.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord is not visible to material eyes, but when the material\nsenses are inclined to the transcendental loving service of the Lord and are\n\n", "SB4.3#p0069": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n816\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 20\n\n;\n\nthus purified, the Lord reveals Himself to the VISIOn of the devotee.\n\nAvyakta means \"unmanifested.\" Although the material world is the crea­\n\ntion of the- Supreme Personality of Godhead, He is unmanifested to\nmaterial eyes. Maharaja Prthu, however, developed spiritual eyes by his\n\npure devotional service. Here, therefore, the Lord is described as san­\n\ndarsitiitma, for He reveals Himself to the vision of the devotee, although\n\nHe is not visible to ordinary eyes.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Twentieth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Lord Vi§[tU 's Appearance in\nthe Sacrificial Arena of Maharaja Prthu.\"\n\n", "SB4.3#p0070": "CHAPTER TWENTY- ONE\n\nInstructions bV Maharaja Prthu\nTEXT I\n\n��� iJ<t'T'f\n\n�: �:��:1\n'f���fori\n\n�\n\n�\n\n� II � II\n\nmaitreya uvaca\nmauktikai{l. kusuma-sragbhir\ndukulai{l. svan;w-tora[lail)\nmahii-surabhibhir dhiipair\nma[l�itam tatra tatra vai\nmaitreyal) uvaca- the great sage Maitreya continued to speak; mauktika*- with pearls; kusuma-of flowers;sragbhi�-with garlands; dukiilai�cloth; svar[la - golden; tora[lail)-by gates; maha-su rabhibhi{l. - highly perfumed; dh iip ai{l. - by incense; ma[l�itam-decorated; tatra tatra- here and\nthere; vai - certainly.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya told Vidura: When the King entered his city, it\nwas very beautifully decorated to receive him with pearls, flower garlands,\nbeautiful cloth and golden gates, and the entire city was perfumed with\nhighly fragrant incense.\nPURPORT\nReal opulence is supplied by natural gifts such as gold, silver, pearls,\nvaluable stones, fresh flowers, trees and silken cloth. Thus the Vedic\ncivilization recommends opulence and decoration with these natural gifts\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such opulence immediately\n\n817\n\n", "SB4.3#p0071": "Srimad Bhagavatam\n\n818\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\n-\n\nchanges the condition of the mind, and the entire atmosphere becomes\nspiritualized. King Prthu's capital was decorated with such highly opulent\ndecorations.\nTEXT2\n\nI\nII �II\ncandanaguru-toyiirdrarathya-catvara-margavat\npu§pak§ata-phalais tokmair\nliijair arcirbhir arcitam\ncandana-sandalwood; aguru-a kind of fragrant herb; toya- the water\nof; iirdra- sprinkled with; rathya-a path for driving a chariot; catvarasmall parks; margav at-l anes; pu�pa flowers; ak�ata-unbroken; phalail)-\n\nby the fruits; t okmai�-minerals; liija*-wetted grains-; arcirbh*-by lamps;\n\narcitam-decorated.\nTRANSLATION\nFragrant water distilled from sandalwood and aguru herb was sprinkled\neverywhere on the lanes, roads and small parks throughout the city, and\neverywhere were decorations of unbroken fruits, flowers, wetted grains,\nvaried minerals, and lamps, all presented as auspicious paraphernalia.\n\nsavrnda* kadali-stambhai�\npuga-pota* pari§krtam\ntaru-pallava-maliibhil)\nsarvata[l samalankrtam\nsa vrn daifl-along with fruits and flowers; kadau-stambhaifl-by the\n-\n\npillars of banana trees; piiga-potail)-by collections of young animals and\nby processions of elephants; pa�krtam-very nicely cleansed;\n\ntam­\n\nyoung plants; pallava-new leaves of mango trees; maliibhifl- by garlands ;\n\nsarva tafl everywhere ; samalankrtam- nicely decorated.\n-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0072": "Text 4)\n\nInstructions by Maharaja J>rthu\n\n819\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the street crossings there were bunches of fruits and flowers, as well\nas pillars of banana trees and betel nut branches. All these combined\ndecorations everywhere looked very attractive.\nTEXT 4\n\n� �t�ll:\n\n�ijl�tt+tw� : I\n\n3l��l�\n\nlif!t��qf�: II \\lll\n\nprajas tarh dipa-balibhi�\nsambhrtase§a-mangalai�\nabhiyur mnta-kanyas ca\nmn ta-k ur!fala-maru)ita�\npraja�-citizens; tam-to him; dipa-balibh *-with lamps; sambhrtaequipped with; ase§a-unlimited; mangala*-auspicious articles; abhiyu�came forward to welcome; mnta-with beautiful bodily luster; kanya� caand unmarried girls; mnta\n\n-\n\ncolliding with; kur!fala-earrings; mar!fita�­\n\nbeing bedecked with.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the King entered the gate of the city, all the citizens received him\nwith many auspicious articles like lamps, flowers and yogurt. The King was\nalso received by many beautiful unmarried girls whose bodies were bedecked with various ornaments, especially with earrings which collided\nwith one another.\nPURPORT\n\nOfferings of natural products such as betel nuts, bananas, newly grown\nwheat, paddy, yogurt and vermillion, carried by the citizens and scattered\nthroughout the city, are all auspicious paraphernalia, according to Vedic\ncivilization, for receiving a prominent guest like a bridegroom, king or\nspiritual master. Similarly, a welcome offered by unmarried girls who are\ninternally and externally clean and are dressed in nice garments and ornaments is\n\nalso auspicious .\n\nKumiiri, or unmarried girls untouched by\n\nthe hand of any member of the opposite sex, are auspicious members of\nsociety. Even today in Hindu society the most conservative families do not\nallow unmarried girls to go out freely or mix with boys. They are very\ncarefully protected by their parents while unmarried; after marriage they\nare protected by their young husbands, and when elderly they are protected\n\n", "SB4.3#p0073": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n820\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nby their children. When thus protected, women as a class remain an always\nauspicious source of energy to man.\n\nTEXTS\n\n���fllq1�1Jf �l� :qff�1� I\nfel�� +rer.:i ·eft�: �4+tl�l if({��: II � II\nsankha-dundubhi-gho§erza\n\nbrahma-gho§erza cartvijam\n\nvivesa bhavanarh vira [t\n\nstuyamano gatasmaya [t\n\nsankha-conchshells; dundubhi-kettledrums;gho§e(la-by the sound of;\n\nbrahma- Vedic;gho�e(la-chanting;ca-also;_rtvijiim-of the priests;vivesa­\n\nentered; bhavanam-the palace; vira[t-the King; s tuyam an a�-being wor­\n\nshiped;gata smaya [t\n-\n\n-\n\nwithout pride.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the King entered the palace, conchshells and kettledrums were\n\nsounded, priests chanted Vedic mantras, and professional reciters offered\n\ndifferent prayers. But in spite of all this ceremony to welcome him, the\nKing was not the least bit affected.\n\nPURPORT\nThe reception given to the King was full of opulence, yet he did not\nbecome proud. It is said, therefore, that great personalities of power and\nopulence never become proud, and the example is given that a tree which is\nfull of fruits and flowers does not stand erect in pride but instead bends\ndownwards to show submissiveness. This is a sign of the wonderful character of great personalities.\n\nTEXT6\n\n��Q: \\iii�+trn � (l;r �1�: I\nq''h:m�ka� sfrn: fSrl;_r�: II� II\npujita [t pujayamasa\ntatra tatra maha yasa[t\npa u raii janapadarhs tarhs tan\nprita[t priyavara-prada[t\n-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0074": "Instructions by Ma haraj a Pp:hu\n\nText7]\n\n821\n\npujita�-being worshiped;pujayamasa-offered worship; tatra tatra-here\n\nand there; maha-yasa�-with a background of great activities; pauran-the\nnoble men of the city;jana-padan-common citizens; tan tan-in that way;\nprita�-being satisfied; priya-vara-pradaJ:t-was ready to offer them all\nbenediction.\nTRANSLATION\nBoth the important citizens and the common citizens welcomed the\n\nKing very heartily, and he also benedicted them with their desired blessings.\nPURPORT\nA responsible king was always approachable by his citizens. Generally\nthe citizens, great and common, all had an aspiration to ee the king\n\nand take benediction from him. The king knew this, and therefore when·\never he met the citizens he immediately fulfilled their desires or mitigated\ntheir grievances. In such dealings, a responsible monarchy is better than a\n\nso-called democratic government in which no one is responsible to mitigate the grievances of the citizens, who are unable to personally meet the\n\nsupreme executive head. In a responsible monarchy the citizens had no\ngrievances against the government, and even if they did, they could\napproach the king directly for immediate satisfaction.\nTEXT7\n\n���tRf!ij:\n�tfur ��if« �{1��: 1\n��� �H:n�RilU� ;;ro:\n�1ihi Wfl��t q� q�� I I � II\n\nij'\n\nsa evam adi'ny anavadya-ce§titalt\nkarmaf!i bhuyarhsi mahan mahattamalz.\nkurvan sasasavani-mart{lalarh yasa{l\nsphi'tarh nidhayaruruhe pararh padam\nsal;t-King Prthu;evam-thus;iidi\"ni-from the very beginning; anavadyamagnanimous; ce§tita�-performing various works; karmaf!i-work; bhiiyiirhsi-repeatedly; mahan-great; mahattamaJ:t-greater than the greatest;\nkurvan-performing; sasiisa-ruled; avani-maf!{lalam-the surface of the\nearth;yasaft-reputation;sphitam-widespread; nidhaya-achieving; iiruruhe\n-was elevated; param padam-to the lotus feet of the Supreme Lord.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0075": "822\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing J>tthu was greater than the greatest soul and was therefore worshipable by everyone. He performed many glorious activities in ruling over\n\nthe surface of the world and was always magnanimous. After achieving\n\nsuch great success and a reputation which spread throughout the universe,\nhe at las t obtained the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nA responsible king or chief executive has many responsible duties to\nattend to in ruling over the citizens. The most important duty of the\nmonarch or the government is to perform various sacrifices as enjoined in\n\nthe Vedic literatures . The next duty of the king is to see that every citizen\nexecutes the prescribed duties for his particular community. It is the king's\nduty to see that everyone perfectly executes the duties prescribed for the\nvar(la and iisrama divisions of society. Besides that, as exemplified by King\nP�thu, he must develop the earth for the greatest possible production of\nfood grains.\nThere are different types of great personalities-some are positive great\npersonalities, some comparative and some superlative-but King Prthu\nexceeded all of them. He is therefore described here as mahattama�,\n\"greater than the greatest.\" Maharaja P�thu was a k�atriya, and he discharged his k�atriya duties perfectly. Similarly, briihma(laS, vaisyas and\nsudras can discharge their respective duties perfectly and thus at the ultimate end of life be promoted to the transcendental world, which is called\npararh padam. Pararh padam, or the Vaikut;�tha planets, can be achieved\nonly by devotional service. The impersonal Brahman region is also called\npararh padam, but unless one is attached to the Personality of Godhead\none must again fall down to the material world from the impersonal\npararh padam situation. It is said, therefore, iiruh ya krcchreQ.a pararh padarh\ntata�: the impersonalists endeavor very strenuously to achieve the pararh\n\npadam or impersonal brahmajyoti, but unfortunately, being bereft of a\nrelationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, they come down\nagain to the material world. If one flies in outer space, he can go very\nhigh up, but unless he reaches a planet he must come down again to earth.\nSimilarly, because the impersonalists who reach the pararh padam of the\nimpersonal brahmajyoti do not enter into the Vaikut;�tha planets, they\ncome down again to this material world and are given shelter in one of the\nmaterial planets. Although they may attain Brahmaloka or Satyaloka, all\nsuch planets are situated in the material world.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0076": "Instructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\nText 9]\n\n823\n\nTEXTS\n\n�n�\n\n�f;mt\ngormd�J�CR���\n\n�r��� ttm\n\nij�\n\n<:'\n\nsiita uvaca\ntad adi-rajasya yaso vijrmbhitarh\nguT}air ase�air gw:wvat-sabhiijitam\nk§atta mahiibhagavata� sadaspate\nkau§iiravirh priiha grTJantam arcayan\nsuta� uviic a\n\n-\n\nSu ta Gosvami said; tat-that; iidi-riijasya-of the original\n\nking; yasa�-reputation; vijrmbhitam\nties;\n\nase�a*-unlimited;\n\n-\n\nhighly qualified; g u T}ai�-by quali­\n\nguT}avat-fittingly;\n\nsabhiijitam-being\n\npraised;\n\nk�attii-Vidura; mahii-bhiigavata�-the great saintly devotee; sadaspateleader of the great sages; kau�iiravim-unto Maitreya; priiha-sai d; g[T}antam-while talking; arcayan-offering all respectful obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuta Gosvami continued: 0 Saunaka, leader of the great sages, after\n\nhearing Maitreya speak about the various activities of King Prthu, the\n\noriginal King, who was fully qualified, glorified and widely praised all over\n\nthe world, Vidura, the great devotee, very submissively worshiped Maitreya\nJ.t�i and asked him the following question.\nTEXT9\n\n�f�rf\n\n'l��i\\:f�'f���: I\nf� ij\" aliiJl� ��) iO@l� �� iff� II�II\n\nmsf�:\n\nvidura uviica\nso 'bhi§ikta� prthur viprair\nlabdhiise§a-suriirha[!a�\nbibhrat sa vai§!wvarh tejo\nbiihvor yiibhyarh dudoha gam\n\n", "SB4.3#p0077": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n824\n\nviduraJ:l, uvaca-Vidura said; sa�\n\n-\n\nhe (King Prthu); abhi�i k ta�-when\n\nenthroned;prthu�-King Prthu; vipra*\n\n-\n\nby the great sages and brahmap.as;\n\nlabdha-achieved; ase�a-innumerable; su ra arha(la�\n-\n\ndemigods; bibh rat\n\n-\n\nexpanding ;\n\nthrough Lord Vi�1�u; teja�\n\n-\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nsa�-he;\n\n-\n\nvai�p.avam\n\nstrength ; biihvo�\n\n-\n\ndudoha exploited ; giim-the earth.\n\npresentations by the\n\n-\n\nwho\n\nhas received\n\narms; yabhyiim-by which;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nVidura said: My dear brahmar,ta Maitreya, it is very enlightening to\nunderstand that\n\nKing Prthu was enthroned by the great sages and\n\nbrahmar,tas. All the demigods presented him with innumerable gifts, and\nhe also expanded his influence upon personally receiving strength from\nLord Vi�r,tu. Thus he greatly developed the earth.\nPURPORT\nBecause Prthu Maharaja was an empowered incarnation of Lord Vigm\nand was naturally a great Vai�r,tava devotee of the Lord, all the demigods\nwere pleased with him and presented different gifts to help him in exer­\n\ncising his royal power, and the great sages and saintly persons also joined\n\nin his coronation. Thus blessed by them, he ruled over the earth and exploited its resources for the greatest satisfaction of the people in general.\n\nThis has already been explained in the previous chapters regarding the\n\nactivities of King Prthu. As will be apparent from the next verse, every\n\nexecutive head of state should follow in the footsteps of Maharaja Prthu\n\nin ruling over his kingdom. Regardless of whether the chief executive is a\n\nking or president, or whether the government is monarchical or demo­\n\ncratic, this process is so perfect that if it is followed, everyone will become\nhappy, and thus it will be very easy for all to execute devotional service to\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n� � �\"tfij ;r ��\n\nq�q)��n\n\nit�: ��· iJ�m� �Jmtfq � � � ��II� oil\nko nv asya kirtirh na srrwty abhijno\nyad-vikramocchi§tam ase§abhupafl,\n\n", "SB4.3#p0078": "fustructions by Maharaja Pp:hu\n\nText 11]\n\n825\n\nloka� sapala upajivanti kiimam\nadyapi tan me vada karma suddham\n\nbut; asya-King Prthu; kirtim-glorious activities; na\nsrrwti-does not hear; abhi j ii a�-in telligent ; yat-his; vikrama- chiv alry;\nucchi�tam- remnants; ase�a-innumerable; bhii.pii�-kings; Zokii�-planets;\nsa-piil ii� with their demigods; upafivanti-execute livelihood; kiimamdesired objects; adyiipi up to that; tat-that; me-unto me; vada-please\nspeak; karma-activities; suddham- auspicious.\nka�-who; nu\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrthu\n\nMaharaja\n\nwas so great in his activities and\n\nmagnanimous\n\nin his method of ruling that all the kings and demigods on the various\nplanets still follow in his footsteps. Who is there who will not try\nto hear about his glorious activities? I wish to hear more and more\nabout\n\nPrthu\n\nMaharaja\n\nbecause\n\nhis\n\nactivities\n\nare\n\nso\n\npious\n\nand\n\nauspicious.\nPURPORT\n\nSaint Vidura's purpose in hearing about Prthu Maharaja over and over\nagain was to set an example for ordinary kings and executive heads, who\nshould all be inclined to hear repeatedly about Prthu Maharaja's activities\nin order to also be able to rule over their kingdoms or states very faithfully\nfor the peace and prosperity of the people in general. Unfortunately, at\nthe present moment no one cares to hear about Prthu Maharaja or to\nfollow in his footsteps; therefore no nation in the world is either happy or\nprogressive in spiritual understanding, although that is the sole aim and\nobjective of human life.\nTEXT 11\n\n�?,q i3<ffif\n\n4ifi·itfij'1qy�QI��U�'I+U�e�\n\nI\n�;r ��� �Ill'{ �M{Iettl II� �II\nmaitreya uvaca\ngarigii-yamunayor nadyor\nantarii ksetram avasan\narabdhan e� bubhuje\nbhogan pur]ya-jihiisaya\n\n", "SB4.3#p0079": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n826\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nmaitreya� uvaca- the great saintMaitreya said; ga nga- the River Ganges;\nyamunayo�-of the River Yamuna; nadyo�-of the two rivers; antara­\n\nhetween; k� etram-the land; iivasan living there; iirabdhan-destined; eva-\n\nlike; bubh uje- enjoyed ; bhogan\n\n-\n\nfortunes; pu (l ya- pious activities; jiha­\n\nsaya for the purpose of diminishing.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great saintly sage Maitreya told Vidura: My dear Vidura, King\n\nJ»rthu lived in the tract of land between the two great rivers Ganges and\nYamuna. Because he was very opulent, it appeared that he was enjoying\n\nhis destined fortune in order to diminish the results of his past pious\n\nactivities.\n\nPURPORT\nThe terms \"pious\" and \"impious\" are applicable only in reference to\n\nthe activities of an ordinary living being. But Maharaja Prthu was a directly\nempowered incarnation of Lord Vi�I).U; therefore he was not subject to\nthe reactions of pious or impious activities. As we have already explained\npreviously, when a living being is specifically empowered by the Supreme\nLord to act for a particular purpose, he is called a saktyavesa-avatara.\nPrthu Maharaja was not only a saktyave5a-avatara hut also a great devotee.\nA devotee is not subjected to the reactions resulting from past deeds. In\nthe Brahma-samhita it is said, karmari nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhajam:\nfor devotees the results of past pious and impious activities are nullified\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The words arabdhan eva mean\n\"as if achieved by past deeds,\" hut in the case of Prthu Maharaja there was\nno question of reaction to past deeds, and thus the word eva is used here\nto indicate comparison to ordinary persons. In Bhagavad-gfta the Lord says,\n\navajananti mam miit)ha!J. This means that sometimes people misunderstand\nan incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead to he an ordinary\nman. The Supreme Godhead, His incarnations or His devotees may pose\nthemselves as ordinary men, but they are never to he considered as such.\nNor should an ordinary man not supported by authorized statements of\nthe sastras and acaryas he accepted as an incarnation or devotee. By the\nevidence of sastra, Sanatana Gosvami detected Lord Caitanya Mahaprahhu\nto he a direct incarnation of Kr�l).a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nalthough Lord Caitanya never disclosed the fact. It is therefore generally\nrecommended that the acarya or guru should not he accepted as an\nordinary man.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0080": "Instructions by Maharaja P.rthu\n\nText 12]\n\n827\n\nTEXT 12\n\n���m.qf��:\n3fw:tl�\n\n6llifN� I\n...\n\nifliR�����<n II� �II\nsarvatriisk halitiidesa�\nsapta-dvipaika-da[tpadhrk\nanyatra briihma[ta-kuliid\nanyatriicyuta-go trata�\n\nsarvatra-everywhere; as khalita-irrevocable; iidesa�-order; sapta-dvipaseven islands; eka-one; dart!la-dhrk - the ruler who holds the scepter;\na nyatra- except ; briihmarta-kuliit-briihmartas and saintly persons; a nyat raexcept; ac yu ta-gotrata� - descendants of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (Vai�l).avas).\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Prthu was an unrivalled king and possessed the scepter for\nruling all the seven islands on the surface of the globe. No one could disobey his irrevocable orders but the saintly persons, the brahmal).as and the\ndescendants of the Supreme Personality of Godhead [the Vai!!l).avas) .\nPURPORT\nSapta-dv\"ipa refers to the seven great islands or continents on the surface\nof the globe: (l) Asia,(2) Europe, (3) Africa, (4) North America,(5) South\nAmerica, (6) Australia, and (7) Oceania. In the modern age people are\nunder the impression that during the Vedic period or the prehistoric ages\nAmerica and many other parts of the world had not been discovered, but\nthat is not a fact. Prthu Maharaja ruled over the world many thousands of\nyears before the so-called prehistoric age, and it is clearly mentioned here\nthat in those days not only were all the different parts of the world known,\nbut they were ruled by one king, Maharaja Prthu. The country where Prthu\nMaharaja resided must have been India because it is stated in the eleventh\nverse of this chapter that he lived in the tract of land called Brahmiivarta,\nwhich consists of what is known in the modern age as portions of Punjab\nand northern India. It is clear that the kings of India once ruled all the\nworld and that their culture was Vedic.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0081": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n828\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nThe word askhalita indicates that orders by the king could not be dis­\n\nobeyed by anyone in the entire world. Such orders, however, were never\n\nissued to control saintly persons or the descendants of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Vi�l)U. The Supreme Lord is known as acyuta, and\nLord Kt�l}a is addressed as such by Arjuna in Bhagavad-gztii (senayor\n\nubhayor madhye ratham sthiipaya me 'cyuta). Acyuta refers to one who\n\ndoes not fall because -He is never influenced by the modes of material\n\nnature. When a living entity falls down to the material world from his\n\noriginal position, he becomes cyuta, which means that he forgets his re­\n\nlationship with acyuta. Actually every living entity is a part and parcel or\na son of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When influenced by the\n\nmodes of material nature, a living entity forgets this relationship and thinks\n\nin terms of different species of life; but when he again comes to his ori­\n\nginal consciousness, he does not observe such bodily designations. This is\n\nindicated in Bhagavad-gztii by the words par-{iitiil;t sama-darsinal;t (Bg. 5.18).\nMaterial designations create differentiation in terms of caste, color,\n\ncreed, nationality, etc. Different gotras or family designations are distinc­\n\ntions in terms of the material body, but when one comes to Kr�J;la con­\n\nsciousness he immediately becomes transcendental to all considerations of\n\ncaste, creed, color and nationality.\n\nPrthu Maharaja had no control over the briihmar-a-kula, which refers to\n\nthe learned scholars in Vedic knowledge, nor over the Vai�l)avas, who are\nabove the considerations of Vedic knowledge. It is therefore said:\narcye vi§[WU siladhir guru§u nara-matir vai§r-ave jiiti-buddhir\nvi�1Jor vii vaiHwviiniim kali-mala-mathane pada-tirthe 'mbu-buddhi{t\nsn-vi�r-or niimni mantre sakala-kalu�a-he sabda-siimiinya-buddhir\n\nV�TJU U sarvesvarese tad-itara-sama-dhtr yasya Vii niirakt sal;t\n\"One who thinks the Deity in the temple to be made of wood or stone,\nwho thinks of the spiritual master in the disciplic succession as an ordinary\n\nman, who thinks the Vai�l)ava in the acyuta-gotra to belong to a certain\n\ncaste or creed, or who thinks of carar-iimrta or Ganges water as ordinary\nwater, is taken to be a resident of hell.\" (Padma Puriirta)\n\nFrom the facts presented in this verse, it appears that people in general\n\nshould be controlled by a king until they come to the platform of\nVai�l)avas and briihmar-as, who are not under the control of anyone.\n\nBriihmarta refers to one who knows Brahman, or the impersonal feature\nof the Absolute Truth, and a Vai�l)ava is one who serves the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0082": "Text 14]\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\n829\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�ssmr�tij;ra:Ten � Rilitiel'( 1\n�� i4t��tfarr � m�1ffalt � �+I IIZ �II\nekadiisin mahiisatradik.sii tatra divaukasiim\nsamiijo brahmar�\"irtiirh ca\nriijar�\"irtiirh ca sattama\nekadii-once upon a time; iis\"it-took a vow; mahii satra-great sacrifice;\ndik�ii initiation; tatra-in that function; divaukasiim-of the demigods;\nsamiija�-asse m bly; brahmar�\"ir-iim-of great saintly briihmaras; ca-also;\nriijar�\"if!iim-of great saintly kings; ca-also; sattama-the greatest of\n-\n\n-\n\ndevotees.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce upon a time King Prthu Maharaja initiated the performance of a\nvery great sacrifice in which great saintly sages, brahmru:tas, demigods\nfrom higher planetary systems and great saintly kings known as rajarf?is\n\nall assembled together.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the most significant point is that although King Prthu 's\nresidential quarters were in India, between the rivers Ganges and Yamuna,\nthe demigods also participated in the great sacrifice he performed. This\nindicates that formerly the demigods used to come to this planet. Similarly, great personalities like Arjuna, Yudhi�thira and many others used to\nvisit higher planetary systems. Thus there was interplanetary communication via suitable airplanes and space vehicles.\nTEXT ::.4\n\n��?l�<:ij ��!! �� m: 1\n\n�: � +l\\if ijl(iii1Uiffl« IIZ\\111\ntasminn arhatsu sarvefiu\nsv-arcite.su yathiirhata{t\nutthita{t sadaso madhye\ntiiriiriim upuriip iva\n\n", "SB4.3#p0083": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n830\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\ntasmin-in that great meeting; arhatsu-of all those who are worshipable;\nsa rve� u-all of them; su-a r cite� u-being worshiped according to their re­\n\nspective positions; yathiirhata�-as they deserved; ut thita�-stood up;\nsadasa�-amongst the assembly members; m adhye - within the midst;\ntiiriirtiim-of the stars; u�u-rii t-the moon; iva-like.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn that great assembly, Maharaja Prthu first of all worshiped all the\n\nrespectable visitors according to their respective positions. After this, he\n\nstood up in the midst of the assembly, and it appeared that the full moon\n\nhad arisen amongst the stars.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic system, the reception of great, exalted personalities, as arranged by Prthu Maharaja in that great sacrificial arena, is\nvery important. The first procedure in receiving guests is to wash their\nfeet, and it is learned from Vedic literature that one time when Maharaja\nYudhi��hira performed a\n\nriij\n\na s uya-yaj iia, Kr�1.1a look charge of washing\n\nthe feet of the visitors. Similarly, Maharaja Prthu also arranged for the\nproper reception of the demigods, the saintly sages, the briihmartas and\nthe great kings.\nTEXT 15\n\n�: q'hnlfij��it ill�: tfi�Ri�aJor: 1\nijon�: ffi!�: ij'f�: qy;ri«: ijf�f�ij!ll ��II\nprarhsu[! pl:nayata-bhujo\ngauraft kanjiirur-ek�arwft\nsunasaft sumukhaft saumyaft\npTnarhsaft su-dvija-smitaft\n\nprii rhs'u�-very tall; pTniiyata-full and broad; bhujaft-arms; gauraftfair complexioned; kanja-lotuslike; arurta-Tk�aiJa�-with bright eyes like a\nmorning sunrise; su-nasa[t-straight nose; s u -m u khaft - with a beautiful face;\nsaumya�-of a grave bodily stature; pTna-arhsa�-shoulders raised; subeautiful; dvija-teeth; smita�-sm iling.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Pl;thu's body was tall and sturdy, and his complexion was fair. His\n\narms were full and broad and his eyes as bright as the rising sun. His nose\n\n", "SB4.3#p0084": "Text 17]\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\n831\n\nwas straight, his face very beautiful and his personality grave. His teeth\nwere set beautifully in his smiling face.\nPURPORT\nAmongst the four social orders (briihmatJaS, k§atriyas, vaisyas and sudras),\nthe k§atriyas, both men and women, are generally very beautiful. As will\nbe apparent from the following verses, it is to be concluded that not only\nwere Maharaja Prthu's bodily features attractive, as described here, but he\nhad specific all-auspicious signs in his bodily construction.\nAs it is said, \"The face is the index of the mind.\" One's mental constitution is exhibited by his facial features. The bodily features of a\nparticular person are exhibited in accordance with his past deeds, for\naccording to one's past deeds, his next bodily features-whether in human\nsociety, animal society or demigod society-are determined. This is proof\nof the transmigration of the soul through different types of bodies.\nTEXT 16\n\n. �f0Te1f���: I\n\no��\n\n3lf.Hiwttf��\n\n��;fl�W�TI{_ II� G. II\n\nvyu!lha-vakfiii brhac-chro[tir\nvali-valgu-dalodara�\niivarta-niibhir ojasv\"i\nkiiiicanorur udagra-piit\nvy u!iha- broad ; vakfia� - chest; brhat-sr o [t * - thick waist; vali-wrinkles;\nvalgu - very beautiful; dala-like a leaf of a banyan tree; uda ra{l. - abdomen;\n\niivarta - coiled ; niibh * - nav el ; ojas vi- lustrous ; kiin cana- golden; uru{l.thighs; udagra- piit - arched instep.\nTRANSLATION\nThe chest of Maharaja Prthu was very broad, his waist was very thick,\nand his abdomen, wrinkled by lines of skin, resembled in construction a\nbanyan tree. His navel was coiled and deep, his thighs were of a golden hue,\nand his instep was arched.\nTEXT 17\n\n���lft.Hrf���;:r: ���: I\n\n� ��� '{R�Tittftft�\n\n�\n\nII� \\SII\n\n", "SB4.3#p0085": "832\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nsuk�ma-vakrasita-snigdhamurdhajafi, kambu-kandharaft\nmaha-dhane dukuliigrye\nparidhayopavzya ca\ns uk�ma- very fine; vakra curly; asita-black ; snigdha-greasy; miirdha-\n\nja�-hairs on the head; kambu-like a conch; kandhara�- neck; mahii­\n\ndha n e- very valuable; duk ula-agrye - dressed with a dhoti; paridhiiya-on\nthe upper portion of the body; upav\"iya- placed like a sacred thread;\nca-also.\nTRANSLATION\nThe black, slick hair on his head was very fine and curly, and his neck,\n\nlike a conchshell, was decorated with auspicious lines. He wore a very\nvaluable dhoti, and there was a nice wrapper on the upper part of his body.\nTEXT 18\n\n�ffi�'l•ll=st�'lf.itfir ���tJH I\n�t1Ttf$tt��: ���'llfl1l:�:q�nll ��II\nvyaiijitase�a-gatra-ftir\nniyame nyasta-bhu�ar-aft\nkr�r-ajina-dharaft srzman\nkusa-par-ift krtocitafi,\nvyaiijita- indicating; ase�a-innumerable; giitra-bodily; sri'/;1- beauty;\nniyame- re gu lated; nyasta-given up; bhii§a(lafi,-garments; k[§(la- blac k ;\najina-skin; dharalt - putting on; stiman- beautiful; kusa-paf!ilt-having\nkusa grass on the fingers; krta-performed; ucitaft-as it is required.\nTRANSLATION\nAs Maharaja �thu was being initiated to perform the sacrifice, he had\n\nto leave aside his valuable dress, and therefore his natural bodily beauty\n\nwas visible. It was very pleasing to see him put on a black deerskin and\nwear a ring of kusa grass on his finger, for this increased the natural beauty\nof his body. It appears that Maharaja Prthu observed all the regulative\n\nprinciples before he performed the sacrifice.\nTEXT 19\n\nr��rw��reJ: ij'aaJij\n\n��tt�«41�u\n\n�:\n\nijlf.=(JQ: 1\n\neriqf1acq ������\n\n", "SB4.3#p0086": "Text 20]\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\n833\n\nsisira-snigdha-tiiriikfiafl.\nsamaikfiata samantata�\nuciviin idam urv\"\"isa�\nsada� sarhharfiayann iva\nsiSira-dew; snigdha-wet; tiirii-stars; akfia�-eyes; samaikfiata -glanced\nall around;u civiin- began to speak; idam-this; urv\"\"isa�highly elevated; sada�- amongst the members of the assembly; sarhharfiayan -enhancing their pleasure; iva-like.\nover; samantata�\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust to encourage the members of the assembly and to enhance their\npleasure, King Ptthu glanced over them with eyes that seemed like stars in\na sky wet with dew. He then spoke to them in a great voice.\nTEXT 20\n\n�� f�;J� �-of � ��I\n\n��'fl'lq�\n\n�\n\n3(�t4c:J�A ll�oll\n\nciiru citra-padam slakfir-am\nmrfitam gtipham aviklavam\nsarvefiiim upakiiriirtharh\ntada anuvadann iva\nciiru- beautiful; citra-padam- flowery; slakfir-am- very clear; mrfitamwithout any doubt;sarvefi am\nfor all; upakiira-artham-just to benefit them; tadii-at that time; anuvery great; gu ph am- meaningful; aviklavam\n\n-\n\n­\n\nvadan-began to repeat; iva-like.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Ptthu's speech was very beautiful, full of metaphorical language, clearly understandable and very pleasing to hear. His words were all\ngrave and certain. It appears that when he spoke, he expressed his personal\nrealization of the Absolute Truth in order to benefit all who were present.\nPURPORT\nMaharaj a Prthu was beautiful in his external bodily features, and his\nspeech was also very glorious in all respects. His words, which were nicely\ncomposed in highly metaphorical ornamental language, were pleasing to\nhear and were not only mellow but also very clearly understandable and\nwithout doubt or ambiguity.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0087": "834\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nTEXT 21\n\n{�\n\n�t:��q:���: I\nWij\n\n���� �q•OA6� ������\nrajovaca\nsabhyaft srrmta bhadrarh vafl\nsadhavo ya ihiigataft\nsatsu jijiiiisubhir dharmam\navedyarh sva-manz�itam\n\nraja uvaca-the King began to speak; sabhya[t-addressing the ladies and\ngentlemen; snmta-kindly hear; bhadram-good fortune; va�-your;\nsiidhavafi--all great souls; ye-who; iha-here; iigatiift-present; satsuunto the noble men; jijnasubh*-one who is inquisitive; dharmamreligious principles; iivedyam-must he presented; sva-man\"i� itam-concluded by someone.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Prthu said: 0 gentle members of the assembly, may all good for­\n\ntune be upon you! May all of you great souls who have come to attend\n\nthis meeting kindly hear my prayer attentively. A person who is actually\ninquisitive must present his decision before an assembly of noble souls.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word sadhava/;1. (\"all great souls\") is very significant.\nWhen a person is very great and famous, many unscrupulous persons become his enemies, for envy is the nature of materialists. In any meeting\nthere are different classes of men, and it is to he supposed, therefore, that\nbecause Prthu Maharaja was very great, he must have had several enemies\npresent in the assembly, although they could not express themselves.\nMaharaja Prthu, however, was concerned with persons who were gentle,\nand therefore he first addressed all the honest persons, not caring for the\nenvious. He did not, however, present himself as a royal authority empowered to command everyone because he wanted to present his statement in humble submission before the assembly of great sages and saintly\npersons. As a great king of the entire world, he could have given them\norders, but he was so humble, meek and honest that he presented his statement for approval in order to clarify his mature decision. Everyone within\nthis material world is conditioned by the modes of material nature and\n\n", "SB4.3#p0088": "Text 22)\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\n835\n\ntherefore has four defects. But although Prthu Maharaja was above all\nthese, still, like an ordinary conditioned soul, he presented his statements\nto the great souls, sages and saintly persons present there.\nTEXT 22\n\n����T �T� �:1\noot tf�: ���!I �em�,����''\naharh dar-!ia-dharo rajii\nprajiiniim iha yojita�\nrakfiita vrtti-da� SV€fiU\nsetufiu sthiipita prthak\naham-l; dar-(ia-dhara�-carrier of the scepter; riijii-king; prajiinam-of\nthe citizens; iha-in this world; yojita�- engaged ; rakfiita-protector;\nvrtti da� - employer; svefiu-in their own; setufiu-respective social orders;\nsthapita- established; prthak- differently.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Prthu continued: By the grace of the Supreme Lord I have been\nappointed the King of this planet, and I carry the scepter to rule the citizens, protect them from all danger and give them employment according\nto their respective positions in the social order established by Vedic injunction.\nPURPORT\n\nA king is supposed to be appointed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead to look after the interests of his particular planet. On every planet\nthere is a predominating person, just as we now see that in every co.untry\nthere is a president. If one is president or king, it should be understood\nthat this opportunity has been given to him by the Supreme Lord. According to the Vedic system, the king is considered a representative of Godhead\nand is offered respects by the citizens as God in the human form of life.\nActually, according to V edic information, the Supreme Lord maintains all\nliving entities, and especially human beings, to elevate them to the highest\nperfection. After many, many births in lower species, when a living entity\nevolves to the human form of life and in particular to the civilized human\nform of life, his society must be divided into four gradations, as ordered\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead in Bhagavad-gita (ciitur-varrtyam\n\nmaya sr�tam, etc.). The four social orders-the brahma!las, kfiatriyas,\nvaisyas and sudras-are natural divisions of human society, and, as declared\n\n", "SB4.3#p0089": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n836\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nby Prthu Maharaja, every man in his respective social order must have\nproper employment for his livelihood. It is the duty of the king or the\ngovernment to insure that the people observe the social order and that they\nare also employed in their respective occupational duties. In modern\ntimes, since the protection of the government or the king has been withdrawn, social order has practically collapsed. No . one knows who is a\nbriihma!La, who is a k�atriya, who is a vaisya or who is a sudra, and people\nclaim to belong to a particular social order by birthright only. It is the\nduty of the government to reestablish social order in terms of occupational\nduties and the modes of material nature, for that will make the entire\nworld population actually civilized. If it does not observe the institutional\nfunctions of the four social orders, human society is no better than animal\nsociety in which there is never tranquility, peace and prosperity but only\nchaos and confusion. Maharaja Prthu, as an ideal king, strictly observed the\nmaintenance of the Vedic social order.\nPrajiiyate iti prafo.. The word prafo. refers to one who takes birth. Therefore Prthu Maharaja guaranteed protection for prajiiniim-all living en�ities\nwho took birth in his kingdom. Prajii refers not only to human beings but\nalso to animals, trees and every other living entity. It is the duty of the\nking to give all living entities protection and food. The fools and rascals of\nmodern society have no knowledge of the extent of the responsibility of\nthe government. Animals are also citizens of the land in which they happen\nto be born, and they also have the right to continue their existence at the\ncost of the Supreme Lord. The disturbance of the animal population by\nwholesale slaughter produces a catastrophic future reaction for the butcher,\nhis land and his government.\nTEXT 23\n\nij� if ��fWtltll�l�ifm;;crlt.n 1\n�n �?!: �J{(l�l$:1 tl�� �I I�� II\n....\n\ntasya me tad-anu�thaniid\nyan ahur brahma-vadinah\nlokii[l syu[l kiima-sandohii\nyasya tu�yati di�ta-drk\ntasya - his; me - mine ; tat- that; anu�thiinat - by executing; yiin-that\nwhich; iihu� - i s spoken; brahma-viidina�-by the experts in Vedic knowledge; loka� - planets ; syu� - become; kiima-sandohii�- fulfilling one's desirable objectives; yasya-whose; tu�yati - becomes satisfied; di�t a-drk - the\nseer of all destiny.\n\n·\n\n", "SB4.3#p0090": "Instructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\nText 23]\n\n837\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Prthu said: I think that upon the execution of my duties as\nking, I shall be able to achieve the desirable objectives described by experts in Vedic knowledge. This destination is certainly achieved by the\npleasure of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the seer of all\ndestiny.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Prthu gives special stress to the word brahma-viidinafi. (\"by the\n\nexperts in the Vedic knowledge\"). Brahma refers to the Vedas, which are\nalso known as sabda-brahma, or transcendental sound. Transcendental\n\nsound is not ordinary language, although it appears to be written in\nordinary language. Evidence from the Vedic literature should be accepted\nas final authority. In the Vedic literature there is much information, and\nof course there is information about the execution of a king's duty. A\nresponsible king who executes his appointed duty by giving proper protection to all living entities on his planet is promoted to the heavenly\nplanetary system. This is also dependent upon the pleasure of the Supreme\nLord. It is not that if one executes his duty properly he is automatically\npromoted, for promotion depends upon the satisfaction of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. It must ultimately be concluded that one can\nachieve the desired result of his activities upon satisfying the Supreme\nLord. This is also confirmed in the Second Chapter, First Canto, of\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam:\n\natafi. pumbhi(dvija-sre�thii\nvan:ziisrama-vibhiigasafi.\nsvanu�thitasya dharmasya\nsarhsiddhir hari-to�ar-am.\nThe perfection of one's execution of his appointed duties is the ultimate\nsatisfaction\n\nof the Supreme\n\nLord. The word\n\nkiima-sandohiifi.\n\nmeans\n\n\"achievement of the desired result.\" Everyone desires to achieve the ultimate goal of life, but in modern civilization the great scientists think that\nman's life has no plan. This gross ignorance is very dangerous and makes\ncivilization very risky. People do not know the laws of nature, which are\nthe rulings of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Because they are\natheists of the first order, they have no faith in the existence of God and\nHis rulings and therefore do not know how nature is working. This gross\nignorance of the mass of people, including even the so-called scientists\n\n", "SB4.3#p0091": "838\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nand philosophers, makes life a risky situation in which human beings do\n\nnot know whether they are making progress in life. According to Srl.mad­\n\nBhagavatam, they are simply progressing to the darkest region of material\nAdanta-gobhir visatarh tamisram (Bhag. 7.5.30). The Kr�qa\n\nexistence.\n\nconsciousness movement has therefore been started to give philosophers,\nscientists and people in general the proper knowledge about the destiny of\nlife. Everyone should take advantage of this movement and learn the real\ngoal of life.\nTEXT 24\n\n��� U\\llT �1 ��� I\nsr\\llRt m �+Iff����: ���'cl\"\n\n;;r\n\nya uddharet karam raja\npraja dharme�v asik�ayan\nprajanarh samalam bhunkte\nbhagarh ca svarh jahati salt\nya!J,-anyone (king or governor); uddharet\n\nking; praj ii!J,\n\n-\n\n-\n\nexact; karam-taxes; raja­\n\nthe citizens; dharme�u-in executing their respective duties;.\n\nasik§ aran without teaching them how to execute their respective duties;\nprajanam-of the citizens; sama la m im p ious; bhunkte-enjoys; bhagamfortune; ca-also; s vam own; jahati gives up; sa�- that king.\n.\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAny king who does not teach his citizens about their respective duties\nin terms of vaqta and asrama but who simply exacts tolls and taxes from\nthem is liable to suffer for the impious activities . which have been\nperformed by the citizens. In addition to such degradation, the king also\nloses his own fortune\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nA king, governor or president should not take the opportunity to\noccupy his post without also discharging his duty. He must teach the\n\npeople within the state how to observe the divisions of vaqw and asrama.\n\nIf a king neglects to give such instructions and is simply satisfied with\nlevying taxes, then those who share in the collection-namely, all the\ngovernment servants and the head of the state-are liable to share in the\nimpious activities of the general masses. The laws of nature are very subtle.\nFor example, if one eats in a place which is very sinful, he shares in the\nresultant reaction of the sinful activities performed there. (It is a Vedic\n\n", "SB4.3#p0092": "Instructions by Maharaja PJ:thu\n\nText 25]\n\n839\n\nsystem, therefore, for a householder to call briihmar-as and Vai�l).avas to\neat at ceremonial performances in his house because the briihmar-as and\nVai�l).avas can immunize him from sinful activities. But it is not the duty of\nrigid briihmar-as and V ai�l).avas to accept invitations everywhere. There is,\nof course, no objection to taking part in feasts in which prasiida is\ndistributed.) There are many subtle laws which are practically unknown\nto people in general, but the Kr�q.a consciousness movement is very\nscientifically distributing all this Vedic knowledge for the benefit of the\npeople of the world.\nTEXT 25\n\nij� �l �f�w �: ,\n�m�f1:1�� ��: �: ������\ntat prajii bhartr-pir-!liirtham\nsviirtham evanasuyava{l.\nkurutiidhok�aja-dhiyas\ntarhi me 'nugraha{l. krta{l.\ntat-therefore; prajii{l.\n\n-\n\nmy dear citizens; bhartr-of the master;\n\npir!la­\n\nartha m-welfare after death; sva-artham-own interest; eva-certainly;\na n. asuya va{l.-without being envious; kuruta just execute; adhok� aja-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; dhiya{l. thinking of Him; tarhi-therefore; me-unto me; an u graha {l. m ercy; krta{l.-being done.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nP�thu Maharaja continued: Therefore, my dear citizens, for the welfare\nof your king after his death, you should execute your duties properly\nin terms of your positions of varl).a and asrama and should always think\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead within your hearts. By doing so,\nyour interests will be protected, and you will bestow mercy upon your\nking for his welfare after death.\nPURPORT\nThe words\n\nadh ok� aja dhiya {l. meaning \"Kr�q.a consciousness,\" are very\n-\n\n,\n\nimportant in this verse. The king and citizens should both be Kr!?Qa\nconscious, otherwise both of them will be doomed to lower species of\nlife after death. A responsible government must teach Kr�qa consciousness\nvery vigorously for the benefit of all. Without Kr�qa consciousness, neither\nthe state nor the citizens of the state can be responsible. Prthu Maharaja\ntherefore specifically requested the citizens to act in Kr�qa consciousness,\n\n", "SB4.3#p0093": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n840\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nand he was also very anxious to teach them how to become Kr�l)a conscious. A summary of Kr�qa consciousness is given in Bhagavad-gita:\nyat karOfii yad asnasi\nyaj juhofii dadasi yat\nyat tapasyasi kaunteya\ntat kurufiva mad-arpar-am\n\n\"Whatever you do, whatever you eat, whatever you give in charity and\nwhatever penances you undergo should be done in Kr�qa consciousness or\nfor the satisfaction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\" (Bg. 9.27)\nIf all the people of the state, including the government servants, are\ntaught the techniques of spiritual life, then although everyone is liable to\nbe punished in different ways by the stringent laws of material nature,\nthey will not be implicated.\nTEXT 26\n\n� c:t�a4il�� Aa:���: I\n�: �ll�(®l���tt������ll\nyuyam tad anumodadhvarh\npitr-devarfiayo 'malii�\nkartu� sastur anujiiatus\ntulyam yat pretya tat-phalam\ny u yam\n\n-\n\nall you respectable persons who are present here; tat-that;\n\numodad h va m\n\nkindly approve of my proposal; pitr-persons coming\nfrom Pitrloka; deva-persons coming from the heavenly planets; rfiaya�great sages and saintly persons; ama 1ii� those who are cleansed of all sin­\n\nan\n\n-\n\n-\n\nful activities; kar t u�\n\n-\n\nthe performer; sas tu� -t he order-giver; anujnatu�­\n\nof the supporter; tul yam\nthat; pha la m-resu lt\n\n-\n\nequal; yat\n\n-\n\nwhich; pretya -aft er death; tat­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI request all the pure-hearted demigods, forefathers and saintly persons\n\nto support my proposal because after death the result of an action is\nequally sh ared by its doer, its director and its supporter.\nPURPORT\n\nThe government of Prthu Maharaja was perfect because it was administered exactly according to the orders of the Vedic injunctions. Prthu\n\n", "SB4.3#p0094": "Instructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\nText 27)\n\n841\n\nMaharaja has already explained that the chief duty of the gove�nment is to\nsee that everyone executes his respective duty and is elevated to the platform of Kr�qa consciousness. The government should be so conducted that\nautomatically one is elevated to Kr�Qa consciousness. King Prthu therefore wanted his citizens to cooperate fully with him, for if they assented,\nthey would enjoy the same profit as him after death. If Prthu Maharaja,\nas a perfect king, were elevated to the heavenly planets, the citizens who\ncooperated by approving of his methods would also be elevated with him.\nSince the Kr�r1a consciousness movement which is going on at the present\nmoment\n\nis genuine, perfect and authorized and is following in the\n\nfootsteps of Prthu Maharaja, anyone who cooperates with this movement\nor accepts its principles will get the same result as the workers who are\nactively propagating Kr�qa consciousness.\nTEXT 27\n\n3tftij ��tq ����ij�+U: I\n�;r:q(?;��ij�tit(�l*�: ffiRtgct: 11�\\911\nasti yajiiapatir na.ma\nkeiiiiicid arha-sattamiifi,\nihamutra ca lak�yante\njyotsn'iivatyafi, kvacid bhuvaft\nasti-there must be; yapi a pati (l -the enjoyer of all sacrifices; nama-of\n-\n\nthe name;\n\nke�'iincit- in the opinion of some; arha-sattamii�-0 most\n\nrespectable; iha-in this material world; amutra-after death; ca-also;\n\nlak�yante-it is visible; jyotsniivatya�-powerful, beautiful; kvacit-somewhere; bhu va{t\n\n-\n\nbodies\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear respectable ladies and gentlemen, according to the authoritative statements of sastra, there must be a supreme authority who is able to\naward the respective benefits of our present activities. Otherwise, why\nshould there be persons who are unusually beautiful and powerful both in\nthis life and in the life after death?\nPURPORT\nPrthu Maharaja'\n\nsole aim in ruling his kingdom was to raise the citizens\n\nto the standard of God consciousness. Since there was a great assembly in\nthe arena of sacrifice, there were different types of men present, but he\nwas especially interested in speaking to those who were not atheists. It has\n\n", "SB4.3#p0095": "842\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[ Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nalready been explained in the previous verses that Prthu Maharaja advised\n\nthe citizens to become adhok§aja-dhiya�, which means God conscious or\n\nKr�Qa conscious, and in this verse he specifically presents the authority of\n\nsiistra, even though his father was a number one atheist who did not abide\nby\n\nthe injunctions\n\nmentioned in the Vedic siistras, who practically\n\nstopped all sacrificial performances, and who so disgusted the briihmar-as\n\nthat they not only dethroned him but cursed and killed him. Atheistic\n\nmen do not believe in the existence of God, and thus they understand\n\neverything which is happening in our daily affairs to be due to physical\n\narrangement\n\nand chance.\n\nAtheists\n\nbelieve\n\nin\n\nthe\n\natheistic\n\nSarikhya\n\nphilosophy of the combination of prakrti and puru§a. They believe only\n\nin matter and hold that matter under certain conditions of amalgamation\n\ngives rise to the living force, which then appears as puru§a, the enjoyer;\n\nthen, by a combination of matter and the living force, the many varieties\nof material manifestation come into existence. Nor do atheists believe in\n\nthe injunctions of the Vedas. According to them, all the Vedic injunctions\nare simply theories that have no practical application in life. Taking all\n\nthis into consideration, Prthu Maharaja suggested that theistic men will\nsolidly reject the views of the atheists on the grounds that there cannot be\n\nmany varieties of existence without the plan of a superior intelligence.\n\nAtheists very vaguely explain that these varieties of existence occur simply\n\nby chance, but the theists who believe in the injunctions of the Vedas must\n\nreach all their conclusions under the direction of the Vedas.\n\nIn the Vi§rtu Purii!'-a it is said that the entire varr-iisrama institution is\n\nmeant to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The rules and regu·\n\nlations set up for the execution of the duties of briihmartas, k�atriyas,\n\nvaisyas and sudras or brahmaciir\"is, grhasthas, viinaprasthas and sannyiis\"is\n\nare all meant to satisfy the Supreme Lord. At the present moment,\n\nal­\n\nthough the so-called briihma!'-as, k§atriyas, vaiSyas and sudras have lost\n\ntheir original culture, they claim to be briihmar-as, k§atriyas, vaisyas and\n\nsudras by birthright. yet they have rejected the proposition that such social and spiritual orders are especially meant for worship of Lord Vi�I).U.\n\nThe dangerous Mayavada theory set forth by Sarikariicarya-that God is\n\nimpersonal-does not tally with the injunctions of the Vedas. Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu therefore described the Mayavadi philosophers as the greatest\n\noffenders against the Personality of Godhead. According to the Vedic\n\nsystem, one who does not abide by the orders of the Vedas is called a\n\nniistika, or atheist. When Lord Buddha preached his theory of nonviolence,\n\nhe was obliged to deny the authority of the Vedas, and for this reason he\n\nwas considered by the followers of the Vedas to be a niistika. But although\n\n", "SB4.3#p0096": "Text 27]\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\n843\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu very clearly enunciated that the followers of\n\nLord Buddha's philosophy are niistikas or atheists because of their denial\n\nof the authority of the Vedas, He considered the Sankarites, who wanted\n\nto establish Vedic authority by trickery and who actually followed the\n\nMayavada philosophy of Buddha's school, to be more dangerous than the\n\nBuddhists themselves. The Sankarite philosophers' theory that we have to\n\nimagine a shape of God is more dangerous than denial of the existence of\n\nGod. Notwithstanding all the philosophical theorizing by atheists or\n\nMayavadis, the followers of Kr�t:la consciousness rigidly live according to\n\nthe injunctions given in Bhagavad-gztii, which is accepted as the essence of\nall Vedic scripture. In Bhagavad-gitii it is said:\n\nyata� pravrttir bhutiiniirh yena sarvam idarh tatam\nsva-karmar-ii tam abhyarcya siddhirh vindati miinava�. (Bg.l8.46)\nThis means that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the original source\n\nof everything, as described in the Vediinta-sutra (janmady asya yata�). The\nLord Himself also confirms in Bhagavad-gitii, aharh sarvasya prabhavo: \"I\n\nam the origin of everything.\" The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the\n\noriginal source of all emanations, and at the same time, as Paramatma, He\n\nis spread all over existence. The Absolute Truth is therefore the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, and every living being is meant to satisfy the\n\nSupreme Godhead by performing his respective duty (sva-karmaru\"i tam\n\nabhyarcya). Maharaja Prthu wanted to introduce this formula amongst his\ncitizens.\n\nThe most important point in human civilization is that while one\n\nengages in different occupational duties, he must try to satisfy the Supreme\n\nLord by the execution of such duties. That is the highest perfection of life.\n\nSvanufithitasya dharmasya sanisiddhir hari-towrwm: by discharging one's\n\nprescribed duty, one can become very successful in life if he simply satisfies\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. The vivid example is Arjuna. He was\n\na k.satriya, his duty was to fight, and by executing his prescribed duty he\n\nsatisfied the Supreme Lord and therefore became perfect. Everyone should\n\nfollow this principle. The atheists who do not are condemned in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii, in the Sixteenth Chapter, by the following statement: tiin ahani dvi�ataly,\nkriiran sanisare§u naradhaman (Bg. l6.19).1n this verse it is clearly said that\npersons who are envious of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are the low­\n\nest of mankind and are very mischievous. Under the regulative principles\n\nof the Supreme, such mischievous persons are thrown into the darkest\n\nregion of material existence and are born of asuras or atheists. Birth after\n\n", "SB4.3#p0097": "844\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nbirth, such asuras go still farther down, finally to animal forms like those\n\nof tigers or similar ferocious beasts. Thus for millions of years they have to\n\nremain in darkness without knowledge of Kr�J).a.\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is known as Puru�ottama, or the\n\nbest of all living entities. He is a person like all other living entities, but He\n\nis the leader or the best of all living beings. That is stated in the Vedas also.\n\nNityo nityiiniirh cetanas cetaniiniim. He is the chief of all eternals, the chief\n\nof all living entities, and He is complete and full. He has no need to derive\n\nbenefit by interfering with the affairs of other living entities, but because\nHe is the maintainer of all, He has the right to bring them to the proper\n\nstandard so that all living entities may become happy. As a father wants\n\nall of his children to become happy under his direction, similarly, God, or\n\nKr�l).a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, has the right to see that all\n\nliving entities are happy. There is no possibility of becoming happy within\n\nthis material world. The father and the sons are eternal, but if a living\nentity does not come to the platform of his eternal life of bliss and knowl­\n\nedge, there is no question of happiness. Although Puru�ottama, the best of\n\nall living entities, has no benefit to derive from the common living entities,\nHe does have the right to discriminate between their right and wrong ways.\n\nThe right way is the path of activities meant to satisfy the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, as we have already discussed (svanu�{hitasya\ndharmasya sarhsiddhir hari-to�artam). A living entity may engage in any\noccupational duty, but if he wants to have perfection in his duties, he must\n\nsatisfy the Supreme Lord. As such, one who pleases Him gets better fa­\n\ncilities for living, but one who displeases Him gets involved in undesirable\nsituations.\nIt is therefore concluded that there are two kinds of duties-mundane\n\nduty and duty performed for the sake of yajita or sacrifice (yajiiiirthiit\nkarma). Any karma or activity one performs which is not for the purpose\nof yajria is a cause of bondage. Yajiiiirthiit karmarto 'n yatra loko 'yam\nkarma-bandhanaft: \"Work done as a sacrifice for Vi9J;J.U has to be performed, otherwise work binds one to this material world.\" (Bg. 3. 9)\nKarma-bandhanaJ:t, or the bondage of karma, is administered under the\nregulations of the stringent laws of material nature. Material existence is a\nstruggle to conquer the impediments put forth by material nature. The\n\nasuras are always fighting to overcome these impediments, and by the\nillusory power of material nature the foolish living entities work very hard\nwithin this material world and take this to be happiness. This is called\n\nmiiyii. In that hard struggle for existence, they deny the existence of the\n\nsupreme authority, Puru9ottama, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0098": "Text 27)\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\n845\n\nIn order to regulate the activities of the living entities, God has given us\ncodes, just as a king gives codes of law in a state, and whoever breaks the\nlaw is punished. Similarly, the Lord has given the infallible knowledge of\nthe Vedas, which are not contaminated by the four defects of human\nlife-namely, the tendency to commit mistakes, to be illusioned, to cheat\nand to have imperfect senses. If we do not take direction from the Vedas\nbut act whimsically according to our own choice, we are sure to be\npunished by the laws of the Lord, who offers different types of bodies in\nthe 8,400,000 species of forms. Material existence, or the sense gratification process, is conducted according to the type of body we are given\nby prakrti, or material nature. As such, there must be divisions of pious\nand impious activities (pu[tya and papa). In Bhagavad-gTtii it is clearly\nstated:\n\nye§arh tv anta-gatarh paparh jananarh pu[tya-karma[tam\nte dvandva-moha-nirmuktii bhajante miirh dp;lha-vratii�\n\"One who has completely surpassed the resultant activities of the impious\npath of life (this is possible only when one engages exclusively in pious\nactivities) can understand his eternal relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus he engages in His transcendental loving service.\"\n(Bg. 7.28) This life of engaging always in the loving service of the Lord\nis called adhok�aja-dhiya�, or a life of Kr�!)a consciousness, which King\nPrthu meant his citizens to follow.\nThe different varieties of life and of material existence do not come\nabout by chance and necessity; they are different arrangements made by\nthe Supreme Lord in terms of the pious and impious activities of the living\nentities. By performing pious activities one can take birth in a good family\nin a good nation, one can get a beautiful body or can become very welleducated or very rich. We see, therefore, that in different places and in\ndifferent planets there are different standards of life, bodily features and\neducational statuses, all awarded by the Supreme Personality of Godhead\naccording to pious or impious activities. Varieties of life, therefore, do not\ndevelop by chance but by prearrangement. There is a plan, which is\nalready outlined in the Vedic knowledge. One has to take advantage of\nthis knowledge and mold his life in such a way that at the end, especially\nin the human form of life, he may go back home, back to Godhead, by\npracticing Kr�Da consciousness.\nThe theory of chance can best be explained in the Vedic literature by\nthe words ajniita-sukrti, which refer to pious activities performed without\n\n", "SB4.3#p0099": "846\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Ca nto 4, Ch. 21\n\nthe actor's knowledge. But these are also planned. For example, Kr�r;ta\ncomes like an ordinary human being, He comes as a devotee like Lord\nCaitanya, or He sends His representative, the spiritual master or pure\ndevotee. This is also the planned activity of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. They come to canvass and educate, and thus a person in the illusory energy of the Supreme Lord gets a chance to mix with them, talk\nwith them, and take lessons from them, and somehow or other if a conditioned soul surrenders to such personalities and by intimate association\nwith them chances to become Kr�l).a conscious, he is saved from the\nmaterial conditions of life. Kr�r:ta therefore instructs:\n\nsarva-dharmiin parityajya miim ekam sarar-am vraja\naham tviim sarva-piipebhyo mok�ayi�yiimi mii suca�\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall\n\ndeliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" (Bg. 18.66) The word\n\nsarva-piipebhya� means \"from all sinful activities.\" A person who surrenders unto Him by utilizing the chance to associate with the pure devotee,\nspiritual master or other authorized incarnations of Godhead like Prthu\nMaharaja, is saved by Kr�l).a. Then his life becomes successful.\nTEXTS 28-29\n\n�Rtf�\n\n'if�fiq\n-.:1\n\n.\n\n�: I\n\nfst44� OO(i\\�141�: ftij: 11��\"\n{{'ijt;fl4\\ill �'114\\�� :q � :q I\n..\n\n�� ��\n\n�� � ����\"\n\nmanor uttiinapiidasya\ndhruvasyapi mahipate�\npriyavratasya riijar�er\nangasyasmat-pitu� pitu[l.\nidrsanam athiinye�iim\najasya ca bhavasya ca\nprahliidasya bales capi\nkrtyam asti gadii-bhrta\nmano�-of Manu (Svayambhuva Manu); uttiinapiidasya-of Uttanapiida,\nthe father of Dhruva Maharaja; dhruvasya-of Dhruva Maharaja; apicertainly; mahipate[1-of the great king; priyavratasya-of Priyavrata, in the\n\n", "SB4.3#p0100": "Instructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\nText 30)\n\n847\n\nfamily of Maharaja Dhruva; rajar�e�-of great saintly kings; arigasya-of\n\nthe name Ariga; asmat-my; pitu�-of my father; pitu�-of the father;\nidrsiinam-of such personalities; atha-also; anye�iim-of others; ajasya-of\nthe supreme immortal; ca-also; bhavasya-of the living entities; ca also;\nprahliidasya-of Maharaja Prahlada; bale�-of Maharaja Bali; ca-also; api­\n\n-\n\ncertainly; krtyam-acknowledged by them; asti-there is; gada-bhrtii-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead who carries a club.\nTRANSLATION\nThis is confirmed not only by the evidence of the Vedas but also by the\n\npersonal behavior of the great personalities like Manu, Uttanapada, Dhruva,\nPriyavrata and my grandfather Ariga, as well as by many other great\npersonalities\n\nand\n\nordinary\n\nliving\n\nentities,\n\nexemplified\n\nby Maharaja\n\nPrahlada and Bali, all of whom are theists who believe in the existence of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead who carries a club.\nPURPORT\n\nNarottama dasa Thakura states that one has to ascertain the right path\n\nfor his activities by following in the footsteps of great saintly persons and\n\nbooks of knowledge under the guidance of a spiritual master (siidhusiistra-guru-viikya). A saintly person is one who follows the Vedic injunc­\n\ntions, which are the orders of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\n\nword guru refers to one who gives proper direction under the authority of\n\nthe Vedic injunctions and according to the examples of the lives of great\n\npersonalities. The best way to mold one's life is to follow in the footsteps\n\nof the authorized personalities like those mentioned herein by Prthu\nMaharaja, beginning with Svayambhuva Manu. The safest path in life is to\n\nfollow such great personalities, especially those mentioned in the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam. The mahiijanas or great personalities are Brahma, Lord Siva,\nNarada Muni, Manu, the Kumaras, Prahlada Maharaja, Bali Maharaja,\nYamaraja, Bhi�ma, Janaka, Sukadeva Gosvami and Kapila Muni.\nTEXT 30\n\n'.1�1(ii:6 �q): �fl:;ql'l ���¥ftfl6F{ I\n'l•�•fiq�•ttoli !ti�UkiM,(fwtl II� II\no\n\ndauhitriidin rte mrtyoft\nsocyan dharma-vimohitiin\nvarga-svargapavargarzarh\npriiyerzaikiitmya-hetuna\n\n", "SB4.3#p0101": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n848\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\ndauhitra-adin-grandsons like my father, Vena; rte-except; mrtyo�-of\npersonified death; socyan-abominable; dharma-vimohitan-bewildered on\nthe\n\npath\n\nof religiosity; varga-religion, economic development, sense\n\ngratification and liberation; svarga-elevation to the heavenly planets;\napavargartam-being freed from material contamination; prayerta-almost\nalways; eka-one; atmya-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; hetunaon account of.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlthough abominable persons like my father, Vena, the grandson of\n\ndeath personified, are bewildered on the path of religion, au the great\n\npersonalities like those mentioned agree that in this world the only be­\n\nslower of the benedictions of religion, economic development, sense\n\ngratification, liberation or elevation to the heavenly planets is the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\n\nKing Vena, the father of Prthu Maharaja, was condemned by the\nbrahmartas and saintly persons due to his denying the existence of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and rejecting the method of satisfying\nHim by performance of Vedic sacrifice. In other words, he was an atheist\nwho did not believe in the existence of God and who consequently stopped\nall Vedic ritualistic ceremonies in his kingdom. Prthu Maharaja considered\nhis character abominable because he was foolish regarding the execution\nof religious performances. Atheists are of the opinion that there is no\nneed to accept the authority of the Supreme Personality of Godhead to be\nsuccessful in religion, economic development, sense gratification or liberation. According to them, dharma, or religious principles, are meant to\nestablish an imaginary God to encourage one to become moral, honest and\njust so that the social orders may be maintained in peace and tranquility.\nFurthermore, they say that actually there is no need to accept God for this\npurpose, for if one follows the principles of morality and honesty, that is\nsufficient. Similarly, if one makes nice plans and works very hard for\neconomic development, automatically the result of economic development will come. Similarly, sense gratification also does not depend on the.\nmercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for if one earns enough\nmoney by any process, he will have sufficient opportunity for sense gratification. Insofar as liberation is concerned, they say that there is no need\nto talk of liberation because after death everything is finished. Prthu\nMaharaja, however,\n\ndoes\n\nnot accept the authority of such atheists,\n\n", "SB4.3#p0102": "Text 30)\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\n849\n\nheaded by his father, who was the grandson of death personified. Generally, a daughter inherits the qualities of her father, and a son gets the\nqualities of his mother. Thus Mrtyu 's daughter, Sunithii, got all the qualities\nof her father, and Vena inherited the qualities of his mother. A person\nwho is always subjected to the rules and regulations of repeated birth and\ndeath cannot accommodate anything beyond materialistic ideas. Since King\nVena was such a man, he did not believe in the existence of God. Modern\ncivilization agrees with the principles of King Vena, but factually if we\nscrutinizingly study all the conditions of religion, economic development,\nsense gratification and liberation, we must accept the principles of the\nauthority of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. According to Vedic\nliterature, religion consists only of the codes of law given by God.\nIf one does not accept the authorit-y of the Supreme Godhead in matters\nof religion and morality, one must explain why two persons of the same\nmoral standard achieve different results. It is generally found that even if\ntwo men have the same moral standards of ethics, honesty and morality,\ntheir positions are still not the same. Similarly, in economic development it\nis seen that if two men work very hard day and night, still the results are\nnot the same. One person may enjoy great opulence without even working,\nwhereas another person, although working very hard, does not even get\ntwo sufficient meals a day. Similarly, in the matter of sense gratification,\nsometimes one who has sufficient food is still not happy in his family\naffairs or sometimes is not even married, whereas another person, even\nthough not economically well off, has the greatest opportunity for sense\ngratification. Even an animal like a hog or a dog may have greater opportunities for sense gratification than a human being. Aside from liberation,\neven if we consider only the preliminary necessities of life-dharma, artha\nand kama (religion, economic development and sense gratification)-we\nwill see that they are not the same for everyone. Therefore it must be\naccepted that there is someone who determines the different standards. In\nconclusion, not only for liberation must one depend on the Lord, but\neven for ordinary necessities in this material world. Prthu Maharaja therefore indicated that in spite of having rich parents, children are sometimes\nnot happy. Similarly, in spite of valuable medicine administered by a competent physician, sometimes a patient dies; or in spite of having a big safe\nboat, sometimes a man drowns. We may thus struggle to counteract\nimpediments offered by material nature, but our attempts cannot be\nsuccessful unless we are favored by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0103": "850\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nTEXT 31\n\n4€4fta:��'�@tf(q•u¥t�'Ntflilq�(f itt �: I\n�: ftlan�;:q•\"'*\" m\n�' qa:awuf€4f.u� � 11 � � 11\nyat-piida-sevabhirucis tapasvinam\nase�a-janmopacitarh malarh dhiya�\nsadyafl k�irwty anvaham edhatz satz\nyatha padahgu�tha-vin*srta sarit\nyat-pada - whose lotus feet; seva-service; abhir u c * - inc lination; tapas­\n\nvinam- persons undergoing severe penances; ase�a- i n numerable ; janma­\n\nbirth; upacitam- acquire; malam- dirtiness; dhiyatt- mind; sadya�- immediately; k�i � oti- destroys; anv aham- day after day; edhatz- increasing;\n\nsati- being ; yathii-as; padiiligu�tha-the toes of His lotus feet; viniftsrtiiemanating from; sarit- water.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBy the inclination to serve the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, suffering humanity can immediately cleanse the dirt which\n\nhas accumulated in their minds during innumerable births. Like the Ganges\n\nwater which emanates from the toes of the lotus feet of the Lord, such a\nprocess immediately cleanses the mind, and thus spiritual or Kr��a consciousness gradually increases.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn India, one can actually see that a person who takes a bath in the\nGanges waters daily is almost free from all kinds of diseases. A very\nrespectable brahmar-a in Calcutta never took a doctor's medicine. Even\nthough he sometimes felt sick, he would not accept medicine from the\nphysician but would simply drink Ganges water, and he was always cured\nwithin a very short time. The glories of Ganges water are known to Indians\nand to ourselves also. The River Ganges flows by Calcutta. Sometimes\nwithin the water. there are many stools and other dirty things which are\nwashed away from neighboring mills and factories, but still thousands of\nmen take baths in the Ganges water, and they are very healthy as well\nas spiritually inclined. That is the effect of Ganges water. The Ganges is\nglorified because it emanates from the toes of the lotus feet of the Lord.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0104": "Text 32]\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\n851\n\nSimilarly, if one takes to the service of the lotus feet of the Lord or takes\n\nto Kr�IJ.a consciousness, he is immediately cleansed of the many dirty\nthings which have accumulated in his innumerable births. We have seen\n\nthat in spite of the very black record of their past lives, persons who take\nto Kr11IJ.a consciousness very swiftly become perfectly cleansed of all\ndirty things and make spiritual progress. Therefore Prthu Maharaja advises\n\nthat without the benediction of the Supreme Lord, one cannot make\n\nadvancement-either in so-called morality, economic development or sense\ngratification. One should therefore take to the service of the Lord, or\nKr�!).a consciousness, and thus very soon become a perfect man, as con­\n\nfirmed in Bhagavad-g\"ita\n\n(k�ipram\n\nbhavati\n\ndharmatma sasvac-chantim\n\nnigacchati). Being a responsible king, Prthu Maharaja recommends that\n\neveryone take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and thus\nbe immediately purified. Lord Sri Kr�IJ.a also says in Bhagavad-gi:ta that\n\nsimply by surrendering unto Him one is immediately relieved of all sinful\n\nreactions. As Kr�qa takes away all the sinful reactions of a person immedi·\n\nately upon his surrender unto Him, similarly the external manifestation of\nKr�qa, the representative of Kr�IJ.a who acts as the mercy of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, takes all the resultant actions of the sinful life of\n\nthe disciple immediately after the disciple's initiation. Thus if the disciple\n\nfollows the principles instructed by the spiritual master, he remains\n\npurified and is not contaminated by the material infection.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu therefore stated that the spiritual master who\n\nplays the part of Kr�qa's representative has to consume all the sinful\n\nreactions of his disciple. Sometimes a spiritual master takes the risk of\nbeing overwhelmed by the sinful reactions of the disciples and undergoes\n\na sort of tribulation due to their acceptance. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\ntherefore advised that one not accept many disciples.\nTEXT 32\n\n�f.tita��tiwilq�: �f11ij1fcUtU11N�tcn*'•� I\n�....n.,�\n111'\n\ni<lfMII1: ��\n� -�..,; � ������\n\nvinirdhutiise�a-mano-mala� pumiin\nasaftga-vijnana-viSe§a-viryavan\nyad-anghri-mule krta-ketana� punar\nna samsrtim klesa-vaham prapadyate\n\n", "SB4.3#p0105": "852\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nvin irdhuta-being specifically cleansed; ase§a-unlimited; manaft-mala[l­\n\nmental speculation or the dirt accumulated in the mind; puman- the\n\nperson; asaitga- being disgusted; vijiiana - scientifically; vise§a- particularly;\n\nvTryavan- be ing strengthened in bhakti-yoga; yat-whose; anghri- lotus\nfeet; mule-at the root of; k r ta-ketana l;t -taken shelter; puna l;t -again; nanever; sa msrtim-material existence; klesa-vaham-full of miserable conditions; prapadyate- takes to.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a devotee takes shelter at the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he is completely cleansed of all misunderstanding or\nmental speculation, and he manifests renunciation. This is possible only\nwhen one is strengthened by practicing bhakti-yoga. Once having taken\nshelter at the root of the lotus feet of the Lord, a devotee never comes\nback to this material existence, which is full of the threefold miseries.\nPURPORT\nAs stated by Lord Caitanya Mahaprahhu in His Sik§ii§_taka instructions,\nby the chanting of the holy name of the Lord- Hare Kg;Q.a, Hare Kr�Q.a,\n\nKr�t;ta Kr�t;ta, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare\n\nHare-or by the process of hearing and chanting of the glories of the\n\nLord, one's mind is gradually cleansed of all dirt. Due to our material\n\nassociation since time immemorial, we have accumulated heaps of dirty\nthings in our minds. The total effect of this takes place when a living entity\nidentifies himself with his body and is thus entrapped by the stringent\n\nlaws of material nature and put into the cycle of repeated birth and death\nunder the false impression of bodily identification. When one is strength­\n\nened by practicing bhakti-yoga, his mind is cleansed of this misunder­\n\nstanding, and he is no longer interested in material existence or in sense\ngratification.\n\nBhakti, or devotional service, is characterized by vairiigya and jiiana.\n]iiiina refers to understanding that one is not his body, and vairagya\n\nmeans disinterest in sense gratification. These two primary principles of\nseparation from material bondage can be realized on the strength of\n\nbhakti-yoga. Thus when a devotee is fixed in the loving service of the\n\nlotus feet of the Lord, he will never come back to this material existence\n\nafter quitting his body, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gTta\n\nby the Lord\n\n(tyakttxi deharh punar janma naiti miim eti so 'rjuna).\nIn this verse the word vijiiiina is specifically important. ]iiana, the\n\nknowledge of spiritual identity that one attains when he does not consider\n\n", "SB4.3#p0106": "Text 33]\n\n853\n\nInstructions by Maharaja P�thu\n\nhimself to be the body, is explained in Bhagavad-gitii as brahma-bhiita,\nthe revival of spiritual realization. In the conditioned state of material\nexistence one cannot be spiritually realized because he identifies himself\n\nmaterially. The understanding of the distinction between material exis­\n\ntence and spiritual existence is called jniina. After coming to the platform\nof jniina, or the brahma-bhiita state, one ultimately comes to devotional\nservice, in which he completely understands his own position and the\nposition of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This understanding is\nexplained here as vijiiana-vise§a. The Lord says, therefore, that knowledge\nof Him is vijnana, science. In other words, when one is strengthened by\nscientific knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, his position\nof liberation is guaranteed. In Bhagavad-gitii also, the science of devotional\nservice is described as pratyak§iivagamam dharmyam, direct understanding\nof the principles of religion by realization (Bg. 9.2).\nBy practicing bhakti-yoga, one can directly perceive his advancement in\nspiritual life. In other practices-like karma-yoga, jiiiina-yoga and dhyiina­\n\nyoga\n\n-\n\none\n\nmay not be confident about his progress, but in bhakti-yoga\n\none can become directly aware of his progress in spiritual life, just as a\nperson who eats can understand that his hunger is satisfied. Our false\nappetite for enjoyment and lordship of the material world is due to a\nprominence of passion and ignorance. By bhakti-yoga these two qualities\nare diminished, and one becomes situated in the mode of goodness.\nGradually surpassing the mode of goodness, one is situated in pure\ngoodness, which is not contaminated by the material qualities. When thus\nsituated, a devotee no longer has any doubts; he knows that he will not\ncome back to this material world.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n�\n\n{4\n\n¥NRII€4'1Mfli­\n\n�;(lq-q:Efilttg0i: �df4\\c 1\n3l¥tafll;u\n4il¥tlf41e.fWqt\\ii\nft�IN'il(l��: II�� II\ntam eva yuyam bhajatiitma-vrttibhir\nmano-vacal;t-kiiya-gur-aifl. sva-karmabhi[t\namiiyinal;t kiima-dughiinghri-pankajarh\nyathiidhikiiriivasitiirtha-siddhayal;t\ntam-unto Him; eva\n\n-\n\ncertainly ; yiiyam-all you citizens; bhajata-wor­\n\nship; iitma-own; vrttibh *-occupational\n\nduty; ma na l,t\n\n-\n\nmind; vacal;t-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0107": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n854\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nwords; kaya-body; gur-a*-by the particular qualities;sva-karmabh*-by\n\noccupational\n\nduties; amayina�-without reservation; kama-dugha-ful­\n\nfilling all desires; anghri-pankajam-the lotus feet; yatha-as far as; adhi­\n\nkara-ability; avasita-artha-fully convinced of one's interest; siddhaya�satisfaction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nP�thu Maharaja advised his citizens: Engaging your minds, your words,\n\nyour bodies and the results of your occupational duties, and being always\nopen-minded, you should all render devotional service to the Lord.\n\nAccording to\n\nyour abilities and\n\nthe occupations in which you are\n\nsituated, you should engage your service at the lotus feet of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead with full confidence and without reservation.\n\nThen surely you will be successful in achieving the final objective in\n\nyour lives.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in the Eighteenth Chapter of Bhagavad-g\"ita, sva-karmar-a tam\nabhyarcya: one has to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead by his\noccupational duties. This necessitates accepting the principle of four\n\nvarr-as and four asramas.\n\nPrthu Maharaja therefore says, gur-a* sva­\n\nkarmabh*. This phrase is explained in Bhagavad-gitli. Catur-varr-yam\nmayii Sf§tarh gur-a-karma-vibhiigasa�: \"The four castes (the brahmar-as,\n\nk§atriyas, vaisyas and sudras) are created by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead according to the material modes of nature and the particular\n\nduties discharged in those modes.\" A person who is situated in the mode\n\nof goodness is certainly more intelligent than others. Therefore he can\n\npractice the brahminical activities-namely, speaking the truth, controlling\nthe senses, controlling the mind, remaining always clean, practicing\ntolerance, having full knowledge about one's self-identity, and under­\n\nstanding devotional service. In this way, if he engages himself in the\n\nloving service of the Lord as an actual brahmar-a, his aim to achieve the\nfinal interest of life is attained. Similarly, the k�atriya's duties are to give\n\nprotection to the citizens, to give all his possessions in charity, to be\n\nstrictly Vedic in the management of state affairs, and to be unafraid to\n\nfight whenever there is an attack by enemies. In this way, a k�atriya can\n\nsatisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead by his occupational duties.\n\nSimilarly, a vaisya can satisfy the Supreme Godhead by properly executing\n\nhis occupational duties-engaging himself in producing foodstuffs, giving\n\nprotection to cows, and trading if necessary when there is an excess of\n\nagricultural production.\n\nSimilarly,\n\nbecause\n\nthey\n\ndo not have ample\n\n", "SB4.3#p0108": "Text 33]\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\n855\n\nintelligence, sudras should simply engage as workers to serve the higher\n\nstatuses of social life. Everyone's aim should be to satisfy the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead by engaging his mind in thinking always of Km1a,\n\nhis words in always offering prayers to the Lord or preaching about the\n\nglories of the Lord, and his body in executing the service required to\n\nsatisfy the Lord. As there are four divisions within our body-the head,\n\nthe arms, the belly and the legs-similarly, human society, taken as a\n\nwhole, is divided into four classes of men according to their material\n\nqualities and occupational duties. Thus the brahminical or intelligent men\nhave to execute the duty of the head, the k�atriyas must fulfill the duty of\nthe arms, the vaisya class must fulfill the duty of the belly, and the sudras\n\nmust fulfill the duty of the legs. In executing the prescribed duties of life,\n\nno one is higher or lower, for although there are such divisions as higher\n\nand lower, since there is actually a common interest-to satisfy the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead-there are no distinctions between them.\n\nThe question may be raised that since the Lord is supposed to be wor­\n\nshiped by great demigods like Lord Brahma, Lord Siva and others, how\n\ncan an ordinary human being on this planet serve Him? This is clearly\n\nexplained by Prthu Maharaja by the use of the wordyathiidhikiira, \"accord­\n\ning to one's ability.\" If one sincerely executes his occupational duty, that\nwill be sufficient. One does not need to become like Lord Brahma, Lord\nSiva, Indra, Lord Caitanya or Ramanujacarya, whose capabilities are cer­\n\ntainly far above ours. Even a sudra, who is in the lowest stage of life\n\naccording to the material qualities, can achieve the same success. Anyone\n\ncan become successful in devotional service provided he displays no\n\nduplicity. It is explained here that one must be very 'frank and open­\n\nminded (amiiyina�}. To be situated in a lower status of life is not a dis­\n\nqualification for success in devotional service. The only qualification is\n\nthat whether one is a briihmara, k�atriya, vaisya or sudra, he must be\nopen, frank and free from reservations. Then, by performing his particular\n\noccupational duty under the guidance of a proper spiritual master, he can\n\nachieve the highest success in life. As confirmed by the Lord Himself,\n\nstriyo vaisyiis tathii sudriis te 'pi yiinti pariim gatim (Bg. 9.32). It does not\nmatter what one is, whether a briihmara, k�atriya, vaisya, siidra or a de­\n\ngraded woman. If he engages himself seriously in devotional service, work­\n\ning with body, mind and intelligence, he is sure to be successful in going\nhack home, hack to Godhead. The Lord's lotus feet are described here as\n\nkiima-dughiinghri-pankajam because they have all power to fulfill the de­\n\nsires of everyone. A devotee is happy even in this life because-although in\n\n", "SB4.3#p0109": "856\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nmaterial existence we have many needs-all his material needs are satisfied,\nand when he at Last quits his body, he goes back home, back to Godhead,\nwithout a doubt.\nTEXT 34\n\n31(11Feiilit·sguft�:\n�Pi414J:Q4Y\"Ifili�RI�: I\nij+qQ��oo�re.....f'rf4ii:N�·-I:f-.:\n�: 11�\\lU\nasiiv ihiineka-gu[!-O 'gu[!-o 'dhvara[l.\nprthag-vidha-dravya-gu[!-a-kriyoktibhi[l.\nsampadyate 'rthiisaya-linga-niimabhir\nvisuddha-vijniina-ghana� svariipata�\nasau-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iha- in this material world;\n\naneka- various; gu !L a�- qualities; agu[!-a�- transcendental; adhvara�-yajna;\nprthak - vidha - varieties; dravya - physical elements; gurta - ingredients;\nkriyii- performances; uktibhi[l.-by chanting different mantras; sampadyate- is worshiped; artha-interest; iisaya- purpose; lih ga- form ; niimabhi[tname; visuddha-without contamination; vi j ii iina- science; ghana [l. - co n centrated; svariip atal1 - in His own form.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is transcendental and not contami­\n\nnated by this material world. But although He is concentrated spirit soul\nwithout material variety, for the benefit of the conditioned soul He never­\n\ntheless accepts different types of sacrifice performed with various material\n\nelements, ritual and mantras and offered to the demigods under different\n\nnames according to the interests and purposes of the performers.\nPURPORT\n\nFor material prosperity there are recommendations in the Vedas for\nvarious types of yajna (sacrifice). In Bhagavad-gitii (3.10) it is confirmed\nthat Lord Brahma created all living entities, including human beings and\ndemigods, and advised them to perform yajna according to their material\ndesires (saha-yajTiii[l. prajii[l. mtvii). These performances are called yajnas\nbecause their ultimate goal is to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead Vi�.I).U. The purpose of performing yajnas is to get material benefit,\nbut because the aim is to simultaneously satisfy the Supreme Lord, such\n\nyajnas have been recommended in the Vedas. Such performances are, of\n\n", "SB4.3#p0110": "Text 34]\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\n857\n\ncourse, known as karma-kiiru)a or material activities, and all material\nactivities are certainly contaminated by the three modes of material\n\nnature. Generally the karma-kiirt!Ia ritualistic ceremonies are performed\n\nin the mode of passion, yet the conditioned souls, both human beings and\ndemigods, are obliged to perform these yajiias because without them one\n\ncannot be happy at all.\n\nSrna Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura comments that these karma-kiirt!Ia\n\nritualistic ceremonies, although contaminated, contain touches of devo­\n\ntional service because whenever there is a performance of any yajiia Lord\n\nVi�I).U is given a central position. This is very important because even a\n\nlittle endeavor to please Lord Vi�I).U is bhakti and is of great value. A\n\ntinge of bhakti purifies the material nature of the performances, which by\n\ndevotional service gradually come to the transcendental position. There­\n\nfore although such yajiias are superficially material activities, the results\n\nare transcendental. Such yajiias as Surya-yajfia, Indra-yajfia, Candra-yajfia,\n\netc., are performed in the names of the demigods, but these demigods are\nbodily parts of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The demigods can­\n\nnot accept sacrificial offerings for themselves, but they can accept them\n\nfor the Supreme Personality of Godhead, just as a departmental tax\ncollector of a government cannot collect taxes for his personal account\n\nbut can realize them for the government. Any yajiia performed with this\n\ncomplete knowledge and understanding is described in Bhagavad-g\"ltii as\n\nbrahmiirpar-am, or a sacrifice offered to the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead. Since no one but the Supreme Lord can enjoy the results of sacrifice,\n\nthe Lord says that He is the actual enjoyer of all sacrifices (bhoktiiram\n\nyajiia-tapasiim sarva-loka-mahesvaram). Sacrifices should be performed with\n\nthis view in mind. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nbrahmiirpar-am brahma havir\nbrahmiignau brahmartii hutam\nbrahmaiva tena gantavyam\nbrahma-karma-samiidhinii\n\"A person who is fully absorbed in K,r,sp.a consciousness is sure to attain\n\nthe spiritual kingdom because of his full contribution to spiritual activities\n\nin which the consummation is absolute and that which is offered is of the\nsame spiritual nature.\" (Bg. 4.24) The performer of sacrifices must always\n\nkeep in view that the sacrifices mentioned in the Vedas are meant to satis­\n\nfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Vi�r-ur iiriidhyate panthii ( V�r-u\nPuriirta 3.8.9). Anything material or spiritual done for the satisfaction of\nthe Supreme Lord is understood to be an actual yajiia, and by performing\n\n", "SB4.3#p0111": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n858\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nsuch yajiias one gets liberation from material bondage. The direct method\nof getting liberation from material bondage is devotional service, comprising the nine following methods:\n\nsrava(lam kirtanam Vifi[IO� smarararh piida-sevanam\narcanam vandanam diisyam sakhyam iitma-nivedanam\n(Bhiig. 7.5.23)\nThis ninefold process is described in this verse as visuddha-vijiiiina-ghana�,\nor satisfying the Supreme Personality of Godhead directly by transcendental knowledge concentrated on the form of the Supreme Lord Vigm.\nThis is the best method for satisfying the Supreme Lord. One who cannot\ntake to this direct process, however, should take the indirect process of\nperforming yajiias for the satisfaction of Vigm or Yajiia. Vi��u is therefore\n\ncalled yajiia-pati. Sriya� patim yajfi.a-patim jagat-patim. (Bhiig. 2.9.15)\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead's deep scientific knowledge is\nconcentrated to the supreme point. For example, medical science knows\nsome things superficially, but the doctors do not know exactly how things\nhappen in the body. Lord Kr��a, however, knows everything in detail.\n\nTherefore His knowledge is vijfi.iina-ghana because it does not have any of\nthe defects of material science. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is\n\nvisuddha-vijfiiina-ghana, concentrated transcendental knowledge; therefore,\neven though He accepts karma-kiir!Iiya materialistic yajfias, He always\nremains in a transcendental position. Therefore, the mention of aneka-gura\n\nrefers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead's many transcendental\nqualities; for He is not affected by the material qualities. The different\nkinds of material paraphernalia or physical elements are also gradually\ntransformed into spiritual understanding because ultimately there is no\ndifference between material and spiritual qualities, for everything emanates\nfrom the Supreme Spirit. This is realized by a gradual process of realization and purification. One vivid example of this is Dhruva Maharaja, who\ntook to meditation in the forest to achieve material benefit but ultimately\nbecame spiritually advanced and did not want any benediction for material\nprofit. He was simply satisfied with the association of the Supreme Lord.\n\nAsaya means determination. Generally a conditioned soul has the determination for material profit, but when these desires for material profit are\n\nsatisfied through performance of yajfi.a, one gradually achieves the spiritual\n\nplatform. Then his life becomes perfect. Sr\"imad-Bhiigavatam therefore\nrecommends:\n\nakiima� sarva-kiimo vii mokfia-kiima udiiradhi{l\nt\"ivrera bhakti-yogena yajeta purufiarh param. (Bhiig. 2.3.10)\n\n", "SB4.3#p0112": "Text 35]\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\n859\n\nEveryone-whether akama (a devotee), sarva-kama (a karmi), or mok§a­\n\nkama (a jnanT or yogi)-is encouraged to worship the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead by the direct method of devotional service. In this way one\ncan get both material and spiritual profit simultaneously.\nTEXT 35\n\n���Q:\n\n�����I\nfitittiCfi��;(\n�¥tl6ttij\n�� �,; �tWJIR\"\"': II �'-\\11\npradhana-kalasaya-dharma-sahgrahe\nsanra e§a pratipadya cetanam\nkriya-phalatvena vibhur vibhavyate\nyathanalo daru§u tad-gur-atmaka�\npradhana\n\n-\n\nmaterial\n\nnature; kala-time; asaya-des i re; dharma-OCCU·\n\npational duties; sa n grahe-aggregate; sa nre-body; e§a�-this; pratipadya­\n\naccepting; cetanam-consciousness; kriya- activities; phalatvena-by the\nresult of; vibhu�-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vibhavyateanifested; yathii-as much as; anala�- fire; d aru§u in the wood; tat-gurta­\n\nm\n\n-\n\natmaka�-according to shape and quality.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is all-pervading, but He is also\nmanifested in different types of bodies which arise from a combination\nof material nature, time, desires and occupational duties. Thus different\ntypes of consciousness develop, just as fire, which is always basically the\nsame, blazes in different ways according to the shape and dimension of\nfirewood.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead constantly lives with the individual\nsoul as Paramatma. The individual soul has awareness in accord with his\nmaterial body, which he attains by virtue of prakrti or material nature. The\nmaterial ingredients are activated by force of time, and thus the three\nmaterial modes of nature are manifested. According to his association\nwith the three modes of nature, the living entity develops a particular\ntype of body. In animal life, the material mode of ignorance is so\nprominent that there is very little chance of realizing the Paramatma, who\n\n", "SB4.3#p0113": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n860\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nis also present within the heart of the animal; but in the human form of\n\nlife, because of developed consciousness (cetanam), one can be transferred\n\nfrom ignorance and passion to goodness by the results of his activities\n\n(kriyii-phalatvena). A human being is therefore advised to associate with\nspiritually advanced personalities. The Vedas give the direction tad­\n\nvijn,ii niirtham sa gu,rum eviibhigacchet: in order to reach the perfection of\n\nlife or to understand the real constitutional position of the living entity,\n\none must approach the spiritual master. (MurJ4aka Up. 1.2.12) Gurum evabhigacchet-one must; it is not optional. It is imperative that one approach\nthe spiritual master, for by such association one proportionately develops\nhis consciousness towards the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\nhighest perfection of such consciousness is called Kr�IJ.a consciousness.\n\nAccording to the body given by prakrti, or nature, one's consciousness is\n\npresent; according to the development of consciousness, one's activities\nare performed; and according to the purity of such activities, one realizes\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is present in everyone's heart.\n\nThe example given herein is very appropriate. Fire is always the same, but\n\naccording to the size of the fuel or burning wood, the fire appears to be\n\nstraight, curved, small, big, etc.\n\nAccording to the development of consciousness, God realization is\n\npresent. In the human form of life it is recommended, therefore, that one\n\nundergo the different types of penances and austerities described in\n\nBhagavad-g'ita (karma-yoga, jiiana-yoga, dhyana-yoga and bhakti-yoga).\nLike a staircase, yoga has different steps for reaching the topmost floor,\n\nand according to one's position upon the staircase, he is understood to be\nsituated\n\nin\n\nkarma-yoga, jiiana-yoga,\n\ndhyana-yoga or bhakti-yoga. Of\n\ncourse, bhakti-yoga is the topmost step on the staircase of realization of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. In other words, according to one's\n\ndevelopment in consciousness, one realizes spiritual identity, and thus\nwhen one's existential position is purified fully, he becomes situated in\n\nbrahmananda, which is ultimately unlimited. Therefore the sank'irtana\n\nmovement contributed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead as Lord\n\nCaitanya is the direct and easiest process for coming to the purest form of\n\nconsciousness-Kr�qa consciousness, the platform on which the Supreme\nPersonality is fully realized. Directions for performing different types of\n\nyajiias are specifically arranged for the highest realization of the Supreme\nLord, as confirmed in Bhagavad-g'ita by the Lord Himself. Ye yatha marh\npradadyante tams tathaiva bhajamy aham (Bg. 4.11). The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is realized according to the proportion of one's\n\nsurrender. Full surrender, however, occurs when a man is perfectly in\nknowledge. Bahiiniirh janmaniim ante jiiiinaviin miirh prapadyate (Bg. 7.19).\n\n", "SB4.3#p0114": "Text 36]\n\n861\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\nTEXT 36\n\n� �ij(*4ijl(\ntft ��I\n\nalir.f\n\n� �\n�t �fUR'I� t��m: ������\n\naho mamiimi: vitaranty anugraham\nharim gurum yajiia-bhujiim adhi:svaram\nsva-dharma-yogena yajanti miimakii\nnirantaram k§or-i-tale dnlha-vratii[l\naho-0 all of you; mama-unto me; ami-all of them; vitaranti-distributing; anugraham- mercy; harim-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\ngurum\n\n-\n\nthe supreme spiritual master; yajiia-bhujiim-all the demigods\n\neligible to accept yajna offering; adhisvaram-the supreme master; svadharma-occupati onal duties ; yogena-by dint of ; yajanti\n\n-\n\nworship; miima­\n\nkafl-having a relationship with me; nirantaram-incessantly; k.so[ti-taleon the surface of the globe; dnlha vratii�\n-\n\n-\n\nwith firm determination.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the master and enjoyer of the\nresults of all sacrifices, and He is the supreme spiritual master as well. All\nof you citizens on the surface of the globe who have a relationship\nwith me and are worshiping Him by dint of your occupational duties are\nbestowing your mercy upon me. Therefore, 0 my citizens, I thank you.\nPURPORT\n\nMaharaja Prthu's advice to his citizens to take to devotional service is\nnow concluded in two ways. He has repeatedly advised persons who are\nneophytes to engage themselves in devotional service according to the\ncapacities of the different orders of social and spiritual life, but here he\nspecifically thanks those who are already engaged in such devotional\nservice to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is actually the enjoyer\nof all sacrificial ceremonies and who is also the supreme teacher as\nantaryiimi or Paramatma. There is specific mention of the word gurum,\nwhich indicates the Supreme Personality as citta-guru. The Supreme\nGodhead in His Paramatma feature is present in everyone's heart, and He\nis always trying to induce the individual soul to surrender unto Him and to\nengage in devotional service; therefore He is the original spiritual master.\nHe manifests Himself as spiritual master both internally and externally to\n\n", "SB4.3#p0115": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n862\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nhelp the conditioned soul both ways. Therefore He has been mentioned\nherein as gurum. It appears, however, that in the time of Maharaja Prthu\nall the people on the surface of the globe were his subjects. Most of themin fact, almost all of them-were engaged in devotional service. Therefore\nhe thanked them in a humble way for engaging in devotional service and\nthus bestowing their mercy upon him. ln other words, in a state where the\ncitizens and the head of state are engaged in devotional service unto\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, they help one another and are\nmutually benefited.\nTEXT 37\n\n1n\n\n� �: Sl¥1-\"\"'lfiflMRt� � f%tAT � I\n\n4:G.1tt�+tRSMi1�i11wti\n� � (l�telt �IWII'( 11�\\911\nmii. fotu teja� prabhaven maharddhibhis\ntitik�aya tapasii vidyaya ca\ndedipyamiine 'jita-devatanarh\nkule svayarh raja-kulii.d dvi[anam\nmii-never do it; jiitu-at any time; teja�- supreme power; prabhavetexhibit; mahii-great; rddhibhi�- by opulence; titik�ayii-by tolerance;\ntapasii - penance; vidyaya-by\n\neducation;\n\nca-also; dedipyamiine-upon\n\nthose who are already glorified ; ajita-de vatiiniim- V ai�J;Javas, or the devotees\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kule-in the society; svayam­\n\npersonally; riija-kuliit-greater than the royal family; dvijiiniim-of the\nbriihmart as.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmru;tas and Vai�t:tavas are personally glorified by their characteristic powers of tolerance, penance, knowledge and education. By dint\nof all these spiritual assets, Vai�t:tavas are more powerful than royalty.\nIt is therefore advised that the princely order not exhibit its material\nprowess before these two communities and should avoid offending them.\nPURPORT\nPrthu Maharaja has explained in the previous verse the importance of\ndevotional service for both the rulers and the citizens of the state. Now\nhe explains how one can be steadily fixed in devotional service.\n\nSri\n\n", "SB4.3#p0116": "Text 37]\n\n863\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\nCaitanya Mahiiprabhu, while instructing Srila Rupa Gosviimi, has compared\n\nthe devotional service of the Lord with a creeper. A creeper has a feeble\n\nstem and requires the support of another tree to grow, and while growing,\n\nit requires sufficient protection so that it may not be lost. While describing\n\nthe system of protection for the creeper of devotional service, Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu has especially stressed protection from offenses unto the\n\nlotus feet of Vai�r:tavas. This is called vaiHwviipariidha. Apariidha means\n\noffense. If one commits vai�r;taviipariidha, all of his progress in devotional\n\nservice will be checked. Even though one is very much advanced in\n\ndevotional service, if he commits offenses at the feet of a Vai�r:tava, his\n\nadvancement is all spoiled. In the siistras it is found that a very great\n\nyogi, Durvasa Muni, committed va�[taviipariidha, and thus for one full\n\nyear had to travel all over the universe, even to Vaikul).thaloka, to defend\n\nhimself from the offense. At last, even when he approached the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead in Vaikur:ttha, he was refused protection. Therefore\n\none should be very careful about committing offenses at the feet of a\nVai�r:tava. The most grievous type of vai§[taviipariidha\n\nis called gurv­\n\napariidha, which refers to offenses at the lotus feet of the spiritual master.\n\nIn the chanting of the holy name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nthis gurv-apariidha is considered the most grievous offense. Guror avajiiii\n\nsruti-siistra-nindanam (Padma Puriir:aJ. Among the ten offenses committed\n\nagainst the chanting of the holy name, the first offenses are disobedience\n\nof the spiritual master and blasphemy of the Vedic literature.\nThe\n\nsimple\n\ndefinition\n\nof\n\n\"Vai�r:tava\"\n\nis\n\ngiven by\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu: a person who immediately reminds one of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Kr�r:ta, is a Vair;;Qava. In this verse, both Vair;;r:tavas\n\nand brtihmartas are mentioned. A Vai�r:tava is a learned brahma[ta and is\n\ntherefore designated as briihma[ta-vai§r;tava,\n\nbriihmar;ta-pa[t{iita or as a\n\nVai�r:tava and briihma[ta. In other words, a Vair;;l).ava is supposed to be a\n\nbrahmarta already, but a brahmarta may not be a pure Vai;;I;J.ava. When a\n\nperson understands his pure identity, brahma jiinati, he immediately\n\nbecomes a briihma[ta. In the briihmara stage, one's understanding of the\nAbsolute Truth is mainly based on the impersonal view. When a briihmara,\n\nhowever, rises to the platform of personal understanding of the Supreme\n\nGodhead, he becomes a Vair;; r:tava. A Vair;;l).ava is transcendental even to a\n\nbriihmara. In the material conception, the position of a briihma[ta is the\nhighest in human society, but a V air;;r:tava is transcendental even to a\n\nbriihmara. Both the briihmara and Vai�l).ava are spiritually advanced. A\nbriihma[ta's qualifications are mentioned in Bhagavad-g\"ita as truthfulness,\nmental equanimity, control of the senses, the power of tolerance, sim-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0117": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n864\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nplicity, knowledge of the Absolute Truth, firm faith in the scriptures, and\npractical application of the brahminical qualities in life. In addition to all\nthese qualifications, when one fully engages in the transcendental loving\nservice of the Lord, he becomes a Vai§!l)ava. Prthu Maharaja warns his\ncitizens who are actually engaged in the devotional service of the Lord to\ntake care against offenses to the briihmm:ws and Vai§!l)avas. Offenses at\ntheir lotus feet are so destructive that even the descendants of Yadu who\nwere born in the family of Lord K{§!l)a were destroyed due to offenses at\ntheir feet. The Supreme Personality of Godhead cannot tolerate any\noffense at the lotus feet of briihmar;tas and Vai§!l)avas. Sometimes, due to\ntheir powerful positions, princes or government servants neglect the\npositions of briihmaras and Vai§!l)avas, not knowing that because of their\noffense they will be ruined.\nTEXT 38\n\njitiiiHO(� : �: �\n� ��111\\t�Wl( I\n� �q;cq.�;ft �\nii141€1if« � +ifij+ilttaft : II� �II\nbrahmar;tya-deva� purufiali puriitano\nnityarh harir yac-carar;tiibhivandaniit\naviipa lak�m1m anapiiyin1rh ya.So\njagat-pavitrarh ca mahattamiigrar;tl{l\nbrahmar;tya-deva�-the Lord of the brahminical culture; pu r ufi a� -the\nSupreme\n\nPersonality;\n\npuriitana�-the\n\noldest; ni ty am\n\n- eternal; har*­\n\nPersonality of Godhead; yat -whose ; c a ra �J-a-lotus feet; abhivandaniit-by\nmeans of worshiping; au iip a-obtained; lak�m1m- opulences; anapiiyin\"\"imperpetually; yasa�-reputation; jagat-universal ; pa uitram\nalso; mahat\n\n- great; tama- supreme; agrar\"i?I -foremost.\n\n- purified ; ca­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, the ancient, eternal Godhead who\nis foremost amongst all great personalities, obtained the opulence of His\nstaunch reputation, which purifies the entire universe, by worshiping the\nlotus feet of those brahmru:tas and Vai�1,1avas.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Person is described herein as brahmarya-deva. Brahmar-ya\nrefers\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nbriihmar;tas,\n\nthe\n\nVai�l)avas or the brahminical culture,\n\n", "SB4.3#p0118": "Instructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\nText 38]\n\n865\n\nand deva means \"worshipable Lord.\" Therefore unless one is on the\n\ntranscendental platform of being a Vai�I).ava, or on the highest platform\n\nof material goodness (as a briihma[la ), he cannot appreciate the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. In the lower stages of ignorance and passion, it is\n\ndifficult to appreciate or understand the Supreme Lord. Therefore the\nLord is described herein as the worshipable Deity for persons in brahminical\n\nand Vai�I).ava culture.\n\nnama brahma[tya-devaya go-brahma[la-hitaya ca\njagad-dhitiiya kr§rtiiya govindiiya namo nama[!.\n(Vi§flU Puriirta 1.19.65)\nLord K{�I).a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the prime protector\n\nof brahminical culture and the cow. Without knowing and respect­\n\ning these, one cannot realize the science of God, and without this\nknowledge, any welfare activities or humanitarian propaganda cannot be\n\nsuccessful. The Lord is puru�a, or the supreme enjoyer. Not only is He the\nenjoyer when He appears as a manifested incarnation, but He is the enjoyer\n\nsince time immemorial, from the very beginning (puriitana), and eternally\n\n(nityam). Yac-cara[liibhivandanat: Prthu Maharaja said that the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead attained this opulence of eternal fame simply by\n\nworshiping the lotus feet of the briihmartas. In Bhagavad-gitii it is said that\nthe Lord does not need to work to achieve material gain. Since He is\n\nperpetually supremely perfect, He does not need to obtain anything, but\n\nstill it is said that He obtained His opulences by worshiping the lotus\n\nfeet of the brahma[laS. These are His exemplary actions. When Lord Sri\nKr�I.la was in Dvaraka, He offered His respects by bowing down at the\n\nlotus feet of Narada. When Sudiima Vipra came to His house, Lord Kr�I).a\npersonally washed his feet and gave him a seat on His personal bed. Al­\n\nthough He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Sri Kr�I).a\noffered His respects to Maharaja Yudhi�thira and Kunti. The Lord's\n\nexemplary behavior is to teach us. We should learn from His personal\n\nbehavior how to give protection to the cow, how to cultivate brahminical\n\nqualities, and how to respect the briihmartas and the Vai�I).avas. The Lord\nsays in Bhagavad-gitii, yad yad acarati sre§thas tat tad evetaro jana�: \"If\n\nthe leading personalities behave in a certain manner, others follow them\n\nautomatically.\" (Bg. 3.21) Who can be more of a leading personality than\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, and whose behavior could be more\n\nexemplary? It is not that He needed to do all these things to acquire\n\nmaterial gain, but all of these acts were performed just to teach us how to\n\nbehave in this material world.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0119": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n866\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is described herein as mahattamaagrar-lJ:l. Within this material world, the mahattamas or great personalities\nare Lord Brahmii and Lord Siva, but He is above them all. Niirayar-a�\nparo 'vyaktiit: the Supreme Personality of Godhead is in a transcendental\nposition, above everything that is created within this material world.\n\nHis opulence, His riches, His beauty, His wisdom, His knowledge, His\nrenunciation and His reputation are all jagat-pavitram, universally purifying.\n\nThe more we discuss His opulences, the more the universe becomes purer\n\nand purer. In the material worid, the opulences possessed by a material\n\nperson are never fixed. Today one may be a very rich man, but tomorrow\n\nhe may become poor; today one is very famous, but tomorrow he may be\n\ninfamous. Materially obtained opulences are never fixed, but all six\nopulences perpetually exist in the Supreme Personality of Godhead, not\n\nonly in the spiritual world but also in this material world. Lord Kr�t:ta 's\n\nreputation is fixed, and His book of wisdom, Bhagavad-g\"ita, is still honored.\n\nEverything pertaining to the Supreme Personality of Godhead is eternally\n\nexisting.\n\nTEXT 39\n\nif�i!4ifi�Ng'I�H\nNSdStif�Rt ��: I\n���:\n�\n('tif4l�... � f.t1ottijl'( ������\nyat-sevayiise�a-guhasaya� sva-rap\nvipra-priyas tu§yati kiimam \"isvara\"{l\ntad eva tad-dharma-parair vin\"itai\"{l\nsarviitmana brahma-kulam ni§evyatam\nyat- w hose; sevayii-by serving; ase§a-unlimited;guha-asaya�-dwelling\n\nwithin the heart of everyone; sva-rii(-but still fully independent; vipra­\n\npriya�-very dear to the briihma!las and Vai�t;J.avas; tu�yati-becomes satis­\n\nfied; kiimam-of desires; i\"svara� the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tat-\n\nthat; eva-certainly; tat-dharma-para*-by following in the footsteps of\n\nthe Lord; vini\"ta* by humbleness; sarviitmanii-in all respects; brahmakulam the descendants of briihma!las and Vai�t;J.avas; ni�evyatiim-always\n-\n\n-\n\nbeing engaged in their service.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Pers onality of Godhead, who is everlastingly independent\n\nand who exis ts in everyone's heart, is very pleased with those who follow\n\n", "SB4.3#p0120": "Text 40]\n\n867\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\nin His footsteps and engage without reservation in the servtce of the\ndescendants of brahma1,1as and Vai�I;tavas. For He is always dear to\nbrahmai;tas and Vai�I;tavas, and they are always dear to Him.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that the Lord is most pleased when He sees one engage in the\n\nservice of His devotee. He does not need any service from anyone because\nHe is complete, but it is in our own interest to offer all kinds of services\n\nto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. These services can be offered\nto the Supreme Person not directly but through the service of briihmarws\n\nand V ai�I;tavas. Srila N arottama dasa Thakura sings, chiilj.iyii vai�rava-sevii\n\nnistiira payeche kebii, which means that unless one serves the Vai�I;tavas\nand briihmaras, one cannot get liberation from the material clutches.\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura also says, yasya prasiidiid bhagavat­\n\nprasiida�: by satisfying the senses of the spiritual master one can satisfy\nthe senses of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus this behavior is\n\nnot only mentioned in scriptures but also followed by iiciiryas. Prthu\n\nMaharaja advised his citizens to follow the exemplary behavior of the Lord\nHimself and thus engage in the service of briihmaf!aS and Vaig1avas.\n\nTEXT40\n\n-:\n\nSl(i1G;fflS�;:ij�i+f �: � I\nt«Ntfi4ij+i(or�Fw\\1cttl\nmr:\n� r%¥i?IIM � � 11\\loll\n\"'\n\npumiillabhetiinativelam iitmana�\nprasidato 'tyanta-samarh svata� svayam\nyan-nitya-sambandha-ni§evayii tata\"{l\n\n•\n\npararh kim atrasti mukham havir-bhu]am\npuman-a person; labheta-can achieve; anativelam-without delay;\niitmana�-of his soul; p ra sidata� -being satisfied; atyanta-the greatest;\nsamam-peace fulness; sv ata� -automa ticall y; svayam-person ally ; yatwhose;\n\nnitya-regular ; sambandha - relationshi p; ni§evayii-by dint of\nservice; tata� -after that; param-su perior; kim-what; atra-here; astithere is; muk ham-happiness; hav*-clarified butter; bhujiim - those who\n\ndrink.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy regular service to the brahmai;tas and V ai�Q.avas, one can clear the\ndirt from his heart and thus enjoy supreme peace and liberation from\n\n", "SB4.3#p0121": "868\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nmaterial attachment and be satisfied. In this world there is no fruitive\nactivity superior to serving the brahmal).a class, for this can bring pleasure\nto the demigods for whom the many sacrifices are r ecommended.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii it is said: prasiide sarva-du�khiiniirh hiinir asyopajiiyate\n\n(Bg. 2.65). Unless one is self-satisfied, he cannot be free from the miserable\n\nconditions of material existence. Therefore it is essential to render service\nand V ai�l)avas to achieve the perfection of self­\n\nto the briihmal)as\n\nsatisfaction. Srila Narottama dasa Thakura therefore says:\n\ntaridera caral)a sevi bhakta-sane viisa\njaname janame haya, ei abhilii�a\n\"Birth after birth I desire to serve the Lotus feet of the iiciiryas and live in\na society of devotees.\" A spiritual atmosphere can be maintained only by\n\nliving in a society of devotees and by serving the orders of the iiciiryas.\n\nThe spiritual master is the best briihmal)a. At present, in the age of Kali, it\nis very difficult to render service to the briihmal)a-kula or the briihmal)a\n\nclass. The difficulty, according to the Variiha Puriil)a, is that demons, taking\nadvantage of Kali-yuga, have taken birth in briihmarta families. Riik�asii�\n\nkalim iisritya jayante brahma-yoni�u (Variiha Puriirta). In other words, in\n\nthis age there are many so-called caste briihma!las and caste Gosvamis who,\n\ntaking advantage of the siistra and of the innocence of people in general,\n\nclaim to be briihma!£aS and Vai�l)avas by hereditary right. One will not\n\nderive any benefit by rendering service to such false briihmap.a-kulas. One\n\nmust therefore take shelter of a bona fide spiritual master and his associates\n\nand should also render service to them, for such activity will greatly help\n\nfull satisfaction. This has been very clearly\nthe neophyte !n �.ttaining\n<\nexplained by Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thii.kura in his explanation of\n\nthe verse vyavasiiyiitmikii buddhir ekeha kuru-nandana (Bg.\n\n2.41). By\n\nactually following the regulated principles of bhakti-yoga as recommended\n\nby Srila Narottama dasa Thii.kura, one can very quickly come to the tran­\n\nscendental platform of liberation, as explained in this verse (atyanta­\n\nsamam). The particular use of the word anativelam (\"without delay\") is\nvery significant because simply by serving briihmartas and Vai�Q.avas one\n\ncan get liberation. There is no need to undergo severe penances and\nausterities. The vivid example of this is Narada Muni himself. In his\n\nprevious birth, he\n\nwas simply a maidservant's son, but he got the\n\nopportunity to serve exalted briihmartas and Vai�Q.avas, and thus in his\n\n", "SB4.3#p0122": "Text41)\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\n869\n\nnext life he not only became liberated but became famous as the supreme\nspiritual master of the entire V ai�l)ava disciplic succession. According to\nthe Vedic system, therefore, it is customarily recommended that after\nperforming a ritualistic ceremony, one should feed the brahmaT;laS.\nTEXT41\n\n31�1�'1'kU �\nWI �\n\nc:�+ECEtilf€4� :\n\n� tf� (litl\"'l'if'l: I\n�c:l\"'�I it�ij\n\nij'f(\n\nql('i�q�g: ����II\n\n��\n\na.Sniity anantaft khalu tattva-kovidaifl\nsraddha-hutarh yan-mukha ijya-niimabhift\nna vai tatha cetanaya bahi�krte\nhutasane paramahamsya-paryagu[l\nasnati- eats; ananta[t- the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; khalu­\n\nnevertheless; tattva-kovidaift-persons who are in knowledge of the Absolute Truth; sraddha-faith; hutam-offering fire sacrifices; yat-mukhewhose mouth; ijya-namabhift-by different names of demigods; na-never;\nvai-certainly; tatha-as much; cetanaya-by living force; bahi�krte-being\nbereft\n\nof;\n\nhuta-asane- in\n\nthe fire sacrifice;\n\nparamahamsya- regarding\n\ndevotees; paryagu[l- never goes away.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Ananta, eats through\nthe fire sacrifices offered in the names of the different demigods, He does\nnot take as much pleasure in eating through fire as He does in accepting\nofferings through the mouths of learned sages and devotees, for then He\n\ndoes not leave the association of devotees.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic injunctions, a fire sacrifice is held in order to give\n\nfood to the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the names of the different\ndemigods. While performing a fire sacrifice, one pronounces the word sviihii\nin mantras such as indriiya sviihii and iidityiiya sviihii. These mantras are\nuttered to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead through demigods\nsuch as Indra and Aditya, for the Supreme Personality of Godhead says:\n\nniiham ti§thiimi vaiku[tthe yoginiim hrdaye§u va\ntattat ti§{hiimi narada yatra gayanti mad-bhakta[L\n\n", "SB4.3#p0123": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n870\n\n[Canto 4, Ch 21\n.\n\n\"I am not in Vaikul).�ha nor in the hearts of the yogis. I remain where My\ndevotees engage in glorifying My activities.\" It is to be understood that\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead does not leave the company of His\ndevotees.\nFire is certainly devoid of life, but devotees and briihma[l.aS are the living representatives of the Supreme Lord. Therefore to feed briihma[i.as and\nVaipQ.avas is to feed the Supreme Personality of Godhead directly. It may\nbe concluded that instead of offering fire sacrifices, one should offer foodstuffs to briihma[l.aS and Vai?J).avas, for that process is more effective than\nfire yajiia. The vivid example of this principle in action was given by\nAdvaita Prabhu. When he performed the sriiddha ceremony for his father,\nhe first of all called Haridasa Thakura and offered him food. It is the practice that after finishing the sriiddha ceremony, one should offer food to an\nelevated briihma[l.a. But Advaita Prabhu offered food first to Haridasa\n'fhakura, who had taken his birth in a Mohammedan family. Therefore\nHaridasa 'fhakura asked Advaita Prabhu why he was doing something\nwhich might jeopardize his position in briihma[l.a society. Advaita Prabhu\nreplied that he was feeding millions of first-class briihma[las by offering\nthe food to Haridasa 'fhakura. He was prepared to talk with any learned\nbriihma[la on this point arid prove definitely that by offering food to a\npure devotee like Haridasa Thakura, he was equally as blessed as he would\nhave been by offering food to thousands of learned briihma[laS. When performing sacrifices, one offers oblations to the sacrificial fire, but when such\noblations are offered to Vai?Q.avas, they are certainly more effective.\n\nyad brahma nityarh virajarh sanatanarh\nsraddha-tap o-mahgala-mauna-sarhyamaift\nsamadhina bibhrati hiirtha-dr§taye\nyatredam adarsa iviivabhasate\nyat-that which; brahma-the brahminical culture; nityam\nvirajam\n\n-\n\n-\n\neternally;\n\nwithout contamination; saniitanam-without beginning; sraddhii­\n\nfaith; tapa�- austerity; mm igala-auspiciou s; mauna-silence; sarhyama*controlling the mind and senses; samiidhinii-with full concentration;\n\n", "SB4.3#p0124": "Instructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\nText 42]\n\n871\n\nbibhrati-illuminates; ha-as he did it; artha-the real purpose of the Vedas;\ndr�taye\n\n-\n\nfor the purpose of finding out; yatra-wherein; idam-all this;\n\niidarse-in a mirror; iva-like; avabhiisate-manifests.\nTRANSLATION\nIn brahminical culture a brahmaQ.a's transcendental position is eternally\nmaintained because the injunctions of the Vedas are accepted with faith,\nausterity, scriptural conclusions, full sense and mind control and meditation. In this way the real goal of life is illuminated, just as one's face in a\nclear mirror is fully reflected.\nPURPORT\nSince it is described in the previous verse that feeding a living briihmaT}a\nis more effective than offering oblations in a fire sacrifice, in this verse it is\nnow clearly described what brahminism is and who a briihma�w is. In the\nage of Kali, taking advantage of the fact that by feeding a briihmaT}a one\nobtains a more effective result than by performing sacrifices, a class of\nmen with no brahminical qualifications claim the eating privilege known\nas briihmaT}a-bhojana simply on the basis of their births in briihmaT}a families. In order to distinguish this class of men from the real briihmaT}aS,\nMaharaja Prthu is giving an exact description of a briihmaT}a and brahminical culture. One should not take advantage of his position simply to live\nlike a fire without light. A briihmaT}a must be fully conversant with the\nVedic conclusion, which is described in Bhagavad-g\"itii. Vedais ca sarvair\naham eva vedya�. (Bg. 15.15) The Vedic conclusion-the ultimate understanding, or Vedanta understanding-is knowledge of Kr�Q.a. Actually that\nis a fact because simply by understanding Kr�Q.a as He is; as described in\nBhagavad-g\"itii (janma karma ca me divyam evarh yo vetti tattvatal}), one\nbecomes a perfect briihmaf}a. The briihmaT}a who knows Kr�qa perfectly\nwell is always in a transcendental position. This is also confirmed in\nBhagavad-g\"itii:\nmiirh ca yo 'vyabhiciireT)a bhakti-yogena sevate\nsa guT}iin samatztyaitiin brahma-bhuyiiya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service and who does not fall down in\nany circumstance at once transcends the modes of material nature and thus\ncomes to the level of Brahman.\" (Bg. 14.26)\nTherefore a devotee of Lord Kr�r;ta is actually a perfect briihmara. His\nsituation is transcendental, for he is free from the four defects of condi-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0125": "872\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\ntional life, which are the tendencies to commit mistakes, to be iUusioned,\n\nto cheat and to possess imperfect senses. A perfect Vai�l).ava or Kr�t:J.a con­\n\nscious person is always in this transcendental position because he speaks\n\naccording to Kr�t:J.a and His representative. Because Vai�l).avas speak exactly\n\naccording to the tune of Kr�t:J.a, whatever they say is free from these four\n\ndefects. For example, Kr�t:J.a says in Bhagavad-g\"itii that everyone should\n\nalways think of Him, everyone should become His devotee, offer Him\n\nobeisances and worship Him, and ultimately everyone should surrender unto\nHim. These devotional activities are transcendental and free from mistakes,\n\nillusion, cheating and imperfection. Therefore anyone who is a sincere devo­\n\ntee of Lord Kr�t:J.a and who preaches this cult, speaking only on the basis\n\nof Kr�l).a's instructions, is understood to be virajam, or free from the defects\nof material contamination. A genuine briihmar;w or Vai�l).ava therefore de­\n\npends eternally on the conclusion of the Vedas or Vedic versions presented\n\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. Only from Vedic knowl­\n\nedge can we understand the actual position of the Absolute Truth, who, as\n\ndescribed in Siimad-Bhiigavatam, is manifested in three features-namely,\n\nimpersonal Brahman, localized Paramatma and at last the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This knowledge is perfect from time immemorial, and\n\nthe brahminical or Vai�l).ava culture depends on this principle eternally.\n\nOne should therefore study the Vedas with faith, not only for one's per­\n\nsonal knowledge, but for the sake of spreading this knowledge and these\n\nactivities through real faith in the words of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead and the Vedas.\n\nThe word mangala (\"auspicious\") in this verse is very significant. Srila\n\nSridhara Svami quotes that to do what is good and to reject what is not\n\ngood is called mm1.gala, or auspicious. To do what is good means to accept\neverything which is favorable to the discharge of devotional service, and\nto reject what is not good means to reject everything not favorable for discharging devotional service. In our Kr�t:J.a consciousness movement, we ac­\n\ncept this principle by rejecting four prohibited items-namely, illicit sex life,\n\nintoxication, gambling and flesh-eating-and accepting the daily chanting of\nat least sixteen rounds of the Hare Kr�l,la mahii-mantra and daily meditation\nthree times a day by chanting the Gayatri mantra. In this way one can keep\n\nhis brahminical culture and spiritual strength intact. By following these\nprinciples of devotional service strictly, chanting twenty-four hours a day\n\nthe mahii-mantra-H.are Kr�t:J.a, Hare Kr�1�a, Kr�l,la Kr�l,la, Hare Hare/ Hare\n\nRama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare-one makes positive progress\n\nin spiritual life and ultimately becomes completely fit to see the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead face to face. Because the ultimate goal of studying\n\n", "SB4.3#p0126": "Instructions by Maharaja Pr:thu\n\nText43]\n\n873\n\nor understanding the Vedic knowledge is to find Kr�J;!a, one who follows\n\nthe Vedic principles as described above can from the very beginning see all\n\nthe features of Lord Kr�J;!a, the Absolute Truth, very distinctly, as one can\nsee his own face completely reflected in a clear mirror. The conclusion is,\n\ntherefore, that a briihmarta does not become a briihmarta simply because he\n\nis a living entity or is born in a briihmm:w family; he must possess all the\n\nqualities mentioned in the siistras and practice the brahminical principles\n\nin his life. Thus he ultimately becomes a fully Kr�J;la conscious person and\ncan understand what Kr�J;la is. How a devotee continuously sees Kr�J;la\nface to face within his heart is described in the Brahma-sarhhitii as follows:\n\npremiiiij ana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nsantalt sadaiva hrdaye�u vilokayanti\nyarh syiimasundaram acintya-gur-a-svaruparh\ngovindam iidi-puru�arh tam aharh bhajiimi\nThe devotee, by development of pure love for Kr�J;la, constantly sees the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is known as Syamasundara, within\n\nhis heart. That is the perfectional stage of brahminical culture.\nTEXT43\n\nqai((1U�:t «�•Nfctiul+la!: 1\n\nq fwt�i(1 Rn �\nWf� dgun\n\nte�iim aharh piida-saroja-rertum\niiryii vaheyiidhikintam iiyult\nyarh nityadii bibhrata asu paparit\nnasyaty amurh sarva-gur-ii bhajanti\nte�iim-of all of them; aham-1; piida- feet; sar oja- lotus; re(l um- du st;\niiryiib--0 respectable persons; vaheya shall bear; adhi-up to; kirztamhelmet; iiyu� up to the end of life; yam- which; nityadii-always ; bibhra ta�-carrying; iisu very soon; piipam-sinful activities; nasyati- are vanquished; a mum- all those; sarva-gu(lii�- fully qualified; bhajanti- worship.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 respectable personalities present here, I beg the blessings of all of you\n\nthat I may perpetually carry on my crown the dust of the lotus feet of such\n\n", "SB4.3#p0127": "874\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 21\n\nbrahma1,1as and Vai�1,1avas until the end of my life_ He who can carry such\n\ndust on his head is very soon relieved of all the reactions which arise from\nsinful life, and eventually he develops all good and desirable qualities.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that one who has unflinching faith in the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, which means unflinching faith in the Vai�Q.ava or the pure devotee of the Supreme Lord, develops all the good qualities of the demigods.\nyasyiisti bhaktir bhagavaty akincanii\nsarvair gurais tatra samiisate surii[l (Bhiig. 5.18.12)\nPrahlada Maharaja also said, na�iirh matis tiivad urukramiinghrim. (Bhiig.\n7.5.32) Unless one takes the dust of the lotus feet of a pure Vai�Q.ava on\none's head, one cannot understand what the Supreme Personality of Godhead is, and unless one knows the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one's\nlife remains imperfect. A great soul who has fully surrendered to the\nSupreme Lord after understanding Him fully and after repeatedly undergoing austerities and penances for many, many lives is very rare. The\ncrown of a king is simply a big load if the king or head of the state does not\nactually bear the dust of the lotus feet of briihma[�-as and V ai�l,lavas. In\nother words, if a liberal king like Prthu Maharaja does not follow the instructions of briihmar-as and Vai�Q.avas or does not follow the brahminical\nculture, he is simply a burden on the state, for he cannot benefit the\ncitizens. Maharaja Prthu is the perfect example of an ideal chief executive.\nTEXT44\n\ngur-iiyanarh sila-dhanarh krta-jnarh\nvrddhiiSrayarh sarhvrf!-ate 'nu sampada[l\nprasi:datiirh brahma-kularh gaviirh ca\njaniirdana[l siinucara5 ca mahyam\ngu'!a-ayanam-one who has acquired all the good qualities; sila-dhanamone whose wealth is good behavior; krta jnam-one who is grateful; vrddha-\n\niiSrayam-one who takes shelter of the learned; sarhvrr-ate- ac hieves ; anu-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0128": "Instructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\nText 44]\ncertainly;samp a da�\n\n-\n\n875\n\nall opulences;prasi\"datam-be pleased upon; brahma­\n\nkulam-the brahmar-a class; gavam-the cows; ca-and; janiirdana� -the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; sa-with; anucara� -along with His\n\ndevotee; ca-and; mahyam-upon me.\nTRANSLATION\nWhoever acquires the brahminical qualifications-whose only wealth is\ngood behavior, who is grateful and who takes shelter of experienced persons-gets all the opulence of the world. I therefore wish that the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and His associates will be pleased with the\nbrahma�a class, with the cows and with me.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is worshiped with the prayer\nnama brahmar-ya-devaya go-brahma!!a-hitaya ca. Thus it is clear that the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead respects and protects the brahmarws and\nbrahminical culture as well as the cows; in other words, wherever there are\nbriihmar-as and brahminical culture, there are cows and cow protection. In\n\na society or civilization in which there are no brahma[Las or brahminical\nculture, cows are treated as ordinary animals and slaughtered at the sacrifice of human civilization. The specific mention of the word gavam by\nPrthu Maharaja is significant because the Lord is always associated with\ncows and His devotees. In pictures Lord Kp§l)a is always seen with cows and\nHis associates such as the cowherd boys and the gopis. Kr�Da, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, cannot be alone. Therefore Prthu Maharaja said,\nsanucaras ca, indicating that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is always\n\nassociated with His followers and devotees.\nA devotee acquires all the good qualities of the demigods; he is\ngu!!tiyanam, the reservoir of all good qualities. His only asset is good be­\n\nhavior, and he is grateful. Gratitude for the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is one of the qualities of brahmartas and Vai�I;tavas. Everyone should feel grateful to the Supreme Personality of Godhead because\nHe is maintaining all living entities and supplying all their necessities. As\nstated in the Vedas, eko bahunam yo vidadhati kiimiin: the Supreme One\nis supplying all necessities to tht; living entities (Katha Up. 2.2.13). The\nliving entity who is therefore grateful to the Supreme Personality of Godhead is certainly qualified with good characteristics.\nThe word vrddha srayam is very significant in this verse. Vrddha refers to\none who is advanced in knowledge. There are two kinds of old men-he\nwho is advanced in years and he who is experienced in knowledge. One\n\n", "SB4.3#p0129": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n876\n\n[Canto4, Ch. 21\n\nwho is advanced in knowledge is actually vrddha (jiiiina-vrddha); one does\nnot become vrddha simply by advancing in age. Vrddhiisrayam, a person\nwho takes shelter of a superior person who is advanced in knowledge, can\nacquire all the good qualities of a briihmar-a and be trained in good behavior. When one actually attains good qualities, becomes grateful for the\nmercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and takes shelter of a bona\nfide spiritual master, he is endowed with all opulence. Such a person is a\n\nbriihmar-a or Vai�l).ava. Therefore Prthu Maharaja invokes the blessings and\nmercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, with His associates, devotees, Vai�l).avas, briihmar-as and cows.\nTEXT45\n\nij� iffl'il\n� iA1Uf � fftq:�fPRt•U I\n·�\n\nfl�(!+c;ce: et,cn�;c\n\n�: ������\n\nmaitreya uviica\niti bmviir-am nr-patim\npitr-deva-dvijiitaya�\ntu�tuvur hr�ta-manasa�\nsiidhu-viidena siidhava�\nmaitreya� uviica-the great sage Maitreya continued tO' speak; iti-thus;\nbruviir-am while speaking; nr patim- the King; pitr-the denizens of Pitrloka; deva-the demigods; dv ijiitaya� and the twice-born (the briihmar-as\nand the Vai�l).avas); tu� tuvu� -satisfied; hr� t a-manasa�-greatly pacified in\nmind; siidhu-viidena-by expressing congratulations; siidhava[t-all the\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsaintly persons present.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya said: Mter hearing King Prthu speak so nicely,\n\nall the demigods, the denizens of Pitrloka, the brahmal).as and the saintly\n\npersons present at the meeting congratulated him by expressing their\n\ngood will.\n\nPURPORT\n\nWhen a person speaks very nicely at a meeting, he is congratulated by\nthe audience, who express their good will with the words siidhu, siidhu.\n\nThis is called siidhu-viida. All the saintly persons-Pitas, denizens of Pitrloka\n\nand demigods-who were present in the meeting and heard Prthu Maharaja\nexpressed their good will with the words siidhu, siidhu. They all accepted\nthe good mission of Prthu Maharaja, and they were fully satisfied.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0130": "Text46]\n\n877\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\nTEXT46\n\npur� �l'fitPIRt ij�qffi �: I\nillf(iC{('I:\n\n� �S�ij(:qq: 11\\1,11\n\nputrera jayate lokiin\niti satyavatz srut*\nbrahma-da[!pa-hata� papo\nyad veno 'tyatarat tamafi,\nputre[ta-by the son; jayate-one becomes victorious; lokiin-all the\nheavenly planets; iti-thus; satyavati-becomes true; srutift the Vedas;\n-\n\nbrahma-da[!c},a-by the curse of briihma[tas; hata�-kil1ed; piipa�-the most\nsinful; yat-as; ve n afi, the father of Maharaja Prthu; ati\nbecome delivered; tama�-from the darkness of hellish life.\n-\n\n-\n\ngreat; atarat­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey all declared that the Vedic conclusion that one can conquer the\nheavenly planets by the action of a putra, or son, was fulfilled, for the\nmost sinful Vena, who had been killed by the curse of the brahmal).as, was\n\nnow delivered from the darkest region of hellish life by his son, Maharaja\nPrthu.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to the Vedic version, there is a hellish planet called Put, and\none who delivers a person from there is called putra. The purpose of marriage is, therefore, to have a putra or son who is able to deliver his father,\neven if the father falls down to the hellish condition of Put. Maharaja\nJ>rthu 's father, Vena, was a most sinful person and was therefore cursed to\ndeath by the briihmar;tas. Now all the great saintly persons, sages and\n\nbrahmaryas present in the meeting, after hearing from Maharaja Prthu\nabout his great mission in life, became convinced that the statement of the\n\nVedas had been fully proved. The purpose of accepting a wife in religious\nmarriage, as sanctioned in the Vedas, is to have a putra, a son qualified\nto deliver his father from the darkest region of hellish life. Marriage is not\nintended for sense gratification but for getting a son fully qualified to deliver his father. But if a son is raised to become an unqualified demon, how\ncan he deliver his father from hellish life? It is therefore the duty of a father\nto become a Vai�Qava and raise his children to become Vai�Qavas; then\neven if by chance the father falls into a hellish life in his next birth, such a\nson can deliver him, as Maharaja Prthu delivered his father.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0131": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n878\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nTEXT 47\n\nf«w4•Rlslf1W ¥tiii'4Rl�qJ ijl{: I\nAA��·u�.(l: �IG\\4His¥11i'4�t: II\\1\\SII\nhirar-yakasipus capi\nbhagavan-nindaya tamal;t\nvivik�ur atyagat sunol;t\nprahliidasyanubhavatal;t\nhirm;tyakasipu�-the father of Prahlada Maharaja; ca-also; api- again;\nbh aga va t\n\n-\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nindaya-by blasphem­\n\ning; tamal;t\n\n-\n\nin the darkest region of hellish life; vivik�u l;t- entered; atya­\n\ngat-was delivered; sunol;t-of his son; prahliidasya-of Maharaja Prahlada;\n\nanubhiivatal;t-by the influence of.\nTRANSLATION\nSimilarly, HiraHakasipu, who by dint of his sinful activities always de­\n\nfied the supremacy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, entered into\n\nthe darkest region of hellish life; but by the grace of his great son, Prahlada\nMaharaja, he· also was delivered and went back home, back to Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen Prahlada Maharaja was offered benediction by Nrsimhadeva, due\nto his great devotion and tolerance he refused to accept any benediction\nfrom the Lord, thinking that such acceptance was not befitting a sincere\ndevotee. The rendering of service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n. in expectation of a good reward is deprecated by Prahlada Maharaja as mercantile business. Because Prahlada l\\laharaja was a V ai�l).ava, he did not ask\nbenediction for his personal self but was very affectionate towards his\nfather. Although his father tortured him and would have killed him had he\nhimself not been killed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Prahlada\nMaharaja begged pardon for him from the Lord. This favor was immediately granted by the Lord, and Hiral).yakasipu was delivered from the darkest\nregion of hellish life, and he returned back home, back to Godhead, by\nthe grace of his son. Prahlada Maharaja is the topmost example of a\nV ai�l).ava who is always compassionate toward sinful persons suffering a\n\nhellish life within this material world. Kr�l).a is therefore known as para­\n\ndu�kha-duftkh\"i krpiimbudhi, or one who is compassionate toward others'\nsuffering and who is an. ocean of mercy. Like Prahlada Maharaja, all pure\n\n", "SB4.3#p0132": "Text48)\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Pfthu\n\n879\n\ndevotees of the Lord come to this material world with full compassion to\ndeliver the sinful. They undergo all kinds of tribulations, suffering them\nwith tolerance, because that is another qualification of a V ai�Q.ava, who\ntries to deliver all sinful persons from the hellish conditions of material\nexistence. V ai�Q.avas are therefore offered the following prayer:\n\nviiiicha-k alpatarubhyas ca krpii-sindhubhya eva ca\npatitiiniirh piivanebhyo vai§r-avebhyo nama nama�\nThe chief concern of a V ai�Q.ava is to deliver the fallen souls.\n\nTEXT48\n\n��:�:�:QRrm'f.Rft: 1\n4�ffi� 11fS: ij�Jift¥tdft 11\\l�ll\nvira-varya pita� prthvyii�\nsamii� saiifiva siisvati[l.\nyasyedrsy acyute bhakti[l.\nsarva-lokaika-bhartari\nvira-varya- the best of the warriors; pita[�.- the f a ther ; prthvyii[l.- of the\nglobe; s amii� - equal to in years; sa rijiva- live; siisvat\"Qt - forever; yasyawhose; idr 5z- Like this; acyute-unto the Supreme; bhakti�-devotion;\nsar va- all ; loka - planets; eka- one; bhartari-maintainer .\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the saintly brahmai;J.as thus addressed Pfthu Maharaja: 0 best of the\n\nwarriors, 0 father of this globe, may you be blessed with a long life, for you\nhave great devotion to the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\nis the master of all the universe.\nPURPORT\nPrthu Maharaja was blessed by the saintly persons present at the meeting\nto have a Long life because of his unflinching faith and his devotion to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Although one's duration of life is limited\nin years, if by chance one becomes a devotee, he surpasses the duration prescribed for his life; indeed, sometimes yogis die according to their wish,\nnot according to the laws of material nature. Another feature of a devotee\nis that he lives forever because of his infallible devotion to the Lord. It is\nsaid, k\"irtir yasya sa jivati: \"One who leaves a good reputation behind him\n\n", "SB4.3#p0133": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n880\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nlives forever.\" Specifically, one who is reputed as a devotee of the Lord\nundoubtedly lives forever. When Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu was talking\nwith Ramananda Raya, Caitanya Mahaprabhu inquired, \"What is the\ngreatest reputation?\" Ramananda Raya replied that a person who is reputed\nas a great devotee has the greatest reputation, for a devotee not only lives\nforever in the Vaikul).tha planets, but by his reputation he also lives forever\nwithin this material world.\nTEXT 49\n\nqA!tifft6\n� UP.::\"IqU\n�<itEMif� ftqftsilf'R4\\q� � OllwtRti 11\\l,ll\nn\n\n�\n\naho vayarh hy adya pavitra-kTrte\ntvayaiva nathena mukunda-nathafi,\nya uttamaslokatamasya vi�[!or\nbrahma[!ya-devasya katharh vyanakti\naho- 0 goodness; vayam- we; hi-certainly; adya-today; pavitra-kirte0 supreme purity; tvaya by you; eva-certainly; niithena-by the Lord;\n-\n\nmukunda-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; niithiiQ--being the subject of the Supreme; ye-one who; uttamaslokatamasya-of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who is praised by the nicest verses; V �[!oQ-\n\n-\n\nof\n\nV i�J}.u; brahma[!ya-devasya-of the worshipable Lord of the brahma[!as;\nkathiim- words; vyanakti-ex pressed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe audience continued: Dear King Ptthu, your reputation is the purest\nof all, for you are preaching the glories of the most glorified of all, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the Lord of the brahmal}.as. Since, due\nto our great fortune, we have you as our master, we think that we are\nliving directly under the agency of the Lord.\nPURPORT\n\nThe citizens declared that through being under the protection of\nMaharaja Ptthu they were directly under the protection of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. This understanding is the proper situation of\nsocial steadiness within this material world. Since it is stated in the Vedas\nthat the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the maintainer and leader of\n\n", "SB4.3#p0134": "Text 50]\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\n881\n\nall living entities, the king or the executive head of the government must\nbe a representative of the Supreme Person. Then he can claim honor\nexactly like the Lord's. How a king or leader of society can become the\nrepresentative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is also indicated\nin this verse by the statement that because Prthu Maharaja was preaching\nthe supremacy and the glories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nVi�QU, he was therefore a proper representative of the Lord. To remain\nunder the jurisdiction or administration of such a king or leader is the\nperfect status for human society. The primary responsibility of such a\nking or leader is to protect the brahminical culture and the cows in his\nstate.\nTEXT 50\n\n�IEifiM: Wfl'l (fct1'5ft&liS\\It:iti( I\n���tfl Q qRr: Cfi�ll€4f:itli( II� olf\nniityadb!J.utam idarh niitha\ntavajwyiinusiisanam\nprajiinuriigo mahatarh\nprakrtift karup,iitmanam\nna-not; ati-very great; adbhutam-wonderful; idam-this; niitha-0\nlord; tava-your; iijivya-source of income; anusiisanam-ruling over the\ncitizens; praja-citizens; anuriiga�-affection; mahatiim-of\n\nthe great;\n\nprakrt*-nature; karup,a-merciful;iitmanam-of the living entities.\nTRANSLATION\nOur dear lord, it is your occupational duty to rule over your citizens.\nThat is not a very wonderful task for a personality like you, who are so\naffectionate in seeing to the interests of the citizens, because you are\nfull of mercy. That is the greatness of your character.\nPURPORT\nA king's duty is to give protection to his citizens and levy taxes from\n\nthem for his livelihood. Since the ·Vedic society is divided into four\nclasses of men-the bnihmarws, k§atriyas, vaisyas and sudras-their means\nof livelihood are also mentioned in the scriptures. The briihmar-as should\nlive by spreading knowledge and therefore should take contributions from\ntheir disciples, whereas a king should give protection to the citizens for\ntheir development to the highest standard of life, and he can therefore\n\n", "SB4.3#p0135": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n882\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nlevy taxes from them; businessmen or mercantile men, because they\nproduce foodstuffs for the whole of society, can take a little profit from\nthis, whereas the sudras, who cannot work as either brahma[taS, k�atriyas\nor vaisyas, should give service to the higher classes of society and be\nprovided by them with a supply of the necessities of life.\nThe symptom of a qualified king or political leader is mentioned\nherein-he must be very merciful and compassionate to the people and\nsee to their prime interest, which is to become elevated devotees of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Great souls are naturally inclined to\ndo good to others, and a Vai�Q.ava especially is the most compassionate\nand merciful personality in society. Therefore we offer our respects to\na Vai�Q.ava leader as follows:\nviifichii-kalpatambhyas ca k.rpii-sindhubhya eva ca\npatitiiniim piivanebhyo vai�[tavebhyo namo nama�\nOnly a Vai�Q.ava leader can fulfill all the desires of the people (viinchiikalpataru), and he is compassionate because he is the contributor of the\ngreatest benefit to human society. He is patita-pavana, the deliverer of\nall fallen souls, because if the king or the head of the government follows\nin the footsteps of the briihmar-as and V ai�Q.avas, who are naturally\nleaders in missionary work, similarly the vaisyas will also follow in the\nfootsteps of the Vai�I}avas and bnihmar-as, and the sudras will give them\nservice. Thus the entire society becomes a perfect human institution for\ncombined progress to the h�ghest perfection of life.\n\nTEXT 51\n� �: Ql�=ctl41(1�u\n\n!Pit 1\n\niill�fl lif!t!\\;wf 4i��i!4Q�: 11'-\\ �II\nadya nas tamasa� paras\ntvayopiisiidita� prabho\nbhriimyatiirh na� ta-dr� finiirh\nkarmabhir daiva-sarhjiiita*\n\nadya-today; na�-of us; tamasa�-of the darkness of material existence;\npiira�-other side; tvayii\n\n-\n\nby you; upiisiidita�\n\n-\n\nincreased ; prabho-0 lord;\n\nbhriimyatiim-who are wandering; n�ta-dr�tiniim\n\n-\n\nwho have lost their\n\ngoal of life; karmabh*-on account of past deeds; daiva-sarhjiiitai�arranged by superior authority.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0136": "Text 52)\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\n883\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe citizens continued: Today you have opened our eyes and revealed\nhow to cross to the other side of the ocean of darkness. By our past\ndeeds and by the arrangement of superior authority, we are entangled\n\nin a network of fruitive activities and have lost sight of the destination of\nlife; thus we have been wandering within the universe.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse, the words karmabhir daiva-sarhjiiita* are very significant.\nDue to the quality of our actions, we come to the association of the modes\nof material nature, and by superior arrangement we are given a chance to\nenjoy the fruitive results of such activities in different types of bodies.\nIn this way, having lost sight of their destinations in life, all living entities\nare wandering in different species throughout the universe, sometimes\ngetting birth in a lower species and sometimes existence in higher planetary\nsystems; thus we are all wandering since time immemorial. It is by the\ngrace of the spiritual master and the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nthat we get the clue of devotional life, and thus progressive success in our\nlife begins. Here this is admitted by the citizens of King Prthu; in full\nconsciousness thty admit the benefit they have derived from the activities\nof Maharaja PJ;thu.\nTEXT 52\n\n� Mt'((1\"'41q � � I\n� Ql t4SI¥UA�q A'4t\\tt( ��liiQI ����II\nnama vivrddha-sattviiya\npuru�iiya mahiyase\nyo brahma kflatram iivisya\n\nbibhartidarh sva-tejasa\n\nnama�-a11 obeisances; vi vrddha -highly elevated; sa ttviiya-unto the\n\nexistence; puru� iiy a\n\n-\n\nunto the person; mahTyase -unto one who is so\n\nglorified; ya�-who; brahma-brahminical culture; k�atram-administrative\nduty; iivisya\n\n-\n\nentering; bibharti-maintaining; idam-this; sva-tejasii-by\n\nhis own prowess.\nTRANSLATION\nDear lord, you are situated in your pure existential position of goodness;\ntherefore you are the perfect representative of the Supreme Lord. You\n\n", "SB4.3#p0137": "884\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 21\n\nare glorified by your own prowess, and thus you are maintaining the\n\nentire world by introducing brahminical culture and protecting everyone\n\nin your line of duty as a �atriya.\n\nPURPORT\n\nWithout the spread of brahminical culture and without proper protection from the government no social standard can be maintained properly.\nThis is admitted in this verse by the citizens of Maharaja Prthu, who\ncould maintain the wonderful situation of his government due to his\nposition in pure goodness. The word vivrddha-sattvaya is significant. In\nthe material world there are three qualities- namely, goodness, passion\nand ignorance. One has to be raised from the platform of ignorance\nto the platform of goodness by devotional service. There is no other\nmeans for elevating one from the lowest stage of life to the highest\nstage but the execution of devotional service; as advised in the previous\n\nchapters of Sfimad-Bhagavatam, one can raise himself from the lowest\nposition to the highest simply by associating with devotees and hearing\n\nSfimad-Bhagavatam regularly from their mouths.\n\nsrrwatiim sva-kathii[l kr§T_la[l purzya-sravarza-k\"irtana[l\nhrdy anta[l-stho hy abhadrar-i vidhunoti su-hrt satiim\n(Bhiig. 1.2.17)\n\"When one engages in devotional service in the first stages of hearing\nand chanting, the Lord who is in everyone's heart helps the devotee in\ncleansing his heart.\" In the gradual cleansing process one is relieved of the\ninfluence of passion and ignorance and is situated on the platform of\ngoodness. The result of association with the qualities of passion and\nignorance is that one becomes lusty and greedy. But when one is elevated\nto the platform of goodness, he is satisfied in any condition of life and is\nwithout lust and greed. This mentality indicates one's situation on the\nplatform of goodness. One has to transcend this goodness and raise\nhimself to the pure goodness which is called\n\nvivrddha-sattva or the\n\nadvanced stage of goodness. In the advanced stage of goodness one can\nbecome Kr�qa conscious. Therefore Maharaja Prthu is addressed here as\n\nvivrddha-sattva, or one who is situated in the transcendental position.\nBut Maharaja Prthu, although situated in the transcendental position of a\npure devotee, comes down to the position of brahmarza and k.satriya for\nthe benefit of human society and thus gives protection to the entire\nworld by his personal prowess. Although he was a king, a k§atriya,\n\n", "SB4.3#p0138": "Text 52\n\nInstructions by Maharaja Prthu\n\n885\n\nbecause he was a V ai!)p.ava he was also a briihma'{'a. As a briihma'{'a he\n\ncould give proper instruction to the citizens and as a k§atriya he could\n\nri ghtly give protection to all of them. Thus the citizens of Maharaja Prthu\nwere protected in all respects by the p erfect king.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Twenty-first\n\nChapter of the Srimad-Bhagavatam entitled, \"Instructions by Mahiiriija\nPrthu.\"\n\n", "SB4.3#p0139": "CHAPTER TWENTY- TWO\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting\nwith the Four Kumaras\nTEXT I\n\nitill �\n\n� !�4JOUI��fi q �Nsti+t4( I\n6!tlqlil•lftit�\n: �C4�: II � II\nmaitreya uviica\njanefiU pragrrzatsv evam\nprthum prthula-vikramam\ntatropajagmur munayas\ncatviira� surya-varcasa�\nmaitreya� uviica - the great sage Maitreya continued to speak; janefiuthe citizens; pragrrzatsu-while praying for; evam\n\n-\n\nthus; prthum-unto\n\nMaharaja Prthu; prthula-highly ; vikramam-powerful; tatra-there; upajagmu�-arrived;munaya�-the Kumiiras;catvara�-four; surya-as the sun;\nvarcasa�-bright.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya said: While the citizens were thus praying to\nthe most powerful King frthu, the four Kumaras, who were as bright\nas\n\nthe sun, arrived on the spot.\n\nTEXT 2\n\n� ffi(lQOW{OO�Sqij(fflSRftfl I\n\n�liifilit4NIW{ � lUJT'f. ������II\ntiims tu siddhesvariin riijii\nvyomno 'vatarato 'rcifill\nlokiin apiipiin kurviirziin\nsiinugo 'cafita lak§itiin\n887\n\n", "SB4.3#p0140": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n888\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\n'tan-them; tu-but; siddhesvaran-masters of all mystic power; raja-the\nKing; vyomna�-from the sky; avatarata�-while descending; arci�a-by\ntheir glaring effulgence; lokan-all the planets; apapan-sinless; kurvartiindoing so; sa-anuga�-with his associates; aca�ta-recognized; lak�itan-by\nseeing them.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the King and his associates saw the glowing effulgence of the\n\nfour Kumaras, the masters of all mystic power, they could recognize them\n\nas they descended from the sky.\n\nPURPORT\nThe four Kumaras are described herein as siddhesvaran, which means\n\"masters of all mystic power.\" One who has attained perfection in yoga\npractice immediately becomes master of the eight mystic perfectionsto become smaller than the smallest, to become lighter than the lightest,\nto become bigger than the biggest, to achieve anything he desires, to control everything, etc. These four Kumaras, as siddhesvaras, had achieved\nall the yogic perfectional achievements, and as such they could travel\nin outer space without machines. While they were coming to Maharaja\nPrthu from other planets, they did not come by airplane, but personally.\nIn other words, these four Kumaras were also spacemen who could travel\nin space without machines. The residents of the planet which is known as\nSiddhaloka can travel in outer space from one planet to another without\nvehicles. However, the special power of the Kumiiras mentioned herewith\nis that whatever place they went to would immediately become sinless.\nDuring the reign of Maharaja Prthu, everything on the surface of this globe\nwas sinless, and therefore the Kumaras decided to see the King. Ordinarily\nthey do not go to any planet which is sinful.\nTEXT3\n\n6C:ti'11�61\"{snut'Ft S4�1f4\\�R(t�ij : I\nijQ�4MI�ift � �� !JOIIPwl€4 II� II\ntad-darsanodgatan pra�an\npratyaditsur ivotthita�\nsa-sadasyanugo vainya\nindriyeso gu[tlin iva\ntat-him; darsana-seeing; udgatan-being greatly desired; prartan-life;\npratyaditsub,-peacefully\n\ngoing;\n\niva-like;\n\nutthita�-got\n\nup; sa-with;\n\n", "SB4.3#p0141": "Text 3]\n\nP:rthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n889\n\nsadasya-associates or followers; anuga�-officers; vainya �-King Prthu;\nindriya iSa �\n-\n\n-\n\na living entity; gur-iin iva-as influenced by the modes of\n\nmaterial nature.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the four Kumaras, Prthu Maharaja was greatly anxious to receive\nthem. Therefore the King, with all his officers, very hastily got up so\nanxiously that he is compared herewith to a conditioned soul whose\nsenses are immediately attracted by the modes of material nature.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagava d gita it is said:\n-\n\nprakrte� kriyamar-ani gur-aifl. karmar-i sarvasa�\nahahkiira-vimuflhatma kartiiham iti manyate.\n(Bg. 3.27)\n\nEvery conditioned soul is influenced by a particular mixture of the modes\nof material nature. As such, the conditioned soul is attracted to certain\ntypes of activity which he is forced to perform because he is completely\nunder the influence of material nature. Here Prthu Maharaja is compared\nto such a conditioned soul, not because he was a conditioned soul hut\nbecause he was so anxious to receive the Kumaras that it was as if without\nthem he would have lost his life. The conditioned soul is attracted by\nthe objects of sense gratification. His eyes are attracted to see beautiful\nthings, his ears are attracted to hear nice music, his nose is attracted to\nenjoy the aroma of a nice flower, and his tongue is attracted to taste nice\nfood. Similarly, all his other senses-his hands, his legs, his belly, his\ngenitals, his mind, etc.-are so susceptible to the attraction of the objects\nof enjoyment that he cannot restrain himself. Prthu Maharaja, in the\nsame way, could not restrain himself from receiving the four Kumaras,\nwho were bright by dint of their spiritual progress, and thus not only he\nhimself hut also his officers and associates all received the four Kumaras.\nIt is said, \"Birds of a feather flock together.\" In this world, everyone is\nattracted by a person of the same category. A drunkard is attracted to\npersons who are also drunkards. Similarly, a saintly person is attracted by\nother saintly persons. Prthu Maharaja was in the topmost position of\nspiritual advancement, and as such, he was attracted by the Kumaras, who\nwere of the same category. It is said, therefore, that a man is known by\nhis company.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0142": "[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n890\n\nTEXT4\n\n•ft�ct1Cif>;t6: �: 5f\"'�lwtt1Efi\"\\�: I\n�- •ztl61\"'1tulijWfiW{ II '«i II\ngauraviid yantrita� sabhya�\nprasrayiinata-kandharal;t\nvidhivat piijayiiiicakre\ngrhTtiidhyarhal)iisaniin\ngauravat-glories; yantrita�-completely; sabhyal;t-most civilized; pras­\n\nraya -by humbleness; anata-kandhara�-bowing down his shoulder; vidhi­\n\nvat according to the instructions of the siistra; pujayiim-by worshiping;\n-\n\ncakre -performed; grh\"i\"ta-accepting; adhi-including; arhal)a-paraphernalia for reception; asanan-sitting places.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the great sages accepted their reception, according to the instruc­\n\ntions of the sastras, and finally took their seats offered by the King, the\nKing, influenced by the glories of the sages, immediately bowed down.\n\nThus he worshiped the four Kumaras.\n\nPURPORT\nThe four Kumaras are the parampara spiritual masters of the Vai�J).ava\n\nsampradaya. Out of the four sampradayas, namely Brahma-sampradaya,\n\nSri-sampradaya, Kumara-sampradaya and Rudra-sampradaya, the disciplic\n\nsuccession of spiritual master to disciple known as the Kumiira-sampradaya\nis coming down from the four Kumaras. So Prthu Maharaja was very re·\n\nspectful to the sampradiiya-iiciiryas. As it is said by Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti Thakura, siik�iid-dharitvena samasta-siistrair: a spiritual master\n\nor the paramparii-acarya should be respected exactly like the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. The word vidhivat is significant in this verse. This\n\nmeans that Prthu Maharaja also strictly followed the injunctions of the\n\nsiistra in receiving a spiritual master or acarya of the transcendental dis­\n\nciplic succession. Whenever an iicarya is seen, one should immediately bow\n\ndown before him. Prthu Maharaja did this properly; therefore the words\n\nused here are prasrayanata-kandhara[t. Out of humility, he bowed down\n\nbefore the Kumaras.\n\nTEXTS\n\n6�qea:fitc;Jtij��..i�61���:\n�\n\n�tit\n\nI\n\n1'ti41\"1i4(;tr.t� II '-\\ II\n\n", "SB4.3#p0143": "Text 6]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n891\n\ntat-pada-sauca-salilair\nmO.rjitalaka-bandhana�\ntatra s7lavatarh vrttam\nacaran miinayann iva\ntat-pada-their\n\nlotus\n\nfeet;\n\nsauca-washed; salilail.z - water; marjita­\n\nsprinkled; alaka- hair; bandhana�-bunch j tatra- there; silavatiim- of the\nrespectable\n\ngentlemen; vrttam-behavior; acaran-behavi ng ; manayan­\n\npracticing; iva-like.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, the King took the water which had washed the lotus feet of\nthe Kumaras and sprinkled it over his hair. By such respectful actions, the\nKing, as an exemplary personality, showed how to receive a spiritually\nadvanced personality.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has said, iipani acari prabhu jivere sikhiiya. It\n\nis very well known that whatever Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu taught in His\nlife as iiciirya, He Himself practiced. When He was preaching as a devotee,\n\nalthough He was detected by several great personalities to be the incarnation\n\nof Kr�t:J.a, He never agreed to be addressed as an incarnation. Even though\n\none may be an incarnation of .Kr�t:J.a, or especially empowered by Him, he\n\nshould not advertise that he is an incarnation. People will automatically\n\naccept the real truth in due course of time. Prthu Maharaja was the ideal\nVai(>Q.ava king; therefore he taught others by his personal behavior how to\n\nreceive and respect saintly persons like the Kumaras. When a saintly person\n\ncomes to one's home, it is the Vedic custom to wash his feet first with water\n\nand then sprinkle this water over the heads of oneself and his family. Prthu\nMaharaja did this, for he was an exemplary teacher of the people in general.\nTEXT6\n\nChi('IWf 3114\\wtiW{ �� qNEfilif I\n\n�414tt+t4fiji: 5fuf: ���II� II\nhii{akiisana iis\"iniin\nsva-dhi�[lye�v iva pavakiin\nsraddhii-sarhyama-sarhyuktaft\npr\"itaft praha bhaviigrajiin\nhiitaka-iisane-on the throne made of gold; iis\"inan-when they were\n\nseated; sva-dh�rzye�u-on the altar; iva- like; pavakiin- the fire; sraddha-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0144": "892\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nrespect; sarhyama-restraint; samyukta�-being decorated with; ptita�pleased; praha-said; bhava- Lord Siva; agrajan- the elder brothers.\nTRANSLATION\nThe four great sages were elder to Lord Siva, and when they were seated\n\non the golden throne, they appeared just like fire blazing on an altar.\n\nMaharaja Prfhu, out of his great gentleness and respect for them, began to\n\nspeak with great restraint as follows.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Kumaras are described herein as the elder brothers of Lord Siva.\n\nWhen the Kumaras were born out of the body of Lord Brahma they were\n\nrequested to get married and increase the population. In the beginning of\n\nthe creation there was a great need of population; therefore Lord Brahma\nwas creating one son after another and ordering them to increase. However,\n\nwhen the Kumaras were requested to do so, they declined. They wanted\n\nto remain brahmaciiri throughout life and be engaged fully in the de­\n\nvotional service of the Lord. The Kumaras are called naifithika-brahmaciiri,\nmeaning they are never to marry. Because of their refusal to marry, Lord\nBrahma became so angry that his eyes became reddish. Out of his eyes,\n\nLord Siva, or Rudra, appeared. The mode of anger is consequently known\n\nas\n\nrudra. Lord Siva also has a sampradaya party known as the Rudra­\n\nsampradaya, and they are also known as V ai�Q.avas.\nTEXT7\n\n2�ffl\n\n3fit 31Mf(d ftli lt - 'l�lq;u: I\n� � � �161��i•d :q- titfilfiu II \\911\nprthur 1waca\n\naho acaritam kim me\n\nmangalam mangaliiyana�\n\nyasya vo dadanam hy iisid\n\ndurdarsiiniim ca yogibh*\n\nprthu� uviica-King Prthu spoke;aho-0 Lord;iicaritam-practice; kim­\n\nwhat; me-by me; mangalam-good fortune; mangala-iiyanii�-0 personified good fortune; yasya-by which; va�-your; darsanam-audience; hi­\n\ncertainly; iisi\"t-became possible; durdar.Saniim-visible with great difficulty;\n\nca-also;yogibhi�-by great mystic yogis.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0145": "Text 8)\n\nfrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n893\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Ptthu spoke: My dear great sages, auspiciousness personified, it is\nvery difficult for even the mystic yogis to see you. Indeed, you are very\n\nrarely seen. I do not know what kind of pious activity I performed for you\nto grace me by appearing before me without difficulty.\nPURPO RT\n\nWhen something uncommon happens in one's progressive spiritual life,\nit should be understood to be incurred by ajniita-sukrti, or pious activities\nbeyond one's knowledge. To see personally the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead or His pure devotee is not an ordinary incident. When such\nthings happen, they should be understood to be caused by previous pious\nactivity, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gltii: ye�iim tv anta-gatam piipam janiiniim purtya-karmartiim (Bg.\n\n7.28). One who is completely freed from all\n\nthe resultant actions of sinful activities and who is absorbed only in pious\nactivities can engage in devotional service. Although Maharaja Prthu's life\nis full of pious activities, he was wondering how his audience with the\nKumaras happened. He could not imagine what kind of pious activities he\nhad performed. This is a sign of humility on the part of King Prthu, whose\nlife was so full of pious activities that even Lord Vi�QU also came to see him\nand predicted that the Kumaras would also come.\nTEXT 8\n\nfti � �J+tij(fit' � � � I\n�g�iijftm��:ll �II\nkim tasya durlabhataram\niha loke paratra ca\nyasya viprii� pras\"idanti\nsivo vi�fi,US ca siinugal;t\nkim\n\n-\n\nwhat ; tasya- hi s; durlabhataram-very rare to achieve; iha-in this\n\nworld; loke- world; paratra -after death; ca\nthe briihmartas\n\nand\n\n-\n\nor; yasya -one whose; viprii�­\n\nVai�Qavas; pras\"idanti\n\n-\n\nbecome pleased; siva�\n\n-\n\nall\n\n­\n\nauspicious; vi �rtu�- Lord Vi�Qu; ca-as well as; siinuga� -going along with.\nTRANSLATION\nAny person upon whom the brahmaQas and Vai�Qavas are pleased can\n\nachieve anything which is very rare to obtain in this world as well as after\ndeath. Not only that, but one also receives the favor of the auspicious\nLord Siva and Lord Vi�Qu, who accompany the brahmaQas and Vai�Qavas.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0146": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n894\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nPURPORT\nThe briihmar-as and. Vai�l).avas are the bearers of Lord Vi�l).u, the all­\n\nauspicious. As confirmed in the Brahma-sarhhitii:\n\npremiiiijana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nsantafl sadaiva hrdayefiu vilokayanti\nyam syiimasundaram acintya-gurza-svaruparh\ngovindam adi-purufiarh tam aharh bhajiimi.\nThe devotees, out of their extreme love for Govinda, the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead, always carry the Lord within their hearts. The Lord is\nalready in the heart of everyone, but the Vai�Q.avas and the briihmarzas\n\nactually perceive and see Him always in ecstasy. Therefore briihmarzas and\nVai�l).avas are carriers of Vi�I).U. Wherever they go, Lord Vi�l).u, Lord Siva\n\nor the devotees of Lord Vi�I).U are all carried. The four Kumaras are briih­\n\nmarzas, and they visited the place of Maharaja Prthu. Naturally Lord Vi�l).u\n\nand His devotees were also present. Under the circumstances, the conclu­\n\nsion is that when the briihmarzas and Vai�l).avas are pleased with a person,\nLord\n\nVi�I).U is\n\nalso\n\npleased.\n\nThis\n\nis\n\nconfirmed by Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarfi Thakura in his eight stanzas on the spiritual master: yasya\n\nprasiidiid bhagavat-prasiidal;t. By pleasing the spiritual master, who is both\n\nbriihmarza and Vai�l).ava, one pleases the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nIf the Supreme Personality of Godhead is pleased, then one has nothing\nmore to achieve either in this world or after death.\n\nTEXT9\n\n� � � � q4aJtsfit �r.t. 1\n� � �� 311€414 it� t�: II � II\nnaiva lakfiayate loko\nlokiin paryatato 'pi yiin\nyathii sarva-drsarh sarva\natmiinarh ye 'sya hetavafl\nna- not; eva- thus;lakfiayate- can see;lokafl- people;lokiin- all planets;\nparyatatafl,-traveling; api-although; yiin-whom; yathii-as much as;\nsarva-drsam-the Supersoul; sarve-in all; iitmiinam-within everyone;yethose; asya-of the cosmic manifestation;hetavafl,-causes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrthu Maharaja continued: Although you are traveling in all planetary\n\nsystems, people cannot know you, just as they cannot know the Supersoul,\n\nalthough He is within everyone's heart as the witness of everything. Even\nLord Brahma and Lord Siva cannot understand the Supersoul.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0147": "Text 10]\n\nP�thu Maharaja s Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n'\n\n895\n\nPURPORT\nIn the beginning of the SrTmad-Bhiigavatam it is said: muhyanti yat\n\nsuraya�. Great demigods like Lord Brahma, Lord Siva, Indra and Candra\n\nare sometimes bewildered trying to understand the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. It so happened that when Kr�l).a was present on this planet,\nLord Brahma and King lndra also mistook Him. And what to speak of\n\ngreat yogis or jniinl:s who conclude that the Absolute Truth, the Personality\n\nof Godhead, is impersonal? In the same way, great personalities and\n\nVai�l).a\n\ns like the four Kumiiras are also invisible to ordinary persons,\n\nalthough they are traveling all over the universe in different planetary\n\nsystems. When Sanatana Gosvami went to see Lord Sri Caitanya 1\\Iaha·\n\nprabhu, he could not be recognized by Candrasekhara Acarya. The con­\n\nclusi::;:- is that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is situated in every·\n\none's heart, and His pure devotees, the V ai�l).avas, are also traveling all\n\nover the world, but those who are under the modes of material nature\n\ncannot understand the form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\nsource of this cosmic manifestation, or the Vai�l).avas. It is said, therefore,\n\nthat one cannot see the Supreme Personality of Godhead or a Vai�l).ava\n\nwith these material eyes. One has to purify his senses and engage in the\n\nservice of the Lord. Then gradually one can realize who is the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead and who is a V ai�l).ava.\nTEXT 10\n\n� 3Ift � 'l\"f(: � 4lC��t: I\n�\ntAf444.1-t4ft•u•(t: ��� 011\nadhanii api te dhanyii�\n\nsiidhavo grha-medhina�\n\nyad-grhii hy arha-varyiimbutrl)a-bhumTsvariivarii�\n\nadhanii[l.-not very rich; api-although; te-they; dhanyii[l.-glorious;\n\nsiidhava[l.-saintly persons; grha-medhina�-persons who are attached to\n\nfamily life; yat-grhii[l.- whose house; hi-certainly; arha-varya- the most\n\nworshipable; ambu-water; trl)a-grass; bhiimi-land; iSvara-the master;\n\navarii[l.-the servants.\n\nTRANS LA TION\nA person who is not very rich and is attached to family life becomes\n\nhighly glorified when saintly persons are present in his home. Everyone,\n\n", "SB4.3#p0148": "896\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch- 22\n\nincluding master and servants who are engaged in offering the exalted\n\nvisitors water, sitting place, paraphernalia for reception, and the home\nitself, are also glorified.\n\nPURPORT\nMaterially if a man is not very rich, he is not glorious, and spiritually if\na man is too attached to family life, he is also not glorious. But saintly\n•\n\npersons are quite ready to visit the house of a poor man or a man who is\nattached to material family life. When this happens, the owner of the\nhouse and his servants are glorified because they offer water for washing\nthe feet of a saintly person, sitting places and other things to receive him.\nThe conclusion is that if a saintly person goes to the house of even an\nunimportant man, such a person becomes glorious by his blessings. It is\ntherefore the Vedic system that a householder invite a saintly person in\nhis home to receive his blessings. This system is still current in India, and\ntherefore saintly persons, wherever they go, are hosted by the householders,\nwho in turn get an opportunity to receive transcendental knowledge. It is\nthe duty of a sannyiis'i, therefore, to travel everywhere just to favor the\nhouseholders who are generally ignorant of the values of spiritual life.\nIt may be argued that all householders are not very rich and that one\ncannot receive great saintly persons or preachers because they are always\naccompanied by their disciples. If a householder is to receive a saintly\nperson, he has to receive his entourage also. It is said in the siistras that\nDurvasa Muni was always accompanied by 60,000 disciples and that if\nthere was a little discrepancy in their reception, he would be very angry\nand would sometimes curse the host. The fact is that every householder,\nregardless of his position or economic condition, can at least receive saintly\nguests with great devotion and offer them drinking water, for drinking\nwater is available always. In India the custom is that even an ordinary\nperson is offered a glass of water if he suddenly visits and one cannot offer\nhim foodstuff. If there is no water, then one can offer a sitting place, even\nif it is on straw mats. And if he has no straw mat, he can immediately\ncleanse the ground and ask the guest to sit there. Supposing that a householder cannot even do that, then with folded hands he can simply receive\nthe guest, saying welcome. And if he cannot do that, then he should feel\nvery sorry for his poor condition and shed teru;s and simply offer obeisances\nwith his whole family, wife and children. In this way he can satisfy any\nguest, even if he is a saintly person or a king.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0149": "897\n\n�thu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\nText ll)\n\nTEXT ll\n\nWIMM*4i41t �R'ffil�ijaoqa:: I\nii'ltCIQI\\�qi(l4fqP(�CfffRn: II�� II\nvyiiliilaya-druma vai te�v\narik tiikhila-sampadaft\nyad-grhiis tirtha-piidiyapiidatirtha-vivarjitiift\nvyiila- venomous serpents; iilaya home; dru miift tree; vai-certainly;\nte�u- in those houses; arikta abundantly; akhila-all; sampada� opu\nlences; yat that ; grhii�-houses; tirtha-piidiya-in relation with the feet of\ngreat saintly persons; piida-tirtha-the water which washed their feet;\nvivarjitii�- without.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n­\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the contrary, even though full of all opulence and material prosperity, any householder's house where the devotees of the Lord are never\nallowed to come in, and where there is no water for washing their feet, is\nto be cons'�\"'red as a tree in which all venomous serpents live.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word tirtha-piidiya indicates devotees of Lord Vi�l)U, or\n\nVai�l)avas. As far as briihma[tas are concerned, in the previous verse the\n\nmode of reception has been already described. Now, in this verse, special\n\nstress is being given to the Vai�l)avas. Generally the sannyiisis, or those in\nthe renounced order of life, take trouble to enlighten the householders.\n\nThere are ekadafl!fi sannyiisis and trida[lf/i sannyiisis. The ekada[lf/i\nsannyiisis are generally followers of Sarikaracarya and are known as Mayavadl sannyiisis, whereas the trida!l!fi sannyiisis are followers of V ai�l)ava\niicii ryas- Ramanujacarya, Madhvacarya and so on-and they take trouble to\nenlighten the householders. Ekada[lf/i sannyiisis can be situated on the\nplatform of pure Brahman because they are aware that the spirit soul is\ndifferent from the body, but they are mainly impersonalists. The Vai�l)avas\n\nknow that the Absolute Truth is the Supreme Person and that the Brahman\n\neffulgence is based on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as confirmed\nin the Bhagavad-gitii: brahma[to hi prati�thiiham (Bg.\n\n14.27). The con­\n\nclusion is that tirtha-piidiya refers to Vai�l)avas. In the Bhiigavatam there is\nalso another reference: tirthikurvanti tirthiini. Wherever he goes, a Vai�l)ava\n\n", "SB4.3#p0150": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n898\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nimmediately makes that place a firtha, a place of pilgrimage. The Vai�l)ava\nsannyiiszs travel all over the world to make every place a place of pilgrimage\nby the touch of their lotus feet. It is mentioned there that any house\nwhich does not receive a Vai�l)ava in the manner already explained in the\nprevious verse is to be considered the residential quarters of venomous\nserpents. It is said that about the sandalwood tree, which is a very valuable\ntree, there is a venomous serpent. Sandalwood is very cold, and venomous\nserpents, because of their poisonous teeth, are always very warm, and they\ntake shelter of the sandalwood trees to become cooler. Similarly, th.ere\nare many rich men who keep watchdogs or doormen and put up signs that\nsay do not enter, trespassers not allowed, beware of the dog, etc. Sometimes in western countries a trespasser is shot, and there is no crime in\nsuch shooting. This is the position of demoniac householders, and such\nhouses are considered to be the residential quarters of venomous snakes.\nThe members of such families are no better than snakes because snakes\nare very much envious, and when that envy is directed to the saintly persons, their position becomes more dangerous. It is said by Cal)akya Pal)c;l.ita\nthat there are two envious living entities, the snake and the envious man.\nThe envious man is more dangerous than a snake because a snake can be\nsubdued by charming mantras or by some herbs, but an envious person\ncannot be pacified by any means.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n� if f@�l!l 441l61PI �: I\n�'111n�'lm��� ����II\nsviigatarh vo dvija-sre�thii\nyad-vratiini mumuk�ava�\ncaranti sraddhayii dhirii\nbiilii eva brhanti ca\nsviigatam welco me; va�-unto you; dvija-sre�thiif:i,-the best of the\nbriihmaras; yat-whose; vratiini-vows; mumuk�avaf:i,-of persons desiring\nliberation; caranti-behave; s raddhayii -with great faith; dhiriif:i,-controlled;\n-\n\nbiiliif:i,-boys; eva-like; brhanti-observe; ca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaharaja Pfthu offered his welcome to the four Kumiiras, addressing\nthem as the best of the brahmaQ.as. He welcomed them, saying: From the\nbeginning of your birth you were strictly observing the vows of celibacy,\n\n", "SB4.3#p0151": "Prthu Mah ara ja 's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\nText 13]\n\n899\n\nand although you are experienced in the path of liberation, you are keeping yourselves just like small children.\n\nPURPORT\nThe specific importance of the Kumaras is that they were brahmaciir\"is\nliving Lhe life of celibacy from birth. They kept themselves as small\nchildren about four or five years old because by growing into youth one's\nsenses sometimes become disturbed and celibacy becomes difficult. The\nKumaras therefore purposefully remained children because in a child's\nlife the senses are never disturbed by sex. This is the significance of the\nlife of the Kumaras, and as such Maharaja Prthu addressed them as the\nbest of the briihmal}as. The Kumaras were not only born of the best\n\nbriihmal}a fT .ord Brahma), but they are addressed herein as dvija-sre�thii/:t\n(the best o; the briihmal}as) on account of their being Vai�r;tavas also. As\nwe have already explained, they have their sampradiiya (disciplic succession), and even to date the sampradiiya is being maintained and is known as\nthe Nimbarka-sampradaya. Out of the four sampradiiyas of the Vai�r;tava\niiciiryas, the Nimbarka-sampradaya is one. Maharaja Prthu specifically\nappreciated the position of the Kumaras because they maintained the\n\nbrahmacarya vow from the very beginning of their birth. Maharaja Prthu,\nhowever, expressed his great appreciation of V ai�r;tavism by addressing the\nKumaras as Vai�T}ava-sre�tha. In other words, everyone should offer respect\nto a\n\nVai�t)ava without considering his source of birth.\n\nVai§T}ave jiiti­\n\nNo one should consider a Vai�r;tava in terms of birth. The\n\nbuddhi/:t.\n\nVai�r;tava is always the best of the briihmal}as, and as such one should offer\nall respects to a Vai�r;tava, not only as a briihmal}a but as the best of the\n\nbriihmarws.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�: �;nan�.. ,�i�'4f«:;cr*( 1\n&iMWCiql'f 1(<1�� qf<HUWCt �fir: II ��II\nkaccin na/:t kusalam niithii\nindriyarthiirtha-vediniim\nvyasanaviipa etasmin\npatitanarh sva-karmabhi/:t\nkaccit whether ; na/:t - our ; kusalam good fortune; natha/:t-0 masters;\n-\n\n-\n\nind riya-art h a- sense gratification as the ultimate goal of life; artha-vedi­\n\nniim- persons who under stand only sense gratification; vyasana- illness;\n\n", "SB4.3#p0152": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n900\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\navape-got; etasmin-in this material existence; patitanam-those who are\nfallen; sva-karmabhi�-by their own ability.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrthu Maharaja inquired from the sages about persons entangled in this\n\ndangerous material existence because of their previous actions; could\n\nsuch persons, whose only aim is sense gratification, be blessed with any\ngood fortune?\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Prthu did not ask the Kumaras about their good fortune, for\nthe Kumii.ras are always auspicious by dint of their life in celibacy. Since\nthey are always engaged on the path of liberation, there was no question\nof ill fortune. In other words, brahma[!as and V ai�l)avas who are strictly\nfollowing the path of spiritual advancement are always fortunate. The\nquestion was asked by Prthu Maharaja for his own sake, since he was in\nthe position of a grhastha and in charge of the royal authority. Kings are\nnot only grhasthas, who are generally absorbed in sense gratification, but\nare sometimes employed to kill animals in hunting because they have to\npractice the killing art, otherwise it is very difficult for them to fight\ntheir enemies.\n\nSuch things are not auspicious.\n\nFour kinds of sinful\n\nactivities-associating with woman for illicit sex, eating meat, intoxication\nand gambling-are allowed for the k�atriyas. For political reasons, sometimes they have to take to these sinful activities. K�atriyas do not refrain\nfrom gambling. One vivid example is the Pap.pavas. When the Pat;�pavas\n\\\\!\"ere challenged by the opposite party, Duryodhana, to gamble and\nrisk their kingdom, they could not refrain, and by that gambling they\nlost their kingdom, and their wife was insulted. Similarly, the k�atriyas\ncannot refrain from fighting if challenged by the opposite party. Therefore Prthu Maharaja, taking consideration of all these facts, inquired\nwhether\n\nthere is\n\nany auspicious path.\n\nGrhastha life is inauspicious\n\nbecause grhastha means consciousness for sense gratification, and as soon\nas there is sense gratification, one's position is always full of dangers.\nThis material world is said to be padarh padarh yad vipadam na tefiam,\ndangerous in every step (Bhag. 10.14.58). Everyone in this material world\nis struggling hard for sense gratification. Clearing all these points, Maharaja\nPrthu inquired from the four Kumaras about the fallen conditioned souls\nwho are rotting in this material world due to their past bad or inauspicious\nactivities. Is there any possibility for their auspicious spiritual life? In this\nverse, the word indriyarthartha-vedinam is very significant. It indicates\n\n", "SB4.3#p0153": "Text 14]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n901\n\npersons whose only aim is to satisfy the senses. They are also described as\npatitiiniim, or fallen. Only one who stops all activities for sense gratification is considered to be elevated. Another significant word is sva-karmabhift.\nOne becomes fallen by dint of his own past bad activities. Everyone is\nresponsible for his fallen condition because of his own activities. When\nactivities are changed to devotional service, one's auspicious life begins.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� �'R\n\n311�1�1�! � I\nM�lfii�l 1I'Jf 91 � +t�lcqtf: II� \\lll\nbhavatsu kusala-prasna\niitmiiriime�u ne�yate\nkusaliikusalii yatra\nna santi mati-vrttaya�\nbhavatsu-unto you; kusala-good fortune; prasna�-qu estion; iitmii­\n\nrame� u-one whJ is always engaged in spiritual bliss; ne�yate-there is no\nneed of; kusala-good fortune;akusala�-inauspiciousness;yatra-where; nanever; santi-exists; mati-vrttaya�\n\n- m nta] concoction.\ne\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrthu Maharaja continued: My dear sirs, there is no need to ask about\nyour good and bad fortune because you are always absorbed in spiritual\nbliss. The mental concoction of the auspicious and inauspicious does not\nexist in you.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Caitanya-caritamrta it is said:\n'dvaile' bhadrabhadra-jnana, saba- 'manodharma'\n'ei bhiila, ei manda,'-ei saba 'bhrama.'\n\n(Cc. Antya 4.176)\n\nIn this material world the auspicious and inauspicious are simply mental\nconcoctions because such things exist only due to association with the\nmaterial world. This is called illusion or atma-miiya. We think ourselves\ncreated by material nature exactly as we think ourselves experiencing so\nmany things in a dream. The spirit soul is, however, always transcendental.\nThere is no question of becoming materially covered. This covering is\nsimply something like a hallucination or a dream. In Bhagavad-gita it is also\nsaid, sangat saiijayate kiima� (Bg. 2.62). Simply by association we create\n\n", "SB4.3#p0154": "[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n902\nartificial\n\nmaterial\n\nte�upajiiyate (Bg.\n\nnecessities.\n\nDhyiiyato\n\nvi�ayiin\n\nptuhsaft\n\nsahgas\n\n2.62). When we forget our real constitutional position\n\nand wish to enjoy the material resources, our material desires manifest,\nand we associate with .varieties of material enjoyment. As soon as the concoctions of material enjoyment are there, because of our association we\ncreate a sort of lust or eagerness to enjoy them, and when that false enjoyment does not actually make us happy, we create another illusion known\nas anger, and by the manifestation of anger, the illusion becomes stronger.\nWhen we are illusioned in this way, forgetfulness of our relationship with\nKr�qa follows, and by thus losing Kr�11a consciousness, our real intelligence\nis defeated. In this way we become entangled in this material world.\nIn Bhagavad-gitii it is said:\nkrodhiid bhavati sammoha[l sammohiit smrti-vibhramaft\n\n(Bg. 2.63)\n\nsmrti-bhrarhsad buddhi-niiso buddhi-nasat prar-asyati\n\nBy material association we lose our spiritual consciousness; consequently\nthere is the question of the auspicious and inauspicious. But those who are\niitmariima or self-realized have transcended such questions. The atmariimas\n\nor self-realized persons, gradually making further progress in spiritual bliss,\ncome to the platform of association with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That is the perfection of life. In the beginning, the Kumaras were\nself-realized impersonalists, but gradually they became attracted to the\npersonal pastimes of the Supreme Lord. The conclusion is that for those\nwho are always engaged in the devotional service of the Personality of\nGodhead, the duality of the auspicious and inauspicious does not arise.\nPrthu Maharaja is therefore asking about auspiciousness not for the sake of\nthe Kumaras but for his own sake.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n� tWtA�: � �(ijqf\\q;ni( I\n�� � 1((1fit-t �: ��1 � II�\"\\ II\ntad aharh krta-visrambhaft\nsu-hrdo vas tapasviniim\nsarhprcche bhava etasmin\nk§emaft keniiiijasii bhavet\n\ntat-therefore; aham-1; krta-visrambhaft\n\nhrda�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nb eing completely assured; su­\n\nfriend ; vaft- our ; tapasvin am-suffering material pangs; samprcche­\n\nwish to inquire; bhave-in this material world; etasmin this; k�emaft-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0155": "Text 16]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n903\n\nultimate reality; kena-by which means; anjasa-without delay; bhavetcan be achieved.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI am completely assured that personalities like you are the only friends\nfor persons who are blazing in the fire of material existence. I therefore\nask you how in this material world we can very soon achieve the ultimate\ngoal of life.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen saintly persons go from door to door to see those who are too\n\nmuch materially engaged, it is to be understood that they do not go to ask\n\nanything for their personal benefit. It is a fact that saintly persons go to\n\nmaterialists just to give real information of the auspicious. Maharaja\n:?�th11 was assured of this fact; therefore instead of wasting Lime by asking\n\nthe Kumaras about the auspicious, he preferred to inquire from them\nwhether he could soon be relieved from the dangerous position of mate­\n\nrialistic existence. This was not, however, a question personally for Prthu\nMaharaja. It was raised to teach the common man that whenever one\n\nmeets a great saintly person, he should immediately surrender unto him\nand inquire about relief from the material pains of existence. Therefore\n\nSrila Narottama diisa Thakura says: samsara-vi§linale, diva-nisi hiya jvale,\n\njuf[aite na kainu upaya. \"We are always suffering from material pangs,\n\nand our hearts are burning, but we can not find any way out of it.\" The\n\nmaterialistic person can also be called a tapasvi, which means someone who\n\nis always suffering from material pains. One can only get rid of all these\n\nmaterial pains when he takes shelter of the chanting of the Hare Kr �qa\n\nmantra. This is also explained by Narottama dasa Thakura: golokera prema­\n\ndhana, hariniima-sankirtana, rati nii janmila kene tiiya. 1\\ arottama diisa\nThiikura regretted that he did not pursue his attraction for the transcen­\n\ndental vibration of the Hare Kr�qa mantra. The conclusion is that all\n\npersons in this material world are suffering from material pains, and if\n\none wants to get rid of them, he must associate with saintly persons, pure\ndevotees of the Lord, and chant the mahii-mantra, Hare Kr�r:ta, Hare Kr�r;a,\n\nKr�qa Kr�qa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\n\nThat is the only auspicious way for materialistic persons.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n¥qiffi¥tR+fqtf'CI�•n\n\n��MI�4tMwt:\n\n(.EiMMP,A•d �-�\n\n�®Ill: II�� II\n\n", "SB4.3#p0156": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n904\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nvyaktam iitmavatam atma\nbhagavan atma-bhavanaft\nsvanam anugrahayemiirh\nsiddha-rupT caraty ajalt\nvyakta m -clear; atmavatam-of the transcendentalists; atma-the goal of\nlife; bhagavan\n\n-\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; atma-bhavana!t­\n\nalways wishing to elevate the living entities; svanam-whose own devotees;\n\na nugrahaya just to show mercy; imam-this way; siddha-r upT perfectly\nself-realized; carati-travels; aja !t-Nii.r ii.yal).a.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is always anxious to elevate the\n\nliving entities, who are His parts and parcels, and for their special benefit,\n\nthe Lord travels all over the world in the form of self-realized persons like\nyou.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are different kinds of transcendentalists, namely the Fian\"is, or\nimpersonalists, the mystic yogis, and, of course, all the devotees of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nThe Kumii.ras, however, were both\n\nyogis and jnanTs and finally bhaktas later on. In the beginning they were\nimpersonalists, but later they developed devotional activities; therefore\nthey are the best of the transcendentalists. The devotees are representatives of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and to elevate the conditioned souls to their original consciousness, they travel all over the universes\nto enlighten the conditioned souls about Kr�l)a consciousness. The best\ndevotees are atmavat, or those who have fully realized the Supreme Soul.\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, as Paramatmii., is sitting within\neveryone's heart, trying to elevate everyone to the platform of Kr�l)a\nconsciousness. Therefore He is called iitma-bhiivana. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is always trying to give intelligence to the individual\nsoul to understand about Himself. He is always with the individual as a\nfriend sitting by the side of a friend, and He gives facilities to all living\nentities according to their desires.\nThe word iitmavatiim is significant in this verse. There are three different\nkinds of devotees, namely kal)ifitha-adhikiirl, madhyama-adhikiifi and ut­\n\ntama-adhikari: the neophyte, the preacher, and the mahii-bhiigavata or the\nhighly advanced devotees. The highly advanced devotee is one who knows\nthe conclusion of the Vedas in full knowledge; thus he becomes a devotee.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0157": "Text 16]\n\nPrthu Maharaja s Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n'\n\n905\n\nIndeed, not only is he convinced himself, but he can convince others on\n\nthe strength of Vedic evidence. The advanced devotee can also see all other\nliving entities as part and parcel of the Supreme Lord, without discrimina­\n\ntion. The madhyama-adhikiiri (preacher) is also well-versed in the siistras\n\nand can convince others also, but he discriminates between the favorable\n\nand the unfavorable. In other words, the madhyama-adhikan does not\n\ncare for the demoniac living entities, and the neophyte kartifitha-adhikiiri:\n\ndoes not know much about sastra hut has full faith in the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead. The Kumaras were, however, mahii-bhiigavatas because\nafter scrutinizingly studying the Absolute Truth, they became devotees.\n\nIn other words, they were in full knowledge of the Vedic conclusion. In\nthe Bhagavad-gi:tii it is confirmed by the Lord that there are many devotees,\nbut a devotee who is fully conversant in the Vedic conclusion is very dear\n\nto Him. Everyone is trying to elevate himself to the highest position according to his mentality. The karmi:s, who have a bodily concept of life,\n\ntry to enjoy sense gratification to the utmost. The jiiani:s' idea of the\nhighest position is merging into the effulgence of the Lord. But a devotee's\n\nhighest position is in preaching all over the world the glories of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore the devotees are actually the\n\nrepresentatives of the Supreme Lord, and as such they travel all over the\n\nworld directly as Narayar:ta because they carry Narayar:ta within their\n\nhearts and preach His glories. The representative of Naniyar:ta is as good\n\nas Nariiyar:ta, but he is not to conclude, like the Mayiivadis, that he has\n\nbecome Narayar:ta. Generally, a sann yasi: is addressed as Nariiyar:ta by the\n\nMayiivadis. Their idea is that simply by taking sannyiisa one becomes\n\nequal to Niirayar:ta or becomes Niiriiyar:ta Himself. The Vai�qava conclu­\n\nsion is different, as stated by Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura:\n\nsiikfiiid-dharitvena samasta-siistrair\nuktas tathii bhiivyata eva sadbhiJ:t\nkintu prabhor ya� priya eva tasya\nvande guro� sr\"i-carartiiravindam\nAccording to the Vai�r:tava philosophy, a devotee is as good as Narayar:ta\n\nnot by becoming Nariiyar:ta but by becoming the most confidential servant\nof\n\narayar:ta. Such great personalities act as spiritual masters for the bene­\n\nfit of the people in general, and as such, a spiritual master who is preach­\n\ning the glories of Narayaf)a should be accepted as Niirayar:ta and be given\nall respects due Him.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0158": "906\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nTEXT 17\n\nm�\n\nt-.l�Efl'(fi¥4�� � � fiRi ¥4! I\n4tq¥tlwt � � f'I'Rt �fir { \"�\"\"\nmaitreya uviica\np[thos tat suktam iikar[lya\nsiiram sttfithu mitam madhu\nsmayamiina iva prityii\nknmiira� pratynviica ha\nmaitreya� uviica-the great sage Maitreya continued to speak; prtho�of King Prthu; tat-that; suktam- Vedic conclusion; iikarrt ya-hearing;\nsiiram-very substantial; sufithu-appropriate; mitam-minimized; madhusweet to hear; smayamiina�-smiling; iva-like; pntyii-out of great satisfaction; kumiira�-celibate; pratyuviica-replied; ha-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sanatkumiira, the best of the celibates, after hearing the speech of\n\nPrthu Maharaja, which was meaningful, appropriate, full of precise words\n\nand very sweet to hear, smiled with full satisfaction and began to speak as\n\nfollows.\n\nPURPORT\nPrthu Maharaja's talks before the Kumaras were very laudable because\nof so many qualifications. A speech should be composed of selected words,\nvery sweet to hear and appropriate to the situation. Such speech is called\nmeaningful. All these good qualifications are present in P.rthu Maharaja's\nspeech because he is a perfect devotee. It is said, yasyasti bhaktir bhagavaty akiiicana sarvair gu[tais tatra samasate sura�: \"For one who has unflinching devotional faith and is engaged in His service, all good qualities\nbecome manifest in his person.\" (Bhag. 5.18.12) Thus the Kumaras were\nvery much pleased, and Sanat-kumara began to speak as follows.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n(iif('!'ijI( ijlfR\n\n� 'i't QWU:it\n\n«�'(ijf{ij1€tfwt I\n\n� � � «1'fff tt�a«ft ������\n\n", "SB4.3#p0159": "Text 19]\n\nJ>rthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n907\n\nsanat-kumara uvaca\nsadhu pr� tarh maharaja\nsarvabhuta-hitatmana\nbhavata vidufiii capi\nsadhunarh matir \"idrSi\n\nsanat-kumara[t uvaca-Sanatkumara said; sadhu-saintly; P!fi{am-question; maharaja-my dear King;sarva-bhuta-all living entities; hita-iitmaniiby one who desires good for all; bhavatii-by you; vidufiii-well learned;\nca-and; api-although; siidhuniim-of the saintly persons; mat*-intelligence; idrSi-like this.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSanat-kumara said: �y dear King Prthu, I am very nicely questioned by\nyou, and such questions are beneficial for all living entities, especially\nbecause they are raised by you, who are always thinking of the good of\nothers. Although you know everything, still you ask such questions\nbecause that is the behavior of saintly persons. Such intelligence is befitting your position.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja PJ;thu was well conversant in transcendental science, yet he\npresented himself before the Kumaras as one ignorant of it. The idea is\nthat even if a person is very exalted and knows e erything, before his\nuperior he should present questions. For instance, although Arjuna knew\nall the transcendental science, he questioned Kr�rp as if he did not know.\nSimilarly, Prthu Maharaja knew everything, but he presented himself\nbefore the Kumaras as if he did not know anything. The idea is that questions by exalted persons put before the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nor His devotees are meant for the benefit of the general people. Therefore\nsometimes great personalities put themselves in that position and inquire\nfrom higher authority because they are always thinking of the benefit of\nothers.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�: � �WIIfPt4td � �: I\n'4«1Wir1Ul(1¥SI-\\l: � �awn� � II� �II\n\nsangama[t khalu siidhuniim\nubhaycfiiirh ca sammata[t\n\n", "SB4.3#p0160": "[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n908\n\nyat-sambhii�ar-a-samprasna�\nsaroe�iirh vitanoti sam\nassociation; khalu-certainly; siidhuniim-of devotees; ubhaye�iim -for both; ca-also; sammata� conclusive; yat which; sambhii�ar-adiscussion; samprasna�-question and answer; saroe�iim-of all; vitanoti­\n\nsa ri gama�\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nexpands; sam-real happiness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen there is a congregation of devotees, their discussions, questions\nand answers become conclusive to both the speaker and the audience. Thus\n\nsuch a meeting is beneficial for everyone's real happiness.\nPURPORT\n\nHearing discussions among the devotees is the only means to receive\nthe powerful message of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. For instance, Bhagavad-g\"itii has been well known all over the world for a very\nlong time, especially in the western world, but because the subj ect matter\nwas not discussed by devotees, there was no effect. Not a single person\nin the West became Kr�Qa conscious before the Kr�Qa consciousness movement was founded. When the same Bhagavad-gitii was presented as it is\nthrough the disciplic succession, there was immediately spiritual realization.\nSanat-kumara, one of the Kumaras, informed Prthu Maharaj a that his\nmeeting\n\nwith the\n\nKumaras benefited not\n\nonly Maharaja Prthu but\n\nthe Kumaras as well. When Narada Muni questioned Lord Brahma about\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Brahma thanked Narada Muni\nbecause he gave him a chance to speak about the Supreme Lord. Therefore\nquestions about the Supreme Personality of Godhead or about the ultimate\ngoal of life put by a saintly person to another saintly person surcharge\neverything spiritually.\n\nWhoever takes advantage of such discussions is\n\nbenefited both in this life and in the next.\nThe word ubhaye�iim can be described in many ways. Generally there\nare two classes of men, the materialist and the transcendentalist. By hearing discussions between devotees, both the materialist and transcendentalisl\nare benefited. The materialist is benefited by association with devotees,\nand his life becomes regulated so that his chance of becoming a devotee\nor making the present life successful for understanding the real position of\nthe living entity is increased. When one takes advantage of this opportunity, he is assured of a human form of life in the next birth, or he may be\nliberated completely and go back home, back to Godhead. The con-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0161": "Text 20]\n\nPrthu Maharaj a's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n909\n\nelusion is that if one participates in a discussion of devotees, he is both\nmaterially and spiritually benefited. The speaker and the audience are\n\nboth benefited, and the karmis and jiian\"is are benefited. The discussion of\nspiritual matters amongst devotees is beneficial for everyone without ex­\n\nception. Consequently the Kumaras admitted that not only was the King\nbenefited by such a meeting, but the Kumaras were as well.\nTEXT 20\n\n����:\nqiC(I(���\n\ngun�sn� 1\n\ntfiPi �\n\n'4�'4�(1€¥4.,: 11�011\n\n(fa(oq• ��wilRt *\n\nasty eva riijan bhavato madhu-dvifiaft\npadiiravindasya gur-anuviidane\nratir duriipii vidhunoti na�_thiki\nkiimarh ka�iiyarh malam antaratmana[l.\nasti-there is; eva-certainly; rajan-0 King; bhavatal) -your; madhudvi �al) -of the Lord; piida-aravindasya-of the lotus feet; gur-a-anuvadanein glorifying; rati!t-attachment; durapa very difficult; vidhunoti-washes;\nnai� t hikT unflinching; kamam-lusty; ka�ayam- embellishment; malamdirty; antar-atmana [l. from the core of the heart.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSanat-kumara continued: My dear King, you already have an inclination\nto gl orify the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such\nattachment is very difficult to achieve, but when one has attained such\nunflinching faith in the Lord, it automatically cleanses lusty desires from\nthe core of the heart.\nPURPORT\n\nsatam prasahgan mama virya-samvido\nbhavanti hrt-karrw-rasayanafl katha{z\ntaj-jo�a[tad asv apavarga-vartmani\nsraddha-ratir bhaktir anukraminati (Bhag. 3.25.25)\nBy association with devotees, dirty things within the heart of a materialistic man are gradually washed away by the grace of the Supreme Person-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0162": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n910\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nality of Godhead. As silver becomes shiny by being polished, so lusty\n\ndesires within the heart of a materialistic person are cleansed by the good\n\nassociation of devotees. Actually the living being has no connection with\n\nthis material enjoyment nor with lusty desires. He is simply imagining or\ndreaming while asleep.\n\nBut by the association of pure devotees, he\n\nis awakened, and immediately the spirit soul is situated in his own\n\nglory by understanding his constitutional position as the eternal servant\n\nof the Lord. Prthu Maharaja was already a self-realized soul; therefore\nhe had a natural inclination to glorify the activities of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, and the Kumiiras assured him that there was no\n\nchance of his falling victim to the illusory energy of the Supreme Lord. In\n\nother words, the process of hearing and chanting about the glories of the\n\nLord is the only means lo clarify the heart of material contamination. By\n\nthe process of k arma, jii ii n a and yoga, no one will succeed in driving away\ncontamination from the heart, but once a person takes to the shelter of the\nlotus feet of the\n\nLord by devotional service, automatically all dirty\n\nthings in the heart are removed without difficulty.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�cqqaifet �� �\n� �et'l�� �: I\nqw an�oqfijf(.fi au�PI\nm\n\nm-� � � � ������\n\nsiistre�v iyiin eva suniscito nrr-iim\nk�emasya sadhryag-vimrse�u hetu[l\nasanga iitma-vyatirikta iitmani\n\ndnlhii ratir brahmari nirgure ca yii\n\nsiistre�u-in the scriptures; iyii n eva-this is only; suniscitatt-positively\nconcluded; nrrtiim-of human society; k�emasya-of the ultimate welfare;\n\nsadhryak-perfectly;\n\nvimrse �u\n\n-\n\nby\n\nfull\n\nconsideration;\n\nh et u t -cause;\nt\n\nasangalt- unattachment; iitma-vyatirikte- bodily concept of life; iitmani­\n\nunto the Supreme Soul;dpjhii-strong;rat*-attachment;brahma[ti-lran­\n\nscendence; nirgure-in the Supreme, who is beyond the material modes;\nca-and;yii-which.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt has been conclusively decided in the scriptures, after due consideration, that the ultimate goal for the welfare of human society is detach-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0163": "Text 22]\n\nPrt hu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n911\n\nment from the bodily concept of life and increased and steadfast attachment for the Supreme Lord, who is transcendental and beyond the modes\n\nof material nature.\n\nPURPORT\nEveryone in human society is engaged for the ultimate benefit of life,\nbut persons who are in the bodily conception cannot achieve the ultimate\ngoal, nor can they understand what it is. The ultimate goal of life is\ndescribed in Bhagavad-gtta. Pararh drfitvii nivartate (Bg. 2.59). When one\nfinds out the supreme goal of life, he naturally becomes detached from the\nbodily concept. Here in this verse the indication i that one has to stead·\nfastly increase attachment for Transcendence (brahma[ti). As it is confirmed\n\nin the Vediinta-sutra, athiito brahma-jijiiiisii ( Vs. l.l.l ): without inquiry\n\nabout the Supreme or the Transcendence, one cannot give up attachment\nfor this material world. By the evolutionary process in 8,400,000 species\nof life, one cannot understand the ultimate goal of life because in all those\nspecies of lifP., :; ,e bodily conception is very prominent. A thiito brahma­\n\njijriiisii means that in order to get out of the bodily conception, one has to\nincrease attachment or inquiry about Brahman. Then he can be situated\n\n-\n\nin the transcendental devotional service sr:ava[t am k\"irtanam vi§[!-O�. To\nincrease attachment for Brahman means to engage in devotional service.\nThose who are attached to the impersonal form of Brahman cannot remain\nattached for very long. 1m personalists, after rejecting this world as mithyii\nor false (jagan-mithyii), come down again to this jagan-mithyii, although\nthey take sannyiisa to increase their attachment for Brahman. Similarly,\nmany yogis who are attached to the localized aspect of Brahman as\nParamatma-great sages like Visvamitra-also fall down as victims of\nwomen. Therefore increased attachment for the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is advised in all siistras. That is the only way of detachment from\n\nmaterial existence and is explained in Bhagavad-gftii as param dr§tvii\n\nnivartate (Bg. 2.59). One can cease rna terial activities when he actually has\nthe taste for devotional service. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu also recom­\n\nmended love of Godhead as the ultimate goal of life (premii purruirtho\n\nmahan). Without increasing love of Godhead, one cannot achieve the\nperfectional stage or the transcendental position.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n�\n\nqt(T\n\n+ttl��.\n\nM(ll(1qiSSWIIR¥i4Wl•IMJjql I\n\n", "SB4.3#p0164": "[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n912\n\n4(ti\\JQ(NI(1Wf�l\n\n:q\n\n�\n\nfR4�:�\n\n�\n\n:q ������\n\nsii sraddhayii bhagavad-dharma-caryayii\njijiiiisayiidhyiitmika-yoga-ni� thayii\nyogdvaropiisanayii ca nityarh\npu[tya-srava�-kathayii pu[tyayii ca\nsa-that\n\ndevotional\n\nservice; sraddhayii-with\n\nfaith\n\nand conviction;\n\nbhagavat-dharma-devotional service; caryayii-by discussion; jijiiiisayiiby inquiry;adhyiitmika-spiritual;yoga-ni�{hayii-by conviction in spiritual\nunderstanding; yogdvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; upiisanayii-by worship of Him; ca-and; nityam-regularly; pu[tya-srava�-by\n\nh earing which; kathayii-by discussion; pu!�yayii-by pious; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAttachment for the Supreme can be increased by practicing devotional\n\nservice, inquiring about the Supreme Personality of God, applying bhakti­\n\nyoga in life, worshiping the Yogesvara, the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, and by hearing and chanting about the glories of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. These actions are pious in themselves.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word yogdvara is applicable to both the S up reme Personality of\n\nGodhead, J<r�J).a, and His devotees also. In Bhagavad-gitii this word occurs\nin two places. In the Eighteenth Chapter (18.78), Kr�J).a is described as the\nSupre me Personality of Godhead, Hari, who is the master of all mystic\n\npower (yatra yogdvara� kr�rto). Y oge5vara is also described at the end of\n\nthe Sixth Ch apter (sa me yuktatamo mata[l,) (Bg. 6.47). This yuktatama\n\nindicates the topmost of all yogis-the devotees, who can also be called\nyoge5vara. In this verse yogesvara-upiisanii means to render service to a\npure devotee. Thus Narottama dasa Thiikura says: chii(liyii vai�rwva-sevii\n\nnistiira payeche keba. Without serving a pure devotee, one cannot advance\nin spiritual life. Prahliida l\\Taharaja also has said:\nna(siirh matis tiivad urukramiihghrirh\nsprsaty anarthiipagamo yad arthaft\nmahiyasiirh piida-rajo 'bhifiekarh\nn�kiTicaniiniirh na vrrtita yiivat. (Bhiig. 7.5.32)\n\n", "SB4.3#p0165": "Text 23]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n913\n\nOne should take shelter of a pure devotee, who has nothing to do with this\nmaterial world but is simply engaged in devotional service. By serving him\nonly, one can transcend the qualitative material condition. In this verse it\nis recommended (yogdvara-upasanaya) that one serve the lotus feet of the\ntopmost yogi, or the devotee. To serve the topmost devotee means to hear\nfrom him about the glories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. To\nhear the glories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead from the mouth of\na pure devotee is to acquire a pious life. In Bhagavad-g'ita it is also said\nthat without being pious one cannot engage in devotional service.\n\nye§iirh tv anta-gatarh paparh jananarh pu[!ya-karma[lam\nte dvandva-moha-nirmukta bhajante mam dglha-vratii[l (Bg. 7.28)\nTo become fixed in devotional service one has to become completely\ncleansed from the contamination of the material modes of nature. For\nwork in devotional service the first item is adau gurvasrayam: one should\naccept a bona fide spiritual master, and from the bona fide spiritual master\n\n(sad-c!?;::-rma-prcchii) inquire about his transcendental occupational duties\n(siidnu-marga-anugamanam) and follow in the footsteps of great saintly\npersons, devotees. These are the instructions given in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\nby Rupa Gosvami.\nThe conclusion is that to increase attachment for the Supreme Person·\nality of Godhead one has to accept a bona fide spiritual master and learn\nfrom him the methods of devotional service and hear from him about the\ntranscendental message and glorification of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. In this way one has to increase his conviction about devotional\nservice. Then it will be very easy to increase attachment for the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n3Pfr;,:ql(l'tijiflfJi't(IIUI:qI\n� I\nij�W(ijlwtl'fqRSitul\n�A'¥�1 qfuiN stR+t.fwt\nAWf1\n�o1�1_lNiwtl( ����II\narthendriyiiriima-sago� th y-atr§r;tayii\ntat-sammatanam aparigrahe[la ca\nvivikta-rucya parito�a atmani\nvina harer gur-a-p'iyii�a-piiniit\n\n", "SB4.3#p0166": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n914\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nartha-riches; indriya-senses; aruma-gratification; sa-go�thi\"-with their\n\ncompanion; atr�r;taya-by reluctance; tat-that; sammatanam-since ap­\n\nproved by them; aparigraher;ta- by nonacceptance; ca- also; vivikta-rucya­\n\ndisgusted taste; parito� e-h appiness; atmani-self; vina-without; hare�- of\nthe\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; gur;ta-qualities; pi\"yii.§ a-ne c tar;\n\npanat- drinking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne has to make progress in spiritual life by not associating with per­\n\nsons who are simply interested in making money and sense gratification.\n\nNot only such persons, but one who associates with such persons should be\navoided. One should mold his life in such a way that he cannot live in\n\npeace without drinking the nectar of the glorification of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Hari. One can be thus elevated by losing taste for\n\nsense enjoyment.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the material world everyone is interested in money and sense gratifi­\n\ncation. The only objective is to earn as much money as possible and utilize\nit for satisfaction of the senses. Srila Sukadeva Gosvami thus described\n\nthe activities of the materialistic persons:\n\nnidraya hriyate naktam vyavayena ca vii vaya�\ndiva carthehayii rajan kutumba-bharar;tena vii (Bhiig. 2.1.3)\nThis is a typical example of materialistic persons . At night they waste their\n\ntime by sleeping more than six hours or by wasting time in sex indulgence.\n\nThis is their occupation at night, and in the morning they go to their office\n\nor business place just to earn money. As soon as there is some money, they\nbecome busy in purchasing things for their children and others. Such per­\n\nsons are never interested in understanding the values of life-what is God,\nwhat is the individual soul, what is its relationship with God, etc. Things\n\nare degraded to such an extent that those who are supposed to be religious\n\nare also at the present moment only interested in sense gratification. The\n\nnumber of materialistic persons in this age of Kali has increased more than\n\nin any other age; therefore persons who are interested in going back home,\n\nback to Godhead, should not only engage in the service of realized souls\n\nbut should give up the company of materialistic persons whose only aim is\n\nto earn money and employ it in sense gratification. They should also not\n\n", "SB4.3#p0167": "Text 23]\n\n915\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kurnaras\n\naccept the objectives of materialistic persons, namely money and sense\ngratification. Therefore it is stated:\n\nbhakti-parasyiinubhavarh viraktir\n\nanyathii syiit. To advance in devotional service one should be uninterested\nin the materialistic way of life. That which is the subject matter of satisfaction for the devotees is of no interest to the nondevotees.\nSimple negation, or giving up the company of materialistic persons, will\nnot do. We must have engagements. Sometimes it is found that a person\ninterested in spiritual\n\nadvancement gives up the company of material\n\nsociety and goes to a secluded place as recommended for the yogis especially, but lhal wi ll also not help a person in spiritual advancement, for\nin\n\nmany\n\ninstances\n\nsuch\n\nyogis\n\nalso\n\nfall\n\ndown.\n\nAs\n\nfar\n\nas jiiiinis\n\nare concerned, generally they fall down without taking shelter of the lotus\nfeet of the Lord. The impersonalists or the voidists can simply avoid the\npositive material association; they cannot remain fixed in transcendence\nwithout being engaged in devotjonal service. The beginning of devotional\nservice is lo hear about tlte glories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThat is recommended in this verse: vinii harer gu[La-piyu�a-piiniit. One must\ndrink the nectar of the glories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nand this means that one must be always engaged in hearing and chanting\nthe glories of the Lord. It is the prime method for advancing in spiritual\nlife. Lord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu also recommends this in the Caitanyacaritiimrta. If one wants to make advancement in spiritual life, by great\nfortune he may meet a bona fide spiritual master and from him learn about\nKr�rya. By serving both the spiritual master and Kr�rya he gets the seed of\ndevotional service (bhakti-lata-bija), and if he sows the seed within his heart\nand waters it by hearing and chanting, it grows into a luxuriant bhakti-latii\nor bhakti creeper. The creeper is so strong that it penetrates the covering\nof the universe and reaches the spiritual world and continues to grow on\nand on until it reaches and takes shelter of the lotus feet of Kr�rya. An\nordinary creeper also grows on and on until it takes a solid shelter on a\nroof; then it very steadily grows and produces the required fruit. The real\ncause of the growing of such fruit, which is here called nectar, is hearing\nand chanting the glories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\npurport is that one cannot live outside the society of devotees; one must\nlive in the association of devotees, where there is constant chanting and\nhearin� of the glories of the Lord. The Kr�r:ta consciousness movement is\nstarted for this purpose, and there are hundreds of ISKCON centers to\ngive opportunity lo all people to hear and chant and to accept the spiritual\nmaster. By not associating with persons who are materially interested, one\ncan make solid advancement in going back home, back to Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0168": "916\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nTEXT 24\n.\n\n�\n\nq\"\"R'i(�'itttl\n\n31tte�u\n\n� lt;((l'itRijlstt� 1\n\ntta�.ar:tt� trfwt;a::q.\nfirottt1\n\n=i!J 11�\\lll\n\nt��\n\nahimsaya paramaharhsya-caryayii\nsmrtya mukundiicaritiigrya-s\"idhunii\nyamair akiimair niyamais ciipy anindaya\nnirmaya dvandva-titik�aya ca\nahimsayii- by nonviolence; piiramahamsya-caryayii- by following in the\n\nfootsteps of great iiciiryas; smrtya by remembering; mukunda-the Su-\n\npreme Personality of Godhead; iicarita-qgrya\ntivities;sidhunii\n\nakiima *\n\n-\n\n-\n\nh y the nectar; yama il).\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsimply preaching His ac­\n\nby following regulative principles;\n\nwithout material desires; niyamail).\n\n-\n\nby strictly following the\n\nrules and regulations; ca-also ;api-certainly; anindayii- without blasphem­\n\ning; nirm ayii- living simply, plain living; d vandva- duality ; titik�aya-by\n\ntolerance; ca-and.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA candidate for spiritual advancement must be nonviolent, must follow\n\nin the footsteps of great acaryas, must always remember the nectar of the\n\npastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, must follow the regulative principles without material desire, and, while following the regula­\n\ntive principles, should not blaspheme others. A devotee should le ad a very\n\nsimple life and not be disturbed by the duality of opposing elements. He\n\nshould learn to tolerate them.\n\nPURPORT\nThe devotees are actually saintly persons or siidhus. The first qualification of a siidhu or Jevotee is ahimsii or nonviolence. Persons interested in\nlhe path of devotional service or in going back home, hack to Godhead,\nmust\n\nfirsl\n\npractice ahimsii or nonviolence. A siidhu\n\nis described as\n\ntitik�avaf:t kiiru[likiil;t (Bhiig. 3.25.21). A devotee should be tolerant and\n\nshould be very much compassionate toward others. For example, if he\nsuffer\n\npersonal injury, he should tolerate it, but if someone else suffers\n\ninjury, he need not tolerate it. The whole world is full of violence, and a\ndevotee's first business is to stop this violence, including the unnecessary\n\n", "SB4.3#p0169": "Text 24]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Ku m iiras\n\n917\n\nslaughter of animals. A devotee is the friend not only of human society\nbut of all living entities, for he sees all living entities as sons of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He does not claim himself to be the only\nson of God and allow all others to be killed, thinking that they have no\nsoul. This kind of philosophy is never advocated by a pure devotee of the\nLord. Suhrdal). sarva-dehinam: a true devotee is the friend of all living\nentities. K��Q.a claims in Bhagavad-gita to be the father of all species of\nliving entities; consequently the devotee of Kn>Q.a is always a friend of all.\nThis is called ahirhsa. Such nonviolence can be practiced only when we\nfollow in the footsteps of great acaryas. Therefore, according to our\n\nv ai91)ava philosophy' we have to follow the great acaryas of the four\nsampradayas or disciplic successions.\nTrying to advance in spiritual life outside the disciplic succession is\nsimply Ludicrous. It is said, therefore: acaryavan puru�o veda (Chand.\n\nUp.\n\n6.14.2). One who follows the disciplic succession of acaryas knows\n\nthings as they are. Tad-vijnanartharh sa gurum evabhigacchet (Mund. Up.\n\n1.2.12).\n\nIn order to understand the transcendental science, one must\n\napproach the bona fide spiritual master. The word smrtya is very impor·\ntanl in spiritual life. Smrtya means remembering Kr9ra always. Life should\nbe molded in such a way that one cannot remain alone without thinking\nof K�9Q.a. We should live in Kr9Q.a so that while eating, sleeping, walking\nand working we remain only in K�9Q.a. Our K.r.sra consciousness society\nrecommends that we arrange our living so that we can remember K�9Q.a.\n\nIn our ISKCON society the devotees, while engaged in making Spiritual\nSky incense, are also hearing about the glories of Kr�Q.a or His devotees.\nThe sastra recommends: smartavyal). satatarh vi�(tU/.J.. Lord Vi�Q.U should be\nremembered always, constantly.\nnever\n\nbe\n\nforgotten.\n\nVismartavyo na jiitucit: Vi�I)U should\n\nThat is the spiritual way of life. Smrtya.\n\nThis\n\nremembrance of the Lord can be continued if we hear about Him con·\nstantly. It is therefore recommended in this verse: mukundiicaritiigrya;\nsidhuna. Sidhu means nectar. To hear about Kr9Da from Srtmad-\n\nBhiigavatam or Bhagavad-g\"ita or similar authentic literature is to live in\nK��Q.a consciousness. Such concentration in Kr�l)a consciousness can be\nachieved by persons who are strictly following the rules and regulative\nprinciples. We have recommended in our Kr�Q.a consciousness movement\nthat a devotee chant sixteen rounds on beads daily and follow the\nregulative principles. That will help the devotee to spiritually advance in\nlife.\nIt is also stated in this verse that by controlling the senses one can\nbecome a svam\"i or gosviim\"i. One who is therefore enjoying this super-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0170": "[Canto 4, C h . 22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n918\n\ntitle, sviimt or gosviimt, must be very strict in controlling his senses. Indeed,\n\nhe must be master of his senses. This is possible when one does not desire\nany material sense gratification. If, by chance, the senses want to work\n\nindependently, he must control them. If we simply practice avoiding\nmaterial\n\nsense\n\ngratification,\n\ncontrolling\n\nthe\n\nsenses\n\nis automatically\n\nachieved.\nAnother important point mentioned in this connection (anindaya) is\n\nthat we should not criticize others' methods of religion. There are\n\ndifferent types of religious systems operating under different qualities of\nmaterial nature. Those operating in the modes of ignorance and passion\n\ncannot be as perfect as that system in the mode of goodness. In Bhagavadgl:ta everything has been divided into three qualitative divisions; therefore\n\nreligious systems are similarly categorized. When people are mostly under\n\nthe modes of passion and ignorance, their system of religion will be of the\nsame quality. A devotee, instead of criticizing such systems, will encourage\n\nthe followers to stick to their principles so that gradually they can come\n\nto the platform of religion in goodness. Simply by criticizing them, a\n\ndevotee's mind will be agitated. Thus a devotee should tolerate and learn\nto stop agitation.\n\nAnother feature of the devotee is nir\"ihayii, simple living. Nir\"ihii means\ngentle, meek or simple. A devotee should not live very gorgeously and\n\nimitate a materialistic person. Plain living and high thinking are recom­\n\nmended for a devotee. He should accept only so much as he can to keep\nthe material body fit for the execution of devotional service. He should\nnot eat nor sleep more than is required. Simply eating for living, and not\n\nliving for eating, and sleeping only six to seven hours a day are principles\n\nto be followed by devotees. As long as the body is there it is subjected to\nthe influence of climatic changes, disease and natural disturbances, the\nthreefold miseries of material existence. We cannot avoid them. Some­\n\ntimes we receive letters from neophyte devotees questioning why they\n\nhave fallen sick, although pursuing Kr�J;la consciousness. They should\nlearn from\n\nthis verse that they have to become tolerant (dvandva­\n\ntitik�ayii). This is the world of duality. Because he has fallen sick, one\n\nshould not think that he has fallen from Kr�J;la consciousness. Kr�J;la consciousness can continue without impediment from any material opposition.\nLord Sri Kr�J;la therefore advises in Bhagavad-gl:tii, tams titik�asva bhiirata:\n\n\"My dear Arjuna, please try to tolerate all these disturbances. Be fixed\n\nin your Kr�J;la conscious activities.\" (Bg. 2.14)\n\n", "SB4.3#p0171": "Text 25)\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n919\n\nTEXT 25\n\n��\n\n���I\n�' �: (1�(1�it�l�qf;r\n�gut ;mfoJ � Uij-: ������\ne\n\nharer muhus tat-para-karrta-pura­\n\ngw;iibhidhiinena vijrmbhamiirwya\n\nbhaktyii hy asanga/:1. sad-asaty aniitmani\nsyan nirgutJe brahmar-i ciiiijasii ratiJ:t\n\nhareJ:t-of the Su preme Personality of Godhead; muhu�t constantly;\ntat-pa ra-in relation with the Su preme Personality of Godhead; kartJapura-decoration of the ear; g u r-a-abhidhiinena discussing transcendental\n-\n\n-\n\nqualities; vijrmbhamiir-ayii-by increasing Kr�l]a consciousness; bhaktya­\n\nby devotion; hi-certainly; asanga/:1.-uncontaminated; sat-asati-the mate­\n\nrial world; a niitma ni-opposed to spiritual understanding; syiit-should be;\nn\n\nirg u tJ e -in\n\ntranscendence; brahmaTJ-i-in\n\nthe\n\nSu preme Lord; ca-and;\n\naiijasii-easily; rati{t-attraction.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotee should gradually increase the culture of devotional service\nby constant hearing of the transcendental qualities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. These pastimes are like ornamental decorations on the\nears of devotees. By rendering devotional service and transcending the\nmaterial qualities, one can easily be fixed in transcendence in the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThis verse is esp ecially mentioned to substantiate the devotional process\nof hearing the subject matter. A devotee does not like to hear anything\nother than subjects dealing with spiritual activities, or the pastimes of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. We can increase our prop ensity for\ndevotional service by hearing Bhagavad-g\"itii and Sr\"imad-Bhiigavatam from\n\nrealized souls. The more we hear from realized souls, the more we make\nadvancement in our devotional life. The more we advance in devotional\nlife, the more we become detached from the material world. The more we\nbecome detached from the material world, the less we associate with\n\n", "SB4.3#p0172": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n920\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\npersons who are after money and sense gratification. This is the advice\nof Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu:\n\nni�kiiicanasya bhagavad-bhajanonmukhasya\nparam param jigami�or bhava-sagarasya\nsandarsanarh v�ayit;tam atha yo�itarh ca\nha hanta hanta vi�a -bhak�at;tato 'py asadhu.\n(Cc. Madhya 11.8)\nThe word brahmat;ti used in this verse is commented upon by the impersonalists or professional reciters of Bhagavatam, who are mainly advocates\nof the caste system by demoniac birthright. They say that brahma[Li means\nthe impersonal Brahman. But they cannot conclude this withoul reference\nto the context of the words bhaktya and gu[Labhidhanena. According to\nthe impersonalists, there are no transcendental qualities in the impersonal\nBrahman; therefore we should understand that brahma[Li means \"in the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\" K�11qa is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, as admitted by Arjuna in Bhagavad-g\"itii; therefore wherever the\nword brahma is used, it must refer to Kr11qa, not to the impersonal\nBrahman effulgence. Brahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan iti sabdyate (Bhag.\n\nJ .2.11). Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan can all be taken in total as\n\nBrahman, but when there is reference to the word bhakti or remembrance\nof the transcendental qualities, the word indicates the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, not the impersonal Brahman.\nTEXT 26\n\n�\n\nu-�rur �ctt �'�'otF-n4cu'f_ ij�;d'«Ttt�m\n\nG\\t�tft� �\n\nJAi\\\\i\n\nq� �f.llltil�flsfil: 11�,11\n\nyada ratir brahma[li nai�thik\"i pumiin\nacaryavan jiiana-viriiga-ramhasa\ndahaty av\"iryam hrdayam fiva-kosam\npanciitmakarh yonim ivotthito 'gnil;t\nya da- whe n; rat*-attachment; brahmm;ti-in the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; nai�thik\"'i-fixed; puman- the. person; acar yav an\n\n-\n\ncompletely\n\nsurrendered to the spiritual master;jiiana-knowledge; viriiga-detachment;\n\nrqmhasa-by the force of; dahati burns; av\"iryam-impotent; hrdayam-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0173": "Text 26]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n921\n\nwithin\n\nthe heart; ftva-kosam-the covering of the spirit soul; pancaiitmakam-five elements; yonim-source of birth; iva -like; utthita�emanating; agn*-fire.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon becoming fixed in his attachment to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead by the grace of the spiritual master and by awakening knowledge\nand detachment, the living entity, situated within the heart of the body\nand covered by the five elements, burns up his material surroundings\nexactly as fire, arising from wood, burns the wood itself.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that both the jivatmii, the individual soul, and the P aramatma\nlive together within the heart. In the Vedic version it i\n\nstated, hrdi hy\n\nayam iitmii: the soul and Supersoul both live within the heart. The\nindividual soul is liberated when it comes out of the material heart or\ncleanses the heart to make it spiritualized. The example given here is very\nappropriate: yonim ivotthito 'gnib.. Agni, or fire, comes out of the wood,\nand by it the wood is completely destroyed. Similarly, when a living\nentity increases his attachment for the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nhe is to be considered like fire. A blazing fire is visible by its exhibition of\nheat and light; similarly, when the living entity within the heart becomes\nenlightened with full spiritual knowledge, and detached from the material\nworld, he burns up his material covering of the five elements-earth,\nwater, fire, air and sky -and becomes free from the five kinds of material\nattachments, namely, ignorance, false egoism, attachment to the material\nworld,\n\nenvy\n\nand\n\nabsorption\n\nin\n\nmaterial\n\nconsciousness.\n\nTherefore\n\npaiiciitmakam, as mentioned in this verse, refers to either the five elements\nor the five coverings of material contamination. When these are all burned\ninto ashes by the blazing fire of knowledge and detachment, one is fixed\nfirmly in the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nUnless one takes shelter of a bona fide· spiritual master and advances his\nattraction for .Kr�qa by his instructions, the five coverings of the living\nentity cannot be uncovered from the material heart. The living entity is\ncentered within the heart, and to take him away from the heart is to\nliberate him. This is the process. One must take shelter of a bona fide\nspiritual\n\nmaster\n\nand\n\nby his instruction increase one's knowledge in\n\ndevotional service, become detached from the material world and thus\nbecome liberated. An advanced devotee therefore does not live within the\nmaterial body but within his spiritual body, just as a dry coconut lives\n\n", "SB4.3#p0174": "[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nSrimad- Bhagavatam\n\n922\n\ndetached from the coconut husk, even though within the husk. The pure\n\ndevotee's body is therefore called cinmaya-sar\"ira (spiritualized body). In\n\nother words, a devotee's body is not connected with material activities,\nand as such, a devotee is always liberated. Brahma-bhiiyiiya kalpate.\n\n(Bg. 14.26) This is confirmed in Bhagavad-g\"itii. Srila Rupa Gosvami also\n\nconfirms this:\n\nlhii yasya harer diisye karmartii manasii viicii\nnikhiliisv apy avasthiisu jivan-mukta!). sa ucyate.\n\"One who is engaged fully with his body, mind and speech in the service of\n\nthe Lord is liberated even within this body, despite his condition.\"\nTEXT 27\n\na'ffi(til(ijijf(gun\n111Mf4:q4 I\n�qRit;il\n� �\n� � �«ttl:•n� 11�\\911\n\n�\n\ndagdhiiSayo mukta-samas ta-tad-guro\nnaiviitmano bahir antar vica�te\npariitmanor yad-vyavadhiinarh purastiit\nsvapne yathii puru�as tad-viniise\ndagdha-iisayafl-all material desires being burned; mukta-liberated;\n\nsamasta- all; tat-gu ra fL - qualities in connection with matter; na - not ; evacertainly; iitmana�- the soul or the Supersoul; bah i?J. - e x ternal ; anta�­\n\ninternal;\n\nv ica� te -ac tin g;\n\npara-iitmanol].-of\n\nthe\n\nSupersoul; yat- th at ;\n\nvyavadhiinam- difference; purastiit-as it was in the beginning; svapne­\n\nin dream; yathii - as ; puru�a�-a person; tat- that; viniise-being finished.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen a person becomes devoid of all material desires and liberated from\n\nall material qualities, he transcends distinctions between actions executed\n\nexternally and internally. At that time the difference between the soul\n\nand the Supersoul, which was existing before self-realization, is annihilated.\n\nWhen a dream is over, there is no long er a distinction between the dream\n\nand the dreamer.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0175": "Text 27J\n\nPrthu Maharaja s Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n'\n\n923\n\nPURPORT\nAs described by Srila Rupa Gosviimi (anyiibhilii,sitii-sunyam), one must\n\nbe devoid of all material desires. When a person becomes devoid of all\n\nmaterial desires, there is no longer need for speculative knowledge or\n\nfruitive activities. In that condition it is to be understood that one is free\n\nfrom the material body. The example is already given above-a coconut\n\nwhich is dry is loosened from its outward husk. This is the stage of\n\nAs said in Srimad-Bhiigavatam, mukti (liberation) means\nsvarupera avasthiti{z being situated in one's own constitutional position.\n\nliberation.\n\n-\n\nAll material desires are present as long as one is in the bodily concept of\n\nlife, but when one realizes that he is an eternal servant of Kr�l').a, his\n\ndesires are no longer material. A devotee acts in this consciousness.\n\nIn other words, when material desires in connection with the body are\n\nfinished, one is actually liberated.\n\nWhen one is liberated from the material qualities, he does not do any­\n\nthing for his personal sense gratification. At that time all activities per­\n\nformed by him are absolute. In the conditioned state there are two kinds\n\nof activities. One acts on behalf of the body, and at the same time he acts\n\nto become liberated. The devotee, when he is completely free from all\nmaterial desires or all material qualities, transcends the duality of action\nfor the body and soul. Then the bodily concept of life is completely over.\n\nTherefore Srila Rupa Gosviimi says: Lhii yasya harer diisye karmarii manasii\n\nviicii/ nikhiliisv apy avasthiisu jivan-mukta!z sa ucyate. When one is com­\n\npletely fixed in the service of the Lord, he is a liberated person in any\n\ncondition of life. He is called fivan-muk ta!z, liberated even within this body.\n\nIn such a liberated condition, there is no distinction between actions for\n\nsense gratification and actions for liberation. When one is liberated from\n\nthe desires of sense gratification, he has no longer to suffer the reactions\n\nof lamentation or illusion. Activities performed by the karmis and jiiiinis\n\nare subjected to lamentation and illusion, but a self-realized liberated\n\nperson acting only for the Supreme Personality of Godhead experiences\n\nnone. This is the stage of oneness, or merging into the existence of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This means that the individual soul,\n\nwhile keeping his individuality, no longer has separate interests. He is\n\nfully in the service of the Lord, and he has nothing to do for his personal\n\nsense gratification; therefore he sees only the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead and not himself. His personal interest completely perishes.\n\nWhen a person comes out of a dream, the dream vanishes. While dreaming\n\na person may consider himself a king and see the royal paraphernalia, his\nsoldiers, etc., but when the dream is over, he does not see anything beyond\n\n", "SB4.3#p0176": "924\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nhimself. Similarly, a liberated person understands that he is part and parcel\nof the Supreme Lord acting in accordance with the desire of the Supreme\nLord, and as such there is no distinction between himself and the Supreme\nLord, although both of them retain their individuality. Nityo nityanarh\ncetanas cetaniiniim. This is the perfect conception of oneness in relation\nto the Supersoul and the soul.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n31Rttt;wflf� � � �4\\(fq I\n\n(1f'41\\14 � l � tmftf � ����II\niitmiinam indriyiirtharh ca\npararh yad ubhayor api\nsatyiisaya upiidhau vai\npumiin pasyati niinyadii\n\niitmiinam-the soul; indriya-artham-for sense gratification; ca-and;\nparam-transcendental; yat-that; ubhayo�- both; api-certainly; satibeing situated;iisaye-material desires; upiidhau-designation; vai-certainly;\npumiin-the person; pasyati-sees; niinyadii-not otherwise.\n\nT RAN S LA TI ON\nWhen the soul exists for sense gratification, he creates different desires,\n\nand for that reason he becomes subjected to designations. But when one is\n\nin the transcendental position, he is no longer interested in anything\nexcept fulfilling the desires of the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nBeing covered by material desires, a spirit soul is also considered to be\ncovered by designations belonging to a particular type of body. Thus he\nconsiders himself an animal, man, demigod, bird, beast, etc. In so many\nways he is influenced by false identification caused by false egotism, and\nbeing covered by illusory material desires, he distinguishes between matter\nand spirit. When one is devoid of such distinctions, there is no longer a\ndifference between matter and spirit. At that time, the spirit is the only\npredominating factor. As long as one is covered by material desires, he\nthinks himself the master or the enjoyer. Thus he acts for sense gratification and becomes subjected to material pangs, happiness and distress. But\nwhen one is freed from such a concept of life, he is no longer subjected to\ndesignations, and he envisions everything as spiritual in connection with\nthe Supreme Lord. This is explained by Srila Riipa Gosvami in his Bhakti-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0177": "Text 29]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n925\n\nrasiimrta-sindhu: anyiisaktasya vi�ayiin yathiirham upayuiijataM nir bandha�\nknTJ-a-sambandhe yuktarh vairiigyam ucyate (Bh.r.s. 1.2.255).\nThe liberated person has no attachment for anything material or for\nsense gratification. He understands that everything is connected with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and that everything should be engaged in\nthe service of the Lord. Therefore he does not give up anything. There is\nno question of renouncing anything because the paramaharhsa knows how\nto engage everything in the service of the Lord. Originally everything is\nspiritual; nothing is material. In the Caitanya-caritiimrta also it is explained\n\nmahii-bhiigavata, a highly advanced devotee, has no material\nvision, sthiivara-jangama dekhe, nii dekhe tiira murti/ sarvatra haya nija\ni�.tadeva-sphilrti (Cc. Madhya 8.274). Although he sees trees, mountains,\nthat\n\na\n\nand other living entities moving here and there, he sees all as the creation\nof the Supreme Lord, and, with reference to the context, sees only the\ncreator and not the created. In other words, he no longer distinguishes\nbetween the created and the creator. He sees only the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead in everything. He sees Kr�l')a in everything and everything in\nKr�l')a. This is oneness.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n� m ��91' �� �: 1\n�*1 qmrfq f'm�� ������\nnimitte sati sarvatra\njaladav api puru�a�\natmanaS ca parasyapi\nbhidarh pasyati nanyadii\nnimitte-on account of causes; sati-bein g; sarvatra everywhere; jalaadau api water and other reflecting mediums; p u r u�a�-the person;\nat mana{l -o neself; ca-and; parasya api-another's self; bhidam-differentiation;pasyati-sees; niinyada there is no other reason.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnly because of different causes does a person see a difference between\nhimself and others. It is like the reflection of a body on water or oil or in a\nmirror appearing to be differently manifested.\nPURPORT\nThe spirit soul is one, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is\nin svarhsa and vibhinnarhsa expansions. The jivas are\nvibhinniirhsa expansions. The different incarnations of the Supreme\n\nmanifested\n\n", "SB4.3#p0178": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n926\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nPersonality of Godhead are sviirhsa expansions_ Thus there are different\npotencies of the Supreme Lord, and there are different expansions of\n\nthe different potencies. In this way, for different reasons there are different\nof\n\nexpansions of the same one principle, the Supreme Personality\n\nGodhead.\n\nThis\n\nunderstanding\n\nis\n\nreal\n\nknowledge,\n\nbut when\n\nthe\n\nliving entity is covered by the upiidhi or designated body, he sees\n\ndifferences, exactly as one sees differences in reflections of oneself\n\non water, oil or in a mirror. When something is reflected on the water, it\nappears to be moving. When it is reflected on ice, it appears fixed. When\n\nit is reflected on oil, it appears hazy. The subject is one, but under different\nconditions it appears differently. When the qualifying factor is taken away,\n\nthe whole appears to be one. In other words, when one comes to the\n\nparamuharhsa or perfectional stage of life by practicing bhakti-yoga, he\nsees only Kr��a everywhere. For him there is no other objective.\n\nIn conclusion, due to different causes, the living entity is visible in\n\ndifferent forms as an animal, human being, demigod, tree, etc. Actually\n\nevery living entity is the marginal potency of the Supreme Lord. In\n\nBhagavad-gita, therefore, it is explained that one who actually sees the\nspirit soul does not distinguish between a learned brahmar-a and a dog, an\nelephant or a cow. Par-!litalt sama-darsina� (Bg. 5.18). One who is actually\nlearned sees only the living entity, not the outward covering. Differentia­\n\ntion is therefore the result of different karma or fruitive activities, and\n\nwhen we stop fruitive activities, turning them into acts of devotion, we can\n\nunderstand that we are not different from anyone else, regardless of the\nform. This is only possible in ���a consciousness. In this movement\n\nthere are many different races of men from all parts of the world partici­\n\npating, but because they think of themselves as servants of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, they do not differentiate between black and\nwhite, yellow and red. The ���a consciousness movement is therefore\n\nthe only means to make the living entities transcend all designations.\nTEXT 30\n\nd'�M..�••4mm QW:Iffl 1191: ,\n� m ri:: �· m( II� oil\nindriyair vi�ayiikr�tair\niik�iptarh dhyiiyatiirh mana�\ncetaniirh harate buddhe[t\nstambas toyam iva hradiit\n\n", "SB4.3#p0179": "Text 30]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n927\n\nindriya*-by the senses; vi§aya-the sense objects; iikr§tai?t-being\nattracted; iik§iptam-agitated; dhyiiyatiim-always thinking of; manalJmind; cetaniim-consciousness; harate-becomes lost; buddheh-of intelligence;stambalJ-big straws; toyam-water; iva-like; hradiit-fr �m the lake.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen one's mind and senses are attracted to sense objects for enjoyment, the mind becomes agitated. As a result of continually thinking of\nsense objects, one's real consciousness almost becomes lost, like the water\nin a lake that is gradually sucked up by the big grass straws on its bank.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse it is very nicely explained how our original Kn>Qa con­\n\nsciousness becomes polluted. Gradually we become almost completely\n\nforgetful of our relationship with the Supreme Lord. In the previous verse\n\nit is recommended that we should always keep in touch with the devotional\n\nervice of the Lord so that the blazing fire of devotional service can\n\ngradually burn into ashes material desires and we can become liberated\n\nfrom lhe repetition of birth and death. This is also how we can indirectly\n\nkeep our staunch faith in the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. When the mind is allowed to think of sense gratification con­\n\ntinuously, it becomes the cause of our material bondage. If our mind is\n\nsimply filled with sense gratification, even though we want Kr��a con­\n\nsciousness, by continuous practice we cannot forget the subject matter of\n\nsense gratification. If one takes up the sannyiisa order of life but is not\n\nable to control the mind, he will think of objects of sense gratification­\n\nnamely family, society, expensive house, elc. Even though he goes to the\nHimalayas or the forest, his mind will continue thinking of the objects of\n\nsense gratification. In this way, gradually one's intelligence will be affected.\n\nWhen intelligence is affected, one loses his original taste for Kn�a con­\n\nsciOusness.\n\nThe example given here is very appropriate. If a big lake is covered all\n\naround by long kusa grass, just like columns, the waters dry up. Similarly,\n\nwhen the big columns of material desire increase, the clear water of con­\n\nsciousness is dried up. Therefore these columns of kusa grass should be\ncut or thrown away from the very beginning. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu hac:\n\ninstructed that if from the very beginning we do not take care of unwant­\n\ned grass in the paddy fields, the fertilizing agents or water will be used by\n\nthem and the paddy plants will dry up. The material desire for sense en-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0180": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n928\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\njoyment is the cause of our falldown in this material world, and thus we\nsuffer the threefold miseries and continuous birth, death, old age and\ndisease. However, if we turn our desires toward the transcendental loving\nservice of the Lord, our desires become purified. We cannot kill desires.\nWe have to purify them of different designations. If we constantly think\nof being a member of a particular nation, society or family and continuously think about them, we become very strongly entangled in the conditioned life of birth and death. But if our desires are applied to the\nservice of the Lord, they become purified, and thus we become immediately freed from material contamination.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�iti���Rt� �: � I\n�\n\n�:\n\n���: 11��11\n\nbhrasyaty anusmrtis cittarh\n\njniina-bhrarhsa� smrti-k�aye\n\ntad-rodharh kavaya� priihur\natmiipahnavam iitmana�\nbhrasyati-becomes destroyed; anusmrt*-constantly thinking; cittam­\n\nconsciousness; jiiiina- bhrarhsa� - bereft of real knowledge; smrti-k�aye-by\ndestruction of remembrance; tat-r odham- choking that process; kavaya�­\n\ngreat learned scholars; prahu� - have opined ; iitma - of the soul;apahnavam­\n\ndestruction; iitmana�- of the soul.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen one deviates from his original consciousness, he loses the capacity\n\nto remember his previous position or recognize his present one. When re­\n\nmembrance is lost, all knowledge that is acquired is based on a false foundation. When this occurs, learned scholars consider that the soul is lost.\n\nPURPORT\nThe living entity or the soul is ever existing and eternal. It cannot be\nlost, but learned scholars say that it is lost when actual knowledge is not\nworking. That is the difference between animals and human beings. According to less intelligent philosophers, animals have no soul. But factually\nanimals have souls. Due to the animals' gross ignorance, however, it appears\nthat they have lost their souls. Without the soul, a body cannot move. That\nis the difference between a living body and a dead body. When the soul is\nout of the body, the body is called dead. The soul is said to be lost when\n\n", "SB4.3#p0181": "Text 32]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n929\n\nthere is no proper knowledge exhibited. Our original consciousness is K{�qa\nconsciousness because we are part and parcel of Kr�Qa. When this consciousness is misguided and one is put into the material atmosphere, which pollutes the original consciousness, one thinks that he is a product of the\nmaterial elements. Thus one loses his real remembrance of his position as\npart and parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, just as a man who\nsleeps forgets himself. In this way, when the activities of proper consciousness are checked, all the activities of the lost soul are performed on a\nfalse basis. At the present moment human civilization is acting on a false\nplatform of bodily identification; therefore it can be said that the people\nof the present age have lost their souls.\nTEXT 32\n\n�: �:\n44C(W4;:14� a..�..R¥1-.: (q&qRJ¥'11� ������\n;rnr: cmm �\n\nnata� parataro loke\npumsa� svartha-vyatikrama�\nyadadhy anyasya preyastvam\natmana� sva-vyatikramat\nna-not; ata�-after this; p a rata ra�-greater ;loke-in this world;pum s a�\nof\n\nthe\n\nliving\n\nentities;\n\nsva-artha- interest;\n\n­\n\nvyatik rama�-obstru c tion ;\n\nyadadhi- beyond that; anyasya-of others ; preyastva m-to be more intere ting; iitmana�-for the self; sva-o w n ; vyatikramat-by obstruction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere is no stronger obstruction to one's self-interest than thinking other\nsubject matters to be more pleasing than one's self-realization.\n\nPURPORT\nHuman life is especially meant for self-realization. Self refers to the\nSuperself and the individual self, the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\nlhe living entity. When, however, one becomes more interested in the\nbody and bodily sense gratification, he creates for himself obstructions on\nthe path of self-realization. By the influence of miiyii, one becomes more\ninterested in sense gratification, which is prohibited in this world for\nthose interested in self-realization.\n\nInstead of becoming interested in\n\nsense gratification, one should divert his activities to satisfy the senses of\nthe Supreme Soul. Anything performed contrary to this principle is certainly against one's self-interest.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0182": "930\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nTEXT 33\n\n�NtPtQ4t;i ('1q�tq;q1 � I\n\n� ijlwtMijtwtil;uRm �� ������\narthendriyiirthiibhidh yanarh\nsarviirthiipahnavo nr[tiim\nbhrarhsito jiiana-vijiiiiniid\nyeniivisati mukhyatiim\n\nartha-riches; indriya-artha- for\n\nthe\n\nsatisfaction\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nsenses;\n\nabhidh yiinam- constantly thinking of; sarva-artha-four kinds of achievements; apah nava !t - destru ctive; nr[tii m -of human society; bhrarhsitatL­\n\n- devotional service; yena- immovable life.\n\nbeing devoid of; jiiiina-knowledge; vijiiiinat\nby all this; iivisati-enters; m u khyatam\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor human society, constantly thinking of how to earn money and\napply it for sense gratification brings about the destruction of everyone's\ninterests. When one becomes devoid of knowledge and devotional service,\nhe enters into species of life like those of trees and stones.\nPURPORT\n]nana, or knowledge, means to understand one's constitutional position,\nand v�jnana refers to practical application of that knowledge in life. In the\nhuman form of life, one should come to the position of jnana and vijfiana,\nbut despite this great opportunity if one does not develop knowledge and\npractical application of knowledge through the help of a spiritual master\nand the sastras-in other words, if one misuses this opportunity-then in\nthe next life he is sure to be born in a species of nonmoving living entities.\nNonmoving living entities include hills, mountains, trees, plants, etc. This\nstage of life is called puTJ-yatam or mukhyatam, namely, making all activities zero. Philosophers who support stopping all activities are called silnya­\n\nvadi. By nature's own way, our activities are to be gradually diverted to\ndevotional service. But there are philosophers who, instead of purifying\ntheir activities, try to make everything zero, or void of all activities. This\nlack of activity is represented by the trees and the hills. This is a kind of\npunishment inflicted by the laws of nature. If we do not properly execute\nour mission of life in self-realization, nature's punishment will render us\ninactive by putting us in the form of trees and hills. Therefore activities\ndirected towards sense gratification are condemned herein. One who is\n\n", "SB4.3#p0183": "Text 34]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumiiras\n\n931\n\nconstantly thinking of activities to earn money and gratify the senses is\nfollowing a path which is suicidal. Factually all human society is following\nthis path. Some way or other, people are determined to earn money or get\nmoney by begging, borrowing or stealing and applying that for sense gratification. Such a civilization is the greatest obstacle in the path of selfrealization.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�t�flPl�q ij'� Rtdlf(,;: I\nl1p{�q� �G;�W'd�f41ijEfi� ll�'clll\nWI\n\nna kuryiit karhicit sangam\ntamas tivram titiri§u{l.\ndharmiirtha-kiima-mok§ap,iirh\nyad atyanta-vighiitakam\n\nna-do not; kuryiit - act; karhicit-at any time; sa nga m- assoc iatw n;\ntama� -ignor ance; tfvram-with great speed; tit\"lr�u�-persons who desire\n\nto cross over nescience; dharma-religion; artha-economic development;\nkiima-sense\n\ngratification;\n\nmok§ii'!iim-of\n\nsalvation; yat - that\n\nwhich;\n\natyanta-very much; vigh iitakam- obstruction or stumbling block.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who strongly desire to cross the ocean of nescience must not\nassociate with the modes of ignorance because hedonistic activities are the\ngreatest obstructions to\n\nrealization\n\nof religious principles, economic\n\ndevelopment, regulated sense gratification and, at last, liberation.\n\nPURPORT\nThe four principles of life allow one to live according to religious principles, to earn money according to one's position in society, to allow the\nsenses to enjoy the sense objects according to regulations, and to progress\nalong the path of liberation from this material attachment. As long as the\nbody is there, it is not possible to become completely free from all these\nmaterial interests. It is not, however, recommended that one act only for\nsense gratification and earn money for that purpose only, sacrificing all\nreligious principles. At the present moment, human civilization does not\ncare for religious principles. It is, however, greatly interested in economic\ndevelopment without religious principles. For instance, in a slaughterhouse\nthe butchers certainly get money easily, but such business is not based on\nreligious principles. Similarly, there are many night clubs for sense gratifi-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0184": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n932\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\ncation and brothels for sex. Sex, however, is allowed in married life\nonly, and prostitution is prohibited because all our activities are ultimately\naimed at liberation, at freedom from the clutches of material existence. It\nis advised therefore that one not act in a way that will obstruct the regular\nprocess of advancement in spiritual life and liberation. The Vedic process\n\nof sense gratification is therefore planned in such a way that one can\n\neconomically develop and enjoy sense gratification and yet ultimately\nattain liberation. Vedic civilization offers us all knowledge in the sastras,\n\nand if we live a regulated life under the direction of sastras and guru, all our\nmaterial desires will be fulfilled; at the same time we will be able to go forward to liberation.\nTEXT 35\n\n� � ��� �r����a 1\n�S¥it � r..�� tl�·�..tt4$1: 11�'-\\11\ntatrapi mok�a evartha\natyantikataye�yate\ntraivargyo 'rtho yato nityam\nkrtanta-bhaya-samyutaft\ntatra- there; api- also; mok�aft- liberation ; eva-certainly; arthe- for the\nmatter of; atyantikataya most important; i�yate- taken in that way;\n-\n\n.t raiva rgya�- the three others, namely, religion, economic development\n\nand sense gratification; artha�-interest; yataft-wherefrom; nityam\n\nlarly; krtanta- death; bhaya- fear ; sam yuta� -att ached.\n\n-\n\nregu\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nOut of the four principles-namely, religion, economic development,\n\nsense gratification and liberation-liberation has to be taken very seriously.\n\nThe other three are subject to destruction by the stringent law of nature­\n\ndeath.\n\nPURPORT\nMok�a, or liberation, has to be taken very seriously, even at the sacrifice\nof the other three items. As advised by Suta Gosvami in the beginning of\n\nSfimad-Bhiigavatam, religious principles are not based on success in economic development. Because we are very attached to sense gratification, we\ngo to God, to the temple or churches, for some economic reasons. Then\nagain, economic development does not mean sense gratification. Everything should be adjusted in such a way that we attain liberation. Therefore\n\n", "SB4.3#p0185": "Text 36]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumiiras\n\n933\n\nin this verse, liberation, mok�a, is stressed. The other three items are material and therefore subject to destruction. Even if somehow we accumulate\na great bank balance in this life and possess many material things, everything will be finished with death. In Bhagavad-gita it is said that death is\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who ultimately takes away everything acquired by the materialistic person. Foolishly we do not care for\nthis. Foolishly we are not afraid of death, nor do we consider that death\nwill take away everything acquired by the process of dharma, artha and\nkama. By dharma, or pious activities, we may be elevated to the heavenly\nplanets, but this does not mean freedom from the clutches of birth, death,\nold age and disease. The purport is that we can sacrifice our interests in\ntraivargya, religious principles, economic development and sense gratification, but we cannot sacrifice the cause of liberation. Regarding liberation,\nit is stated in Bhagavad-gita: tyaktva deharh punar janma naiti (Bg. 4.9).\nLiberation means that after giving up this body one does not have to accept\nanother material body. But to the impersonalists liberation means merging\ninto the existence of impersonal Brahman. But factually this is not mok�a\nbecause one has to again fall down into this material world from that impersonal position. One should therefore seek the shelter of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and engage in His devotional service. That is real\nliberation. The conclusion is that we should not stress pious activities, economic development and sense gratification but should concern ourselves\nwith approaching Lord Vi�Q.U in His spiritual planets, of which the topmost\nis Goloka V�ndavana where Lord K��11a lives. Therefore this Kr�l).a consciousness movement is the greatest gift for persons who are actually desiring liberation.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n�Strt :q � � giJTOlJRt� I\nWf � � iJ¥t¥tl�N'<4RH1Rl«mt_ ������\npare 'vare ca ye bhavii\ngu[ta-vyatikarad anu\nna te�arh vidyate k�emam\nisa-vidhvarhsitasifilim\npare-in the higher status of life; avare-in the lower status of life; caand;\n\nye-all\n\nthose;\n\nbhava�-conceptions;\n\ngu(la-material\n\nqualities;\n\nvyatikarat-by interaction; anu-following; na-never; te�am-of them;\nvidyate-exist; kfiemam-correction; Isa-the Supreme Lord; vidhvarhsitadestroyed; asi�am-of the blessings.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0186": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n934\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nTRANSLATION\nWe accept as blessings different states of higher life, distinguishing them\n\nfrom lower states of life, but we should know that such distinctions exist\n\nonly in relation to the interchange of the modes of material nature. Actu­\n\nally these states of life have no permanent existence, for all of them will\n\nbe destroyed by the supreme controller.\n\nPURPORT\nIn our material existence we accept a higher form of life as a blessing\nand a lower form as a curse. This distinction of higher and lower only\nexists as long as the different material qualities (gur-as) interact. In other\nwords, by our good activities we are elevated to the higher planetary\nsystems or to a higher standard of life (good education, beautiful body,\netc.). These are the results of pious activities. Similarly, by impious\nactivities we remain illiterate, get ugly bodies, a poor standard of living,\netc. But all these different states of life are under the laws of material\nnature through the interaction of the qualities of goodness, passion and\nignorance. However, all these qualities will cease to act at the time of the\ndissolution of the entire cosmic manifestation. The Lord therefore says in\n\nBhagavad-gitii:\niibrahma-bhuvaniillokal;t punar iivartino 'rjuna\nmiim upetya tu kaunteya punar janma na vidyate\n(Bg. 8.16)\nEven though we elevate ourselves to the highest planetary system by the\nscientific advancement of knowledge or by the religious principles of lifegreat sacrifices and fruitive activities-at the time of dissolution these\nhigher planetary systems and life on them will be destroyed. The words in\nthis verse (isa-vidhvarhsitiisi§am) indicate that all such blessings will be\ndestroyed by the supreme controller. We will not be protected. Our bodies,\neither in this planet or in another planet, will be destroyed, and again we\nwill have to remain for millions of years in an unconscious state within the\nbody of Maha-Vil;ll).U. And again, when the creation is manifested, we have\nto take birth in different species of life and begin our activities. Therefore\nwe should not be satisfied simply by a promotion to the higher planetary\nsystems. We should try to get out of the material cosmic manifestation, go\nto the spiritual world and take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That is our highest achievement. We should not be attracted by anything material, higher or lower, but should consider them all on the same\n\n", "SB4.3#p0187": "Text 36]\n\n935\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\nlevel. Our real engagement should be in inquiring about the real purpose of\nlife and rendering devotional service to the Lord. Thus we will be eternally\nblessed in our spiritual activities, full of knowledge and bliss.\nRegulated human civilization\nmok§a.\n\nIn\n\npromotes dharma,\n\nartha,\n\nka.ma and\n\nhuman society there must be religion. Without religion,\n\nhuman society is only animal society. Economic development and sense\ngratification\n\nmust\n\nbe\n\nbased\n\non\n\nreligious\n\nprinciples.\n\nWhen\n\nreligion,\n\neconomic development and sense gratification are adjusted, liberation from\nthis material birth, death, old age and disease is assured. In the present age\nof Kali, however, there is no question of religion and liberation. People\nhave taken interest in economic development and sense gratification.\nTherefore, despite sufficient economic development all over the world,\ndealings in human society have become almost animalistic. When everything becomes grossly animalistic, dissolution takes place. This dissolution\nis to be accepted as Isa-vidhvarhsitiisi�iim. The Lord's so-called blessings of\neconomic development and sense gratification will be conclusively dissolved\nby destruction. At the end of this Kali-yuga, the Lord will appear as the\nincarnation of Kalki, and His only business will be to kill all human beings\non the surface of the globe. After that killing, another golden age will begin. We should therefore know that our material activities are just like\nchildish play. Children may play on the beach and the father will sit and\nwatch this childish play, the construction of buildings with sand, the construction of walls and so many things, but finally the father will ask the\nchildren to come home. Then everything is destroyed. Persons who are too\nmuch addicted to the childish activities of economic development and\nsense gratification are sometimes especially favored by the Lord when He\ndestroys their construction of these things.\nIt is said by the Lord: yasyaham anugrhr-ami hari§ye tad-dhanarh\n§ana*.\n\nThe Lord told Yudhi9thira Mahanija that His special favor is\n\nshown to His devotee when He takes away all his material opulences.\nGenerally, therefore, it is experienced that Vai�l)avas are not very opulent\nin the material sense. When a Vai9l)ava, pure devotee, tries to be materially\nopulent and at the same time desires to serve the Supreme Lord, his\ndevotional service is checked. The Lord, in order to show him a special\nfavor, destroys his so-called economic development and material opulences.\nThus the devotee, being frustrated in his repeated attempts at economic\ndevelopment, ultimately takes solid shelter under the lotus feet of the\nLord. This kind of action may also be accepted as Isa-vidhvarhsitasifiam,\nwhereby the Lord destroys one's material opulences but enriches him in\nspiritual understanding. In the course of our preaching work, we sometimes\n\n", "SB4.3#p0188": "936\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nsee that materialistic persons come to us and offer their obeisances to take\nblessings, which means they want more and more material opulences. If\n\nsuch material opulences are checked, such persons are no longer interested\n\nin offering obeisances to the devotees. Such materialistic persons are\n\nalways concerned about their economic development. They offer obeisances\nto saintly persons or the Supreme Lord and give something in charity for\n\npreaching work with a view that they will be rewarded with further\neconomic development.\n\nHowever, when one is sincere in his devotional service, the Lord\n\nobliges the devotee to give up his material development and completely\n\nsurrender unto Him. Because the Lord does not give blessings of material\n\nopulence to His devotee, people are afraid of worshiping Lord Vi�Qu\n\nbecause they see that the V ai�Qavas, who are worshipers of Lord Vi�Qu,\n\nare poor in superficial material opulences. Such materialistic persons,\n\nhowever, get immense opportunity for economic development by worship­\n\ning Lord Siva, for Lord Siva is the husband of the goddess Durga, and\nDurga is the proprietor of this universe. By the grace of Lord Siva, a\n\ndevotee gets the opportunity to be blessed by the goddess Durga. RavaQa,\n\nfor example, was a great worshiper and devotee of Lord Siva, and in return\n\nhe got all the blessings of goddess Durga, so much so that his whole\n\nkingdom was constructed of golden buildings. In Brazil, in this present\n\nage, huge quantities of gold have been found, and from historical references\n\nin the Puriir-as, we can guess safely that this was RavaQa's kingdom.This\nkingdom was, however, destroyed by Lord Ramacandra.\n\nBy studying such incidents, we can understand the full meaning of\n\nzsa-vidhvamsitiisi�iim. The Lord does not bestow material blessings upon\nthe devotees, for they may be entrapped again in this material world by\ncontinuous birth, death, old age, and disease. Due to materialistic opu­\n\nlences, persons like RavaQa become puffed up for sense gratification.\n\nRavaQa even dared kidnap Sita, who was both the wife of Lord Ramacandra\n\nand the goddess of fortune, thinking that he would be able to enjoy the\n\npleasure potency of the Lord. But actually, by such action, RavaQa became\n\nvidhvamsita or ruined. At the present moment human civilization is too\n\nmuch attached to economic development and sense gratification and is\ntherefore nearing the path of ruination.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0189": "Text 37]\n\n937\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n;.r: �'SIN*fq6;.r\n\n� R'llltif:\n\n�+44i1Rd �iA'f( {t)S,.rll � \\911\ntat tvarh narendra jagatam atha tasthii§iirh ca\ndehendriyasu-dhi§ar-atmabhir avrtanam\nya� k§etravit-tapataya hrdi visvag av*\npratyak cakasti bhagavarhs tam avehi so 'smi\ntat-therefore; tvam-you; narendra-0 best of the kings; jagatam- of\nthe moving; atka-therefore; tasthu§iim- the immovable; ca- also; dehabody; ind riya -senses; asu-life air; dhi§a r-a-by consideration; iitmabhiftself-realization; avrta niim- th ose who are covered in that way; yafl\n\n-\n\none\n\nwho; k§etra-vit-knower of the field; tapatayii-by controlling; hrdi-within\nthe heart; vis'vak- everywhere; iivift-manifest; p ratyak\nfollicle; cakiisti\n\n-\n\n-\n\nin\n\nevery\n\nhair\n\nshining; bhagaviin - the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\ntam-unto Him; avehi\n\n-\n\ntry to understand; safl asmi-I am that.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSanat-kumara advised the King: My dear King Prthu, try to understand\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is living within everyone's heart\nalong with the individual soul, in each and every body, either moving or\nnot moving. They are fully covered by the gross material body and subtle\nbody made of the life air and intelligence.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse it is specifically advised that instead of wasting time in\nthe human form of life endeavoring for economic development and sense\ngratification, one should try to cultivate spiritual values by understanding\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead who is existing within the individual\nsoul within everyone's heart. The individual soul and the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His Paramatma feature are both sitting within this\nbody, which is covered by gross and subtle elements. To understand this is\nto attain actual spiritual culture. There are two ways of advancing in\nspiritual culture-by the method of the impersonalist philosophers and by\ndevotional service. The impersonalist comes to the conclusion that he and\nthe Supreme Spirit are one, whereas devotees or personalists realize the\nAbsolute Truth by understanding that the Absolute Truth is the supreme\npredominator and we living entities are predominated; therefore our duty\nis to serve Him. The Vedic injunctions say: tat tvam asi, \"You are the\nsame,\" and so 'ham, \"I am the same.\" The impersonalist conception of\nthese mantras is that the Supreme Lord or the Absolute Truth and the\nliving entity are one, but from the devotee's point of view these mantras\n\n", "SB4.3#p0190": "938\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nassert that both the Supreme Lord and ourselves are of the same quality.\nTat tvam asi, ayam iitmii brahma. Both the Supreme Lord and the living\nentity are spirit. Understanding this is self-realization. The human form of\nlife is meant for understanding the Supreme Lord and oneself by spiritual\ncultivation of knowledge. One should not waste valuable life simply engaged in economic development and sense gratification.\nIn this verse the word k�etra-vit is also important. This word is explained\ninBhagavad-gitii: idarit sarirarit kaunteya k�etram ity abhidhiyate (Bg.l3.2).\n\nThis body is called k�etra, or the field of activities, and the proprietors of\nthe body, the individual soul and the Supersoul sitting within the body,\nare both called k�etra-vit. But there is a difference between the two kinds\nof k�etra-vit. One k�etra-vit, or knower of the body, namely the Paramatma\nor the Supersoul, is directing the individual soul. When we rightly Lake the\ndirection of the Supersoul, our life becomes successful. He is directing\nfrom within and from without. From within He is directing as caitya-guru,\nor the spiritual master sitting within the heart. Indirectly He is also helping\nthe living entity by manifesting Himself as the spiritual master outside. In\nboth ways the Lord is giving directions to the living entity so that he may\nfinish up his material activities and come back home, back to Godhead.\nThe presence of the Supreme Soul and Lhe individual soul within the body\ncan be perceived by anyone by the fact that as long as the individual soul\nand the Supersoul are both living within the body, the body is always\nshining and fresh. But as soon as the Supersoul and the individual soul\ngive up possession of the gross body, it immediately decomposes. One who\nis spiritually advanced can thus understand the real difference between a\ndead body and a living body. In conclusion, one should not waste his time\nby so-called economic development and sense gratification but should\ncultivate spiritual knowledge to understand the Supersoul and the individual soul and their relationship. In this way, by advancement of knowledge, one can achieve liberation and the ultimate goal of life. It is said that\nif one takes to the path of liberation, even rejecting his so-called duties in\nthe material world, he is not a loser at all. But a person who does not take\nto the path of Liberation yet carefully executes economic development and\nsense gratification, loses everything. Narada's statement before Vyasadeva\nis appropriate in this connection:\ntyaktvii sva-dharmarit carartiimbujarit harer\nbhajann apakvo'tha patet tato yadi\nyatra kva viibhadram abhud amu�ya kim\nko vii rtha iipto 'bhajatiirh sva-dharmata[!\n(Bhiig. 1.5.17)\n\n", "SB4.3#p0191": "Text 38]\n\nPrthu Maharaj a's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n93 9\n\nIf a person, out of sentiment or for some other reason, takes to the\nshelter of the lotus feet of the Lord and in due course of time does not\nsucceed in coming to the ultimate goal of life or falls down due to lack of\nexperience, there is no loss. But for a person who does not take to the\ndevotional service, yet executes his material duties very nicely, there is no\ngain.\nTEXT 38\n\nJ.4f44Nt� ��..� �\n;ntn �Tel� �1J ��! I\n\n({\n\n�U*MR¥aR�oa<t��\n�d��estiftl m 11��11\n\nyasminn idarh sad-asad-atmataya vibhati\nmaya viveka-vidhuti sraji vahi-buddhift\ntam nitya-mukta-parisuddha-visuddha-tattvarh\npraty\"tu)ha-karma-kalila-prakrtirh prapadye\nyasmin-in which; idam-this; sat-asat-the Supreme Lord and His\ndifferent energies; atmataya-being the root of all cause and effect;vibhatimanifests; maya-illusion;viveka-vidhuti-liberated by deliberate consideration; sraji-on the rope; va-or; ahi-serpent; buddh*-intelligen ce; tamunto Him;nitya-eternally; mukta-liberated;p arisuddha-uncontaminated;\nvisuddha-pure;tattvam-truth;pratyu�ha-transcendental;karma-fruitive\nactivities; kalila-impurities; prakrtim-situated in spiritual energy; prapadye-surrender.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead manifests Himself as one with the\ncause and effect within this body and also as one who has transcended the\nillusory energy. This clears the misconception of a snake for a rope. Thus one\ncan understand that the Paramatma is eternally transcendental to the\nmaterial creation and situated in pure internal energy. Thus He is transcendental to all material contamination. Unto Him only must one\nsurrender.\nPURPORT\nThis verse is specifically stated to defy the Mayavada conclusion of oneness without differentiation between the individual soul and the Supersoul.\nThe Mayavada conclusion is that the living entity and the Supersoul are\n\n", "SB4.3#p0192": "940\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\none; there is no difference. They proclaim that there is no separate existence outside the impersonal Brahman and that the feeling of separation is\n\nmiiyii or an illusion by which one considers a rope to be a snake. The rope\nand the snake argument is generally offered by the Mayavadi philosophers.\nTherefore these words, which represent vivarta-viida, are specifically mentioned herein. Actually Paramatma, the Supersoul, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and He is eternally liberated. In other words, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is living within this body along with the\nindividual soul, and this is confirmed in the Vedas. They are likened to\ntwo friends sitting on the same tree. Yet Paramatma is above the illusory\nenergy. The illusory energy is called bahirangii sakti or external energy,\nand the living entity is called tatasthii sakti or marginal potency. As stated\nin Bhagavad-gitii, the material energy, represented as earth, water, air, fire,\nsky, etc., and the spiritual energy, the living entity, are both energies of\nthe Supreme Lord. Even though the energies and the energetic are identical,\nthe living entity, individual soul, being prone to be influenced by the\nexternal energy, considers the Supreme Personality of Godhead as one with\nhimself.\nThe word prapadye is also significant in this verse, for it refers to the\nconclusion of the Bhagavad-gitii: sarva-dharmiin parityajya miim ekam\n\nsararwm vraja (Bg. 18.66). In another place the Lord says: bahiiniim\njanmaniim ante jniinaviin miim prapadyate (Bg.\n\n7.19). This prapadye or\n\nsarar-am vraja refers to the individual's surrender to the SupersouL The\nindividual soul, when surrendered, can understand that the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, although situated within the heart of the individual\nsoul, is superior to the individual soul. The Lord is always transcendental\nto the material manifestation, even though it appears that the Lord and\nthe material manifestation are one and the same. According to the Vai�l).ava\nphilosophy, He is one and different simultaneously. The material energy\nis a manifestation of His external potency, and since the potency is identical with the potent, it appears that the Lord and individual soul are one,\nbut actually the individual soul is under the influence of material energy,\nand the Lord is always transcendental to it. Unless the Lord is superior to\nthe individual soul, there is no question of prapadye or surrender unto Him.\nThis word prapadye refers to the process of devotional service. Simply by\nnon devotional speculation on the rope and the snake, one cannot approach\nthe Absolute Truth. Therefore devotional service is stressed as more important than deliberation or mental speculation to understand the Absolute Truth.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0193": "Text 39)\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumiiras\n\n941\n\nTEXT 39\n\"\n\n����,ijf��\n('\n\n,\n\n,...\n\n,...\n\n�\"r�tr m%f�trr� �: 1\nij'� mti�ij� tf(f;.r)sfq ��-\n\n�flliJfffil� � �� II� �II\n\nyat-piida-pankaja-palii sa-viliisa-bhaktyii\nkarmiisayarh grathitam udgrathayanti santa�\ntadvan na rikta-matayo yatayo 'pi ruddhasrotogariis tam arararh bhaja viisudevam\nyat - whose ;\n\nptida-feet ;\n\npankaja-lo tus ;\n\npaltisa-petals\n\nor\n\ntoes;\n\nviliisa-enjoyment; bha ktyii- by devotional service; karma-fruitive activities;\n\niisayam- desire ;\n\ngrathitam-hard knot; udgrathayanti-roots out;\n\nsanta�-devotees; tat-that; vat-like; na-never; rikta-mataya� - person devoid of devotional service; yataya�-ever increasingly trying; api - even\nthough; r uddha-stopp ed; srotogartii�-the waves of sense enjoyment;\ntam-unto Him; araram-worthy to take shelter; bhaja-engage in devotional service; viisudevam-unto Kr�l)a, the son of Vasudeva.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees, who are always engaged in the service of the toes of the\nlotus feet of the Lord, can very easily overcome hard-knotted desires for\nfruitive activities. Because this is very difficult, the nondevotees-the jiiiinis\nand yogis-although trying to stop the waves of sense gratification, cannot\ndo so. Therefore you are advised to engage in the devotional service of\nKr�J}.a, the son of Vasudeva.\nPURPORT\nThere are three kinds of transcendentalists trying to overcome the\ninfluence of the modes of material nature-the jniin\"is, yogis and bhaktas.\n\nAll of them attempt to overcome the influence of the senses, which is\ncompared to Lhe incessant waves of a river. The waves of a river flow\nincessantly, and it is very difficult to stop them. Similarly, the waves of\ndesire for material enjoyment are so strong that they cannot be stopped\nby any process other than bhakti-yoga. The bhaktas, by their transcendental devotional service unto the lotus feet of the Lord, become so overwhelmed with transcendental bliss that automatically their desires for\n\n", "SB4.3#p0194": "942\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nmaterial enjoyment stop. The jniinis and yogis, who are not attached to\nthe lotus feet of the Lord, simply struggle against the waves of desire. They\n\nare described in this verse as rikta-mataya[l., which means devoid of de­\n\nvotional service. In other words, the jiiiinis and yogis, although trying to\n\nbe free from the desires of material activities, actually become more and\n\nmore entangled in false philosophical speculation or strenuous attempts to\n\nstop the activities of the senses. As stated previously:\n\nvasudeve bhagavati bhakti-yoga[l. prayojita[l.\njanayaty iisu vairiigyam jiiiinam ca yad ahaitukam\n(Bhag. 1.2. 7)\nHere also the same point is stressed. Bhaja vasudevam indicates that one\n\nwho is engaged in the loving service of K{�Q.a, the son of Vasudeva, can\n\nvery easily stop the waves of desires. As long as one will continue to try to\n\nartificially stop the waves of desires, he will certainly be defeated. That is\n\nindicated in this verse. Desires for fruitive activities are strongly rooted,\n\nbut the trees of desire can be uprooted completely by devotional service\n\nbecause devotional service employs superior desire. One can give up\ninferior desires when engaged in superior desires. To try to stop desires is\n\nimpossible. One has to desire the Supreme in order not to be entangled in\n\ninferior desires. ]iiiinis also maintain a desire to become one with the\nSupreme, but such desire is also considered to be kama, lust. Similarly, the\n\nyogis desire mystic power, and that is also kama. And the bhaktas, not\nbeing desirous of any sort of material enjoyment, become purified. There\nis no artificial attempt to stop desire. Desire becomes a source of spiritual\n\nenjoyment under the protection of the toes of the lotus feet of the Lord.\nIt is stated herein by the Kumaras that the lotus feet of the Lord Kr�Q.a\n\nare the ultimate reservoir of all pleasure. One should therefore take shelter\n\nof the lotus feet of the Lord instead of trying unsuccessfully to stop de­\n\nsires for material enjoyment. As long as one is unable to stop the desire\n\nfor material enjoyment, there is no possibility of becoming liberated from\n\nthe entanglement of material existence. It may be argued that the waves\n\nof a river are incessantly flowing and that they cannot be stopped, but the\n\nwaves of the river flow towards the sea. When the tide comes over the\nriver, it overwhelms the flowing of the river, and the river itself becomes\n\noverflooded, and the waves from the sea become more prominent than the\nwaves from the river. Similarly, a devotee with intelligence plans so many\n\nthings for the service of the Lord in K{�Q.a consciousness that stagnant\n\nmaterial desires become overflooded by the desire to serve the Lord. As\n\n", "SB4.3#p0195": "Text40]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n943\n\nconfirmed by Yamunacarya, since he has been engaged in the service of\nthe lotus feet of the Lord, there is always a current of newer and newer\ndesires flowing to serve the Lord, so much so that the stagnant desire· of\nsex life becomes very insignificant. Yamunacarya even says that he spits on\nsuch desires. Bhagavad-gztii also confirms: param dr§tvii nivartate (Bg. 2.59).\nThe conclusion is that by developing a loving desire for the service of the\nlotus feet of the Lord, we subdue all material desires for sense gratification.\nTEXT40\n\n� 'i(IM( �q���\n't�q�\"ftfl'4ij@'1 ffflfi� I\n�� mtT;fflt ��tt\n�q1� �� ��ilui't 11\\loll\n...\n\nC'\n\nkrcchro mahan iha bhaviir[tavam aplavesiim\n�a{i-varga-nakram asukhena titzr�anti\ntat tvam harer bhagavato bhajanzyam anghrim\nkrtvo{iuparh vyasanam uttara dustariir[tam\nkrcchra�-troublesome; mahan-very great; iha-here in this life; bhava­\n\nar!wvam- ocean of rnaterial existence; aplava-zsiim- of the nondevotees,\nwho have not taken shelter of the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;\n\n�at-varga-six\n\nsenses; nakram-sharks; asukhena-with great\n\ndifficulty; titir�anti-cross over; tat-therefore; tvam-you; hare�-of the\nPersonality of Godhead; bhagavatal;t-of the Supreme; bhajanzyam-worthy\nof\n\nworship;\n\nanghrim-the 'lotus\n\nfeet;\n\nkrtvii-making;\n\nu{iupam- boat;\n\nvyasanam-all kinds of dangers; uttara-cross over; dustara-very difficult;\nariJ.am- the ocean.\nTRANSLATION\nThe ocean of nescience is very difficult to cross because it is infested\nwith many dangerous sharks. Although those who are nondevotees undergo\nsevere austerities and penances to cross that ocean, we recommend that\nyou simply take shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord, which are like boats\nfor crossing the ocean. Although the ocean is difficult to cross, by taking\nshelter of His lotus feet you will overcome all dangers.\nPURPORT\nMaterial existence is compared herein with the great ocean of nescience.\nAnother name of this ocean is VaitaraQ.i. In that Vailara¢ ocean, which is\n\n", "SB4.3#p0196": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n944\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nthe Causal Ocean, there are innumerable universes floating like footballs.\nOn the other side of the ocean is the spiritual world of VaikuQ�ha, which\nis described in Bhagavad-g!tii as paras tasmiit tu bhiivo 'nyo (Bg. 8.20). Thus\nthere is an ever-existing spiritual nature which is beyond this material\nnature. Even though all the material universes are annihilated again and\nagain in the Causal Ocean, the VaikuQ�ha planets, which are spiritual, exist\neternally and are not subject to dissolution. The human form of life gives\nthe living entity a chance to cross the ocean of nescience, which is this\nmaterial universe, and enter into the spiritual sky. Although there are many\nmethods or boats by which one can cross the ocean, the Kumiiras recommend that the King take shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord, just as one\nwould take shelter of a good boat. Nondevotees, who do not take shelter\nof the Lord's lotus feet, try to cross the ocean of nescience by other\nmethods (karma, jiiiina and yoga), but they have a great deal of trouble.\nIndeed, sometimes they become so busy simply enjoying their troubles\nthat they never cross the ocean. There is no guarantee that the nondevotees\nwill cross the ocean, but even though they manage to cross, they have to\nundergo severe austerities and penances. On the other hand, anyone who\ntakes to the process of devotional service and has faith that the lotus feet\nof the Lord are safe boats to cross that ocean is certain to cross very easily\nand comfortably.\nPrthu Maharaja is therefore advised to take the boat of the lotus feet of\nthe Lord to easily cross over all dangers. Dangerous elements in the universe\nare compared to sharks in the ocean. Even though one may be a very\nexpert swimmer, he cannot possibly survive if he is attacked by sharks. One\noften sees that many so called sviim!s and yogis sometimes advertise themselves as competent to cross the ocean of nescience and to help others\ncross, but in actuality they are found to be simply victims of their own\nsenses. Instead of helping their followers to cross the ocean of nescience,\nsuch sviim!s and yogis fall prey to miiyii, represented by the fair sex,\nwoman, and are thus devoured by the sharks in that ocean.\nTEXT4l\n\nit5fq �·n\"f\n\n� iRI�IJf �IJfR'llt� I\nCS:�I<tl�•lf« : ('('tt'fSI�I� d �:����II\n\n�\n\nmaitreya uviica\nsa evarh brahma-putrer-a\nkumiirertiitma-medhasii\n\n", "SB4.3#p0197": "Text42)\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumiiras\n\n945\n\ndarsitiitma-gati[l. samyak\nprasasyoviica tam nrpa[l.\nmaitreya(l. uviica\n\n-\n\nthe great sage Maitreya continued to say; sa[l.-the\n\nKing; evam- thus; brahma-putre!la-by the son of Lord Brahma; kumiire[Laby one of the Kumaras; iitma-medhasii-well versed in spiritual knowledge;\n\ndarsita-being shown; iitma-gati[l.-spiritual advancement; samyak-com­\n\npletely; prasasya-worshiping; UVUCa-said; tam-unto him; nrpa{I-the\nKing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing thus enlightened to complete spiritual knowledge by the son of\nBrahma-one of the Kumiiras, who was complete in spiritual knowledgethe King worshiped them in the following words.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word iitma-medhasii is commented upon by Sripada\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura, who says that iitmani means unto Lord\n\n�91]a, paramiitmani. Lord ��!]a is Paramiitma (iSvarafi. paramafi. kr�f'afi.,\nBrahma-samhitii, 5.1); therefore one whose mind is acting fully in ��l]a\nconsciousness is called iitma-medhiifi.. This may be contrasted to the word\ngrha-medh\"i, which refers to one whose brain is always engrossed with\nthoughtc; of material activities. The iitma-medhiifi. is always thinking of\n\nKr�I:la 's activities in Kr�I:!a consciousness. Since Sanat-kumara, who was a\n\nson of Lord Brahma, was fully Kr�l]a conscious, he could point out the\n\npath of spiritual advancement. The word iitma-gatifi. refers to that path of\n\nactivities by which one can make progress in understanding Kr�J;�.a.\nTEXT42\n\nH�Tm\n\n� it�: 'lei m-m��;;q;n 1\nij+uqii(Pid JRiil. � \\J:4¥tl•atm 11\\l�ll\nriijoviica\nkrto me 'nugraha[l. purvarh\nharir-iirtiinukampinii\ntam iipiidayiturh brahman\nbhagavan yuyam iigatii(l.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0198": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n946\nrap\n\nuvaca - the\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nKing said; krta � - done; me-unto me; anugraha�­\n\ncauseless mercy; p u rvam - formerly; h ari rtii- by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Lord Vi�Q.U; arta-anukampina- compassionate for persons in\n\ndistress; tam- that; tipiidayitum-to confirm it; brahman-0 briihmap.a;\nbhagavan-0\n\npowerful\n\none; yuyam-all\n\nof you; iigatii� -have arrived\n\nhere.\n\nTRA NS LA TION\nThe King said: 0 brahmaQ.a, 0 powerful one, formerly Lord Vi�J.l.U\n\nshowed me His causeless mercy, indicating that you would come to my\nhouse, and to confirm that blessing, you have all come.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen Lord Vi�Q.U appeared on the great arena of sacrifice at the time\nwhen King Prthu was performing a great sacrifice (aivamedha), He predicted that the Kumaras would very soon come and advise the King.\n\nTherefore Prthu Maharaja remembered the causeless mercy of the Lord\n\nand thus welcomed the arrival of the Kumaras, who were fulfilling the\nLord's prediction. In other words, when the Lord makes a prediction, He\n\nfulfills that prediction through some of His devotees. Similarly, Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu predicted that both His glorious names and the Hare\nKr�Qa mahii-mantra would be broadcast in all the towns and villages of\n\nthe world. Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura and Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvafi\nPrabhupada desired to fulfill this great prediction, and we are following in\n\ntheir footsteps.\n\nRegarding His devotees, Lord Kr�Qa told Arjuna, kaunteya pratijan\"ihi\n\nna me bhakta[l prar;zasyati: \"0 son of Kunti, declare it boldly that My\n\ndevotee will never perish.\" (Bg. 9.31) The point is that the Lord Himself\n\ncould declare such things, but it was His desire to make the declaration\n\nthrough Arjuna and thus doubly assure that His promise would never be\n\nbroken. The Lord Himself promises, and His confidential devotees execute\n\nthe promise. The Lord makes so many promises for the benefit of suffering\n\nhumanity. Although the Lord is very compassionate upon suffering humanity, human beings are generally not very anxious to serve Him. The re­\n\nlationship is something like that between the father and the son; the\n\nfather is always anxious for the welfare of the son, even though the son\nforgets or neglects the father. The word anukampinii is significant; the\n\nLord is so compassionate upon the living entities that He comes Himself\n\ninto this world in order to benefit fallen souls.\n\nyadii yadii hi dharmasya\ngliinir bhavati bhtirata\n\n", "SB4.3#p0199": "Text 43]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's M eeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n947\n\nabhyutthiinam adharmasya\ntadiitmiinarh srjiimy aham\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descen­\n\ndant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I descend\nMyself.\" (Bg. 4. 7)\n\nThus it is out of compassion that the Lord appears in His different\n\nforms. Lord Sri Kreyqa appeared on this planet out of compassion for fallen\n\nsouls; Lord Buddha appeared out of compassion for the poor animals who\n\nwere being killed by the demons; Lord Nrsini.hadeva appeared out of\n\ncompassion for PrahHida Maharaja. The conclusion is that the Lord is so\ncompassionate upon the fallen souls within this material world that He\n\ncomes Himself or sends His devotees and His servants to fulfill His desire\n\nto have all the fallen souls come back home, back to Godhead. Thus Lord\n\nSri Kreyqa instructed Bhagavad-gitii to Arjuna for the benefit of the entire\n\nhuman society. Intelligent men should therefore seriously consider this\nKreyqa\n\nconsciousness\n\nmovement\n\nand\n\nfully utilize the instructions of\n\nBhagavad-gitii as preached without adulteration by His pure devotees.\nTEXT 43\n\n(;wtqlfa31����Wf��riiJI�: I\n�-s! ft if -��(it� IIV�II\nni�paditas ca kartsnyena\nbhagavadbhir ghrp.alubh*\nsadhucchi�tam hi me sarvam\natmana saha kim dade\nni§padital;t ca also the order is properly carried out; kartsnyena-in full;\nbhagavadbhi[t-by the representatives of the Supreme Personality of God-\n\nhead; ghrl).a-alubhil;t-by the most compassionate; sadhu-ucchi�{am-remnants of the foodstuffs of saintly persons;hi-certainly; me-mine;sarvam­\n\neverything; atmanii-heart and soul; saha-with; kim-what; dade-shall\n\ngive.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear brahmaJ)a, you have carried out the order thoroughly because\nyou are also as compassionate as the Lord. It is my duty, therefore, to\noffer you something, but I only possess remnants of food taken by great\n\nsaintly persons. What shall I give?\n\n", "SB4.3#p0200": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n948\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nPURPORT\nThe word siidhiicchi§tam is significant in this verse. Prthu Maharaja got\nhis kingdom from great saintly persons like Bhrgu and others just as one\ngets remnants of food. After the death of King Vena, the whole world was\nbereft of a popular ruler. There were so many catastrophes occurring that\nthe great saintly persons, headed by Bhrgu, created the body of King Prthu\nout of the body of his dead father, King Vena. Since King Prthu was thus\noffered the kingdom by the virtue of the mercy of great saintly persons, he\ndid not want to divide his kingdom among saints like the Kumaras. When\na father is eating food, he may, out of compassion, offer the remnants of\nhis food to his son. Although such food may be already chewed by the\nfather, it cannot be offered to the father again. Prthu Maharaja's position\nwas something like this; whatever he possessed had already been chewed,\nand therefore he could not offer it to the Kumaras. Indirectly, however,\nhe offered everything he possessed to the Kumar as, and consequently they\nutilized his possessions\n\nm\n\nwhatever way they liked. The next verse\n\nclarifies this matter.\nTEXT44\n\n3111 �: �� �� (1qR+4§�J : I\n\n��� ·� ri �61{_11\\l\\lll\nprar-a dara� suta brahman\ngrhas ca sa-paricchada�\nrajyarh balarh mah\"i kosa\niti sarvarh niveditam\npri:il} a�-life; di:iri:i�-wife; suti:i�-children; brahman-0 great bri:ihmar-a;\ngrha� -home; ca-also; sa-with; paricchada�-all paraphernalia; rajyamkingdom; balam-strength; mah\"i-land ; kosa� - treasury; iti-thus; sarvameverything; niveditam-offered.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King continued: Therefore, my dear brahmaJ;tas, my life, wife,\n\nchildren, home, furniture and household paraphernalia, my kingdom,\nstrength, land, and especially my treasury, are all offered nnto you.\nPURPORT\nIn some readings, the word diirii[l. is not used, but the word used then is\n\nriiya[l., which means wealth. In India there are still wealthy persons who\n\n", "SB4.3#p0201": "Text 45)\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n949\n\nare recognized by the state as rii.ya. A great devotee of Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu was called Ramananda Raya because he was governor of\n\nMadras and very rich. There are still many holders of the title rii.ya­\n\nRaya Bahadur, Raya Chaudhuri and so on. The diirii[t, or wife, is not\npermitted to be offered to the brii.hmaras.\n\nEverything is offered to\n\nworthy persons who are able to accept charity, but nowhere is it found\nthat one offers his wife; therefore in this case the reading rii.ya� is more\n\naccurate than dii.rii.{t. Also, since Prthu Maharaja offered everything to the\nKumaras, the word kosa� (treasury) need not be separately mentioned.\n\nKings and emperors used to keep a private treasury which was known as\n\nratna-bhii.rpa. The ratna-bhii.rufa was a special treasury room which con­\n\ntained special jewelries, such as bangles, necklaces and so on, which were\n\npresented to the king by the citizens. This jewelry was kept separate from\n\nthe regular treasury house where all the collected revenues were kept. Thus\n\nPrthu Maharaja offered his stock of private jewelry to the lotus feet of the\nKumaras. It has already been admitted that all the King's property belonged\n\nto the brii.hmarws and that Prthu Maharaja was simply using it for the\n\nwelfare of the state. If it were actually the property of the briihmafJas,\n\nhow could it be offered again to them? In this regard, Sripada Sridhara\n\nSvami has explained that this offering is just like the servant's offering of\n\nfood to his master. The food already belongs to the master, for the master\n\nhas purchased it, but the servant, by preparing food, makes it acceptable\n\nto the master and thus offers it to him. In this way, everything belonging\n\nto Prthu Maharaja was offered to the Kumaras.\n\nTEXT45\n\nijwttq€4 :q- �q :q ��q-iR :q I\nri� :q- ��� II'J�II\nsainapatyam ca rajyam ca\nda[tpa-netrtvam eva ca\n\nsarva-lokiidhipatyam ca\nveda-siistra-vid arhati\n\nsainiipatyam-post of commander-in-chief; ca-and; riijyam-post of\n\nruler over the kingdom; ca-and; da�J�a-ruling; netrtvam-leadership; eva­\n\ncertainly; ca-and; sarva-all; loka-adhipatyam-proprietorship of the plan­\n\net; ca-and; veda-siistra-vit-one who knows the purport of Vedic literature;\n\narhati- deserves.\n\n·\n\n", "SB4.3#p0202": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n950\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince only a person who is completely educated according to the\nprinciples of Vedic knowledge deserves to be commander-in-chief, ruler\nof the state, the first to chastise and the proprietor of the whole planet,\nPrthu Maharaja offered everything to the Kumiiras.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse it is very clearly stated that a kingdom, state or empire\n\nmust be governed under the instructions of saintly persons and briihmarzas\n\nlike the Kumaras. When monarchy ruled throughout the world, the\n\nmonarch was actually directed by a board of brahma�as and saintly persons.\nThe king, as the administrator of the state, executed his duties as a servant\n\nof the briihmarzas. It was not that the kings or briihmarzas were dictators,\n\nnor did they consider themselves proprietors of the state. The kings were\nalso well versed in Vedic literatures and thus were familiar with the injunction of Sri: Isopani�ad: i:siiviisyam idam sarvam\n\n-\n\nev ery thing that exists\n\nbelongs to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In Bhagavad-gitii Lord\n\nKr�Qa also claims that He is the proprietor of all planetary systems\n\n(sarva-loka-mahesvaram). Since this is the case, no one can claim to be\nproprietor of the state. The king, president or head of the state should\nalways remember that he is not the proprietor but the servant.\nIn the present age, the king or president forgets that he is the servant\nof God and thinks of himself as servant of the people. The present\ndemocratic government is proclaimed to be a people's government, a\ngovernment by the people and for the people, but this type of government\n\nis not sanctioned by the Vedas. The Vedas maintain that a kingdom should\nbe governed for the purpose of satisfying the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead and should therefore be ruled by a representative of the Lord. The\nhead of a state should not be appointed if he is bereft of all Vedic knowl­\n\nedge. In this verse it is clearly stated (veda-siistra-vid arhati) that all high\ngovernment posts are especially meant for persons who are well conversant\nwith the teachings of the Vedas. In the Vedas there are definite instructions\n\ndefining how a king, commander-in-chief, soldier and citizen should behave.\nUnfortunately there are many so-called philosophers in the present age\nwho give instruction without citing authority, and many leaders follow\ntheir\n\nunauthorized\n\ninstruction.\n\nConsequently people are not happy.\n\nThe modern theory of dialectic communism, set forth by Karl Marx\nand followed by communist governments, is not perfect. According to\nVedic communism, no one in the state should ever starve. Presently there\n\n", "SB4.3#p0203": "Text 46]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n951\n\nare many bogus institutions which are collecting funds from the public for\nthe purpose of giving food to starving people, but these funds are invariably\nmisused.\n\nAccording to the Vedic instructions, the government should\n\narrange things in such a way that there will be no question of starvation.\n\nIn the Sr\"imad-Bhiigavatam it is stated that a householder must see to it\nthat even a lizard or a snake does not starve. They also must be given food.\n\nIn actuality, however, there is no question of starvation because everything\nis the property of the Supreme Lord, and He sees to it that there is ample\narrangement for feeding everyone. In the Vedas it is said: eko bahuniim yo\n\nvidadhiiti kiimiin\n\n(Ka,tha Up. 2.2.13). The Supreme Lord supplies the\n\nnecessities of life to everyone, and there is no question of starvation. If\nanyone starves, it is due to the mismanagement of the so-called ruler, governor or president.\nIt is clear therefore that a person who is not well versed in the Vedic\n\ninjunctions (veda-siistra-vit) should not run for election as president,\n\ngovernor, etc. Formerly kings were riijar§is, which meant that although\n\nthey were serving as kings, they were as good as saintly persons because\nthey would not transgress any of the injunctions of the Vedic scriptures\nand would mle under the direction of great saintly persons and briihmartas.\n\nAccording to this arrangement, modern presidents, governors and chief\nexecutive officers are all unworthy of their posts because they are not conversant with Vedic administrative knowledge and they do not take direction from great saintly persons and briihmartas. Because of his disobedience\n\nto the orders of the Vedas and the brahma1Jas, King Vena, Prthu Maharaja's\nfather, was killed by the briihmartas. Prthu Maharaja therefore knew very\n\nwell that it behooved him to rule the planet as the servant of s aintly persons and briihmartas.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n�;nmuft������� I\nij����� m aJf'P•IIG:4! ����II\nsvam eva briihmar-o bhunk te\nsvam vaste svam dadiiti ca\ntasyaiviinugraher-iinnarh\nbhuiijate k�atriyiidayaft\nsvam-own; eva-certainly; briihmar-a[!- the briihmar-as; bhunkte-enj o y;\nsvam-own; vaste clothing ; svam-own ; dadiiti gives in charity; ca-and;\nt asya-his; eva-certainly; anugraher-a-by the mercy of; annam-food\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0204": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n952\n\ngrains; bhuiijate-eats; kfiatriya adaya b-\n\n-\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nother divisions of the society,\n\nheaded by the kfiatriyas.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe �atriyas, va1syas and sudras eat their food by virtue of the\n\nbrahma1,1as' mercy. It is the brahma1,1as who enjoy their own property,\nclothe themselves with their own property and give charity with their own\n\nproperty.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is worshiped with the words\nnamo brahmar-_ya-devaya, which indicate that the Supreme Lord accepts\n\nthe brahmar-as as worshipable gods. The Supreme Lord is worshiped by\neveryone, yet lo teach others He worships the brahmar-as. Everyone should\nfollow the instructions of the brahmar-as, for their only business is to\nspread sabda-brahma or Vedic knowledge all over the world. Whenever\nthere is a scarcity of briihmar-as to spread Vedic knowledge, chaos throughout human society results. Since briihmar-as and V ai�l)avas are direct servants of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, they do not depend on others.\nIn actuality, everything in the world belongs to the briihmar-as, and out of\ntheir humility the briihmar-as accept charity from the kfiatriyas, or kings,\nand\n\nthe vaisyas,\n\nor merchants. Although everything belongs to the\n\nbriihmar-as, the kfiatriyas and vaiSyas keep everything in custody, and\n\nwhenever the briihmar-as need money, they supply it. It is like a savings\naccount with money which the depositor can draw out at his wilL The\nbriihmar-as, being engaged in the service of the Lord, have very little time\n\nto handle the finances of the world, and therefore the riches are kept by\nthe kfiatriyas or the kings, who are to produce money upon the briihmar-as'\ndemand. Actually the briihmar-as or V ai§ll)avas do not live at others' cost;\nthey live by spending their own money, although it appears that they are\ncollecting this money from others. K,satriyas and vaiSyas have no right to\ngive charity because whatever they possess belongs to the brahmar-as.\nTherefore charity should be given by the kfiatriyas and vaisyas under the\ninstructions of the briihmartas . Unfortunately at the present moment there\nis a scarcity of briihmartas, and since there is no one to advise the kfiatriyas\nand vaisyas, the world is in a chaotic condition.\nThe second line of this verse indicates that the kfiatriyas, vaisyas and\nsudras eat only by virtue of the briihma�J.a 's mercy; in other words, they\n\nshould not eat anything which is forbidden by the brahmar-as. The\nbriihmaras and Vai�Q.avas know what to eat, and by their personal example\n\nthey do not eat anything which is not offered first to the Supreme Person-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0205": "Text 47]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n953\n\nality of Godhead. They eat only prasiida, or remnants of the food offered\nto the Lord. The kfiatriyas, vaisyas and sudras should eat only Kreyqaprasadam, which is afforded them by the mercy of the brahmar-as. They\ncannot open slaughterhouses and eat meat, fish or eggs, or drink liquor, or\nearn money for this purpose without authorization. In the present age, because society is not guided by brahminical instruction, the whole population is only absorbed in sinful activities. Consequently everyone is deservedly being punished by the laws of nature. This is the situation in this\nage of Kali.\n\nTEXT47\n\n�{tt�\"i � •1Rt�l€+tcn�\n�_.m Pt•tf'tM: SIRt41�(1 wt: I\ndQ4Wf!lii)i(Cfi(lllt: � �\n� ;nq �ctiilRI fcl;itG\\41511( II 'J\\911\nyair zdrii bhagavato gatir atma-vada\nekantato nigamibh* pratipadita na�\ntufiyantv adabhra-karur-aft sva-krtena nityam\nko nama tat pratikaroti vinoda-patram\nyai[l-by those;idrii-such kind of;bhagavatal)-of the Supreme Personality\n\nof God�ead; gat*-progress; atma-vade-spiritual consideration;\n\nekantatal;l-in ·complete understanding; nigamibh*-by Vedic evidences;\npratipadita-conclusively established; nal)-unto us;tufiyantu-be satisfied;\nadabhra-unlimited; karur-al;l-mercy; sva-krtena-by your own activity;\nnityam-eternal; kal;l-who; nama-no one; tat-that;pratikaroti-counteracts; vina-without; uda-patram-offering of water in cupped hands.\nTRANSLATION\nJ>tthu Maharaja continued: How can such persons, who have rendered\nunlimited service by explaining the path of self-realization in relation to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and whose explanations are given for our\nenlightenment with complete conviction and Vedic evidence, be repaid\nexcept by folded palms containing water for their satisfaction? Such great\npersonalities can be satisfied only by their own activities, which are distributed amongst human society out of their unlimited mercy.\nPURPORT\nGreat personalities of the material world are very eager to render\nwelfare service to human society, but actually no one can render better\n\n", "SB4.3#p0206": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n954\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nservice than one who distributes the knowledge of spiritual realization in\n\nrelation with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. All living entities are\n\nwithin the clutches of the illusory energy. Forgetting their real identity,\n\nthey hover in material existence, transmigrating from one body to another\n\nin search of a peaceful life. Since these living entities have very little knowl­\n\nedge of self-realization, they are not getting any relief, although they are\nvery anxious to attain peace of mind and some substantial happiness.\n\nSaintly persons like the Kumaras, Niirada, Prahlada, I anaka, Sukadeva\n\nGosviimi, Kapiladeva, as well as the followers of such authorities as the\nVai�r;tava iiciiryas and their servants, can render a valuable service to hu­\n\nmanity by disseminating knowledge of the relationship between the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and the living entity. Such knowledge\n\nis the perfect benediction for humanity.\n\nKnowledge of Kr�qa is such a great gift that it is impossible to repay\n\nthe benefactor. Therefore Prthu Maharaja requested the Kumiiras to be\nsatisfied by their own benevolent activities, which involved delivering souls\n\nfrom the clutches of miiyii. The King saw that there was no other way to\n\nsatisfy them for their exalted activities. The word vinodapiitram can be\n\ndivided into two words, vinii and uda-piitram, or can be understood as one\n\nword, vinoda-piitram, which means joker. A joker's activities simply\n\narouse laughter, and a person who tries to repay the spiritual master or\n\ntea cher of the transcendental message of Kr�qa becomes a laughing stock\n\njust like a joker because it is not possible to repay such a debt. The best\nfriend and benefactor of all people is one who awakens humanity to its\noriginal Kr�r:ta consciousness.\n\nTEXT48\n\n�5tq�\n\n3fl�q1•a4ijJOt 31tRo'Jttt �ffl: 1\n��,��:�qf���ll��ll\n\n�\n\nmaitreya uviica\nta iitma-yoga-pataya\niidi-riijena pujitiif!.\nsilam tadiyam �amsantaf!.\nkhe 'bhavan mifiatiim nrr-iim\nmaitreyaf!. uviica- the great sage Maitreya continued to speak; te- they;\n\niitma-yoga-pataya[l.-the masters of self-realization by devotional service;\n\n", "SB4.3#p0207": "Text 49]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n955\n\niidi-riijena-by the original King (Prthu); piijitii�-being worshiped; s'ilamcharacter; tadiyam\nabhavan\n\n-\n\n-\n\nof the King; samsa nta�-eulogizing; khe-in the sky;\n\nappeared; mi�atiim-while observing; nr[Uim-of the people.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBeing thus worshiped by Maharaja Pfthu, the four Kumiiras, who\nwere masters of devotional service, became very pleased. Indeed, they\nappeared in the sky and praised the character of the King, and everyone\nobserved them.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that the demigods never touch the surface of the earth.\nThey walk and travel in space only. Like the great sage Niirada, the Kumaras\ndo not require any machine to travel in space. There are also residents of\nSiddhaloka who can travel in space without machines. Since they can go\nfrom one planet to another, they are called siddhas; that is to say they\nhave acquiJed all mystic and yogic powers. Such great saintly persons who\nhave attained complete perfection in mystic yoga are not visible in this age\non earth because humanity is not worthy of their presence. The Kumaras,\nhowever, praised the characteristics of Maharaja Prthu and his great devotional attitude and humility. The Kumaras were greatly satisfied by King\nPrthu's method of worship. It was by the grace of Maharaja Prthu that the\ncommon citizens in his domain could see the Kumaras flying in outer\nspace.\nTEXT 49\n\n� � ft e��IUfk+i� I\n\n3llft.:filqflci41�14 it;:r 3ll�+i;:qi4Rtf('l : 11\\l�ll\nvainyas tu dhuryo mahatiim\nsamsthityadhya tma-sikfiaya\niipta-kamam ivatmanam\nmena atmany avasthita[t\n\nvainya[t-the son of Vena Maharaja (Prthu); tu-of course; dhurya�-Lhe\nchief; mahatam-of great personalities; samsthityii being completely\n-\n\nfixed; iidhyiitma-sik�ayii-in the matter of self-realization; iipta- a chieved;\nkiimam-desires; iva-Like;atmanam-in self-satisfaction; mene-considered;\n'iitmani-in the self; avasthita�-situated\n\n.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0208": "956\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmongst great personalities, Maharaja Prthu was the chief by virtue\n\nof his fixed position in relation to spiritual enlightenment. He remained\n\nsatisfied as one who has achieved all success in spiritual understanding.\nPURPORT\n\nRemaining fixed in devotional service gives one the utmost in self­\n\nsatisfaction. Actually self-satisfaction can be achieved only by pure devotees\n\nwho have no desire other than to serve the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead. Since the Supreme Personality of Godhead has nothing to desire, He\n\nis fully satisfied with Himself. Similarly, a devotee who has no desire other\n\nthan to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead is as self-satisfied as the\n\nSupreme Lord. Everyone is hankering after peace of mind and self­\n\nsatisfaction, but these can only be achieved by becoming a pure devotee of\n\nthe Lord.\n\nKing Prthu's statements in previous verses regarding his vast k nowledge\n\nand perfect devotional service are justified here, for he is considered best\n\namongst all mahiitmiis. In Bhagavad-gitii Sri Kr�J;la speaks of mahiitmiis in\nthis way:\n\nmahatmanas tu marh partha\ndaiv\"irh prakrtim iisritiift\nbhajanty ananya-manaso\njiiiitva bhutiidim avyayam\n\"0 son of Prtha, those who are not deluded, the great souls, are under the\n\nprotection of the divine nature. They are fully engaged in devotional service because they know Me as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, original\n\nand inexhaustible.\" (Bg. 9.13)\n\nThe mahiitmiis are not under the clutches of the illusory energy but\n\nare under the protection of the spiritual energy. Because of this, the real\n\nmahiitmii is always engaged in the devotional service of the Lord. Prthu\nMaharaja exhibited all the symptoms of a mahiitmii; therefore he is men­\n\ntioned in this verse as dhuryo mahatiim, best of the mahiitmiis.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n", "SB4.3#p0209": "Text 50)\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n957\n\nkarmiir -i ca yatha-kiilam\nyathii-desam yathii-balam\nyathocitarh yathii-vittam\nakarod brahma-siit-krtam\nkarmiir-i-activities; ca-also; yathii-kiilam-befitting time and circum­\n\nstances; yathii-desam-befitting the place and situation; yathii-balam­\n\nbefitting one's own strength ;yathii-ucitam-as far as possible;yathii-vittam­\n\nas far as one can spend money in this connection; akarot-performed;\n\nbrahma-siit-in the Absolute Truth; krtam-did.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing self-satisfied, Maharaja J>tthu executed his duties as perfectly as\npossible according to the time and his situation, strength and financial\np<>sition. His only aim in all his activities was to satisfy the Absolute Truth.\nIn this way, he duly acted.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Prthu was a responsible monarch, and he had to execute\n\nthe duties of a k�atriya, a king and a devotee at the same time. Being per­\n\nfect in the Lord's devotional service, he could execute his prescribed duties\nwith complete perfection as befitted the time and circumstance and his\nfinancial strength and personal ability. In this regard, the word karmiir-i in\n\nthis verse is significant . Prthu Mahiiriij a's activities were not ordinary be­\n\ncause they were in relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nSrila Rupa Gosvami has advised that things which are favorable to devo­\n\ntional service should not be rejected, nor should activity favorable for devotional service be considered ordinary work or fruitive activity. For example,\n\nan\n\nordinary worker conducts business in order to earn money for his\n\nsense gratification. A devotee may perform the same work in exactly the\nsame way, but his aim is to satisfy the Supreme Lord. Consequently his\n\nactivities are not ordinary .\n\nPrthu Maharaja's activities were therefore not ordinary but were all\n\nspiritual and transcendental, for his aim was to satisfy the Lord. Just as\n\nArjuna, who was a warrior, had to fight to satisfy Kr�J;ta, Prthu Maharaja\n\nperformed his royal duties as king for the satisfaction of Kr�J;ta. Indeed,\n\nwhatever he did as emperor of the whole world was perfectly befitting a\n\npure devotee. It is therefore said by a V ai�l).ava poet, va�r-avera kriyii\nmu!lha vijne na bujhaya: no one can understand the activities of a pure\ndevotee. A pure devotee's activities may appear like ordinary activities, but\n\n", "SB4.3#p0210": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n958\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nbehind them there is profound significance-the satisfaction of the Lord.\nIn order to understand the activities of a Vai�l)ava, one has to become very\nexpert. Maharaja Prthu did not allow himself to function outside the institution of four var[tas and four iisramas, although as a V ai�l)ava he was a\nparamahamsa, transcendental to all material activities. He remained at his\nposition as a k�atriya to rule the world and at the same time remained\ntranscendental to such activities by satisfying the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Concealing himself as a pure devotee, he externally manifested\nhimself as a very powerful and dutiful king. In other words, none of his\nactivities were carried out for his own sense gratification; everything he\ndid was meant for the satisfaction of the senses of the Lord. This is clearly\nexplained in the next verse.\nTEXT 51\n\n� qfUI � ��: ��: I\n� � � 3U�+u4 �: q� ����II\nphalarh brahma[ti sann_yasya\nnirvi�ahga� samahita�\nkarmadhyak�am ca manviina\niitmiinarh prakrte� param\nphalam-result; brahma[ti-in the Absolute Truth; sannyasya-giving up;\nnirv�anga�- without\n\nbeing contaminated; samiihita�-completely dedi­\n\ncated; karma-activity; adhyak�am-superintendent; ca-and; manviina�always thinking of; iitmiinam-the Supersoul; prakrte�-of material nature;\nparam- transcendental.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Prthu completely dedicated himself to be an eternal servant\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, transcendental to material nature.\nConsequently all the fruits of his activities were dedicated to the Lord,\n\nand he always thought of himself as the servant of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, who is the proprietor of everything.\nPURPORT\nThe life and dedication of Maharaja Prthu in the transcendental loving\n\nservice of the Supreme Personality of Godhead serve as a good example of\nkarma-yoga. The term karma-yoga is often used in Bhagavad-g'itii, and\nherein Maharaja Prthu is giving a practical example of what karma-yoga\n\n", "SB4.3#p0211": "Text 51)\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n959\n\nactually is. The first requirement for the proper execution of karma-yoga\nis given herein. Phalam brahmar-i sannyasya (or vinyasya): One must give\nthe fruits of his activities to the Supreme Brahman, Parabrahman, Kr�t:J.a.\nBy doing so, one actually situates himself in the renounced order of life,\n\nsannyiisa. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii, giving up the fruits of one's activities\nto the Supreme Personality of Godhead is called sannyiisa. Although he\nwas living as a householder, P:rthu Maharaja was actually in the renounced\norder of life, sannyiisa. This will be clearer in the following verses.\nThe word nirvi�anga� (uncontaminated) is very significant because\nMaharaja Prthu was not attached to the results of his activities. In this\nmaterial world a person is always thinking of the proprietorship of everything he accumulates or works for. When the fruits of one's activities are\nrendered to the service of the Lord, one is actually practicing karma-yoga.\nAnyone can practice karma-yoga, but it is especially easy for the householder who can install the Deity of the Lord in the home and worship Him\naccording to the methods of bhakti-yoga. This method includes nine\nitems: hearing, chanting, remembering, serving, worshiping the Deity,\npraying, carrying oul orders, serving Kr�Qa as friend and sacrificing everything for Him. These methods of karma-yoga and bhakti-yoga are being\nbroadcast all over the world by the International Society for Krishna\nConsciousness. Anyone can learn these methods simply by following the\nexamples of the members of the Society.\nIn one's home or a temple, the Deity is considered the proprietor of\neverything, and everyone is considered the Deity's eternal servant The\nLord is transcendental, for He is not part of this material creation. The\nwords prakrte� param are used in this verse because everything within\nthis material world is created by the external material energy of the Lord,\nbut the Lord Himself is not a creation of this material energy. The Lord is\nthe supreme superintendent of all material creations, as confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gitii:\n\nmayiidhyak�er-a prakrt*\nsuyate sa-cariicaram\nhetuniinena kaunteya\njagad viparivartate\n\"This material nature is working under My direction, 0 son of Kunti, producing all the moving and unmoving beings, and by its rule this manifestation is created and annihilated again and again.\" (Bg. 9. I 0)\n\n", "SB4.3#p0212": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n960\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nAll material changes and material progress taking place by the wonderful\ninteraction of matter are under the superintendence of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Kr�t:J.a. Events in the material world are not taking\nplace blindly. If one always remains as a servant of Kr�t:�-a and engages\neverything in His service, he is accepted as fivan-mukta, a liberated soul,\neven during his lifetime within the material world. Generally liberation\ntakes place after one gives up this body, but one who lives according to the\nexample of Prthu Maharaja is liberated even in this lifetime. In Kr�t:Ia\nconsciousness the results of one's activities depend on the will of the\nSupreme Person. Indeed, in all cases the result is not dependent on one's\nown personal dexterity but is completely depend�nt on the will of the\nSupreme. This is the real significance of phalarh brahmari sannyasya. A\nsoul dedicated to the service of the Lord should never think of himself as\nthe personal proprietor or the superintendent. A dedicated devotee should\nprosecute his work according to the rules and regulations described in\ndevotional service. The results of his activities are completely dependent\non the supreme will of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 52\n\nm �d•u-.lsfit � 61WIIitlf'-lqiM�: I\n:rtR1�{l� f.\\(t¥1Rtm� ����\"\ngrhe§U vartamiino 'pi\nsa siimriijya-sriyiinvita�\nniisajjatendriyarthe§U\nniraharh-matir arka-vat\ngrhe�u-at home; vartamana� - being present; api-although; sa�\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nKing, Prthu; samrajya- the entire empire; sriya- opulence; anvita� -be i ng\nabsorbed in; na\n\n-\n\nnever; asajjata- became attracted; indriya-arthe�u-for\n\nsense gratification; n ir- nor ; aham-1 am; mat*-consideration; arka-the\nsun; vat-like.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Prthu, who was very opulent due to the prosperity of his\n\nentire empire, remained at home as a householder. Since he was never\n\ninclined to utilize his opulences for the gratification of his senses, he\n\nremained unattached, exactly like the sun, which is unaffected in all\n\ncircumstances.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0213": "Text 53)\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n961\n\nPURPORT\nThe word grhe�u is significant in this verse. Out of the four iisramas-the\n\n- only agrhastha or house­\n\nbrahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa\n\nholder is allowed to associate with women; therefore the grhastha-iiSrama\n\nis a kind of license for sense gratification given to the devotee. Prthu\nMaharaja was special in that although he was given license to remain a\nhouseholder, and although he possessed immense opulences in his kingdom, he never engaged in sense gratification. This was a special sign that\nindicated him to be a pure devotee of the Lord. A pure devotee is never\nattracted by sense gratification, and consequently he is liberated. In\nmaterial life a person engages in sense gratification for his own personal\nsatisfaction, but in the devotional or liberated life one aims to satisfy the\nsenses of the Lord.\nIn this verse Maharaja Prthu is likened to the sun (arka-vat). Sometimes\nthe sun shines on stool, urine and so many other polluted things, but\nsince the sun is all-powerful, it is never affected by the polluted things\nwith which it associates. On the contrary, the sunshine sterilizes and\npurifies polluted and dirty places. Similarly, a devotee may engage in so\nmany material activities, but because he has no desire for sense gratification, they never affect him. On the contrary, he dovetails all material\nactivities for the service of the Lord. Since a pure devotee knows how to\nutilize everything for the Lord's service, he is never affected by material\nactivities. Instead, by his transcendental plans he purifies such activities.\nThis is described in Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu. Sarvopiidhi-vinirmuktarh tatparatvena nirmalam: his aim is to become completely purified in the\nservice of the Lord without being affected by material designations.\n\nTEXT 53\n\nt(Ct¥\\Qtl�i\\;c\n'lfi+IM�(C¥\\M(W{ I\n��l(tU¥\\IQ qfil�l��i¥4(1( ����II\nevam adhyiitma-yogena\nkarmiir-y anusamiicaran\nputriin utpiidayii.miisa\npaiiciirci,sy ii.tma-sammatii.n\n\n- sons; utpii.dayii.mii.sa-\n\nevam-thus;adhyii.tma-yogena-by the means of bhakti-yoga; ka rmii.TJi activities; anu-always; samiicaran\n\n-\n\nex\n\necuting; putrii.n\n\n", "SB4.3#p0214": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n962\nbegotten; pan c a\ns ammatan\n\n-\n\n-\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nfive in number; arc i�i in his wife, Arci; atma-own;\n-\n\naccording to his desire.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBeing situated in the liberated position of devotional service, J>rthu\nMaharaja not only performed all fruitive activities but also begot five sons\nby his wife Arci. Indeed, all his sons were begotten according to his own\ndesire.\nPURPORT\nAs a householder, Prthu Maharaja had five sons by his wife Arci, and\nall these sons were begotten as he desired them. They were not born\nwhimsically or by accident. How one can beget children according to one's\nown desire is practically unknown in the present age (Kali-yuga). In this\nregard the secret of success depends on the parents' acceptance of the\nvarious purificatory methods known as sarhskiiras. The first sarhskiira, the\ngarbhiidhiina-sarhskiira or child-begetting sarhskiira, is compulsory, especially for the higher castes, the briihmar-as and the k§atriyas. As stated in\nBhagavad-g'itii, sex life which is not against religious principles is Kg;l).a\nHimself, and according to religious principles when one wants to beget a\nchild he must perform the garbhiidhiina-sarhskiira before having sex. The\nmental state of the father and mother before sex will certainly affect the\nmentality of the child to be begotten. A child who is begotten out of lust\nmay not turn out as the parents desire. As stated in the siistras, yathii\nyonir yathii b'ijam.\n\nYathii yon* indicates the mother, and yathii b'ijam\n\nindicates the father. If the mental state of the parents is prepared before\nthey have sex, the child which they will beget will certainly reflect their\nmental condition. It is therefore understood by the words iitma-sammatiin\nthat both Prthu Maharaja and Arci underwent thegarbhiidhiina purificatory\nprocess before begetting children, and thus they begot all their sons\naccording to their desires and purified mental states. Prthu Mahadija did\nnot beget his children out of lust, nor was he attracted to his wife for sense\ngratificatory purposes. He begot the children as a grhastha for the future\nadministration of his government all over the world.\nTEXT 54\n\nNM61'44 � m � fi1J:. I\n�tri JlitNI�Iwtf ���: �� lllt\\lU\n\n", "SB4.3#p0215": "Text 55]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n963\n\nvijitii.svam dhumrakesarh\nharyakflam dravirwm vrkam\nsarve�ii.m loka-pii.liinii.m\ndadhii.raika� prthur gur-iin\nvijitiisvam-of the name Vijitasva; dhumrake5am-of the name Dhiimrakesa; haryak§am-of the name Haryak!la; dravi1Jam-of the name DraviQ.a;\n\n- the governing\n- one; prthu/:1. - King Prthu\n\nvrkam-of the name Vrka; sarve§iim-of all; loka-piiliiniim\nheads of all planets; dadhiira-accepted; ekal;l.\nMaharaja;gu1Jiin-all qualities.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter begetting five sons named Vijitasva, Dhiimrakesa, Hary�a,\nDravi1,1a and VJ;ka, ftthu Maharaja continued to rule the planet. He accepted all the qualities of the deities who governed all other planets.\nPURPORT\n\nIn each and every planet there is a predominating deity. It is understood\nfrom Bhagava'd-g\"itii that in the sun there is a predominating deity named\nVivasviin. Similarly, there is a predominating deity of the moon and of the\nvarious planets. Actually the predominating deities in all the other planets\nare descendants from the predominating deities of the sun and moon. On\nthis planet earth there are two kflatriya dynasties, and one comes from the\npredominating deity of the sun and the other from the predominating\ndeity of the moon, known as Surya-varhsa and Candra-vamsa respectively.\nWhen monarchy existed on this planet, the chief member was one of the\nmembers of the Surya dynasty or Surya-varhsa, and the subordinate kings\nbelonged to the Candra-vamsa. However, Maharaja Prthu was so powerful\nthat he could exhibit all the qualities of the predominating deities in other\nplanets.\nTEXT 55\n\n•ncft?.lt�iiif·,�: �� ����: '\n¥twftiwtRtflr : ��: (i(�tt��t: ������\ngop\"ithiiya jagat-srflte�\nkiile sve sve 'cyutiitmakafl.\nmano-vii.g-vrttibhifl. saumyair\nguraifi. sarhraiijayan prajiifl.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0216": "[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n964\n\ngopithiiya-for the protection of; jagat-sr�Jel;t-of the supreme creator;\nkiile-in due course of time; sve sve-own; acyuta iitmaka� being Kr�Q.a\nconscious; mana� mind ; viik-words; vrttibhi� by occupation; saumya*very gentle; gurtai�-by qualification; sarhrmijayan-pleasing; prajii�-the\ncitizens.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince Maharaja J>rthu was a perfect devotee of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, he wanted to protect the Lord's creation by pleasing the\nvarious citizens according to their various desires. Therefor� J>rthu Maharaja\nused to please them in all respects by his words, mentality, works and\ngentle behavior.\nPURPORT\n\nAs will be explained in the next verse, Prthu Maharaja used to please all\nkinds of citizens by his extraordinary capacity to understand the mentality\nof others. Indeed, his dealings were so perfect that every one of the citizens\nwas very much satisfied and lived in complete peace. The word acyutiitmaka� is significant in this verse, for Maharaja Prthu used to rule this planet\nas the representative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He knew he\nwas the representative of the Lord and that the Lord's creation must be\nprotected intelligently. Atheists cannot understand the purpose behind the\ncreation. Although tliis material world is condemned when it is compared\nto the spiritual world, there is still some purpose behind it. Modern\nscientists and philosophers cannot understand that purpose, nor do they\nbelieve in the existence of a creator. They try to establish everything by\ntheir so-called scientific research, but they do not center anything around\nthe supreme creator. A devotee, however, can understand the purpose of\ncreation, which is to give facilities to the individual living entities who\nwant to lord it over material nature. The ruler of this planet should therefore know that all the inhabitants, especially human beings, have come to\nthis material world for sense enjoyment. It is therefore the duty of the\nruler to satisfy them in their sense enjoyment as well as to elevate them to\nKr�Q.a consciousness so that they all can ultimately return home, back to\nGodhead.\nWith this idea in mind, the king or government head should rule the\nworld. In this way, everyone will be satisfied. How can this be accomplished? There are many examples like Prthu Maharaja, and the history\nof his regency on this planet is elaborately described in Sri:mad-Bhiigavatam.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0217": "Text 56]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n965\n\nEven in this fallen age if the rulers, governors and presidents take advantage\nof Prthu Maharaja's example, there will certainly be a reign of peace and\nprosperity throughout the world.\nTEXT 56\n\n(1��1:1'1¥4\n\n�3f\n\n�: I\n\n&.4c.FA:��'l m 3RN� wn � lllt�ll\nrojety adhan nama-dheyarh\nsoma-raja ivaparaft\nsurya-vad visrjan grhcwn .\nprataparhs ca bhuvo vasu\nnija-the King; iti-thus; adhat-took up; nama-dheyam-of the name;\n\n-\n\nsoma raja[l-the king of the moon planet; iva-like; apara �-on the other\nhand; s u rya-vat-like the sun-god; visrjan-distributing; grh!wn-exacting;\npratapan-by strong ruling; ca-also; bh u va�-of the world; vasu-revenue.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Prthu became as celebrated a king as Somaraja, the king of\nthe moon. He was also powerful and exacting, just like the sun-god who\ndistributes heat and light and at the same time exacts all the planetary\nwaters.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse Maharaja Prthu is compared to the kings of the moon and\nsun. The king of the moon and the king of the sun serve as examples of\nhow the Lord desires the universe to be ruled. The sun distributes heat and\nlight and at the same time exacts water from all planets. The moon is very\npleasing at night, and when one becomes fatigued after a day's labor in\nthe sun, he can enjoy the moonshine. Like the sun-god, Prthu Maharaja\ndistributed his heat and light to give protection to his kingdom, for without heat and light no one can exist. Similarly, Prthu Maharaja exacted\ntaxes and gave such strong orders to the citizens and government that no\none had the power to disobey him. On the other hand, he pleased everyone\njust like the moonshine. Both the sun and the moon have particular\ninfluences by which they maintain order in the universe, and modern\nscientists and philosophers should become familiar with the Supreme\nLord's perfect plan for universal maintenance.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0218": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n966\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nTEXT 57\n\n���€41Rt�t� � ��: I\n� �M � �um{_ 11�\\SII\ndurdharfiaS tejasevagnir\nmahendra iva durjaya�\ntiti kfiaya dharitriva\ndyaur ivabh�s.ta-do nrram\ndurdhar�a�-unconquerable; tejasa-by prowess; iva-like; agni� fire ;\n-\n\nmahendra�-the\n\nking\n\nof\n\nheaven;\n\niva-likened;\n\ndurjaya�-insuperable;\n\ntiti k§aya-by tolerance; dharitri-the earth; iva-like; dyau�-the heavenly\nplanets; iva-like; abhi§ta-da[t-fulfilling desires; nrr am-of human society.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaharaja Prthu was so strong and powerful that no one could disobey\n\nhis orders any more than one could conquer fire itself. He was so strong\n\nthat he was compared to lndra, the king of heaven, whose power is\n\ninsuperable. On the other hand, Maharaja Prthu was also as tolerant as\n\nthe earth, and in fulfilling various desires of human society, he was like\n\nheaven itself.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is the duty of a king to give protection to the citizens and to fulfill\ntheir desires. At the same time, the citizens must obey the laws of the\nstate. Maharaja Prthu maintained all the- standards of good government,\nand he was so invincible that no one could disobey his orders any more\nthan a person could stop heat and light emanating from a fire. He was so\nstrong and powerful that he was compared to the king of heaven, Indra.\nIn this age modern scientists have been experimenting with nuclear\nweapons, and in a former age they used to release brahmiistras, but all\nthese brahmiistras and nuclear weapons are insignificant com pared to\nthe thunderbolt of the king of heaven. When Indra releases a thunderbolt,\neven the biggest hills and mountains crack. On the other hand, Maharaja\nPrthu was as tolerant as the earth itself, and he fulfilled all the desires of\nhis citizens, just as torrents of rain from the sky fulfill the need of the\nearth for water. Without rainfall, it is not possible to survive on this\nplanet. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii (parjanyiid anna-sambhava�, Bg. 3.14),\nfood grains are produced only because rain falls from the sky, and without\n\n", "SB4.3#p0219": "Text 59]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\ngrains, no one on the earth can survive. Conse quently\n\n967\n\nan unlimited\n\ndistribution of mercy is compared with the water falling from the clouds.\nMaharaja Prthu distributed his mercy incessantly, much like rainfall. In\nother words, Maharaja Prthu was softer than a rose flower and harder than\na thunderbolt. In this way he ruled over his kingdom.\nTEXT\n\n58\n\n� � �qfifil&i ����\n� � �1:'{: Q.,�;ct\"'-t€5(1Rct 11'-\\<=11\nvar�ati sma yathii-kiimam\nparjanya iva tarpayan\nsamudra iva durbodha[l.\nsattveniicala-rii(i iva\nvar�ati-pouring;sma-used to;yathii-kiimam-as much as one can desire ;\n\nparjanya[l. water; iva-like ; tarpaya n - pleasing; samudra [l. the sea; ivalikened; durbodha[l.- not understandable; sattvena-by existential position;\n-\n\n-\n\nacala-the hills; riit iva- like the king of.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as rainfall satisfies everyone's desires, Maharaja frthu used to\nsatisfy everyone. He was like the sea in that no one could understand his\ndepths, and he was like Meru, the king of hills, in the fixity of his purpose.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Prthu used to distribute his mercy to suffering humanity,\nand it was like rainfall after excessive heat. The ocean is wide and expansive, and it is very difficult to measure its length and breadth; similarly,\nPrthu Maharaja was so deep and grave that no one could fathom his\npurposes. The hill known as Meru is fixed in the universe as a universal\npivot, and no one can move it an inch from its position; similarly, no one\ncould ever dissuade Maharaja Prthu when he was determined.\nTEXT 59\n\n\\I�(IRct ��mn� �filer I\n� � \"'�\"� !l'�m � � 11'-\\���\ndharma-rii(i iva sik�iiyiim\niiscarye himaviin iva\n\n", "SB4.3#p0220": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n968\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nkuvera iva kosiiphyo\nguptiirtho varurw yathii\ndharma-rat iva - like King Yamaraja (the superintendent of death);\nsik;;iiyiim-in education; iiscarye- in opulence; himaviin iva- like the\nHimalayan Mountains; k uvera� - the treasurer of the heavenly planets;\niva-like; kosa-iiflhya�- in the matter of possessing wealth; gupta-artha�secrecy; varur-a�- the demigod named VaruQ-a ; yathii- like.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Prthu's intelligence and education were exactly like that of\n\nY amaraja, the superintendent of death. His opulence was comparable to the\n\nHimalayan Mountains, where all valuable jewels and metals are stocked.\n\nHe possessed great riches like Kuvera, the treasurer of the heavenly\n\nplanets, and no one could reveal his secrets, for they were like the demigod\nVarur,m's.\n\nPURPORT\nYamaraja or Dharmaraja, as the superintendent of death, has to judge\nthe criminal living entities who have committed sinful activities throughout\ntheir lives.\n\nConsequently Yamaraja is expected to be most expert in\n\njudicial matters. Prthu Maharaja was also highly learned and exceedingly\nexact in delivering his judgment upon the citizens. No one could excel\nhim in opulence any more than estimate the stock of minerals and jewels\nin the Himalayan Mountains; therefore he is compared to Kuvera, the\ntreasurer of the heavenly planets. Nor could anyone discover the secrets\nof his life any more than learn the secrets of V arul).a, the demigod presiding\n\nover the water, the night, and the western sky. Varul).a is omniscient, and\nsince he punishes sins, he is prayed to for forgiveness. He is also the sender\nof disease and is often associated with Mitra and Indra.\nTEXT60\n\n¥tRtR��\n3TW'i�HI41\nmiitarisveva sarviitmii\nbalena mahasaujasii\navi�ahyatayii devo\nbhagaviin bhuta-riip iva\n\n", "SB4.3#p0221": "Text 62]\n\nPrthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n969\n\nmiitarisvii- the air; iva-like; sarva iitmii-all pervading; balena-by bodily\n-\n\nstrength; mahasii ojasa\n\n-\n\nance; deva�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nby courage and power; avi§ahyatayii-by intoler­\n\nthe demigod; bhagaviin\n\n-\n\nthe most powerful; bhuta-riit iva­\n\nlike Rudra or Sadasiva.\nTRANSLATION\nIn his bodily strength and in the strength of his senses, Maharaja frthu\n\nwas as strong as the wind, which can go anywhere and everywhere. As far\nas his intolerance was concerned, he was just like the all-powerful Rudra\nexpansion of Lord Siva, or Sadasiva.\n\nTEXT6l\n\n� �;r ��if � �um '·\n\n�� ¥4ifiw-ljatf � ��: II�� II\nkandarpa iva saundarye\nmanasvi mrga-riii} iva\nviitsalye manuvan nrr-arh\nprabhutve bhagaviin aja�\nkandarpa�-C upid; iva-like; saundarye-in beauty; manasvi-in thoughtfulness; mrga-riit iva-like the king of the animals, the lion; viitsalye-in\naffection; manu-vat-like Svay ambhuva Manu; nrr-am-of human society;\nprabhutve-in the matter of controlling;bhagaviin-the lord; aja�-Brahma.\nTRANSLATION\nIn his bodily beauty he was just like Cupid, and in his thoughtfulness\n\nhe was like a lion. In his affection he was just like Svayambhuva Manu, and\nin his ability to control he was like Lord Brahma.\nTEXT 62\n\n'RWRf�IRf4� 3ll�¥4ift� � d{:\n� �� �'it�wtl�f4fl! I\n\nWIT 3J����T+ttlql€tiWAt! � II��II\nbrhaspatir brahma-viide\niitmavattve svayarh har*\nbhaktyii go-guru-vipre§u\nvi§vakseniinuvartifiu\nhriyii prasraya-siliibhyiim\niitma-tulya� parodyame\n\n", "SB4.3#p0222": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n970\nbrha spat *\n\nmatter\n\n-\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nthe priest of the heavenly planets; brahma-viide-in the\n\nof spiritual understanding; iitmavattve-in the matter of self­\n\ncontrol; svayam- personally ; har*-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nbhaktyii-in devotion; go-cow; guru-spiritual master; vipre�u-unto the\nbriihmar.as; vi�vaksena- the Personality of Godhead; anuvarti�u- followers;\n\nhriyii-by shyness; prasraya-Siliibhyiim- by most gentle behavior; iitmatulya �\n\n-\n\nexactly like his personal interest; para-udyame-in the matter of\n\nphilanthropic work.\nTRANSLATION\nIn his personal behavior, }\\thu Maharaja exhibited all good qualities,\n\nand in spiritual knowledge he was exactly like B�haspati. In self-control he\n\nwas like the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. As far as his de­\n\nvotional service was concerned, he was a great follower of devotees who\n\nwere attached to cow protection and the rendering of all service to the\n\nspiritual master and the briihmru:tas. He was perfect in his shyness and in\nhis gentle behavior, and when he engaged in some philanthropic activity,\n\nhe worked as if he were working for his own personal self.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen Lord Caitanya talked to Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, the Lord\ngave him the honor of becoming the incarnation of Brhaspati. Brhaspati is\nthe chief priest of the heavenly kingdom, and he is a follower of the\nphilosophy known as Brahmavada or Mayavada. Brhaspati is also a great\nlogician. It appears from this statement that Maharaja Prthu, although a\ngreat devotee constantly engaged in the loving service of the Lord, could\ndefeat all kinds of impersonalists and Mayavadis by his profound knowledge\nof Vedic scriptures. We should learn from Maharaja Prthu that a Vai�r;�ava\nor devotee must not only be fixed in the service of the Lord, but, if\n\nrequired, must be prepared to argue with the impersonalist Mayavadis with\nall logic and philosophy and defeat their contention that the Absolute\nTruth is impersonal.\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the ideal self-controller or\nbrahmaciiri. When Knn:1a was elected to be president of the Rajasuya\nyajiia performed by Maharaja Yudhi�thira, Grandfather Bhi�madeva praised\n\nLord Kr�r;�a as the greatest brahmaciir\"i. Because Grandfather Bhi�madeva\nwas a brahmaciir\"i, he was quite fit to distinguish a brahmaciir\"i from a\nvyabhiciiri Although Prthu Maharaja was a householder and father of five\n\nchildren, he was still considered to be most controlled. One who begets\nKr�r;�a conscious children for the benefit of humanity is actually a brahma-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0223": "Text 63]\n\n.Prthu Maharaja's Meeting with the Four Kumaras\n\n971\n\nciir'i. One who simply begets children like cats and dogs is not a proper\nfather. The word brahmaciir'i also refers to one who acts on the platform\n\nof Brahman or devotional service. In the impersonal Brahman conception,\n\nthere is no activity, yet when one performs activities in connection with\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, he is to be known as brahmaciiri.\n\nThus Prthu Maharaja was an ideal brahmaciir'i and grhastha simultaneously.\n\nVi�vakseniinuvarti�u refers to those devotees who are constantly engaged\n\nin the service of the Lord. Other devotees must follow in their footsteps.\nSrlla Narottama dasa Thakura said, ei chaya gosiini yiinra, mui tiinra diisa.\n\nHe is prepared to become anyone's disciple who follows in the footsteps of\n\nthe six Gosvamis.\n\nAlso, like all Vai�l}avas, Maharaja Prthu was devoted to cow protection,\n\nspiritual masters and qualified briihmaras. Prthu Maharaja was also very\n\nhumble, meek and gentle, and whenever he performed any philanthropic\nwork or welfare activity for the general public, he would labor exactly as\n\nif he were tending to his own personal necessities. In other words, his\nphilanthropic activities were not for the sake of show but were performed\n\nout. of personal feeling and commitment. All philanthropic activities should\nbe thus performed.\n\nTEXT63\n\n��chfl€1ttl ��iit� ij;r ij;f � I\n3lR!: •l1 � @{: mnr� ������\nk'irtyordhva-g'itayii pumbhis\ntrailokye tatra tatra ha\npravi,stal:t karrJ.a-randhre�u\nstr'ir-iirh riima� satam iva\nk'irtyii-by reputation; iirdhva-gitayii.-by Loud declaration; pumbhif!by\n\nthe general\n\npublic; trailokye-all over the universe; tatra tatra­\n\nhere and there; ha- c ertainly ; pravi�ta�-entering; karra-randhre�u- in the\n\naural holes; str'ir-iim-of the women; riima�- Lord Riimacandra; satiimof the devotees; iva-like.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThroughout\n\nthe\n\nwhole\n\nuniverse-in\n\nthe higher, lower and middle\n\nplanetary systems-ftthu Maharaja's reputation was loudly declared, and\n\nall ladies and devotees heard his glories, which were as sweet as the\nglories of Lord Riimacandra.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0224": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n972\n\n[ Canto 4, Ch. 22\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the words str\"i�J-iim and riima� are significant. It is the\n\npractice amongst ladies to hear and enjoy the praises of certain heroes.\n\nFrom this verse it appears that Prthu Maharaja's reputation was so great\n\nthat ladies all over the universe would hear of it with great pleasure. At\n\nthe same time, his glories were heard all over the universe by the devotees,\nand they were as pleasing as Lord Ramacandra's glories. Lord Ramacandra 's\n\nkingdom is still existing, and recently there was a political party in India\nnamed\n\nthe\n\nRamariijya\n\nParty, which wanted to establish a kingdom\n\nresembling the kingdom of Rama. Unfortunately, modern politicians want\n\nthe kingdom of Rama without Rama Himself. Although they have ban­\n\nished the idea of God consciousness, they still expect to establish the\nkingdom\n\nof\n\nRama.\n\nSuch a proposal is rejected by devotees. Prthu\n\nMaharaja's reputation was heard by saintly persons because he exactly\n\nrepresented Lord Ramacandra, the ideal king.\n\nThu,s end the Bhaktivedanta pu,rports of the Fourth Canto, Twenty­\n\nsecond Chapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"King Prthu Maharaja's\nMeeting with the Four Kumiiras.\"\n\n", "SB4.3#p0225": "CHAPTER TWENTY-THREE\n\nMaharaja Prthu's Going Back Home\nTEXTS 1-3.\n\n��q�\nqlS� 5fC4�H1�*'1 � sm�t� I\n\nUeldl�'4�f�•t: �-rffir: II � II\n��� � �l!ffi(l¥( I\nA�41R}t�� �� ��II � II\namq;n\n\natmt�� � ft'mro'TfiR 1\n�lij M1l;r:m: ��s•n'Etcfttl� II � II\nmaitreya uviica\ndn�viitmiinarh pravayasam\nekadii vainya iitmaviin\niitmanii vardhitiise§asviinusarga� prajiipati(l.\njagatas tasthu.sas ciipi\nvrtti-do dharma-bhrt satiim\nnifipiidite5variideso\nyad-artham iha jajiiiviin\niitma-je§v iitma-jiirh nyasya\nvirahiid rudatim iva\nprajiisu vimana�sv eka�\nsa-diiro 'giit tapo-vanam\nmaitr�ya� u viic a - the sage Ma itreya continued to speak; drfitvii after\n-\n\nseeing; iitmiinam-of the body; pravayasam-old age; ekadii-once upon a\ntime; vainya{!.\n\n-\n\nKing Prthu; iitmaviin-fully conversant in spiritual educa­\n\ntion; iitmanii-by\n\noneself; vardhita-increased; ase§a-unlimitedly; sva-\n\n973\n\n", "SB4.3#p0226": "974\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nanusarga�- creation of material opulences; prajii pat*-a protector of\n-\n\ncitizens; jagata�-moving; tasthu�a�-not moving; ca-also; api-certainly;\nvrtt i da�\n-\n\n-\n\none who gives pensions; dharma-bhrt-one who observes the\n\nreligious principles; satiim-of the devotees; ni�piidita\n\n-\n\nfully executed;\n\nisvara-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iide s a�-order; yat-artham\n-in coordination\n\nwith\n\nHim; iha-in this world; jajiiiviin-performed;\n\natma j e�u-unto his sons; atma jam-the earth; nyasya-i n dicatin g; virahat-\n\n-\n\nout of separation; rudafim iva-just like lamenting; prajasu-unto the\ncitizens; vimana�su- unto the aggrieved; ek a [l -alone ; s a diira�-with his\n-\n\nwife; agat-went; tapa�-vanam-in the forest where one can execute\nausterities.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the last stage of his life, when Maharaja Prthu saw himself getting\nold, that great soul, who was King of the world, divided whatever opulence\nhe had accumulated amongst all kinds of living entities, moving and non­\n\nmoving. He arranged pensions for everyone according to religious prin­\n\nciples, and after executing the orders of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in complete coordination with Him, he dedicated his sons unto the\n\nearth, which was considered to be his daughter. Then Maharaja Prthu\n\nleft the presence of his citizens, who were almost lamenting and crying\n\nfrom feeling separation from the King, and went to the forest alone with\nhis wife to perform austerities.\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Prthu was one of the saktyiivesa incarnations of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, and as such he appeared on the surface of the\nearth to execute the orders of the Supreme. As stated in Bhagavad-gztii,\nthe Supreme Lord is the proprietor of all planets, and He is always anxious\nto see that in each and every planet the living entities are happily living\nand executing their duties. As soon as there is some discrepancy in the\nexecution of duties, the Lord appears on earth, as confirmed in Bhagavadgitii: yadii yadii hi dharmasya gliinir bhavati bhiirata (Bg. 4.7).\n\nSince there were so many discrepancies during the reign of King Vena,\nthe Lord sent His most confidential devotee, Maharaja Prthu, to settle\nthings. Therefore, after executing the orders of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead and settling the affairs of the world, Maharaja Prthu was ready\nto retire. He had been exemplary in his governmental administration, and\nnow he was to become exemplary in his retirement. He divided all his\n\n", "SB4.3#p0227": "Text4]\n\nMaharaja Prthu's Going Back Home\n\n975\n\nproperty amongst his sons and appointed them to rule the world, and\nthen he went to the forest with his wife. It is significant in this connection\nthat it is said that Maharaja Prthu retired alone and at the same time took\nhis wife with him. According to Vedic principles, when retiring from family life, one can take his wife with him, for the husband and wife are considered to be one unit. Thus they can both combinedly perform austerities\nfor liberation. This is the path that Maharaja Prthu, who was an exemplary\ncharacter, followed, and this is also the way of Vedic civilization. One\nshould not simply remain at home until the time of death but should\nseparate from family life at a timely moment and prepare himself to go\nback to Godhead. As a saktyavesa incarnation of God who had actually\ncome from VaikuJ;�tha as a representative of Kr�Qa, Maharaja Prthu was\ncertain to go back to Godhead. Nonetheless in order to set the example in\nall ways, he also underwent severe austerities in the tapo-vana. It appears\nthat in those days there were many tapo-vanas, or forests especially meant\nfor retirement and the practice of austerities. Indeed, it was compulsory\nfor everyone to go to the tapo-vana to fully accept the shelter of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, for it is very difficult to retire from\nfamily life and at the same time remain at home.\nTEXT4\n\n�)\n�(CfiWfQ!!(i+� I\n31Ri� mmt � ��� � II \\l II\ntatriipy adiibhya-niyamo\nvaik hiinasa-susammate\niirabdha ugra-tapasi\nyathii sva-vijaye purii\n\nthere; api also ; adiibhya sever e ; niyama� austerities ; vaikhiirules and regulations of retired life; susammate perfectly recognized;\n\ntatra\nnasa\n\n-\n\n-\n\niira bdha �\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbe ginning; ugra- severe ; tapasi- austerity; yathii as much as;\n-\n\nsva-vijaye- in conquering the world; purii- formerly.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter retiring from family life, Maharaja Prthu strictly followed the\nregulations of retired life and underwent severe austerities in the forest.\nHe engaged in these activities as seriously as he had formerly engaged in\nleading the government and conquering everyone.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0228": "[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n976\n\nPURPORT\nAs it is necessary for one to become very active in family life, similarly,\nafter retirement from family life, it is necessary to control the mind and\nsenses. This is possible when one engages himself fully in the devotional\nservice of the Lord. Actually the whole purpose of the Vedic system, the\nVedic social order, is to enable one to ultimately return home, back to\nGodhead. The grhastha-asrama is a sort of concession combining sense\ngratification with a regulative life. It is to enable one to easily retire in the\nmiddle of life and engage fully in austerities in order to transcend material\nsense gratification once and for all. Therefore in the vanaprastha stage of\nlife, tapasya, or austerity, is strongly recommended. Maharaja Prthu\nfollowed exactly all the rules of vanaprastha life, which is technically\nknown as vaikhanasa-asrama. The word vaikhiinasa-susammate is significant\nbecause in vanaprastha life the regulative principles are also to be strictly\nfollowed. In other words, Maharaja Prthu was an ideal character in every\nsphere of life. Mahtijano yena gata� sa pantha�: one should follow in the\nfootsteps of great personalities. Thus by following the exemplary character\nof Maharaja Prthu, one can become perfect in all respects while living this\nlife or while retiring from active life. Thus after giving up this body, one\ncan become liberated and go back to Godhead.\n\nTEXTS\n\n«{Wti�l(l(: �\"'fiqOrNJ\"f : �I\n�: ifiRri�«�l'PT�a: � II � II\nkanda-mula-phaliihiira�\nsufikaparr-asanal;! kvacit\nab-bhak§a� katicit pak§an\nvayu-bhak§aS tala� param\nkan da\n\n-\n\ntru nk ; mu la - ro ots; p ha la\n\nparra-leaves; asana (!-eating ;\n\n-\n\nkvacit\n\nfruits; ahara� -eating; SU§ka\n\n-\n\nsometimes;\n\n-\n\ndry;\n\nap bhak§ a� -drinking\n-\n\nwater; katicit-for several; pak�an-fortnights; vayu -the air; bhak§a�breathing; tata� param- thereafter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the tapo-vana, Maharaja Prthu sometimes ate the trunks and roots of\n\ntre�s, and sometimes he ate fruit and dried leaves, and for some weeks he\n\ndrank only water. Finally he lived simply by breathing air.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0229": "Text 5)\n\nMaharaja ftthu's Going Back Home\n\n977\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii yogis are advised-to go to a secluded place in the forest\n\nand live alone in a sanctified spot there. By Prthu Maharaja's behavior we\n\ncan understand that when he went to the forest, he did not eat any cooked\nfood sent from the city by some devotees or disciples. As soon as one\n\ntakes a vow to live in the forest, he must simply eat roots, tree trunks,\nfruits, dried leaves or whatever nature provides in that way. Prthu Maharaja\n\nstrictly adopted these principles for living in the forest, and sometimes he\n\nate nothing but dried leaves and drank nothing but a little water. Some­\n\ntimes he lived on nothing but air, and sometimes he ate some fruit from\nthe trees. In this way he lived in the forest and underwent severe austerity,\n\nespecially in regards to eating. In other words, overeating is not at all\n\nrecommended for one who wants to progress in spiritual life. Sri Rupa\nGosvami also warns (atyiihiira� prayiisas ca) that too much eating and too\n\nmuch endeavor are against the principles by which one can advance in\n\nspiritual life.\n\nIt is also notable that according to Vedic injunction, to live in the forest\n\nis to live in the mode of complete goodness, whereas to live in the city is\n\nto live in the mode of passion, and to live in a brothel or drinking house is\n\nto live in the mode of ignorance. However, to live in a temple is to live in\nVaikul).tha, which is transcendental to all the modes of material nature.\n\nThis J<.r�qa consciousness movement affords one the opportunity to live in\n\nthe temple of the Lord, which is as good as Vaikul).tha. Consequently a\nK.r�qa conscious person does not need to go to the forest and artificially\n\ntry to imitate Maharaja Prthu or the great sages and munis who used to\n\nlive in the forest.\n\nSrila Rupa Gosvami, after retiring from his minister's seat in the govern­\n\nment, went to Vrndavana and lived beneath a tree, like Maharaja Prthu.\n\nSince then, many people have gone to Vrndavana to imitate Rupa Gosvami's\n\nbehavior. Instead of advancing in spiritual life, many have fallen into\n\nmaterial habits and even in Vrndavana have become victims of illicit sex,\n\ngambling and intoxication. This J<.r�qa consciousness movement has been\n\nintroduced in the Western countries, but it is not possible for Westerners to\n\ngo to the forest and practice the severe austerities which were ideally\npracticed by Pfthu Maharaja or Rupa Gosyami. However, Westerners or\n\nanyone else can follow in the footsteps of Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nThakura by living in a temple, which is transcendental to residence in a\nforest, and to vow to accept Kr�l)a prasiida and nothing else, follow the\n\nregulative principles, and chant sixteen rounds daily of the Hare Kr�qa\n\nmantra. In this way, one's spiritual life will never be disturbed.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0230": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n978\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nTEXT6\n\n� lliiCRI �m ���r€«R'ti(1U0*!f.l: I\n3[\"ffiO?;'Il{: N� �%i ��m: u G. 1\ngri§me paiica-tapii viro\nvarfoiisv iisiirafoiil'} munift\niikafltha-magna� sisire\nudake stha[lpilesaya�\ngr�s me- in the summer season; panca-tapii�- five kinds of heating;\nvira� the hero; var�iisu in the rainy season ; iisiira�iit- being situated within the torrents of rain; mun * - like the great sages; aka�Jtha- up to the\nneck; magna�- drowned; sisire-in winter; udake-within water; sthar!lilesaya�-Lying down on the floor.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing the principles of forest living and the footsteps of the great\n\nsages and munis, Prthu Maharaja accepted five kinds of heating processes\n\nduring the summer season, exposed himself to torrents of rain in the rainy\n\nseason, and, in the winter, stood in water up to his neck. He also used to\nsimply lie down on the floor to sleep.\n\nPURPORT\nThese are some of the austerities executed by the jniinis and yogis, who\ncannot accept the process of bhakti-yoga. They must undergo such severe\ntypes of austerity in order to become purified from material contamination.\n\nPanca-tapiift refers to five kinds of heating processes. One is also enjoined\nto sit within a circle of fire, with flames blazing from four sides and the\nsun blazing directly overhead. This is one kind of panca-tapiift recommended\nfor austerity. Similarly, in the rainy season one is enjoined to expose himself to torrents of rain and in winter to sit in cold water up to the neck.\n\nAs far as bedding is concerned, the ascetic should be content with simply\nlying on the floor. The purpose for undergoing such severe austerities is to\nbecome a devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, l<{�rya, as\nexplained in the next verse.\n\nTEXT 7\n\nRlf��rrcr ��ffl ��: 1\n\nsnfffi�:\n\n�U1'i''\"H�q\n\n��II \\911\n\n", "SB4.3#p0231": "Text 7)\n\nMaharaja ftthu 's Going Back Home\n\n979\n\ntitikfiur yata-vag danta\nurdhva-reta jitanila�\niiririidhayifiu� knr;wm\nacarat tapa uttamam\ntitikfi U� - tolerating; yata-controlling; viik-words; diinta� - controlling\nurdhva-retii�- without discharge of semen; jita-anila� - controlling the life air; iiririidhayifiu� - simply desiring; kmwm-Lord Kr�l).a;\nacarat- practice; tapa�- austerities; uttamam-the best.\nthe senses;\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja ftthu underwent all these severe austerities in order to control\nhis words and his senses, to refrain from discharging his semina and to\ncontrol the life air within his body. All this he did for the satisfaction of\nKr�qa. He had no other purpose.\nPURPORT\nIn Kali-yuga the following is recommended:\n\nharer nama harer nama harer niimaiva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva nasty eva gatir anyathii.\n(Brhan-niiradiya Purii[la)\nIn order to be recognized by Kreyqa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\none should chant the holy name of the Lord continuously, twenty-four\nhours a day. Unfortunate persons who cannot accept this formula prefer\nto execute some type of pseudo-meditation without accepting the other\nprocesses of austerity. The fact is, however, that one must accept either\nthe severe method of austerity described above to become purified or take\nto the process of devotional service recommended for pleasing the Supreme\nLord, Kr�l).a. The person who is Kr�J).a conscious is most intelligent because\nin Kali-yuga it is not at all possible to undergo such severe austerities. We\nneed only follow great personalities like Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. In His\n\nSikfiiifitaka, Lord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu wrote, pararh vijayate sri-kr�TJasanktrtanam: all glories to the holy names of Lord Kr�qa, which from the\nvery beginning purify the heart and immediately liberate one. Bhavamahiidiiviigni-nirviipanam. If the real purpose of all yoga is to please Lord\nKreyqa, then this simple bhakti-yoga system recommended for this age is\nsufficient. It is necessary, however, to engage constantly in the service of\nthe Lord. Although Prthu Maharaja executed his austerities long before\nthe appearance of Lord Kr�qa on this planet, his purpose was still to please\nKreyqa.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0232": "980\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nThere are many fools who claim that worship of Kreyqa began only about\nfive thousand years ago, after the appearance of Lord Kreyqa in India, but\nthis is not a fact. J>rthu Maharaja worshiped Kr�qa millions of years ago,\nfor Prthu happened to be a descendant of the family of Maharaja Dhruva,\n\n36,000 years during the Satya-yuga age. Unless his\n100,000 years, how could Dhruva MahTuaja reign\nover the world for 36,000 years? The point is that Kr��a worship\nwho reigned for\n\ntotal life span was\n\nexisted at the beginning of creation and has continued to exist throughout Satya-yuga, Treta-yuga and Dvapara-yuga, and now it is continuing\nin Kali-yuga. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gitti, Kr��a not only appears in\n\nthis millennium of Brahma 's life, but in every millennium. Therefore\nworship of K[�Q.a is conducted in all millenniums. It is not that Kr�Q.a\nworship began only when K[�Q.a appeared on this planet five thousand years ago. This is a foolish conclusion that is not substantiated by\nVedic literatures.\n\nAlso of significance in this verse are the words aririidhay�uft knrJ.am\n\nacarat tapa uttamam. Maharaja Prthu underwent severe types of austerities\nfor the express purpose of worshiping Kr�qa. Kr�_r;�a is so kind, especially in\nthis age, that He appears in the transcendental vibration of His holy name.\n\nAs is said in the Niirada-paiicariitra, iiriidhito yadi haris tapasii tataft kim. Lf\nKfeyqa is worshiped, if He is the goal of advancement, there is no need for\n\none to execute severe types of tapasya, because one has already reached his\ndestination. If, after executing all types of tapasya, one cannot reach Kr�_r;�a,\nall his tapasya has no value, for without Kr�Q.a all austerity is simply wasted\nlabor. Srama eva hi kevalam (Bhiig. 1.2.8). We should therefore not be dis­\n\ncouraged just because we cannot go to the forest and practice severe austerities. Our life is so short that we must strictly adhere to the principles laid\n\ndown by the Vai�ryava iiciiryas and peacefully execute Kr�qa consciousness.\nThere is no need to become despondent. Narottama dasa Thakura recom­\n\ntinande bala hari, bhaja V[ndtivana, Srf-gurU·Vai�[taVa-pade majtiiya\nmana. For a transcendental blissful life, chant the Hare Kr�_r;�a mantra, come\nmends:\n\nworship the holy place of Vrndavana, and always engage in the service of\nthe Lord, of the spiritual master, and of the Vai�Q.avas. This Kr��J.a consciousness movemenl is therefore very safe and easy. We have only to execute the order of the Lord and fully surrender unto Him. We have only to\nexecute the order of the spiritual master, preach Kr��J.a consciousness and\nfollow in the path of the Vai��J.avas. The spiritual master represents both\nLord Kr�rya and the Vai�t;�.avas; therefore by following the instructions of\nthe spiritual master and by chanting Hare Kr��J.a, everything will be all right.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0233": "Text 8]\n\nMaharaja Prthu 's Going Back Home\n\n981\n\nTEXT 8\n\ntena kramiinusiddhena\ndhvasta-karma-mal.asaya[l,\npriirtiiyiimai!£ sanniruddha.sa!l-vargas chinna-bandhana�\ntena-thus by practicing such austerities; krama -gradually; anu-constantly;\n\nsiddhena-by\n\nperfection;\n\ndhvasta-smashed;\n\nkarma-fruitive\n\nactivities; mala-dirty things; iisaya[l, -des ir e; priirtiiyiimai[!,-by practice of\nprartayama-yoga, breathing exercises; san-being; niruddha-stopped; §a.tva rga [l,\nthe mind and the senses; chinna b andhana!£-completely cut off\n-\n\n-\n\nfrom all bondage.\nTRANSLATION\nBy thus practicing severe austerities, M aharaja Pfthu gradually became\nsteadfast in spiritual life and completely free of all desires for fruitive\nactivities. He also practiced breathing exercises to control his mind and\nsenses, and by such control he became completely free from all desires for\nfruitive activity.\nPURPORT\nThe word prii.[lii.yiima* is very important in this verse because the\nhatha-yogis and a�tiinga-yogis practice prii[liiyiima, but generally they do\nnot know the purpose behind it. The p urpose of priirtiiyiima, or mystic\nyoga, is to stop the mind and senses from engaging in fruitive activities.\nThe so-called yogis who practice in Western countries have no idea of this.\nThe aim of priir-iiyiima is not to make the body strong and fit for working\nhard. The aim is worship of Kr��a- In the previous verse it was specifically\nmentioned that whatever austerity, prii[liiyiima and mystic yoga practices\nPrthu Maharaja performed were performed for the sake of worshiping\nKr�J;�a. Thus Prthu Maharaja serves as a perfect example for yog'is also.\nWhatever he did, he did to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nKn;J;�a.\nThe minds of those who are addicted to fruitive activity are always\nfilled with unclean desires. Fruitive activities are symptomatic of our\npolluted desire to dominate material nature. As long as one continues to\n\n", "SB4.3#p0234": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n982\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nbe subject to polluted desires, he has to accept one material body after\n\nanother. So-called yogis, without k nowledge of the real purpose of yoga,\n\npractice it in order to keep the body fit. Thus they engage themselves in\nfruitive activities, and thus they are bound by desire to accept another\n\nbody. They are not aware that the ultimate goal of life is to approach\n\nKr�va. In order to save such yogis from wandering throughout the different\n\nspecies of life, the siistras warn that in this age such yogic practice is simply\na waste of time. The only means of elevation is the chanting of the Hare\nKr�Qa mahii.-mantra.\n\nKing Prthu's activities took place in Satya-yuga, and in this age this\n\npractice of yoga is misunderstood by fallen souls who are not capable of\npracticing anything. Consequently the sastras enjoin: kalau nasty eva\n\nnasty eva nasty eva gatir anyathii. The conclusion is that unless the karmi\"s,\njiiiin\"is and yogis come to the point of devotional service to Lord Kr�va,\n\ntheir so-called austerities and yoga have no value. Nariidhita�: if Hari, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, is not worshiped, there is no point in\n\npracticing meditational yoga, performing karma-yoga or culturing empiric\n\nknowledge. As far as prii[liiyiima is concerned, chanting of the holy name\n\nof the Lord and dancing in ecstasy are also considered prii[liiyiima. In a\nprevious verse, Sanatkumiira instructed Maharaja Prthu to engage constant­\n\nly in the service of the Supreme Lord, Vasudeva:\nyat piida-pahkaja-paliisa-viliisa-bhaktyii\nkarmiisayarh grathitam udgrathayanti santa�\nOnly by worshiping Vasudeva can one become free from the desires of\n\nfruitive activities. Outside of worshiping Vasudeva, the yogis and jniinzs\ncannot attain freedom from such desires. Tad van na rikta-matayo yatayo 'pi\n\nruddha-srotoga[liiS tam ara[lam bhaja viisudevam (Bhiig. 4.22.39). Here the\nword prii[liiyiima does not refer to any ulterior motive. The actual aim is\nto strengthen the mind and senses in order to engage them in devotional\n\nservice. In the present age this determination can be very easily acquired\nsimply by chanting the holy names-Hare Kr�Qa, Hare Kr�va, Kr�va Kr�va,\n\nHare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nTEXT9\n\n�ptit lllr�F{ ��If� � I\n�\n�� �SR�� II� II\nsanat-kumiiro bhagaviin\nyad iihiidhyiitmikam param\n\n", "SB4.3#p0235": "Text 9)\n\n983\n\nMaharaja Ptthu 's Going Back Home\nyogam tenaiva purufiam\nabhajat puru.sarfiabha�\n\nsanat-kumara�-Sanat-kumara;\nwhich; aha-said; adhyatmikam\n\n-\n\nbhagavan-most\n\nultimate; yogam-mysticism; tena-by\nSupreme\n\nPerson; abhajat\n\n-\n\npowerful;\n\nyat-that\n\nspiritual advancement of life; paramthat; eva\n\n-\n\ncert ainly; purufiam­\n\nworshiped; purufia·rfiabha�-the best of the\n\nhuman beings.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the best amongst human beings, Maharaja Prthu, followed that\npath of spiritual advancement which was advised by Sanat-kumara. That is\nto say, he worshiped the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:ta.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse it is clearly said that Maharaja Prthu, practicing the\n\npriirtiiyiima-yoga system, engaged in the service of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead as advised by the saint Sanat-kumara. In this verse the words\n\npurufiam abhajat puru§ar§abha!).\n\nare significant: purufiar§abha refers to\n\nMaharaja Prthu, the best amongst human beings, and purufiam refers to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The conclusion is that the best man\namongst all men engages in the service of the Supreme Person. One purufia\nis worshipable, and the other purufia is the worshiper. When the purufia\nwho worships, the living entity, thinks of becoming one with the Supreme\nPerson, he simply becomes bewildered and falls into the darkness of ignorance. As stated by Lord Kn>IJ.a in Bhagavad-gita, all living entities assembled\nin the battlefield, as well as Kr�IJ.a Himself, were also present in the past as\nindividuals and would continue to be present in the future as individuals\nalso (Bg. 2.12). Therefore the two puru§as, the living entity and the Supreme Personality of Godhead, never lose their respective identities.\nActually one who is self-realized engages himself in the service of the\n\nLord perpetually, both in this life and in the next. Indeed, for devotees\nthere is no difference between this life and the next. In this life a neophyte\ndevotee is trained to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and in\nthe next life he approaches that Supreme Person in Vaikul).�ha and renders\nthe same devotional service. Even for the neophyte devotee, devotional\nservice is considered brahma-bhiiyiiya kalpate. Devotional service to the\nLord is never considered a material activity. Since he is acting on the\n\nbrahma-bhiita platform, a devotee is already liberated. He therefore has no\nneed to practice any other type of yoga in order to approach the brahma­\n\nbhiita stage. If the devotee adheres· strictly to the orders of the spiritual\n\n", "SB4.3#p0236": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n984\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nmaster, follows the rules and regulations and chants the Hare Kr�rya mantra,\n\nit should be concluded that he is already at the brahma-bhuta stage, as\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nmiim ca yo 'vyabhicare{1a\n\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gup.an samafityaitan\nbrahma-bhuyaya kalpate\n\"One who is engaged in full devotional service, unfailing in all circum­\n\nstances, at once transcends the modes of material nature and thus comes\n\nto the level of Brahman.\" (Bg. 14.26)\n\nTEXT 10\n\nll��: �: � �: � I\n�Rr\niittRIU4¥4�\nll�oll\nbhagavad-dharmip.a� sadho�\nsraddhaya yatata� sada\nbhaktir bhagavati brahmap.y\nananya-vi�ayabhavat\nbhagavat-dharmi{1a�-one who executes devotional service; sadho�­\n\nof the devotee; sraddhaya - with faith; yatata� - endeavoring; sada- always;\n\nbhakt*-devotion; bhagavati-unto the Personality of Godhead; brahmap.i­\n\nthe origin of impersonal Brahman; ananya -vi�aya - firmly fixed without\ndeviation; abhavat-became.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Prthu thus engaged completely in devotional service, executing\n\nthe rules and regulations strictly according to principles, twenty-four hours\ndaily. Thus his love and devotion unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kt�J.la, developed and became unflinching and fixed.\nPURPORT\nThe\n\nword bhagavad-dharmirwl:t indicates that the religious process\n\npracticed by Maharaja Prthu was beyond all pretentions. As stated in the\nbeginning of Srimad-Bhagavatam, dharma[! projjhita-kaitavo 'tra (Bhag.\n\n1.1.2):\n\nReligious principles which are simply preten tious are actually\n\nnothing but cheating. Bhagavad-dharmi{1a� is described by Viranighavacarya\n\nas nivrtta-dharme{1a, which indicates that it cannot be contaminated ·by\nmaterial aspiration. As described by Srila Rupa Gosviimi:\n\n", "SB4.3#p0237": "Maharaj a �thu 's Going Back Home\n\nText 11]\n\n985\n\nanyiibhilii.sitii-sunyam jiiiina-karmiidy-aniivrtam\niinukulyena knT,liinusilanam bhaktir uttamii\nWhen one is not inspired by material desires and is not contaminated by\nthe processes of fruitive activity and empiric speculation, he fully engages\nin the favorable service of the Lord. That is called bhagavad-dharma, or\npure devotional service. In this verse the word brahmarti does not refer to\nthe impersonal Brahman. Impersonal Brahman is a subordinate feature of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, and since impersonal Brahman\nworshipers desire to merge into the Brahman effulgence, they cannot be\nconsidered followers of bhagavad-dharma.\n\nAfter being baffled in his\n\nmaterial enjoyment, the impersonalist may desire to merge into the\nexistence of the Lord, but a pure devotee of the Lord has no such desire.\nTherefore a pure devotee is really bhagavad-dharmi.\nIt is clear from this verse that Maharaja Prthu was never a worshiper\nof the impersonal Brahman but was at all times a pure devotee of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Bhagavati brahmarti refers to one who\nis engaged in devotional service to the Personality of Godhead. A devotee's\nknowledge of the impersonal Brahman is automatically revealed, and he is\nnot interested in merging into the impersonal Brahman. Maharaja Prthu 's\nactivities in devotional service enabled him to become fixed and steady\nin the discharge of devotional activities without having to take recourse\nto karma, jiiiina or yoga.\nTEXT 11\n\nq\"�(i\"iq·��ij�(Oili'l�l I\n� mr���� �\n\n(!�FA{\n\n��:\n\n�������������\ntasyiinayii bhagavata� parikarma-suddhasattviitmanas tad-anusamsmara�Jiinupurtyii\njiiiinam viraktimad abhun nisitena yena\nciccheda samsaya-padam nija-fiva-kosam\ntasya-his; anayii-by this; bhagavatafl-of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; parikarma\n\n-\n\nactivities in devotional service; suddha-pure,\n\nsattva-existence;\n\ntranscendental;\n\niitmana�-of the\n\nmind; tat-of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; anusarhsmara rta-co nstantly remembering; anupurtyii\nattachment;\n\n-\n\nbeing perfectly done; jiiiinam-knowledge; virakti-non­\n\nmat-possessing;\n\nabhut-became manifested;\n\nnisitena-by\n\n", "SB4.3#p0238": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n986\nsharpened\nsa\n\nactivities;\n\nm5a ya padam\n-\n\n-\n\nyena\n\n-\n\nby\n\nwhich;\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nciccheda-hecome\n\nposition of doubtfulness; nija\n\n-\n\nment of the living entity.\n\nseparated;\n\nown; jiva ko s am -encage -\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy regularly discharging devotional service, ftthu Maharaja became\ntranscendental in mind and could therefore constantly think of the lotus\nfeet of the Lord. Because of this, he became completely detached and\nattained perfect knowledge by which he could transcend all doubt. Thus\nhe was freed from the clutches of false ego and the material conception\nof life.\nPURPORT\nIn the .Narada-paiicaratra, devotional service to the Lord is likened\n\nunto a queen. When a queen gives an audience, many maidservants follow\nher.\n\nThe maidservants\n\nof devotional\n\nservice\n\nare material\n\nopulence,\n\nliberation and mystic powers. The karmis are very much attached to\n\nmaterial enjoyment; the jfianis are very anxious to become freed from\n\nmaterial clutches; and the yogis are very fond of attaining the eight kinds\n\nof mystic perfection. From the .Narada-paiicaratra we understand that if\n\none attains the stage of pure devotional service, he also attains all the\nopulences derived from fruitive activities, empiric philosophical specula­\n\ntion and mystic yogic practice. Srila Bilvamari.gala Thakura therefore\n\nprayed in his Krgw-karrtlimrta: \"My dear Lord, if I have unflinching\n\ndevotion to You, You become manifest before me personally, and the\n\nresults of fruitive activity and empiric philosophical speculation-namely\n\nreligion, economic development, sense gratification and liberation-become\n\nlike personal attendants and remain standing before me as if awaiting my\norder.\" The idea here is that the Fianis, by culture of brahma-vidya,\n\nspiritual knowledge, struggle very hard to get out of the clutches of\n\nmaterial nature, hut a devotee, by dint of his advancement in devotional\n\nservice, automatically becomes detached from his material body. When\n\nthe devotee's spiritual body begins to manifest, he actually enters into\nhis activities in transcendental life.\n\nAt present we have contacted a material body, material mind and\n\nmaterial intelligence, but when we become free from these material\n\nconditions, our spiritual body, spiritual mind and spiritual intelligence\nbecome manifest. In that transcendental state, a devotee attains all the\nbenefits of karma, jiiana and yoga. Although he never engages in fruitive\n\nactivities or empiric speculation to attain mystic powers, automatically\n\n", "SB4.3#p0239": "Text ll)\n\nMaharaja }1thu 's Going Back Home\n\n987\n\nmystic powers appear in his service. A devotee does not want any kind of\n\nmaterial opulence, but such opulence appears before him automatically.\n\nHe does not have to endeavor for it. Because of his devotional service, he\n\nautomatically becomes brahma-bhuta. As stated before, this is confirmed\nin Bhagavad-gztii:\n\nmiim ca yo 'vyabhiciirer.ta\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gul)iin samatztyaitiin\nbrahma-bhuyiiya kalpate\n\"One who is engaged in full devotional service, unfailing in all circum·\n\nstances, at once transcends the modes of material nature and thus comes\nto the level of Brahman.\" (Bg. 14.26)\nBecause of his regular\n\ndischarge of devotional service, a devotee\n\nattains the transcendental stage of life. Since his mind is transcendentally\n\nsituated, he cannot think of anything but the lotus feet of the Lord.\n\nThis is the meaning of the word sarhsmara{la-anupurtyii. By constantly\n\nthinking of the lotus feet of the Lord, the devotee immediately becomes\n\nsituated in suddha-sattva.\n\nSuddha-sattva refers to that platform which is\n\nabove the modes of material nature, including the mode of goodness.\nIn the material world, the mode of goodness is considered to be represen­\n\ntative of the highest perfection, but one has to transcend this mode and\n\ncome to the stage of suddha-sattva, or pure goodness, where the three\nqualities of material nature cannot act.\nSrila\n\nVisvanatha\n\nCakravarti Thakura gives the following example:\n\nIf one has strong digestive power, after eating he automatically lights a\n\nfire within his stomach to digest everything and does not need to take\n\nmedicine to aid his digestion. Similarly, the fire of devotional service is so\n\nstrong that a devotee does not need to act separately to attain perfect\nknowledge or detachment from material attractions. A Fiiinz may become\n\ndetached from material attractions by prolonged discussions on subjects\nof knowledge and may in this way finally come to the brahma-bhiita\n\nstage, but a devotee does not have to undergo so much trouble. By virtue\n\nof his devotional service, he attains the brahma-bhuta stage without a\ndoubt. The yog!s and jn iinzs are always doubtful about their constitutional\nposition; therefore they mistakenly think of becoming one with the\n\nSupreme. However, a devotee's relationship with the Supreme becomes\n\nmanifest beyond all doubt, and he immediately understands that his\n\nposition is that of eternal servant of the Lord. The jniinis and yogis may\n\n", "SB4.3#p0240": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n988\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nthink of attammg liberation without rendering devotional service, but\nactually this is not possible because their intelligence is not as pure as that\nof a pure devotee. In other words, the jiiiinis and yogis cannot become\nfactually liberated unless they become elevated to the position of devotees.\nAruhya krcchrerta pararh padarh tata� patanty adho 'nadrta-yu�madanghraya� (Bhiig. 10.2.32). The jiiiinis and yogis may rise to the highest\nposition, Brahman realization, but because of their lack of devotion unto\nthe lotus feet of the Lord, they again fall down into material nature.\nTherefore jiiiina and yoga should not be accepted as the real processes for\nliberation. By discharging devotional service, Maharaja Prthu automatically\ntranscended all these positions. Since Maharaja Prthu was a saktyiiveia\nincarnation of the Supreme Lord, he did not have to act in any way to\nattain liberation. He came from the V aikul).tha world, or spiritual sky, in\norder to execute the will of the Supreme Lord on earth. Consequently he\nwas to return home, back to Godhead, without having to execute jiiiina,\nyoga or karma. Although Prthu Maharaja was eternally a pure devotee of\nthe Lord, he nonetheless adopted the process of devotional service in\norder to teach the people in general the proper process for executing the\nduties of life and ultimately returning home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 12\n\n�'Rffi'lfTfflf.t&(ij���SR0;c(G:( � ir.J I\n\n����\n��HNICIN� da- WI�� II� �II\n\n�\n\nchinniinya-dhir adhigatiitma-gatir nirihas\ntat tatyaje 'cchinad idarh vayunena yena\ntavan na yoga-gatibhir yatir apramatto\nyavad gadiigraja-kathiisu ratirh na kuryat\n\n-\n\nchinna being separated; anya-dhilt-all other concepts of life (the bodily\n\n-\n\nconcept of life); adhigata-being firmly convinced; atma ga t *-u ltimate\ngoal\n\nof\n\nspiritual life; nin1w�-desireless; tat-that; tatyaje-gave up;\n\nacchinat-he had cut; idam-this; vayun ena\n\n- with the knowledge; yena­\n\nby which; tavat-so long; na-never; yoga-gatibhi�-the practice of the\nmystic yoga system; yati�-the practicer; apramatta�-without any illusion;\nyavat-so long; gadag ra ja-of Kr�qa; kathiisu-words ; ratim-attraction;\nna-never; kuryat-do it.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0241": "989\n\nMaharaja Ptthu 's Going Back Home\n\nText 12)\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he became completely free from the conception of bodily life,\nMaharaja P,.-thu realized Lord 1(,.-�qa sitting in everyone's heart\n\nas\n\nthe\n\nParamatma. Being thus able to get all instructions from Him, he gave up all\nother practices of yoga and jiiana. He was not even interested in the perfection of the yoga and jiiana systems, for he thoroughly realized that\ndevotional service to 1(,.-�J.la is the ultimate goal of life and that unless the\nyogis\n\nand jiianis become attracted to K,.-�r_la-katha [narrations about\n\nKr�J.la], their illusions concerning existence can never be dispelled.\nPURPORT\nAs long as one is too much absorbed in the bodily conception of life, he\nbecomes interested in many different processes of self-realization, such as\nthe mystic yoga system or the system utilizing the speculative empiric\nmethods. However, when one understands that the ultimate goal of life is\nto approach Kr�l}a, he realizes Kr�l}a within everyone's heart and therefore\nhelp everyone who is interested in Kr�rya consciousness. Actually the perfection of life depends on one's inclination to hear about Kr�rya. It is therefore mentioned in this verse: yavad gadagraja-kathasu ratim na kuryat. Unless one becomes interested in Kr�rya, in His pastimes and activities, there\nis no question of liberation by means of yoga practice or speculative\nknowledge.\nHaving attained to the stage of devotion, Maharaja Prthu became uninterested in the practices of piana and yoga and abandoned them. This is the\nstage of pure devotional life as described by Rupa Gosvami: anyabhila�ita­\n\nsunyam\n\njiiana-karmiidy-aniivrtam/ anukulyena kn'1anuSilanam\n\nbhaktir\n\nuttama. Real jnana means understanding that the living entity is the eternal\nservant of the Lord. This knowledge is attained after many, many births,\nas confirmed in Bhagavad-gi'ta: bahunam janmanam ante jiianavan mam\n\nprapadyate (Bg. 7.19). In the paramaharhsa stage of life, one fully realizes\nKr�rya as everything: vasudevat£ sarvam iti sa mahatma sudurlabhat£. When\none understands fully that Kr�l}a is everything and that Kr�rya consciousness\nis the highest perfection of life, he becomes a paramahamsa, or mahatma.\nSuch a mahatma or paramahamsa is very rare to find. A paramahamsa or\npure devotee is never attracted by hatha-yoga or speculative knowledge. He\nis simply interested in the unalloyed devotional service of the Lord. Sometimes one who is formally addicted to these processes tries to perform\ndevotional service and the jiitina and yoga practices at the same time, but\nas soon as one comes to the unalloyed stage of devotional service, he is\n\n", "SB4.3#p0242": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n990\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23 ·\n\nable to give up all other methods of self-realization. In other words, when\none firmly realizes ��qa as the supreme goal, he is no longer attracted by\nmystic yoga practice or the speculative empirical methods of knowledge.\nTEXT 13\n\n� � etror�: d�1�klf11{1{� ,\n\n� � � �� �� qle€1(4{_ ������\nevam sa vira-pravara[l.\nsamyojyiitmiinam iitmani\nbrahma-bhuto dglham kiile\ntatyiija svam kalevaram\neva m - thus; sa[l. - he; vira-p ra vara[l.-the chief of the heroes; samyojyaapplying; iitmanam-mind; iitmani-unto the Supersoul; brahma-bhuta[l.being liberated; drgham - firmly; kiile-in due course of time; tatyiijagave up; svam-own; kal e varam-body.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn due course of time, f'rthu Maharaja was able to fix his mind firmly\n\nupon the lotus feet of Kr�tJ.a, and thus, completely situated on the brahma­\n\nbhiita platform, he gave up the material body.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to a Bengali proverb, whatever spiritual progress one makes\nin life will be tested at the time of death. In Bhagavad-gitii it is also confirmed: yam yam viipi smaran bhiivam tyajaty ante kalevaram/ tam tam\n\nevaiti kaunteya sadii tad-bhiiva-bhiivitaJ:t (Bg. 8.6 ). Those who are practicing\nKr�qa consciousness know that their examination will be held at the time\nof death. If one can remember Kr11qa at death, he is immediately transferred to Goloka Vrndavana, or Kr�qaloka, and thus his life becomes successful. Prthu Maharaja, by the grace of Kr�qa, could understand that the\nend of his life was near, and thus he became very jubilant and proceeded to\ncompletely give up his body on the brahma-bhuta stage by practicing the\nyogic process. It is thoroughly described in the following verses how one\ncan voluntarily give up this body and return home, back to Godhead. The\nyogic process practiced by Prthu Maharaja at the time of death accelerates\nthe giving up of this body while one is in sound health physically and\nmentally. Every devotee desires to give up the body while it is sound\nphysically and mentally. This desire was also expressed by King Kulasekhara\nin his Mukunda-miilii-stotra:\n\n", "SB4.3#p0243": "Text 14]\n\nMaharaja Prthu 's Going Back Home\n\n991\n\nkr§T}a tvadiya-padapankaja- panjariintam\nadyaiva me visatu rruinasa-raja-haritsa�\nprarta-prayarta-samaye kapha-vata-pitta*\nkartthavarodhana-vidhau smara[Larit kutas te\nKing Kulasekhara wanted to give up his body while in a healthy state,\nand he thus prayed to Kr�11a to let him die immediately while he was in\ngood health and while his mind was sound. When a man dies, he is generally\noverpowered by mucus and bile, and thus he chokes. Since it is very difficult to vibrate any sound while choking, it is simply by Kr�9a's grace that\none can chant Hare Kr�l}a at the time of death. However, by situating oneself in the muktasana position, a yogi can immediately give up his body\nand go to whatever planet he desires. A perfect yogi can give up his body\nwhenever he desires through the practice of yoga.\nTEXT 14\n\n�qr� qpjqlf�RJjtO�Jfl;HW?;{§�! I\nwn+1:Jf ���tt�ltt \\�:m� 11�\\lll\nsampi�ya payurit ptir§[!ibhyarit\nvayum utsiirayan chana*\nnabhyarit ko§the§v avasthapya\nhrd-ura�-karttha-sir§a[!i\nsam pi�ya-by blocking; payum - the door of the anus; ptir§[!ibhyam-by\nthe calves; vayum - the air which goes up; utsarayan - pushing upward;\n\nsan ai[t - gradua lly ; nabhyam-by the navel; ko§the§u-in the heart and in\nthe throat; avasthapya-fixing up; hrt-in the heart; ura�-upwards;\nkaf! tha- throat ; sir§a[! i- between the two eyebrows.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Maharaja Prthu practiced a particular yogic sitting posture, he\nblocked the doors of his anus with his ankles, pressed his right and left\ncalves and gradually raised his life air upward, passing it on to the circle of\nhis navel, up to his heart and throat, and finally pushed it upward to the\ncentral position between his two eyebrows.\nPURPORT\nThe sitting posture described herein is called muktiisana. In the yoga\nprocess, after following the strict regulative principles controlling sleeping,\n\n", "SB4.3#p0244": "992\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\neating and mating, one is allowed to practice the different sitting postures.\n\nThe ultimate aim of yoga is to enable one to give up this body according to\n\nhis own free will. One who has attained the ultimate summit of yoga\n\npractice can live in the body as long as he likes, or, as long as he is not\n\ncompletely perfect, leave the body to go anywhere within or outside the\n\nuniverse. Some yogis leave their bodies to go to the higher planetary\nsystems and enjoy the material facilities therein. However, intelligent yogis\n\ndo not wish to waste their time within this material world at all; they do\nnot care for the material facilities in higher planetary systems but are\n\ninterested in going directly to the spiritual sky, back home, back to Godhead.\n\nFrom the description in this verse, it appears that Maharaja Prthu had no\n\ndesire to promote himself to the higher planetary systems. He wanted to\nreturn home immediately, back to Godhead. Although Maharaja Prthu\n\nstopped all practice of mystic yoga after realizing Kr�IJ.a consciousness, he\nnonetheless took advantage of his previous practice and immediately placed\n\nhimself on the brahma-bhuta platform in order to accelerate his return\n\nto Godhead. The aim of this particular system of iisana, known as the sit­\n\nting posture for liberation, or muktiisana, is to attain success in ku[l�alini­\n\ncakra and. gradually raise the life from the muliidhara-cakra to the\n\nsviidhi§thiina-cakra, then to the ma[lipura-cakra, the aniihata-cakra, the\nviSuddha-cakra, and finally to the iijiiii-cakra. When the yogi reaches the\n\niijiiii-cakra, between the two eyebrows, he is able to penetrate the brahma­\n\nrandhra, or the hole in his skull, and go to any planet he desires up to the\n\nspiritual kingdom of V aikur:ttha, or Kriiqaloka. The conclusion is that one\nhas to come to the brahma-bhiita stage for going back to Godhead. However,\nthose who are in Kr�r:ta consciousness, or who are practicing bhakti-yoga\n(sravarzam kirtanam vi§flO� smarar-am piida-sevanam), can return to God­\n\nhead without even practicing the muktiisana process. The p urpose of\n\nmuktiisana practice is to come to the brahma-bhuta stage, for without\n\nbeing on the brahma-bhuta stage, one cannot be promoted to the spiritual\nsky. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii: miim ca yo 'vyabhiciirer-a bhakti-yogena\n\nsevate/ sa gu[liin samatityaitiin brahma-bhuyiiya kalpate (Bg. 14.26). The\nbhakti-yogl, practicing bhakti-yoga, is always situated on the brahma­\n\nbhuta stage (brahma-bhuyiiya kalpate). If a devotee is able to continue on\nthe brahma-bhuta platform, he enters the spiritual sky automatically after\n\ndeath and returns to Godhead. Consequently a devotee need not feel sorry\n\nfor not having practiced the kur-�alini-cakra or not penetrating the six\ncakras one after another. As far as Maharaja Prthu was concerned, he had\nalready practiced this process, and since he did not want to wait for the\n\ntime when his death would occur naturally, he took advantage of the �at-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0245": "Maharaja ftthu 's Going Back Home\n\nText 15]\n\n993\n\ncakra penetration process and thus gave up the body according to his own\nfree will and immediately entered the spiritual sky.\n\nTEXT 15\n\nm�� d �rN stifrurr� �:�: 1\n� ttttff f�ffi �t{ �����\\'!�II ��II\nutsarpayarhs tu tarh miirdhni\nkrameruivesya ni[lsprha[l\nviiyurh viiyau k§itau kiiyarh\ntejas tejasy ayiiyujat\nutsarpayan-thus placing; tu-but; tam-the air; murdhni-on the head;\nkramerta gradually; iivesya-placing ; n * spr h a[l, being freed from all\nmaterial desires; vayum-the air portion of the body; viiyau-in the total air\ncovering the universe; k§ itau -in the total covering of earth; kayam- this\nmaterial body ; teja[l the fire in the body; tejasi-in the total fire of the\nmaterial covering; ayu yujat mixed.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Ptthu Maharaja gradually raised his air of life up to the hole\nin his skull, whereupon he lost all desire for material existence. Gradually\nhe merged his air of life with the totality of air, his body with the totality\nof earth, and the fire within his body with the totality of fire.\nPURPORT\nWhen the spiritual spark, which is described as one ten-thousandth part\nof the tip of a hair, is forced into material existence, that spark is covered\nby gross and subtle material elements. The material body is composed of\nfive gross elements-earth, water, fire, air and ether-and three subtle elements-mind, intelligence and ego. When one attains liberation, he is freed\nfrom these material coverings. Indeed, success in yoga involves getting free\nfrom these material coverings and entering into spiritual existence. Lord\nBuddha's teachings of nirvarta are based on this principle. Lord B uddha instructed his fol lowers to gi ve up these material coverings by means of\nmeditation and yoga. Lord Buddha did not gi ve any information about\nthe soul, but if one follows his instructions strictly, he will ultimately\nbecome free from the material coverings and attain nirvarta.\nWhen a living entity gi ves up the material coverings, he remains a spirit\nsoul. This spirit soul must enter into the spiritual sky to merge into the\nBrahman effulgence. Unfortunately, unless the living entity has informa-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0246": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n994\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\ntion of the spiritual world and the VaikuQ�has, there is a 99.9 percent\nchance of his falling down again into material existence. There is, however,\na small chance of being promoted to a spiritual planet from the Brahman\neffulgence, or the brahmajyoti. This brahmajyoti is considered by impersonalists to be without variety, and the Buddhists consider it to be void.\nIn either case, whether one accepts the spiritual sky as being without\nvariety or void, there is none of the spiritual bliss which is enjoyed in the\nspiritual planets, VaikuJ;�thas or Kr�Qaloka. In the absence of varieties of\nenjoyment, the spirit soul gradually feels an attraction to enjoy a life of\nbliss, and not having any information of Kr�qaloka or Vaikuf)�haloka, he\nnaturally falls down to material activities in order to enjoy material\nvarieties.\n\nTEXT 16\n\nkhany akase dravam toye\nyatha-sthanam vibhligasa?J,\nk�itim ambhasi tat tejasy\nado viiyau nabhasy amum\nkhiini- the different holes in the body for the sense organs; akiise-in the\nsky; dravam-the liquid substance; to ye\n\n-\n\nin the water; yathii-sthiinam­\n\naccording to proper situation; vibhiigasa?J,-as they are divided; k;sitimearth; ambhasi-in\n\nthe water; tat\n\n-\n\nthat; tejasi-in the fire; ada?J,\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nfire; viiya u-in the air; nabhasi-in the sky; amum-that.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, according to the different positions of the various parts of\n\nthe body, 1\\thu Maharaja merged his bodily air with the air of the sky, his\nbodily liquids, such as blood and various secretions, with the totality of\nwater, and he merged earth with water, then water with fire, fire with air,\nair with sky, and so on.\n\nPURPORT\nIn-this verse two words are very important: yathii-sthiinarh vibhiigasafl..\nIn $rimad-Bhiigavatam, Second Canto, Chapter Five, Lord Brahma clearly\nexplained to Narada how the creation took place, and he explained one\nstep after another the proper divisions of the senses, the controller of the\nsenses, the objects of the senses, and the material elements, and he also\n\n", "SB4.3#p0247": "Text 17]\n\nMaharaja Prthu 's Going Back Home\n\n995\n\nexplained how they are created one after another: the air from the sky, the\nfire from the air, the water from the fire, the earth from the water, etc. It\nis important to know thoroughly the process of creation as it applies to this\ncosmic manifestation. Similarly, this body is also created according to the\nsame process by the Supreme Lord. The Personality of Godhead, after\nentering the universe, creates the cosmic manifestations one after another.\nSimilarly, the living entity, after entering a womb of a mother, also\ncollects his gross and subtle bodies, taking ingredients from the totality of\nsky, air, fire, water and earth. The words yathti-sthiinarh vibhiigasa�\nindicate that one should know the process of creation and should meditate\nupon the creative process inversely and thus become free from material\ncontamination.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�� ��� wit� �l«t�� 1\nll,rnf'�l�� �lfR � 11�\\911\nindriye�u manas tiini\ntanmiitre�u yathodbhavam\nbhutiidiniimuny utknya\nmahaty iitmani sandadhe\nindriye�u-in the sense organs; mana�-the mind; tiini-the sense organs;\ntanmiitre�u-in the objects of the senses;yatha-udbhavam-wherefrom they\ngenerated; bhuta-iidinii-by the five elements; amuni-all those sense\nobjects; utkr�ya-taking out; mahati-in the mahat-tattva; iitmani-unto\nthe ego; sandadhe-amalgamated.\nTRANSLATION\nHe amalgamated the mind with the senses and the senses with the sense\nobjects, according to their respective positions, and he also amalgamated\nthe material ego with the total material energy, mahat-tattva.\nPURPORT\nIn respect to the ego, the total material energy is sundered in two\nparts-one agitated by the mode of ignorance, and the other agitated by\nthe modes of passion and goodness. Due to agitation by the mode of\nignorance, the five gross elements are created. Due to agitation by the\nmode of passion, the mind is created, and due to agitation by the mode\nof goodness, false egoism or identification with matter is created. The\nmind is protected by a particular type of demigod. Sometimes the mind\n\n", "SB4.3#p0248": "996\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\n(manaM is also understood to have a controlling deity or demigod. In this\nway the total mind, namely the material mind controlled by material\ndemigods, was amalgamated with the senses. The senses, in turn, were\namalgamated with the sense objects. The sense objects are forms, tastes,\nsmells, sounds, etc. Sound is the ultimate source of the sense objects. The\nmind was attracted by the senses and the senses by the sense objects, and\nall of them were ultimately amalgamated in the sky. The creation is so\narranged that cause and effect follow one after the other. The merging\nprocess involves amalgamating the effect with the original cause. Since the\nultimate cause in the material world is the mahat-tattva, everything was\ngradually wound up and amalgamated with the mahat-tattva. This may he\ncompared to sunyavada, or voidism, in that this is the process for cleansing\nthe real spiritual mind, or consciousness.\nW hen the mind is completely washed of all material contamination, the\npure consciousness acts. The sound vibration from the spiritual sky can\nautomatically cleanse all material contaminations, as confirmed by Caitanya\nMahaprabhu: ceto-darparta-marjanam. We need only take the advice of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and chant the Hare Kreyqa mantra to cleanse the\nmind of all material contamination, and this may be considered the summary of this difficult verse. As soon as the whole material contamination\nis washed away by this process of chanting, all desires and reactions to\nmaterial activities become immediately vanquished, and real life, peaceful\nexistence, begins. In this age of Kali it is very difficult to adopt the yogic\nprocess mentioned in this verse. Unless one is very expert in such yoga,\nthe best course is to adopt the ways and means of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, sri-kr§TJ-a-sankirtanam. Thus one can gloriously become freed from\nall material contamination by the simple process of chanting Hare Kr'll)a,\nHare Kreyqa, Kreyqa Kr'll)a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama\nRama, Hare Hare. Just as life in this material world has its beginning in\nmaterial sound, similarly a spiritual life has its beginning in this spiritual\nsound vibration.\n\nTEXT 18\n\nd �utf� � �w'tl+t� �I\nd ��'ffili�+t«l'4�tl �I\n�nr�RIJf ��SiSf(l�st(: 11��11\ntarh sarva-gurta-vinyasarh\njive mayamaye nyadhat\n\n", "SB4.3#p0249": "Text 18]\n\nMaharaja frthu 's Going Back Home\n\n997\n\ntarh canusayam atma-stham\nasav anusayi puman\njiiana-vairagya-viryerta\nsvariipa-stho 'jahat prabhu�\ntam- unto Him; sarva-gur-a-vinyasam-the reservoir of all qualities; jiveunto the designations; mayamaye- the reservoir of all potencies; nyadhatplaced; tam\n\n-\n\nthat; ca- also; anusayam- designation; atma-stham- situated\n\nin self-realization; asau- he; anusayi- the living entity; puman- the enjoyer;\n\njii ana knowledge; vairagya renunc iation; viryera-by the prowess of;\nsvariipa-stha� being situated in one's constitutional position; ajahatreturned back home; prabhu� the controller .\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nfrthu Maharaja then offered the total designation of the living entity\nunto the supreme controller of illusory energy. Being released from all the\ndesignations by which the living entity became entrapped, he became free\nby knowledge and renunciation and by the spiritual force of his devotional\nservice. In this way, being situated in his original constitutional position of\nl<f�Q.a consciousness, he gave up this body as a prabhu, or controller of\nthe senses.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the Vedas, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the\nsource of material energy. Consequently He is sometimes called miiyiimaya,\nor the Supreme Person who can create His pastimes through His potency\nknown as the material energy . The fiva, or the individual living entity,\nbecomes entrapped by the material energy by the supreme will of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In Bhagavad-g\"itii we understand:\n\nTsvara{t sarva-bhutiiniirh\nhrd-dese 'rjuna tifithati\nbhriimayan sarva-bhutiini\nyantriiru�hiini miiyayii\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is directing the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a machine,\nmade of the material energy.\" (Bg. 18.61)\n\nlsvara, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is situated within the heart of\nall conditioned souls, and by His supreme will the living entity or individual\n\n", "SB4.3#p0250": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n998\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nsoul gets the facility to lord it over material nature in various types of\n\nbodies, which are known as yantra, or the moving vehicle offered by the\ntotal material energy, miiyii. Although the individual living entity (jiva)\n\nand the Lord are both situated within the material energy, the Lord is\n\ndirecting the movements of the jiva soul by offering him different types\nof bodies through the material energy, and thus the living entity is wander­\n\ning throughout the universes in various forms of body and becomes\n\nimplicated in different situations, partaking of the ·reactions of fruitive\nactivities.\nWhen Prthu Maharaja became spiritually powerful by the enhancement\nof his spiritual knowledge, jiiana and renunciation of material desires,\n\nhe became a prabhu, or master of his senses (sometimes calledgosviimi or\n\nsviimi). This means that he was no longer controlled by the influence of\n\nmaterial energy. When one is strong enough to give up the influence of\n\nmaterial energy, he is called prabhu. In this verse the word svarupastha� is\nalso very significant. The real identity of the individual soul lies in under­\n\nstanding or attaining the knowledge that he is eternally a servant of Kr�J;J.a.\n\nThis understanding is called svarupopalabdhi. By culturing devotional\n\nservice, the devotee gradually comes to understand his actual relationship\n\nwith the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This understanding of one's\npure spiritual position is called svarii.popalabdhi, and when one attains that\nstage he can understand how he is related with the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead as a servant or friend, or as a parent or conjugal lover. This stage\n\nof understanding is called svarupastha[l.. Prthu Maharaja realized this\nsvarupa completely, and it will be clear in the later chapters that he personally left this world, or this body, by riding on a chariot sent from\nVaikut;�tha.\n\nIn this verse the word prabhu is also significant. As stated before, when\n\none is completely self-realized and acts according to that position, he can\n\nbe called prabhu. The spiritual master is addressed as \"Prabhupada\" because\nhe is a completely self-realized soul. The word piida means \"position,\" and\nPrabhupada indicates that he is given the position of prabhu, or the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, for he acts on behalf of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. Unless one is a prabhu, or controller of the senses,\nhe cannot act as spiritual master. He is authorized by the Supreme Prabhu,\nor Lord Kr�Qa. In his verses praising the spiritual master, Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti J'hakura writes:\n\nsakfiad-dharitvena samas ta-sas trair\nuktas tathii bhiiv_yata eva sadbhi[l.\n\"The spiritual master is honored as much as the Supreme \"Lord because he\n\n", "SB4.3#p0251": "Text 19]\n\n999\n\nMaharaja frthu 's Going Back Home\n\nis the most confidential servitor of the Lord.\" Thus Pfthu Maharaja can\nalso be called Prabhupada, or, as described herein, prabhu. Another question may be raised in this connection. Since Prthu Maharaja was a power\nincarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, saktyiivesa-avatiira,\nwhy did he have to execute the regulative principles in order to become a\n\nprabhu? Because he appeared on this earth as an ideal king and because it\nis the duty of the king to instruct the citizens in the execution of devotional service, he followed all the regulative principles of devotional service\nin order to teach others. Similarly, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, although l<.reyq.a\nHimself, taught us how to approach l<.reyqa as a devotee. It is said: iipani\n\nacari' bhakti sikhainu savare.\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu instructed\n\nothers in the process of devotional service by setting the example Himself\nthrough His own personal actions. Similarly, Pfthu Maharaja, although a\n\n§aktyiivesa-avatiira incarnation, still behaved exactly as a devotee in order\nto achieve the position of prabhu. Furthermore, svarilpastha� means complete liberation. As it is said, hitviinyathii rupam svarupena avasthit*:\nwhen a living entity abandons the activities of miiyii and attains the position from which he can execute devotional service, his state is called\n\nsvarupastha�, or complete liberation.\nTEXT 19\n\n31Rt�tq �u�ir �q�;� � 1\ntitiql�� :;:a �qf{+trf �;:f �: II��II\narcir nama maha-raji'ii\ntat-patny anugata vanam\nsukumary atad-arha ca\nyat-padbhyam sparsanarh bhuval)\narci[l nama- of the name Arci; maha-rajiii-the Queen; tat-patni-the\nwife of Maharaja Prthu; anugata- who followed her husband; vanam- in the\norest; sukumari- very delicate body;a-tat-arha-who did not deserve;caalso; yat-padbhyiim-by the touch of whose feet; sparsanam\n\n-\n\ntouching;\n\nb hu va �- on the earth.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Queen, the wife of Pfthu Maharaja, whose name was Arci, followed\nher husband into the forest. Since she was a queen, her body was very\ndelicate. Although she did not deserve to live in the forest, still she\nvoluntarily touched her lotus feet to the ground.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0252": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1000\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nPURPORT\nBecause Prthu Maharaja's wife was the Queen and also a daughter of a\nking, she never experienced walking on the ground because queens used to\nnever come out of the palace. They certainly never went to the forests and\ntolerated all the difficulties of living in the wilderness. In Vedic civilization\nthere are hundreds of similar examples of such renunciation on the part of\nqueens and dedication to the husband. The goddess of fortune, mother\nSita, followed her husband Ramacandra when He went to the forest. Lord\nRamacandra went to the forest in compliance to the order of His father\nMaharaja Dasaratha, but mother Sita was not so ordered. Nonetheless, she\nvoluntarily accepted the path of her husband. Similarly, Gandhari, the\nwife of King Dhrtara��ra, also followed her husband into the forest. Being\nthe\n\nwives of\n\ngreat\n\npersonalities like\n\nJ>rthu,\n\nLord\n\nRamacandra\n\nand\n\nDhrtara�tra, these were ideal, chaste women. Such queens also instructed\nthe general people by showing them how to become a chaste wife and\nfollow the husband in every stage of life. When 'the husband is king, she sits\nbeside him as the queen, and when he goes to the forest, she also follows,\ndespite having to tolerate all kinds of difficulties in living in the forest.\nTherefore it is said here (a-tad-arha) that although she did not want to\ntouch her feet to the ground, she nonetheless accepted all difficulties when\nshe went to the forest with her husband.\nTEXT 20\n\n3Ritcr\n��\n\n�ij��f.iw;n\n:�n1��1'1tl 1\n\n;nf.t��ufl lff«�eufq\n\nm\n\nW:r��o:r�r-tf.fiftn\n\nativa bhartur vrata-dharma-ni�thaya\nsusru�aya car�a-deha-yiitraya\nnavindatartim parikarsitiipi sii\npreyaskara-sparsana-miina-nirvrtitt\nativa - v ery much; bhartu[t-of the husband; vrata-dharma-vow to serve\nhim; ni�thayii-by determination; susru�aya-by serving; ca-also; iir�a like\nthe great saintly sages; deha-body; ytitraya living condition; na-did not;\navindata-pe rceive; artim- any difficulty; parikarsitii api- although transformed to become lean and thin; sa-she; preyaskara- very pleasing;\nsparsana-touching; miina- engaged; nirvrti[t-pleasure.\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0253": "Text 20]\n\nMaharaja Prthu's Going Back Home\n\n1001\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough she was not accustomed to such difficulties, Queen Arci\nfollowed her husband in the regulative principles of living in the forest like\ngreat sages. She lay down on the ground and ate only fruits, flowers and\nleaves, and because she was not fit for these activities, she became frail and\nthin. Yet because of the pleasure she derived in serving her husband, she\ndid not feel any difficulties.\nPURPORT\nThe words bhartur vrata-dharma-niflthayii indicate that a woman's duty\nor religious principle is to serve her husband in all conditions. In Vedic\ncivilization a man is taught from the beginning of his life to become a\nbrahmaciiri:, then an ideal grhastha, then viinaprastha, then sannyiisi:, and\n\nthe wife is taught just to follow the husband strictly in all conditions of\nlife. After the period of brahmacarya, a man accepts a householder's life,\nand the woman is also taught by her parents to be a chaste wife. Thus\nwhen a girl and boy are united, both are trained for a life dedicated to a\nhigher purpose. The boy is trained to execute his duty in accordance with\nthe higher purpose of life, and the girl is trained to follow him. The chaste\nwife's duty is to keep her husband pleased in householder life in all\nrespects, and when the husband retires from family life, she is to go to the\nforest and adopt the life of viinaprastha, or vana-viisi:. At that time the wife\nis to follow her husband and take care of him, just as she took care of\nhim in householder life. But when the husband takes the renounced order\nof life, namely sannyiisa, the wife is to return home and become a saintly\nwoman, setting an example for her children and daughters-in-law and showing them how to live a life of austerity.\nWhen Caitanya Mahaprabhu took sannytisa, His wife, Vi�pupriya-devi,\nalthough only sixteen years old, also took the vow of austerity due to her\nhusband's Leaving home. She chanted her beads, and after finishing one\nround, she collected one grain of rice. In this way, as many rounds as she\nchanted, she would receive the same number of rice grains and then cook\nem and so take prastida. This is called austerity. Even today in India,\nwidows, or women whose husbands have taken sannyiisa, follow the principles of austerity, even though they live with their children. Prthu\nMaharaja's wife, Arci, was steadily determined to execute the duty of a\nwife, and while her husband was in the forest, she followed him in eating\nonly fruits and Leaves and Lying down on the ground. Since a woman's body\nis considerably more delicate than a man's, Queen Arci became very frail\nand thin. Parikarsitti. When one engages in austerities, his body generally\nbecomes lean and thin. Becoming fat is not a very good qualification in\n\n", "SB4.3#p0254": "[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1002\n\nspiritual life because a person who is engaged in spiritual life must reduce\nthe comforts of the body-namely eating, sleeping and mating-to a\nminimum. Although Queen Arci became very thin from living in the forest\naccording to regulative principles, she was not unhappy because she was\nenjoying the honor of serving her great husband.\nTEXT 21\n\n�\n\n�qiSIIRcte�e�•uR'\n�: 'lfil044t �m �: 1\n\nlite� fftifiitq �� '11 ��\n\n�l+itttitqt�i(B:(1t!JM\n\nII'{� II\n\ndeharh vipanniikhila-cetaniidikarh\npatyul;t prthivyii dayitasya ciitmanal;t\niilak§ya kiiicic ca vilapya sii sati\ncitiim athiiropayad adrisiinuni\n\ndeham-body; vipanna\niidikam-symptoms;\n\n-\n\ncompletely failing; akhila-all; cetana\n\npatyul;t-of\n\nher\n\nhusband;\n\ndayitasya-of the merciful; ca iitmana l;t-also of herself; iila k§ya\nk iii cit-very little; ca-and; vilapya\n\n-\n\n-\n\nprthivy ii l;t-the\n-\n\nfeeling ;\nworld;\n\nby seeing;\n\nlamenting ; sii-she; sati-the chaste;\n\ncitiim-unto the fire; atha-now; iiropayat-placed; adri-hill; siinuni-on\nthe top.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Queen Arci saw that her husband, who had been so merciful to\n\nher and the earth, no longer showed symptoms of life, she lamented for a\n\nlittle while and then built a fiery pyre on top of a hill and placed the body\n\nof her husband on it.\n\nPURPORT\nAfter seeing all the life symptoms in her husband stop, the Queen\nlamented for a while. The word kiiicit means \"for a little while.\" The\nQueen was completely aware that her husband was not dead, although\nthe\n\nsymptoms\n\nof life-action, intelligence and sense perception-had\n\nceased. As stated in Bhagavad-gttii:\ndehino 'smin yathii dehe\nkaumiirarh yauvanarh jarii\ntathii dehiintara-priiptir\ndhiras tatra na muhyati\n\n", "SB4.3#p0255": "Text 22)\n\nMaharaja Prthu's Going Back Home\n\n1003\n\n\"As the embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood to\nyouth to old age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. The\nself-realized soul is not bewildered by such a change.\" (Bg. 2.13)\nWhen a living entity transfers from one body to another, a process\ngenerally known as death, a sane man does not lament, for he knows that\nthe living entity is not dead but is simply transferred from one body to\nanother. The Queen should have been afraid of being alone in the forest\nwith the body of her husband, but since she was a great wife of a great\npersonality, she lamented for a while but immediately understood that she\nhad many duties to perform. Thus instead of wasting her time in lamentation, she immediately prepared a fiery pyre· on top of a hill and then placed\nthe body of her husband on it to be burned.\nMaharaja Prthu is described here as dayita, for he was not only the king\nof the earth, but he treated the earth as his protected child. Similarly, he\nprotected his wife also. It was the duty of the king to give protection to\neveryone, especially to the earth or land which he ruled, as well as the\ncitizens and his family members. Since Prthu Maharaja was a perfect king,\nhe gave protection to everyone, and therefore he is described here as dayita.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n� � (�;f\\�:t{IH�I\nt:+flt:Etl\nfi�G:I�t: I\n� �A..f�t:tafr.: �\n� ctft � fl�l(l ����II\nvidhiiya krtyarit hradin\"i-jaliiplutii\ndattvodakarit bhartur udiira-karrnaf!aft\nnatvii divi-sthiirits tri-dasiims trift par'itya\nvivesa vahnirit dhyiiyat'i bhartr-padau\nvidhaya-e x ecuting; krtyam- the regulative function; hradini-in the\nwater of the river; jala -iipluta-taki ng bath completely; dattva udakamoffering oblations of water; bhartu[t-of her husband; udara-karmarwftwho was so liberal; natva-offering obeisances; divi-sthan-situated in the\nsky; tri-dasan-the thirty million demigods; trift-three times; parityacircumambulating; vivesa\n\n- entered; vahnim- the fire; dhy yati-while thinka\n\ning of; bhartr-of her husband;padau-the two lotus feet.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0256": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n1004\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, the Queen executed the necessary funerary functions and\nwater. After bathing in the river, she offered\n\noffered oblations of\n\nobeisances to various demigods situated in the sky in the different\n\nplanetary systems. She then circumambulated the fire and, while thinking\n\nof the lotus feet of her husband, entered its flames.\nPURPORT\nThe entrance of a chaste wife into the flames of the pyre of her dead\nhusband is known as saha-gamana. This means that it is customary for\nthe wife to die with her husband. This system of saha-gamana has been\npracticed in Vedic civilization from time immemorial. Even after the\nBritish period in India this practice was rigidly observed, but soon it\ndegraded to· the point that even when the wife was not strong enough\nto enter the fire of her dead husband the relatives would force her to\nenter. Thus this practice had to be stopped, but even today there are\nstill some solitary cases where a wife will voluntarily enter the fire and\ndie with her husband. Even after 1940 we personally knew of a chaste\nwife who died in this way.\nTEXT 23\n\nfcie)�li•l<li � q it'rol� qfij\" I\n-� ���: �: 11��11\nvilokyiinugatiim siidhvim\nprthum v\"ira-va ram patim\ntu.stuvur vara-dii devair\ndeva-patnya[! sahasrasa[!\nvilokya-by observing; anugatam-dying after the husband;siidhvim- the\nchaste woman; prthum-of King Prthu; vira-varam-the great warrior;\npatim-husband; tu�_tuvu�-offered prayers; vara-dii�-able to give benediction; devaib,-by the demigods; deva-patnyal;-the wives of the demigods;\nsahasrasal;-in thousands.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter observing this brave act performed by the chaste wife Arci, the\n\nwife of the great King Prthu, many thousands of the wives of the\n\ndemigods, along with their husbands, offered prayers to the Queen, for\nthey were very much satisfied.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0257": "Text 25)\n\nMaharaja Ptthu's Going Back Home\n\n1005\n\nTEXT 24\n\n.r�: tU'4•e•( m4t\"'t��a� 1\n;cwq¥4(\\\\.�:t �� � qwc�� 11'\\lll\nkurvatya[l kusumiisiiram\ntasmin mandara-siinuni\nnadatsv amara-turye.su\ngnwnti sma parasparam\nkurvatya � -just showering;kusuma-llstiram-showers of flowers;tasminin that; mandara-of the Mandara hill; stinuni-on the top; nadatsuvibrating; amar-a-tu rye§ u-beating of the drums of the demigods; grrtanti\nsma-they were talking;parasparam-amongst themselves as follows.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time the demigods were situated on the top of Mandara Hill,\nand all their wives began to shower flowers on the funeral pyre and began\nto talk amongst themselves as follows.\nTEXT 25\n\ndevya ucu[l\naho iyarh vadhur dhanyii\nyii caivarh b hu bh ujiirh patim\n-\n\nsarviitmanii patim bheje\nyajiiesam srir vadhur iva\ndevya� ucu�-the wives of the demigods said; aho-alas; iyam this ;\nthe wife; dh anyii-most glorious; yii-who ; ca-also; evam-as;\nbhu-of the world; bhujtim of all the kings;patim-the king;sarvtitmanti-\n\nvadh u�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nunderstanding; patim unto the husband; bheje-worshiped;\nyajiiesa m-un to Lord Vi�I).U; sn[l-the goddess of fortune; vadhu� wife;\nwith\n\nfull\n\n-\n\n-\n\ni va -like .\n\n", "SB4.3#p0258": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1006\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nTRAN SLATION\nThe wives of the demigods said: All glories to Queen Arci! We can see\n\nthat this Queen of the great King Prthu, the Emperor of all the kings of\n\nthe world, has served her husband with mind, speech and body exactly as\nthe goddess of fortune serves the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nYajfiesa or Vi��u.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the words yajnesarh snr vadhur iva indicate that Queen\nArci served\n\nher husband just as the goddess of fortune serves the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead Vi9l)U. We can observe that even in the\nhistory of this world, when Lord Kr�qa, the Supreme Vi9QU, was ruling\nover Dvaraka, Queen Rukmir;ti, who was the chief of all Kr�qa's queens,\nused to serve Lord Kr�qa personally in spite of having many hundreds of\nmaidservants\n\nto assist her. Similarly, the goddess of fortune in the\n\nVaikur:t�ha planets also serves Narayar;ta personally, although there are\nmany thousands of devotees prepared to serve the Lord. This practice is\nalso followed by the wives of the demigods, and in days past the wives of\nmen also followed this same principle. In Vedic civilization the husband\nand wife were not separated by such man-made laws as divorce. We should\nunderstand the necessity for maintaining family life in human society and\nshould thus abolish this artificial law known as divorce. The husband\nand wife should live in Kwp consciousness and follow the footsteps of\nLak9mi-Narayar;ta, or Kr�T).a-Rukmir:ti. In this way peace and harmony can\nbe possible within this world.\nTEXT 26\n\nh ;t!f ��� � -mt m 1\nqswijl41191<fiNI��iR �����II\nsaifia nunarh vrajaty urdhvam\nanu vainyam patim satz\npasyatasman atztyarcir\ndurvibhavyena karmara\nsa-she; e§a-this; nunam-certainly; vrajati-going; urdhvam-upwards;\nanu-following; vainyam-the son of Vena; patim-husband; sati-chaste;\npasyata-just\n\nsee; asman-us; atitya-overpassing; arcil).-of the name\n\nArci; durvibhavyena-by inconceivable; karmarii-activities.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0259": "Text 26]\n\nMaharaja Prthu's Going Back Home\n\n1007\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe wives of the demigods continued: Just see how this chaste lady,\nArci, by dint of her inconceivable pious activities, is still following her\nhusband upwards, as far as we can see.\nPURPORT\n\nBoth Prthu Maharaja's airplane and the airplane carrying Queen Arci\nwere passing out of the vision of the ladies of the higher planetary\nsystems. These ladies were simply astonished to see how Prthu Maharaja\nand his wife achieved such an exalted position. Although they were the\nwives of the denizens of the higher planetary system and Prthu Maharaja\nwas an inhabitant of an inferior planetary system (the Earth), the King,\nalong with his wife, passed beyond the realms of the demigods and went\nupward to Vaikur;t�haloka. The word urdhvam (upwards) is significant\nhere, for the ladies speaking were from the higher planetary systems,\nwhich include the moon, sun and Venus up to Brahmaloka, or the\nhighest plan�t. Beyond Brahmaloka is the spiritual sky, and in that\nspiritual sky there are innumerable V aikur;t�halokas. Thus the word\niirdhvam indicates that the V aikur;t�ha planets are beyond or above these\nmaterial planets, and it was to these V aikur;t�ha planets that Prthu\nMaharaja and his wife were going. This also indicates that when Prthu\nMaharaja and his wife, Arci, abandoned their material bodies in the\nmaterial fire, they immediately developed their spiritual bodies and\nentered into spiritual airplanes which could penetrate the material\nelements and reach the spiritual sky. Since they were carried by two\nseparate airplanes, it may be concluded that even after being burnt in the\nfuneral pyre they remained separate individual persons. In other words,\nthey never lost their identity or became void, as imagined by the\nimpersonalists.\nThe ladies in the higher planetary systems were capable of seeing both\ndownwards and upwards. When they looked down they could see that\nthe body of Prthu Maharaja was being burnt and that his wife, Arci, was\nentering into the fire, and when they looked upwards they could see how\nthey were being carried in two airplanes to the Vaiku�:t�halokas. All of this\nis possible simply by durvibhavyena karmarui, inconceivable activity.\nPrthu Maharaja was a pure devotee, and his wife, Queen Arci, simply\nfollowed her husband. Thus they can both be considered pure devotees,\nand thus they are capable of performing inconceivable activities. Such\nactivities are not possible for ordinary men. Indeed, ordinary men cannot\neven take to the devotional service of the Lord, nor can ordinary women\n\n", "SB4.3#p0260": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1008\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nmaintain such vows of chastity and follow their husbands in all respects.\n\nA woman does not need to attain high qualifications, but if she simply\nfollows in the footsteps of her husband, who must be a devotee, then\nboth husband and wife attain liberation and are promoted to the\nVaikuQ.�halokas. This is evinced by the inconceivable activities of Maharaja\nPrthu and his wife.\nTEXT 27\n\n� � ft ��\"l�i-ri f4ilq��l( I\n'CR t\"1leltn it � �'¥Ri m�� I I �\\911\nte�iim duriipam kim tv anyan\nmartyiiniim bhagavat-padam\nbhuvi lol.iiyu�o ye vai\nnai_skarmyam siidhayanty uta\nte�am-of\n\nthem; durapam\n\n-\n\ndifficult to obtain; kim-what; tu-but;\n\nanyat-anything else; martyanam-of the human beings; bhagavat-padamthe kingdom of God; bhuvi-in the world; lola-flickering; ayu§a [l-span of\nlife;\n\nye -those; vai-certainly; nai§karmyam-the\n\npath\n\nof\n\nliberation;\n\nsadhayanti-ex ecute; uta-ex actly.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this material world, every human being has a short span of life,\n\nbut those who are engaged in devotional service go back home, back to\nGodhead, for they are actually on the path of liberation. For such persons,\n\nthere is nothing which is not available.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita Lord Kr�q a says: anityam asukham lokam imani\n\nprapya bhajasva mam (Bg. 9.33). The Lord here declares that this material\nworld is full of miseries (asukham) and at the same time is very flickering\n\n(anityam). Therefore one's only duty is to engage himself in devotional\nservice. This is the best end to which human life can be put. Those\ndevotees who are constantly engaged in the service of the lotus feet of\nthe Lord achieve not only all material benefits but also all spiritual\nbenefits, for at the end of life they go back home, back to Godhead. Their\ndestination is described in this verse as bhagavat-padam. The word padam\nmeans \"abode,\" and bhagavat means \"the Supreme Personality of God-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0261": "Text 27]\n\nMaharaja Prthu's Going Back Home\n\n1009\n\nhead.\" Thus the destination of the devotees is the abode of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nIn this verse the word na4karmyam, which means transcendental\nknowledge, is also significant. Unless one comes to the platform of\ntranscendental knowledge and offers devotional service to the Lord, he is\nnot\n\nperfect.\n\nGenerally\n\nthe processes of jiiiina,\n\nyoga and karma are\n\nexecuted life after life before one gets a chance to render pure devotional\nservice to the Lord. This chance is given by the grace of a pure devotee,\nand it is in this way only that one can actually attain liberation. In the\ncontext of this narration, the wives of the demigods repented because\nalthough they had the opportunity of a birth in a higher planetary\nsystem, a lifetime spanning many millions of years and all material\ncomforts, they were not as fortunate as PJ;thu Maharaja and his wife, who\nwere actually surpassing them. In other words, Prthu Maharaja and his\nwife scorned promotion to the higher planetary systems and even to\nBrahmaloka because the position which they were attaining was incomparable. In Bhagavad-gita the Lord affirms, abrahma-bhuvanal lokal;t punar\navartino 'rjuna: \"From the highest planet in the material world to the\nlowest, all are places of misery wherein repeated birth and death take\nplace.\" (Bg. 8.16) In other words, even if one goes to the highest planet,\nBrahmaloka, he has to return to the miseries of birth and death. In the\nNinth Chapter of Bhagavad-gita, Lord Kr�qa also asserts:\n\nte tam bhuktva svarga-lokarh visalarh\nk�irte purtye martya-lokarh visanti\n\"When they have thus enjoyed heavenly sense pleasure, they return to\nthis mortal planet again.\" (Bg. 9.21) Thus after exhausting the results of\npious activities, one has to come again to the lower planetary systems and\n\nbegin a new chapter of pious activities. It is therefore said in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam,\n\nnai§karmyam apy acyuta-bhava-varjitam: \"The path of\n\nliberation is not at all secure unless one attains the devotional service of\n\nthe Lord.\" (Bhiig. 1.5.12) Even if one is promoted to the impersonal\nbrahmajyoti, he runs every chance of falling down into this material\nworld. If it is possible to f all down from the brahmajyoti, which is beyond\nthe higher planetary systems in this material world, then what can be said\n\nof the ordinary yogis and karmis who can only be elevated to the higher\nmaterial planets? Thus the wives of the denizens of the higher planetary\nsystems did not very much appreciate the results of karma, jiiiina and\n\nyoga.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0262": "[Canto 4, Ch. 23.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1010\n\nTEXT 28\n\n6� �.Fti��iNI\n6CQjlqqnf � � ftm ����11.\n-:a'\n\nsa vancito batiitma-dhruk\n\nkrcchre[la mahatii bhuvi\nl.abdhviipavargyam manu.§yam\nvifiayefiu vifia}jate\nsa[l. -he ; va iicita[l. -cheated ; bata- certainly; atma-dhruk-envious of himself; krcchrera-with great difficulty; mahata-by great activities; bhuviin this world; l.abdhva-by achieving; apavargyam-the path of liberation;\n\nmanu§yam-in the human form of life; vi§aye§u-in the matter of sense\ngratification; vi§ajjate- becomes engaged.\nTRANSLATION\nAny\n\nperson who\n\nengages himself within\n\nperforming activities that necessitate\n\nthis material world in\n\ngreat struggle, and who, after\n\nobtaining a human form of life-which is a chance to attain liberation\n\nfrom miseries-undertakes the difficult tasks of fruitive activities, must be\nconsidered to be cheated and envious of his own self.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this material world people are engaged in different activities simply\nto achieve a little success in sense gratification. The karmi's are engaged\nin performing\n\nvery\n\ndifficult\n\nactivities,\n\nand thus they open gigantic\n\nfactories, build huge cities, make big scientific discoveries, etc. In other\nwords, they are engaged in performing very costly sacrifices in order to be\npromoted to the higher planetary systems. Similarly, yogis are engaged in\nachieving a similar goal by accepting the tedious practices of mystic yoga.\n\n]nanis are engaged in philosophical speculation in order to gain release\nfrom the clutches of material nature. In these ways everyone is engaged\nin performing very difficult tasks simply for the gratification of the senses.\n\nAll of these are considered to be engaged in sense gratificatory activities\n(or vifiaya) because they all demand some facility for material existence.\nActually the results of such activities are temporary, as K.r��a Himself\nproclaims in Bhagavad-gita: antavat tu phal.am te§am: \"The fruits [of\nthose who worship the demigods] are limited and temporary.\" (Bg. 7.23)\n\nThus the fruits of the activities of the yogis, karmis and jnanis are\n\n", "SB4.3#p0263": "Text 28]\n\nMaharaja J>rthu 's Going Back Home\n\nlOll\n\nephemeral. Moreover, Kr�qa says, tad bhavaty alpa-medhasam: \"They\nare simply meant for men of small intelligence.\" (Bg. 7.23) The word\n\nvi�aya denotes sense gratification. The karmis flatly state that they want\nsense gratification. The yogis also want sense gratification, but they want\nit to a higher degree. It is their desire to show some miraculous results\nthrough the practice of yoga. Thus they strive very hard to achieve success\nin becoming smaller than the smallest or greater than the greatest, or in\ncreating a planet like the earth, or, as scientists, by. inventing so many\nwonderful\n\nmachines.\n\nSimilarly, the jiiiinzs are also engaged in sense\n\ngratification, for they are simply interested in be<;oming one with the\nSupreme. Thus the aim of all these activities is sense gratification to a\n\nhigher or a lower degree. The bhaktas, however, are not interested in\nsense gratificatory practices; they are simply satisfied to get an opportunity to serve the Lord. Although they are satisfied in any condition, there\nis nothing they cannot obtain because they are purely engaged in the\nservice'of the Lord .\n. The wives of the demigods condemn the performers of sense gratificatory activities as vaiicita, cheated. Those so engaged are actually killing\n\nthemselves (atma-M). As stated in Srzmad-Bhcigavatam:\n\nnr-deham adyarh su-labham su-durlabham\nplavarh su-kalparh guru-kar[la-dharam\n\nmayanukulena nabhasvateritarh\n\npuman bhatiabdhim na taret sa atma-ha\n\n(Bhcig. 11.20.17)\n\nWhen one wants to cross a large ocean, he requires a strong boat. It is\nsaid that this human form of life is a good boat by which one can cross the\nocean of nescience. In the human form of life one can obtain the guidance\nof a good navigator, the spiritual master. He also gets a favorable wind by\nthe mercy of Kr�qa, and that wind is the instructions of Kr�qa. The human\nbody is the boat, the instructions of Lord Kr�qa are the favorable winds,\nand the spiritual master is the navigator. The spiritual master knows well\nhow to adjust the sails to catch the winds favorably and steer the boat to\nits destination. If, however, one does not take advantage of this opportunity, he wastes the human form of life. Wasting time and life in this way is\nthe same as committing suicide.\n\nThe word labdhvcipavargyam is significant in this verse because, accord­\n\ning to .Tiva Gosvami, apavargyam, or the path of liberation, does not refer\nto merging into the impersonal Brahman but to salokyadi-siddhi which\n\n", "SB4.3#p0264": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1012\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nmeans attaining the very planet where the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nresides. There are five kinds of liberation, and one is called sayujya-mukti,\n\nor merging into the existence of the Supreme or the impersonal Brahman\n\neffulgence. However, since there is a chance of one's falling down again\n\ninto the material sky from the Brahman effulgence, Srila Jiva Gosvami\n\nadvises that in this human form of life one's only aim should be to go back\nhome, back to Godhead. The words sa vancita� indicate that once a person\n\nhas obtained the human form of life, he is actually cheated if he does not\n\nmake preparations to go back home, back to Godhead. The position of all\nnondevotees who are not interested in going back to Godhead is very\n\nmuch lamentable, for the human form of life is meant for executing devotional service and nothing else.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n��!I i3'<fR\n'tfUftcqil(«f1 qRIJl+fi mn if{: I\n1i �311€t1HaJ���: snq1�1�:11�'11\nmaitreya uviica\nstuvati�v amara-stri\"�u\npati-lokarh gatii vadhu�\nyam vii iitma-vidiim dhuryo\nvainya� priipiicyutiisraya�\nmaitreya� uviica the great sage Maitreya continued to speak; stuvat�suma st �\nby the wives of the denizens of heaven;\npati-lokam-the planet where the husband had gone; gata-reaching;\ndh iltt- the wife; yam where; va-or; atma-vidam-of the self-realized\nsouls; dhurya� -the topmost; vainya�-the son of King Vena (Prthu\nMaharaja); prapa-obtained; acyuta as ya� under the protection of the\nwhile glorifying;\n\nva\n\na ra- r su-\n\n- ra\n\n-\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued speaking: My dear Vidura, when the\n\nwives of the denizens of heaven were thus talking amongst themselves,\n\nQueen Arci reached the planet which her husband, Maharaja Prthu, the\n.\n\ntopmost self-realized soul, had attained.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0265": "Text 30]\n\n1013\n\nMaharaja Ptthu 's Going Back Home\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Vedic scriptures, a woman who dies with her husband, or\nenters into the fire in which her husband is burning, also enters the same\nplanet her husband attains. In this material world there is a planet known\nas Patiloka, just as there is a planet known as Pitrloka. But in this verse\nthe word pati-loka does not refer to any planet within this material universe, for Prthu Maharaja, being topmost amongst self-realized souls, certainly returned home, back to Godhead, and attained one of the Vaikui,l�ha\nplanets. Queen Arci also entered\n\npatiloka, but this planet is not in the\n\nmaterial universe, for she actually entered the planet which her husband\nattained. In the material world also, when a woman dies with her husband,\nshe again unites with him in the next birth. Similarly, Maharaja Prthu and\nQueen Arci united in the Vaikui,l�ha planets. In the Vaikui,ltha planets\nthere are husbands and wives, but there is no question of their giving birth\nto children nor having sex life. In the Vaikui,l�ha planets both husbands and\nwives are extraordinarily beautiful, and they are attracted to one another,\nbut they do not enjoy sex life. Indeed, they consider sex not to be very\nrelishable because both husband and wife are always absorbed in KwJ.a\nconsciousness and in glorifying and chanting the glories of the Lord.\nAccording to Bhaktivinoda 'fhakura also, a husband and wife can turn\nthe home into a place as good as Vaikui,l�ha, even while in this material\nworld. Being absorbed in Kr�qa consciousness, even in this world husband\nand wife can live in Vaikui,l�ha simply by installing the Deity of the Lord\nwithin the home and serving the Deity according to the directions of the\nsastras. In this way, they will never feel the sex urge. That is the test\n\nof advancement in devotional service. One who is advanced in devotional\nservice is never attracted by sex life, and as soon as one becomes detached\nfrom sex life and proportionately attached to the service of the Lord, he\nactually experiences living in the Vaikui,l�ha planets. In the ultimate issue,\nthere is actually no material world, but when one forgets the service of the\nLord and engages himself in the service of his senses, he is said to be living\nin the material world.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n\"4f.(f•�•(tsm �: � li•N\"Et¥4: ,\n� � �R64C:I¥4�rot� � II� II\no\n\nitthambhutiinubhiivo 'sau\nprthu� sa bhagavattama�\n\n", "SB4.3#p0266": "[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1014\n\nk\"\"irtitarh tasya caritam\nuddiima-caritasya te\nitthambhiita-thus;\n\nanubhiiva�-very\n\ngreat,\n\npowerful;\n\nasau-that;\n\nprthu�-King Prthu; sa�-he; bhagavattama�-the best among the lords;\nkl\"rtitam-described; tasya-his; caritam-character; uddiima-very great;\nca\n\nritasya-one who possesses such qualities; te-to you.\nTRANSLATION\nMaitreya continued: The greatest of all devotees, Maharaja Pflhu, was\n\nvery powerful, and his character was liberal, magnificent and magnanimous.\n\nThus I have described him to you as far as possible.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse the word bhagavattama� is very significant, for the word\n\nbhagavat is used especially to refer to the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nas the word bhagaviin (the Supreme Personality of Godhead) is derived\nfrom the word bhagavat. Sometimes, however, we see that the word\nbhagavlin is used for great personalities like Lord Brahma, Lord Siva\nand Niirada Muni. This is the case with Prthu Maharaja, who is described\n\nhere as the best of the bhagaviins, or the best of the lords. A person can be\nso addressed only if he is a great personality who exhibits extraordinary\nand uncommon features, or who attains the greatest goal after his disappearance, or who knows the difference between knowledge and ignorance. In other words, the word bhagaviin should not be used for ordinary\n\npersons.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n� t\\'lC�fRi 'I(�lit�: � I\n��ill�\"'�tliA � �: q((4\\f1Ni< ����H\n'I\n\nya idarh su-mahat pur.yarh\nsraddhayiivahita� pa,thet\nsriivayec chrr.uyiid viip i\nsa prtho� padavl\"m iyiit\nya�-anyone;\nidam-this ;\nsu mahat-very\ngreat; p u !lyam-pious;\nsraddhayii with great faith; avahita�-with great attention; pathetreads; sriivayet-e x plains; sr r. uyiit-hears ; vii or; api-certainly; sa�-that\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nperson; prtho�-of King ptthu; padav'i'm-situation; iyiit-attains.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0267": "Text 31]\n\nMaharaja �thu's Going Back Home\n\n1015\n\nTRANSLATION\nAny person who describes the great characteristics of King P�thu with\nfaith and determination-whether he reads or hears of them himself or\nhelps others to hear of them-is certain to attain the very planet whichMaharaja P�thu attained. In other words, such a person also returns home\nto the V aikui;t�ha planets, back to Godhead.\nPURPORT\nIn the execution of devotional service, sravar-arh kirtanarh vi�r-o� is\n\nespecially stressed. This means that bhakti, or devotional service, begins\nby hearing and chanting about Vi�J;lU. When we speak of Vi�I').U, we also\n\nrefer to that which relates to Vi�J;lU. In the Siva Purar-a, Lord Siva recom­\n\nmends Vi�I).U worship to be the topmost worship, and better than Vi�I;tU\nworship is worship of the Vai�I).ava or anything that is related to Vi�l').u. The\n\nfact is explained herein that hearing and chanting about a Vai�I;tava is as\ngood as hearing and chanting about Vi�I;tu, for Maitreya has explained that\n\nanyone who hears about Prthu Maharaja with attention also attains the\n\nplanet which Maharaja Prthu attained. There is no duality between Vi�l').u\n\nand the Vai�I).ava, and this is called advaya-jiiiina. A Vai�I;tava is as important\n\nas Vi�Q.u, and therefore Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura wrote in his\n\nGurv-a§.taka:\nsiik§iid-dharitvena samas ta-siistrair\nuktas tathii bhiivyata eva sadbh*\nkintu prabhor yaft priya eva tasya\nvande guroft sri-carar-iiravindam\n\"The spiritual master is honored as much a� the Supreme Lord because\n\nhe is the most confidential servitor of the Lord. This is acknowledged in all\n\nrevealed scriptures and is followed by all authorities. Therefore I offer my\n\nrespectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of my spiritual master, who is a\nbona fide representative of Sri Hari.\"\n\nThe supreme Vai�I;tava is the spiritual master, and he is nondifferent\n\nfrom the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is said that sometimes Lord\nCaitanya Mahiiprabhu used to chant the names of the gopis. Some of the\nLord's students tried to advise Him to chant the name of Kr�11a instead,\n\nbut upon hearing this Caitanya Mahaprabhu became very angry with His\nstudents. The controversy on this subject reached such a point that after\n\nthis incident Caitanya Mahiiprabhu decided to take sannyiisa because He\n\nwas n<;>t taken very seriously in His grhastha-iisrama. The point is that\nsince Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu chanted the names of the gopis, worship\nof the gopis or the devotees of the Lord is as good as devotional service\n\n", "SB4.3#p0268": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1016\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nrendered directly to the Lord. It is also stated by the Lord Himself that\ndevotional service to His devotees is better than service offered directly\nto Him. Sometimes the sahajiyii class of devotees are only interested in\nKt\"�qa's personal pastimes to the exclusion of the activities of the devotees.\nThis type of devotee is not on a very high level; one who sees the devotee\nand the Lord on the same level has further progressed.\nTEXT 32\n\n;rmuft ill�if'�(ft � ij�tiJ\\qft: I\nm: qOo{ �: $Pf�J Q'ij'«flfiNI(I ��I\nbrahmarto brahma-varcasv\"\"i\nrajanyo jagat\"\"i-pati�\nooisya� pa,than vit-pat* syac\nchudra� sattamatiim iyiit\nbriihma rta � - the brahmat)as; brahma-varcasvi-one who has attained\n\n-\n\nthe power of spiritual success; riijanya�-the royal order; jagati pat*- the\n\nais ya�- the mercantile class of men; pathan-by\nreading; vit-patifl- becomes master of the animals; syiit- becomes;\nsii d ra � -the laborer class of men; sattamatiim-the position of a great\ndevotee; iyiit-attains .\nking of the world;\n\nv\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf one hears of the c haracteristics of Prthu Maharaja and is a brahmat;ta,\n\nhe becomes perfectly qualified with brahminical powers; if he is a k�atriya,\n\nhe becomes a king of the world; if he is a vaisya, he becomes a master of\nother vaisyas and many animals; and if he is a sudra, he becomes the top­\n\nmost devotee.\n\nPURPORT.\nIn Srimad-Bhiigavatam it is recommended that one should become a\ndevotee regardless of one's condition. Whether one is without desire\n\n(akiima), or with desire (sakiima), or whether one desires liberation\n(mok§a-kiima), he is advised to worship the Supreme Lord and execute\ndevotional service unto Him. By so doing, one attains all perfection in any\nfield of life. The process of devotional service-especially hearing and\nchanting-is so powerful that it can bring a person to the perfectional\n\nstage. In this verse briihmartas, k§atriyas, vaisyas and sudras are mentioned,\n\nbut here it should be understood that that reference is to the briihmarta\n\n", "SB4.3#p0269": "1017\n\nMaharaja P�thu 's Going Back Home\n\nText 33)\n\nwho is born in a brahminical family, the k§atriya who is born in a k§atriya\nfamily. the vaisya who is born in a vaiSya family and the sudra in a sudra\nfamily. But whether one is a briihmar-a, k§atriya, vaisya or sudra, he can\nattain perfection simply by hearing and chanting.\nTo take birth in a family of brahmar-as is not the ultimate finishing\ntouch; one must have the power of a brahmar-a, which is called brahmatejas. Similarly, taking birth in a royal family is not the all in all; one must\npossess the power to rule the world. Similarly, taking birth as a vaisya is\nnot all; one must possess hundreds or thousands of animals (specifically\ncows) and rule over other vaiSyas as Nanda Maharaja did in Vrndavana.\nNanda Maharaja was a vaisya who possessed 900,000 cows and ruled over\nmany cowherd men and boys. A person who is born in a sudra family can\nbecome greater than a brahmar-a simply by accepting devotional service\nand giving aural reception to the pastimes of the Lord and His devotees.\nTEXT 33\n\nfSr:\n\n�\n�:\n\n(i('ll� � •U+ti41SSWI I\nij311it<tit � '4Wfi4'(1'1: II��II\ntri� krtva idam iikarr-ya\nnaro nary athavadrta\napraja� su-prajatamo\nnirdhano dhanavattama�\n\n-\n\n-\n\ntr*-thrice; krtvaQ. repeating ; idam-this; akarr-ya hearing; nara/;!man; nan-woman; athavii-or; ii drtii in great respect; apraja�-one who\nhas no children;su-prajatama�-surrounded by many children; nirdhana�without any money; dhanavat-rich; tama�-the greatest.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt doesn't matter whether one is a man or woman. Anyone who, with\ngreat respect, hears this narration of Maharaja Prthu, will become the\nfather of many children if he is without children, and will become the\nrichest of men if he is without money.\nPURPORT\n\nMaterialistic persons who are very fond of money and great families\nworship different demigods to attain their desires, especially Goddess\n.\nDurga, Lord Siva and Lord Brahma. Such materialistic persons are called\n\n", "SB4.3#p0270": "1018\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nsry-aisvarya-prajepsava[l.. Sn means beauty, aisvarya means riches, prafo\nmeans chil�ren and ipsava[l. means desiring. As described in the Second\nCanto of Snmad-Bhiigavatam, one has to worship various demigods for\ndifferent types of benedictions. However, here it is indicated that simply\nby hearing of the life and character of Maharaja Prthu, one can have both\nriches and children in enormous quantities. One simply has to read and\nunderstand the history, the life and activities of Prthu Maharaja. It is advised that one read them at least three times. Those who are materially\nafflicted will so benefit by hearing of the Supreme Lord and His devotees\nthat they need not go to any demigod. The word su-prajatama[l. (sur­\n\nrounded by many children) is very significant in this verse, for one may\nhave many children but may not have any qualified children. Here, however,\n\nit is stated (su-prajatama[l.) that all the children thus attained would be\nqualified in education, wealth, beauty and strength-everyth�ng complete.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n31YU!4f\\�: � � � �: I\n� ���wi ieliiitrNfZAI(UI( 11�\\lll\naspafi{a-kzrtil;t su-yasa\nmurkho bhavati pa[l{iita[l.\nidarh svasty-ayanarh purhsiim\namangalya-niviira[lam\naspa�t a-kirti[l.-unmanifested\nreputation;\nsu-yasii[l.- very\nfamous;\nmurkha[l.-illiterate; bhavati-becomes; par-{iita[l-learned; idam-this;\nsvasti-ayanam-auspiciousness; purhsiim-of the men; amangalya-i nauspi ciousness; niviirar-am- prohibiting.\nTRANSLATION\nAlso, one who hears this narration three times will become very reputable\n\nif he is not recognized in society, and he will become a great scholar if he\n\nis illiterate. In other words, hearing of the narrations of Prthu Maharaja is\nso auspicious that it drives away all bad luck.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the material world, everyone wants some profit, some adoration and\nsome reputation. By associating in different ways with the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His devotee, one can very easily become opulent in\n\n", "SB4.3#p0271": "1019\n\nMaharaja Prthu 's Going Back Home\n\nText 35)\n\nevery respect. Even if one is not known or recognized by society, he becomes very famous and important if he takes to devotional service and\npreaching. As far as education is concerned, one can be�ome recognized in\nsociety as a great learned scholar simply by hearing Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nand Bhagavad-gitii, wherein the pastimes of the Lord and His devotees are\ndescribed. This material world is full of dangers at every step, but a devotee\nhas no fear because devotional service is so auspicious that it automatically\ncounteracts all kinds of bad luck. Since hearing about Prthu Maharaja is\none of the items of devotional service (srava[!am), naturally hearing about\nhim brings all good fortune.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n� ���¥tl90af � 4ifa¥ttJSN( I\n�Q+q\\ftlf4:+t¥il'1Jfil: I\n�· � � 'R( 11�'-\\11\ndhanyam yasasyam iiyufiyam\nsvargyam kali-maliipaham\ndharmiirtha-kiima-mok:Sii[!iim\nsamyak siddhim abhipsubhi[l\nsraddhayaitad anusriivyam\ncatur[!iim kiira[!am param\ndhanyam-the source of riches; ya sasyam the source of reputation;\niiyu�yam- the source of an increased span of life; svargyam- the source of\nelevation to the heavenly planets; kali-of the age of Kali; mala-apahamdecreasing the contamination; dharma religion; artha-economic development; kama-sense gratification; mok�ii[!iim-of liberation; samyak-com-\n\n-\n\npletely; siddhim\nwith\n\n-\n\nperfec ti on; abhipsubh*-by those desiring; sraddhaya­\n\ngreat respect; etat-this\n\nnarration; anusravyam-must one hear;\n\ncatur[Lcim-of the four; kcira[Lam-cause; param- ultimate\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy hearing the narration of Prthu Maharaja, one can become great,\nincrease his duration of life, gain promotion to the heavenly planets and\ncounteract the contaminations of this age of Kali. In addition, one can\npromote the causes of religion, economic development, sense gratification\nand liberation. Therefore from all sides it is advisable for a materialistic\nperson who is interested in such things to read and hear the narrations\nof the life and character of Prthu Maharaja.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0272": "1020\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 23\n\nPURPORT\nBy reading and hearing the narrations of the life and character of P�thu\n\nMaharaja, one naturally becomes a devotee, and as soon as one becomes a\n\ndevotee, his material desires automatically become fulfilled. Therefore it is\n\nrecommended in Srl:mad-Bhiigavatam: akiimab- sarva-kiimo vii mok�a-kiima\n\nudiira-dhi/:t/ tivrer-a bhakti-yogena yajeta puru�am param (Bhiig. 2.3.10).\n\nIt is recommended that if a person wants to return home, back to God­\n\nhead, or wants to become a pure devotee (akiima), or wants some material\n\nprosperity (sakiima or sarva-kiima), or wants to merge into the existence of\nthe Supreme Brahman effulgence (mok�a-kiima), he is recommended to take\n\nto the path of devotional service and hear and chant of Lord Vi�r;tu or of His\n\ndevotee. This is the sum and substance of all Vedic literatures. Vedais ca\nsarvair aham eva vedyo (Bg. 15.15). The purpose of Vedic knowledge is to\n\nunderstand Kt�I}a and His devotees. Whenever we speak of Kr�qa, we refer\n\nto His devotees also, for He is not alone. He is never nirvise�a or siinya,\n\nwithout variety or zero. Kr�qa is full of variety, and as soon as Kr�qa is\n\npresent, there cannot be any question of void.\n\nvijayabhimukho riijii\nsrutvaitad abhiyiiti yiin\nbalirit tasmai haranty agre\nriijiinab- prthave yathii\nvijaya-abhimukhab--one who is about to start for victory; nijii-king;\nsrutvii-hearing; etat-this; abhiyiiti-starts; yiin-on the chariot; balimtaxes; tasmai-unto him; haranti-present; agre-before; riijiina!t-other\nkings; prthave-unto King l>fthu; yathii-as it was done.\nTRANSLATION\nIf a king, who is desirous of attaining victory and ruling power, chants\nthe narration of Prthu Maharaja three times before going forth on his\nchariot, all subordinate kings will automatically render all kinds of taxes\nunto him-as they rendered them unto Maharaja Prthu-simply upon his\norder.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0273": "Text 37]\n\nMaharaja Prthu's Going Back Home\n\n1021\n\nPURPORT\nSince a k�atriya king naturally desires to rule the world, he wishes to\nmake all other kings subordinate to him. This was also the position many\nyears ago when Prthu Maharaja was ruling over the earth. At that time he\nwas the only emperor on this planet. Even five thousand years ago, Maharaja\nYudhi��hira and Maharaja Parik�it were the sole emperors of this planet.\nSometimes the subordinate kings rebelled, and it was necessary for the\nemperor to go and chastise them. This process of chanting the narrations\nof the life and character- of Pfthu Maharaja is recommended for conquering\nkings if they want to fulfill their desire to rule the world.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�6� +t•l��i4ef +tfitiiR( I\n�� � � sti!J441-otliJ�€'1ad\\ \"�\"\"\nmuktanya-sango bhagavaty\n\namaliirh bhaktim udvahan\n\nvainyasya caritarh pu[lyarh\n\nsrrtuyac chravayet pa,thet\n\nmukta-anya-sanga�- being\n\nfreed\n\nfrom\n\nall\n\nmaterial contamination;\n\nbhagavati-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; amalam-unalloyed;\nbhaktim-devotional service; udvahan\n\n- rrying out; vainyasya-of the son\nca\n\nof Maharaja Vena;caritam-character; pur-yam-pious; srrt uyat-must hear;\n\nsravay et-must induce others to hear;pathet- and go on reading.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA pure devotee who is executing the different processes of devotional\nservice may be situated in the transcendental position, being completely\nabsorbed in Kt�IJ.a consciousness, but even he, while discharging devotional\nservice, must hear, read and induce others to hear about the character and\nlife of Prthu Maharaja.\nPURPORT\nThere is a type of neophyte devotee who is very anxious to hear about\n\nthe pastimes of the Lord, especially the nisa-lila chapters in Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam. Such a devotee should know by this instruction that the\npastimes of Pfthu Maharaja are nondifferent from the pastimes of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. An ideal king, Pfthu Maharaja exhibited\n\n", "SB4.3#p0274": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1022\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nall talents in showing how to rule the citizens, how to educate them, how\nto develop the state economically, how to fight enemies, how to perform\ngreat sacrifices (yajiias ), etc. Thus it is recommended for the sahajiya, or the\nneophyte devotee, to hear, chant and get others to hear about the activities\nof J>tthu Maharaja, even though one may think himself to be in the transcendental position of advanced devotional service.\nTEXT 38\n\n�:q*fl�ifltf� 44lfl41(1<=i'4f(q4i( I\n�'664\\kt¥4� � qp.{cff •rRt44ta41( II� �II\nmicitrav'iryiibhihitam\nmahan-miihiitmya-sucakam\nasmin krtam atimartyam\npiirthav'im gatim iipnuyiit\nvaicitrav'irya-0\n\nson of Vicitravirya (Vidura); a bhihitam- explained ;\n\nmahat- great; miihiitmya- greatness; s u cakam- awakening ; asmin-in this;\n\nkrtam-performed; atimartyam- uncommon; piirthav'im-in connection\nwith Prthu Maharaja; gatim-advancement, destination; iipnuyiit-one\nshould achieve.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, I have as far as\npossible spoken the narrations about Prthu Maharaja, which enrich one's\ndevotional attitude. Whoever takes advantage of these benefits also goes\nback home, back to Godhead, like Maharaja Ptthu.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word sriivayet, mentioned in a previous verse, indicates that one\nshould not only read for himself, but should also induce others to read and\nhear. That is called preaching. Caitanya Mahaprabhu recommended this\npractice: yare dekha, tare kaha 'kr�TJa '-upadesa (Cc. Madhya 7.128).\n\"Whomever you meet, simply talk with him about the instructions given by\nKr�tJ.a or tell him of narrations about l<[�p.a.\" Prthu Maharaja's history of\ndevotional service is as potent as narrations about the activities of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. One should not make distinctions between the pastimes of the Lord and the activities of Prthu Maharaja, and\nwhenever it is possible a devotee should attempt to induce others to hear\nabout Prthu Maha6ija. One should not only read of his pastimes for one's\n\n", "SB4.3#p0275": "Text 39]\n\n1023\n\nMaharaja Prthu 's Going Back Home\n\nown benefit but should induce others to read and hear about them also.\nIn this way everyone can be benefited.\nTEXT 39\n\n�(tttf4(+ti«UI\n\n�\n\n'l� � .q:l\n��\n��6ql\\\n� � � � � �:����II\nanudinam idam iidare[Ul srrwan\nprthu-caritarh prathayan vimukta-sangal].\nbhagavati bhava-sindhu-pota-piide\nsa ca nipu[!iim labhate ratim manu§ya�\nanudinam-day after day; idam-this; iidar e �a - with great\nSf[lOOn-hearing;\n\nprth u- caritam - the\n\nnarration\n\nof\n\nPrthu\n\nrespect;\n\nMaharaja;\n\nprathaya n - chanting; vimukta - liberated; sanga � -association; bhagavatiunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhava-sindhu-the ocean of\nnescience; p ota-the\n\nboat; pade-whose lotus\n\nfeet; sa� - he; ca-also;\n\nnipu �am-co mp lete; labhate - achieves; ratim-attachment; manu§ya� -the\nperson.\nTRANSLATION\nWhoever, with great reverence and adoration, regularly reads, chants and\ndescribes the history of Maharaja Prthu's activities will certainly increase\nunflinching faith and attraction for the lotus feet of the Lord. The Lord's\nlotus feet are the boat by which one can cross the ocean of nescience.\nPURPORT\nThe word bhava-sindhu-pota-pade is significant in this verse. The lotus\nfeet of the Lord are known as mahat-padam; this means that the total\nsource of material existence rests on the lotus feet of the Lord. As stated\nin Bhagavad-gita (Bg. 10.8), aharit sarvasya prabhava[l.:\n\neverything is\n\nemanating from Him. This cosmic manifestation, which is compared to an\nocean of nescience, is also resting on the lotus feet of the Lord. As such,\nthis great ocean of nescience is minimized by a person who is a pure\ndevotee. One who has taken shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord need not\ncross over the ocean because he has already crossed it by virtue of his\nposition at the Lord's lotus feet. By hearing and chanting of the glories\n\n", "SB4.3#p0276": "1024\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 23\n\nof the Lord or the Lord's devotee, one can become firmly fixed in the\nservice of the lotus feet of the Lord. This position can also be achieved\n\nvery easily by narrating the history of the life of Prthu Maharaja regularly\n\nevery day. The word vimukta-sanga{l. is also significant in this connection.\n\nBecause we associate with the three qualities of material nature, our position\nin this material world is full of dangers, but when we engage in the devo­\n\ntional service of the Lord by the process of sraVa[lam and kirtanam, we\n\nimmediately become vimukta-sanga, or liberated.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta p urport s of Fourth Canto, Twenty-third\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Mahanija Prthu's Going\n\nBack Home.\"\n\n", "SB4.3#p0277": "CHAPTER TWENTY-FOUR\n\nChanting the song\nsung by Lord Siva\nTEXT l\n\n�q�\n\n�.n�s��:�: I\n\n444\\�si(l(k�lm�+lir�Rtl � 11\nmaitreya uvtica\nvijittisvo 'dhirtijtisit\nprthu-putra� prthu-sravti�\nyaviyobhyo 'dadtit kti§thti\nbhrtitrbhyo bhratr-vatsalafl.\n\nmaitreya[l. uvtica Maitreya continued to speak; vijittisva[l.-of the name\nVijitasva; adhirtijti-the emperor; tisit-became; prthu-putra�-the son of\nMaharaja \"Pfthu; prthu-sravti�-of great activities; yav iyobhyafl unto the\nyounger\nbrothers; adadtit-offered; kti§!hti�-different\ndirections;\nbhratrbhya�- unto the brothers; b h rtitr-vatsala�-very affectionate to the\nbrothers.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: Vijitasva, the eldest son of Maharaja\nJ>rthu, who had a reputation like his father, became emperor and gave his\nyounger brothers different directions of the world to govern, for he was very\naffectionate toward his brothers.\n\nPURPORT\nAfter describing the life and character of Maharaja Prthu in the previous\nchapter, the great sage Maitreya began to speak about the sons and\ngrandsons in the genealogical line of the Prthu dynasty. After the death\nof Maharaja Prthu, his eldest son, Vijitasva, became emperor of the world.\n1025\n\n", "SB4.3#p0278": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1026\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nKing Vijitiisva was very affectionate toward his younger brothers, and\ntherefore he wanted them to rule different directions of the world. From\ntime immemorial the eldest son generally becomes king after the death of\nthe previous king. When the PiiJ;�gavas ruled the earth, Maharaja Yudhi��hira,\nthe eldest son of King Piil)gu, became emperor, and his younger brothers\nassisted him. Similarly, King Vijitasva's younger brothers were appointed\nto govern the different directions of the world.\nTEXT2\n\ntlf����st;f 't{iltftl� �ftlum( I\n� t�� {!ttl \"�ot� fiti: II � II\nharyak§ayadisat pracirh\ndhiimrakesaya dak§i'[lam\npratic\"irh vrka-sanijnlf_ya\nturyarh dravi[!ase vibhuft\nharyak§aya- unto Haryak�; adisat- delivered; priicim- easter n ; dhiimrakesaya\n\n-\n\nunto Dhumrakesa; dak§i'[lam- the southern side; prat ic im - the\n\nwestern side;\n\nvrka-s a rhjii aya- unto\n\nhis brother whose name was Vrka;\n\nturyam- the northern side; dra v i[!as e - unto another brother of his named\n\nDraviQ.a; vibhuft\n\n-\n\nthe master.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaharaja Vijitasva offered the eastern part of the world to his brother\n\nHary�a, the southern part to Dhfunrakesa, the western part to V rka,\n\nand the northern part to Dravil)a.\n\nTEXT 3\n\n�� �stltes���i(Q\"<t: I\n\n3lq€tf\"'l�'il� ftmf�� ijij++t\\1� II � II\nantardhana-gatirh sakriil\nlabdhvantardhana-sarhjiiitaft\napatya-trayam adhatta\nsikha[!!iinyarh su-sammatam\n\n", "SB4.3#p0279": "Text4]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1027\n\nantardhana-of disappearance; gatim-achievement; sakrat-from King\n\nIndra; la bdhva- getting; antardhana-of the name; samjiiitafi,-so nomi':1-ated; apatya-children; trayam-three; adhatta-begot; sikhar!finyam-in\n\nSikhal)ginl, his wife; su-sammatam-approved by everyone.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFormerly, Maharaja Vijitasva pleased the King of heaven, Indra, and\n\nfrom him received the title Antardhiina. His wife's name was Sikhru;t«;fini,\nand by her he begot three good sons.\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Vijitasva was known as Antardhana, which means \"disappear­\n\nance.\" He received this title from Indra, and it refers to the time when\nIndra stole\n\nMaharaja\n\nPtthu 's horse from the sacrificial arena. Indra\n\nwas not visible to others when he was stealing the horse, but Maharaja\n\nPrthu 's son, Vijitasva, could see him. Yet despite his knowing that Indra\n\nwas taking away his father's horse, he did not attack him. This indicates\nthat Maharaja Vijitasva respected the right persons. Although Indra was\n\nstealing the horse from his father, Vijitasva knew perfectly well that Indra\n\nwas not an ordinary thief. Since Indra was a great and powerful demigod\n\nand servant of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vijitasva purposefully\n\nexcused him due to sentiment only, even though Indra was acting wrongly.\nThus Indra became very pleased with Vijitasva at that time. The demigods\n\nhave the great mystic power of being able to appear and disappear\n\naccording to their will, and since Indra was very pleased with Vijitasva, he\n\nbestowed this mystic power upon him. Thus Vijitasva became known as\n\nAntardhana.\n\nTEXT4\n\nW':qft�w.n Ffl\nClfim�Jiql��qosu: �...qy.,.,rn JRn: 11 \\l 11\n'ftCAi:\n\nl'fc{llR�\n\npavakafi. pavamanas ca\nsucir ity agnayafi. pura\nvasi§tha s apad utpannafi.\npunar yoga-gatim gatafi.\n-\n\npiivaka{l-of the name Pavaka; pavamiina.h-of the name Pavamiina; caalso; suci{l-of the name Suci; iti-thus; agnaya{l-the fire-gods; pura-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0280": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1028\nformerly;\nutpanna\n\nva si\n\n�t ha- the\n\ngreat\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nVasi��ha; sapat-by\n\nsage\n\nbeing\n\ncursed;\n\n� - now born as such; p un a � - again; yo ga gatim- the destination of\n-\n\nmystic yoga practice; gata � - attained\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe three sons of Maharaja Antardhana were named Pavaka, Pavamana\n\nand Suci. Formerly these three personalities were the demigods of fire,\n\nbut due to the curse of the great sage Vasi��ha, they became the sons of\n\nMaharaja Antardhana. As such, they were as powerful as the fire-gods,\n\nand they attained the destination of mystic yoga power, being again\n\nsituated as the demigods of fire.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii it is stated (Bg. 6.41-43) that one who falls down from\nyoga practice is elevated to the heavenly planets, and after enjoying the\n\nmaterial facilities there he again comes down to the earthly planet and\ntakes birth in a very rich family or a very pious briihmara family. Thus\nit is to be understood that when demigods fall down, they come to\nearth as sons of very rich and pious families. In such families, the living\nentity gets an opportunity to execute Kr�qa consciousness and thereby\ngain promotion to his desired goal. The sons of Maharaja Antardhana had\nbeen the demigods in charge of fire, and they again regained their former\nposition and by mystic power returned to the heavenly planets.\nTEXT5\n\n� � �\\'.fi'1¥tN� I\n� ���t �§:1'1� WI �tim;{ II � II\nantardhano nabhasvatyam\nhavirdhanam avindata\nya indram asva-hartaram\nvidvan api na jaghniviin\nantardhanaft-the king of the name Antardhana; nabhasvatyam-unto\n\nhis wife Nabhasvati; havirdhanam-of the name Havirdhana; avindata­\n\nobtained; yaft - who; indram-King Indra; asva-hartiiram-who was stealing\n\n", "SB4.3#p0281": "Chanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\nText 5]\n\n1029\n\nthe horse of his father; vidviin api-although he knew it; na jaghniviin-did\nnot kill.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Antardhana had another wife named Nabhasvati, and by her\n\nhe was happy to beget another son named Havirdhina. Since Maharaja\n\nAntardhana was very liberal, he did not kill Indra while the demigod was\n\nstealing his father's horse at the sacrifice.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is understood from various scriptures and Puriirws that the King of\nheaven, Indra, was very expert in stealing and kidnapping. He could steal\nanything without being visible to the proprietor, and he could kidnap\nanyone's wife without being detected.\n\nOnce he raped the wife of\n\nGautama Muni by using his disappearing art, and similarly by becoming\ninvisible he stole the horse of Maharaja P�thu. Although in human society\nsuch activities are considered abominable, the demigod Indra was not\nconsidered\n\nto\n\nbe\n\ndegraded\n\nby\n\nthem.\n\nAlthough\n\nAntardhana could\n\nunderstand that King Indra wa� stealing the horse from his father, he did\nnot kill him, for he knew that if one who is very powerful sometimes\ncommits an abominable act, it should be disregarded. In Bhagavad-gitii\nit is clearly stated:\n\napi cet suduracaro\nbhajate miim ananya-bhiik\nsiidhur eva sa mantavya[t\nsamyag vyavasito hi sa[!.\n\"Even if one commits the most abominable actions, if he is engaged in\ndevotional service, he is to be considered saintly because he is properly\nsituated.\" (Bg. 9.30)\nThus even if a devotee commits an abominable act, he should be\nconsidered a siidhu, or a pious man, because of his unflinching devotion to\nthe Lord. The devotees of the Lord never willingly commit any sinful\nact, but sometimes they commit something abominable due to their\nprevious habits. Such acts should not be taken very seriously, however,\nbecause the devotees of the Lord are very powerful, whether they are on\nthe heavenly planets or on this planet. If by chance they commit something\nabominable, it should not be taken into account but should be overlooked.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0282": "1030\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT6\n\n� !ffl ���G\\0��<!qi(��'{ I\n�r.ft �n� � 8: II � II\nriijiiiirh vrttim kariidiinadaf1!ia-sulkiidi-diiruf1iim\nmanyamiino dirgha-sattravyiijena visasarja ha\n\nriijiiiim-of the kings; vrttim-source of livelihood; kara- ta xes; adana­\n\nrealization; dap!ia- punishment; sulka- fines; iid i- etc.; diirupiim- which are\nvery severe; manyamiina{l- thinking like that; d irgha- long; sattra-sacrifice;\n\nvyiijena-on the plea; visasarja-gave up; ha-in the past.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhenever Antardhana, the supreme royal power, had to exact taxes,\n\npunish his citizens, and fine them severely, he was not willing to do so.\n\nConsequently he retired from the execution of such duties and engaged\nhimself in the performance of different sacrifices.\nPURPORT\nIt is clear herein that the king sometimes has to perform duties which\nare not very desirable just because he is the king. Similarly, Arjuna was\n\nnot at all willing to fight because fighting or killing one's own kinsmen\n\nand family members is not at all desirable. Nonetheless the kpatriyas had\n\nto\n\nperform such undesirable actions as a matter of duty.\n\nMaharaja\n\nAntardhana was not very happy while exacting taxes or punishing the\n\ncitizens for their criminal activities; therefore, on the plea of performing\n\nsacrifices, he retired from the royal majestic power at a very early age.\nTEXT7\n\nmfq � �� tmi���t•, I\n��EM1+414 ���W{ �+tTN.lt II \\911\ntatriipi harhsarh puru§arh\nparamiitmiinam iitma-drk\nyajarhs tal-lokatiim iipa\nkusalena samiidhinii\n\n", "SB4.3#p0283": "Chanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\nText 8]\ntatrapi\n\n-\n\n1031\n\ndespite his engagement; harhsam-one who kills the distress of\n\nhis kinsmen; puru§am- unto the Supreme Person; paramatmanam-the most\nbeloved Supersoul; atma-drk-one who has seen or acquired self-realization;\nyajan-by\n\nworshiping;\n\ntat-lokatam-achieved\n\nthe\n\nplanet; apa­\n\nsame\n\nachieved; k u salena-very easily; samadhina-always keeping himself in\necstasy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlthough Maharaja Antardhiina was engaged in performing sacrifices,\n\nbecause he was a self-realized soul he very intelligently rendered devotional\n\nservice to the Lord, ·who eradicates all the fears of His devotees. By thus\nworshiping the Supreme Lord, Maharaja Antardhiina, rapt in ecstasy,\n\nattained His planet very easily.\n\nPURPORT\nSince sacrifices are generally performed by fruitive actors, it is especially\nmentioned\n\nhere\n\n(tatrapi)\n\nthat\n\nalthough\n\nMaharaja\n\nAntardhana\n\nwas\n\nexternally engaged in performing sacrifices, his real business was rendering\ndevotional service by hearing and chanting. In other words, he was\nperforming the usual sacrifices by the method of smikirtana-yajna, as\nrecommended herein:\nsravartarh kirtanarh vifo[l0/1 smara.nam pada-sevanam\narcanarh vandanarh dasyarh sakhyam atma-nivedanam (Bhag. 7.5.23)\nDevotional\n\nservice\n\nsankirtana-yajiia,\n\nis called kirtana-yajiia,\n\nand\n\nby\n\npracticing\n\nthe\n\none is very easily elevated to the planet where the\n\nSupreme Lord resides. Out of the five kinds of liberations, achieving the\nsame planet where the Lord resides and living with the Lord there is\ncalled salokya liberation.\nTEXTS\n\n��;ft f®� ��I\n�� rri ����'{_II� II\nhavirdhanad dhavirdhani\nvidurasiita §at sutan\nbarhi§adarh gayarh suklarh\nk!§IJ-arh satyarh jitavratam\nhavirdhanat-from Havirdhiina; havirdhani-the name of the wife of\nHavirdhiina; vidura-0 Vidura; asiita-gave birth; §at-six; sutan\n\n-\n\nso ns;\n\n", "SB4.3#p0284": "[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1032\n\nbarhi§adam-of the name Barhi�at; gayam-of the name Gaya; suklamof the name Sukla; k[§T)am-of the name Kw).a; satyam-of the name\nSatya; jitavratam-of the name Jitavrata.\nTRANSLATION\nHavirdhana,\n\nthe son\n\nof Maharaja Antardhana, had a wife named\n\nHavirdhani, who gave birth to six sons named Barhi�at, Gaya, Sukla, Kr�J1.a,\n\nSatya and Jitavrata.\n\nTEXT9\n\n-��tR:�:I\n&41�1�,; f.ttu1� �! :q �II Q..ll\nbarhi§at su-mahabhiigo\nhiivirdhiini[l prajapati[l\nkriya-kiiruJe�u ni§rato\nyoge§U ca kurudvaha\nbarhi�at-of the name Barhi�at; su-mahiibhiiga[l-very fortunate; hiivirdhiini[l - of the name Havirdhani; prajiipati[l, -the post of Prajapati; kriyiikar{i.e§u-in the matter of fruitive activities; ni§ [l iita[l, - being merged in;\nyoge§u - in mystic yoga practices; ca- also; kurudvaha-0 best of the Kurus\n(Vidura).\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, Havirdhiina's very\n\npowerful son named Barhi�at was very expert in performing various kinds\n\nof fruitive sacrifices, and he was also expert in the practice of mystic\nyoga. By his great qualifications, he became known as Prajiipati.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the beginning of the creation there were not many living entities,\nand consequently the very powerful living entities or demigods were\nappointed as prajapatis in order to beget children and increase the\npopulation. There are many prajiipatis- Brahma Dak�a and Manu are\nsometimes known as prajapatis- and Barhi�at, the son of Havirdhiina,\nbecame one of them.\n\n,\n\nTEXT 10\n\nNij��H I\nsu�hui: ���� C�ij��� 11 �f.II\n�\n\n���\n\n", "SB4.3#p0285": "Text 10]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1033\n\nyasyedarh deva-yajanam\nanuyajnarh vitanvatafi.\npracinagraifi. kusair asid\niistrtarh vasudhii-talam\nyasya whose; idam this; d eva-yajanam satisfying the demigods by\nanuyajnam- continually sacrificing; vitanvatafi.- executing;\nprac ina-agraifi.-keeping the kusa grass facing towards the eastern side;\nkusaifi.- the kusa grass; as it- remairied; iistrtam-scattered; vasudha-talam-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsacrifices;\n\nall over the surface of the globe.\n\nTRANSLA TION\nMaharaja Barhiljat executed many sacrifices all over the world. He\nscattered kusa grasses and kept the tops of the grasses pointed eastward.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the previous verse\n\n(kriya-ka[!{ie§u ni§T]fitaM, Maharaja\n\nBarhi�at dived very deeply into the fruitive activities of sacrifice. This\nmeans that as soon as he finished one\n\nyajna in one· place, he began\n\nperforming another yajna in the immediate vicinity. At the present moment\nthere is a similar need to perform sankirtana-yajna all over the world. The\nKrilf).a consciousness movement has started performing sankirtana-yajna\nin different places , and it has been experienced that wherever sankirtana­\n\nyajna is performed, many thousands of people gather and take part in\nit. Imperceptible auspiciousness achieved in this connection should be continued all over the world. The members of the K.r�pa consciousness movement should perform sankirtana-yajiia one after another, so much so that\nall the\n\npeople\n\nof the world will either jokingly or seriously chant\n\nHare K.r�Qa, Hare K.r�Qa, K.r�Qa K.r�Qa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama,\nRama Rama, Hare Hare, and thus they will derive the benefit of cleansing\nthe heart. The holy name of the Lord (Harer nama) is so powerful that\nwhether it is chanted jokingly or seriously the effect of vibrating this\ntranscendental sound will be equally distributed. It is not possible at the\npresent moment to perform repeated yajnas as Maharaja Barhi�at performed, but it is within our means to perform sankirtana-yajfia, which does\nnot cost anything. One can sit down anywhere and chant Hare Kr�Qa, Hare\nKr�Qa, Kr�Qa Kn:>pa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rii.ma, Hare Ram a, Ram a Rama, Hare\nHare. If the surface of the globe is overflooded with the chanting of the\nHare Kr�Qa\n\nmantra, the people of the world will be very, very happy.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0286": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1034\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nstimudrirh devadevokttim\nupayeme satadrutim\nytirh vik§ya ctiru-sarvtingirh\n\nkisorirh su§thv-alankrtam\n\nparikramantim udvtihe\n\ncakame 'gni� sukim iva\nstimudrim-unto the daughter of the ocean; devadeva-ukttim-being\n\nadvised\n\nby\n\nthe supreme demigod,\n\nLord Brahma; upayeme\n\nsatadrutim-of the name Satadruti;ytim-whom; Vik§ya\n\n-\n\n-\n\nmarried;\n\nseeing; caru-very\n\nattractive; sarva-angim-all the features of the body; kiso rim-youthful;\n\nsu§thu-sufficiently; alank_rttim-decorated with ornaments; parikramanti\"m-circumambulating; udviihe-in the marriage ceremony; cakamebecame· attracted; agn*\n\n-\n\nthe fire-god; sukim-unto Suki; iva-like.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaharaja Barhi�at-henceforward known as Pracinabarhi-was ordered\n\nby the supreme demigod Lord Brahma to marry the daughter of the ocean\nnamed Satadruti. Her bodily features were completely beautiful, and she\n\nwas very young. She was decorated with the proper ·garments, and when\n\nshe came into the marriage arena and began circumambulating it, the fire­\n\ngod Agni became so attracted to her that he desired her company, exactly\n\nas he had formerly desired to enjoy Suki.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word su§thv-alankrtam is significant. According to the\n\nVedic system, when a girl is married, she is very profusely and gorgeously\n\ndecorated with costly saris and jewelry, and during the marriage ceremony\nthe bride circumambulates the bridegroom seven times. After this, the\nbridegroom and bride look at one another and become attracted for life.\n\nWhen the bridegroom finds the bride very beautiful, the attraction between\nthem immediately becomes very strongly fixed. As stated in Srimad­\n\nBhtigavatam, men and women are naturally attracted to one another, and\nwhen they are united by marriage that attraction becomes very strong.\n\nBeing so strongly attracted, the bridegroom attempts to set up a nice home­\n\nstead and eventually a good field for producing grains. Then children come,\n\n", "SB4.3#p0287": "Text 12]\n\n1035\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\nthen friends and then wealth. In this way the male becomes more and\nmore entangled in the material conceptions of life, and he begins to think,\n\n\"This is mine,\" and \"It is I who am acting.\" In this way the illusion of\nmaterial existence is perpetuated.\n\nThe words sukim iva are �lso significant, for the fire-god Agni became\n\nattracted by the beauty of Satadruti while she was circumambulating the\nbridegroom Pracinabarhi, just as he had previously been attracted to\n\nthe beauty of Suki, the wife of Saptar�i. When the fire-god had been\npresent long ago at the assembly of Saptar�i, he was attracted by the beauty\n\nof SulO when she was circumambulating in the same way. Agni's wife,\n\nnamed Svaha, took the form of Suki and enjoyed sex life with Agni. Not\n\nonly the fire-god Agni but the heavenly god lndra and sometimes even\n\nLord Brahma and Lord Siva-all very highly situated demigods-are subject\n\nto being attracted by sex at any time. The sex drive is so strong in the\n\nliving entities that the whole material world is running on sex attraction\nonly, and it is due to sex attraction that one remains in the material world\n\nand is obliged to accept different types of bodies. The attraction of sex\nlife is more clearly explained in the next verse.\nTEXT 12\n\n1\n�af.tfutW1i1(in:\n�: �� �..,·��4 ,��: ������\nvibudhasura-gandharva­\n\nmuni-siddha-naroragalt\nvijitalt suryaya dikfiu\nkvarwyantyaiva niipurai[l\nvibudha-learned;\n\nasura-the\n\ndemons;\n\ngandharva-the\n\ndenizens of\n\nGandharvaloka; muni-great sages; siddha-the denizens of Siddhaloka;\nnara-the inhabitants of the earthly planets; uragii!J,-denizens of Nagaloka;\n\nvijitii!J,-captivated; suryaya-by the new bride; dik�u-in all directions;\n\nkva!Wyantyii-tinkling; eva-only; nupurai�-by her ankle bells.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile Satadruti was thus being married, the demons, the denizens of\n\nGandharvaloka, the great sages, and the denizens of Siddhaloka, the earthly\n\nplan�ts and Nagaloka, although highly exalted, were all captivated by the\ntinkling of her ankle bells.\n\nPURPORT\n\nGenerally a woman becomes more beautiful when, after an early mar­\n\nriage, she gives birth to a child. To give birth to a child is the natural func-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0288": "1036\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\ntion of a woman, and therefore a woman becomes more and more beautiful\nas\n\nshe gives birth to one child after another. In the case of Satadruti,\n\nhowever, she was so beautiful that she attracted the whole universe at her\n\nmarriage ceremony. Indeed, she attracted all the learned and exalted demi­\n\ngods simply by the tinkling of her ankle bells. This indicates that all the\n\ndemigods wanted to see her beauty completely, but they were not able to\n\nsee it because she was fully dressed and covered with ornaments. Since\n\nthey could only see the feet of Satadruti, they became attracted by her\n\nankle bells, which tinkled as she walked. In other words, the demigods\n\nbecame captivated by her simply by hearing the tinkling of her ankle bells.\n\nThey did not have to see her complete beauty. It is sometimes understood\n\nthat a person becomes lusty just by hearing the tinkling of bangles on the\n\nhands of women, or the tinkling of ankle bells, or just by seeing a woman's\nsari. Thus it is concluded that woman is the complete representation of\n\nmiiyii. Although Visvamitra Muni was engaged in practicing mystic yoga\n\nwith closed eyes, his transcendental meditation was broken when he\n\nheard the tinkling of bangles on the hands of Menaka. In this way\n\nVisvamitra Muni became a victim of Menaka and fathered a child who\n\nis universally celebrated as Sakuntala. The conclusion is that no one can\n\nsave himself from the attraction of woman, even though he be an exalted\n\ndemigod or an inhabitant of the higher planets. Only a devotee of the Lord,\n\nwho is attracted by K.f�;r].a, can escape the lures of woman. Once one is\nattracted by Kr�l).a, the illusory energy of the world cannot attract him.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n.\nSll:qtwt'l4t:\n\"\nff �: 'ijif41 � I\nt!iN•UqEHU: � ��n �: II�� II\npriic\"inabarhi�afl putriifl\n5atadrutyiim dasiibhavan\ntulya-niima-vratiifl sarve\ndharma-sniitiifl pracetasafl\npriicinabarh4afJ.-of King Pracinabarhi; putrli.�-sons; satadrutyiim-in\n\nthe womb of Satadruti; daia-ten; abhavan-became manifest; tulya­\n\nequally; nama-name; vratii�\n\n-\n\nvow; sarve\n\n-\n\nall; dharma-religiosity; sniitii�­\n\ncompletely merged in; pracetasa�-al1 of them being designated as Pracetas.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Pracinabarhi begot ten children in the womb of Satadruti, and all\nof them were equally endowed with religiosity, and all of them were known\nas\n\nthe Pracetas.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0289": "Text 14]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1037\n\nPURPORT\nThe word dharma-sniitii� is significant, for the ten children were all\n\nmerged in the practice of religion. In addition, they possessed all good\n\nqualities. One is supposed to be perfect when one is perfectly religious,\nperfect in the execution of one's vows to render devotional service, perfect\n\nin knowledge, perfect in good behavior and so on. All the Pracetas were on\nthe same level of perfection.\n\nTEXT 14\n\nftms�: sti511Qif �sulit¥tiN'-l I\n�ijit�Q«''IM aqmss.,f(ijq�f6( II�VII\npitriid�.tii� prajii-sarge\ntapase 'rrw-vam iiviSan\ndasa-var�a-sahasriiri\ntapasiircarits tapas-patim\npitrii- by the father; adip_tii{l.- being ordered by; praja-sarge-in the matter\n\nof begetting children; tapa se\n\n-\n\nfor executing austerity; arravam-in the\n\nocean; aviSan-entered; da sa-var� a ten years; sa hasriiri- such thousands;\n-\n\ntapasii-by their austerity; iircan-worshiped; tapa�-of austerity; patimthe master.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all these Pracetas were ordered by their father to marry and beget\nchildren, they all entered the ocean and practiced austerities and penances\nfor ten thousand years. Thus they worshiped the master of all austerity, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nSometimes great sages and ascetics enter the Himalayan Mountains in\n\norder to find seclusion from the turmoil of the world. It appears, however,\n\nthat all the Pracetas, the sons of Pracinabarhi, entered the depths of the\nocean to perform austerity in a secluded place. Since they performed\n\nausterities for ten thousand years, this incident took place in the Satya-yuga,\n\nwhen people used to live for a hundred thousand years. It is also significant\n\nthat by their austerity they worshiped the master of austerity Sri Kp;;J;ta,\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. If one wants to perform austerities\nand penances in order to attain the supreme goal, one must attain the favor\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If one achieves the favor of the\n\n", "SB4.3#p0290": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1038\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 24\n\nSupreme Lord, it is to be understood that he has finished all kinds of\n\nausterities and penances and has attained efficiency in their execution. On\n\nthe other hand, if one does not attain the perfect stage of devotional service,\n\nall austerities and penances actually have no meaning, for without the\n\nSupreme Lord no one can attain the highest results derived from performing\n\nthem. As stated in Bhagavad-gTtii, Lord Sri Kr�J)a is the master of all\npenances and sacrifices.\n\nbhoktiirarh yapia-tapasiirh\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\nsuhrdarh sarva-bhutiiniirh\njiiiitvii miirh siintim rcchati\n\"The sages, knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrifices and\n\nausterities, the Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods, and the bene­\n\nfactor and well-wisher of all living entities, attain peace from the pangs of\nmaterial miseries.\" (Bg. 5.29)\n\nIn Snmad-Bhiigavatam it is also stated that even if a person is born in a\n\nfamily of cart�iilas-the lowest birth one can get in human society-he is\n\nglorious if he chants the holy names of the Lord, for it is to be understood\n\nthat by such chanting a devotee definitely proves that he underwent all\nkinds of austerities in his previous life. By the grace of Lord Caitanya, one\n\nwho chants the mahii-mantra (Hare Kp�q.a, Hare Kr�q.a, Kr�q.a Kr�q.a, Hare\n\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare) attains the highest\n\nperfectional stage which had previously been attained by people who en­\n\ntered the ocean and executed austerities for ten thousand years. In this age\nof Kali, if a person does not take advantage of chanting the Hare Kr�r:ta\n\nmantra, which is offered as a great concession to the fallen human beings\n\nof this age, it is to be understood that he will become very much bewildered\nby the illusory energy of the Lord.\n\n.TEXT15\n\n� qf\\r m ftl�.. 5141((�1 ,\n6:(*0f144;fl �fJI '@�W'<ffJI �: 11��11\nyad u.ktarh pathi dr§tena\ngirisena pras'idatii\ntad dhyiiyanto japantas ca\npujayantas ca sarhyatiift\n\n", "SB4.3#p0291": "Text 16]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1039\n\nyat- that; uktam-said ; pathi-on the way; dr�tena-while meeting;\ngirisena- by Lord Siva; pras\"idatii- being very much satisfied; tat- that;\ndhyayanta [l-meditating; japanta[l ca-chanting also; pujayanta[l ca.\n\nworshiping also; samyata[l-with great control.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the sons of Pracinaharhi left home to execute austerities, they\n\nmet Lord Siva, who, out of great mercy, instructed them about the Abso­\n\nlute Truth. All the sons of Pracinabarhi meditated upon the instructions,\nchanting and worshiping them with great care and attention.\nPURPORT\nIt is clear that to perform austerities or penances, or, for that matter, any\nform of devotional service, one has to be guided by a spiritual master. Here\n\nit is clearly stated that the ten sons of Maharaja Pracinabarhi were favored\n\nby an appearance of Lord Siva, who, out of great kindness, gave them\n\ninstructions regarding the execution of austerities. Lord Siva actually\n\nbecame the spiritual master of the ten sons, and in turn his disciples took\nhis words so seriously that simply by meditating upon his instructions\n\n(dhyiiyanta�) they became perfect. This is the secret of success. After being\ninitiated and receiving the orders of the spiritual master, the disciple should\nunhesitatingly think about the instructions or orders of the spiritual master\nand should not allow himself to be disturbed by anything else. This is also\n.\nthe verdict of Srila Visvanatha Cakravartl Thakura, who, while explaining\na verse of Bhagavad-gita\n\n(vyavasayatmika buddhir ekeha kuru-nandana,\n\nBg. 2.41), points out that the order of the spiritual master is the life sub­\n\nstance of the disciple. The disciple shouldn't consider whether he is going\nback home, back to Godhead; his first business should be to execute the\norder of his spiritual master. Thus a disciple should always meditate on\nthe order of the spiritual master, and that is perfectional meditation. Not\n\nonly should he meditate upon that order, but he should find out the means\n\nby which he can perfectly worship and execute it.\n\nTEXT\n\n16\n\n(ij��\n\nst�c:tei �UJ �s�� (1f11: 1\n� �: stlc:t(c:t.U i1SF1 � II� �II\n\n", "SB4.3#p0292": "1040\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nvidura uviica\n\npracetasiim giritrerta\n\nyathiiszt pathi sahgamn�\n\nyad utiiha hara[l, pritas\n\ntan no brahmnn vad iirthavat\n\nvidura[l, uviica- Vidura inquired; pracetasiim-of all the Pracetas; giri­\n\ntrerta-by Lord Siva; yathii-as and as; iiszt-it was; pathi-on the road;\nsahgamn[l,-meeting; yat-which; utiiha-said; hara[l,-Lord Siva; prita[l,­\n\nbeing pleased; tat-that; na[l,-unto us; brahmnn-0 great briihmnf!a; vadaspeak; arthavat-with clear meaning.\n\nTRANSL ATION\nVidura asked Maitreya: My dear brahmai:Ia, why did the Pracetas meet\n\nLord Siva on the way? Please tell me how the meeting happened, how Lord\n\nSiva became very pleased with them, and how he instructed them. Cer­\n\ntainly such talks are important, and I wish that you will please be merciful\nupon me and describe them.\n\nPURPORT\nWhenever there are some important talks between a devotee and the\n\nLord or between exalted devotees, one should be very much curious to\nhear them. At the meeting of Naimi�arai:Iya, where Suta Gosvami spoke\n\nSnmnd-Bhiigavatam to all the great sages, Suta Gosvami was also asked\nabout the talks between Maharaja Parik�it and Sukadeva Gosvami, for the\n\nsages believed that the talks between Sukadeva Gosvami and Maharaja\nParik�it must have been as important as the talks between Lord Kt!!IJ.a and\nArjuna. As everyone is still eager to learn the subject of Bhagavad-gl:tii in\n\norder to become perfectly enlightened, Vidura was similarly eager to learn\n\nfrom the great sage Maitreya about the talks between Lord Siva and the\nPracetas.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�: �\n\nmilt � �uRunl( I\n\n�� � �«''l'lt1+t¥ilf� ll�\\9ll\nsahgamn[l, khalu viprarfie\nsiveneha Sarl:ririim\n\ndurlabho munayo dadhyur\nasangiid yam abhl:psitam\n\n", "SB4.3#p0293": "1041\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\nText 17]\nsahgama �\n\n-\n\nassoci ation;\n\nkhalu-cer tainly; viprar�e- 0\n\nb'e st\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nbrahmal)as; sivena-along with Lord Siva; iha-in this world; sariril)iim­\n\nthose who are encaged in material bodies; durlabha.lt-very rare; munaya�­\n\ngreat sages; dadhyu�-engaged themselves in meditation; asangat-being\ndetached from anything else;yam-unto whom ; abh'ips itam-desiring.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Vidwa continued: 0 best of the brahma�;tas, it is very\n\ndifficult for living entities encaged within this material body to have\n\npersonal contact with Lord Siva. Even great sages who have no material\n\nattachments do not contact him, despite their always being absorbed in\nmeditation to attain his personal contact.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSince Lord Siva does not incarnate himself unless there is some special\n\nreason, it is very difficult for an ordinary person to contact him. However,\n\nLord Siva does descend on a special occasion when he is ordered by the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In this regard, it is stated in the Padma\n\nPurii�a that Lord Siva appeared as a briihma�a in the age of Kali to preach\n\nthe Mayavada philosophy, which is nothing but a type of B uddhist phi­\n\nlosophy. It is stated in Padma Purafla:\n\nmiiyiivadam asac-chastrarh pracchannarh bauddham ucyate\nmayaiva vihitarh devi kalau brahma'}a-miirtina\n\nLord Siva, speaking to Parvati Devi, foretold that he would spread the\n\nMayavada philosophy in the guise of a san nyas\"i b�ahmal)a just to eradicate\n,\nBuddhist philosophy. This sannyiis\"i was Sr'ipada Sarikaracarya. In order to\noverc?me tht; effects of Buddhist philosophy and spread Vedanta philoso­\n\nphy, Srlpii.da Sarikarii.cii.rya had to make some compromise with the Buddhist\nphilosophy, and as such he preached the philosophy of monism , for it was\nrequired at that time. Otherwise there was no need for his preaching\nMayavada philosophy. At the present moment there is no need for Maya­\n\nvada philosophy nor Buddhist philosophy, and Lord Caitanya rejected\n\nboth of them. This Kr�Qa consciousness movement is spreading the philoso­\n\nphy of Lord Caitanya and rejecting the philosophy of both classes of\n\nMayavada. Strictly speaking, both Buddhist philosophy and Sarikara's\n\nphilosophy are but different types of Mayavada dealing on the platform\nof material existence. Neither of these philosophies has spiritual significance.\n\nThere is spiritual significance only after one accepts the philosophy of\n\n", "SB4.3#p0294": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1042\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nBhagavad-gi:tii, which culminates in surrendering unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Generally people worship Lord Siva for some material\n\nbenefit, and although they cannot see him personally, they nonetheless\n\nderive great material profit by worshiping him.\nTEXT 18\n\n311€+1(1qtsf'tt�@4� ill!h� � I\n���:qdij� ��: 11��11\natmanimo 'pi yas tv asya\nloka-kalpasya radhase\n\nsaktya yukto vicarati\n\nghoraya bhagavan bhava[l\n\natmarama[l-self-satisfied; api-although he is; ya[l-one who is; tu-but;\n\nasya-this; loka-material world; kalpasya-when manifested; riidhase-for\n\nthe matter of helping its existence; saktya-potencies; yukta[l-being en­\n\ngaged; vicarati-he acts;ghoraya-very dangerous;bhagavan-His Lordship;\n\nbhava[l-Siva.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Siva, the most powerful demigod, second only to Lord Vi�1_1u,\n\nis self-sufficient. Although he has nothing to aspire for in the material\n\nworld, for the benefit of those in the material world he is always busily\n\nengaged everywhere and is accompanied by his dangerous energies like\n\nGoddess Kiili and Goddess Durga.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Siva is known as the greatest devotee of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. He is also known as vaiHwvanarh yatha sambhu[l, the best\nof\n\nall types of\n\nVai�Qavas.\n\nConsequently\n\nLord\n\nSiva has a V ai�Qava\n\nsampradaya, the disciplic succession known as Rudra-sampradaya. .lust\nas there is a Brahma-sampradiiya coming directly from Lord Brahma,\n\nthe Rudra-sampradiiya comes directly from Lord Siva. As stated in Srzmad­\n\nBhagavatam,\n\nLord Siva is one of the twelve great personalities. This\n\nrefers to the twelve great authorities who preach God consciousness.\n\nThe name Sambhu means Lord Siva. His disciplic succession is also\n\nknown\n\nas the Vi�1_1usvami-sampradaya, and\n\nthe\n\ncurrent\n\nVi�Qusviimi­\n\nsampradiiya is also known as the Vallabha-sampradiiya. The current\n\nBrahma-sampradiiya is known as the Madhva-Gaw;J.iya-sampradaya. Even\n\nthough Lord Siva appeared to preach Mayavada philosophy, at the end of\n\n", "SB4.3#p0295": "Text 18]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1043\n\nhis pastime in the form of Sankariicarya, he preached the Vai!'pava\n\nphilosophy: bhaja govindam bhaja govindam bhaja govindam miiljha-mate.\n\nHe stressed worshiping Lord Kr�l).a or Govinda three times in this verse and\n\nespecially warned his followers that they could not possibly achieve\n\ndeliverance or mukti simply by word jugglery and grammatical puzzles. If\none is actually serious to attain mukti, he must worship Lord Kr§pa. That\n\nis Sripiida Sari.kariicarya 's last instruction.\n\nHerein it is mentioned that Lord Siva is always accompanied by his\n\nmaterial energy (saktya ghoraya). Material energy-Goddess Durga or God­\n\ndess Kali-is always under his control. Goddess Kali and Durga serve\n\nhim by killing all the asuras or demons. Sometimes Kali becomes so in­\n\nfuriated that she indiscriminately kills all kinds of asuras. There is a popu­\n\nlar picture of Goddess Kali in which she wears a garland composed of the\nheads of the asuras and holds in her left hand a captured head and in her\n\nright hand a great khaljga, or chopper, for killing asuras. Great wars are\n\nsymbolic representations of Kali's devastation of the asuras and are\n\nactually conducted by the Goddess Kalr.\n\nsnti-sthiti-pralaya-sadhana-saktir eka\nchliyeva yasya bhuvanani bibharti durgii (Bs. 5.44)\nAsuras, however, try to pacify the Goddess Kiili or Durga by worshiping\nher in material opulence, but when the asuras become too intolerable,\nGoddess Kiili does not discriminate in killing them wholesale. Asuras do\nnot know the secret of the energy <?f Lord Siva, and they prefer to worship\nGoddess Kiili or Durga or Lord Siva for material benefit. Due to their\n\ndemonic character, they are reluctant to surrender to Lord Kr�qa, as\nindicated by Bhagavad-gita:\n\nna mam du§krtino miiqhafi.\nprapadyante naradhamtifl.\nmayayapahrta-jiiana\nasuram bhavam tisrita[l. (Bg. 7.15)\nLord Siva's duty is very dangerous because he has to employ the energy\n\nof Goddess Kiili (or Durga). In another popular picture the Goddess Kali\n\nis sometimes seen standing on the prostrate body of Lord Siva, which indi­\n\ncates that sometimes Lord Siva has to fall down flat in order to stop God­\n\ndess Kiili from killing the asuras. Since Lord Siva controls the great mate­\n\nrial energy (Goddess Durga), worshipers of Lord Siva attain very opu­\n\nlent positions within this material world. Under Lord Siva's direction, a\n\n", "SB4.3#p0296": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1044\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nworshiper of Lord Siva gets all kinds of material facilities. In contrast, a\nVai�Q.ava, or worshiper of Lord Vi�Q.U, gradually becomes poorer in mate­\n\nrial possessions because Lord Vi�Q.U does not trick His devotees into becom­\n\ning materially entangled by possessions. Lord Vi�Q.U gives His devotees\n\nintelligence from within, as stated in Bhagavad-gita:\nte�arh satata-yuktanarh\nbhajatarh priti-piirvakam\ndadami buddhi-yogarh tarh\nyena mam upayanti te\n\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give.\n\nthe understanding by which they can come to Me.\" (Bg. 10.1 0)\n\nThus Lord Vi�Q.U gives intelligence to His devotee so that the devotee\n\ncan make progress on the path back home, back to Godhead. Since a\n\ndevotee has nothing to do with any kind of material possession, he does\nnot come under the control of Goddess Kali or the Goddess Durgii.\n\nLord Siva is also in charge of the tamo-gurw, or the mode of ignorance\n\nin this material world. Both Lord Brahmii and Lord Siva are incarnations of\n\nLord Vi�I)U, but Lord Brahma is in charge of the creation whereas Lord\n\nSiva is in charge of the destruction, which he carries out with the help of\n\nhis material energy, Goddess Kali or Goddess Durga. Thus in this verse\nLord Siva is described as being accompanied by dangerous potencies\n\n(saktya ghoraya), and that is the actual position of Lord Siva.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�5FT i!<fR\n\n�: fqgqifl ftmos� �: I\n� � !fti��N�It(f�: ����II\nmaitreya uvii.ca\npracetasal;l. pitur vii.kyarh\nsirasii.dii.ya sii.dhaval;l.\ndiSarh praficirh prayayus\ntapasy ii.drta-cetasal;l.\nmaitreyal;l.\n\nu\n\nvii.ca-the great sage Maitreya continued to speak; prace­\n\ntasal;l. all the sons of King Pracinabarhi; pitul;l.-of the father; vii.kyam-\n\nwords; sirasii.-on the head; adii.ya-accepting; sadhaval;l.-all pious; disam-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0297": "Text 20]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by L ord Siva\n\n1045\n\ndirection; prat\"ic\"im-western; prayayu�-went away; tapasi-in austerities;\nadrta-accepting seriously; cetasa�-in the heart.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, because of their\n\npious nature, all the sons of Pracinabarhi very seriously accepted the words\n\nof their father with heart and soul, and with these words on their heads,\nthey went toward the west to execute their father's order.\nPURPORT\n.\n\nIn this verse sadhava� (meaning pious or well behaved) is very impor·\n\ntant, especially at the present moment. It is derived from the word sadhu.\n\nA perfect sadhu is one who is always engaged in the devotional service of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Priicinabarhi's sons are described\nas sadhava� because of their complete obedience to their father. The\nfather, king and spiritual master are supposed to be representatives of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, and as such they have to be re·\nspected as the Supreme Lord. It is the duty of the father, Lhe spiritual\nmaster and the king to regulate their subordinates in such a way that\nthey ultimately become fully unalloyed devotees of the Supreme Lord.\nThat is the duty of the superiors, and it is the duty of the subordinates\nto obey Lheir orders perfectly and in a disciplined way. The word sirasa\n\n(on their heads) is also significant, for the Pracetas accepted the orders\nof their father and carried them on their heads, which means they ac·\ncepted them in complete surrender.\nTEXT 20\n\n��uf¥4q�q( ij¥4��: I\n� JRf'5R'lks€SI�tl'( ll�oll\nsa samudram upa visti'rrwm\napasyan su-mahat sara[!\nmahan-mana iva svaccham\nprasanna-salilasayam\nsa samudram-almost near the ocean; upa-more or less; vistirr;wm-very\nwide and long; apasyan-they saw; su-mahat-very great; sara[l.-reservoir\nof water; mahat-great soul; mana[l.-mind; iva-like; su-accham-clear;\nprasanna-joyful; salila-water; tisayam-taken shelter of.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0298": "1046\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile traveling, the Pracetiis happened to see a great reservoir of water\nwhich seemed almost as big as the ocean. The water of this lake was\nso calm and quiet that it seemed like the mind of a great soul, and its\n\ninhabitants, the aquatics, appeared to be very peaceful and happy to be\nunder the protection of such a watery reservoir.\nPURPORT\nThe word sa samudra means \"near the sea.\" The reservoir of water was\nlike a bay, for it was not very far from the sea. The word upa, meaning\n\"more or less,\" is used in many ways, as in the word upapati, which indicates a husband \"more or less,\" that is to say a lover who is acting like\na husband. Upa also means greater, smaller or nearer. Considering all\nthese points, the reservoir of water which was seen by the Pracetiis while\nthey were traveling was actually a large bay or lake. And unlike the sea\nor ocean, which has turbulent waves, this reservoir was very calm and\nquiet. Indeed, the water was so clear that it seemed like the mind of\nsome great soul. There may be many great souls -j iiiin\"is, yog\"is and bhaktas,\nor pure devotees, are also called great souls-but they are very rarely\nfound. One can find many great souls amongst yog\"is and jiiiin\"is, but a\ntruly great soul, a pure devotee of the Lord who is fully surrendered\nto the Lord, is very rarely found (sa mahatma sudurlabha[l,, Bg.\n\n7.19).\n\nA devotee's mind is always calm, quiet and desireless because he is always anyiibhilii.�itii-sunyam, and he has no desire other than to serve Kr�t;�a\nas His personal servant, friend, father, mother or conjugal lover. Due\nto his association with Knn}a, a devotee is always very calm and cool.\nIt is also significant that within that reservoir all the aquatics were also\nvery calm and quiet. Because the disciples of a devotee have taken shelter\nof a great man, they become very calm and quiet and are not agitated\nby the waves of the material world.\nThis material world is often described as an ocean of nescience. In\nsuch an ocean, everything is agitated. The mind of a great devotee is\nalso like an ocean or a very large lake, but there is no agitation. As\nstated in Bhagavad-g\"itii: vyavasiiyiitmikii buddhir ekeha kuru-nandana\n(Bg. 2.41). Those who are fixed in the service of the Lord are not agitated\nby anything. It is also stated in Bhagavad-g\"ita: yasmin sthito na du�khena\n\nguru[!li.pi vicalyate (Bg. 6.22). Even if he suffers some reversals in life, a\ndevotee is never agitated. Therefore whoever takes shelter of a great soul\nor a great devotee becomes pacified. In the Caitanya-caritiimrta it is stated:\n\n", "SB4.3#p0299": "Text 21]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1047\n\nkmJ.a-bhakta-ni�kiima, ataeva 'santa'(Cc.Madhya 19.149). A devotee of\nLord Kr�J;la is always peaceful because he has no desire, whereas the yogis,\nkarmis and jnanis have so many desires to fulfill. One may argue that the\ndevotees have desires, for they wish to go home, back to Godhead, but\nsuch a desire does not agitate the mind. Although he wishes to go back to\n\nGodhead, a devotee is satisfied in any condition of life. Consequently the\n\nword mahan-mana� is used in this verse to indicate that the reservoir of\n\nwater was as calm and quiet as the mind of a great devotee.\nTEXT 21\n\n41efil�qel'�qil:;a.lii4(1Eti(f!l.\n\nmm:�i4iii§EfiHI$Sii4rz.i��\n\nI\n\n������\n\nnila-raktotpalambhojakahliire ndivariikaram\nharhsa-sarasa-cakriihvakiirart!lava-nikujitam\nnita-blue; rakta-red; utpala-lotus; ambhoja-born from the water;\n\nkahlara-another kind of lotus; indivara-another kind of lotus; akaram­\n\nthe mine; hamsa-swans; sarasa-cranes; cakrahva-the ducks of the name;\nkiira!l!iava-birds of the name; nikujitam-vibrated by their sounds.\nTRANSLATION\nIn that great lake there were different types of lotus flowers. Some of\n\nthem were bluish, and some of them were red. Some of them grew at night,\nsome in the day, and some, like the indivara lotus flower, in the evening.\n\nCombined together, the lotus flowers filled the lake so full that the lake\n\nappeared to be a great mine of such flowers. Consequently on the shores\n\nthere were swans and cranes, cakravaka, kara�«}.ava and other beautiful\nwater birds, standing about.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word iikaram (mine) is significant in this verse, for the reservoir of\n\nwater appeared Like a mine from which different types of lotus flowers\n\nwere produced. Some of the lotus flowers grew during the day , some at\nnight and some in the evening, and accordingly they had different names\nand different colors. All these flowers were present on that lake, and be­\n\ncause the lake was so calm and quiet and filled with lotus flowers, superior\n\n", "SB4.3#p0300": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1048\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nbirds, like swans, cakraviikas and kiira[l!iavas, stood on the shores and\nvibnited their different songs, making the entire scene attractive and\nbeautifuL As there are different types of human beings, according to the\nassociation of the three qualities of material nature, there are similarly different types of birds, bees, trees, etc. Everything is divided according to the\nthree qualities of material nature. Birds like swans and cranes, who enjoy\nclear waters and lotus flowers, are different from crows, who enjoy filthy\nplaces. Similarly, there are persons who are controlled by the modes of\nignorance and passion and those who are controlled by the mode of goodness. The creation is so varied that there are always varieties found in every\nsociety. Thus on the bank of this lake all the superior birds lived to enjoy\nthat atmosphere created by that great reservoir filled with lotus flowers.\nTEXT 22\n\n¥4'iW¥4«(h_c4c:tit¥4e61¥Mqt\n....\n\n��\n\nI\n\n'\n\n� Nfttq�q;ftt!if( 11��11\n\nmatta-bhramara-sausvaryahnta-roma-latanghripam\npadma-kosa-rajo dik§u\nvik§ipat-pavanotsavam\nmatta-mad; bhramara-bumblebees; sausvarya-with great humming;\nhnta - joyfully; roma-hair on the body; lata-creepers; anghri-pam-trees;\npadma - lotus flower; kosa-whorl; raja{l-saffron; dik§u-in all directions;\nvik§ipat-throwing away; pavana- air; utsavam- festivaL\nTRANSLATION\nThere were various trees and creepers on all sides of the lake, and there\nwere mad bumblebees humming all about them. The trees appeared to be\nvery jolly due to the sweet humming of the bumblebees, and the saffron,\nwhich was contained in the lotus flowers, was being thrown into the air.\nThese all created such an atmosphere that it appeared as though a festival\nwere taking place there.\nPURPORT\nTrees and creepers are also different types of living beings. When bumblebees come upon trees and creepers to collect honey, certainly such plants\nbecome very happy. On such an occasion the wind also takes advantage of\n\n", "SB4.3#p0301": "Text 23]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1049\n\nthe situation by throwing pollen or saffron contained in the lotus flowers.\n\nAll this combines with the sweet vibration created by the swans and the\n\ncalm of the water. The Pracetas consider such a place to he like a con­\n\n�inuous festiv!ll. From this description it appears that the Pracetas reached\n\nSivaloka, which is supposed to he situated near the Himalayan Mountains.\nTEXT 23\n\n'i4ii¥414iwt f<Olf¥41•i1fitlt(( I\n�Rt� ��� 'l�fC4UiiJIQ3 ����II\n(N\n\ntil...\n\ntatra gandharvam akarrya\ndivya-marga-manoharam\nvisismyu raja-putras te\nmrdanga-paravady anu\ntatra-there; gandharvam-musical\n\nheavenly;\n\nsounds; akar(lya-heari ng; divya­\n\nmarga-symmetrical ; manoharam-beautiful; visismyu{l.- they\n\nbecame amazed; raja-putra{l.-all the sons of King Barhi�at; te-all of them;\n\nmrdanga- drums; parwva- kettledrums; adi-all together; anu-always.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe sons of the king became very much amazed when they heard vibra­\n\ntions from various drums and kettledrums along with other orderly musical\nsounds pleasing to the ear.\n\nPURPORT\nIn addition to the various flowers and living entities about the lake, there\n\nwere also many musical vibrations. The void of the impersonalists, which\n\nhas no variegatedness, is not at all pleasing compared to such a scene.\n\nActually one has to attain the perfection of sac-cid-ananda, eternity, bliss\n\nand knowledge. Because the impersonalists deny these varieties of creation,\n\nthey cannot actually enjoy transcende':ltal bliss. The place where the\n\nPracetas arrived was t�e abode of Lo�d Siva. Impersonalists are generally\nworshipers of Lord Siva, but Lord Siva is never without variety in his\n\nabode. Thus wherever one goes, whether to the planet of Lord Siva, Lord\nVi�r:tu or Lord Brahma, there is variety to be enjoyed by persons full in\n\nknowledge and bliss.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0302": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1050\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 24-25\n\n�Cf (1((1(ij�I�Gfil+t� (1(1�•14( I\n�q·n�+tlwt+t+t(SI€4�\n��: ������\n<�a�+tM4il�l.t ftrreWJ6 f'lit:q-.4( 1\n\nSl(ii(WJ(cf Ef� Sl.qi�fij4itg4il: II �'-\\11\ntarhy eva sarasas tasman\n\nni§kramantam sahanugam\n\nupagiyamanam amara­\n\npravaram vibudhanugai�\n\ntapta-hema-nikayabham\n\nsiti-kar-tham tri-locanam\n\nprasada-sumukharh vik§ya\n\nprar-emur jata-kautuka�\n\ntarhi-in that very moment; eva-certainly; sarasa�-from the water;\n\ntasmat-therefrom; ni§kramantam-coming out; sahanugam-accompanied\nby great souls; upagiyamanam-glorified by the followers; amara-pravaram­\n\nthe chief of the demigods; vibudha-anugai{t-followed by his associates;\n\ntapta-hema-molten gold; nikayabham-bodily features; siti-ka[!tham-blue\nthroat; tri-locanam-with three\n\neyes; prasada-merciful; su-mukham­\n\nbeautiful face; vik�ya-seeing; pra[!emuft-offered obeisances; jata-aroused;\n\nkautukaft-being amazed by the situation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Pracetas were fortunate to see Lord Siva, the chief of the demigods,\n\nemerging from the water with his associates. His bodily luster was just like\n\nmolten gold, his throat was bluish, and he had three eyes, which looked\n\nvery mercifully upon his devotees. He was accompanied by many musicians\nwho were glorifying him. As soon as the Pracetas saw Lord Siva, they imme­\n\ndiately offered their obeisances in great amazement and fell down at the\n\nlotus feet of the lord.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word vibudhanugaift indicates that Lord Siva is always accompanied\n\nby the denizens of the higher planets, known as Gandharvas and Kinnaras.\n\nThey are very expert in musical science, and Lord Siva is worshiped by\n\n", "SB4.3#p0303": "Text 26]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1051\n\nthem constantly. In pictures, Lord Siva is generally painted white, hut here\n\nwe find that the color of his skin is not exactly white hut is like molten\n\ngold, or a glowing yellowish color. Because Lord Siva is always very, very\n\nmerciful, his name is Asuto�a. Amongst all the demigods, Lord Siva can he\n\npacified even by the lowest class of men, who need only offer him obeisances\n\nand leaves of a bael tree. Thus his name is Asuto�a, which means that he is\npleased very quickly.\n\nGenerally those who are very fond of material prosperity approach Lord\n\nSiva for such benediction. The lord, being very merciful, quickly awards\n\nall the blessings the devotee asks of him. The demons take advantage of this\n\nleniency and sometimes take benedictions from Lord Siva which can be\n\nvery dangerous to others. For instance, Vrkasura took a benediction\n\nfrom Lord Siva by which he could kill everyone he touched on the head.\n\nAlthough Lord Siva sometimes very liberally gives such benedictions to his\n\ndevotees, the difficulty is that the demons, being very cunning, sometimes\n\nwant to experiment improperly with such benedictions. For instance, after\n\nreceiving his benediction, Vrkasura tried to touch the head of Lord\nSiva. Devotees of Lord Vi�l).U, however, have no desire for such benedic­\n\ntions, and Lord Vi�l).U does not give His devotees benedictions which would\ncause disturbance to the whole world.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n«��� �:1\n•�.i'tee+t4'11.Jffif: Sfl(l1�1:11\"4 � II�� II\nsa tan prapannarti-haro\nbhagavan dharma-vatsala�\ndharma-jiian sila-sampannan\nprita� pritan uvaca ha\nsa�- Lord Siva; tan- them; prapanna-iirti-hara,h- one who drives away\n\nall kinds of dangers; bhagatxin-the lord; dharma-vatsala{t-very much fond\n\nof religious principles; dharma-jiian-persons who are aware of religious\n\nprinciples; sila-sampannan-very\n\nwell\n\nbehaved; prita�-being\n\npleased;\n\npritan-of very gentle behavior; utxica-talked with them; ha-in the past.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Siva became very pleased with the Pracetas because generally Lord\n\nSiva is the protector of pious persons and persons of gentle behavior. Being\nvery much pleased with the princes, he began to speak as follows.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0304": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1052\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�l).U or l<flliJ.a, is known as\n\nbhakta-vatsala, and herein we find Lord Siva described as dharma-vatsala.\n\nOf course the word dharma-vatsala refers to a person who lives according\n\nto religious principles. That is understood. Nonetheless, these two words\nhave additional significance. Sometimes Lord Siva has to deal with persons\n\nwho are in the modes of passion and ignorance. Such persons are not always\n\nvery much religious and pious in their activities, but since they worship\n\nLord Siva for some material profit, they sometimes obey the religious\n\nprinciples. As soon as Lord Siva sees that his devotees are following reli­\n\ngious principles, he benedicts them. The Pracetas, sons of Praci.nabarhi,\n\nwere naturally very pious and gentle, and consequently Lord Siva was\n\nimmediately pleased with them. Lord Siva could understand that the\n\nprinces were sons of V ai�l).avas, and as such Lord Siva offered prayers to\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead as follows.\nTEXT 27\n\n��\\RR\n\n���:� � ttf��l\n31iJtiiN � � � � � � 11�\\911\nsn-rudra uviica\nyuyam ved4adaft putrii\nviditarh vas cikir�itam\nanugrahiiya bhadrarh va\nevarh me darsanarh krtam\nsri-rudra{t\n\nuvaca-Lord\n\nSiva\n\nbegan\n\nto\n\nspeak; yuyam-all\n\nof\n\nyou;\n\nvedi�adaft-of King Pracinabarhi; putriift-sons; vidi tam-knowing; vaft­\n\nyour; cikir�itam-desires; anugrahiiya-for the matter of showing you\n\nmercy; bhadram-all good fortune unto you; vaft-all of you; evam-thus;\n\nme-my; dadanam-audience; krtam-you have done.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Siva said: You are all the sons of King Pracinabarhi, and I wish all\n\ngood fortune to you. I also know what you are going to do, and therefore\n\nI am visible to you just to show my mercy upon you.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0305": "Text 28)\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1053\n\nPURPORT\nBy these words Lord Siva indicates that what the princes were going to\n\ndo was known to him. It is a fact that they were going to worship Lord\n\nVi�T,lU by severe austerities and penances. Knowing this fact, Lord Siva\n\nimmediately became very pleased, as apparent by the next verse. This indi·\n\ncates that a person who is not yet a devotee of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead but who desires to serve the Supreme Lord receives the benedic·\n\ntions of the demigods, headed by the chief demigod, Lord Siva. Thus a\n\ndevotee of the Lord does not need to try to please the demigods separately.\n\nSimply by worshiping the Supreme Lord, a devotee can please all of them.\n\nNor does he have to ask the demigods for material benedictions, for the\n\ndemigods, being pleased with the devotee, automatically offer him every­\n\nthing that he needs. The demigods are servants of the Lord, and they are\nalways prepared to help a devotee in all circumstances. Therefore Srila\n\nBilvamangala Thakura said that if one has unalloyed devotion for the\n\nSupreme Lord, the goddess of liberation is ready to serve him, to say\n\nnothing of the gods of material opulences. Indeed, all the demigods are\n\nsimply waiting for an opportunity to serve the devotee. Thus there is no\nneed for a devotee of l<.f�l}a to endeavor for material opulence or liberation.\n\nBy being situated in the transcendental position of devotional service, he\n\nreceives all the benefits of dharma, artha, kiima and mok�a.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�lff;cgun4\\qij�al( 1\n� � �: � 6Pit � � ������\n�: qt mt:\n\nya� pararh rarhhasa� siik�iit\ntri-gu[liij fiva-samjfiitiit\nbhagavantam viisudevam\nprapanna� sa priyo hi me\nya�-anyone; param-transcendental;\n\nramhasa�-of\n\nthe\n\ncontroller;\n\nsiik�iit-directly; tri-gu!liit-from the three modes of material nature;jivasamjiiitiit-living entities called by the name fivas; bhagavantam-unto the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; viisudevam-unto Kr�:t;�.a; prapanna�­\n\nsurrendered;sa�-he;priya�-very dear; hi-undoubtedly; me-of me.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0306": "1054\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva continued: Any person who is surrendered to the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, .Kr�f,la, the controller of everything-material\nnature as well as the living entity-is actually very dear to me.\nPURPORT\nNow Lord Siva explains the reason he has personally come before the\n\nprinces. It is because all the princes are devotees of Lord Kr�l)a. As stated\n\nin Bhagavad-gita:\n\nbahunam janmanam ante\njiianaviin mam prapadyate\nvasudeva� sarvam iti\nsa mahatma sudurlabha�\n\"After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders\n\nunto Me, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is. Such a\n\ngreat soul is very rare.\" (Bg. 7.19)\n\nLord Siva is rarely seen by common men, and similarly a person who is\n\nfully surrendered unto Vasudeva, Kr�l)a, is also very rarely seen because a\n\nperson who is fully surrendered unto the Supreme Lord is very rare (sa\nmahatma sudurlabha�). Consequently Lord Siva came especially to see the\n\nPracetas because they were fully surrendered unto the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Vasudeva. Vasudeva is also mentioned in the beginning of\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam in the mantra: om namo bhagavate vasudeviiya. Since\nVasudeva is the ultimate truth, Lord Siva openly proclaims that one who\n\nis a devotee of Lord V asudeva, who is surrendered to Lord Kr�Q.a, is\nactually very dear to him. Lord Vasudeva, Kr�Q.a, is worshipable not only by\nordinary living entities but by demigods like Lord Siva, Lord Brahma and\n\nothers. Yam brahma varur;tendra-rudra-maruta� stunvanti divya* stavai�\n\n(Bhiig. 12.13.1). Kr�l)a is worshiped by Lord Brahma, Siva, Varul)a, Indra,\nCandra and all other demigods. That is also the situation with a devotee.\n\nIndeed, one who takes to Kr�l)a consciousness immediately becomes very\n\ndear to anyone who is simply finding out and beginning to understand what\n\nKr�l)a consciousness actually is. Similarly, all the demigods are also trying\n\nto find out who is actually surrendered to Lord Vasudeva. Because the\nPraceta princes were surrendered to Vasudeva, Lord Siva willingly came\n\nforth to see them.\n\nLord Vasudeva, or Kr�l)a, is described in Bhagavad-gitii as Puru�ottama.\n\nActually He is the enjoyer (puru�a) and the Supreme (uttama) as well. He\n\n", "SB4.3#p0307": "Text 28)\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1055\n\nis the enjoyer of everything-the prakrti and the puru�a. Being influenced\nby the three modes of material nature, the living entity tries to dominate\nmaterial nature, but actually he is not the puru�a (enjoyer) but is prakrti,\nas described in Bhagavad-g\"ita:\n\napareyam itas tv anyarh\nprakrtirh viddhi me param\njlva-bhiitarh mahii-biiho\nyayedarh dharyate jagat\n\"Besides this inferior nature, 0 mighty-armed Arjuna, there is a superior\nenergy of Mine, which are all living entities who are struggling with material\nnature and are sustaining the universe.\" (Bg. 7.5)\n\nThus the jiva, or living entity, is actually prakrti, or the marginal energy\n\nof the Supreme Lord. Being associated with material energy, he tries to\nlord it over the material nature. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-g\"ita:\n\nmamaivarhso jiva-loke\njiva-bhuta[l sanatana[l\nmana[!, .safithan\"indriyari\nprakrti-sthiini karfiati\n\"The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal, fragmental\nparts. Due to conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the six\n\nsenses, which include the mind.\" (Bg. 15. 7)\n\nBy endeavoring to dominate material nature, the living entity simply\n\nstruggles hard for existence. Indeed, he struggles so hard to enjoy himself\nthat he cannot even enjoy the material resources. Thus he is sometimes\n\ncalled prakrti, or jlva, for he is situated in the marginal potency. When the\n\nliving entity is covered with the three modes of material nature, he is\n\ncalled jiva-sarhjnita. There are two kinds of living entities: one is called\nk�ara, and the other is akfiara. K�ara refers to those who have fallen down\nand become conditioned, and akfiara refers to those who are not conditioned. The vast majority of living entities live in the spiritual world and\n\nare called akfiara. They are in the position of Brahman, pure spiritual\nexistence. They are different from those who have been conditioned by the\nthree modes of material nature.\n\nBeing above both the k§ara and ak�ara, Lord l(r�qa is described in\nBhagavad-g\"ita as Puru�ottama:\n\n", "SB4.3#p0308": "1056\n\nSrimad- Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nyasmat k§aram afito 'ham\nak§arad api cottamal;t\nato 'smi loke vede ca\nprathital;t puru§ottamal;t\n\n\"Because I am transcendental, beyond both the fallible and the infallible,\nand because I am the greatest, I am celebrated both in the world and in\nthe Vedas as that Supreme Person.\" (Bg. 15.18)\nThe impersonalists may say that :l<r�qa is the impersonal Brahman, but\nactually the impersonal Brahman is subordinate to Kr�Qa, as also confirmed\nin Bhagavad-gita:\nbrahmar-o hi prati�thaham\namrtasyavyayasya ca\nsasvatasya ca dharmasya\nsukhasyaikantikasya ca\n\n\"And I am the basis of the impersonal Brahman, which is the constitutional position of ultimate happiness, and which is immortal, imperishable\nand eternal.\" (Bg. 14.27)\nThat K.[�l)a is the source of the impersonal Brahman is also confirmed\nin Brahma-sarithita: yasya prabha prabhavato jagadar-�a-ko.ti (Bs. 5.40).\nThe impersonal Brahman is nothing but the effulgence or bodily rays of\nKr�qa, and in those bodily rays there are innumerable universes floating.\nThus in all respects :l<r�qa is the Supreme Lord, and Lord Siva is very\nsatisfied with those who are completely surrendered to Him. Complete\nsurrender is desired by K_r�qa, as He indicates in the last chapter of\nBhagavad-gzta:\nsarva-dharman parityajya\nmam ekam sarar-am vraja\naharit tvarit sarva-papebhyo\nmok§ayi§yiimi mii suca!;t\n\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver\nyou from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" (Bg. 18.66)\nThe word sak�iit, meaning \"directly,\" is very significant. There are many\nso-called devotees, but actually they are only karmzs and jniinzs, for they\nare not directly devotees of Lord K_r�qa. The karmzs sometimes offer the\nresults of their activities to Lord Vasudeva, and this offering is called\n\n", "SB4.3#p0309": "Text 29]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1057\n\nkarmiirpa[Lam. These are considered to be fruitive activities, �or the karmis\n\nconsider Lord Vi�QU to be one of the demigods like Lord Siva and Lord\nBrahma. Because they consider Lord Vigm to be on the same level with\n\nthe demigods, they contend that surrendering to the demigods is as good\n\nas surrendering unto Vasudeva. This contention is denied herein because if\n\nit were true, Lord Siva would have said that surrender unto him, Lord\nVasudeva, Vigm or Brahma is the same. However, Lord Siva does not say\n\nthis because he himself surrenders unto Vasudeva, and whoever else sur­\n\nrenders unto Vasudeva is very, very dear to him. This is expressed herein\nopenly. The conclusion is that a devotee of Lord Siva is not dear to Lord\nSiva, but a devotee of Lord Kr�Qa is very dear to Lord Siva.\nTEXT 29\n\n��4f.ta: �a�;:qflt: �\nFetfQaaa�ftr �: 'ft f( � 1\n3(Gqltd �S'f ��\n� � �: ��lflt4 II�Q..II\nsva-dharma-ni�.tha!J sata-janmabh* pumiin\nviriiicatiim eti tata� param hi miim\navyiikrtarh bhiigavato 'tha vai�[!avarh\npadam yathiiham vibudhii� kalatyaye\nsva-dharma-ni�.tha�-one who is situated in his own dharma or occupa­\n\ntion; sata-janmabh*-for one hundred births; pumiin-a Living entity;\n\nviriiicatiim-the\n\npost\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nBrahma;\n\neti-gets;\n\ntata�-thereafter;\n\nparam-above; hi-certainly; miim-attains Me; avyiikrtam-without devia­\n\ntion; bhiigavata�-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; atha-therefore; va i�[! a vam-a pure devotee of the Lord; padam-post; yatha-as;\naham-l; vibudhii�-demigods; kalii-atyaye-after the annihilation of the\nmaterial world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA person who executes his occupational duty properly for one hundred\n\nbirths becomes qualified to occupy the post of Brahma, and if he becomes\nmore qualified, he can approach Lord Siva. A person who is directly sur­\n\nrendered to Lord Kt�11a or Vi�QU in unalloyed devotional service is immediately promoted to the spiritual planets. Lord Siva and other demigods\nattain these planets after the destruction of this material world.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0310": "1058\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe highest perfection of the evolutionary process, as described by the\n\nVai�':lava poet Jayadeva Gosvami, is given herein. Pralaya-payodhi-jale\n\ndhrtaviin asi vedam. The evolutionary process begins from the point of\n\ndevastation (pralaya) when the whole universe is filled with water. At that\ntime there are many fishes and other aquatics, and from these aquatics\nevolve creepers, trees, etc. From these, insects and reptiles evolve, and\n\nfrom them birds, beasts, and then human beings. Finally civilized human\n\nbeings evolve, and at present these civilized human beings are at a junction\nwhere they can make further evolutionary progress in spiritual life. Here it\n\nis stated (sva-dharma-ni§tha�) that when a living entity comes to a civilized\nform of life, there must be sva-dharma, social divisions according to one's\nwork and qualifications. This is indicated in Bhagavad-gTtii:\n\nciitur-varr-yam maya Sf§ tam\ngu!ta-karma-vibhiigasa�\n\"According to the three modes of material nature and the work ascribed\nto them, the four divisions of human society were created by Me.\"\n(Bg. 4.13)\nIn civilized human society there are the divisions of briihmalfa, k�atriya,\n\nvaisya and 5udra, and everyone must properly execute his occupational\nduty in accordance to his division. Here it is described (sva-dharma-n�tha�)\nthat it doesn't matter whether one is a briihmar-a, k§atriya, vaisya or sudra.\n\nIf one sticks to his position and properly executes his particular duty, he\nis considered a civilized human being. Otherwise he is no better than an\nanimal. It is also mentioned herein that whoever executes his occupational\nduty (sva-dharma) for one hundred births (for instance, if a briihmarta\ncontinues to act as a bnihmar-a), becomes eligible for promotion to\nBrahmaloka, the planet where Lord Brahmii lives. There is also a planet\ncalled Sivaloka, or Sadiisivaloka, which is situated in a marginal position\nbetween the spiritual and material worlds. If, after being situated in\nBrahmaloka, one becomes more qualified; he is promoted to Sadiisivaloka.\nSimilarly, when one becomes even more qualified, he can attain the\nVaikm:tthalokas. The Vaikul)thalokas are targets for everyone, even the\ndemigods, and they can be attained by a devotee who has no desire for\nmaterial benefit. As indicated in Bhagavad-gTtii, one does not escape material miseries even if he is elevated to Brahmaloka.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0311": "Text 30]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1059\n\niibrahma-bhuvaniil lokiiJ:!.\npunar iivartino 'rjuna\nmiim upetya tu kaunteya\npunar janma na vidyate\n\n\"From the highest planet in the material world down to the lowest, all are\nplaces of misery wherein repeated birth and death take place. But one who\nattains to My abode, 0 son of Kunti, never takes birth again.\" (Bg. 8.16)\nSimilarly, one is not very safe even if he is promoted to Sivaloka, because\nthe planet of Sivaloka is marginal. However, if one attains V aiku.t:t�haloka\n(miim upetya tu kaunteya punar janma na vidyate, Bg. 8.16 ), he attains\nthe highest perfection of life and the end of the evolutionary process.\nIn other words, it is confirmed herein that a person in human society who\nhas developed consciousness must take to Kr�.t:ta consciousness in order to\nbe promoted to V aiku.t:t�haloka, or Kr�t;taloka, immediately after leaving\nthe body. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii:\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevam yo vetti tattvataJ:!.\ntyaktvii deharh punar janma\nnaiti miim eti so 'rjuna\n\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material\nworld, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" (Bg. 4.9)\nA devotee who is fully in Kf�f,la consciousness, who is not attracted by\nany other loka, or planet, including Brahmaloka and Sivaloka, is immediately transferred to Krwaloka (miim eti). That is the highest perfection\nof life and the perfection of the evolutionary process.\nTEXT 30\n\nTf 6P;n; � � � I\n41 ...,.,.,tt('ltwti � il�•wt;:qls m�11 � 11\n3N ¥11tlit<l\n\no\n\natha bhiigavatii yuyam\npriyii[l. stha bhagaviin yathii\nna mad bhiigavatiiniim ca\npreyiin anyo 'sti karhicit\n\n", "SB4.3#p0312": "1060\n\nSrimad- Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\natka-therefore; b htigavat a�-devotees; yuyam-all of you;priya�-very\n\ndear to me;stha-you are; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nyatha-as; na-neither; mat-than me; bhagavatanam-of the devotees; caalso;preyan-very dear; anya�-others; asti-there is; karhicit-at any time.\nTRANSLATION\n\nYou are all devotees of the Lord, and as such I appreciate that you are\n\nas respectable as the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. I know in\n\nthis way that the devotees also respect me and that I am dear to them.\nThus no one can be as dear to the devotees as I am.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is said (vai�(lavanam yatha sambhufr.) that Lord Siva is the best of all\n\ndevotees; therefore all devotees of Lord \"Kffil}a are also devotees of Lord\n\nSiva. 1n Vrndavana there is Lord Siva's temple called Goplsvara. The gop\"is\n\nused to worship not only Lord Siva but Katyayan1 or Durga as well, but\n\ntheir aim was to attain the favor of Lord K{�qa. A devotee of Lord Kr�IJ.a\n\ndoes not disrespect Lord Siva but worships Lord Siva as the most exalted\n\ndevotee of Lord K{�qa. Consequently whenever a devotee worships Lord\n\nSiva, he prays to him to achieve the favor of K{�qa, and he does not request\n\nmaterial profit. In Bhagavad-gita it is said that generally people worship\n\ndemigods for some material profit. Kamais tais tair hrtajnanafr. (Bg. 7.20).\n\nDriven by material lust, they worship demigods, but a devotee never does\n\nso, for he is never driven by material lust. That is the difference between\n\na devotee's respect for Lord Siva and an asura's respect for him. The\n\nasura worships Lord Siva, takes some benediction from him, misuses the\nbenediction and ultimately is killed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who awards him liberation.\nBecause Lord Siva is a great devotee of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, he loves all the devotees of the Supreme Lord. Lord Siva told\nthe Pracetas that because they were devotees of the Lord, he loved them\n\nvery much. Lord Siva was not only kind and merciful to the Pracetas; any­\n\none who is a devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is very dear\n\nto Lord Siva. Not only are the devotees dear to Lord Siva, but he respects\n\nthem as much as he respects the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Simi­\n\nlarly, devotees of the Supreme Lord also worship Lord Siva as the most\n\ndear devotee of Lord Kr�va. They do not worship him as a separate Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. It is stated in the list of niima-apariidhas that it is an\noffense t.o think that the chanting of the name of Hari and the chanting of\n\nHara or Siva are the same. The devotees must always know that Lord Vi�t:�u\n\nis the Supreme Personality of Godhead and that Lord Siva is His devotee.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0313": "Chanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\nText 32]\n\n1061\n\nA devotee should be offered respect on the level of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, and sometimes even more respect. Indeed, Lord R_ama, the\nPersonality of Godhead Himself, sometimes worshiped Lord Siva. If a\ndevotee is worshiped by the Lord, why should a devotee not be worshiped\nby other devotees on the same level with the Lord? This is the conclusion.\nFrom this verse it appears that Lord Siva benedicts the asuras simply for\nthe sake of formality. Actually he loves one who is devoted to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�������\n\nf.l:� � � ��� �: 11��11\nidam viviktam japtavyam\npavitram mangalam param\nn*sreyasa-karam ciipi\nsrii.yatiim tad vadiimi vaft\n\nidam-this; viviktam-very, particular;japtavyam-always to be chanted;\npavitram-very pure; maltgalam-auspicious; param-transcendental;\nn*sreyasa-karam-very beneficial; ca-also; api-certainly; sruyatam-please\nhear; t at-that ; vadiimi-1 am speaking; vaft-unto you.\nTRANSLATION\nNow I shall chant one mantra which is not only transcendental, pure\n\nand auspicious but is the best prayer for anyone who is aspiring to attain\n\nthe ultimate goal of life. When I chant this mantra, please hear it carefully\n\nand attentively.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word viviktam is very significant. No one should think of the prayers\nrecited by Lord Siva as being sectarian; rather, they are very confidential ,\nso much so that anyone desiring the ultimate prosperity or auspicious goal\nof life must take the instructions of Lord Siva and pray to and glorify the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead as Lord Siva himself did.\nTEXT 32\n\n�qiffl\"(\n\n�wcn�'<G:ttl .. ,q...,, �: 1\n�� Uiil�=:lii'IRttUNU \": II��II\n.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0314": "1062\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nmaitreya uviica\nity anukrosa-hrdayo\nb.hagaviin iiha tiin chiva�\nbaddhiin jalin riija-putriin\nniiriiya[La-paro vaca�\nmaitreya� uviica-the great saint Maitreya continued to speak; iti\n\n- thus;\n\nanukrosa-hrdaya�-very kindhearted; bhagaviin-the lord; aha-said ; tan­\n\nunto the Pracetas; siva�-Lord Siva; baddha-aiijalin-who were standing\n\n�th folded hands; riija-putriin-the sons of the king; niiriiya[La-paraft-Lord\nSiva, the great devotee of NarayaJ)a; vaca�-words.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: Out of his causeless mercy, the\nexalted personality, Lord Siva, a great devotee of Lord NarayaQa, continued to speak to the King's sons, who were standing with folded hands.\nPURPORT\nLord Siva voluntarily came to benedict the sons of the King as well as\n\ndo something beneficial for them. He personally chanted the mantra so\n\nthat the mantra would be more powerful, and he advised that the mantra\n\nbe chanted by the King's sons (riija-putras). When a mantra is chanted by\n\na g�;eat devotee, the mantra becomes more powerful. Although the Hare\n��:r;ta mahii-mantra is powerful in itself, a disciple upon initiation receives\n\nthe mantra from his spiritual master, for when the mantra is chanted by\n\nthe spiritual master, it becomes more powerful. Lord Siva advised the sons\nof the King to hear him attentively, for inattentive hearing is offensive.\nTEXT 33\n\n,ft�� �'<(\n\nftRt � �tcf�{ij� ((4�«tl it I\n�U\\m ut·l��: 11��11\nsn-rudra uviica\njitarh ta iitma-vid-varyasvastaye svastir astu me\nbhavatiiriidhasii riiddharh\nsarviitmii iitmane nama�\n\n", "SB4.3#p0315": "Text 33]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\nsri-rudra� uva ca-Lord Siva began to speak; jitam\n\n-\n\n1063\n\nall glories; te-unto\n\nYou; atma-vit-self -realized; varya- the best; svastaye- unto the auspicious;\ns\n\nvasti�- auspiciousness ; astu-let there be; me-of me; bhavata-by You;\n\naradhasa - by the all-perfect; raddham worshipable; sarvatma\n-\n\n-\n\nthe Supreme\n\nSoul; atmane-unto the Supreme Soul; nama�-obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva addressed the Supreme Personality of Godhead with the fol­\n\nlowing prayer: 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, all glories unto You.\n\nYou are the most exalted of all self-realized souls. Since You are always\n\nauspicious for the self-realized, I wish that You will be auspicious for me.\n\nYou are worshipable by virtue of the all-perfect instructions which You\n\ngive. You are the Supersoul; therefore I offer my obeisances unto You as\nthe supreme living being.\n\nPURPORT\nAs long as a devotee is inspired by the Lord to offer the Lord a prayer,\n\nthe devotee immediately glorifies the Lord in the beginning by saying, \"All\nglories unto You, my Lord.\" The Lord is glorified because He is considered\n\nto be the chief of all self-realized souls. As said in the Vedas (nityo\n\nnityiiniim cetanas cetaniiniim, Ka_tha, 2.2.13), the Supreme Being, the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, is the chief living being amongst all living beings.\n\nThere are different kinds of individual living beings-some of them are in\n\nthis material world, and some are in the spiritual world. Those who are in\nthe spiritual world are known to be completely self-realized because on the\n\nspiritual platform the living entity is not forgetful of his service to the\nLord. Therefore in the spiritual world all those who are in the devotional\n\nservice of the Lord are eternally fixed, for they understand the position of\n\nthe Supreme Being, as well as their individual constitution. Thus amongst\nself-realized souls, the Lord is known as the perfectly self-realized soul.\n\nNityo nityiiniim cetanas cetaniiniim. When the individual soul is fixed in\nhis knowledge of the Lord as the Supreme Bein g, he actually becomes established in an all-auspicious position. Lord Siva prays herein that his\n\nauspicious position will continue eternally by virtue of the Lord's mercy\n\nupon him.\n\nThe Supreme Lord is all-perfect, and the Lord instructs that one who\n\nworships Him also becomes perfect. As stated in Bhagavad-gTtii: matta�\n\nsmrtir jiiiinam apohanam ca (Bg. 15.15). The Lord is situated as the Super­\n\nsoul in everyone's heart, but He is so kind to His devotees that He gives\nthem instructions by which they may continue to progress. When they re-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0316": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1064\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nceive instructions from the all-perfect, there is no chance of their being\nmisled. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gita: dadami buddhi-yogam\n\ntam yena miim upayiinti te (Bg. 10.10). The Lord is always ready to give\ninstructions to the pure devotee so that the devotee can advance further\n\nand further in devotional service. Since the Lord gives instructions as\nSarvatma, the Supersoul, Lord Siva offers Him respect with the words\n\nsarvatma atmane namaft. The individual soul is called atma, and the Lord\n\nis also called atma as well as Paramatma. Being situated in everyone's\n\nheart, the Lord is known as the supreme atmii. Therefore all obeisances are\n\noffered unto Him. In this regard, one may refer to the prayers of Kunti in\nthe First Canto of Srimad-Bhiigavatam:\n\ntatha paramahamsaniim munTniim amaliitmanam\nbhaktiyoga-vidhaniirtham katham pasyema hi striyal;t (Bhiig. 1.8.20)\nThe Lord is always ready to give instructions to the paramahamsas, or\n\nthe topmost devotees of the Lord who are completely liberated from all\ncontaminations of the material world. The Lord always gives instructions\n\nto such exalted devotees to inform them how they can remain fixed in\n\ndevotional service. Similarly, it is stated in the atmarama verse:\natmaramiis ca munayo nirgranthii apy urukrame\n\nkurvanty ahaitukTm bhaktim itthambhuta-gur-o harift (Bhiig. 1.7.10)\nThe word iitmarama refers to those who are not interested in the material world but are simply engaged in spiritual realization. Such self-realized\n\npersons are generally considered in two categories-impersonal and personal.\n\nHowever, impersonalists also become devotees when they are attracted by\n\nthe personal transcendental qualities of the Lord. The conclusion is that\nLord Siva wanted to remain a fixed devotee of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Vasudeva. As explained in the following verses, Lord Siva never\n\ndesires to merge into the existence of the Supreme Lord like the imper­\n\nsonalists. Rather, he thinks that it would be good fortune for him to con­\n\ntinue to be fixed in the understanding of the Lord as the Supreme Being.\n\nBy this understanding, one realizes that all living entities-including Lord\nSiva, Lord Brahma and other demigods-are servants of the Supreme Lord.\n\nTEXT 34\n\ntil�� '{��1€¥4� I\n'41ij�'41t '(ll�lt �t�ltt €4Ufit111�'f?ll\nif'{:\n\n", "SB4.3#p0317": "Text 34]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1065\n\nnama� pankaja-niibhaya\nbhuta-siik§mendriyiitmane\nviisudeviiya siintiiya\nku{asthiiya sva-roci§e\nnamalt-all obeisances unto You; pa h kaja niibhii ya-unto the Supreme\n-\n\nPersonality of Godhead from whose navel the lotus flower emanates;\n\nbh ii ta-suk � m a-the sense objects; indriya\n\n-\n\nviisudevaya-unto Lord Vasudeva; sii n tiiya\n\nthe senses; iitmane-the origin;\n\n-\n\nalways peaceful; ku{asthiiya­\n\nwithout being changed; sva-roci§e-unto the supreme illumination.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy Lord, You are the origin of the creation by virtue of the lotus\n\nflower which sprouts from Your navel. You are the supreme controller of\n\nthe senses and the sense objects, and You are also the all-pervading\nVasudeva. You are most peaceful, and because of Your self-illuminated\n\nexistence, You are not disturbed by the six kinds of transformations.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord as Garbhodakasayi Vi�Q.U lies in the ocean of Garbha within\n\nthis universe, and from His navel the lotus flower sprouts. Lord Brahma is\n\ngenerated from that lotus flower, and from Lord Brahma the creation of\nthis material world begins. As such, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nGarbhodakasay1 Vi�Q.u, is the origin of the material senses and sense objects.\n\nSince Lord Siva considers himself to be one of the products of the material\n\nworld, his senses are under the control of the supreme creator. The Supreme\n\nLord is also known as Hr�ikesa, master of the senses, which indicates that\n\nour senses and sense objects are formed by the Supreme Lord. As such, He\n\ncan control our senses and out of His mercy engage them in the service of\nthe master of the senses. In the conditioned state, the living entity struggles\nin this material world and engages his senses for material satisfaction. How­\n\never, if the living entity is graced by the Supreme Personality o� Godhead,\n\nhe can engage these very senses in the service of the Lord. Lord Siva desires\nnot to be misled by the material senses but to engage always in the service\n\nof the Lord without being subject to contamination by materialistic in­\n\nfluences. By the grace and help of Lord Vasudeva, who is all-pervading,\none can engage his senses in devotional service without deviation, just\nas the Lord acts without deviation.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0318": "1066\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\n·\n\nThe words siintiiya ku,tasthiiya sva-roci�e are very significant. Although\nthe Lord is within this material world, He is not disturbed by the waves of\nmaterial existence. However, conditioned souls are agitated by six kinds of\ntransformations; namely, they become agitated when they are hungry,\nwhen they are thirsty, when they are aggrieved, when they are illusioned, when they grow old, and when they are on the deathbed. Although\nconditioned souls become very easily illusioned by these conditions in the\nmaterial world, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as the Supersoul,\nVasudeva, is never agitated by these transformations. Therefore it is said\nhere (ku.tasthiiya) that He is always peaceful and devoid of agitation because of His prowess, which is described herein as sva-roci§e, indicating-that\nHe is illuminated by His own transcendental position. In other words, the\nindividual soul, although within the illumination of the Supreme, sometimes falls down from that illumination because of his tiny position, and\nwhen he falls down he enters into material conditional life. The Lord, however, is not subject to such conditioning; therefore He is described as selfilluminated. Consequently any conditioned soul within this material universe can remain completely perfect when he is under the protection of\nVasudeva or when he is engaged in devotional service.\nTEXT 35\n\n«e�GIIt �'ll'R l(�Ittl;:c:t�ltl � I\n\n;l'ft R� st'lilttt.-ei(t�� ������\n�\n\nsankar§aruiya siik§miiya\ndurantayantakaya ca\nnamo visva-prabodhaya\npradyumnayantaratmane\nsahkar�a(laya\n\n-\n\nunto the master of integration; s il k§maya unto the subtle\n-\n\nunmanifested material ingredients; du ra ntaya\nantakaya\n\n-\n\n-\n\nunto the unsurpassable;\n\nunto the master of disintegration; ca-also; nama{l.-obeisances;\n\nvisva-prabodhaya-unto the master of the development of the universe;\np radyu m niiya\n\n-\n\nunto Lord Pradyumna; antaratmane-unto the Supersoul\n\nin everyone's heart.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You are the origin of the subtle material ingredients, the\n\nmaster of all integration as well as the master of all disintegration, the pre­\n\ndominating Deity named Sarikar�a1,1a, and the master of all intelligence,\n\n", "SB4.3#p0319": "Text 36]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1067\n\nknown as the predominating Deity Pradyumna. Therefore, I offer my\nrespectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\nThe whole universe is maintained by the integrating power of the\nSupreme Lord, who is known in that capacity by the name of Sarikaq;aJ;Ja.\nThe material scientists might have discovered the law of gravity which\nmaintains the integration of objects within the material energy, yet the\nmaster of all integration can create devastation by the disintegrating\nblazing fire emanating from His mouth. A description of this can he found\nin the Eleventh Chapter of Bhagavad-gitii wherein the universal form of the\nLord is described. The master of integration is also the destroyer of this\nworld by virtue of His disintegrating energy. Sarikar�aJ;Ja is the master of\nintegration and disintegration, whereas Pradyumna, another feature of Lord\nYasudeva, is responsible for universal growth and maintenance. The word\nsukfimiiya is significant because within this gross material body there are\nsubtle material bodies-namely mind, intelligence and ego. The Lord in His\ndifferent features (Vasudeva, Aniruddha, Pradyumna and Sarikar�aQ.a)\nmaintains both the material and subtle elements of this world. As mentioned in Bhagavad-gztii, the material elements are earth, water, fire, air\nand ether, and the material subtle elements are mind, intelligence and ego.\nAll of them are controlled by the Supreme Personality of Godhead as\nVasudeva, Sat'lkar�at)a, Pradyumna and Aniruddha, and this will be further\nexplained in the following verse.\nTEXT 36\n\n�'\" �i{tsf.tW:It fil�f�lf+t� I\n�: 4(it(ijlt� � Rfl(tlf¥4� ������\nnamo namo 'niruddhiiya\nhrfizkesendriyiitmane\nnama� paramaharitstiya\npurraya nibhrtatmane\nnama�-all my obeisances unto You; namaft obeisances agam;\naniruddhtiy a-unto Lord Aniruddha; hnik e sa-the master of the senses;\n-\n\nindriya-atmane-the director of the senses; namaft-all obeisances unto You;\nparamaharitsaya-unto the Supreme Perfect; purraya-unto the Supreme\nComplete; nibhrta-ritmane-who is situated apart from\ncreation.\n\nthis material\n\n", "SB4.3#p0320": "[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1068\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, as the supreme directing Deity known as Aniruddha, You are\nthe master of the senses and the mind. I therefore offer my obeisances\nunto You again and again. You are known as Ananta as well as Sarikar�a�a\nbecause of Your ability to destroy the whole creation by the blazing fire\nfrom Your mouth.\nPURPORT\nHr§ikesendriyiitmane. The mind is the director of the senses, and Lord\n\nAniruddha is the director of the mind. In order to execute devotional\n\nservice, one has to fix his mind on the lotus feet of Kr�J;�a; therefore Lord\nSiva prays to the controller of the mind, Lord Aniruddha, to be pleased\n\nand to help him engage his mind on the lotus feet of the Lord. It is stated\n\nin Bhagavad-g\"itii: man-manii bhava mad-bhakto mad-yiiji miirh namaskuru\n\n(Bg. 9.34). The mind has to be engaged in meditation on the lotus feet of\n\nthe Lord in order to execute devotional service. It is also stated in Bhagavadg\"itii:\n\nsarvasya ciiharh h[di sannivi�to\nmatta� smrtir jii'iriam apohanarh ca\nvedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyo\nvediinta-krd veda-vid eva ciiham\n\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowl­\n\nedge and forgetfulness. By all the Vedas am I to be known; indeed I am\n\nthe compiler of Vedanta, and I am the knower of the Vedas.\" (Bg. 15.15)\n\nThus if Lord Aniruddha is pleased, He can help the mind engage in the\n\nservice of the Lord. It is also indicated in this verse that Lord Aniruddha is\n\nthe sun-god by virtue of His expansions. Since the predominating deity of\n\nthe sun is an expansion of Lord Aniruddha, Lord Siva also prays to the\nsun-god in this verse.\nLord\n\nKr�!Ja,\n\nby\n\nHis quadruple expansion\n\n(Vasudeva,\n\nSankar�aJ].a,\n\nPradyumna and Aniruddha� is the Lord of psychic action-namely, think­\n\ning, feeling, willing and acting. Lord Siva prays to Lord Aniruddha as the\nsun-god who is the controlling deity of the external material elements which\n\nconstitute the construction of the material body. According to Srila\nVisvanatha Cakravartl Thakura, the word paramahamsa is also another\n\nname for the sun-god. The sun-god is addressed herein as nibh[tiitmane,\n\nwhich indicates that he always maintains the various planets by manipulat­\n\ning the rainfall. The sun-god evaporates water from the seas and oceans and\n\nthen forms the water into clouds and distributes it over land. When there is\nsufficient rainfall, grains are produced, and these grains maintain living\n\n", "SB4.3#p0321": "Text 37]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1069\n\nentities in each and every planet. The sun-god is also addressed herein as\npurr-a, or complete, because the rays emanating from the sun have no end.\n\nFor millions and millions of years since the creation of this universe, the\nsun-god has been supplying heat and light without diminution. The word\nparamahamsa is applied to persons who are completely cleansed. When\n\nthere is sufficient sunshine, the mind remains clear and transparent-in\nother words, the sun-god helps the mind of the living entity to become\nsituated on the platform of paramahamsa.\n\nThus Lord\n\nSiva prays to\n\nAniruddha to be kind upon him so that his mind will always be in the\nperfect state of cleanliness and will be engaged in the devotional service of\nthe Lord. just as fire sterilizes all unclean things, the sun-god also keeps\neverything sterilized, especially dirty things within the mind, thus enabling\none to attain elevation to the platform of spiritual understanding.\nTEXT 37\n\n(qtAAij•iA\\10� � ��q� ;rq: 1\n;pft f((W4tf\\�t '441Qif�N � 11�'-911\nsvargtipavarga-dvtirtiya\nnityarh suci-�ade nama�\nnamo hirar-ya-virytiya\nctiturhotrtiya tantave\nsvarga-the heavenly planets; apavarga-the path of liberation; dvtirtiya­\n\nunto the door of; nityam-eternally; suci-§ade- unto the most purified;\nnama �- my obeisances unto You; nama fl.\n\n- my obeisances; h irar-ya - gold;\n\nvirytiya- semina; catur-hotrtiya-the Vedic sacrifices of the name; tantave­\n\nunto one who expands.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, 0 Aniruddha, You are the authority by which the doors of\nthe higher planetary systems and liberation are opened. You are always\nwithin the pure heart of the living entity. Therefore I offer my obeisances\nunto You. You are the possessor of semina which is like gold, and thus, in\nthe form of fire, You help the Vedic sacrifices, beginning with diturhotra.\nTherefore I offer my obeisances unto You.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word svarga indicates a position in the higher or heavenly planetary\nsystems, and the word apavarga means liberation. Those who are attached\n\n", "SB4.3#p0322": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1070\n\n[Canto 4. Ch. 24\n\nto the karma-kiirt�iya activities described in the Vedas are actually entangled\n\nin the three modes of material nature. The Bhagavad-g\"itii therefore says\n\nthat one should be above the dominion of fruitive activities. There are\n\ndifferent kinds of liberation, or mukti. The best mukti is engagement in\n\nthe devotional service of the Supreme Lord. Lord Aniruddha not only\n\nhelps fruitive actors by elevating them to the higher planetary systems, but\n\nHe also helps the devotee engage in devotional service by dint of His in­\n\nexhaustible energy. Just as heat is the source of material energy, the inspiration of Lord Aniruddha is the energy by which one can engage in execut­\n\ning devotional service .\n\nTEXT 38\n\n� � �: � tt(l'tMI\ntt'\"«Jtf � \\1t'Frr-t �: (1�(1Rit� ����II\n�\n\nnama urja i�e trayya�\npataye yajiia-retase\n\ntrpti-daya ca jlvanarh\n\nnama� sarva-rasatmane\nnama�-I offer all obeisances unto You; urje-unto the provider of the\n\nPitrloka;i�e-the provider of aU the demigods; trayyii�-of the three Vedas;\n\npataye-unto the master;yajiia-sacrifices;retase-unto the predominating\ndeity of the moon planet; trpti-diiya-unto Him who gives satisfaction to\n\neveryone; ca-also; jiviimim-of the living entities; nama�-I offer my\n\nobeisances;sarva-rcisa-iitmane-unto the all-pervading Supersoul.\nTRA NS LATI ON\n\nMy Lord, You are the provider of the Pitrlokas as well as all the demi­\n\ngods. You are the predominating deity of the moon and the master of all\n\nthree Vedas. I offer my respectful obeisances unto You because You are\nthe original source of satisfaction for all living entities.\nPURPORT\nWhen the living entity is born within this material world-especially as\n\na human being-he has several obligations unto the demigods, unto the\n\nsaintly persons and unto living entities in general. As enjoined in the\n\nsiistras : devar�i-bhutiipta-nrrtiirh pitfrtiim. Thus one has an obligation to\none's forefathers, the previous hierarchy. Lord Siva prays to Lord Aniruddha\n\n", "SB4.3#p0323": "Text 39]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1071\n\nto give him strength so he can become free from all obligations to the pitas,\n\ndemigods, general living entities and saintly persons and completely engage\nhimself in the devotional service of the Lord. As stated:\n\ndevar�i-bhutapta-nrrtiirh pitf.narh\nna kinkaro nayam rrti ca riijan\nsarvatmanii ya[t sarartarh sarart yam\ngato mukundarh parihrtya kartam\n(Bhag. 11.5.41)\nOne becomes free from all obligations to the demigods, saintly persons,\n\npitas,\n\narcient forefathers, etc., if one is completely engaged in the\n\ndevotional service\n\nof the\n\nLord.\n\nLord Siva therefore prays to Lord\n\nAniruddha to give him strength so that he can be free from such obliga­\n\ntions and entirely engage in the Lord's service.\n\nSoma, or the predominating deity of the moon, is responsible for the\n\nliving entity's ability to relish the taste of food through the tongue. Lord\nSiva prays to Lord Aniruddha to give him strength so that he will not\n\ntaste anything but the prasiida of the Lord. Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura\n\nhas sung a verse indicating that the tongue is the most vicious enemy and\nis the most voracious of all the senses. If one can control the tongue, he\n\ncan easily control the other senses. The tongue can be controlled only by\n\neating prasiida offered to the Deity. Lord Siva's prayer to Lord Aniruddha\nis meant for this purpose (trpti-diiya); he prays to Lord Aniruddha to help\nhim be satisfied by eating only prasiida offered to the Lord.\nTEXT 39\n\n�·�'ij(l�'(lq f?t(i'tt� 8ft._, I\n;pf.J\\CfllqR�I� �ii�l:it'leN 1'( 11��11\nsarva-sattvatma-dehaya\nvi.Se�aya sthaviyase\nnamas trailokya-paliiya\nsaha ojo-baliiya ca\nsarva-all;\n\nsattva-existence;\n\niitma-soul;\n\ndehaya-unto\n\nthe\n\nbody;\n\nvise�iiya diversity; sthav\"iyase-unto the material world; nama?t-offering\nobeisances; trailokya-three planetary systems; piiliiya-maintainer; saha-\n\nalong with; oja�-prowess; baliiya-unto the strength; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Lord, You are the gigantic universal form which contains all\n\nthe individual bodies of the living entities. You are the maintainer of the\n\n", "SB4.3#p0324": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1072\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nthree worlds, and as such You maintain the mind, senses, body and air of\nlife within them. I therefore offer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\nAs the individual body of the living entity is composed of millions of\n\ncells, germs and microbes, the universal body of the Supreme Lord\n\nsimilarly contains all the individual bodies of the living entities. Lord Siva\n\nis offering his obeisances to the universal body, which includes all other\nbodies, so that everyone's body may fully engage in devotional service.\n\nSince this individual body is composed of senses, all the senses should be\n\nengaged in devotional service. For instance, the smelling instrument, the\nnose, can engage in smelling the flowers offered to the lotus feet of the\n\nLord, the hands can engage in cleansing the temple of the Lord, etc.\n\nIndeed, being the life air of every living entity, the Lord is the maintainer\n\nof the three worlds. Consequently He can induce every tiving entity to\n\nengage in his real life's duty with full bodily and mental strength. Thus\n\nevery living entity should serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead by\nhis priirw (life), artha (wealth), intelligence and words. As stated in the\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam:\n\netiivaj janma-siiphalyarit dehiniim iha dehi�u\nprii'{lair arthair dhiyii viicii sreya eviicaret sadii (Bhag. 10.22.35)\nEven though one may desire to engage in the service of the Lord, with­\n\nout sanction one cannot do so. Lord Siva is offering his prayers in\nso many different ways in order to show living entities how to engage in\n\nthe devotional service of the Lord.\n\nTEXT40\n\ndfewa� � ;OOs;ij�f{(R¥t� 1\nWf'l: �t{N � � ¥(ft*4� 11\\loll\nartha-lingiiya nabhase\n\nnamo 'ntar-bahir-iitmane\n\nnama� pu'{lyiiya lokiiya\n\namu�mai bhilri-varcase\n\nartha-meaning; lingiiya-revealing; nabhase-unto the sky; nama�­\n\noffering obeisances; anta�-within; bah*-and without; iitmane-unto the\n\nself; nama�-offering obeisances; pu'[lyiiya-pious activities; lokiiya-for\n\ncreation; amu§mai-beyond death; bhuri-varcase-the supreme effulgence.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0325": "Chanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\nText 40)\n\n1073\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Lord, by expanding Your transcendental vibrations, You reveal\nthe actual meaning of everything. You are the all-pervading sky within and\n\nwithout, and You are the ultimate goal of pious activities executed both\n\nwithin this material world and beyond it. I therefore offer my respectful\n\nobeisances again and again unto You.\n\nPURPORT\nVedic evidence is called sabda-brahma. There are many things which are\nbeyond the perception of our imperfect senses, yet the authoritative\nevidence of sound vibration is perfect. The Vedas are known as sabdabrahma because evidence taken from the Vedas constitutes the ultimate\nunderstanding. This is because sabda-brahma, or the Vedas, represents the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. However, the real essence of sabdabrahma is the chanting of the Hare K{�Q.a mantra. By vibrating this transcendental sound, the meaning of everything both material and spiritual is\nrevealed. This Hare Kr�Q.a is nondifferent from the Personality of Godhead.\nThe meaning of everything is received through the air through sound\nvibration. The vibration may be material or spiritual, but without sound\nvibration no one can understand the meaning of anything. In the Vedas it\nis said: antar bahis ca tat sarvarit vyiipya niiriiya[La� sthita�. \"NarayaQ.a is\nall-pervading, and He exists both within and without.\" This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-g\"itii:\nyathii prakiisayaty eka�\nkrtsnarit lokam imam ravi�\nk�etrarit k�etn tathii krtsnarit\nprakiisayati bhiirata\n\"0 son of Bharata, as the sun alone illuminates all this universe, so do\nthe living\n\nentity\n\nand the\n\nconsciousness.\" (Bg.\n\nSupersoul\n\nilluminate the entire body by\n\n13.34)\n\nIn other words, the consciousness of both the soul and Supersoul is allpervading; the limited consciousness of the living entity is pervading the\nentire material body, and the supreme consciousness of the Lord is\npervading the entire universe. Because the soul is present within the body,\nconsciousness pervades the entire body; similarly, because the supreme\nsoul, or K{�r;�a, is present within this universe, everything is working in\norder. Mayiidhyak�erta prakrt* siiyate sa-cariicaram: \"This material nature\nis working under My direction, 0 son of Kunti, and it is producing all\nmoving and unmoving beings.\" (Bg. 9.10)\n\n", "SB4.3#p0326": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n1074\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nLord Siva is therefore praying to the Personality of Godhead to be kind\n\nto us so that simply by chanting the Hare Kr�l')a mantra we can understand\neverything in both the material and spiritual worlds. The word amu�mai is\nsignificant in this regard because it indicates the best target one can aim for\n\nafter attaining the higher planetary systems. Those who are engaged in\n\nfruitive activities (karm\"is) attain the higher planetary systems as a result of\n\ntheir past activities, and the jnan\"is, who seek unification or a monistic\n\nmerging with the effulgence of the Supreme Lord, also attain their desired\nend, but in the ultimate issue, the devotees who desire to personally asso­\n\nciate with the Lord are promoted to the Vaikul,lthalokas, or Goloka\nVrndavana. The Lord is described in Bhagavad-g\"ita as pavitram paramam\n\n(Bg. 10.12), the supremely pious one. This is also confirmed in this verse.\nSukadeva Gosvami has stated that the cowherd boys who played with Lord\n\nKr�l')a were not ordinary living entities. Only after accumulating many\n\npious activities in various births does one get the opportunity to personally\n\nassociate with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Since only the pure\n\ncan reach Him, He is the supreme pure.\nTEXT 41\n\nPffijlq Attoi414 � I\n;(�s't4f<tq1Cfilq � �:� � 11\\H II\n�\n\npravrttiiya nivrttiiya\npitr-deviiya karma r-e\nnamo 'dharma-vipiikiiya\nmrtyave du�kha-diiya ca\n\npravrttaya-inclination; nivrttaya-disinclination; pitr-devaya- unto the\n\nmaster of Pitrloka; karma!le-unto the resultant action of fruitive activities;\n\nnamafl-offering respects; adharma-irreligious; vipakaya-unto the result;\n\nmrtyave-unto death; duflkha-daya-the cause of all kinds of miserable\nconditions; ca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Lord, You are the viewer of the results of pious activities. You\n\nare inclination, disinclination and their resultant activities. You are the\n\ncause of the miserable conditions of life caused by irreligion, and therefore\nYou are death. I offer You my respectful obeisances.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is situated in everyone's heart,\n\nand from Him issue a living entity's inclinations and disinclinations. This\nis confirmed in Bhagavad-g\"ita:\n\n", "SB4.3#p0327": "Text 42)\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1075\n\nsarvasya caham hrdi sanniv�to\nmattaft smrtir jiianam apohanarh ca\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowl­\n\nedge and forgetfulness.\" (Bg. 15.15)\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead causes the asuras to forget Him\n\nand the devotees to remember Him. One's disinclinations are due to the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. According to Bhagavad-gitii the asuras\n\ndo not know which way one should be inclined to act and which way one\n\nshould not he inclined to act. Pravrttim ca nivrttim ca jana na vidur iisuriift:\n\n\"Those who are demoniac do not know what is to be done and what is not\n\nto be done.\" (Bg. 16.7) Although the asuras oppose devotional service, it\nis to he understood that they are inclined that way due to the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. Because the asuras do not like to engage in the\nLord's devotional service, the Lord within gives them the intelligence to\n\nforget. Ordinary\n\nkarmis desire promotion to Pitrloka, as confirmed in\nBhagavad-gitii. Yanti deva-vrata devan pitfn yiinti pitr-vrataft: \"Those who\n\nworship the demigods will take birth among the demigods, and those who\n\nworship ancestors go to the ancestors.\" (Bg. 9.25)\n\nIn this verse the word duftkha-diiya is also very significant, for those\n\nwho are nondevotees are perpetually put into the cycle of birth and death.\n\nThis is a very miserable condition. Because one's position in life is attained\naccording to one's activities, the asuras, or nondevotees, are put into such\nmiserable conditions.\n\nTEXT42\n\n�\n\n1111\\1'14\\ q;R ¥1(011�\" I\n\n� � m i'*'ll41\"6it\"4 1\n� $;(10114 ijf(.oq.nfN(M ='f IIV�II\nnamas ta iis�iim iSa\nmanave karartatmane\nnamo dharmaya brhate\nkr�rtiiyakurttha-medhase\npuru�aya purartaya\nsiinkhya-yogesvaroya ca\nnama[t-offering obeisances; te-unto You; iiS�am iSa-0 topmost of all\n\nbestowers of benediction; manave-unto the supreme mind or supreme\n\nManu; kara rt a-iitmane-the supreme cause of all causes; nama[t- offering\n\ndharmaya- unto one who knows the best of all religion;\nbrhate - the greatest; kr�1,1 aya-unto Kr�qa; akurt.tha-medhase - unto one\n\nobeisances;\n\n", "SB4.3#p0328": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1076\n\nwhose brain activity is never checked; pu ru,s aya\np ura{taya\n\n-\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n-\n\nthe Supreme Person;\n\nthe oldest of the old; sankhya-yoga-ISvaraya-the master of the\n\nprinciples of sankhya-yoga; ca-and.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You are the topmost of all bestowers of all benediction,\n\nthe oldest and supreme enjoyer amongst all enjoyers. You are the master\n\nof all the worlds' metaphysical philosophy, for You are the supreme cause\nof all causes, Lord Kf!!IJa. You are the greatest of all religious principles,\n\nthe supreme mind, and You have a brain which is never checked by any\n\ncondition. Therefore I repeatedly offer my obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\nThe\n\nwords kr�T}iiya\n\nakur}tha-medhase\n\nare significant in this verse.\n\nModern scientists have stopped their brainwork by discovering the theory\nof uncertainty, but factually for a living being there cannot be any brain\n\nactivity which is not checked by time and space limitations. A living entity\nis called a{tu, an atomic particle of the spirit soul, and therefore his brain\nis also atomic. It cannot accommodate unlimited knowledge. This does not\nmean, however, that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, KJ;�qa, has a\n\nlimited brain. What KfllQa says and does is not limited by time and space.\nIn Bhagavad-gita it is said:\n\nvedaham samatitani\nvartamiiniini carjuna\nbhavi,sya{ti ca bhutani\nmam tu veda na kascana\n\"0 Arjuna, as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, I know everything\nthat has happened in the past, all that is happening in the present, and all\nthings that are yet to come. I also know all living entities; but Me no one\nknows.\" (Bg. 7.26)\nKJ;�qa knows everything, but one cannot know Kr�qa without being\nfavored by Him. Thus for KfllQa and His representative there is no question\nof a theory of uncertainty. What Kr11qa says is all perfect and certain and\nis applicable to the past, present and future. Nor is there any uncertainty\nfor one who knows exactly what Krllqa says. The Krllqa consciousness\nmovement is based on Bhagavad-gita as it is, as spoken by Lord Krllqa, and\nfor those who are engaged in this movement, there is no question of\nuncertainty.\nLord Krllqa is also addressed herein as asi,sam iSa. The great saintly\npersonalities, sages and demigods are able to offer benedictions to ordinary\nliving entities, but they in turn are benedicted by the Supreme Personality\n\n", "SB4.3#p0329": "Text 42]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1077\n\nof Godhead. Without being benedicted by Kr�Qa, one cannot offer benediction to anyone else. The word manave, meaning \"unto the supreme\nManu,\" is also significant.\n\nThe supreme Manu in Vedic literature is\n\nSvayambhuva Manu, who is an incarnation of Kr�!J.a. All the Manus\nare empowered incarnations of Kr�!la (manvantara-avatiira). There are\nfourteen Manus in one day of Brahma, 420 in one month, 5,040 in one\nyear, and 504,000 Manus in the lifetime of Brahma. Since all the Manus\n\nare directors of human society, ultimately K.J;s.Qa is the supreme director of\n\nhuman society. In another sense, the word manave indicates the perfection\nof all kinds of mantras. The mantra delivers the conditioned soul from his\n\nbondage; so simply by chanting the mantra Hare Kr�!J.a, Hare Kr�Qa, Kr�Qa\nKr�Qa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare, one\ncan gain deliverance from any condition.\nKiirar-iitmane: everything has a cause. The theory of chance is repudiated\n\nin this verse. Because everything has its cause, there is no question of\nchance. Because so-called philosophers and scientists are unable to find\nthe real cause, they foolishly say that everything happens by chance. In\nBrahma-sanihitii Kr�Qa is described as the cause of all causes; therefore He\n\nis addressed herein as kiirar-iitmane. His very personality is the original\ncause of everything, the root of everything and the seed of everything. As\n\ndescribed in the Vedanta-satra, janmiidy asya yata� (1.1.2): the Absolute\n\nTruth is the supreme cause of all emanations.\nThe word siihkhya-yogesvariiya is also significant herein, for Kr�Qa is\ndescribed in Bhagavad-g\"itii as Yogesvara, the master of all mystic powers.\nWithout possessing inconceivable mystic powers, one cannot be accepted\nas God. In this age of Kali, those who have a little fragmental portion of\nmystic power claim to be God, but such pseudo-Gods can only be accepted\nas fools, for only Kr�Qa is the Supreme Person who possesses all mystic\nand yogic perfections. The siihkhya-yoga system popular at the present\nmoment was propounded by the atheist Kapila, but the original sankhyayoga system was propounded by an incarnation of Kr�l)a also named\n\nKapila, the son of Devahiiti. Similarly, Dattatreya, another incarnation of\nKr�Qa, also explained the siihkhya-yoga system. Thus Kr�Qa is the origin of\nall siihkhya-yoga systems and mystic yoga powers.\nThe words puriirtiiya puru�iiya are also worthy of special attention. In\nBrahma-sarhhitii, Kr�Qa is accepted as the iidi-puru�a, the original person,\n\nor the original enjoyer. In Bhagavad-g\"itii, Lord Kr�Qa is also accepted as\npuriirta-puru�a, the oldest person. Although He is the oldest of all per­\n\nsonalities, He is also the youngest of all, or nava-yauvana. Another\nsignificant word is dharmiiya. Since Kr�Qa is the original propounder of all\nkinds of religious principles, it is said: dharmarh tu siik§iid bhagavat-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0330": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n1078\n\n[Canto4, Ch. 24\n\nprar-\"itam. No one can introduce a new type of religion, for religion is\n\nalready there, having been established by Lord Kr�Qa. In Bhagavad-g\"itii\n\nKr�Qa informs us of the original dharma and asks us to give up all kinds of\nreligious principles.\n\nThe real dharma is surrender unto Him. In the\n\nMahiibhiirata, it is also said:\n\nye ca veda-vido viprii ye ciidhyiitma-vido janii�\nte vadanti mahiitmiinarh kr�rtarh dharmam saniitanam\nThe purport is that one who has studied the Vedas perfectly, who is a\nperfect vipra, or knower of the Vedas, who knows what spiritual life\n\nactually is, speaks about Kr�p.a, the Supreme Person, as one's saniitana­\n\ndharma. Lord Siva therefore teaches us the principles of saniitana-dharma.\nTEXT43\n\nlU�S(l§� I\n�6\\ill\\�\"\"14 � '4Nlfch((1� IIV�II\ni8Rfi'Sl..(C�61..\n\nsakti-traya-sametiiya\nm\"i{lhu�e 'hankrtiitmane\nceta-iikuti-rupiiya\nnamo viico vibhutaye\nsakti-traya- three\n\nkinds of energies; sametiiya-unto the\n\nreservoir;\n\nmi{lhu§e-unto Rudra; ahankrta-iitmane-the source of egotism; ceta[l,­\n\nknowledge; iikuti_:eagerness to work; rupiiya-unto the form of; namaft­\n\nmy obeisances; viicaft-unto the so.und; vibhiitaye-unto the different types\n\nof opulences.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Lord, You are the supreme controller of the worker, sense\n\nactivities, and results of sense activities [karma]. Therefore You are the\n\ncontroller of the body, mind and the senses. You are also the supreme\n\ncontroller of egotism, known as Rudra. You are the source of knowledge\nand the activities of the Vedic injunctions.\n\nPURPORT\nEveryone acts under the dictation of the ego. Therefore Lord Siva is\n\ntrying to purify false egotism through the mercy of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. Since Lord Siva, or Rudra, is himself the controller\n\nof egotism, he indirectly wants to be purified by the mercy of the Lord so\n\nthat his real egotism can be awakened. Of course Lord Rudra is always\n\nspiritually awake, but for our benefit he is praying in this way. For the\n\n", "SB4.3#p0331": "Chanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\nText 44]\n\n1079\n\nimpersonalist, pure egotism is aham brahmiismi- \"I am not this body; I am\n\nspirit soul.\" But in its actual position, the spirit soul has devotional activi­\n\nties to perform. Therefore Lord Siva prays to be engaged both in mind\n\nand in action in the devotional service of the Supreme Lord according to\n\nthe direction of the Vedas. This is the process for purifying false egotism.\nCeta[l. means knowledge. Without perfect knowledge, one cannot act perfectly. The real source of knowledge is the vaca[l., or sound vibration, given\nby Vedic instructions. Here the word viica[l., or vibration, means the Vedic\n\n.\n\nvibration. The origin of creation is sound vibration, and if the sound\nvibration is clear and purified, perfect knowledge and perfect activities\n\nactually\n\nbecome manifest.\n\nThis\n\nis enacted by\n\nthe chanting of the\n\nmahii-mantra Hare Kr�Q.a, Hare Kr�Q.a, Kr�Q.a Kr�Q.a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama,\nHare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. Thus Lord Siva is praying again and\n\nagain for the purification of body, mind and activities through the purification of knowledge and action under the pure directions of the\n\nVedas.\n\nLord Siva prays to the Supreme Personality of Godhead so that his mind,\n\nsenses and words will all turn toward devotional activities only.\nTEXT\n\n44\n\n�· ;it � ijt +tltlf461�6i( I\n� � � ��!JUII8Wli( 11\\l\\lll\ndarsanam no didrk§ii[liim\ndehi bhiigavatiircitam\nrupam priyatamam sviiniim\nsarvendriya-gu[liiiijanam\ndarsanam-vision; na[l.-our; didrk�ii[liim-desirous to see; dehi-kindly\n\nexhibit;\n\nbhiigavata-of the devotees; arcitam-as worshiped by them;\n\nriipam-form; priyatamam-dearmost; sviinam-of Your devotees; sarva­\n\ni n driya\n\n- ll the senses; gu[la-qualities; aiijanam-very much pleasing.\na\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, I wish to see You exactly in the form that Your very\n\ndear devotees worship. You have many other forms, but I wish to see Your\n\nform that is especially liked by the devotees. Please be merciful upon me\nand show me that form, for only that form worshiped by the devotees can\n\nperfectly satisfy all the demands of the senses.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the sruti, or Veda-mantra, it is said that the Supreme Absolute Truth\n\nis sarva-kamal]. sarva-gandhal]. sarva-rasal]., or, in other words, He is known\n\n", "SB4.3#p0332": "[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1080\n\nas raso vai sa�, the source of all relishable relationships (rasas). We have\nvarious senses-the power of seeing, tasting, smelling, touching, etc.-and\n\nall the propensities of our senses can be satisfied when the senses are\n\nengaged in the service of the Lord. Hr§tker-a hr§ikesa-sevanam bhaktir\n\nucyate (Niirada-pancariitra). \"Bhakti means engaging all the senses in the\nservice of the master of the senses, Ht�ikesa.\" These material senses,\n\nhowever, cannot be engaged in the service of the Lord; therefore one has\n\nto become free from all designations. Sarvopiidhi-vinirmuktam tatparatvena\n\nnirmalam. One has to become free from all designation or false egotism\n\nand thus become purified. When we engage our senses in the service of the\nLord, the desires or the inclinations of the senses can be perfectly fulfilled.\n\nLord Siva therefore wants to ·see the Lord in a form which is inconceivable\n\nto the Buddhist philosophers or the Buddhists.\n\nThe impersonalists and the voidists also have to see the form of the\n\nAbsolute. In Buddhist temples there are forms of Lord Buddha in medi­\n\ntation, but these are not worshiped like the forms of the Lord in Vai�J;lava\ntemples\n\n(forms\n\nlike\n\nRiidhii-Kt�IJ.a,\n\nSitii-Riima\n\nor\n\nLak�mi-NarayaJ;la).\n\nAmongst the different sampradiiyas (Vai�T).ava sects) either Radha-KwJ.a or\n\nLak�mi-NarayaJ;la is worshiped. Lord Siva wants to see that form perfectly,\n\njust as the devotees want to see it. The words riipam priyatamam sviiniim\n\nare specifically mentioned here, indicating that Lord Siva wants to see\n\nthat form which is very dear to the devotees. The word sviiniim is especially\n\nsignificant because only the devotees are very, very dear to the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. The jiiiin\"is, yogis and karmis are not particularly\n\ndear, for the karmis simply want to see the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead as their order supplier. The jniinis want to see Him to become one\nwith Him, and the yogis want to see Him partially represented within their\n\nheart as Paramatma, but the bhaktas, or the devotees, want to see Him in\nHis complete perfection. As stated in Brahma-samhitii:\n\nver-um kvar-antam aravinda-daliiyatiik§arh\nbarhiivatamsam asitiimbuda-sundariingam\nkandarpa-ko.ti-kamaniya-viSe§a-sobham\ngovindam iidi-puru§am tam aham bhajiimi\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is adept at playing on His\n\nflute, whose eyes are blooming like lotus petals, whose head is bedecked\n\nwith peacock feathers, whose beauty is tinged with the hue of blue clouds,\n\nand w!Jose unique loveliness charms millions of Cupids.\" (Bs. 5.30) Thus\n\nLord Siva's desire is to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead as He is\n\ndescribed in this way-that is, he wants to see Him as He appears to the\n\n", "SB4.3#p0333": "Texts 45-46]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1081\n\nbhiigavatas, the devotees. The conclusion is that Lord Siva wants to see\nHim in complete perfection and not in the impersonalist or voidist way.\nAlthough the Lord is one in His various forms (advaitam acyutam aniidim),\n\nstill His form as the young enjoyer of the gop\"is and companion of the\ncowherd boys (kisora-murti) is the most perfect form. Thus Vai�l).avas\naccept the form of the Lord in His Vrndavana pastimes as the chief form.\nTEXTS 45-46\n\n�Sflt'6Ef'1�f414\n\nQete1�44Jt� I\n\n'EIIit�{'I'Edill Wi1H1,R0'1'1\\ 11\\l�ll\nq,�q,.oolf3 �(!! � 1\n� uwile•� Qq•\n\n11\\l�ll\n\nsnigdha-priivr{i-ghanasyiimam\nsarva-saundarya-sangraham\nciirv-iiyata-catur-biihu\nsujiita-ruciriinanam\npadma-kosa-paliisiik�am\nsundara-bhru su-niisikam\nsu-dvijam su-kapoliisyam\nsama-karr-a-vibhii�ar-am\nsnigdha-glistening; pravn-rainy season; ghana-syiimam-densely cloudy;\nsarva-all;\n\nsaundarya-beauty;\n\nsangraham-collection;\n\nciiru-beautiful;\n\ni\n\niiyata-bodily feature; ciituft-biihu- unto the four-armed; suj ita-ultimately\n\n-\n\nbeautiful; rucira-very pleasing; iinanam-face; padma kosa-the whorl of\nthe lotus flower; pa liisa-petals; ak§am-eyes ; sundara-beautiful; bhrueyebrows; su-niisikam-raised nose; su-dvijam-beautiful teeth; su-kapolabeautiful forehead; iisyam-face; sama-ka rQ. a-equally beautiful ears;\nvibhii§ar-am- fully decorated.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's beauty resembles a dark cloud during the rainy season. As\nthe rainfall glistens, His bodily features also glisten. Indeed, He is the\nsum total of all beauty. The Lord has four arms and an exquisitely beautiful face with eyes like lotus petals, a beautiful highly raised nose, a mindattracting smile, a beautiful forehead and equally beautiful and fully\ndecorated ears.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0334": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1082\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nPURPORT\nAfter the scorching heat of the summer season, it is very pleasing to see\n\ndark clouds in the sky. As confirmed in Brahma-samhitii: barhiivatamsam\n\nasitiimbuda-sundariingam. The Lord wears a peacock feather in His hair,\n\nand His bodily complexion is just like a blackish cloud. The word sundara,\n\nor snigdha, means very pleasing, even when compared with kandarpa-kotikaman\"iya.\n\nKr�t;�a's beauty is so pleasing that not even millions upon\n\nmillions of Cupids can compare to it. The Lord's form as Vi�l)U is decorated\nin all opulence; therefore Lord Siva is trying to see that most opulent\n\nform of Narayal)a, or Vi�t;�u. Generally the worship of the Lord begins with\nthe worship of Narayat).a or Vi�ryu, whereas the worship of Lord KriilJ.a\nand Radha is most confidential. Lord Narayarya is worshipable by the\n\nPiiiicariitrika-vidhi, or regulative principles, whereas Lord Kr�rya is wor­\n\nshipable by the Bhiigavata-vidhi. No one can worship the Lord in the\n\nBhiigavata-vidhi without going through the regulations of the Piiiicariitrika­\n\nvidhi. Actually neophyte devotees worship the Lord according to the\n\nPiiicariitrika-vidhi, or the regulative principles enjoined in the Niirada­\n\npaiicariitra. Radha-Kriit;�a cannot be approached by the neophyte devotees;\n\ntherefore temple worship according to regulative principles is offered to\nLak�mi-Narayarya. Although there may be a Radhii-Kr�rya vigraha, or form,\n\nthe worship of the neophyte devotees is acceptable as Lak�mi-Narayat).a\nworship. Worship according to the Piiiicariitrika-vidhi is called vidhi-miirga,\n\nand worship according to the Bhiigavata-vidhi principles is called· riiga­\n\nmiirga. The principles of riiga-miirga are especially meant for devotees who\n\nare elevated to the v rndavana platform.\nThe\n\ninhabitants of\n\nVrndavana,\n\nthe gop\"is,\n\nmother Yasoda, Nanda\n\nMaharaja, the cowherd boys, the cows and everyone else, are actually on\n\nthe riiga-miirga or Bhagavata-miirga platform. However, they participate in\n\nfive basic rasas-diisya, sakhya, viitsalya, miidhurya and siinta. Although\n\nthese fiv� rasas are found in the Bhiigavata-miirga, the Bhiigavata-miirga is\nespecially meant for viitsalya and miidhurya, or paternal and conjugal\n\nrelationships. Yet there is the vipralambha-sakhya, the higher fraternal\n\nworship of the Lord especially enjoyed by the cowherd boys. Although\n\nthere is friendship between Kr�rya and the cowherd boys, this friendship\nis different from the aisvarya friendship between Kr�t;�a and Arjuna. When\n\nArjuna saw the visva-riipa, the gigantic universal form of the Lord, he was\n\nafraid for having treated Kr�rya as an ordinary friend; therefore he begged\nKr�t;�a's pardon. However, the cowherd boys who are friends of Kr�t;ta in\n\nVrndavana sometimes ride on the shoulders of Kr�t;�a. They treat Kr�t;�a\nequally, just as they treat one another, and they are never afraid of Him,\n\n", "SB4.3#p0335": "Texts 45-46]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1083\n\nnor do they ever beg His pardon. Thus the rii.ga-mii.rga, or Bhii.gavata-mii.rga,\n\nfriendship exists on a higher platform with l<.{�l,la, namely the platform of\n\nvipralambha friendship. Paternal friendship, conjugal paternal service, as\nwell as conjugal service, are visible in the Vrndavana rii.ga-mii.rga relation­\n\nships.\n\nWithout serving Kr�l,la according to the vidhi-mii.rga regulative principles\n\nof the Piiicarii.trika-vidhi, unscrupulous persons want to jump immediately\n\nto the rii.ga-miirga principles. Such persons are called sahajiyii. There are\nalso demons who enjoy depicting Kr�l,la and His pastimes with the go pis,\n\ntaking advantage of Kr�l,la by their licentious character. These demons who\n\nprint books and write lyrics on the rii.ga-miirga principles are surely on the\n\nway to hell. Unfortunately, they lead others down with them. Devotees in\n\nKr�l,la consciousness should be very careful to avoid such demons. One\nshould strictly follow the vidhi-miirga regulative principles in the worship\nof Lak�mi-Narayal,la, although the Lord is present in the temple as Radha­\n\nl<.{�l,la. Radha-Kr�l,la includes Lak�mi-Narayal,la; therefore when one wor­\n\nships the Lord according to the regulative principles, the Lord accepts the\nservice in the role of Lak�mi-Nariiyal,la. In Nectar of Devotion full instructions are given about the vidhi-miirga worship of Radha-Kr�l,la or Lak�mi­\n\nNarayal)a. Although there are sixty-four kinds of offenses one c an commit\n\nin vidhi-mii.rga worship, in raga-mii.rga worship there is no consideration of\n\nsuch offenses because the devotees on that platform are very much ele­\n\nvated, and there is no question of offense. But if we do not follow the\n\nregulative principles on the vidhi-miirga platform and keep our eyes trained\n\nto spot offenses, we will not make progress.\n\nIn his description of Kr�l,la's beauty, Lord Siva uses the words cii.rv­\n\niiyata-catur-biihu sujii.ta-rucirii.nanam, indicating the beautiful four-armed\n\nform of Nariiyal,la, or Vi�l,lU. Those who worship Lord Kr�Qa describe Him\n\nas sujiita-ruciriinanam. In the Vi�flu-tattva there are hundreds and thousands\n\nand millions of forms of the Supreme Lord, but of all these forms, the\n\nform of Krwa is the most beautiful. Thus for those who worship Kr�l)a,\nthe word sujii.ta-rucirii.nanam is used.\n\nThe four arms of Lord Vi�l)U have different purposes. The hands\n\nholding a lotus flower and conchshell are meant for the devotees, whereas\n\nthe other two hands, holding a disc and mace or club, are meant for the\n\ndemons. Actually all of the Lord's arms are auspicious, whether they are\n\nholding conchshells and flowers or clubs and discs. The demons killed by\n\nLord Vi�QU 's ca.kra disc and club are elevated to the spiritual world, just like\n\nthe devotees who are protected by the hands holding the lotus flower and\n\nconchshell. However, the demons who are elevated to the spiritual world\n\n", "SB4.3#p0336": "1084\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nare situated in the impersonal Brahman effulgence, whereas the devotees\nare allowed to enter into the V aikw;ttha planets. Those who are devotees\nof Lord Kr�Qa are immediately elevated to the Goloka V rndavana planet.\nThe Lord's beauty is compared to rainfall because when the rain falls in\nthe rainy season, it becomes more and more pleasing to the people. After\nthe scorching heat of the summer season, the people enjoy the rainy season\nvery much. Indeed, they even come out of their doors in the villages and enjoy the rainfall directly. Thus the Lord's bodily features are compared with\nthe clouds of the rainy season. The devotees enjoy the Lord's beauty because it is a collection of all kinds of beauties. Therefore the word sarvasaundarya-sangraham is used. No one can say that the body of the Lord is\n\nwanting in beautiful parts. It is completely purr-am. Everything is complete:\nGod's creation, God's beauty, and God's bodily features. All these are so\ncomplete that all one's desires can become fully satisfied when one sees the\nbeauty of the Lord. The word sarva-saundarya indicates that there are different types of beauties in the material and spiritual worlds, and that the\nLord contains all of them. Both materialists and spiritualists can enjoy the\nbeauty of the Lord. Because the Supreme Lord attracts everyone, including\ndemons and devotees, materialists and spiritualists, He is called Kr�Qa.\nSimilarly, His devotees also attract everyone. As ·mentioned in the $a{igosviimi-stotra: dhiriidhira-jana-priyau-the Gosvamis are equally dear to the\ndhira (devotees) and adhira (demons). Lord Kr�Qa was not very pleasing to\n\nthe demons when He was present in Vrndavana, but the six Gosvamis were\npleasing to the demons when they were present in Vrndavana. That is the\nbeauty of the Lord's dealings with His devotees; sometimes the Lord gives\nmore credit to His devotees than He takes for Himself. For instance, on\nthe Battlefield of Kuruk�etra, Lord Kr�I).a fought simply by giving directions.\nYet it was Arjuna who took the credit for fighting. Nimitta-miitrarh bhava\nsavyasiicin (Bg. 11.33). \"You, 0 Savyasacin f Ar juna] , can be but an instru­\n\nment in the fight.\" Everything was arranged by the Lord, but the credit of\nvictory was given to Arjuna. Similarly, in the Kr�Qa consciousness movement, everything is happening according to the predictions of Lord\nCaitanya, but the credit goes to Lord Caitanya's sincere servants. Thus the\nLord is described herein as sarva-saundarya-satigraham.\nTEXTS47-48\n\nsi\\fttsl(ft\\ijNif'(�* �\ne(1�t:stfcMI�J 'ltt\"'6tfl. IIV\\911\n\n", "SB4.3#p0337": "Texts 47-48]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n�(�eite44(l�<i(CI�4(\n\nij14tifit(i.(q'I¥Uel+tO�'qftq<t_\n\n1085\n\n11\\l�ll\n\npri'ti-prahasitiipiingam\nalakai rupa-sobhitam\nlasa_t-pankaja-kinjalkadukularh mr�ta-kurzflalam\nsphurat-kiri'ta-valayahiira-nupura-mekhalam\nsankha-cakra-gadii-padmamiilii-ma[ty-uttamarddhimat\npnti- merciful; prahasita- smiling; apiingam-sidelong glance; alaka*with curling\npankaja\n\n-\n\nhair; rupa-beauty; sobhitam-increased; lasat\n\n-\n\nglittering ;\n\nof the lotus; kinjalka- saffron; dukulam-clothing; mr�ta- glitter\n\ning; ku[t{falam-earrings; sphurat\n\n-\n\n­\n\nshiny; kinta- helmet; valaya- bangles;\n\nhiira-necklace; nu pura-ankle bells; mekhalam-belt; sankha-conchshell;\nc\n\nakra wheel; gadii\n-\n\n-\n\nclub; padma- lotus flower; miilii\n\n-\n\ngarland; ma[ti-pearls;\n\nuttama-first class ; rddhimat-still more beautified on account of this.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord is superexcellently beautiful on account of His open and\n\nmerciful smile and His sidelong glance upon His devotees. His black hair is\n\ncurly, and His garments, waving in the wind, appear as flying saffron pollen\n\nfrom lotus flowers. His glittering earrings, shining helmet, bangles, garland,\n\nankle bells, waist belt and various other bodily ornaments combine with\n\nconchshell, disc, club and lotus flower to increase the natural beauty of\n\nthe Kaustubha pearl on His chest.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word prahasitiipiinga, referring to K�;sna 's smile and sidelong glances\nat His devotees, specifically applies to His dealings with the gopl.s. Kr�qa is\nalways in a joking mood when He increases the feelings of conjugal rasa in\nthe hearts of the gopl.s. The conchshell, club, disc and lotus flower can be\neither held in His hands or seen on the palms of His hands. According to\npalmistry, the signs of a conchshell, club, lotus flower and disc mark the\npalms of great personalities and especially indicate the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0338": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1086\n\n[Canto4, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT49\n\n�\\EFliC� �§IE(i1¥t•tftc\"\\ij¥t( 1\nN4tttqtfi4;:qt fiaaril¥1tWt(tiltw( 1 1�'\"\nsiniha-skandha-tvi§O bibhrat\nsaubhaga-griva-kaustubham\nsriyiinapiiyinyii k�iptanika§iismorasollasat\n\nsimha-the lion; skandha-shoulders; tvi� a[l-the coils of hair; bibhrat­\n\nbearing; saubhaga-fortunate; griva-neck; kaustubham-the pearl of the\nname;\nnika� a\n\nsriya-beauty;\n-\n\nullas at\n\nanapiiyinyii-never\n\ndecreasing;\n\nk�ipta- defeating;\n\nthe stone for testing gold; asma-stone; urasa-with the chest;\n\n-\n\nglittering.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Lord has shoulders just like a lion. Upon these shoulders are\n\ngarlands, necklaces and epaulets, and all of these are always glittering.\n\nBesides these, there is the beauty of the Kaus�ha mar_ri pearl, and on the\ndark chest of the Lord there are streaks named Srivatsa, which are signs of\n\nthe goddess of fortune. The glittering of these streaks excels the beauty of\n\nthe golden streaks on a gold-testing stone. Indeed, such beauty defeats a\n\ngold-testing stone.\n\nPURPORT\nThe curling hair on the shoulders of a lion always appears very, very\n\nbeautiful. Similarly, the shoulders of the Lord were just like a lion's, and\nthe necklace and garlands, along with the Kaustubha pearl necklace, com­\n\nbined to excel the beauty of a lion. The chest of the Lord is streaked with\n\nSrivatsa lines, the sign of the goddess of fortune. Consequently the Lord's\n\nchest excels the beauty of a testing stone for gold. The black siliceous\n\nstone\n\non which gold is rubbed to test its value always looks very\n\nbeautiful, being streaked with gold lines. Yet the chest of the Lord excels\neven such a stone in its beauty.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n1\n\\.({q+MffiucccfecC?t.Ja>JI<(¥(\n51�4¥1'\\q� ��ssq�•l¥fi(�l ll�oll\n\n", "SB4.3#p0339": "Text 51)\n\n1087\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\npiira-recaka-sarhvignavali-valgu-dalodaram\npratisanknimayad visvarh\nnabhyavarta-gabhiraya\n\npi.Lra-inhaling; recaka-exhaling; sarhvigna-agitated; vali-the wrinkles\n\non the abdomen; valgu-beautiful; dala-like the banyan leaf; udaram­\n\nabdomen; pratisankriimayat-coiling down; visva m -universe; niibhyiinavel; iivarta-screwing; gabhirayii-by deepness.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Lord's abdomen is beautiful due to three ripples in the flesh. Being\n\nso round, His abdomen resembles the leaf of a banyan tree, and when He\nexhales and inhales, the movement of the ripples appears very, very beau­\n\ntiful. The coils within the navel of the Lord are so deep that it appears that\n\nthe entire universe sprouted out of it and yet again wishes to go back.\nPURPORT\n\nThe whole universe is born out of the lotus stem which sprouted from\n\nthe navel of the Lord. Lord Brahma sat on the top of this lotus stem to\n\ncreate the whole universe. The navel of the Lord is so deep and coiling\n\nthat it appears that the whole universe again wants to withdraw into the\nnavel, being attracted by the Lord's beauty. The Lord's navel and the\n\nripples on His belly always increase the beauty of His bodily features. The\n\ndetails of the bodily features of the Lord especially indicate the Personality\n\nof Godhead. Impersonalists cannot appreciate the beautiful body of the\nLord which is described in these prayers by Lord Siva. Although the imper­\n\nsonalists are always engaged in the worship of Lord Siva, they are unable\n\nto understand the prayers offered by Lord Siva to the bodily features of\n\nLord Vigm. Lord Vi�l).u is known as siva-virinci-nutam (Bhiig. 11.5.33),\n\nfor He is always worshiped by Lord Brahma and Lord Siva.\nTEXT 51\n\n'4tff¥(tflO�(tPMJl\\tJS(Cioi(CI�\n(1¥t'+4t4wJAIStf1,f.t1111ittM\\iiwt(\nsyama-sror-y-adhi-roc4r-udukula-svarr-a-mekhalam\nsama-carv-anghri-jangh orunimna-janu-sudarsanam\n\nI\n������\n\n", "SB4.3#p0340": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1088\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nsytima-blackish; srori-lower part of the waist; adhi- ex tra; roci§r-u­\n\npleasing; dukula-garments; svarr-a-golden; mekhalam-belt; sama-symmetrical; ciiru-beautiful; anghri-lotus feet; jangha-calves; U:ru-thighs;\n\nnimna-lower; janu- knees; su-darsanam- very beautiful.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe lower part of the Lord's waist is dark and covered with yellow\ngarments and a belt bedecked with golden embroidery work. His symmetrical lotus feet and the calves, thighs and joints of His legs are extraordinarily beautiful. Indeed, the Lord's entire body appears to be well built.\nPURPORT\nLord Siva is one of the twelve great authorities mentioned in SnmadBhiigavatam (6.3.20). These authorities are Svayambhu, Narada, Sambhu,\nKumara, Kapila, Manu, PrahUida, Janaka, Bhiflma, Bali, V aiyasaki or\nSukadeva Gosvami, and Y amaraja. The impersonalists who generally wor­\n\nship Lord Siva should learn of the transcendental sac-cid-ananda-vigraha\n\nform of the Lord. Here Lord Siva kindly describes the details of the Lord's\n\nbodily features. Thus the impersonalists' argument that the Lord has no\nform cannot be accepted under any circumstance.\nTEXT 52\n\n�\n\ntii(�q..q{Jll'��,\n\n� �m l\n��ijqj(ijijl&:t4\n�\nq( gU +tl•fg�til'i}Efli.( 11'-\\�11\npada sarat-padma-palasa-roci§ti\nnakha-dyubhir no 'ntar-agham vidhunvata\npradarsaya sviyam apasta-sadhvasam\npadarh guro marga-gurus tamo-ju§tim\npada-by the lotus feet; sarat-autumn; padma-lotus flower; palasa­\n\npetals; roci§a-very pleasing; nakha-nail s; dyubhi[l-by the effulgence;\n\nna[t-our; antar-agham-dirty\n\nthings;\n\nvidhunvata-which can cleanse;\n\npradarsaya- just show;sviyam-Your own;apasta- diminishing; sadhvasamthe trouble of the material world; padam-lotus feet; guro-0 supreme\nspiritual master; marga- the path;guru[t- spiritual master;tama{l.-ju§tim- of\nthe persons suffering in ignorance.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0341": "Chanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\nText 52]\n\n1089\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, Your two lotus feet are so beautiful that they appear\n\nlike two blossoming petals of the lotus flower which grows during the\n\nautumn season. Indeed, the nails of Your lotus feet emanate such a great\n\neffulgence that they immediately dissipate all the darkness in the heart of\n\na conditioned soul. My dear Lord, kindly show me that form of Yours\n\nwhich always dissipates all kinds of darkness in the heart of a devotee. My\ndear Lord, You are the supreme spiritual master of everyone; therefore all\nconditioned\n\nsouls\n\ncovered\n\nwith\n\nthe\n\ndarkness\n\nenlightened by You as the spiritual master.\n\nof ignorance\n\ncan\n\nbe\n\nPURPORT\nLord Siva has thus described the bodily features of the Lord authori·\n\ntatively. Now he wants to see the lotus feet of the Lord. When a devotee\n\nwants to see the transcendental form of the Lord, he begins his meditation\n\non the Lord's\n\nbody by first looking at the feet of the Lord. Snmad­\n\nBhiigavatam is considered to be the transcendental sound form of the Lord,\nand the twelve cantos are divided in accordance with the transcendental\n\nform of the Lord. The First and Second Cantos of Srl:mad-Bhiigavatam are\n\ncalled the two lotus feet of the Lord. It is therefore suggested by Lord Siva\n\nthat one should first try to see the lotus feet of the Lord. This also means\nthat if one is serious about reading Srl:mad-Bhiigavatam, he must begin by\n\nseriously studying the First and Second Cantos.\n\nThe beauty of the lotus feet of the Lord is compared to the petals of a\n\nlotus flower which grows in the autumn season. By nature's law, in autumn\nthe dirty or muddy waters of rivers and lakes become very clean. At that\n\ntime the lotus flowers growing in the lakes appear very bright and beautiful.\n\nThe lotus flower itself is compared with the lotus feet of the Lord, and the\n\npetals are compared with the nails of the feet of the Lord. The nails of the\n\nfeet of the Lord are very bright, as Brahma-samhitii testifies. Ananda­\n\ncinmaya-sad-ujjvala-vigrahasya: every limb of the transcendental body of\nthe\n\nLord\n\nis eternally\n\nis\n\nmade\n\nbright.\n\nof\n\nAs\n\nananda-cinmaya-sad-ujjvala.\n\nThus\n\nevery\n\nlimb\n\nsunshine dissipates the darkness of this ma­\n\nterial world, the effulgence emanating from the body of the Lord\n\nimmediately dries up the darkness in the heart of the conditioned\nsoul. In other words, everyone serious about understanding the transcendental science and seeing the transcendental form of the Lord must first of\nall attempt to see the lotus feet of the Lord by studying the First and\nSecond Cantos of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. When one sees the lotus feet of\n\nthe Lord, all kinds of doubts and fears within the heart are vanquished.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0342": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1090\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nIn Bhagavad-glta it is said that in order to make spiritual progress, one\n\nmust become fearless. Abhayarh sattva-sarhsuddhil;t (Bg. 16.1). Fearfulness\nis the result of material involvement. It is also said in Srimad-Bhiigavatam:\n\nbhayarh dvitzyabhinivesatal;t syat (Bhag. 11.2.37). Fearfulness is a creation\n\nof the bodily conception of life. As long as one is absorbed in the thought\n\nthat he is this material body, he is fearful, and as soon as one is freed from\nthis material conception, he becomes brahma-bhiita, or self-realized, and\nimmediately becomes fearless. Brahma-bhiital;t\n\nprasanniitma (Bg. 18.54).\n\nWithout being fearless, one cannot be joyful. The bhaktas, the devotees ,\n\nare fearless and always joyful because they are constantly engaged in the\n\nservice of the lotus feet of the Lord. It is also said:\n\nevarh prasanna-manaso bhagavad-bhakti-yogatal;t\nbhagavat-tattva-vijiianarh mukta-sangasya fayate (Bhiig. 1.2.20)\nBy practicing bhagavad-bhakti-yoga, one becomes fearless and joyful.\n\nUnless one becomes fearless and joyful, he cannot understand the science\n\nof God. Bhagavat-tattva-vijfiiinarh mukta-sangasya fayate. This verse refers\n\nto those who are completely liberated from the fearfulness of this material\n\nworld. When one is so liberated, he can really understand the transcendental\nfeatures of the form of the Lord. Lord Siva therefore advises everyone to\n\npractice bhagavad-bhakti-yoga. As will be clear in the following verses, by\n\ndoing so one can become really liberated and enjoy spiritual bliss.\nIt is also stated:\n\norh ajiiana-timirandhasya jiianaiijana-salakaya\ncak�ur unmuitarh yena tasmai sri-gurave namal;t\nThe Lord is the supreme spiritual master, and the bona fide representa­\n\ntive of the Supreme Lord is also a spiritual master. The Lord from within\nenlightens the devotees by the effulgence of the nails of His lotus feet, and\nHis representative, the spiritual master, enlightens from without. Only by\n\nthinking of the lotus feet of the Lord and always taking the spiritual\n\nmaster's advice can one advance in spiritual life and understand Vedic\n\nknowledge.\n\nyasya deve para bhaktir yatha deve tatha gurau\ntasyaite kathita hy arthal;t prakasante mahatmana[l. (Svet. Up. 6.23)\nThus the Vedas enjoin that for one who has unflinching faith in the lotus\n\nfeet of the Lord, as well as in the spiritual master, the real import of Vedic\nknowledge can be revealed.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0343": "Chanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\nText 53]\n\n1091\n\nTEXT 53\n\n*«<(q4t�*'l4tltil?Af4:4t¥ftQijl(\nqf���:\n\nI\n\n�44t�J�I$!61( ll��ll\n\netad rupam anudhyeyam\ntitma-suddhim abhipsattim\nyad-bhakti-yogo 'bhaya-da[l\nsva-dharmam anuti�thattim\n·\n\n-\n\netat-this; rupam-form; anudhy eyam must be meditated upon; titmaself; suddhim- purification; abhipsattim-of those who are desiring so;yatthat which; bhakti-yoga[l-the devotional service; abhaya-da[l\nlessness; sva-dharmam-one's\nexecuting.\n\n- factual fear­\n\nown occupational duties; anut4thattim­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Lord, those who desire to purify their existence must always\n\nengage in the meditation of Your lotus feet, as described above. Those who\nare serious about executing their occupational duties and who want free­\n\ndom from fear must take to this process of bhakti-yoga.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is said that the transcendental name, form, pastimes and entourage of\nthe Lord cannot be appreciated by the blunt material senses; therefore one\nhas to engage himself in devotional service so that the senses may be\npurified and one can see the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Here,\nhowever, it is indicated that those who are constantly engaged in meditating on the lotus feet of the Lord are certainly purified of the material\ncontamination of the senses and are thus able to see the Supreme Lord eye\nto eye. The word \"meditation\" is very popular in this age amongst the\ncommon people, but they do not know the actual meaning of meditation.\nHowever,\n\nfrom\n\nVedic literature we learn that the yog\"is are always\n\nabsorbed in meditation upon the lotus feet of the Lord. Dhyiinavasthita­\n\ntad-gatena manasii pasyanti yam yogina[l (Bhiig. 12.13.1). This is the real\n\nbusiness of the yog\"is: to think of the lotus feet of the Lord. Lord S iva\ntherefore advises that one who is actually serious about purification must\nengage himself in this type of meditation or in the mystic yoga system,\n\nwhich will help him not only to see the Lord within constantly but to see\nHim eye to eye and become His associate in V aikul).thaloka or Goloka\nVrndavana.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0344": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n1092\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nThe word sva-dharmam (as in sva-dharmam anuti§fhatiim) indicates that\nthe system of var(lasrama-which indicates the occupational duties of the\n\nbrahma!la, k�atriya, vaiSya and sudra and which is the perfect institution\nfor humanity-must be supported by bhakti-yoga if one at all wants\nsecurity in life. Generally people think that simply by executing the\noccupational duties of a brahma[�-a, k§atriya, vaisya or sudra, or the duty of\na brahmacari, grhastha, vanaprastha or sannyasi, one becomes fearless or\nsecurely attains liberation, but factually unless all these occupational duties\nare accompanied by bhakti-yoga, one cannot become fearless. In Bhagavadg\"itii there are descriptions of karma-yoga, jiiiina-yoga, bhakti-yoga,\ndhyana-yoga, etc., but unless one comes to the point of bhakti-yoga, these\nother yogas cannot help one attain the highest perfection of life. In other\nwords, bhakti-yoga is the only means for liberation. We find this conclusion\nalso in Caitanya-caritamrta in a discussion between Lord Caitanya and\nRiimiinanda Raya regarding a human being's liberation from this material\nworld. In that discussion Riimiinanda Raya referred to the execution of\n\nvar[�-iisrama-dharma, and Lord Caitanya indicated (eho bahya) that the\nvar!liisrama-dharma was simply external. Lord Caitanya wanted to impress\nupon Riimananda Raya that simply by executing the duties of var(liisramadharma one is not guaranteed liberation. Finally Ramiinanda Raya referred\nto the process of bhakti-yoga: sthane sthita� sruti-gatiirh tanu-viirimanobhifl (Bhiig. 10.14.3). Regardless of one's condition of life, if he\npractices bhakti-yoga, which begins with hearing (sruti-gatiim) the transcendental messages of the Lord through the mouths of devotees, he\ngradually conquers the unconquerable God.\nGod is known to be unconquerable, but one who submissively hears\nthe\n\nwords of a self-realized soul conquers the unconquerable. The\n\nconclusion. is that if one is serious about liberation, he not only should\nexecute the occupational duties of var[�-asrama-dharma but should also\nengage in bhakti-yoga by beginning hearing from a realized soul. This\nprocess will help the devotee conquer the unconquerable Supreme Personality of Godhead and become His associate after giving up the material\nbody.\n\nTEXT 54\n\n�� 'IRti¥461 ��:���If( I\n(Cfl(l��UQIfll'f� ��a'11�'4f?ti=:Rf: II�\\lll\nbhavan bhaktimata labhyo\ndurlabha� sarva-dehinam\n\n", "SB4.3#p0345": "Text 54)\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1093\n\nsvlirlijyasyapy abhimata\neklintenci.tma-vid-gat*\nbhavlin-Your Grace; bhaktimata-by the devotee; labhya�-obtainable;\ndurlabha�-very difficult to be obtained; sarva-dehinlim-of all other living\nentities; svlirajyasya-of the king of heaven; api-even; abhimata�-the\nultimate goal; eklintena-by oneness; iitma-vit-of the self realized;gati�\n-\n\n­\n\nthe ultimate destination.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, the king in charge of the heavenly kingdom is also\n\ndesirous to obtain the ultimate goal of life-devotional service. Similarly,\n\nYou are the ultimate destination of those who identify themselves with\n\nYou [ aham brahmasmi] . However, it is very difficult for them to attain\nYou, whereas a devotee can very easily attain Your Lordship.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Brahma-sarhhita: vedefiU durlabham adurlabham atmabhaktau. This indicates that it is very difficult for one to attain the\nultimate goal of life and reach the supreme destination, VaikuQ.thaloka or\nGoloka Vrndavana, simply by studying Vedanta philosophy or Vedic literature. However, this highest perfectional stage can be attained by the\ndevotees very easily. That is th e meaning of vede�u durla�ham adurlabham\niitma-bhaktau. The same point is confirmed by Lord Siva in this verse.\nThe Lord is very difficult for the karma-yogl:s, jriiina-yogfs and dh yana-yog\"i\"s\nto attain. Those who are bhakti-yogl:s, however, have no difficulty at all.\nIn the word svariijyasya, svar refers to Svargaloka, the heavenly planet,\nand sviiriijya refers to the ruler of the heavenly planet, Indra. Generally,\nkarmis desire elevation to heavenly planets, but King Indra desires to\nbecome perfect in bhakti-yoga. Those who also identify themselves as\naham brahmasmi (\"I am the Supreme Brahman, one with the Absolute\nTruth.\") also ultimately desire to attain perfect liberation in the VaikuQ.tha\nplanets or Goloka Vrndavana. In Bhagavad-gl:ta it is said:\nbhaktyli mlim abhijlinliti\nylivan yas casmi tattvata�\ntato mam tattvato jiiatvli\nviSate tad-anantaram\n\"One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is only by devotional\nservice. And when one is in full consciousness of the Supreme Lord by\nsuch devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of God.\" (Bg. 18.55)\n\n", "SB4.3#p0346": "1094\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nThus if one desires to enter into the spiritual world, he must try to\nunderstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead by practicing bhakti-yoga.\nSimply by practicing bhakti-yoga one can understand the Supreme Lord\nin truth, but without such understanding, one cannot enter the spiritual\nkingdom. One may be elevated to the heavenly planets or may realize himself as Brahman (aharh brahmasmi), but that is not the end of realization.\nOne must realize the position of the Supreme Personality of Godhead by\n\nbhakti-yoga; then real perfection of life is attained.\nTEXT 55\n\n� §;�H1Q4'i1� ('lijjqfq � I\n�� � t�•��qIG\\'le A-n .m:: 1 ���''\ntarh duraradhyam aradhya\nsatam api durapaya\nekanta-bhaktya ko vaiichet\npada-miilarh vina bah*\ntam-unto You; dur iirii dhyam-very difficult to worship; ii rii dhya-hav­\n\n-\n\ning worshiped; satiim api even for the most exalted persons; duriipayiivery difficult to attain; ekiinta-pure; bhaktyii-by devotional service;\nka[l-who is that man; viinchet-should desire; piida- mulam\n\n- lotus feet;\n\nvinii-without; bahi[l-those who are outsiders.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, pure devotional service is even difficult for liberated\n\npersons to discharge, but devotional service alone can satisfy You. Who\n\nwill take to other processes of self-realization if he is actually serious about\n\nthe perfection of life?\n\nPURPORT\nThe word satam refers to transcendentalists. There are three kinds of\ntranscendentalists: the jiiiini, yogi and bhakta. Out of these three, the\n\nbhakta is selected as the most suitable candidate to approach the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. It is emphasized herein that only one who is outside devotional service would not engage in searching for the lotus feet of\nthe Lord. Foolish people sometimes maintain that God may be attained in\nany way-either by karma-yoga, jiiana-yoga, dhyana-yoga, etc.-but here it\nis clearly stated that it is impossible to obtain the mercy of the Lord by\nany means but bhakti-yoga. The word duraradhya is especially significant.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0347": "Text 56]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1095\n\nIt is very difficult to attain the lotus feet of the Lord by any method other\nthan bhakti-yoga.\nTEXT 56\n\nf.wf!'RUi \\lij1;:ffl WI� I\ntim A'o� ��\"PtA� ������\n\nq;r\n\nyatra nirvi§tam arar-arh\nkrtanto nabhimanyate\nvisvarh vidhvarhsayan viryasaurya-visphurjita-bhruva\nyatra- wherein; nirv4 tam arar-am- completely surrendered soul; krtaanta�-invincible time; na abhi manyate- does not go to attack; vi§vamthe entire universe; vidhvarhsayan-by vanquishing; virya- prowess; sauryainfluence; visph u rjita- simply by expansion; bhruvii-of the eyebrows.\nTRANSLATION\nSimply by expansion of His eyebrows, invincible Time personified can\n\nimmediately vanquish the entire universe. However, formidable Time does\nnot approach the devotee who has taken complete shelter at Your lotus\n\nfeet.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gita it is said that the Lord in the shape and form of death\ndestroys all a person's possessions. Mrtyu� sarva-haras ciiham: \"I am alldevouring death.\" (Bg. 10.34) The Lord in the shape of death takes away\neverything that is created by the conditioned soul. Everything in this\nmaterial world is subject to perish in due course of time. However, all the\nstrength of time cannot hamper the activities of a devotee because a\ndevotee takes complete shelter under the lotus feet of the Lord. For this\nreason only is a devotee free from formidable time. All the activities of\nthe karmis and jiiiinis, which have no touch of devotional service, are\nspoiled in due course of time. The material success of the karmis is destined\nto be destroyed; similarly, the impersonal realization attained by the jiianis\nis also destroyed in the course of time.\n\niiruhya krcchrerta pararh padarh tata!t\npatanty adho 'niidrta-yu�mad-anghraya!t (Bhiig. 10.2.32)\nTo say nothing of the karmis, the jniinis undergo severe austerities to\nattain the impersonal brahmajyoti, but because they do not find the lotus\nfeet of the Lord, they fall down again into this material existence. Unless\n\n", "SB4.3#p0348": "1096\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\none is fully situated in unalloyed devotional service, there is no guarantee\nof liberation, even if one is elevated to the heavenly planets or to the\nimpersonal Brahman effulgence. A devotee's achievement, however, is\nnever lost by the influence of time. Even if a devotee cannot completely\nexecute devotional service, in his next life he begins from the point where\nhe left off. Such an opportunity is not given to the karmts and jiiants,\nwhose achievements are destroyed. The bhakta 's achievement is never\ndestroyed, for it goes on perpetually, be it complete or incomplete. This is\nthe verdict of all Vedic literatures.\nsri bhagavi.in uvi.ica\npartha naiveha namutra\nvinasas tasya vidyate\nna hi kalyar-a-krt kascid\ndurgatirh tata gacchati\nprapya pur-ya-krtiirh lokiin\nu�itvii siisvati{t samii�\nsuctniirh srtmatiirh gehe\nyoga-bhra§to 'bhijiiyate\n\"The Blessed Lord said: Son of Prtha, a transcendentalist engaged in\nauspicious activities does not meet with destruction either in this world or\nin the spiritual world; one who does good, My friend, is never overcome by\nevil. The unsuccessful yogi, after many, many years of enjoyment on the\nplanets of the pious living entities, is born into a family of righteous\n\npeople, or into a family of rich aristocracy.\" (Bg. 6.40-41)\n\nThus if one is unable to complete the process of bhakti-yoga, he is given\na chance in his next life to take birth in a pure family of devotees or in a\nrich family. In such families a person can have a good opportunity to\nfurther progress in devotional service.\nWhen Yamariija, the superintendent of death, was instructing his assistants, he told them not to approach the devotees. \"The devotees should be\noffered respect,\" he said, \"but do not go near them.\" Thus the devotees\nof the Lord are not under the jurisdiction of Yamaraja. Yamanija is a representative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and he controls the\ndeath of every living entity. Yet he has nothing to do with the devotees.\nSimply by blinking his eyes, Time personified can destroy the entire cosmic\nmanifestation, but he has nothing to do with the devotee. In other words,\ndevotional service which is rendered by the devotee in this lifetime can\nnever be destroyed by time. Such spiritual assets remain unchanged, being\nbeyond the influence of time.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0349": "Text 57)\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1097\n\nTEXT 57\n\n� � WI � ��fwt�ct( I\n¥(t(q�ff� �iwn f�<tl�tt: ������\nk§aruirdheniipi tulaye\n\nna svargarh niipunarbhavam\n\nbhagavat-sangi-sangasya\n\nmartyiiniirh kimutiisi§a�\n\nk§ar.a-ardhena-by half of a moment; api-even; tulaye-compare; na­\n\nnever; svargam-heavenly\n\nplanets; na-neither; apunarbhavam-merging\n\ninto the Supreme; bhagavat-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sangi­\n\nassociate; sangasya-one who takes advantage of associating; martyiiniimof the conditioned soul; kimuta-what is there; iisi§a�-blessings.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIf one by chance associates with a devotee, even for a fraction of a\n\nmoment, he no longer is subject to attraction by the results of karma or\n\njiiana. What interest then can he have in the benedictions of the demigods,\nwho are subject to the laws of birth and death?\nPURPORT\nOut of three kinds of men-the karm\"is, jniin\"is, and bhaktas -the bhakta\n\nis described herein as the most exalted. Srila Prabodhananda Sarasvati has\nsung:\n\nkaivalyarh\n\nnarakiiyate\n\ntridasapur\n\niikiisa-pu�piiyate\n\n(Caitanya­\n\ncandriimrta, 5). The word kaivalya means to merge into the effulgence of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, and the word tridasa-pur refers to\n\nthe heavenly planets where the demigods live. Thus for a devotee, kaivalya­\n\nsukha, or merging into the existence of the Lord, is hellish because the\n\nbhakta considers it suicidal to lose his individuality and merge into the\neffulgence of Brahman. A bhakta always wants to retain his individuality\nin order to render service to the Lord. Indeed, he considers promotion to\n\nthe upper planetary systems to be no better than a will-o'-the-wisp.\nTemporary material happiness holds no value for a devotee. The devotee\n\nis in such an exalted position that he is not interested in the actions of\n\nkarma or jniina. The resultant actions of karma and jniina are so insig­\n\nnificant to a devotee situated on the transcendental platform that he is\n\nnot in the least interested in them. Bhakti-yoga is sufficient to give the\n\nbhakta all happiness. As stated in Snmad-Bhiigavatam: yayiitmii supras\"idati\n(Bhiig.\n\n1.2.6). One can be fully satisfied simply by devotional service, and\n\nthat is the result of association with a devotee. Without being blessed by a\n\n", "SB4.3#p0350": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1098\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\npure devotee, no one can be fully satisfied , nor can anyone understand the\ntranscendental position of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 58\n\n��(�:�ijqltti�l( I\n\\a��l\\lij\\4��\n��� � �Cf ������\n\n31qi�Efle��cr\n\nathanaghanghres tava kirti-tirthayor\nantar-bahi[t-snana-vidhuta-papmanam\nbhute�v anukrosa-susattva-silinarh\nsyat sahgamo 'nugraha e�a nas tava\natka-therefore; anagha-anghrefl.-of my Lord, whose lotus feet destroy\nall inauspiciousness; tava- Your; kirti-glorification; tirthayo�\nGanges\n\nwater; anta�\n\n-\n\nwithin; bahi�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe holy\n\nand outside; snana-taking bath;\n\nvidhiita-washed; papmanam-contaminated state of mind; bhiite§u unto\n-\n\nthe ordinary living beings; anukrosa-benediction or mercy; su-sattvacompletely in goodness; silinam-of those who possess such characteristics;\nsyat\n\n-\n\nlet there be; sarigama f!.\n\n-\n\nassociation; anug ra hafl.\n\n-\n\nmercy; e�a f!. -this;\n\nnafl.-unto us; tava- Your.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, Y our lotus feet are the cause of all auspicious things and\nthe destroyer ofall the contamination of sin. I therefore beg Your Lordship\nto benedict me by the association of Your devotees, who are completely\npurified by worshiping Your lotus feet and who are so merciful upon the\nconditioned souls. I think that Your real benediction will be to allow me\nto associate with such devotees.\nPURPORT\nThe Ganges water is celebrated as being able to eradicate all kinds of\nsinful reactions. In other words, when a person takes his bath in the\nGanges, he becomes freed from all life's contaminations. The Ganges water\nis celebrated in this way because it emanates from the lotus feet of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Similarly, those who are directly in touch\nwith the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and who are\nabsorbed in the chanting of His glories are freed from all material contamination. Such unalloyed devotees are able to show mercy to the common\n\n", "SB4.3#p0351": "Text 59]\n\n1099\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\nconditioned soul. Srila Vrndavana dasa 'fhiikura has sung that the devotees\n\nof Lord Caitanya are so powerful that each one of them can deliver a\n\nuniverse. In other words, it is the business of devotees to preach the glories\n\nof the Lord and deliver all conditioned souls to the platform of suddha­\n\nsattva, pure goodness. Here the word su-sattva means suddha-sattva, the\ntranscendental stage beyond material goodness. By his exemplary prayers,\nLord Siva teaches us that our best course is to take shelter of Lord Vi��u\nand His Vai�l).ava devotees.\nTEXT 59\n\n� �\"\n�gmt� A-���\nq�·���·oaqm\naf.IFf� � � � � u����\n\n;{�\n\nna yasya cittarh bahir-artha-vibhramarh\ntamo-guhayarh ca visuddham avisat\nyad-bhaktiyoganugrhitam aiijasa\nmunir vica§te nanu tatra te gatim\nna-never; yasya-whose; cittam-heart; bah*-external; artha- interest;\nvibhramam- b ewildered; tamaft-darkness; guhayam-in the hole; ca also;\nvisuddham-purified; av iSat- entered; yat-that; bhak ti-yoga- devotional\nservice;anugrhitam-being favored by;aiijasa- ha.ppily; mun*- the thoughtful; vica§ te-sees; nanu-however; tatra-there; te- Y our; gatim activities.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotee whose heart has been completely cleansed by the process\n\nof devotional service and who is favored by the Bhaktidevi does not\n\nbecome bewildered by the external energy, which is just like a dark well.\n\nBeing completely cleansed of all material contamination in this way, a\n\ndevotee is able to understand very happily Your name, fame, form,\nactivities, etc.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Snmad-Bhiigavatam:\n\nsatiirh prasangiin mama virya-samvido\nbhavanti hrt-kar!Ja-rasiiyaniift kathii'fi.\ntaj-jo�ar;tiid iisv apavarga-vartmani\nsraddhii ratir bhaktir anukrami�yati\n(Bhiig. 3.25.25)\n\n", "SB4.3#p0352": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nllOO\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nSimply by the association of pure devotees one can understand the\n\ntranscendental name, fame, quality and activities of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. SrT Caitanya Mahiiprabhu has repeatedly said:\n'siidhu-smiga ', 'siidhu-smiga '-sarva-siis tre ka ya\n\nlavamiitra siidhu-sange sarva-siddhi haya (Cc. Madhya 22.54)\n\nSimply by associating with a pure devotee, one becomes wonderfully\n\nadvanced in Kr�J,la consciousness. Siidhu-sanga, or association with a devo­\n\ntee, means always engaging in Kr�J,la consciousness by chanting the Hare\nKr�J,la mantra and by acting for Kr�J,la. Specifically, chanting the Hare\n\nKr�J,la mantra purifies one, and this chanting is therefore recommended by\n\nSri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu. Ceto-darpa'!l-a-miirjanam: by chanting the names\n\nof Kr�J,la, the mirror of the heart is cleansed and the devotee loses interest\n\nin everything external. When one is influenced by the external energy of\n\nthe Lord, his heart is impure. When one's heart is not pure, he cannot see\nhow things are related to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. !dam hi\n\nviSvarh bhagaviin ivetaro (Bhiig. 1.5.20). He whose heart is purified can see\n\nthat the whole cosmic manifestation is but the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, but he whose heart is contaminated sees things differently.\n\nTherefore by sat-sanga, or association with devotees, one becomes per­\n\nfectly pure in heart.\n\nOne who is pure in heart is never attracted by the external energy,\n\nwhich urges the individual soul to try to dominate material nature. The\n\npure heart of a devotee is never disturbed when he executes devotional\n\nservice in the form of hearing, chanting, remembering, etc. In all, there are\n\nnine processes one can follow in the execution of devotional service. In\n\nany case, a pure-hearted devotee is never disturbed. The bhakti-yoga\nprocess must be carried out by avoiding the ten offenses one can commit\nwhile chanting the mahii-mantra and the sixty-four offenses one can commit\nwhile worshiping the Deity. When a devotee strictly follows the rules and\nregulations, Bhaktidevi becomes very much satisfied with him, and at that\n\ntime he is never disturbed by anything external. A devotee is also called a\n\nmuni. The word muni means thoughtful. A devotee is as thoughtful as a\n\nnondevotee is speculative. The nondevotee's speculation is impure, but a\ndevotee's thoughts are pure. Lord Kapila and Sukadeva Gosviimi are also\ncalled muni, and Vyasadeva is addressed as Mahamuni. A devotee is\naddressed as muni, or thoughtful, when he purely understands the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. The conclusion is that when one's heart is purified\n\nby the association of devotees and by the avoidance of the offenses com­\n\nmitted when chanting and worshiping the Lord, the transcendental name,\n\nform and activities of the Lord are revealed by the Lord.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0353": "Text 60]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\nHOI\n\nTEXT 60\n\n� � f%� �Jfl�� �I\n�� iRr� ��,f'R� II� oil\nyatredarh vyajyate visvarh\n\nvisvasminn avabhiiti yat\n\ntat tvarh brahma pararh jyotir\niikasam iva vistrtam\n\nyatra-where; idam-this; vyajyate-manifested; visvam- the universe;\n\nvisvasmin-in the cosmic manifestation;avabhiiti-is manifested; yat-that;\n\ntat-that; tvam-You; brahma-the impersonal Brahman;param-transcendental;jyoti[t-effulgence; iikiisam-sky;iva-like;vistrtam-spread.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You are the impersonal Brahman which is spread everywhere, like the sunshine or the sky. And You are also the entire manifested\nuniverse. Indeed, You are spread all over the universe.\nPURPORT\nIn Vedic literature it is said that everything is Brahman and nothing else.\n\nThe whole cosmic manifestation rests on the Brahman effulgence. The\n\nimpersonalists, however, cannot understand how such a huge cosmic mani­\n\nfestation can rest on a person. Thus this inconceivable power of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is not understood by the impersonalists;\n\ntherefore they are puzzled and always denying that the Absolute Truth is\n\na person. This wrong impression is cleared by Lord Siva himself, who says\n\nthat the impersonal Brahman which is spread all over the universe is\nnothing but the Supreme Lord Himself. Here it is clearly said that the\n\nLord is spread everywhere, just like the sunshine, by virtue of His Brahman\n\nfeature. This example is very easy to understand. All the planetary systems\n\nare resting upon the sunshine, yet the sunshine, as well as the source of\nsunshine, are aloof from the planetary manifestations. Similarly, the sky\n\nor air is spread everywhere; air is within a pot, but it also touches filthy\nplaces and sanctified places alike. In any case, the sky is uncontaminated.\n\nThe sunshine also touches filthy places and sanctified places, and both are\n\nactually produced by the sun, but in any case the sun is aloof from all\nfilthy things. Similarly, the Lord exists everywhere. There are pious things\n\nand impious things, but in the siistras the pious things are described as the\nfront of the Supreme Lord, whereas impious things are described as the\n\n", "SB4.3#p0354": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1102\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nbackside of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In Bhagavad-g\"itii the\nLord clearly says:\n\nmayii tatam idani sarvam\njagad avyakta-miirtinii\n\nmat-sthiini sarva-bhiitiini\n\nna ciiham te�v avasthita�\n\n\"By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All\n\nbeings are in Me, but I am not in them.\" (Bg. 9.4)\n\nThis verse explains that the Lord is spread everywhere by virtue of His\n\nBrahman feature. Everything rests in Him, yet He is not there. The con­\n\nclusion is that without bhakti-yoga, without rendering devotional service\n\nto the Lord, even an impersonalist cannot understand the Brahma-tattva,\n\nthe Brahman feature. In the Vediinta-siitra it is stated: athiito brahma­\n\njijiiiisii. This means that Brahman, Paramatma, or Parabrahman should be\n\nunderstood. In Srimad-Bhiigavatam also the Absolute Truth is described as\n\nthe one without a second, but He is realized in three features-impersonal\n\nBrahman, localized Paramatma and the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the ultimate issue, and in this verse\n\nLord Siva confirms that ultimately the Absolute Truth is a person. He\n\nclearly says: tat tvam brahma param jyotir iikiisam iva vistrtam. Here is a\ncommon example: a successful businessman may have many factories and\n\noffices, and everything rests on his order. If someone says that the entire\n\nbusiness rests on such and such a person, it does not mean that the person\nis bearing all the factories and offices on his head. Rather, it is understood\n\nthat by his brain or his energetic expansion, the business is running with­\n\nout interruption. Similarly, it is the brain and energy of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead that carry on the complete manifestation of the\nmaterial and spiritual worlds. The philosophy of monism, explained here\nvery clearly, adjusts itself to the fact that the supreme source of all energy\n\nis the Supreme Personality of Godhead, I<{�I).a. This is described very\n\nclearly. It is also stated how the impersonal feature of I<{�I).a can be understood:\n\nraso 'ham apsu kaunteya\n\nprabhiismi sasi-siiryayo\"fl.\n\npra!'-ava\"fl. sarva-vede�u\n\nsabda� khe pauru�arh nr�u\n\n\"0 son .of Kunti [ Arjuna] , I am the taste of water, the light of the sun and\n\nmoon, the syllable om in the Vedic mantras; I am the sound in ether and\n\nability in man.\" (Bg. 7.8)\n\nIn this way Kr�I.la can be understood as the mystic power in everything.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0355": "Text 61]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1103\n\nTEXT 61\n\n��\n\n� ��q�lq:3(i(\nfin�� \\f{: �ftfrA: I\n\n�:ia\\�{4::\n\n��iU€¥4�:�\n\n�ill�<t;sl\n\n�\n\nSHthtft: Ill\\� I I\n\nyo mayayedam puru-rilpayasrjad\nbibharti bhiiya� k§apayaty avikriya{l.\nyad-bheda-buddhi{l. sad ivatma-du{l.sthaya\ntvam atma-tantram bhagavan pratimahi\nya�-one who; miiya yii\n\n-\n\nby His energy; idam-this; puru-manifold ;\n\nrU:payli-manifestation; asrjqt-created; bibharti-maintains; bh u ya{l.-again;\nk§apayati- annihilates ; avikriya�-without being altered; yat-that ; bhedabuddhi{l.-sense of differentiation; sat\ngiving\n\ntrouble\n\nindependent;\n\n-\n\neternal; iva-like; atma-du{l.sthaya­\n\nto oneself; tvam-unto You; atma-tan tram- fully selfbhagavan-0\n\nLord,\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\npratimahi-1 can understand.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You have manifold energies, and these energies are\n\nmanifested in manifold forms. With such energies You have also created\n\nthis cosmic manifestation, and although You maintain it as if it were\npermanent, You ultimately annihilate it. Although You are never disturbed\n\nby such changes and alterations, the living entities are disturbed by them,\nand therefore they find the cosmic manifestation to be different or sepa­\n\nrated from You. My Lord, You are always independent, and I can clearly\nsee this fact.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIt is clearly explained that Lord Kf�l)a has multi-energies that can be\ngrouped into three: namely the external energy, the internal energy, and\nthe marginal energy. There are also different cosmic manifestationsnamely, the spiritual world and the material world-as well as different\ntypes of living entities. Some living entities are conditioned, and others are\neternally free. The eternally free living entities are called nitya-mukta, for\nthey never come in contact with the material energy. However, some living\nentities are conditioned in this material world, and thus they think themselves separated from the Supreme Lord. Due to their contact with the\n\n", "SB4.3#p0356": "1104\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nmaterial energy, their existence is always troublesome. Being always in\n\ndistress, the conditioned soul considers the material energy to be very\n\nmuch disturbing. This fact is explained by a Vai�l).ava kavi, or poet: kmw\n\nbhuli' sei jiva aniidi-bahir-mukha/ ataeva maya tare deya samsiira-du�kha.\n\nWhen the living entity forgets the Supreme Lord and wants to enjoy him­\n\nself independently, imitating the Supreme Lord, he is captured by the false\n\nnotion that he is the enjoyer and is separated from the Supreme Lord. This\n\nmaterial energy is therefore very much troublesome to the spiritual energy,\nthe living entity, but the material energy is never troublesome to the\nSupreme Lord. Indeed, for the Supreme Lord, both material and spiritual\n\nenergy are the same. In this verse Lord Siva explains that the material energy\n\nis never troublesome to the Supreme Lord. The Supreme Lord is always\n\nindependent, but because the living entities are not independent-due to\n\ntheir false idea of becoming independently happy-the material energy is\ntroublesome. Consequently the material energy creates differentiation.\n\nBecause the Mayavadi philosophers cannot understand this, they want\n\nto be relieved from the material energy. However, because a Vai�l).ava\n\nphilosopher is in full knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nhe finds no disturbance even in the material energy. This is because he\n\nknows how to utilize the material energy for the service of the Lord. In\nthe government, the criminal department and civil department may appear\n\ndifferent in the eyes of the citizens, but in the eyes of the government\n\nboth departments are one and the same. The criminal department is\n\ntroublesome for the criminal but not for the obedient citizen. Similarly,\n\nthis material energy is troublesome for the conditioned soul, but it has\nnothing to do with the liberated souls who are engaged in the service of\nthe Lord. Through the puru§a-avatiira Maha-Vi�l}.u, the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead created the whole cosmic manifestation. Simply by breathing\n\nout all the universes, the Lord creates and maintains the cosmic manifes­\n\ntation as Lord Vi�J).U. Then as Sarikar�al).a, He annihilates the cosmic\nmanifestation. Yet despite the creation, maintenance and destruction of\n\nthe cosmos, the Lord is not affected. The various activities of the Lord\n\nmust be very disturbing to the tiny living entities, but since the Lord is\nsupremely great, He is never affected. Lord Siva or any other pure devotee\ncan see this clearly without being blinded by bheda-buddhi, or differen­\n\ntiation. For a devotee, the Lord is the Supreme Spirit Soul. Since He is\nsupremely powerful, His various powers are also spiritual. For a devotee,\n\nthere is nothing material, for material existence only means forgetfulness\nof th6 Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0357": "Text62]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\nll05\n\nTEXT62\n\nftti�IWI�i(�\n�:\nqd'�:����l\n\\��tlkt:'f;ooqeMi\n� �ij� � ij � �: II� �II\nkriyii-kalapair idam eva yogina�\n\nsraddhiinvitiib- siidhu yajanti siddhaye\n\nbhutendriyiinta�karaflopalak§itarh\n\nvede ca tantre ca ta eva kovidii�\n\nkriyii-activities; kaliipaib--by processes; idam-this; eva-certainly; yogi­\n\nna�-transcendentalists;\n\nsraddhii-anvitii�-with\n\nfaith\n\nand\n\nconviction;\n\nsadhu-properly; yajanti-worship; siddhaye-for perfection; bhuta-the\n\nmaterial energy; indriya-senses; anta!t-karafla-heart; upalak�itam-sympto­\n\nmized by; vede-in the Vedas; ca-also; tantre-in the corollaries of the\nVedas; ca-also; te- Your Lordship; eva-certainly; kovidii�-those who are\n\nexperts.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, Your universal form consists of all five elements-the\n\nsenses, mind, intelligence, false ego (which is material) and the Paramatma,\nYour partial expansion who is the director of everything. With the\n\nexception of the devotees, the other yogis-namely the karma-yogi and\n\njoana-yogi-worship You by their respective actions in their respective\n\npositions. It is stated both in the Vedas and in the sastras that are\n\ncorollaries of the Vedas, and indeed everywhere, that it is only You who\nare to be worshiped. That is the expert version of all the Vedas.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the previous verse Lord Siva wanted to see the form of the Lord\n\nwhich the devotees are always interested in. There are other forms of the\nLord manifest in the material world, including Brahma and other demigods,\n\nand these are worshiped by materialistic persons. In Snmad-Bhiigavatam it\n\nis stated that those who desire material benefits are recommended to worship different types of demigods.\n\nakiima� sarva-kiimo vii mok§a-kiima udiira-dhi[t\n\nfivre!la bhakti-yogena yajeta puru§arh param (Bhiig. 2.3.10)\n\n", "SB4.3#p0358": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1106\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nThe devotees, the jiiiin\"ls, who are known as mok�a-kiima, and the karmts,\nwho are known as sarva-kiima, are all aspiring to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�Q.U. Even when one performs yajiias, as stated\nhere (kriyii-kaliipaib-), he should always remember that the demigods are\nbut agents of the Supreme Lord. Actually the worshipful Lord is Vi�Q.u,\nYajiiesvara. Thus even when different demigods are worshiped in the Vedic\nand Tantric sacrifices, the actual goal of sacrifice is Lord Vi�Q.U. Therefore\nin Bhagavad-g\"ltii it is said:\n\nye 'py anya-devatii-bhaktii\nyajante sraddhayiinvitiib,\nte 'pi miim eva kaunteya\nyajanty avidhi-piirvakam\n\"Whatever a man may sacrifice to other gods, 0 son of Kunti, is really\nmeant for Me alone, but is offered without true understanding.\"\n(Bg. 9.23)\nThus the worshipers of various demigods also worship the Supreme\nLord, but they do so against the regulative principles. The purpose of the\nregulative principles is to satisfy Lord Vi�I).U. In the Vigm Puriil)a the\nvery same thing is confirmed:\n\nvarT}iisramiiciiravatii puru�el)a parab, pumiin\nvi�l)ur iiriidhyate panthii niinyat tat-to�a-kiiral)am (Vi�I)U P. 3.8.9)\nHere it is clearly mentioned that the karml, Fiiin\"l or yogi in fact, every-\n\none-worships Lord Vi�v.u if he is actually expert in knowledge of the\n\nVedas and Tantras. The word kovidii� is very significant, for it indicates\nthe devotees of the Lord. Only the devotees know perfectly that the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�Qu, is all-pervading. Within the\nmaterial energy, He is represented by the five material elements as well as\nthe mind, intelligence and ego. He is also represented by another energy,\nand all these manifestations in the spiritual and material world combined\nare but representations of the different energies of the Lord. The conclusion is that the Lord is one and that He is expanded in everything. This\nis understood by the Vedic version: sarvam khalv idam brahma. One who\nknows this concentrates all his energy in worshiping Lord Vi�Q.U.\nTEXT 63\n\n� 3('RI: �: mt�Rti� �R'l'*Hiiil Rfilq� I\n\n", "SB4.3#p0359": "Text 63)\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n. .\n\ntil\n\n1107\n\n«:'\n\n�� +t« 41W:\n\n� � � �: ����II\n\ntvam eka iidyal), puru�al), supta-saktis\ntayii rajal),-sattva-tamo vibhidyate\nmahan aham kham marud agni-viir-dharii[l.\nsurar�ayo bhiita-gar-a idam yataJ:t\ntvam- Your Lordship; eka{l-one;adya{l-the original;puru§a{L-person;\n\nsupta-dormant;sakti{l-energy;taya-by which;raja[�,- the passion energy;\nsat tva-goodness; tamal),-ignorance; vibhidyate-is diversified;mahan-the\ntotal material energy;aham-egotism;kham-the sky; marut-the air;agni­\n\nfire; vaJ:t-water; dhariiJ:t-earth; s ura-r�ayaJ:t-the demigods and the great\nsages;bhiita-ga[la{l -the living entities;idam-all this;yata {l- from whom.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You are the only Supreme Person, the cause of all causes.\nBefore the creation of this material world, Your material energy remains\nin a dormant condition. When Your material energy is agitated, the three\nqualities-namely, goodness, passion and ignorance-act, and as a result\n\nthe total material energy-egotism, ether, air, fire, water, earth, and all\nthe various demigods and saintly persons-becomes manifest. Thus the\nmaterial world is created.\n\nPURPORT\nIf the whole creation is one, that is, nothing but the Supreme Lord, or\n\nVi�I)U, then why do the expert transcendentalists make such categories as\n\nare found in the above verse? Why do learned and expert scholars distin·\n\nguish between matter and spirit? In answer to these questions, Lord Siva\n\nsays that spirit and matter are not creations of various philosophers, but\nare manifested by Lord Vi�I)U, as described in this verse: tvam eka iidyal),\n\npuru�a(l,.\n\nSpiritual\n\nand\n\nmaterial\n\ncategories\n\nare\n\nmade\n\npossible\n\nby\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, but actually there are no such dis­\n\ntinctions for the living entities who are eternally engaged in the service of\n\nthe Lord. There is only a material world for those who want to imitate the\nLord and become enjoyers. Indeed, the material world is nothing but\n\nforgetfulness of the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the creator\n\n", "SB4.3#p0360": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1108\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nof everything. The distinction between matter and spirit is created by the\n\nsleeping energy of the Lord when the Lord wants to give some facility to\n\nthose living entities who want to imitate the Lord in His enjoyment. It is\nonly for them that this material world is created by the dormant energy of\n\nthe Lord. For instance, sometimes children want to imitate their mother\n\nand cook in the kitchen, and at such a time the mother supplies them with\n\nsome toys so that the children can imitate her cooking. Similarly, when\nsome of the living entities want to imitate the activities of the Lord, this\n\nmaterial cosmic manifestation is created for them by the Lord. The\n\nmaterial creation is therefore caused by the Lord through His material\n\nenergy. It is by the glance of the Lord that the material energy is activated.\nAt that time the three material qualities are set into motion, and the\nmaterial energy is manifested first in the form of the mahat-tattva, then\n\negotism, then ether, then air, fire, water, and earth. After the creation, the\n\nliving entities are impregnated in the cosmic manifestation, and they\n\nemerge as Lord Brahma and the seven great [�is, then as different demigods.\nFrom the demigods come human beings, animals, trees, birds, beasts and\n\neverything else. The original cause, however, is the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, as verified herein tvam eka iidya� puru�a�. This is also con-\n\nfirmed in Brahma-samhitii:\n\n\"iSvara� parama[l. kr�rta� sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha�\nanadir iidir govinda[l. sarva-kiirarta-kiirartam\nThose who are covered by the material energy cannot understand that\n\nthe origin of everything is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kt�J).a.\nThis is summarized in the Vedanta aphorism, janmiidy asya yata[l.\n(Vediinta-siltra 1.1.2) . .Krgta also confirms this in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\naham sarvasya prabhavo\nmatta� sarvam pravartate\niti matvii bhajante miim\nbudhii bhiiva-samanvitii[l.\n\"I am the source of all spiritual and material worlds. Everything emanates\n\nfrom Me. The wise who know this perfectly engage in My devotional\nservice and worship Me with all their hearts.\" (Bg. 10.8)\n\nWhen Kt�.l).a says that He is the origin of everything (aham sarvasya\nprabhavo), He means that He is even the source of Lord Brahma, Lord\nSiva,the puru�a-avatiiras, the material manifestation and all the living entities\nwithin the material world. Actually the word prabhava (creation) only\nrefers to this material world, for since the spiritual world is eternally\n\n", "SB4.3#p0361": "Text 64]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1109\n\nexisting, there is no question of creation. In the catu1)slokT of SnmadBhiigavatam, the Lord says: aham eviisam eviigre (Bhiig. 2.9.33). \"I was\nexisting in the beginning before the creation.\" In the Vedas it is also said,\neko niiriiyal)a iis\"it: \"Before the creation there was only Narayar_la.\" This is\nalso confirmed by Sarikaracarya: niiriiya'!'-a/.t paro'vyaktiit (G\"itii-bhii�ya).\n\"Narayar_la is transcendental to the creation.\" Since all the activities of\n\nNarayar_la are spiritual, when Narayar_la said, \"Let there be creation,\" that\n\ncreation was all-spiritual. The \"material\" only exists for those who have\n\nforgotten that Narayar_la is the original cause.\n\nmtarh sva-saktyedam anupravi§.tas\ncatur-vidharh puram iitmiirhsakena\natho vidus tam puru§arh santam antar\nbhunkte hr§\"ikair madhu siira-gharh yal.t\nsntam-in the creation; sva-saktyii-by Your own potency; idam-this\n\ncosmic manifestation; anupravi�ta[l-entering afterwards; catu[l-vidhamfour kinds of;\n\npuram\n\n-\n\nbodies ;\n\niitma-arhsakena-by\n\nYour own part and\n\nparcel; atho-therefore; vidu[l-know; tam-him; puru§am-the enjoyer;\n\nsantam-existing; anta[l-within; bhunkte-enjoys; hnikai[l-by the senses;\nmadhu-sweetness; siira-gham-honey; ya[l-one who.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Lord, after creating by Your own potencies, You enter within\n\nthe creation in four kinds of forms. Being within the hearts of the living\nentities, You know them and know how they are enjoying their senses.\nThe so-called happiness of this material creation is exactly like the bees'\n\nenjoyment of honey after it has been collected in the honeycomb.\nPURPORT\n\nThe material cosmic manifestation is an exhibition of the external\n\nenergy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but because dull matter\n\ncannot work independently, the Lord Himself enters within this material\n\n", "SB4.3#p0362": "1110\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\ncreation in the form of a partial expansion (Paramatma), and He enters\n\nalso by His separated parts and parcels (the living entities). In other words,\nboth the living entities and the Supreme Personality of Godhead enter into\n\nthe material creation just to make it active. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\napareyam itas tv anyiirh\nprakrtirh viddhi me pariim\njlva-bhiitiirh mahii-biiho\nyayedarh dhiiryate jagat\n\"Besides this inferior nature, 0 mighty-armed Arjuna, there is a superior\n\nenergy of Mine, which are all living entities who are struggling with\n\nmaterial nature and are sustaining the universe.\" (Bg. 7.5)\n\nSince the material world cannot work independently, the living entities\n\nenter into the material manifestation in four different types of bodies.\n\nThe word catur-vidham is significant in this verse. There are four types of\n\nliving entities born within this material world. Some are born by way of an\nembryo (jariiyu-ja), by way of eggs (a'(ltja-ja), perspiration (sveda-ja), and,\n\nlike the trees, by way of seeds (udbhij-ja). Regardless of how these living\nentities appear, they are all busy in the pursuit of sense enjoyment.\n\nThe materialistic scientists' contention that living entities other than\n\nhuman beings have no soul is nullified herein. Whether they are born\n\nthrough an embryo, eggs, perspiration or seeds, all living entities in the\n8,400,000 species ef life are parts and parcels of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, and each therefore is an individual spiritual spark and soul.\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead also remains within the heart of the\n\nliving entity, regardless of whether the living entity is a man, animal, tree,\ngerm or microbe. The Lord resides in everyone's heart, and because all\n\nliving entities who come to this material world do so in order to fulfill\n\ntheir desire for sense enjoyment, the Lord directs the living entities to\n\nenjoy their senses. Thus the Paramatmii., the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, knows everyone's desires. As stated in Bhagavad-g\"itii:\n\nsarvasya ciiharh hrdi sanniv�to\nmattaft smrtir jiiiinam apohanarh ca\n\"I am seated in everyone's\n\nI\n\nheart, and from Me come remembrance,\n\nknowledge and forgetfulness.\" (Bg. 15.15)\n\nRemaining within the hearts of all living entities, the Lord bestows\n\nremembrance by which the living entities can enjoy certain things. Thus\nthe living entities create their enjoyable honeycombs and then enjoy them.\nThe example of the bees is appropriate because when bees try to enjoy\n\ntheir honeycomb, they have to suffer the bites of other bees. Because bees\n\n", "SB4.3#p0363": "Text 641\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\nllll\n\nbite one another when they enjoy honey, they are not exclusively enjoying\nthe sweetness of the honey, for there is also suffering. In other words, the\n\nliving entities are subjected to the pains and pleasures of material enjoy­\n\nment, whereas the Supreme Personality of Godhead, knowing their plans\n\nfor sense enjoyment, is aloof from them. In the Upan�ads the example is\n\ngiven of two birds sitting on a tree. One bird (the jiva, or living entity) is\n\nenjoying the fruits of that tree, and the other bird (Paramatma) is simply\nwitnessing. In the Bhagavad-g\"itii the Supreme Personality of Godhead as\n\nParamatma\n\npermitter).\n\nIS\n\ndescribed as upadra�.tii (the overseer) and anumantii (the\n\nupadra§fiinumantii ca\nbhartii bhoktii mahesvara�\nparamiitmeti ciipy ukto\ndehe 'smin puru�a� para�\n\"Yet in this body there is another, a transcendental enjoyer, who is the\nLord, the supreme proprietor, who exists as the overseer and permitter,\n\nand who is known as the Supersoul.\" (Bg. 13.23)\n\nThus the Lord simply witnesses and gives the living entity sanction for\n\nsense enjoyment. It is the Paramatma also who gives the intelligence by\nwhich the bees can construct a hive, collect honey from various flowers,\n\nstore it and enjoy it. Although the Paramatma is aloof from the living\n\nentities, He knows their intentions, and He gives them facilities by which\n\nthey can enjoy or suffer the results of their actions. Human society is\n\nexactly like a beehive, for everyone is engaged in collecting honey from\n\nvarious flowers, or collecting money from various sources and creating\n\nlarge empires for common enjoyment. However, after these empires are\n\ncreated, the bites of other nations have to be suffered. Sometimes nations\n\ndeclare war upon one another, and the human beehives become sources of\n\nmisery. Although human beings are creating their beehives in order to\n\nenjoy the sweetness of their senses, they are at the same time suffering\n\nfrom the bites of other persons or nations. The Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead as Paramatma is simply witnessing all these activities. The con­\n\nclusion is that both the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the jivas\n\nenter into this material world. However, the Paramatma, or Supreme Per­\n\nsonality ·of Godhead, is worshipable because He has arranged for the\n\nhappiness of the living entity in the material world. Because it is the mate­\n\nrial world, how.ever, no one can enjoy any kind of happiness without\n\ninebriety. Material enjoyment means inebriety, whereas spiritual enjoyment\nmeans pure enjoyment under the protection of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0364": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1112\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 65\n\n�\n\n�Rtoqll'$�4ft\nRcti� � � 4iiW.U;{:\n�\n\nll_�(�q�r�1\n\n�\n\n\\ii;{NJ\\cci�Rtt1�'1&«:\n\nII G.���\n\nsa e�a lokan ati-cart9a-vego\nvikar�asi tvarh khalu kalayana�\nbhiitiini bhutair anumeya-tattvo\nghanavalir vayur iviiv�ahya�\nsa�-that ; e§a{l-this ; lokan-all the planetary systems; at i- very much;\ncart9a-vega[l the great force; vikar§asi-destroys; tvam- Your Lordship;\nkhalu- however ; ktilayiina[l-in due course of time; bh Uttini- all living entities; bhutai�-by other living entities; anumeya-tattva[l- the Absolute\nTruth can be guessed; gha n a-iival i{l. the clouds; viiyu�- air ; iva-like;\navi§ahya[l- unbearable.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Lord, Your absolute authority cannot be directly experienced,\nbut one can guess by seeing the activities of the world that everything is\nbeing destroyed in due course of time. The force of time is very strong,\nand everything is being destroyed by something else-just as one animal is\nbeing eaten by another animal. Time scatters everything, exactly as the\nwind scatters clouds in the sky.\nPURPORT\nThe process of destruction is going on according to the law of nature.\nNothing within this material world can be permanent, although scientists,\nphilosophers, workers and everyone else are trying to make things permanent. One foolish scientist recently declared that eventually life will be\nmade permanent through science. Some so-called scientists are also trying\nto manufacture living entities within the laboratory. Thus in one way or\nanother everyone is busy denying the existence of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead and rejecting the supreme authority of the Lord. However, the\nLord is so powerful that He destroys everything in the form of death. As\nK{�t;ta says in Bhagavad-gitii:mrtyu[l, sarva-haras ciiham. \"I am all-devouring\ndeath.\" (Bg. 10.34) The Lord is just like death to the atheists, for He takes\naway everything they accumulate in the material world. Hirat;tyakasipu,\nthe father of Prahlada, always denied the existence of the Lord, and he\n\n", "SB4.3#p0365": "Text 66]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1113\n\ntried to kill his five-year-old boy due to the boy's unflinching faith in God.\nHowever, in due course of time the Lord appeared as Nrsiril.hadeva and\n\nkilled Hirat;�yakasipu in the presence of his son. As stated in Snmad­\n\nBhagavatam, this killing process is natural. Jlvo j1vasya jlvanam: \"One\nanimal is food for another animal.\" (Bhag. 1.13.47) A frog is eaten by a\nsnake, a snake is eaten by a mongoose, and the mongoose is eaten by'\nanother animal. In this way the process of destruction goes on by the\nsupreme will of the Lord. Although we do not see the hand of the Supreme\nLord directly, we can feel the presence of that hand through the Lord's\nprocess of destruction. We can see the clouds scattered by the wind,\nalthough we cannot see how this is being done because it is not possible to\nsee the wind. Similarly, although we do not directly see the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, we can see that He controls the process of\ndestruction. The destructive process is going on fiercely under the control\nof the Lord, but the atheists cannot see it.\nTEXT 66\n\nst+I\"EI�RRti�'lM;{f�I\nstW1¥i � el8(1'{ I\n�+lst+t\"Et:\n\n�\n\nw;8fe,•;l)sftJtcms+t;{f*M ������\npramattam uccair iti krtya-cintaya\npravrddha-lobharh v�aye�u lalasam\ntvam apramatta{l sahasabhipadyase\nk�ul-lelihiino 'hir ivakhum antaka{l\npramattam-persons who are mad; uc cai [t - loudly; iti - thus ; krtya -to\n\ndone; c intaya-by such desire; p ravrddha -very much advanced;\nlobha m- greediness; vi$aye$u-in the matter of material enjoyment;\nlalasam-so desiring; tvam- Your Lordship; apramatta [l - completely in\ntranscendence; sahasa-all of a sudden; abhipadyase - sei z es them;\nk�ut - hu ngry; leliha na /:1 - by the greedy tongue; ahi/:1- snake; iva- like;\nakhum - mouse; a n taka� - destroyer .\n\nbe\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, all living entities within this material world are mad after\nplanning for things, and they are always busy with a desire to do this or\nthat. This is due to uncontrollable greed. The greed for material enjoyment\n\n", "SB4.3#p0366": "1114\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nis always existing in the living entity, but Your Lordship is always alert,\nand in due course of time You strike him, just as a snake seizes a mouse\nand very easily swallows him.\nPURPORT\n\nEveryone is greedy, and everyone makes plans for material enj oyment.\nIn his lust for material enjoyment, the living entity is described as a madman. As stated in Bhagavad-gi:tii:\n\nprakrtel;l kriyamiir-iini\ngur-ail;l karmiir-i sarvasal;l\nahankiira-vimuqhiitmii\nkartiiham iti manyate\n\"The bewildered spirit soul, under the influence of the three modes of\nmaterial nature, thinks himself to be the doer of activities, which are in\nactuality carried out by nature.\" (Bg. 3.27)\nEverything is enacted by the laws of nature, and these laws are under\nthe direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The atheists, or\nunintelligent men, do not know this. They are busy making their own\nplans, and big nations are busy expanding their empire. And yet we know\nthat in due course of time many empires have come into existence and\nbeen destroyed. Many aristocratic families were created by the people in\ntheir extreme madness, but we can see that in the course of time those\nfamilies and empires have all been destroyed. But still the foolish atheists\ndo not accept the supreme authority of the Lord. Such foolish people\nunnecessarily concoct their own duties without referring to the supreme\nauthority of the Lord. The so-called political leaders are busy making plans\nto advance the material prosperity of their nation, but factually these\npolitical leaders only want an exalted position for themselves. Due to their\ngreed for material position, they falsely present themselves as leaders before\nthe people and collect their votes, although they are completely under the\ngrip of the laws of material nature. These are some of the faults of modern\ncivilization.\n\nWithout taking to God consciousness and accepting the\n\nauthority of the Lord, the living entities become ultimately confused and\nfrustrated in their planmaking attempts. Due to their unauthorized plans\nfor economic development, the price of commodities is rising daily all over\nthe world, so much so that it has become difficult for the poorer classes,\nand they are suffering the consequences. And due to lack of Kr�Q.a consciousness, people are being fooled by so-called leaders and planmakers.\n\n·\n\n", "SB4.3#p0367": "Chanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\nText 67]\n\n1115\n\nConsequently, the sufferings of the people are increasing. According to the\nlaws of nature, which are hacked by the Lord, nothing can he permanent\n\nwithin this material world; therefore everyone should he allowed to take\nshelter of the Absolute in order to be saved. In this regard, Lord K{�l).a\n\nsays in Bhagavad-gzta:\n\nbhoktaram yajna-tapasam\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\nsuhrdam sarva-bhutanam\njnatva mam santim rcchati\n\"The sages, knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrifices and\n\nausterities, the Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods and the bene·\n\nfactor and well-wisher of all living entities, attain peace from the pangs of\n\nmaterial miseries.\" (Bg. 5.29)\n\nIf one wants peace of mind and tranquility in society, he· must accept\n\nthe fact that the real enjoyer is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\nLord is the proprietor of everything all over the universe, and He is the\n\nsupreme friend of all living entities as well. By understanding this, people\ncan become happy and peaceful individually and collectively.\nTEXT 67\n\n4M'ii�C(IiGI N:st«IRt �\n�Scc+l'1otftf1'14il :\nNf814U41tg�Rt 41 �\n�� 11�\"11\nf4;ftqqf4t\nkas tvat-padabjam vijahati part{lito\nyas te 'vamana-vyayamiina-ketanal;l.\nvi.Sankayasmad-gurur arcati sma yad\nvinopapattirh manavas caturdasa\nka�- who; tvat-Your; pada abjam-lotus feet; vijah iiti-avoids ; pa[L{iita�-\n\nlearned; ya�-who; te-unto You; avamana deriding; vyaya mana- decreas-\n\ning; ketana�\n\n-\n\nthis body; vis an kaya-without any douht; asmat- our ; guru{t\n\n­\n\nspiritual master, father; arcati- worships; sma-in the past; yat-that; vinii­\n\nwithout; upapattim -agitation; manava[l - the Manus; caturdasa-fourteen\nin number.\n\n", "SB4.3#p0368": "1116\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, any learned person knows that unless he worships You,\n\nhis entire life is spoiled. Knowing this, how could he give up worshiping\nYour lotus feet? Even our father and spiritual master, Lord Brahma,\n\nunhesitatingly worshiped You, and the fourteen Manus followed in his\nfootsteps.\nPURPORT\nThe word patp}ita means \"a wise man.\"Who is actually a wise man? The\n\nwise man is described in Bhagavad-gitii in this way:\n\nbahunam janmaniim ante\njnanaviin mam prapadyate\nviisudeva[l, sarvam iti\nsa mahatma sudurlabha[l,\n\"After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders unto Me, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is.\n\nSuch a great soul is very rare.\" (Bg. 7 .19)\n\nThus when the wise man actually becomes wise after many births and\n\nwhimsical attempts at self-realization, he surrenders unto the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, J<.r�Q.a. Such a mahiitmii, or learned person, knows\n\nthat J<.r�qa, Vasudeva, is everything (viisudeva[l, sarvam iti). Learned persons\n\nalways think that life is wasted unless they worship Lord Kr�I;J.a or become\n\nHis devotee. Srila Rupa Gosvami also says that when one becomes an\n\nadvanced devotee he understands that he should be reserved and perse­\n\nverent (k�anti[l,) and that he should engage in the service of the Lord and\n\nnot waste time (avyartha-kalatvam)_ He should also be detached from all\nmaterial attraction\n\n(virakti[l,), and he should not long for any material\n\nrespect in return for his activities (miina-sunyatii). He should be certain\n\nthat K.r�I;J.a will bestow His mercy upon him (iisii-bandha/;1.), and he should\n\nalways be very eager to serve the Lord faithfully (samutkart.thii). The wise\nman is always very eager to glorify the Lord by chanting and hearing\n\n(niima-giine sadii ruci[l,) and he is always eager to describe the transcendental\nqualities of the Lord (iisaktis tad-gurtiikh yiine ) He should also be attracted\nto those places where the Lord had His pastimes (pntis tad-vasati-sthale).\n.\n\nThese are symptoms of an advanced devotee.\n\nAn advanced devotee or a perfect human being who is actually wise and\n\nlearned cannot give up his service at the lotus feet of the Lord. Although\nLord Brahma has a long life span (4,320,000,000 years constitute twelve\n\nhours in a day of Brahma), Brahma is nonetheless afraid of death and con-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0369": "Text 68)\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1117\n\nsequently engaged in the devotional service of the Lord. ffi1nilarly, all the\n\nManus who appear and disappear during the day of Brahma are also\n\nengaged in the Lord's devotional service. In Brahma's one day, fourteen\n\nManus appear and disappear. The first Manu is Svayambhuva Manu. Each\n\nManu lives for seventy-one yugas, each consisting of some 4,320,000 years.\nAlthough the Manus have such a long life span, the'y still prepare for the\n\nnext life by engaging in the devotional service of the Lord. In this age\n\nhuman beings only live for sixty or eighty years, and even this small life\nspan is gradually decreasing. Therefore it is even more imperative for\n\nhuman beings to take to the worship of the lotus feet of the Lord by\n\nconstantly chanting the Hare Kr�J}.a mantra, as recommended by Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\ntrP-iid api sun'icena taror iva sah�[lunii\namiininii miinadena k'irtan'iya� sadii hari�\nWhen one is engaged in devotional service, he is often surrounded by\n\nenvious people, and often many enemies come to try to defeat him or stop\n\nhim. This is not new in this present age, for even in the days of yore\n\nPrahlada Maharaja, who was engaged in the devotional service of the Lord,\n\nwas harassed by his demonic father,HiraJ].yakasipu. The atheists are always\n\nprepared to harass a devotee; therefore Caitanya Mahiiprabhu suggested\nthat one be very tolerant of these people. Nonetheless, one has to continue\n\nchanting the Hare Kr�J}.a mantra and preaching the chanting of this mantra\n\nbecause such preaching and chanting constitute the perfection of life. One\nshould chant and preach about the urgency of making this life perfect in\nall respects. One should thus engage in the devotional service of the Lord\nand follow in the footsteps of previous iiciiryas, beginning with Lord\nBrahma and others.\n\nTEXT 68\n\n3I1J � ;itQI't. Q(¥U€¥1W(\n\nMQfiMI( I\n\nfW �'4\\f.l«tfitij� �:II'\\� II\natha tvam asi no brahman\nparamiitman vipascitiim\nviSvam rudra-bhaya-dhvastam\nakutascid-bhayii gat*\natka-therefore; tvam-my Lord, Yourself;asi-are; na�- our; brahman-\n\n0 Supreme Brahman; paramiitman-0 Supersoul; vipaJcitiim-for the\n\nlearned wise men; visvam-the whole universe; rudra bhaya-being afraid\n-\n\n", "SB4.3#p0370": "1118\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nof Rudra; dhvastam-annihilated; akutascit-bhaya-undoubtedly fearless;\n\ngati�- destination.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, all actually learned persons know You as the Supreme\n\nBrahman and the Supersoul. Although the entire universe is afraid of Lord\n\nRudra, who ultimately annihilates everything, for the learned devotees\nYou are the fearless destination of all.\n\nPURPORT\nFor the purpose of creation, maintenance and annihilation of this cosmic\n\nmanifestation, there are three lords-Brahma, Vi�Q.U and Siva (Mahesvara).\nThe material body is finished at the time of annihilation. Both the universal\n\nbody and the small unit, the individual living entity's body, are susceptible\nto annihilation at the ultimate end. However, the devotees do not fear the\nannihilation of the body, for they are confident that they will go back\nhome, back to Godhead, after the annihilation. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii.:\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevarh yo vetti tattvata�\ntyaktvii. deharh punar janma\nnaiti mii.m eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material\n\nworld, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" (Bg. 4.9)\n\nIf one strictly follows the process of devotional service, he has no fear\n\nof death, for he is predestined to go back home, back to Godhead. The\n\nnondevotees are fearful of death because they have no guarantee of where\nthey are going or of the type of body they are going to get in their next\n\nlife. The word rudra-bhaya is significant in this verse because Rudra\n\n·himself, Lord Siva, is speaking of \"fear of Rudra.\" This indicates that\n\nthere are many Rudras-eleven Rudras-and the Rudra (Lord Siva) who\n\nwas offering this prayer to the Supreme Personality of Godhead is dif­\n\nferent from the other Rudras, although he is as powerful as they are. The\n\nconclusion is that one Rudra is afraid of another Rudra because each and\n\nevery one of them is engaged in the destruction of this cosmic manifes­\n\ntation. But for the devotee, everyone is afraid of Rudra, even Rudra\nhimself. A devotee is never afraid of Rudra because he is always secure,\n\nbeing protected by the lotus feet of the Lord. As Sri Kr�Q.a says in\n\nBhagavad-gitii.:\n\n", "SB4.3#p0371": "Text 69]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1119\n\nk�iprarit bhavati dharmiitmii\nsasvac-chiintirit nigacchati\nkaunteya pratijiinmi\nna me bhakta� prar-asyati\n\"He quickly becomes righteous and attains lasting peace. 0 son of Kunti,\n\ndeclare it boldly that My devotee never perishes.\" (Bg. 9.31)\nTEXT 69\n\n� � � crt � iqi1�;n: I\n¥�•1i:t�fit\"6•'l8qu ���� u\n�4..iRiu;:ffl\nidarit japata bhadrarit vo\nvisuddhii nrpa-nandaniift\nsva-dharmam anuti�.thanto\nbhagavaty arpitiisayiift\nidam\n\n-\n\nthis; japata-while chanting; bhadram-all auspiciousness; vaft- all\n\nof you; vi suddhiift -puri fied; nrpa-nandaniift-the sons of the king; sva­\n\ndharmam one s occupational duties; an uti� thanta�\n-\n\n'\n\n.\n\n-\n\nexecuting; bhagavati­\n\nunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; arpita-given up; iisayiift­\n\npossessing all kinds of faithfulness.\nTRAN SL A TION\nMy dear sons of the King, just execute your occupational duty as kings\n\nwith a pure heart. Just chant this prayer fixing your mind on the lotus feet\nof the Lord. That will bring you all good fortune, for the Lord will be very\nmuch pleased with you.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe prayers offered by Lord Siva are very authoritative and significant.\nSimply by offering prayers to the Supreme Lord one can become perfect,\neven though engaged in his occupational duty. The real purpose of life is\nto become a devotee of the Lord. It does not matter where one is situated.\nWhether one is a brahmar-a, kfiatriya, vaisya, sudra, American, Englishman,\nIndian, etc., one can execute devotional service anywhere and everywhere\nin the material existence simply by offering prayers unto the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. The Hare l<.t�qa mah'ii-mantra is also a prayer, for\na prayer addresses the Supreme Personality of Godhead by His name and\ninvokes good fortune by petitioning the Lord to allow one to engage in\nHis devotional service. The Hare KP;lQa maha-mantra also says, \"My dear\nLord Kt�Qa, my dear Lord Rama, 0 energy of the Lord, Hare, kindly\n\n", "SB4.3#p0372": "1120\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nengage me in Your service.\" Although one may be lowly situated, he can\nexecute devotional service under any circumstance, as stated, ahaituky\n\napratihata (Bhag. 1.2.6). \"Devotional service cannot be checked by any\nmaterial condition.\" Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu also recommended this\nprocess:\n\njiiane prayasam udapasya namanta eva\njivanti san-mukharitam bhavadiya-vartam\nsthiine sthitii[l. sruti-gatiim tanu-viin-manobhir\nye priiyaso ]ita jito 'py asi tais tri-lokyam\n(Bhag. 10.14.3)\n\nOne may remain situated in his own place or in his own occupational\nduty and still lend his ear to receive the message of the Lord from realized\nsouls. The l<f�Q.a conscious movement is based on this principle, and we\nare opening centers all over the world to give everyone a chance to hear\nthe message of Lord Kt�Q.a in order to go back home, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 70\n\nricn�IWC¥ti�W �6�ct�6( I\n'l.;ifq-f ��� Qllqkitqliji(R( ll\\9o II\ntam evatmanam atma-stham\nsarva-bhii.te�v avasthitam\npujayadhvam grrwntas ca\ndhyiiyantas ciisakrd dharim\ntam-unto Him; eva-certainly; atmanam-the Supreme Soul; atmastham-within your hearts; sarva-all; bh iite§u-in every living being;\navas thitam-situated ; piijayadhvam-just worship Him; grrantaft ca-always\nchanting; dhyayanta[l. ca-always meditating upon; asakrt-continually;\nharim-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, 0 sons of the king, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nHari is situated in everyone's heart. He is also within y our hearts. Therefore\nchant the glories of the Lord and alway s meditate upon Him continually.\nPURPORT\nThe word asakrt is significant, for it means not just for a few minutes\nbut continually. This is the instruction given by Lord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu\n\nin His Sik�a�Jaka. Kirtan\"iyal;l sada haril;l. \"The holy name of the Lord should\nbe chanted twenty-four hours daily.\" Therefore in this Kt�Q.a consciousness\n\n", "SB4.3#p0373": "Text 71)\n\nChanting the Sbng Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1121\n\nmovement we request the devotees to chant at least sixteen rounds on their\n\nbeads daily. Actually one has to chant twenty-four hours daily, just like\n\nThiikura Haridasa, who was chanting the Hare Kr��a mantra 300,000 times\n\ndaily. Indeed, he had no other business. Some of the Gosvamis like\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami were also chanting very rigidly and also offer­\n\ning obeisances very rigidly. As stated in Srinivasacarya 's prayer to the\n\nsix Gosvamis ($af}-gosviimy-a§,taka): smikhyii-piirvaka-niima-giinanatibhi[l\nkiiliivasiinikrtau. The word sankhyii-purvaka means \"maintaining a numeri­\n\ncal strength.\" Not only was Raghunatha dasa Gosvami chanting the holy\nname of the Lord, but he was also offering obeisances in the same prolific\n\nnumbers.\n\nBecause the princes were ready to enter into some severe austerity in\n\norder to worship the Lord, Lord Siva advised them to constantly chant\nand meditate upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is significant\n\nthat Lord Siva personally offered his prayers to the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead just as he was taught by his father, Lord Brahma. Similarly, he\n\nwas also preaching to the princes according to the paramparii system. One\n\nshould not only practice the instructions received from the spiritual master\nbut should also distribute this knowledge to his disciples.\n\nThe words iitmiinam iitma-stham sarva-bhute�v avasthitam are also sig­\n\nnificant. The Personality of Godhead is the origin of all living entities.\n\nBecause the living entities are parts and parcels of the Lord, He is the\n\nfather of all of them. One can search out the Supreme Lord very easily\n\nwithin his heart, for He is situated in every living entity's heart. In this\nverse the process of worshiping the Lord is considered to be very easy and\n\ncomplete, for anyone can sit down anywhere and in any condition of life\nand simply chant the holy names of the Lord. By chanting and hearing,\n\none automatically engages in meditation.\n\n8M!4<:tU I\nl({tC(P.I�<:tlt<:tU ll\\9 �II\nyogiidesam upiisiidya\ndhiirayanto muni-vratiift\nsamiihita-dhiyaft sarva\netad abhyasatiidrtiift\nyoga-adesam-this instruction of bhakti-yoga;\n\nu\n\npasadya-constantly\n\nreading; dharayantaft-and taking within the heart; muni-vrataft-just take\nthe vow of the great sages, the vow of silence; samahita-always fixed in\n\n", "SB4.3#p0374": "1122\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nthe mind; dhiya�- with intelligence; saroe-all of you; etat- this; ab hyasata­\n\npractice; adrta�- with great reverence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear princes, in the form of a prayer I have delineated the yoga\n\nsystem of chanting the holy name. All of you should take this important\nstotra within your minds and promise to keep it in order to become great\nsages. By acting silently like a great sage and by giving attention and\nreverence, you should practice this method.\nPURPORT\nIn the ha.tha-yoga system one has to practice bodily exercises, dhyiina,\ndhiirar.ii, iisana, meditation, etc. One also has to sit in one place in a par­\n\nticular posture and concentrate his gaze on the tip of the nose. There are\n\nso many rules and regulations for the ha.tha-yoga system that it is\npractically impossible to perform it in this age. The alternative system of\n\nbhakti-yoga is very easy not only in this age but in others as well, for this\nyoga system was advocated long ago by Lord Siva when he advised the\nprinces, the sons of Maharaja Pracinabarhi�at. The bhakti-yoga system is\nnot newly introduced, for even five thousand years ago Lord Kr�l).a\n\nrecommended this bhakti-yoga as the topmost yoga. As K.r�IJa tells Arjuna\nin Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nyoginam api saroe�iirh\nmad-gateniintariitmanii\nsraddhiivan bhajate yo miirh\nsa me yuktatamo mata�\n\"Of all yogis, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping Me\n\nin transcendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in yoga\n\nand is the highest of all.\" (Bg. 6.4 7)\n\nIn other words, this system of bhakti-yoga has been existing from time\n\nimmemorial and is now continuing in this K.r�IJa consciousness movement.\n\nThe word muni-vratiil). is significant in this regard because those who are\n\ninterested in advancing in spiritual life must be silent. Silence means talking\nonly of Krfir-a-kathii. This is the silence of Maharaja Ambari�a:\n\nsa vai mana!). krfir-a-padiiravindayor\nvaciirhsi vaikur.tha-gur.iinuvarr.ane\n\"King Ambari�a always fixed his mind on the lotus feet of the Lord and\n\ntalked of Him only.\" (Bhiig. 9.4.18) We should also take this opportunity\n\n", "SB4.3#p0375": "Text 72]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1123\n\nin life to become as good as a great saint simply by not talking unneces­\n\nsarily with unwanted persons. We should either talk of l<.t�I.J.a or chant\n\nHare l<.t�I.J.a undeviatingly. This is called muni-vrata. The intelligence\n(samiihita-dhiya\"tt) must be very sharp and should always be acting in l<.t�I.J.a\nconsciousness. The words etad abhyasatiidrtii� indicate that if one takes\nthese instructions from a spiritual master with great reverence (iidrta) and\npractices them accordingly, he will find this bhakti-yoga process to be very,\nvery easy.\n\nTEXT 72\n\n� ���14t � A'�qflm: I\nt*il�'11¥41€+1il1Rf .: 4Rt@61(11\"'�11\nidam aha puriismiikam\n.bhagaviin viSvasrk-pati�\nbhrgv-iidiniim iitma-jiiniim\nsisrk§u{l, samsisrk§atiim\nidam- this; iiha- said; purii-formerly; asmiikam- unto us; bhagaviin- the\n\nlord; visva-srk-the creators of the universe; pat*- master; bhrgu-iidiniim­\n\nof the great sages headed by Bhrgu; iitma-jiiniim-of his sons; sisrk§u�desirous to create; sarhsisrk§atiim-who are in charge of creation.\nTRANSLATION\nThis prayer was first spoken to us by Lord Brahma, the master of all\n\ncreators. The creat-ors, headed by Bhrgu, were instructed in these prayers\nbecause they wanted to create.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Brahma was created by Lord Vi�I.J.u; then Lord Brahma created\n\nLord Siva and other great sages headed by Bhrgu Muni. These great sages\n\nincluded Bhrgu, Marici, A.treya, Vasi��ha and others. All these great sages\nwere in charge of creating population. Since there were not very many\n\nliving entities in the beginning, Vi�QU entrusted Brahma with the business\nof creation, and Brahma in his turn created many hundreds and thousands\nof demigods and great sages to continue with the creation. At the same\n\ntime, Lord Brahma cautioned all his sons and disciples by reciting the\n\nprayers now recited by Lord Siva. The material creation means material\nengagement, but material engagements can be counteracted if we always\n\nremember our relationship with the Lord as that relationship is described\n\nin these prayers recited by Lord Siva. In this way we can remain constantly\n\n", "SB4.3#p0376": "1124\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[ Cant o 4, Ch. 24\n\nin touch with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus despite our\n\nengagement in the creation, we cannot be deviated from the path of Kf�J)a\n\nconsciousness. The Kf�J)a consciousness movement is especially meant for\n\nthis purpose. In this material world everyone is engaged in some particular\n\noccupational\n\nduty\n\nwhich\n\nis\n\nprescribed\n\nin the varrtiisrama-dharma.\n\nBriihmartas, k§atriyas, vaisyas, siidras and everyone are engaged in their\noccupational duty, but if one remembers his first duty-keeping in constant\n\ncontact with the Supreme Personality of Godhead -everything will be\n\nsuccessful. If\n\none simply executes the rules and regulations of the\n\nvar[liisrama-dharma in the role of a briihma[la, k§atriya, vaisya, sudra, and\nkeeps busy and does not remember one's eternal relationship with the Lord,\n\none's business and activities as well as occupational duties will simply be\na waste of time. This is confirmed in the First Canto of Srimad-Bhiigavatam:\ndharma� svanu§.thita� pumsiim vi�vaksena-kathiisu ya�\n\nnotpiidayed yadi ratim srama eva hi kevalam (Bhiig. 1.2.8)\n\nThe conclusion is that even if one is busy executing his occupational\n\nduty, his business in Kr�J)a consciousness need not be hampered. He has\n\nsimply to execute the devotional service of sravartarit k\"irtanam-hearing,\n\nchanting, and remembering. One need not abandon his occupational duty.\nAs stated in Bhagavad-g\"itii:\n\nyata� pravrttir bhiitiiniim\nyena sarvam idam tatam\nsva-karmartii tam abh yarcya\nsiddhim vindati miinava�\n\"By worship of the Lord-who is the source of all beings and who is\n\nall-pervading-man can, in the performance of his own duty, attain\nperfection.\" (Bg. 18.46)\nThus one can continue with his occupational duty, but if he worships\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead as Lord Siva herein prescribes, he\n\nattains his perfection of life. Svanu�thitasya dharmasya samsiddhir hari­\n\nto§a!lam (Bhiig. 1.2.13). We should continue executing our occupational\n\nduties, but if we try to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead by our\nduties, then our lives will be perfected.\n\nTEXT 73\n\n�� �: � �mif�: I\n� \\i4�ij4\\(U ��AA1fl: �: ll\\9�11\n\n", "SB4.3#p0377": "Text 73]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1125\n\nte vayam nodita[l sarve\npra]a-sarge prajesvara[l\nanena dhvasta-tamasa[l\nsisrk�mo vividha[l praja[l\nte- by him; vayam- all of us; noditalt- ordered; sarve-all; praja-sarge-at\n\nthe time of creating population; praja-Tsvara[l-the controllers of all living\n\nentities; anena-by this; dhvasta-tamasalt-being freed from all kinds of\n\nignorance; sisrk�malt-we created; vividha[l-various kinds of;prajiilt-living\n\nentities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all Prajapatis were ordered to create by Lord Brahma, we chanted\n\nthese prayers in praise of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and became\n\ncompletely free from all ignorance. Thus we were able to create different\ntypes of living entities.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse we can understand that the various types of living entities\n\nwere created simultaneously at the very beginning of the creation. The\n\nnonsensical Darwinian theory of evolution is not applicable here. It is not\n\nthat intelligent human beings did not exist millions of years ago. On the\n\ncontrary, it is understood that the most intelligent creature, Lord Brahma,\n\nwas first created. Then Lord Brahma created other saintly sages like Marici,\nBhrgu, Atreya, Vasi�tha, Lord Siva and others. They in their turn created\n\ndifferent types of bodies according to karma. In Sr\"imad-Bhiigavatam Lord\n\nKapiladeva told His mother that the living entity gets a particular type of\n\nbody in accordance to his work and that this body is decided upon by\n\nhigher authorities. The higher authorities, as appointed by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, are Lord Brahmii. and all other Prajapatis and\nManus. Thus from the beginning of creation it can be seen that the first\n\ncreature is the most intelligent. It is not that so·called modern intelligence\n\nhas developed by the gradual process of evolution. As stated in Brahma­\n\nvaivarta Purii[la, there is a gradual evolutionary process, but it is not the\n\nbody that is evolving. All the bodily forms are already there. It is the\n\nspiritual entity or spiritual spark within the body that is being promoted\n\nby the laws of nature under the supervision of superior authority. We can\nunderstand from this verse that from the very beginning of creation dif­\n\nferent varieties of living entities were existing. It is not that some of them\n\nhave become extinct. Everything is there; it is due to our lack of knowledge\nthat we cannot see things in their proper perspective.\n\nIn this verse the word dhvasta-tamasa[! is very important, for without\n\n", "SB4.3#p0378": "1126\n\nSrimad-Bh�gavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nbeing free of ignorance one cannot control the creation of different types\nof living entities. As stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam, daiva-netrerta bodies\n-\n\nare awarded under the supervision of superior powers. How can these\n\nsuperior powers control the evolutionary process of the living entity if\n\nthey are not free from all imperfection? The followers of the Vedic instruc­\n\ntions cannot accept the Darwinian theory of evolution, for it is marred by\n\nimperfect knowledge.\n\nTEXT 74\n\n��� �qi5\\1:4�:�1\n31M(I�� 31i�t1Rt 1:41ij�E4q(i�: 11�\\lll\nathedarh nityadii yukto\njapann avahita[l. pumiin\naciriic chreya iipnoti\nviisudeva-pariiya!lafi.\natha-thus; idam- this; nityadii- regularly ; yukta[l.- with great attention;\njapan- by murmuring; avahita[l.-fully attentive; pumiin-a person; aciriitwithout\ndelay;\nsreya[l.-auspiciousness;\niipnoti-achieves; viisudevapariiya!lafi.-one who is a devotee of Lord l<.f�l).a.\nTRANSLATION\nA devotee of Lord Kr�qa whose mind is always absorbed in Him, who\nwith great attention and reverence chants this stotra [prayer] , will achieve\nthe greatest perfection of life without delay.\nPURPORT\nPerfection means becoming a devotee of Lord Kr�l).a. As stated in the\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam: viisudeva-parii vedii viisudeva-parii\nmakhii[l. (Bhiig. 1.2.28). The ultimate goal of life is Vasudeva, or l<.f�qa.\nFirst Canto of\n\nAny devotee of Lord l<.f�qa can attain all perfection, material gains and\n\nliberation simply by offering prayers to Him. There are many varieties of\n\nprayers to Lord l<.f�qa chanted by great sages and great personalities such\nas Lord Brahma and Lord Siva. Lord Kr�qa is known as siva-viriiici-nutam\n\n(Bhiig. 11.5.33). Siva means Lord Siva, and viriiici means Lord Brahma.\n\nBoth of these demigods are engaged in offering prayers to Lord Vasudeva,\nl<.f�qa. If we follow in the footsteps of such great personalities and become\n\ndevotees of Lord l<.f�qa, our lives become successful. Unfortunately people\ndo not know this secret. Na te vidu[l. sviirtha-gatirh hi vi�T}Um (Bhiig. 7 .5.31 ).\n\n\"They do not know that the real interest and the highest perfection of life\n\n", "SB4.3#p0379": "Text 75]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1127\n\nis to worship Lord Vi�J,lu [Kr�J.la] .\"It is impossible to become satisfied by\ntrying to adjust the external energy. Without being a devotee of Lord\nl<_r�T).a, one can only be baffled and confused. To save living entities from\nsuch a calamity, Lord Kr�T).a points out in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nbahiinarit janmanam ante\njnanavan marit prapadyate\nvasudeva� sarvam iti\nsa mahatma sudurlabha�\n\"After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders\nunto Me, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is. Such a\ngreat soul is very rare.\" (Bg. 7 .19)\nWe can achieve whatever benediction we want simply by becoming\ndevotees of Vasudeva.\nTEXT 75\n\nil�etfitii �'If � f;r :�� � 1\n� � � ijiwtwt1w.ie;uuhtt:. ll\\9�11\nsreyasiim iha sarve�iim\njiiiinarh nil;tsreyasam param\nsukham tarati du�piiram\njiiiina-naur vyasaniirr-avam\nsreyasiim of all benedictions; iha-in this world; sa rv e�iim-of every\n-\n\nperson; j1iiinam- knowledge; nil;tsreyas am\ntranscendental;\n\nsukham-happiness;\n\n-\n\nthe supreme benefit; param­\n\ntarati-crosses\n\nover;\n\ndu�piiram­\n\ninsurmountable; jl'iiina-knowledge; nau�- boat; vyasana- danger; arr-avamthe ocean.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this material world there are different types of achievement, but of\n\nall of them the achievement of knowledge is considered to be the highest\nbecause one can cross the ocean of nescience only on the boat of knowl­\n\nedge. Otherwise the ocean is impassable.\n\nPURPORT\n\nActually everyone is suffering within this material world due to ignorance. Every day we see that a person without knowledge commits some\ncriminal act and is later arrested and punished, despite the fact that he\nactually may not have been conscious of his sinful activity. Such ignorance\nprevails throughout the world. People do not consider how they are risking\n\n", "SB4.3#p0380": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1128\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\ntheir lives in an attempt to have illicit sex life, kill animals to satisfy their\n\ntongue, enjoy intoxication and gamble. It is very regrettable that the\n\nleaders of the world do not know of the effects of these sinful activities.\nThey are instead taki� things very easily and are succeeding in making\n\nthe ocean of nescience wider and wider.\n\nOpposed to such ignorance, full knowledge is the greatest achievement\n\nwithin this material world. We can practically see that one who has suffi­\n\ncient knowledge is saved from many dangerous pitfalls in life. As stated in\nBhagavad-gitti:\n\nbahiiniirh janmantim ante\njiitinavtin mtirh prapadyate\nvtisudeva� sarvam iti\nsa mahtitmti sudurlabha�\n\n\"After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders\n\nunto Me, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is. Such a\ngreat soul is very rare.\" (Bg. 7 .19)\n\nThis Kr�l).a consciousness movement is determined to open wide the\n\neyes of the so-called leaders who are full of ignorance and thus save them\n\nfrom the many pitfalls and dangerous conditions of life. The greatest\n\ndanger is the danger of getting a body lower than a human being. It was\n\nwith great difficulty that we attained this human form of life just to take\n\nadvantage of this body and reestablish our relationship with the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Govinda. Lord Siva advises, however, that those\n\nwho take advantage of his prayers will very soon become devotees of Lord\n\nVasudeva and thus will be able to cross the ocean of nescience and make\n\nlife perfect.\n\nTEXT 76\n\n� 'llfui +t•liil&tif¥( I\n� §l(towt m¥tl(llil4�461 11\"'���\n\n� � �\n\nya imam sraddhaya yukto\nmad-gTtarh bhagavat-s tavam\nadhTyano duraradhyarh\nharim aradhayaty asau\nya�-anyone; imam-this; sraddhaya-with great faith;yukta�-devoutly\n\nattached; mat gitam-the song composed by me or sung by me; bhagavat-\n\nstavam-a\n\nprayer\n\noffered to\n\nthe Supreme Personality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nadhiyana[l.-by regular study; duraradhyam-very difficult to worship;\n\n", "SB4.3#p0381": "Text 77)\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1129\n\nharim-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iiriidhayati-he can, however,\nworship Him; asau-such a person.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlthough rendering devotional service to the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead and worshiping Him are very difficult, if one vibrates or simply\n\nreads this stotra [prayer] composed and sung by me, he will very easily\nbe able to invoke the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nIt is especially significant that Lord Siva is a pure devotee of Lord\n\nVasudeva. Vai§r-avtintirh yathti sambhuft: \"Amongst all Vai�J]avas, Lord\n\nSiva is the topmost.\" Consequently Lord Siva has a sampradtiya, a Vai�J]ava\n\ndisciplic succession, called Rudra-sampradaya. At the present moment\n\nthose who belong to the Vi�!]usvami-sampradaya of Vai�p.avas come from\n\nRudra, Lord Siva. To become a devotee of Lord I<J�J]a, Vasudeva, is very,\n\nvery difficult. The word especially used in this connection is durtirtidhyam.\n\nThe worship of the demigods is not very difficult, but becoming a devotee\n\nof Lord Vasudeva, Kr�J]a, is not so easy. However, if one adheres to the\n\nprinciples and follows in the footsteps of the higher authorities, as advised\nby Lord Siva, he can easily become a devotee of Lord Vasudeva. This is\n\nalso confirmed by Prahlada Maharaja. Devotional service cannot be prac­\n\nticed by a mental speculator. Devotional service is a special attainment\nwhich can be acquired only by a person who has surrendered unto a pure\n\ndevotee.\n\nAs\n\nconfirmed\n\nby\n\nPrahlada\n\nMaharaja, mahiyastirh\n\nptida-rajo\n\n'bhi§ekarh ni§kiiicantintirh na vrr-ita ytivat: \"Unless one accepts the dust of\n\nthe lotus feet of a pure devotee, who is free from all material contami­\n\nnation, one cannot enter into the devotional service of the Lord.\"\n\n(Bhtig. 7.5.32)\n\nTEXT 77\n\n� �Sfl\"liQQ�'I'4�f4(1fH( I\n\n•t:�a•ihn�stH1,.�(1�*48¥fi(\n\nII�\\911\n\nvindate puru�o 'mu�miid\nyad yad icchaty asatvaram\nmad-gzta- gztiit su-pritiic\nchreyasiim eka vallabhiit\nvindate-achieves; puru�alt-a devotee; amu�mat-from the Personality\n\nof Godhead; yat yat- that which; icchati-desires;asatvaram-beingfixed;\n\n", "SB4.3#p0382": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1130\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\nmat-gita-sung by me; gl:tiit-by the song; su-pntiit-from the Lord who is\n\nvery pleased; sreyasiim-of all benediction; eka-one; vallabhiit-from the\ndearmost.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the dearmost objective of all\n\nauspicious benedictions. A human being who sings this song sung by me\n\ncan please the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such a devotee, being\n\nfixed in the Lord's devotional service, can acquire whatever he wants from\nthe Supreme Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii, yam labdhvii ciipararh liibharh manyate\n\nniidhikarh tatal).: \"Established thus, one never departs from the truth, and\n\nupon gaining it he thinks there is no greater gain.\" (Bg. 6.22) If one can\n\nattain the favor of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he has nothing to\naspire for, nor does he desire any other gain. When Dhruva Maharaja\nbecame perfect by austerity and saw the Supreme Personality of Godhead\neye to eye, he was offered any kind of benediction he wanted. However,\nDhruva replied that he did not want anything, for he was perfectly satisfied\nwith the benediction of seeing the Lord. Except for the service of the\n\nSupreme Lord, whatever we want is called illusion, miiyii. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu said: jivera 'svarupa' haya-krfirtera 'nitya-dasa' (Cc. Madhya\n\n20.108). Every living entity is an eternal servant of the Lord; therefore\n\nwhen one engages in the service of the Lord, he realizes the highest perfection of life. A faithful servant can fulfill any desire by the grace of the\n\nmaster, and one who engages in the transcendental loving service of the\n\nLord has nothing to aspire for separately. All his desires are fulfilled simply\n\nby engaging constantly in the Lord's loving service. Lord Siva shows us\nthat any devotee can be successful simply by chanting the prayers which\n\nhe has recited.\n\nTEXT 78\n\n{(�:� � �:��: I\n1'*4Miitit.4t� � .4..�: 11�11\nidarh ya� kalya utthaya\npraiijali/:1. sraddhayiinvita/:1.\nsrr-uyiic chravayen martyo\nmucyate karma-bandhanail).\n\n", "SB4.3#p0383": "Text 79]\n\nChanting the Song Sung by Lord Siva\n\n1131\n\nidam-this prayer; ya /.1.-a devotee who; ka lye-ear ly in the morning;\n\nutthiiya-after\n\nsraddhayii\n\ngetting\n\nup\n\nfrom\n\nbed; prii nja l i/.1.-with folded hands;\n\n- with faith and devotion; anvita/.1.·- thus being absorbed;\n\nSf!J. Uyii t-personally chants and hears; sriivayet- and gets others to hear;\nmartya 1;.-such\n\na\n\nhuman\n\nbeing;\n\nmu c yate - becomes\n\nfreed;\n\nkarma­\n\nbandhanai/.1.- from all kinds of actions resulting from fruitive activities.\nTRANSLATION\n\nA devotee who rises early in the morning and with folded hands chants\n\nthese prayers sung by Lord Siva and gives facility to others to hear them\ncertainly becomes free from all bondage to fruitive activities.\nPURPORT\nMukti or liberation means becoming free from the results of fruitive\n\nactivities. As stated in Sr\"imad-Bhiigavatam: muktir hitviinyatliii rupam.\n\nMukti means giving up all other activities, and svariipeTJ,a vyavasthiti/.1.\n\nmeans being situated in one's constitutional position. (Bhiig. 2.10.6) In\n\nthis conditional state we are entangled by one fruitive activity after\n\nanother. Karma-bandhana means the bonds of fruitive activity . As long as\none's mind is absorbed in fruitive activities, he has to manufacture plans\n\nfor happiness. The bhakti-yoga process is different, for bhakti-yoga means\nacting according to the order of the supreme authority. When we act under\nthe direction of supreme authority, we do not become entangled by\nfruitive results. For instance, Arjuna fought because the Supreme Personality of Godhead wanted him to; therefore he was not responsible for\nthe outcome of the fighting. As far as devotional service is concerned,\neven hearing and chanting is as good as acting with our body , mind and\nsenses. Actually hearing and chanting are also activities of the senses. When\nthe senses are utilized for one's own sense gratification, they entangle one\nin karma, but when they are used for the satisfaction of the Lord, they\nestablish one in bhakti.\nTEXT 79\n\n�\n\"\"Wi..!(��cc\"\"Wil\"'!l�..u\n� �: q(¥U€44Wi: � I\n� .,...,.�4(ijcft �\n'lit('iiil4t � 311'4�fi�t<l( ����II\n\n�\n\n....\n...\n\n•\n\n", "SB4.3#p0384": "1132\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 24\n\ngitam mayedam naradeva-nandanal;t\nparasya pumsal;t paramatmanal;t stavam\n\njapanta ekagra-dhiyas tapo mahat­\n\ncaradhvam ante tata apsyathepsitam\n\ngitam-sung; maya-by me; idam- this; naradeva-nandana!z-0 sons of\n\nthe king; parasya-of the Supreme; pumsa!z-Personality of Godhead;\nparamatmana/;t-the Supersoul of everyone; sta vam prayer; japanta!zchanting; ekagra-perfect attention; dhiya!z- intelligence; tapa/;t-austerities;\n-\n\nmahat-great; caradhvam-you practice; ante-at the end; tata!z-thereafter;\n\napsyatha-will achieve; ipsitam-the desired result.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear sons of the King, the prayers which I have recited to you are\n\nmeant for pleasing the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Supl!rsoul. I\n\nadvise you to recite these prayers, which are as effective as great aus­\n\nterities. In this way, when you are mature, your life will be successful, and\nyou will certainly achieve all your desired objectives without fail.\nPURPORT\n\nIf we persistently engage in devotional service, certainly all of our desires\n\nwill be fulfilled in due course of time.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Twentyfourth Chapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Chanting the Song\nSung by Lord Siva.\"\n\n", "SB4.3#p0385": "", "SB4.4#p0001": "His Divine Grace\nA.C. BHAKTIVEDANTA SWAMI PRABHUPAD,'\\\n\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB4.4#p0002": "Plate 1 The great saint Narada became very compassionate upon the King and decided to\ninstruct him about s irituallife.\n\na e 1135\n\n", "SB4.4#p0003": "Plate 2 Lord Kr�qa imparted the imperishable science ofyoga to the sun-god, Vivasvan, who\ninstructed it to Manu, the father of mankind, who in turn instructed it to lk�vaku. (page\n1323)\n\n", "SB4.4#p0004": "Plate 3 The Supreme Lord is the Su reme S irit the Su ersoul.\n\na e 1358\n\n", "SB4.4#p0005": "Plate 4 The perfect result of an education is the fixing of one's mind on the lotus feet of\nKy�qa. (page 1428)\n\n", "SB4.4#p0006": "Plate 5 Consulting a bona fide spiritual master is the same as consulting the Supreme Person\nality of Godhead personally. (page 1430\n\n", "SB4.4#p0007": "Plate 6 The Personality of Godhead, appearing on the shoulder of Garuda, dissipated all the\ndarkness of the universe.\n\na e 1491\n\n", "SB4.4#p0008": "Plate 7 The remaining trees, being very much afraid of the Pracetas, immediately delivered\ntheir daughter at the advice of Lord Brahma. (page 1548)\n\n", "SB4.4#p0009": "ALL GLORY TO 5RT GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\n3JN � *41�+tl\"i'4�l� �@ I\n� +tf �qf;q�;pn+tlft'R� iRJ: II�� II\napi smarasi ciitmiinam\navijriiita-sakham sakhe\nhitvii miim padam anvicchan\nbhauma-bhoga-rato gata� (p. 1348)\n\n", "SB4.4#p0010": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-4 (13 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (3 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri Tsopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�ra Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKn>ra. The Supreme Personality of Godhead (2 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nTranscendental Teachings of Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nKr�ra. the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kn;ra\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr�ra Consciousness\nLord Caitanya in Five Features\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB4.4#p0011": "Srlmad-Bhagavatam\nFourth Canto\n\"The creation of the Fourth Order\"\n\n<Part Four-Chapters 25-31>\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n•\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA\nBOOK TRUST\nNew York ·Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "SB4.4#p0012": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n3764 Watseka A venue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1974 the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights R eserved\n\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 7 5-189067\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0912776-49-8\n\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "SB4.4#p0013": "TABLE OF CONTENTS\n\n•\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-FIVE\n\nThe Descriptions of the Characteristics\nof King Purar\\jana\n\n1133\n\nNarada Has Compassion on King Pracinabarhi�at\n\n1135\n\nThose Interested in a So-called Beautiful Life\n\n1140\n\nNarada Narrates the History of King Puraiijana\n\n1143\n\nKing Purai'ijana Has Unlimited Material Desires\n\n1150\n\nDescription of the City of Nine Gates\n\n1153\n\nKing Purai'ijana Meets a Beautiful Woman\n\n1159\n\nKing Purai'ijana Addresses the Woman\n\n1164\n\nPuraiijana Introduces Himself as a Great Hero\n\n1170\n\nThe Girl Speaks to the King\n\n1174\n\nHappiness of a Householder's Life\n\n1181\n\nThe King and the Woman Enter the City\n\n1186\n\nDescription of the Nine Gates\n\n1188\n\nThe King Fulfills All the Desires of His Queen\n\n1198\n\nThe King Becomes Cheated in His Whole\nExistence\n\n1202\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-SIX\n\nKing Purar\\jana Goes to the forest to Hunt,\nand His Queen Becomes Angry\n\n1205\n\nThe Departure of the King for the Forest\n\n1206\n\nThe King Kills Many Innocent Animals\n\n1211\n\nA Person Who Acts Whimsically Falls Down\n\n1215\n\nAfter Killing, the King Becomes Tired\n\n1221\n\nv\n\n", "SB4.4#p0014": "The King Becomes Captivated by Cupid\n\n1225\n\nA Good Wife Gives Good Intelligence\n\n1230\n\nThe King Praises the Beauty of His Wife\n\n1238\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY- SEVEN\n\nAttack by CaQc;Javega on the City of King\nPuraruana� the Character of Kalakanya\n\n1245\n\nKing Puranjana Enjoys with His Wife\n\n1245\n\nThe King Becomes Deviated from His Good Sense\n\n1249\n\nThe King Begets 1,100 Sons in the Womb of His\nWife\n\n1254\n\nThe King Gets His Sons and Daughters Married\n\n1257\n\nKing Puranjana Worships the Demigods\n\n1262\n\nThere Is a King Named Cap.�avega\n\n1276\n\nThe King and His Friends Become Anxious\n\n1271\n\nNarada Cursed by the Daughter of Time\n\n1276\n\nThe King of the Yavanas Addresses Kalakanya\n\n1282\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY- EIGHT\n\nPurarljana Becomes a woman\nin the Next Life\n\n1287\n\nDangerous Soldiers Attack the City of Puranjana\n\n1288\n\nThe King Loses All His Beauty and Opulence\n\n1292\n\nThe King's City Is Smashed by Kalakanya\n\n1296\n\nThe Serpent Wishes to Leave the City\n\n1300\n\nThe King Worries About His Family Members\n\n1304\n\nYavana-raja Comes to Arrest the King\n\n1310\n\nThe King Is Unable to Remember Supersoul\n\n1314\n\nPuranjana Takes Birth as the Daughter of a King\n\n1318\n\nThe Children of King Malayadhvaja\n\n1322\n\nKing Malayadhvaja Retires· to a Solitary Place\n\n1326\n\nKing Malayadhvaja Conquers All Relativities\n\n1330\n\n", "SB4.4#p0015": "King Malayadhvaja Attains Perfect Knowledge\n\n1334\n\nQueen Vidarbhl Remains Engaged in Her Husband's\n1337\n\nService\nThe Queen Laments the Death of Her Husband\n\n1341\n\nA Bnihmapa Pacifies the Queen\n\n1345\n\nSupersoul Is the Most Intimate Friend\n\n1348\n\nThe Soul Is Hidden in the City of the Body\n\n1354\n\nThe Factual Position of the Soul and the\nSupersoul\n\n1358\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-NINE\nTalks Between Narada and\nKing PracTnabarhi\n\n13 n\n\nTransmigration of the Living Entity\n\n1373\n\nDescription of the Senses\n\n1379\n\nThe Eyes Engage in Seeing Forms\n\n1383\n\nThe M ind Is Affected by the Modes of Nature\n\n1388\n\nThe Body's Life Span Is Gradually Reduced\n\n1393\n\nThe Living Entity Gets D ifferent Bodies\n\n1397\n\nThe Living Entity Is Exactly Like a Dog\n\n1402\n\nThe Ultimate Solution to All Problems\n\n1407\n\nThe Culture of Kr�I)a Consciousness\n\n1412\n\nDemigod Worship Does Not Help One Understand\n1418\n\nUnderstand the Lord\nVedic Rituals Are Not the Goal of Life\n\n1422\n\nDevotional Service Is the Only Way to Please\nThe Lord\n\n1426\n\nSpiritual Master Is Not Different from Kr�I)a\n\n1429\n\nThe Precarious Position of Family Life\n\n1434\n\nEven Great Sages Are Bewildered About the\nGoal of Life\n\n1441\n\nThe Subtle Body Always Remains\n\n1444\n\nThe Living Being Executes His Mental Concoctions\n\n1448\n\nVll\n\n", "SB4.4#p0016": "The Mind Indicates Past and Future Bodies\n\n1454\n\nThe Devotee Observes the Cosmos Just as the\n1458\n\nLord D oes\nTransmigration of the Soul\n\n1465\n\nThe Living Being Entrapped as a Conditionerl\n1471\n\nSoul\nKing Practnabarhi Leaves Home\n\n1474\n\nThis Narration Sanctifies the Material World\n\n1478\n\nCHAPTER THIRTY\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1485\n\nThe Pracetas Satisfy Lord V i�l)U\n\n1488\n\nDescription of the Body of the Lord\n\n1491\n\nThe Lord Addresses the Pracetas\n\n1494\n\nThe Daughter Born of Pramloca and Kal)<;iu\n\n1500\n\nSpecial Facilities Given to the Pracetas\n\n1504\n\nDevotees Feel Fresh and New in Their Activities\n\n1510\n\nPrayers of the Pracetas\n\n1513\n\nThe Lord's Existence Is Completely Independent\n\n1516\n\nThe Lord Is the Witness of All Activities\n\n1520\n\nThe Deity Expansion of the Lord\n\n1522\n\nThe Lord Is Celebrated by the Name Ananta\n\n1526\n\nAssociation with Pure Devotees\n\n1530\n\nDevotees Purify Places of Pilgrimage\n\n1535\n\nThe Lord Is Known as Vasudeva\n\n1543\n\nThe Pracetas Wish to Make the Earth T reeless\n\n1547\n\nThe Birth of Dak�a\n\n1549\n\nCHAPTER THIRTY- ONE\nNarada Instructs the Pracetas\n\n1555\n\nThe Pracetas Leave Home\n\n1555\n\nNarada Comes to See the Pracetas\n\n1559\n\nvm\n\n", "SB4.4#p0017": "Narada's Instructions to the Pracetas\n\n1563\n\nThree Kinds of Human Births\n\n1566\n\nThe Goal of All Auspicious Activities\n\n1572\n\nEverything Emanates from the Supreme Lord\n\n1576\n\nThe Lord Is the Supersoul of All Beings\n\n1582\n\nThe Lord Relishes the Activities of the Devotees\n\n1586\n\nThe Pracetas Go Back to Godhead\n\n1589\n\nlX\n\n", "SB4.4#p0018": "CHAPTER TWENTY-FIVE\n\nThe Descriptions of the Characteristics\nof King Puraruana\nTEXT I\n\nij��\n\n�(lK� � �:I\n� (M�911Ui ((af41Rt(� �: II � II\nmaitreya uvaca\niti sandisya bhagavan\nbarhi�adair abhipujita�\npasyatarh raja-putrii�Jarh\ntatraivantardadhe hara�\nmajtreyaft uvaca- the great sage Maitreya continued to speak; iti-thus;\nsandisya - giving instruction; bhagavan- most powerful lord; barhi§adaift- by\nthe sons of King Barhi�at; abhipujitaft- being worshiped; pasyatam-while\nthey were looking on; riija-putn\"i!liim-the sons of the King; tatra- there;\neva- certainly; antardadhe- became invisible; haralt- Lord Siva.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued speaking to Vidura: My dear Vidura,\n\nin this way Lord Siva instructed the sons of King Barhi�at. The sons of the\nKing also worshiped Lord Siva with great devotion and respect. Finally,\nLord Siva became invisible to the princes.\nPURPORT\nThis chapter contains a great lesson concerning the monarchical kingdom\nin the days of yore. When King Barhi�at was considering retiring from the\nroyal duties, he sent his sons to perform austerities in order to become\nperfect kings for the welfare of the citizens. At the same time King Barhi�at\n\n1133\n\n", "SB4.4#p0019": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1134\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nwas being instructed by the great sage Narada about the material world and\nthe living entity who wants to enjoy it. It is therefore very clear how the\nkings and princes were trained to take charge of a kingdom. Welfare activities for the benefit of the citizens were aimed at understanding the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. The human form of life is especially meant for\n\nunderstanding God, our relationship with Him and our activities in His\n\nservice. Because the kings took charge of the spiritual education of the\n\ncitizens, both the king and the citizens were happy in Kr�l).a consciousness.\n\nIn this regard, we should remember that the monarchical hierarchy of\nPracinabarhi�at comes from Maharaja Dhruva, a great devotee of the Lord\n\nand the most celebrated disciple of Narada Muni. King Pracinabarhi�at was\n\nthen too much engaged in fruitive activities due to performing different\ntypes of yajiias. One can actually be promoted to higher planetary systems\nor to the heavenly kingdoms by performing various yajiias, but there is no\n\nquestion of liberation or going back home, back to Godhead. When the\ngreat sage Narada saw that a descendant of Maharaja Dhruva was being\nmisled by fruitive activities, he took compassion upon him and personally\ncame to instruct him about the ultimate benediction of life, bhakti-yoga.\nHow\n\nNarada Muni indirectly\n\nintroduced the bhakti-yoga system to\n\nKing Pracinabarhi�at is very interestingly described in this Twenty-fifth\n\nChapter.\nTEXT2\n\n� ll1FRJ: � � �: I\n\\ijq;ij� ijq�fi'lian¥twt � II � II\nrudra-gztam bhagavataf:l,\nstotram sarve pracetasaf:l,\njapantas te tapas tepur\nvar�iirtiim ayutam jale\nrudra-gitam-the song sung by Lord Siva; bhagavata{l-of the Lord;\n\nstotram-prayer; sarve-all; pracetasa{l-the princes known as the Pracetas;\n\njapanta{l-reciting; te-all of\n\nthem; tapa[t-austerity; tepu{l-executed;\n\nvar§ii[uim-of years;ayutam-lO,OOO;jale- within the water.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll the Praceta princes simply stood in the water for ten thousand years\n\nand recited the prayers given to them by Lord Siva.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0020": "Text3]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiij ana\n\n1135\n\nPURPORT\nOf course in the modern age one may be amazed how the princes could\nstand in the water for ten thousand years. However, living within air or\nliving within water is the same process; one simply has to learn how to do\nit. The aquatics live within water for their whole life span. Certain favorable\nconditions are created to enable them to live within water. In those days,\nhowever, people used to live for 100,000 years. Out of so many years, if\none could spare ten thousand years for the sake of austerity, he would be\nassured of success in his future life. This was not very astonishing. Although\nsuch a feat is impossible in this age, it was quite possible in Satya-yuga.\nTEXT3\n\nSll�wt'l�\n\n�:\n\nd(ql(1'ffi¥Uwt6( I\n\nwtiOOSiCI€41ij+i4itU �: sr�it'll'(� II � II\npriici:nabarhi�am k§attafi,\nkarmasv iisakta-miinasam\nniirado 'dh yiitma-tattva-jiia(t\nkrpiilufi. pratyabodhayat\npriicinabarhi§am-unto King Pracinabarhi�at; k§attafi.-0 Vidura;\nkarmasu-in fruitive activities; iisakta atta c hed; miinasam-with this mentality; niirada�- the great sage N arada ; adhyiitma- spiritualism ; tattva-jiia�one who knows the truth; krpiilu�- being compassionate; pratyabodhayat-\n\ngave instructions.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the princes were undergoing severe austerities in the water, their\nfather was performing different types of fruitive activities. At this time the\ngreat saint Narada, master and teacher of all spiritual life, became very\ncompassionate upon the King and decided to instruct him about spiritual\nlife.\nPURPORT\nAs pointed out by Prabodhananda Sarasvati Thakura, a great devotee of\nLord Caitanya, kaivalya, or merging into the Brahman effulgence, is just\nlike going to hell. He similarly states that elevation to the upper planetary\nsystems for the enjoyment of heavenly life is just so much phantasmagoria.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0021": "1136\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nThis means that a devotee does not give any importance to the ultimate\ngoal of the karmis and jiitinis . The ultimate goal of the karmis is promotion\nto the heavenly kingdom, and the ultimate goal of the jiiiinis is merging\ninto the Brahman effulgence. Of course the jiiiinis are superior to the\nkarmis, as confirmed by Lord Caitanya: koti-karmani�tha-madhye eka\n'jiiani' sre. stha. \"One jiiant, or impersonalist, is better than many thousands\nof fruitive actors.\" ( Cc. Madhya 19.14 7) Therefore a devotee never enters\nupon the path of karma, or elevation by fruitive activities. Narada Muni\ntook compassion upon King Pracinabarhi�at when he saw the King engaged\nin fruitive activity. In comparison to mundane workers, however, those\nwho are trying to be elevated to the higher planetary systems by performing\n\nyajiias are undoubtedly superior. In pure devotional service, however, both\nkarma and jiiana are considered to be bewildering features of the illusory\nenergy.\nTEXT4\n\n� CM'Is0i31( � (W I\nt:�: ij((ti':UriC: ��(6�( � II \\1 II\nsreyas tvarh katamad rajan\nkarmar-atmana Thase\ndufi,kha-hanifi, sukhavaptifi,\nsreyas tan neha ce�yate\nsreya[l - ultimate benediction; tvam-you; katamat-what is that; riijan0 King; karma T)ii- by fruitive activities; iitmana[l-of the soul; ih as e- you\ndesire; du�kha-hani{l- disappearance of all distresses; sukha-avapti\"{lattainment of all happiness; sreya[l- benediction; tat- that; na- never; ihain this connection; ca-and; i§ yate is available.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nNarada Muni asked King Pracinabarhi�at: My dear King, what do you\n\ndesire to achieve by performing these fruitive activities? The chief aim of\n\nlife is to get rid of all miseries and enjoy happiness, but these two things\n\ncannot be realized by fruitive activity.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn this material world there is a great illusion which covers real intelligence. A man in the mode of passion wants to work very hard to derive\n\n", "SB4.4#p0022": "Text 4]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\n1137\n\nsome benefit, but he does not know that time will never allow him to\nenjoy anything permanently. Compared to the work one expends, the gain\nis not so profitable. Even if it is profitable, it is not without its distresses.\nIf a man is not born rich, and he wants to purchase a house, cars and other\nmaterial things, he has to work hard day and night for many years in order\nto possess them. Thus happiness is not attained without undergoing some\ndistress.\nActually pure happiness cannot be had within this material world. If we\nwish to enjoy something, we must suffer for something else. On the whole,\nsuffering is the nature of this material world, and whatever enjoyment we\nare trying to achieve is simply illusion. After all, we have to suffer the\nmiseries of birth, old age, disease and death. We may discover many fine\nmedicines, but it is not possible to stop the sufferings of disease or death.\nActually medicine is not the counteracting agent for either disease or death.\nOn the whole there is no happiness in this material world, but an illusioned\nperson works very hard for so-called happiness. Indeed, this process of\nworking hard is actually taken for happiness. This is called illusion.\nTherefore Narada Muni asked King Pracinabarhi�at what he desired to\nattain by performing so many costly sacrifices. Even if one attains a\nheavenly planet, he cannot avoid the distresses of birth, old age, disease\nand death. Someone may argue that even devotees have to undergo many\ndistresses in executing austerities and penances connected with devotional\nservice. Of course for the neophytes the routine of devotional service may\nbe very painful, but at least they have the hope that they will ultimately\nbe able to avoid all kinds of distresses and achieve the highest perfectional\nstage of happiness. For the common karmis, there is no such hope because\neven if they are promoted to the higher planetary systems, they are not\nguaranteed freedom from the miseries of birth, old age, disease and death.\nEven Lord Brahma, who is situated in the highest planetary system\n(Brahmaloka), has to die. Lord Brahma's birth and death may be different\nfrom an ordinary man's, but within this material world he cannot avoid\nthe distresses of birth, old age, disease and death. If one is at all serious\nabout attaining liberation from these miseries, he must take to devotional\nservice. This is confirmed by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gitii:\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevam yo vetti tattvata�\ntyaktvii deham punar janma\nnaiti miim eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and\nactivities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this\n\n", "SB4.4#p0023": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1138\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nmaterial world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" (Bg. 4.9)\n\nThus after attaining full Kr�l).a consciousness, the devotee does not\n\nreturn to this material world after death. He goes back home, back to\n\nGodhead. That is the perfect stage of happiness, unblemished by any trace\n\nof distress.\n\nTEXTS\n\nrntm\nWI � � -R ..¥ttq�(lfl: I\n\n�it�� lr.f�dt¥r: 11�11\nriijoviica\nna jiiniimi mahii-bhiiga\npararh karmiipaviddha-dh\"i�\nbruhi me vimalarh jiiiinarh\nyena mucyeya karmabhi�\nriijii uviica- the King replied; na-not; jiiniimi-1 know; mahii-bhiiga-0\n\ngreat soul; param-transcendental; karma- by fruitive activities; apaviddhabeing\n\npierced;\n\ndh'i[!. -my\n\nintelligence;\n\nbriihi-please\n\ntell; me-to\n\nme;\n\nvimalam-spotless; jiiiinam-knowledge; yena-by which; mucyeya-1 can\nget relief; karmabh*- from the fruitive activities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King replied: 0 great soul, Narada, my intelligence is entangled in\n\nfruitive activities; therefore I do not know the ultimate goal of life. Kindly\n\ninstruct me in pure knowledge so that I can get out of the entanglement\n\nof fruitive activities.\n\nPURPORT\nSri Narottama dasa Thakura has sung:\nsat-sanga chii�i' kainu asate viliisa\nte-kiirap,e liigila ye karma-bandha-phiinsa\nAs long as a person is entangled in fruitive activities, he is bound to\n\naccept one body after another. This is called karma-bandha-phiinsa­\n\nentanglement in fruitive activities. It does not matter whether one is\n\nengaged in pious or impious activities, for both are causes for further\n\n", "SB4.4#p0024": "Text 6]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\n1139\n\nentanglement in material bodies. By pious activities one can take birth\nin a rich family and get a good education and a beautiful body, but this\ndoes not mean that the distresses of life are ultimately eliminated. In the\nWestern countries it is not unusual for one to take birth in a rich aristocratic family, nor is it unusual for one to have a good education and a very\nbeautiful body, but this does not mean that Westerners are free from the\ndistresses of life. Although at the present moment the younger generation\nin Western countries has sufficient education, beauty and wealth, and\nalthough there is enough food, clothing and facilities for sense gratification,\nthey are in distress. Indeed, they are so distressed that they become\n\"hippies,\" and the laws of nature force them to accept a wretched life.\nThus they go about unclean and without shelter or food, and they are\nforced to sleep in the street. It can be concluded that one cannot become\nhappy by simply performing pious activities. It is not a fact that those who\nare born with a silver spoon in their mouths are free from the material\nmiseries of birth, old age, disease and death. The conclusion is that one\ncannot be happy by simply executing pious or impious activities. Such\nactivities simply cause entanglement and transmigration from one body\nto another. Narottama dasa Thakura calls this karma-bandha-phansa.\n\nKing Pracinabarhi�at admitted this fact and frankly asked Narada Muni\nhow he could get out of this\n\nkarma-bandha-phansa, entanglement in\n\nfruitive activities. This is actually the stage of knowledge indicated in the\nfirst verse of\n\nVediinta-sutra: athiito brahma-jijniisii (V s. 1.1.1). When one\n\nactually reaches the platform of frustration in an attempt to discharge\n\nkarma-bandha-phansa, he inquires about the real value of life, which is\nbrahma-jijiiasii. In order to inquire about the ultimate goal\nof life, the Vedas enjoin: tad vijiianiirtharh sa gumm eviibhigacchet\n(Mur-{iaka Up. 1.2.12). \"In order to understand the transcendental science,\ncalled\n\none must approach a bona fide spiritual master.\"\nKing Pracinabarhir?at found the best spiritual master, Narada Muni, and\nhe therefore asked him about that knowledge by which one can get out of\n\nthe entanglement of karma-bandha-phiinsa, fruitive activities. This is the\n\n.Ttvasya tattva-jijniisii niirtho yas ceha\nkarmabhi� (Bhiig. 1.2.10). As stated in the Second Chapter of the First\nCanto of Snmad-Bhiigavatam, a human being's only business is inquiring\n\nactual business of human life.\n\nfrom a bona fide spiritual-master about extrication from the entanglement\n\nof karma-bandha-phiinsa .\n\nTEXT6\n\nm\n\niM!I �(1('4...�: ,\nWI qt � ��4(11(\\:t� II� II\n\n", "SB4.4#p0025": "1140\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\ngrhe�u kii.ta-dharme�u\nputra-dara-dhaniirtha-dhl{!\nna param vindate mu{lho\nbhriimyan samsiira-vartmasu\ng,rhe§U- in family life; ku,ta-dharme,su- in false occupational duties; putra\n-sons; dara-wife; dhana-wealth; artha-the goal of life; dh i�-one who\nconsiders; na-not; pa ra m- transcendence ; vindate-achieves; mu!ihaftrascal; bhramyan-wandering ; sarhsara-of material existence; vartmasu- on\nthe paths.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who are only interested in a so-called beautiful life-namely\nremaining as a householder entangled by sons and a wife and searching\nafter wealth-think that such things are life's ultimate goal. Such people\nsimply wander in different types of bodies throughout this material exist­\n\nence without finding out the ultimate goal of life.\nPURPORT\n\nThose who are too much attached to family life-which consists of\n\nentanglement with wife, children, wealth and home-are engaged in ku.ta­\n\ndharma, pseudo-duties. Prahlada Maharaja has likened these pseudo\noccupational duties to a dark well (andha-kiipa). Prahlada has purposefully\nspoken of this dark well because if one falls into this well, he will die. He\nmay cry for help, but no one will hear him or come to rescue him.\n\nThe words b hrii myan samsiira-vartmasu are significant. In Caitanyacaritiimrta, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu very clearly explains: brahmiir4a\nbhramite kona bhiigyavan jiva (Cc. Madhya 19.151). All living entities are\n\nwandering in different types of bodies throughout different planets, and\n\nif, in the course of their wanderings, they come in contact with a devotee\n\nby the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, their lives become\nsuccessful. Even though King Pracinabarhi�at was engaged in fruitive\n\nactivity, the great sage Niirada appeared before him. The King was very\nfortunate to be able to associate with Narada, who enlightened him in\n\nspiritual knowledge. It is the duty of all saintly persons to follow in the\n\nfootsteps of Narada Muni and travel all over the world to every country\nand village just to instruct illusioned persons about the goal of life and to\n\nsave them from the entanglement of karma-bandha, fruitive activity.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0026": "Text7]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\n1141\n\nTEXT7\n\n<=tW; �\n\n��:�����'\n4�i�ijl��('lflf'l�\n�: II \\9 II\nncirada uvaca\nbho bho{l, praja-pate rajan\npasun pasya tvayadhvare\nsamjnapitan jiva-sanghan\nnirghrflena sahasrasa{l,\nnarada{l,\n\nuvaca- the\n\ngreat\n\nsage Narada replied;\n\nbho{l,\n\npraja-pate-0 ruler of the citizens; rajan-0 King; pas il n\nplease see; tvaya\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbho[l,- hello ;\n\nanimals; pasya­\n\nby you; adhvare-in the sacrifice; sarh j ii apitan\n\n-\n\nkilled;\n\nj iva-sanghan- groups of animals; nirghr fl ena without pity; sahasrasa{l,-in\n-\n\nthousands.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great saint Narada said: 0 ruler of the citizens, my dear King, please\nsee in the sky those animals which you have sacrificed without compassion\nand without mercy in the sacrificial arena.\nPURPORT\nBecause animal sacrifice is recommended in the Vedas, there are animal\nsacrifices in almost all religious rituals. However, one should not be satisfied\nsimply by killing animals according to the directions of the scriptures. One\nshould transcend the ritualistic ceremonies and try to understand the actual\ntruth, the purpose of life. Narada Muni wanted to instruct the King about\n\nthe real purpose of life and invoke a spirit of renunciation in his heart.\nKnowledge and the spirit of renunciation (jniina-vairiigya) are the ultimate\ngoal of life. Without knowledge, one cannot become detached from material enjoyment, and without being detached from material enjoyment, one\ncannot make spiritual advancement. Karm\"is are generally engaged in sense\ngratification, and for this end they are prepared to commit so many sinful\nactivities. Animal sacrifice is but one such sinful activity. Consequently,\nby his mystic power Narada Muni showed King Praclnabarhi�at the dead\nanimals which he had sacrificed.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0027": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1142\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nTEXTS\n\n�ro�����\nij+q'(ij+ct:- �fw�W&f�ij+t;:t;u II � II\nete tvam sampratik§ante\nsmaranto vaisasam tava\nsamparetam aya�-ku.tais\nchindanty utthita-manyava�\nete-all of them; tvam you; samprattk�ante-are awaiting; smaranta�-\n\nremembering; vaiSasa m -inj uries; tava-of you; sampar e tam-after your\ndeath; aya�\n\n-\n\nmade of\n\niron; kutai{t -by the horns; chindanti-pierce;\n\nutthita-enlivened; manyava�-anger\n\n.\n\nTRA NS L A TION\nAll these animals are awaiting your death so that they can avenge the\n\ninjuries you have inflicted upon them. After you die, they will angrily\n\npierce your body with iron horns.\n\nPURPORT\nNiirada Muni wanted to draw King Priicinabarhi�at 's attention to the\nexcesses of killing animals in sacrifices. It is said in the siistras that by\nkilling animals in a sacrifice, one immediately promotes them to human\nbirth. Similarly, by killing their enemies on a battlefield, the k�atriyas who\nfight for a right cause are elevated to the heavenly planets after death. In\nManu-samhita it is stated that it is necessary for a king to execute a murderer so that the murderer will not suffer for his criminal actions in his\nnext life. On the basis of such understanding, Niirada Muni warns the King\nthat the animals killed in sacrifices by the King await him at his death in\norder to avenge themselves. Niirada Muni is not contradicting himself here.\nNiirada Muni wanted to convince the King that overindulgence in animal\nsacrifice is risky because as soon as there is a small discrepancy in the\nexecution of such a sacrifice, the slaughtered animal may not be promoted\nto a human form of life. Consequently the person performing sacrifice will\nbe responsible for the death of the animal, just as much as a murderer is\nresponsible for killing another man. When animals are killed in a slaughterhouse, six people connected with the killing are responsible for the murder.\nThe person who gives permission for the killing, the person who kills, the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0028": "1143\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\nText 9)\n\nperson who helps, the person who purchases the meat, the person who\ncooks the flesh and the person who eats it, all become entangled in the\nkilling. Narada Muni wanted to draw the King's attention to this fact. Thus\nanimal killing is not encouraged even in a sacrifice.\nTEXT9\n\n� ���surliRnu(f �(lijwwl( 1\n�($9\\� � � � �11�11\n3N\n\natra te kathayi�ye 'mum\nitihiisarh puriitanam\npuranjanasya caritarh\nnibodha gadato mama\natra-herewith; te-unto you; kathayi�ye-I shall speak; amum-on this\nsubject matter; itihiisam-history; puriitanam-very old; puranjanasya-in\nthe matter of Puraiijana; caritam-his character; nibodha-try to understand; gadata� mama- while I am speaking.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this connection I wish to narrate an old history connected with the\ncharacter of a king called Puraiijana. Please try to hear me with great\nattention.\nPURPORT\nThe great sage Narada Muni turned toward another topic-the history of\nKing Puraiijana. This is nothing but the his�ory of King Praci'nabarhi�at\ntold in a different way. In other words, this is an allegorical presentation.\nThe word puranjana means \"one who enjoys in a body.\" This is clearly\nexplained in the next few chapters. Because a person entangled in material\nactivities wants to hear stories of material activities, Narada Muni turned\n\nto\n\nthe\n\ntopics\n\nof\n\nKing\n\nPuraiijana, who is none other\n\nthan\n\nKing\n\nPraci'nabarhi�at. Narada Muni did not, however, deprecate the value of\n\nperforming sacrifices in which animals are sacrificed. Lord Buddha, how­\n\never, directly rejected all animal sacrifice. Sri'la J ayadeva Gosvami' has\n\nstated: nindasi yajna-vidher ahaha sruti-jiitam. The word sruti-jiitam indicates that in the Vedas animal sacrifice is recommended, but Lord Buddha\ndirectly denied Vedic authority in order to stop animal sacrifice. Conse­\n\nquently Lord Buddha is not accepted by the followers of the Vedas.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0029": "1144\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nBecause he does not accept the authority of the Vedas, Lord Buddha is\ndepicted as an agnostic or atheist. The great sage Narada cannot decry the\nauthority of the Vedas, but he wanted to indicate to King Pracinabarhi�at\nthat the path of karma-ka[lt;la is very difficult and risky.\nFoolish persons accept the difficult path of karma-ka[lt;la for the sake of\nsense enjoyment, and those who are too much attached to sense enjoyment\nare called miit;lhas (rascals). It is very difficult for a miit;lha to understand\nthe ultimate goal of life. In the propagation of the Kr�r:ta consciousness\nmovement, we actually see that many people are not attracted because\nthey are miit;lhas engaged in fruitive activity. It is said: upade5o hi\nmurkharJiim prakopiiya na siintaye (Hitopadesa). If good instructions are\ngiven to a foolish rascal, he simply becomes angry and turns against the\ninstructions instead of taking advantage of them. Because Narada Muni\nknew this very well, he indirectly instructed the King by giving him the\nhistory of his entire life. In order to wear a gold or diamond nose pin or\nearring, one has to pierce the ear or nose. Such pain endured for the sake\nof sense gratification is endured on the path of karma-kii[lt;la, the path of\nfruitive activity. If one wishes to enjoy something in the future, he has to\nendure trouble in the present. If one wants to become a millionaire in the\nfuture and enjoy his riches, he has to work very hard at the present\nmoment in order to accumulate money. This is karma-kii[l{iiya. Those who\nare too much attached to such a path undergo the risk anyway. Niirada\nMuni wanted to show King Pracinabarhi�at how one undergoes great\ntroubles and miseries in order to engage in fruitive activity. A person who\nis very much attached to material activity is called vi�ayi:. A vi§ayi: is an\nenjoyer of vi�aya, which means eating, sleeping, mating and defending.\nNarada Muni is indirectly indicating through the story of King Purafijana\nthat eating, sleeping, mating and defending are troublesome and risky.\nThe words itihasam (history) and puratanam (old) indicate that although\na living entity lives within the material body, the history of the living\nentity within the material body is very old. In this regard, Srila\nBhaktivinoda fhakura has sung: anadi karama-phale, pat;li' bhavarrwva-jale,\ntaribare nii dekhi upiiya. \"Due to my past fruitive activities I have fallen\ninto the water of material existence, and I cannot find any way to get out\nof it.\" Every living entity is suffering in this material existence from past\nactivities; therefore everyone has a very old history. Foolish material\nscientists have manufactured their own theories of evolution, which are\nsimply concerned with the material body. But actually this is not the real\nevolution. The real evolution is the history of the living entity, who is\npuranjana, living within the body. Sri Narada Muni will explain this evolutionary theory in a different way for the understanding of sane persons.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0030": "The Characteristics of King Purafijana\n\nText 10]\n\n1145\n\nTEXT 10\n\n311�fk�$w1l ;m{ 00 �«��1!41:\nij�if?till€1;ji+Ussm�<CIf?t�i\n: II� oil\nasit puranjano nama\nraja rajan brhac-chrava{t\ntasyavijnata-namlisit\nsakhavijniita-ce§.tita{t\nasit- there was; puraii jana� Puraiijana; nama-named; riijii-king; riijan0 King; brhat-sravii{t-whose activities were great; tasya his; avijiiiita- the\nunknown one; niimii- of the name; iistt- there was; sakha- friend; avijniitaunknown; ce stita� whose activities.\n-\n\n-\n\n,\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, once in the past lived a king named Puraiijana, who was\ncelebrated for his great activities. He had a friend named Avijiiata [the\nunknown one]. No one could understand the activities of Avijiiata.\nPURPORT\nEvery living entity is puranjana. The word puram means within this\nbody, within this form, and jana means living entity. Thus everyone is\n\npuranjana. Every living entity is supposed to be the king of his body\nbecause the living entity is given full freedom to use his body as he likes.\nHe usually engages his body for sense gratification, because one who is in\nthe bodily conception of life feels that the ultimate goal of life is to serve\nthe senses. This is the process of karma-kart{la. One who has no inner knowledge, who does not know that he is actually the spirit soul living within\nthe body, who is simply enamored by the dictation of the senses, is called\na materialist. A materialistic person interested in sense gratification can be\ncalled a puranjana. Because such a materialistic person utilizes his senses\naccording to his whims, he may also be called a king. An irresponsible king\ntakes the royal position to be his personal property and misuses his treasury\nfor sense gratification.\nThe word b,rhac-chraviil) is also significant. The word srava{t means fame.\nThe living entity is famous from ancient times, for, as stated in Bhagavad­\n\ng\"itii, na jiiyate mriyate vii (Bg. 2.20). \"The living entity is never born and\nnever dies.\" Because he is eternal, his activities are eternal, although they\nare performed in different types of bodies. Na hanyate hanyamiine sarire\n\n", "SB4.4#p0031": "1146\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n-\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\n(Bg. 2.20). \"He does not die, even after the annihilation of the body.\" Thus\nthe living entity transmigrates from one body to another and performs\nvarious activities. In each body the living entity performs so many acts.\nSometimes he becomes a great hero-just like HiraJ;J.yakasipu and Kamsa,\nor in the modern age Napoleon or Hitler. The activities of such men are\ncertainly very great, but as soon as their bodies are finished, everything else\nis finished. Then they remain in name only. Therefore a living entity may\nbe called brhac-chrava{!; he may have a great reputation for various types\nof activities. Nonetheless, he has a friend whom he does not know. Materialistic persons do not understand that God is present as the Supersoul\nand situated within the heart of every living entity. Although the Paramatma sits beside the jiviitmii as a friend, the jiviitmii, or living entity, does\nnot know it. Consequently he is described as avijniita-sakha, meaning \"one\nwho has an unknown friend.\" The word avijnata-ce§!ita{! is also significant\nbecause a living entity works hard under the direction of the Paramatma\nand is carried away by the laws of nature. Nonetheless, he thinks himself\nindependent of God and independent of the stringent laws of material\nnature. It is stated in Bhagavad-gitii:\nacchedyo 'yam adahyo 'yam\nakledyo 'so§ya eva ca\nnitya{! sarva-gata{! sthiirwr\nacalo 'yam sanatana{!\n\"This individual soul is unbreakable and insoluble and can be neither\nburned nor dried. He is everlasting, all-pervading, unchangeable, immovable\nand eternally the same.\" (Bg. 2.24)\nThe living entity is saniitana, eternal. Because he cannot be killed by any\nweapon, burnt into ashes by fire, soaked or moistened by water, nor dried\nup by air, he is considered to be immune to material reactions. Although\nhe is changing bodies, he is not affected by the material conditions. He is\nplaced under the material conditions, and he acts according to the directions of his friend, the Supersoul. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii:\nsarvasya caharh hrdi sannivi§.to\nmatta{! smrtir jfianam apohanarh ca\nvedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyo\nvedanta-krd veda-vid eva caham\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness. By all the Vedas am I to be known; indeed I am\n\n", "SB4.4#p0032": "Text 11]\n\n1147\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\nthe compiler of Vedanta, and I am the knower of the Vedas. (Bg. 15.15)\nThus the Lord as Paramatma is situated in everyone's heart, and He gives\ndirections to the living entity to act in whatever way the living entity\ndesires. In this life and in his previous lives the living entity does not know\nthat the Lord is giving him a chance to fulfill all kinds of desires. No one\ncan fulfill any desire without the sanction of the Lord. All the facilities\ngiven by the Lord are unknown to the conditioned soul.\nTEXT 11\n\n({ts.-�tt+tiUI: � iOiml 'lf?.m q: I\n\"fl�cf � m.n �II��II\nso 'nve§ama[!alt sara[!arh\nbabhrama prthivirh prabhult\nnanuruparh yadavindad\nabhut sa vimana iva\nsalt-that\nshelter;\n\nKing\n\nPuraiijana; anve§amaf!alt-searching after; sara[!am­\n\nbabhrama-traveled\n\nover;\n\nprthivim-the\n\nwhole\n\nplanet earth;\n\nprabhult-to become an independent master; na-never; anurupam-to his\nliking; yada-when;\n\navindat-he could find; abhut-became; salt-he;\n\nvimanalt-morose; iva-like.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Puraiijana began to search for a suitable place to live, and thus he\ntraveled all over the world. Even after a great deal of traveling, he could\nnot find a place just to his liking. Finally he became morose and\ndisappointed.\nPURPORT\nThe travelings of Puraiijana are similar to the travelings of the modern\nhippies. Generally hippies are sons of great fathers and great families. It is\nnot that they are always poor. But some way or another they abandon the\nshelter of their rich fathers and travel all over the world. As stated in this\nverse, the living entity wants to become a prabhu, or master. The word\nprabhu means master, but actually the living entity is not a master; he is\nthe eternal servant of God. When the living entity abandons the shelter of\nGod, Kr�q.a, and tries to become a prabhu independently, he travels all\nover the creation. There are 8,400,000 species of life and millions and\nmillions and trillions of planets within the creation. The living entity\n\n", "SB4.4#p0033": "1148\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nwanders throughout these various types of bodies and throughout different\nplanets, and thus he is like King Purafijana, who travels all over the world\nloo�ng for a suitable place to live.\nSii Narottama dasa Thakura has sung: karma-kiir-!la, jfiiina-kar-!Ia, kevala\nvi§era bhii[!!la. \"The path of karma-kii[!!la [ fruitive activities] and the path\nof jfiiina-kiir-!la [speculation] are just like strong pots of poison.\" A mrta\nbaliyii yebii khiiya, niinii yoni sada phire: \"A person who mistakes this\npoison to be nectar and drinks it travels in different species of life.\" Kadarya\nbhak�a[!a kare: \"And, according to his body, he eats all types of abominable things.\" For instance, when the living entity is in the body of a hog,\nhe eats stool. When the living entity is in the body of a crow, he eats all\nkinds of refuse, even pus and mucus, and enjoys it. Thus Narottama dasa\nThakura points out that the living entity travels in different types of bodies\nand eats all kinds of abominable things. When he does not become ultimately happy, he becomes morose or takes to the ways of hippies.\nThus in this verse it is said (na anuriipam) that the King could never find\na place suitable for his purposes. This is because in any form of life and on\nany planet in the material world, a living entity cannot be happy because\neverything in the material world is unsuitable for the spirit soul. As stated\nin this verse, the living entity independently wants to become a prabhu,\nbut as soon as he gives up this idea and becomes a servant of God, Kr�IJ.a,\nhis happiness immediately begins. Therefore Srila Bhaktivinoda 'fhakura\nsings: (miche) miiyiira vase, yiiccha bhese', khiiccha hiibu!Iubu, bhiii. \"My\ndear living entity, why are you being carried away by the waves of maya?\"\nAs stated in the Bhagavad-gitii:\nisvara[l sarva-bhiitamirh\nhrd-dese 'rjuna ti§thati\nbhramayan sarva-bhiitani\nyantriiru!Ihani mayaya\n\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is directing the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a machine,\nmade of the material energy.\" (Bg. 18.61)\nThe living entity is carried in the machine of the body through so many\nspecies of life on so many planets. Therefore Bhaktivinoda Thiikura asks\nthe living entity why he is being carried away in these bodily machines to\nbe placed in so many different circumstances. He advises that one surmount\nthe waves of miiyii by surrendering unto Kg>l).a. (}iva) krfir-a-diisa, e viSviisa,\nkarle ta' ara du[lkha niii. As soon as we confront Kt�l).a, Knl).a advises:\n\n", "SB4.4#p0034": "Text 12]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\n1149\n\nsarva-dharmiin parityajya\nmiim ekarh sara[Larh vraja\naham tviirh sarva-piipebh yo\nmok§ayi§yiimi mii suca[l.\n\"Abandon all var1ehes of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shaLl\n\ndeliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" (Bg. 18.66)\n\nThus we are immediately relieved from traveling from one body to\n\nanother and from one planet to another. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu says:\n\nbrahmiirp;la bhramite kona bhagyavan jiva (Cc. Madhya 19.151). If, while\n\ntraveling, a living entity becomes fortunate enough to become blessed by\n\nthe association of devotees and to come to K���a consciousness, his real\n\nlife actually begins. This Kr�qa consciousness movement is giving all\n\nwandering living entities a chance to take to the shelter of Kr�qa and thus\n\nbecome happy.\n\nIn this verse the words vimanii iva are very significant. In this material\n\nworld even the great King of heaven is also full of anxiety. If even Lord\nBrahma is full of anxiety, what of these ordinary living entities who are\n\nworking within this planet? Bhagavad-gitii confirms:\n\niibrahma-bhuvaniil lokii[l.\npunar iivartino 'rjuna\n\"From the highest planet in the material world down to the lowest, all are\n\nplaces of misery wherein repeated birth and death take place.\" (Bg. 8.16)\nIn the material world a living entity is never satisfied. Even in the position\n\nof Brahma or in the position of lndra or Candra, one is full of anxiety\nsimply because he has accepted this material world as a place of happiness.\n\nTEXT12\n\n;J���m�i��:�: 1\n� �Jq:qqt;fls«f � ��44't14 II� �II\nna siidhu mene tii[l. sarvii\nbhiitale yiivati[l. pura[l.\nkaman kamayamano 'sau\ntasya tasyopapattaye\nna- never; siidhu- good; mene - thought; ta[l.- t hem; sarvii[l.-all; bhu­\n\ntale- on this earth; yavati[l -all kinds of; pura[l.-residential houses; kiimiin-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0035": "1150\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nobjects for sense enjoyment; kamayamana�-desiring; asau-that King;\n\ntasya-his; tasya-his; upapattaye-for obtaining.\nTRANSLATION\n\nKing Purarijana had unlimited desires for sense enjoyment; consequently\n\nhe traveled all over the world to find a place where all his desires could be\nfulfilled. Unfortunately he found a feeling of insufficiency everywhere.\nPURPORT\nSrila Vidyapati, a great Vai�l).ava poet, has sung:\n\ntatala saikate, varibindu-sama,\nsuta-mita-ramar-t-samaje\nMaterial sense gratification, with society, friendship and love, is herein\n\ncompared to a drop of water falling on a desert. A desert requires oceans\n\nof water to satisfy it, and if only a drop of water is supplied, what is its use?\nSimilarly, the living entity is part and parcel of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who, as stated in the Vedanta-sutra, is anandamayo 'bhyasat,\n\nfull of enjoyment. Being part and parcel of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, the living entity is also seeking complete enjoyment. However,\n\ncomplete enjoyment cannot be achieved separate from the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. In his wanderings in the different species of life,\n\nthe living entity may taste some type of enjoyment in one body or another,\n\nbut full enjoyment of the senses cannot be obtained in any material body.\n\nThus Puraiijana, the living entity, wanders in different types of bodies\n\nbut everywhere meets frustration in his attempt to enjoy. In other words,\n\nthe spiritual spark covered by matter cannot fully enjoy the senses in any\ncircumstance in material life. A deer may become absorbed in the musical\n\nsounds vibrated by the hunter, but the result is that it loses its life.\n\nSimilarly, a fish is very expert in gratifying its tongue, but when it eats the\n\nbait offered by the fisherman, it loses its life. Even the elephant, who is so\n\nstrong, is captured and loses its independence while satisfying its genitals\n\nwith a female elephant. In each and every species of life, the living entity\n\ngets a body to satisfy various senses, but he cannot enjoy all his senses at\none time. In the human form of life he gets an opportunity to enjoy all his\n\nsenses pervertedly, but the result is that he becomes so harassed in his\n\nattempted sense gratification that he ultimately becomes morose. As he\n\ntries to satisfy his senses more and more, he becomes more and more\nentangled.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0036": "Text 13)\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\n1151\n\nTEXT 13\n\nsa ekadii himavato\ndak§i[le§v atha siinu§u\ndadar5a navabhir dviirbh*\npuram lak§ita-lak§artiim\nsa[l- that King Puraiijana; ekadii-once upon a time; himavata[l-of the\nHimalayan Mountains; da k§i!l e§u\n\n-\n\nsouthern; atha-after this; siinu§u-on\n\nthe ridges; dadarsa-found; navabh*- with nine; dviirbh*-gates; purama city; lak§ita-visible; laksa !liim- having all auspicious facilities.\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce while wandering in this way, he saw on the southern side of the\nHimalayas, in a place named Bharata -var�a [India] , a city that had nine\ngates all about and was characterized by all auspicious facilities.\nPURPORT\nThe tract of land south of the Himalayan Mountains is the land of India,\nwhich was known as Bhluata-var�?a. When a living entity takes birth in\nBharata-var�?a he is considered to be most fortunate. Indeed, Caitanya\nMahaprabhu has stated:\n\nbharata-bhumite haila manu§ya-janma yara\njanma sarthaka kari' kara para-upakara\n(Cc. Adi 9.41)\nThus whoever takes birth in the land of Bharata-var�a attains all the\nfacilities of life. He may take advantage of all these facilities for both\nmaterial and spiritual advancement and thus make his life successful. After\nattaining the goal of life, one may distribute his knowledge and experience\nall over the world for humanitarian purposes. In other words, one who takes\n\nbirth in the land of Bharata-var�?a by virtue of his past pious activities gets\nfull facility to develop the human form of life. In India, the climatic\ncondition is such that one can live very peacefully without being disturbed\nby material conditions. Indeed, during the time of Maharaja Yudhi�thira\nor Lord Ramacandra, people were free from all anxieties. There was not\n\n", "SB4.4#p0037": "1152\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\neven extreme cold or extreme heat.\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nThe three kinds of miserable\n\nconditions-adhyiitmika, adhibhautika, adhidaivika (miseries inflicted by\n\nthe body and mind itself, those inflicted by other living entities, and\n\nnatural disturbances)-were all absent during the reign of Lord Ramacandra\n\nor Maharaja Yudhi�thira. But at present, compared to other countries on\nearth, India is artificially disturbed. Despite these material disturbances,\n\nhowever, the country's culture is such that one can easily attain the goal of\n\nlife-namely salvation, or liberation from material bondage. Thus in order\nto take birth in India one must perform many pious activities in a past life.\n\nIn this verse the word lak§ita-lak§a\"{liim indicates that the human body\n\nattained in Bharata-var�a is very auspicious. Vedic culture i s full of knowledge, and a person born in India can fully take advantage of Vedic cultural\n\nknowledge and the cultural system known as var'{liisrama-dharma. Even at\n\nthe present time, as we travel all over the world, we see that in some\ncountries human beings have many material facilities but no facilities for\n\nspiritual advancement.\n\nWe find everywhere the defects of one-sided\n\nfacilities and a lack of full facilities. A blind man can walk but not see, and\n\na lame man cannot walk but can see. Andha-pmigu-nyiiya. The blind man\n\nmay take the lame man over his shoulder, and as he walks the lame man\nmay give ·him directions. Thus combined they may work, but individually\n\nneither the blind man nor the lame man can walk successfully. Similarly,\n\nthis human form of life is meant for the advancement of spiritual life and\n\nfor keeping the material necessities in order. Especially in the Western\n\ncountries there are ample facilities for material comforts, but no one has\n\nany idea of spiritual advancement. Many are hankering after spiritual\nadvancement, but many cheaters come, take advantage of their money,\n\nbluff them and go away. Fortunately the Kri'!IJ.a consciousness movement\n\nis there to give all facilities for both material and spiritual advancement.\n\nIn this way people in the Western countries may take advantage of this\n\nmovement, and in India any man in the villages, unaffected by the indus­\n\ntrial cities of India, can still live in any condition and make spiritual\nadvancement.\n\nThe body has been called the city of nine gates, and these nine gates\n\ninclude two eyes, two ears, two nostrils, one mouth, a genital and a rectum.\n\nWhen the nine gates are clean and working proper�y, it is to be understood\n\nthat the body is healthy. In India these nine gates are kept clean by the\n\nvillagers who rise early in the morning, bathe in the well or rivers, go to the\ntemples to attend ma�igaliirati, chant the Hare Kr��a mahii-mantra and\ntake prasiida. In this way one can take advantage of all the facilities of\n\nhuman life. We are gradually introducing this system in different centers\n\n", "SB4.4#p0038": "Text 14]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Purafijana\n\n1153\n\nin our society in the Western countries. One who takes advantage of it\nbecomes more and more enlightened in spiritual life. At the present\nmoment, India may be compared to the lame man and the Western\ncountries to the blind man. For the past two thousand years India has\nbeen subjugated to the rule of foreigners, and the legs of progress have\nbeen broken. In the Western countries the eyes of the people have become\nblind due to the dazzling glitter of material opulence. The blind man of the\nWestern countries and the lame man of India should combine together in\nthis Kr§Qa consciousness movement. Then the lame man of India can walk\nwith the help of the Westerner, and the blind Westerner can see with the\nhelp of the lame man. In short, the material advancement of the Western\ncountries and the spiritual assets of India should combine for the elevation\nof all human society.\nTEXT 14\n\n��:I\n��(1Qu�6: sft: �� � �: 11 � \\lll\npriikiiropavanii.t.tiilaparikhair ak§a-tora[!ai[t\nsvar[!a-raupyiiyasai[t spigai[l.\nsaTikuliim sarvato grhai[l.\nprakara- walls; upavana- parks; a.t.tala- towers; parikhai[l.- with trenches;\ngold ; raupya silver; ayasai[l.made of iron; sr ngai �- wi th domes; saTikulii m - congested ; sarvata[l.- everywhere ; g,rhai[l.-wi th houses.\n\nak§a-windows; tora[!ai[l.-with gates; svar[!a\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat city was surrounded by walls and parks, and within it were towers,\ncanals, windows and outlets. The houses there were decorated with domes\nmade of gold, silver and iron.\nPURPORT\nThe body is protected by walls of skin. The hairs on the body are compared to parks, and the highest parts of the body, like the nose and head,\nare compared to towers. The wrinkles and depressions on different parts\nof the body are compared to trenches or canals, the eyes are compared to\n\n", "SB4.4#p0039": "1154\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nwindows, and the eyelids are compared to protective gates. The three\ntypes of metal-gold, silver and iron-represent the three modes of material\nnature. Gold represents goodness, silver passion, and iron ignorance. The\nbody is also sometimes considered to be a bag containing three elements\n\n(tri-dhatu): mucus, bile and air (kapha, pitta and viiyu ). Yasyiitma-buddh*\n\nkurtape tri-dhatuke (Bhiig. 10.84.13). According to Bhagavatam, one who\nconsiders this bag of mucus, bile and air to be the self is considered no\nbetter than a cow or an ass.\nTEXT 15\n\nI\neftc_;sw.f«�t4U'fil4(ihltl :\nfilt(+4(4Ji � mt �··�«til� ����II\nntla-spha_tika-vaiduryamuktii-marakatiirurtai[l.\nk]pta-harm ya-sthaltni dtptiirh\nsriyii bhogavattm iva\nnfla- sapphires; spha.tika-crystal; vaidurya-diamonds; muk tii-pearls;\nmarakata -emeralds; arurta i[l. with rubies; k]pta-bedecked; harmya-\n\nstha ltm the floors of the palaces; di\"ptiim lustrous; sriyii-with beauty;\nbh o gavatim -the celestial town named Bhogavati; iva-like.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe floors of the houses in that city were made of sapphire, crystal,\ndiamonds, pearls, emeralds and rubies. Because of the luster of the houses\nin the capital, the city was compared to the celestial town named Bhogavati.\nPURPORT\nIn the city of the body, the heart is considered to be the capital. Just as\nthe capital of a state is especially gorgeously filled with various high\nbuildings and lustrous palaces, the heart of the body is filled with various\ndesires and plans for material enjoyment. Such plans are sometimes compared to valuable jewels such as sapphires, rubies, pearls and emeralds. The\nheart becomes the center for all planning for material enjoyment.\nTEXT 16\n\n«+tl'it€CI(Uil�Hlthl'6l�d;uqfil:\nI\n4�•1lif'31qdl4il�W f?ra+t�fa.flr: II� �II\n\n", "SB4.4#p0040": "Text 16]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\n1155\n\nsabhii-catvara-rathyiibhir\niikrt{iiiyataniiparwi[l\ncaitya-dhvaja-patiikiibhir\nyuktiirh vidruma-vedibhi[l.\nsab hii- assembly houses; catvara- squares; rathyiibhi[l.-by streets; tikn!Jahouses; iipa r;a * -by shops; caitya- resting places;\ndhvaja-patiikiibhi[t-with flags and festoons; yuktiim- decorated; vidrumawithout trees; vedibh * - with platforms.\n\niiyatana- gambling\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn that city there were many assembly houses, street crossings, streets,\nrestaurants, gambling houses, markets, resting places, flags, festoons and\nbeautiful parks. All these surrounded the city.\nPURPORT\nIn this way the capital is described. In the capital there are assembly\nhouses and many squares, many street c rossin gs , avenues and streets,\nmany gambling places, markets and places of rest, all decorated with\nflags and festoons. The squares are surrounded with railings and are devoid\nof trees. The heart of the body can be compared to the assembly house, for\nthe living entity is within the heart along with the Paramiitmii, as stated in\n\nBhagavad-gttii:\nsarvasya ciiharh hrdi sannivifi.to\nmatta[t smrtir jniinam apohanarh ca\nvedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyo\nvediinta-krd veda-vid eva ciiham\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness. By all the Vedas am I to be known; indeed I am\nthe compiler of Vedanta, and I am the knower of the Vedas.\" (Bg. 15.15)\nThe heart is the center of all remembrance, forgetfulness and deliberation.\nIn the body the eyes, ears and nose are different places of attraction for\nsense enjoyment, and the streets for going hither and thither may be compared to different types of air blowing within the body. The yogic process\nfor controlling the air within the body and the different nerves is called\n\nSU§Umnti, the path of liberation. The body is also a resting place because\nwhen the living entity becomes fatigued he takes rest within the body.\nThe palms and soles of the feet are compared to flags and festoons.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0041": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nll56\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 17\n\n� ..,.nq�Yl fa:ot�a+t0d1i� 1\n;r;:fbwr��*\"�•wii�N•�\npuryiis tu biihyopavane\ndivya-druma-latiikule\nnadad-vihangiili-kulakoliihala-jaliisaye\npurya�- of that town; tu -then ; biihya-upavane-in an outside garden;\ndivya-very nice; druma-trees; lata-creepers; iikule-filled with; nadat­\n\nvihrating; viha nga-birds; ali -bees ; kula\n\n-\n\ngroups of; kolahala-humming;\n\njala-iisaye-with a lake.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the outskirts of that city were many beautiful trees and creepers\nencircling a nice lake. Also surrounding that lake were many groups of\nbirds and bees that were always chanting and humming.\nPURPORT\nSince the body is a great city, there must he various arrangements such\nas lakes and gardens for sense enjoyment. Of the various parts of the body,\nthose which incite sexual impulses are referred to here indirectly. Because\nthe body has genitals, when the living entity attains the right age-he he\nman or woman-he becomes agitated by the sex impulse. As long as one\nremains a child, he is not agitated by seeing a beautiful woman. Although\nthe sense organs are present, unless the age is ripe there is no sex impulse.\nThe favorable conditions surrounding the sex impulse are compared here\nto a garden or a nice solitary park. When one sees the opposite sex, naturally\nthe sex impulse increases. It is said that if a man in a solitary place does\nnot become agitated upon seeing a woman, he is to be considered a\nbrahmaciirt. But this practice is almost impossible. The sex impulse is so\n\nstrong that even by seeing, touching or talking, coming into contact with,\nor even thinking of the opposite sex-even in so many subtle ways-one\nbecomes sexually impelled. Consequently a brahmacart or sannyast is\nprohibited to associate with women, especially in a secret place. The sastras\nenjoin that one should not even talk to a woman in a secret place, even if\nshe happens to be one's own daughter, sister or mother. The sex impulse is\n\n", "SB4.4#p0042": "Text 19]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\n1157\n\nso strong that even if one is very learned, he becomes agitated in such\ncircumstances. If this is the case, how can a young man in a nice park\nremain calm and quiet after seeing a beautiful young woman?\nTEXT 18\n\n�f.t'U4�'44�t1¥tlwI$U\n'lifeatq1ePiaqwtffls;ftijW+qf4:\nhima-nirjhara-viprufimatkusumakara-vayuna\ncalat-pravala-v(tapanalini-ta.ta-sampadi\nh ima-nirjhara- from the icy mountain waterfall; vip rufi-ma t - carrying\nparticles of water; kusumakara- springtime; vayuna- by the air; calatmoving; pravala- branches; v(tapa - trees; nalini-ta_ta-on the bank of the\nlake with lotus flowers; sampadi - opulent.\nTRANSLATION\nThe branches of the trees standing on the bank of the lake received\nparticles of water carried by the spring air from the falls coming down from\nthe icy mountain.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word hima-nirjhara is particularly significant. The\nwaterfall represents a kind of liquid humor or rasa (relationship). In the\nbody there are different types of humor, rasa or mellow. The supreme\nmellow (relationship) is called the sexual mellow (adi-rasa). When this\n\nadi-rasa or sex desire comes in contact with the spring air moved by Cupid,\nit becomes agitated. In other words, all these are representations of riipa,\nrasa, gandha, sabda and sparsa. The wind is sparsa, or touch. The waterfall\nis rasa, or taste. The spring air (kusumakara) is smell. All these varieties\nof enjoyment make life very pleasing, and thus we become captivated by\nmaterial existence.\nTEXT 19\n\n�: I\n3I1Ff � qpU � ttilfiMsttafl: ����II\n-wr-wi(W44ftltU3(wtltl�\n\n", "SB4.4#p0043": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1158\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nncincirartya-mrga-vrcitair\nancibcidhe muni-vratai[l\ncihutam manyate piintho\nyatra kokila-kujitai[l\nnana-various; ararya-forest; mrga-anim als; vratai[l-with\n\ngroups;\n\nanabadhe-in the matter of nonviolence; muni-vratai[l-like the great sages;\nahU tam- as if invited; manyate-thinks; piintha[l- passenger; yatra- where;\nkokila-of cuckoos; kujitai[l-by the cooing.\nTRANSLATION\nIn such an atmosphere even the animals of the forest became nonviolent\n\nand nonenvious like great sages. Consequently the animals did not attack\n\nanyone. Over and above everything was the cooing of the cuckoos. Any\n\npassenger passing along that path was invited by that atmosphere to take\n\nrest in that nice garden.\n\nPURPORT\n\nA peaceful family with wife and children is compared to the peaceful\natmosphere of the forest. Children are compared to nonviolent animals.\nSometimes, however, wives and children are called svajanakh ya-dasyu,\nburglars in the name of kinsmen. A man earns his livelihood with hard\nlabor, but the result is that he is plundered by his wife and children exactly\nas a person in a forest is attacked by some thieves and burglars who take\nhis money. Nonetheless in family life the turmoil of wife and children\nappears to be like the cooing of the cuckoos in the garden of family life.\nBeing invited by such an atmosphere, the person who is passing through\nsuch a blissful family life desires to have his family with him at all costs.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n:qt'€0:qas•Rti ij'S( � sttit:}t'l¥41¥( 1\n\n��(lqi'Rft�chcti�Rtwtl:q\n\nII� If\nc.\n\nyadrcchayagatam tatra\ndadarsa pramadottamam\nbhrtyair dasabhir ayantim\nekaika-sata-nayakai[l\nyadrcchaya-all of a sudden, without engagement;ligatlim-arrived;tatrathere; dadar5a-he saw; pramada\n\n-\n\none woman; uttamam- very beautiful;\n\n", "SB4.4#p0044": "Text 21]\n\nj\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraii ana\n\n1159\n\nbhrtyai� -surrounded by servants; dasabh*-ten in number; iiyiintimcoming forward; eka-eka-each one of them; sata-of hundreds; niiyaka*the leaders.\nTRANSLATION\n\nj\n\nWhile wandering here and there in that wonderful garden, King Puraii ana\nsuddenly came in contact with a very beautiful woman who was walking\nthere without any engagement. She had ten servants with her, and each\nservant had hundreds of wives accompanying him.\nPURPORT\nThe body has already been compared to a beautiful garden. During youth\nthe sex impulse is awakened, and the intelligence, according to one's\nimagination, is prone to contact the opposite sex. In youth a man or woman\nis in search of the opposite sex by intelligence or imagination, if not\ndirectly. The intelligence influences the mind, and the mind controls the\nten senses. Five of these senses gather knowledge, and five work directly.\nEach sense has many desires to be fulfilled. This is the position of the\nbody and the owner of the body, puraiijana, who is within the body.\nTEXT 21\n\nq311:ijl,tf.:t1 mlf std'i(I�UI �:\nac �,+IIUII'l\"+l+tsflU\nCfil+l�[qufh( II�� II\n..\n\npaiica-sir§iihinii guptiim\npratihiirerta sarvata�\nanve§amiirtiim !§abham\naprau!lhiim kiima-riipi[tfm\npafica - five;\n\nSir§a - heads;\n\nahinii-by\n\na\n\nsnake;\n\nguptiim - protected;\n\npratihiirerta-by a bodyguard; sarvata�-all around; anve§amiirtiim-one who\nis searching after; !§abham-a husband; aprau!lhiim-not very old; kiimariipirtim-very attractive to fulfill lusty desires.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe woman was protected on all sides by a five-hooded snake. She was\nvery beautiful and young, and she appeared very anxious to find a suitable\nhusband.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0045": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\nll60\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nPURPORT\nThe vital force of a living entity includes the five kinds of air working\nwithin the body, which are known as priirw, apiina, vyiina, samiina, and\nudiina. The vital force is compared to a serpent because a serpent can live\n\nby simply drinking air. The vital force carried by the air is described as the\npratihiira, or the bodyguard. Without the vital force one cannot live for a\n\nmoment. Indeed, all the senses are working under the protection of the\nvital force.\nThe woman, who represents intelligence, was searching after a husband.\nThis indicates that intelligence cannot act without consciousness. A\nbeautiful woman is useless unless protected by the proper husband. Intelligence must always be very fresh; therefore the word aprau!lha (very\nyoung) is used here. Material enjoyment means utilizing the intelligence\nfor the sake of riipa, rasa, gandha, sabda and sparsa, or form, taste, smell,\nsound and touch.\nTEXT 22\n\nu;mrt � ;rm WM)�f 'Hiwtwtll( I\n6ttfitri�Efi1Jit+1f fihm � ����II\nsuniisiim sudatim biiliim\nsukapoliim vaninaniim\nsa ma-vinyasta-karr-iibhyiim\nbibhratim kur-!lala-sriyam\n\nsu-nasam-very beautiful nose; su- da t im- ery beautiful teeth; biilamthe young woman; s u-kapo liim\nsama- equally; vinyasta\n\nv\n- nice forehead; vara-ilnaniim- beautiful face;\n\n-arranged; kar7Jabhyiim- both ears; bibhratim­\n\ndazzling; kur!lala-sriyam-having beautiful earrings.\nTRANSLATION\nThe woman's nose, teeth and forehead were all very beautiful. Her ears\nwere equally very beautiful and were bedecked with dazzling earrings.\n\nPURPORT\nThe body of intelligence enjoys the objects of sense gratification that\ncover it, such as smell, vision and hearing. The word sunasiim (beautiful\nnose) indicates the organ for acquiring knowledge by smell. Similarly, the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0046": "ll61\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puranjana\n\nText 24]\n\nmouth is the instrument for acquiring knowledge by taste, for by chewing\nan object and touching it with the tongue we can understand its taste. The\nword sukapolam (nice forehead) indicates a clear brain capable of understanding things as they are. By intelligence one can set things in order. The\nearrings set upon the two ears are placed there by the work of the intelligence. Thus the ways of acquiring knowledge are described metaphorically.\nTEXT 23\n\nfq�Jt;ft4f � � '61��(Ciel'( 1\n� 'fiUI� � Wl,��iiHflfltl!f ����II\npisa nga-nivim susror- tm\nsyamam kanaka-mekhalam\npadbhyam kvar-adbhyam calantim\nnupurair devatam iva\npisa nga yellow; nivim-garment; su-sror-im-beautiful waist; syamam-\n\nblackish;\n\nkanaka-golden ; mekhala m\n\n-\n\nbelt ; padbhyam with\n-\n\nthe feet;\n\nk var-adb hyam tinkli ng; calantim walki ng ; nupurai[z-with ankle bells;\n-\n\n-\n\ndevatam-a denizen of the heavens; iva-like.\nTRANSLATION\nThe waist and hips of the woman were very beautiful. She was dressed\nin a yellow sari with a golden belt. While she walked, her ankle bells rang.\nShe appeared exactly like a denizen of the heavens.\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse expresses the joyfulness of the mind upon seeing a woman\nwith raised hips and breasts dressed in an attractive sari and bedecked with\nornaments.\nTEXT 24\n\n� 044fitij�nt1 tt+tr.Jt f.two 1\ni!f�l�.. Pt•l� �•M•nlllwft'( 11�\\111\nstanau vyafijita-kaisorau\nsama-vrttau nirantarau\n\n", "SB4.4#p0047": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1162\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nvastriintena niguhantini\nvriqayii gaja-giiminim\nstanau- breasts; vyan jita- indicating; kaiSorau- new youth; sama-vrttauequally\n\nround; nirantarau-fixed close,\n\nside by\n\nside; vastra-antena­\n\nby the end of the sari; niguhantim- trying to cover ;vriflayii- out of shyness;\n\ngaja-giiminim-walking just like a great elephant.\n\nTRA N S LATION\nWith the end of her sari the woman was trying to cover her breasts,\nwhich were equally round and well-placed side by side. She again and\nagain tried to cover them out of shyness while she walked exactly like a\n\ngreat elephant.\n\nPURPORT\nThe two breasts represent attachment and envy. The symptoms of raga\n\nand dve�a (attachment and envy) are described in Bhagavad-gitii:\nindriyasyendriyasyiirthe\nriiga-dve�au vyavasthitau\ntayor na vasam iigacchet\ntau hy asya paripanthinau\n\n\"Attraction and repulsion for sense objects are felt by embodied beings,\n\nbut one should not fall under the control of senses and sense objects because\n\nthey are stumbling blocks on the path of self-realization.\" (Bg. 3.34)\n\nThese representatives of attachment and envy are very much unfavorable\n\nfor advancement in spiritual life. One should not be attracted by the breasts\nof young women. The great saint Sarikaracarya has described the breasts of\n\nwomen, especially young women, as nothing but a combination of muscles\nand bl9od, so one should not be attracted by the illusory energy of raised\n\nbreasts with nipples. They are agents of miiya meant to victimize the\n\nopposite sex. Because the breasts are equally attractive, they are described\nas sama-vrttau. The sex impulse remains in an old man's heart also, even\n\nup to the point of death. To be rid of such agitation, one must be very\nmuch advanced in spiritual consciousness, like Yamunacarya, who said:\nyadavadhi mama ceta[l k[§[W-padaravinde\nnava-nava-rasa-dhtimany udyatani rantum asit\ntadavadhi bata nari-sangame smaryamar-e\nbhavati mukha-vikara[l su§Jhu ni�.thivanarh ca\n\n", "SB4.4#p0048": "Text 25)\n\nThe Characteristics of King Purafijana\n\n1163\n\n\"Since I have been engaged in the transcendental loving service of 1\\.r�l).a,\nrealizing ever new pleasure in Him, whenever I think of sex pleasure, I spit\nat the thought, and my lips curl with distaste.\"\nWhen one is spiritually advanced he can no longer be attracted by the\nlumps of flesh and blood which are the breasts of young women. The word\n\nnirantarau is significant because although the breasts are situated in different\nlocations, the action is the same. We should not make any distinction\nbetween attachment and envy. As described in Bhagavad-gtta, they are both\nproducts of rajo-gu[ta:\n\nsri bhagavan uvaca\nkama e�a krodha e,sa\nrajogu[ta-samudbhava[t\nmahasano maha-papma\nviddhy enam iha vairirtam\n\"The Blessed Lord said: It is lust only, Arjuna, which is born of contact\nwith the material modes of passion and later transformed into wrath, and\nwhich is the all-devouring, sinful enemy of this world.\" (Bg. 3.37)\nThe word nigiihantim (trying to cover) indicates that even if one is\ntainted by kama, lobha, krodha, etc., they can be transfigured by Kt�l).a\nconsciousness. In other words, one can utilize kama (lust) for serving 1\\.r�l).a.\nBeing impelled by lust, an ordinary worker will work hard day and night;\nsimilarly a devotee can work hard day and night to satisfy 1\\.r�l).a. Just as\n\nkarmis are working hard to satisfy kama-krodha, a devotee should work in\nthe same way to satisfy Kt�l).a. Similarly, krodha (anger) can also be used\nin the service of 1\\.r�l).a when it is applied to the nondevotee demons.\nHanumanj1 applied his anger in this way. He was a great devotee of Lord\nRamacandra, and he utilized his anger to set fire to the kingdom of Riival).a,\na nondevotee demon. Thus kiima (lust) can be utilized to satisfy Kr�qa,\nand krodha (anger) can be utilized to punish the demons. When both are\nused for 1\\.r�qa's service, they lose their material significance and become\nspiritually important.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�: eJ\\�Mij�R�twtl'( 1\nRil•il;r•q•�iwt m: �4it¥(¥tct�' ������\n� �\n\ntam aha lalitam vira[t\nsavri!Za-smita-sobhanam\n\n", "SB4.4#p0049": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n1164\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nsnigdheniipiinga-punkhena\nspr§.ta� premodbhramad-bhruvii\ntiim-unto her; aha-addressed; lalitam-very gently; vira�\nsa vri�a\n-\n\n-\n\nwith\n\nshyness;\n\nsmita\n\n-\n\nsmiling;\n\nsobhaniim\n\n-\n\nvery\n\n-\n\nthe hero;\nbeautiful;\n\nsnigdhena-by sex desire; apiinga-punkhena-by the arrow of glancing;\nspntah\n\n-\n\nthus pierced; prema-udbhramat\n\n-\n\nexciting love; bhruvii-by the\n\neyebrows.\nTRANSLATION\nPurarijana, the hero, became attracted by the eyebrows and smiling face\nof the very beautiful girl and was immediately pierced by the arrows of her\nlusty desires. When she smiled shyly, she looked very beautiful to Purarijana,\nwho, although a hero, could not refrain from addressing her.\nPURPORT\nEvery living entity is a hero in two ways. When he is a victim of the\nillusory energy, he works as a great hero in the material world, as a great\nleader, politician, businessman, industrialist, etc., and his heroic activities\ncontribute to the material advancement of civilization. One can also hecome a hero by being master of the senses, a gosviimi. Material activities are\nfalse heroic activities, whereas restraining the senses from material engagement is great heroism. However great a hero one may be in the material\nworld, he can be immediately conquered by the lumps of flesh and blood\nknown as the breasts of women. In the history of material activities there\nare m any examples, like the Roman hero Antony, who became captivated\nby the beauty of Cleopatra. Similarly, a great hero in India named Bajirao\nbecame a victim of a woman during the time of Mahiirii!?trian politics, and\nhe was defeated. From his story we understand that formerly politicians used to employ beautiful girls who were trained as vi§a-kanyii. These\ngirls had poison injected into their bodies from the beginning of their lives\nso that in due course of time they would become so immune to the poison\nand so poisonous themselves that simply by kissing a person they could\nkill him. Thus these poisonous girls were engaged to see an enemy and kill\nhim with a kiss. Thus there are many instances in human history of heros\nwho have been curbed simply by women. Being part and parcel of Krfll).a,\nthe living entity is certainly a great hero, but due to his own weakness he\nbecomes attracted to the material features.\nk!§T}a-bahirmukha hanii bhoga-vlinchii kare\nnika_ta-stha mtiyti tiire jiipa_tiyti dhare\n\n", "SB4.4#p0050": "Text 26)\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\n1165\n\nIt is said in the Prema-vivarta that when a living entity wants to enjoy\nmaterial nature, he is immediately victimized by the material energy. A\nliving entity is not forced to come into the material world. He makes his\nown choice, being attracted by beautiful women. Every living entity has\nthe freedom to be attracted by material nature or to stand as a hero and\nresist that attraction. It is simply a question of the living entity's being\nattracted or not being attracted. There is no question of his being\nforced to come into contact with material energy. One who can keep him·\nself steady and resist the attraction of material nature is certainly a hero\nand deserves to be called a gosviimi. Unless one is master of the senses, he\ncannot become a gosviimi. The living entity can take one of two positions\nin this world. He may become a servant of his senses or he may become\nmaster of them. By becoming a servant of the senses, one becomes a great\nmaterial hero, and by becoming master of the senses, he becomes agosviimi,\nor spiritual hero.\nTEXT 26\n\n�� qq�1�1fiJ i$�141$0 �:�I\n� � �·Mi PtEfll�fij � � ������\nkii tvam kanja-palii siik§i\nkasyiisiha kuta[l. sati\nimiim upa purim bhiru\nkim cikir§asi samsa me\nkii-who; tvam-you; kanja-paliisa-like the petals of the lotus; ak§i-eyes;\nkasya-whose; asi-you are; iha-here; kuta[l.-wherefrom; sati-0 chaste\none; imiim-this; upa-near; purim-city; bhiru-0 timid one; kim-what;\ncikir§asi-you are trying to do; s·amsa-kindly explain; me-unto me.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear lotus-eyed, kindly explain to me where you are coming from,\nwho you are, and whose daughter you are. You appear very chaste. What\nis the purpose of your coming here? What are you trying to do? Please\nexplain all these things to me.\nPURPORT\nThe first aphorism in the Vediinta-siltra is athiito brahma-jijniisii. In the\nhuman form of life one should put many questions to himself and to his\nintelligence. In the various forms of life lower than human life the intelli·\n\n", "SB4.4#p0051": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1166\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\ngence does not go beyond the range of life's primary necessities-namely,\n\neating, sleeping, mating and defending. Dogs, cats and tigers are always\n\nbusy trying to find something to eat or a place to sleep, trying to defend\n\nand have sexual intercourse successfully. In the human form of life, how­\n\never, one should be intelligent enough to ask what he is, why he has come\n\ninto the world, what his duty is, who is the supreme controller, what is the\n\ndifference between dull matter and the living entity, etc. There are so many\n\nquestions, and the person who is actually intelligent should simply inquire\nabout the supreme source of everything: athato brahma-jijiiiisii. A living\n\nentity is always connected with a certain amount of intelligence, but in\nthe human form of life the living entity must inquire about his spiritual\n\nidentity. This is real human intelligence. It is said that one who is simply\n\nconscious of the body is no better than an animal, even though he be in\n\nthe human form. In Bhagavad-gitii Sri KJ:f:!Q.a says:\n\nsarvasya ciiham hrdi sannivi�Jo\nmatta� smrtir jiiiinam apohanam ca\nvedai.S ca sarvair aham eva vedyo\nvediinta-krd veda-vid eva ciiham\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowl­\n\nedge and forgetfulness. By all the Vedas am I to be known; indeed I am\nthe compiler of Vedanta and I am the knower of the Vedas.\" (Bg. 15.15)\n\nIn the animal form the living entity is completely forgetful of his relation­\n\nship with God. This is called apohanam, or forgetfulness. In the human\n\nform of life, however, consciousness is more greatly developed, and consequently the human being has a chance to understand his relationship with\n\nGod. In the human form one should utilize his intelligence by asking all\n\nthese questions, just as Puraiijana, the living entity, is asking the unknown\ngirl where she has come from, what her business is, why she is present, etc.\n\nThese are inquiries about iitma-tattva-self-realization. The conclusion is\n\nthat unless a living entity is inquisitive about self-realization he is nothing\n\nbut an animal.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�� lt ij ���� +l'l�l�H I\n���:��asft::�:�: ���\\SII\n\n�\n\nka ete 'nupathii ye ta\nekiidasa mahii-bha,tiifl,\n\n", "SB4.4#p0052": "T ext 28]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\n1167\n\netii vii lalanii� subhru\n\nko 'yam te h* p ura�-sa ra �\n'\n\nke-who; ete-all these; anupathii�-followers; ye-they who; te-your;\nekiidasa-eleven; mahii-bha_tii�-very powerful bodyguards; etii�-all of\nthese; vii-also; lalanii�-women; su-bhru-0 beautiful-eyed one; kaft.-who;\nayam-this; te-your; ah*-the snake;pura�-in front; sara�-going.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear lotus-eyed, who are those eleven strong bodyguards with you,\nand who are those ten specific servants? Who are those women following\nthe ten servants, and who is the snake that is preceding you?\nPURPORT\n\nThe ten strong servants of the mind are the five working senses and the\nfive knowledge- gathering senses. All these ten senses work under the aegis\nof the mind. The mind and the ten senses combine to become eleven strong\nbodyguards. The hundreds of women under the jurisdiction of the senses\nare addressed here as lalanii�. The mind works under the intelligence, and\nunder the mind are the ten senses, and under the ten senses are innumerable desires to be fulfilled. All these, however, depend on the vital life\nforce, which is here represented by the snake. As long as the vital life force\nis there, the mind works, and under the mind the senses work, and the\nsenses give rise to so many material desires. Actually the living entity,\nknown as p ura njana\n\n,\n\nis embarrassed by so much paraphernalia. All this\n\nparaphernalia simply constitutes different sources of anxiety, but one who\nis surrendered unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who leaves all\nbusiness to Him, is freed from such anxieties. Therefore Prahlada Maharaja\nadvises a person who has taken to the materialistic way of life, which is\nnever permanent but always temporary, to take shelter of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and leave aside all his so-called responsibilities in\norder to get free from all anxieties.\nTEXT 28\n\n� ��q1;44�q CfUI� qft\nNM;:qij\\ ft aPtctd1 � 1\n\n�C(·�*Iil'flftij'f(U*fil\n'li\n\nq'l.t: .; ql(IJII( ����II\n\n", "SB4.4#p0053": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1168\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\ntvam hrir bhaviiny asy atha vag ramii patim\nvicinvati kim munivad raho vane\ntvad-anghri-kiimiipta-samasta-kiimam\nkva padma-kosa� patita� kariigriit\ntvam-you; hri�-shyness; bhaviini-the wife of Lord �iva; asi-are;\n\natha-rather; viik-Sarasvatr, the goddess of learning; rama-the goddess of\n\nfortune; patim-husband; vicinvati-searching after, thinking of; kim-are\n\nyou; muni-vat-like a sage; raha�\n\ntvat-anghri-your\n\nfeet;\n\n-\n\nin this lonely place; vane-in the forest;\n\nkama-desiring;\n\niipta-achieved; samasta-all;\n\nkiimam-desirable things; kva-where is; padma-k osa� -the lotus flower;\n\npatita�\n\n-\n\nfallen; kara-of the hand; ag riit-from the front portion, or palm.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear beautiful girl, you are exactly like the goddess of fortune, or the\nwife of Lord Siva, or the goddess of learning, the wife of Lord Brahma.\n\nAlthough you must be one of them, I see that you are loitering in this\n\nforest. Indeed, you are as silent as the great sages. Is it that you are search­\n\ning after your own husband? Whoever your husband may be, simply by\nunderstanding that you are so faithful to him, he will come to possess all\n\nopulences. I think you must be the goddess of fortune, but I do not see the\n\nlotus flower in your hand. Therefore I am asking you where you have\nthrown that lotus.\nPURPORT\n\nEveryone thinks that his intelligence is perfect. Sometimes one employs\n\nhis intelligence in the worship of Uma, the wife of Lord Siva, in order to\nobtain a beautiful wife. Sometimes, when one wants to become as learned\n\nas Lord Brahmii, he employs his intelligence in the worship of the goddess\n\nof learning, Sarasvati. Sometimes, when one wishes to become as opulent\nas Lord Viijii).U, he worships the goddess of fortune, Lakt>mi. In this verse all\n\nthese inquiries are made by King Puraflj ana, the living entity who is bewil­\n\ndered and does not know how to employ his intelligence. Intelligence\n\nshould be employed in the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nAs soon as one uses his intelligence in this way, the goddess of fortune\n\nautomatically becomes favorable to him. The goddess of fortune, Lak�mi,\n\nnever remains without her husband, Lord Viijii).U. Consequently, when one\n\nworships Lord Vi�I).U he automatically obtains the favor of the goddess of\n\nfortune. One should not, like Riival).a, worship the goddess of fortune alone,\nfor she cannot remain long without her husband. Thus her other name is\n\n", "SB4.4#p0054": "Text 29]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\n1169\n\nCaiicala, or restless. In this verse it is clear that Puraiijana is representing\nour intelligence while he is talking with the girl. He not only appreciated\nthe shyness of the girl, but he actually became more and more attracted by\nthat shyness. He was actually thinking of becoming her husband and consequently was asking her whether she was thinking of her prospective\nhusband or whether she was married. This is an example of bhoga-icchtithe desire for enjoyment. One who is attracted by such desires becomes\nconditioned in this material world, and one who is not so attracted attains\nliberation. King Puraiijana was appreciating the beauty of the girl as if she\nwere the goddess of fortune, but at the same time he was careful to understand that the goddess of fortune cannot be enjoyed by anyone except\nLord Vigm. Since he doubted whether the girl was the goddess of fortune,\nhe inquired about the lotus flower she was not holding. The material world\nis also the goddess of fortune because the material energy works under the\ndirection of Lord Vi�J)u. As stated in Bhagavad-gitti:\nmayiidhyakfiera prakrt*\nsu yate sa-cariicaram\nhetuniinena kaunteya\njagad viparivartate\n\"This material nature is working under My direction, 0 son of Kunti, and\nit is producing all moving and unmoving beings. By its rule this manifestation is created and annihilated again and again.\" (Bg. 9.10)\nThe material world cannot be enjoyed by any living entity. If one so\ndesires to enjoy it, he immediately becomes a demon like Raval)a,\nHiral).yakasipu or Kamsa. Because Raval).a wanted to enjoy the goddess of\nfortune, Sftadevi, he was vanquished with all his family, wealth and opulence. One can, however, enjoy that miiyii bestowed upon the living entity\nby Lord Vi�l).u. The satisfaction of one's senses and desires means enjoying\nmiiyti, not the goddess of fortune.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n-mU\n\nctil�;:qij'l -A�•...\n�tlfil'li i!(l(CI�Ul � I\n31(�\\'SCti'l(W-1\nitct 'It lll'trof • II�� II\n\n", "SB4.4#p0055": "1170\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nnasiim varorv anyatama bhuvi-sprk\npurim imam vira-vare.na siikam\narhasy alankartum adabhra-karmar-ii\nlokam param srir iva yajiia-pumsa\nna-not; iisiim-of these; varoru-0 most fortunate one; anyatama-any\none; bhuvi-sprk-touching the ground; purim\n\n-\n\n­\n\ncity; imiim-this; vira-vare[ta\n\n-the great hero; siikam-along with; arhasi-you deserve; alankartum-to\ndecorate; adabhra-glorious; karma[tii-whose\n\nactivities; lokam-world;\n\nparam-transcendental; sri�-the goddess of fortune; iva-like; yaj na-punisa\n-with the enjoyer of all yajiias.\nTRANSLATION\n0 greatly fortunate one, it appears that you are none of the women I\nhave mentioned because I see that your feet are touching the ground. But\nif you are some woman of this planet, you can, like the goddess of fortune\nwho, accompanied by Lord Vif?l,lU, increases the beauty of the Vaiku1,1tha\nplanets, also increase the beauty of this city by associating with me. You\nshould understand that I am a great hero and a very powerful king on this\nplanet.\nPURPORT\nThere is a difference between demoniac mentality and devotional\nmentality. Devotees know perfectly well that the goddess of fortune, who\nis the constant companion of Vi!;ll,lU or Naraya1,1a, cannot be enjoyed by a\nliving entity. This higher sense of understanding is called l<.f!;Jl,la consciousness. Nonetheless, everyone wants to become happy by imitating the\nprosperity of Narayar_1a. In this verse Purafijana states that the girl appears\nto be an ordinary woman. However, since he is attracted by her, he requests\nthat she become as happy as the goddess of fortune by associating with\nhim. Thus he introduces himself as a great king with great influence so that\nshe might accept him as her husband and be as happy as the goddess of\nfortune. To desire to enjoy this material world as a subordinate of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is godly. The demons, however, want to\nenjoy this material world without considering the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. This is the difference between a demon and a demigod.\nThe word bhuvi-sprk mentioned in this verse is very significant. When\nthe demigods sometimes come to this planet, they do not touch the ground.\nPuraiijana could understand that this girl did not belong to the transcendental world or the higher planetary system because her feet were touching\n\n", "SB4.4#p0056": "The Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\nText 30]\n\nll71\n\nthe ground. Since every woman in this world wants her husband to be very\ninfluential, rich and powerful, Puraiijana, to seduce the girl, introduced\nhimself as such a personality. In the material world, whether one be a man\nor a woman, one wants to enjoy. A man wants to enjoy a beautiful woman,\nand a woman wants to enjoy a powerful, opulent man. Every living entity\nwho possesses such material desires is called puru§a, an enjoyer. Superficially it appears that the woman is the enjoyed and the man is the enjoyer,\nbut internally everyone is an enjoyer. Consequently everything in this\nmaterial world is called miiyii.\nTEXT 30\n\n�\n\n+tNltft4(f4fo:s�\n\n����I\n�:q')qqil lftiCCl\"'+lwft�fcl:\nSfiii�S�I�l(IUI\n� ll�ott\nyad epa miipiinga-vikhar4itendriyarh\nsavrtf}a-bhiiva-smita-vibhramad-bhruvii\ntvayopasr§�O bhagaviin mano-bhava.h\nprabiidhate 'thiinug[hii[W sobhane\nyat-because; e§a�\n\n-\n\nthis; mii-me; apiinga-by your glances; vikhar-flita­\n\nagitated; indriyam-wh ose senses or mind; sa vrtf}a-with shyness; bhiiva-\n\naffection; smita smiling; vibhramat bewildering; bhruvii-with eyebrows;\n-\n\n-\n\ntvayii-by you; upasr§ta� -being influenced; bhagavan the most powerful;\n-\n\nmana� -bhava� -Cupid ; prabadhate-is harassing; atha therefore; anugrhar-a\n-\n\n-be merciful; sobhane-0 very beautiful one.\nTRANSLATION\n\nCertainly your glancing upon me today has very much agitated my\nmind. Your smile, which is full of shyness but at the same time lusty, is\nagitating the most powerful cupid within me. Therefore, 0 most beautiful,\n\nI ask you to be merciful upon me.\nPURPORT\nEveryone has lusty desires within, and as soon as one is agitated by the\nmovement of a beautiful woman's eyebrows, the cupid within immediately\n\n", "SB4.4#p0057": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1172\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nthrows his arrow at the heart. Thus one is quickly conquered by the eyebrows of a beautiful woman. When one is agitated by lusty desires, his\nsenses are attracted by all kinds of v4aya (enjoyable things like sound,\ntouch, form, smell and taste). These attractive sense objects oblige one to\ncome under the control of a woman. In this way the conditional life of a\nliving entity begins. Conditional life means being under the control of a\nwoman, and certainly the living entity is always at the mercy of a woman\nor a man. Thus living entities live in bondage to one another, and thus they\ncontinue this conditional material life illusioned by miiyii.\nTEXT 31\n\n�G.Iwt� � ijijl(el\"-4\n�...;ft�I�CQ;a:(itij( I\n� lr � qC!4Jql\"'q�\nil�'6ill � W·cd(q� II�� II\ntvad-iinanarh subhru sutiira-locanarh\nvyalambi-nilii.laka-vrnda-samvrtam\nunniya me dadaya valgu-vacakarh\nyad vrt!layii niibhimukharh suci-smite\ntvat-your; iinanam-face; s�.�rbh ru-having nice eyebrows; su-tiira-with\nnice pupils; locanam-eyes; vyiilam bi-scattered; ntla-bluish; alaka-vrndaby locks of hair; sarhvrtam-surrounded; unniya-having raised; me-unto\nme; darsaya show ; valgu viicakam-having words very sweet to hear ; yatwhich face; vrtpayii-by shyness; na-not; abhimukham-face to face; suci-\n\n-\n\nsmite-0 woman with lovely smiles.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear girl, your face is so beautiful with your nice eyebrows and eyes\n\nand with your bluish hair scattered about. In addition, very sweet sounds\n\nare coming from your mouth. Nonetheless you are so covered with shyness\n\nthat you do not see me face to face. I therefore request you, my dear girl,\nto smile and kindly raise your head to see me.\nPURPORT\nSuch a speech is typical of a living entity attracted by the opposite sex.\n\nThis is called bewilderment occasioned by becoming conditioned by\n\n", "SB4.4#p0058": "Text 32]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\n1173\n\nmaterial nature. When thus attracted by the beauty of the material energy,\none becomes very eager to enjoy. This is elaborately described in this\ninstance of Puraiijana's becoming attracted by the beautiful woman. In\nconditional life the living entity is attracted by a face, eyebrows, or eyes,\na voice or anything. In short, everything becomes attractive. When a man\nor a woman is attracted by the opposite sex, it doesn't matter whether\nthe opposite sex is beautiful or not. The lover sees everything beautiful in\nthe face of the beloved and thus becomes attracted. This attraction causes\nthe living entity to fall down in this material world. This is described in\n\nBhagavad-gita:\n\niccha-dve§a-samutthena\ndvandva-mohena bhiirata\nsarva-bhiitani sarhmohani\nsarge yanti parantapa\n\n\"0 scion of Bharata [Arjuna), 0 conquerer of the foe, all living entities\nare born into delusion, overcome by the dualities of desire and hate.\"\n(Bg. 7.27)\n\nThis condition of life is called avidya. Opposed to this avidya is real\n\nknowledge. Sri lsopani§ad distinguishes between vidya and avidya, knowl­\n\nedge and ignorance. By avidya (ignorance) one becomes conditioned, and\nby vidya (knowledge) one becomes liberated. Puraiijana admits herein that\n\nhe is attracted by avidya. Now he wishes to see the complete feature of\n\navidya and so requests the girl to raise her head so that he can see her face\n\nto face. He thus wishes to see the various features that make avidya\n\nattractive.\nTEXT 32\n\n��\n\n� � ;oft �loq'llwt'lit«( I\n3fliqWI;((<I a rftt �� � � II� �II\nmirada uvaca\nittharh puraiijanarh niiri\nyiicamanam adhiravat\nabhyanandata tam viram\nhasanti vira mohitii\n\n", "SB4.4#p0059": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1174\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nniirada[l uviica-the great sage Narada continued to speak; ittham- upon\nthis; puranjanam- unto Puraiijana; niiri- the woman; yiicamiinam- begging;\n\nadhira-vat- being too impatient; abhyanandata-she addressed; tam-him;\n\nviram-the hero; hasanti- smili ng; vira-0 hero; mohitii- being attracted\nby him.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nNarada continued: My dear King, when Puraiijana became so attracted\n\nand impatient to touch the girl and enjoy her, the girl also became attracted\nby his words and accepted his request by smiling. By this time she was\n\ncertainly attracted by the King.\n\nPURPORT\nBy this incident we can understand that when a man is aggressive and\nbegins to woo a woman, the woman becomes attracted to the man. This\nprocess is described in the Bhiigavatam as purhsa[l striyii mithuni-bhiivam\n\netam (Bhiig. 5.5.8). This attraction is enacted on the platform of sexual\nlife. Thus the sex impulse is the platform of material engagement. This\nconditional life, the platform of material sense enjoyment, is the cause of\nforgetfulness of spiritual life. In this way a living entity's original Kr�ma\nconsciousness becomes covered or converted into material consciousness.\nThus one engages in the business of sense gratification.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n� c1li 6+4Ett«\\{ �I\n�llf q(�IA �fur ;n1l =it 'ft€tet'( ����II\n;r\n\nna vidiima vayarh samyak\nkartiirarh purufiarfiabha\niitmanas ca parasyiipi\ngotrarh nama ca yat-krtam\nna-do not; vidiima-know; vayam-1; samyak- perfectly; kartiirammaker; purufia-nabha-0 best of human beings; iitmana/l-of myself; caand; parasya-of others; api-also; gotram- family history; niima-name;\n\nca- and ; yat- krtam- which has been made by whom.\nTRANSLATION\nThe girl said: 0 best of human beings, I do not know who has begotten\n\nme. I cannot speak to you perfectly about this. Nor do I know the names\n\nor the origin of the associates with me.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0060": "Text 34)\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\n1175\n\nPURPORT\nThe living entity is ignorant of his origin. He does not know why this\nmaterial world was created, why others are working in this material world,\nand what the ultimate source of this manifestation is. No one knows the\nanswers to these questions, and this is called ignorance. By researching into\nthe origin of life, important scientists are finding some chemical compositions or cellular combinations, but actually no one knows the original\nsource of life within this material world. The phrase brahma-jijiiiisii is used\nto indicate an inquisitiveness to know the original source of our existence\nin this material world. No philosopher, scientist or politician actually knows\nwherefrom we have come, why we are here struggling so hard for existence\nand where we will go. Generally people are of the opinion that we are all\nhere accidently and that as soon as these bodies are finished all our dramatic\nactivities will be finished and we will become zero. Such scientists and\nphilosophers are impersonalists and voidists. In this verse the girl is expressing the actual position of the living entity. She cannot tell Puraiijana her\nfather's name because she does not know from where she has come. Nor\ndoes she know why she is present in that place. She frankly said that she\ndid not know anything about all this. This is the position of the living\nentity in the material world. There are so many scientists, philosophers and\nbig leaders, but they do not know wherefrom they have come, nor do they\nknow why they are busy within this material world to obtain a position of\nso-called happiness. In this material world we have many nice facilities for\nliving, but we are so foolish that we do not ask who has made this world\nhabitable for us and has arranged it so nicely. Everything is functioning in\norder, but people foolishly think that they are produced by chance in this\nmaterial world and that after death they will become zero. They think that\nthis beautiful place of habitation will automatically remain.\nTEXT 34\n\nro'-1 �ei¥tk¥tlef ���:�I\n� �ffl cfR � !i)(OI¥41�.. : ����II\nihiidya santam iitmiinarh\nvidiima na tata{l param\nyeneyarh nirmitii vira\npuri sara!lam iitmana{l\niha- here ;\n\nadya\n\n-\n\ntoday;\n\nsantam-existing;\n\niitmiinam-living entities;\n\nvidama-that much we know; na-not ; tata{l param-beyond that; yena-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0061": "1176\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nby whom; iyam-this; nirmita-created; vira-0 great hero; puri-city;\nsara[lllm-resting place;atmana�-of all living entities.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great hero, we only know that we are existing in this place. We do not\nknow what will come after. Indeed, we are so foolish that we do not care\nto understand who has created this beautiful place for our residence.\nPURPORT\n\nThis lack of Krsna consciousness is called ignorance. In SrimadBhtigavatam it is called parabhavas tavad abodha-jiita� ( Bhtig. 5.5.5.).\nEveryone is born ignorant. The Bhagavatam therefore says that we are all\nborn ignorant within this material world. In our ignorance we may create\nnationalism, philanthropy, internationalism, science, philosophy and so\nmany other things. The basic principle behind all these is ignorance. What\nthen is the value of all this advancement of knowledge if the basic principle\nis ignorance? Unless a person comes to Kt�qa consciousness, all of his\nactivities are defeated. This human form of life is especially meant to\ndissipate ignorance, but without understanding how to dissipate ignorance\npeople are planning and building many things. After death, however, all of\nthis is finished.\nTEXT 35\n\n� �: ��;mwwt�� I\nmwrt��;wftSl(���l��ll\nete sakhtiyafl. sakhyo me\nnarii niiryas ca miinada\nsuptiiyiim mayi jiigarti\nniigo 'yam piilayan purim\nete-all these; sakhayafl.-male friends; sakhya{l.-female associates; memy;nara[t-men;ntirya[t-women;ca-and;miina-da-0 very respectful one;\nsuptayam-while sleeping; mayi-I am;jiigarti-keeps awake;niiga[l-snake;\nayam-this;palayan-protecting;purim-this city.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear gentleman, all these men and women with me are known as my\nfriends, and the snake, who always remains awake, protects this city even\nduring my sleeping hours. So much I know. I do not know anything beyond\nthis.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0062": "Text 36]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Purafijana\n\n1177\n\nPURPORT\nPurafijana inquired from the woman about those eleven men and their\nwives as well as the snake. The woman gave a brief description of them. She\nwas obviously without full knowledge of her surrounding men and women\nand the snake. As stated before, the snake is the vital force of the living\nbeing. This vital force always remains awake even when the body and the\nsenses become fatigued and do no work. Even in the state of unconsciousness, when we sleep, the snake or the life force remains intact and awake.\nConsequently we dream when we sleep. When the living entity gives up this\nmaterial body, the vital force still remains intact and is carried to another\nmaterial body. That is called transmigration, or change of the body, and\nwe have come to know this process as death. Actually, there is no death. The\nvital force always exists with the soul, and when the soul is awakened from\nso-called sleep, he can see his eleven friends, or the active senses and the\nmind with their various desires (wives). The vital life force remains. Even\nduring our sleeping hours we can understand by virtue of our breathing\nprocess that the snake lives by eating the air that passes within this body.\nAir is exhibited in the form of breathing, and as long as breath is there, one\ncan understand that a sleeping man is alive. Thus even when the gross body\n\nis asleep the vital force remains active and alive to protect the body. Thus\nthe snake is described as living and eating air to keep the body fit for life.\nTEXT 36\n\n�SStt\\ftsftr � � S1IWII'{ 4iI1U'1�')C('Iij\nas;;f(qtf'l �st ('Eiifw-�d(�q ������\ndi§tyiigato 'si bhadrarh te\ngriimyiin kamiin abhipsase\nudvahifiyiimi tiirhs te 'ham\n\nsva-bandhubhir arindama\n\ndi§tyii-fortunately for me; iigata� asi\n\n- you have come here; bhadram- all\n\nauspiciousness; te-unto you; griimyiin- sensual; kaman-desired enjoyable\nobjects; abhipsase-you want to enjoy; udvahi§yiimi-I shall supply; tan­\n\nall of them; te-unto you; aham-I; sva-bandhubhi�-with all my friends;\narindama-0 killer of the enemy.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 killer of the enemy, you have somehow or other come here. This is\ncertainly great fortune for me. I wish all auspicious things for you. You\n\n", "SB4.4#p0063": "1178\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nhave a great desire to satisfy your senses, and all my friends and I shall\ntry our best in all respects to fulfill your desires.\nPURPORT\nThe living entity comes down into this material world for sense gratification, and his intelligence, represented by the woman, gives him the proper\ndirection by which he can satisfy his senses to their best capacity. In\nactuality, however, intelligence comes from the Supersoul, or the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, and He gives full facility to the living entity who\nhas come down to this material world. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii:\nvyavasiiyiitmikii buddhir\nekeha kuru-nandana\nbahu-siikhii hy anantiis ca\nbuddhayo 'vyavasiiyiniim\n\n\"Those who are on this path are resolute in purpose, and their aim is one.\n\n0 beloved child of the Kurus, the intelligence of those who are irresolute is\nmany-branched.\" (Bg. 2.41)\nWhen a devotee is advancing toward spiritual realization, his only aim is\nthe service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He doesn't care for any\nother material or spiritual activity. King Puraiijana represents the ordinary\nliving entity, and the woman represents the ordinary living entity's intelligence. Combined, the living entity enjoys his material senses, and the\nintelligence supplies all paraphernalia for his enjoyment. As soon as he\nenters the human form, the living entity is entrapped by a family tradition,\nnationality, customs, etc. These are all supplied by the miiyii of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. Thus the living entity, under the bodily conception of life, utilizes his intelligence to his best capacity in order to satisfy\nhis senses.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n� � � \"'�Q<cif �I\n+{t()q;ftij'{�: �'lr.l��: 11�\\911\nimiim tvam adhiti§�hasva\npurfm nava-mukhfm vibho\nmayopanitiin grh[tiina�\nkiima-bhogiin satani samii�\n\n", "SB4.4#p0064": "Text 38)\n\nj\n\n1179\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraii ana\n\nimam-this; tvam your good self; adhitifi.thasva-just remain;purim-in\n-\n\nthe city; nava-mukhtm-with nine gates; vibho-0 my lord; maya-by me;\nupanttan-arranged; grhrtana�-taking; kama-bhoga n-the materials for\nsense gratification;satam-a hundred; sama�-years.\nTRANSLATION\n\nj\n\nMy dear lord, I have ust arranged this city of nine gates for you so that\nyou can have all kinds of sense gratification. You may live here for one\nhundred years, and everything for your sense gratification will be supplied.\nPURPORT\nDharmartha-kama-mokfianam dhara� samprapti-hetava�. The wife is the\ncause of all kinds of success in religion, economic development, sense\ngratification, and ultimately salvation. When one accepts a wife, it is to be\nunderstood that he is being helped in his progressive march toward liberation. In the beginning of life a person is trained as a brahmactirt and is then\nallowed to marry a suitable girl and become a householder. If one is\nthoroughly trained in household life, he finds all facilities for human lifeeating, sleeping, mating and defending. Everything is there if it is executed\naccording to regulative principles.\nTEXT 38\n\n� � � � tadij!li¥\\�G\\4( I\n31(1JQ(iillntfl�4i��\n� ����J l\nkam nu tvad-anyam ramaye\nhy arati-jnam akovidam\nasampartiytibhimukham\nasvastana-vidam pasum\nkam-unto whom; nu-then; tvat-than yourself;anyam\n\n-\n\nother ; ramaye\n\n-1 shall allow to enjoy; hi-certainly; arati-jnam-without knowledge of\n\nsex enjoyment; akovidam-therefore almost foolish;asampartiya-without\nknowledge of the next life;abhimukha m -looking forward;asvastana vidam\n-\n\n-one who does not know what is happening next;pasum-like animals.\nTRANSLATION\nHow can I expect to unite with others who are neither conversant about\nsex nor capable of knowing how to enjoy life while living or after death?\n\n", "SB4.4#p0065": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1180\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nSuch foolish persons are like animals because they do not know the process\n\nof sense enjoyment in this life and after death.\n\nPURPORT\nSince there are 8,400,000 species of life, there are also many different\nliving conditions. In the lower grades of life (in plant and tree life) there is\nno system for sexual intercourse. In the upper grades (in the life of birds\nand bees) there is sex, but the insects and animals do not know how to\nactually enjoy sex life. In the human form of life, however, there is full\nknowledge of how to enjoy sex. Indeed, there are many so-called philosophers who give directions on how to enjoy sex life. There is even a science\ncalled kiima-siistra, which is the science of sex. In human life there are also\nsuch divisions as brahmacarya, grhastha, viinaprastha, and sannyiisa. There\nis no sex life except in the grhastha or householder iisrama. The brahmaciirt\n\nis not allowed any sex, a viinaprastha voluntarily refrains from sex, and the\nsannyiisi is completely renounced. The karmis do not practice brahmacarya,\nviinaprastha or sannyiisa life, for they are very much interested in grhastha\n\nlife. In other words, a human being is very much materially inclined. Indeed,\nall living entities are materially inclined. They prefer grhastha life because\nthere is concession for sex. The karmts think the other statuses of life are\nworse than animal life, for animals also have sex, whereas the brahmaciiri,\nviinaprastha and sannyiisi completely give up sex. The karmis, therefore,\n\nabhor these orders of spiritual life.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n� �q1 ::q SJ;jf\"R�� q: I\n���Ff��ll� WI �qre;(t�:ll ��II\ndharmo hy atriirtha-kiimau ca\nprajiinando 'mrtarh yasaQ.\nlokii visokii virajii\nyiin na kevalino vidufl.\ndharmafl.-religious ritual; hi-certainly; atra-here in thisgrhastha-iisrama,\n\nor householder life; artha-economic development; kiimau-sense gratification; ca-and; prajii-im andafl.-the pleasure of generations; amrtam-the\nresults of sacrifice; yasa fl. reputation; lokiifl.-planetary systems; visokiifl.-\n\nwithout lamentation; virajii fl. without disease; yiin-which; na-never;\n-\n\nkevalinafl.- the transcendentalists; vidufl.- know.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0066": "Text 39]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\n1181\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe woman continued: In this material world, a householder's life brings\nall kinds of happiness in religion, economic development, sense gratification and in the begetting of children, sons and grandsons. After that, one\nmay desire liberation as well as material reputation. The householder can\nappreciate the results of sacrifices, which enable him to gain promotion to\nsuperior planetary systems. All this material happiness is practically unknown to the transcendentalists. They cannot even imagine such happiness.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic instructions, there are two paths for human activities. One is called pravrtti-miirga, and the other is called nivrtti-miirga. The\nbasic principle for either of these paths is religious life. In animal life there\nis only pravrtti-miirga. Pravrtti-miirga means sense enjoyment, and nivrttimiirga means spiritual advancement. In the life of animals and demons,\nthere is no conception of nivrtti-miirga, nor is there any actual conception\nof pravrtti-miirga. Pravrtti-miirga maintains that even though one has the\npropensity for sense gratification, he can gratify his senses according to the\ndirections of the Vedic injunctions. For example, everyone has the propensity for sex life, but in demoniac civilization sex is enjoyed without\nrestriction. According to Vedic culture, sex is enjoyed under Vedic instructions. Thus the Vedas give direction to civilized human beings to enable\nthem to satisfy their propensities for sense gratification.\nIn the nivrtti-miirga, however, on the path of transcendental realization,\nsex is completely forbidden. The social orders are divided into four partsbrahmacarya, grhastha, viinaprastha and sannyii�a-and only in the householder life can the pravrtti-miirga be encouraged or accepted according to\nVedic instructions. In the orders of brahmacarya, viinaprastha and sannyiisa,\nthere are no facilities for sex.\n\nIn this verse the woman is advocating pravrtti-miirga only and is discouraging the path of nivrtti-miirga. She clearly says that the yatis, the\ntranscendentalists who are concerned only with spiritual life (kaivalya),\ncannot imagine the happiness of pravrtti-miirga. In other words, the man\nwho follows the V edic principles enjoys the materialistic way of life not\nonly by becoming happy in this life, but also in the next life by being\npromoted to the heavenly planets. In this life such a person gets all kinds\nof material opulences, such as sons and grandsons, because he is always\nengaged in various religious functions. The material distresses are birth, old\nage, disease and death, but those who are interested in pravrtti-miirga hold\n\n", "SB4.4#p0067": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1182\n\n[Canto4, Ch. 25\n\nvarious religious functions at the time of birth, old age, disease and death.\nWithout caring for the distresses of birth, old age, disease and death, they\nare addicted to performing the special functions according to the V edic\nritualistic ceremonies.\n\nFactually, however, pravrtti-marga is based on sex life. As stated in\n\nSrimad-Bhtigavatam,\n\nyan\n\nmaithunadi- grhamedhi-sukham\n\nhi\n\ntuccham\n\n(Bhiig. 7.9.45). A householder who is too much addicted to pravrtti-marga\n\nis actually called a grhamedhi, not a grhastha. Although the grhastha desires\nsense gratification, he acts according to Vedic instructions. The grhamedhi,\n\nhowever, who is interested only in sense gratification, does not follow any\n\nVedic instruction. The grhamedhi engages himself as an advocate of sex life\n\nand also allows his sons and daughters to engage in sex and to be deprived\n\nof any glorious end in life. A grhastha enjoys sex life in this life as well as\nin the next, but a grhamedhi does not know what the next life is about\nbecause he is simply interested in sex in this life. On the whole, when one is\ntoo much inclined towards sex, he does not care for the transcendental\nspiritual life. In this age of Kali especially, no one is interested in spiritual\nadvancement. Even though it is sometimes found that one may be interested\nin spiritual advancement, he is most likely to accept a bogus method of\nspiritual life, being misguided by so many pretenders.\nTEXT40\n\n�R'i�wtf \\ijiW\\I'ik'iwtlf � I\n���lAS���: ll�oll\npitr-devar§i-martyanam\n\nbhiitanam atmanas ca ha\n\nk§emyam vadanti sarartam\n\nbhave 'smin yad grhasramaft\n\npitr-forefathers; deva-dernigods; r.si-sages; martyiiniim-of humanity\n\nin general; bhiitiiniim-of the infinite living entities; atmana[t-of oneself;\nca-also; ha-certainly; k§emyam-beneficial; vadanti-they say; sarartam­\n\nshelter; bhave-in the material world; asmin-this; yat-that which; grha­\n\niisramaft-householder life.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe woman continued: According to authorities, the householder life\nis pleasing not only to oneself but to all the forefathers, demigods, great\n\n", "SB4.4#p0068": "The Characteristics of King Puraiij ana\n\nText41]\n\nll83\n\nsages, saintly persons and everyone else. A householder life is thus\nbeneficial.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the V edic system, when one is born in this material world\nhe has many obligations. He has obligations to the demigods-the demigods\nof the sun and moon, King lndra, Varu1,1a, etc.-because they are supplying\nthe necessities of life. We receive heat, light, water and all other natural\namenities through the mercy of the demigods. We are also indebted to our\nforefathers who have given us these bodies, paternal property, intelligence,\nsociety, friendship and love. Similarly, we are indebted to the general\npublic for politics and sociology, and we are also indebted to lower animals\nsuch as horses, cows, asses, dogs and cats. In this way, as soon as one is born\nin this material world as a human being, he has so many obligations and is\nbound to repay all these obligations. If he does not repay them, he is\nfurther entangled in the process of birth and death. The grhamedhi,\nhowever, who is overly addicted to material things, does not know that\nif\n\nhe\n\nsimply\n\nimmediately\n\ntakes\n\nfreed\n\nshelter\n\nfrom\n\nall\n\nat\n\nthe lotus feet\n\nobligations to\n\nof\n\nothers.\n\nMukunda, he is\nUnfortunately\n\na\n\ngrhamedhi does not have any interest in Kt�r,:ta consciousness. Prahlada\nMaharaja says: matir na kr�!le parata� svato va mitho 'bhipadyeta grhavrattintim (Bhtig. 7.5.30). A grhavrata is the same as a grhamedhi. One who\ntakes sex life to be supreme finds action in Kr�1,1a consciousness confusing.\nEither due to his own personal consideration, or due to his having taken\ninstructions from others or conferring with them, he becomes addicted\nto sexual indulgence and cannot act in Ktfllla consciousness.\nTEXT4l\n\nCfiT ;n1l tW ��ttid tf�\n\nfitt�a:�lwt'( I\n\nWI TJJRr fWi 3J1li � � � II�� II\nkti nama vira vikhyiitarit\nvadtinyarit priya-darsanam\nna VJ[tita priyarit prtiptarit\nmadrsi tvadrsarit patim\nkii-who;\n\nnama indeed;\n-\n\nvadtinyam magnanimous;\n-\n\nwould\n\naccept; priyam\n\n-\n\nvira-my\n\ndear\n\nhero;\n\nvikhytitam-famous;\n\npriya-darsa n am-beautiful ;\n\nna-not;\n\nV[[tz1a­\n\neasily; prtiptam-gotten; mti drst-like me; tvii­\n\ndrsam-like you; patim-husband.\n\n-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0069": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1184\n\n[Canto4, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my dear hero, who in this world will not accept a husband like you?\n\nYou are so famous, so magnanimous, so beautiful and so easily gotten.\nPURPORT\n\nEvery husband is certainly a great hero to his wife. In other words, if a\nwoman loves a man, that man appears very beautiful and magnanimous.\nUnless one becomes beautiful in the eyes of another, one cannot dedicate\nhis whole life to another. The husband is considered very magnanimous\nbecause he gives as many children to the wife as she likes. Every woman is\nfond of children; therefore any husband who can please his wife by sex and\ngive her children is considered very magnanimous. Not only does the\nhusband become magnanimous by begetting children, but by giving his\nwife ornaments, nice food and dresses, he keeps her completely under\nsubmission. Such a satisfied wife will never give up the company of her\nhusband. Manu-sarh.hitii recommends that to keep a wife satisfied a husband\nshould give her some ornaments because women are generally fond of home,\nornaments, dresses, children, etc. In this way the woman is the center of\nall material enjoyment.\nIn this regard, the word vikhyiitam is very significant. A man is always\nfamous for his aggression toward a beautiful woman, and such aggression\nis sometimes considered rape. Although rape is not legally allowed, it is\na fact that a woman likes a man who is very expert at rape.\nTEXT42\n\n� � �filil•l�:\nftro ;r (1-Ni���Cl« I\n�� ��Mdlii4il�\n*HWcftKd¥.( ����II\n\n�\n\nkasya manas te bhuvi bhogi-bhogayo[l\nstriya na sajjed bhujayor maha-bhuja\nyo 'natha-vargadhim alam ghrrwddhatasmitavalokena caraty apohitum\nkasya[l\n\n- whose; mana[l-mind; te-your; bhuvi-in this world; bhogi­\n\nbhogayo[l-like the body of a serpent; striyii[l-of a woman; na-not; sajjet\n\n", "SB4.4#p0070": "j\n\nText43 ]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Purai'i. ana\n\n1185\n\n-becomes attracted; bhujayo[l,-by the arms; mahii-bhuja-0 mighty-armed;\nya[l,-one who; aniitha-vargii-of poor women like me; adhim-distresses of\nthe\n\nmind;\n\nla\n\na m-able;\n\nghr.nii-uddhata-by\n\naggressive\n\nmercy;\n\nsmita­\n\navalokena-by attractive smiling; carati-travels; apohitum-to dissipate.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 mighty-armed, who in this world\n\nj\n\nwill not be attracted by your arms,\n\nwhich are ust like the bodies of serpents? Actually you relieve the distress\nof husbandless women like us by your attractive smile and your aggressive\n\nj\n\nmercy. We think that you are traveling on the surface of the earth ust to\nbenefit us only.\nPURPORT\nWhen a husbandless woman is attacked by an aggressive man, she takes\nhis action to be mercy. A woman is generally very much attracted by a\nman's long arms. A serpent's body is round, and it becomes narrower and\nthinner at the end. The beautiful arms of a man appear to a woman just\nlike serpents, and they very much desire to be embraced by such arms.\nThe word aniitha-vargii is very significant in this verse. Niitha means\nhusband, and a means without. A young woman who has no husband is\ncalled aniitha, meaning one who is not protected. As soon as a woman\nattains the age of puberty, she immediately becomes very much agitated\nby sexual desire. It is therefore the duty of the father to get his daughter\nmarried before she attains puberty. Otherwise she will be very much\nmortified by not having a husband. Anyone who satisfies her desire for\nsex at that age becomes a great object of satisfaction. It is a psychological\nfact that when a woman at the age of puberty meets a man and the man\nsatisfies her sexually, she will love that man for the rest of her life, regardless\nwho he is. Thus so-called love within this material world is nothing but\nsexual satisfaction.\n\nTEXT43\n\n� iJ<1R\n�m�� � m f'P-J: 1\n� � � �151W'ijf1(1ij � �: mHII\nniirada uviica\niti tau dam-patt tatra\nsamudya samayam mitha[l,\n\n", "SB4.4#p0071": "1186\n\nSrimad-Bh.agavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nttirh pravisya purirh rtijan\nmumudtite satarh samti�\nntirada� uvtica-the great sage Narada spoke; iti-thus; tau-they; dampati\n\n-\n\nhusband and wife; tatra-there; samudya-being equally enthusiastic;\n\nsamayam-accepting one another; mitha�-mutually; ttim-in that place;\np raviS ya-entering; purim-in that city; rtijan-0 King; mumudtite\n\n-\n\nthey\n\nenjoyed life; satam-one hundred; samti�-years.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada continued: My dear King, those two-the man\nand the woman-supporting one another through mutual understanding,\nentered that city and enjoyed life for one hundred years.\nPURPORT\nOne hundred years is significant in this connection because every human\nbeing is given the concession to live up to a hundred years. The span of life\nis different on different planets, according to the planet's distance from\nthe sun. In other words, one hundred years on this planet is different from\none hundred years on another planet. Lord Brahma lives for one hundred\nyears according to time on the Brahmaloka planet, but one day of Brahma\nis equal to millions of years on this planet. Similarly, the days on the\nheavenly planets are equal to six months on this planet. On every planet,\nhowever, the span of life for a human being is roughly one hundred years.\nAccording to the life spans on different planets, the standards of living\nalso differ.\nTEXT44\n\naq•ft�+tt;i\\ � (I;J (I;J � �: 1\n\n� �: (flfllifa:wfl+tiN�IW� ������\nupagiyamtino lalitarh\ntatra tatra ca gtiyaka*\nkrit}an parivrta� stribhir\nhradinim tiviSac chucau\nupagiyamtina�-being sung about; lalitam-very nicely; tatra tatra-here\nand there; ca-also; gtiyaka*-by the singers; krit;Ian-playing; parivrta�surrounded;stribhi�- by women; hradinfm-in the water of the river; avisat\n-entered; sucau-when it was too hot.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0072": "Text45]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Purafijana\n\n1187\n\nTRANSLATION\nMany professional singers used to sing about the glories of King Puraiijana\nand his glorious activities. When it was too hot in the summer, he used to\nenter a reservoir of water. He would surround himself with many women\nand enjoy their company.\nPURPORT\nA living being has different activities in different stages of life. One stage\nis called jiigrat, or the life of awakening, and another is called svapna, or\nthe life of dream. Another stage is called susupti, or life in an unconscious\nstate, and still another stage occurs after death. In the previous verse the\nlife of awakening was described; that is, the man and the woman were\nmarried and enjoyed life for one hundred years. In this verse life in the\ndream state is described, for the activities Puraiijana accomplished during\nthe day were also reflected at night in the dream state. Puraiijana used to\nlive with his wife for sense enjoyment, and at night this very sense enjoyment was appreciated in different ways. A man sleeps very soundly when\nhe is greatly fatigued, and when a rich man is greatly fatigued he goes to\nhis garden house with many female friends and there enters the water and\nenjoys their company. Such is the tendency of the living entity within this\nmaterial world. A living entity is never satisfied with a woman unless he is\ntrained in the system of brahmacarya. Generally a man's tendency is to\nenjoy many women, and even at the very end of life the sex impulse is so\nstrong that even though one is very old he still wants to enjoy the company\nof young girls. Thus because of the strong sex impulse the living entity\nbecomes more and more involved in this material world.\nTEXT45\n\n� � m: �{a@tl� i 31\\:1: 1\n'Nfiq't:q•�tl\" � :q-: Cli�: ll'd�ll\nsaptopari k;ta dviira[t\npuras tasyiis tu dve adhaft\nprthag-vi§aya-gaty-artham\ntasyiim ya[t kascanesvara[t\nsapta-seven; upari-up; krta[t-made; dvara[t-gates; pura[t-of the city;\ntasya[t-that; tu-then; dve-two; adha[t-down;prthak-different; vi§ayato places; gati-artham-for going; tasyam-in that city; ya[l,-one who;\nkascana-whoever; isvarafl.-governor.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0073": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1188\n\n[Canto4, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\nOf the nine gates in that city, seven were on the surface and two were\nsubterranean. A total of nine doors were constructed, and these led to\ndifferent places. All the gates were used by the city's governor.\nPURPORT\nThe seven gates of the body that are situated upward are the two eyes,\ntwo nostrils, two ears and one mouth. The two subterranean gates are the\nrectum and the genitals. The king, or the ruler of the body, who is the\nliving entity, uses all these doors to enjoy different types of material\npleasures. The system of opening different gates to different places is still\nevident in old Indian cities. Formerly a capital was surrounded by walls,\nand one passed through various gates to go to various cities or towards\nspecific directions. In old Delhi there are still remnants of surrounding\nwalls and various gates known as the Kasmiri Gate, the Lahori Gate, etc.\nSimilarly, in Ahmedabad there is a Delhi Gate. The point of this simile is\nthat the living entity wants to enjoy different types of material opulences,\nand to this end nature has given him various holes in his body that he can\nutilize for sense enjoyment.\nTEXT46\n\n� � .(1(�1 �·�I\n\nqflfit i 3f1rri � ;mnf;r Wf' � II \\l� II\npaiica dviiras tu paurastyii\ndak§ir-aikii tathottarii\npascime dve amii§iirh te\nniimiini nrpa varr-aye\npaiica-five; dviira[l.-doors; tu-then; paurastyii [l.-facing the eastern\n\nside; dak§ir-ii-southern; ekii-one; tathii-also; uttarii-one towards the\nnorth;pascime-similarly, on the western side;dve-two;amil§iim-of them;\nte-unto you; niimiini-names; nrpa-0 King; varr-aye-I shall describe.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, of the nine doors, five led toward the eastern side, one\nled toward the northern side, one led toward the southern side, and two\nled toward the western side. I shall try to give the names of these different\ndoors.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0074": "Text 47]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Purafijana\n\n1189\n\nPURP OR T\nOf the seven doors on the surface-namely the two eyes, two ears, two\nnostrils and one mouth-five look forward, and these are described as the\ndoors facing the eastern side. Since looking forward means seeing the sun,\nthese are described as the eastern gates, for the sun rises in the east. The\ngate on the northern side and the gate on the southern side represent the\ntwo ears, and the two gates facing the western side represent the rectum\nand genitals. All the doors and gates are described below.\n\nTEXT 47\n\n<.CIW61SSFJi�cft � 311'1_9\\i(i�Efi'SI f;tflRr I\n\nRJtTM<f �( qffif �Wttt1<.'U 11\\l\\911\nkhadyotavirmukht ca prag\ndvar.av ekatra nirmite\nvibhrajitarit jana-padarit\nyati tabhyarit dyumat-sakha�\n\nkhadyota-of the name Khadyota; avirmukhi-of the name Avirmukhi;\nca\n\n-\n\nalso; prak-toward the eastern side; dviirau-two gates; ekatra-in one\n\nplace; nirmite-were constructed; vibhriijitam-of the name Vibhraj ita;\n\nja n a padam-city; yati-used to go; tiibhyiim-by them; dyumat-of the\n-\n\nname Dyumiin; sakhaft-with his friend.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe two gates named Khadyota and Avirmukhfwere situated facing the\neastern side, but they were constructed in one place. Through those two\ngates the King used to go to the city of Vihhrajita accompanied by a friend\nwhose name was Dyuman.\nPURPORT\nThe two names Khadyota and Avirmukhimean \"glowworm\" and \"torchlight.\" This indicates that of the two eyes, the left eye is less powerful in\n\nits ability to see. Although both eyes are constructed in one place, one is\n\nstronger than the other in the power to see. The king, or the living entity,\n\nuses these two gates to see things properly, but he cannot see unless\naccompanied by a friend whose name is Dyuman. This friend is the sun.\n\nAlthough the two eyes are situated in one place, they have no power to see\n\nwithout the sunlight. Vibhrajitarit jana-padam. If one wants to see something\n\n", "SB4.4#p0075": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1190\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nvery clearly (vibhrajitam ) , he must see it with two eyes and the assistance\nof his friend the sunlight. Within this body everyone is a king because he\nuses his different gates according to his own will. Although he is very much\nproud of his power to see or hear, he is nonetheless dependent on the\nassistance of nature.\nTEXT 48\n\n� �lf€s;ft :q sti•UU0�4ril � I\n��Cf(ijiRft f� � � 11\\l�ll\nnalint nalini ca prag\ndvarav ekatra nirmite\navadhilta-sakhas tabhyarh\nvi§ayarh yati saurabham\nnalini-of the name Nalin:l; niilini-of the name Nalin:l; ca- also; priik­\n\neastern; dviirau-two gates; ekatra-in one place; nirmite - constructed;\n\navadhiita-of the name Avadhiita; sakha[l. - with his friend; tiibhyiim-by\n\nthose two gates; vi�ayam-place; yiiti-used to go; saurabham-of the name\nSaurabha.\nTRANSLATION\nSimilarly\n\nin the east there were two sets of gates named Nalini and\n\nNiilini, and these were also constructed in one place. Through these gates\nthe King, accompanied by a friend named Avadhiita, used to go to the city\nof Saurabha.\nPURPORT\nThe two gates named N alini and Nalini are the two nostrils. The living\nentity enjoys these two gates with the help of different avadhiitas, or airs,\nwhich constitute the breathing process. Through these gates the living entity\ngoes to the town of Saurabha, or aroma. In other words, the nostrils, with\nthe help of their friend the air, enjoy various aromas in the material world.\nNalini and Nalini are the pipes of the nostrils through which one inhales\nand exhales, enjoying the aroma of sense pleasure.\nTEXT 49\n\np11T wm1 � �ssqUI'I(�;ft I\n\n� �\n\n�ettt�qunr;�Ht: 11\\lQ..II\n\n", "SB4.4#p0076": "Text 50]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Purafijana\n\n1191\n\nmukhya nama purastad dvas\ntayapar;w-bahUdanau\nvi§ayau yati pura-ra{i\nrasajiia-vipartanvita�\nmukhya-the chief; nama-c alled; purastat-on the eastern side; dva�­\n\ngate; taya-by that; aparta-of the name Apa!J.a; bahudanau-of the name\nBahudana; vi;5ayau-two places; yati-used to go;pura-ra.t-the King of the\n\ncity (Puraiijana); rasa-jiia-of the name Rasajiia;vipa;:a-of the name VipaQ.a ;\n\nanvita�-along with.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe fifth gate situated on the eastern side was named Mukhya, or the\nchief. Through this gate, accompanied by his friends named Rasajiia and\nVipal).a, he used to visit two places named Bahiidana and Apal).a.\nPURPORT\nThe mouth is here described as the chief or the most important gate.\nThe mouth is a very important entrance because one has two functions\nto conduct with the mouth. One function is eating, and the other is\nspeaking. Our eating is done with the friend Rasajiia, by whom the tongue\n\ncan taste so many different types of foods. The tongue is also used for\n\nspeaking, and it can speak of either material sense enjoyment or V edic\nknowledge. Of course, here material sense enjoyment is stressed. Therefore\nthe word Rasajiia is used.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n(qctriq � �� �: I\n\nuj � qtRr �$J((l�<J: 11'-\\oll\npitrhiir nrpa purya dvar\ndak§irtena puraiijana�\nra§tram dak§irta-paiicalarh\nyati sruta-dharanvita�\n\npitrhii�-of the name Pitrhu; nrpa-0 Ki ng;purya�-of the city;dva[l.­\n\ngate;dak§irtena-on the southern side; puraiijana[l.- King Puraiijana;ra§tram\n\n-country; dak§irta- southern; paiicalam-of the name Paiicala; yati-used\n\nto go;sruta-dhara-anvitafi.-along with his friend Srutadhara.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0077": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1192\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe southern gate of the city was known as Pit�hu, and through that\n\ngate King Puraiijana used to visit the city named D�l_la-paiicala accompa­\n\nnied by his friend Srutadhara.\n\nPURPORT\nThe right ear is used for karma-kiir-!ltya, or fruitive activities. As long as\n\none is attached to the enj oyment of material resources, he hears from the\nright ear and uses the five senses to elevate himself to the higher planetary\nsystems like Pit�loka. Consequently the right ear is here described as the\nPitrhu gate.\n\nTEXT 51\n\n�ctr-thl � 1:1 � �: I\n(lft'ij<'t!iR� � �(l{;q6: II�� II\ndevahur nama purya dva\nuttarer-a puraiijana�\nra§tram uttara-paiiciilarh\nyati sruta-dhariinvita�\ndevahu�-of the name Devahu; niima-as it was called; puryii�-of the\ncity;\n\nj\n\ndvii� -gate;\n\nuttarer-a-on\n\n§tram-country\n\nPuraii ana; ra\n\n;\n\nthe\n\nnorthern\n\nside; puraiijanalJ- King\n\nuttara-northern; paiiciilam-of the name\n\nPaiicala; yiiti-used to go; sruta-dhara-anvita�- with his friend S rutadhara.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the northern side was the gate named Devahu. Through that gate,\n\nKing Puraiijana used to go with his friend Srutadhara to the place known\nas Uttara-paiicala.\n\nPURPORT\nThe two ears are situated on the northern side and the southern side.\nThe ear on the southern side is very strong and is always anxious to hear\n\nj\n\nabout sense en oyment. The ear on the northern side, however, is used for\ntaking initiation from the spiritual master and for gaining promotion to\nthe spiritual sky. The right ear, or the ear on the southern side, is called\nPitrhu, which indicates that it is used for attaining the higher planetary\nsystems known as Pitrloka, but the left ear, which is known as Devahu, is\n\n", "SB4.4#p0078": "Text 52]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Purafijana\n\n1193\n\nutilized for hearing about even higher planetary systems such as Maharloka,\nTapoloka and Brahmaloka-or yet even higher planets situated in the\nspiritual universe, where one becomes more inclined to be permanently\nsituated. This is explained in Bhagavad-gitii:\nyiinti deva-vratii deviin\npittn yiinti pitr-vratii�\nbhUtiini yiinti bhutejyii\nyiinti mad-yiijino 'pi miim\n\"Those who worship the demigods will take birth among the demigods;\nthose who worship ghosts and spirits will take birth among such beings;\nthose who worship ancestors go to the ancestors; and those who worship\nMe will live with Me.\" (Bg. 9.25)\nOne who is interested in being happy on this planet as well as after death\ngenerally wants to be elevated to the Pitrlokas. Such a person can use the\nright ear for hearing Vedic instructions. However, one who is interested in\ngoing to Tapoloka, Brahmaloka, the VaikuQ.t}la planets or Kr�Q.aloka may\ntake initiation from the spiritual master in order to be elevated to such lokas.\nTEXT 52\n\n� � tr!IF{ ���:I\n\n� � � � ��: ����II\niisuri niima pasciid dviis\ntayii yiiti puraiijana�\ngnimakam niima vifiayam\ndurmadena samanvitafi.\n\niisuri-of the name Asuri; nama-called; pa.Scat-on the western side;\ndviifi.-gate; tayii-by which; yiiti-used to go;puraiijana�-King Puranjana;\ngriimakam-of the name Gramaka; nama-called; vi§ayam-the city of\nsense enjoyment; durmadena-by Durmada;samanvitafi.-accompanied.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the western side was a gate named Asuri. Through that gate King\nPuranjana used to go to the city of Gramaka, accompanied by his friend\nDurmada.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0079": "1194\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nPURPORT\nThe gate on the western side of the city was known as Asuii because it\n\nwas especially meant for the asuras. The word asura refers to those who\n\nare interested in sense gratification, specifically in sex life, to which they\nare overly attracted. Thus Puraiijana, the living entity, enjoys himself to\n\nhis greatest satisfaction by means of the genitals. Consequently he used to\n\ngo to the place known as Gramaka. Material sense gratification is also\ncalled gramya, and the place where sex life is indulged in to a great extent\n\nis called Griimaka. When going to Gramaka, Puraiijana used to be accom­\n\npanied by his friend Durmada. The word vi§aya refers to the four bodily\n\nnecessities of life-eating, sleeping, mating and defending. The word\n\ndurmadena may be analyzed in this way: dur means du§_ta, or sinful, and\nmada means madness. Every living entity who is in contact with material\nnature is called mada, or mad. It is said: pisiicipiiile yena mati-cchanna haya/\nmiiyii-grasta jivera haya se-bhiiva udaya. When a person is haunted, he\nbecomes practically insane. When one is in an insane condition, he speaks\nall kinds of nonsense. Thus to become engaged in sense gratification, one\n\nhas to accept a friend who is durmada, or badly affected by the material\n\ndisease.\n\nThe words iisuri nama pasciid dviift are significant in another sense. The\n\nsunrise is first visible from the eastern side-the Bay of Bengal-and gradually\n\nit progresses toward the west. It is practically exp erienced that people in\n\nthe West are more addicted to sense gratification. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nHimself has certified: pascimera loka saba mii{iha anaciira (Cc. Adi 10.89).\n\nThe more one goes to the western side, the more he will find people dis­\n\ninterested in spiritual life. He will find them behaving against the Vedic\n\nstandards. Because of this, pe ople living in the West are more addicted to\nsense gratification. In this Bhagavatam it is confirmed: iisuri nama pa5ciid\ndviift. In other words, the population on the western side is interested in an\nasuric civilization, that is, a materialistic way of life. Lord Caitanya conse­\n\nquently wanted this Kr�Q.a consciousness movement to be preached on\n\nthe western side of the world so that people addicted to sense gratification\nmight be benefited by His teachings.\n\nTEXT 53\n\nf.!lstlMwt¥1 'fill! � tnftr �: 1\nmt ;mt � �� �� 11'-\\�11\n\n", "SB4.4#p0080": "Text 54]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Purafijana\n\n1195\n\nnirrtir nama pascad dvas\ntaya yati puraiijana�\nvaisasarh nama vi§ayarh\nlubdhakena samanvita�\nnirrti�-of the name Niqti; nama-called; pas cii t-western; dviib.\ntaya by which; yii ti\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\ngate;\n\nused to go; p ura n janab. - King Purailjana; vaisasam­\n\nof the name Vai.Sasa; nama- c alled; vi§ayam-to the place; lubdhake na- by\nthe friend named Lubdhaka; samanvita ft - accompanied\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnother gate on the western side was known as Niqti. Puraiijana used\nto go through this gate to the place known as Va:i.Sasa, accompanied by his\nfriend Lubdhaka.\nPURPORT\nThis is a reference to the rectum. The rectum is supposed to be situated\non the western side of the eyes, nose and ears. This gate is especially meant\nfor death. When an ordinary living entity abandons his present body, he\npasses through the rectum. It is therefore painful. When one is called by\nnature to evacuate, one also experiences pain. The friend of the living entity\nwho accompanies him through this gate is named Lubdhaka, which means\ngreed. Due to our greed, we eat unnecessarily, and such gluttony causes\npain at the time of evacuation. The conclusion is that the living entity feels\nwell if he evacuates properly. This gate is known as Niqti, or the painful\ngate.\nTEXT 54\n\n� � MttW<ij\\i)ijit£.0 I\n�1R4ijl+tftqRf(ija44rl ��=it 11�\\lll\nandhav am(sarh paura!l-arh\nnirvak-pesaskrtav ubhau\nak.sar-vatam adhipatis\ntabhyarh yati karoti ca\nandha u- blind; am i§am among those; pa urii!J,am- of the inhabitants;\n-\n\nnirvak-of the name Nirvak; pesaskrtau -of the name Pesaslq-t; ubhauboth of them; ak.sar--vatam-of the people who possessed eyes; adhipatifi.-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0081": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n11%\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nruler; tabhyiim-with both of them; yati-used to go; karoti-used to act;\nca-and.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOf the many inhabitants of this city, there are two persons named\nNirvak and Pesas�t. Although King Puraiijana was the ruler of citizens who\npossessed eyes, he unfortunately used to associate with these blind men.\nAccompanied by them, he used to go here and there and perform various\nactivities.\nPURPORT\nThis is a reference to the arms and legs of the living entity. The two legs\ndo not speak, and they are blind. If a person simply trusts his legs to take\nhim walking, he is likely to fall into a hole or to bump into something.\nThus led by the blind legs, one's life may be placed in jeopardy.\nOf the senses that are working, the hands and legs are very important,\nbut they have no eyes to see. This means that in the hands and legs there\nare no holes. In the head there are many holes-two eyes, two nostrils,\ntwo ears and one mouth-but lower down, in the arms and legs, there are\nno holes. Consequently the arms and legs have been described as andha,\nblind. Although the living entity has many holes in his body, he nonetheless\nhas to work with his hands and arms. Although the living entity is the\nmaster of many other senses, when he has to go somewhere, do something\nor touch something, he has to use his blind legs and hands.\nTEXT 55\n\n�;:ij:� At�1�Q+c�: I\nmt !fm� riqr � \\iii41€+1Jl'Ait( 11'-\\'-\\11\n�\n\nsa yarhy anta�pura-gato\nvi§ilcina-samanvita�\nmoham praslidam har§arh vii\nyliti jliylitmajodbhavam\nsa�-he; yarhi-when; anta�-pura-to his private home;gata�-used to go;\nvi§ilcina-by\n\nthe\n\nmind; samanvita�-accompanied; moham- illusion;\n\npraslidam-satisfaction; har§am-happiness; va-or; yliti-used to enjoy;\njliyli-wife; litma-ja-children; udbhavam-produced by them.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0082": "Text 55]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Purafijana\n\n1197\n\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes he used to go to his private home with one of his chief\nservants, the mind, who was named Vi�iicina. At that time, illusion,\nsatisfaction and happiness used to be produced from his wife and children.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic conclusion, one's self is situated within the\nheart. As stated in Vedic language, hrdy ayam iitmii prati§thita�: the self\nis situated within the heart. In the material condition, however, the spirit\nsoul is covered by the material qualities-namely goodness, passion and\ndarkness-and within the heart these three qualities react. For instance,\nwhen one is in goodness, he feels happiness; when one is in passion, he\nfeels satisfaction through material enjoyment; and when one is in darkness,\nhe feels bewilderment. All these activities are of the mind, and they function\non the platform of thinking, feeling and willing.\nWhen the living entity is encircled by wife, children and home, he acts\non the mental plane. Sometimes he is very happy, sometimes he is very\nmuch satisfied,\n\nsometimes he is not satisfied, and sometimes he is\n\nbewildered. Bewilderment is called moha, illusion. lllusioned by society,\nfriendship and love, the living entity thinks that his so-called society, friendship and love, nationality, community, society, etc., will give him protection. He does not know that after death he will be thrown into the hands\nof a very strong material nature that will force him to accept a certain type\nof body according to his present work. This body may not even be a human\nbody. Thus the living entity's feeling of security in this life in the midst of\nsociety, wife and friendship is nothing but illusion. All living entities\nencaged in various material bodies are illusioned by the present activities\nof material enjoyment. They forget their real business, which is to go back\nhome, back to Godhead.\nEveryone who is not in Kt�qa consciousness must be considered to be\nin illusion. One's so-called feelings of happiness and satisfaction resulting\nfrom material things are also illusions. Factually neither society, friendship,\nlove nor anything else can save one from the onslaught of the external\nenergy, which is symptomized by birth, death, old age and disease. To get\neven one living entity out of the illusory condition is very difficult; therefore Lord K{�l).a says in Bhagavad-gitii:\ndaivi hy e§ii gur-amayi\nmama miiyii duratyayii\n\n", "SB4.4#p0083": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1198\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nmiim eva ye prapadyante\nmiiyiim etiim taranti te\n\"This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material\nnature, is difficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me\ncan easily cross beyond it.\" (Bg. 7.14)\nTherefore, unless one surrenders completely at the lotus feet of Krr;;Q.a,\nhe cannot get out of the entanglement of the three modes of material\nnature.\nTEXT 56\n\n� � �: 'fil+tl€¥1 (f!a«!s�: I\n�\n\n4tla.'\\t(f\n\n(f'Et(�u·ctctJ(f ������\n\nevam karmasu samsakta{t\nkiimiitmii vaiicito 'budha{t\nmahifii yad yad iheta\ntat tad eviinvavartata\nevam-thus; karmasu-in fruitive activities; samsakta{t-being too much\nattached; kiima-iitmii-lusty; vaiicita{t-cheated; abudha{t-less intelligent;\nmahi�i-the Queen; yat yat-whatsoever; iheta-she would desire; tat tatall of that; eva-certainly; anvavartata-he followed.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBeing thus entangled in different types of mental concoction and\nengaged in fruitive activities, King Purafijana came completely under tl,.e\n\ncontrol of material intelligence and was thus cheated. Indeed, he used to\nfulfill all the desires of his wife, the Queen.\nPURPORT\nWhen a living entity is in such bewilderment that he is under the control\nof his wife, or material intelligence, he has to satisfy the intelligence of his\nso-called wife and act exactly according to her dictates. Various siistras\nadvise that for material convenience one should keep his wife always\nsatisfied by giving her ornaments and by following her instructions. In this\nway there will be no trouble in family life. Therefore for one's own social\nbenefit, one is advised to keep his wife satisfied. In this way, when one\nbecomes the servant of his wife, he must act according to the desires of his\n\n", "SB4.4#p0084": "Texts 57-61]\n\nll99\n\nThe Characteristics of King Purafijana\n\nwife. Thus one becomes more and more entangled. In Bengal it is said that\nif one becomes an obedient servant of his wife, he loses all reputation.\nHowever, the difficulty is that unless one becomes a most obedient servant\nof his wife, family life becomes disturbed. In the Western countries this\ndisturbance gives rise to the divorce law, and in Eastern countries like\nIndia there is separation. Now this disturbance is confirmed by the new\nintroduction of the divorce law in India. Within the heart, the mind is\nacting, thinking, feeling and willing, and falling under the control of one's\nwife is the same as falling under the control of material intelligence. Thus\none begets children by his wife and becomes entangled in so many activities\nanrl mental concoctions.\n\nTEXTS 57-61\n\n�tq'l�trt fq;ffir � ¥«d4ce: 1\n3f��smfa'��� 11'-\\\\SII\n\n•�swtRI�fft�����\nffi�(ij�f ��iiiCN�Iq�� 11'-\\�11\n.�(letR1 ��ct�f Rta�•¥4� � 1\nq � �41'1NI¥4;ql� tti�C(Iijfl{ 11'-\\�11\n•Pl'l)�rnRI sazoctR4t q��·q� � 1\nffiMNcN� NtN'*4i ��R4f ��II� II\n� � iilltlq�n:c� � ,\n� � ��ttl UR61q� � II�� II\no\n\nkvacit pibantyarh pibati\nmadirarh mada-vihvalaft\nasnantyarh kvacid asnati\njakfiatyiirh saha jakfiiti\nkvacid gayati gayantyam\nrudatyiirh rudati kvacit\nkvacid dhasantyarh hasati\njalpantyam anu jalpati\nkvacid dhavati dhavantyarh\ntifi.thantyam anu ti�.thati\n\n", "SB4.4#p0085": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1200\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nanu sete sayanayam\nanvaste kvacid asatim\nkvacic chnwti srr�vantyarh\npasyantyam anu pasyati\nkvacij jighrati jighrantyarh\nsprsantyarh sprsati kvacit\nkvacic ca socatirh jayam\nanu socati dinavat\n\nanu hr§yati hr§yantyarh\n\nmuditam anu modate\n\nkvacit-sometimes;\n\npibantyam-while\n\ndrinking;\n\npibati-he\n\ndrank;\n\nmadiram-liquor; mada-vihvala[l.-being intoxicated; asnantyam-while she\n\nwas eating; kvacit-sometimes; asnati-he ate; jak�atyam-while she was\nchewing; saha-with her; jak§iti-he chewed; kvacit-sometimes; giiyatihe used to sing; giiyantyiim-while his wife was singing; rudatyiim-when\nthe wife was crying; rudati-he also cried; kvacit-sometimes; kvacit-sometimes;\n\nhasantyiim-while\n\nshe\n\nwas\n\nlaughing; hasati-he\n\nalso\n\nlaughed;\n\njalpantyiim-while she was talking loosely; anu-following her; jalpati-he\n\nalso talked loosely; kvacit-sometimes; dhiivati-he also used to walk;\n\ndhavantyam-when she was walking; ti§thantyiim-while she was standing\n\nsilently; anu-following her; ti§thati-he used to stand; anu-following her;\nsete-he used to lie down; sayaniiyiim-while she was lying on the bed;\nanu-following her; aste-he also used to sit; kvacit-sometimes; iisatim­\n\nshe was sitting; kvacit-sometimes; srrwti-he used to hear;\nshe was engaged in hearing; pasyantyam-while she\nwantyam-while\nn\ns\nwas seeing something; anu-following her; pasyati-he also used to see;\nwhile\n\nkvacit-sometimes; jighrati-he used to smell; jighrantyam-while his wife\nwas smelling; sprsantyam-while the wife was touching; sprsati-he was\nalso touching; kvacit-at that time; kvacit ca-sometimes also; socatim­\n\nwhen she was lamenting; jayam-his wife; anu-following her; socati-he\nwas also lamenting; dina-vat-like a poor man; anu-following her; hr§yatihe used to enjoy; h[§yantytim-while she was feeling enjoyment; muditam­\n\nwhen she was satisfied; anu-following her; modate-he felt satisfaction.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the Queen drank liquor, King Puraiijana also engaged in drinking.\nWhen the Queen dined, he used to dine with her, and when she chewed,\n\n", "SB4.4#p0086": "Text 62]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Purafijana\n\n1201\n\nKing Puraiijana used to chew along with her. When the Queen sang, he also\nsang. Similarly, when the Queen cried, he also cried, and when the Queen\nlaughed, he also laughed. When the Queen talked loosely, he also talked\nloosely, and when the Queen walked, the King walked behind her. When\nthe Queen would stand still, the King would also stand still, and when the\nQueen would lie down in bed, he would also follow and lie down with\nher. When the Queen sat, he would also sit, and when the Queen heard\nsomething, he would follow her to hear the same thing. When the Queen\nsaw something, the King would also look at it, and when the Queen smelled\nsomething, the King would follow her to smell the same thing. When the\nQueen touched something, the King would also touch it, and when the dear\nQueen was lamenting, the poor King also had to follow her in lamentation.\nIn the same way, when the Queen felt enjoyment, he also enjoyed, and\nwhen the Queen was satisfied, the King also felt satisfaction.\nPURPORT\nThe mind is the place where the self is situated, and the mind is\nconducted by the intelligence. The living entity, situated within the heart,\nfollows the intelligence. The intelligence is herein depicted as the Queen,\nand the soul, under mental control, follows the material intelligence just\nas the King follows his wife. The conclusion is that material intelligence\nis the cause of bondage for the living entity. The point is that one has to\ntake to spiritual intelligence to come out of this entanglement.\nIn the life of Maharaja Ambari�a, we find that the great Maharaja first\nengaged his mind on the lotus feet of Kr�I;la. In this way his intelligence\nbecame purified. Maharaja Ambari�a also used his other senses in the\nservice of the Lord. He engaged his eyes in seeing the Deity in the temple\nnicely decorated with flowers. He engaged his sense of smell by smelling\nthe flowers, and he engaged his legs by walking to the temple. His hands\nwere engaged in cleansing the temple, and his ears were engaged in hearing\nabout Kr�Qa. His tongue was engaged in two ways: in speaking about Kr�Qa\nand in tasting prasiida offered to the Deity. Materialistic persons, who are\nunder the full control of material intelligence, cannot perform all these\nactivities. Thus, consciously or unconsciously, they become entangled by\nthe dictations of material intelligence. This fact is summarized in the following verse.\nTEXT 62\n\n+tfM� e4sttRtctfirn: I\nit'60'11�\n: i&tU�4��1'!40 � II�� II\n\nfcbtS&\\41\n\n", "SB4.4#p0087": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1202\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 25\n\nvipralabdho mahinaivarh\nsarva-prakrti-vaiicita�\n\nnecchann anukaroty ajiia�\n\nklaibyat kri{lti-mrgo yatha\n\nvipralabdha�\n\n-\n\ncap tiva ted; mahifya-by the Queen; evam-thus; sarva-all;\n\nprakrti-existence; va ii c ita�-being cheated; na icchan\nanukaroti-used to follow and imitate; aj iia�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwithout desiring;\n\nthe foolish King; klaibyiit­\n\nby force; kri�a-mrga�-a pet animal;yatha-just like.\n\nTRAN SL ATION\nIn this way, King Puraiijana was captivated by his nice wife and was\nthus cheated. Indeed, he became cheated in his whole existence in the\nmaterial world. Even against that poor foolish King's desire, he remained\nunder the control of his wife, just like a pet animal that dances according\n\nto the order of its master.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word vipralabdha� is very significant in this verse. Vi means \"specifi­\n\ncally,\" and pralabdha means \"obtained.\" Just to satisfy his desires, the\nKing got the Queen, and thus he became cheated by material existence.\nAlthough he was not willing to do so, he remained as a pet animal under\nthe control of material intelligence. Just as a pet monkey dances according\nto the desires of its master, the King danced according to the desires of the\nQueen. In Srtmad-Bhagavatam it is said: mahat-seviirh dviiram iihur vimukte�\n\n(5.5.2). If one associates with a saintly person, a devotee, his path of\nliberation becomes clear. But if one associates with a woman, or with a\nperson who is too much addicted to a woman, his path of bondage becomes\ncompletely clear.\nOn the whole, for spiritual advancement, one must give up the company\n\nof women. This is what is meant by the order of sannyasa, the renounced\n\norder. Before taking sannyasa, or completely renouncing the material\n\nworld, one has to practice avoiding illicit sex. Sex life, licit or illicit, is\npractically the same, but through illicit sex one becomes more and more\ncaptivated. By regulating one's sex life there is a chance that one may\neventually be able to renounce sex or renounce the association of women.\nIf this can be done, advancement in spiritual life comes very easily.\nHow one becomes captivated by the association of one's dear wife is\nexplained in this chapter by Narada Muni. Attraction for one's wife means\n\n", "SB4.4#p0088": "Text 62]\n\nThe Characteristics of King Puraiijana\n\n1203\n\nattraction for the material qualities. One who is attracted by the material\nquality of darkness is in the lowest stage of life, whereas one who is\nattracted by the material quality of goodness is in a better position.\nSometimes we see that when a person is on the platform of material\ngoodness, he is attracted more or less by the cultivation of knowledge. This is, of course, a better position, for knowledge gives one the\npreference to accept devotional service. Unless one comes to the platform\nof knowledge, the brahma-bhuta stage, one cannot advance in devotional\n\nservice. As Kr�l).a says in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nbrahma-bhuta� prasannatmii\nna socati na kiink§ati\nsama� sarve§u bhute§u\nmad-bhaktirh labhate param\n\"One who is thus transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme\nBrahman. He never laments nor desires to have anything; he is equally\ndisposed to every living entity. In that state he attains pure devotional\n\nservice unto Me.\" (Bg. 18.54)\n\nThe platform of knowledge is advantageous because it is a means by\n\nwhich one may come to the stage of devotional service. However, if one\n\ntakes to devotional service directly, knowledge is revealed without separate\n\nendeavor. This is confirmed in Srimad-Bhagavatam: vasudeve bhagavati\nbhakti-yogal} prayojital;,/ janayaty asu vairiigyarit jnanarh ca yad ahaitukam\n\n(1.2.7). Devotional service automatically reveals actual knowledge of our\n\nmaterial existence. One who is sufficiently intelligent immediately attains\nthe stage of renunciation of so-called society, family and love as well as\nother things. As long as we are attached to society, family and love of the\nmaterial world, there is no question of knowledge. Nor is there a question\nof devotional service. By directly taking to devotional service, however,\n\none becomes filled with knowledge and renunciation. In this way one's life\n\nbecomes successful.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Twenty-fifth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Descriptions of the\nCharacteristics of King Puranjana.\"\n\n", "SB4.4#p0089": "CHAPTER TWENTY-SIX\n\nKing Puraruana Goes to the Forest to Hunt,\nand His Queen Becomes Angry\n\nTEXTS l-3\n��\n\n+i�ltfl � CI�'EI+iiU•I( I\ntw ft;rsJ� � Cl9iil•� II � II\n�«( I\nl(4W:�«¥4Wir�i\nqtUII(Ui � qjjNifl+i( II �II\n(.Ciufct+it�!l\\J: I\niaiN�(¥41�\n� �\n\nncirada uvaca\nsa ekada mahefivtiso\nratham pancasvam asugam\ndvi§am dvi-cakram ektikfiam\ntri-ver-um panca-bandhuram\neka-rasmy eka-damanam\neka-niflam dvi-kiibaram\npanca-praharar-am saptavariitham panca-vikramam\nhaimopaskaram iiruhya\nsvarr-a-varmtikfiaye_s udhifl.\nekadasa-camiinatha�\npanca-prastham agad vanam\n\n1205\n\n", "SB4.4#p0090": "1206\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nniiradafl uviica-Niirada said; saft-K.ing Purafijana; ekadii-once upon a\ntime; mahe.sviisafl-carrying his strong bow and arrows; ratham-chariot;\npanca-asvam-five horses; iisu-gam-going very swiftly; dvi{sam-two\narrows;dvi-cakram- two wheels;eka-one; ak.sam-axle; tri-three; vepumflags;panca-five; bandhuram-obstacles; eka-one; rasmi-rope, rein; ekaone; damanam-chariot driver; eka-one; nipam-sitting place; dvi-two;\nkubaram-posts to which the harnesses are fixed; panca-five; praharapamweapons; sapta-seven; varutham-coverings or ingredients of the body;\npanca-five; vikramam-processes; haima-golden; upaskaram-ornaments;\naruhya-riding on; svar!'la-golden; varma-armor; ak§aya-inexhaustible;\ni_sudhifl-quiver; ekiidasa-eleven; camu-niithafl-commanders; pane a-five;\nprastham-destinations, objectives;agiit-went; vanam-to the forest.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada continued: My dear King, once upon a time King\n\nPurafijana took up his great bow, and, equipped with golden armor and a\n\nquiver of unlimited arrows and accompanied by eleven commanders, he sat\n\non his chariot driven by five swift horses and went to the forest named\nPaiica-prastha. He took with him in that chariot two explosive arrows. The\n\nchariot itself was situated on two wheels and one revolving axle. On the\n\nchariot were three flags, one rein, one chariot driver, one sitting place, two\npoles to which the harness was fixed, five weapons and seven coverings.\n\nThe chariot moved in five different styles, and five obstacles lay before it.\n\nAll the decorations of the chariot were made of gold.\nPURPORT\n\nThese three verses explain how the material body of the living entity is\nunder the control of the three qualities of the external energy. The body\nitself is the chariot, and the living entity is the owner of the b ody, as\nexplained in Bhagavad-gita: dehino 'smin yatha dehe (Bg. 2.13). The\nowner of the body is called the dehi, and he is situated within this body,\nspecifically within the heart. The living entity is driven by one chariot\ndriver. The chariot itself is made of three gu!'las, three qualities of material\nnature, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gita: yantriiriiphani mayayii (Bg. 18.61).\nThe word yantra means carriage. The body is given by material nature, and\nthe driver of that body is Paramatma, the Supersoul. The living entity is\nseated within the chariot. This is the actual position.\nThe living entity is always being influenced by the three qualities-sattva\n(goodness), raja[!. (passion) and tamal]. (ignorance). This is also confirmed\nin Bhagavad-gitii:\n\n", "SB4.4#p0091": "Texts 1-3]\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\n1207\n\ntribhir gurwmayair bhiivair\nebh* sarvam idam jagat\nmohitam niibhijiiniiti\nmiim ebhya� param avyayam\n\"Deluded by the three modes [goodness, passion and ignorance], the whole\nworld does not know Me, who am above the modes and inexhaustible.\"\n(Bg. 7.13)\nThe living entity is thus bewildered by the three qualities of material\nnature. These three qualities are described in this verse as three flags. By a\nflag, one can come to know who the owner of the chariot is; similarly, by\nthe influence of the three qualities of material nature, one can easily know\nthe direction in which the chariot is moving. In other words, one who has\neyes to see can understand how the body is being driven, influenced by\nthe particular type or quality of material nature. In these three verses the\nactivity of the living entity is described to prove how the body becomes\ninfluenced by the quality of ignorance, even when a person wants to be\nreligious. Niirada Muni wanted to prove to King Priicinabarhi�at that the\nKing was being influenced by the tamo·gu[!a, the quality of ignorance,\neven though the King was supposed to be very religious.\nAccording to karma-kii[!t)iya, the process of fruitive activities, a person\nperforms various sacrifices directed by the Vedas, and in all those sacrifices\nanimal killing, or experimenting on the life of animals to test the power of\nVedic mantras, is enjoined. Animal killing is certainly conducted under\nthe influence of the mode of ignorance. Even though one may be religiously\ninclined, animal sacrifice is nonetheless recommended in the siistras, not\nonly in the Vedas but even in the modern scriptures of other sects. These\nanimal sacrifices are recommended in the name of religion, but actually\nanimal sacrifice is meant for persons in the mode of ignorance. When such\npeople kill animals, they can at least do so in the name of religion. However, when the religious system is transcendental, like the Vaig1ava religion,\nthere is no place for animal sacrifice. Such a transcendental religious\nsystem is recommended by Kr��a in Bhagavad-gitii:\nsarva-dharmiin parityajya\nmiim ekam sararwm vraja\naham tviim sarva-piipebhyo\nmok§ayi§yiimi mii suca�\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver\nyou from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" (Bg. 18.66)\n\n", "SB4.4#p0092": "1208\n\nSrimad- Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nBecause King Pracinaharhi�at was engaged in performing various sacrifices\n\nin which animals were killed, Narada Muni pointed out that such sacrifices\nare influenced by the mode of ignorance. From the very beginning of\n\nSrtmad-Bhiigavatam it is said: dharma[l projjhita-kaitavo 'tra (L 1.2). All\n\nkinds of religious systems that are involved in cheating are completely\nkicked out of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. In the bhagavad-dharma, the religion\n\ndealing with one's relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nanimal sacrifice is not recommended. In the performance of smikirtana­\n\nyajiia- Hare Kr��a, Hare Kr��a, Kr��a Kr��a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare\n\nRama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare-there is no recommendation for animal\n\nsacrifices.\n\nIn these three verses, King Purafijana's going to the forest to kill animals\n\nis symbolic of the living entity's being driven by the mode of ignorance and\n\nthus engaging in different activities for sense gratification. The material\n\nbody itself indicates that the living entity is already influenced by the\n\nthree modes of material nature and that he is driven to enjoy material\n\nresources. When the body is influenced by the mode of ignorance, its\ninfection becomes very acute. When it is influenced by the mode of passion,\n\nthe infection is at the symptomatic stage. However, when the body is\ninfluenced by the mode of goodness, the materialistic infection becomes\n\npurified. The ritualistic ceremonies recommended in religious systems are\ncertainly on the platform of goodness, hut because within this material\nworld even the mode of goodness is sometimes polluted by the other\n\nqualities (namely passion and ignorance), a man in goodness is sometimes\n\ndriven by the influence of ignorance.\n\nIt is herein described that King Purafijana once went to the forest to\n\nkill animals. This means that he, the living entity, came under the influence\n\nof the mode of ignorance. The forest in which King Purafijana engaged in\n\nhunting was named Pafica-prastha. The word paiica means five, and this\n\nindicates the objects of the five senses. The body has five working senses,\n\nnamely, the hands, the legs, the tongue, the rectum and the genitals. By\n\ntaking full advantage of these working senses, the body enjoys material\n\nlife. The chariot is driven by five horses, which represent the five sense\n\norgans-namely, the eyes, ears, nose, skin and tongue. These sense organs\n\nare very easily attracted by the sense objects. Consequently the horses are\ndescribed as moving swiftly. On the chariot King Purafijana kept two\n\nexplosive weapons, which may be compared to ahankiira, or false ego. This\n\nfalse ego is typified by two attitudes: \"I am this body\" (ahantii), and\n\"Everything in my bodily relationships belongs to me\" (mamatii).\n\n", "SB4.4#p0093": "Text 4)\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\n1209\n\nThe two wheels of the chariot may be compared to the two moving\nfacilities-namely sinful life and religious life. The chariot is decorated with\nthree flags, which represent the three modes of material nature. The five\nkinds of obstacles, or uneven roads, represent the five kinds of air passing\nwithin the body. These are priir-a, apiina, udiina, samiina and vyiina. The\nbody itself is covered by seven coverings, namely, skin, muscle, fat, blood,\nmarrow, bone and semen. The living entity is covered by three subtle\nmaterial elements and five gross material elements. These are actually\nobstacles placed before the living entity on the path of liberation from\nmaterial bondage.\nThe word rasmi (rope) in this verse indicates the mind. The word ni!Za is\nalso significant, for ni!Za indicates the nest where a bird takes rest. In this\ncase ni!la is the heart where the living entity is situated. The living entity\nsits in one place only. The causes of his bondage are two: namely lamentation and illusion. In material existence the living entity simply hankers\nto get something he can never get. Therefore he is in illusion. As a result of\nbeing in this illusory situation, the living entity is always lamenting. Thus\nlamentation and illusion are described herein as dvi-kiibara, the two posts\nof bondage.\nThe living entity carries out various desires through five different\nprocesses, which indicate the working of the five working senses. The golden\nornaments and dress indicate that the living entity is influenced by the\nquality of rajo-gur-a, passion. One who has a good deal of money or riches\nis especially driven by the mode of passion. Being influenced by the mode\nof passion, one desires so many things for enjoyment in this material world.\nThe eleven commanders represent the ten senses and the mind. The mind is\nalways making plans with the ten commanders to enjoy the material world.\nThe forest named Paiica-prastha, where the King went to hunt, is the forest\nof the five sense objects: form, taste, sound, smell and touch. Thus in these\nthree verses Narada Muni describes the position of the material body and\nthe encagement of the living entity within it.\nTEXT4\n\n�\n\n� � ���·�:1\n\nfctm �l�l+liji(G_l 't41044(1Wf�R�t: II � II\ncaciira mrgayiim tatra\ndrpta iittefiu-kiirmukaft\n\n", "SB4.4#p0094": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1210\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nvihtiya jiiyiim atad-arhiim\nmrga-vyasana-liilasa[l,\ncaciira-executed ; mrgayiim-hunting ; tatra-there; drpta[!,-being proud;\n\n-\n\niitta having taken; (su-arrows; kiirmuka[l,-bow; vihaya-giving up; jayiim­\n\n-\n\n-\n\nhis wife; a tat-a rhiim although impossible; mrga-hunting; vyasana-evil\nactivities; liilasa[l,-being inspired by.\nTRANSLATION\nIt was almost impossible for King Purafijana to give up the company of\nhis Queen even for a moment. Nonetheless, on that day, being very much\ninspired by the desire to hunt, he took up his bow and arrow with great\npride and went to the forest, not caring for his wife.\nPURPORT\nOne form of hunting is known as woman-hunting. A conditioned soul is\nnever satisfied with one wife. Those whose senses are very much uncontrolled especially try to hunt for many women. King Puraiijana's abandoning the company of his religiously married wife is representative of the\nconditioned soul's attempt to hunt for many women for sense gratification.\nWherever a king goes, he is supposed to be accompanied by his queen, but\nwhen the king, or conditioned soul, becomes greatly overpowered by the\ndesire for sense gratification, he does not care for religious principles.\nInstead, with great pride, he accepts the bow and arrow of attachment and\nhatred. Our J::Onsciousness is always working in two ways-the right way and\nthe wrong way. When one becomes too proud of his position, influenced\nby the mode of passion, he gives up the right path and accepts the wrong\none. Kfiatriya kings are sometimes advised to go to the forest to hunt\nferocious animals just to learn how to kill, but such forays are never meant\nfor sense gratification. Killing animals to eat their flesh is forbidden for\nhuman beings.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� �� -it(lt+ll M(�S((: I\ni41titf1t�a;ciUl<it!\n'4itift\"i'40-t II � II\niisurirh vrttim iisritya\nghoriitmii niranugraha[l.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0095": "Text 5]\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\n1211\n\nn yahanan nisitair bartair\nvaneflu vana-gocaran\nasurim-demoniac; vrttim-occupation; asritya-taken shelter of;ghorahorrible;\n\natma-consciousness,\n\nheart;\n\nniranugraha�-without\n\nmercy;\n\nnyahanat-killed;nisita*-by sharp; bartai�-arrows; vaneflu-in the forests;\nvana-gocaran-the forest animals.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time King Puraiijana was very much influenced by demoniac\npropensities. Because of this, his heart became very hard and merciless,\nand with sharp arrows he killed many innocent animals in the forest, taking no consideration.\nPURPORT\nWhen a man becomes too proud of his material position, he tries to enjoy\nhis senses in an unrestricted way, being influenced by the modes of passion\nand ignorance. He is thus described as asuric, or demoniac. When people\nare demoniac in spirit, they are not merciful toward the poor animals. Consequently they maintain various animal slaughterhouses. This is technically\ncalled suna or hirhsa, which means the killing of living beings. In Kali-yuga,\ndue to the increase of the modes of passion and ignorance, almost all men\nare asuric or demoniac; therefore they are very much fond of eating flesh,\nand for this end they maintain various kinds of animal slaughterhouses.\nIn this age of Kali the propensity for mercy is almost nil. Consequently\nthere is always fighting and wars between men and nations. Men do not\nunderstand that because they unrestrictedly kill so many animals, they also\nmust be slaughtered like animals in big wars. This is very much evident in\nthe Western countries. In the West, slaughterhouses are maintained without\nrestriction, and therefore every fifth or tenth year there is a big war in\nwhich countless people are slaughtered even more cruelly than the animals.\nSometimes during war, soldiers keep their enemies in concentration camps\nand kill them in very cruel ways. These are reactions brought about by unrestricted animal killing in the slaughterhouse and by hunters in the forest.\nProud, demoniac persons do not know the laws of nature, nor do they\nknow the laws of God. Consequently they unrestrictedly kill poor animals,\nnot caring for them at all. In this Kr�!Ja consciousness movement animal\nkilling is completely prohibited. One is not accepted as a bona fide student\nin this movement unless he promises to follow the four regulative principles:\n\n", "SB4.4#p0096": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1212\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nno animal killing, no intoxication, no illicit sex, and no gambling. This\nKr�l).a consciousness movement is the only means by which the sinful\nactivities of men in this Kali-yuga can be counteracted.\nTEXT6\n\n� .!,; � � qWf_ tffll\n�· � �riCIRRt Mtl\"'.lij II � II\ntirthe.su pratidr§te�u\nriijii medhyiin pasun vane\nyiivad-artham alam lubdho\nhanyiid iti niyamyate\ntirthe§u-in holy places; pratidr§�e§ u -according to the direction of the\nVedas; riijii-a king; medhyiin-fit for sacrifice; pasiin-animals; vane-in\nthe forest; yavat-so much as; artham\nthat; lubdha[l.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nrequired; alam-not more than\n\nbeing greedy; hanyiit-one may kill; iti\n\n-\n\nthus ; niyamyate­\n\nit is regulated.\nTRANSLATION\nIf a king is too attracted to eating flesh, he may, according to the directions of the revealed scriptures on sacrificial performances, go to the forest\nand kill some animals that are recommended for killing. One is not allowed\nto kill animals unnecessarily or without restrictions. The Vedas regulate\nanimal killing to stop the extravagance of foolish men influenced by the\nmodes of passion and ignorance.\nPURPORT\nThe question may be raised why a living being should be restricted in\nsense gratification. If a king, to learn how to kill, may go to the forest and\nkill animals, why should a living entity, who has been given senses, not be\nallowed unrestricted sense gratification? At the present moment this\nargument is put forward even by so-called sviimis and yogis who publicly\nsay that because we have senses we must satisfy them by sense gratification.\nThese foolish sviimis and yogis, however, do not know the injunctions of\nthe siistras. Indeed, sometimes these rascals come out to defy the siistras.\nThey even publicly announce that there should be no more siistras, no\nmore books. \"Just come to me,\" they say, \"and I shall touch you, and you\nwill become immediately spiritually advanced.\"\n\n", "SB4.4#p0097": "Text 7]\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\n1213\n\nBecause demoniac people want to be cheated, so many cheaters are\npresent to cheat them. At the present moment in this age of Kali-yuga, the\nentire human society has become an assembly of cheaters and cheated. For\nthis reason the Vedic scriptures have given us the proper directions for sense\ngratification. Everyone is inclined in this age to eat meat and fish, drink\nliquor, and indulge in sex life, but according to the Vedic injunctions, sex\nis allowed only in marriage, meat-eating is allowed only when the animal is\nkilled and offered before the goddess Kal'i, and intoxication is allowed only\nin a restricted way. In this verse the word niyamyate indicates that all these\nthings-namely, animal killing, intoxication and sex-should be regulated.\nRegulations are meant for human beings, not for animals. The traffic\nregulations on the street, telling people to keep to the right or the left, are\nmeant for human beings, not for animals. If an animal violates such a law,\nhe is never punished, but a human being is punished. The Vedas are not\nmeant for the animals but for the understanding of human society. A person\nwho indiscriminately violates the rules and regulations given by the Vedas\nis liable to be punished. One should therefore not enjoy his senses according to his lusty desires but should restrict himself according to the regulative\nprinciples given in the Vedas. If a king is allowed to hunt in a forest, it is\nnot for his sense gratification. We cannot simply experiment in the art of\nkilling. If a king, being afraid to meet rogues and thieves, kills poor animals\nand eats their flesh comfortably at home, he may lose his position.\nBecause in this age kings have such demoniac propensities, monarchy is\nabolished by the laws of nature in every country. People have become so\ndegraded in this age that on the one hand they restrict polygamy and on\nthe other hand they hunt for women in so many ways. Many business\nconcerns publicly advertise that topless girls are available in this club or in\nthat shop. Thus women have become instruments of sense enjoyment in\nmodern society. The Vedas enjoin, however, that if a man has the propensity to enjoy more than one wife-as is sometimes the propensity for men\nin the higher social order, such as the brahmartas, k§atriyas and the vaisyas,\nand even sometimes the sudras- he is allowed to marry more than one wife.\nMarriage means taking complete charge of a woman and living peacefully\nwithout debauchery. At the present moment, however, debauchery is unrestricted. Nonetheless, society makes a law that one should not marry\nmore than one wife. This is typical of a demoniac society.\nTEXT7\n\n��d����:l\n����WI�������\n\n", "SB4.4#p0098": "1214\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nya evarh karma niyatarh\nvidvan kurvita manava�\nkarmar-a tena rajendra\njiianena na sa lipyate\nya�-anyone who; evam- thus; karma-activities; niyatam\n\nvidvan-learned;\n\nkurvita-should\n\nperform;\n\nmanava�-a\n\n-\n\nregulated;\n\nhuman\n\nbeing;\n\nkarmar-a-by such activities; tena- by this; raja-indra- 0 King; jiianena- by\n\nadvancement of knowledge; na- never ; sa�- he; lipyate- becomes involved.\nTRANSLATION\nNarada Muni continued to speak to King Pracinabarhi�at: My dear King,\nany person who works according to the directions of the Vedic scriptures\ndoes not become involved in fruitive activities.\nPURPORT\nJust as a government may issue trade licenses in order for its citizens to\nact in a certain way, the Vedas contain injunctions that restrain and regulate\nall of our fruitive activities. All living entities have come into this material\nworld to enjoy themselves. Consequently the Vedas are given to regulate\nsense enjoyment. One who enjoys his senses under the Vedic regulative\nprinciples does not become entangled in the actions and reactions of his\nactivities. As stated in Bhagavad-gita:\nyajiiarthat karmar-o 'nyatra\nloko 'yarh karma-bandhana�\ntad-artharh karma kaunteya\nmukta-smiga� samacara\n\n\"Work done as a sacrifice for Vigm has to be performed, otherwise work\nbinds one to this material world. Therefore, 0 son of Kunti, perform your\nprescribed duties for His satisfaction, and in that way you will always\nremain unattached and free from bondage.\" (Bg. 3.9)\nA human being is especially meant to attain liberation from the bondage\nof birth, death, old age and disease. He is therefore directed by the Vedic\nregulative principles to work in such a way that he may fulfill his desires\nfor sense gratification and at the same time gradually become freed from\nmaterial bondage. Action according to such principles is called knowledge.\nIndeed, the word veda means knowledge. The words jiianena na sa lipyate\n\n", "SB4.4#p0099": "Text 8)\n\nKing Purafijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\n1215\n\nindicate that by following the Vedic principles, one does not become\ninvolved in the actions and reactions of his fruitive activities.\nEveryone is therefore advised to act in terms of the Vedic injunctions\nand not irresponsibly. When a person within a state acts according to the\nlaws and licenses of the government, he does not become involved in\ncriminal activities. Man-made laws, however, are always defective because\nthey are made by men who are prone to committing mistakes, being\nillusioned, cheating and having imperfect senses. The Vedic instructions\nare different because they do not have these four defects. Vedic instructions\n\nare not subject to mistakes. The knowledge of the Vedas is knowledge\nreceived directly from God, and there is consequently no question of\nillusion, cheating, mistakes or imperfect senses. All Vedic knowledge is\n\nperfect because it is received directly from God by the paramparii disciplic\n\nsuccession. In Srimad-Bhiigavatam it is said: tene brahma hrda ya iidi-kavaye\n(Bhiig. 1.1.1). The original creature of this universe, known as the iidi-kavi,\n\nor Lord Brahmii., was instructed by Kr�9-a through the heart. After receiving\nthese Vedic instructions from Lord Kr�9-a Himself, Brahmii. distributed the\nknowledge by the paramparti system to Narada, and Narada in turn dis­\n\ntributed the knowledge to Vyasa. In this way Vedic knowledge is perfect.\nIf we act according to Vedic knowledge, there is no question of being\ninvolved in sinful activities.\n\nanyathii karma kurvtirto\nmiiniiruflho nibadhyate\n\ngurw-praviiha-patito\nna.s{a-prajno vrajaty adha[t\nanyathti-otherwise; karma- fruitive activities; kurvti[ta[l-while acting;\n\nmtina-iiruflha[l-being influenced by false prestige; nibadhyate-one becomes\n\nentangled; gu[ta-pravtiha-by\n\nthe influence\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nmaterial\n\nqualities;\n\npatita[l-fallen; na§ {a-prajna� -bereft of all intelligence; vrajati-thus he\ngoes; adha[l-down\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOtherwise a person who acts whimsically falls down due to false prestige.\nThus he becomes involved in the laws of nature, which are composed of\n\n", "SB4.4#p0100": "1216\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nthe three qualities [goodness, passion and ignorance]. In this way a living\n\nentity becomes devoid of his real intelligence and becomes perpetually lost\n\nin the cycle of birth and death. Thus he goes up and down from a microbe\nin stool to a high position in the Brahmaloka planet.\nPURPORT\nThere are many important words in this verse. The first is anyathii,\n\n\"otherwise,\" which indicates one who does not care for the Vedic rules\nand regulations. The rules and regulations laid down in the Vedas are called\nsiistra-vidhi. Bhagavad-gttii clearly states that one who does not accept the\nsiistra-vidhi, or rules and regulations mentioned in the Vedic scriptures,\n\nand acts whimsically or puffed up with false pride, never attains perfection\nin this life, nor does he attain happiness or liberation from the material\ncondition.\nya� siistra-vidhim utsrjya\nvartate kiima-kiirata�\nna sa siddhim aviipnoti\nna sukham na pariirh gatim\n\n\"He who discards scriptural injunctions and acts according to his own\nwhims attains neither perfection, nor happiness, nor the supreme destination.\" (Bg. 16.23)\nThus one who is deliberately transgressing the rules and regulations of\nthe siistras is simply involving himself more and more in material existence\nin the three modes of material nature. Human society should therefore\nfollow the Vedic principles of life, which are summarized in Bhagavad-gitti\n\nOtherwise life in material existence will continue. Foolish persons do not\n\nknow that the soul is passing through 8,400,000 species of life. By the\ngradual process of evolution, when one comes to the human form of life,\nhe is supposed to follow the rules and regulations laid down in the Vedas.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu says that the living entity, since time immemorial,\nis suffering the threefold miseries of material nature due to his demoniac\nattitude, which is his spirit of revolt against the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Kg;l).a also confirms this in Bhagavad-gttii:\nmamaiviirhso jtva-loke\njtva-bhilta� saniitana�\nmana� fiafithiinindriyii[!i\nprakrti-sthiini karfiati\n\n", "SB4.4#p0101": "Text 8)\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\n1217\n\n\"The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal, fragmental\nparts. Due to conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the six\nsenses, which include the mind.\" (Bg. 15. 7)\nEvery living entity is part and parcel of God. There is no reason for the\nliving entity's being put into the miserable threefold condition of material\nexistence but that he voluntarily accepts material existence on the false\npretext of becoming an enjoyer. To save him from this horrible condition,\nthe Lord has given all the Vedic literatures in His incarnation of Vyasadeva.\nIt is therefore said:\nkrrr;a bhuli' sei jfva aniidi-bahirmukha\nataeva miiyii tiire deya samsiira-du�kha\n\"By forgetting Kr�f.la, the living entity has become materialistic since time\nimmemorial. Therefore the illusory energy of Kr�f.la is giving him different\ntypes of miseries in material existence.\" (Cc. Madhya 20.117)\nmiiyii-mugdha jfvera niihi svata� kn1Ja-jniina\njivere krpiiya kailii k!§IJa veda-pun17Ja\n\"When a living entity is enchanted by the external energy, he cannot revive\nhis original Kr�f.la consciousness independently. Due to such circumstances,\nKr�f.la has kindly given him the Vedic literatures, such as the four Vedas\nand eighteen Puriir-as.\" (Cc. Madhya 20.122)\nEvery human being should therefore take advantage of the Vedic instructions; otherwise one will be bound by his whimsical activities and will be\nwithout any guide.\nThe word miiniiru{lha� is also very significant in this verse. Under the\npretext of becoming great philosophers and scientists, men throughout the\nwhole world are working on the mental platform. Such men are generally\nnondevotees, due to not caring for the instructions given by the Lord\nto the first living creature, Lord Brahma. The Bhiigavatam therefore says:\nhariiv abhaktasya kuto mahad-gur-ii\nmano-ratheniisati dhiivato bah* (Bhiig. 5.18.12)\nA person who is a nondevotee has no good qualifications because he acts\non the mental platform. One who acts on the mental platform has to change\nhis standard of knowledge periodically. We consequently see that one\nphilosopher may disagree with another philosopher, and one scientist may\n\n", "SB4.4#p0102": "1218\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nput forward a theory contradicting the theory of another scientist. All of\n\nthis is due to their working on the mental platform without a standard of\n\nknowledge. In the Vedic instructions, however, the standard of knowledge\nis accepted, even though it may sometimes appear that the statements are\ncontradictory. Because the Vedas are the standard of knowledge, even\nthough they may appear contradictory, they should be accepted. If one\ndoes not accept them, he will be bound by the material conditions.\nThe material conditions are described in this verse as gur;ta-praviiha, the\n\nflowing of the three modes of material nature. Srila Bhaktivinoda 'fhakura\ntherefore says in a song, (miche) miiyiira vase, yiiccha bhese ', khiiccha\nhlibu�ubu, bhai: \"Why are you suffering? Why are you sometimes being\n\ndrowned in the waves of material nature and sometimes coming to the\n\nsurface?\" (]iva) knrJ.a-diisa, e visviisa, karle ta' iira du�kha niii: \"Please\n\ntherefore accept yourself as the servant of Kr�p.a. Then you will be freed\nfrom all miseries.\" As soon as one surrenders to Kr�Q.a and accepts the\nperfect standard of knowledge, which is Bhagavad-gitii as it is, he then comes\n\nout of the material modes of nature and does not fall down and lose his\nknowledge.\n\nNa§ta-prajfia�. The word prajfia means \"perfect knowledge,\" and na§taprajfia means \"one who has no perfect knowledge.\" One who does not\nhave perfect knowledge has only mental speculation. By such mental\nspeculation one falls down and down into a hellish condition of life. By\ntransgressing the laws laid down in the siistras, one cannot become pure in\nheart. When one's heart is not purified, one acts according to the three\nmaterial modes of nature. These activities are very nicely explained in\nverses 1-6 of the Seventeenth Chapter of Bhagavad-gitii. Bhagavad-gttii\nfurther explains:\n\ntraigu[tya-vi§ayii vedii\nnistraigu[tyo bhavarjuna\nnirdvandvo nitya-sattva-stho\nniryoga-k§ema iitmavan\n\"The Vedas mainly deal with the subject of the three modes of material\n\nnature. Rise above these modes, 0 Arjuna. Be transcendental to all of them.\n\nBe free from all dualities and from all anxieties for gain and safety, and be\n\nestablished in the Self.\" (Bg. 2.45)\n\nThe entire world and all material knowledge is within the three modes of\n\nmaterial nature. One has to transcend these modes, and to attain that\nplatform of transcendence one must follow the instruction of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and thus become perfect in life. Otherwise one will\n\nbe knocked down by the waves of the material nature's three modes. This\n\n", "SB4.4#p0103": "1219\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\nText 9]\nis further\n\nexplained in Srimad-Bhagavatam in the words of Prahlada\n\nMaharaja:\nmatir na kn'f!e parata� svato vti\n\nmitho 'bhipadyeta grha-vrattintim\n\nadtinta-gobhir visattirh tamisrarh\n\npuna� punas carvita-carvar-antim\n\n(Bhtig. 7.5.30)\n\nMaterialistic persons who are too much engaged in material enjoyment\nand who do not know anything beyond their material experiences are\ncarried by the whims of material nature. They live a life characterized by\nchewing the chewed, and they are controlled by their uncontrolled senses.\nThus they go down to the darkest regions of hellish life.\nTEXT9\n\nfu�Ti�: I\n��:R(4etlwti �:�: �uu�+twtl'{ II � II\nijSf �tii'IOi M'l�t�:\n\ntatra nirbhinna-gtitrar-arh\n\ncitra-vtija* silt-mukha*\n\nviplavo 'bhud du�khittintirh\n\ndu�saha� karur-atmantim\n\ntatra-there; nirbhinna-being pierced; gtitrar-am\n\n-\n\nwhose bodies; citra­\n\nvtija*-with variegated feathers; silt-mukha*-by the arrows; viplava�destruction;\n\ndu�saha�\n\n-\n\nabhiit-was\n\ndone; du�khittintim-of the\n\nunbearable; karuTJa-titmantim\n\n-\n\nmost\n\naggrieved;\n\nfor persons who are very merciful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen King Puraiijana was hunting in this way, many animals within the\nforest lost their lives with great pain, being pierced by the sharp arrowheads.\nUpon seeing these devastating, ghastly activities performed by the King, all\nthe people who were merciful by nature became very unhappy. Such merciful persons could not tolerate seeing all this killing.\nPURPORT\nWhen demoniac persons engage in animal killing, the demigods, or\ndevotees of the Lord, are very much afflicted by this killing. Demoniac\ncivilizations in this modern age maintain various types of slaughterhouses\n\n", "SB4.4#p0104": "[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1220\n\nall over the world. Rascal svtimis and yogts encourage foolish persons to go\non eating flesh and killing animals and at the same time continue their\n\nso-called meditation and mystical practices. All these affairs are ghastly,\n\nand a compassionate person, namely a devotee of the Lord, becomes very\nunhappy to see such a sight. The hunting process is also carried on in a\n\ndifferent way, as we have already explained. Hunting women, drinking\n\ndifferent types of liquor, becoming intoxicated, killing animals and enjoying\n\nsex all serve as the basis of modern civilization. V ai�!J.avas are unhappy to\nsee such a situation in the world, and therefore they are very busy spreading\n\nthis Kr�t:la consciousness movement.\n\nThe devotees are pained to see the hunting and killing of animals in the\n\nforest, the wholesale slaughter of animals in the slaughterhouses, and the\nexploitation of young girls in brothels that function under different names\n\nas clubs and societies. Being very much compassionate upon the killing of\n\nanimals in sacrifice, the great sage Narada began his instructions to King\n\nPracinabarhi�at. In these instructions, Narada Muni explained that devotees\n\nlike him are very much afflicted by all the killing that goes on in human\nsociety. Not only are saintly persons afflicted by this killing, but even God\nHimself is afflicted and therefore comes down in the incarnation of Lord\nBuddha.\n\nJayadeva\n\nGosvami\n\ntherefore\n\nsings:\n\nsadaya-hrdaya-darsita­\n\npasu-ghtitam. Simply to stop the killing of animals, Lord Buddha com­\n\npassionately appeared. Some rascals put forward the theory that an animal\n\nhas no soul or is something like dead stone. In this way they rationalize\n\nthat there is no sin in animal killing. Actually animals are not dead stone,\n\nbut the killers of animals are stone-hearted. Consequently no reason or\n\nphilosophy appeals to them. They continue keeping slaughterhouses and\n\nkilling animals in the forest. The conclusion is that one who does not care\n\nfor the instructions of saintly persons like Narada and his disciplic succes­\n\nsion surely falls into the category of na§ta-prajiia and thus goes to hell.\nTEXT 10\n\n��¥i�IW{����@.4�1W{I\n�\\1«4lwt�i� AA$:lfof_ feeMNW{ �¥4¥4�··1({ II� II\n0\n\nsasiin variihiin mahi§iin\ngavayiin ruru-salyakiin\nmedhyan an yams ca vividhiin\nvinighnan sramam adhyagtit\n\n", "SB4.4#p0105": "Text 10)\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\nsusan-rabbits;\n\nvarahan-boars;\n\n1221\n\nmahi�an-buffaloes; gavayan-bisons;\n\nruru-black deer; salyakan-porcupines; medhyan-game animals; anyanothers; ca-and; vividhiin-various; vinighnan- by killing; sramam adh yagatbecame very tired.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way King Purafijana killed many animals, including rabbits,\nboars, buffaloes, bisons, black deer, porcupines and other game animals.\nAfter killing and killing, the King became very tired.\nPURPORT\nA person in the mode of ignorance commits many sinful activities. In\nthe Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu,\n\nSrila Rupa Gosviiml explains that a man\n\nbecomes sinful out of ignorance only. The resultant effect of sinful life\nis suffering. Those who are not in knowledge, who commit violations of\nthe standard laws, are subject to be punished under criminal laws. Similarly,\nthe laws of nature are very stringent. If a child touches fire without knowing\nthe effect, he must be burned, even though he is only a child. If a child\nviolates the law of nature, there is no compassion. Only through ignorance\ndoes a person violate the laws of nature, and when he comes to knowledge\nhe does not commit any more sinful acts.\nThe King became tired after killing so many animals. When a man comes\nin contact with a saintly person, he becomes aware of the stringent laws of\nnature and thus becomes a religious person. Irreligious persons are like\nanimals, but in this Kr�J}.a consciousness movement such persons can come\nto a sense of understanding things as they are and abandon the four\nprinciples of prohibited activities-namely, illicit sex life, meat-eating,\ngambling and intoxication. This is the beginning of religious life. Those who\nare so-called religious and indulge in these four principles of prohibited\nactivities are pseudo-religionists. Religious life and sinful activity cannot\nparallel one another. If one is serious in accepting a religious life, or the\n\npath of salvation, he must adhere to the four basic rules and regulations.\n\nHowever sinful a man may be, if he receives knowledge from the proper\n\nspiritual master and repents his past activities in his sinful life and stops\nthem, he immediately becomes eligible to return home, back to Godhead.\n\nThis is made possible just by following the rules and regulations given by\nthe sastra and following the bona fide spiritual master.\n\nAt present the whole world is on the verge of retiring from a blind\n\nmaterialistic civilization, which may be likened to hunting animals in the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0106": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1222\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nforest. People should take advantage of this Kr�l)a consciousness movement\nand leave their troublesome life of killing. It is said that the killers of animals\nshould neither live nor die. If they live only to kill animals and enjoy women,\nlife is not very prosperous. And as soon as a killer dies, he enters the cycle\nof birth and death in the lower species of life. That also is not desirable.\nThe conclusion is that killers should retire from the killing business and\ntake to this Kr�l)a consciousness movement to make life perfect. A confused,\nfrustrated man cannot get relief by committing suicide because suicide will\nsimply lead him to take birth in the lower species of life or to remain as a\nghost, unable to attain a gross material body. Therefore the perfect course\nis to retire altogether from sinful activities and take up Kr�l)a consciousness.\nIn this way one can become completely perfect and go back home, back\nto Godhead.\nTEXT ll\n\ntata� k§ut-trt-parisrdnto\nnivrtto grham eyivan\nkrta-snanocitahara�\nsamvivesa gata-klama�\ntata�- thereafter; k§ut- by hunger; trt- thirst; par isrdnta[t\n\nfatigued; nivrtta�- having ceased; grham eyivdn\nkrta-taken;\n\nsndna-bath;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbeing too\n\nca m e back to his home;\n\nucita-1ihdra�-exactly\n\nrequired\n\nsamvivesa-took rest ; gata-klama{l-freed from all fatigue.\n\nfoodstuffs;\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, the King, very much fatigued, hungry and thirsty, returned\nto his royal palace. After returning, he took a bath and had dinner. Then\nhe took rest and thus became freed from all restlessness.\nPURPORT\nA materialistic person works throughout the whole week very, very\nhard. He is always asking, \"Where is money? Where is money?\" Then, at\nthe end of the week, he wants to retire from these activities and go to\nsome secluded place to rest. King Purai'ijana returned to his home because\nhe was very much fatigued from hunting animals in the forest. In this way\n\n", "SB4.4#p0107": "Text ll]\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\n1223\n\nhis conscience came to stop him from committing further sinful activities\nand make him return home. In Bhagavad-gitii materialistic persons are\ndescribed as du§krtina�, which indicates those who are always engaged in\nsinful activities. When a person comes to his senses and -understands how he\nis engaging in sinful activities, he returns to his conscience, which is herein\nfiguratively described as the palace. Generally a materialistic person is\ninfected by the material modes of passion and ignorance. The results of\npassion and ignorance are lust and greed. In the life of a materialist,\nactivity means working in lust and greed. However, when he comes to his\nsenses, he wants to retire. According to Vedic civilization, such retirement\nis positively recommended, and this portion of life is called viinaprastha.\nRetirement is absolutely necessary for a materialist who wants to become\nfree from the activities of a sinful life.\nKing Puraiijana's coming home, taking bath and having an appropriate\ndinner indicate that a materialistic person must retire from sinful activities\nand become purified by accepting a spiritual master and hearing from him\nabout the values of life. If one would do this, he would feel completely\nrefreshed, just as one feels after taking a bath. After receiving initiation\nfrom a bona fide spiritual master, one must abandon all kinds of sinful\nactivities, namely, illicit sex, intoxication, gambling and meat-eating.\n\nThe word ucitiihiira used in this verse is important. Ucita means appropri­\n\nate. One must eat appropriately and not take after food like hogs take\n\nafter stool. For a human being there are eatables described in Bhagavad-gitii\n(Bg. 17.8) as siittvika-fihiira, or food in the mode of goodness. One should\nnot indulge in eating food in the modes of passion and ignorance. This is\ncalled ucitiihiira, or appropriate eating. One who is always eating meat or\ndrinking liquor, which is eating and drinking in passion and ignorance,\nmust give these things up so that his real consciousness may be awakened.\nIn this way one may become peaceful and refreshed. If one is restless or\n\nfatigued, one cannot understand the science of God. As stated in SrimadBhiigavatam (1.2.20):\n\nevarh prasanna-manaso\nbhagavad-bhakti-yogata�\n\nbhagavat-tattva-vijfiiinarh\n\nmukta-sangasya jiiyate\n\nUnless one can become free from the influence of passion and ignorance,\nhe cannot be pacified, and without being pacified, one cannot understand\nthe science of God. King Puraiijana's returning home is indicative of man's\n\n", "SB4.4#p0108": "[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n1224\n\nreturning to his original consciousness, known as Kr�rta consciousness.\nKr�rta consciousness is absolutely necessary for one who has committed\na lot of sinful activities, especially killing animals or hunting in the forest.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�lfl\n\n'i\\qt();q(S(•II�f4: I\n\n311€411.,+4\n\n��) +4�1+41�� �: ����\\\\\niitmiinam arhayiifi cakre\ndhiipalepa-srag-iidibhift\nstidhv-alankrta-sarviingo\nmahinam iidadhe mana�\natmiinam-himself;\n\narhayiim-as\n\nit\n\nought to\n\nbe\n\ndone; cakre-did;\n\ndh Upa- incen se; alepa-smearing the body with sandalwood pulp; srak­\n\ngarlands; adibhi�- beginning with; sadhu\n\n- saintly , beautifully; alankrta- unto the\n\nbeing decorated; sarva-a1iga�-all over the body; mah ifl yiim\nQueen; adadhe- he gave; manajl- mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, King Purafijana decorated his body with suitable ornaments.\nHe also smeared scented sandalwood pulp over his body and put on flower\n\ngarlands. In this way he became completely refreshed. After this, he began\nto search out his Queen.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen a man comes into good consciousness and accepts a saintly person\nas a spiritual master, he hears many Vedic instructions in the form of\nphilosophy,\n\nstories, narrations about great devotees and transactions\n\nbetween God and His devotees. In this way a man becomes refreshed in\nmind, exactly like a person who smears scented sandalwood pulp all over\nhis body and decorates himself with ornaments. These decorations may be\ncompared to knowledge of religion and the self. Through such knowledge\none becomes detached from a materialistic way of life and engages himself\nin always hearing Srimad-Bhtigavatam,\n\nBhagavad-gitli and other Vedic\n\nliteratures. The word stidhv-alankrta used in this verse indicates that\none must be absorbed in knowledge gathered from the instructions\n\n", "SB4.4#p0109": "Text 13]\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\n1225\n\nof saintly persons. Just as King Puraftjana began to search out his better\nhalf, the Queen, one who is decorated with knowledge and instructions\nfrom saintly persons should try to search out his original consciousness,\nKr�I]a consciousness. One cannot return to Kr�I]a consciousness unless\nhe is favored by the instructions of a saintly person. Therefore\nSrila Narottama dasa ':fhakura sings: stidhu-stistra-guru-vtikya, cittete\nkariyti aikya. If we want to become saintly persons, or if we want\nto return to our original Kr�l)a consciousness, we must associate with\nstidhu (a saintly person), stistra (authoritative Vedic literature), and guru\n(a bona fide spiritual master). This is the process.\nTEXT 13\n\nol �: �� ��lt!+li'ie: I\n;r �:qt! qmm �urr ������,,\ntrpto hr§talJ. sudrptas ca\nkandarptik!§ta-mtinasa�\nna vyaca.sta vartirohtirh\ngrhi�Jirh grha-medhinim\n\ntrpta[t-satisfied; hr§(alJ.-joyful; su-drpta!J.-being very proud; ca- also ;\nkandarpa-by Cupid; akr§ta-attracted; mtinasa[t-his mind; na-did not;\n\nvycca�.ta-try;\n\nvartirohtim-higher\n\nconsciousness; grhi[lim- wife; grha­\n\nmedhinim-one who keeps her husband in material life.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter taking his dinner and having his thirst and hunger satisfied, King\nPuraiijana felt some joy within his heart. Instead of being elevated to a\nhigher consciousness, he became captivated by Cupid, and was moved by a\ndesire to find his wife, who kept him satisfied in his household life.\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is very significant for those desiring to elevate themselves to\na higher level of Kr�!la consciousness. When a person is initiated by a\nspiritual master, he changes his habits and does not eat undesirable eatables\nor engage in the eating of meat, the drinking of liquor, illicit sex or gambling.\nSiittvika-iihiira, foodstuffs in the mode of goodness, are described in the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0110": "1226\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n-\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nsiistras as wheat, rice, vegetables, fruits, milk, sugar, and milk products.\nSimple food like rice, dahl, chapatis, vegetables, milk and sugar constitute\na balanced diet, but sometimes it is found that an initiated person, in the\n\nname of prasada, eats very luxurious foodstuffs. Due to his past sinful life\n\nhe becomes attracted by Cupid and eats good food voraciously. It is\nclearly visible that when a neophyte in Kr�rta consciousness eats too\nmuch, he falls down. Instead of being elevated to pure Kn;rta consciousness,\n\nhe becomes attracted by Cupid. The so-called brahmacari becomes agitated\n\nby women, and the viinaprastha may again become captivated into having\n\nsex with his wife. Or he may begin to search out another wife. Due to some\nsentiment, he may give up his own wife and come into the association of\ndevotees and a spiritual master, but due to his past sinful life he cannot\nstay. Instead of being elevated to Kr�rta consciousness, he falls down, being\nattracted by Cupid, and takes to another wife for sex enjoyment. The fall\nof the neophyte devotee from the path of Kr�rta consciousness down to\n\nmaterial life is described in Srimad-Bhagavatam by Narada Muni.\n\ntyaktva sva-dharmarh cararuimbujarh harer\nbhajann apakvo 'tha patet tato yadi\nyatra kva vabhadram abhud amu�ya kim\nko vartha apto 'bhajatarh sva-dharmataft\n(Bhag. 1.5.17)\nThis indicates that although a neophyte devotee may fall down from the\npath of Kr�rta consciousness due to his immaturity, his service to Kr��a\nnever goes in vain. However, a person who remains steadfast in his family\nduty or so-called social or family obligation but does not take to Krgta\nconsciousness receives no profit. One who comes to Krf?l').a consciousness\nmust be very cautious and refrain from prohibited activities, as defined by\nRupa Gosvami in his Upadesamrta:\n\natyaharaft prayasas ca\nprajalpo niyamagrahaft\njana-sangas ca laulyarh ca\n�a�bhir bhaktir vinasyati\nA neophyte devotee should neither eat too much nor collect more money\n\nthan necessary. Eating too much or collecting too much is called atyahara.\n\nFor such atyahara one must endeavor very much. This is called prayasa.\n\nSuperficially one may show himself to be very much faithful to the rules\n\n", "SB4.4#p0111": "Text 14)\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\n1227\n\nand regulations but at the same time not to be fixed in the regulative\nprinciples. This is called niyamtigraha. By mixing with undesirable persons\nor jana-smiga, one becomes tainted with lust and greed and falls down from\nthe path of devotional service.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n3l��r:�d��lS'l'P;;0�Wfl � � I\n31fq ;r: �� @IT: �� � � II� \\lll\nanta�pura-striyo 'prcchad\nvimanti iva vedi§at\napi va� kusalarh rtimti�\nsesvari[ttirh yathti purti\na nta�pura-household; striya�- women; aprcchat-he\n\nasked; vimanti�­\n\nbeing too much anxious; iva-Like; vedi§at-0 King Pracinabarhi; apiwhether; va�-your; kusalam-good fortune; rtimti�-0 you beautiful\nwomen; sa-isvari[ttim-with your mistress;yathti-as; purti-before\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time King Puraiijana was a little anxious, and he inquired from\nthe household women: My dear beautiful women, are you and your\nmistress all very happy like before, or not?\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word vedi§at indicates King Pracinabarhi. When a man\nbecomes refreshed by association with devotees and awakes to Kr�!la\nconsciousness, he consults the activities of his mind-namely, thinking,\nfeeling and willing-and decides whether he should again return to his\nmaterial activities or stay steady in spiritual consciousness. The word\nkusalam refers to that which is auspicious. One can make his home perfectly\nauspicious when he engages in devotional service to Lord Vi�!lU· When one\nis engaged in activities other than vi§[tu-bhakti, or in other words when\none is engaged in material activities, he is always filled with anxieties. A\nsane man should consult his mind, its thinking, feeling and willing processes,\nand decide how these processes should be utilized. If one always thinks of\nKr�!la, feels how to serve Him and wills to execute the order of Kr�!la, it\nshould be known that he has taken good instruction from his intelligence,\n\n", "SB4.4#p0112": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1228\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nwhich is called the mother. Although the King was refreshed, he nonetheless\ninquired about his wife. Thus he was consulting, thinking and willing how\nhe could again return to his steady good consciousness. The mind may\nsuggest that by vi�aya-bhoga, or sense enjoyment, one can become happy,\n\nbut when one becomes advanced in Kr�!la consciousness, he does not derive\n\nhappiness from material activities. This is explained in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nvi�ayii vinivartante\nniriihiirasya dehina�\nrasa-varjarh raso 'py asya\npararh dr�.tvii nivartate\n\"The embodied soul may be restricted from sense enjoyment, though the\n\ntaste for sense objects remains. But, ceasing such engagements by experi­\n\nencing a higher taste, he is fixed in consciousness.\" (Bg. 2.59)\n\nOne cannot be artificially unattached to the sense objects unless he\n\nfinds better engagement in devotional service. Pararh dr�tvti nivartate. One\ncan cease from material activities only when one actually engages in\ndevotional service.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n� u�;ij �� •JM4+qi(: 1\n� ;r �� � lffit1 qit qr qf�qm I\n� ���: �-mnm �������\n;r\n\nna tathaitarhi rocante\ngrhe�u grha-sampada(l.\nyadi na syiid grhe miitii\npatni vii pati-devatii\nvyange ratha iva priijfia(l.\nko niimiisita dinavat\nna-not; tathii-like before; etarhi-at this moment; rocante-become\n\npleasing; grhe�u-at home; grha-sampada(l.-all household paraphernalia;\n\nyadi-if; na-not; syiit-there is; grhe-at home; miitii mother; patniwife ; vii- o r; pati-devatii-devo ted to the husband; vyange-without wheels;\n-\n\nrathe-in a chariot; iva-like; priijfia(l.-learned man; ka(l.-who is that;\n\nnama-indeed; iisita-would sit; dina-vat-like a poverty-stricken creature.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0113": "Text 16]\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\n1229\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Puraiijana said: I do not understand why my household paraphernalia does not attract me as before. I think that if there is neither a mother\nnor devoted wife at home, the home is like a chariot without wheels. Where\nis the fool who will sit down on such an unworkable chariot?\nPURPORT\nThe great politician Cap.akya Pa!J.�ita said:\nmata yasya grhe nasti bharya ca priya-viidini\nararyam tena gantavyam yathararyam tatha grham\n\"If a person has neither a mother nor a pleasing wife at home, he should\nleave home and go to the forest, because for him there is no difference\nbetween the forest and home.\" The real miitii, or mother, is devotional\nservice to the Lord, and the real patni, or devoted wife, is a wife who\nhelps her husband execute religious principles in devotional service. These\ntwo things are required for a happy home.\nActually, a woman is supposed to be the energy of the man. Historically,\nin the background of every great man there is either a mother or a wife.\nOne's household life is very successful if he has both a good wife and\nmother. In such a case, everything about household affairs and all the\nparaphernalia in the house become very pleasing. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nhad both a good mother and pleasing wife, and He was very happy at\nhome. Nonetheless, for the benefit of the whole human race, He took\nsannyasa and left both His mother and wife. In other words, it is essential\nthat one have both a good mother and wife in order to become perfectly\nhappy at home. Otherwise home life has no meaning. Unless one is\nreligiously guided by intelligence and renders devotional service unto the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, his home can never become very pleasing\nto a saintly person. In other words, if a man has a good mother or a good\nwife, there is no need of his taking s annyasa\n\n-\n\nthat is, unless it is absolutely\n\nnecessary, as it was for Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0114": "[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1230\n\nkva vartate sa lalana\nmajjantarh vyasanarr-ave\nya mam uddharate prajnarh\ndipayanti pade pade\n\nkva-where; vartate-is now staying; sa-she; lalana-woman; majjantamwhile drowning; vyasana-arr-ave-in the ocean of danger; ya-who ; mamme;\n\nuddharate-delivers;\n\nenlightening;pade pade\n\n-\n\nprajniim-good\n\nintelligence;\n\ndipayanti:­\n\nin every step.\nTRANSLATION\n\nKindly let me know the whereabouts of that beautiful woman who\nalways saves me when I am drowning in the ocean of danger. By giving me\ngood intelligence at every step, she always saves me.\nPURPORT\nThere is no difference between a good wife and good intelligence. One\nwho possesses good intelligence can deliberate properly and save himself\nfrom many dangerous conditions. In material existence there is danger at\nevery step. In Srimad-Bhtigavatam it is said: padarh padarh yad vipadarh na\nte§am (Bhtig. 10.14.58). This material world is not actually a place of\nresidence for an intelligent person or a devotee because here there is danger\nat every step. Vaikuptha is the real home for the devotee, for there is no\nanxiety\n\nand\n\nno\n\ndanger.\n\nGood\n\nintelligence\n\nmeans becoming Kr�11a\n\nconscious. In the Caitanya-caritamrta it is said: kr§TJ.a ye bhaje se bafla\ncatura. Unless one is Kr�r:ta conscious, he cannot be called an intelligent\nperson.\nHerein we see that King Purafijana was searching after his good wife,\nwho always helped him out of the dangerous situations that always occur\nin material existence. As already explained, a real wife is dharma-patni.\n\nThat is, a woman accepted in marriage by ritualistic ceremony is called\n\ndharma-patnt, which signifies that she is accepted in terms of religious\n\nprinciples. Children born of dharma-patnt, or a woman married according\nto religious principles, inherit the property of the father, but children born\nof a woman who is not properly married do not inherit the father's\n\nproperty. The word dharma-patnt also refers to a chaste wife. A chaste wife\n\nis one who never had any connection with men before her marriage. Once\na woman is given the freedom to mingle with all kinds of men in her youth,\nit is very difficult for her to keep chaste. She generally cannot remain chaste.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0115": "Text 17)\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\n1231\n\nWhen butter is brought into the proximity of fire, it melts. The woman is\nlike fire, and man is like the butter. But if one gets a chaste wife, accepted\nthrough a religious marriage ritual, she can be of great help when one is\nthreatened by the many dangerous situations of life. Actually such a wife\ncan become the source of all good intelligence. With such a good wife, the\nfamily's engagement in the devotional service of the Lord actually makes a\nhome a grhastha..fisrama, or household dedicated to spiritual cultivation.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n{11fT i:ii'3:\n\n�WI �'I�\"WU\n\n��Rf I\n� J;t��� �trAt qw �� 11�\\911\nriimii ucu�\nnara-niitha na jiinimas\ntvat-priyii yad vyavasyati\nbhutale niravastiire\nsayiiniirh pasya satru-han\nriimii� ucu�-the women thus spoke; nara-niitha-0 King; na jiinima�we do not know; tvat-priyii-your beloved; yad vyavasyati-why she has\ntaken to this sort of life; bhu-tale-on the ground; niravastiire-without\nbedding; s ayiiniim- lying down; p asya-look; satru-han-0 killer of the\nenemies.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll the women addressed the King: 0 master of the citizens, we do not\nknow why your dear wife has taken on this sort of existence. 0 killer of\nenemies, kindly look! She is lying on the ground without bedding. We\ncannot understand why she is acting this way.\nPURPORT\nWhen a person is devoid of devotional service, or vi�rtu-bhakti, he takes\nto many sinful activities. King Puraiijana left home, neglected his own\nwife, and engaged himself in killing animals. This is the position of all\nmaterialistic men. They do not care for a married chaste wife. They take\nthe wife only as an instrument for sense enjoyment, not as a means for\ndevotional service. To have unrestricted sex life, the karmis work very hard.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0116": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1232\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nThey have concluded that the best course is to have sex with any woman\nand simply pay the price for her, as though she were a mercantile commodity.\nThus they engage their energy in working very hard for such material\nacquisitions. Such materialistic people have lost their good intelligence.\nThey must search out their intelligence within the heart. A person who\ndoes not have a chaste wife accepted by religious principles always has a\nbewildered intelligence.\nThe wife of King Puraiijana was lying on the ground because she was\nneglected by her husband. Actually the woman must always be protected\nby her husband. We always speak of the goddess of fortune as being placed\non the chest of Narayav.a. In other words, the wife must remain embraced\nby her husband. Thus she becomes beloved and well protected. Just as\none saves his money and places it under his own personal protection, one\nshould similarly protect his wife by his own personal supervision. Just as\nintelligence is always within the heart, so a beloved chaste wife should\nalways have her place on the chest of a good husband. This is the proper\nrelationship between husband and wife.\n\nA wife is therefore called\n\nardhaftgant, or half of the body. One cannot remain with only one leg,\none hand or only one side of the body. He must have two sides. Similarly,\naccording to nature's way, husband and wife should live together. In the\nlower species of life, among birds and animals, it is seen that by nature's\narrangement the husband and wife live together. It is similarly ideal in\nhuman life for the husband and wife to live together. The home should be\na place for devotional service, and the wife should be chaste and accepted\nby a ritualistic ceremony. In this way one can become happy at home.\nTEXT 18\n\n��\n\n��: �1ff �f:JT� m- 1\n6fflf.1.-+tfiaa$Jl.tl � � �;it II ��II\nnarada uviica\npuranjanaft sva-mahi_strh\nnirtk.syavadhutarh bhuvi\ntat-saftgonmathita-jnano\nvaiklavyarh paramarh _yayau\nnarada(l. uvac a- the great sage Narada spoke; puraiijana{l.- King Purafijana;\nsva-mahi§im- his own Queen; nirikfiya-after seeing; avadhutiim appearing\n-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0117": "Text 19]\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\nlike a mendicant; bhuvi-on the ground; tat-her; sanga\n\n-\n\n1233\nby association;\n\nunmathita-encouraged; piiinab--whose knowledge; vaiklavyam- bewilderment; paramam-supreme; yaya u-obtained\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada continued: My dear King Pracinabarhi, as soon\nas King Puraiijana saw his Queen lying on the ground, appearing like a\nmendicant, he immediately became bewildered.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word avadhutiim is especially significant, for it refers\nto a mendicant who does not take care of his body. Since the Queen was\nlying on the ground without bedding and proper dress, King Puraiijana\nbecame very much aggrieved. In other words, he repented that he had\nneglected his intelligence and had engaged himself in the forest in killing\nanimals. In other words, when one's good intelligence is separated or\nneglected, he fully engages in sinful activities. Due to neglecting one's\ngood intelligence, or Kr��a consciousness, one becomes bewildered and\nengages in sinful activities. Upon realizing this, a man becomes repentant.\nSuch repentance is described by Narottama dasa 'Jbakura: hari hari viphale\njanama goniiinu/ manu�ya-janama piiiyii, riidhii-kr.srw nii bhajiyii, jiiniyii\nsuniyii vi�a khiiinu. Narottama dasa Thakura herein says that he repents\nfor having spoiled his human life and knowingly drunk poison. By not\nbeing Kr�l}.a conscious, one willingly drinks the poison of material life.\nThe purport is that one certainly becomes addicted to sinful activities\nwhen he becomes devoid of his good chaste wife, or when he has lost his\ngood sense and does not take to Kr�l}.a consciousness.\nTEXT 19\n\nm-� � qr;n � �ffl I\n\niN�: i((i(+tfetf(I�Pl �����II\nsiintvayan slak§r-ayii viicii\nhrdayena viduyatii\npreyasyii[l sneha-samrambhalingam iitmani niibhyagiit\nsa n tvayan-pacifying; slak§[wyii-by sweet; viicii-words; hrdayena-with\na heart; viduyatii-regretting very much; preyasyii�- of his beloved; sneha-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0118": "1234\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nfrom affection; samrambha-of anger; liligam-symptom; iitmani-in her\nheart; na-did not; abhyagiit- arouse.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King, with aggrieved mind, began to speak to his wife with very\npleasing words. Although he was filled with regret and tried to pacify her,\n\nhe could not see any symptom of anger caused by love within the heart of\n\nhis beloved wife.\nPURPORT\nThe King very much regretted having left his Queen and having gone to\nthe forest to execute sinful activities. When a person regrets his sinful\nactivities, the abandoning of Kr�l}.a consciousness and good intelligence,\n\nhis path of deliverance from the path of material clutches is opened. As\nstated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam: pariibhavas tiivad abodha-jiito yiivan na\njijniisata iitma-tattvam (Bhiig. 5.5.5). When a person loses his Kr�l}.a consciousness and loses interest in self-realization, he must engage in sinful\nactivities. All one's activities in a life devoid of Kr�l}.a consciousness simply\nlead to defeat and misuse of one's life. Naturally one who comes to Kr�l}.a\nconsciousness regrets his previous sinful activities in the human form. Only\nby this process can one he delivered from the clutches of nescience or\nignorance in materialistic life.\nTEXT 20\n\n31?JM..�S$.1\n\n�ms?JiiteilNa>: 1\n- ��� :;fue�·etM61¥( 1 l�oll\nanuninye 'tha sanakair\nvtro 'nunaya-kovidaft\npasparsa piida-yugalam\niiha cotsanga-liilitiim\n\nanuninye -began to flatter; atha-thus; sanakaift - gradually ; v tra.h-the\nanunaya-kovidaft-one who is very expert in flattery; pasparsatouched; pii da-yugala m - both the feet; iiha-he said; ca-also; utsa n ga-on\nhis lap; liilittim- thus being embraced.\nhero;\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause the King was very expert in flattery, he began to pacify his\n\nQueen very slowly. First he touched her two feet, then embraced her\n\nnicely, seating her on his lap, and began to speak as follows.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0119": "Text 21]\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\n1235\n\nPURPORT\nOne has to awaken his Kr�I).a consciousness by first regretting his past\ndeeds. Just as King Purafijana began to flatter his Queen, one should, by\ndeliberate consideration, raise himself to the platform of Kr�I).a consciousness. To attain such an end, one must touch the lotus feet of the spiritual\nmaster. Kr�I).a consciousness cannot be achieved by self-endeavor. One must\ntherefore approach a self-realized Kr�I).a conscious person and touch his\nlotus feet. Prahlada Maharaja therefore said:\n\nnai�arh matis tavad urukramanghrirh\nsprsaty anarthapagamo yad-artha�\nmahiyasarh pada-rajo 'bhi�ekarh\nni�kincananarh na vrr-ita yavat\n(Bhag. 7.5.32)\nOne cannot come to the precincts of Kr11I).a consciousness unless he\ntouches the dust of the lotus feet of a person who has become a mahatma,\na great devotee. This is the beginning of the surrendering process. Lord\nKr�I).a wants everyone to surrender unto Him, and this surrendering process\nbegins when one touches the lotus feet of a bona fide spiritual master. By\nsincerely rendering service to a bona fide spiritual master, one begins his\nspiritual life in Kr�I).a consciousness. Touching the lotus feet of a spiritual\nmaster means giving up one's false prestige and unnecessarily puffed up\nposition in the material world. Those who remain in the darkness of\nmaterial existence due to their falsely prestigious positions-so-called\nscientists and philosophers-are actually atheists. They do not know the\nultimate cause of everything. Although bewildered, they are not ready to\nsurrender themselves to the lotus feet of a person who knows things in\ntheir proper perspective. In other words, one cannot arouse Kr�I).a consciousness simply by his own mental speculation. One must surrender to a bona\nfide spiritual master. Only this process will help him.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n� \\RR\n\nil!i ��ij!�M � �(1: � I\n����Ri�l fiJ\"41<ofWI� II�� II\npuranjana uviica\nniinarh tv akrta-pu[!yiis te\nbhrtyii ye.sv isvarii[t subhe\n\n", "SB4.4#p0120": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1236\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nkrtiiga�sv iitmasiit krtvii\nsik§ii-dapflam na yunjate\npuranjana� uvii c a\n\n-\n\nPuraiijana said; nunam-certainly; tu-then; akrta­\n\npupyii�-those who are not pious; te\n\nwhom; iS va riift\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsuch; bhrtyiift-servants; ye§u-unto\n\nthe masters; subhe-0 most auspicious one; krta-iigaftsu­\n\nhaving committed an offense; iitmasiit\ndoing so; sik§ii\n\n-\n\n-\n\naccepting as their own; krtvii­\n\ninstructive; da�flam-punishment; na yunjate-do not\n\ngive.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Puraiijana said: My dear beautiful wife, when a master accepts a\nservant as his own man but does not punish him for his offenses, the\nservant must be considered unfortunate.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic civilization, domestic animals and servants are\ntreated exactly like one's own children. Animals and children are sometimes punished not out of vengeance but out of love. Similarly, a master\nsometimes punishes his servant, not out of vengeance but out of love, to\ncorrect him and bring him to the right point. Thus King Puraiijana took\nhis punishment dealt by his wife, the Queen, as mercy upon him. He\nconsidered himself the most obedient servant of the Queen. She was angry\nat him for his sinful activities-namely, hunting in the forest and leaving\nher at home. King Puraiijana accepted the punishment as actual love and\naffection from his wife. In the same way, when a person is punished by\nthe laws of nature, by the will of God, he should not be disturbed. A real\ndevotee thinks in this way. When a devotee is put into an awkward\nposition, he takes it as the mercy of the Supreme Lord.\ntat te 'nukampiim su-samik§amiirw\nbhuiijiina euiitma-krtam vipiikam\nhrd-viig-vapurbhir vidadhan namas te\njiveta yo mukti-pade sa diiya-bhiik (Bhiig. 10.14.8)\n\nThis verse states that the devotee accepts a reversal of his position in\nlife as a benediction by the Lord and consequently offers the Lord more\nobeisances and prayers, thinking that the punishment is due to his past\nmisdeeds and that the Lord is punishing him very mildly. The punishment\n\n", "SB4.4#p0121": "Text 22]\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\n1237\n\nawarded by the state or by God for one's own faults is actually for one's\nbenefit. In the Manu-sarhhitii it is said that the king should be considered\nmerciful when he condemns a murderer to death because a murderer\npunished in this life becomes freed from his sinful activity and in the next\nlife takes birth cleared of all sins. If one accepts punishment as a reward\ndealt by the master, he becomes intelligent enough not to commit the\nsame mistake again.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nq(¥fls� � \" !ICUII\"': I\n� ef � �;{ �Ptifii'il: II� �II\nparamo 'nugraho da[!(io\nbhrtyefiu prabhu[!iirpita�\nbiilo na veda tat tanvi\nbandhu-krtyam amar.sa[!a�\n\nparama�-supreme; anugraha�-mercy; da[l(ia �-punishment ; bhrtye§uupon the servants; prabhu[!ii-by the master; arpita�-awarded; biila�foolish; na-does not; veda-know; tat-that; tanvi-0 slender maiden;\nbandhu-krtyam-the duty of a friend; amar§a[!a�-angry.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear slender maiden, when a master chastises his servant, the servant\nshould accept this as great mercy. One who becomes angry must be very\nfoolish not to know that such is the duty of his friend.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said that when a foolish man is instructed in something very nice,\nhe generally cannot accept it. Indeed, he actually becomes angry. Such\nanger is compared to the poison of a serpent, for when a serpent is fed\nmilk and bananas, its poison actually increases. Instead of becoming\nmerciful or sober, the serpent increases its poisonous venom when fed\nnice foodstuffs. Similarly, when a fool is instructed, he does not rectify\nhimself, but actually becomes angry.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0122": "[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1238\n\nTEXT 23\n\n9t �\n\n� p Piti(PPIR'\n\n'\n\n:i\\iiR�¥iiH�(f.(R4ijM�Iitii( I\n\n..WSBCWfeM�\\1J<IU'i14\n\n�:\n\n� � '4wt�Pt it(!tjttlfl� II�� II\nsii tvarh mukharh sudati subhrv anuriiga-bhiiravriljii-vilamba-vilasad-dhasitiivalokam\nniliilakiilibhir upaskrtam unnasarh na[l,\nsviiniirh pradarsaya manasvini valgu-viikyam\nsa-that (you, my wife); tvam-you; mukham-your face; su-dati-with\nbeautiful teeth; su-bhru-with beautiful eyebrows; anuriiga-attachment;\nbhiira-loaded\n\nby;\n\nvriljii-feminine shyness; vilamba-hanging down;\nhasita-smilin g; avalokam-with glances; nila-bluish;\nalaka-with hair; alibhi[l, - bee-like; upaskrtam-thus being beautiful;\nunnasam-with a raised nose; na[l,-to me; sviiniim-who am yours;\npradarsaya-please show; manasvini-0 most thoughtful lady; valguviikyam-with sweet words.\nvilasat-shining;\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear wife, your teeth are very beautifully set, and your attractive\nfeatures make you appear very thoughtful. Kindly give up your anger, be\nmerciful upon me, and please smile upon me with loving attachment.\n\nWhen I see a smile on your beautiful face, and when I see your hair, which\n\nis as beautiful as the color blue, and see your raised nose and hear your\n\nsweet talk, you will become more beautiful to me and thus attract me and\n\noblige me. You are my most respected mistress.\n\nPURPORT\nAn effeminate husband, simply being attracted by the external beauty\nof his wife, tries to become her most obedient servant. Sripiida Sankariiciirya\nhas therefore advised that we not become attracted by a lump of flesh and\n\nblood. The story is told that at one time a man, very much attracted to a\nbeautiful woman, wooed the woman in such a way that she devised a plan\nto show him the ingredients of her beauty. The woman made a date to see\nhim, and before seeing him she took a purgative, and that whole day and\n\n", "SB4.4#p0123": "Text 24]\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\n1239\n\nnight she simply passed stool, and she preserved that stool in a pot. The\nnext night, when the man came to see her, she appeared very ugly and\nemaciated. When the man inquired from her about the woman with whom\nhe had an engagement, she replied, \"I am that very woman.\" The man\nrefused to believe her, not knowing that she had lost all her beauty due to\nthe violent purgative that caused her to pass stool day and night. When the\nman began to argue with her, the woman said that she was not looking\nbeautiful because she was separated from the ingredients of her beauty.\nWhen the man asked how she could be so separated, the woman said,\n\"Come on, and I will show you.\" She then showed him the pot filled with\nliquid stool and vomit. Thus the man became aware that a beautiful woman\nis simply a lump of matter composed of blood, stool, urine and similar\nother disgusting ingredients. This is the actual fact, but in a state of illusion,\nman becomes attracted by illusory beauty and becomes a victim of maya.\nKing Puraiijana begged his Queen to return to her original beauty. He\ntried to revive her just as a living entity tries to revive his original conscious·\nness, Kr�r;ta consciousness, which is very beautiful. All the beautiful features\nof the Queen could be compared to the beautiful features of Kr§l!la con·\nsciousness. When one returns to his original Kr�!la consciousness, he actually\nbecomes steady, and his life becomes successful.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nij,.�� � � �\n�S;:tt=:4 \\tl&eRi61\\Mtfti( I\n� Wf � f?tilflt� � cdNtR6('34 � 11�\\lll\ntasmin dadhe damam aharh tava vtra-patni\nyo 'nyatra bhusura-ku ltit krta-kilbifias tam\npasye na vita-bhayam unmuditam tri-lokytim\nanyatra vai mura-ripor itaratra dtistit\n\ntasmin-unto\n\nhim; dadhe-shall give; damam- punishment; aham-I;\n\ntava-to you; vira-patni-0 wife of the hero; ya�-one who; anyatra­\n\nbesides; bhu-sura-kultit-from the group of demigods on this earth, (the\nbrtihmarws); krta- done; kilbi§a�\n\n-\n\noffense; tam\n\n-\n\nhim; pasye\n\n-\n\nI see; na-not;\n\nvita- without; bhayam- fear; unmuditam- without anxiety; tri-lokyiim­\n\nwithin the three worlds; anyatra -elsewhere; vai certainly ; mura-ripo �- of\n-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0124": "1240\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nthe enemy of Mura (l<.r�J;ta); itaratra-on the other hand; dasat-than the\nservant.\nTRANSLATION\n0 hero's wife, kindly tell me if someone has offended you. I am prepared to give such a person punishment as long as he does not belong to\nthe brahmap.a caste. But for the servant of Muraripu [Krwa], I excuse no\none within or beyond these three worlds. No one can freely move after\noffending you, for I am prepared to punish him.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic civilization, a briihmar_ta, or one who is properly\nqualified to understand the Absolute Truth-that is, one belonging to the\nmost intelligent social order-as well as the devotee of Lord Kr�IJ.a, who is\nknown as Muradvi�a, enemy of a demon named Mura, is not subject to the\nrules and regulations of the state. In other words, upon breaking the laws\nof the state, everyone can be punished by the government except the\nbnihma[las and Vai�J;tavas. Brahma[tas and Vai�J;tavas never transgress the\nlaws of the state or the laws of nature because they know perfectly well\nthe resultant reactions caused by such law-breaking. Even though they may\nsometimes appear to violate the laws, they are not to be punished by the\nking. This instruction was given to King Pracinabarhi�at by Narada Muni.\nKing Puranjana was a representative of King Pracinabarhi�at, and Narada\nMuni was reminding King Pracinabarhi�at of his forefather, Maharaja\nJ>rthu, who never chastised a briihma[la or a Vai�J;tava.\nOne's pure intelligence, or pure Kr�l).a consciousness, becomes polluted\nby material activities. Pure consciousness can again be revived by the\nprocess of sacrifice, charity, pious activities, etc., but when one pollutes\nhis l<f�p.a consciousness by offending a briihmalJa or a V ai�J;tava, it is very\ndifficult to revive. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has described the va�r;zavaapartidha, or offense to a V ai�J;tava, as \"the mad elephant offense.\" One\nshould be very careful not to offend a Vai�p.ava or a brahmal)a. Even the\ngreat yogi Durvasa was harassed by the Sudarsana cakra when he offended\nthe Vai�J;tava Maharaja Ambari{;a, who was neither a brahmalJa nor a sannyiisi\nbut an ordinary householder. Maharaja Ambari�a was a V ai�p.ava, and consequently Durvasa Muni was chastised.\nThe conclusion is that if l<f�p.a consciousness is covered by material\nsins, one can eliminate the sins simply by chanting the Hare Kr�IJ.a mantra,\nbut if one pollutes his Kr�IJ.a consciousness by offending a brahma[la or a\nVai�p.ava, one cannot revive it until one properly atones for the sin by\n\n", "SB4.4#p0125": "Text 25]\n\nKing Puranjana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\n1241\n\npleasing the offended V ai�p.ava or brahmar-a. This was the course that\nDurvasa Muni had to follow, for he surrendered unto Maharaja Ambari�a.\nA vai§r-ava-aparadha cannot be atoned for by any means other than by\nbegging the pardon of the offended V ai�p.ava.\nTEXT 25\n\nm ;r � ARte� ilfe;t �\n�+i+iN�e+iqdo'l�\n� ((19\\I�N �*\"q�6i �T\n� f?c•rd�l+iqt(l•r 11�'-\\11\nvaktram na te vitilakam malinam vihar§am\nsamrambha-bhimam avimr.s.tam apeta-riigam\npasye stanav api sucopahatau sujatau\nbimbadharam vigata-kunkuma-panka-riigam\nvaktram-face; na-never; te-your; vitilakam-without being decorated;\nmalinam-unclean; vihar§am-morose; sarhrambha-with anger; bhtmamdangerous; avimr§tam-without\n\nluster; ape ta riigam-without affection;\n-\n\npasye- I have seen; stanau-your breasts; api also; suca-upahatau-wet\n-\n\nbecause of your tears; su-jiitau-so nice; bimba-adharam-red lips; vigatawithout; kunkuma-panka-saffron; ragam-color.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear wife, until this day I have never seen your face without tilaka\ndecorations, nor have I seen you so morose and without luster or affection.\nNor have I seen your two nice breasts wet with tears from your eyes. Nor\nhave I ever before seen your lips, which are ordinarily as red as the bimba\nfruit, without their reddish hue.\nPURPORT\nEvery woman looks very beautiful when decorated with tilaka and\nvermillion. A woman generally becomes very attractive when her lips are\ncolored with reddish saffron or vermillion. But when one's consciousness\nand intelligence are without any brilliant thoughts about Kr�l).a, they\nbecome morose and lusterless, so much so that one cannot derive any\nbenefit despite sharp intelligence.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0126": "[Canto 4, Ch. 26\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1242\n\nTEXT 26\n\n���=��\n.\n�·\n�����it��� I\n� � � �ij¥41��·N(l(�tff(ilfl�Ri\\;J�� ����II\ntan me prasida suhrda� krta-kilbi§asya\nsvairarh gatasya mrgayiirh vyasaniitu rasya\nkii devararh vasa-gatarh kusumiistra-vegavisrasta-paurhsnam usati na bhajeta krtye\ntat- therefore; me-unto me; prastda- be kind; su-hrda�- intimate friend;\nkrta-ki lbi§ asya- having committed sinful activities; svairam\n_\n\n-\n\nindependently;\n\ngatasya who went; mrgayiim hunting; vyasana-iiturasya- being influenced\n-\n\n-\n\nby sinful desire; kii-what woman; devaram-the husband; vasa-gatamunder her control; kusumiistra-vega-pierced by the arrow of Cupid;\nvisrasta-scattered; pau rhsnam-his patience; usatt\nnever; bhajeta- would embrace; krtye\n\n-\n\n-\n\nvery beautiful; na­\n\nin proper duty.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Queen, due to my sinful desires I went to the forest to hunt\n\nwithout asking you. Therefore I must admit that I have offended you.\n\nNonetheless, thinking of me as your most intimate subordinate, you should\n\nstill be very much pleased with me. Factually I am very much bereaved,\nbut being pierced by the arrow of Cupid, I am feeling lusty. But where is\nthe beautiful woman who would give up her lusty husband and refuse to\nunite with him?\n\nPURPORT\nBoth man and woman desire one another; that is the basic principle of\nmaterial existence. Women in general always keep themselves beautiful\nso that they can be attractive to their lusty husbands. When a lusty husband\ncomes before his wife, the wife takes advantage of his aggressive activities\nand enjoys life. Generally when a woman is attacked by a man-whether\nher husband or some other man-she enjoys the attack, being too lusty.\nIn other words, when one's intelligence is properly utilized, both the\nintellect and the intelli�ent person enjoy one another with great satisfaction. As stated in Srimad-Bhtigavatam: yan maithuniidi grhamedhi-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0127": "Text 26]\n\nKing Puraiijana Goes to the Forest to Hunt\n\n1243\n\nsukharit hi tuccharit kar-f[uyanena karayor iva du{tkha-du{tkham (Bhiig.\n7.9.45). The actual happiness of the karmis is sex life. They work very\nhard outside the home, and to satiate their hard labor, they come home to\nenjoy sex life. King Puraiijana went to the forest to hunt, and after his\nhard labor he returned home to enjoy sex life. If a man lives outside the\nhome and spends a week in a city or somewhere else, at the end of the\nweek he becomes very anxious to return home and enjoy sex with his\n\nwife. This is confirmed in Srimad-Bhtigavatam: yan maithuniidi grhamedhi­\n\nsukharit hi tuccham. Karmis work very hard simply to enjoy sex. Modern\nhuman society has improved the materialistic way of life simply by\n\ninducing unrestricted sex life in many different ways. This is most\n\nprominently visible in the Western world.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Twenty-sixth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhii.gavatam, entitled \"King Purafijana Goes to the\nForest to Hunt, and His Queen Becomes Angry.\"\n\n", "SB4.4#p0128": "CHAPTER TWENTY- SEVEN\n\nAttack by CaQ(javega\non the City of King Purar(jana;\nthe Character of Kalakanya\nTEXT l\n\n'ifrrq �\n\n� � �W.C4fd4414Ttr �: I\n�� qumr � � ��1�11\nnilrada uviica\nitthani puraiijanani sadhryag\n\nvasamiiniya vibhramai�\n\npuraiijani mahii-riija\nreme ramayati patim\n\nniirada� uviica- Nii.rada said; ittham-thus;puraiijanam-King Puraiijana;\n\nsadhryak-completely;va§amaniya- bringing under her control; vibhramai�\n\n-by her charms; puraiijani-the wife of King Puraiijana; mahii-raja-0 King;\nreme-enjoyed; ramayati-giving all satisfaction;patim-to her husband.\nTR A N S L ATION\nThe great sage Narada continued: My dear King, after bewildering her\nhusband in different ways and bringing him under her control, the wife of\nKing Puranjana gave him all satisfaction and enjoyed sex life with him.\nPURPORT\nAfter hunting in the forest, King Puraiijana returned home, and after\nrefreshing himself by taking a bath and eating nice food, he searched for\nhis wife. When he saw her lying down on the ground without a bed, as if\nneglected, and devoid of any proper dress, he became very much aggrieved.\n\n1245\n\n", "SB4.4#p0129": "1246\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\nHe then became attracted to her and began to enjoy her company. A living\n\nentity is similarly engaged in the material world in sinful activities. These\nsinful activities may be compared to King Puraiijana's hunting in the forest.\n\nA sinful life can be counteracted by various processes of religion such as\n\nyajiia, vrata and dana-that is, the performance of sacrifices, the taking of\n\na vow for some religious ritual, and the giving of charity. In this way one\n\nmay become free from the reactions of sinful life and at the same time\nawaken his original Kr�l).a consciousness. By coming home, taking his bath,\n\neating nice foodstuffs, getting refreshed and searching out his wife, King\n\nPuraiijana came to his good consciousness in his family life. In other words,\n\na systematic family life as enjoined in the Vedas is better than an irresponsible sinful life. If a husband and wife combine together in Kr�IJ.a\n\nconsciousness and live together peacefully, that is very nice. However, if a\n\nhusband becomes too much attracted by his wife and forgets his duty in\n\nlife, the implications of materialistic life will again resume. Srila Riipa\n\nGosvami has therefore recommended anasaktasya vi�ayan (Bh.r.s. 1.2.255).\n\nWithout being attached by sex, the husband and wife may live together for\nthe advancement of spiritual life. The husband should engage in devotional\nservice, and the wife should be faithful and religious according to the\n\nVedic injunctions. Such a combination is very good. However, if the\n\nhusband becomes too much attracted to the wife due to sex, the position\n\nbecomes very dangerous. Women in general are very much sexually inclined.\nIndeed, it is said that a woman's sex desire is nine times stronger than a man's.\n\nIt is therefore a man's duty to keep a woman under his control by satisfying\n\nher, giving her ornaments, nice food and clothes, and engaging her in re­\n\nligious activities. Of course a woman should have a few children and in this\nway not be disturbing to the man. Unfortunately, if the man becomes\n\nattracted to the woman simply for sex enjoyment, then family life becomes\n\nabominable.\n\nThe great politician Cii.I).akya Pal).c;l.ita has said: bharya rupavati satrul].-a\n\nbeautiful wife is an enemy. Of course every woman in the eyes of her\n\nhusband is very beautiful. Others may see her as not very beautiful, but the\nhusband, being very much attracted to her, sees her always as very beautiful.\n\nIf the husband sees the wife as very beautiful, it is to be assumed that he is\n\ntoo much attracted to her. This attraction is the attraction of sex. The\nwhole world is captivated by the two modes of material nature rajo-gufJ.a\n\nand tamo-gufJ.a, passion and ignorance. Generally women are very much\n\npassionate and are less intelligent; therefore somehow or other a man should\n\nnot be under the control of their passion and ignorance. However, by\n\nperforming bhakti-yoga, or devotional service, a man can be raised to the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0130": "Text 2]\n\nAttack by Cal}c;lavega on the City of Purarij ana\n\n1247\n\nplatform of goodness. If a husband situated in the mode of goodness can\ncontrol his wife, who is in passion and ignorance, the woman is benefited.\nForgetting her natural inclination for passion and ignorance, the woman\nbecomes obedient and faithful to her husband, who is situated in goodness.\nSuch a life becomes very welcome. The intelligence of the man and\nwoman may then work very nicely together, and they can make a progressive march towards spiritual realization. Otherwise, the husband, coming\nunder the control of the wife, sacrifices his quality of goodness and\nbecomes subservient to the qualities of passion and ignorance. In this way\nthe whole situation becomes polluted.\nThe conclusion is that a household life is better than a sinful life devoid\nof responsibility, but if in the household life the husband becomes subordinate to the wife, involvement in materialistic life again becomes prominent. In this way a man's material bondage becomes enhanced. Because of\nthis, according to the Vedic system, after a certain age a man is recommended to abandon his family life for the stages of viinaprastha and\nsannyiisa.\n\nTEXT 2\n\n6 mt 1lfrn Uar.{ � \\6f:q(IW1Wil'( I\n\ni6((4\\fltf.lwti\n\nC[81'l+l1Wi�ql•l<:tl'( II � II\n\nsa riijii mahi�im riijan\nsusniitiim ruciriinaniim\nkrta-svasty-ayaniim trptiim\nabhyanandad upiigatiim\nsal]-he; rajii- the King; mahi�im-the Queen; riijan-0 King; su-sniitiim­\n\nnicely bathed; rucira-iinaniim-attractive face; k,rta-svasti-ayaniim-dressed\nwith auspicious garments and ornaments; trptiim satisfied; abhyanandat-\n\nhe welcomed; upiigatiim\n\n-\n\napproached.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Queen took her bath and dressed herself nicely with all auspicious\ngarments and ornaments. After taking food and becoming completely\nsatisfied, she returned to the King. Upon seeing her beautifully decorated\nattractive face, the King welcomed her with all devotion.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0131": "1248\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\nPURPORT\nA woman is generally accustomed to dress herself nicely with fine\ngarments and decorative ornaments. She may even sometimes wear flowers\nin her hair. Women especially dress themselves up in the evening because\nthe husband comes home in the evening after working hard all day. It is\n\nthe duty of the wife to dress herself up very nicely so that when her\n\nhusband returns home he becomes attracted by her dress and cleanliness\n\nand thus becomes satisfied. In other words, the wife is the inspiration of\n\nall good intelligence. Upon seeing one's wife dressed nicely, one can think\nvery soberly about family business. When a person is too anxious about\nfamily affairs, he cannot discharge his family duties nicely. A wife is\ntherefore supposed to be an inspiration and should keep the husband's\n\nintelligence in good order so that they can combinedly prosecute the\naffairs of family life without impediment.\nTEXT3\n\n�$��..\\:tU\n��:\n���qte�tr.�:\ni{\n�te{� m �\n� � !llfi(NRII� : II � II\ntayopagilqhal-J, parirabdha-kandharo\nraho 'numantrair apakr:�ta-cetanal-J,\nna kiila-rarhho bubudhe duratyayarh\ndivii niseti pramadii-parigrahal-J,\ntayii- by the Queen; upagilqhal-J,-was embraced; parirabdha- embraced;\nkandharal-J,- shoulders; rahal-J,-in a solitary place; anumantrail-J,-by joking\nwords; apakr� ta- c etanal;t - having degraded consciousness; na- not; kiilararhhal-J, - the\npassing of time; bubudhe-was aware of; duratyayamimpossible to overcome; divii - day; nisii- night; iti- thus; pramadii- by the\nwoman; parigraha�- captivated.\nTRANSLATION\nQueen Puraiijani embraced the King, and the King also responded by\nembracing her shoulders. In this way, in a solitary place, they enjoyed\n\n", "SB4.4#p0132": "Text 3)\n\nAttack by Cal}�avega on the City of Puraiijana\n\n1249\n\njoking words. Thus King Puraiijana became very much captivated by his\nbeautiful wife and deviated from his good sense. He forgot that the passing\nof days and nights meant that his span of life was being reduced without\nprofit.\nPURPORT\nThe word pramada in this verse is very significant. A beautiful wife is\ncertainly enlivening to her husband but at the same time is the cause of\n\ndegradation. The word pramada means enlivening as well as maddening.\n\nGenerally a householder does not take the passing of days and nights very\nseriously. A person in ignorance takes it as the usual course that days\ncome, and, after the days, the nights come. This is the law of material\nnature. But a man in ignorance does not know that when the sun rises\nearly in the morning it begins to take away the balance of his life. Thus\nday after day the span of one's life is reduced, and, forgetting the duty\nof human life, the foolish man simply remains in the company of his wife\n\nand enjoys her in a secluded place. Such a condition is called apakr§ta­\n\ncetana, or degraded consciousness. Human consciousness should be used\n\nfor elevation to K��l)a consciousness. But when a person is too much\nattracted to his wife and family affairs, he does not take Kr�l)a consciousness very seriously. He thus becomes degraded, not knowing that he cannot\nbuy back even a second of his life in return for millions of dollars. The\ngreatest loss in life is passing time without understanding K��J)a. Every\nmoment of our lives should be utilized properly, and the proper use of\nlife is to increase devotional service to the Lord. Without devotional\nservice to the Lord, the activities of life become simply a waste of time.\n\nSrama eva hi kevalam. Simply by becoming \"dutiful\" we do not make\nany profit in life. As confirmed in Srimad-Bhagavatam:\ndharma(l svanu§thita� purhsiim\nvi§vaksena-kathasu ya/J.\nnotpadayed yadi ratim\nsrama eva hi kevalam\n\"Duties\n\n[dharma] executed by men, regardless of occupation, are only\n\nso much useless labor if they do not provoke attraction for the message\nof the Supreme Lord.\" (Bhag. 1.2.8)\n\nIf after performing one's occupational duty very perfectly, one does\nnot make progress in Kr�l)a consciousness, it should be understood that he\nhas simply wasted his time in valueless labor.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0133": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1250\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\nTEXT4\n\n�\n\ni34t(¥((t ¥4iil'lwtl\n¥4iilt<tctq ¥lft1f'br.Jlq�: I\n� cft'U � -rt ���Wf��=i{� II \\111\n\nsayiina unnaddha-mado mahii-manii\nmahiirha-talpe mahi�i-bhujopadhiq\ntiim eva viro manute param yatas\ntamo-'bhibhuto na nijam param ca yat\nsayiinaq-lying down; unnaddha-madaq - increasingly illusioned; mahiima\n\nniiq\n\n-\n\nadvanced in consciousness; mahii-arha-talpe-on a valuable bed­\n\nstead; mahi�i- of the Queen; bhuja\n\ncertainly; viraq\n\n-\n\narms; upadhi�-pillow; tam-her; eva­\n\nthe hero; manute-he considered;param-the goal of life;\nyata�-from which; tama�-by ignorance; abhibhuta�- overwhelmed; nanot; nijam-his actual self; param- the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nca-and; yat- what.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, increasingly overwhelmed by illusion, King Puraiijana,\n\nalthough advanced in consciousness, remained always lying down with his\nhead on the pillow of his wife's arms. In this way he considered woman to\n\nbe his ultimate life and soul. Becoming thus overwhelmed by the mode of\nignorance, he could not understand the meaning of self-realization, of his\nself, or of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nP U RPORT\nHuman life is meant for self-realization. First of all one has to realize his\n\nown self, which is described in this verse as nijam. Then he has to understand\nor realize the Supersoul or Paramatma, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. However, when one becomes too much materially attached, he takes\na woman to be everything. This is the basic principle of material attachment. In such a condition, one cannot realize his own self or the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. In Srimad-Bhiigavatam it is therefore said: mahatseviim dviiram iihur vimuktes tamo-dviiram yo�itiim sarigi-sarigam (Bhiig.\n5.5.2). If one associates with mahiitmiis, or devotees, his path of liberation\n\n", "SB4.4#p0134": "Text 5]\n\nAttack by Car;uj.avega on the City of Purarijana\n\n1251\n\nis opened. But if one becomes too much attached to women or to persons\nwho are also attached to women-that is, attached to women directly or\nindirectly-he opens the tamo-dviiram, the door to the darkest region of\nhellish life.\nKing Puraiijana was a great soul, highly intellectual and possessed of\nadvanced consciousness, but due to his being too much addicted to women,\nhis whole consciousness was covered. In the modern age the consciousness\nof people is too much covered by wine, women and flesh. Consequently\npeople are completely unable to make any progress in self-realization. The\nfirst step of self-realization is to know oneself as spirit soul apart from the\nbody. In the second stage of self-realization one comes to know that every\nsoul, every individual living entity, is part and parcel of the Supreme Soul ,\nParamiitma, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gitii:\nmamaiviirnso jiva-loke\njiva-bhiital]. saniitanal].\nmana!]. �a§thiinindriyii1Ji\nprakrti-sthiini kar�ati\n\"The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal, fragmental\nparts. Due to conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the six\nsenses, which include the mind.\" (Bg. 15. 7)\n\nAll living entities are part and parcel of the Supreme Lord. Unfortunately\nin this present civilization both men and women are allowed to be attracted\nto one another from the very beginning of life, and because of this they are\ncompletely unable to come to the platform of self-realization. They do not\nknow that without self-realization they suffer the greatest loss in the human\nform of life. Thinking of a woman always within one's heart is tantamount\nto lying down with a woman on a valuable bedstead. The heart is the bedstead, and it is the most valuable bedstead. When a man thinks of women\nand money, he lies down and rests on the arms of his beloved woman or\nwife. In this way he overindulges in sex life and thus becomes unfit for\nself-realization.\nTEXTS\n\n�\n\nllhl'l*Mii�(l�H I\nt)UII�fitq � �Mrtii;d wR �: II � II\n��:UOI�\n\ntayaivani ramamii�]asya\nkiima-kasmala-ce tasal].\n\n", "SB4.4#p0135": "[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1252\n\nk�al}iirdham iva riijendra\nvyatikriintam navam vayal],\n\nof\n\ntayii-with her; evam-in this way; ramamii�Jasya-enjoying; kama-full\nlust;\n\nkasmala-sinful; cetasa�-his heart;\n\nk.sa�Ja-ardham-in\n\nhalf a\n\nmoment; iva-like; riija-indra-0 King; vyatikriintam-expired; navamnew; vaya�-life.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear King Pracinabarhi�at, in this way King Puraiijana, with his\nheart full of lust and sinful reactions, began to enjoy sex with his wife, and\nin this way his new life and youth expired in half a moment.\nPURPORT\n\nSrTia Govinda dasa Thakura has sung:\ne-dhana, yauvana, putra, parijana,\nithe ki ache parattti re\nkamala-dala-jala, jivana .talamala,\nbhaja hun hari-pada niti re\nIn this verse Srila Govinda dasa actually says that there is no bliss in the\n\nenjoyment of youthful life. In youth a person becomes very lusty to enjoy\n\nall kinds of sense objects. The sense objects are form, taste, smell, touch\n\nand sound. The modern scientific method, or advancement of scientific\n\ncivilization, encourages the enjoyment of these five senses. The younger\n\ngeneration is very pleased to see a beautiful form, to hear radio messages of\n\nmaterial news and sense gratificatory songs, to smell nice scents, nice flowers,\n\nand to touch the soft body or breasts of a young woman and gradually\n\ntouch the sex organs. All of this is also very pleasing to the animals; there­\n\nfore in human society there are restrictions in the enjoyment of the five\n\nsense objects. If one does not follow, he becomes exactly like an animal.\n\nThus in this verse it is specifically stated, kiima-kaimala-cetasal],: the\n\nconsciousness of King Puraiijana was polluted by lusty desires and sinful\n\nactivities. In the previous verse it is stated that Puraiijana, although ad­\n\nvanced in consciousness, lay down on a very soft bed with his wife. This\n\nindicates that he indulged too much in sex. The words navam vayal], are\nalso significant in this verse. They indicate the period of youth from age\nsixteen to thirty. These thirteen or fifteen years of life are years in which\none can very strongly enjoy the senses. When one comes to this age he\n\n", "SB4.4#p0136": "Text 5]\n\nAttack by Ca1,1�avega on the City of Purarijana\n\n1253\n\nthinks that life will go on and that he will simply continue enjoying his\nsenses, but \"time and tide wait for no man.\" The span of youth expires\nvery quickly. One who wastes his life simply by committing sinful activities\nin youth immediately becomes disappointed and disillusioned when the\nbrief period of youth is over. The material enjoyments of youth are\nespecially pleasing to a person who has no spiritual training. If one is\ntrained only according to the bodily conception of life, he simply leads a\ndisappointed life because bodily sense enjoyment finishes within forty\nyears or so. After forty years, one simply leads a disillusioned life because\nhe has no spiritual knowledge. For such a person, the expiration of youth\noccurs in half a moment. Thus King Puraiijana's pleasure, which he took in\nlying down with his wife, expired very quickly.\nKiima-kasmala-cetasah also indicates that unrestricted sense enjoyment is\nnot allowed in the human form of life by the laws of nature. If one enjoys\nhis senses unrestrictedly, he leads a sinful life. The animals do not violate\nthe laws of nature. For example, the sex impulse in animals is very strong\nduring certain months of the year. The lion is very powerful. He is a flesheater and is very strong, but he enjoys sex only once in a year. Similarly,\naccording to religious injunctions a man is restricted to enjoy sex only\nonce in a month, after the menstrual period of the wife, and if the wife is\npregnant, he is not allowed sex life at all. That is the law for human beings.\nA man is allowed to keep more than one wife because he cannot enjoy sex\nwhen the wife is pregnant. If he wants to enjoy sex at such a time, he may\ngo to another wife who is not pregnant. These are laws mentioned in the\nManu-samhitii and other scriptures.\nThese laws and scriptures are meant for human beings. As such, if one\nviolates these laws, he becomes sinful. The conclusion is that\n\nunrestricted\n\nsense enjoyment means sinful activities. Illicit sex is sex that violates the\nlaws given in the scriptures. When one violates the laws of the scriptures,\nor the Vedas, he commits sinful activities. One who is engaged in sinful\nactivities cannot change his consciousness. Our real function is to change\nour consciousness from kasmala, sinful consciousness, to Kr!?qa, the supreme\npure, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii: param brahma param dhiima pavitram\nparamam bhavan: \"You are the Supreme Brahman, the ultimate, the supreme abode and purifier.\" (Bg. 10 .12)\nKr!?Qa is the supreme pure, and if we change our consciousness from\nmaterial enjoyment to Kr&qa, we become purified. This is the process\nrecommended by Lord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu as the process of cetodarpa'}a-miirjanam, cleansing the mirror of the heart.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0137": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n1254\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\nTEXT 6\n\n6�1'151'1��1-t ���t �: I\n\n��� No�mrfts�•�·n( 11 � 11\ntasyiim ajanayat putriin\npuranjanyiim puranjana�\nsatiiny ekiidasa viriiq\niiyu�o 'rdham athatyagiit\n\ntasyiim-within her; ajanayat-he begot; putriin-sons; puranjanyiim-in\nPuraiijani; puranjana�- King Puraiijana; satiini- hundreds; ekiidasa- eleven;\n\nviriit-0 King; iiyu�a�-of life; ardham-half; atha- in this way; at yagat-he\npassed.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada then addressed King Pracinabarhi�at: 0 one whose\nlife span is great [virat], in this way King Puraiijana begot 1,100 sons\nwithin the womb of his wife Puraiijani. However, in this business he passed\naway half of his life span.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse there are several significant words, the first of which is\n\nekiidasa satiini. Puraiijana had begotten 1,100 sons within the womb of his\nwife, and thus passed away half of his life. Actually every man follows a\n\nsimilar process. If one lives for one hundred years at the utmost, in his\n\nfamily life he simply begets children up to the age of fifty. Unfortunately\n\nat the present moment people do not live even a hundred years; nonethe­\n\nless they beget children up to the age of sixty. Another point is that\nformerly people used to beget one hundred to two hundred sons and\ndaughters. As will be evident from the next verse, King Puraiijana not only\nbegot 1,100 sons but also llO daughters. At the present moment no one\ncan produce such huge quantities of children. Instead, mankind is very\nbusy checking the increase of population by contraceptive methods.\n\nWe do not find in Vedic literatures that they ever used contraceptive\n\nmethods, although they were begetting hundreds of children. Checking\npopulation by a contraceptive method is another sinful activity, but in this\nage of Kali people have become so sinful that they do not care for the\nresultant reactions of their sinful lives. King Puraiijana lay down with his\n\n", "SB4.4#p0138": "Attack by Car;u}.avega on the City of Puranjana\n\nText 7)\n\n1255\n\nwife Puraiijani and begot a large number of children, and there is no\nmention in these verses that he used contraceptive methods. According to\nthe Vedic scriptures the contraceptive method should be restraint in sex\nlife. It is not that one should indulge in unrestricted sex life and avoid\nchildren by using some method to check pregnancy. If a man is in good\nconsciousness, he consults with his religious wife, and as a result of this\nconsultation, with intelligence, one advances in his ability to estimate the\nvalue of life. In other words, if one is fortunate enough to have a good\nconscientious wife, he can decide by mutual consultation that human life\nis meant for advancing in Kr�l).a consciousness and not for begetting a large\n\nnumber of children. Children are called parirJiima, or by-products, and\nwhen one consults his good intelligence he can see that his by-products\nshould be the expansion of his Kr�l).a consciousness.\nTEXT 7\n\n�mw(��«•a\n\nfqt¥i'V4��: 1\n\n��1�,¢gunq�n: m;:q: �m u \\9 1 1\nduhitfr dasottara-satam\npitr-miitr-yasaskaril].\nSilaudiirya-gurJOpetal].\npauranjanyal), prajii-pate\n\nduh itfl].\n\n-\n\ndaughters; dasa-uttara-ten more than; satam-one hundred;\n\np it r-like the father; miitr\nbehavior; audarya\n\n-\n\n-\n\nand mother; yasaskartl].\n\n-\n\nglorified ; Stla-good\n\nmagnanimity; guf!a-good qualities; upetiil].\n\n-\n\npossessed\n\nof; pauranjanya l].-daughters of Puraii.jana; prajii-pate-0 Prajapati.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Prajapati, King Pracinabarhi�at, in this way King Puraiijana also begot\nno daughters. All of these were equally glorified like the father and\n\nmother. Their behavior was gentle, and they possessed magnanimity and\nother good qualities.\nPURPORT\nChildren begotten under the rules and regulations of the scriptures\ngenerally become as good as the father and mother, but children born\n\n", "SB4.4#p0139": "[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1256\n\nillegitimately mainly become var\"fla-sarikara. The var'la-sarikara population\n\nis irresponsible to the family, community and even to themselves. Formerly\n\nthe var\"fla-sarikara population was checked by the observation of the\nreformatory method called garbhiidhiina-samskiira, a child-begetting re­\n\nligious ceremony. In this verse we find that although King Puranjana had\nbegotten so many children, they were not var\"fla-sarikara. All of them were\n\ngood, well-behaved children, and they had good qualities like their father\nand mother.\n\nEven though we may produce many good children, our desire for sex\n\nthat is beyond the prescribed method is to be considered sinful. Too much\nenjoyment of any of the senses (not only sex) results in sinful activities.\nTherefore one has to become a sviimi or a gosviimi at the end of his life.\nOne\n\nmay\n\nbeget\n\nchildren up to the age of fifty, but after fifty,\n\none must stop begetting children and should accept the viinaprastha order.\nIn this way he must leave home and then become a sannyiisi. A sannyiisi's\n\ntitle is sviimi or gosviimi, which means that he completely refrains from\n\nsense enjoyment. One should not accept the sannyiisa order whimsically;\nhe must be fully confident that he can restrain his desires for sense gratification. King Puraiijana 's family life was, of course, very happy. As men­\n\ntioned in these verses, he begot 1,100 sons and 110 daughters. Everyone\ndesires to have more sons than daughters, and since the number of\ndaughters was less than the number of sons, it appears that King Puraiijana's\nfamily life was very comfortable and pleasing.\n\nTEXTS\n� �ilh?NM:\n\n�Tif. f'ffl:�fi44�oti{ I\n\nctit: 6�WU+tltt ��: ��: II (; II\nsa panciila-patil]. putriin\npitr-vamsa-vivardhaniin\ndiirail]. samyojayiim iisa\nduhittl]. sadrsair varail].\nsa�-he;\n\npancala-pat*-King\n\nof Pancala; put riin\n\n-\n\nsons; pitr-vamsa­\n\npaternal family; vivardhaniin-increasing; diiro*-with wives; samyojayam\n\niisa- married;\nhusbands.\n\nduhit[�- daughters;\n\nsadrsa*- qualified;\n\nvarai�- with\n\n", "SB4.4#p0140": "Text 9]\n\nAttack by Ca94avega on the City of Purarijana\n\n1257\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, King Puranjana, King of the Panciila country, in order to\nincrease the descendants of his paternal family, married his sons with\nqualified wives and married his daughters with qualified husbands.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic system, everyone\n\nshould marry.One has to\n\naccept a wife because a wife will produce children, and the children in\ntheir turn will offer foodstuffs and funeral ceremonies so that the forefathers, wherever they may live, will be made happy. The offering of\noblations in the name of Lord Vi�I).U is calledpi�qodaka, and it is necessary\nthat the descendants of a family offer pir;trJa to the forefathers.\nNot only was Puranj ana, the King of Paii.ciila, satisfied in his own sex\nlife, but he arranged for the sex life of his 1,100 sons and llO daughters.\nIn this way one can elevate an aristocratic family to the platform of a\ndynasty. It is significant in this verse that Puraiij ana got both sons and\ndaughters married. It is the duty of a father and mother to arrange for the\nmarriage of their sons and daughters. That is the obligation in Vedic\nsociety. Sons and daughters should not be allowed freedom to intermingle\nwith the opposite sex unless they are married. This Vedic social organization is very good in that it stops the promulgation of illicit sex life, or\n\nvar�a-sa�ikara, which appears under different names in this present day.\nUnfortunately in this age although the father and mother are anxious to\nget their children married, the children refuse to get married by the\narrangement of the parents. Consequently the number of var�a-salikara\nhas increased throughout the world under different names.\n\nTEXT9\n\n� �HN(�I I(\"� �6 �I\n� t(t(§t;i1 �: q� eil�: II � II\nputrii�iim ciibhavan putrii\nekaikasya satam satam\nyair vai pauraiijano vamsa�\npaiiciile�u samedhital],\n\n", "SB4.4#p0141": "1258\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 27\n\nputriiT]Jim-of the sons; ca-also; abhavan-were produced;putra�-sons;\neka-ekasya-of each one; satam-hundred;satam-hundred;yai�- by whom;\nvai-certainly; pauralijana�-of King Puraiijana; va ni sa�-family; paliciile�u\n-in the land of Paiicala; samedhita�-greatly increased.\nTRANSLATION\nOf these many sons, each produced hundreds and hundreds of grandsons.\n\nIn this way the whole city of Paiicala became overcrowded by these sons\n\nand grandsons of King Puraiijana.\n\nPURPORT\nWe must remember that Puraiijana is the living entity, and the city\n\nPaiicala is the body. The body is the field of activity for the living entity,\nas\n\nstated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii: k�etra-k�etrajlia (Bg. 13.27). There are two\n\nconstituents: one is the living entity (k�etra-jlia), and the other is thebody\n\nof the living entity (k�etra). Any living entity can know that he is covered\nby the body if he only contemplates the body a little bit. Just with a little\n\ncontemplation he can come to understand that the body is his possession.\n\nOne can understand this by practical experience and by the authority of\n\nthe siistras. In Bhagavad-gitii it is said: dehino 'smin yathii dehe (Bg. 2.13).\nThe proprietor of the body, the soul, is within the body. The body is taken\nas\n\nthe paliciila-desa, or the field of activities wherein the living entity can\n\nenjoy the senses in their relationship to the five sense objects-namely,\n\ngandha, rasa, riipa, sparsa and sabda-that is, sense objects made out of\nearth, water, fire, air and sky. Within this material world covered by the\n\nmaterial body of subtle and gross matter, every living entity creates actions\nand reactions, which are herein known allegorically as sons and grandsons.\nThere are two kinds of actions and reactions-namely, pious and impious.\n\nIn this way our material existence becomes coated by different actions and\nreactions. In this regard, Srila Narottama dasa Thakura states:\n\nkarma-kiif!cJa, jiiiina-kiif!cJa, kevala vi�era bhiif!qa,\namr:ta baliyii yebii khiiya\nniinii yoni sadii phire, kadarya bhak�af!a kare,\ntiira janma adhal}-piite yiiya\n\"Fruitive activities and mental speculation are simply cups of poison.\n\nWhoever drinks of them, thinking them to be nectar, must struggle very\n\nhard life after life, in different types of bodies. Such a person eats all kinds\n\n", "SB4.4#p0142": "Text 10]\n\nAttack by Cal}«}.avega on the City of Purarijana\n\n1259\n\nof nonsense and becomes condemned by his activities of so-called sense\nenjoyment.\"\nThus the field of action and reactions, by which one's descendants are\nincreased, begins with sex life. Puraiijana increased his whole family by\nbegetting sons who in their turn begot grandsons. Thus the living entity,\nbeing inclined toward sexual gratification, becomes involved in many\nhundreds and thousands of actions and reactions. In this way he remains\nwithin the material world simply for the purpose of sense gratification and\ntransmigrates from one body to another. His process of reproducing so\nmany sons and grandsons results in so-called societies, nations, communities\nand so on. All these communities, societies, dynasties and nations simply\nexpand from sex life. As stated by Prahliida Maharaja: yan maithuniidi\ngr:hamedhi-sukharh hi tuccham (Bhiig. 7.9.45). A gr:hamedhi is one who\nwants to remain within this material existence. This means that he wants\nto remain within this body or society and enjoy friendship, love and\ncommunity. His only enjoyment is in increasing the number of sex\nenjoyers. He enjoys sex and produces children, who in their turn marry\nand produce grandchildren. The grandchildren also marry and in their\nturn produce great-grandchildren. In this way the entire earth becomes\noverpopulated, and then suddenly there are reactions provoked by material\nnature in the form of war, famine, pestilence and earthquakes, etc. Thus\nthe entire population is again extinguished simply to be recreated. This\nprocess is explained in Bhagavad-gitii:\nbhuta-griimal]. sa eviiyarh\nbhutvii bhiitvii praliyate\nriitry-iigame 'vasal]. piirtha\nprabhavaty ahar-iigame\n\"Again and again the day comes, and this host of beings is active, and again\nthe night falls, 0 Pii.rtha, and they are helplessly dissolved.\" (Bg. 8.19)\nDue to a lack of Kp�I).a consciousness, all this creation and annihilation\n\nis going on under the name of human civilization. This cycle continues due\nto man's lack of knowledge of the soul and the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n\" ij�(l�! •Jffil\\na�! 1\nr..\"'..\n\n�\n\nf€4tAcq;q\"WRf II � II\no\n\n", "SB4.4#p0143": "1260\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\nte�u tad-riktha-hiire�u\ngr:ha-kosiinujivi�u\nniriit}hena mamatvena\nvi�aye�v anvabadhyata\nte�u-to them; tat-riktha-hare�u-the plunderers of his money; grhahome; kosa-treasury; anujiv4 u-to the followers; niru t}h e na-deep rooted;\n-\n\nmamatvena-by attachment; v4aye�u-to sense obj ects; anvabadhyatabecame bound.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThese sons and grandsons were virtually plunderers of King Puraiijana's\n\nriches, including his home, treasury, servants, secretaries and all other\nparaphernalia. Puraiijana's attachment for these things was very deeprooted.\nPU RPORT\nIn this verse the word riktha-hiire�u, meaning plunderers of wealth, is\nvery significant. One's sons, grandsons and other descendants are ultimately\nplunderers of one's accumulated wealth. There are many celebrated\nbusinessmen and industrialists who produce great wealth and are highly\npraised by the public, but all their money is ultimately plundered by\ntheir sons and grandsons. In India we have actually seen one industrialist,\nwho, like King Purailj ana, was very much sexually inclined and had a\nhalf dozen wives. Each of these wives had a separate establishment that\nnecessitated the expenditure of several thousands of rupees. When I was\nengaged in talking with him, I saw that he was very busy trying to secure\nmoney so that all his sons and daughters would get at least 500,000 rupees\neach. Thus such industrialists, businessmen or karmis are called mu<J.has\n\nin the siistras. They work very hard, accumulate money, and are satisfied\nto see that this money is plundered by their sons and grandsons. Such\npeople do not want to return their wealth to its actual owner. As stated\n\nin Bhagavad-gitii:\nbhoktiiram yajiia-tapasiim\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\nsuhrdam sarva-bhatiiniim\njiiiitvii miim siintim rcchati\n\"The sages, knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrifices and\nausterities, the Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods and the benefactor and well-wisher of all living entities, attain peace from the pangs of\nmaterial miseries.\" (Bg. 5.29)\n\n", "SB4.4#p0144": "Text 10]\n\nAttack by Car,u;J.avega on the City of Purarijana\n\n1261\n\nThe real proprietor of all wealth is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nHe is the actual enjoyer. So-called earners of money are those who simply\nknow tricks by which they can take away God's money under the guise\nof business and industry. After accumulating this money, they enjoy\nseeing it plundered by their sons and grandsons. This is the materialistic\nway of life. In materialistic life one is encaged within the body and deluded\nby false egoism. Thus one thinks, \"I am this body. I am a human being.\nI am an American. I am an Indian.\" This bodily conception is due to false\nego. Being deluded by false ego, one identifies himself with a certain\nfamily, nation or community. In this way one's attachment for the material\nworld grows deeper and deeper. Thus it becomes very difficult for the\nliving entity to extricate himself from his entanglement. Such people are\ngraphically described in the Sixteenth Chapter of Bhagavad-gWi in this way:\nidam adya mayii labdham\nimam priipsye manoratham\nidam astidam api me\nbhavi�yati punar dhanam\nasau mayii hata� satrur\nhani�ye ciipariin api\niSvaro 'ham aham bhogi\nsiddho 'ham balaviin sukht\niiflhyo 'bhijanavan asmi\nko 'nyo 'sti sadrso mayii\nyak�ye diisyiimi mod�ya\nity ajliiina-vimohitiil;t\n\"The demoniac person thinks: 'So much wealth do I have today, and I\nSo much is mine now, and it\nwill increase in the future, more and more. He is my enemy, and I have\nkilled him; and my other enemy will also be killed. I am the lord of everything, I am the enjoyer, I am perfect, powerful and happy. I am the\nrichest man, surrounded by aristocratic relatives. There is none so powerful\nand happy as I am. I shall perform sacrifices, I shall give some charity,\nand thus I shall rejoice.' In this way, such persons are deluded by\nignorance.\" (Bg. 16.13-15)\nIn this way people engage in various laborious activities, and their\nattachment for body, home, family, nation and community becomes more\nand more deep-rooted.\nwill gain more according to my schemes.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0145": "[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1262\n\nTEXT 11\n\n� � iti«f��: q;gql(�: I\n�f���q�'ltlwtl41il\ntm�ll� �II\n�\nije ca kratubhir ghorair\ndik�ita� pasu-miirakai�\ndeviin pitfn bhiita-patin\nniinii-kiimo yathii bhaviin\nije he worshiped; ca-also; kratubhi�-by sacrifices; gh orai �-ghastly ;\ndik�ita �-inspired; pasu-miirakai� wherein poor animals are killed; deviinthe demigods; pitfn forefathers; bh Uta-patin-great leaders of the human\nsociety; niinii-various; kiima�- having desires; yathii like; bhaviin- you.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada continued: My dear King Pracinabarhi�at, like\nyou King Puraiijana also became implicated in so many desires. Thus he\nworshiped demigods, forefathers and social leaders with various sacrifices,\nwhich were all very ghastly because they were inspired by the desire to\n\nkill animals.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the great sage Narada discloses that the character of\nPuraiijana was being described to give lessons to King Priicinabarhi�at.\nActually the entire description was figuratively describing the activities of\nKing\n\nPriicinabarhiliJat. In\n\nthis\n\nverse\n\nNiirada\n\nfrankly says \"like you\"\n\n(yathii bhaviin ), which indicates that King Puraiijana is none other\nthan King Priicinabarhi�at himself. Being a great V ai�l}ava, Niirada\nMuni wanted\n\nto\n\nstop animal\n\nkilling in sacrifices. He knew that if\n\nhe tried to stop the King from performing sacrifices, the King would not\nhear him. Therefore he is describing the life of Purafijana. But in this\nverse he first discloses the intention, although not fully, by saying \"like\nyou.\" Generally the karmis, who are attached to increasing descendants,\nhave to perform so many sacrifices and worship so many demigods for\nfuture generations, as well as to satisfy so many leaders, politicians,\nphilosophers and scientists to make things go on properly for future\ngenerations.\n\nThe so-called scientists are very eager to see that future\n\ngenerations will live very comfortably, and as such they are trying to find\n\n", "SB4.4#p0146": "Text ll]\n\nAttack by Cat}-4avega on the City of Purarijana\n\n1263\n\ndifferent means of generating energy to drive locomotives, cars, airplanes\nand so on. Now they are exhausting the petroleum supply. These activities\nare described in the Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nvyavasiiyiitmikii buddhir\nekeha kuru-nandana\nbahu-siikhii hy anantiis ca\nbuddhayo 'vyavasayiniim\n\"Those who are on this path are resolute in purpose, and their aim is one.\n\n0 beloved child of the Kurus, the intelligence of those who are irresolute\nis many-branched.\" (Bg. 2.41)\nActually those who are in knowledge of everything are determined to\n\nexecute K:r�r:ta consciousness, but those who are rascals (muqhii� ), sinners\n\n(du.skrtina�) and the lowest of mankind (nariidhamii� ), who are bereft of\n(miiyayiipah,rta-jniinii�) and who take shelter of the\ndemoniac way of life (iisuram bhiivam iisritiil}, ), are disinterested in Kt�r:ta\n\nall intelligence\n\nconsciousness. As such they become implicated and take on so many\nactivities. Most of these activities center around the killing of animals.\nModern civilization is centered around animal killing. Karmis are advertising\n\nthat without eating meat, their vitamin value or vitality will be reduced;\nso to keep oneself fit to work hard, one must eat meat, and to digest\nmeat, one must drink liquor, and to keep the balance of drinking wine and\neating meat, one must have sufficient sexual intercourse to keep fit to\nwork very hard tike an ass.\nThere are two ways of animal killing. One way is in the name of\nreligious sacrifices. All the religions of the world-except the Buddhistshave a program for killing animals in places of worship. According to\nVedic civilization, the animal-eaters are recommended to sacrifice a goat\nin the temple of goddess Kiili under certain restrictive rules and regulations\nand eat the flesh. Similarly, they are recommended to drink wine by worshiping the goddess Ca�;u;lika. The purpose is restriction. People have given\nup all this restriction. Now they are regularly opening wine distilleries\nand slaughterhouses and indulging in drinking alcohol and eating flesh. A\nVai�l).ava iiciirya like Narada Muni knows very well that persons engaged\n\nin such animal killing in the name of religion are certainly becoming\ninvolved in the cycle of birth and death, forgetting the real aim of life: to\ngo home, back to Godhead.\n\nThus the great sage Narada, while instructing Srimad-Bhiigavatam to\n\nVyasa Muni, condemned the karma-kiir:uJa (fruitive) activities mentioned\n\nin the Vedas. Narada told Vyasa:\n\n", "SB4.4#p0147": "1264\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\njugupsitam dharma-kr:te 'nusiisata�\nsva-bhiiva-raktasya mahiin vyatikrama�\nyad-viikyato dharma ititara� sthito\nna manyate tasya niviiraT}am jana�\n\"The people in general are naturally inclined to enjoy, and you have\n\nencouraged them in that way in the name of religion. This is verily con­\n\ndemned and is quite unreasonable. Because they are guided under your\n\ninstructions, they will accept such activities in the name of religion and\nwill hardly care for prohibitions.\" (Bhiig. 1.5.15)\n\nSrila Narada Muni chastised Vyasadeva for compiling so many Vedic\n\nsupplementary scriptures, which are all intended for guiding the people in\n\ngeneral. Narada Muni condemned these scriptures because they do not\n\nmention direct devotional service. Under Niirada's instructions, direct\nworship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as described in the\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, was set forth by Vyasadeva. The conclusion is that\n\nneither the Supreme Personality of Godhead Vi�QU nor His devotee ever\nsanctions animal killing in the name of religion. Indeed, Kt�qa incarnated\n\nHimself as Lord Buddha to put an end to animal killing in the name of\n\nreligion. Animal sacrifice under the name of religion is conducted by the\n\ninfluence of\n\ntamo-guiJa (the mode of ignorance), as indicated in the\n\nEighteenth Chapter of Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nyayii dharmam adharmam ca\nkiiryam ciikiiryam eva ca\nayathiivat prajiiniiti\nbuddh* sii piirtha riijasi\nadharmam dharmam iti yii\nmanyate tamasiivrtii\nsarviirthiin viparitiims ca\nbuddh* sii piirtha tiimasi\n\"And that understanding which cannot distinguish between the religious\n\nway of life and the irreligious, between action that should be done and\n\naction that should not be done-that imperfect understanding, 0 son of\nPttha, is in the mode of passion. That understanding which considers\nirreligion to be religion and religion to be irreligion, under the spell of\n\nillusion and darkness, and strives always in the wrong direction, 0 Partha,\n\nis in the mode of ignorance.\" (Bg. 18.31-32)\n\n", "SB4.4#p0148": "Text 12]\n\n1265\n\nAttack by Cal}cJavega on the City of Purarijana\n\nThose who are involved in the mode of ignorance manufacture religious\nsystems for killing animals. Actually dharma is transcendental. As Lord\nSri Kr�J).a teaches, we must give up all other systems of religion and simply\nsurrender unto Him (sarva-dharmiin parityajya). Thus the Lord and His\ndevotees and representatives teach the transcendental dharma, which does\nnot allow animal killing at all. At the present moment it is the greatest\nmisfortune that in India many so-called missionary workers are spreading\nirreligion in the name of religion. They claim an ordinary human being to\nbe God and recommend meat-eating for everyone, including so-called\n\nsannyiisis.\nTEXT 12\n\n��4 !f� tii.,.it'fi��u 1\n31�����S�*'I:fil*'l�f't�i'(l ����\nyukte�v evani pramattasya\nku tum biisakta-ce tasal),\niisasiida sa vai kiilo\nyo 'priyal), priya-yo�itam\nyukte�u-to\n\nbeneficial\n\ninattentive; ku t umba\n\n-\n\nactivities;\n\nevam- thu s;\n\npramattasya-being\n\nto kith and kin; asakta-attached; cetasa �- con­\n\nsciousness; asasada-arrived; sa[l that; vai-certainly; ka la[l\n-\n\n-\n\ntime; ya[l­\n\nwhich; apriya[l-not very pleasing; priya-yo�itam-for persons attached to\nwomen.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus King Puraiijana, being attached to fruitive activities [karmakfu,lcJiya J as well as kith and kin, and being obsessed with polluted consciousness, eventually arrived at that point not very much liked by those\nwho are overly attached to material things.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the words priya-yo�itiim and apriyal), are very significant.\nThe word yo�it means woman, and priya means dear or pleasing. Death\nis not very much welcome for those who are too much attached to\nmaterial enjoyment, which culminates in sex. There is an instructive story\nin this connection. Once when a saintly person was passing on his way, he\nmet a prince, the son of a king, and he blessed him, saying, \"My dear\n\n", "SB4.4#p0149": "1266\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\nprince, may you live forever.\" The sage next met a saintly person, and he\nsaid to him, \"You may either live or die.\" Eventually the sage met a\nbrahmaciin devotee, and he blessed him, saying, \"My dear devotee, you\nmay die immediately.\" Finally the sage met a hunter, and he blessed him,\nsaying, \"Neither live nor die.\" The point is that those who are very sensual\nand are engaged in sense gratification do not wish to die. Generally a\nprince has enough money to enjoy his senses; therefore the great sage said\nthat he should live forever, for as long as he lived he could enjoy life, but\nafter his death he would go to hell. Since the brahmaciiri devotee was\nleading a life of severe austerities and penances in order to be promoted\nback to Godhead, the sage said that he should die immediately so that\nhe need not continue to labor hard and could instead go back home, back\nto Godhead. A saintly person may either live or die, for during his life he\nis engaged in serving the Lord, and after his death he also serves the Lord.\nThus this life and the next are the same for a saintly devotee, for in both\nhe serves the Lord. Since the hunter lives a very ghastly life due to killing\nanimals, and since he will go to hell when he dies, he is advised to neither\nlive nor die.\nKing Puraiijana finally arrived at the point of old age. In old age the\nsenses lose their strength, and although an old man desires to enjoy his\nsenses and especially sex life, he is very miserable because his instruments\nof enjoyment no longer function. Such sensualists are never prepared for\ndeath. They simply want to live on and on and extend their life by so-called\nscientific advancement. Some foolish Russian scientists also claim that\nthey are going to make man immortal through scientific advancement.\nUnder the leadership of such crazy fellows, civilization is going on. Cruel\ndeath, however, comes and takes all of them a way despite their desire to\n\nlive forever. This type of mentality was exhibited by Hirat;�yakasipu, but\n\nwhen the time was ripe, the Lord personally killed him within a second.\n\nTEXT 13\n\nlii4%�· � � f1 '4if4iNqRt;fq I\n..\n\n� �: tte��(fdijst�¥( ������\ncarJqa-vega iti khyiito\ngandharvadhipatir nrpa\ngandharviis tasya balinal],\n�a�ty-uttara-sata-trayam\n\n", "SB4.4#p0150": "Text 14)\n\nAttack by Cal}4avega on the City of Purarijana\n\n1267\n\n-\n\nca lJ-cJ.a ve ga�- Cai).c)avega; iti-thus; khyiita�-celebrated; gandharvabelonging to the Gandharvaloka;adhipati�-king; nr:pa-0 King;gandharv ii�\n-other Gandharvas; tasya- his; ba lina � - very powerful soldiers; ,5a�ti­\n\n-\n\nsixty; utta ra- surpassing; s'ata- hundred; t ra yam three.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King! In Gandharvaloka there is a king named Cat;tc)avega. Under\nhim there are 360 very powerful Gandharva soldiers.\nPURPORT\n\nTime is figuratively described here as Cat;tQ.avega. Since time and tide\nwait for no man, time is herein called Cat;tQ.avega, which means \"very\nswiftly passing away.\" As time passes, it is calculated in terms of years.\nOne year contains 360 days, and the soldiers of CaJ)Q.avega herein\nmentioned represent these days. Time passes swiftly; Cat;tQ.avega 's powerful\nsoldiers of Gandharvaloka very swiftly carry away all the days of our life.\nAB the sun rises and sets, it snatches away the balance of our life span.\nThus as each day passes, each one of us loses some of life's duration. It is\ntherefore said that the duration of one's life cannot be saved. But if one\nis engaged in devotional service, his time cannot be taken away by the\nsun. As stated in Snmad-Bhiigavatam: iiyur harati vai pumsiim udyann\n\nastam ca yann asau (Bhiig. 2.3.17). The conclusion is that if one wants to\nmake himself immortal, he should give up sense gratification. By engaging\noneself in devotional service, one can gradually enter into the eternal\nkingdom of God.\nMirages and other illusory things are sometimes called Gandharvas. Our\nlosing our life span is taken as advancement of age. This imperceptible\npassing away of the days of life is figuratively referred to in this verse as\nGandharvas. As explained in later verses, such Gandharvas are both male\nand female. This indicates that both men and women lose their life span\nimperceptibly by the force of time, which is herein described as CaJ)Q.avega.\nTEXT 14\n\n�-4�.,� ��� m�: 1\nqR'rtl � (tt.I¥4NPtf4<1¥{ II� \\?II\ngandharvyas tiidr:sir asya\nmaithunyas ca sitiisitii�\n\n", "SB4.4#p0151": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1268\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\npariVT:ttyii vilumpanti\nsarva-kiima-vinirmitiim\ngandharvya�- G andhar vis;\n\ntiidrsi�-similarly;\n\nasya-of\n\nCal}qavega;\n\nmaith u nya�-companions for sexual intercourse; ca-also; sita-white ;\nasitii�\n\n-\n\nblack; parivrttyii-by\n\nsurrounding; vilumpanti-they plundered;\n\nsarva-kiima-all kinds of desirable objects; vinirmitiim-manufactured.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlong with Cal}.�avega were as many female Gandharv'is as there were\nsoldiers, and all of them repetitively plundered all the paraphernalia for\n\nsense enjoyment.\n\nPURPORT\nThe days have been compared to the soldiers of Car:t<;lavega. Night is\ngenerally a time for sex enjoyment. Days are considered to be white, and\nnights are considered to be black, or, from another point of view, there\nare two kinds of nights-black nights and white nights. All these days and\nnights combine to pass away our span of life and everything we manufacture for sense gratification. Material activity means manufacturing\nthings for sense gratification. Scientists are conducting research to find\nout how we can satisfy our senses more and more elaborately. In this\nKali-yuga, the demoniac mentality is employed in manufacturing various\nmachines to facilitate the process of sense gratification. There are so many\nmachines for ordinary household activities. There are machines for washing\ndishes, cleansing the floor, shaving, clipping hair-today everything is done\nby machine. All these facilities for sense gratification are described in this\nverse as sarva-kiima-vinirmitam. The time factor, however, is so strong that\nnot only is our span of life being expended, but all the machines and\nfacilities for sense gratification are deteriorating. Therefore in this verse\nthe word vilumpanti (plundering) is used. Everything is being plundered\nfrom the very beginning of our lives.\nThis plundering of our possessions and life span begins with the day of\nour birth. One day will come when death will finish everything, and the\nliving entity will have to enter another body to begin another chapter of\nlife and again begin the cycle of material sense gratification. Prahlada\nMaharaja\n(Bhag.\n\ndescribes\n\nthis\n\nprocess as puna�\n\npunas carvita-carva1Jiiniim\n\n7 .5.30). Materialistic life means chewing the chewed again and\n\nagain. The central point of material life is sense gratification. In different\ntypes of bodies, the living entity enjoys various senses, and through\n\n", "SB4.4#p0152": "Text 16]\n\n1269\n\nAttack by Car�uJavega on the City of Purarijana\n\ncreating various types of facilities, he chews the chewed. Whether we\nsqueeze sugar out of the sugar cane with our teeth or a machine, the\nresult is the same-sugar cane juice. We may discover many ways to\nsqueeze the juice out of the sugar cane, but the result is the same.\nTEXT 15\n\nij- �o;g�·��� u:\n\n��\n\n�\n\n���I\n3Rm�SII$IIO II� �II\n\nte caT}qa-veganucarii�\npurarijana-purani yadii\nhartum iirebhire tatra\npratya�edhat prajagaral),\n\nl]\n\nte-all of them; ca1J.4a-vega-of Cal).«;lavega; anucara -foll owers ;purarijana\n\npuram city ; yada- when ; hartum-to plunder;\niirebhire beg an ; tatra- there ; pratya�edhat defe nded ; prajagara l] the big\n-of\n\nKing Puraiijana;\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nserpent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen King Gandharva-raja [ Cal).\"avega] and his followers began to\nplunder the city of Puraiijana, a snake with five hoods began to defend\nthe city.\nPURPORT\nWhen one is sleeping, the life air remains active in different dreams.\nThe five hoods of the snake indicate that the life air is surrounded by five\nkinds of air known as priir,ta, apana, vyiina, udiina and samiina. When the\nbody is inactive, the priir,ta, or the life air, is active. Up to the age of fifty\none can actively work for sense gratification, hut after the fiftieth year\none's energy decreases, although one can with great strain work for two or\nthree more years-perhaps up to the fifty-fifth year. Thus the fifty-fifth\nyear is generally taken by government regulations as the final year for re­\n\ntirement. The energy, which is fatigued after fifty years, is figuratively\ndescribed herein as a serpent with five hoods.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�:������:t\ng($91�� � tRtT ������\n�\n\n", "SB4.4#p0153": "1270\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nsa saptabhi� satair eko\nvinisatya ca satani sama�\npuraiijana-puradhyak.�o\ngandharvair yuyudhe bali\nsal]- he; saptabhil]-with seven; sataiq - hundr ed; eka�- alone; vinisatyawith twenty; ca- also; satam - hundred; s ama q -years; puraiijana-of King\nPuraiijana; pura-adhyak�a q - su pe rintendent of the city; gandharvail),- with\nthe Gandharvas; yu yudhe- fought; b alf- very valiant.\nTRANSLATION\nThe five-hooded serpent, the superintendent and protector of the city\n\nof King Puraiijana, fought with the Gandharvas for one hundred years. He\n\nfought alone, with all of them, although they numbered 720.\nPURPORT\n\nThe 360 days and 360 nights combine to become the 720 soldiers of\nCar;u_lavega (time). One has to fight these soldiers throughout one's lifespan,\nbeginning with birth and ending with death. This fight is called the struggle\nfor existence. Despite this struggle, however, the living entity does not die.\n\nAs confirmed in Bhagavad-gita, the living entity is eternal:\n\nna jayate mriyate va kadacin\nnayani bhiitva bhavita va na bhuyal;t\najo nityaf:t sasvato 'yani purar;o\nna hanyate hanyamane sarire\n\"For the soul there is never birth nor death. Nor, having once been, does he\never cease to be. He is unborn, eternal, ever-existing, undying and primeval.\nHe is not slain when the body is slain.\" (Bg. 2.20) Actually the living entity\ndoes not take birth nor does he die, but he has to fight with the stringent\nlaws of material nature throughout the entire span of his lifetime. He must\nalso face different kinds of miserable conditions. Despite all this, the living\nentity, due to illusion, thinks that he is well situated in sense gratification.\nTEXT 17\n\n·� (.q(1+41 l{ i(ttiM\\ � I\n� qti �·n•uJ: ('COW'll 'iR: 11�\"\"\n..\n\n..\n\n", "SB4.4#p0154": "Text 17]\n\nAttack by Cat;t�avega on the City of Puraiijana\n\n1271\n\nk�iyam'ii7Je sva-sambandhe\nekasmin bahubhir yudh'ii\ncintani parani jagamarta�\n\nsa-ra�tra-pu ra-bandhava�\n\nk�iyam'iil}e-when he became weak; sva-sambandhe-his intimate friend;\n\nekasmin-alone; bahubhi�-with many warriors;yudha-by battle; cintamanxiety; pariim-very great; jagama-obtained; arta�-being aggrieved; sa­\n\nalong with; ra�tra-of the kingdom; pura-of the city;bandhavary,-friends\n\nand relatives.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause he had to fight alone with so many soldiers, all of whom were\n\ngreat warriors, the serpent with five hoods became very weak. Seeing that\n\nhis most intimate friend was weakening, King Puranjana and his friends\n\nand citizens living within the city all became very anxious.\nPURPORT\n\nThe living entity resides within the body and struggles for existence with\n\nthe limbs of the body, which are referred to here as citizens and friends.\n\nOne can struggle alone with many soldiers for some time, but not for all\n\ntime. The living entity within the body can struggle up to the limit of a\n\nhundred years with good luck, but after that it is not possible to prolong\nthe struggle. Thus the living entity submits and falls victim. In this regard,\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura has sung: vr;ddha kala aola saba sukha bhagala.\n\nWhen one becomes old, it becomes impossible to enjoy material happiness.\n\nGenerally people think that religion and piety come at the end of life, and\n\nat this time one generally becomes meditative and takes to some so-called\nyogic process to relax in the name of meditation. Meditation, however, is\n\nsimply a farce for those who have enjoyed life in sense gratification. As\n\ndescribed in the Sixth Chapter of Bhagavad-gUii, meditation (dhyiina,\n\ndhiirar;tii) is a difficult subject matter that one has to learn from his very\n\nyouth. To meditate, one must restrain himself from all kinds of sense\n\ngratification. Unfortunately, meditation has now become a fashion for\n\nthose who are overly addicted to sensual things. Such meditation is defeated\nby the struggle for existence. Sometimes such meditative processes pass for\n\ntranscendental meditation. King Puraiijana, the living entity, being thus\n\nvictimized by the hard struggle for existence, took to transcendental\n\nmeditation with his friends and relatives.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0155": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1272\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\nTEXT 18\n\n� �\n\n� �� �qati�: 1\n\nmRi il� m .;t�it ..I�C::'A�I( II t �II\nsa eva puryiim madhu-bhuk\npaiiciile�u sva-piir�adai�\nupanitam balim g�hr,tan\nstri-jito niividad bhayam\nsa l].\n\n-\n\nhe; eva-certainly; puryiim- within the city; madhu bhuk-enjoying\n-\n\nsex life; pm i cale �u-in the kingdom of Paricala (five sense objects); sva­\n\npar� adail]. - al ong with his followers; upanitam-brought; balim tax es;\ngrh1J. an- accepting; stri jita � c onquered by women; na-did not; avidatunderstand; bhayam-fear of death.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Puraiijana collected taxes in the city known as Panciila and thus\nwas able to engage in sexual indulgence. Being completely under the control\nof women, he could not understand that his life was passing away and\nthat he was reaching the point of death.\n\nPURPORT\nGovernment men-including kings, presidents, secretaries and ministersare in a position to utilize taxes collected from the citizens for sense\n\ngratification. It is stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam that in this Kali-yuga\ngovernment men (riijanyas) and those connected with the government, as\nwell as exalted government ministers, secretaries and presidents, will all\nsimply collect taxes for sense gratification. The government is top-heavy,\nand without increasing taxes the government cannot maintain itself. When\ntaxes are collected, they are utilized for the sense gratification of the governmental officials. Such irresponsible politicians forget that there is a time\nwhen death will come to take away all their sense gratification. Some of\nthem are convinced that after life everything is finished. This atheistic\ntheory was conceived long ago by a philosopher called Ciirviika. Ciirvaka\nrecommended that man should live very opulently by either begging ,\nborrowing or stealing. He also maintained that one should not be afraid\nof death, the next life, the past life, or an impious life because after the\nbody is burned to ashes, everything is finished. This is the philosophy of\n\n", "SB4.4#p0156": "Text 20)\n\n1273\n\nAttack by Ca�u;J.avega on the City of Puraiijana\n\nthose who are too much materially addicted. Such philosophizing will not\nsave one from the danger of death, nor will it save one from an abominable\nafterlife.\nTEXT 19\n\n���f.l1Jl4if iif(flt� I\nq�;ffl WI il�i Sl€44wt�P�*R II� �II\nkiilasya duhitii kiicit\ntri-lokim varam icchati\nparyatanti na barhi�man\npratyanandata kaicana\nkiilasya-of the formidable T ime; duhitii-the daughter; kiicit-someone;\ntri-lokim-within the three worlds; varam-husband; icchati desirihg;\n-\n\nparyatanti-traveling all over the universe; na-never; barhi�man-0 King\nPracinabarhi1;3at; pratyanandata\n\n-\n\naccepted her proposal; kascana\n\n-\n\nany one.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Pracinabarhi�at, at this time the daughter of formidable\nTime was seeking her husband throughout the three worlds. Although no\none agreed to accept her, she came.\n\nPURPORT\nIn due course of time, when the body becomes old and practically invalid,\nit is called jarii, subject to the sufferings of old age. There are four basic\nkinds of suffering-birth, old age, disease and death. No scientist or philosopher has ever been able to make a solution of these four miserable\nconditions. The invalidity of old age known as jarii is figuratively explained\nhere as the daughter of Time. No one likes her, but she is very much anxious\nto accept anyone as her husband. No one likes to become old and invalid,\nbut this is inevitable for everyone.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n��htt;�wtl€¥\\.0 � �ffl � m t\nm � � Q ®1�1�\\(% � ll�o-11\n\n", "SB4.4#p0157": "1274\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\ndaurbhiigyeniitmano lake\nvisrutii durbhageti sii\nyii tu�tii riijar�aye tu\n\nv r:tiidiit purave v ara m\n\ndaurbhiigyena-on account of misfortune; iitmana�-of herself; loke-in\nthe world; visrutii-celebrated; durbhagii-most unfortunate; iti-thus; sa­\n\nshe; yii-who; tu�fii-being satisfied; riija-naye-unto the great king; tubut; vrta-being accepted; adat-delivered; purave-unto King Piiru;\n\nvaram-benediction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe daughter of Time [jara] was very unfortunate. Consequently she\n\nwas known as durbhaga [ill-fated]. However, she was once pleased with a\ngreat king, and because the king accepted her, she granted him a great\nbenediction.\nPURPORT\n\nAs Bhaktivinoda Thakura sings: saba sukha bhiigala. AU kinds of\n\nhappiness disappear in old age. Consequently no one likes old age, or jarii.\n\nThus jara, as the daughter of Time, is known as a most unfortunate daughter.\nShe was, however, at one time accepted by a great king, Y ayati. Y ayati\n\nwas cursed by his father-in-law Sukracarya to accept her. When Sukracarya's\ndaughter was married to King Y ayiiti, one of her friends named Sarmi�tha\n\nwent with her. Later King Y ayiiti became very much attached to Sarmi�thii,\nand Sukriiciirya's daughter complained to her father. Consequently\nSukriiciirya cursed King Y ayiiti to become prematurely old. King Y ayiiti\nhad five youthful sons, and he begged all his sons to exchange their youth\nfor his old age. No one agreed except the youngest son, whose name was\nPiiru. Upon accepting Yayiiti 's old age, Puru was given the kingdom. It\nis said that two of Y ayiiti 's other sons, being disobedient to their father,\nwere given kingdoms outside of India, most probably Turkey and Greece.\nThe purport is that one can accumulate wealth and all kinds of material\nopulences, but during old age one cannot enjoy them. Although Puru\nattained his father's kingdom, he could not enjoy all the opulence because\nhe had sacrificed his youth. One should not wait for old age in order to\nbecome Kr�l').a conscious. Due to the invalidity of old age, one cannot make\nprogress in Kr�l').a consciousness, however opulent he may be materially.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0158": "Text 22]\n\nAttack by Car,u.J.avega on the City of Purarijana\n\n1275\n\nTEXT 21\n\n€6G>IR((I!q-r;n m illlel€6l..q(i rr� I\n�� � 'It ij �'T €61¥4'41((c:u II�� II\nkadiicid atamiinii sii\nbrahma-lokiin mahim gatam\nvavre br:had-vratarh miim tu\njiinati kiima-mohitii\nkadacit-once upon a time ; atamanii-traveling ; sa-she; brahma-lokatfrom the Brahmaloka, the highest planet; mahim-on the earth ; gatamhaving come; vavre-she proposed; b rhat- vratam- avowed brahmaciirl.; mam\n-unto me; tu-then; janati-knowing; kama-mohitii -being illusioned by lust.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen I once came to this earth from Brahmaloka, the highest planetary\nsystem, the daughter of Time, wandering over the universe, met me.\nKnowing me to be an avowed brahmacari, she became lusty and proposed\nthat I accept her.\nPURPORT\nThe great sage Narada Muni was a nai§thika-brahmaciirt-that is, he\nnever had sex life. He was consequently an ever-green youth. Old age,\n\njarii, could not attack him. The invalidity of old age can overcome an\nordinary man, but Narada Muni was different. Taking Narada Muni to be\nan ordinary man, the daughter of Time confronted him with her lusty\ndesire. It requires\n\ngreat strength to resist a woman's attraction. It is\n\ndifficult for old men, and what to speak of young. Those who live as\n\nbrahmaclirts must follow in the footsteps of the great sage Narada Muni,\nwho never accepted the proposals of jarii. Those who are too much\nsexually addicted become victims of jarii, and very soon their life span is\nshortened. Without utilizing the human form of life for Kr��a consciousness the victims of jarii die very soon in this world.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n� � ��\\1¥4G>1�01if �:� I\n�a �� 'IW,snf4f!(tit � ������\n..\n\n", "SB4.4#p0159": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1276\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\nmayi sanirabhya vipulamadac chiipani sudu}].saham\nsthatum arhasi naikatra\nmad-yiicrii-vimukho mune\nmayi-unto me; sanirabhya-having become angry; vipula-unlimited;\nmadiit-out of illusion; siipam-curse ; su-du}].saham-unbearable ; sthatum\narhasi-you may remain; na-never; ekatra-in one place; mat-my; yacriiirequest; vimukha�-having refused; mune-0 great sage.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada continued: When I refused to accept her request,\nshe became very angry at me and cursed me severely. Because I refused her\nrequest, she said that I would not be able to stay in one place for a long\ntime.\nPURPORT\nThe great sage Narada Muni has a spiritual body; therefore old age,\ndisease, birth and death do not affect him. Narada is the most kind devotee\nof the Supreme Lord, and his only business is to travel all over the universe\nand preach God consciousness. In other words, his business is to make\neveryone a V ai�!J.ava. Under the circumstances, there is ordinarily no need\nfor him to stay in one place for more than the time he requires to preach.\nSince by his own free will he is already traveling all over the universe, the\ncurse of the Kalakanya is described as fortunate. Like Narada Muni, many\nother devotees of the Lord are engaged in preaching the glories of the\nLord in different places and in different universes. Such personalities are\nbeyond the jurisdiction o material laws.\n\nf\n\nTEXT 23\n\nmit N®�ti!�tt �� ��I\n'P{t�� � iflm � td'ij1{_ II�� II\ntato vihata-smikalpii\nkanyakii yavanesvaram\nmayopad4tam iisadya\nvavre niimnii bhayani patim\n\n", "SB4.4#p0160": "Text 24)\n\nAttack by Cal}c}avega on the City of Puraiijana\n\n1277\n\ntata�- thereafter; vihata-smikalpii-being disappointed in her determination; kanyakii-the daughter of Time; yavana-tsvaram-unto the king of the\nuntouchables; mayii\n\nu pa\n\ndi� tam indicated by me; iisadya- having ap-\n\nproached; vavre-accepted; niimnii-of the name; bhayam-fear; patim-as\nher husband.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMter she was thus disappointed by me, with my permission she approached the King of the Yavanas, whose name was Bhaya, or fear, and\nshe accepted him as her husband.\nPURPORT\nBeing the most perfect V ai�p.ava, Sri Niirada Muni is always willing to\ndo good to others, even to one who curses him. Although Kiilakanyii., the\ndaughter of Time, was refused by Narada Muni, she was given a shelter.\nOf course no one could give her shelter, but a V ai�p.ava gives shelter\nsomewhere to such an unfortunate girl. When jarii, or old age, attacks,\neveryone dwindles and deteriorates. In one stroke Niirada Muni gave\nshelter to Kiilakanyii and counterattacked the ordinary karmts. If one\naccepts the instructions of Niirada Muni, the ocean of fear (bhaya) can be\nvery quickly removed by the grace of that great V ai�rava.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n� t�ii4wlwi m � q')�ftijd qfij� 1\n\n�����t�Wf�II�YII\nr;�abhani yavaniiniini tviini\nvr:11e virepsitani patim\nsaTikalpas tvayi bhiitiiniini\nkrta� kila na r4yati\n\nr:�abham-the best; yavaniiniim-of the untouchables; tvam- you ; vrl]e-\n\n1 accept; vira-0 great hero; ipsitam-desired; patim-husband; saTikalpa�the determination; tvayi-unto you; bhiltcmiim-of all living entities; k_rta�if done; kila-certainly; na\n\n-\n\nnever; ri_syati-becomes baffled.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0161": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1278\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\nTRANSLATION\nApproaching the King of the Yavanas, Kalakanya addressed him as a\n\ngreat hero, sa ying :\n\nMy dear sir, you are the best of the untouchables. I am\n\nin love with you, and I want you as my husband. I know that no one is\nbaffled if he makes friends with you.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe words yavaniiniim r§abham refer to the King of the Yavanas. The\nSanskrit words yavana and mleccha apply to those who do not follow the\nVedic principles. According to the Vedic principles, one should rise early\nin the morning, take bath, chant Hare 1\\r�p.a, offer marigala-iirati to the\nDeities, study Vedic literature, take prasiida, and engage in dressing and\ndecorating the Deities. One must also collect money for the temple\nexpenditures, or if one is a householder he must go to work in accordance\nwith the prescribed duties of a briihmar;w, k§atriya, vaisya or sudra. In this\nway one should live a life of spiritual understanding, and this is the Vedic\nway of civilization. One who does not follow all these rules and regulations\nis called a yavana or mleccha. One should not mistakenly think that these\nwords refer to certain classes of men in other countries. There is no\nquestion of limitation according to nationalism. Whether one lives in\nIndia or outside of India, he is called a yavana or mleccha if he does not\nfollow the Vedic principles. One who does not actually follow the hygienic\nprinciples prescribed in the Vedic rules and regulations will be subjected\nto many contagious diseases. Because the students in this Kr�l).a consciousness movement are advised to follow the Vedic principles, they naturally\nbecome hygienic.\nIf a person is Kr�p.a conscious, he can work like a young man even if he\nis seventy-five or eighty years old. Thus the daughter of Kala (time) cannot\novercome a Vai�p.ava. Srila Kr�p.adasa Kaviraja Gosvami engaged in writing\nCaitanya-caritiimrta when he was very old, yet he presented the most\nwonderful literature of the activities of Lord Caitanya. Srila Riipa Gosvami\nand Sanatana Gosvami began their spiritual lives at a very old age, that is,\nafter they retired from their occupations and family lives. Yet they\npresented many valuable literatures for the advancement of spiritual life.\nThis is confirmed by Snla Srinivasa Acarya, who praised the Gosvam\"'is in\nthis way:\nntinii-siistra-viciirarJaika-nipurJaU sad-dharma-samsthiipakau\nlokiiniim hita-kiirirJaU tri-bhuvane miinyau sararJyiikarau\n\n", "SB4.4#p0162": "Text 25)\n\nAttack by Car,u}avega on the City of Puraiijana\n\n1279\n\nriidhii-kr�TJ-a-padaravinda-bhajaniinandena mattiilikau\nvande rilpa-saniitanau raghu-yugau sri-jtva-gopalakau\n\"I offer my respectful obeisances unto the six Gosvamis, namely\n\nSri\"\n\nSanatana Gosviimi, Sri Rupa Gosviimi, Sri Raghuniitha Bhaga Gosviimi\",\n\nSri Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, Sri Jiva Gosvami and Sri Gopala Bhatta\n\nGosvami, who are very expert in scrutinizingly studying all the revealed\n\nscriptures with the aim of establishing eternal religious principles for the\n\nbenefit of all human beings. Thus they are honored all over the three\n\nworlds, and they are worth taking shelter of because they are absorbed in\n\nthe mood of the gopiS and are engaged in the transcendental loving service\nof Radha and Kr�IJa.\"\n\nThus jarii, the effect of old age, does not harass a devotee. This is\n\nbecause a devotee follows the instructions and the determination of Narada\n\nMuni. All devotees are in the disciplic succession stemming from Narada\nMuni because they worship the Deity according to Narada Muni's direction,\n\nnamely the Niirada-paiicariitra or the piiiicariitrika-vidhi. A devotee follows\n\nthe principles of piincariitrika-vidhi as well as bhiigavata-vidhi. Bhiigavata­\n\nvidhi includes preaching work s rava� a rh ktrtanarh vigw �\n-\n\n-\n\nthe hearing and\n\nchanting of the glories of Lord Vi��u, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nThe piiiicariitrika-vidhi includes arcanani vandanarh dasyani sakh yam iitma­\n\nnivedanam. Because a devotee rigidly follows the instructions of Narada\n\nMuni, he has no fear of old age, disease or death. Apparently a devotee\n\nmay grow old, but he is not subjected to the symptoms of defeat experienced by a common man in old age. Consequently old age does not make\n\na devotee fearful of death, as a common man is fearful of death. When\n\njarii, or old age, takes shelter of a devotee, Kiilakanyii diminishes the\n\ndevotee's fear. A devotee knows that after death he is going hack home,\n\nback to Godhead; therefore he has no fear of death. Thus instead of\n\ndepressing a devotee, advanced age helps him become fearless and thus\nhappy.\nTEXT 25\n\ndviiv imiiv anusocanti\nbaliiv asad-avagrahau\nyal loka-siistropanatam.\nna riiti na tad icchati\n\n", "SB4.4#p0163": "1280\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\ndvau-two kinds; imau-these; anusocanti-they lament; balau-ignorant;\nasat-the foolish; avagrahau- taking the path of; yat-that which; loka-by\ncustom; siistra-by scripture; upanatam-presented; na- never; riiti-follows;\nna-neither; tat-that; icchati desires\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who does not give charity according to the customs or injunctions\nof the scriptures and one who does not accept charity in that way are\nconsidered to be in the mode of ignorance. Such persons follow the path\nof the foolish. Surely they must lament at the end.\nPURPORT\nIt is herein stated that one should strictly follow the scriptures if one\nactually wants an auspicious life. The same is explained in Bhagavad-gitii.\nya� siistra-vidhim utsrjya\nvartate kiima-kiirata�\nna sa siddhim aviipnoti\nna sukham na pariim gatim\n\"But he who discards scriptural injunctions and acts according to his own\nwhims attains neither perfection, nor happiness, nor the supreme destination.\" (Bg. 16.23)\n\n'\nOne who does not strictly follow the terms of the Vedic injunctions\n\nnever attains success in life or happiness. And what to speak of going\nhome, back to Godhead.\nOne siistric injunction holds that a householder, a k§atriya, or an administrative head should not refuse to accept a woman if she voluntarily requests\nto become a wife. Since Kiilakanyii, the daughter of Time, was deputed\nby Narada Muni to offer herself to Y avana-raja, the King of the Y avanas\ncould not refuse her. All transactions must he performed in light of the\nsiistric injunctions. The siistric injunctions are confirmed by great sages\nlike Niirada Muni. As stated by Narottama diisa Thakura: siidhu-siistraguru-vakya, cittete kariyii aikya. One should follow the principles of\nsaintly persons, scriptures and the spiritual master. In this way one is\nsure to attain success in life. Kiilakanyii, the daughter of Time, presented\nherself before the King of the y avanas precisely in terms of siidhu, siistra\nand guru. Thus there was no reason for not accepting her.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0164": "Text 27]\n\nAttack by Cal}4avega on the City of Puraiijana\n\n1281\n\nTEXT 26\n\n������it�� I\n'WCJfel � � �iwt��q 11'��11\natho bhajasva miini bhadra\nbhajantirh me dayiini kuru\netiiviin pauru�o dharmo\nyad iirtiin anukampate\natho-therefore;\n\nbhajasva- accept; miim-me; bhadra-0 gentle one;\n\nbhajantim-willing to serve; me-to me; dayii m- mercy; kuru-do; etiiviin­\n\nsuch a measure;pauru.safi,-for any gentleman; dharmafi,\n\n-\n\nreligious principle;\n\nyat- that; iirtiin-to the distressed; anukampate-is compassionate.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKalakanya continued: 0 gentle one, I am now present before you to\nserve you. Please accept me and thus show me mercy. It is a gentleman's\ngreatest duty to be compassionate upon a person who is distressed.\nPURPORT\n\nY avana-riija, the King of the Y avanas, could also refuse to accept\nKiilakanya, daughter of Time, but he considered the request due to the\norder of Narada Muni. Thus he accepted Kiilakanya in a different way.\nIn other words, the injunctions of Niirada Muni, or the path of devotional\nservice, can be accepted by anyone within the three worlds, and certainly\nby the King of the Y avanas. Lord Caitanya Himself requested everyone to\npreach the cult of bhakti-yoga all over the world, in every village and town.\nPreachers in the Kr��a consciousness movement have actually experienced\nthat even the yavanas and mlecchas have taken to spiritual life on the\nstrength of Narada Muni's paiicariitrika-vidhi. When mankind follows the\ndisciplic succession, as recommended by Caitanya Mahiiprabhu, everyone\nthroughout the world will benefit.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nEfil€5�lf4:6q:ql � q�: I\nPlEtlR� ij\" m� �« ���\\911\n\n", "SB4.4#p0165": "[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1282\n\nkiila-kanyodita-vaco\nnisam ya yavanesvarah\ncikir�ur deva-guhyani sa\nsasmitani tiim abhii�ata\nkiila kanyii\n-\n\n-\n\nby the daughter of Time; udita-expressed; vacaft-words;\n\ni amya-hearing; yavana tsva raft -the King of the Yavanas; ciktr�u�­\n\nn s\n\n-\n\ndesiring to execute; deva-of providence ; guhyam-confidential duty; sa!Jhe; sa s m ita m-smilingly ; tam- her; abhii§ata-addressed.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing the statement of Kiilakanya, daughter of Time, the King\nof the Yavanas began to smile and devise a means for executing his\nconfidential duty on behalf of providence. He then addressed Kiilakanyii\nas follows.\nPURPORT\nIn Caitanya-caritamrta it is said:\nekale tsvara knFJa, iira saba bhrtya\nyare yaiche niiciiya, se taiche kare nrtya\n(Cc. Adi 5.142)\nActually the supreme controller is the Personality of Godhead, Kr�t;ta, and\neveryone is His servant. Yavana-raja, the King of the Y avanas, was also a\nservant of Kr�t;ta. Consequently he wanted to execute the purpose of Kr�t;ta\nthrough the agency of Kalakanya. Although Kalakanya means invalidity\nor old age, Y avana-raja wanted to serve Kr�t;ta by introducing Kalakanya\neverywhere. Thus a sane person, by attaining old age, will become fearful\nof death. Foolish people engage in material activities as if they will live\nforever and enjoy material advancement, but actually there is no material\nadvancement. Under illusion people think that material opulence will\nsave them, but although there has been much advancement in material\nscience, the problems of human society-birth, death, old age.and diseaseare still unsolved. Nonetheless foolish scientists are thinking that they\nhave advanced materially. When Kiilakanya, the invalidity of old age,\nattacks them, they become fearful of death, if they are sane. Those who\nare insane simply don't care for death, nor do they know what is going to\nhappen after death. They are under the wrong impression that after death\nthere is no life, and consequently they act very irresponsibly in this life\n\n", "SB4.4#p0166": "Text 29]\n\nAttack by Cal}cJavega on the City of Purarijana\n\n1283\n\nand enjoy unrestricted sense gratification. For an intelligent person, the\nappearance of old age is an impetus to spiritual life. People naturally fear\nimpending death. The King of the Y avanas tried to utilize Kiilakanyii for\nthis purpose.\nTEXT 28\n\n'Nl\n\n�� mrm'ffi�,\n\nift�¥<::RI�eit��{(+t�+te++tijt4( ������\nmaya nirupitas tubhyam\npatir iitma-samiidhinii\nniibhinandati loko 'yam\ntviim abhadriim asammatiim\nmayii-by me; ni riipital].-settled; tubhyam-for you; patil].-husband;\niitma-of the mind; samiidhinii-by meditation; na-never; abhinandatiwelcome;\n\nlokal].-the\n\npeople;\n\nayam-these; tviim-you; abhadriim-in­\n\nauspicious; asammatiim-unacceptable.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King of the Y avanas replied: After much consideration, I have\narrived at a husband for you. Actually, as far as everyone is concerned,\nyou are inauspicious and mischievous. Since no one likes you, how can\nanyone accept you as his wife?\nPURPORT\nAfter much consideration, the King of the Y avanas decided to make the\nbest use of a bad bargain. Kiilakanyii was a bad bargain, and no one liked\nher, but everything can be used for the service of the Lord. Thus the King\nof the Y avanas tried to utilize her for some purpose. The purpose has\nalready been explained-that is, Kiilakanyii as jarii, the invalidity of old\nage, can be used to arouse a sense of fear in people so that they will prepare\nfor the next life by engagi ng in Kr�IJ.a consciousness.\nTEXT 29\n\n���I\n\n� ir 'l<lift9a'fit 51� srlit�Wtf« ������\n\n", "SB4.4#p0167": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1284\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\ntvam avyakta-gatir bhutik�va\nlokam karma-vinirmitam\n\nyii hi me prtanii-yuktii\n\nprajii-nasam prarJe�yasi\n\ntvam-you; avyakta-gati}J-whose movement is imperceptible; bhwik$va\n-enjoy; lokam-this world; karma-vinirmitam-manufactured by fruitive\n\nactivities; yii-one who; hi-certainly; me-my; prtanii-soldiers; yuktii­\n\nhelped by; praja-niisam-annihilation of the living entities; prarJe�yasi\n\n-\n\nyou\n\nshall carry out without any hindrance.\nTRANSLATION\nThis world is a product of fruitive activities. Therefore you may imperceptibly attack people in general. Helped by my soldiers, you can kill\nthem without opposition.\nPURPORT\nThe word karma-vinirmitam means \"manufactured by fruitive activities.\"\nThis entire material world, especially in these days, is the result of fruitive\nactivities. Everyone is fully engaged in decorating the world by highways,\nmotor cars, electricity, skyscrapers, industries, businesses, etc. All this\nappears very nice for those who are simply engaged in sense gratification\n\nand who are ignorant of spiritual identity. As described in Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam:\n\nnunam pramattal; kurute vikarma\nyad indriya-pritaya iiprrwti\n\nna siidhu manye yata iitmano 'yam\n\nasann api klesada iisa dehal; (Bhiig. 5.5.4)\n\nThose without knowledge of the spirit soul are mad after materialistic\nactivities, and they perform all kinds of sinful activities simply for sense\ngratification. According to :(t�abhadeva, such activities are inauspicious\nbecause they force one to accept an abominable body in the next life.\nEveryone can experience that although we try to keep the body in a\ncomfortable position, it is always giving pain and is subjected to the threefold miseries. Otherwise, why are there so many hospitals, welfare boards\nand insurance establishments? Actually in this world there is no happiness.\nPeople are simply engaged trying to counteract unhappiness. Foolish\npeople accept unhappiness as happiness; therefore the King of the Yavanas\n\n", "SB4.4#p0168": "Text 30]\n\n1285\n\nAttack by Caf}f,iavega on the City of Purarijana\n\ndecided to attack such foolish people imperceptibly by old age, disease,\nand ultimately death. Of course, after death there must be birth; therefore\nYavana·raja thought it wise to kill all the karmis through the agency of\n\nKiilakanya and thus try to make them aware that materialistic advancement\nis not actually advancement. Every living entity is a spiritual being, and\n\nconsequently without spiritual advancement the human form of life is\nruined.\nTEXT 30\n\n���mm��lt���\n��ilifisMostott:fil +fht«f.lfti: 1 � 1\no\n\nprajviiro 'yam mama bhr'iitii\ntvam ca me bhagini bhava\ncariimy ubhiibhyiim loke 'sminn\navyakto bhima-sainikal].\nprajviiral].-named\n\nPrajvara; ayam-this; mama-my; bhratii-brother;\n\ntvam-you; ca-also; me-my; bhagini-sister; bhava-become; cariimi-I shall\ngo about; ubhabhyiim-by both of you; loke-in the world; asmin-this;\navyaktal].-without\n\nbeing\n\nmanifest;\n\nbhima-dangerous;\n\nsainikal].-with\n\nsoldiers.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King of the Yavanas continued: Here is my brother Prajvara. I now\naccept you as my sister. I shall employ both of you, as well as my dangerous\nsoldiers, to act imperceptibly within this world.\nPURPORT\nKiilakanya was sent by Narada Muni to Y avana-raja so that she might\nbecome his wife, but instead of accepting her as his wife, Y avana-raja\naccepted her as his sister. Those who do not follow the Vedic principles\nare unrestricted as far as sex life is concerned. Consequently they sometimes do not hesitate to have sex with their sisters. In this age of Kali there\nare many instances of such incest. Although Y avana-raja accepted the\nrequest of Narada Muni to show respect to him, he was nonetheless\nthinking of illicit sex. This was due to his being the King of the yavanas\nand mlecchas.\nThe word prajviiral]. is very significant, for it means \"the fever sent by\nLord Vigm.\" Such a fever is always set at 107 degrees, the temperature\n\n", "SB4.4#p0169": "1286\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 27\n\nat which a man dies. Thus the King of the mlecchas and yavanas requested\n\nthe daughter of Time, Kalakanya, to become his sister. There was no\nneed to ask her to become his wife because the yavanas and mlecchas do\nnot make distinctions as far as sex life is concerned. Thus one may out­\n\nwardly be a sister, mother or daughter and still have sex. Yavana-raja's\n\nbrother was Prajvara, and Kalakanya was invalidity itself. Combined and\n\nstrengthened by the soldiers of Yavana-raja-namely non-hygienic con­\n\nditions, illicit sex and ultimately a high degree of temperature to bring\n\non death-they would be able to smash the materialistic way of life. In\n\nthis connection it is significant that just as Narada was immune to the\nattack of jar'ii, or invalidity, similarly, jara, or the destructive force, cannot\n\nattack any follower of Narada Muni or a pure V ai�I).ava.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Twenty­\n\nseventh Chapter, ofthe Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Attack by Ca[!-pavega\non the City of King Puraiijana; the Character of Kalakanya.\"\n\n", "SB4.4#p0170": "CHAPTER TWENTY- EIGHT\n\nPurai1jana Becomes a woman\nin the Next Life\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��\"1\n\nR �tt•uit � ;cfNWJ. f4:e¥tRuu 1\nst6'41(¥te�t¥4i ��(i(ctiftft'fl( II � II\nmirada uvtica\nsainikii bhaya-ntimno ye\nbarhi§man di§ta-kiirirw�\nprajviira-ktila-kanyabhyam\nvicerur avanim imam\nniiradal]. uviica-the great sage Narada continued to speak; s ainikiil].\nsoldiers; bhaya-niimnal].-of Bhaya (fearfulness); ye-all of them\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nwho;\n\nbarhi�man-0 King Pracinabarhi�at; di§ta kiiriryal].-the order carriers of\n-\n\ndeath; prajviira-with Prajvara; kiila-kanyiibhyiim-and with Kalakanya;\nvi ce ru[l tr aveled ; avanim-on earth; imiim- this.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada continued: My dear King Pracinabarhi�at, after·\nwards, the King of the Yavanas, whose name is fear itself, as well as his\nsoldiers, Praj vara and Kalakanya, began to travel all over the world.\n\nPURPORT\nThe period of life just prior to death is certainly very dangerous because\nusually at this time people are attacked by the weakness of old age as well\nas\n\nmany kinds of disease. The diseases that attack the body are compared\n\nhere to soldiers . These soldiers are not ordinary soldiers, for they are\n\n1287\n\n", "SB4.4#p0171": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1288\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nguided by the King of the Yavanas, who acts as their commander-in-chief.\nThe word di�ta-kiiriTJa� indicates that he is their commander. When a man\n\nis young, he does not care for old age but enjoys sex to the best of his\nsatisfaction, not knowing that at the end of life his sexual indulgence will\nbring on various diseases, which so much disturb the body that one will\npray for immediate death. The more one enjoys sex during youth, the\nmore he suffers in old age.\nTEXT2\n\n� �\n\n�\n\n� �(�'1�(f � I\n\n���l•ll@lf 1$1(c:q¥Jt•Nl�<tl'( II � II\nta ekadii tu rabhasii\n\npuraiijana-purim n_rpa\nrurudhur bhauma-bhogaP,hyam\njarat-pannaga-piilitiim\nte-they; ekadii-once upon a time; tu-then; rabhasii-with great force;\n\npuraiijana-purim-the city of Puraiijana; nrpa-0 King; rurudhuQ.-encircled ;\nbhauma-bhoga-iitJ.hyiim-full of sense enjoyments; jarat- old; pa nnaga- by\nthe serpent; piilitiim- protected.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce the dangerous soldiers attacked the ci ty of Puraiijana with great\n\nforce. Although the city was full of paraphernalia for sense gratification ,\nit was being protected by the old serpent .\n\nPURPORT\nAs one's body engages in sense gratification, it becomes weaker and\nweaker daily. Finally the vital force becomes so weak that i t is herein\ncompared to a weak serpent. The life air has already been compared to the\nserpent. When the vital force within the body becomes weak, the body\nitself also becomes weak. At such a time the death symptoms-that is, the\ndangerous soldiers of death 's superintendent, Y amariija-begin to attack\nvery severely. According to the Vedic system, before coming to such a\nstage one should leave home and take sannyiisa to preach the message of\nGod for the duration of life. However, if one sits at home and is served by\nhis beloved wife and children, he certainly becomes weaker and weaker\n\n", "SB4.4#p0172": "Text3]\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1289\n\ndue to sense gratification. When death finally comes, one leaves the body\ndevoid of spiritual assets. At the present time, even the oldest man in the\nfamily does not leave home, being attracted by wife, children, money,\nopulence, dwelling, etc. Thus at the end of life one worries about how his\nwife will be protected and how she will manage the great family responsibilities. In this way a man usually thinks of his wife before death. According to Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nyam yam viipi smaran bhiivam\ntyajaty ante kalevaram\ntam tam evaiti kaunteya\nsada tad-bhava-bhavita�\n\"Whatever state of being one rememners when he quits his body, that\n\nstate he will attain without fail.\" (Bg. 8.6)\n\nAt the end of life, a person thinks of what he has done throughout his\nwhole life; thus he gets another body (dehiintara) according to his thoughts\nand desires at the end of life. One overly addicted to life at home naturally\nthinks of his beloved wife at the end of life. Consequently in the next life\nhe gets the body of a woman, and he also acquires the results of his pious\nor impious activities. In this chapter the acceptance of a woman's body by\nKing Puraiijana will be thoroughly explained.\nTEXT3\n\nftil�fti;:qlfq � �(!4Wl�� � I\n��: �: � f.\\\"�(fl«ttll�l(II � II\nkiila-kanyiipi bubhuje\npuranjana-puram baliit\nyayabhibhuta/;1 puru�a/;1\nsadyo ni/;lsiiratiim iyiit\nkiila-kanyii- the daughter of Kala; api also; bubhuje-took possession\npuranjana-puram-the city of Puraiijana; ba lat- by force; yayii by\nwhom; abhibhuta � being overwhelmed; puru�al]-a person; sadya/;1-immediately; nil]siiratiim- uselessness; iyat- gets.\n-\n\nof;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nGradually Kiilakanya, with the help of dangerous soldiers, attacked all\nthe inhabitants of Purafijana's city and thus rendered them useless for all\npurposes.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0173": "1290\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nPURPORT\nAt the fag end of life, when the invalidity of old age attacks a man, his\nbody becomes useless for all purposes. Therefore Vedic training dictates\nthat when a man is in his boyhood he should be trained in the process of\n\nbrahmacarya, that is, he should be completely engaged in the service of the\nLord and should not in any way associate with women. When the boy\nbecomes a young man, he marries between the ages of twenty and twentyfive. When he is married at the right age, he can immediately beget strong\nhealthy sons. Now female descendants are increasing because young men\nare very weak sexually. A male child will be born if the husband is sexually\nstronger than the wife, but if the female is stronger, a female child will be\nborn. Thus it is essential to practice the system of brahmacarya if one\nwishes to beget a male child when one is married. When one reaches the\nage of fifty, he should give up family life. At that time one's child should\nbe grown up so that the father can leave the family responsibilities to him.\nThe husband and wife may then go abroad to live a retired life and travel\nto different places of pilgrimage. When both the husband and wife lose\ntheir attachment for family and home, the wife returns home to live under\nthe care of her grown-up children and to remain aloof from family affairs.\nThe husband then takes sannyiisa to render some service to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nThis is the perfect system of civilization. The human form of life is\nespecially meant for God realization. If one is unable to take to the process\nof Knu:ta consciousness from the very beginning of life, he must he trained\nto accept these principles at the fag end of life. Unfortunately, there is no\ntraining even in childhood, nor can one give up his family life even at the\nend. This is the situation with the city of Puraiijana, figuratively described\nin these verses.\n\ntayopabhujyamanani vai\nyavanal;l. sarvato-disam\ndvarbhil;l. pravisya subhrsani\nprardayan sakalani purim\ntaya-by Kalakanya; upabhujyamiiniim-being taken possession of; vaicertainly; yavaniil]- the Yavanas; sarvatal]-disam-from all sides; dvarbhil]-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0174": "Text 5]\n\nPurarijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1291\n\nthrough the gates; pravisya- having entered; su bh rsam- greatly; priirdayan\n-\n\n-giving trouble; sakaliim- all over; purTm- the city.\n\nTRANSLATION\nW hen Kalak anya, daughter of Time, attacked the body, the dangerous\nsoldiers of the King of the Y avanas entered the city through different\ngates. They then began to give severe trouble to all the citizens.\n\nPURPORT\nThe body has nine gates-the two eyes, two nostrils, two ears, mouth,\nrectum and genitals. When one is harassed by the invalidity of old age,\nvarious diseases manifest at the gates of the body. For example, the eyes\nbecome so dim that one requires spectacles, and the ears become too weak\nto hear directly, and therefore one requires hearing aids. The nostrils are\nblocked by mucus, and one has to always sniff a medicinal bottle containing ammonia. Similarly, the mouth, too weak to chew, requires false teeth.\nThe rectum also gives one trouble, and the evacuation process becomes\ndifficult. Sometimes one has to take enemas and sometimes use a surgical\nnozzle to accelerate the passing of urine. In this way the city of Puranjana\nwas attacked at various gates by the soldiers. Thus in old age all the gates\nof the body are blocked by so many diseases, and one has to take help\nfrom so many medicines.\n\nTEXTS\n\nm!f��:l\n�cnci\\�N\"tft6NI'l � ��: II� II\ntasyiim prapitJyamiiniiyiim\nabhimiinT puranjanal;t\naviiporu-vidhiims tiipiin\nkutumbr mamatiikulal;t\ntasyiim- when the city; prapTcJyamiiniiyiim-was put into different\ndifficulties; abhimiinT-too much absorbed; purarijanal;t- King Purarijana;\naviipa-achieved; uru-many; vidhiin-varieties; tiipii n - pains; kutumbrfamily man; mamatii-iikulal],- too much affected with attachment to family.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0175": "1292\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the city was thus endangered by the soldiers and Kiilakanya, King\nPurarijana, being overly absorbed in affection for his family, was placed in\ndifficulty by the attack of Yavana-riija and Kiilakanya.\n\nPURPORT\n\nWhen we refer to the body, we include the external gross body with its\nvarious limbs, as well as the mind, intelligence and ego. In old age these all\nbecome weak when they are attacked by different diseases. The proprieto_r\nof the body, the living soul, becomes very sad at not being able to use the\nfield of activities properly. In Bhagavad-gitii it is clearly explained that the\nliving entity is the proprietor of this body (k�etra-jria) and that the body\nis the field of activities (k�etra). When a field is overgrown with thorns and\nweeds, it becomes very difficult for the owner to work it. That is the\nposition of the spirit soul when the body itself becomes a burden due to\ndisease. Extra burdens are placed on the body in the form of anxiety and\ngeneral deterioration of the bodily functions.\nTEXT6\n\nEfi;:c(N•til cr!'Jfi: � fetqqf€¥4if\\: I\n� �,.m �qq�aiet( ll � ll\nkanyopagufj.ho na�ta-Sri�\nkrpar.w vi§ayatmaka�\nna�ta prajrio hrtaisvaryo\ngandharva-yavanair balat\n-\n\nkanyii-by the daughter of Time; u pag ufj. ha l;l. being embraced; na�tasri�-bereft of all beauty; krpa7Jal;l.-miser; v(sa ya atmaka l;l.-addicted to\nsense gratification; na��a-prajrialf-bereft of intelligence; hr;ta-aisvarya�bereft of opulence; g andh a rv a-by the Gandharvas; yavana itt and by the\nY avanas; baliit- by force.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen King Purarijana was embraced by Kiilakanya, he gradually lost all\n\nhis beauty. Having been too much addicted to sex, he became very poor\n\nin intelligence and lost all his opulence. Being bereft of all possessions, he\nwas conquered forcibly by the Gandharvas and the Yavanas.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0176": "Text 7]\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1293\n\nPURPORT\nWhen a person is attacked by the invalidity of old age and is still addicted\nto sense gratification, he gradually loses all his personal beauty, intelligence\nand good possessions. He thus cannot resist the forceful attack of the\ndaughter of Time.\nTEXT 7\n\n�4ftu� �� � stf6te19f9flt61( I\n�.n��mP.tf� il(f�@/(11{_ 1 \\9 ''\nviiin:uim sva-purirh vik�ya\npratikulan anadrtan\nputran pautranugamatyafi\njayam ca gata-sauh.rdiim\nv iiir T.Iiim- scattered; s va-p urim- his own town; vik�ya-seeing; pratikuliin\n\n-opposing elements; aniid rtiin- being disrespectful; p utra n-sons; pautragrandsons; anuga- servants; amiityiin- ministers ;jiiyam- wife; ca- and; gatasauhrdiim- indifferent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Puraiijana then saw that everything in his town was scattered and\nthat his sons, grandsons, servants and ministers were all gradually opposing\nhim. He also noted that his wife was becoming cold and indifferent.\nPURPORT\nWhen one becomes an invalid, his senses and organs are weakened. In\nother words, they are no longer under one's control. The senses and sense\nobjects then begin to oppose him. When a person is in a distressed condition,\neven his family members-his sons, grandsons and wife-become disrespectful. They no longer are under the command of the master of the\nhouse. Just as we wish to use our senses for sense gratification, the senses\nalso require strength from the body in reciprocation. A man keeps a family\nfor enjoyment, and similarly family members demand enjoyment from the\nhead of the family. When they do not receive sufficient money from him,\nthey grow disinterested and ignore his commands or desires. This is all due\nto one's being a k.rpal).a (miser). This word k.rpal).a, used in the sixth verse,\n\nis in opposition to the word briihma'.la. In the human form of life one\nshould become a briihma'.la, which means that one should understand the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0177": "[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1294\n\nconstitutional position of the Absolute Truth, Brahman, and then engage\n\nin His service as a V ai�J')ava. We get this facility in the human form of life,\nbut if we do not properly utilize this opportunity, we become a krpar_ta,\nmiser. A miser is one who gets money but does not spend it properly. This\nhuman form of life is especially meant for understanding Brahman, for\nbecoming a briihma1Ja, and if we do not utilize it properly, we remain a\nkrpar_ta. We can actually see that when one has money but does not spend\n\nit, he remains a miser and is never happy. Similarly, when one's intelligence\nis spoiled due to sense gratification, he remains a miser throughout his life.\n\nTEXT 8\n\nan€¥1•4 � m \"�'�\"•R\\ftt61'(1\n§:Qd�;{!l'lrq'll ;r �� �qf(tfs\\ittl� II � II\niitmiinam kanyayii grastarh\npaiiciilan ari-dii§itiin\nduranta-cintiim iipanno\nna lebhe tat-pratikriyiim\niitmiinam-himself; kanyayii-by Kalakanya; grastam- being embraced;\npa liciilii n- Pa iicala; ari du�itiin\n-\n\nmountable; cintii m\n\n-\n\n-\n\ninfected by the enemies; duranta- insur­\n\nanxiety; iipa nna l] having obtained; na\n-\n\nachieved; tat-of that; pratikriyiim- counteraction\n\n-\n\nnot ; lebhe­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen King Puraiijana saw that all his family members, relatives, follow­\n\ners, servants, secretaries and everyone else had turned against him, he\ncertainly became very anxious. But, he could not counteract the situation\nbecause he was thoroughly overwhelmed by Kalakanya.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen a person becomes weak from the attack of old age, the family\nmembers, servants and secretaries do not care for him. He is then unable\nto counteract this. Thus he becomes more and more anxious and laments\nhis frightful condition.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0178": "Text 10)\n\nPurarijana Becomes a Woman in the Next life\n\n1295\n\nTEXT9\n\n4'1¥11wtflet;(iwil ttR1tt1¥ti� � I\nHiiijk¥fil��(: �SC�ldlf CiSICiStt-l l � \"\nkamiin abhila�an dino\nyiita-yiimiims ca kanyayii\nvigatiitma-gati-snehal}\nputra-diiriims ca lalayan\nkiimiin-objects of enjoyment; abhila�an-always lusting after; dinah­\n\nthe poor man; yiita-yiimiin-stale; ca-also; kanyayii-by the influence of\nKalakanya; vigata-lost; iitma gati-reai purpose of life; sneha�-attachment\n-\n\nto; putra-sons; diiriin-wife; ca and; l.iila yan-affectionately maintaining.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe objects of enjoyment became stale by the influence of Kalakanya.\nDue to the continuance of his lusty desires, King Purarijana became very\npoor in everything. Thus he did not understand the aim of life. He was still\nvery affectionate toward his wife and children, and he worried about\nmaintaining them.\nPURPORT\nThis is exactly the position of present civilization. Everyone is engaged\nin maintaining the body, home and family. Consequently everyone becomes\nconfused at the end of life, not knowing what spiritual life and the goal of\nhuman life are. In a civilization of sense gratification, there cannot be\nspiritual life because a person only thinks of this life. Although the next\nlife is a fact, no information is given about it.\nTEXT 10\n\n�tt4wtl¥c;6i 41CiSRq¥f�ijP{_ I\n� � � � �(hcf.IEii¥46 : II� oil\ngandharva-yavaniikriintiim\nkiila-kanyopamarditiim\nhiitum pracakrame riijii\ntiim purim anikiimataly,\n\n", "SB4.4#p0179": "1296\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\ngandharva-by the Gandharva soldiers; yavana-and by the Yavana\nsoldiers; iikriintiim-overcome; kiila-kanyii-by Kalakanya (the daughter of .\nTime); upamarditiim-being smashed; hiitum-to give up; procakrameproceeded; riijii-King Purarijana; tiim -that;purim-the city; anikiimata�unwilling.\nTRANSLATION\nThe city of King Puraiijana was overcome by the Gandharva and Yavana\nsoldiers, and although the King had no desire to leave the city, he was\ncircumstantially forced to do so, for it was smashed by Kalakanya.\n\nPURPORT\nThe living entity, separated from the association of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, tries to enjoy this material world. He is given a chance to\nenjoy it in a particular type of body, beginning with the body of a Brahma\ndown to that of the microbe. From the Vedic history of creation we can\nunderstand that the first living creature was Lord Brahmii, who created the\nseven great sages and other prajiipatis to increase the universal population.\nThus every living entity, according to karma, his past desires and activities,\ngets a particular type of body, from that of Brahmii to that of a microbe\nor germ in stool. Due to long association with a particular type of material\nbody and also due to the grace of Kiilakanyii and her miiyii, one becomes\noverly attached to a material body, although it is the apode of pain. Even\nif one tries to separate a worm from stool, the worm will be unwilling to\nleave. It will again return to the stool. Similarly, a hog generally lives in a\nvery filthy state, eating stool, but if one tries to separate it from its condition and give it a nice place, the hog will be unwilling. In this way if we\nstudy each and every living entity, we will find that he will defy offers of a\nmore comfortable position. Although King Puraiijana was attacked from all\nsides, he was nonetheless unwilling to leave the city. In other words, the\nliving entity-whatever his condition-does not want to give up the body.\nBut he will be forced to give it up because, after all, this material body\ncannot exist forever.\nThe living entity wishes to enjoy the material world in different ways,\nand therefore by nature's law he is allowed to transmigrate from one body\nto another, exactly as a person transmigrates from the body of an infant,\nto a child, to a boy, to a youth, to a man. This process is constantly going\non. At the last stage, when the gross body becomes old and invalid, the\nliving entity is reluctant to give it up, despite the fact that it is no longer\nusable. Although material existence and the material body are not comfort-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0180": "Text 11)\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1297\n\nable, why does the living entity not want to leave? As soon as one gets a\nmaterial body, he has to work very hard to maintain it. He may engage in\ndifferent fields of activity, hut whatever the case, everyone has to work\nvery hard to maintain the material body. Unfortunately, society has no\ninformation of the soul's transmigration. Because the living entity does not\nhope to enter the spiritual kingdom of eternal life, bliss and knowledge, he\nwants to stick to his present body, even though it may he useless. Consequently the greatest welfare activity in this material world is the furthering\nof this l<.f�qa consciousness movement.\nThis movement is giving human society information about the kingdom\nof God. There is God, there is l<.f�qa, and everyone can return to God and\nlive eternally in bliss and knowledge. A l<.f�qa conscious person is not afraid\nof giving up the body because his position is always eternal. A Kr�qa\nconscious person engages in the transcendental loving service of the Lord\neternally; therefore as long as he lives within the body, he is happy to\nengage in the loving service of the Lord, and when he gives up the body, he\nis also permanently situated in the service of the Lord. The saintly devotees\n\nare always free and liberated, whereas the karmis, who have no knowledge\nof spiritual life or the transcendental loving service of the Lord, are very\nmuch afraid of giving up the rotten material body.\nTEXT 11\n\n�if•Utnstlit m� �: SMAqRaia: I\n� � �� q: fiiq�Eft�i II� �II\nbhaya-niimno 'grajo bhriitii\nprajviira� pratyupasthita�\ndadiiha tam purim krtsniim\nbhriitutt priya-cikir§ayii\nbhaya-niimnal}-of Bhaya (fearfulness); agra-jal}-elder; bhriitii- brother;\nprajvii ral}-named Prajvara; pratyupasthital} being present there;dadiiha-\n\nset fire; tiim-to that; pu rim- city; krtsniim- wholesale; bhriitul}-his\nbrother; priya-cikir�ayii-in order to please.\nTRANSLATION\nUnder the circumstances the elder brother of Yavana-raja, known as\nPrajvara, set fire to the city to please his younger brother, whose other\nname is fear itself.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0181": "1298\n\nSrima d Bhagava tam\n-\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic system, a dead body is set on fire, but before\ndeath there is another fire or fever, which is called prajviira, or v4f!ujviira. Medical science verifies that when one's temperature is raised to 107\ndegrees, a man immediately dies. This prajviira, or high fever, at the last\nstage of life places the living entity in the midst of a blazing fire.\nTEXT 12\n\nm �iG\\�'lMI4i ��: �q�: I\n�:fi{'�aq��� �FA:������\ntasyiim sandahyamiiniiyiim\nsapaural;l. saparicchadal;l.\nkautumbikal;l. kutumbinyii\nupiitapyata sanvayal;l.\ntasyiim- when that city; sandahyamiiniiyam-was ablaze; sa-paural;l.sa-paricchada�-along with all servants and\nfollowers; kautumbikafi--the King, having so many relatives; kutumbinyiialong with his wife; upiitapyata-began to suffer the temperature of the\nfire; sa-anvayal]-along with descendants.\nalong with all the citizens;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the city was se t ablaze, all the citizens and servants of the King, as\nwell as all family members, sons, grandsons, wives and other relatives, were\n\nwithin the fire. King Purarij ana thus became very unhappy.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are many parts of the body-the senses, the limbs, the skin, the\nmuscles, blood, marrow, etc.-and all these are considered here figuratively\nas\n\nsons, grandsons, citizens and dependents. When the body is attacked by\n\nthe vi��u-jviira, the fiery condition becomes so acute that sometimes one\nremains in a coma. This means that the body is in such severe pain that one\nbecomes unconscious and cannot feel the miseries taking place within the\nbody. Indeed, the living entity becomes so helpless at the time of death,\nthat, although unwilling, he is forced to give up the body and enter another.\nIn\n\nBhagavad-gitii it is stated that man may, by scientific advancement,\n\n", "SB4.4#p0182": "Text 13]\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1299\n\nimprove the temporary living conditions but that he cannot avoid the\npangs of birth, old age, disease and death. These are under the control of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead through the agency of material nature.\nA foolish person cannot understand this simple fact. Now people are very\nbusy trying to find petroleum in the midst of the ocean. They are very\nanxious to make provisions for the future petroleum supply, but they\ndo not make any attempts to ameliorate the conditions of birth, old age,\ndisease and death. Thus not knowing anything about his own future life, a\nperson in ignorance is certainly defeated in all his activities.\nTEXT 13\n\nqq;(N(i(PRtwil Sl�lqf ���qr.=ql I\n� Slli!41(4qe: �(ql�'ls;q�eq« 11 � � 11\nyavanoparuddhiiyatano\ngras ttiytim kala-k an yaya\npurytim prajvtira-sarhsHtal:t\npura-ptilo 'nvatapyata\nyavana-by the Yavanas; uparuddha-attacked; iiyatanal],- his abode;\ngrastayiim-when seized;kiila-kanyayii-by the daughter of Time;puryiimthe city;prajviira-samsr�tal].-being approached by Prajvara;pura-piilal].-the\ncity superintendent; anvatapyata- become also very much aggrieved.\nTRANSLATION\nThe city's superintendent of police, the serpent, saw that the citizens\nwere being attacked by Kiilakanya, and he became very aggrieved to see his\nown residence set ablaze after being attacked by the Y avanas.\nPURPORT\nThe living entity is covered by two different types of bodies-the gross\nbody and the subtle body. At death we can see that the gross body is\nfinished, but actually the living entity is carried by the subtle body to\nanother gross body. The so-called scientists of the modern age cannot see\nhow the subtle body is working in carrying the soul from one body to\nanother. This subtle body has been figuratively described as a serpent, or\nthe city's police superintendent. When there is fire everywhere, the police\nsuperintendent cannot escape either. When there is security and an absence\n\n", "SB4.4#p0183": "[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1300\n\nof fire in the city, the police superintendent can impose his authority upon\nthe citizens, but when there is an all-out attack on the city, he is rendered\nuseless. As the life air was ready to leave the gross body, the subtle body\nalso began to experience pain.\nTEXT 14\n\nQb�d ij'Sf �'flfl(i�q�: I\nq;'{\\-'S'Ef� \"ti1!\\tRec �uwtt:sH( 11 � \\lll\n\nW1 �\n\nna seke so\n\n'vitum tatra\n\npuru-k_rcchroru-vepathul),\ngantum aicchat tato v_rk�akotanid iva sanalat\n\nna-not; s'eke-was able; salf -he; avitum-to protect; ta t ra -there; puru­\n\n-\n\n- of a tree; kotariit-from\n\nvery much; krcchra-difficulty; uru great; vepathul), suffering; gantum-to\ngo out; aicchat-desired; tata�- from there; vrk�a\nthe hollow; iva\n\n- like; sa-analiit-on fire.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs a serpent living within the cavity of a tree wishes to leave when there\nis a forest fire, so the city's police superintendent, the snake, wished to leave\nthe city due to the fire's severe heat.\nPURPORT\nIt becomes very difficult for snakes to leave a forest when there is a fire.\nOther animals may flee due to their long legs, but serpents, only being able\nto crawl, are generally burned in the fire. At the last stage, the limbs of the\nbody are not as much affected as the life air.\nTEXT 15\n\n���ijwft(itt: I\n(l�;:aq(t4) � � II� �II\n�\n\nsithilavayavo yarhi\ngandharvair h_rta-pauru�al;t\n\n", "SB4.4#p0184": "Text 15]\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1301\n\nyavanair aribhi riijann\nuparuddho ruroda ha\nsithila-slackened; avayava�-his limbs; yarhi\n\n-\n\nwhen; gandharvai�-by\n\nthe Gandharvas; hrta-defeated; pauru�a�-his bodily strength; yavanai�\n\n­\n\nby the Y avanas; aribhi�-by the enemies; riijan- 0 King Priicinabarhi�at;\nuparuddha�- being checked; ruroda-cried loudly; ha-indeed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe limbs of the serpent's body were slackened by the Gandharvas and\nYavana soldiers, who had thoroughly defeated his bodily strength. When he\nattempted to leave the body, he was checked by his enemies. Being thus\nbaffled in his attempt, he began to cry loudly.\nPURPORT\nAt the last stage of life, the different gates of the body are choked by\nthe effects of disease, which are caused by an imbalance of bile, mucus and\nair. Thus the living entity cannot clearly express his difficulties, and surrounding relatives hear the sound \"ghura ghura\" from a dying man. In his\nMukunda-miilii-stotra, King Kulasekhara states:\nknT}a tvadtya-pada-parikaja-paiijarantam\nadyaiva me visatu manasa-riija-hamsa�\npriiT}a-prayiiT}a-samaye kapha-viita-pittai�\nkaT}thavarodhana-vidhau smaraT}am kutas te\n\"My dear Kt�Q.a, please help me die immediately so that the swan of my\nmind may be encircled by the stem of Your lotus feet. Otherwise at the time\nof my final breath, when my throat is choked up, how will it be possible\nfor me to think of You?\" The swan takes great pleasure in diving within\nwater and being encircled by the stem of the lotus flower. This entanglement\nis sporting joy. If, in our healthy condition, we think of the lotus feet of\nthe Lord and die, it is most fortunate. In old age, at the time of death, the\nthroat sometimes becomes choked with mucus or blocked by air. At such a\ntime the sound vibration of Hare Kt�Q.a, the mahii-mantra, may not come\nout. Thus one may forget Kr�Q.a. Of course those who are strong in Kr�Q.a\nconsciousness cannot possibly forget Kr�Q.a at any stage because they are\naccustomed to chanting the Hare Kr�Q.a mantra, especially when there is a\nsignal from death.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0185": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n1302\n\n[Canto 4, Cll. 28\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�: ��� iiiltf'ciilt•u<tqt4C(t\\ 1\n(Ci�wRJQ! ��flllt •zaEf1l�qf(\"*'� ' � �''\nduhi(f� putra-pautnirns ca\njami-jamat.r-par�adan\nsvatvavasi§tam yat kincid\ngrha-kosa-paricc hadam\nduhitr� - daughters; put ra - sons; pautriin-grandsons; ca-and; fiimidaughters-in-law;\n\njiimiitr-sons-in-law;\n\npa r�ad iin -associates;\n\nsvatva­\n\nproperty; avasi� tam-remaining; yat kincit-whatever; grha- home; kosaaccumulation of wealth; paricc hadam- household paraphernalia.\nTRANSLATION\n\nKing Puraiijana then began to think of his daughters, sons, grandsons,\ndaughters-in-law, sons-in-law, servants and other associates as well as his\nhouse, his household paraphernalia and his little accumulation of wealth ..\nPURPORT\nIt is not infrequent for a person overly attached to the material body to\nrequest a physician to prolong his life at least for some time. If the so-called\nscientific physician is able to prolong one's life for a few minutes through\nthe use of oxygen or other medicines, he thinks that he is very successful\nin his attempts, although ultimately the patient will die. This is called the\nstruggle for existence. At the time of death both patient and physician still\n\nthink of prolon ging life, although all the constituents of the body are\npractically dead and gone.\nTEXT 17\n\n3ft • (((\\� m f'tf6te\\ 1\n� � � AJic(til aqm� llt\"ll\naham mameti svik.rtya\ng_rhe�u kumatir grhi\ndadh yau pramadaya dino\nviprayoga upasthite\n\n", "SB4.4#p0186": "Text 18)\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1303\n\naham-I; mama-mine; iti-thus; su-krtya-accepting; gr:he�u-in the\nhome; ku-matil],-whose mind is full of obnoxious thoughts; grhi-the\nhouseholder; dadhyau-turn his attention to; pramadayii-with his wife;\ndinal],-very poor; viprayoge-when separation; upasthite-occurred.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nKing Puraiijana was overly attached to his family and conceptions of \"I\"\nand \"mine.\" Because he was overly attracted to his wife, he was already\nquite poverty-stricken. At the time of separation, he became very sorry.\nPURPORT\nIt is clear in this verse that at the time of death thoughts of material\nenjoyment do not go away. This indicates that the living entity, the soul,\nis carried by the subtle body-mind, intelligence and ego. Due to false ego,\nthe living entity still wants to enjoy the material world, and for want of\nmaterial enjoyment he becomes sorry or sad. He still makes intellectual\nplans to further his existence, and therefore, although he gives up the gross\nbody, he is carried by the subtle body to another gross body. The transmigration of the subtle body is never visible to material eyes; therefore when one gives up the gross body, we think that he is finished.\nPlans for material enjoyment are made by the subtle body, and the gross\nbody is the instrument for enjoying these plans. Thus the gross body can\nbe compared to the wife, for the wife is the agent for all kinds of sense\ngratification. Because of long association with the gross body, the living\nentity becomes very sad to be separated from it. The mental activity of the\nliving entity obliges him to accept another gross body and continue his\nmaterial existence.\nThe Sanskrit word strimeans \"expansion.\" Through the wife one expands\nhis various objects of attraction-sons, daughters, grandsons, and so on.\nAttachment to family members becomes very prominent at the time of\ndeath. One often sees that just before leaving his body a man may call for\nhis beloved son to give him charge of his wife and other paraphernalia. He\nmay say, \"My dear boy, I am being forced to leave. Please take charge of\nthe family affairs.\" He speaks in this way, not even knowing his destination.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n8MMJ� � 'IU4Wllt0 t!fl:il;ft I\n..�� � mt 'll�•w�it'i46T ������\n\n", "SB4.4#p0187": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1304\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nlokantaram gatavati\nmayy anatha kutumbini\nvarti§yate katham tv e§a\nbalakan anusocati\nloka-antaram-into a different life; gatavati mayi- when I am gone;\naniithii-bereft of husband; ku.tumbini-surrounded by al l family members;\nvart4yate-will exist; katham-how; tu-then; e�ii-this woman; biilakiinchildren; anusocati-lamenting about.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Purafijana was anxiously thinking, \"Alas, my wife is encumbered\nby so many children. When I pass from this body, how will she he able to\nmaintain all these family members? Alas, she will he greatly harassed by\nthoughts of family maintenance.\"\n\nPURPORT\nAll these thoughts of one's wife indicate that the King was overly\nengrossed with the thoughts of woman. Generally a chaste woman becomes\na very obedient wife. This causes a husband to become attached to his wife,\nand consequently he thinks of his wife very much at the time of death.\nThis is a very dangerous situation, as is evident from the life of King\nPurarijana. If one thinks of his wife instead of Kr�r_1a at the time of death,\nhe will certainly not return home, back to Godhead, but will be forced to\naccept the body of a woman and thus begin another chapter of material\nexistence.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nttUIWIIf\\1� g � a ttmt I\n� � U4Sf\\ijl ��II� �II\n;r\n\nna\n\nmayy anasite bhurikte\nnasnate snati mat-para\n\nmayi ru�te susantrasta\nbhartsite yata-viig bhayat\nna-never; mayi\n\n-\n\nwhen I; aniisite-had not eaten; bhurikte-she would\n\neat; na-never; asniite-had not taken bath; sniiti-she would take her bath;\nmat para-always devoted to me; mayi-when I; ru� te-was angry; su-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0188": "Text 20)\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1305\n\nsantrastii-very much frightened; bhartsite-when I chastised; yata-viikfully controlled of words; bhayiit\n\n-\n\nout of fear.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Puraiijana then began to think of his past dealings with his wife. He\nrecalled that his wife would not take her dinner until he had finished his,\nthat she would not take her bath until he had finished his, and that she\nwas always very much attached to him, so much so that if he would sometimes become angry and chastise her, she would simply remain silent and\ntolerate his misbehavior.\nPURPORT\nA wife is always supposed to be submissive to her husband. Submission,\nmild behavior and subservience are qualities in a wife which make a husband very thoughtful of her. For family life it is very good for a husband\nto be attached to his wife, but it is not very good for spiritual advancement.\nThus Kr�l).a consciousness must be established in every home. If a husband\nand wife are very much attached to one another in Kr�l).a consciousness,\nthey will both benefit because Kr�l).a is the center of their existence. Otherwise, if the husband is too much attached to his wife, he becomes a woman\nin his next life. The woman, being overly attached to her husband, becomes\na man in her next life. Of course, it is an advantage for a woman to become\na man, but it is not at all advantageous for the man to become a woman.\nTEXT 20\n\nWt'444f6 �- � il+f'Efif{lijl I\n�� •z«it� 41«((N � ll�oll\nprabodhayati mavijiiarh\nVJU§ite soka-karsita\nvartmaitad grha-medhiyam\nvira-sur api ne§yati\nprabodhayati-gives\n\ngood\n\ncounsel;\n\nmii-unto me; avijiiam- foolish;\n\nvyu �ite-at the time of my being away; soka-by aggrievement; karsitiibeing aggrieved and thus dried up; vartma\n\n-\n\npath; etat-this;gr;ha-medhtyam\n\n-of household responsibilities; vira siiq-the mother of great heroes; api-\n\nalthough; neuati-will she be able to execute.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0189": "1306\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nKing Puraiijana continued thinking how, when he was in a state of\n\nbewilderment, his wife would give him good counsel and how she would\n\nbecome aggrieved when he was away from home. Although she was the\n\nmother of so many sons and heroes, the King still feared that she would not\nbe able to maintain the responsibility of household affairs.\nPURPORT\nAt the time of death King Purarijana was thinking of his wife, and this is\ncalled polluted consciousness. As Lord K_r�l)a explains in Bhagavad-gitii:\nmamaiviirhso jiva-loke\njiva-bhutal). saniitanal).\nmanal). �a�thiinindriyiiT}i\nprakrti-sthiini kar�ati\n\"The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal, fragmental\nparts. Due to conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the six\nsenses, which include the mind.\" (Bg. 15.7)\nThe living entity is, after all, part and parcel of the Supreme Spirit,\nK_r�l)a. In other words, Kr�Qa 's constitutional position and the living entity's\nconstitutional position are the same qualitatively. The only difference is\nthat the living entity is eternally an atomic particle of the Supreme Spirit.\nMamaiviirhso jiva-loke jiva-bhutal). saniitanal).. In this material world of conditional life, the fragmental portion of the Supreme Lord, the individual\nsoul, is struggling due to his contaminated mind and consciousness. As part\nand parcel of the Supreme Lord, a living entity is supposed to think of Kr�l).a,\nbut here we see that King Purarijana (the living entity) is thinking of a\nwoman. Such mental absorption with some sense object brings about the\nliving entity's struggle for existence in this material world. Since King\nPuraiijana is thinking of his wife, his struggle for existence in the material\nworld will not be ended by death. As revealed in the following verses,\n\nKing Purarijana had to accept the body of a woman in his next life due to\nhis being overly absorbed in thoughts of his wife. Thus mental absorption\nin social, political, pseudo-religious, national and communal consciousness\nis cause for bondage. During one's lifetime one has to change his activities\nin order to attain release from bondage. This is confirmed inBhagavad-gitii:\nyajiiiirthiit karmaT}O 'nyatra\nloko 'yam karma-bandhanal).\n\n", "SB4.4#p0190": "Text 20]\n\nPurarijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1307\n\ntad-artham karma kaunteya\nmukta-sa�igal;t samacara\n\"Work done as a sacrifice for Vigm has to be performed, otherwise work\nbinds one to this material world. Therefore, 0 son of Kunti, perform your\nprescribed duties for His satisfaction, and in that way you will always remain\nunattached and free from bondage.\" (Bg. 3.9) lf we do not change our\nconsciousness in this life, whatever we do in the name of social, political,\nreligious or communal and national welfare will be the cause of our bondage.\nThis means we have to continue in material conditional life. When the\nmind and senses are engaged in material activities, one has to continue his\nmaterial existence and struggle to attain happiness. In each and every life,\none is engaged in the struggle to become happy. Actually no one in this\nmaterial world is happy, but the struggle gives a false sense of happiness.\nA person must work very hard, and when he attains the result of his hard\nwork, he thinks himself happy. In the material world people do not know\nwhat real happiness is. Real happiness is to be attained by transcendental\nsenses.\n\nyatroparamate cittam\nniruddhani yoga-sevaya\nyatra caivatmanatmanam\npasyann atmani tu�yati\nsukham atyantikam yat tad\nbuddhi-grahyam atindriyam\nvetti yatra na caivayam\nsthitas calati tattvatal;t\nyam labdhva caparam liibham\nmanyate nadhikam tatal;t\nyasmin sthito na dul;tkhena\nguru7Jripi vicalyate\ntam vidyad dul;tkha-samyogaviyogam yoga-samjiiitam\n\n\"In the stage of perfection called trance, or samiidhi, one's mind is completely restrained from material mental activities by practice of yoga. This\nis characterized by one's ability to see the self by the pure mind and to\nrelish and rejoice in the self. In that joyous state, one is situated in boundless\ntranscendental happiness and enjoys himself through transcendental senses.\nEstablished thus, one never departs from the truth, and upon gaining this\n\n", "SB4.4#p0191": "[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1308\n\nhe thinks there is no greater gain. Being situated in such a position, one is\nnever shaken, even in the midst of greatest difficulty. This indeed is actual\n\nfreedom from all miseries arising from material contact.\" (Bg. 6.20-23)\n\nThus real happiness must be appreciated by one's transcendental senses.\nUnless one is purified, the transcendental senses are not manifest; therefore\nto purify the senses one must take to Kr�va consciousness and engage the\nsenses in the service of the Lord. Then there will be real happiness and\nliberation.\nIt is stated in Bhagavad gita :\n-\n\nsariram yad avapnoti\nyac capy utkramatiSvara[l.\ngrhitvaitani samyati\nvayur gandhan ivasayat\n\"The living entity in the material world carries his different conceptions\n\nof life from one body to another as the air carries aromas.\" (Bg. 15.8)\n\nIf the wind passes over a garden of roses, it will carry the aroma of\nroses, and if it passes over a filthy place, it will carry the stench of\nobnoxious things. Similarly, King Puraiijana, the living entity, now passes\nthe air of his life over his wife, a woman; therefore he has to accept the\nbody of a woman in his next life.\nTEXT 21\n\n� � � (r.n �mii4tq(a�un: 1\nctM\"4� � � N'l•Ui!f � 11� �II\nkatham nu daraka dina\ndarakir vaparayal)-alJ,\nvarti§yante mayi gate\nbhinna-nava ivodadhau\nkatham-how;\n\nnu-indeed;\n\ndiirakiil].-sons;\n\ndiniil].-poor;\n\ndarak�­\n\ndaughters; vii-or;apariiyal]iil].-having no one else to depend on; vart�yante\n\n- will live; m ayi- when I; gate-gone from this world; bhinna-broken;\nnaval].-boat; iva-like; udadhau-in the ocean.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Puraiijana continued worrying: \"Mter I pass from this world, how\n\nwill my sons and daughters, who are now fully dependent on me, live and\n\n", "SB4.4#p0192": "Text 22]\n\nPurarijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1309\n\ncontinue their lives? Their position will be similar to that of passengers\naboard a ship wrecked in the midst of the ocean.\"\nPURPORT\nAt the time of death every living entity worries about what will happen\nto his wife and children. Similarly, a politician also worries about what will\nhappen to his country or his political party. Unless one is fully Kr�l).a\nconscious, he has to accept a body in the next life according to his particular state of consciousness. Since Puraiijana is thinking of his wife and children and is overly engrossed in thoughts of his wife, he will accept the body\nof a woman. Similarly, a politician or so-called nationalist who is inordinately attached to the land of his birth will certainly be reborn in the same\nland after ending his political career. One's next life will also be affected\nby the acts one performs during this life. Sometimes politicians act most\nsinfully for their own sense gratification. It is not unusual for a politician\nto kill the opposing party. Even though a politician may be allowed to\ntake birth in his so-called homeland, he still has to undergo suffering due\nto his sinful activities in his previous life.\nThis science of transmigration is completely unknown to modern\nscientists. So-called scientists do not like to bother with these things\nbecause if they would at all consider this subtle subject matter and the\nproblems of life, they would see that their future is very dark. Thus they\ntry to avoid considering the future and continue committing all kinds of\nsinful activities in the name of social, political and national necessity.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n� «&'i\"l�l � �\"iitRI+(ijf(OI( I\n� te.'fft.f ll�:rti+U+=tqte. ����II\nevam krpaT).ayii buddhyii\nsocantam atad-arhaT).am\ngrahitum krta-dhir enam\nbhaya-niimiibhyapadyata\nevam- thus; k rpa T}ayii- by miserly; buddhyii- intelligence; socantamlamenting; a-tat-arha T}am-on which he should not have lamented; grahilum\n-in order to arrest; k rta-dhi� - the determined King of the Yavanas; enamhim; bhaya-nii mii-whose name was fear; abhyapadyata- came there immediately.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0193": "1310\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough King Puraiijana should not have lamented over the fate of his\nwife and children, he nonetheless did so due to his miserly intelligence. In\n\nthe meantime, Yavana-raja, whose name was fear itself, immediately drew\nnear to arrest him.\n\nPURPORT\nFoolish people do not know that every individual soul is responsible for\nhis own actions and reactions in life. As long as a living entity in the form\nof a child or boy is innocent, it is the duty of the father and mother to\nlead him into a proper understanding of the values of life. When a child is\ngrown, it should be left up to him to execute the duties of life properly.\nThe parent, after his death, cannot help his child. A father may leave some\nestate for his children's immediate help, but he should not be overly\nabsorbed in thoughts of how his family will survive after his death. This is\nthe disease of the conditioned soul. Not only does he commit sinful activities for his own sense gratification, but he accumulates great wealth to\nleave behind so that his children may also gorgeously arrange for sense\ngratification.\nIn any case, everyone is afraid of death, and therefore death is called\nbhaya, or fear. Although King Puraiijana was engaged in thinking of his\n\nwife and children, death did not wait for him. Death does not wait for any\nman; it will immediately carry out its duty. Since death must take away\nthe living entity without hesitation, it is the ultimate God realization of the\natheists, who spoil their lives thinking of country, society and relatives, to\nthe neglect of God consciousness. In this verse the word atad-arhal'}am is\nvery significant, for it means that one should not be overly engaged in\nwelfare activities for one's family members, countrymen, society and community. None of these will help a person to advance spiritually. Unfortunately, in present day society so-called educated men have no idea what\nspiritual progress is. Although they have the opportunity in the human form\nof life to make spiritual progress, they remain misers. They use their lives\nimproperly and simply waste them thinking about the material welfare of\ntheir relatives, countrymen, society and so on. One's actual duty is to learn\nhow to conquer death. Lord l<.f�IJ.a states the process of conquering death\nin Bhagavad-gita:\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevarit yo vetti tattvatal}\ntyaktva deharit punar janma\nnaiti miim eti so 'rjuna\n\n", "SB4.4#p0194": "Text 23]\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1311\n\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities\ndoes not, upon leaving the body , take his birth again in this material world,\nbut attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" (Bg. 4.9)\nAfter giving up this body , one who is fully Kt�IJ.a conscious does not\naccept another material body but returns home, back to Godhead. Everyone should try to attain this perfection. Unfortunately, instead of doing so,\npeople are absorbed in thoughts of society, friendship, love and relatives.\nThis Kt�IJ.a consciousness movement, however, is educating people throughout the world and informing them how to conquer death. Harini vinii na\nsrtirh taranti . One cannot conquer death without taking shelter of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 23\n\nq�f!ltl€1� 41�+uwt: � � t\n3fw'iil\"q\"�: �ft:q;:ffl ��+tlij(t: ����\"\npasuvad yavanair e§a\nniyamiina� svakani k§ayam\nanvadravann anupathii�\nsocanto bh.rsam iiturii�\npa su vat- like an animal; yavanai[l-by the Yavanas; esaft- Puraftjana;\nriiyamana�- being arrested and taken away ; svakam- to their own; k§ayamabode; anvadravan-followed;anupatha�- his attendants; socan ta� lament\ning; bhrsam- greatly; atura{t- being distressed.\n-\n\n.\n\n-\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Yavanas were taking King Puraiijana away to their place,\nbinding him like an animal, the King's followers became greatly aggrieved.\nW hile they lamented, they were forced to go along with him.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen Yamaraja and his assistants take a living entity away to the place\nof judgment, the life, life air and desires, being followers of the living entity,\nalso go with him. This is confirmed in the Vedas. When the living entity is\ntaken away or arrested by Yamaraja (tam utkriimantam), the life air also\ngoes with him (prii1JO 'niltkriimati), and when the life air is gone (prii7Jam\n\n", "SB4.4#p0195": "1312\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\naniitkriimantam ), all the senses (saroe priif!iil}) also go along (aniitkriimanti).\n\nWhen the living entity and the life air are gone, the lump of matter produced\n\nof five elements-earth, water, air, fire and ether-is rejected and left\nbehind. The living entity then goes to the court of judgment, andY amaraja\n\ndecides what kind of body he is going to get next. This process is unknown\nto modern scientists. Every living entity is responsible for his activities in\nthis life, and after death he is taken to the court of Y amaraja, where it is\n\ndecided what kind of body he will take next. Although the gross material\n\nbody is left, the living entity and his desires, as well as the resultant reactions\n\nof his past activities, go on. It is Y amaraja who decides what kind of body\none gets next in accordance with one's past actions.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nif A(t�q•t6 � �: I\n� � � Fctitolt 3lifa' tRIT 11�\\/11\npurini vihiiyopagata\nuparuddho bhujarigama�\nyadii tam eviinu puri\nviiir1.1ii prakrtirh gatii\npurfm-the city; vihiiya-having given up; upagata{t-gone out; uparuddhaft\n-arrested; bhujarigama�-the serpent; yadii - when; tam-him; eva- certainly;\n\nanu- after ; puri- the city; viSirpii- scattered ; prakrtim- matter ;gatii- turned\ninto.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe serpent, who had already been arrested by the soldiers of Y avana­\n\nraja and was out of the city, began to follow his master along with the\nothers. As soon as they all left the city, it was immediately dismantled and\nsmashed to dust.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen the living entity is arrested, all his followers-namely the life air,\n\nthe senses and sense objects-immediately leave the lump of matter, the\nbody. When the living entity and his companions leave, the body no longer\n\nworks but turns into basic material elements-earth, water, fire, air and\n\nether. When a city attacked by enemies is vacated by its inhabitants, the\nenemy immediately takes advantage of that city and bombards it to smash\n\n", "SB4.4#p0196": "Text 25)\n\nPurarijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1313\n\nthe whole thing to dust. When we say, \"Dust thou art, and unto dust thou\nshall return,\" we refer to the body. When a city is attacked and bombarded\nby enemies, the citizens generally leave, and the city ceases to exist.\nIt is a foolish person who engages in improving the condition of a city\nwithout caring for the citizens or inhabitants. Similarly, a living entity who\nis not properly enlightened in spiritual knowledge simply takes care of the\nexternal body, not knowing that the spirit soul is the principal factor\nwithin the body . When one is advanced in spiritual knowledge, the spirit\nsoul is saved from eternal transmigration. The Bhiigavatam considers those\nwho are attached to their bodies to be like cows and asses (sa eva go-kharal]. ).\nThe cow is a very innocent animal, and the ass is a beast of burden. One\nwho labors under the bodily conception simply works like an ass and does\nnot know his self-interest. It is therefore said:\n\nyasyiitma-buddhil]. kuJ]-ape tri-dhiituke\nsva-dhil]. kalatriidi�u bhauma ijya-dhil].\nyat-tirtha-buddhil]. salile na karhicij\njane�v abhijne�u sa eva go-kharal].\n\"A human being who identifies this body made of three elements with his\nself, who considers the by-products of the body to be his kinsmen, who\nconsiders the land of birth as worshipable, and who goes to the place of\npilgrimage simply to take a bath rather than meet men of transcendental\nknowledge there, is to be considered like an ass or a cow.\" (Bhiig. 10.84.13)\nHuman civilization devoid of Kr�qa consciousness is simply a civilization\nof lower animals. Sometimes such a civilization may study the dead body\nand consider the brain or the heart. However, no part of the body is important unless the spirit soul is present. In a modern civilization of cows\nand asses, scientists try to search out some value in the brain or heart of a\ndead man.\nTEXT 25\n\nNt'4¥UOI: SRPi � \"i1�'\"0�\"\"'ij'\"'l I\nitlf4W(\\1¥1ijiSAf!: � � �: 11�'-\\11\nvik.r�yamiir:ta/:t prasabham\nyavanena baliyasii\nniivindat tamasiivi�ta/:t\nsakhiiyam suh.rdam pura/:t\n\n", "SB4.4#p0197": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1314\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nviknyamiil)a[l.- being dragged; prasabham- forcibly; yavanena- by the\nYavana; baliyasa who was very powerful; na avindat- could not remember;\n-\n\ntamasii-by darkness of ignorance; iivi �t a � - being covered; sakhayam-his\nfriend; suhrdam- always a well-wisher;pura{t-from the very beginning.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen King Puraiijana was being dragged with great force by the powerful\n\nYavana, out of his gross ignorance he still could not remember his friend\nand well-wisher, the Supersoul.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii Lord Kr�qa says:\n\nbhoktiiram yajiia-tapasiim\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\nsuhrdam sarva-bhiitiiniim\njiiiitvii miim siintim rcchati\n\"The sages, knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrifices and\nausterities, the Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods and the benefactor and well-wisher of all living entities, attain peace from the pangs of\nmaterial miseries.\" (Bg. 5.29)\nA person can be in full Kr�qa consciousness and become happy and\nsatisfied if he knows but three things-namely, that the Supreme Lord\nKr�qa is the enjoyer of all benefits, that He is the proprietor of everything,\nand that He is the supreme friend of all living entities. If one does not know\nthis and functions instead under the bodily conception, he is always\nharassed by the tribulations offered by material nature. In actuality, the\nSupreme Lord is sitting by the side of everyone.\n\niSvaral]. sarva-bhutiiniim\nhrd-dese 'rjuna ti�(hati\nbhriimayan sarva-bhutiini\nyantriiruqhiini miiyayii\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is\ndirecting the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a\nmachine, made of the material energy.\" (Bg. 18.61)\nThe living entity and the Supersoul are sitting side by side in the same\ntree, but despite being harassed by the laws of material nature, the foolish\n\n", "SB4.4#p0198": "Text 26]\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1315\n\nliving entity does not turn toward the Supreme Personality of Godhead for\nprotection. However, he thinks that he is able to protect himself from the\nstringent laws of material nature. This, however, is not possible. The living\nentity must turn toward the Supreme Personality of Godhead and surrender\nunto Him. Only then will he be saved from the onslaught of the powerful\nY avana, or Y amariija.\n\nThe word sakhiiyam (friend) is very significant in this verse because God\nis eternally present beside the living entity. The Supreme Lord is also\ndescribed as suhrdam (ever well-wisher). The Supreme Lord is always a wellwisher, just like a father or mother. Despite all the offenses of a son, the\nfather and mother are always the son's well-wisher. Similarly, despite all\nour offenses and defiance of the desires of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, the Lord will give us immediate relief from all the hardships\noffered by material nature if we simply surrender unto Him. Lord l<.rf?q.a\nalso confirms this in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\ndaivi hy e�ii gulJamayi\nmama miiyii duratyayii\nmiim eva ye prapadyante\nmiiyiim etiim taranti te\n\"This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material\nnature, is difficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me\ncan easily cross beyond it.\" (Bg. 7.14)\nUnfortunately, due to our bad association and great attachment for\nsense gratification, we do not remember our best friend, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTEXT 26\n\n� :q(lq�(tsir.f - �G:'III€-1 I\n�f�: �: 4i(;:fflstftct'1� �����II\ntam yajna-pasavo 'nena\nsamjnaptii ye 'dayiilunii\nkuphiirais cicchidul;t kruddhiil;t\nsmaranto 'mivam asya tat\n\n-\n\ntam- him; yajn a pa sava l;t -the sacrificial animals; anena-by him;\nsamjnaptii l;t killed; ye-all of them who; adayalunii-by the most unkind;\nkuthiirai/;1.-by axes; cicchidufl. - pierc ed to pieces; k ruddh a/;1. -being very\n\n-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0199": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n1316\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nangry; smarantal;t- remembering; amivam- sinful activity; asya- of him; tatthat.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThat most unkind king, Puraiijana, killed many animals in various\nsacrifices. Now, taking advantage of this opportunity, all these animals\n\nbegan to pierce him with their horns. It was as though he were being cut\nto pieces by axes.\nPURPORT\n\nThose who are very enthusiastic about killing animals in the name of\n\nreligion or for food must await similar punishment after death. The word\n\nmamsa (meat) indicates that those animals whom we kill will be given an\nopportunity to kill us. Although in actuality no living entity is killed, the\npains of being pierced by the horns of animals will be experienced after\ndeath. Not knowing this, rascals unhesitatingly go on killing poor animals.\nSo-called human civilization has opened many slaughterhouses for animals\nin the name of religion or food. Those who are a little religious kill animals\nin temples, mosques or synagogues, and those who are more fallen maintain various slaughterhouses. Just as in civilized human society the law is a\nlife for a life, similarly, no living entity can encroach upon another living\nentity as far as the Supreme Lord is concerned. Everyone should be given\nfreedom to live at the cost of the Supreme Father, and animal killing-either\nfor religion or for food-is always condemned by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. In Bhagavad-gitii Lord K{�qa says:\n\ntiin aham dvi�ata� kruriin\nsamsiire�u nariidhamiin\nk�ipiimy ajasram asubhiin\niisur�v eva yoni�u\n\"Those who are envious and mischievous, who are the lowest among men,\n\nare cast by Me into the ocean of material existence, into various demoniac\nspecies of life.\" (Bg. 16.19)\n\nThe animal killers (dvi�ata�), envying other living entities and the Su­\n\npreme Personality of Godhead, are placed in darkness and cannot understand the theme and objective of life. This is further explained in the\nfollowing verses.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n311C\"{'NI\\ � � ICt�Rt: �: I\n\n�\n\nSl'li:Jel1f't�u 11�\\911\n\n", "SB4.4#p0200": "Text 27)\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1317\n\nananta-piire tamasi\nmagno na�ta-smrtil). samiil).\nsiisvatir anubhiiyiirtim\npramadii-saTiga-dil�ital).\nananta-piire unlimitedly expanded; tamasi-in the material existence of\ndarkness; magnal).- being merged; na�_ta-smrtil).- bereft of all intelligence;\nsamiil).\nfor many years; sas vatil]- practically eternally; anub hilya- experi\nencing; iirtim-the threefold miseries; pramadii-of women; sa nga by\nassociation; du�ital).- being contaminated.\n-\n\n-\n\n­\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nDue to his contaminated association with women, a living entity like\nKing Puraiijana eternally suffers all the pangs of material existence and\nremains in the dark region of material life bereft of all remembrance for\nmany, many years.\nPURPORT\nThis is a description of material existence. Material existence is experi­\n\nenced when one becomes attached to a woman and forgets his real identity\nas the eternal servant of J<.r�qa (na�ta-smrtil] ) In this way, in one body after\n.\n\nanother, the living entity perpetually suffers the threefold miseries of\n\nmaterial existence. To save human civilization from the darkness of igno­\n\nrance, this movement was started. The main purpose of the Kr�qa consciousness movement is to enlighten the forgetful living entity and remind him of\n\nhis original J<.r�qa consciousness. In this way the living entity can be saved\n\nfrom the catastrophe of ignorance as well as bodily transmigration. As\n\nSrila Bhaktivinoda 'fhakura has sung:\n\naniidi karama-phale, pacji' bhaviir1Java-jale,\ntaribare na dekhi upaya\ne v4aya-haliihale, diva-nisi hiyii jvale,\nmana kabhu sukha niihi piiya\n\"Because of my past fruitive activities, I have now fallen into an ocean of\n\nnescience. I cannot find any means to get out of this great ocean, which is\n\nindeed like an ocean of poison. We are trying to be happy through sense\n\nenjoyment, but actually that so-called enjoyment is like food that is too\n\nhot and causes burning in the heart. I feel a burning sensation constantly,\nday and night, and thus my mind cannot find satisfaction.\"\n\n", "SB4.4#p0201": "[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1318\n\nMaterial existence is always full of anxiety. People are always trying to\nfind many ways to mitigate anxiety, but because they are not guided by a\nreal leader, they try to forget material anxiety through drink and sex\nindulgence. Foolish people do not know that by attempting to escape\nanxiety by drink and sex, they simply increase their duration of material\nlife. It is not possible to escape material anxiety in this way.\nThe word pramadii-sariga-dil�ita� indicates that apart from all other\ncontamination, if one simply remains attached to a woman, that single\ncontamination will be sufficient to prolong one's miserable material\nexistence. Consequently, in Vedic civilization one is trained from the\nbeginning to give up attachment for women. The first stage of life is\n\nbrahmaciiri, the second stage grhastha, the third stage viinaprastha, and the\nfourth stage sannyiisa. All these stages are devised to enable one to detach\nhimself from the association of women.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n� 'liRn � �( Sl¥t(hlitl\n� f?t�.W. ��Me:� �f.lll����\ntiim eva manasa grhTJan\nbabhuva pramadottamii\nanantaram vidarbhasya\nriija-simhasya vesmani\ntiim-her;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nmanasii-by\n\nthe\n\nmind; g rhrw n- accepting;\n.\n\nbabhilva- became; pramadii-woman ; uttamii-highly situated; anantaramafter death; vidarbhasya-of Vidarbha; riija-simhasya-of the most powerful\nking; vesmani- at the house.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Puraiijana gave up his body while rem�mbering his wife, and conse­\n\nquently in his next life he became a very beautiful and well-situated woman.\n\nHe took his next birth as the daughter of King Vidarbha in the very house\nof the King.\n\nPURPORT\nSince King Puraiijana thought of his wife at the time of death, he\nattained the body of a woman in his next birth. This verifies the following\nverse in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\n", "SB4.4#p0202": "Text 28)\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next life\n\n1319\n\nyam yam viipi smaran bhiivam\ntyajaty ante kalevaram\n\ntam tam evaiti kaunteya\n\nsadii tad-bhiiva-bhiivital],\n\n\"Whatever state of being one remembers when he quits his body, that\nstate he will attain without fail.\" (Bg. 8.6)\nWhen a living entity is accustomed to think of a particular subject\nmatter or become absorbed in a certain type of thought, he will think of\nthat subject at the time of death. At the time of death, one will think of\nthe subject that has occupied his life while he was awake, lightly sleeping\nor dreaming, or while he was deeply sleeping. After falling from the\nassociation of the Supreme Lord, the living entity thus transmigrates from\none bodily form to another according to nature's course, until he finally\nattains the human form. If he is absorbed in material thoughts and ignorant\nof spiritual life, and if he does not take shelter under the lotus feet of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda, who solves all questions of\nbirth and death, he will become a woman in the next life, especially if he\n\nthinks of his wife. As stated in Srtmad-Bhiigavatam: karmarJii daivanetrel'}a. A living entity acts piously and impiously, and sometimes in both\n\nways. All actions are taken into account, and the living entity is offered a\nnew body by his superiors. Although King Puraiijana was overly attached\nto his wife, he nonetheless performed many pious fruitive activities.\nConsequently, although he took the form of a woman, he was given a\n\nchance to be the daughter of a powerful king. As confirmed in Bhagavad­\n\ngltii:\n\npriipya pu[tya-krtiim lokiin\nu�itvii siisvattl), samiil),\n\nsuctniim srimatiim gehe\n\nyoga-bhra�to 'bhijiiyate\n\n\"The unsuccessful yogi, after many, many years of enjoyment on the\nplanets of the pious living entities, is born into a family of righteous\npeople, or into a family of rich aristocracy.\" (Bg. 6.41)\n\nIf a person falls from the path of bhakti-yoga, God realization, due\n\nto attachment to fruitive activity, philosophical speculation or �ystic\nyoga, he is given a chance to take birth in a high and rich family. The\nhigher authorities appointed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead thus\nrender justice to the living entity according to the living entity's desires .\nAlthough King Puraiijana was overly absorbed in thoughts of his wife and\nthus became a woman, he nonetheless took birth in the family of a king\n\n", "SB4.4#p0203": "[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1320\n\ndue to his previous pious activities. The conclusion is that all our activities\nare taken into consideration before we are awarded another body. Narada\nMuni therefore advised\n\nVyasadeva to\n\ntake\n\nto\n\nl<flll}a consciousness,\n\ndevotional service, and abandon all ordinary occupational duties. This\nadvice was also given by Lord l<f!lqa Himself. Although a devotee may fall\nfrom the path of spiritual consciousness, he will nonetheless attain a\nhuman body in the home of a devotee or a rich man. In this way one can\nresume his devotional service.\nTEXT 29\n\n� ift�qorf � +R�4ENU I\n� F-\\llE4 (liilt41�: qq($4: ����II\nupayeme virya-parpini\nvaidarbhini malaya-dhvajal).\nyudhi nirjitya nijanyan\npa1pjyal). para-puranjayal).\nupay eme-married; vtrya-of valor or prowess; par-am- the prize;\nidarbhim- daughter of Vidarbha; malaya-dhvajah- Malayadhvaja;yudhiin the fight; nirjitya-after conquering; riijanyan- other princes ; piil]-qyal] best of the learned, or born in the country known as Pa�u;lu; para- transcendental; puram- city; jayal]- conqueror.\nva\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nIt was fixed that Vaidarbhi, daughter of King Vidarbha, was to be\nmarried to a very powerful man, Malayadhvaja, an inhabitant of the\nPaJ;u;lu country. Mter conquering other princes, he married the daughter\nof King Vidarbha.\nPURPORT\nIt is customary among k�atriyas for a princess to be offered under certain\nconditions. For instance, Draupadi was offered in marriage to one who\ncould pierce a fish with an arrow simply by seeing the reflection of that\nfish. l<fflqa married one of His queens after conquering seven strong bulls.\nThe Vedic system is for a daughter of a king to be offered under certain\nconditions. Vaid�bhi, the daughter of Vidarbha, was offered to a great\n\n", "SB4.4#p0204": "Text 30]\n\nPurarijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1321\n\ndevotee and powerful king. Since King Malayadhvaja was both a powerful\nking and great devotee, he fulfilled all the requirements. The name\nMalayadhvaja signifies a great devotee who stands as firm as Malaya Hill,\nand, through his propaganda, makes other devotees similarly as firm. Such\na mahii-bhiigavata can prevail over the opinions of all others. A strong\ndevotee makes propaganda against all other spiritual conceptions-namely\njfiiina, karma and yoga. With his devotional flag unfurled, he always stands\nfast to conquer other conceptions of transcendental realization. Whenever\nthere is an argument between a devotee and a nondevotee, the pure, strong\ndevotee comes out victorious.\nThe word pii'!iJya comes from the word pa'!iJii meaning knowledge.\nUnless one is highly learned, he cannot conquer nondevotional conceptions.\nThe word para means transcendental, and pura means city. The para-pura\nis Vaikui;ttha, the kingdom of God, and the word jaya refers to one who\ncan conquer. This means that a pure devotee, who is strong in devotional\nservice and who has conquered all nondevotional conceptions, can also\nconquer the kingdom of God. In other words, one can conquer the kingdom\n\nof God, Vaikui;ttha, only by rendering devotional service. The\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is called ajita, meaning that no one can\nconquer Him, but a devotee, by strong devotional service and sincere\nattachment to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, can easily conquer\nHim. Lord Kr�f.la is fear personified for everyone, but He voluntarily\nagreed to fear the stick of mother Yasoda. Kr�l)a, God, cannot be conquered by anyone but His devotee. Such a devotee kindly married the\ndaughter of King Vidarbha.\n\nTEXT 30\n\nm � iifWAl!R' 31l�atl¥tM�ijUli'( I\n�: Q � Q �: ll�oll\ntasyiim sa janayiin cakra\niitmajiim asitek�ar_tiim\nyaviyasa� sapta sutiin\nsapta dravipa-bhubhrta�\ntasyiim- through her; sa�-the King; janayiim ca kre--begot; iitma-jiimdaughter; asita-blue or black; ik�aryiim - whose eyes; yaviyasa� - younger ,\nvery powerful; sapta- seven ; sutiin-sons; sapta-seven; dra viCJa- province of\nDravi<).a or south India; bhu-of the land; bhrta�-kings.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0205": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1322\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nTRANSLATIO N\nKing Malayadhvaja fathered one daughter, who had very black eyes. He\nalso had seven sons, who later became rulers of that tract of land known\nas Dravic;la. Thus there were seven kings in that land.\nPURPORT\nKing Malayadhvaja was a great devotee, and after he married the daughter\nof King Vidarbha, he gave her one nice daughter, whose eyes were black.\nFiguratively this means that the daughter of King Malayadhvaja was\nbestowed also with devotional service, for her eyes were always fixed on\nKr�l}a. A devotee has no vision in his life other than Kr�l}a. The seven\nsons are the seven processes of devotional service-hearing, chanting,\nremembering, offering worship, offering prayers, rendering transcendental\nloving service and serving the lotus feet of the Lord. Of the nine types of\ndevotional service, only seven were immediately given. The balancefriendship and surrendering everything-were to be developed later. In\nother words, devotional service is divided into two categories-namely\n\nvidhi-miirga and riiga-miirga. The process of becoming friends with the Lord\nand sacrificing everything for Him belong to the category of riiga-miirga,\nthe stage of developed devotional service. For the neophyte, the important\nprocesses\n\nare\n\nthose\n\nof\n\nhearing\n\nand chanting\n\n(sravaT}am ktrtanam),\n\nremembering Kr�l}a, worshiping the Deity in the temple, offering prayers\nand always engaging in the service of the Lord, and worshiping the lotus\nfeet of the Lord.\nThe word yavtyasa� indicates that these processes are very powerful.\nMter a devotee engages in the processes of srava1J-mh\n\nktrtanarh vi§IJO�\nsmaraT}ani piida-sevanam arcanani vandanani diisyam, and is able to secure\nthese processes, he can later become a devotee capable of rendering\nspontaneous devotional service-namely sakhyam and\n\niitma-nivedanam.\niiciiryas who preach devotional service all over the\nworld belong to the category of sakhyam iitma-nivedanam. A neophyte\nGenerally the great\n\ndevotee cannot actually become a preacher. The neophyte is advised to\nexecute devotional service in the seven other fields (sravaT}arh ktrtanam,\netc.). If one can successfully execute the preliminary seven items, he can\nin the future be situated on the platform of sakhyam atma-nivedanam.\nThe specific mention of Dravic;la-desa refers to the five Dravi«;la-desas\nin south India. All are very strong in rendering the preliminary devotional\nprocesses (srava�Jarh kirtanam). Some great acaryas, like Ramanujaciirya\nand Madhvacarya, also came from Dravi«;la-desa and became great preachers.\nThese were all situated on the platform of sakhyam atma-nivedanam.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0206": "Text 31]\n\nPuranjana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1323\n\nTEXT 31\n\n.,.a.�l'lq.a'li (liil'tiGO'l«'( I\n� qo(�t4(� ij;:itw:ij( 'R'( II�� II\nekaikasyabhavat te�ani\nrajann arbudam arbudam\nbhok�yate yad-vanisa-dharair\nmahi manv-antarani param\neka-ekasya-of each one; abhavat-there became; te�iim\n\n- of them; rajan-\n\n0 King; arbudam-ten million; arbudam-ten million; bhok�yate-is ruled;\nyat-whose; vanisa-dharai�-by descendants; mahi-the whole world; manuantaram-up to the end of one Manu;param-and afterwards.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Pracinabarhi�at, the sons of Malayadhvaja gave birth to\nmany thousands and thousands of sons, and all of these have been protecting the entire world up to the end of one Manu's life span and even\nafterwards.\nPURPORT\nThere are fourteen Manus in one day of Brahma. A manvantara, the\nlife span of one Manu, is given as 7l multiplied by 4,320,000 years.\nMter one such Manu passes on, another Manu begins his life span. In this\nway the life cycle of the universe is going on. As one Manu follows another,\nthe cult of l(r�l).a consciousness is being imparted, as confirmed in\nBhagavad-gita:\nsri bhagavan uvaca\nimani vivasvate yogani\nproktavan aham avyayam\nvivasvan manave praha\nmanur ik§vtikave 'bravit\n\"The Blessed Lord said:\n\nI instructed this imperishable science of yoga to\n\nthe sun-god, Vivasvan, and Vivasvan instructed it to Manu, the father of\nmankind, and Manu in turn instructed it to Ik�vaku.\" (Bg. 4.1)\nVivasvan, the sun-god, imparted Bhagavad-gita to one Manu, and this\nManu imparted it to his son, who imparted it to yet another Manu. In this\nway the propagation of l(r�l).a consciousness is never stopped. No one\n\n", "SB4.4#p0207": "1324\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nshould think that this K{�t;J.a consciousness movement is a new movement.\n\nAs confirmed by Bhagavad-gttii and Sr'imad-Bhiigavatam, it is a very, very\n\nold movement, for it has been passing down from one Manu to another.\n\nAmong V ai�t;J.avas there may be some difference of opinion due to\n\neveryone's personal identity, but despite all personal differences, the cult\n\nof K{�t;J.a consciousness must go on. We can see that under the instructions\n\nof Srila Bhaktivinoda fhakura, Srna Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami\nMaharaja began preaching the K{�t;J.a consciousness movement in\n\nan\n\norganized way within the past hundred years. The disciples of Srila\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Maharaja are all Godbrothers, and\n\nalthough there are some differences of opinion, and although we are not\n\nacting conjointly, still every one of us is spreading this K{�t;J.a consciousness\nmovement according to his own capacity and producing many disciples to\n\nspread it all over the world. As far as we are concerned, we have already\n\nstarted the International Society for Krishna Consciousness, and many\nthousands of Europeans and Americans have joined this movement. Indeed,\nit is spreading like wildfire. This cult of K{�t;J.a consciousness, based on the\n\nnine principles of devotional service (sraval)am kirtanam vi§T)o� smaral)am\n\npiida-sevanam/ arcanam vandanam diisyam sakhyam iitma-nivedanam), will\n\nnever be stopped. It will go on without distinction of caste, creed, color or\n\ncountry. No one can check it.\nThe word\n\nbhok�yate is very important in this verse. Just as a king\n\ngives protection to his citizens, these devotees, following the principles of\ndevotional service, will give protection to all the people of the world. The\n\npeople of the world are very much harassed by so-called religious principled\n\nsviimis, yogis, karmis and jniinis, but none of these can show the right\n\nway to become elevated to the spiritual platform. There are primarily four\n\nparties spreading devotional service all over the universe. These are\n\nthe Ramanuja-sampradaya, the Madhva-sampradaya, the V �t;J.usviimisampradaya and the Nimbarka-sampradaya. The Madhva-Gaugiya­\n\nsampradaya in particular comes from Lord Caitanya· Mahaprabhu. All these\ndevotees are spreading this Kr�t;J.a consciousness movement very widely\n\nand\n\ngiving protection\n\nto innocent people who are being so much\n\nembarrassed by pseudo-ava tiiras, sviimis, yogis and others.\nTEXT 32\n\nSw(f(ij(fi� 'l�HHI( I\n� �it iijRJ �etIC:I�¥41111 uf.l: II�� II\n\n�:\n\n", "SB4.4#p0208": "Text 32)\n\nPurarijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1325\n\nagastya� priig duhitaram\nupayeme dhrta-vratiim\nyasyiim drf)ha-cyuto jiita\nidhma-viihiitmajo mun*\nagastya�-the great sage Agastya Muni; prak-first; duhitaram- daughter;\nupayeme-married; dhrta-vratam-taken to vows; yasyam- through whom;\ndrcJha-cyuta� -named Dglhacyuta; jiita�-was born; idhma-viiha-named\nIdhmavaha; iitma-ja�-son; m uni� _: the great sage.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage named Agastya married the first-born daughter of\nMalayadhvaja, the avowed devotee of Lord Kr�IJa. From her one son was\nborn, whose name was Drc.lhacyuta, and from him another son was born,\nwhose name was Idhmavaha.\n\nPURPORT\nThe name of Agastya Muni is very significant. The word agastya indicates\nthat his senses do not act independently, and the w.ord muni means\n\"mind.\" The mind is the center of all the senses, and in the case of\nAgastya Muni, the senses could not work independent of the mind. When\nthe mind takes to the cult of bhakti, it engages in devotional service. The\ncult of bhakti (bhakti-latii) is the first daughter of Malayadhvaja, and, as\npreviously described, her eyes are always upon Kr�IJa (asitek§ar;tiim). One\ncannot render bhakti to any demigod. Bhakti can be rendered only to\nVi�:r)u (sravar;tarh kirtanam vi§r;to�). Thinking the Absolute Truth to be\nwithout form, the Mayavadis say that the word bhakti can apply to any\nform of worship. If this were the case, a devotee could imagine any\ndemigod or any godly form and worship it. This, however, is not the real\nfact. The real fact is that bhakti can only be applied to Lord Vi�l).U and His\nexpansions. Therefore bhakti-latii is drf)ha-vrata, the great vow, for when\nthe mind is completely engaged in devotional service, the mind does not\nfall down. If one tries to advance by other means-by karma-yoga or\njniina-yoga-one will fall down, but if one is fixed in bhakti, he never falls\ndown.\nThus from bhakti-latii the son Dr�hacyuta is born, and from Dr�acyuta\nthe next son, Idhmavaha, is born. The word idhma-viiha refers to one who\ncarries wood for burning in a sacrifice when approaching a spiritual\nmaster. The point is that bhakti-latii, the cult of devotion, fixes one in his\n\n", "SB4.4#p0209": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1326\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nspiritual position. One so fixed never comes down, and he begets children\nwho are strict followers of the sastric injunctions. As said in the Vedas:\n\ntad vijniiniirthani sa gurum eviibhigacchet\nsamifrpiir-* srotriyani brahma-ni§tham\nIn the line of devotional service, those who are initiated are strict followers\nof the Vedic scriptural injunctions.\nTEXT 33\n\n� Elwt�;q: � u�fil��' : 1\nanmt\\4PIS: �sui� ii111l f(U'4�� ������\nvibhajya tanayebhya}_t k§miini\nriijar§ir malaya-dhvaja}_t\naririidhayi§ulJ kr.srtam\nsa jagiima kuliicalam\nvibhajya-having divided; tanayebhyal].-amongst his sons; k�mam-the\nworld; riija- r�il].-great saintly king; malaya-dhvaja}_t- named\nMalayadhvaja; ariradhay�uf!,-desiring to worship; k r�T} am Lord Kr�Q.a;\nsal]. - he;jagiima- went; kuliicalam-unto Kulacala.\nwhole\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter this, the great saintly king Malayadhvaja divided his entire king­\n\ndom amongst his sons. Then, in order to worship Lord K!�Q.a with full\nattention, he werit to a solitary place known as Kulacala.\nPURPORT\nMalayadhvaja, the great king, was certainly a maha-bhagavata, topmost\ndevotee.\n\nBy\n\nexecuting\n\ndevotional service,\n\ndisciples for propagating the\n\nhe begot many sons and\n\nbhakti cult (sravar-am ktrtanani v(sr-olt).\n\nActually, the entire world should be divided amongst such disciples. Everyone should be engaged in preaching the cult of Kr�Q.a consciousness. In\nother words, when disciples are grown up and are able to preach, the\nspiritual master should retire and sit down in a solitary place to write and\nexecute nirjana-bhajana. This means sitting silently in a solitary place and\nexecuting devotional service. This nirjana-bhajana, which is the silent\n\n", "SB4.4#p0210": "Text 34]\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1327\n\nworship of the Supreme Lord, is not possible for a neophyte devotee.\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura never advised a neophyte devotee\n\nto go to a solitary place to engage in devotional service. Indeed, he has\n\nwritten a song in this connection:\n\ndu§ta mana, tumi kisera vai§r;tava?\nprati§thiira tare, nirjanera ghare,\ntava hari-niima kevala kaitava\n\"My dear mind, what kind of devotee are you? Simply for cheap adoration\nyou sit in a solitary place and pretend to chant the Hare Kr�J)a mahii-mantra,\n\nbut this is all cheating.\" Thus Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura advocated\n\nthat every devotee, under the guidance of an expert spiritual master,\n\npreach the bhakti cult, Kr�J)a consciousness, all over the world. Only\n\nwhen one is mature can he sit in a solitary place and retire from preaching\nall over the world. Following this example, the devotees of the International\n\nSociety for Krishna Consciousness now render service as preachers in various\n\nparts of the world. Now they can allow the spiritual master to retire from\n\nactive preaching work. In the last stage of the spiritual master's life, the\ndevotees of the spiritual master should take preaching activities into their\n\nown hands. In this way the spiritual master can sit down in a solitary place\nand render nirjana-bhajana.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�����¥t�l�l\n31-\"\n� q1G01� iii41�'4 �;ft!iti(t{ II� 'till\nhitvii grhiin sutiin bhogiin\nvaidarbhi madirekw!la\nanvadhavata paT}f[yesarh\njyotsneva rajani-karam\nhitvii-giving up; grhiin-home; sutiin-children; bhogiin-material hap­\n\npiness; vaidarbhi-the daughter of King Vidarbha;\nenchanting eyes; anvadhii vata\n\n-\n\nmadira-ik�a T}ii-with\n\nfollowed; piil]f/.ya-iSam- King Malayadhvaja;\n\njyotsnii iva-like the moonshine; rajani-karam-the moon.\nTRANSLATION\n\nJust as the moonshine follows the moon at night, immediately after\nKing Malayadhvaja departed for Kulacala, his devoted wife, whose eyes\n\n", "SB4.4#p0211": "[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1328\n\nwere very enchanting, followed him, giving up all homely happiness,\ndespite family and children.\n\nPURPORT\nJust as in the viinaprastha stage the wife follows the husband, similarly\n\nwhen the spiritual master retires for nirjana-bhajana, some of his advanced\n\ndevotees follow him and engage in his personal service. In other words ,\n\nthose who are very fond of family life should come forward in the service\n\nof the spiritual master and abandon so-called happiness afforded by\n\nsociety, friendship and love. A verse by Srila\n\nVisvanatha\n\nCakravarti\n\nThiikura in his Gurv-a§taka is significant in this regard. Yasya prasiidiid\n\nbhagavat-prasiida�. A disciple should always remember that by serving the\n\nspiritual master he can easily advance in Kr�Q.a consciousness. All the\nscriptures recommend that it is by pleasing the spiritual master and serving\nhim directly that one can attain the highest perfectional stage of devotional\n\nservice.\n\nThe word madirek§aT}ii is also significant in this verse. Srfla Jiva Gosvami\n\nhas explained in his Sandarbha that the word madira means intoxicating.\n\nIf one's eyes become intoxicated upon seeing the Deity, he may be\n\ncalled madirek§a7Ja. Queen Vaidarbhi's eyes were very enchanting, just as\n\none's eyes are madirek�a'!-a when engaged in seeing the temple Deity.\n\nUnless one is an advanced devotee, he cannot fix his eyes on the Deity in\n\nthe temple.\n\nTEXTS 35-36\n\n�iliJiqaff ctil�€61 I\nijqw4«�r.\\�f14144�w:+c..1 � 11 �'-\\1 1\n�·rer..(Mie: �q�un��: 1\n� ��CIQI\n\n;nq\n\n�: ta�•li'l€6ti-t � �: ������\ntatra candra-vasii niima\ntiimra-parT}i vatodakii\ntat-puT}ya-salilair nityam\nubhayatriitmano m,rjan\nkandii�tibhir miila-phalail).\npu�pa-parT}ais t,r[!-odakai[l.\nvartamiinaQ. sanair giitrakarsanam tapa iisthital).\n\n", "SB4.4#p0212": "Text 37]\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1329\n\ntatra-there; candra-vasii-the Candravasa River; nama-named; tiimraparr{i-the TamraparJJ.i River; vatodakii-the Vatodaka River; tat- of those\nrivers; pu�Jya-pious; salilail]-with the waters; nityam-daily; ubhayatrain both ways;atmana�-of himself; �rjan-washing; kanda-bulbs; a�(ibhi/.1\n-and by seeds; mula-roots; phalail]-and by fruits; pu�pa-flowers; par�Jail]\n-and by leaves;troii-grass;udakail]-and by water; vartamiinal]-subsisting;\nsanai/.1-gradually; giitra-his body; karsanam-rendering thin; tapa�austerity; iisthital]-he underwent.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the province of\n\nKulacala, there were rivers named Candravasa,\n\nTamrapartft and Vatodaka. King Malayadhvaja used to go to those pious\nrivers regularly and take his bath there. Thus he purified himself externally\nand internally. He took his bath and ate bulbs, seeds, leaves, flowers,\nroots, fruits and grasses and drank water. In this way he underwent\nsevere austerities. Eventually he became very skinny.\nPURPORT\n\nWe can definitely see that to advance in Kr�JJ.a consciousness one must\ncontrol his bodily weight. If one becomes too fat, it is to be assumed that\nhe is not advancing spiritually. SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura\nseverely criticized his fat disciples. The idea is that one who intends to\nadvance in Kr�JJ.a consciousness must not eat very much. Devotees used to\ngo to forests, high hills or mountains on pilgrimages, but such severe\nausterities are not possible in these days. One should instead eat only\nprasada and no more than required. According to the Vai�JJ.ava calendar,\nthere are many fasts, such as EkadaSi and the appearance and disappearance\ndays of God and His devotees. All of these are meant to decrease the fat\nwithin the body so that one will not sleep more than desired and will not\nbecome inactive and lazy. Overindulgence in food will cause a man to\nsleep more than required. This human form of life is meant for austerity,\nand austerity means controlling sex, food intake, etc. In this way time can\nbe saved for spiritual activity, and one can purify himself both externally\nand internally. Thus both body and mind can be cleansed.\nTEXT 37\n\ntd\\6\\cua\"'<t\"ifUr uftltqae f!rqff'JA 1\nu�:@ �RI ,...,,...q�;���«�'lvi•u n�\\911\n\n", "SB4.4#p0213": "1330\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nSito��a-vata-var�a�i\nk�ut-pipase priyapriye\nsukha-du�khe iti dvandvany\najayat sama-darsana�\nSita-cold; U�l]-a-heat; viita-wind; var�ii'!i-and rainy seasons; k�uthunger;pipiise- and thirst;priya-pleasant;apriye-and unpleasant; sukhahappiness; du�khe-and distress; iti-thus; dvandviini-dualities; ajayat-he\nconquered; sama-darsanal}-equipoised.\nTRANSLATION\nThrough austerity, King Malayadhvaja in body and mind gradually\n\nbecame equal to the dualities of cold and heat, happiness and distress,\nwind and rain, hunger and thirst, the pleasant and the unpleasant. In this\nway he conquered all relativities.\n\nPURPORT\nLiberation means becoming free from the relativities of the world. Unless\none is self-realized, he has to undergo the dual struggle of the relative world.\nIn Bhagavad-gita Lord Kr�va advises Arjuna to conquer all relativities\nthrough tolerance. Lord Kr�va points out that it is the relativities like\nwinter and summer that give us trouble in the material world. In the winter\nwe do not like taking a bath, but in the summer we wish to take a bath\ntwice, thrice or more a day. Thus Kr�va advises us not to be disturbed by\nsuch relativities and dualities when they come and go.\nThe common man has to undergo much austerity to become equipoised\nbefore dualities. One who becomes agitated by the relativities of life has\naccepted a relative position and must therefore undergo the austerities\nprescribed in the sastras to transcend the material body and put an end to\nmaterial existence. King Malayadhvaja underwent severe austerities by\nleaving his home, going to Kulacala, taking his bath in the sacred rivers and\neating only vegetables like stems, roots, seeds, flowers and leaves, avoiding\nany cooked food or grains. These are very, very austere practices. In this\nage it is very difficult to leave home and go to the forest or the Himalayas\nto adopt the processes of austerity. Indeed, it is almost impossible. If one\nis even advised to give up meat-eating, drinking, gambling and illicit sex,\none will fail to do so. What, then, would a person do if he went to the\nHimalayas or Kulacala? Such acts of renunciation are not possible in this\nage; therefore Lord Kr�qa has advised us to accept the bhakti-yoga process.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0214": "Text 38]\n\n1331\n\nPurarijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\nBhakti-yoga will automatically liberate a person from the dualities of life.\n\nIn bhakti-yoga, Kr�J).a is the center, and Kr�J).a is always transcendental.\nThus in order to transcend dualities, one must always engage in the service\nof the Lord, as confirmed by Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nmiim ca yo 'vyabhiciirel)a\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gul)iin samatityaitiin\nbrahma-bhiiyiiya kalpate\n\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in any\ncircumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and thus\ncomes to the level of Brahman.\" (Bg. 14.26)\nIf one is factually engaged in the service of the Lord, bhakti-yoga, he will\nautomatically control his senses, his tongue and so many other things.\nOnce engaged in the bhakti-yoga process with all sincerity, one will have\nno chance of falling down. Even if one falls down, there is no loss. One's\ndevotional activities may be stunned or choked for the time being, but as\nsoon as there is another chance, the practitioner begins from the point\nwhere he left off.\nTEXT 38\n\nmm q•wt•cit M41�� : I\n� iiG11RfkiiR R�<t1Qif.ler.a41: ������\n\nrnu\n\ntapasii vidyayii pakvaka�iiyo niyamair yamai�\nyuyuje brahma7Jy iitmiinani\nvijitiik�iiniliisaya�\ntapasii-by austerity; vidyayii-by educatio n; pa kva burned up ; ka�aya�\n-all dirty things; niyamail].-by regulative principles; ya mail]. by self.\ncontrol; yuyuje- he fixed up; brahmaf!i-in spiritual realization; iitmiinam-\n\n-\n\nhis self; vijita-completely controlled; ak�a-senses; anila-life;\n\niisaya�­\n\nconsciousness.\nTRANSLATION\nBy worshiping, executing austerities and\n\nfollowing\n\nthe regulative\n\nprinciples, King Malayadhvaja conquered his senses, his life and his con-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0215": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1332\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nsciousness. Thus he fixed everything on the central point of the Supreme\nBrahman [ Kr��a] .\nPURPORT\nWhenever the word brahman appears, the impersonalists take this to\nmean the impersonal effulgence, the brahmajyoti.\n\nActually, however,\n\nParabrahman, the Supreme Brahman, is K_r�q.a, Vasudeva. As stated in\nBhagavad-gitii, viisudevafl. sarvam iti: Vasudeva extends everywhere as the\nimpersonal Brahman. One cannot fix one's mind upon an impersonal \"something.\" Bhagavad-gitii therefore says, kleso 'dhikataras te�iim avyaktiisaktacetasiim: \"For those whose minds are attached to the unmanifested, impersonal feature of the Supreme, advancement is very troublesome.\" (Bg.\n\n12.5) Consequently when it is said herein that King Malayadhvaja fixed\n\nhis mind on brahman, \"brahman\" means the Supreme ·Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva.\nTEXT 39\n\n� �·u�R�� � • �: I\n�� � ;u�(a:1a:t-t � 11�'11\niiste sthiirJur ivaikatra\ndivyani var�a-satani sthira�\nviisudeve bhagavati\nniinyad vedodvahan ratim\niiste-remains;\n\nsthii�;tu� - immovable; iva-like; ekatra-in one\n\nplace;\n\ndivyam-of the demigods; var� a- years; satam-one hundred; . sthira[l. - steady;\nvasudeve-unto Lord K.f�q.a; bhagavati-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; na-not; anyat-anything else; veda-did know; udvahan- possessing;\nratim-attraction.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn this way he stayed immovable in one place for one hundred years by\nthe calculations of the demigods. After this time, he developed pure devotional attraction for ���a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and\nremained fixed in that position.\n\nPURPORT\nbahuniim janmaniim ante\njfiiinaviin miini prapadyate\n\n", "SB4.4#p0216": "Text 40)\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1333\n\nviisudeva� sarvam iti\nsa mahiitmii sudurlabha�\n\"After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders\nunto Me, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is. Such a\n\ngreat soul is very rare.\" (Bg. 7.19)\n\nVasudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�J).a, is everything,\nand one who knows this is the greatest of all transcendentalists. It is stated\nin Bhagavad-gitii that one realizes this after many, many births. This is also\nconfirmed in this verse with the words divyarh var§a-satam (one hundred\nyears according to the calculations of the demigods). According to the\ncalculations of the demigods, one day (twelve hours) is equal to six months\n\non earth. A hundred years of the demigods would equal 36,000 earth\nyears. Thus King Malayadhvaja executed austerities and penances for 36,000\n\nyears. After this time, he became fixed in the devotional service of the\nLord. To live on earth for so many years, one has to take birth many times.\nThis confirms the conclusion of Kr�J).a. To come to the conclusion of Kr�J).a\nconsciousness and remain fixed in the realization that Kr�J).a is everything,\nas well as render service unto Kr�J).a, are characteristics of the perfectional\nstage. As said in Caitanya-caritiimrta:\nkrta haya (Cc. Madhya\n\nkrflre bhakti kaile sarva-karma\n\n22.62). When one comes to the conclusion\n\nthat Kr�J).a is everything by worshiping or by rendering devotional service\nunto Krwa, one actually becomes perfect in all respects. Not only must\none come to the conclusion that Kr�J).a is everything, but he must remain\nfixed in this realization. This is the highest perfection of life, and it is this\nperfection that King Malayadhvaja attained at the end.\n\nTEXT 40\nij' oqrqffij4i� oqfttf«fij41�f.r I\n\n� � �qjq�(ilf'4uf FmN. 11\\loll\nsa vyiipakatayiitmiinarh\nvyatiriktatayiitmani\nvidviin svapna iviimarsasiik§ir.wrh virariima ha\nsa�- King Malayadhvaja; vyiipakatayii- by all-pervasiveness; iitmiinamthe Supersoul; vyatiriktatayii-by differentiation; iitmani-in his own self;\nvidviin\n\n-\n\nperfectly\n\neducated; svapne-in a dream; iva-like; amarsa-of\n\n", "SB4.4#p0217": "1334\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\ndeliberation; siik�iryam-the witness; virarama-became indifferent; ha­\n\ncertainly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Malayadhvaja attained perfect knowledge by being able to distin­\n\nguish the Supersoul from the individual soul. The individual soul is localized,\nwhereas the Supersoul is all-pervasive. He became perfect in knowledge\n\nthat the material body is not the soul but that the soul is the witness of the\nmaterial body.\n\nPURPORT\nThe conditioned soul is often frustrated in trying to understand the\n\ndistinctions between the material body, the Supersoul and the individual\n\nsoul. There are two types of Mayavadi philosophers-the followers of the\n\nBuddhist philosophy and the followers of the Sankara philosophy. The\nfollowers of Buddha do not recognize that there is anything beyond the\n\nbody; the followers of Sari.kara conclude that there is no separate existence\n\nof the Paramatma, the Supersoul. The Sankarites believe that the individual\nsoul is identical with the Paramatma in the ultimate analysis. But the\n\nVai�Qava philosopher, who is perfect in knowledge, knows that the body is\n\nmade of the external energy and that the Supersoul, the Paramatma, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, is sitting with the individual soul and is\ndistinct from him. As Lord Kr�Qa states in Bhagavad-gita:\nk§etrajnam capi marit viddhi\nsarva-k§etre§u bharata\nk§etra-k§etrajnayor jiianam\nyat taj jnanam matam mama\n\n\"0 scion of Bharata, you should understand that I am also the knower in\nall bodies, and to understand this body and its owner is called knowledge.\nThat is My opinion.\" (Bg. 13.3)\n\nThe body is taken to be the field, and the individual soul is taken to be\n\nthe worker in that field. Yet there is another, who is known as the Super­\n\nsoul, who, along with the individual soul, simply witnesses. The individual\nsoul works and enjoys the fruits of the body, whereas the Supersoul simply\nwitnesses the activities of the individual soul but does not enjoy the fruits\n\nof those activities. The Supersoul is present in every field of activity,\n\nwhereas the individual soul is present in his one localized body. King\nMalayadhvaja attained this perfection of knowledge and was able to distin­\n\nguish between the soul and the Supersoul and the soul and the material\nbody.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0218": "Purafijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\nText 41]\n\n1335\n\nTEXT 41\n\n�t(&ICC6t:ffiwt � man -l'f I\nfit?AUlwt<i'qwt � fif'lf�( mH II\nsak�ad bhagavatoktena\ngurur;a hari!la n,rpa\nvisuddha-jnana-dipena\nsphurata visvato-mukham\nsiik�iit-directly; bhagavatii-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nuktena-instructed; gururyii- the spiritual master; hariryii-by Lord Hari;\nnrpa-0\n\nKing; viSuddha-pure; jiiana-knowledge; dtpena- by the light\n\nof; sphuratii\n\n-\n\nenlightening; visvatal].-mukham-all angles of vision.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn this way King Malayadhvaja attained perfect knowledge because in\n\nhis pure state he was directly instructed by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. By means of such enlightening transcendental knowledge, he\ncould understand everything from all angles of vision.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the words sak�ad bhagavatoktena gururtii harirtii are very\nsignificant. The Supreme Personality of Godhead speaks directly to the\nindividual soul when the devotee has completely purified himself by\nrendering devotional service to the Lord. Lord Kr�:qa confirms this also in\nBhagavad-gitii:\nte�iim satata-yuktiiniini\nbhajatiim priti-pilrvakam\ndadiimi buddhi-yogam tam\nyena miim upayiinti te\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give\nthe understanding by which they can come to Me.\" (Bg. 10.10)\nThe Lord is the Supersoul seated in everyone's heart, and He acts as the\ncaitya-guru, the spiritual master within. However, He gives direct instructions only to the advanced pure devotees. In the beginning, when a devotee\nis serious and sincere, the Lord gives him directions from within to approach\na bona fide spiritual master. When one is trained by the spiritual master\naccording to the regulative principles of devotional service and is situated\n\n", "SB4.4#p0219": "1336\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\non the platform of spontaneous attachment for the Lord (riiga-bhakti), the\nLord also gives instructions from within. Te§arh satata-yuktanani bhajatarh\npriti-purvakam. This distinct advantage is obtained by a liberated soul.\nHaving attained this stage, King Malayadhvaja was directly in touch with\nthe Supreme Lord and was receiving instructions from Him directly.\nTEXT42\n\n.rt QfQ( \"41€¥414 qt q �� I\nfft� N(�awt411§>'4«1q ' ������\npare brahmar;i catmanani\npararh brahma tathatmani\nvik§amar;o vihayek§am\nasmad upararama ha\npare-transcendental;brahmar;i-in the Absolute; ca-and;atmanam-the\nself; param-the\n\nsupreme; brahma-Absolute; tatha-also; atmani-in\n\nhimself; vik�amaT}al].- thus observing;vihiiya- giving up;ik�iim-reservation;\nasmiit-from this process; uparariima-retired; ha-certainly.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Malayadhvaja could thus observe that the Supersoul was sitting by\nhis side, and that he, as the individual soul, was sitting by the side of the\n\nSupersoul. Since both were together, there was no need for separate\n\ninterests; thus he ceased from such activities.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the advanced stage of devotional service, the devotee does not see anything separate between his own interests and those of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Both interests become one, for the devotee does not act\nfor a separate interest. Whatever he does, he does in the interest of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. At that time he sees everything in the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nin everything. Having attained this stage of understanding, he sees no\ndistinction between the spiritual and material worlds. In perfect vision, the\nmaterial world becomes the spiritual world due to its being the external\nenergy of the Supreme Lord. For the perfect devotee, the energy and the\nenergetic are nondifferent. Thus the so-called material world becomes\n\n", "SB4.4#p0220": "Text43]\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1337\n\nspiritual (sarvam khalv idam brahma). Everything is intended for the service\nof the Supreme Lord, and the expert devotee can utilize any so-called\nmaterial thing for the Lord's service. One cannot serve the Lord without\nbeing situated on the spiritual platform. Thus if a so-called material thing is\ndovetailed in the service of the Lord, it is no longer to be considered material. Thus the pure devotee, in his perfect vision, sees from all angles.\nTEXT43\n\nm q(+t�+W � 'la44'4il4( 1\n� ���' �Ttnot. m qf� mHII\npatim parama-dharma-jnam\nvaidarbhi malaya-dhvajam\npreml)ii paryacarad dhitvii\nbhogiin sii pati-devatii\npatim-her husband; paroma-supreme; dharma-jnam-knower of religious principles; vaidarbhi-the daughter of Vidarhha; malaya-dhvajamnamed Malayadhvaja; premr;u'i-with love and affection; parya carat-served\nin devotion; h itvii\n\n-\n\ngiving up; bhogii n-sense enjoyments; sii-she; pati­\n\ndevatii- accepting her husband as the Supreme Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nThe daughter of King Vidarhha accepted her husband all in all as the\nSupreme. She gave up all sensual enjoyment and in complete renunciation\nfollowed the principles of her husband, who was so advanced. Thus she\nremained engaged in his service.\nPURPORT\nFiguratively, King Malayadhvaja is the spiritual master, and his wife,\nVaidarbhi, is the disciple. The disciple accepts the spiritual master as the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. As stated by Visvanatha Cakravarti\nThakura\n\nin\n\nGurv-a�taka,\n\nsiik�iid-dharitvena: \"One directly accepts the\n\nguru, the spiritual master, as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\" One\nshould accept the spiritual master not in the sense that the Mayavadi\nphilosophers do hut in the way recommended here. Since the spiritual\nmaster is the most confidential servant of the Lord, he should he treated\nexactly like the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The spiritual master\n\n", "SB4.4#p0221": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1338\n\n[Canto4 , Ch. 28\n\nshould never be neglected or disobeyed, like an ordinary person.\nIf a woman is fortunate enough to be the wife of a pure devotee, she can\nserve her husband without any desire for sense gratification. If she remains\nengaged in the service of her exalted husband, she will automatically attain\nthe spiritual perfections of her husband. If a disciple gets a bona fide\nspiritual master, simply by SJtisfying him, he can attain a similar opportunity to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT44\n\n��HIT\n\nlf�\n\n�\n� qfij � ftronW<tfileU'1ctSI( II \\lijll\ncira-vasa vrata-k�ama\nve�Jibhuta-siromha\nbabhav upa patirh santa\nsikha san tam ivanalam\n\nwearing old garments; vrata-k�iimii-lean and thin on account\nof austerities; ve7JibhUta-entangled; siroruhii-her hair; babhau-she shone;\ncira-oo sii\n\n-\n\nupa patim-near the husband; santa-peaceful; sikha-flames; santam\nwithout being agitated; iva-like; analam- fire.\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe daughter of King Vidarbha wore old garments, and she was lean and\nthin because of her vows of austerity. Since she did not arrange her hair, it\nbecame entangled and twisted in locks. Although she remained always near\nher husband, she was as silent and unagitated as the flame of an undisturbed\nfire.\nPURPORT\nWhen one begins to burn firewood, there is smoke and agitation in the\nbeginning. Although there are so many disturbances in the beginning, once\nthe fire is completely set, the firewood burns steadily. Similarly, when both\nhusband and wife follow the regulative principles of austerity, they remain\nsilent and are not agitated by sex impulses. At such a time both husband\nand wife are benefited spiritually. One can attain this stage of life by\ncompletely giving up a luxurious mode of life.\nIn this verse the word cira-vasa refers to very old torn garments. The wife\nespecially should remain austere, not desiring luxurious dresses and living\n\n", "SB4.4#p0222": "Text 45]\n\n1339\n\nPurarijana Becomes a Woman in the Next life\n\nstandards. She should accept only the bare necessities of life and minimize\nher eating and sleeping. There should be no question of mating. Simply by\nengaging in the service of her exalted husband, who must be a pure devotee,\nthe wife will never be agitated by sex impulses. The vanaprastha stage is\nexactly like this. Although the wife remains with the husband, she undergoes severe austerities and penances so that although both husband and wife\nlive together, there is no question of sex. In this way both husband and\nwife can live together perpetually. Since the wife is weaker than the husband,\nthis weakness is expressed in this verse with the words upa patim. Upa\nmeans \"near to,\" or \"almost equal to.\" Being a man, the husband is\ngenerally more advanced than his wife. Nonetheless, the wife is expected\nto give up all luxurious habits. She should not even dress nicely or comb\nher hair. Hair combing is one of the main businesses of women. In the\nvanaprastha stage the wife should not take care of her hair. Thus her hair\n\nwill become tangled in knots. Consequently the wife herself will no longer\nbe agitated by sex impulses. In this way both husband and wife can advance\nin spiritual consciousness. This advanced stage is called the paramaharhsa\nstage, and once it is obtained, both husband and wife can be actually liber·\nated from bodily consciousness. If the disciple remains steady in the service\nof the spiritual master, he need no longer fear falling down into the clutches\nof maya.\nTEXT 45\n\n�(Jq;�t I\n�lql'q(� ll'd�ll\najanati priyatamarh\nyadoparatam a�igana\nsusthirasanam asadya\nyatha-pilrvam upiicarat\naja nati without any knowledge; priya-tamam-her dearmost husband;\n-\n\nyada -when; uparatam-passed away; a�iga nii- the woman; su-sthira-fixed\n\nup; iisanam-on the seat; asiidya going up to; yatha -as; p urvam\n-\n\n-\n\nbefore;\n\nupiicarat- went on serving him.\nTRANSLATION\nThe daughter of King Vidarbha continued as usual to serve her husband,\nwho was seated in a steady posture, until she could ascertain that he had\npassed away from the body.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0223": "1340\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears that the Queen did not even talk to her husband while serving.\nShe would simply perform her prescribed duties without talk. Thus she did\nnot stop rendering service until she could ascertain that her husband had\npassed from the body.\nTEXT46\n\n� ;{A��dle,RI('¥41Uf\n\nq�._..t� I\n\n3(Rfu�� � � � 11\\ll\\11\nyadii nopalabhe tiilighriiv\nu�miiT}ani patyur arcati\niisit sanivigna-hrdayii\nyutha-bhra�tii mrgi yathii\nyadii-when; na-not; upalabh eta- could feel; ahgh ra u-in the feet;\nii�miiT}am\n\n- heat; patyu l].- of her husband; arcati-while serving; iisu-she\n-\n\nbecame; sanivigna-anxious; hrdayii- at heart; yutha bhra�tii-bereft of her\nhusband; mrgi- the she deer; yathii- as.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile she was serving her husband by massaging his legs, she could feel\nthat his feet were no longer warm and could thus understand that he had\nalready passed from the body. She felt great anxiety upon being left alone.\nBereft of her husband's company, she felt exactly as the deer feels upon\n\nbeing separated from its mate.\n\nPURPORT\nAs soon as the circulation of blood and air within the body stops, it is\nto be understood that the soul within the body has left. The stoppage of the\nblood's circulation is perceived when the hands and feet lose heat. One\ntests whether a body is alive or not by feeling the heart's palpitations and\nthe coldness of the feet and hands.\nTEXT47\n\n311�14 � {'wt¥44..! �: I\n(6W11'41m+A4 � � �� m ll\\1\\sll\n\n", "SB4.4#p0224": "Text 48)\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1341\n\niitmiinam socati dinam\nabandhum viklaviisrubhil,l.\nstaniiv iisicya vipine\nsusvaram praruroda sii\niitmiinam- about herself; socati-lamenting; dinam-wretched; abandhum\n-without a friend; viklava-brokenhearted; asrub h* - by tears; stanauher breasts; iis icya- wetting; vipine-in\npraruroda- began to cry; sii-she.\n\nthe forest; su-svaram- loudly ;\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing now alone and a widow in that forest, the daughter of Vidarhha\nbegan to lament, incessantly shedding tears, which soaked her breasts, and\ncrying very loudly.\nPURPORT\nFiguratively the Queen is supposed to he the disciple of the King; thus\nwhen the mortal body of the spiritual master expires, his disciples should\ncry exactly as the Queen cries when the King leaves his body. However, the\ndisciple and spiritual master are never separated because the spiritual\nmaster always keeps company with the disciple as long as the disciple\nfollows strictly the instructions of the spiritual master. This is called the\nassociation of vii�i (words). Physical presence is called vapul;t. As long as the\nspiritual master is physically present, the disciple should serve the physical\nbody of the spiritual master, and when the spiritual master is no longer\nphysically existing, the disciple should serve the instructions of the spiritual\nmaster.\n\nTEXT 48\n\ni3M8\\Rlg ui'i �\"QRf'\"-f�(<4�t� I\n�: �� � .f« ll'd<=ll\nutti�thotti�tha riijar�e\nimiim udadhi-mekhalam\ndasyubhyal;t k�atra-bandhubhyo\nbibhyatim piitum arhasi\nutti�tha- please get up; uttifitha- please get up; raja r� e- 0 saintly king;\n-\n\nimam-this earth; udadhi-by the oc e an ; mekhalam- surro unded ; dasyu-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0225": "1342\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nbhya{l- from the rogues; k.satra-bandhubhya{l-from the unclean kings;\nbibhyatim-very much afraid; patum\n\n-\n\nto protect; arhasi\n\n-\n\nyou ought.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 best of kings, p lease get up! Get up! Just see this world surrounded\nby water and infested with rogues and so-called kings. This world is very\nmuch afraid, and it is your duty to protect her.\nPURPORT\nWhenever an acarya comes, following the superior orders of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead or His representative, he establishes the principles\nof religion, as enunciated in Bhagavad-gita. Religion means abiding by the\norders of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Religious principles begin\nfrom the time one surrenders to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is\nthe acarya's duty to spread a bona fide religious system and induce everyone to bow down before the Supreme Lord. One executes the religious\nprinciples by rendering devotional service, specifically the nine items like\nhearing, chanting and remembering. Unfortunately, when the aciirya\ndisappears, rogues and nondevotees take advantage and immediately begin\nto introduce unauthorized principles in the name of so-called sviimis, yogis,\nphilanthropists, welfare workers and so on. Actually human life is meant\nfor executing the orders of the Supreme Lord, and this is stated in Bhagavadgita:\nman-mana bhava mad-bhakto\nmad-yajl: miim namaskuru\nmiim eva4yasi yuktvaivam\natmanam mat-paraya!'-a/;1.\n\"Engage your mind always in thinking of Me and become My devotee.\nOffer obeisances and worship Me. Being completely absorbed in Me, surely\nyou will come to Me.\" (Bg. 9.34)\nThe main business of human society is to think of the Supreme Personality of Godhead at all times, to become His devotees, to worship the\nSupreme Lord and to bow down before Him. The acarya, the authorized\nrepresentative of the Supreme Lord, establishes these principles, but when\nhe disappears, things once again become disordered. The perfect disciples\nof the acarya try to relieve the situation by sincerely following the\ninstructions of the spiritual master. At the present moment practically the\nentire world is afraid of rogues and nondevotees; therefore this Knt:!a\n\n", "SB4.4#p0226": "Text 50)\n\nPuranjana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1343\n\nconsciousness movement is started to save the world from irreligious\nprinciples. Everyone should cooperate with this movement in ord r to\nbring about actual peace and happiness in the world.\nTEXT49\n\n� f4�q;:Jt ��1 �� �I\nqffin � ��� 11\\1�11\nevam vilapanti bala\nvipine 'nugata patim\npatita padayor bhartil\nrudaty asriir.ty avartayat\n\n-\n\nevam-thus; vilapanti lamenting; biilii-the innocent woman; vipin -in\nnd;\n\nthe solitary forest; anugatii-strictly adherent; patim-unto her hus\n\npatitii-fallen down; piiday o ry-at the feet; bhartury-of her husband; r dati\n\n-\n\n-while crying; asr iir.ti tears; avartayat-she shed.\nTRANSLATION\nThat most obedient wife thus fell down at the feet of her dead hus and\nand began to cry pitifully in that solitary forest. Thus the tears rolled\n\nwn\n\nfrom her eyes.\nPURPORT\nJust as a devoted wife becomes afflicted at the passing away o\n\nher\n\nhusband , when a spiritual master passes away, the disciple becomes sim arly\nbereaved.\nTEXT 50\n\nM�'ffl�ffictHf��: fh�O:H4( I\nau�'lQ( 'ql�(lif R�qw:ffl �;ft � u�vu\ncitim darumayini citva\ntasyam patyu/;l kalevaram\nadipya canumaraiJe\nvilapanti mano dad he\n\n-\n\nm\n\nu-\n\ncitim-funeral pyre; diiru mayi -made with wood; cit ii having iled\nup; tasyiim-on that; patyul),-of the husband; kale varam-body; adiJ ya -\n\n", "SB4.4#p0227": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1344\nafter igniting; ca-also;\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nanumaral)e-to die along with him; vilapanti­\n\nlamenting; mana�- her mind; dadhe-fixed.\n\nTRAN S LATION\nShe then prepared a blazing fire with firewood and placed the dead\n\nbody of her husband upon it. When this was finished, she lamented\nseverely and prepared herself to perish in the fire with her husband.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is the long-standing tradition of the Vedic system that a faithful wife\n\ndies along with her husband. This is called saha-maral)a. In India this system\nwas prevalent even to the date of British occupation. At that time, however,\n\na wife who did not wish to die with her husband was sometimes forced to do\nso by her relatives. Formerly that was not the case. The wife used to enter the\nfire voluntarily. The British government stopped this practice, considering\nit inhuman. However, from the early history of India we find that when\nMaharaja PaQ.gu died, he was survived by two wives-Madri and Kunti. The\nquestion was whether both should die or one should die. After the death\nof Maharaja Pal).9,u, his wives settled that one should remain and the other\nshould go. Madri would perish with her husband in the fire, and Kunti\nwould remain to take charge of the five P��ava children. Even as late as\n\n1936 we saw a devoted wife voluntarily enter the fire of her husband.\nThis indicates that a devotee's wife must be prepared to act in such a\nway. Similarly, a devoted disciple of the spiritual master would rather die\nwith the spiritual master than fail to execute the spiritual master's mission.\nAs the Supreme Personality of Godhead comes down upon. this earth to\nreestablish the principles of religion, so his representative, the spiritual\nmaster, also comes to reestablish religious principles. It is the duty of the\ndisciples to take charge of the mission of the spiritual master and execute\nit properly. Otherwise the disciple should decide to die along with the\nspiritual master. In other words, to execute the will of the spiritual master,\nthe disciple should be prepared to lay down his life and abandon all\npersonal considerations.\n\nTEXT 51\n��\n\n�: �� ilmiiJ 3lt� I\n\n(11�'l�IDRHfl��� ����II\n\n", "SB4.4#p0228": "Text 51)\n\nPuranjana Becomes a Woman in the Next life\n\n345\n\ntatra purvataral], kascit\nsakhii briihmaiJ-a iitmaviin\nsiintvayan valgunii siimnii\ntiim iiha rudatim prabho\ntatra-in\n\nthat place; purvatara lJ,- previous; kascit- someone; sa hii­\n\nfriend; briihmaiJ-a/1.-a briihmaiJ-a; iitmaviin-very learned scholar; siintt yan\n-pacifying; valgunii-by very nice; siimnii-mitigating words; tiim unto\nher; iiha-he said; rudatim-while she was crying;prabho-my dear Ki g.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, one brahma�a, who was an old friend of King Pura\ncame to that place and began to pacify the Queen with sweet w or ds .\nPURPORT\n\nThe appearance of an old friend in the form of a briihmara is very\nsignificant. In His Paramatma feature, Kr�J}.a is the old friend of ever one.\n\nAccording to Vedic injunction, Kr�J}.a is sitting with the living entity si e by\n\nside. According to the sruti-mantra ( dvii suparra sayujii sakh iiyii ),the Lord\n\nis sitting within the heart of every living entity as suhrt, the best f ·end.\nThe Lord is always eager to have the living entity come home, ba k to\n\nGodhead. Sitting with the living entity as witness, the Lord gives h.\n\nall\n\nthe Lord gives good counsel and advises the living entity to ab\n\ndon\n\nchances to enjoy himself materially, but whenever there is an opport nity,\n\ntrying to become happy through material adjustment and instead turn\n\nhis face toward the Supreme Personality of Godhead and surr nder\n\nunto Him. When one becomes serious to follow the mission of the sp itual\n\nmaster, his resolution is tantamount to seeing the Supreme Personal y of\n\nGodhead. As explained before, this means meeting the Supreme Perso ality\n\nof Godhead in the instruction of the spiritual master. This is techn cally\ncalled viiT}i-seva. Srila ViSvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakurastates in his Bh\nvadgttii commentary on the verse vyavasayatmikii buddhir ekeha kuru-na dana\n\n(Bg. 2.41) that one should serve the words of the spiritual master The\n\ndisciple must stick to whatever the spiritual master orders. Simp\n\nby\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Paramatma, appeared befo\n\nthe\n\nfollowing on that line, one sees the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nQueen as a briihmar-a, but why didn't He appear in His original form s Sri\nKr�J}.a? Srila Visvanatha CakravartiThlikura remarks that unless one i very\nhighly elevated in loving the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one c nnot\n\n", "SB4.4#p0229": "1346\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nsee Him as He is. Nonetheless, if one sticks to the principles enunciated by\nthe spiritual master, somehow or other he is in association with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Since the Lord is in the heart, He can\nadvise a sincere disciple from within. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gWi:\n\nte�iim satata-yuktiiniim\nbhajatiim pn'\"li-purvakam\ndadiimi buddhi-yogam tam\nyena miim upayiinti te\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give\nthe understanding by which they can come to Me.\" (Bg. 10.10)\nIn conclusion, if a disciple is very serious to execute the mission of the\nspiritual master, he immediately associates with the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead by vii[li or vapu�. This is the only secret of success in seeing\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Instead of being eager to see the\nLord in some bush of Vrndavana while at the same time engaging in sense\ngratification, if one instead sticks to the principle of following the words of\nthe spiritual master, he will see the Supreme Lord without difficulty.\nSrna Bilvamarigala Thakura has therefore said:\n\nbhaktis tvayi sthiratarii bhagavan yadi syiid\ndaivena na� phalati divya-kiSora-murt*\nmukti� svayarh mukulitiiiijali sevate 'smiin\ndharmiirtha-kiima-gataya� samaya-pratlk�ii�\n\"If I am engaged in devotional service unto You, my dear Lord, then very\neasily can I perceive Your presence everywhere. And as far as liberation\nis concerned, I think that liberation stands at my door with folded hands,\nwaiting to serve me-and all material conveniences of dharma [religiosity] ,\nartha [economic development] and kiima [sense gratification] stand with\nher.\" (Kmw-karr;u'imrta 107) If one is very highly advanced in devotional\nservice, he will have no difficulty in seeing the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. If one engages in the service of the spiritual master, he not only\nsees the Supreme Personality of Godhead but attains liberation. As far as\nmaterial conveniences are concerned, they automatically come, just as the\nmaidservants of a queen follow the queen wherever she goes. Liberation\nis no problem for the pure devotee, and all material conveniences are\nsimply awaiting him at all stages of life.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0230": "Text 52]\n\nPuranjana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\nTEXT 52\nifflHUT �\n\n����qp;f���l\nii�Rlfu� � ��������II\nbrahmar:w uvtica\nka tvam kasyasi ko vtiyam\nsaytino yasya socasi\njanasi kim sakhtiyam mam\nyentigre vicacartha ha\nbrahma{la/t\n\nuva ca- the\n\nlearned brahma{la said; ka-who; tvam-you;\n\nkasya-whose; asi-are you; kal]-who; va-or; ayam-this man; sayanal;tlying down; yasya-for whom; socasi-you are lamenting;jtintisi kim-do\nyou know; sakhiiyam-f riend; mtim-Me; yena- with whom; agre-formerly;\nvicacartha-you consulted; ha-certainly.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahm�a inquired as follows: Who are you? Whose wife or daughter\nare you? Who is the man lying here? It appears you are lamenting for this\ndead body. Don't you recognize Me? I am your eternal friend. You may\nremember that many times in the past you have consulted Me.\nPURPORT\nWhen a person's relative dies, renunciation is automatically visible.\nConsultation with the Supersoul seated within everyone's heart is possible\nonly when one is completely free from the contamination of material attachment. One who is sincere and pure gets an opportunity to consult with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in His Paramatma feature sitting within\neveryone's heart. The Paramatma is always the caitya-guru, the spiritual\nmaster within, and He comes before one externally as the instructor and\ninitiator spiritual master. The Lord can reside within the heart, and He can\nalso come out before a person and give him instructions. Thus the spiritual\nmaster is not different from the Supersoul sitting within the heart. An uncontaminated soul or living entity can get a chance to meet the Paramatma\nface to face. Just as one gets a chance to consult with the Paramatma within\nhis heart, he also gets a chance to see Him actually situated before him.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0231": "1348\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nThen one can take instructions from the Supersoul directly. This is the\nduty of the pure devotee: to see the bona fide spiritual master and consult\nwith the Supersoul within the heart.\nWhen the briihmarw asked the woman who the man lying on the floor\nwas, she answered that he was her spiritual master and that she was perplexed about what to do in his absence. At such a time the Supersoul\nimmediately appears, provided the devotee is purified in heart by following\nthe directions of the spiritual master. A sincere devotee who follows the\ninstructions of the spiritual master certainly gets direct instructions from\nhis heart from the Supersoul. Thus a sincere devotee is always helped\ndirectly or indirectly by the spiritual master and the Supersoul. This is\nconfirmed in Caitanya-caritiimrta:\n\nguru-knl)a-prasiide piiya bhakti-latii­\n\nbija. If the devotee serves his spiritual master sincerely, l<{�I)a automatically\nbecomes pleased. Yasya prasadiid bhagavad-prasiida�. By satisfying the\nspiritual master, one automatically satisfies Kr�I)a. Thus the devotee\nbecomes enriched by both the spiritual master and l<{�I)a. The Supersoul\nis eternally the friend of the living entity and always remains with him.\nThe Supersoul has always been ready to help the living entity, even before\nthe creation of this material world. It is therefore stated here: yenagre\nvicacartha. The word agre means \"before the creation.\" Thus the Supersoul has been accompanying the living entity since before the creation.\nTEXT 53\n\n3fft � \"qi€¥41'1+4�� �I\n�+if �+if��'Rm �: ������\napi smarasi ctitmiinam\navijiiiita-sakham sakhe\nhitvti mtim padam anvicchan\nbhauma-bhoga-rato gata�\napi smarasi- do you remember; ca-also; iitmiinam-the Supersoul;\navijiiiita-unknown; sakham-friend; sakhe-0\nmiim-Me;\n\npada m-position;\n\nfriend; hitvii- giving up;\n\nanvicchan- desiring;\n\nbhauma- material;\n\nbhoga-enjoymen!; rata�-attached to; gata{l.-you became.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe brahmat:ta continued: My dear friend, even though you cannot\nimmediately recognize Me, can't you remember that in the past you had a\n\n", "SB4.4#p0232": "Text 53)\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1349\n\nvery intimate friend? Unfortunately, you gave up My company and accepted\na position as enjoyer of this material world.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii:\nicchii-dve§a-samutthena\ndvandva-mohena bhiirata\nsarva-bhiitiini sammoham\nsarge yiinti parantapa\n\"0 scion of Bharata [ Arjuna], 0 conquerer of the foe, all living entities are\n\nborn into delusion, overcome by the dualities of desire and hate.\" (Bg. 7.27)\nThis is an explanation of how the living entity falls down into this material world. In the spiritual world there is no duality, nor is there hate. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead expands Himself into many. In order to\nenjoy bliss more and more, the Supreme Lord expands Himself in different\ncategories. As mentioned in the Variiha Puriir;w, He expands Himself in\nvi§T)U-tattva (the sviimsa expansion) and in His marginal potency (the\nvibhinniimsa, or the living entity). These expanded living entities are\ninnumerable, just as the minute molecules of sunshine are innumerable\nexpansions of the sun. The vibhinniimsa expansions, the marginal potencies\nof the Lord, are the living entities. When the living entities desire to enjoy\nthemselves, they develop a consciousness of duality and come to hate the\nservice of the Lord. In this way the living entities fall into the material\nworld. In the Prema-vivarta it is said:\nk[§T)a-bahirmukha hafiii bhoga-viificii kare\nnikata-stha miiyii tiire jiipatiyii dhare\n\nThe natural position of the living entity is to serve the Lord in a transcendental loving attitude. When the living entity wants to become Kr�l).a\nHimself or imitate Kr�l).a, he falls down into the material world. Since\nKr�l).a is the Supreme Father, His affection for the living entity is eternal.\nWhen the living entity falls down into the material world, the Supreme\nLord, through His sviimsa expansion (Paramatma), keeps company with the\nliving entity. In this way the living entity may some day return home, hack\nto Godhead.\nBy misusing his independence, the living entity falls down from the\nservice of the Lord and takes a position in this material world as an enjoyer.\nThat is to say, the living entity takes his position within a material body.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0233": "Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n1350\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nWanting to take a very exalted position, the living entity instead becomes\nentangled in a repetition of birth and death. He selects his position as a\nhuman being, a demigod, a cat, a dog, a tree, etc. In this way the living\nentity selects a body out of the 8,400,000 forms and tries to satisfy himself\nby a variety of material enjoyment. The Supersoul, however, does not like\nhim to do this. Consequently the Supersoul instructs him to surrender unto\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord then takes charge of the\nliving entity. But unless the living entity is uncontaminated by material\ndesires, he cannot surrender to the Supreme Lord. In Bhagavad-gitii the\nLord says:\nbhoktiirarh yajria-tapasiirh\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\nsuhrdam sarva-bhiitiiniirh\njiiiitvii miirh siintim rcchati\n\"The sages, knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrifices and austerities, the Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods and the benefactor and\nwell-wisher of all living entities, attain peace from the pangs of material\n\nmiseries.\" (Bg. 5.29)\n\nThe Supreme Lord is the supreme friend of everyone; however, no one\ncan take advantage of the supreme friend's instructions while making his\nown plans to become happy and entangling himself in the modes of material nature. When there is creation, the living entities take on different\nforms according to past desires. This means that all the species or forms of\nlife are simultaneously created. Darwin's theory stating that no human\nbeing existed from the beginning but that humans evolved after many,\nmany years is simply a nonsensical theory. From Vedic literature we find\nthat the first creature within the universe is Lord Brahma. Being the most\nintelligent personality, Lord Brahma could take charge of creating all the\nvariety found within this material world.\n\nTEXT 54\n\nt«Nt � � � �� ¥fl0f('f14wf1 I\n�� en�: m(ilq�ilffl(IW{ II� 'JII\nhamsiiv aham ca tvarh ciirya\nsakhiiyau manasayanau\nabhiitiim antarii vauka/:1\nsahasra pari vatsariin\n\n", "SB4.4#p0234": "Purarijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Ufe\n\nText 55]\n\n1351\n\nharhsau-two swans; aham-I; ca-and; tvam-you; ca-also; iirya-0\n\n-\n\ngreat soul; sakhayau - friends; manasayanau together in the Manasa Lake;\nabhutiim-became; antarii-separated; vii-indeed; oka�-from the original\nhome; sahasra- thousands; pari- successively; vatsaran- years.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear gentle friend, both you and I are exactly like two swans. We live\ntogether in the same heart, which is just like the Manasa lake. Although we\nhave been living together for many thousands of years, we are still far away\nfrom our original home.\nPURPORT\nThe original home of the living entity and the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is the spiritual world. In the spiritual world both the Lord and the\nliving entities live together very peacefully. Since the living entity remains\nengaged in the service of the Lord, they both share a blissful life in the\nspiritual world. However, when the living entity wants to enjoy himself, he\nfalls down into the material world. Even while he is in that position, the\nLord remains with him as the Supersoul, his intimate friend. Because of his\nforgetfulness, the living entity does not know that the Supreme Lord is\naccompanying him as the Supersoul. In this way the living entity remains\nconditioned in each and every millennium. Although the Lord follows him\nas a friend, the living entity, because of forgetful material existence, does\nnot recognize Him.\nTEXT 55\n\n� �f«t�� � �\n\n!tl¥4t'4Rr�il'( I\n\n� q<(+ts(l�(: m\"it��d f� ������\nsa tvam vihiiya miim bandho\ngato gramya-matir mahim\nvicaran padam adriik�i1_t\nkayiicin nirmitam striyii\n\n- tha swan; tvam- yourself; vihaya-l aving; mam-Me; bandho-0\n\nsa�\n\nt\n\ne\n\nfriend; gatafr.- went; gr ii mya-material; mati�-whose consciousness; mahim\n-to earth; vicaran- traveling; padam- position; adriik§i/f-you saw; kayiicitby someone; nirmitam-manufactured; striy ii-by a woman.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0235": "1352\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear friend, you are now My very same friend. Since you left Me,\nYou have become more and more materialistic, and, not seeing Me, you have\nbeen traveling in different forms throughout this material world, which was\ncreated by some woman.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen the living entity falls down, he goes into the material world, which\n\nwas created by the external energy of the Lord. This external energy is\ndescribed herein as \"some woman,\" or prakrti. This material world is com­\n\nposed of material elements, ingredients supplied by the mahat-tattva, the\n\ntotal material energy. The material world, created by this external energy,\n\nbecomes the so-called home of the conditioned soul. Within this material\n\nworld the conditioned soul accepts different apartments or different bodily\n\nforms and then travels about. Sometimes he travels in the higher planetary\nsystems and sometimes in the lower systems. Sometimes he travels in\n\nhigher species of life and sometimes in lower species. He has been wan­\n\ndering within this material universe since time immemorial. As explained\n\nby Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu:\n\nbrahmii1Jpa bhramite kona bhiigyaviin ]iva\nguru-knJJa-prasade piiya bhakti-latii-bija\n(Cc. Madhya 19.151)\nThe living entity wanders into many species of life, but he is fortunate\nwhen he once again meets his friend, either in person or through His\nrepresentative.\n\nActually, it is Kr��Ja who personally advises all living entities to return\nhome, back to Godhead. Sometimes Kr�r:ta sends His representative, who,\n\ndelivering Kr��Ja's very message, canvasses all living entities to return home,\n\nback to Godhead. Unfortunately the living entity is so greatly attached to\n\nmaterial enjoyment that he does not take the instructions of Kr��Ja or His\n\nrepresentative very seriously. This material tendency is mentioned in this\nverse as griimya-matil;t (sense gratification). The word mahim means \"within\n\nthis material world.\" All living entities within this material world are\nsensually inclined. Consequently they become entangled in different types\nof bodies and suffer the pangs of material existence.\nTEXT 56\n\nq�� ;m:H:ififNI� ��I\n�� q�� q�fu �liH( ������\n\n", "SB4.4#p0236": "Text 57)\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1353\n\npaficiiriimam nava-dviiram\neka-piilam tri-ko�thakam\n§af-kulam pafica-vipa1Jam\npafica-prak.rti stn-dhavam\npafica-iiriimam- five gardens; nava-dviiram- nine gates; eka- one; piilamprotector; tri-three; ko�thakam-apartments; �at - six; kulam-families;\nparica-five; vipa pam- stores; pafica- five; prakrti- material elements; striwoman; dhavam-master.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn that city [the material body J there are five gardens, nine gates, one\nprotector, three apartments, six families, five stores, five material elements,\nand one woman who is lord of the house.\nTEXT 57\n\nq�� 3tRlll1 m: srtiJfl WR !Pit I\n�s;r� itm �tf{��m:: ������\npaficendriyiirthii iiriimii\ndviira� prii1Jii nava prabho\ntejo-'banniini ko.s.thiini\nkulam indriya-sangraha�\n\npafi. ca-five; indriya-arthii� - sen se objects; iiriimii�-the gardens; dviira�gates; prii1Jiift-apertures of the senses; na va-nine; prabho-0 King; teja�ap- fire, water; anniini-food grains or earth; ko§ fhiini- ap artme nts ; kulam\n-families; indriya-sangrahaft-five senses and the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear friend, the five gardens are the five objects of sense enjoyment,\nand the protector is the life air, which passes through the nine gates. The\nthree apartments are the chief ingredients-fire, water, and earth. The six\nfamilies are the aggregate total of the mind and five senses.\nPURPORT\nThe five senses that acquire knowledge are sight, taste, smell, sound and\ntouch, and these act through the nine gates-the two eyes, two ears, one\n\n", "SB4.4#p0237": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1354\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nmouth, two nostrils, one genital and one rectum. These holes are compared\nto gates in the walls of the city. The principal ingredients are earth, water\nand fire, and the principal actor is the mind, which is controlled by the\n\nintelligence (buddhi).\n\nTEXT 58\n\nNqo1� fsf;��asttf6(0441 1\n�: �� !lftit wtl€1�� 11�(;11\nvipa�Jas tu kriya-saktir\n\nbhuta prakrtir avyaya\nsakty-adhiSa}J pum a ms tv atra\npravi§to navabudhyate\n-\n\nviparwft-stores; tu-then; kriyii-sakti{l-the energy for activities, or the\nworking senses; bhUta-the five gross elements; prakrti{l-the material\nelements; avyaya-eternal; sakti-the energy;adhiSa{l-controller;pumanman; tu\n\n-\n\nthen; atra-here;pravi.s.ta{l-entered;na-does not; avabudhyate­\n\nbecome subjected to knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\nThe five stores are the five working sensory organs. They transact their\n\nbusiness through the combined forces of the five elements, which are\n\neternal. Behind all this activity is the soul. The soul is a person and an\n\nenjoyer in reality. However, because he is now hidden within the city of\nthe body, he is devoid of knowledge.\n\nPURPORT\nThe living entity enters the material creation with the aid of the five\nelements-earth, water, fire, air and ether-and thus his body is formed.\nAlthough the living entity is working from within, he is nonetheless\nunknown. The living entity enters the material creation, but because he is\nbewildered by the material energy, he appears to be hidden. The bodily\nconception of life is prominent because of ignorance ( nava budhyat e ).\n\nIntelligence is described in the feminine gender, but owing to her prominence in all activities, she is described in this verse as adhiSa�, the controller.\nThe living entity lives by means of fire, water and foodgrain. It is through\nthe combination of these three that the body is maintained. Consequently\nthe body is called prakrti, material creation. All the elements gradually\n\n", "SB4.4#p0238": "Text 59)\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1355\n\ncombine to form flesh, bone, blood and so on. All these appear as various\napartments. It is said in the Vedas that the digested foods are ultimately\ndivided into three. The solid portion becomes stool, and the semi-liquid\nportion turns into flesh. The liquid portion turns yellow and is again divided\ninto three. One of these liquid portions is called urine. Similarly, the fiery\nportion is divided into three, and one is called bone. Out of the five elements, fire, water and foodgrains are very important. These three are\nmentioned in the previous verse, whereas sky (ether) and air are not\nmentioned. This is all explained in Bhagavad-gitii:\nprakrtirh puru�arh caiva\nviddhy aniidiubhav api\nvikararhi ca gu rtarhi caiva\nviddhi prakrti-sambhavan\n\"Material nature and the living entities should be understood to be beginningless. Their transformations and the modes of matter are products of\nmaterial nature.\" (Bg. 13.20)\n\nPrakrti, material nature, and puru�a, the living entity, are eternal. When\nthey both come in contact, there are different reactions and manifestations.\nAll of them should be considered the results of the interaction of the three\nmodes of material nature.\nTEXT 59\n\nmm� uq;;nm)�)Sl(6\\ftf<t: I\nm('t'fla,'hAn 31ltft � qrft�ijl 3ill1 ������\ntasminis tvarn riimayii spr�to\nramamiiiJO 'sruta-smrti�\ntat-saTigiid idrsfrh priipto\ndasiini piipiyasirh prabho\ntasmin-in that situation; tvam-you; riimayii-with the woman; spntal;t\n\n-being in contact; ramamiirtafl-enjoying; a-sru ta-sm rt *-without remembrance of spiritual existence; tat- with her; sangat-by association; tdrs'im\n-like this; priiptal;t-you have attained; dasiim-a state; piipiyasim-full of\nsinful activities; prabho- my dear friend.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0239": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1356\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear friend, when you enter such a body along with the woman of\nmaterial desires, you become overly absorbed in sense enjoyment. Because\nof this, you have forgotten your spiritual life. Due to your material conceptions, you are placed in various miserable conditions.\nPURPORT\nWhen a person becomes materially engrossed, he has no capacity to hear\nabout spiritual existence. Forgetfulness of spiritual existence entangles a\nman more and more m material existence. Such is the result of sinful life.\nVarious bodies are developed with the material ingredients because of\ndifferent types of sinful activities. King Puraiijana assumed the body of a\nwoman, Vaidarbhi, as a result of his sinful activities. Bhagavad-gttii clearly\nsays (striyo vaisyiis tathii sudrii�) that such a body is lowborn. If one takes\nshelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, however, he can be\nelevated to the highest perfection, even though he be lowborn. One acquires\nlower births when one's spiritual intelligence is reduced.\nTEXT 60\n\n�� fcf� ;wi �:�I\n;r qf� �U,W041 � ;rq@ � II� II\n\n;r\n\no\n\nna tvam vidarbha-duhitii\nniiyam vira� suhrt tava\nna patis tvam puraiijanyii\nruddho nava-mukhe yayii\ntvam- you; vidarbha- duhit ii- daughter of Vidarbha; na-not;\nayam- this; virafl-hero; su-hrt- well-wishing husband; tava-your; na-not;\npati�- husband; tvam-you; puraiijanyii�- of Purafijani; ruddha�- captured;\nnava-mukhe-in the body having nine gates; yayii - by the material energy.\nna-\n\nnot;\n\nTRANSLATION\nActually, you are not the daughter of Vidarbha, nor is this man,\n\nMalayadhvaja, your well-wishing husband. Nor were you the actual husband\nof Puraiijani. You were simply captivated in this body of nine gates.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0240": "Text 60]\n\nPuranjana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1357\n\nPURPORT\nIn the material world many living entities come into contact with one\n\nanother, and, increasing their attachment to a particular type of body,\n\nbecome related as father, husband, mother, wife, etc. Actually every living\n\nentity is a separate individual being, and it is because of his contact with\n\nmatter that he comes together with other bodies and becomes falsely\nrelated. False bodies create various associations in the name of family,\n\ncommunity, society and nationality. Actually every living entity is part\n\nand parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but the living entities\n\nare overly engrossed in the material body. The Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, K.r�l).a, appears and gives instructions in the form of Bhagavad­\n\ngitii and Vedic literatures. The Supreme Lord gives these instructions\n\nbecause He is the eternal friend of the living entities. His instructions are\nimportant because by them the living entity can obtain liberation from\n\nbodily engagement. As water passes down a river, many straws and grasses\n\nare carried from the shore. These straws and grasses come together in the\n\nriver's current, but when the waves toss this way and that, they are\nseparated and carried somewhere else. Similarly, the innumerable living\n\nentities within this material world are being carried by the waves of\n\nmaterial nature. Sometimes the waves bring them together, and they form\nfriendships and relate to one another on a bodily basis of family, com­\n\nmunity or nationality. Eventually they are thrown out of association by\n\nthe waves of material nature. This process has been going on since the\ncreation of material nature. In this regard, Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura\n\nsmgs,\n\n(miche) miiyiira vase, yiiccha bhese',\nkhiiccha hiibut)ubu, bhiii\n(jiva) kr�TJa-diisa, e viSviisa,\nkarle ta' iira du�kha niii\n\"My dear living entities, you are being carried away by the waves of\nmaterial nature. Sometimes you are on the surface, sometimes you are\nbeing drowned. In this way your eternal life is being spoiled. If you simply\n\ncatch hold of K:gu;ta and take shelter of His lotus feet, you will once again\n\nget free from all the miserable material conditions.\"\n\nIn this verse the words suhrt (well-wisher) and tava (your) are very\n\nsignificant. One's so-called husband, relative, son, father, or whatever can\n\nnot actually be a well-wisher. The only actual well-wisher is K.r�t:ta Himself,\n\nas Kr�t:ta confirms in Bhagavad-gitii: suhrdam sarva-bhiitiiniim (Bg. 5.29).\n\n", "SB4.4#p0241": "1358\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nSociety, friendship, love and well-wishers are all simply results of being\npacked in different bodies. One should know this well and try to get out\nof this bodily encagement into which one is thrown birth after birth. One\nshould take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, K{�l).a, and\nreturn home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 61\n\n��\"'���Rt��l\n��d M tmm�u�tu\nmaya hy e§a maya mta\nyat pumamsarh striyam satim\nmanyase nobhayam yad vai\nhamsau pa.Syavayor gatim\nmaya- illusory energy; hi-certainly; e§ a- this; maya- by Me; s��tacreated; yat-from which; pumamsam-a male; striyam-a female; satimchaste; manyase-you think; na-not; ubhayam both; yat- because; vai-\n\ncertainly; hamsau-freed from material contamination; pas ya just see;\n-\n\navayo�- our; gatim- factual position.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes you think yourself a man, sometimes a chaste woman, and\nsometimes a neutral eunuch. This is all because of the body, which is\ncreated by the illusory energy. This illusory energy is My potency, and\nactually both of us-you and 1-are pure spiritual identities. Now just try\nto understand this. I am trying to explain our factual position.\nPURPORT\n\nThe factual position of both the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\nthe living entity is qualitatively one. The Supreme Lord is the Supreme\nSpirit, the Supersoul, and the living entity is the individual spiritual soul.\nEven though both of them are original spiritual identities, the living entity\nforgets his identity when he comes in contact with material nature and\nbecomes conditioned. At such a time he identifies himself as a product of\nthe material nature. Because of the material body, he forgets that he is the\neternal (sanatana) part and parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0242": "Text 62)\n\nPuraiijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1359\n\nThis is confirmed in this way: mamaivamso ]iva-loke fiva-bhuta� sanatana�.\nThe word sanatana is found in several places in Bhagavad-gita. Both the\nLord and the living entity are sanatana (eternal), and there is also a place\nknown as sanatana beyond this material nature. The real residence of both\nthe living entity and God is the domain of sanatana, not this material\nworld. The material world is the temporary external energy of the Lord,\nand the living entity is placed in this material world because he wanted to\nimitate the position of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In this\nmaterial world he tries to enjoy his senses to his best capacity. All the\nactivities of the conditioned soul within this material world are perpetually\ntaking place in different types of bodies, hut when the living entity acquires\ndeveloped consciousness, he should try to rectify his situation and again\nbecome a member of the spiritual world. The process by which one can\nreturn home, back to Godhead, is bhakti-yoga, sometimes called sanatanadharma. Instead of accepting a temporary occupational duty based on the\nmaterial body, one should take to the process of sanatana-dharma, or\nbhakti-yoga, so that he can put an end to this perpetual bondage in\nmaterial bodies and once again return home, back to Godhead. As long as\nhuman society works on the basis of false material identification, all the\nso-called advancements of science and philosophy are simply useless. They\nonly serve to mislead human society. Andha yathandhair upaniyamana�.\nIn the material world, the blind simply lead the blind.\n\nTEXT 62\n\n31{�\"\\!41;:tt���ft\"\\!4� lit: I\nWI wn q�f.:ij +4�fasi iil1{i '4wtl•lfff II� �II\naham bhavan na canyas tvam\ntvam evaham vicak�va bho/;1.\nna nau pasyanti kavayas\nchidram jatu manag api\naham-I; bhaviin- you; na- not; ca-also ; anya � -different; tvam-you;\ntvam-you; eva-certainly; aham-as I am; vicak� va- just observe; bho� My dear friend; na- not; nau- of us; pasyanti- do observe; kavaya�learned scholars; chidra m- faulty differentiation;jiitu-at any time; manak\n-in a small degree; api-even.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0243": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1360\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear friend, I, the Supersoul, and you, the individual soul, are not\ndifferent in quality, for we are both spiritual. In fact, My dear friend,\nyou are qualitatively not\n\ndifferent from Me in your constitutional\n\nposition. Just try to consider this subject. Those who are actually advanced\nscholars, who are in knowledge, do not find any qualitative difference\nbetween you and Me.\n\nPURPORT\nBoth the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of\n\nGodhead and the living entity\n\nare qualitatively one. There is no factual difference between the two.\nThe Mayavii.di philosophers are again and again defeated by the illusory\nenergy because they think that there is no separation between the Supersoul and the individual soul or that there is no Supersoul. They are also\nmisled in thinking that everything is the Supersoul. However, those who\nare kavaya�, learned scholars, actually know the facts. They do not commit\nsuch mistakes. They know that God and the individual soul are one in\nquality, but that the individual soul falls under the clutches of miiyii,\nwhereas the Supersoul, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the con­\n\ntroller of miiyii. Miiyii is the creation of the Supreme Lord (maya sr§tii);\ntherefore the Supreme Lord is the controller of miiyii. Although one in\nquality with the Supreme Lord, the individual soul is under the control\nof miiyii. Mayii.vii.di philosophers cannot distinguish between the controller\n\nand the controlled.\nTEXT 63\n\n�\n\n�\n\n��\n\n�if�qF(�: I\n\n�..(l(+(lq�: 11��11\n\nyathii puru�a iitmiinam\nekam iidarsa-cak�u�o�\ndvidhiibhiitam avek�eta\ntathaiviintaram iivayolJ\nyatha-as; puru§ a�-the living entity; iitmiinam-his body; ekam- one;\niidarsa-in a mirror; cak§ U§ O �- by the eyes; dvidhii-O. bhUtam\n\n- e i ting as\nx s\n\ntwo; avek§ eta-sees; tatha-similarly; eva-certainly; antaram-difference;\niivayo�- between ourselves.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0244": "Text 63]\n\nPuranjana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1361\n\nTRAN S LATION\nAs a person sees the reflection of his body in a mirror to be one with\nhimself and not different, whereas others actually see two bodies, so in\nour material condition, in which the living being is affected and yet not\naffected, there is a difference between God and the living entity.\nPURPORT\nBeing affected by the conditioning of matter, Miiyiiviidi philosophers\ncannot see the difference between the Supreme Lord and the living entity.\nWhen the sun is reflected in a pot of water, the sun knows that thhe is no\ndifference between him and the reflected sun in the water. Those in\nignorance, however, perceive that there are many small suns reflected in\neach and every pot. As far as the brilliance is concerned, there is brilliance\nboth in the original sun and in the reflections, but the reflections are small,\nwhereas the original sun is very large. V ai�Qava philosophers conclude that\nthe living entity is simply a small sample of the original Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Qualitatively, God and the living entities are one, but quanti·\ntatively the living entities are small fragments of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. The Supreme Lord is full, powerful and opulent. In the\nprevious verse, the Lord says, \"My dear friend, you and I are not different.\"\nThis nondifference refers to qualitative oneness, for it was not necessary\nfor the Paramiitmii, the Supreme Personality, to remind the conditioned\nsoul that he is not one in quantity. The self-realized soul never thinks\nthat he and the Supreme Personality of Godhead are one in every respect.\nAlthough he and the Supreme Personality of Godhead are one in quality,\nthe living entity is prone to forget his spiritual identity, whereas the\nSupreme Personality never forgets. This is the difference between lipta\nand alipta. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is eternally alipta, uncontaminated by the external energy. The conditioned soul, however, being\nin contact with material nature, forgets his real identity; therefore when\nhe sees himself in the conditioned state, he identifies himself with the\nbody. For the Supreme Personality of Godhead, however, there is no\ndifference between the body and the soul. He is completely soul; He has\nno material body. Although the Supersoul, Paramatma, and the individual\nsoul are both within the body, the Supersoul is devoid of designation,\nwhereas the conditioned soul is designated by his particular type of body.\nThe Supersoul is called antaryiimt, and He is extensive. This is confirmed\nin Bhag avad-g itii:\n\n", "SB4.4#p0245": "1362\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nk�etrajfiam capi mam viddhi\nsarva-k§etre§u bharata\nk§etra-k�etrajfiayor jfianam\nyat taj jnanam matam mama\n\"0 scion of Bharata, you should understand that I am also the knower in\nall bodies, and to understand this body and its owner is called knowledge.\nThat is My opinion.\" (Bg.l3.3)\nThe Supersoul is present in everyone's body, whereas the individual soul\nis conditioned in one particular type of body. The individual soul cannot\nunderstand what is taking place in another's body, but the Supersoul\nknows very well what is happening in all bodies. In other words, the\nSupersoul is always present in His full spiritual position, whereas the\nindividual soul is prone to forget himself. Nor is the individual soul\npresent everywhere. Generally in his conditioned state the individual soul\ncannot understand his relationship with the Supersoul, but sometimes,\nwhen he is free from all conditional existence, he can see the real difference\nbetween the Supersoul and himself. When the Supersoul tells the conditioned soul, \"You and I are one and the same,\" it is to remind the conditioned soul of his spiritual identity as being qualitatively one. In the\nThird Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam, it is said:\n\nyatholmukad visphulingad\ndhumad vapi sva-sambhavat\napy atmatvenabhimatad\nyathagn* prthag ulmukat\n(Bhag. 3.28.40)\nFire has different features. Th�re is flame, the sparks and the smoke.\nAlthough these are one in quality, there is still a difference between the\nfire, the flame, the spark and the smoke. The living entity becomes\nconditioned, but the Supreme Personality of Godhead is different because\n\nHe does not become conditioned at any point. In the Vedas it is stated:\niitmii tathii prthag dra§ta bhagaviin brahma-samjfiital].. Atmii is the individual\nsoul as well as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the seer of\neverything. Although both are spirit, still there is always a difference.\nIn the smrti it is also said: yathiignefl k�udrii visphulingii vyuccaranti.\n\nJust as sparks manifest in a large fire, similarly the small individual souls\n\nare present in the big spiritual flame. In Bhagavad-gUii Lord 1\\.r�J).a says:\n\n", "SB4.4#p0246": "Text 64]\n\nPuranjana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1363\n\nmayii tatam idani sarvarh\njagad avyakta-murtinii\nmat-sthiini sarva-bhutiini\nna ciiharh te�v avasthital}.\n\"By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All\nbeings are in Me, but I am not in them.\" (Bg. 9.4)\nAlthough all living entities are resting in Him, as small fiery sparks\nrest on a large flame, both are differently situated. Similarly, in the Vi�TJ-U\n\nPuriiTJ-a it is said:\neka-desa-sthitasyiigner\njyotsnii vistariTJ-i yatha\nparasya brahmaTJ-a� saktis\ntathedam akhilarh jagat\n\"Fire is situated in one place, but it distributes heat and light. Similarly,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead is distributing His energies in different\nways.\" The living entity is but one of these energies (marginal energy). The\nenergy and the energetic are one in one sense, but they are differently\nsituated as energy and the energetic. Similarly, the sac-cid-iinanda form\nconfirmed in Brahma-sarhhitii (isvara� paramal}. kr�TJ-aiJ. sac-cid-anandavigraha�) is different from that of the living entity in both his conditioned\nand liberated states. Only atheists consider the living entity and the Personality of Godhead equal in all respects. Caitanya Mahaprabhu therefore says,\n\nmayiiviidi-bhii�ya sunile haya sarva-nasa. \"If one follows the instructions of\nMayavadi philosophers and believes that the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the individual soul are one, his understanding of real philosophy is\nforever doomed.\"\n\nTEXT 64\n\n� « lfA«f � m SIMillN�r: I\n���lRJ� tmlfll{ �: �f�l�'dll\nevarh sa miinaso harhso\nharhsena pratibodhital),\nsva-sthas tad-vyabhiciirel)a\nna�tiim iipa punal}. sm_rtim\n\n", "SB4.4#p0247": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1364\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nevam-thus; sa�- he (the individual soul); manasa�-living together\nwithin the heart; hamsa�- like the swan; hamsena-by the other swan;\np ra tibodhita�- being instructed; s va stha �- situated in self-realization; tatvyabhiciirer_ta-by being separated from the Supers oul; na §tam- which was\nlost; iipa-gained; puna� again; smrti m- real memory.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way both swans live together in the heart. When the one swan is\ninstructed by the other, he is situated in his constitutional position. This\nmeans he regains his original Kr�I;ta consciousness, which was lost because\nof his material attraction.\nPURPORT\n\nHere it is clearly stated: hamso hamsena pratibodhital].. The individual\nsoul and the Supersoul are both compared to swans (hamsa) because they\nare white or uncontaminated. One swan, however, is superior and is the\ninstructor of the other. When the inferior swan is separated from the other\nswan, he is attracted to material enjoyment. This is the cause of his falldown. When he hears the instructions of the other swan, he understands his\nreal position and is again revived to his original consciousness. The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Kreyl}a, comes down (avatiira) to deliver His devotees and kill the demons. He also gives His sublime instructions in the form\nof Bhagavad-gitii. The individual soul has to understand his position by the\ngrace of the Lord and the spiritual master because the text of Bhagavadgitii cannot be understood simply by academic qualifications. One has to\nlearn Bhagavad-gitii from a realized soul.\n\ntad viddhi pra7J-ipiitena\npariprasnena sevayii\nupadek�yanti te jfiiinam\njliiininas tattva-darsinal].\n\"Just try to learn the truth by approaching a spiritual master. Inquire from\nhim submissively and render service unto him. The self-realized soul can\nimpart knowledge unto you because he has seen the truth.\" (Bg. 4.34)\nThus one has to select a bona fide spiritual master and become enlightened to his original consciousness. In this way the individual soul can\nunderstand that he is always subordinate to the Supersoul. As soon as he\ndeclines to remain subordinate and tries to become an enjoyer, he begins\n\n", "SB4.4#p0248": "Text 65]\n\nPurattj ana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1365\n\nhis material conditioning. When he abandons this spirit of being an indi­\n\nvidual owner or enjoyer, he becomes situated in his liberated state. The word\nsva-sthalf, meaning \"situated in one's original position,\" is very significant\n\nin this verse. When one gives up his unwanted attitude of superiority, he\nbecomes situated in his original position. The word tad-vyabhiciirerJ-a is also\n\nsignificant, for it indicates that when one is separated from God due to\ndisobedience, his real sense is lost. Again, by the grace of l(r�qa and guru,\n\nhe can be properly situated in his liberated position. These verses are spoken\nby Srila Narada Muni, and his purpose in speaking them is to revive our\n\nconsciousness. Although the living entity and the Supersoul are one in\nquality, the individual soul has to pursue the instruction of the Supersoul.\n\nThat is the state of liberation.\nTEXT 65\n\n'I���� �� Sl<diRt'( I\n��wit � � R'Ef�l�wt: II��II\nbarhi�mann etad adhyiitmam\npiirok�yer:w pradarsitam\nyat parok�a-priyo devo\nbhagaviin v isva-bhiivanal,t\nbarhi§man-0 King Pracinabarhi; etat- this; adhyiitmam- narration of\n\nself-realization;\n\npiirok§yer;w\n\n-\n\nindir ectly ;\n\npradarsitam- instructed;\n\nyat­\n\nbecause; parok§a-priya�-interesting by indirect description; deva�-the\n\nSupreme Lord; bhagaviin- Personality of Godhead; visva-bhiivana�-the\ncause of all causes.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear King Pracinabarhi, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\ncause of all causes, is celebrated to be known indirectly. Thus I have\ndescribed the story of Puranjana to you. Actually it is an instruction for\nself-realization.\nPURPORT\n\nThere are many similar stories in the Puriil}as for self-realization. As\n\nstated in the Vedas: parok�a-priyii iva hi deviilf. There are many stories in\n\nthe PuriirJ-as that are intended to interest ordinary men in transcendental\n\nsubjects, but actually these refer to real facts. They are not to be considered\n\n", "SB4.4#p0249": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1366\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nstories without a transcendental purpose. Some of them refer to real\nhistorical facts. One should be interested, however, in the real purport of\nthe story. Indirect instructipn is quickly understandable for a common\n\nman. Factually the path of bhakti-yoga is the path of hearing directly\n\nabout the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (sravary,arit\n\nkirtanarit vi§IJO� ), but those who are not interested in hearing directly\nabout the activities of the Lord, or who cannot understand them, can very\neffectively hear such stories and fables like this one narrated by Narada\nMuni.\n\nThe following is a glossary of some of the important words in this chapter.\nAdesakiiri. The actions resulting from sinful activities.\n\nAgastya. The mind.\nAmatya. The governor of the senses, the mind.\nArbuda-arbuda.\n\nVarious types of sravara and kirtana of the Supreme\n\nLord's name, quality, form and so on.\n\nAri. Impediments like disease.\nBhoga.\n\nEnjoyment. Herein this word refers to real enjoyment in spiritual\n\nlife.\n\nBhrtya. The servants of the body, namely the senses.\nDravipa-raja.\n\nDevotional service or a person eligible to act in devotional\n\nservice.\nDviira. The doors of the body, such as the eyes and ears.\nGrha.\n\nHome. For spiritual cultivation one requires an undisturbed place\n\nor the good association of devotees.\nIdhmaviiha.\n\nThe devotee who approaches the spiritual master. Idhma\n\nrefers to wood that is taken to burn as fuel for a fire. A brahmacari\n\nis supposed to take this idhma to ignite the fire used in performing\n\nsacrifices. By spiritual instruction a brahmacari is trained to ignite a fire\n\nand offer oblations in the morning. He is supposed to go to the spiritual\nmaster to take lessons on transcendental subject matter, and the Vedic\ninjunction is that when approaching the spiritual master one must carry\n\n", "SB4.4#p0250": "Purarijana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1367\n\nwith him fuel to perform yajfias, or sacrifices. The exact Vedic injunction\nis as follows:\n\ntad-vijfiiinartharh sa gurum evabhigacchet\nsamit-par-* srotriyarh brahma-n�.tham\n\"To learn transcendental subject matter, one must approach the spiritual\nmaster. In doing so, he should carry fuel to bum in sacrifice. The symptom\nof such a spiritual master is that he is expert in understanding the V edic\nconclusion and therefore he constantly engages in the service of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\"\n\n(Mur,P.aka Upan�ad 1.2.12) By\n\nserving such a bona fide spiritual master, gradually a conditioned soul\nbecomes detached from material enjoyment and invariably makes prog·\nress in spiritual realization under the direction of the spiritual master.\nThose who are misled by the illusory energy are never interested in approaching a spiritual master to make life successful.\n\nJaya. Intelligence.\n]trr-a-sarpa. The fatigued air of life.\nKalak anya. The invalidity of old age.\nKama. A high fever.\nKulacala. The place where there is no disturbance.\nKu.tumbint. Intelligence.\nMadirek.sar-a. Madirek.sar-a refers to one whose eyes are so attractive that\none who observes them becomes maddened by her. In other words,\n\nmadirek.sar-a means a very beautiful young girl. According to Jiva\nGosvami, madirek.sar-a means the personified deity of bhakti. If one is attracted by the bhakti cult, he becomes engaged in the service of the\nLord and the spiritual master, and thus his life becomes successful.\nV aidarbhi, the woman, became a follower of her husband. As she left\nher comfortable home for the service of her husband, so a serious student\nof spiritual understanding must give up everything for the service of the\nspiritual master. As stated by V isvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura, yasya\n\nprasadiid bhagavat-prasada�: if one wants actual success in life, he must\n\nstrictly follow the instructions of the spiritual master. By following such\ninstructions, one is sure to make rapid progress in spiritual life. This\nstatement by V iSvanatha Cakravarti is in pursuance of the following\n\ninjunction from the Svetasvatara Upan�ad:\n\n", "SB4.4#p0251": "1368\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 28\n\nyasya deve para bhaktir\nyatha deve tathti gurau\ntasyaite kathita hy arthtifl\npraka§ante mahtitmanafl\n\"Only unto those great souls who have implicit faith in both the Lord\nand the spiritual master are all the imports of Vedic knowledge automatically revealed.\"\n\n($vet. Up. 6.23) In the Chtindogya Upaniflad it is\n\nsaid, acaryavan puru.so veda: \"One who approaches a bona fide spiritual\n\nmaster can understand everything about spiritual realization.\"\n\nMalayadhvaja. A nice devotee who is like sandalwood.\nPancala. The five sense objects.\nParicchada. The total aggregate of the senses.\nPaura-jana. The seven elements that constitute the body.\nPautra. Patience and gravity.\nPrajvara. A kind of fever called viflr-u-jvara.\nPratikriya. Counteracting agents such as mantras and medicines.\nPura-piilaka. The life air.\nPutra. Consciousness.\nSainika. The condition of threefold miseries.\nSapta-suta. The seven sons, namely hearing, chanting, remembering, offering prayers, serving the lotus feet of the Lord, worshiping the Deity,\nand becoming a servant of the Lord.\n\nSauhrdya. Endeavor.\nSuta. The son of Vaidarbhi, or, in other words, one who is somewhat\n\nadvanced in fruitive activities and who comes in contact with a devotee\n\nspiritual master. Such a person becomes interested in the subject matter\nof devotional service.\n\nVaidarbht The woman who was formerly a man but took birth as a woman\nin his next life because of too much attachment to woman. Darbha\nmeans kusa grass. In fruitive activities, or karma-kar-fliya ceremonies, one requires kusa grass. Thus vaidarbhi refers to one who\ntakes birth in a family of karma-kiirtfliya understanding. However, if by\nkarma-kiirtfla activities one by chance comes in contact with a devotee,\nas Vaidarbhi did when she married Malayadhvaja, his life becomes successful. He then pursues the devotional service of the Lord. The con-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0252": "Puranjana Becomes a Woman in the Next Life\n\n1369\n\nditioned soul becomes liberated simply by following the instructions\nof the bona fide spiritual master.\n\nVidarbha-rajasimha.\n\nThe best of persons who are expert in fruitive\n\nactivities.\n\nVirya. One who has mercy.\nYavana. The servant of Yamaraj a.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Twenty­\n\neighth Chapter, of the S rimad-Bhagavatam, entitled ''Puraiijana Becomes\na Woman in the Next Life.\"\n\n", "SB4.4#p0253": "CHAPTER TWENTY-NINE\n\nTalks Between Narada\nand King PracTnabarhi\nTEXT 1\n\nW\"i/trt¢�ft�\n11�ij �SWIM� ('(440141�41¥=4� I\n4W4«tf§:��ij WI � ih�+tlWtt: II � II\npriicinabarhir uviica\nbhagavarhs te vaco 'smiibhir\nna samyag avagamyate\nkavayas tad vijiinanti\nna vayarh karma-mohitiifl\npriicinabarhifl uviica- King Pracinabarhi said; bhagavan-0 my lord; teyour; vaca[l words; asmiibhifl-by us; na-never; samyak-p erfec tly;\navagamyate-are understood; kavayafl-those who are expert; tat-that;\nvijiinanti-can understand; na-never; vayam-we; karma-by fruitive\nactivities; mohitiifl- enchanted.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Pracinabarhi replied: My dear lord, we could not appreciate com­\n\npletely the purport of your allegorical story of King Puraiij ana. Actually\n\nthose who are perfect in spiritual knowledge can understand, but for us,\nwho are overly attached to fruitive activities, to realize the purpose of\nyour story is very difficult.\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gitii Lord Kw).a says:\n\ntribhir gurwmayair bhiivair\nebhifl sarvam idam jagat\n1371\n\n", "SB4.4#p0254": "1 3 72\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, C h 29\n.\n\nmohitarh nabhijanati\nmam ebhya� param avyayam\n\"Deluded by the three modes [goodness, passion and ignorance], the\nwhole world does not know Me, who am above the modes and inexhaustible.\" (Bg. 7.13)\nGenerally people are enchanted by the three modes of material nature\nand therefore practically unable to understand that behind all materialistic activities in the cosmic manifestation is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Kr�qa. Generally when people are engaged in sinful or pious\nactivities, they are not perfect in knowledge of devotional service. The\nallegorical story narrated by Narada Muni to King Barhi�man is especially\nmeant to engage conditioned souls in devotional service. The entire\nstory, narrated allegorically, is easily understood by a person in devotional\nservice, but those who are engaged not in devotional service but in sense\ngratification cannot perfectly understand it. That is admitted by King\nBarhipman.\nThis Twenty-ninth Chapter describes that by too much attachment for\nwomen one becomes a woman in the next life, but a person who associates\nwith the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His representative becomes\nfree from all material attachments and is thus liberated.\n\nTEXT2\n� \\11!/T\"''\n\n� ���ot[;r�q�: �\nl!\\�fi::f,t��\n\n�qqli\\li6'( II � II\n\nnarada uvaca\npuru.sarh puranjanarh vidyad\nyad vyanakty atmana� puram\neka-dvi-tri-catu.s-padarh\n\nbahu-padam apadakam\n\nnarada� uvaca-Nii.rada said; puru�am-the living entity, the enjoyer;\npuranjanam-King Puranjana; vidyat-one should know;yat-inasmuch as;\nvyanakti-he produces; atmana�-of himself;puram-dwelling place;ekaone; dvi-two; tri-three; catu�-padam-with four legs; bahu-piidam-with\nmany legs; apadakam-without legs.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0255": "Text3]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1373\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada Muni continued: You must understand that\nPuraiijana, the living entity, transmigrates according to his own work into\ndifferent types of bodies, which may be one-legged, two-legged, threelegged, four-legged, many-legged or simply legless. Transmigrating into\nthese various types of bodies, the living entity, as the so-called enjoyer, is\nknown as Puraiijana.\n\nPURPORT\n\nHow the spirit soul transmigrates from one type of body to another is\nnicely described here. The word eka-piida, one-legged, refers to ghosts,\nfor it is said that ghosts walk on one leg. The word dvi-piida, meaning\nbiped, refers to human beings. When he is old and invalid, the human\nbeing is supposed to be a triped, or three-legged, because he walks with\nthe help of a stick or some kind of cane. Of course the word catu�-piida\nrefers to quadrupeds or animals. The word\n\nbahu-piida refers to those\n\ncreatures who have more than four legs. There are many insects, such as\nthe centipede, and also many aquatic animals that have many legs. The\nword\n\napiidaka, meaning without legs, refers to serpents. The name\n\nPuraii.jana indicates one who enjoys possessing different types of bodies.\nHis mentality for enjoyment in the material world is accommodated by\ndifferent types of bodies.\n\nTEXT3\n\n�SWijlijl�� �� �@�: I\n�f�tt' ���� fsfi�: II� II\nyo 'vijniitiihrtas tasya\npuru�asya sakhesvara[l\nyan na vijniiyate pumbhir\nniimabhir vii kriyii-gul}ai[l\nya{l-he who; avijniita-unknown; ahrta[l-described; tasya-of him;\npuru.sasya-of the living entity; sakhii-eternal friend; tsvara[l-the master;\nyat-because; na-never; vijniiyate is understood; pumbhi[l-by the living\nentities; niimabhi[l- by names; vii- or; kriyii-gur-aifl- by activities or qualities.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe person I have described as unknown is the Supreme P ersonality of\nGodhead, the master and eternal friend of the living entity. Since the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0256": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1374\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nliving entities cannot realize the Supreme Personality of Godhead by\nmaterial names, activities or qualities, He remains everlastingly unknown\n\nto the conditioned soul.\n\nPURPORT\nBecause the Supreme Personality of Godhead is unknown to the con­\n\nditioned soul, He is sometimes described in Vedic literatures as niriikiira,\n\navijniita,\n\nor\n\naviinmanasa-gocara.\n\nActually it is a fact that the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead cannot be perceived by material senses as far as\nHis form, name, quality, pastimes or paraphernalia are concerned. However,\n\nwhen one is spiritually advanced, one can understand the name, form,\n\nqualities, pastimes and paraphernalia of the Supreme Lord. This is con­\n\nfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nbhaktyii miim abhijiiniiti\nyiiviin ya� ciismi tattvataft\ntato miirh tattvato jniitvii\nvUate tad-anantaram\n\"One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is only by devotional\n\nservice. And when one is in full consciousness of the Supreme Lord by\nsuch devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of God.\" (Bg. 18.55)\n\nOne can understand in truth the Supreme Personality of Godhead only\n\nwhen one is engaged in devotional service. Ordinary persons engaged in\n\npious and impious activities cannot understand the form, name and\n\nactivities of the Lord. The devotee, however, can know the Personality of\nGodhead in many respects. He can understand that K.:r�:qa is the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, that His address is Goloka V rndavana and that\n\nHis activities are all spiritual. Because the Lord's form and activities\n\ncannot be understood by materialistic people, He is described by the\n\nSiistras as niriikiira, that is, one whose form cannot be ascertained by a\n\nmaterialistic person. This does not mean that the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead has no form; it means that it is not understood by the karmis or\n\nfruitive actors. His form is described in Brahma-samhitii as sac-cid-iinanda\nvigraha. As confirmed by the Padma Purii!J-a:\n\nataft �ri-knTJa-niimiidi\nna bhaved griihyam indriyaift\nsevonmukhe hi jihviidau\nsvayam eva sphuraty adaft\n\n", "SB4.4#p0257": "Text 4)\n\n1375\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n\"No one can understand Kr�IJ.a as He is by utilizing the blunt material\nsenses. However, the Lord reveals Himself to His devotees, being pleased\nwith them because of their transcendental loving service rendered unto\nHim.\"\nSince the name, form, qualities and activities of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead Kr�IJ.a cannot be understood by the material senses, He is also\ncalled adhok�aja, meaning beyond sense perception. When the senses are\npurified by devotional activity, the devotee understands everything about\nthe Lord by the Lord's grace. In this verse the words pumbhir niimabhir\nva kriya-gu!'-a* are especially significant because God, K.r�IJ.a, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, has many names, activities and qualities, although\nnone of them are material. Despite the fact that all these names, activities\nand pastimes are mentioned in the �astras and understood by the devotees,\nthe karmis (fruitive laborers) cannot understand them. Nor can the jiianis\n(mental speculators) understand them. Although there are thousands of\nnames of Lord Vi��u, the karmis and jiiiinis intermingle the names of the\nSupreme Godhead with the names of demigods and human beings·. Because\nthey cannot understand the actual name of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, they take for granted that any name can be accepted. They\nbelieve that since the Absolute Truth is impersonal, they can call Him by\nany name. Otherwise, they maintain, He has no name. This is not a fact.\nHere it is clearly stated: niimabhir vii kriyii-gur-a*. The Lord has specific\nnames such as Rama, K.r�IJ.a, Govinda, Naray�a, Vi�u and Adhok�aja.\nThere are indeed many names, but the conditioned soul cannot understand\nthem.\n\nTEXT 4\n\nyadii jighrk�an puru�a�\nkiirtsnyena prakrter gur-an\nnava-dvararh dvi-hastiinghri\ntatriimanuta siidhv iti\nyadii-when; jighrksan-desiring to enjoy; puru,sa�-the living entity;\n.\n\nkiirtsnyena-in total; prakrteft\n\n-\n\nof material nature; gur.an\n\n-\n\nthe modes;\n\nnava-dvaram- having nine gates; dvi- two; hasta- hands; anghri- legs; tatrathere; amanuta-he thought; siidhu-very good; iti-thus.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0258": "1376\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the living entity wants to enjoy the modes of material nature in\ntheir totality, he prefers, out of many bodily forms, to accept that body\nwhich has nine gates, two hands and two leg�. Thus he prefers to become\na human being or a demigod.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a very nice explanation of how the spiritual being, the part and\nparcel of Kr��a, God, accepts a material body by virtue of his own desires.\nAccepting two hands, two legs, and so on, the living entity fully enjoys the\nmodes of material nature. Lord Kr��a says in Bhagavad-gitii:\nicchii-dve,sa samutthena\ndvandva-mohena bhiirata\nsarva-bhiitiini sarhmoharh\nsarge yiinti parantapa\n\"0 scion of Bharata [ Arjuna] , 0 conquerer of the foe, all living entities\n\nare born into delusion, overcome by the dualities of desire and hate.\"\n(Bg. 7.27)\nOriginally the living entity is a spiritual being, but when he actually\ndesires to enjoy this material world, he comes down. From this verse we\ncan understand that the living entity first accepts a body that is human in\nform, but gradually, due to his degraded activities, he falls into lower\nforms of life-into the animal, plant and aquatic forms. By the gradual\nprocess of evolution, the living entity again attains the body of a human\nbeing and is given another chance to get out of the process of transmigration. If he again misses his chance in the human form to understand his\nposition, he is again placed in the cycle of birth and death in various types\nof bodies.\nThe desire of the living entity to come into the material world is not\nvery difficult to understand. Although one may be born in a family of\nAryans, where there are restrictions against meat-eating, intoxication,\ngambling and illicit sex, still one may want to enjoy these forbidden\nthings. There is always someone who wants to go to a prostitute for\nillicit sex or to a hotel to eat meat and drink wine. There is always someone\nwho wants to gamble at nightclubs or enjoy so-called sports. All these\npropensities are already within the hearts of the living entities, but some\nliving entities stop to enjoy these abominable activities and consequently\n\n", "SB4.4#p0259": "Text 5]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1377\n\nfall down to a degraded platform. The more one desires a degraded life\nwithin his heart, the more he falls down to occupy different forms of\nabominable existence. This is the process of transmigration and evolution.\nA particular type of animal may have a strong tendency to enjoy one\nkind of sense enjoyment, but in the human form one can enjoy all the\nsenses. The human form has the facility to utilize all the senses for\ngratification. Unless one is properly trained, he becomes a victim of the\nmodes of material nature, as confirmed by Bhagavad-gttii:\nprakrte{l kriyamar-ani\ngur-ai{l karmii[Li sarvasa{l\nahmikiira-vimu!lhiitmii\nkartiiham iti manyate\n\"The bewildered spirit soul, under the influence of the three modes of\nmaterial nature, thinks himself the doer of activities that are in actuality\ncarried out by nature.\" (Bg. 3. 27)\n\nAs soon as one desires to enjoy his senses, he puts himself under the\ncontrol of material energy and automatically or mechanically is placed\ninto the cycle of birth and death in various life forms.\nTEXTS\n\n�� ij � FmTP'f11WffiJ ��11:_ I\n�fl{f� ��s��� risaJ�tJTfolll�ll\nbuddhirh tu pramadiirh vidyan\nmamiiham iti yat-krtam\nyam adhi�,thaya dehe 'smin\npuman bhuhkte 'kfiabhir gu[Lan\nbuddhim-intelligence;\n(Puraiijani); vidyat-one\n\ntu-then;\n\nyoung\n\npramadam-the\n\nwoman\n\nshould know; mama-my ; aham-1; iti-thus;\n\nyat-krtam-done by intelligence; yam-which intelligence; adhi,s,thiiyataking shelter of; dehe-in the body; as min-this; puman\n\n-\n\nbhUiikte-suffers and enjoys; ak§abh*\n\n-\n\nthe living entity;\n\nby the senses; g u '!an-the modes of\n\nmaterial nature.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada continued: The word pramada mentioned in this\nregard refers to material intelligence, or ignorance. It is to be understood\n\n", "SB4.4#p0260": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1378\n\nas\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nsuch. When one takes shelter of this kind of intelligence, he identifies\n\nhimself with the material body. Influenced by the material consciousness\n\nof \"I'' and \"mine,\" he begins to enjoy and suffer through his senses. Thus\nthe living entity is entrapped.\n\nPURPORT\nIn material existence so-called intelligence is actually ignorance. When\nintelligence is cleared up, it is called buddhi-yoga. In other words, when\nintelligence is dovetailed with the desires of Kr�':la, it is called buddhi-yoga\nor bhakti-yoga. Therefore in Bhagavad-gitii Kr�':la says:\nte.siirh satata-yuktiiniirh\nbhajatiirh priti-pilrvakam\ndadiimi buddhi-yogarh tarh\nyena miim upayiinti te\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give\nthe understanding by which they can come to Me.\" (Bg. 10.10)\nReal intelligence means\n\nlinking\n\nwith the\n\nSupreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. When this is done, the Supreme Personality of Godhead from\nwithin gives one the real intelligence by which one can return home, back\nto Godhead. Intelligence in the material world is described in this verse as\npramadii because in material existence the living entity falsely claims things\nto be his. He thinks, \"I am the monarch of all I survey.\" This is ignorance.\nActually nothing belongs to him. Even the body and the senses do not\nbelong to him, for they are given to him by the grace of the Lord to satisfy\nhis different propensities through the material energy. Nothing actually\nbelongs to the living entity, but he becomes mad after everything, claiming,\n\"This is mine. This is mine. This is mine.\" ]anasya moho 'yam aharh\nmameti. This is called illusion. Nothing belongs to the living entity, but he\nclaims that everything belongs to him.\nrecommends\n\nthat\n\nthis\n\nfalse\n\nLord\n\nintelligence be\n\nCaitanya Mahiiprabhu\npurified\n\n(ceto-darpa!l-a­\n\nmiirjanam ). When the mirror of intelligence is polished, the real activities\nof the living entity begin. This means that when a person comes to the\nplatform of Kr�':la consciousness, his real intelligence acts. At that time\nhe knows that everything belongs to Kr�':la and nothing belongs to him.\nAs long as one thinks that everything belongs to him, he is in material\nconsciousness, and when he knows perfectly that everything belongs to\nKr�':la, he is in Kr�':la consciousness.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0261": "Text 6]\n\n1379\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\nTEXT6\n\n�t( ��i(t!Oll �;f � � ��\" I\nQ(.Oif(iji{f*til: 3111JT! 'l�iRr:Nl�: II � II\nsakhiiya indriya-garii\njiiiinarh karma ca yat-krtam\nsakhyas tad-vrttaya� priira�\npanca-vrttir yathoraga�\nsakhiiya�-the male friends; indriya-garii�-the senses; jniinam knowl\n-\n\n­\n\nedge; karma- activity ; ca- also; yat krtam-done by the senses; sakhya�-\n\nfemale friends; tat-of the senses; vrttaya�-engagements; pr iira�- life air;\n\npanca-vrttifl-having five processes; yathii-like; uragafl- the serpent.\nTRANSLATION\nThe five working senses and the five senses that acquire knowledge are\n\nall male friends of Puraffjani. The living entity is assisted by these senses\nin acquiring knowledge and engaging in activity. The engagements of the\nsenses are known as girl friends, and the serpent, which was described as\nhaving five heads, is the life air acting within the five circulatory processes.\nPURPORT\n\nkr.sra-bahirmukha hanii bhoga-viinchii kare\nnika,ta-stha miiyii tiire jiipa,tiyii dhare\n(Prema-vivarta 6.2)\nBecause of his desire to enjoy the material world, the living entity is\ndressed with the material gross and subtle bodies. Thus he is given a chance\nto enjoy the senses. The senses are therefore the instruments for enjoying\nthe material world; consequently the senses have been described as friends.\nSometimes, because of too much sinful activity, the living entity does not\nget a material gross body, but hovers on the subtle platform. This is called\nghostly life. Because of his not possessing a gross body, he creates a great\ndeal of trouble in his subtle body. Thus the presence of a ghost is horrible\nfor those who are living in the gross body. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nutkriimantarh sthitarh viipi\nbhunjiinarh vii guriinvitam\n\n", "SB4.4#p0262": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1380\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nvimiiflhii niinupa�yanti\npa�yanti jfiiina-cak�u.safl,\n\"The foolish cannot understand how a living entity can quit his body, nor\ncan they understand what sort of body he enjoys under the spell of the\nmodes of nature. But one whose eyes are trained in knowledge can see all\nthis.\" (Bg. 15.10)\nThe living entities are merged into the air of life, which acts in different\nways for circulation. There is priirw, apiina, udiina, vyiina, and samiina, and\nbecause the life air functions in this fivefold way, it is compared to the fivehooded serpent. The soul passes through the kurpjalintcakra like a serpent\ncrawling on the ground. The life air is compared to uraga, the serpent.\nPafica-vrtti is the desire to satisfy the senses, attracted by five sense\nobjects-namely, form, taste, sound, smell and touch.\nTEXT7\n\n� � ftm��;;r'1�\"-h4{ I\nq�: q� f?Atlt ;;r�'-it � �II � II\nbrhad-balam mano vidyiid\nubhayendriya-niiyakam\npaficiiliifl, pafica v�ayii\nyan-madhye nava-kham puram\nbrhat-balam-very powerful; mana[t - the mind; vidyiit- one should\nknow; ubhaya-indriya-of both groups of senses; nayakam the leader;\npa iic ala{t the kingdom named Paii c ala; pafi ca- f ive; v (sayii{l. -sense objects;\nyat- of which; madhye-in the midst; nava-kham-having nine apertures;\npuram- the city.\nTRANSLATION\n-\n\n-\n\nThe eleventh attendant, who is the commander of the others, is known\nas\n\nthe mind. He is the leader of the senses both in the acquisition of\n\nknowledge and in the performance of work. The Paricala kingdom is that\n\natmosphere in which the five sense obj ects are enj oyed. Within that\nPariciila kingdom is the city of the body, which has nine gates.\n\nPURPORT\nThe mind is the center of all activities and is described here as brhadbala, very powerful. To get out of the clutches of miiyii, material existence,\n\n", "SB4.4#p0263": "Text 8]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinaharhi\n\n1381\n\none has to control his mind. According to training, the mind is the friend\n\nand the enemy of the living entity. If one gets a good manager, his estate\nis very nicely managed, but if the manager is a thief, his estate is spoiled.\n\nSimilarly, in his material conditional existence, the living entity gives\npower of attorney to his mind. As such, he is liable to be misdirected by\n\nhis mind into enjoying sense objects. Srila Ambari�a Maharaja therefore\nfirst engaged his mind upon the lotus feet of the Lord. Sa vai mana� kr,sr-a­\n\npadaravindayo�. When the mind is engaged in meditation on the lotus feet\nof the Lord, the senses are controlled. This system of control is called\n\nyama, and this means subduing the senses. One who can subdue the senses\nis called a gosvami, but one who cannot control the mind is called go-dasa.\n\nThe mind directs the activities of the senses, which are expressed through\n\ndifferent outlets, as described in the next verse.\nTEXT8\n\n� ;nfijifi�r � fu�m 1\nt t ml 'l�lflftr �����: II � II\nak�ir-i nasike karr-au\nmukharh siSna-gudav iti\ndve dve dvarau bahir yiiti\nyas tad-indriya-sarhyuta�\nak.sir-i-two eyes; nasike-two nostrils; karr-au-two ears; mukham­\n\nmouth; s isna-genitals; gudau-and rectum; i ti-thus; dve-two; dve- two;\ndvarau- gates; bah*-outside; yati-goes; ya�-one who; tat-through the\ngates; indriya-by the senses; sarhyuta{l- accompanied.\nTRANSLATION\nThe eyes, nostrils and ears are pairs of gates situated in one place. The\nmouth, genital and rectum are also different gates. Being placed into a\nbody having these nine gates, the living entity acts externally in the\nmaterial world and enjoys sense objects like form and taste.\nPURPORT\nNot being aware of his spiritual position, the living entity, directed by\n\nthe mind, goes out through the nine gates to enjoy material objects.\n\nBecause of long association with material objects, he forgets his real\n\n", "SB4.4#p0264": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1382\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 29\n\nspiritual activities and is thus misled. The entire world is going on being\nmisled by so-called leaders like scientists and philosophers who have\nno knowledge of the spirit soul. Thus the conditioned soul becomes more\nand more entangled.\nTEXT 9\n\n� ;nffi 311�fitRt q�: 'fm: I\n��:.ot���:�: I\n..t'trit � !R ftt�fit(l:;:;qij II �II\nak�irt niisike iisyam\niti panca purafl krtiifl\ndak.sirtii dak.sirafl karra\nuttarii cottarafl smrtafl\npascime ity adho dviirau\ngudarh siSnam ihocyate\nak.sirt-two eyes; niisike-two nostrils; asyam-the mouth; iti-thus;\n\npanca-five; purafl-on the front; krtafl made; dak�ira-southern gate;\n-\n\ndak�irtafl-right; karp afl-ear; uttara-northern gate; ca-also; uttarafl -l eft\n\near; smrta[L-understood; pascime-on the west; iti-thus; ad ha fl-down\n\n­\n\nwards; dvarau-two\n\ngates; gudam-rectum; siSnam-genital; iha-here;\n\nucyate- is said.\nTRANSLATION\nTwo eyes, two nostrils and a mouth-all together five-are situated in\nthe front. The right ear is accepted as the southern gate, and the left ear as\nthe northern gate. The two holes or gates situated in the west are known as\nthe rectum and genital.\nPURPORT\n\nOf all the sides, the eastern is considered most important, primarily\nbecause the sun rises from that direction. The gates on the eastern sidethe eyes, nose and mouth-are thus very important gates in the body.\nTEXT 10\n\n(tlql(IIS��� :qr;r � � � I\n� NWI�d � � ���: II� II\no\n\n", "SB4.4#p0265": "Text ll]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1383\n\nkhadyotiivirmukht ciitra\nnetre ekatra nirmite\nriiparh vibhriijitarh tiibh yiirh\nvica�.te cak�u�esvara[t\nkhadyotii-named Khadyota; iivirmukht-named Avirmukhi; ca-also;\natra-here; netre-the two eyes; ekatra-in one place; nirmit e -created;\nriipam-form; vibhriijitam- named Vibhrajita (brilliant); tiibh yiim- through\nthe eyes; v ica�,te-perceives; cak�u.sii-with the sense of sight; tsvara[t-the\nmaster.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe two gates named Khadyota and A.virmukhi, which have been spoken\nof, are the two eyes side by side in one place. The town named Vibhrajita\nshould be understood as form. In this way the two eyes are always engaged\nin seeing different kinds of forms.\nPURPORT\n\nThe two eyes are attracted by brilliant things like light. Sometimes we\nfind that little insects are attracted by the brightness of fire and thus enter\ninto it. Similarly, the two eyes of the living entity are attracted by bright\nand beautiful forms. They are entangled in these forms, exactly as the\ninsect becomes attracted to fire.\nTEXT ll\n\n� ;uM;ft ��: m� I\n�f!(ot�lwf%qofttmm�:ll����\nnalini niilini niise\ngandha[t saurabha ucyate\nghriirw 'vadhuto mukhyiisyarh\nvipapo viig rasavid rasa[t\n\nnalini-named Nalini; niilini-named Nlilini; nase-the two nostrils;\ngandha[l-aroma; saurabha[t - Saurabha (fragrance); ucyate-is called;\nghriipa[l - the sense of smell; avadhuta[l-called Avadhiita; mukhyiicalled Mukhya (principal); iisyam- the mouth; v ipapa[l- named Vipapa;\nviik-the faculty of speech; rasa-vit-named Rasajna (expert in tasting);\nrasa[!.- the sense of taste.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0266": "1384\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe two doors named Nalini and Nalini should be known as the two\n\nnostrils, and the city named Saurabha represents aroma. The companion\n\nspoken of as Avadhiita is the sense of smell. The door called Mukhyii is\nthe mouth, and Vipru;ta is the faculty of speech. Rasajna is the sense of\ntaste.\nPURPORT\nThe word avadhuta means \"most free.\" A person is not under the rules\nand regulations of any injunction when he has attained the stage of\navadhiita. In other words, he can act as he likes. This avadhiita is exactly\nlike air, which does not care for any obstruction. In Bhagavad-gttii it is said:\ncancalarh hi mana[l krnw\npramiithi balavad d[!lham\ntasyiiharh nigraharh manye\nviiyor iva sudu.skaram\n\"For the mind is restless, turbulent, obstinate and very strong , 0 Kr�l).a,\nand to subdue it is, it seems to me, more difficult than controlling the\nwind.\" (Bg. 6.34)\nJust as the air or wind cannot be checked by anyone, the two nostrils,\nsituated in one place, enjoy the sense of smell without impediment. When\nthe tongue is present, the mouth continually tastes all kinds of relishable\nfoodstuffs.\nTEXT 12\n\n� �itiil�s:;r M':4+i \\:[t il(��( I\n..\n\nfqq:a(� � � �: ��: ������\niipapo vyavahiiro 'tra\ncitram andho bahudanam\npitrhiir dakfiipa[l karpa\nuttaro devahu[l smrtafl\napapafl-named Apal).a; vyavaharafl-business of the tongue; atra-here;\ncitram-of all varieties; andha[l-eatables; bahiidanam-named Bahii.dana;\npitr-hii[l-named Pitrhu; dak§i�w�-right; ka n:w�- ear ; uttara�- left; devahu[l- Devahii; smrta[l- is called.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0267": "Text 13)\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinaharhi\n\n1385\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe city called Apat;ta represents engagement of the tongue in speech,\nand Bahii.dana is the variety of foodstuffs. The right ear is called the gate\nof Pitrhii, and the left ear is called the gate of Devahii.\nTEXT 13\n\n� � � � � 'i�IWi�€1'( I\nAt�tf � �ihii��(IJ:�d\\ II�� II\npravrttarh ca nivrttarh ca\n§iistrarh paiiciila-sarhjiiitam\npitr-yiinarh deva-yiinarh\n§rotriic chruta-dhariid vrajet\npravrttam- the\n\nprocess of sense enjoyment; ca-also; nivrttam- the\n\nprocess of detachment; ca-also; siistram- scripture; paiiciila-Paiica.la;\nsarhjnitam-is described as; p itr-yiina m\n\n-\n\ngoing to Pit.rloka; deva-yanam­\n\ngoing to Devaloka; srotriit-by hearing; sruta-dhariit-by the companion\n\nnamed Srutadhara; vrajet-one can be elevated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNarada Muni continued: The city spoken of as Da�it;ta-paiicala represents the scriptures meant for directing pravrtti, the process of sense\nenjoyment in fruitive activities. The other city, named Uttara-panciila,\nrepresents\n\nthe\n\nscriptures meant for decreasing fruitive activities and\n\nincreasing knowledge. The living entity receives different kinds of knowledge by means of two ears, and some living entities are promoted to\nPitrloka and some to Devaloka. All this is made possible by the two ears.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Vedas are known as sruti, and the knowledge received from them\n\nthrough aural reception is called srutadhara. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii,\n\none can be promoted to the planets of the demigods or to the planets of\n\nthe pitiis (forefathers), or even to the V aikut;�.tha planets, simply through\n\nthe process of hearing. These things have already been explained in\nprevious chapters.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0268": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1386\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� �ll��GII�'41�l mfii1J1i mr: I\n� �: fi f.tstRlg� � 11�\\lll\niisurt me!fhram arvtig-dviir\nvyaviiyo griimi[tiirh rati[t\nupastho durmada[l prokto\nnirrtir guda ucyate\niisurt-called Asuri; me!fhram-the genital; arvak-of the fools and rascals;\n\ndvii�-gate; vyaviiya[l- performing sexual affairs; griimir-am-of common\nmen; rati[t-attraction; upast ha[l- the faculty of procreation; durmada[lDurmada;\n\nproktaf!-is called; nirrt if!- Nirrti ; gudaf!-rectum; ucyate­\n\nis called.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe city called Gramaka, which is approached through the lower gate\n\nof Asuri [the genital) , is meant for sex, which is very pleasing to common\nmen who are simply fools and rascals. The faculty of procreation is called\nDurmada, and the rectum is called Nirrti.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen the world becomes degraded, civilization becomes demoniac, and\nfor the common man the rectum and the genital are taken very seriously\nas\n\nthe centers of all activity. Even in such a sacred place as V rndavana,\n\nIndia, unintelligent men pass off this rectal and genital business as spiritual\n\nactivity. Such people are called sahajiya. According to their philosophy,\n\nthrough sexual indulgence one can elevate oneself to the spiritual plat­\n\nform. From these verses of Srtmad-Bhagavatam, however, we understand\nthat the desires for sexual satisfaction are meant for the arvtik, the lowest\n\namong men. To rectify these rascals and fools is very difficult. After all,\nthe sex desires of the common man are condemned in these verses. The\nword\n\ndurmada means \"wrongly directed,\" and nirrti means \"sinful\n\nactivity.\" Although this clearly indicates that sex indulgence is abominable\nand misdirected even from the ordinary point of view, the\n\nsahajiyiis\n\nnonetheless pass themselves off as devotees conducting spiritual activities.\nFor this reason, V rndavana is no longer visited by intelligent men. Sometimes we are often asked why we have made our center in V rndavana.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0269": "Text 16]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1387\n\nFrom the external point of view, it can be concluded that Vrndavana has\nbecome degenerate due to these sahajiyii activities, yet from the spiritual\npoint of view, Vrndavana is the only place where all these sinful persons\ncan be rectified by means of taking birth in the forms of dogs, hogs and\nmonkeys. By living in Vrndavana as a dog, hog or monkey, the living\nentity can be elevated to the spiritual platform in the next life.\nTEXT 15\n\nmf ;mi qt��·�Sfl11 � it � I\n(«tqt�1 �+d(ijlpU� ���II� �II\nvaisasarh narakarh piiyur\nlubdhako 'ndhau tu me srru\nhasta-piidau pumiirhs tiibhyam\nyukto yiiti karoti ca\nvaisasam-named Vaisasa; narakam-hell; piiyu�-the working sense in\nthe rectum; lubdhaka�-named Lubdhaka (very greedy); andhau-blind;\n\n-\n\ntu-then; me-to me; srru listen; hasta-piidau-hands and legs; pumiinthe living entity; tiibhyam- with them; yukta�-being engaged; yati- goes;\nkaroti-works; ca-and.\n. TRANSLATION\nWhen it is said that Puraiijana goes to Vaisasa, it is meant that he goes\nto hell. He is accompanied by Lubdhaka, which is the working sense in the\nrectum. Formerly I have also spoken of two blind associates. These\nassociates should be understood to be the hands and legs. Being helped\nby the hands and legs, the living entity performs all kinds of work and\nmoves hither and thither.\nTEXT 16\n\n�:� 'if � �'l � I\n\\ft � � 'fi' �� �: II�G.II\nanta�-purarh ca hrdayarh\nvi§ilcir mana ucyate\ntatra moharh prasiidarh vii\nhar.sarh priipnoti tad-gura*\n\n", "SB4.4#p0270": "1388\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nantaft-puram- private residence; ca-and; hrdayam- the heart; visuci[lthe servant named Visn:icina; manaft -the mind; u c yate -is said; tatra-there;\n\nmoham- illusion; prasadam- satisfaction; va-or; har;sam-jubilation; pra�\nnoti- obtains; tat-of the mind;guflaift-by the modes of nature.\nTRANSLATION\nThe word anta}:lpura refers to the heart. The word vi�fi.cina, meaning\n\"going everywhere,\" indicates the mind. Within the mind the living entity\nenjoys the effects of the modes of material nature. These effects sometimes\ncause illusion, sometimes satisfaction and sometimes jubilation.\nPURPORT\nThe mind and intelligence of the living entity in material existence are\naffected by the modes of material nature, and according to the association\nof the material modes, the mind is habituated to go here and there. The\nheart feels satisfaction, jubilation or illusion according to the effects of\nthe modes of material nature. Actually the living entity in his material\ncondition remains inert. It is the modes of material nature that act on the\nmind and heart. The results are enjoyed or suffered by the living entity.\nThis is clearly stated in Bhagavad-gtta:\n\nprakrteft kriyama[lani\nguflaift karma[li sarvasaft\nahankara-vimuflhatma\nkartaham iti manyate\n\"The bewildered spirit soul, under the influence of the three modes of\nmaterial nature, thinks himself the doer of activities that are in actuality\ncarried out by nature.\" (Bg. 3.27)\nTEXT 17\n\ngun� A+tit� \"' 1\n� ij.{1qJ:!IS�I (Jfi'l')(i!� II� \"II\n\n� 1I1ft Af¥��\n\nyatha yatha vikriyate\ngu[liikto vikaroti vii\ntatha tathopadra.s{iitma\ntad-vrtttr anukaryate\n\n", "SB4.4#p0271": "Texts 18-20]\n\nTalks Between Niirada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1389\n\nyathii yathii-just as; vikriyate-is agitated; gup a-akta� - associated with\n\nthe modes of nature; vikaroti-as it does; vii-or; tathii tathii-similarly;\nupadr�.tii- observer ; atmii-the soul; tat-of the intelligence; vrtttfl,-occupa­\n\ntions; anukaryate - i mitates .\nTRANSLATION\nFormerly it was explained that the Queen is one's intelligence. While\none is awake or asleep, that intelligence creates different situations. Being\ninfluenced by contaminated intelligence, the living entity envisions something and simply imitates the actions and reactions of his intelligence.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Queen of Puraiijana is described herein as intelligence itself. Intelligence acts both in the dream state and in the waking state, but it is contaminated by the three modes of material nature. Since the intelligence\nis contaminated, the living entity is also contaminated. In the conditioned\nstate, the living entity acts according to his contaminated intelligence.\nAlthough he simply remains an observer, he nonetheless acts, being forced\nby a contaminated intelligence, which in reality is a passive agent.\nTEXTS 18-20\n\nQt NMd��t\\(; 6�«4(00Si(Rt: I\nl\\wM¥�!JUIE4�: qi41lijil..1(: II��II\n¥t;\\1(�if4:+1«1 �'lRT ,..,'t'((: I\n�:\nijftiifltriM� 11��11\n311'f�M¥4fl � t•l<t'*'1i Sl1ifrd� I\n1(1U(iJ�'+{: qlli?lAwfl«:id\\ II� II\no\n\ndeho rathas tv indriyiisvafl,\nsarhvatsara-rayo 'gatifl,\ndvi-karma-cakras tri-guradhvajafl, pancasu-bandhuraf!,\nmana rasmir buddhi-suto\nhrn ntf[o dvandva-kubarafl,\n\n", "SB4.4#p0272": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1390\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\npaiicendriyiirtha-prak�epa�\nsapta-dhiitu-varuthaka�\niikutir vikramo biihyo\nmrga-tr�lfiirh pradhiivati\nekiidasendriya-camu�\npaiica-sunii vinoda-krt\nde haft- body; rat haft- chariot; tu- but; indriya- the knowledge-acquiring\nsenses; asvaft- the horses; sanivatsara-total years; raya�- duration of life;\n\nagatift- without advancing; dvi- two; karma- activities; cakra�- wheels; trithree; gu[ w- modes of nature; dhvaja�- flags; pa ii ca- five; asu-life airs;\nbandhura�- bondage; mana�- the mind; rasmi�l- rope; buddhi-intelligence;\nsuta� chariot driver; hrt-heart; n ifla�-sitting place; dvandva-duality;\nkubara�- the posts for the harness; paiica- five; indriya artha- sense objects; p rak�epa�- weapons; sapta- seven; dhatu- elements; varuthakaftcoverings; akuti�- attempts of the five working senses; vikrama�- prowess\nor processes; bahya� - external ; mrga-trsriim fal se aspiration ; p radhavati\nruns after; ekiidasa- eleven; indriya- senses; ca mu�- soldiers; paiica- five;\nsunii- enviousness; vinoda- pleasure; krt- doing.\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\n-\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nNarada Muni continued: What I referred to as the chariot was in actuality\nthe body. The senses are the horses that pull that chariot. As time passes,\nyear after year, these horses run without obstruction, but in fact they\nmake no progress. Pious and impious activities are the two wheels of the\nchariot. The three modes of material nature are the chariot's flags. The\nfive types of life air constitute the living entity's bondage, and the mind is\nconsidered to be the rope. Intelligence is the chariot driver. The heart is the\nsitting place in the chariot, and the dualities of life, such as pleasure and\npain, are the knotting place. The seven elements are the coverings of the\nchariot, and the working senses are the five external processes. The eleven\nsenses are the soldiers. Being engrossed in sense enjoyment, the living\nentity, seated on the chariot, hankers after fulfillment of his false desires\nand runs after sense enjoyment life after life.\nPURPORT\nThe entanglement of the living entity in sense enjoyment is very nicely\nexplained in these verses. The word samvatsara, meaning the progress of\ntime, is significant. Day after day, week after week, fortnight after fort-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0273": "Texts 18-20]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n. 1391\n\nnight, month after month, year after year, the living entity becomes\nentangled in the chariot's progress. The chariot rests on two wheels,\nwhich are pious and impious activities. The living entity attains a certain\nposition in life in a particular type of body according to his pious and\nimpious activities, but his transmigration into different bodies should not\nbe taken as progress. Real progress is explained in Bhagavad-gtta.\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevarh yo vetti tattvata�\ntyaktva deharh punar janma\nnaiti mam eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities\ndoes not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material\nworld, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" (Bg. 4.9)\nOne makes real progress when he does not have to take on another\nmaterial body. As stated in Caitanya-caritamrta:\neita brahmapfla bhari' ananta jtva-gapa\ncauraH-lak�a yonite karaye bhramaTJ-a\n(Cc. Madhya 19.138)\nThe living entity is wandering throughout the entire universe and taking\nbirth in different species on different planets. Thus he moves up and\ndown, but that is not real progress. Real progress is getting out of this\nmaterial world altogether. As stated in Bhagavad-gtta:\nabrahma-bhuvanal loka�\npunar avartino 'rjuna\nmam upetya tu kaunteya\npunar janma na vidyate\n\"From the highest planet in the material world down to the lowest, all are\nplaces of misery wherein repeated birth and death take place. But one who\nattains to My abode, 0 son of Kunti, never takes birth again.\" (Bg. 8.16)\nEven if one is promoted to Brahmaloka, the highest planet in the\nuniverse, he has to come down again to the lower planetary systems. Thus\nhe is wandering up and down perpetually under the influence of the three\nmodes of material nature. Being illusioned, he thinks he is making progress.\nHe is like an airplane encircling the earth day and night, incapable of\nleaving the earth's gravitational field. Factually there is no progress\nbecause the airplane is conditioned by the earth's gravity.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0274": "1392\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 29\n\nJust as a king is seated on a chariot, the living entity is seated in the\nbody. The sitting place is the heart, and the living entity sits there and\nengages in the struggle for existence, which goes on without progress\nperpetually. In the words of Narottama dasa 'fhakura:\nkarma-kap,�a, jiiana-kap,�a, kevala vi�era bhap,�a,\namrta baliya yeba khaya\nnana yoni sada phire, kadarya bhak�ap,a kare,\ntara janma adhaf!.-pate yaya\nThe living entity struggles very hard due to the influence of fruitive\nactivity and mental speculation and simply gets a different type of body\nlife after life. He eats all kinds of nonsense and is condemned by his\nactivities of sense enjoyment. If one really wants to progress in life, he\nmust give up the ways of karma-kap,�a and jnana-kap,�a, fruitive activities\nand mental speculation. Being fixed in l(r�qa consciousness, one can\nbecome free from the entanglement of birth and death and the vain\nstruggle for existence. In these verses the words mrga-tn1Jarh pradhavati\nare very significant because the living entity is influenced by a thirst for\nsense enjoyment. He is like a deer that goes to the desert to search out\nwater. In a desert an animal simply searches in vain for water. Of course\nthere is no water in the desert, and the animal simply sacrifices his life in\nan attempt to find it. Everyone is planning for future happiness, thinking\nthat somehow or other, if he can reach a certain point, he will be happy.\nIn actuality, however, when he comes to that point, he sees that there is\nno happiness. He then plans to go further and further to another point.\nThis is called mrga-tnTJti, and its basis is sense enjoyment in this material\nworld.\nTEXT 21\n\n(fq€ij(lf0'6�•u R �;flqef?4�:u 1\ndQI(i4\\(�i�(f.A:�: I\nWflli9;: q�4�1 'H!�(q\\f.t�( II�� II\nsamvatsaras cap,�a-vegaf!.\nkiilo yenopalak�itaf!.\ntasyiihiintha gandharvii\ngandharvyo riitrayaf!. smrtaf!.\nharanty iiyuf!. parikriintyii\n.sa�th y-uttara-sata-trayam\n\n", "SB4.4#p0275": "Text 22]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1393\n\nsamvatsarafl-year; c arzfla- vegafl- called Cap�avega; kiilafl-time; yenaby which; upalak,sitafl - symb oliz ed; tasya- of the duration of life; ahiini­\n\ndays; iha-in this life; gandharviifl - Gandh arv as; gandharvyafl - Gan dh arvis;\nriitrayafl- night s; smrtiifl-are understood; haranti- they take away; iiyufl­\n\nduration of life; parikriintyii-by traveling; .sa.s,thi- sixty; uttara-above;\n§ata- hundred; trayam- three.\nTRANSLATION\nWhat was previously explained as Cru;u.J.avega, powerful time, is covered\nby days and nights, named Gandharvas and Gandharvis. The body's life\nspan is gradually reduced by the passage of days and nights, which\nnumber 360.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word parikrantyii means \"by traveling.\" The living entity travels\non his chariot day and night during a year consisting of 360 (or more)\ndays and nights. Life's progress is taken for the unnecessary labor required\nto cover these 360 days and nights of life.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n•RJl..-.t ��rntuitwi ..,PI+<RI I\n\n� � �: � �qi{lQ�: ������\nkiila-kanyii jarii siik,siil\nlokas tiirh niibhinandati\nsvasiirarh jagrhe mrtyufl.\nkfiayiiya yavanesvara�\nkiila-kanyii-the daughter of Time; jarci- old age; siikfiiit-directly; lokaf.zall living entities; tam- her; na-never; abhinandati-w elcome; svasiiram-as\n\nhis\n\nsister; jagrhe- accepted; mrtyu�- death; k,sayiiya- for destruction;\n\nyavana-isvara�-the King of the Y avanas.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhat was described as Kalakanya should be understood as old age. No\none wants to accept old age, but Yavanesvara [ Yavana-raja], who is death,\naccepts jara [old age] as his sister.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0276": "1394\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nPURPORT\nEncaged within the body, the living being accepts Kiilakanya, old age,\njust before death. Yavanesvara is the emblem of death, Yamaraja. Before\ngoing to the place of Yamaraja, the living entity accepts jara, old age, the\n\nsister of Yamaraja. One is subjected to the influence of Yavana-raja and his\nsister due to impious activity. Those who are in KHI}a consciousness and\nare engaged in devotional service under the instructions of Narada Muni\nare not subjected to the influence of Yamaraja and his sister jara. If one is\nK.f�l}a conscious, he conquers death. After leaving the material body, he\ndoes not accept another body that is material but returns home, back to\nGodhead. This is verified by Bhagavad-gtta (4. 9).\n\nTEXTS 23-25\n\n� 04NCIR � ��:I\n\\fflq(t41'i?J;�: � ft:ftit �: I I�� I\n�\n\"lflf�i:��44(1k�: I\nfti�+uwt: � ;rl �� �� ��: 11�-JII\n\nSli�Ps::�wtlil'fiwl<:�rit� �uu I\n� ����..q�nt{l{Rt qi� 11�'-\\11\nadhayo vyadhayas tasya\nsainika yavaniis cariift\n\nbhutopasargiisu-rayaft\n\nprajviiro dvi-vidho jvaraft\nevarh bahu-vidhair duftkhair\ndaiva-bhutiitma-sambhavaift\nklisyamiinaft satarh var�arh\ndehe de hi tamo-vrtaft\n\npriir-endriya-mano-dharmiin\niitmany adhyasya nirgur-aft\nsete kiima-laviin dhyiiyan\nmamiiham iti karma-krt\n\nft\n\niidhayaft - disturbances of the mind; vyiidhaya -disturbances of the body\n\ni ft\n\nor diseases; tasya-of Yavanesvara; sain ka -soldiers ; yavaniift- Yavanas;\n\n", "SB4.4#p0277": "Texts 23-25]\nc ara[l - foll\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinaharhi\n\n1395\n\now er s;bhuta-of living entities; upasarga-at the time of distress;\n\nasu-ver y soon; raya[l-very powerful; prajvarafl-named Pra jvara; dvividha[l-two kinds; jvara[l fever ; evam-thus; bahu-vidhai[l-of different\n-\n\nvarieties; duflkhai[l-by tribulations; daiva-by\n\nprovidence;\n\nbhuta-by\n\nother living enti ties; atma-by the body and mind; sambhavai[l-produced;\nklisyamanafl-subjected\n\nto\n\nsufferings; satam-hundred; var_sam-years;\n\ndehe-in the body; deht-the living entity; tamafl-vrtafl-covered by material existence;prarw\n\n-\n\nof life; indriya-of the senses; mana[l\n\ndharman-characteristics;\n\natmani-unto\n\nthe\n\n-\n\nof the mind;\n\nsoul; adhyasya-wr ongly\n\nattributing; ni rgurw fl- although transcendental; sete-lies down; kama-of\nsense enjoyment; lavan-on fragments; dhyayan-meditating; mama-mine;\naham-I; iti-thus; karma-krt-the actor.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe followers of Y avanesvara [ Yamaraja] are called the soldiers of\ndeath, and they are known as the various types of disturbances that pertain\nto the body and mind. Prajviira represents the two types of fever: extreme\nheat and extreme cold-typhoid and pneumonia. The living entity lying\ndown within the body is disturbed by many tribulations pertaining to\nprovidence, to other living entities and to his own body and mind. Despite\nall kinds of tribulations, the living entity, subjected to the necessities of\nthe body, mind and senses and suffering from various types of disease, is\ncarried away by many plans due to his lust to enjoy the world. Although\ntranscendental to this material existence, the living entity, out of ignorance,\naccepts all these material miseries under the pretext of false egoism (I and\nmine). In this way he lives for a hundred years within this body.\nPURPORT\nln the Vedas it is stated: asango 'yam puru§a{t. The living entity is\nactually separate from material existence, for the soul is not material.\nIn Bhagavad-gtta it is also said that the living entity is the superior energy,\nand the material elements-earth, water, fire, air and so on-are the inferior\nenergy. The material elements are also described as bhinna, or separated\nenergy. When the internal or superior energy comes in contact with the\nexternal energy, it is subjected to so many tribulations. In Bhagavad-gtta\nthe Lord also says:\nmiitra-sparsiis tu kaunteya\nstto�ra-sukha-du.hkha-dii.h\niigamapiiyino 'nityiis\ntams titik�asva bhtirata\n\n", "SB4.4#p0278": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1396\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\np\n\n\"0 son of Kunti, the nonpermanent ap earance of happiness and distress,\nand their disappearance in due course, are like the appearance and disappearance of winter and summer seasons. They arise from sense perception,\n\n0 scion of Bharata, and one must learn to tolerate them without being\ndisturbed.\" (Bg. 2.14)\nBecause of the material body, the living entity is subjected to many\ntribulations brought about by air, water, fire, extreme heat, extreme cold,\nsunshine, excessive eating, unhealthy food, maladjustments of the three\nelements of the body (kapha, pitta and vayu ), and so on. The intestines,\n\nthe throat, the brain and the other parts of the body are affected by all\nkinds of diseases that are so powerful that they become sources of extreme\nsuffering for the living entity. The living entity, however, is different from\n\nall these material elements. The two types of fever described in this verse\ncan be explained in contemporary language as pneumonia and typhoid.\nWhen there is an extreme fever in the body, there is typhoid and\npneumonia, and they are described as Prajvara. There are also other\nmiseries created by other living entities. The state exacts taxes, and there\nare also many thieves, rogues and cheaters. Miseries brought about by other\n\nliving entities are called adhibhautika. There are also miseries in the form\nof famine, pestilence, scarcity, war, earthquakes and so on. These are\ncaused by the demigods or other sources beyond our control. Actually\nthere are many enemies of the living entities, and these are all described\nto point out how miserable this material existence is.\nKnowing the basic misery of material existence, one should be induced\nto get out of the material clutches and return home, back to Godhead.\nActually the living entity is not at all happy in this material body. Because\nof the body, he suffers thirst and hunger and is influenced by the mind,\nby words, by anger, by the belly, by the genitals, by the rectum, and so\non. Manifold miseries encircle the transcendental living entity simply\nbecause he desires to satisfy his senses in this material world. If he simply\nwithdraws from activities of sense gratification and applies his senses in\nthe service of the Lord, all the problems of material existence will\nimmediately diminish, and, with the advancement of Kr�q.a consciousness,\nhe will be freed from all tribulation and, after giving up the body, will\nreturn home, back to Godhead.\nTEXTS 26-27\n\n�SS€'(1Wf+{�·q �;:([ � g� I\n� � � �: �,11��11\n\n", "SB4.4#p0279": "Texts 26-27]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1397\n\n�«��Uf�mnl\nWRtpt tit� q(�� ll�\\911\nyadiitmiinam avijiiiiya\nbhagavantam param gurum\npuruflas tu viflajjeta\ngur-eflu prakrte� sva-drk\ngu[liibhimiint sa tadii\nkarmiir-i kurute 'vasa�\nsuklarh kr.sr-ani lohitani vii\nyathii-karmiibhijiiyate\nyadii- when; iitmiinam-the Supreme Soul; avijiiiiya- forgetting; bhagavantam the Supreme Personality of Godhead; param-supreme; gurum-\n\nthe instructor; purufla�- the living entity; tu-then; vi_sajjeta-gives himself\nup; gur-eflu-to the modes; prakrte�-of material nature; sva drk- o ne who\n-\n\ncan see his own welfare; gur-a abhimiint- identified with the modes of\n-\n\nnature; sa ft- he; tadii-at that time; karmiir-i\n\n-\n\nfruitive activities; kurute­\n\nperforms; avasa�- spontaneously; suklam- white; kr�7Jam- black; lohitamred; vii- or; yath ii- according to; karma-work; abhijiiyate- takes birth.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe living entity by nature has minute independence to choose his own\ngood or bad fortune, but when he forgets his supreme master, the Personality of Godhead, he gives himself up unto the modes of material nature.\nBeing influenced by the modes of material nature, he identifies himself\nwith the body and, for the interest of the body, becomes attached to\nvarious activities. Sometimes he is under the influence of the mode of\nignorance, sometimes the mode of passion, and sometimes the mode of\ngoodness. The living entity thus gets different types of bodies under the\nmodes of material nature.\nPURPORT\nThese different types of bodies are explained in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\npurufla� prakrti-stho hi\nbhunkte prakrti-jan gur-an\nkarar-am gur-a-saligo 'sya\nsad-asad-yoni-janmasu\n\n", "SB4.4#p0280": "[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1398\n\n\"The living entity in material nature thus follows the ways of life,\nenjoying the three modes of nature. This is due to his association with\nthat material nature. Thus he meets with good and evil amongst various\nspecies.\" (Bg. 13.22)\nBecause of associating with the modes of nature, the living entity gets a\nvariety of bodies from the 8,400,000 forms. It is clearly explained herein\nthat the living entity has a little independence, indicated by the word\nsva- drk, meaning \"one who can see his own welfare.\" The living entity's\nconstitutional position is very minute, and he can be misled in his choice.\nHe may choose to imitate the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A servant\nmay desire to start his own business and imitate his master, and when he\nchooses to do so, he may leave the protection of his master. Sometimes\nhe is a failure, and sometimes he is successful. Similarly, the living entity,\npart and parcel of Kr�!J.a, starts his own business to compete with the\nLord. There are many competitors out to attain the Lord's position, but\nto become like the Lord is not at all possible. Thus there is a great struggle\nfor existence within the material world as different parties try to imitate\nthe Lord. Material bondage is caused by deviation from the service of the\nLord and attempts to imitate Him. The Lord is imitated by Mayavadi\nphilosophers who try to become one with the Lord in an artificial way.\nWhen the Mayavadi philosophers think of themselves as liberated, they\nare under the delusion of mental concoction. No one can become one\nwith or equal to God. To imagine this is to continue one's bondage in\nmaterial existence.\nTEXT 28\n\n�-kst�I�I�BiW�lwtmRf ��Rt( I\n�;��� fSiitliR1i(ijf{;�� � II�� II\nI.:.\n\nsukliit prakiiSa-bhUy(s.thiil\n\nlokiin iipnoti karhicit\nd uftkhodarkiin kriyiiyiisiirhs\ntamaft sokotka_tiin kvacit\nsukliit-by\n\ngoodness;\n\nprakiiSa\n\n-\n\nby\n\nillumination; bhii yi.sth tin-cha rac\n\n­\n\nterized; lokiin-planets; iipnoti-achieves; karhicit-sometimes; d uftkhadistress; udarkii n-having as the end result; kriyii-iiyiisiin-full of laborious\nactivities; tamaft-darkness; soka-in lamentation;\nkvacit\n\n-\n\nsometimes.\n\nu tka_tan-abounding;\n\n", "SB4.4#p0281": "Text 29]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1399\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who are situated in the mode of goodness act piously according\n\nto Vedic injunctions. Thus they are elevated to the higher planetary systems where the demigods live. Those who are influenced by the mode of\n\npassion engage in various types of productive activities in the planetary\nsystems where human beings li ve. Similarly, those influenced by the mode\nof darkness are subj ected to various types of misery and live in the animal\nkingdom.\nPURPORT\n\nThere are three planetary systems-upper, middle and lower. Those\ninfluenced by the mode of goodness are given places in the upper planetary\nsystems-Brahmaloka (Satyaloka), Tapoloka, Janaloka and Maharloka.\nThose influenced by the mode of passion are given places in the Bhurloka\nand Bhuvarloka. Those influenced by the mode of ignorance are given\nplaces in Atala, Vitala, Sutala, Taliitala, Mahiitala, Rasiitala, Patiila or the\nanimal kingdom. Qualitatively the living entity is the same as the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, but because of his forgetfulness he gets different\nbodies in different planetary systems. At the present moment human\nsociety is overly influenced by the mode of passion, and consequently\npeople are engaged in working in big factories. They forget how distressful\nit is to live in such places. In Bhagavad-gitii such activities are described as\nugra-karma, that is, distressful activities. Those who utilize the energies of\nthe worker are called capitalists, and those who actually perform the work\nare called laborers. In actuality they are both capitalists, and the workers\nare in the modes of passion and ignorance. The result is that there is always\na distressful situation. In contrast to these men are those influenced by the\nmode of goodness-the karmts and jiiiinis. The karmis, under the direction\nof Vedic instructions, try to elevate themselves to higher planetary systems. The jniinis try to merge into the existence of Brahman, the impersonal feature of the Lord. In this way all classes of living entities in various\nspecies of life are existing within this material world. This explains superior\nand inferior life forms within the material world.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n���'fi��T'fi�: I\n�) +{��fit�;€1 ��gut ll�: ������\n\n", "SB4.4#p0282": "1400\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nkvacit pumiin kvacic ca strt\nkvacin nobhayam andha-dhi[l\ndevo manuflyas tiryag vii\nyathii-karma-gur-arit bhavafl\nkvacit-sometimes; pumiin-male; kvacit-sometimes; ca-also; strifemale; kvacit-sometimes; na-not; u bhaya m-both; andha-blind; dht[l­\n\nhe whose intelligence; devaft -demigod; manuflya[l-human being; tiryak­\n\nanimal, bird, beast; vii-or; yathli-according to; karma-of activities; guram\n-the qualities; bhava[l-birth.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCovered by the mode of ignorance in material nature, the living entity\nis sometimes a male, sometimes a female, sometimes a eunuch, sometimes\na human being, sometimes a demigod, sometimes a bird, an animal, and so\non. In this way he is wandering within the material world. His acceptance\nof different types of bodies is brought about by his activities under the\ninfluence of the modes of nature.\nPURPORT\nActuall� the living entity is part and parcel of the Lord; therefore he is\nspiritual in quality. The living entity is never material, and his material\nconception is simply a mistake due to forgetfulness. He is as brilliant as\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Both the sun and the sunshine are\nvery brilliant. The Lord is like the full shining sun, and the living entities\nare like the small particles of that sun which constitute the all-pervasive\nsunshine. When these small particles are covered by the cloud of maya,\n\nthey lose their shining capacity. When the cloud of maya is gone, the\nparticles again become brilliant and shining. As soon as the living entity is\n\ncovered by the ignorance of maya or darkness, he cannot understand his\nrelationship with the Supreme God. Somehow or other, if he comes before\nthe Lord, he can see himself as shining as the Supreme Lord, although he\nis not as extensive as the Lord. Because the living entity desires to imitate\n\nthe Supreme Lord, he is covered by maya. We cannot imitate the Lord,\nnor can we become the supreme enjoyer. This is not possible, and when\n\nwe think it is, we become conditioned by maya. Thus the encagement of\nthe living entity under the clutches of maya is brought about by forgetfulness of his relationship with the Supreme Lord.\n\nUnder the influence of maya, the living entity becomes exactly like a\n\nperson haunted by a ghost. Such a person speaks all kinds of nonsense.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0283": "Text 29]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1401\n\nWhen the living entity is covered by the influence of maya, he becomes a\nso-called scientist, philosopher, politician or socialist, and at every moment\npresents different plans for the benefit of human society_ All these plans are\n\nultimately failures because they are illusory. In this way the living entity forgets his position as an eternal servant of the Lord. He instead becomes a ser­\n\nvant of mtiyti. In any case he remains a servant. It is his misfortune that by\n\nforgetting his real contact with the Supreme Lord, he becomes a servant of\nmtiyii. As servant of miiyti, he sometimes becomes a king, sometimes an\n\nordinary citizen, sometimes a brtihmarw, a sudra, and so on.Sometimes\n\nhe is a happy man, sometimes a prosperous man, sometimes a small insect.\n\nSometimes he is in heaven, and sometimes in hell. Sometimes he is a demigod, and sometimes he is a demon. Sometimes he is a servant, and some­\n\ntimes he is a master. In this way the living entity wanders all over the\nuniverse. Only when he comes in contact with the bona fide spiritual\n\nmaster can he understand his real constitutional position. He then becomes\n\ndisgusted with material existence. At that time, in full Kr�l).a conscious­\n\nness, he regrets his past experiences in material existence. This regret is\n\nvery beneficial because it purifies the living entity of material conditional\nlife. He then prays to the Lord to engage in His service, and, at that time,\nKr�l).a grants liberation from the clutches of maya. Lord Kr�l).a explains\nthis in Bhagavad-gitti:\ndaivi h y e�ti gup,amayi\nmama miiyii duratyayii\nmtim eva ye prapadyante\nmiiyiim ettim taranti te\n\n\"This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material\n\nnature, is difficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me\n\ncan easily cross beyond it.\" (Bg. 7.14)\n\nOnly by the grace of Kr�J}.a can one get out of the clutches of mtiyti. It\n\nis not possible to get out by mental speculation or other activities. When\n\nthe living entity understands his real position by the grace of Kr�l).a, he\nkeeps himself always fit in Kf�l).a consciousness and acts accordingly. Thus\n\nhe gradually becomes completely free from the clutches of mtiyti. When he\nis strong in Kr�l).a consciousness, mtiyti cannot touch him. In this way, in\n\nthe association of Kr�I;J.a conscious devotees, the living entity can get free\nfrom the contamination of material existence. In this connection, Srila\n\nKr�I;J.adasa Kaviraja Gosvami says:\n\ntiite kr�ra b haje, kare gurura sevana\nmiiyii-jtila chu_te, piiya kr.sflera carap,a\n\n", "SB4.4#p0284": "1402\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\n\"In the Kr�Qa conscious state, the living entity engages in devotional\nservice under the direction of the spiritual master. In this way he gets out\nof the clutches of maya and takes shelter under the lotus feet of Lord\nKr�Qa.\" (Cc. Madhya 22.25)\nTEXTS 30-31\n\nw-mffl trqt �: (11� � � 1\n� � tf� �� qt ll�oll\n(NT �� iiiR �1'-r:CCq?.fT �'fwl I\n��� qt��ir qt � f� fst�1fi1�4( II�� II\nkfiut-parito yathii dina[t\nsiirameyo grharh grham\ncaran vindati yad-di_s.tarh\ndap,flam odanam eva vii\ntatha kiimasayo jiva\nuccavaca-patha bhraman\nupary adho vii madhye vii\nyati difi.tarh priyapriyam\nk.sut-paritaft- overcome by hunger; yathli-as; dina[t-poor; sarameya[t­\n\na dog; grham-from one house ; grham-to another house; caran\n\n- wandering ;\n\nvindati-receives; yat- whose ; di.fi.tam-according to destiny; dar-flam­\n\npunishment; odanam-food; e va- certainly; va- or ; ta tha-sim ilarly; kiima­\n\nasayaft -pursuing different types of desires; jiva[t-the living entity; ucca­\n\nhigh; avaca-low; patha-on a path; bhraman - wande ring; upari-high;\n\nadhaft-low; vii-or; madhye-in the middle; vii-or; yati-goes towards;\ndifi.tam-according to destiny; pri ya-pleasing; apriyam- not pleasing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe living entity is exactly like a dog, who, overcome with hunger,\n\ngoes from door to door for some food. According to his destiny, he sometimes receives punishment and is driven out and at other times receives a\nlittle food to eat. Similarly, the living entity, being influenced by so many\ndesires, wanders in different species of life according to destiny. Some-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0285": "Texts\n\n30-31)\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1403\n\ntimes he is high, and sometimes he is low. Sometimes he goes to the\nheavenly planets, sometimes to hell, sometimes to the middle planets and\nso on\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nThe living entity's position is herein likened to a dog's. By chance a dog\nmay have a very rich owner, and by chance he may become a street dog.\nAs the dog of a rich man, he will live very opulently. Sometimes in Western\ncountries we hear of a master leaving millions of dollars to a dog in his\nwill Of course there are many dogs loitering in the street without food.\n.\n\nTherefore, to liken the conditional existence of the living entity to that of\na dog is very appropriate. An intelligent human being, however, can understand that if he has to live the life of a dog, he had best become Kw1-a's\ndog. In the material world a dog is sometimes elevated and is sometimes\non the street, but in the spiritual world, Kwp's dog is perpetually, eternally\nhappy. Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura has therefore sung: vai�rwva .thiikura\ntomiira kukura baliyii jiinaha more. In this way Bhaktivinoda Thakura offers\nto become a V�!lava's dog. A dog always keeps himself at his master's door\nand does not allow any person unfavorable to the master to enter. Similarly, one should engage in the service of a Vaig1ava and try to please him\nin every respect. Unless one does so, he does not make spiritual advancement. Apart from spiritual advancement, in the material world if one does\nnot develop his qualities in goodness, he cannot be promoted to the higher\nplanetary system. As confirmed by Bhagavad-gttii:\n\nurdhvarh gacchanti sattva-sthii\nmadhye t�thanti rajasii�\njaghan ya-gur-a-vrtti-stha\nadho gacchanti tamasii�\n\"Those situated in the mode of goodness gradually go upward to the\nhigher planets; those in the mode of passion live on the earthly planets;\nand those in the mode of ignorance go down to the hellish worlds.\"(Bg.\n\n14.18)\n\nThere are many varieties of life in the different planetary systems, and\n\nthese come about due to the living entity's developing his qualities in\n\ngoodness, passion and ignorance. If one is in goodness, he is promoted to\n\nthe higher systems; if in passion, he remains in the middle systems; and, if\nin ignorance, he is pushed down to the lower species of life.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0286": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1404\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�:�w'(uufq\n��6k'll�\n��WI ot(ii4-\"ik : �'\\1*1�$1Rlfifilft II�'< II\ndu�khefiv ekatareru\"ipi\ndaiva-bhiitiitma-hetufiU\njtvasya na vyavaccheda�\nsyiic cet tat-tat-pratikriyii\ndu�khe.su-in the matter of distresses; ekatarepa-from one kind; apieven; daiva- providence; bhiita-other living entities; iitma-the body and\nmind; hetufiu-on account of; jtvasya-of the living entity; na-never;\nvyavaccheda�-stopping; syat is possible; cet althoug h; tat-tat-of those\nmiseries; pratikriyii- counteraction.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe living entities are trying to counteract different miserable conditions\npertaining to providence, other living entities, or the body and mind. Still,\nthey must remain conditioned by the laws of nature, despite all attempts\nto counter these laws.\nPURPORT\nJust as a dog wanders here and there for a piece of bread or punishment,\nthe living entity perpetually wanders about trying to be happy and planning in so many ways to counteract material misery. This is called the\nstruggle for existence. We can actually see in our daily lives how we are\nforced to make plans to drive away miserable conditions. To get rid of one\nmiserable condition, we have to put ourselves in another kind of miserable\ncondition. A poor man suffers for want of money, but if he wants to\nbecome rich, he has to struggle in so many ways. Actually that is not a\nvalid counteracting process but a snare of the illusory energy. If one does\nnot endeavor to counteract his situation but is satisfied with his position,\nknowing that he has obtained his position through past activities, he can\ninstead engage his energy to develop Kr�IJ.a consciousness. This is recommended in all Vedic literature.\n\ntasyaiva heto[t prayateta kovido\nna labhyate yad-bhramatam upary adhaft\ntal-labhyate du{lkhavad anyata[t sukharh\nkiilena sarvatra gabhtra-rarhhasa\n\n", "SB4.4#p0287": "Text 33]\n\nTalks Between Niirada and King Priiclnabarhi\n\n1405\n\n\"Persons who are actually intelligent and philosophically inclined should\nendeavor only for that purposeful end which is not obtainable even by\nwandering from the topmost planet [Brahmaloka] down to the lowest\nplanet [Patala] . As far as happiness derived from sense enjoyment is concerned, it can be obtained automatically in course of time, just as in\ncourse of time we obtain miseries even though we do not desire them.\"\n(Bhiig. 1.5.18) One should simply try to develop his Kr�l}a consciousness\nand not waste his time trying to improve his material condition. Actually\nthe material condition cannot be improved. The process of improvement\nmeans accepting another miserable condition. However, if we endeavor\nto improve our Kr�l}a consciousness, the distresses of material life will\ndisappear without extraneous endeavor. Kr�l}a therefore promises:\n\nk§iprarh bhavati dharmiitmii\nsasvac-chiintirh nigacchati\nkaunteya pratijanihi\nna me bhaktaQ- prar;wsyati\n\"He quickly becomes righteous and attains lasting peace. 0 son of Kunti,\ndeclare it boldly that My devotee never perishes.\" (Bg. 9. 31)\nOne who takes to the path of devotional service will never be vanquished,\ndespite all miseries of the body and mind and despite all misery brought\nabout by other living entities and providence, miseries which are beyond\nour control.\nTEXT 33\n\n� � �� ftmn ��'ll\nij�����:3lf�: 11��11\n\nq\\{1\n\nyathii hi puru.so bhiirarh\nsirasii gurum udvahan\ntam skandhena sa iidhatte\ntathii sarvii[l pratikriyii[l\nyathii-as ; hi-certainly; pur usa[l - a man; bhiiram-a burden; sirasii-on\n.\n\nthe head; gurum-heavy ; udvahan-carrying; tam -that; skandhena-on the\nshoulder; sa[l- he; iidhatte- puts; tathii-similarly; sarvii[l- all; pratikriyii[lcounteractions.\nTRANSLATION\nA man may carry a burden on his head, and when he feels it to be too\nheavy, he sometimes gives relief to his head by putting the burden on his\n\n", "SB4.4#p0288": "1406\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nshoulder. In this way he tries to relieve himself of the burden. However,\nwhatever process he devises to counteract the burden does nothing more\n\nthan put the same burden from one place to another.\nPURPORT\nThis is a good description of an attempt to transfer a burden from one\nplace to another. When one gets tired of keeping a burden on his head, he\nwill place it on his shoulder. This does not mean that he has become freed\nfrom the strains of carrying the burden. Similarly, human society in the\nname of civilization is creating one kind of trouble to avoid another kind\nof trouble. In contemporary civilization we see that there are many automobiles manufactured to carry us swiftly from one place to another, but\nat the same time we have created other problems. We have to construct so\nmany roads, and yet these roads are insufficient to cope with automobile\ncongestion and traffic jams. There are also the problems of air pollution and\nfuel shortage. The conclusion is that the processes we manufacture to\ncounteract or minimize our distresses do not actually put an end to our\npains. It is all simply illusion. We simply place the burden from the head\nto the shoulder. The only real way we can minimize our problems is to\nsurrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead and give ourselves up\nto His protection. The Lord, being all-powerful, can make arrangements to\nmitigate our painful life in material existence.\nTEXT 34\n\n��a'�n sm�rn ��01t �� � 1\n� ��q�d � �R �en;rq 11��11\nnaikantataf!, pratikara�\nkarma[liirh karma kevalam\ndvayarh hy avidyopasrtarh\nsvapne svapna iviinagha\nna- never; ekiintata�-ultimately; pratikiiraf!,-counteraction; karmaram\n-of different activities; karma-another activity; keva lam-only; dvayamboth; hi-because; avidya-due to illusion; upasrtam-accepted; svapnein a dream; svapna�-a dream; iva\nsinful activities.\n\n-\n\nlike; anagha-0 you who are free from\n\n", "SB4.4#p0289": "Text 35]\n\nTalks Between Niirada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1407\n\nTRANSLATION\nNarada continued: 0 you who are free from all sinful activity! No one\ncan counteract the effects of fruitive activity simply by manufacturing a\ndifferent activity devoid of Kr�l).a consciousness. All such activity is due to\nour ignorance. When we have a troublesome dream, we cannot relieve it\nwith a troublesome hallucination. One can counteract a dream only by\nawaking. Similarly, our material existence is due to ignorance and illusion.\nUnless we awaken to Kr�l).a consciousness, we cannot be relieved of such\ndreams. For the ultimate solution to all problems, we must awaken to\nKr�l).a consciousness.\nPURPORT\nThere are two kinds of fruitive activity. We can place the burden on the\nhead, or we can place it on the shoulder. Actually, keeping the burden in\neither place is the same. The transferral, however, is taking place under the\nname of counteraction. In this connection Prahlada Maharaj a said that fools\nand rascals in the material world plan so gorgeously for bodily comfort\nwithout knowing that such arrangements, even if successful, are only miiyii.\nPeople are working hard day and night for the illusory happiness of the\nbody. This is not a way to achieve happiness. One has to get out of this\nmaterial entanglement and return home, back to Godhead. That is real\nhappiness. The Vedas therefore enj oin: \"Don't remain in the darkness of\nthis material world. Go to the light of the spiritual world.\" To counteract\nthe distress of this material body, one has to take on another distressed\ncondition. Both situations are only illusion. There is no gain in taking on\none trouble to counteract another trouble. The conclusion is that one\ncannot be perpetually happy as long as one exists in this material world .\nThe only remedy is to get out of this material world altogether and return\nhome, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n� ��qRsfq �� f;r�ij I\n�ijf f��ifuf �it f-\"F-�cif �� II�'-\\ II\narthe hy avidyamiine 'pi\nsamsrtir na nivartate\nmanasii liliga-rilpera\nsvapne vicarato yathii\n\n", "SB4.4#p0290": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1408\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 29\n\narthe-factual cause; hi-certainly; avidyamane-not existing; api- al\n\n­\n\nthough; sa msrt * - material existence; na\n\n-\n\nnot; nivartate-ceases; manasa­\n\nby the mind; linga-rilpera-by subtle form; svapne-in a dream; vicarata�acting; yathii- as.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes we suffer because we see a tiger in a dream or a snake in a\n\nvision, but actually there is neither a tiger nor a snake. Thus we create\nsome situation in a subtle form and suffer the consequences. These sufferings cannot be mitigated unless we are awakened from our dream.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the Vedas, the living entity is always separate from two\n\nkinds of material bodies-the subtle and the gross. All our sufferings are\ndue to these material bodies. This is explained in Bhagavad-gttii:\nmiitra-sparsas tu kaunteya\nsito�ra-sukha-du�kha-da�\niigamiipiiyino 'nityiis\ntams titik�asva bhiirata\n\n\"0 son of Kunti, the nonpermanent appearance of happiness and distress,\nand their disappearance in due course, are like the appearance and disappearance of winter and summer seasons. They arise from sense perception,\n0 scion of Bharata, and one must learn to tolerate them without being\ndisturbed.\" (Bg. 2.14)\nLord Kr�J}.a thus informed Arjuna that all the distresses brought about\nby the body come and go. One has to learn how to tolerate them. Material\nexistence is the cause of all our sufferings, for we do not suffer once we\nare out of the material condition. The Vedas therefore enjoin that one\nshould factually understand that he is not material but is actually Brahman,\n(aharh brahmasmi). This understanding cannot be fully realized unless one\n\nis engaged in Brahman activities, namely devotional service. To get free\nfrom the material conditions, one has to take to Kr�J}.a consciousness. That\nis the only remedy.\nTEXTS 36-37\n\n��t;fts����\n�s;N� I\n�+t��nJR�t�tWt 11��11\n\n", "SB4.4#p0291": "Texts 36-37]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1409\n\n� �q;ffi( +tRti�•t: ��: I\n�'f.R �� � :q :jf;rf'� II �\\911\nathiitmano 'rtha-bhutasya\nyato 'nartha-paramparii\nsamsrtis tad-vyavacchedo\nbhaktyii paramayii gurau\nviisudeve bhagavati\nbhakti-yoga[t samiihita[t\nsadhrtcinena vairiigyam\njiiiinarh ca janay(syati\natha-therefore; iitmana[t-of the living entity; a rtha-bhU tasya-having\nhis real interest; yata[L- from which; anartha-of all unwanted things;\n\nparamparii-a series one after another; samsrti[L-material existence; tat-of\nthat; vyavaccheda[L-stopping; bhaktyii-by devotional service;paramayiiunalloyed; gurau-unto the Supreme Lord or His representative; viisudeveVasudeva; bhagavati-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhaktiyoga[L- devotional service; samiihita[L- applied; sadhricinena-completely;\nvairiigyam-detachment; jiiiinam- full knowledge; ca-and; janay�yati-will\ncause to become manifest.\nTRANSLATION\nThe real interest of the living entity is to get out of the nescience that\ncauses him to endure repeated birth and death. The only remedy is to\nsurrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead through His representative. Unless one renders devotional service unto the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Vasudeva, he cannot possibly become completely detached\nfrom this material world, nor can he possibly manifest real knowledge.\nPURPORT\nThis is the way to become detached from the artificial material condition.\nThe only remedy is to take to Kr�J;J.a consciousness and constantly engage\nin the devotional service of Lord Vasudeva, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Everyone is trying to be happy, and the process adopted to\nachieve that happiness is called self-interest. Unfortunately the conditioned\nsoul hovering within this material world does not know that his ultimate\n\n", "SB4.4#p0292": "1410\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\n-\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\ngoal of self-interest is Vasudeva. Samsrti, or material existence, begins with\nthe illusioned bodily conception of life, and on the basis of this conception\nthere ensues a series of unwanted things (anarthas). These unwanted things\nare actually mental desires for various types of sense gratification. In this\nway one accepts different types of bodies within this material world. One\nfirst has to control the mind so that the desires of the mind can be\npurified. This process is described in the Niirada-paficariitra as sarvopiidhivinirmuktarh tat-paratvena nirmalam. Unless one purifies his mind, there is\nno question of getting free from the material condition. As stated in\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam:\nanarthopasamarh siik.siid\nbhakti-yogam adhok�aje\nlokasyiijiinato vidviirhs\ncakre siitvata-samhitiim\n\"The material miseries of the living entity, which are superfluous to him,\ncan be directly mitigated by the linking process of devotional service. But\nthe mass of people do not know this, and therefore the learned Vyasadeva\ncompiled this Vedic literature, which is in relation to the Supreme Truth.\"\n\n(Bhiig. 1.7.6) Anarthas, unwanted things, come down from one bodily\nlife to another. To get out of this entanglement, one has to take to the\ndevotional service of Lord Vasudeva, Kr�l).a, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. The word guru is significant in this connection. The word guru\nmay be translated as \"heavy,\" or \"the supreme. \" In other words, the guru\n\nis the spiritual master. Srila ��abhadeva advised his sons: gurur na sa syat ...\n\nna mocayed ya[l samupeta-mrtyum. \"One should not take up the post of\n\nspiritual master unless is able to lead his disciple from the cycle of birth\n\nand death.\" (Bhiig. 5.5.18) Material existence is actually a chain of action\nand reaction brought about by different types of fruitive activities. This is\n\nthe cause of birth and death. One can stop this process only by engaging\noneself in the service of Vasudeva.\n\nBhakti refers to those activities performed in the service of Lord\n\nVasudeva. Because Lord Vasudeva is the Supreme, one should engage\nhimself in His service, not in the service of the demigods. Devotional\nservice begins from the neophyte stage-the stage of observing the rules\n\nand regulations-and extends to the point of spontaneous loving service to\nthe Lord. The purpose of all stages is to satisfy Lord Vasudeva. When one\n\nis perfectly advanced in the devotional service of Vasudeva, he becomes\ncompletely detached from the service of the body, that is, his designated\n\n", "SB4.4#p0293": "Text 38]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1411\n\nposition in material existence. After becoming so detached, one becomes\nactually perfect in knowledge and engages perfectly in the service of Lord\nVasudeva. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu says: jtvera 'svarupa' haya--kr.srera\n\n'nitya-dasa'. \"Every living entity is by constitutional position an eternal\n\nservant of Kr�l).a.\" As soon as one engages in the service of Lord Vasudeva,\n\nhe attains his normal constitutional position. This position is called the\n\nliberated stage. Muktir hitvanyatha ruparh svariipe1J.a vyavasthitift: in the\nliberated stage one is situated in his original Kr�Q.a conscious position. He\ngives up all engagement in the service of matter, engagements concocted\n\nunder the names of social service, national service, community service, dog\n\nservice, automobile service, and so many other services conducted under\nthe illusion of \"I\" and \"mine.\"\n\nAs explained in the Second Chapter of the First Canto:\nvasudeve bhagavati\nbhakti-yoga� prayojita�\njanayaty asu vairagyarh\njiianarh ca yad ahaitukam\n\"By rendering devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead, Sri\nKr�J}.a, one immediately acquires causeless knowledge and detachment\n\nfrom the world.\" (Bhag.\n\n1.2. 7) Thus one must engage in the service of\n\nVasudeva without material desire, mental speculation or fruitive activity.\nTEXT 38\n\nmsf:qu� �q ���il��: I\n�: ��� ��1 �'hrn: ������\nso 'cirad eva riijarfle\nsyad acyuta-kathasraya�\nsrrwata[t sraddadhiinasya\nnityadii syad adhtyata�\nsa�-that; aciriit-very soon; eva-certainly; raja-r�e-0 best of kings;\nsyat\n\n-\n\nbecomes; acyuta-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kathii­\n\nnarrations; iisraya�-depending on; srrwata�-of\n\none\n\nwho is hearing;\n\nsraddadhanasya-faithful; nityada-always; syat-becomes; adhtyata�-by\ncultivation.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0294": "[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1412\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of kings, one who is faithful, who is always hearing the glories of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is always engaged in the culture\n\nof K{�r;Ia consciousness and in hearing of the Lord's activities, very soon\nbecomes eligible to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead face to face.\nPURPORT\nConstant engagement in the transcendental loving service of Vasudeva\nmeans constantly hearing the glories of the Lord. The principles of bhakti­\n\nyoga-sravarwrh\n\nkirtanarh\n\nvi_sr-o�\n\nsmarar-arh\n\npiida-sevanam/\n\narcanarh\n\nvandanarh diisyarh sakhyam iitma-nivedanam-are the only means by which\nperfection can he attained. Simply by hearing of the glories of the Lord,\none is elevated to the transcendental position.\n\nTEXTS 39-40\n\n� �•rrm u� ijWif M��t�n 1\n\n�gulT���ClOiotH'I�{l�t:\n\nII� �II\n\n{1�WO¥tti-�Rffl �fil�ft;rtfttq�\"(tR{H qftq: �;r�q I\nijt � Nil��� tmqi�-\n\nyatra bhiigavatii riijan\nsiidhavo visadiisayii�\nbhagavad-gur-iinukathanasravar-a-vyagra-cetasa�\ntasmin mahan-mukharitii madhubhic- caritrapiyiiflaSefla-sarita� parita� sravanti\ntii ye pibanty avitr.so nrpa giipha-karr-ais\ntan na sprsanty a5ana-trp-bhaya-soka-mohii�\nyatra- where; bhiigavatii�- great devotees; riijan-0 King; siidhava�saintly persons; viSada-iisayii�-broad-minded; bhagavat-of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; gur-a- the qualities; anukathana-to regularly\n\n", "SB4.4#p0295": "Texts 39-40]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1413\n\nrecite; srava{la-to hear; vyagra-eager; cetasa�-whose consciousness;\ntasmin-there; mahat-of great saintly persons; mukharitii�-emanating\nfrom the mouths; madhu-bhit-of the killer of the Madhu demon; caritra\n-the activities or the character; piyu�a-of nectar; se sa-surplus; sarita�.\n\nrivers; paritafl-all around; sravanti-flow; taft-all of them;ye-they who;\npiba nti-drink; avitr�a�\n\n-\n\nwithout being satisfied; nrpa-0 King; gaf/ha­\n\nattentive; karr-a*-with their ears; tan-them; na-never; sprsanti-touch;\na§ana-hunger; tr.t-thirst; bhaya-fear; soka-lamentation; mohii�-illusion.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear king, in the place where pure devotees live, following the rules\nand regulations and thus purely conscious and engaged with great eagerness\nin hearing and chanting the glories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nin that place if one gets a chance to hear their constant flow of nectar,\nwhich is exactly like the waves of a river, one will forget the necessities of\nlife-namely hunger and thirst-and become immune to all kinds of fear,\nlamentation and illusion.\nPURPORT\nThe cultivation of J<.r�qa consciousness is possible where great devotees\nlive together and constantly engage in hearing and chanting the glories of\nthe Lord. In a holy place like Vrndavana, there are many devotees constantly\nengaged in chanting and hearing the glories of the Lord. If one gets the\nchance to hear from pure devotees in such a place, allowing the constant\nflow of the river of nectar to come from the mouth of pure devotees, then\nthe cultivation of Kp�qa consciousness becomes very easy. When one is\nengaged in constantly hearing the glories of the Lord, he certainly rises\nabove the bodily conception. When one is in the bodily conception, he feels\nthe pangs of hunger and thirst, fear, lamentation and illusion. But when one\nis engaged in hearing and chanting the glories of the Lord, he transcends\nthe bodily conception.\nThe\n\nword\n\nbhagavad-gurziinukathana-sravarza-vyagra-cetasa�,\n\nmeaning\n\n\"always eager to find the place where the glories of the Lord are being\nheard and chanted,\" is significant in this verse. A businessman is always\nvery eager to go to a place where business is transacted. Similarly, a devotee\nis very eager to hear from the lips of liberated devotees. As soon as one\nhears the glories of the Lord from the liberated devotees, he immediately\nbecomes impregnated with Kr�qa consciousness. This is also confirmed in\nanother verse:\n\n", "SB4.4#p0296": "1414\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nsatiirh prasangiin mama virya-sarhvido\nbhavanti hrt-karr-a-rasiiyanii� kathii�\ntaj-jo.sar-iid iisv apavarga-vartmani\nsraddhii ratir bhaktir anukrami�yati\n\"In the association of pure devotees, discussion of the pastimes and activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is very pleasing and satis fying\nto the ear and to the heart. By cultivating such knowledge one gradually\nbecomes advanced on the path of liberation, and thereafter he is freed, and\nhis attraction becomes fixed. Then real devotion and devotional service\nbegin.\" (Bhiig.\n\n3.25.25) In the association of pure devotees, one becomes\n\nattached to hearing and chanting the glories of the Lord. In this way one\ncan cultivate Kr�qa consciousness, and as soon as this cultivation is\nadvanced, one can become faithful to the Lord, devoted to the Lord and\nattached to the Lord, and thus one can very quickly attain full Kr�qa\nconsciousness. The secret of success in the cultivation of Kr�qa consciousness is hearing from the right person. A Kr�qa conscious person is never\ndisturbed by the bodily necessities-namely, eating, sleeping, mating and\ndefending.\n\netair upadruto nityarh\njiva-loka[l. svabhiivajai[l.\nna karoti harer nilnarh\nkathiimrta-nidhau ratim\neta i[l. - by these; upadruta[l.-disturbed; nityam- always; jtva-loka[l.-the\nconditioned soul in the material world; s va-bhiiva ja i[l.- natural; na karoti-\n\ndoes not do; hare [l. -of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nilnamcertainly; kathii-of the words; amrta-of nectar; nidhau-in the ocean;\nratim- attachment.\n\nTRA N SLA TI ON\nBecause the conditioned soul is always disturbed by the bodily necessi­\n\nties such as hunger and thirst, he has very little time to cultivate attachment\nto hearing the nectarean words of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0297": "Texts 42-44]\n\nTalks Between Narada an d King Pracinabarhi\n\n1415\n\nPURPORT\nUnless one is associated with devotees, he cannot cultivate Kreyqa consciousness. Nirjana-bhajana -cultivating Kreyqa consciousness in a solitary\nplace-is not possible for the neophyte, for he will be disturbed by the\nbodily necessities (eating, sleeping, mating and defending). Being so disturbed, one cannot cultivate Kreyqa consciousness. We therefore see that\ndevotees known as sahajiya, who make everything very easy, do not associate with advanced devotees. Such persons, in the name of devotional\nactivities, are addicted to all kinds of sinful acts-illicit sex, intoxication,\ngambling, and meat-eating. There are also many so-called devotees passing\nthemselves off as devotees while engaging in these sinful activities. In other\nwords, one who is influenced by sinful activity cannot be accepted as a\nperson in Kr�qa consciousness. A person addicted to sinful life cannot\ndevelop Kreyqa consciousness, as indicated in this verse.\n\nTEXTS 42-44\n\nsr�rm�: ��;mtt firtm �: 1\n�:q: Sf�'«� �f�: �;:r�y�: llt/�11\n���r ��: ��: $fiij: 1\n�m13 � �;:en iffR'€11�\"1: llt��ll\n� �\\'\\4ijq(6q��: I\nq� �sfq wt �;:ij �d '\"� llt�t�ll\n..\n\nprajtipati-pati� stik�tid\nbhagavan giriso manu�\ndak§adayafl, prajadhyak�d\nnaifl.thikti[L sanakiidayafi.\nmaricir atry-ahgirasau\npulastya� pulaha� kratu�\nbhrgur vasifl_tha ity ete\nmad-antii brahma-vadinah\nadyiipi vticas-patayas\ntapo-vidya-samadhibhi�\npasyanto 'pi na pasyanti\npasyantarh paramesvaram\n\n", "SB4.4#p0298": "1416\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nprajiipati-pat*-Brahma, the father of all progenitors; siik§iit-directly;\n\nbhagaviin-the most powerful; girisa[t-Lord Siva; manu[t-Manu; dak§aadaya[t-headed by KingDalq;a; prajii-adhyak,sii�-the rulers of humankind;\nnai,s_thika[t-the strong brahmacaris; sanaka-iidaya[t-headed by Sanaka;\nmaric*-Marici; atri-angirasau-Atri and Angira; pulastya[t-Pulastya;\npulaha[t-Pulaha; kratu[t-K.ratu; bhrgu�-Bhrgu; vasi§tha�-Vasi�tha; itithus; ete-all of them; mat-antii�-ending with me; brahma-vadina[tbriihmarws, speakers on Vedic literature; adya api-up to date; vlica�pataya[t- masters of speaking; tapa[l.-austerities; vidya-knowledge;\nsamadhibhi{t-and by meditation; pasyanta[t-observing; api-although;\nna pasyanti-do not observe; pasyantam-the one who sees; paramaiSvaram-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nThe most powerful Lord Brahma, the father of all progenitors; Lord\n\nSiva, Manu, Da�a and the other rulers of humankind; the four saintly\n\nfirst-class brahmacaris headed by Sanaka and Sanatana; the great sages\nMarici, Atri, Arigira, Pulastya, Pulaha, Kratu, Bhrgu and Vasi�tha; and my\n\nhumble self [ Narada] are all stalwart brahmal_las who can speak authorita­\n\ntively on Vedic literature. We are very powerful because of austerities,\n\nmeditation and education. Nonetheless, even after inquiring about the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, whom we always see, we do not know\n\nperfectly about Him.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to the foolish Darwinian theory of the anthropologists, it is\nsaid that 40,000 years ago Homo sapiens had not appeared on this planet\nbecause the process of evolution had not reached that point. However, the\nVedic histories-the Purar-as and Mahiibhiirata-relate human histories that\nextend millions and millions of years into the past. In the beginning of\ncreation, there was a very intelligent personality, Lord Brahma, and from\nhim emanated all the Manus, the brahmaciiris like Sanaka and Sanatana,\nas well as Lord Siva, the great sages and Narada. All these personalities\nunderwent great austerities and penances and thus became authorities in\nVedic knowledge. Perfect knowledge for human beings, as well as all living\nentities, is contained in the Vedas. All the above-mentioned great personalities are not only powerful-being cognizant of past, present and\nfuture-but are also devotees. Still, in spite of their great education in\nknowledge, and despite their meeting the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nLord Vigm, they cannot actually understand the perfection of the living\n\n", "SB4.4#p0299": "Texts 42-44]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1417\n\nentity's relationship with Lord Vigm. This means that these personalities\nare still limited as far as their knowledge of the unlimited is concerned.\nThe conclusion is that simply by advancing one's knowledge, one cannot\nbe accepted as an expert in understanding the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. The Supreme Personality of Godhead can be understood not by\nadvanced knowledge but by pure devotional service, as confirmed in\nBhagavad-gitii:\nbhaktyii miim abhijiiniiti\nyiiviin yas ciismi tattvata{l\ntato miirh tattvato jniitvii\nvisate tad-anantaram\n\"One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is only by devotional\nservice. And when one is in full consciousness of the Supreme Lord by\nsuch devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of God.\" (Bg. 18.55)\nUnless one takes to pure transcendental devotional service, he cannot\nunderstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead in truth. Everyone has\nsome imperfect ideas about the Lord. So-called scientists and philosophical\nspeculators are unable to understand the Supreme Lord by virtue of their\nknowledge. Knowledge is not perfect unless one comes to the platform of\ndevotional service. This is confirmed by the Vedic version:\nathiipi te deva padiimbuja-dvayaprasiida-lesiinugrhita eva hi\njiiniiti tattvarh bhagavan mahimno\nna ciinya eko 'pi cirarh vicinvan\n(Bhiig. 10.14.29)\nThe speculators, the jniinis, go on speculating about the Supreme Personality of Godhead for many many hundreds of thousands of years, but\nunless one is favored by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one cannot\nunderstand His supreme glories. All the great sages mentioned in this\nverse have their planets near Brahmaloka, the planet where Lord Brahma\nresides along with four great sages-Sanaka, Sanatana, Sanandana and\nSanat-kumara. These sages reside in different stars known as the southern\nstars, which circle the pole star. The pole star, called Dhruvaloka, is the\npivot of this universe, and all planets move around this pole star. All the\nstars are planets, as far as we can see, within this one universe. According\nto Western theory, all the stars are different suns, but according to Vedic\ninformation, there is only one sun within this universe. All the so-called\nstars are but different planets. Besides this universe, there are many mil-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0300": "1418\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nlions of other universes, and each of them contains similar innumerable\nstars and planets.\nTEXT 45\n\n\\t�illMfUI � �� � I\n¥4�reNctP.0asi �;ffl Wf A!: � II �'-\\II\nsabd a-brahmari du§piire\ncaranta uru-vistare\nmantra-lingair vyavacchinnarh\nbhajanto na vidu� param\nsabd a-brahmari-in the Vedic literature; du�piire- unlimited; caranta�­\n\nbeing engaged; uru- greatly; vistare- ex pansive; mantra-of Vedic hymns;\nlinga i{t- by the symptoms; vyavacchinnam-partially powerful (the demigods); bhajanta� - worship ing; na vidu� - they do not know; param- the\nSupreme.\nTRANSLATION\nDespite the cultivation of Vedic knowledge, which is unlimited, and the\nworship of different demigods by the symptoms of Vedic mantras, demigod\nworship does not help one to understand the Supreme Powerful Personality\nof Godhead.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gttii:\nkiimais tais tair hrta-jfiiiniif:t\nprapadyante 'nya-devatiif:t\ntarh tarh niyamam iisthiiya\nprakrtyii niyatiif:t svayii\n\n\"Those whose minds are distorted by material desires surrender unto\ndemigods and follow the particular rules and regulations of worship according to their own natures.\" (Bg. 7.20)\nMost people are interested in worshiping demigods to acquire powers.\nEach demigod has a particular power. For instance, the demigod Indra,\nthe King of heaven, has power to shower rain on the surface of the globe\nto give sufficient vegetation to the earth. This demigod is described in the\nVedas: vajra-hasta� purandara�. lndra rules the water supply with a thun-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0301": "Text 46)\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1419\n\nderbolt in his hand. The thunderbolt itself is controlled by Indra. Similarly,\nother demigods-Agni, Varul).a, Candra, Surya-have particular powers. All\nthese demigods are worshiped in the Vedic hymns through a symbolic\n\nweapon. Therefore it is said here: mantra-lingair vyava cchinnam. By such\n\nworship, karmis may obtain the benediction of material opulence in the\nform of animals, riches, beautiful wives, many followers, and so on. By\n\nsuch material opulence, however, one cannot understand the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTEXT 46\n\n� ���liM\n\n�•lctl\"'l�¥t¥tf�: I\n\n��'If«���� qftf.tfU\\11( ������\nyada yasyanugrhrpiti\nbhagavan atma-bhavita[t\nsa jahati matim loke\nvede ca parini�.thitam\nyada -when ; yasya\n\n-\n\nwhom ; anug[hT}titi-favors by causeless mercy; bha­\n\ngavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; atma-bhavita[t-realized by a\n\ndevotee; sa h-such a devotee; jahati gi ves up; matim-consciousness; lake,\n\n-\n\nin the material world; vede-in the Vedic functions; ca-also;parini�_thitam\n-fixed.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen a person is fully engaged in devotional service, he is favored by\nthe Lord, who bestows His causeless mercy. At such a time, the awakened\ndevotee gives up all material activities and ritualistic performances mentioned in the Vedas.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the previous verse, those who are in knowledge have been described\n\nas unable to appreciate the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Similarly,\n\nthis verse indicates that those who are followers of the Vedic rituals, as\n\nwell as those who are followers of fruitive activities, are unable to see the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In these two verses both the karmis and\n\njnanis are described as unfit to understand Him. As described by Srila\n\nRupa Gosvami, only when one is completely free from mental speculation\n\nand fruitive activity (anyabhiltifiita-sunyam jnana-karmady-anavrtam) can\none engage in pure devotional service without being polluted Ly material\n\n", "SB4.4#p0302": "1420\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\ndesires. The significant word atma-bhavitaft indicates that the Lord is\nawakened in one's mind if one constantly thinks of Him. A pure devotee\nis always thinking of the lotus feet of the Lord (sa vai manaft kH'!apadaravindayoft ). A pure devotee cannot remain a moment without being\nabsorbed in thoughts of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This constant thinking of the Lord is described in Bhagavad-gita as satata-yuktanam,\nalways engaging in the Lord's service. Bhajatam priti-pilrvakam: this is\ndevotional service in love and affection. Because the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead dictates to the pure devotee from within, the devotee is saved\nfrom all material activities. Even the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies are considered material activities because by such activities one is simply elevated\nto other planetary systems, the residential abodes of the demigods. Lord\nKr�I}a says in Bhagavad-gita:\nyanti deva-vrata devan\npit[n yanti pitr-vrataft\nbhiltani yanti bhiltejya\nyanti mad-yiijino 'pi miim\n\"Those who worship the demigods will take birth among the demigods;\nthose who worship ghosts and spirits will take birth among such beings;\nthose who worship ancestors go to the ancestors; and those who worship\nMe will live with Me.\" (Bg. 9.25)\nThe word atma-bhavitaft also indicates that a devotee is always engaged\nin preaching to deliver conditioned souls. It is said of the six Gosvamis:\nruina-siistra-vicarar-aika-nipurwu sad-dharma-samsthiipakau lokaniim hitakarir-au. A pure devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is always\nthinking of how fallen conditioned souls can be delivered. The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, influenced by the merciful devotees' attempt to\ndeliver fallen souls, enlightens the people in general from within by His\ncauseless mercy. If a devotee is benedicted by another devotee, he becomes\nfree from karma-kiir-pa and jiiiina-kiir-pa activities. As confirmed in Brahmasamhita, vede�u durlabham: the Supreme Personality of Godhead cannot\nbe realized through karma-kar-pa and jiiiina-kar-pa. Adurlabham iitmabhaktau: the Lord is realized only by a sincere devotee.\nThis material world, the cosmic manifestation, is created by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, and the living entities have come here to enjoy\nthemselves. The Vedic instructions guide them according to different\nregulative principles, and intelligent people take advantage of these instructions. They thus enjoy material life without being disturbed. This is actually\nillusion, and to get out of this illusion by one's own endeavor is very\n\n", "SB4.4#p0303": "Text 46]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Praclnabarhi\n\n1421\n\ndifficult. The general populace is engaged in material activities, and when\n\npeople are a little advanced, they become attracted by the ritualistic cere­\n\nmonies mentioned in the Vedas. However, when one is frustrated in the\nperformance of these ritualistic ceremonies, he again comes to material\nactivities. In this way both. the followers of the Vedic rituals and the\nfollowers of material activities are entangled in conditional life. These\n\npeople get the seed of devotional service only by the good will of the\n\nguru and Kr�!la. This is confirmed in Caitanya-caritamrta: guru-kr�r-aprasiide piiya bhakti-latii-btja.\n\nWhen one is engaged in devotional service, he is no longer attracted to\nmaterial activities. When a man is covered by different designations, he\n\ncannot engage in devotional service. One has to become freed from such\n\ndesignative activities (sarvopiidhi-vinirmuktam) and become pure in order\nto serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead through purified senses.\n\nHr�tker;ta hr.stkesa-sevanarh bhaktir ucyate: the service of the Lord through\npurified senses is called bhakti-yoga or devotional service. The sincere\ndevotee is always helped by the Supersoul, who resides within the heart\n\nof every living entity, as Lord Kr�!la confirms in Bhagavad-gttii:\nte�iirh satata-yuk tiiniirh\nbhajatiirh prtti-purvakam\ndadiimi buddhi-yogarh tam\nyena miim upayiinti te\n\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give\n\nthe understanding by which they can come to Me.\" (Bg. 10.10)\n\nThis is the stage of becoming free from the contamination of the material\n\nworld. At such a time a devotee makes friends with another devotee, and\n\nhis engagement in material activities ceases completely. At that time,he\nattains the favor of the Lord and loses his faith in material civilization,\n\nwhich begins with varr-asrama-dharma. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu speaks\n\nclearly of one's becoming liberated from the varr-asrama-dharma, the most\nexalted system of human civilization. At such a time one feels himself to\n\nbe perpetually the servant of Lord Kr�!la, a position taken by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu Himself.\n\nniiharh vipro na ca nara-patir niipi vaisyo na sudro\nniiharh varr-t na ca grha-patir no vana-stho yatir vii'\nkintu prodyan nikhila-paramiinanda-purr-amrtabdher\ngopt-bhartufl pada-kamalayor diisa-diisiinudiisafl\n(Padyiivalt 63)\n\n", "SB4.4#p0304": "1422\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n\"I am not a briihmara, kfiatriya, vaiSya or sudra. I am not a brahmaciirt,\n\ngrhastha, viinaprastha or sannyiist. What am I? I am the eternal servant of\nthe servant of the servant of Lord J<.r�J)a.\" Through the disciplic succession,\none can attain this conclusion, which is perfect elevation to the transcendental platform.\nTEXT 47\n\n64tl�ij ;rf(\\¥4'5((1wtli(�IP-8! I\n� �: �wf{tcqw:t�\\0! 11�\\911\ntasmiit karmasu barhifimann\najfiiiniid artha-kiis(su\nmiirtha-dr.s.tirh krthiift srotrasparSifiV aspr.s.ta-vastufiu\ntasmiit-therefore; karmasu-in fruitive activities; barhifiman-0 King\nPracinabarhi�at; aj niiniit- out of ignorance; artha-kiisifiu-in the matter of\nglittering fruitive result; mii- never; artha dr.s.tim\n\nconsidering as the aim of\n\nlife; krthiift- do; srotra-spars i_su- pleasing to\n\nthe ear; asprfita- without\n\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\ntouching; vastu} u- real interest.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Barh�man, you should never out of ignorance take to the\nVedic rituals or to fruitive activity, which may be pleasing to hear about or\nwhich may appear to be the goal of self-interest. You should never take\nthese to be the ultimate goal of life.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gttii it is said:\n\nyam imiirh pufipitiirh viicarh\npravadanty avipascitaft\nveda-viida-ratiift piirtha\nniinyad asttti viidinaft\nkiimiitmiinaft svarga-parii\njanma-karma-phala-pradiim\nkriyii-visefia-bahuliirh\nbhogaisvarya-gatirh prati\n\n", "SB4.4#p0305": "Text 48]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1423\n\n\"Men of small knowledge are very much attached to the flowery words of\nthe\n\nVedas, which recommend various fruitive activities for elevation to\n\nheavenly planets, resultant good birth, power, and so forth. Being desirous\n\nof sense gratification and opulent life, they say that there is nothing more\n\nthan this.\" (Bg. 2.42-43)\n\nGenerally people are very much attracted to the fruitive activities\n\nsanctioned in the Vedic rituals. One may be very much attracted to becoming elevated to heavenly planets by performing great sacrifices, like those\n\nof King Barhi�man. Sri Niirada Muni wanted to stop King Barhi�man from\n\nengaging in such fruitive activities. Therefore he is now directly telling him,\n\n\"Don't be interested in such temporary benefits.\" In modern civilization\n\npeople are very much interested in exploiting the resources of material\nnature through the methods of science. Indeed, this is considered advance­\n\nment. This is not actually advancement, however, but is simply pleasing to\n\nhear. Although we are advancing according to such concocted methods,\n\nwe are nonetheless forgetting our real purpose. Bhaktivinoda Thakura\ntherefore says:\n\nja�a-vidyii yata miiyiira vaibhava tomiira bhajane biidhii.\n\n\"Materialistic studies are the glare of miiyii only, for they are an obstacle\n\nto spiritual progress.\"\n\nThe temporary comforts of life experienced either on this planet or on\n\nother planets are all to be taken as illusory because they do not touch the\n\nreal purpose of life. The real purpose of life is to go back home, back to\n\nGodhead. Ignorant of the real purpose of life, people take to either gross\nmaterialistic activities or ritualistic activities. King Barhi�man is herein\n\nrequested not to be attached to such activities. In the Vedas it is stated\n\nthat the performance of sacrifice is the actual purpose of life. A section\nof the Indian population known as the Arya Samajists lay too much stress\n\non the sacrificial portion of the Vedas. This verse indicates, however, that\n\nsuch sacrifices are to be taken as illusory. Actually the aim of human life\n\nshould be God realization, or Kg;t;J.a consciousness. The Vedic performances\n\nare, of course, very glittering and pleasing to hear about, but they do not\nserve the real purpose of life.\n\nTEXT48\n\n�� .. �����:1\n� it'< ijCfi�Efi4(1flGJ 11\\l�ll\nsvam lokarh na vidus te vai\nyatra devo janiirdana[l.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0306": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1424\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\niihur dhumra-dhiyo vedam\nsakarmakam atad-vida[l\nsvam-own; lokam-abode; na-never; vidu[l-know; te-such persons;\nvai-certainly; yatra-where; deva[l-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\njaniirdanafl.-1\\.r�pa or Vi�pu; 1i hu� -speak; dhumra-dhiyafl,-the less intelligent class of men; vedam-the four Vedas; sa-karmakam-full of ritualistic ceremonies; a tat vidafl,-perso ns who are not in knowledge.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who are less intelligent accept the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies as\nall in all. They do not know that the purpose of the Vedas is to understand\none's own home, where the Supreme Personality of Godhead lives. Not\nbeing interested in their real home, they are illusioned and search after\nother homes.\nPURPORT\n\nGenerally people are not aware of their interest in life-to return home,\nback to Godhead. People do not know about their real home in the spiritual\nworld. 1n the spiritual world there are many Vaikul)tha planets, and the\ntopmost planet is Kr�l)aloka, Goloka Vrndavana. Despite the so-called advancement of civilization, there is no information of the Vaikul)thalokas,\nthe spiritual planets. At the present moment so-called advanced civilized\nmen are trying to go to other planets, but they do not know that even if\nthey go to the highest planetary system, Brahmaloka, they have to come\nback again to this planet. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gttii:\niibrahma-bhuvaniil lokiifl,\npunar iivartino 'rjuna\nmiim upetya tu kaunteya\npunar janma na vidyate\n\"From the highest planet in the material world down to the lowest, all are\nplaces of misery wherein repeated birth and death take place. But one who\nattains to My abode, 0 son of Kunti, never takes birth again.\" (Bg. 8.16)\nIf one goes to the highest planetary system within this universe he still has\nto return after the effects of pious activities are finished. Space vehicles may\ngo very high in the sky, but as soon as their fuel is finished, they have to return to this earthly planet. All these activities are performed in illusion. The\nreal attempt should now be to return home, back to Godhead. The process\n\n", "SB4.4#p0307": "Text 49]\n\n1425\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\nis mentioned in\n\nBhagavad-gitii. Yiinti mad-yiijino 'pi miim: those who\n\nengage in the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nreturn home, back to Godhead. Human life is very valuable, and one\nshould not waste it in vain exploration of other planets. One should be\nintelligent enough to return to Godhead. One should be interested in information about the spiritual V aikut;J.tha planets, and in particular the planet\nknown as Goloka V rndavana, and should learn the art of going there by\n\ngi\n\nthe simple method of devotional service, be nning with hearing (srava[larh\n\nkirtanarh vi.fl!'-ofl ). This is also confirmed in Srimad-Bhiigavatam:\n\nkaler do�a-nidhe riijann\nasti hy eko mahiin gu[la{l\nkirtaniid eva k[�[lasya\nmukta-sanga{l pararh vrajet (Bhiig. 12.3.51)\nOne can go to the supreme planet (pararh vrajet) simply by chanting the\n\nHare Kr�J?a mantra. This is especially meant for the people of this age\n(kaler do.sa-nidhe). It is the special advantage of this age that simply by\nchanting the Hare Krwa mahii-mantra one can become purified of all\nmaterial contamination and return home, back to Godhead. There is no\ndoubt about this.\nTEXT49\n\n••�4 �: mtti: ••�ww ftlRI&Na'( 1\n� USII�'Ir.ft � � � I\n�� mm �m fctm ��q{ 11'1�11\niistirya darbhai{l priig-agrai{l\nkiirtsnyena kfliti-ma[l_p.alam\nstabdho brhad-vadhiin miini\nkarma niivaifli yat param\ntat karma hari-toflarh yat\nsii vidyii tan-matir yayii\niistirya-having covered; darbhai{l-by kusa grass; priik-agrai{l with the\naltogether; k�iti-ma!'-9-alam-the surface of\nthe world; stabdha{l -proud upstart; brhat-great; vadhiit-by killing; miini\n-thinking yourself very important; karma-activity; na av aifl i-you do\nnot know; yat-which; param-supreme; tat-that; karma-activity; hari-\n\npoints facing east; kiirtsnyena\n\n-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0308": "[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1426\n\ntofi am-satisfying the Supreme Lord; yat\n\n-\n\nwhich; sa\n\n-\n\nthat ; vidya\n\ntion; tat-unto the Lord; mat i!z - consciousness;y aya- by which.\n\n-\n\neduca ­\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, the entire world is covered with the sharp points of kusa\ngrass, and on the strength of this you have become proud because you have\nkilled various types of animals in sacrifices. Because of your foolishness,\nyou do not know that devotional service is the only way one can please\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. You cannot understand this fact.\nYour only activities should be those that can please the Personality of\nGodhead. Our education should be such that we can become elevated to\nKr�t;J.a consciousness.\nP URPORT\nIn this verse the great sage Narada Muni directly insults the King because\nhe was engaged in performing sacrifices that entail the killing of a great\nnumber of animals. The King was thinking that he was great for having\nperformed so many sacrifices, but the great sage Narada directly chastises\nhim, informing him that his animal killing only leads to his being puffed up\nwith false prestige. Actually anything that is done which does not lead to\nKr�t;J.a consciousness is a sinful activity, and any education that does not\nlead one to understand Kr�t;J.a is false education. If Kr�t;J.a consciousness is\nmissing, one is simply engaged in false activities and false educational\npursuits.\nTEXT 50\n\n� � SliRtUJfi� : I\nij�IC(&((if � �: � idll� ll�oll\nharir deha-bhrtam iitmii\nsvayarh prakrtir tsvara�\ntat-piida-miilarh sararwm\n\nyata� k,semo nrruim iha\n\nhari�-Sri Hari; deha-bhrtiim-of living entities who have accepted ma­\n\nterial bodies; atma-the Supersoul; svayam H imself; prakr t i!z - material\n-\n\nnature; isvara�- the controller; tat- His; pada-mulam- feet; sararam­\n\nshelter; yata�\nin this world.\n\n-\n\nfrom which; k sema�\n,\n\n-\n\ngood fortune; n rr am\n\n-\n\nof men; iha­\n\n", "SB4.4#p0309": "Text 50]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1427\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the Supersoul and\nguide of all living entities who have accepted material bodies within this\nworld. He is the supreme controller of all material activities in material\nnature. He is also our best friend, and everyone should take shelter at His\nlotus feet. In doing so, one's life will be auspicious.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gttii it is said:\ntsvara{L sarva-bhutiiniirh\nhrd-dese 'rjuna t�.thati\nbhriimayan sarva-bhutiini\nyantriiru�hiini miiyayii\n\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is\ndirecting the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated\n\nas\n\non a\n\nmachine, made of the material energy.\" (Bg. 18.61)\nThe living entity is within the body, and the Supersoul, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, is also there. He is called antaryiimt and caityaguru. As Lord Kr�r;ta states in Bhagavad-gttii, He is controlling everything.\nsarvasya ciiharh hrdi sannivi�.to\nmata{L smrtir jiiiinam apohanarh ca\nvedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedyo\nvediinta-krd veda-vid eva ciiham\n\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness. By all the Vedas, I am to be known; indeed I am the\ncompiler of Vedanta, and I am the knower of the Vedas.\" (Bg. 15.15)\nEverything is being directed by the Supersoul within the body; therefore\nthe better part of valor is to take His direction and be happy. To take His\ndirections, one needs to be a devotee, and this is also confirmed in Bhagavadgttii.\nte�arh satata-yuktanarh\nbhajatarh prtti-purvakam\ndadami buddhi-yogarh tam\nyena mam upayiinti te\n\n", "SB4.4#p0310": "1428\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give\nthe understanding by which they can come to Me.\" (Bg. 10.10)\nAlthough the Supersoul is in everyone's heart (tsvara� sarva-bhiitaniirh\n\nhrd-dese 'rjuna t�.thati), He talks only to the pure devotees who constantly\nengage in His service. In Caitanya-bhagavata it is said:\ntahare se bali vidya, mantra, adhyayana\nkr.sr-a-pada-padme ye karaye sthira mana\n\"One who has fixed his mind on the lotus feet of Kr�9a is to be understood\nas having the best education and as having studied all the Vedas.\" (Cb. Antya\n3.45) There are also other appropriate quotes in Caitanya-bhagavata:\n\nsei se vidyara phala janiha niscaya\nkr.sr-a-pada-padme yadi citta-vrtti raya\n\"The perfect result of an education is the fixing of one's mind on the\nlotus feet of Kr�Q.a.\" (Cb. Adi 13.178)\n\n'dig-vijaya kariba,'- vidyiira kiirya nahe\ntsvare bhajile, sei vidya 'satya' kahe\n\"Conquering the world by means of material education is not desirable. If\none engages himself in devotional service, his education is perfected.\"\n(Cb. Adi 13.173)\n\npape kene loka--knTJa-bhakti janibare\nse yadi nahila, tabe vidyiiya ki kare\n\n\"The purpose of education is to understand Krsna and His devotional\nservice. If one does not do so, then education is false.\" (Cb. Adi 12.49)\n\ntiihiire se bali dharma, karma sadaciira\ntsvare se prtti janme sammata sabiira\n\"Being cultured, educated, very active and religious means developing\nnatural love for Kw].a.\" (Cb. Antya 3.44) Everyone has dormant love for\nKr�I}a, and by culture and education that has to be awakened. That is the\npurpose of this Kr�I}a consciousness movement. Once Lord Caitanya asked\nSri Ramananda Raya what the best part of education was, and Ramananda\n\n", "SB4.4#p0311": "Text 51]\n\nTalks Between Niirada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1429\n\nRaya replied that the best part of education is advancement in Kr�I].a\nconsciousness.\nTEXT 51\n\n� fii�Hfililfl � il 4t�illli4fq I\n� -C: 6 � fiii:Ftq) Ru-f.6 �: II�� II\n\n6\n\nsa vai priyatamas ciitmii\nyato na bhayam a[tv api\niti veda sa vai vidviin\nyo vidviin sa gurur hari[t\nsaft- He; vai-certainly; priya-tamaft-the most dear; ca- also; iitmiiSupersoul; yata{t-from whom; na-never; bhayam-fear; a[tu little; apieven; iti thus; veda-(one who) knows; sa ft-he; vai-certainly ; vidviineducated;yaft-he who; vidviin- educated; saft- he; guruft spiritual master;\nharift- not different from the Lord.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who is engaged in devotional service has not the least fear in material\nexistence. This is because the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the\nSupersoul and friend of everyone. One who knows this secret is actually\neducated, and one thus educated can become the spiritual master of the\nworld. One who is an actually bona fide spiritual master, representative\nof Kr�I].a, is not different from Kr�I].a.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says: siikfiiid-dharitvena samastasastrair uktas tathii bhiivyata eva sadbhift. The spiritual master is described\nin every scripture as the representative of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead. The spiritual master is accepted as identical with the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead because he is the most confidential servant of the\nLord (kintu prabhor ya[t\nSupersoul\n\nand\n\nthe\n\npriya eva tasya). The purport is that both the\n\nindividual\n\nsoul\n\nare\n\nvery\n\ndear\n\nto\n\neveryone.\n\nEveryone loves himself, and when he becomes more advanced, he loves\nthe Supersoul also. A person who is self-realized does not recommend the\n\nworship of anyone but the Supersoul. He knows that to worship the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0312": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1430\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is easier than to worship various demigods\nunder the influence of lust and the desire for material enjoyment. The\ndevotee is therefore always engaged in the loving devotional service of the\nLord. Such a person is a true guru. In Padma Puriir-a it is said:\n�af-karma-nipuT,lO vipro\nmantra-tantra-visiiradaf!.\navaiHtavo gurur na syiid\nvai�r-avaf!. sva-paco guruf!.\n\"Even if a briihmar-a is very learned in Vedic scriptures and knows the six\noccupational duties of a briihmar-a, he cannot become a guru or spiritual\nmaster unless he is a devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nHowever, if one is born in a family of dog-eaters but is a pure devotee of\nthe Lord, he can become a spiritual master.\" The conclusion is that one\ncannot become a spiritual master unless he is a pure devotee of the Lord.\nOne who is a spiritual master in accordance with the above descriptions of\ndevotional service is to be understood as the Supreme Personality of Godhead personally present. According to the words mentioned here (gurur\n\nhari� ), consulting a bona fide spiritual master means consulting the Su­\n\npreme Personality of Godhead personally. One should therefore take\nshelter of such a bona fide spiritual master. Success in life means accepting\na spiritual master who knows J<rppa as the only supreme beloved personality. One should worship such a confidential devotee of the Lord.\nTEXT 52\n\n���\n\nf(ii \" 9ft 1m�: - I\n3N it�� f.t�l+tt� �� ������\n\n!At\n\nnr\"irada uviica\nprasna evam hi sanchinno\nbhavataf!. puru�ar.sabha\natra me vadato guh yam\nni§iimaya suniScitam\nniiradaf!. uviica- N a rada said;pra§na�-question; evam-thus; hi-certainly; sanchinnaf!.-answered ; bhavata[i-your; puru�a-r�abha-0 great person­\n\nality; atra- here; me vadataf!.-as I am speaking; guhyam- confidential;\nniSiimaya- hear; su-niscitam- perfectly ascertained.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0313": "Text 53]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1431\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great saint Narada continued: 0 great personality, I have replied\nproperly about all that you have asked me. Now hear another narration\nthat is accepted by saintly persons and is very confidential.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSri Narada Muni is personally acting as the spiritual master of King\nBarhi�miin. It was Narada Muni's intention that through his instructions\nthe King would immediately give up all engagement in fruitive activity\nand take to devotional service. However, although the King understood\neverything, he was still not prepared to give up his engagements. As the\nfollowing verses will show, the King was contemplating sending for his\nsons, who were away from home executing austerities and penances. After\ntheir return, he would entrust his kingdom to them and then leave home.\nThis is the position of most people. They accept a bona fide spiritual\nmaster and listen to him, but when the spiritual master indicates that they\nshould leave home and fully engage in devotional service, they hesitate.\nThe duty of the spiritual master is to instruct the disciple as long as he\ndoes not come to the understanding that this materialistic way of life,\nfruitive activity, is not at all beneficial. Actually one should take to devotional service from the beginning of life, as Prahlada Maharaja advised:\n\nkaumiira iicaret priijno dharmiin bhiigavatiin iha (Bhiig. 7.6.1). According\nto all the instructions of the Vedas, we can understand that unless one\ntakes to Kreyqa consciousness and devotional service, he is simply wasting\nhis time engaging in the fruitive activities of material existence. Niirada\nMuni therefore decided to relate another allegory to the King so that he\nmight be induced to give up family life within material existence.\n\nTEXT 53\n\n�tat «�m � f�'«Cll\n� 'RffiiUiftlqti � I\n\"\n\nQ '!ifilifij�S�iiUIU4 �\n\nriJPf ��WIIOilt'ilt{ ll'-\\�11\n\nk§udran cararh sumanasarh saraT)e mithitva\nraktarh .safl-anghri-gapa -siimasu lubdha-karpam\n\n", "SB4.4#p0314": "1432\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nagre vrkiin asu-trpo 'vigaT}-ayya yiintarh\nP!�!he mrgarh mrgaya lubdhaka-bii[ta-bhinnam\nk�udram-on grass; c a ram- graz ing; sumanasiim-of a beautiful flower\n\ngarden; sarar-e- under the protection; mithitvii-being united with a woman;\nra ktam- attached; .sa_t-anghri-of\n\nbumblebees; gar-a-of groups; siimasu-to\n\nthe singing; lubdha-karr-am-whose ear is attracted; agre-in front; vrkiintigers; asu-trpaft-who live at the cost of another's life; avigar-ayya-neglecting; yiintam-moving; Pr.s.the-behind; mrgam-the deer; mrgayasearch out; lubdhaka-of a hunter; bar-a-by the arrows; bhinnam-liable\nto be pierced.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, please search out that deer who is engaged in eating\ngrass in a very nice flower garden along with his wife. That deer is very\nmuch attached to his business, and he is enjoying the sweet singing of the\nbumblebees in his garden. Just try to understand his position. He is unaware\nthat before him is a tiger which is accustomed to living at the cost of\nanother's flesh. Behind the deer is a hunter, who is threatening to pierce\nhim with sharp arrows. Thus the deer's death is imminent.\nPURPORT\nHere is an allegory in which the King is advised to find a deer that is\nalways in a dangerous position. Although threatened from all sides, the\ndeer simply eats grass in a nice flower garden, unaware of the danger all\naround him. All living entities, especially human beings, think themselves\nvery happy in the midst of families. As if living in a flower garden and\nhearing the sweet humming of bumblebees, everyone is centered around\nhis wife, who is the beauty of family life. The bumblebees' humming may\nbe compared to the talk of children. The human being, just like the deer,\nenjoys his family without knowing that before him is the factor of time,\nwhich is represented by the tiger. The fruitive activities of a living entity\nsimply create another dangerous position and oblige him to accept different\ntypes of bodies. For a deer to run after a mirage of water in the desert is\nnot unusual. The deer is also very fond of sex. The conclusion is that one\nwho lives like a deer will be killed in due course of time. Vedic literatures\ntherefore advise that we should understand our constitutional position\nand take to devotional service before death comes. According to the\nBhiigavatam:\n\n", "SB4.4#p0315": "Text 54]\n\nTalks Between Nirada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1433\n\nlabdhvii sudurlabham idam bahu-sambhaviinte\nmiinu�yam arthadam anityam aptha dhtra�\nturrwm yateta na pated anumrtyu yiivan\nn*sreyasaya vi�aya� khalu sarvata� syiit\n(Bhiig. 11.9.29)\nAfter many births we have attained this human form; therefore before\ndeath comes, we should engage ourselves in the transcendental loving\nservice of the Lord. That is the fulfillment of human life.\nTEXT 54\n\nQ'tii.tiulf �f � �\n�� \"fitRidfftqt'fNi �� iil«�q� ff4M;q� \"'��\nttf:;filf.t�f\\Rt¥twt4 'RfWttut\n,. (uq•ftttctd(t'twtl,(itMtl�wtR�I�'itMt(t'tMstitfiltEPfq � 31t9;«Jls(W�t\"tt 'l mectfft�•nw�•tatur m � wr �\n� pcT•:ttti;:JlS\"tt:�.\ncrofft�RI ttfil¥t¥tk¥tl� �'l �41«4\nS(t!¥t(4\\Rr\n11'-\\\\lll\n.::)\nWR:\n\nsumana[t-sama-dharmar-am strt[liirh sarar-a iiSrame pu.spa-madhugandhavat k.sudratamam kiimya-karma-vipiikajam\nkiima-sukha-lavam\njaihvyaupasthyiidi vicinvantam mithuni-bhuya tad-abhinivesita-manasam\n.sa!i-anghri-gal)a-siima-gita-vad ati-manohara-vanitiidi-janiiliipeflV atitarcim atipralobhita-karr-am agre vrka-yuthavad atmana iiyur harato 'ho-riitriin tiin\nkiila-lava-viSe.siin aviga1fayya grhe�u viharantani pr.s.thata eva parok.sam\nanupravrtto lubdhalca[t krtiinto 'nta[l sarerw yam iha pariividhyati tam\nimam iitmiinam aho riijan bhinna-hrdayam dra.s.tum arhasiti.\nsumana[t- flowers; sama-dharmar-iim- ex actly like; str(niim-of women;\nsarar-e- in the shelter; iisrame-household life; puflpa-in flowers; madhu-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0316": "1434\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 29\n\nof honey; gandha-the flavor; vat-like; k}udra-tamam-most insignificant;\nkiimya-desired; karma-of activities; vipaka-jam-obtained as a result;\nkama-sukha-of sense gratification; lavam-a fragment;jaihvya-enjoyment\nof the tongue; aupasthya-sex enjoyment;iidi-beginning with;vicinvantam\n-a lway s thinking of; mithunt-bhuya-engaging in sex life; tat-in his wife;\nabhinivesita-always absorbed; manasam-whose mind;}a.t-anghri-of bumblebees; gazw-of crowds; sama-gentle; gtta-the chanting; vat-like; ativery; manohara-attractive; vanita-adi-beginning with the wife; jana-of\npeople; alape}u-to the talks; atitaram-excessively; ati-very much; pralobhita-attracted; karrtam-whose ears; agre-in front; vrka-yutha-a group\nof tigers; vat-like; atmana�-of one's self; ayu�-span of life; harata�taking away; aha�-ratran-days and nights; tan-all of them; kala-lavavise.san-the moments of time; av,gartayya-without considering; grhe}Uin household life; viharantam-enjoying; Pr.s.thata�-from the back; eva\n-certainly ;parok.sam-without being seen ;anupravrtta�- following behind;\nlubdhaka�-the hunter; krta-anta�-the superintendent of death; anta�-in\nthe heart; sarerta-by an arrow;yam-whom; iha-in this world;paravidhyati\n-pierces; tam-that; imam-this; atmanam-yourself; aho rajan-0 King;\nbhinna-hrdayam-whose heart is pierced; dra.s.tum-to see; arhasi-you\nought; iti-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, woman, who is very attractive in the beginning hut in the\nend very disturbing, is exactly like the flower, which is attractive in the\nbeginning and detestable at the end. With woman, the living entity is entangled with lusty desires and sex. He thus enjoys a life of sense gratification-from his tongue to his genitals-and in this way the living entity\nconsiders himself very happy in family life. United with his wife, he always\nremains absorbed in such thoughts. He feels great pleasure in hearing the\ntalks of his wife and children, which are like the sweet humming of humblebees that collect honey from flower to flower. He forgets that before him\n\nis time, which is taking away his life span with the passing of day and\nnight. He does not see the gradual diminishing of his life, nor does he care\nabout the superintendent of death, who is trying to kill him from behind.\nJust try to understand this. You are in a precarious position and are\nthreatened from all sides.\nPURPORT\nMaterialistic life means forgetting one's constitutional position as the\neternal servant of K��f!a, and this forgetfulness is especially enhanced in\nthe grhastha-asrama. In the grhastha-asrama a young man accepts a young\nwife who is very beautiful in the beginning, but in due course of time,\n\n", "SB4.4#p0317": "Text 55]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1435\n\nafter giving birth to many children and becoming older and older, she\ndemands many things from the husband to maintain the entire family. At\nsuch a time the wife becomes detestable to the very man who accepted her\nin her younger days. One becomes attached to the grhastha-asrama for two\nreasons only-the wife cooks palatable dishes for the satisfaction of her\nhusband's tongue, and she gives him sexual pleasure at night. A persop\nattached to the grhastha-asrama is always thinking of these two thingspalatable food and sex enjoyment. The talks of the wife, which are enjoyed\nas\n\na family recreation, and the talks of the children both attract the living\n\nentity. He thus forgets that he has to die someday and has to prepare for\nthe next life if he wants to be put into a congenial body.\nThe deer in the flower garden is an allegory used by the great sage Narada\nto point out to the King that the King himself is similarly entrapped by\nsuch surroundings. Actually everyone is surrounded by such a family life,\nwhich misleads one. The living entity thus forgets that he has to return\nhome, back to Godhead. He simply becomes entangled in family life.\nPrahlada Maharaja has therefore hinted: hitvatma-patarh grham andhakiipam vanam gato yad dharim asrayeta. Family life is considered a blind well\n(andha-kiipam) into which a person falls and dies without help. Prahlada\n\nMaharaja recommends that while one's senses are there and one is\nstrong enough, he should abandon the grhastha-asrama and take shelter\nof the lotus feet of the Lord, going to the forest of Vrndavana. According\nto Vedic civilization, one has to give up family life at a certain age (the age\nof fifty), take vanaprastha and eventually remain alone as a sannyast. That is\nthe prescribed method of Vedic civilization known as varr-airama-dharma.\nWhen one takes sannyasa after enjoying family life, he pleases the Supreme\nLord Vi��u.\nOne has to understand one's position in family or worldly life. That is\ncalled intelligence. One should not remain always trapped in family life to\nsatisfy his tongue and genitals in association with a wife. In such a way,\none simply spoils his life. According to Vedic civilization, it is imperative\nto give up the family at a certain stage, by force if necessary. Unfortunately,\nso-called followers of Vedic life do not give up their family even at the end\nof life, unless they are forced by death. There should be a thorough overhauling of the social system, and society should revert to the Vedic\nprinciples, that is, the four varr-as and the four asramas.\nTEXT 55\n\n� � �\"1f ��(f'm'i;it�­\n\nfq� f;rr� � �� � f�� I\n\n", "SB4.4#p0318": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1436\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\n�q��\n\n� «t\\r(oj fcm{ m ������\n\nsa tvarh vicak�ya mrga-ce.s.titam iitmano 'nta�\ncittarh niyaccha hrdi karra-dhuntrh ca citte\njah y anganii�ramam asattama-yutha-giitharh\nprtr-thi harhsa-sarar-arh virama kramer-a\nsa�- that very person; tvam-you; vic ak�a- considering; mrga-ce.spitam­\n\nthe activities of the deer; iitmana[l-of the self; anta[l- within; cittamconsciousness;\n\nniyaccha-fix;\n\nhrdi-in\n\nthe\n\nheart; kar[ta-dhunim-aural\n\nreception; ca-and; citte-unto the consciousness; jahi-give up; anganaiiSramam-household\n\nlife; asat-tama-most abominable; yutha-giitham­\n\nfull of stories of man and woman; pr�nihi- just accept; harhsa-sararamthe shelter of the liberated souls; virama-become detached; kramer-agradually.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, just try to understand the allegorical position of the deer.\n\nBe fully conscious of yourself and give up the pleasure of hearing about\npromotion to heavenly planets by fruitive activity. Give up household life,\nwhich is full of sex, as well as stories about such things, and take shelter\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead through the mercy of the liberated\n\nsouls. In this way, please give up your attraction for material existence.\nPURPORT\nIn one of his songs, Srila Narottama dasa 'fhakura writes:\nkarma-kiifl!la, jiiiina-kar!la, kevala vi�era bhiir-!la,\namrta baliyii yebii khiiya\nnana yoni sada phire, kadarya bhakfiara kare,\ntara janma adha[l-piite yiiya\n\n\"Fruitive activities and mental speculation are simply cups of poison.\n\nWhoever drinks of them, thinking them to be nectar, must struggle very\n\nhard life after life, in different types of bodies. Such a person eats all kinds\n\nof nonsense and becomes condemned by his activities of so-called sense\nenjoyment.\"\n\n", "SB4.4#p0319": "Text 55]\n\nTalks Between Nirada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1437\n\nPeople are generally enamored of the fruitive results of worldly activity\nand mental speculation. They generally desire to be promoted to heavenly\nplanets, merge into the existence of Brahman, or keep themselves in the\nmidst of family life, enchanted by the pleasures of the tongue and genitals.\nThe great sage Narada clearly instructs King Barhi�man not to remain his\nentire life in the grhastha-asrama. Being in the grhastha-asrama means being\nunder the control of one's wife. One has to give up all this and put himself\ninto the asrama of the paramahamsa, that is, put himself under the control\nof the spiritual master. The paramahamsa-asrama is the asrama of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, under whom the spiritual master has taken\nshelter. The symptoms of the bona fide spiritual master are stated in\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam:\n\ntasmad gurum prapadyeta\njijnasu[L sreya uttamam\nsabde pare ca ni,sr-atam\nbrahmar-y upasamasrayam\n\"Any person who is seriously desirous of achieving real happiness must\nseek out a bona fide spiritual master and take shelter of him by initiation.\nThe qualification of a spiritual master is that he must have realized the conclusion of the scriptures by deliberation and arguments and thus be able to\nconvince others of these conclusions. Such great personalities who have\ntaken complete shelter of the Supreme Godhead, leaving aside all material\nconsiderations, are to be understood as bona fide spiritual masters.\"\n\n(Bhiig. 11.3.21)\nA paramahamsa is one who has taken shelter of the Parabrahman, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. If one takes shelter of the paramahamsa\nspiritual master, gradually, through training and instruction, he will become\ndetached from worldly life and ultimately return home, back to Godhead.\n\nThe particular mention of anganasramam asattama-yiltha-gatham is very\ninteresting. The whole world is in the clutches of maya, being controlled\nby woman. Not only is one controlled by the woman who is one's wife,\nbut one is also controlled by so many sex literatures. That is the cause of\none's being entangled in the material world. One cannot give up this\nabominable association through one's own effort, but if one takes shelter\n\nof a bona fide spiritual master who is a paramahamsa, he will gradually be\nelevated to the platform of spiritual life.\n\nThe pleasing words of the Vedas that inspire one to elevate oneself to\n\nthe heavenly planets or merge into the existence of the Supreme are for the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0320": "1438\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nless intelligent who are described in Bhagavad-gtta as mayayiipahrta-jfiana�\n\n(those whose knowledge is taken away by the illusory energy). Real knowl­\n\nedge means understanding the miserable condition of material life. One\nshould take shelter of a bona fide liberated soul, the spiritual master, and\n\ngradually elevate himself to the spiritual platform and thus become detached\nfrom the material world. According to Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura,\n\nharhsa-sararam refers to the cottage in which saintly persons live. Generally\n\na saintly person lives in a remote place in the forest or in a humble cottage.\n\nHowever, we should note that the times have changed. It may be beneficial\n\nfor a saintly person's own interest to go to the forest and live in a cottage,\n\nbut if one becomes a preacher, especially in Western countries, he has to\ninvite many classes of men who are accustomed to living in comfortable\n\napartments. Therefore in this age a saintly person has to make proper\narrangements to receive people and attract them to the message of Kr�!fa\n\nconsciousness, SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati 'fhakura, perhaps for the\n\nfirst time, introduced palatial buildings and motor cars for the residence\n\nof saintly persons just to attract the general public in big cities. The main\nfact is that one has to associate with a saintly person. In this age people\n\nare not going to search out a saint in the forest, so the saints and sages\n\nhave to come to the big cities to make arrangements to receive the people\n\nin general, who are accustomed to the modern amenities of material life.\n\nGradually such persons will learn that palatial buildings or comfortable\n\napartments are not at all necessary. The real necessity is to become free\n\nfrom material bondage in whatever way possible. According to the orders\nof Srna Rupa Gosvami:\n\nanasaktasya vi_sayan\nyatharham upayunjata�\nnirbandha� kr.sra-sambandhe\nyuktarh vairagyam ucyate\n\n\"When one is not attached to anything, but at the same time accepts\n\neverything in relation to Kr�!fa, one is rightly situated above possessiveness.\"\n(Bh.r.s. 1.2.255)\n\nOne should not be attached to material opulence, but material opulence\n\nmay be accepted in the Kr�'!a consciousness movement to facilitate the\npropagation of the movement. In other words, material opulence may be\naccepted as yukta-vairagya, that is, for renunciation.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0321": "Text 56]\n\nTalks Between Niirada and King Priicinabarhi\n\n1439\n\nTEXT 56\n\n��\"'!\n\n�;�f�\n\niflR'llltlffi. t�� I\n\n��A�'{l�Ilfn tt ;r i{_��A� 11����\nriijovaca\nsrutam anvtk,sitarh brahman\nbhagavan yad abhii,sata\nnaitaj jananty upadh yaya[£\nkirh na bru yur vidur yadi\nraja uvaca- the King said; srutam-was heard; anvtk§ itam- was considered; brahman-0 brahma[la; bhagavan- the most powerful;yat-which;\n\nabha§ata-you\n\nhave\n\nspoken;\n\nna- no t; etat-this;\n\njananti-do\n\nknow;\n\nupadhyaya[l-the teachers of fruitive activities; kim-why; na bruyu[lthey did not instruct; vid u [l- the y understood; yadi\n\n-\n\nif\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King replied: My dear brahmal).a, whatever you have said I have\nheard with great attention, and, considering all of it, have come to the\nconclusion that the acaryas [teachers] who engaged me in fruitive activity\ndid not know this confidential knowledge. If they were aware of it, why\ndid they not explain it to me?\nPURPORT\nActually the so-called teachers or leaders of material society do not\nreally know the goal of life. They are described in Bhagavad-gitii as\n\nmayayapahrta-jfiana[l. They appear to be very learned scholars, but actually\nthe influence of the illusory energy has taken away their knowledge. Real\nknowledge means searching out Kr�J).a.\n\nsarvasya ciiharh hrdi sannivi,sJo\nmatta[l smrtir jnanam apohanarh ca\nvedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyo\nvedanta-krd veda-vid eva caham\n\n", "SB4.4#p0322": "1440\n\n[ Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowl­\n\nedge and forgetfulness. By all the Vedas, I am to be known; indeed, I am\n\nthe compiler of Vedanta, and I am the knower of the Vedas.\" (Bg. 15.15)\n\nAll Vedic knowledge is meant for searching out K{�J}.a because Kr�J}.a is\n\nthe origin of everything. ]anmady asya yata�. In Bhagavad-gita K{�J}.a says:\nna me vidu� sura-gapii�\nprabhavarh na mahar.saya�\naham adir hi devanarh\nmahar.strarh ca sarvasa�\n\n\"Neither the hosts of demigods nor the great sages know My origin, for, in\n\nevery respect, I am the source of the demigods and the sages.\" (Bg. 10.2)\n\nK{�J}.a is the origin and beginning of all demigods, including Lord Brahma,\n\nLord Siva and all others. The Vedic ritualistic ceremonies are concerned\n\nwith satisfying different demigods, but unless one is very advanced, he\n\ncannot understand that the original personality is\n\nSri Kr�ra. Govindam\n\nadi-purufiarh tam aharh bhajami. After hearing the instructions of Narada,\nKing Barh�man came to his senses. The real goal of life is to attain de­\n\nvotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The King there­\n\nfore decided to reject the so-called priestly orders that simply engage\n\ntheir followers in the ritualistic ceremonies without giving effective instruc­\n\ntions about the goal of life. At the present moment the churches, temples\nand mosques all over the world are not attracting people because foolish\n\npriests cannot elevate their followers to the platform of knowledge. Not\n\nbeing aware of the real goal of life, they simply keep their congregation in\nignorance. Consequently those who are well educated have become un­\n\ninterested in the ritualistic ceremonies. At the same time, they are not\n\nbenefited with real knowledge. This Krwa consciousness movement is\n\ntherefore very important for the enlightenment of all classes. Following in\n\nthe footsteps of Maharaja Barhi�man, everyone should take advantage of\n\nthis Kr�v.a consciousness movement and abandon the stereotyped ritualistic\n\nceremonies that go under the garb of so many religions. The Gosvamis\n\nfrom the very beginning differed from the priestly class that was engaged\n\nin ritualistic ceremonies. Indeed, Srila Sanatana Gosvami compiled his Hari­\n\nbhakti-vilasa for the guidance of the Va�J}.avas. The Vai�J}.avas, not caring\nfor the lifeless activities of the priestly classes, take to full Kr�J}.a con­\n\nsciousness and become perfect in this very life. That is described in the\n\nprevious verse as paramharhsa-sara[tam, taking shelter of the paramharhsa,\nthe liberated soul, and becoming successful in this life.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0323": "Text 57)\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1441\n\nTEXT 57\n\n�� u ij Fcrst dMO$\\(ij<:� �I\n¥fitsfq- ft u�f;:� � �f;.S(�'!*ttt: 11�\\911\nsamsayo 'tra tu me vipra\nsanchinnas tat-krto mahan\nr�ayo 'pi hi muhyanti\nyatra nendriya-vrttaya[t\nsa ni s'ayu � - doubt; atra- here; tu-but; me-my; vipra-0 brahmar-a;\nsan chinna[t- cleared; tat-k,rta[t-done by that; mahan\n\n-\n\nvery great; rsaya[t.\n\nthe great sages; api- even; hi-certainly; muhyanti- are bewildered; yatrawhere; na- not; indriya- of the senses; v,rttaya[t- activities.\nT RANSLATION\nMy dear brahmai;J.a, there are contradictions between your instructions\nand those of my spiritual teachers who engaged me in fruitive activities. I\nnow can understand the distinction between devotional service, knowledge\nand renunciation. I had some doubts about them, but you have now very\nkindly dissipated all these doubts. I can now understand how even the\ngreat sages are bewildered by the real purpose of life. Of course, there is\nno question of sense gratification.\nPURPORT\nKing Barhi�man was engaged in different types of sacrifice for elevation\nto the heavenly planets. People generally are attracted by these activities,\n\nand very rarely is a person attracted to devotional service, as Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu confirms. Unless one is very very fortunate, he does not take\n\nto devotional service. Even the so-called learned Vedic scholars are bewildered by devotional service. They are generally attracted to the rituals\nfor sense gratification. In devotional service there is no sense gratification\nbut only transcendental loving service to the Lord. Consequently the socalled priests engaged in sense gratification do not very much like devotional service. The brahmar-as, the priests, have been against this Kr�l).a consciousness movement since it began with Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. When\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu started this movement, the priestly class lodged\ncomplaints to the Kazi, the magistrate of the Mohammedan government.\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu had to lead a civil disobedien�e movement against\n\n", "SB4.4#p0324": "[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1442\n\nthe propaganda of the so-called followers of Vedic principles. These people\nare described as karma-jafla-smiirtas, which indicates that they are priests\nengaged in ritualistic ceremonies. It is here stated that such people become\nbewildered (J�ayo\n\n'pi hi muhyanti). To save oneself from the hands of\n\nthese karma-jafla-smiirtas, one should strictly follow the instructions of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nsarva-dharmiin parityajya\nmiim ekam sararwm vraja\naham tviim sarva-piipebhyo\nmok�ayi�yiimi mii suca�\n\"Abandon all vanehes of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall\ndeliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" (Bg. 18.66)\nTEXT 58\n\nCh+il1H\"II(.re �;{ �� N� Q� I\n31Wtl--�� � � � ��� ����\"\nkarmii[Ly iirabhate yena\npumiin iha vihiiya tam\namutriinyena dehena\nju�.tiini sa yad asnute\nkarmiir-i- fruitive\n\nactivities;\n\niirabhate- begins\n\nto perform;\n\nyena- by\n\nwhich; pumiin-a living entity; iha-in this life; vihiiya- giving up; tamthat; amutra-in the next life; any ena- another; dehena-by a body;\n\nju�.tiini- the results; sa�- he; yat- that; asnute- enjoys.\nTRANSLATION\nThe results of whatever a living entity does in this life are enjoyed in the\nnext life.\nPURPORT\nA person generally does not know how one body is linked with another\nbody. How is it possible that one suffers or enjoys the results of activities\nin this body in yet another body in the next life. This is a question the\nKing wants Narada Muni to answer. How may one have a human body in\nthis life and not have a human body in the next? Even great philosophers\n\n", "SB4.4#p0325": "Text 59]\n\nTalks Between Niirada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1443\n\nand scientists cannot account for the transferral of karma from one body\nto another. As we experience, every individual soul has an individual body,\nand one person's activities, or one body's activities, are not enjoyed or\nsuffered by another body or another person. The question is how the\nactivities of one body are suffered or enjoyed in the next.\n\nTEXT 59\n\n� �m:f ��: �tr� � � � I\n�� lfm� � � W{ �m� ������\niti veda-vida1n vada[l.\nsruyate tatra tatra ha\nkarma yat kriyate proktam\nparok�am na prakasate\niti- thus; veda-vidam- of persons who know the Vedic conclusions;\nvadaft the thesis; sruyate-is heard; tatra tatra here and there; ha-cer-\n\n-\n\ntainly; karma-the activity; yat\n\n-\n\nwhat; kriyate-is performed; proktam- as\n\nit was said; paro k�am - unknown ; na praktisate-is not directly manifested.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe expert knowers of the Vedic conclusions say that one enjoys or\nsuffers the results of his past activities. But practically it is seen that the\nbody that performed the work in the last birth is already lost. So how is it\npossible to enjoy or suffer the reactions of that work in a different body?\n\nPURPORT\nAtheists want evidence for the resultant actions of past activities. Therefore they ask, \"Where is the proof that I am suffering and enjoying the\nresultant actions of past karma?\" They have no idea how the subtle body\ncarries the results of the present body's actions down to the next gross\nbody. The present body may be finished grossly, but the subtle body is\nnot finished; it carries the soul to the next body. Actually the gross body\nis dependent on the subtle body. Therefore the next gross body must\nsuffer and enjoy according to the subtle body. The soul is carried by the\nsubtle body continuously until liberated from gross material bondage.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0326": "[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1444\n\nTEXT 60\n\n��'<{\n\n� � �� �'1_1\nii�� f� ��tn{_ll�oll\nnarada uvaca\nyenaivarabhate karma\ntenaivamutra tat puman\nbhUiikte h y avyavadhanena\nlingena manasa svayam\nnarada[L uvaca-N iirada said; yena-by which; eva-certainly; iirabhatebegins; karma-fruitive activities; tena by that body; eva-certainly;\n-\n\namutra-in the next life; tat-that; puman-the living entity; bhunkteenjoys; hi-because; avyavadhanena-without any change; lingena-by the\nsubtle body; manasa-by the mind; svayam personally\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada continued: The living entity acts in a gross body\n\nin this life. This body is forced to act by the subtle body, composed of\nmind, intelligence and ego. After the gross body is lost, the subtle body is\nstill there to enjoy or suffer. Thus there is no change.\nPURPORT\nThe living entity has two kinds of body-the subtle body and the gross\nbody. Actually he enjoys through the subtle body, which is composed of\nmind,\n\nintelligence and ego. The gross body is the instrumental outer\n\ncovering. When the gross body is lost, or when it dies, the root of the\ngross body-the mind, intelligence and ego-continue and bring about\nanother gross body. Although the gross bodies apparently change, the real\nroot of the gross body-the subtle body of mind, intelligence and ego-is\nalways there. The subtle body's activities-be they pious or impious-create\nanother situation for the living entity to enjoy or suffer in the next gross\nbody. Thus the subtle body continues whereas the gross bodies change\none after another.\nSince modern scientists and philosophers are too materialistic, and since\ntheir knowledge is taken away by the illusory energy, they cannot explain\n\n", "SB4.4#p0327": "Text 61]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1445\n\nhow the gross body is changing. The materialistic philosopher Darwin has\ntried to study the changes of the gross body, but because he had no\nknowledge of either the subtle body or the soul, he could not clearly\nexplain how the evolutionary process is going on. One may change the\ngross body, but he works in the subtle body. People cannot understand the\nactivities of the subtle body, and consequently they are bewildered as to\nhow the actions of one gross body affect another gross body. The activities\nof the subtle body are also guided by the Supersoul, as explained in\nBhagavad-gitii:\nsaroasya ciiham hrdi sannivi�Jo\nmatta� smrtir jniinam apohanam ca\nvedai.S ca sarvair aham eva vedyo\nvediinta-krd veda-vid eva ciiham\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness. By all the Vedas, I am to be known; indeed I am\nthe compiler of Vedanta, and I am the knower of the Vedas.\" (Bg. 15.15)\nBecause the Supreme Personality of Godhead as Supersoul is always\nguiding the individual soul, the individual soul always knows how to act\naccording to the reactions of his past karma. In other words, the Supersoul\nreminds him to act in such a way. Therefore although there is apparently\na change in the gross body, there is a continuation between the lives of an\nindividual soul.\nTEXT 61\n\n�91f+t'4U�� � � � I\nOih'4t�'4 �1�ij � fflt��ij�OI qt II�� II\n..\n\nsayiinam imam utsrjya\nsvasantam purufiO yathii\nkarmiitmany iihitam bhUiikte\ntadrsenetarerw vii\nsayiinam-lying down on a bed; imam-this body; utsrjya-after giving\nup; svasantam - breathing; purufiaft-the living entity; yathii-as; karmaactivity;\n\niitmani-in\n\nthe\n\nmind;\n\niihitam-executed;\n\nbhUiikte-enjoys;\n\ntiidrsena-by a similar body; ita re[la - by a different body; vii-or.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0328": "1446\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe living entity, while dreaming, gives up the actual living body.\nThrough the activities of his mind and intelligence, he acts in another\nbody, either as a god or a dog. After giving up this gross body, the living\nentity enters either an animal body or a demigod's body on this planet or\non another planet. He thus enjoys the results of the actions of his past life.\nPURPORT\nAlthough the root of distress and happiness is the mind, intelligence and\nego, a gross body is still required as an instrument for enj oyment. The\ngross body may change, but the subtle body continues to act. Unless the\nliving entity gets another gross body, he will have to continue in a subtle\nbody, or a ghostly body. One becomes a ghost when the subtle body acts\nwithout the help of the instrumental gross body. As stated in this verse,\n\nsayiinam imam utsrjya svasantam. The gross body may lie on a bed and rest,\nand even though the machinery of the gross body is working, the living\nentity may leave, go into a dream, and return to the gross body. When he\nreturns to the body, he forgets his dream. Similarly, when the living entity\ntakes on another gross body, he forgets the present gross body. The conclusion is that the subtle body-mind, intelligence and ego-creates an\natmosphere with desires and ambitions that the living entity enj oys in the\nsubtle body. Actually the living entity is in the subtle body, even though\nthe gross body apparently changes and even though he inhabits the gross\nbody on various planets. All the activities performed by the living entity in\nthe subtle body are called illusory because they are not permanent. Liberation means getting out of the clutches of the subtle body. Liberation from\nthe gross body simply involves the transmigration of the soul from one\ngross body to another. When the mind is educated in Kr�l).a consciousness,\nor higher consciousness in the mode of goodness, one is transferred either\nto the upper heavenly planets or to the spiritual world, the V aikul).tha\nplanets. One therefore has to change his consciousness by cultivating\nknowledge received from V edic instructions from the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead through the disciplic succession. If we train the subtle body in\nthis life by always thinking about Krwa, we will transfer to Kr�J;taloka after\nleaving the gross body. This is confirmed by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevarh yo vetti tattvata�\ntyaktvii deharh punar janma\nnaiti miim eti so 'rjuna\n\n", "SB4.4#p0329": "Text 62]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1447\n\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities\ndoes not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world,\nbut attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" (Bg. 4.9)\nThus the change of the gross body is not very important, but the change\nof the subtle body is important. The Kr�':la consciousness movement is\neducating people to enlighten the subtle body. The perfect example in this\nregard is Ambari�a Maharaja, who always engaged his mind on the lotus\nfeet of Lord Kr�':la. Sa vai manah kr.srw-padiiravindayof!,. Similarly, in this\nlife we should always fix our mind on the lotus feet of Kr�':la, who is present\n\nin His arcii-vigraha, the incarnation of the Deity in the temple. We should\nalso always engage in His worship. If we engage our speech in describing\nthe activities of the Lord and our ears in hearing about His pastimes, and if\nwe follow the regulative principles to keep the mind intact for advancing in\nKr�':la consciousness, we shall certainly be elevated to the spiritual platform.\nThen at the time of death the mind, intelligence and ego will no longer be\nmaterially contaminated. The living entity is present, and the mind, intelligence and ego are also present. When the mind, intelligence and ego are\npurified, all the active senses of the living entity become spiritual. Thus the\nliving entity attains his sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha form. The Supreme Lord is\nalways in His sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha form, but the living entity, although\npart and parcel of the Lord, becomes materially contaminated when he\ndesires to come to the material world for material enjoyment. The prescription for returning home, back to Godhead, is given by the Lord Himself\nin Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nman-manii bhava mad-bhakto\nmad-yiijt miirh namaskuru\nmiim evai�yasi yuktvaivam\niitmiinarh mat-pariiyarw�\n\"Always think of Me and become My devotee. Worship Me and offer your\nhomage unto Me. Being completely absorbed in Me, surely you will come\n\nto Me.\" (Bg. 9.34)\n\nTEXT 62\n\n� 1Rm tft4il\\�li!4&f'mf ?l�'l. I\n�itl*�l'l. m: d �;r ��: II�'< II\nmamaite manasii yad yad\nasiiv aham iti bruvan\n\n", "SB4.4#p0330": "1448\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\ngrhriyat tat puman raddharh\nkarma yena punar bhava[t\nmama-mine; ete-all these; manasa-by the mind; yat yat- whatever;\nasau-that; aham-I (am); iti-thus; bruvan accepting : grh r-iyat takes with\nhim; tat-that; pumiin- the living entity; riiddham-perfected; karma-work;\nyena by which; puna[t -again; bhava[t -material existence.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe living entity labors under the bodily conception of \"I am this, I am\nthat. My duty is this, and therefore I shall do it.\" These are all mental\nimpressions, and all these activities are temporary; nonetheless, by the grace\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the living entity gets a chance to\n\nexecute all his mental concoctions. Thus he gets another body.\nPURPORT\n\nAs long as one is absorbed in the bodily conception, his activities are\nperformed on that platform. This is not very difficult to understand. In\nthe world, we see that every nation is trying to supersede every other nation\nand that every man is trying to advance beyond his fellow man. All these\nactivities are going on under the name of advancement of civilization.\nThere are many plans for making the body comfortable, and these plans\nare carried in the subtle body after the destruction of the gross body. It is\nnot a fact that after the gross body is destroyed the living entity is finished.\nAlthough many great philosophers and teachers in this world are under the\nimpression that after the body is finished everything is finished, this is not\na fact. Narada Muni says in this verse that at death one takes his plans with\nhim (grhl'}iyat), and to execute these plans he gets another body. This is\ncalled punar bhava[t. When the gross body is finished, the plans of the living\nentity are taken by the mind, and, by the grace of the Lord, the living\nentity gets a chance to give these plans shape in the next life. This is known\nas the\n\nlaw of karma. As long as the mind is absorbed in the laws of karma,\n\na certain type of body must be accepted in the next life.\n\nKarma is the aggregate of fruitive activities conducted to make this body\ncomfortable or uncomfortable. We have actually seen that when one man\nwas about to die he requested his physician to give him a chance to live\nfour more years so that he could finish his plans. This means that while\ndying he was thinking of his plans. After his body was destroyed, he\ndoubtlessly carried his plans with him by means of the subtle body com-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0331": "Text 63)\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1449\n\nposed of mind, intelligence and ego. Thus he would get another chance by\nthe grace of the Supreme Lord, the Supersoul, who is always within the\nheart.\n\nsarvasya ciiham hrdi sanniv�.to\nmatta� smrtir jiiiinam apohanam ca\nvedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyo\nvediinta-krd veda-vid eva ciiham\n\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness. By all the Vedas, I am to be known; indeed I am\nthe compiler of Vedanta, and I am the knower of the Vedas.\" (Bg. 15.15)\nIn the next birth, one acquires remembrance from the Supersoul and\nbegins to execute the plans begun in the previous life. This is also explained\nin Bhagavad-gitii in another verse:\n\ntsvara� sarva-bhutiiniim\nhrd-dese 'rjuna tift.thati\nbhriimayan sarva-bhutani\nyantriimflhiini miiyayii\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is directing\nthe wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a machine, made\nof the material energy.\" (Bg. 18.61)\nSituated on the vehicle given by material nature and reminded by the\nSupersoul within the heart, the living entity struggles all over the universe\nto fulfill his plans, thinking, \"I am a briihma[W, I am a kftatriya. I am an\nAmerican, I am an Indian,\" and so on. All these designations are of the\nsame essence. There is no point in becoming a briihmar-a in preference to\nan\n\nAmerican or becoming an American in preference to a Negro. After all,\n\nthese are all bodily conceptions under the modes of material nature.\nTEXT 63\n\n���ij'\nf�'!�fu¥tftij: 1\n�� sm«ili � ��� f*l*1tf�f4: 11��11\nyathanumtyate cittam\nubhayair indriyehita*\nevam priig-dehajam karma\nlakftyate citta-vrttibhi{l\n\n", "SB4.4#p0332": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1450\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nyathii-as; an umiyate-can be imagined; cittam-one's consciousness or\nmental condition; u b hayaift - both; indriy a\nactivities;\n\ne\n\n-\n\nof the senses; ihita ift-by the\n\nvam- similarly; priik-previous; deha-ja m-performed by the\n\nbody; karma\n\n-\n\nactiv ities; lakflyate-can be perceived; citta- of consciousness;\n\nvr\n\ntti b hift-by the occupations.\nTRANSLATION\nOne can understand the mental or conscious position of a living entity\n\nby the activities of two kinds of senses-the knowledge-acquiring senses\nand the executive senses. Similarly, by the mental condition or consciousness of a person, one can understand his position in the previous life.\nPURPORT\nThere is an English proverb that says, \"The face is the index of the mind.\"\nIf one is angry, his anger is immediately expressed in his face. Similarly,\nother mental states are reflected by the actions of the gross body. In other\nwords, the activities of the gross body are reactions of the mental condition. The mind's activities are thinking, feeling and willing. The willing\nportion of the mind is manifest by the activities of the body. The conclusion is that by the activities of the body and senses, we can understand the\ncondition of the mind. The condition of the mind is affected by past\nactivities in the past body. When the mind is joined with a particular sense,\nit immediately becomes manifest in a certain way. For instance, when\nthere is anger in the mind, the tongue vibrates so many maledictions.\nSimilarly, when the mind's anger is expressed through the hand, there is\nfighting. When it is expressed through the leg, there is kicking. There are\nso many ways in which the subtle activities of the mind are expressed\nthrough the various senses. The mind of a person in Kr�Q.a consciousness\nalso acts in a similar way. The tongue chants Hare Kr�Q.a, the mahii-mantra,\nthe hands are raised in ecstasy, and the legs dance in Kr�Q.a consciousness.\nThese symptoms are technically called afl.ta-siittvika-vikiira. This is transformation of the mental condition in goodness or sometimes transcendental\necstasy.\nTEXT64\n\n� �{��ij�l\n�q �lUll� IIG.'dll\n\n", "SB4.4#p0333": "Text 64)\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1451\n\nntinubhiltam kva ctinena\ndehenadr.s.tam a§rutam\nkadticid upalabhyeta\nyad rilparh yadrg iitmani\nna- never; anubhu tam-experienced; kva-at any time; ca-also; anena\ndehena- by this body; adn�am- never seen; asrutam- never heard; kadiicitsometimes; upalabhyeta-may be experienced; yat-which; rilp a m- form;\nyiidrk-whatever kind; iitmani-in the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSometimes we suddenly experience something that was never experienced\nin the present body by sight or hearing. Sometimes we see such things\n\nsuddenly in dreams.\nPURPORT\nWe sometimes see things in dreams that we have never experienced in\nthe present body. Sometimes in dreams we think that we are flying in the\nsky, although we have no experience of flying. This means that once in a\nprevious life, either as a demigod or astronaut, we flew in the sky. The\nimpression is there in the stockpile of the mind, and it suddenly expresses\nitself. It is like fermentation taking place in the depths of water, which\nsometimes manifests itself in bubbles on the water's surface. Sometimes\nwe dream of coming to a place we have never known or experienced in this\nlifetime, but this is proof that in a past life we experienced this. The\nimpression is kept within the mind and sometimes becomes manifest\neither in dream or in thought. The conclusion is that the mind is the\nstorehouse of various thoughts and experiences undergone during our past\nlives. Thus there is a chain of continuation from one life to another, from\nprevious lives to this life, and from this life to future lives. This is also\nsometimes proved by saying that a man is a horn poet, a born scientist or\na born devotee. If, like Maharaja Ambari�a, we think of Kr�Q.a constantly\nin this life (sa vai mana{!. kr.sr-a-padiiravindayoft ) , we will certainly be\ntransferred to the kingdom of God at the time of death. Even if our attempt to be Kr�Q.a conscious is not complete, our Kr�Q.a consciousness will\ncontinue in the next life. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitti:\n\npriipya purzya-krtiirh lokiin\nufiitvii sii§vati[L samii{l\n\n", "SB4.4#p0334": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1452\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nsuciniirh srimatiirh gehe\nyoga-bhra�.to 'bhijiiyate\n\"The unsuccessful yogt, after many, many years of enjoyment on the planets\nof the pious living entities, is born into a family of righteous people, or\ninto a family of rich aristocracy.\" (Bg. 6.41)\nIf we rigidly follow the principles of meditation on Kr�va, there is no\ndoubt that in our next life we will be transferred to Kr�valoka, Goloka\nVrndavana.\nTEXT 65\n\nmmrw;n �� 1\n�sm \" i{O{: •a uG. 4.11\n\n� �\n\n�\n\nteniisya tiidrsarh riijal\nlingino deha-sambhavam\nsraddhatsviinanubhuto 'rtho\nna manaft spr�.tum arhati\nlena-therefore; asya-of the living entity; tiidrsam- like that; riijan-0\nKing; li nginafl-who has a subtle mental covering; deha-sambhavam-produced in the previous body; sraddhatsva- accept it as fact; ananubhutaflnot perceived; arthaft-a thing; na- never; manafl-in the mind; spra.stumto manifest; arhati-is able.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, the living entity, who has a subtle mental covering,\ndevelops all kinds of thoughts and images because of his previous body.\nTake this from me as certain. There is no possibility of concocting anything\nmentally without having perceived it in the previous body.\nPURPORT\n\nk[.SI}a-bahirmukha hafiii bhoga-viifichii kare\nnika.ta-stha miiyii tiire jiipa,tiyii dhare\n(Prema-vivarta 6.2)\nActually the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�va, is the supreme\nenjoyer. When a living entity wants to imitate Him, he is given a chance to\nsatisfy his false desire to lord it over material nature. That is the beginning\n\n", "SB4.4#p0335": "Text 65]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1453\n\nof his downfall. As long as he is within this material atmosphere, he has a\nsubtle vehicle in the form of the mind, which is the stockpile of all kinds\n\nof material desires. Such desires become manifest in different bodily forms.\n\nSrila Narada Muni requests the King to accept this fact from him because\n\nhe is an authority. The conclusion is that the mind is the storehouse of our\npast desires, and we have this present body due to our past desires. Simi­\n\nlarly, whatever we desire in this present body will be expressed in a future\n\nbody. Thus the mind is the source of different kinds of bodies.\n\nIf the mind is purified by KHI).a consciousness , one will naturally in the\n\nfuture get a body that is spiritual and full of Kr�l).a consciousness. Such a\nbody is our original form, as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu confirms: jivera\n'svarupa' haya--kr�r-era\n\n'nitya-diisa'.\n\n\"Every living entity is constitu­\n\ntionally an eternal servant of Kr�l).a.\" If a person is engaged in the devo­\n\ntional service of the Lord, he is to be considered a liberated soul even in\n\nthis life. This is confirmed by Srila Rupa Gosvami:\nihii yasya harer diisye\nkarmar-ii manasii girii\nnikhiliisv apy avasthiisu\n\n]ivan-mukta{l sa ucyate\n\n\"One who engages in the transcendental service of the Lord in body, mind,\n\nand word is to be considered liberated in all conditions of material\nexistence.\" (Bh.r.s. 1.2.187) The Kr�l).a consciousness movement is based\n\non this principle. We must teach people to absorb themselves always in\n\nthe service of the Lord because that position is their natural position. One\nwho is always serving the Lord is to be considered already liberated. This\n\nis also confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nmiim ca yo 'vyabhiciirer-a\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gur-iin samatttyaitiin\nbrahma-bhuyiiya kalpate\n\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in any\n\ncircumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and thus\ncomes to the level of Brahman.\" (Bg. 14.26)\n\nThe devotee is therefore above the three modes of material nature and\n\nis even transcendental to the brahmar-a platform. A briihmar-a may be\n\ninfected by the two baser modes-namely rajo-gur-a and tamo-gur-a. A pure\n\n", "SB4.4#p0336": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1454\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\ndevotee, who is free from all material desires experienced on the mental\nplatform and who is also free from empiric philosophical speculation or\nfruitive activity, is always above material conditioning and is always\nliberated.\nTEXT66\n\n11�� �Tfllf :tieRt 1\n1f�Q{d� � a m � m�: n����\n\n� �\n\nmana eva manu.syasya\npilrva-mpii[ti §arhsati\nbhavi_syatas ca bhadrarh te\ntathaiva na bhav�yata[l.\nmana[l.-the mind; eva- cert ainly; manu.syasya-of a man; pilrva-past;\nindicates; bhav inata[l. - of one who will take birth;\nca-also; bhadram-good fortune; te-unto you; tathii-thus; eva-cer tainly;\nna-not; bhav�yata[l.-of one who will take birth.\nmpii[li-forms; sa rh sati\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, all good fortune unto you! The mind is the cause of the living\nentity's attaining a certain type of body in accordance with his association\nwith material nature. According to one's mental composition, one can\nunderstand what the living entity was in his past life as well as what kind\nof body he will have in the future. Thus the mind indicates the past and\nfuture bodies.\nPURPORT\nThe mind is the index of information about one's past and future life.\nIf a man is a devotee of the Lord, he cultivated devotional service in his\nprevious life. Similarly, if one's mind is criminal, he was criminal in his\nlast life. In the same way, according to the mind, we can understand what\nwill happen in a future life. In Bhagavad-gttii it is said:\n\nilrdhvarh gacchanti sattva-sthii\nmadh ye t�.thanti riijasii{l\njaghanya-gur-a-vrtti-sthii\nadho gacchanti tiimasii[l.\n\"Those situated in the mode of goodness gradually go upward to the\nhigher planets; those in the mode of passion live on the earthly planets;\n\n", "SB4.4#p0337": "Text 67]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1455\n\nand those in the mode of ignorance go down to the hellish worlds.\"\n(Bg. 14.18)\nIf a person is in the mode of goodness, his mental activities will promote\nhim to a higher planetary system. Similarly, if he has a low mentality, his\nfuture life will be most abominable. The lives of the living entity, in both\nthe past and the future, are indicated by the mental condition. Narada Muni\n\nis herein offering the King blessings of all good fortune so that the King\nwill n_ot desire anything or make plans for sense gratification. The King\nwas engaged in fruitive ritualistic ceremonies because he hoped to get a\nbetter life in the future. Narada Muni desired him to give up all mental\nconcoctions. As explained before, all bodies in heavenly planets and hellish\nplanets arise from mental concoctions, and the sufferings and enjoyments\nof material life are simply on the mental platform. They take place on the\nchariot of the mind (mano-ratha). It is therefore said:\n\nyasyiisti bhaktir bhagavaty akincanii\nsarvair gu[lais tatra samasate sura[!\nhariiv abhaktasya kuto mahad-gu[Lrl\nmano-rathenasati dhavato bahif!\n\"One who has unflinching devotion for the Personality of Godhead has all\nthe good qualities of the demigods. But one who is not a devotee of the\nLord has only material qualifications that are of little value. This is because\nhe is hovering on the mental plane and is certain to be attracted by the\nglaring material energy.\" (Bhiig. 5.18.12)\nUnless one becomes a devotee of the Lord or becomes fully Kr�I;J.a conscious, he will certainly hover on the mental platform and be promoted and\ndegraded in different types of bodies. All qualities that are considered\ngood according to the material estimation actually have no value because\nthese so-called good qualities will not save a person from the cycle of birth\nand death. The conclusion is that one should be without mental desire.\n\nAnyabhilii.sita-sunyam jiiana-karmady-anavrtam: one should be fully free\nfrom material desires, philosophical speculation and fruitive activity. The\nbest course for a human being is to favorably accept the transcendental\ndevotional service of the Lord. That is the highest perfection of human life.\nTEXT 67\n\n� :;mr �� {fttirl\n41n ij\"�•m!q\"'do4 �?(l�tw!Sf?tim� 11�\\911\n\n", "SB4.4#p0338": "1456\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nadrfl.tam asrutarh ctitra\nkvacin manasi drsyate\nyathti tathtinumantavyarh\ndesa-ktila-kriytisrayam\nadr§(am- never experienced; asrutam-never heard; ca-and; atra-in this\n\nlife; kvacit-at some time; manasi-in the mind; drsyate-is visible; yatha-as;\n\ntath ti- accordingly; anumantavyam-to be understood; de sa-place;\n\nkala- time; kriyii- activity; iisrayam- depending on.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes in a dream we see something never experienced or heard of\nin this life, but all these incidents have been experienced at different times,\nin different places and in different conditions.\nPURPORT\nIn the previous verse it was explained that in dreams we see that which\nwas experienced during the day. But why is it that we sometimes in our\ndreams see what we have never heard of or seen at any time during this\nlife? Here it is stated that even though such events may not be experienced\n\nin this life, they were experienced in previous lives. According to time and\ncircumstance, they combine so that in dreams we see something wonderful\nthat we have never experienced. For instance, we may see an ocean on the\npeak of a mountain. Or we may see that the ocean has dried up. These are\nsimply combinations of different experiences in time and space. Sometimes we may see a golden mountain, and this is due to our having\nexperienced gold and mountains separately. In the dream, under illusion,\nwe combine these separate factors. In this way we are able to see golden\nmountains or stars during the day. The conclusion is that these are all\nmental concoctions, although they have actually been experienced in\ndifferent circumstances. They have simply combined together in a dream.\nThis fact is further explained in the following verse.\nTEXT 68\n\n� stilfr��\n\n���•iHm : I\n\nllt�tfkt q�� w.fe¥twt«� �: ������\n\n", "SB4.4#p0339": "Text 68)\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1457\n\nsarve kramanurodhena\nmanasindriya-gocara[l.\niiyiinti bahuso yiinti\nsarve samanaso janii[l.\nsarve-all; krama-anurodhena-in order of chronology; manasi-in the\n\nmind; indriya- by the senses; gocara[l.- experienced; ayiinti- come; bahusaf!.\n\n-in many ways; yanti-go away; sarve-all; sa-manasa[l.-with a mind; janii,h\n-living entities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe mind of the living entity continues to exist in various gross bodies,\nand according to one's desires for sense gratification, the mind records\ndifferent thoughts. In the mind these appear together in different combinations; therefore these images sometimes appear as things never seen or\nnever heard.\nPURPORT\nThe activities of the living entity in the body of a dog may be experienced\n\nin the mind of a different body; therefore those activities appear never to\n\nhave been heard or seen. The mind continues, although the body changes.\n\nEven in this lifespan we can sometimes experience dreams of our child·\n\nhood. Although such incidents now appear strange, it is to be understood\nthat they are recorded in the mind. Because of this, they become visible\n\nin dreams. The transmigration of the soul is caused by the subtle body,\n\nwhich is the storehouse of all kinds of material desires. Unless one is fully\n\nabsorbed in K.r�qa consciousness, material desires will come and go. That\n\nis the nature of the mind-thinking, feeling and willing. As long as the\n\nmind is not engaged in meditation on the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�qa, the mind will desire so many material enjoyments. Sensual images are recorded in the mind in chronological order,\n\nand they become manifest one after another; therefore the living entity\n\nhas to accept one body after another. The mind plans material enjoyment,\n\nand the gross body serves as the instrument to realize such desires and\n\nplans. The mind is the platform onto which all desires come and go. Srila\nNarottama dasa 'fhiikura therefore sings:\n\nguru-mukha-padma-vakya, cittete kariyii aikya,\nara na kariha mane asa\n\n", "SB4.4#p0340": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1458\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nNarottama dasa 'fhakura advises everyone to stick to the principle of\ncarrying out the orders of the spiritual master. One should not desire anything else. If the regulative principles ordered by the spiritual master are\nfollowed rigidly, the mind will gradually be trained to desire nothing but\nthe service of Kr�qa. Such training is the perfection of life.\nTEXT 69\n\n(1�4if.t..a �� ¥t•I�N1�'4f� I\nII ��II\n�!if�¥1(1'1�d\\fH�I'4¥1\nsattvaika-n�_the manasi\nbhagavat-piirsva-vartini\ntamaS candramasivedam\nuparajyiivabhiisate\nsattva-eka-n(s{he-in full Kr�l}a consciousness; manast-m a mind;\nbhagavat with the Supreme Personality of Godhead; parsva vartini- being\nconstantly associated; tama� the dark planet; candramasi-in the moon;\niva-like; idam-this cosmic manifestation; uparajya- being connected;\navabhiisate- becomes manifest.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nKr�11-a consciousness means constantly associating with the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead in such a mental state that the devotee can observe\nthe cosmic manifestation exactly as the Supreme Personality of Godhead\ndoes. Such observation is not always possible, but it becomes manifest\nexactly like the dark planet known as Rahu, which is observed in the\npresence of the full moon.\n\nPURPORT\nIt has been explained in the previous verse that all desires on the mental\nplatform become visible one after another. Sometimes, however, by the\nsupreme will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the whole stockpile\ncan be visible all at one time. In Brahma-sarhhita it is said, karma[Li\n\nnirdahati kintu ca bhakti -bhajam (5.54). When a person is fully absorbed\nin Kr�qa consciousness, his stockpile of material desires is minimized.\nIndeed, the desires no longer fructify in the form of gross bodies. Instead,\n\n", "SB4.4#p0341": "Text 70]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1459\n\nthe stockpile of desires becomes visible on the mental platform by the\ngrace of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nIn this connection, the darkness occurring before the full moon, the\nlunar eclipse, can be explained as being another planet, known as Rahu.\nAccording to Vedic astronomy, the Rahu planet, which is not visible, is\naccepted. Sometimes the Rahu planet is visible in the presence of full\nmoonlight. It then appears that this Rahu planet exists somewhere near the\norbit of the moon. The failure of modern moon excursionists may be due\nto the Rahu planet. In other words, those who are supposed to be going\nto the moon may actually be going to this invisible planet Rahu. Actually\nthey are not going to the moon but to the planet Rahu, and after reaching\nthis planet, they come back. Apart from this discussion, the point is that\na living entity has immense and unlimited desires for material enjoyment,\nand he has to transmigrate from one gross body to another until these\ndesires are exhausted.\nNo living entity is free from the cycle of birth and death unless he takes\nto Kw).a consciousness; therefore in this verse it is clearly stated (sattvaika­\n\nnififhe) that when one is fully absorbed in Kr�qa consciousness, in one\nstroke he is freed of past and future mental desires. Then, by the grace of\nthe Supreme Lord, everything becomes simultaneously manifest within the\nmind. In this regard, Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura cites the example of\nmother Y asoda's seeing the whole cosmic manifestation within the mouth\nof Lord Kr9p.a. By the grace of Lord Kr9qa, mother Yasoda saw all the\nuniverses and planets within the mouth of Krwa. Similarly, by the grace\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�p.a, a Kr�p.a conscious person\ncan see all his dormant desires at one time and finish all his future transmigrations. This facility is especially given to the devotee to make his path\nclear for returning home, back to Godhead.\nWhy we see things not experienced in this life is explained herein. That\nwhich we see is the future expression of a gross body or is already stocked\nin our mental stockpile. Because a Kr�p.a conscious person does not have\nto accept a future gross body, his recorded desires are fulfilled in a dream.\nWe therefore sometimes find things in a dream never experienced in our\npresent life.\n\nTEXT 70\n\n;nt � �S(j � �.,fttfi I\n\n��f4q011��\"11R'il1 II \\Soli\n\n", "SB4.4#p0342": "1460\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nniiham mameti bhiivo 'yam\npuru.se vyavadhtyate\nyiivad buddhi-mano- 'k.siirthagu\"{la-vyilho hy aniidimiin\nna- not; aham- I; mama- mine; iti- thus; bhiiva�- consciousness; ayamthis; puru.se- in the living entity; vyavadh1yate-is separated; yiivat-so long;\n\nbuddhi- intelligence; mana�- mind; ak�a- senses; artha-sense objects; gu'!a\n-of the material qualities; vyilha�-a manifestation; hi- certainly; aniidimiin\n-the subtle body (existing since time immemorial).\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs long as there exists the subtle material body composed of intelligence,\nmind, senses, sense objects and the reactions of the material qualities, the\nconsciousness of false identification and its relative objective, the gross\nbody, exist as well.\nPURPORT\nThe desires in the subtle body of mind, intelligence and ego cannot be\nfulfilled without a gross body composed of the material elements earth,\nwater, air, fire and ether. When the gross material body is not manifest, the\nliving entity cannot factually act in the modes of material nature. In this\nverse it is clearly explained that the subtle activities of the mind and\nintelligence continue due to the sufferings and enjoyments of the living\nentity's subtle body. The consciousness of material identification (such as\n\"I and mine\") still continues because such consciousness has been extant\nfrom time immemorial. However, when one transfers to the spiritual\nworld by virtue of understanding l<.f�J;J.a consciousness, the actions and\nreactions of both gross and subtle bodies no longer bother the spirit soul.\nTEXT 71\n\nSIIUiitt'1N�Tffif :\n\n��\\Cii!ti(4l(fil ll\\9� II\nsupti-milrcchopatiipe!u\nprii[Uiyana-vighiitata�\nnehate 'ham iti jniinam\nmrtyu-prajviirayor api\n\n", "SB4.4#p0343": "Text 71]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1461\n\nsupti-in deep sleep; murccha fainting; upatiipe.su-or in great shock;\nprii[Liiyana-of the movement of the life air; vighiitata�-from prevention;\nna-not; ihate-thinks of; aham-I; iti- thus ; jfiiinam-knowledge; mrtyuwhile dying; prajv iirayo � or during high fever; api- also.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the living entity is in deep sleep, when he faints, when there is\nsome great shock on account of severe loss, at the time of death, or when\nthe body temperature is very high, the movement of the life air is arrested.\nAt that time the living entity loses knowledge of identifying the body with\nthe self.\nPURPORT\nFoolish people deny the existence of the soul, but it is a fact that when\nwe sleep we forget the identity of the material body and when we awake,\nwe forget the identity of the subtle body. In other words, while sleeping\nwe forget the activities of the gross body, and when active in the gross\nbody we forget the activities of sleeping. Actually both states-sleeping\nand waking-are creations of the illusory energy. The living entity actually\nhas no connection with either the activities of sleep or the activities of the\nso-called wakened state. When a person is in deep sleep or when he has\nfainted, he forgets his gross body. Similarly, under chloroform or some\nother anesthetic, the living entity forgets his gross body and does not\nfeel pain or pleasure during a surgical operation. Similarly, when a man is\nsuddenly shocked by some great loss, he forgets his identification with the\ngross body. At the time of death, when the temperature of the body rises\nto 107 degrees, the living entity falls into a coma and is unable to identify\nhis gross body. In such cases, the life air that moves within the body is\nchoked up, and the living entity forgets his identification with the gross\nbody. Because of our ignorance of the spiritual body, of which we have no\nexperience, we do not know of the activities of the spiritual body, and, in\nignorance, we jump from one false platform to another. We act sometimes\nin relation to the gross body and sometimes in relation to the subtle body.\nIf, by J<.r��a's grace, we act in our spiritual body, we can transcend both\nthe gross and subtle bodies. In other words, we can gradually train ourselves to act in terms of the spiritual body. As stated in the Niiradapaficariitra, h_r�fkel}a h!§fkesa-sevanam bhaktir ucyate: devotional service\nmeans engaging the spiritual body and spiritual senses in the service of the\nLord. When we are engaged in such activities, the actions and reactions of\nthe gross and subtle bodies cease.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0344": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1462\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nTEXT 72\n\ntN �s-tqc(tQMitl�l«:�fcl\\:f ij«:f I\nBi wt � f': m :q�+t�l � ll\\9�11\ngarbhe balye 'py apau�kalyiid\nekiidasa-vidharh tadii\nlingarh na drsyate yilna�\nkuhviirh candramaso yathii\ngarbhe-in the womb; biilye- in boyhood; ap i also; apau�kalyiit- because\n-\n\nof immaturity; ekiidasa-the ten senses and the mind; vidham-in the form\nof; tada-at that time; lingam\n\n-\n\nthe subtle body or false ego; na- not; drsyate\n\n-is visible; yilna�-of a youth; kuhviim- during the dark-moon night;\ncandramas a�- the moon; yathii- as\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen one is a youth, all the ten senses and the mind are completely\nvisible. However, in the mother's womb or in the boyhood state, the sense\norgans and the mind remain covered, just as the full moon is covered b y\nthe darkness of the dark-moon night.\nPURPORT\nWhen a living entity is within the womb, his gross body, the ten sense\norgans and the mind are not fully developed. At such a time the objects of\nthe senses do not disturb him. In a dream a young man may experience\nthe presence of a young woman because at that time the senses are active.\nBecause of undeveloped senses, a child or boy will not see a young woman\nin his dreams. The senses are active in youth even when one dreams, and\nalthough there may be no young woman present, the senses may act and\nthere may be a seminal discharge (nocturnal emission). The activities of\nthe subtle and gross bodies depend on how developed conditions are. The\nexample of the moon is very appropriate. On a dark-moon night, the full shining moon is still present, but it appears not to be present due to conditions.\nSimilarly, the senses of the living entity are there, but they only become\nactive when the gross body and the subtle body are developed. Unless the\nsenses of the gross body are developed, they will not act on the subtle\nbody. Similarly, because of the absence of desires in the subtle body, there\nmay be no development in the gross body.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0345": "Text 73]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1463\n\nTEXT 73\n�\n-.r Q�iQ+U�sfq\n\nijijJ(f;f\n\"' �\n.\n\nt�o:t�� I\n�\n\n� Mt4��� �s-1¥tt•l+it � 11��11\narthe hy avidyamiine 'pi\nsarhsrtir na nivartate\ndhyiiyato vifiayiin asya\nsvapne 'narthiigamo yathii\narthe-sense objects; hi- certainly ;avidyamiine- not being present; api­\n\nalthough;\n\nsa rhs rti � -ma terial\n\nexistence;\n\nna-never;\n\nnivartate-ceases;\n\ndhyiiyata�-meditating; vi§aylin- on sense objects; asya-of the living being;\nsvapne-in dream; anartha-of unwanted things; iigama[l-appearance;\nyathii-as.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the living entity dreams, the sense objects are not actually present.\nHowever, because one has associated with the sense objects, they become\nmanifest. Similarly, the living entity with undeveloped senses does not\ncease to exist materially, even though he may not be exactly in contact\nwith the sense objects.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is sometimes said that because a child is innocent he is completely\npure. Actually this is not the fact. The effects of fruitive activities reserved\nin the subtle body appear in three concurrent stages. One is called bija\n(the root), another is called ku_tastha (the desire), and another is called\nphalonmukha (about to fructify). The manifest stage is called priirabdha\n(already in action). In a conscious or unconscious state, the actions of\nthe subtle or gross bodies may not be manifest, but such states cannot be\ncalled the liberated state. A child may be innocent, but this does not mean\nthat he is a liberated soul. Everything is held in reservation, and everything\nwill become manifest in due course of time. Even in the absence of certain\nmanifestations in the subtle body, the objects of sense enjoyment may act.\nThe example has been given of a nocturnal emission in which the physical\nsenses act even when the physical objects are not manifest. The three\nmodes of material nature may not be manifest in the subtle body, but the\ncontamination of the three modes remains conserved, and, in due course\nof time, it becomes manifest. Even if the reactions of the subtle and gross\n\n", "SB4.4#p0346": "1464\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nbodies are not manifest, one does not become free from the material conditions. Therefore it is wrong to say that a child is as good as a liberated soul.\nTEXT 74\n\n� 00W � � tft��IN€iJt( I\n���� �ll\\9�11\nevarh panca-vidharh lingarh\ntri-vrt �oflasa-vistrtam\ne.sa cetanayii yukto\njiva ity abhidhtyate\neva m-thus ; panca- v idham-the five sense objects; liligam-the subtle\n\nbody; tri-vrt-influenced by the three modes; �oflasa-sixteen ; v istrtam\n\n­\n\nexpanded; e�a[l-this; cetanaya - with the living entity; yukta[l-combined;\njiva[l-the conditioned soul; iti- thus; abhidhiyate-is understood.\nTRANSLATION\nThe five sense objects, the five sense organs, the five knowledge-acquiring\nsenses, and the mind are the sixteen material expansions. These combine\nwith the living entity and are influenced by the three modes of material\nnature. Thus the existence of the conditioned soul is understood.\nPURPORT\nLord Kr�l}a says in Bhagavad-gtta:\nmamaivarhso jtva-loke\n\njtva-bhata [l sanatana[l\nmana[l �a.s.thantndriyar-i\nprakrti-sthani kar�ati\n\n\"The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal, fragmental\nparts. Due to conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the six\nsenses, which include the mind.\" (Bg. 15.7)\nHere it is also explained that the living entity comes in contact with the\nsixteen material elements and is influenced by the three modes of material\nnature. The living entity and this combination of elements combine to form\nwhat is called jiv a-bh u ta, the conditioned soul that struggles hard within\n\n", "SB4.4#p0347": "Text 75)\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1465\n\nmaterial nature. The total material existence is first agitated by the three\nmodes of material nature, and these become the living conditions of the\n\np. the ingredients\n\nliving entity. Thus the subtle and gross bodies develop, an\n\nare earth, water, fire, air, sky, and so on. According to Sri Madhvaciirya,\n\nwhen consciousness, the living force in the heart, is agitated by the three\nmodes of material nature, then the subtle body of the living entity, consisting of the mind, the sense objects, the five senses that acquire k nowledge,\nand the five senses for acting in the material condition, becomes possible.\nTEXT 75\n\n�\n\n� ��1aq1a.� NUilffl I\nri � � i:� � � � II\\S�.11\nanena puru�o dehiin\nupiidatte vimuiicati\nhar�arh sokarh bhayam dufl.kharh\nsukharh ciinena vindati\nan e na-by this process; puru�afl.-the living entity; dehiin-gross bodies;\nupiidatte-achieves;\n\nvimuiicati-gives\n\nup;\n\nharsam-enjoyment; sokam.\n\nlamentation; bhayam-fear; dufl.kham-unhappiness; sukham-happiness;\nca-also; anena-by the gross body; vindati-enjoys.\nTRANSLATION\nBy virtue of the processes of the subtle body, the living entity develops\nand gives up gross bodies. This is known as the transmigration of the soul.\nThus the soul becomes subjected to different types of so-called enjoyment,\nlamentation, fear, happiness and unhappiness.\nPURPORT\nAccording to this explanation, one can clearly understand that originally\nthe living entity was as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead in\nhis pure spiritual existence_ However, when the mind becomes polluted\n\nby desires for sense gratification in the material world, the living entity\ndrops into the material conditions, as explained in this verse. Thus he\nbegins his material existence, which means that he transmigrates from one\nbody to another and becomes more and more entangled in material existence. The process of Kr�tta consciousness, by which one always thinks of\n\n", "SB4.4#p0348": "1466\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nKg;Q.a, is the transcendental process by which one can revert to his original\nspiritual existence. Devotional service means always thinking of K{�Q.a.\nman-manii bhava mad-bhakto\nmad-yiijt miirh namaskuru\nmiim evai�yasi satyarh te\npratijiine priyo 'si me\n\n\"Always think of Me and become My devotee. Worship Me and offer your\nhomage unto Me. Thus you will come to Me without fail. I promise you\nthis because you are My very dear friend.\" (Bg. 18.65)\nOne should always engage in the Lord's devotional service. As recommended in the arcana-miirga, one should worship the Deity in the temple\nand constantly offer obeisances to the spiritual master and the Deity.\nThese processes are recommended to one who actually wants to become\nfree from material entanglement. Modern psychologists can study the\nactions of the mind-thinking, feeling and willing-but they are unable to\ngo deep into the matter. This is due to their lack of knowledge and to\ntheir not being associated with a liberated iiciirya.\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gttii:\nevarh paramparii-priiptam\nimam riijar�ayo vidu�\nsa kiileneha mahatii\nyogo na�.ta� parantapa\n\n\"This supreme science was thus received through the chain of disciplic\nsuccession, and the saintly kings understood it in that way. But in course\nof time the succession was broken, and therefore the science as it is appears\nto be lost.\" (Bg. 4.2)\nGuided by so-called psychologists and philosophers, people in the modern\nage do not know of the activities of the subtle body and thus cannot\nunderstand what is meant by the transmigration of the soul. In these\nmatters we have to take the authorized statements of Bhagavad-gttii:\n\ndehino 'smin yathii dehe\nkaumiirarh yauvanarh jarii\ntathii dehiintara-priiptir\ndhtras tatra na muhyati\n\n", "SB4.4#p0349": "Texts 76-77]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1467\n\n\"As the embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood to\nyouth to old age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death.\nThe self-realized soul is not bewildered by such a change.\" (Bg. 2.13)\nUnless all human society understands this important verse in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii, civilization will advance in ignorance, not in knowledge.\nTEXTS 76-77\n\n�\n\nqoUt.sf(i� �N4t�:tN4tfd :q I\n\nif�\\llf4141Uftsfq��: 11\\S�II\n'1\"1'1':1\n��· if �\n:roor;�inn-11'\n41C4(;:q\n, .. ...._ � 04'i4f.f1'1� �+iUII'( I\n'fif � &t�� � �11\\S\\SII\n\"'\n\nyathii trrw-jaliikeyarh\nniipayiity apayiiti ca\nna tyajen mriyamii[W 'pi\npriig-dehiibhimatirh jana�\nyiivad anyarh na vindeta\nvyavadhiinena karmar-iim\nmana eva manu.syendra\nbhutiiniirh bhava-bhiivanam\nyathii- as; trr-a-jaliik ii- caterpillar; iyam - this; na apayiiti- does not go;\napayati- goes; ca- also; na- not; tyajet- gives up; mriyamar-a�-at the point\nof death; api- even ; priik- former; deha-with the body; abhimatimidentification;jana�-a person; yiivat-so long as; anyam-another; na-not;\n\nvindeta- obtains; vyavadhanena- by the termination; karmmyam- of fruitive\n\nactivities; mana{l- the mind; eva- certainly; manu_;Sya-indra- 0 ruler of men;\n\nbhutiiniim-of all living entities; bhava-of material existence; bhavanamthe cause.\nTRANSLATION\nThe caterpillar transports itself from one leaf to another by capturing\none leaf before giving up the other. Similarly, according to his previous\nwork, the living entity must capture another body before giving up the\none he has. This is because the mind is the reservoir of all kinds of desires.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0350": "1468\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nPURPORT\nA living entity too much absorbed in material activity becomes very\n\nmuch attracted to the material body. Even at the point of death, he thinks\nof his present body and the relatives connected to it. Thus he remains\nfully absorbed in the bodily conception of life, so much so that even at\nthe point of death he abhors leaving his present body. Sometimes it is\nfound that a person on the verge of death remains in a coma for many\ndays before giving up the body. This is common among so-called leaders\nand politicians who think that �ithout their presence the entire country\nand all society will be in chaos. This is called maya. Political leaders do\nnot like to leave their political posts, and they either have to be shot by an\nenemy or obliged to leave by the arrival of death. By superior arrangement a living entity is offered another body, but because of his attraction\nto the present body, he does not like to transfer himself to another body.\nThus he is forced to accept another body by the laws of nature.\n\nprakrte� kriyamap.ani\ngur-a* karmap.i sarvasa�\nahankara-vimu(lhtitma\nkartaham iti manyate\n\"The bewildered spirit soul, under the influence of the three modes of\nmaterial nature, thinks himself the doer of activities that are in actuality\ncarried out by nature.\" (Bg. 3.27)\nMaterial nature is very strong, and the material modes force one to\naccept another body. This force is visible when the living entity trans­\n\nmigrates from a superior body to an inferior one. One who acts like a dog·\nor hog in the present body will certainly be forced to accept the body of a\ndog or hog in the next life. A person may be enjoying the body of a prime\nminister or a president, but when he understands that he will be forced to\naccept the body of a dog or hog, he chooses not to leave the present\nbody. Therefore he lies in a coma many days before death. This has been\nexperienced by many politicians at the time of death. The conclusion is\nthat the next body is already determined by superior control. The living\nentity immediately gives up the present body and enters another. Sometimes in the present body the living entity feels that many of his desires\nand imaginations are not fulfilled. Those who are overly attracted to their\nlife situation are forced to remain in a ghostly body and are not allowed to\naccept another gross body. Even in the body of a ghost, they create\n\n", "SB4.4#p0351": "Texts 76-77)\n\nTalks Between Niirada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1469\n\ndisturbances for neighbors and relatives_ The mind is the prime cause of\nsuch a situation. According to one's mind, different types of bodies are\ngenerated, and one is forced to accept them. As confirmed in Bhagavad­\n\ngftii:\nyam yam viipi smaran bhiivam\ntyajaty ante kalevaram\ntam tam evaiti kaunteya\nsadii tad-bhiiva-bhiivita�\n\"Whatever state of being one remembers when he quits his body, that\nstate he will attain without fail.\" (Bg. 8.6)\nWithin one's body and mind, one can think as either a dog or a god, and\nthe next life is offered to him accordingly. This is explained in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii:\npuru�a[l prakrti-stho hi\nbhwikte prakrti-jan guran\nkiiraram gur-a-smigo 'sya\nsad-asad-yoni-janmasu\n\"The living entity in material nature thus follows the ways of life, enjoying\nthe three modes of nature. This is due to his association with that material\nnature. Thus he meets with good and evil amongst various species.\"\n(Bg. 13.22)\nThe living entity may transmigrate to either a superior or inferior body\naccording to his association with the modes of material nature. If he\nassociates with the mode of ignorance, he gets the body of an animal or an\ninferior man, but if he associates with the mode of goodness or passion, he\ngets a body accordingly. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gita:\n\niirdhvam gacchanti sattva-sthii\nmadhye t�,thanti riijasii[t\njaghanya-gu[ta-vrtti-stha\nadho gacchanti tamasa[t\n\"Those situated in the mode of goodness gradually go upward to the\nhigher planets; those in the mode of passion live on the earthly planets;\nand those in the mode of ignorance go down to the hellish worlds.\"\n(Bg. 14.18)\nThe root cause of one's association is the mind. This great Kr�J;ta consciousness movement is the greatest boon to human society because it is\n\n", "SB4.4#p0352": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1470\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nteaching everyone to think always of Kr�J].a by executing devotional service.\nIn this way, at the end of life, one may be transferred to the association of\nKr�J].a. This is technically called nitya-lila-prav(s.ta, entering into the planet\nGoloka Vrndavana. Bhagavad-gtta explains:\nbhaktya mam abhijanati\nyavan yas casmi tattvata{l\ntato marh tattvato jnatva\nvisate tad-anantaram\n\"One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is only by devotional\nservice. And when one is in full consciousness of the Supreme Lord by\nsuch devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of God.\" (Bg. 18.55)\nAfter the mind is completely absorbed in Kr�J].a consciousness, one can\nenter the planet known as Goloka Vrndavana. To enter the association of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, one has to understand Kr�J].a. The\nprocess of understanding Kr�J].a is devotional service.\nAfter understanding Kr�J].a as He is, one can become eligible to enter\nKr�J].aloka and associate with Him. The mind is the cause of such an\nexalted position. The mind can also get one a body like dogs and hogs. To\nabsorb the mind always in Kr�J].a consciousness is therefore the greatest\nperfection of human life.\nTEXT 78\n\ndf4f(ijf'{��IOtiiN�S(1f� I\nm 4\\�W.t(�tjtj �: .4ot�'1i€41'1: 11�11\nyadiik�ais caritan dhyiiyan\nkarmary iicinute 'sakrt\nsati karmary avidyayarh\nbandha{l karmary anatmanafl.\nyada-when; ak�aifl.- by the senses; caritan-pleasures enjoyed; dhyayanthinking of; karmari-activities; acinute-performs; asakrt-always; sati\nkarmari-when\nbandhafl.\n\n-\n\nmaterial\n\naffairs\n\ncontinue;\n\navidyayam under\n-\n\nillusion;\n\nbondage; karmari-in activity; anatmana[l.-of the material body.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs long as we desire to enjoy sense gratification, we create material\nactivities. When the living entity acts in the material field, he enjoys the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0353": "Text 79]\n\nTalks Between Nlirada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1471\n\nsenses, and while enjoying the senses, he creates another series of material\nactivities. In this way the living entity becomes entrapped as a conditioned\nsoul.\nPURPORT\nWhile in the subtle body we create many plans to enjoy sense gratification. These plans are recorded in the spool of one's mind as btja, the root\nof fruitive activities. In conditional life the living entity creates a series of\nbodies one after another, and this is called karma-bandhana. As explained\nin Bhagavad-gita:\nyajniirthiit karmarw 'nyatra\nloko 'yam karma-bandhana�\ntad-artharh karma kaunteya\nmu,kta-sa�iga� samiicara\n\n\"Work done as a sacrifice for Vi�J}.u has to be performed, otherwise work\nbinds one to this material world. Therefore, 0 son of Kunti, perform your\nprescribed duties for His satisfaction, and in that way you will always\nremain unattached and free from bondage.\" (Bg. 3.9)\nIf we act only for the satisfaction of Vi�J}.u, there is no bondage due to\nmaterial activity. If we act otherwise, we become entrapped by one material activity after another. Under these circumstances, it is to be supposed\nthat by thinking, feeling and willing, we are creating a series of future\nmaterial bodies. In the words of Bhaktivinoda 'fhakura, anadi karamaphale, pafli' bhavrir7Java-jale. The living entity falls into the ocean of karmabandhana as a result of past material activities. Instead of plunging one­\n\nself into the ocean of material activity, one should accept material activity\nonly to maintain body and soul together. The rest of one's time should be\ndevoted to engaging in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. In\nthis way one can attain relief from the reactions of material activity.\nTEXT 79\n\n::Jiijti(qelt\\N � \\1'i4t�wtl � I\nq�(df(AA;imi ��'N4q�1lRJ: ����II\natas tad apavadiirtharh\nbhaja sarvatmanii harim\npa§yarhs tad-atmakarh vi§varh\nsthity-utpatty-apyayii yata�\n\n", "SB4.4#p0354": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1472\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nata[l- therefore; tat- that; apavada-artham-to counteract; bhaja engage\n-\n\nin devotional service; sarva-iitmanii-with all your senses; harim-unto the\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead; pasyan- se eing; tat-of the\n\nLord;\n\niitmakam-under the control; viSvam-the cosmic manifestation; sthitimaintenance; utpatti- creation; apyaya[z- and annihilation; yata[l-from\nwhom.\nTRANSLATION\nYou should always know that this cosmic manifestation is created, maintained and annihilated by the will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nConsequently everything within this cosmic manifestation is under the\ncontrol of the Lord. To be enlightened by this perfect knowledge, one\nshould always engage himself in the devotional service of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nSelf-realization, understanding oneself as Brahman or spirit soul, is\nvery difficult in the material condition. However, if we accept the devotional service of the Lord, the Lord will gradually reveal Himself. In this way\nthe progressive devotee will gradually realize his spiritual position. We cannot see anything in the darkness of night, not even our own selves, but\nwhen there is sunshine we can see not only the sun but everything within\nthe world as well. Lord Kr�Q.a explains in the Seventh Chapter of the\nBhagavad-gita:\nmayy iisakta-manii.h piirtha\nyogarh yufijan mad-iisraya[l\nasarhsayarh samagrarh miirh\nyathii jfiasyasi tac chrrm\n\"Now hear, 0 son of Prtha [Arjuna], how by practicing .yoga in full\n\nconsciousness of Me, with mind attached to Me, you can know Me in full,\nfree from doubt.\" (Bg. 7.1)\n\nW hen we engage ourselves in the devotional service of the Lord to\nbecome Kr�Q.a conscious, we understand not only Kr�Q.a but everything\nrelated to Kr�Q.a. In other words, through Kr�Q.a consciousness we can\nunderstand not only Kr�Q.a and the cosmic manifestation but also our\nconstitutional position. In Kr�Q.a consciousness we can understand that\nthe entire material creation is created by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, maintained by Him, annihilated by Him, and absorbed in Him. We are\nalso part and parcel of the Lord. Everything is under the control of the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0355": "Text 80]\n\nTalks Between Narada a nd King Pracinabarhi\n\n1473\n\nLord, and therefore our only duty is to surrender unto the Supreme and\nengage in His transcendental loving service.\nTEXT80\n\n���fiT\n\nlf111�HI8(6ql �ilql'IIW�l �� I\n� �fl'tli(;;Rf ftl;a:Jltt m� II� oil\nmaitreya uviica\nbhiigavata-mukhyo bhagaviin\nniirado harhsayor gatim\npradarsya hy amum iimantrya\nsiddha-lokarh tato 'gamat\nmaitreyafl uvaca\n\n-\n\nMaitreya said; bhagava ta-of the devotees; mukhyafl­\n\nthe chief; bhagavan-the most powerful; narada f!-Narada Muni; harhsayoflof the living entity and the Lord;gatim-constitutional position; pradarsyahaving shown; hi-certainly; amum-him (the King); iimantry a\nviting; siddha-lokam-to Siddhaloka; tata[l.-thereafter; agama t\n\n-\n\n-\n\nafter in­\n\ndeparted.\n\nTRANSLATIO N\nThe grea t sage Maitreya continued: The supreme devotee, the great\nsaint Narada, thus explained to King Pracinabarhi the con sti tutional position of the Supreme Per sonality of Godhead a nd the living entity. After\ngiving an invitation to the King, Narada Muni left to return to Siddhaloka.\nPURPORT\nSiddhaloka and Brahmaloka are both within the same planetary system.\nBrahmaloka is understood to be the highest planet within this universe.\nSiddhaloka is considered to be one of the satellites of Brahmaloka. The\ninhabitants of Siddhaloka have all the powers of yogic mysticism. From\nthis verse it appears that the great sage Narada is an inhabitant of Siddhaloka, although he travels to all the planetary systems. All the residents of\nSiddhaloka are spacemen, and they can travel in space without mechanical\nhelp. The residents of Siddhaloka can go from one planet to another\nindividually by virtue of their yogic perfection. After giving instructions\n\n", "SB4.4#p0356": "1474\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nto the great King Prllcinabarhi, Narada Muni departed and also invited him\nto Siddhaloka.\n\nTEXT 81\n\n�•(4•1ifit� 1\nanfa.*l !\"'lwt•lii'Etq� � ������\n\nsti�\"\"t mfif:\n\npriicinabarhi riijar.si{t\npraja-sargiibhirak.sare\niidisya putriin agamat\ntapase kapiliisramam\npriicinabarhi{t- King Pr ii.cinabarhi; riija-r§ift- the saintly king; praja-sargacitizens; abhirak§a'!e-to protect; iidisya-after ordering;\nputriin-his sons; agamat-dep arted; tapase-for undergoing austerities;\nkapila-iisramam- to the holy place known as Kapilasrama.\nthe mass of\n\nTRAN SLAT I ON\nIn the presence of his ministers, the saintly King Praclnabarhi left orders\nfor his sons to protect the citizens. He then left home and went off to\nundergo austerities in a holy place known as Kapilasrama.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word prajii-sarga is very important in this verse. When the saintly\nKing Pracinabarhi was induced by the great sage Narada to leave home and\ntake to the devotional service of the Lord, his sons had not yet returned\nfrom their austerities in the water. However, he did not wait for their\nreturn but simply left messages to the effect that his sons were to protect\nthe mass of citizens. According to Viraraghava Acarya, such protection\nmeans organizing the citizens into the specific divisions of the four varras\nand four iisramas. It was the responsibility of the royal order to see that the\ncitizens were following the regulative principles of the four varras (namely\nthe briihmaras, kflatriyas, vaisyas and sudras) and the iisramas (brahmacarya,\n\ngrhastha, viinaprastha and sannyiisa). It is very difficult to rule citizens in\na kingdom without organizing this varruiSrama-dharma. To rule the mass\nof citizens in a state and keep them in a complete progressive order is not\npossible simply by passing laws every year in a legislative assembly. The\n\nvarriisrama-dharma is essential in a good government. One class of men\n(the briihmaras) must be intelligent and brahminically qualified, another\n\n", "SB4.4#p0357": "Text 82]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1475\n\nclass must be trained in administrative work (k�atriya), another in mercan­\n\ntile business (vaisya) and another simply in labor (sudra)_ These four classes\n\nof men are already there according to nature, but it is the government's\nduty to see that all four of these classes follow the principles of their\n\nvarras methodically. This is called abhirak.sara, or protection.\n\nIt is significant that when Maharaja Pracinabarhi was convinced of the\n\ngoal of life through the instructions of Narada, he did not wait even a\n\nmoment to see his sons return, but left immediately. There were many\n\nthings to be done upon the return of his sons, but he simply left them a\n\nmessage. He knew what his prime duty was. He simply left instructions for\n\nhis sons and went off for the purpose of spiritual advancement. This is the\n\nsystem of Vedic civilization.\n\nSridhara Svami informs us that Kapilasrama is located at the confluence\n\nof the Ganges and the Bay of Bengal, a place known now as Gariga-sagara.\n\nThis place is still famous as a place of pilgrimage, and many millions of\n\npeople gather there every year on the day of Makara-sarikranti and take\n\nbath. It is called Kapilasrama because of Lord Kapila's living there to per­\n\nform His austerities and penances. Lord Kapila propounded the Sarikhya\nsystem of philosophy.\n\nTEXT 82\n\n6flma¥t;wt � •nfit�:q._.n'!iil'( '\nNflitrt1��4SF\\lflt6«1t¥Oq6t¥1•1(1 ����\ntatraikagra-mana dhtro\ngovinda-cararambujam\nvimukta-smigo 'nubhajan\nbhaktya tat-samyatam agat\ntatra- there; eka-agra-manii[l-with full atte nt i on; dhtra[l-sober; govinda\n\n-of I<J�p.a;\n\nc\n\narara-ambujam- unto the lotus feet; vimukta-freed from;\n\nsahgafl- material association; anubhajan -continuously engaging in devotional service; bhaktyii-by pure devotion; tat-with the Lord ; s amyatiim\n\n­\n\nqualitative equality; agiit- achieved.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaving\n\nundergone\n\nausterities\n\nand\n\npenances\n\nat\n\nKapilasrama,\n\nKing\n\nPracinabarhi attained full liberation from all material designations. He constantly\n\nengaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord and\n\n", "SB4.4#p0358": "1476\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nattained a spiritual position qualitatively equal to that of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThere is special significance in the words tat-samyatam agat. The King\nattained the position of possessing the same status or the same form as\nthat of the Lord. This definitely proves that the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is always a person. In His impersonal feature, He is the rays of\nHis transcendental body. When a living entity attains spiritual perfection,\nhe also attains the same type of body, known as sac-cid-ananda-vigraha.\nThis spiritual body never mixes with the material elements. Although in\nconditional life the living entity is surrounded by material elements (earth,\nwater, fire, air, sky, mind, intelligence and ego), he remains always aloof\nfrom them. In other words, the living entity can be liberated from the\nmaterial condition at any moment, provided that he wishes to do so. The\nmaterial environment is called maya. According to Kr�l).a:\ndaivi hy e.sa gurwmayt\nmama miiyii duratyayii\nmiim eva ye prapadyante\nmiiyiim etiirh ta ranti te\n\n\"This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material\nnature, is difficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me\ncan easily cross beyond it.\" (Bg. 7.14)\nAs soon as the living entity engages in the transcendental loving service\nof the Lord, he immediately attains freedom from all material conditions.\n\nmarh ca yo 'vyabhiciirerw\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa guran samatttyaitiin\nbrahma-bhiiyaya kalpate\n\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in\nany circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and\nthus comes to the level of Brahman.\" (Bg. 14.26)\nIn the material state the living entity is on the jiva-bhiita platform, but\nwhen he renders devotional service to the Lord, he is elevated to the\nbrahma-bhiita platform. On the brahma-bhilta platform the living entity\n\nis liberated from material bondage, and he engages in the service of the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0359": "Text 83)\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1477\n\nLord. In this verse the word dhira is sometimes read as vtra. Actually there\n\nis not very much difference. The word dhira means \"sober,\" and vira means\n\"hero.\" One who is struggling against miiyii is a hero, and one who is\nsober enough to understand his position is a dhtra. Without becoming\nsober or heroic, one cannot attain spiritual salvation.\nTEXT 83\n\nC(�(\\lqkteql(l� lfut �Mullwt't I\n�: �: �� � MJM� ����II\netad adhyiitma-piirok,syarh\ngitarh devarfli[tiinagha\nyaft sriivayed yaft S[[I-Uyiit\nsa lingena vimucyate\netat-this;\ngitam\n\n-\n\nadhyiitma- spiritual ;\n\npiirokfl yam- authori z ed\n\ndescription;\n\nnarrated; deva-r.si[tii-by the great sage Narada; anagha-0 spotless\n\nVidura; yaft-anyone who; sriiv ayet may describe; yaft- anyone who;\n-\n\nsrr-uyiit- may hear; saft- he; lingena-from the bodily concept of life;\nvimucyate-becomes delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Vidura, one who hears this narration concerning the understanding of the living entity's spiritual existence, as described by the great\nsage Narada, or who relates it to others, will be liberated from the bodily\nconception of life.\nPURPORT\nThis material creation is the spirit soul's dream. Actually all existence\nin the material world is a dream of Maha-Vi�I).U, as the Brahma-samhitii\ndescribes: yaft kiirar-arr-ava-jale bhajati sma yoga-nidriim ananta-jagadarfla­\n\nsaroma-kilpalt. This material world is created by the dreaming of MahaViJ>p.u. The real factual platform is the spiritual world, but when the spirit\nsoul wants to imitate the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he is put into this\ndreamland of material creation. After being in contact with the material\nmodes of nature, the living entity develops the subtle and gross bodies.\n\nWhen the living entity is fortunate enough to associate with Sri Narada\nMahamuni or his servants, he is liberated from this dreamland of material\n\ncreation and the bodily conception of life.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0360": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1478\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nTEXT 84\n\n*«11�\\1(41 wR �\n\n«oqfifq.fl(tlf.i:qd¥tt�4fl:qf( I\n�: 4d�twt¥triPt\"S� qi(�Jj�\n� � ���ij¥f{d'l;ol;f:II�VII\n\netan mukunda-ya.Sasa bhuvanam punanam\ndevar�i-varya-mukha-n(hsrtam iitma-s'aucam\nyafl ktrtyamanam adhigacchati piirame�_thyam\nnasmin bhave bhramati mukta-samasta-bandhafl\netat-this narration; mukunda-yasasa-with the fame of Lord K.f�pa;\nbhuvanam-this material world; punanam- sanctifying; deva-r.si-of the\ngreat sages; varya- of the chief; mukha-from the mouth; n(hsrtam-uttered;\n\natma-saucam-purifying the heart; ya�-anyone who; k trtyamanam-being\nchanted; adhigacchati-goes back; piirame.s_thyam-to the spiritual world;\nna-never;\n\nasmin-in\n\nthis;\n\nbhave-material\n\nworld;\n\nb hramati- wanders;\n\nmukta- being liberated; samasta-from all; bandhafl-bondage.\nTRANSLATION\nThis narration spoken by the great sage Narada is full of the transcendental fame of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Consequently this\nnarration, when described, certainly sanctifies this material world. It\npurifies the heart of the living entity and helps him attain his spiritual\nidentity. One who relates this transcendental narration will be liberated\nfrom all material bondage and will no longer have to wander within this\nmaterial world.\nPURPORT\nAs indicated in verse 79, Niirada Muni advised King Priicinabarhi to take\nto devotional service rather than waste time performing ritualistic ceremonies and fruitive activities. The vivid descriptions of the subtle and\ngross bodies in this chapter are most scientific, and because they are given\nby the great sage Niirada, they are authoritative. Because these narrations\nare full of the glory of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, they con­\n\nstitute the most effective process for the purification of the mind. As Sri\nCaitanya Mahiiprabhu confirmed: ceto-darpm;w-marjanam. The more we\n\n", "SB4.4#p0361": "Text 85)\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1479\n\ntalk of Kr�l).a, think of Kr�l).a, and preach for Kr�l).a, the more we become\npurified. This means we no longer have to accept a hallucinatory gross and\nsubtle body but instead attain our spiritual identity. One who tries to\nunderstand this instructive spiritual knowledge is delivered from this\nocean of nescience. The word piirame�fhyam is very significant in this\nconnection. Parame.sfhyam is also called Brahmaloka; it is the planet on\nwhich Lord Brahma lives. The inhabitants of Brahmaloka always discuss\nsuch narrations so that after the annihilation of the material world, they\ncan be directly transferred to the spiritu.al world. One who is transferred to\nthe spiritual world does not have to go up and down within this material\nworld. Sometimes spiritual activities are also called parame�fh yam.\nTEXT 85\n\n31W41�4tql(t\\\"4fit{ 4Aiflti1Q¥tgij4( I\n� ft41SS»JA: i�f*NSIP li( m:ll��ll\nadhyiitma-piiroknam idarh\nmayiidhigatam adbhutam\nevarh striya 'sramafl purhsas\nchinno 'mutra ca sarhsayafl\nadhyatma-sp iri tual; parok syam-described by authority; idam-this;\nmaya-by me; adhigatam heard; adbhutam-wonderful; evam-thus; striya\n-with a wife; asramafl -shelter; pu rhsaft -of the living entity; chinnaftfinished; amutra-about life after death; ca-also; sarh sayafl -doubt.\n.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe allegory of King Puraiijana, described herein according to authority,\nwas heard by me from my spiritual master, and it is full of spiritual knowl·\nedge. If one can understand the purport of this allegory, he will certainly\n\nbe relieved from the bodily conception and will clearly understand life\nafter death. Although one may not understand what transmigration of the\nsoul actually is, one can fully understand it by studying this narration.\nPURPORT\nThe word striyii, meaning \"along with the wife,\" is significant. The male\nand female living together constitute the sum and substance of material\n\n", "SB4.4#p0362": "1480\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nexistence. The attraction between male and female in this material world\nis very strong. In all species of life the attraction between male and female\nis the basic principle of existence. The same principle of intermingling is\nalso in human society but is in a regulative form. Material existence means\nliving together as male and female and being attracted by one another.\nHowever, when one fully understands spiritual life, his attraction for the\nopposite sex is completely vanquished. By such attraction, one becomes\noverly attached to this material world. It is a hard knot within the heart.\npurhsa� striya mithunt-bhavam etarh\ntayor mitho hrdaya-granthim ahu�\nato grha-k.setra-sutapta-vittair\njanasya moho 'yam aharh mameti (Bhag. 5.5.8)\nEveryone comes to this material world attracted to sense gratification, and\nthe hard knot of sense gratification is the attraction between male and\nfemale. By this attraction, one becomes overly attached to the material\nworld in terms of grha-k�etra-suta-apta-vitta-that is, home, land, children,\nfriends, money, and so forth. Thus one becomes entangled in the bodily\nconception of \"I and mine.\" However, if one understands the story of\nKing Puraiijana and understands how, by sexual attraction, Puraiijana\nbecame a female in his next life, one will also understand the process of\ntransmigration.\n\nSPECIAL NOTE: According to Vijayadhvaja Tirtha, who belongs to the\nMadhviiciirya-sampradiiya, the first two of the following verses appear after\nthe forty-fifth verse of this chapter, and the remaining two verses appear\nafter the seventy-ninth verse.\n\nTEXTS la- 2a\nsarve.sam eva jantunarh\nsatatarh deha-po.sare\nasti prajna samayatta\nko viSe.sas tada nrram\nlnbdhvehante manu.syatvarh\nhitva dehady-asad-graham\niitma-srtyii vihiiyedarh\njivatma sa vis�yate\n\n", "SB4.4#p0363": "Text 1b)\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinabarhi\n\n1481\n\nsarve.sam-all; eva-certainly; jantiinam-of animals; satatam-always;\ndeha-po.sar-e-to maintain the body; asti-there is; prajii&-intelligence;\nsamayatta-resting on; ka[l-what; viSe.sa[l-difference; tada-then; nrr-iimof the human beings; labdhva-having attained; iha-here; ante-at the end\nof many births; manu�yatvam-a human life; hitva-after giving up; dehaadi-in the gross and subtle body; asat-graham-an incorrect conception of\nlife; atma-of sp irit ual knowledge; srtya-by the path; vihiiya-having\nabandoned;idam-this body;jiva-atma-the individual spirit soul; safl-that;\nviS�yate-becomes prominent.\nTRANSLATION\nA desire to maintain body, wife and children is also observed in animal\nsociety. The animals have full intelligence to manage such affairs. If a\nhuman being is simply advanced in this respect, what is the difference\nbetween him and an animal? One should be very careful to understand\nthat this human life is attained after many, many births in the evolutionary\nprocess. A learned man who gives up the bodily conception of life, both\ngross and subtle, will, by the enlightenment of spiritual knowledge, become a prominent individual spirit soul, as the Supreme Lord is also.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is said that man is a rational animal, but from this verse we can also\nunderstand that rationality exists even in animal life. Unless there is\nrationality, how can an animal maintain its body by working so hard? That\nthe animals are not rational is untrue; their rationality, however, is not\nvery advanced. In any case, we cannot deny them rationality. The point is\nthat one should use one's reason to understand the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, for that is the perfection of human life.\nTEXT lh\n\nbhakti[l. k.r�r-e dayii jive�v\nakur-.tha-jnanam iitmani\nyadi syiid atmano bhiiyiid\napavargas tu samsrte[l.\nbhakti[l-devotional service; k.r§r-e-unto Kr�pa; dayii-mercy; jive.suunto other living entities; akur-.tha-jniinam-perfect knowledge; atmani-of\nthe self; yadi-if; syiit-it becomes; atmana[l.-of one's self; bhuyiit-there\nmust be; apavarga�-liberation; tu-then; sanisrte[l-from the b ondage of\nmaterial life.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0364": "1482\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 29\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf a living entity is developed in Kr�?a consciousness and is merciful to\n\nothers, and if his spiritual kno wle dg e of self-realization is perfect, he will\n\nimmediately attain liberation from the bondage of material existence.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse the word dayii jtve.su, meaning mercy to other living entities,\n\nindicates that a living entity must be merciful to other living entities if he\n\nwishes to make progress in self-realization. This means he must preach\nthis knowledge after perfecting himself and understanding his own posi­\n\ntion as an eternal servant of J<.r�qa. Preaching this is showing real mercy\n\nto living entities. Other types of humanitarian work may be temporarily\n\nbeneficial for the body, but because a living entity is spirit soul, ultimately\n\none can show him real mercy only by revealing knowledge of his spiritual\n\nexistence. As Caitanya Mahaprabhu says, jtvera 'svaropa'\nhaya-k[§T}era 'nitya-diisa'. \"Every living entity is constitutionally a servant of\nJ<.r�qa.\" One should know this fact perfectly and should preach it to the\n\nmass of people. If one realizes that he is an eternal servant of Kr�qa but\n\ndoes not preach it, his realization is imperfect. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\n\nSarasvati Thakura therefore sings, du.sta mana, tumi kisera vai§TJava?\n\nprat(sthiira tare, nirjanera ghare, tava hari-niima kevala kaitava. \"My dear\n\nmind, what kind of Vai�!)ava are you? Simply for false prestige and a material\nreputation you are chanting the Hare Kr�qa mantra in a solitary place.\"\n\nIn this way people who do not preach are criticized. There are many\nV ai�J)avas in Vrndavana who do not like preaching; they chiefly try to\n\nimitate Haridasa Thakura. The actual result of their so-called chanting in\na secluded place, however, is that they sleep and think of women and\nmoney. Similarly, one who simply engages in temple worship but does not\n\nsee to the interests of the mass of people, or cannot recognize devotees,\nis called a kani�tha-adhikari:\n\narciiyiim eva haraye\npiijiim ya� sraddhayehate\nna tad-bhakte.su ciinye.su\nsa bhakta� prakrta� smrta�\n(Bhiig. 11.2.47).\nTEXT 2b\n\nadr.s_tarh dr.s_tavan nank.sed\nbhiitarh svapnavad anyathii\n\n", "SB4.4#p0365": "Text 2h]\n\nTalks Between Narada and King Pracinaharhi\n\n1483\n\nbhutarh bhavad bhav�yac ca\nsuptarh sarva-raho-raha{l\nadr.s.tam-f uture happiness; dr.sta-vat-like direct experience; nmik�et­\n\nbecomes vanquished; bhutam-the material existence; svapna-vat-like a\n\ndream; anyatha-otherwise; bhUtam-which happened in the past; bhavat­\n\npresent; bhav inat-f uture; ca-also; suptam-a dream; sarva-of all; raha{lraha{l-the secret conclusion.\nTRANSLATION\nEverything happening within time, which consists of past, present and\n\nfuture, is merely a dream. That is the secret understanding in all Vedic\nliterature.\nPURPORT\nFactually all of material existence is only a dream. Thus there is no\n\nquestion of past, present or future. Persons who are addicted to karma­\n\nkii[lpa-viciira, which means \" working for future happiness through fruitive\nactivities,\" are also dreaming. Similarly, past happiness and present happi­\n\nness are merely dreams. The actual reality is K.f�rya and service to Kr�rya,\n\nwhich can save us from the clutches of miiyii, for the Lord says in\nBhagavad-gttii (7.14), miim eva ye prapadyante miiyiim etiirh taranti te:\n\"Those who surrender unto Me can easily cross beyond My illusory energy.\"\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Twentyninth Chapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Talks Between Niirada\nand King Priicinabarhi_\"\n\n", "SB4.4#p0366": "CHAPTER THIRTY\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\nTEXT 1\n\nrw�\n� � Qr.{ wn: sn4ft+tfi'l: 1\n�W:•O�Wf lftfitf4:fu�: ��II� II\nvidura uvaca\nye tvayabhihita brahman\nsutaf!, practnabarhi�a�\nte rudra-gttena harim\nsiddhim apuf!, prato.sya kiim\nviduraf!, uvaca-Vidura said; ye-those who; tvaya-by you; abhihita[lwere spoken about; brahman-0 brahmarw; sutaf!,-sons;practnabarh�af!,of King Pracinabarhi; te-all of them; rudra-gitena-by the song composed\nby Lord Siva; harim-the Lord; siddhim-success;apuf!,-achieved;prato.sya\n-having satisfied; kam-what.\nTRANSLATION\nVidura inquired from Maitreya: 0 brahmru;ta, you formerly spoke about\n\nthe sons of Pracinabarhi and informed me that they satisfied the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead by chanting a song composed by Lord Siva. What\n\ndid they achieve in this way?\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn the beginning, Maitreya ��i narrated the activities of the sons of\nPracinabarhi. These sons went beside a great lake, which was like an ocean,\n\nand, fortunately finding Lord Siva, they learned how to satisfy the Su­\n\npreme Personality of Godhead by chanting the songs composed by Lord\n1485\n\n", "SB4.4#p0367": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1486\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nSiva. Now their father's attachment for fruitive activities was disapproved\n\nby Narada, who therefore kindly instructed Pracinabarhi by telling him\n\nthe allegorical story of Purai'ijana. Now Vidura again wanted to hear about\n\nhis sons, and he was especially inquisitive to know what they achieved by\n\nsatisfying the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Here the words siddhim\n\napu[!, or \"achieved perfection,\" are very important. Lord l<.t!ll).a says in\nBhagavad-gtta:\nmanu.syaparh sahasrefiu\nkascid yatati siddhaye\nyatatam api siddhlinarh\nkascin marh vetti tattvata[!\n\n\"Out of many thousands among men, one may endeavor for perfection,\nand of those who have achieved perfection, hardly one knows Me in truth.\"\n(Bg. 7.3)\n\nOut of many many millions of people, one may be interested in learning\n\nhow to attain success in spiritual matters. The supreme success is mentioned\nalso in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nmlim upetya punar janma\ndu[!khlilayam asasvatam\nnapnuvanti mahatmana[!\nsarhsiddhirh paramarh gata[!\n\n\"After attaining Me, the great souls, who are yogts in devotion, never return\n\nto this temporary world, which is full of miseries, because they have attained\n\nthe highest perfection.\" (Bg. 8.15)\n\nAnd what is that highest perfection? That is also explained in that\n\nverse. The highest perfection is to return home, back to Godhead, so that\n\none will not have to return again to this material world and transmigrate\nfrom one body to another in the dream of material existence. By the grace\n\nof Lord Siva, the Pracetiis actually attained perfection and returned home,\n\nback to Godhead, after enjoying material facilities to the highest extent.\nMaitreya will now narrate that to Vidura.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�\n\nill(�( � C\\'N\n+-�•uttfit�qPfiqRi•n\n� fi1fuj �t�l\n�: tR � �: II � II\n\n3IRm\n\n", "SB4.4#p0368": "Text 2]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetis\n\n1487\n\nkim biirhaspatyeha paratra viitha\nkaivalya- niitha-priya-piirsva-vartina�\niisiidya devarh girisarh yadrcchayii\npriipu� pararh nilnam atha pracetasa�\nkim-what; biirhaspatya-0 disciple of Brhaspati; iha\n\n-\n\nhere; paratra­\n\nin different planets; vii-or; at/w-as such; kaivalya-niitha-to the bestower\nof liberation; priya-dear; piirsva-vartina�-being associated with; iisiidya­\n\nafter meeting; devam-the great demigod; giriSam-the lord of the Kailasa\n\nHill; yadrcchayii-by providence; priipu�-achieved; param-the Supreme;\n\nnilnam-certainly; atha-therefore;pracetasa�-the sons of Barhi�at.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Barhaspatya, what did the sons of King Barhi�at, known as the\n\nPracetis, obtain after meeting Lord Siva, who is very dear to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, the hestower of liberation? Certainly they were\ntransferred to the spiritual world, hut apart from that, what did they obtain\n\nwithin this material world, either in this life or in other lives?\nPURPORT\n\nAll types of material happiness are obtained in this life or in the next\n\nlife, on this planet or on another. The living entity wanders within this\n\nmaterial universe in so many species of life and so many planetary systems.\n\nThe distress and happiness obtained during the span of life are called iha,\nand the distress and happiness obtained in the next life are called paratra.\n\nActually Lord Mahadeva (Siva) is one of the great demigods within this\n\nmaterial world. Generally his blessings bestowed on ordinary people mean\n\nmaterial happiness. The predominating deity of this material world, Durga,\n\nis under the control of Lord Maha:deva, GiriSa. Thus Lord Mahiideva can\noffer anyone any kind of material happiness. Generally people prefer to\n\nbecome devotees of Lord Girisa to obtain material happiness, but the\nPracetiis met Lord Mahiideva by providential arrangement. Lord Mahadeva\n\ninstructed them to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and he\n\npersonally offered a prayer. As stated in the previous verse (rudra-gftena),\n\nsimply by chanting the prayers offered by Lord Siva to Vi�ru, the Pracetiis\n\nwere transferred to the spiritual world. Sometimes devotees desire to enjoy\n\nmaterial happiness also; therefore, by the arrangement of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, the devotee is given a chance to enjoy the material\n\nworld before his final entrance into the spiritual world. Sometimes a devotee\n\nis transferred to a heavenly planet, to Janaloka, Maharloka, Tapoloka,\n\n", "SB4.4#p0369": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1488\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nSiddhaloka, and so on. However, a pure devotee never aspires for any kind\nof\n\nmaterial happiness. The pure devotee is consequently transferred\n\ndirectly to Vaikm;1thaloka, which is described here as param. In this verse\n\nVidura asks Maitreya, the disciple of Brhaspati, about the different achieve­\n\nments of the Pracetas.\n\nTEXT3\n\nm�\n\nf���:l\n�(�\"fttffl� II � II\nmaitreya uviica\npracetaso 'ntar udadhau\npitur iidesa-kiirirwft\njapa-yajfiena tapasii\npurafijanam ato�ayan\nmaitreyaft uviica- Maitreya said; pracetasaft- the Pracetiis; antaft- within;\n\nudadhau-the sea; pitu[t-of their father; iidesa-karir-a�-the order carriers;\njapa-yajfiena- by chanting mantras; tapasii- under severe austerities; puramjanam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ato�ayan-satisfied.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya said: The sons of King Pracinabarhi, known\n\nas the Pracetas, underwent severe austerities within the seawater to carry\nout the order of their father. By chanting and repeating the mantras given\n\nby Lord Siva, they were able to satisfy Lord Vi�J}.u, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nOne can offer prayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead directly,\n\nbut if one repeats the prayers offered by great devotees like Lord Siva and\n\nLord Brahma, or if one follows in the footsteps of great personalities, one\n\ncan please the Supreme Personality of Godhead very easily. For instance,\nwe sometimes chant this mantra of Brahma-samhitii:\n\ncintiimar-i-prakara-sadmasu kalpa-vrk.salak�avrte�u surabhtr abhipiilayantam\nlak,smi-sahasra-sata-sambhrama-sevyamiinam\ngovindam iidi-puru�ani tam ahani bhajiimi\n\n", "SB4.4#p0370": "Text 4]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetiis\n\n1 489\n\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, the first progenitor, who is tending\n\nthe cows, yielding all desires, in abodes built with spiritual gems and sur­\n\nrounded by millions of purpose-trees. He is always served with great\n\nreverence and affection by hundreds of thousands of lak.smfs, or go pis.\"\n\n(Bs. 5.29) Because this prayer was offered by Lord Brahma, we follow him\n\nby reciting this prayer. That is the easiest way to satisfy the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. The pure devotee never attempts to reach the Supreme\nLord directly. The most important way to worship the Lord is to go through\n\nthe disciplic succession of devotees. The prayers offered by Lord Siva to\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead were thus repeated by the Pracetas,\nwho were thus very successful in pleasing the Supreme Lord.\n\nHere the Supreme Personality of Godhead is described as puranjana.\n\nAccording to Madhvacarya, the living entity is called puranjana because\n\nhe has become an inhabitant of this material world, and, under the influence\n\nof the three modes of material nature, he is forced to live within it. The\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead creates this material world (pura), and\n\nHe also enters within it. Arfliintara-stha-paramiiru-cayiintara-stham. The\n\nLord enters within the heart of the living entity and within the atom;\n\ntherefore both the living entity and the Lord are called puranjana. One\n\npuranjana, the living entity, is subordinate to the supreme puranjana;\n\ntherefore the duty of the subordinate puranjana is to satisfy the supreme\n\npuranjana. That is devotional service. Lord Rudra, or Lord Siva, is the\n\noriginal iiciirya of the V ai�!lava sampradiiya called the Rudra-sampradaya.\n\nRud ra-gitena indicates that under the disciplic succession of Lord Rudra,\n\nthe Pracetiis achieved spiritual success.\n\nTEXT 4\n\ni(�lit'tthi(l� �� �: I\n�����ll'dll\ndasa-var.sa-sahasriinte\npuru.sas tu saniitana[l,\nte§iim iivirabhiit krcchrarh\nsiintena samayan rucii\ndasa-var.sa-ten years; sahasra-ante-at the end of a thousand;puru§a[l,­\n\nthe Supreme Person; tu-then; saniitana[l, -eternal; te§iim-of the Pracetas;\n\niivirabhiit-appeared; krcchram-the severe austerity; siintena-satisfying;\nsamayan-mitigating; ruca-by His beauty.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0371": "1490\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of ten thousand years of severe austerities performed by the\nPracetas, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, to reward their austerities,\nappeared before them in His very pleasing form. This appealed to the\nPracetas and satisfied the labor of their austerities.\nPURPORT\nPerforming ten thousand years of severe austerities does not seem a\nhappy endeavor. Yet the devotees, the serious students of spiritual life,\nundergo such austerities to attain the favor of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. At that time, when the duration of life was very long, people\ncould undergo severe austerities for thousands of years. It is said that\nValmiki, the author of Ramayal)a, underwent meditational austerities for\n\n60,000 year s. The Supreme Personality of Godhead appreciated the\nausterities undergone by the Pracetas, and He finally appeared before them\nin a pleasing form. Thus they all became satisfied and forgot the austerities\nthey underwent. In the material world, if one is successful after hard labor,\nhe is very pleased. Similarly, the devotee forgets all his labors and austerities as soon as he contacts the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Although\nDhruva Maharaja was only a five-year-old boy, he underwent severe\nausterities by eating simply dry foliage, drinking only water and taking\nno food. In this way, after six months, he was able to see the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead face to face. When he saw the Lord, he forgot all\nhis austerities and said, svamin krtiirtho 'smi: \"My dear Lord, I am very\npleased.\"\nOf course, these austerities were performed in the Satya-yuga, Dvaparayuga and TreHi-yuga, but not in this age of Kali. In this Kali-yuga, one can\nattain the same results simply by chanting the Hare Kr�:t;J.a mahii-mantra.\nBecause the people of this age are fallen, the Lord is kind enough to give\nthem the easiest method. Simply by chanting the Hare Kr�:t;J.a mantra, one\ncan attain the same results. However, as Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu points\nout, we are so unfortuna te that we are not even attracted to chanting the\nmaha-mantra-Hare Kr�:t;J.a, Hare Kr�:t;J.a, Kr�:t;�.a Kr�:t;J.a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama,\nHare Rama, Rama Riima, Hare Hare.\nTEXTS\n\n���� q�t·f+leti+*lJ I\ntU�Rff�q!fi�wt:Rftlfim�: ll �II\n\n", "SB4.4#p0372": "The Activities of the Pracetas\n\nText 5]\n\n1491\n\nsuparrta-skandham arn!Iho\nmeru-srngam ivambuda�\npita-vasa marti-griva�\nkurvan vitimira diSa�\nsuparrta-of Garw;la, the carrier of Lord Vi�!J.u; skandham-the shoulder;\naru!Iha� sitting on; meru-of the mountain named Meru; srngam-on the\n-\n\nsummit; iva-like; ambuda�-a clou d ; p ita-vas ii �\n\n-\n\nwear ing yellow garments;\n\nmar:ti-griva�-His neck decorated with the Kaustubha jewel; kurvanmaking; v itimira�\n\n-\n\nfree from darkness; disa�-all directions.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Personality of Godhead, appearing on the shoulder of GarU(}.a,\nseemed like a cloud resting on the summit of the mountain known as\nMeru. The transcendental body of the Personality of Godhead was covered\nby attractive yellow garments, and His neck was decorated with the jewel\nknown as Kaustubha·mru;ri. The bodily effulgence of the Lord dissipated all\nthe darkness of the universe.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta,\n\nk[,S[ta--surya-sama; maya haya\n\nandhakara/ yahan kr.sfta, tahan nahi mayara adhikara (Cc. Madhya 22.31).\nThe Lord is just like the effulgent sun. Consequently whenever the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is present, there cannot be darkness or ignorance.\nActually this dark universe is illuminated by the sun, but the sun and moon\nsimply reflect the bodily effulgence of the Supreme Lord. In Bhagavad-gita\nthe Lord says:\n\nyad iiditya-gatam tejo\njagad bhiisayate 'khilam\nyac candramasi yac cagnau\ntat tejo viddhi miimakam\n\n\"The splendor of the sun, which dissipates the darkness of this whole\nworld, comes from Me. And the splendor of the moon and the splendor\nof fire are also from Me.\" (Bg. 15.12)\nThe conclusion is that the origin of all life is the bodily effulgence of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This is also confirmed in Brahma-samhitii:\nyasya prabhii prabhavato jagad-art!Ia-kopi. Being illuminated by the bodily\neffulgence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, everything is freed\nfrom all darkness.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0373": "1492\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nTEXT6\n\n����aiR�\nm�itW�G\\;{t �('IR4iUt: I\n��: «t.=iOO!'m ��'Rte€tffl: II � II\nkiis�r-unii kanaka-varr-a-vibhiifiar-ena\nbhriijat-kapola-vadano vilasat-kir�ta�\nUfl_tiiyudhair anucarair munibhift, surendrair\niisevito garu!la-kinnara-gita-kirt*\nkiisifir-unii- shining; kanaka- gold; varr-a- colored; vibhiifiar-ena- with\nornaments; bhriijat- shining; kapola-forehead; vadana�-His face; vilasatdazzling; kin'fa�-His helmet; a.s.ta-eight; iiyudha*-with weapons; anucarai�-by followers; munibh*-by great sages; surendra*-by demigods;\niisevita�-served; garu!la-by Garu9-a; kinnara-inhabitant of the Kinnara\nplanet;gita-sung; kirti�-His glories.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's face was very beautiful, and His head was decorated with a\nshining helmet and golden ornaments. The helmet was dazzling and was\nvery beautifully situated on His head. The Lord had eight arms, which each\nheld a particular weapon. The Lord was surrounded by demigods, great\nsages and other associates. These were all engaged in His service. Garu«;J.a,\n\nthe carrier of the Lord, glorified the Lord with Ve di c hymns by flapping\n\nhis wings. Garu«;J.a appeared to be an inhabitant of the planet k nown as\nKinnaraloka.\nPURPORT\n\nGenerally the Vi{;J;J.u form is manifested with four hands holding four\nobjects (a conchshell, disc, club and lotus flower). However, here Lord\nVi�J;J.U is described as possessing eight arms with eight kinds of weapons.\nAccording to Viraraghava Acarya, the conchshell and lotus flower are also\naccepted as weapons. Since the Lord is the supreme controller, whatever\nis in His hand can be considered a weapon. Four hands hold four kinds of\nweapons, and the extra four hands hold an arrow, bow, trident and snake.\nSri Viraraghava Acarya describes the eight\nweapons as sankha, cakra, gada,\n.\npadma, siirnga, sara, etc.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0374": "Text 7)\n\n1493\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\nA king is always accompanied by his ministers, secretaries and commanders, and Lord Vi�p.u is also accompanied by His followers, the demigods,\ngreat sages, saintly persons, and so on. He is never alone. Consequently\nthere is no question of the Lord's being impersonal. He is always Himself,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, and His associates are also persons.\nFrom the description given in this verse, Garuga appears to have belonged\nto the Kinnara planet. The inhabitants of the Kinnara planet have the same\nfeatures as Garw�.a. Their bodily features are like those of a human being,\nbut they have wings. The word gita-ktrti[l. indicates that the inhabitants of\nKinnaraloka are very expert in singing the glories of the Lord. In Brahmasamhita it is said: jagad-ar-9-a-ko.ti-ko.t�v a§e�a-vasudhadi-vibhilti-bhinnam.\nIn each and every universe there are different types of planets, and each\nplanet has distinctive features. On the strength of this verse, we can understand that in Kinnaraloka the inhabitants can fly with their wings. There is\nalso a planet, known as Siddhaloka, where the inhabitants can fly even\nwithout wings. Thus each and every planet has some distinctive facility.\nThat is the beauty of the varied creation of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\nTEXT 7\n\n\"'RtT\ntft911t�lt�\n\n�� qftrit �9\\+tR'SttiS�: I\n�: �\" 3TT� wnif. �\n�ri49\\li(Wli1 �iiJfT�: II \\9 II\npiniiyata.s.ta-bhuja-mar-pala-madh ya-lak§m ya\nspardhac-chriya parivrto vana-malayadya�\nbarhi�matal] puru�a aha sutan prapanniin\nparjanya-niida-rutayii saghrr-avaloka{t\nptna -stout; ayata-long; a.s ta -eight; bhuja\n.\n\nment; madhya\n\nspardhat\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nms; ma\n\nar\n\n��ala-encircle\n\n­\n\nin the midst of; lak�mya-with the goddess of fortune;\n\ncont ending; sriy a-whose\n\nbeauty;\n\nparivrtafl -enc ircled; vana­\n\nfl\n\nmalaya-by a flower garland; a dy a -the original Personality of Godhead;\n\nbarhi�mata�-of King Pracinabarhi; puru�a�-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; aha-addressed; sutan-the sons; prapanna n-surrendered; parjanya-like a cloud; nada-whose sound; rutay a by a voice; sa-ghrr-awith mercy; avaloka� His glancing.\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0375": "1494\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nTRANSLATION\nAround the neck of the Personality of Godhead hung a flower garland\n\nthat reached to His knees. His eight stout and elongated arms were decorated\nwith that garland, which challenged the beauty of the goddess of fortune.\nWith a merciful glance and a voice like thunder, the Lord addressed the\nsons of King Pracinabarhi�at, who were very much surrendered unto Him.\nPURPORT\nThe word iidya[l in this verse is very significant. The Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is the origin even of Paramatma and Brahman. As confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gttii:\nbrahmar-o hi pratif.thiiham\namrtasyiivyayasya ca\nsiisvatasya ca dharmasya\nsukhasyaikiintikasya ca\n\"And I am the basis of the impersonal Brahman, which is the con stitutional\nposition of ultimate happiness, and which is immortal, imperishable and\neternal.\" (Bg. 14.27)\nThe Absolute Truth thus begins not with the impersonal Brahman but\nwith the original Personality of Godhead, Kr�l}-a. When Arjuna realized\nKn;l}-a's greatness, he addressed Him in this way:\n\narjuna uviica\npararh brahma pararh dhiima\npavitrarh paramarh bhaviin\npuru�arh siiSvatarh divyam\niidi-devam ajarh vibhum\nahus tviim r�aya[l sarve\ndevar�ir naradas tatha\nasito devalo vyasa[l\nsvayarh caiva brav�i me\n\"Arjuna said: You are the Supreme Brahman, the ultimate, the supreme\nabode and purifier, the Absolute Truth and the eternal divine person. You\nare the primal God, transcendental and original, and You are the unborn\nand all-pervading beauty. All the great sages such as Narada, Asita, Devala,\nand Vyasa proclaim this of You, and now You Yourself are declaring it to\nme.\" (Bg. 10.12-13)\n\n", "SB4.4#p0376": "Text 8]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\nThe Brahma-samhitii\n\nalso says, aniidir\n\n1495\n\niidir govinda� sarva-kararw­\n\nkarar-am: \"The Supreme Lord is not caused by anything [ anadi] , but He\nis the cause of all causes.\" The Vediinta-siitra says, janmady asya yata�:\n\"The Absolute Truth is that from which everything emanates.\" The\nAbsolute Truth is described as iidi-puru�a. The Absolute Truth is therefore\na person and is not impersonal.\nTEXTS\n\n�WF!fTTn\"T\n\n�t i'Jft�� � it Tf it \"r';r�: I\n\n6iiil�'11l��qt�� m�;J �n II� II\nsri bhagaviin uviica\nvaram vrr-tdhvam bhadram vo\nyiiyam me n.rpa-nandaniifl\nsauhiirdeniiprthag-dharmiis\ntu�to 'ham sauh_rdena va�\nsri bhagaviin uviica- the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; varambenediction; vrr-tdhvam-ask; bhadram-good fortune; va�- of you;yiiyam\n-you; me-from Me; nrpa-nandanii�-0 sons of the King; sauhiirdenaby\n\nfriendship;\n\naprthak-nondifferent;\n\ndharmii�- occupation;\n\ntu�.ta�­\n\npleased; aham- I; sauhrdena-by friendship; va�- of you.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: My dear sons of the King, I\nam very much pleased by the friendly relationships amongst you. All of\nyou are engaged in one occupation-devotional service. I am so pleased\nwith your mutual frie ndship that I wish you all good fortune. Now you\nmay ask a benediction of Me.\nPURPORT\nSince the sons of King Pracinabarhifjat were all united in Kr�va con·\nsciousness, the Lord was very pleased with them. Each and every one of\nthe sons of King Pracinabarhi�at was an individual soul, but they were\nunited in offering transcendental service to the Lord. The unity of the\nindividual souls attempting to satisfy the Supreme Lord or rendering\nservice to the Lord is real unity. In the material world such unity is not\n\n·\n\n", "SB4.4#p0377": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1496\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\npossible. Even though people may officially unite, they all have different\ninterests. In the United Nations, for instance, all the nations have their\nparticular national ambitions, and consequently they cannot be united.\nDisunity between individual souls is so strong within this material world\nthat even in a society of Kr��a consciousness, members sometimes appear\ndisunited due to their having different opinions and leaning toward\nmaterial things. Actually in Kr��a consciousness there cannot be two\nopinions. There is only one goal: to serve Kr��a to one's best ability. If\nthere is some disagreement over service, such disagreement is to be taken\nas\n\nspiritual. Those who are actually engaged in the service of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead cannot be disunited in any circumstance. This\nmakes the Supreme Personality of Godhead very happy and willing to\naward all kinds of benediction to His devotees, as indicated in this verse.\nWe can see that the Lord is immediately prepared to award all benedictions to the sons of King Pracinabarhi�at.\nTEXT9\n\n���� woqFJt 9;&1tl'G� �: 1\n�m(t�� ij��m�� II� II\nyo 'nusmarati sandhyiiyiirh\nyu.smiin anudinarh nara{!\ntasya bhriit,r.sv iitma-siimyarh\ntathii bhute.su sauh,rdam\nya{l-one who; anusma rati always remembers; sandhyayam-in the\n-\n\nevening; yu.smiin-you; anudinam-every day; nara{!-human being; tasya\nbhrat.rflu with his brothers; iitma samyam-per so nal equality; tatha-as\n-\n\n-\n\nalso; bhute.su-with all living beings; sauhrdam-friendship.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord continued: Those who remember you every evening of every\nday will become friendly with their brothers and with all other living\nentities.\nTEXT 10\n\nit � Itt �� ij1tf smn e�t1oom 1\n��( €fillti!4(1;a;l� �lil�����oll\n\n", "SB4.4#p0378": "Text 1 0 ]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1497\n\nye tu miim rudra-gitena\nsiiyarh priitafl samiihitiifl\nstuvanty aharh kiima-variin\ndiisye prajniirh ca sobhaniim\nye-those persons who; tu-but; mam-unto Me; rudra-grtena-by the\n\nsong sung by Lord Siva; siiyam-in the evening; prata{L-in the morning;\n\nsamiihitiifl-being attentive; stuvanti-offer prayers; aham-I; kiima-variin­\n\nall benedictions to fulfill desires; diisye-shall award; prajnam-intelligence;\nca- also; sobhaniim-transcendental.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who will offer Me the prayers composed by Lord �iva, both in\nthe morning and in the evening, will be given benedictions by Me. In this\nway they can both fulfill their desires and attain good intelligence.\nPURPORT\nGood intelligence means going back home, back to Godhead. This is\n\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nte�iirh satata-yuktanam\nbhajatiim prtti-purvakam\ndadami buddhi-yogam tam\nyena mam upayiinti te\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give\n\nthe understanding by which they can come to Me.\" (Bg. 10.10)\n\nOne who offers prayers to the Lord to fulfill his different desires must\n\nknow that the highest perfectional fulfillment of desire is to go back home,\nback to Godhead. In this verse it is indicated that those who remember the\nactivities of the Pracetas, the sons of King Pracinabarhi�at, will be delivered\nand benedicted. So what to speak of the sons of King Pracinabarh�at, who\nare directly connected with the Supreme Personality of Godhead? This is\n\nthe way of the paramparii system. If we follow the iicaryas, we attain the\n\nsame benefit as our predecessors. If one follows the decisions of Arjuna, he\n\nshould be considered to be directly hearingBhagavad-gtta from the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. There is no difference between hearing Bhagavad­\n\ngtta directly from the Supreme Lord and following a personality like\nArjuna, who formerly heard Bhagavad-gtta directly from the Lord. Some­\n\ntimes foolish people argue that since Kr�Q.a is not present at the moment,\n\n", "SB4.4#p0379": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1498\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\none cannot take direct instructions from Him. Such foolish people do not\nknow that there is no difference between directly hearing Bhagavad-gttii\nand reading it, as long as one accepts Bhagavad-gttii as it is, spoken by the\nLord. However, if one wants to understand Bhagavad-gttii by his imperfect\ninterpretations, one cannot possibly understand the mysteries of Bhagavad­\n\ngttii, even though one may be a great scholar according to mundane estimation.\n\nTEXT ll\n\n��\n\nNd{l��•n4it! aa:•��m 1\n\n31'� CT �eft �ffl�� ll�ffl' II��II\nyad yiiyam pitur iidesam\nagrah�ta mudiinvitiilJ.\natho va usatt ktrtir\nlokiin anu bhav(syati\nyat- because; yiiyam-you; pitu�-of your father; adesam-the order;\nagrah(s.ta-accepted; mudii anvitii� - in great happiness; atho-therefore;\nva� - your; usati-attractive; ktrtift glories; lokiin anu-throughout the\nuniverse; bhav(syati-will become possible.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause you have with pleasure accepted within your hearts the orders\nof your father and have executed those orders very faithfully, your attractive qualities will be celebrated all over the world.\n\nPURPORT\nSince every living entity is part and parcel of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, he has small independence. Sometimes unintelligent men ask\nwhy one is put into a miserable condition, even though everyone is under\nthe control of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Because of his minute\nindependence, the living entity can obey or disobey the orders of the\nSupreme Lord. If he obeys the Supreme Lord's orders, he becomes happy.\nIf he does not, he becomes unhappy. Therefore the living entity creates\nhis own happiness or unhappiness. The Supreme Lord does not enforce\nthese on anyone. The Supreme Lord praised the Pracetas because they all\nfaithfully obeyed the orders of their father. The Lord therefore blessed the\nsons of King Pracinabarhi�at because they obeyed their father's orders.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0380": "Text 13]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1499\n\nTEXT 12\n\n� �: �it�� ;mail g�: I\ntr���ar bi�ttf ������II\nbhavitii visrutaft putro\n'navamo brahma[lO gu[laifl,\nya etiim iitma-virye[la\ntri-lokirh purayi§yati\nbhavitii-there will be; viSrutaft\n\n-\n\nvery famous; pu traft-son; anavamaft­\n\nnot inferior; brahma[laft- to Lord Brahma; gu[laifl,-by qualifications; yaftwho; etiim-all this; iitma-virye[la-by his progeny; tri-lokim-the three\nworlds; purayi§yati- will fill.\nTRANSLATION\nYou will have a nice son, who will be in no way inferior to Lord Brahma.\nConsequently, he will be very famous all over the universe, and the sons\nand grandsons generated by him will fill the three worlds.\nPURPORT\nAs explained in the next verse, the Pracetas will marry the daughter of\nthe great sage Kar;H;lu. It is suggested that the son's name will be Visruta\nand that he will glorify both his father and mother because of his\ngood character. In fact, he would be greater than Lord Brahma. The great\npolitician Ca�akya said that if there is a good tree within a garden or\nforest, its flowers will fill the forest with their fragrance. Similarly, a good\nson within a family makes the whole family famous all over the world.\nKr�JJa took birth in the family of the Y ad us, and consequently the Y adu\ndynasty is famous all over the world.\nTEXT 13\n\n�:������;nl\nffl :qwfqj ��{�T �qwtorG\\•m II� �II\nka[lpoft pramlocayii labdhii\nkanyii kamala-locanii\n\n", "SB4.4#p0381": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1500\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\ntiirh ciipaviddhiirh jagrhur\nbhiiruhii nrpa-nandarui[l\nka[lpo[l-of the sage Kart�u; pramlocayii-by a heavenly society girl\nnamed\n\nPramloca;\n\nlabdha-obtained;\n\nkanyii-daughter;\n\nkamala-locanii­\n\nlotus-eyed; tiim-her; ca-also; apaviddhiim-given up; jagrhu[l-accepted;\nbhiiruhii[l-the trees; nrpa-nandana[l-0 sons of King Pracinabarhi�at.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 sons of King Pracinaharhi�at, the heavenly society girl named Pramlocii\n\nkept the lotus-eyed daughter of Kru;u;J.u in the care of the forest trees. Then\nshe went back to the heavenly planet. This daughter was born by the\ncoupling of the Apsara named Pramloca with the sage Kat;1c;lu.\nPURPORT\nWhenever a great sage undergoes severe austerities for material power,\nthe King of heaven, lndra, becomes very envious. All the dem igods have\nresponsible posts for the management of universal affairs and are very\nhighly qualified with pious activities. Although they are ordinary living\nentities, they are nonetheless able to attain responsible posts, like Lord\nBrahma, Indra, Candra and VaruJ}.a. As is the nature of this material world,\nthe King of heaven, lndra, is very anxious if a great sage undergoes severe\nausterities. The whole material world is filled with such envy that everyone\nbecomes afraid of his neighbors. Every businessman is afraid of his\nassociates because this material world is the field of activities for all kinds\nof envious people who have come here to compete with the opulence of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus Indra was very much afraid of\nthe severe austerities performed by the great sage Kal}.c;lu, and he sent\nPramloca to break his vows and austerities. A similar incident took place\nin the case of Vi8vamitra. From other incidents in the sastras, it appears\nthat lndra has always been envious. When King Prthu was celebrating\nvarious sacrifices, outdoing lndra, lndra became very envious, and he\ndisturbed King Prthu 's sacrifice. This has already been discussed in previous\nchapters. King Indra became successful in.breaking the vow of the great\nsage Kat;1c;lu, who became attracted by the beauty of the heavenly society\ngirl Prarnloca and begot a female child. This child is described herein as\nlotus-eyed and very beautiful. Being thus successful in her mission, Pramloca\nreturned to the heavenly planets, leaving the newborn child to the care of\nthe trees. Fortunately the trees accepted the child and agreed to raise her.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0382": "Text 15]\n\n1501\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\nTEXT 14\n\n� � oo�: W{qtlflfufh( 1\n\n� UC(+tl�lt41 fwf� « ��: 11��11\nk.sut-k.siimiiyii mukhe riijii\nsoma[! piyu.sa-var_sirzim\ndesinim rodamiiniiyii\nnidadhe sa dayiinvitaf!\nkflut-by hunger; k� iimiiyii �-when she was distressed; mukhe-within\n\n.\n\nthe mouth; riijii-the King; somaf!-the moon; piyusa- nectar; var§irzimpouring; desinim- forefinger; rodamiiniiyiif!-while she was crying; nidadhe\n-placed; saf!-he; dayii-anvitaf!-b eing compassionate.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the child, who was left to the care of the trees, began to cry\n\nin hunger. At that time the King of the forest, namely the King of the\nmoon planet, out of compassion placed his finger, which poured forth\nnectar, within the child's mouth. Thus the child was raised by the mercy\nof the King of the moon.\nPURPORT\nAlthough the Apsara left her child to the care of the trees, the trees\ncould not take care of the child properly; therefore the trees handed the\nchild over to the King of the moon. Thus Candra, King of the moon, put\nhis finger within the mouth of the child to satisfy her hunger.\nTEXT 15\n\n!NUNe�t 3llf�: fq;n +tT�ffi I\nVI � CluU� �� +tTf� II��II\nprajii-visarga iid(s.tiif!\npitrii miim anuvartatii\ntatra kanyiim variirohiim\ntiim udvahata mii ciram\np rajii- vis arge - to create progeny; iid�.t iifi - being ordered; pitrii-by your\nfather; miim-My direction; anuvartatii-following; tatra-there; kanyiim-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0383": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1502\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nthe daughter; uanzroh am- highly qualified and exquisitely beautiful; tamher; udvahata-marry; rna-without; c i ram- wasting time.\nTRANSLATION\nSince all of you are very much obedient to My orders, I ask you to\n\nimmediately marry that girl, who is so well qualified with beauty and\n\ngood qualities. According to the order of your father, create progeny\nthrough her.\nPURPORT\nThe Pracetiis not only were great devotees of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead but were very obedient to the orders of their father. Therefore\nthe Lord asked them to marry the daughter of Pramloca.\nTEXT 16\n....,.\n\n.\n\n3l'l�� �qr q: ij�� I\n31'£1.{�f.l4�fl�� �q�W41ftRI1�1;u II � �II\naprthag-dharma-Siliiniim\nsarve.siim vafl sumadhyamii\naprthag-dharma-sileyarh\nbhiiyiit patny arpitiisayii\naprthak-without\n\ndifferences;\n\ndha rma-occupation ;\n\nsiliinam-whose\n\ncharacter; sarve.siim-all; va� - of you; su-madhyamii-a girl whose waist is\nslender; aprthak-without differences; dha rma-oc cup ation; silii-wellbehaved; iyam -this ; bhil yiit-may she become; patni-wife; arpita-iisayiifully surrendered.\nTRANSLATION\nYou brothers are all of the same nature, being devotees and obedient\n\nsons of your father. Similarly, that girl is also of the same type and is dedi­\n\ncated to all of you. Thus both the girl and you, the sons of Pracinabarhi�at,\n\nare on the same platform, being united on a common principle.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Vedic principles, a woman cannot have many husbands,\nalthough a husband can have many wives. In special instances, however,\nit is found that a woman has more than one husband. Draupadi, for\n\n", "SB4.4#p0384": "Text 16]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1503\n\ninstance, was married to all of the five Pal).�ava brothers. Similarly, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead ordered all the sons of Pracinabarhi�at to\nmarry the one girl born of the great sage Kal).�U and Pramloca. In special\ncases, a girl is allowed to marry more than one man, provided she is able\nto treat her husbands equally. This is not possible for an ordinary woman.\nOnly one who is especially qualified can be allowed to marry more than\none husband. In this age of Kali, to find such an equipoised woman is very\ndifficult. Thus according to scripture, kalau panca vivarjayet. In this age a\nwoman is forbidden to marry her husband's brother. This system is still\npracticed in some of the hilly tracts of India. The Lord says: aprthagdharma-stleyarh bhuyiit patny arpitiisayii. With the blessings of the Lord,\n\nall things are possible. The Lord especially benedicted the girl to surrender\nequally to all brothers. Ap;thag-dharma, meaning occupational duty without difference of purpose, is taught in Bhagavad-gttii. Bhagavad-gttii is\ndivided into three primary divisions karma-yoga jniina-yoga, and bhakti-\n\n,\n\nyoga. The word yoga means acting on behalf of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. As confirmed by Bhagavad-gttii:\nyajniirthiit karmaro 'nyatra\nloko 'yarh karma-bandhana�\ntad-artharh karma kaunteya\nmukta-sa1iga{t samiicara\n\"Work done as a sacrifice for Vi�l).U has to be performed, otherwise work\nbinds one to this material world. Therefore, 0 son of Kunti, perform your\nprescribed duties for His satisfaction, and in that way you will always\nremain unattached and free from bondage.\" (Bg. 3. 9)\nOne may act according to his own occupational duty just to satisfy the\nyajna-puru.sa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That is called aprthagdharma. Different limbs of the body may act in different ways, but the\nultimate objective is to maintain the entire body. Similarly, if we work for\nthe satisfaction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, we will find that\nwe satisfy everything. We should follow in the footsteps of the Pracetas,\nwhose only aim was to satisfy the Supreme Lord. This is called aprthagdharma. According to Bhagavad-gitii:\nsarva-dharman parityajya\nmiim ekarh sarararh vraja\naharh tviirh sarva-piipebhyo\nmok.sayiniimi mii suca�\n\n", "SB4.4#p0385": "1504\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver\n\nyou from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" (Bg. 18.66)\n\nThis is the advice of Lord Kr�Qa. Our only aim should be to act in Kr�Qa\nconsciousness for the satisfaction of the Lord. This is oneness, or aprthagdharma.\nTEXT 17\n\n�ottc�\nf\n��1��: 1\n-_it�� itilF{� �t���� II Z \\911\ndivya-var_sa-sahasriipiim\nsahasram ahataujasa�\nbhaumiin bhok.syatha bhogiin vai\ndivyiims ciinugrahan mama\ndivya-of the heavenly planets; v ar_sa- years; sahasriipiim-of thousands;\nsahasram-a thousand; ahata-without being defeated; ojasa�- your power;\nbhaumiin-of this world; bhok.syatha-you will enjoy; bhogiin- enjoyments;\nvai-certainly; divyiin-of the heavenly world; ca-also; anugrahiit-by\nmercy; mama- My.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord then blessed all the Pracetas, saying: My dear princes, by My\nmercy, you can enjoy all the facilities of this world as well as the heavenly\nworld. Indeed, you can enjoy all of them without hindrance and with full\nstrength for one million celestial years.\nPURPORT\nThe duration of life prescribed for the Pracetas by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is calculated by the time measurements of higher planetary\n\nsystems. Our six earth months are said to equal one day (12 hours) in the\nhigher planetary systems. Thirty days equal one month, and twelve\nmonths equal one year. In this way, for one million years according to the\ncalculations of the higher planetary system the Pracetas were allowed to\nenjoy all kinds of material facilities. Although this lifespan was so long, the\nPracetas were given full bodily strength by the grace of the Lord. In the\nmaterial world, if one wants to live for many years, he must endure the\ndifficulties of old age, invalidity and many other miserable conditions.\nThe Pracetas, however, were given full bodily strength to enjoy material\n\n", "SB4.4#p0386": "Text 18)\n\n1505\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\nfacilities. This special facility was given to the Pracetas so that they could\ncontinue rendering full devotional service. This will be explained in the\nfollowing verse.\nTEXT 18\n\n3l?tfP-�-.ql�;:ql ����n I\nm�?t � � f;H�Ii;\\(1 : II� �II\natha mayy anapiiyinyii\nbhaktyii pakva-guriisayiif!\nupayiisyatha mad-dhiima\nnirvidya nirayiid ataft\natka-therefore; mayi\n\n-\n\nunto Me; anapiiyinyii-without any deviation;\n\nbhaktyii-by devotional service; pakva-gura-free from material contamination; iisayiift\n\n-\n\nyour mind; upayiisyatha-you will attain; mat-dhiima­\n\nMy abode; nirv idya-being completely detached; ni rayiit\nexistence; ataft\n\n-\n\n-\n\nfrom material\n\nthus.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThereafter you will develop unadulterated devotional service unto Me\nand be freed from all material contamination. At that time, being completely unattached to material enjoyment in the so-called heavenly planets\nas\n\nwell as in hellish planets, you will return home, back to Godhead.\nPURPORT\nBy the grace of the Lord, the Pracetas were given special facilities.\n\nAlthough they could live millions of years to enjoy material facilities, they\nstill would not be deviated from the transcendental loving service of the\nLord. Being thus fully engaged, the Pracetas would be completely freed\nfrom all material attachment. Material attachment is very strong. During\none lifetime, a materialist engages in acquiring land, money, friends,\nsociety, friendship, love, and so on. He also wants to enjoy the heavenly\nplanets after the annihilation of the body. If one is engaged in devotional\nserivce, however, he becomes unattached to all kinds of material enjoyment\nand suffering. In the material world, those who are elevated to the higher\nplanetary systems are supposed to enjoy all material facilities, whereas\nthose degraded to lower planetary systems are supposed to live in a hellish\ncondition. A devotee, however, is transcendental to both heavenly and\nhellish conditions. According to Bhagavad-gttii, a devotee's position is\ndescribed in this way:\n\n", "SB4.4#p0387": "1506\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nmiim ca yo 'vyabhiciirera\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa guriin samatttyaitiin\nbrahma-bhiiyiiya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in\nany circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and\nthus comes to the level of Brahman.\" (Bg. 14.26)\nA devotee is always situated on the Brahman platform. He has nothing\nto do with material happiness or distress. When one is strongly fixed in\ndevotional service and free from all material attachment, uncontaminated\nby the material modes of nature, he becomes fit to return home, back to\nGodhead. Although by special blessing the Pracetas would enjoy material\nfacilities for millions of years, they would not be attached to them. Thus\nat the end of their material enjoyment they would be promoted to the\nspiritual world and return to Godhead.\nThe word pakva-gurasayii[l has special significance, for it means that by\ndevotional service one is able to give up the influence of the three modes\nof material nature. As long as one is influenced by the modes of material\nnature, he cannot return to Godhead. It is clearly explained that all\nplanets in the material world-beginning from Brahmaloka down to the\nhellish planets-are unfit places for a devotee. Padam padam yad vipadiim\nna te§iim. A place where there is danger at every step is certainly not a\ncomfortable place. The Lord therefore says in Bhagavad-gita:\niibrahma-bhuvaniil lokii[l,\npunar iivartino 'rjuna\nmiim upetya tu kaunteya\npunar janma na vidyate\n\"From the highest planet in the material world down to the lowest, all are\nplaces of misery wherein repeated birth and death take place. But one who\nattains to My abode, 0 son of Kunti, never take birth again.\" (Bg. 8.16)\nThus there is no profit, even if one is promoted to the highest planet in\nthe material universe, Brahmaloka. However, if one is somehow or other\npromoted to the abode of the Lord, he never returns to the material world.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�� :qrftr �j w;�umJ:, I\n'*\"lijWRt4l+utti if if;l:fitr �� 1Rrl: II� �II\n\n", "SB4.4#p0388": "Text 19]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1507\n\ngrhe.sv iivisatiirh ciipi\npurhsiim kusala-karmaram\nmad-viirtii-yiita-yiimiiniirh\nna bandhiiya grhii matii[t\ngrhe su- in family life; iiviSatiim-who have entered; ca-also; api-even;\n.\n\npurhsiim- of persons; kusala karmariim- engaged in auspicious activities;\n-\n\nmat-viirtii- in topics ahout Me; yiita- is expended; yiimiiniim- whose every\nmoment; na- not; bandhiiya-for bondage; grhiift-household life; matiiftconsidered.\nTRANSLATION\nThose who are engaged in auspicious activities in devotional service\ncertainly understand that the ultimate enjoyer or beneficiary of all\nactivities is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus when one acts, he\noffers the results to the Supreme Personality of Godhead and passes life\nalways engaged in the topics of the Lord. Even though such a person may\nbe participating in family life, he is not affected by the results of his\nactions.\nPURPORT\nGenerally a person living in a family becomes overly attached to fruitive\nactivity. In other words, he tries to enjoy the results of his activities. A\ndevotee, however, knows that Kr�t;ta is the supreme enjoyer.\nbhoktiiram yajna-tapasiim\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\nsuhrdam sarva-bhutiiniim\njniitvii miirh siintim rcchati\n\"The sages, knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrifices and\nausterities,\n\nthe Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods and the\n\nbenefactor and well-wisher of all living entities, attain peace from the\npangs of material miseries.\" (Bg. 5.29)\nThe Supreme Lord is the supreme proprietor; consequently the devotee\ndoes not consider himself the proprietor of any occupation. The devotee\nalways thinks of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as the proprietor;\ntherefore the results of his business are offered to the Supreme Lord. One\nwho thus lives in the material world with his family and children never\nbecomes affected by the contaminations of the material world. This is\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (3. 9):\n\n", "SB4.4#p0389": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1508\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nyajniirthiit karmaro 'nyatra\nloko 'yarh karma-bandhana�\ntad-artharh karma kaunteya\nmukta-sanga� samiicara\nOne who tries to enjoy the results of his activities becomes bound by\n\nthe results.\n\nOne who\n\noffers the results or profits to the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, however, does not become entangled in the\nresults. This is the secret of success. Generally people take sannyiisa to\n\nbecome free from the reactions of fruitive activity. One who does not re­\n\nceive the results of his actions but offers them instead to the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead certainly remains in a liberated condition. In Bhakti­\n\nrasamrta-sindhu, Srila Riipa Gosviimi confirms this:\nthii yasya harer diisye\nkarma[lii manasii girii\nnikhiliisv apy avasthiisu\njtvan-mukta� sa ucyate\n\nIf one engages himself in the service of the Lord through his life, wealth,\n\nwords, intelligence, and everything he possesses, he will always be liberated\n\nin any condition. Such a person is called a jtvan-mukta, one who is liberated\n\nduring this lifetime. Devoid of Kr�Q.a consciousness, those who engage in\n\nmaterial activities simply become more entangled in material bondage.\n\nThey have to suffer and enjoy the actions and reactions of all activity.\n\nThis Kr�Q.a consciousness movement is therefore the greatest boon to\n\nhumanity because it keeps one always engaged in Kr�l}a's service. The\n\ndevotees think of Kr�Q.a, act for Kr�Q.a, eat for Kr�Q.a, sleep for Kr�Qa and\n\nwork for Kr�Q.a. Thus everything is engaged in the service of Kr�Q.a. A total\n\nlife in Kr�Qa consciousness saves one from material contamination. As stated\n\nby Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Maharaja, kr�ra bhajane yiihii haya\n\nanukula, vi§aya baliyii tyiige tiihii haya bhula. If one is so expert that he can\nengage everything or dovetail everything in the service of the Lord, to give\n\nup the material world would be a great blunder. One should learn how to\n\ndovetail everything in the service of the Lord, for everything is connected\n\nto Kr�Q.a. That is the real purpose of life and secret of success. As reiterated\nlater in the Third Chapter of Bhagavad-gttii:\n\ntasmiid asakta{l. satatarh\nkiiryarh karma samiicara\n\n", "SB4.4#p0390": "The Activities of the Pracetas\n\nText 20]\n\n1509\n\nasakto hy ticaran karma\nparam iipnoti puru�a�\n\"Therefore, without being attached to the fruits of activities, one should\nact as a matter of duty; for. by working without attachment, one attains\nthe Supreme.\" (3.19)\nThe Third Chapter of Bhagavad-gttii specifically considers material\nactivities for the purpose of sense gratification and material activities for\nthe purpose of satisfying the Supreme Lord. The conclusion is that these\nare not one and the same. Material activities for sense gratification are\nthe cause of material bondage, whereas the very same activities for the\nsatisfaction of Kr�l).a are the cause of liberation. How the same activity\ncan be the cause of bondage and liberation can be explained as follows.\nOne may get indigestion due to eating too many milk preparationscondensed milk, sweet rice, and so on. But even though there is indiges·\ntion or diarrhea, another milk preparation-yogurt mixed with black\npepper and salt-will immediately cure these maladies. In other words,\none milk preparation can cause indigestion and diarrhea, and another\nmilk preparation can cure them.\nIf one is placed in material opulence due to the special mercy of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, he should not consider that opulence\na cause for bondage. When a mature devotee is blessed with material\nopulence, he does not become affected adversely because he knows how\nto employ material opulence in the service of the Lord. There are many\nsuch examples in the history of the world. There were kings like Prthu\nMaharaja,\n\nPrahlada Maharaja,\n\nJanaka,\n\nDhruva,\n\nV aivasvata Manu and\n\nMaharaja l�vaku. All of these were great kings and were especially favored\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If a devotee is not mature, the\nSupreme Lord will take away all his opulence. This principle is stated by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead: yasyiiham anugrhr-iimi hari_sye\ntad-dhanarh sanai[l. \"My first mercy shown to My devotee is to take away\nall his material opulence.\" Material opulence detrimental to devotional\nservice is taken away by the Supreme Lord, whereas a person who is\nmature in devotional service is given all material facilities.\nTEXT 20\n\n� � ;fmijMfqtf�: 1\n� � � m:qf;ij � Rf';ij � r(ijt:JI � II\no\n\n", "SB4.4#p0391": "•\n\n1510\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nnavyavad dhrdaye yaj jiio\nbrahmaitad brahma-viidibhifi.\nna muhyanti na socanti\nna hr.syanti yato gatiift\n\nnavya-vat-ever increasingly fresh; hrdaye-in the heart; yat\n\n-\n\nas; jiia[l­\n\nthe supreme knower, Paramatma; brahma-Brahman; etat-this; brahmavadibhi[l-by the advocates of Absolute Truth; na\n\n-\n\nnever; muhyanti-are\n\nbewildered; na-never; socanti-lament; na-never; h[�yanti-are jubilant;\n\nyata[l-when; gatii[l-have attained.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlways engaging in the activities of devotional service, devotees feel\never-increasingly fresh and new in all their activities. The all-knower, the\nSupersoul within the heart of the devotee, makes everything increasingly\nfresh. This is known as the Brahman position by the advocates of the\nAbsolute Truth. In such a liberated stage [brahma-bhiita], one is never\nbewildered. Nor does one lament or become unnecessarily jubilant. This\nis due to the brahma-bhiita situation.\nPURPORT\nA devotee is inspired by the Supersoul within the heart to advance in\n\ndevotional service in a variety of ways. The devotee does not feel\n\nhackneyed nor stereotyped, nor does he feel that he is in a stagnant\nposition. In the material world, if one engages in chanting a material name,\n\nhe will feel tired after chanting a few times. However, one can chant the\nHare Kr�l).a mahii-mantra all day and night and never feel tired. As chanting\n\nis increased, it will come out new and fresh. Srila Rupa Gosvami said if he\n\ncould somehow get millions of ears and tongues, then he could relish\n\nspiritual bliss by chanting the Hare Kr�l).a mahii-mantra. There is really\nnothing uninspiring for a highly advanced devotee. In Bhagavad-gita the\n\nLord says that He is situated in everyone's heart and that He helps the\n\nliving entity forget and remember. By the grace of the Lord, the devotee\ngets inspiration.\n\nte�am satata-yuktanam\nbhajatiim priti-pilrvakam\ndadiimi buddhi-yogam tam\nyena mam upayanti te\n\n", "SB4.4#p0392": "Text 21]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1511\n\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give the\n\nunderstanding by which they can come to Me.\" (Bg. 10.10)\n\nAs stated (kusala-karma[u'im ), those engaged in auspicious activities in\n\ndevotional service are guided by the Supersoul, described in this verse as\n\nfiia, one who knows everything past, present and future. The Supersoul\n\ngives instructions to the sincere unalloyed devotee on how he can progress\n\nmore and more in approaching the Supreme Personality of Godhead. SrUa\nJiva Gosvami in this connection says that the Supersoul, the plenary expan­\n\nsion of the Personality of Godhead, exists in everyone's heart, but in the\n\nheart of the devotee He reveals Himself as ever increasingly new. Being\n\ninspired by Him, the devotee experiences increased transcendental bliss in\nthe execution of his devotional service.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�5,lr i3<IR\n����lUi\n\n�\n\nill�� sn§t�: �:\n-\n\nfll�'l. •IMtll ij�444( II�� II\n\nmaitreya uviica\nevarh bruviir-arh puru.siirtha-bhiijanarh\njaniirdanarh priinjalayaft pracetasaft\ntad-darsana-dhvas ta-tamo-rajo-malii\ngiriigrr;.an gadgadayii suhrt-tamam\nmaitreya� uviica- Maitreya said; evam-thus; bruvap.am- speaking;\npuru.sa-artha-of the ultimate goal of life; bhnjanam-the bestower;\njaniirdanam-who takes away all the disadvantages of the devotee;\npriinjalaya[l-with folded hands; pracetasaf!,-the Praceta brothers; tatHim; darsana-by seeing; dhvasta- dissipated; tamafl,-of darkness; rajafl,of passion; maliift- whose contamination; girii- with a voice; agrp.anoffered prayers; gadgadayii faltering; suhrt-tamam-unto the greatest of\nall friends.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya said: After the Personality of Godhead spoke\nthus, the Pracetas began to offer Him p rayers. The Lord is the bestower of\n\n", "SB4.4#p0393": "1512\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nall success in life and is the supreme benefactor. He is also the supreme\nfriend who takes away all miserable conditions experienced by a devotee.\n\nIn a faltering voice, due to ecstasy, the Pracetas began to offer prayers.\nThey were purified by the presence of the Lord, who was before them\nface to face.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord is herein described as puru.siirtha-bhiijanam (the bestower of\nthe ultimate goal of life). Whatever success we want in life can be attained\nby the mercy of the Lord. Since the Pracetas had already attained the\nLord's mercy, they were no longer subject to the contamination of the\nmaterial modes. The material modes dissipated from them just as the darkness of night immediately dissipates when the sun rises. Because the Lord\nappeared before them, naturally all the contaminations of the material\nqualities of rajas and tamas completely disappeared. Similarly, when an\nunalloyed devotee chants the Hare Krt>l).a mahii-mantra, he is also purified\nof all material contamination because the name of the Lord and the Lord\nare identical. As stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam:\n\nsrrwatiim sva-kathiift kmwft\npur.ya-sravar-a-kirtanaft\nhrdy anta[l.-stho hy abhadrar-i\nvidhunoti suhrt satiim\n\"SriK.rt>l).a, the Personality of Godhead, who is the Paramatma [Supersoul]\nin everyone's heart and the benefactor of the truthful devotee, cleanses\ndesire for material enjoyment from the heart of the devotee who relishes\nhis messages, which are in themselves virtuous when properly heard and\nchanted.\" (Bhiig. 1.2.17)\nThe holy name of the Lord is the Lord Himself. If one chants and hears,\nhe becomes purified. Gradually all material contamination disappears. The\nPracetiis were already purified due to the Lord's presence before them,\nand they could therefore offer the proper prayers with folded hands. In\nother words, as soon as devotees are engaged in devotional service, they\nbecome transcendental to all material contamination immediately. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nmam ca yo 'vyabhicarer-a\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gur-an samatityaitiin\nbrahma-bhuyiiya kalpate\n\n", "SB4.4#p0394": "Text 22]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1513\n\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in\nany circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and\nthus comes to the level of Brahman.\" ( Bg. 14.26)\nSometimes the devotees are dissatisfied due to their not seeing the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead personally. When the Pracetas saw the\nSupreme Lord personally present, their unhappiness vanished.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nJl�rm ��\n\nifilfi4'11�'1\nnt�ftt«ta>l(gt�l1�\n'ltlrcRt��\n��� ;pJ: ''��''\n\n;00 ;pf!\n\npracetasa ucu�\nnamo nama� klesa-viniisaniiya\nnirupitodiira-gurahvayiiya\nmano-vaco-vega-puro-javii ya\nsarviik.sa-miirgair agatiidhvane nama[1\npracetasa� u cufz, - the Pracetas said; nama�- o b eisances; nama�- ob ei­\n\nsances; kle5a-material distress; vinasaniiya- unto one who destroys; nimpita\n-settled; udiira- magnanimous; guru-qualities; iihvayiiya- whose name;\nmana�-of the mind; vaca�-of speech; vega- the speed; pu ra� -b efore;\njaviiya-whose speed; sarva-ak§a-of all material senses; m iirgai� - b y the\npaths; agata-not perceivable; adhvane-whose course; nama[l-we offer our\n\nrespects.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Pracetas spoke as follows: Dear Lord, You relieve all kinds of\nmaterial distress. Your magnanimous transcendental qualities and holy\nname are all-auspicious. This conclusion is already settled. You can go\nfaster than the speed of mind and words. You cannot be perceived by\nmaterial senses. We therefore offer You respectful obeisances again and\nagain.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0395": "1514\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nPURPORT\nThe word nirupita, meaning \"concluded,\" is very significant in this\nverse. No one has to conduct research work to find God or make progress\nin spiritual knowledge. Everything is conclusively there in the Vedas.\nTherefore the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii:\nsarvasya ciiharh hrdi sanniv�.to\nmatta[l smrtir jniinam apohanarh ca\nvedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedyo\nvediinta-krd veda-vid eva ciiham\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness. By all the Vedas, I am to be known; indeed, I am\nthe compiler of Vedanta, and I am the knower of the Vedas.\" (Bg. 15.15)\nUnderstanding the Supreme Personality of Godhead through the process\nof the Vedas is perfect and conclusive. The Vedas state, ata]l sri-kr.s[Laniimiidi na bhaved grahyam indriyai[l: the transcendental names, forms,\nqualities, paraphernalia and pastimes of the Lord cannot be understood by\nour blunt material senses. Sevonmukhe hi jihviidau svayam eva sphuraty\nada[l: when a devotee engages his senses favorably in devotional service,\nthe Lord, through His causeless mercy, reveals Himself to the devotee.\nThis is the conclusive Vedic process. The Vedas also indicate that simply\nby chanting the holy names of the Lord one can without a doubt become\nspiritually advanced. We cannot approach the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead by the speed of mind or words, but if we stick to devotional\nservice we can easily and quickly approach Him. In other words, the\nSupreme Lord is attracted by devotional service, and He can approach us\nmore swiftly than we can approach Him with our mental speculation. The\nLord has stated that He is beyond the range of mental speculation and the\nspeed of thought, yet He can be approached easily by His causeless mercy.\nThus only by His causeless mercy can He be attained. Other methods will\nnot be effective.\nTEXT 23\n\n� �119'ijlq ;rq: (qf.taql\n\nWiMt�iMlq I\n�\n�tl«\"'lwtWolf\\�!\n•OO�'Iqi!}UI�\nll��ll\n��--�q·.}\n\n", "SB4.4#p0396": "Text 23 J\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1515\n\nsuddhaya santaya nama� sva-ni§.thaya\nmanasy apartharh vilasad-dvayaya\nnamo jagat-sthiina-layodaye,su\ngrhita-maya-gupa-vigrahaya\nsuddhaya- unto the unadulterated; santaya unto the most peaceful;\nnama�- we offer our obeisances; sva-ni�.thaya- by being situated in one's position; manasi-in the mind; apa rtham- without any meaning; vilasat- appearing; dvayaya-in whom the dual world; nama�- obeisances; jagat of\nthe cosmic manifestation; sthana- maintenance; laya-annihilatio n; udaye,su\n-and for creation; grhita-accepted; maya- material; gupa-of the modes\nof nature; vigrahaya-the forms.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, we beg to offer our obeisances unto You. When the mind is\n\nfixed upon You, the world of dualit y, although a place for material enjoy ­\n\nment, appears meaningless. Your transcendental form is full of transcendental bliss. We therefore offer our respects unto You. Your appearances\nas\n\nLord Brahma, Lord Vi��u and Lord Siva are meant for the purpose of\n\ncreating, maintaining and annihilating this cosmic manifestation.\nPURPORT\n\nA pure devotee whose mind is always engaged in the service of the Lord\ncan certainly appreciate the impermanence of this material world. Although\nsuch a devotee may be engaged in executing material activities, this stage\n\nis called anasakti. As explained by Srila Rupa Gosvami, anasaktasya vi,sayan\n\nyatharham upayunjata�. A devotee is always unattached to material\nactivities because in the liberated stage his mind is always fixed on the\nlotus feet of the Lord.\nThis material world is called dvaita, the world of duality. A devotee\nknows very well that everything within this material world is but a\nmanifestation of the Supreme Lord's energy. To maintain the three modes\nof material nature, the Supreme Lord takes on different forms as Lord\nBrahma, Lord Vi��u and Lord Siva. Unaffected by the modes of material\nnature, the Lord takes on different forms to create, maintain and annihilate this cosmic manifestation. The conclusion is that although the pure\ndevotee appears to engage in material activities in the service of the Lord,\nhe knows very well that material enj oyment for sense gratification has no\nuse whatsoever.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0397": "1516\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nTEXT 24\n\n� fcly.a:Q\\\\itlt m �I\nC41ij�cUJ<t � � ri('tl€f4ijl4{ 11�'611\nnamo visuddha-sattviiya\nharaye hari-medhase\nviisudeviiya kr.sriiya\nprabhave sarva-siitvatiim\nnama[t-obeisances; visuddha-sattviiya-unto You, whose existence is free\nfrom all material influence; haraye-who takes away all miserable conditions of devotees;hari-medhase-whose brain works only for the deliverance\nof the conditioned soul;viisudevaya-the all-pervading Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; kr.srtiiya-unto J<r�p.a; prabhave-who increases the influence;\nsarva-satvatiim-of all kinds of devotees.\nTRA NS LA TION\nDear Lord, we offer our respectful obeisances unto You because Your\nexistence is completely independent of all material influences. Your\nLordship always takes away the devotee's miserable conditions, for Your\nbrain plans how to do so. You live everywhere as Paramatma; therefore\n\nYou are known as Vasudeva. You also accept Vasudeva as Your father,\n\nand You are celebrated by the name of 1\\.r�J}.a. You are so kind that You\nalways increase the influence of all kinds of devotees.\nPURPORT\nIn the previous verse it has been said (grhtta-mliya-gura-vigrahiiya) that\n\nthe Lord accepts three kinds of bodies (Vi�J}.U, Brahma and Siva) for the\npurposes of creating, maintaining and annihilating the cosmic manifestation.\nThe three predominating deities of the material universe (Bral1ma, Vi�Q.U\n\nand Siva) are called gu[ta-avatliras. There are many kinds of incarnations of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, and the first incarnations within this\n\nmaterial world are Brahma, Vi�Q.u and Mahesvara (Siva). Out of these\nthree, Lord Brahma and Lord Siva accept material bodies, but Lord Vi�Q.U\ndoes not accept a material body. Lord V�Q.U is therefore known\n\nas\n\nvisuddha-sattva. His existence is completely free from the contamination\nof the material modes of nature. One should therefore not think that Lord\n\nVi�Q.U is in the same category with Lord Brahma and Siva. The slistras\n\nforbid us to think in this way.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0398": "Text 24]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1517\n\nyas tu niiriiyaram devarh\nbrahma-rudriidi-daivatai�\nsamatvenaiva vik,seta\nsa pii�a[lpi bhaved dhruvam\nOne who considers Lord Vi�I)U to be in the same category with devas like\n\nLord Brahma or Lord Siva or who thinks Lord Brahma and Siva to be\n\nequal to Lord Vi�I)U is to be considered as pii,sarfli(a faithless nonbeliever).\n\nTherefore in this verse Lord Vi�I)U is distinguished in the words namo\n\nviSuddha-sattviiya. Although a living entity like us, Lord Brahma is exalted\ndue to his pious activities; therefore he is given the high post of Brahma.\n\nLord Siva is not actually like a living entity, but he is not the Surpeme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. His position is somewhere between Vi�I)U, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and Brahma, the living entity. Lord Siva\nis therefore explained in Brahma-sarhhitii in this way:\n\nk�irarh yathii dadhi vikiira-vise.sa-yogiit\nsanjiiyate na hi tata� prthag asti heto�\nya� sambhutiim api tathii samupaiti kiiryiid\ngovindam iidi-puru.sarh tam aharh bhajiimi\nLord Siva is considered to be like yogurt (dadhi). Yogurt is nothing but\n\ntransformed\n\nmilk; nonetheless yogurt cannot be accepted as milk.\n\nSimilarly, Lord Siva holds almost all the powers of Lord Vi�I)U, and he is\n\nalso above the qualities of the living entity, but he is not exactly like\nVi�l)u, just as yogurt, although transformed milk, is not exactly like milk.\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is also described herein as\n\nviisudeviiya k[.S[liiya. Kr�l)a is the original Supreme Personality of God·\nhead, and all Vi�ru expansions are His plenary portions or portions of\n\nHis plenary portions (known as sviirhsa and kalii). The sviirhsa, or direct\n\nexpansion, is also called arhsa. All vi,s.nu-tattvas are sviimsa, direct parts\nand parcels of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�l)a. Kr�J;ta is known\nas Vasudeva because He appeared in this material world as the son of\nVasudeva. Similarly, He is known as Devaki·nandana, Y a.Soda·nandana,\nNanda-nandana, and so on.\n\nAgain and again the Lord is very much interested in increasing the\n\ninfluence of His devotees. Therefore He is described herein as prabhave\nsarva-siitvatiim. The siitvata community is a community of Vai�l)avas, pure\n\ndevotees of the Lord. The Supreme Personality of Godhead .has unlimited\n\npowers, and He wants to see that His devotees are also entrusted with\nunlimited powers. A devotee of the Lord is always, therefore, distinguished\nfrom all other living entities.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0399": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1518\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nThe word hari means \"One who takes away all miserable conditions,\"\nand hari-medhase means that the Lord is always planning ways to deliver the\nconditioned soul from the clutches of maya. The Lord is so kind that He\npersonally incarnates to deliver the conditioned souls, and whenever He\ncomes, He makes His plans.\nparitraraya sadhunarh\nvinasaya ca du.skrtam\ndharma-sarhsthapanarthaya\nsambhavami yuge yuge\n\"To deliver the pious and to annihilate the miscreants, as well as to\nreestablish the principles of religion, I advent Myself millennium after\nmillennium.\" (Bg. 4.8)\nSince the Lord delivers all conditioned souls from the clutches of maya,\nHe is known as hari-medha�. In the list of incarnations, Kr�v.a is described\nas the supreme and original Personality of Godhead.\n\nete carhsa-kala� purhsaft\nkr.sras tu bhagavan svayam\nindrari-vyakularh lokarh\nmnlayanti yuge yuge (Bhag. 1.3.28)\nKr�J'.la, the original personality of Godhead, appears in this material world\nwhen the demigods, who are devotees of the Lord, are disturbed by the\ndemons.\nTEXT 25\n\nWI'{: ��WflliN\n�:\n\nffi¥RJ;ql(\\ltf\n\n��i{ I\n'111� W� ����II\n\n�:\n\nnama[!, kamala-ntibhaya\nnama[!, kamala-maline\nnama� kamala-padaya\nnamas te kamalekfiara\nnama{t\n\n-\n\nwe offer our respectful obeisances; kamala-nabhaya-unto the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, from whose abdomen the original lotus\n\nflower originated; namafl\n\n-\n\nobeisances ; kamala-maline-who is always deco­\n\nrated with a garland of lotus flowers; nama�- obeisances; kamala-padaya-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0400": "The Activities of the Pracetis\n\nText 26]\n\n1519\n\nwhose feet are as beautiful and fragrant as the lotus f lower; nama� teobeisances unto You; karnala-ik§a[la-whose eyes are exactly like the petals\nof the lotus flower.\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, we offer our respectful obeisances unto You because from\nYour abdomen sprouts the lotus flower, the origin of all living entities.\nYou are always decorated with a lotus garland, and Your feet resemble the\nlotus flower with all its fragrance. Your eyes are also like the petals of a\nlotus flower. Therefore we always offer our respectful obeisances unto\nYou.\nPURPORT\nThe word karnala-nabhiiya indicates that Lord Vis;pu is the origin of the\nmaterial creation. From the abdomen of Garbhodakasayi Vigm, a lotus\nflower sprouts. Lord Brahma, the first creature of the universe, is born\nfrom this lotus flower, and, subsequently, Lord Brahmii. creates the whole\nuniverse. The origin of all creation is therefore Lord Vi!'pu, and the origin\nof all the vi§[lu-tattvas is Lord Kr�pa. Consequently Kr�pa is the origin of\neverything. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\naharh sarvasya prabhavo\nrnatta[t sarvarh pravartate\niti rnatvii bhajante rniirh\nbudhii bhiiva-sarnanvitii[t\n\n\"I am the source of all spiritual and material worlds. Everything emanates\nfrom Me. The wise who perfectly know this engage in My devotional\nservice and worship Me with all their hearts.\" (Bg. 10.8) Lord Kr�pa says:\n\n\"I am the origin of everything.\" Therefore whatever we see emanates from\nHim. This is also confirmed in the Vediinta-siitra. ]anrniidy asya yata[t: \"The\n\nAbsolute Truth is He from whom everything emanates.\"\nTEXT 26\n\n�:\n\n¥¥t�M(!m�'fi·l¥t�ctfij� I\n\nril((tf.tcti(1Pt ;pit��������\nnama[!, karnala-kiiijalkapisatigiirnala-viisase\nsarva-bhiita-niviisiiya\nnamo 'yutik§rnahi siik§i[le\n\n", "SB4.4#p0401": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1520\n\n[Canto 4, Ch 30\n_\n\nnama[l-obeisances; kamala kiiijalka-like the saffron in a lotus flower;\n-\n\npiSariga-yellowish; amala-spotless; vasase-unto Him whose garment;\nsaroa-bhiita-of all living entities; nivasaya-the shelter; nama[l-obeisances;\nayurik,smahi-let us offer; sak si[!e- unto the supreme witness.\n,\n\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, the garment You have put on is yellowish in color like the\nsaffron of a lotus flower, but it is not made of anything material. Since You\nlive in everyone's heart, You are the direct witness of all the activities of all\nliving entities. We offer our respectful obeisances unto You again and again.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the dress of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His\nall-pervasive nature are described. The Lord puts on a dress that is yellow,\nbut such a garment is never to be considered material. The garments of the\nLord are also the Lord. They are nondifferent from the Lord because they\nare spiritual in nature.\nThe word saroa-bhilta-nivasaya further clarifies how Lord Vigm lives in\neveryone's heart and acts as the direct witness of all the activities of the\nconditioned soul. Within this material world the conditioned soul has\ndesires and acts in accordance with these desires. All these acts are observed\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is also confirmed in\nBhagavad-gita:\nsaroasya ciiham hrdi sanniv�.to\nmatta[l smrtir jiianam apohanam ca\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness.\" (Bg. 15.15) The Lord is present in everyone's\nheart, and He gives the living entity intelligence. According to the desires\nof the living entity, the Lord makes him remember or forget. If the living\nentity is demoniac and wants to forget the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Lord gives him the intelligence to be able to forget the Supreme\nLord forever. Similarly, when a devotee wants to serve the Supreme Lord,\nthe Lord, as Paramatma, gives the devotee the intelligence to make progress\nin devotional service. The Lord directly witnesses our activities and experiences our desires. The Supreme Lord gives us the facilities to act in thP.\nway we wish.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0402": "The Activities of the Pracetas\n\nText 27]\n\n1521\n\nTEXT 27\n\n����'\nanfil'i�;n ftrietwwf �;:tta>�f+««<l{ll�\\911\nrilparh bhagavatii tv etad\na5e.sa-klesa-sarik�ayam\niiv(skrtarh naft kli.s.tiiniirh\nkim anyad anukampitam\nrilpam form; bhagavatii-by Y our Lordship; tu- but; etat-this; ase.sadissipates; iivi� krtam- revealed; na[l.-of us; kli.s.tiiniim-who are suffering from material conditions;\nkim anyat-what to speak of; anukampitam-those to whom You are always\n-\n\nunlimited; klesa- miseries; sank .sayam-which\n\nfavorably disposed_\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, we conditioned souls are always covered by ignorance in the\nbodily conception of life. We therefore always prefer the miserable conditions of material existence. To deliver us from these miserable conditions,\nYou have advented Yourself in this transcendental form. This is evidence\nof Your unlimited causeless mercy upon those of us who are suffering in\nthis way. What, then, to speak of the devotees to whom You are always so\nfavorably disposed?\nPURPORT\nWhen the Lord appears in His original form, He acts to deliver the pious\nand annihilate the miscreants (Bg. 4_8)- Although He annihilates the demons, He nonetheless benefits them. It is said that all the living entities\nwho died on the Battlefield of Kurukt:Jetra attained their original constitutional position (svarupa) because they had the chance to see Krt>va face\nto face riding in the chariot of Arjuna. On the Battlefield of Kurukt:Jetra,\nsuperficially two things were going on-the demons were being killed, and\nthe devotee, Arjuna, was being protected. However, the results were the\nsame for everyone. Thus it is said that the appearance of the Lord diminishes all kinds of miserable conditions caused by material existence.\nIt is clearly stated in this verse that this form (ase.sa-klesa-salikflayam)\nis meant to diminish all the miserable conditions experienced in life not\nonly by the devotees but by all others. A v(skrtarh naft kli�.tiiniim. The\n\n", "SB4.4#p0403": "1522\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nPracetiis identified themselves as common men. Kim anyad anukampitam.\nThe devotees are always favorably accepted by the Lord. The Lord shows\nall mercy not only to conditioned souls, but also to the devotees who are\nalready liberated due to their devotional service.\nThe form of the Lord as worshiped in the temples is called arcii-vigraha\nor arciivatiira, the worshipable form, the Deity incarnation. This facility is\noffered to neophyte devotees so that they can see the real form of the\nLord face to face and offer their respectful obeisances and sacrifices in\nthe form of arcii. Through such facilities the neophytes gradually in voke\ntheir original Kr�J;J.a consciousness. Deity worship in the form of temple\nworship is the most valuable benediction given by the Lord to beginners.\nAll neophytes must therefore engage in the worship of the Lord by keeping the arcii-vigraha (arciivatiira) at home or in the temple.\nTEXT 28\n\n*«tM¥4 ft: {qfu� ��:I\n�((?J414a cW � ������\netiivat tvarh hi vibhubhir\nbhiivyarh dine.su vatsalaift\nyad anusmaryate kiile\nsva-buddh yiibhadra-randh ana\netiivat-thus; tvam- Your Lordship; hi-certainly; vibhubhift-by expan­\n\n_\n\nsions; bhiivyam-to be conceived; dine su- unto the humble devotees;\nvatsalai/1- compassionate; yat- which; anusmaryate- is always remembered;\nkiile-in due course of time; sva-buddhyii-by one's devotional service;\nabhadra-randhana-0 killer of all inauspiciousness.\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, You are the killer of all inauspicious things. You are com­\n\npassionate upon Your poor devotees through the expansion of Your arca­\n\nvigraha. You should certainly think of us as Your eternal servants.\nPURPORT\n\nThe form of the Lord known as arcii-vigraha is an expansion of His\nunlimited potencies. When the Lord is gradually satisfied with the service\nof a devotee, in due course of time He accepts the devotee as one of His\n\n", "SB4.4#p0404": "Text 29)\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetiis\n\n1523\n\nmany unalloyed servants. By nature, the Lord is very compassionate;\ntherefore the service of neophyte devotees is accepted by the Lord. As\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii:\npatrarh pu§pam phalam toyarh\nyo me bhaktyii prayacchati\ntad aharh bhakty-upahrtam\nasniimi prayatiitmana�\n\"If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, fruit or water, I\nwill accept it.\" (Bg. 9. 26)\nThe devotee offers eatables in the form of vegetables, fruits, leaves and\nwater to the arca-vigraha. The Lord, being bhakta-vatsala, compassionate\nupon His devotees, accepts these offerings. Atheists may think that the\ndevotees are engaged in idol worship, but the fact is different. Janardana,\nthe Supreme Lord, accepts bhiiva, the attitude of service. The neophyte\ndevotee engaged in the worship of the Lord may not understand the value\nof such worship, but the Supreme Lord, being bhakta-vatsala, accepts His\ndevotee and in due course of time takes him home.\nIn this connection there is a story about a brahmara who was offering\nsweet rice to the Lord within his mind. The briihmara had no money nor\nany means of worshiping the Deity, but within his mind he arranged everything nicely. He had gold pots to bring water from the sacred rivers to\nwash the Deity, and he offered the Deity very sumptuous food, including\nsweet rice. Once, before he offered the sweet rice, he thought that it was\ntoo hot, and he thought, \"Oh, let me test it. My, it is very hot.\" When he\nput his finger in the sweet rice to test it, his finger was burned and his\nmeditation broken. Although he was offering food to the Lord within\nhis mind, the Lord accepted it nonetheless. Consequently the Lord in\nVaikuQ.tha immediately sent a chariot to bring the briihmara back home,\nback to Godhead. Thus it is the duty of every sincere devotee to accept\nthe arca-vigraha at home or in the temple and worship the form of the\nLord as advised in authorized scriptures and directed by the spiritual\nmaster.\nTEXT 29\n\nir.ft'mf�� �1'1t'Ammt_ I\n��s;oa«� �I'll � wrrm: ����II\nyenopasantir bhiitanarh\nk�ullakiintim apihatam\n\n", "SB4.4#p0405": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1524\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nantarhito 'ntar-hrdaye\nkasman no veda nas�a{l\nyena- by which process; upasanti{l- satisfaction of all desires; b hutanamof the living entities; k§ ullakiiniim- very much fallen; api- although; 1hatiim\n-desiring many things; antarhita{l- hidden; anta{l-hrdaye-in the core of\nthe heart; kasmiit- why; na{l- our; veda- He knows; na- not; iiSi,sa�- desires.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord, out of His natural compassion, thinks of His devotee,\nby that process only are all desires of the neophyte devotee fulfilled. The\nLord is situated in every living entity's heart, although the living entity\nmay be very insignificant. The Lord knows everything about the living\nentity, inclu ding all his desires. Although we are very insignificant, why\nshould the Lord not know our desires?\nPURPORT\nA very advanced devotee does not think himself advanced. He is always\nvery humble. The Supreme Personality of Godhead in His plenary expansion\n\nas\n\nthe Paramatma, or Supersoul, sits in everyone's heart and can\n\nunderstand the attitudes and desires of His devotees. The Lord also gives\nopportunity to the nondevotees to fulfill their desires, as confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gita (matta{l smrtir jniinam apohanam ca).\nWhatever a living entity desires, however insignificant he may be, is\nnoted by the Lord, who gives him a chance to fulfill his desires. If the\ndesires of the nondevotees are fulfilled, why not those of the devotee? A\npure devotee simply wants to engage in the service of the Lord without\nmaterial desire, and if he wants this within the core of his heart, where the\nLord is situated, and if he is without ulterior motive, why should the Lord\nnot understand? If a sincere devotee renders service to the Lord or to the\n\narcii-vigraha, the form of the Lord, all his activities prove successful because the Lord is present within his heart and understands his sincerity.\nThus if a devotee, with all confidence, goes on discharging the prescribed\nduties of devotional service, he will ultimately attain success.\nTEXT 30\n\n3T� ��S�IEh+ftfim \\iltRf: q� I\n� � �tf1'411il•G�Rt : II� II\no\n\n", "SB4.4#p0406": "Text 30]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1525\n\nasav eva varo 'smakam\nipsito jagata[L pate\nprasanno bhagavan ye.sam\napavarga-gurur gati[L\nasau-that; eva-certainly; vara[L-benediction; asmakam-our; ipsita{Ldesired; jagata�-of the universe; pate-0 Lord; prasannafl-satisfied;\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ye.sam-with whom;\napavarga-of transcendental loving service; guru[L-the teacher; gati[L-the\nultimate goal of life.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord of the universe, You are the actual teacher of the science of\ndevotional service. We are satisfied that Your Lordship is the ultimate\ngoal of our lives, and we pray that You will be satisfied with us. That is\nour benediction. We do not desire anything other than Your full satisfaction.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse the words apavarga-gurur gati[L are very significant. According to $rimad-Bhiigavatam, the Supreme Lord is the ultimate fact of the\nAbsolute Truth. Brahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan iti sabdyate (Bhiig.\n1.2.11). The Absolute Truth is realized in three features-impersonal\nBrahman, localized Paramatma and ultimately the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Bhagavan. The word apavarga means liberation. Pavarga means\nmaterial existence. In material existence, one always works very hard but\nis ultimately baffled. One then dies and has to accept another body to\nwork very hard again. This is the cycle of material existence. Apavarga\nmeans just the opposite. Instead of working hard like cats and dogs, one\nreturns home, back to Godhead. Liberation begins with merging into the\nBrahman effulgence of the Supreme Lord. This conception is held by the\njnani-sampradaya, philosophical speculators, but realization of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is higher. When a devotee understands that the\nLord is satisfied, liberation, or merging into the effulgence of the Lord, is\nnot very difficult. One has to approach the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nthrough the impersonal Brahman effulgence just as one has to approach\nthe sun through the sunshine. It is not very difficult to merge into the\nimpersonal effulgence of the Lord, Brahman, if one has satisfied the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0407": "1526\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nTEXT 31\n\nqt tuft�� efN �: �I\n;r �d@.tf§:�f;rt m�{f�{f� II� �II\nvaram vrr-tmahe 'thiipi\nniitha tvat parata� pariit\nna hy antas tvad-vibhuttniim\nso 'nanta iti gtyase\nvaram-benediction; vrrtimahe- we shall pray for; athiipi-therefore; niitha\n\n-0 _Lord; tvat-from You; parata� pariit-beyond the transcendence; nanot; hi-certainly; anta�- end ; tvat- Your; vibhiittniim-of opulences; sa[l,­\n\ny ou; ananta[l,- unlimited; iti- thus; gtyase- are celebrated.\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, we shall therefore pray for Your benediction because You\nare the Supreme beyond all transcendence and because there is no end to\nYour op ulences. Consequently You are celebrated by the name Ananta.\nPURPORT\nThere was no need for the Pracetas to ask any benediction from the\nSupreme Lord because the devotees are simply satisfied by the presence\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Dhruva Maharaj a practiced severe\nausterities and penances to see the Supreme Lord, and his intention was\nto receive benediction from the Lord. He wanted to acquire the throne of\nhis father-or attain an even better position-hut when he was actually in\nthe presence of the Supreme Lord, he forgot everything. He said, \"My\ndear Lord, I do not wish to ask any benediction.\" This is the actual\nposition of the devotee. The devotee simply wants to he in the presence\n\nof the Supreme Lord-either in this world or in the next-and engage in\nHis service. That is the ultimate goal and benediction for the devotees.\nThe Lord asked the Pracetas to pray for some benediction, and they\nsaid, \"What kind of benediction should we pray for? The Lord is unlimited,\nand there are unlimited benedictions.\" The purport is that if one must ask\nfor benediction, he must ask for unlimited benediction. The words tvat\n\nparata[l, are very significant in this verse. The Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is paratafl pariit. The word para means transcendental, beyond\nthis material world. The impersonal Brahman effulgence is beyond this\n\n", "SB4.4#p0408": "Text 32]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1527\n\nmaterial world, and this is called param padam. Aruhya k,rcchrera param\npadam\n\n(Bhag. 10.2.32). Merging into the impersonal effulgence of the\n\nLord is called param padam, but there is a higher transcendental position,\n\nwhich is the association of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Brahmeti\n\nparamiitmeti bhagaviin iti sabdyate (Bhiig. 1.2.11). The Absolute Truth is\n\nrealized first as impersonal Brahman, then as Paramatma, and finally as\nBhagavan. Thus the Personality of Godhead, Bhagavan, is parata{l pariit,\n\nbeyond Brahman and Paramatma realization. In this connection, Srila\nJiva Gosvami points out that parata� pariit means \"better than the best.\"\n\nThe best is the spiritual world, and it is known as Brahman. The Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, however, is known as Parabrahman. Therefore\n\nparata{l pariit means \"better than Brahman realization.\"\n\nAs will be explained in the next verse, the Pracetas planned to ask the\n\nLord for something that has no limit. The Lord's pastimes, qualities, forms\n\nand names are all unlimited. There is no limit to His name, forms, pastimes,\n\ncreation and paraphernalia. The living entity cannot conceive of the un­\n\nlimitedness of the unlimited. However, if living entities are engaged in\nhearing about the unlimited potencies of the Supreme Lord, they are fac­\n\ntually connected directly to the unlimited. Such understanding of the un­\n\nlimited becomes unlimited by hearing and chanting.\nTEXT 32\n\n�l�S� �����I\n�.f�H{�&mml m�ft tuftqft: II�� II\npiirijiite 'iijasa labdhe\nsarango 'nyan na sevate\ntvad-anghri-miilam iisadya\nsiik.siit kim kim vrrtimahi\npurijute-the celestial tree known as parijata; afijasri-completely; labdhe\n\n-having achieved; saranga{l- a bee; anyat- other; na sevate- does not resort\nto; tvat-anghri- Your lotus feet; miilam-the root of everything; iisiidya­\n\nhaving approached; siik�iit- directly; kim- what; kim- what; vrrimahi- may\nwe ask.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, when the bee approaches the celestial tree called the parijiita,\nit certainly does not leave the tree, because there is no need for such\n\n", "SB4.4#p0409": "1528\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\naction. Similarly, when we have approached Your lotus feet and taken\nshelter of them, what further benediction may we ask of You?\nPURPORT\nWhen a devotee is actually engaged in the service of the lotus feet of the\nLord, his engagement in itself is so perfect that there is no need to ask for\nfurther benediction. When a bee approaches the piirijiita tree, it gets unlimited supplies of honey. There is no need to go to another tree. If one is\nfixed in the service of the lotus feet of the Lord, there is unlimited\ntranscendental bliss, and as such there is no need to ask for further benediction. The piirijiita tree is not commonly found within this material\nworld. The piirijiita tree is also known as kalpa-vrk.sa, or the wish-fulfilling\ntree. One can get anything he desires from such a tree. In the material\nworld, one can get oranges from an orange tree or mangoes from a mango\ntree, but there is no possibility of getting oranges from a mango tree or\nvice versa. However, one can get whatever he wants from the piirijiita\ntree-oranges, mangoes, bananas, and so on. This tree is found in the\nspiritual world. Cintiimar-i-prakara-sadmasu kalpa-vrk.sa-lak�iivrte.su. The\nspiritual world, cintiimar-i-dhiima, is surrounded by these kalpa-vrk.sa trees,\nbut the piirijiita tree is also found in the kingdom of lndra, that is, on\nlndra's heavenly planet. This piirijiita tree was brought by Kr�l).a to please\nSatyabhama, one of His queens, and this tree was implanted in the Dvaraka\nmansions constructed for the queens. The lotus feet of the Lord are exactly like the piirijiita trees, or wish-fulfilling trees, and the devotees are like\nbumblebees. They are always attracted by the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTEXT 33\n\n�� �Ttp.tt � JI'IPI � �fir: I\n61Cfi#>CfdHt� q: �t.n lA ¥A II� �II\nyiivat te miiyayii spr.s_tii\nbhramiima iha karmabhi[L\ntiivad bhavat-prasangiiniirh\nsangaf! syan no bhave bhave\nyavat- as long as; te- Your; mayayii- by the illusory energy; spr.s.tiifl- con\n\n­\n\ntaminated; bhramiimaf!-we wander; iha-in this material world; karmabhi[L\n-by the reaction of fruitive activities; tiivat-so long; bhavat-prasanganiim-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0410": "Text 33]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\nof Your loving devotees; s m iga�-association; syat-let there be; na�\nbhave bhave-in every species of life.\n\n1529\n\n-\n\nour;\n\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, as long as we have to remain within this material world due\n\nto our material contamination and wander from one type of body to\n\nanother and from one planet to another, we pray that we may associate\n\nwith those who are engaged in discussing Your pastimes. We pray for this\nbenediction life after life, in different bodily forms and on different planets.\nPURPORT\nThis is the best benediction that a devotee can ask of the Supreme Lord.\n\nThis is also confirmed by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu: sthane sthita� sruti­\n\ngatarh tanu-van-manobh* (Bhiig. 10.14.3). One may be in one position or\nanother according to destiny, but in any case one must continue to hear\nabout the activities and pastimes of the Supreme Lord, regardless of circumstances. A pure devotee does not pray for liberation or for cessation\nof the cycle of birth and death because he does not consider that important.\n\nThe most important thing for a devotee is getting a chance to hear about\n\nthe pastimes and glories of the Lord. The devotees who engage in the service\n\nof the Lord in this world will have the same opportunity in the spiritual\nworld also. Thus for a devotee, everything is in the spiritual world, for as\nlong as he can hear about the pastimes of the Lord, or wherever he can\nchant, the Lord is personally present. Tatra tifi.thami narada yatra gayanti\n\nmad-bhakta�.\n\nWhen the pure devotees assemble to chant, hear and talk\n\nabout the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the place where they assemble\nbecomes Vaikul)tha. For the devotee there is no need to pray to the Lord\nfor transferral to the Vaikul)tha world. A pure devotee can create\nVaikul)tha or Vrndavana anywhere simply by chanting the glories of the\nLord without offense.\nThe Pracetiis pray for an opportunity to hear of the glories of the Lord\nin every form of life (bhave bhave ) A living entity transmigrates from one\n.\n\nbody to another. The devotee is not particularly eager to stop this process.\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu prays, mama janmani janmanisvare bhavatiid bhaktir\n\nahaituki tvayi: \"My dear Lord, life after life may I be fixed in Your pure\ndevotional service.\" Out of humility, a devotee considers himself unfit to\nbe transferred to the spiritual world. He always thinks himself contaminated by the modes of material nature. Nor is there any need for a devotee\nto ask to be freed from the modes of material nature. Devotional service\n\n", "SB4.4#p0411": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1530\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nitself is in the transcendental position; therefore there is no question of\nasking for this special facility. The conclusion is that a pure devotee is not\nanxious to stop the repetition of birth and death, but is always eager to\nassociate with other devotees who are engaged in chanting and hearing\nabout the glories of the Lord.\nTEXT 34\n\n� �;nfq ��·�I\nll•l��(iR\\«<1i·� �i;d fqffl�: 11�\\/11\ntulayiima laveniipi\nna svargarh niipunar-bhavam\nbhagavat-sangi-sangasya\nmartyiiniirh kim utiis4a�\ntulayiima[L-we compare; lavena-with a moment; api- even; na- not;\nsvargam attainme nt of the heavenly planets; na- not; apunafl,-bhavammerging into the Brahman effulgence; bhagavat-of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; sangi- with associates; sangasya-of association; martyiiniimof persons who are destined to die; kim uta- how much less; iiS(safL-\n\nbenedictions.\nTRANSLATION\nEven a moment's association with a pure devotee cannot be compared\nto being transferred to heavenly planets or even merging into the Brahman\neffulgence in complete liberation. For living entities who are destined to\ngive up the body and die, association with pure devotees is the highest\nbenediction.\n\nPURPORT\nThe great saint Prabodhananda Sarasvati, a devotee of Lord Caitanya,\nhas stated: kaivalyarh narakiiyate tridasa-pur iikasa-pu§payate. For a pure\ndevotee, kaivalya, merging into the existence of Brahman, the Brahman\neffulgence, is no better than living in h�ll. Similarly, he considers promotion to heavenly planets (tridasa-pilr) just another kind of phantasmagoria.\nIn other words, a pure devotee does not place much value in the destination of the karmts (the heavenly planets), nor in the destination of the\njnii.nis (merging into the Brahman effulgence). A pure devotee considers\na moment's association with another pure devotee to be far superior to\nresiding in a heavenly planet or merging in the Brahman effulgence. The\n\n", "SB4.4#p0412": "Text 35]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1531\n\ntopmost benediction for those who are living in this material world and\nare subjected to the repetition of birth and death (transmigration) is association with pure devotees. One should search out such pure devotees and\nremain with them. That will make one completely happy, even though\nliving within the material world. This Kr�l).a consciousness movement is\nstarted for that purpose. A person who is overly affected materially may\ntake advantage of this movement and become intimately associated with\nit . In this way the confused and frustrated inhabitants of this material\nworld may find the highest happiness in association with devotees.\nTEXT 35\n\n��� � ¥lete}mtt:q\"( � �: 1\n�t � �a� ;itim � �� \"�\"'��\nyatrepyante kathii mr.s.tiis\ntr.sru\"iyii� prasamo yata�\nnirvairam yatra bhute§u\nnodvego yatra kascana\nyatra- where; t�yante are worshiped or discussed; kathiift-words;\nmr.s.tiift- pure; tr.sr-iiyii�- of material hankerings; prasama�- satisfaction;\nyata�-by which; nirvairam-nonenviousness; yatra where; bhute.suamong living entities; na- not; udvega�-fear; yatra- where; kascana-any.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhenever pure topics of the transcendental world are discussed, the\nmembers of the audience forget all kinds of material hankerings, at least\nfor the time being. Not only that, but they are no longer envious of one\nanother, nor do they suffer from anxiety or fear.\nPURPORT\n\nVaikul').tha means \"without anxiety,\" and the material world means full\nof anxiety. As stated by Prahlada Maharaja: sadii samudvigna-dhiyam asad­\n\ngrahat (Bhag. 7.5.5). The living entities who have accepted this material\nworld as a residence are full of anxiety. A place immediately becomes\nV aikurtha whenever the holy topics of the Personality of Godhead are\ndiscussed by pure devotees . This is the process of sravarwm ktrtanam\nvi§[tO�, chanting and hearing about the Supreme Lord Vi.sru. As the Supreme Lord Himself confirms:\n\n", "SB4.4#p0413": "1532\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nr Canto 4, Ch 30\n.\n\nniiharh tift.thiimi vaikur-.the\nyoginiirh hrdaye,su vii\ntatra ti§!hiimi niirada\nyatra giiyanti mad-bhaktii�\n\"My dear Narada, actually I do not reside in My abode, Vaikul).tha, nor do\nI reside within the hearts of yogts, but I reside in that place where My\npure devotees chant My holy name and discuss My form, pastimes and\nqualities.\" Because of the presence of the Lord in the form of the transcendental vibration, the Vaikul).tha atmosphere is evoked. This atmosphere\n\nis without fear and anxiety. One living entity does not fear another. By\nhearing the holy names and glories of the Lord, a person executes pious activities.\n\nSn:watiirh sva-kathii� kmw� puT}ya-sravar;w-kirtana� (Bhiig. 1.2.1 7).\n\nThus his material hankerings immediately stop. This saftktrtana movement\nstarted by the Society for Krishna Consciousness is meant for creating\nVaiku!].tha, the transcendental world that is without anxiety, even in this\nmaterial world. The method is the propagation of the �ravar-am kirtanam\nprocess throughout the world. In the material world everyone is envious\nof his fellow man. Animalistic envy exists in human society\n\nas\n\nlong as\n\nthere is no performance of saftktrtana-yajrw, the chanting of the holy\nnames-Hare Kr�t:la, Hare Kr�t:!a, Kr�t:!a Kr�t:!a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare\nRama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. The Pracetas therefore decided to remain\nalways in the society of devotees, and they considered that to be the\nhighest benediction possible in human life.\n\nTEXT 36\n� ;nuttur: �,.,..,.,_�,ru�i tffir: 1\n\n�� ��?.}� �i: �: �: 11��11\nyatra niiriiyar-a� siik.siid\nbhagaviin nyiisiniirh gati�\nsarhstilyate sat-kathiisu\nmukta-saftga* puna� puna�\n\nyatra- where; niiriiyar-a�- Lord Narayap.a; siik�iit- directly; bhagaviinthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; nyiisiniim-of persons in the\nrenounced order of life; gat*- the ultimate goal; sarhs til yate- is worshiped;\nsat-kathiisu- by discussing the transcendental vibration; mukta-saftga*-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0414": "Text 36]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1533\n\nby those who are liberated from material contamination; puna[! punaf!­\n\nagain and again.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Lord, Nariiyal}a, is present amongst devotees who are engaged in hearing and chanting the holy name of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. Lord Narayal}a is the ultimate goal of sannyasis, those in the\nrenounced order of life, and Narayana is worshiped through this sankirtana\nmovement by those who are liberated from material contamination. Indeed,\nthey recite the holy name again and again.\nPURPORT\nThe Mayavadi sannyam are missing the real presence of Narayal).a.\n\nThis is because they falsely claim to be Narayal).a Himself. According to\n\nthe customary etiquette of Mayavadi sannyiisis, they address one another\n\nas Nariiyal).a. To say that everyone is a temple of Niirayal).a is correct, but\n\nto accept another human being as Niiriiyal).a is a great offense. The con­\n\nception of daridra-niiriiyar-a (poor Niiriiyal).a), an attempt to identify the\npoor with Narayal).a, is also a great offense. Even to identify Niirayal).a\nwith demigods like Lord Brahma and Lord Siva is an offense.\n\nyas tu niiriiyar-am devarh\nbrahma-rudriidi-daivataif!\nsamatvenaiva vikfieta\nsa piiJ>a[lf[i bhaved dhruvam\n\"One who considers Lord Narayal).a on a level with great demigods like\nLord Brahma and Lord Siva is immediately listed amongst nonbelievers.\"\n\nThe fact is that by performingsmikirtana-yajna one can immediately please\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Then Narayaoa Himself descends\nand immediately is present. In this age of Kali, Narayal).a is immediately\n\npresent in the form of Lord Caitanya. Concerning Lord Caitanya, Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam states:\n\nk_r.S[la-var[larh tvi§llk[.S[larh\nsiingopiingastra-piir_sadam\nyajnaifl sankirtana-prllyair\nyajanti hi sumedhasafl\n\"In the age of Kali, intelligent persons perform congregational chanting to\n\nworship the incarnation of Godhead who constantly sings the name of\n\n", "SB4.4#p0415": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1534\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nK.r�J;Ia. Although His complexion is not blackish, He is K.r�J;Ia Himself. He\nis accompanied by His associates, servants, weapons and confidential companions.\" (Bhiig. ll. 5. 32)\nAfter all, human life is meant for pleasing NariiyaJ;Ia, and this can easily\nbe done by performing sankirtana-yajiia. Whenever there is congregational\nchanting of the holy names of the Lord, Gaura NarayaJ;Ia, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead in His incarnation as Lord Caitanya, immediately\nappears and is worshiped by salikirtana-yajiia.\nIn this verse it is said that NiirayaJ;Ia is nyiisiniirh gat*, the ultimate goal\nof the sannyiisis. The goal of those who have renounced the material\nworld is the attainment of NariiyaJ;Ia. A V ai�J;Iava sannyiisi therefore dedicates his life to serving NariiyaJ;Ia; he does not falsely claim to be NarayaJ;Ia.\nInstead of becoming nirvaira (nonenvious of other living entities), one who\ntries to become NiirayaJ;Ia becomes envious of the Supreme Lord. Therefore\nthe attempt to become NiirayaJ;Ia constitutes the greatest offense. Actually\nwhen one chants or discusses the transcendental activities of the Lord, he\nimmediately becomes nonenvious. In this material world everyone is\nenvious of everyone else, but by vibrating or discussing the holy name of\nthe Lord, one becomes nonenvious and devoid of material hankering.\nBecause of our envy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, we have\nbecome envious of all other living entities. When we are no longer envious\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, there will be real peace, unity\nand fraternity in human society. Without NarayaJ;Ia or sankirtana-yajiia\nthere cannot be peace in this material world.\nTEXT 37\n\n� Fi�t �·� a'htr.ri •u;c��0�1 1\n� ft Wf �ij' m� ('l+ti•I'H 11�\\911\nte.siirh vicaratiirh padbh yiirh\ntirthiiniirh piivanecchayii\nbhitasya kim na roceta\ntiivakiiniirh samiigamafr\nte.siim -of\n\nthem;\n\ntirthiiniim-the\n\nholy\n\nvicaratiim-who\n\ntravel; padbhyam-by\n\nplaces; piivana-icchaya-with\n\ntheir\n\nfeet;\n\na desire to purify;\n\nbhitasya-to the materialistic person who is always fearful; kim-why; na­\n\nnot; roceta-becomes pleasing; tavakanam-of Your devotees; samiigamafrmeeting.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0416": "The Activities of the Pracetiis\n\nText 37]\n\n1535\n\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, Your personal associates, devotees, wander all over the world\nto purify even the holy places of pilgrimage. Is not such activity pleasing\nto those who are actually afraid of material existence?\nPURPORT\nThere are two kinds of devotees. One is called gofl.thanandi and the\nother bhajananandi. The word bhajananandi refers to the devotee who\ndoes not move but remains in one place. Such a devotee is always engaged\nin the devotional service of the Lord. He chants the maha-mantra\n\nas\n\ntaught by many acaryas and sometimes goes out for preaching work. The\n\ngo.s_thanandi is one who desires to increase the number of devotees all\nover the world. He travels all over the world j ust to purify the world and\nthe people residing in it. Caitanya Mahaprabhu advised: prthivite ache\nyata nagaradi grama sarvatra pracara haibe mora nama. Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu wanted His followers to move all over the world and preach\nin every town and village. In the Caitanya-sampradaya those who strictly\nfollow the principles of Lord Caitanya must travel all over the world to\npreach the message of Lord Caitanya, which is the same as preaching the\nwords of\n\nJ.<r�l).a Bhagavad gita\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nand Srimad-Bhiigavatam. The more the\n\ndevotees preach the principles of kr.sra-katha, the more people throughout\nthe world will benefit.\n\nDevotees like the great sage Narada who travel all over to preach are\ncalled go.s.thiinandi. Narada Muni is always wandering throughout the universe j ust to create different types of devotees. Narada even made a hunter\na devotee. He also made Dhruva Maharaj a and Prahlada devotees. Actually\nall devotees are indebted to the great sage Narada, for he has wandered\nboth in heaven and in hell. A devotee of the Lord is not even afraid of hell.\nHe goes to preach the glories of the Lord everywhere-even in hell-because\nthere is no distinction between heaven and hell for a devotee.\n\nnarayara-para� sarve\nna kutascana bibhyati\nsvargapavarga-narake.sv\napi tulyartha-dar8in�\n\"A pure devotee of Narayal).a is never afraid of going anywhere and everywhere. For him heaven and hell are one and the same.\" (Bhag. 6.17.28)\nSuch devotees, wandering all over the world, deliver those who are actu-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0417": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1536\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 3 0\n\nally afraid o f this material existence. Some people are already disgusted\nwith material existence, being confused and frustrated by material enjoy­\n\nment, and some people, who are intelligent, are interested in understanding\nthe Supreme Lord. Both may take advantage of the pure devotee who\nwanders throughout the world.\nWhen a pure devotee goes to a place of pilgrimage, he desires to purify\n\nthat holy place of pilgrimage. Many sinful men bathe in the holy waters of the\n\nplaces of pilgrimage. They take their baths in the waters of the Ganges\nand Y amuna at places such as Prayag, V rndavana and Mathura. In this way\n\nthe sinful men are purified, but their sinful actions and reactions remain\nat the holy places of pilgrimage. When a devotee comes to take his bath at\n\nthose places of pilgrimage, the sinful reactions left by the sinful men are\n\nneutralized by the devotee. Tirthi-kurvanti tirthiini sviinta{l-sthena gadii­\n\nbhrtii (Bhiig. 1.13.10). Because the devotee always carries the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead within his heart, wherever he goes becomes a place\n\nof pilgrimage, a holy place for understanding the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. It is therefore the duty of everyone to associate with a pure\n\ndevotee and thus attain freedom from material contamination. Everyone\n\nshould take advantage of the wandering devotees whose only business is\n\nto deliver conditioned souls from the clutches of miiyii\n\nTEXT 38\n\n�ij���\nf� ��: �!fltW� I\nw�r�� lf-1� �� � ttffi' tti.'ft: � ����II\nvayarh tu siik,siid bhagavan bhavasya\npriyasya sakhyufl k,sa[ta-sangamena\nsudu5cikitsyasya bhavasya mrtyor\nbh�aktamarh tviidya gatirh gatiifl sma\nvayam- we; tu- then; siiksiit- directly; bhagavan-0 Lord; bhavasya-of\nLord Siva ;priyasya- very dear; sakhyufl-Your friend; k,sarw- for a moment;\n,\n\nsangamena-by\n\nassociation;\n\nsuduscikitsyasya-very\n\ndifficult\n\nto cure;\n\nbhavasya-of material existence; mrtyofl-of death; bhi,sak-tamam-the most\n\nexpert physician; tvii- Y ou; adya- today; gatim- destination ; gatiifz - have\n\nachieved; sma- certainly.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0418": "Text 38)\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1537\n\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, by virtue of a moment's association with Lord Siva, who is\n\nvery dear to You and who is Your most intimate friend, we were fortunate\n\nto attain You. You are the most expert physician capable of treating the\nincurable disease of material existence. On account of our great fortune,\n\nwe have been able to take shelter at Your lotus feet.\nPURPORT\n\nIt has been said: harim vinii na srtim taranti. Without taking shelter of\n\nthe lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead, one cannot attain relief from\nthe clutches of miiyii, the repetition of birth, old age, disease and death.\n\nThe Pracetii.s received the shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nby the grace of Lord Siva. Lord Siva is the supreme devotee of Lord Vi�I).U,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Vai�T}aviiniim yathii sambhu�: The\n\nmost exalted Vaig1ava is Lord Siva, and those who are actually devotees\n\nof Lord Siva follow Lord Siva's advice and take shelter at the lotus feet of\nLord Vi!>Q.U. The so-called devotees of Lord Siva who are simply after ma­\n\nterial prosperity are in a way deceived by Lord Siva. He does not actually\n\ndeceive them, because Lord Siva has no business deceiving people, but\n\nbecause the so-called devotees of Lord Siva want to be deceived, Lord\n\nSiva, who is very easily pleased, allows them all kinds of material benedic­\n\ntions. These benedictions might ironically result in the destruction of the\nso-called devotees. For instance, Raval).a took all material benediction\n\nfrom Lord Siva, but the result was that he was ultimately destroyed with\n\nhis family, kingdom and everything else because he misused Lord Siva's\n\nbenediction. Because of his material power, he became very proud and\n\npuffed up so that he dared kidnap the wife of Lord Ramacandra. In this\nway he was ruined. To get material benedictions from Lord Siva is not\n\ndifficult, but actually these are not benedictions. The Pracetii.s received\n\nbenediction from Lord Siva, and as a result they attained the shelter of\n\nthe lotus feet of Lord Vi!>Q.U. This is real benediction. The go pis also wor­\n\nshiped Lord Siva in Vrndiivana, and the Lord is still staying there as\n\nGopisvara. Thegopis, however, prayed that Lord Siva bless them by giving\nthem Lord Kr!>Q.a as their husband. There is no harm in worshiping the\ndemigods, provided that one's aim is to return home, back to Godhead.\n\nGenerally people go to the demigods for material benefit, as indicated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii:\nkiimais tais tair hrta-jiiiinii{t\nprapadyante 'nya-devatiift\n\n", "SB4.4#p0419": "1538\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\ntarh tarh niyamam iisthiiya\nprakrtyii niyatii{l svayii\n\n\"Those whose minds are distorted by material desires surrender unto\ndemigods and follow the particular rules and regulations of worship according to their own natures.\" (Bg. 7.20)\nOne enamored by material benefits is called hrta-jniina (one who has\nlost his intelligence). In this connection it is to be noted that sometimes\nin revealed scriptures Lord Siva is described as being nondifferent from\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. The point is that Lord Siva and\nLord Vigm are so intimately connected that there is no difference in\nopinion. The actual fact is: ekale tsvara kr.sra, iira saba bhrtya. \"The only\nsupreme master is Kr�Qa, and all others are His devotees or servants.\"\n(Cc. iidi 5.142) This is the real fact, and there is no difference of opinion\nbetween Lord Siva and Lord Visnu in this connection. Nowhere in revealed\n.\nscripture does Lord Siva claim t o be equal to Lord V i�{JU. This is simply\nthe creation of the so-called devotees of Lord Siva, who claim that Lord\nSiva and Lord Vi�{IU are one. This is strictly forbidden in the vai_sravatantra: yas tu niiriiyarJ-arh devam. Lord Vi�{JU, Lord Siva and Lord Brahma\nare intimately connected as master and servants. Siva-virinci-nutam. Vi�{IU\nis honored and offered obeisances by Lord Siva and Lord Brahma. To\nconsider that they are all equal is a great offense. They are all equal in the\nsense that Lord Vi�{IU is the Supreme Personality of Godhead and all others\nare His eternal servants.\nTEXTS 39-40\n\n�'\"ll� �: �Htl�\nf�� �T� ('t<\\l�\"!\"�:ql I\n3TP.tt O{(f(: ij� �RR�\n�tfur\n+{Ql..,...rlf-n\"'�Tr+:(� ������\n\n�:\n\n'\"'\n\n�\n\nwm\nf�'\"l�d\n\n�:\n\n�\n\nQq\n\n(fil��tij I\n\nij���\n\n\"!UT'ht�\n\n�ro\n\nij\n\n�\n\nqf�quntf II� II\no\n\n", "SB4.4#p0420": "Texts 39-40]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1539\n\nyan na[l, svadhttarh gurava[l, prasadita\nvipras ca vrddhas ca sad-anuvrttya\narya nata[!, suhrdo bhratara§ ca\nsarvari bhiWiny anasuyayaiva\nyan na[l, sutaptarh tapa etad tsa\nnirandhasarh kalam adabhram apsu\nsarvarh tad etat puru.sasya bhumno\nV[!limahe te parito.sar-aya\nyat-what; na[l,-by us; svadhttam-studied; gurava[l,-superior persons,\nspiritual masters; prasadita[l,-satisfied; vipra�-the brahmaras; ca-and;\nvrddha�-those who are elderly; ca and; sat-anuvrttya-by our gentle\n-\n\nbehavior; arya�-those who are advanced in spiritual knowledge; nata[l,were offered obeisances; su-hrda� friends; bhratara[l,-brothers; ca and;\n-\n\n-\n\nsarvar- i-all; bhutani-living entities; anasuyaya-without any enviousness;\nev a-certainly; yat-what; na[t -of us; su taptam-severe; tapa�-penance;\n-\n\netat-this; tsa-0 Lord; nirandhasam-without taking any food; kalam­\n\ntime; adabhram-for a long duration; apsu- within the water; sarvam-all;\ntat-that; etat-this; puru.sasya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nbhumna�-the most exalted; vrrtmahe-we want this benediction; te-of\nYou; parito.saraya-for the satisfaction.\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, we have studied the Vedas, accepted a spiritual master, and\noffered respect to brahm�as, advanced devotees and aged personalities\nwho are spiritually very advanced. We have offered our respects to them,\nand we have not been envious of any brother, friends or anyone else. We\nhave also undergone severe austerities within the water and have not taken\nfood for a long time. All these spiritual assets of ours are simply offered\nfor Your satisfaction. We pray for this benediction only, and nothing more.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Srtmad-Bhagavatam, sarhsiddhir hari-to.saram: the real\nperfection of life is pleasing the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Vedai.S\nca sarvair aham eva vedya[l,: In understanding the Vedas, one has to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One who has actually understood Him surrenders unto Him after many, many births. We find all these\nqualifications in the Pracetiis. They underwent severe austerities and\n\n", "SB4.4#p0421": "1540\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\npenances within the water, and they did not take any food for a very long\ntime. They practiced these austerities not for material benediction but for\nthe satisfaction of the Supreme Lord. One may engage in any businessmaterial or spiritual-but the purpose should be the satisfaction of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This verse presents a perfect picture of\n\nVedic civilization. People training to become devotees should be respectful\n\nnot only to the Supreme Personality of Godhead but also to those who\nare elderly in knowledge, who are Aryans and actual devotees of the Lord.\nAn Aryan is one who does not boast but is an actual devotee of the Lord.\nAryan means advanced. Formerly, those who claimed to be Aryans had to\nbe devotees of the Lord. For instance, in Bhagavad-gttii K.r�J;la chastised\nArjuna by saying that he was speaking like a non-Aryan.\nsri bhagaviin uviica\nkutas tvii kasmalam idam\nv�same samupasthitam\naniirya-ju.stam asvargyam\nakirti-karam arjuna\n\n\"The Supreme Person [Bhagavan} said: My dear Arjuna, how have these\nimpurities come upon you? They are not at all befitting a man who knows\nthe progressive values of life. They do not lead to higher planets, but to\ninfamy.\" (Bg. 2.2)\n\nArjuna, the k,satriya, was refusing to fight despite being directly ordered\n\nby the Supreme Lord. He was thus chastised by the Lord as belonging to a\nnon-Aryan family. Anyone who is advanced in the devotional service of\nthe Lord certainly knows his duty. It does not matter whether this duty is\n\nviolent or nonviolent. If it is sanctioned and ordered by the Supreme Lord,\nit must be performed. An Aryan performs his duty. It is not that the\nAryans are unnecessarily inimical to living entities. The Aryans never maintained slaughterhouses, and they are never enemies of poor animals. The\n\nPracetas underwent severe austerities for many, many years, even within\n\nthe water. Accepting austerities and penances is the avowed business of\nthose interested in advanced civilization.\n\nThe word nirandhasiim means without food. Eating voraciously and\nunnecessarily is not the business of an Aryan. Rather, the eating process\nshould be restricted as far as possible. When Aryans eat, they eat only\nprescribed eatables. Regarding this, the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii:\npatram pu,sparh phalarh toyarh\nyo me bhaktyii prayacchati\n\n", "SB4.4#p0422": "Text41)\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1541\n\ntad aharh bhakty-upahrtam\nasniimi prayatiitmana�\n\n\"If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, fruit or water, I\nwill accept it.\" (Bg. 9.26)\n\nThus there are restrictions for the advanced Aryans. Although the Lord\n\nHimself can eat anything and everything, He nonetheless restricts Himself\nto vegetables, fruits, milk, and so on. This verse thus describ es the activities\nof those who claim to be Aryans.\nTEXT41\n<:'\n\n�Pl��ql� ��\n�� ���;rr��;n: I\n3R!'tRT\n3TN �w:\n��� �COSmfij� �oftq: II\\l � II\n\n�:\n\nmanu[! svayambhur bhagaviin bhavas ca\nye 'nye tapo-jniina-visuddha-sattvii[!\nadr,s,ta-piirii api yan-mahimna[!\nstuvanty atho tviitma-samarh g,rr-ima[!\n\nmanu[!-Svayambhuva Manu; svayam-bhU�-Lord Brahma; bhagaviinthe most powerful; bhava[!-Lord Siva; ca-also; ye-who; anye -others;\ntapa[!- by austerity; jiiiina-by knowledge; vi�uddha-pure; sattvii[!-whose\n\nexistence; adr,s,ta-piirii[!-who cannot see the end; api-although; yat- Your;\n\nmahimna[!-of glories; stuvanti-they offer prayers; atho-therefore; tvaunto Y ou; atma-samam-according to capacity; grrimaft-we offered\nprayers.\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, even great yogis and mystics who are very much advanced by\nvirtue of austerities and knowledge and who have completely situated\n\nthemselves in pure existence, as well as great personalities like Manu, Lord\n\nBrahma and Lord Siva, cannot fully understand Your glories and potencies.\n\nNonetheless they have offered their prayers according to their own capaci­\n\nties. In the same way, we, although much lower than these personalities,\nalso offer our prayers according to our own capability.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0423": "1542\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[ Canto 4, Ch_ 30\n\nPURPORT\n\nLord Brahma, Lord Siva, Manu (the father of mankind), great saintly\n\npersons and also great sages who have elevated themselves to the tran­\n\nscendental platform through austerities and penance, as well as devotional\nservice, are imperfect in knowledge compared to the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. This is the case with anyone within this material world. No\none can be equal to the Supreme Lord in anything, certainly not in knowl­\n\nedge.\n\nConsequently anyone's prayer to the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is never complete. It is not possible to measure the complete\n\nglories of the Supreme Lord, who is unlimited. Even the Lord Himself in\nHis incarnation as Ananta or Se�a cannot describe His own glories. Al­\n\nthough Ananta has many thousands of faces and has been glorifying the\nLord for many, many years, He could not find the limit of the glories of\n\nthe Lord. Thus it is not possible to estimate the complete potencies and\nglories of the Supreme Lord.\n\nNonetheless, everyone in devotional service can offer essential prayers\n\nto the Lord. Everyone is situated in a relative position, and no one is J?er­\n\nfect in glorifying the Lord. Beginning with Lord Brahma and Lord Siva\ndown to ourselves, everyone is the servant of the Supreme Lord. We are all\n\nsituated in relative positions according to our own karma. Yet every one of\nus can offer prayers with heart and soul as far as we can appreciate the\n\nLord's glories. That is our perfection. Even when one is in the darkest\n\nregion of existence, he is allowed to offer prayers to the Lord according to\n\nhis own capacity. The Lord therefore says in Bhagavad-gttii:\n\nmiim hi piirtha vyapiisritya\nye 'pi syuft piipa-yonayaft\nstriyo vaiSyiis tathii siidriis\nte 'pi yiinti pariim gatim\n\"0 son of Prtha, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower\n\nbirth-woman, vaisyas [merchants], as well as siidras [workers]-can approach the supreme destination.\" (Bg. 9.32)\n\nIf one seriously accepts the lotus feet of the Lord, he is purified by the\n\ngrace of the Lord and by the grace of the Lord's servant. This is confirmed\n\nby Sukadeva Gosvami: ye 'nye ca piipii yad apasrayiisraya� sudhyanti\ntasmai prabhavip;wve namaft (Bhiig. 2.4.18). One who is brought under the\nlotus feet of the Lord by the endeavor of the Lord's servant, the spiritual\nmaster, is certainly immediately purified, however lowborn he may be. He\nbecomes eligible to return home, back to Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0424": "The Activities of the Pracetas\n\nText42]\n\n1543\n\nTEXT42\n\n�\"fFf � � I\n��� ��r:r �� � ;pt: ����II\n\nwtfl:\n\nijlfl1f ��Pi\n\nnamafl samiiya suddhiiya\npuru.siiya pariiya ca\nviisudeviiya sattviiya\ntubhyarh bhagavate nama[l\nnamafl we offer our respectful obeisances; samiiya-who is equal to\nsuddhiiya-who is never contaminated by sinful activities;\npuru.siiya- unto the Supreme Person; pariiya- transcendental; ca- also;\nviisudeviiya living everywhere; sattviiya- who is in the transcendental\nposition; tubhyam-unto You; bhagavate-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; namafl- obeisances.\n-\n\neveryone;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, You have no enemies or friends. Therefore You are equal to\neveryone. You cannot he contaminated by sinful activities, and Your transcendental form is al ways beyond the material creation. You are the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead because You remain everywhere within\n\nall existence. You are consequently known as Vasudeva. We offer You our\nrespectful obeisances.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is known as Vasudeva because He\nlives everywhere. The word vas means \"to live.\" As stated in Brahma­\n\nsarhhitii, eko 'py asau racayiturh jagad-ar�a-ko.tim: the Lord, through His\nplenary portion, enters into each and every universe to create the material\nmanifestation. He also enters into each and every heart in all living entities\nand into each and every atom also (paramaru-cayiintara-stham). Because\nthe Supreme Lord lives everywhere, He is known as V asudeva. Although\nHe lives everywhere within the material world, He is not contaminated by\n\nlsopan(sad as\napiipa-viddham. He is never contaminated by the modes of material nature.\nthe modes of nature. The Lord is therefore described in\n\nWhen the Lord descends on this planet, He acts in many ways. He kills\ndemons and performs acts not sanctioned by the Vedic principles, that is,\nacts considered sinful. Even though He acts in such a way, He is never\ncontaminated by His action. He is therefore described herein as suddha,\n\n", "SB4.4#p0425": "1544\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nmeaning always free from contamination. The Lord is also sama, equal to\neveryone. In this regard, He states in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nsamo 'ham saroa-bhute�u\nna me dve,syo 'sti na priyaft\nye bhajanti tu mlirh bhaktyii\nmayi te te§u ciipy aham\n\"I envy no one, nor am I partial to anyone. I am equal to all. But whoever\nrenders service unto Me in devotion is a friend, is in Me, and I am also a\nfriend to him.\" (Bg. 9.29) The Lord has no one as His friend or enemy,\nand He is equal to everyone.\nThe word sattviiya indicates that the form of the Lord is not material. It\nis sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha. lsvaraft paramaft kr.sraft sac-cid-iinanda-vigrahaft.\nHis body is different from our material bodies. One should not think that\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead has a material body like ours.\n\nTEXT43\n\nil�q�\n\nrl'� ��\"'lW�fllgm m:\n��\n�{OtFI«10: I\n\n���\n��rt: ������\nmaitreya uviica\niti pracetobhir abh�.tuto harif!.\npritas tathety iiha sararya-vatsalaft\nanicchatiirh yiinam at,rpta-cak.sufliirh\nyayau sva-dhamiinapavarga-virya[l\nmaitreyafl uviica- Maitreya said; iti - thus ; pracetobh*- by the Pracetas;\nabhi,s,tutaft - being praised; har* the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nprit aft-being pleased; tathii-so; iti-thus; iiha-said; sararya-to the\nsurrendered souls; vatsalafl, affectionate ; anicchatiim-not desirin g; yiinam\nHis departure; atrpta-not satisfied; cakfi u slim- their eyes; yayau-He left;\nsva-dhiima-to His own abode; anapavarga-vii'yaft-whose prowess is never\n-\n\n-\n\n­\n\n.\n\ndefeated.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0426": "Text 44]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1545\n\nTRA NSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who is the protector of surrendered souls, being\nthus addressed by the Pracetas and worshiped by them, replied, \"May\nwhatever You have prayed for be fulfilled.\" After saying this, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, whose prowess is never defeated, left. The\nPracetas were unwilling to be separated from Him because they had not\nseen Him to their full satisfaction.\nPURPORT\nThe word anapavarga-virya is significant in this verse. The word ana\nmeans \"without,\" pavarga means \"the materialistic way of life,\" and virya\nmeans \"prowess.\" The prowess of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nalways contains six basic opulences, one of which is renunciation. Although the Pracetas desired to see the Lord to their full satisfaction, the\n\nLord nonetheless left_ According to Srila Jiva Gosvami, this is an exhibition\n\nof His kindness to innumerable other devotees. Although He was being\nattracted by the Pracetas, He left. This is an example of His renunciation.\nThis renunciation was also exhibited by Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu when\nHe stayed with Advaita Prabhu after taking sannyasa. All the devotees\nthere wanted Him to stay a few days longer, but Lord Caitanya left without hesitation. The conclusion is that although the Supreme Lord has unlimited kindness for His devotees, He is not attached to anyone. He is\nequally kind to His innumerable devotees all over the creation.\n\natha niryiiya saliliit\npracetasa udanvataf!\nvik.syiikupyan dmmaiS channam\ngam giim roddhum ivocchritai{l\n\natka-thereafter; niryaya\n\n-\n\nafter coming out; saliliit-from the water;\n\npracetasaf!-all the Pracetas; udanvata[!-of the sea; vik sya- having observed;\n.\n\nakupyan\n\n-\n\nbecame very angry; d mmaif!\n\n-\n\nby trees; ch annam\n\n-\n\ncovered; giim\n\n-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0427": "1546\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nthe world; gam-the heavenly planets; roddhum-to obstruct; iva-as if;\n\nucchritai[t- very tall.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter all the Pracetiis emerged from the waters of the sea. They\nthen saw that all the trees on land had grown very tall as if to obstruct\nthe path of the heavenly planets. These trees had covered the entire surface\nof the world. At this time the Pracetiis became very angry.\nPURPORT\nKing Pracinabarhi�at left his kingdom before his sons arrived after their\nexecution of penance and austerity. The sons, the Pracetiis, were ordered\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead to come out of the water and go\nto the kingdom of their father in order to take care of that kingdom.\nHowever, when they came out, they saw that everything had been neglected due to the King's absence. They first observed that foodgrains were\nnot being produced and that there were no agricultural activities. Indeed,\nthe surface of the world was practically covered by very tall trees. It\nseemed as though the trees were determined to stop people from going\ninto outer space to reach the heavenly kingdoms. The Pracetas became very\nangry when they saw the surface of the globe covered in this way. They\ndesired that the land be cleared for crops.\nIt is not a fact that jungles and trees attract clouds and rain, because we\nfind rainfall over the sea. Human beings can inhabit any place on the surface of the earth by clearing jungles and converting land for agricultural\npurposes. People can keep cows, and all economic problems can be solved\nin that way. One need only work to produce grains and take care of the\ncows. The wood found in the jungles may be used for constructing cottages.\nIn this way the economic problem of humanity can be solved. At the present moment there are many vacant lands throughout the world, and if\nthey are properly utilized, there will be no scarcity of food. As far as rain\nis concerned, it is the performance of yajna that attracts rain. As stated\nin Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nanniid bhavanti bhiitiini\nparjanyiid anna-sambhava�\nyajiiiid bhavati parjanyo\nyajiia� karma-samudbhava�\n\n\"All living bodies subsist on food grains, which are produced from rains.\nRains are produced by performance of yajiia [sacrifice], and yajna is born\nof prescribed duties.\" (Bg. 3.14)\nBy performing sacrifice, man will have sufficient rainfall and crops.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0428": "The Activities of the Pracetas\n\nText46]\n\n1547\n\nTEXT 45\n\n�sfu'tt(im �ij��ijl �q'T 1\nlfif ��(i'=i �� �� �;n�� ll'd�ll\ntato 'gni-marutau rajann\namuncan mukhato ru.sa\nmahtm nirvtrudham kartum\nsamvartaka ivatyaye\ntata�- thereafter; agni- fire; marutau- and air; rajan- 0 King; amuncan­\n\nthey emitted; mukhata[l- from their mouths; ru§a-out of anger; mahtm­\n\nthe earth; nirvtrudham- treeless; kartum- to make; samvartaka[l- the fire\nof devastation; iva like; atyaye-at the time of devastation.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, at the time of devastation, Lord Siva emits fire and air\n\nfrom his mouth out of anger. To make the surface of the earth completely\ntreeless, the Pracetas also emitted fire and air from their mouths.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse Vidura is addressed as rajan, which means \"0 King.\" In this\n\nregard, Srila Vi8vanatha Cakravarti Thakura comments that a dhtra never\nbecomes angry because he is always situated in devotional service. Ad­\n\nvanced devotees can control their senses; therefore a devotee can be ad­\n\ndressed as rajan. A king controls and rules in various ways amongst citizens;\nsimilarly, one who can control his senses is the king of his senses. He is\na svamt or gosvamt. The svamts and gosvamts are therefore sometimes addressed as maharaja, or king.\n\nTEXT46\n\n��tuti�r.=�'il't. tr�\"\"tl firmtt&: 1\n3llml: �l'i�l'it« �'{ rn\nat(fW11 ;p;r: ����II\n\"'\n\n�\n\nbhasmasat kriyama[larhs tan\ndruman vtk;5ya pita-maha[l\niigata[l samayam asa\nputran barhi_smato nayai[l\n\n", "SB4.4#p0429": "1548\nbhasmasat-into\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nashes; kriyamii[tiin-being made; tan-all\n\nof them;\n\ndrumlin- the trees;vik.sya-seeing;pita-maha�- Lord Brahma; agata�-came\nthere; samayam lisa-pacified; putran-the sons; barhi§mata�-of King\nBarhit>miin; nayai[l.-by logic.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing that all the trees on the surface of the earth were being\nturned to ashes, Lord Brahma immediately came to the sons of King\nBar�man and pacified them with words and logic.\nPURPORT\nWhenever there is some uncommon occurrence on any planet, Lord\nBrahma, being in charge of the whole universe, immediately comes to control the situation. Lord Brahma also came when Hira.r;1yakasipu underwent\nsevere penances and austerities and made the whole universe tremble. A\nresponsible man in any establishment is always alert to keep peace and\nharmony within the establishment. Similarly, Lord Brahma is also allowed to keep peace and harmony within this universe. He consequently\npacified the sons of King Barhi�man with good logic.\nTEXT 47\n\ntatriivas(spi ye vrk.sii\nbhitii duhitararh tada\nujjahrus te pracetobhya\nupadi§.ta[t svayambhuva\ntatra-there; avasi§.taJ:t-remaining; ye-which; vrk�a[t-trees; bhtta[tbeing afraid; duhitaram-their daughter; tada-at that time; ujjahru�delivered; te-they; pracetobhyafr-unto the Pracetas; upadi§.tii[t-being\nadvised; svayam-bhuva-by Lord Brahma.\nTRANSLATION\nThe remaining trees, being very much afraid of the Pracetas, immediately\ndelivered their daughter at the advice of Lord Brahma.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0430": "Text 48)\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1549\n\nPURPORT\nThe daughter of the trees is referred to in text thirteen of this chapter.\n\nThis daughter was born of Kal)�U and Pramlocii. The society girl Pramloca,\nafter giving birth to the child, immediately left for the heavenly kingdom.\n\nWhile the child was crying, the King of the moon took compassion upon\n\nher and saved her by putting his finger into her mouth. This child was\n\ncared for by the trees, and when she grew up, by the order of Lord\nBrahma, she was delivered to the Pracetiis as their wife. The name of the\ngirl was Miiri�a, as the next verse will explain. It was the predominating\n\ndeity of the trees that delivered the daughter. In this connection Srila )iva\nGosvami Prabhupiida states,\n\nvrk.siift tad-adhi,s.t hiitr-devatiift: \"The 'trees'\n\nmeans the controlling deity of those trees.\" In Vedic literatures we find\n\nthat there is a controlling deity of the water; similarly, there is a control­\n\nling deity of the trees. The Pracetas were engaged in burning all the trees\n\nto ashes, and they considered the trees their enemies. To pacify the\n\nPracetas, the predominating deity of the trees, under the advice of Lord\nBrahma, delivered the daughter Miiri�a.\n\nTEXT 48\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�t\n\n;mOT\n\n3Tl�mt=I{Tf��fi{� I\n\nit«:i4iji�la>il;:qill�tlf.til: 11\\l� II\nte ca brahmar-a iidesiin\nmiir¥iim upayemire\nyasyiim mahad-avajniiniid\najany ajana-yonijaft\n\nte-all the Pracetas; ca-also; b rah mar- a/1- - of Lord Brahma; iidesiit-by\n\nthe order; mari,s ii m-M ari:;;a ; upayemire-married ; ya s yam- in whom; mahat\n\n-to a great personality; avaj fianat\n\n-\n\non account of disrespect; ajani-took\n\nbirth; ajana-yoni-jaf!-the son of Lord Brahma, Dalq>a.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing the order of Lord Brahma, all the Pracetas accepted the girl\ntheir wife. From the womb of this girl, the son of Lord Brahma named\nDalq;a took birth. Dalq;a had to take birth in the womb of Ma�a due to\nhis disobeying and disrespecting Lord Mahadeva [Siva] . Consequently he\nhad to give up his body twice.\n\nas\n\n", "SB4.4#p0431": "1550\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch_ 30\n\nPURPORT\nIn this connection the word mahad-avajnanat is significant. King Dak�a\n\nwas the son of Lord Brahma; therefore in a previous birth he was a\n\nbrahmarw, but because of his behaving like a non brahmara (abrahmara)\n-\n\nby insulting or disrespecting Lord Mahadeva, he had to take birth within\nthe semen of a k.satriya. That is to say, he became the son of the Pracetas.\n\nNot only that, but because of his disrespecting Lord Siva, he had to under­\n\ngo the tribulation of taking birth within the womb of a woman. In the\nDa�a-yajiia arena, he was once killed by Lord Siva's servant, Virabhadra.\n\nBecause that was not sufficient, he again took birth in the womb of Mari�a.\n\nAt the end of the Da�a-yajiia and the disastrous incidents there, Dak�a\noffered his prayer to Lord Siva. Although he had to give up his body and\n\ntake birth in the womb of a woman impregnated by the semen of a\n\nk.satriya, he nonetheless received all opulence by the grace of Lord Siva.\n\nThese are the subtle laws of material nature. Unfortunately, people in this\n\nmodern age do not know how these laws are working. Having no knowl­\n\nedge of the eternity of the spirit soul and its transmigration, the popula­\n\ntion of the present age is in the greatest ignorance. Because of this, it is\nsaid inBhiigavatam: manda� sumanda-matayo manda-bhiigya hy upadruta�\n\n(Bhiig. l.l.lO). The total population in this age of Kali-yuga is very bad,\n\nlazy, unfortunate and disturbed by material conditions.\n\nTEXT49\n\n���3Wmif ��I\n�: � �� �: � � �i!(::citR<t ������\ncak.su.se tv antare prapte\npriik-sarge kala-vidrute\nya� sasarja praja ift.ta�\nsa dak.so daiva-codita�\ncak.su.se-named Cak�u�a; tu-but; an tare-the manvantara; prapte- when\n\nit happened;prak- previous; surge-creation; kala-vidrute-destroyed in due\n\ncourse of time; yaft-one who; sasarja-created; praja�-living entities;\n\nift.taft-desirable; sa�- he; dak.sa�- Da�a; daiva- by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; coditaft-inspired.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0432": "Text 49)\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1551\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis previous body had been destroyed, but he, the same Dalq!a, inspired\nby the supreme will, created all the desired living entities in the Cakj!u!!a\nmanvantara.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita:\nsahasra-yuga-paryantam\nahar yad brahmarw vidu�\nratrirh yuga-sahasrantam\nte 'ho-ratra-vido jana�\n\"By human calculation, a thousand ages taken together is the duration of\nBrahma's one day. And such also is the duration of his night.\" (Bg. 8.17)\nBrahma's one day consists of one thousand cycles of the four yugasSatya, Treta, Dvapara and Kali. In that one day there are fourteen\nmanvantaras, and out of these manvantaras this Calqm�a manvantara is the\nsixth. The various Manus existing in one day of Lord Brahma are as\nfollows: (1) Svayambhuva (2) Svaroci�a (3) Uttama (4) Tamasa (5) Raivata\n\n(6) Cak�u�a (7) Vaivasvata (8) SavarQ.i (9) Dak�a-savarQ.i (10) BrahmasavarQ.i (ll) Dharma-siivarQ.i (12) Rudra-savarQ.i (13) Deva-savarQ.i and (14)\nIndra-savarQ.i.\nThus there are fourteen Manus in one day of Brahma. In a year there\nare 5,040 Manus. Brahma has to live for one hundred years; consequently\nthe total of Manus appearing and disappearing during the life of one\nBrahma is 504,000. This is the calculation for one universe, and there are\ninnumerable universes. All these Manus come and go simply by the breathing process of Maha-Vi�I).U. As stated in the Brahma-sarhhita:\nyasyaika-ni.Svasita-kalam athiivalambya\njivanti loma-vilajii jagad-a[tfla-niithii{t\nvi;;[tur mahan sa iha yasya kala-vi.Se.so\ngovindam adi-puru.sarh tam aharh bhajiimi\nThe word jagad-ar-fla-natha means Lord Brahma. There are innumerable\njagad-a[tfla-natha Brahmas, and thus we can calculate the many Manus.\nThe present age is under the control of Vaivasvata Manu. Each Manu lives\n4,320,000 years multiplied by 71. The present Manu has already lived for\n4,320,000 years multiplied by 28. All these long lifespans are ultimately\nended by the laws of material nature. The controversy of Dak�a-yajiia took\n\n", "SB4.4#p0433": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1552\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 30\n\nplace in the Svayambhuva manvantara period. As a result, Da�a was\n\npunished by Lord Siva, but by virtue of his prayers to Lord Siva he became\n\neligible to regain his former opulence. According to Visvanatha Cakravarti\n\nThakura, Dak�a underwent severe penances up to the fifth manvantara.\n\nThus at the beginning of the sixth manvantara, known as the Cak�u�a\n\nmanvantara, Dak�a regained his former opulence by the blessings of Lord\n\nSiva.\n\nTEXTS 50-51\n\ntit \\itt�+nwt: � � \"' 1\n(C(4NIC(� �trN. �� ll�oll\n�\n\n31\\itle•i<�l�lq;f�� � I\n� ��s�t� « � «4'st\\itlqfiwt II�� II\nyo jiiyamiinafl sarve.siim\ntejas tejasviniim rucii\nsvayopiidatta diik.syiic ca\nkarmariim dak.sam abruvan\ntam prajii-sarga-rak.siiyiim\naniidir abhi�icya ca\nyuyoja yuyuje 'nyiims ca\nsa vai sarva-prajii-patin\n\nya[!,-one who; jiiyama na[!,-just after his birth; sarve.sam-of all; teja[!,the brilliance; tejasvinam-brilliant; ruca-by effulgence; svaya-his;\n\nupiidatta-covered; diik�yiit-from being expert; ca-and; karmaram-in\nfruitive activities; dak.sam-Dak!'a; abruvan-was called; tam - him ; prajli­\n\nliving beings; sarga-generating; rak�ayam-in the matter of maintaining;\n\naniidi[l,-the firstborn, Lord Brahmii.; abhifticya-having appointed; ca-also;\n\nyuy o ja- engaged; yuyuje- engaged; anyiin-others; ca- and; safl -he; vaicertainly; sarva- all; prajii-patin- progenitors of living entities.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter being born, D�a, by the superexcellence of his bodily luster,\ncovered all others' bodily opulence. Because he was very expert in performing fruitive activity, he was called by the name Da�a, meaning \"the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0434": "Texts 50-51]\n\nThe Activities of the Pracetas\n\n1553\n\nvery expert.\" Lord Brahma therefore engaged Da�a in the work of generating living entities and maintaining them. In due course of time, Da�a\nalso engaged other prajapatis [progenitors] in the process of generation\nand maintenance.\nPURPORT\nDa�a became almost as powerful as Lord Brahma. Consequently Lord\n\nBrahma engaged him in generating population. Da�a was very influential\n\nand opulent. In his own turn, Dak!)a engaged other prajiipatis, headed by\nMarici. In this way the population of the universe increased.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Thirtieth\nChapter\n\nof the\n\nPracetiis.\"\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, entitled\n\n\"The Activities of the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0435": "CHAPTER THIRTY-ONE\n\nNarada Instructs the Pracetas\nTEXT I\n.......\n\n\"ll5f11 i3<(f\"i1\n\n��� 3TT��firn'J_ I\n�..ij���smf��ll �II\n\nmf\n\nmaitreya uviica\ntata utpanna-vijiiiinii\nii.Sv adhok.saja-bhii.sitam\nsmaranta iitmaje bhiirylirh\nvis.rjya priivrajan g!hiit\nmaitreya[1 uvaca-Maitreya said; tata� - thereafter; utpanna-developed;\nvijiiiinii�-possessing perfect knowledge; iisu-very soon; adhok.saja-by the\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nbhii.sitam-what\n\nwas enunciated;\n\nsmaranta�-remembering; iitma-je- un to their son; bha:ryiim-thei r wife;\nvis_rjya- after giving; pr iivraja n - left ; grhiit- from home.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great saint Maitreya continued: After that, the Pracetas lived at\nhome for thousands of years and developed perfect knowledge in spiritual\nconsciousness. At last they remembered the blessings of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and left home, putting their wife in charge of a\nperfect son.\nPURPORT\nAfter the Pracetas had finished their penances, they were b lessed by the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord blessed them by telling them\n\n1555\n\n", "SB4.4#p0436": "1556\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\nthat after finishing their family life they would return home, back to\nGodhead, in due course of time. After finishing their family life, which\nlasted thousands of years according to the calculations of the demigods,\nthe Pracetas decided to leave home, putting their wife in the charge of a\nson named Dak�a. This is the process of Vedic civilization. In the beginning\nof life, as a brahmacart, one has to undergo severe penances and austerities\nin order to be educated in spiritual values. The brahmaciiri is never allowed\nto mingle with women and is thus kept from learning about sex enjoyment.\nThe basic flaw in modern civilization is that boys and girls are given freedom during school and college to enjoy sex life. Most of the children are\nvarra-sankara, meaning born of undesirable fathers and mothers. Conse­\n\nquently the whole world is in chaos. Actually human civilization should be\nbased on the Vedic principles. This means that in the beginning of life boys\nand girls should undergo penances and austerities. When they are grown,\nthey should get married, live for some time at home and beget children.\nWhen the children are grown up, the man should leave home and search for\nKr �va consciousness. In this way one can make one's life perfect by going\nhome to the kingdom of God.\nUnless one practices penances and austerities in his student life, he cannot understand the existence of God. Without realizing Kr�va, one cannot\nmake his life perfect. The conclusion is that when the children are grown,\nthe wife should be put in the children's charge. The husband may then\nleave home to develop Kr�va consciousness. Everything depends on the\ndevelopment of mature knowledge. King Pracinabarhi�at, the father of the\nPracetas, left home before the arrival of his sons, who were engaged in\nausterity within the water. As soon as the time is ripe, or as soon as one has\ndeveloped perfect Kr�va consciousness, he should leave home, even though\nall his duties may not be fulfilled. Pracinabarhi�at was waiting for the arrival\nof his sons, but, following the instructions of Narada, as soon as his intelligence was properly developed, he simply left instructions for his ministers\nto impart to his sons. Thus without waiting for their arrival, he left home.\nGiving up a comfortable home life is absolutely necessary for human\nbeings and is advised by Prahlada Maharaja. Hitviitma-piitarh grham andhakiipam: To finish the materialistic way of life, one should leave his so-called\n\ncomfortable home life, which is simply a means for k illing the soul (iitmapiitam ). The home is considered to he a dark well covered by grass, and if\n\none falls within this well, he simply dies without anyone's caring. One\nshould therefore not he too much attached to family life, for it will spoil\none's development of Kr�va consciousness.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0437": "1557\n\nNirada Instructs the Pracetas\n\nText 2]\n\ndikfiita brahma-satrerw\nsaroa-bhutatma-medhasa\npraticyarh disi velayarh\nsiddho 'bhud yatra jajal*\ndik,sitiifl- being determined; brahma-satre[la- by understanding of the\n\nSupreme\n\nSpirit; saroa-all; b hilta- living\n\nsidering as one's self; praticyiim\n\n-\n\nentities; iitma-medhasa- con­\n\nin the western; diSi-direction; veliiyam­\n\non the seashore; siddhaft- perfect; abhut became; yatra- where; jiijal*-\n\nthe great sage Jajali.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Pracetiis went to the seashore in the west where the great liberated\nsage Jajali was residing. After perfecting the spiritual knowledge by which\none becomes equal to all living entities, the Pracetiis became perfect in\n·\n\nKr�t;ta consciousness.\nPURPORT\nThe word brahma-satra\n\nmeans cultivation of spiritual knowledge.\n\nActually both the Vedas and severe austerity are known as brahma. Vedas\ntattvarh tapo brahma. Brahma also means the Absolute Truth. One has to\n\ncultivate knowledge of the Absolute Truth by pursuing studies in the\nVedas and undergoing severe austerities and penances. The Pracetas\n\nproperly executed this function and consequently became equal to all\nother living entities. As Bhagavad-gitii confirms:\nbrahma-bhutaft prasanniitmii\nna socati na kiink,sati\nsamaft saroe.su bhute.su\nmad-bhaktirh labhate pariim\n\n\"One who is thus transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme\nBrahman. He never laments nor desires to have anything; he is equally\ndisposed to every living entity. In that state he attains pure devotional\nservice unto Me.\" (Bg. 18.54)\nWhen one actually becomes spiritually advanced, he does not see the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0438": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1558\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\ndifference between one living entity and another. This platform is attained\nby determination. When perfect knowledge is expanded, one ceases to see\nthe outward covering of the living entity. He sees, rather, the spirit soul\nwithin the body. Thus he does not make distinctions between a human\nbeing and an animal, a learned briihmarw and a ca7J{Jiila.\n\nvidyii-vinaya-sampanne\nbriihmare gavi hastini\nsuni caiva svapiike ca\npar!Iitii{! sama-darsina{z\n\"The humble sage, by virtue of true knowledge, sees with equal vision a\nlearned and gentle\n\nbriihmara, a cow, an elephant, a dog and a dog-eater\n\n[ outcaste] . \" (Bg. 5.18)\n\nA learned person sees everyone equally on a spiritual basis, and a learned\nperson, a devotee, wants to see everyone developed in Kr�J]a consciousness.\nThe place where the Pracetas were residing was perfect for executing spiritual activities, for it is indicated that the great sage J ajali attained mukti\n(liberation) there. One desiring perfection or liberation should associate\nwith a person who is already liberated. This is called siidhu-sa�iga, associating\nwith a perfect devotee.\n\nTEXT 3\n\n61NM6stiOI'i\"'lt�'lit\nM6R1'11{ �'{A� I\nW+t� ;mfUT �W1�w:+t'1:\n\nWl�l �� � �: II �II\ntiin nirjita-priira-mano-vaco-drso\njitiisaniin siin ta-samiina-vigrahiin\npare 'male brahma[li yojitiitmana{t\nsuriisure!lyo dadrse sma niirada{t\ntiin-all of them; nirjita- completely controlled; prii[l a- the life air (by\nthe prii[liiyiima process); mana{t- mind; va c a{t words; drsalz\n-\n\n-\n\nand vision;\n\njita-iisaniin who conquered the yogic iisana, or sitting posture; santapacified; samiina straight; vigrahiin- whose bodies; pare- transcendental;\namale-free from all material contamination; brahmari-in the Supreme;\nyo jita- engaged; iitmanalz- whose minds ;sura-asura-iflyalz-worshiped by\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0439": "Text 4]\n\n1559\n\nNarada Instructs the Pracetiis\n\nthe demons and by the demigods; dadrse-saw; sma-in the past; niiradafzthe great sage Narada.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter practicing the yogasana for mystic yoga, the Pracetas managed to\ncontrol their life air, mind, words and external vision. Thus by the\nprfu).ayama process they were completely relieved of material attachment.\nBy remaining perpendicular, they could concentrate their minds on the\nuppermost Brahman. While they were practicing this prfu).ayama, the great\nsage Narada, who is worshiped both by demons and by demigods, came to\nsee them.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the words pare amale are significant. The realization of\nBrahman is explained in\nrealized in three\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nThe Absolute Truth is\n\nphases-impersonal effulgence\n\n(Brahman),\n\nlocalized\n\nParamatma and the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Bhagavan. In his\n\nprayers, Lord Siva concentrated upon the personal features of Parabrahman,\ndescribed\n\nin\n\npersonal\n\nterms\n\nas\n\nsnigdha-priivrr;l-ghana-syiimam (Bhiig.\n\n4.24.45). Following the instructions of Lord Siva, the Pracetas also concentrated their minds on the Syamasundara form of the Supreme Brahman.\n\nAlthough impersonal Brahman, Paramatma Brahman and Brahman as the\nSupreme Person are all on the same transcendental platform, the personal\nfeature of the Supreme Brahman is the ultimate goal and last word in\n\ntranscendence.\n\nThe great sage Narada travels everywhere. He goes to the demons and\nthe demigods and is equally respected. He is consequently described herein\nas\n\nsuriisure1ya, worshiped both by demons and by demigods. For Niirada\n\nMuni, the door of every house is open. Although there is perpetual\n\nanimosity between the demons and demigods, Narada Muni is welcomed\neverywhere. Narada is considered one of the demigods, of course, and the\n\nword devar_si means \"the saintly person among the demigods.\" Not even\n\nthe demons envy Narada Muni; therefore he is equally worshiped both by\n\ndemons and by demigods. A perfect V ai�t;�.ava's position should be just\n\nlike Narada Muni's, completely independent and unbiased.\n\nTEXT4\n\n� ij � stfUiq€41Riwta.� � I\n\n'@f� � {\\(<41�'1¥Cqi?JCf.{ll � ll\n\n", "SB4.4#p0440": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1560\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\ntam agatarh ta utthaya\npra[1ipatyiibhinandya ca\npujayitvii yathiide�arh\nsukhiisinam athiibruvan\ntam-to\n\nhim; agatam- appe ared; te-all the Pracetiis; utthiiya-afte r\n\ngetting up ;pra[1ipatya- offering obeisances; abhinandya- offering welcome;\nca- also; pujayitVI1-worshiping; yathii ade�a m -accord ing to regulative\nprinciples; sukha-asinam- comfortably situated; atha-thus; a bruvan- they\nsaid.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs soon as the Pracetas saw that the great sage Narada had appeared,\n\nthey immediately got up even from their asanas. As required, they immediately offered obeisances and worshiped him, and when they saw that\nNarada Muni was properly seated, they began to ask him questions.\nPURPORT\nIt is significant that all the Pracetas were engaged in practicing yoga to\nconcentrate their minds on the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXTS\n\n'Sl�mi �:\n\n�ij�str�;ft��: I\n(R\n\n:qe�'ftJi �� � �: II � II\n...\n\npracetasa ucu�\nsviigatarh te surar�e 'dya\ndifl.tyii no darsanarh gata�\ntava cankrama[1arh brahmann\nabhayiiya yathii rave�\npracetasafl. ucufl.-the Pracetiis said; su- agata m-welcome; te-unto you;\n\nsura-r.se-0 sage among the demigods; adya - today; difl_tya-b y good fortune;\nnafl.-of us; darsanam-audience; gatafl. - you have come; ta va -your;\n\nc ankrama[1am-movements; brahman-0 great briihma[1a; abhayaya - for\nfearlessness; yatha-as; ravefl.-of the sun.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0441": "1561\n\nNarada Instructs the Pracetas\n\nText6]\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the Pracetlis began to address the great sage Narada: 0 great sage, 0\nbrahmar;ta, we hope you met with no disturbances while coming here. It is\ndue to our great fortune that we are now able to see you. By the traveling\nof the sun, people are relieved from the fear of the darkness of night-a\n\nfear brought about by thieves and rogues. Similarly, your traveling is like\nthe sun's, for you drive away all kinds of fear.\nPURPORT\n\nBecause of the night's darkness, everyone is afraid of rogues and thieves,\nespecially in great cities. People are often afraid to go out on the streets,\nand we understand that even in a great city like New York people do not\nlike to go out at night. More or less, when it is night, everyone is afraid,\neither in the city or in the village. However, as soon as the sun r ises, everyone is relieved. Similarly, this material world is dark by nature. Everyone\nis afraid of danger at every moment, but when one sees a devotee like\nNarada, all fear is relieved. Just as the sun disperses darkness, the appearance\nof a great sage like Narada disperses ignorance. When one meets Narada or\nhis representative, a spiritual master, he is freed from all anxiety brought\nabout by ignorance.\nTEXT6\n\n�((IK� � r\\1�;w114� �I\nij?{ m �;rt 31Fi�: �fut � II ' II\nyad ad�.tam bhagavata\nsivenadhokfiajena ca\ntad g_rhe.su prasaktanam\npriiyasaft kfiapitarh prabho\n\nyat what; iid�.tam- was instructed; bhagavata-by the exalted personality; sivena-Lord Siva; adhokfiajena-by Lord Viwu; ca al so; tat-\n\n-\n\nthat; grhefiu-to family affairs; prasaktaniim-by us who were too much\nattached; praya s£0-almo st; kfiapitam-forgotten; prabho- 0 master.\nTRANSLATION\n0 master, may we inform you that because of our being overly attached\n\nto family affairs, we almost forgot the instructions we received from Lord\nSiva and Lord Vi!jit).U.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0442": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1562\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\nPURPORT\nRemaining in family life is a kind of concession for sense enjoyment.\nOne should know that sense enjoyment is not required, but one has to\n\naccept sense enjoyment inasmuch as one has to live. As confirmed in\n\nSrtmad-Bhiigavatam (1.2.10): kiimasya nendriya-prit*. One has to become\na gosviimi and control his senses. One should not simply use his senses for\nsense gratification; rather, the senses should be employed just as much as\nrequired for maintaining body and soul together. Srila Riipa Gosvami\nrecommends: aniisaktasya vi�ayiin yathiirham upayuiijata�. One should not\n\nbe attached to sense objects but should accept sense enjoyment as much\nas required, no more. If one wishes to enjoy the senses more than required,\n\nhe becomes attached to family life, which means bondage. All the Pracetas\nadmitted their fault in remaining in household life.\nTEXT7\n\nstQl6ql�l�'l$14 ��I\n�ill�«l 6IMI+tt � 1(tf� II \\9 II\n\nR:\n\ntan naft pradyotayiidhyiitmajiiiinarh tattviirtha-darsanam\nyeniiiijasii tari.syiimo\ndustararh bhava-siigaram\ntat-therefore; na[l, - for us; pradyotaya\n\n-\n\nkindly awaken; adhyiitma­\n\ntranscendental;jiiiinam-knowledge; tattva-Absolute Truth; artha-for the\npurpose of; darsanam-philosophy; yena-by which; aiijasii- easily; tari§yiimaft-we can cross over; dustaram formidable ; bhava-siigaram-the ocean\n-\n\nof nescience.\n\nTRANS LATION\nDear master, kindly enlighten us in transcendental knowledge, which\n\nmay act as a torchlight by which we may cross the dark nescience of material existence.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Pracetas requested Narada to enlighten them in transcendental\n\nknowledge. Generally when a common man meets a saintly person, he\nwishes to get some material benediction. However, the Pracetas were not\n\ninterested in material benefit, for they had enjoyed all this sufficiently.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0443": "Narada Instructs the Pracetas\n\nText 8]\n\n1563\n\nNor did they want the fulfillment of their material desires. They were\nsimply interested in crossing the ocean of nescience. Everyone should be\ninterested in getting out of these material clutches. Everyone should ap·\nproach a saintly person in order to be enlightened in this connection. One\n\nshould not bother a saintly person to get blessings for material enj oyment.\n\nGenerally householders receive saintly persons to get their blessings, but\ntheir real aim is to become happy in the material world. Asking such material benedictions is not recommended in the sastras.\nTEXTS\n\n��<1�\nm 3Rc:mt m ll•l'4l\"'<aJ uf.l: 1\n\n�•lf4!::�'{· 31tfccet�'{lilit� II� II\nmaitreya uvaca\niti pracetasarh P!§{O\nbhagavan narado munifi.\nbhagavaty uttama-sloka\navi.s.tatmabravin nrpan\nmaitreya� uvrica-Maitreya said; iti-thus ; pracetasam-by the Pracetas;\nP!� Ja� -being asked; b h agavtin-the great devotee of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; narada�-Narada; mun*-very thoughtful; bhagavati-in the\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nu\n\nttama-sloke-possessing excellent\n\nrenown; avi�.ta-absorbed; atma-whose mind; abrav it\n\n-\n\nre plied; nrpan-to\n\nthe Kings.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, being thus peti·\ntioned by the Pracetas, the supreme devotee, Narada, who is always absorbed in thoughts of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, began to reply.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse bhagaviin naradal], indicates that Narada is always absorbed\nin thoughts of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Bhagavaty uttama­\n\nsloka avif;.tatma. Narada has no other business than thinking of Kn>pa,\ntalking of K19Qa and preaching about Kr�I)a; therefore he is sometimes\ncalled bhagavtin. Bhagaviin means \"one who possesses all opulences.\" When\na person possesses Bhagavan within his heart, he is also sometimes called\n\n", "SB4.4#p0444": "1564\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\nbhagavan. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura said, siik§iid-dharitvena\nsamasta-sastraift: in every siistra the spiritual master is accepted directly as\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. This does not mean that the spiritual\n\nmaster or a saintly person like Narada has actually become the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, but he is accepted in this way because he pos­\n\nsesses the Supreme Personality of Godhead within his heart constantly.\n\nAs described here (iivi§Jiitma), when one is simply absorbed in the thought\n\nof Kr�Q.a, he is also called bhagavan. Bhagavan possesses all opulence. If\n\none possesses Bhagavan within his heart always, does he not automatically\npossess all opulence also? In that sense a great devotee like Narada can be\n\ncalled bhagavan. However, we cannot tolerate when a rascal or imposter is\n\ncalled bhagaviin. One must possess either all opulences or the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Bhagavim, who possesses all opulences.\nTEXT9\n\non��ffl\n\n� ij�1�'\"'4-it \": 1\nWfJif ir.r ft R��tt �otffl' 001�: l l � l I\n\n� mf.r\n\nnt\"irada uviica\ntaj janma tiini karmii[li\ntad iiyus tan mana vaca[l,\nnrr-am yena hi viSviitmii\nsevyate harir isvara[l,\nniirada[l, uviica- Narada said; tat janma- that birth; tiini- those; karmiiri­\n\nfruitive activities; tat-that; iiyuft-span of life; tat-that; m a naft- mind;\nvacaft - words; nrriim- of human beings; yena- by which; hi-certainly;\nvisva-iitmU:- the Supersoul; sevyate-is served; hari{l. - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; isvara[l - the supreme controller.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada said: When a living entity is born to engage in the\n\ndevotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the\nsupreme controller, his birth, all his fruitive activities, his lifespan, his mind\n\nand his words are all factually perfect.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word nrram is very important. There are many other\n\nbirths besides human birth, but Narada Muni is herein especially speaking\n\n", "SB4.4#p0445": "Text 10]\n\nNarada Instructs the Pracetas\n\n1565\n\nof human birth. Amongst human beings there are different types of men.\nOf these, those who are advanced in spiritual consciousness or Kr.spa con·\nsciousness are called Aryans. Amongst Aryans, one who engages in the\ndevotional service of the Lord is most successful in life. The word nr[tiim\nindicates that lower animals do not engage in the devotional service of the\nLord. In perfect human society everyone should engage in the devotional\nservice of the Lord. It does not matter whether one is born poor or rich,\nblack or white. There may be so many material distinctions for one who\ntakes birth in human society, but everyone should engage in the Lord's\ndevotional service. At the present moment civilized nations have given up\nGod consciousness for economic development. They are actually no longer\ninterested in advancing in God consciousness. Formerly their forefathers\nwere engaged in executing religious principles. Whether one is Hindu,\nMoslem, Buddhist, Jewish or whatever, everyone has some religious insti·\ntution. Real religion, however, means becoming God conscious. It is par·\nticularly mentioned herein that birth is successful if an interest in Kr�J)a\nconsciousness is taken. Activity is successful if it results in serving the\nLord. Philosophical speculation or mental speculation is successful when\nengaged in understanding the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The senses\nare worth possessing when engaged in the service of the Lord. Actually,\ndevotional service means engaging the senses in the service of the Lord.\nAt the present moment our senses are not purified; therefore our senses\nare engaged in the service of society, friendship, love, politics, sociology,\nand so on. However, when the senses are engaged in the service of the\nLord, one attains bhakti, or devotional service. In the next verse these\nmatters will be more clearly explained.\nWhen one great devotee of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the Lord, he\nsaid that all his desires were fulfilled. He said, \"Today everything is auspicious. Today my birthplace and neighborhood are completely glorified.\nToday my senses, from my eyes down to my toes, are fortunate. Today\nmy life is successful because I have been able to see the lotus feet that are\nworshiped by the goddess of fortune.\"\nTEXT 10\n\nI*��{ �PrntW':4tttf\\t�: I\ndflMi st�'hn�: �sN � II� oil\nkim janmabhis tribhir veha\nsaukra-savitra-yiijnikai[l\n\n", "SB4.4#p0446": "1566\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nkarmabhir vii trayi-proktai[t\npumso 'pi vibudhiiyu,sii\n\nkim-what is the use; janmabhi�-of births; t ribhi[t\n\n-\n\nthree; va-or; iha­\n\nin this world; saukra- by semina; savitra-by initiation; yajiiikai[t-by\nbecoming a perfect brahmarta; karmabhi�- by activities; va- or; trayt- in\nthe Vedas; proktai[t-instructed; pumsa�-of a human being; api- even;\nvibudha-of the demigods; ayu�a\n\n-\n\nwith a duration of life.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA civilized human being has three kinds of births. The first birth is by a\n\npure father and mother, and this birth is called birth by semina. The next\n\nbirth takes place when one is initiated by the spiritual master, and this birth\n\nis called savitra. The third birth, called yajiiika, takes place when one is\ngiven the opportunity to worship Lord Vi�f.lU. Despite the opportunities\n\nfor attaining such births, even if one gets the lifespan of a demigod, if one\ndoes not actually engage in the service of the Lord, everything is useless.\n\nSimilarly, one's activities may be mundane or spiritual, but they are useless\n\nif they are not meant for satisfying the Lord.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word saukra-janma means taking birth by seminal discharge. Animals can take their birth in this way too. However, a human being can be\nreformed from the saukra-janma, as recommended in the Vedic civilization.\nBefore the birth takes place, or before father and mother unite, there is a\nceremony called garbhadhana-samskara,\n\nwhich must be adopted. This\n\ngarbhiidhiina-samskiira is especially recommended for higher castes, especially the brahmarw caste. It is said in the sastras that if the garbhadhiinasamskiira is not practiced amongst the higher castes, the entire family becomes siidra. It is also stated that in this age of Kali, everyone is sudra due\nto the absence of the garbhiidhiina-samskiira. This is the Vedic system.\n\nAccording to the piincariitrika system, however, even though everyone is a\nsiidra due to the absence of the garbha dhana-samskiira, if a person has but\n\na little tendency to become Kr�va conscious, he should be given the chance\n\nto elevate himself to the transcendental platform of devotional service.\nOur Kr�va consciousness movement adopts this pancariitrika-vidh� as ad­\n\nvised by SrTia Sanatana Gosvami, who says:\n\nyatha kancanatam yati\nkiimsyam rasa-vidhanata�\n\n", "SB4.4#p0447": "Text 10]\n\nNarada Instructs the Pracetas\n\n1567\n\ntathii dik.sii-vidhiinena\ndvijatvarh jiiyate n[[Liim\n\"As bell-metal, when mixed with mercury, is transformed to gold, a per­\n\nson, even though not golden pure, can be transformed into a briihmara or\n\ndvija simply by the initiation process.\" Thus if one is initiated by a proper\n\nperson, he can be accepted as twice-born immediately. In our Kr�Q.a consciousness movement, we therefore offer the student his first initiation and\nallow him to chant the Hare K.f�Q.a mahii-mantra. By chanting the Hare\nK.f�Q.a mahii-mantra regularly and following the regulative principles, one\nbecomes qualified to be initiated as a briihmara because unless one is a\nqualified brahmara he cannot be allowed to worship Lord Vi�Q.U. This is\n\ncalled ylijfiika-janma. In our K.f�Q.a consciousness society, unless one is\ntwice initiated-first by chanting Hare Kr�q.a and second by the Gayatri\n\nmantra-he is not allowed to enter the kitchen or Deity room to execute\nduties. However, when one is elevated to the platform on which he can\nworship the Deity, his previous birth does not matter.\nca[L�tilo 'pi dvija-sre�.tho\nhari-bhakti-pariiya[La[t\nhari-bhakti-vihinas ca\ndvijo 'pi svapaciidhama{1\n\"Even if one is born in the family of a Ca[L�tila, if one engages in the devo­\n\ntional service of the Lord, he becomes the best of briihma[LaS. But even a\n\nbrahma[La who is devoid of devotional service is on the level of the lowest\ndog-eater.\"\n\nIf a person is advanced in devotional service, it does not matter whether\n\nhe was born in a car�ala family. He becomes purified. As Sr1 Prahlada\nMaharaja said:\n\nvipriid dvi�a�-gu[La-yutad aravinda-niibhapadaravinda-vimukhac chvapacarh vari�.tham\n(Bhiig. 7.9.10)\n\nEven if one is a brahma[La and is qualified with all the brahminical qualifi­\n\ncations, he is considered degraded if he is averse to worshiping the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. But if a person is attached to the service\n\nof the Lord, he becomes glorified even if he is born in a Ca[L�tila family.\n\nIndeed, such a ca[L�tila can deliver not only himself but all his family predecessors. Without devotional service, even a proud brahma[La cannot de­\n\nliver himself, and what to speak of his family. In many instances in the\nsastras it is seen that even a brahma[La has become a k�atriya, vaisya, siidra,\n\nmleccha or non-briihma[La. And there are many instances of one's being\n\n", "SB4.4#p0448": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1568\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\nborn a k�atriya or vaisya or even lower, and, in the eighteenth year, attaining elevation to the brahminical platform by the process of initiation.\nTherefore N arada Muni says:\nyasya yal lak�ararh proktarh\npurhso varrabhivyanjakam\nyad anyatrapi drsyeta\ntat tenaiva vinirdiSet (Bhtig. 7.11.35)\nIt is not a fact that because one is born in a brahmara family he is automatically a brahmara. He has a better chance to become a brahmara, but\nunless he meets all the brahminical qualifications, he cannot be accepted as\nsuch. On the other hand, if the brahminical qualifications are found in the\nperson of a sudra, he should immediately be accepted as a brahmara. To\nsubstantiate this there are many quotations from Bhtigavatam, Mahtibhiirata,\nBharadvaja-sarhhita and the Paiicaratra, as well as many other scriptures.\nAs far as the duration of life of the demigods, concerning Lord Brahma\nit is said:\nsahasra-yuga-paryantam\nahar yad brahmaro vidu�\nriitrirh yuga-sahasriintiirh\nte 'ho-riitra-vido janii� (Bg. 8.17)\nThe duration of one day of Brahma is one thousand times greater than the\nfour yugas aggregating to 4,300,000 years. Similarly, Brahma's one night.\nBrahma lives for one hundred years of such days and nights. The word\nvibudhiiyu�a indicates that even if one gets a long life span, his life span is\nuseless if he is not a devotee. A living entity is the eternal servitor of the\nSupreme Lord, and unless he comes to the platform of devotional service,\nhis life span, good birth, glorious activities and everything else are null and\nvoid.\nTEXT 11\n\n��tn ft���: I\n� tn Ffi R� il�i\\�(II:Ml l��II\n'.:»\n\nsrutena tapasa vii kim\nvacobhiS citta-vrttibhifr\nbuddhyii va kim nipurtaya\nbalenendriya- radhasa\n\n", "SB4.4#p0449": "Text II]\n\n1569\n\nNarada Instructs the Pracetas\n\nsrutena-by Vedic education; tapasa-by austerities; va-or; kim-what\nis the meaning; vacobh*-by words; citta-of consciousness; vrttibh*by the occupations; buddhya-by intelligence; va-or; kim-what is the use;\nnipu[t aya expert; balena-by bodily strength; indriya-radhasa-by power\n-\n\nof the senses.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWithout devotional service, what is the meaning of severe austerities,\nthe process of hearing, the power of speech, the power of mental speculation, elevated intelligence, strength and the power of the senses?\n\nPURPORT\nFrom the Upani�ads we learn:\n\nnayam atma pravacanena labhyo\nna medhaya na bahuna srutena\nyam evaifla V[[I-Ute tena labhyas\ntasyaifla atma vivrrmte taniim svam\n(Mu[tflaka Upaniflad 3.2.3)\nOur relationship with the Supreme Lord is never advanced by simple\n\nstudy of the Vedas. There are many Mayavadi sannyasts fully engaged in\nstudying the Vedas, Vedanta-sutra and Upani_sads, but unfortunately they\ncannot grasp the real essence of knowledge. In other words, they do not\nknow the Supreme Personality of Godhead. What, then, is the use in studying\n\nall the Vedas, if one cannot grasp the essence of the Vedas, Kg>l).a? The\n\nLord confirms in Bhagavad-gtta, vedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedya�: \"By\n\nall the Vedas, I am to be known.\" (Bg. 15.15)\n\nThere are many religious systems wherein penances and austerities are\ngreatly stressed, but at the end no one understands K r�va the Supreme\n,\n\nPersonality of Godhead. There is therefore no point in such penance\n\n(tapasya). If one has actually approached the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, he does not need to undergo severe austerities. The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is understood through the process of devotional\nservice. In the Ninth Chapter of Bhagavad-gtta devotional service is ex­\n\nplained as raja-guhyam, the king of all confidential knowledge. There are\nmany good reciters of Vedic literatures, and they recite works such as the\n\nRamaya[ta, Srtmad-Bhiigavatam and Bhagavad-gita. Sometimes these professional readers manifest very good scholarship and exhibit word jugglery.\nUnfortunately they are never devotees of the Supreme Lord. Consequently\n\n", "SB4.4#p0450": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1570\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\nthey cannot impress upon the audience the real essence of knowledge,\nKrer;ta. There are also many thoughtful writers and creative philosophers,\nbut despite all their learning, if they cannot approach the Supreme Personality of Godhead, they are simply useless mental speculators. There are\nmany sharply intelligent people in this material world, and they discover\nso many things for sense gratification. They also analytically study all the\nmaterial elements, but despite their expert knowledge and expert scientific analysis of the whole cosmic manifestation, their endeavors are\nuseless because they cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nAs far as our senses are concerned, there are many animals, both beasts\nand birds, who are very expert in exercising their senses more keenly than\nhuman beings. For example, vultures or hawks can go very high in the sky\nbut can see a small body on the ground very clearly. This means that their\neyesight is so keen that they can find an eatable corpse from a great\ndistance. Certainly their eyesight is much keener than human beings', but\nthis does not mean that their existence is more important than that of a\nhuman being. Similarly, dogs can smell many things from a far distance.\nMany fish can understand by the power of sound that an enemy is coming.\n\nAll these examples are described in Srimad-Bhiigavatam. If one's senses\ncannot help him attain the highest perfection of life, realization of the\nSupreme, they are all useless.\nTEXT 12\n\nf* ill tfti\\•n:ri�'f �((lf\\:qf�p(l(fq I\n'* qt ��� �� m: ������\nkirh vii yogena siihkh yena\n\nnyiisa-sviidhyiiyayor api\n\nkirh vii sreyobhir anyais ca\n\nna yatriitma-prado har*\n\nkim-what is the use; va-or;yogena-by mystic yoga practice;siihkhyena\n-by\n\nstudy\n\nof\n\nSahkhya\n\nphilosophy; nyasa-by\n\naccepting\n\nsannyasa;\n\nsvadhyayayo[l,-and by study of Vedic literature; api-even; kim-what is\n\nthe use; va-or; sre yo b hi[l,-by auspicious activities; anyai[l,-other; ca-and;\nna-never; yatra-where; atma-prada[l,-full satisfaction of self; hari[l,-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0451": "Text 13]\n\nNarada Instructs the Pracetas\n\n1571\n\nTRANSLATION\nTranscendental practices that do not ultimately help one realize the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead are useless, he they mystic yoga practices, the analytical study of matter, severe austerity, the acceptance of\nsannyasa, or the study of Vedic literature. All these may he very important\naspects of spiritual advancement, hut unless one understands the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Hari, all these processes are useless.\nPURPORT\n\nIn Caitanya-caritamrta it is said:\n\nbhakti vinii kevala jiiiine 'mukti' niihi haya\nbhakti siidhana kare yei 'priipta-brahmalaya'\n(Cc. Madhya 24.109)\n1m personalists do not take to devotional service hut take to other practices,\nsuch as the analytical study of the material elements, the discrimination\nbetween matter and spirit, and the mystic yoga system. These are beneficial\nonly insofar as they are complementary to devotional service. Caitanya\nMahaprahhu therefore told Sanatana Gosvami that without a touch of\ndevotional service, jniina,\n\nyoga and siihkhya philosophy cannot give one\n\nthe desired results. The impersonalists wish to merge into the Supreme\nBrahman; however, merging into the Supreme Brahman also requires a\ntouch of devotional service. The Absolute Truth is realized in three phasesimpersonal Brahman, Paramatma and the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nAll these require a touch of devotional service. Sometimes it is actually\n\nseen that these Mayavadis also chant the Hare Krl?.Q.a mahii-mantra, although\ntheir motive is to merge into the Brahman effulgence of the Absolute.\nThe yogis also at times take to chanting the Hare Kr�?.Q.a maha-mantra, hut\ntheir purpose is different from that of the\n\nbhaktas. In all processeskarma, jniina or yoga-bhakti is required. T�at is the purport of this\nverse.\nTEXT 13\n\nsreyasiim api sarve.siim\niitmii hy avadhir arthata�\n\n", "SB4.4#p0452": "[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1572\n\nsarve.siim api bhutiiniirh\nharir iitmiitmadafl. priya{l\nsreyasiim-of auspicious activities; api-certainly; sarve�iim-all; iitmiithe self; hi-certainly; avadhi{l- destination; arthata{l-factually; sarve§limof all; api-certainly; bhiitiiniim- living entities; hari{l -the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iitmii-the Supersoul; iitma da{l-who can give us our\n-\n\noriginal identity; priya{l- very dear.\nTRANSLATION\nFactually the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the original source of\nall self-realization. Consequently the goal of all auspicious activities-karma,\njnana, yoga and bhakti-is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThe living entity is the marginal energy of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and the material world is the external energy. Under the circumstances, one must understand that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nfactually the original source of both matter and spirit. This is explained in\nthe Seventh Chapter of Bhagavad-gitii:\nbhumir iipo 'nalo viiyu{l\nkharh mano buddhir eva ca\nahankiira ittyarh me\nbhinnii prakrtir afifadhii\napareyam itas tv anyiirh\nprakrtirh viddhi me pariim\njiva-bhutiirh mahii-biiho\nyayedarh dhiiryate jagat\n\"Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego-all together\nthese eight comprise My separated material energies. Besides this inferior\nnature, 0 mighty-armed Arjuna, there is a superior energy of Mine, which\nconsists of all living entities who are struggling with material nature and\nare sustaining the universe.\" (Bg. 7.4-5)\nThe entire cosmic manifestation is but a combination of matter and\nspirit. The spiritual part is the living entity, and these living entities are\ndescribed\n\nas\n\nprakrti, or energy. The living entity is never described as\n\npurufia, the Supreme Person; therefore to identify the living entity with\n\n", "SB4.4#p0453": "Text 14]\n\n1573\n\nNarada Instructs the Pracetas\n\nthe Supreme Lord is simply ignorance. The living entity is the marginal\npotency of the Supreme Lord, although there is factually no difference\nbetween the energy and the energetic. The duty of the living entity is to\nunderstand his real identity. When he does, K.r.sra gives him all the facilities\nto come to the platform of devotional service. That is the perfection of\nlife. This is indicated in the Vedic Upanifiad:\nyam evaifia V[[lUte tena labhyas\ntasyai§a iitmii viV[[lUte tanurh sviim\nLord KtsiJ.a confirms this in Bhagavad-gitii:\nte.siirh satata-yuktiiniirh\nbhajatiirh prtti-pilrvakam\ndadiimi buddhi-yogarh tam\nyena miim upayiinti te\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give\nthe understanding by which they can come to Me.\" (Bg. 10.10) The conclusion is that one must come to the platform of bhakti-yoga, even though\none may begin with karma-yoga, j;iiina-yoga or afi!iinga-yoga. Unless one\ncomes to the platform of bhakti-yoga, self-realization or realization of the\nAbsolute Truth cannot he achieved.\nTEXT 14\n\n�\n\n�m..\n\nq:;q(;ij ��t: I\nJnofiq(l(litt\nq��qiUif\n(t!!ttor'MO�Iiql II� �JII\n��\nyathii taror milla-ni§ecanena\nt,rpyanti tat-skandha-bhujopa§iikhii�\nprii[lopahiiriic ca yathendriyiir-iim\ntathaiva sarviirhar-am acyutejyii\nyathii-as; taro�-of a tree; mula-the root; nifiecanena-by watering;\ntrpyanti-are\n\nsatisfied;\n\ntat-its;\n\nskandha-trunk;\n\nupasiikhiil}. -and twigs; prii[la-the life\n\nbhuja-branches;\n\nair; upahiiriit-by\n\nand ; yathii-as; indriyii[liim-of the senses; tathii eva\n\nfeeding; ca­\n\n- similarly; sarva-of all\n\n", "SB4.4#p0454": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1574\ndemigods;\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\narhar am worship; acyuta-of the Supreme Personality of\n-\n\nGodhead; ijy a- worship\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs pouring water on the root of a tree energizes the trunk, branches,\ntwigs and everything else, and as supplying food to the stomach enlivens\nthe senses and limbs of the body, so simply worshiping the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead through devotional service automatically satisfies\nthe demigods, who are parts of that Supreme Personality.\nPURPORT\nSometimes people ask why this K.r.sfla consciousness movement simply\nadvocates worship of Krl?J).a to the exclusion of the demigods. The answer\nis given in this verse. The example of pouring water on the root of a tree is\nvery appropriate. In Bhagavad-gitii it is said:\n\nsri bhagaviin uviica\niirdhva-miilam adha�-siikham\nasvattharh priihur avyayam\nchandiirhsi yasya par[Liini\nyas tarh veda sa veda-vit\n\"The blessed Lord said: There is a banyan tree that has its roots upward\nand its branches down and whose leaves are the Vedic hymns. One who\nknows this tree is the knower of the Vedas.\" (Bg. 15.1)\nThis cosmic manifestation has expanded downward and the root is the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. As the Lord confirms in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\naharh sarvasya prabhavo\nmatta[l, sarvarh pravartate\niti matva bhajante miirh\nbudhii bhiiva-samanvita�\n\"I am the source of all spiritual and material worlds. Everything emanates\nfrom Me. The wise who perfectly know this engage in My devotional\nservice and worship Me with all their hearts.\" (Bg. 10.8)\n\nKrf?J).a is the root of everything; therefore rendering service to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Krf?l).a (k[§[La-sevii), means automatically\nserving all the demigods. Sometimes it is argued that karma and jiiiina\nrequire a mixture of bhakti in order to be successfully executed, and\n\nsometimes it is argued that bhakti also requires karma and jiiiina for its\n\n", "SB4.4#p0455": "Text 15]\n\nNarada Instructs the Pracetas\n\n1575\n\nsuccessful termination. The fact is, however, that although karma and\njiiana cannot be successful without bhakti, bhakti does not require the\n\nhelp of karma and jiiana. Actually, as described by Srila Riipa Gosvam1,\nanyabhila§ita-sunyarh jiiana-karmady-anavrtam:\n\npure devotional service\n\nshould not be contaminated by the touch of karma and jiiana. Modern\nsociety is involved in various types of philanthropic works, humanitarian\nworks, and so on, but people do not know that these activities will never\nbe successful unless Kr�l).a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is brought\ninto the center. One may ask what harm there is in worshiping Kr�l).a and\n\nthe different parts of His body, the demigods, and the answer is also given\n\nin this verse. The point is that by supplying food to the stomach, the\nindriyas, the senses, are automatically satisfied. If one tries to feed his\n\neyes or ears independently, the result is only havoc. Simply by supplying\nfood to the stomach, we satisfy all of the senses. It is neither necessary\n\nnor feasible to render separate service to the individual senses. The con·\n\nelusion is that by serving Kr�l).a (k!§!La-seva), everything is complete. As\n\nconfirmed in Caitanya -caritamrta: k[§!Le bhakti kaile sarva-karma krta\n\nhaya (Cc. Madhya 22.62). If one is engaged in the devotional service of the\n\nLord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, everything is automatically\n\naccomplished.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n• «.�dl+t€4Mt\n\nem:\n\n�� �� stN�MI m ,\n\n����\n�\n\n��\n\ngtJISICfht: ������\n\nyathaiva suryiit prabhavanti varafl.\npunas ca tasmin praviSanti kiile\nbhUtiini bhumau sthira-jatigamani\ntathii hariiv eva gul}a-praviihafl.\n\nyatha- as;eva-certainly; suryat- from the sun ;prabhavanti- is generated;\n\nviiraf!. - wate r; puna[l-again ; ca-and; tasmin-unto it; pravisanti- enters;\n\nkiile-in due course of time; bhutani-all living entities; bhumau-to the\nearth;sthira-not moving ; ja tigamani\n\n-\n\nand moving; tathii-similarly; harau­\n\nunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; eva- certainly ; gu[la-pravahafl.­\n\nemanation of material nature.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0456": "1576\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the rainy season, water is generated from the sun, and in due\ncourse of time, during the summer season, the very same water is again\nabsorbed by the sun. Similarly, all living entities, moving and inert, are\ngenerated from the earth, and again, after some time, they all return to the\nearth as dust. Similarly, everything emanates from the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, and in due course of time everything enters into Him again.\n\nPURPORT\nBecause of their poor fund of knowledge, impersonalist philosophers\ncannot understand how everything comes out from the Supreme Person\nand then merges into Him again. As Brahma-sarhhitii confirms:\nyasya prabhii prabhavato jagad-ar-fla-ko,tiko.ti�v asefia-vasudhiidi-vibhuti-bhinnam\ntad brahma ni�kalam anantam ase.sa-bhutarh\ngovindam iidi-purufiarh tam aharh bhajiimi\n\n(Bs. 5.40)\nTranscendental rays emanate from the body of Kr�!J.a, and within those\nrays, which are the Brahman effulgence, everything is existing. This is\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii. Mat-sthiini sarva-bhiitiini (Bg. 9.4).\nAlthough Kr�l).a is not personally present everywhere, His energy is\nnonetheless the cause of all creation. The entire cosmic manifestation is\nnothing but a display of Kr�l).a's energy. The two examples given in this\nverse are very vivid. During the rainy season, the rain, by rejuvenating the\nproduction of vegetables on earth, enables man and animals to obtain\nliving energy. When there is no rain, food is scarce, and man and animal\nsimply die. All vegetables, as well as moving living entities, are originally\nproducts of the earth. They come from the earth, and again they merge\ninto the earth. Similarly, the total material energy is generated from the\nbody of Kr�l).a, and at such a time the entire cosmic manifestation is\nvisible. When Kr�l).a winds up His energy, everything vanishes. This is\nexplained in a different way in Brahma-samhita:\nyasyaika-nisvasita-kiilam athiivalambya\njivanti loma-vilajii jagad-arfla-niithii�\nvifittur mahiin sa iha yasya kalii-visefiO\ngovindam iidi-purufiarh tam aharh bhajiimi\n\n(Bs. 5.48)\n\n", "SB4.4#p0457": "Narada Instructs the Pracetiis\n\nText 16]\n\n1577\n\nThis entire material creation comes from the body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and at the time of annihilation again enters into Him.\nThis process of creation and dissolution is made possible by the breathing\nof the Maha-Vi�l}U, who is only a plenary portion of Kr�J).a.\nTEXT 16\n\n� ('(%5\\tlG\\I€41;c: tR\nm� �� 31¥nl\n��\netat padam taj jagad-titmana� param\nsakrd vibhiitarh savitur yathii prabhii\nyathiisavo jiigrati supta-saktayo\ndravya-kriya-jnana-bhida-bhramiityaya�\netat-this cosmic manifestation; padam-place of habitation; tat- that;\n\njagat-atmana�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;param-transcendental; sakrt-sometimes; vibhatam- manifested ; savitu�-of the sun; yat hti\n-as; p rabha- sunshine ;yathii- as; asava�- the senses ;jagrati- become manifest; supta\n\n-\n\ninactive; saktaya�- energies; dravya- physical elements; kriyii­\n\nactivities; jniina- knowledge; bhidii-bhrama-differences from misunderstanding; atyaya� - passing away.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as the sunshine is nondifferent from the sun, the cosmic manifesta­\n\ntion is also nondifferent from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\n\nSupreme Personality is therefore all-pervasive within this material creation.\n\nWhen the senses are active, they appear to be part and parcel of the body,\n\nbut when the body is asleep, their activities are unmanifest. Similarly, the\n\nwhole cosmic creation appears different and yet nondifferent from the\n\nSupreme Person.\n\nPURPORT\nThis confirms the philosophy of acintya-bhediibheda-tattva (simulta­\n\nneously one and different) propounded by Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is simultaneously different and non-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0458": "1578\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\ndifferent from this cosmic manifestation. 1n the previous verse it has been\nexplained that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as the root of a tree,\nis the original cause of everything. It was also explained how the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is all-pervasive. He is present within everything in\nthis material manifestation. Since the energy of the Supreme Lord is nondifferent from Him, this material cosmic manifestation is also non different\nfrom Him, although it appears different. The sunshine is not different\nfrom the sun itself, but it is simultaneously also different. One may be in\nthe sunshine, but he is not on the sun itself. Those who live in this material\nworld are living on the bodily rays of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nbut they cannot see Him personally in the material condition.\nIn this verse the word padam indicates the place where the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead resides. As confirmed in lsopani�ad, tsiiviisyam\nidarh sarvam. The proprietor of a house may live in one room of the house.\nbut the entire house belongs to him. A king may live in one room in\nBuckingham Palace, but the entire palace is considered his property. It is\nnot necessary for the king to live in every room of that palace for it to be\nhis. He may be physically absent from the rooms, but still the entire\npalace is understood to be his royal domicile.\nThe sunshine is light, the sun globe itself is light, and the sun-god is also\nlight. However, the sunshine is not identical with the sun-god, Vivasviin.\nThis is the meaning\n\nof simultaneously one and\n\ndifferent (acintya­\n\nbhedabheda-tattva). All the planets rest on the sunshine, and because of\nthe heat of the sun, they all revolve in their orbits. On each and every\nplanet, the trees and plants grow and change colors due to the sunshine.\nBeing the rays of the sun, the sunshine is nondifferent from the sun. Similarly, all the planets, resting on the sunshine, are nondifferent from the\nsun. The entire material world is completely dependent on the sun, being\nproduced by the sun, and the cause, the sun, is inherent in the effects.\nSimilarly, Kn;l).a is the cause of all causes, and the effects are permeated\nby the original cause. The entire cosmic manifestation should be understood as the expanded energy of the Supreme Lord.\nWhen one sleeps, the senses are inactive, but this does not mean that\nthe senses are absent. When one is awakened, the senses become active\nagain. Similarly, this cosmic creation is sometimes manifest and sometimes\nunmanifest. As stated in Bhagavad-gita:\nbhiita-grama� sa evayarh\nbhiitva bhutvii praliyate\nratry-agame 'vasa� partha\nprabhavaty ahar-agame\n\n", "SB4.4#p0459": "Text 17]\n\nNarada Instructs the Pracetas\n\n1579\n\n\"Again and again the day comes, and this host of beings is active, and\nagain the night falls, 0 Partha, and they are helplessly dissolved\" (Bg. 8.19)\nWhen the cosmic manifestation is dissolved, it is in a kind of sleeping\ncondition, an inactive state. Whether the cosmic manifestation is active\nor inactive, the energy of the Supreme Lord is always existing. Thus the\nwords \"appearance\" and \"disappearance\" apply only to the cosmic manifestation.\nTEXT 17\n\nv:p.[1\n\n�:�\n\n� � WI �'4Rtt�sti+tl(l I\n� � illtfUI �l'ffi�'*il{\n���:���RI\nsm{: II� �II\nyathii nabhasy abhra-tamaft-prakiisii\nbhavanti bhupii na bhavanty anukramtit\nevarh pare brahmar,ti saktayas tv amu\nrajas tamaft sattvam iti praviihaft\nyathii-as; nabhasi-in the sky; abhra-clouds; tamaft-darkness;prakiistift\n-and illumination; bhavanti-exist; bhu-ptift-0 Kings; na bhavanti-do not\nappear; anukramtit-consecutively; evam-thus; pare-supreme; brahma[tiin the Absolute; saktaya [t\n\nenergies; tu-then; amuft those; raja[!- passion;\ntamaft -darkness ; sattvam- goodness; iti- thus; praviihaft- emanation\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Kings, sometimes in the sky there are clouds, sometimes there\nis darkness, and sometimes there is illumination. The appearance of all\n\nthese take place consecutively. Similarly, in the Supreme Absolute, the\nmodes of passion, darkness and goodness appear as consecutive energies.\nSometimes they appear, and sometimes they disappear.\nPURPORT\n\nDarkness, illumination and clouds sometimes appear and sometimes disappear, but even when they have disappeared, the potency is still there,\nalways existing. In the sky sometimes we see clouds, sometimes rainfall\nand sometimes snow. Sometimes we see night, sometimes day, sometimes\nillumination and sometimes darkness. All these exist due to the sun, but\n\n", "SB4.4#p0460": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1580\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\nthe sun is unaffected by all these changes. Similarly, although the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is the original cause of the total cosmic manifestation, He is unaffected by the material existence. This is confirmed in\nBhagavad-gitii:\nbhumir iipo 'nalo viiyu�\nkharh mano buddhir eva ca\nahankiira ittyarh me\nbhinnii prakrtir a�.tadhii\n\"Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego-all together these eight comprise My separated material energies.\" (Bg.\n\n7.4)\n\nAlthough the material or physical elements are the energy of the\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nthey are separate.\n\nThe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead is therefore not affected by material conditions.\nThe Vediinta-siltra confirms (janmiidy asya yata�) that the creation, maintenance and dissolution of this cosmic manifestation are due to the existence of the Supreme Lord. Nonetheless the Lord is unaffected by all these\nchanges in the material elements. This is indicated by the word praviiha\n(emanation). The sun always shines brilliantly and is not affected by\nclouds or darkness. Similarly, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is always present in His spiritual energy and is not affected by the material\nemanations. Brahma-sarhhitii confirms:\ntsvara� parama� k[�[W�\nsac-cid-iinanda-vigraha�\naniidir iidir govinda�\nsarva-karara-kararam\n\"Kr�tla, who is known as Govinda, is the Supreme Godhead. He has an\neternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other\norigin, and He is the prime cause of all causes.\" (Bs. 5.1)\nAlthough He is the supreme cause, the cause of all causes, He is still\nparama, transcendental, and His form is sac-cid-iinanda, eternal, spiritual\nbliss. �!?l).a is the shelter of everything, and this is the verdict of all scripture. �!?l).a is the remote cause, and material nature is the immediate\ncause of the cosmic manifestation. In the Caitanya-caritiimrta it is said that\nunderstanding prakrti, or nature, to be the cause of everything is like\nunderstanding the nipples on the neck of a goat to be the cause of milk.\nMaterial nature is the immediate cause of the cosmic manifestation, but\nthe original cause is Narayal).a, �!?l).a. Sometimes people think that the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0461": "Text 18]\n\n1581\n\nNiirada Instructs the Pracetiis\n\ncause of an earthen pot is the earth. We see on a potter's wheel a sufficient\namount of earth to produce many pots, and although unintelligent men\nwill say that the earth on the wheel is the cause of the pot, those who are\nactually advanced will find that the original cause is the potter, who\nsupplies the earth and moves the wheel. Material nature may be a helping\nfactor in the creation of this cosmic manifestation, but it is not the ultimate cause. In Bhagavad -gttii the Lord therefore says:\nmayiidhyak§erw prakrt*\nsiiyate sa-cariicaram\n\n\"This material nature is working under My direction, 0 son of Kunti, and\nproducing all moving and unmoving beings.\" (Bg. 9.10)\nThe Supreme Lord casts His glance over material energy, and His glance\nagitates the three modes of nature. Creation then takes place. The conclusion is that nature is not the cause of the material manifestation. The\nSupreme Lord is the cause of all causes.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�I\n\ntenaikam iitmiinam ase,sa-dehiniim\nkiilam pradhanam puru.sam paresam\nsva-te jasii dhvasta-gupa-praviiham\niitmaika-bhiivena bhajadhvam addhii\n\ntena-therefore; ekam-one; iitmiinam-unto the Supreme Soul; ase.saunlimited; dehiniim-of the individual souls; kiilam- time; pradhiinam- the\nmaterial cause; puru§atn- the Supreme Person; pare sam- the transcendental\ncontroller;\n\nsva-tejasii-by\n\nHis\n\nspiritual\n\nenergy;\n\ndhvasta\n\n-\n\nalo of;\n\ngupa­\n\npraviiham- from material emanations; iitma-self; eka-bhiivena accepting\n-\n\nas\n\nqualitatively one; b hajadhvam- engage in devotional service; addhii­\n\ndirectly.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0462": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1582\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nBecause the Supreme Lord is the cause of all causes, He is the Supersoul\nof all individual living entities, and He exists as both the remote and immediate cause. Since He is aloof from the material emanations, He is free\nfrom their interactions and is Lord of material nature. You should therefore engage in His devotional service, thinking yourself qualitatively one\nwith Him.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic calculations, there are three causes of creationtime,\n\nthe\n\ningredient\n\nand\n\nthe\n\ncreator.\n\nCombined,\n\nthese\n\nare\n\ncalled\n\ntritaytitmaka, the three causes. Everything in this material world is created\n\nby these three causes. All of these causes are found in the Personality of\nGodhead. As confirmed in Brahma-samhitti: sarva-ktira[La-ktirarwm. Narada\nMuni therefore advises the Pracetas to worship the direct cause, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. As stated before, when the root of a\ntree is watered, all the parts are energized. According to the advice of\nNarada Muni, one should directly engage in devotional service. This will\ninclude all pious activity. Caitanya-carittimrta states: k[�[!e bhakti kaile\nsarva-karma krta haya. When one worships the Supreme Lord Kmu in\ndevotional service, he automatically performs all other pious activity. In\nthis verse the words sva-tejasa dhvasta-gu[!a-praviiham are very significant.\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is never affected by the material\nqualities, although they all emanate from His spiritual energy. Those who\nare really conversant with this knowledge can utilize everything for the\nservice of the Lord because nothing in this material world is unconnected\nto the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 19\n\n�� �� ({1 I\n�€ff.-ritq�t �4:41 :q�tJl� ����: II� �II\n�� � ��'?U\n..\n\ndayayii sarva-bhilte�u\nsantu�.tyti yena kena vii\nsarvendriyopastintyii ca\ntu�yaty iisu janiirdanafldayayii- by showing mercy; sarva-bhute�u- to all living e ntities ; santu�.tyii\n-by being satisfied; yena kena vii- somehow or other; sarva-indriya-all\n\n", "SB4.4#p0463": "Text 19]\n\nNarada Instructs the Pracetas\n\n1583\n\nthe senses; upasiintyii-by controlling; ca-also; tu�yati-becomes satisfied;\nasu-very soon;janiirdana�-the Lord of all living entities.\nTRANSLATION\nBy showing mercy to all living entities, being satisfied somehow or\nother, and controlling the senses from sense enjoyment, one can very\nquickly satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Janiirdana.\nPURPORT\nThese are some of the ways in which the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead can be satisfied by the devotee. The first item mentioned is\ndayay'ii sarva-bhilte�u, showing mercy to all conditioned souls. The best\nway to show mercy is to spread K{�I).a consciousness. The entire world is\nsuffering for want of this knowledge. People should know that the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is the original cause of everything . Knowing this,\neveryone should directly engage in His devotional service. Those who are\nactually learned, advanced in spiritual understanding, should preach Kr�I).a\nconsciousness all over the world so that people may take to it and make\ntheir lives successful.\nThe word sarva-bhute§u is significant because it applies not only to\nhuman beings but to all the living entities appearing in the 8,400,000\nspecies of life. The devotee can do good not only to humanity but to all\nliving entities as well. Everyone can benefit spiritually by the chanting of\nthe Hare Kr�!la mahii-mantra. When the transcendental vibration of Hare\nKr�!la is sounded, even the trees, animals and insects benefit. Thus when\none chants the Hare Kr�!la mahii-mantra loudly, he actually shows mercy\nto all living entities. To spread the Kr�!la consciousness movement through·\nout the world, the devotees should be satisfied in all conditions.\nnariiya[ta-parti[l sarve\nna kutascana bibh yati\nsvargiipavarga-narake§v\napi tulyartha-darsina�\n(Bhiig. 6.17.28)\nIt does not matter to the pure devotee if he has to go to hell to preach.\nThe Supreme Lord lives in the heart of a hog, although the Lord is in\nV aiku!J.tha. Even while preaching in hell, a pure devotee remains a pure\ndevotee by his constant association with the Supreme Personality of God·\n\n", "SB4.4#p0464": "1584\n\nSrimad-Bhaga vatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\nhead. To attain this state, one has to control his senses. The senses are\nautomatically controlled when one's mind is engaged in the service of the\nLord.\nTEXT 20\n\n3fq((jijifK�i1UI\n�­\n\n�feR�itf�-Tijl{ q�: I\nf'il!iil!iwt��+{k+t.USlf��fu ����: �(If� ll�oU\napaha ta-sakalai§a[uimalatmany\naviratam edhita-bhiivanopahuta[l\nnija-jana-vasa-gatvam iitmano 'yan\nna sarati chidravad ak§ara[l satiim hi\napahata- vanquished; sakala- all; e§arw- desires; amala- spotless; iitmanithe mind; aviratam-const antly; edhita increasing; bhiivanii-with\nfeeling; u pah Uta[l -being called; nija-jana-of His devotees; vasa-under the\ncontrol; gatvam-going; iitmana[l-His; ayan-knowing; na-never; saratigoes away; chidra-vat-like the sky; ak§a raf1-the Supreme Personality of\nto\n\n-\n\nGodhead; satiim-of the devotees; hi-certainly.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing completely cleansed of all material desires, the devotees are freed\n\nfrom all mental contamination. Thus they can always think of the Lord\nconstantly and address Him very feelingly. The Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, knowing Himself to be controlled by His devotees, does not\n\nleave them for a second, just as the sky overhead never becomes invisible.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is clear from the previous verse that the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Janiirdana, is very quickly satisfied by the activities of His devotees. The pure devotee is always absorbed in the thought of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. As stated, snwatiim sva-kathiifl kr.sr-aft. By always\nthinking of Kr�I].a, the pure devotee's heart is freed from all kinds of\ndesires. In the material world, the heart of the living entity is filled with\nmaterial desires. When the living entity is cleansed, he does not think of\nanything material. As the mind is completely cleansed, one attains the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0465": "Narada Instructs the Pracetas\n\nText 21)\n\n1585\n\nperfectional stage of mystic yoga, for then the yogi always sees the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead within his heart. As soon as the Lord is\n\nseated within the heart of the devotee, the devotee cannot be contaminated\n\nby the material modes of nature. As long as one is under the control of the\n\nmaterial modes, he desires so many things and makes so many plans for\n\nmaterial sense enjoyment. As soon as the Lord is perceived in the heart,\n\nall material desires vanish. When the mind is completely free from material\n\ndesire, the devotee can think of the Lord constantly. In this way he be­\n\ncomes completely dependent upon the lotus feet of the Lord. Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu prays:\n\nayi nanda-tanuja kilikararh\npatitarh miirh viflame bhaviimbudhau\nkrpayii tava piida-pankajasthita-dhiili-sadrsarh vicintaya\n\n\"My dear Lord, I am Your eternal servant, but somehow or other I have\n\nfallen into the ocean of this material world. Kindly pick me up and fix me\n\nas a speck of dust at Your lotus feet.\" Similarly, Srila Narottama dasa\nThakura prays:\n\nhii hii prabhu nanda-suta, V[§abhiinu-suta-yuta,\nkarurtti kara ha ei-bara\nnarottama-dasa kaya, na theliha ratigii-pliya,\ntomii vine ke ache amara\n\n\"My dear\n\nLord,\n\nYou are\n\nnow present\n\nVr�abhanu, Srimati Radhara�i.\n\nwith the daughter of King\n\nNow both of You please be merciful\n\nupon me. Don't kick me away, because I have no shelter other than You.\"\n\nIn this way the Supreme Personality of Godhead becomes dependent\n\non His devotee. The Lord is invincible, yet He is conquered by His pure\n\ndevotee. He enjoys being dependent on His devotee, just as Kr��a enjoyed\n\nbeing dependent on the mercy of mother Yasoda. Thinking Himself dependent on the. devotee gives the Supreme Lord great enjoyment. Some­\n\ntimes a king may engage a joker, and in the process of joking, the king is\n\nsometimes insulted. The king, however, enjoys these activities. Everyone\n\nworships the Supreme Lord with great reverence; therefore the Lord some­\n\ntimes wants to enjoy the chastisement of His devotees. In this way the\n\nrelationship eternally existing between the Lord and His devotees is fixed,\n\njust like the sky overhead.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n;r �\n\n�+t4lfttart � �\n��'lfw:il\n�:\n\n", "SB4.4#p0466": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1586\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\n�if\n���\nA-� 'm'lfiti� � 11��11\nna bhajati kumani§iruirh sa ijyiirh\nharir adhaniitma-dhana-priyo rasa-jna[l\nsruta-dhana-kula-karma[liirh madair ye\nvidadhati piipam akincane§U satsu\nna-never; bhajati- accepts;\n\nk u-man(si r_ufm-of persons with a dirty\n\nheart; sa[l- He; ijyiim- offering; hari[l- the Supreme Lord; adhana- to those\nwho have no material possessions; iitma dhana- simply dependent on the\n-\n\nLord; priyal]_- who is dear; rasa-jna[t- who accepts the essence of life; srutaeducation; dhana- wealth; kula-aristocracy; karma[liim-and of fruitive\nactivities; madai[t- by pride; ye- all those who; vidadhati- perform; piipam\n-disgrace;\n\nakincane su-without\n.\n\nmaterial\n\npossessions; satsu-unto the\n\ndevotees.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead becomes very dear to those devotees who have no material possessions but are fully happy in possessing\nthe devotional service of the Lord. Indeed, the Lord relishes the devotional\nactivities of such devotees. Those who are puffed up with material education, wealth, aristocracy and fruitive activity are very proud of possessing\nmaterial things, and they often deride the devotees. Even if such people\noffer the Lord worship, the Lord never accepts them.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is dependent on His pure devotees.\nHe does not even accept the offerings of those who are not devotees. A\npure devotee is one who feels He does not possess anything material. A\ndevotee is always happy in possessing the devotional service of the Lord.\nDevotees may sometimes appear materially poor, but because they are\nspiritually advanced and enriched, they are most dear to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Such devotees are free from attachment to family,\nsociety, friendship, children and so on. They abandon affection for all\nthese material possessions and are always happy in possessing the shelter\nof the lotus feet of the Lord. The Supreme Personality of Godhead understands the position of His devotee. If a person derides a pure devotee, he\nis never recognized by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In other\nwords, the Supreme Lord never excuses one who offends a pure devotee.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0467": "Text 22)\n\nNarada Instructs the Pracetas\n\n1587\n\nThere are many examples of this in history. A great mystic yog� Durvasa\nMuni, offended the great devotee Ambari�a Maharaja. The great sage\nDurvasa was to be chastised by the Sudarsana cakra of the L ord. Even\nthough the great mystic directly approached the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, he was never excused. Those on the path of liberation should\nbe very careful not to offend a pure devotee.\nTEXT 22\n\n��\n��\nfg:q�qffi{ f�� �\\CI'{'Ji: I\n;r\n\np\n�.ij'\n\n«:'\n\n\"\nFt�4!�:4'4•1�\n:\n\ncti70C�UUfl� !!llf.l �: ����II\nsriyam anucaratirh tad-arthinas ca\ndvipada-pattn vibudhiirhs ca yat sva-pilr[La[l\nna bhajati nija-bhrtya-varga-tantra[l\nkatham amum udvisrjet pumiin krta-jna[l\nsriyam-the goddess of fortune; anucaratrm-who follows Him; tat-of\nher; arthina[l.-those who aspire to get the favor; ca-and; dvi-pada-pattnrulers of the human beings; vibudhiin-demi gods; ca-also; yat-because;\nsva-pilrf.la[l-self-sufficient; na-never; bhajati-cares for; nija-own; bhrtyavarga-on His devotees; tantra[t-dependent; katham-how; amum-Him;\nudvis_rjet-can give up; pumiin-a person; k_rta-jna[l-grateful.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the Supreme Personality of Godhead is self-sufficient, He hecomes dependent on His devotees. He does not care for the goddess of\nfortune, nor for the kings and demigods who are after the favors of the\ngoddess of fortune. Where is that person who is actually grateful and will\nnot worship the Personality of Godhead?\nPURPORT\n\nLak�mi, the goddess of fortune, is worshiped by all materialistic men,\nincluding big kings and demigods in heaven. Lak�mi, however, is always\nafter the Supreme Personality of Godhead, even though He does not require her service. Brahma-sarhhitii says that the Lord is worshiped by\n\n", "SB4.4#p0468": "1588\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\nhundreds and thousands of goddesses of fortune, but the Supreme Lord\n\ndoes not require service from any of them because if He so desires He can\n\nproduce millions of goddesses of fortune through His spiritual energy, the\n\npleasure potency. This very Personality of Godhead, out of His causeless\n\nmercy, becomes dependent on the devotees. How fortunate, then, is a devo­\n\ntee who is thus favored by the Personality of Godhead. What ungrateful\n\ndevotee will not worship the Lord and enter into His devotional service?\n\nActually a devotee cannot forget his obligation to the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead even for a single moment. Srila Vi8vaniitha Cakravarti Thakura\nsays that both the Supreme Lord and His devotee are rasa-jfia, full of tran­\n\nscendental humor. The mutual attachment between the Supreme Lord and\n\nHis devotee is never to be considered material. It always exists as a transcendental fact. There are eight types of transcendental ecstasy (known as\n\nbhiiva, anubhiiva, sthaytbhiiva and so on), and these are discussed in The\n\nNectar of Devotion. Those who are unaware of the position of the living\nentity and the Supreme Person, Kr�I)a, think that the mutual a ttachment\n\nbetween the Lord and His devotees is a creation of the material energy.\n\nFactually such attachment is natural both for the Supreme Lord and for\n\nthe devotee, and it cannot be accepted as material.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n� mit ��� �rr�iti�: I\n�tih�Jlq\\� ��IR:II��II\nmaitreya uvaca\niti pracetaso rajann\nanyas ca bhagavat-kathii�\nsravayitva brahma-lokarh\nyayau svayambhuvo mun*\nmaitreyaZ,\n\nuviica-M ai treya\n\nsaid;\n\niti-thus; prac etasaZ,-the Pracetas;\n\nriijan-0 King; anyiift-others; ca-also; bhagavat-kathaZ,-topics about the\n\nrelationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sriivayitvii-after\ninstructing; brahma-lokam-to Brahmaloka; yayau-went back; sviiyam­\n\nbhuvaft-the son of Lord Brahmii; munift-the great sage.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0469": "Text 24]\n\nNiirada Instructs the Pracetas\n\n1589\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Maitreya continued: My dear King Vidura, Sri Narada\nMuni, the son of Lord Brahma, thus described all these relationships with\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead to the Pracetas. Afterwards, he returned to Brahmaloka.\nPURPORT\nOne has to hear about the Supreme Personality of Godhead from a pure\ndevotee. The Pracetas got this opportunity from the great sage Narada,\nwho told them of the activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nand His devotees.\nTEXT 24\n\n� w*l{ccf.t4l� � <!Sl4i+telqi� 1\nii{r.\\�1+4 �� \\itll4�tijl'Jij �: ����II\nte 'pi tan-mukha-niryiitarh\nyaso loka-maliipaham\nharer niSamya tat-piidarh\ndhyiiyantas tad-gatirh yayu{t\n\nte-the Pracetiis; api-also; tat-of Narada; mukha-from the mouth;\nniryiitam\n\n-\n\ngone forth; ya5aft glorification; loka-of the world; mala-sins;\n\napaham-destroying; hare {t\n\n-\n\n-\n\nof Lord Hari; n iSamya- having heard; tat-of\n\nthe Lord; piidam- feet; dhyiiyantaft- meditating upon; tat gatim\n-\n\n-\n\nunto His\n\nabode; yayuft- went.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing from Narada 's mouth the glories of the Lord, which vanquish\nall the ill fortune of the world, they also became attached to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Meditating on His lotus feet, they advanced to\nthe ultimate destination.\nPURPORT\nHere it is seen that by hearing the glories of the Lord from a realized\ndevotee the Pracetas easily attained strong attachment for the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Then, meditating on the lotus feet of the Supreme\nLord at the end of their lives, they advanced to the ultimate goal, Vi�l).Uloka. It is sure and certain that anyone who always hears the glories of the\n\n", "SB4.4#p0470": "1590\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\nLord and thinks of His lotus feet will reach that supreme destination. As\nKr��a says in Bhagavad-gita:\nman-mana bhava mad-bhakto\nmad-yaji mam namas-kuru\nmam evainasi satyam te\npratijane priyo 'si me\n\"Always think of Me and become My devotee. Worship Me and offer your\nhomage unto Me. Thus you will come to me without fail. I promise you\nthis because you are My very dear friend.\" (Bg. 18.65)\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�� ��4ati � qMAAI'l l\n� � �� (i(�d�'( ������\netat te 'bhihitam k§attar\nyan mam tvam parip[§.tavan\npracetasam naradasya\nsamvadam hari-kirtanam\netat-this; te-unto you; abhihitam-instructed; k.sattaf!- 0 Vidura; yatwhatever; mam-unto me; tvam\n\n- you; paripr.s.tavan-inquired; pracetasam\n\n-of the Pracetas; naradasya-of Narada; samvadam-conversation; harikirtanam-describing the glories of the Lord.\n\nTRA NS LA TIO N\nMy dear Vidura, I have told you everything you wanted to know about\nthe conversation between Narada and the Pracetas, the conversation describing the glories of the Lord. I have related this as far as possible.\n\nPURPORT\n$rimad-Bhiigavatam describes the glories of the Lord and His devotees.\nBecause the whole subject matter is the glorification of the Lord, naturally the glorification of His devotees automatically follows.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0471": "Text 27]\n\nNarada Instructs the Pracetas\n\n1591\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�<ti i3<IR\n� � '3�1i:rtq(\\ fll:rt!:t�fURI: I\nei�: tw.r� f� i't«*lflll��ll\nsri suka uvaca\n\nya e§a uttanapado\n\nmanavasyanuvar[tita{t\n\nvamsa{t priya-vratasyapi\n\nnibodha nrpa-sattama\nsri sukaft uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami; said; yafl-which; e.safl-this\n\ndynasty; uttanapadafl-of King U ttiinapada; manavasya-the son of\nSvayambhuva Manu; anuvar[titafl-described following the footprints of\nprevious iiciiryas; vamsafl-dynasty; priya-vratasya-of King Priyavrata;\n\napi-also; nibodha-try io understand; nrpa-sattama-0 best of kings.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosvami continued: 0 best of kings [King Pari�it], I have\n\nnow finished telling about the descendants of the first son of Svayambhuva\nManu, Uttanapada. I shall now try to relate the activities of the descen­\n\ndants of Priyavrata, the second son of Svayambhuva Manu. Please hear\n\nthem attentively.\n\nPURPORT\n\nDhruva Maharaja was the son of King Uttiinapada, and as far as the\ndescendants of Dhruva Maharaja or King Uttanapada are concerned, their\nactivities are described up to the point of the Pracetas. Now Sri Sukadeva\nGosvami desires to describe the descendants of Maharaja Priyavrata, the\nsecond son of Svayambhuva Manu.\nTEXT 27\n\n;.it ;m��� $1�it'( I\n�� A��tt� �q�ll�\\911\nyo naradad atma-vidyiim\nadhigamya punar mahtm\n\n", "SB4.4#p0472": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n1592\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\nbhuktva vibhajya putrebhya\naigvaram samagat padam\nyaft-one who; niiradiit-from the great sage Narada; iitma-vidyiim;piritual knowledge; adhigamya-after learning; punaft-again; mahimthe earth; bhuktvii-aftec enjoying; vibhajya-after dividing; putrebhyaflunto\n\nhis\n\nsons; aiSvaram-transcendental; samagiit-achieved; padam­\n\nposition.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Maharaja Priyavrata received instructions from the great sage\nNarada, he still engaged in ruling the earth. After fully enjoying material\npossessions, he divided his property amongst his sons. He then attained a\nposition by which he could return home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 28\n\n� {I\n\n�1·ud�uitqqfimri\n� MijRfl�<tf!41iW�I'( I\n�s�� u��� � � � �: ����II\nimam tu kaufiiiravi[wpavarritiim\nk§attii nisam yiijita-viida-sat-kathiim\npravrddha-bhiivo 'sru-kaliikulo muner\ndadhiira milrdhnii cararam hrdii hare�\nimiim- all\n\nthis;\n\ntu-then;\n\nkau.siiravipii- by\n\nMaitreya;\n\nupavarritiim­\n\ndescribed; k.sattii- Vidura; niSamya-after hearing; ajita viida-glorification\n-\n\nof the Supreme Lord; sat-kathiim-transcendental message; pravrddhaenhanced; bhiivaft-ecstasies; a8ru-of tears; kalii-by particles; iikulaftoverwhelmed; muneft-of the great sage; dadhiira-captured; milrdhnii-by\nthe head;\n\nc\n\narapam\n\n-\n\nthe lotus feet; hrdii-by the heart; hareft-of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, in this way, after hearing the transcendental messages of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead and His devotees from the great sage\nMaitreya, Vidura was overwhelmed with ecstasy. With tears in his eyes,\n\n", "SB4.4#p0473": "Text 29]\n\nNarada Instructs the Pracetas\n\n1593\n\nhe immediately fell down at the lotus feet of his guru, his spiritual master.\nHe then fixed the Supreme Personality of Godhead within the core of his\nheart.\nPURPORT\nThis is a sign of associating with great devotees. A devotee takes instructions from a liberated soul and is thus overwhelmed by ecstasy from transcendental pleasure. As stated by Prahlada Maharaj a:\n\nnai�arh matis tavad urukramahghrirh\nsprsaty anarthapagamo yad-artha�\nmahtyasiirh piida-rajo 'bhi�ekarh\nn�kincaniiniirh na vrr-tta yiivat (Bhiig. 7.5.32)\nOne cannot become a perfect devotee of the Lord without having\ntouched the lotus feet of a great devotee. One who has nothing to do with\nthis material world is called ni§kincana. The process of self-realization and\nthe path home, back to Godhead, means surrendering to the bona fide\nspiritual master and taking the dust of his lotus feet on one's head. Thus\none advances on the path of transcendental realization. Vidura had this\nrelationship with Maitreya, and he attained the results.\n\nTEXT 29\n\nm{�\nms� 'i(l�fll'l � �011.;:¥411 I\n��(1�'t«: qffi �� m: ������\nvidura uviica\nso 'yam adya mahii-yogin\nbhavatii karu[tiitmanii\ndarsitas tamasa� piiro\nyatriikincanago har*\nviduraf! uviica- Vidura said; sa[!- that; ayam- this; adya- today; mahiiyogin-0 great mystic; bhavatii-by you; karu[ta-iitmanii-most merciful;\ndarsitaf!-1 have been shown; tamasa�-of the darkness; piiraf! - the other\nside; yat ra where; aki ii cana ga[l - approac hable by the materially free;\nhari�- the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB4.4#p0474": "1594\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 4, Ch. 31\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Vidura said: 0 great mystic, 0 greatest of all devotees, by your\ncauseless mercy I have been shown the path of liberation from this world\nof darkness. By following this path, a person liberated from the material\nworld can return home, back to Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThis material world is called tama�, dark, and the spiritual world is\n\ncalled light. The Vedas enjoin that everyone should try to get out of the\n\ndarkness and go to the kingdom of light. Information of that kingdom of\n\nlight can be attained through the mercy of a self-realized soul. One also\nhas to get rid of all material desires. As soon as one frees himself from\n\nmaterial desires and associates with a liberated person, the path back\nhome, back to Godhead, is clear.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�Cfi \\1Cifif\n�� �l¥4� � �ftl@�l{ I\n\n� ft:{�!�t�f.fimFt: ll�oll\nsri suka uvaca\nity anamya tam amantrya\nviduro gaja-sahvayam\nsvaniim didrk§ul]. prayayau\njnatinam nirvrtasaya�\n\nsri sukaft uvaca- Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; i ti-thus; anamya-offering\n\nobeisances; tam-unto Maitreya; amantrya-taking permission; viduraf!Vidura; gaja-siihvayam-the city of Hastinapura; sviiniim-own; didrk§U�­\n\ndesiring to see; prayayau-left that place; jnatinam-of his kinsmen;\n\nnirvrta-iisaya[!-free from material desires.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami continued: Vidura thus offered obeisances unto the\ngreat sage Maitreya, and, taking his permission, started for the city of\nHastinapura to see his own kinsmen, although he had no material desires.\n\n", "SB4.4#p0475": "Narada Instructs the Pracetas\n\nText 31]\n\n1595\n\nP URPORT\n\nWhen a saintly person wants to see his kinsmen, he has no material desire to see them. He simply wants to give them some instructions so that\nthey can benefit. Vidura belonged to the royal family of the Kauravas,\nand although he knew that all the family members were destroyed at the\nBattle of Kurulq;etra, he nonetheless wanted to see his elder brother,\nDhrtarii�tra, to see if he could deliver him from the clutches of maya.\n\nWhen a great saintly person like Vidura sees his relatives, he desires only\nto deliver them from the clutches of miiyii. Vidura thus offered his respectful obeisances to his spiritual master and departed for the city of\nHastiniipura, the kingdom of the Kauravas.\nTEXT 31\n\nt'��\nl\"'ft\"rr\nI\n�: Jf!!'QI,_hl1. � �i'fij'l�\"fl'(\n•\n\n•�:g rrR�a������''\netad ya� srrtuyad rajan\nrajiiarh hary-arpitatmanam\nayur dhanarh yasa� svasti\ngatim aisvaryam apnuyat\n\netat-this; ya�-one who; sn w yat- hears ; rajan-0 King Parilq;it; rajnam\n\n-of kings; hari-unto the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead; arpita­\n\natmanam- who have given their life and soul; ayu�-duration of life;\n\ndhanam- wealth; yasaf!- reputation; svasti-good fortune; gatim-the ulti­\n\nmate goal of life; aiSvaryam-material opulence; apnuyat- achieves.\nTRANSLATION\n0\n\nKing, those who hear these topics about kings who are com­\n\npletely surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead obtain without difficulty a long life, wealth, good reputation, good fortune and,\nultimately, the opportunity to return home, back to Godhead.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fourth Canto, Thirty-first\nChapter\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nentitled\n\n\"Niirada Instructs the\n\nPracetas.\"\nEND OF THE FOURTH CANTO\n\n", "SB4.4#p0476": "", "SB5.1#p0001": "ALL GLORY TO SRT GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�S�A-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\nr�abha uviica\nniiyam deho deha-bhajam nrloke\nk�tiin kiimiin arhate vi(i-bhujiim ye\ntapo divyam putrakii yena sattvam\nsuddhyed yasmiid brahma-saukhyam tv anantam\n\n(p.l64)\n\n", "SB5.1#p0002": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-5 (15 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri TSopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�t:�a Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�t:�a, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlada Maharaja\nKr�t:�a, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�t:�a\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Krsna Consciousness\nKr�t:�a Conscio��ness: The Matchless Gift\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request.\n\nThe Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB5.1#p0003": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nFifth Canto\n\"The Creative Impetus\"\n\n(Part One-Chapters 1-13)\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "SB5.1#p0004": "/\n\nReaders interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 WatsekaAvenue\nLosAngeles, California 90034\n\n© 1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-169353\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-78-l\n\nFirst printing, 1975: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "SB5.1#p0005": "Table of Contents\nPreface\nIntroduction\n\nxw\n\nCHAPTER ONE\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\nSummary of the Chapter\n\n1\n\nThe Bondage of Household Life\n\n3\n\nThe Shade of the Lord's Lotus Feet\n\n6\n\nPriyavrata Sought the Lotus Feet of Narada\n\n11\n\nBrahma Descends to See Priyavrata\n\n14\n\nBrahma Speaks to Priyavrata\n\n20\n\nDivisions of Var�rama Are Scientifically Arranged\n\n26\n\nOne Must Be Conducted by the Supreme Lord\n\n29\n\nThe Six Co-wives of One Who Is Not Self-controlled\n\n34\n\nPriyavrata Accepts the Order of Brahma\n\n40\n\nThe Ten Sons of Priyavrata\n\n48\n\nQueen Barhi�mati: Increases Priyavrata 's Energy\n\n54\n\nPriyavrata Drives His Chariot Behind the Sun\n\n58\n\nPriyavrata Begins to Speak of Renunciation\n\n66\n\nVerses Regarding Priyavrata's Activities\n\n72\n\nCHAPTER TWO\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agmdhra\nAgnidhra Worships Lord Brahma\n\n80\n\nPurvacitti Attracts Agnidhra\n\n84\n\nThe Powerful Glance of Purvacitti\n\n92\n\nAgnidhra Praises the Girl's Body\n\n95\n\nv\n\n", "SB5.1#p0006": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\nThe Nine Sons of Agnidhra\n\n104\n\nAgnidhra Is Promoted to Pitrloka\n\n107\n\nCHAPTER THREE\n\n�hadeva'sAppearancein the Womb of\nMerudevi, the Wife of King Nabhi\nNabhi and His Wife Worship Vi!?r:tU\n\n110\n\nVi!?r:tU Appears Before Nabhi\n\n113\n\nSacrifices Performed for Fruitive Results\n\n119\n\nNabhi Desires a Son Like the Lord\n\n125\n\nThe Lord Is Pleased with the Prayers of the Sages\n\n131\n\nThe Lord Appears as the Son of Merudevi\n\n135\n\nCHAPTER FOUR\n\nThe Characteristics of �hadeva, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead\nThe Son of Nabhi Evinces All Good Qualities\n\n140\n\n&;abhadeva Is Enthroned as Emperor of the World\n\n144\n\nBharata as the Eldest Son of J.l.!?ahhadeva\n\n151\n\nJ.l.!?ahhadeva Rules According to Van:uisrama-dharma\n\n157\n\nCHAPTER FIVE\n\nLord �hadeva's Teachings to His Sons\nThe Purpose of Human Life\n\n164\n\nThe Material Body as the Cause of Misery\n\n170\n\nAttachment to Home, Wife and Children\n\n176\n\nSevering the Knot of Bondage in the Heart\n\n183\n\nJ.l.!?ahhadeva as the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n191\n\nThe Lord Is Inclined to the BrahmaTJUS\n\n196\n\nThe True Activity of the Sense Organs\n\n205\n\n", "SB5.1#p0007": "Table of Contents\n\nvn\n\nJ..t�abhadeva Accepts the Feature of an Avadhilta\n\n208\n\nJ..t�abhadeva Follows the Behavior of Cows and Deer\n\n215\n\nCHAPTER SIX\n\nThe Activities of Lord �hadeva\nOne Should Not Make Friends with the Mind\n\n223\n\nJ..t�abhadeva's Body Burns in a Forest Fire\n\n229\n\nJ..t�abhadeva Incarnates to Deliver Fallen Souls\n\n234\n\nHearing the Narration of J..t �abhadeva's Pastimes\n\n239\n\nCHAPTER SEVEN\n\nThe Activities of King Bharata\nThe Five Sons of Bharata and Paiicajani\nBharata\n\nPerforms Sacrifices\n\nfor\n\n249\n\nthe Satisfaction of\n\nVasudeva\n\n253\n\nBharata Retires from Family Life\n\n259\n\nBharata Worships Naraya1_1a in the Sun\n\n265\n\nCHAPTER EIGHT\n\nA Description of the Otaracter of Bharata\nMaharaja\nThe Compassion of Bharata on an Infant Deer\n\n273\n\nBharata Is Bound by Affection for the Deer\n\n279\n\nBharata Accepts the Deer as a Prince\n\n288\n\nBharata Receives the Body of a Deer at Death\n\n296\n\nRepentance of Bharata\n\n301\n\nCHAPTER NINE\n\nThe Supreme Character of JacJa Bharata\nBharata Takes Birth in the Family of a Brahma�J.U\n\n307\n\n", "SB5.1#p0008": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\nJa<;la Bharata Behaves Before His Father Like a Fool\n\n312\n\nJa<;la Bharata Works Only for Food\n\n319\n\nGoddess Kali Personally Saves Ja<;la Bharata\n\n327\n\nCHAPTER TEN\n\nThe Discussion Between Ja9a Bharata\nand Maharaja Rahiig�\nJa<;la Bharata Is Forced to Carry the King's Palanquin\n\n335\n\nThe King Criticizes Ja<;la Bharata\n\n341\n\nJa<;la Bharata Replies to the King\n\n345\n\nJa<;la Bharata Resumes Carrying the Palanquin\n\n353\n\nPrayers of the King to Ja<;la Bharata\n\n356\n\nQuestions by the King\n\n361\n\nCHAPTER ELEVEN\n\nJa9a Bharata Instructs King Rahiigal).a\nMaterial Happiness Is Insignificant\n\n378\n\nBondage and Liberation Are Caused by the Mind\n\n384\n\nA Liberated Soul Sees Things Vividly\n\n391\n\nThe Mind Is Conquered by Devotional Service\n\n398\n\nCHAPTER TWELVE\n\nConversation Between Maharaja Rahiigal).a\nand Ja9a Bharata\nThe Instructions of Ja<;la Bharata Are like Medicine\n\n402\n\nThe Universe Has No Real Existence\n\n412\n\nThe Absolute Truth Is Revealed by the Mercy of a\nDevotee\nThe Association of Exalted Devotees\n\n418\n423\n\n", "SB5.1#p0009": "Table of Contents\n\nCHAPTER THIRTEEN\n\nFurther Talks Between King Rahiigal)a\nand Ja«Ja Bharata\nPlunderers in the Forest of Material Existence\n\n428\n\nHousehold Life Is Compared to a Forest Fire\n\n434\n\nLiving Entities Create Enmity Among Themselves\n\n442\n\nThe King as a Victim of the External Energy\n\n453\n\nJa�a Bharata Forgets the Insult of the King\n\n459\n\nAppendixes\nThe Author\n\n463\n\nReferences\n\n465\n\nGlossary\n\n467\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n475\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n477\n\nGeneral Index\n\n485\n\n", "SB5.1#p0010": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to particular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\n\nSrimadBhiigavatam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\n\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to\n\nsociety, nay, on the entire energy of living beings. The need is felt by\n\ngreat thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the aphor­\n\nism of Vedanta philosophy (janmady asya yataM to establish the ideal of\na common cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of oblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts, education and economic development throughout the entire world. But there is\na pinprick somewhere in the social body at large, and therefore there are\nlarge-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is need of a\nclue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship and\n\nprosperity with a common cause. Srimad-Bhiigavatam will fill this need,\n\nfor it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the entire\nhuman society.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student devotee Prahlada\nMaharaja in order to change the demonic face of society.\n\nkaumara acaret prajfio\ndharman bhiigavatan iha\ndurlabharh miinU$arh janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhiig. 7.6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything is\n\nXl\n\n", "SB5.1#p0011": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\nxn\n\nmerged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate source of\n\ncreation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ultimate\n\nsource of everything that be. This ultimate source is explained rationally\n\nand\n\nauthoritatively\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nbeautiful\n\nBhogavatam\n\nor\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhiigavatam.\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\nwith Him and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the\n\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\n\nsimply by a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\n\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to con­\n\nvert others to accept God as a concrete principle.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\n\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vediinta-sutra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to the\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\n\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly as with an ordinary\n\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\n\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\n\nsure to become a God realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\ncantos.\n\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos, because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\nSri Kr��a. One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\n\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\n\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\n\nsmall installments one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Srimad-Bhiigavatam, but still\n\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the think�rs and leaders of society\n\non the strength of the following statement of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\ntad viig-visargo janatiigha-viplavo\nyasmin pratiSlokam abaddhavaty api\n\n", "SB5.1#p0012": "Preface\n\nxm\n\nniimany anantasya ya.So 'nkitani yac\nchrrJ-vanti gayanti grrJ-anti sadhava�\n(Bhag. 1.5.11)\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the\nunlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring\nabout a revolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such\ntranscendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\n\nOm tat sat\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\n", "SB5.1#p0013": "Introduction\n\n\"This Bhiigavata Purar.m is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\n\njust after the departure of Lord i(r�Q.a to His own abode, accompanied by\n\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\n\ndense darkness of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\nPurar.m.\" (Srimad-Bhiigavatam 1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the\n\nVedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\n\npreserved through oral tradition, the Vedas were first put into writing\nfive thousand years ago by Srila Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\n\nGod.\" Mter compiling the Vedas, Vyasadeva se,t forth their essence in\nthe\n\naphorisms\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nVedanta-sutras. Srimad-Bhagavatam is\nVyasadeva's commentary on his own Vedanta-sutras. It was written in\n\nthe maturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\n\nspiritual master. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\n\nliterature,\" Srimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and authoritative\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nAfter compiling the Blyigavatam, Vyasa impressed the synopsis of it\n\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva Gosvaml. Sukadeva Gosvaml subse­\n\nquently recited the entire Bhagavatam to Maharaja Parik�it in an assem­\n\nbly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\n\nDelhi). Maharaja Parik�it was the emperor of the world and was a great\n\nrajar$i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\n\nwithin a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and retired to the bank\n\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\n\n'fhe Bhiigavatam begins with Emperor Parik�it's sober inquiry to\n\nSukadeva Gosvaml:\n\n\"You are the spiritual master of great saints and\n\ndevotees. I am therefore begging you to show the\n\nway of perfection for all persons, and especially for\n\none who is about to die. Please let me know what a\n\nman should hear, chant, remember and worship,\nand also what he should not do. Please explain all\nthis to me.\"\n\nxw\n\n", "SB5.1#p0014": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nXV\n\nSukadeva Gosvami's answer to this question, and numerous other\n\nquestions posed by Maharaja Parik�it, concerning everything from the\n\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\n\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\ndeath. The sage Suta Gosvami, who was pr�sent on the bank of the\n\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvami first recited Srimad-Bhagavatam, later\n\nrepeated the Bhagavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest of\nNaimi�aral).ya. Those sages, concerned about the spiritual welfare of the\n\npeople in general, had gathered to perform a long, continuous chain of\nsacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\n\nwisdom, Suta Gosvami repeated from memory the entire eighteen thou­\n\nsand verses of Snmad-Bhagavatam, as spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami to\nMaharaja Parik�it.\n\nThe reader of Snmad-Bhagavatam hears Suta Gosvami relate the\n\nquestions of Maharaja Parik�it and the answers of Sukadeva Gosvaml.\n\nAlso, Suta Gosvami sometimes responds directly to questions put by\n\nSaunaka l,l.�i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at Naimi�araQya. One\n\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\nParik�it and Sukadeva Gosvami on the bank of the Ganges, and another\nat Naimi�aral).ya between Suta Gosvami and the sages at Naimi�araQya\n\nForest, headed by Saunaka l,l.�i. Furthermore, while instructing King\nParik�it, Sukadeva Gosvami often relates historical episodes and gives\n\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\n\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple V idura. With this understanding of\nthe history of the Bhagavatam, the reader will easily be able to follow its\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since\n\nphilosophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most importan! in the\n\ntext, one need only be attentive to the subject matter of Snmad­\n\nBhagavatam to appreciate fully its profound message.\nIt should also be noted that the volumes of the Bhagavatam need not\n\nbe read consecutively, starting with the first and proceeding to the last.\n\nThe translator of this edition compares the Bhagavatam to sugar\n\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and\n\nrelishable.\n\nThis edition of the Bhagavatam is the first complete English transla­\n\ntion of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0015": "XVL\n\nIntroduction\n\nfirst widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distingui�hed teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship and intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhiigavatam\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhiigavatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world view. Students of literature will discover the\n\nBhiigavatam to be a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psychology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhiigavatam offers simple\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "SB5.1#p0016": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB5.1#p0017": "PLATE ONE\n\"Prince Priyavrata was a great devotee because he sought the lotus\nfeet of Narada, his spiritual master, and thus achieved the highest perfection in transcendental knowledge. The Prince's father, Svayambhuva\nManu, asked him to take charge of ruling the world. He tried to convince\nPriyavrata that this was his duty as indicated in the revealed scriptures.\nPrince Priyavrata, however, was continuously practicing bhakti-yoga\nand therefore, although the order of his father could not be rejected, the\nPrince did not welcome it. Thus he very conscientiously raised the question of whether he might be diverted from devotional service by accepting the responsibility of ruling over the world. The first created being\nand most powerful demigod in this universe is Lord Brahma, who is always responsible for developing universal affairs. This supremely\npowerful Lord Brahma, accompanied by his associates and the personified Vedas, left his own abode in the highest planetary system and\ndescended to the place of Prince Priyavrata's meditation to convince\nPriyavrata that it was necessary for him to follow the Vedic injunctions\nand accept the responsibility of ruling over the world. Lord Brahma, the\nfather of Narada Muni, is the supreme person within this universe. As\nsoon as Narada saw the great swan, he could understand that Lord\nBrahma had arrived. Therefore he immediately stood up, along with\nSvayambhuva Manu and his son Priyavrata, whom Narada was instructing. Then they folded their hands and began to worship Lord Brahma\nwith great respect.\" (pp.ll-17)\n\n", "SB5.1#p0018": "", "SB5.1#p0019": "PLATE TWO\n\"While so excellently ruling the universe, King Priyavrata once became dissatisfied with the circumambulation of the most powerful sungod. In circling Sumeru Hill on his chariot, the sun-god illuminates all\nthe surrounding planetary systems. However, when the sun is on the\nnorthern side of the hill, the south receives less light, and when the sun\nis in the south, the north receives less. King Priyavrata disliked this\nsituation and therefore decided to make daylight in the part of the universe where there was night. He followed the orbit of the sun-god on a\nbrilliant chariot and thus fulfilled his desire. He could perform such\nwonderful activities because of the power he had achieved by worshiping\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\" (p.57)\n\n", "SB5.1#p0020": "", "SB5.1#p0021": "PLATE THREE\n\"Maharaja Nabhi, the son of Agnidhra, wished to have sons, and\n\ntherefore he attentively began to offer prayers and worship the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Lord Vi!;li).U, the master and enjoyer of all\n\nsacrifices. Maharaja Nabhi's wife, Merudevi, who had not given birth to\nany children at that time, also worshiped Lord Vi!;li).U along with her husband. When Maharaja Nabhi worshiped and offered prayers to the Lord\n\nwith great faith and devotion and with a pure uncontaminated mind,\n\nsuperficially performing some yajiia in the line of Pravargya, the kind\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, due to His affection for His devotees,\n\nappeared before King Nabhi in His unconquerable and captivating form\n\nwith four hands. In this way, to fulfill the desire of His devotee, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead manifested Himself in His beautiful\nbody before His devotee. Lord Vi!;li).U was very bright, and He appeared\nto be the best of all personalities. Around the lower portion of His body,\nHe wore a yellow silken garment. On His chest was the mark of Srivatsa,\n\nwhich always displays beauty. He carried a conchshell, lotus flower, disc\nand club, and He wore a garland of forest flowers and the Kaustubha\ngem. He was beautifully decorated with a helmet, earrings, bangles, belt,\n\npearl necklace, armlets, ankle bells and other bodily ornaments bedecked\n\nwith radiant jewels. Seeing the Lord present before them, King Nabhi\n\nand his priests and associates felt just like poor people who had suddenly\nattained great riches. They received the Lord and respectfully bent their\n\nheads and offered Him things in worship.\" (pp.ll0-113)\n\n", "SB5.1#p0022": "", "SB5.1#p0023": "PLATE FOUR\n\"Once while touring the world, Lord J::{�abhadeva, the Supreme Lord,\nreached a place known as Brahmiivarta. There was a great conference of\nlearned brahmar:ws at that place, and all the King's sons attentively\nheard the instructions of the brahmar:ws there. At that assembly, within\nthe hearing of the citizens, J::{�abhadeva instructed His sons, although\nthey were already well-behaved, devoted and qualified. He instructed\nthem so that in the future they could rule the world very perfectly. The\ninstructions of Lord J::{ �abhadeva to His sons are very valuable if one\nwants to live peacefully within this world, which is full of miseries.\"\n\n(pp.l61-162)\n\n", "SB5.1#p0024": "", "SB5.1#p0025": "PLATE FIVE\n\"After accepting the feature of avadhilta, a great saintly person without material cares, Lord B�abhadeva passed through human society like a\nblind, deaf and dumb man, an idle stone, a ghost or a madman. Although\npeople called Him such names, He remained silent and did not speak to\nanyone. Wherever He traveled, all bad elements surrounded Him, just as\nthe flies surround the body of an elephant coming from a forest. He was\nalways being threatened, beaten, urinated upon and spat upon. Sometimes people threw stones, stool and dust at Him, and sometimes people\npassed foul air before Him. Thus people called Him many bad names and\ngave Him a great deal of trouble, but He did not care about this, for He\nunderstood that the body is simply meant for such an end. He was situated on the spiritual platform, and, being in His spiritual glory, He did\nnot care for all these material insults. In other words, He completely\nunderstood that matter and spirit are separate, and He had no bodily conception. Thus, without being angry at anyone, He walked through the\nwhole world alone.\" (pp.208-209)\n\n", "SB5.1#p0026": "", "SB5.1#p0027": "PLATE SIX\n\"The most exalted devotee, Maharaja Bharata, was constantly engaged\nin the devotional service of the Lord. Naturally his love for Vasudeva,\nKr��a, increased more and more and melted his heart. Consequently he\ngradually lost all attachment for regulative duties. The hairs of his body\nstood on end, and all the ecstatic bodily symptoms were manifest. Once\nthe great King Bharata, while sitting on the bank of the Ga�(,iaki River,\nsaw a small deer, bereft of its mother, floating down the river. Seeing\nthis, he felt great compassion. Like a sincere friend, he lifted the infant\ndeer from the waves, and, knowing it to be motherless, brought it to his\nasrama. Gradually Maharaja Bharata became very affectionate toward\n\nthe deer. He began to raise it and maintain it by giving it grass. He was\nalways careful to protect it from the attacks of tigers and other animals.\nWhen it itched, he petted it, and in this way he always tried to keep it in\na comfortable condition. He sometimes kissed it out of love. Being attached to raising the deer, Maharaja Bharata forgot the rules and regulations for the advancement of spiritual life, and he gradually forgot to\nworship the Supreme Personality of Godhead. After a few days, he forgot\neverything about his spiritual advancement.\"\n\n(pp.264-275)\n\n", "SB5.1#p0028": "", "SB5.1#p0029": "PLATE SEVEN\n\"The followers and servants of the dacoit chief bound Ja«;la Bharata\nwith ropes and brought him to the temple of the goddess Kali. All the\nthieves, according to their imaginative ritual for killing animalistic men,\nbathed, dressed and decorated Ja«;la Bharata with ornaments befitting an\nanimal. Then they brought him before the goddess Kali, and began\nworshiping the deity with various offerings before killing the mananimal. At this time, one of the thieves, acting as the chief priest, was\nready to offer the blood of Ja«;la Bharata, whom they ima-gined to be an\nanimal-man, to the goddess Kali to drink as a liquor. He therefore took\nup a very fearsome sword, which was very sharp and, consecrating it by\nthe mantra of Bhadra Kiili, raised it to kill Ja«;la Bharata. The goddess\nKiili could immediately understand that these sinful dacoits were about\nto kill a great devotee of the Lord, and she could not bear this. Suddenly\nthe deity's body burst asunder, and the goddess Kiili personally emerged\nfrom it in a body burning with an intense and intolerable effulgence. Intolerant of the offenses committed, the infuriated goddess Kali flashed\nher eyes and displayed her fierce and curved teeth. Her reddish eyes\nglowed, and she displayed her fearsome features. She assumed a\nfrightening body, as if she were prepared to destroy the entire creation.\nLeaping violently from the altar, she immediately decapitated all the\nrogues and thieves with the very sword with which they had intended to\nkill Ja«;la Bharata. She then began to drink the hot blood that flowed from\nthe necks of the beheaded rogues and thieves as if this blood were liquor.\nIndeed, she drank this intoxicant with her associates who were witches\nand female demons. Becoming intoxicated with this blood, they all began\nto sing very loudly and dance as though prepared to annihilate the entire\nuniverse. At the same time, they began to play with the heads of the\nrogues and thieves, tossing them about as if they were balls.\"\n\n(pp.322-329)\n\n", "SB5.1#p0030": "", "SB5.1#p0031": "CHAPTER ONE\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\nThis chapter describes how King Priyavrata enjoyed royal opulence and\n\nmajesty and then returned to full knowledge. King Priyavrata was\n\ndetached from worldly opulence, and then he became attached to his\n\nkingdom, but finally he again became detached from material enjoyment\nand thus achieved liberation. When King Pari:k�it heard about this, he\n\nwas struck with wonder, but he was somewhat bewildered as to how a\ndevotee with no attachment for material enjoyment could later become\n\nattached to it. Thus in astonishment he questioned Sukadeva Gosvami:\n\nabout this.\n\nIn response to the King's inquiries, Sukadeva Gosvami: said that devo­\n\ntional service, being transcendental, cannot be deviated by any material\n\ninfluences. Priyavrata had received transcendental knowledge from the\n\ninstructions of Narada, and therefore he did not want to enter a\nmaterialistic life of enjoyment in a kingdom. He accepted the kingdom,\n\nhowever, at the request of such superior demigods as Lord Brahma and\n\nLord lndra, the King of heaven.\n\nEverything is under the control of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, the supreme controller, and everyone must work accordingly.\n\nJust as a bull is controlled by a rope tied to its nose, so all conditioned\n\nsouls are forced to work under the spells of the modes of nature. A\ncivilized man, therefore, works according to the institution of var� and\n\niiSrama. Even in materialistic life, however, no one is free to act. Everyone is compelled to accept a certain type of body offered by the Supreme\n\nLord and thus be allotted different grades of happiness and distress.\n\nTherefore even if one artificially leaves home and goes to the forest, he\n\nagain becomes attached to materialistic life. Family life is compared to a\n\nfortress for practicing sense control. When the senses are controlled. one\nmay live either at home or in the forest; there is no difference.\nWhen Maharaja Priyavrata, following the instruction of Lord Brahma.\n\naccepted the royal throne, his father, Manu, left home for the forest.\n\n1\n\n", "SB5.1#p0032": "2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nMaharaja Priyavrata then married Barhi�mati, the daughter of Visva­\n\nkarma. In the womb of Barhi�mati he begot ten sons, named Agnidhra,\nldhmajihva, Yajii.abahu, Mahavira, HiraQyareta, Gh:rtap:r��ha, Savana,\n\nMedhatithi, Vitihotra and Kavi. He also begot one daughter, whose name\nwas Urjasvati. Maharaja Priyavrata lived with his wife and family for\n\nmany thousands of years. The impressions from the rims of Maharaja\n\nPriyavrata's chariot wheels created seven oceans and seven islands. Of\n\nthe ten sons of Priyavrata, three sons named Kavi, Mahavira and Savana\n\naccepted sannyasa, the fourth order of life, and the remaining seven\nsons became the rulers of the seven islands. Maharaja Priyavrata also had\n\na second wife, in whom he begot three sons named Uttama, Raivata and\nTamasa. All of them were elevated to the post of Manu. Sukadeva\n\nGosvami thus described how Maharaja Priyavrata achieved liberation.\nTEXT 1\n\n(I:Jtl<tl'i\nOt�i4J\\ � 31R'Il(l+t: � �I\n�� �: �: q�:lt�ll\nrajaBaca\npriyavrato bhiigavata\natrnijramal; katham mune\ngrhe 'ramata yan-mulal;\nkarma-bandhal; pariibhava/:£\nra1a uviica-King Parik�it said; priya-vratai;-King Priyavrata;\nbhiigavata/:t,-the great devotee; atma-iiramal;-who takes pleasure in\n\nself-realization; katham-why; mune-0 great sage; grhe-at home;\n\naramata-enjoyed; yat-mulal;-having which as the root cause; karmabandhal;-the bondage of fruitive activities; pariibhava/:t,-the defeat of\none's human mission.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik�it inquired from Sukadeva Gosviimi: 0 great sage,\n\nwhy did King Priyavrata, who was a great, self-realized devotee of\n\n", "SB5.1#p0033": "Text 1]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n3\n\nthe Lord, remain in household life, which is the root cause of the\nbondage of karma [fruitive activities) and which defeats the mission of human life?\nPURPORT\nIn the Fourth Canto, Srila Sukadeva Gosvami explains that Narada\n\nMuni perfectly instructed King Priyavrata about the mission of human\n\nlife. The mission of human life is to realize one's self and then gradually\nto go back home, back to Godhead. Since Narada Muni instructed the\nKing fully on this subject, why did he again enter household life, which\n\nis the main cause of material bondage? Maharaja Parik�it was greatly\n\nastonished that King Priyavrata remained in household life, especially\nsince he was not only a self-realized soul but also a first-class devotee of\nthe Lord. A devotee actually has no attraction for household life, but\n\nsurprisingly, King Priyavrata enjoyed household life very much. One\n\nmay argue, \"Why is it wrong to enjoy household life?\" The reply is that\n\nin household life one becomes bound by the results of fruitive activities.\n\nThe essence of household life is sense enjoyment, and as long as one\n\nengrosses his mind in working hard for sense enjoyment, one becomes\n\nbound by the reactions of fruitive activities. This ignorance of self­\n\nrealization is the greatest defeat in human life. The human form of life is\nespecially meant for getting out of the bondage of fruitive activities, but\n\nas long as one is forgetful of his life's mission and acts like an ordinary\n\nanimal-eating, sleeping, mating and defending-he must continue his\nconditioned life of material existence. Such a life is called svarupa­\n\nvismrti, forgetfulness of one's real constitutional position. Therefore in\nVedic civilization one is trained in the very beginning of life as a\n\nbrahmaciiri. A brahmaciin must execute austerities and refrain from sex\n\nindulgence. Therefore if one is completely trained in the principles of\nbrahmacarya, he generally does not enter household life. He is then\n\ncalled a na�!hika-brahmaciin, which indicates total celibacy. King\n\nParik�it was thus astonished that the great King Priyavrata, although\n\ntrained in the principles of na�!hika-brahmacarya, entered household\n\nlife.\n\nThe words bhagavata iitmiiramab, are very significant in this verse. If\n\none is self-satisfied as is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he is called\nbhagavata iitmiiramab,. There are different types of satisfaction. Karmis\n\n", "SB5.1#p0034": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n4\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nare satisfied in their fruitive activities, jfiiinis are satisfied to merge into\nthe effulgence of Brahman, and devotees are satisfied to engage in the\nLord's service. The Lord is self-satisfied because He is fully opulent, and\none who is satisfied by serving Him is called blulgavata iitmiiriima/:t.\nMan�yiiTJiiril sahasre$u: out of many thousands of persons, one may endeavor for liberation, and of many thousands of persons attempting to\nbecome liberated, one may achieve liberation from the anxieties of\nmaterial existence and become self-satisfied. Even that satisfaction,\nhowever, is not the ultimate satisfaction. The jfiiinis and the karmis have\ndesires, as do the yogis, but devotees have no desires. Satisfaction in the\nservice of the Lord is called akiima, freedom from desire, and this is the\nultimate satisfaction. Therefore Maharaja Parik!?it inquired, \"How could\none who was fully satisfied on the highest platform be satisfied with\nfamily life?\"\nThe word pariibhava/:t in this verse is also significant. When one is\nsatisfied in family life, he is doomed because he must already have\nforgotten his relationship with the Lord. Prahlada Maharaja describes\nhow the activities of family life implicate one more and more. Atmapiitaril grham andha-kupam: household life is like a dark well. If one\nfalls into this well, his spiritual death is assured. How Priyavrata\nMaharaja remained a liberated paramaharilsa even within family life is\ndescribed in the next verse.\nTEXT2\n\n;@ ��WIWIT (tl'l�IIWii �� I\n����')s� ��f ��� II � II\n\nWI\n\nna nunaril mukta-sarigiiniiril\ntiidrsiiniiril dvijar$abha\ngrhe$v abhiniveso 'yam\npurilsiiril bhavitum arhati\nna-not; nunam-cer tain ly; mukta-sarigiiniim-who are free from\nattachment;\n\ntiidrsiiniim-such;\n\ndvija-r$abha-0\n\nbriihmary,as; grhe$u-to family life;\n\ngreatest\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nabhinivesa/:t-excessive attach­\n\nment; ayam-this; purilsiim-of persons; bhavitum-to be; arhati-is\npossible.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0035": "Text3)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n5\n\nTRANSLATION\nDevotees are certainly liberated persons. Therefore, 0 greatest\nof the hriihmaJ.las, they cannot possibly he absorbed in family\naffairs.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu it is said that by executing devotional service to the Lord, one can understand the transcendental position of the\nliving being and the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Supreme Personality of Godhead cannot be understood by any means except bhakti.\n\nThe Lord confirms this in Srimad-Bhiigavatam (11.14.21). Bhaktyiiham\n\nekayii griihya/:t: \"Only by executing devotional service can one appreci­\n\nate Me.\" Similarly, in Bhagavad-gitii (18.55) Lord K:r�r:ta says, bhaktyii\n\nmiim abhijiiniiti: \"Simply by discharging devotional service, one can un­\n\nderstand Me.\" Thus for a bhakta to become attached to family affairs is\n\nimpossible, since a bhakta and his associates are liberated. Everyone is\n\nsearching after iinanda, or bliss, but in the material world there can\n\nnever be any bliss. It is only possible in devotional service. Attachment\nfor family affairs and devotional service are incompatible. Therefore\nMaharaja Parik�it was somewhat surprised to hear that Maharaja\nPriyavrata was simultaneously attached to devotional service and to\nfamily life.\n\nTEXT3\n\nq\n\n���: I\nmqt*�;:rt ;r � mt'1Rt: II� II\n�\n\nfcf�\n\nmahatiirh khalu viprar$e\nuttama§loka-piidayo/:t\n\nc hiiyii-nirvrta-cittiiniirh\n\nna ku!umbe sprhii-mati/:t\n\nmahatiim-of great devotees; khalu-certainly; vipra-r$e-O great\n\nsage among the briihmar:uzs; uttama-sloka-piidayo/:t-of the lotus feet of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; chiiyii-by the shade: nirvrtasatiated;\n\ncittiiniim-whose\n\nconsciousness;\n\nna-never:\n\nku!umbe-to\n\nfamily members; sprhii-mati/:t-consciousness with attachment.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0036": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n6\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nElevated mahatmas who have taken shelter of the lotus feet of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead are fully satiated by the shade\n\nof those lotus feet. Their consciousness cannot possibly become attached to family members.\n\nPURPORT\nSri:la Narottama dasa Thakura has sung, nitai pada-kamala, koticandra su.Sitala, ye chayaya jagat jwj.aya. He describes the shade of the\n\nlotus feet of Lord Nityananda as being so nice and cooling that all\nmaterialists, who are always in the blazing fire of material activities, may\ncome under the shade of His lotus feet and be fully relieved and satiated.\n\nThe distinction between family life and spiritual life can be experienced\nby any person who has undergone the tribulations of living with a\n\nfamily. One who comes under the shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord\n\nnever becomes attracted by the activities of family life. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gita (2.59), pa ram dr�tva nivartate: one gives up lower\n\nengagements when he experiences a higher taste. Thus one becomes\n\ndetached from family life as soon as he comes under the shelter of the\nlotus feet of the Lord.\n\nTEXT4\n\n�� �1'{ iitiA�l(l41i(Wf � I\n� ��� � 1t�TII 'd II\nsamsayo 'yam mahan brahman\ndaragara-sutad�u\nsaktasya yat siddhir abhut\nkr�'JE ca matir acyuta\nsamsaya�-doubt;\nayam -this ;\nmahan -great;\nbrahman-0\nbrahmar:w; clara-to the wife; agara-home; suta -children ; ad�uand so on; saktasya-of a person attached; yat -because; siddh*-perfection; abhut-became; kr�lJE-unto K.r�Qa; ca-also; mati�-attach­\n\nment; acyuta -infallible\n\n.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0037": "Text 5)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n7\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King continued: 0 great hrahmru;ta, this is my great doubt.\nHow was it possible for a person like King Priyavrata, who was so\nattached to wife, children and home, to achieve the topmost infallible perfection in K.r�1,1a consciousness?\nPURPORT\n\nKing Pari:k�it wondered how a person so attached to wife, children and\n\nhome could become so perfectly K:r�Q.a conscious. Prahlada Maharaja has\n\nsaid:\n\nmatir na kr�r.te parata/:t svato va\nmitho 'bhipadyeta grhavratanam\nA grhavrata, one who has taken a vow to execute family duties, has no\n\nchance to become K:r�Q.a conscious. This is because most grhavratas are\n\nguided by sense gratification and therefore gradually glide down to the\ndarkest regions of material existence (adanta-gobhir viSatam tamisram).\n\nHow can they possibly become perfect in K:r�Q.a consciousness? Maharaja\nPari:k�it asked Sukadeva Gosvami: to resolve this great doubt.\nTEXTS\n\n!!;f1�<ii \\ItfT'if\n\n�� � a�sm� �'ht�(UJIU��(�«1\n� mtFfij��ij �ij� w��'\"6(14f�t �\n� WI � Wlf..� II � II\nsri-suka uviica\nbac)ham uktam bhagavata uttama5lokasya srimaccaraT}iiravinda-makaranda-rasa avesita-cetaso bhagavataparamahamsa-dayita-katham kincid antaraya-vihatam svam\nsivatamam padavim na prayer:uz, hinvanti.\nsri-suka/:t uviica -Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; oo(lham-correct: uktam- what you have said; bhagavata/:t-of the Personality of Godhead:\n\n", "SB5.1#p0038": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n8\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. I\n\nuttama-slokasya-who is praised with excellent verses; srimat-cara1Jil­\n\naravinda-of the feet, which are just like the most beautiful fragrant\n\nlotus flowers; makaranda-honey; rase-in the nectar; avesita-ab­\n\nsorbed; cetasa�-whose hearts; bhiigavata-to the devotees; parama­\n\nharhsa-liberated persons;\nkincit-sometimes;\n\ndayita-pleasing;\n\nkat ham-glorification;\n\nantaraya-by impediments;\n\nvihatam-checked;\n\nsvam-own; siva-tamam-most exalted; padavim-position; na-do\nnot; praye7J11-almost always; hinvanti-give up.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi said: What you have said is correct. The\nglories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is praised in\neloquent, transcendental verses by such exalted personalities as\nBrahma, are very pleasing to great devotees and liberated persons.\nOne who is attached to the nectarean honey of the Lord's lotus\nfeet, and whose mind is always absorbed in His glories, may sometimes he checked by some impediment, hut he still never gives up\nthe exalted position he has acquired.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvii.mi accepted both of the King's propositions-that\n\na person who is advanced in KJ;f?I).a consciousness cannot embrace\n\nmaterialistic life again and that one who has embraced materialistic life\n\ncannot take up KJ;\"f?I).a consciousness at any stage of his existence.\nAlthough accepting both these statements, Sukadeva Gosvii.mi qualified\n\nthem by saying that a person who has once absorbed his mind in the glo­\n\nries of the Supreme Personality of Godhead may sometimes be in­\n\nfluenced by impediments, but he still does not give up his exalted devo­\n\ntional position.\n\nAccording to Srila Visvanatha Cakravartl Thakura, there are two\n\nkinds of impediments to devotional service. The first is an offense at the\n\nlotus feet of a Vaif?I).ava. This is called va�1Jilva-aparadha. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu warned His devotees not to commit va�1Jilva-aparadha,\n\nwhich He described as the mad elephant offense. When a mad elephant\nenters a beautiful garden, it destroys everything, leaving a barren field.\nSimilarly, the power of va�7J11va-aparadha is so great that even an ad­\n\nvanced devotee becomes almost devoid of his spiritual assets if he com-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0039": "Text 5)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n9\n\nmits it. Since Kr��a consciousness is eternal, it cannot be destroyed\naltogether, but advancement may be checked for the time being. Thus\n\nvai{;T)ava-aparadha is one kind of impediment to devotional service.\n\nSometimes, however, the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His devotee\ndesires to impede one's devotional service. For example, Hira�yakasipu\nand Hira�yak�a were formerly Jaya and Vijaya, the gatekeepers in\nVaikul).tha, but by the desire of the Lord, they became His enemies for\nthree lives. Thus the desire of the Lord is another kind of impediment.\nBut in both cases, the pure devotee, once advanced in Kr�l).a consciousness, cannot be lost. Following the orders of his superiors (Svayambhuva\nand Lord Brahma), Priyavrata accepted family life, but this did not mean\nhe lost his position in devotional service. K:r�l).a consciousness is perfect\nand eternal, and therefore it cannot be lost under any circumstances.\nBecause the material world is full of obstructions to advancement in\nK:r�l).a consciousness, there may appear to be many impediments, yet\n\nKr�l).a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, declares in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(9.31), kaunteya pratijan'ihi na me bhakta/:1, prar:w,Syati: once one has\n\ntaken shelter at the lotus feet of the Lord, he cannot be lost.\n\nIn this verse, the word sivatamiim is very significant. Sivatamiim\n\nmeans \"the most auspicious.\" The devotional path is so auspicious that a\ndevotee cannot be lost under any circumstances. This is described in the\n\nSr'imad Bhagavad-gua by the Lord Himself. Partha naiveha niimutra\nvinasas tasya vidyate: \"My dear Arjuna, for a devotee there is no question of being lost, either in this life or in the next:' (Bg. 6.40) In\n\nBhagavad-g'itii (6.43) the Lord clearly explains how this is so.\ntatra tam buddhi-samyogam\nlabhate paurva-dehikam\nyatate ca tato bhuya/:1,\nsamsiddhau kuru-nandana\n\nBy the order of the Lord, a perfect devotee sometimes comes to this\nmaterial world like an ordinary human being. Because of his previous\npractice, such a perfect devotee naturally becomes attached to devotional\nservice, apparently without cause. Despite all kinds of impediments due\nto surrounding circumstances, he automatically perseveres in devotional\nservice and gradually advances until he once again becomes perfect.\nBilvamangala Thakura had been an advanced devotee in his previous\n\n", "SB5.1#p0040": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n10\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nlife, but in his next life he became greatly fallen and was attached to a\nprostitute. Suddenly, however, his entire behavior was changed by the\nwords of the very prostitute who had so much attracted him, and he\nbecame a great devotee. In the lives of exalted devotees, there are many\nsuch instances, proving that once one has taken to the shelter of the lotus\nfeet of the Lord, he cannot be lost (kaunteya pratijanihi na me bhakta�\n\npra1)nSyati).\nThe fact is, however, that one becomes a devotee when he is completely freed from all reactions to sinful life. As Kr�I).a states in\n\nBhagavad-gita (7.28):\n\nye�am tv anta-gatam paparh\njaniiniirh pur:tya-karma1Jiim\nte dvanda-moha-nirmukta\nbhajante mam drcJ,ha-vrata�\n\"Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life, whose\nsinful actions are completely eradicated and who are freed from the\nduality of illusion, engage themselves in My service with determination.\" On the other hand, as Prahlada Maharaja said:\n\nmatir na kr�r:te parata� svato vii\nmitho 'bhipadyeta grhavrataniim\nA person who is too attached to materialistic family life-home, family,\nwife, children and so on-cannot develop :l<r�lJ.a consciousness.\nThese apparent contradictions are resolved in the life of a devotee by\nthe grace of the Supreme Lord, and therefore a devotee is never bereft of\nhis position on the path of liberation, which is described in this verse as\n\nsivatamiim padavim.\nTEXT6\n\n�� tfN �\n\n� �\n\n��:\n\nm�Ht: lRiil{lrmTI\nifi(G:� :q(ujlq���eN•Iijq(¥fN�� �ur (tf�Gtt¥f ait­\n\nf;Hh?N�'WmllijSI'H!}Uitl�iihiW{Ilfl�� @NS{Nt�T\n� q��f �qt�tN�it;r����iihl(� �s�\n\n", "SB5.1#p0041": "Text 6)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n11\n\n�N� 3lTHI��\n��TqT�tf ...\"ll ��fq (I�Sf�ill�\nijij)sfq trolle{l{;;r�+niJf: II � II\nyarhi vava ha rajan sa raja-putra� priyavrata� pararna-bhiigavato\nnaradasya carar:wpasevayMijasavagata-paramiirtha-satattvo brahrnasatrer:w di��yamii� 'vani-tala-paripalanayamnata-pravara-gur:wgar:wikanta-bhajanataya sva-pitroparnantrito bhagavati vasudeva\nevavyavadhana-sarnadhi-yogena sarnavesita-sakala-karaka-kriyakaliipo naivabhyanandad yadyapi tad apratyamnatavyam tadadhikarar:w atrnano 'nyasrnad asato 'pi parabhavam anvi�arnar:w�.\nyarhi-because; vava ha-indeed; rajan-0 King; sa�-he; rajaputra�- the Prince; priy avrata�-Priyavrata; parama-supreme;\nbhiigavata�-devotee; naradasya-of Narada; carar:w-the lotus feet;\nupas evaya-by serving; afijasa-quickly; avagata-became aware of;\nparama- artha transcendental subject matter; sa-tattva�-with all\nknowable facts; brahrna-satrer:w-by continuous discussion of the\nSupreme; di�i$yarnar:w�-desiring to fully dedicate himself; avanitala-the surface of the globe; paripalana ya-to rule over; amnatadirected in the revealed scriptures; pravara-highest; gur:w-of\nqualities; gar:w-the sum total; ekanta-without deviation; bhajanataya-because of his possessing; sva-pitra-by his father; uparnantrita�-being asked; bhavagati- in the Supreme Personality of\n-\n\nGodhead;\n\nvasudeve-the\n\nall-pervading\n\nLord;\n\neva-certainly;\n\naryavadhana-without cessation; samiidhi-yogena-by practicing yoga\nin complete absorption; samiivesita-completely dedicated; sakala-all;\nkaraka-senses; kriya-kaliipa�-whose total activities; na-not; evathus;\n\nabhyana ndat-welcomed; yadyapi -although; tat-that;\napratyamnatavyam-not to be rejected for any reason; tatadhikara1J(!-in occupying that post; atrnana�-of himself; anyasrnat- by other engagements; asata�-material; api-certainly;\nparabhavam-deterioration; anvi�arnar:w�- foreseeing.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: My dear King, Prince Priyavrata\n\nwas a great devotee because he sought the lotus feet of Narada, his\n\nspiritual master, and thus achieved the highest perfection in tran-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0042": "12\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. l\n\nscendental knowledge. With advanced knowledge, he always\n\nengaged in discussing spiritual subjects and did not divert his at­\n\ntention to anything else. The Prince's father then asked him to\n\ntake charge of ruling the world. He tried to convince Priyavrata\nthat this was his duty as indicated in the revealed scriptures. Prince\n\nPriyavrata, however, was continuously practicing bhakti-yoga by\n\nconstantly remembering the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nthus engaging all his senses in the service of the Lord. Therefore,\n\nalthough the order of his father could not he rejected, the Prince\ndid not welcome it. Thus he very conscientiously raised the ques­\n\ntion of whether he might he diverted from devotional service by\n\naccepting the responsibility of ruling over the world.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Narottama dasa Thakura has sung, chiil)iya va41J.ava-seva\nnistara payeche keba: \"Without serving the lotus feet of a pure Vai�Q.ava\n\nor spiritual master, no one has ever attained perfect liberation from\n\nmaterial bondage.\" Prince Priyavrata regularly served the lotus feet of\nNarada, and thus the Prince perfectly understood transcendental sub­\n\njects in truth (sa-tattvab,). The word sa-tattvab, means that Priyavrata\n\nknew all the facts about the spirit soul, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, and the relationship between the spirit soul and the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, and he also knew all about this material world\n\nand the relationship of the spirit soul and the Supreme Lord within the\n\nmaterial world. Thus the Prince decided to engage himself only in ren­\n\ndering service to the Lord.\n\nWhen Priyavrata's father, Svayambhuva Manu, requested him to ac­\n\ncept the responsibility of ruling over the world, he did not welcome the\nsuggestion. This is the symptom of a great, liberated devotee. Even\n\nthough engaged in worldly affairs, he does not take pleasure in them, but\nremains always absorbed in the Lord's service. While thus serving the\n\nLord, he deals externally with worldly affairs without being affected. For\n\nexample, although he has no attraction for his children, he cares for\n\nthem and educates them to become devotees. Similarly, he speaks to his\nwife with affectionate words, but he is not attached to her. By rendering\n\ndevotional service, a devotee acquires all the good qualities of the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0043": "Text 7)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n13\n\nSupreme Lord. Lord K:r�l).a had sixteen thousand wives, all of them very\nbeautiful, and although He dealt with each of them as a beloved husband, He was not attracted or attached to any of them. In the same way,\nalthough a devotee may enter family life and act very affectionately\ntoward his wife and children, he is never attached to these activities.\nThis verse states that by serving the lotus feet of his spiritual master,\nPrince Priyavrata very soon attained the perfectional stage of K:r�l).a consciousness. This is the only way to advance in spiritual life. As stated in\nthe Vedas:\n\nyasya deve para bhaktir\nyathii deve tathii gurau\ntasyaite kathitii hy arthii/:t\nprakiiSante mahiitmanaft\n\"If one has unflinching faith in the Supreme Lord and the spiritual\nmaster, the essence of all Vedic knowledge is revealed to him.\"\n\n(Svetasvatara Upan�ad 6.23) A devotee always thinks of the Lord con­\n\ntinuously. While chanting the Hare K:r�l).a mantra, the words K:r�l).a and\nHare immediately remind him of all the Lord's activities. Since his entire\nlife is engaged in the service of the Lord, a devotee cannot forget the\nLord at any time. Just as an ordinary man always engages his mind in\nmaterial activities, a devotee always engages his mind in spiritual ac­\n\ntivities. This is called brahma-satra, or meditating upon the Supreme\nLord always. Prince Priyavrata was perfectly initiated into this practice\nby S�i Narada.\n\nTEXT7\n\n31%1 � lltF{l;ffi�q ��\n\ngutf� � qftil���f'lOlrqft:re\n���mw:r 31H�i1PHR'4wf;m��t1Ufllft��n ��tt'll��'R:II\\911\natha ha bhagavan adi-deva etasya gu�J-a-visargasya\nparibrmha�J,Cinudhyana-t.yavasita-sakala-jagad-abhipraya atma-yonir\nakhila-nigama-nija-ga�J-a-parive�!itaft sva-bhavaniid avatatara.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0044": "14\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\natha-thus; ha-indeed; bhagavan-the most powerful; adi­\n\ndeva�-the first demigod; etasya-of this universe; gur:w-visargasya­\n\nthe creation of the three modes of material nature; paribrmhar:w-the\nwelfare; anudhyana-always thinking of; vyavasita-known; sakala­\n\nwhole; jagat-of the universe; abhipraya�-by whom the ultimate pur­\n\npose; atma-the Supreme Self; yoni�-whose source of birth; akhilaal!; nigama-by the\n\nVedas; nija-gar:ta-by personal associates;\n\nparive$!ita�-being surrounded; sva-bhavanat-from his own abode;\n\navatatara-descended.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvarni continued: The first created being and\n\nmost powerful demigod in this universe is Lord Brahma, who is al­\n\nways responsible for developing universal affairs. Born directly\nfrom the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he dedicates his ac­\n\ntivities to the welfare of the entire universe, for he knows the purpose of the universal creation. This supremely powerful Lord\nBrahma, accompanied by his associates and the personified Vedas,\n\nleft his own abode in the highest planetary system and descended\n\nto the place of Prince Priyavrata's meditation.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Vi�l).u, the Supreme Self (atma), is the source of everything, as\n\nexplained in the Vedanta-sutra: janmady asya yata�. Because Brahma\n\nwas born directly from Lord Vi�Q.u, he is called atma-yoni. He is also\ncalled bhagavan, although generally bhagavan refers to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead (Vi�Q.u or Lord K:r�f.la). Sometimes great per­\n\nsonalities-such as demigods like Lord Brahmii, Narada or Lord Siva­\n\nare also addressed as bhagavan because they carry out the purpose of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Lord Brahma is called bhagavan\nbecause he is the secondary creator of this universe. He is always\nthinking of how to improve the situation of the conditioned souls who\n\nhave come to the material world to enjoy material activities. For this\nreason, he disseminates the Vedic knowledge throughout the universe\n\nfor everyone's guidance.\n\nVedic knowledge is divided into two parts: pravrtti-marga and nivrtti­\n\nmarga. Nivrtti-marga is the path of negating sense enjoyment, and\n\npravrtti-marga is the path by which the living entities are given a chance\n\n", "SB5.1#p0045": "Text 8]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n15\n\nto enjoy and at the same time are directed in such a way that they can go\nback home, back to Godhead. Because ruling over this universe is a great\nresponsibility, Brahma must force many Manus in different ages to take\ncharge of universal affairs. Under each Manu there are different kings\nwho also execute the purpose of Lord Brahma. It is understood from previous explanations that the father of Dhruva Maharaja, King Uttanapada,\nruled over the universe because his elder brother, Priyavrata, practiced\nausterity from the very beginning of his life. Thus up to the point of the\nPracetas, the kings of the universe were all descendants of Uttanapada\nMaharaja. Since there were no suitable kings after the Pracetas,\nSvayambhuva Manu went to the Gandhamadana Hill to bring back his\neldest son, Priyavrata, who was meditating there. Svayambhuva Manu\nrequested Priyavrata to rule over the universe. When he refused, Lord\nBrahma descended from the supreme planetary system, known as\nSatyaloka, to request Priyavrata to accept the order. Lord Brahma did not\ncome alone. He came with other great sages like Mar1ci, Atreya and\nV asi��ha. To convince Priyavrata that it was necessary for him to follow\nthe Vedic injunctions and accept the responsibility of ruling over the\nworld, Lord Brahma also brought with him the personified\nconstant associates.\nA significant word in this verse is\n\nVedas, his\n\nsva-bhavaniit, indicating that Lord\n\nBrahma descended from his own abode. Every demigod has his own\nabode. lndra, the King of the demigods, has his own abode, as do Candra,\nthe lord of the moon planet, and Surya, the predominating deity of the\nsun planet. There are many millions of demigods, and the stars and\n\nBhagavad-gitii.\nYiinti deva-vratii deviin: \"Those who worship the demigods go to their\n\nplanets are their respective homes. This is confirmed in\n\ndifferent planetary systems.\"\" Lord Brahm:fs abode. the highest plan­\n\netary system, is called Satyaloka or sometimes Brahmaloka. Brahmaloka\nusually refers to the spiritual world. The abode of Lord Brahma is\nSatyaloka, but because Lord Brahma resides there, it is also sometimes\n\ncalled Brahmaloka.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� ij� � tyq;Jij� ��q-fflftq f�l wwrref����f�fll�:\n\n'IN� :q q�: f����l:Oif!M•Iat�lftTFl 1Uit if.=li{­\n\nfl����e� ��q II <; II\n..\n\n", "SB5.1#p0046": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n16\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. I\n\nsa tatra tatra gagana-tala u(lu-patir iva virruiniivalibhir anupatham\namara-parivr(lhair abhipujyamana� pathi pathi ca- varuthaSa� siddhagandharva-siidhya-ciirar:z,a-muni-gar:z,air upagiyamano gandhamiidana-dro�J-im avabhasayann upasasarpa.\nsa�-he ( Lord Brahma ) ; tatra tatra-here and there; gagana-tateunder the canopy of the sky; u(lu-pat*-the moon; iva-like; vimanaiivalibhi�-in their different airplanes; anupatham-along the path;\namara-of the demigods;\n\nparivr(lhai�-by the leaders;\n\nyamana�-being worshiped;\n\nabhipuj­\n\npathi pathi-on the way, one after\n\nanother; ca-also; varuthaSa�-in groups; siddha-by the residents of\nSiddhaloka; gandharva-by the residents of Gandharvaloka; siidhyaby the residents of Sadhyaloka; ciirar:z,a-by the residents of CaraQaloka;\nmuni-gar:z,ai�-and by great sages; upagiyamiina�-being worshiped;\ngandha-miidana-of the planet where the Gandhamadana Hill is found;\ndro�J-im-the border; avabh iis ayan-illuminating; upasasarpa-he\napproached.\nTRANSLATION\nAs Lord Brahmii descended on his carrier, the great swan, all the\n\nresidents\n\nof\n\nthe planets\n\nnamed\n\nSiddhaloka,\n\nGandharvaloka,\n\nSiidhyaloka and Cara1_1aloka, as well as great sages and demigods\n\nflying in their different airplanes, assembled within the canopy of\nthe sky to receive Lord Brahmii and worship him. As he received\nrespect and adoration from the residents of the various planets,\n\nLord Brahmii appeared just like the full moon surrounded by illuminating stars. Lord Brahmii's great swan then arrived at the\nborder of Gandhamiidana Hill and approached Prince Priyavrata,\nwho was sitting there.\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears from this description that there is regular interplanetary\ntravel between the planets of the demigods. Another significant point is\nthat there is a planet covered mostly by great mountains, one of which is\nGandhamadana Hill. Three great personalities-Priyavrata, Narada and\nSvayambhuva Manu-were sitting on this hill. According to Brahma-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0047": "The Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\nText9]\n\n17\n\nsamhitii, each universe is filled with different planetary systems, and\nevery system has a unique opulence. For example, on Siddhaloka, all the\nresidents are very advanced in the powers of mystic yoga. They can By\nfrom one planet to another without airplanes or other flying machines.\nSimilarly, the residents of Gandharvaloka are expert in musical science,\nand those on Sadhyaloka are all great saints. The interplanetary system\nundoubtedly exists, and residents of different planets may go from one to\nanother. On this earth, however, we have not invented any machine that\ncan go directly from one planet to another, although an unsuccessful attempt has been made to go directly to the moon.\nTEXT9\n\ntJ:;f �f'itw.rl� ftre� �tFfid f�qq� :\n�ij��,��;r � fq�W!?Il•�qqf��'«f�it II � II\n� & ttl\n\ntatra ha va enam devar�ir hamsa-yanena pitaram bhagavantam\nhirar:tya-garbham upalabhamanaft sahasaivotthayarhar:uma saha pitaputrabhyam avahitanjalir upatasthe.\ntatra-there; ha vii-certainly; enam-him; deva-r�ift-the great\nsaint Narada;\nfather;\n\nhamsa-yanena-by the swan carrier;\n\nbhagavantam-most\n\npowerful;\n\npitaram-his\n\nhirar:tya-garbham-Lord\n\nBrahma; upalabhamanaft-understanding; sahasa eva-immediately:\nutthaya-having stood up; arhar:tena-with paraphernalia for worship:\nsaha-accompanied; pita-putrabhyam-by Priyavrata and his father.\nSvayambhuva Manu; avahita-afijalift-with respect and folded hands:\nupatasthe-worshiped.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma, the father of Narada Muni, is the supreme person\nwithin this universe. As soon as Narada saw the great swan, he\ncould understand that Lord Brahma had arrived. Therefore he immediately stood up, along with Svayamhhuva Manu and his son\nPriyavrata, whom Narada was instructing. Then they folded their\nhands and began to worship Lord Brahma with great respect.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0048": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n18\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the previous verse, Lord Brahma was accompanied by\nother demigods, but his specific carrier was the great swan. Therefore as\nsoon as Narada Muni saw the swan, he could understand that his father,\nLord Brahma, who is also known as Hiral)yagarbha, was arriving. Thus\nhe\n\nimmediately stood up with\n\nSvayambhuva\n\nManu and his son\n\nPriyavrata to receive Lord Brahma and offer him respect.\nTEXT 10\n\n�Rfrf m�� �;fRn�IJf: �q�;:n fu��llfllurrcrm� ��: Tst4f4�HI� ��ij �Rtl��Cfi �Rr mr:r II � II\no\n\nbhagavan api bhiirata tad-upanitarhar:tab- sukta-vakenatitaram uditagur:ta-ga7J-avatara-sujaya}:l, priyavratam adi-purll.5as tam sadayahiisavaloka iti hovaca.\nbhagavan-Lord\nParik�it;\n\nBrahma;\n\ntat-by them;\n\napi-moreover;\n\nbharata-0\n\nupanita -brought forward;\n\nKing\n\narhar:ta/:t­\n\nworshipable paraphernalia; s u k ta -according to Vedic etiquette;\nvakena-by language; atitaram-highly; udita-praised; gur:ta-gar:taqualities; avatara-because of the descent; su jaya/:t-whose glories;\n-\n\npriyavratam-unto\n\nPriyavrata;\n\ntam- unto\n\nsa daya -with compassion;\n\nhim;\n\nadi-pur U$a/:t-the\n\n-\n\noriginal\n\nperson;\n\nhasa -smiling;\n\navaloka}:l,-whose looking; iti-thus; ha-certainly; uvaca-said.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Parik!?it, because Lord Brahma had finally de­\n\nscended\n\nfrom\n\nSatyaloka\n\nto\n\nBhiiloka,\n\nNarada\n\nMuni,\n\nPrince\n\nPriyavrata and Svayambhuva Manu came forward to offer him ob­\n\njects of worship and to praise him in highly qualified language, ac­\n\ncording to Vedic etiquette. At that time, Lord Brahma, the original\nperson of this universe, felt compassion for Priyavrata and,\n\nlooking upon him with a smiling face, spoke to him as follows.\nPURPORT\n\nThat Lord Brahma descended from Satyaloka to see Priyavrata indicates that the matter was very serious. Niirada Muni had come to advise\n\n", "SB5.1#p0049": "Text 11]\n\n19\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\nPriyavrata about the value of spiritual life, knowledge, renunciation and\n\nbhakti, and Lord Brahma knew that Narada 's instructions were very\nimpressive.\n\nTherefore\n\nunless\n\nLord\n\nBrahma\n\npersonally\n\nwent\n\nto\n\nGandhamadana Hill to request Priyavrata, Lord Brahma knew that\nPrince Priyavrata would not accept his father's order. Brahmii's purpose\nwas to break Priyavrata's determination. Therefore Brahmii first looked\nupon Priyavrata with compassion. His smile and compassionate features\nalso indicated that although Brahma would request Priyavrata to accept\nhousehold life, Priyavrata would not be out of touch with devotional service. By the blessings of a Vai!?1,1ava, everything is possible. This is described in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu as krpa-siddhi, or perfection attained\nsimply by the blessings of a superior person. One usually becomes liberated and perfect by executing the regulative principles set down in the\n\nsastras. Nonetheless, many persons have achieved perfection simply by\nthe blessings of a spiritual master or superior.\nPriyavrata was the grandson of Lord Brahma, and as joking competition sometimes takes place between grandson and grandfather, in this\ncase also Priyavrata was determined to remain in meditation, whereas\nBrahma was determined that he rule the universe. Thus Lord Brahma's\naffectionate smile and glance meant, ''My dear Priyavrata, you have\ndecided not to accept household life, but I have decided to convince you\nthat you must accept it.\" Actually, Brahma had come to praise Priyavrata\nfor his high standard of renunciation, austerity, penance and devotion so\nthat he would not be deviated from devotional service, even though he\nwould accept household life.\nIn this verse, one important word is sukta-vakena (by Vedic hymns).\nIn the Vedas, there is the following prayer to Lord Brahmii: hirar:tya­\n\ngarbha/:t samavartatagre bhutasya jata/:t patir eka asrt. Brahma was\nreceived with the appropriate Vedic hymns, and because he was\nwelcomed according to the Vedic etiquette, he was very pleased.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n'it�ll'Cff��\n\nf�aiN\n\n��\n\n111a.f�ij\n\nif�lf�\n\n��3fit� I\n\n", "SB5.1#p0050": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n20\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\ncrt� �� iRf tJ:�t �«111 � f�ijt �� �� II� �II\nsri-bhagavan uvaca\nnibodha tatedam rtam bravimi\nmiisuyitum devam arhasy aprameyam\nvayam bhavas te tata e$a mahar$ir\n\nvahama sarve viva5a yasya di$tam\n\nsri-bhagavan\n\nuvaca-the supreme person, Lord Brahma,\n\nsaid;\n\nnibodha-kindly hear with attention; tata-my dear son; idam-this;\nrtam-true;\n\nbravimi-1 am speaking;\n\nrna-not;\n\nasuyitum-to be\n\njealous of; devam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; arhasi-you\nought;\n\naprameyam-who is beyond our experimental knowledge;\n\nvayam-we; bhava�-Lord Siva; te-your; tata�-father; e$a�-this;\n\nmaha-r$i�-Narada; vahama�-carry out; sarve-all; viva5a�-unable\n\nto deviate; yasya-of whom; di$!am-the order.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Brahma, the supreme person within this universe, said: My\n\ndear Priyavrata, kindly hear attentively what I shall say to you. Do\n\nnot be jealous of the Supreme Lord, who is beyond our experimental measurements. All of us, including Lord Siva, your father\n\nand the great sage Mahar�i Narada, must carry out the order of the\n\nSupreme. We cannot deviate from His order.\nPURPORT\n\nOf the twelve great authorities in devotional service, four-Lord\n\nBrahma himself, his son Narada, Svayambhuva Manu and Lord Siva­\n\nwere present before Priyavrata. They were accompanied by many other\n\nauthoritative sages. Brahma first wanted to impress upon Priyavrata that\nalthough these great personalities are all authorities, they cannot possibly\ndisobey the orders of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is de­\n\nscribed in this verse as deva, which means \"always glorious.\" The\n\npower, glory and potencies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead can\n\nnever be diminished. In the lsopani$ad, the Lord is described as apapa-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0051": "Text 11]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n21\n\nviddha, which indicates that He is never affected by anything materially\n\nconsidered sinful. Similarly, Srimad-Bhiigavatam describes the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead as being so powerful that nothing we might con­\n\nsider abominable can affect Him. An example sometimes given to explain\nthe position of the Supreme Lord is that of the sun, which evaporates\nurine from the earth but is never affected by contamination. The\nSupreme Lord can never be accused of doing anything wrong.\nWhen Lord Brahma went to induce Priyavrata to accept the responsibility for ruling the universe, he did not go whimsically; he was\nfollowing the dictations of the Supreme Lord. Indeed, Brahma and other\ngenuine authorities never do anything without His permission. The\nSupreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart. In the beginning of\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam it is said, tene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye: the\n\nLord dictated Vedic knowledge to Brahma through his heart. The more a\nliving entity is purified by devotional service, the more he comes in\ndirect contact with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as confirmed in\nSrimad Bhagavad-gita:\n\nte�am satata-yuktanam\n\nbhajatam priti-purvakam\n\ndadami buddhi-yogarh tam\nyena mam upayanti te\n\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give\n\nthe understanding by which they can come to Me.\" ( Bg. 10.10) Lord\nBrahma, therefore, had not come to Priyavrata by his own whims:\nrather, it is understood that he had been ordered to persuade Priyavrata\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose activities cannot be understood by material senses and who is therefore described herein as\naprameya. Thus Lord Brahma first advised Priyavrata to hear his words\n\nwith attention and without envy.\nWhy one is induced to perform certain acts despite his desire to do\nsomething else is indicated herein. One cannot disobey the orders of the\n\nSupreme Lord, even if one is as powerful as Lord Siva, Lord Brahma.\n\nManu or the great sage Narada. All these authorities are certainly very\npowerful, but they do not have the power to disobey the orders of the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0052": "[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n22\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Since Lord Brahma had come to\nPriyavrata in accordance with the orders of the Supreme Lord, he first\nwanted to dispel any suspicions that he might be acting as Priyavrata's\nenemy. Lord Brahma was following the orders of the Supreme Lord, and\ntherefore it would be worthwhile for Priyavrata to accept Lord Brahma's\norder, as the Lord desired.\nTEXT 12\n\n;r����m � t�T\n;r tfltt�Uf �'tttl tiT I\n,:L_S,.�:\n...\n�,���\n\nm:\n\n� f�\n\n�\n\n�CJ•\n\nt�T\n\nij����� IIZ�II\n\nna tasya ka.Scit tapasa vidyaya va\nna yoga-virye1JU mani$aya va\n\nnaivartha-dharmai/:t parata/:t svato va\nkrtam vihantum tanu-bhrd vibhuyat\nna-never;\n\ntasya-His;\n\nka.Scit-anyone;\n\ntapasa-by\n\nausterity;\n\nvidyaya-by education; oo-or; na-never; yoga-by power of mystic\nyoga; viryery,a-by personal strength; mani$aya-by intelligence; viior; na-never; eva-certainly;\n\nartha-by material opulence; dhar­\n\nmai/:t -by the power of religion; parata/:t-by any external power;\nsva ta/:t-by personal endeavor; va-or; krtam-the order; vihantumto avoid; tanu-bhrt-a living entity who has accepted a material body;\n\nvibhuyat-is able.\nTRANSLATION\nOne cannot avoid the order of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, not by the strength of severe austerities, an exalted\n\nVedic education, or the power of mystic yoga, physical prowess or\n\nintellectual activities. Nor can one use his power of religion, his\n\nmaterial opulence or any other means, either by himself or with\nthe help of others, to defy the orders of the Supreme Lord. That is\nnot possible for any living being, from Brahma down to the ant.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0053": "Text 12)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n23\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Garga Upani$ad, Gargamuni says to his wife, etasya vii ak�arasya pra.Siisane gargi suryii-candramasau vidhrtau ti$!hata/:t: '\"My\n\ndear Gargl, everything is under the control of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. Even the sun, the moon and other controllers and demigods\n\nlike Lord Brahmii and King lndra are all under His control.·· An ordi­\n\nnary human being or animal who has accepted a material body cannot go\n\nbeyond the jurisdiction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's control.\nA material body includes senses. However, the sense activities of so­\n\ncalled scientists who try to be free from God's law or the laws of nature\n\nare useless. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (7.14). Mama maya\n\nduratyayii: it is impossible to surpass the control of material nature, for\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead is working behind it. Sometimes we\n\nare proud of our austerities, penances and mystic yogic powers, but it is\n\nclearly stated herein that one cannot surpass the laws and directions of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, either by dint of mystic power, a\nscientific education, or austerities and penances. It is impossible.\n\nThe word man�ayii (\"by intelligence\") is of special significance.\n\nPriyavrata might argue that Lord Brahmii was requesting him to accept\n\nfamily life and the responsibility for ruling a kingdom, although Narada\n\nMuni had advised him not to enter household life and be entangled in\nmaterial affairs. Whom to accept would be a puzzle for Priyavrata\n\nbecause both Lord Brahmii and Narada Muni are authorities. Under the\n\ncircumstances, the use of the word man�ayii is very appropriate, for it\n\nindicates that since both Narada Muni and Lord Brahma are authorized\n\nto give instruction, Priyavrata should neglect neither of them but should\nuse his intelligence to follow the advice of both. To solve such dilemmas,\n\nSrila Rupa Gosvami has given a very clear conception of intelligence. He\nsays:\n\naniisaktasya vi$ayan\nyathiirham upayunjata/:t\nnirbandha/:t kr�1Jil-sambandhe\nyuktarh vairiigyam ucyate\nVi$ayan, material affairs, should be accepted without attachment. and\n\neverything should be dovetailed with the service of the Lord. That is real\n\n", "SB5.1#p0054": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n24\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nintelligence (manf$a). Becoming a family man or king in the material\nworld is not harmful if one accepts everything for Kr�Q.a's service. That\nnecessitates clear intelligence. Mayavadi\n\nphilosophers say, brahma\n\nsatyam jagan mithya: this material world is false, and only the Absolute\nTruth is real. However, an intelligent devotee in the line of Lord Brahma\nand the great sage Narada-or, in other words, in the Brahmasampradaya-does not consider this world false. That which is created by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead cannot be false, but using it for enjoyment is. Everything is meant to be enjoyed by the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (5.29). Bhoktaram\nyajfta-tapasam sarva-loka-mahesvaram: the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is the supreme proprietor and enjoyer, and therefore everything should be dovetailed for His enjoyment and service. Regardless of\none's circumstances, favorable or unfavorable, one should use everything to serve the Supreme Lord. That is the perfect way to use one's\nintelligence.\nTEXT 13\n\nd �\nm���,��\n��rr-\n\nlfelttr ;nm� :q\n\n�'1�\n\n������II\n\nbhavaya nasaya ca karma kartum\nsokaya mohaya sada bhayaya\nsukhaya du/:tkhaya ca deha-yogam\navyakta-d�tam janatanga dhatte\nbhavaya-for birth; nasaya-for death; ca-also; karma-activity;\nkartum-to\n\ndo;\n\nsada-always;\n\nsokaya-for\n\nbereavement;\n\nbhayaya-for\n\nfear;\n\nmohaya-for\n\nsukhaya-for\n\nilluson;\n\nhappiness;\n\ndu/:tkhaya-for distress; ca-also; deha-yogam-connection with a\nmaterial body; avyakta-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; d�tam-directed;\ndhatte-accept.\n\njanata-the\n\nliving\n\nentities;\n\nariga-0\n\nPriyavrata;\n\n", "SB5.1#p0055": "Text 13]\n\n25\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Priyavrata, by the order of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, all living entities accept different types of bodies for\nbirth and death, activity, lamentation, illusion, fear of future\ndangers, and happiness and distress.\nPURPORT\nEvery living entity who has come to this material world has come here\nfor material enjoyment, but according to his own karma, activities, he\nmust accept a certain type of body given to him by material nature under\nthe order of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nAs stated in\n\nBhagavad-gita (3.27), prakrte/:1, kriyamiiiJiini gur:wi/:1, karmii�i sarva§a/:1,:\neverything is being done by prakrti, material nature, under the direction\nof the Supreme Lord. Modern scientists do not know why there are\nvarieties of bodies in 8,400,000 forms. The fact is that all these bodies\nare ordained for the living entities by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead according to the living entities' desires. He gives the living entities freedom to act as they like, but on the other hand they must accept\na body according to the reactions of their activities. Thus there are\ndifferent types of bodies. Some living entities have short durations of\nlife, whereas others live for fantastic durations. Every one of them,\nhowever, from Brahma down to the ant, acts according to the direction of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is sitting in everyone's heart.\nAs confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (15.15):\n\nsarvasya caham hrdi sannivi§to\nmatta/:1, smrtir jnanam apohanam ca\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance.\nknowledge and forgetfulness.\" It is not a fact, however, that the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead gives direction to certain living entities\nin one way and other living entities in another way. The truth is that\nevery living entity has a certain desire, and the Supreme Lord gives him\na chance to fulfill it. The best course, therefore, is to surrender unto the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and act according to His desire. One\nwho does so is liberated.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0056": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n26\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�����i g-�:\n�('\n\nu��r:� �(r:r'Effi'\n�\n\n.\n\n�\n\n'\"' �\n�;.rt�iii\n�H I\n\n�\n\ni(R;JiT�t�\nsnQf ;m'fq rm �f!&qa>: 11 � 'd11\n\nyad-vaci tantyam gu1)11-karma-diimabhi�\nsudustarair vatsa vayarh suyojita�\nsarve vaharrw balim i.Svaraya\nprota nasiva dvi-pade catU§-pada�\nyat-of whom; vaci-in the form of Vedic instruction; tantyam-to a\nlong rope; gu1)11-of quality; karma-and work; diimabhi�-by the\nropes; su-dustarai�-very difficult to avoid;\nvayam-we;\n\nvatsa-my dear boy;\n\ns u -yojita�-are engaged; sarve-all;\n\nvahama�-carry\n\nout; balim-orders to please Him; i.S varaya-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; prota�-being bound; nasi-in the nose; ivalike; dvi-pade-to the two-legged\n\n(\n\nlegged bulls) .\n\n(driver) ; catu�-pada�-the four­\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear boy, all of us are bound by the Vedic injunctions to the\n\ndivisions of vart:�a.Srama according to our qualities and work. These\ndivisions are difficult to avoid because they are scientifically arranged. We must therefore carry out our duties of vart:�a.Srama­\n\ndharma, like bulls obliged to move according to the direction of a\ndriver pulling on ropes knotted to their noses.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse, the words tantyarh gu1)11-karma-diimabhi� are very important. We each get a body according to our association with the gu1)11S,\nthe qualities or modes of material nature, and we act accordingly. As\nstated in Bhagavad-gita, the four orders of the social system-namely\n\nbrahma1)11, �atriya, vaiSya and siidra- are arranged according to gu1)11\nand karma, their qualities and work. There is some controversy about\n\n", "SB5.1#p0057": "Text 14]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n27\n\nthis, however, because some say that since one receives a body according\n\nto the gur,ra and karma of his past life, it is one's birth that determines\nhis social status. Others say, however, that one's birth according to the\n\ngur,ra and karma of his past life is not the essential consideration, since\none can change his gur,ra and karrru:t even in this life. Thus they say that\nthe four divisions of the social order- brahrru:tr,ra, k$atriya, vaiSya and\nsudra- should be arranged according to the gur,ra and karma of this life.\nThis version is confirmed in Srimad-Bhagavatam by Narada Muni.\nWhile instructing Maharaja Yudhi��hira about the symptoms of gur,ra\nand karma, Narada Muni said that these symptoms must govern the division of society. In other words, if a person born in the family of a\n\nbrahrru:tr,ra has the symptoms of a sudra, he should be designated as a\nsudra. Similarly, if a sudra has brahminical qualities, he should be designated a brahrru:tr,ra.\nThe van:utirarru:t system is scientific. Therefore if we accept the divisions of varr,ra and asrarru:t according to the Vedic instructions, our lives\nwill be successful. Unless human society is thus divided and arranged, it\n\ncannot be perfect. As stated in the V��u Purar,ra (3.8.9):\n\nvar�ramacaravata\npurU$eT,UL para/:t puman\nv��ur aradhyate pantha\nnanyat tat-to!ja-karar,ram\n\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi�Q.U, is worshiped by the\n\nproper execution of prescribed duties in the system of va rr,ra and asrarru:t.\n\nThere is no other way to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nOne must be situated in the institution of the four var� and asramas.\n\n\"\n\nAll of human society is meant to worship Lord Vi�Q.U. At the present\nmoment, however, human society does not know that this is the ultimate\ngoal or perfection of life. Therefore instead of worshiping Lord Vi�Q.U,\npeople have been educated to worship matter. According to the direction\nof modern society, men think they can advance in civilization by\nmanipulating matter to build skyscrapers, big roads, automobiles and so\non. Such a civilization must certainly be called materialistic because its\npeople do not know the goal of life. The goal of life is to reach Vi�?Q.U. but\n\n", "SB5.1#p0058": "28\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\ninstead of reaching V i�l).u, people are bewildered by the external\nmanifestation of the material energy. Therefore progress in material advancement is blind, and the leaders of such material advancement are\nalso blind. They are leading their followers in the wrong way.\nIt is best, therefore, to accept the injunctions of the Vedas, which are\nmentioned in this verse as yad-vaci. In accordance with those injunctions, everyone should find out whether he is a brahrruu:ta, lcyatriya,\n\nvaiSya or sudra and should thus be educated accordingly. Then his life\nwill be successful. Otherwise, all of human society will be confused. If\nhuman society is divided scientifically according to va/1W and asrama,\nand if the Vedic directions are followed, one's life, regardless of his position, will be successful. It is not that brahmaTJ-as will be elevated to the\ntranscendental platform but not the sudras. If the Vedic injunctions are\nfollowed, all of them- brahma7J-as, lcyatriyas, vaiSyas and sudras-will\nbe elevated to the transcendental platform, and their lives will be successful. The injunctions in the Vedas are explicit directions from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The example cited in this verse is that\nbulls tied by ropes in their nostrils move according to the direction of the\ndriver. Similarly, if we move according to the instructions of the Vedas,\nthe perfect paths for our lives will be set. Otherwise, if we do not move in\nthat way but act according to our whimsical ideas, our lives will be\nspoiled by confusion and will end in despair. Actually, because people at\nthe present moment are not following the instructions of the Vedas, they\nare all confused. We must therefore accept this instruction by Lord\nBrahma to Priyavrata as the factual scientific direction leading to the\nsuccess of life. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (16.23):\n\nya/:t siistra-vidhim utsrjya\nvartate kama-karata/:t\nna sa siddhim avapnoti\nna sukham na pariim gatim\n\nIf we do not live according to the injunctions of the siistras, the Vedas, we\nshall never achieve success in life, to say nothing of happiness or elevation to higher statuses of living.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0059": "Text 15)\n\n29\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\nTEXT 15\n\n(��\n\n����sw\n\n�:� � cJT giJl��ijfi•ld\\ I\n31�N\n��9;� wtN��T �er ;ft�n 11��11\ni.Sabhismam hy avarundhmahe 'liga\ndu/:l,kham sukham va guT,UL-karma-saligat\nasthaya tat tad yad ayurikta niithaS\ncak$U$matandha iva niyamiinii/:1,\ni.Sa-abhisr�tam-created\n\nor\n\ngiven\n\nhave\n\nto\n\naccept;\n\navarundhmahe-we\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\nanga-my\n\nhi-certainly;\n\ndear\n\nPriyavrata;\n\ndu/:l,kha m-distress; sukham-happiness; va-or; guT,UL-karma-with\nquality and work; sangat-by association; asthaya-being situated in;\n\ntat tat-that condition; yat-which body; ayurikta-He gave; niitha/:1,the Supreme Lord; cak$U$mata-by a person having eyes; andha/:1,blind men; iva-like; niyamiina/:1,-being conducted.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Priyavrata, according to our association with different\nmodes of material nature, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\ngives us our specific bodies and the happiness and distress we\nachieve. One must therefore remain situated as he is and be conducted by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, exactly as a blind\nman is led by a person who has eyes with which to see.\nPURPORT\nBy material means, one cannot avoid the happiness and distress\nunique to his particular body. There are 8,400,000 bodily forms, each\ndestined to enjoy and suffer a certain amount of happiness and distress.\nThis we cannot change, for the happiness and distress are ordained by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, in accordance with whose decision\n\n", "SB5.1#p0060": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n30\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. l\n\nwe have received our bodies. Since we cannot avoid the plan of the\nSupreme Godhead, we must agree to be directed by Him, just as a blind\nman is led by a person who has eyes. Under any circumstances, if we\nremain in the condition allotted to us by the Supreme Lord and follow\nHis instructions, we will become perfect. The main purpose of life is to\nfollow the instructions of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is such\ninstructions that constitute one's religion or occupational duty.\nIn\n\nBhagavad-gitii,\n\ntherefore,\n\nLord\n\nK:r��Ja\n\nsays,\n\nsarva-dharmiin\n\nparityajya miim ekam sara1Jilrh vraja: \"Give up all other engagements.\nSimply surrender unto Me and follow Me.\" (Bg. 18.66) This process of\nsurrendering by following the instructions of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is not meant for any particular caste or creed. A briihma1J1l can\nsurrender, and so can a �atriya, vaiSya or siidra. Everyone can adopt\nthis process. As stated in this verse, ca��matiindhii iva n'iyamiinii�:\none should follow the Lord the way a blind man follows a person who has\neyes. If we follow the Supreme Personality of Godhead by following the\ndirections He gives in the Vedas and Bhagavad-g'itii, our lives will be\nsuccessful. The Lord therefore says:\n\nman-manii bhava mad-bhakto\nmad-yiij'i miim namaskuru\nmiim evai§yasi satyam te\npratijiine priyo 'si me\n\"Always think of Me, become My devotee, and offer respect and obeisances unto Me. Then you will certainly come back home, back to\nGodhead. I promise you this because you are My very dear friend.\" (Bg.\n\n18.65) This instruction is meant for everyone- briihma1J1l, �atriya,\nvaiSya or siidra. If anyone, from any division of life, surrenders to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and follows His instructions, his life\nwill be successful.\nThe previous verse has given the analogy of bulls moving under the\ndirection of the driver of a bullock cart. The bulls, being completely surrendered to the driver, remain wherever he wants to place them and eat\nwhatever he wants them to eat. Similarly, being completely surrendered\nto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, we should not aspire for happiness, or regret distress; we must be satisfied with the position allotted to\n\n", "SB5.1#p0061": "Text 16]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n31\n\nus by the Lord. We should follow the path of devotional service and not\nbe dissatisfied with the happiness and distress He has given. People in\nthe material modes of passion and ignorance generally cannot understand the plan of the Supreme Personality of Godhead with its 8,400,000\nforms of life, but the human form affords one the special privilege to understand this plan, engage in devotional service and elevate oneself to the\nhighest position of perfection by following the Lord's instructions. The\nentire world is working under the influence of the modes of material\nnature, especially ignorance and passion, but if people engage in hearing\nand chanting about the glories of the Supreme Lord, their lives can be\nsuccessful, and they can be elevated to the highest perfection. In the\n\nBrhan-naradiya Purar:w, therefore, it is said:\nharer nama harer nama\nharer namaiva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha\n\"In this age of Kali, there is no other way, no other way, no other way for\nspiritual perfection than the holy name, the holy name, the holy name of\nthe Lord.\" Everyone should be given the chance to hear the holy names\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for thus one will gradually come\nto understand his real position in life and be elevated to the transcendental position above the mode of goodness. Thus all impediments to his\nprogress will be cut to pieces. In conclusion, therefore, we must be\nsatisfied in whatever position we have been put into by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and we should try to engage ourselves in His devotional service. Then our lives will be successful.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n", "SB5.1#p0062": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n32\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nmukto 'pi tiivad bibhryat sva-deham\narabdham a5nann abhimana-sunya/:t\nyathiinubhutam pratiyata-nidra/:t\nkim tv anya-dehaya guT}iin na vpikte\nmukta/:t-a liberated person; api-even; tiivat-so long; bibhryiitmust maintain; sva-deham-his own body; arabdham-obtained as a\nresult of past activity; a5nan-accepting; abhimiina sunya/:t-without\n-\n\nerroneous conceptions; yathii-as; anubhutam-what was perceived;\n\npratiyata-nidra/:t-one who has awakened from sleep; kim tu-but;\nanya-dehay a-for\n\nanother\n\nmaterial\n\nbody;\n\nguT}iin-the\n\nmaterial\n\nqualities; na-never; vpikte-enjoys.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven if one is liberated, he nevertheless accepts the body he has\n\nreceived according to his past karma. Without misconceptions,\n\nhowever, he regards his enjoyment and suffering due to that\n\nkarma the way an awakened person regards a dream he had while\n\nsleeping. He thus r-emains steadfast and never works to achieve\nanother material body under the influence of the three modes of\n\nmaterial nature.\n\nPURPORT\nThe difference between a liberated and conditioned soul is that the\nconditioned soul is under the concept of bodily life, whereas a liberated\nperson knows that he is not the body but a spirit, different from the\nbody. Priyavrata might have thought that although a conditioned soul is\nforced to act according to the laws of nature, why should he, who was far\nadvanced in spiritual understanding, accept the same kind of bondage\nand impediments to spiritual advancement? To answer this doubt, Lord\nBrahmii. informed him that even those who are liberated do not resent accepting, in the present body, the results of their past activities. While\nsleeping, one dreams many unreal things, but when he awakens he disregards them and makes progress in factual life. Similarly, a liberated\nperson-one who has completely understood that he is not the body but a\nspirit soul-disregards past activities performed in ignorance and performs his present activities in such a way that they produce no reactions.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0063": "Text 17)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\nThis is described in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n33\n\n(3.9). Yajnarthiit karmar:w 'nyatra\n\nloko 'yam karma-bandhana/:t: if one performs activities for the satisfaction of the Supreme Personality, the yajiia-pur�a, his work does not\nproduce reactions, whereas karmis, who act for themselves, are bound by\nthe reactions of their work. A liberated person, therefore, does not think\nabout whatever he has ignorantly done in the past; instead, he acts in\nsuch a way that he will not produce another body by fruitive activities.\nAs clearly mentioned in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nmiim ca yo 'vyabhiciirer:w\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa guT)iin samatityaitiin\nbrahma-bhilyiiya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in\nany circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and\n\n(\n\nthus comes to the level of Brahman.\" Bg.\n\n14.26) Regardless of what we\n\nhave done in our past lives, if we engage ourselves in unalloyed devotional service to the Lord in this life, we will always be situated in the\n\nbrahma-bhilta\n\n(liberated) state, free from reactions, and will not be\n\nobliged to accept another material body. Tyaktvii deharh punar janma\n\n(\n\nnaiti miim eti so 'rjuna Bg.\n\n4.9). After giving up the body, one who has\n\nacted in that way does not accept another material body, but instead goes\nback home, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 17\nwf\n\n��\n�: ij'\n\nq�fq ��\n� ���: I\n\n������\n��:\n\nf� � ��mJ_ 11��11\n\nbhayarh pramattasya vane$V api syiid\nyata/:t sa iiste saha-$at-sapatna/:t\njitendriyasyiitma-rater budhasya\ngrhiiSrama/:t kim nu karoty avadyam\n\n", "SB5.1#p0064": "34\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. I\n\nbhayam-fear; pramattasya-of one who is bewildered; vane$u-in\n\nforests; api-even; syat-there must be; yataft-because; saft-he (one\n\nwho is not self-controlled); aste-is existing; saha-with; $a!-sapat­\n\nnaft-six co-wives; jita-indriyasya-for one who has already conquered\n\nthe senses; atma-rateft-self-satisfied; budhasya-for such a learned\nman; grha-asramaft-household life; kim-what; nu-indeed; karoti­\n\ncan do; avadyam-harm.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven if he goes from forest to forest, one who is not self­\n\ncontrolled must always fear material bondage because he is living\n\nwith six co-wives-the mind and knowledge-acquiring senses.\nEven householder life, however, cannot harm a self-satisfied,\n\nlearned man who has conquered his senses.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Narottama dasa Thakura has sung, grhe va vanete thake, 'ha\n\ngaurariga' bale c}iike: whether one is situated in the forest or at home, if\n\nhe is engaged in the devotional service of Lord Caitanya, he is a liberated\n\nperson. Here this is also repeated. For one who has not controlled his\n\nsenses, going to the forest to become a so-called yogi is meaningless.\n\nBecause his uncontrolled mind and senses are going with him, he cannot\nachieve anything, even by giving up household life and staying in the\n\nforest. Formerly many mercantile men from the up-country of India\n\nused to go to Bengal, and thus there is a familiar saying, \"If you go to\n\nBengal, your fortune will go with you.'' Our first concern, therefore,\n\nshould be to control the senses, and since the senses cannot be controlled\n\nunless engaged in the devotional service of the Lord, our most important\n\nduty is to engage the senses in devotional service. Hr$iker.ra hr$ikesa­\n\nsevanarh bhaktir ucyate: bhakti means engagement of the purified senses\nin the service of the Lord.\n\nHerein Lord Brahma indicates that instead of going to the forest with\n\nuncontrolled senses, it is better and more secure to engage the senses in\n\nthe service of the Lord. Even household life can do no harm to a self­\n\ncontrolled person acting in this way; it cannot force him into material\nbondage. Srlla Riipa Gosvaml has further enunciated this position:\n\n", "SB5.1#p0065": "Text 18]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n35\n\n'ilui yasya harer dasye\nkarmalJ(i manasa gira\nnikhiliisv apy avasthiisu\njrvan-mukta� sa ucyate\n\"Regardless of one's circumstances, if one fully engages his activities,\n\nmind and words in the devotional service of the Lord, he should be un­\n\nderstood to be a liberated person.\" Sri:la Bhaktivinoda 'fhakura was a\nresponsible officer and a householder, yet his service to the ca�se of ex­\n\npanding the mission of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is unique. Srlla Pra­\n\nbodhananda Sarasvatl 'fhakura says, durdiintendriya-kala-sarpa-pa!ali\n\nprotkhata-da�!rayate. The sense organs are certainly our greatest\nenemies, and they are therefore compared to venomous serpents.\nHowever, if a venomous serpent is bereft of its poison fangs, it is no\nlonger fearful. Similarly, if the senses are engaged in the service of the\nLord, there is no need to fear their activities. The devotees in the l(r�Qa\nconsciousness movement move within this material world, but because\ntheir senses are fully engaged in the service of the Lord, they are always\naloof from the material world. They are always living in a transcendental\nposition.\n\nTEXT 18\n�: tt�' (14\\.it11. f�ift'f�ton\n\n�\n\n�! f�q �ij \\�� I\n31� ��ij �ffi�\n�!I �llf fffimqf� II� �II\nya� �a! sapatnan vijigi$ama�\ngrhe�u nirviSya yateta purvam\natyeti durgasrita urjitarin\n�i��u kamam vicared vipa.Scit\nya�-anyone\n\nwho;\n\n�a!-six;\n\njigf$ama��-desiring to conquer;\n\nsapatnan -ad versaries ;\nvzgrhe�u-in household life: nzr-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0066": "36\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nviSya-having entered; yateta-must try; purvam-first; atyeti-conquers; durga-asritab, - being in a fortified place;\n\nurjita-arin-very\n\nstrong enemies; /cyi�$u-decreased; kamam-lusty desires; vicaretcan go; vipa§cit - the most experienced, learned.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who is situated in household life and who systematically\n\nconquers his mind and five sense organs is like a king in his\nfortress who conquers his powerful enemies. After one has been\n\ntrained in household life and his lusty desires have decreased, he\n\ncan\n\nmove anywhere without danger.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic system of four var� and four asramas is very scientific,\nand its entire purpose is to enable one to control the senses. Before entering household life {grhastha-asrama), a student is fully trained to\nbecome jitendriya, a conqueror of the senses. Such a mature student is\nallowed to become a householder, and because he was first trained in conquering his senses, he retires from household life and becomes\nviinaprastha as soon as the strong waves of youthful life are past and he\nreaches the verge of old age at fifty years or slightly more. Then, after\nbeing further trained, he accepts sannyiisa. He is then a fully learned\nand renounced person who can move anywhere and everywhere without\nfear of being captivated by material desires. The senses are considered\nvery powerful enemies. As a king in a strong fortress can conquer\npowerful enemies, so a householder in grhastha-asrama, household life,\ncan conquer the lusty desires of youth and be very secure when he takes\nviinaprastha and sannyiisa.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n� ��� wnmef��m�� f�qe�:l\n��� +�tttl� �lfu��\n\"\n\nfurffi�: �ffi\n\n� II t �II\n\n", "SB5.1#p0067": "Text 19]\n\n37\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\ntvarh tv abja-niibhiinghri-saroja-kosadurgasrito nirjita-§at-sapatna/:t\nbhwik§veha bhogiin purU§iitidi§!iin\nvimukta-sariga/:t prakrtirh bhajasva\n\ntvam-yourself; tu-then; abja-niibha-of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, whose navel is like a lotus flower; anghri\n\n-\n\nfeet; saroja­\n\nlotus; kosa-hole; durga-the stronghold; iisrita/:t-taken shelter of;\nnirjita-conquered; §at-sapatna/:t-the six enemies (the mind and five\nsenses); bhwik§va-enjoy; iha-in this material world; bhogiin-enjoyable things; purU§a-by the Supreme Person; atidi§!iin-extraordinarily ordered; vimukta-liberated; sanga/:t-from material association; prakrtim-constitutional position; bhajasva-enjoy.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma continued: My dear Priyavrata, seek shelter inside\nthe opening in the lotus of the feet of the Lord, whose navel is also\nlike a lotus. Thus conquer the six sense organs (the mind and\nknowledge-acquiring senses]. Accept material enjoyment because\nthe Lord, extraordinarily, has ordered you to do this. You will thus\nalways be liberated from material association and be able to carry\nout the Lord's orders in your constitutional position.\nPURPORT\nThere are three kinds of men within this material world. Those who\nare trying to enjoy the senses to the utmost are called karmis, above them\nare the jniinis, who try to conquer the urges of the senses, and above\nthem are the yogis, who have already conquered the senses. None of\nthem, however, are situated in a transcendental position. Only devotees,\nwho belong to none of the above-mentioned groups, are transcendental.\nAs explained in Bhagavad-gitii (14.26):\nmiirh ca yo 'vyabhicarer:ta\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa guT}-iin samatityaitiin\nbrahma-bhuyaya kalpate\n\n", "SB5.1#p0068": "38\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. l\n\n'\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in\n\nany circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and\n\nthus comes to the level of Brahman.\" Lord Brahma herein advises\nPriyavrata to remain transcendental in the fortress not of family life but\n\nof the lotus feet of the\n\nLord\n\n(abja-niibhanghri-saroja).\n\nWhen\n\na\n\nbumblebee enters the opening of a lotus flower and drinks its honey, it is\n\nfully protected by the petals of the lotus. The bee is undisturbed by\n\nsunshine and other external influences. Similarly, one who always seeks\n\nshelter at the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead is protected from\n\nall dangers. It is therefore said in Srimad-Bhagavatam (l 0.14.58):\n\nsarniiSrita ye pada-pallava-plavarh\nmahat-padarh pur:tya-ya.So murare/:r.\nbhavambudhir vatsa-padarh pararh padarh\npadarh padarh yad vipadam na te$tim\nFor one who has taken shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord, everything\n\nbecomes easier. Indeed, even crossing the great ocean of nescience\n\n(bhavambudhi) is exactly like crossing the hoofprint created by a calf\n(vatsa-padam). For such a devotee, there is no question of remaining in\n\na place where every step is dangerous.\n\nOur actual duty is to carry out the supreme order of the Personality of\n\nGodhead. If we are fixed in our determination to carry out the supreme\n\norder of the Lord, we are always secure, regardless of where we are situated, whether in hell or in heaven. Herein the words prakrtirh bhajasva\nare very significant. Prakrtim refers to one's constitutional position.\n\nEvery living entity has the constitutional position of being an eternal ser­\n\nvant of God. Therefore Lord Brahma advised Priyavrata, \"Be situated in\nyour original position as an eternal servant of the Lord. If you carry out\n\nHis orders, you will never fall, even in the midst of material enjoyment.\"\n\nMaterial enjoyment achieved by dint of one's fruitive activities differs\n\nfrom material enjoyment given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nA devotee sometimes appears to be in a very opulent position, but he ac­\n\ncepts that position to follow the orders of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Therefore a devotee is never affected by material influences.\n\nThe devotees in the K��1.1a consciousness movement are preaching all\n\nover the world in accordance with the order of Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0069": "Text 20]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n39\n\nThey have to meet many karmis, but by the mercy of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, they are unaffected by material influences. He has blessed\n\nthem, as described in the Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 7.129):\n\nkabhu na badhibe tamara vi$aya-taranga\npunarapi ei !haiii pabe mora sange\nA sincere devotee who engages in the service of Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu by preaching His cult all over the world will never be\n\naffected by vi$aya-taranga, material influences. On the contrary, in due\ncourse of time he will return to the shelter of the lotus feet of Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and will thus have perpetual association with Him.\nTEXT 20\n\n� igqfq\n\n� ��@(a�•('lwt�\n\n�\n\nQ\"at��lw:tijtt� II �o II\n\nsri-suka uvaca\niti samabhihito maha-bhagavato bhagavatas tri-bhuvana-guror\nanu§asanam atmano laghutayavanata-sirodharo b&j,ham iti sabahumanam uvaha.\nsri-suka� uvaca -Sr i Sukadeva Go svami said;\n\nsamabhihita�-comp!etely instructed;\n\ndevotee;\n\nbhagavata�-of\nbhuvana-of the three\n\niti-thus;\n\nmaha-bhiigavata�-the great\n\nthe most powerful Lord Brahma; triworlds; guroft-the spiritual master;\n\nanu§asanam-the order; atmanaft-of himself; laghutaya-because of\n\ninferiority; avanata-bowed down; sirodhara�-his head; bal},hamyes, sir; iti-thus; sa-bahu-manam-with great respect; uvaha-carried out.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: After thus being fully in­\n\nstructed by Lord Brahma, who is the spiritual master of the three\n\n", "SB5.1#p0070": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n40\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nworlds, Priyavrata, his own position being inferior, offered obei­\n\nsances, accepted the order and carried it out with great respect.\nPURPORT\n\nSri: Priyavrata was the grandson of Lord Brahma. Therefore according\nto social etiquette, his position was inferior. It is the duty of the inferior\nto carry out the order of the superior with great respect. Priyavrata\ntherefore immediately said, \"Yes, sir. I shall carry out your order.\"\nPriyavrata is described as a malui-bhiigavata, a great devotee. The duty\nof a great devotee is to carry out the order of the spiritual master, or the\nspiritual master of the spiritual master in the paramparii system. As described in Bhagavad-gitii (4.2), evam paramparii priiptam: one has to\nreceive the instructions of the Supreme Lord through the disciplic chain\nof spiritual masters. A devotee of the Lord always considers himself a\nservant of the servant of the servant of the Lord.\nTEXT 21\n\nll'Fn�A ��� ���Rq�nqRmJ: fw:rn�1.ft��¥4a' II�� II\n��'T�\"'op•il�•����ttl���d ��¥\\o�tJ�ij ....,W{'\"ij�\"$1:-n-4l\"\"'\n....\n\nbhagaviin api manunii yathiivad upakalpitiipaciti/:t priyavratanii radayor avi$amam abhisamik§amiir,tayor iitmasam avastluinam aviirimanasam k§ayam avyavahrtam pravartayann agamat.\nbhagaviin\n\n-\n\nthe most powerful Lord Brahma; api-also; manunii-by\n\nManu; yatluivat-as deserved; upakalpita-apaciti/:t-being worshiped;\n\npriyavrata-niiradayo/:t-in the presence of Priyavrata and Narada;\navi$amam-without aversion; abhisamik§amiir,ta yo/:t-looking on; iitmasam-just suitable for his position; avasthiinam-to his abode; a­\n\nvii k-manasam-beyond the description of mind and words; k§ayamthe\n\nplanet;\n\navyavah rtam-extraordinarily\n\nsituated;\n\npravartayan­\n\ndeparting; agamat-returned.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Brahma was then worshiped by Manu, who respectfully\nsatisfied him as well as he could. Priyavrata and Narada also looked\n\n", "SB5.1#p0071": "The Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\nText 21]\n\n41\n\nupon Brahmii with no tinges of resentment. Having engaged\nPriyavrata\n\nin\n\naccepting\n\nhis\n\nfather's\n\nrequest,\n\nLord\n\nBrahmii\n\nreturned to his abode, Satyaloka, which is indescribable by the endeavor of mundane mind or words.\nPURPORT\nManu was certainly very satisfied that Lord Brahma had persuaded his\nson Priyavrata to take the responsibility for ruling the world. Priyavrata\nand Narada were also very satisfied. Although Brahma had forced\nPriyavrata to accept the management of worldly affairs, thus breaking\nhis vow to remain brahmacilri and completely engage in devotional service, Narada and Priyavrata did not look upon Brahma with resentment.\nNarada was not at all sorry that he had been frustrated in making\nPriyavrata a disciple. Both Priyavrata and Narada were exalted personalities who knew how to respect Lord Brahma. Therefore instead of\nlooking upon Brahma with resentment, they very feelingly offered him\ntheir respect. Lord Brahma then returned to his celestial abode, known as\nSatyaloka, which is described here as being impeccable and being unapproachable by words.\nIt is stated in this verse that Lord Brahma returned to his residence,\nwhich is as important as his own personality. Lord Brahma is the creator\nof this universe and the most exalted personality within it. His lifetime is\ndescribed in Bhagavad-gita (8.17). Sahasra-yuga-paryantam ahar yad\n\nbrahmar:w vidub,. The total duration of the four yugas is 4,300,000 years,\nand when that is multiplied a thousand times, it equals twelve hours in\nthe life of Brahma. Therefore we cannot factually comprehend even\ntwelve hours of Brahma's life, to say nothing of the one hundred years\nthat constitute his entire lifetime. How, then, can we understand his\nabode? The Vedic literatures describe that in Satyaloka there is no birth,\ndeath, old age or disease. In other words, since Satyaloka is situated next\nto Brahmaloka, or the Brahman effulgence, it is almost as good as\nVaikm;thaloka. Lord Brahma's abode is practically indescribable from\nour present status. Therefore it has been described as avdri-manasa­\n\ngocara, or beyond the description of our words and the imagination of\nour minds. The Vedic literatures thus describe the abode of Lord\nBrahma: yad vai parardhyam tad uparame$!hyam na yatra soko na jara\nna\n\nmrtyur ndrtir na codvegab,. \"In Satyaloka, which is situated many\n\n", "SB5.1#p0072": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n42\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. I\n\nmillions and billions of years away, there is no lamentation, nor is there\nold age, death, anxiety or the influence of enemies.\"\nTEXT 22\n\n��fq � srfijijf..�ij�;{t��: ijUift�Wjq�WfiE����t�o��\n�fug� 311�\\Qf ��RJR'fl{wp:r�����M a-q����\nmanur api pareiJilivam pratisandhita-manoratha/:1, surar�ivaranumatenatmajam akhila-dhara-mar:u;lala-sthiti-guptaya asthapya\nsvayam ati-v�ama-v�aya-v�a-jall1Sayasaya upararama.\nmanu/:1,-Svayambhuva Manu; api-also; pare1J11.-by Lord Brahma;\nevam-thus; pratisandhita-executed; mana/:1,-ratha/:1,-his mental\naspiration; sura-r�i-vara-of the great sage Narada; anumatena-by the\npermission; atma-jam-his son; akhila-of the entire universe; dharamar:u;lala-of planets; sthiti-maintenance; guptaye-for the protection;\n\nasthapya-establishing;\n\ndangerous;\n\nsvayam-personally ; ati-v�ama-very\n\nv�aya-material affairs;\n\nv�a-of poison;\n\njala-asaya­\n\nocean; asaya/:1,-from desires; upararama-got relief.\nTRANSLATION\nSvayambhuva Manu, with the assistance of Lord Brahma, thus\n\nfulfilled his desires. With the permission of the great sage Narada,\n\nhe delivered to his son the governmental responsibility for main­\n\ntaining and protecting all the planets of the universe. He thus\n\nachieved relief from the most dangerous, poisonous ocean of\nmaterial desires.\n\nPURPORT\nSvayambhuva Manu was practically hopeless because such a great personality as Narada was instructing his son Priyavrata not to accept household life. Now he was very pleased that Lord Brahma had interfered by\ninducing his son to accept the responsibility for ruling the government of\nthe universe. From Bhagavad-gitii we get information that Vaivasvata\nManu was the son of the sun-god and that his son, Maharaja Ik�vaku,\n\n", "SB5.1#p0073": "Text 22)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n43\n\nruled this planet earth. Svayambhuva Manu, however, appears to have\nbeen in charge of the entire univer�e, and he entrusted to his son,\n\nMaharaja Priyavrata, the responsibility for maintaining and protecting\nall the planetary systems. Dharii-mar.u}ala means \"planet.\" This earth,\n\nfor instance, is called dharii-mar.u}ala. Akhila, however, means \"all\" or\n\n\"universal.\" It is therefore difficult to understand where Maharaja\nPriyavrata was situated, but from this literature his position certainly ap­\n\npears greater than that of V aivasvata Manu, for he was entrusted with all\n\nthe planetary systems of the entire universe.\n\nAnother significant statement is that Svayambhuva Manu took great\n\nsatisfaction from abnegating the responsibility for ruling all the plane­\n\ntary systems of the universe. At present, politicians are very eager to\n\ntake charge of the government, and they engage their men in canvassing\nfrom door to door to get votes to win the post of president or a similar ex­\n\nalted office. On the contrary, however, herein we find that King\nPriyavrata had to be persuaded by Lord Brahma to accept the post of em­\n\nperor of the entire universe. Similarly, his father, Svayambhuva Manu,\n\nfelt relieved to entrust the universal government to Priyavrata. Thus it is\nevident that the kings and executive heads of government in the Vedic\n\nage never accepted their positions for sense enjoyment. Such exalted\n\nkings, who were known as riijar�is, ruled only to maintain and protect\n\nthe kingdom for the welfare of the citizens. The history of Priyavrata\n\nand Svayambhuva Manu describes how exemplary, responsible monarchs\n\nperformed the duties of government with disinterest, keeping themselves always aloof from the contamination of material attachment.\n\nMaterial affairs have herein been compared to an ocean of poison.\n\nThey have been described in a similar way by Srlla Narottama dasa\nThakura in one of his songs:\n\nsarhsiira-v�iinale,\ndiva-niSi hiyii jvale,\njzuj,ii te nii kainu upiiya\n''My heart is always burning in the fire of material existence, and I have\n\nmade no provisions for getting out of it.\"\n\nhari-niima-sarikirtana,\ngolokera prema-dhana,\nrati nii janmila kene tiiya\n\n", "SB5.1#p0074": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n44\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\n'\"The only remedy is hari-niirru:L-sankirtana, the chanting of the Hare\nKr�Q.a rru:Lha-rru:Lntra, which is imported from the spiritual world, Goloka\nV:rndavana. How unfortunate I am that I have no attraction for this.\"\nManu wanted to seek shelter at the lotus feet of the Lord, and therefore\nwhen his son Priyavrata took charge of his worldly affairs, Manu was\nvery relieved. That is the system of Vedic civilization. At the end of life,\none must free himself from worldly affairs and completely engage in the\nservice of the Lord.\nThe word surar�i-vara-anurru:Ltena IS also significant. Manu entrusted\nthe government to his son with the permission of the great saint Narada.\nThis is particularly\n\nmentioned because although\n\nNarada wanted\n\nPriyavrata to become free from all material affairs, when Priyavrata took\ncharge of the universe by the request of Lord Brahma and Manu, Narada\nwas also very pleased.\nTEXT 23\n\n�Rr � ;n;r « �ilffiqmt�����iNctimsf�::rt���'«l��� lltt� ���iftl�l�l'1t4��\nqftu;.lJI64NI41�st4(1Jlsft �r-FI�� �tn6�4i�fdl('l II�� II\niti ha vava sa jagati-patir f.Svarecchayadhinivesita-kanniidhikaro\n'khila-jagad-bandha-dhvarhsana-pariinubhavasya bhagavata iidipur�asyiilighri-yugaliinavarata-dhyiiniinubhiivena parirandhitaka$ayasayo 'vadato 'pi miina-vardhano rru:Lhatarh rru:Lhitalam anu.Sa5asa.\niti-thus; ha vava-indeed; sa�-he; jagati-pati�-the emperor of\nthe whole universe; f.Svara-icchayii-by the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; adhinivesi ta-completely engaged; karmaadhikara�-in material affairs; akhila-jagat-of the entire universe;\nbandha-bondage;\n\ndhvarhsana-destroying;\n\npara-transcendental;\n\nanubhavasya-whose influence; bhagavata�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; adi-pur�asya-the original person; anghri-on\nthe lotus feet;\n\nyug ala -two;\n\na navarata-constant;\n\ndhyiina­\n\nanubhavena-by meditation; parirandhita-destroyed; ka$aya-al1 the\ndirty things; iisaya�-in his heart; avadiita�-completely pure; api-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0075": "Text 23)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n45\n\nalthough;\n\nmtina-vardhanaft-just to give honor;\n\nmahattim-to\n\nsuperiors; mahitalam-the material world; anu.Sa.Stisa-ruled.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nMaharaja Priyavrata fully engaged in worldly affairs, yet he always\nthought of the lotus feet of the Lord, which are the cause of liberation from all material attachment. Although Priyavrata Maharaja\nwas completely freed from all material contamination, he ruled the\nmaterial world just to honor the orders of his superiors.\nPURPORT\nThe words\n\nmtina-vardhano mahatam (\"just to show honor to\n\nsuperiors\") are very significant. Although Maharaja Priyavrata was\nalready a liberated person and had no attraction for material things, he\nengaged himself fully in governmental affairs just to show respect to\nLord Brahma. Arjuna had also acted in the same way. Arjuna had no\ndesire to participate in political affairs or the fighting at Kuruk�etra, but\nwhen ordered to do so by the Supreme Lord, Kf�l)a, he executed those\nduties very nicely. One who always thinks of the lotus feet of the Lord is\ncertainly above all the contamination of the material world. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gita:\nyoginam api sarve$tirit\nmad-gatentintartitmanti\nsraddhavan bhajate yo mtirit\nsa me yuktatamo mataft\n\"Of all yogis, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping\nMe in transcendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in\nyoga and is the highest of all.\" (Bg. 6.47) Maharaja Priyavrata.\ntherefore, was a liberated person and was among the highest of yogis, yet\nsuperficially he became the emperor of the universe in accordance with\nthe order of Lord Brahma. Showing respect to his superior in t�is way\nwas another of his extraordinary qualifications. As stated in Snmad­\n\nBhiigavatam (6.17 .28):\n\n", "SB5.1#p0076": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n46\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nnariiyar:w-parii� sarve\nna kutaScana bibhyati\nsvargiipavarga-narke$V\napi tulyiirtha-darsina�\nA devotee who is actually advanced is not afraid of anything, provided he\nhas the opportunity to execute the order of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. This is the proper explanation of why Priyavrata engaged in\nworldly affairs although he was a liberated person. Also, only because of\nthis principle does a mahii-bhti.gavata, who has nothing to do with the\nmaterial world, come down to the second platform of devotional service\nto preach the glories of the Lord all over the world.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�t SlijilqijntM\n�\n� ;n11\n� ( qfef �����go··4�1�<(1(1��·\n3p.J �\n\n��er � � �·�ft�ijl{�� 'WI II �� II\n\natha ca duhitararh prajiipater viSvakarmar:w upayeme barhi§matfrh\nnama tasyiim u ha viiva iitmajiin iitma-samiina-sila-gur:w-karma-rupaviryodiiriin da§a bhiivayiim babhuva kanyiirh ca yaviyasim urjasvatfrh\nnama.\natka-thereafter; ca-also; duhitaram-the daughter; prajapate/:1,of one of the prajiipatis entrusted with increasing population; viSvakar­\n\nma �a/:1,-named Visvakarma; upayeme -married; barhi$mat'imBarhi�mati; nama-named; tasy am -in her; u ha-as it is celebrated;\nviiva-wonderful;\n\niitma-jii n-sons; iitma-samiina -exactly equal to\n\nhim; s'ila-character; gur:w -quality; karma-activities; nlpa-beauty;\nv'irya-prowess; udiiriin-whose magnanimity; daSa-ten;\nbabhuva-he begot;\n\nkanyam-daughter;\n\nca-also;\n\nbhiivayiim\n\nyav'iyas'im-the\n\nyoungest of all; ilrjasvatfm-Urjasvati; nama-named.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter,\n\nMaharaja\n\nPriyavrata\n\nmarried\n\nBarhi�mati,\n\nthe\n\ndaughter of the prajiipati named Visvakarma. In her he begot ten\n\n", "SB5.1#p0077": "The Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\nText 24)\n\n47\n\nsons equal to him in beauty, character, magnanimity and other\nqualities. He also begot a daughter, the youngest of all, named Urjasvati.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Priyavrata not only carried out the order of Lord Brahma by\n\naccepting the duties of government, but also married Barhi�mati, the\n\ndaughter\n\nof Visvakarma,\n\none\n\nof the prajiipatis.\n\nSince\n\nMaharaja\n\nPriyavrata was fully trained in transcendental knowledge, he could have\n\nreturned home and conducted the business of government as a\n\nbrahmacari. Instead, however, when he returned to household life, he\n\naccepted a wife also. The principle is that when one becomes a grhastha,\n\nhe must live perfectly in that order, which means he must live peacefully\nwith a wife and children. When Caitanya Mahaprabhu's first wife died,\n\nHis mother requested Him to marry for a second time. He was twenty\n\nyears old and was going to take sannytisa at the age of twenty-four, yet\n\nby the request of His mother, He married. \"As long as I am in household\n\nlife,\" He told His mother, \"I must have a wife, for household life does\n\nnot mean staying in a house. Real household life means living in a house\nwith a wife.\"\n\nThree words in this verse are very significant- u ha vava. These\n\nwords are used to express wonder. Priyavrata Maharaja had taken a vow\n\nof renunciation, but accepting a wife and begetting children have\n\nnothing to do with the path of renunciation; these are activities on the\npath of enjoyment. It was a source of great wonder, therefore, that\n\nPriyavrata Maharaja, who had followed the path of renunciation, had\n\nnow accepted the path of enjoyment.\n\nSometimes we are criticized because although I am a sannytisi, I have\n\ntaken part in the marriage ceremonies of my disciples. It must be explained, however, that since we have started a Kr�I:Ia conscious society\n\nand since a human society must also have ideal marriages, to correctly es­\n\ntablish an ideal society we must take part in marrying some of its mem­\n\nbers, although we have taken to the path of renunciation. This may be\nastonishing to persons who are not very interested in establishing daiva­\n\nvarr:ulSrama, the transcendental system of four social orders and four\n\nspiritual orders. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura, however.\nwanted to reestablish daiva-var1)ii5rama. In daiva-varr:ulSrama there\n\ncannot be acknowledgement of social status according to birthright\n\n", "SB5.1#p0078": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n48\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nbecause in Bhagavad-gitii it is said that the determining considerations\nare gu� and karma, one's qualities and work. It is this daiva-var­\n\nl).iiSrama that should be established all over the world to continue a perfect society for Kr�I).a consciousness. This may be astonishing to foolish\ncritics, but it is one of the functions of a K:r�I).a conscious society.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n��-�$ill!�(l(l(f«u��flftij'l! ��(h1Chii4�\n� � �mr;mn;�: ''��''\niignidhredhmajihva-yajnabahu-mahiivira-hirar_tyareto-ghrtapr�!hasavana-medhiitithi-vitihotra-kavaya iti sarva evagni-niimiina�.\nagnidhra- A gnidhra; idh ma-jihva-I dhmajihva; yajfia-biihu­\n\nYajiiabahu; mahii-vira-Mahavira; hirar_tya-reta�-H ira l). yareta; ghrta­\n\npr�tha-Gh :rtap:r�tha; savana-Savana; medhii-tithi-Medhatithi; vitihotra-Vitihotra; kavaya� -and Kavi;\neva-certainly; agni\n\nnames.\n\niti-thus; sarve-all these;\n\n- of the demigod controlling fire; niimiina�TRANSLATION\n\nThe ten sons of Maharaja Priyavrata were named Agnidhra,\n\nldhmajihva,\n\nYajiiahahu,\n\nMahavira,\n\nHirm;tyareta,\n\nGhrtapr�tha,\n\nSavana, Medhatithi, Vitihotra and Kavi. These are also names of\nAgni, the fire-god.\nTEXT 26\n\n��Chff{4cN'R:�Wrsr:r 311Q�am 3lmU��llli41C(I(+1f taqf(=qqJ: �� II �� ll\nete�iim kavir mahiivira� savana iti traya iisann urdhva-retasas ta iitmavidyayiim arbha-bhiiviid iirabhya krta-paricayii� piiramahamsyam\nevasramam abhajan.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0079": "Text 26)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n49\n\nete$am-of these; kavift-Kavi; mahavi\"raft-Mahiivira; savanaftSavana; iti-thus; trayaft -three; asan-were; urdhva-retasaft,-compl etely celibate; te -they; atma-v i d y a y a m-in transcendental\nknowledge; arbha-bhavat-from childhood; arabhya-beginning; krtaparicayaft-very well versed; paramahamsyam-of the highest\nspiritual perfection of human life;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nasramam-the\n\norder; abhajan-executed.\nTRANSLATION\nThree among these ten-namely Kavi, Mahavira and Savanalived in complete celibacy. Thus trained in brahmacari life from\nthe beginning of childhood, they were very conversant with the\nhighest perfection, known as the paramahamsa-a.Srama.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word urdhva-retasaft in this verse is very significant. (Jrdhvaretaft refers to one who can control sex life and who instead of wasting\nsemen by discharging it, can use this most important substance accumulated in the body to enrich the brain. One who can completely control sex life is able to work wonderfully with his brain, especially in\nremembering. Thus students who simply hear Vedic instructions once\nfrom their teacher could remember them verbatim without needing to\nread books, which therefore did not exist in former times.\nAnother significant word is arbha-bhavat, which means '\"from very\nchildhood.\" Another meaning is '\"from being very affectionate to\nchildren.\" In other words, paramahamsa life is dedicated for the benefit\nof others. Just as a father sacrifices many things out of affection for his\nson, great saintly persons sacrifice all kinds of bodily comforts for the\nbenefit of human society. In this connection there is a verse concerning\nthe six Gosvamis:\ntyaktva turr:wm a5e$a-mar.u)ala-pati-sre1Ji\"rh sada tucchavat\nbhutva di\"na-garJesakau karur:wya kaupi\"na-kanthasritau\nBecause of their compassion for the poor fallen souls, the six Gosvamis\ngave up their exalted positions as ministers and took vows as mendicants.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0080": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n50\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nThus minimizing their bodily wants as far as possible, they each accepted\nonly a loincloth and a begging bowl. Thus they remained in V:rndavana to\nexecute the orders of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by compiling and\n\npublishing various Vai�I).ava literatures.\nTEXT 27\n\n(ff� � qt �q�'itm�l: q('i��n fi��ih1Mifilt1'4R'I� lf•t'4ffl\n\n'41W� �Rir.lt �6��1'iiij(OIIdt�tfct(t�(Ulf?l•t�( ��Rfitft•ll�+l qftmfq��NtM l441'4kt �t �ijlwtlln� stfJ.l•ll�'t�'41€+i�(ijl�I�RI'iN�qiJf �: II �\\S II\ntasminn u ha va upa§ama-filii /:L paramar�aya/:L sakala-jivanikayavasasya bhagavato vasudevasya bhitanam saraT}1l-bhutasya\nsrimac-cara�ravindavirata-smara�vigalita-parama-bhakti-yoganubhavena paribhavitantar-hrdayadhigate bhagavati sarve�arh bhUtanam\natma-bhute pratyag-atmany evatmanas tadatmyam aviSe�eTJ1l samiyu/:L.\ntasmin-in that paramahamsa-asrama; u-certainly; ha-so celebrated; va-indeed; upa§ama-silii/:L-in the renounced order of life;\n\nparama-r�ayal;-the great sages; sakala-all; jiva-of living entities;\nnikaya-in total; a vasasya-the residence; bhagavatal;-of the\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nvasudevasya-Lord\n\nVasudeva;\n\nbh itanam-of those afraid of material existence; sara\"(Ul-bhutasya-the\none who is the only shelter; srimat-of the Supreme Personality of\ncara�a-aravinda-the lotus feet; avi ra ta- con s tantly;\nsmara �a- remembering; avigal ita completely uncontaminated;\n\nGodhead;\n\nparama- supreme;\n\n-\n\nbhakti-yoga-of\n\nmystic\n\ndevotional\n\nservice;\n\nanubhavena-by the prowess; paribhavita-purified; anta/;-within;\nhrda ya-the heart; adhigate- perceived ; bhagavati-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nsarve�am-of all;\n\nbhutanam-living entities;\n\natma-bhute-situated within the body; pratyak-directly; atmaniwith the Supreme Supersoul; eva-certainly; atmanal;-of the self;\n\ntadatmyam-qualitative equality; avise�e�a-without differences;\nsamiyu/:L- realized.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0081": "Text 27)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n51\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus situated in the renounced order from the beginning of\ntheir lives, all three of them completely controlled the activities of\ntheir senses and thus became great saints. They concentrated their\nminds always upon the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who is the resting place of the totality of living entities\nand who is therefore celebrated as Vasudeva. Lord Vasudeva is the\nonly shelter of those who are actually afraid of material existence.\nBy constantly thinking of His lotus feet, these three sons of\nMaharaja Priyavrata became advanced in pure devotional service.\nBy the prowess of their devotional service, they could directly perceive the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is situated in\neveryone's heart\n\nas\n\nthe Supersoul, and realize that there was\n\nqualitatively no difference between themselves and Him.\n\nPURPORT\nThe paramaharilsa stage is the topmost position in renounced life. In\n\nsannyasa, the renounced order, there are four stages- kupcaka,\nbahudaka, parivrajakacarya and paramaharilsa. According to the Vedic\nsystem, when one accepts the renounced order, he stays outside his\nvillage in a cottage, and his necessities, especially his food, are supplied\nfrom home. This is called the kuticaka stage. When a sannyasi advances\nfurther, he no longer accepts anything from home; instead, he collects\nhis necessities, especially his food, from many places. This system is\ncalled\n\nrniidhukari,\n\nwhich\n\nliterally means\n\n\"the\n\nprofession\n\nof the\n\nbumblebees.\" As bumblebees collect honey from many flowers, a little\nfrom each, so a sannytisi should beg from door to door but not accept\nvery much food from any particular house; he should collect a little bit\nfrom every house. This is called the bahudaka stage. When a sannyasi is\nstill more experienced, he travels all over the world to preach the glories\nof Lord Vasudeva. He is then known as parivrtijakactirya. The sannyasi\nreaches the paramaharilsa stage when he finishes his preaching work\nand sits down in one place, strictly for the sake of advancing in spiritual\nlife. An actual paramaharilsa is one who completely controls his senses\nand engages in the unalloyed service of the Lord. Therefore all three of\n\n", "SB5.1#p0082": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n52\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nthese sons of Priyavrata, namely Kavi, Mahavira and Savana, were situ­\n\nated in the paramahamsa stage from the very beginning. Their senses\n\ncould not disturb them, for their senses were completely engaged in\nserving the Lord. Therefore the three brothers are described in this\n\nverse\n\nas\n\nupa.Sama-silii/:1,.\n\nUpa.Sama means \"completely subdued.\"\n\nBecause they completely subdued their senses, they are understood to\n\nhave been great sages and saints.\n\nAfter subduing their senses, the three brothers concentrated their\n\nminds upon the lotus feet of Vasudeva, Lord Kr�Qa. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (7.19), viisudeva/:1, sarvam iti. The lotus feet of Vasudeva\n\nare everything. Lord Vasudeva is the reservoir of all living entities.\n\nWhen this cosmic manifestation is dissolved, all living entities enter the\n\nsupreme body of the Lord, Garbhodakasayi Vi�Qu, who merges within\n\nthe body of Maha-Vi�Qu. Both of these v�rtu-tattvas are viisudeva-tat­\n\ntvas, and therefore the great sages Kavi, Mahavira and Savana concen­\n\ntrated always upon the lotus feet of Lord Vasudeva, Kr�Qa. In this way\nthey could understand that the Supersoul within the heart is the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and they could recognize their identity\n\nwith Him. The complete description of this realization is that simply by\n\ndischarging the unalloyed form of devotional service, one can realize his\n\nself completely. The parama-bhakti-yoga mentioned in this verse means\nthat a living entity, by dint of unalloyed devotional service, has no other\n\ninterest than the service of the Lord, as described in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(viisudeva/:1, sarvam iti). By parama-bhakti-yoga, by elevating oneself to\n\nthe highest platform of loving service, one can automatically be relieved\nfrom the bodily concept of life and see the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead face to face. As confirmed in Brahma-samhitii:\n\npremiinjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nsanta/:!, sadaiva hrdaye�u vilokayanti\nyam syiimasundaram acintya-gu1)-a-SVarupam\ngovindam adi-pur�am tam aham bhajami\nAn advanced devotee, who is known as a sat, or saint, can always see\n\nwithin his heart the Supreme Personality of Godhead, face to face.\n\nKr�Qa, Syamasundara, expands Himself by His plenary portion, and thus\n\na devotee can always see Him within his heart.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0083": "Text 29]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n53\n\nTEXT 28\n\n31w:tl@t'4N GI'PW-If �: � 3ft(1 �'4(ijtf4((1 -mr �\n..\n\nq�ufltq�p:r: ���� 11\nanyasyam api jayayam traya/:L putra asann uttamas tamaso raivata iti\nmanvantariidhipataya/:L\n\nanyasyam-other; api-also; jayayam-in the wife; traya/:L-three;\nputra/:L-sons; tisan-there were; uttama/:L tamasa/:L raivata/:L-Uttama,\nTamasa and Raivata;\n\niti-thus ;\n\nmanu-antara-of the manvantara\n\nmillennium; adhipataya/:L-rulers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn his other wife, Maharaja Priyavrata begot three sons, named\nUttama, Tamasa and Raivata. All of them later took charge of manvantara millenniums.\nPURPORT\nIn every day of Brahma there are fourteen manvantaras. The duration\nof one manvantara, the lifespan of one Manu, is seventy-one yugas, and\neach yuga is 4,320,000 years. Almost all the Manus selected to rule the\nmanvantaras came from the family of Maharaja Priyavrata. Three of\nthem are particularly mentioned herein, namely Uttama, Tamasa and\nRaivata.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n�ij�1 �iM%1\n\nGtiRitm�'Rftq����iit�ij\nqftqffi(l01f'46ql�lfu �(i'fiifi(�G:g�tltJStrf\\ft�1giJf(ijf.t<tmf�� '1�\"4����1i!Rwt��q1Wfst4il<:: sr('t(uttf1f•oqt41\\StstUN<t�t('tti4�li ���: 'R�RR� ��� � '4�1'4Wfl �� II �� II\n\n", "SB5.1#p0084": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n54\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nevam upa.Samiiyane$u sva-tanaye$V atha jagati-patir jagatim\narbudany ekiidasa parivatsara'(liim avyahatakhila-purU$a-kiira-sarasambhrta-dor-dar:u)a-yugalapifj,ita-maurvi-gu1Ja-stanita-viramitadharma-pratipak$o barhi$matyas canudinam edhamiina-pramodaprasara�Ja-yaU$i1Jya-vrifj,a-pramU$ita-hasavaloka-rucira-k$vely-adibhi�\nparabhuyamiina-viveka ivanavabudhyamiina iva mahamana bubhuje.\nevam-thus; upasama-ayane$u-all well qualified; sva-tanaye$Uhis own sons;\nuniverse;\n\natka-thereafter;\n\njagatim-the universe;\n\nequals l 00,000,000);\navyahata-without\n\njagati-pati�-the master\narbudani-arbudas\n\nekiida.Sa-eieven;\n\nbeing\n\ninterrupted;\n\nof the\n\n(one arbuda\n\nparivatsara'(liim-of years;\nakhila-universal;\n\npurU$a­\n\nkiira-prowess; sara-strength; sambhrta-endowed with; do�-daiJ{ia�-of powerful arms; yugala-by the pair; apifj,ita-being drawn;\nmaurvi-guiJa-of\n\nthe bowstring;\n\nstanita-by\n\nthe loud sound;\n\nviramita-defeated; dharma-religious principles; pratipak$a�-those\nwho are against; barhi$matya�-of his wife Barhi�matl; ca-and;\nanudinam-daily; edhamiina-increasing; pramoda-pleasing intercourse; prasara�Ja-amiability; yaU$iiJya-feminine behavior; vrilj,aby shyness;\n\npramu$ita-he1d back;\n\nhasa-laughing;\n\navaloka­\n\nglancing; rucira-pleasing; k$veli-adibhi�-by exchanges of loving propensities;\n\nparabhuyamana-being defeated;\n\nviveka�-his true\n\nknowledge; iva-like; anavabudhyamiina�-a less intelligent person;\niva-like; maha-mana�-the great soul; bubhuje-ruled\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Kavi, Mahavira and Savana were completely trained in the\n\nparamaharitsa stage of life, Maharaja Priyavrata ruled the universe\n\nfor eleven arbudas of years. Whenever he was determined to fix\n\nhis arrow upon his bowstring with his two powerful arms, all op­\n\nponents of the regulative principles of religious life would flee\n\nfrom his presence in fear of the unparalleled prowess he displayed\nin ruling the universe. He greatly loved his wife Barhi�mati, and\n\nwith the increase of days, their exchange of nuptial love also increased. By her feminine behavior as she dressed herself, walked,\ngot up, smiled, laughed, and glanced about, Queen Barhi�mati in-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0085": "Text 29]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n55\n\ncreased his energy. Thus although he was a great soul, he appeared\nlost in the feminine conduct of his wife. He behaved with her just\nlike an ordinary man, hut actually he was a great soul.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse, the word dharma-pratipa�ab. (\"opponents of religious\n\nprinciples\") refers not to a particular faith, but to varr_ui,Srama-dharma,\n\nthe division of society, socially and spiritually, into four va71Uls\n\n(brahmar:w, �atriya, vaiSya and sudra) and four asramas\n(brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa). To maintain\n\nproper social order and help the citizens gradually progress toward the\n\ngoal of life-namely spiritual understanding-the principles of var-\n\n1J.(israma-dharma must be accepted.\n\nFrom\n\nthis\n\nverse,\n\nMaharaja\n\nPriyavrata appears to have been so strict in maintaining this institution\n\nof varr_ui,Srama-dharma that anyone neglecting it would immediately flee\n\nfrom his presence as soon as the King warned him by fighting or ad­\n\nministering light punishment. Indeed, Maharaja Priyavrata would not\n\nhave to fight, for simply because of his strong determination, they dared\nnot disobey the rules and regulations of var1J.(iSrama-dharma. It is said\nthat unless human society is regulated by var1J.(iSrama-dharma, it is no\n\nbetter than a bestial society of cats and dogs. Maharaja Priyavrata,\ntherefore, strictly maintained var1J.(iSrama-dharma by his extraordinary,\n\nunparalleled prowess.\n\nTo maintain such a life of strict vigilance, one needs encouragement\n\nfrom his wife. In the var1J.(iSrama-dharma system, certain classes, such\n\nas the brahmar:ws and sannyasis, do not need encouragement from the\nopposite sex. K�atriyas and grhasthas, however, actually need the en­\n\ncouragement of their wives in order to execute their duties. Indeed, a\n\ngrhastha or �atriya cannot properly execute his responsibilities without\nthe association of his wife. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally admitted\nthat a grhastha must live with a wife. K�atriyas were even allowed to\n\nhave many wives to encourage them in discharging the duties of govern­\n\nment. The association of a good wife is necessary in a life of karma and\npolitical affairs. To execute his duties properly, therefore. Maharaja\n\nPriyavrata took advantage of his good wife Barhi�matl, who was always\n\nvery expert in pleasing her great husband by properly dressing herself.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0086": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n56\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nsmiling, and exhibiting her feminine bodily features. Queen Barhi�mati\nalways kept Maharaja Priyavrata very encouraged, and thus he executed\nhis governmental duty very properly. In this verse iva has twice been\nused to indicate that Maharaja Priyavrata acted exactly like a henpecked\nhusband and thereby seemed to have lost his sense of human responsibility. Actually, however, he was fully conscious of his position as a\nspirit soul, although he seemingly behaved like an acquiescent karmi\nhusband. Maharaja Priyavrata thus ruled the universe for eleven ar­\n\nbudas of years. One arbuda consists of 100,000,000 years, and Maharaja\nPriyavrata ruled the universe for eleven such arbudas.\nTEXT 30\n\n�m:��RI�ft�qft��•l41'itR� �\n����(�Mij((tft�••4�tQwt1qfi4ijtRf�,54�14(ijG>'ifi4\"1�1>\nQ+t�'€t-t � �mWJ m'Tqfq ft:;f ��n+ilRt �f)€4(ij(�\n\n�4st�l+t{ � �tf CRff: II �o II\n\nyavad avabhiisayati sura-girim anuparikraman bhagaviin adityo\nvasudhii-talam ardhenaiva pratapaty ardheniivacchiidayati tada hi\nbhagavad-upiisanopacitati-purWja-prabhiivas tad anabhinandan\nsamajavena rathena jyotirmayena rajanim api dinam kari$yamiti saptakrt vastarar:tim anuparyakramad dvitiya iva patanga/:t.\nyavat-so long; ava bhiisayati-illumin ates ; su ra gir im- the Sumeru\n-\n\nHill;\n\nanuparikraman-by\n\npowerful;\n\nadity a/:t\n\ncircumambulating;\n\nsun god;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbhagavan\n\nvasudhii-talam-the\n\n-\n\nlower\n\nthe\n\nmost\n\nplanetary\n\nsystem; ardhena-by half; eva-certainly; pratapati-makes dazzling;\n\nardhena-by half; avacc hiidayati covers with darkness; tada-at that\ntime; hi-certainly; bhagavat-upiisanii-by worshiping the Supreme\n-\n\nPersonality of Godhead; upacita -by satisfying Him perfectly; atipurWja-superhuman; prabhiiva/:t-infl.uence; tat-that; anabhinan­\n\ndan -with out\n\nappreciating;\n\nsamajavena-by\n\nequally\n\npowerful;\n\nrathena-on a chariot; jyoti/:t-mayena-dazzling; rajanim ni ght;\napi also; dinam-day; kari$yami-l shall make it; iti -thus ; sapta-\n\n-\n\nk rt-seven times; vastarar:tim -e xactly following the orbit of the sun;\n\n", "SB5.1#p0087": "Text 30]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n57\n\nanuparyakramat-circumambulated; dvitiyab,-second; iva-like;\npatangab,-sun.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile so excellently ruling the universe, King Priyavrata once\nbecame dissatisfied with the circumambulation of the most powerful sun-god. Encircling Sumeru Hill on his chariot, the sun-god illuminates all the surrounding planetary systems. However, when\nthe sun is on the northern side of the hill, the south receives less\nlight, and when the sun is in the south, the north receives less.\nKing Priyavrata disliked this situation and therefore decided to\nmake daylight in the part of the universe where there was night.\nHe followed the orbit of the sun-god on a brilliant chariot and thus\nfulfilled his desire. He could perform such wonderful activities\nbecause of the power he had achieved by worshiping the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThere is a Bengali saying which describes that someone is so powerful\nthat he can make the night day and the day night. That saying is current\nbecause of the prowess of Priyavrata. His activities demonstrate how\npowerful he became by worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nLord Kr�Q.a is known as Yogesvara, the master of all mystic powers. In\nBhagavad-gitii (18. 78) it is said wherever there is the master of all\nmystic powers (yatra yogesvarab, kr�TJ1ltt}, victory, fortune and all other\nopulences are present. Devotional service is so powerful. When a devotee\nachieves what he wants to accomplish, it is not by his own mystic power\nbut by the grace of the master of mystic power, Lord Kr�Q.a; by His\ngrace, a devotee can accomplish wonderful things unimaginable even to\nthe most powerful scientist.\nFrom the description in this verse, it appears that the sun moves. According to modern astronomers, the sun is fixed in one place, surrounded\nby the solar system, but here we find that the sun is not stationary: it is\nrotating in a prescribed orbit. This fact is corroborated by Brahma\n\n­\n\nsamhita (5.52). Yasyajiiaya bhramati sambhrta-kala-cakrab,: the sun is\nrotating in its fixed orbit in accordance with the order of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. According to ]yotir\n\nVeda, the science of\n\n", "SB5.1#p0088": "58\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. I\n\nastronomy in the Vedic literature, the sun moves for six months on the\n\nnorthern side of the Sumeru Hill and for six months on the southern\nside. We have practical experience on this planet that when there is sum­\n\nmer in the north there is winter in the south and vice versa. Modern\n\nmaterialistic scientists sometimes present themselves as knowing all the\n\ningredients of the sun, yet they are unable to offer a second sun like\nMaharaja Priyavrata's.\n\nAlthough Maharaja Priyavrata devised a very powerful chariot as\n\nbrilliant as the sun, he had no desire to compete with the sun-god, for a\n\nVai��ava never wants to supersede another Vai��ava. His purpose was to\n\ngive abundant benefits in material existence. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti\n\nThakura remarks that in the months of April and May the rays of\nMaharaja Priyavrata's brilliant sun were as pleasing as the rays of the\n\nmoon, and in October and November, both morning and evening, that\n\nsun provided more warmth than the sunshine. In short, Maharaja\n\nPriyavrata was extremely powerful, and his actions extended his power\n\nin all directions.\n\nTEXT 31\n\nit � � � ��flttwNf«<uen� � � 31Rf.l �� �\nim: «a � (N(: II � � II\nye va u ha tad-ratha-carar:w-nemi-krta-parikhiitils te sapta sindhava\nilsan yata eva krta� sapta bhuvo dvipii�.\nye-that; vii u ha-certainly; tat-ratha-of his chariot; carar:w-of\n\nthe wheels; nemi-by the rims; krta-made; parikhiitii�-trenches;\n\nte-those; sapta-seven; sindhava�-oceans; ilsan-became; yata�because of which; eva-certainly; krta�-were made; sapta-seven;\nbhuva�-of the Bhii-ma�Qala; dvipii�-islands.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Priyavrata drove his chariot behind the sun, the rims of\n\nhis chariot wheels created impressions that later became seven\n\n", "SB5.1#p0089": "Text\n\n32]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n59\n\noceans, dividing the planetary system known as Bhii-mal).c;lala into\n\nseven islands.\n\nPURPORT\nSometimes the planets in outer space are called islands. We have experience of various types of islands in the ocean, and similarly the\nvarious planets, divided into fourteen lokas, are islands in the ocean of\nspace. As Priyavrata drove his chariot behind the sun, he created seven\ndifferent types of oceans and planetary systems, which altogether are\nknown as Bhu-mal)�ala, or Bhuloka. In the Gayatri rrumtra, we chant,\nom bhur bhuva/:t sva/:t tat savitur vare�yam. Above the Bhuloka planetary system is Bhuvarloka, and above that is Svargaloka, the heavenly\nplanetary system. All these planetary systems are controlled by Savita,\nthe sun-god. By chanting the Gayatrl mantra just after rising early in the\nmorning, one worships the sun-god.\n\nTEXT\n\n32\n\n\\lf\"m�n(!+t�t�ISfll��l'i�Hi�1� mlt1Uf \\�411�\\�41(\n� i1ql<-f� f§lgOiiUit-f '1ft: e+t�6 aq�at: II � � II\njambU-plak$a-salmali-ku5a-kraunca-saka-pU$kara-samjnas\n\nte�arh\n\nparima�rh purvasmat purvasmad uttara uttaro yatha-smikhyam dvigu�-manena bahi/:t samantata upakJpta/:t.\n\njambu -Jam bu; plak$a - Plak�a; salmali -Salma ! i; ku5a - Kusa ;\nkraunca -Krauiica; saka - Saka ; p U$kara - Pu �kara ; samjna/:t - known\nas; te$dm-of them; p rima � m -measurement; purvasmat pura\n\nvasmat - from the former; uttara/:t uttara/:t - the following; yathd - ac ­\n\nk\n\ni\n\ncording to; san hyam - num ber; dv -gu� - twice as much; manena­\n\ni\n\nwith a measure; bah /:t - outside; samantata/:t-all around; upak.lpta/:tproduced.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe names of the islands are Jamhii, Plaksa,\nSiilmali, Kusa,\n.\n\nKraufica, Siika and Pu�kara. Each island is twice as large as the one\n\n", "SB5.1#p0090": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n60\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\npreceding it, and each is surrounded by a liquid substance, beyond\nwhich is the next island.\nPURPORT\nThe ocean in each planetary system has a different type of liquid. How\nthey are situated is explained in the next verse.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n�M�'=t«<��'l0'Sl�a!itc:J: � �: �\n�oo �1fW=CR i\\q(1'llwtl\n�� �w (1ft(<IN\nitf(tfq!�'fi,qf(ij ��q�tl�!�� il��qffl(�iHtlwti\n��n;mft�@4�ilt�f«u�'=t�iNlf�4TRI(ht-�\n4���M<itctiil�� �II�� II\n�iirode�u-rasoda-suroda-ghr!oda-�iroda-dadhi-mar:u;loda-suddhoda/:t\nsapta jaladhaya/:t sapta dvipa-parikhii ivabhyantara-dvipa-samiinii\nekaikaSyena yathiinupurvarh saptasv api bahir dvipe$U prthak parita\nupakalpitas te$u jambv-adi$u barhi$mati-patir anuvratiinatmajan\niignidhredhmajihva-yajiiabahu-hirar:tyareto ghrtapr$!ha-medhiitithivitihotra-sarhjiiiin\n\nyatha-sankhyenaikaikasminn\n\nekam\n\nevadhi-patirh\n\nvidadhe.\n/cyara-salt; uda-water; i/cyu-rasa-the liquid extract from sugarcane; uda-water; sura -liquor; uda-water; ghrta-clarified butter;\nuda-water; k$iTa-milk; uda-water; dadhi-mar:t�a-emulsified\nyogurt; uda-water; suddha-udii/:t-and drinking water; sapta-seven;\n\njala-dhaya/:t-oceans; sapta -seven; dvipa -islands; parikhii/:ttrenches; iva-like; abhyantara-internal; dvipa -islands; samiinii/:tequal to;\n\neka-eka§yena-one after another;\n\nyathii-anupurvam-in\n\nchronological order; saptasu-seven; api-although; bahi/:t-outside;\n\ndvipe$u-in i slands;\n\nprthak- separa t e ;\n\nparita/:t\n\nupakalpita/:t-situated;\n\nte$u-within them;\n\njambu adi$u -beginning\n\nwith\n\nJambii;\n\nbarhi$mati-of\n\nBarhif?mati;\n\n-\n\nall aro und;\n\n-\n\npati/:t-the\n\nhusband;\n\nanuvratan-who were actually followers of the fat her's principles;\n\n", "SB5.1#p0091": "Text 34)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n61\n\natma-jan- sons;\nagnidhra-idhmajihva-yajiiabahu-hirar_t yareta/:tghrtapr$!ha-medhatithi-vitihotra-samjiian-named Agnldhra, ldhmajihva, Yajnabahu, HiraQyareta, Gh:rtap:r�tha, Medhatithi and Yltihotra;\nyatha-smikhyena-by the same number; eka-ekasmin-in each island;\nekam-one; eva-certainly; adhi-patim-king; vidadhe-he made.\nTRANSLATION\nThe seven oceans respectively contain salt water, sugarcane\njuice, liquor, clarified butter, milk, emulsified yogurt, and sweet\n\ndrinking water. All the islands are completely surrounded by these\noceans, and each ocean is equal in breadth to the island it surrounds. Maharaja Priyavrata, the husband of Queen Barhi�mati,\n\ngave sovereignty over these islands to his respective sons, namely\nAgnidhra,\n\nldhmajihva,\n\nYajiiabiihu,\n\nHir�yaretii,\n\nGhrtapr��ha,\n\nMedhiitithi and Vitihotra. Thus they all became kings by the order\n\nof their father.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIt is to be understood that all the dvipas, or islands, are surrounded by\ndifferent types of oceans, and it is said herein that the breadth of each\nocean is the same as that of the island it surrounds. The length of the\noceans, however, cannot equal the length of the islands. According to\nVlraraghava Acarya, the breadth of the first island is 100,000 yojanas.\nOne yojana equals eight miles, and therefore the breadth of the first island is calculated to be 800,000 miles. The water surrounding it must\nhave the same breadth, but its length must be different.\nTEXT 34\n\nhdwt�\n\n;u4i..\n\nstltt'f4§t�t �\n\n�ttt;ft\n\nduhitaram corjasvatim namosanase prayacchad yasyam iisid devayani\nnama kavya-sutii.\nduhitaram-the daughter; ca-also; urjasvatim-Orjasva U: namanamed; usanase-unto the great sage Usana (Sukracarya): prayac-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0092": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n62\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. I\n\nchat-he gave; yasyam-unto whom; asit-there was; devayaniDevayani; nama-named; kavya-suta-the daughter of Sukracarya.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n�ing Priyavrata then gave his daughter, Urjasvati, in marriage\nto Sukracarya, who begot in her a daughter named Devayani.\nTEXT 35\n\n�f?N: �'f�R ��tli¥4�\n��s��m M�\"�---g�,\n� A�f?t•1ij: (ifhaJa:t;:lij\n�� ij' ��������\nnaivarh-vidha� puru::;a-kara urukramasya\npurhsarh tad-m1ghri-rajasa jita-$cu;l-gu1)iinam\ncitrarh vidura-vigata� sakrd adadita\nyan-namadheyam adhuna sa jahati bandham\nna-not:\n\nevam-vid ha�-like\n\nu u::;a-kara�-personal m­\n\nthat;\n\np r\n\nHuence; uru-kramasya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; purh­\n\nsam -of the devotees; tat-arighri-of His lotus feet; rajasa-by the\n\nu\n\ndust; j ita-$at -g 1)ii na m -who have conquered the influence of the six\n\nr\n\nkinds of material whips; citram -wonde ful; vidura-vigata�-the fifthgrade person, or the untouchable; sakrt-only once; adadua-if he ut­\n\n-whose; namadheyam -holy name; adhuna-immediately;\nsa� - he; jahati-gives up; bandham -materi al bondage.\nters; yat\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, a devotee who has taken shelter of the dust from\nthe lotus feet of the Lord\ntranscend the influence of the six\nmaterial whips-namely hunger, thirst, lamentation, illusion, old\nage and death -and he\nconquer the mind and five senses.\nHowever, this is not very wonderful for a pure devotee of the Lord\nbecause even a person beyond the jurisdiction of the four castes-\n\ncan\ncan\n\n", "SB5.1#p0093": "Text 35]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n63\n\nin other words, an untouchable-is immediately relieved of bondage to material existence if he utters the holy name of the Lord\neven once.\nPURPORT\nSukadeva Gosvami was speaking to Maharaja Parik�it about the ac­\n\ntivities of King Priyavrata, and since the King mig �t have had doubts\nabout\n\nthese\n\nwonderful,\n\nuncommon\n\nactivities,\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami\n\nreassured him. \"My dear King,\" he said, \"don't be doubtful about the\n\nwonderful activities of Priyavrata. For a devotee of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, everything is possible because the Lord is also\n\nknown as Urukrama.\" Urukrama is a name for Lord Vamanadeva, who\nperformed the wonderful act of occupying the three worlds with three\nfootsteps. Lord Vamanadeva requested three paces of land from Mahara­\n\nja Bali, and when Maharaja Bali agreed to grant them, the Lord im­\n\nmediately covered the entire world with two footsteps, and for His third\nstep He placed His foot upon Bali Maharaja's head. Sri Jayadeva Gosvaml\nsays:\n\nchalayasi vikrama� balim adbhuta-viimana\npada-nakha-nfra-janita-jana-piivana\nkesava dhrta-vamiina-riipa jaya jagadiSa hare\n\"All glories to Lord Kesava, who assumed the form of a dwarf. 0 Lord of\n\nthe universe, who takes away everything inauspicious for the devotees!\n\n0 wonderful Vamanadeva! You tricked the great demon Bali Maharaja by\n\nYour steps. The water that touched the nails of Your lotus feet when You\n\npierced through the covering of the universe purifies all living entities in\n\nthe form of the River Ganges.\"\n\nSince the Supreme Lord is all-powerful, He can do things that seem\n\nwonderful for a common man. Similarly, a devotee who has taken shelter\n\nat the lotus feet of the Lord can also do wonderful things, unimaginable\n\nto a common man, by the grace of the dust of those lotus feet. Caitanya\nMahaprabhu therefore teaches us to take shelter of the Lord's lotus feet:\nayi nanda-tanuja kinkaram\npatitam miim v�ame bhavambudhau\n\n", "SB5.1#p0094": "64\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nkrpaya tava pada-parikajasthita-dhuli-sadrsam vicintaya\n··o son of Nanda Maharaja, I am Your eternal servant, yet somehow or\nother I have fallen into the ocean of birth and death. Please pick me up\nfrom this ocean of death and place me as one of the atoms of Your lotus\nfeet.'' Lord Caitanya teaches us to come in touch with the dust of the\nLord's lotus feet, for then there will undoubtedly be all success.\nBecause of the material body, every living entity in material existence\nis always disturbed by $aQ,-gur:w, six whips-hunger, thirst, lamentation,\nillusion, invalidity and death. Furthermore, another $aQ,-gur:w are the\nmind and five sense organs. Not to speak of a sanctified devotee, even a\n\ncar:u}iila, an outcaste, who is untouchable, is immediately freed from\nmaterial bondage if he utters the holy name of the Lord even once. Sometimes caste brahmar:ws argue that unless one changes his body he cannot\nbe accepted as a brahmar:w, for since the present body is obtained as a\nresult of past actions, one who has in the past acted as a brahmar:w takes\nbirth in a brahmar:w family. Therefore, they contend, without such a\nbrahminical body, one cannot be accepted as a brahmar:w. Herein it is\nsaid, however, that even vidura-vigata, a car:u}iila-a fifth-class untouchable-is freed if he utters the holy name even once. Being freed\nmeans that he immediately changes his body. Sanatana Gosvami confirms\nthis:\n\nyatha kaiicanatam yati\nkamsyam rasa-vidhanatal;\ntatha dik$a-vidhanena\ndvijatvam jayate nrl)iim\nWhen a person, even though a car:u}iila, is initiated by a pure devotee\ninto chanting the holy name of the Lord, his body changes as he follows\nthe instructions of the spiritual master. Although one cannot see how his\nbody has changed, we must accept, on the grounds of the authoritative\nstatements of the sastras, that he changes his body. This is to be understood without arguments. This verse clearly says, sa jahati bandham:\n\"He gives up his material bondage.\" The body is a symbolic representation of material bondage according to one's karma. Although sometimes\n\n", "SB5.1#p0095": "Text 36)\n\n65\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\nwe cannot see the gross body changing, chanting the holy name of the\nSupreme Lord immediately changes the subtle body, and because the\nsubtle body changes, the living entity is immediately freed from material\nbondage. After all, changes of the gross body are conducted by the subtle\nbody. Mter the destruction of the gross body, the subtle body takes the\nliving entity from his present gross body to another. In the subtle body,\nthe mind is predominant, and therefore if one's mind is always absorbed\nin remembering the activities or the lotus feet of the Lord, he is to be understood to have already changed his present body and become purified.\nTherefore it is irrefutable that a car:u/iila, or any fallen or lowborn\nperson, can become a brahmar:ra simply by the method of bona fide\ninitiation.\nTEXT 36\n\n« �f't<tifeq(lsti¥4 �� ij �*«�lld�l..\"'ldq�ur­\n\n��uuf;t!t�fitql�¥414 tiril¥41'1 3fl�¥4r.tl� � ������\nsa evam aparimita-bala-parakrama ekada tu devar�icararJinu5ayaniinu-patita-gur:ra-visarga-sarhsarge7Janirvrtam\nivatmanarh >nanyamana atma-nirveda idam aha.\nsa�-he\nparalleled;\n\n(Maharaja Priyavrata);\n\nevam-thus;\n\naparimita-un­\n\nbala-strength; parakrama�-whose influence; ekada­\n\nonce upon a time; tu-then ; deva-r�i-of the great saint Narada:\ncarar:ra-anu§ayana-surrendering unto the lotus feet; anu-thereafter:\npatita-fallen down; gur:ra-visarga-with material affairs (created by\n\nthe three material modes of nature);\nan i r v r t a m - n o t\n\nsatisfied;\n\nsarhsarger:ra-by\n\ni va-l i k e ;\n\nconnection:\n\natmanam-himself:\n\nmanyamana�-thinking like that; atma-self; nirveda�-possessing\nrenunciation; idam-this; aha -said\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile enjoying his material opulences with full strength and influence, Maharaja Priyavrata once began to consider that although\nhe had fully surrendered to the great saint Narada and was actually\n\n", "SB5.1#p0096": "66\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. I\n\non the path of �l).a consciousness, he had somehow become again\n\nentangled in material activities. Thus his mind now became rest­\n\nless, and he began to speak in a spirit of renunciation.\nPURPORT\nIn Srimad-Bhiigavatam (1.5.17) it is said:\n\ntyaktvil sva-dharmam carar_uimbujam harer\nbhajann apakvo 'tha patet tato yadi\nyatra kva vabhadram abhud am�ya kim\nko vilrtha ilpto 'bhajatilm sva-dharmata�\n\"One who has forsaken his material occupations to engage in the devotional service of the Lord may sometimes fall down while in an immature\nstage, yet there is no danger of his being unsuccessful. On the other\nhand, a nondevotee, though fully engaged in occupational duties, does\nnot gain anything.\" If one somehow or other comes to the shelter of a\ngreat Vai�Q.ava, takes to Kr�f.la consciousness because of sentiment or\nrealization, but in course of time falls down because of immature understanding, he is not actually fallen, for his having engaged in Kr�Q.a consciousness is a permanent asset. If one falls down, therefore, his progress\nmight be checked for a certain time, but it will again become manifest at\nan opportune moment. Although Priyavrata Maharaja was serving according to the instructions of Narada Muni meant for going back home,\nback to Godhead, he returned to material affairs at the request of his\nfather. In due course of time, however, his consciousness for serving\nl<.r�f.la reawakened by the grace of his spiritual master, Narada.\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (6.41), sucinilm srimatam gehe yogabhr�to 'bhijayate. One who falls down from the process of bhakti-yoga\nis again offered the opulence of the demigods, and after enjoying such\nmaterial opulence, he is given a chance to take birth in a noble family of\n\na pure brahmar:ta, or in a rich family, to be given the chance to revive his\nl<.ri?f.la consciousness. This actually happened in the life of Priyavrata; he\n\nis a most glorious example of this truth. In due course of time, he no\nlonger wanted to enjoy his material opulences and his wife, kingdom and\nsons; instead, he wanted to renounce them all. Therefore, after having\n\n", "SB5.1#p0097": "67\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\nText 37]\n\ndescribed the material opulences of Maharaja Priyavrata, Sukadeva\nGosvami, in this verse, describes his tendency for renunciation.\nThe\n\nwords\n\ndevar§i-carar:uinu.Sayana\n\nindicate\n\nthat\n\nMaharaja\n\nPriyavrata, having fully surrendered to the great sage Devar�i Narada,\n\nwas strictly following all the devotional processes and regulative prin­\n\nciples under, his direction. In regard to strictly following the regulative\n\nprinciples, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says; dar:u}avat-pra­\n\nr:Uirruis tan anupatita/:t. By immediately offering obeisances (dar:u}avat)\n\nunto the spiritual master and by strictly following his directions, the stu­\n\ndent becomes advanced. Maharaja Priyavrata was doing all these things\nregularly.\n\nAs long as one is in the material world, he has to be under the in­\n\nfluence of the modes of material nature (gu1J-(l-visarga). It is not that\n\nMaharaja Priyavrata was freed from material influence because he\n\npossessed all material opulences. In this material world, both the very\npoor man and the very rich man are under material influences, for both\n\nwealth and poverty are creations of the modes of material nature. As\nstated in Bhagavad-gua (3.27), prakrte/:t kriyamiir:ulni gur-ai/:t karmii�i\n\nsarva5a}:t. According to the modes of material nature we acquire, the\n\nmaterial nature gives us facility for material enjoyment.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n� 3fij·��md ��fit�f\\lffisdil�dqQt(Mijfctq+tf?tq�I �� ij�e+i�Mifr�I �M{tt�l Pt�1�4Vi +if� ��\n..\n\nII �\\9 II\naho asadhv anWJ!hitam yad abhinivesito 'ham indriyair avidya-racitavi§ama-vi§ayandha-kupe tad a/am a/am amW}ya vanitaya vinodamrgam miim dhig dhig iti garhayam cakara.\naho-alas; asadhu-not good; anW}!hitam-executed; yat-because:\n\nabhinivesita/:t-being completely absorbed; aham-I; indriyai}:t-for\nsense gratification; avidya-by nescience; rac ita- made: vi§ama­\n\ncausing distress; vi§aya-sense gratification; andha-kupe-in the dark\nwell;\n\ntat-that;\n\na/am-insignificant;\n\nalam-o£ no importance:\n\n", "SB5.1#p0098": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n68\namU$ytib,-of\n\nthat;\n\nvanitayab,-wife;\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nvinoda-mrgam-just\n\nlike\n\na\n\ndancing monkey; mtim-unto me; dhik-all condemnation; dhik-all\ncondemnation; iti-thus; garhayam-criticism; cakara-he did.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King thus began criticizing himself: Alas, how condemned I\n\nhave become because of my sense gratification! I have now fallen\n\ninto material enjoyment, which is exactly like a covered well. I\n\nhave had enough! I am not going to enjoy any more. Just see how I\nhave become like a dancing monkey in the hands of my wife.\nBecause of this, I am condemned.\n\nPURPORT\nHow condemned is the advancement of material knowledge can be understood from the behavior of Maharaja Priyavrata. He performed such\nwonderful acts as creating another sun, which shined during the night,\nand creating a chariot so great that its wheels formed vast oceans. These\nactivities are so great that modern scientists cannot even imagine how\nsuch things can be done. Maharaja Priyavrata acted very wonderfully in\nthe material field of activities, but because he was dealing in sense\ngratification-ruling his kingdom and dancing to the indications of his\nbeautiful wife-he personally condemned himself. When we think about\nthis example of Maharaja Priyavrata, we can just consider how degraded\nis the modern civilization of materialistic advancement. Modern so-called\nscientists and other materialists are very satisfied because they can construct great bridges, roads and machines, but such activities are nothing\ncomparable to those of Maharaja Priyavrata. If Maharaja Priyavrata\ncould condemn himself in spite of his wonderful activities, how condemned we are in our so-called advancement of material civilization. We\ncan conclude that such advancement has nothing to do with the problems\nof the living entity entangled within this material world. Unfortunately,\nmodern man does not understand his entanglement and how condemned\nhe is, nor does he know what kind of body he is going to have in the next\nlife. From a spiritual point of view, a great kingdom, beautiful wife and\nwonderful material activities are all impediments to spiritual advancement. Maharaja Priyavrata had served the great sage Narada sincerely.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0099": "The Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\nText 38)\n\n69\n\nTherefore even though he had accepted material opulences, he could not\nbe deviated from his own task. He again became Kr�t:ta conscious. As\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gUa:\nnehabhikrama-ru'iSo 'sti\npratyavayo na vidyate\nsvalpam apy asya dharmasya\ntrayate mahato bhayat\n\"In devotional service there is no loss or diminution, and even a small\nservice rendered in devotional life is sufficient to save one from the\ngreatest danger.\" (Bg.\n\n2.40) Such renunciation as Maharaja Priyavrata's\n\nis possible only by the grace of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nGenerally when people are powerful or when they have a beautiful wife,\na beautiful home and material popularity, they become more and more\nentangled.\n\nPriyavrata Maharaja, however, having been completely\n\ntrained by the great sage Narada, revived his Kr�t:la consciousness in\nspite of all impediments.\n\nTEXT 38\n\nq«iiR1lstQit:JN•I<tl�¥4stfliCl44ij���: �;q �f ���'P-i\nf�ll� l!�tti � � 'l<t�fl�Cl ��Cf\\(Rt4tq&l� �\n...IClffl ..W(� �\nfwd�<tPi;ft:J � ��<tiiRf�\n�WI�Cli�QQI( II �� II\npara-devata-prasadadhigatatma-pratyavamarseniinupravrttebhya/:L\nputrebhya imam yatha-dayam vibhajya bhukta-bhogiim ca mah�im\nmrtakam iva saha maha-vibhiltim apahaya svayam nihita-nirvedo hrdi\ngrhita-hari-viharanubhavo bhagavato naradasya padavim punar\nevanusasara.\npara-devata-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead: prasada-by\nthe\n\nmercy;\n\nadhigata-obtained ;\n\natma-pratyavamarsena-by\n\nself­\n\nrealization; anupravrttebhya/:L-who exactly follow his path:\n\n", "SB5.1#p0100": "70\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. I\n\nputrebhya/:t-unto his sons; imam-this earth; yatha-dayam-exactly\nvibhajya -dividing; bhukta-bhogamwhom he enjoyed in so many ways; ca-also; mah �im-the Queen;\nmrtakam iva-exactly like a dead body; s aha -with; maha-vibhutimgreat opulence; ap aluiya-giving up; svayam - himself; nihita - perfectly taken to; nirveda/:t-renunciation; hrdi-in the heart; grhit a-accepted; hari-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; viluirapastimes; anubhava/:t-in such an attitude; bhagavata/:t-of the great\nsaintly person; niiradasya - of Saint Narada; padavim-position;\naccording to the inheritance;\n\npuna/:t-again; eva-certainly; anusasiira-began to follow.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy the grace of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Maharaja\n\nPriyavrata reawakened to his senses. He divided all his earthly\n\npossessions among his obedient sons. He gave up everything, in­\n\ncluding his wife, with whom he had enjoyed so much sense\n\ngratification, and his great and opulent kingdom, and he com­\n\npletely renounced all attachment. His heart, having been cleansed,\n\nbecame a place of pastimes for the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. Thus he was able to return to the path of ��:r;ta con­\n\nsciousness, spiritual life, and resume the position he had attained\nby the grace of the great saint Narada.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAs enunciated by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in His Sik$ii$!aka, cetodarp ar:m-marjanarh bhava-mahadaviigni-nirvapar:mm: as soon as one's\nheart is cleansed, the blazing fire of material existence is immediately ex­\n\ntinguished. Our hearts are meant for the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This means that one should be fully Kr�I:!a con­\n\nscious, thinking of Kr�I:!a, as He Himself advises (man-mana bhava\n\nmad-bhakto mad-yaji maTh namaskuru). This should be our only busi­\n\nness. One whose heart is not clean cannot think of the transcendental\n\npastimes of the Supreme Lord, but if one can once again place the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in his heart, he very easily becomes\n\n", "SB5.1#p0101": "Text 38]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n71\n\nqualified to renounce material attachment. Mayavadi philosophers, yogis\n\nand jiiiinis try to give up this material world simply by saying, brahma\nsatyam jagan mithyii: \"This world is false. There is no use of it. Let us\n\ntake to Brahman.\" Such theoretical knowledge wiII not help us. If we\n\nbelieve that Brahman is the real truth, we have to place within our hearts\n\nthe lotus feet of Sri K:r�I).a, as Maharaja Ambari�a did (sa vai mana/:t\n\nkm:w-padiiravindayofr,). One has to fix the lotus feet of the Lord within\n\nhis heart. Then he gets the strength to be freed from material\nentanglement.\n\nMaharaja Priyavrata was able to give up his opulent kingdom, and he\n\nalso gave up the association of his beautiful wife as if she were a dead\n\nbody. However beautiful one's wife and however attractive her bodily\nfeatures, one is no longer interested in her when her body is dead. We\n\npraise a beautiful woman for her body, but that same body, when bereft\n\nof a spirit soul, is no longer interesting to any lusty man. Maharaja\n\nPriyavrata was so strong, by the grace of the Lord, that even though his\n\nbeautiful wife was alive, he could give up her association exactly like one\n\nwho is forced to give up the association of a dead wife. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu said:\n\nna dhanam na janam na sundarim\nkavitiim vii jagadiSa kiimaye\nmama janmam 1anmanisvare\nbhavatiid bhaktir ahaituki tvayi\n\"0 almighty Lord, I have no desire to accumulate wealth, nor do I desire\n\nbeautiful women, nor do I want any number of followers. I only want\n\nYour causeless devotional service birth after birth.\" For one who desires\n\nto advance in spiritual life, attachment to material opulence and attach­\n\nment to a beautiful wife are two great impediments. Such attachments\n\nare condemned even more than suicide. Therefore anyone desiring to\ncross beyond material nescience must, by the grace of K:r�I).a, be freed\n\nfrom attachment to women and money. When Maharaja Priyavrata\nbecame completely free from these\n\nattachments,\n\nhe could again\n\npeacefully follow the principles instructed by the great sage Narada.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0102": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n72\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 39\n\n�ij �:fitttHtd � � � �tet�� I\n��fitf.N(EtMiSite ifwl �enf� ����II\n��en\n\ntasya ha va ete sloka/:1,­\n\npriyavrata-krtam karma\n\nko nu kuryad vinesvaram\n\nyo nemi-nimnair akaroc\n\nchayam ghnan sapta varidhin\n\ntasya-his;\n\npriyavrata-by\n\nha\n\nvii-certainly;\n\nKing\n\nPriyavrata;\n\nete-all\n\nthese;\n\nkrtam-done;\n\nsloka/:1,-verses;\n\nkarma-activities;\n\nka/:1,-who; nu-then; kuryat-can execute; vina-without; iSvaram­\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; ya/:1,-one who; nemi-of the rim\nof the wheels of his chariot; nimnai/:1,-by the depressions; akarot­\n\nmade;\n\nchayam-darkness;\n\nvaridhin-oceans.\n\nghnan-dissipating;\n\nsapta-seven;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere are many famous verses regarding Maharaja Priyavrata's\n\nactivities:\n\n\"No one but the Supreme Personality of Godhead could do what\n\nMaharaja Priyavrata has done. Maharaja Priyavrata dissipated the\ndarkness of night, and with the rims of his great chariot, he exca­\n\nvated seven oceans.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThere are many excellent verses, famous all over the world, con­\n\ncerning the activities of Maharaja Priyavrata. He is so celebrated that his\nactivities are compared to those of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nSometimes a sincere servant and devotee of the Lord is also called\nbhagavan. Sri Narada is called bhagavan, and Lord Siva and Vyasadeva\n\nare also sometimes called bhagavan. This designation, bhagavan, is\n\nsometimes conferred upon a pure devotee by the grace of the Lord so that\n\n", "SB5.1#p0103": "Text 40]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\n73\n\nhe will be very highly esteemed. Maharaja Priyavrata was such a devotee.\nTEXT 40\n\n�(1•114 � iR �1\\R�wtlfij'¥(: I\n� :q \\{(�� lffi lffi Rfllti�H ll�oll\nbhu-samsthanam krtam yena\nsarid-giri-vaniidibhi/:t\nsima ca bhuta-nirvrtyai\ndvipe dvipe vibhii.ga5a/:t\nbhu-samsthiinam-the situation of the earth; krtam-done; yenaby whom;\n\nsarit-by rivers;\n\ngiri-by hills and mountains;\n\nvana­\n\niidibhi/:t-by forests and so on; sima-boundaries; ca-also; bhilta-of\ndifferent nations;\n\nnirvrtyai-to stop fighting; dvipe dvipe-on the\n\nvarious islands; vibhii.ga5a/:t-separately.\nTRANSLATION\n\"To stop the quarreling among different peoples, Maharaja\nPriyavrata marked boundaries at rivers and at the edges of mountains and forests so that no one would trespass upon another's property.\"\nPURPORT\nThe example set by Maharaja Priyavrata in marking off different\nstates is still followed. As indicated here, different classes of men are\ndestined to live in different areas, and therefore the boundaries of\nvarious tracts of land, which are described here as islands, should be\ndefined by different rivers, forests and hills. This is also mentioned in\nrelation to Maharaja Pnhu, who was born from the dead body of his\nfather by the manipulation of great sages. Maharaja Prthu's father was\nvery sinful, and therefore a black man called Ni!?ada was first born from\nhis dead body. The Nai!?ada race was given a place in the forest because\nby nature they are thieves and rogues. As animals are given places in\nvarious forests and hills, men who are like animals are also destined to\n\n", "SB5.1#p0104": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n74\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 1\n\nlive there. One cannot be promoted to civilized life unless one comes to\n��I)a consciousness, for by nature one is destined to live in a particular\n\nsituation according to one's karma and association with the modes of\n\nnature. If men want to live in harmony and peace, they must take to\n��I)a consciousness, for they cannot achieve the highest standard while\n\nabsorbed in the bodily concept of life. Maharaja Priyavrata divided the\n\nsurface of the globe into different islands so that each class of men would\n\nlive peacefully and not clash with the others. The modern idea of nation­\n\nhood has gradually developed from the divisions made by Maharaja\nPriyavrata.\n\nTEXT 41\n\nbhaumam divyam miinU$am ca\nmahitvam karma-yogajam\n\nya.S cakre nirayaupamyam\npurU$iinujana-priya/:£\n\nbhaumam-of the lower planets; divyam-heavenly; miinU$am-of\n\nhuman beings; ca-also; mahitvam-all opulences; karma-by fruitive\n\nactivities; yoga-by mystic power; jam-born; ya/:1,-one who; cakre­\n\ndid; niraya-with hell; aupamyam-comparison or equality; purU$aof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anujana-to the devotee;\npriya/:1,-most dear.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"As a great follower and devotee of the sage Narada, Maharaja\nPriyavrata considered hellish the opulences he had achieved by\ndint of fruitive activities and mystic power, whether in the lower\nor heavenly planetary systems or in human society.\"\nPURPORT\nSri:la Rupa Gosviiml has said that the pos1t10n of a devotee is so\n\nsuperexcellent that a devotee does not consider any material opulence\n\n", "SB5.1#p0105": "Text 41)\n\n75\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Priyavrata\n\nworth having. There are different types of opulences on earth, in the\n\nheavenly planets and even in the lower planetary system, known as\nPatala. A devotee, however, knows that they are all material, and consequently he is not at all interested in them. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii,\n\nparam dr$!Vii nivartate. Sometimes yogis and jiianis voluntarily give up\n\nall material opulences to practice their system of liberation and taste\n\nspiritual bliss. However, they frequently fall down because artificial\n\nrenunciation of material opulences cannot endure. One must have a\n\nsuperior taste in spiritual life; then he can give up material opulence.\n\nMaharaja Priyavrata had already tasted spiritual bliss, and therefore he\n\nhad no interest in any of the material achievements available in the\nlower, higher or middle planetary systems.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Fifth Canto, First Chapter,\nof\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nPriyavrata. \"\n\nentitled\n\n\"The\n\nActivities\n\nof\n\nMaharaja\n\n", "SB5.1#p0106": "CHAPTER TWO\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agnidhra\nIn this chapter, the character of Maharaja Agnidhra is described. When\nMaharaja Priyavrata went off for spiritual realization, his son Agnidhra\nbecame\n\nthe\n\nruler\n\nof Jambudvipa,\n\nin\n\naccordance\n\nwith\n\nMaharaja\n\nPriyavrata's instructions, and maintained its residents with the same\naffection a father feels for his sons. Once Maharaja Agnidhra desired to\nhave a son, and therefore he entered a cave of Mandara Mountain to\npractice austerity. Understanding his desire, Lord Brahma sent a celestial\ngirl named Pu.rvacitti to Agnidhra's hermitage. After dressing herself\nvery attractively, she presented herself\n\nbefore him with various\n\nfeminine movements, and Agnidhra was naturally attracted to her. The\ngirl's actions, expressions, smile, sweet words and moving eyes were\nfascinating to him. Agrudhra was expert in flattery. Thus he attracted the\ncelestial girl, who was pleased to accept him as her husband because of\nhis mellifluous words. She enjoyed royal happiness with Agnidhra for\nmany years before returning to her abode in the heavenly planets. In her\nwomb Agnidhra begot nine sons-Nabhi, Kimpuru�a, Harivar�a, Ilav:rta,\nRamyaka, Hira�maya, Kuru, Bhadrasva and Ketumala. He gave them\nnine islands with names corresponding to theirs. Agnidhra, however, his\nsenses unsatisfied, was always thinking of his celestial wife, and\ntherefore in his next life he was born in her celestial planet. After the\ndeath of Agnidhra, his nine sons married nine daughters of Meru named\n\nMerudevi, Pratin1pii, Ugradam�tri, Lata, Ram ya, Syamii, Nari, Bhadra\n\nand Devaviti.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n� \\;<(f\"l\n('\n\"'\n1'1CJI\". �SI� �@IQ�\n� .--A\n�l\"tt'at\n� �\n� 31l(Q�(+ft �:\nq�•nql�6\\ II � II\n•\n\n\"'\n\n77\n\n", "SB5.1#p0107": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n78\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 2\n\nsri-suka uviica\n\nevarh pitari sampravrtte tad-anu§asane vartamiina agnidhro\n\njambudvipaukasa� praja aurasavad dharmiivek$amii1J(L� paryagopayat.\nsri:-suka�-Srl Sukadeva Gosvami;\n\nuvaca-said;\n\ne vam-thus;\n\npitari-when his father; sampravrtte-took to the path of liberation;\n\ntat-anusasane-according\n\nto\n\nhis\n\norder;\n\nvartamana�-situated;\n\niigni:dhra�-King Agnidhra; jambu-dvipa-okasa�-the inhabitants of\n\nJambudvipa; praja�-citizens; aurasa-vat-as if they were his sons;\ndharma-religious principles;\n\navek$ama�a�-strictly observing;\n\nparyagopayat-completely protected.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: Mter his father, Maharaja\n\nPriyavrata, departed to follow the path of spiritual life by un­\n\ndergoing austerities, King Agnidhra completely obeyed his order.\n\nStrictly observing the principles of religion, he gave full protec­\n\ntion to the inhabitants of Jamhiidvipa as if they were his own\n\nbegotten sons.\n\nPURPORT\nFollowing the instruction of his father, Maharaja Priyavrata, Maharaja\n\nAgnidhra ruled the inhabitants of Jambudvlpa according to religious\n\nprinciples. These principles are exactly contrary to the modern principles\nof faithlessness. As clearly stated here, the King protected the citizens\nthe way a father protects his begotten children. How he ruled the citizens\nis also described\n\nhere-dharmiivek$amii1JCL�,\n\nstrictly\n\naccording\n\nto\n\nreligious principles. It is the duty of the executive head of a state to see\n\nthat the citizens strictly follow religious principles. The Vedic religious\n\nprinciples begin with va�rama-dharma, the duties of the four var�\nand four asramas. Dharma refers to principles given by the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. The :first principle of dharma, or religion, is to\n\nobserve the duties of the four orders as enjoined by the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. According to people's qualities and activities,\n\nsociety should be divided into briihma�, k$atriyas, vai.Syas and sudras\nand then again into brahmacaris, grhasthas, viinaprasthas and sannyasi:s. These are religious principles, and it is the duty of the head of\n\n", "SB5.1#p0108": "Text 2]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agnidhra\n\n79\n\nstate to see that his citizens strictly follow them. He should not merely act\nofficially; he should be like a father who is always a well-wisher of his\nsons. Such a father strictly observes whether his sons are performing\ntheir duties, and sometimes he also punishes them.\nJust contrary to the principles mentioned here, the presidents and\nchief executives in the age of Kali are simply tax collectors who do not\ncare whether religious principles are observed. Indeed, the chief executives of the present day introduce all kinds of sinful activity, especially\nillicit sex, intoxication, animal killing and gambling. These sinful activities are now very prominently manifested in India. Although a\nhundred years ago these four principles of sinful life were strictly\nprohibited in the families of India, they have now been introduced into\nevery Indian family; therefore they cannot follow religious principles. In\ncontrast to the principles of the kings of old, the modern state is concerned only with propaganda for levying taxes and is no longer responsible for the spiritual welfare of the citizens. The state is now callous to\nreligious principles.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam predicts that in Kali-yuga the\ndasyu-dharma, which means the oc­\n\ngovernment will be entrusted with\n\ncupational duty of rogues and thieves. Modern heads of state are rogues\nand thieves who plunder the citizens instead of giving them protection.\nRogues and thieves plunder without regard for law, but in this age of\nKali, as stated in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, the lawmakers themselves\n\nplunder the citizens. The next prediction to be fulfilled, which is already\ncoming to pass, is that because of the sinful activities of the citizens\nand\n\nthe\n\ngovernment,\n\nrain\n\nwill\n\nbecome\n\nincreasingly\n\nscarce.\n\nGradually there will be complete drought and no production of food\ngrains. People will be reduced to eating flesh and seeds, and many good,\nspiritually inclined people will have to forsake their homes because they\nwill be too harassed by drought, taxation and famine. The �l?J?.a consciousness movement is the only hope to save the world from such\ndevastation. It is the most scientific and authorized movement for the actual welfare of the whole human society.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�IMR'f�elwi+H {!(i4('4fwt(lst�1\\SI+.«�·� �ci R��t qf�@l 311�1rilot ��� II �II\n\n� :q\n\n", "SB5.1#p0109": "80\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 2\n\nsa ca kadacit pitrloka-kiima/:t sura-vara-vanitakriljacala-dro7Jyarh\nbhagavantarh viSva-srjarh patim abhrta-paricaryopakara7Ja\natmaikagrye1Ja tapasvy aradhayam babhuva.\nsa/:t-he (King Agnidhra); ca-also; kadacit-once upon a time; pitrloka-the Pit:rloka planet; kiima/:t-desiring;\n\nsura-vara-of the great\n\ndemigods; vanita-the women; akrilja-the place of pastimes; acala­\n\nd ro1Jya m-in one valley of the Mandara Hill; bhagavantam-unto the\nmost powerful (Lord Brahma); viSva-srjam-of personalities who have\ncreated this universe; patim-the master; abhrta-having collected;\nparicarya-upakara7Ja/:t-ingredients for worship; atma-of the mind;\neka-agrye7Ja-with full attention; tapasvi-one who executes austerity;\n\naradhayam babhuva-became engaged in worshiping.\nTRANSLATION\nDesiring to get a perfect son and become an inhabitant of\n\nPit:rloka, Maharaja Agnidhra once worshiped Lord Brahmii, the\n\nmaster of those in charge of material creation. He went to a valley\n\nof Mandara Hill, where the damsels of the heavenly planets come\ndown to stroll. There he collected garden flowers and other neces­\n\nsary paraphernalia and then engaged in severe austerities and\n\nworship.\n\nPURPORT\nThe King became pitrloka-kiima, or desirous of being transferred to\n\nthe planet named Pit:rloka. Pit:rloka is mentioned in\n\nBhagavad-gita\n(yanti deva-vrata devan pitfn yanti pitr-vrata/:t). To go to this planet,\n\none needs very good sons who can make offerings to Lord Vi�I).U and then\noffer the remnants to their forefathers. The purpose of the sraddha\nceremony is to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi�I).u,\nso that after pleasing Him one may offer prasada to one's forefathers and\nin this way make them happy. The inhabitants of Pit:rloka are generally\nmen of the karma-kiir:u;liya, or fruitive activities category, who have\nbeen transferred there because of their pious activities. They can stay\nthere as long as their descendants offer them vi$1Ju-prasada. Everyone in\nheavenly planets such as Pit:rloka, however, must return to earth after\n\n", "SB5.1#p0110": "Text 2]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agnidhra\n\n81\n\nexhausting the effects of his pious acts. As confirmed in Bhagavad-git{i\n\n(9.21), k$ir:te pur:tye martya-lokarh viSanti: persons who perform pious\nacts are transferred to higher planets, but when the effects of their pious\nacts are over, they are again transferred to earth.\nSince Maharaja Priyavrata was a great devotee, how could he have\nbegotten a son who desired to be transferred to Pitrloka? Lord ���a\nsays, pitrn yanti pitf-vratd�: persons who desire to go to Pitrloka are\ntransferred there. Similarly, yanti mad-yajino 'pi miim: persons who\ndesire to be transferred to the spiritual planets, Vaiku�thalokas, can also\ngo there. Since Maharaja Agnidhra was the son of a Vai��ava, he should\nhave desired to be transferred to the spiritual world, Vaiku�thaloka.\nWhy, then, did he desire to be transferred to Pitrloka? fn answer to this,\nGosvami Giridhara, one of the Bhiigavatam commentators, remarks that\nAgnidhra was born when Maharaja Priyavrata was infatuated by lusty\ndesires. This may be accepted as a fact because sons are begotten with\ndifferent mentalities according to the time of their conception. According\nto the Vedic system, therefore, before a child is conceived, the\n\ngarbhadhana-sarhskiira is performed. This ceremony molds the mentality of the father in such a way that when he plants his seed in the\nwomb of his wife, he will beget a child whose mind will be completely\nsaturated with a devotional attitude. At the present moment, however,\nthere are no such\n\ngarbhadhana-sarhskiiras, and therefore people\n\ngenerally have a lusty attitude when they beget children. Especially in\nthis age of Kali, there are no garbhadhana ceremonies; everyone enjoys\nsex with his wife like a cat or dog. Therefore according to sastric injunctions, almost all the people of this age belong to the sildra category. Of\ncourse, although Maharaja Agnidhra had a desire to be transferred to\nPitrloka, this does not mean that his mentality was that of a sildra; he\nwas a k$atriya.\nMaharaja Agnidhra desired to be transferred to Pitrloka, and\ntherefore he needed a wife because anyone desiring to be transferred to\nPitrloka must leave behind a good son to offer yearly pi1J4a,, or prasada\n\nfrom Lord Vi��u. To have a good son, Maharaja Agnidhra wanted a wife\n\nfrom a family of demigods. Therefore he went to Mandara Hill. where\nthe women of the demigods generally come, to worship Lord Brahma. In\n\nBhagavad-gitii (4.12) it is said, kiink$anta� karmaT)iirh siddhirh yajanta\niha devatd�: materialists who want quick results in the material world\n\n", "SB5.1#p0111": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n82\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 2\n\nworship demigods. This is also confirmed in Srimad-Bhagavatam. SriaiSvarya-prajepsaval:z,: those who desire beautiful wives, substantial\n\nwealth and many sons worship the demigods, but an intelligent devotee,\ninstead of being entangled by the happiness of this material world in the\nform of a beautiful wife, material opulence and children, desires to be\nimmediately transferred back home, back to Godhead. Thus he worships\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�D-U.\nTEXT3\n��\"l{\n\nfi•l'41'11�'�: � •nt��i �·MRI '11¥ilce(eq­\n\n�'(l{R{ II �II\ntad upalabhya bhagavan adi-pur�al:z, sadasi gayantirh purvacittirh\nnamapsarasam abhiyapayam asa.\n\ntat-that; upalabhya-understanding; bhagavan-the most power­\n\nful; adi-pur�al:z,-the first created being within this universe; sadasiin his assembly; gayantim-dancing girl;\n\npurvacittim-Purvacitti;\n\nnama-named; apsarasam-the heavenly dancing girl; abhiyapayam\nasa-sent down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUnderstanding King Agnidhra's desire, the first and most\n\npowerful created being of this universe, Lord Brahma, selected the\n\nbest of the dancing girls in his assembly, whose name was Piir­\n\nvacitti, and sent her to the King.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse, the words bhagavan adi-pur�al:z, are significant.\n\nBhagavan adi-pur�al:z, is Lord Kr�D-a. Govindam adi-pur�am tam\naham bhajami. Lord Kr�r:Ia is the original person. In Bhagavad-gita, He\n\nis also addressed by Arjuna as pur�am adyam, the original person, and\n\nHe is called Bhagavan. In this verse, however, we see that Lord Brahma\n\nis described as bhagavan adi-pur�al:z,. The reason he is called bhagavan\n\n", "SB5.1#p0112": "Text 4]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agnidhra\n\n83\n\nis that he fully represents the Supreme Personality of Godhead and is the\nfirst-born creature in this universe. Lord Brahma could understand\nMaharaja Agnidhra's desire because he is as powerful as Lord Vi�QU. As\nLord Vi�Qu, situated as Paramatma, can understand the desire of the\nliving entity, so Lord Brahma can also understand the living �ntity's\ndesire, for Vi�Qu, as a via medium, informs him. As stated in SrimadBhiigavatam (1.1.1), tene brahma hrdii ya iidi-kavaye: Lord Vi�QU informs Lord Brahma of everything from within his heart. Because\nMaharaja Agnidhra specifically worshiped Lord Brahma, Lord Brahma\nwas pleased, and he sent Plirvacitti, the Apsara, to satisfy him.\n\nTEXT4\n\n�·�¥t1qctf1¥4RI(¥4oft:tf fcrR�fwrtfimftffiaqMitlUif��dl�tA�e�&t¥4fl�: � -�: sr�¥4t'1efaeifti!fil(a����etRf�:vraq�f�Hlll���etitl(l!'ti(limf 11\\lll\n\nm�\n\nsa ca tad-asramopavanam ati-ramartiyam vividha-nibUja-vi!api-vi!apanikara-samsl�!a-pura!a-latarur;lha-sthala-vihangama-mithunai�\nprocyamiina-srutibhi� pratibodhyamiina-salila-kukku!a-kiirar:uj.avakalaharhsadibhir vicitram upakujitamala-jalasaya-kamalakaram\nupababhrama.\nsa-she\n\n(Purvacitti);\n\nca-also;\n\ntat-of Maharaja\n\nAgnldhra;\n\nasrama-of the place of meditation; upavanam-the park; ati-very:\n\nramartiyam-beautiful; vividha-varieties of; nibir;la-dense; vi!api­\n\ntrees; vitapa-of branches and twigs; nikara-masses; samsl�ta-attached; pura!a-golden; lata-with creepers;\n\narur;lha-going high;\n\nsthala-vihangama-of land birds; m ithunai�-with pairs: procyamiina-vibrating; srutibhi�-pleasing sounds; pratibodhyamiinaresponding; salila-kukku!a-water fowl; kiirar:uj.ava-ducks; kalaharhsa -with various kinds of swans; adibhi�-and so on; vicitramvariegated; upakujita-resounding with the vibration; amala-clear:\njala-asaya-in the lake; kamala-akaram-the source of lotus flowers:\nupababhrama-began to walk in.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0113": "[Canto 5, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n84\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Apsarii sent by Lord Brahmii began strolling in a beautiful\n\npark\n\nnear\n\nthe\n\nplace\n\nwhere\n\nthe\n\nKing\n\nwas\n\nmeditating\n\nand\n\nworshiping. The park was beautiful because of its dense green\nfoliage and golden creepers. There were pairs of varied birds such\n\nas peacocks, and in a lake there were ducks and swans, all vibrating\n\nvery sweet sounds. Thus the park was magnificently beautiful\n\nbecause of the foliage, the clear water, the lotus flowers and the\nsweet singing of various kinds of birds.\nTEXTS\n\ntFlfadtlqwtq���IQtlf��e16m�� (CfUI(CfUIItfqlwt(i�-'\n�(U11¥f(OI(fwtl'f1Cfi0� wt(��fjql(: �'ttlwtwt�ft�'ll'dl4i�U4 OlR! II�II\n\n��:\n\ntasya� sulalita-gamana-pada-vinyasa-gati-viliisayas ciinupadam\nkha1Jfl-kha�yamana-rucira-cara�bhara1Jll-svanam upakarT)ya\nnaradeva-kumara� samadhi-yogeniimilita-nayana-nalina-mukulayugalam i§ad vikacayya vyac�!a.\ntasya�-of her (Piirvacitti); sulalita-in a very beautiful; gamanamovements;\n\npada-vinyiisa-with\n\nstyles\n\nof\n\nwalking;\n\ngati-in\n\nthe\n\nprogression; vilasayalt-whose pastime; ca-also; anupadam-with\nevery step; khaTJll-kha�yamana-making a tinkling sound; ruciravery pleasing;\n\ncara1Jll-iibhara1Jll-of the ornaments on the feet;\n\nsvanam-the sound;\n\nupiika71tya-hearing;\n\nnaradeva-kumaraft-the\n\nPrince;\n\necstasy;\n\ncontrolling the senses;\n\nsamiidhi-in\n\nyogena-by\n\n-\n\niimilita-hal f open; nayana-eyes; nalina-of lotus; mukula-buds;\nyugalam-like a pair; [$at-slightly; vi kacayya-opening; vyac�tasaw.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs Purvacitti passed by on the road in a very beautiful style and\n\nmood of her own, the pleasing ornaments on her ankles tinkled\nwith her every step. Although Prince Agnidhra was controlling his\n\n", "SB5.1#p0114": "Text 5)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agnidhra\n\n85\n\nsenses, practicing yoga with half-open eyes, he could see her with\nhis lotuslike eyes, and when he heard the sweet tinkling of her\nbangles, he opened his eyes slightly more and could see that she\n\nwas just nearby.\n\nPURPORT\n\nyogis always think of the Supreme Personality of\ntheir hearts. Dhyaniivasthita-tad-gatena manasii\npa.Syanti yam yogina/:1. (Bhag. 12.13.1). The Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is always observed by yogis who practice controlling the\nvenomous senses. As recommended in Bhagavad-gitii, yogis should practice sampre�ya niisikiigram, keeping their eyes half-open. If the eyes\nare closed completely, there will be a tendency to sleep. So-called yogis\nsometimes practice a fashionable form of yoga by closing their eyes and\nmeditating, but we have actually seen such so-called yogis sleeping and\nsnoring while meditating. This is not the practice of yoga. To actually\npractice yoga, one should keep his eyes half-open and gaze at the tip of\nIt is said that\n\nGodhead\n\nwithin\n\nhis nose.\nAlthough Agnidhra, the son of Priyavrata, was practicing mystic yoga\nand trying to control his senses, the tinkling sound of Piirvacitti's ankle\nbells disturbed his practice. Yoga indriya-samyama/:1.: actual yoga practice means controlling the senses. One must practice mystic yoga, to control the senses, but the sense control of a devotee who fully engages in\n\n(hr$ike1J-O. hr$ikesasevanam) can never be disturbed. Srila Prabodhananda Sarasvatl\ntherefore stated, durdiintendriya-kala-sarpa-pafrl,li protkhata-darh$triiyate (Caitanya-candramrta 5). The practice of yoga is undoubtedly\nthe service of the Lord with his purified senses\n\ngood because it controls the senses, which are tike venomous serpents.\n\nWhen one engages in devotional service, however, completely employing\nall the activities of the senses in the service of the Lord, the venomous\nquality of the senses is completely nullified. It is explained that a serpent\nis to be feared because of its poison fangs, but if those fangs are broken.\nthe serpent, although it seems fearsome, is not at all dangerous. Devotees, therefore, may see hundreds and thousands of beautiful women\nwith fascinating bodily movements and gestures but not be allured.\nwhereas such women would make ordinary yogis fall. Even the advanced\nyogi Visvamitra broke his mystic practice to unite with Menaka and\n\n", "SB5.1#p0115": "86\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 2\n\nbeget a child known as Sakuntala. The practice of mystic yoga, therefore,\n\nis not sufficiently strong to control the senses. Another example is Prince\nAgnidhra, whose attention was drawn to the movements of Piirvacitti,\n\nthe Apsara, simply because he heard the tinkling of her ankle bells. In\n\nthe same way that Visvamitra Muni was attracted by the tinkling bangles\nof Menaka, Prince Agnidhra, upon hearing the tinkling bangles of Piir­\n\nvacitti, immediately opened his eyes to see her beautiful movements as\n\nshe walked. The prince was also very handsome. As described herein, his\n\neyes were just like the buds of lotus flowers. As he opened his lotuslike\n\neyes, he could immediately see that the Apsara was present by his side.\nTEXT6\n\nmiNtA� �f'W �q;m ��w� AAiil+4ait+4i11'1�wt•6•c(\n���tt{ifhn�\"l�Nil•\n�� i��.\nAf\\W Ref� RiitiJ(ctA•IRm'i(tl('li!f('I(I('I+Uqon.Ua:¥4C:I��MCii(Nit\\twr �qa:f�� i!f(!!JW'4:\\'1�Cli�ta•q�'+41((�1'1i �\niji(i!fel�\"l �'Mii!f('IO � ���� i!ffdlqwflijl\ni:l�ii4fa:Rt � II � II\nI\n\ntam evavidure madhukarim iva sumanasa upajighrantim divija-manujamano-nayanahliida-dughair gati-vihiira-vric;lii-vinayavalokasusvara�anivayavair manasi nr�m kusumiiyudhasya vidadhatim\nvivaram nija-mukha-vigalitamrtasava-sahiisa-bl!i4a�rruxlamadiindha-madhukara-nikaroparodhena druta-pada-vinyiisena valguspandana-stana-kalaSa-kabara-bhiira-ra.Saniim devim tad-avalokanena\nvivrtavasarasya bhagavato makara-dhvajasya va§am upanito jalf,avad iti\nhoviica.\ntam-to her; eva-indeed; avidure-nearby; madhukarim iva-like\n\na honeybee; sumanasa�-beautiful flowers; upajigh rantim-smelling ;\n\ndivi-ja-of those born in the heavenly planets; manu-ja-of those born\n\nin human society; mana�-mind; nayana-for the eyes; ahliida-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0116": "Text 6]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agnidhra\n\n87\n\npleasure; dughai�-producing; gati-by her movement; viluira-by\npastimes;\n\nvriga-by\n\nshyness;\n\nvina_ya-by\n\nhumility;\n\navaloka-by\n\nglancing; su-svara-a�ara-by her sweet voice; avayavai�-and by the\nlimbs of the body; manasi-in the mind; nnuim-of men; kusumaayudhasya-of\n\nCupid,\n\nvidadhatim-making;\nher own mouth;\n\nwho\n\nhas\n\na\n\nflower\n\narrow\n\nin\n\nhis\n\nhand;\n\nvivaram-aural reception; nija-mukha-from\n\nvigalita-pouring out;\n\namrta-iisava-nectar like\n\nhoney; sa-hiisa-in her smiling; b1ui$a�-and talking; amoda-by the\npleasure; mada-andha-blinded by intoxication; madhukara-of bees;\nnikara-by groups; uparodhena-because of being surrounded; druta-hasty; pada-o£ feet; vinyiisena-by stylish stepping; valgu-a little;\nspandana-moving; stana-breasts; kala.Sa-like waterpots; kabaraof her braids of hair; bluira-weight; ra.Sanam-the belt upon the hips;\ndevim-the goddess; tat-avalokanena-simply by seeing her; vivrtaavasarasya-taking the opportunity of; bhagavata�-of the greatly\npowerful; makara-dhvajasya-of Cupid; va.Sam-under the control;\nupanita�-being brought in; ja(ia-vat-as if stunned; iti-thus; hacertainly; uviica-he said.\nTRANSLATION\nLike a honeybee, the Apsarii smelled the beautiful and attractive\nflowers. She could attract the minds and vision of both humans\nand\n\ndemigods by her\n\nplayful movements,\n\nher shyness and\n\nhumility, her glances, the very pleasing sounds that poured from\nher mouth as she spoke, and the motion of her limbs. By all these\nqualities, she opened for Cupid, who hears an arrow of flowers, a\npath of aural reception into the minds of men. When she spoke,\nnectar seemed to flow from her mouth. As she breathed, the bees,\n\nmad for the taste of her breath, tried to hover about her beautiful\n\nlotuslike eyes. Disturbed by the bees, she tried to move hastily, but\nas she raised her feet to walk quickly, her hair, the belt on her\n\nhips, and her breasts, which were like water jugs, also moved in a\n\nway that made her extremely beautiful and attractive. Indeed, she\n\nseemed to be making a path for the entrance of Cupid, who is most\npowerful. Therefore the prince, completely subdued by seeing\nher, spoke to her as follows.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0117": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n88\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 2\n\nPURPORT\nHow a beautiful woman's movements and gestures, her hair and the\n\nstructure of her breasts, hips and other bodily features attract the minds\nnot only of men but of demigods also is very finely described in this\nstatement. The words divija and manuja specifically emphasize that the\n\nattraction of feminine gestures is powerful everywhere within this\nmaterial world, both on this planet and in the higher planetary systems.\n\nIt is said that the standard of living in the higher planetary systems is\n\nthousands and thousands of times higher than the standard of living on\n\nthis planet. Therefore the beautiful bodily features of the women there\nare also thousands and thousands of times more attractive than the\n\nfeatures of the women on earth. The creator has constructed women in\n\nsuch a way that their beautiful voices and movements and the beautiful\n\nfeatures of their hips, their breasts, and the other parts of their bodies\nattract the members\n\nof the opposite sex, both on earth and on other\n\nplanets, and awaken their lusty desires. When one is controlled by Cupid\nor the beauty of women, he becomes stunned like matter such as stone.\n\nCaptivated by the material movements of women, he wants to remain in\n\nthis material world. Thus one's promotion to the spiritual world is\n\nchecked simply by seeing the beautiful bodily structure and movements\n\nof women. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has therefore warned all devotees to\n\nbeware of the attraction of beautiful women and materialistic civiliza­\n\ntion. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu even refused to see Prataparudra\nMaharaja because he was a very opulent person in the material world.\n\nLord Caitanya said in this connection, ni$kificanasya bhagavad-bha­\n\njanonmukhasya: those who are engaged in the devotional service of the\n\nLord because they are very serious about going back home, back to\n\nGodhead, should be very careful to avoid seeing the beautiful gestures of\n\nwomen and should also avoid seeing persons who are very rich.\n\nni$kificanasya bhagavad-bhajanonmukhasya\npararh pararh jigami$or bhava-sagarasya\nsandarsanarh vi$ayi�m atha yo�itam ca\nha hanta hanta vi$a-bha�ar:wto 'py asadhu\n\"Alas, for a person who is seriously desiring to cross the material ocean\n\nand engage in the transcendental loving service of the Lord without\n\n", "SB5.1#p0118": "Text7]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agnidhra\n\n89\n\nmaterial motives, seeing a materialist engaged in sense gratification or\nseeing a woman who is similarly interested is more abominable than\ndrinking\n\npoison\n\nwillingly.\"\n\n(Caitanya-caritamrta,\n\nMadhya\n\n11.8)\n\nOne who is serious about going back home, back to Godhead, should not\ncontemplate the attractive features of women and the opulence of rich\nmen. Such contemplation will check one's advancement in spiritual life.\nOnce a devotee is fixed in l(r�1,1a consciousness, however, these attractions will not agitate his mind.\nTEXT7\n\nClit�f:qciMfq :q �� fi\n�qm�··*�ct(flttl� 1\n� � � u«l�+t;flsij\nf*ctt�lll 'lllt�ru'�Sill� II \\9 II\n..\n\nkii tvam cikir$asi ca kim muni-varya saile\nmayasi kiipi bhagavat-para-devataya�\nvijye bibhar$i dhanU$i suhrd-atmano 'rthe\nkim va mrgan mrgayase vipine pramattan\nkii-who; tvam-are you; cikir$asi-are you trying to do; ca-also;\nkim-what; muni-varya-0 best of munis; saile-on this hill; mayaillusory potency; asi-are you; kiipi-some; bhagavat-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; para-devataya�-of tt,.e transcendental Lord;\nvijye-without strings; bibhar$i-you are carrying; dhanU$i-two bows;\nsuhrt - of a friend; atmana�-of yourself; arthe-for the sake; kim\nvii-or; mrgan-forest animals; mrgayase-are you trying to hunt;\nvipine-in this forest; pramattan-who are materially maddened.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Prince mistakenly addressed the Apsara: 0 best of saintly\npersons, who are you? Why are you on this hill, and what do you\n\nwant to do? Are you one of the illusory potencies of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead? You seem to be carrying two bows without strings. What is the reason you carry these bows? Is it for some\n\n", "SB5.1#p0119": "90\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 2\n\npurpose of your own or for the sake of a friend? Perhaps you\n\ncarry them to kill the mad animals in this forest.\nPURPORT\n\nWhile undergoing severe penances in the forest, Agnidhra was captivated by the movements of Purvacitti, the girl sent by Lord Brahma. As\nstated in Bhagavad-gitii, kiimais tais tair hrta-jiuinii/:t: when one\nbecomes lusty, he loses his intelligence. Therefore Agnidhra, having lost\nhis intelligence, could not distinguish whether Purvacitti was male or\nfemale. He mistook her for a muni-putra, the son of a saintly person in\nthe forest, and addressed her as muni-varya. Because of her personal\nbeauty, however, he could not believe her to be a boy. He therefore\nbegan studying her features. First he saw her two eyebrows, which were\nso expressive that he wondered whether he or she might be the maya of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. The words used in this connection\nare bhagavat-para-devataya/:t. Devata/:t, the demigods, all belong to this\nmaterial world, whereas Bhagavan, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nKr�I).a, is always beyond this material world and is therefore known as\n\npara-devata. The material world is certainly created by maya, but it is\ncreated under the direction of para-devata, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (mayadhyak$e1)1L prakrti/:t\n\nsuyate sa-caracaram), maya is not the ultimate authority for the creation of this material world. Maya acts on behalf of Kr�I).a.\n\nPlirvacitti's eyebrows were so beautiful that Agnidhra compared them\n\nto bows without strings. He therefore asked her whether they were to be\nused for her own purposes or for the sake of someone else. Her eyebrows\nwere like bows meant to kill animals in the forest. This material world is\nlike a great forest, and its inhabitants are like forest animals such as deer\nand tigers meant to be killed. The killers are the eyebrows of beautiful\nwomen. Captivated by the beauty of the fair sex, all the men of the world\nare killed by bows without strings, but cannot see how they are killed by\n\nmaya. It is a fact, however, that they are being killed (bhutva bhutva\npraliyate). By dint of his tapasya, Agnidhra could understand how maya\nacts under the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThe word pramattiin is also significant. Pramatta refers to one who\ncannot control his senses. The entire material world is being exploited by\npeople who are pramatta, or vimul},ha. Prahlada Maharaja therefore said:\n\n", "SB5.1#p0120": "Text\n\n8)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agnidhra\n\n91\n\nsoce tato vimukha-cetasa indriyarthamaya-sukhiiya bharam udvahato vimW;ihiin\n\"They are rotting in material activities for transient material pleasure\nand spoiling their lives toiling all day and night simply for sense\ngratification, with no attachment for love of Godhead. I am simply\nlamenting for them and devising various plans to deliver them from the\nclutches of maya.\" (Bhag. 7.9.43) Karmis who act very seriously for\nsense gratification are always referred to in the sastras by such terms as\npramatta, vimukha and vimW;iha. They are killed by maya. However,\none who is apramatta, a sane, sober person, a dhira, knows very well\nthat a human being's primary duty is to render service to the Supreme\nPerson. Maya is always ready to kill those who are pramatta with her invisible bows and arrows. Agni:dhra questioned Plirvacitti about this.\nTEXTS\n\n•nllltPi'tl �6: ��\n:Utt{t�(I�RfRf�'iG\\;Jl\n� �� ct;, �� f�:\n.\nmtft�ijCf��ll �II\nba�v imau bhagavata/:£ sata-patra-patrau\nsantav apuitkha-rucirav ati-tigma-dantau\nkasmai yuyunk$asi vane vicaran na vidma/:£\nk$emaya no jw;la-dhiyam tava vikramo 'stu\nba�u-two arrows; imau-these; bhagavata/:t-of you, the most\npowerful; sata-patra-patrau-having feathers like the petals of a lotus\nflower; santau-peaceful; apuitkha-without a shaft; rucirau-very\nbeautiful; ati-tigma-dantau-having a very sharp point; kasmaiwhom; yuyunk$asi-you want to pierce; vane-in the forest; vicaranloitering; na vidma/:£-we cannot understand; k$emaya-for welfare;\nna/:t-of us; jw;la-dhiyam-who are dull-headed; tava-your:\nvikrama/:£-prowess; astu-may be.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0121": "92\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Agnidhra observed the glancing eyes of Piirvacitti and\n\nsaid: My dear friend, you have two very powerful arrows, namely\n\nyour glancing eyes. Those arrows have feathers like the petals of a\n\nlotus Hower. Although they have no shafts, they are very beautiful,\n\nand they have very sharp, piercing points. They appear very\npeaceful, and thus it seems that they will not be shot at anyone.\nYou must be loitering in this forest to shoot those arrows at some­\n\none, but I cannot understand whom. My intelligence is d¥11, and I\n\ncannot combat you. Indeed, no one can equal you in prowess, and\n\ntherefore I pray that your prowess will be for my good fortune.\nPURPORT\n\nAgnidhra thus began appreciating Piirvacitti's powerful glance upon\nhim. He compared her glancing eyes to very sharp arrows. Although her\neyes were as beautiful as lotuses, they were simultaneously like shaftless\narrows, and Agni:dhra was therefore afraid of them. He hoped that her\nglances upon him would be favorable because he was already captivated,\nand the more captivated he became, the more impossible it would be for\nhim to remain without her. Agni:dhra therefore prayed to Piirvacitti that\nher glances at him would be auspicious, not futile. In other words, he\nprayed that she would become his wife.\n\nTEXT9\n\n����:�:.m�\n;wt� � ��'i�(i(fft�( I\n�MRct1Miafe6l: �sfl�W:\n������rom II �II\ne\n\ns�yii ime bhagavata/:t parita/:t pathanti\ngiiyanti siima sarahasyam ajasram iSam\nyU$mac-chikha-vilulitii/:t sumano 'bhivf$!i/:t\nsarve bhajanty r$i-gar:uJ, iva veda-siikha/:t\n\n", "SB5.1#p0122": "Text 10)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agnidhra\n\n93\n\nsi$ya�-disciples, followers; ime-these; bhagavata�-of your\nworshipable self; parita�-surrounding; pa thanti- are reciting; gayanti-are singing; s ama-the Sarna Veda; sa-ra has yam-with the confidential portion; ajasram-incessantly; �am-unto the Lord; yU$matyour; sikha-from bunches of hair; vilulita�-f allen ; sumana�-of\nflowers; abh iv f$ti� -showers; sarve- all; bhajanti-enjoy, resort to;\nr$i-ga1Jii �-sages;\niva-like;\nveda-sakha�-branches\nof\nVedic\nliterature.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the bumblebees following Ptirvacitti, Maharaja Agnidhra\n\nsaid: My dear Lord, the bumblebees surrounding your body are\n\nlike disciples surrounding your worshipahle self. They are incessantly chanting the mantras of the Sarna Veda and the Upani�ads,\n\nthus offering prayers to you. Just as great sages resort to the\nbranches of Vedic literatures, the bumblebees are enjoying the\nshowers of flowers falling from your hair.\nTEXT 10\n\nerR �\n\n1(014�(RtM(tolf\niUR'I�qfl(f4d 1'*114 � I\n\n�\n\nihG>441(iN(tf?i��\n\n��I+RJSiijqf(f\\t: 'fi � � �II� o II\nvacam pararh cara1J11-panjara-tittiri1}iirh\nbrahmann arilpa-mukhariirh sp;taviima tubhyam\nlabdha kadamba-rucir anka-vitanka-bimbe\nyasyam aliita-paridhi� kva ca valkalam te\n\nvacam-the resounding vibration; param-only; cara1J11-paitjarathe ankle bells; tittiri1}iim-of the tittiri birds; brahman-0\nbrahmar:z,a; arilpa-without form; mukharam-able to be very distinctly heard; srr:zavama-1 hear; tubhyam-your; labdha-gotten:\nkadamba-like the kadamba flower; ruci� -lovely color; anka-vitanka-\n\nof\n\n", "SB5.1#p0123": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n94\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 2\n\nbimbe-on the beautiful circular hips; yasyam-on which; alataparidhi�-encirclement of burning cinders; kva-where; ca-also;\nvalkalam-covering cloth; te-your.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 brahm�a, I can simply hear the tinkling of your ankle bells.\nWithin those bells, tittiri birds seem to be chirping among themselves. Although I do not see their forms, I can hear how they are\nchirping. When I look at your beautiful circular hips, I see they\nare the lovely color of kadamba flowers, and your waist is encircled\nby a belt of burning cinders. Indeed, you seem to have forgotten to\ndress yourself.\nPURPORT\n\nWith lusty desires to see Piirvacitti, Agnidhra especially gazed upon\nthe girl's attractive hips and waist. When a man looks upon a woman\nwith such lusty desires, he is captivated by her face, her breasts and her\nwaist, for a woman first attracts a man to fulfill his sexual desires by the\nbeautiful features of her face, by the beautiful slope of her breasts and\nalso by her waist. Purvacitta was dressed in fine yellow silk, and\ntherefore her hips looked like kadamba flowers. Because of her belt, her\nwaist seemed to be encircled by burning cinders. She was fully dressed,\nbut Agnidhra had become so lusty that he asked, \"Why have you come\nnaked?\"\nTEXT 11\n\n� �d ��Wl� StttRl�\n�ftt ffi«� d'�: f�lt I\n\n��ur: ij(ill(l�+tW'flUI �...\n�� ij+{tllr �II�� li\nkim sambhrtam rucirayor dvija srr'lgayos te\nmadhye krso vahasi yatra drsi� srita me\n\npanko 'rur:w-� surabhir atma-v�ar:w- idrg\nyenasramaril subhaga me surabhi-karo�i\n\n", "SB5.1#p0124": "Text ll]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agnidhra\n\n95\n\nkim-what; sambhrtam-fil!ed; rucirayo/:t-very beautiful; dvija-0\nbriihmaiJ(l; srrigayo/:t-within two horns; te-your; madhye-in the\nmiddle;\n\nkrsa/:t-thin;\n\nvahasi-you\n\nare\n\ncarrying;\n\nyatra-wherein;\n\ndrsi/:t-eyes; §rita-attached; me-my; panka/:t-powder; aru7Ja/:tred; surabhi/:t-fragrant; iitma-v�ii�Je-on the two horns; idrk-such;\nyena-by which; iisramam-place of residence; su-bhaga-0 most fortunate one; me-my; surabhi-karo�i-you are perfuming.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAgnidhra then praised Purvacitti's raised breasts. He said: My\ndear brahmai,la your waist is very thin, yet with great difficulty you\nare carefully carrying two horns, to which my eyes have become attracted. What is filling those two beautiful horns? You seem to\nhave spread fragrant red powder upon them, powder that is like\n\nthe rising morning sun. 0 most fortunate one, I beg to inquire\n\nwhere you have gotten this fragrant powder that is perfuming my\n\niiSrama, my place of residence.\n\nPURPORT\nAgnidhra appreciated Purvacitti's raised breasts. After seeing the\ngirl's breasts, he became almost mad. Nevertheless, he could not recognize whether Purvacitti was a boy or a girl, for as a result of his\nausterity, he saw no distinction between the two. He therefore addressed\nher with the word dvija, \"0 brahmar:ta. \" Yet why should a dvija, a\nbriihmar:ta boy, have horns on his chest? Because the boy's waist was\nthin, Agnidhra thought, he was carrying the horns with great difficulty,\nand therefore they must be filled with something very valuable. Other­\n\nwise why would he carry them? When a woman's waist is thin and her\nbreasts are full, she looks very attractive. Agnidhra, his eyes attracted,\ncontemplated the heavy breasts on the girl's thin body and imagined how\nher back must sustain them. Agnidhra imagined that her raised breasts\nwere two horns she had covered with cloth so that others would not see\nthe valuables within them. Agnidhra, however, was very anxious to see\nthem. Therefore he requested, \"Please uncover them so that I can see\nwhat you are carrying. Rest assured that I shall not take it away. If you\n\n", "SB5.1#p0125": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n96\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 2\n\nfeel an inconvenience in removing the covering, I can help you; I myself\ncan uncover them to see what valuable things those raised horns contain.\" He was also surprised to see the red dust of perfumed kwikuma\nspread over her breasts. Nevertheless, still considering Piirvacitti a boy,\nAgnidhra addressed her as subhaga, most fortunate muni. The boy must\nhave been fortunate; otherwise how simply by standing there could he\nperfume Agnidhra's entire asrama?\nTEXT 12\n\n����it\n�\n\n(�qiH11�t'41'4\\� I\n\n�wtaast�il M'�\nQ �('((lewn� m ������\n\n�\n\nlokam pradarsaya suhrttama tavakam me\nyatratya ittham urasavayavav apurvau\nasmad-vidhasya mana-unnayanau bibharti\nbahv adbhutarh sarasa-rdsa-sudhadi vaktre\nlokam-residential place; pradarsaya-please show; suhrt-tama-0\nbest of friends; tavakam-your; me-unto me; yatratyab,-a person\nborn wherein; ittham-like this; urasa-by the chest; avayavau-two\nlimbs (breasts); apurvau-wonderful; asmat-vidhasya-of a person\nlike me; manab,-unnayanau-very agitating to the mind; bibhartisustains; bahu-many; adbhutam-wonderful; sarasa-sweet words;\nrasa-amorous gestures like smiling;\n\nsudha-adi-such as nectar;\n\nvaktre-in the mouth.\nTRANSLATION\n0 best friend, will you kindly show me the place where you\nreside? I cannot imagine how the residents of that place have gotten such wonderful bodily features as your raised breasts, which\nagitate the mind and eyes of a person like me who sees them.\nJudging by the sweet speech and kind smiles of those residents, I\nthink that their mouths must contain nectar.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0126": "Text 13)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agnidhra\n\n97\n\nPURPORT\nStill bewildered, Agnidhra wanted to see the place from which the\n\nbriihmar:ut boy had come, where the men had such raised breasts. Such\nattractive features, he thought, must be due to the severe austerities performed there. Agnidhra addressed the girl as suhrttama, the best friend,\nso that she would not refuse to take him there. Not only was Agnidhra\ncaptivated by the girl's raised breasts; he was also attracted by her sweet\nspeech. Nectar seemed to emanate from her mouth, and therefore he was\nincreasingly surprised.\nTEXT 13\n\nem���\n�aft: Ch�l�td..llltflritChU � � I\n�'ll..�R;$ f(-Jtqf5:w��t � ft=i� � ������\nkii viitma-vrttir adaniid dhavir anga viiti\nvi$�b- kaliisy animi$onmakarau ca karr:utu\nudvigna-mina-yugalam dvija-paitkti-socir\niisanna-bhrnga-nikararh sara in mukham te\nkii-what; vii-and; atma-vrttib,-food for maintenance of the body;\nadaniit-by the chewing (of betel); havib,-pure sacrificial ingredients;\nanga-my dear friend; viiti-emanate; vi$�b,-of Lord Vi�l).u; kalaexpansion of the body; asi-you are; animi$a-without blinking; unmakarau-two brilliant sharks; ca-also; karr:tau-two �ars; udvignarestless; mina-yugalam-possessing two fish; dvija-paitkti-of lines of\n\nteeth; socift-beauty; iisanna-nearby;\nswarms of bumblebees; sarab, it\n\n-\n\nbhpiga-nikaram-possessing\n\nlike a lake; mukham-face; te-your.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear friend, what do you eat to maintain your body? Because\nyou are chewing betel, a pleasing scent is emanating from your\nmouth. This proves that you always eat the remnants of food\n\noffered to Vi��u. Indeed, you must also he an expansion of Lord\n\n", "SB5.1#p0127": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n98\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 2\n\nVi�t.m's body. Your face is as beautiful as a pleasing lake. Your\n\njeweled earrings resemble two brilliant sharks with unblinking\neyes like those of Vi�J.lu, and your own eyes resemble two restless\n\nfish. Simultaneously, therefore, two sharks and two restless fish\n\nare swimming in the lake of your face. Besides them, the white\n\nrows of your teeth seem like rows of very beautiful swans in the\n\nwater, and your scattered hair resembles swarms of bumblebees\nfollowing the beauty of your face.\n\nPURPORT\nThe devotees of Lord Vi�Qu are also His expansions. They are called\n\nvibhinniirh.Sa. Lord Vi�Qu is offered all kinds of sacrificial ingredients,\nand because devotees always eat prasada, the remnants of His food, the\nscent of sacrificial ingredients emanates not only from Vi�Qu but also\nfrom the devotees who eat the remnants of His food or the food of His\ndevotees. Agnidhra considered Plirvacitti an expansion of Lord Vi�QU\nbecause of the pleasing scent of her body. Aside from that, because of her\njeweled earrings, shaped like sharks, because of her scattered hair,\nresembling bumblebees mad after the scent of her body, and because of\nthe white rows of her teeth, which resembled swans, Agnidhra compared\nPurvacitti's face to a beautiful lake decorated with lotus flowers, fish,\nswans and bumblebees.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�sm � •«t<llili�n qqt\nq����itl\n� WI � � illsti'Sltlo:t�\n�sf����;ft�ll�\\lll\nyo 'sau tvayii kara-saroja-hata/:t patarigo\ndi�u bhraman bhramata ejayate '�ir:ti me\nmuktam na te smarasi vakra-jatii-varutham\nka$to 'nilo harati lampata e$a nivim\n\n", "SB5.1#p0128": "Text 15)\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agnidhra\n\nya�-which;\n\nasau-that;\n\ntvaya-by you;\n\n99\n\nkara-saroja-with the\n\nlotus palm; hata�-struck; patmiga�-the ball; di�u-in all directions; bhraman-moving; bhramata�-restless; ejayate-disturbs; ak$i�i-eyes;\n\nme-of\n\nme;\n\nmuktam-scattered;\n\nsmarasi-are\n\nyou\n\nmindful\n\nof;\n\nna-not;\n\nvakra-curling;\n\nte-your;\n\nja!a-of\n\nhair;\n\nvamtham-bunches; 1ro$!a�-giving trouble; anila�-wind; haratitakes away; lampa!a�-like a man attached to women; e$a�-this;\nnivim-lower garment.\nTRANSLATION\nMy mind is already restless, and by playing with a hall, moving it\nall about with your lotuslike palm, you are also agitating my eyes.\nYour curling black hair is now scattered, hut you are not attentive\nto arranging it. Are you not going to arrange it? Like a man attached to women, the most cunning wind is trying to take off your\nlower garment. Are you not mindful of it?\nPURPORT\nThe girl Plirvacitti was playing with a ball in her hand, and the ball\nseemed like nothing but another lotus flower captured by her lotuslike\npalm. Because of her movements, her hair was loose, and the belt\nholding her cloth was giving way, as if the cunning wind were trying to\nmake her naked. Yet she paid no attention to arranging her hair or fixing\nher dress. As Agni:dhra tried to see the girl's naked beauty, his eyes were\nvery agitated by her movements.\nTEXT 15\n\n� �\\:A ��m ritii\n\n� iA � ¥tf:Hftqe\"'lif¥( 1\n� �.n�m 'llf( � filsr �\n�en st4h:Jij�� ¥1ct¥11ct;flit II ��II\nrilparh tapodhana tapa.S caratarh tapoghnarh\nhy etat tu kena tapasa bhavatopalabdham\n\n", "SB5.1#p0129": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n100\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 2\n\ncartum tapo 'rhasi maya saha mitra mahyam\nkim va prasidati sa vai bhava-bhavano me\nrupam-beauty;\n\ntapa�-dhana-0 best of the sages performing\n\nausterity; tapa� caratiim-of persons engaged in executing austerities\nand penances; tapa�-ghnam-which dismantles the austerities; hicertainly; etat-this; tu-indeed; kena-by what; tapasii-austerity;\nbhavatii-by\n\nyou;\n\nupa lab dham-achieved;\n\ncartum-to\n\nexecute;\n\ntapa�-austerity; arhasi-you ought; maya saha-with me; mitramy dear friend; mahyam-unto me; kim vii-or maybe; prasidati-is\npleased; sa�-he; vai-certainly; bhava-bhavana�-the creator of this\nuniverse; me-with me.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 best among those performing austerities, where did you get\n\nthis wonderful beauty that dismantles the austerities performed by\n\nothers? Where have you learned this art? What austerity have you\n\nundergone to achieve this beauty, my dear friend? I desire that\n\nyou join me to perform austerity and penance, for it may be that\nthe creator of the universe, Lord Brahma, being pleased with me,\nhas sent you to become my wife.\n\nPURPORT\nAgnidhra appreciated the wonderful beauty of Purvacitti. Indeed, he\nwas surprised to see such exceptional beauty, which must have been the\nresult of past austerities and penances. He therefore asked the girl\nwhether she had achieved such beauty just to break the penances and\nausterities of others. He thought that Lord Brahma, the creator of the\nuniverse, might have been pleased with him and might therefore have\nsent her to become his wife. He requested Purvacitti to become his wife\nso that together they could perform austerities and penances in family\nlife. In other words, a suitable wife helps her husband perform penances\nand austerities in household life if both of them are on the same elevated\nplatform of spiritual understanding. Without spiritual understanding,\nhusband and wife cannot be equally situated. Lord Brahma, the creator\nof the universe, is interested in good progeny. Therefore unless he is\n\n", "SB5.1#p0130": "Text 16]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agnidhra\n\n101\n\npleased, one cannot get a suitable wife. In fact, Lord Brahma is\nworshiped in marriage ceremonies. In India even today, wedding invitations are still issued with a picture of Lord Brahma on the face of the\ncard.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n;{\n\n� �1511f'4 �� f&;:;it��:ij\n�f4tntwtr u1R -it 91 N41Rt � 1\n\n'If �m �«'��!46 tt\nf��: srnr�ftRTH'lM�:I ��I\nna tvarh tyajami dayitarh dvija-deva-dattarh\n\nyasmin mano drg api no na viyati lagnam\nmiirh caru-srrigy arhasi netum anuvratarh te\ncittarh yata/:£ pratisarantu siva/:£ sacivya/:£\nna-not; tvam-you; tyajami-1 shall give up; dayitam-very dear;\n\ndvija-deva-by Lord Brahma, the demigod worshiped by the\nbrahmar:ws; dattam -given; yasmin-unto whom; mana{l,-mind;\ndrk-eyes; api-also; na/:£-my; na viyati-do not go away; lagnamtightly attached; miim-me; caru-spigi-0 woman with beautiful raised\nbreasts; arhasi-you ought; netum-to lead; anuvratam-follower;\nte-your; cittam-desire; yata{l,-wherever; pratisarantu-may follow;\n\nsiva/:£-favorable; sacivya/:£-friends.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma, who is worshiped by the briihmaJ.Ias, has very\nmercifully given you to me, and that is why I have met you. I do\n\nnot want to give up your company, for my mind and eyes are fixed\n\nupon you and cannot be drawn away. 0 woman with beautiful\nraised breasts, I am your follower. You may take me wherever you\n\nlike, and your friends may also follow me.\nPURPORT\n\nNow Agnidhra frankly admits his weakness. He was attracted to Piirvacitti, and therefore before she could say, \"But I have no business with\n\n", "SB5.1#p0131": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n102\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 2\n\nyou,\" he expressed his desire to be united with her. He was so attracted\n\nthat he was ready to go anywhere, hell or heaven, in her company. When\none is absorbed in lust and the influence of sex, one surrenders to the\n\nfeet of a woman without reservations. Srila Madhvacarya remarks in this\nconnection that when one engages in joking and talking like a crazy person, one may say anything and everything, but his words will be\n\nmeaningless.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n��\n\n� ����1f6Pumw A�\nf�����\\911\n\nqft� � �;_\n\nsn-suka uvaca\niti lalananunayati-viSarado gramya-vaidagdhyaya paribhii§aya tam\nvibudha-vadhllm vibudha-matir adhisabhiijayam lisa.\nsn-sukafl\n\nwomen;\n\nuvaca-Sukadeva\n\nanunaya-in winning\n\nGosvami\nover;\n\nsaid;\n\niti-thus;\n\nati-viSaradafl-very\n\nlalaniiexpert;\n\ngramya-vaidagdhyaya-expert in fulfilling one's material desires;\nparibhii§aya-by selected words;\n\ntam-her;\n\nvibudha-vadhum-the\n\ncelestial girl; vibudha-matifl-A.gnidhra, who possessed intelligence like\nthat of the demigods; adhisabhiijayam lisa-gained the favor of.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvanu continued: Maharaja Agnidhra, whose intel­\n\nligence was like that of a demigod, knew the art of flattering\n\nwomen to win them to his side. He therefore pleased that celestial\ngirl with his lusty words and gained her favor.\nPURPORT\n\nSince King Agnldhra was a devotee, he actually had no attraction for\n\nmaterial enjoyment, but because he wanted a wife for progeny and Lord\n\nBrahma had sent Purvacitti for this purpose, he expertly pleased her\n\n", "SB5.1#p0132": "Text 18]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agnidhra\n\n103\n\nwith flattering words. Women are attracted by a man's flattering words.\nOne who is expert in this art of flattery is called vidagdha.\nTEXT 18\n\nm�\n\n€R1�� q'l�q��f«le �:�ila:Nur �\n\n({�l�t�aqf«ffl(tqe�uf �� llf+\\�qqRf;n ��\n����\nsa ca tatas tasya v'ira-yutha-pater buddhi-sfla-rilpa-vaya/:tsriyaudaryerJa parak§ipta-maniis tena sahayutayutaparivatsaropalak§a1)-arit kalarit jambudv'ipa-patinii bhauma-svargabhogan bubhuje.\nsa-she; ca-also; tata/:t-thereafter; tasya-of him;\n\nv'ira-yuthas'ilabehavior; rilpa-beauty; vaya/:t -youth; sriya -opu! ence; audaryerJa and by the magnanimity; parak§ipta-attracted; manii/:t-her\nmind; tena saha-with him; ayuta-ten thousand; ayuta-ten thoupate/:t-the master of heroes; buddhi-by the intelligence;\n\n-\n\nsand;\n\nparivatsara-years;\n\nupalak§arJam-extending;\n\nkalam-time;\n\njambadv'ipa-patinii-with the King of Jambudvlpa; bhauma-earthly:\n\nsvarga-heavenly; bhogiin-p!easures; bubhuje-enj oyed.\nTRANSLATION\nAttracted by the intelligence, learning, youth, beauty, behavior,\n\nopulence and magnanimity of Agnidhra, the King of Jamhiidvipa\nand master of all heroes, Piirvacitti lived with him for many thou­\n\nsands of years and luxuriously enjoyed both worldly and heavenly\n\nhappiness.\n\nPURPORT\nBy the grace of Lord Brahma, King Agnldhra and the heavenly girl.\nPurvacitti, found their union quite suitable. Thus they enjoyed worldly\nand heavenly happiness for many thousands of years.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0133": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n104\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�tf;f13l�l'l��� amnm ;fmdtti+�mcifiijtfij(ut•fl<u+��t�WJQifit�+�•ij4(1tosttt S'll\"'i19tt( II t �II\ntasyiim u ha vii atmajiin sa riija-vara iignidhro nabhi-kirhpur�aharivar$elavrta-ramyaka-hira7Jmaya-kuru-bhadrasva-ketumiilasarhjfian nava putriin ajanayat.\ntasyam-in her; u ha vii- certainly; iitma-jiin-sons; sab-he; rajavarab-the best of kings; iignidhrab-Agni:dhra; niibhi-Nabhi; kirhpuru$a-Ki mpuru1?a; hari-var$a-Har i var1?a; il a v r t a- I lavrta;\nr a m y a k a-Ramyaka; h i r a 7J m a y a-H i r al)maya; k u r u-Ku ru;\nbhadrasva-Bhadrasva; ketu-miila-Ketumala; sarhjfian-named;\nnava-nine; putriin-sons; ajanayat-begot.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the womb of Piirvacitti, Maharaja Agnidhra, the best of\n\nkings, begot nine sons, named Nabhi, Kimpuru�a, Harivar�a, 11av:rta, Ramyaka, Hiral}maya, Kuru, Bhadrasva and Ketumala.\nTEXT 20\n\nijijliiti!41a*«� �\n�i!4f!'*6�q II� II\n\nm\n\n�\n\n�en'fm-\n\n�Rf� ��\n\no\n\nsa siltviitha sutan navii nuvatsararh grha evapahaya pilrvacittir bhuya\nevajarh devam upatasthe.\nsa-she; sutva-after giving b irth to; atka-thereafter; sutiin-sons;\nnava-nine; anuvatsaram-year after year; grhe-at home; eva-certainly;\n\napahaya-leav ing;\n\neva- certainly;\n\npurvacittib-Purvacitti;\n\najam-Lo r d Brahma;\n\nupatasthe-approached.\n\nbhuyab-again;\n\nd evam-the\n\nde m igod;\n\n", "SB5.1#p0134": "Text 21]\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agnidhra\n\n105\n\nTRANSLATION\nPiirvacitti gave birth to these nine sons, one each year, but after\nthey grew up, she left them at home and again approached Lord\nBrahma to worship him.\nPURPORT\n\nThere are many instances in which Apsaras, heavenly angels, have\n\ndescended to this earth by the order of a superior demigod like Lord\n\nBrahma or Lord lndra, have followed the demigod's order by marrying\n\nsomeone and giving birth to children, and have then returned to their\n\ncelestial homes. For example, after Menaka, the celestial woman who had\ncome to delude Visvamitra Muni, gave birth to the child Sakuntala, she\nleft both the child and her husband and returned to the heavenly planets.\n\nPiirvacitti did not remain permanently with Maharaja Agnidhra. After\n\ncooperating in his household affairs, she left Maharaja Agnidhra and all\n\nnine sons and returned to Brahma to worship him.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n3Tlinlij�T� 'lld(ast6:1aJ�qMiti�r:J ��ii(.'S\")tt�m mn f�\n3TR�;mnf� �lf11i ���tfot m: II � � II\n\nI\n\niignulhra-sutiis te miitur anugrahiid autpattikenaiva samhananabalopetii/:t pitrii vibhaktii iitma-tulya-niimani yathii-bhiigam\njambudvipa-var$ii1J,i bubhuju/:t.\nagnulhra-sutii/:t-the sons of Maharaja Agnidhra; te-they ; miitu/:t­\n\nJf the mother; anugrahiit-by the mercy or by drinking the breast milk:\nautpattikena-naturally; eva-certainly; samhanana-well-built body:\nbala-strength; upetii/:t-obtained; pitrii-by the father: vibhaktii/:t­\n\ndivided; iitma-tulya-following their own; niimani-possessing names:\n\nyathii-bhiigam-divided properly; jambadvipa-var$ii1J,i-di:fferent parts\nof Jambudvipa (probably Asia and Europe combined together): bubhuju/:t\n\n-\n\nruled\n\n.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0135": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n106\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of drinking the breast milk of their mother, the nine\n\nsons of Agnidhra naturally had strong, well-built bodies. Their\n\nfather gave them each a kingdom in a different part of Jam­\n\nbiidvipa. The kingdoms were named according to the names of the\n\nsons .. Thus the sons of Agnidhra ruled the kingdoms they received\nfrom their father.\n\nPURPORT\nThe iicaryas specifically mention that in this verse the words miitu�\nanugrahiit (\"'by the mercy of their mother\") refer to the breast milk of\n\ntheir mother. In India it is a common belief that if a baby is fed his\nmother's milk for at least six months, his body will be very strong.\nBesides that, it is mentioned herein that all the sons of Agnldhra were\nendowed with the nature of their mother. Bhagavad-gita (1.40) also\ndeclares, str�u d�tasu var��eya jayate var�-sankara�: when women\nare polluted, var�-sankara, unqualified children, are generated, and\nwhen the var�-sa1ikara population increases, the entire world becomes\nhellish. Therefore, according to Manu-samhita, a woman needs a great\ndeal of protection in order to remain pure and chaste so that her children\ncan be fully engaged for the benefit of human society.\nTEXT 22\n\n31NT'ilt\n\n�a:\n\n�'�1'11'1tQ«t�<41�R'1+4�'41'1({1�u:\n\n«$t€Mi �� t(?f f� ��''��II\n\niignidhro rajiitrpta� kiimanam apsarasam eviinudinam adhimanyamanas\n\ntasya�\n\nsalokatam srutibhir\n\navarundha\n\nyatra\n\npitaro\n\nmadayante.\n\nagnidhra� -Agn!dhra;\n\nraja-the\n\nKing;\n\natrpta�-not\n\nsatisfied;\n\nkiimanam-with sense gratification; apsarasam-the celestial woman\n(Purvacitti);\n\neva-certainly; anudinam-day after day;\n\nadhi-ex­\n\nceedingly; manyamana�-thinking of; tasyii�-of her; sa-lokatampromotion to the same planet; srutibhi�-by the Vedas; avarundha-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0136": "Text 23)\ngot;\n\nThe Activities of Maharaja Agnidhra\n\nyatra-where; pitarab,-the forefathers;\n\n107\n\nmadayante-take\n\npleasure.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Purvacitti's departure, King Agnidhra, his lusty desires\n\nnot at all satisfied, always thought of her. Therefore, in accordance\nwith the Vedic injunctions, the King, after his death, was promoted to the same planet as his celestial wife. That planet, which is\ncalled Pitrloka, is where the pitas, the forefathers, live in great\ndelight.\nPURPORT\nIf one always thinks of something, he certainly gets a related body\nafter death. Maharaja Agnidhra was always thinking of Pit:rloka, the\nplace where his wife had returned. Therefore after his death he achieved\nthat same planet, probably to live with her again. Bhagavad-gita also\nsays:\n\nyam yam vapi smaran bhiivam\ntyajaty ante kalevaram\ntam tam evaiti kaunteya\nsada tad-bhiiva-bhiivitab,\n\"Whatever state of being one remembers when he quits his body, that\nstate he will attain without fail.\" (Bg.\n\n8.6) We can naturally conclude\n\nthat if we always think of K:r�J;ta or become fully K:r�rya conscious, we can\nbe promoted to the planet of Goloka V:rndavana, where K:r�f.la eternally\nlives.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�q� fqij'ft �q ;mtu it'm6if� srr��tt �� �t\n�t ;off � �fllfijf4�T �q���6:\"{ I I�� I I\nsamparete pitari nava bhrataro meru-duhitrr merudevim pratirilpam\nugradarf't$trim latarh ramyam syamiim narim bhadram devavitim iti\nsamjiia navodavahan.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0137": "[Canto 5, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n108\n\nsamparete pitari-after the departure of their father; nava-nine;\n\nbhnitarab-brothers; meru-duhitfb-the daughters of Meru; meru­\n\ndevim-Merudevi;\n\nUgradarh��ri;\n\nprati-rllpdm-Pratin1pii;\n\nlat am-Lata;\n\nramyam-Ramya;\n\nugra-darh$!rimsyam am-Syama;\n\nndrim-Nari; bhadram-Bhadrii; deva-vitim-Devaviti; iti-thus;\nsarhjnab-the names; nava-nine; udavahan-married.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMter the departure of their father, the nine brothers married\n\nthe\n\nnine\n\ndaughters\n\nof\n\nMeru\n\nnamed\n\nMerudevi,\n\nPratiriipa,\n\nUgrad�!ri, Lata, Ramya, Syama, Nari, Bhadra and Devaviti.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth .Canto, Second\n,\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Activities of Maha­\n\nraja Agnidhra. ''\n\n", "SB5.1#p0138": "CHAPTER THREE\n\n�hadeva's Appearance\nin the Womb of Merudevi,\nthe Wife of King Nabhi\nIn this chapter the spotless character of King Nabhi, the oldest son of\n\nAgnidhra, is described. Wanting to have sons, Maharaja Nabhi under­\n\nwent severe austerities and penances. He performed many sacrifices\n\nalong with his wife and worshiped Lord Vi�Qu, master of all sacrifices.\n\nBeing very kind to His devotees, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nwas very pleased with the austerities of Maharaja Nabhi. He personally\n\nappeared before the King in His four-handed feature, and the priests,\n\nwho were performing the sacrifices, began to offer their prayers unto\nHim. They prayed for a son like the Lord, and Lord Vi�Qu agreed to take\n\nbirth in the womb of Merudevi, the wife of King Nabhi, and incarnate as\nKing I;l.�abhadeva.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�t!;<li i3ClR\n\n;n�(q���ijt� �()�olOit �f(� ���dl�'iltt\\*f\nII � II\nsri-suka uvaca\nnabhir apatya-kamo 'prajaya merudevya bhagavantarit\nyajfia-pur'L0am avahitatmayajata.\nsri-suka/.t\n\nuvaca-Sukadeva\n\nGosvami said;· nabhi/.t-the\n\nson\n\nof\n\nMaharaja Agnidhra; apatya-kama/.t-desiring to have sons: aprajaya­\n\nwho had not given birth to any children; merudevya-with Merudevi:\n\nbhagavantam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead: yajfia-pur'L0amLord Vi�Qu, the master and enjoyer of all performances of sacrifice:\n\n109\n\n", "SB5.1#p0139": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nllO\n\navahita-atma-with great\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 3\n\nayajata -of:Iered prayers and\n\nattention;\n\nworshiped.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvann continued to speak: Maharaja Nabhi, the son\n\nof Agnidhra, wished to have sons, and therefore he attentively\n\nbegan to offer prayers and worship the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Lord Vi�J,lu, the master and enjoyer of all sacrifices.\n\nMaharaja Nabhi's wife, Merudevi, who had not given birth to any\nchildren at that time, also worshiped Lord Vi�J,lU along with her\n\nhusband.\n\nTEXT2\n\n��i4R� f� ��: Sl�!�ij ���R���filun��it�lfl � sfq l1tRF{�••••:H1'41ffi<ti46�1\n\nijSfffl� 31k'ili1'l'm�d fwtiiliWlf� �lf\"�l ��� �t(��\n'litlit�itlif�ifi'=4�::Jlf�ft� II � l I\ntasya ha vava sraddhaya viSuddha-bhavena yajata/:t pravargye�u\npracaratsu dravya-desa-kala-mantrartvig-da/cyiT)ii-vidhanayogopapattya duradhigamo 'pi bhagavan bhagavata-vatsalyataya\nsupratika atmanam aparajitarh nija-janabhipretartha-vidhitsaya grhitahrdayo hrdaymigamarh mano-nayananandanavayavabhiramam\naviScakara.\ntasya -when he ( Nabhi ) ; ha vava-certainly; sraddhaya - with great\nfaith and devotion; viSuddha-bhavena-with a pure, uncontaminated\nmind; yajata/:t -was worshiping; pravargye � u -while the fruitive ac­\n\ntivities called pravargya; pracaratsu - were being performed; dravya­\n\nthe ingredients;\npriests\n\ndesa -place; kala-time;\n\nconducting\n\nthe\n\nceremony;\n\nmantra -hymns ; rtvik­\n\nda /cyiT)ii-gifts\n\nto\n\nthe\n\npriests;\n\nvidhana-regulative principles; yoga -and of the means; upapattyaby the performance; duradhigama b,-not obtainable; api-although;\n\nbhaga van-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhagavata-vatsalyataya -because of His being very affectionate to His devotee; su-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0140": "Text 2]\n\n�abhadeva's Appearance\n\npratikab,-possessing\n\na\n\nvery\n\nbeautiful\n\nform;\n\n111\n\ndtmanam-Himself;\n\naparajitam-not to be conquered by anyone; nija-jana-of His devotee;\nabhipreta-artha-the desire; vidhitsaya-to fulfill; grhita-hrdayab,His\n\nheart\n\nbeing\n\nattracted;\n\nhrdayarigamam-captivating;\n\nmanab,­\n\nnayana-anandana-pleasing to the mind and eyes; avayava-by the\nlimbs; abhiramam-beautiful; aviScakara-manifested.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the performance of a sacrifice, there are seven transcendental\nmeans to obtain the mercy of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead: (I) by sacrificing valuable things or eatables,\n\n(2) by\n\nacting in terms of place, (3) by acting in terms of time,\n\n(4) by\n(6) by\n\noffering hymns,\n\n(5) by going through the the priest,\noffering gifts to the priests and (7) by observing the regulative\nprinciples. However, one cannot always obtain the Supreme Lord\n\nthrough this paraphernalia. Nonetheless, the Lord is affectionate\nto His devotee; therefore when Maharaja Niihhi, who was a devotee, worshiped and offered prayers to the Lord with great faith and\ndevotion and with a pure uncontaminated mind, superficially performing some yajiia in the line of pravargya, the kind Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, due to His affection for His devotees, appeared before King Niihhi in His unconquerable and captivating\nform with four hands. In this way, to fulfill the desire of His devotee, the Supreme Personality of Godhead manifested Himself in\nHis beautiful body before His devotee. This body pleases the mind\nand eyes of the devotees.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita it is clearly said:\nbhaktya mam abhijaniiti\nyavan ya.S cii.smi tattvatab,\ntato mam tattvato jnatva\nviSate tad-anantaram\n\"One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is only by devotional service. And when one is in full consciousness of the Supreme\n\n", "SB5.1#p0141": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n112\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 3\n\nLord by such devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of God.\"\n(Bg.\n\n18.55)\n\nOne can understand and see the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nthrough the process of devotional service, and not in any other way.\n\nAlthough Maharaja Nabhi performed prescribed duties and sacrifices, it\n\nshould still be considered that the Lord appeared before him not due to\nhis sacrifices but because of his devotional service. It was for this reason\n\nthat the Lord agreed to appear before him in His beautiful bodily\nfeatures. As stated in Brahma-samhitii (5.30), the Supreme Lord in His\noriginal nature\n\nis\n\nvery beautiful.\n\nVer:tum\n\nkva1).Untam\n\naravinda­\n\ndalayatii�am barhiivatarhsam asitiimbuda-sundariingam: the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, although blackish, is very, very beautiful.\n\nTEXT3\n3N � ij����rr��� ���� �f?f� mttlctil�41'if ��\n\nf.J�����lli � �!!4«W1(i�T��®�ful•l�lf���d\n���€4�Uili0���«.�m�������'RI�\n�--��·I�'«rils� ���'l'\"t;:ruq� �� 'IR�ICI;re�'TftiiJf\nm�: II� II\n-\n\natha ha tam iivi$krta-bhuja-yugala-dvayam hirar:tmayam pur�aviSesam kapiSa-kau5eyiimbara-dharam urasi vilasac-chnvatsa-lalamam\ndaravara-vanaruha-vana-miilacchury-amrta-marJ-i-gadiidibhir\nupala�itam sphuta-kiraTJU-pravara-mukuta-kur:u;lala-kataka-ka!isutra-hiira-keyura-nupurady-anga-bh�ana-vibh�itam rtvik-sadasyagrha-patayo 'dhanii ivottama-dhanam upalabhya sabahu-miinam\narhaT}-eniivanata-sir�iiTJU upatasthu/:t.\natka-thereafter; ha-certainly; tam\n\n-\n\nHim; iivi$krta-bhuja-yugala­\n\ndvayam-who manifested Himself with four arms; hirarJ-mayam-very\n\nbright; pur�a-viSe�am-the topmost of all living beings, Puru�ottama;\nkapisa-kauseya-ambara-dharam-wearing a yellow silk garment;\nurasi-on the\n\nchest;\n\nvilasat-beautiful;\n\nsnvatsa-called\n\nSrivatsa;\n\nlalamam-possessing the mark; dara-vara-by a conchshell; vanaruha-lotus flower; vana-miila-garland of forest flowers; acchuri-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0142": "Text 3]\n\nl,t�ahhadeva's Appearance\n\n113\n\ndisc; amrta-ma!'ti-the Kaustubha gem; gada-adibhift-and by a club\nand other symbols; upalak$itam-symptomized; sphuta-kira!'taradiant;\n\npravara-excellent;\n\nmukuta-helmet;\n\nku�la-earrings;\n\nkataka-bracelets; kati-sutra-girdle; ham-necklace; keyiiraarmlets; niipura-ankle bells; .adi-and so on; ariga-of the body;\nbhii$a!'ta-with ornaments; vibhii$itam-decorated; rtvik-the priests;\nsadasya-associates; grha-pataya�-and King Nabhi; adhana�-poor\npersons; iva-like; uttama-dhanam-a great treasure; upalabhyahaving achieved; sa-bahu-mdnam-with great regard; arha�na-with\ningredients for worship; avanata-bent; sir$d�w�-their heads;\nupatasthu�-worshiped.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Vi��u appeared before King Nabhi with four arms. He was\n\nvery bright, and He appeared to be the best of all personalities.\n\nAround the lower portion of His body, He wore a yellow silken\ngarment. On His chest was the mark of Srivatsa, which always dis­\n\nplays beauty. He carried a conchshell, lotus flower, disc and club,\nand He wore a garland of forest flowers and the Kaustubha gem.\nHe was beautifully decorated with a helmet, earrings, bangles,\n\nbelt, pearl necklace, armlets, ankle bells and other bodily ornaments bedecked with radiant jewels. Seeing the Lord present\n\nbefore them, King Nabhi and his priests and associates felt just\nlike poor people who have suddenly attained great riches. They\n\nreceived the Lord and respectfully bent their heads and offered\n\nHim things in worship.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIt is distinctly mentioned here that the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead did not appear as an ordinary human being. He appeared before\nKing Nabhi and his associates as the best of all personalities (Puru�ottama). As stated in the Vedas: Nityo nityanam cetana§ cetananam. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is also a living being, but He is the\nsupreme living being. In Bhagavad-gitd (7.7), Lord Kr��a Himself says.\nmatta� parataram nanyat kincid asti dhananjaya: \"0 conquerer of\nwealth [Arjuna], there is no truth superior to Me.\"\" No one is more attractive or more authoritative than Lord Kr��a. That is one of the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0143": "114\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 3\n\ndifferences between God and an ordinary living being. According to this\ndescription of the transcendental body of Lord Vi�l)u, the Lord can easily\nbe distinguished from all other living beings. Consequently Maharaja\nNabhi and his priests and associates all offered the Lord obeisances and\nbegan to worship Him with various things. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(6.22), yam labdhva caparam labham manyate nadhikam tata/:t. That\nis, ''Upon gaining this, one thinks that there is no greater gain.\" When\none realizes God and sees the Lord face to face, one certainly thinks that\nhe has gained the best of all things. Raso 'py asya pararh dr�tvii nivar­\n\ntate: when one experiences a higher taste, his consciousness is fixed.\nAfter seeing the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one ceases to be attracted by anything material. One then remains steady in his worship of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXTS 4-5\n\nSH(ccTJI i;'i�:\nat�q�:q�+i4U'i+taq?.JRT �+tl ifff ��IIE4f«§:'4��\n•) siRr � Sltll�!JUio�fu�'ifij�� ��� lR�� SJ�Rf��ffi\n�t�f�l+t�ql'tiRfm �fwl�qur� II � II ����P-f���­\n\nf�e��!E4�+tSI!E4(giJI1TUT�I'i�'U�� II� II\nrtvija ilcu/:t\narhasi muhur arhattamiirhar:wm asmiikam anupathiiniim namo\nnama ity etiivat sad-upa§i�itam ko 'rhati pumiin prakrti-gur:wvyatikara-matir anfSa iSvarasya parasya prakrti-pur�ayor\narviiktaniibhir niima-rilpiikrtibhi rilpa-nirilpar:tam.\n\nsakala-jana­\n\nnikiiya-vrjina-nirasana-sivatama-pravara-gur:ta-gar:taika-desakathaniid rte.\nrtvija/:t ilcu/:t-the priests said; arhasi-please (accept); muhu/:tagain and again; arhat-tama-0 most exalted, worshipable person;\n\narhar:wm-offering of worship; asmiikam-of us; anupat hiiniim-who\nare Your servants; nama/:t-respectful obeisances; nama/:t-respectful\nobeisances; iti\n\n- thus; etiivat-so far; sat-by exalted personalities;\n\nupasik�itam-instructed; ka/:t-what; arhati-is able (to make);\n\n", "SB5.1#p0144": "Text 5)\n\n�ahhadeva's Appearance\n\npunuin-man;\n\nprakrti-of material nature;\n\n115\n\ngu�-of the modes;\n\nvyatikara-in the transformations; mati!t-whose mind (is absorbed);\n\naniSalt-who is most incapable; iSvarasya-of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead; parasya-beyond; prakrti-pur�ayolt-the jurisdiction of\n\nthe three modes of material nature; arvaktanabhi!t-which do not reach\nup to, or which are of this material world; nama-rupa-akrtibhilt-by\n\nnames,\n\nforms\n\nand\n\nqualities;\n\nrupa-of\n\nYour\n\nnature\n\nor position;\n\nnirupa�m-ascertainment, perception; sakala-all; jana-nikiiya-of\n\nmankind;\n\nvrjina-sinful actions;\n\nnirasana-which wipe out;\n\nsiva­\n\ntama-most auspicious; pravara-excellent; gu�-ga�-of the tran­\n\nscendental qualities; eka-desa-one part; kathanat-by speaking; rteexcept.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe priests began to offer prayers to the Lord, saying: 0 most\nworshipahle one, we are simply Your servants. Although You are\nfull in Yourself, please, out of Your causeless mercy, accept a little\nservice from us, Your eternal servants. We are not actually aware\nof Your transcendental form, but we\n\ncan\n\nsimply offer our\n\nrespectful obeisances again and again, as instructed by the Vedic\nliteratures and authorized iicaryas. Materialistic living entities are\nvery much attracted to the modes of material nature, and therefore\nthey are never perfect, but You are above the jurisdiction of all\nmaterial conceptions. Your name, form and qualities are all transcendental and beyond the conception of experimental knowledge.\nIndeed, who can conceive of You? In the material world we can\nperceive only material names and qualities. We have no other\npower than to offer our respectful obeisances and prayers unto\nYou, the transcendental person. The chanting of Your auspicious\ntranscendental qualities will wipe out the sins of all mankind. That\nis the most auspicious activity for us, and we can thus partially understand Your supernatural position.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead has nothing to do with material\n\nperception. Even the impersonalist Sari.karacarya says. naraya�tt para\n'vyaktat: \"Narayal)a. the Supreme Personality of Godhead. is beyond the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0145": "116\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 3\n\nmaterial conception.\" We cannot concoct the form and attributes of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. We must simply accept the description\n\ngiven in Vedic literatures about the Lord's form and activities. As stated\nin Brahma-samhitii (5.29):\n\ncintiimar:ti-prakara-sadmasu kalpa-vrk§alak§avrte$U surabhir abhipalayantam\nlak§mi-sahasra-sata-sambhrama-sevyamiinam\ngovindam iidi-purU$arh tam aham bhajami\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, the first progenitor, who is\n\ntending the cows, yielding all desires, in abodes built with spiritual gems\nand surrounded by millions of purpose trees. He is always served with\ngreat reverence and affection by hundreds and thousands of goddesses of\n\nfortune.\" We can have some conception of the Absolute Truth, His form\n\nand His attributes simply by reading the descriptions given in Vedic\n\nliteratures and authoritative statements given by exalted personalities\nlike Brahma, Narada, Sukadeva Gosvami and others. Srila Rupa Gosvami\nsays, ata/:t sri-kr$r:ta-niimiidi na bhaved grahyam indriyai/:t: \"We cannot\n\nconceive the name, form and qualities of Sri Kr�IJa through our material\n\nsenses.\" Because of this, other names for the Lord are adhok§aja and\n\naprakrta, which indicate that He is beyond any material senses. Out of\n\nHis causeless mercy upon His devotees, the Lord appeared before\n\nMaharaja Nabhi. Similarly, when we are engaged in the Lord's devo­\n\ntional service, the Lord reveals Himself to us. Sevonmukhe hi jihvadau\n\nsvayam eva sphuraty ada/:t. This is the only way to understand the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii, bhak­\n\ntyii miim abhijaniiti yaviin ya5 ciismi tattvata/:t: one can understand the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead through devotional service. There is no\nother way. We have to hear from the authorities and from the siistras and\n\nconsider the Supreme Lord in terms of their statements. We cannot\nimagine or concoct forms and attributes of the Lord.\nTEXT6\n\n��'lfcr�ffi�q�ij��ijf��6JiM1W'4tf'SRf€hl{��uq\n� �� f� 'R'I qf(�ft:t I� I\n\n", "SB5.1#p0146": "Text 6)\n\n��abhadeva's Appearance\n\n117\n\nparijananuraga-viracita-sabala-saril.Sabda-salila-sita-kisalaya-tulasikiidurvankurair api sambhrtaya saparyaya kila parama parit�yasi.\nparijana-by Your servants; anuraga-in great ecstasy; viracita-ex­\n\necuted;\n\nsabala-with a faltering voice;\n\nsaril.Sabda-with prayers;\n\nsalila-water; sita kisalaya-twigs bearing new leaves; tulasikii-tulasi\n-\n\nleaves;\n\ndurva-ankurai/:l-and with newly grown grass;\nsaparyaya-by worship;\n\nsambhrtaya-performed ;\n\napi-also;\n\nkila-indeed ;\n\nparama-0 Supreme Lord; parit�yasi-You become satisfied.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Supreme Lord, You are full in every respect. You are certainly\nvery satisfied when Your devotees offer You prayers with faltering\nvoices and in ecstasy bring You tulasi leaves, water, twigs bearing\nnew leaves, and newly grown grass. This surely makes You\nsatisfied.\nPURPORT\n\nOne does not need great wealth, education or opulence to satisfy the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. If one is fully absorbed in love and\n\necstasy, he need offer only a flower and a little water. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii, patram p�pam phalam toyam yo me bhaktya prayacchati: \"If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaL a flower, fruit or\n\nwater, I will accept it.\" (Bg.\n\n9.26)\n\nThe Supreme Lord can be pleased only by devotional service:\n\ntherefore it is said here that the Lord is surely satisfied by devotion and\nnothing else. Quoting from the Gautamiya-tantra, the Hari-bhaktivilasa states:\ntulasi-dala-matrer:ta\njalasya culukena va\nvikrir:tite svam atmanam\nbhaktebhyo bhakta-vatsala/:l\n\"Sri: �l?Q.a, who is very affectionate toward His devotees, sells Himself to\n\na devotee who offers merely a tulasi leaf and a palmful of water. .. The\n\nSupreme Lord is causelessly merciful upon His devotee. so much so that\n\n", "SB5.1#p0147": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n118\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 3\n\neven the poorest of men can offer Him a little water and a flower in devotion and thus please Him. This is due to His affectionate dealings with\nHis devotees.\n\nTEXT7\n\n3fVU;P'IIN WI � ('ill�t���\n\nijaR���\n\nll\\911\nathiinayiipi na bhavata ijyayoru-bhiira-bharayii samucitam artham\nihopalabhamahe.\n\natka-otherwise; anaya-this ; api-even; na-not; bhavata/:t-of\nYour exalted personality; ijyaya -by performance of sacrifice; uru­\n\nbhiira- bharayii - encumbered by much paraphernalia; samucitam-required; artham - use; iha-here; upalabhiimahe-we can see.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWe have engaged in Your worship with many things and have\n\noffered sacrifices unto You, hut we think that there is no need for\nso many arrangements to please Your Lordship.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSr!la Rupa Gosviimi says that if one is offered varied foods but has no\nappetite, the offering has no value. In a big sacrificial ceremony there\nmay be many things accumulated to satisfy the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, but if there is no devotion, attachment or love for the Lord, the\narrangement is useless. The Lord is complete in Himself, and He does not\nneed anything from us. However, if we offer Him a little water, a flower\nand a tulas'i leaf, He will accept them. Bhakti, devotional service, is the\nmain way to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is not a question of arranging huge sacrifices. The priests were regretful, thinking\nthat they were not on the path of devotional service and that their\nsacrifice was not pleasing to the Lord.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0148": "Text 8]\n\n119\n\n�abhadeva's Appearance\nTEXTS\n\n���Wt�WI��Rt,%iot .n������q� �\n'll�l�tf 31N1Qiwtlwtl��f�\n¥tfcttJ�(Rt I I � I I\niitmana eviinusavanam aiijasavyatireker_w. bobhuyamiinii.Se$apur�iirtha-svarilpasya kintu niithii.S�a asiisiiniiniim etad\nabhisamriidhana-miitrarh bhavitum arhati.\niitmana�-self-sufficiently; eva-certainly; anusavanam-at ever.y\nmoment;\n\naiijasa-directly;\n\nbobhuyamiina-increasing;\n\navyatireke�a-without\n\na.Se$a-unlimitedly;\n\nstopping;\n\npur�a-artha-the\n\ngoals of life; sva-rilpasya-Your actual identity; kintu-but; niitha-0\nLord; ii.S�a�-benedictions for material enjoyment; asiisaniiniim-of\nus, who are always desiring; etat-this; abhisamriidhana-for getting\nYour mercy; miitram-only; bhavitum arhati-can be.\nTRANSLATION\nAll of life's goals and opulences are directly, self-sufficiently,\nunceasingly and unlimitedly increasing in You at every moment.\nIndeed, You are unlimited enjoyment and blissful existence itself.\nAs far as we are concerned, 0 Lord, we are always after material\nenjoyment. You do not need all these sacrificial arrangements, but\nthey are meant for us so that we may be benedicted by Your Lordship. All these sacrifices are performed for our fruitive results,\nand they are not actually needed by You.\n\nPURPORT\nBeing self-sufficient, the Supreme Lord does not need huge sacrifices.\nFruitive activity for a more opulent life is for those who desire such\nmaterial opulence for their interest. Yajiiiirthiit karma� 'nyatra loko\n'yam karma-bandhana�: if we do not act to satisfy the Supreme Lord.\nwe engage in maya's activities. We may construct a gorgeous temple and\nspend thousands of dollars, but such a temple is not required by the\nLord. The Lord has many millions of temples for His residence. and He\ndoes not need our attempt. He does not require opulent activity at all.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0149": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n120\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 3\n\nSuch engagement is meant for our benefit. If we engage our money in\nconstructing a gorgeous temple, we are freed from the reactions of our\nendeavors. This is for our benefit. In addition, if we attempt to do something nice for the Supreme Lord, He is pleased with us and gives us His\nbenediction. In conclusion, the gorgeous arrangements are not for the\nLord's sake but for our own. If we somehow or other receive blessings\nand benedictions from the Lord, our consciousness can be purified and\nwe can become eligible to return home, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT9\n\n�: q(qf?t§:ti q(qq(f(� m:;:uqf4•tt�tt�q�� tr.t � ;nqffi\n\n� .m�wrt (CI�f(kq;{:\n�up.rr\n\n(Ciqf«qt;f\n\na«ij(€1��: 11�11\ntad yathii baliSiiniirh svayam iitmana/:t sreya/:t param avidU§iirh paramaparama-purU§a prakar�a-karuT}ayii sva-mahimiinarh ciipavargiikhyam\nupakalpay�yan svayarh niipacita evetaravad ihopala�ita/:t.\ntat\n\n- that; yathii-as; biiliSiiniim-of the fools; svayam-by Yo11rself;\n\niitmana/:t-own;\n\nsreya/:t-welfare;\n\nparam-ultimate;\n\navidU§iim-of\n\npersons who do not know; parama-parama-purU§a-0 Lord of lords;\nprakar�a-karu7Jayii-by abundant causeless mercy; sva-mahimiinamYour personal glory; ca-and;\n\napavarga-iikhyam-called apavarga\n\nsvayam-personally;\nacita/:t-not properly worshiped; eva-a lthough; itara-vat-like\nan ordinary person; iha - here; upala�ita/:t-(You are) present and\n(liberation); upakalpayi$yan-desiring to give;\n\nna ap\n\nseen (by us).\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord of lords, we are completely ignorant of the execution of\n\ndharma, artha, kama and mok!ja, the process of liberation, because\nwe do not actually know the goal of life. You have appeared per­\n\nsonally before us like a person soliciting worship, hut actually You\nare present here just so we\n\ncan see You. You have come out of Your\n\nabundant and causeless mercy in order to serve our purpose, our\n\n", "SB5.1#p0150": "��abhadeva's Appearance\n\nText 10]\n\n121\n\ninterest, and give us the benefit of Your personal glory called\napavarga, liberation. You have come, although You are not\nproperly worshiped by us due to our ignorance.\nPURPORT\nLord Vi�l).u was personally present at the sacrificial arena, but this\ndoes not mean that He had any interest in His own personal benefit.\nSimilarly, the arca-vigraha, the Deity in the temple, is present for the\nsame purpose. Out of His causeless mercy, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead presents Himself before us so that we can see Him. Since we\nhave no transcendental vision, we cannot see the spiritual sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha of the Lord; therefore, out of His causeless mercy He\ncomes in a form we can see. We can only see material things like stone\nand wood, and therefore He accepts a form of stone and wood and thus\naccepts our service in the temple. This is an exhibition of the Lord's\ncauseless mercy. Although He has no interest in such things, in order to\nreceive our loving service, He agrees to act as He does. We cannot actually offer suitable paraphernalia for the Lord's worship because we are\ncompletely ignorant. It was out of His causeless mercy that the Lord appeared in the sacrificial arena of Maharaja Nabhi.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n��144q � � � � u��(a>�¥ft �q•f't��\n31T� II � II\no\n\nathiiyam eva varo hy arhattama yarhi barhi$i riijar�er varadar�abho\nbhaviin nija-purU$e�ar:w--vi$aya iisit.\n\natha-then ; ayam-this; eva-certainly; varaft-benediction; hiindeed; arhat-tama-0 most worshipable of the worshipable; yarhibecause; barhi$i-in the sacrifice; ra ja-r�e ft-of King Nabhi; varadar�abhaft-the best of the benefactors; bhavan-Your Lordship: nijapurU$a-of Your devotees; i/cyar:w--vi$ayaf7,-the object of the sight:\niisit-has become.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0151": "122\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 most worshipahle of all, You are the best of all benefactors,\n\nand Your appearance at saintly King Nahhi's sacrificial arena is\n\nmeant for our benediction. Because You have been seen by us, You\nhave bestowed upon us the most valuable benediction.\nPURPORT\nNija-pur�a-i�aTJfL-V�aya. In Bhagavad-gitii (9.29) K.r�Qa says, samo\n\n'ham sarva-bhute�u: \"I envy no one, nor am I partial to anyone. I am\n\nequal to all. But whoever renders service unto Me in devotion is a friend,\nis in Me, and I am also a friend to him.\"\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is equal to everyone. In that\n\nsense, He has no enemies and no friends. Everyone is enjoying the\n\nfruitive reactions of his own work, and the Lord, within everyone's\nheart, is observing and giving everyone the desired result. However, just\n\nas the devotees are always anxious to see the Supreme Lord satisfied in\n\nevery way, similarly the Supreme Lord is very anxious to present Himself before His devotees. Sri K.r�Qa says in Bhagavad-gitii (4.8):\nparitra�ya sadhunii m\nviniisaya ca d�krtam\ndharma-samsthiipaniirthiiya\nsambhavami yuge yuge\n\n\"To deliver the pious and to annihilate the miscreants, as well as to reestablish the principles of religion, I advent Myself millennium after\n\nmillennium.\"\n\nThus K.r�Qa's appearance is for the deliverance and satisfaction of His\n\ndevotees. Actually He does not advent Himself simply to kill the demons,\n\nfor that can be done by His agents. Lord Vi�Qu's appearance at the\n\nsacrificial arena of Maharaja Nabhi was just to please the King and his\nassistants. Otherwise there was no reason for His being present there.\nTEXT 11\n\n31QWM�6���'f'l� lf��Cfl;jl+tl<:+tl(l+nolf\na;ft;jl+twtmqf(gfUI6!JO(fiUl q(+t+tteP't;j!JUf� sf« II � � II\n\n", "SB5.1#p0152": "Text II]\n\n�ahhadeva's Appearance\n\n123\n\nasanga-niSita-jiiananala-vidhiltaSe$a-maliiniim bhavat-svabhiiviinam\niitmariima¢m muninam anavarata-parigu�ita-guT:UL-gaT:UL paramamangaliiyana-guT:UL-gaT:UL-kathano 'si.\n\nasa ri ga - b y\n\ndeta chment;\n\nni.Sita-strengthened;\n\njiiiina-of\n\nknowledge; anala -by the fire; vidhuta-removed; aSe$a-unlimited;\nmaliinam-whose dirty things; bhavat-svabhaviinam-who have attained Your qualities;\n\niitma-iiriimii�iim-who are self-satisfied;\n\nmuniniim-of great sages; ana v arata -incessantly; parigu�itarecounted; guT:UL-gaT:UL-0 Lord, whose spiritual qualities; paramamangala-supreme bliss;\n\nayana-produces; gu1J.(L-ga1J.(L-kathana/:t­\n\nHe, the chanting of whose attributes; asi-You are.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, all the great sages who are thoughtful and saintly\npersons incessantly recount Your spiritual qualities. These sages\nhave already burned up all the unlimited dirty things and, by the\nfire of\n\nknowledge, strengthened their detachment\n\nfrom the\n\nmaterial world. Thus they have attained Your qualities and are\nself-satisfied. Yet even for those who feel spiritual bliss in chanting\nYour attributes, Your personal presence is very rare.\n\nPURPORT\nThe priests in Maharaja Nabhi's sacrificial arena appreciated the personal presence of the Supreme Lord Vi�Qu, and they considered themselves very much obliged. The Lord's appearance is rare even for great\nsaintly persons who have become completely detached from this material\nworld and whose hearts are clean due to constantly chanting the glories\nof the Lord. Such people are satisfied by chanting the transcendental\nqualities of the Lord. The Lord's personal presence is not actually required. The priests are pointing out that the Lord's personal presence is\nvery rare even for such elevated sages but that He was so kind to them\nthat now He was personally present. Therefore the priests were very\nmuch obliged.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0153": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n124\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 12\n\n���f4�wtM�q(wt'1JllUI�(q�twttfa:! f€4q�llifi wt: ��\niiq��ota>�P-114N ('liMS��if�MHiwnA �g�f;r �3N\n\n•ll\"f.IOM �II�� II\natha kathaiicit skhalana-�ut-patana-jrmbhar:w-duravasthaniidi§u\nvivasaniirh na/:t smara�ya jvara-marar:w-daSayam api sakala-kaSmalanirasaniini tava gur:w-krta-niimadheyani vacana-gocarar:r,i bhavantu.\natha-still; kathaiicit-somehow or other; skhalana-stumbling;\n\nk � u t - h u n g e r ; p a t a na - fa11i n g d o w n ; j r m b h a r:r, a - ya w ni n g ;\nduravasthana-because o f being placed in a n undesirable position;\n\nadi� u -and\n\nso\n\non;\n\nvivasanam-unable;\n\nsmarar:r,iiya-to remember;\n\nna/:t -of\n\nourselves;\n\njvara-marar:r,a-daSayam-in the case of\n\nhaving a high fever at the time of death; api-also; sakala-all;\nkaSmala-sins; nirasaniini-which can dispel; tava- Your; gur:w-attributes; krta-activities; niimadheyani-names; vacana-gocarar:r,ipossible to be uttered; bhavantu-let them become.\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, we may not he able to remember Your name, form\n\nand qualities due to stumbling, hunger, falling down, yawning or\n\nbeing in a miserable diseased condition at the time of death when\n\nthere is a high fever. We therefore pray unto You, 0 Lord, for You\nare very affectionate to Your devotees. Please help us remember\n\nYou and utter Your holy names, attributes and activities, which can\ndispel all the reactions of our sinful lives.\nPURPORT\nThe real success in life is ante niirayar:w -sm rt i-remembering the\nholy name, attributes, activities and form of the Lord at the time of\ndeath. Although we may be engaged in the Lord's devotional service in\nthe temple, material conditions are so tough and inevitable that we may\nforget the Lord at the time of death due to a diseased condition or mental\nderangement. Therefore we should pray to the Lord to be able to remem-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0154": "Text 13]\n\nI;l�ahhadeva's Appearance\n\n125\n\nher His lotus feet without fail at the time of death, when we are in such a\nprecarious condition.\n\nIn this regard,\n\nBhii.gavatam (6.2.9-10 and 14-15).\n\none\n\nmay also see\n\nSrimad­\n\nTEXT 13\n\nAi� Ustf'f(qc:q€6i+t: �f\n\n(<t4ilqii4•f�(fq\n\n'fi�Ofl( II � �II\n\n�fN'ii4'�\n\nliii41t\\ihu\\IR1'1 �Sfl(+nftrrt\nSNiiqlq�st�tfl ���:\n\nkincayam rajar$ir apatya-kama/:t prajam bhavadrsim asasana\n\niSvaram a5i$am svargapavargayor api bhavantam upadhavati prajayam\n\nartha-pratyayo dhanadam ivadhana/:t phalikarar:wm.\nkifica-moreover;\n\nayam-this;\n\nraja-r$i/:t-pious\n\nKing\n\n(Nabhi);\n\napatya-kama/:t-desiring offspring; prajam-a son; bhavadrsim-ex­\n\nactly like You; dSdsdna/:t-hoping for; iSvaram-the supreme controller;\n\na5i$am-of benedictions; svarga-apavargayo/:t-of the heavenly planets\n\nand liberation; api-although; bhavantam-You; upadhavati-wor­\n\nships; prajayam-children; artha-pratyaya/:t-regarding as the ulti­\n\nmate goal of life; dhana-dam-unto a person who can give immense\nwealth as charity; iva-like; adhana/:t-a poor man; phalikarar:wm-a\n\nlittle husk.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, here is the great King Nahhi, whose ultimate goal in\nlife is to have a son like You. Your Lordship, his position is like\nthat of a person approaching a very rich man and begging for a little grain. Maharaja Nahhi is so desirous of having a son that he is\nworshiping You for a son, although You can offer him any exalted\nposition, including elevation to the heavenly planets or liberation\nback to Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nThe priests were a little ashamed that King Nabhi was performing a\n\ngreat sacrifice just to ask the Lord's benediction for a son. The Lord could\n\n", "SB5.1#p0155": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n126\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 3\n\noffer him promotion to the heavenly planets or the VaikuQ.tha planets.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has taught us how to approach the Supreme\n\nLord and ask Him for the ultimate benediction. He said: na dhanam na\n\njanam na sundarim kavitam va jagad-iSa kamaye. He did not want to\n\nask the Supreme Lord for anything material. Material opulence means\n\nriches, a nice family, a good wife and many followers, but an intelligent\n\ndevotee doesn't ask the Supreme Lord for anything material. His only\n\nprayer is: mama janmani janmanisvare bhavatad bhaktir ahaituki tvayi.\n\nHe wants to be engaged perpetually in the loving service of the Lord. He\n\ndoes not want promotion to the heavenly planets or mukti, liberation\n\nfrom material bondage. If this were the case, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nwould not have said, mama janmani janmani. It doesn't matter to a\n\ndevotee whether or not he takes birth life after life, as long as he remains\n\na devotee. Actually eternal liberty means returning home, back to\nGodhead. A devotee is never concerned about anything material.\n\nAlthough Nabhi Maharaja wanted a son like Vi�Q.u, wanting a son like\n\nGod is also a form of sense gratification. A pure devotee wants only to\n\nengage in the Lord's loving service.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� � �� �squNimmtf\\lffl�\n'lttP<ttit�fu�q��'it'���refeA�f€1q(..,'1TtfflfiRt(aq•��: II �'d II\nko va iha te 'parajito 'parajitaya mayayanavasita-padavyanavrta-matir\nvi$aya-vi$a-rayanavrta-prakrtir anupasita-mahac-carar:m/:1,.\n\nka/:1, va-who is that person; iha-within this material world; te-o£\n\nYour Lordship; aparajita/:1,-not conquered; aparajitaya-by the uncon­\n\nquerable; mayaya-illusory energy; anavasita-padavya-whose path\ncannot\n\nbe\n\nascertained;\n\nanavrta-mati/:1,-whose\n\nintelligence\n\nis\n\nnot\n\nbewildered; vi$aya-vi$a-of material enjoyment, which is like poison;\n\nraya-by the course; anavrta-not covered; prakrti/:1,-whose nature;\n\nanupasita-without worshiping; mahat-carar:m/:1,-the lotus feet of great\n\ndevotees.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0156": "Text 14)\n\nl.l�abhadeva's Appearance\n\n127\n\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, unless one worships the lotus feet of great devotees,\none will be conquered by the illusory energy, and his intelligence\nwill be bewildered. Indeed, who has not been carried away by the\nwaves of material enjoyment, which are like poison? Your illusory\nenergy is unconquerable. No one can see the path of this material\nenergy or tell how it is working.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Nabhi was inclined to performing great sacrifices for\n\nbegetting a son. The son might be as good as the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, but such a material desire-be it great or insignificant-is\n\nbrought about by the influence of maya. A devotee does not at all desire\n\nanything for sense gratification. Devotion is therefore explained as\ndevoid of material desires (anyabhilii$ita-sunya). Everyone is subjected\nto the influence of maya and entangled in all kinds of material desire,\n\nand Maharaja Nabhi was no exception. Freedom from maya's influence is\n\npossible when one engages in the service of the great devotees (mahac­\n\ncaral).a-seva). Without worshiping the lotus feet of a great devotee, one\ncannot be freed from maya's influence. Srila Narottama dasa Thakura\ntherefore says, chat;liya va�l).ava-seva nistara payeche keba: \"Who has\nbeen freed from maya's clutches without serving the lotus feet of a\nVai�I)ava?\" Maya is aparajita, �nd her influence is also aparajita. As\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gita (7.14):\ndaivi hy e�a gul).amayi\nmama maya duratyaya\n\"This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material\n\nnature, is difficult to overcome.\"\n\nOnly a devotee can surpass maya's great influence. It was no fault on\n\nMaharaja Nabhi's part that he wanted a son. He wanted a son like the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is the best of all sons. By the association of the Lord's devotee, one no longer desires material opulence.\n\nThis is confirmed in Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 22.54):\n\n", "SB5.1#p0157": "128\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 3\n\n\"sadhu-sanga\", \"sadhu-sanga\" sarva-sastre kaya\nlava-matra sadhu-sange sarva-siddhi haya\nand Madhya 22.51:\n\nmahat-krpa vinii kona karme 'bhakti' naya\nkmza-bhakti dilre rahu, sarhsara nahe k{;aya\nIf one is serious about escaping maya's influence and returning home,\n\nback to Godhead, one must associate with a sadhu (devotee). That is the\nverdict of all scriptures. By the slight association of a devotee, one can be\nfreed from the clutches of maya. Without the mercy of the pure devotee,\n\none cannot get freedom by any means. Certainly a pure devotee's association is necessary in order to obtain the loving service of the Lord. One\n\ncannot be freed from maya's clutches without sadhu-sanga, the benediction of a great devotee. In\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (7.5.32) Prahlada\n\nMaharaja says:\n\nna�arh matis tavad urukramanghrirh\nsprsaty anarthapagamo yad artha�\nmahiyasarh pada-rajo- 'bh�ekarh\nn�kiiicaniinii rh na vro.ita yavat\nOne cannot become the Lord's pure devotee without taking the dust of a\n\n(pada-rajo- 'bh�ekam). A pure devotee is\nn�kiiicana; he has no material desire to enjoy the material world. One\n\ngreat devotee on his head\n\nhas to take shelter of such a pure devotee in order to attain his qualities.\n\nThe pure devotee is always free from the clutches of maya and her\n\ninfluence.\n\nTEXT 15\n� � �f.r ���- ���f+t�l.U ��� �q­\n\n�tim ��crt'{ srRt!!l1�R�l'( ������\n\nyad u ha vava tava punar adabhra-kartar iha samahiitas tatrarthadhiyarh mandanii rh nas tad yad deva-helanarh deva-devarhasi samyena\nsarvan prativm)hum avidU$am.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0158": ":t:t�abhadeva's Appearance\n\nText 15]\nyat-because;\n\nu\n\n129\n\nha vava-indeed; tava-Your; puna�-again;\n\nadabhra-karta�-0 Lord, who performs many activities; iha-here, in\n\nthis arena of sacrifice; samdhzlta�-invited; tatra-therefore; arthadhiyam-who aspire to fulfill material desires; mandaruim-not very\n\nintelligent; na�-of us; tat-that; yat-which; deva-helanam-dis­\n\nrespect of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; deva-deva-Lord of\nlords; arhasi-please; samyena-because of Your equipoised position;\n\nsarvan-everything; p rativo{lhum-tolerate; avid�am-of us, who are\n\nall ignorant.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, You perform many wonderful activities. Our only aim\nwas to acquire a son by performing this great sacrifice; therefore\nour intelligence is not very sharp. We are not experienced in\nascertaining life's goal. By inviting You to this negligible sacrifice\nfor some material motive, we have certainly committed a great\noffense at Your lotus feet. Therefore, 0 Lord of lords, please excuse our offense because of Your causeless mercy and equal mind.\nPURPORT\nThe priests were certainly unhappy to have called the Supreme Lord\n\nfrom Vaikui,ltha for such an insignificant reason. A pure devotee never\nwants to see the Lord unnecessarily. The Lord is engaged in various ac­\n\ntivities, and the pure devotee does not want to see Him whimsically, for\nhis own sense gratification. The pure devotee simply depends on the\nLord's mercy, and when the Lord is pleased, he can see Him face to face.\n\nThe Lord is unseen even by demigods like Lord Brahmii and Lord Siva.\nBy calling on the Supreme Lord, the priests of Nabhi Maharaja proved\n\nthemselves unintelligent; nonetheless, the Lord came out of His causeless mercy. All of them therefore wanted to be excused by the Lord.\n\nWorship of the Supreme Lord for material gain is not approved by\n\nauthorities. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (7.16):\n\ncatur-vidha bhajante miiril\nja nii � sukrtino rjuna\niirto jijfiiisur artharthi\njnani ca bharatar$abha\n'\n\n", "SB5.1#p0159": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n130\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 3\n\n\"0 best among the Bharatas [Arjuna], four kinds of pious men render\n\ndevotional service unto Me-the distressed, the desirer of wealth, the in­\n\nquisitive, and he who is searching for knowledge of the Absolute.\"\n\nInitiation into bhakti begins when one is in a distressed condition or in\n\nwant of money, or when one is inquisitive to understand the Absolute\n\nTruth. Nonetheless, people who approach the Supreme Lord in this way\n\nare not actually devotees. They are accepted as pious (sukrtinatt} due to\n\ntheir inquiring about the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. Not knowing the various activities and engagements of the\n\nLord, such people unnecessarily disturb the Lord for material gain.\n\nHowever, the Lord is so kind that even though disturbed, He fulfills the\ndesires of such beggars. The pure devotee is anyabhila$ita-sunya; he has\n\nno motive behind his worship. He is not conducted by the influence of\n\nmaya in the form of karma or jfiiina. The pure devotee is always pre­\n\npared to execute the order of the Lord without personal consideration.\n\nThe rtvija/:1,, the priests at the sacrifice, knew very well the distinction\n\nbetween karma and bhakti, and because they considered themselves\n\nunder the influence of karma, fruitive activity, they begged the Lord's\npardon. They knew that the Lord had been invited to come for some paltry reason.\n\nTEXT 16\n\nJJ/t�<n �\n��an\n\n��;it +«•t�twtPtflt� \"\"���flt�tR(tflm'���f'l� 1 ��I\n\nsri-suka uviica\niti nigadenabh�!ilyamiino bhagavan anim�ar$abho var$adharabhivaditabhivandita-carar:u:t/:1, sadayam idam aha.\nsrr-suka/:1, u vaca-Sri: Sukadeva Gosvami: said; iti-thus ; nigadena­\n\nby prayers in prose; abh�tuyamiina/:1,-being worshiped; bhagavan­\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; anim�a-r$abha/:1,-the chief of all\n\nthe demigods; var$a-dhara-by King Nabhi, the Emperor of Bharatavar�a; abhiviidita-worshiped; abhivandita-were bowed down to;\ncarar:u:t/:1,-whose feet; sadayam-kindly; idam-this; aha-said.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0160": "Text 17)\n\n�abhadeva's Appearance\n\n131\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri\n\nSukadeva Gosvami\n\nsaid:\n\nThe priests,\n\nwho\n\nwere even\n\nworshiped by King Nabhi, the Emperor of Bhiirata-var�a, offered\n\nprayers in prose [generally they were in poetry) and bowed down\n\nat the Lord's lotus feet. The Lord of lords, the ruler of the\ndemigods, was very pleased with them, and He began to speak as\nfollows.\n\nTEXT 17\n\nmijlJqJijei/'i\"f\n\n3({1 �'f{m llcrOON��iftffl4�®��fiNiffit �UGtfl�+t'SIT 1PlT � 4f-11AA ifiU@I�•�: ��<!Q(�q·fq il�\n� � liFtQ�Rr if� ft � ;;r� f�� II� \\911\nsri-bhagavan uvtica\naho bataham r$ayo bhavadbhir avitatha-girbhir varam asulabham\nabhiyacito yad am�yatmajo maya sadrso bhuyad iti mamaham\nevabhirupa/:£ kaivalyad athapi brahma-vado na mr$a bhavitum arhati\nmamaiva hi mukham yad dvija-deva-kulam.\nsri-bhagavan uvtica-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;\naho-alas; bata-certainly I am pleased; aham-1; r$aya/:£-O great\nsages; bhavadbhi/:t-by you; avitatha-girbhi/:t-whose words are all\ntrue; varam-for a benediction; asulabham-very difficult to achieve;\nabhiyacitaf:t-have\n\nbeen\n\nrequested;\n\nyat-that;\n\nam�ya-of\n\nKing\n\nNabhi; atma-ja/:£-a son; maya sadrsa/:t-like Me; bhuyat-there may\nbe; iti-thus; mama-My; aham-1; eva-only; abhirupa/:t-equal;\nkaivalyat-because of being without a second; athapi-nevertheless;\nbrahma-vada/:£-the words spoken by exalted brahmar:tas; na-not;\nmr$a-false; bhavitum-to become; arhati-ought; mama-My; evacertainly; hi-because; mukham-mouth; yat-that; dvija-devakulam-the class of pure brahmar:tas.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead replied: 0 great sages, I\nam\n\ncertainly very pleased with your prayers. You are all truthful.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0161": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n132\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 3\n\nYou have prayed for the benediction of a son like Me for King\n\nNabhi, but this is very difficult to obtain. Since I am the Supreme\n\nPerson without a second and since no one is equal to Me, another\n\npersonality like Me is not possible to find. In any case, because you\n\nare all qualified brahmaJ}.as, your vibrations should not prove\nuntrue. I consider the briihmat}.as who are well qualified with\n\nbrahminical qualities to be as good as My own mouth.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word avitatha-girbhi/:t means \"they whose spoken vibrations can­\n\nnot be nullified.\" The briihrru:u:ms (dvija, the twiceborn), are given a\nchance by the sastric regulations to become almost as powerful as the\n\nSupreme Lord. Whatever a briih1TU1T)a speaks cannot be nullified or\nchanged in any circumstance. According to the Vedic injunctions, a\n\nbriihTTUlr:m is the mouth of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\ntherefore in all rituals a briih1TU1T)a is offered food (briih1TU1r:m-bhojana)\n\nbecause when a brah1TU1T)a eats, it is considered that the Supreme Lord\nHimself eats. Similarly, whatever a briihmar:m speaks cannot be changed.\n\nIt must act. The learned sages who were priests at Maharaja Nabhi's\n\nsacrifice were not only brah1TU1r:ms but were so qualified that they were\n\nlike devas, demigods, or God Himself. If this were not the case, how\ncould they invite Lord Vi�I).u to come to the sacrificial arena? God is one,\nand God does not belong to this or that religion. In Kali-yuga, different\n\nreligious sects consider their God to be different from the God of others,\nbut that is not possible. God is one, and He is appreciated according to\n\ndifferent angles of vision. In this verse the word kaivalyat means that\n\nGod has no competitor. There is only one God. In the Svetasvatara\nUpan�ad (6.8) it is said, na tat-sama.S ciibhyadhikaS ca drsyate: \"No one\n\nis found to be equal to Him or greater than Him.\" That is the definition\nof God.\n\nmf\n\nTEXT 18\n\n3lt«faT���W'II�ijf(Q:nRn��t!C!ti��\nT91: ����II\n\nt a t a a g nid h riye\nanupalabhamiina/:t.\n\n'rhs a-k a l a y ii v a t a r i$y ii m y\n\nii t m a -tul y a m\n\n", "SB5.1#p0162": "Text 19)\n\n��ahhadeva's Appearance\n\n133\n\ntatab,-therefore; agnidhriye-in the wife of Nabhi, the son of\n\nAgnidhra;\n\namsa-kalaya-by an expansion of My personal form;\n\navatari$yiimi-l shall advent Myself;\nanupalab hamtinab, - not finding.\n\ntitma-tulyam-My equal;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince 1 cannot find anyone equal to Me, I shall personally expand\nMyself into a plenary portion and thus advent Myself in the womb\nof Merudevi, the wife of Maharaja Niibhi, the son of Agnidhra.\nPURPORT\nThis is an example of the omnipotence of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. Although He is one without a second, He expands Himself by\nsvtimsa, His personal expansion, and sometimes by vibhinntimsa, or His\n\nseparated expansion. Lord Vi�I).u herein agrees to send His personal ex­\n\npansion as the son of Merudevi, the wife of Maharaja Nabhi, who is the\n\nson of Agnidhra. The rtvijab,, the priests, knew that God is one, yet they\n\nprayed for the Supreme Lord to become the son of Maharaja Nabhi to let\n\nthe world know that the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, is one without a second. When He incarnates, He expands\nHimself in different potencies.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�� 'i3C(fif\n\n�Rijlw'l�ttl im:otrn ���� �� ������\nsri-suka uvtica\n\niti niStimayantyti merudevyab, patim abhidhtiytintardadhe bhagavtin.\n\nsri-sukab, uvtica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti- thus : niStimayan­\n\ntyab,- who was listening; merudevytib,-in the presence of Merudevi:\n\npatim-u n to her husband; abhidhtiya- having spoken; antardadhedisappeared; b hagavtin- the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0163": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n134\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: Mter saying this, the Lord disap­\n\npeared. The wife of King Nabhi, Queen Merudevi, was sitting by\nthe side of her husband, and consequently she could hear every­\n\nthing the Supreme Lord had spoken.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic injunctions, one should perform sacrifices in\nthe company of one's own wife. Sapatniko dharmam iicaret: religious\nrituals should be performed with one's wife; therefore Maharaja Nabhi\nconducted his great sacrifice with his wife by his side.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n� ijNtoSti?4 ��\"ij �((F{ �qfifflf: SR:Uf%\\dl �: fS(l(f��\n�m� �� ���f��1qr crRl����i �'IUTRl�'{��;ri � if�T� ll�oll\nbarh�i tasminn eva v��udatta bhagavan paramar�ibhi/:1, prasadito\nnabhe/:1, priya-cikir�aya tad-avarodhayane merudevyam dharman\ndarsayitu-kamo vata-ra§ananam srama�nam r�i�m ilrdhvamanthinarh suklaya tanuvavatatara.\n\nbarh�i-in the arena of sacrifice; tasmin-that; eva-in this way;\nv��u-datta-0 Maharaja Parik�?it; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; parama-r�ibhi/:1,-by the great r�is; prasadita/:1, -being\nnabhe/:1, priya-cikir�aya-to please King Nabhi; tatavarodhayane-in his wife; meruderyam-Merudevi; dharman-the\n\npleased;\n\nprinciples of religion; darsayitu-kama/:1,-desiring to exhibit how to perform; vata-rasananam-of the sannyasi:s (who have almost no cloth);\nsrama�nam-of\n\nthe\n\nvanaprasthas;\n\nr�i�am-of\n\nthe\n\ngreat\n\nsages;\n\nurdhva-manthinam-of the brahmacarn; suklaya tanuva-in His original spiritual form, which is above the modes of material nature;\navatatara-appeared as an incarnation.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0164": "Text 20)\n\n�ahhadeva's Appearance\n\n135\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Vi��udatta, Parik�it Maharaja, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead was pleased by the great sages at that sacrifice. Consequently the Lord decided to personally exhibit the method of executing religious principles [as observed by brahmacaris, sannyiisis,\nviinaprasthas and g:rhasthas engaged in rituals) and also satisfy\nMaharaja Nahhi's desire. Consequently He appeared as the son of\nMerudevi in His original spiritual form, which is above the modes\nof material nature.\nPURPORT\nWhen the Supreme Lord appears or descends as an incarnation within\nthis material world, He does not accept a body made of the three modes\nof material nature (sattva-guruz,, rajo-guruz, and tamo-guruz,). Mayavadl\nphilosophers say that the impersonal God appears in this material world\nby accepting a body in the sattva-guruz,. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti\n\nstates that the word sukla means \"consisting of suddha-sattva.\" Lord\nVi�J.Iu descends in His suddha-sattva form. Suddha-sattva refers to the\n\nsattva-guruz, which is never contaminated. In this material world, even\nthe mode of goodness (sattva-guruz,) is contaminated by tinges of rajo­\n\nguruz, and tamo-guruz,. When sattva-guruz, is never contaminated by rajoguruz, and tamo-guruz,, it is called suddha-sattva. Sattvarh viSuddham\nvasudeva-sabditam (Bhag. 4.3.2_3). That is the platform of vasudeva,\nwhereby the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva, can be ex­\n\nperienced. In Bhagavad-gitii (4.7) Sri K:r�J.Ia Himself says:\n\nyadii yadii hi dharmasya\nglanir bhavati bharata\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\ntadiitmiinarh srjamy aham\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I\ndescend Myself.\"\nUnlike ordinary living entities, the Supreme Lord is not forced by the\nmodes of material nature to appear. He appears dharmiin darsayitu-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0165": "136\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 3\n\nkama-to show how to execute the functions of a human being. The\n\nword dharma is meant for human beings and is never used in connection\n\nwith beings inferior to human beings, such as animals. Unfortunately,\n\nwithout being guided by the Supreme Lord, human beings sometimes\n\nmanufacture a process of dharma by concoction. Actually dharma cannot\nbe made by man.\n\nDharmam tu sii�iid bhagavat-prar:titam. (Bhiig.\n\n6.3.19) Dharma is given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, just as\n\nthe law is given by the state government. Man-made dharma has no\n\nmeaning. Srimad-Bhiigavatam refers to man-made dharma as kaitava­\n\ndharma, cheating religion. The Supreme Lord sends an avatiira (incar­\n\nnation) to teach human society the proper way to execute religious prin­\n\nciples. Such religious principles are bhakti-miirga. As the Supreme Lord\n\nHimself says in Bhagavad-gitii: sarva-dharmiin parityajya miim ekam\n\nsarar:tam vraja. The son of Maharaja Nabhi, }:l.�abhadeva, appeared on\n\nthis earth to preach the principles of religion. That will be explained in\nthe Fifth Chapter of this Fifth Canto.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Third\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"lJ.$abhadeva 's Appearance in the Womb of Merudevi, the wife of King Nabhi.\"\n\n", "SB5.1#p0166": "CHAPTER FOUR\n\nThe Characteristics of �hadeva,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead\nIn this chapter, J:{$abhadeva, the son of Maharaja Nabhi, begot a hundred\nsons, and during the reign of those sons the world was very happy in all\nrespects. When J:{�abhadeva appeared as the son of Maharaja Nabhi, He\nwas appreciated by the people as the most exalted and beautiful personality of that age. His poise, influence, strength, enthusiasm, bodily\nluster and other transcendental qualities were beyond compare. The\nword r�abha refers to the best, or the supreme. Due to the superexcellent\nattributes of the son of Maharaja Nabhi, the King named his son J:{�abha,\nor \"the best.\" His influence was incomparable. Although there was a\nscarcity of rain, J:{�abhadeva did not care for lndra, the King of heaven,\nwho is in charge of supplying rain. Through His own potency,\nJ:{�abhadeva sumptuously covered Ajanabha with ample rain. Upon\nreceiving J:{�abhadeva, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as\nhis son, King Nabhi began to raise Him very carefully. After that. he\nentrusted the ruling power to Him and, retiring from family life, lived at\nBadarikasrama completely engaged in the worship of Vasudeva, the\nSupreme Lord. To follow social customs, Lord J:{�abhadeva for a while\nbecame a student in the gurukula, and after returning, He followed the\norders of His g uru and accepted a wife named Jayantl, who had been\ngiven to Him by the King of heaven, lndra. He begot a hundred sons in\nthe womb of Jayanti. Of these hundred sons, the eldest was known as\nBharata. Since the reign of Maharaja Bharata, this planet has been called\nBharata-var�a. J:{�abhadeva's other sons were headed by Kusavarta. 11avarta, Brahmavarta, Malaya, Ketu, Bhadrasena, lndrasp�k, Vidarbha\nand Ki:ka�a. There were also oth�r sons named Kavi, Havi, Antarik�a.\nPrabuddha, Pippalayana, Avirhotra, Drumila, Camasa and Karabhajana.\nInstead of ruling the kingdom, these nine became mendicant preachers\nof\n\nK��D.a\n\nconsciousness,\n\nfollowing\n\nthe\n\nreligious\n\nprecepts\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nBhiigavatam. Their characteristics and activities are described in the\n\n137\n\n", "SB5.1#p0167": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n138\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 4\n\nEleventh Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam during the talks between\n\nVasudeva and Narada at Kuruk�etra. To teach the general populace,\n\nKing ��abhadeva performed many sacrifices and taught His sons how to\n\nrule the citizens.\n\nTEXT 1\n\nsitr]<fi \\Jqfir\n�\n\n.,.:::.\n_\n� � �U,..\n���q:-n��u41ott�'lfwt�f(Cf�IJf\n\n.\n\n...:..\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\nij'\"�''1��n{�tllm -\n\n���� � �: �1 ifm!Jff �ffl��ijltq.w:nftfflu ���: II � II\n\nsn-suka uvaca\n\natha ha tam utpattyaivabhivyajyamiina-bhagaval-lak$ar_tam\n\nsamyopa5ama-vairagyaiSvarya-maha-vibhutibhir anudinam\n\nedhamiinanubhavam prakrtaya& praja brahmar_tti devatas cavani-tala­\n\nsamavanayatitaram jagrdhu&.\n\nsri-suka& uvaca-Sr1 Sukadeva Gosvami said; atha ha-thus (after\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead appeared); tam-Him; utpattya­\n\nfrom the beginning of His appearance; eva\n\n-\n\neven ; abhivyajyamiina­\n\ndistinct!y manifested; bhagavat-lak$ar_tam-possessing the symptoms of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; samya-equal to everyone;\n\nupa5ama-comp1ete1y peaceful, in control of the senses and mind;\nvairagya-renunc1at10n; aiSvarya-opulences; maha-vibhutibhi/:twith great attributes; anudinam-day after day; edhamiina-increasing; anubhavam-His power; prakrtaya&-the ministers; praja&-the citizens; brahmar_tti&-the learned scholars in full knowledge\nof Brahman; devata/:t-the demigods; ca\n\n-\n\nand; avani-tala-the surface\n\nof the globe; samavanaya-to rule; atitaram-greatly; jagrdhu/:t­\n\ndesired.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said: As soon as the Lord was horn as the\n\nson of Maharaja Nahhi, He manifested symptoms of the Supreme\nLord, such\n\nas\n\nmarks on the bottoms of His feet [the flag,\n\n", "SB5.1#p0168": "Text 2]\n\nThe Characteristics of �abhadeva\n\n139\n\nthunderbolt, etc.]. This son was equal to everyone and very\npeaceful. He could control His senses and His mind, and, possessing all opulence, He did not hanker for material enjoyment. Endowed with all these attributes, the son of Maharaja Niibhi became\nmore powerful day after day. Due to this, the citizens, learned\nbriihmaJ.Ias, demigods and ministers wanted .l,{�abhadeva to be appointed ruler of the earth.\nPURPORT\nIn these days of cheap incarnations, it is very interesting to note the\nbodily symptoms found in an incarnation. From the very beginning of\nHis birth, it was observed that ��abhadeva's feet were marked with the\ntranscendental signs (a flag, thunderbolt, lotus flower, etc.). In addition\nto this, as the Lord began to grow, He became very prominent. He was\nequal to everyone. He did not favor one person and neglect another. An\nincarnation of God must have the six opulences-wealth, strength,\nknowledge, beauty, fame and renunciation. It is said that although\n��abhadeva was endowed with all opulences, He was not at all attached to\nmaterial enjoyment. He was self-controlled and therefore liked by everyone. Due to His superexcellent qualities, everyone wanted Him to rule\nthe earth. An incarnation of God has to be accepted by experienced\npeople and by the symptoms described in the sastras. An incarnation is\nnot accepted simply by the adulation of foolish people.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�����i:f(hHUiM('S�����f�trT���� :q ffin � ��Wflff�ll �II\n\"'\n\ntasya ha vii ittham var�mal)ii variyasii brhac-chlokena caujasii balena\nsriya ya§asa virya-sauryabhyam ca pita r�abha itidam nama cakiira.\ntasya-of Him; ha vii-certainly: ittham-thus ; var�mal)ii-by the\nbodily features; variyasii-most exalted: brhat-slokena-decorated with\nall the high qualities described by poets: ca-also : ojasa-by prowess:\nbalena-by strength;\n\nsriya-by\n\nbeauty:\n\nya§asa-by fame:\n\nvirya­\n\nsauryiibhyiim-by influence and heroism: ca-and: pita-the father\n\n", "SB5.1#p0169": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n140\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 4\n\n(Maharaja Nabhi); r�abha�-the best; iti-thus; idam-this; namaname; cakara- gave.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the son of Maharaja Nahhi became visible, He evinced all\n\ngood qualities described by the great poets-namely, a well-built\nbody with all the symptoms of the Godhead, prowess, strength,\n\nbeauty, name, fame, influence and enthusiasm. When the father,\n\nMaharaja Nahhi, saw all these qualities, he thought his son to be\n\nthe best of human beings or the supreme being. Therefore he gave\nHim the name l;l!;iabha.\n\nPURPORT\nTo accept someone as God or an incarnation of God, one must observe\nthe symptoms of God in his body. All the symptoms were found in the\nbody of Maharaja Nabhi's extraordinarily powerful son. His body was\nwell structured, and He displayed all the transcendental qualities. He\nshowed great influence, and He could control His mind and senses. Consequently He was named I.l.�abha, which indicates that He was the\nsupreme living being.\n\nyasya hindra� spardhamano bhagavan var�e na vavar�a tad\navadharya bhagavan r�abhadevo yogesvara� prahasyatmayogamayaya sva-var�am ajanabharit namabhyavar�at.\nyasya-o£ whom;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nindra �\n\n-\n\nKing\n\nlndra of heaven;\n\nspardhama na�- being envious; bhagavan- very opulent; var�e-on\n\nBharata-var!?a; na vavar�a-did not pour water; tat- that; avadharyaknowing; bhagavan- the Supreme Personality of Godhead; r�abhadeva�-l.t!?abhadeva; yoga-iSvara�-the master of all mystic power;\np rahasya- sm il i ng; atma-yoga-mayaya-by His own spiritual potency;\nsva-var�am-on His place;\n\najanabham- Aj anabha;\n\nabhyavar�at-He poured water.\n\nnama-named;\n\n", "SB5.1#p0170": "The Characteristics of f.t�ahhadeva\n\nText 3]\n\n141\n\nTRANSLATION\nIndra, the King of heaven, who is very materially opulent,\nbecame envious of King �ahhadeva. Consequently he stopped\npouring water on the planet known as Bharata-var�a. At that time\nthe Supreme Lord, f.t�ahhadeva, the master of all mystic power,\nunderstood King lndra's purpose and smiled a little. Then, by His\nown prowess,\n\nthrough yogamaya\n\n[His internal potency], He\n\nprofusely poured water upon His own place, which was known as\nAjanabha.\nPURPORT\nWe find the word bhagaviin used twice in this verse. Both King lndra\n\nand I;l.�abhadeva, the incarnation of the Supreme Lord, are described as\n\nbhagaviin. Sometimes Narada and Lord Brahma are also addressed as\nbhagaviin. The word bhagaviin means that one is a very opulent and\n\npowerful person like Lorci Brahma, Lord Siva, Narada or lndra. They are\n\nall addressed as bhagaviin due to their extraordinary opulence. King\n\nI;l.�abhadeva is an incarnation of the Supreme Lord, and therefore He was\n\nthe\n\noriginal\n\nBhagavan.\n\nConsequently\n\nHe\n\nis\n\ndescribed\n\nherein\n\nas\n\nyogesvara, which indicates that He has the most powerful spiritual\n\npotency. He is not dependent on King lndra for water. He can supply\n\nwater Himself, and He did so in this case. In Bhagavad-gitii, it is stated:\n\nyajiiiid bhavati parjanya�. Due to the performance of yajiia, clouds of\n\nwater are manifest in the sky. Clouds and rainfall are under the manage­\n\nment of lndra, the heavenly King, but when lndra is neglectful, the\n\nSupreme Lord Himself, who is also known as yajiia or yajiia-pati, takes\nthe task upon Himself. Consequently there was sufficient rainfall in the\n\nplace named Ajanabha. When yajiia-pati wants to, He can do anything\nwithout the help of any subordinate. Therefore the Supreme Lord is\nknown as almighty. In the present age of Kali there will eventually be a\ngreat scarcity of water (aniivr$ti), for the general populace, due to ig­\n\nnorance and the scarcity of yajiiic ingredients, will neglect to perform\n\nyajiias. Srimad-Bhiigavatam therefore advises: yajiiai� sarikirtanapriiyai� yajanti hi sumedhasa/:t. After alL yajiia is meant to satisfy the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In this age of Kali. there is great scar­\n\ncity and ignorance; nonetheless, everyone can perform salikirtanayajiia. Every family in every society can conduct salikirtana-yajiia at\n\nleast every evening. In this way there will be no disturbance or scarcity\n\n", "SB5.1#p0171": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n142\n\n[Canto 5, Ch.4\n\nof rain. It is essential for the people in this age to perform the\n\nsankirtana-yajna in order to be materially happy and to advance\nspiritually.\nTEXT4\n\n;nfu� ���ftffl ��'{�'Q������ �\nflm � �'Ta W��«� �6 ��� 'llt�m�ffil'��ffi\narnRI �l•lflq<-'51� tffi f�Rtaq•Rt: II � II\nniibhis tu yathabhila$itarh suprajastvam avarudhyati-pramoda-bharavihvalo gadgadak§arayii gira svairarh grhita-naraloka-sadharmarh\nbhagavantarh pural)il-pUrU{iarh mi.iya-vilasita-matir vatsa tateti\nsanuragam upalalayan pararh nirvrtim upagata�.\nniibhi�-King Nabhi; tu-certainly; yatha-abhila$itam - according\nto his desire; su-prajastvam-the most beautiful son; avarudhyagetting;\n\nati-pramoda-of\n\nv ihva l a� - being\n\ngreat jubilation;\n\noverwhelmed;\n\nbhara-by\n\nan\n\nexcess;\n\ngadgada-a k,m raya - faltering in\n\necstasy; gira - with a voice; svairam-by His independent will; grhitaaccepted; nara-loka-sadharmam-acting as if a human being; bhagavantam -the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; pural)il-purll{iam - the\n\noldest among living beings; maya -by yogami.iya; vilasita-bewildered;\nmati�-his mentality; vatsa-my dear son; tata-my darling; iti -thus;\nsa-anuragam-with great affection; upaliilayan-raising; pariimtranscendental; nirvrtim-bliss; upagata�-achieved .\nTRANSLATION\nDue to getting a perfect son according to his desire, King Nahhi\nwas always overwhelmed with transcendental bliss and was very\naffectionate to his son. It was with ecstasy and a faltering voice that\nhe addressed Him, \"My dear son, my darling.\" This mentality was\nbrought about by yogamaya, whereby he accepted the Supreme\nLord, the supreme father, as his own son. Out of His supreme\ngood will, the Lord became his son and dealt with everyone as if He\nwere an ordinary human being. Thus King Nahhi began to raise\n\n", "SB5.1#p0172": "Text 5)\n\nThe Characteristics of J.l.�ahhadeva\n\n143\n\nhis transcendental son with great affection, and he was overwhelmed with transcendental bliss, joy and devotion.\nPURPORT\nThe word maya is used in the sense of illusion. Considering the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead to be his own son, Maharaja Nabhi was\ncertainly in illusion, but this was transcendental illusion. This illusion is\nrequired; otherwise how can one accept the supreme father as his own\nson? The Supreme Lord appears as the son of one of His devotees, just as\nLord ��Qa appeared as the son of Yasoda and Nanda Maharaja. These\ndevotees could never think of their son as the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, for such appreciation would hamper their relationship of\npaternal love.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�·�·•l+tlql�sttRt i:�;m:t �� � �«� �� � ����� fer�� �� ��fl �� ;:r�;{lUtfUII(.� �� eflij�i4flql({t;:r:\nCfi� ��1;:r� II � II\nviditiinuragam apaura-prakrti jana-pado raja nabhir atmajarh\nsamaya-setu-rak§ayam abhi§icya brahmal}e�iipanidhaya saha\nmerudevya viSaliiyarh prasanna-nipul}ena tapasa samadhi-yogena\nnara-narayaT}iikhyarh bhagavantarh vasudevam upasina/:1. kalena tanmahimanam avapa.\nvidita-known very well; anu ragam-popularity: apaura-prakrtiamong ali the citizens and government officers; jana-pada/:1.-desiring to\nserve the people in general; raja-the King; nabhi/:1.-Nabhi : almajam-his son; samaya-setu-rak§ayam-to protect the people strictly according to the Vedic principles of religious life: abh i§icya-en t hroning:\n\nbrahmar:te�u-to the learned brahmar:tas; upanidhaya-entrust in g :\nsaha-with; merudevya-his wife, Merudevl: visalayam-in\nBadarikasrama; prasanna-nipul}ena-performed with great satisfaction\n\n", "SB5.1#p0173": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n144\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 4\n\nand expertise; tapasa-by austerities and penances; samiidhi-yogenaby full samiidhi;\n\nnara-naraya{Ul-akhyam-named Nara-Naraya�a;\n\nbhagavantam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vasudevamKr��a; upasina!t-worshiping; kalena-in due course of time; tatmahimiinam-His glorious abode, the spiritual world, Vaiku��ha;\navapa-achieved.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Nahhi understood that his son, J:t�ahhadeva, was very\n\npopular among the citizens and among government officers and\nministers. Understanding the popularity of his son, Maharaja\nNahhi enthroned Him as the emperor of the world to give protec­\n\ntion to the general populace in terms of the Vedic religious system.\n\nTo do this, he entrusted Him into the hands of learned brahma1,1as,\n\nwho would guide Him in administrating the government. Then\n\nMaharaja Nahhi and his wife, Merudevi, went to Badarikasrama in\nthe Himalaya Mountains, where the King engaged Himself very ex­\n\npertly in austerities and penances with great jubilation. In full\n\nsamadhi he worshiped the Supreme Personality of Godhead, NaraNarayai,la, who is Kr�t;Ia in His plenary expansion. By doing so, in\n\ncourse of time Maharaja Nahhi was elevated to the spiritual world\nknown as V aikuQ.!ha.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen Maharaja Nabhi saw that his son J:{�abhadeva was popular with\nthe general populace and the governmental servants, he chose to install\nHim on the imperial throne. In addition, he wanted to entrust his son\ninto the hands of the learned brahma{UlS. This means that a monarch was\nsupposed to govern strictly according to Vedic principles under the guidance of learned brahma{UlS, who could advise Him according to the standard Vedic scriptures like Manu-smrti and similar sastras. It is the duty\nof the king to rule the citizens according to Vedic principles. According to\nVedic principles, society is divided into four categories-brahma{Ul,\nk§atriya, vaiSya and sudra. Ca tur-varr:tyam ... taya smam gu{Ul karmavibhiiga5att. After dividing society in this way, it is the king's duty to see\n-\n\nthat everyone executes Vedic principles according to his caste. A\n\n", "SB5.1#p0174": "145\n\nThe Characteristics of l_t�abhadeva\n\nText 5)\n\nbriihmar:w- must perform the duty of a briihmar:w- without cheating the\n\npublic. It is not that one attains the name of a briihmar:w- without the\n\nqualifications. It is the king's duty to see that everyone engages in his oc­\n\ncupational duty according to Vedic principles. In addition, retirement at\n\nthe end of life is compulsory. Maharaja Nabhi, although still a king,\n\nretired from family life and went with his wife to a place called\n\nBadarikasrama in the Himalayas, where the Deity Nara-Narayaga is\nworshiped. The words prasanna-nipu7Jena tapasii indicate that the King\n\naccepted all kinds of austerity very expertly and jubilantly. He did not at\n\nall mind leaving his comfortable life at home, although he was the em­\n\nperor. Despite undergoing severe austerities and penances, he felt very\npleased at Badarikasrama, and he did everything there expertly. In this\n\nway, being fully absorbed in Kr�ga consciousness (samijdhi-yoga), al­\n\nways thinking of Kr�ga, V asudeva, Maharaja Nabhi attained success at\n\nthe end\n\nof his life and was\n\nVaikugthaloka.\n\npromoted\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nspiritual\n\nworld,\n\nThis is the way of Vedic life. One must stop the process of repeated\n\nbirth and death and return home, back to Godhead. The words tan­\n\nmahimijnam aviipa are significant in this regard. Srila Sridhara Svami\n\nsays that mahimii means liberation in this life. We should act in such a\n\nway in this life that after giving up this body, we will become liberated\n\nfrom the bondage of repeated birth and death. This is called fivan-mukti.\n\nSrila V iraraghava Acarya states that in the Chandogya Upan4ad there\n\nare eight symptoms of a jivan-mukta, a person who is already liberated\n\neven when living in this body. The first symptom of one so liberated is\nthat he is freed from all sinful activity (apahata-papa). As long as one is\n\nunder the clutches of mijyii in the material energy, one has to engage in\n\nsinful activity.\n\nBhagavad-gitii describes such people as dU!ikrtinal),,\n\nwhich indicates that they are always engaged in sinful activity. One who\n\nis liberated in this life does not commit any sinful activities. Sinful ac­\n\ntivity involves illicit sex, meat-eating, intoxication and gambling.\n\nAnother symptom of a liberated person is vijara, which indicates that he\n\nis not subjected to the miseries of old age. Another symptom is vimrtyu.\n\nA liberated person prepares himself in such a way that he does not take\n\non any more material bodies, which are destined to die. In other words.\n\nhe does not fall down again to repeat birth and death. Another symptom\n\nis viSoka, which indicates that he is callous to material distress and\n\n", "SB5.1#p0175": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n146\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 4\n\nhappiness. Another is vijighatsa, which indicates that he no longer\n\ndesires material enjoyment. Another symptom is apipatii, which means\n\nthat he has no desire other than to engage in the devotional service of\nKr�Q.a, his dearmost pursuable Lord. A further symptom is satya-kiima,\n\nwhich indicates that all his desires are directed to the Supreme Truth,\nKr�Q.a. He does not want anything else. He is satya-sankalpa. Whatever\n\nhe desires is fulfilled by the grace of K:r�Q.a. First of all, he does not\n\ndesire anything for his material benefit, and secondly if he desires any­\n\nthing at all, he simply desires to serve the Supreme Lord. That desi�e is\nfulfilled by the Lord's grace. That is called satya-sankalpa. Srlla\n\nVisvanatha Cakravartl points out that the word mahi111i means return­\n\ning to the spiritual world, back home, back to VaikuQ.�ha. Sri Sukadeva\n\nsays that the word mahi111i means that the devotee attains the qualities of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is called sadharma, or \"the\n\nsame quality.\" Just as K:r�Q.a is never born and never dies, His devotees\n\nwho return to Godhead never die and never take birth within the\nmaterial world.\n\nyasya ha par:u;laveya slokav udaharantiko nu tat karma rajar�er\n\nnabher anv iicaret pu111in\napatyatiim agiid yasja\nhari/:t suddhena karmaT)ii\nyasya-of whom; ha-indeed; par:u;laveya-0 Maharaja Parlk�it;\nwho; nu-then; tatthat; karma-work; raja-r�e/:1,-of the pious King; niibhe/:1,-Nabhi;\nanu-following; iicaret-could execute; pu111in-a man; apatyatiim­\n\nslokau-two verses; udaharanti-recite; ka /:t\n\n-\n\nsonhood; agiit-accepted; yasya-whose; hari/:t-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; suddhena-pure, executed in devotional service;\nkarmaT)ii-by activities.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0176": "Text 7)\n\nThe Characteristics of �ahhadeva\n\n147\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, to glorify Maharaja Nahhi, the old sages\ncomposed two verses. One of them is this: \"Who can attain the\nperfection of Maharaja Nahhi? Who can attain his activities?\nBecause of his devotional service, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead agreed to become his son.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThe words suddhena karmar;ii are significant in this verse. If work is\nnot carried out in devotional service, it is contaminated by the modes of\nmaterial nature. That is explained in Bhagavad-gitii: yajiiiirthiit kar­\n\nma� 'nyatra loko 'yam karma-bandhana&. Activities performed only\nfor the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord are pure and are not contaminated by the modes of material nature. All other activities are contaminated by the modes of ignorance and passion, as well as goodness. All\nmaterial activities meant for satisfying the senses are contaminated, and\nMaharaja Nabhi did not perform anything contaminated. He simply executed his transcendental activities even when performing yajiia. Consequently he obtained the Supreme Lord as his son.\n\nTEXT7\n\n;mo�s;�: fim ;n�Fhn �\\��: 1\n� iffflit �ij� ci�l'tlt!il�m II \\9 II\nbrahmar:tyo 'nya& kuto niibher\nviprii marigala-pujita/:t\nyasya barh�i yajfiesarh\ndarsayam iisur ojasa\nbrahmar:tya/:t-a devotee of the brahmar:tas; anya& -any other:\nis; niibhe}:t-besides Maharaja Nabhi: viprii/:t-the\nbrahmar:tas; mariga la-pujitii /:t -well worshiped and satisfied: yasya-of\nwhom; barh�i-in the sacrificial arena: yajfia-iSam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the enjoyer of all sacrificial ceremonies: darsayam\niisu&-showed; ojasa -by their brahminical prowess.\nkuta/:t-where\n\n", "SB5.1#p0177": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n148\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\n[The second prayer is this.] \"Who is a better worshiper of\n\nbrahmaJ;�.as than Maharaja Niibhi? Because he worshiped the\nqualified brahmaJ;�.as to their full satisfaction, the brahmaJ;�.as, by\n\ntheir brahminical prowess, showed Maharaja Niibhi the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, NariiyaJ;�.a, in person.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThe brahmar_ws engaged as priests in the sacrificial ceremony were not\n\nordinary brtihmar_ws. They were so powerful that they could bring forth\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead by their prayers. Thus Maharaja\nNabhi was able to see the Lord face to face. Unless one is a Vai�r:tava, he\n\ncannot call forth the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord does not\naccept an invitation unless one is a Vai�r:tava. Therefore it is said in\n\nPadma Purar:w:\n�a!-karma-nipur:w vipro\nmantra-tantra-viStirada/:1,\nava�r:wvo gurur na syad\nva�r:wva/:1, sva-paco guru/:£\n\"A scholarly brahmar:w expert in all subjects of Vedic knowledge is unfit\n\nto become a spiritual master without being a Vai�r:tava, but a person born\n\nin a family of a lower caste can become a spiritual master if he is a\nVai��ava.\" These brahmar_ws were certainly very expert in chanting the\nVedic mantras. They were competent in the performance of the Vedic\n\nrituals, and over and above this they were Vai�r:tavas. Therefore by their\n\nspiritual powers they could call on the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nand enable their disciple, Maharaja Nabhi, to see the Lord face to face.\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura comments that the word ojasti\nmeans \"by dint of devotional service.\"\n\nTEXTS\n\n3N � fi41ii4\n\nli'f�en m� ��+t�+i·q1ltf{: SR:�HI!J(i�� �� �Nwrt .ftrelqyoft \\l{�q;:�-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0178": "Text 8]\n\nThe Characteristics of �abhadeva\n\n�'*1Ittlfl'llf�aJ'If\n\n�\n\n�\n\n149\n\n('l¥4151lm�fir��iiffi'l�r.tllffiHJ¥4r.fi;Ji\n\n�;r� II� II\n\natha\n\nha\n\nbhagavan\n\nr$abhadeva/:t\n\nsva-var$aril\n\nanumanyamana/:t pradarsita-gurukula-viiso\n\nkarma-k$etram\n\nlabdha-varair\n\ngurubhir\n\nanujfiato grhamedhinam dharmiin anu.Sik$ama� jayantyam indra-dattayam ubhaya-lak$ar:w-m karma samiimniiyamniitam abhiyufijann atmajanam atma-samiiniiniim satam janayam. iisa.\natka-thereupon (after the departure of his father); ha-indeed;\nbhagavan-the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead;\nvar$am-kingdom;\n\n��abhadeva; sva-His own;\n\nr$abha-deva/:t­\n\nkarma-k$etram-the\n\nfield of activities; anumanyamiina/:t-accepting as; pradarsita-shown\nas an example; guru-kula-viisa/:t-lived at the gurukula; labdha-having achieved;\n\nvarai/:t-gifts;\n\nanujfiiita/:t-being ordered;\ndharman-duties;\n\ngurubhi/:t-by\n\nthe spiritual masters:\n\ngrha-medhinam-of\n\nanu.Sik$amar:w-/:t-teaching\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nhouseholders:\n\nexample;\n\njayan­\n\ntyam-in His wife, Jayantl; indra-dattayam-ofiered by Lord Indra:\nubhaya-lak$ar:w-m-of both types; karma-activities; samiimnayamniitam-mentioned in the scriptures; abhiyufijan-performing; atmajanam-sons; atma-samananam-exactly like Himself: satam-one\nhundred; janayam lisa-begot.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Nahhi Maharaja departed for Badarikasrama, the Supreme\nLord, .i;t�?ahhadeva, understood that His kingdom was His field of\nactivities. He therefore showed Himself as an example and taught\nthe duties of a householder by first accepting brahmacarya under\nthe direction of spiritual masters. He also went to live at the\nspiritual\n\nmasters'\n\nplace,\n\ngurukula.\n\nAfter His education was\n\nfinished, He gave gifts (guru-dak�i:r;ui) to His spiritual masters and\nthen accepted the life of a householder. He took a wife named\nJayanti and begot one hundred sons who were as powerful and\nqualified as He Himself. His wife Jayanti had been offered to Him\nby lndra, the King of heaven. I,t�abhadeva and Jayanti performed\n\n", "SB5.1#p0179": "150\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 4\n\nhouseholder life in an examplary way, carrying out ritualistic activities ordained by the sruti and smrti sastra.\n\nPURPORT\nBeing an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nB.�abhadeva had nothing to do with material affairs. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gita, paritra1Jfiya sadhuniirh viniiSaya ca d�krtam: the pur­\n\npose of an incarnation is to liberate His devotees and to stop the demoniac\nactivities of nondevotees. These are the two functions of the Supreme\n\nLord when He incarnates. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. has said that in\n\norder to preach, one must live a practical life and show people how to do\n\nthings. Apani acari' bhakti sikhaimu sabare. One cannot teach others\nunless he behaves the same way himself. B.�abhadeva was an ideal king,\n\nand He took His education in the gurukula, although He was already\n\neducated because the Supreme Lord is omniscient. Although B.�abhadeva\n\nhad nothing to learn from gurukula, He went there just to teach the peo­\n\nple in general how to take an education from the right source, from Vedic\nteachers. He then entered householder life and lived according to the\n\nprinciples of Vedic knowledge-sruti and smrti. In his Bhakti-rasamrta­\n\nsindhu (1.2.10) Srila Rupa Gosvami, quoting the Skanda PuraT)lL, states:\nsruti-smrti-pura1Jiidipancaratra-vidhim vinii\naikantikr harer bhaktir\nutpatayaiva kalpate\n\nHuman society must follow the instructions received from sruti and\n\nsmrti, Vedic literature. Practically applied in life this is worship of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead according to the pancaratrika-vidhi.\n\nEvery human being must advance his spiritual life and at the end return\n\nhome, back to Godhead. Maharaja B.�abhadeva strictly followed all these\n\nprinciples. He remained an ideal grhastha and taught His sons how to\n\nbecome perfect in spiritual life. These are some examples of how He\nruled the earth and completed His mission as an incarnation.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0180": "Text9\n\n]\n\nThe Characteristics of �ahhadeva\n\n151\n\nTEXT9\n\n� �� �t�Ttft � �g: �tmur 3lRfli.t� t�� ¥�t�6filf6\notrtf��cr II � II\nye$iirh khalu 77ULha-yog'i bharato jye$!haft sre$tha-gur:w as'id yenedam\nvar§arh bharatam iti vyapadiSanti.\nye§iim-of whom; khalu-indeed; 77ULha-yogi-a very highly exalted\n\ndevotee of the Lord; bharata/:t.-Bharata; jye§tha/:t-the eldest; sre§!ha­\n\ngur:w-/:t.-qualified with the best attributes; asrt-was; yena-by whom;\n\nidam-this; var§am-planet; bharatam-Bharata; iti-thus; vyapadi­\n\nsanti-people call.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOf ��ahhadeva's one hundred sons, the eldest, named Bharata,\nwas a great, exalted devotee qualified with the best attributes. In\nhis honor, this planet has become known as Bharata-var�a.\nPURPORT\nThis planet known as Bharata-var�a is also called pur:tya-bhilmi, the\n\npious land. At the present moment Bharata-bhumi, or Bharata-var�a, is a\n\nsmall piece of land extending from the Himalaya Mountains to Cape\nComorin. Sometimes this peninsula is called pur:tya-bhumi. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu has given special importance to the people of this land.\nbharata-bhumite haila 17ULnU§ya-jan17UL yara\njanma sarthaka kari' kara para-upakara\n\"One who has taken his birth as a human being in the land of India\n(Bharata-varsa) should make his life successful and work for the benefit\n\nof all other people.\" (Cc. Adi 9.41) The inhabitants of this piece of land\n\nare very fortunate. They can purify their existence by accepting this\nKr��:ta consciousness movement and go outside Bharata-bhiimi (India)\n\nand preach this cult to benefit the whole world.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0181": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n152\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 10\n�\n\nfij(Cf� �trnl i{� ��: �Q�� ��fl�: �\n\n� ;r.r �effir SN(;n: II �\n\no\n\nII\n\ntam anu ku§iivarta iliivarto brahmiivarto malaya� ketur bhadrasena\nindrasprg vidarbha� kikata iti nava navati pradhiinii/:t.\ntam-him; anu-following; ku5iivarta-Kusavarta; iliivarta�-11avarta; brahmiivarta�-Brahmavarta; malaya�-Malay a; ketu�Ke t u ;\n\nb h a d r a - s e n a � -Bhadras e na;\n\nvidarbha�- Vidarbha;\n\ni n d ra-s p rk -lndrasp:r;k;\n\nk'ikata�-Kikata;\n\niti-thus;\n\nnava-nine;\n\nnavati-ninety; pradhiinii�-older than.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing Bharata, there were ninety-nine other sons. Among\n\nthese\n\nwere\n\nnine\n\nelderly\n\nsons,\n\nnamed\n\nKusavarta,\n\nllavarta,\n\nBrahmavarta, Malaya, Ketu, Bhadrasena, lndrasp:rk, Vidarbha and\nKikata.\n\nTEXTS ll-12\n\n���: ��: fqtq�p:r�: I\n30f�S?.f ��: ��: II�� II\n� +tl•1'461if��... � '4&1¥1lt(Cf61�'4 �� ��¥tlqi{fld\n��wt���ijqldJJq�14fl�qftmof�tt·f'n II � � II\nkavir havir antari�a�\nprabuddha� pippaliiyana�\niivirhotro 'tha drumilaS\ncamasa� karabhiijana�\n£h\n\nbhiigavata-dharma-darsanii\n\nnava\n\nmahii-bhii.gavatiis\n\nte�iim\n\nsucaritam bhagavan-mahimopabrmhitam vasudeva-niirada-samviidam\nupa§amiiyanam upar�!iid varr:wy�yiima�.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0182": "Text 13)\n\nThe Characteristics of ��ahhadeva\n\n153\n\nkavi�-Kavi; havi�-Havi; antarik§a�-Antarik�a; prabuddhabPrabuddha;\npippaliiyana�-Pippalayana;\navirlwtra�-Avirhotra;\natha-also; drumila�-Drumila; camasa�-Camasa; karabhajana�Karabhajana;\niti-thus;\nbhagavata-dharma-darsanti�-authorized\npreachers of Srimad-Bhagavatam; nava-nine; maha-bhagavata�highly advanced devotees; te�am-of them; sucaritam-good characteristics; bhagavat-mahima-upabrmhitam-accompanied by the glories\nof the Supreme Lord; vasudeva-ntirada-sariwadam-within the conversation between V asudeva and Narada; upa§amayanam-which gives\nfull satisfaction to the mind; upar�!tit-hereafter (in the Eleventh\nCanto); vartuJy�yama�-1 shall vividly explain.\nTRANSLATION\nIn addition to these sons were Kavi, Havi, Antarik�a, Prahud­\n\ndha, Pippaliiyana, Avirhotra, Drumila, Camasa and Karahhiijana.\n\nThese were all very exalted, advanced devotees and authorized\npreachers of Srimad-Bhagavatam. These devotees were glorified\n\ndue to their strong devotion to Vasudeva, the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. Therefore they were very exalted. To satisfy the mind\n\nperfectly, I [Sukadeva Gosviimi) shall hereafter describe the\n\ncharacteristics of these nine devotees when I discuss the conversa­\n\ntion between Niirada and Vasudeva.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�« ����Rt��\n: ft��' ��te'hu �'llfsr:n\n�(?;T: ��� m:T ilmull �: 11 � � II\nyaviyiirhsa ekiiSitir jayanteyii� pitur iidesakara maha-salina mahiisrotriyii yajiia-silii� karma-viSuddhii brahmal}ii babhilvu�.\nyaviyamsa�-younger; �ktisfti�-numbering eighty-one; jayanteyii�-the sons of .hyaHu, the wife of ��abhadeva; pitu�-of their\nfather; iide§akarti�-following the order; mahii-salina�-well behaved.\nwell cultured; mahii-srotriyii�-extremely learned in Vedic knowledge:\nyajiia-silii�-expert in performing ritualistic ceremonies; karma-viSud-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0183": "154\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 4\n\ndhii�-very pure in their activities; brahma��-qualified brahmar:ws;\n\nbabhuvu�- became.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn addition to these nineteen sons mentioned above, there were\n\neighty-one younger ones, all horn of .l,l.�ahhadeva and Jayanti. Ac­\n\ncording to the order of their father, they became well cultured,\n\nwell behaved, very pure in their activities and expert in Vedic\n\nknowledge and the performance of Vedic rituals. Thus they all\nbecame perfectly qualified hrahmru:tas.\nPURPORT\nFrom this verse we have good information of how the castes are\nqualified according to quality and work. l_t�abhadeva, a king, was cer­\n\ntainly a k$atriya. He had a hundred sons, and out of these, ten were\n\nk$atriyas and ruled the planet. Nine sons became good\npreachers of Srimad-Bhagavatam (maha-bhiigavatas), and this indicates\nthat they were above the position of brahmar:ws. The other eighty-one\nsons became highly qualified brahma1Jas. These are some practical exengaged as\n\namples of how one can become fit for a certain type of activity by\nqualification, not by birth. All the sons of Maharaja l_t�abhadeva were\n\nk$atriyas by birth, but by quality some of them became k$atriyas, and\nbecame brahmar:ws. Nine became preachers of SrimadBhiigavatam (bhiigavata-dharma-darsanaM, which means that they\nwere above the categories of �atriya and briihma7Ja.\nsome\n\nTEXT 14\n\n.\n�·��i'R:\n�•\nf;t�tlf;w\nt'\n311�€1\"'1:\n�\n4w{'Sr;w�i(l�+w �� � murn�+tliAfi�¥(�1111': m;n�id\n���.:q�;Uq�4��€1fi;:�j ij'� �q�fl�fft �: �fQ(qit �:tr�:�r�n�;:((I�61'4U m � f.ttr�tr II �\\?II\nbhagavan r�abha-samjiia atma-tantra� svayam nitya-nivrttiinarthaparampara� kevaliinandanubhava i.Svara eva viparitavat karmalJy\n\n", "SB5.1#p0184": "The Characteristics of �ahhadeva\n\nText 14]\n\n155\n\narabhamiifUL/:£ kaleniinugatarh dharmam dcarar:umopa§i�ayann atadvidarh sama upa§anto maitra/:1, karur:tiko dharmiirtha-ya§a/:1,-prajanandamrtavarodhena grhe�u lokam niyamayat.\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; r�abha-J..l.�abha;\nsamjiia/:1,-named;\n\natma-tantra/:1,-fully independent;\n\nsvayam-per­\n\nsonally; nitya-eternally; nivrtta-free from; anartha-of things not\nwanted (birth, old age, disease and death); parampara/:1,-the continual\nsuccession, one after another; kevala-only; ananda-anubhava/:1,-full\nof transcendental bliss; iSvara/:1,-the Supreme Lord, the controller;\neva-indeed; viparita-vat-just like the opposite; karmiir:ti-material\nactivities;\n\narabhamiifUL/:£-performing;\n\nkalena-in course of time;\n\nanugatam-neglected;\n\ndharmam-the\n\nr:ten a-by\n\nupa§i�ayan-teaching;\n\nexecuting;\n\nvarr:ttiSrama-dharma;\n\nacara­\n\na-tat-vidam-persons\n\nwho are in ignorance; sama/:1,-equipoised; upa§anta/:1,-undisturbed by\nthe material senses; maitra/:1,-very friendly to everyone; karur:tika/:1,very merciful to all; dharma-religious principles; artha-economic\ndevelopment; ya§a/:1,-reputation; praja-sons and daughters; dnanda-material\n\npleasure;\n\namrta-eternal\n\nlife;\n\navarodhena-for\n\nachieving; grhe�u-in household life; lokam-the people in general;\nniyamayat-He regulated.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nLord ��ahhadeva was fully independent because His form was\nspiritual, eternal and full of transcendental bliss. He eternally had\nnothing to do with the four principles of material misery (birth,\ndeath, old age and disease). Nor was He materially attached. He was\nalways equipoised, and He saw everyone on the same level. He was\nunhappy to see others unhappy, and He was the well-wisher of all\nliving entities. Although\n\nHe was\n\na perfect personality, the\n\nSupreme Lord and controller of all, He nonetheless acted as if He\nwere an ordinary conditioned soul. Therefore He strictly followed\nthe principles of varr:uisrama-dharma and acted accordingly. In due\ncourse of time, the principles of varl).iisrama-dharma had become\nneglected; therefore through His personal characteristics and\nbehavior, He taught the ignorant public how to perform duties\n\n", "SB5.1#p0185": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n156\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 4\n\nwithin the vart:Ia.Srama-dharma. In this way He regulated the\ngeneral populace in householder life, enabling them to develop\nreligion and economic well-being and to attain reputations, sons\nand daughters, material pleasure and finally eternal life. By His instructions, He showed how people could remain householders and\nat the same time become perfect by following the principles of vart:Ia.Srama-dharma.\nPURPORT\n\nThe van:uisrama-dharma is meant for imperfect, conditioned souls. It\n\ntrains them to become spiritually advanced in order to return home, back\nto Godhead. A civilization that does not know the highest aim of life is no\n\nbetter than an animal society. As stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam: na te\n\nvidub, svartha-gatim hi vi$r:tum. A human society is meant for elevation\n\nto spiritual knowledge so that all of the people can be freed from the\nclutches of birth, death, old age and disease. The van:u'iSrama-dharma\n\nenables human society to become perfectly fit for getting out of the\nclutches of maya, and by following the regulative principles of var­\n\nTJ-dSrama-dharma, one can become successful. In this regard, see\n\nBhagavad-gita (3.21-24).\n\nTEXT 15\n\n��:;;iltMI'�Rd (1�!:\\*'Ja ��:II ��II\nyad yac chir$a�J-ycicaritam tat tad anuvartate lokab,.\nyat\n\nyat-whatever;\n\nsir$aTJ,ya-by\n\nthe\n\nleading\n\npersonalities;\n\nacaritam-performed; tat tat-that; anuvartate-follow; lokab,-the\npeople in general.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhatever action is performed by a great man, common men\nfollow.\nPURPORT\n\nA similar verse is also found in Bhagavad-gita (3.21). It is essential\n\nfor human society to have a section of men perfectly trained as qualified\n\n", "SB5.1#p0186": "Text 16)\n\nThe Characteristics of ��abhadeva\n\n157\n\nbrahmaFJ,aS according to the instructions of Vedic knowledge. Those\nbelow the brahminical qualification-administrators, merchants and\nworkers-should take instructions from those ideal people who are considered to be intellectuals. In this way, everyone can be elevated to the\nhighest transcendental position and be freed from material attachment.\nThe material world is described by Lord K.f�Q.a Himself as du/:tkhalayam\n\na§asvatam, a temporary place of misery. No one can stay here, even if he\nmakes a compromise with misery. One has to give up this body and accept another, which may not even be a human body. As soon as one gets a\nmaterial body, he becomes deha-bhrt, or dehi. In other words, he is subjected to all the material conditions. The leaders of society must be so\nideal that by following them one can be relieved from the clutches of\nmaterial existence.\nTEXT 16\n\n�A (<IN�d � ;n� � iltt�Ui�f(t61t1ifur Qt•n�f��$r6t\"@ltiiiQ II� �II\nyadyapi sva-viditam sakala-dharmam brahmam guhyam brahmar:wir\ndarsita-marger:ta samadibhir upayair janatam anu§a§asa.\nyadyapi-although;\nmam-which\n\nincludes\n\nsva-viditam-known\nall\n\nbrahm a m -V e d i c i n s t r u c t i o n;\n\nbrahmar:wi/:t-by\n\nthe\n\nby\n\ndifferent types of\n\nbrahmaFJ,aS;\n\nHim;\n\nsakala-dhar­\n\noccupational\n\nduties:\n\ng u h yam - v e r y c o n f i d e n t i a l :\ndarsita-marger:w-by\n\nthe\n\npath\n\nshowed; sama-adibhif:t-sama, dama, titilcya (controlling the mind, controlling the senses, practicing tolerance) and so on: upayaifr,-by the\nmeans; ja na tam-the people in general; anu§a§asa-he ruled over.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Lord ��abhadeva knew everything about confidential\nVedic knowledge, which includes information about all types of\noccupational duties, He still maintained Himself as a k�atriya and\nfollowed the instructions of the hriihmal).as as they related to mind\ncontrol, sense control, tolerance and so forth. Thus He ruled the\npeople according to the system of varr;tiiSrama-dharma, which\n\n", "SB5.1#p0187": "158\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 4\n\nenjoins that the brihmru;J.as instruct the k�atriyas and the k�atriyas\nadminister to the state through the vaisyas and sftdras.\nPURPORT\nAlthough ��abhadeva knew all the Vedic instructions perfectly well,\nHe nonetheless followed the instructions of the briihmar,w,s in order to\nperfectly maintain the social order. The briihmar,w,s would give advice\naccording to the sastras, and all the other castes would follow. The word\n\nbrahma means \"perfect knowledge of all activities,\" and this knowledge\nis very confidentially described in the Vedic literatures. Men trained perfectly as briihmar,w,s should know all Vedic literature, and the benefit\nderived from this literature should be distributed to the general\npopulace. The general populace should follow the perfect briihmar:w. In\nthis way, one can learn how to control the mind and senses and thus\ngradually advance to spiritual perfection.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n���€6lijctq:qff@M�qMij:\nftlijfb<=ct �;:mr II � \\9 II\n\ndravya-desa-kiila-vaya/:1,-sraddhartvig-vividhoddesopacitai/:1, sarvair api\nkratubhir yathopadesam sata-krtva iyiija.\ndratya - t he ingredients for performing yajfia; desa -the particular\nplace, a holy place or a temple; kala-the suitable time, such as\nspringtime; vaya /:1, -the age, especially youth; sraddhii-faith in goodness, not in passion and ignorance; rtvik-the priests; vividha-uddesaworshiping different demigods for different purposes; upacitai/:1,enriched by; sarvai/:1,-all kinds of;\n\napi-certainly;\n\nkratubhi/:1,-by\n\nsacrificial ceremonies; yathii-upade sam -according to the instruction;\n\nsata-k rtva/:1, -one hundred times; iyaja -He worshiped.\nTRANSLATION\nLord l_t�abhadeva performed all kinds of sacrifices one hundred\n\ntimes according to the instructions of the Vedic literatures. Thus\nHe satisfied Lord Vi�J).U in every respect. All the rituals were\n\n", "SB5.1#p0188": "Text 18]\n\nThe Characteristics of J:t�ahhadeva\n\n159\n\nenriched by first-class ingredients. They were executed in holy\nplaces according to the proper time by priests who were all young\nand faithful. In this way Lord Vigm was worshiped, and the\nprasada was offered to all the demigods. Thus the functions and\nfestivals were all successful.\nPURPORT\nIt\n\nis\n\n(Bhiig.\n\nsaid,\n\nkaumiira\n\nacaret\n\nprajfio\n\ndharmiin\n\nbhiigavatan\n\niha\n\n7.6.1). A ritual should be performed by young men, even boys,\n\nat a tender age in order for the ritual to be performed successfully. From\n\nchildhood, people should be trained in Vedic culture, especially in devo­\n\ntional service. In this way, one can perfect one's life. A Vai�1,1ava does not\ndisrespect the demigods, but on the other hand he is not so foolish that he\n\naccepts each and every demigod as the Supreme Lord. The Supreme Lord\nis master of all demigods; therefore the demigods are His servants. The\nVai�1,1ava accepts them as servants of the Supreme Lord, and he worships\nthem directly. In the Brahma-samhitii, the important demigods-Lord\n\nSiva, Lord Brahma and even the incarnations and expansions of Lord\nKr�1,1a like Maha-Vi�1,1u, Garbhodakasayi Vi�1,1u and all the other vi§l)-u­\n\ntattvas, as well as the sakti-tattvas like Durgadevi-are all worshiped by\nthe process of worshiping Govinda with the words govindam adi­\n\npurU$arh tam aham bhajami. A Vai�1,1ava worships the demigods in rela­\n\ntion to Govinda, not independently. Vai�1,1avas are not so foolish that they\n\nconsider the demigods independent of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. This is confirmed in Caitanya-caritamrta. Ekale iSvara kr$1)-a,\n\nara saba bhrtya: the supreme master is K:r�1,1a, and all others are His\n\nservants.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n+�•t'46tfilut q��Tut I!\\6Nt'l crtf ;r cti�;r �tit\n��'ftffi'fWils q�l�cti%1� �\"N �f:r��\n�f�6�Rrotrif.=� II � � II\n...\n\nbhagavatar$abhe1)-a parirak$yamii1)-a etasmin var$e na ka§cana purU$0\nvafichaty avidyamiinam ivatmano 'nyasmiit kathaficana kimapi\nkarhicid avek$ate bhartary anusavanam vijrmbhita-snehatiSayam antare1)-a.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0189": "160\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 4\n\nbhagavata-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; r�abhe7_UlKing B.�abha; parira/cyyama{le-being protected; etasmin-on this;\nvar�e-planet; na-not; kaScana-anyone; pun_L$ab,-even a common\nman; vaiichati-desires; avidyamanam-not existing in reality; iva-as\nif; atmanab,-for himself; anyasmat-from anyone else; kathaiicanaby any means; kimapi-anything; karhicit-at any time; ave/cyatedoes care to see; bhartari-toward the master; anusavanam-always;\nvijrmbhita-expanding;\n\nsneha-atiSayam-very great affection;\n\nan­\n\ntareT_Ul-within one's self.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNo one likes to possess anything that is like a will-o'-the-wisp or\n\na flower in the sky, for everyone knows very well that such things\ndo not exist. When Lord .f.l�abhadeva ruled this planet of Bharata­\n\nvar�a, even common men did not want to ask for anything, at any\n\ntime or by any means. No one ever asks for a will-o'-the-wisp. In\nother words, everyone was completely satisfied, and therefore\n\nthere was no chance of anyone's asking for anything. The people\n\nwere absorbed in great affection for the King. Since this affection\nwas always expanding, they were not inclined to ask for anything.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bengal the word ghO(ia-Q,imba is used, which means \"the egg of a\nhorse.\" Since a horse never lays an egg, the word ghOl)ii-c)imba actually\nhas no meaning. In Sanskrit there is a word kha-p�pa, which means\n\"the flower in the sky.\" No flower grows in the sky; therefore no one is\ninterested in asking for kha-p�pa or ghoc)a-Q,imba. During the reign of\nMaharaja B.�abhadeva, people were so well equipped that they did not\nwant to ask for anything. They were immensely supplied with all\nnecessities for life due to King l,l.�abhadeva's good government. Consequently everyone felt full satisfaction and did not want anything. This is\nthe perfection of government. If the citizens are unhappy due to bad\ngovernment, the heads of government are condemned. During these\ndemocratic days, monarchy is disliked by the people, but here is an example of how an emperor of the whole world kept all the citizens fully\n\n", "SB5.1#p0190": "The Characteristics of ��ahhadeva\n\nText 19]\n\n161\n\nsatisfied by supplying the necessities of life and following the Vedic principles.\n\nThus everyone was happy during the reign of Maharaja\n\n��abhadeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 19\n\n���� �f(Cfl� i(�qffl �srem:l� �Rf\nf.f�ll'it�;a'hnlfRq�fWM'�l�'iwt:\n3f�t�stolt�+4(ijttP-siettwtt��f�oo:q ����\n\nij'\n\nsa kadiicid atamiirw bhagaviin r$ablw brahmiivarta-gato brahmar$ipravara-sabhiiyiirh prajiiniirh niSiimayantiniim iitmajiin avahitiitmana�\npra§raya-prar_wya-bhara-suyantritiin apy upa5ik$ayann iti lwviica.\nsa�-He; kadiicit-once; atamiina�-while on tour; bhagaviin-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; r$abha�-Lord ��abha; brahmiivartagata�\n\n-\n\nwhen He reached the place known as Brahmavarta (identified by\n\nsome as Burma and by others as a place near Kanpura, Uttar Pradesh);\nbrahma-r$i-pravara-sabhiiyiim-in a meeting of first-class briihmar_ws;\nprajiiniim-while the citizens; niSiimayantiniim-were hearing; iitmajan-His sons;\nbehavior;\n\navahita-iitmana�-attentive;\n\nprary,aya-of\n\nyantritiin-well\n\ndevotion;\n\ncontrolled;\n\nbhara-by\n\napi-although;\n\nprasraya-of good\nan\n\nabundance;\n\nsu­\n\nupa5ik$ayan-teaching;\n\niti-thus; ha-certainly; uviica-said.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce while touring the world, Lord ��ahhadeva, the Supreme\nLord, reached a place known as Brahmavarta. There was a great\nconference of learned brahmru;Ias at that place, and all the King's\nsons attentively heard the instructions of the brahmru;Ias there. At\nthat assembly, within the hearing of the citizens, ��abhadeva instructed His sons, although they were already very well behaved,\ndevoted and qualified. He instructed them so that in the future\nthey could rule the world very perfectly. Thus he spoke as follows.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0191": "162\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 4\n\nPURPORT\nThe instructions of Lord }:l.�abhadeva to His sons are very valuable if\n\none wants to live peacefully within this world, which is full of miseries.\n\nIn the next chapter, Lord }:l.�abhadeva gives His sons these valuable\ninstructions.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Fourth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Characteristics of\n��abhadeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. \"\n\n", "SB5.1#p0192": "CHAPTER FIVE\n\nLord �hadeva's Teachings to His Sons\nIn this chapter there is a description of bhagavata-dharma, religious\nprinciples in devotional service that transcend religious principles for\nliberation and the mitigation of material misery. It is stated in this\nchapter that a human being should not work hard like dogs and hogs for\nsense gratification. The human life is especially meant for the revival of\nour relationship with the Supreme Lord, and to this end all kinds of\nausterities and penances should be accepted. By austere activities, one's\nheart can be cleansed of material contamination, and as a result one can\nbe situated on the spiritual platform. To attain this perfection, one has to\ntake shelter of a devotee and serve him. Then the door of liberation will\nbe open. Those who are materially attached to women and sense gratification gradually become entangled in material consciousness and suffer the\nmiseries of birth, old age, disease and death. Those who are engaged in\nthe general welfare of all and who are not attached to children and family\nare called mahatrniis. Those who are engaged in sense gratification, who\nact piously or impiously, cannot understand the purpose of the soul.\nTherefore they should approach a highly elevated devotee and accept\nhim as a spiritual master. By his association, one will be able to understand the purpose of life. Under the instructions of such a spiritual\nmaster, one can attain devotional service to the Lord, detachment from\nmaterial things, and tolerance of material misery and distress. One can\nthen see all living entities equally, and one becomes very eager to know\nabout transcendental subject matters. Endeavoring persistently for the\nsatisfaction of Kri?Q.a, one becomes detached from wife. children and\nhome. He is not interested in wasting time. In this way one becomes selfrealized. A person advanced in spiritual knowledge does not engage anyone in material activity. And one who cannot deliver another person by\ninstructing him in devotional service should not become a spiritual\nmaster, father, mother, demigod or husband.\n\nInstructing His one\n\nhundred sons, Lord I:{�?abhadeva advised them to accept their eldest\n\n163\n\n", "SB5.1#p0193": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n164\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nbrother, Bharata, as their guide and lord, and thereby serve him. Of all\n\nliving entities, the brahmar:ms are the best, and above the brahmar:ms the\n\nVai�r:tavas are situated in an even better position. Serving a Vai�Q.ava\n\nmeans serving the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus Sukadeva\n\nGosvaml describes the characteristics of Bharata Maharaja and the\nsacrificial performance executed by Lord ��abhadeva for the instruction\n\nof the general populace.\n\nTEXT I\n�ij' �CfT'i'f\n\nWTA\n\n�{{ �if�f WI��\n� �1'11'1� f«iijif � I\nrn r� �sm it;� ��\nij('4t441( ittA(1\"<04. ��II � II\n\"\n\nr�abha uviica\nnayarh deho deha-bhajam nrloke\n�!lin kaman arhate vil}.-bhujam ye\ntapo divyarh putraka yena sattvarh\nsuddhyed yasmad brahma-saukhyarh tv anantam\nr$abhal; uvaca- Lo rd �!;iabhadeva said; na-not; ayam-this;\ndehal;-body; deha-bhajam-of all living entities who have accepted\n\nmaterial bodies; nr-loke-in this world; k�tdn-troublesome; /raman­\n\nsense gratification; arhate-deserves; vit-bhujam-of stool-eaters; ye­\n\nwhich; tapa�-austerities and penances; divyam-divine ; putraka�My dear sons;\n\nyena-by which;\n\nsattvam-the heart;\n\nsuddhyet­\n\nbecomes purified; yasmiit-from which; brahma-saukhyam-spiritual\nhappiness; tu-certainly; anantam-unending.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord J.l.�ahhadeva told His sons: My dear boys, of all the living\n\nentities who have accepted material bodies in this world, one who\n\nhas been awarded this human form should not work hard day and\n\n", "SB5.1#p0194": "Text 1]\n\nLord �abhadeva's Teachings\n\n165\n\nnight simply for sense gratification, which is available even for\ndogs and hogs that eat stool. One should engage in penance and\nausterity to attain the divine position of devotional service. By\nsuch activity, one's heart is purified, and when one attains this\nposition, he attains eternal, blissful life, which is transcendental to\nmaterial happiness and which continues forever.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse Lord l.t�?abhadeva tells His sons about the importance of\nhuman life. The word deha-bhiik refers to anyone who accepts a material\nbody, but the living entity who is awarded the human form must act\ndifferently from animals. Animals like dogs and hogs enjoy sense\ngratification by eating stool. After undergoing severe hardships all day,\nhuman beings are trying to enjoy themselves at night by eating,\ndrinking, having sex and sleeping. At the same time, they have to\nproperly defend themselves. However, this is not human civilization.\nHuman life means voluntarily practicing suffering for the advancement\nof spiritual life. There is, of course, suffering in the lives of animals and\nplants, which are suffering due to their past misdeeds. However. human\nbeings should voluntarily accept suffering in the form of austerities and\npenances in order to attain the divine life. After attaining the divine life.\none can enjoy happiness eternally. After all, every living entity is trying\nto enjoy happiness, but as long as one is encaged in the material body. he\nhas to suffer different kinds of misery. A higher sense is present in the\nhuman form. We should act according to superior advice in order to attain eternal happiness and go back to Godhead.\nIt is significant in this verse that the government and the natural\nguardian, the father, should educate subordinates and raise them to\nKri?l.la consciousness. Devoid of Kri?Da consciousness. every living being\nsuffers in this cycle of birth and death perpetually. To relieve them from\nthis bondage and enable them to become blissful and happy. bhakti-yoga\nshould be taught. A foolish civilization neglects to teach people how to\nrise to the platform of bhakti-yoga. Without Kri?l.la consciousness. a person is no better than a hog or dog. The instructions of l.t�?abhadeva are\nvery essential at the present moment. People are being educated and\ntrained to work very hard for sense gratification. and there is no sublime\naim in life. A man travels to earn his livelihood. leaving home early in\n\n", "SB5.1#p0195": "166\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nthe morning, catching a local train and being packed in a compartment.\nHe has to stand for an hour or two in order to reach his place of business.\nThen again he takes a bus to get to the office. At the office he works hard\nfrom nine to five; then he takes two or three hours to return home. After\neating, he has sex and goes to sleep. For all this hardship, his only happiness is a little sex. Yan maithuniidi-grhamedhi-sukham hi tuccham.\nJ..t�abhadeva clearly states that human life is not meant for this kind of\nexistence, which is enjoyed even by dogs and hogs. Indeed, dogs and hogs\ndo not have to work so hard for sex. A human being should try to live in\na different way and should not try to imitate dogs and hogs. The alternative is mentioned. Human life is meant for tapasya, austerity and\npenance. By tapasya, one can get out of the material clutches. When one\nis situated in l(r�I)a consciousness, devotional service, his happiness is\nguaranteed eternally. By taking to bhakti-yoga, devotional service, one's\nexistence is purified. The living entity is seeking happiness life after life,\nbut he can make a solution to all his problems simply by practicing bhak­\n\nti-yoga. Then he immediately becomes eligible to return home, back to\nGodhead. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (4.9):\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevarh yo vetti tattvata�\ntyaktvii deharh punar janma\nnaiti miim eti so 'rjuna\n\"'One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this\nmaterial world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\"\n\nTEXT2\n\n��f\ni!I(+U�Pf��� �m m-�� 1\n\n�{IW{I�ij «��: SI�IW{II\nW��i'H �: ijl�� � II � II\n\nmahat-seviirh dviiram iihur vimuktes\ntamo-dviirarh JO$itiirh sarigi-sarigam\n\n", "SB5.1#p0196": "Text 2]\n\nLord ��abhadeva's Teachings\n\n167\n\nmahantas te sama-citta� pra5antii\nvimanyava� suhrda� sadhavo ye\nmahat-sevam-service to the spiritually advanced persons called\nmahatmiis; dvaram-the way; ahu�-they say; vimukte�-of liberation; tama�-dvaram-the way to the dungeon of a dark, hellish condition of life; yo$itam-of women; sangi-of associates; sangam-association; mahanta�-highly advanced in spiritual understanding; tethey; sama-citta�-persons who see everyone in a spiritual identity;\npra5anta�-very\n\npeaceful,\n\nsituated\n\nin\n\nBrahman\n\nor\n\nBhagavan;\n\nvimanyava�-without anger (one must distribute Kri?r:ta consciousness\nto persons who are hostile without becoming angry at them); suhrda�well-wishers\n\nof\n\neveryone;\n\nsiidhava�-qualified\n\ndevotees,\n\nwithout\n\nabominable behavior; ye-they who.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne can attain the path of liberation from material bondage only\nby rendering service to highly advanced spiritual personalities.\nThese personalities are impersonalists and devotees. Whether one\nwants to merge into the Lord's existence or wants to associate with\nthe Personality of Godhead, one should render service to the\nmahatmas. For those who are not interested in such activities, who\nassociate with people fond of women and sex, the path to hell is\nwide open. The mahatmas are equipoised. They do not see any\ndifference between one living entity and another. They are very\npeaceful and are fully engaged in devotional service. They are\ndevoid of anger, and they work for the benefit of everyone. They\ndo not behave in any abominable way. Such people are known as\nmahatmas.\nPURPORT\nThe human body is like a junction. One may either take the path of\nliberation or the path leading to a hellish condition. How one can take\nthese paths is described herein. On the path of liberation. one associates\nwith mahatmiis, and on the path of bondage one associates with those attached to sense gratification and women. There are two types of mahatmas-the impersonalist and the devotee. Although their ultimate goal is\n\n", "SB5.1#p0197": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n168\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\ndifferent, the process of emancipation is almost the same. Both want\neternal happiness. One seeks happiness in impersonal Brahman, and the\nother seeks happiness in the association of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. As described in the first verse: brahma-saukhyam. Brahman\nmeans spiritual or eternal; both the impersonalist and the devotee seek\neternal blissful life. In any case, it is advised that one become perfect. In\nthe words of Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 22.87):\n\nasat-sanga-tyiiga, -ei va�rw.va-iiciira\n'stn-saflgi'-eka asadhu, 'kmwbhakta' ara\nTo remain unattached to the modes of material nature, one should avoid\nassociating with those who are asat, materialistic. There are two kinds of\nmaterialists. One is attached to women and sense gratification, and the\nother is simply a nondevotee. On the positive side is association with\n\nmahatmas, and on the negative side is the avoidance of nondevotees and\nwomen-hunters.\n\nTEXT3\n\nM�qt\n���1RiCfi� I\n\\ilt;;r��lffl+i€ij\n\n�!\nWI\n\nmf� ;;rt��%Jt� �Cfi II � II\n\nye vii mayiSe krta-sauhrdartha\njane$U dehambhara-viirtike$U\ngrhe$U jayatmaja-ratimatsu\nna pnti-yuktii yavad-arthiiS ca loke\nye-those who; vii-or; mayi-unto Me; iSe-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; krta-sauhrda-artha/:t-very eager to develop love\n\n( in a relationship of dasya, sakhy�, vatsalya or miidhurya); jane$u-to\npeople; dehambhara-viirtike$u-who are interested only in maintaining\nthe body, not in spiritual salvation; grhe$u-to the home; jaya - wife;\niitma-ja-children; riiti-wealth or friends; matsu-consisting of; na\n\n-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0198": "Text 4]\n\nLord .t;l�ahhadeva's Teachings\n\n169\n\nnot; priti-y ukta }:t-very attached; yavat-artha}:t-who live by collecting\nonly as much as required; ca-and; loke-in the material world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who are interested in reviving Kr�J.Ia consciousness and\nincreasing their love of Godhead do not like to do anything that is\nnot related to Kr�J.Ia. They are not interested in mingling with\npeople who are busy maintaining their bodies, eating, sleeping,\nmating and defending. They are not attached to their homes,\nalthough they may be householders. Nor are they attached to\nwives, children, friends or wealth. At the same time, they are not\nindifferent to the execution of their duties. Such people are interested in collecting only enough money to keep the body and\nsoul together.\nPURPORT\nWhether he is an impersonalist or a devotee, one who is actually interested in advancing spiritually should not mingle with those who are\nsimply interested in maintaining the body by means of the so-called advancement of civilization. Those who are interested in spiritual life\nshould not be attached to homely comforts in the company of wife.\nchildren, friends and so forth. Even if one is a grhastha and has to earn\nhis livelihood, he should be satisfied by collecting only enough money to\nmaintain body and soul together. One should not have more than that nor\nless than that. As indicated herein, a householder should endeavor to\nearn money for the execution of bhakti-yoga-sravar:wrh kirtanarh\n\nvi$r:w/:L smarar:wrh piida-sevanaml arcanarh vandanarh diisyarh sakhyam\natma-nivedanam. A householder should lead such a life that he gets full\nopportunity to hear and chant. He should worship the Deity at home. observe festivals, invite friends in and give them prasada. A householder\nshould earn money for this purpose, not for sense gratification.\n\nTEXT4\n\n", "SB5.1#p0199": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n170\n\n;{\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nijl� � � 3TR�St{¥4(htN �� 31l(t �tr: II� II\nnilnam pramatta/:t kurute vikarma\nyad indriya-pritaya aprr:wti\nna sadhu manye yata atmano yam\nasann api klesada lisa deha/:t\n\nnilnam-indeed; pramatta }:t-mad;\n\nkurute-performs; vikarma­\n\nsinful activities forbidden in the scriptures;\n\nyat-when;\n\nindriya­\n\npritaye-for sense gratification; aprr:wti -engages; na-not; sadhubefitting; manye-1 think; yata/:t-by which; atmana }:t-of the soul;\nayam-this;\n\nasan-being\n\ntemporary;\n\napi-although;\n\nklesa-da/:t­\n\ngiving misery; lisa-became possible; deha }:t-the body.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a person considers sense gratification the aim of life, he\ncertainly becomes mad after materialistic living and engages in all\nkinds of sinful activity. He does not know that due to his past\nmisdeeds he has already received a body which, although temporary, is the cause of his misery. Actually the living entity should\nnot have taken on a material body, but he has been awarded the\nmaterial body for sense gratification. Therefore I think it not\nbefitting an intelligent man to involve himself again in the activities of sense gratification by which he perpetually gets material\nbodies one after another.\nPURPORT\nBegging, borrowing and stealing to live for sense gratification is condemned in this verse because such consciousness leads one to a dark,\nhellish condition. The four sinful activities are illicit sex, meat-eating,\nintoxication and gambling. These are the means by which one gets\nanother material body that is full of miseries. ln the Vedas it is said:\n\nasarigo hy ayam purU$a/:t. The living entity is not really connected with\nthis material world, but due to his tendency to enjoy the material senses,\nhe is put into the material condition. One should perfect his life by asso-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0200": "Text\n\n5)\n\nLord I;t�ahhadeva's Teachings\n\n171\n\nciating with devotees. He should not become further implicated in the\nmaterial body.\nTEXTS\n\nq(I�CI(ijltli(il�Tffl\n\n� f��Rt(f 3TRff(f�;rll. I\n....\n\n�\n\n�f.fft��.m:� 'l'lT q\nqi'l�'l;t � �fu:�: II 1\"\\ II\npariibhavas tiivad abodha-jiito\nyiivan na jijfiiisata iitma-tattvam\nyiivat kriyiis tiivad idam mano vai\nkarmiitmakam yena sarira-bandha�\npa riibha va�-defeat\n\n,\n\nmisery; tiivat-so long;\n\nabodha -jiita�-pro­\n\nduced from ignorance; yiivat-as long as; na-not; jijfiiisate-inquires\nabout; iitma-tattvam-the truth of the self; yiivat-as long as; kriyii�fruitive activities; tiivat-so long; idam-this; mana�-mind: vai-indeed;\n\nkarma-iitmakam-absorbed in material activities;\n\nyena-by\n\nwhich; sar ira-bandha�-bondage in this material body.\nTRANSLATION\nAs long as one does not inquire about the spiritual values of life,\none is defeated and subjected to miseries arising from ignorance.\nBe it sinful or pious, karma has its resultant actions. If a person is\nengaged in any kind of karma, his mind is called karmatmaka, colored with fruitive activity. As long as the mind is impure, consciousness is unclear, and as long as one is absorbed in fruitive activity, he has to accept a material body.\nPURPORT\nGenerally people think that one should act very piously in order to be\nrelieved from misery, but this is not a fact. Even though one engages in\npious activity and speculation, he is nonetheless defeated. His only aim\nshould be emancipation from the clutches of miiyii and all material\n\n", "SB5.1#p0201": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n172\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nactiVIties. Speculative knowledge and pious activity do not solve the\nproblems of material life. One should be inquisitive to understand his\nspiritual position. As stated in Blwgavad-gitii (4.37):\n\nyathaidhiimsi samiddho 'gnir\nbhasmasiit kurute 'rjuna\njnanagni/:£ sarva-karmiir:ti\nbhasmasiit kurute tathii\n\"As a blazing fire turns firewood to ashes, 0 Arjuna, so does the fire of\nknowledge burn to ashes all reactions to material activities.\"\nUnless one understands the self and its activities, one has to be con­\n\nsidered in material bondage. In Srimad-Bhiigavatam (10.2.32) it is also\n\nsaid: ye\n\n'nye 'raviruliiJf,{ia vimukta-miininas tvayy asta-bhiiviid aviSuddha-buddhaya}:£. A person who doesn't have knowledge of devotional\nservice may think himself liberated, but actually he is not. Aruhya krcchrer:ta param padam tata/:£ patanty adho 'nadrta-yU$mad-arighraya/:£:\nsuch people may approach the impersonal Brahman effulgence, but they\nfall down again into material enjoyment because they have no knowledge\n\nof devotional service. As long as one is interested in karma and jfiiina, he\n\ncontinues enduring the miseries of material life-birth, old age, disease\n\nand death. Karmis certainly take on one body after another. As far as\n\njnanis are concerned, unless they are promoted to the topmost under­\n\nstanding, they must return to the material world. As explained in\n\nBlwgavad-gitii ( 7.19) : bahilniim janmaniim ante jniinaviin miim prapadyate. The point is to know K.r�t:ta, Vasudeva, as everything and surrender unto Him. Karmis do not know this, but a devotee who is one\nhundred percent engaged in the devotional service of the Lord knows\n\nfully what is karma and jnana; therefore a pure devotee is no longer in­\n\nkarma or jnana. Anyiibhilii§ tii-silnyam jnana-karrniidyanavrtam. The real bhakta is untouched by any tinge of karma and\njnana. His only purpose in life is to serve the Lord.\n\nterested in\n\nTEXT6\n\n�ct\n\ntfiqcro sr�--�\n3TN�SSt:��ql:ftr�\n�:\n\n", "SB5.1#p0202": "Text 6)\n\nLord �abhadeva's Teachings\n\nmftr.i\nWI\n\n173\n\nttlij�,\n� ���it;( ijffil_ II � II\n\n��\n\nevam mana/:t karma-va§am prayurikte\navidyayatmany upadhiyamiine\npritir na yavan mayi viisudeve\nna mucyate deha-yogena tiivat\nevam-thus; mana/:t-the mind; karma-va§am-subjugated by fruitive activities; prayurikte-acts; avidyaya-by ignorance; iitmaniwhen the living entity; upadhiyamiine-is covered; priti/:t\n\n-\n\nlove; na­\n\nnot; yavat-as long as; mayi-unto Me; viisudeve-Vasudeva, ��I:ta:\nna-not; mucyate-is delivered; deha yogena-from contact with the\n-\n\nmaterial body; tiivat-so long.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the living entity is covered by the mode of ignorance, he\ndoes not understand the individual living being and the supreme\nliving being, and his mind is subjugated to fruitive activity.\nTherefore, until one has love for Lord Vasudeva, who is none\nother than Myself, he is certainly not delivered from having to accept a material body again and again.\nPURPORT\nWhen the mind is polluted by fruitive activity, the living entity wants\nto be elevated from one material position to another. Generally everyone\nis involved in working hard day and night to improve his economic condition. Even when one understands the Vedic rituals, he becomes interested in promotion to heavenly planets, not knowing that one's real\ninterest lies in returning home, back to Godhead. By acting on the platform of fruitive activity, one wanders throughout the universe in\ndifferent species and forms. Unless he comes in contact with a devotee of\nthe Lord, a guru, he does not become attached to the service of Lord\nVasudeva. Knowledge of Vasudeva requires many births to understand.\n\nAs confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (7.19): viisudeva/:t sarvam iti sa mahatma\n\nsudurlabha/:t. After struggling for existence for many births. one\n\n", "SB5.1#p0203": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n174\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nmay take shelter at the lotus feet of Vasudeva, l<_r�l).a. When this hap­\n\npens. one actually becomes wise and surrenders unto Him. That is the\n\nonly way to stop the repetition of birth and death. This is confirmed in\n\nCaitanya-carittimrta ( Madhya 19.151) in the instructions given by Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu to Srlla Rupa Gosvami at Dasasvamedha-gha�a.\n\nbrahmiir:u;la bhramite kona bhiigyavan }iva\nguru-kr$r:ta-prasade paya bhakti-lata-bija\nThe living entity wanders throughout different planets in different\n\nforms and bodies, but if by chance he comes in contact with a bona fide\n\nspiritual master, by the grace of the spiritual master he receives Lord\nK_r�l).a's shelter, and his devotional life begins.\n\nTEXT7\n\n��\n\nW1\n\nq�!l�!l!l�\n\ngotd\n\n�;.r �: �m Wlf�<l. 1\n;rn�f�fu Q;r ij1qJ�\n\n'1�;:�'ftfl(+l�: II \\9 II\n\nyada na pa5yaty ayatha gur.teharh\nsvarthe pramatta/:L sahasa vipa5cit\ngata-smrtir vindati tatra tapan\nasadya maithunyam agaram ajfia/:L\nyada-when;\n\nna-not;\n\npa§yati-sees;\n\nayatha-unnecessary;\n\ngur:ta-iham-endeavor to satisfy the senses; sva-arthe-in self-interest;\n\npramatta/:L-mad; sahasa-very soon; vipa§cit-even one advanced in\nknowledge; gata-smrti/:L-being forgetful; vindati-gets; tatra-there;\n\ntl'ipan-material miseries; asadya-getting; maithunyam-based on\n\nsexual intercourse; agaram-a home; ajiia/:L-being foolish.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven though one may he very learned and wise, he is mad if he\n\ndoes not understand that the endeavor for sense gratification is a\n\n", "SB5.1#p0204": "Lord ��abhadeva's Teachings\n\nText 8]\n\n175\n\n•\n\nuseless waste of time. Being forgetful of his own interest, he tries\nto be happy in the material world, centering his interests around\nhis home, which is based on sexual intercourse and which brings\nhim all kinds of material miseries. In this way one is no better than\na foolish animal.\nPURPORT\nIn the lowest stage of devotional life, one is not an unalloyed devotee.\n\nAnyabhili4ita-sunyam jfiiina-karmady-anavrtam: to be an unalloyed\ndevotee, one must be freed from all material desires and untouched by\nfruitive activity and speculative knowledge. On the lower platform, one\nmay sometimes be interested in philosophical speculation with a tinge of\ndevotion. However, at that stage one is still interested in sense gratification and is contaminated by the modes of material nature. The influence\nof maya is so strong that even a person advanced in knowledge actually\nforgets that he is K:r;-�I).a 's eternal servant. Therefore he remains satisfied\nin his householder life, which is centered around sexual intercourse.\nConceding to a life of sex, he agrees to suffer all kinds of material miseries. Due to ignorance, one is thus bound by the chain of material laws.\n\nTEXTS\n\"\n\nT�l\n\nfil�m�\n\nq�f4�\n\n��m��: 1\n\n������sl{q{\n\n�Rr II � II\n\npurhsa� striya mithun'i-bhavam etam\ntayor mitho hrdaya-granthim ahu/:1,\nato grha-/cyetra-sutiipta-vittair\njanasya moho yam aham mameti\npurhsa�-of a male; striya�-of a female: mithun'i-bhiivam-attraction for sexual life; etam - this; tayo�-of both of them: mitha/:1,-between one another; hrdaya-granthim-the knot of the hearts: iihu/:1,they call;\n\nata/:1,-thereafter ; grha-by home: lcyetra-field: suta-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0205": "176\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nchildren; apta-relatives; vittaib,-and by wealth; janasya-of the\nliving being; mohab,-illusion; ayam-this; aham-1; mama-mme;\niti-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe attraction between male and female is the basic principle of\nmaterial existence. On the basis of this misconception, which ties\ntogether the hearts of the male and female, one becomes attracted\nto his body, home, property, children, relatives and wealth. In this\nway one increases life's illusions and thinks in terms of \"I and\nmine.\"\nPURPORT\nSex serves as the natural attraction between man and woman, and\nwhen they are married, their relationship becomes more involved. Due to\nthe entangling relationship between man and woman, there is a sense of\nillusion whereby one thinks, \"This man is my husband,\" or \"This\nwoman is my wife.\" This is called hrdnya-granthi, \"the hard knot in the\nheart.\" This knot is very difficult to undo, even though a man and\nwoman separate either for the principles of van:uisrama or simply to get\na divorce. In any case, the man always thinks of the woman, and the\nwoman always thinks of the man. Thus a person becomes materially attached to family, property and children, although all of these are temporary. The possessor unfortunately identifies with his property and\nwealth. Sometimes, even after renunciation, one becomes attached to a\ntemple or to the few things that constitute the property of a sannyasi, but\nsuch attachment is not as strong as family attachment. The attachment to\nthe family is the strongest illusion. In the Satya-samhita, it is stated:\n\nbrahmadya yajiiavalkadya\nmucyante stri-sahayinab,\nbodhyante kecanaite�arh\nviSe�am ca vido vidub,\nSometimes it is found among exalted personalities like Lord Brahma that\nthe wife and children are not a cause of bondage. On the contrary, the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0206": "Lord l;t�ahhadeva's Teachings\n\nText 9]\n\n177\n\nwife actually helps further spiritual life and liberation. Nonetheless,\nmost people are bound by the knots of the marital relationship, and consequently they forget their relationship with Kr��a.\n\nTEXT9\n\n���nlf.·�\nqi'f�if� « 311't�it� I\nij�l\niifWf: «Pift�ijs�\n�: qt ����II� II\n\n�\n\nyadii mano-hrdaya-granthir asya\nkarmii,nubaddho drc)ha aslatheta\ntadii jana� samparivartate 'smad\nmukta� pararh yaty atihaya hetum\nyadii-when; mana�-the mind; hrdaya-granthi�-the knot in the\nheart; asya-of this person; karma-anubaddha�-bound by the results\nof his past deeds; drc)ha �-very strong; aslatheta-becomes slackened:\ntadii-at that time; jana�-the conditioned soul; samparivartate-turns\naway; asmat-from this attachment for sex life; mukta�-liberated:\nparam-to the transcendental world; yati -goes; atihaya -giving up:\n\nhetum-the original cause.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the strong knot in the heart of a person implicated in\nmaterial life due to the results of past action is slackened, one\nturns away from his attachment to home, wife and children. In this\nway, one gives up the basic principle of illusion [I and mine] and\nbecomes liberated. Thus one goes to the transcendental world.\nPURPORT\nWhen, by associating with sadhus and engaging in devotional service.\none is gradually freed from the material conception due to knowledge.\npractice and detachment, the knot of attachment in the heart is\n\n", "SB5.1#p0207": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n178\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nslackened. Thus one can get freed from conditional life and become eligible to return home, back to Godhead.\nTEXTS 10-13\n\n�ij gu qfir lW�lfG���'\nf:nr� �t=�RIRiaJtn\n\"\n\n('\n\n�:;r\n\n:q I\n\n('\n\n�t=fflOlJ�qf(�q(\n\nQqB��l II� II\n�fit.t��tll :q fww:j\n�erQT{\ngOF€Rf;n;:if 1\nf��QI+ti\\q�it-f\n�\nmt�\n��rn11;{: II�� II\n�\"Qtn\n\no\n\n3l�trt�1it;r m�;rn\n�fr����tfl{iil� ij\"� I\nQ��4il i{t;(:qt{Of ��\n3TQl=S{q(� t�lt';r �l:q'll{_ II Z �II\n�·\n\n�\nijt�\n\nill�\n\n�\n\n��til;J\nf�lWi fcmfilij;r I\n\n��l{���tft\n\nf� oqql��1i�l �lll� II Z �II\n\nharhse gurau mayi bhaktyiinuvrtyii\nvitr$r:taYii dvandva-titik$ayii ca\nsarvatra jantor vyasaniivagatyii\njijfiiisayii tapasehii-nivrttyii\nmat-karmabhir mat-kathayii ca nityam\nmad-deva-sangiid gur:r-a-krrtaniin me\nnirvaira-siimyopa.Samena putrii\njihiisayii deha-gehiitma-buddhe/:t\n\n", "SB5.1#p0208": "Text 13)\n\nLord J;t�ahhadeva's Teachings\n\n179\n\nadhyatma-yogena vivikta-sevaya\npra[U!ndriyatmiibhijayena sadhryak\nsac-chraddhaya brahmacaryeTJtL sa.Svad\nasampramiidena yamena vacam\nsarvatra mad-bhava-vicak$a[U!na\njfiiinena vijfiiina-virajitena\nyogena dhrty-udyama-sattva-yukto\nlingarh vyapohet ku§alo 'ham-akhyam\nharhse-who is a paramaharhsa, or the most exalted, spiritually advanced person; gurau-to the spiritual master; mayi-unto Me, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead;\nanuvrtya-by\n\nfollowing;\n\nbhaktya-by devotional service;\n\nvitr$TJ£Lya-by\n\ndetachment\n\nfrom\n\nsense\n\ngratification; dvandva-of the dualities of the material world; titik$aya-by tolerance; ca-also; sarvatra-everywhere; janto/:t-of the\nliving entity; vyasana-the miserable condition of life; avagatya-by\nrealizing; jijfiiisaya-by inquiring about the truth; tapasa-by practicing austerities and penances; iha-nivrttya-by giving up the endeavor\nfor sense enjoyment;\n\nmat-karmabhi/:t-by working for Me:\n\nmat­\n\nkathaya-by hearing topics about Me; ca-also ; nityam-always; matdeva-sangat-by association with My devotees; guTJtL-kirtanat me-by\nchanting and glorifying My transcendental qualities; nirvaira-being\nwithout enmity; samya-seeing everyone equally by spiritual understanding;\n\nupa.Samena-by subduing anger, lamentation and so on:\n\nputra/:t-0 sons; jihasaya-by desiring to give up; deha-with the\nbody; geha-with the home; atma-buddhe/:t-identification of the self:\nadhyatma-yogena-by\n\nstudy\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nrevealed\n\nscriptures;\n\nvivikta­\n\nsevaya-by living in a solitary place; praTJtL-the life air; indriya-the\nsenses; atma-the mind; abhijayena-by controlling; sadhryak-com\npletely;\n\nsat-sraddhaya-by\n\nbrahmacaryeTJtL-by\n\ndeveloping\n\nobserving\n\nfaith\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nscriptures:\n\nsa.Svat-alwa y s :\n\ncelibacy;\n\nasampramadena-by not being bewildered;\n\n­\n\nyamena-by restraint:\n\nvacam-of words; sarvatra-everywhere; mat-bhava\n\n-\n\nthinking of Me:\n\nvicak$a[U!na-by observing; jfiiinena-by development of knowledge:\nvijfiiina-by practical application of knowledge; virajitena-illumined:\n\n", "SB5.1#p0209": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n180\n\nyogena-by\n\npractice\n\nof\n\nbhakti-yoga;\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\ndhrti-patience;\n\nudyama­\n\nenthusiasm; sattva-discretion; yukta(t-endowed with; lirigam-the\ncause of material bondage; vyapohet-one can give up; ku.Sala(t-in full\nauspiciousness; aham-akhyam-false ego, false identification with the\nmaterial world.\nTRANSLATION\n0 My sons, you should accept a highly elevated paramahamsa, a\n\nspiritually advanced spiritual master. In this way, you should place\nyour faith and love in Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nYou should detest sense gratification and tolerate the duality of\npleasure and pain, which are like the seasonal changes of summer\n\nand winter. Try to realize the miserable condition of living entities, who are miserable even in the higher planetary systems.\n\nPhilosophically inquire about the truth. Then undergo all kinds of\nausterities and penances for the sake of devotional service. Give up\n\nthe endeavor for sense enjoyment and engage in the service of the\n\nLord. Listen to discussions about the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and always associate with devotees. Chant about and\nglorify the Supreme Lord, and look upon everyone equally on the\n\nspiritual platform. Give up enmity and subdue anger and lamentation. Abandon identifying the self with the body and the home,\n\nand practice reading the revealed scriptures. Live in a secluded\n\nplace and practice the process by which you can completely control\n\nyour life air, mind and senses. Have full faith in the revealed scrip­\n\ntures, the Vedic literatures, and always observe celibacy. Perform\nyour prescribed duties\n\nthinking\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nand avoid\n\nSupreme\n\nunnecessary talks.\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nAlways\n\nacquire\n\nknowledge from the right source. Thus practicing bhakti-yoga,\n\nyou will patiently and enthusiastically be elevated in knowledge\n\nand will be able to give up the false ego.\nPURPORT\n\nIn these four verses, l.t�?abhadeva tells His sons how they can be freed\nfrom the false identification arising from false ego and material conditional life. One gradually becomes liberated by practicing as mentioned\n\n", "SB5.1#p0210": "Text 13)\n\nLord �abhadeva's Teachings\n\n181\n\nabove. All these prescribed methods enable one to give up the material\nbody (lingarh vyapohet) and be situated in his original spiritual body.\n\nFirst of all one has to accept a bona fide spiritual master. This is advo­\n\ncated by Sri:la Rupa Gosviimi: in his Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu: sri-guru­\n\npadiiSraya}:t. To be freed from the entanglement of the material world,\nTad-vijnaniirtham sa gurum\nevabhigacchet. By questioning the spiritual master and by serving him,\n\none has to approach a spiritual master.\n\none can advance in spiritual life. When one engages in devotional ser­\n\nvice, naturally the attraction for personal comfort-for eating, sleeping\n\nand dressing-is reduced. By associating with the devotee, a spiritual\nstandard is maintained. The word mad-deva-sangat is very important.\n\nThere are many so-called religions devoted to the worship of various\n\ndemigods, but here good association means association with one who\n\nsimply accepts K:r�I).a as his worshipable Deity.\n\nAnother important item is dvandva-titi�a. As long as one is situated\n\nin the material world, there must be pleasure and pain arising from the\n\nmaterial body. As K:r�t:�a advises in\n\nBhagavad-gua, tams titi�asva\n\nbharata. One has to learn how to tolerate the temporary pains and\n\npleasures of this material world. One must also be detached from his\nfamily and practice celibacy. Sex with one's wife according to the scrip­\n\ntural injunctions is also accepted as brahmacarya (celibacy), but illicit\nsex is opposed to religious principles, and it hampers advancement in\nspiritual consciousness. Another important word is\n\nvijnana-virajita.\n\nEverything should be done very scientifically and consciously. One\n\nshould be a realized soul. In this way, one can give up the entanglement\n\nof material bondage.\n\nAs Sri Madhvacarya points out, the sum and substance of these four\n\nslokas is that one should refrain from acting out of a desire for sense\n\ngratification and should instead always engage in the Lord's loving service. In other words, bhakti-yoga is the acknowledged path of liberation.\nSrila Madhvacarya quotes from the Adhyatma:\n\natmano 'vihitam karma\nvarjayitvanya-karmar:taft\nkamasya ca parityiigo\nnirrhety ahur uttama}:t\n\n", "SB5.1#p0211": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n182\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nOne should perform activities only for the benefit of the soul; any other\nactivity should be given up. When a person is situated in this way, he is\nsaid to be desireless. Actually a living entity cannot be totally desireless,\nbut when he desires the benefit of the soul and nothing else, he is said to\nbe desireless.\n\nSpiritual knowledge is jiiana-vijiiii na-samanvitam. When one is fully\n\nequipped with jiiiina and vijiiiina, he is perfect. ]iiii na means that one\nunderstands the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�J.lu, to be the\n\nSupreme Being. Vijiiiina refers to the activities that liberate one from the\n\nignorance of material existence. As stated in Snmad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(2. 9. 31) :\n\njiiiinarh\n\nparama-guhyarh\n\nme\n\nyad\n\nvijiiiina-samanvitam.\n\nKnowledge of the Supreme Lord is very confidential, and the supreme\nknowledge by which one understands Him furthers the liberation of all\n\nliving entities. This knowledge is vijiiana. As confirmed in Bhagavad­\n\ngita (4.9):\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevarh yo vetti tattvata�\ntyaktva deham punar janma\nnaiti mam eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this\nmaterial world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\"\n\nTEXT 14\n\n��fr?.liF�¥tf�sSij\"lfa.aqsnr*t : I\n\nifi¥tf.u4\n\n��\n�\n�q��\nij+���'Rlrn �q 11��11\nkarmasayarh hrdaya-granthi-bandham\navidyayasaditam apramatta�\nanena yogena yathopadesarh\nsamyag vyapohyoparameta yogat\n\n", "SB5.1#p0212": "Text 14)\n\nLord ��ahhadeva's Teachings\n\n183\n\nkanna-asayam-the desire for fruitive activities; h rdaya-g ranthi\n\n­\n\nthe knot in the heart; bandham-bondage; avidyaya-because of ignorance; asaditam-brought about; apramattab,-not being covered by\nignorance or illusion, very careful; anena-by this; yogena-practice of\nyoga; yatha-upadesam\n\n-\n\nas advised; samyak-completely; vyapohya­\n\nbecoming free from; uparameta-one should desist; yogat-from the\npractice of yoga, the means of liberation.\nTRANSLATION\nAs I have advised you, My dear sons, you should act accordingly.\nBe very careful. By these means you will be freed from the ignorance of the desire for fruitive activity, and the knot of bondage\nin the heart will be completely severed. For further advancement,\nyou should also give up the means. That is, you should not become\nattached to the process of liberation itself.\nPURPORT\nThe process of liberation is brahma-jijfliisa, the search for the Absolute Truth. Generally brahma-jijfliisa is called neti neti, the process by\nwhich one analyzes existence to search out the Absolute Truth. This\nmethod continues as long as one is not situated in his spiritual life.\nSpiritual life is brahma-bhuta, the self-realized state. In the words of\n\nBhagavad-gita (18.54):\nbrahma-bhutab, prasannatma\nna socati na kari�ati\n\nsamab, sarve�u bhiite�u\nmad-bhaktim labhate param\n\"One who is thus transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme\nBrahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments nor desires to have\nanything; he is equally disposed to every living entity. In that state. he\nattains pure devotional service unto Me.··\nThe idea is to enter into the para bhakti, the transcendental devotional\nservice of the Supreme Lord. To attain this, one must analyze one·s existence, but when one is actually engaged in devotional service. he should\n\n", "SB5.1#p0213": "184\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nnot bother seeking out knowledge. By simply engaging in devotional service undeviatingly, one will always remain in the liberated condition.\n\nmarh ca yo 'vyabhiciirer:w\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gu�n samatityaitiin\nbrahma-bhuyaya kalpate\n\n( Bg. 14.26)\nThe unflinching execution of devotional service is in itself brahma­\n\nbhuta. Another important feature in this connection is anena yogena\nyathopadesam. The instructions received from the spiritual master must\nbe followed immediately. One should not deviate from or surpass the instructions of the spiritual master. One should not be simply intent on\nconsulting books but should simultaneously execute the spiritual\nmaster's order (yathopadesam). Mystic power should be achieved to enable one to give up the material conception, but when one actually\nengages in devotional service, one does not need to practice the mystic\n\nyoga system. The point is that one can give up the r.ractice of yoga, but\ndevotional service cannot be given up. As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.7.10):\natmiiramas ca munayo\nnirgranthii apy urukrame\nkurvanty ahaitukrm bhaktim\nittham-bhuta-gu� hari/:t\nEven those who are liberated (atmariima) must always engage in devotional service. One may give up the practice of yoga when one is selfrealized, but at no stage can one give up devotional service. All other activities for self-realization, including yoga and philosophical speculation,\nmay be given up, but devotional service must be retained at all times.\nTEXT 15\n\n�j� ��� 9J:qJ ���t\n���T\n;J��:\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\n", "SB5.1#p0214": "Lord ��ahhadeva's Teachings\n\nText 15]\n\n185\n\n�N ftllt;:�f��1.fl��\n\n���q� ��T'i I\n��;:�iift� �mt\n\n;r\n\ntt\n\nf;m����\n\n�\n\n;y'ij II� �II\n\nputrams ca s�yams ca nrpo gurur va\nmal-loka-kamo mad-anugrahiirtha&\nittharh vimanyur anu§�yad ataj-jiiiin\nna yojayet karmasu karma-mfu}.han\n\nkarh yojayan manujo 'rtharh labheta\nnipatayan TUJ.§!a-drsarh hi garte\np utran - the sons; ca-and; s�yan-the disciples; ca - and; nrpa&the king; guru& - the spiritual master; va - or;\n\nmat-loka-kama&­\n\ndesiring to go to My abode: ma t-an ugraha-artha& - thinking that to\nachieve My mercy is the aim of life;\n\nittham-in\n\nthis manner:\n\nvimanyu& - free from anger; anu§�yat - should instruct; a-tat-jiiiinbereft of spiritual knowledge; n.a-not; yojayet-should engage: karmasu - in fruitive activities; karma-mfu)han - simply engaged in pious\nor impious activities; kam-what; yojayan-engaging; manu-ja&-a\nman; artham - be nefit ; labheta-can achieve; nipatayan - causing to\nfall; TUJ.§!a-d rsam - one who is already bereft of his transcendental sight:\nhi-indeed; garte - in the hole.\nTRANSLATION\nIf one is serious about going back home, back to Godhead, he\nmust consider the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nthe summum bonum and chief aim of life. If he is a father instructing his sons, a spiritual master instructing his disciples, or a\nking instructing his citizens, he must instruct them as I have advised. Without being angry, he should continue giving instructions, even if his disciple, son or citizen is sometimes unable to\nfollow his order. Ignorant people who engage in pious and impious activities should be engaged in devotional service by all\nmeans. They should always avoid fruitive activity. If one puts into\n\n", "SB5.1#p0215": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n186\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nthe bondage of karmic activity his disciple, son or citizen who is\nbereft of transcendental vision, how will one profit? It is like\n\nleading a blind man to a dark well and causing him to fall in.\nPURPORT\nIt is stated in Bhagavad-gitii (3.26):\nna buddhi-bhedam janayed\najiiiinarit karma-sanginam\njo�ayet sarva-karmar:ti\nvidvan yukta/:t samacaran\n\n\"Let not the wise disrupt the minds of the ignorant who are attached to\nfruitive action. They should be encouraged not to refrain from work, but\nto work in the spirit of devotion.\"\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�: �q �trf« �­\n\n�s�� ij�ij f��ll{ef;Pt: I\n��tt:tr��:\n���m�[:� :q ;r � �: II� �II\nloka/:t svayarit sreyasi n�!a-dr�!ir\nyo 'rthan samiheta nikama-kama/:t\nanyonya-vaira/:t sukha-lesa-hetor\nananta-du/:tkharh ca na veda miu)ha/:t\n\nloka/:t-people;\n\nsvayam-personally;\n\nthe\n\nsreyasi-of\n\npath\n\nof\n\nauspiciousness; �!a-dmi/:t-who have lost sight; ya/:t-who ; arthanthings\n\nmeant\n\nfor\n\nsense\n\ngratification;\n\nsamiheta-desire;\n\nnikama­\n\nkama/:t-hav ing too many lusty desires for sense enjoyment; anyonyavaira/:t-being envious of one another; sukha-lesa-heto/:t-simply for\ntemporary material happiness; ananta-du/:tkham-unlimited sufferings;\nca-also; na-do not; veda-know; mu<fha/:t\n\n-\n\nfoolish\n\n.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0216": "Text 17)\n\nLord .t;l�abhadeva's Teachings\n\n187\n\nTRANSLATION\nDue to ignorance, the materialistic person does not know anything about his real self-interest, the auspicious path in life. He is\nsimply bound to material enjoyment by lusty desires, and all his\nplans are made for this purpose. For temporary sense gratification,\nsuch a person creates a society of envy, and due to this mentality,\nhe plunges into the ocean of suffering. Such a foolish person does\nnot even know about this.\nPURPORT\nThe word\n\nna$ta-dmi/:t, meaning \"one who has no eyes to see the\n\nfuture,\" is very significant in this verse. Life goes on from one body to\nanother, and the activities performed in this life are enjoyed or suffered\nin the next life, if not later in this life. One who is unintelligent, who has\nno eyes to see the future, simply creates enmity and fights with others for\nsense gratification. As a result, one suffers in the next life, but due to\nbeing like a blind man, he continues to act in such a way that he suffers\nunlimitedly. Such a person is a miicJ,ha, one who simply wastes his time\nand does not understand the Lord's devotional service. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-grtii ( 7.25):\nniiham prakiiSa/:t sarvasya\nyogamaya-samavrta/:t\nmiicJ,ho 'yam niibhijaniiti\nloko miim ajam avyayam\n\"I am never manifest to the foolish and unintelligent. For them I am\ncovered by My eternal creative potency [yogamiiyii]; and so the deluded\nworld knows Me not, who am unborn and infallible.··\nIn the Katha Upani$ad it is also said: avidyayiim antare vartamiinii/:t\nsvayam dhirii/:t par:u},itam manyamiinii/:t. Although ignorant. people still\ngo to other blind men for leadership. As a result, both are subjected to\nmiserable conditions. The blind lead the blind into the ditch.\nTEXT 17\n\n��(j �� �flfijl fcp�f��\nayf?l�r.rr���\n�iff�'{ I\n\n", "SB5.1#p0217": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n188\n\nqT ��ij\n\nij'�O{:\n\n!Fftill���tl\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\n��\n�?.(1�� II � \\911\n\nkas tam svayarh tad-abhijfio vipa.Scid\navidyayam antare vartamanam\ndrHva punas tam saghrr:w� kubuddhirh\nprayojayed utpathagarh yathandham\nka�-who is that person;\n\ntam-him;\n\nsvayam-personally;\n\ntat­\n\nabhijfia�-knowing spiritual knowledge; vipa.Scit-a learned scholar;\navidyayam antare-in ignorance;\n\nvartamanam- e xisting ;\n\ndmva­\n\nseeing; puna�- again ; tam-him; sa-ghrr:w�-very merciful; ku-buddhim-who is addicted to the path of sarhsara; prayojayet- wou ld\nengage; utpatha-gam-who is proceeding on the wrong path; yathalike; andham-a blind man.\nTRANSLATION\nIf someone is ignorant and addicted to the path of samsiira, how\n\ncan one who is actually learned, merciful and advanced in spiritual\n\nknowledge engage him in fruitive activity and thus further en­\n\ntangle him in material existence? H a blind man is walking down\n\nthe wrong path, how can a gentleman allow him to continue on his\nway to danger? How can he approve this method? No wise or kind\nman can allow this.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n��rf « ���T � « �\nfqijy ;:r « ��;ft;:r ID �TQ I\n�ci ;:r m�l'i( mr� « �?� ¥il\"i1��:\n«�ih1�<:9;� II� �II\n�\n\n\"'\n\ngurur nasa syat sva-jano na sa syat\npita na sa syaj janani na sa syat\ndaivarh na tat syan na patiS ca sa syan\nna mocayed ya� samupeta-mrtyum\n\n", "SB5.1#p0218": "Text 18]\n\nLord l,t�ahhadeva's Teachings\n\n189\n\nguru/:t-a spiritual master; na-not; sa/:t-he; syat-should become;\n\nsva-jana/:t-a relative; na-not; sa/:t-such a person; syat-should\n\nbecome; pita-a father;\n\nna-not; sa/:t-he;\n\nsyat-should become;\n\njanani-a mother; na-not; sa-she; syat-should become; daivamthe worshipable deity; na-not; tat-that; syat-should become; na­\n\nnot; pati/:t-a husband; ca-also; sa/:t-he; syat-should become; na­\n\nnot; mocayet-can deliver; ya/:t-who; samupeta-mrtyum-one who is\non the path of repeated birth and death.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who cannot deliver his dependents from the path of repeated birth and death should never become a spiritual master, a\nfather, a husband, a mother or a worshipable demigod.\nPURPORT\nThere are many spiritual masters, but ��abhadeva advises that one\n\nshould not become a spiritual master if he is unable to save his disciple\n\nfrom the path of birth and death. Unless one is a pure devotee of ��Qa.\nhe cannot save himself from the path of repeated birth and death.\n\nTyaktva deham punar janma naiti mam eti so 'rjuna. One can stop birth\n\nand death only by returning home, back to Godhead. However, who can\n\ngo back to Godhead unless he understands the Supreme Lord in truth?\n\n]anma karma ca me divyam evam yo vetti tattvata/:t.\n\nWe have many instances in history illustrating ��abhadeva's instruc­\n\ntions. Sukrcicarya was rejected by Bali Maharaja due to his inability to\nsave\n\nBali Maharaja\n\nfrom the path of repeated birth and death.\n\nSukracarya was not a pure devotee, he was more or less inclined to fru­\n\nitive activity, and he objected when Bali Maharaja promised to give\neverything to Lord Vi�I)u. Actually one is supposed to give everything to\n\nthe Lord because everything belongs to the Lord. Consequently. the\n\nSupreme Lord advises in Bhagavad-gitii (9.27):\n\nyat kar�i yad l1Sniisi\nyaj juho�i dadiisi yat\nyat tapasyasi kaunteya\ntat kur�va mad-arpaT,Ulm\n\n", "SB5.1#p0219": "190\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\n··o son of KunU, all that you do. all that you eat, all that you offer and\ngive away, as well as all austerities that you may perform, should be done\nas an offering unto Me.\" This is bhakti. Unless one is devoted, he cannot\ngive everything to the Supreme Lord. Unless one can do so, he cannot\nbecome a spiritual master, husband, father or mother. Similarly, the\nwives of the briihmar:uzs who were performing sacrifices gave up their\nrelatives just to satisfy :Kr�I:!a. This is an example of a wife rejecting a\nhusband who cannot deliver her from the impending dangers of birth\nand death. Similarly, Prahlada Maharaja rejected his father, and Bharata\nMaharaja rejected his mother (janan'i nasa syiit). The word daivam indicates a demigod or one who accepts worship from a dependent.\nOrdinarily, the spiritual master, husband, father, mother or superior\nrelative accepts worship from an inferior relative, but here ��abhadeva\nforbids this. First the father, spiritual master or husband must be able to\nrelease the dependent from repeated birth and death. If he cannot do\nthis, he plunges himself into the ocean of reproachment for his unlawful\nactivities. Everyone should be very responsible and take charge of his\ndependents just as a spiritual master takes charge of his disciple or a\nfather takes charge of his son. All these responsibilities cannot be discharged honestly unless one can save the dependent from repeated birth\nand death.\nTEXT 19\n\n� m'W\n\n�:fllto;;f\n� ft it � ;;r;r �: I\nv:ft ;;�) it ��� �\n3ffl � qt� srl�l{t: II Z �II\n���\n\nidam sanram mama durvibhiivyam\nsattvam hi me hrdayam yatra dharma/:t\npr �the krto me yad adharma iiriid\nato hi miim r�abham priihur iiryii/:t\nidam-this; sar'iram-transcendental body, sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha;\nmama-My; durvibhiityam-inconceivable; sattvam-with no tinge of\n\n", "SB5.1#p0220": "Text 19]\n\nLord .t;l�ahhadeva's Teachings\n\n191\n\nthe material modes of nature; hi-indeed; me-My; hrdayam-heart;\nyat ra-wherein ; dharma�-the real platform of religion, bhakti-yoga;\npmhe-on the back; krta�-made; me\n\n-\n\nby Me; yat-because; adhar­\n\nma�-irreligion; anit-far away; ata�-therefore; hi-indeed; nuimMe; r�abham-the best of the living beings; pra hu�-call; arya�those who are advanced in spiritual life, or the respectable superiors.\nTRANSLATION\nMy transcendental body [sac-cid-ananda-vigraha] looks exactly\nlike a human form, hut it is not a material human hody.lt is inconceivable. I am not forced by nature to accept a particular type of\nbody; I take on a body by My own sweet will. My heart is also\nspiritual, and I always think of the welfare of My devotees.\nTherefore within My heart can he found the process of devotional\nservice, which is meant for the devotees. Far from My heart have I\nabandoned irreligion\n\n(adharma]\n\nand nondevotional activities.\n\nThey do not appeal to Me. Due to all these transcendental qualities,\npeople generally pray to Me as J;t�abhadeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the best of all living entities.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the words idam sariram mama durvibhavyam are very\nsignificant. Generally we experience two energies-material energy and\nspiritual energy. We have some experience of the material energy (earth.\nwater, air, fire, ether, mind, intelligence and ego) because in the material\nworld everyone's body is composed of these elements. Within the\nmaterial body is the spirit soul, but we cannot see it with the material\neyes. When we see a body full of spiritual energy, it is very difficult for\nus to understand how the spiritual energy can have a body. It is said that\nLord\n\nJ;{f?abhadeva 's body\n\nis completely spiritual;\n\ntherefore for a\n\nmaterialistic person, it is very difficult to understand. For a materialistic\nperson, the completely spiritual body is inconceivable. We have to accept\nthe version of the Vedas when our experimental perception cannot understand a subject. As stated in Brahma-samhita: iSvara� parama�\nkr�r:ta� sac-cid-ananda-vigraha�. The Supreme Lord has a body with\nform, but that body is not composed of material elements. It is made of\n\n", "SB5.1#p0221": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n192\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nspiritual bliss, eternity and living force. By the inconceivable energy of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Lord can appear before us in\nHis original spiritual body, but because we have no experience of the\nspiritual body, we are sometimes bewildered and see the form of the\nLord as material. The Mayavadi philosophers are completely unable to\nconceive of a spiritual body. They say that the spirit is always impersonal, and whenever they see something personal, they take it for\ngranted that it is material. In Bhagavad-gftii (9.11) it is said:\n\navajananti marh mur;lha\nman�irh tanum asritam\npararh bhavam ajananto\nmama bhuta-mahesvaram\n\"Fools deride Me when I descend in the human form. They do not know\nMy transcendental nature and My supreme dominion over all that be.\"\nUnintelligent people think that the Supreme Lord accepts a body composed of the material energy. We can easily understand the material\nbody,\n\nbut\n\nwe\n\ncannot\n\nunderstand\n\nthe\n\nspiritual\n\nbody.\n\nTherefore\n\n��abhadeva says: idarh sarirarh mama durvibhavyam. In the spiritual\nworld, everyone has a spiritual body. There is no conception of material\nexistence there. In the spiritual world there is only service and the\nreceiving of service. There is only serya, seva, and sevaka-the person\nserved, the process of service and the servant. These three items are\ncompletely spiritual, and therefore the spiritual world is called absolute.\nThere is no tinge of material contamination there. Being completely\ntranscendental to the material conception, Lord ��abhadeva states that\nHis heart is composed of dharma. Dharma is explained in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(18.66): sarva-dharman parityajya mam ekam sarar:mm vraja. In the\nspiritual world, every living entity is surrendered to the Supreme Lord\nand is completely on the spiritual platform. Although there are servitors,\nthe served and service, all are spiritual and variegated. At the present\nmoment, due to our material conception, everything is durvibhavya, inconceivable. Being the Supreme, the Lord is called ��abha, the best. In\nterms of the Vedic language, nityo nityaniim. We are also spiritual, but\nwe are subordinate. K���a, the Supreme Lord, is the foremost living en-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0222": "Text 20)\n\nLord ��ahhadeva' s Teachings\n\n193\n\ntity. The word r$abha means \"the chief,\" or ''the supreme;' and indicates the Supreme Being, or God Himself.\nTEXT 20\n\n6411�!4;:ffi � :�mn:\n� �rtrmmi �� 1\n31f�� �ij li��;r\n•\n\n���uf\n0:..\n\n•\n\n�l;n�J_ ll�oll\n\n�\n\ntasmad bhavanto hrdayena jiitii/:1-\n\nsarve mahiyiirhsam amurh saniibham\nakli$!a-buddhya bharatam bhajadhvam\nsu.Snl$ar:zam tad bharar:zam prajanam\ntasmat-therefore (because I am the Supreme); bhavanta/:1- you ;\nhrdayena-from My heart; jata /:1--born ; sarve-al!; mahiyarhsamthe best; amum-that; sa-niibham-brother; akli$!a buddhy a with\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nyour intelligence, without material contamination; bharatam-Bharata:\n\nb hajadhvam-just try to serve; su.Srli.$wwm-service; tat-that:\nbharar:zam praja nam-ru!ing over the citizens.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear boys, you are all born of My heart, which is the seat of\nall\n\nspiritual\n\nqualities.\n\nTherefore\n\nyou\n\nshould\n\nnot\n\nbe\n\nlike\n\nmaterialistic and envious men. You should accept your eldest\nbrother, Bharata, who is exalted in devotional service. If you\nengage yourselves in Bharata's service, your service to him will include My service, and you will rule the citizens automatically.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word hrdaya indicates the heart, which is also called\n\nura�, the chest. The heart is situated within the chest, and although instrumentally the son is born with the aid of the genitals, he is actually\nborn from within the heart. According to the heart's situation. the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0223": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n194\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nsemen takes the form of a body. Therefore according to the Vedic\nsystem. when one begets a child his heart should be purified through the\nritualistic ceremony known as garbhiidhana. I,t�abhadeva's heart was always uncontaminated and spiritual. Consequently all the sons born from\nthe\n\nheart\n\nof\n\nI,t�abhadeva\n\nwere\n\nspiritually inclined.\n\nNonetheless,\n\nI,t�abhadeva suggested that His eldest son was superior, and He advised\nthe others to serve him. All the brothers of Bharata Maharaja were advised by I,t�abhadeva to adhere to Bharata's service. The question may be\nasked why one should be attached to family members, for in the\nbeginning it was advised that one should not be attached to home and\nfamily. However, it is also advised, mahiyasam pada-rajo- bhi§eka\n'\n\n-\n\none\n\nhas to serve the mahtyan, one who is very spiritually advanced. Mahat­\n\nseviirh dvaram ahur vimukte/:t: by serving the mahat, the exalted devotee, one's path for liberation is open. The family of I,t�abhadeva should\nnot be compared to an ordinary materialistic family. Bharata Maharaja,\nI,t�abhadeva's eldest son, was specifically very exalted. For this reason the\nother sons were advised to serve him for his pleasure. That was to be\ntheir duty.\nThe Supreme Lord was advising Bharata Maharaja to be the chief\nruler of the planet. This is the real plan of the Supreme Lord. In the Battle of Kuruk�etra, we find that Lord Kr��Ja wanted Maharaja Yudhi��hira\nto be the supreme emperor of this planet. He never wanted Duryodhana\nto take the post. As stated in the previous verse, Lord I,t�abhadeva's heart\nis hrdayarh yatra dharma/:t. The characteristic dharma is also explained\nin Bhagavad-gitti: surrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTo protect dharma (paritrar,uiya sadhilniim), the Lord always wants the\nruler of the earth to be a devotee. Then everything goes on nicely for the\nbenefit of everyone. As soon as a demon rules the earth, everything\nbecomes chaotic. At the present moment, the world is inclined toward the\ndemocratic process, but the people in general are all contaminated by the\nmodes of passion and ignorance. Consequently they cannot select the\nright person to head the government. The president is selected by the\nvotes of ignorant sildras; therefore another sildra is elected, and immediately the entire government becomes polluted. If people strictly\nfollowed the principles of Bhagavad-gitii, they would elect a person who\nis the Lord's devotee. Then automatically there would be good government. I,t�abhadeva therefore recommended Bharata Maharaja as the em-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0224": "Text 22]\n\nLord ��ahhadeva's Teachings\n\n195\n\nperor of this planet. Serving a devotee means serving the Supreme Lord,\nfor a devotee always represents the Lord. When a devotee is in charge,\nthe government is always congenial and beneficial for everyone.\n\nTEXTS 21-22\n\n� �tr �ijl it\n�r��\nij';(r�;{gt: I\nm �: sr��sfq\n\n�fu� �?jm it II� Z II\n�q�;rf\n����·til\n�� ;mwn� �Tt{_ I\nl{Cf: 'R! m� �ft�\"A:\n�\n�5{ ��: ����II\nbhute�u virudbhya uduttamii ye\nsarisrpiis te�u sabodha-ni$tha/:£\ntato manu.�ya/:£ pramathiis tato 'pi\ngandharva-siddhii vibudhiinuga ye\ndevasurebhyo maghavat-pradhana\nda�adayo brahma-sutiis tu te�am\nbhava/:£ para/:£ so 'tha virinca-virya/:£\nsa mat-paro 'ham dvija-deva-deva/:£\nbhute�u-among things generated (with and without symptoms of\nlife); virudbhya/:t-than the plants; uduttama/:£-far superior: yethose who; sarisrpa/:£-moving entities like worms and snakes: te�u-of\nthem;\n\nsa-bodha-ni$.thii/:t-those\n\nwho\n\nhave\n\ndeveloped\n\nintelligence:\n\ntata/:t-than them; man�ya/:£-the human beings; pramathii/:t-the\nghostly spirits; tata/:£ api-better than them; gandharva-the inhabitants of Gandharvaloka\n\n(appointed singers in the planets of the\n\ndemigods); siddhii/:t-the inhabitants of Siddhaloka, who have all mystic\npowers; vibudha-anuga/:£-the Kinnaras; ye-those who: deva-the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0225": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n196\ndemigods;\n\nasurebhya&-than\n\nsuta&-the\n\ndirect\n\nmoreover;\n\nvirinca-virya&-producing from Lord Brahma; sa&-he\n\nheaded by lndra;\n\nthe\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nasuras;\n\nmaghavat-pradluinii&­\n\ndak$a-adaya&-beginning with Dak�a;\nsons\n\nof\n\nBrahma;\n\ntu-then;\n\nbrahma­\n\nte$dm-of\n\nthem;\n\nbhava&-Lord Siva; para&-the best; sa&-he (Lord Siva); atka(Brahma);\n\nmat-para&- My devotee;\n\naham-1; dvija-deva-deva&-a\n\nworshiper of the brahmar:uz,s, or the Lord of the brahmaT}(Ls.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOf the two energies manifest [spirit and dull matter] , beings\n\n[vegetables, grass, trees and plants] are\nsuperior to dull matter [stone, earth, etc.] . Superior to nonmoving\n\npossessing living force\n\nplants and vegetables are worms and snakes, which can move.\nSuperior to worms and snakes are animals that have developed intelligence. Superior to animals are human beings, and superior to\nhuman beings are ghosts because they have no material bodies.\nSuperior to ghosts are the Gandharvas, and superior to them are\nthe Siddhas. Superior to the Siddhas are the Kinnaras, and\nsuperior to them are the asuras. Superior to the asuras are the\ndemigods, and of the demigods, lndra, the King of heaven, is\nsupreme. Superior to lndra are the direct sons of Lord Brahma,\nsons like King Daksa, and supreme among Brahma's sons is Lord\n\nSiva. Since Lord Si�a is the son of Lord Brahma, Brahma is con­\n\nsidered superior, hut Brahma is also subordinate to Me, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Because I am inclined to the\nhrahmru:tas, the hrahmru:tas are best of all.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse the brahmar:uz,s are given a position superior to that of the\n\nSupreme Lord. The idea is that the government should be conducted\nunder the guidance of the brahmar:uz,s. Although ��abhadeva recom­\n\nmended His eldest son, Bharata, as emperor of the earth, he still had to\n\nfollow the instructions of the brahmar:uz,s in order to govern the world\nperfectly. The Lord is worshiped as brahmar:tya-deva. The Lord is very\n\nfond of devotees, or brahmar:uz,s. This does not refer to so-called caste\nbrahmar:uz,s, but to qualified brahmar:uz,s.\n\nA brahmaT}(L should be\n\n", "SB5.1#p0226": "Text 22)\n\nLord ��ahhadeva's Teachings\n\n197\n\nqualified with the eight qualities mentioned in text 24, such as sama,\n\ndama, satya and titi�ii. The briihma\"f!.as should always be worshiped,\nand under their guidance the ruler should discharge his duty and rule\nthe citizens. Unfortunately, in this age of Kali, the executive is not\nselected by very intelligent people, nor is he guided by qualified\n\nbriihmar:ws. Consequently, chaos results. The mass of people should be\neducated in l(r�Q.a consciousness so that according to the democratic process they can select a first-class devotee like Bharata Maharaja to head the\ngovernment. If the head of the state is headed by qualified briihmar:ws,\neverything is completely perfect.\nIn this verse, the evolutionary process is indirectly mentioned. The\nmodern theory that life evolves from matter is to some extent supported\nin this verse because it is stated, bhute$u vrrudbhya/:t. That is, the living\nentities evolve from vegetables, grass, plants and trees, which are\nsuperior to dull matter. In other words, matter also has the potency to\nmanifest living entities in the form of vegetables. In this sense, life\ncomes out of matter, but matter also comes out of life. As l(r�Q.a says in\n\nBhagavad-g'itii (10.8), aham sarvasya prabhavo matta/:t sarvam pravartate: \"I am the source of all spiritual and material worlds. Everything\nemanates from Me.\"\nThere are two energies-material and spiritual-and both originally\ncome from l(r�Q.a. l(r�Q.a is the supreme living being. Although it may be\nsaid that in the material world a living force is generated from matter. it\nmust be admitted that originally matter is generated from the supreme\nliving being. Nityo nityiiniirh cetana§ cetaniiniim. The conclusion is that\neverything, both material and spiritual, is generated from the Supreme\nBeing. From the evolutionary point of view, perfection is reached when\nthe living entity attains the platform of a brahmar.w. A brahmar.w is a\nworshiper of the Supreme Brahman, and the Supreme Brahman worships the brahmar.w. In other words, the devotee is subordinate to the\nSupreme Lord, and the Lord is inclined to see to the satisfaction of His\ndevotee. A briihmar.w is called dvija-deva, and the Lord is called dvija­\n\ndeva-deva. He is the Lord of briihmar.ws.\nThe evolutionary process is also explained in Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n(Madhya, Chapter Nineteen), wherein it is said that there are two types\nof living entities-moving and nonmoving. Among moving entities.\nthere are birds, beasts, aquatics, human beings and so on. Of these. the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0227": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n198\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nhuman beings are supposed to be the best, but they are few. Of these\nsmall numbers of human beings, there are many low-class human beings\nlike mlecchas, Pulindas, bauddhas and sabaras. The human being elevated enough to accept the Vedic principles is superior. Among those who\n\n(\n\naccept the Vedic principles generally known as var1J-(israma presently\nknown as the Hindu system ) , few actually follow these principles. Of\nthose who actually follow the Vedic principles, most perform fruitive activity or pious activity for elevation to a high position. ManU$yl'i1J-(lm\n\nsahasre�u ka5cid yatati siddhaye: out of many attached to fruitive activity, one may be a jnani-that is, one philosophically inclined and\nsuperior to the karmis. Yatatam api siddhanam ka5cin maTh vetti tat­\n\ntvata�: out of many jnanis, one may be liberated from material bondage,\nand out of many millions of liberated jfianis, one may become a devotee\nof Kr�I).a.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n9{\n\n��tR��4 ��4i��({_\n\n� f�: f�'ffl: 'tt « I\n\n��filf�: � ��G\n\n�mfq � 9{ �Rm� 11��11\n\nna brahma1Jllis tulaye bhutam anyat\npa5yami vipra/:1, kim ata/:1, pararh tu\nyasmin nrbhi� prahutam sraddhayaham\na5nami kamam na tathagni-hotre\n\nna-not;\n\nbrahma1Jlli�-with the brahma1J1LS; tulaye-1 count as\n\nequal; bhu tam -entity; anyat - other; pa5yami-I can see; vipra�-0\nassembled\n\nbrahma1J1LS;\n\nkim-anything;\n\nata�-to\n\nthe\n\nbrahma1J1LS;\n\nparam - superior; tu-certainly; yasmin -through whom; n rbhi�-by\npeople; prahutam -food offered after ritualistic ceremonies are properly\nperformed; sraddhaya -with faith and love; aham-1; a5nami-eat;\nkamam-with full satisfaction; na-not; tatha-in that way; agnihotre-in the fire sacrifice.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0228": "Text 24]\n\nLord l,l�ahhadeva's Teachings\n\n199\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 respectful hrahmal).as, as far as I am concerned, no one is\nequal or superior to the hrahmal).as in this world. I do not find anyone comparable to them. When people know My motive after performing rituals according to the Vedic principles, they offer food\nto Me with faith and love through the mouth of a hrahmal).a. When\nfood is thus offered unto Me, I eat it with full satisfaction. Indeed,\nI derive more pleasure from food offered in that way than from\nthe food offered in the sacrificial fire.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic system, after the sacrificial ceremony the\nbrahmar:ws are invited to eat the remnants of the offered food. When the\nbrahmaTJ£LS eat the food, it is to be considered directly eaten by the\nSupreme Lord. Thus no one can be compared to qualified brahmar:ws.\nThe perfection of evolution is to be situated on the brahminical platform.\nAny civilization not based on brahminical culture or guided by\nbriihmar:tas is certainly a condemned civilization. Presently human\ncivilization is based on sense gratification, and consequently more and\nmore people are becoming addicted to different types of things. No one\nrespects brahminical culture. Demoniac civilization is attached to ugrakarma, horrible activities, and big industries are created to satisfy unfathomable lusty desires. Consequently the people are greatly harassed\nby governmental taxation. The people are irreligious and do not perform\nthe sacrifices recommended in Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nYajfiiid bhavati par­\n\njanya/:t: by the performance of sacrifice, clouds form and rain falls. Due\nto sufficient rainfall, there is sufficient production of food. Guided by the\nbrahmar:tas, society should follow the principles of Bhagavad-gitii. Then\npeople will become very happy. Anniid bhavanti bhiltiini: when animals\nand man are sufficiently fed with grains, they become stronger. their\nhearts become tranquil and their brains peaceful. They can then advance\nin spiritual life, life's ultimate destination.\nTEXT 24\n\n��mft\n�( �\n\n", "SB5.1#p0229": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n200\n\n�\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nij<:ftJG��\n�����II\n���\n�:\n\ndhrtii tanilr u.Sat;; me purar_t;;\nyeneha sattvarh paramarh pavitram\nsamo dama/:t satyam anugrahaS ca\ntapas titi�anubhava5 ca yatra\ndhrta-maintained\n\nby\n\ntranscendental\n\neducation;\n\ntanil/:t-body;\n\nu.San-free from material contamination; me-My; purar_t;;-eternal;\nyena-by whom; iha-in this material world; sattvam-the mode of\ngoodness; paramam-supreme; pavitram-purifi.ed; sama/:t-control of\nthe mind;\n\ndama/:t-control\n\nanugraha/:t-mercy;\n\nof\n\nca-and;\n\nthe\n\nsenses;\n\nsatyam-truthfulness;\n\ntapa/:t-austerity;\n\ntiti�a-tolerance;\n\nanubhava/:t-realization of God and the living entity; ca-and; yatrawherein.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Vedas are My eternal transcendental sound incarnation.\n\nTherefore the\n\nVedas are\n\nsahda-brahma.\n\nIn this world,\n\nthe\n\nbriihm�as thoroughly study all the Vedas, and because they\n\nassimilate the Vedic conclusions, they are also to be considered the\nVedas personified. The briihm�as are situated in the supreme\n\ntranscendental mode of nature-sattva-gu1_1a. Because of this, they\nare fixed in mind control [sama], sense control [dama], and\ntruthfulness [satya]. They describe the Vedas in their original\n\nsense, and out of mercy [anugraha] they preach the purpose of the\n\nVedas to all conditioned souls. They practice penance [tapasya] and\ntolerance [titik�ii], and they realize the position of the living entity\n\nand the Supreme Lord [anubhava]. These are the eight qualifica­\n\ntions of the briihm�as. Therefore among all living entities, no\none is superior to the briihm�as.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a true description of a brahmar_ta. A brahmar_ta is one who has\nassimilated the Vedic conclusions by practicing mind and sense control.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0230": "Lord �ahhadeva's Teachings\n\nText 25]\n\n201\n\nHe speaks the true version of all the Vedas. As confirmed in the\n\nBhagavad-gitt'i (15.15): vedai.S ca sarvair aham eva vedya�. By studying\n\nall the Vedas, one should come to understand the transcendental position\n\nof Lord Sri: ��f.la. One who actually assimilated the essence of the Vedas\ncan preach the truth. He is compassionate to conditioned souls who are\n\nsuffering the threefold miseries of this conditional world due to their not\nbeing �l?I,la conscious. A brahmar:m should take pity on the people and\n\npreach ��I,la consciousness in order to elevate them. Sri ��I,la Himself,\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, personally descends into this\n\nuniverse from the spiritual kingdom to teach conditioned souls about the\nvalues of spiritual life. He tries to induce them to surrender unto Him.\n\nSimilarly, the brahmar:ms do the same thing. After assimilating the Vedic\n\ninstructions, they assist the Supreme Lord in His endeavor to deliver\nconditioned souls. The brahmar:ms are very dear to the Supreme Lord\n\ndue to their high sattva-gur:m qualities, and they also engage in welfare\nactivities for all conditioned souls in the material world.\n\nTEXT 25\n�)�at�4(6':\n\n�\n\n�iq� r���\n� tq ���ur ��� � ��11{ 11'��11\nmatto 'py anantat parata� parasmat\nsvargapavargiidhipater na kiiicit\n\nye$t'irh kim u syad itarer:ta te$t'im\n\nakificant'int'im mayi bhakti-bhajam\nmatta�-from Me; api-even; anantdt-unlimited in strength and\n\nopulence;\n\nparata�\n\nparas mt'it-higher\n\nthan\n\nthe\n\nhighest:\n\nsvarga­\n\napavarga-adhipate/:L-able to bestow happiness obtainable by living in\nthe heavenly kingdom, by liberation, or by enjoyment of material comfort and then liberation; na-not; kiiicit -anything : ye$t'im-of whom:\nkim-what need; u-oh; syat-can there be: itarer:m-with any other:\n\n", "SB5.1#p0231": "202\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nte$iim-of them; akincananam-without needs or without possessions;\n\nmayi-unto Me; bhakti-bhajam-executing devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\nI am fully opulent, almighty and superior to Lord Brahma and\n\nlndra, the King of the heavenly planets. I am also the bestower of\nall happiness obtained in the heavenly kingdom and by liberation.\nNonetheless, the brahmaJ,las do not seek material comforts from\n\nMe. They are very pure and do not want to possess anything. They\nsimply engage in My devotional service. What is the need of their\nasking for material benefits from anyone else?\nPURPORT\nThe perfect brahminical qualification is stated herein: akincananarh\n\nmayi bhakti-bhajam. The brahmar:uxs are always engaged in the devotional service of the Lord; consequently they have no material wants, nor\ndo they possess material things. In Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 11.8),\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu explains the position of pure Vai�1,1avas who are\nanxious to return home, back to Godhead. Ni$kincanasya bhagavad-bha­\n\njanonmukhasya. Those who actually want to return back to Godhead are\nni$kincana-that is, they have no desire for material comfort.\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu advises, sandarsanarh vi$ayi�m atha yo$itarh ca\n\nha hanta hanta vi$a-bhak$ar:wto 'py asadhu: material opulence and\nsense gratification through the association of women are more dangerous\nthan poison. Brahmar:uxs who are pure Vai�Q.avas always engage in the\nLord's service and are devoid of any desire for material gain. The\n\n�riihmar:ws do not worship demigods like Lord Brahma, lndra or Lord\nSiva for any material comfort. They do not even ask the Supreme Lord\nfor material profit; therefore it is concluded that the brahmar:ws are the\n\ns_upreme living entities of this world. Sri Kapiladeva also confirms this in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (3.29.33):\ntasman mayy arpitase$akriyarthatma nirantara/:t\nmayy arpitiitmana/:t pumso\nmayi sannyasta-karmar:w/:t\n\n", "SB5.1#p0232": "Text 26]\n\n203\n\nLord l_{�abhadeva's Teachings\n\nna\n\npa.Syiimi pararit bhutam\n\nakartub sama-darsanat\nThe briihmar:ws are always dedicated to the Lord's service with their\nbodies, words and mind. There is no better person than a briihmar:w who\nthus engages himself and dedicates himself to the Supreme Lord.\nTEXT 26\n\n·����fUr �� ijm �tnfOt I\n��If�� � t(t\n�w� mut 1r ���,,�\nsarva:�ti mad-dh��yatayii bhavadbhiS\ncarii�i bhutiini sutii dhruvii�i\nsambhiivitavyiini pade pade vo\nvivikta-drgbhis tad u hiirhar:wm me\nsarvii�i-all; mat-dh��yatayii-because of being My sitting place;\nbhavadbhib-by you;\n\ncarii�i-that move;\n\nbhutiini-living entities;\n\nsutiib-My dear sons; dhruvii�i-that do not move; sambhiivitavyiinito be respected; pade\n\npade-at every moment; vab-by you; vivikta­\n\ndrgbhib-possessing clear vision and understanding (that the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead in His Paramatma feature is situated everywhere);\n\ntat u-that\n\nindirectly;\n\nha-certainly;\n\nar har:wm -offering\n\nrespect; me-unto Me.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear sons, you should not envy any living entity-be he\nmoving or nonmoving. Knowing that I am situated in them, you\nshould offer respect to all of them at every moment. In this way,\nyou offer respect to Me.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word vivikta-drgbhib, meaning without envy. is used.\nAll living entities are the abode of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n", "SB5.1#p0233": "204\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nin His Paramatma feature. As confirmed in Brahma-samhita: ar:u;liin­\n\ntara-stham paramiirJu-cayantara-stham. The Lord is situated in this\nuniverse as Garbhodakasay1 Vi�Qu and K�?lrodakasayl Vi�?QU. He is also\nsituated within every atom. According to the Vedic statement: iSiiviisyam\n\nidam sarvam. The Supreme Lord is situated everywhere, and wherever\nHe is situated is His temple. We even offer respects to a temple from a\ndistant place, and all living entities should similarly be offered respect.\nThis is different from the theory of pantheism, which holds that everything is God. Everything has a relationship with God because God is situated everywhere. We should not make any particular distinction between\nthe poor and the rich like the foolish worshipers of daridra-niirayarJa.\nNarayal)a is present in the rich as well as the poor. One should not simply\nthink Narayal)a is situated among the poor. He is everywhere. An advanced devotee will offer respects to everyone-even to cats and dogs.\n\nvidya-vina ya-sampanne\nbrahmarJe gavi hastini\nsuni caiva sva-pake ca\npar:u;lita/:1. sama-darsina/:1.\n\"The humble sage, by virtue of true knowledge, sees with equal vision a\nlearned and gentle brahmarJa, a cow, an elephant, a dog and a dog-eater\n\n[ outcaste ] .\" ( Bg. 5.18) This sama-darsina/:1., equal vision, should not be\n\nmistaken to mean that the individual is the same as the Supreme Lord.\nThey are always distinct. Every individual person is different from the\nSupreme Lord. It is a mistake to equate the individual living entity with\nthe Supreme Lord on the plea of vivikta-drk, sama-drk. The Lord is always in an exalted position, even though He agrees to live everywhere.\n\nSrila Madhvacarya, quoting Padma PuriirJa, states: vivikta-dmi-jiviiniirh\ndh�TJyataya paramesvarasya bheda-dmi/:1.. \"One who has clear vision\nand who is devoid of envy can see that the Supreme Lord is separate\nfrom all living entities, although He is situated in every living entity.\"\nMadhvacarya further quotes from Padma PuriirJa:\n\nupapadayet pariitmiinarh\njivebhyo ya/:1. pade pade\nbhedenaiva na caitasmiit\npriyo V�TJOS tu kaScana\n\n", "SB5.1#p0234": "205\n\nLord �ahhadeva's Teachings\n\nText 27]\n\n\"One who sees the living entity and the Supreme Lord as always distinct\nis very dear to the Lord.\" Padma Purii:r:ta also states, yo hares caiva\nfivaniirh bheda-vakta hare& priya&: \"One who preaches that the living\nentities are separate from the Supreme Lord is very dear to Lord Vi�I)u.\"\nTEXT 27\n\nmano-vaco-drk-karar:tehitasya\nsa/cyat-krtam me paribarhar:tarh hi\nvinii puman yena maha-vimohat\nkrtanta-pasan na vimoktum iSet\nmana&-mind; vaca&-words; drk-sight; karar:ta-of the senses;\n'ihitasya-of all activities (for maintenance of body, society, friendship\nand\n\nso\n\non);\n\nsak$at-krtam-direct1y\n\noffered;\n\nme-of\n\nMe;\n\npari­\n\nbarhar:ta m-worship; hi-because; vinii-without; puman-any person; yena-which; maha-vimohat-from the great illusion; krtantapasat-e xactly like the stringent rope of Yamaraja; na-not; vimokt um-to become free; iSet-becomes able.\nTRANSLATION\nThe true activity of the sense organs-mind, sight, words and all\nthe knowledge-gathering and working senses-is to engage fully\nin My service. Unless his senses are thus engaged, a living entity\ncannot think of getting out of the great entanglement of material\nexistence, which is exactly like Yamariija's stringent rope.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in the Narada-pancaratra:\nsarvopadhi-vinirmuktarh\ntat-paratvena nirmalam\n\n", "SB5.1#p0235": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n206\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nhpjiker:m hr$ikesasevanam bhaktir ucyate\nThis is the conclusion of bhakti. All the time, Lord l_l.�abhadeva has been\n\nstressing devotional service, and now He is concluding by saying that all\n\nthe senses should be engaged in the Lord's service. There are five senses\nby which we gather knowledge and five senses with which we work.\n\nThese ten senses and the mind should be fully engaged in the Lord's ser­\n\nvice. Without engaging them in this way, one cannot get out of the\nclutches of maya.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n��<fi iJCTT'if\n\n�'4'i��T�� (C(:r:nrfl'i��77r.;.\ni'�q ����W{N ��llf.[:\n'rolmtf��m:� �'im�tt{T��IJff �liiU:rflw:ti llfffi�'ffinri?i� ���: �ij��ii�g\n���i(q�uf �«t �i?i��Tij� � �\n�1�flt;rtfl1m: ��� � ittt��: !iiti't�\nil'lfllRil�SJ�fij�ll��II\niffq�\"�r�\nr-.\"\n\n.\n\n,...\n\n\"'\n\n\"\"\n\n�\n\n.\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nevam anu§asyatmajan svayam anu8i$tan api lokiinu§asanartham\nmahanubhava/:t parama-suhrd bhagavan r$abhapadesa upa§amasilanam uparata-karmal)iirh maha-muninarh bhakti-jnana-vairiigyalak$ar:mm paramaharhsya-dharmam upa§ik$amar:m/:t sva-tanaya-satajye$!ham parama-bhagavatarh bhagavaj-jana-parayar:mm bharatarh\ndharar:ti-palanayabhi$icya svayam bhavana evorvarita-sarira-matraparigraha unmatta iva gagana-paridhana/:t prakirr:ta-kesa atmany\naropitahavaniyo brahmavartat pravavraja.\nsri-suka/:t uvaca - Srl Sukadeva Gosvaml said; evam-in this way;\n\nanu§asya-after instructing; alma-jan-His sons; svayam-personally;\n\nanu8i$tan-highly educated in culture; api-although ; loka-anu§asana­\n\nartham-just to instruct the people; maha-anubhava/:t-the great per-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0236": "Text 28]\n\nLord :t;t�ahhadeva's Teachings\n\n207\n\nsonality; parama-suhrt-everyone's sublime well-wisher; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; r$abha-apadesa/:t-who is celebrated and known as ��abhadeva; upa5ama-silanam-of persons who\nhave no desire for material enjoyment; uparata-karma1J}im-who are no\nlonger interested in fruitive activities; maha-muninam-who are sannyasis;\n\nbhakti-devotional service;\n\njfiana-perfect\n\nknowledge;\n\nvairagya-detachment; lak$a�m-characterized by; paramaharhsyaof the best of human beings; dharmam-the duties; upa5ik$ama�/:tinstructing; sva-tanaya-of His sons; sata-hundred; jye$!ham-the\neldest; parama-bhiigavatam-a topmost devotee of the Lord; bhagavatjana-paraya�m-a follower of the devotees of the Lord, brahma�\nand Vai�r:tavas; bharatam-Bharata Maharaja; dharar:ti-palanaya-with\na view to ruling the world; abhi$icya-placing on the throne; svayampersonally; bhavane-at home; eva-although; urvarita-remaining;\nsarira-matra-the body only;\n\nparigraha/:t-accepting;\n\nunmatta/:t-a\n\nmadman; iva-exactly like; gagana-paridhana/:t-taking the sky as His\ndress; prakir�-kesa/:t-having scattered hair ; atmani-in Himself:\naropita-keeping; ahavaniya/:t-the Vedic fire; brahmavartat-from\nthe place known as Brahmavarta; pravavraja-began to travel all over\nthe world.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: Thus the great well-wisher of everyone,\n\nthe Supreme Lord :t;l�ahhadeva, instructed His own sons. Although\n\nthey were perfectly educated and cultured, He instructed them\n\njust to set an example of how a father should instruct his sons\n\nbefore retiring from family life. Sannyiisis, who are no longer\nbound by fruitive activity and who have taken to devotional service after all their material desires have been vanquished, also\n\nlearn by these instructions. Lord :t;t�abhadeva instructed His one\n\nhundred sons, of whom the eldest, Bharata, was a very advanced\n\ndevotee and a follower of Vai�J).avas. In order to rule the whole\n\nworld, the Lord enthroned His eldest son on the royal seat.\n\nThereafter, although still at home, Lord :t;t�abhadeva lived like a\n\nmadman, naked and with disheveled hair. Then the Lord took the\nsacrificial fire within Himself, and He left Brahmiivarta to tour the\n\nwhole world.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0237": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n208\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\n\nActually the instructions given to Lord ��abhadeva's sons were not exactly meant for His sons because they were already educated and highly\nadvanced in knowledge. Rather, these instructions were meant for sannyasis who intend to become advanced devotees. Sannyusis must abide\n\nby Lord ��abhadeva's instructions while on the path of devotional service. Lord ��abhadeva retired from family life and lived like a naked\nmadman even while still with His family.\nTEXT 29\n\n��,;:�'{'licrm�rit�t�'li��'i,ij�s�tlitllfTunsft\n�ijqf�ijwoif �\\ff 11����\njal}iindha-muka-badhira-piSaconmiidakavad·avadhuta-ve$0\n'bhibhd$yamiir:w 'pi jananam grhita-mauna-vratas tfl$�irh babhuva.\n\nja(ia-idle; andha-blind; milka-dumb; badhira-deaf; piSacaghost; unmadaka-a madman; vat-like; avadhuta-ve$a/t\n\n-\n\nappearing\n\nlike an avadhuta (having no concern with the material world);\nabhibhd$yamii � /t\n\n--\n\nbeing thus addressed (as deaf, dumb and blind);\n\napi-although; jananam-by the people; grhita-took; mauna-of\nsilence; vrata/t-the vow; til��im babhuva-He remained silent.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter accepting the feature of avadhiita, a great saintly person\n\nwithout material cares, Lord l_t�ahhadeva passed through human\nsociety like a blind, deaf and dumb man, an idle stone, a ghost or a\nmadman. Although people called Him such names, He remained\n\nsilent and did not speak to anyone.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe word avadhuta refers to one who does not care for social conventions, particularly the van:uisrama-dharma. However, such a person may\nbe situated fully within himself and be satisfied with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, on whom he meditates. In other words, one who has\n\n", "SB5.1#p0238": "Text 30)\n\n209\n\nLord J;t�abhadeva's Teachings\n\nsurpassed the rules and regulations of vaTl)iiSrama-dharma is called\n\navadhilta. Such a person has already surpassed the clutches of maya, and\nhe lives completely separate and independent.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�U11'41���tncw.fcf�fil��it'RTT�ttf{q.ll\\llR��\n�t:Ru�: q�qrrr) m�WI ����it�if.t;tmw�:31�'fttJtt1E41dS.���tolil�itm� u:•\n��or �� ������iftJT �ijftmWt��I6'41Uf««r�� ij;f\n\nfq\n\"\n\"' !\\.::;.\n�1'1�!!411!\\cron�;n:\n'll���+t�! \"'\n'm:� ll�oll\n\"\n\ntatra tatra pura-griirruikara-kheta-viita-kharvata-sibira-vraja-gho$asiirtha-giri-vanii.Sramadi$v anupatham avanicariipasadai}:t,\nparibhuyamano mak$ikiibhir iva vana-gajas tarjana-tiic}aniivamehana$th'ivana-griiva-sakrd-raja}:t,-prak$epa-pilti-viita-duruktais tad\naviga1J(Lyann eviisat-sarhsthiina etasmin dehopalak$ar:z,e sad-apadesa\nubhayanubhava-svarilpeTJa sva-mahimiivasthiineniisarruiropitiihamm a m ii b h i m ii n a t v ii d a v i k h a7J,(i,i t a - m a n ii/:t p r t h i v 'i m e k a -c a r a }:t,\nparibabhriima.\ntatra tatra-here and there; pura-cities; grama-villages: akaramines; kheta-agricultural places; vata-gardens; kharvata-villages\nin valleys; si bira-military encampments: vraja-cow pens; gho$aresidential places of cowherd men; siirtha-resti ng places for pilgrims:\ngiri - hills ; vana-forests; iisrama-in the residential places of hermits:\n\niidi$u-and so on; anupatham-as He passed through: avanicara­\n\napasadai/:t-by\n\nundesirable\n\nelements,\n\nwicked\n\npersons:\n\npari­\n\nbhuyamana}:t,-be ing surrounded: mak$ikiibhi}:t,-by flies: iva - like:\nvana-gaja}:t,-an elephant coming from the forest: tarjana-by threats:\ntiida1J(l-beating; avamehana-passing urine on the body: $!h'ivanaspitting on the body; griiva-sakrt-stones and stool: raja}:t,-dust: prak­\n\n$epa-throwing; pilti-viita-passing air over the body: duruktai}:t,-and\nby bad words; tat-that; aviga1J(Lyan-without caring about: evathus; asat-sarhsthiine-habitat not fit for a gentleman: etasmin-in this:\n\ndeha-upalak$ar:z,e-in the shape of the material body: sat-apadese-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0239": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n210\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\ncalled real; ubhaya-anubhava-svarupel}-a-by understanding the proper\nsituation of the body and the soul; sva-mahima-in His personal glory;\navasthanena-by\n\nbeing\n\nsituated;\n\nasamiiropita-aham-mama­\n\nabhimiinatvat-from not accepting the misconception of \"I and mine\";\navikha�ita-manaft-undisturbed in mind;\n\nprthivim-all over the\n\nworld; eka-caraft-alone; paribabhrama-He wandered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJ:l�ahhadeva began to tour through cities, villages, mines,\n\ncountrysides, valleys, gardens, military camps, cow pens, the\nhomes of cowherd men, transient hotels, hills, forests and her­\n\nmitages. Wherever He traveled, all bad elements surrounded Him,\n\njust as flies surround the body of an elephant coming from a\nforest. He was always being threatened, beaten, urinated upon and\n\nspat upon. Sometimes people threw stones, stool and dust at Him,\n\nand sometimes people passed foul air before Him. Thus people\ncalled Him many bad names and gave Him a great deal of trouble,\n\nbut He did not care about this, for He understood that the body is\n\nsimply meant for such an end. He was situated on the spiritual\n\nplatform, and, being in His spiritual glory, He did not care for all\n\nthese material insults. In other words, He completely understood\nthat matter and spirit are separate, and He had no bodily concep­\n\ntion. Thus, without being angry at anyone, He walked through the\nwhole world alone.\n\nPURPORT\nNarottama\n\ndiisa Thakura says:\n\ndeha-smrti nahi yara,\n\nsamsara\n\nbandhana kahan tara. When a person fully realizes that the material\nbody and world are temporary, he is not concerned with pain and\npleasures of the body. As Sri Kr9I).a advises in Bhagavad-gita (2.14):\nmiitra-sparsas tu kaunteya\nSit0$1}-a-SUkha-duftkha-daft\nagamiipayino 'nityas\ntams titik$asva bharata\n\n", "SB5.1#p0240": "Text 31)\n\nLord ��ahhadeva's Teachings\n\n211\n\n\"0 son of Kuntl, the nonpermanent appearance of happiness and distress, and their disappearance in due course, are like the appearance and\ndisappearance of winter and summer seasons. They arise from sense perception, 0 scion of Bharata, and one must learn to tolerate them without\nbeing disturbed.\"\nAs far as ��abhadeva is concerned, it has already been explained:\nidam sarirarh mama durvibhavyam. He did not at all possess a material\nbody; and therefore He was tolerant of all the trouble offered to Him by\nthe bad elements in society. Consequently He could tolerate people's\nthrowing stool and dust upon Him and beating Him. His body was transcendental and consequently did not at all suffer pain. He was always\nsituated in His spiritual bliss. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (18.61):\n\niSvara� sarva-bhutantirh\nhrd-dese 'rjuna t�thati\nbhramayan sarva-bhutani\nyantrarfu;lhani mayaya\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna. and is\ndirecting the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a\nmachine, made of the material energy.\"\nSince the Lord is situated in everyone's heart, He is in the heart of\nhogs and dogs also. If hogs and dogs in their material bodies live in filthy\nplaces, one should not think that the Supreme Personality of Godhead in\nHis Paramatma feature also lives in a filthy place. Although Lord\n��abhadeva was maltreated by the bad elements of the world. He was not\nat all affected. Therefore it is stated here, sva-mahima-avasthanena:\n\"He was situated in His own glory.'' He was never saddened due to\nbeing insulted in the many ways described above.\n\nTEXT 31\n3TRrij1i'il<tti<�<um::�f.f��ill�ijif�;n,W-J����rn:\n•N�I0����'IT-lf�T�ffim11lm�ij;:���Rlij�\n��:\n���t��Wo;{H{t Nli_Gm���ffi�\n....\n\n,...\n\n,...\n\nr-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0241": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n212\n,...\n\n.\n\n,...\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n,...\n\n,...\n\n�t:RH�T '{�f« �'f�'{HJrtf!'t��: 'tUllcrn��T����fq���RlY.f�ijl{f(?;�f��U�IJf ��re ��ij II � � II\nati-sukumara-kara-carar:tora �-sthala-vipula-bahv-arhsa-galavadanady-avayava-vinyasa� prakrti-sundara-svabhava-hasa-sumukho\nnava-nalina-dalayamana-siSira-tararur:tayata-nayana-rucira}:£ sadrsasubhaga-kapola-karr:ta-kar:ttha-naso viguQ.ha-smita-vadanamahotsavena pura-vanitanarh manasi kusuma-sarasanam\nupadadhana}:!, pariig-avalambamana-kutila-jatila-kapiSa-kesa-bhuribharo 'vadhuta-malina-nija-sarirer:ta graha-grh'ita ivadrsyata.\nati-su-kumara-very delicate; kara-hands; carar:ta-feet; ura}:!,sthala-chest; vipula-long; bahu-arms; arhsa-shoulders; galaneck; vadana-face; adi-and so on; avayava-lim bs; vinyasa}:!,properly situated; prakrti-by nature; sundara-lovely; sva-bhavanatural; hasa-with smiling; su-mukha}:!,-His beautiful mouth; navanalina-dalayamana - appearing like the petals of a new lotus flower;\nsiSira-taking away all miseries; tara-the irises; arur:ta-reddish;\nayata-spread wide; nayana - with eyes; rucira}:!,-lovely; sadrsasuch; subhaga-beauty; kapola-forehead; karr:ta-ears; kar:tthaneck; nasa}:!,-His nose; vigul}.ha-smita-by deep smiling; vadana-by\nHis face; maha-utsavena-appearing like a festival; pura-vanitanamof women within household life; manasi-in the heart; kusumasarasanam-C upid; upadadhana }:!,-awakening; parak-all around;\navalam bamana-sp read ; kutila - c u r ly ; ja!ila-matted; kapisabrown; kesa-of hair; bhuri-bhara }:!,-possessing a great abundance;\navadh uta-neglected; malina-dirty; nija-sarirer:ta-by His body;\ngraha-grh'ita}:!,-haunted by a ghost; iva-as if; adrsyata-He appeared.\nTRANSLATION\nLord J;t�abhadeva's hands, feet and chest were very long. His\n\nshoulders, face and limbs were all very delicate and symmetrically\n\nproportioned. His mouth was beautifully decorated with His\n\nnatural smile, and He appeared all the more lovely with His red­\n\ndish eyes spread wide like the petals of a newly grown lotus flower\ncovered with dew in the early morning. The irises of His eyes were\n\n", "SB5.1#p0242": "Text 32)\n\n213\n\nLord ��abhadeva's Teachings\n\nso pleasing that they removed all the troubles of everyone who saw\nHim. His forehead, ears, neck, nose and all His other features were\nvery beautiful. His gentle smile always made His face beautiful, so\nmuch so that He even attracted the hearts of married women. It\nwas as though they had been pierced by arrows of Cupid. About\nHis head was an abundance of curly, matted brown hair. His hair\nwas disheveled because His body was dirty and not taken care of.\nHe appeared as if He were haunted by a ghost.\nPURPORT\nAlthough Lord J.:l.�abhadeva's body was very much neglected, His\ntranscendental features were so attractive that even married women were\nattracted to Him. His beauty and dirtiness combined to make His\nbeautiful body appear as though it were haunted by a ghost.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�� �T;r ij' �il�F{ if�fij� ;;fl�r.[l\n�ffi'qfil�T��T!Jf�fiii�ffiq �ft���Rr :TQliTJiil�Tfu.m: �lWT �TmRf\nmfu ���7.J�lt�Rr ��fu � ��WT �«r mf���: II ��\nyarhi vava sa bhagavan lokam imam yogasyaddha prat'ipam\nivaca/cyal)-as tat-pratikriya-karma bibhatsitam iti vratam ajagaram\nasthita/:t sayana evasnati pibati khadaty avamehati hadati sma\nce$!amana uccarita adigdhoddesa/:t.\nyarhi vava-when;\n\nsa/:t-He;\n\nbhagavan-the\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead; lokam-the people in general; imam-this; yogasya-to the\nperformance of yoga; addha-directly; prat'ipam-antagonistic: ivalike; aca/cya�/:t-observed; tat-of that; pratikriya-for counteraction:\nkarma-activity;\n\nbibhatsitam-abominable:\n\niti-thus:\n\nvratam-the\n\nbehavior; ajagaram-of a python (to stay in one place): asthita/:t-accepting; sayana/:t-lying down: eva-indeed; asnati-eats: pibatidrinks;\nstool;\n\nkhadati-chews;\nsma-thus;\n\navamehati-passes urine:\n\nce,5!amana/:t-rolling:\n\nhadati-passes\n\nuccarite-in the stool and\n\nurine; adigdha-uddesa/:t-His body thus smeared.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0243": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n214\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord J;t�ahhadeva saw that the general populace was very\n\nantagonistic to His execution of mystic yoga, He accepted the\n\nbehavior of a python in order to counteract their opposition. Thus\n\nHe stayed in one place and lay down. While lying down, He ate and\ndrank, and He passed stool and urine and rolled in it. Indeed, He\n\nsmeared His whole body with His own stool and urine so that op­\n\nposing elements might not come and disturb Him.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to one's destiny, one enjoys allotted happiness and distress,\neven though one keeps himself in one place. This is the injunction of the\nsiistras. When one is spiritually situated, he may stay in one place, and all\nhis necessities will be supplied by the arrangement of the supreme controller. Unless one is a preacher, there is no need to travel all over the\nworld. A person can stay in one place and execute devotional service\nsuitably according to time and circumstance. When J..l_�abhadeva saw that\nHe was simply being disturbed by traveling throughout the world, He\ndecided to lie down in one place like a python. Thus He ate, drank, and\nHe passed stool and urine and smeared His body with them so that people\nwould not disturb Him.\n\ntasya ha ya}:£ pu�a-surabhi-saugandhya-viiyus tam desam daSayojanam samantiit surabhim cakara.\ntasya-His;\n\nha-indeed;\n\nya}:£-which;\n\npuri�a-of\n\nthe\n\nstool;\n\nsurabhi-by the aroma; saugandhya-possessing a good fragrance;\nviiyu}:£-the air; tam-that; desam-country; daSa-up to ten; yojanam-yojanas (one yojana equals eight miles); samantiit-all around;\nsurabhim-aromatic; cakara-made.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0244": "Text 34]\n\nLord .t;l�ahhadeva's Teachings\n\n215\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Lord .t;l�abhadeva remained in that condition, the public\ndid not disturb Him, but no bad aroma emanated from His stool\nand urine. Quite the contrary, His stool and urine were so aromatic\nthat they filled eighty miles of the countryside with a pleasant\nfragrance.\nPURPORT\nFrom this we can certainly assume that Lord B.�abhadeva was transcendentally blissful. His stool and urine were so completely different\nfrom material stool and urine that they were aromatic. Even in the\nmaterial world, cow dung is accepted as purified and antiseptic. A person\ncan keep stacks of cow dung in one place, and it will not create a bad odor\nto disturb anyone. We can take it for granted that in the spiritual world,\nstool and urine are also pleasantly scented. Indeed, the entire atmosphere\nbecame very pleasant due to Lord B.�abhadeva's stool and urine.\n\nTEXT 34\n\nu:� �il��l€fil�+.(�t{l �f�g?�Fitrt:\nf� �'lqit&fij � 11��11\n\n��:\n\nevam go-mrga-kaka-caryayii vrajarhs t�thann iisina/:1, sayiina/:1, kiikamrga-go-carita/:1, pibati khiida ty avamehati sma.\nevam-thus; go-of cows; mrga\nthe activities;\n\nvrajan-moving;\n\n-\n\ndeer; kaka-crows; caryaya-by\n\nti$than-sta nding :\n\niis'ina/:1,-sitting:\n\nsayiina/:1,-lying down; kiika-mrga-go-carita/:1,-behaving exactly like\nthe crows, deer and cows; pibati-drinks; khadati-eats; avamehatipasses urine; sma-He did so.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Lord .t;l�abhadeva followed the behavior of cows,\ndeer and crows. Sometimes He moved or walked, and sometimes\nHe sat down in one place. Sometimes He lay down, behaving\n\n", "SB5.1#p0245": "[Canto 5, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n216\n\nexactly like cows, deer and crows. In that way, He ate, drank,\n\npassed stool and urine and cheated the people in this way.\nPURPORT\nBeing\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nLord\n\nB.�abhadeva\n\npossessed a transcendental, spiritual body. Since the general public could\nnot appreciate His behavior and mystic yoga practice, they began to disturb Him. To cheat them, He behaved like crows, cows and deer.\n\niti niinii-yoga-caryacara1JO bhagavan kaivalya-patir !\"$abho 'virataparama-mahanandanubhava atmani sarve$iirh bhutaniim atma-bhute\nbhagavati vasudeva atmano 'vyavadhaniinanta-rodara-bhavena siddhasamastartha-paripurr:w yogai.Svarya�J-i vaihayasa-mano-javantardhanaparakiiya-pravesa-dura-grahar:uJ,dini yadrcchayopagatani niinjasa nrpa\nhrdayenabhyanandat.\niti-thus;\n\nnand-various; yoga-of mystic yoga;\n\nca\n\nrya -p erfor­\n\nmances; acara�J-U !z.-practicing; bhagav an-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; kaivalya-pati?z,-the master of kaivalya, oneness, or the giver\nof sayujya-mukti;\n\n!\"$abha?z, -Lord\n\nB.�abha;\n\navirata -ince s santly;\n\nparama-supreme; maha-great; ana nda - anubhava ?z, - feeling transcendental bliss;\n\natmani-in the Supreme Soul;\n\nsarve$iim-of all;\n\nbhuta nam-living entities; atma-bhute-situated in the heart; bhagavati-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vasudeve-K:r��J.a, the\nson of Vasudeva; atmana?z,-of Himself; avyavadhana-by the nondifference of constitution; ananta-unlimited; rodara-like crying,\nlaughing and shivering; bhavena -by the symptoms of love; siddhacompletely perfect;\n\nsamasta-all;\n\nartha-with desirable opulences;\n\nparipilr�J-U !z. -fu l l; yoga-ai.Svarya�J-i-the mystic powers; vaihayasa-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0246": "Text 35]\n\n217\n\nLord l,l�abhadeva's Teachings\n\nflying in the sky; manab,-java-traveling at the speed of mind; antardhana-the ability to disappear; parakiiya-pravesa-the ability to\nenter another's body; dura graha7Ja\n-\n\n-\n\nthe ability to perceive things far,\n\nfar away; adi\"ni-and others; yadrcchaya\n\n-\n\nwithout difficulty, automati­\n\ncally; upagata ni-achieved; na-not; aiijasa-directly; nrpa-0 King\nPari:k!?it; hrdayena-within the heart; abhya nandat\n\n-\n\naccepted.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it, just to show all the yogis the mystic process,\nLord l,l�abhadeva, the partial expansion of Lord Kr�1,1a, performed\nwonderful activities. Actually He was the master of liberation and\nwas fully absorbed in transcendental bliss, which increased a thousandfold. Lord Kr�1,1a, Vasudeva, the son of Vasudeva, is the original source of Lord l,l�abhadeva. There is no difference in Their\nconstitution, and consequently Lord l,l�abhadeva awakened the\nloving symptoms of crying, laughing and shivering. He was always\nabsorbed in transcendental love. Due to this, all mystic powers\nautomatically approached Him, such as the ability to travel in outer\nspace at the speed of mind, to appear and disappear, to enter the\nbodies of others, and to see things far, far away. Although He\ncould do all this, He did not exercise these powers.\nPURPORT\nIn the Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 19.149) it is said:\nkr$7Ja-bhakta-ni$kiima, ataeva 'santa'\nbhukti-mukti-siddhi-kiimi\"-sakali 'a§anta'\nThe word santa means completely peaceful. Unless all one's desires are\nfulfilled, one cannot be peace£ul. Everyone is trying to fulfill his aspirations and desires, be they material or spiritual. Those in the material\nworld are a§anta (without peace) because they have so many desires to\nfulfill. The pure devotee, however, is without desire. Anyabhi�itasunya: a pure devotee is completely free from all kinds of material\ndesire. Karmi\"s, on the other hand, are simply full of desires because they\ntry to enjoy sense gratification. They are not peaceful in this life. nor the\nnext, during the past, present or future. Similarly. jnani\"s are always\n\n", "SB5.1#p0247": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n218\n\naspmng\n\nafter\n\nliberation\n\nand\n\nSupreme. Yogis are aspiring\n\ntrying\n\nto\n\nafter many\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 5\nbecome\n\none\n\nwith\n\nthe\n\nsiddhis (powers)- a{tima,\n\nlaghima, priipti, etc. However, a devotee is not at all interested in these\n\nthings because he is fully dependent on the mercy of ��r:�a. ��l)a is\n\nyogesvara, the possessor of all mystic powers (siddhis), and He is iitmariima, fully self-satisfied. The yoga-siddhis are described in this\n\nverse. One can fly in outer space without the aid of a machine, and he can\n\ntravel at the speed of mind. This means that as soon as a yogi desires to\n\ngo somewhere within this universe or even beyond this universe, he can\ndo so immediately. One cannot estimate the speed of mind, for within a\n\nsecond the mind can go many millions of miles. Sometimes yogis enter\n\ninto the bodies of other people and act as they desire when their bodies\n\nare not working properly. When the body becomes old, a perfect yogi can\n\nfind a young, able body. Giving up his old body, the yogi can enter into\n\nthe young body and act as he pleases. Being a plenary expansion of Lord\nVasudeva, Lord l,{�abhadeva possessed all these mystic yoga powers, but\nHe was satisfied with His devotional love of K:f�l).a, which was evinced by\n\nthe ecstatic symptoms, such as crying, laughing and shivering.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Fifth Chapter\nof the Sri:mad-Bhagavatam entitled \"Lord /J.�abhadeva 's Teachings to His\nSons.\"\n\n", "SB5.1#p0248": "CHAPTER SIX\n\nThe Activities of Lord Rsahhadeva\n.\n\n.\n\nThis chapter tells how Lord ��abhadeva left His body. He was not attached to His body even when it was being burned up in a forest fire.\nWhen the seed of fruitive activity is burned by the fire of knowledge, the\nspiritual properties and mystic powers are automatically manifest, yet\n\nbhakti-yoga is not affected by these mystic powers. An ordinary yogi is\ncaptivated by mystic powers and his progress checked; therefore a per­\n\nfect yogi does not welcome them. Because the mind is restless and unde­\n\npendable, it must remain always under control. Even the mind of the\nadvanced yogi Saubhari created such a disturbance that he lost his yogic\nmystic powers. Due to a restless mind, even a very advanced yogi can fall\ndown. The mind is so restless that it induces even a perfect yogi to be\ncontrolled by the senses. Therefore Lord ��abhadeva, for the instruction\nof all yogis, showed the process of quitting the body. While traveling in\nSouth India, through the p_rovinces of KarQ.a�a, Konka, Venka and\nKu�aka, Lord ��abhadeva arrived in the neighborhood of Ku�akacala.\nSuddenly there was a forest fire that burned the forest and Lord\n��abhadeva's body to ashes. The pastimes of Lord ��abhadeva as a liberated soul were known by the King of Konka, Venka and Ku�aka. This\nKing's name was Arhat. He later became captivated by the illusory\nenergy, and in this condition he set forth the basic principles of Jainism.\nLord ��abhadeva set forth the principles of religion that can free one\nfrom material bondage, and He put an end to all kinds of atheistic\nactivities. On this earth, the place known as Bharata-var�a was a very\npious land because the Supreme Lord appeared there when He wanted to\nincarnate.\nLord ��abhadeva neglected all the mystic powers for which the so­\n\ncalled yogis hanker. Because of the beauty of devotional service. devotees\nare not at all interested in so-called mystic power. The master of all yogic\npower, Lord ��Q.a, can exhibit all powers on behalf of His devotee.\nDevotional service is more valuable than yogic mystic powers. Devotees\nwho are sometimes misled aspire for liberation and mystic powers. The\n219\n\n", "SB5.1#p0249": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n220\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 6\n\nSupreme Lord gives these devotees whatever they desire, but they cannot\nattain the most important function of devotional service. Devotional service to the Lord is guaranteed for those who do not desire liberation and\nmystic power.\nTEXT I\n\n�T�T<II\"l\n\n� l{lf� 3lR�IJft ;.it�TRil�(���ileti44tiii'(;IT��fur �: mij�Wf �NQ�� ;;r�tf1q•RIIfilll � II\n�\n\nrajoviica\nna nilnam bhagava atmaramiiT}iim yoga-samirita-jiiiiniivabharjitakarma-bijaniim aiSvaryaTJ,i puna/:t klesadani bhavitum arhanti yadrcchayopagatani.\nraja uviica-King Parlk�it inquired; na-not; nilnam-indeed;\nbhagava/:t-0 most powerful Sukadeva Gosvaml; atmaramiiT}iim-of\npure devotees simply engaged in devotional service; yoga-samiritaachieved by practice of yoga; jiiiina-by knowledge; avabharjitaburned; karma b�janiim-of those whose seeds of fruitive activities;\naiSvaryaTJ,i-the mystic powers; puna/:t-again; klesadiini-sources of\ndistress; bhavitum-to become; arhanti-are able; yadrcchaya-auto\nmatically; upagata ni-achieved\n-\n\n­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik�it asked Sukadeva Gosvami: My dear Lord, for those\n\nwho are completely pure in heart, knowledge is attained by the\npractice of bhakti-yoga, and attachment for fruitive activity is\n\ncompletely burned to ashes. For such people, the powers of mystic\nyoga automatically arise. They do not cause distress. Why, then,\n\ndid .t;l�ahhadeva neglect them?\n\nPURPORT\n\nA pure devotee is constantly engaged in the service of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Whatever is necessary for the discharge of devo-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0250": "Text2\n\n]\n\nThe Activities of Lord l,t�ahhadeva\n\n221\n\ntional service is automatically attained, though it may appear to be the\n\nresult of mystic yoga power. Sometimes a yogi displays a little yogic\n\npower by manufacturing gold. A little quantity of gold captivates foolish\npeople, and thus the yogi gets many followers, who are willing to accept\n\nsuch a tiny person as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such a yogi\n\nmay also advertise himself as Bhagavan. However, a devotee does not\n\nhave to exhibit such magical wonders. Without practicing the mystic\nyogic process, he achieves even greater opulence all over the world.\n\nUnder the circumstances, Lord :({!?abhadeva refused to manifest mystic\n\nyogic perfections, and Maharaja Parik!?it asked why He did not accept\n\nthem, since, for a devotee, they are not at all disturbing. A devotee is\nnever distressed or satisfied by material opulence. His concern is how to\n\nplease the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If, by the grace of the\n\nSupreme Lord, a devotee achieves extraordinary opulence, he utilizes the\n\nopportunity for the Lord's service. He is not disturbed by the opulence.\nTEXT2\n\n'Sfffi�m\nert\n\n0:� ;:r �;rntS�T ��Witi�IWi��\n\n11�11\nr�ir uvaca\n\nsatyam uktam kintv iha vii eke na manaso\n\nanavasthiinasya satha-kiriita iva saligacchante.\n\n'ddhii viSrambham\n\nr�i� uviica-Sukadeva Gosvaml said; satyam-the correct thing; uk­\n\ntam-have said; kintu-but; iha-in this material world; vii-either;\n\neke-some;\n\nna-not;\n\nmanasa�-of\n\nthe\n\nmind;\n\naddhii-directly;\n\nviSrambham-faithful; anavasthiinasya-being unsteady: satha-very\ncunning; kirata�-a hunter; iva-like; sangacchante-become.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSrila Sukadeva Gosviimi replied: My dear King, you have spoken\n\ncorrectly. However, after capturing animals, a cunning hunter\ndoes not put faith in them, for they might run away. Similarly,\n\n", "SB5.1#p0251": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n222\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 6\n\nthose who are advanced in spiritual life do not put faith in the\nmind. Indeed, they always remain vigilant and watch the mind's\naction.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (18.5) Lord :l<r�Q.a says:\nyajna-diina-tapa/:L-karma\nna tyajyarh kiiryam eva tat\nyajfw diinam tapas caiva\npiivaniini mani:�i�iim\n\"Acts of sacrifice, charity and penance are not to be given up but should\nbe performed. Indeed, sacrifice, charity and penance purify even the\ngreat souls.\"\nEven one who has renounced the world and has taken sannyiisa should\nnot renounce chanting the Hare Kr�Q.a maha-mantra. Renunciation does\nnot mean that one has to renounce sariki:rtana-yajiia. Similarly, one\nshould not renounce charity or tapasya. The yoga system for control of\nthe mind and senses must be strictly followed. Lord I,l.�abhadeva showed\nhow severe types of tapasya could be performed, and He set an example\nfor all others.\n\nTEXT3\n\"'\n\nij�l=iff�Wf �trt�f.fiftffi� � �W{�ftq� I\n��EtftuT ��i=� �q it�� II � II\ntathii coktamna kuryiit karhicit sakhyarh\nmanasi hy anavasthite\nyad-viSrambhiic ciriic ci:r�rh\ncaskanda tapa aiSvaram\ntathii-so; ca-and; uktam-it is said; na-never; kurylit-should\ndo;\n\nkarhicit-at any time or with anyone;\n\nsakhyam-friendship ;\n\n", "SB5.1#p0252": "The Activities of Lord �abhadeva\n\nText 3)\nmanasi-in\n\nthe\n\nmind;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\n223\n\nanavasthite-which is very\n\nrestless; yat-in which; viSrambhat-from placing too much faith;\n\ncirat-for a long time; ci\"�m-practiced;\n\ncaskanda-became dis­\n\nturbed; tapa�-the austerity; aiSvaram-of great personalities like Lord\nSiva and the great sage Saubhari.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the learned scholars have given their opinion. The mind is\n\nby nature very restless, and one should not make friends with it. If\nwe place full confidence in the mind, it may cheat us at any\nmoment. Even Lord Siva became agitated upon seeing the Mohini\n\nform of Lord Kr!?J).a, and Saubhari Muni also fell down from the\n\nmature stage of yogic perfection.\n\nPURPORT\nThe first business of one trying to advance in spiritual life is to control\n\nthe mind and senses. As Sri ��Qa says in Bhagavad-g£ta (I 5. 7):\n\nmamaivarh.So jiva-loke\n\njiva-bhuta� saniitana�\n\nmana� �0-§!hanindriyar:ti\nprakrti sthani kar�ati\n-\n\nAlthough the living entities are part and parcel of the Supreme Lord and\n\nare therefore in a transcendental position, they are still suffering in this\nmaterial world and struggling for existence due to the mind and the\n\nsenses. To get out of this false struggle for existence and become happy\n\nin the material world, one has to control the mind and senses and be\n\ndetached from material conditions. One should never neglect austerities\nand penances; one should always perform them. Lord l_{�ahhadeva personally showed us how to do this. In the Srimad-Bhagavatam (9.19.17) it\nis specifically stated:\n\nmatra svasra duhitra va\nnaviviktasano bhavet\n\nbalavan indriya-gramo\n\nvidvarhsam api ka r�ati\n\n", "SB5.1#p0253": "224\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nA grhastha, viinaprastha, sannyiisi and brahmaciiri should be very\n\ncareful when associating with women. One is forbidden to sit down in a\n\nsolitary place even with one's mother, sister or daughter. In our K:r�f.la\n\nconsciousness movement it has been very difficult to disassociate our­\n\nselves from women in our society, especially in Western countries. We\nare therefore sometimes criticized, but nonetheless we are trying to give\neveryone a chance to chant the Hare K:r�f.la mahii-mantra and thus ad­\n\nvance spiritually. If we stick to the principle of chanting the Hare K:r�f.la\nmahii-mantra offenselessly, then, by the grace\n\nof Srila Haridasa\n\nThakura, we may be saved from the allurement of women. However, if\nwe are not very strict in chanting the Hare K:r�f.la mahii-mantra, we may\n\nat any time fall victim to women.\n\nTEXT4\n\nf.Rti �tftl tfilil��� Q'�� �s�: I\n�fir;{: i���� lR��;r ��T II � II\nnityam dadiiti kiimasya\ncchidram tam anu ye 'raya�\nyogina� krta-maitrasya\npatyur jayeva puritScali\n\nnityam-always; dadati-gives; kiimasya-of lust; chidram-facility; tam-that (lust); anu-following; ye-those; a raya �-e n emies;\n\nyogina�-of the yogis or persons trying to advance in spiritual life; krta­\n\nmaitrasya-having put faith in the mind; patyu�-of the husband; jiiyii\n\niva-like the wife; puritScali-who is unchaste or easily carried away by\n\nother men.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAn unchaste woman is very easily carried away by paramours,\n\nand it sometimes happens that her husband is violently killed by\n\nher paramours. If the yogi gives his mind a chance and does not\nrestrain it, his mind will give facility to enemies like lust, anger\n\nand greed, and they will doubtlessly kill the yogi.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0254": "225\n\nThe Activities of Lord l_t�ahhadeva\n\nText 5]\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word puril.Scali refers to a woman who is easily carried\n\naway by men. Such a woman is never to be trusted. Unfortunately, in the\n\npresent age, women are never controlled. According to the directions of\nthe sastras, women are never to be given freedom. When a child, a\n\nwoman must be strictly controlled by her father. When she is young, she\n\nmust be strictly controlled by her husband, and when she is old, she must\n\nbe controlled by her elderly sons. If she is given independence and\n\nallowed to mingle unrestrictedly with men, she will be spoiled. A spoiled\n\nwoman, being manipulated by paramours, might even kill her husband.\n\nThis example is given here because a yogi desiring to get free from\nmaterial conditions must always keep his mind under control. Srila\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatl Thakura used to say that in the morning our\n\nfirst business should be to beat the mind with shoes a hundred times.\n\nand, before going to bed, to beat the mind a hundred times with a\nbroomstick. In this way one's mind can be kept under control. An un­\n\ncontrolled mind and an unchaste wife are the same. An unchaste wife\ncan kill her husband at any time, and an uncontrolled mind, followed by\n\nlust, anger, greed, madness, envy and illusion, can certainly kill the yogi.\n\nWhen the yogi is controlled by the mind, he falls down into the material\n\ncondition. One should be very careful of the mind, just as a husband\n\nshould be careful of an unchaste wife.\n\nTEXTS\n� �t=���· ��: �mtn�: 1\n\nd�;:l:l� ���: ��i��tfil � � ��: II '-' II\nkiirrw manyur mado lobha/:1.\nsoka-rrwha-bhayiidaya/:1.\nkarma-bandha§ ca yan-mula/:1.\nsvikuryiit ko nu tad budha/:1.\n\nkiima/:1.-lust ;\n\nmanyu/:1.-anger ;\n\nmada/:1.-pride:\n\nlobha/:1.-greed:\n\nsoka-lamentation; moha-illusion ; bhaya-fear; iidaya/:1.-all these\n\ntogether; karma-bandha/:1.-bondage to fruitive activities; ca-and: yat-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0255": "226\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch.6\n\nmula�-the origin of which; svikuryat-would accept; ka�-who; nuindeed; tat-that mind; budha�-if one is learned.\nTRANSLATION\nThe mind is the root cause of lust, anger, pride, greed, lamenta­\n\ntion, illusion and fear. Combined, these constitute bondage to\n\nfruitive activity. What learned man would put faith in the mind?\nPURPORT\n\nThe mind is the original cause of material bondage. It is followed by\nmany enemies, such as anger, pride, greed, lamentation, illusion and\nfear. The best way to control the mind is to engage it always in Kr�I)a\nconsciousness\n\n(sa vai mana� kr��J-a-padaravindayoM.\n\nSince\n\nthe\n\nfollowers of the mind bring about material bondage, we should be very\ncareful not to trust the mind.\nTEXT6\n� ('\n\n�\n\n=+..\n(.;\n�\n\"' \"\n.r-;\n�\n3l�l\\l:f\n��ql��lUSTq\n,;re�IT(���tf\"i_ijq,\n¥{1\"1� ����mf'��iltf�Silll;fl �ftt�t �·rr�q�PtNNlGfijaJll'f. ��tr�\n�t!U�I�¥11'1¥tijo�f�wt�R����IIT\n\"'\n\n��ijt�/ll�!fro;r II �II\nathaivam akhila-loka-piila-laliimo 'pi vila�a�J-air jacjavad avadhiUave�a-bhii§a-caritair avila�ita-bhagavat-prabhavo yoginiim siimparayavidhim anu§i�ayan sva-kalevaram jihiisur iitmany iitmiinam\nasamvyavahitam anarthiintara-bhaveniinvi�amii7J,a uparatiinuvrttir\nuparariima.\natka-thereafter; evam-in this way;\n\nakhila-loka-pala-lalama/:t­\n\nthe head of all kings and monarchs of the universe; api-although;\n\nvila�a �J-a i/:t -various; ja<;la-vat-as if stupid; avadhata-ve�a-bhii§acaritai/:t-by the dress, language and characteristics of an avadhuta;\navila�ita-bhagavat-prabhiiva�-hiding the opulence of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead\n\n(keeping Himself like an ordinary human\n\n", "SB5.1#p0256": "Text 6)\n\nThe Activities of Lord I;t�ahhadeva\n\n227\n\nbeing);\n\nyoginam-of the yogis; samparaya-vidhim-the method of\ngiving up this material body; anu.Si/cyayan-teaching; sva-kalevaramHis own personal body, which is not at all material; ji hasub,-desiring to\ngive up like an ordinary human being; atmani-unto Vasudeva, the\noriginal person; atmanam-Himself, Lord I;t�abhadeva, being an avesa­\n\navatara of Lord Vi�I).u; asarinyavahitam- without intervention by the\nillusory energy; anartha-antara-bhavena-Himself in the status of\nVi�Qu; anvi/cyama rab,-always seeing; uparata-anuvrttib,-who was\nacting as if giving up His material body; upararama - ceased His\npastimes as the King of this planet.\nTRANSLATION\nLord I;t�ahhadeva was the head of all kings and emperors within\nthis universe, but assuming the dress and language of an avadhuta,\nHe acted as if dull and materially bound. Consequently no one\ncould observe His divine opulence. He adopted this behavior just\nto teach yogis how to give up the body. Nonetheless, He maintained His original position as a plenary expansion of Lord\nVasudeva, K_r�l).a. Remaining always in that state, He gave up His\npastimes as Lord I;t�ahhadeva within the material world. If,\nfollowing in the footsteps of Lord J;t�ahhadeva, one can give up his\nsubtle body, there is no chance that one will accept a material body\nagain.\nPURPORT\nAs Lord l<.r�Qa says in Bhagavad-gita ( 4. 9):\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevarh yo vetti tattvatab,\ntyaktva deharh punar janma\nnaiti mam eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this\nmaterial world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna:·\nThis is possible simply by keeping oneself an eternal servant of the\nSupreme Lord. One must understand his constitutional position and the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0257": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n228\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 6\n\nconstitutional position of the Supreme Lord as well. Both have the same\nspiritual identity. Maintaining oneself as a servant of the Supreme Lord,\none should avoid rebirth in this material world. If one keeps himself\nspiritually fit and thinks of himself as an eternal servant of the Supreme\nLord, he will be successful at the time he has to give up the material\nbody.\n\nTEXT7\n\n�\n�iti+i+UOI: �i�f!f}l!fohi�SfiOlll!stil\n\n+{tffil �+{�\n\n;ilill{ tfl �l�tfl\n\nilfi(�1{l'll+{lij-;{\n� 4'l\"i!4§;.(lt{1(if: ���� 31m��� � ��\n�tsOOii �� N-q�'R II \\9 II\ntasya ha va evam mukta-lirigasya bhagavata r$abhasya yogamayavasanaya deha imam jagatim abhimaniibhiisena sankramamar:m/:t\nkonka-venka-kutakan dak$ir:m-kar1Jii!akan desan yadrcchayopagata/:t\nku!akacalopavana asya krtasma-kavala unmada iva mukta-milrdhajo\n'samvita eva vicacara.\ntasya-of Him (Lord �i?abhadeva); ha va- as it were; eva m-thus;\nmukta-lingasya-who had no identification with the gross and subtle\nbody;\n\nbhagavata/:t-of\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nr$abhasya-of Lord ��?abhadeva; yoga-maya-vasanaya-by the accomplishment of yogamaya for the purpose of the Lord's pastimes;\ndeha/:t-body;\n\nh\n\nimam-t is;\n\nh;\n\njagatim-eart\n\nabhimana-abhasena­\n\nwith the apparent conception of having a body of material elements;\n\nsankramamar:m/:t-traveling;\n\nkonka-venka-kutakan- Konka,\n\nVenka\n\nand Ku�aka; dak$ir:m-in South India; kar1Jii!akan-in the province of\nKarqa�a\n\ndesan-a!l the countries; yadrcchaya-of His own accord;\n\nupagata/:t- reached; ku!akacala-upavane-a forest near Ku�akacala;\nasya-within the mouth; krta-a5ma-kavala/:t-having put a mouthful of\n\nj\n\nstone; unmada/:t iva- ust like a madman; mukta-murdhaja/:t-having\n\nj\n\nic\n\nscattered hair; asamvita/:t-naked; eva- ust; v acara-traveled\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nActually Lord �i?abhadeva had no material body, but due to\n\nyogamaya, He considered His body material, and therefore,\n\n", "SB5.1#p0258": "Text\n\n8)\n\nThe Activities of Lord l_l.�ahhadeva\n\n229\n\nbecause He played like an ordinary human being, He gave up the\nmentality of identifying with it. Following this principle, He began\nto wander all over the world. While traveling, He came to the\nprovince of Kar:r:tii!a in South India and passed through Kmika,\nVelika and Ku!aka. He had no plan to travel this way, but He arrived near Ku!akiicala and entered a forest there. He placed stones\nwithin His mouth and began to wander through the forest, naked\nand with His hair disheveled like a madman.\nTEXTS\n\n�?.t �l{l��·Pt��r���m��·'4,'1iiS{ija:'1+u� �:\n\n�ij;{ � 1\\�11\natha samira-vega-vidhuta-ve�u-vikar$ar:ta-jatogra-davanalas tad\nvanam alelihana� saha tena dadaha.\natka-thereafter; samira-vega-by the force of the wind; vidhutatossed about; ve�u-of bamboos; vikar$a�-by the rubbing; jataproduced;\n\nugra-fierce;\n\ndava-anala�-a forest fire; tat-that:\n\nvanam-forest near Ku�ak�cala; alelihana�-devouring all around:\nsaha-with; tena-that body; dadaha-burned to ashes.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile He was wandering about, a wild forest fire began. This\nfire was caused by the friction of bamboos, which were being\nblown by the wind. In that fire, the entire forest near Ku!akiicala\nand the body of Lord l,l.�abhadeva were burnt to ashes.\nPURPORT\nSuch a forest fire can burn the external bodies of animals. but Lord\n��abhadeva was not burned. although He apparently seemed so. Lord\n��abhadeva is the Supersoul of all living entities within the forest. and\nHis soul is never burned by fire. As stated in Bhagavad-gita, adahyo\nyam-the soul is never burned by fire. Due to Lord ��abhadeva's\npresence, all the animals in the forest were also liberated from material\nencagemen t.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0259": "230\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT9\n\nq� ��::ctRa�tu�u4 Cf1t��c�trt �'ifl���qfi.T�'1f\n�m� a�� ¥rwa-�;J w�� : ��+�il¥i4tJil\n��4RCI«g¥tij'i�d f�lf;{ttrlfl �: (\"(;sr•:ni�qij II Q, II\nyasya kilanucaritam upiikarr:tya konka-venka-kutakaniim riijarhanniimopa§ik$ya kalav adharma utkr�yamar:te bhavitavyena vimohita�\nsva-dharma-patham akuto-bhayam apahaya kupatha-piikha�m\nasamafijasam nija-mani�aya manda� sampravartay�yate.\nyasya-of whom (Lord ��abhadeva); kila anucaritam-pastimes as a\n\nparamaharhsa, above all regulative var\"(Ui§rama principles; upakarr:tya-hearing; konka-venka-kutakanam-of Konka, Venka and\nKutaka; raja-the King; arhat-nama-whose name was Arhat (now\nknown as the Jain);\n\nupa§ik$ya-imitating\n\nthe activities of Lord\n\n��abhadeva in His paramaharhsa feature; kalau-in this age of Kali;\n\nadharme utkr�ya mar:te -because of increasing irreligious life; bhavitavyena -by that which was about to happen; vimohita�-bewildered ;\nsva-dharma-patham-the path of religion; akuta�-bhayam-which is\nfree from all kinds of fearful danger; apahaya-giving up (such practices as cleanliness, truthfulness, control of the senses and mind,\nsimplicity, the principles of religion, and practical application of\nknowledge); ku-patha-pakhar:t<;lam-the wrong path of atheism;\n\nasamanjasam-improper or against the Vedic literature;\nmani,mya-by his own fertile brain;\nsampravartay�yate-wi!l introduce.\n\nmanda�-most\n\nn\n\nija ­\n\nfoolish;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued speaking to Maharaja Parik�it: My\n\ndear King, the King of Korika, V elika and Ku!aka whose name was\n\nArhat, heard of the activities of J.l.�ahhadeva and, imitating\nJ.l.�ahhadeva's principles, introduced a new system of religion.\n\nTaking advantage of Kali-yuga, the age of sinful activity, King\n\nArhat, being bewildered, gave up the Vedic principles, which are\nfree from risk, and concocted a new system of religion opposed to\n\n", "SB5.1#p0260": "Text 10)\n\nThe Activities of Lord l;l.�ahhadeva\n\n231\n\nthe Vedas. That was the beginning of the Jain dharma. Man y other\nso-called religions followed this atheistic system.\nPURPORT\nWhen Lord Sri l(r�Qa was present on this planet, a person named\n\nPaul).�raka imitated the four-handed Narayal).a and declared himself the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. He desired to compete with l(r�l).a.\n\nSimilarly, during the time of Lord B.�abhadeva, the King of Konka and\n\nVenka acted like a paramahamsa and imitated Lord B.�abhadeva. He in­\n\ntroduced a system of religion and took advantage of the fallen condition\n\nof the people in this age of Kali. It is said in Vedic literatures that people\n\nin this age will be more inclined to accept anyone as the Supreme Lord\nand accept any religious system opposed to Vedic principles. The people\n\nin this age are described as mandii/:t sumanda-mataya/:t. Generally they\nhave no spiritual culture, and therefore they are very fallen. Due to this.\n\nthey will accept any religious system. Due to their misfortune. they\n\nforget the Vedic principles. Following non-Vedic principles in this age,\n\nthey think themselves the Supreme Lord and thus spread the cult of\natheism all over the world.\n\nTEXT 10\n\niA�tJN\n��ijt�QT: ��:q;.nf�U-lt\nR�MZS\\'4§ql\n�����1�44mt;J\n�\n3lijflifi;JR�tm����ld.lM\n����\"�\n�il'm�����t: S(�OJ ��f� II �o II\nyena ha viiva kalau manujiipasadii deva-miiyii-mohitii/:t sva-vidhiniyoga-sauca-ciiritra-vihinii deva-helaniiny apavratiini nija-nijecchayii\ngrhT)iinii asniiniiniicamaniiSauca-ke5olluiicaniidini kaliniidharmabahulenopahata-dhiyo brahma-briihmar:ta-yajiia-pur�a-lokavid�akii/:t priiyer:ta bhav�yanti.\nyena-by\n\nwhich\n\npseudo\n\nreligious\n\nsystem:\n\nha\n\nviiva-certainl v:\n\nkalau-in this age of Kali; manuja-apasadii/:t-the most condemned\n\n", "SB5.1#p0261": "232\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 6\n\nmen: de va- maya-moh i ta fl-bewildered by the external energy, or illusory energy, of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sva-vidhin iyoga-sauca-caritra- vihinafl - without character, cleanliness, and the\n\nrules and regulations given according to one's own duty in life; devahelan an i-negligent\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\napavratani-impious vows; nija-n ija- icchaya-by their own desires;\n\ngrh1J.dnafl-accepting; asnana-anacamana-a5auca-kesa-ulluiicana-adini-concocted religious principles such as no bathing, no washing of the\nmouth, being unclean and plucking out the hair; kal i na -by the age of\nKali; adharma-bahulena-with an abundance of irreligion; upahatadh iyafl-whose pure consciousness is destroyed; brahma-brahmaT_UJ,­\n\nyajfia-purU§a-lo ka-vidil$a kafl - b1asphemous toward the\n\nVedas,\n\nthe\n\nstrict brahmar:ws, ritualistic ceremonies such as sacrifice, and toward the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and the devotees; prayeT_UJ,-almost entirely; b havi$yanti-will become.\nTRANSLATION\nPeople who are lowest among men and bewildered by the illu­\n\nsory energy of the Supreme Lord will give up the original var­\n\nJ.laSrama-dharma and its rules and regulations. They will abandon\n\nbathing three times daily and worshiping the Lord. Abandoning\ncleanliness and neglecting the Supreme Lord, they will accept non­\n\nsensical principles. Not regularly bathing or washing their mouths\nregularly, they will always remain unclean, and they will pluck out\n\ntheir hair. Following a concocted religion, they will flourish.\n\nDuring this age of Kali, people are more inclined to irreligious\nsystems. Consequently these people will naturally deride Vedic\n\nauthority, the followers of Vedic authority, the brahm31.1as, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and the devotees.\nPURPORT\n\nPresently the hippies in the Western countries fit this description.\nThey are irresponsible and unregulated. They do not bathe, and they\nderide standard Vedic knowledge. They concoct new life-styles and\nreligions. There are many hippie groups at the present moment, but they\nall originated from King Arhat, who imitated the activities of Lord\nl_l.�abhadeva, who was situated on the paramahamsa stage. King Arhat\n\n", "SB5.1#p0262": "Text II]\n\nThe Activities of Lord J:t�abhadeva\n\n233\n\ndid not care for the fact that although Lord ��abhadeva acted like a madman, His stool and urine were nonetheless aromatic, so much so that they\nnicely scented the countryside for miles around. The followers of King\nArhat went under the name Jains, and they were later followed by many\nothers, particularly by the hippies, who are more or less offshoots of\nMayavada philosophy because they think themselves the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such people do not respect the real followers of\nVedic principles, the ideal brahmar:ws. Nor do they have respect for the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the Supreme Brahman. Due to the influence of this age of Kali, they are apt to concoct false religious systems.\nTEXT 11\n\nij :rq lRql� �t��m�mss�Ql��� ��itct\nSJqRfwz�f.:ij II � � II\nte ca hy arviiktanayii nija-loka-yiitrayandha-paramparayasvastiis\ntamasy andhe svayam eva prapat�yanti.\nte-those people not following the Vedic principles; ca-and: hicertainly; arviiktanayii-deviating from the eternal principles of Vedic\nreligion; nija-loka-yatraya-by a practice arrived at by their own mental concoction; andha-paramparayii-by a disciplic succession of blind,\nignorant people; iisvastii/t-being encouraged; tamasi-into the darkness of ignorance; andhe-blindness; svayam eva-themselves: prapat�yanti-will fall down.\nTRANSLATION\nLow-class people, due to their gross ignorance, introduce a\nsystem\n\nof religion that\n\ndeviates\n\nfrom the Vedic\n\nprinciples.\n\nFollowing their own mental concoctions, they automatically fall\ndown into the darkest regions of existence.\nPURPORT\nIn this connection, one may see Bhagavad-gfta, Chapter Sixteen.\nwhere there is a description of the downfall of the asuras (16.16 and\n\n16.23).\n\n", "SB5.1#p0263": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n234\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 12\n\nIU ��q'{i6�'4�qfu\n: ��\n\n3RWHt\n\nayam avatiiro rajasopapluta-kaivalyopa5i�m:uirtha/:t.\nayam avatara/:t-this incarnation (Lord B.�abhadeva); rajasa-9y the\nupapl u ta-overwhelmed ; kaivalya-upasik$ar:taartha /:t-to teach people the path of liberation.\nmode of passion;\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this age of Kali, people are overwhelmed by the modes of pas­\n\nsion and ignorance. Lord f.l.�ahhadeva incarnated Himself to\ndeliver them from the clutches of maya.\nPURPORT\n\nThe symptoms of Kali-yuga are predicted in the Twelfth Canto, Third\n\nChapter, of Srimad-Bhagavatam. Lavar:tyarh kesa-dharar:tam. It is pre­\n\ndicted how fallen souls will behave. They will keep their hair long and\nconsider themselves very beautiful, or they will pluck out their hair as\nthe Jains do. They will keep themselves unclean and will not wash their\nmouths. Jains refer to Lord B.�abhadeva as their original preceptor. If\nsuch people are serious followers of B.�abhadeva, they must also take His\ninstructions. In the Fifth Chapter of this canto, B.�abhadeva gave His one\nhundred sons instructions whereby they could become free from the\n\nclutches of maya. If one actually follows B.�abhadeva, he will certainly be\ndelivered from the clutches of maya and return home, back to Godhead.\n\nIf one strictly follows the instructions of B.�abhadeva given in the Fifth\nChapter, he will certainly be liberated. Lord &abhadeva incarnated\nspecifically to deliver these fallen souls.\nTEXT 13\n\nmliji�'4�1\n\n'4�N�lrffil. I\n\n", "SB5.1#p0264": "Text 13]\n\nThe Activities of Lord I;t�ahhadeva\n\n235\n\nijO�:\nlf�crmffi� II�� II\ntasyanuguruJ,n slokan gayantiaho bhuva& sapta-samudravatya\ndvipe�u var�e�v adhipur:tyam etat\ngayanti yatratya-jana murare&\nkarmiir:ti bhadrar:ty avataravanti\ntasya-of Him (Lord ��abhadeva); anuguruJ,n-conforming to the in­\n\nstructions for liberation; slokan-verses; gayanti -chant; aho-oh;\n\nbhuva&-of this earthly planet;\n\nsapta-samudra-vatya&-possessing\n\nseven seas; dvipe�u-among the islands; var�e�u-among the lands;\n\nadhipur:tyam-more pious than any other island; etat-this (Bharata­\n\nvar�a); gayanti-sing about; yatratya-jana&-the people of this tract of\n\nland; murare&-of Murari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; karmiir:ti-the activities; bhadrar:ti-all-auspicious; avataravanti-in many\n\nincarnations such as Lord ��abhadeva.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLearned scholars chant about the transcendental qualities of\nLord I;t�ahhadeva in this way: \"Oh, this earthly planet contains\nseven seas and many islands and lands, of which Bhiirata-var�a is\nconsidered the most pious. People of Bhiirata-var�a are accustomed\nto glorifying the activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nin His incarnations as Lord I:t!?ahhadeva and others. All these activities are very auspicious for the welfare of humanity.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said;\n\nbharata-bhumite haifa man�ya-janma yara\njanma sarthaka kari' kara para-upakara\nAs stated in this verse, Bharata-var�a is a most pious land. The followers\n\nof Vedic literature understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead in\n\n", "SB5.1#p0265": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n236\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 6\n\nHis different incarnations, and they are privileged to glorify the Lord by\n\nfollowing the directions of Vedic literature. After realizing the glories of\n\nhuman life, such people should take up the mission to spread the impor­\n\ntance of human life throughout the whole world. This is the mission of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The word adhipuTJ-yam indicates that there\n\nare certainly many other pious men throughout the world, but the people\nof Bharata-var�a are even more pious. Therefore they are fit to spread\n1<-r�IJa Consciousness throughout the world for the benefit of all human\n\nsociety. Srlla Madhvacarya also recognizes the land of Bharata-var�a:\n\nviSe�ad bharate pu1Jyam. Throughout the world, there is no question of\n\nbhagavad-bhakti or devotional service, but the people of Bharata-var�a\ncan easily understand the devotional service of the Lord. Thus every in­\n\nhabitant of Bharata-var�a can perfect his life by discharging bhagavadbhakti and then preaching this cult throughout the world for the benefit\nof everyone.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� � �� ��('(lii4G>Id:\n�1 ;.r;r �1: �:I\nti11'41H:: �ffl:\n�\naho nu varilSo ya5asavadata/:t\npraiyavrato yatra pumiin purii7Ja/:t\nkrtavatiira/:t pur�a/:t sa adya5\ncacara dharmam yad akarma-hetum\naho-oh; nu-indeed; varilSa/:t-the dynasty; ya5asa-with wide­\n\nspread fame; avadata/:t-fully pure; praiyavrata/:t-related to King\n\nPriyavrata; yatra-wherein; pumiin-the Supreme Person; puriiTJ-a/:t­\n\nthe original; krta-avatara/:t-descended as an incarnation; pur�a/:t-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; sa/:t-He; adya/:t-the original person;\n\ncacara-executed;\n\ndharmam-religious principles;\n\nyat-from\n\nwhich; akarma-hetum-the cause of the end of fruitive activities.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0266": "Text 15]\n\nThe Activities of Lord l,{�ahhadeva\n\n237\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Oh, what shall I say of the dynasty of Priyavrata, which is pure\nand very much celebrated. In that dynasty, the Supreme Person,\nthe original Personality of Godhead, descended as an incarnation\nand executed religious principles that could free one from the\nresults of fruitive activity.\nPURPORT\nThere are many dynasties in human society wherein the Supreme Lord\ndescends as an incarnation. Lord Kr�r:ta appeared in the Yadu dynasty,\nand Lord Ramacandra appeared in the lk�vaku, or Raghu, dynasty.\nSimilarly, Lord I_l.�abhadeva appeared in the dynasty of King Priyavrata.\nAll these dynasties are very famous, and of them the dynasty of\nPriyavrata is most famous.\n\n....\n\n� ?.{�\n\nTEXT 15\n\n....\n�ltlroS�•I��-\n\nfll;fR���\n�m I\n�� ��tn: ����(\\�\n�;r\n\n�w:mn II Z'-\\11\n\nko nv asya kii$!hiim aparo 'nugacchen\n\nmano-ratheniipy abhavasya yogi\nyo yoga-maya& sprhayaty udasta\nhy asattaya yena krta-prayatnii/:t\nka/:t-who; nu-indeed; asya- of Lord I_l.�abhadeva; kii$tham -the\nexample; apa ra/:1,\n\n-\n\nelse; anugacchet-can follow; mana/:1,-rathena-by\n\nthe mind; api-even; abhavasya-of the unborn; yog i\n\n-\n\nthe mystic;\n\nya /:t- who; yoga maya/:1,-the mystic perfections of yoga; sprhayati-\n\ndesires; udasta/:1,-rejected by I_l.�abhadeva; hi-certainly: asattaya-by\nthe quality of being insubstantial; yena-by whom, I_l.�abhadeva: krta­\n\nprayatnii /:1,-although eager to serve.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0267": "238\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Who is that mystic yogi who can follow the examples of Lord\n�ahhadeva even with his mind? Lord J,l.�ahhadeva rejected all\nkinds of yogic perfection, which other yogis hanker to attain. Who\nis that yogi who can compare to Lord J,l.�ahhadeva?\"\nPURPORT\nGenerally yogis desire the yogic perfections of a7Jinui, laghinui,\nmahinui, prakamya, prapti, iSitva, va§itva and kanuivasayita. Lord\n��abhadeva, however, never aspired for all these material things. Such\nsiddhis (perfections) are presented by the illusory energy of the Lord.\nThe real purpose of the yoga system is to achieve the favor and shelter of\nthe lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but this purpose is\ncovered by the illusory energy of yoganuiya. So-called yogis are\ntherefore allured by the superficial material perfections of a7Jinui,\nlaghinui, prapti and so forth. Consequently ordinary yogis cannot compare to Lord ��abhadeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 16\n\n� { \" �8���1 ���0141l:ff �Q �qm��\nft�?J:�r�.O«t+�'Tfut �\n���ftffif+{�of\n�'P{&l����qRfQ(I��(fl��ftt qfefft�i't �qqftt\n� tm!� ��;:<rn) �Rti<wt4fdq ('(+\\3'?.1Jij II �� II\niti ha sma sakala-veda-loka-deva-brahmaTJa-gavam parama-guror\nbhagavata r�abhakhyasya viSuddhacaritam i:ritam pumsam samastadu5caritabhihara7Jaril parama-maha-mangaliiyanam idam\nanu5raddhayopacitayanu5rTJOty asravayati vavahito bhagavati tasmin\nvasudeva ekantato bhaktir anayor api samanuvartate.\niti-thus; ha sma-indeed; sakala-all; veda-of knowledge; lokaof people in general; deva-of the demigods; brahma7Ja-of the\nbrahma7Jas; gavam-of the cows; pa ra ma-the supreme; guro/:tmaster; bhagavata/:L-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; r�abha-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0268": "Text 16)\n\nThe Activities of Lord J.l�ahhadeva\n\n239\n\nakhyasya-whose name was Lord �i?ahhadeva; visuddha-pure;\nd.caritam-activities; i:ritam-now explained; purhsd.m-of every living\nentity;\n\nsamasta-a!l;\n\nduScarita-sinful\n\nactivities;\n\nabhiharar:wm­\n\ndestroying; parama-foremost; maha-great; marigala-of auspiciousness; ayanam-the shelter; idam-this; anusraddhaya-with faith;\nupacitaya-increasing; anusr�oti-hears from the authority;\nasravayati-speaks to\n\nothers;\n\nva-or;\n\navahita�-being attentive;\n\nbhagavati-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tasmin-unto Him;\nvasudeve-to Lord Vasudeva, Lord Kri?I:Ja; eka-antata�-unflinching;\nbhakti�-devotion; anayo�-of both groups, the listeners and the\nspeakers; api-certainly; samanuvartate-factual!y hegins.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: Lord J.l�ahhadeva is the master of\n\nall\n\nVedic\n\nknowledge,\n\nhuman\n\nbeings,\n\ndemigods,\n\ncows\n\nand\n\nhrahm�as. I have already explained His pure, transcendental\nactivities, which will vanquish the sinful activities of all living en­\n\ntities. This narration of Lord J.l�ahhadeva's pastimes is the reser­\n\nvoir of all auspicious things. Whoever attentively hears or speaks\nof them, following in the footsteps of the acaryas, will certainly at­\n\ntain unalloyed devotional service at the lotus feet of Lord\nV asudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThe teachings of Lord �i?abhadeva are for the people of all yugasSatya-yuga, Treta-yuga, Dvapara-yuga and especially Kali-yuga. These\ninstructions are so powerful that even in this age of Kali. one can attain\nperfection simply by explaining the instructions, following in the\nfootsteps of the acaryas or listening to the instructions with great attention. If one does so, one can attain the platform of pure devotional service\nto Lord Vasudeva. The pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nand His devotees are recorded in Srimad-Bhagavatam so that those who\n\nrecite these pastimes and listen to them will become purified. Nityam\nbhagavata-sevaya. As a matter of principle, devotees should read. speak\n\nand hear Sri:mad-Bhagavatam persistently, �wenty-four hours daily if\npossible. That is the recommendation of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0269": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n240\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 6\n\nKirtan'iya/:1, sada hari/:1,. One should either chant the Hare Kr�Q.a mahamantra or read Snmad-Bhagavatam and thereby try to understand the\ncharacteristics and instructions of the Supreme Lord, who appeared as\nLord B.�abhadeva, Lord Kapila and Lord Kr�Q.a. In this way one can\nbecome fully aware of the transcendental nature of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii, one who knows the\n\ntranscendental nature of the Lord's birth and activities attains liberation\nfrom material bondage and returns to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 17\n\ntt�� � 3ll�+ilt:f+if'q�ij f.rf.r��t:�d«R:r:rRQT�tr�'l��\n�A·:rr:\nifo:ij::7la�it ...,f::T\ncr\n\n'«�\n\n� . � .\ni\"it�itl �r:rCJ•l'lR�,��\nq�q�rr:r ��('\n\n('\n\n\"\n\n+iRuR<i ;r( �tt� ��\"ttt�� qft ij''fiRijqfm: II �\\911\nyasyiim eva kavaya iitmiinam aviratam vividha-vrjina-sarhsiiraparitiipopatapyamiinam anusavanam sniipayantas tayaiva parayii\nnirvrtyii hy apavargam iityantikam parama-pur�iirtham api svayam\niisaditam no eviidriyante bhagavadiyatvenaiva parisamiipta-sarviirtha/:1,.\nyasyiim eva-in which (KJ;\"�Q.a consciousness or the nectar of devotional service); kavaya/:1,-the advancement of learned scholars or\nphilosophers in spiritual life; atmiinam-the self; aviratam-constantly; vividha-various; vrjina-full of sins; sarhsiira-in material\nexistence; paritiipa-from miserable conditions; upatapyamiinamsuffering; anusavanam-without stopping; sniipayanta/:1,-bathing ;\ntaya-by that; eva-certainly; paraya-great; nirvrtya-with happiness; hi-certainly; apavargam\nlibe ration ; iitya ntikam -uninter rupted; parama-pur�a-artham-the best of all human achievements;\napi-although; svayam -itself; iisaditam-obtained; no-not; evacertainly; iidriyante -endeavo r to achieve; bhagavadiyatvena eva-\n\nbecause of a relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nparisamiipta-sarva-artha/:1,-those who have ended all kinds of material\n\ndesires.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0270": "Text 18]\n\nThe Activities of Lord J.t�ahhadeva\n\n241\n\nTRANSLATION\nDevotees always bathe themselves in devotional service in order\nto be relieved from the various tribulations of material existence.\nBy doing this, the devotees enjoy supreme bliss, and liberation\npersonified comes to serve them. Nonetheless, they do not accept\nthat service, even if it is offered by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead Himself. For the devotees, liberation (mukti) is very\nunimportant because, having attained the Lord's transcendental\nloving service, they have attained everything desirable and have\ntranscended all material desires.\nPURPORT\nDevotional service unto the Lord is the highest attainment for anyone\ndesiring liberation from the tribulations of material existence. As stated\nin Bhagavad-gitii (6.22), yam labdhva caparam labham manyate nii­\n\ndhikarh tata/:t: \"Gaining this, one thinks there is no greater gain.\"\" When\none attains the service of the Lord, which is non-different from the Lord.\none does not desire anything material. Mukti means relief from material\nexistence. Bilvamangala Thakura says: mukti/:t mukulitiinjali/:t sevate\n\n'srniin. For a devotee. mukti is not a very great achievement. Mukti\nmeans being situated in one's constitutional position. The constitutional\nposition of every living being is that of the Lord's servant: therefore\nwhen a living entity is engaged in the Lord's loving service. he has\nalready attained mukti. Consequently a devotee does not aspire for mukti,\neven if it is offered by the Supreme Lord Himself.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n� q�� +rcrcrt ��\n\n���:��qftf:�:q�u�n 1\n3l�ef�i�� � ijfj�l\nu����f��;r���'I. �(;\nrajan patir gurur alam bhavatiim yaduniim\ndaivam priya/:t kula-pati/:t kva ca kinkaro va/:t\n\n", "SB5.1#p0271": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n242\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 6\n\nastv evam anga bhagaviin bhajatiirh mukundo\n\nmuktirh dadiiti karhicit sma na bhakti-yogam\n\nriijan-0\n\nmaster;\n\nmy\n\ndear\n\nKing;\n\na/am-certainly;\n\npati�-maintainer;\n\nguru�-spiritual\n\nbhavatiim-of you; yaduniim-the Yadu\n\ndynasty; daivam-the worshipable Deity; priya�-very dear friend;\n\nkula-pati�-the master of the dynasty;\n\nkva ca-sometimes even;\n\nkinkara�-servant; va�-of you (the Par:u;lavas); astu-to be sure;\n\nevam -thus;\n\nGodhead;\n\nanga-0 King; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of\n\nbhajatiim-of those devotees engaged in service; mukun­\n\nda�-the Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; muktim-libera­\n\ntion; dadiiti-delivers; karhicit-at any time; sma-indeed; na-not;\nbhakti-yogam-loving devotional service.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami continued: My dear King, the Supreme Per­\n\nson, Mukunda, is actually the maintainer of all the members of the\n\nPiii:J.c;lava and Yadu dynasties. He is your spiritual master, worshipa­\n\nble Deity, friend, and the director of your activities. To say\nnothing of this, He sometimes serves your family as a messenger\n\nor servant. This means He worked just as ordinary servants do.\n\nThose engaged in getting the Lord's favor attain liberation from\n\nthe Lord very easily, but He does not very easily give the opportunity to render direct service unto Him.\nPURPORT\n\nWhile instructing Maharaja Parlk�it, Sukadeva Gosvaml thought it\n\nwise to encourage the King because the King might be thinking of the\nglorious position of various royal dynasties. Especially glorious is the\n\ndynasty of Priyavrata, in which the Supreme Lord I:t�abhadeva incar­\n\nnated. Similarly, the family of Uttanapada Maharaja, the father of\n\nMaharaja Dhruva, is also glorious due to King Prthu's taking birth in it.\n\nThe dynasty of Maharaja Raghu is glorified because Lord Ramacandra\nappeared in that family. As far as the Yadu and Kuru dynasties are con­\n\ncerned, they existed simultaneously, but of the two, the Yadu dynasty\nwas more glorious due to the appearance of Lord Kr!?l)a. Maharaja\n\n", "SB5.1#p0272": "Text 19]\n\nThe Activities of Lord I:l!?ahhadeva\n\n243\n\nParik�it might have been thinking that the Kuru dynasty was not as for­\n\ntunate as the others because the Supreme Lord did not appear in that\nfamily, neither as K��l)a, Lord Ramacandra,\nMaharaja\n\nPrthu. Therefore\n\nLord l,l.�abhadeva or\n\nParlk�it Maharaja was encouraged by\n\nSukadeva Gosvaml in this particular verse.\n\nThe Kuru dynasty may be considered more glorious due to the pres­\n\nence of devotees like the five Pal)<;iavas, who rendered unalloyed devo­\n\ntional service. Although Lord ��l)a did not appear in the Kuru dynasty.\n\nHe was so obligated to the Pal)<;iavas' devotional service that He acted as a\n\nmaintainer of the family and spiritual master of the Pal)<;iavas. Although\nHe took birth in the Yadu dynasty, Lord Kr�l)a was more affectionate to\n\nthe Pal)<;iavas. By His actions, Lord ��l)a proved that He was more inclined to the Kuru dynasty than the Yadu dynasty. Indeed, Lord K��l)a.\n\nindebted to the Pal)<;iavas' devotional service. sometimes acted as their\n\nmessenger. and He guided them through many dangerous situations.\n\nTherefore Maharaja Parlk�it should not have been saddened because\nLord K��l)a did not appear in his family. The Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is always inclined toward His pure devotees. and by His action it\nis clear that liberation is not very important for the devotees. Lord ��l)a\n\neasily gives one liberation, but He does not so easily give one the facility\nto become a devotee. Muktirh dadati karhicit sma na bhakti-yogam.\n\nDirectly or indirectly, it is proved that bhakti-yoga is the basis for the\n\nsupreme relationship with the Supreme Lord. lt is far superior to libera­\n\ntion. For a pure devotee of the Lord. mukti is automatically attained.\n\nTEXT 19\nf.t�«ijf;r�Fit��tiJf:\n\"'\n\n\"'\n\n\"'\n\nT��m: I\n� �: �CJP.ml�R'f�'lt�lft�ij � � II�Q..II\n��s;:;:4'141\n\nnityanubhiita-nija-liibha-nivrtta-mr:w-1;,\nsreyasy atad-racanaya cira-supta-buddhe};,\nlokasya yal;, karur:w-yabhayam atma-lokam\nakhyan namo bhagavate r�abhaya tasmai\n\n", "SB5.1#p0273": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n244\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 6\n\nnitya-anubhuta-due to being always conscious of His real identity;\nnija-liibha-nivrtta-tr�TJO-!£-who was complete in Himself and had no\nsreyasi-in life's\n\ngenuine welfare;\n\na-tat­\n\nother desire\n\nto fulfill;\n\nracanaya - by\n\nexpanding activities in the material field, mistaking the\n\nbody for the self; cira-for a long time; s upta-sleeping ; buddhef£whose intelligence; lokasya-of men; yaf£ - who (Lord ��abhadeva);\nkaru7Jaya-by His causeless mercy;\n\nabhayam-fearlessness;\n\natma­\n\nlokam-the real identity of the self; a:khya:t-instructed; namaf£respectful obeisances;\n\nbhagavate-unto the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; r�abhaya-unto Lord ��abhadeva; tasmai-unto Him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord ��ahhadeva, was\n\nfully aware of His true identity; therefore He was self-sufficient,\n\nand He did not desire external gratification. There was no need for\n\nHim to aspire for success, since He was complete in Himself. Those\nwho unnecessarily engage in bodily conceptions and create an at­\n\nmosphere of materialism are always ignorant of their real self­\n\ninterest. Out of His causeless mercy, Lord ��ahhadeva taught the\nself's real identity and the goal of life. We therefore offer our\n\nrespectful obeisances unto the Lord, who appeared as Lord\n��ahhadeva.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the summary of this chapter, in which the activities of Lord\n��abhadeva are described. Being the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nHimself, Lord I,l.�abhadeva is complete in Himself. We living entities, as\nparts and parcels of the Supreme Lord, should follow the instructions of\nLord I,l.�abhadeva and become self-sufficient. We should not create\nunnecessary demands due to the bodily conception. When one is selfrealized, he is sufficiently satisfied due to being situated in his original\nspiritual position. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (18.54): Brahma­\n\nbhutaf£ prasannatma na socati na kart�ati. This is the goal of all living\nentities. Even though one may be situated within this material world, he\ncan become fully satisfied and devoid of hankering and lamentation\nsimply by following the instructions of the Lord as set forth in\n\n", "SB5.1#p0274": "Text 19)\n\nThe Activities of Lord l;l.�abhadeva\n\n245\n\nBhagavad-gitii or Srimad-Bhiigavatam. Satisfaction through selfsvanlpiinanda. The conditioned soul, eternally\n\nrealization is called\n\nsleeping in darkness, does not understand his self-interest. He simply\ntries to become happy by making material adjustments, but this is im­\n\npossible. It is therefore said in Snmad-Bhagavatam, na te vidu� sviirtha­\n\ngatirh hi v��um: due to gross ignorance, the conditioned soul does not\n\nknow that his real self-interest is to take shelter at the lotus feet of Lord\n\nVi�J;�u. To try to become happy by adjusting the material atmosphere is a\n\nuseless endeavor. Indeed, it is impossible. By His personal behavior and\n\ninstructions, Lord B.�abhadeva enlightened the conditioned soul and\nshowed him how to become self-sufficient in his spiritual identity.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Sixth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Activities of Lord\nlJ-$abhadeva. \"\n\n", "SB5.1#p0275": "CHAPTER SEVEN\n\nThe Activities of King Bharata\nIn this chapter, the activities of King Bharata Maharaja, the emperor of\nthe whole world, are described. Bharata Maharaja performed various\nritualistic ceremonies (Vedic yajiias) and satisfied the Supreme Lord by\nhis different modes of worship. In due course of time, he left home and\nresided in Hardwar and passed his days in devotional activities. Being ordered by his father, Lord I:{i?abhadeva, Bharata Maharaja married\nPaiicajani, the daughter of Visvarupa. After this, he ruled the whole\nworld peacefully. Formerly this planet was known as Ajanabha, and after\nthe reign of Bharata Maharaja it became known as Bharata-var�?a.\nBharata Maharaja begot five sons in the womb of Paiicajani, and he\nnamed\n\nthe\n\nsons\n\nSumati,\n\nRai?trabhrta,\n\nSudarsana,\n\nAvaraQa\n\nand\n\nDhumraketu. Bharata Maharaja was very rigid in executing religious\nprinciples and following in the footsteps of his father. He therefore ruled\nthe citizens very successfully. Because he performed various yajfias to\nsatisfy the Supreme Lord, he was personally very satisfied. Being of undisturbed mind, he increased his devotional activities unto Lord\nVasudeva. Bharata Maharaja was competent in understanding the principles of saintly persons like Narada, and he followed in the footsteps of\nthe sages. He also kept Lord Vasudeva constantly within his heart. After\nfinishing his kingly duties, he divided his kingdom among his five sons.\nHe then left horne and went to the place of Pulaha known as\n\nPulahasrama. There he ate forest vegetables and fruits, and worshiped\n\nLord Vasudeva with everything available. Thus he increased his devo­\n\ntion toward Vasudeva, and he automatically began to realize further his\n\ntranscendental, blissful life. Due to his highly advanced spiritual position, there were sometimes visible in his body the U$!a-siittvika transformations, such as ecstatic crying and bodily trembling, which are\n\nsymptoms of love of Godhead. It is understood that Maharaja Bharata\n\nworshiped the Supreme Lord with the\n\nmantras mentioned in the /J.g\n\nVeda, generally known as Gayatri mantra, which aim at the Supreme\n\nNarayaQ.a situated within the sun.\n\n247\n\n", "SB5.1#p0276": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n248\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�.,;�\n�� 'f(l�I&Nffl �� lftl�f.l�qftcrn;.nq �f$CRt��g;m:: q�;ff Ff����·lt II � II\nsri-suka uviica\nbharatas tu mahii-bhagavato yadii bhagavatiivani-tala-paripiilaniiya\nsaficintitas tad-anusiisana-para/:t paficajanim visvarupa-duhitaram\nupayeme.\nsri-suka/:t\n\nuvaca-Sukadeva\n\nGosvaml\n\nsaid;\n\nbharata/:t-Maharaja\n\nBharata; tu-but; mahii-bhiigavata/:t-a mahii-bhiigavata, most exalted\n\ndevotee of the Lord; yadii-when; bhagavatii-by the order of his\n\nfather, Lord ��abhadeva; avani-tala-the surface of the globe; pari­\n\npii laniiya - for ruling over;\n\ns afici ntita/:t-made\n\nup his mind;\n\nanu5iisana-para/:t - engaged in governing the globe;\n\ntat­\n\npaiicajanim­\n\nPaficajani; viSvarupa-duhitaram�the daughter of Visvarupa; upayeme - married.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvfuni continued speaking to Maharaja Parik�it: My\n\ndear King, Bharata Maharaja was a topmost devotee. Following the\n\norders of his father, who had already decided to install him on the\n\nthrone, he began to rule the earth accordingly. When Bharata\n\nMaharaja ruled the entire globe, he followed the orders of his\nfather and married Pa:ii cajani, the daughter of Visvariipa.\n\nTEXT2\n\n� � en 8ll�+i�I'PfiR�911?J�41ill�ef: q?.iJ '*ltll+iR'I �mMq\n��01 ij+ifij- �ij��li1+416f�aT '{Rtt�film II � II\ntasyiim u ha vii iitmajiin kiirtsnyeniinurupiin iitmana/:t pafica janayiim\niisa bhutiidir iva bhuta-su�miir;,i. sumatirh rfi$frabhrtarh sudarsanam\niivaralJ-(lrh dhumraketum iti.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0277": "Text 4)\n\nThe Activities of King Bharata\n\n249\n\ntasyam-in her womb; u ha va-indeed; atma-jan-sons: kiirtsnyena-entirely; anurupan-exactly like; atmanab,-himself: pancafive; janayam asa-begot; bhuta-adi!J, iva-like the false ego: bhutasuh;sma�i-the five subtle objects of sense perception: su-matimSumatim; ra�Jra-bhrtam-Ra��rabhrta; su-darsanam-Sudarsana:\navara�m-Avaral).a; dhumra-ketum-Dhumraketu: iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as the false ego creates the subtle sense objects, Maharaja\nBharata created five sons in the womb of Paiicajani, his wife. These\nsons were named Sumati, Rii�!rahh:rta, Sudarsana, Avaral)a and\nDhiimraketu.\nTEXT3\n\n31��1� ��� ���(fliRt �ij\n\n3TR�\n\nOll�Cf II� II\n\najanabham namaitad var�am bharatam iti yata arabhya vyapadi.Santi.\najanabham-Ajanabha: nama-by the name: etat-this: var�amisland: bharatam-Bharata; iti-thus; yatab,-from whom: arabhyabeginning: vyapadiSanti-they celebrate.\nTRANSLATION\nFormerly this planet was known as Ajaniihha-var�a, hut since\nMaharaja Bharata's reign, it has become known as Bharata-var�a.\nPURPORT\nThis planet was formerly known as Ajanabha because of the reign of\nKing Nabhi. After Bharata Maharaja ruled the planet. it became celebrated as Bharata-var�a.\nTEXT4\n\nqfctfl4(\\qRf:f�fiRmf�€4�(*4ffi�6lll � � �for er�:\n�: ��'IR: �nTql�:r.ll�� II� II\n«\n\n", "SB5.1#p0278": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n250\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 7\n\nsa bahuvin mahi-pati{l, pitr-pitiimahavad uru-vatsalataya sve sve\nkarmaTJi\n\nvartaman a{l,\n\npraja{l,\n\nsva-dha rmam\n\nanuvartamana{l,\n\nparyapalayat.\nsa{l,-that King (Maharaja Bharata); bahu-vit-being very advanced\nin knowledge: mahi-pati{l,-the ruler of the earth: pitr-father; pitiimaha-grandfather:\n\nvat-exactly\n\nlike:\n\nuru-vatsalataya-with\n\nthe\n\nquality of being very affectionate to the citizens: sve sve-in their own\nrespective:\n\nkarmaT_l,i-duties; vartamanii{l,-remaining:\n\npraja{l,-the\n\ncitizens: sva-dharmam anuvartamana{l,-being perfectly situated in his\nown occupational duty; paryapalayat-ruled.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Bharata was a very learned and experienced king on\n\nthis earth. He perfectly ruled the citizens, being himself engaged\n\nin his own respective duties. Maharaja Bharata was as affectionate\nto the citizens as his father and grandfather had been. Keeping\n\nthem engaged in their occupational duties, he ruled the earth.\n\nPURPORT\nlt is most important that the chief executive rule the citizens by\nkeeping them fully engaged in their respective occupational duties. Some\nof the citizens were brahmaT_l,aS, some were �atriyas, and some were\nvaiSyas and sudras. It is the duty of the government to see that the\ncitizens act according to these material divisions for their spiritual advancement. No one should remain unemployed or unoccupied in any\nway. One must work as a brahmar:w-, �atriya, vaiSya or sudra on the\nmaterial path, and on the spiritual path. everyone should act as a\nbrahmacari, grhastha, vanaprastha or sannyasi. Although formerly the\ngovernment was a monarchy, all the kings were very affectionate toward\nthe citizens. and they strictly kept them engaged in their respective\nduties. Therefore society was very smoothly conducted.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� :q- llll� �� �f¥1�1��: ��tROO���:q'l��mliRt !itRtNt�� �;IT���� II\n\n", "SB5.1#p0279": "Text 5]\n\nThe Activities of King Bharata\n\n251\n\nije ca bhagavantam yajfia-kratu-rupam kratubhir uccavacaib,\nsraddhayahrtagnihotra-darsa-purr:w-miisa-caturmiisya-pa§u-somanam\nprakrti-vikrtibhir anusavanam caturhotra-vidhina.\nije-worshiped; ca-also; bhagavantam-the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; yajfia-kratu-rupam-having the form of sacrifices without\n\nanimals and sacrifices with animals; kratubhib,-by such sacrifices: uccavacaib,-very great and very small; sraddhaya-with faith; ahrta­\n\nbeing performed; agni-hotra-of the agnihotra-yajfia; darsa-of the\ndarsa-yajfia; purr:w-masa-of the purr:w-miisa-yajfia; caturmasya-of\n\nthe caturmasya-yajfia; pa§u-somanam-o£ the yajfia with animals and\nthe yajfia with soma-rasa; prakrti-by full performances; vikrtibhib,­\n\nand by partial performances; anusavanam-almost always; catub,-hotra­\n\nvidhina-by the regulative principles of sacrifice directed by four kinds\n\nof priests.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith great faith King Bharata performed various kinds of\nsacrifice. He performed the sacrifices known as agni-hotra, darsa,\npU.rJ.lamiisa, caturmasya, paSu-yajiia [wherein a horse is sacrificed]\nand soma-yajiia [wherein a kind of beverage is offered]. Sometimes\nthese sacrifices were performed completely and sometimes partially. In any case, in all the sacrifices the regulations of caturhotra\nwere strictly followed. In this way Bharata Maharaja worshiped the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nAnimals like hogs and cows were offered in sacrifice to test the proper\n\nexecution of the sacrifice. Otherwise. there was no purpose in killing the\nanimal. Actually the animal was offered in the sacrificial fire to get a re­\n\njuvenated life. Generally an old animal was sacrificed in the fire. and it\n\nwould come out again in a youthful body. Some of the rituals. however.\n\ndid not require animal sacrifice. In the present age. animal sacrifices are\n\nforbidden. As stated by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu:\na5vamedham gavalambham\nsannyasam pala-paitrkam\n\n", "SB5.1#p0280": "252\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 7\n\ndevare7J-a sutotpattim\nkalau parka vivarjayet\n··In this age of Kali, five acts are forbidden: the offering of a horse in\n\nsacrifice. the offering of a cow in sacrifice, the acceptance of the order of\n\nsannyasa, the offering of oblations of flesh to the forefathers, and a\n\nman's begetting children in his brother's wife.\" (Cc. Adi\n\n17.164) Such\n\nsacrifices are impossible in this age due to the scarcity of expert briihmalJ-US or rtvija� who are able to take the responsibility. In the absence of\n\nthese, the sank'irtana-yajna is recommended.\n\nYajnai� salik'irtana­\n\npriiyair yajanti hi sumedhasa� (Bhag. 11.5.32). After all, sacrifices are\n\nexecuted to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Yajiiiirtha-kar­\n\nma: such activities should be carried out for the Supreme Lord's\n\npleasure. In this age of Kali, the Supreme Lord in His incarnation of Sri\nCaitanya Mahiiprabhu should be worshiped with His associates by perfor­\n\nmance of salikirtana-yajna, the congregational chanting of the Hare\n\n��r:ta mantra. This process is accepted by intelligent men. Yajnai�\n\nsalik'irtana-priiyair yajanti hi sumedhasa�. The word sumedhasa� refers\n\nto intelligent men who possess very good brain substance.\n\nTEXT6\n\n��ij W�R� M�ali;·&�&E4t� �Sli�llfi� �\n� ;mfiJr ���if ��1:ffif� i(i=SI'(1J(l��·\n�ft ql:�iER1l�f ¥1t1Cff6 Cflt\\�Cf � �IRil 311��ij�ll�� (ft:t�filqu�\n�\nq<Jt�a.n qmit\n�qf���:rtr�';w.{�t '«l_ll �II\nsampracaratsu niirui-yiige$U viracitiinga-kriye$V apurvarh yat tat kriyaphalam dharmiikhyam pare brahmal}-i yajna-purU$e sarva-devatiilingiiniirh mantriilJ-iim artha-niyiima-kataya siik$iit-kartari paradevatiiyiim bhagavati viisudeva eva bhavayamana iitma-naipu7J-yamrdita-ka$iiyo havi/:t$v adhvaryubhir grhyaTnii7J-e$U sa yajaTniino yajnabhajo devarhs tiin purU$iivayave$V abhyadhyiiyat.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0281": "253\n\nThe Activities of King Bharata\n\nText 6)\n\nsampracara tsu- when beginning to perform; nana -yage$u-various\nkinds of sacrifice; viracita-anga-kriye$u-in which the supplementary\nrites were performed; apurvam-remote; yat-whatever; tat-that:\nkriya-phalam-the result of such sacrifice; dharma-iikhyam--by the\n\nname of religion;\nSupreme Lord;\n\npare-unto\n\nthe\n\ntranscendence;\n\nbrahma�Ji-the\n\nyajiia-p u rU$e-the enjoyer of all sacrifices: sarva­\n\ndevata lingii nam- which manifest all the demigods; mantrii�Jiim-of\n-\n\nthe Vedic hymns; artha-niyiima-kataya-due to being the controller of\nthe objects; siik$iit-kartari-directly the performer; para-devatiiyiimthe origin of all demigods; bhagavati-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; viisudeve-unto K.r;�l)a; eva-certainly; bhiivayamiina/:t-always thinking; iitma-naipu�Jya-mrdita-ka$iiya/:t-freed from all lust\nand anger by his expertise in such thinking; havi /:t$u-the ingredients to\nbe offered in the sacrifice; adhvaryubhi/:t-when the priests expert in\nthe sacrifices mentioned in the Atharva Veda; grhyamii7Je$u-taking:\nsa/:l-Maharaja Bharata; yajamiina /:t-the sacrificer; yajiia-bhiija/:t\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nrecipients of the results of sacrifice; deviin-all the demigods: tanthem; purU$a-avayave$u-as different parts and limbs of the body of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda; abhyadhyayat-he thought.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter\n\nperforming\n\nthe\n\npreliminaries\n\nof\n\nvarious\n\nsacrifices,\n\nMaharaja Bharata offered the results in the name of religion to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva. In other words, he\nperformed all the yajfias for the satisfaction of Lord Vasudeva,\nKr!:ll).a. Maharaja Bharata thought that since the demigods were\ndifferent parts of Vasudeva's body, He controls those who are explained in the Vedic mantras. By thinking in this way, Maharaja\nBharata was freed from all material contamination, such as attachment, lust and greed. When the priests were about to offer the\nsacrificial ingredients into the fire, Maharaja Bharata expertly understood how the offering made to different demigods was simply\nan offering to the different limbs of the Lord. For instance, lndra\nis the arm of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and Surya [the\nsun) is His eye. Thus Maharaja Bharata considered that the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0282": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n254\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 7\n\noblations offered to different demigods were actually offered unto\nthe different limbs of Lord Vasudeva.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead says that as long as one does not\ndevelop the pure devotional service of sravaf)am kirtanam, hearing and\nchanting. one must carry out his prescribed duties. Since Bharata\nMaharaja was a great devotee, one may ask why he performed so many\nsacrifices that are actually meant for karmis. The fact is that he was\nsimply following the orders of Vasudeva. As Kr��a says in Bhagavadgitii, sarva dharman parityajya mam ekam saraf)am vraja: \"Abandon all\nvarieties of religion and just surrender unto Me.\" (Bg.\n\n18.66) Whatever\n\nwe do. we should constantly remember Vasudeva. People are generally\naddicted to offering obeisances to various demigods, but Bharata Maharaja simply wanted to please Lord Vasudeva. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii:\nbhoktaram yajna-tapasam sarva-loka-mahesvaram (Bg.\n\n5.29). Ayajna\n\nmay be carried out to satisfy a particular demigod, but when the yajna is\noffered to the yajna-pur�a, Naraya�a. the demigods are satisfied. The\npurpose of performing different yajnas is to satisfy the Supreme Lord.\nOne may perform them in the name of different demigods or directly. If\nwe directly offer oblations to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\ndemigods are automatically satisfied. If we water the root of a tree, the\nbranches. twigs, fruits and Bowers are automatically satisfied. When one\n\noffers sacrifices to different demigods. one should remember that the\ndemigods are simply parts of the body of the Supreme. If we worship the\nhand of a person, we intend to satisfy the person himself. If we massage a\nperson· s legs, we do not really serve the legs but the person who\npossesses the legs. All the demigods are different parts of the Lord. and if\nwe offer service to them, we actually serve the Lord Himself. Demigod\nworship is mentioned in Brahma-samhita, but actually the slokas advocate worship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda. For instance, worship of the goddess Durga is mentioned this way in Brahmasamhita (5.44):\n\nsr�ti-sthiti-pralaya-sadhana-saktir eka\nchayeva yasya bhuvanani vibharti durga\n\n", "SB5.1#p0283": "255\n\nThe Activities of King Bharata\n\nText 6]\n\nicchanurilpam api yasya ca ce�tate sa\ngovindam adi-pur�am tam aham bhajami\nFollowing the orders of Sri K.r�f.la, the goddess Durga creates, maintains\n\nand annihilates. Sri K.r�f.la also confirms this statement in Bhagavad-gita.\n\nMayadhyakwr:Ul prakrti/:t suyate sa-caracaram: \"'This material nature is\n\nworking under My direction, 0 son of KuntL and it is producing all\n\nmoving and unmoving beings.\" (Bg.\n\n9.10)\n\nWe should worship the demigods in that spirit. Because the goddess\n\nDurga satisfies K.r�f.la, we should therefore offer respects to goddess\nDurga. Because Lord Siva is nothing but K.r�f.la's functional body. we\n\nshould therefore offer respects to Lord Siva. Similarly, we should offer\nrespects to Brahma, Agni and Surya. There are many offerings to\n\ndifferent demigods, and one should always remember that these\n\nofferings are usually meant to satisfy the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. Bharata Maharaja did not aspire to receive some benediction\nfrom demigods. His aim was to please the Supreme Lord. In the\n\nMahabharata, among the thousand names of Yi�f.lu, it is said yajiia-bhug\nyajiia-krd yajiia/:t. The enjoyer of yajiia, the performer of yajiia and\n\nyajiia itself are the Supreme Lord. The Supreme Lord is the performer\n\nof everything, but out of ignorance the living entity thinks that he is the\nactor. As long as we think we are the actors. we bring about karma­\n\nbandha (bondage to activity). If we act for yajiia, for K.r�f.la. there is no\n\nkarma-bandha.\n\nYajnarthat\n\nkarmar:w\n\n'nyatra\n\nloko\n\n'yam\n\nkarma­\n\nbandhana/:t: \"Work done as a sacrifice for Vi�f,lu has to be performed.\n\notherwise work binds one to this material world.\" (Bg.\n\n3.9)\n\nFollowing the instructions of Bharata Maharaja. we should act not for\nour personal satisfaction but for the satisfaction of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. ln Bhagavad-gita (17.28) it is also stated:\n\na5raddhaya hutam dattam\ntapas taptam krtam ca yat\nasad ity ucyate partha\nna ca tat pretya no iha\nSacrifices. austerities and charities performed without faith in the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead arc nonpermanent. Re�ardlct't' of\n\n", "SB5.1#p0284": "256\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 7\n\nwhatever rituals are performed, they are called asat, nonpermanent.\nThey are therefore usless both in this life and the next.\nKings like Maharaja Ambarl�a and many other nijar�is who were pure\ndevotees of the Lord simply passed their time in the service of the\nSupreme Lord. When a pure devotee executes some service through the\nagency of another person, he should not be criticized, for his activities\nare meant for the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord. A devotee may have\na priest perform some karma-karu;la, and the priest may not be a pure\nVai�I:Java. but because the devotee wants to please the Supreme Lord, he\nshould not be criticized. The word apurva is very significant. The resultant actions of karma are called apurva. When we act piously or impiously, immediate results do not ensue. We therefore wait for the\nresults. which are called apurva. The results are manifest in the future.\nEven the smiirtas accept this apurva. Pure devotees simply act for the\npleasure of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; therefore the results of\ntheir activities are spiritual, or permanent. They are not like those of the\n\nkarmis, which are nonpermanent. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitti\n\n(4.23):\n\ngata-sangasya muktasya\njiianavasthita-cetasa/:1,\nyajiiayacarata/:1, karma\nsamagrarh praviliyate\n..The work of a man who is unattached to the modes of material nature\nand who is fully situated in transcendental knowledge merges entirely\ninto transcendence.\"\nA devotee is always free from material contamination. He is fully situated in knowledge, and therefore his sacrifices are intended for the\nsatisfaction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 7\n\n���f«�1 �Q*4�l�(<::tam�� iiP � qt�\n�l'4ffict!t�qq.:{'fl-�if���\n����\n\n", "SB5.1#p0285": "Text 7)\n\nThe Activities of King Bharata\n\n257\n\nf.t��(itt(fmf<c�wtl� �(itt�qo1\n3��11\\911\nevarh karma-viSuddhya viSuddha-sattvasyantar-hrdayakaSa-sarire\nbrahmaTJi bhagavati vasudeve maha-pur�a-rilpopalak§a7Je srivatsakaustubha-vana-malari-dara-gadadibhir upalak§ite nija-pur�a-hrllikhitenatmani pur�a-riipe1Ja virocamana uccaistararh bhaktir\nanudinam edhamana-rayajayata.\nevam-thus; karma-viSuddhya-by offering everything for the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and not desiring any results\nof his pious activities; viSuddha-sattvasya-of Bharata Maharaja. whose\nexistence was completely purified:\n\nantab-hrdaya-akasa-sarire-the\n\nSupersoul within the heart, as meditated on by yogis; brahmaTJi-into\nimpersonal Brahman, which is worshiped by impersonalist jrianis;\nbhagavati-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vasudeve-the\nson of Vasudeva, Lord K.r!?�a; maha-pur�a-of the Supreme Person:\nrilpa-of the form; upalak§aTJe-having the symptoms: srivatsa-the\nmark on the chest of the Lord; kaustubha-the Kaustubha gem used by\nthe Lord; vana-mala-Bower garland: ari-dara-by the disc and conchshell; gada-adibhib,-by the club and other symbols; upalak§ite-being\nrecognized; nija-pur�a-hrt-likhitena-which is situated in the heart of\nHis own devotee like an engraved picture: atmani-in his own mind:\npuru$a-rilpeTJa-by\n\nHis\n\npersonal form;\n\ncaistaram-on a very high level:\n\nvirocamane-shining:\n\nuc­\n\nbhaktib,-devotional service:\n\nanudinam-day after day; edhama na-increasing : raya-pos sess ing\nforce; ajayata-appeared .\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, being purified by ritualistic sacrifices, the heart of\nMaharaja Bharata was completely uncontaminated. His devotional\nservice unto Vasudeva, Lord Kr��a, increased day after day. Lord\nKr��a, the son of Vasudeva, is the original Personality of Godhead\nmanifest as the Supersoul [Paramatma) as well as the impersonal\nBrahman. Yogis meditate upon the localized Paramatmii situated in\n\n", "SB5.1#p0286": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n258\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 7\n\nthe heart, jiianis worship the impersonal Brahman as the Supreme\nAbsolute Truth, and devotees worship Vasudeva, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, whose transcendental body is described in\nthe siistras. His body is decorated with the Srivatsa, the Kaustubha\njewel and a flower garland, and His hands hold a conchshell, disc,\nclub and lotus flower. Devotees like Niirada always think of Him\nwithin their hearts.\nPURPORT\nLord Vasudeva, or Sri ��l)a, the son of Vasudeva, is the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. He is manifest within the hearts of yogis in His\nParamiitmii feature, and He is worshiped as impersonal Brahman by\n\njfliinis. The Paramatma feature is described in the sastras as having four\n\nhands. holding disc, conchshell, lotus flower and club. As confirmed in\nthe Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.2.8):\n\nkecit sva-dehiintar-hrdayiivakiise\n\npriidesa-miitrarh purU§arh vasantam\n\ncatur-bhujarh kanja-rathiiliga-sarikhagadii-dhararh dharar:wyii smaranti\n\nParamatma is situated in the hearts of all living beings. He has four\n\nhands, which hold four symbolic weapons. All devotees who think of the\nParamatma within the heart worship the Supreme\n\nPersonality of\n\nGodhead as the temple Deity. They also understand the impersonal\nfeatures of the Lord and His bodily rays, the Brahman effulgence.\nTEXTS\n\ntJ:� ��������f;cqiun;mitsfq� �(fwlit�\nm flf�qR �� r�tr �� «�q����r;.�\n\n��q 51Vn� II� II\nevarh var�iiyuta-sahasra-paryantiivasita-karma- nirviiruivasaro\n\n'dhibhujyamiinam sva-tanayebhyo riktham pitr-paitiimaham yathii­\n\ndiiyam vibhajya svayam sakala-sampan-niketiit sva-niketiit\n\npulahiiSramam pravavriija.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0287": "Text9]\n\nThe Activities of King Bharata\n\n259\n\nevam-thus being always engaged; var�a-ayuta-sahasra-one thousand times ten thousand years; paryanta-until then; avasita-karma­\n\nnirva�-avasara b,\n\n-\n\nMahiiraja Bharata who ascertained the moment of\n\nthe end of his royal opulence; adhibhujyamiinam-being enjoyed in this\nway for that duration; sva-tanayebhyab,-unto his own sons; rikthamthe wealth; pitr-paitiimaham-which he received from his father and\nforefathers; yatha-diiyam-according to the daya-bhak laws of Manu:\nvibhajya-dividing; svayam- personally; sakala-sampat-of all kinds\nof opulence; niketiit-the abode; sva-niketiit-from his paternal home:\n\npulaha-asramam pravavraja-he went to the asrama of Pulaha in Hardwar (where the salagriima-siliis are obtainable).\nTRANSLATION\nDestiny fixed the time for Maharaja Bharata's enjoyment of\nmaterial opulence at one thousand times ten thousand years. When\nthat period was finished, he retired from family life and divided\nthe wealth he had received from his forefathers among his sons.\nHe left his paternal home, the reservoir of all opulence, and\nstarted for Pulahasrama, which is situated in Hardwar. The\nsalagrama-siliis are obtainable there.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the law of diiya-bhak, when one inherits an estate. he\nmust hand it over to the next generation. Bharata Maharaja did this\nproperly. First he enjoyed his paternal property for one thousand times\nten thousand years. At the time of his retirement, he divided this property among his sons and left for Pulaha-asrama.\n\nTEXT9\n\n�� � en� l{tNl'l. �fit (1Sfc::�l�f �::t�l�i ��wr ij�Q{ij\n\n��1�qo1 II � II\nyatra ha viiva bhagaviin harir adyapi tatratyiiniirh nija-janiiniirh\nviitsalyena sannidhapyata icchii-rupel)-a.\nyatra- w here: ha oova-certainly: bhagavan-thr Supreme Personality of Godhead: harib,-the Lord: adya-api-evC\"n todaY: tatra-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0288": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n260\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 7\n\ntyanam-residing in that place; nija-jananam-for His own devotees;\nvatsalyena-by His transcendental a ffection; sannidhapyate-becomes\nvisible: iccha-ruper-a-according to the desire of the devotee.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt Pulaha-iisrama, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari,\n\nout of His transcendental affection for His devotee, becomes\nvisible to His devotee, satisfying His devotee's desires.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord always exists in di fferent transcendental forms. As stated in\n\nBrahma-samhita (5.39):\nramadi-murt�u kala-niyamena �!han\nnanavataram akarod bhuvane�u kintu\nkr�r-al:t svayam samabhavat parama}:L puman yo\ngovindam adi-pur�aril tam aham bhajami\nThe Lord is situated as Himself, Lord ��l)a, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and He is accompanied by His expansions like Lord Rama,\nBaladeva, Sankar�al)a, Narayal)a, Maha-Vi�l)u and so forth. The devotees\nworship all these forms according to their liking, and the Lord, out of His\naff ection, presents Himself as arca-vigraha. He sometimes presents\nHimself personally before the devotee out of reciprocation or affection. A\ndevotee is always fully surrendered to the loving service of the Lord, and\nthe Lord is visible to the devotee according to the devotee's desires. He\nmay\n\nbe\n\npresent in\n\nthe form of Lord\n\nRama,\n\nLord KJ;\"�l)a,\n\nLord\n\nNJ;\"simhadeva and so on. Such is the exchange of love between the Lord\nand His devotees.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n� ':ll+N<::I �;nf�f4iiq!il�\n;nq ��u ri�n qftsft..\n\n� II �o II\n\nyatnisrama-padany ubhayato nabhibhir dr�ac-cakraiS cakra-nadi nama\nsarit-pravara sarvata}:L pavitri-karoti.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0289": "261\n\nThe Activities of King Bharata\n\nText II)\n\nyatra-where; asrama-padani-all hermitages; ubhaya ta�-both on\ntop and below; nabhibhi�-like the symbolic mark of a navel: dr�atvisible; cakrai�-with the circles; cakra-nadi-the Cakra-nadi River\n(generally known as the Gal)qaki); nama-of the name; sarit-pravarathe most important river of all; sarvata�-everywhere; pavitri-karotisanctifies.\nTRANSLATION\nIn Pulaha-a8rama is the G��aki River, which is the best of all\nrivers. The salagrama-sila, the marble pebbles, purify all those\nplaces. On each and every marble pebble, up and down, circles like\nnavels are visible.\nPURPORT\nSalagrama-sila refers to pebbles that appear like stones with circles\nmarked up and down. These are available in the river known as Gal)qaki-nadl. Wherever the waters of this river flow, the place becomes immediately sanctified.\nTEXT 11\n\n� qR �� � ��: ���� ft�qr��R��de���f�: ��em��\n(1+41ti'41'1t �\n� f4R� �q(6�tt�\n1'1 �: 'Rf f.ttRt'4'41q II�� II\ntasmin viiva kila sa ekala/:1, pulahiisramopavane vividha-kusumakisalaya-tulasikambubhi/:1, kanda-mula-phalopahiiraiS ca samihamiino\nbhagavata aradhanam vivikta uparata-v�ayabhi�a upabhrtopaSama�\nparam nirvrtim aviipa.\ntasmin-in that asrama; vava kila\n\n,\n\n- inde d: sa�-Bharata Maharaja:\nc\n\nekala/:1,-alone only: pulaha-asrama-upavane-in the gardens situat£'d\nin Pu laha-asra rna; vividha-kusuma-kisalaya-tulasika-ambubhi/:1,-with\nvarieties of flowers, twigs and tulasi leaves. as well as with water: kandamula-phala-upahiirai/:1,-by offerings of roots. bulbs and fruits: caand;\n\nsamihamana�-performing;\n\nbhagavata�-of\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\n", "SB5.1#p0290": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n262\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 7\n\nPersonality of Godhead; anidhanam-worshiping; vivikta�-puri:fied;\n\nuparata-being freed from;\nsense\n\nenjoyment;\n\nv i$aya-abhi �a� -desire for material\n\nupabh rta -increased;\n\nupa.Sama�-tranquility;\n\nparam-transcendental; nirv rtim -satisfaction ; avapa-he obtained.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the gardens of Pulaha-asrama, Maharaja Bharata lived alone\n\nand collected a variety of flowers, twigs and tulasi leaves. He also\ncollected the water of the Ga�u;laki River, as well as various roots,\n\nfruits and bulbs. With these he offered food to the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, Vasudeva, and, worshiping Him, he remained\n\nsatisfied. In this way his heart was completely uncontaminated, and\n\nhe did not have the least desire for material enjoyment. All\nmaterial desires vanished. In this steady position, he felt full\n\nsatisfaction and was situated in devotional service.\nPURPORT\n\nEveryone is searching after peace of mind. This is obtainable only\nwhen one is completely freed from the desire for material sense gratification and is engaged in the devotional service of the Lord. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gita: patram p�pam phalam toyam yo me bhaktya prayacchati (9.26). Worship of the Lord is not at all expensive. One can offer\nthe Lord a leaf, a flower, a little fruit and some water. The Supreme Lord\naccepts these offerings when they are offered with love and devotion. In\nthis way, one can become freed from material desires. As long as one\nmaintains material desires, he cannot be happy. As soon as one engages\nin the devotional service of the Lord. his mind is purified of all material\ndesires. Then one becomes fully satisfied.\n\nsa vai purhsam paro dharmo\nyato bhaktir adho�aje\nahaituky apratihata\nyayatma suprasidati\nvasudeve bhagavati\nbhakti-yoga� prayojita�\n\n", "SB5.1#p0291": "Text 12]\n\nThe Activities of King Bharata\n\n263\n\njanayaty asu vairagyarh\njiiiinarh ca yad ahaitukam\n\"The supreme occupation [dharma] for all humanity is that by which\n\nmen can attain to loving devotional service unto the transcendent Lord.\n\nSuch devotional service must be unmotivated and uninterrupted in order\nto completely satisfy the self. By rendering devotional service unto the\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Sri 1<-r�Da, one immediately acquires causeless\nknowledge and detachment from the world.\" (Bhag.\n\n1.2.6-7)\nThese are the instructions given in Srimad-Bhagavatam, the supreme\n\nVedic literature. One may not be able to go to Pulaha-asrama, but\n\nwherever one is one can happily render devotional service to the Lord by\n\nadopting the processes mentioned above.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n6��t�f?4«t�qf(:q�l 14•1ii4M srcr$it\"'I�(I•I•Haij(404��H\nS16:'i�i\\wtl€tiWil«t4q'\"'<t��Ehtetti �S1�S10144'11'4r;.,�m� � ��un�I\"4(UI(N;(1�1\"14RNij¥1fifi�1i\\wt\nq�q�liltl>414t'h:(a>�«N•IIfl�tUI�fl�fq f¥��101i ¥11Ff�a� ;J ����II\ntayettham avirata-purU$a-paricaryayii bhagavati pravardhamiiniinuraga-bhara-druta-hrdaya-saithilya/:t prahar$a-vegeniitmany\nudbhidyamiina-roma-pulaka-kulaka autkar:t!hya-pravrtta-prar:wya�pa-niruddhavaloka-nayana evam nija-ramar:r£tru7Jacarar:r£travindiinudhyiina-paricita-bhakti-yogena pariplutaparamiihliida-gambhrra-hrdaya-hradiivag&jha-dhi$ar:ws tam api\nkriyamiiTJiirh bhagavat-saparyiirh na sasmiira.\ntaya-by that; ittham-in this manner; avirata - constant; purU$aparicaryayii-by service; bhagavati - unto the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; pravardha miina - constantly increasing; anuriiga - of attachment; bhara - by the load: druta - mel t ed :\nhrdaya-heart; saithilya}:t-laxity; prahar$a-vegena-by the force of\n\nof the Supreme Lord;\n\n", "SB5.1#p0292": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n264\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 7\n\ntranscendental ecstasy:. atmani-in his body; udbhidyamana-romapulaka-kulakab,-standing of the hair on end; autka �J,thya - because of\nintense\n\nlonging;\n\np ravrtta-produced :\n\npra�J,aya-ba $ pa-nirud dha­\n\navaloka-nayanab,-awakening of tears of love in the eyes, obstructing\nthe vision: evam-thus ; nija-rama�J-a-aru�J-a-Cara�J-a-aravinda-on the\nLord\"s reddish lotus feet; anudhyana-by meditating; paricita-increased: bhakti-yogena-by dint of devotional service;\n\nparipluta­\n\nspreading everywhere; parama-highest; ahlada-of spiritual bliss;\ngambh ira-very deep; hrdaya-hrada-in the heart, which is compared\nto a lake: avag#ha-immersed; dhi$a�J-ab--whose intelligence; tamthat: api-although; k riyamd�J,d m - e x ecuting ; bhagavat -of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; saparyam-the worship; na-not;\nsasmara-remembered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat most exalted devotee, Maharaja Bharata, in this way\n\nengaged constantly in the devotional service of the Lord. Naturally\n\nhis love for Vasudeva, ��:t:J.a, increased more and more and melted\nhis heart. Consequently he gradually lost all attachment for regula­\n\ntive duties. The hairs of his body stood on end, and all the ecstatic\n\nbodily symptoms were manifest. Tears flowed from his eyes, so\n\nmuch so that he could not see anything. Thus he constantly meditated on the reddish lotus feet of the Lord. At that time, his heart,\n\nwhich was like a lake, was filled with the water of ecstatic love.\n\nWhen his mind was immersed in that lake, he even forgot the\n\nregulative service to the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen one is actually advanced in ecstatic love for Kr!?I:la, eight transcendental, blissful symptoms are manifest in the body. Those are the\nsymptoms of perfection arising from loving service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Since Maharaja Bharata was constantly engaged in\ndevotional service, all the symptoms of ecstatic love were manifest in his\nbody.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0293": "265\n\nThe Activities of King Bharata\n\nText 13)\n\nTEXT 13\n\n� �· -��Wii'.f((1(1(�('Cqwtlfil1¥1���(?;��l(EM)(q9i\n=it NU=ct+nwt : � ¥t•li4f'd Jl(1444 �qaN.��� 'l¢¥c��s-�R1e46l �-II�� II\nittham dhrta-bhagavad-vrata aii}Eyiijina-viisasiinusavaniibh�ekiirdrakapiSa-kutila-ja!ii-kaliipena ca virocamiina� suryarcii bhagavantarh\nhirar:tmayarh pur�am ujjihane surya-mar:u;lale 'bhyupat�thann etad u\nhovaca.\nittham-in this way; dhrta-bhagavat vrata�-having accepted the\n-\n\nvow to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\naii}Eya-ajina­\n\nviisasa-with a dress of a .deerskin; anusavana-three times in a day:\nabh�eka-by a bath;\n\nardra-wet;\n\ncurling\n\nhair;\n\nand\n\nmatted\n\nkapiSa-tawny ;\n\nkalapena-by\n\nku.tila-ja!ii-of\n\nmasses;\n\nvirocamiina�-being very beautifully decorated;\n\nca-a nd:\n\nsuryarca-by the\n\nVedic hymns worshiping the expansion of Narayat:�a within the sun:\nbhagavantam-unto the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead:\n\nhirar:t­\n\nmayam-the Lord, whose bodily hue is just like gold: pur�am-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; ujjihane-when rising: surya-mar:t(iale-the sun globe; abhyupat�!han-worshiping: etat-this: u hacertainly; uviica-he recited.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Bharata appeared very beautiful. He had a wealth of\ncurly hair on his head, which was wet from bathing three times\ndaily. He dressed in a deerskin. He worshiped Lord Nariiyat:J.a,\nwhose body was composed of golden effulgence and who resided\nwithin the sun. Maharaja Bharata worshiped Lord Naraya.r:ta by\nchanting the hymns given in the J.l.g Veda, and he recited the\nfollowing verse as the sun rose.\nPURPORT\nThe\n\npredominating\n\nDeity\n\nwithin\n\nthe\n\nsun\n\nis\n\nHirat:�maya.\n\nLord\n\nNarayat:Ja. He is worshiped by the Gayatrl mantra: om bhUr bhuva� svab\n\n", "SB5.1#p0294": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n266\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 7\n\ntat savitur varer:tyam bhargo devasya dhimahi. He is also worshiped by\nother hymns mentioned in the /J.g Veda, for instance: dhyeya/:t sadii\n\nsavitr-mar:u;lala-madhya-varti. Within the sun, Lord Narayar:ta is situated, and He has a golden hue.\nTEXT 14\n\ntRt�:\n\n(1Ad�Jtt6�\n����'\nij�6(11t:: l\"t(l��t( ��\n� � i\"B\\�·of'tq: II�'JII\n• •\n\nparo-raja/:t savitur jata-vedo\ndevasya bhargo manasedam jajiina\nsuretasiida/:t punar iivi.Sya CG-$!e\nhamsam grdhriir:tam nr$ad-ririgiram ima/:t\npa ra/:t-raja/:t-beyon d the mode of passion (situated in the pure mode\nof goodness); savitu/:t-of the one who illuminates the whole universe;\n\njiita-ve da/:t-from\n\nwhich\n\nall\n\nthe\n\ndevotee's\n\ndesires\n\nare\n\nfulfilled;\n\ndevasya-of the Lord; bharga/:t-the self-effulgence; manasii-simply\nby contemplating; idam-this universe; jajiina-created; su-retasii-by\nspiritual potency; ada/:t-this created world; pu na /:£-again; iivi.Syaentering; ca�!e-sees or maintains; hamsam-the living entity;\n\ngrdhriir:tam\n\n-\n\ndesiring for material enjoyment; nr$at-to the intelli­\n\ngence; ririgiriim-to one who gives motion; ima/:t-let me offer my obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead is situated in pure good­\n\nness. He illuminates the entire universe and bestows all benedic­\n\ntions upon His devotees. The Lord has created this universe from\n\nHis own spiritual potency. According to His desire, the Lord en­\n\ntered this universe as the Supersoul, and by virtue of His different\npotencies, He is maintaining all living entities desiring material\n\n", "SB5.1#p0295": "267\n\nThe Activities of King Bharata\n\nText 14]\n\nenjoyment. Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the Lord,\nwho is the giver of intelligence.\"\nPURPORT\nThe predominating Deity of the sun is another expansion of Narayat:la.\n\nwho is illuminating the entire universe. The Lord enters the hearts of all\n\nliving entities as the Supersoul, and He gives them intelligence and\n\nfulfills their material desires. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nSarvasya ciiharh hrdi sanniv�taft. \"l am sitting in everyone's heart.··\n\n( Bg 15.15)\n.\n\nAs the Supersoul, the Lord enters the hearts of all living entities. As\n\nstated in\n\nBrahma-samhitii (5.35), aTJ{liintara-stha-paramiir:tu-cayiintara-stham: \"He enters the universe and the atom as well.·· In the /J.g\nVeda, the predominating Deity of the sun is worshiped by this mantra:\ndhyeyaft sadii savitr-maTJ{lala-madhya-varti niiriiyar_uzft sarasijiisanasanniv�taft. Narayat:�a sits on His lotus Bower within the sun. By reciting\nthis mantra, every living entity should take shelter of Narayat:�a just as\nthe sun rises. According to modern scientists, the material world rests on\n\nthe sun's effulgence. Due to the sunshine, all planets are rotating and\nvegetables are growing. We also have information that the moonshine\n\nhelps vegetables and herbs grow. Actually Narayat:J.a within the sun is\nmaintaining\n\nthe\n\nentire\n\nuniverse;\n\ntherefore\n\nNarayat:�a\n\nworshiped by the Gayatrl mantra or the /J.g mantra.\n\nshould\n\nbe\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Seventh\nChapter, of the Srlmad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The activities of King\nBharata.\"\n\n", "SB5.1#p0296": "CHAPTER EIGHT\n\nA Description of the Character\n\nof Bharata Maharaja\nAlthough Bharata Maharaja was very elevated, he fell down due to his attachment to a young deer. One day after Bharata Maharaja had taken his\nbath as usual in the River GaQ.�aki and was chanting his mantra, he saw\na pregnant deer come to the river to drink water. Suddenly there could\nbe heard the thundering roar of a lion, and the deer was so frightened\nthat it immediately gave birth to its calf. It then crossed the river, but\ndied immediately thereafter. Maharaja Bharata took compassion upon the\nmotherless calf, rescued it from the water, took it to his asrama and\ncared for it affectionately. He gradually became attached to this young\ndeer and always thought of it affectionately. As it grew up, it became\nMaharaja Bharata's constant companion, and he always took care of it.\nGradually he became so absorbed in thinking of this deer that his mind\nbecame agitated. As he became more attached to the deer, his devotional\nservice slackened. Although he was able to give up his opulent kingdom.\nhe became attached to the deer. Thus he fell down from his mystic yoga\npractice. Once when the deer was absent, Maharaja Bharata was so disturbed that he began to search for it. While searching and lamenting the\ndeer's absence, Maharaja Bharata fell down and died. Because his mind\nwas fully absorbed thinking of the deer, he naturally took his next birth\nfrom the womb of a deer. However, because he was considerably advanced spiritually, he did not forget his past activities, even though he\nwas in the body of a deer. He could understand how he had fallen down\nfrom his exalted position, and remembering this, he left his mother deer\nand again went to Pulaha-asrama. He finally ended his fruitive activities\nin the form of a deer, and when he died he was released from the deer ·s\nbody.\n\n269\n\n", "SB5.1#p0297": "270\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 1\n\n����\ntJ:WO tJ\n\n¥f�I'1Qf tRttfil�¥�tflt�ti4�tl iUAlaJ('i��\nl(�'lt«Ui(ifil'\"d �� II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nekada tu malui-nadyarh krtabh�eka-naiyamikava5yako\n\nbrahma�aram abhigrr:liino muhurta-trayam udakanta upavivesa.\nsri-suka& uvaca-Srl Sukadeva Gosvaml said: ekada-once upon a\n\ntime: tu-b ut: maha-nadyam-in the great river known as Gai:t �akl;\n\nkrta-abhi$eka-naiyamika-avasyaka&-having taken a bath after\n\nfinishing the daily external duties such as passing stool and urine and\n\npra1J11va-mantra (om);\nabhignuzna&- chanting: muhurta-trayam-for three minutes; udakabrushing\n\nthe\n\nteeth:\n\nbrahma-a�aram-the\n\nante-on the bank of the river; up avivesa-he sat down.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: My dear King, one day, after\n\nfinishing\n\nhis\n\nmorning\n\nduties-evacuating,\n\nurinating\n\nand\n\nbathing-Maharaja Bharata sat down on the bank of the River\nGru;u;laki for a few minutes and began chanting his mantra,\nbeginning with omkara.\n\nTEXT2\n\nfi � U� {ftaftfifql('lftl\n\ni�R�I�7.ft����;{)q�f1A 11�11\n\ntatra tada rajan hariTJi pipasaya jalasayabhyasam ekaivopajagama.\ntatra-on the bank of the river: tada-at the time: riijan-0 King;\n\nharir,£i-a doe: pipiisaya-because of thirst; jaliiSaya-abhyasam-ncar\n\nthe river: eka-one: eva-certainly; u pajagama-arrived.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, while Bharata Maharaja was sitting on the bank of that\n\nriver, a doe, being very thirsty, came there to drink.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0298": "Text4)\n\nThe Character of Bharata Maharaj a\n\n271\n\nTEXT3\n\n��\n\nqrfttrt{lf{ � (WI�t41f%� ;r� �qij(iOS(Ii'\\l �\n\na�qij� II � II\ntayii pepiyamiina udake tiivad eviividure�Ja nadato mrga-pater\nunniido loka-bhayarikara udapatat.\ntaya-by the doe; pepiyamiine-being drunk with great satisfaction:\nudake-the water; tiivat eva -ex actly at that time; avidure7Ja-very\nnear;\n\nnadata�-roaring;\n\nmrga-pate�-of one lion;\n\nunniida�-the\n\ntumultuous sound; loka-b hayam-kara-very fearful to all liying entities; udapatat-arose .\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the doe was drinking with great satisfaction, a lion, which\nwas very close, roared very loudly. This was frightful to every\nliving entity, and it was heard by the doe.\nTEXT4\n\nijf{� m ��:\n\n� f?fmcn �� wroqfqm�����oq,.t�iC· (Jlf(gt4tf!(tla�t �� ��Nifil'l II \\l II\ntam upa5rutya sii mrga-vadhu� prakrti-viklavii cakita-niri�a¢\nsutariim api hari-bhayabhinivesa-vyagra-hrdayii piiriplava-dmir\nagata-tr�a bhayiit sahasaivoccakriima.\ntam upa5rutya - he ar ing that tumultuous sound: sii-that: mrgavadhu�-wife of a deer; prakrti-viklavii-by nature always afraid of\nbeing killed by others;\n\nc\n\nakita-ni ri�a TJii-having wandering eyes:\n\nsutariim api - almost immediately; hari-of the lion: b ha ya-of fear:\n\nabhinivesa-by the entrance; vyagra-hrdayii-whose mind was agitated; piiri plava-dr�!i�-whose eyes were moving to and fro: agatalf$ii-without fully satisfying the thirst; bhayiit-out of fear: sahasiisuddenly; eva-certainly: uccakriima-crossed the river.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0299": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n272\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy nature the doe was always afraid of being killed by others,\n\nand it was always looking about suspiciously. When it heard the\n\nlion's tumultuous roar, it became very agitated. Looking here and\n\nthere with disturbed eyes, the doe, although it had not fully\nsatisfied itself by drinking water, suddenly leaped across the river.\nTEXTS\n\n�\n\na�qij �l\n..\n\n�� a�qrer� ��� �:\n\n�� Ff'NRr II � II\ntasya utpatantya antarvatnya uru-bhayavagalito yoni-nirgato\ngarbha/:t srotasi nipapata.\ntasya/:t-of it: utpatantya/:t-forcefully jumping up; antarvatnya/:thaving a full womb; uru-bhaya-due to great fear; avagalita/:t-having\nslipped out: yoni-nirgata/:t-co ming out of the womb; garbha/:t - the\noffspring: srotasi-in the flowing water; nipapata-fell down.\nTRANSLATION\nThe doe was pregnant, and when it jumped out of fear, the baby\n\ndeer fell from its womb into the flowing waters of the river.\nPURPORT\n\nThere is every chance of a woman's having a miscarriage if she experiences some ecstatic emotion or is frightened. Pregnant women should\ntherefore be spared all these external influences.\nTEXT6\n\nij�it�IJfll��u �tT� fet�¥�1� �� �oi('ll('ld}\nf;tqqlij� ��II � II\ntat-prasavotsarpar:m-bhaya-khedatura sva-ga7Jena viyujyamiinii\nkasyMicid daryarh kr�r:m-sarasati nipapatatha ca mamiira.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0300": "Text7]\n\nTheCharacter ofBharataMaharaja\n\n273\n\ntat-prasava-from untimely discharge of that (baby deer); utsarpa�-from jumping across the river; bhaya-and from fear; khedaby exhaustion; litura-affiicted; sva-ga�ena-from the Bock of deer;\nviyujyamanii-being separated; kasyaiicit-in some; daryam-cave of\na mountain;\n\nkr��-sarasati\"-the black doe;\n\nnipapata-fell down;\n\natka-therefore; ca-and; mamlira-died.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing separated from itsflock and distressedby its miscarriage,\ntheblack doe, having crossed the river, was very much distressed.\nIndeed, it fell down in a cave and died immediately.\nTEXT7\n\nd �o��ulifi -mot wa(tlwt�'�\n�qfcr� �en��qt[f mR� � mta(f'l�l�� 11 \\9 11\ntarh tv e�-ku�akarh krpa�rh srotasanilhyamanam\nabhivi\"�yapaviddharh bandhur ivanukampaya rajar�ir bharata adaya\nmrta-mataram ity asrama-padam anayat.\ntam-that; tu-but; e�-ku�kam-the deer calf; krpa�m-helpless; srotasa-by the waves; anilhyamanam-Boating; abhivi\"�yaseeing; apaviddham-removed from its own kind; bandhu/:t iva-just\nlike a friend; anukampaya-with compassion; raja-r�i/:t bharata/:t-the\ngreat, saintly King Bharata; adaya-taking; mrta-miitaram-who lost\nits mother; iti-thus thinking; asrama-padam-to the asrama;\nanayat-brought.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe greatKingBharata, while sitting on thebank of the river,\nsaw the small deer, bereft of its mother, floating down the river.\nSeeing this, he felt great compassion. Like a sincere friend, he\nlifted the infant deer from the waves, and, knowing it to be\nmotherless, brought it to hisasrama.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0301": "274\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nThe laws of nature work in subtle ways unknown to us. Maharaja\nBharata was a great king very advanced in devotional service. He had\nalmost reached the point of loving service to the Supreme Lord, but even\nfrom that platform he could fall down onto the material platform. In\nBhagavad-gitii we are therefore warned:\nyam hi na vyathayanty ete\npur�arh pur�ar$abha\nsama-du/:tkha-sukham dhrrarh\nso 'mrtatviiya kalpate\n\n\"0 best among men [Arjuna], the person who is not disturbed by happiness and distress and is steady in both is certainly eligible for liberation.\"\n(Bg. 2.15)\n\nSpiritual salvation and liberation from material bondage must be\nworked out with great caution, otherwise a little discrepancy will cause\none to fall down again into material existence. By studying the activities\nof Maharaja Bharata, we can learn the art of becoming completely freed\nfrom all material attachment. As it will be revealed in later verses,\nBharata Maharaja had to accept the body of a deer due to being overly\ncompassionate for this infant deer. We should be compassionate by\nraising one from the material platform to the spiritual platform; otherwise at any moment our spiritual advancement may be spoiled, and we\nmay fall down onto the material platform. Maharaja Bharata 's compassion for the deer was the beginning of his falldown into the material\nworld.\n\nTEXTS\n\na���� ti�Miiilf1i41Wi�U�(ij�q'lquaql�it�I�W1SflUI-mJ�lll�Wik44M�: Q'�: �qqf(:+.cif� O>iCMI:\n�f<tq�w:ti�Ot;r ��litl'itw:t: � Q'� O>;:il�ttQ'il ll � II\n� { � I(Oit'JI'!fi\n\ntasya ha vii er:w,-kur:w,ka uccair etasmin krta-nijabhimiinasyahar-ahas\ntat-po$ar:w,-piilana-liilana-prfr:u:miinudhyiineniitma-niyamii/:t saha-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0302": "275\n\nThe Character of Bharata Maharaja\n\nText 8)\n\nyama/:1, purWja-paricaryadaya ekaikaSa/:1, katipayeniihar-gar:z,ena\nviyujyamanii/:1, kila sarva evodavasan.\ntasya-of that King; ha va-indeed; er:w-kur:wke-in the deer calf;\nuccai/:1,-greatly; etasmin-in this; krta-nija-abhimanasya-who accepted the calf as his own son; aha/:1,-aha/:1,-every day; tat-po�ar:wmaintaining that calf; palana-protecting from dangers;\n\nlalana­\n\nraising it or showing love to it by kissing and so on; prir:wna-petting it\nin love; anudhyanena-by such attachment; atma -niyama/:1,-his personal activities for taking care of his body; sa ha-yama/:1,-with his\nspiritual duties, such as nonviolence, tolerance and simplicity; purWja­\n\npari carya adaya/:1,-worshiping the Supreme Personality of Codhead\n-\n\nand performing other duties; eka ekaSa/:1,-every day; katipayena-\n\nwith only a few; aha/:1,-gar:z,ena-days of time; viyujyamanii/:1,-being\ngiven up; kila-indeed; sarve-all; eva-certainly; udavasan-became\ndestroyed.\nTRANSLATION\nGradually Maharaja Bharata became very affectionate toward the\ndeer. He began to raise it and maintain it by giving it grass. He was\nalways careful to protect it from the attacks of tigers and other\nanimals. When it itched, he petted it, and in this way he always\ntried to keep it in a comfortable condition. He sometimes kissed it\nout of love. Being attached to raising the deer, Maharaja Bharata\nforgot the rules and regulations for the advancement of spiritual\nlife, and he gradually forgot to worship the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Mter a few days, he forgot everything about his\nspiritual advancement.\nPURPORT\nFrom this we can understand how we have to be very cautious in executing our spiritual duties by observing the rules and regulations and\nregularly chanting the Hare Kr�?f.la maha-mantra. If we neglect doing\nthis, we will eventually fall down. We must rise early in the morning.\nbathe, attend mangala-arati, worship the Deities, chant the Hare Kr�?r,ta\n\nmantra, study the Vedic literatures and follow all the rules prescribed by\n\n", "SB5.1#p0303": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n276\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\nthe acaryas and the spiritual master. If we deviate from this process, we\nmay fall down, even though we may be very highly advanced. As stated\nin Bhagavad-gita (18.5):\n\nyajiia-dana-tapa/:1.-karma\nna tyajyam kiiryam eva tat\nyajno danam tapa§ caiva\npavanani mani$i�m\n\"Acts of sacrifice, charity and penance are not to be given up but should\nbe performed. Indeed, sacrifice, charity and penance purify even the\ngreat soul.'' Even if one is in the renounced order, he should never give\nup the regulative principles. He should worship the Deity and give his\ntime and life to the service of K_r��a. He should also continue following\nthe rules and regulations of austerity and penance. These things cannot\nbe given up. One should not think oneself very advanced simply because\none has accepted the sannyasa order. The activities of Bharata Maharaja\nshould be carefully studied for one's spiritual advancement.\n\nTEXT9\n\n� if«tti mo.i111�: � ����4.4(1Jiqf(tl1{� �Ul��: ��: � � mtmlf�t � �fq�u �I@RI'r.t.\n�l��A � �iR��fijf����l'lmAIJI�\n\nwif'tulqlewtsftul'1eRJS'1'4'll�'1fdlil�����1fl II Q.. II\naho batayam harir:ta-kur:taka/:1. krpar:ta iSvara-ratha-carar:taparibhramar:ta-rayer:ta soo-gar:ta-suhrd-bandhubhya/:1, parivarjita/:1.\nsarar:tam ca mopasadito mam eva mata-pitarau bhratr-jiiiitin\nyauthikams caivopeyaya nanyam kaiicana veda mayy ati-visrabdhaS\ncata eva maya mat-parayar:taSya po$ar:ta-palana-prir:tana-lalanam\nanasuyunanU$!heyam sarar:tyopek$a-do$a-vidu$li.\naho bata-alas; ayam- this; harir:ta-kur:taka/:1,-the deer calf;\nkrpar:ta/:1.- helpless;\n\nisvara-ratha-carar:ta-paribhramar:ta-rayer:ta- by\n\nthe force of the rotation of the time agent of the Supreme Personality of\n\n", "SB5.1#p0304": "Text 9]\n\nThe Character of Bharata Maharaja\n\n277\n\nGodhead, which is compared to the wheel of His chariot; sva-ga�-own\nkinsmen; suhrt-and friends; bandhubhya&-relatives; parivarjita&deprived of; sara�m-as shelter; ca-and; ma-rne; upasadita&having obtained; mam-me; eva-alone; mata-pitarau-father and\nmother; bhratr-jnann-brothers and kinsmen; yauthikan-belonging to\nthe herd; ca-also; eva-certainly; upeyaya-having gotten; na-not;\nanyam-anyone else; kaficana-some person; veda-it knows; mayiin me; ati-very great; visrabdha&-having faith; ca-and; ata& evatherefore; maya-by me; mat-paraya1JQSya-of one who is so dependent upon me; po$a�-palana-pri�na-lalanam-raising, maintaining,\npetting and protecting;\n\nanasuyuna-who am without any grudge;\n\nanU$!heyam-to be executed; sara�ya-the one who has taken shelter;\nupek$a-of neglecting; do$a-vidU$a-who knows the fault.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great King Maharaja Bharata began to think: Alas, this helpless young deer, by the force of time, an agent of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, has now lost its relatives and friends and has\ntaken shelter of me. It does not know anyone hut me, as I have\nbecome its father, mother, brother and relatives. This deer is\nthinking in this way, and it has full faith in me. It does not know\nanyone hut me; therefore I should not he envious and think that\nfor the deer my own welfare will he destroyed. I should certainly\nraise, protect, gratify and fondle it. When it has taken shelter with\nme, how can I neglect it? Even though the deer is disturbing my\nspiritual life, I realize that a helpless person who has taken shelter\ncannot he neglected. That would he a great fault.\nPURPORT\nWhen a person is advanced in spiritual consciousness or Kr�f.la consciousness, he naturally becomes very sympathetic toward all living entities suffering in the material world. Naturally such an advanced person\nthinks of the suffering of the people in general. However, if one does not\nknow of the material sufferings of fallen souls and becomes sympathetic\nbecause of bodily comforts, as in the case of Bharata Maharaja, such sympathy or compassion is the cause of one's downfall. If one is actually\n\n", "SB5.1#p0305": "278\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\nsympathetic to fallen, suffering humanity, he should try to elevate people from material consciousness to spiritual consciousness. As far as the\ndeer was concerned, Bharata Maharaja became very sympathetic, but he\nforgot that it was impossible for him to elevate a deer to spiritual consciousness, because, after all, a deer is but an animal. It was very dangerous for Bharata Maharaja to sacrifice all his regulative principles simply\nto take care of an animal. The principles enunciated in Bhagavad-gita\nshould be followed. Yam hi na vyathayanty ete pur�arh pur�ar$abha.\nAs far as the material body is concerned, we cannot do anything for anyone. However, by the grace of l(r�I).a, we may raise a person to spiritual\nconsciousness if we ourselves follow the rules and regulations. If we give\nup our own spiritual activities and simply become concerned with the\nbodily comforts of others, we will fall into a dangerous position.\nTEXT 10\n\n;@ �: ijl'fl ��: �� ���i;rlf{\ngw(l3q� II �o II\nnunarh hy arya� sadhava upa§ama-filii� krpar:ta-suhrda evarhvidharthe svarthan api gurutaran upek$ante.\nnunam-indeed; hi-certainly; arya�-those who are advanced in\ncivilization; sadhava&-saintly persons; upa§ama sila&-even though\n-\n\ncompletely in the renounced order of life; krpa r:w suhrda�-the friends\nof the helpless; evarh-vidha-arthe-to execute such principles; sva-\n\narthan api-even their own personal interests; guru-taran-very important; �pek$ante-neglect.\nTRANSLATION\nEven though one is in the renounced order, one who is ad­\n\nvanced certainly feels compassion for suffering living entities. One\n\nshould certainly neglect his own personal interests, although they\n\nmay be very important, to protect one who has surrendered.\nPURPORT\n\nMaya is very strong. In the name of philanthropy, altruism and communism, people are feeling compassion for suffering humanity\n\n", "SB5.1#p0306": "Text 11]\n\n279\n\nThe Character of Bharata Maharaja\n\nthroughout the world. Philanthropists and altruists do not realize that it\nis impossible to improve people's material conditions. Material conditions\nare already established by the superior administration according to one's\n\nkarma. They cannot be changed. The only benefit we can render to\n\nsuffering beings is to try to raise them to spiritual consciousness.\nMaterial comforts cannot be increased or decreased. It is therefore said in\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (1.5.18), tal labhyate dul:z,khavad anyatal:z,\nsukham: \"As far as material happiness is concerned, that comes without\neffort, just as tribulations come without effort.\" Material happiness and\npain can be attained without endeavor. One should not bother for\nmaterial activities. If one is at all sympathetic or able to do good to others,\nhe should endeavor to raise people to Kr�I.la consciousness. In this way\neveryone advances spiritually by the grace of the Lord. For our instruction, Bharata Maharaja acted in such a way. We should be very careful\nnot to be misled by so-called welfare activities conducted in bodily terms.\nOne should not give up his interest in attaining the favor of Lord Vi�1.1u\nat any cost. Generally people do not know this, or they forget it. Consequently they sacrifice their original interest, the attainment of Vi�I.lu·s\nfavor, and engage in philanthropic activities for bodily comfort.\nTEXT 11\n\n� idi?J'tW 3TR1'1ijlt'11?;'1\\f1'1��\n��(l*'m� �II�� II\n\n�\n\n��\n\niti krtiinU$ailga iisana-sayaniiJana-sniiniiSaniid�u saha mrga-jahunii\nsnehiinubaddha-hrdaya iisit.\niti-thus;\n\nkrta-anU$ailga/:z,-having developed attachment: iisana­\n\nsitting; sayana-lying down; a.tana -walking ; sniina-bathing: iiSanaiid�u-while eating and so on; saha mrga-jahunii-with the deer calf:\n\nsneha-an u baddha - captivated by affection: hrdayal:z,-his heart: iisitbecame.\nTRANSLATION\nDue to attachment for the deer, Maharaja Bharata lay down with\nit, walked about with it, bathed with it and even ate with it. Thus\n\nhis heart became bound to the deer in affection.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0307": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n280\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 12\n\nni•'=qel�'fi�¥(�1���t(l{1Qlt ��m��1�\n�ij'lf.i{ � � (f��Jlt;r q;f �mrfu\n\nII � � II\n\nku5a-kusuma-samit-paliiSa-phala-mulodakany ahari$yamiir:w vrkasalavrkadibhyo bhayam ciSarhsamiino yadii saha harir:w-kuT}llkena vanarh\nsamiivi.Sati.\nku5a-a kind of grass required for ritualistic ceremonies; kusumaflowers;\nroots;\n\nsamit-firewood;\nudakani-and\n\npa/iiSa\n\nwater;\n\n-\n\nleaves;\n\np hala-mula\n\n-\n\nahar i-$yamiir:m- � -desiring\n\nfruits and\nto\n\ncollect;\n\nvrkasala-vrka-from wolves and dogs; adibhya � -and other animals,\n\nsuch as tigers; bhayam-fear; ciSarhsamana � -doubting; yada\n\nsaha-with;\n\nhariT}ll-kur:wkena-the deer calf;\n\n-\n\nwhen ;\n\nvanam-the forest;\n\nsamiivi.Sati -enters.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Maharaja Bharata wanted to enter the forest to collect\n\nkusa grass, flowers, wood, leaves, fruits, roots and water, he would\n\nfear that dogs, jackals, tigers and other ferocious animals might\n\nkill the deer. He would therefore always take the deer with him\nwhen entering the forest.\n\nPURPORT\nHow Maharaja Bharata increased his affection for the deer is described\nherein. Even such an exalted personality as Bharata Maharaja, who had\nattained loving affection for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, fell\ndown from his position due to his affection for some animal. Consequently, as will be seen, he had to accept the body of a deer in his next\nlife. Since this was the case with Bharata Maharaja, what can we say of\nthose who are not advanced in spiritual life but who become attached to\ncats and dogs? Due to their affection for their cats and dogs, they have to\ntake the same bodily forms in the next life unless they clearly increase\ntheir affection and love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Unless\nwe increase our faith in the Supreme Lord, we shall be attracted to many\nother things. That is the cause of our material bondage.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0308": "Text 13)\n\nThe Character of Bharata Maharaja\n\n281\n\nTEXT 13\n\nqf� � ��\n\nVI'\n\n�\n\nFl��f�SIOFI�{��:\n\n��1-\n\nffii�;:ifi� �Q�fH\\·�ffi ��m� trot�AI��I\npathi$u ca mugdha-bhiivena tatra tatra vi$akta-rnati-prar:wya-bharahrdaya/:L kiirpar:tyiit skandhenodvahati evam utsanga urasi\nciidhiiyopaliilayan mudam paramiim aviipa.\npathi$u-on the forest paths; ca-also; mugdha-bhiivena-by the\nchildish behavior of the deer; tatra tatra-here and there; vi$aktarnati-whose mind was too much attracted;\n\nprar:wya -with love;\n·\nbhara-loaded; hrdaya/:L -whose heart; kiirpa r:t yiit -because of affec­\n\ntion and love; skandhena-by the shoulder; udvahati-carries ; evamin this way; utsange\n\n-\n\nsometimes on the lap; urasi-on the chest while\n\nsleeping; ca-al so; adhaya -ke eping;\n\nupala layan -fondling :\n\nmudam -pleasure; paramiim-very great; avapa -he felt.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen entering the forest, the animal would appear very attractive to Maharaja Bharata due to its childish behavior. Maharaja\nBharata would even take the deer on his shoulders and carry it due\nto affection. His heart was so filled with great love for the deer that\nhe would sometimes keep it on his lap or, when sleeping, on his\nchest. In this way he felt great pleasure in fondling the animal.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Bharata left his home, wife, children. kingdom and everything else to advance his spiritual life in the forest, but again he fell victim to material affection due to his attachment to an insignificant pet\ndeer. What, then, was the use of his renouncing his family'? One who is\nserious in advancing his spiritual life should be very cautious not to\nbecome attached to anything but Krf?I:Ja. Sometimes. in order to preach.\nwe have to accept many material activities. but we should remember that\neverything is for Krf?I:Ja. If we remember this, there is no rhanre of our\nbeing victimized by material activities.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0309": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n282\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 14\n\n&ttP<If AeT�Ii11tl+i;:ij(�S�!1��1tO\n��WI+i�Rr ij� ql:f\nij' �: �fm:it� �ij'l ij�\n\n3ll� 31rol� �mt «fmij ij\n\n�(( � II � \\l II\nkriyiiyiirh nirvartyamiiniiyiim antariile 'py utthiiyotthaya yadainam\nabhicak$ita tar hi viiva sa var$a-pati}J prakrti-sthena manasii tasmii iiSi$a\nasiiste svasti stiid vatsa te sarvata iti.\nkriyiiyiim -the activities of worshiping the Lord or performing\nritualistic ceremonies; nirvartyamiinii yiim-even without finishing; an­\n\ntarii le -at intervals in the middle; api-although; utthaya utthiiyarepeatedly\n\ngett ing\n\nup;\n\nyad a\n\n-\n\nwhen;\n\nenam-the\n\ndeer\n\ncalf;\n\nabhicak$ita-would see; tarhi viiva-at that time; sa}:l,-he; var$apati}:I,-Maharaja Bharata; prakrti-sthena-happy; manasd-within his\nmind; tasmai-unto it; iiSi$a}:l, asiiste-bestows benedictions; svasti-all\nauspiciousness; stat-let there be; vatsa-0 my dear calf; te-unto you;\n\nsarvata}:l,-in all respects; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Maharaja Bharata was actually worshiping the Lord or was\n\nengaged in some ritualistic ceremony, although his activities were\n\nunfinished, he would still, at intervals, get up and see where the\n\ndeer was. In this way he would look for it, and when he could see\n\nthat the deer was comfortably situated, his mind and heart would\n\nhe very satisfied, and he would bestow his blessings upon the deer,\n\nsaying, \"My dear calf, may you he happy in all respects.\"\nPURPORT\n\nBecause his attraction for the deer was so intense, Bharata Maharaja\ncould not concentrate upon worshiping the Lord or performing his\nritualistic ceremonies. Even though he was engaged in worshiping the\nDeity, his mind was restless due to his inordinate affection. While trying\nto meditate, he would simply think of the deer, wondering where it had\ngone. In other words, if one's mind is distracted from worship, a mere\n\n", "SB5.1#p0310": "Text\n\n15]\n\nThe Character of Bharata Maharaja\n\n283\n\nshow of worship will not be of any benefit. The fact that Bharata Maharaja had to get up at intervals to look for the deer was simply a sign that\nhe had fallen down from the spiritual platform.\nTEXT\n\n15\n\n��C(I �Qf'bc+t¥11 ;f!��UI (� �; ij�Ull{fmNuJ\n�ftot� fmfir;ij'c:>�«�•q� '��:q�� ���\n�RI �en:q II ��II\nanyada bhrsam udvigna-manii ru:L$!a-dravir:w iva krpar:w/:t\nsakarur:wm ati-tar�er:w harir:w-kur:wka-viraha-vihvala-hrdaya-santapas\ntam evanu5ocan kila kaSmalam mahad abhirambhita iti hovaca.\nanyada-sometimes (not seeing the calf); bhrsam-very much; udvigna manii/:t-his mind full of anxiety; ru:L$!a-dravir:wft-who has lost\n-\n\nhis riches;\n\niva-li k e;\n\nkrpar:ta/:t-a miserly man; sa-karur:tam­\n\npiteously; ati-tar�er:w-with great anxiety; harir:w-kur:wka-from the\ncalf of the deer; viraha-by separation; vihvala-agitated; hrdaya-in\nmind or heart; santapab,-whose affliction; tam-that calf; eva-only:\nanu5ocan-continuously thinking of; ki!a-certainly; kaSmalam-illusion; mahat-very great; abhirambhitab,-obtained; iti-thus: hacertainly; uvaca-said.\nTRANSLATION\nIf Bharata Maharaja sometimes could not see the deer, his mind\nwould be very agitated. He would become like a miser, who,\nhaving obtained some riches, had lost them and had then become\nvery unhappy. When the deer was gone, he would be filled with\nanxiety and would lament due to separation. Thus he would\nbecome illusioned and speak as follows.\nPURPORT\n\nIf a poor man loses some money or gold, he at once becomes very agitated. Similarly, the mind of Maharaja Bharata would become agitated\nwhen he did not see the deer. This is an example of how our allachment\n\n", "SB5.1#p0311": "284\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\ncan be transferred. If our attachment is transferred to the Lord's service,\n\nwe progress. Sr!la Rupa Gosvaml prayed to the Lord that he would be as\n\nnaturally attracted to the Lord's service as young men and young women\n\nare naturally attracted to each other. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu exhibited\n\nsuch attachment to the Lord when He jumped into the ocean or cried at\nnight in separation. However, if our attachment is diverted to material\n\nthings instead of to the Lord, we will fall down from the spiritual\n\nplatform.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n3tA iRt � � � �IJfirlm �ftuftti�� +4+41��4� �6f?ti(ld+4�(tdtitdQ �� 31Rlf�� d�M•Iot� tJ�;:r �'41•1f¥l�RI\n����II\napi bata sa vai krpar:w er:w,-balako mrta-harir;-i-suto 'ho mamiinaryasya\nsa!ha-kiriita-mater akrta-sukrtasya krta-visrambha iitma-pratyayena\ntad avigar:w,yan sujana ivagami$yati.\napi-indeed; bata-alas; sa�-that calf; vai-certainly; krpar:w�­\n\naggrieved; e7Ja-balaka�-the deer child; mrta-harirJi-suta�-the calf of\nthe dead doe; aho-oh; mama-of me;\n\naniiryasya-the most ill­\n\nbehaved; sa!ha-of a cheater; kiriita-or of an uncivilized aborigine;\n\nmate�-whose mind is that; akrta-sukrtasya-who has no p ious ackrta-visrambha�-putting all faith; iitma-pratyayena-by\n\ntivities;\n\nassuming me to be like himself; tat avigar:w,yan-without thinking of all\n\nthese things; su-jana� iva-like a perfect gentle person; agami$yati­\n\nwill he again return.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBharata Maharaja would think: Alas, the deer is now helpless. I\nam\n\nnow very unfortunate, and my mind is like a cunning hunter,\n\nfor it is always filled with cheating propensities and cruelty. The\n\ndeer has put its faith in me, just as a good man who has a natural\ninterest in good behavior forgets the misbehavior of a cunning\n\nfriend and puts his faith in him. Although I have proved faithless,\n\nwill this deer return and place its faith in me?\n\n", "SB5.1#p0312": "Text 17)\n\nThe Character of Bharata Mah�aja\n\n285\n\nPURPORT\nBharata Maharaja was very noble and exalted, and therefore when the\ndeer was absent from him he thought himself unworthy to give it protection. Due to his attachment for the animal, he thought that the animal\nwas as noble and exalted as he himself was. According to the logic of iitmavan manyate jagat, everyone thinks of others according to his own\nposition. Therefore Maharaja Bharata felt that the deer had left him due\nto his negligence and that due to the animal's noble heart, it would again\nreturn.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n3TN�on��t�'\"WAijtqlfUI ��gtd n�q ����II\napi k$emer:uisminn asramopavane SCL§piiTJ-i carantarh deva-guptam drak$yiimi.\napi-it may be; k$eme1}-a-with fearlessness because of the absence of\ntigers and other animals; asmin-in this; asrama-upavane-garden of\nthe hermitage; sa§piiTJ-i carantam\n\n-\n\nwalking and eating the soft grasses:\n\ndeva-guptam-being protected by the demigods; drak$yiimi-shall I\nsee.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlas, is it possible that I shall again see this animal protected by\nthe Lord and fearless of tigers and other animals? Shall I again see\nhim wandering in the garden eating soft grass?\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Bharata thought that the animal was disappointed in his protection and had left him for the protection of a demigod. Regardless. he\nardently desired to see the animal again within his asrama eating the soft\ngrass and not fearing tigers and other animals. Maharaja Bharata could\nthink only of the deer and how the animal could be protected from all\nkinds of inauspicious things. From the materialistic point of view. such\nkind thoughts may be very laudable. but from the spiritual point of view\n\n", "SB5.1#p0313": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n286\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\nthe King was actually falling from his exalted spiritual position and unnecessarily becoming attached to an animal. Thus degrading himself, he\nwould have to accept an animal body.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�net't'fit�� �u ���H ���u en �\napi ca na vrka� salii-vrko 'nyatamo va naika-cara eka-caro va bhak$ayati.\napi ca-or; na-not; vrka�-a wolf; salii-vrka�-a dog; anyatama�-any one of many; va-or; na-eka-cara�-the hogs that flock\ntogether; eka cara�\n-\n\n-\n\nthe tiger that wanders alone; va-or; bhak­\n\n$ayati-is eating (the poor creature).\n\nTRANSLATION\nI do not know, hut the deer might have been eaten by a wolf or a\n\ndog or by the boars that flock together or the tiger who travels\n\nalone.\n\nPURPORT\nTigers never wander in the forest in flocks. Each tiger wanders alone,\nbut forest boars keep together. Similarly, hogs, wolves and dogs also do\nthe same. Thus Maharaja Bharata thought that the deer had been killed\nby some of the many ferocious animals within the forest.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�� � �Fl. ij�e�·•���q(ftltl��t1mN � ;r\n� 3l�Rr II� �II\nnimlocati ha bhagavan sakala-jagat-k$emodayas trayy-atmiidyapi\nmama na mrga-vadhu-nyasa agacchati.\n\n�\n\n", "SB5.1#p0314": "287\n\nThe Character of Bharata Maharaja\n\nText 20]\n\nnimlocati-sets; ha-alas; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, represented as the sun; sakala-jagat-of all the universe;\n\n�ema udaya& -who increases the auspiciousness; tray i-atma-who\n-\n\nconsists of the three Vedas; adya api -until now; mama-my; na-not;\n\nmrga va dh u nyasa& -this baby deer entrusted to me by its mother;\n-\n\n-\n\nagacc hati-has come back.\nTRANSLATION\nAlas, when the sun rises, all auspicious things begin. Unfortunately, they have not begun for me. The sun-god is the Vedas\npersonified, but I am bereft of all Vedic principles. That sun-god is\nnow setting, yet the poor animal who trusted in me since its\nmother died has not returned.\nPURPORT\nIn the Brahma-samhita (5.52), the sun is described as the eye of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nyac-ca�ur e$a savita sakala-graha1}iim\nraja samasta-sura-milrtir ase$a-teja&\nyasyajiiaya bhramati sambhrta-kala-cakro\ngavindam adi-purU$arh tam aham bhajami\nAs the sun arises, one should chant the Vedic mantra beginning with the\nGayatrl. The sun is the symbolic representation of the eyes of the\nSupreme Lord. Maharaja Bharata lamented that although the sun was\ngoing to set, due to the poor animal's absence, he could not find anything\nauspicious. Bharata Maharaja considered himself most unfortunate. for\ndue to the animal's absence, there was nothing auspicious for him in the\npresence of the sun.\nTEXT 20\n\natfqr\\<4�t1t!'fi IU'Wt\n�\ntiROHii:itf'OU\nti{iil�t�Rf\n�M�G:�ttil�M��f?t;ft�� ��l+iq?!G:i II� II\no\n\n", "SB5.1#p0315": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n288\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\napi svid akrta-sukrtam iigatya miirh sukhayi§yati hari1}£L-riija-kumiiro\nvividha-rucira-darsaniya-nija-mrga-daraka-vinodair asanto$arh\nsviinam apanudan.\napi svit-whether it will; akrta-sukrtam-who has never executed\np ious activities; agatya- comi n g back; miim-to me;\nsukhayi§yati-give pleasure; hari1}£L-riija-kumiira�-the deer, who was\n\na ny\n\njust like a prince because of my taking care of it exactly like a son;\nvividha-various; r ucira-very pleasing; darsaniya-to be seen; nijaown;\n\nmrga-daraka-befitting the calf of the deer; vinodai�-by\n\npleasing activities; asanto$am-the unhappiness; sviinam-of his own\nkind; apanudan-driving away.\nTRANSLATION\nThat deer is exactly like a prince. When will it return? When\n\nwill it again display its personal activities, which are so pleasing?\n\nWhen will it again pacify a wounded heart like mine? I certainly\n\nmust have no pious assets, otherwise the deer would have returned\nby now.\n\nPURPORT\nOut of strong affection, the King accepted the small deer as if it were a\nprince. This is called moha. Due to his anxiety over the deer's absence,\nthe King addressed the animal as though it were his son. Out of affection,\nanyone can be addressed as anything.\nTEXT 21\n\n��fiji!fit�f m �qaelftfilwnsslilfijilt� �\n�\n«pRq(itl�•uoniot � II � � II\n\n:q�ij:q�\n\nk$velikayiirh miirh mr$ii-samii dhinamilita-drsarh prema-sarhrambhe1}£L\ncakita-cakita agatya pr$ad-aparU$a-vi$iirilgrer:ta lu.thati.\nk$ velikaya m- whi1e playing; miim-unto me; mr$ ii- feigning;\nsamiidhina-by a meditational trance; am ilita-drsam-with closed eyes;\n\n", "SB5.1#p0316": "Text\n\n22]\n\n289\n\nThe Character of Bharata Maharaj a\n\nprema sa mram bhe�-because of anger due to love; cakita-cakita/:t-\n\nwith fear; agatya-coming; pr�at -like drops of water; apar�a-very\nsoft; v�a�-of the horns; agre�-by the point; lu!hati-touches my\nbody.\nTRANSLATION\nAlas, the small deer, while playing with me and seeing me\nfeigning meditation with closed eyes, would circumambulate me\ndue to anger arising from love, and it would fearfully touch me\nwith the points of its soft horns, which felt like drops of water.\nPURPORT\nNow King Bharata considers his meditation false. While engaged in\nmeditation, he was actually thinking of his deer, and he would feel great\npleasure when the animal pricked him with the points of its horns.\nFeigning meditation, the King would actually think of the animal. and\nthis was but a sign of his downfall.\nTEXT\n\n22\n\n3ll ���wA ifftA' �� ¥P�1q��$m lit�:\nSU:Nfi¥41(�'4ftiji$(Uii!5� 31� II � � II\nasadita-hav�i barh�i du�ite mayopalabdho bh'ita-bhita/:t sapady\nuparata-rasa r�i-kumiiravad avahita-kara�-kaliipa aste.\nasadita-placed; hav�i-all the ingredients to be offered in the\nsacrifice; barh�i-on the ku§a grass; dU§ite-when polluted: maya\n\nupalabd ha/:t-being\n\nscolded\n\nby\n\nme;\n\nsapad i-immediately; uparata rasa/:t\n-\n\n-\n\nbhita-bhita/:t-in\n\ngreat\n\nfear:\n\nstopped its playing: r�i-kumiira­\n\nvat-ex actly like the son or disciple of a saintly person: avahita-completely restrained; kara�-ka lapa/:t-all the senses: aste-sits.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen I placed all the sacrificial ingredients on the kusa grass,\nthe deer, when playing, would touch the grass with its teeth and\n\n", "SB5.1#p0317": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n290\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\nthus pollute it. When I chastised the deer by pushing it away, it\nwould immediately become fearful and sit down motionless, exactly like the son of a saintly person. Thus it would stop its play.\n\nPURPORT\nBharata Maharaja was constantly thinking of the activities of the deer,\nforgetting that such meditation and diversion of attention was killing his\nprogress in spiritual achievement.\n\nTEXT 23\n\nHi en �\n\natRfta\n\naqeqM�t;p;n\n\n�Fd>i�t'l€4f.:l:\n\n(iR��itUi(i1<6��6�6<tJ+t•IRI€46'It<CHf3<q«s:qfl:�ut ft�lti<@l\niqiil@l\n\n'PI\n\n�� &:'1:14�41�1\" � �: i6�ij€fl\nfl:slr�f ���Ptr�i�t4ift'Jt;f�l����\nkim va are acaritarh tapas tapasvinyanaya yad iyam avani�\nsavinaya-kr�r:m-sara-tanaya-tanutara-subhaga-sivatamakhara-khurapada-panktibhir dravir:w,-vidhuraturasya krpar:msya mama dravir:w,padav'irh silcayanty atmanarh ca sarvata� krta-kautukarh dvijanarh\nsvargapavarga-kamanarh deva-yajanarh karoti.\nkim\n\nva-what;\n\nare-oh;\n\nacaritam-practiced;\n\ntapa!J,-penance;\n\ntapasvinya-by the most fortunate; anaya-this planet earth; yat­\n\nsince; iyam-this; avani !t-ear th; sa-vinaya-very mild and wellbehaved; kr�r:m-sara-ta.naya-of the calf of the black deer; tanutarasmall; subhaga-beautiful; siva-tama-most auspicious; akhara-soft;\nkhura-of the hooves; pada-panktibhi�-by the series of the marks;\ndravir:w,-vidhura-aturasya-who is very aggrieved because of loss of\nwealth; krpar:w,sya-a most unhappy creature; mama-for me; dravir:w,-padav'im-the way to achieve that wealth; sucayanti-indicating ;\natmanam-her own personal body; ca-and ; sarvata�-on all sides;\nkrta-kautukam-ornamented; dvijanam-of the brahmar:w,s; svargaapavarga-kamanam-who are desirous of achieving heavenly planets or\n\n", "SB5.1#p0318": "Text 24]\n\nThe Character of Bharata Maharaja\n\n291\n\nliberation; deva-yajanam-a place of sacrifice to the demigods; karotiit makes.\nTRANSLATION\nMter speaking like a madman in this way, Maharaja Bharata got\nup and went outside. Seeing the footprints of the deer on the\nground, he praised the footprints out of love, saying: 0 unfortunate Bharata, your austerities and penances are very insignificant\ncompared to the penance and austerity undergone by this earth\nplanet. Due to the earth's severe penances, the footprints of this\ndeer, which are small, beautiful, most auspicious and soft, are imprinted on the surface of this fortunate planet. This series of\nfootprints show a person like me, who am bereaved due to loss of\nthe deer, how the animal has passed through the forest and how I\ncan regain my lost wealth. By these footprints, this land has\nbecome a proper place for briihmai_las wh'o desire heavenly planets\nor liberation to execute sacrifices to the demigods.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that when a person becomes overly involved in loving affairs.\nhe forgets himself as well as others, and he forgets how to act and how to\nspeak. It is said that once when a man's son was blind since birth. the\nfather, out of staunch affection for the child, named him Padmalocana.\nor \"lotus-eyed.\" This is the situation arising from blind love. Bharata\nMaharaja gradually fell into this condition due to his material love for\n\nthe deer. It is said in the smrti-siistra:\n\nyasmin dese mrga/:£ kmms\ntasmin dharmiinn ivodhata\n\"That tract of land wherein the footprints of a black deer can be seen is\nto be understood as a suitable place to execute religious rituals.\"\"\nTEXT 24\n\n3l�«t �rrt1�m�;i �{f+itflril(l'tm\n�'tqRRt't�40l4tfl f)qUI:£1'1€tfl�?S: qf(� 11�\\lll\n\n", "SB5.1#p0319": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n292\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\napi svid asau bhagavan uc;lu-patir enarh mrga-pati-bhayan mrtamatararh mrga-balakarh svasrama-paribhrQ.$.tam anukampaya krpar:wjana-vatsala/:t paripati.\napi svit-can it be; asau-that; bhagavan-most powerful; uc;lupati/:t- the moon; enam-this; mrga-pati-bhayat-because of fear of\nthe lion; mrta-mataram-who lost its mother; mrga balakam-the son\n-\n\nof a deer; sva-asrama-paribhrQ.$tam-who strayed from its asrama;\n\nanukampaya-out of compassion; krpar:w-jana-vatsalaft-(the moon)\nwho is very kind to the unhappy men; paripati-now is protecting it.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Bharata continued to speak like a madman. Seeing\n\nabove his head the dark marks on the rising moon, which\nresembled a deer, he said: Can it he that the moon, who is so kind\n\nto an unhappy man, might also he kind upon my deer, knowing\n\nthat it has strayed from home and has become motherless? This\n\nmoon has given the deer shelter near itself just to protect it from\n\nthe fearful attacks of a lion.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�S�&(\\iiR-$1�«it �f��q(ftftillwt'C(�\\>.R'Swt\nmwnt6'Pnm NRR:�.�··•gfGJ((f.htiit(wtsR1�'l�:\n\nft\n\n�\\A� !if II ��II\nkim vatmaja-viSle§a-jvara-dava-dahana-sikhabhir upatapyamanahrdaya-sthala-nalinikaljt mam upasrta-mrgi-tanayarh siSirasantanuraga-gur:tita-nija-vadana-salilamrtamaya-gabhastibhi/:t\nsvadhayatiti ca.\nkim va-or it may be; atma-ja-from the son; viSle§a-because of\nseparation;\n\njvara-the heat;\n\ndava-dahana-of the forest fire;\n\nsikhabhi/:t-by the flames; upa tapyamana-being burned; hrdaya\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nheart; sthala-nalinikam-compared to a red lotus flower; mam-unto\nme; upasrta-mrgi:-tanayam-to whom the son of the deer was so sub-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0320": "Text 26)\n\nThe Character of Bharata Maharaja\n\n293\n\nmissive; si.Sira-santa-which is so peaceful and cool; anuraga-out of\nlove; gu �ita-Bowing ; nija-vadana-salila-the water from its mouth;\n\namrta-maya-as good as nectar; gabhastibhi�-by the rays of the\nmoon; svadhayati-is giving me pleasure; iti-thus; ca-and.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter perceiving the moonshine, Maharaja Bharata continued\nspeaking like a crazy person. He said: The deer's son was so submissive and dear to me that due to its separation I am feeling separation from my own son. Due to the burning fever of this separation, I am suffering as if enflamed by a forest fire. My heart, which\nis like the lily of the land, is now burning. Seeing me so distressed,\nthe moon is certainly splashing its shining nectar upon me just as a\nfriend throws water on another friend who has a high fever. In\nthis way, the moon is bringing me happiness.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Ayur-vedic treatment, it is said that if one has a high\nfever, someone should splash him with water after gargling this water.\nIn this way the fever subsides. Although Bharata Maharaja was very aggrieved due to the separation of his so-called son, the deer, he thought\nthat the moon was splashing gargled water on him from its mouth and\nthat this water would subdue his high fever, which was raging due to\nseparation from the deer.\n\nTEXT 26\n\nl(f.4+lil�+\\IWI'Iill(t41t�\\+\\tl\n�•n<wtUiiji �:\n�<JOO\n\n��\n\n�\n\n�+\\1(�1�\n�mm\n\nl!\\IJliut$ 3l1Q:\n\n�\n\n��crml\n\nmaJIAI:�ijsc�ql!RT�\nstlifQR���'il«�•�\nij�f.4+4�<�� qltll(i41CJt�\n�\nijtlf\"�Wtur�sftultt�I�WII3'ful��\n3fRitt+lR:Rcw{J;f� �Rl¥+4: �: �� suqQ<t ������\n\n", "SB5.1#p0321": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n294\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\nevam agha!amiina-manorathakula-hrdayo mrga-darakabhiisena\nsvarabdha-karmaT)ii yogarambha7J11to vibhramsita� sa yoga-tapaso\nbhagavad-aradhana-lak$ar:Wc ca katham itaratha jaty-antara e7J11ku7J11ka asanga� sak$an ni/:!Sreyasa-pratipak$ataya prak-parityaktadustyaja-hrdayabhijatasya tasyaivam antaraya-vihatayogarambha7J11Sya rajar�er bharatasya tavan mrgarbhaka-po�a7J11palana-pri7J11na-lalanan�aitgeT)iiviga7J1lyata atmiinam ahir ivakhubilam duratikrama� kala� karala-rabhasa apadyata.\nevam-in that way; agha!amiina-impossible to be achieved;\nmana�-rat ha-by desires, which are like mental chariots; akula -aggrieved; h rdaya�-whose heart; mrga-daraka-ab hiisena-resembling\nthe son of a deer; sva-arabdha-karmaT)ii-by the bad results of his unseen fruitive actions; yoga-arambha7J11ta�-from the activities of yoga\nperformances;\n\nvibhramsita�-fallen\n\ndown;\n\nsa�-he\n\n(Maharaja\n\nBharata); yoga- tap as a�-executing the activities of mystic yoga and\nausterities; bhagavat-aradhana-lak$aT)iit-from the activities of devotional service rendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; caand;\n\nkatham-how; itaratha -else; jati-antare -belonging to a\n\ndifferent species of life; e7J11-ku7J11ke-to the body of a deer calf;\n\nasarig a�-so much affectionate attachment; sak�at -directly;\nni/:!Sreyasa-to achieve the ultimate goal of life; pratipak$ataya-with\nthe quality of being an obstacle; prak-who previously; parityaktagiven up; dustyaja-although very difficult to give up; hrdaya-abhijatasya-his sons, born of his own heart; tasya-of him; evam thus ;\n-\n\nantaraya-by that obstacle; vihata-obstructed; yoga-arambha7J11Syawhose path of executing the mystic yoga practices; raja-r�e�-of the\ngreat saintly King; bharatasya-of Maharaja Bharata; tavat-in that\nway; mrga-arbhaka-.the son of a deer; po�a7J11-in maintaining;\npalana-in protecting;\n\nprir:tana-in making happy; lalana-in\nfondling; anu�ariger:ta-by constant absorption; avigar:tayata�neglecting; atmiinam-his own soul; ahi� iva-like a serpent; akhubilam-the hole of a mouse; duratikrama�-unsurpassable; kala�ultimate death; karala-terrible; rabhasa�-having speed; apadyataarrived.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: My dear King, in this way Bharata\nMaharaja was overwhelmed by an uncontrollable desire which was\n\n", "SB5.1#p0322": "Text 26)\n\nThe Character of Bharata Maharaja\n\n295\n\nmanifest in the form of the deer. Due to the fruitive results of his\npast deeds, he fell down from mystic yoga, austerity and worship\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If it were not due to his\npast fruitive activity, how could he have been attracted to the deer\nafter giving up the association of his own son and family, considering them stumbling blocks on the path of spiritual life? How\ncould he show such uncontrollable affection for a deer? This was\ndefinitely due to his past karma. The King was so engrossed in\npetting and maintaining the deer that he fell down from his\nspiritual activities. In due course of time, insurmountable death,\nwhich is compared to a venomous snake that enters the hole created by a mouse, situated itself before him.\n\nPURPORT\nAs will be seen in later verses, Bharata Maharaja, at the time of death,\nwould be forced to accept the body of a deer due to his attraction for the\ndeer. In this regard, a question may be raised. How can a devotee be\naffected by his past misconduct and vicious activities? In Brahmasarhhita (5.54) it is said, karmiir:ti nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhajam:\n\"For those engaged in devotional service, bhakti-bhajana, the results of\npast deeds are indemnified.\" According to this, Bharata Maharaja could\nnot be punished for his past misdeeds. The conclusion must be that\nMaharaja Bharata purposefully became over-addicted to the deer and\nneglected his spiritual advancement. To immediately rectify his mistake.\nfor a short time he was awarded the body of a deer. This was just to increase his desire for mature devotional service. Although Bharata\nMaharaja was awarded the body of an animal, he did not forget what had\npreviously happened due to his purposeful mistake. He was very anxious\nto get out of his deer body, and this indicates that his affection for devotional service was intensified, so much so that he was quickly to attain\nperfection in a brahmar:ta body in the next life. It is with this conviction\nthat we declare in our Back to Godhead magazine that devotees like the\ngosvami:s living in Vfndavana who purposely commit some sinful activity\nare born in the bodies of dogs, monkeys and tortoises in that holy land.\nThus they take on these lower life forms for a short while. and after they\ngive up those animal bodies, they are again promoted to the spiritual\nworld. Such punishment is only for a short period. and it is not due to\n\n", "SB5.1#p0323": "[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n296\n\npast karma. It may appear to be due to past karma, but it is offered to\nrectify the devotee and bring him to pure devotional service.\nTEXT 27\n\n�;furiq 'Ott.fti•un��lmfR�finraoo aft JIITtOOfil�f�ij1{Wff f.�tr �fijtf «( �IJf �t � WI �Cf;:{fl{l��RI­\n\n((a(�����fuir�'N II ��II\ntadanfm api parsva-vartinam atmajam ivanu§ocantam abhivf/cyamarw\nmrga evabhinivesita-manii visrjya lokam imam saha mrger:r-a kalevaram\nmrtam anu na mrta-janmiinusmrtir itaravan mrga-sarfram avapa.\ntadanfm-at that time; api-indeed ; parsva-vartinam-by the side of\nhis deathbed;\nlamenting;\n\natma-jam-his own son;\n\nabhivf/cyamar:r-ab,-seeing;\n\niva-l ik e;\n\nanu§ocantam­\n\nmrge-in the deer; eva-cer­\n\ntainly; abhinivesita-maniib,-his mind was absorbed; visrjya-giving\nup;\n\nlokam-world;\n\nima m-this;\n\nkalevaram-his body;\nmrta-destroyed;\n\nsaha-with ;\n\nmrtam-died;\n\nmrger:r-u-the\n\ndeer;\n\nanu-thereafter; na-not;\n\njan ma-anusmrtib,-remembrance\n\nof the\n\nincident\n\nbefore his death; itara-vat-like others; mrga-sarfram-the body of a\ndeer; avapa-got.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the time of death, the King saw that the deer was sitting by\nhis side, exactly like his own son, and was lamenting his death. Actually the mind of the King was absorbed in the body of the deer,\nand consequently-like those bereft of Kr�l).a consciousness-he\nleft the world, the deer, and his material body and acquired the\nbody of a deer. However, there was one advantage. Although he\nlost his human body and received the body of a deer, he did not\nforget the incidents of his past life.\nPURPORT\nThere was a difference between Bharata Maharaja's ac quiring a deer\nbody and others' acquiring different bodies according to their mental\n\n", "SB5.1#p0324": "Text 28]\n\nThe Character of Bharata Maharaja\n\n297\n\ncondition at the time of death. After death, others forget everything that\nhas happened in their past lives, but Bharata Maharaja did not forget.\nAccording to Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nyam yam vapi smaran bhavam\ntyajaty ante kalevaram\ntam tam evaiti kaunteya\nsada tad-bhava-bhavita�\n\"Whatever state of being one remembers when he quits his body, that\nstate he will attain without fail.\" (Bg. 8.6)\nAfter quitting his body, a person gets another body according to his\nmental condition at the time of death. At death, a person always thinks of\nthat subject matter in which he has been engrossed during his life. According to this law, because Bharata Maharaja was always thinking of the\ndeer and forgetting his worship of the Supreme Lord, he acquired the\nbody of a deer. However, due to his having been elevated to the topmost\nplatform of devotional service, he did not forget the incidents of his past\nlife. This special benediction saved him from further deterioration. Due\nto his past activities in devotional service, he became determined to\nfinish his devotional service even in the body of a deer. It is therefore\nsaid in this verse, mrtam, although he had died, anu, afterwards, na\n\nmrta-janmiinusmrtir itaravat, he did not forget the incidents of his past\nlife as others forget them. As stated in Brahma-samhitii: karmiir:ti nir­\n\ndahati kintu ca bhakti-bhajiim (Bs. 5.54). It is proved herein that due to\nthe grace of the Supreme Lord, a devotee is never vanquished. Due to his\nwillful neglect of devotional service, a devotee may be punished for a\nshort time, but he again revives his devotional service and returns home.\nback to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 28\nij;flfit � en �;it ��=l� lf•l�a:H:I1:Ft6�iil�'1�\n��.Tfi�ijQf� � ����\"\ntatriipi ha vii iitmano mrgatva-karar:tam bhagavad-iiradhanasamihiinubhaveniinusmrtya bhrsam anutapyamiina aha.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0325": "298\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\ntatra ap�-m that birth;\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\nha va-indeed; atman.a/1.-of himself;\n\nmrgatva-karar:wm-the cause of accepting the body of a deer; bhagavataradhana-samfha -of\n\npast\n\nactivities\n\nin\n\ndevotional\n\nse rv1ce;\n\nanubhavena-by consequence; anusmrtya-re membering; bhrsamalways; anutapyaman.a/1.-repenting; aha-said.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough in the body of a deer, Bharata Maharaja, due to his\n\nrigid devotional service in his past life, could understand the cause\n\nof his birth in that body. Considering his past and present life, he\n\nconstantly repented his activities, speaking in the following way.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a special concession for a devotee. Even if he attains a body that\nis nonhuman, by the grace of the Supreme Personality of Godhead he advances further in devotional service, whether by remembering his past\nlife or by natural causes. It is not easy for a common man to remember\nthe activities of his past life, but Bharata Maharaja could remember his\npast activities due to his great sacrifices and engagement in devotional\nservice.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n� m �S&4il�41*1111�¥:4·-a�e..(ij('l'fi·� N��0<4I(O���T� m�f.l ('l\"�ttl4il�;f � tnij�il' ���«l�l��(olf�'il�«��tiR\n�\n('I\"��\n('l\"qfl� ��WI 41� ��4i�HT�'l{JQ� qft� II�Q_,II\naho ka$tam bhr�!o 'ham atmavatam anupathad yad-vimukta-samastasarigasya vivikta-puTJyiirarJya-sarar:wsyatmavata iitmani sarve$iim\niitmaniim bhagavati viisudeve tad-anu§ravar:w-mananasarikfrtaniiriidhaniinusmaralJdbhiyogenMunya-sakala-yiimena kalena\nsamavesitam samahitam kartsnyena manas tat tu punar\nmamabudhasyaran mrga-sutam anu parisusriiva.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0326": "Text 29]\n\nThe Character of Bharata Maharaja\n\n299\n\naha ka$!am-a1as, what a miserable condition of life; bhr�!a/:1.fallen;\n\naham-I\n\n(am);\n\ntitma-vattim-of great devotees who have\n\nachieved perfection; anupathtit-from the way of life; yat-from\nwhich; vimukta-samasta-sangasya-although having given up the association of my real sons and home; vivikta-solitary; pu�ya-ara�ya-of\na sacred forest; sara�ya-who had taken shelter; titma-vata/:1.-o£ one\nwho had become perfectly situated on the transcendental platform; titmani-in the Supersoul; sarve$tim-of all; titmantim-living entities;\nbhagavati-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vtisudeve-Lord\nVasudeva; tat-of Him; anU.Srava�-constantly hearing; mananat h i n k i n g ; s ankir t a n a - c h a n t i n g ; ti r ti d h a n a - w o r s h i p i n g ;\nanusmara�-constantly remembering; abhiyogena-by absorption in;\na§unya-filled; sakala-yamena-in which all the hours; ktilena-by\ntime; samavesitam-fully established; samahitam-fixed; ktirtsnyena-totally; mana/:1.-the mind in such a situation; tat-that mind;\ntu-but; puna/:1.-again; mama-of me; abudhasya-a great fool;\ntirtit-from a great distance; mrga-sutam-the son of a deer; anubeing affected by; parisusniva-fell down.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the body of a deer, Bharata Maharaja began to lament: What\nmisfortune! I have fallen from the path of the self-realized. I gave\nup my real sons, wife and home to advance in spiritual life, and I\ntook shelter in a solitary holy place in the forest. I became selfcontrolled and self-realized, and I engaged constantly in devotional\n\nservice,\n\nhearing,\n\nthinking,\n\nchanting,\n\nworshiping\n\nand\n\nremembering the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva. I\nwas successful in my attempt, so much so that my mind was always\nabsorbed in devotional service. However, due to my personal\nfoolishness, my mind again became attached-this time to a deer.\nNow I have obtained the body of a deer and have fallen far from\nmy devotional practices.\nPURPORT\n\nDue to his stringent execution of devotional service. Maharaja Bharata\ncould remember the activities of his past life and how he was raised to\n\n", "SB5.1#p0327": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n300\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\nthe spiritual platform. Due to his foolishness, he became attached to an\n\ninsignificant deer and thus fell down and had to accept the body of a\n\ndeer. This is significant for every devotee. If we misuse our position and\n\nthink that we are fully engaged in devotional service and can do\nwhatever we like, we have to suffer like Bharata Maharaja and be con­\n\ndemned to accept the type of body that impairs our devotional service.\n\nOnly the human form is able to execute devotional service, but if we\n\nvoluntarily give this up for sense gratification, we certainly have to be\npunished. This punishment is not exactly like that endured by an ordi­\n\nnary materialistic person. By the grace of the Supreme Lord, a devotee is\n\npunished in such a way that his eagerness to attain the lotus feet of Lord\n\nVasudeva is increased. By his intense desire, he returns home in the next\nlifetime.\n\nDevotional\n\nservice\n\nis\n\nvery\n\ncompletely\n\ndescribed\n\nhere:\n\ntad-anu§rava�-manana-sankirtaniiradhaniinusmara�bhiyogena. The\n\nconstant hearing and chanting of the glories of the Lord is recommended\n\nin Bhagavad-gitii: satatam kirtayanto miim yatanta.S ca drt;lha-vratii/:t.\n\nThose who have taken to ��i;la consciousness should be very careful that\n\nnot a single moment is wasted and that not a single moment is spent\n\nwithout chanting and remembering the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nand His activities. By His own actions and by the actions of His devotees,\n\n���a teaches us how to become cautious in devotional service. Through\n\nthe medium of Bharata Maharaja, ��Q.a teaches us that we must be\ncareful in the discharge of devotional service. If we want to keep our\nminds completely fixed without deviation, we must engage them in devo­\n\ntional service full time. As far as the members of the International\n\nSociety for Krishna Consciousness are concerned, they have sacrificed\n\neverything to push on this K:r�Q.a consciousness movement. Yet they must\n\ntake a lesson from the life of Bharata Maharaja to be very cautious and to\n\nsee that not a single moment is wasted in frivolous talk, sleep or\n\nvoracious eating. Eating is not prohibited, but if we eat voraciously we\n\nshall certainly sleep more than required. Sense gratification ensues, and\nwe may be degraded to a lower life form. In that way our spiritual\n\nprogress may be checked at least for the time being. The best course is to\n\ntake the advice of Srlla Riipa Gosvaml: avyartha-kalatvam. We should\n\nsee that every moment of our lives is utilized for the rendering of devo­\n\ntional service and nothing else. This is the secure position for one\nwanting to return home, back to Godhead.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0328": "Text 30]\n\n301\n\nThe Character of Bharata Maharaja\nTEXT 30\n\n���� fril{�f� f�\n�iJ��'t�O�M•Ioi�Md �� ����� Cf;I��HRwttiSfttl{ I I � o II\nity evarh nigillj.ha-nirvedo visrjya mrgirh miitararh punar bhagavat�etram upa5ama-sila-muni-ga1J11-dayitarh siilagriimarh pulastyapulahiiSramarh kiilanjariit pratyiijagiima.\niti-thus; evam-in this way;\n\nnig u{iha-hidden; nirveda � comvisrjya-giving up; mrgimthe deer; miitaram-its mother; puna� -again; bhagavat-�et,=am-the\nplace where the Supreme Lord is worshiped; upa§ama sila completely\ndetached from all material attachments; muni-ga1Jll-dayitam-which is\ndear to the great saintly residents; siilagriimam the village known as\nSalagrama; pulastya-pulaha-asramam-to the asrama conducted by\nsuch great sages as Pulastya and Pulaha; kiilanjariit-from the Kalaiijara\nMountain, where he had taken his birth in the womb of a deer; pratyiijagama-he came back.\n-\n\npletely unattached to material activities;\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Bharata Maharaja received the body of a deer, by con­\n\nstant repentance he became completely detached from all material\n\nthings. He did not disclose these things to anyone, hut he left his\n\nmother deer in a place known as Kala:iijara Mountain, where he was\n\nborn. He again went to the forest of Siilagriima and to the ii.Srama of\n\nPulastya and Pulaha.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is significant that Maharaja Bharata, by the grace of Vasudeva.\n\nremembered his past life. He did not waste a moment: he returned to\nPulaha-asrama to the village known as Salagrama. Association is very\n\nmeaningful; therefore ISKCON tries to perfect one who enters the\nsociety. The members of this society should always remember that the\n\nsociety is not like a free hotel. All the members should be very careful to\n\n", "SB5.1#p0329": "302\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 8\n\nexecute their spiritual duties so that whoever comes will automatically\nbecome a devotee and will be able to return back to Godhead in this very\nlife. Although Bharata Maharaja acquired the body of a deer, he again\nleft his hearth and home, in this case the Mountain Kalanjara. No one\nshould be captivated by his birthplace and family; one should take\nshelter of the association of devotees and cultivate Kn;I:J.a consciousness.\n\nTEXT 31\n\nijf�fif m SRft�: � ��� 3Tl�ijijffi: �uT({IJFJfwr\ner�m;fi\nJJ:�Wt�tfRn�iR\n41UI��·I�I{ft\nijl���fm?tfl�ijij� II � � II\ntasminn api kiilam pratik§amii[Ul� sarigiic ca bhrsam udvigna iitmasahacara� s�ka-parr:ta-tr[Ul-Virudhii vartamiino mrgatvanimittiivasiinam eva ga[Ulyan mrga-sariram tirthodaka-klinnam utsasarJa.\ntasmin api-in that iisrama (Pulaha-asrama); kii/am-the end of the\nduration of life in the deer body; pratik§amii[Ul�-always waiting for;\nsarigiit-from association; ca-and; bhrsam- constantly ; udvigna�full of anxiety; iitma-sahacara�-having the Supersoul as the only constant companion (no one should think of being alone); s�ka-par[Ul­\n\ntr[Ul-virudhii-by eating only the dry leaves and herbs; vartamiina�existing; mrgatva-nimitta-of the cause of a deer's body; avasiinamthe end; eva-only; ga[Ulyan-considering; mrga-sariram-the body of\na deer; tirtha-udaka-klinnam-bathing in the water of that holy place;\nutsasarja-gave up.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRemaining in that asrama, the great King Bharata Maharaja was\n\nnow very careful not to fall victim to bad association. Without dis­\n\nclosing his past to anyone, he remained in that asrama and ate dry\n\nleaves only. He was not exactly alone, for he had the association of\n\nthe Supersoul. In this way he waited for death in the body of a\n\ndeer. Bathing in that holy place, he finally gave up that body.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0330": "Text 31]\n\nThe Character of Bharata Maharaja\n\n303\n\nPURPORT\nHoly places like V:rndavana, Hardwar, Prayaga and Jagannatha Purl\nare especially meant for the execution of devotional service. V:rndavana\nspecifically is the most exalted and preferred holy place for Vai�IJ.ava\ndevotees of Lord ��IJ.a who are aspiring to return back to Godhead, the\nVaikuiJ.tha planets.\n\nThere are many devotees in V:rndavana who\n\nregularly bathe in the Yamuna, and this cleanses all the contamination of\nthe material world. By constantly chanting and hearing the holy names\nand pastimes of the Supreme Lord, one certainly becomes purified and\nbecomes a fit candidate for liberation. However, if one purposefully falls\nvictim to sense gratification, he has to be punished, at least for one\nlifetime, like Bharata Maharaja.\n\nThus end the !Jhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Eighth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"A Description of the\nCharacter of Bharata Maharaja.\n\"\n\n", "SB5.1#p0331": "CHAPTER NINE\n\nThe Supreme Character of Ja<Ja Bharata\nIn this chapter Bharata Maharaja's attainment of the body of a brahmar:w\n\nis described. In this body he remained like one dull, deaf and dumb, so\n\nmuch so that when he was brought before the goddess Kali to be killed as\n\na sacrifice, he never protested but remained �ilent. After having given up\n\nthe body of a deer, he took birth in the womb of the youngest wife of a\n\nbrahmar:w. In this life he could also remember the activities of his past\n\nlife, and in order to avoid the influence of society, he remained like a\ndeaf and dumb person. He was very careful not to fall down again. He\n\ndid not mix with anyone who was not a devotee. This process should be\nadopted by every devotee. As advised by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu: asat­\n\nsanga-tyaga,\n\n-\n\nei va�r:wva-iicara. One should strictly avoid the com­\n\npany of nondevotees, even though they may be family members. When\nBharata Maharaja was in the body of a brahmar:w, the people in the\n\nneighborhood thought of him as a crazy, dull fellow, but within he was\n\nalways chanting and remembering Vasudeva, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Although his father wanted to give him an education and\npurify him as a\n\nbrahmar:w by offering him the sacred thread, he\n\nremained in such a way that his father and mother could understand that\nhe was crazy and not interested in the reformatory method. Nonetheless,\n\nhe remained fully ��Q.a conscious, even without undergoing such offi­\n\ncial ceremonies. Due to his silence, some people who were no better than\nanimals began to tease him in many ways, but he tolerated this. After the\n\ndeath of his father and mother, his stepmother and stepbrothers began to\ntreat him very poorly. They would give him the most condemned food.\nbut still he did not mind; he remained completely absorbed in ��Q.a con­\n\nsciousness. He was ordered by his stepbrothers and mother to guard a\npaddy field one night, and at that time the leader of a dacoit party took\n\nhim away and tried to kill him by offering him as a sacrifice before\n\nBhadra Kali. When the dacoits brought Bharata Maharaja before the\n\ngoddess Kali and raised a chopper to kill him, the goddess Kali became\n\n305\n\n", "SB5.1#p0332": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n306\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 9\n\nimmediately alarmed due to the mistreatment of a devotee. She came out\nof the deity and, taking the chopper in her own hands, killed all the\ndacoits there. Thus a pure devotee of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead can remain silent despite the mistreatment of nondevotees.\nRogues and dacoits who misbehave toward a devotee are punished at last\nby the arrangement of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXTS 1-2\n\n��<n �m\n\n�� ffi:st�(�I�'(:��·«Jq\":����SI���;m:w�..l..;:((9;'ffi�l��, €1�el+.fl(�t{t�un 9R m� �� � � ��'N�t ��t�P{\nII� II �gV£�6 �d u�fibm ��m +.f(+{�it\\�ar �� •I€1+U�: II � II\n3N\n\nsri-suka uvaca\natha kasyacid dvija-varasyarigira�-pravarasya saTM-daTM-tapa�svadhyayadhyayana-tyiiga-santO§a-titik$a-pra5raya-vidyanasilyatTMjfiiinananda-yuktasyatTM-sadrsa-sruta-silacara-rilpaudarya-gulJ.ii nava\nsodarya angaja babhuvur mithunam ca yaviyasyam bharyayam. yas tu\ntatra pumams tam paraTM-bhiigavatam rajar§i-pravaram bharatam\nutsr§ta-mrga-sar'iram caraTM-sar'irerw. vipratvam gatam ahu/:t.\nsr'i-suka/:t uvac a-Sukadeva Gosvaml continued to speak; atkathereafter; kasyacit-of some; dvija-varasya-brahTMrta; angira�-pra­\n\nvarasya-who came in the dynasty of the great saint Ailgira; saTMcontrol of the mind; daTM-control of the senses; tapa /:t-practice of\nausterities and penances; svadhyaya-recitation of the Vedic literatures;\nadhyayana-studying;\n\ntyiiga-renunciation;\n\nsanto§a-satisfaction;\n\ntitik§a- tolerance; prasra ya-very gentle; v id ya- knowledge;\n\nanasilya-without envy; atma j ii ana ananda-satisfied in self-\n\n-\n\nrealization; yuktasya-who was qualified with; atTM-sadrsa-and exactly like himself; sruta-in education; sila-in character; acara-in\nbehavior;\n\nrilpa-in\n\nbeauty;\n\nauda rya-in\n\nmagnanimity;\n\ngu1Jij�-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0333": "Text 2)\n\nThe Supreme Character of Ja9a Bharata\n\n307\n\npossessing all these qualities; nava sa- udaryab,-nine brothers born of\nthe same womb; anga-jab,-sons; babhuvub,-were born; mithunam-a\n\nca-and; yaviyasyam-in the youngest;\nbharyayam-wife; yab, -who; tu-but; tatra-there; punuin-the\nmale child; tam-him; parama-bhagavatam-the most exalted devotee;\nraja-r$i-of saintly kings; pravaram-most honored; bharatamBharata Maharaja; utsr$!a-having given up; mrga-sariram-the body\nof a deer; carama-sarirerza-with the last body; vipratva m-being a\nbrahmarza; gatam-obtained; ahub,-they said.\n\ntwin brother and sister;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvami continued: My dear King, after giving\n\nup the body of a deer, Bharata Maharaja took birth in a very pure\n\nbrahm�a family. There was a brahm�a who belonged to the\ndynasty of Ailgira. He was fully qualified with brahminical\n\nqualifications. He could control his mind and senses, and he had\n\nstudied the Vedic literatures and other subsidiary literatures. He\nwas expert in giving charity, and he was always satisfied, tolerant,\n\nvery gentle, learned and nonenvious. He was self-realized and\n\nengaged in the devotional service of the Lord. He remained always\n\nin a trance. He had nine equally qualified sons by his first wife, and\n\nby his second wife he begot twins-a brother and a sister, of which\n\nthe male child was said to be the topmost devotee and foremost of\nsaintly kings-Bharata Maharaja. This, then, is the story of the\n\nbirth he took after giving up the body of a deer.\nPURPORT\n\nBharata Maharaja was a great devotee, but he did not attain success in\none life. In Bhagavad-gitii it is said that a devotee who does not fulfill his\ndevotional duties in one life is given the chance to be born in a fully\n\nqualified brahmarza family or a rich lcyatriya or vaiSya family. Suciniirh\n\nsrimatarh gehe (Bg. 6.41). Bharata Maharaja was the firstborn son of\nMaharaja �f?abha in a rich lcyatriya family, but due to his willful\n\nnegligence of his spiritual duties and his excessive attachment to an insignificant deer, he was obliged to take birth as the son of a deer.\nHowever, due to his strong position as a devotee, he was gifted with the\nremembrance of his past life. Being repentant, he remained in a solitary\n\n", "SB5.1#p0334": "308\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 9\n\nforest and always thought of l(r�Qa. Then he was given the chance to\ntake birth in a very good brah rruu:w. family.\nTEXT3\n\n� (qlifwt('l'fi·li¥1 ��t lllR�: CFi��R�-.h:t;r�q��utferer�a,+.�(on��� � �q;r: srf�'ltq�\n\n��!l,utl�%{(4\\�lifriil�f'e(I€+11Wi&rii�lif� �qm�ll�ll\n\ntatrapi svajana-sangac ca bhrsam udvijamano bhagavata/:t karmabandha-vidhvarhsana-srava�-smara�-gur:w-vivara�cara�ravinda-yugalarh manasa vidadhad atmana/:t pratighatam\nusmikamano bhagavad-anugrahe�nusmrta-sva-pilrva-janmavalir\n\n.\n\natmanam unmatta-jcu)iindha-badhira-svarilper:ta darsayam asa lokasya\n\ntatra api-in that brahma� birth also; sva-jana-sangat-from association with relatives and friends; ca-and; bhrsam -greatly; udvijamana/:t-being\n\nalways\n\nafraid\n\nthat\n\nhe\n\nwould\n\nfall\n\ndown\n\nagain;\n\nbhagavata/:t-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; karma-bandhathe bondage of the reactions of fruitive activities; vidhvarhsana-which\nvanquishes;\n\nsravar:ta-hearing;\n\nsmara r:ta -remembering;\n\ngur:ta­\n\nvivara�-hearing descriptions of the qualities of the Lord; carar:w-aravinda-lotus\n\nfeet;\n\nyugalam-the\n\ntwo;\n\nmanasa-with\n\nthe\n\nmind;\n\nvidadhat-always thinking of; atmana/:t-of his soul; pratighatamobstruction on the path of devotional service; asankamana/:t-always\nfearing; bhagavat-anugrahe�-by the special mercy of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; anusmrta-remembered; sva-p il rva-his own\n\njanma-am li/:t-string of births; atmanam-himself; unmatta -mad; jll{la-dull; andha-blind; badhira-and deaf; svar uper:w-with these features; darsayam asa-he exhibited; lokasya-to\n\nprevious;\n\npeople in general.\nTRANSLATION\nDue to his being especially gifted with the Lord's mercy, Bharata\n\nMaharaja could remember the incidents of his past life. Although\n\nhe received the body of a briihm�a, he was still very much afraid\n\n", "SB5.1#p0335": "Text 3)\n\nThe Supreme Character of Ja�a Bharata\n\n309\n\nof his relatives and friends who were not devotees. He was always\nvery cautious of such association because he feared that he would\nagain fall down. Consequently he manifested himself before the\npublic eye as a madman -dull, blind and deaf -so that others\nwould not try to talk to him. In this way he saved himself from bad\nassociation. Within he was always thinking of the lotus feet of the\nLord and chanting the Lord's glories, which save one from the\nbondage of fruitive action. In this way he saved himself from the\nonslaught of nondevotee associates.\nPURPORT\nEvery living entity is bound by different activities due to association\nwith the modes of nature. As stated in Bhagavad-gita, karar:w.rit gur:w.­\n\nsango 'sya sad-asad-yoni-janmasu: \"This is due to his association with\nthat material nature. Thus he meets with good and evil among various\nspecies.\" (Bg. 13.22)\nWe get different types of bodies among 8,400,000 species according to\nour karma. Karmar_Ui daiva-netrer:w.: we work under the influence of\nmaterial nature contaminated by the three modes, and thus we get a certain type of body according to superior order. This is called karma­\n\nbandha. To get out of this karma-bandha, one must engage himself in\ndevotional service. Then one will not be affected by the modes of\nmaterial nature.\n\nmiirit ca yo 'vyabhiciirer:w.\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gur_Uin samatityaitiin\nbrahma-bhayiiya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in\nany circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and\nthus comes to the level of Brahman.\" (Bg. 14.26) To remain immune\nfrom the material qualities, one must engage himself in devotional service\n\n-\n\nsravar:w.rit kirtanarit v�r:wfr.. That is the perfection of life. When\n\nMaharaja Bharata took birth as a briihmar:w., he was not very interested\nin the duties of a briihmar:w., but within he remained a pure Vai!?1.1ava. always thinking of the lotus feet of the Lord. As advised in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\n", "SB5.1#p0336": "310\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 9\n\nman-mana bhava mad-bhakto mad-yiiji rruim namaskuru. This is the\nonly process by which one can be saved from the danger of repeated\nbirth and death.\nTEXT4\n\n� � � aci�'��B« feol: �('*'''�•m�oo;mijWi((l(\n�����;fur� � ��: m�:qq;u�lW{ �f;t�+UwtWIfitq�u�fq �+lfij�p;t�WI ft: � �: �II � II\ntasyiipi ha vii iitmajasya vipra/:1, putra-snehiinubaddha-mana\niisarruivartaruit samskiiriin yathopadesam vidadhiina upanitasya ca\npuna/:£ §auciicamaruidin karma-niyarruin anabhipretiin api\nsama§i/cyayad anu§i§!ena hi bhiivyam pitu/:1, putre�Jeti.\ntasya-of him;\n\napi ha vii-certainly;\n\niitma-jasya-of his son;\n\nvipra/:1,-the briihma�JU father of Ja<Ja Bharata (mad, crazy Bharata);\nputra-sneha-anubaddha-marui/:1,-who was obliged by affection for his\nson; ii-sama-iivartaruit-until the end of the brahmacarya-asrama;\nsamskiiriin-the purificatory processes; yathii-upadesam-as prescribed\nin the siistras; vidadhiina/:1,-performing; upanitasya-of one who has a\nsacred thread; ca-also; puna/:1,-again; sauca-iicamana-adin-practice\nof cleanliness, washing of the mouth, legs and hands, etc.; karma-niyarruin-the regulative principles of fruitive activities; anabhipretiin\napi-although not wanted by Ja<Ja Bharata; sama§i/cyayat-taught;\nanu§�!ena-taught to follow the regulative principles; hi-indeed;\nbhiivyam-should be; pitu/:1,-from the father; putre�JU-the son; itithus.\nTRANSLATION\nThe hrahmru;ta father's mind was always filled with affection\n\nfor his son, Ja\"a Bharata [Bharata Maharaja]. Therefore he was al­\n\nways attached to Ja\"a Bharata. Because Ja\"a Bharata was unfit to\n\nenter t e grhastha-asrama, he simply executed the purificatory\nprocess up to the end of the hrahmacarya-asrama. Although Ja\"a\n\nBharata was unwilling to accept his father's instructions, the\nhrahmru;ta nonetheless instructed him in how to keep clean and\nhow to wash, thinking that the son should he taught by the father.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0337": "Text 4]\n\nThe Supreme Character of Ja4a Bharata\n\n311\n\nPURPORT\nJa<;la Bharata was Bharata Maharaja in the body of a brahmar,ta, and he\n\noutwardly conducted himself as if he were dull, deaf, dumb and blind.\n\nActually he was quite alert within. He knew perfectly well of the results\n\nof fruitive activity and the results of devotional service. In the body of a\n\nbrahmar,ta, Maharaja Bharata was completely absorbed in devotional ser­\n\nvice within; therefore it was not at all necessary for him to execute the\nregulative principles of fruitive activity. As confirmed in Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam: svan�!hitasya dharmasya sarhsiddhir hari-to$ar,tam\n(Bhiig. 1.2.13). One has to satisfy Hari, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. That is the perfection of the regulative principles of fruitive\nactivity. Besides that, it is stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam:\n\ndharma� svan�fhita� pumsam\nvi$vaksena-kathiisu ya�\nnotpadayed yadi ratim\nsrama eva hi kevalam\n\"Duties [dharma] executed by men, regardless of occupation, are only so\n\nmuch useless labor if they do not provoke attraction for the message of\nthe Supreme Lord.\" (Bhiig. 1.2.8) These karma-kiir:u) a activities are re­\n\nquired as long as one has not developed K:f�Qa consciousness. If one is\n\ndeveloped in ��Qa consciousness, there is no need to execute the prior\nregulative principles of karma-kiir:u)a. Sr'ila Madhavendra Pur'i said, ··o\n\nregulative principles of karma-kiir:u)a, please excuse me. I cannot follow\nall these regulative principles, for I am fully engaged in devotional ser­\n\nvice.\" He expressed the desire to sit somehwere beneath a tree and con­\n\ntinue chanting the Hare ��Qa maha-mantra. Consequently he did not\nexecute all the regulative principles. Similarly, Haridasa Thakura was\n\nborn in a Mohammedan family. From the very beginning of his life he\nwas never trained in the karma-kiir:u)a system, but because he was always chanting the holy name of the Lord, Sr'i Caitanya Mahiiprabhu ac­\n\ncepted him as namacarya, the authority in chanting the holy name. As\n\nJa<;la Bharata, Bharata Maharaja was always engaged in devotional service\n\nwithin his mind. Since he had executed the regulative principles\n\n", "SB5.1#p0338": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n312\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 9\n\ncontinuously for three lives, he was not interested in continuing to\nexecute therr.!, although his brahma\"l)a father wanted him to do so.\nTEXTS\n\nij\" :;ufq\n\n�\n\n'\"41q�'i4't ij1\n\n�\n\nN�M'flirct�ijq � �� ���Rrfq:\nijS101'=4�(�1 mf%;fi �­\n\n��il�lriii«I� 'TtJr.�qt�mm\n\nJtro1U« II� II\n\nsa ciipi tad u ha pitr-sannidhav eviisadhricinam iva sma karoti\nchandiimsy adhyapayi$yan saha vyahrtibhi/:t saprary,ava-siras tripadim\nsavitrim grai$ma-viisantikiin miisiin adhiyiinam apy asamaveta-rilparh\ngrahayam asa.\nsa/:t-he (JaQ.a Bharata); ca-also; api-indeed; tat u ha-that which\nwas instructed by his father; pitr-sannidhau-in the presence of his\nfather; eva-even; asadhncinam iva-not correct, as if he could not understand\n\nanything;\n\nsma\n\nkaroti -used\n\nto\n\nperform;\n\nchandiimsi\n\nadhyapayi$yan-desiring to teach him Vedic mantras during the\nmonths beginning with Sravat:ta or during the period of Caturmasya;\nsaha-along with; vyahrtibhi/:t-the utterance of the names of the\n\nheavenly planets (bhu/:t, bhuva/:t, sva/:t}; sa-pra\"l)ava-sira/:t -headed by\nomkiira; tri-padim-three- footed; savitrim-the Gayatrl mantra;\n\ngrai$ma-vasantikiin-for four months, beginning with Caitra, on the fifteenth of May; miisiin-the months; adhiyiinam api-although fully\nstudying; asamaveta-rilpam-in an incomplete form; grahayam iisahe made him learn.\nTRANSLATION\nJa<;la Bharata behaved before his father like a fool, despite his\n\nfather's adequately instructing him in Vedic knowledge. He\nbehaved in that way so that his father would know that he was unfit\n\nfor instruction and would abandon the attempt to instruct him\n\nfurther. He would behave in a completely opposite way. Although\ninstructed to wash his hands after evacuating, he would wash them\nbefore. Nonetheless, his father wanted to give him Vedic instruc-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0339": "The Supreme Character of Ja9a Bharata\n\nText6)\n\n313\n\ntions during the spring and summer. He tried to teach him the\nGayatri mantra along with m:hkara and vyah:rti, but after four\nmonths, his father still was not successful in instructing him.\nTEXT6\n\n3lt�¥tW44�o•n'%m�: ����\"�Hrf.rq���RtQ..\ng����on4l�m.��t�\"��fq\n�tt\n\n���\n\n�fil��('tdJt��:\n��� � 6W{ 3l�tl�'{Wft��:\n��WflSI��Wf � � �er srq:q a-q�: II � II\nevarit sva-tanuja iitmany anuriigiivesita-cittab, sauciidhyayana-vrataniyama-gurv-anala-su§�aTJiidy-aupakurvar:wka-karmiiTJy\nanabhiyuktiiny api samanu§�!ena bhiivyam ity asad-iigrahab, putram\nanu§iisya svayarit tiivad anadhigata-manorathab, kiileniipramattena\nsvayarit grha eva pramatta upasarithrtab,.\nevam-thus; sva-own; tanu-je-in his son, JaQ.a Bharata; iitmani­\n\nwhom\n\nhe\n\nconsidered\n\nto\n\nbe\n\nhimself;\n\nanuriiga-iivesita-cittab,-the\n\nbriihmar:w who was absorbed in love for his son; sauca-cleanliness;\nadhyayana-study of Vedic literature; vrata-accepting all the vows;\nniyama-regulative principles; guru-of the spiritual master; ana/a­\n\nof the fire; s u§r �ar:w-iidi-the service, etc.; aupakurviir:wka-of the\nbrahmacarya-iiSrama; karmaTJi-all the activities; anabhiyuktiini api­\n\nalthough not liked by his son; samanu§�!ena-fully instructed:\nbhiivya m sho uld be; iti-thus; asat-agraha1t-havi ng unsuitable\nobstinacy; putram-his son; anu§iisya-instructing; svayam-hi mself :\ntavat-iri that way; anadh igata -manoratha1t -not having fulfilled his\n-\n\ndesires; ka lena-by the influence of time; apramattena-which is not\nforgetful; svayam-he himself; grhe-to his home; eva-certainly:\npramattab,-being madly attached; upasarithrtab,-died.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmal).a father of Ja9a Bharata considered his son his\nheart and soul, and therefore he was very much attached to him.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0340": "314\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 9\n\nHe thought it wise to educate his son properly, and being absorbed\n\nin this unsuccessful endeavor, he tried to teach his son the rules\n\nand regulations of brahmacarya-including the execution of the\nVedic vows,\n\ncleanliness, study of the Vedas, the regulative\n\nmethods, service to the spiritual master and the method of offer­\n\ning a fire sacrifice. He tried his best to teach his son in this way, but\n\nall his endeavors failed. In his heart he hoped that his son would\n\nbe a learned scholar, but all his attempts were unsuccessful. Like\n\neveryone, this brahmaJ;Ia was attached to his home, and he had\n\nforgotten that someday he would die. Death, however, was not\nforgetful. At the proper time, death appeared and took him away.\nPURPORT\n\nThose too attached to family life, who forget that death comes in the\nfuture to take them away, become attached and unable to finish their\nduty as human beings. The duty of human life is to solve all the problems of life, but instead people remain attached to family affairs and\nduties. Although they forget death, death will not forget them. Suddenly\nthey will be kicked off the platform of a peaceful family life. One may\nforget that he has to die, but death never forgets. Death comes always at\nthe right time. The briihmar:w father of JaQ.a Bharata wanted to teach his\nson the process of brahmacarya, but he was unsuccessful due to his son's\nunwillingness to undergo the process of Vedic advancement. JaQ.a\nBharata was simply concerned with returning home, back to Godhead, by\nexecuting devotional service through sravar:wrh kirtanarh vi§r:wft. He did\nnot care for the Vedic instructions of his father. When one is fully interested in the service of the Lord, he does not need to follow all the\nregulative principles enunciated in the Vedas. Of course, for an ordinary\nman, the Vedic principles are imperative. No one can avoid them. But\nwhen one has attained the perfection of devotional service, it is not very\nimportant to follow the Vedic principles. Lord .Kr�I.J.a advised Arjuna to\nascend to the platform of nistraigu�ya, the transcendental position above\nthe Vedic principles.\n\ntraigu�ya-vi§ayii veda\nnistraigu�yo bhavarjuna\nnirdvandvo nitya-sattva-stho\nniryoga-lcyema iitmavan\n\n", "SB5.1#p0341": "Text 8)\n\n315\n\nThe Supreme Character of Ja�a Bharata\n\n\"The Vedas mainly deal with the subject of the three modes of material\nnature. Rise above these modes, 0 Arjuna. Be transcendental to all of\nthem. Be free from all dualities and from all anxieties for gain and\nsafety, and be established in the Self.\" (Bg. 2.45)\nTEXT7\n\n3l?.f �mm �� �\n\n�� Qq�q•\n\n;gqwoq�\n\n�-\n\n�a4�il1 ��iffi{_ II \\9 II\natha yaviyasi dvija-sati sva-garbha-jatam mithunarh sapatnya\nupanyasya svayam anusarhsthaya patilokam agat.\n\natka-thereafter; yaviyasi-the youngest; dvija-sati-wife of the\nbrahmar:ta; sva-garbha-jatam-born of her\n\nwomb; mithunam-the\ntwins; sapatnyai -unto the co-wife; upanyasya-entrusting; svayampersonally; anusarhsthaya-by following her husband; pati-lokam-the\nplanet named Patiloka; agat-went to.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, the brahm�a's younger wife, after entrusting her\ntwin children-the boy and girl-to the elder wife, departed for\nPatiloka, voluntarily dying with her husband.\nTEXTS\n\nN<t�'n}t\n\n�M�(=Auti\n\nf���q��ft«r,HA)\n;r W�llti ilJ�qftrfijij- mijGWtWi��� II � II\nm<il:\n\npitary uparate bhratara enam atat-prabhava-vidas trayyam\nvidyayam eva paryavasita-matayo na para-vidyayam jal}n-matir iti\nbhratur anu5asana-nirbandhan nyavrtsanta.\npitari uparate-after the death of the father; bhratarab,-the\nstepbrothers; enam-unto this Bharata (JaQ.a Bharata); a-tat-prabhava­\n\nvidab,-without understanding his exalted position; tra)yam -of the\nthree Vedas; vidyayam-in the matter of material ritualistic knowledge:\n\n", "SB5.1#p0342": "316\n\nSrimad- Bhagavatam\n\n[Cant o 5, Ch. 9\n\neva-indeed; paryavasita-settled; mataya�-whose minds; na-not;\npara-vidyayam-in the transcendental knowledge of spiritual life\n(devotional service); ja4,a-mati�-most dull intelligence; iti-thus;\nbhratu�-their brother (Ja�a Bharata); anu§asana-nirbandhat-from\nthe endeavor to teach; nyavrtsanta-stopped.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the father died, the nine stepbrothers of Ja«;;a Bharata,\n\nwho considered Ja«;;a Bharata dull and brainless, abandoned the\n\nfather's attempt to give Ja«;;a Bharata a complete education. The\n\nstepbrothers of Ja«;;a Bharata were learned in the three Vedas-the\n\nl;lg Veda, Siima Veda and Yajur Veda-which very much encourage\n\nfruitive activity. The nine brothers were not at all spiritually\n\nenlightened in devotional service to the Lord. Consequently they\ncould not understand the highly exalted position of Ja«;;a Bharata.\nTEXTS 9-10\n\nsni�((tt�fll�ill���ttN�t�� �� 6G�41fiil\n� �tfiif � �ijlUf: �3m �lffl f%frit �� en\nt�a��� tr�tll enttmR6ftC!ti if! 3l� � ql+lf��ftr ttt\n;rR:tJS(tftrf.f� I �f;J�f.lflt't1(4m(N�ctlwt�(41€¥4�ll'H ij�:�ilf.:�f-lf��mR:�: II � II\n�fflWI'4RtCfff!l Tl (Cfl'11\\ilt: 4r.T: ('iii'1'1Wt �[U@�dkt�'11W'i�wtl'l�wt(�(U ��lften'ff��ij\": �4&Pl6�qq'1�;i1�qftun m:�tf� if�f<f d���� fel\"'-l*u(\n\n«�\n\n11�011\nsa ca prakrtair dvipada-pa5ubhir unmatta-jal)a-badhira-mukety\nabhiblu\"i$yamar:w yada tad-anurupar:ti prabltii$ate karmar:ti ca\nkaryamar:ta� parecchaya karoti v�!ito vetanato va yaciiaya yadrcchaya\nvopasaditam alparh bahu mmam kadannarh vabhyavaharati pararh\nnendriya-priti-nimittam. nitya-nivrtta-nimitta-sva-siddha-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0343": "Text 10]\n\nThe Supreme Character of Ja�a Bharata\n\n317\n\nviSuddhanubhavananda-svatma-labhadhigamab, sukha-dub,khayor\ndvanda-nimittayor asambhavita-dehabhimanab,. sit0$1,Ul-vlita-var$e$U\nvr$a ivanavrtaizgab, pinab, samhananangab, sthar.u;lilasamvesananunmardanamajjana-rajasa mahamar:r-ir ivanabhivyaktabrahma-varcasab, kupatavrta-ka#r upavitenoru-�i1J,d dvijatir iti\nbrahma-bandhur iti samjfiayataj-jfiajanavamato vicacara.\nsab, ca-he also; prakrtaib,-by common persons who have no access\nto spiritual knowledge; dvi-pada-pa§ubhib,-who are nothing but\nanimals with two legs; unmatta-mad; ja(ia-dull; badhira-deaf;\nmuka-dumb; iti-thus; abhibhii$yamli1,Ulb,-being addressed; yadawhen; tat-anurupar:r-i-words suitable to reply to theirs; prabhii$ate-he\nused to speak; karmar:r-i-activities; ca-also; karyamliT,Ulb,- being\ncaused to execute; para-icchaya-by the order of others; karoti-he\nused to act; vi$titab,-by force; vetanatab,-or by some wages; vii either; yacfiaya-by begging; yadrcchaya-by its own accord; va-or;\nupasaditam-gotten; alpam-a very small quantity; bahu-a large\nquantity; mr$!am-very palatable; kat-annam-stale, tasteless foods;\nva-or; abhyavaharati-he used to eat; param-only; na-not; indriya-priti-nimittam-for the satisfaction of the senses; nitya-eternally; nivrtta-stopped; nimitta-fruitive activity; sva-siddha-by selfaccomplished; viSuddha-transcendental; anubhava-ananda- blissful\nperception; sva-atma-labha-adhigamab,-who has achieved knowledge\nof the self; sukha-dub,khayob,-in happiness and distress; dvandvanimittayob,-in the causes of duality; asambhavita-deha-abhimanab,not identified with the body; sita-in the winter; U$1,Ul-in the summer;\nrota-in the wind; var$e�u-in the rainfall; vr�ab,-a bull; iva-like;\nanavrta-angab,-uncovered body; pinab,-very strong; samhananaafzgab,-whose limbs were firm; sthar.u;lila-samvesana-from lying\ndown on the ground; anunmardana-without any massage; amajjanawithout bathing; rajasa-by dirt; maha-mar:r-ib,-highly valuable gem;\niva-like; anabhivyakta-unmanifested; brahma-varcasab,-spiritual\nsplendor; ku-pata-avrta-covered by a dirty cloth; ka!ib,-whose loins:\nupavitena-with a sacred thread; uru-�i1J,d-which was highly\nblackish due to dirt; dvi-jatib,-born in a brahmar:w- family; iti-thus\n(saying out of contempt); brahma-bandhub,-a friend of a brahmar:w-;\niti-thus; samjfiaya-by such names; a-tat-jfta-jana-by persons not\n\n", "SB5.1#p0344": "318\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 9\n\nknowing his real position; avamata�-being disrespected; vicacara-he\nwandered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDegraded men are actually no better than animals. The only\n\ndifference is that animals have four legs and such men have only\n\ntwo. These two-legged, animalistic men used to call Ja\"a Bharata\n\nmad, dull, deaf and dumb. They mistreated him, and Ja\"a Bharata\n\nbehaved for them like a madman who was deaf, blind or dull. He\n\ndid not protest or try to convince them that he was not so. If others\nwanted him to do something, he acted according to their desires.\n\nWhatever food he could acquire by begging or by wages, and\nwhatever came of its own accord-be it a small quantity, palatable,\n\nstale or tasteless-he would accept and eat. He never ate anything\nfor sense gratification because he was already liberated from the\nbodily conception, which induces one to accept palatable or un­\n\npalatable food. He was full in the transcendental consciousness of\n\ndevotional service, and therefore he was unaffected by the\n\ndualities arising from the bodily conception. Actually his body was\n\nas strong as a hull's, and his limbs were very muscular. He didn't\n\ncare for winter or summer, wind or rain, and he never covered his\n\nbody at any time. He lay on the ground, and never smeared oil on\n\nhis body or took a bath. Because his body was dirty, his spiritual\n\neffulgence and knowledge were covered, just as the splendor of a\n\nvaluable gem is covered by dirt. He only wore a dirty loincloth and\nhis sacred thread, which was blackish. Understanding that he was\n\nborn in a brahm�a family, people would call him a brahma­\n\nbandhu and other names. Being thus insulted and neglected by\n\nmaterialistic people, he wandered here and there.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Narottama dasa 'fhakura has sung: deha-smrti niihi yara, sarh­\n\nsara-bandhana kahiin tara. One who has no desire to maintain the body\n\nor who is not anxious to keep the body in order and who is satisfied in\n\nany condition must be either mad or liberated. Actually Bharata\nMaharaja in his birth as Ja<Ja Bharata was completely liberated from\n\nmaterial dualities. He was a paramaharhsa and therefore did not care for\nbodily comfort.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0345": "Text II)\n\nThe Supreme Character of Ja\"a Bharata\n\n319\n\nTEXT ll\n\n�\n\nij 1ffi1 �\n\n��ij �: �MiqoffRfct �ct.�\nr.t�rtfij(ij<d4 �� � wr «11 m �fqftf �\n...,lfi1\"41€1Ni(i$lEWJifct+\\l'i(41�tNI�l.-t(C�� ll � � II\nyadii tu parata aharam karma-vetanata ihamana� sva-bhratrbhir api\nkedara-karmar:ti nirupitas tad api karoti kintu na samam v�amam\nnyunam adhikam iti veda kar:ta-pir:tyaka-phali-karar:ta-kul111i$asthalipuri§adiny apy amrtavad abhyavaharati.\nyada-when; tu-but; parata�-from others; aharam-food ;\nkarma-vetanata�-in exchange for wages from working; ihamana�looking for; sva-bhratrbhi� api-even by his own stepbrothers; kedarakarmar:ti-in working in the field and adjusting the agricultural work;\nnirilpita�-engaged; tat api-at that time also; karoti-he used to do;\nkintu-but; na-not; samam-level; v�amam-uneven; nyunamdefi.cient; adhikam-more raised; iti-thus; veda-he knew; kar:tabroken rice; pir:tyaka-oil cakes; phali-karar:ta-the chaff of rice;\nkulrru'i$a-worm-eaten grains; sthali-puri§a-adini-burned rice stuck to\n\nthe pot and so on; api-even; amrta-vat-like nectar; abhyavaharatiused to eat.\nTRANSLATION\nJa\"a Bharata used to work only for food. His stepbrothers took\nadvantage of this and engaged him in agricultural field work in exchange for some food, hut actually he did not know how to work\nvery well in the field. He did not know where to spread dirt or\nwhere to make the ground level or uneven. His brothers used to\ngive him broken rice, oil cakes, the chaff of rice, worm-eaten\ngrains and burned grains that had stuck to the pot, hut he gladly\naccepted all this as if it were nectar. He did not hold any grudges\nand ate all this very gladly.\nPURPORT\nThe platform of paramaharhsa is described in Bhagavad-gita (2.15):\nsama-du�kha-sukham dhiraril so 'mrtatvaya kalpate. When one is\n\n", "SB5.1#p0346": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n320\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 9\n\ncallous to all duality, the happiness and distress of this material world,\none is fit for amrtatva, eternal life. Bharata Maharaja was determined to\nfinish his business in this material world, and he did not at all care for\nthe world of duality. He was complete in Kr�l).a consciousness and was\noblivious to good and evil, happiness and distress. As stated in Caitanyacaritiimrta (Antya 4.176):\n\n'dvaite' bhadriibhadra-jiiiina, saba- 'manodharma'\n'ei bhala, ei manda ',-saba 'bhrama'\n\"In the material world, conceptions of good and bad are all mental\nspeculations. Therefore, saying, 'This is good and this is bad,' is all a\nmistake.\" One has to understand that in the material world of duality, to\nthink that this is good or that this is bad is simply a mental concoction.\nHowever, one should not imitate this consciousness; one should actually\nbe situated on the spiritual platform of neutrality.\nTEXT 12\n\n3N �Pt�f� �f�AAle!� ��4Wil�il'lN�•u 11 � � 11\natha kadiicit kaScid vr§ala-patir bhadra-kiilyai purl.t§a-pa5um\nalabhatiipatya-kiima/:1,.\natka-thereafter;\n\nkadiicit-at some time;\n\nkaScit-some;\n\nvr§ala­\n\npati/:1,-the leader of sudras engaged in plundering the property of\nothers;\n\nbhadra-kiilyai-unto the goddess known as Bhadra\n\nKali;\n\npurl.t§a-pa5um-an animal in the shape of a man; alabhata-started to\nsacrifice; apatya-kiima/:1,-desiring a son.\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time, being desirous of obtaining a son, a leader of\n\ndacoits who came from a siidra family wanted to worship the god­\n\ndess Bhadra Kali by offering her in sacrifice a dull man, who is\nconsidered no better than an animal.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0347": "Text 13)\n\nThe Supreme Character of Ja<;la Bharata\n\n321\n\nPURPORT\nLow-class men such as sudras worship demigods like goddess Kali, or\nBhadra Kali, for the fulfillment of material desires. To this end, they\nsometimes kill a human being before the deity. They generally choose a\nperson who is not very intelligent-in other words, an animal in the\nshape of a man.\nTEXT 13\n\n�q� qit: � �:qu: � Mf;r�q(tq�\nij'RJTSStij14l'tW\\N¥((1q�=:t 3Wff� N�;(l �t((et ffiO(t�-�(f(IR;11: �qtotqfl�nm t\\6'iq'W1.1 � � 1\n\n� �\n\ntasya ha daiva-muktasya pa5o� padavirit tad-anucara� paridhiivanto\nniSi niSitha-samaye tamasavrtayam anadhigata-pa5ava akasmikena\nvidhina kedaran virasanena mrga-varahiidibhya� saritra/cyamar:uzm\nangira�-pravara-sutam apa5yan.\ntasya-of the leader of the dacoits; ha-certainly; daiva-muktasyaby chance having escaped; pa5o�-of the human animal; padavim-the\npath;\n\ntat-anucara�-his\n\nfollowers or\n\nassistants;\n\nparidhiivanta�­\n\nsearching here and there to find; niSi-at night; niSitha-sama ye-at\nmidnight; tamasa avrta yam-being covered by darkness; anadhigatapa5ava�-not catching the man-animal; akasmikena vidhina-by the\nunexpected law of providence; kedaran-the fields; vira-asanena-by a\nseat on a raised place; mrga-varaha-adibhya�-from the deer, wild pigs\nand so on; sa rhra/cy ama� m-pr otecting; angirab,-pravara-syJam-the\nson of the brahmar:uz descending from the Angira family; apa5yanthey found.\nTRANSLATION\nThe leader of the dacoits captured a man-animal for sacrifice,\nbut he escaped, and the leader ordered his followers to find him.\nThey ran in different directions hut could not find him. Wandering here and there in the middle of the night, covered by dense\ndarkness, they came to a paddy field where they saw the exalted\n\n", "SB5.1#p0348": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n322\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 9\n\nson of the Angirii family [Ja<,la Bharata], who was sitting in an elevated place guarding the field against the attacks of deer and wild\npigs.\nTEXT 14\n\n31'{ ij' �1\\iFCQ��Uflif.t\n�� 'tt401'41� ilt� ��\n\n�fO'SChl4l�Qqf:t9i� NChRi�CIC(wtU II � \\111\n\natha ta enam anavadya-la/cyar:mm avamrsya bhartr-karma-ni$pattim\nmanyamanii baddhva rasanaya caTJ{likii-grham upaninyur muda\nvikasita-vadanii/:t.\natka-thereafter; te-they (the servants of the leader of the dacoits);\nenam-this\n\n(JaQ.a\n\nBharata);\n\nanavadya-la/cyar:mm-as\n\nbearing\n\nthe\n\ncharacteristics of a dull animal because of a fat body like a hull's and\nbecause of being deaf and dumb; avamrsya - recognizing ;\n\nbhartr­\n\nkarma-ni$pattim-the accomplishment of their master's work;\nmanyamanii/:t-understanding; baddhva-binding tightly; rasanayawith\n\nropes;\n\nca1pj,ikii - grham-to\n\nthe\n\ntemple\n\nof\n\ngoddess\n\nKali;\n\nupaninyu/:t - brought ; mudd-with great happiness; vikasitavadanii/:t-with bright faces.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe followers and servants of the dacoit chief considered Ja�a\nBharata to possess qualities quite suitable for a man-animal, and\nthey decided that he was a perfect choice for sacrifice. Their faces\nbright with happiness, they bound him with ropes and brought\nhim to the temple of the goddess Kiili.\nPURPORT\n\nIn some parts of India, animalistic men are still sacrificed before the\ngoddess Kali. However, such a sacrifice is only performed by sildras and\ndacoits. Their business is to plunder the wealthy, and to become successful they offer an animalistic man before the goddess Kali. It should\nbe noted that they never sacrifice an intelligent man before the goddess.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0349": "The Supreme Character of JaQa Bharata\n\nText 15]\n\n323\n\nIn the body of a brahmaT)lL, Bharata Maharaja appeared deaf and dumb,\n\nyet he was the most intelligent man in the world. Nonetheless, being\n\ncompletely surrendered unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he\nremained in that condition and did not protest being brought before the\n\ndeity for slaughter. As we have learned from the previous verses, he was\nvery strong and could have very easily avoided being bound with ropes,\n\nbut he did not do anything. He simply depended on the Supreme Personality of Godhead for his protection. Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura describes surrender unto the Supreme Lord in this way:\n\nrruirabi rakhabi-yo icchii tohiira\nnitya-dasa-prati tuya adhikiira\n\"My Lord, I am now surrendered unto You. I am Your eternal servant,\n\nand if You like You can kill me, or, if You like, You can protect me. In\nany case, I am fully surrendered unto You.\"\n\nTEXT 15\n�ij\n\n31tr\n\n�retRt;n�A'I)tt''�\"'\n\n�s�\n\n\\f(OII�4\\ii�RI������d �tt.-d 'f{����ij�...\n\nF6el4(1(\\� ��ij�� �m tfui��RlflG\\fi·qoltt\\i(lqor\n�(Wqg ¥1AAil(!tt: � aq��ltl+iltj: II �� II\n\n�\n\natha pa1Jayas tam sva-vidhinabhi$icyahatena vasasacchadya\nbhi4a1Jii,lepa-srak-tilakddibhir upaskrtarh bhuktavantarh dhilpa-d'ipamiilya-liija-kisalayiinkura-phalopahiiropetayii vai.Sasa-sarhsthayii\nmahatii g'ita-stuti-mrdariga-paT)lLva-gho�eT)n ca pur�a-pa§urh bhadrakiilyii/:t purata upavesayiim iisu/:t.\natka-thereafter; pa1Jaya/:t-all the followers of the dacoit; tam­\n\nhim (JacJa Bharata); sva-vidhina-acc ording to their own ritualistic\nprinciples;\n\nabhi$icya-bathing;\n\nahatena-with\n\nnew;\n\nviisasii-gar­\n\nments; iicchadya-covering; bhi4a7)n-ornaments; iilepa-smearing\n\nthe body with sandalwood pulp;\n\nsrak-a Bower garland:\n\ntilaka­\n\niidibhi/:t-with markings on the body and so on; upaskrtam-completely\n\n", "SB5.1#p0350": "324\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 9\n\ndecorated; bhuktavantam-having eaten; dhapa-with incense; dipalamps; malya-garlands; laja-parched grain; kisalaya-ankura-twigs\nand sprouts; phala-fruits; upahara-other paraphernalia; upetayafully equipped; vai.Sasa-sarizsthaya-with complete arrangements for\nsacrifice; mahata-great; gita-stuti-of songs and prayers; mrdailgaof the drums; pa1)Uva-of the bugles; gho$e1)ll-by vibration; ca-also;\npurU$a-pa5um-the man-animal; bhadra-kiilya/:t-of the goddess Kali;\npurata/:t-just in front; upavesayiim iisu/:t-made him sit down.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, all the thieves, according to their imaginative ritual\n\nfor killing animalistic men, bathed Ja<Ja Bharata, dressed him in\n\nnew clothes, decorated him with ornaments befitting an animal,\n\nsmeared his body with scented oils and decorated him with tilaka,\n\nsandalwood pulp and garlands. They fed him sumptuously and\nthen brought him before the goddess Kali, offering her incense,\n\nlamps, garlands, parched grain, newly grown twigs, sprouts, fruits\n\nand flowers. In this way they worshiped the deity before killing the\nman-animal, and they vibrated songs and prayers and played\ndrums and bugles. Ja<Ja Bharata was then made to sit down before\n\nthe deity.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word sva-vidhinii (according to their own ritualistic\nprinciples) is very significant. According to the Vedic siistras, everything\nmust be done according to regulative principles, but here it is stated that\nthe thieves and rogues devised their own process for killing an\nanimalistic man. The tamasic siistras give instructions for the sacrifice of\nan animal like a goat or buffalo before the goddess Kali, but there is no\nmention of killing a man, however dull he may be. This process was\nmanufactured by the dacoits themselves; therefore the word sva-vidhinii\nis used. Even at this time there are many sacrifices being conducted without reference to the Vedic scriptures. For instance, in Calcutta recently a\nslaughterhouse was being advertised as a temple of the goddess Kali.\nMeat-eaters foolishly purchase meat from such shops, thinking it\ndifferent from ordinary meat and taking it to be the prasiida of goddess\n\n", "SB5.1#p0351": "Text 17]\n\n325\n\nThe Supreme Character of Jac;la Bharata\n\nKall. The sacrifice of a goat or a similar animal before the goddess Kali is\nmentioned in sastras just to keep people from eating slaughterhouse meat\nand becoming responsible for the killing of animals. The conditioned\nsoul has a natural tendency toward sex and meat-eating; consequently\nthe sastras grant them some concessions. Actually the sastras aim at putting an end to these abominable activities, but they impart some regulative principles so that gradually meat-eaters and sex hunters will be rectified.\nTEXT 16\n\n��q�(t(�tiRt� �1 lf�(151\nQqfi?lij+ifij��(l(15M�l<tflql((�ll � �11\n3Pt TR'S(I-:tqfUr:\n\n���tol­\n\natha vr$ala-raja-par:ti/:l. purU§a-pa§or asrg-asavena devirh bhadra-kalirh\nyalcyyamiir:tas tad-abhimantritam asim ati-karala-niSitam upadade.\natka-thereafter;\n\nVf$ala-raja-par:ti/:l.-the so-called priest of the\nleader of the dacoits (one of the thieves); purU§a-pa§o/:1.-of the\nanimalistic man for being sacrificed (Bharata Maharaja); asrk-asavenawith the liquor of blood; devim-to the deity; bhadra-kalim-the goddess Kali; ya/cyyamiir:ta/:1.-desiring to offer; tat-abhimantritam-consecrated by the mantra of Bhadra Kall; asim-the sword; ati-kariilavery fearful; niSitam-finely sharpened; upadade-he took up.\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time, one of the thieves, acting as the chief priest, was\nready to offer the blood of Jac;la Bharata, whom they imagined to\nbe an animal-man, to the goddess Kali to drink as a liquor. He\ntherefore took up a very fearsome sword, which was very sharp\nand, consecrating it by the mantra of Bhadra Kiili, raised it to kill\nJac;la Bharata.\nTEXT 17\n\n� � t1(15r.tf �+4:3ffRit;ri 'tlwt+4�(-:t'3R43'fi+4;fm +t•lt:t€€6�14f(��t��qir.:f �( fcmm fl«Wrwuri �+4ffit�r�oi �pr-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0352": "326\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 9\n\niti te$iiril vr$aliiniim rajas-tama/:t-prakrtinam dhana-mada-rajautsikta-manasam bhagavat-kalii-vira-kulam kadarthi-krtyotpathena\nsvairam viharatam himsa-vihara�m karmati-daru�m yad brahmabhutasya sak$ad brahmar$i-sutasya nirvairasya sarva-bhuta-suhrda/:t\nsuniiyam apy ananumatam alambhanam tad upalabhya brahmatejasati-durvi$ahe� dandahyamanena vapU$ii sahasoccacata saiva devi\nbhadra-kali.\niti-thus; te$iim-of them; vr$aliiniim-the sildras, by whom all\n\nreligious principles are destroyed; raja/:t-in passion; tama/:t-in ig norance; prakrtiniim - having natures; dhana-mada-in the form of infatuation by material wealth; raja/:t-by passion; u ts ikta-puffed up;\n\nmanasam-whose minds; bhagavat-kalii-an expansion of the plenary\nexpansion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vira-kulam-the\ngroup of elevated personalities (the brahma�); kat-arthi-krtya-disrespecting;\n\nutpa thena-by a wrong path;\n\nsvairam-independently;\n\nviharatiim-who are proceeding; himsa-vihara�m-whose business is\nto commit violence against others; karma-the activity; ati-daru�mvery fearful; yat-that which; brahma-bhiltasya-of a self-realized\nperson born in a brahma� family; sak$at-directly; brahma-r$isutasya-of the son born of a brahma� exalted in spiritual consciousness; nirvairasya-who had no enemies; sarva-bhilta-suhrda/:t-a wellwisher to all others; suniiyam-at the last moment; api-even though;\nananumatam-not being sanctioned by law; alambhanam-against the\ndesire of the Lord; tat-that; upalabhya-perceiving; brahma-tejasawith the effulgence of spiritual bliss; ati-durv i$aherJ- a-being too bright\nand unbearable; dandahyamiinena-burning; vapU$a -with a physical\nbody; sahasa-suddenly; uccacata-fractured\n\n(the deity) ; sa-she;\n\neva-indeed; devi-the goddess; bhadra- kiili-Bhadra Kali:.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll the rogues and thieves who had made arrangements for the\nworship of goddess Kiili were low minded and hound to the modes\n\n", "SB5.1#p0353": "Text 17)\n\nThe Supreme Character of Ja«;ia Bharata\n\n327\n\nof passion and ignorance. They were overpowered by the desire to\nbecome very rich; therefore they had the audacity to disobey the\ninjunctions of the Vedas, so much so that they were prepared to\nkill Ja«;la Bharata, a self-realized soul born in a brahmlll,la family.\nDue to their envy, these dacoits brought him before the goddess\nKiili for sacrifice. Such people are always addicted to envious activities, and therefore they dared to try to kill Ja«;la Bharata. Ja«;la\nBharata was the best friend of all living entities. He was no one's\nenemy, and he was always absorbed in meditation on the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. He was born of a good brahmlll,l a father,\nand killing him was forbidden, even though he might have been\nan enemy or aggressive person. In any case, there was no reason to\nkill Ja«;la Bharata, and the goddess Kali could not bear this. She\ncould immediately understand that these sinful dacoits were about\nto kill a great devotee of the Lord. Suddenly the deity's body burst\nasunder, and the goddess Kii li personally emerged from it in a\nbody burning with an intense and intolerable effulgence.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic injunctions, only an aggressor can be killed. If\n\na person comes with an intent to kill, one can immediately take action\n\nand kill in self-defense. It is also stated that one can be killed if he comes\nto set fire to the home or to pollute or kidnap one's wife. Lord Rama­\n\ncandra killed the entire family of Rava�a because Rava�a kidnapped His\nwife, SitadevL However, killing is not sanctioned in the siistras for other\n\npurposes. The killing of animals in sacrifice to the demigods, who are ex­\n\npansions of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is sanctioned for those\n\nwho eat meat. This is a kind of restriction for meat-eating. In other\n\nwords, the slaughter of animals is also restricted by certain rules and\n\nregulations in the Vedas. Considering these points, there was no reason\n\nto kill JaQ.a Bharata, who was born in a respectable, highly exalted\n\nbrahmar:r,a family. He was a God-realized soul and a well-wisher to all\n\nliving entities. The Vedas did not at all sanction the killing of JaQ.a\n\nBharata by rogues and thieves. Consequently the goddess Bhadra Kali\n\nemerged from the deity to give protection to the Lord's devotee. Srila\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura explains that due to the Brahman\n\neffulgence of such a devotee as JaQ.a Bharata, the deity was fractured.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0354": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n328\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 9\n\nOnly thieves and rogues in the modes of passion and ignorance and maddened by material opulence offer a man in sacrifice before the goddess\nKali. This is not sanctioned by the Vedic instructions. Presently there are\nmany hundreds and thousands of slaughterhouses throughout the world\nthat are maintained by a puffed-up population mad for material opulence. Such activities are never supported by the Bhiigavata school.\nTEXT 18\n\n��HI¥ttiit..l���tR:M�qtfl�(- �\n''Wfil��\n¥t«lt«l«¥tRt{(¥�\ntq� �\n� qlcft4et � �cnf6Wft ft!�����QJn •telt:ijet{t�•nw:t��i (1'( rrUr.1 A'il41Rt«n�����(ijd �«n'i�: � ilftTIWIWJ� �\n�m�ftR:�.t\"ft�� II�� II\n'-!I\n\nbhrsam amar�a-ro�avesa-rabhasa-vilasita-bhru-kuP,-vitapa-ku!iladarh$!raru7Je�ar:Uitopati-bhayanaka-vadana hantu-kiimevedam\nmahaua-hasam ati-samrambherw- vimuficanti tata utpatya papiyasam\nd�!aniim tenaivasina vivrkrw--sir�r:u'im galiit sravantam asrg-asavam\naty�rw-m saha ga7Jena nipiyati-pana-mada-vihvaloccaistaram svapar�adai/:1. saha jagau nanarta ca vijahara ca sira/:1.-kanduka-lilaya.\nbh rsam -very highly; amar$a-in intolerance of the offenses; r(J$ain anger; avesa-of her absorption; rabhasa-vilasita-expanded by the\nforce; bhru-ku!i-of her eyebrows; vi!apa -the branches; ku#lacurved; darh$!ra -teeth; arurw--i�arw--of reddish eyes; atopa-by the\nagitation; ati\nface;\n\n-\n\nvery much; bhayanaka -fearful;\n\nhantu-kama-desirous to destroy;\n\nuniverse;\n\nvadana-having a\n\niva-as if;\n\nmaha-aua-hasam-a greatly fearful\n\nlaugh;\n\nidam-this\n\nati-great;\n\nsamrambherw--because of anger; vimuncant i-releasing; tata/:1.-from\nthat altar;\n\nutpatya-coming forth; papiyasam-of all the sinful;\nd�!tindm -great offenders; tena eva asina-by that same chopper;\nvivrkrw--separated; sir�7)ijm-whose heads; galiit -from the neck; sravantam oozing out; asrk-asavam-the blood, compared to an intoxicating beverage; ati-�rw-m-very hot; saha- with; ga7Jena -her associates; nipiya-drinking; ati-pa na-from drinking so much; mada-by\n-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0355": "Text 19]\n\nThe Supreme Character of Ja«;la Bharata\n\n329\n\nintoxication; vihva/a-overwhelmed; uccai�-taram-very loudly; svapiir$adai�-her own associates; saha-with; jagau-sang; nanartadanced; ca-also; vijahara-played; ca-also; sira�-kanduka-using\nthe heads as balls; lilaya-by sports.\n\\\n\nTRANSLATION\nIntolerant of the offenses committed, the infuriated goddess\nKali flashed her eyes and displayed her fierce, curved teeth. Her\n\nreddish eyes glowed, and she displayed her fearsome features. She\nassumed a frightening body, as if she were prepared to destroy the\nentire creation. Leaping violently from the altar, she immediately\ndecapitated all the rogues and thieves with the very sword with\nwhich they had intended to kill Ja«;la Bharata. She then began to\ndrink the hot blood that flowed from the necks of the beheaded\nrogues and thieves, as if this blood were liquor. Indeed, she drank\nthis intoxicant with her associates, who were witches and female\ndemons. Becoming intoxicated with this blood, they all began to\nsing very loudly and dance as though prepared to annihilate the\nentire universe. At the same time, they began to play with the\nheads of the rogues and thieves, tossing them about as if they were\nhalls.\nPURPORT\nIt is evident from this verse that the devotees of goddess Kali are not at\nall favored by her. It is goddess Kali's work to kill and punish the\ndemons. Goddess Kali (Durga) engages in decapitating many demons,\ndacoits and other unwanted elements in society. Neglecting Kn>Q.a consciousness, foolish people try to satisfy the goddess by offering her many\nabominable things, but ultimately when there is a little discrepancy in\nthis worship, the goddess punishes the worshiper by taking his life.\nDemoniac people worship goddess Kali to obtain some material benefit.\nbut they are not excused of the sins performed in the name of worship.\nTo sacrifice a man or animal before the deity is specifically forbidden.\nTEXT 19\n\n�q �i ��: �k��\"ll�wt � II�� II\n\n", "SB5.1#p0356": "330\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 9\n\nevam eva khalu mahad-abhicarati-krama/:t ktirtsnyenatmane phalati.\nevam eva-in this way;\n\nkhalu-indeed;\n\nmahat-to great per­\n\nsonalities; abhicara-in the form of envy; ati-krama/:t-the limit of\noffense; ktirtsnyena-always; atmane-unto oneself; phalati-gives the\nresult.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen an envious person commits an offense before a great per­\n\nsonality, he is always punished in the way mentioned above.\nTEXT 20\n\nna va etad V��J-udatta mahad-adbhutarh yad asambhrama/:t sva-sira.Schedana apatite 'pi vimukta-dehady-atma-bhava-sudrQ-ha-hrdayagranthindrh sarva-sattva-suhrd-atmandrh nirvaira1J,drh sak$ad\nbhagavatanim�ari-varayudhendpramattena tais tair bhavai/:t\nparira/cyyamdlJ-Iindrit tat-pada-mulam akuta.Scid-bhayam upasrtanam\nbhiigavata-paramahamsanam\nna-not; vd-or; e tat-this; v�fJ,u-datta-0 Maharaja Parik�it, who\nwas protected by Lord Vi�l)u; mahat-a great; adbhutam-wonder;\nyat-which; asambhrama/:t-lack of perplexity; sva-sira/:t-chedanewhen the chopping off of the head; apatite-was about to happen; apieven though; vimukta-completely liberated from; deha-adi-atmabhava-the false bodily concept of life; su-drQ-ha-very strong and\ntight; hrdaya-granthindm-of those whose knots within the heart;\nsarva-sattva-suhrt-atmanam-of persons who in their hearts always\nwish well to all living entities; nirvaira1J,dm-who do not find anyone as\ntheir enemy; sak$at-directly; bhagavata-by the Supreme Personality\n\n", "SB5.1#p0357": "Text 20)\n\nThe Supreme Character of Ja�a Bharata\n\n331\n\nof Godhead; anim i§a-invincible time; ari-vara-and the best of weapons, the Sudarsana cakra; iiy udhena-by Him who possesses the weapons; apramattena-not agitated at any time; taib, tai�-by those respective; b havai� -moods of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; parirak$yama�nam-of persons who are protected; tat-pada-m ulam- at the\n\nlotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; akutaScit-from\nnowhere; bhay am-fear; upasrtanam-of those who have taken complete shelter;\n\nbhagavata-of devotees of the Lord; parama-ham­\n\nsanam-of the most liberated persons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi then said to Maharaja Parik�it: 0 Vi�:.rmdatta,\n\nthose who already know that the soul is separate from the body,\nwho are liberated from the invincible knot in the heart, who are al­\n\nways engaged in welfare activities for all living entities and who\n\nnever contemplate harming anyone are always protected by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who carries His disc [the Sudar­\n\nsana cakra) and acts as supreme time to kill the demons and protect\nHis devotees. The devotees always take shelter at the lotus feet of\n\nthe Lord. Therefore at all times, even if threatened by decapi­\n\ntation, they remain unagitated. For them, this is not at all\n\nwonderful.\n\nPURPORT\nThese are some of the great qualities of a pure devotee of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. First, a devotee· is firmly convinced of his\nspiritual identity. He never identifies with the body; he is firmly convinced that the spirit soul is different from the body. Consequently he\nfears nothing. Even though his life may be threatened, he is not at all\nafraid. He does not even treat an enemy like an enemy. Such are the\nqualifications of devotees. Devotees are always fully dependent on the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and the Lord is always eager to give\nthem all protection in all circumstances.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Ninth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Supreme Character of\n]lU}a Bharata.\"\n\n", "SB5.1#p0358": "CHAPTER TEN\n\nThe Discussion Between\nJa<_la Bharata and Maharaja Rahiigal).a\nIn this chapter Bharata Maharaja, now Ja�a Bharata, was successfully accepted by King Rahiigar;ta, ruler of the states known as Sindhu and\nSauvira. The King forced Ja�a Bharata to carry his palanquin and\nchastised him because he did not carry it properly. A carrier of King\nRahiigar;ta's palanquin was needed, and to fulfill this need the chief carriers found Ja�a Bharata as the most likely person to do the work. He was\ntherefore forced to carry the palanquin. Ja�a Bharata, however, did not\nprotest this proud order, but humbly accepted the job and carried the\npalanquin. While carrying it, however, he was very careful to see that he\ndid not step on an ant, and whenever he saw one, he would stop until the\nant had passed. Because of this, he could not keep pace with the other\ncarriers. The King within the palanquin became very disturbed and\nchastised Ja�a Bharata with filthy language, but Ja�a Bharata, being\ncompletely freed from the bodily conception, did not protest; he proceeded carrying the palanquin. When he continued as before, the King\nthreatened him with punishment, and being threatened by the King,\nJa�a Bharata began to talk. He protested against the filthy language used\nby the King when the King chastised him, and the King, hearing the in­\n\nstructions of Ja«;la Bharata, was awakened to his real knowledge. When\n\nhe came to his consciousness, he understood that he had offended a great,\nlearned and saintly person. At that time he very humbly and respectfully\nprayed to Ja«;la Bharata. He now wanted to understand the deep meaning\nof the philosophical words used by Ja�a Bharata, and with great sincerity, he begged his pardon. He admitted that if one offends the lotus\nfeet of a pure devotee, he is certainly punished by the trident of Lord\nSiva.\n\n333\n\n", "SB5.1#p0359": "334\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��\naN fu;�� �\"� �mr\n\n���� ij�1j�q�\n\nftlfit€hlect'�'\"�\"IJ(� �t.mmr��n ����tim\nfl1 �(ilillit m��t �q��f<f �AI!�: � �:\nJr'lli¥t6G>( !m ftl�t � ���: I I � I I\nsri-suka uvaca\natha sindhu-sauvira-pate rahllgar:msya vrajata i/cyui7Ultyiis tate tatkula-patina sibika-vaha-pur�anve�ar_w,-sai7Ulye daivenopasaditab, sa\ndvija-vara upalabdha e�a piva yuva samhananango go-kharavad\ndhuram vorj,hum alam iti purva-v�#-grhitaib, saha grhitab, prasabham\natad-arha uvaha sibikam sa 17Ulhanubhavab,.\nsri-sukab, uvaca-Sukadeva Gosvami continued to speak: atha-thus;\nsindhu-sauvira-pateb,-of the ruler of the states known as Sindhu and\nSauvira; rahu-gar:msya-the King known as Rahugal).a; vrajatab,-while\ngoing (to the asrai7Ul of Kapila); i/cyu-17Ultyab, tate-on the bank of the\nriver known as Ik�umati; tat-kula-patina-by the leader of the palanquin carriers; sibika-vaha-to become a carrier of the palanquin;\npur�a-anve�ar_w,-sai7Ulye-at the time of searching for a man;\ndaivena-by chance; upasaditab,-led near; sab,-that; dvija-vara/:tJa�a Bharata, the son of a brahi7Ulr_w,; upalabdha/:t-obtained; e�a/:tthis man; piva-very strong and stout; yuva-young; samhananaanga/:t-having very firm limbs; go-khara-vat-like a cow or an ass;\ndhuram-a load; vorj,hum-to carry; alam-able; iti-thus thinking;\npurva-v�#-grhitaib,-others who were formerly forced to do the task;\nsaha-with; grhitab,-being taken; prasabham-by force; a-tatarhab,-although not fit for carrying the palanquin; uooha-carried;\nsibikam-the palanquin; sa/:t-he; 17Ulha-anubhava/:t-a great soul.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami continued: My dear King, after this, King\n\nRahiigaJ.la, ruler of the states known as Sindhu and Sauvira, was\n\n", "SB5.1#p0360": "Text2]\n\nMaharaja Rahiiglll).a Meets Ja<}.a Bharata\n\n335\n\ngoing to Kapilasrama. When the King's chief palanquin carriers\nreached the banks of the River lk�umati, they needed another carrier. Therefore they began searching for someone, and by chance\nthey came upon Ja<}.a Bharata. They considered the fact that Ja<}.a\nBharata was very young and strong and had firm limbs. Like cows\nand asses, he was quite fit to carry loads. Thinking in this way,\nalthough the great soul Ja<}.a Bharata was unfit for such work, they\nnonetheless unhesitatingly forced him to carry the palanquin.\nTEXT2\n\nft f&::st€1<�!¥il'I€1Jlcr.ra••� �qrftu �($'1•1Rt(ij«J\nRqq•Rtf ((Cf3Jfit�f � � �� � t enm:\n�� f� A'f- ���fi�Rt II � tt\n��\n\nyadii hi dvija-varasye�u-matravalokanugater na sa111i,hita puru-§agatis tadii v4ama-gatiim sva-sibikarh rahilgar:w upadharya purU-§an\nadhivahata aha he vOl)hara� sadhv atikramata kim iti v4amam uhyate\nyanam iti.\nyadii-when; hi-certainly; dvija-varasya-of JaQa Bharata; 4u111i,tra-the measurement of an arrow (three feet) ahead; avalokaanugate�-from moving only after glancing; na sa111i,hita-not united;\npurU-§a-gati�-the movement of the carriers;\n\ntadii-at that time;\n\nv4ama-gatam-becoming uneven; sva-sibikam-his own palanquin;\nrahilgar:w�-King Rahiigai,la; upadluirya-understanding; purU-§anunto the men; adhivahata!l-who were carrying the palanquin; aha-::said;\n\nhe-oh;\n\nv0l),luira�-carriers\n\nof\n\nthe\n\npalanquin;\n\nsadhu\n\natikramata-please walk evenly so that there will not be bouncing; kim\niti-for what reason; v4amam-uneven; uhyate-is being carried;\nyanam-the palanquin; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nThe palanquin, however, was very erratically carried by Ja<;la\nBharata due to his sense of nonviolence. As he stepped forward, he\nchecked before him every three feet to see whether he was about\n\n", "SB5.1#p0361": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n336\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\nto step on ants. Consequently he could not keep pace with the\nother carriers. Due to this, the palanquin was shaking, and King\nRahiig�a immediately asked the carriers, \"Why are you carrying\n\nthis palanquin unevenly? Better carry it properly.\"\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough Ja�a Bharata was forced to carry the palanquin, he did not\ngive up his sympathetic feelings toward the poor ants passing on the\nroad. A devotee of the Lord does not forget his devotional service and\nother favorable activities, even when he is in a most distressful condition. Ja�a Bharata was a qualified briihmar,w,, highly elevated in spiritual\nknowledge, yet he was forced to carry the palanquin. He did not mind\nthis, but while walking on the road, he could not forget his duty to avoid\nkilling even an ant. A Vai�l).ava is never envious or unnecessarily\nviolent. There were many ants on the path, but Ja�a Bharata took care by\nlooking ahead three feet. When the ants were no longer in his way, he\nwould place his foot on the ground. A Vai�l).ava is always very kind at\nheart to all living entities. In His siinkhya-yoga, Lord Kapiladeva explains: suhrda� sarva-dehiniim. Living entities assume different bodily\nforms. Those who are not Vai�l).avas consider only human society worthy\nof their sympathy, but Kr�l).a claims to be the supreme father of all life\nforms. Consequently the Vai�l).ava takes care not to annihilate untimely\nor unnecessarily any life form. All living entities have to fulfill a certain\nduration for being encaged in a particular type of material body. They\n\nhave to finish the duration allotted a particular body before being promoted or evolved to another body. Killing an animal or any other living\nbeing simply places an impediment in the way of his completing his term\nof imprisonment in a certain body. One should therefore not kill bodies\nfor one's sense gratification, for this will implicate one in sinful activity.\nTEXT3\n\n3{q\n\nij\n\n���: ({tql�+¥1ijql�o�i!�ttl'68ftcrq;m�\n\nN�n��: II � II\n\natha ta iSvara-vaca� sopiilambham upiikarrJ-yopiiya-tunyiic chankitamanasas tam vijfiapayam babhuvu�.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0362": "Text\n\n4]\n\nMaharaja Rahiigat:ta Meets Jac;la Bharata\n\n337\n\natha-thus; te-they (the carriers of the palanquin); iSvara-vacaft,the words of the master, King Rahugai,Ia;\n\nsa-upalambham-with\n\nreproach; upakar�ya-hearing; upaya-the means; turiyat-from the\nfourth one; sankita-manasaft,-whose minds were afraid; tam-him\n(the King); vijnapayam babhuvuft,-in£ormed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the palanquin carriers heard the threatening words of\nMaharaja Rahiigat:ta, they became very afraid of his punishment\nand began to speak to him as follows.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to political science, a king sometimes tries to pacify his\nsubordinates, sometimes chastises them, sometimes derides them and\nsometimes rewards them. In this way the king rules his subordinates.\nThe bearers of the palanquin could understand that the King was angry\nand that he would chastise them.\nTEXT4\n\neri �� sr� w�Alii+il�q�: � «f1': 1 31tn{��;r\n�sfq WI ad �m � � qt§l � � ql�ill'i � II � II\nWI\n\nna vayarit nara-deva pramatta bhavan-niyamanupatha!t sadhv eva\nvahamaft,. ayam adhunaiva niyukto 'pi na drutarit vrajati nanena saha\nvol}hum u ha vayarit parayama iti.\nna-not; vayam-we; nara-deva-0 lord among human beings (the\nking is supposed to be the representative of deva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead); pramattab,-neglectful in our duties; bhavat­\n\nniyama-anupathab,-who are always obedient to your order; sadhuproperly;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nvahamab,-we are carrying;\n\nayam-this\n\nman; adhuna-just recently; eva-indeed; niyuktab,-being engaged to\nwork with us; api-although; na-not; drutam-very quickly; vrajati-works; na-not; anena-him; saha-with; v<X)hum-to carry: u\n\nha-oh; vayam-we; parayamab,-are able; iti-thus.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0363": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n338\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 lord, please note that we are not at all negligent in discharging\n\nour duties. We have been faithfully carrying this palanquin ac­\n\ncording to your desire, hut this man who has been recently\nengaged to work with us cannot walk very swiftly. Therefore we\n\nare not able to carry the palanquin with him.\nPURPORT\n\nThe other palanquin carriers were sildras, whereas Ja�a Bharata was\n\nnot only a high-caste brahmar)a but also a great devotee. Sudras do not\n\nsympathize with other living beings, but a Vai�Q.ava cannot act like a\n\nsudra. Whenever a sudra and a brahma7Ja Vai�Q.ava are combined, there\n\nwill certainly be imbalance in the execution of duties. The sudras were\nwalking with the palanquin without at all caring for the ants on the\n\nground, but Ja�a Bharata could not act like a sudra, and therefore\ndifficulty arose.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� � ��fir Ql� �\n�t!q(ffiRt f.ri'�WJ fil�+q iqu1�� mn qtl1Jf �tftrnf.Rtifor '1'�(1\nwsft\n���m:'{!Jtlll�'i«\n�fflit\n\n\\iil(f�flf.t �msst(f� II � II\n\nsarhsargiko do$a eva nilnam ekasyapi sarve$arh sarhsargika�m\n\nbhavitum arhatiti niScitya niSamya krpar)a-vaco raja rahilgar)a upasitavrddho 'pi nisarge7Ja baliit krta �ad-utthita-manyur avispU$!a-brahma­\n\ntejasam jata-vedasam iva rajasavrta-matir aha.\n\nsarhsargika�-resulting from intimate association; do$a�-a fault;\n\neva-indeed; nilnam-certainly; ekasya-of one; api-although; sar­\n\nVe$am-of all other; sarhsargika�m-persons associated with him;\n\nbhavitum-to become; arhati-is able; iti-thus; niScitya-ascertain\n\ning; niSamya-by hearing; k rpa7Ja-vaca�\n\n-\n\n­\n\nthe words of the poor ser­\n\nvants, who were very afraid of being punished;\n\nraja-the King;\n\n", "SB5.1#p0364": "Text6)\n\nMaharaja Rahiig&:Ia Meets Ja\"a Bharata\n\n339\n\nrahaga��-Rahuga�a; upasita-vrddha�-having served and heard\nfrom many elderly sages; api-in spite of; nisarge�a-by his personal\nnature, which was that of a lcyatriya; bakU-by force; krta�-done;\n!§at-slightly; utthita-awakened; manyu�-whose anger; avispll$!anot being distinctly visible;\n\nbrahma-tejasam-his (Ja�a Bharata's)\n\nspiritual effulgence; jiita-vedasam-a fire covered by ashes in Vedic\nritualistic ceremonies; iva-like; rajasii avrta-covered by the mode of\npassion; mati�-whose mind; aha-said.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Rahiig&:Ia could understand the speeches given by the carriers, who were afraid of being punished. He could also understand that simply due to the fault of one person, the palanquin was\nnot being carried properly. Knowing this perfectly well and hearing their appeal, he became a little angry, although he was very advanced in political science and was very experienced. His anger\narose due to his inborn nature as a king. Actually King Rahiig&:Ia's\nmind was covered by the mode of passion, and he therefore spoke\nas follows to Ja\"a Bharata, whose Brahman effulgence was not\nclearly visible, being covered like a fire covered by ashes.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe distinction between rajo-gu� and sattva-gu� is explained in this\nverse. Although the King was very upright and advanced in political\nscience and governmental management, he was nonetheless in the mode\nof passion, and therefore, due to a slight agitation, he became angry. JaQ.a\nBharata, despite all kinds of injustice endured because of his deaf and\ndumb display, remained silent by the strength of his spiritual advancement. Nonetheless his brahma-teja�, his Brahman effulgence, was indistinctly visible in his person.\nTEXT6\n\n� � �•ao4:mu(i qft� �:tRit� �er i3if�� �{\n�T��� WI 4(i1i11�'1 �m :itT�� Q'� wit�� �\n\n", "SB5.1#p0365": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n340\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\nqff� � ef! ftSI�S1:ll�lil �����������\nS€4�{!f.f ���st ��rqij'f4�<mr� ��\nftrfiRij 'l;{q�N II � II\naho kll§!arh bhratar vyaktam uru-pariSranto dirgham adhvanam eka eva\nuhivan suciram nati-piva na samhananango jarasa copadruto bhavan\nsakhe no evapara ete saflgha!#na iti bahu-vipralabdho 'py avidyaya\nracita-dravya-gu!UJ-ka7711iSaya-sva-carama-kalevare 'vastuni\nsamsthiina-viSe�e 'ham mamety anadhyaropita-mithya-pratyayo\nbrahma-bhutas t��im sibikam pilrvavad uvaha.\naho-alas;\n\nbhratab,-my dear\n\nkll§!am-how troublesome it is;\n\nbrother; vyaktam-clearly; uru-very much; pariSrantab,-fatigued;\ndirgham-a long;\n\nadhvanam-path;\n\nekab,-alone;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nuhivan-you have carried; su-ciram-for a long time; na-not; atipiva-very strong and stout; na-nor; samhanana-angab,-having a\nfirm, tolerant body; jarasa-by old age; ca-also; upadrutab,-disturbed; bhavan-yourself; sakhe-my friend;\n\nno\n\neva-not certainly;\n\napare-the other; ete-all these; sangha!#nab,-co-workers; iti-thus;\nbahu-very much;\nalthough;\n\nvipralabdhab,-sarcastically criticized;\n\navidyaya-by nescience;\n\nracita\n\n-\n\nmanufactured;\n\napi­\n\ndravya­\n\ngu!UJ karma-asaya-in a combination of material elements, material\n-\n\nqualities, and the results of past activities and desires; sva-caramakalevare-in the body, which is moved by the subtle elements (mind, intelligence and ego); avastuni-in such physical things; samsthiinaviSe�e-having a particular disposition; aham mama-1 and mine; itiin this way;\n\nanadhyaropita-not interposed;\n\nmithya-false;\n\npra­\n\ntyayab,-belief; brahma-bhutab,-who was self-realized, standing on\nthe Brahman platform; ��im-being silent; sibikam-the palanquin;\npilrva-vat-as before; uvaha-carried.\nTRANSLATION\n\nKing RahiigaJ.Ia told Ja«;la Bharata: How troublesome this is, my\ndear brother. You certainly appear very fatigued because you have\n\n", "SB5.1#p0366": "Text 6]\n\nMaharaja Rahuga:t;�a Meets Jac;la Bharata\n\n341\n\ncarried this palanquin alone without assistance for a long time and\nfor a long distance. Besides that, due to your old age you have\nbecome greatly troubled. My dear friend, I see that you are not\nvery firm, nor very strong and stout. Aren't your fellow carriers\ncooperating with you?\nIn this way the King criticized Jac;la Bharata with sarcastic words,\nyet despite being criticized in this way, Jac;la Bharata had no bodily\nconception of the situation. He knew that he was not the body, for\nhe had attained his spiritual identity. He was neither fat, lean nor\nthin, nor had he anything to do with a lump of matter, a combination of the five gross and three subtle elements. He had nothing to\ndo with the material body and its two hands and legs. In other\nwords, he had completely realized his spiritual identity [aharit\nbrahmiismi]. He was therefore unaffected by this sarcastic criticism\nfrom the King. Without saying anything, he continued carrying\nthe palanquin as before.\nPURPORT\nJal,la Bharata was completely liberated. He did not even care when the\ndacoits attempted to kill his body; he knew that he certainly was not the\nbody. Even if the body were killed, he would not have cared, for he was\nthoroughly convinced of the proposition found in Bhagavad-gua (2.20):\nna\n\nhanyate hanyamiine sarire. He knew that he could not be killed even\n\nif his body were killed. Although he did not protest, the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His agent could not tolerate the injustice of the\ndacoits; therefore he was saved by the mercy of Kr�I).a, and the dacoits\nwere killed. In this case, while carrying the palanquin, he also knew that\nhe was not the body. This body was very strong and stout, in sound condition and quite competent to carry the palanquin. Due to his being freed\nfrom the bodily conception, the sarcastic words of the King did not at all\naffect him. The body is created according to one's karma, and material\nnature supplies the ingredients for the development of a certain type of\nbody. The soul the body covers is different from the bodily construction:\ntherefore anything favorable or mischievous done to the body does not\naffect the spirit soul. The Vedic injunction is asango hy ayarit pur�a}:t:\nthe spirit soul is always unaffected by material arrangements.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0367": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n342\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT7\n\n3N �:\n\n�mffiltrt\n\nw-��trt • �ffi �:\n\nNiflla:¥4� � it€4fl(«l +if �� q�R=t�'fta�m:r st¥{��\na:�fUrror �t(l � �fa' �\n� ij � f���ijf\n��« �Rr II \\9 II\natha puna/:£ sva-sibikayam v�ama-gatayam prakupita uvaca\nrahiigar:w/:t kim idam are tvam jivan-mrto mam kadarthi-krtya bhartrsasanam aticarasi pramattasya ca te karomi cikitsam dar:uf.a-partir iva\njanataya yatha prakrtim svam bhaj�yasa iti.\n\natka-thereafter; puna/:t-again; sva-sibikayam-in his own palanquin;\n\nv�ama-gatayam- being unevenly carried because of Ja<;la\nBharata's not walking properly; prakupita /:t-becoming very angry;\nuooca-said; rahagar:w/:t-King RahiigaQa; kim idam-what is this\nnonsense; are-0 fool; tvam-you; jivat-living; mrta/:t-dead;\nmam-me;\nkat-a rthi krtya- n eglecting ; bhartr-sasanam-chastise ment by the master; aticarasi-you are overstepping; pramattasyawho are almost crazy; ca-also; te-your; karomi-1 shall do; cikitsam-proper treatment; dar:uf.a-par:ti/:t iva-like Yamaraja; janataya/:tof the people in general; yatha-so that; prakrtim- natural position;\nsvam-your own; bhaj�yase-you will take to; iti-thus.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, when the King saw that his palanquin was still being\nshaken by the carriers, he became very angry and said: You rascal,\nwhat are you doing? Are you dead despite the life within your\nbody? Do you not know that I am your master? You are disregarding me and are not carrying out my order. For this disobedience I\n\nshall now punish you j ust as Yamariij a, the superintendent of\n\ndeath, punishes sinful people. I shall give you proper treatment so\nthat you will come to your senses and do the correct thing.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0368": "Text 8]\n\nMaharaja Rahugar:ta Meets Ja«;la Bharata\n\n343\n\nTEXTS\n\n�� �:§:'IN �ui\n\nil��� �� QlRU�N:§.W�\n\n� Rt<�<tl�q�\n�d �'llf;R « � i1m01t\n�: �l{6t!(G\\I€+it �fQ��t WflRI1�q�qfd' ��;r �\nN� �ll�ll\nevam bahv abaddham api bhii$amii7Jarh nara-devabhimiinam rajasa\ntamasanuviddhena madena tiraskrtase$a-bhagavat-priya-niketam\npa1J4,ita-miininam sa bhagavan brahmar:w brahma-bhuta-sarva-bhutasuhrd-atma yogesvara-caryayam nati-vyutpanna-matim smayamiina\niva vigata-smaya idam aha.\n\nevam-in this way; bahu-much; abaddham-nonsensical; apialthough; bha$ama7Jam- talking; nara-deva-abhimanam- King\nRahiigai.J.a; who thought himself the ruler; rajasa-by the material mode\nof passion; tamasa-as well as by the mode of ignorance; anuviddhe n a- being increased; madena-by madness; tiraskrta-who\nrebuked; a5e$a-innumerable; bhagavat priya-niketam-devotees of\nthe Lord; pa1J4,ita-miininam-considering himself a very learned\nscholar; sab-that; bhagaoon-spiritually most powerful (JaQa\nBharata); brahma7Jab-a fully qualified brahma7Ja; brahma-bhutafully self-realized; sarva-bhuta-suhrt-atmii-who was thus the friend of\nall living entities; yoga-iSvara-of the most advanced mystic yogis;\ncaryayam-in the behavior; na ati-vyutpanna-matim-unto King\nRahiigai.J.a, who was not actually experienced; smayamanaft-sligh t ly\nsmiling; iva-like; vigata-smayab-who was relieved from all material\npride; idam-this; aha-spoke.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThinking himself a king, King Rahiigar:ta was in the bodily conception and was influenced by material nature's modes of passion\nand ignorance. Due to madness, he chastised Ja«;la Bharata with uncalled-for and contradictory words. Ja«;la Bharata was a topmost\n\n", "SB5.1#p0369": "344\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\ndevotee and the dear abode of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Although considering himself very learned, the King\n\ndid not know about the position of an advanced devotee situated in\ndevotional service, nor did he know his characteristics. Ja�a\nBharata was the residence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nhe always carried the form of the Lord within his heart. He was the\n\ndear friend of all living beings, and he did not entertain any bodily\nconception. He therefore smiled and spoke the following words.\nPURPORT\nThe distinction between a person in the bodily conception and a person\n\nbeyond the bodily conception is presented in this verse. In the bodily\nconception, King RahugaQa considered himself a king and chastised JaQ.a\n\nBharata in so many unwanted ways. Being self-realized, JaQ.a Bharata,\n\nwho was fully situated on the transcendental platform, did not at all\n\nbecome angry; instead, he smiled and began to deliver his teachings to\n\nKing RahugaQa. A highly advanced Vai�Qava devotee is a friend to all\n\nliving entities, and consequently he is a friend to his enemies also. In\nfact, he does not consider anyone to be his enemy.\n\nSuhrda� sarva­\n\ndehiniim. Sometimes a Vai�Qava becomes superficially angry at a non­\n\ndevotee, but this is good for the nondevotee. We have several examples\n\nof this in Vedic literature. Once Narada became angry with the two sons\nof Kuvera, Nalakuvera and MaQigrlva, and he chastised them by turning\n\nthem into trees. The result was that later they were liberated by Lord Sri\n\n��Qa. The devotee is situated on the absolute platform, and when he is\n\nangry or pleased, there is no difference, for in either case he bestows his\nbenediction.\n\nTEXT9\nifmiJ'{�\n\n��\n\no�f�\n\n11a: � � �ft: � �: ,\n�ft:\n��\ntft� uit ;r m:t !1�: II � II\n\n", "SB5.1#p0370": "Text 9]\n\nMaharaja RahugaJ).a Meets Ja\"a Bharata\n\n345\n\nbriihmar:ta uviica\ntvayoditarit vyaktam avipralabdharit\nbhartu/:t sa me syiid yadi vira bhiira/:t\ngantur yadi syiid adhigamyam adhvii\npiveti rasau na vidiim praviida/:t\n\nbrahmar:ta/:t uviica-the learned brahmar,ta (Ja<;la Bharata) spoke;\n\ntvayii-by you; uditam-explained; vyaktam-very clearly; avipralabdham- without contradictions; bhartu/:t-of the bearer, the body;\nsa/:t-that; me-mine; syiit-it would have been; yadi-if; vira-0\ngreat hero (Maharaja RahugaQa); bhiira/:t-a load; gantu/:t-of the\nmover, also the body; yadi-if; syiit-it had been; adhigamyam-the\nobject to be obtained; adhvii-the path; pivii-very stout and strong;\niti-thus; rasau-in the body; na-not; vidiim-of the self-realized\n\npersons; praviida/:t-subject matter for discussion.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great briihm8J).a Ja\"a Bharata said: My dear King and hero,\nwhatever you have spoken sarcastically is certainly true. Actually\nthese are not simply words of chastisement, for the body is the carrier. The load carried by the body does not belong to me, for I am\nthe spirit soul. There is no contradiction in your statements\nbecause I am different from the body. I am not the carrier of the\npalanquin; the body is the carrier. Certainly, as you have hinted, I\nhave not labored carrying the palanquin, for I am detached from\nthe body. You have said that I am not stout and strong, and these\nwords are befitting a person who does not know the distinction\nbetween the body and the soul. The body may he fat or thin, hut\nno learned man would say such things of the spirit soul. As far as\nthe spirit soul is concerned, I am neither fat nor skinny; therefore\nyou are correct when you say that I am not very stout. Also, if the\nobject of this journey and the path leading there were mine, there\nwould be many troubles for me, but because they relate not to me\nbut to my body, there is no trouble at all.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0371": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n346\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gitii it is stated that one who is advanced in spiritual\nknowledge is not disturbed by the pains and pleasures of the material\nbody. The material body is completely separate from the spirit soul, and\nthe pains and pleasures of the body are superfluous. The practice of\nausterity and penance is meant for understanding the distinction between the body and the soul and how the soul can be unaffected by the\npleasures and pains of the body. Ja�a Bharata was actually situated on\nthe platform of self-realization. He was completely aloof from the bodily\nconception; therefore he immediately took this position and convinced\nthe King that whatever contradictory things the King had said about his\nbody did not actually apply to him as a spirit soul.\nTEXT 10\n\n� � � 31Ntf�\n� lPi �re�• �� :q 1\n\nf;m:t\n\ne\n\n\"\n\nmt%({�: �\n� \\ll� � 1J ;J m;a- II � II\no\n\nsthaulyarh karsyarh vyadhaya adhaya§ ca\n\nk$ut tnl bhayarh kalir iccha jara ca\nnidra ratir manyur aham mada/:1, suco\ndehena jatasya hi me na santi\nsthaulyam-being very stout and strong; karsyam-being skinny and\nweak; vyadhayalt-the pains of the body, such as disease; adhayaltthe pains of the mind; ca-and; k{;ut tr! bhayam-hunger, thirst and\nfear; kali/:1,-quarrels between two persons; iccha-desires; jara-old\nage; ca-and; nidra-sleep; ratilt-attachment for sense gratification;\nmanyult-anger; aham-false identification (in the bodily concept of\nlife); madalt-illusion; sucalt-lamentation; dehena-with this body;\njatasya-of one who has taken birth; hi-certainly; me-of me; na not; santi-exist.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0372": "Text 10]\n\nMaharaja RahiigaJ.Ia Meets Ja�a Bharata\n\n347\n\nTRANSLATION\nFatness, thinness, bodily and mental distress, thirst, hunger,\nfear, disagreement, desires for material happiness, old age, sleep,\nattachment for material possessions, anger, lamentation, illusion\nand identification of the body with the self are all transformations\nof the material covering of the spirit soul. A person absorbed in\nthe material bodily conception is affected by these things, hut I am\nfree from all bodily conceptions. Consequently I am neither fat\nnor skinny nor anything else you have mentioned.\nPURPORT\n\nSri:la Narottama dasa Thakura has sung: deha-smrti niihi yara, sarit­\n\nsara-bandhana kahan tara. One who is spiritually advanced has no con­\n\nnection with the body or with the bodily actions and reactions. When one\n\ncomes to understand that he is not the body and therefore is neither fat\n\nnor skinny, one attains the topmost form of spiritual realization. When\n\none is not spiritually realized, the bodily conception entangles one in the\nmaterial world. At the present moment all human society is laboring\n\nunder the bodily conception; therefore in the sastras people in this age\n\nare referred to as dvipada-pa5u, two-legged animals. No one can be\nhappy in a civilization conducted by such animals. Our _Kr�t;ta conscious­\n\nness movement is trying to raise fallen human society to the status of\nspiritual understanding. It is not possible for everyone to become im­\n\nmediately self-realized like Ja<;la Bharata. However, as stated in SnmadBhagavatam\n\n( 1.2.18):\n\n�!a-praye�v abhadre�u nityam bhagavata­\n\nsevaya. By spreading the Bhagavata principles, we can raise human\n\nsociety to the platform of perfection. When one is not affected by the\nbodily conceptions, one can advance to the Lord's devotional service.\n�!a-praye�v abhadre�u\nnityam bhagavata-sevaya\nbhagavaty uttama5loke\nbhaktir bhavati na�!iki\nThe more we advance our freedom from the bodily conception, the more\n\nwe are fixed in devotional service, and the more we are happy and\n\n", "SB5.1#p0373": "[Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhag avatam\n\n348\n\npeaceful. In this regard, Sri:la Madhvacarya says that those who are too\nmaterially affected continue the bodily conception. Such persons are concerned with different bodily symptoms, whereas one freed from bodily\nconceptions lives without the body even in the material condition.\nTEXT 11\n\n�cc�€4 f;Nir;r ���\n<JtltiR�cctlft\\t(1�\nW{ 1\n����\nij�l�ij$ �: 11��11\n'.!>\n\njivan-mrtatvam niyamena rtijan\nadyantavad yad vikrtasya dmam\nsva-svamya-bhiivo dhruva it;lya yatra\ntarhy ucyate 'sau vidhikrtya-yogab,\njivat-mrtatvam-the quality of being dead while living; niyamenaby the laws of nature;\n\nrtijan-0 King;\n\nadi- anta - vat\n\n-\n\neverything\n\nmaterial has a beginning and an end; yat-because; vikrtasya-of\nthings that are transformed, such as the body; dmam-is seen; svasvamya-bhiivab,-the\n\ncondition\n\nof\n\nservanthood\n\nand\n\nmastership;\n\ndhruvab,-unchangeable; it;lya-0 you who are worshiped; yatrawherein; tarhi-then; ucyate-it is said; asau-that; vidhi-krtyayogab,-fitness of order and duty.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, you have unnecessarily accused me of being dead\n\nthough alive. In this regard, I can only say that this is the case\n\neverywhere because everything material has its beginning and\nend. As far as your thinking that you are the king and master and\n\nare thus trying to order me, this is also incorrect because these\npositions are temporary. Today you are a king and I am your servant, but tomorrow the position may be changed, and you may he\n\nmy servant and I your master. These are temporary circumstances\n\ncreated by providence.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0374": "Text 12]\n\nMaharaja Rahiiga:r:ta Meets Ja9a Bharata\n\n349\n\nPURPORT\nThe bodily conception is the basic principle of suffering in material\nexistence. In Kali-yuga especially, people are so uneducated that they\ncannot even understand that the body is changing at every moment and\nthat the ultimate change is called death. In this life one may be a king,\nand in the next life one may be a dog, according to karma. The spirit soul\nis in a deep slumber caused by the force of material nature. He is put in\none type of condition and again changed into another type. Without selfrealization and knowledge, conditional life continues, and one falsely\nclaims himself a king, a servant, a cat or a dog. These are simply\ndifferent transformations brought about by the supreme arrangement.\nOne should not be misled by such temporary bodily conceptions. Actually\nno one is master within the material world, for everyone is under the\ncontrol of material nature, which is under the control of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Therefore the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\"Kr�l).a, is the ultimate master. As explained in Caitanya-caritamrta,\nekale i:Svara kmta, ara saba bhrtya: the only master is \"Kr�Qa, and everyone else is His servant. Forgetfulness of our relationship with the\nSupreme Lord brings about our suffering in the material world.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n��,��r«�\n\n�...\n\n:q\n\n��ron� 1\n�� �'ilf�ntoti\n� �'l �\" f€ii ij ����\"\n�\" �\n\ncti\n\nviSe�a-buddher vivaram manak ca\npa.Syama yan na vyavaharato 'nyat\nka i:Svaras tatra kim i:Sitavyam\ntathapi rajan karavama kim te\nviSe�a-buddheb,-of the conception of the distinction between master\nand\n\nservant;\n\nvivaram-the\n\nscope;\n\nmanak-a\n\nlittle:\n\nca-also :\n\npa§yamab,-1 see; yat-which; na-not; vyavaharatab,-than the temporary usage or convention; anyat-other ; kab,-who: i:Svarab,\n\n-\n\nthe\n\n", "SB5.1#p0375": "350\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nmaster; tatra-in this; kim-who;\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\niSitavyam-is to be controlled;\n\ntathapi-nevertheless; riijan-0 King (if you still think that you are\n\nmaster and I am servant); karaviima-I may do; kim- what; tefor you.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, if you still think that you are the King and that I\n\nam your servant, you should order me, and I should follow your\n\norder. I can then say that this differentiation is temporary, and it\n\nexpands only from usage or convention. I do not see any other\ncause. In that case, who is the master, and who is the servant?\n\nEveryone is being forced by the laws of material nature; therefore\n\nno one is master, and no one is servant. Nonetheless, if you think\n\nthat you are the master and that I am the servant, I shall accept this.\n\nPlease order me. What can I do for you?\nPURPORT\n\nIt is said in Srimad-Bhagavatam, aham miimeti: One thinks, \"I am\n\nthis body, and in this bodily relationship he is my master, he is my ser­\n\nvant, she is my wife, and he is my son.\" All these conceptions are tem­\n\nporary due to the inevitable change of body and the arrangement of\n\nmaterial nature. We are gathered together like straws floating in the\n\nwaves of an ocean, straws that are inevitably separated by the laws of the\n\nwaves. In this material world, everyone is floating on the waves of the\nocean of nescience. As described by Bhaktivinoda Thakura:\n\n(miche) miiyiira va§e,\nyiiccha bhese',\nkhaccha habut:)ubu, bhai\nljiva) kmw-diisa,\ne vzsvasa,\nkarle ta' ara du}:tkha niii\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura states that all men and women are floating\n\nlike straws on the waves of material nature. If they come to the under­\n\nstanding that they are the eternal servants of l<.r�Q.a, they will put an end\n\nto this floating condition. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii (3.37): kama e$a\n\nkrodha e$a rajogulJ(l-samudbhava}:t. Due to the mode of passion, we\n\ndesire many things, and according to our desire or anxiety and according\n\n", "SB5.1#p0376": "Text 13]\n\nMaharaja RahftgaJ).a Meets Ja�a Bharata\n\n351\n\nto the order of the Supreme Lord, material nature gives us a certain type\nof body. For some time we play as master or servant, as actors play on the\nstage under someone else's direction. While we are in the human form,\nwe should put an end to this nonsensical stage performance. We should\ncome to our original constitutional position, known as Kr�Q.a consciousness. At the present moment, the real master is material nature. Daivi hy\n\ne�a gur:wmayi mama maya duratyaya (Bg.\n\n7.14). Under the spell of\n\nmaterial nature, we are becoming servants and masters, but if we agree\nto be controlled by the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His eternal\nservants, this temporary condition ceases to exist.\n\nTEXT 13\n•\n\n•\n\n13ri\\�'4�\\itig'��\n\nit tffi f��� I\n31�: fcli� lfeffl f��;r\n�\n:q\nftlrn: II� �II\n�\n\nunmatta-matta-ja<}avat sva-sarhstham\ngatasya me vira cikitsitena\nartha� kiyan bhavata si�itena\nstabdha-pramattasya ca p�tape�a�\nunmatta-madness; matta-a drunkard; ja<}a-vat-like a dunce;\nsva-sarhstham-situation\n\nin\n\nmy\n\noriginal\n\nconstitutional\n\npos1t10n;\n\ngatasya-of one who has obtained; me-of me; vira-0 King; cikitsitena-by your chastisement; artha�-the meaning or purpose:\nkiy an-what; bhavata-by you; si�itena-by being instructed:\nstabdha-dull; pramattasya-of a crazy man; ca-also; p�ta-pe�a/:tlike grinding flour.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, you have said, \"You rascal, you dull, crazy fellow!\nI am going to chastise you, and then you will come to your senses.\"\nIn this regard, let me say that although I live like a dull, deaf and\ndumb man, I am actually a self-realized person. What will you gain\nby punishing me? If your calculation is true and I am a madman,\n\n", "SB5.1#p0377": "352\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\nthen your punishment will be like beating a dead horse. There will\n\nbe no effect. When a madman is punished, he is not cured of his\nmadness.\n\nPURPORT\nEveryone in this material world is working like a madman under cer­\n\ntain impressions falsely acquired in the material condition. For example,\n\na thief who knows that stealing is not good and who knows that it is\nfollowed with punishment by a king or by God, who has seen that thieves\n\nare arrested and punished by the police, nonetheless steals again and\nagain. He is obsessed with the idea that by stealing he will be happy. This\n\nis a sign of madness. Despite repeated punishment, the thief cannot give\n\nup his stealing habit; therefore the punishment is useless.\nTEXT 14\n\n��rn iJ<fT\"'\n\n'«1t�fl\\��n�� ��q �f.l� �q�144�ne rnffl�fwtfiffl �'{+illtwt � oqq;w�i ��fq �¥Ott�I� II� �II\nsri-suka uvaca\netavad anuvada-parib�aya pratyudirya muni-vara upa5ama-sila\nuparatanatmya-nimitta upabhogena karmarabdham vyapanayan rajayanam api tathovaha.\nsri-suka/:t uvdca-Sukadeva Gosviimi continued to speak; etavat-so\nmuch; anuvada-parib�aya-by explanatory repetition of words\nspoken previously by the King; pratyudirya-giving replies one after\n\n-\n\nanother; muni-vara/:t-great sage Jaqa Bharata; upa5ama sila/:t\n\n- who\n\nwas calm and peaceful in character; uparata-ceased; a nat mya-things\nnot related to the soul; nimitta/:£-whose cause (ignorance) for identifica­\n\ntion with things not related to the soul; upabhogena-by accepting the\nconsequences of his karma; karma-arabdham-the resultant action now\n\nattained; vyapanayan-finishing;\n\nraja-yanam-the\n\npalanquin of the\n\nKing; api-again; tatha-as before; uvaha-continued to carry.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0378": "Text 14]\n\nMaharaja Rahugal).a Meets Ja9a Bharata\n\n353\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami said:\n\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, when King\n\nRahugal).a chastised the exalted devotee Ja9a Bharata with harsh\nwords, that peaceful, saintly person tolerated it all and replied\n\nproperly. Nescience is due to the bodily conception, and Ja9a\n\nBharata was not affected by this false conception. Out of his\n\nnatural humility, he never considered himself a great devotee, and\n\nhe agreed to suffer the results of his past karma. Like an ordinary\n\nman, he thought that by carrying the palanquin, he was destroying\n\nthe reactions of his past misdeeds. Thinking in this way, he began\n\nto carry the palanquin as before.\n\nPURPORT\nAn exalted devotee of the Lord never thinks that he is a paramnhamsa\nor a liberated person. He always remains a humble servant of the Lord.\nIn all reverse conditions, he agrees to suffer the results of his past life.\nHe never accuses the Lord of putting him into a distressed condition.\nThese\n\nare the signs of an exalted devotee. Tat te 'nukampam\nsusamilcyyamii1Jil�. When suffering reversed conditions, the devotee al­\n\nways considers that the reverse conditions are the Lord's concessions. He\nis never angry with his master; he is always satisfied with the position his\nmaster offers. In any case, he continues performing his duty in devotional service. Such a person is guaranteed promotion back home, back to\nGodhead. As stated in Srimnd-Bhagavatam (10.14.8):\n\ntat te 'nukampam susami/cyamaiJ-0\nbhuiijana evatmn-krtam vipakam\nhrd-vag-vapurbhir vidadhan namns te\njiveta yo mukti-pade sa diiya-bhak\n\"My dear Lord, one who constantly waits for Your causeless mercy to be\nbestowed upon him and who goes on suffering the reactions of his past\nmisdeeds, offering You respectful obeisances from the core of his heart .\nis surely eligible for liberation, for it has become his rightful claim ...\n\n", "SB5.1#p0379": "354\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 15\n\nij'\n\n� q1%&�� f�Qliitl(qRt(ij��ijiQit�f �.tq�tNm�H­\n\n��:q.:i ((� 3lT�� if��lfl!f�ij�� ������\nf�HH 'ft��q�: �ijW.£'1_ fcr�q�Cf�P:J \\RT� II � � II\nsa capi par.u)aveya sindhu-sauvira-patis tattva-jijnasayam samyaksraddhayadhikrtadhikaras tad dhrdaya-granthi-mocanam dvija-vac�\nasrutya bahu-yoga-grantha-sammatam tvarayavaruhya sirasa padamulam upasrta� �amapayan vigata-nrpa-deva-smaya uvaca.\nsa�-he (Maharaja Rahugai).a); ca-also; api-indeed; par.u)aveya0 best of the Pai).�U dynasty (Maharaja Parik�it); sindhu-sauvirapati�-the King of the states known as Sindhu and Sauvira; tattvajijnasayam-in the matter of inquiring about the Absolute Truth;\nsamyak-sraddhaya-by faith consisting of complete control of the senses\nand the mind; adhikrta-adhikara�-who attained the proper qualification; tat-that; hrdaya-granthi-the knot of false conceptions within\nthe heart; mocanam-which eradicates; dvija-vaca�-the words of the\nbrahmar:w (J a�a Bharata); asrutya-hearing; bahu-yoga-grantha-sammatam-approved by all yogic processes and their scriptures; tvarayavery hastily; avaruhya-getting down (from the palanquin); sirasa-by\nhis head; pada-mulam-at the lotus feet; upasrta�-falling down flat to\noffer obeisances; �amapayan-obtaining pardon for his offense;\nvigata-nrpa-deva-smayab,-giving up the false pride of being the King\nand therefore being worshipable; uvdca-said.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami continued: 0 best of the Pii:t;J.<;iu dynasty\n[Maharaja Parik�it), the King of the Sindhu and Sauvira states\n[Maharaja Rahiiga:t;J.a] had great faith in discussions of the Absolute\nTruth. Being thus qualified, he heard from Ja9a Bharata that\nphilosophical presentation which is approved by all scriptures on\nthe mystic yoga process and which slackens the knot in the heart.\nHis material conception of himself as a king was thus destroyed.\nHe immediately descended from his palanquin and fell flat on the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0380": "Text 15]\n\nMaharaja RahflgaJ.la Meets Ja«,la Bharata\n\n355\n\nground with his head at the lotus feet of Ja«,la Bharata in such a way\nthat he might be excused for his insulting words against the great\n\nbrahmaJ.la. He then prayed as follows.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (4.2) Lord Kr�l).a says:\n\nevam paramparii-priiptam\nimam riijar$ayo vidu�\nsa kiileneha mahatii\nyogo 7Ul$!a� parantapa\n\"This supreme science was thus received through the chain of disciplic\nsuccession, and the saintly kings understood it in that way. But in course\nof time the succession was broken, and therefore the science as it is appears to be lost.\"\nThrough the disciplic succession the royal order was on the same platform as great saintly persons (riija-r$is). Formerly they could understand\nthe philosophy of life and knew how to train the citizens to come to the\nsame standard. In other words, they knew how to deliver the citizens\nfrom the entanglement of birth and death. When Maharaja Dasaratha\nruled Ayodhya, the great sage Visvamitra once came to him to take away\nLord Ramacandra and Lak�mal).a to the forest to kill a demon. When the\nsaintly person V isvamitra came to the court of Maharaja Dasaratha, the\nKing, in order to receive the saintly person, asked him, aihi$!arh yat tat\n\npunar-janma-jayiiya. He asked the sage whether everything was going\non well in his endeavor to conquer the repetition of birth and death. The\nwhole process of Vedic civilization is based on this point. We must know\nhow to conquer the repetition of birth and death. Maharaja RahiigaQa\nalso knew the purpose of life; therefore when Ja�a Bharata put the\nphilosophy of life before him, he immediately appreciated it. This is the\nfoundation of Vedic society. Learned scholars, briihmar:ms, saintly persons and sages who were fully aware of the Vedic purpose advised the\nroyal order how to benefit the general masses, and by their cooperation.\nthe general masses were benefited. Therefore everything was successful.\nMaharaja Rahugal).a attained this perfection of understanding the value\n\n", "SB5.1#p0381": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n356\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\nof human life; therefore he regretted his insulting words to Ja�a\nBharata, and he immediately descended from his palanquin and fell\ndown at the lotus feet of Ja�a Bharata in order to be excused and to hear\nfrom him further about the values of life known as brahma-jijnasii (inquiry into the Absolute Truth). At the present moment, high government officials are ignorant of the values of life, and when saintly persons\nendeavor to broadcast the Vedic knowledge, the so-called executives do\nnot offer their respectful obeisances but try to obstruct the spiritual\npropaganda. Thus one can say that the former kingly government was\nlike heaven and that the present government is like hell.\nTEXT 16\n\n���\n\n���d� f{�Flt\n\nf� ij_:;f Cfi�S�\"{i:H I\n�f« �;r� mfq ��\n��1� 'l��f« ;fur �: II� �II\nkas tvam nigil4haS carasi dvijaniim\nbibhar$i siltram katamo 'vadhuta{l,\nkasyasi kutratya ihapi kasmat\n\nk$emaya 1'U1S ced asi nota sukla{l,\nka{l, tvam-who are you; nigill)ha{l,-very much covered; carasi-you\nmove within this world; dvijaniim-among the brahmar:ws or saintly\npersons; bibhar$i-you also wear; siitram-the sacred thread belonging\nto the first-class brahmar:ws; katama{l,-which; avadhuta{l,-highly elevated person; kasya asi-whose are you (whose disciple or son are you);\nkutratya{l,-from where; iha api here in this place; kasmat-for what\npurpose; k$emaya-for the benefit; na{l,-of us; cet-if; asi-you are;\nna uta-or not; sukla{l,-the personality of the pure mode of goodness\n-\n\n(Kapiladeva).\nTRANSLATION\nKing Rahiiga:J).a said: 0 hrahma:J).a, you appear to he moving in\n\nthis world very much covered and unknown to others. Who are\n\n", "SB5.1#p0382": "Text 17)\n\nMaharaja Rahiiga1,1a Meets Ja4a Bharata\n\n357\n\nyou? Are you a learned hrahm31,1a and saintly person? I see that\nyou are wearing a sacred thread. Are you one of those exalted,\nliberated saints such as Dattatreya and other highly advanced,\nlearned scholars? May I ask whose disciple you are? Where do you\nlive? Why have you come to this place? Is your mission in coming\nhere to do good for us? Please let me know who you are.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Rahfigal).a was very anxious to receive further enlightenment in Vedic knowledge because he could understand that Ja�a Bharata\nbelonged to a brahmar:u:z, family either by disciplic succession or by birth\nin a brahmar:u:z, dynasty. As stated in the Vedas: tad vijiiiinartham sa\ngurum evabhigacchet. Rahugal).a was accepting Ja�a Bharata as a guru,\nbut a guru must prove his position not only by wearing a sacred thread\nbut by advancing knowledge in spiritual life. It is also significant that\nRahugal).a asked Ja�a Bharata which family he belonged to. There are\ntwo types of families-one according to dynasty and the other according\nto disciplic succession. In either way, one can be enlightened. The word\nsukla� refers to a person in the mode of goodness. If one wants to receive\nspiritual knowledge, he must approach a bona fide brahmar:u:z,-guru,\neither in the disciplic succession or in a family of learned brahmar:u:z,s.\nTEXT 17\n\n;n{\n\nf��\n\nijffi��Tijf Stf�T?( �� � I\n\n;n�miltf���i � ifQ�l;m{ 11�\\911\nnaham viSanke sura-raja-vajran\nna trya�a-silliin na yamasya daTJ4,at\nnagny-arka-somanila-vittapastrac\nchanke bhrsam brahma-kulavamanat\nna-not; aham-1; viSanke-am afraid; sura-raja-vajrat-from the\nthunderbolt of the King of heaven, lndra; na-nor; trya�a-sillat-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0383": "358\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. I 0\n\nfrom the piercing trident of Lord Siva; na-nor; yamasya-of the\nsuperintendent of death, Yamaraja; da�t-from the punishment;\n\nna-nor; agni-of fire; arka-of the scorching heat of the sun; soma­\n\nof the moon; anila-of the wind; vitta-pa-of the owner of riches,\nKuvera, the treasurer of the heavenly planets; astrat-from the weap­\n\nons;\n\nsaitke-1 am afraid;\n\nbhrsam-very much;\n\nbrahma-kula-the\n\ngroup of the brahmar:ws; avamanat-from offending.\nTRANSLATION·\n\nMy dear sir, I am not at all afraid of the thunderbolt of King In­\n\ndra, nor am I afraid of the serpentine, piercing trident of· Lord\n\nSiva. I do not care about the punishment of Yamaraja, the superin­\n\ntendent of death, nor am I afraid of fire, scorching sun, moon,\n\nwind, nor the weapons of Kuvera. Yet I am afraid of offending a\nbrahm�a. I am very much afraid of this.\nPURPORT\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was instructing Rupa Gosvam1 at the\n\nDasasvamedha-ghata in Prayaga, He pointed out very clearly the serious­\n\nness of offending a Vai�J).ava. He compared the va�r:rnva-aparadha to\nhan mata, a mad elephant. When a mad elephant enters a garden, it\n\nspoils all the fruits and flowers. Similarly, if one offends a Vai�J).ava, he\n\nspoils all his spiritual assets. Offending a brahmar:rn is very dangerous,\nand this was known to Maharaja Rahugal).a. He therefore frankly admitted his fault. There are many dangerous things-thunderbolts, fire,\n\nYamaraja's punishment, the punishment of Lord Siva's trident, and so\n\nforth-but none is considered as serious as offending a brahmar:m like\n\nJa�a Bharata. Therefore Maharaja Rahugal).a immediately descended\n\nfrom his palanquin and fell flat before the lotus feet of the brahmar:rn\n\nJa<,la Bharata just to be excused.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n", "SB5.1#p0384": "Text 18)\n\nMaharaja Rahligal).a Meets Jac;la Bharata\n\n359\n\n�f� ;.{ttllJ�6Tf;r �NT\nWf W\\': aJll;ij �mfq ��\"II� �II\ntad bruhy asango jar)avan nigilc)havijiiiina-viryo vicarasy apara/:t\nvacarilsi yoga-grathitani sadho\nna na/:t k$arnante rnanasapi bhettum\ntat-therefore; bruhi-please speak; asanga/:t-who have no association with the material world; jar)a-vat-appearing like a deaf and dumb\nman; nigilc)ha-completely hidden; vijiiiina-virya/:t-who have full\nknowledge of the spiritual science and are thus very powerful;\nvicarasi-you are moving; apara/:t-who possess unlimited spiritual glories; vacarilsi-the words uttered by you; yoga-grathitani-bearing the\ncomplete meaning of mystic yoga; sadho-0 great, saintly person; nanot; na/:t-of us; k$arnante-are able; rnanasii api-even by the mind;\nbhettum-to understand by analytical study.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear sir, it appears that the influence of your great spiritual\nknowledge is hidden. Factually you are bereft of all material association and fully absorbed in the thought of the Supreme. Consequently you are unlimitedly advanced in spiritual knowledge.\nPlease tell me why you are wandering around like a dullard. 0\ngreat, saintly person, you have spoken words approved by the\nyogic process, but it is not possible for us to understand what you\nhave said. Therefore kindly explain it.\nPURPORT\n\nSaintly people like Ja�a Bharata do not speak ordinary words.\nWhatever they say is approved by great yogis and those advanced in\nspiritual life. That is the difference between ordinary people and saintly\npeople. The listener must also be advanced to understand the words of\nsuch exalted, spiritually advanced people as Ja�a Bharata. Bhagavad-gitii\nwas spoken to Arjuna, not to others. Lord 'Kr�I.J.a especially selected\n\n", "SB5.1#p0385": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n360\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\nArjuna for instruction in spiritual knowledge because Arjuna happened\nto be a great devotee and confidential friend. Similarly, great per­\n\nsonalities also speak to the advanced, not to sildras, vaiSyas, women or\nunintelligent men. Sometimes it is very risky to give great philosophical\ninstructions to ordinary people, but Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, for the\nbenefit of the fallen souls of Kali-yuga, has given us a very nice instru­\n\nment, the chanting of the Hare Kr�t:�a mantra. The general mass of people, although sildras and less, can be purified by chanting this Hare\nKr�t:�a mantra. Then they can understand the exalted philosophical state­\n\nments of Bhagavad-gitii and Snmad-Biuigavatam. Our Kr�t:�a conscious­\n\nness movement has therefore adopted the chanting of the Hare Kr�t:�a\nmahii-mantra for the general masses. When people gradually become\n\npurified, they are instructed in the lessons of Bhagavad-gitii and\n\nSnmad-Biuigavatam. Materialistic people like stri, sildra and dvija­\n\nbandhu cannot understand words of spiritual advancement, yet one can\n\ntake to the shelter of a Vai�t;�ava, for he knows the art of enlightening\n\neven sildras in the highly elevated subject matter spoken in Bhagavadgitii and Snmad-Biuigavatam.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n31�\n\n��it��erftRf �r;rt � �� � 1\nsrt� �i:q: f�f't&HuT ij�\n�:n�f{\nijt;r��TuTl( II� �II\n:q\n\naharh ca yogesvaram iitma-tattva­\n\nvidiirh muniniir h paramarh gururh vai\n\npr�turh pravrtta/:t kim ihiirar_wrh tat\n\nsiilcyiid dharirh jnana-kaliivatirr_wm\n\naham-1; ca-and; yoga-iSvaram-the master of all mystic power;\n\niitma-tattva-vidiim-of the learned scholars who are aware of the\nspiritual science; muninii m-of such saintly persons; paramam-the\nbest; gurum-the preceptor; vai-indeed; pr�tum-to inquire; pravrtta/:t-engaged; kim-what; iha-in this world; arar_wm-the most\n\n", "SB5.1#p0386": "Text 19]\n\nMaharaja Rahiiga1,1a Meets Ja9a Bharata\n\n361\n\nsecure shelter; tat-that which; siilcyat harim-directly the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead; jnana-kalii-avatir7Jnm-who has descended as\nthe incarnation of complete knowledge in His plenary portion known as\nKapiladeva.\nTRANSLATION\nI consider your good self the most exalted master of mystic\npower. You know the spiritual science perfectly well. You are the\nmost exalted of all learned sages, and you have descended for the\nbenefit of all human society. You have come to give spiritual\nknowledge, and you are a direct representative of Kapiladeva, the\nincarnation of God and the plenary portion of knowledge. I am\ntherefore asking you, 0 spiritual master, what is the most secure\nshelter in this world?\n\nPURPORT\nAs l<r�?l).a confirms in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nyoginiim api sarve�iirh\nmad-gateniintariitmanii\nsraddhiiviin bhajate yo marh\nsa me yuktatamo mata�\n\"Of all yogis, he who abides in Me with great faith, worshiping Me in\ntranscendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in yoga\nand is the highest of all.\" (Bg. 6.47)\nJaQ.a Bharata was a perfect yogi. He was formerly the emperor Bharata\nMaharaja, and he was now the most exalted personality among learned\nsages and the master of all mystic powers. Although Ja�a Bharata was an\nordinary living entity, he had inherited all the knowledge given by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Kapiladeva. He could therefore be\ntaken directly as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As confirmed by\nSr!la Visvanatha Cakravartl Thakura in his stanzas to the spiritual\nmaster: siilcyiid-dharitvena samasta-siistra*. An exalted personality like\nJa�a Bharata is as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead because\nhe fully represents the Lord by giving knowledge to others. Ja�a Bharata\n\n", "SB5.1#p0387": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n362\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\nis herein accepted as the direct representative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead because he was imparting knowledge on behalf of\nthe Supreme Lord. Therefore Maharaja RahugaQ.a concluded that it was\nappropriate to ask him about atma-tattva, the spiritual science. Tad­\n\nvijfianiirtharh sa gurum evabhigacchet. This Vedic injunction is also confirmed herein. If anyone is at all interested in knowing the spiritual\nscience (brahma-jijnasa), he must approach a guru like JaQa Bharata.\nTEXT 20\n\n� ���fctu�amr��r(?;� w�fqf� 1\n�lit�lllf\nf(ffl�i:\nij\"\n\nw��'Ta-\n\n���: ll�oll\n\n.:.\n\nsa vai bhaval loka-nirilcya1}iirtham\navyakta-lingo vicaraty api svit\nyogesvara1}iirh gatim andha-buddhi[l,\nkatham vicalcyita grhanubandha[l,\nsa[l,-that Supreme Personality of Godhead or His incarnation\nKapiladeva; vai-indeed; b havan-your good self; loka-niri/cyar;,a­\n\nartham-just to study the characteristics of the people of this world;\natyakta-liriga};,-without manifesting your real identity; vicarati-are\ntraveling in this world; api svit-whether; yoga-iSvarii1}iim-of all the\nadvanced yogis; gatim-the characteristics or actual behavior; andhab uddhi};, - who are illusioned and have become blind to spiritual\nknowledge; katham-how; v icalcyita-may know; grha-anubandha[l,-1\nwho am bound by attachment to family life, or worldly life.\nTRANSLATION\nIs it not a fact that your good self is the direct representative of\nKapiladeva,\n\nthe\n\nincarnation\n\nof\n\nthe Supreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead? To examine people and see who is actually a human\nbeing and who is not, you have presented yourself to be a deaf and\ndumb person. Are you not moving this way upon the surface of the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0388": "Text 21]\n\nMaharaja RahugaJ.la Meets Ja<;la Bharata\n\n363\n\nworld? I am very attached to family life and worldly activities, and\nI am blind to spiritual knowledge. Nonetheless, I am now present\nbefore you and am seeking enlightenment from you. How can I advance in spiritual life?\nPURPORT\nAlthough Maharaja RahiigaQ.a was playing the part of a king, he had\nbeen informed by Ja�a Bharata that he was not a king nor was Ja�a\nBharata deaf and dumb. Such designations we1e simply coverings of the\nspirit soul. Everyone must come to this knowledge. As confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (2.13): dehirw 'smin yathii dehe. Everyone is encased\nwithin the body. Since the body is never identical with the soul, the\nbodily activities are simply illusory. In the association of such a siidhu as\nJa�a Bharata, Maharaja RahugaQ.a came to the awareness that his activities as a royal authority were simply illusory phenomena. He\ntherefore agreed to receive knowledge from Ja�a Bharata, and that was\nthe beginning of his perfection. Tad-vijfiiiniirtham sa gurum eviibhigac­\n\nchet. A person like Maharaja RahugaQ.a, who was very inquisitive to\nknow the value of life and the spiritual science, must approach a personality like Ja�a Bharata. Tasmiid gurum prapadyeta jijiiiis u� sreya ut­\n\ntamam (Bhiig. 11.3.21). One must approach a guru like Ja�a Bharata, a\nrepresentative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, to inquire about\nthe goal of human life.\nTEXT 21\n\ndmal} §ramal} karmata iitmano vai\nbhartur gantur bhavata§ ciinumanye\nyathiisatodiinayaniidy-abhiiviit\nsamula i$!o vyavahiira-miirga�\n\n", "SB5.1#p0389": "364\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\ndma�-it is experienced by everyone; srama�-fatigue; karmata�from acting in some way; atmana�-of the soul; vai-indeed; bhartu�-of one who is carrying the palanquin; gantu�-of one who is moving; bhavata�-of yourself; ca-and; anumanye-I guess like that;\nyatha-as much as; asata-with something that is not an actual fact;\nuda-of water; anayana-adi-of the bringing and other such tasks;\nabhavat-from the absence; sa-mula�-based on evidence; �!a�respected; vyavahara-marga�-phenomenon.\nTRA.c�SLATION\nYou have said, \"I am not fatigued from labor.\" Although the\n\nsoul is different from the body, there is fatigue because of bodily\nlabor, and it appears to he the fatigue of the soul. When you are\n\ncarrying the palanquin, there is certainly labor for the soul. This is\n\nmy conjecture. You have also said that the external behavior ex­\n\nhibited between the master and the servant is not factual, hut\n\nalthough in the phenomenal world it is not factual, the products of\n\nthe phenomenal world can actually affect things. That is visible\nand experienced. As such, even though material activities are im­\n\npermanent, they cannot he said to be untrue.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a discussion on impersonal Mayavada philosophy and the practical philosophy of Vai!;l�avas. The Maylivlida philosophy explai�s this\nphenomenal world to be false, but Vai!;'Q.ava philosophers do not agree.\nThey know that the phenomenal world is a temporary manifestation, but\nit is not false. A dream that we see at night is certainly false, but a horrible dream certainly affects the person seeing it. The soul's fatigue is not\nfactual, but as long as one is immersed in the illusory bodily conception,\none is affected by such false dreams. When dreaming, it is not possible to\navoid the actual facts, and the conditioned soul is forced to suffer due to\nhis dream. A waterpot is made of earth and is temporary. Actually there\nis no waterpot; there is simply earth. However, as long as the waterpot\ncan contain water, we can use it in that way. It cannot be said to be absolutely false.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0390": "Text 22]\n\nMaharaja RahiigaJ;Ia Meets Jac:la Bharata\n\n365\n\nTEXT 22\n\n�ffl'm't�sf¥Jm��lqij�o�e �:\n\n�tf.o�l(<ti�PH1�€6qfu_\n\n\"'\n��q�I�(Nl� 11��11\n\nij\"�('tij:\nRf\n•\n\nsthi.ily-agni-tapiit payaso 'bhitapas\ntat-tapatas tar:u)ula-garbha-randhi�\ndehendriyiisvasaya-sannikar$tit\ntat-sarhsrti� purU$asyanurodhi.it\nsthi.ili-on the cooking pot; agni-tapat\npayasa�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbecause of the heat of fire;\n\nthe milk put into the pot; abhitapa�-becomes hot; tat­\n\ntapata�-because\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nmilk's\n\nbecoming\n\nhot;\n\ntar:u},ula-garbha­\n\nrandhi�-the center of the rice within the milk becomes cooked; dehaindriya-asvasaya-the\n\nbodily\n\nsenses;\n\nsannikar$tit-from\n\nhaving\n\nconnections with; tat-sarhsrti�-the experience of fatigue and other miseries; purU$asya-of the soul; anurodhi.it-from compliance due to\nbeing grossly attached to the body, senses and mind.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Rahiig�a continued: My dear sir, you have said that designations like bodily fatness and thinness are not characteristics of\nthe soul. That is incorrect because designations like pain and\npleasure are certainly felt by the soul. You may put a pot of milk\nand rice within fire, and the milk and rice are automatically heated\none after the other. Similarly, due to bodily pains and pleasures,\nthe senses, mind and soul are affected. The soul cannot be completely detached from this conditioning.\nPURPORT\nThis argument put forward by Maharaja RahugaQa is correct from the\npractical point of view, but it arises from an attachment to the bodily\nconception. It can be said that a person sitting in his car is certainly\n\n", "SB5.1#p0391": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n366\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\ndifferent from his car, but if there is damage to the car, the owner of the\ncar, being overly attached to the car, feels pain. Actually, the damage\ndone to the car has nothing to do with the car's proprietor, but because\nthe proprietor has identified himself with the interest of the car, he feels\npleasure and pain connected with it. This conditional state can be avoided\nif attachment is withdrawn from the car. Then the proprietor would not\nfeel pleasure or pain if the car is damaged or whatever. Similarly, the\nsoul has nothing to do with the body and the senses, but due to ignorance, he identifies himself with the body, and he feels pleasure and\npain due to bodily pleasure and pain.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n��m �: �\n;.r: fqU � ;=f fq;ff! fq!'{_ I\n\n��\n;;r�l601ilwn ���ft\n����II\nsastiibhigoptii nrpati� prajiiniim\nya� kinkaro vai na pirta$# pi§!am\nsva-dharmam iiriidhanam acyutasya\nyad ihamiino vijahiity aghaugham\nsastii-the governor;\n\nabhigoptii-a well-wisher of the citizens as a\nnr-pati�-the king; prajaniim- of the citizens; ya�-one who; kinkara�-order carrier; vaiindeed; na-not; pirta$/i pi§!am-grinds what is already ground; svadharmam- one s own occupational duty; iiriidhanam-worshiping;\nacyutasya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; yat-which;\nihamiina�-performing; vijahii ti-they are released from; aghaogham-all kinds of sinful activity and faulty action.\n\nfather is the well-wisher of his children;\n\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear sir, you have said that the relationship between the king\nand the subject or between the master and the servant are not eter-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0392": "Text 23]\n\nMaharaja Rahiig81,la Meets Ja9a Bharata\n\n367\n\nnal, but although such relationships are temporary, when a person\ntakes the position of a king, his duty is to rule the citizens and\npunish those who are disobedient to the laws. By punishing them,\nhe teaches the citizens to obey the laws of the state. Again, you\nhave said that punishing a person who is deaf and dumb is like\nchewing the chewed or grinding the pulp; that is to say, there is no\nbenefit in it. However, if one is engaged in his own occupational\nduty as ordered by the Supreme Lord, his sinful activities are certainly diminished. Therefore if one is engaged in his occupational\nduty by force, he benefits because he can vanquish all his sinful activities in that way.\nPURPORT\n\nThis argument offered by Maharaja Rahiiga9a is certainly very effec­\n\ntive. In his Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.4), Srila Riipa Gosvaml says,\n\ntasmat keniipy upayena mana� km:w nivesayet: somehow or other, one\nshould engage in l(r�Q.a consciousness. Actually every living being is an\neternal servant of l(r�Q.a, but due to forgetfulness, a living entity engages\nhimself as an eternal servant of maya. As long as one is engaged in\n\nmaya's service, he cannot be happy. Our l(r�Q.a consciousness movement\naims at engaging people in Lord l(r�Q.a's service. That will help them\nbecome freed from all material contamination and sinful activity. This is\nconfirmed\n\nin Bhagavad-gita\n\n(4.10): vita-raga-bhaya-krodha/:1.\n\nBy\n\nbecoming detached from material activities, we will be freed from fear\nand anger. By austerity, one becomes purified and eligible to return\nhome, back to Godhead. The duty of the king is to rule his citizens in\nsuch a way that they can become l(r�Q.a conscious. This would be very\nbeneficial for everyone. Unfortunately the king or president engages\npeople in sense gratification instead of the Lord's service, and such activities are certainly not bencilcial for anyone. King Rahiigal).a tried to\nengage JaQa Bharata in carrying the palanquin, which is a form of sense\ngratification for the King. However, if one is engaged as a palanquin carrier in the Lord's service, that is certainly beneficial. In this godless\ncivilization, if a president engages people somehow or other in devotional\nservice or the awakening of l(r�Q.a consciousness, he renders the very\nbest service to the citizens.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0393": "368\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 24\n\n��tl\\1(1*1� I\n�st1«a'{TA\n�\n\nij({�QO�: ������\n\ntan me bhavan nara-devabhimanamadena tucchikrta-sattamasya\n\nkr$i$ta maitn-drsam arta-bandho\n\nyatha tare sad-avadhyanam amha/:1.\n\ntat-therefore; me-unto me; bhavan-your good self; nara-deva­\n\nabhimana-madena-by madness due to having the body of a king and\n\nthus being proud of it; tucchikrta-who has insulted; sat-tamasya-you\n\nwho are the best among human beings; kr$i$ta-kindly show; maitridrsam-your causeless mercy upon me like a friend; arta-bandho-0\n\nfriend of all distressed persons; yatha-so; tare-1 can get relief from;\n\nsat-avadhyanam-neglecting a great personality like you; amha/:1.­\n\nthe sin.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhatever you have spoken appears to me to be contradictory. 0\nbest friend of the distressed, I have committed a great offense by\ninsulting you. I was puffed up with false prestige due to possessing\nthe body of a king. For this I have certainly become an offender.\nTherefore I pray that you kindly glance at me with your causeless\nmercy. If you do so, I\n\ncan\n\nbe relieved from sinful activities\n\nbrought about by insulting you.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has said that by offending a Vai�gava, one\n\nfinishes all his spiritual activities. Offending a Vai�gava is considered the\n\nmad elephant offense. A mad elephant can destroy an entire garden\n\nwhich has been developed with great labor. One may attain the topmost\n\nplatform of devotional service, but somehow or other if he offends a\n\n", "SB5.1#p0394": "369\n\nMaharaja Rahiigal}.a Meets Ja«Ja Bharata\n\nText 25]\n\nVai�I).ava, the whole structure collapses. Unconsciously, King Rahugal).a\n\noffended Ja�a Bharata, but due to his good sense, he asked to be excused.\n\nThis is the process by which one can be relieved from a vai§lJCLvaapariidha. Kr�IJ.a is always very simple and by nature merciful. When\n\none commits an offense at the feet of a Vai�I).ava, one must immediately\n\napologize to such a personality so that his spiritual advancement may not\nbe hampered.\n\nTEXT 25\n\nflf•qt\n\nR��\n\n�;r\n����\n'i(fFil..,� (((tknf%\n,...\n�\n..\n�=·'\"t���q�� rr.�ri' q\n\nna vikriya viSva-suhrt-sakhasya\nsamyena vitiibhimates tavapi\nmahad-vimanat sva-krtiid dhi miidrn\nnari�yaty aduriid api sulapar:ti�\nna-not;\n\nSupreme\n\nvikriya-material\n\ntransformation;\n\nviSva-suhrt-of\n\nthe\n\nPersonality of Godhead, who is a friend to everyone;\n\nsakhasya-of you, the friend;\n\nsamyena-because of your mental\n\nequilibrium; vita-abhimate�-who has completely forsaken the bodily\n\nconcept of life; tava-your; api-indeed; mahat-vimiiniit-of insulting\n\na great devotee;\n\nsva-krtat-from my own activity;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nmiidrk-a person like me; narilcyyati-will be destroyed; adurat-very\n\nsoon; api-c ertainly; sula-piir:tift-even though as powerful as Lord Siva\n(SulapaQ.i).\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my dear lord, you are the friend of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, who is the friend of all living entities. You are\ntherefore equal to everyone, and you are free from the bodily conception. Although I have committed an offense by insulting you, I\nknow that there is no loss or gain for you due to my insult. You are\n\n", "SB5.1#p0395": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n370\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 10\n\nfixed in your determination, but I have committed an offense.\n\nBecause of this, even though I may he as strong as Lord Siva, I\n\nshall he vanquished without delay due to my offense at the lotus\nfeet of a Vai�1,1ava.\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Rahiigal)a was very intelligent and conscious of the in­\n\nauspicious effects arising from insulting a Vai�l)ava. He was therefore\n\nvery anxious to be excused by Ja�a Bharata. Following in the footsteps of\nMaharaja Rahiigal)a, everyone should be very cautious not to commit an\n\noffense at the lotus feet of a Vai�l)ava. Sri:la V.rndavana dasa Thakura in\nthe Caitanya-bhagavata (Madhya 13) says:\n\nsillapdl)i-sama yadi bhakta-nirulii kare\nbhagavata pramiil)a-tathiipi sighra mare\nhena vai$1)avere ninde sarvajfia ha-i\nse janera adha�-pata sarva-sastre ka-i\n\"Even if one is as strong as Lord Siva, who carries a trident in his hand,\n\none will nonetheless fall down from his spiritual position if he tries to in­\n\nsult a Vai�l)ava. That is the verdict of all Vedic scriptures.\" He also says\nthis in Caitanya-bhagavata (Madhya 22).\n\nvai{;r.avera ninda karibeka yara gar-a\ntara ra�a samarthya nahika kona jana\nsillapdl)i-sama yadi vai$1)avere ninde\ntathiipiha nasa yaya-kahe sastra-vrnde\nihii nii miiniya ye sujana ninda kare\njanme janme se piipi$tha daiva-dCJ$e mare\n\"One who blasphemes a Vai�l)ava cannot be protected by anyone. Even if\n\na person is as strong as Lord Siva, if he blasphemes a Vai�l)ava, he is sure\n\nto be destroyed. This is the verdict of all sastras. If one does not care for\n\n", "SB5.1#p0396": "Text 25)\n\nMaharaja Rahiigru:ta Meets Ja«}.a Bharata\n\n371\n\nthe verdict of the siistras and dares blaspheme a Vai�Qava, he suffers life\nafter life because of this.\"\n\nThus end th� Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Tenth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled, \"The Discussion Between\n]cujn Bharata and Maharaja Rahiigar:w. \"\n\n", "SB5.1#p0397": "CHAPTER ELEVEN\n\nJa<Ja Bharata Instructs King Rahiig�a\nIn this chapter the briihmnr:w JaQ.a Bharata instructs Maharaja RahugaQ.a\nin detail. He tells the King: \"You are not very experienced, yet you pose\nyourself as a learned person because you are very proud of your\nknowledge. Actually a person who is on the transcendental platform does\nnot care for social behavior that sacrifices spiritual advancement. Social\nbehavior comes within the jurisdiction of karmn-kar:u)a, material benefit.\nNo one can spiritually advance by such activities. The conditioned soul is\nalways overpowered by the modes of material nature, and consequently\nhe is simply concerned with material benefits and auspicious and inauspicious material things. In other words, the mind, which is the leader\nof the senses, is absorbed in material activities life after life. Thus he\ncontinuously gets different types of bodies and suffers miserable material\nconditions. On the basis of mental concoction, social behavior has been\nformulated. If one's mind is absorbed in these activities, he certainly\nremains conditioned within the material world. According to different\nopinions, there are eleven or twelve mental activities, which can be\ntransformed into hundreds and thousands. A person who is not \"K.ri?Q.a\nconscious is subjected to all these mental concoctions and is thus\ngoverned by the material energy. The\n\nliving entity who is free from\n\nmental concoctions attains the platform of pure spirit soul. devoid of\nmaterial contamination. There are two types of living entities-jiviitmii\nand paramiitmii, the individual soul and the Supreme Soul. That\nSupreme Soul in His ultimate realization is Lord Vasudeva, Kri?Q.a. He\nenters into everyone's heart and controls the living entity in his different\nactivities. He is therefore the supreme shelter of all living entities. One\ncan understand the Supreme Soul and one's position in relationship with\nHim when one is completely freed from the unwanted association of ordinary men. In this way one can become fit to cross the ocean of nescience. The cause of conditional life is attachment to the external energy.\nOne has to conquer these mental concoctions: unless one does so. he will\n\n373\n\n", "SB5.1#p0398": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n374\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 11\n\nnever be freed from material anxieties. Although mental concoctions\nhave no value, their influence is still very formidable. No one should\nneglect to control the mind. If one does, the mind becomes so powerful\nthat one immediately forgets his real position. Forgetting that he is an\neternal servant of Kr�t:ta and that service to Kr�t:ta is his only business,\none is doomed by material nature to serve the objects of the senses. One\nshould kill mental concoctions by the sword of service to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and His devotee [guru-kr$r:ta-prasiide piiya\n\nbhakti-lata-bija].\n\n··\n\nTEXT 1\nif'Tf;fUl �\n\n3litf'�:\n\n��\n\nWf\n\n�\n\n�fel�iE41�iE41aJwt.\n\nf't\n\nwnftffcf<d\n\nqf�: I\n\n0itiE46:1(fr;j\n\n('16:1+4�P6 II\n\n� II\n\nbrahmar:ta uviica\nakovida/:t kovida-viida-viidiin\nvadasy atho niiti-vidiirh vari$!ha/:t\nna surayo hi vyavahiiram enarh\n\ntattviivamarsena sahamananti\nbriihmar:ta/:t uviica-the brahmar:ta said; akovida/:t-without having\nexperience; kovida-viida-vadiin-words used by experienced persons:\nvadasi-you are speaking; atho-therefore; na-not; ati-vidiim-of\nthose who are very experienced; va ri$Jha /:t-the most important; nanot: suraya/:t-such intelligent persons:\nmundane and social behavior;\n\nhi-indeed; vyavahiiram­\n\ne nam-this;\n\ntattva-of the truth;\n\navamarsena-fine judgment by intelligence; saha-with; iimanantidiscuss.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe brahmaJ.Ia Ja<;la Bharata said: My dear King, although you\nare not at all experienced, you are trying to speak like a very ex-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0399": "Text 2]\n\nJa\"a Bharata Instructs King Rahftgru;ta\n\n375\n\nperienced man. Consequently you cannot be considered an experienced person. An experienced person does not speak the way\nyou are speaking about the relationship between a master and a\nservant or about material pains and pleasures. These are simply external activities. Any advanced, experienced man, considering the\nAbsolute Truth, does not talk in this way.\nPURPORT\nKr��a similarly chastised Arjuna. Asocyan anva.Socas tvam prajfliiviidiims ca bhii$ase: \"While speaking learned words, you are lamenting\nfor what is not worthy of grief.\" (Bg.\n\n2.11) Similarly, among people in\n\ngeneral, 99.9 percent try to talk like experienced advisers, but they are\nactually devoid of spiritual knowledge and are therefore like inexperienced children speaking nonsensically. Consequently their words\ncannot be given any importance. One has to learn from Kr��a or His\ndevotee. If one speaks on the basis of this experience-that is, on the\nbasis of spiritual knowledge-one·s words are valuable. At the present\nmoment, the entire world is full of foolish people. Bhagavad-gita describes these people as mur;lhas. They are trying to rule human society.\nbut because they are devoid of spiritual knowledge, the entire world is in\na chaotic condition. To be released from these miserable conditions, one\nhas to become Kr��a conscious and take lessons from an exalted personality like JacJ.a Bharata, Lord Kr��a and Kapiladeva. That is the only\nway to solve the problems of material life.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�\n\nust.-a(itn�)t�-\n\nA'6lil�m�f.l�stf�,;\n�� ft ��=\nsnltuT � � �f� m�: 11�11\ne\n\n;r\n\ntathaiva rajann uru-garhamedhavitana-vidyoru-vijrmbhite�u\nna veda-vade�u hi tattva-vada}:t\nprayer:ra suddho nu cakiisti sadhu}:t\n\n", "SB5.1#p0400": "376\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 11\n\ntatha-therefore; eva-indeed; rajan-0 King; uru-garha-medharituals related to material household life; vita na-vidya-in knowledge\nthat expands; uru-very greatly; vijrmbhite$u-among those interested;\nna-not; veda-vade$u-who speak the version of the Vedas; hi-indeed; tattva-vada�-the spiritual science; praye �-almost always;\nsuddha�-free from all contaminated activities; nu-indeed; cakastiappear; sadhu�-a person who is advanced in devotional service.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, talks of the relationship between the master and\n\nthe servant, the king and the subject and so forth are simply talks\n\nabout material activities. People interested in material activities,\n\nwhich are expounded in the Vedas, are intent on performing\n\nmaterial sacrifices and placing faith in their material activities. For\nsuch people, spiritual advancement is definitely not manifest.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse, two words are significant- veda-vada and tattva-vada.\nAccording to Bhagavad-gita, those who are simply attached to the Vedas\nand who do not understand the purpose of the Vedas or the Vedanta­\n\nsutra are called veda-vada-rata�.\nyam imam pU$pitam vacam\npravadanty avipa5cita�\nveda-vada-rata� partha\nnanyad astiti vadina�\nkiimatmana� svarga-para\njanma-karma-phala-pradam\nkriya-viSe$a-bahulam\nbhogaiSvarya-gatim prati\n\"Men of small knowledge are very much attached to the flowery words of\nthe Vedas, which recommend various fruitive activities for elevation to\nheavenly planets, resultant good birth, power and so forth. Being\ndesirous of sense gratification and opulent life, they say there is nothing\nmore than this.\" ( Bg. 2.42-43)\n\n", "SB5.1#p0401": "Text 2)\n\nJa\"a Bharata Instructs King Rahugai_Ia\n\n377\n\nThe veda-vada followers of the Vedas are generally inclined to karmakii:r:u;la, the performance of sacrifice according to the Vedic injunctions.\nThey are thereby promoted to higher planetary systems. They generally\npractice the Caturmasya system. Ak.:;ayyam ha vai ciiturmiisya-yajina/:t\n\nsukrtam bhavati: one who performs the ciiturmiisya-yajiia becomes\npious. By becoming pious, one may be promoted to the higher planetary\nsystems (urdhvam gacchanti sattva-sthii/:t). Some of the followers of the\n\nVedas are attached to karma-kiir:u;la, the fruitive activities of the Vedas,\nin order to be promoted to a higher standard of life. Others argue that\nthis is not the purpose of the Vedas. Tad yathaiveha karma-jita/:t loka/:t\n\n/r,.:;iyate evam evam utra pur:tya-jita/:t loka/:t /r,.:;iyate. In this world someone may become very highly elevated by taking birth in an aristocratic\nfamily, by being well educated, beautiful or very rich. These are the gifts\nfor pious activities enacted in the past life. However, these will be\nfinished when the stock of pious activity is finished. If we become attached to pious activities, we may get these various worldly facilities in\nthe next life and may take birth in the heavenly planets. But all this will\neventually be finished. Kf}ir:te pur:tye martya-lokam viSanti (Bg.\n\n9.21):\n\nwhen the stock of pious activity is finished, one again has to come to this\n\nmartya-loka. According to the Vedic injunctions, the performance of\npious activity is not really the objective of the Vedas. The objective of the\nVedas is explained in Bhagavad-gitii. VedaiS ca sarvair aham eva\nvedya/:t: the objective of the Vedas is to understand Kr�Q.a, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Those who are veda-viidis are not actually advanced in knowledge, and those who are followers of jfiiina-kiir:u;la\n(Brahman understanding) are also not perfect. However. when one\ncomes to the platform of upiisanii and accepts the worship of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, he becomes perfect (ariidhaniiniirit\n\nsarvef}iim vif}T)Or iiradhanam param). In the Vedas the worship of\ndifferent demigods and the performance of sacrifice are certainly mentioned, but such worship is inferior because the worshipers do not know\nthat the ultimate goal is V i�Q.u (na te vidu/:t sviirtha-gatim hi vifJr:tum).\nWhen one comes to the platform of vif}T)Or ariidhanam, or bhakti-yoga,\none has attained the perfection of life. Otherwise. as indicated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii, one is not a tattva-viidi but a veda-vadi, a blind follower\nof the Vedic injunctions. A veda-viidi cannot be purified from material\ncontamination unless he becomes a tattva-vadi, that is. one who knows\ntattva, the Absolute Truth. Tattva is also experienced in three features-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0402": "378\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. ll\n\nbrahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan iti sabdyate. Even after coming to the\nplatform of understanding tattva, one must worship Bhagavan, Vi�r:Ju\nand His expansions, or one is not yet perfect. Bahilniirh janmaniim ante\n\njiiiinaviin miirh prapadyate: after many births, one who is actually in\nknowledge surrenders unto Kr�IJa. The conclusion is that unintelligent\nmen with a poor fund of knowledge cannot understand Bhagavan, Brahman or Paramatma, but after studying the Vedas and attaining the understanding of the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\none is supposed to be on the platform of perfect knowledge.\nTEXT3\n\n� 6\"«UI�IP'I\n\n�\n\n��I\nt�Ut��=i'Tw�\n� M�*Rt ll���\nWI � ��fi{ij � �1� II � II\nna tasya tattva-graha1J,iiya sii�iid\nvariyasir api viica/:t samiisan\nsvapne niruktyii grhamedhi-saukhyarh\nna yasya heyiinumitarh svayarh syiit\nna-not; tasya-of him (a student studying the Vedas); tattva­\n\ngraha1J,iiya-for accepting the real purpose of Vedic knowledge; siik�iit-directly; va riyasi/:t very exalted; api-although; viicaf:t-words\n\n-\n\nof the Vedas; samiisan-sufficiently became;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsvapne-in a dream;\n\nniruktya-by example; grha medhi saukhyam-happiness within this\nmaterial world; na-not; yasya-of him who; heya-anumitam-concluded to be inferior; svayam-au t omatically; syiit-become.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA dream becomes automatically known to a person as false and\nimmaterial, and similarly one eventually realizes that material happiness in this life or the next, on this planet or a higher planet, is\ninsignificant. When one realizes this, the Vedas, although an ex-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0403": "Text 3]\n\nJa.,a Bharata Instructs King Rahiigru;ta\n\n379\n\ncellent source, are insufficient to bring about direct knowledge of\nthe truth.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (2.45), �f?Qa advised Arjuna to become transcendental to the material activities impelled by the three material modes of\nnature (traigw;ya-v�ayii veda nistraigu1Jyo bhaviirjuna). The purpose\nof Vedic study is to transcend the activities of the three modes of material\nnature. Of course in the material world the mode of goodness is accepted\nas the best, and one can be promoted to the higher planetary systems by\nbeing on the sattva-gu7JU platform. However, that is not perfection. One\nmust come to the conclusion that even the sattva-gu7JU platform is also\nnot good. One may dream that he has become a king with a good family,\nwife and children, but immediately at the end of that dream he comes to\nthe conclusion that it is false. Similarly, all kinds of material happiness\nare undesirable for a person who wants spiritual salvation. If a person\ndoes not come to the conclusion that he has nothing to do with any kind\nof material happiness, he cannot come to the platform of understanding\nthe Absolute Truth, or tattva-jfiiina. Karmi:s, jiiiinfs and yogis are after\nsome material elevation. The karmi:s work hard day and night for some\nbodily comfort, and the jfiiinfs simply speculate about how to get out of\nthe entanglement of karma and merge into the Brahman effulgence. The\n\nyogis are very much addicted to the acquisition of material perfection\nand magical powers. All of them are trying to be materially perfect. but a\ndevotee very easily comes to the platform of nirgu7JU in devotional service, and consequently for the devotee the results of karma, jiiiina and\nyoga become very insignificant. Therefore only the devotee is on the\nplatform of tattva-jfiiina, not the others. Of course the jfiiini's position is\nbetter than that of the karmf but that position is also insufficient. The\njfiiinf must actually become liberated, and after liberation he may be\nsituated in devotional service (mad-bhaktim labhate pariim).\n\nTEXT4\n�� q;ft\n..\n\n�m\n\n�q{\n\n", "SB5.1#p0404": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n380\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. ll\n\nyavan mano rajasa pllrU§asya\nsattvena va tamasa vanuruddham\ncetobhir akutibhir atanoti\nniranku§am ku§alam cetaram vii\nyavat-as long as; manab,-the mind; rajasa-by the mode of passion; pllrU§asya-of the living entity; sattvena-by the mode of goodness; va-or; tamas a-by the mode of darkness; va-or; anuruddham-contro!led;\n\ncetobhib,-by\n\nthe\n\nknowledge-acquiring\n\nakutibhib,-by the senses of action; atanoti\n\n-\n\nsenses;\n\ne x pands; nirariku§am-in­\n\ndependent like an elephant not controlled by a trident; ku§alamauspiciousness; ca-also;\n\nitaram-other than auspiciousness, sinful\n\nactivities; va-or.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs long as the mind of the living entity is contaminated by the\nthree modes of material nature (goodness, passion and ignorance),\nhis mind is exactly like an independent, uncontrolled elephant. It\nsimply expands its jurisdiction of pious and impious activities by\nusing the senses. The result is that the living entity remains in the\nmaterial world to enjoy and suffer pleasures and pains due to\nmaterial activity.\nPURPORT\nIn Caitanya-caritamrta it is said that material pious and impious activities are both opposed to the principle of devotional service. Devotional service means mukti, freedom from material entanglement, but\npious and impious activities result in entanglement within this material\nworld. If the mind is captivated by the pious and impious activities mentioned in the Vedas, one remains eternally in darkness; one cannot attain\nthe absolute platform. To change the consciousness from ignorance to\npassion or from passion to goodness does not really solve the problem. As\nstated in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(14.26), sa gu1Jii,n samatityaitan brahma-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0405": "Text 5]\n\nJa�a Bharata Instructs King Rahiigru;Ia\n\n381\n\nbhuyaya kalpate. One must come to the transcendental platform; otherwise life's mission is never fulfilled.\nTEXTS\n\n�\n\n��\ng�m �: 'titmoo 1\n\n;:m:r;noo\n\nfoo�e•u\n,�\n�fir�\n\n�\n\n��\n\n�� II� II\n\nsa vasanatmii v�ayoparakto\nguTJa-pravaho vikrta/:L �O<jaSatmii\nbibhrat prthan-namabhi rupa-bhedam\nantar-bah�tvam ca purais tanoti\nsa/:t-that; vtisarui-endowed with many desires; atmii-the mind;\nv�aya-uparakta/:L-attached to material happiness, sense gratification;\nguTJa-pravaha/:L-driven by the force of either sattva-guTJa, rajo-guTJa or\ntarrw-guTJa; vikrta/:L-transformed by lust and so on; ��a-atmii-the\nchief of the sixteen material elements (the five gross elements. the ten\nsenses and the mind); bibhrat-wandering; prthak namabhi/:L-with\n-\n\nseparate\n\nnames;\n\nrupa-bhedam-assuming different forms:\n\nanta/:L­\n\nbah�tvam-the quality of being first-class or last-class: ca-and:\npurai/:L-with different bodily forms; tanoti-manifests.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause the mind is absorbed in desires for pious and impious\nactivities, it is naturally subjected to the transformations of lust\nand anger. In this way, it becomes attracted to material sense enjoyment. In other words, the mind is conducted by the modes of\ngoodness, passion and ignorance. There are eleven senses and five\nmaterial elements, and out of these sixteen items, the mind is the\nchief. Therefore the mind brings about birth in different types of\nbodies among demigods, human beings, animals and birds. When\nthe mind is situated in a higher or lower position, it accepts a\nhigher or lower material body.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0406": "382\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 11\n\nPURPORT\nTransmigration among the 8,400,000 species is due to the mind's\n\nbeing polluted by certain material qualities. Due to the mind, the soul is\nsubjected to pious and impious activities. The continuation of material\n\nexistence is like the waves of material nature. In this regard, Srlla\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura says, mayara va5e yaccha bhese ', khaccha\n\nhiibuc)ubu, bhiii: \"My dear brother, the spirit soul is completely under\n\nthe control of maya, and you are being carried away by its waves.\" This\nis also confirmed in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nprakrte/:L kriyama�ani\ngu�i/:L karmii�i sarva5a/:L\nahankiira-vimuc)hiitma\nkartaham iti manyate\n·'The bewildered spirit soul, under the influence of the three modes of\n\nmaterial nature, thinks himself the doer of activities, which are in actuality carried out by nature.\" (Bg. 3.27)\n\nMaterial existence means being fully controlled by material nature.\n\nThe mind is the center for accepting the dictations of material nature. In\nthis way the living entity is carried away in different types of bodies continuously. millennium after millennium.\n\nkr$� bhuli' sei jiva anadi-bahirmukha\nataeva maya tare deya sarhsara-du/:Lkha\n(Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhya 20.117)\nDue to the living entity's forgetfulness of �i?l).a, one is bound by the\nlaws of material nature.\nTEXT6\n\n�:� � otrfffl'� :q (l'h(\nililc:-n�\n����Rti I\n311�\\f\"-� �nmr�(l��'\n��\n��ftR�: II G. II\n\n", "SB5.1#p0407": "Text 6]\n\nJa<;la Bharata Instructs King Rahiigru;ta\n\n383\n\ndu/:tkham sukham vyatiriktam ca tivram\nkiilopapannarh phalam iivyanakti\niilirigya miiyii-racitiintariitmii\nsva-dehinam samsrti-cakra-kil!a/:t\ndu/:tkham-unhappiness due to impious activities; sukham -happi\n\n­\n\nness due to pious activities; vyatiriktam -illusion ; ca-also; tivramvery\n\nsevere;\n\nphalam-the\n\nkii la-upapannam-obtained in the\nresultant\n\naction;\n\ncourse of\n\niivyanakti-creates;\n\ntime;\n\niilirigya­\n\nembracing; maya racita-created by material nature; anta/:t-iitmii-the\n-\n\nmind; sva-dehinam-the living being himself; samsrti-of the actions\nand reactions of material existence; cakra-kil!a/:t-which deceives the\nliving entity into the wheel.\nTRANSLATION\nThe materialistic mind covering the living entity's soul carries it\nto different species of life. This is called continued material existence. Due to the mind, the living entity suffers or enjoys material\ndistress and happiness. Being thus illusioned, the mind further\ncreates pious and impious activities and their karma, and thus the\nsoul becomes conditioned.\nPURPORT\nMental activities under the influence of material nature cause happiness and distress within the material world. Being covered by illusion.\nthe living entity eternally continues conditioned life under different\ndesignations. Such living entities are known as nitya-baddha, eternally\nconditioned. On the whole, the mind is the cause of conditioned life:\ntherefore the entire yogic process is meant to control the mind and the\nsenses. If the mind is controlled, the senses are automatically controlled.\nand therefore the soul is saved from the reactions of pious and impious\nactivity. If the mind is engaged at the lotus feet of Lord KJ;\"�I,la (sa vai\n\nmana/:t kr§r;a-padiiravindayo/:tL the senses are automatically engaged in\nthe Lord's service. When the mind and senses are engaged in devotional\nservice, the living entity naturally becomes KJ;\"�I,la conscious. As soon as\none always thinks of KJ;\"�I,la, he becomes a perfect yogi, as confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (yoginiim api sarve§iim mad-gateniintariitmanii). This\n\n", "SB5.1#p0408": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n384\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. ll\n\nantariitmii, the mind, is conditioned by material nature. As stated here,\n\nmiiyii-racitiinta riitmii sva-dehinam samsrti-cakra-kiifa�: the mind,\n\nbeing most powerful, covers the living entity and puts him in the waves\nof material existence.\nTEXT7\n•\n\nmr;r;r\n\no:t(f4�1�:\n\n� i[Cffij ��ij_�+i: I\ntf�lriiwfl f��� �(f\ngurl!!UR�\ntiiviin ayam vyavahiira� sadiivi�\n\n�etrajna-sii�yo bhavati sthala-su�ma�\n\ntasman mano lingam ado vadanti\ngur:uigu�tvasya pariivarasya\ntiiviin-until\n\nthat time;\n\nayam-this;\n\nvyavahiira�-the artificial\n\ndesignations (being fat or skinny, or belonging to the demigods or\nhuman beings); sadii-always; iivi�-manifesting; �etra-jna-of the\nliving entity;\n\nsii�ya�-testimony; bhavati-is; sthula-su�ma�-fat\n\nand skinny; tasmiit-therefore; mana�-the mind; lingam-the cause;\nada�-this; vadanti-they say; gu�-agu�tvasya-of being absorbed\nin material qualities or devoid of material qualities; para-avarasya-and\nof lower and higher conditions of life.\nTRANSLATION\nThe mind makes the living entity within this material world\n\nwander through different species of life, and thus the living entity\nexperiences mundane affairs in different forms as a human being,\n\ndemigod, fat person, skinny person and so forth. Learned scholars\n\nsay that bodily appearance, bondage and liberation are caused by\n\nthe mind.\n\nPURPORT\n\nJust as the mind is the cause of bondage, it can also be the cause of\nliberation. The mind is described here as para-avara. Para means tran-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0409": "Text 8]\n\nJa4a Bharata Instructs King Rahtiga.J.la\n\n385\n\nscendental, and avara means material. When the mind is engaged in the\nLord's service (sa vai mana/:L km:UL-padaravindayo/:L}, it is called para,\ntranscendental. When the mind is engaged in material sense gratification, it is called avara, or material. At the present moment, in our conditioned state, our mind is fully absorbed in material sense gratification,\nbut it can be purified and brought to its original Kr�r:ta consciousness by\nthe process of devotional service. We have often given the example of\nAmbari:�a Maharaja. Sa vai mana/:L kmUL-padaravindayor vacamsi\n\nvaikur:z,tha-gu'f,liinuvarr:u:me. The mind must be controlled in Kr�r:ta consciousness. The tongue can be utilized to spread the message of ��r:ta\nand glorify the Lord or take prasiida, the remnants of food offered to\nKr�r:ta. Sevonmukhe hi jihvadau: when one utilizes the tongue in the service of the Lord, the other senses can become purified. As stated in the\n\nNarada-pancaratra, sarvopadhi-vinirmuktarh tat-paratvena nirmalam:\nwhen the mind and senses are purified, one's total existence is purified,\nand one's designations are also purified. One no longer considers himself\na human being, a demigod, cat, dog, Hindu, Muslim and so forth. When\nthe senses and mind are purified and one is fully engaged in Kr�r:ta· s service, one can be liberated and return home, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXTS\n\ngu'f,liinuraktarh vyasaniiya janto/:L\n�emiiya nairgur:z,yam atho mana/:L syat\nyatha pradipo ghrta-vartim a.Snan\nsikha/:L sadhilmii bhajati hy anyada svam\npadam tatha gur:z,a-karmanubaddham\nvrttir mana/:L srayate 'nyatra tattvam\n\n", "SB5.1#p0410": "386\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 11\n\ng u�-anurak tam-being attached to the material modes of nature;\nvyasanaya-for the conditioning in material existence; janto�-of the\n\nliving entity: k$e rru'iya-for the ultimate welfare; nairgu�yam-being\nunaffected by the material modes of nature; atho-thus; mana�-the\nmind: syat-becomes; yatha-as much as; pradfpa�-a lamp; ghrtavartim-a wick within clarified butter; a.Snan-burning; sikha�-the\nflame; sadhurru'i�-with smoke; b hajat i-enjoys ; hi-certainly; anyada-otherwise; svam-its own original; padam-position; tatha-so;\ngu�-karma-anubaddham-bound by the modes of nature and the reactions of material activities; vrm�-various engagements; mana�-the\nmind; s rayate- takes shelter of; anyat ra-otherwise; tattvam-its original condition.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the living entity's mind becomes absorbed in the sense\n\ngratification of the material world, it brings about his conditioned\n\nlife and suffering within the material situation. However, when the\n\nmind becomes unattached to material enjoyment, it becomes the\ncause of liberation. When the flame in a lamp burns the wick im­\n\nproperly, the lamp is blackened, hut when the lamp is filled with\n\nghee and is burning properly, there is bright illumination.\n\nSimilarly, when the mind is absorbed in material sense gratifica­\n\ntion, it causes suffering, and when detached from material sense\n\ngratification, it brings about the original brightness of 1\\.r�J,la\nconsciousness.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIt is therefore concluded that the mind is the cause of material existence and liberation also. Everyone is suffering in this material world\nbecause of the mind: it is therefore proper to train the mind or to cleanse\nthe mind from material attachment and engage it fully in the Lord's service. This is called spiritual engagement. As confirmed in Bhagavadgfta:\nrru'im ca yo 'vyabhicare�a\n\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gu�n samatftyaitan\nbrahma-bhuyaya kalpate\n\n", "SB5.1#p0411": "Text9]\n\n387\n\nJa\"a Bharata Instructs King RahiigaJ.la\n\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in\nany circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and\nthus comes to the level of Brahman.·· (Bg.\n\n14.26)\n\nWe should engage the mind fully in Kr�rya conscious activities. Then it\nwill be the cause of our liberation, for our returning home, back to\nGodhead. However, if we keep the mind engaged in material activities\nfor sense gratification, it will cause continuous bondage and wilt make us\nremain in this material world in different bodies. suffering the consequences of our different actions.\nTEXT9\n\nl(€fila:�•erii;rm\n\nft: �\n30��: q� f�sf��: I\n�fur �tfat �� :q �m:�t\nt���� �mT �h �:r�: II �II\nekada.Siisan manaso hi vrttaya\n\nakutaya/:L paiica dhiyo 'bhimiina/:L\nmiitra�J.i karmii�J.i purarh ca tiisarh\nvadanti haikadaSa vira bhumi/:L\nekadaSa-eleven; iisan-there are; manasa/:L-of the mind: hi-certainly; vrttaya/:L-activities; akutaya/:L-senses of action: paiica-five:\n\ndhiya/:L-senses for gathering knowledge: abhi miina/:L-the false ego:\nmatra�J.i-different\n\nsense objects:\n\nkarmiilJ,i-different\n\nmaterial\n\nac­\n\ntivities; puram ca-and the body. society. nation. family or place of\n\nnativity;\n\ntasam-of\n\nthose\n\nfunctions;\n\nekadaSa-eleven: vira-0 hero:\n\nvadanti-they\n\nsay:\n\nbhumi/:L-fields of activity.\n\nha-oh:\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere are five working senses and five knowledge-acquiring\nsenses. There is also the false ego. In this way, there are eleven\nitems for the mind's functions. 0 hero, the objects of the senses\n\n[ such\n\nas\n\nsound\n\nand touch ) ,\n\nthe\n\norganic\n\nactivities\n\n[such as\n\n", "SB5.1#p0412": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n388\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 11\n\nevacuation) and the different types of bodies, society, friendship\nand personality are considered by learned scholars the fields of ac­\n\ntivity for the functions of the mind.\n\nPURPORT\nThe mind is the controller of the five knowledge-acquiring senses and\nthe five working senses. Each sense has its particular field of activity. In\nall cases, the mind is the controller or owner. By the false ego one thinks\noneself the body and thinks in terms of \"my body, my house, my family,\nmy society, my nation\" and so on. These false identifications are due to\nthe expansions of the false ego. Thus one thinks that he is this or that.\nThus the living entity becomes entangled in material existence.\nTEXT 10\n\n�mqm�\nf������qn\n\n�'t��ut\n�ifm\n��� 3Tli: liZ oil\n\ngandhakrti-sparsa-rasa-sravarh.si\nvisarga-raty-arty -abhijalpa-silpa/:1.\nekadaSarh svikarar:w-rh mameti\nsayyam aharh dvadaSam eka ahu/:t\ngandha-smell;\nvarh.si-and\n\nsound;\n\nak rti-form;\n\nsparsa-touch;\n\nvisarga-evacuating;\n\narti-movement; abhija\n\nrasa-taste;\n\nrati-sexual\n\nsra­\n\nintercourse;\n\nlpa -speaking; silpa/:1.-grasping or releasing;\n\nekadaSam-eleventh; svikarar:w-m-accepting as; ma ma\n\n-\n\nm ine;\n\niti­\n\nthus: sayyam-this body; aham-1; dvadaSam-twelfth; eke-some;\nahu/:1,-have said.\nTRANSLATION\nSound, touch, form, taste and smell are the objects of the five\n\nknowledge-acquiring senses. Speech, touch, movement, evacua­\n\ntion and sexual intercourse are the objects of the working senses.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0413": "Text 11]\n\nJa.,a Bharata Instructs King Rahfi.gru:Ia\n\n389\n\nBesides this, there is another conception by which one thinks,\n\"This is my body, this is my society, this is my family, this is my\nnation,\" and so forth. This eleventh function, that of the mind, is\ncalled the false ego. According to some philosophers, this is the\ntwelfth function, and its field of activity is the body.\nPURPORT\nThere are different objects for the eleven items. Through the nose we\ncan smell, by the eyes we can see, by the ears we can hear, and in this\nway we gather knowledge. Similarly, there are the karmendriyas, the\nworking senses-the hands, legs, genitals, rectum, mouth and so forth.\nWhen the false ego expands, it makes one think, \"This is my body.\nfamily, society, country,\" etc.\nTEXT II\n\n�Ol(�m;rt����f:rcmt: I\n\n�Cfil�?m�'T �;roT\nij���r:\n\n��:\n\n�R;��\naJSiijctl ;:J fq?.(t rr �!I: �: II��II\n\ndravya-svabhavasaya-karma-kalair\nekiidaSiimi manaso vikiirii/:t\nsahasra§a/:t sata§a/:t ko.tiSa§ ca\n�etrajnato na mitho na svata/:t syu/:t\ndrarya-by physical objects; sva-bhiiva-by nature as the cause of\ndevelopment; asaya-by culture; karma-by predestined resultant actions; kiilai/:t-by time; ekiidaSa-eleven; ami-all these: manasa/:t-of\nthe\n\nmind;\n\nvikiirii/:t-transformations;\n\nsahasra§ab,-in\n\nthousands:\n\nsata§a/:t-in hundreds; kotiSa/:t ca-and in millions; �etra-jnata/:tfrom the original Supreme Personality of Godhead: na-not: mitha/:tone another; na-nor; svata/:t-from themselves: syu/:t-are.\nTRANSLATION\nThe physical elements, nature, the original cause, culture,\ndestiny and the time element are all material causes. Agitated by\n\n", "SB5.1#p0414": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n390\n\nthese material\n\ncauses,\n\nthe\n\neleven\n\nfunctions\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 11\ntransform\n\ninto\n\nhundreds of functions and then into thousands and then into\nmillions. But all these transformations do not take place auto­\n\nmatically by mutual combination. Rather, they are under the\ndirection of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nOne should not think that all the interactions of the physical elements,\ngross and subtle, that cause the transformation of mind and consciousness are working independently. They are under the direction of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In Bhagavad-gita (15.15), Kr��a says\n\nthat the Lord is situated in everyone's heart (sarvasya caham hrdi san­\n\nniv�!o mattab, smrtir jiiiinam apohanam ca). As mentioned herein,\nSupersoul (lcyetrajiia) is directing everything. The living entity is also\n\nk§etrajiia, but the supreme k§etrajiia is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. He is the witness and order giver. Under His direction, everything takes place. The different inclinations of the living entity are created by his own nature or his expectations, and he is trained by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead through the agency of material nature.\nThe body, nature and the physical elements are under the direction of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. They do not function automatically. Nature is neither independent nor automatic. As confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gitii, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is behind nature.\nmayadhyakwr.w prakrtil;,\nsuyate sa-cariicaram\nhetuniinena kaunteya\njagad viparivartate\n\"This material nature is working under My direction, 0 son of Kunll,\nand it is producing all moving and unmoving beings. By its rule this\nmanifestation is created and annihilated again and again.\"' ( Bg.\nTEXT 12\n\n�\n\n�m f�riil'tw �rF-m:R� fif�1: I\n��\n\n9.10)\n\n", "SB5.1#p0415": "Text 12]\n\nJa4a Bharata Instructs King Rahiig81,la\n\n391\n\nmtf'�t�\n� N:q�� �R���: II� �II\n\nmrertrn: �FJ\n\nk$etrajfia eta manaso vibhutir\nfivasya miiyii-racitasya nityii/:t\niivirhitii/:t kviipi tirohitiiS ca\nsuddho vic�_te hy aviSuddha-kartu/:t\nk$etra-j iia/:r,-the individual soul; etii/:r,-all these; manasa/:r,-of the\nmind; vibhuti/:r,-di:fferent activities; fivasya of the living entity;\nmiiyii-racitasya-created by the external, material energy; nityii/:r,from time immemorial; iivirhitii/:r,-sometimes manifested; kviipisomewhere; tirohitii/:t ca -and not manifested; suddha/:r,-purified ;\nvic�!e-sees this; hi-certainly; aviSuddha-unpurified; kartu/:r,-of\n-\n\nthe doer.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe individual soul bereft of Kr��a consciousness has many\nideas and activities created in the mind by the external energy.\nThey have been existing from time immemorial. Sometimes they\nare manifest in the wakening state and in the dream state, hut during deep sleep [unconsciousness) or trance, they disappear. A person who is liberated in this life Uivan-mukta)\n\ncan\n\nsee all these\n\nthings vividly.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii (13.3), �etrajfiam ciipi miim viddhi\nsarva-�etre�u bhiirata. There are two kinds of �etrajiia, or living\nbeings. One is the individual living being, and the other is the supreme\nliving being. The ordinary living being knows about his body to some extent, but the Supreme, Paramatma. knows the condition of all bodies.\nThe individual living being is localized. and the Supreme. Paramatma. is\nall-pervading. ln this sloka the word �etrajiia refers to an ordinary living being, not the supreme living being. This ordinary living being is of\ntwo ki n ds- nitya- baddha or nitya-mukta. One is eternally conditioned\nand the other eternally liberated. The eternally liberated living beings\n\n", "SB5.1#p0416": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n392\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. II\n\nare in the Vaikul).tha jagat, the spiritual world, and they never fall into\n\nthe material world. Those in the material world are conditioned souls,\n\nnitya-baddha. The nitya-baddhas can become liberated by controlling\n\nthe mind because the cause of conditioned life is the mind. When the\n\nmind is trained and the soul is not under the mind's control, the soul can\n\nbe liberated even in this material world. When it is liberated, one is\n\ncalled fivan-mukta. A jivan-mukta knows how he has become condi­\n\ntioned; therefore he tries to purify himself and return home, back to\nGodhead. The eternally conditioned soul is eternally conditioned because\n\nhe is controlled by the mind. The conditioned state and liberated state are\ncompared to the sleeping, unconscious state and the awakened state.\n\nThose who are sleeping and unconscious are eternally conditioned, but\n\nthose who are awake understand that they are eternally part and parcel\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�I).a. Therefore even in this\n\nmaterial world, they engage in Kr�I).a 's service. As confirmed by Srila\nRupa Gosvaml: ihii yasya harer diisye. If one takes to Kr�I).a's service, he\n\nis liberated, even though he appears to be a conditioned soul within the\nmaterial world. ]ivan-mukta� sa ucyate. In any condition, one is to be\n\nconsidered liberated if his only business is to serve Kr�I).a.\nTEXTS I3-I4\n\n��\n\n3TR1tl �: �tiJl:\nm����Pii?llm�i�r: q1:�: 1\n;nw;rait �ileJfol �n��:\n\\(lifltr�SS�'t.-tf'!4�m;r: II� �II\n\"\n\n���:\n\n��:W'tt;rl�n��itiJf �� �� 1\n�� qu � cn��n\n���\n\n3ll����fq!: II � \\1II\n\nk{;etrajna atma purU§a� puraT}fl�\nsak{;at svayarh jyotir aja� paresa�\nnarayar:w bhagavan vasudeva�\nsva-mayayatmany avadhiyamana�\n\n", "SB5.1#p0417": "Text 14)\n\nJa4a Bharata Instructs King Rahfi.gal).a\n\n393\n\nyathiinila� sthiivara-jaligamiiniim\niitma-svarupery,a niv�ta iSet\nevarh paro bhagaviin viisudeva�\nk$etrajfta iitmedam anupravi$ta�\n*\n\nk$etra-jfta�-the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; iitmii-allpervading, present everywhere; pun�a�-the unrestricted controller,\nwho has unlimited power; purii��-the original; siik$iit-perceivable\nby hearing from the authorities and by direct perception; svayam-personal; jyoti�-manifesting His bodily rays (the Brahman effulgence);\naja�-never born; paresa�-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nniiriiya��-the resting place of all living entities; bhagaviin-the Personality of Godhead with six full opulences; viisudeva�-the shelter of\neverything, manifested and nonmanifest; sva-miiyayii-by His own\npotency; iitmani-in His own self, or in the ordinary living entities;\n\navadhiyamiina�-existing as the controller; yathii-as much as;\nanila�-the\nair;\nsthiivara-of\nnonmoving\nliving\nentitles;\njanigamiiniim-and of the moving living entities; iitma-svarupery,aby His expansion as the Supersoul; niv�ta�-entered; iset-controls;\nevam-thus; para�-transcendental;\n\nbhagaviin-the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; viisudeva�-the shelter of everything; k$etrajfta�-known as k$etrajfta; iitmii-the vital force; idam-this material\nworld; anuprav�ta�-entered within.\nTRANSLATION\nThere are two kinds of k�etrajiia-the living entity, as explained\nabove, and the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is explained\nas follows. He is the all-pervading cause of creation. He is full in\nHimself and is not de pendent on others. He is perceived by hearing and direct percep tion. He is self-effulgent and does not ex­\n\nperience birth, death, old age or disease. He is the controller of all\nthe demigods, beginning with Lord Brahma. He is called Narayal).a,\n\nand He is the shelter of living entities after the annihilation of this\nmaterial world. He is full of all opulences, and He is the resting\n*\n\nIn text 12 the word k$etrajfta described the living being. but in this\n\nverse the word k$etrajfta indicates the Supreme Person.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0418": "394\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 11\n\nplace of everything material. He is therefore known as Vasudeva,\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. By His own potency, He is\n\npresent within the hearts of all living entities, just as the air or\n\nvital force is within the bodies of all beings, moving and nonmov­\n\ning. In this way He controls the body. In His partial feature, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead enters all bodies and controls\n\nthem.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is confirmed in Bhagavad-gWi (15.15). Sarvasya ciiham hrdi\nsanniv�to mattab, smrtir jfiiinam apohanam ca. Every living being is\ncontrolled by the supreme living being, Paramatma, who resides within\neveryone\"s heart. He is the pun1,$a, the purU$a-avatiira, who creates this\nmaterial world. The first purU$a-avatiira is Maha-Vi��u, and that MahaVi��u is the plenary portion of the plenary portion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr��a. Kr��a \"s first expansion is Baladeva. and His\nnext expansions are Vasudeva, Sankar�a�a, Aniruddha and Pradyumna.\nVasudeva is the original cause of the brahmajyoti, and the brahmajyoti is\nthe expansion of the rays of the body of Vasudeva.\n\nyasya prabhii prabhavato jagad-a�JC)a-ko!iko�v a.Se�a-vasudhiidi-vibhuti-bhinnam\ntad brahma n�kalam anantam ase$a-bhutam\ngovindam iidi-purU$arh tam aham bhajiimi\n\n··1 worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is endowed with great\npower. The glowing effulgence of His transcendental form is the impersonal Brahman, which is absolute, complete and unlimited and which\ndisplays the varieties of countless planets, with their different opulences,\n\n(Brahma-samhitii 5.40) The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is thus described in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nin millions and millions of universes.\"'\n\nmayii tatam idam sarvam\njagad avyakta-milrtinii\nmat-sthiini sarva-bhutiini\nna ciiham te$V avasthita/:t\n\n", "SB5.1#p0419": "Text\n\n15]\n\nJa�a Bharata Instructs King Rahuglll).a\n\n395\n\n.. By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All\nbeings are in Me, but I am not in them.'' (Bg.\n\n9.4)\n\nThis is the position of the plenary expansions of K_r��a as the allpervading Vasudeva, Sailkar�a�a, Pradyumna and Aniruddha.\n\nTEXT\n\n�U6f�i\nfcJ'r{�\nN-��1\n\n15\n\n<J��S::\n\n�nttf\nm��m\n��� ;rqq')& �n;r� II� �II\n\"'\n\nna yavad etiirh tanu-bhrn narendra\nvidhuya miiyarh vayunodayena\nvimukta-sango jita-$at-sapatno\nvedatma-tattvarh bhramatiha tiivat\nna-not; yavat-as long as; etiim-this; tanu-bhrt-one who has accepted a material body; narendra-0 King; vidhuya miiy iim-washing\naway the infection accumulated because of contamination by the material\nworld; vayunii udayena-by awakening of transcendental knowledge\ndue to good association and study of the Vedic literatures; vimuktasangab,-free from all material association; jita-$at-sapatnab,-conquering the six enemies (the five knowledge-acquiring senses and the mind):\nveda-knows; iitma-tattvam-spiritual truth: bhramati-he wanders:\niha-in this material world; tiivat-until that time.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Rahuglll).a, as long as the conditioned soul accepts\nthe material body and is not freed from the contamination of\nmaterial enjoyment, and as long as he does not conquer his six\nenemies and come to the platform of self-realization by awakening\nhis spiritual knowledge, he has to wander among different places\nand different species of life in this material world.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0420": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n396\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 11\n\nPURPORT\nWhen one's mind is absorbed in the material conception, he thinks\nthat he belongs to a particular nation, family, country or creed. These are\nall called upadhis, designations, and one has to become freed from them\n\n(sarvopadhi-vinirmuktam). As long as one is not freed, he has to continue conditioned life in material existence. The human form of life is\nmeant for cleansing away these misconceptions. If this is not done, one\nhas to repeat the cycle of birth and death and thus suffer all material\nconditions.\nTEXT 16\n\n�f.f�;r\n•\n\n•\n\n31.00�\nij{Wf� I\n\n�ij'Rfflq'lerq;{\n\n����Utl�ifltijf\nna yavad etan mana atma lirigarh\n-\n\nsarhsara-tapavapanarh janasya\nyac choka-mohamaya-raga-lobha­\n\nvairanubandham mamatarh vidhatte\nna-not;\n\nyavat-as\n\nlong\n\nas;\n\netat-this;\n\nmana/1,-mind;\n\natma­\n\nlirigam-existing as the false designation of the soul; sarhsara-tapa-of\nthe miseries of this material world; ava pana m-the growing ground;\njanasya-of the living being;\n\nyat-which;\n\nsoka-of lamentation;\n\nmoha-o£ illusion; amaya-of disease; raga-of attachment; lobha-of\ngreed; vaira-o£ enmity; anubandham-the consequence; mamatamthe sense of ownership; vidhatte-gives.\nTRANSLATION\nThe soul's designation, the mind, is the cause of all tribulations\n\nin the material world. As long as this fact is unknown to the condi­\n\ntioned living entity, he has to accept the miserable condition of the\nmaterial body and wander within this universe in different posi­\n\ntions. Because the mind is affected by disease, lamentation, illu-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0421": "Text 17)\n\nJa�a Bharata Instructs King Rahiig�a\n\n397\n\nsion, attachment, greed and enmity, it creates bondage and a false\nsense of intimacy within this material world.\nPURPORT\nThe mind is the cause of both material bondage and liberation. The\nimpu,re mind thinks, \"I am this body.\" The pure mind knows that he is\nnot the material body; therefore the mind is considered to be the root of\nall material designations. Until the living entity is aloof from the association and contaminations of this material world, the mind will be\nabsorbed in such material things as birth, death, disease, illusion. attachment, greed and enmity. In this way the living entity is conditioned, and\nhe suffers material miseries.\nTEXT 17\n\ni1Rr01.fit�\n\n���W:t���'Q��I{q'l{�:\n�����oit'lTQW\\1�\n�� ott�Cfi @TI{mlq� II� \\911\nbhratrvyam enam tad adabhra-viryam\nupe�ayiidhyedhitam apramatta/:t\nguror hares carar;,opiisaniistro\njahi vyalikam svayam iitma-mo�am\nbhratrvyam-the formidable enemy; enam-this mind; tat-that:\nadabh ra v iryam -very very powerful; upe�aya-by neglecting:\nadhyedhitam-unnecessarily increased in power; apramattab,-one who\nis without illusion; gurob,-of the spiritual master: hare/:t-of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; cara(W-of the lotus feet: upiisaniiastra/:t-applying\nthe\nweapon\nof\nworshiping:\njahi -conq ue r :\nvyalikam -f alse; svayam-personally; iitma-mo�am-which covers the\n-\n\n,\n\nconstitutional position of the living entity.\nTRANSLATION\nThis uncontrolled mind is the greatest enemy of the living entity. If one neglects it or gives it a chance, it will grow more and\n\n", "SB5.1#p0422": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n398\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. II\n\nmore powerful and will become victorious. Although it is not fac­\n\ntual, it is very strong. It covers the constitutional position of the\nsoul. 0 King, please try to conquer this mind by the weapon of ser­\n\nvice to the lotus feet of the spiritual master and of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Do this with great care.\nPURPORT\nThere is one easy weapon with which the mind can be conquered­\n\nneglect. The mind is always telling us to do this or that; therefore we\n\nshould be very expert in disobeying the mind's orders. Gradually the\n\nmind should be trained to obey the orders of the soul. It is not that one\n\nshould obey the orders of the mind. Srlla Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatl\n\nThakura used to say that to control the mind one should beat it with\nshoes many times just after awakening and again before going to sleep.\n\nIn this way one can control the mind. This is the instruction of all the\n\nsiistras. If one does not do so, one is doomed to follow the dictations of the\n\nmind. Another bona fide process is to abide strictly by the orders of the\n\nspiritual master and engage in the Lord's service. Then the mind will be\nautomatically controlled. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has instructed Srila\nRupa Gosvami:\n\nbrahmiir:u;/a bhramite kona bhagyaviin fiva\nguru-km:La-prasiide piiya bhakti-latii-bfja\nWhen one receives the seed of devotional service by the mercy of the\n\nguru and ��l).a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one's real life\n\nbegins. If one abides by the orders of the spiritual master, by the grace of\n��l).a he is freed from service to the mind.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Eleventh\nChapter of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"]ruj,a Bharata Instructs\nKing RahiigaTJ(L.\"\n\n", "SB5.1#p0423": "CHAPTER TWELVE\n\nConversation Between\nMaharaja Rahiigal}.a and Ja�a Bharata\nBecause Maharaja RahugaQa was still doubtful about his enlightenment.\nhe asked the brahmar:ta Ja�a Bharata to repeat his instructions and\nclarify ideas he could not understand.\n\nIn this chapter, Maharaja\n\nRahugal).a offers his respectful obeisances to Ja�a Bharata, who was concealing his real position. The King could understand by his speech how\nexalted and advanced he was in spiritual knowledge. He very much\nregretted his offense against him. Maharaja RahugaQa was bitten by the\nserpent of ignorance, but was cured by the nectarean words of Ja�a\nBharata. Later, because he was doubtful about th subjects discussed. he\nmade further inquiries, one question after another. First he wanted to be\nreleased from the offense he had committed at the lotus feet of Ja�a\nBharata.\nMaharaja RahugaQa was somewhat unhappy at not being able to grasp\nJa�a Bharata's instructions, which were full of meaning that could not be\nunderstood by a materialistic person. Therefore Ja�a Bharata repeated\nhis instructions more clearly. He said that on the surface of the globe all\nliving entities, moving and unmoving, were but transformations of the\nearth in different ways. The King was very proud of his king·s body. but\nthat body was simply another transformation of the earth. Out of his\nfalse prestige, the King was misbehaving toward the palanquin carrier.\nas a master toward a servant, and he was actually very unkind to other\nliving entities. Consequently King RahugaQa was unfit to give protection\nto the citizens, and because he was ignorant, he was unfit to be counted\namong advanced philosophers. Everything in the material world is but a\ntransformation of the earth, although things have different names according to their transformations. Actually the varieties are one and the\nsame, and ultimately all these varieties are vanquished into atoms.\nNothing is permanent in this material world. The variety of things and\ntheir distinctions are simply mental concoctions. The Absolute Truth is\nbeyond illusion and is manifest in three features-impersonal Brahman.\n399\n\n", "SB5.1#p0424": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n400\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 12\n\nlocalized Paramiitmii and the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Ultimate\nrealization of the Absolute Truth is the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\ncalled Vasudeva by His devotees. Unless one is blessed with the dust\nfrom the feet of a pure devotee on his head, one cannot possibly become a\ndevotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nJa�a Bharata also told about his own previous birth and informed the\nKing that by the grace of the Lord he still remembered all the incidents\nof his past life. Due to the activities of his past life, Ja�a Bharata was\nbeing very cautious and was therefore assuming the characteristics of a\ndeaf and dumb man to avoid mingling with the material world. Association with the material modes of nature is very powerful. The bad association of materialistic men can be avoided only in the association of\ndevotees. In the association of devotees, one is given an opportunity to\nrender devotional service in nine different ways-sravara m kirtanarh\n\nv�r:wl:t smararam pada-sevanam arcanarh vandanarh diisyarh sakhyam\natma-nivedanam. In this way, in the association of devotees, one can pass\nover material association, cross over the ocean of nescience and return\nhome, back to Godhead.\nTEXT I\n\n\"fl\"TO\"f i3'qT\"f\n\n��1\n\n��:\ntfil�!ro�\n���'T�!i�l\n��ts�\"'cr �ilt=�W;�Rtt_�����r:r Q+�q_ II � II\nrahugara uvaca\nnarrw nama}:L karara-vigrahaya\nsvarilpa-tucchikrta-vigrahaya\nnarrw 'vadhuta dvija-bandhu-linganigill},ha-nityanubhavaya tubhyam\nrahilgaTJ-al:t uvaca-Ki n g Rahugar:w said; nama}:L-my respectful\nobeisances; nama}:t-obeisances; kara7Ja-vigrahaya-to one whose body\nemanates from the Supreme Person, the cause of all causes; svarilpa-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0425": "Text2]\n\nRahiig81,la Converses with Ja9a Bharata\n\n401\n\ntucchikrta-vigrahaya-who has completely removed all the contradictions of the scriptures by manifesting his true self; nama�-respectful\nobeisances;\n\navadhiita-0 master of all mystic power; dvija-bandhu­\n\nli riga- by the characteristics of a person born in a briihmar:w family but\n\nbriihmar:w; nigilt;lha-covered; nityaanubhaviiya-to him whose eternal self-realization; tubhyam-to you.\n\nnot executing the duties of a\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Rahflg81,la said: 0 most exalted personality, you are not\ndifferent from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. By the influence of your true self, all kinds of contradiction in the sastras\nhave been removed. In the dress of a friend of a brahmaJ.la, you are\nhiding your transcendental blissful position. I offer my respectful\nobeisances unto you.\nPURPORT\n\nFrom the Brahma-samhitii we understand the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is the cause of all causes (sarva-kiiral)fl.-kiiral)fl.m). &abhadeva\nwas the direct incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. the\ncause of all causes. His son, Bharata Maharaja, who was now acting as the\n\nbriihmal)fl. Ja<Ja Bharata, had received his body from the cause of all\ncauses. Therefore he is addressed as kiirar:ta-vigrahaya.\nTEXT2\n\n\\?.{Ul{ql�\n��l·t� �\nfil�1q��� �?.fl ft:'fll=+H I\n\n���'41�1ft�wl:\n� q����'PiltN\n\n� II � II\n\njvaramayiirtasya yathiigadam sat\nnidiigha-dagdhasya yatha himiimbha�\nkudeha-miiniihi-v�!a-dr�!e�\nbrahman vacas te 'mrtam a�adham me\njvara-of a fever; iimaya-by the disease; iirtasya-of a distressed\nperson; yat hii -just as; agadam-the medicine; sat-ri ght : nidiigha-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0426": "402\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 12\n\ndagdhasya-of one scorched by the heat of the sun; yatha-just as;\nhima-ambha&-very cold water; ku-deha-in this body made of matter\nand full of dirty things such as stool and urine; mana-of pride; ahiby the serpent; v�!a-bitten; dme&-of one whose vision; brahman-0 best of the brahmar:ms; vaca&-words; te-your; amrtamnectar; au,sadham-medicine; me-for me.\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of the brahmru:tas, my body is filled with dirty things, and\n\nmy vision has been bitten by the ser pent of pride. Due to my\nmaterial conceptions, I am diseased. Your nectarean instructions\n\nare the proper medicine for one suffering from such a fever, and\nthey are cooling waters for one scorched by the heat.\nPURPORT\n\nThe conditioned soul has a body full of dirty things-bones, blood,\nurine, stool and so forth. Nonetheless, the most intelligent men in this\nmaterial world think they are these combinations of blood, bone, urine\nand stool. If this is so, why can't other intelligent men be made with\nthese ingredients, which are so readily available? The entire world is\ngoing on under the bodily conception and creating a hellish condition unfit for any gentleman's living. The instructions given to King Rahi.igaQa\nby ]aQa Bharata are very valuable. They are like the medicine that can\nsave one from a snakebite. The Vedic instructions are like nectar and cool\nwater for one suffering from scorching heat.\nTEXT3\n\n�\n'fiU��;n �I\n31�tc:ijtfl•st�a\n�ijl�� �1_�e�6«l it II � II\n1{1{\n\ntasmad bhavantam mama sarnsayiirtham\nprak$yami pa5ciid adhuna subodham\n\n", "SB5.1#p0427": "Text 3)\n\nRahiigaJ,la Converses with Ja\"a Bharata\n\n403\n\nadhyiitma-yoga-grathitarh tavoktam\niikhyahi kautahala-cetaso me\ntasmiit-therefore; bhavantam-to you; mama-of me;\n\nsamsayaartham-the subject matter that is not clear to me; pra/cyyami-1 shall\nsubmit; pa§cat-afterwards; adhunii-now; su-bodham-so that it can\nbe clearly understood; adhyiitma-yoga-of mystic instruction for selfrealization; grathitam-as composed; ta va-your ; uktam-speech ;\nakhyahi-please explain again; kautahala-cetasa�-whose mind is very\ninquisitive to understand the mystery of such statements; me-to me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhatever doubts I have about a particular subject matter I shall\nask you about later. For the time being, these mysterious yoga instructions you have given me for self-realization appear very\ndifficult to understand. Please repeat them in a simple way so that I\ncan understand them. My mind is very inquisitive, and I want to\n\nunderstand this clearly.\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic literature instructs:\n\ntasmiid gururh prapadyeta jijiiiisu�\n\nsreya uttamam. An intelligent man must be very inquisitive to know the\ntranscendental science deeply. Therefore one must approach a guru, a\nspiritual\n\nmaster.\n\nAlthough JaQa\n\nBharata\n\nexplained everything to\n\nMaharaja Rahiigal)a, it appears that his intelligence was not perfect\nenough to understand clearly. He therefore requested a further explanation.\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (4.34): tad viddhi pra�J-ipatena\nparipra§nena sevaya. The student must approach a spiritual master and\nsurrender unto him fully (pra�J-ipiitena). He must also question him in\norder to understand his instructions (paripra.Snena). One should not only\nsurrender to the spiritual master but also render loving service unto him\n\n(sevaya) so that the spiritual master will be pleased with the student and\nexplain the transcendental subject matter more clearly. A challenging\nspirit before the spiritual master should be avoided if one is at all interested in learning the Vedic instructions in depth.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0428": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n404\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT4\n\n�\n\n�it�\n�;f\nfsti�l'fi� ('I�E4iil<'{� I\n\n�\n\n&�5051('11\n\n(1+-tM+t�i;ntr\n\n�E41�Uf� � � � II \\l II\nyad aha yogesvara drsyamanam\nkriya-phalam sad-vyavahara-mulam\nna\n\nhy afijasa tattva-vimarsaniiya\nbhavan amlJ,$min bhramate mano me\n\nyat - that which; aha-have said; yoga-iSvara-0 master of mystic\npower; drsya miina m - being clearly seen; kriya-phalam-the results of\nmoving the body here and there, such as feeling fatigue; sat-existing;\n\nvyava hiira-m illam-whose basis is etiquette alone; na-not; hi-certainly; afijasa -on the whole, or in fact; tattva-vimarsaniiya-for understanding the\n\ntruth\n\nby\n\nconsultation;\n\nbhavan-you r good self;\n\namlJ,$min-in that explanation; bhramate-is bewildered; ma na� mind; me-my.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 master of yogic power, you said that fatigue resulting from\nmoving the body here and there is appreciated by direct perception, but actually there is no fatigue. It simply exists as a matter of\nformality. By such inquiries and answers, no one can come to the\nconclusion of the Absolute Truth. Because of your presentation of\nthis statement, my mind is a little disturbed.\nPURPORT\nFormal inquiries and answers about the bodily conception do not constitute knowledge of the Absolute Truth. Knowledge of the Absolute\nTruth is quite different from the formal understanding of bodily pains\nand pleasures. In Bhagavad-gita Lord l<ri?r:J.a informs Arjuna that the\npains and pleasures experienced in relation to the body are temporary;\nthey come and go. One should not be disturbed by them but should tolerate them and continue with spiritual realization.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0429": "405\n\nRahftgal).a Converses with Ja<;la Bharata\n\nText 6]\n\nTEXTS 5-6\nirfTifiUT i3FfR\n3Pf \\llwlt Willi :q�� 'lf�t\n;.r: tnffl'�: qlfflel � �m: 1\n� :q�e_f� �tt-\n\niilf\\'l���rou1:'Rkn:\nII '-\\ II\n3iij5N a:Rt ftr�� =if ;.r�\n�e0((1� �\n�I\n;.r�� ��\n\n(liilf41 f«�f�fij ��1:1: II � II\nbriihmar:w uviica\n\nayam jano nama calan prthivyiim\nya/:t piirthiva/:t piirthiva kasya heto/:t\ntasyiipi ciinghryor adhi gulpha-janghiijiinilru-madhyora-sirodhariiritsii/:t\naritse 'dhi diirvi sibikii ca yasyiim\nsauvira-riijety apadesa iiste\nyasmin bhaviin rufj,ha-nijiibhimiino\nriijiismi sindhU$V iti durmadiindha/:t\nbriihmar:w/:t uviica-the briihmar:w said; ayam-this; jana/:t -person:\nnama-celebrated as such; ca lan -movi n g ; prthivyam-on the earth;\n\n/:t\n\nya -who; piirthiva/:t-a transformation of the earth; piirthiva-0\nKing, who possesses a similar earthly body; kasya-for what; heto/:treason; tasya api-of him also; ca-and; anghryo/:t-feet; adhiabove; gulpha-ankles; janghii-calves; jiinu -knees; uru - th i ghs:\n\nmadhyora -waist;\n\nsira\n\n/:t dhara-n eck;\n-\n\naritsii/:t-shoulders:\n\naritse­\n\nshoulder: adhi -upo n ; diirvi-made of wood; sibikii - palanq u in : caand: yasyiim-on which; sauvira-riijii-the King of Sauvira: iti-thus:\n\n/:t\n\napadesa -know n as; iiste-there is; yasmin-in which; bhaviinYour Lordship;\n\nrufj,ha-imposed upon;\n\nnija abhimiina\n-\n\n/:t\n\n-\n\nhaving a\n\n", "SB5.1#p0430": "406\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 12\n\nconception of false prestige; raja asmi-1 am the King; sindh'U{>u-in the\n\nstate of Sindhu;\nprestige.\n\niti-thus;\n\ndurmada-andha�-captivated by false\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe self-realized briihmru:ta Ja�a Bharata said:\n\nAmong the\n\nvarious material combinations and permutations, there are various\nforms and earthly transformations. For some reason, these move\non the surface of the earth and are called palanquin carriers. Those\n\nmaterial transformations which do not move are gross material ob­\n\njects like stones. In any case, the material body is made of earth\nand stone in the form of feet, ankles, calves, knees, thighs, torso,\n\nthroat and head. Upon the shoulders is the wooden palanquin, and\n\nwithin the palanquin is the so-called King of Sauvira. The body of\nthe King is simply another transformation of earth, but within that\n\nbody Your Lordship is situated and falsely thinking that you are\n\nthe King of the state of Sauvira.\n\nPURPORT\nAfter analyzing the material bodies of the palanquin carrier and the\n\npalanquin passenger, Jaqa Bharata concludes that the real living force is\n\nthe living entity. The living entity is the offshoot or o ffspring of Lord\nVi�l).u; therefore within this material world, among moving and non­\n\nmoving things, the real principle is Lord Vi�l).U. Due to His presence,\n\neverything is working, and there are actions and reactions. One who understands Lord Vi�l).u as the original cause of everything is to be under­\n\nstood to be perfectly situated in knowledge. Although he was falsely\nproud of being a king, King Rahugal).a was not really situated in\nknowledge. Therefore he was rebuking the palanquin carriers, including\n\nthe self-realized brahmar:m, Jaqa Bharata. This is the first accusation\n\nJaqa Bharata made against the King, who was daring to talk to a learned\nbrahmar:m from the flimsy ground of ignorance, identifying everything\nwith matter. King Rahiigal).a argued that the living entity is within the\n\nbody and that when the body is fatigued the living entity within must\n\ntherefore be suffering. It is clearly explained in the following verses that\n\nthe living entity does not suffer due to the body's fatigue. Sr!la\n\nVisvanatha Cakravartl gives an example of a child heavily decorated\n\n", "SB5.1#p0431": "Rahiigal).a Converses with Ja\"a Bharata\n\nText 7)\n\n407\n\nwith ornaments; although the child's body is very delicate, he does not\nfeel fatigue, nor do the parents think that his ornaments should be taken\naway. The living entity has nothing to do with bodily pains and\npleasures. These are simply mental concoctions. An intelligent man will\nfind the original cause of everything. Material combinations and permutations may be a matter of fact in worldly dealings, but actually the\nliving force, the soul, has nothing to do with them. Those who are\nmaterially upset take care of the body and manufacture daridra­\n\nnan:iya� (poor Naraya�a). However, it is not a fact that the soul or\nSupersoul becomes poor simply because the body is poor. These are the\nstatements of ignorant people. The soul and Supersoul are always apart\nfrom bodily pleasure and pain.\nTEXT7\n\nit�M+ii�c:4+4N�«\"t�l'l\n�\nf.t��Ritsml\n� �\"�\"\" R��mwit\n� � i� �: II \\9 II\nsocyiin imiirits tvam adhi�!a-dinan\nv�!yii nigrh�n niranugraho 'si\njanasya goptiismi vikatthamiino\nna sobhase vrddha-sabluisu dhma/:t\n\nsocyiin\n\n-\n\nl amentable;\n\nimiin-all\n\nthese;\n\ntvam-you;\n\nadhi-�!a­\n\ndtnan-poor persons suffering more pains because of their povertystricken position; v�!yii-by force; nig rh�n -seiz ing; niranugraha/:t\nasi-you have no mercy in your heart; janasya-of the people in\ngeneral; goptii asmi-1 am the protector (king); vikatthamiina/:t -bragging; na sobhase-you do not look very good; vrddha-sabhasu-in the\nsociety of learned persons; dhma/:t-simply impudent.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is a fact, however, that these innocent people carrying your\npalanquin without payment are certainly suffering due to this\n\n", "SB5.1#p0432": "408\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 12\n\ninjustice. Their condition is very lamentable because you have\nforcibly engaged them in carrying your palanquin. This proves\n\nthat you are cruel and unkind, yet due to false prestige you were\n\nthinking that you were protecting the citizens. This is ludicrous.\n\nYou were such a fool that you could not have been adored as a\ngreat man in an assembly of persons advanced in knowledge.\nPURPORT\nKing Rahugal)a was proud of being king, and he felt he had the right\nto control the citizens as he liked, but actually he was engaging men in\ncarrying his palanquin without payment, and therefore he was causing\nthem trouble without reason. Nonetheless, the King was thinking that he\nwas the protector of the citizens. Actually the king should be the representative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. For this reason he is\ncalled nara-devatii, the Lord among human beings. However, when a\n\nking thinks that because he is the head of the state, he can utilize the\ncitizens for his sense gratification, he is in error. Such an attitude is not\nappreciated by learned scholars. According to the Vedic principles, the\n\nking should be advised by learned sages, briihmar:ws and scholars, who\n\nadvise him according to the injunctions given in the dharma-siistra. The\nduty of the king is to follow these instructions. Learned circles do not ap­\n\npreciate the king's utilizing public endeavor for his own benefit. His duty\nis to give protection to the citizens instead. The king should not become\nsuch a rogue that he exploits the citizens for his own benefit.\n\nIt is stated in Snmad-Bhagavatam that in Kali-yuga the heads of\n\ngovernment will be plunderers and thieves. These thieves and plunderers take the money and property of the public by force or connivance.\n\nTherefore it is said in Snmad-Bhagavatam, rajanyair nirghrr:w-ir dasyu­\n\ndharmabhi}:t. As Kali-yuga advances, we can see that these charac­\n\nteristics are already visible. We can certainly imagine how deteriorated\nhuman civilization will be by the end of Kali-yuga. Indeed, there will no\nlonger be a sane man capable of understanding God and our relationship\nwith Him. In other words, human beings will be just like animals. At that\ntime, in order to reform human society, Lord l<_r�I)a will come in the\n\nform of the Kalki avatiira. His business will be to kill all the atheists\n\nbecause ultimately the real protector is V i�Q.u, or l<_r�I)a.\nThe Lord incarnates and sets things in order when things are\n\n", "SB5.1#p0433": "Text 8]\n\nRahiigru;Ia Converses with Ja9a Bharata\n\n409\n\nmismanaged by so-called kings and heads of government. As i(r�Qa says\nin Bhagavad-gitii, yada yadii hi dharmasya gliinir bhavati bhiirata. Of\ncourse this takes many years, but the principle is there. When the king\nor governmental head does not follow the proper principles, nature deals\nout the punishments in the forms of war, famine and so forth. Therefore\nif the governmental head is not aware of life's goal, he should not take\ncharge of ruling the people. Actually the supreme proprietor of everything is Lord Vi�Qu. He is the maintainer of everyone. The king, the\nfather, and the guardian are simply representatives of Lord Vi�Qu, empowered by Him to look after the management and maintain things. It is\ntherefore the duty of the head of the state to maintain the general\npopulace in such a way that people will ultimately know the goal of life.\n\nNa te vidu� sviirtha-gatim hi vi$�um. Unfortunately the foolish governmental head and the general populace do not know that the ultimate goal\nof life is to understand and approach\n\nLord Vi�Qu.\n\nWithout this\n\nknowledge, everyone is in ignorance, and all society is crowded with\ncheaters and cheated.\n\nTEXTS\n�\n\nf��ef\n\n���\n\nfcroq f;tgt sr� � �� 1\nij\"Sil¥tijls;�\nom�\n�Qi({f �.'Ht:f4i�P.f1 � II � II\nyada /cyitiiv eva cariicarasya\nvidama n�tluim prabhavam ca nityam\ntan niimato 'nyad vyavaluira-mulam\nnirupyatiim sat-kriyayiinumeyam\nyada-therefore;\n\n/cyitau-in\n\nthe\n\nearth;\n\neva-certainly:\n\ncara­\n\nacarasya -of different bodies, some moving and some not moving:\nvidama-we know; ni.$tluim annihilation ; prabha va m ap pearance:\nca-and; nityam-regul arly by the principles of nature: tat-that:\n-\n\n-\n\nnamata�-than simply by name; anyat-other; vyavahara-mulamcause of material activities; nirupyatiim-let it be ascertained: sat­\n\nkriyaya-by actual employment; anumeyam-to be inferred.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0434": "410\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll of us on the surface of the globe are living entities in\n\ndifferent forms. Some of us are moving and some not moving. All\nof us come into existence, remain for some time and are annihi­\n\nlated when the body is again mingled with the earth. We are all\n\nsimply different transformations of the earth. Different bodies and\n\ncapacities are simply transformations of the earth that exist in\nname only, for everything grows out of the earth and when every­\n\nthing is annihilated it again mingles with the earth. In other\nwords, we are but dust, and we shall but be dust. Everyone can\nconsider this point.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Brahma-sutra it is said: tad-ananyatvam arabhambhar:rn-sab­\n\ndiidibhya/:L (2.1.14). This cosmic manifestation is a mixture of matter\n\nand spirit, but the cause is the Supreme Brahman, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. Therefore in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.5.20) it is\n\nsaid: idam hi viSvam bhagavan ivetaral},. The entire cosmic manifesta­\n\ntion is but a transformation of the energy of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, but because of illusion, no one can appreciate that God is non­\n\ndifferent from the material world. Actually He is not different, but this\nmaterial world is simply a transformation of His different energies:\n\nparasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate. There are also other versions of this in\n\nthe Vedas: sarvam khalv idam brahma. Matter and spirit are all nondifferent from the Supreme Brahman, Bhagavan. Lord Sri l<.f!?�a confirms this statement in the Bhagavad-grta\n\n( 7 .4): me bhinnii prakrtir\n\n�tadhii. The material energy is l<.f!?�a 's energy, but it is separated from\n\nHim. The spiritual energy is also His energy, but it is not separated from\n\nHim. When the material energy is engaged in the service of the Supreme\n\nSpirit, so-called material energy is also transformed into spiritual energy,\n\njust as an iron rod becomes fire when placed in contact with fire. When\nwe can understand by an analytical study that the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead is the cause of all causes, our knowledge is perfect. Simply\nunderstanding the transformations of different energies is partial\n\nknowledge. We must come to the ultimate cause. Na te vidu/:L svartha\n\ngatim hi vi$7J-um. The knowledge of those who are not interested in\nknowing the original cause of all emanations is never perfect knowledge.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0435": "Text 9]\n\nRahugat;1a Converses with Ja�a Bharata\n\n411\n\nThere is nothing in the phenomenal world that is not produced by the\nsupreme energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Aromas from\nthe earth are different scents manufactured and used for different purposes, but the original cause is the earth, nothing else. A waterpot made\nof earth can be used to carry water for some time, but ultimately the pot\nis nothing but earth. Therefore there is no difference between the pot\nand its original ingredient, earth. It is simply a different transformation\nof the energy. Originally the cause or primary ingredient is the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, and the varieties are only by-products. In the\n\nChandogya Upan�ad it is stated: yatha saumy ekena mrt-pir:u;lena sarvarit mrnmayarit vijfidtarit syad vacarambhanarit vikaro namadheyarit\nmrttikety eva satyam. If one studies the earth, he naturally understands\nthe by-products of the earth. The Vedas therefore enjoin, yasmin vijfidte\n\nsarvam evarit vijfidtarit bhavati: if one simply understands the original\ncause, l<r�r;ta, the cause of all causes, then naturally everything else is\nunderstood, although it may be presented in different varieties. By understanding the original cause of different varieties, one can understand\neverything. If we understand l<r�r;ta, the original cause of everything, we\ndo not need to separately study the subsidiary varieties. Therefore from\nthe very beginning it is said: satyarit pararit dhimahi. One has to concentrate one's understanding on the Supreme Truth, K:r�l).a or Vasudeva.\nThe word Vasudeva indicates the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\nis the cause of all causes. Mat-sthani sarva-bhutani na caharit te$V\n\navasthita�. This is a summary of phenomenal and noumenal philosophy.\nThe phenomenal world depends on the noumenal existence; similarly.\neverything exists by virtue of the potency of the Supreme Lord, although\ndue to our ignorance the Supreme Lord is not perceived in everything.\n\nTEXT9\n\n�� �\n\nfu���-\n\n�\n\n3[�f\n\nit\n\n����\n� • i'ffl f%�'f: II� II\n�\n\nevarit niruktarit k$iti-sabda-vrttam\nasan nidhanat paramar:w,vo ye\n\n", "SB5.1#p0436": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n412\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 12\n\navidyaya manasa kalpitas te\nye$arh samuhena krto vi.Se$abevam -thus; niru kta m -falsely described; k$iti-sabda-of the word\n\"earth\"; vrttam - the existence; asat-not real; nidhanat-from the\ndissolution;\n\nparama-aravab,-atomic\n\nav id yaya -because\n\nof\n\nless\n\nye - all\n\nof\n\nwhich;\n\nmanasa-in\n\nthe\n\nmind;\n\nparticles;\n\nintelligence;\n\nkalpitab,-imagined; te-they; ye$am-of which; samuhena-by the\naggregate; krtab,-made; vi.Se $ab,-the particulars.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne may say that varieties arise from the planet earth itself.\n\nHowever, although the universe may temporarily appear to be the\n\ntruth, it ultimately has no real existence. The earth was originally\n\ncreated by a combination of atomic particles, but these particles\n\nare impermanent. Actually the atom is not the cause of the\n\nuniverse, although some philosophers think so. It is not a fact that\n\nthe varieties found in this material world simply result from\n\natomic juxtaposition or combination.\n\nPURPORT\nThose who follow the atomic theory think that the protons and\nelectrons of atoms combine in such a way as to bring all material existence into being. However, the scientists fail to discover the cause of\natomic existence itself. Under these circumstances, we cannot accept that\nthe atom is the cause of the universe. Such theories are advanced by\nunintelligent people. According to real intelligence, the real cause of the\ncosmic manifestation is the Supreme Lord. ]anmady asya yata�: He is\nthe original cause of all creation. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (10.8):\n\naham sarvasya prabhavo mattab, sarvam pravartate. Kr�I)a is the original cause. Sarva-karara-kararam: He is the cause of all causes. Kr�I)a is\nthe cause of atoms, the material energy.\n\nbhumir apo 'nalo vayu�\nkham mano buddhir eva ca\nahankiira itiyam me\nbhinna prakrtir U$/adha\n\n(Bg. 7.4)\n\n", "SB5.1#p0437": "Text 10]\n\nRahftgaJ.Ia Converses with Ja9a Bharata\n\n413\n\nThe ultimate cause is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and only\nthose in ignorance try to find out other causes by posing different\ntheories.\nTEXT 10\n.\n\n��\n\n.\n\ni�\n\n�\n\n�,_�'f'!liJW!\n\n�\n\n��liif'fi4t�\n. I\nR �miifl�Pt �;nm�f( i� ft:ij'At{ II� II\no\n\nevam krsam sthulam a�ur brhad yad\nasac ca saj jivam ajivam anyat\ndravya-svabhiivasaya-kala-karmaniimniijayavehi krtam dvitiyam\nevam -thus; k rsam -skinny or short; sthulam-fat; a�u�-tiny;\n\nbrhat-big; yat-which; asat-impermanent; ca-and; sat-existing;\njivam-the living entities; ajivam-inanimate lifeless matter; anyat,\n\nother causes; dravya-phenomena; sva-bhiiva-nature; asaya-disposition; kala-time; karma-activities; niimnii-only by such names;\najaya-by material nature; avehi-you should understand; krtamdone; dvitiyam-duality\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince this universe has no real ultimate existence, the things\nwithin it-shortness, differences, grossness, skinniness, smallness, bigness, result, cause, living symptoms, and materials-are\nall imagined. They are all pots made of the same substance, earth,\nhut they are named differently. The differences are characterized\nby the substance, nature, predisposition, time and activity. You\nshould know that all these are simply mechanical manifestations\ncreated by material nature.\nPURPORT\n\nThe temporary manifestations and varieties within this material world\nare simply creations of material nature under various circumstances:\n\n", "SB5.1#p0438": "414\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 12\n\nprakrte� kriyamii1Jii,ni gu�i� karmiirJi sarva.Sa�. The actions and reactions carried out by the material nature are sometimes accepted as our\nscientific inventions; therefore we want to take credit for them and defy\nthe existence of God. This is described in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(3.27),\n\nahankara-vimfujhatmii kartaham iti manyate: due to being covered by\nthe illusory external energy, the living entity tries to take credit for the\ndifferentiated creations within the material world. Actually all these are\nbeing created automatically by the material force set in motion by the\nenergy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore the ultimate\ncause is the Supreme Person. As stated in Brahma-samhita:\n\niSvara� parama� kr���\nsac-cid-ananda-vigraha�\nanadir adir govinda�\nsarva-kara�-kara�m\nHe is the cause of all causes, the ultimate cause. In this regard Srila\nMadhvacarya says: evam sarvam tatha prakrtvayai kalpitam v�rJor\n\nanyat. evam prakrtyadhara� svayam ananyadharo v�rJur eva. ata�\nsarva-sabda.S ca tasminn eva. Actually the original cause is Lord Vi�qu,\nbut out of ignorance people think that matter is the cause of everything.\n\nraja goptasrayo bhumi�\nsara�m ceti laukika�\nvyavahiiro na tat satyam\ntayor brahmiiSrayo vibhu�\nThings are contemplated on the ephemeral or external platform, but actually this is not the truth. The actual protector and shelter of everyone is\nBrahman, the Supreme, not the king.\n\ngoptri ca tasya prakrtis\ntasyii V�TJU� svayam prabhu�\ntava goptri tu prthivi\nna tvam gopta �ite� smrta�\nata� sarvasrayaiS caiva\ngoptii ca harir iSvara�\n\n", "SB5.1#p0439": "Text 11]\n\nRahtiglll).a Converses with Ja�a Bharata\n\n415\n\nsarva-sabdiibhidheya.S ca\nsabda-vrtter hi karar:wm\nsarvantara/:t sarva-bahir\neka eva janardana/:t\nThe actual protectress is the material nature, but Vi�l_lu is her Lord. He is\nthe Lord of everything. Lord Janardana is the director both externally\nand internally. He is the cause of the function of words and what is expressed in all sound.\n\nsirasodharata yadvad\ngrivayas tadvad eva tu\nasrayatvam ca goptrtvam\nanye§iim upacarata/:t\nLord Vi�Q.U is the resting place of the entire creation: brahmar:w hi pra­\n\nti§thaham\n\n(Bg. 14.27). On Brahman, everything is resting. All the\n\nuniverses are resting on the brahmajyoti, and all the planets are resting\non the universal atmosphere. In each and every planet there are oceans.\nhills, states and kingdoms, and each planet is giving shelter to so many\nliving entities. They are all standing on the earth of feet and legs. torso\nand shoulders, but actually everything is resting ultimately on the\npotencies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore He\nknown ultimately as sarva-karar:w-karar:tam, the cause of all causes.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n�\n\nf�{ �i�P-l���(J� �efif��31 �� I\n�.... srm;ij �·��0�Q'\nlfll��� � erifrij II� � II\njnanam viSuddham paramartham ekam\nanantararh tv abahir brahma satyam\npratyak pra.Santarh bhagavac-chabda-sarhjnam\nyad vasudevam kavayo vadanti\n\nIS\n\n", "SB5.1#p0440": "416\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 12\n\njnanam-the supreme knowledge; viSuddham-without contamina­\n\ntion; parama-artham-giving the ultimate goal of life; ekam-unified;\n\nanantaram-without interior, unbroken; tu-also; abahif£-without\n\nexterior; brahma-the Supreme; satyam-Absolute Truth; pratyak­\n\ninner; prasantam-the calm and peaceful Supreme Lord, worshiped by\n\nthe yogis; bhagavat-sabda-samjnam-known in the higher sense as\n\nBhagavan, or full of all opulences; yat-that; vasudevam-Lord Kr�r:ta,\nthe son of Vasudeva; kavayal£-the learned scholars; vadanti-say.\nTRANSLATION\nWhat, then, is the ultimate truth? The answer is that nondual\n\nknowledge is the ultimate truth. It is devoid of the contamination\n\nof material qualities. It gives us liberation. It is the one without a\nsecond, all-pervading and beyond imagination. The first realiza­\n\ntion of that knowledge is Brahman. Then Paramatma, the Super­\n\nsoul, is realized by the yogis who try to see Him without grievance.\n\nThis is the second stage of realization. Finally, full realization of\n\nthe same supreme knowledge is realized in the Supreme Person.\n\nAll learned scholars describe the Supreme Person as Vasudeva, the\ncause of Brahman, Paramatma and others.\nPURPORT\nIn Caitanya-caritamrta it is said: yad advaitarh brahmopani$adi tad\napy asya tanu-bha. The impersonal Brahman effulgence of the Absolute\nTruth consists of the bodily rays of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nYa atmantaryami purz�a iti so 'syamsa-vibhava/:t. What is known as\n\natma and antaryami, the Supersoul, is but an expansion of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. Sa(l-aiSvaryaif£ purr:w ya iha bhagavan sa\n\nsvayam ayam. What is described as the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, complete with all six opulences, is Vasudeva, and Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu is nondifferent from Him. Great learned scholars and\n\nphilosophers accept this after many, many births. Vasudeva!£ sarvam iti\n\nsa mahatma sudurlabha/:t (Bg. 7.19). The wise man can understand that\n\nultimately Vasudeva, Kr�Qa, is the cause of Brahman, and Paramiitma,\n\nthe Supersoul. Thus Vasudeva is sarva-karar:w-karar:mm, the cause of all\n\ncauses. This is confirmed in Snmad-Bhagavatam. The real tattva, Ab-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0441": "Text 11]\n\nRahiigat:�a Converses with Ja9a Bharata\n\n417\n\nsolute Truth, is Bhagavan, but due to incomplete realization of the Absolute Truth, people sometimes describe the same Vi�1,1u as impersonal\nBrahman or localized Paramatma.\n\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\ntattvam yaj jfiiinam advayam\nbrahmeti paramatmeti\nbhagavan iti sabdyate\n(Biulg. 1.2.11)\nFrom the very beginning, Snmad-Bhagavatam says, satyarh pararh\ndhimahi: we meditate on the supreme truth. The supreme truth is explained here as jfiiinarh viSuddham satyam. The Absolute Truth is\ndevoid of material contamination and is transcendental to the material\nqualities. It gives all spiritual success and liberation from this material\nworld. That Supreme Absolute Truth is l(r�l,la, Vasudeva. There is no\n\ndifference between l(r�1,1a's inner self and outward body. K��l,la is purr:w,\n\nthe complete whole. There is no distinction between His body and soul as\nthere is between ours. Sometimes so-called scholars, not knowing the\nconstitutional position of l(r�l,la, mislead people by saying that the l(r�1,1a\n\nwithin is different from the l(r�1,1a without. When l(r�1,1a says, man­\n\nmana bhava mad-bhakto mad-yaji marh namaskuru, so-called scholars\n\nadvise the reader that it is not the person K��l,la to whom we must surrender but the l(r�1,1a within. So-called scholars, Mayavadis, cannot understand K��l,la with their poor fund of knowledge. One should therefore\napproach an authorized person to understand K��1,1a. The spiritual\nmaster has actually seen Kr�r:J.a; therefore he can explain Him properly.\n\ntad viddhi pra�ipatena\nparipra5nena sevaya\nupadek$yanti te jnanarh\njfiiininas tattva-darsinab,\n(Bg. 4.34)\nWithout approaching an authorized person, one cannot understand\nl(r�l,la.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0442": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n418\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�{ff� ij\"ijq('{l\n;r\n\n;r\n\n�\n\n*t�t«tH f-1�111� � I\n\n;r�� �q iif�P��tsf;n �'fl�it�� II� �II\nrahugar:witat tapasa na yati\nna cejyaya nirvapa1}Jid grhad vii\nna cchandasa naiva jaliigni-suryair\nvinii mahat-pada-rajo- 'bhi$ekam\nrahilgar:w-0 King Rahugar;ta; etat-this knowledge; tapasa -by\nsevere austerities and penances; na yati-does not become revealed;\nna-not; ca-also; ijyaya-by a great arrangement for worshiping the\nDeity; nirvapa1}Jit-or from finishing all material duties and accepting\nsannyasa; grhiit-from ideal householder life; vii-or; na-nor; chandasa-by observing celibacy or studying Vedic literature; na eva -nor;\njala-agni-suryai�-by severe austerities such as keeping oneself in\nwater, in a burning fire or in the scorching sun; vina-without;\n\nmahat-of the great devotees; pada - raja�-the dust of the lotus feet;\nabhi$ekam-smearing all over the body.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King RahiigaJ}.a, unless one has the opportunity to\n\nsmear his entire body with the dust of the lotus feet of great devo­\n\ntees, one cannot realize the Absolute Truth. One cannot realize the\nAbsolute Truth simply by observing celibacy\n\n(brahmacarya],\n\nstrictly following the rules and regulations of householder life,\n\nleaving home as a vanaprastha, accepting sannyasa, or undergoing\n\nsevere penances in winter by keeping oneself submerged in water\n\nor surrounding oneself in summer by fire and the scorching heat\nof the sun. There are many other processes to understand the Ab­\n\nsolute Truth, but the Absolute Truth is only revealed to one who\n\nhas attained the mercy of a great devotee.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0443": "419\n\nRahiigai.la Converses with Jac;la Bharata\n\nText 13)\n\nPURPORT\nActual knowledge of transcendental bliss can be bestowed upon anyone by a pure devotee. Vede$U durlabham adurlabham iitma-bhaktau.\nOne cannot attain the perfection of spiritual life simply by following the\ndirections of the Vedas. One has to approach a pure devotee: an­\n\nyiibhilaSitii-sunyam jnana-karmiidy-anavrtam. By the grace of such a\ndevotee, one can understand the Absolute Truth, Kr�Qa, and one's relationship with Him. A materialistic person sometimes thinks that simply\nby executing pious activities and remaining at home one can understand\nthe Absolute Truth. That is denied in this verse. Nor can one understand\nthe Absolute Truth simply by observing the rules and regulations of\n\n(\n\n)\n\nbrahmacarya celibacy . One only has to serve the pure devotee. That\nwill help one understand the Absolute Truth without fail.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�stl'l+t�on�r;:: :\nsr�4{l\n���l�\"Rn 1\nfit1�+uon��� u��ffl' ij'� �� q�� II ��II\nyatrottamaSloka-gw:tiinuviida/:t\nprastayate griimya-kathii-vighiita/:t\nni{;evyamiir:w 'nudinam mumuk$or\nmatirh satirh yacchati vasudeve\n\nyatra\n\n-\n\n(\n\n)\n\nin which place in the presence of exalted devotees : uttama­\n\nsloka-guTJ(l anuviida /:t-discussion of the pastimes and glories of the\n-\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; prastuyate-is presented: griimya­\n\nkathii-vighiita/:t-due to which there is no chance of talking of worldly\nmatters; n i$evya mii7Ja /:t-being heard very seriously: anudinam -day\nafter day; mumuk$o/:t-of persons who are very serious about getting out\nof material entanglement; matim-meditation: satim-pure and simple:\n\nyacchati-is turned; vasudeve-unto the lotus feet of Lord Vasudeva.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0444": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n420\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nWho are the pure devotees mentioned here? In an assembly of\npure devotees, there is no question of discussing material subjects\nlike politics and sociology. In an assembly of pure devotees, there\nis discussion only of the qualities, forms and pastimes of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. He is praised and worshiped\nwith full attention. In the association of pure devotees, by constantly hearing such topics respectfully, even a person who wants\nto merge into the existence of the Absolute Truth abandons this\nidea and gradually becomes attached to the service of Vasudeva.\nPURPORT\nThe symptoms of pure devotees are described in this verse. The pure\n\ndevotee is never interested in material topics. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nhas strictly prohibited His devotees to talk about worldly matters.\n\nGramya-varta\n\nnii\n\nkahibe: one should not indulge in talking un­\n\nnecessarily about news of the material world. One should not waste time\nin this way. This is a very important feature in the life of a devotee. A\ndevotee has no other ambition than to serve Kr�1_1a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This Kr�1.1a consciousness movement was started to\nengage people twenty-four hours daily in the service of the Lord and in\nHis glorification. The students in this institution engage in the cultivation of Kr�1.1a consciousness from five in the morning to ten at night.\nThey actually have no opportunity to waste their time unnecessarily by\ndiscussing politics, sociology and current events. These will go their own\nway. A devotee is concerned only with serving Kr�l'.la positively and\nseriously.\n\nTEXT 14\n\nFT �m ;nq mrr\nFfl�t!��;r;:�: I\n\n��\n\n�rr��.n 11�\\111\naham pura bharato nama raja\nvimukta-dr$!a-sruta-sanga-bandhal)\n\n", "SB5.1#p0445": "Text 14)\n\nRahugru:-.a Converses with Ja\"a Bharata\n\n421\n\naradhanarit b hagava ta ihamiino\nmrgo 'bhavarit mrga-sangad dhatartha�\naham-1; pura formerly (in my previous birth); bharata� nama\nraja-a King named Maharaja Bharata; vimukta-liberated from; dmasruta-by experiencing personally through direct association, or by getting knowledge from the Vedas; sanga-bandha�-bondage by associ-\n\nation; aradhanam-the worship; bhagavata�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva; fhamiina�-always performing; mrga�\nabhavam-1 became a deer; mrga-s angat-because of my intimate association with a deer; hata-artha�-having neglected the regulative principles in the discharge of devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\nIn a previous birth I was known as Maharaja Bharata. I attained\nperfection by becoming completely detached from material activities through\n\ndirect experience, and through indirect ex­\n\nperience I received understanding from the Vedas. I was fully\nengaged in the service of the Lord, but due to my misfortune, I\nbecame very affectionate to a small deer, so much so that I\nneglected my spiritual duties. Due to my deep affection for the\ndeer, in my next life I had to accept the body of a deer.\nPURPORT\nThe incident herein described is very significant. In a previous verse\nit is stated, vina mahat-pada-rajo- 'bhi$ekam: one cannot attain perfection without smearing the dust from the lotus feet of an exalted devotee\non his head. If one always follows the orders of the spiritual master.\nthere is no question of falling down. As soon as a foolish disciple tries to\novertake his spiritual master and becomes ambitious to occupy his post.\nhe immediately falls down. Yasya prasadad bhagavat-prasado\nyasyaprasadan na gati� kuto 'pi. If the spiritual master is considered an\nordinary man, the disciple surely loses his chance to advance further.\nDespite a very rigid life in devotional service, Bharata Maharaja did not\nconsult a spiritual master when he became overly attached to a deer.\nConsequently he became strongly attached to the deer. and. forgetting\nhis spiritual routine, he fell down.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0446": "422\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 15\n\nm � ��fu�it�sfq\n\n�n�\n\n�un�� ;it ��m 1\n31¥it � �W{('t'fi•ldJlfl\nwq�sf?mr� 11��11\nsa miim smrtir mrga-dehe 'pi vira\nkpjT}iircana-prabhava no jahiiti\natho aham jana-sangiid asango\nviSankamiino 'vivrtaS carami\nsa -that; miim-me ; smrtib,-remembrance of the activities of my\nprevious life; mrga-de he -in the body of a deer; api\n\n-\n\nalthough; vira-\n\n0 great hero; kmw-arcana-prabhava-which appeared because of the\ninfluence of sincere service to Kr��a; no jahiiti\n\n-\n\ndid not leave; atho­\n\ntherefore; aham-1; jana - sangat-from the association of ordinary\nmen;\n\nasangab,-completely detached; viSankamii nab,-being afraid;\n\navivrtab,-unobserved by others; carami-1 go here and there.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear heroic King, due to my past sincere service to the Lord,\nI could remember everything of my past life even while in the\nbody of a deer. Because I am aware of the falldown in my past life,\nI always keep myself separate from the association of ordinary\nmen. Being afraid of their bad, materialistic association, I wander\n\nalone unnoticed by others.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita it is said: svalpam apy asya dharmasya (Bg.\n\n2.40).\n\nIt is certainly a great fall to go from human life to animal life, but in the\ncase of Bharata Maharaja or any devotee, devotional service to the Lord\n\nnever goes in vain. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (8.6): yam yam vapi\n\nsmaran bhiivam tyajaty ante kalevaram. At the time of death, by\nnature's law the mind is absorbed in a certain type of thinking. This may\nlead one to animal life, yet for a devotee there is no loss. Even though\n\n", "SB5.1#p0447": "Text\n\n16]\n\nRahiiglll).a Converses with Ja<Ja Bharata\n\n423\n\nBharata Maharaja received the body of a deer, he didn't forget his position. Consequently, in the body of a deer he was very careful to remember the cause of his downfall. As a result, he was given a chance to be\nborn in a family of very pure brahmar,taS. Thus his service to the Lord\nnever went in vain.\nTEXT\n\n16\n\n�USij1\\'W'f1t·iiffifittl�lruif(�\n��: 1\nd{\n�l(l�� ffl�\"lfi\n��Rr;r(�'ffilf\\q;f: II � �II\ntasman naro 'sariga-susariga-jatajfiiinasinehaiva vivrk�-moha�\nharim tad-'iha-kathana-srutabhyam\nlabdha-smrtir yaty atiparam adhvana�\ntasmiit-for this reason; nara� -every person; asariga -by detachment from the association of worldly people; s u-sa riga -by the association of devotees; jata-produced; jfiiina-asi na-by the sword of\nknowledge; iha-in this material world; eva\n\n-\n\neven ; vivrk�-moha�­\n\nwhose illusion is completely cut to pieces; harim-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tad-'iha-of His activities; kathana-srutabhyamby the two processes of hearing and chanting; labdha-smrti�-the lost\nconsciousness is regained; yati -achieves; atiparam-the ultimate end:\n\nadhvana!t-of the path back home, back to Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSimply by associating with exalted devotees, anyone can attain\nperfection of knowledge and with the sword of knowledge can cut\nto pieces the illusory associations within this material world.\nThrough the association of devotees, one can engage in the service\nof the Lord by hearing and chanting [sravaJ,laril kirtanam]. Thus\none can revive his dormant Kr��a consciousness and, sticking to\nthe cultivation of Kr��a consciousness, return home, hack to\nGodhead, even in this life.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0448": "424\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 12\n\nPURPORT\nTo become liberated from material bondage, one must give up the association of worldly people and accept the association of devotees. Positive and negative processes are mentioned in this regard. Through the\nassociation of devotees, one develops K.r�I.la consciousness, which is dormant within. This Kr�l).a consciousness movement is giving this chance\nto everyone. We are giving shelter to everyone who is serious about\nprogressing in K:r�I.la consciousness. We arrange for their lodging and\nboard so that they can peacefully cultivate Kr�l).a consciousness and\nreturn home, back to Godhead, even in this life.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Twelfth\nChapter of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled, \"The Conversation Between\nMaharaja Rahilgar;a and ]cuja Bharata.\"\n\n", "SB5.1#p0449": "CHAPTER THIRTEEN\n\nFurther Talks Between\nKing Rahiiga�]a and Ja� Bharata\nThe brahmar-a Ja�a Bharata became very kind to King Rahuga�a, and to\ndisassociate him from the material world, he spoke figuratively of the\nforest of the material world. He explained that this material world is like\na great forest in which one becomes entangled due to association with\nmaterial life. In this forest there are plunderers (the six senses) as well as\ncarnivorous animals like jackals, wolves and lions (wife, children and\nother relatives) who are always anxious to suck the blood from the head\nof the family. The forest plunderers and the carnivorous blood-sucking\nanimals combine to exploit the energy of a man within this material\nworld. In this forest there is also a black hole, covered by grass, into\nwhich one may fall. Coming into the forest and being captivated by so\nmany material attractions, one identifies himself with this material\nworld, society, friendship, love and family. Having lost the path and not\nknowing where to go, being harassed by animals and birds, one is also\nvictimized by many desires. Thus one works very hard within the forest\nand wanders here and there. He becomes captivated by temporary happiness and becomes aggrieved by so-called distress. Actually one simply\nsuffers in the forest from so-called happiness and distress. Sometimes he\nis attacked by a snake (deep sleep), and due to the snakebite he loses consciousness and becomes puzzled and bewildered about discharging his\nduties. Sometimes he is attracted by women other than his wife, and thus\nhe thinks he enjoys extramarital love with another woman. He is attacked by various diseases, by lamentation and by summer and winter.\nThus one within the forest of the material world suffers the pains of\nmaterial existence. Expecting to become happy, the living entity changes\nhis position from one place to another, but actually a materialistic person\nwithin the material world is never happy. Being constantly engaged in\nmaterialistic activities, he is always disturbed. He forgets that one day he\nhas to die. Although he suffers severely, being illusioned by the material\nenergy, he still hankers after material happiness. In this way he\n425\n\n", "SB5.1#p0450": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n426\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\ncompletely forgets his relationship with the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nBy hearing this from JaQa Bharata, Maharaja RahiigaQ.a revived his\n��Q.a consciousness and thus benefited from JaQa Bharata's association.\nHe could understand that his illusion. was over, and he begged pardon\nfrom JaQa Bharata for his misbehavior. All this was told to Maharaja\nParik�it by Sukadeva Gosvami.\nTEXT I\nlfm!Jl �\n\n�S\\i4;44at� M�Ndt\n�:������\n� � ��: qf��\nllmif � WI ij� f?f;:�fa It � II\nbriihmnr:u:t uviica\nduratyaye 'dhvany ajayii nivesito\nrajas-tamn�-sattva-vibhakta-karmadrk\nsa e$a siirtho 'rtha-para� paribhramnn\nbhaviiJavim yiiti na sarmn vindati\nbriihmnr_ta/:t uviica-the briihmnr:u:t Ja<;l.a Bharata continued to speak;\nduratyaye-which is very difficult to traverse; adhvani-on the path of\nfruitive activities (performing actions in this life, creating a body in the\nnext life by those actions, and in this way continuously accepting birth\nand death); ajayii by miiyii, the external energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nivesita�-caused to enter; raja/:t-tamn�-sattvavibhakta-karmn-drk-a conditioned soul who sees only immediately\nbeneficial fruitive activities and their results, which are divided into\nthree groups by the modes of goodness, passion and ignorance; sa /:t-he;\ne$a�-this; sa-artha/:t-the living entity falsely seeking sense gratification; artha-para�-intent upon gaining wealth; paribhramnn-wandering all over; bhava-atavim-the forest known as bhava, which means\nthe repetition of birth and death; yati-enters; na-not; sarmn-happiness; vindati-obtains.\n-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0451": "Text2]\n\nRahugru:ta Converses with Ja�a Bharata\n\n427\n\nTRANSLATION\nJa�a Bharata, who had fully realized Brahman, continued: My\ndear King Rahtigru:ta, the living entity wanders on the path of the\nmaterial world, which is very difficult for him to traverse, and he\naccepts repeated birth and death. Being captivated by the material\nworld under the influence of the three modes of material nature\n(sattva-gul).a, rajo-gul).a and tamo-gul).a), the living entity can see\nonly the three fruits of activities under the spell of material\nnature. These fruits are auspicious, inauspicious and mixed. He\nthus becomes attached to religion, economic development, sense\ngratification and the monistic theory of liberation (merging with\nthe Supreme). He works very hard day and night exactly like a\nmerchant who enters a forest to acquire some articles to sell later\nfor profit. However, he cannot really achieve happiness within this\nmaterial world.\nPURPORT\nOne can very easily understand how difficult and insurmountable the\npath of sense gratification is. Not knowing what the path of sense\ngratification is, one becomes implicated in the repetition of birth and accepts different types of bodies again and again. Thus one suffers in\nmaterial existence. In this life one may think that he is very happy being\nan American, Indian, Englishman or German, but in the next life one has\nto accept another body among 8,400,000 species. The next body has to be\nimmediately accepted according to karma. One will be forced to accept a\ncertain type of body, and protesting will not help. That is the stringent\nlaw of nature. Due to the living entity's ignorance of his eternal blissful\nlife, he becomes attracted to material activities under the spell of maya.\nIn this world, he can never experience happiness, yet he works very hard\nto do so. This is called maya.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�� qotR�q �:\nm��������\n;it� �� ro.-Q �\n��� tNt�oj �: II �II\n\n", "SB5.1#p0452": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n428\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\nyasyam ime $a� nara-deva dasyava/:£\nsartham vilumpanti kunayakam baliit\ngomayavo yatra haranti sarthikam\npramattam aviSya yathora�m vrka/:t\nyasyam-in which (in the forest of material existence); ime-these;\n$a!-six; nara-deva-0 King; dasyava/:£-the plunderers; sa-arthamthe conditioned souls, who are interested in false ideas; vilumpantiplunder, regularly taking away all the possessions; ku-nayakam-who\nare always misguided by so-called gurus, or spiritual masters; baliit-by\nforce;\n\ngomayava/:£-exactly\n\nlike\n\nfoxes;\n\nyatra-in\n\nwhich\n\nforest;\n\nharanti-they take away; sa-arthikam-the conditioned soul who is\nseeking material profits to maintain the body and soul; pramattam-who\nis a crazy man not knowing his self-interest; aviSya-entering the heart;\nyatha-just as; ura�m-nicely protected lambs; vrka/:t-the tigers.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Rahiigru;ta, in this forest of material existence there are\n\nsix very powerful plunderers. When the conditioned soul enters\nthe forest to acquire some material gain, the six plunderers\n\nmisguide him. Thus the conditioned merchant does not know how\nto spend his money, and it is taken away by these plunderers. Like\n\ntigers, jackals and other ferocious animals in a forest that are ready\nto take away a lamb from the custody of its protector, the wife and\nchildren enter the heart of the merchant and plunder him in so\n\nmany ways.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the forest there are many plunderers, dacoits, jackals and tigers.\nThe jackals are compared to one's wife and children. In the dead of\nnight, jackals cry very loudly, and similarly one's wife and children in\nthis material world also cry like jackals. The children say, \"Father, this is\nwanted; give me this. I am your dear son.\" Or the wife says, \"I am your\ndear wife. Please give me this. This is now needed.\" In this way one is\nplundered by the thieves in the forest. Not knowing the aim of human\nlife. one is constantly being misguided. The aim of life is Vi;;�u (na te\n\n", "SB5.1#p0453": "Text 3]\n\nRahiigru:ta Converses with Ja\"a Bharata\n\n429\n\nvidu� svartha-gatim hi vi$�um). Everyone works very hard to earn\nmoney, but no one knows that his real self-interest is in serving the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Instead of spending money for advancing the Kt�J.la consciousness movement, one spends his hard-earned\nmoney on clubs, brothels, liquor, slaughterhouses and so forth. Due to\nsinful activities, one becomes implicated in the process of transmigration\nand thus has to accept one body after another. Being thus absorbed in a\ndistressed condition, one never attains happiness.\n\nTEXT3\n\n11\\{tlfft(fl��'l�\n�..s\n���+t�qa�:\n��� ��� S{q�ftf\n�M�'fiMiitl�<!Q�M4�¥(\ne\n\n�\n\nII � II\n\nprabhilta-virut-tr�-gulma-gahvare\nka!hora-damsair TIUl.Sakair upadruta�\nkvacit tu gandharva-puram prapa.Syati\nkvacit kvacic casu-rayolmuka-graham\nprabhuta-a\n\nvery\n\nlarge number;\n\nvirut-of creepers;\n\ntr�-of\n\nvarieties of grass; gulma-of thickets; gahvare-in bowers; ka!horacruel; damsai�-by bites; 11Ul.Sakai�-by mosquitoes; upadruta�-disturbed; kvacit-sometimes; tu-but; gandharva-puram-a false palace\ncreated by the Gandharvas; prapa.Syati-he sees; kvacit-and sometimes;\n\nkvacit-sometimes;\n\nca-and;\n\nasu-raya-ver y\n\nquickly:\n\nulmuka-li ke a meteor; graham-a fiend.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this forest there are dense bowers composed of thickets of\nhushes, grass and creepers. In these bowers the conditioned soul is\nalways disturbed by cruelly biting mosquitoes [envious people].\nSometimes he sees an imaginary palace in the forest, and sometimes he is bewildered by seeing a fleeting fiend or ghost, which\nappears like a meteor in the sky.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0454": "430\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\nPURPORT\nThe material household is actually a hole of fruitive activity. To earn a\nlivelihood, one engages in different industries and trades, and sometimes\none performs great sacrifices to go to higher planetary systems. Apart\nfrom this, at least everyone is engaged in earning a livelihood in some\nprofession or occupation. In these dealings, one has to meet many undesirable people, and their behavior is compared to the biting of mosquitoes. This creates very undesirable conditions. Even in the midst of\nthese disturbances, one imagines that he is going to construct a grand\nhouse and live there permanently, although he knows that he cannot.\nGold is compared to a quickly fleeting fiend, which appears like a meteor\nin the sky. It displays itself for a moment and is then gone. Generally\n\nkarmis are attracted to gold or money, but these are compared herein to\nghosts and witches.\n\nTEXT4\n\nf;si!fiQffl�FfUII�fi-\n\n(ijij(ijffl �� it 31�0lflt( I\n\n�\ntfwit�\n� WI � ��?of: II � II\nnivasa-toya-draviiJii, tma-buddhis\ntatas tato dhiivati bho atavyam\nkvacic ca vatyotthita-pamsu-dhumra\ndi.So na janati rajas-valii�a/:t\nnivasa-residential place; toya -water ; dravi�-wealth; atma-bud­\n\ndhi /:t-who considers these material things the atma, or self; tata/:t\ntata/:t-here and there; dhiivati-he runs; bho/:t-0 King; atavyam-on\nthat forest path of material existence; kvacit ca-and sometimes;\nvatya-by\nthe\nwhirlwind;\nutthita-raised;\npams u-by\ndust;\ndhumru/:t-appear smoke-colored; di.Sa/:t-the directions; na-not;\n\njanati-knows; raja/:t- vala- a�a/:t- whose eyes are covered by the dust\n\nof the wind or who is captivated by his wife during her menstrual period.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0455": "Text 4]\n\nRahiiga1,1a Converses with Ja�a Bharata\n\n431\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, the merchant on the forest path of the material\nworld, his intelligence victimized by home, wealth, relatives and so\nforth, runs from one place to another in search of success. Sometimes his eyes are covered by the dust of a whirlwind-that is to\nsay, in his lust he is captivated by the beauty of his wife, especially\nduring her menstrual period. Thus his eyes are blinded, and he\ncannot see where to go or what he is doing.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said that household attraction resides in the wife because sex is\nthe center of household life: yan maithuniidi-grhamedhi-sukharh hi tuc­\n\ncham. A materialistic person, making his wife the center of attraction,\nworks very hard day and night. His only enjoyment in material life is\nsexual intercourse. Therefore karmis are attracted to women as friends\nor wives. Indeed, they cannot work without sex. Under the circumstances\nthe wife is compared to a whirlwind, especially during her menstrual\nperiod. Those who strictly follow the rules and regulations of householder life engage in sex only once a month, at the end of the menstrual\nperiod. As one looks forward to this opportunity, his eyes are overwhelmed by the beauty of his wife. Thus it is said that the whirlwind\ncovers the eyes with dust. Such a lusty person does not know that all his\nmaterial activities are being observed by different demigods, especially\nthe sun-god, and are being recorded for the karma of one's next body.\nAstrological calculations are called jyoti-siistra. Because the jyoti, or\neffulgence, in the material world comes from the different stars and\nplanets, the science is called jyoti-siistra, the science of the luminaries.\nBy the calculations of jyoti, our future is indicated. In other words. all\nthe luminaries-the stars, sun and moon-witness the activities of the\nconditioned soul. Thus he is awarded a particular type of body. A lusty\nperson whose eyes are covered by the dust of the whirlwind of material\nexistence does not at all consider that his activities are being observed by\ndifferent stars and planets and are being recorded. Not knowing this. the\nconditioned soul commits all kinds of sinful activities for the satisfaction\nof his lusty desires.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0456": "432\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\nTEXTS\n\n3(t�ttWtml€4'1���\n\n�itnf'�f?.RIRW'It\n31�� \"� ��\n�mttlrtf� 'fi� 11 � 11\nadrsya-jhilli-svana-karr:w-sula\nuluka-vagbhir vyathitantaratma\napu�J,ya-vrk$an srayate k$udhardito\nmarici-toyany abhidhavati kvacit\n\nadrsya-invisible; jhilli-of crickets or a kind of bee; svana-by the\nkarr:w-su la-whose ears are disturbed; uluka-of the owls;\nvagbhi�- by sound vibrations; vyathita-very disturbed; anta�atma-whose mind and heart; apu�J,ya-vrk$an-impious trees that have\nno fruits or flowers; srayate-he takes shelter of; k$ udha-from\nhunger; ardita�-suffering; marici-toy a ni- the waters of a mirage in\nthe desert; abhidhavati-he runs after; kvacit-sometimes.\nsounds;\n\nTRANSLATION\nWandering in the forest of the material world, the conditioned\n\nsoul sometimes hears an invisible cricket making harsh sounds,\n\nand his ears become very much aggrieved. Sometimes his heart is\npained by the sounds of owls, which are just like the harsh words\nof his enemies. Sometimes he takes shelter of a tree that has no\n\nfruits or flowers. He approaches such a tree due to his strong appetite, and thus he suffers. He would like to acquire water, but he\n\nis simply illusioned by a mirage, and he runs after it.\nPURPORT\n\nIn Srimad-Bhagavatam it is said that the Bhagavata philosophy is\n\nmeant for people who are completely free from envy (paramo nirmatsara�J,dm). The material world is full of envious people. Even within\none's inner circle there is much backbiting, and this is compared to the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0457": "Text6)\n\nRahftgaJ.la Converses with Ja«J.a Bharata\n\n433\n\nsound vibration of a cricket in the forest. One cannot see the cricket, but\none hears its sounds and thus becomes aggrieved. When one takes to\nKr�r:ta consciousness, one always hears unpalatable words from relatives.\nThis is the nature of the world; one cannot avoid mental distress due to\nthe backbiting of envious people. Being very much aggrieved, sometimes\none goes to a sinful person for help, but he has no means to help because\nhe has no intelligence. Thus the living entity is disappointed. This is like\nrunning after a mirage in the desert in an effort to find water. Such activities do not produce any tangible results. Due to being directed by the\nillusory energy, a conditioned soul suffers in so many ways.\nTEXT6\n\n'fiRf�:\n\nmmsf�\n�R�..ij\n�:\n���fit�\n� :q ��g: II � II\n.II,('\n\nkvacid vitoyii� sarita 'bhiyiiti\nparaspararh cii�ate nirandha�\niisiidya diivarh kvacid agni-tapto\nnirvidyate kva ca ya/cyair hrtiisu�\nkvacit-sometimes ; vitlry\"ii�-without depth to the water; sarita�rivers; abhiyati-he goes to bathe or jumps into; parasparam-one\nanother; ca-and; d�ate-desires ; nirandha�-being with no stock of\nfood; dsadya-experiencing; davam-a forest fire in family life :\nkvacit-sometim es; agni tap ta �-burned by fire; nirvidy ate is despondent; kva-somewhere; ca-and; ya/cyai�-by kings resembling\n-\n\n-\n\nrogues and thieves: hrta-taken away; asu�-wealth, which is as dear as\none·s life.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes the conditioned soul jumps into a shallow river, or\nbeing short of food grains, he goes to beg food from people who\nare not at all charitable. Sometimes he suffers from the burning\n\n", "SB5.1#p0458": "434\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\nheat of household life, which is like a forest fire, and sometimes he\n\nbecomes sad to have his wealth, which is as dear as life, plundered\n\nby kings in the name of heavy income taxes.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen one is hot due to the scorching sun, one sometimes jumps into a\nriver to gain relief. However. if the river is almost dried up and the\nwater is too shallow, one may break his bones by jumping in. The conditioned soul is always experiencing miserable conditions. Sometimes his\nefforts to get help from friends are exactly like jumping into a dry river.\nBy such actions, he does not derive any benefit. He only breaks his bones.\nSometimes, suffering from a shortage of food, one may go to a person\nwho is neither able to give charity nor willing to do so. Sometimes one is\nstationed in household life, which is compared to a forest fire (sarhsiira­\n\ndiivanala-l;;(iha-loka). When a man is heavily taxed by the government,\n\nhe becomes very sad. Heavy taxation obliges one to hide his income, but\ndespite this endeavor the government agents are often so vigilant and\nstrong that they take all the money anyway, and the conditioned soul\nbecomes very aggrieved.\nThus people are trying to become happy within the material world, but\nthis is like trying to be happy in a forest fire. No one need go to a forest to\nset it ablaze; fire takes place automatically. Similarly, no one wants to be\nunhappy in family life or worldly life, but by the laws of nature unhappiness and distress are forced upon everyone. To become dependent on\nanother's maintenance is very degrading; therefore, according to the\n\nVedic system, everyone should live independently. Only the sildras are\n\nunable to live independently. They are obliged to serve someone for\nmaintenance. It is said in the siistras: kalau sudra-sambhava}:t. In this\n\nage of Kali, everyone is dependent on another's mercy for the mainte­\n\nnance of the body; therefore everyone is classified as a sildra. In the\n\nTwelfth Canto of Snmad-Bhagavatam it is said that in Kali-yuga the\ngovernment will levy taxes without reciprocally benefiting the citizens.\n\nAnavr�!yii vinari�yanti durbhi�a-kara-pi(iita/:t. In this age there will\nalso be a shortage of rain; therefore a scarcity of food will arise, and the\ncitizens will be very much harassed by government taxation. In this\nway the citizens will abandon their attempts to lead a peaceful life\n\n", "SB5.1#p0459": "Text 7)\n\nRahiiga�a Converses with Ja9a Bharata\n\n435\n\nand will leave their homes and hearths and go to the forest in sheer\ndisappointment.\n\nsurair hrta-sva/:t kva ca nirvir:t�-ceta/:t\nsocan vimuhyann upayati kaSmalam\nkvacic ca gandharva-puram prav�!a/:t\npramodate nirvrtavan muhurtam\nsurai/:t-by very powerful enemies; hrta-sva/:t-all of whose possessions have been stolen;\n\nkva ca-sometimes;\n\nmorose and aggrieved at heart; socan\nbecoming\n\nbewildered;\n\n-\n\nnirvir:t�-ceta/:t-very\n\ndeeply lamenting; vimuhyan­\n\nupayati- achiev es ;\n\nkaSmalam-unconscious­\n\nness; kvacit-sometimes; ca-also; gandharva-puram-an imaginary\ncity in the forest; prav�!a/:t-having entered; pramodate-he enjoys;\n\nnirvrta-vat- ex actly like a person who has achieved success: muhurtam-for a moment only.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes, being defeated or plundered by a superior, powerful agent, a living entity loses all his possessions. He then becomes\nvery morose, and lamenting their loss, he sometimes becomes unconscious. Sometimes he imagines a great palatial city in which he\ndesires to live happily with his family members and riches. He\nthinks himself fully satisfied if this is possible, hut such so-called\nhappiness continues only for a moment.\nPURPORT\nThe word gandharva-puram is very significant in this verse. Sometimes in the forest a very big castle appears, and this is called a castle in\n\n", "SB5.1#p0460": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n436\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\nthe air. Actually this castle does not exist anywhere but in one's imagination. This is called gandharva-pura. In the material forest, the conditioned soul sometimes contemplates great castles and skyscrapers, and he\nwastes his energy for such things, hoping to live in them very peacefully\nwith his family forever. However, the laws of nature do not allow this.\nWhen he enters such castles, he temporarily thinks that he is very\nhappy, even though his happiness is impermanent. His happiness may\nlast for a few years, but because the owner of the castle has to leave the\ncastle at the time of death, everything is eventually lost. This is the way\nof worldly transactions. Such happiness is described by Vidyapati as the\nhappiness one derives upon seeing a drop of water in the desert. The\ndesert is heated by scorching sunshine, and if we want to reduce the\ndesert temperature, we need huge amounts of water-millions and\nmillions of gallons. What effect will one drop have? Water certainly has\nvalue, but one drop of water cannot reduce the heat of the desert. In this\nmaterial world everyone is ambitious, but the heat is very scorching.\nWhat will an imaginary castle in the air do to help?\n\nSrila Vidyapati has\n\ntherefore sung:\n\ntatala saikate, vari-bindu-sama, suta-mita-ramal}-isamiije. The happiness of family life, friends and society is compared to a\n\ndrop of water in the scorching desert. The entire material world is busy\ntrying to attain happiness because happiness is the prerogative of the living being. Unfortunately, due to falling in contact with the material\nworld, the living entity simply struggles for existence. Even if one\nbecomes happy for a while, a very powerful enemy may plunder everything. There are many instances in which big businessmen suddenly\nbecome paupers in the street. Yet the nature of material existence is such\nthat foolish people are attracted to these transactions and they forget the\nreal business of self-realization.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�\n\nifiM��oa��eiu��;n���\n��I\n�\nq�S+\"l(���:\n���: �� � �� II � II\n\n", "SB5.1#p0461": "Text 8]\n\nRahiigai).a Converses with Ja9a Bharata\n\n437\n\ncalan kvacit kar:ttaka-sarkariinghrir\nnagiiruruk§ur vimanii iviiste\n\npade pade 'bhyantara-vahniniirdita�\n\nkaupumbika� krudhyati vai janiiya\ncalan-wandering; kvacit-sometimes; kar:t!aka-sarkara-pierced by\n\nthorns and small stones; anghri�-whose feet; ruzga-the hills; iiruruk$U�-one desiring to climb; vimanii�-disappointed; iva-like; ii.ste­\n\nbecomes; pade pade-step by step; abhyantara-within the abdomen;\n\nvahninii-by the strong fire of appetite; ardita�\n\ngrieved;\n\nbeing fatigued and ag­\n\nkau!umbika�-a person living with his family members;\n\nkrudhyati-becomes angry;\n\nmembers.\n\n-\n\nvai-certainly; janiiya-at the family\n\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes the merchant in the forest wants to climb the hills\nand mountains, but due to insufficient footwear, his feet are\npricked by small stone fragments and by thorns on the mountain.\nBeing pricked by them, he becomes very aggrieved. Sometimes a\nperson who is very attached to his family becomes overwhelmed\nwith hunger, and due to his miserable condition he becomes\nfurious with his family members.\nPURPORT\nThe ambitious conditioned soul wants to be very happy in this material\n\nworld with his family, but he is compared to a traveler in the forest who\ndesires to climb a hill full of thorns and small stones. As stated in the\n\nprevious verse, the happiness derived from society, friendship and love\nis like a drop of water in the scorching heat of the desert. One may want\n\nto become very great and powerful in society, but this is like attempting\nto climb a hill full of thorns. Srlla Visvanatha Cakravartl Thakura com­\n\npares one's family to high mountains. Becoming happy in their associ­\n\nation is like a hungry man's endeavoring to climb a mountain full of\nthorns. Almost 99.9 percent of the population is unhappy in family life.\n\ndespite all the attempts being made to satisfy the family members. In the\nWestern countries, due to the dissatisfaction of the family members.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0462": "438\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\nthere is actually no family life. There are many cases of divorce, and out\nof dissatisfaction, the children leave the protection of their parents.\nEspecially in this age of Kali, family life is being reduced. Everyone is\nbecoming self-centered because that is the law of nature. Even if one has\nsufficient money to maintain a family, the situation is such that no one is\nhappy in family life. Consequently according to the varr:ul§rama institu­\n\ntion, one has to retire from family life in middle age: paiiciiSordhvarh\n\nvanam vrajet. One should voluntarily retire from family life at the age of\n\nfifty and go to Vrndavana or a forest. This is recommended by Srlla\nPrahlada Maharaja (Bhag. 7 .5.5):\n\ntat sadhu manye 'sura-varya dehiniim\nsada samudvigna-dhiyam asad-grahat\nhitvatma-patam grham andha-kupam\nvanam gato yad dharim iiSrayeta\nThere is no benefit in transferring from one forest to another. One must\ngo to the Vrndavana forest and take shelter of Govinda. That will make\none happy. The International Society for Krishna Consciousness is\ntherefore constructing a Kr�l)a-Balarama temple to invite its members as\nwell as outsiders to come and live peacefully in a spiritual atmosphere.\nThat will help one become elevated to the transcendental world and\nreturn home, back to Godhead. Another sentence in this verse is very\nsignificant: kautumbika/:1, krudhyati vai janiiya. When one's mind is dis­\n\nturbed in so many ways, he satisfies himself by becoming angry with his\npoor wife and children. The wife and children are naturally dependent\non the father, but the father, being unable to maintain the family\nproperly, becomes mentally distressed and therefore chastises the family\nmembers unnecessarily. As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (12.2.9): ac­\n\nchinna-dara-dravi1Jii yasyanti giri-kiinanam. Being disgusted with\n\nfamily life, one separates from the family by divorce or some other\nmeans. If one has to separate, why not separate willingly? Systematic\nseparation is better than forced separation. Forced separation cannot\nmake anyone happy, but by mutual consent or by the Vedic arrangement\n\none must separate from his family affairs at a certain age and fully\ndepend on Kr�l)a. This makes one's life successful.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0463": "Text9]\n\nRahiiga1,1a Converses with Ja�a Bharata\n\n439\n\nTEXT9\n\n'fiR�T�ttu� �;it\n�fu w�tm�Slffq: 1\n�: � �ij tfi :q ({��Ch\nqktij(ij(l{� II � II\n��\nkvacin nigirr:w 'jagarahinii jano\nniivaiti kiiicid vipine 'paviddha/:t\n�!a/:t sma sete kva ca danda-sukair\nandho 'ndha-kupe patitas tamisre\nkvacit-sometimes; nigir�/:t-being swallowed; ajagara-ahinii-by\nthe great snake known as the python; jana/:t-the conditioned soul; nanot;\n\navaiti-understands;\n\nkiiicit-anything;\n\nvipine-in the forest;\n\napaviddha/:t-pierced by arrows of suffering; �!aft-being bitten;\nsma-indeed; sete-lies down; kva ca-sometimes; danda-sukai/:t-by\nother kinds of snakes; andha/:t-blind; andha-kupe-in a blind well;\npatita/:t-fallen; tamisre-in a hellish condition of life.\nTRANSLATION\nThe conditioned soul in the material forest is sometimes\nswallowed by a python or crushed. At such a time he is left lying in\nthe forest like a dead person, devoid of consciousness and\nknowledge. Sometimes other poisonous snakes bite him. Being\nblind to his consciousness, he falls down into a dark well of hellish\nlife with no hope of being rescued.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen one becomes unconscious due to being bitten by a snake. one\ncannot understand what is taking place outside the body. This unconscious condition is the condition of deep sleep. Similarly, the conditioned soul is actually sleeping on the lap of the illusory energy. Bhaktivinoda Thakura has sung, kata nidrii yao maya-piSiicira kole: \"0\nliving entity, how long will you sleep in this condition on the lap of the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0464": "440\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\nillusory energy?\" People do not understand that they are actually sleeping in this material world, being devoid of knowledge of spiritual life.\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu therefore says:\n\nenechi aU$adhi maya niiSibara liigi'\nhari-niima-maha-mantra lao tumi magi'\n··1 have brought medicine to awaken every living being from perpetual\nsleep. Please receive the holy name of the Lord, the Hare Kr��a maha­\n\nmantra, and awaken.\" The Ka!ha Upan�ad (1.3.14) also says, utti$.tha\njagrata prapya varan nibodhata: \"0 living entity, you are sleeping in\nthis material world. Please get up and take advantage of your human\nform of life.\" The sleeping condition means loss of all knowledge. In\n\nBhagavad-gua (2.69) it is also said, ya niSa sarva-bhutaniim tasyam\njiigarti samyami: \"What is night for all beings is the time of awakening\nfor the self-controlled.\" Even in the higher planets, everyone is under\nthe spell of the illusory energy. No one is really interested in the real\nvalues of life. The sleeping condition, called kala-sarpa (the time factor),\nkeeps the conditioned soul in a state of ignorance, and therefore pure\nconsciousness is lost. In the forest there are many blind wells, and if one\nfalls down in one there is no chance of being rescued. In a state of sleep,\none remains perpetually bitten by some animals, especially snakes.\nTEXT 10\n\n� � R��QFf. NRI;4�q��o;:{f� R'llit: t\n\nij�lkt'§'l:;�lc:srRr�;{t\nii�G:t.i+q�tl � m� II� oil\nkarhi sma cit �udra-rasan vicinvarhs\ntan-ma�ikabhir vyathito vimanaf!,\ntatrati-krcchrat pratilabdhamano\nbalad vilumpanty atha tam tato 'nye\n\n", "SB5.1#p0465": "441\n\nRahiig111,1a Converses with Ja9a Bharata\n\nText 10)\n\nkarhi sma cit-sometimes; k§udra-very insignificant; rasan-sexual\nenjoyment;\n\nvicinvan-searching for;\n\n§ikabhi/:t-by\n\nhoneybees,\n\nor\n\nthe\n\ntat-of those women;\n\nhusbands\n\nor\n\nfamily\n\nmak­\n\nmembers;\n\nvyathita/:t-very much aggrieved; vimana/:t-insulted; tatra-in that;\nati-very much; krcchrat-with difficulty because of spending money:\npratilabdhamana/:t-obtaining\n\nsexual\n\nenjoyment;\n\nbauit-by\n\nforce;\n\nvilumpanti-kidnapped; atka-thereafter; tam-the object of sense enjoyment (the woman); tata/:t-from him; anye-another debauchee.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes, in order to have a little insignificant sex enjoyment,\none searches after debauched women. In this attempt, one is insulted and chastised by the women's kinsmen. This is like going to\ntake honey from a beehive and being attacked by the bees. Sometimes, after spending lots of money, one may acquire another\nwoman for some extra sense enjoyment. Unfortunately, the object\nof sense enjoyment, the woman, is taken away or kidnapped by\nanother debauchee.\nPURPORT\nIn a great forest, honeycombs are very important. People often go\nthere to collect honey from the combs, and sometimes the bees attack and\npunish them. In human society, those who are not l<r�?t:la conscious\nremain in the forest of material life simply for the honey of sex life. Such\ndebauchees are not at all satisfied with one wife. They want many\nwomen. Day after day, with great difficulty, they try to secure such\nwomen, and sometimes, while trying to taste this kind of honey. one is\nattacked by a woman's kinsmen and chastised very heavily. By bribing\nothers, one may secure another woman for enjoyment, yet another\ndebauchee may kidnap her or offer her something better. This woman\nhunting is going on in the forest of the material world. sometimes legally\nand sometimes illegally. Consequently in this KJ;\"i?�la consciousness movement the devotees are forbidden to have illicit sex. Thus they avoid so\nmany difficulties. One should remain satisfied with one woman. being\nduly married. One can satisfy one's lusty desires with his wife without\ncreating disturbances in society and being punished for doing so.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0466": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n442\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT ll\n\n'fi�\n�itffl���!f� •r� 3Tmt 1\n'ff�flNt f�UI't lflij f��\nf�q'l,_0��� f��t� II��II\nkvacic ca sitatapa-vata-var�apratikriyam kartum anisa iiste\nkvacin mitho vipa�n yac ca kincid\nvidve�am rcchaty uta vitta-sathyat\nkvacit-sometimes;\n\nca-also;\n\nsita-iitapa-viita-var�a-of\n\nfreezing\n\ncold, scorching heat, strong wind and excessive rainfall; pratikriyamcounteraction; kartum-to do; aniSa�-being unable; iiste-remains in\nmisery; kvacit-sometimes; mitha�-one another; vipa�n-selling;\nyat ca-whatever; kificit-a little bit; vidve�am-mutual enmity; rcchati-obtain ; uta-it is so said; vitta-sathyat-because of cheating one\nanother merely for money.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes the living entity is busy counteracting the natural\n\ndisturbances of freezing cold, scorching heat, strong wind, ex­\n\ncessive rainfall and so forth. When he is unable to do so, he\n\nbecomes very unhappy. Sometimes he is cheated in business trans­\n\nactions one after another. In this way, by cheating, living entities\ncreate enmity among themselves.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is an example of the struggle for existence, the attempt to counteract the onslaught of material nature. This creates enmity in society,\nand consequently society is filled with envious people. One person is envious of another, and this is the way of the material world. The �l?�a\nconsciousness movement aims at creating an atmosphere of non-envy. Of\ncourse it is not possible for everyone to become �l?�a conscious, but the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0467": "Text 12)\n\nRahiigai.Ia Converses with Jac;la Bharata\n\n443\n\nK:r�I).a consciousness movement can create an exemplary society wherein\nthere is no envy.\nTEXT 12\n\nqf� m'�'l\n�t�IQW\\(tlIWIf?lrnit;t:\n�\n\n��:\nII� �II\n\nqwftffi'!����\n\nkvacit kvacit k}fr.ra-dhanas tu tasmin\nsayyasana-sthana-vihara-hfna/:t\nyacan parad apratilabdha-kama/:t\nparakya-dr�tir labhate 'vamii nam\nkvacit kvacit-sometimes; k}fr.ra-dhana}:t-becoming bereft of all\nriches; tu-but; tasmin-in that forest; sayya-of bedding for lying\ndown;\n\nasana-of a sitting place;\n\nsthana-of a residential house;\n\nvihara-of enjoyment with a family; hfna}:l,-being bereft; yacan-begging;\n\nparat-from\n\nothers\n\n(friends\n\nand\n\nkama}:l,-not getting his desires fulfilled;\n\nrelatives);\n\napratilabdha­\n\nparakya-d!$fi/:t-becomes\n\ngreedy for the wealth of others; labhate-he obtains; aoomiinamdishonor.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the forest path of material existence, sometimes a person is\nwithout wealth and due to this does not have a proper home, bed\nor sitting place, nor proper family enjoyment. He therefore goes\nto beg money from others, but when his desires are not fulfilled by\nbegging, he wants to borrow or steal the property of others. Thus\nhe is insulted in society.\nPURPORT\n\nThe principles of beg, borrow or steal are very appropriate in this\nmaterial world. When one is in want, he begs, borrows or steals. If\n\n", "SB5.1#p0468": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n444\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\nbegging is unsuccessful, he borrows. If he cannot pay, he steals, and\nwhen he is caught, he is insulted. This is the law of material existence.\nNo one can live here very honestly; therefore by trickery, cheating, begging, borrowing or stealing, one tries to satisfy his senses. Thus no one in\nthis material world is living peacefully.\nTEXT 13\n\n�;:�Fr��� Rt�m;.��l\n��\n3l�� �%��P.�iflm�fffi:tt\nferq�: II� �II\n..\n\nanyonya-vitta-vyati$anga-vrddhavairanubandho vivahan mithaS ca\nadhvany amU$minn uru-krcchra-vittabadhopasargair viharan vipanna�\nanyonya-with one another; vitta-vyati$ailga-by monetary transactions; vrddha-increased; vaira-anubandha�-one is encumbered by\nenmity; vivahan-sometimes marrying; mitha�-one another; caand; adhvani-on the path of material existence; amU$min-that; uru­\n\nkrcchra-by great difficulties;\nupasargai/:t-by\ndiseases;\nbecomes fully embarrassed.\n\nvitta-badha-by scarcity of money;\n\nviharan-wandering;\n\nvipanna/:t-one\n\nTRANSLATION\nDue\n\nto\n\nmonetary\n\ntransactions,\n\nrelationships\n\nbecome\n\nvery\n\nstrained and end in enmity. Sometimes the husband and wife walk\non the path of material progress, and to maintain their relationship they work very hard. Sometimes due to scarcity of money or\ndue to diseased conditions, they are embarrassed and almost die.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this material world, there are many transactions between peoples\nand societies as well as between nations, but gradually these end in en-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0469": "Text 14]\n\nRahiigaJ,Ia Converses with Ja9a Bharata\n\n445\n\nmity between the two parties. Similarly, in the marriage relationship,\nmonetary transactions are sometimes overpowered by the dangerous conditions of material life. One then becomes diseased or monetarily embarrassed. In the modern age most countries have developed economically,\nbut due to business exchanges, relationships seem to be strained. Finally\nwars are declared between nations, and as a result of these upheavals\nthere is destruction all over the world, and people suffer heavily.\nTEXT 14\n\n� ff4qfSIT'l ij' � Q;f\n\nfemq � qf�\n�smfq ;r �f�\n\n�re ({)ill{ II� '1$1 I\ntams tan vipanniin sa hi tatra tatra\nvihaya jatam parigrhya sartha/:t\navartate 'dyapi na kaScid atra\nviradhvana/:t param upaiti yogam\ntan tan-all of them; vipanniin-embarrassed in various ways; sa/:tthe living being; hi-certainly; tatra tatra-here and there; vihiiyagiving up; jatam-those who are newly born; parigrhya-taking; saartha/:t-the living being searching for his own interest: avartate-wanders in this forest; adya api-even until now; na-not; ka.Scit-any of\nthem; atra-here in this forest; vira-0 hero; adhvana/:t-of the path\nof material life; param-the ultimate end; upaiti-gets: yogam-the\nprocess of devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, on the forest path of material life, first a person is\nbereft of his father and mother, and after their death he becomes\nattached to his newly born children. In this way he wanders on the\npath of material progress and is eventually embarrassed. Nonetheless, no one knows how to get out of this, even up to the moment\nof death.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0470": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n446\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\nPURPORT\nIn this material world, family life is an institution of sex. Yan\nmaithuniidi-grhamedhi-sukham (Bhag. 7.9.45). Through sex, the\nfather and mother beget children, and the children get married and go\ndown the same path of sexual life. After the death of the father and\nmother, the children get married and beget their own children. Thus\ngeneration after generation these things go on in the same way without\nanyone's attaining liberation from the embarrassment of material life.\nNo one accepts the spiritual processes of knowledge and renunciation,\nwhich end in bhakti-yoga. Actually human life is meant for jfiiina and\n\nvairagya, knowledge and renunciation. Through these one can attain the\nplatform of devotional service. Unfortunately people in this age avoid the\nassociation of liberated people\n\n(sadhu-sariga) and continue in their\n\nstereotyped way of family life. Thus they are embarrassed by the exchange of money and sex.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�ijta.n1\\Jl�\n� �W\" �t:l\n�l�l(iif ij ijJ�f;:q\n�� (l(ij�O'{;f mf�Usf�TRr II ��II\n..\n\nmanasvino nirjita-dig-gajendrii\nmameti sarve bhuvi baddha-vairii/:t\nmrdhe sayiran na tu tad vrajanti\nyan nyasta-dar:u/-o gata-vairo 'bhiyiiti\nmanasvina/:t-very great heroes (mental speculators); nirjita-dik-gajendrii/:t-who have conquered many other heroes as powerful as\nelephants; mama-my (my land, my country, my family, my community, my religion);\n\niti-th us; sarve-all (great political, social and\n\nreligious leaders); bhuvi-in this world; baddha-vairii/:t-who have created enmity among themselves; mrdhe-in battle; say i\"ran-fall dead on\nthe ground; na-not; tu-but; tat-the abode of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nvrajanti-approach ; yat-which; nyasta-dal'}--\n\n", "SB5.1#p0471": "Text 16)\n\nRahuga1,1a Converses with Ja«;;a Bharata\n\n447\n\nQ.ab,-a sannyasi; gata-vairab,-who has no enmity throughout the\nwhole world; abhiyati\n\n-\n\nattains that perfection.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere were and are many political and social heroes who have\nconquered enemies of equal power, yet due to their ignorance in\nbelieving that the land is theirs, they fight one another and lay\ndown their lives in battle. They are not able to take up the spiritual\npath accepted by those in the renounced order. Although they are\nbig heroes and political leaders, they cannot take to the path of\nspiritual realization.\nPURPORT\nBig political leaders might be able to conquer equally powerful political enemies, but unfortunately they cannot subdue their strong senses,\nthe enemies that always accompany them. Not being able to conquer\nthese nearby enemies, they simply try to conquer other enemies, and\nultimately they die in the struggle for existence. They do not take to the\npath of spiritual realization or become sannyasis. Sometimes these big\nleaders take up the guise of a sannyasi and call themselves mahatmas,\nbut their only business is conquering their political enemies. Because\nthey spoil their lives with the illusion of \"this is my land and my\nfamily,\" they cannot progress spiritually and attain liberation from the\nclutches of maya.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�Rr � ���� l!ll�l� rn:�'R:\n\n�f��P.oaft4tstiij�\nm fm il'�tz:a: ������\n\nprasajjati kvapi lata-bhujasrayas\ntad-asrayavyakta-pada-dvija-sprhab,\nkvacit kadacid dhari-cakratas trasan\nsakhyam vidhatte baka-kanka-grdhraib,\n\n", "SB5.1#p0472": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n448\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\nprasajjati-becomes more and more attached; kvapi-sometimes;\nlata-bhuja-ii.Srayab,-who takes shelter of the soft arms of his beautiful\nwife which are like creepers; tat-ii.Sraya-who are sheltered by such\ncreepers: avyakta-pada-who sing unclear songs; dvija-sprhab,-desiring to hear birds;\ncakratab,\n\nkvacit-sometimes;\n\ntrasan-being\n\nsakhyam-friendship;\n\nafraid of the\n\nkadacit-somewhere;\n\nhari­\n\nroaring\n\nlion;\n\nsound of\n\na\n\nvidhatte-makes; baka-karika-grdhraib,-with\n\ncranes, herons and vultures.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes the living entity in the forest of material existence\n\ntakes shelter of creepers and desires to hear the chirping of the\n\nbirds in those creepers. Being afraid of roaring lions in the forest,\nhe makes friends with cranes, herons and vultures.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the forest of the material world there are many animals and birds,\ntrees and creepers. Sometimes the living entity wants to take shelter of\nthe creepers; in other words, he wants to be happy by being embraced by\nthe creeperlike arms of his wife. Within the creepers there are many\nchirping birds; this indicates that he wants to satisfy himself by hearing\nthe sweet voice of his wife. In old age, however, he sometimes becomes\nafraid of imminent death, which is compared to a roaring lion. To save\nhimself from the lion's attack, he takes shelter of some bogus svamis,\nyogis, incarnations, pretenders and cheaters. Being misled by the illusory\nenergy in this way, he spoils his life. It is said, harim vina mrtim na\ntaranti: no one can be saved from the imminent danger of death without\ntaking shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The word hari indicates the lion as well as the Supreme Lord. To be saved from the hands\nof Hari, the lion of death, one must take shelter of the supreme Hari, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. People with a poor fund of knowledge\ntake shelter of nondevotee cheaters and pretenders in order to be saved\nfrom the clutches of death. In the forest of the material world, the living\nentity first of all wants to be very happy by taking shelter of the\ncreeperlike arms of his wife and hearing her sweet voice. Later, he sometimes takes shelter of so-called gurus and sadhus who are like cranes,\n\n", "SB5.1#p0473": "Rahiig�a Converses with Ja9a Bharata\n\nText 17)\n\n449\n\nherons and vultures. Thus he is cheated both ways by not taking shelter\nof the Supreme Lord.\nTEXT 17\n\n�� l«� ij+UN�<itil=tt�1. ��qfij i:ftwt<l1. I\nmR\\'� @;ri���:\n-R�ital��: ll�\\911\ntair vaiicito hamsa-kulam samiiviSann\narocayan silam upaiti vanaran\ntaj-jati-rasena sunirvrtendriya�\nparasparodvi�ar:w-vismrtavadhi�\ntai�-by them (the cheaters and pretenders, the so-called yogis,\nsvamis, incarnations and gurus);\nkulam-the\n\nassociatiOn\n\nof\n\nvaficita�-being cheated;\n\ngreat\n\nparamahamsas,\n\nor\n\nhamsa­\n\ndevotees:\n\nsamiiviSan-contacting; arocayan-not being satisfied with; silamtheir behavior; upaiti\nall\n\ndebauchees\n\n-\n\napproaches; vanaran-the monkeys. which are\n\nwith\n\nno\n\ngood\n\ncharacter;\n\ntat-jati-rasena-by\n\nsense gratification in the association of such debauchees: sunirvrta-indriya�-being very satisfied with getting the opportunity of sense\ngratification; paraspara-of one another; udvi�ar:w-by seeing the\nfaces; vismrta-who has forgotten; avadhi�-the end of life.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing cheated by them, the living entity in the forest of the\nmaterial world tries to give up the association of these so-called\nyogis, svamis and incarnations and come to the association of real\ndevotees, hut due to misfortune he cannot follow the instructions\nof the spiritual master or advanced devotees; therefore he gives up\ntheir company and again returns to the association of monkeys\nwho are simply interested in sense gratification and women. He\nderives\n\nsatisfaction\n\nby\n\nassociating\n\nwith\n\nsense\n\ngratifiers\n\nand\n\n", "SB5.1#p0474": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n450\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\nenjoying sex and intoxication. In this way he spoils his life simply\nby indulging in sex and intoxication. Looking into the faces of\n\nother sense gratifiers, he becomes forgetful and thus approaches\n\ndeath.\n\nPURPORT\nSometimes a foolish person becomes disgusted with bad association\nand comes to the association of devotees and briihmalJ(LS and takes initiation from a spiritual master. As advised by the spiritual master, he tries\nto follow the regulative principles, but due to misfortune he cannot\nfollow the instructions of the spiritual master. He therefore gives up the\ncompany of devotees and goes to associate with simian people who are\nsimply interested in sex and intoxication. Those who are so-called\nspiritualists are compared to monkeys. Outwardly, monkeys sometimes\nresemble sadhus because they live naked in the forest and pick fruits,\nbut their only desire is to keep many female monkeys and enjoy sex life.\nSometimes so-called spiritualists seeking a spiritual life come to associate\nwith ��Qa conscious devotees, but they cannot execute the regulative\nprinciples or follow the path of spiritual life. Consequently t4ey leave the\nassociation of devotees and go to associate with sense gratifiers, who are\ncompared to monkeys. Again they revive their sex and intoxication, and\nlooking at one another ·s faces, they are thus satisfied. In this way they\npass their lives up to the point of death.\nTEXT 18\n\n�lt!\n\n��\n\n��\n\noqi!fl�{l;ft fm: �� I\n�R«srqt<:>lfl=:�� '«�Wf.\nq� �fu� �{I 3(TM(f: II Z �II\ndrume�u rarhsyan suta-diira-vatsalo\nvyavaya-dino viva5af!, sva-bandhane\nkvacit pramiidiid giri-kandare patan\nvallirit grhitva gaja-bhita iisthitaf!,\ndrume�u-in the trees (or in houses standing like trees in which\n\nmonkeys jump from one branch to another); rarhsyan\n\n-\n\ne njoying ; suta-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0475": "Text 19]\n\nRahiigal).a Converses with Ja�a Bharata\n\ndara vatsa la�-being attached to the children and wife;\n-\n\n451\n\nvyavaya­\n\ndina�-who is poorhearted because of acting on the platform of sex\ndesire; viva.Sa�-unable to give up; sva-bandhane-in bondage to the\nreactions of one's own activities; kvacit-sometimes;\n\np ramadat-from\n\nfear of imminent death; gir i kandare-in a cave in a mountain; patan-\n\nfalling down; vallim-the branches of a creeper; grhitva-capturing:\ngaja bhita�-being afraid of the elephant of death; asthita�-remains\n-\n\nin that position.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the living entity becomes exactly like a monkey jumping\nfrom one branch to another, he remains in the tree of household\nlife without any profit but sex. Thus he is kicked by his wife just\nlike the he-ass. Unable to gain release, he remains helplessly in\nthat position. Sometimes he falls victim to an incurable disease,\nwhich is like falling into a mountain cave. He becomes afraid of\ndeath, which is like the elephant in the back of that cave, and he\nremains stranded, grasping at the twigs and branches of a creeper.\nPURPORT\nThe precarious condition of a householder's life is described herein. A\nhouseholder's life is full of misery, and the only attraction is sex with the\nwife who kicks him during sexual intercourse, just as the she-ass does\nher mate. Due to continuous sex life, he falls victim to many incurable\ndiseases. At that time, being afraid of death, which is like an elephant. he\nremains hanging from the twigs and branches of the tree. just like a\nmonkey.\nTEXT 19\n\n31�: �?:J�a fq� �:\n\n�'l� � !If%�� I\n3T�qft��� fW��ijt\n�'l�'l)Sqyfq WI � �lfWI II ��II\nata/:L kathaficit sa vimukta apada/:L\npuna§ ca sartham praviSaty arindama\n\n", "SB5.1#p0476": "452\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\nadhvany amU{>minn ajayii nivesito\nbhramafi jano 'dyapi na veda kcicana\natab,-from this; kathaficit-somehow; sab, -he; vimuktab,-liber\nated: iipadab, -from the danger; punab, ca-again; sa-art ham -taking\ninterest in that life; praviSati-begins; arim-dama-0 King, killer of\nthe enemies; adhvani-on the path of enjoyment; amU{>min-that;\najayii-by the influence of the illusory energy; nivesitab,-being absorbed; bhraman-traveling; janab,-the conditioned soul; adya apieven up to death; na veda-does not understand; ka§cana-anything.\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 killer of enemies, Maharaja Rahiigal).a, if the conditioned soul\n\nsomehow or other gets out of his dangerous position, he again\n\nreturns to his home to enjoy sex life, for that is the way of attachment. Thus, under the spell of the Lord's material energy, he con­\n\ntinues to loiter in the forest of material existence. He does not discover his real interest even at the point of death.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is the way of material life. When one is captured by sexual attraction, he becomes implicated in so many ways and cannot understand the\n\nreal aim of life. Therefore Srimad-Bhiigavatam (7.5.31) says, na te\n\nvidub, sviirtha-gatim hi v�IJ,um: generally people do not understand the\nultimate goal of life. As stated in the Vedas, om tad v�IJ,ob, paramam\npadam sadii pa§yanti surayab,: those who are spiritually advanced\n\nsimply look to the lotus feet of Vi!?I,lU. The conditioned soul, however, not\nbeing interested in reviving his relationship with Vi!?I,lU, becomes captivated by material activities and remains in everlasting bondage, being\nmisled by so-called leaders.\nTEXT 20\n\nq:ITIJf �ennq m�-;r;lts�\n�;:'l��o�:\ntief\\l_(fq:;r: I\n3l«f�CJRijt ��� f�\n�leflf��q\n�fij-� II� II\no\n\n", "SB5.1#p0477": "Text 20]\n\nRahiigal!a Converses with Ja«1a Bharata\n\n453\n\nrahagar:w tvam api hy adhvano 'sya\nsannyasta-dar:u)a/:t krta-bhilta-maitra/:t\nasaj-jitiitmii hari-sevayii sitam\njiiiiniisim iidiiya tariiti-piiram\nrah\"Ugar:ta-0 King Rahugal).a; tvam-you; api -also ; hi-certainly;\nadhvana/:t -of the path of material existence; asya this; sannyastadar:u)af:t-having given up the king's rod for punishing criminals; krtabhilta maitra/:t having become friendly to everyone; asat-jita-iitmiiwhose mind is not attracted to the material pleasure of life; harisevaya-by the means of loving service to the Supreme Lord; sitamsharpened; jiiiina-asim-tbe sword of knowledge: iidiiya-taking in\nhand; tara-cross over; ati-piiram-to the ultimate end of spiritual exis-\n\n-\n\n-\n\ntence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Rahiigal!a, you are also a victim of the external\nenergy, being situated on the path of attraction to material\npleasure. So that you may become an equal friend to all living entities, I now advise you to give up your kingly position and the rod\nby which you punish criminals. Give up attraction to the sense objects and take up the sword of knowledge sharpened by devotional\nservice. Then you will he able to cut the hard knot of illusory\nenergy and cross to the other side of the ocean of nescience.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii Lord Kf$l).a compares the material world to a tree of\nillusion from which one must cut oneself free:\n\nna rilpam asyeha tathopalabhyate\nniinto na ciidir na ca samprat�thii\na§vattham enam suviriUJ,ha-millam\nasariga-sastrer:ta drt;lhena chittvii\ntata/:t padam tat parimargitavyam\nyasmin gatii na nivartanti bhilya/:t\ntam eva ciidyam purU$arh prapadye\nyata/:t pravrtti/:t prasrtii puriir:ti\n\n", "SB5.1#p0478": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n454\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\n··The real form of this tree cannot be perceived in this world. No one can\nunderstand where it ends, where it begins, or where its foundation is.\nBut with determination, one must cut down this tree with the weapon of\ndetachment. So doing, one must seek that place from which, having once\ngone, one never returns, and there surrender to that Supreme Personality of Godhead from whom everything has begun and in whom\neverything is abiding since time immemorial.\" ( Bg.\n\n15.3-4)\n\nTEXT 21\n\nmrcrr;r\n\n3Ttl\n�\n\n��111Rcte:st.-¥t�\n� iifw=���q� I\n\n�«rfttijl(�:i6R¥4Wlf\n�@Rt �n ��: ijl{lqq: 11 � �\nrajovaca\n\naho nr-janmiikhila-janma-sobhanam\nkim janmabhis tv aparair apy amU$min\nna yad dhr$ikesa-ya5a/:t-krtatmaniim\nmahatmaniim va/:t pracura/:t samiigama/:t\nra1a uvaca-King Rahugai:�a said; aho-alas; nr-janma-you who\nhave taken birth as a human being; akhila-janma-sobhanam-the best\nof all species of life; kim-what need; janmabhi/:t-with births in a\nhigher species like the demigods in the heavenly planets; tu-but;\naparai/:t-not superior; api-indeed; amU$min-in the next birth; nanot; yat-which; hr$ikesa-ya5a/:t-by the glories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, H:r$1kesa, the master of all senses; krta-atmaniimof those whose hearts are purified; maha-atmaniim-who are actually\ngreat souls; va/:t-of us; pracura/:t-abundant; samiigama/:t-the association.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Rahiigru:ta said: This birth as a human being is the best of\n\nall. Even birth among the demigods in the heavenly planets is not\n\n", "SB5.1#p0479": "Text 22]\n\nRahftgai,Ia Converses with Ja9a Bharata\n\n455\n\nas glorious as birth as a human being on this earth. What is the use\nof the exalted position of a demigod? In the heavenly planets, due\nto profuse material comforts, there is no possibility of associating\nwith devotees.\nPURPORT\nHuman birth is a great opportunity for self-realization. One may take\n\nbirth in a high planetary system among the demigods, but due to the\n\nprofusion of material comforts, one cannot gain release from material\n\nbondage. Even on this earth those who are very opulent do not generally\ncare to take to l<_r�Q.a consciousness. An intelligent person actually in­\n\nterested in getting freed from the material clutches must associate with\n\npure devotees. By such association, one can gradually become detached\n\nfrom the material attraction of money and women. Money and women\n\nare the basic principles of material attachment. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\ntherefore advised those who are actually serious about returning back to\nGodhead to give up money and women in order to be fit to enter the\n\nkingdom of God. Money and women can be fully utilized in the service of\nthe Lord, and one who can utilize them in this way can become freed\n\nfrom material bondage. Satarh prasailgiin mama virya-sarhvido bhavanti\n\nhrt-karr:w-rasayanii/:t katha/:t (Bhag. 3.25.25). Only in the association of\n\ndevotees can one relish the glorification of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Just through a little association with a pure devotee. one can\nbecome successful in his journey back to Godhead.\nTEXT 22\n\n�� ��(IJlli�fu�ffl&m w�s� I\n�ftt�� �'tlti+U%1 lt\n���'l.itsq&msfm:\n������\n\n�\n\nhy adbhutarh tvac-cara7Jijbja-re7J-ubhir\nhatarhhaso bhaktir adhok§aje 'mala\nmauhurtikad yasya samiigamac ca me\ndustarka-mulo 'pahato 'viveka/:t\n\nna\n\n", "SB5.1#p0480": "456\n\nna-not;\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nhi-certainly;\n\nadbhutam-wonderful;\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 13\ntvat-carar:ra-abja­\n\nre�ubhi&-by the dust of your lotus feet; hata-arithasa&-who am completely freed from the reactions of sinful life; bhakti&-love and devotion; adhok$aje -unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is\nbeyond the capture of experimental knowledge; amala-completely\nfreed from all material contamination;\n\nmauhurtikat-momentary;\n\nyasya-of whom; sarrzagarrzat-by the visit and association; ca-also;\nme-my; dustarka-of false arguments; mula&-the root; apahata&completely vanquished; aviveka&-not discriminating.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is not at all wonderful that simply by being covered by the\n\ndust of your lotus feet, one immediately attains the platform of\n\npure devotional service to Adhok�aja, which is not available even\n\nto great demigods like Brahmii. By associating with you just for a\n\nmoment, I am now freed from all argument, false prestige and lack\n\nof discrimination, which are the roots of entanglement in the\n\nmaterial world. Now I am free from all these problems.\nPURPORT\n\nAssociation with pure devotees certainly frees one from the material\nclutches. This is certainly true of King RahiigaQ.a's association with JaQ.a\nBharata. King RahiigaQ.a was immediately freed from the misgivings of\nmaterial association. The ar guments offered by pure devotees to their\n\ndisciples are so convincing that even a dull-headed disciple is immediately enlightened with spiritual knowledge.\nTEXT 23\n\n;pi{ �P.ft�� W{l{: f��tft\nWfiit ��·qr Wf'i 3TT�\"lf: I\n� ifTflfiJTT ill'i�iJ�WT�Cf �tr: f�� ij�l{_ II�� II\nnamo mahadbhyo 'stu nama& siSubhyo\nnamo yuvabhyo nama ava!ubhya&\n\n", "SB5.1#p0481": "Text 23]\n\nRahiigaJ.Ia Converses with Ja�a Bharata\n\n457\n\nye brahma:r:lii gam avadhuta-lingas\ncaranti tebhya� sivam astu rajfiiim\nnama�-al1 obeisances; mahadbhya�-unto the great personalities;\nastu-let there be; nama�-my obeisances; si.Subhya�-unto those\ngreat personalities who appear as boys; nama�-respectful obeisances;\nyuvabhya�-unto those who appear as young men; nama�-respectful\nobeisances; a-vatubhya�-unto those who appear as children; ye-all\nthose who; brahma��-self-realized in transcendental knowledge;\ngam-the earth; avadhuta-linga�-who remain hidden under different\nbodily guises;\n\nc\n\naranti-they traverse; tebhya�-from them; sivam\n\nastu-let there be all good fortune; rajfiam-unto the royal dynasties or\nkings (who are always very puffed up).\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto the great personalities,\n\nwhether they walk on the earth's surface as children, young boys,\navadhiitas or great briihmaJ.Ias. Even if they are hidden under\ndifferent guises, I offer my respects to all of them. By their mercy,\nmay there he good fortune in the royal dynasties that are always\noffending them.\nPURPORT\nKing Rahugai).a was very repentant because he had forced Ja�a\nBharata to carry his palanquin. He therefore began offering prayers to all\nkinds of brahmar:uz,s and self-realized persons, even though they might\nbe playing like children or hiding in some guises. The four Kumaras\nwalked everywhere in the guise of five-year-old boys, and similarly there\nare many brahmar:uz,s, knowers of Brahman. who traverse the globe\neither as young men, children or avadhutas. Being puffed up due to their\nposition, the royal dynasties generally offend these great personalities.\nTherefore King Rahugai).a began to offer his respectful obeisances unto\nthem so that the offensive royal dynasties might not glide down into a\nhellish condition. If one offends a great personality. the Supreme Personality of Godhead does not excuse one. although the great personalities\nthemselves might not take offense. Maharaja Ambarl�?a was offended by\nDurvasa, who even approached Lord Yi$I).U for pardon. Lord Yi:?I).U\n\n", "SB5.1#p0482": "458\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\nwould not grant him pardon; therefore he had to fall down at the lotus\n\nfeet of Maharaja Ambari�a, even though Maharaja Ambarl�a was a\n\n/cyatriya-grhastha. One should be very careful not to offend the lotus feet\n\nof Vai�Q.avas and briihmaruzs.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�[<fi lffl�\n\n�����n � � ;rfltfiiwr:\nf��ijq atR+\\tfij��\nKtliJll(ij: q��:\n�cmfUI��q� q� �IJfl{\nflRf� �� 311\\IJflot� �� f��i� \\£f�f0r1f'l+4i fer�\n����II\nsn-suka uviica\nity evam uttarii-miita/:t sa vai brahmar�i-suta{l, sindhu-pataya iitmasatattvam vigar:w-yata{l, pariinubhiiva{l, parama-kiirur:tikatayopadiSya\nrahilgar:tena sakarur:w-m abhivandita-carar:w- iipurTJ-iirr:w-va iva nibhrtakaralJ-Ormy-iiSayo dharar:tim imam vicaciira.\nsn-suka{l, uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvaml said; iti evam-in this way;\n\nuttarii-miita{l,-0 Maharaja Parik�it, son of mother Uttara; sa{l,-that\n\nbriihmar:w-; vai-indeed; brahma-r�i-suta[l,-Jac}a Bharata, the son of a\n\nhighly educated briihmar:w-; sindhu-pataye- unto the king of the\n\nprovince of Sindhu; iitma-sa-tattvam-the actual constitutional position\nof the soul; vigar:w-yata�-although insulting Ja<;la Bharata; paraanubhiiva{l,-who was very exalted in spiritual realization; parama­\n\nkiirur:tikataya-by his quality of being very kind to the fallen souls;\nupa d isya -instructing ; rah ugar:tena-by King Rahuga Q.a; sa­\n\nkarur:w-m- piteously;\n\nabhivandita-carar:w-/:t-whose\n\nlotus\n\nfeet\n\nwere\n\nworshiped; iipurr:w--arr:w-va{l, iva-like the full ocean; nibhrta-com­\n\npletely silenced; karar:w--of the senses; urmi-the waves; iiSaya{l,possessing a heart in which;\nvicaciira-continued to roam.\n\ndharar:tim-the earth;\n\nimam-this;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSrila Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: My dear King, 0 son of\n\nmother Uttara, there were some waves of dissatisfaction in the\n\n", "SB5.1#p0483": "Text 25)\n\nRahiigaJ,Ia Converses with Ja\"a Bharata\n\n459\n\nmind of Ja\"a Bharata due to his being insulted by King RahiigaJ,Ia,\nwho made him carry his palanquin, hut Ja\"a Bharata neglected\nthis, and his heart again became calm and quiet lik-e an ocean.\nAlthough King RahiigaJ,Ia had insulted him, he was a great\nparamahmhsa.\n\nBeing\n\na\n\nVai�J,Iava,\n\nhe\n\nwas\n\nnaturally\n\nvery\n\nkindhearted, and he therefore told the King about the constitutional position of the soul. He then forgot the insult because King\nRahiigaJ,Ia pitifully begged pardon at his lotus feet. Mter this, he\nbegan to wander all over the earth, just as before.\nPURPORT\nIn Snmad-Bhiigavatam (3.25.21), Kapiladeva describes the symptoms\n\nof great personalities: titi/cyava!t kiirur:tika!t suhrda!t sarva-dehiniim. A\n\nsaintly devotee is certainly very tolerant. He is the friend of all living entities, and he does not create enemies within the world. A pure devotee\nhas all the qualities of a sadhu. JaQ.a Bharata is an example of this. Due to\nthe material body, his senses were certainly agitated when he was insulted by King RahugaQa, but later, due to the King's humble submission, JaQ.a Bharata excused him. It is the duty of everyone desiring to\nreturn to Godhead to become submissive like King RahugaQa and beg\npardon of Vai�?Qavas one may have offended. Vaif?I).avas are generally\nvery kindhearted; therefore if one immediately submits himself at the\nlotus feet of a Vaif?I).ava, one is immediately cleared of offensive reactions. If one does not do so, the reactions will remain, and the results will\nnot be very palatable.\n\nTEXT 25\n\nw�mfq- �e+t'4t11q(+tl�+t(t1-,:'4 3Tl����f�f\n���+t41ftl Me«� I � � � llrr��?fl ��: 11��11\n\n:q\n\nsauvira-patir api sujana-samavagata-paramiitma-satattva iitmany\navidyadhyaropitam ca dehatma-matim visasarja. evam hi nrpa\nbhagavad-asritasritanubhavah.\nsauvira-patift-the King of the state of Sauvlra: api-certainl y : sujana from an elevated person: samavagata-having completely under-\n\n", "SB5.1#p0484": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n460\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\nstood; paramiitma-sa-tattvab,-the truth of the constitutional position of\nthe spirit soul and the Supersoul; atmani-in himself; avidya-by nescience; adhyaropitam-erroneously attributed; ca-and; deha-in the\nbody; atma-matim-the concept of the self; visasarja-completely gave\nup; evam-thus; hi-certainly; nrpa-0 King; bhagavat-asrita-asritaanubhavab,-the consequence of taking shelter of a devotee who has\nsimilarly taken shelter of a spiritual master in the parampara system\n(one is sure to get out of the great nescience of the bodily concept of life).\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter receiving lessons from the great devotee Ja<;la Bharata,\n\nKing Rahiigru;ta of the state of Sauvira became completely aware of\n\nthe constitutional position of the soul. He thus gave up the bodily\n\nconception completely. My dear King, whoever takes shelter of the\n\nservant of the servant of the Lord is certainly glorified because he\n\ncan\n\nwithout difficulty give up the bodily conception.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 22.54):\n\"sadhu-saitga \", \"sadhu-saitga \"-sarva-siistre kaya\nlava-miitra sadhu-sange sarva-siddhi haya\n\nIt is a fact that if one takes shelter of a pure devotee, one attains all perfection, even if the association is a short one. A sadhu is a pure devotee\nof the Lord. It has been our practical experience that the first instruction\nof our spiritual master infused us with Kr�l)a consciousness so that now\nwe are at least on the path of Kr!?l)a consciousness and can understand\nthe philosophy. As a result, there are many devotees engaged in this\nKr�l)a consciousness movement. The whole world is revolving under the\nbodily conception; therefore there must be devotees all over the world to\ndeliver people from the false bodily conception and fully engage them in\nKr�l)a consciousness.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0485": "Text 26]\n\nRahiiglll).a Converses with Ja«Ja Bharata\n\n461\n\nTEXT 26\n\n'J(t<if'<t\n\n(I\n\n� � trl �\n\n��� � �flm:�: w� tr�\n�ittr����tn ij' ���;fttr;n �Rlffl�� '11�«1°����ijqfqttq: I 3N ���� ��� f\"fR�(IIfitftr ����II\nriijovaca\nya ha vii iha bahu-vidii mahii-bhiigavata tvayiibhihitaft, parok§er:w.\nvacasii fiva-loka-bhavadhvii sa hy iirya-mani$aya kalpita-v�ayo\nniinjasiivyutpanna-loka-samadhigama}:t,. atha tad evaitad\nduravagamam samavetiinukalpena nirdi.Syatiim iti.\nraja uviica-King Parik�it said; yaft,-which; ha-certainly; va-or;\niha-in this narration; bahu-vidii-who are aware of many incidents of\n\nmahii-bhiigavata-0 great devotee sage;\ntvayii-by you; abhihitaft,-described; parok§e � a-figuratively :\nvacasii-by words; jiva-loka-bhava-adhvii-the path of material existence of the conditioned soul; saft,-that; hi-indeed; iirya-mani$ayiiby the intelligence of advanced devotees; kalpita-v�ayaft,-the subject\nmatter is imagined; na-not; anjasa-directly ; avyutpanna-loka-of\npersons who are not very experienced or intelligent; samadhigama}:t,the complete understanding; atha-therefore; tat eva-because of that:\netat-this matter; duravagamam-which is difficult to understand:\nsamaveta-anukalpena-by substituting the direct meaning of such incidents; nirdi.Syatiim-let it be described; iti-thus.\ntranscendental knowledge;\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik�?it then told Sukadeva Gosviimi: My dear lord, 0\n\ngreat devotee sage, you are omniscient. You have very nicely de­\n\nscribed the position of the conditioned soul, who is compared to a\n\nmerchant in the forest. From these instructions intelligent men\ncan\n\nunderstand that the senses of a person in the bodily concep­\n\ntion are like rogues and thieves in that forest, and one's wife and\n\nchildren are like jackals and other ferocious animals. However, it\n\n", "SB5.1#p0486": "462\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 13\n\nis not very easy for the unintelligent to understand the purport of\n\nthis story because it is difficult to extricate the exact meaning from\nthe allegory. I therefore request Your Holiness to give the direct\nmeaning.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are many stories and incidents in Srimad-Bhiigavatam that are\ndescribed figuratively. Such allegorical descriptions may not be understood by unintelligent men; therefore it is the duty of the student to approach a bona fide spiritual master for the direct explanation.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Thirteenth\nChapter, of the Sri:mad-Bhagavatam, entitled, \"Further Talks Between\nKing Rahugar:w. and Ja4a Bharata.\"\n\n", "SB5.1#p0487": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in\n\nthis world in 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatl Gosvami, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhakti­\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent devotional scholar and the founder of\n\nsixty-four Gau�iya Ma�has (Vedic Institutes), liked this educated young\n\nman and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\n\nSrila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later (1933) at\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in\n\n1922, Srlla Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nThakura requested Srila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge\n\nthrough the English language. In the years that followed, Srlla\n\nPrabhupada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad-gitii, assisted the\n\nGau�iya Ma�ha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance, started an\n\nEnglish fortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and\n\nchecked the galley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies\n\nfreely and struggled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the maga­\n\nzine never stopped; it is now being continued by his disciples in the\n\nWest.\n\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion.\n\nthe Gau�iya V ai�I_lava Society honored him in\n\n1947 with the title\n\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In 1950, at the age of fifty-four, Sr!la Prabhupada\n\nretired from married life, and four years later he adopted the\n\nviinaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his studies and writ­\n\ning. Srlla Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of Vrndavana. where he\n\nlived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and\nwriting. He accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At\nRadha-Damodara, Srila Prabhupada began work on his life's master­\n\npiece: a multivolume translation and commentary on the eighteen thousand verse\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (Bhiigavata PuriilJ-U). He also wrote\nEasy Journey to Other Planets.\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhiigavatam, Srlla Prabhupada\ncame to the United States. in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\nmaster. Since that time, His Divine Grace has written over forty volumes\n\nof authoritative translations. commentaries and summarv studies of the\n\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n463\n\n", "SB5.1#p0488": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n464\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Sri:la\n\nPrabhupada was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\n\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for Krishna Con­\n\nsciousness in July of 1966. Under his careful guidance, the Society has\n\ngrown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one\nhundred iiSramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm communities.\n\nIn 1968, Sri:la Prabhupada created New V:rndavana, an experimental\n\nVedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew V:rndavana, now a thriving farm community of more than one thou­\n\nsand acres, his students have since founded several similar communities\nin the United States and abroad.\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\n\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\n\nDallas, Texas. The school began with 3 children in 1972, and by the\nbeginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\n\nSri:la Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large interna­\n\ntional center at Sri:dhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also\nthe site for a planned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the\n\nmagnificent l(:r�Qa-Balarama Temple and International Guest House in\n\nVrndavana, India. These are centers where Westerners can live to gain\nfirsthand experience of Vedic culture.\n\nSrila Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his\n\nbooks.\n\nHighly\n\nrespected\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nacademic\n\ncommunity\n\nfor\n\ntheir\n\nauthoritativeness, depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks\nin numerous college courses. His writings have been translated into\neleven languages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972\nexclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become\n\nthe world's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and\n\nphilosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada's most\n\nrecent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-com­\n\npleted by Srila Prabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali\nreligious classic Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada\n\nhas circled the globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to\n\nsix continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncontinues to write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library\n\nof Vedic philosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0489": "References\nThe statements of Srimad-Bhagavatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are quoted in this\nbook on the pages listed.\n\nBhagavad-gitii, 10,21,23, 28, 41, 45, 69, 80 81, 90, 113, 114, 117, 122,\n129, 135, 150, 172, 173, 181, 183, 187, 189, 192, 197, 199, 201,\n211,222, 223, 229, 239-240, 244, 245, 255, 274, 276, 278, 279,\n309-310, 314-315, 319, 341, 350, 351, 361, 377, 379, 383, 386,\n390, 408-409, 410, 412, 422, 453\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (Riipa Gosvami), 5, 19, 150, 181, 367\nBrahma-samhitii, 17,52,57,112,116, 159,191,204,254,260,267,287,\n295, 394, 401, 414\n\nBrhan-naradiya Purar:w,, 31\nCaitanya-bhagavata (Vrndavana dasa Thakura), 370\nCaitanya-candramrta (Prabodhananda Sarasvati), 85\nCaitanya-caritamrta (K.r�I).adasa Kaviraja), 89, 127-128, 168, 174. 217.\n320\n\nChiindogya Upan�ad, 145-146, 411\nGarga Upan�ad, 23\nGautamiya-tantra, 117\nHari-bhakti-viliisa (Sanatana Gosvami), 117\nlsopan�ad, 20-21\n]yotir Veda, 59-60\n\n465\n\n", "SB5.1#p0490": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n466\n]yotir Veda, 59-60\n\nKatha Upani$ad, 187,440\nMahabhiirata, 255\nManu-sarhhita, 106\nNarada-paficaratra, 205-206,385\nPadma Purar:w, 148,204-205\nSatya-sarhhita, 176\nSkanda Purd\"(La, 150\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 5,21,38, 46,66,82-83,128, 141, 153, 156, 159,\n172, 182, 184, 202-203,223, 234, 245, 252, 258, 279, 311, 347,\n353,363,408,410,438,446,452,459\nSvetiiSvatara Upani$ad, 13,132\nVedanta-sutra, 14\nV i$TJu Purar:w, 27\n\n", "SB5.1#p0491": "Glossary\nA\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by his own example.\nAdhok�aja-the Supreme Lord, who cannot be seen with material eyes.\nAham brahmasmi-the realization that \"I am spirit soul.\"\nAham mameti-the false conception of \"I\" and \"mine.\"\nAkama-freedom from material desire.\nAnanda-spiritual bliss.\nApavarga-liberation from pavarga, the miseries of material existence.\nApipata-desiring only to perform devotional service to ��!).a.\nAprakrta-transcendental to material nature.\nAprameya-immeasurable.\nApsaras-the society girls of the heavenly planets.\nArca-vigraha-the Deity form of the Lord.\nArtha-economic development.\nAsat-temporary.\nAsrama-one of the four orders of spiritual life.\nAtma-the self.\nAtma-tattva-spiritual science.\nAvadhuta-a great saintly person who has surpassed the need for regulative\nprinciples.\nAvara-material.\nAvatara-an incarnation of the Lord who descends from the spiritual sky.\n\nB\nBhagavad-bhakti-See: Bhakti-yoga.\nBhagavan-Kr�l).a, who is full in six opulences.\nBhakta-a devotee.\nBhakti-yoga-devotiona! service to ��!).a.\nBrahma-bandhu-a fallen member of a brahmar:w family.\nBrahma-bhuta-the joyful state of being free from material contamination.\nBrahmacarya-the vow of strict abstinence from sex indulgence.\n\n467\n\n", "SB5.1#p0492": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n468\n\nBrahma-jijnasa-inquiry into the Absolute Truth.\nBrahmajyoti-the effulgence emanating from the body of the Lord.\nBrahma-satra-meditating on the Supreme Lord always.\nBrahmacari-a celibate student under the care of a bona fide spiritual\nmaster.\nBrahmar:w-the intelligent class of men.\n\nc\nCa�la-an outcaste or untouchable; a dog-eater.\n\nD\nDaiva-var�rama-the transcendental system of four social orders and four\nspiritual orders.\n.Dama-sense control; a quality of brahmar:ws.\n.Da�vat-offering respect to a superior by falling flat like a stick.\nDasyu-dharma-the occupational duty of rogues and thieves.\nDevas-demigods.\nDhara-mar:uJala-a planet.\nDharma-the capacity to render service, which is the essential quality of a\nliving being.\nDharmanve�amar:w!t-strictly according to religious principles.\nDhrra-a sober person who has controlled senses.\nDvija-a briihmar:w.\nDvija-bandhu-See: Brahma-bandhu.\n\nG\nGarbhadhana-sarhskiira-Vedic ceremony of purification performed by the\nparents before conceiving a child.\nGovinda-a name of Kr!?J).a meaning He who gives pleasure to the cows and\nthe senses.\nGrhastha-one who lives in God conscious married life.\nGrhavrata-one who has taken a vow to execute family duties.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0493": "Glossary\n\n469\n\nGu!W5-the modes of nature.\nGuru-a bona fide spiritual master.\nGuru-dak$i�-a gift given to one's spiritual master.\nGurukula-the place of the spiritual master, where his disciples come to\nstudy and perform devotional service.\n\nH\nHari-a name of Kr�f.la meaning He who removes all inauspicious things\nfrom the heart.\nHari-niima-sankirtana-See: Sankirtana.\nHrdaya-granthi-the hard knot of family attachment in the heart.\n\nI\nlsitva-in mystic yoga, the perfection of control over others.\n\nJ\n]ivan-mukta-a person who is already liberated even while living in this\nbody.\n]itendriya-one who has conquered the senses.\n]fiiina-kar:u}a-the division of the Vedas dealing with empirical speculation\nin pursuit of the truth.\n]iiiini-one who is engaged in the cultivation of knowledge.\n]yoti-siistra-the Vedic science of astronomy.\n\nK\nKaitava-dharma-cheating religion.\nKala-sarpa-the snakelike time factor.\nKama-lust.\nKarma-fruitive activities and their subsequent reactions.\nKarma-bandha-the bondage of fruitive activities.\nKarma-kar.u,la-the performance of fruitive sacrifices according to Vedic injunctions.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0494": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n470\n\nKarmiitmaka-one whose mind is colored with fruitive activity.\nKarmendriyas-the working senses.\nKarmis-fruitive workers.\nKirtana-the devotional process of chanting.\nKrpa-siddhi-perfection attained simply by the blessings of a superior person.\nK$atriya-the administrative class of men.\nKurikuma-a red cosmetic powder.\n\nL\nLaghimii-in mystic yoga, the perfection of becoming the heaviest.\n\nM\nMaha-bhagavata-a great devotee.\nMaha-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance: Hare Kr�.t:Ja, Hare Kr�.t:ta,\nKr�.t:ta Kr�.t:ta, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare\n\nHare.\nMahatma-a great soul.\nManf$aya-by intelligence.\nMantra-a transcendental sound heard and chanted to purify one's consciousness and raise it to the spiritual platform.\nMartya-loka-the earth planet, where death is very prominent.\nMaya-the energy of the Lord which deludes the living entities who desire\nto forget Him.\nMlecchas-those who cannot follow Vedic regulative principles; meat-eaters.\nMoha-illusion.\nMok$a-liberation.\nMiU;lhas-fools and rascals.\nMukti-liberation from material bondage.\nMuni-a sage or self-realized soul.\nMuni-putra-the son of a saintly person.\n\nN\nNai$thika-brahmacari-one who has been celibate since birth.\nNirgu�-without material qualities.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0495": "Glossary\n\n471\n\nN�kificana-having no desire for material comfort.\nNistraigu�ya-the transcendental position above the three modes of nature.\nNitya-baddha-an eternally conditioned soul.\nNitya-mukta-an eternally liberated soul.\nNivrtti-miirga-the path of renouncing sense enjoyment.\n\n0\nDmkara-the primal sound chanted in Vedic hymns which represents K:r�f.la.\n\np\nPaficaratrika-vidhi-the devotional process of Deity worship.\nPara-transcendental.\nPara bhakti-transcendental devotional service of the Supreme Lord.\nParamahamsa-a sannyasi or devotee on the highest spiritual platform.\nParamatma-the Supersoul, the localized aspect of the Supreme Lord.\nPir:u)a-prasada from Lord Vi�f,lu offered to the forefathers.\nPitas-forefathers.\nPitrloka-the planet where the forefathers live in great delight as long as\nthey are remembered by their descendants.\nPrakamya-in mystic yoga, the perfection of automatically realizing any\ndesire.\nPramatta-one who is crazy because he cannot control his senses.\nPrajapatis-the progenitors of mankind.\nPrapti-in mystic yoga, the perfection of obtaining anything simply by\nreaching out.\nPrasada-the remnants of food offered to K:r�f.la.\nPravrtti-miirga-the path by which the living entities are given a chance to\nenjoy and at the same time are regulated so that they can eventually\ncome to spiritual life.\nPumscali-a woman who is easily carried away by men. not to be trusted.\nPur�a-the complete whole, K:r�f.la.\nPur�a-avataras-the primary Vi�f,lu expansions of K:r�f.la who are involved\nin the creation of the universe.\nPuru�ottama-the greatest living personality, K:r�f.la.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0496": "472\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nR\n\nRajar$is-great saintly kings.\nRajo-guiJ.(l-the material mode of passion.\ns\n\nSabda-brahma-transcendental sound vibration.\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha-the eternal form of the Lord which is full of bliss\nand knowledge.\nSadhu-a great saintly person.\nSadhu-smiga-the association of liberated persons.\nSalagrama-sila-a Deity incarnation of Nariiyal).a in the form of a stone.\nSama-fixed in mind control; a quality of brahmaiJ.(lS.\nSama-darsinab,-seeing with equal vision.\nSam&lhi-trance, absorption in God consciousness.\nSamprek§ya nasikagram-keeping eyes half-open in practice of yoga.\nSamsara-the cycle of birth and death in the material world.\nSankirtana-congregational chanting of the holy name of the Lord.\nSannyasi-one in the renounced order of life.\nSanta-peaceful.\nSarva-kara�J.a-karaiJ.(lm-the cause of all causes, ��I).a.\nSastras-revealed scriptures.\nSattva-guiJ.(l-the material mode of goodness.\nSatya-truthfulness; a quality of brahmaiJ.(lS.\nSatya-kama-all of one's desires being directed to the Supreme Truth.\nSeva-devotional service.\nSevaka-a servant.\nSevya-one who is served.\nSiddhis-mystic powers or perfections.\nSivatama-the most auspicious.\nSmrti-scriptures compiled by living entities under transcendental direction.\nSraddha ceremony-the offering of vi$r:tu-prasada to one's forefathers.\nSravaiJ.(l-the devotional process of hearing.\nSrivatsa-the sign of the goddess of fortune on the chest of Vi�I).U.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0497": "Glossary\n\n473\n\nSruti-scriptures received directly from God.\nStri-woman.\n\nSadra-the laborer class of men.\n\nSukla-a person in the mode of goodness; also a name of Vi�Qu.\n\nSukrtina�-pious persons.\n\nSvamsa-nondifferent plenary expansions of the Lord.\n\nSvarupa-vismrti-forgetting one's real constitutional position.\n\nT\nTamo-gu�-the material mode of ignorance.\n\nTapasya-voluntary acceptance of some material trouble for progress in\nspiritual life.\n\nTilaka-sacred clay used to mark twelve temples of Vi�Qu on the body of a\ndevotee.\n\nTiti/cya-tolerance; a quality of brahrnar:w,s.\nTulasi-��Qa's favorite plant.\n\nu\nUgra-karrna-horrible activities which are the basis of a demoniac civilization.\n\nUpiisana-ka\"IJ4a-worship of demigods, ultimately of Vi�Qu, as prescribed in\nthe Vedas.\n\nUpadhis-material designations.\n\nUrukrama-Kr�I.la, who performs wonderful feats.\n\nv\nVaikul.ltha-the spiritual sky, where there is no anxiety.\nVairagya-the spirit of renunciation.\n\nVai�I_lava-a devotee of Lord Vi�I_lu.\n\nVai$�va-aparadha-an offense at the lotus feet of a Vai�I_lava.\n\nVaiSya-the class of men involved in business and farming.\n\nVanaprastha-retired life in which one travels to holy places in preparation\nfor the renounced order of life.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0498": "474\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nVar�-the four divisions of society according to quality of work and situation in the modes of nature.\nVar�-sarikara-unwanted children produced from illicit sex.\nVar�srama-dharma-See Daiva-va�rama.\nVibhinnamsa-separated expansions of the Lord, the minute living entities.\nVidagdha-one who is expert in the art of flattering women.\nVidura-vigata-See: Ca�J4,ala.\nVijara-not subjected to the miseries of old age.\nVijighatsa-free from desire for material enjoyment.\nVijnana-practical knowledge.\nVimrtyu-not subjected to death and rebirth.\nVimu(lha-See: Pramatta.\nV�aya-material affairs of sense gratification.\nV�aya-taranga-the waves of material existence.\nViSoka-callous to material distress and happiness.\nv��u-tattvas-the innumerable plenary expansions of l(r�I).a, each of whom\nis also God.\ny\n\nYajna-Vedic sacrifice.\nYajna-pur�a-the enjoyer of all Vedic sacrifices, V i�Q.u.\nYogaTIUiya-the internal potency of the Lord.\nYogesvara- Kr�Qa, who is the master of all mystic powers.\nYojana-eight miles.\nYuga-the four ages of the universe.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0499": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\nVowels\n\nala atfa\n\n.:i\n\n�! � e\n� rit\n\nii\n\n3'u\n\n�u �r stlr\n\n�ai alto alfau\n\n....\n\n(anusviira)\n\n: l). (visarga)\n\nConsonants\n\nGutturals:\n\nCfi ka\n\n�kha\n\nif ga\n\n'gJ gha\n\n�ita\n\nPalatals:\n\n� ca\n\n�cha\n\n� ja\n\n\"'jha\n\n5f ria\n\nCerebrals:\n\nG ta\n\n?) tha\n\n��a\n\nG�ha\n\nO'f l)a\n\nDentals:\n\na ta\n\n�tha\n\n� da\n\n�dha\n\n;:::rna\n\nLabials:\n\nqpa\n\n�pha\n\ni( ba\n\nl{bha\n\n� rna\n\nSemivowels:\n\n�ra\n\n�Ia\n\nqva\n\nSibilants:\n\n�ya\n�sa\n\nq �a\n\n�sa\n\nAspirate:\n\n� ha\n\nS = '(avagraha) - the apostrophe\n\n·\n\nThe vowels above should be pronounced as follows:\n\nlike the a in organ or the u in but\n- like the a in far but held twice as long as a.\n- like the i in pin.\ni - like the iin pique but held twict>\nlong i.\nu - like the 11. in push.\nu\nlike the ii in rule but held twice as long as u.\na\n\n-\n\na\n\nas\n\n-\n\n475\n\nas\n\n", "SB5.1#p0500": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n476\n\nr - like the ri in Ri ta (but more like French ru).\nr - same as ri but held twice as long.\n- like lree (lruu).\ne - like the e in they.\nat - like the ai in ai sle.\no - like the o in go.\nau - like the ow in how.\n\nm (anusviira) - a resonant nasal like the n in the French word bon.\nl:t (visarga) -a final h-sound: a� is pronounced like aha; i � like ihi.\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\nk - as in kite\n\nkh- as in Eckhart\n\ng - as m gtve\n\ngh- as in dig-hard\n\nit\n\nc - as in chair\n\n-\n\nas m smg\n\nch- as in staunch-heart\n\nJ\n\njh - as in hedgehog\n\nn - as in canyon\n\nt\n\nth - as in light-heart\n\n- as in tub\n\nI) - as rna (prepare to say\n\nthe rand say na).\n\n-\n\nas in joy\n\ngha- as in red-hot\n\nt;l - as in dove\n\nCerebrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, b ut the following\ndentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth:\nt - as in tub but with tongue against teeth .\nth - as in light-heart but tongue against teeth.\nd - as in dove but tongue against teeth.\n\ndh- as in red-hot but with tongue against teeth.\nn - as in nut but with tongue in between teeth.\np\nas in pine\nph- as in up-hill ( not f)\n-\n\nb - as in bird\n\nbh- as in rub-hard\n\nm - as in mother\n\ny - as in yes\n\nr\n\n- as m r un\n\nv - as in vine.\n\nI\n\n-\n\nas in light\n\ns - as in sun\n\ns (palatal) - as in the s in the German word sprechen\n�(cerebral) - as the sh in shine\nh - as in home\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, only a flowing\nof short and long (twice as long as the short) syllables.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0501": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete listing of the first and third lines of each of the\n�anskrit poetry verses and the first line of each Sanskrit prose verse of this volume of\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, arranged in English alphabetical order. In the first column the\nSanskrit transliteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the\nchapter-verse references and page number for each verse are to be found.\n\nA\nadhvany am{l$minn ajaya nivesito\nadhvany am{l$minn uru-krcchra-vittaadhyatma-yoga-grathitam tavoktam\nadhyatma-yogena vivikta-sevaya\nad,Sya-jhilli-svana-kariJil-SUla\n\n13.19\n\n452\n\n13.13\n\n444\n\n12.3\n\n403\n\n5.12\n\n179\n\n13.5\n\n432\n\nagnidhra-sutas te matur anugrahtu:l\n2.21\nagnidhredhmajihva-yajiiabahu-maluivira 1.25\nagnidhro rajatrpta[l kamanam\n2.22\naham ca yogesvaram atma-tattva10.19\naham purti bharato nama raja\n12.14\n\n420\n\n1.37\n\n67\n\n3.17\n\n131\n\n8.9\n\n276\n\naho astu:lhv anU${hitam yad abhinivesito\naho bataham �ayo bhavadbhir avitatha\naho batayam hari1Jil-ku1Ji1ka!l\naho bhuva[l sapta-samudnzvatya\naho �.tam bhr�{o 'ham\naho k�{am bhratar vyaktam uruaho nr-janmakhila-janma-sobhanam\naho nu vamso ya§asavadata[l\najanabham namaitad varsam bluinztam\nakl�.ta-buddhya bharatam bhajadhvam\nakovida[l kovida-vtu:la-vadan\nalingya maya-racitantartitma\narilse 'dhi darvi sibika ca yasyam\nanena yogena yathopadesam\nanyada bh,.Sam udvigna-mana\n\n105\n48\n\napi ca na vrkafl salii-vrko 'nyatamo\napi �eme�minn asramopavane\napi svid akrta-sukrtam agatya\napi svid asau bhagavan w,iu-patir\napu(tya-vr�an srayate �udluirdito\n\n1.28\n\n53\n\n5.16\n\n186\n\n13.13\n\n444\n\n4.6\n\n146\n\n8.16\n\n284\n\n8.18\n\n286\n\n8.17\n\n285\n\n8.20\n\n288\n\n8.24\n\n292\n\n13.5\n\n432\n\n106\n360\n\n6.13\n\n235\n\n8.29\n\n298\n\n10.6\n\n340\n\n13.21\n\n454\n\n6.14\n\n236\n\n7.3\n\n249\n\n5.20\n\n193\n\n11.1\n\nanyasyam api jayayam traya[l putrti\nanyonya-vaira[l sukha-lesa-hetor\nanyonya-vitta-vyat�ariga-vrddlui\napatyatam agtu:l yasya\napi bata sa vai krpa!Jil e!Jil-/xi/ako\n\n374\n\nI 1.6\n\n383\n\n12.6\n\n405\n\n5.14\n\n182\n\n8.15\n\n283\n\n5.31\nati-sukumara-kanz-carai)-Onz[l\natmana evanusavanam alijasavyatireke!Jil 3.8\n5.8\nato grha-�etra-sutapta-vittair\n1.18\natyeti durgasrita urjitarin\n13.14\navartate 'dyapi na ka5cid atra\n\n212\n\nartu:lhanam bhagavata ihamano\narhasi muhur arhattamarha!Jilm\nartha[l kiyan bhavata si�itena\nasadita-hav�i barh�i d�ite\nastu:lya davam kvacid agni-tapto\n\n12.14\n\n421\n\n3.4\n\n114\n\n10.13\n\n351\n\n8.22\n\n289\n\n13.6\n\n433\n\nasaj-jitatmd hari-sevaya sitam\nasaTiga-niSita-jnananala-vidhutaSe$a\nasmad-vidhasya mana-unnayanau\nastluiya tat tad yad aywikta nathaS\nastv evam ariga bhagavan bhajatam\n\n13.20\n\n453\n\n3.11\n\n123\n\nata[< kathaiicit sa vimukta apada[<\natha ca duhitaram prajapater\natha ha bhagavan tu:li-deva etasya\natha ha bhagavan rsabhadeva[l\natha ha tam avi§krta-bhuja-yugala\natha ha tam utpattyaivabhivyajyamana\nathaivam akhila-loka-pala-laliimo 'pi\natha kadacit kaScid vrsala-patir\natha kasyacid dvija-varasyarigira[l\n\n2.12\n\n96\n\n1.15\n\n29\n\n6.18\n\n242\n\n13.19\n\n451\n\n1.24\n\n46\n\n1.7\n\n13\n\n4.8\n\n149\n\n3.3\n\n112\n\n4.1\n\n138\n\n6.6\n\n226\n\n9.12\n\n320\n\n9.1\n\n306\n\n3.12\n\n124\n\n119\n175\n35\n445\n\natha kathaiicit skhalana-�ut-patana\natluinayapi na bhavata ijyayoru\natha pa!Jilyas tam sva-\n\n477\n\n3.7\n\n118\n\n9.15\n\n323\n\n", "SB5.1#p0502": "478\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\natha puna� sva-sibikayam v�ama\n\n10.7\n\n342\n\ncetobhir akiitibhir atanoti\n\n11.4\n\n380\n\natha samira-vega-vidhiiJa-ve�u\n\n6.8\n\n229\n\nchaya-nirvrta-cittandm\n\n1.3\n\n5\n\natha sindhu-sauvira-pate rahiiga�ya\n\n10.1\n\n334\n\n188\n\natha tad evaitad duravagamam\n\n13.26\n\n461\n\natha Ia enam anavadya-lak$a�m\n\n9.14\n\n322\n\natha Ia iSvara-vaca� sopalambham\n\n10.3\n\n336\n\nD\n\natha v�ala-raja-pa�i� pulll.§a-\n\n9.16\n\n325\n\ndaivam na tat syan na patiS ca sa syan\n\n5.18\n\nathayam eva varo hy arhattama\n\n3.10\n\n121\n\n�t-a� sma sete kva ca danda-sukair\n\n13.9\n\n439\n\natha yaviyasi dvija-sati sva-garbha\n\n9.7\n\n315\n\ndehendriyasvasaya-sannikarsat\n\n10.22\n\n365\n\natho aham jana-saligad asaligo\n\n12.15\n\n422\n\ndevasurebhyo maghavat-pradhana\n\n5.22\n\n195\n\ndhrta tanur u5ali me pura�i\n\n5.24\n\n200\n\navidyaya manasa kalpitas te\n\n12.9\n\n412\n\navirhita� kvapi tirohilas ca\n\n1l.l2\n\n391\n\ndravya-desa-kala-vaya�-sraddhartvig\n\n4.17\n\n158\n\navirhotra 'tha drumilaS\n\n4.11\n\n152\n\ndravya-svabhavasaya-kala-karma-\n\n12.10\n\n413\n\nayam avataro rajasopapluta-\n\n6.12\n\n234\n\ndravya-svabhavasaya-karma-kalair\n\n1l.l1\n\n389\n\nayam jano nama calan prthivyam\n\n12.5\n\n405\n\ndrst-a� srama� karmata atmano vai\n\n10.21\n\n363\n\ndrs[va punas tam saghfl:lll� kubuddhim\n\n5.17\n\n188\n\ndrume$u ramsyan suta-dara-vatsalo\n\n13.18\n\n450\n\nduhitaram corjasvalim namo5anase\n\n1.34\n\n61\n\nduratyaye 'dhvany ajaya nivesito\n\n13.1\n\n426\n\nB\n/xi4ham uktam bhagavata uttama5lokasya 1.5\n\n7\n\nba�v imau bhagavala�\n\n2.8\n\n91\n\nbarh�i tasminn eva v��udatta bhagaoon\n\n3.20\n\n134\n\nbhagavan api bharata tad-upanitarha�� l.lO\n\n18\n\nbhagavan api manund yathavad\n\n1.21\n\n40\n\nE\n\nbhagavan rsabha-samjiia atma-tantra�\n\n4.14\n\n154\n\nekadaSam svikara�m mameti\n\n1l.l0\n\n388\n\nbhagavata�abhe� parirak$yama�\n\n4.18\n\n159\n\nekadaSasan manaso hi vrttaya\n\n11.9\n\n387\n\nbharatas tu maha-bhagavato yada\n\n7.1\n\n248\n\nekada tu maha-nadyam krtabh�eka-\n\n8.1\n\n270\n\nbhaumam divyam man�m ca\n\n1.41\n\n74\n\neUivad anuvdda-parib/u4aya pratyudirya I 0.14\n\n352\n\nbhavafi parafi so 'tha viriiica-viryafi\n\n5.22\n\n195\n\nele$dril kavir mahiivirafi savana iti\n\n1.26\n\n48\n\nevam agha.tamana-manorathakula\n\nbhavaya nasaya ca karma kartum\n\nl.l3\n\n23\n\nbhayam pramattasya vane$v api syad\n\nl.l7\n\n33\n\nbhratrvyam enam tad adabhra-viryam\n\n11.17\n\nbh,Sam amar�a-rl)$dvesa-rabhasa\nbhwik$veha bhogan pulll.§atid�tan\n\n8.26\n\n294\n\nevam anu5asyatmajan svayam anu5�fiin\n\n5.28\n\n206\n\n397\n\nevam bahv abaddham api b/u4ama�m\n\n10.8\n\n343\n\n9.18\n\n328\n\nevam eva khalu mahad-abhicariiti\n\n9.19\n\n330\n\n1.19\n\n37\n\nevam go-mrga-kaka-caryaya\n\n5.34\n\n215\n\nbhu-samsthanam krtam yena\n\n1.40\n\n73\n\nevam karma-viSuddhya viSuddha\n\n7.7\n\n257\n\nbhiiJe�u virudbhya uduttamd ye\n\n5.21\n\n195\n\nevam k,Sam sthulam a�ur brhad yad\n\n12.10\n\n413\n\nbibhrat prthari-namabhi rilpa-bhedam\n\n11.5\n\n381\n\nevam mana� karma-va5am prayurikte\n\n5.6\n\n173\n\nbrahma�yo 'nya� kuto nabher\n\n4.7\n\n147\n\nevam niruktam k$iti-5abda-vrttam\n\n12.9\n\n411\n\nevam para bhagavan vasudeva�\n\nll.l4\n\n393\n\nc\n\nevam pitari sampravrtte tad\n\n5.21\n\n78\n\nevam sva-tanuja atmany anuragavesita\n\n9.6\n\n313\n\ncalan kvacil ka$ka-sarkaralighrir\n\n13.8\n\n437\n\nevam upa§amayane�u sva-tanaye�v\n\n1.29\n\n54\n\ncartum tapa 'rhasi maya saha mitra\n\n2.15\n\n100\n\nevam var�ayuta-sahasra-paryantavasita\n\n7.8\n\n258\n\n", "SB5.1#p0503": "479\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\nG\ngaruiluikrti-sparsa-rasa-sravdrilsi\ngantur yadi syad adhigamyam adhva\ngatasmrtir vindati tatra taplin\ngayanti yatratya-jana munire�\ngomayavo yatra haranti sarthikam\ngrhe 'ramata yan-muW.�\ngrhe$u jayatmaja-ratimatsu\ngrhe$v abhiniveso yam\ngwuinuraktam �asanaya janto�\nguror hares cara(Wpdsandstro\ngurur na sa syat sva-jano na sa syat\n\nJ\n11.10\n\n388\n\n10.9\n\n345\n\n5.7\n\n174\n\n6.13\n\n235\n\n13.2\n\n428\n\n1.1\n\n2\n\n5.3\n\n168\n\n1.2\n\n4\n\n11.8\n\n385\n\n11.17\n\n397\n\n5.18\n\n188\n\n5.10\n\n178\n\n12.16\n\n423\n\n5.19\n\n190\n\n7.5\n\n251\n\nI\n\nidam sariram mama durviblui�am\nife ca bhagavantam yajna-kratuiSabhis�!am hy avarundhmahe 'riga\niti bhtigavata-dharma-dar5and\niti ha sma sakaW.-veda-loka-deva\n\n1.5\n\n29\n\n4.12\n\n152\n\n6.16\n\n238\n\niti ha vdva sa jagati-patir\niti krtanU$aliga dsana-sayand!ana\niti W.W.nanunayati-viSarado gnimya\niti nana-yaga-caryacara(W bhagavdn\niti nigadenabh�.tilyamano bhagavdn\n\n1.23\n\n44\n\n8.11\n\n279\n\n2.17\n\n102\n\n5.35\n\n216\n\n3.16\n\n130\n\niti niSamayantya me�a� patim\niti samabhihito malui-bhtigavato\niti te$am v�alanam rajas-tama�\nittham dhrta-bhagavad-vrata\n\n3.19\n\n133\n\n1.20\n\n39\n\nittham vimanyur anu5�yad ataj-jiiiin\nity evam nigil{iha-nirvedo visrjya\nity evam uttara-mdta� sa vai\n\njivan-mrtatvam niyamena rajan\njiiiinam viSuddham paramartham ekam\njvaramayartasya yathtigadam sat\n\n9.17\n\n326\n\n7.13\n\n265\n\n5.15\n\n185\n\n8.30\n\n301\n\n13.24\n\n458\n\n5.29\n\n208\n\n1.32\n\n59\n\n12.7\n\n407\n\n1.17\n\n33\n\n10.11\n\n348\n\n12.11\n\n415\n\n12.2\n\n401\n\nK\nka iSvaras tatra kim iSita�am\nkamo manyur mado lobha�\nkarhi sma cit �udra-rasan vicinvarils\nkarma-baruihaS ca yan-muW.�\nkarmasayam hrdaya-granthi-bandham\n\nH\n\nhamse gurau mayi bhaktyanuvrtya\nharim tad-ilui-kathana-srutabhyam\n\njrujiiruiha-muka-badhira-piSaconjambu-pW.�a-salmali-ku5a-krauiicajanasya goptasmi vikatthamano\njiteruiriyasyatma-rater budhasya\n\n10.12\n\n349\n\n6.5\n\n225\n\n13.10\n\n446\n\n6.5\n\n225\n\n5.14\n\n182\n\nkas tam svayam tad-abhijno vipa5cid\n5.17 188\nkas tvam nigil{ihaS carasi dvijanam\n10.16 356\nkasyasi kutratya iluipi kasmat\n10.16 356\nka tvam cikir$asi ca kim\n2.7\n89\nka vdtma-vrttir adanad dhavir ariga vdti\n2.13\n97\n4.11\nkavir havir antari��\nkim sambhrtam rucirayor dvija srrigayos te 2. I 1\nkim va are acaritam tapas\n8.23\nkim vdtmaja-viSle$a-jvara-dava\n8.25\nkiiicayam raja�ir apatya-kama�\n3.13\n\nko nu tat karma rajar�er\nko nv asya �!ham aparo 'nugacchen\nko vd iha te 'parajito 'parajitaya\nkriyayam nirvartyamanayam antanile\nk�i§la maitri-df$am arta-bandlw\n\n4.6\n\n152\n94\n290\n292\n125\n146\n\n6.15\n\n237\n\n3.14\n\n126\n\n8.14\n\n282\n\n10.24\n\n368\n\n6.14\nkrtavartara� purU$a� sa adya5\n�arode�u-rasoda-suroda-ghrtoda1.33\n11.13\n�etrajna atmd purU$a� puraf.W.�\n�etrajna eta manaso vibhiltir\n11.12\n�velikayam mam m�a-samadhinamilita 8.21\n\n236\n\nkudeha-manahi-vida$ta-d�!e�\nku5a-kusuma-samit-palaSa-phaW.\nkvacic ca gandharva-puram prav�.ta�\n\n60\n392\n391\n288\n\n12.2\n\n401\n\n8.12\n\n280\n\n13.7\n\n435\n\n", "SB5.1#p0504": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n480\nkvacic ca sitdtapa-viita-va�\nkvacic ca viityotthita-pdrilsu-dhiimrd\nkvacid vitoya� sarito 'bhiyati\nkvacin mitho vipal_tan yac ca kiiicid\nkvacin nigir1_t0 'jagarohina jano\n\n13.11\n\n442\n\n13.4\n\n430\n\n13.6\n\n433\n\n13.11\n\n442\n\n13.9\n\n439\n\nna hy adbhutam tvac-cara(Ulbja-reT_tubhir 13.22\nna hy afijasa tattva-vimar5anaya\n12.4\nnaivdrtha-dharmai� parata� svato vd\n1.12\nna kurydt karhicit sakhyam\n6.3\nnamo mahadbhyo 'stu nama� siSubhyo\n13.23\n12.1\n\n429\n\nnamo nama� kdra1_ta-vigrahdya\nnamo 'vadhiita dvija-bandhu-linga\nna nunam bhagava dtmdrdmdl_tdm\nna nanam mukta-safrganam\n\nloka� svayam sreyasi �ta-d�.tir\n5.16 186\nlokam pradarsaya suhrttama tavakam me 2.12 96\nlokasya ya� karu1_tayabhayam\n6.19 243\n\nnaraya1_t0 bhagavan vasudeva�\nna sddhu manye yata dtmano yam\nna surayo hi vyavahdram enam\nna tasya kaScit tapasd vidyaya vd\nna tasya tattva-graha(Uiya sak§dd\nna tvdm tyajami dayitam dvija-deva\n\nkvacit kadacid dhari-cakratas trasan\nkvacit kvacit ksi1_ta-dhanas tu tasmin\nkvacit pramdddd giri-kandare patan\nkvacit tu gandharva-puram prapa5yati\n\n13.16\n\n447\n\n13.12\n\n443\n\n13.18\n\n450\n\n13.3\n\nL\n\nM\nmahad-vimdndt sva-krtdd dhi mddrri\nmahdntas te sama-citta� pra5anlti\nmahatam khalu viprar§e\nmahat-sevdm dvdram ahur vimuktes\nmdm caru-srrigy arhasi netum\n\n10.25\n\n369\n\n5.2\n\n166\n\n1.3\n\n5\n\n5.2\n\n166\n\n2.16\n\n101\n\nmanasvino nirjita-dig-gajendro\nmano-vaco-drk-karaT_tehitasya\nmanur api pare1_taivam pratisandhita\nmat-karmabhir mat-kathaya ca nityam\nmdtrd1_ti karmar;�i puram ca tasam\n\n13.15\n\n446\n\n5.27\n\n205\n\n1.22\n\n42\n\n5.11\n11.9\n\n178\n\nmatto 'py anantdt parata� parasmdt\nmauhurtikdd yasya samagamdc ca me\nmrdhe sayiran na tu tad vrajanti\nmuktam na te smarasi vakra-jatdmukto 'pi tavad bibhryat sva-deham\n\n5.25\n\n201\n\n13.22\n13.15\n\n455\n446\n\n2.14\n\n98\n\n1.16\n\n32\n\n387\n\nN\nnabhir apatya-kamo 'prajaya merudevya 3.1\nnabhis tu yathdbhild§itam suprajastvam\n4.4\nna brahma1_tais tulaye bhiitam anyat\n5.23\nna cchandasa naiva jaldgni-suryair\n12.12\n10.17\nndgny-arka-somdnila-vittapastrdc\n10.17\nnaham viSalike sura-raja-vajran\n\n109\n\nna va etad v�1_tudatta mahad-adbhutam\nna vayam nara-deva pramattana veda-vdde§u hi taltva-vdda�\nna vikriya viSva-suhrt-sakhasya\nna yad dh�ikesa-ya5a�-krtdtmanam\nnayam deho deha-bhdjam nrloke\nna yavad etam tanu-bhrn narendra\nna yavad etan mana atma-lifrgam\nnibodha tatedam rtam bravimi\nnidra ratir manyur aham mada� suco\nnimlocati ha bhagaviin sakala-jagatnirvaira-samyopa5amena putra\nn�evyamd1_t0 'nudinam mumuk§or\nnityam dadati kdmasya\nnitya-nivrtta-nimitta-sva-siddhanityanubhiita-nija-ldbha-nivrtta-t�T.ta�\nnivdsa-toya-dravi(Uitma-buddhis\nnunam hy arya�J sddhava upa5amananam pramatta�J kurute vikarma\n\n455\n404\n22\n222\n456\n400\n\n12.1\n\n400\n\n6.1\n\n220\n\n1.2\n\n4\n\n11.13\n\n392\n\n5.4\n\n170\n\n11.1\n\n374\n\n1.12\n\n22\n\n11.3\n\n378\n\n2.16\n\nlSI\n\n9.20\n\n330\n\n10.4\n\n337\n\n11.2\n\n375\n\n10.25\n\n369\n\n13.21\n\n454\n\n5.1\n\n164\n\n11.15\n\n395\n\n11.16\n\n396\n\n1.11\n\n20\n\n10.10\n\n346\n\n8.19 286\n5.11 178\n12.13\n\n419\n\n6.4\n9.9\n\n224\n316\n\n6.19\n\n243\n\n13.4\n\n430\n\n8.10\n\n278\n\n5.4\n\n170\n\n13.8\n\n437\n\n2.11\n5.5\n\n94\n171\n\np\n\n142\n198\n418\n357\n357\n\npade pade 'bhyantara-vahninardita�\npaliko 'ru1_ta� surabhir dtma-vi§dT.ta\nparabhavas tavad abodha-jato\n\n", "SB5.1#p0505": "481\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\npara-devata-prasadadhigatdtma\nparijananuraga-viracita-5abala\nparo-raja� savitur jata-vedo\npathi$u ca mugdha-bhavena tatra\npitary uparate bhratara enam atat\nprabhiUa-virut-t�-gulma-gahoore\nprasajjati kvapi lato.-bhujasrayas\npr�{um pravrtta� kim iharanam tat\nprmyak pra5antam bhagaooc-chabdapritir na yaoon mayi vasudeve\npriyavrata-krtam karma\npriyavrato bhagavato\npmhe krto me yad adharma ardd\npumsa� striya mithuni-bhaoom etam\npumsam tad-arighri-rajasa jito.\nputrams ca si$yams ca nrpo gurur va\n\n1.38\n\n69\n\n3.6\n\n117\n\n7.14\n\n266\n\n8.13\n\n281\n\n9.8\n\n315\n\n13.3\n\n429\n\n13.16\n\n447\n\n10.19\n\n360\n\n12.11\n\n415\n\n5.6\n\n173\n\n1.39\nl.l\n\n2\n\n5.19\n\n190\n\n5.8\n\n175\n\n1.35\n\n62\n\n5.15\n\n185\n\nsdstabhigopta nrpati� prajandm\nsa siUvatha sutan navdnuootsaram grha\nsa tatra tatra gagana-tala u4u-pmir\nsatyam uktam kintv iha v6. eke\nsauvira-patir api sujana-samavagata\nsa ooi bhaval loka-niri�l;ldrtham\nsa vdsandtma vi$ayoparakto\nsima ca bhiUa-nirvrtyai\nsi$ya ime bhagavata�\nsocyan imams tvam adhi�fa-dinan\n\n12.12\n\n418\n\n13.20\n\n453\n\n6.18\n\n241\n\n2.15\n\n99\n\ns\n\n250\nsa bahuvin mahi-pati� pitr-pitamahaood 7.4\n2.2\n80\nsa ca kadacit pitrloka-kama�\n10.15 354\nsa capi pdru;/aveya sindhu-sauvira\n312\n9.5\nsa capi tad u ha pitr-sannidhav\n317\n9.10\nsa ca prakrtair dvipada-pa5ubhir\n83\nsa ca tad-asramopaoonam ati-rama�;�iyam 2.4\n2.18 103\nsa ca tatas tasya vira-yiUha-pater\n5.12 179\nsac-chraddhaya brahmacaryena saSood\nsa e� sartho 'rtha-para� paribhraman\n13.1\n426\n1.36\n65\nsa eoom aparimita-bala-partikrama\n\nsahasra5a� sata5a� ko!iSaS ca\nsa kadticid atamano bhagavan r�abho\nsakala-jana-nikaya-vrjina-nirasana\nsaktasya yat siddhir abhiU\n\nsamsayo 'yam mahan brahman\nsaroa�;�i mad-dhi$�;�yataya bhaoodbhiS\nsarootra jantor vyasanavagatya\nsarootra mad-bhaoo-vica��;�ena\nsarve oohamo balim isooraya\n\n422\n203\n200\n107\n252\n338\n\n1.4\n\n6\n\n5.26\n\n203\n\n5.10\n\n178\n\n5.13\n\n179\n\n1.14\n\n26\n\n72\n\nR\n\nrahuganaitat tapasa na yati\nrahugana tvam api hy adhoono 'sya\nrajan patir gurur alam bhaootam\nnlpam tapodhana tapa$ caratam\n\n12.15\nsa mam smrtir mrga-dehe 'pi vira\n5.26\nsambhavitavyani pade pade vo\n5.24\nsamo dama� satyam anugrahaS ca\n2.23\nsamparete pitari naoo bhrataro meru\nsampracaratsu nana-yage�u viracitdriga- 7.6\n10.5\nsamsargiko �a em niln.am ekasyapi\n\n11.11\n\n389\n\n4.19\n\n161\n\n3.5\n\nll4\n\n1.4\n\n6\n\n10.23\n\n366\n\n2.20\n\n104\n\n1.8\n\n16\n\n6.2\n\n221\n\n13.25\n\n459\n\n10.20\n\n362\n\n11.5\n\n381\n\n1.40\n\n73\n\n2.9\n\n92\n\n12.7\n\n407\n\nsthaly-agni-tapat payaso 'bhitapas\n10.22 365\nsthaulyam karsyam vyadhaya adhaya5 ca 10.10 346\nsukhaya du�khaya ca deha-yogam\nl.l3\n23\n13.7\nsrlrair hrta-sva� kva Ca nirvi�;��;�Q-Cetd�\n435\nsuretasada� punar aviSya c�!e\nsva-dharmam aradhanam acyutasya\nsoopne niruktya grhamedhi-saukhyam\nsva-svdmya-bhavo dhruva i4ya yatra\n\n7.14\n\n266\n\n10.23\n\n366\n\n11.3\n\n378\n\n10.11\n\n348\n\nT\n\ntada jana� samparivartate 'smad\ntadanim api par5va-vartinam atmajam\ntad brrlhy asarigo ja(iavan nigil4hatad upalabhya bhagavan adi-pu��\n\n5.9\n\n177\n\n8.27\n\n296\n\n10.18\n\n359\n\n2.3\n\n82\n\n120\n3.9\ntad yatha baliSanam svayam atmana/1\n13.17 449\ntair vaiicito hamsa-kulam samaviSann\n13.17 449\ntaj-jati-rdsena sunirvrtendriya/1\ntam anu ku5avarta iliivarto brahmavarto 4.10 152\n\n", "SB5.1#p0506": "482\ntdm evavidure madhukarim iva\ntdriJ.s tan vipannan sa hi tatra tatra\ntam tv e1Ul-kU1Ulkaril krpa1Ulril\ntam upa,Srutya sa mrga-vadhu�\ntan me bhavan nara-devabhimana-\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n2.6\n\n86\n\n13.14\n\n445\n\n8.7\n\n273\n\n8.4\n\n271\n\n10.24\n\n368\n\n12.8\ntan namato 'nyad vyavahara-mulam\nS.l\ntapo divyam putraka yena sattvaril\ntasmad bhavantaril mama samsayartham 12.3\n5.20\ntasmad bhavanto hrdayena jata�\n11.7\ntasman mano lingam ado vadanti\n\ntasman naro 'sanga-susanga-jatatasminn api kalam pralik$ama1Ul�\ntasminn u ha va upa,Sama-sila�\ntasmin vava kila sa ekala�\ntasya ha daiva-muktasya pa5o�\n\n402\n384\n\n12.16\n\n423\n\n8.31\n\n302\nso\n261\n\n9.13\n\n321\n\n8.8\ntasya ha va e1Ul·ku1Ulka uccair\ntasya ha va evaril mukta-lingasya\n6.7\n4.2\ntasya ha va ittham var$ma(Ui varo/asa\n3.2\ntasya ha vava sraddhaya vi.Suddha\ntasya ha ya� pu�a-surabhi-saugandhya- 5.33\n\n274\n\n97\n351\n\nv\n2.10\n93\nvacaril pararil cara1Ul·panjara10.18 359\nvacariJ.si yoga-grathitani sadho\nl.ll\n20\nvayam bhavas te tala e$a maha�ir\n143\nviditanuragam apaura-prakrti jana-pado 4.5\n\nvimukta-sango jita-$U!-sapatno\nvina puman yena maha-vimohat\nvi.Se$a-buddher vivararil manak ca\n\nIUS\n\n395\n\n5.27\n\n205\n\n10.12\n\n349\n\n13.12\n\n443\n\n11.16\n\n396\n\n228\n139\nllO\n\ny\n\n214\n\n2.5\n\n84\n\n7.2\n\n248\n\n2.19\n\n104\n\n9.4\n\n310\n\n8.5\n\n272\n\nlata agnidhriye 'msa\n3.18\n11.2\ntathaiva rajann uru-garhamedha5.21\ntato manU$yCi� pramathas tato 'pi\n8.6\ntat-prasavotsarpa1Ul-bhaya-khedatura\ntatra ha va enaril devar$ir hamsa-yanena 1.9\n\n132\n\nIavan ayam vyava/uira/:1 sadavi/:t\ntaya pepiyamana udake tavad\ntayettham avirata-puru$a-paricaryaya\nte ca hy arvaktanaya nija-lokatvam tv abja-nabluinghri-saroja-koSatvayoditaril vyaktam avipralabdham\n\n2.13\n10.13\n\n193\n\n7.11\n\ntatrapi ha va atmano mrgatva\ntatrapi svajana-sangac ca bhrsam\ntatra tada rajan hari(li pipasaya\ntatra tatra pura-gramakara-khe!a\ntatrati-krcchrat pratilabdhamano\n\nudvigna-mina-yugalam dvijaunmatta-matta-jac,lavat sva-sariJ.stham\n\n409\n164\n\n1.27\n\ntasya� sulalita-gamana-pada-vinyasa\ntasyam u ha va atmajan\ntasyam u ha va atmajan sa raja-vara\ntasyapi ha va atmajasya vipra�\ntasya utpatantya antarvatnya\n\nu\n\n375\n195\n272\n\nyacan parad apratilabdha-kama�\nyac choka-moluimaya-raga-lobhayad aha yogesvara d,.Syamanaril\nyada hi dvija-varasye$U\nyada k$itdv eva carocarasya\nyada mano-hrdaya-granthir asya\nyada na pa,Syaty ayatha gul)eharil\nyada tu parata aluiram karmayad u ha vava lava punar adabhrayad-vaci tantyaril gu1Ul·karma-damabhi/:t\n\n12.4\n\n404\n\n10.2\n\n335\n\n12.8\n\n409\n\n5.9\n\n177\n\n5.7\n\n174\n\n9.11\n\n319\n\n3.15\n\n128\n\n1.14\n\n26\n\n17\n\n8.28\n\n297\n\n9.3\n\n308\n\n8.2\n\n270\n\n5.30\n\n209\n\n13.10\n\n440\n\n11.7\n\n384\n\n8.3\n\n271\n\n7.12\n\n263\n\n6.11\n\n233\n\n1.19\n\n37\n\n10.9\n\n345\n\nyad-vi.Srambhac cirac cir1!llril\nyad yac chir$a(lyacaritaril tat tad\nyadyapi sva-viditaril sakala-dharmam\nya ha va iha bahu-vida\nya� $a! sapatnan vijigi$ama(l0\nyarhi vava ha rajan sa raja-putra/:1\nyarhi vava sa bhagavan lokam\nya5 cakre nirayaupamyam\n\n6.3\n\n222\n\n4.15\n\n156\n\n4.16\n\n157\n\n13.26\n\n461\n\n1.18\n\n35\n\n1.6\n\nII\n\n5.32\n\n213\n\n1.41\n\n74\n\n12.6\n405\nyasmin bhavan riitjha-nijabhimano\nyasmin nrbhi� prahutaril sraddhayaham 5.23 198\n9.2\nyas tu tatra pumariJ.s tam\n30h\n\n", "SB5.1#p0507": "483\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\nyasya barhi§i yajnesam\n\n4.7\n\n147\n\nyavat kriyas tavad idam mano vai\n\n5.5\n\n171\n\nyasya hindra� spardhamiirw bhagavan\n\n4.3\n\n140\n\nyaviyarhsa ekasitir jayanteya� pitur\n\n4.13\n\n153\n\nyasya ki/anucaritam upakan,�ya kmika\n\n6.9\n\n230\n\nye brahma� gam avadh!Ua-lingas\n\n13.23\n\n457\n\nyasyam eva kavaya atmiinam avirotam\n\n6.17\n\n240\n\nyesam khalu maha-yogi bharato jye$1��\n\n4.9\n\n151\n\nyasyam ime $U� naro-deva dasyava�\n\n13.2\n\n428\n\nye$drh kim u syad itare� te¢m\n\n5.25\n\n201\n\nyathanila� sthavaro-jangamiinam\n\n11.14\n\n393\n\nyena ha vava kalau manujapasada deva\n\n6.10\n\n231\n\nyathanubhiUam protiyata-nidro�\n\n1.16\n\n32\n\nye va mayiSe krta-sauhrdartha\n\n5.3\n\n168\n\nyatha pradipo ghrta-vartim a5nan\n\n11.8\n\n385\n\nye va u ha tad-ratha-cara�-nemi-\n\n1.31\n\n58\n\nyathasatodanayanady-abhavat\n\n10.21\n\n363\n\nyogena dh.rty-udyama-sattva-yukto\n\n5.13\n\n179\n\n7.9\n\n259\n\nyogesvara�m gatim andha-buddhi�\n\n10.20\n\n362\n224\n\nyatra ha vava bhagavan harir adyapi\n\n7.10\n\n260\n\nyogina� krta-maitrasya\n\n6.4\n\nyatrottama5loka-gu�nuvada�\n\n12.13\n\n419\n\nyo nemi-nimnair akaroc\n\n1.39\n\n72\n\nyavad avabhasayati suro-girim\n\n1.30\n\n56\n\nyo 'sau tvayya karo-saroja-hata� patango 2.14\n\n98\n\nyavan marw rajasa pu�ya\n\n11.4\n\n380\n\nyo yoga-miiya� sprhayaty udasta\n\n237\n\nyatrasrama-padany ubhayato nabhibhir\n\n6.15\n\n", "SB5.1#p0508": "General Index\nNumerals in boldface type indicate references to translations of the verses of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam.\n\nAffection\n\nA\n\nfor devotees as cause of Supreme Lord's\nappearance, Ill\n\nAbsolute Truth\n\nAggressor\n\nbrahma-jijiiiis a as search for, 183\ndescriptions in Vedic literature give one\n\nAgni\n\nconception of, 116\n\ncan be killed according to Vedas, 327\n\none should offer respects to. 255\n\nis Bhagavan. 416-417\n\nten names of, 48\n\nonly revealed to one who has mercy of\n\nAgnidhra Maharaja\n\ngreat devotee, 418\n\nappreciated beauty of Piirvacitti, 100\n\nthree features of, 377-378\n\nas example of fallen yogi, 86\n\nAcaryas\n\nas father of Nabhi, 110, 133\n\ncited on mother's breast milk, 106\n\nas King of Jambiidvipa, 103\n\nas son of Priyavrata, 48, 78, 81\n\ngive instruction on offering obeisances,\n115\n\nbegan appreciating Piirvacitti's glance.\n\nAcchinna-diira-dravil;ld.\n\n92\n\nquoted, 438\n\nbegot nine sons, 104\n\nActivities\nbewildered people rotting in material, 91\n\nBrahma understood desire of. 82-83\n\ncompared Piirvacitti's eyebrows to string-\n\nknowledge destroys reactions to material,\n\nless bows, 89-90\n\ngave protection to inhabitants of Jam­\n\n172\nliving entities bound by due to modes of\n\nbiidvipa, 78\n\nnature, 309\n\nhears tinkling of Piirvacitti's bangles.\n\nin next, 187\n\nkingdoms in Jambiidvipa received bv\n\nperformed in this life enjoyed or suffered\n\n84-86\n\nperformed to satisfy yajfia-pur!J,$a, 33\nl:l�abhadeva performed wonderful, 217\n\nsons of, 106\nknew art of flattering women. 102\npraises Piirvacitti's breasts. 95-96\n\nshould be performed for benefit of soul.\n\npromoted to Pitrloka. 107\n\n182\nsociety divided according to people's, 78\n\nquestioned Piirvacitti about workings of\n\nmaya, 91\n\nAdiihyo' yam\n\nquoted, 229\n\nworshiped Brahma. 80\n\nAdiinta-gobhir viSatam tamisram\n\nAham sarvasya prabhavo matta�\n\nAdhok�aja\n\nAharikara-vimut).hatma kartaham\n\nAdhyatma\n\nAih4!aril yat tat punar-janma\n\nquoted, 7\n\nquoted. 197.412\n\nas name of Kr�rya, 456\n\nquoted. 414\n\nquoted on becoming desireless, 181\n\nquoted. 355\n\n485\n\n", "SB5.1#p0509": "Srrrnad-Bhagavauuu\n\n486\n\nAnxiety\n\nAjanabha\nas place of �abhadeva, 141\n\nin three modes of material nature, 315\n\nAnyabhila$ita-srl.nyaril jnana\n\nAjanabha-var�a\nthis planet formerly known as, 249\n\nA�ayyaril ha vai caturmasya\nquoted. 377\n\nquoted, 172, 175, 419\n\nApani ocari' bhakti sikhiiimu sabare\nquoted, 150\nApsaras\n\nAmbari�a Maharaja\nas rajar§i, 256\n\nbegan strolling in park, 84\n\nexample of. 385\n\ndescend to earth\n\noffended by Durvasa, 457-458\n\nPiirvacitti as one of, 83, 86\n\nplaced lotus feet of Lord in his heart, 71\n\nAniisaktasya vi,myan yathiirham\nverse quoted, 23\n\nAnavr§tya vinmi�yanti durbhi�a\nquoted. 434\n\nAr:uf,antara-stharil parama�u\nquoted, 204, 267\n\nI OS\n\nsmelled flowers, 87\n\nArca-vigraha\nappears out of causeless mercy, 121\nArhat\nconcocted Jain religion, 230-231\nArjuna\nacted for satisfaction of the Lord, 45\naddresses Kr��a as purU§am\n\nAnger\n\nmahiitmas devoid of, 167\nof a Vai��ava, 344\n\nadyam m\n\nGua, 82\nadvised by Kr��a to ascend to transcendental platform, 314-315\n\n�abadeva 's sons instructed to subdue,\n\nas devotee and friend of Kr��a, 359-360\n\n180\nteacher must instruct without, 185\n\nchastised by Kr��a. 375\n\nAruhya krcchre� pararil padaril\n\nAnimals\nbecome strong when fed sufficient grains.\n\n199\ndegraded men no better than, 318\nhuman beings must act differently from,\n\nquoted, 170, 341\n\nAsat-sariga-tyaga, -ei vai§�ava\nverse quoted, 168\n\n165\nliberated by ({�abhadeva, 229\nmodern society conducted by animals,\n\n347\nthose endeavoring for sense gratification\nare no better than, 175\nwith intelligence as superior to worm\nand snakes, 196\n\nword dharma never used in connection\nwith, 136\nAnimal killing\nregulated by\n\nquoted, 172\n\nAsarigo hy ayaril purU§a�\n\nsastras to rectify meat­\n\nAsocyan anva5ocas tvaril prajnavadariiS\nquoted, 375\n\nAsraddhaya hutaril dattaril\nverses quoted, 255\n\nAsrama\n\nBharata brought baby deer to his, 273\n\nkuri.kuma powder perfumes Agnidhra·s.\n\n95\nAssociation\n\nBharata very cautious of, 309\nhearing and chanting in devotees' revives\n\neaters, 325\n\nAnnad bhavanti bhutani\nquoted, 199\nAntarik�a\nas son of J.t�abhadeva, 153\n\nKr�Qa consciousness, 423\nimportance of devotees·, 456-460\nof devotees is very meaningful, 301\nof\n\ndevotees\n\nva nq u is he·\n\nmaterial opulence, 127\n\ndesires\n\nfor\n\n", "SB5.1#p0510": "487\n\nGeneral Index\nAssociation\n\nwith people fond of women and sex, 167\n\nwith those interested in maintaining the\n\nAsuras\n\nbody, 169\n\nas superior to Kinnaras, 196\n\nAsvamedham gavalambham\nverses quoted, 251-252\n\nAusterities\nAgnidhra engaged in severe, 80\n\nattractive bodily features as result of\nsevere, 97\n\nbeauty as result of past, 100\n\nengagement in leads to devotional service, 165\n\nhuman life meant for, 166\n\nAta� sarvasrayaiS caiva\n\none becomes purified by, 367\n\nAta� sri-kr§r:ta-namadi\n\nl,{�abhadeva's sons instructed to undergo,\n\nAtmano 'vihitaril. karma\n\nshould be done as offering to Kr�IJa, 190\n\nverses quoted, 414\n\nquoted, ll6\n\nverses quoted, 181\n\nPriyavrata departed to undergo, 78\n180\n\nquoted, 4\n\nAvajananti miiril. mi14ha\nverses quoted, 192\nAvara(Ja\n\nmust always engage in devotional service,\n\nAvidyayam antare vartamiind�\n\nAtma-pataril. grham andha-kupam\nAtmaramas\n\n184\n\nas son of Bharata, 249\nquoted, 187\n\nAtmiiramiiS ca munayo\n\nAvirhotra\n\nAtom\n\nAyi nanda-tanuja kinkararit\n\nverses quoted, 184\n\nis not the cause of the universe, 412\n\nAtreya\n\nas son of �abhadeva, 153\nverse quoted, 63-64\n\naccompanied Brahma to see Priyavrata,\n\nB\n\n15\nAttachment\n\nof ignorant to fruitive action, 186\n\nof man to women, 99\n\nto family as strongest illusion, 176\n\nto family causes forgetfulness of death,\n314\nto Lord required in sacrifice, 118\nturning away from family, 177\n\nAttraction\n\nAgnidhra had none for material enjoyment, 102\n\nbetween male and female as basic principle of material existence, 176\n\nof man to woman's face, breasts, and\nwaist, 94\n\nof Piirvacitti to Agnidhra's qualities, I 03\n\nAusterities\n\nAgnidhra couldn't distinguish between\nsexes as result of his, 95\n\nBack to Godhead\ncited\n\non\n\nrebirth as lower animal\n\nm\n\nVrndavana, 295\n\nBadarikasra rna\n\nDeity Nara-NarayaiJa worshiped at. 145\n\nNabhi Maharaja went to. 144-145\n\nBahuniiril. janmaniim ante\nquoted, 172. 378\n\nBaladeva\n\nas first expansion of Kr�IJa. 394\n\nBali Maharaja\n\nrejected Sukraciirya. 189\ntricked by Vamana. 63\n\nBarhi�mali\n\nincreased energy of Priyavrata. 54-55\nas wife of Priyavrata. 46-47\n\nBattle of Kuruk�etra\n\nKr�IJa wanted Yudhi�thira as emperor of\nplanet in. 194\n\n", "SB5.1#p0511": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n488\nBeauty\n\n;s one of six opulences of God, 139\nas result of austerities and penances, 100\n\nBhagavad-gita\n\nquoted on creations of modes of nature,\n67\n\ndisplayed on Vi�•:m·s chest, ll3\n\nquoted on demigod worship, 15\n\nof Apsara\"s movements, 87\n\nquoted on detachment from material activities, 367\n\nof Piirvacitti·s face, 98\nPiirvacitti attracted by Agnidhra's, 103\n\nquoted on devotees as never lost, 9, 10\n\nBhadrii.\n\nquoted on devotees' indifference to\n\nBhadra Kii.li\n\nquoted on devotees' not falling down,\n\nas daughter of Meru, 108\n\nmaterial opulences, 75\n\nemerged from diety to protect Ja�a\n\n37-38\n\nBharata, 327\n\nquoted on devotional service as greatest\ngain, 241\n\n320\n\nquoted on devotional service as never in\n\nsudra leader of dacoits wanted to worship,\n\nvain, 422\n\nBhadrasena\nas son of �abhadeva, 152\n\nquoted on difficulty of overcoming divine\nenergy, 127\n\nBhadrasva\n\nas son of Piirvacitti and Agnidhra, 104\n\nBhagavad-glta\nArjuna\n\naddresses\n\nKrg1a\n\nas\n\npur�am\n\nquoted on disciplic succession, 40, 355\nquoted on encouraging ignorant to work\nin spirit of devotion, 186\n\ncidyam in, 82\ncharacteristic dharma explained in, 194\n\nquoted on faithless rituals, 255\n\ncited on practicing yoga with half-open\n\nquoted on flowery words of Vedas, 376\n\ncited on temporary pains and pleasures,\n\nquoted on full surrender to spiritual\n\ncited on good rebirth of a devotee, 307\neyes, 85\n\nquoted on experiencing higher taste, 6\nquoted on falldown of devotee, 66\nquoted on full surrender to Kr�1.1a, 30\n\n404\nquoted on acting for satisfaction of the\n\nmaster, 403\nquoted on giving up all varieties of\n\nLord, 33\nquoted on acttvtttes performed for\nsatisfaction of Kr�1.1a, 14 7\nquoted on association with material\n\nreligion, 136\nquoted on goal of living entities, 244\nquoted on happiness and distress, 274\nquoted on highest yogi, 45, 361\nquoted on immortality of soul, 341\nquoted on incarn ation to rectify\n\nnature, 309\nquoted on attaining certain bodies after\ndeath, 107\n\nquoted on attainment of Kr�'.la's abode,\n227\nquoted on bewilderment of soul, 382\nquoted on bodily encagement, 363\nquoted on coming to transcendental platform, 33, 380-381\nquoted on constant hearing and chanting,\n300\nquoted on control of Lord over living entities, 394\n\nmismanagement, 408-409\nquoted on inexpensive worship of the\n\nLord, 262\nquoted on knowing that Kr�'.la is everything, 172\nquoted on knowledge destroying reactions to material activities, 172\nquoted on Kr�'.la as friend to devotee, 122\nquoted on Kr�'.la as original cause, 412\nquoted on KJ;\"�'.Ia as source of spiritual and\nmaterial worlds, 197\n\n", "SB5.1#p0512": "General Index\nBhagavad-gitii\n\n489\n\nBhagavad-gitii\n\nquoted on Kr�f.la as supreme truth, 113\n\nquoted on regulative ·principles, 276\n\nquoted on Kr�f.la being covered from\n\nquoted on result of hearing and chanting,\n\nfoolish and unintelligent, 187\nquoted on Kr�1.1a enlightening devotees,\n21\n\n239-240\nquoted on sacrifice, charity and penance,\n222\n\nquoted on Kr�1.1a 's human form, 192\n\nquoted on soul never burned by fire, 229\n\nquoted on lifetime of Brahma, 41\n\nquoted on state of mind at death, 297\n\nquoted on living entity in false ego, 414\n\nquoted on stringent laws of nature, 23\n\nquoted on Lord as director of wanderings\n\nquoted on struggling with mind and\n\nof living entities, 211\nquoted on Lord in the heart, 267, 390\nquoted on losing intelligence due to lust,\n90\nquoted on material and spiritual energy,\n410\nquoted on material energy, 278\nquoted on material nature, 255\nquoted on maya acting on behalf of\nKr�f.la, 90\nquoted on mind at time of death, 422\nquoted on mode of passion, 350\nquoted on no loss in devotional service,\n69\nquoted on objective of Vedas, 377\nquoted on occasions for Kr�1.1a descending, 135\nquoted on overcoming mode of nature,\n351\nquoted on offering everything to Lord,\n189\nquoted on offerings to Kr�f.la, 117\n\nsenses, 223\nquoted on studying Vedas to understand\nKr�f.la, 201\nquoted on surrender to Kr�f.la, 254\nquoted on taking shelter of Vasudeva.\n173\nquoted on those who do not follow injunctions of Vedas, 28\nquoted on those who engage in devotional\nservice, 10\nquoted on tolerating pleasure and pain.\n181\nquoted on total surrender, 192\nquoted on transcending modes of nature.\n314-315, 379, 386\nquoted on transferal to higher planets. 81\nquoted on tree of material world. 453\nquoted on two kinds of living entities.\n391\nquoted on unattached work. 256\nquoted on understanding Lord only bv\ndevotional service. 5. 116\n\nquoted on performance of sacrifice, 199\nquoted on perfect yogi, 383\n\nquoted on understanding Supreme Lord\n\nquoted on pious men rendering service to\n\nquoted on understanding transcendental\n\nKr�f.la, 129\nquoted on Pitrloka, 80\nquoted on platform of paramaluuhs a, 319\nquoted on process of rescue from birth\nand death, 309-310\nquoted on purpose of an incarnation. 150\n\nby devotional service. 111\nnature of Kr�f.la ·s appearance. 166.\n182\nquoted on unmanifested form of the\nLord. 394\nquoted on using up pious activities. 377\nquoted on Vasudeva as everything. 52\n\nquoted on purpose of Kr�1.1a 's advent, 122\n\nquoted on women becoming polluted. 100\n\nquoted on reaching state of God-realiza-\n\nquoted on work for Vi�l_lu. 255\n\ntion, ll4\nquoted on realizing Brahman, 183\n\nquoted on working of material naturr.\n390\n\n", "SB5.1#p0513": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n490\n\nBhagavad-gita\n\nquoted on worshiping demigods, 81\nquoted on yajna, 141, 254\nquoted on Yogesvara, 57\nspoken to Arjuna, 359-360\nBhagavan\nalways beyond material world, 90\nKr�Qa as, 82\nBhagavan\n\nuse of word explained, 141\nBhagavan adi-pur�a/:1.\n\nKr�Qa as, 82\nBhakta\n\nuntouched by any tinge of karma and\njnana, 172\nBhakti\n\nconclusion of, 206\ninitiation unto, 130\nSupreme Lord understood only by, 5\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\ncited on blessings of a V ai�Qava, 19\ncited on result of devotional service, 5\nquoted on approaching spiritual master,\n181\n\nquoted on engaging in ��Qa consciousness, 367\nquoted on instructions received from\nVedic literature, 150\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura\ncited on beating the mind, 398\ncited on controlling the mind, 225\nwanted to reestablish daiva-varruJJrama,\n47\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\nas householder, 35\nquoted on sleeping conditioned soul,\n439-440\n\nquoted on surrender to Supreme Lord,\n323\n\nquoted on waves of material nature, 350\n382\n\nBhakti-yoga\n\nas acknowledged path of liberation, 181\nas perfection of life, 377\nhouseholder should endeavor to earn\nmoney for execution of, 169\n\nBhakti-yoga\n\nknowledge attained by practice of, 220\n��abhadeva's sons instructed to practice,\n180\n\nshould be taught to relieve living entities\nfrom bondage, 165\nSee also: Devotional service\nBhaktyaham ekaya grahya/:1.\n\nquoted, 5\nBhaktya mam abhijanati\n\nquoted, 5, Ill, 116\nBharata-bhamite haifa man�ya\n\nverse quoted, 151, 235\nBharata Maharaja\naffectionate to the citizens, 250\nas eldest son of �abhadeva, 151,\n207\n\nbeauty of described, 265\nchanted mantra, 270\nfive sons of, 249\nrejected his mother, 190\nruled entire globe, 248\nsacrifices performed by, 251\nsaved infant deer, 273\ntook birth in pure brahmar_w family,\n307\n\nBharata-var�a\nconsidered most pious land, 235\nlndra stopped pouring water on, 141\nNabhi as Emperor of, 131\nnamed in honor of Bharata, 151\nthis planet known as, 3\nBlwktaram yajna-tapasam\nquoted, 254\n\nBhiiloka\ncreated by Priyavrata, 59\nBhii-maQ<;Iala\nSee: Bhiiloka\nBhamir apo 'nalo vayu/:1.\nverses quoted, 412\nBhatva bhatva prali:yate\n\nquoted, 90\nBilvamangala Thakura\nbehavior of changed by· words of prostitute, lO\nquoted on mukti, 241\n\n", "SB5.1#p0514": "491\n\nGeneral Index\nBrahma\n\nBirth\ncontinues for one interested in karma and\n\nlifetime of, 41\nLord unseen by, 129\n\njiiiina, 172\ndanger if repeated, 310\n\none should offer respects to. 255\n\ndevotee doesn't care for repeated, 126\n\nprayer in Vedas to quoted, 19\n\none may take shelter of Vasudeva after\n\nSatyaloka as abode of, 15\n\nmany, 173-174\none who understands l<r��a's appearance\n\nsent Piirvacitti to Agnidhra, 82-83, 190\n\nsent Piirvacitti to produce progeny, 102\n\nSupreme Lord superior to, 202\n\ndoesn't take material, 166\nspiritual master, etc. must be able to\n\nunion of Agnidhra and Piirvacitti suitable by grace of, 103\n\ndeliver dependents from, 189\n\nworshiped by Agnidhra, 80\n\nBlasphemy\n\nworshiped by Piirvacitti, 105\n\nSee: Offenses\n\nworshiped in marriage ceremonies. 10 1\n\nBody, material\nacquired by association with modes of\n\nBrahma-bhuta/:1. prasanniitmii\nverses quoted, 183, 244\n\nnature, 26-27, 29-31\nas cause of misery, 170\n\nBrahmaciiri\n\ndevotees know soul is separate from, 331\n\nmust refrain from sex, 3\n\ndifferent kinds of miseries suffered\n\nobserves religious principles, 135\n\nm,\n\n165\n8,400,000 types of, 309\nghost has no, 196\nmade of earth and stone, 406\npains and pleasures of as superfluous,\n346\npains and pleasures of temporary, 404\nprescribed methods enabling one to give\nup, 180-181\nl;t�abhadeva doesn't possess, 2 11\nuntil one has love for Vasudeva one must\naccept, 173\nBody, spiritual\nMayiiviidi can't conceive of, 192\nprescribed methods enabling one to accept original, 180-18 1\n�abhadeva possessed, 2 16\n\nBrahmacarya\nas division of society, 78\nrules and regulations of.314\nBrahmiidya yajnavalkiidya\nverses quoted, 176\nBrahma-jijntisii\nas search for Absolute Truth. 183\nBrahmajyoti\nall universes resting on. 4 15\nas expansion of rays of body of Vasudeva.\n394\nBrahman\nas bodily rays of Supreme Lord. 416\nbriihma7J.a as worshiper of. 197\nimpersonalist seeks happiness in. 168\njiiiinis satisfied to merge into. 4\njiiiinis worship. 257-258\none without knowledge of devotional ser­\n\nBrahmii\naddressed as bhagaviin, 14 1\nApsarii sent by, 84\nas authority and exalted personality. 116\nas father of Narada, 17\nas first created being, 14\nas master of those in charge of material\ncreation, 80\n\nvice falls down from. 172\none who is transcendentally situated realizes. 183\none\n\nwho performs devotional serv1rt'\n\ncomes to level of.309\nBrahma7J.a\nas division of society. 78\n\ndirect sons of as superior to lndra, 196\n\nas good as Lord's own mouth. 132\n\nfamily not cause of bondage for. 176-177\n\nas superior to Supreme Lord. 196-197\n\n", "SB5.1#p0515": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n492\nBrahmar_ta\n\nBrahma satyaril jagan mithya\n\nBharata took birth in family of, 307, 308\n\nquoted, 71\nBrahmavarta\n\nbirth in family of, 307\ndoes not need encouragement from opposite sex, 55\n\nas son of �abhadeva, 152\n�abhadeva left, 207\n\nexpert is rare, 6\n\nBrahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan\n\nmeant to instruct the �atriyas, 157-158\nno one equal or superior to, 199\n\nquoted, 378\n\nBrhan-niiradiya Puriir_ta\nquoted on chanting holy name, 31\n\noffense against is dangerous, 358\nPiirvacitti referred to as, 94, 95\n��abhadeva\n\nentrusted\n\ninto\n\nhands\n\nof,\n\nc\n\n144-145\nstudies Vedas, 200\nwanted\n\n��abhadeva\n\nto\n\nrule\n\nearth,\n\n138-139\nworshiped by Mahanija Nabhi, 148\n\nBrahmaTJ4a bhramite !rona\nverse quoted, 174, 398\n\nBrahmar_t0 hi prati$fhaham\nquoted, 415\n\nBrahma-samhita\ncited on different planetary systems, 17\ncited on worship of demigods in relation\nto Govinda, 159\ndemigod worship mentioned in, 254\nquoted on beauty of Lord in His original\nnature, 112\nquoted on Brahman effulgence, 394\n\nCaitanya-bhagavata\nquoted on offenses against Vai��avas, 370\n\nCaitanya-candramrta\nquoted on practice of yoga, 85\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta\nevolution explained in, 197\nposition of pure Vai��avas explained in,\n\n202\nquoted\n\non\n\nassociation\n\nof\n\ndevotees,\n\n127-128\nquoted on a v o i d i n g association of\nmaterialists, 168\nquoted on fulfilling desires, 217\nquoted on \"good and bad\"\" as mental\nspeculation, 320\n\nquoted on devotees as never vanquished,\n\nquoted\n\n297\nquoted on devotee's seeing Lord in heart,\n52\n\nspiritual master, 174\nquoted on seeing materialists engaged in\n\nquoted on forms of Supreme Lord, 260\nquoted on Govinda, 116\nquoted on indemnification of devotees'\nmisdeeds, 295\n\non\n\nliving\n\nentity\n\ncontacting\n\nsense gratification, 89\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\ncited on giving up women and money,\n\n455\ncited on mad elephant offenses, 358\n\nquoted on Kr�l)a as ultimate cause, 414\n\nexplains position of pure Vai��avas, 202\n\nquoted on Lord in every atom, 204\n\nmission of, 236\n\nquoted on sun as eye of Lord, 57, 287\n\nprotects preachers, 39\n\nquoted on Supreme Lord as cause of all\n\nquoted on approaching Supreme Lord,\n126\n\ncauses, 401\nquoted on Supreme Lord\"s body. 191\nquoted on the Lord in the universe and\natom, 267\nquoted on worship of Durga, 254\n\nquoted on Bharata-var�a, 235\nquoted on forbidden acts, 251-252\nquoted on medicine of maha-mantra,\n440\n\n", "SB5.1#p0516": "493\n\nGeneral Index\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nquoted on receiving seed of devotional\nservice, 398\nquoted on special importance of people in\nIndia, 151\nquoted on taking shelter of Lord's lotus\nfeet, 63-64\nrecommended chanting maha-mantra,\n\n360\nstrictly prohibited talk of worldly matters, 420\nwarns against becoming attracted to\nbeautiful women, 88\n\nChanting\nhouseholder should have full opportunity\nfor, 169\nof Lord's qualities wipes out sins, 115\nof mantra by Bharata, 270\nof mantras by bumblebees, 93\nChastity\nwomen need protection to maintain. 106\nChildren\nAgnidhra wanted wife to produce. 102\nborn to human beings and Apsaras. 105\nBrahma interested in good, 100\ndevotees not entangled by happiness of.\n\nwarns against offenses to Vai�ryavas. 8-9,\n\n368-369\n\n82\ngarbhadhana-sarilskara performed to\nproduce good. 81\n\nCamasa\nas son of ��abhadeva, 153\n\nCar.uf,ala\n\npolluted women produce unqualified. 106\nprotection of inhabitants of Jambiidvipa\ncompared to that of. 78\n\npurified by holy name, 64-65\n\nthose interested in reviving K_r�rya con­\n\nCandra\n\nsciousness aren't attached to. 169\n\nas lord of moon, 15\nCaturmasya system\npracticed for promotion to higher pianets,\n\n377\nCatur-varr:�yam maya smam\nquoted, 144\n\nCatur-vidhd bhajante mdril\nverses quoted, 129\nCelibacy\nl_{�abhadeva's sons instructed to observe.\n\n180\n\nCintamar:�i-prakara-sadmasu\nverses quoted, 116\nCleanliness\nabandoned in Kali-yuga, 232\nas part of regulations of brahmaca rya,\n\n314\nConditioned souls\n\nbrahmar:�as preach purpose of Vedas to.\n200\ncompared to merchants in the forest.\n\nsex with one's wife as. 181\n\nCeto-darpar:�a-mdrjanaril\nquoted, 70\nCh&;liya vai$r:tava-sevii nistdra\nquoted, 12\nChalayasi vikramar:te balim\nverse quoted, 63\n\n428-462\ncompared to monkeys. 451\n\nhave tendency toward sex and meateating. 325\n\nsleeping in material world. 439-440\n\nConsciousness\n\nbecomes fixed upon experiencing highrr\ntaste, 114\n\nChandogya Upani$ad\n\ncited on eight symptoms of jivan-mukta,\n\nof living for sense gratification leads to\nhellish condition. 170\n\n145-146\nquoted on cause of all causes. 411\n\nChanting\n\nBharata always engaged in. 309\n\nheart cleansed by constant. 123\n\npurified by receiving Lord's blessings.\n\n120\nCupid\nbears arrow of flowers. 87\n\n", "SB5.1#p0517": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n494\n\nCupid\none under control of becomes stunned, 88\n\nD\nDaivi hy e�a gur:uzmayi\n\nverse quoted, 127. 351\n\nDak�a\n\nDemigods\nApsara could attract minds of, 87\n\nas different parts of Vasudeva's body,\n253\n\nas servants of the Lord, 159\nas superior to asuras, 196\n\nhave their own abodes, 15\n\nmaterial activities observed and recorded\nby, 431\n\nas direct son of Brahma, 196\n\nmust be able to deliver dependents from\n\nquoted, 67\n\norder Apsaras to descend to earth, 105\n\nDal.l4avat-prar:uJ,ma.s tan\nDasaratha Maharaja\n\nVisvamitra came to court of, 355\n\nDasyu-dharma\nm\n\nDeath\n\nKali-yuga government is entrusted\n\nwith, 79\n\nAgnidhra promoted to Pitrloka after, 107\n\nalways comes at the right time, 314\ncompared to elephant, 451\n\ncompared to venomous snake, 295\n\ncontinues for one interested in karma and\n\njiiana, 172\n\ndanger of repeated, 310\n\nHari can save one from, 448\n\nmind absorbed at time of, 422\n\nnone in Satyaloka, 41-42\n\nof black doe, 273\nof Ja<;la Bharata's parents, 313-315\nremembering Lord at time of, 124\nspiritual assured by household life, 4\nspiritual master, etc. must be able to\ndeliver dependents from, 189\n\nDeha-smrti nahi yara, sarilsara\nquoted, 210, 318, 347\n\nDehino 'smin yatha dehe\n\nquoted, 363\nDeity\nappears out of causeless mercy, 121\ndevotees worship Supreme Lord as, 258\nworship should be performed by householder, 169\nDemigods\nAgnidhra's intelligence like that of, 102\nall belong to material world, 90\n\nbirth and death, 189\n\nreligions devoted to worship of, 181\n\nSupreme Lord as ruler of, 131\nSupreme Lord unseen by, 129\nunder control of Lord, 23\n\nwan ted\n\nJ.l.�abhadeva\n\nto\n\nrule\n\nearth,\n\n138-139\n\nworship of mentioned in Vedas, 377\nworshiped by sudras, 321\n\nDemons\n\nassociate of Kali were, 329\n\ncan be killed by Kr�t:�a 's agents, 122\n\nruling earth results in chaos, 194\n\nDesires\n\ndevotion as devoid of material, 127\n\nof\n\nliving\n\nentity\n\nu nderstood\n\nby\n\nParamatma, 83\nunalloyed devotee free from material,\n175\nDevavili\nas daughter of Meru, 108\nDevayani\n\nas daughter of Orjasvati, 62\n\nDevotees\n\nAbsolute Truth understood only by\nmercy of, 418-419\nacquire good qualities of the Lord, 12-13\nalone are on transcendental platform,\n37-39\nalways anxious to see Lord, 122\nalways free from material contamination,\n256\nas highly advanced spiritual personalities,\n167\nas liberated persons, 5\n\n", "SB5.1#p0518": "495\n\nGeneral Index\n\nDevotional service\none may forget Lord at death even though\n\nDevotees\nas servants of servants of Lord, 40\n\nengaged in, 124\n\nbathe in devotional service for relief,\n\none must engage in to get out of karma­\n\n241\n\nbandha, 309\n\ndesire transference back to Godhead, 82\n\none who engages in transcends modes of\n\ndon't speak ordinary words, 359-360\n\nnature, 309\n\nfree from reactions to sin, 10\nhave no attraction for household life, 3\n\nprocess of found in Lord· s heart, 191\n\nnever allured by beautiful women, 85\n\npurifies one's existence, 166\n\nnever forget their devotional activities,\n\nSupreme Lord understood by, 111\nthose engaged in should avoid seeing\n\n336\nof Kall not favored by her, 329\n\nbeautiful women, 88\n\nof Vi��:tu as His expanions, 98\n\ntwo kinds of impediments to, 8-10\n\nI,t�abhadeva always thinks of welfare of.\n191\n\nDharma\nfirst principle of, 78\n\nI,t�abhadeva's sons instructed to associate\nwith, 180\n\nI,t�abhadeva 's heart composed of, 192\nword never\n\nshould read, speak and hear Bluigavatam\npersistently, 239\n\nused in connection with\n\nanimals, 136\n\nSupreme Lord affectionate to, 124\n\nDharma� svan�!hita� purilstiril\nverses quoted, 311\n\nSupreme Lord satisfies desires of, 111\n\nDharmam tu sak$ad bhagavat\n\ntranscend influence of six material whips,\n62-65\n\nquoted, 136\n\nDhira\n\nwanted by Lord to rule earth, 194\n\nknows primary duty of human being.\n\nworshiping lotus feet of great, 127\n\n91\nDhiimraketu\n\nDevotional service\n\nbrahmarJ.a in dynasty of Ailgira was\nengaged in, 307\n\nas son of Bharata, 249\nDhyanavasthita-tad-gatena manasti\nquoted, 85\n\nas main way to satisfy Lord, 118\n\nbrtihmarJ.a always engaged in, 202-203\n\nDhyeya� sada savitr-maTJ.l!,ala\nquoted, 266. 267\n\ndevotees bathe in for relief, 241\nengagement in penance and austerity\nleads to, 165\n\nDisciplic succession\none must receive instructions of Lord\n\nfour kinds of pious men render, 130\nignorant people should be engaged In,\n\nthrough, 40\nroyal order on same platform as saintlv\npersons through, 355\n\n185\nDisease\n\nJa�a Bharata knew results of, 311\nJa�a\n\nB harata's\n\nst ep-brot hers\n\nnot\n\nat\n\nknowledge not sought out by one engaged\n\nll6\nLord understood only by, 5\nmind conquered by, 397-398\nno loss or diminution in. 69\n\nmay\n\ncause\n\nforget£ulness\n\nof\n\ncontinues for one interested in karma and\n\njiiiina, I 72\n\nin, 183-184\nLord reveals Himself to one engaged in,\n\ndeath\n\nKr�l)a, 124\n\nenlightened in, 316\n\nDistress\none is fit for eternal life if he is callous to.\n319-320\nDivine energy\nSee: Energy. internal\n\n", "SB5.1#p0519": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n496\nDrumila\n\nEnvy\n\nas son of (l.�abhadeva, 153\n\nmaterialist creates society of, 187\n\nDurdantendriya-kiila-sarpa-pa!ali\n\nEtasya va ak§arasya pra5asane gargi\n\nquoted, 35, 85\n\nquoted, 23\n\nDurga\n\nEvaril parampara praptam\n\nBrahma-sarilhita\n\nexplains\n\nworship\n\nof,\n\nquoted, 40, 355\nEvolution\n\n254\n\ndescription of, 196-198\n\nOurvasa\n\nperfection of, 199\n\nAmbari�a offended by. 457-458\n\nExpansion\n\nDuryodhana\n\nof Lord in womb of Merudevi, 133\n\nnever wanted by Kr��a as emperor, 194\n\nPiirvacitti falsely considered one of\n\nDuties\n\nVi��u, 97-98\n\nBharata neglected spiritual, 307\n\n&abhadeva as partial, 217\n\nNabhi performed prescribed, 112\nof evacuating, urinating and bathing per­\n\nEvaril sarvaril tatha prakrtvayai\nquoted, 414\n\nformed in the morning, 270\nof executive head of state, 78\nthose interested in reviving Kr��a con­\n\nF\n\nsciousness aren't indifferent to executing, 169\nuseless if not done for Supreme Lord, 311\n\nFaith\nadvanced devotees don't put in mind,\n\n'Dvaite' bhadrabhadra-jfW.na\nverse quoted, 320\n\n222\nin Lord and spiritual master, 13\n\nDvija\nPiirvacitti addressed as, 95\n\nFalse ego\nas function of mind, 389\ncan be given up by practicing bhakti­\n\nE\n\nyoga, 180\nFame\n\nEcstatic symptoms\nmanifest in body of advanced devotee.\n\nas one of six opulences of God, 139\nFamily\ncompared to high mountains, 438\n\n264\nof �abhadeva, 218\n\nFamily life\nSee: Household life\n\nEkale iSvara kmza, lira saba bhrtya\nquoted, 159, 349\nElements\n\nFood\nJa�a Bharata would eat any that came,\n\nas material cause, 389-390\nfive material, 381\nEnechi a�adhi maya ruiSibara liigi\nquoted, 440\n\n318\nJa�a Bharata would work only for, 319\noffered to brahmai)CIS in all rituals, 132\noffered\n\nelements of, 191\nis separated from Kr��a, 410\nEnvy\n\nto\n\nLord\n\nthrough\n\nout of, 327\n\nof\n\nForms\nSupreme Lord exists 111 transcendental,\n260\n\ndacoits wanted to sacrifice Ja�a Bharata\n\nmouth\n\nbrahmar_ta, I 99\n\nEnergy, external\n\nFruitive activities\nchanting saves one from, 309\n\n", "SB5.1#p0520": "497\n\nGeneral Index\nFruitive activities\n\ncolor mind of person engaged in karma,\n171\n\nencouraged by �g.\n\nSarna and\n\nYajur\n\nVedas, 316\n\ninhabitants of Pitrloka in category of, 80\nJaqa Bharata knew results of, 311\n\nmind of ignorant living entity subjugated\nto, 173\n\nperformed for self-interest, 119\n\nGayatri mantra\n\nHiral).maya worshiped by, 265-266\n\nJaqa Bharata did not learn, 313\n\nquoted on planetary systems, 59\nGhost\n\nas superior to human being, 196\n\n�abhadeva appeared as if haunted by,\n213\n\nl_t�abhadeva\n\npassed\n\npriests considered themselves under in­\n\nsociety like a, 208\nGhrtapr��ha\n\nshould be avoided by ignorant people,\n\nGiridhara Gosvlimi\n\nfluence of, 130\n\n185\n\nSukracarya inclined to, 189\n\nunalloyed devotee untouched by, 175\n\nG\nGa�qaki River\n\nBharata Maharaja collected water of,\n262\nBharata sat by to chant, 270\n\nsiilagriima-siliis found in, 261\n\nGandhamlidana Hill\n\nas place of Priyavrata's meditation, 15,\n16, 19\n\nGandharvaloka\n\nresidents of expert in musical science, 17\n\nGandharvas\n\nas superior to ghosts, 196\n\nGanges\norigin of, 63\nGarbhiidhiina-sarilskiira\nperformance of, 81\nGarbhodakasayi Vi��u\nmerges in body of Maha-Vi��u, 52\nGarga Upani$ad\n\nquoted on control of Lord over everything, 23\nGata-sangasya muktasya\nverses quoted, 256\n\nGautamiya-tantra\nquoted on devotees' offerings to Kr��a,\n117\n\nthrough\n\nhuman\n\n�s son of Priyavrata, 48\n\ncited on Agnidhra as product of lusty conception, 81\n\nGoddess of fortune\n\nGovinda served by, 116\n\nGoloka Vrndavana\n\nmahii-mantra imported from, 44\n\npromotion to, 107\n\nGolokera prema-dhana, hari-niima\n\nverse quoted, 43\nGoodness, mode of\n\naccepted as best in material world, 379\n\nGoptri ca tasya prakrtis\nverses quoted, 414\n\nGosvlimis\n\ngave up exalted positions to become men­\n\ndicants, 49\nGovinda\n\nas name of Kr��a, 159\nas primeval Lord, 116\n\nGovindam iidi-purU$ari'l tam\nquoted, 82, 159\nGrhastha\n\nas division of society, 78\ncan conquer lusty desires of youth. 36\n\nobserves religious principles. 135\n\nneeds encouragement of his wife. 55\n\nshould have enough money to maintain\nbody and soul together. 169\nGrhe vii vanete thiike, 'lui gauriinga\n\nquoted, 34\nGuru\n\nmust prove his position. 357\n\nnecessity of approaching. 3b2\n\n", "SB5.1#p0521": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n498\nGuru\n\nHavi\nto become attached to devotional service\non must contact. 173\none must approach a. 403\nSee also: Spiritual master\n\nH\nHappiness\ndevotees not entangled by material. 82\nenjoyed according to destiny. 214\neternal. blissful life as transcendental to\nmaterial, 165\nLord as bestower of all heavenly, 202\nmaterial as insignificant. 378-379\nmaterial comes without effort, 279\nmaterial compared to drop of water m\ndesert. 436\nnone in material world, 427\nnonpermanent appearance and disappearance of. 211\none is fit for eternal life if he is callous to.\n319-320\n\nPiirvacitti a n d A g nidh r a enjoy ed\nheavenly, 103\nsarikirtana-yajiia must be performed in\norder to get material. 141-142\nsought by living entity life after life, 166\ntwo types of maha.tmas want eternal, 168\nHarer nama harer nama harer namaiva\nverse quoted, 31\nHari\nbecomes visible to His devotee, 260\ncan save one from death, 448\nSee also: Kr��a\nHari-bhakti-vilasa\nquoted on devotees· offerings to Kr��a.\n117\n\nHaridasa Thakura\nCaitanya accepted as ruimacarya, 311\ngrace of saves on from allurement of\nwomen, 224\nHarivar�a\nas son of Agnidhra and Piirvacitti. 104\n\nas son of �abhadeva, 153\nHearing\nhouseholder should have full opportunity\nfor, 169\nHearl\na yogi always thinks of Supreme Lord\nwithin his, 85\nbecomes peaceful from eating grains, 199\ncleansed by constant chanting, 123\neveryone's desires fulfilled by Lord in,\n122\n\nof Bharala like a lake of ecstatic love, 264\nof ��abhadeva composed of dharma, 192\nson born from father's, 193-194\nVi��u informs Brahma from within, 83\nof male and female tied together m\nmaterial existence. 176\nof �abhadeva as spiritual, 191\npurified by penance and austerity, 165\nslackening of knot in, 177\nHeaven\nSee: Heavenly planets\nHeavenly planets\nAgnidhra prepared to go to, 102\ndeveloping interest in promotion to,\n173\n\nHell\n\nlndra as King of, 202\nLord can offer elevation to, 125\nreturn of Menaka to, 105\n\nAgnidhra prepared to go to, 102\nassociates of people fond of women and\nsex are on path lo, 167\nHippies\noriginated from King Arhat, 232\nHira�maya\nas Lord Naraya�a within the sun, 265\nas son of Piirvaciui and Agnidhra, 104\nHirar:tyagarbha/:t samavartatagre\nprayer quoted, 19\nHira�yakasipu and Hira�yak�a\nwere formerly Jaya and Vijaya, 9\nHira�yareta\nas son of Priyavrala, 48\n\n", "SB5.1#p0522": "499\n\nGeneral Index\nHoly name\n\nlk�vaku Maharaja\n\neveryone should be given chance to hear,\n31\n\nas son of Vaivasvata Manu, 42\nRamacandra appeared in dynasty of, 237\n\nHaridasa 'fhakura as authority in chanting of, 311\npurifies even car.u,liila, 64-65\nHousehold life\n\nlla�ta\n\nas son of Agnidhra and Piirvacitti, 104\n\nllavarta\n\nas son of �abhadeva, 152\n\nas dark well, 4\n\nIllusory energy\n\nas institution of sex, 446, 451\nas root cause of bondage of karma, 3-4\ncompared to forest fire, 433-434\n\nSee: Illusion\nIllusion\nas thinking in terms of \"I and mine\".\n176\n\nfather should instruct sons before retiring from, 207\n\ncreated by relationship between man and\n\nreduced in Kali-yuga, 438\n\nwoman, 176\n\nremaining satisfied in, 175\n\ngiving up basic principle of, 177\n\nretirement from, 438\n\none who doesn't worship great devotees is\n\nsex as center of, 431\nwife helps husband perform penances in,\n100\n\nconquered by, 127\n1mpersonalists\nas highly advanced spiritual personalities.\n\nHr$ike� hr$ikesa sevanam bhaktir\nquoted, 34, 85\n\n167\nIncarnations\n\nHuman life\n\ndescription of bodily symptoms of. 139\n\nmission of defeated by household life,\n3 4\nHumility\n\nof Lord don't accept material bodies. 135\nVedas as sound incarnation, 200\n\n-\n\nof Apsara, 87\n\nIndia\ncommon belief of importance of breastfeeding in, 106\n\nI\n\nmen still sacrificed to Kali in parts of. 322\nsinful\n\na c t i v i t i e s now prominently\n\nmanifested in, 79\n!dam hi viSvam bhagaviin ivetara�\nquoted, 410\nldhmajihva\nas son of Priyavrala, 48\nIgnorance\nbinds one to chain of material laws,\n175\nin Kali-yuga people overwhelmed by,\n141, 234\nliving entities covered by mode of, 173\nmaterialist doesn't know real self-interest\ndue to, 187\nmi cries arise from, 171\n\n!lui yasya harer diisye karmcu:lii\nverse quoted, 35\n\nlndra\nas arm of Supreme Lord. 253\nas superior demigod. 1 OS. 196\nbecame envious of �abhadeva. 141\ndescribed as bhagaviin, 141\nJayanti offered to ��abhadeva bY.\n149-150\nSupreme Lord superior to. 202\nlndrasprk\nas son of �abhadeva, 152\nIntelligence\nas dovetailing everything in service of\nLord, 23\nas element of material energy. 191\nlost due to lust. 90\n\n", "SB5.1#p0523": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n500\nIntelligence\n\nJanardana\nas internal and external director, 415\n\nof Agnidhra as dull, 92\nof Agnidhra like that of demigod, 102\n\n]anmddy asya yataf_l,\nquoted, 14, 412\n\nof one who doesn't worship great devotees is bewildered, 127\n\n]anma karma ca me divyam\nverses quoted, 166, 182,189, 227\n\nof priests not very sharp, 129\nof Rahiiga1_1a Maharaja not perfect, 403\n\nJaya and Vijaya\n\nPiirvacitti attracted by Agnidhra's, 103\nISKCON\n\nbecame Lord's enemies for three lives, 9\nJayadeva Gosvanu\n\nKr�l.Ja-Balarama temple constructed by,\ntries to\n\nquoted on Vamanadeva, 63\nJayanti\n\n438\nperfect\n\none\n\nwho\n\nas wife of �abhadeva, 149-150\n\nenters the\n\nsociety, 301\n\nJnana\nperfection as being fully equipped with\n\nlsopani:jad\nLord described as apapaviddha in, 20-21\n\nvijnana and, 182\n\npure devotee not influenced by, 130\n\nlsvaraf_l, paramaf_l, kmuz/.£\nquoted. 191,414\n\n]nanaril parama-guhyaril me yad\nquoted, 182\n\nlsavasyam idaril sarvam\n\n]nanis\n\nquoted, 204\n\naspire after liberation, 217-218\n\nlsvara/.£ sarva-bhutandril\n\nas superior to karmis, 198\n\nverses quoted, 211\n\nJ\n\nmust return to material world, 172\nsatisfaction of, 4\nworship impersonal Brahman, 257-258\n\n]yotir Veda\ncited on orbit of sun, 59-60\n\nJacJa Bharata\nalways carried form of Lord in his heart,\n343-344\n\nK\n\nas young and strong, 335\nbody of described, 318\nBrahman effulgence of not clearly visible,\n\nKabhu nd badhibe torndra vi:jaya\nverse quoted, 39\n\n339\n\nbrahmaiJa father of attached to, 313\n\nconsidered brainless by his stepbrothers,\n316\nunfit to enter grhastha-asrama, 310\nJain dharma\nJains\n\nbeginning of, 230-231\n\nrefer to Lord f:l.�abhadeva as their original\npreceptor, 234\n\nJambiidvipa\n\nKadamba flowers\n\nPiirvacitti's hips compared to, 94\n\nKalau sudra-sambhavaf_l,\nKali\n\nquoted, 434\nappearance of, 329\n\nsudra dacoits sacrifice men to, 322\nSee also: Bhadra Kali\n\nKali-yuga\n\nas age of sinful activity, 230-231\n\nAgnidhra as King of, 103\n\nattaining perfection in, 239\n\nAgnidhra's sons each received a kingdom\n\nchanting maha-mantra recommended in,\n\nin, 106\n\n31, 360\n\n", "SB5.1#p0524": "501\n\nGeneral Index\nKali-yuga\n\nKarmal}-ii daiva-netrel}-a\nquoted, 309\n\nfive acts forbidden in, 252\ngovernment leaders as tax collectors\n\nm\n\nKarmiil}-i nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhajam\nquoted, 295, 297\n\nage of, 79, 408\ngovernment leaders not advised b y\n\nKarmis\nas inferior to jiiiinis, 198\n\nbrahmal}-as in, 197\n\nattracted to gold or money, 430\n\npeople inclined to irreligious systems in,\n\nreferred to as pramatta, etc., 91\n\n232\n\nsatisfaction of, 3-4\n\npeople overwhelmed by passion and ignorance in, 234\n\nKarl)li�a\nI:{�abhadeva travelled to, 228\n\npeople uneducated in, 349\nqualities of those in, 434-435\n\nKata nidra yao maya\nquoted, 439\n\nreligious sects present different Gods in,\n132\n\nKa!ha Upani$ad\n\nscarcity of water in, 141\n\nquoted on blind leading the blind, 187\n\nsymptoms of predicted m Bhagavatam,\n\nquoted on sleeping conditioned souls,\n\n234\nKalki avatara\n\n440\n\nKaumara iicaret prajfw dharmiin\n\nbusiness of to kill atheists, 408\n\nKama e$a krodha e�a rajogul}-a\n\nquoted, 159\n\nKaunteya pratijan;:hi na me bhakta/.t\nquoted, 9, 10\n\nquoted, 350\n\nKamatmana/.t svarga-para\n\nKaustubha gem\ndecorates the Lord's body, 257-258\n\nverse quoted, 376\n\nworn by Vi�l)u, 113\n\nKank$anta/.t karmal}-iiril siddhim\nquoted, 81\n\nKavi\nas son of Priyavrata, 48\n\nKapiladeva\ndescribes different forms assumed by living entities, 336\n\nas son of �abhadeva, 153\n\nKecit sva-dehantar-hrdayavaka.Se\n\nJa<.la Bharata as direct representative of,\n362\n\nverses quoted, 258\nKesava\n\nKarabhajana\nas son of �abhadeva, 153\n\nKaral}-aril gul}-a-sarigo 'sya\nquoted, 309\n\nas name of Kr�r:Ja. 63\nKetu\nas son of �abhadeva. 152\nKetumala\n\nas son of Piirvacitti and Agnidhra. 104\n\nKarma\ndifferent bodies awarded according to,\n\nKika�\n\n309\nhas resultant actions, 171\n\nas son of �abhadeva. 152\nKirhpuru�a\n\nhousehold life as root cause of bondage\nof, 3-4\n\nKing\n\nas son of Agnidhra and Piirvacitti. 104\n\nmaterial conditions established by, 2.79\n\nduty of saintly. 144-145\n\npure devotee not influenced by, 130\n\nprotects\n\nKarma-ka1J4a\nonly required when there ts no Kr�r:Ja\nconsciousness, 311\n\ncitizens\n\nas\n\nfather protects\n\nchildren. 78\nshould be\n\nrepresentative\n\nLord. 408\n\nof Supreme\n\n", "SB5.1#p0525": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n502\n\nKinnaras\nas superior to Siddhas, 196\nKlrtanlya� sada hari�\nquoted. 240\nKnowledge\nas one of six opulences of God, 139\nas ultimate truth, 416\ncompared to sword, 423\ndestroys reactions to material activities,\n172\nis attained by practice of bhakti-yoga,\n220\nKr��a's name beyond conception of experimental, 115\nof Ja�a Bharata covered by his dirt, 318\nof Vasudeva requires many births to understand, 173\none who sees with equal vision has true,\n204\npure devotee can bestow on anyone, 419\n\nKr��a\nhad sixteen thousand wives, 13\nKesava as name of, 63\nknown as para-devatii, 90\nknown as Yogesvara, 57\none bound by knots of marriage forgets\nrelationship with, 176\none is promoted to Vrndlivana by always\nthinking of, 107\nquoted on transferral to Pitrloka, 81\nwanted Yudhi�\\hira as emperor of planet,\n194\nKmza bhuli' sei ji:va anadi\n\nverse quoted, 382\nKr��a consciousness\nas only hope to save world from devastation, 79\nbriihma� should preach, 201\n\ngovernment should raise subordinates to,\n165\n\nreceived by Brahmli through his heart, 21\n\nJa�a Bharata was complete in, 320\n\nrevealed to one with faith, 13\n\nmaterial attractions not agitating to one\n\n�abbadeva's sons instructed to acquire\nfrom right source, 180\nstrengthens detachment from material\nworld, 123\ntwo parts of Vedic, 14-15\nKoilka\n��abhadeva passed through province of,\n228\nKr��a\nAdhok�aja as name of, 456\nadvised Arjuna to ascend transcendental\nplatform, 314-315\nappeared in Yadu dynasty, 237\n\nas original person, 82\nas simple and by nature merciful, 369\nas son of Yasoda and Nanda, 143\nas the only master, 349\nas ultimate cause, 412-413\nchastised Arjuna, 375\nclaims to be father of all life forms, 336\ndescends to induce conditioned souls to\nsurrender, 201\nGovinda as name of. 159\n\nfixed in, 89\none who is developed in has no need of\nkarma-kiiiJ4,a, 311\nK$atriya\n\nadministers to state through vai.Syas and\n§ildras, 157-158\n\nAgnidhra as, 81\nas division of society, 78\nbirth in family of, 307\nneeds encouragement of wife, 55\nK$etrajfiam capi miiril viddhi\n\nquoted, 391\nK$1(1(! pu!Jye martya-lokam vi.Santi\n\nquoted, 81, 377\nKumliras\ntravel in guise of five-year-old boys,\n457\nKurikuma\nspread over Purvacitti's breasts, 96\nKuru\nas son of Piirvacitti and Agnidhra, 104\ndynasty glorious due to presence of Pa��avas,243\n\n", "SB5.1#p0526": "503\n\nGeneral Index\nLiving entities\n\nKusavarta\n\nas superior to dull matter, 196\n\nas son of �abhadeva, 152\n\nattracted to modes of material nature,\n\nKu�aka\n\n115\n\nJ:l.�abhadeva passed through province of,\n\nbound by activities due to modes. 309\n\n228\n\nbriihma�J,as as supreme, 200\n\nKu�kacala\n\ncan be manifested from matter, 196\n\n�abhadeva's body burnt tn forest fire\nnear, 229\n\ncan't think of getting out of material existence, 205\ncovered by ignorance don't understand\n\nL\n\nindividual living being, 173\ncreate\n\nLamentation\n\nof Prahlada Maharaja, 91\n\nthemsel ves,\n\nforced to appear by material nature, 135\n\n180\n\nhappiness as prerogative of, 436\n\nLata\n\nJaga Bharata as best friend of all, 327\n\nas daughter of Meru, 108\n\nlion's roar as frightening to all, 271\nLord directs wanderings of, 211\n\nl.iiva�J,yaril kesa-dhara�J.am\n\nquoted, 234\nattained\n\nam ong\n\nengaged as servants of maya, 367\n\nJ:l.�abhadeva's sons instructed to subdue,\n\nLiberation\n\nenmity\n\n442-443\n\nby\n\nmahatmas\n\nserving\n\nadvanced\n\nper­\n\n�abhadeva as best of alL 191\nJ:l.�abhadeva instructs sons to realize\n\n181\n\nby serving spiritual master, 12\n\nmiserable condition of, 180\n\nCaitanya doesn't want, 126\n\nsuffer in cycle of birth and death. 165\n\ndevotees do not accept service of, 17, 241\n\ntwo types of, 197, 391-392\n\ngiven by knowledge, 416\nLord can offer, 125\n\nof, 183\n\nsatisfaction of. 4\nwife helps further spiritual life and,\n176-177\n\nLiving entities\nas abode of Paramatma feature. 203-204\nas offspring of Vi�l).u. 406\nassume different bodily forms, 336\n\nbetween.\n\nParamatma understands desires of. 83\n\nbhakti-yoga as acknowledged path of,\n\nlotus feet of Kr�I:la as cause of, 45-46\nmind as cause of bondage or, 384- 387\nmust be worked out carefully, 274\nof Jada Bharata from material conception,\n318\none shouldn't become attached to process\n\ndistinguish\n\nnot connected with material world. 170\n\nsonalities, 167\n\njMnfs aspire after, 217-218\n\ndon't\n\n167\n\nVasudeva as reservoir of. 52\nLotus feet of Kr�I:�a\nas cause of liberation, 45-46\n\nBharata always thought of. 309\nBharata meditated on reddish. 264\n\ndevotees always take shelter at. 331\n\nLust\n\nmahatmas satiated by shade of. 6\n\nAgnidhra gazed upon Purvacitti·s hips\nand waist with, 94\nawakened by construction of women, 88\n\nmaterialist bound to material enjovment\nby. 187\nof Agnidhra not satisfied after Piir­\n\nvacitti's departure. 107\none surrenders to feel of woman when\nabsorbed in, 102\n\n", "SB5.1#p0527": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\nLust\n\nMahavira\n\nPriyavrata infatuated by, 81\n\nlived in complete celibacy, 49\n\ntakes away intelligence, 90\n\nMaha-Vi��u\n\nLusty desires\n\nas first pur�a-avatiira, 394\n\nSee: Lust\n\nGarbhodakasayi Vi��u merges in body of,\n52\nMalaya\nas son of �abhadeva, 152\n\nM\n\nMamaiviismso j'iva-loke\nverses quoted, 223\n\nMadhvacarya\n\nMama janmani janmaniSvare\n\ncited on engaging in devotional service,\ncited on those in bodily conception, 348\nquoted on Bharata-var�a, 236\n\nquoted, 23\n\nMam ca yo 'vyabhiciire�\n\nquoted on one who has clear vision, 204\nquoted on Vi��u as original cause, 414\n\nverse quoted, 37, 184, 309, 386\n\nMandiib- sumanda-matayabquoted, 231\n\nMadhavendra Puri\nquoted on rejection of regulative principles, 311\n\nMandara Hill\nAgnidhra went to, 80\n\nMadhya-lila\nquoted\n\nquoted, 126\n\nMama maya duratyaya\n\n181\n\nMan-manii bhava mad-bhakto\non\n\nCaitanya's\n\nprotection\n\nof\n\npreachers, 39\n\nMahiibhiirata\ncited on Vi��u as enjoyer of yajiia, 255\n\nMahii-mantra\n\nas medicine, 440\n\nchanting of recommended tn Kali-yuga,\n360\nimported from Goloka Vrndavana, 44\nMadhavendra Puri chanted underneath a\ntree, 311\n\noffenseless chanting of, 224\n\none should not renounce chanting of,\n222\nreminds one of Kr��a 's activities, 13\n\nverse quoted, 30, 70, 310, 417\n\nManus\nalmost\n\nall\n\nfrom\n\nfamily\n\nof\n\nprotection\n\nfor\n\nManu-sarilhitii\ncited\n\non\n\nnecessity\n\nof\n\nwomen, 106\n\nManu-smrti\nbriihma� advised king according to,\n144\nMan�yiiniiril sahasre$U kaScid\nquoted, 198\nMarici\naccompanied Brahma to see Priyavrata,\n15\n\nMahat-krpa vinii kona karme\nverse quoted, 128\n\nMarriage\n\nMahiitrniis\nrendering service to, 167\n\nMaterial bondage\n\nsatiated by shade of Lord's lotus feet, 6\n\ncome\n\nPriyavrata, 53\n\nBrahma worshiped in ceremonies, 101\n\nCaitanya doesn't want liberation from,\n126\n\nMahat-seviiril dviiram iihur\nquoted, 194\n\nservice to advanced personalities liberates\n\nMahavira\n\nunless on,e understands the self one is in,\n\nas son of Priyavrata, 48\n\none from, 167\n172\n\n", "SB5.1#p0528": "505\n\nGeneral Index\nMaterial existence\nallraction between male and female as\nbasic principle of, 176\nliving entities can't think of geLLing out\nof, 205\nwise can't allow ignorant to be entangled\nin, 188\nMaterial whips\ndevotees transcend influence of six,\n\nMe bhinna prakrtir �tadha\nquoted, 410\nMedhatithi\nas son of Priyavrata, 48\nMeditation\nfalling asleep during, 85\nJa<;la Bharata always absorbed in, 327\n\nof Agnidhra in park, 84\n\nMenaka\n\n62-65\nMatir na kmze parata/:1 svato va\n\nreturned to heavenly planets, 105\nVisvamitra Muni attracted by tinkling\n\nverse quoted, 7, 10\n\nMatra-sparsas tu kaunteya\nverses quoted, 210\n\nMatra svasra duhitra va\n\nbangles of, 86\nVisvamitra united with, 85\nMental speculation\none is defeated although engaged in. 171\n\nverses quoted, 223\n\nMat-sthani sarva-bhiltani\nquoted, 411\n\nunalloyed devotee untouched by. 175\nMercy\n\nMatta/:1 parataram nanyat kincid\nquoted, 113\n\nMaya\navadhilta has surpassed clutches of, 209\ndesire to have son brought about by in­\n\n,\n\nBharata especially gifted with Kr�r:ta·s.\n\n308\nof Lord as chief aim of life. 185\nof Lord obtained by seven means\n\nof pure devotee required to get freedom.\n\nfluence of, 127\n\n128\n\nliving entities engaged as servants of, 367\n\nof Supreme\n\none advanced in knowledge can come\n\n117-118\n\nunder influence of, 175\none must associate with sadhu to escape\ninfluence of, 128\nPrahliida plans to deliver materialists\nfrom clutches of, 91\nPiirvacilli thought to be, 90\n\nMayadhya/cyer:z,a prakrti/:1 silyate\nquoted, 90, 255, 390\nMayara va5e yiiccha bhese'\nquoted, 350, 382\n\nLord\n\nupon\n\nHis\n\ndevotee.\n\npure devotee depends on Lord's. 129\nMeru\nnine brothers marry daughters of. 108\nMerudevi\nas daughter of Meru. 108\nas wife of Nabhi, 110, 133. 144\nheard every word spoken by Lord. 134\n,\n(Miche) mayara VaSe, yaccha bhese\nverse quoted. 350. 382\nMind\n\nMaya tatam idaril sarvaril\nverse quoted, 394\n\nadvanced devotees don\"t put faith in.\n222\n\nMayavadis\n\nas cause of\n\nbondage or\n\nliberation.\n\nsay God accepts body in sattva-gur:z,a,\n\n384-387\nas designation of the soul. 396-397\nas element of material energy. 191\n\n13 5\nsay material world is false. 364\n\ncompared\n\ncannot understand Kr�r;ta. 417\ncan't conceive of spiritual body. 192\n\nsay this world is false, 71\n\nm\n\nsacrifice, 111\n\ncompared to unchaste woman. 225\nto\n\n380-381\n\nuncontrolled\n\nelephant.\n\n", "SB5.1#p0529": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n506\n\nMind\nc o n q u ered b y devotional service,\n397-398\ndistracted from worship cancels benefit,\n\n282-283\n\nfalse ego as function of. 389\nfields of activity for functions of, 388\nis restless by nature, 223\nJa<;la Bharata engaged in service with his,\n\n311\n\nof Agnidhra fixed on Piirvacitti, 101\nof Bharata immersed in ecstatic love, 264\nof briihmar:uz always dedicated to Lord,\n\n203\n\nof devotee engaged in spiritual activities,\n\n13\n\nof devotee fixed in Kr��a consciousness\nunagitated by material attractions, 89\nof devotees pleased by body of Supreme\nLord, ll1\nof ignorant living entity subjugated to\nfruitive activity, 173, 186\nof men and demigods attracted by\nwomen, 87-89\nif one engaged in karma as karmiitmaka,\n171\npurified of material desires, 262\nPur vacitti's rai sed breasts agitate\nAgnidhra's, 96-97\nl_{�abhadeva controlled His, 139, 140\n�abhadeva's sons instructed to control,\n180\nSupreme Lord has equal, 129\ntransmigration due to polluted, 381-385\ntravelling in space at speed of, 217\nMiseries\narise from ignorance, 171\nh\"ome of materialist brings all kinds of,\n175\nmaterial body as cause of, 170\nsuffered when one is in material body,\n\n165\n\nModes of nature\nliving entities attracted to, ll5\nLord's original form as above, 135\n\nModes of nature\nmaterial body acquired by association\nwith, 26-27, 29- 31\nremaining unattached to, 168\nMohini\nform of Kr��a agitated Siva, 223\nMoney\nand women as basic principles of material\nattachment, 455\ncompared to ghost or witch, 430\nMoon\nBrahma appeared like, 16\nCandra as lord of, 15\nMi14ha\n\nmaterialist as, 187\n\nMuktib- mukulitiinjalib- sevate 'smiin\n\nquoted, 241\n\nMuktim dadiiti karhicit sma\n\nquoted, 243\nMukunda\nas maintainer of Pa�<;lava and Yadu\ndynasties, 242\n\nMuni\n\nPiirvacitti addressed as most fortunate,\n\n96\n\nMystic powers\narise from practice of bhakti-yoga, 220\nautomatically approached l_{�abhadeva,\n217\nshould be used to give up material conception, 184\n\nN\nNabhi Maharaja\nas Emperor of Bharata-var�a, 131\nas son of Agnidhra and Piirvacitti, 104,\nno, 133\ndesires to have son, 125\nperformed p r es cribed d uties and\nsacrifices, 112\ntwo verses in glorification of, 147-148\nVi��u appeared before, ll3, 122\n\n", "SB5.1#p0530": "507\n\nGeneral Index\nNa buddhi-bhedarit janayed\n\nNarottama dasa Thakura\nquoted on shade of Nityananda\"s lotus\n\nverses quoted, 186\n\nNa dhanarit na janarit na sundaririt\n\nfeet, 6\n\nNa rilpam asyeha tathopakl.bhyate\n\nverse quoted, 71, 126\n\nNaharit prakiiSa/:1- sarvasya\n\nverse quoted, 453\n\nverses quoted, 187\n\nN��-praye�v abhadre�u\n\nNa hanyate hanyamiine sarire\n\nverse quoted, 347\n\nNa tat-sama5 cabhyadhikaS\n\nquoted, 341\n\nNai$am matis tavad urukramiirighrim\n\nquoted, 132\n\nNa te vidu/:1- sviirtha-gatirit hi\n\nverses quoted, 128\nNarada Muni\n\nquoted, 156, 245, 409, 410, 428-429, 452\n\naddressed as bhagavan, 141\nalways thinks of the Lord within his\nheart, 257-258\n\nNature, material\nneither independent nor automatic. 390\n\nNehiibhikrama-niiSo 'sti\n\nas authority and exalted personality, 116\n\nverse quoted, 69\n\nas spiritual master of Priyavrata, 11-13\n\nNija-puru�a-i�ar:w-vi$aya\n\nb e c a m e a n g r y at\n\nNalakiivara and\n\nMaiJ.igrTva, 344\nBrahma as father of, 17\ncalled bhagavan, 72\nPriyavrata instructed by, 3\n\nNarada-paiicaratra\nquoted on engaging senses in devotional\nservice, 205-206\nquoted on purification of mind, 385\nNarayaiJ.a\nas beyond material conception, 115-116\n\nquoted, 122\n\nNi$kiiicanasya bhagavad-bhajanonmukhasya\nverses quoted, 88\n\nNitai pada-kamala, ko!i candra\nquoted, 6\n\nNityarit bhagavata-sevaya\nquoted, 239\nNityananda\nshade of lotus feet of, 6\n\nNityo nityanarit cetana.S cetandndm\nquoted, 113, 197\n\npresent in rich as well as poor, 204\nSupreme Lord called, 393\n\n0\n\nwithin the sun maintains entire universe,\n265,267\n\nNarayar:w/:1- paro 'vyaktat\nquoted, 115\n\nNarii.yar_ta-parii./:1 saroe\nverse quoted, 46\nNarottama dasa Thakura\n\nOceans\nseven kinds of, 61\nOffenses\nas impediment to devotional service. 8-9\nbefore a great person always punished.\n330\n\nquoted on becoming indifferent to bodily\npains and pleasures, 210\n\ndanger of those against\n\nquoted on fire of material existence,\n43-44\nquoted on liberated person. 34\nquoted on one who is spiritually advanced, 347\nquoted on serving pure devotee. 12. 127\n\nVai�IJ.avas.\n\n370-371\n\nquoted on bodily maintenance, 318\n\ngoddess Kali intolerant of. 329\nhow to rectify those against devotees. 369\nOld age\ncontinues for one interested in karma and\n\njnana, 172\n\n", "SB5.1#p0531": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n508\n\nParamatma\nyogis meditate on, 257-258\n\nom bhilr bhuva?l sva?l tal savitur\nquoted. 59. 265-266\n\nPararil dr�tvii nivartate\n\nomkara\nBharata\"s mantra began with, 270\n\nquoted, 6, 75\nParasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate\n\nom tad v41J-O?I paramaril padam\n\nquoted, 410\n\nquoted, 452\nOpulence\n\nParitriiiJ(iya siidhundril vindsaya\n\nassociation of devotees vanquishes desires\nfor material, 127\n\nquoted, 122, 150\nPartha naiveha ndmutra viniiSas\nquoted, 9\n\ndevotee not disturbed by, 221\ndevotees not entangled by happiness of\nmaterial, 82\n\nPassion, mode of\nin Kali-yuga people overwhelmed by,\n234\n\nincreases in Lord at every moment, 119\n\nmany desires born of, 350-351\n\nmeaning of material, 126\nnot\n\nrequired to understand\n\nSupreme\n\nRahiigaQa's mind covered by, 339,\n343-344\n\nLord, 117\nPiirvacitti attracted by Agnidhra \"s, 103\n\nPastimes of �!,Ia\nour hearts are meant for, 70\n\np\n\nrecorded for our purification, 239\nPatiloka\nJa4a Bharata's mother went to, 3 15\n\nPadma PuriiiJ.(l\nquoted on one who has clear vision, 204\nquoted on preaching that living entities\nand Lord are separate, 205\nquoted on seeing living entity and Lord as\ndistinct, 204-205\nquoted on spiritual master as Vai��ava,\nPain\n\n148\n\nf.l.;;abhadeva as transcendental to all, 211\nf.l.�abhadeva instructs sons to tolerate\n\nduality of pleasure and, 180\nPancajani\nas wife of Bharata Maharaja, 248\nPa�4ava\ndynasty maintained by Mukunda, 242\nParamaharilsa\nJa4u Bharata was a, 318\nplatform of described, 319-320\nParamatma\nas all-pervading, 391\ndoesn't live in filthy place, 211\nliving entities as abode of, 203-204\nrealized by yogis, 4 16\nunderstands desires of living entity, 83\n\nPatraril p�paril phalam toyaril\nverse quoted, 117, 262\nPauQQraka\nimitated NarayaQa, 231\nPeace\nof mind, everyone searching for, 262\nPenances\nAgnidhra underwent severe, 90\nbeauty as result of past, 100\nengagement in leads to devotional service, 165\npracticed by briihmar.tas, 200\nf.l.�abhadeva's sons instructed to undergo,\n180\nPerfection\nas being fully equipped with jnana and\nvijnana, 182\nof life is chanting and hearing about\nVi��u, 309\nof life reached by associating with devotees, I 70-171\nreached when living entity attains platform of brahmar.ta, 197\nPhilanthropists\nare without realization, 279\n\n", "SB5.1#p0532": "General Index\nPious activities\ngifts for, 377\none is defeated although engaged in, 171\none is transferred to Piq·loka by performance of, 80\nPippalayana\nas son of �abhadeva, 153\n\nPitrloka\n\nAg nidhra desired to become inhabitant\nof, 80\n\nAgnidhra promoted to, 107\n\nPitfn yanti pitr-vrata/:t\nquoted, 81\nPleasure\n��abhadeva instructs sons to tolerate\nduality of pain and, 180\nPotencies\nexpansions in different, 133\nillusory, 89\nPower\nof attraction of feminine gestures, 88\nof Brahma equal to Vi��u's, 83\nof brahmaTJ-as, 132\nof Pii.rvacitti, 92\nPrabodhananda Sarasvati\n\n509\n\nPrasiU.La\noffered to forefathers, 80\ntongue used to preach and to taste, 385\nPratiriipa\nas daughter of Meru, 108\nPrataparudra Maharaja\nCaitanya refused to see, 88\nPrayers\nin prose offered by priests, 131\noffered to Piirvacitti by bumblebees, 93\nto Lord to remember Him at time of\ndeath, 124-125\n\nto Supreme Lord offered by Nabhi, 110\nPriyavrata Maharaja\n\nas father of Ag nidhra, 78, 81\nas great devotee, 81\n\ndeparted to follow path of spiritual life.\n78\ninstructed by Narada Muni, 3\nmarked off different states, 73-74\nNarada Muni as spiritual master of.\nll-13\n��abhadeva appeared in dynasty of. 237\nten sons of listed, 48\nProtection\n\nqupted on practice of yoga, 85\n\ngiven to inhabitants of Jambiidvipa, 78\n\nquoted on senses as serpents, 35\n\nJa<.la Bharata depended on 1<.!-��a for. 323\n\nPrabuddha\nas son of �abhadeva, 153\nPraceUis\nas kings of the universe, 15\nPrahlada Maharaja\nentanglement in family life described by,\n4\nquoted on family attachment, 7, 10\nquoted on materialists rotting in material\nactivities, 90-91\n\nquoted on retirement from family life,\n438\nquoted on taking dust of great devotee on\none's head, 128\nrejected his father, 190\nPrakrte/:t kriyamaT_l,iini guTJ-ai/:t\nquoted, 67,382,414\nPrasiU.La\nhouseholders should offer to friends. 169\n\nof devotees by Supreme Lord. 331\nrequired for women, 106\nPrthu Maharaja\nmarked off different states. 73-74\nPulaha-asrama\n\nHari becomes visible to His devotee at.\n260\nsalagrama-silas obtainable in. 259\nPulastya\nBharata as deer went to asrama of. 301\nPunishment\nof son by father. 79\nPure devotees\nas anyabhi�ita-siinya, 130\ncan save themselves from birth and\ndeath. 189\ndon't want to see Lord for their sense gratification. 129\n\nno freedom without mercv of. 128\n\n", "SB5.1#p0533": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n510\nPure devotees\n\nR\n\nqualities of described, 331\nsymptoms of, 420\n\nRaghu Maharaja\n\nwant only to engage in Lord's service,\n\ndynasty of glorified due to Ramacandra's\nbirth, 242\n\n126\n\nRamacandra appeared in dynasty of, 237\n\nPurification\nLord's\n\nRahiigaQa Maharaja\nas ruler of Sindhu and Sauvira, 334-335\n\nof heart by performance of penance and\n\nmind of covered by mode of passion, 339,\n\nof\n\nconsciousness\n\nby\n\nrecelVlng\n\nblessings, 120\n\n343-344\n\nausterity, 165\nof heart through garbhddhdna, 194\nof one's existence by devotional service,\n\nRaivata\nas son of Priyavrala, 53\nRaja goptasrayo bhumib,\n\n166\n\nquoted, 414\n\nPuru�ollama\nVi�Qu appeared before Nabhi as, 113\n\nRiijanyair nirghr�Jair dasyuquoted, 408\n\nPiirvacilli\nAgnidhra appreciated beauty of, 100\nAgnidhra began appreciating glance of,\n\nRamacandra\nappeared in Ik�vaku (or Raghu) dynasty,\n\n92\n\n237\n\nAgnidhra hears tinkling of bangles of,\n\nkilled family of RavaQa, 327\nRamddi-mii.rt�u kala-niyamena t�!han\n\n84-86\nAgnidhra praises breasts of, 95-96\n\nverses quoted, 260\nRamya\n\nas Apsara, 86\ndeparture of, 107\neyebrows of compared to bows without\nstrings, 89-90\ngave birth to nine sons, 104\nplays with ball, 99\n\nquestioned by Agnidhra about workings\n\nof maya, 91\nsurrounded by bumblebees, 93\nworships Brahma, 105\n\nQ\nQualities\ndevotional service makes one immune\nfrom material, 309\nheart as seal of all spiritual, 193\nof Apsara, 87\nof brahma�Jas, 197\nof Kr�Qa as transcendental, 115\nsociety divided according to people's, 78\ntaking shelter of pure devotee to attain\nhis, 128\n\nas daughter of Meru, 108\nRamyaka\n\nas son of Piirvacilli and Agnidhra, 104\n\nRaso 'py asya pararil df$/va\nquoted, 114\nRa��rabhrta\nas son of Bharata, 249\nRiival)a\nkidnapped Sitiidevi, 327\nRegulative principles\neverything must be done according to,\n324\nimperative for ordinary man, 314\nobservance of as means to obtain Lord's\nmercy, Ill\nshould never be given up, 276\nunnecessary for Ja<;la Bharata, 311\nRelationship\nbetween man and woman creates illusion,\n176\nReligion\nAgnidhra observed principles of, 78\nArhat concocted Jain, 230-231\n\n", "SB5.1#p0534": "511\n\nGeneral Index\nl,{;;abhadeva\n\nReligion\n\ntranscendental signs on feet of, 139\n\ndevoted to worship of demigods, 181\n\nRiipa Gosvaml\n\nGod doesn't belong to particular, 132\ni(r�Qa advents Himself to re-establish\n\ncited on offering food, 118\nquoted on approaching spiritual master,\n\nprinciples of, 122\n�abhadeva appeared to preach principles\n\n181\nquoted on devotee as liberated, 392\n\nof, 136\nRenunciation\n\nquoted on liberated person, 34-35\n\nas one of six opulences of God, 139\n\nquoted on real intelligence, 23\n\nattachments in stage of, 176\n\nquoted on understanding i(r�Qa with\n\nof sacrifice, charity and penance not\n\nmaterial senses, 116\n\nrecommended, 222\nPriyavrata speaks in spirit of, 65-69\n\n]J.g Veda\n\ns\n\nencourages fruitive activity, 316\nhymns to NarayaQa given in, 265\n\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha\n\n�abhadeva\nappeared in dynasty of Priyavrata, 237\n\ncan't be seen by us, 121\n\nappeared to preach principles of religion,\n\nlooks like human form, 191\n\n136\n\nSacrifice\n\nas incarnation of the Supreme Lord, 141,\n\nkinds of performed by Bharata Maharaja.\n251\n\n401\n\nLord pleased by sages at, 135\nmethod of offering part of brahmacarya\n\nas master of all mystic power, 141\nas plenary expansion of Vasudeva, 227\n\nrules, 314\n\nas Supersoul, 229\nas well-wisher of everyone, 207\n\nnot being performed at present, 199\n\nauspicious narration of pastimes of, 239\n\nof a man not mentioned in any scistras,\n324\n\nBharata as firstborn son of, 307\nconsidered His body material, 228\n\nof man-animal to Bhadra Kall. 321-322\n\ndescrip tion of b o d i l y features of,\n\nof man or animal before deity forbidden.\n\n212-213\nenthroned as emperor of the world, 144\n\nincarnated to deliver people from maya\n234\ninstructs sons on engaging in penance\nand austerity, 164-165\ninstructs sons on giving up false ego,\n180-182\n,\n\n329\nperformed by Nabhi. 112\nperformed to acquire son. 129\nseven means to obtain Lord\"s mercv\n. 10\nperformance of, Ill\nVi�Qu as master and enjoyer of all. 110\n$a4-aiSvaryaift pilr1J.o ya iha\nquoted, 416\n\npoured water on Ajanabha by His own\nprowess, 141\nqualities of, 139-140\nrefused to manifest mystic yogic perfections, 221\nsatisfied Vi�QU in every respect, 158-159\n\nSadhu\n\nstricti y followed principles of\n\nSadhyaloka\nresidents of are all great saints. 17\n\nr:uJSrama-dharma, 155-156\n\nvar­\n\nfreedom from material conception by association with. 177\nnecessity of association with. 128\n\"Sadhu-saliga \", \"sadhu-saliga \"-sarva-scistre\nverse quoted. 128. 460\n\n", "SB5.1#p0535": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n512\n\nSa gul)iin samatityaitan brahma\nquoted, 380-381\n\nSannydsi\n\nlearn from B.�abahadeva's instructions,\n\nSahasra-yuga-paryantam ahar yad\n\n207\n\nobserves religious principles, 135\n\nquoted, 41\n\nSa�ad-dharitvena samasta-sdstrai�\n\nSarva-dharrndn parityajya rndm\n\nSakuntala\n\nSarva-kararJ-a-kararJ-am\n\nquoted,361\n\nborn to Menaka and Visvamitra, 85-86.\nlOS\n\nquoted,30,136,192,254\nquoted,401\n\nSarvam khalv idam brahma\nquoted, 410\n\nSama-duhkha-sukham dhiram\nquoted,319\n\nSarvasya caham hrdi sannivi§to\nquoted,267,390,394\n\nSamasrita ye pada-pallava-plavam\nverse quoted,38\n\nSarvopadhi-vinirmuktam\n\nbumblebees chant mantras of, 93\n\nSastras\n\nSarna Veda\n\nencourages fruitive activity,316\n\nSarno 'ham sarva-bhute§u\nquoted,122\n\nSamsara\n\naddiction to path of, 188\n\nSamsara-vi§anale, diva-niSi hiya\n\nverses quoted, 205-206,385\nsay that everything must be done by\nregulative principles, 324\n\nSupreme Lord's body\n\nsymptoms of genuine incarnation described in,139\n\nSatatam kirtayanto rndm\n\nquoted on purification of caiJ4,ala, 64\n\nSatisfaction\n\nSandarsanam vi§ayil)ii m atha\n\ndescribed in,\n\n257-258\n\nsong quoted,43\n\nSanatana Gosviimi\n\n,\n\n,\n\nquoted,300\n\ndifferent types of,3-4\n\nquoted,202\n\nSa!-karma-nipurJ-0 vipro\n\nquoted on Naraya1,1a as beyond material\n\nSattva-gu rJ-a\nbrahma1Ja5 situated in, 200\n\nSailkaraciirya\n\nconception, 115-116\n\nSankhya-yoga\n\ndifferent forms of living entities described in,336\n\nSankirtana-yajiia\n\neveryone can perform, 141-142\nrecommended for Kali-yuga, 252\n\nshould not be renounced,222\n\nSannyasa\n\nas division of society, 78\nchanting not renounced by one who\ntakes,222\nfour stages of,51\n\nSannyasi\n\nattachments of not as strong as family attachment, 176\n\ndoesn't need encouragement from opposite sex, 55\n\nverses quoted,148\n\nMayavadis say God accepts body in,135\nSatyaloka\nalmost as good as VaikurHha, 41-42\nas abode of Brahma,15\n\nSatya-samhita\n\nquoted on family relationships of exalted\n\npersonalities, 176\nSaubhari Muni\nfell down from yogic perfection, 223\nSauvira\nRahiigarya as ruler of,334-335\n\nSa vai mana� kr§TJ-a-paddravindayo�\nquoted,71,226,383,385\n\nSa vai pumsam paro dharma\n\nverses quoted, 262\nSavana\n\nas son of Priyavrata,48\n\n", "SB5.1#p0536": "513\n\nGeneral Index\nSenses\n\nSavita\n\nl,{�abhadeva controlled His, 139, 140\n�abhadeva's sons instructed to control,\n180\n\nas the sun-god, 59\nScientists\nfail to discover cause of atomic existence,\n\ntendency\n\n412\n\nsay\n\nmaterial\n\nworld\n\nrests\n\non\n\nbrahma-bhuta as state of, 183\n\nliving\n\nentities to\n\nenjoy\n\ntrue activity of, 205\n\neffulgence, 267\n\nworking\n\nunable to offer a second sun, 58\nSelf-realization\n\nof\n\nmaterial, 170\n\nsun s\n\nand\n\nknowledge\n\nacquiring,\n\n387-389\n\nSevonmukhe hi jihviidau svayam\n\nSense gratification\n\nquoted, 116, 385\n\nas essence of household life, 3\n\nSex\n\nconsidered as aim of life leads to sin, 170\n\nas center of household life, 431\n\ndevotees don't desire anything for, 127\n\nas material attraction between man and\n\nendeavoring\n\nfor as waste of time,\n\nwoman, 176\nas only happiness for materialist,\n\n174-175\n\nhouseholders shouldn't earn money for,\n\n166\n\nbrahmaciiri must refrain from, 3\n\n169\n\nconditioned soul has tendency toward.\n\nhuman beings shouldn't work hard for,\n164-165\n\n325\n\nhuman civilization presently based on,\n\nfamily life as institution of, 446, 451\nhome of materialist based on, 175\n\n199\n\ninsurmountable path of, 427\n\nmaterialists work for honey of, 441\n\nJa�a Bharata never ate anything for, 318\n\none surrenders to feet of woman when influenced by, 102\n\nmaterialist creates society of envy for,\n\npath to hell open for associates of people\n\n187\n\nmodern leaders engage people in, 367\n\nfond of, 167\n\nwith one's wife as brahmacarya, 181\n\none should not kill bodies for, 336\npure devotee doesn't want to see Lord for\nhis, 129\nl,{�abhadeva instructs sons to detest, 180\nseeing materialist engaged in as abominable, 89\nbewildered people spoiling lives for, 91\n\nwanting son like God as form of, 126\nSenses\n\nAgnidhra was controlling his, 84-85\nautomatically controlled if mind is controlled, 383\ncan't be controlled by yoga alone, 86\nconsidered powerful enemies, 36\neleven, 381\nKr��a can't be conceived with material,\n116\npurified engaged in devotional service,\n34-35\n\nScientists\nsense activities of are useless, 23\nSiddhaloka\nresidents of advanced in mystic powers.\n17\nSiddhas\nas superior to Gandharvas. 196\n\nSik$<'4!aka\n\nquoted, 70, 71\nSin\n\nchief executives introduce. 79\nfour kinds of, 145. 170\none who considers sense gratification as\naim of life engages in. 170\nuttering holy names can dispel reactions\nto, 124\nwiped out by chanting of Lord's qualities.\nll5\n\n", "SB5.1#p0537": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n514\n\nSpiritual master\n\nSindhu\n\nRahiiga1.1a as ruler of, 334-335\n\ninstructions received from must be\nfollowed immediately, 184\n\nSirasodluiratii yadvad\nSiva\n\nverses quoted, 415\n\nliberation by serving, 12\n\naddressed as bhagavan, 141\n\nmust be able to deliver dependents from\n\nas son of Brahmli, 196\n\nmust never be considered an ordinary\n\nliving entity contacts bona fide, 174\n\nas Kr�1.1a's functional body, 255\n\nbirth and death, 189\n\nbecame agitated by seeing Mohini form,\n\nman, 421\n\nperfection achieved by blessings of, 19\n\n223\n\nLord unseen by, 129\n\nl_{�abhadeva\n\nsometimes called bhagaviin, 72\n\nSkanda Purii{UJ.\n\nquoted on instructions received\nVedic literature, 150\n\ninstructs\n\nform\n\nto accept,\n\nservice of as duty of brahmacarya, 314\n\nSriiddha ceremony\n\npurpose of, 80\n\nSmrti-siistra\n\nSravar,tam kirtanam vi§r,ta/J,\n\nSoce tato vimukha-cetasa indriyartha\n\nSri-aisvarya-prajepsava/J,\n\nSon\n\nSridhara Svami\n\nquoted on place for religions rituals, 291\nverse quoted, 91\n\nAgnidhra desired to get perfect, 80\n\ntime of conception determines mentality\n\nSoul\n\nsons\n\n180-181\n\nof, 81\n\nactivities should be performed for benefit\nof, 182\n\nverse quoted, 169\nquoted, 82\n\ncited on liberation in this life, 145\n\nSri-guru-padiiSrayaiJ,\n,\n\nquoted, 181\n\nSrimad-Bluigavatam\n\ncontains information on remembering\nLord at time of death, 125\n\nalways unaffected by material arrange-\n\nGiridhara Gosvlimi as commentator on,\n\ncan be liberated even in this world, 392\n\nmeant for those free from envy, 432\n\nments, 341\n\ndevotees know body separate from, 331\nfeels pleasure and pain due to bodily\npleasure and pain, 366\nin deep slumber, 349\n\nis always apart from bodily pleasure and\n\npain, 407\nis never burned by fire, 229\nmind as designation of, 396-397\nsituated within material body, 191\nsubjected to pious and impious activities,\n382\nSpeculative knowledge\nSee: Mental speculation\n\nSpiritual master\nduty of devotee to carry out order of, 40\nhas actually seen Kr�Qa, 417\n\n81\n\nprediction on government officials in,\n79\nquoted on approaching guru, 363\nquoted on association with women, 223\n\nquoted on brahmar,tas dedicated\nSupreme Lord, 202- 203\n\nto\n\nquoted on Brahmli receiving knowledge\nin his heart, 21\nquoted on cosmic manifestation, 410\nquoted on crossing ocean of nescience, 38\nquoted on devotee as fearless, 46\nquoted on falldown of devotee, 66\nquoted on family life, 446\nquoted on having knowledge of devotional service, 172\nquoted on jnana and vijnana, 182\n\n", "SB5.1#p0538": "515\n\nGeneral Index\nStri�u d�fiis u var��ya jayate\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nquoted on liberated souls engaging\n\nm\n\ndevotional service, 184\n\nquoted on material happiness, 279\n\nquoted on necessity of salikirtana-yajiia,\n141\n\n.\n\nquoted, 106\n\nSuciniim srimatam gehe yoga-bhr�to\nquoted, 66\n\nSudarsana\n\nas son of Bharata, 249\n\nquoted on one eligible for liberation, 353\n\nSudarsana cakra\n\nquoted on people's ignorance of goal of\n\nSudras\n\nquoted on Paramatma, 258\nlife, 452\n\nquoted\n\non\n\nproper execution of\n\nritua Is, 159\n\nas weapon of Supreme Lord, 331\n\nalmost all people of this age are, 81\n\nas division of society, 78\n\nVedic\n\ndo not sympathize with others, 338\n\ngovernment leaders selected by, 194\n\nquoted on purpose of human society, 156\n\nunable to live independently, 434\n\nquoted on real self-interest, 245\n\nquoted on retirement from- family life,\n438\n\ns o n s of I_l.�abhad e v a as authorized\npreachers of, 153\n\nworship\n\nlife, 165\n\nquoted\n\nSuhrttama\n\nsymptoms of great per­\n\nsonalities, 459\n\nquoted, 336, 344\na best friend, 97\n\nquoted on taking dust of great devotee on\n\nSukadeva Gosvami\n\nquoted on thievish heads of government\n\nSukracarya\n\none's head, 128\n\nin Kali-yuga, 408\n\nquoted on understanding Lord only by\ndevotional service, 5\n\nquoted on useless duties, 311\n\nquoted on Vedic knowledge revealed to\n\nBrahma, 83\nquoted on worship in g demigods, 82\n\nsymptoms of Kali-yuga predicted in, 234\n\nwritten for our purification, 239\n\nSrivatsa\n\ndecorates the Lord's body, 257-258\nVi�l)u 's chest marked with, 113\n\nSr�ti-sthiti-pralaya-sadhana-saktir ekii\nverses quoted, 254-255\n\nmaterial\n\nvoluntarily for advancement in spiritual\n\nSuhrda� sarva-dehiniim\n\non\n\nfulfill\n\nmaterialist plunges into ocean of, 187\n\nquoted on spreading Bhagavata principles, 347\n\nto\n\nSuffering\n\nquoted on sacrifice in Kali-yuga, 252\nquoted on satisfaction of Hari, 311\n\ndemigods\n\ndesires, 321\n\nas authority and exalted personality, 116\n\nmarried Orjasvati, 62\n\nrejected by Bali Maharaja, 189\n\nSulapa�J.i-sama yadi bhakta-nindii\nverses quoted, 370\n\nSumati\n\nas son of Bharata, 249\nSumeru Hill\nSun\n\nsun-god encircles, 57\n\nDeity of is expansion of Narayal)a. 267\nrotates in prescribed orbit. 57-58\nSavita as god of. 59\n\nSupreme Lord compared to. 21\n\nSupersoul\n\nverse quoted, 150\n\nBharata as deer had association of.\n302\n\nas one of six opulences of God, 139\n\nin hearts of all living entities. 267\n\nSruti-smrti-puraruidi-paiicaratra\nStrength\n\ndirects everything. 390\n\n", "SB5.1#p0539": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n516\nSupersoul\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nis always apart from bodily pleasure and\npain, 407\nLord �abhadeva is, 229\n\nyajiia is meant to satisfy, 141\nyogis always think of, 85\nSurrender\nas characteristic dharma, 194\n\nSupreme Lord\nalways eager to protect devotees, 331\n\ndescribed by Bhaktivinoda Thakura, 323\n\nalways exists in transcendental forms,\n\nKr�Q.a descends to induce conditioned\nsouls to, 201\n\n260\nappearance in material world of, 135-136\n\nof Jaga Bharata to Kr�Q.a complete, 323\n\nas best of all living entities, 191\n\nof lusty man to feet of woman, 102\n\nas cause of all causes, 401\n\nunto\n\nBrahma as subordinate to, 196\n\nVasudeva\n\nafter\n\nmany\n\nSiirya\n\nBrahma fully represents, 83\n\nas eye of Supreme Lord, 253\n\nbriihmar:z.as almost as powerful as, 132\n\none should offer respects to, 255\n\ncompared to sun, 21\n\nSvalpam apy asya dharmasya\nquoted, 422\n\ncharacter of those He protects described,\n\nSvanU$jhitasya dharmasya\n\ncalled NarayaQ.a, 393\n\nquoted, 311\n\n331\ndevotees always anxious to see, 122\n\nSvayambhuva Manu\n\ndevotee seeks happiness in association of,\n168\n\nSvetasvatara Upan�ad\n\ndidn't appear as ordinary human being,\n113\ndirects wanderings of living entities, 211\nhas nothing to do with material percep'\ntion, 115\n\n,\n\nput Priyavrata in charge of universe, 43\nquoted on faith in Lord and spiritual\nmaster, 13\n\nquoted on no one greater than God, 132\n,\nSyama\nas daughter of Meru, 108\n\nintelligent devotee worships, 82\nJada Bharata always meditated on, 327\nJada Bharata completely surrendered to,\n323\nknown as Vasudeva, 394\nmercy of as chief aim of life, 185\nMerudevi heard every word spoken by,\n134\nmust be satisfied, 311\nobtaining mercy of in performance of\nsacrifice, Ill\nperceived by hearing and direct perception, 393\npurpose of sraddha ceremony to please,\n80\nl:l.�abhadeva manifested symptoms of,\n139-140\nsuperior to Brahma and lndra, 202\nunderstood by devotional service, 111\n\nbirths,\n\n173-174\n\nas self-satisfied, 4\n\nT\nTad-ananyatvam iirabhambhar:w\nquoted, 410\nTad-anu.Sravar:w-mananaquoted, 300\nTad viddhi pra�ipiitena\nquoted, 403, 417\nTad-vijfiiiniirtharil sa gurum\nquoted, 181, 357, 362, 363\nTad yathaiveha karma-jita/:t wka/:t\nquoted, 377\nTal labhyate du/:tkhavad\nquoted, 279\nTamasa\nas son of Priyavrata, 53\n\n", "SB5.1#p0540": "General Index\nTams titi/cyasva bharata\nquoted, 181\n\n517\n\nTulasi\n\nLord satisfied when devotees bring Him\nleaves of, 117\n\nTapasya\n\nAgnidhra understood actions of maya by\n\nTulasi-dala-matre�\n\nshould not be renounced, 222\n\nTyaktva deham punar janma\n\ndint of, 90\n\nverses quoted, 117\n\nSee also: Austerities\nTasmad gurum prapadyeta jijiidsul;\n\nTyaktvii sva-dharmam cara�ambujam\n\nTasman mayy arpitase�a\n\nTyaktva tii�m a.Se�a-ma'J4ala\n\nquoted, 363, 403\n\nverses quoted, 202-203\n\nquoted, 33, 189\n\nverse quoted, 66\n\nverse quoted, 49\n\nTasmat kenapy upayena manal;\nquoted, 367\n\nu\n\nTatal; padam tat parimargitavyam\nverse quoted, 453\n\nTa�la saikate, vari-bindu-sama\n\nUgradaril��ri\n\nTatra tam buddhi-samyogam\n\nUniverse\n\nquoted, 436\n\nverse quoted, 9\n\nas daughter of Meru, 108\nas temporary appearance of truth, 412\n\nTat siidhu manye 'sura-varya\n\nBrahma as secondary creator of, 14\n\nTat te' nukampiiril susami/cyyama�l;\n\nthings within are all imagined, 413\n\nverse quoted, 438\n\nverse quoted, 353\n\nTene brahma hroo ya iidi-kavaye\nquoted, 21,83\n\nTe�am satata-yuktaniim bhajatam\nverse quoted, 21\n\nTime\n\nhas no real ultimate existence, 412-413\n\nUpan4ads\n\nbumblebees chant mantras of. 93\nUpapiidayet paratmdnam\nverses quoted, 204\n\nOrjasvali\nas daugh�er of Priyavrata, 47\n\nacting in terms of as means to obtain\nLord's mercy, Ill\ndeath always comes at the right, 314\n\nmarried Sukracarya, 62\nUrukrama\n\nSee: Vamanadeva\n\ndemons killed by Supreme Lord as, 331\n\nUttama\n\nendeavoring for sense gratification as\nwaste of, 174-175\n\nUttanapada Maharaja\n\nTiti/cyaval; karu�ikah suhrda/J\n\nas son of Priyavrata, 53\n\nas ruler of universe. 15\n\nquoted, 459\n\nTraigu�ya-v4aya-veoo\n\nverses quoted, 314, 379\n\nTranscendental world\nSee: World, spiritual\n\nTransmigration\n\ndue to polluted mind, 381 -385\n\nTulasi\n\nBharata Maharaja collected leaves of,\n262\nLord will accept offering of, 118\n\nv\nVadanti tat tattva-vidas\n\nverses quoted. 417\nVaikmgha\neternally liberated beings are in. 391-392\nLord called to sacrifice from. 129\nLord can offer promotion to. 125-126\n\nMaharaja Nabhi elevated to. 144\n\n", "SB5.1#p0541": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n518\nVaikmghaloka\n\nVasudeva\nBharata Maharaja performed yajfins for,\n\nSee: Vaiku1,1�ha\nVai�1,1avas\nAgnidhra as son of Vai�1,1ava, 81\n\n253\n�abhadeva as plenary expansion of, 227\n\nBharata as follower of, 207\n\nSupreme Lord known as, 394\n\nCaitanya explains position of pure, 202\ndanger of offenses against, 370-371\neverything possible by blessings of, 19\nhow to rectify offenses against, 369\n\nverses quoted, 262-263\nVedais ca sarvair aham eva\n\n336\nnever want to supersede other Vai�1,1avas,\n\nquoted, 201, 377\nVedanta-siUra\n\n58\nmad\n\nelephant, 358\nserving lotus feet of, 127\nsuperficial anger of, 344\nVaiSya\nas division of society, 78\nbirth in family of, 307\nVaivasvata Manu\nas son of sun-god, 42\nVamanadeva\ntricked Bali Maharaja, 63\nViinaprastha\nas division of society, 78\nobserves religious principles, 135\nVan:uz-sankara\ngenerated from polluted women, 106\nVan;uiSramaciiravatii pur�ena\nverse quoted, 27\nVan:ui.Srama-dharma\nabandoned in Kali-yuga, 232\nas scientific system, 26-28\navadhrl.ta doesn't care for, 208\n��abhadeva strictly followed principles\nof, 155-156\nsociety without as bestial, 55\nVedic religious principles begin with, 78\nVasi��ha\naccompanied Brahma to see Priyavrata,\n15\nVasudeva\nas plenary expansion, 218\nas reservoir of all living entities, 52\n\nquoted, 52, 173, 416\nViisudev e bhagavati\n\nnever envious or unnecessarily violent,\n\noffense against c o m p a r e d to\n\nsurrendering to, 173-174\nViisudeval_r, sarvam iti\n\nquoted on Lord as source of everything,\n14\nVedas\naccepting version of, 191\nas sound incarnation, 200\ndeal with three modes of material nature,\n315\nflowery words of, 376\ninsufficient to b r i n g about ,direct\nknowledge of the truth, 378-379\nJaQa Bharata's stepbrothers learned m,\n316\nobjective of, 377\nquoted on Supreme Lord as supreme living being, ll3\nquoted on tendency of living entity to enjoy senses, 170\ns t udy of a s p a r t\nbrahmacarya, 314\n\nof\n\nrules\n\nfo r\n\nVede$u durlabham adurlabham\nquoted, 419\nVeilka\n��abhadeva passed through province of,\n228\nVe(turil kva(tantam aravinda\nquoted, 112\nVidarbha\nas son of �abhadeva, 152\nVidyapati\nquoted on material happiness, 436\nVidyii-vinaya-sampann e\nverses quoted, 204\n\n", "SB5.1#p0542": "519\n\nGeneral Index\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura\n\nVijliiina\nperfection as being fully equipped with\n\ncited on two kinds of impediments to\n\njliiina and, 182\n\ndevotional service, 8-l 0\ncompares family to high mountains, 438\n\nViraraghava A.carya\n\nquoted on spiritual master, 61, 361\n\ncited, 61\ncited on symptoms of jlvan-mukta, 145\n\nVisvarilpa\nPaiicajani as daughter of, 248\n\nViSe$ad bharate pu�yam\nquoted, 236\n\nVita-riiga-bhaya-krodha/:1\n\nVi�t:�U\n\nquoted, 367\n\nappeared before Nabhi, 113\n\nVitihotra\n\nas aim of human life, 428-429\nas enjoyer of yajna, 255\n\nas son of Priyavrata, 48\n\nVivikta-dr$#-jivaniim\n\nas master and enjoyer of all sacrifices,\n110\n\nquoted, 204\nVrndavana\nas most exalted holy place for Vai�t:�avas,\n\nas original cause, 414\nas real principle within material world,\n406\n\n303\nVyasadeva\n\nas source of everything, 14\n\nsometimes called bhagaviin, 72\n\nBali Maharaja promised to g1ve everything to, 189\n\nw\n\nBrahma as powerful as, 83\nin every respect f:l.�abhadeva satisfied,\n158-159\n\nWealth\n\nofferings to, 80\n\nas one of six opulences of God, 139\n\nPurvacitti always eats prasiioo of, 97-98\n\ndevotees\n\npersons\n\nwho desire, 130\nnot required to satisfy Supreme Lord, 117\n\nas name of Parik�it Maharaja, 331\n\nthose interested in reviving K.r�t:�a con­\n\nv��u Pura�a\nVisvakarma\n\nseeing\n\ndevotional service rendered by pious men\n\n27-28\nVi�t:�udatta\n\nquoted on var�rama-dharma, 27\n\nshould avoid\n\nwith great, 88\n\nworshiped by var�iisrama-dharma,\n\nsciousness aren't attached to, 169\nWife\n\nas advanced yogi, 85\nattracted by Menakii's tinkling bangles,\n86, 105\ncame to court of Dasaratha Maharaja, 355\n\ncompared to jackal, 428-429\ncompared to a whirlwind, 431\nWomen\nand money as basic principles of material\nattachment, 455\nAgnidhra knew art of flattering. 102-103\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura\ncited on Brahman effulgence of Ja<;la\nBharata, 327\n\nattachment of man to. 99\nattract men with their faces. breasts. and\n\nas father of Barhi�mati, 46-47\nVisvamitra Muni\n\ncited on meaning of word sukla, 135\ncited on Priyavrata's sun, 58\ncited on soul and Supersoul as separate\nfrom body, 406-407\n\nassociation with, 224\n\nwaists, 94\nattract minds of men and demigods.\n88-89\nmake ordinary yogis fall. 85\n\n", "SB5.1#p0543": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n520\n\nWorld, material\n\nWomen\npath to hell open for associates of people\n\nprinciples of beg, borrow or steal in,\n\nfond of, 167\npregnant may miscarry if frightened, 272\n\nwoman hunting in, 441\n\n��abhadeva attracted hearts of married,\n\n443-444\nworshiping demigods for quick results in,\n81-82\n\n213\n\nWorld, spiritual\n\nsurrender to feet of, 102\n\nA g nid h r a s h o u l d\n\nunchaste can kill husband, 225\nunqualified children produced from\n\nhave\n\ndesired\n\ntransference to, 81\nby giving up basic principle of illusion\n\npolluted, 106\n\none goes to, 177\n\nWorld, material\n\neveryone has spiritual body in, 192\n\nas temporary but not false, 364\nas temporary place of misery, 157\n\nKr��a as source of, 197\n\nas transformation of energy of God, 410\n\nstool and urine pleasantly scented in, 215\n\nattraction of feminine gestures as powerful everywhere in, 88\n\nWorship\nNabhi and associates offered things to\nVi��u in, 113\n\nconditioned souls sleeping in, 439-440\ncompared to a tree, 453-454\ncompared to forest fue, 434\n\nof Brahma by Agnidhra, 80\nof Brahma by Piirvacitti, 105\n\ncow dung accepted as purified in, 215\n\nof Brahma in marriage ceremonies, 101\n\ndemigods all belong to, 90\n\nof brahmar:tas, 197\n\neveryone floating in ocean of nescience\n\nof Deity should be performed by householder, 169\n\nin, 350-351\neveryone in working like madman, 352\neveryone suffering in because of the\n\nof Kali by dacoits described, 324\nof Lord by\n\nmind, 386\nfull of anxious people, 432\nfull of obstructions to advancement\n\nof demigods by sadras, 321\nabhi to get son, 125\n\nof Lord for material gain as unauthorized,\n10\n\n129\n\nKr��a consciousness, 9\nhappiness and distress in, 320\nincarnations of Lord within, 135\ninstructions of the Lord can satisfy one\nin, 244\njnanis must return to, 172\n\nof lotus feet of great devotees, 127\n\nknowledge strengthens detachment from,\n\nVi��u appeared as person soliciting, 120\n\n123\nKr��a as source of, 197\nliving entity takes credit for creations in,\n414\nmode of goodness accepted as best in, 379\nno bliss in, 5, 427\nno one as master in, 349\none who understands Kr��a's appearance\ndoesn't take birth in, 182\nonly material names and qualities perceived in, 115\n\nof priests by Nabhi, 131\nof superior by dependent, 190\nof Supreme Lord performed by Nabhi,\n110\nperformed by Agnidhra in park, 84\n\ny\nYa iitmiintaryiiml pur�a iti\nquoted, 416\nYac-ca/cyur e�a savita sakala-grahii\"(Ulm\nverses quoted, 287\nYad advaitaril brahmopan�adi\nquoted, 416\n\n", "SB5.1#p0544": "521\n\nGeneral Index\nYada yadii hi dharrnasya\n\nYasmin vijfiiite sarvam evam\n\nverses quoted, 135,409\nYadu dynasty\n\nquoted, 411\n\nYasya deve para bhaktir yatlui\n\ni(r�Q.a appeared in, 237\nmaintained by Mukunda, 242\n\nverse quoted, 13\n\nYasyajiiaya bhramati sambhrta\n\nYad vai pariidhyam tad uparame�!hyam\nquoted, 41\n\nquoted, 57\n\nYasya prabhii prabhavato\n\nYa� sastra-vidhim utsrjya\nverse quoted, 28\n\nverse quoted, 394\n\nYasya prasiidiid bhagavat-prasiido\n\nYajnabahu\nas son of Priyavrata, 48\n\nquoted, 421\n\nYatatiim api siddluiniim kaScin\n\nYajiia-diina-tapa�-karma\nverses quoted, 222,276\n\nquoted, 198\n\nYatlui kaficanatam yiiti\n\nYajiiiid bhavati parjanya�\nquoted, 141,199\n\nverse quoted, 64\n\nYatlui saumy ekena mrt-pi1J4,ena\n\nYajfiai� sariklrtana-priiyai�\n\nquoted, 411\n\nquoted, 141,252\n\nYat karo�i yad a§nasi\nverses quoted, 189\n\nYajiia-pati\nSupreme Lord known as, 141\n\nYajfiiirtluit karmarJ.o 'nyatra loko\nquoted, 33,119,147,255\n\nYatra yogesvara� kr�TJ.a�\nquoted, 57\nYe' nye' ravindii�a vimukta-miininas\nquoted, 172\n\nYajur Veda\nencourages fruitive activity, 316\n\nYe�iim tv anta-gatam pdpam\nverse quoted, 10\n\nYamaraja\nentanglement of material existence com­\n\nYoga\n\npared to rope of, 205\n\ng e n e r a l p o p u l a c e antagonistic to\nI;l.�abhadeva's execution of, 214\n\nYam hi na vyathayanty ete\n\nnot strong enough to control senses, 86\n\nverses quoted, 274,278\n\npractice can be given up, 184\n\nY am imam p�pitam viicam\n\npracticed with half-open eyes, 84-85\n\nverse quoted, 376\n\nYam labdhvii ciiparam liibham\n\nYoga indriya-samyama�\nquoted, 85\n\nquoted, 114, 241\nYamuna River\nbathing in cleanses contamination, 303\n\nYam yam viipi smaran bluivam\nverses quoted, 107,297,422\nYa niSa sarva-bhii.tiiniim\nquoted, 440\n\nYogamaya\nas �abhadeva's internal potency. 141\nKing Nabhi under influence of, 142143\ni(r�Q.a covered by, 187\nYogesvara\n\nYan maithuniidi-grhamedhi-sukham\n\ni(r�Qa known as, 57\n\nquoted, 166,431,446\n\nYanti deva-vratii deviin\nquoted, 15,80\nY anti mad-yiijino 'pi miim\nquoted, 81\n\nYasmin dese mrga� kr�rJ.as\nverse quoted, 291\n\n�abhadeva described as. 141\n\nYogi\nkilled by his unrestrained mind. 224\nI;l.�abhadeva not comparable to any.\n238\nYoginiim api sarve�iim\nverse quoted. 45. 361. 383\n\n", "SB5.1#p0545": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n522\n\nYo hares caiva jiviiniiri1 bheda-vakta\n\nYogis\n\nalways think of Supreme Lord within\ntheir hearts, 85\naspire after siddhis, 218\nmeditate on Paramatma, 257-258\ntry to see Paramatma without grievance,\n416\n\nquoted, 205\nYudhi��hira\nwanted by Kn1,1a as emperor of planet,\n194\n\n", "SB5.1#p0546": "", "SB5.2#p0001": "ALL GLORY TO $Rl GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�SI':-JA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\n��fq��:�\n\n�4��f�f'Pitmtl\n��\n�� �illiji(1it�\n31m� ;it ��II �II\nsvasty astu viSvasya khala� prasidatam\ndhyayantu bhutani sivam mitho dhiya\nmana5 ca bhadram bhajatad adhok§aje\navesyatam no matir apy ahaituk;; (p.l68)\n\n", "SB5.2#p0002": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-5 (15 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri Tsopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�Qa Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�Qa, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlada Maharaja\nKr�Qa, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�Qa\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr�Qa Consciousness\nKr�Qa Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request.\n\nThe Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\n\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB5.2#p0003": "SRIMAD\n\nBHAGAVATAM\nFifth Canto\n\"The Creative Impetus\"\n\n(Part Two-Chapters 14-26)\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "SB5.2#p0004": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-169353\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-79-x\n\nFirst printing, 1975: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "SB5.2#p0005": "Table of Contents\n��\n\n�\n\nIntroduction\n\nXlV\n\nCHAPTER FOURTEEN\n\nThe Material World as the Great Forest of\nEnjoyment\n\n1\n\nThe Soul Is Conditioned by the Material Atmosphere\n\n5\n\nFamily Members Are Like Tigers and Jackals\n\n10\n\nGold Is the Source of Opulence and Envy\n\n14\n\nThe Mirage of Material Enjoyment\n\n19\n\nSo-called Sadhus Preach Against Vedic Principles\n\n23\n\nFamily Life Is Like a Forest Fire\n\n25\n\nMaterialists Are Devoured by the Python of Sleep\n\n30\n\nTranscendentalists Condemn the Path of Fruitive Activity 33\nThe Miseries of the Conditioned Soul\n\n38\n\nUnauthorized Man-made Gods\n\n43\n\nFamily Life Affords Momentary Sex Pleasure\n\n49\n\nNo One Can Be Happy in Material Life\n\n55\n\nThe Creeper of Fruitive Activity\n\n59\n\nThe Wonderful Activities of Bharata Maharaja\n\n65\n\nOne Should Study the Life of Maharaja Bharata\n\n69\n\nCHAPTER FIFTEEN\n\nThe Glories of the Descendants of King\nPriyavram\n\n71\n\nSumati Followed the Path of �!?abhadeva\n\n72\n\nKing Pratiha As the Paragon of Bona Fide Preachers\n\n75\n\nv\n\n", "SB5.2#p0006": "Vt\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nThe Characteristics of King Gaya's Royal Order\n\n78\n\nThe Daughters of Dak�a Bathe King Gaya\n\n82\n\nKing Viraja As the Jewel of the Dynasty of Priyavrata\n\n88\n\nCHAPTER SIXTEEN\n\nA Description of Jamhiidvipa\n\n89\n\nMeditation on the Universal Form\n\n92\n\nNine Divisions of Land in Jambiidvipa\n\n97\n\nThe Four Mountains on the Sides of Mount Sumeru\n\n102\n\nThe River Arm:wdii Is Made of Mango Juice\n\n106\n\nRivers of Honey Flow from the Mahiikadamba Tree\n\n111\n\nThe Mountains Around the Foot of Mount Meru\n\n115\n\nThe Township of Lord Brahmii\n\n117\n\nCHAPTER SEVENTEEN\n\nThe Descent of the River Ganges\n\n1 19\n\nThe Origin of the Ganges River\n\n121\n\nGanges Water Is Carried Through the Spaceways\n\n127\n\nBhiirata-var�a as the Field of Fruitive Activities\n\n133\n\nThe Quadruple Expansions of NiiriiyaQ.a\n\n139\n\nPrayers of Siva to Sankar�al).a\n\n143\n\nSe�a Holds the Universes on His Hoods\n\n149\n\nCHAPTER EIGHTEEN\n\nThe Prayers Offered to the Lord by the\nResidents of Jambiidvipa\n\n155\n\nBhadrasravii Worships Hayasir�a\n\n157\n\nHayagriva Retrieves the Vedas\n\n163\n\nThe Mantra Chanted by Prahliida\n\n166\n\nHearing the Activities of Mukunda\n\n173\n\n", "SB5.2#p0007": "Table of Contents\n\nvu\n\nKamadeva Enjoys His Transcendental Senses\n\n182\n\nKri?Q.a Is the Only Husband\n\n188\n\nVaivasvata Manu Worships Lord Matsya\n\n198\n\nAryama Worships Vi�?Q.u's Form of a Tortoise\n\n205\n\nKapiladeva Analyzes the Cosmic Manifestation\n\n210\n\nThe Lord as the Original Boar\n\n220\n\nCHAPTER NINETEEN\n\nA Description of the Island of\n\nJamhiidvipa\n\n221\n\nHanuman Always Serves Ramacandra\n\n223\n\nLord Ramacandra's Mission\n\n229\n\nDevotees of Ayodhya Go Back to Godhead\n\n236\n\nThe Glories of Nara-NarayaQ.a\n\n240\n\nMaterialists Are Attached to Bodily Comforts\n\n244\n\nProminent Rivers in Bharata-var�a\n\n249\n\nThe Demigods Desire Human Birth in Bharata-vari?a\n\n254\n\nWorshipers of Demigods Are Benedicted by the Lord\n\n263\n\nThe Eight Small Islands Surrounding Jambiidvipa\n\n269\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY\n\nStudying the Structure of the Universe\n\n271\n\nThe Inhabitants of Plak�?advipa Attain the Sun\n\n276\n\nSalmalidvipa Is Surrounded by an Ocean of Liquor\n\n282\n\nOn Kusadvipa There Are Clumps of Ku5a Grass\n\n287\n\nMount Kraufica Is Protected by VaruQ.adeva\n\n292\n\nAn Ocean of Yogurt Surrounds Sakadvipa\n\n296\n\nThe Great Lotus Flower on Pu�?karadvipa\n\n301\n\nA Land Made of Gold\n\n306\n\nThe Lord Exhibits His Forms to Maintain the Planets\n\n312\n\n", "SB5.2#p0008": "vm\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-ONE\n\nThe Movements of the Sun\n\n319\n\nThe Sun As the King of All Planets\n\n322\n\nThe Sun Travels Over Manasottara Mountain\n\n325\n\nThe Moon Becomes Visible and Then Sets\n\n328\n\nThe Chariot of the Sun-god\n\n330\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-TWO\n\nThe Orbits of the Planets\n\n337\n\nThe Movement of the Sun and Planets\n\n340\n\nThe Sun-god Has Three Speeds\n\n344\n\nThe Moon Represents the Influence of the Lord\n\n347\n\nJupiter Is Favorable to the Brahmar:ws\n\n351\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-THREE\n\nThe SiS1lllira Planetary System\n\n355\n\nThe Polestar as the Pivot for All Stars and Planets\n\n357\n\nThe Form of Sisumara\n\n365\n\nThe Mantra Worshiping the Sisumara-cakra\n\n368\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-FOUR\n\nThe Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\n371\n\nRahu Is Inimical Toward the Sun and Moon\n\n374\n\nThe Beautiful Cities in the Imitation Heavens\n\n381\n\nThree Kinds of Women Created by the Demon Bala\n\n387\n\nBali Maharaja Offers Everything to Vamanadeva\n\n392\n\nBali Maharaja Speaks\n\n398\n\nMahatala Is the Abode of Many-hooded Snakes\n\n404\n\n", "SB5.2#p0009": "Table of Contents\n\nz.x\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-FIVE\n\nThe Glories of Lord Ananta\n\n409\n\nThe Beauty of Lord Ananta\n\n413\n\nAnantadeva Restrains His Anger and Intolerance\n\n416\n\nNarada Muni Always Glorifies Ananta\n\n419\n\nAnanta Easily Sustains the Universe\n\n427\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY -SIX\n\nA Description of the Hellish Planets\n\n431\n\nThe Location of the Hellish Planets\n\n437\n\nThe Names of the Different Hells\n\n441\n\nAnimals Called Rurus\n\n445\n\nThe Punishment for Punishing a Faultless Person\n\n451\n\nThe Punishment for Illicit Sex\n\n456\n\nThe Punishment for Needlessly Sacrificing Animals\n\n463\n\nThe Punishment for Those who Are like Envious\nSerpents\nBoth the Pious and Impious Return to Earth\n\n471\n476\n\nAppendixes\nThe Author\n\n485\n\nReferences\n\n487\n\nGlossary\n\n489\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n495\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n497\n\nGeneral Index\n\n505\n\n", "SB5.2#p0010": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to particular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to\n\nSnmad­\n\nBhiigavatam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\n\nsociety, nay, on the entire energy of living beings. The need is felt by\n\ngreat thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the aphor­\n\nism of Vedanta philosophy (janmady asya yata/:£) to establish the ideal of\na common cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of oblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts, education and economic development throughout the entire world. But there is\na pinprick somewhere in the social body at large, and therefore there are\nlarge-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is need of a\nclue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship and\n\nprosperity with a common cause. Srimad-Bhiigavatam will fill this need.\n\nfor it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the entire\nhuman society.\n\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student devotee Prahlada\nMaharaja in order to change the demonic face of society.\n\nkaumiira iicaret priijfio\ndhnrmiin bhiigavatiin ihn\ndurlabhnm man�am janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhiig. 7.6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything is\n\nXl\n\n", "SB5.2#p0011": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nxn\n\nmerged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate source of\n\ncreation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ultimate\n\nsource of everything that be. This ultimate source is explained rationally\nauthoritatively in the beautiful Bhagavatam or Srimad­\n\nand\n\nBhiigavatam.\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\n\nwith Him and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the\n\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\n\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\n\nsimply by a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\n\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to con­\n\nvert others to accept God as a concrete principle.\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\n\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vedanta-sutra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to the\n\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\n\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly as with an ordinary\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\n\nsure to become a God realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\ncantos.\n\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos, because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\nSri Kr�IJ.a. One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\n\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\n\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\n\nsmall installments one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Srimad-Bhagavatam, but still\n\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the thinkers and leaders of society\n\non the strength of the following statement of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\ntad vag-visargo janatagha-viplavo\nyasmin pratiSlokam abaddhavaty api\n\n", "SB5.2#p0012": "Preface\n\nxm\n\nniimany anantasya ya.So 'nkitani yac\nchr�vanti gayanti g�nti sadhava/:t\n(Bhag. 1.5.11)\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the\nunlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring\nabout a revolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such\ntranscendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\n\nOm tat sat\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\n", "SB5.2#p0013": "Introduction\n\n\"This\n\nBhiigavata Purar:w is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\n\njust after the departure of Lord Kr�I.la to His own abode, accompanied by\n\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\n\ndense darkness of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\n\nPurar:w.\" (Srimad-Bhiigavatam 1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the\n\nVedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\npreserved through oral tradition, the\n\nVedas were first put into writing\n\nfive thousand years ago by Sri:la Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\n\nVedas, Vyasadeva se! forth their essence in\nVediinta-siitras. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is\nVyasadeva's commentary on his own Vediinta-siitras. It was written in\nGod.\" After compiling the\nthe\n\naphorisms\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nthe maturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\n\nspiritual master. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\nliterature,\"\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the most complete and authoritative\n\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\nAfter compiling the\n\nBhiigavatam, Vyasa impressed the synopsis of it\n\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva GosvamL Sukadeva Gosvami: subsequently recited the entire\n\nBhagavatam to Maharaja Pari:k�it in an assem­\n\nbly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\n\nDelhi). Maharaja Pari:k�it was the emperor of the world and was a great\nriijar�i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\n\nwithin a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and retired to the bank\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\nThe\n\nBhiigavatam begins with Emperor Parlk�it's sober inquiry to\n\nSukadeva Gosvami::\n\n\"You are the spiritual master of great saints and\n\ndevotees. I am therefore begging you to show the\n\nway of perfection for all persons, and especially for\n\none who is about to die. Please let me know what a\n\nman should hear, chant, remember and worship,\nand also what he should not do. Please explain all\n\nthis to me.\"\n\nXlV\n\n", "SB5.2#p0014": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nXV\n\nSukadeva Gosvaml's answer to this question, and numerous other\n\nquestions posed by Maharaja Parik�it, concerning everything from the\n\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\n\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\ndeath. The sage Suta Gosvami, who was pr�sent on the bank of the\n\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvami first recited Srimad-Bhiigavatam, later\n\nrepeated the Bhagavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest of\n\nNaimi�araQ.ya. Those sages, concerned about the spiritual welfare of the\n\npeople in general, had gathered to perform a long, continuous chain of\n\nsacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\n\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\n\nwisdom, Suta Gosvami repeated from memory the entire eighteen thousand verses of Srimad-Bhiig avatam, as spoken by Sukadeva Gosvaml to\nMaharaja Parik�it.\n\nThe reader of Srimad-Bhagavatam hears Suta Gosvami relate the\n\nquestions of Maharaja Parik�it and the answers of Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nAlso, Suta Gosvami sometimes responds directly to questions put by\n\nSaunaka .I,t�i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at Naimi�araQ.ya. One\n\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\n\nParik�it and Sukadeva Gosvami on the bank of the Ganges, and another\n\nat Naimi�araQ.ya between Suta Gosvami and the sages at Naimi�araQ.ya\n\nForest, headed by Saunaka .I,t�i. Furthermore, while instructing King\n\nParik�it, Sukadeva Gosvami often relates historical episodes and gives\n\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\n\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple Vidura. With this understanding of\n\nthe history of the Bhiigavatam, the reader will easily be able to follow its\n\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since\n\nphilosophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most importan! in the\ntext, one need only be attentive to the subject matter of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam to appreciate fully its profound message.\nIt should also be noted that the volumes of the Bhagavatam need not\n\nbe read consecutively, starting with the first and proceeding to the last.\n\nThe translator of this edition compares the\n\nBhagavatam to sugar\n\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and\n\nrelishable.\n\nThis edition of the Bhiigavatam is the first complete English transla­\n\ntion of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0015": "XVt\n\nIntroduction\n\nfirst widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship and intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhagavatam\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhagavatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world view. Students of literature will discover the\n\nBhagavatam to be a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psychology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhagavatam offers simple\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "SB5.2#p0016": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB5.2#p0017": "CHART ONE\nThis map shows the Bhii-mar;tQala planetary system as viewed from\nabove. Bhii-maQ.Qala is like a lotus, and its seven islands (dvipas) resemble its whorl. In the middle of the central island, Jambiidvipa, stands\nMount Sumeru, a mountain of solid gold. Jambiidvipa is surrounded by\nan ocean of salt water, which is surrounded by the next island, Plak�advipa. Each island is thus surrounded by an ocean and then another island.\nThe outermost island, Pu�karadvipa, is divided in two by a great\nmountain named Manasottara. The sun orbits on top of this mountain\nand thus encircles Mount Sumeru. On Manasottara Mountain, in the four\ndirections, are the residential quarters of four prominent demigods.\nBeyond the outermost ocean and a land made of gold stands Lokaloka\nMountain, which is extremely high and which blocks the sunlight so that\nAloka-var�a, the land beyond it, is dark and uninhabited.\nThis map is not drawn to scale. In reality, the innermost island, Jambudvipa, is 800,000 miles wide. Each ocean is as broad as the island it\nsurrounds, and each succeeding island is twice as broad as the one before\nit. The total diameter of the universe is four billion miles. Thus if the entire map were drawn to the same scale as Jambiidvipa, the distance from\nthe center of the map to its outermost edge would have to be almost half a\nmile.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0018": "N\n\nLOKALOKA �\nMOUNTAIN RANGE\n�\n.\n\n_\n\n--=-��\n----�\n\nGOLDEN\n\n�\n\nLAND\n\n=\n\n-=\n\n----\n\n-:;:/'\n\n�\n-::?'\nINHABITED lAND\n\n----\n\nE\n\nw\n\ns\n\n", "SB5.2#p0019": "CHART TWO\nMoving with the great wheel of time, the stars and constellations travel\nclockwise around the polestar, and the sun travels with them. The sun,\nhowever, encircles the polestar in its own counterclockwise orbit around\nSumeru, and therefore the sun's motion is seen to be different from that\nof the wheel of time itself. Passing through twelve months, the sun\ncomes in touch with the twelve different signs of the zodiac and assumes\ntwelve different names according to those signs. The aggregate of those\ntwelve months is called a sariwatsara, or an entire year.\nThe sun travels at different speeds. When it travels in its northern\ncourse, it travels slowly during the day and quickly at night, thus increasing the duration of the daytime and decreasing the duration of\nnight. When it travels in its southern course, the exact opposite is truethe duration of the day decreases, and the duration of the night increases.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0020": "THE ENTIRE WHEEL OF THE SIGNS----\"\"'\n& CONSTELLATIONS MOVES CLOCKWISE\n\nz\n:>\n(/)\nUJ\n\nl\n\n", "SB5.2#p0021": "CHART THREE\nThis scale drawing shows a basic cross-section of the universe in which\nwe live. For simplicity, the planets are represented in a straight line, one\nabove another, although the Bhiigavatam describes that the sun, the\nmoon and the other planets are actually revolving around the polestar in\ntheir own orbits and at various speeds. These planets are revolving in\nobedience to the will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for the\ngreat machinery of the universe is all working according to His order.\nThe area between the planet Saturn and the Garbhodaka Ocean has also\nbeen depicted in a larger scale in the box on the right of the illustration.\nThe drawing does not attempt to represent accurately the relative sizes of\nthe planets, nor does it show the full depth of the Garbhodaka Ocean249,800,000 yojanas ( nearly half the universe ) . The total height of the\nuniverse, from top to bottom, is 510,000,000 yojanas, or 4,080,000,000\nmiles. This is but one of the innumerable universes in the material\nworld, which constitutes only a small fraction of the creation of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Since one cannot understand the\ndetails of even one universe in the vast material creation, certainly one\ncannot estimate the expansiveness of the spiritual world.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0022": "I\n\nI\n\nBEGINNING OF THE\nCOVERING OF THE UNIVERSE\n\n2\",200,000 YOJANAS\n\n�SATYALOKA(BRAHMALOKA)\n\nII\n\n�\n\nSCALE: :/'32\nIO,OOqOOO YO..JANAS\nI YO JANA = 8 MILES\n=\n\nSCALE:\n\n1/32\"\n\n=\n\n10,000\n\nYOJANAS\n\n120,000,000 Y.\n\n200,000 YO.JANAS\n\nBI;IHASPATI-GI'IAHA (.JUPITER)\n\nt---�\nt--/\nt--/'UOHA-GRAHA(M\n\n2001 OOOY.\n\nANGAR-A-GR�A (MARS)\n\n200,000Y\n\n..\n>CURY)\n\n200,000 y\n\nt\n\n/'UKRA-GRAHA(VENUS)\n--\n\n200,000Y,\n\n�,,,,<'\"STARS\n200,000Y.\n\nt---/MOON\n-+---if.JANALOKA\n20,000, 000 y\n1300000Y\nJ\n\nMAHARLOKA\n\n/DHRUVALOKA\nI --%\n(POLE STAR)\n\n+-\n\n' /�EVEN STARS\nIL_L1 1�,000'+'OOOY. o /\n. /SANAISCARA\nJ\n\n•\n\nI,..\n\n1,1olooov.\n\n.·.;..;.:y (SATURN)\n\n200,QOOY.\n\nlJ� ==f\n�L::�\n\nIO,OOOY.\nIO,OOOY.\n\n./\"'SUN\n\nI\n\n�\n\n�\n_- RAHU\n\n79,�00Y\n\n:\n( = t vt\n\nIOOY.\n\n··..:,.:___- EARTH\n\n70,000 Y.\n\nt3�,000Y.\n\n�\nGARBHODAKA\n\nSIDDHAS,\n\nCA_!IA�AS, VIDYADHARAS\n\n_,---YAK�AS, RAK�ASAS,GHOSTS, ETC.\n\nVITAL A,\n\nTALJ.TAL. ,\n\n(IN DESCENDING OROER)\n. � ATALA,\nSUTALA,\nA\nE\n\n: =-�� w�:· : � ���i�t �tT:�:��I<AA\n..\n\nOCEAN\n\n", "SB5.2#p0023": "PLATE ONE\n\"In the tract of land known as Ilav:rta-varf?a, the only male person is\n\nLord Siva, the most powerful demigod. Goddess Durgii, the wife of Lord\nSiva, does not like any man to enter that land. If any foolish man dares to\n\ndo so, she immediately turns him into a woman. In Ilav:rta-varf?a, Lord\n\nSiva is always encircled by ten billion maidservants of goddess Durgii,\n\nwho minister to him. The quadruple expansion of the Supreme Lord is\ncomposed\n\nof\n\nVasudeva,\n\nPradyumna,\n\nAniruddha\n\nand\n\nSankarf?aQa.\n\nSankarf?aQa, the fourth expansion, is certainly transcendental, but because His activities of destruction in the material world are in the mode\nof ignorance, He is known as tamas i, the Lord's form in the mode of ig­\n\nnorance. Lord Siva knows that Sankarf?aQa is the original cause of his\n\nown existence, and thus he always meditates upon Him in trance.\"\n\n(pp.142-143)\n\n", "SB5.2#p0024": "", "SB5.2#p0025": "PLATE TWO\n\"Bhadrasrava. the son of Dharmaraja, rules the tract of land known as\n\nBhadrasva-var�a. Just as Lord Siva worships Sankar�al)a in llavna-var�a.\n\nBhadrasrava. accompanied by his intimate servants and all the residents\n\nof the land. worships the plenary expansion of Vasudeva known as\n\nHayasir�a (also called Hayagriva). Lord Hayasir�a is very dear to the\n\ndevotees. and He is the director of all religious principles. Fixed in the\n\ntopmost trance, Bhadrasrava and his associates offer their respectful\nobeisances to the Lord and chant the following prayers with careful pro­\n\nnunciation:\n\n'At the end of the millennium. ignorance personified\n\nassumed the form of a demon. stole all the Vedas and took them down to\n\nthe planet of Rasatala. The Supreme Lord, however, in His form of\nHayagriva. retrieved the Vedas and returned them to Lord Brahma when\n\nhe begged for them. I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme\nLord. whose determination never fails.'\" (pp.l57-163)\n\n", "SB5.2#p0026": "", "SB5.2#p0027": "PLATE THREE\n\"The Supreme Lord in His boar incarnation, who accepts all sacrificial\nofferings, lives in the northern part of Jambiidvipa. There, in the tract of\nland known as Uttarakuru-var�a, mother earth and all the other inhabitants worship Him with unfailing devotional service by repeatedly chanting the following Upan�ad mantra: '0 Lord, we offer our respectful\nobeisances unto You as the gigantic person. Simply by chanting mantras,\nwe shall be able to understand You fully. You are yajiia (sacrifice), and\nYou are the kratu (ritual). Therefore all the ritualistic ceremonies of\nsacrifice are part of Your transcendental body, and You are the only enjoyer of all sacrifices. My Lord, as the original boar within this universe,\nYou fought and killed the great demon HiraQyak�a. Then You lifted me\n(the earth) from the Garbhodaka Ocean on the end of Your tusk, exactly\nas a sporting eley hant plucks a lotus flower from the water. I bow down\n\nbefore You.'\" (pp.212-220)\n\n", "SB5.2#p0028": "", "SB5.2#p0029": "PLATE FOUR\n\"In Kimpuru�a-var�a the great devotee Hanuman is always engaged\nwith the inhabitants of that land in devotional service to Lord Ramacandra, the elder brother of Lak�mal).a and dear husband of Sitadevi. A\nhost of Gandharvas is always engaged in chanting the glories of Ramacandra. That chanting is always extremely auspicious. Hanumanji and\nAr�ti�el).a, the chief person in Kimpuru�a-var�a, constantly hear those\nglories with complete attention. Hanuman chants the following mantras:\n'Let me please Your Lordship by chanting the bija-mantra, omkara. I\nwish to offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who is the best among the most elevated personalities. Your\nLordship is the reservoir of all good qualities. Your character and\nbehavior are always consistent, and You always control Your senses and\nmind. Acting just like an ordinary human being, You exhibit exemplary\ncharacter to teach others how to behave. It was ordained that Raval).a,\nchief of the Rak�asas, could not be killed by anyone but a man, and for\nthis reason Lord Ramacandra, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, appeared in the form of a human being to kill Raval).a.'\" (pp.223-229)\n\n", "SB5.2#p0030": "", "SB5.2#p0031": "PLATE FIVE\n\"Lord Sri Ananta is worshiped by all the uncontaminated devotees. He\nhas thousands of hoods and is the reservoir of all devotional service.\n·simply due to the glance of Lord Ananta, the three modes of nature interact and produce creation, maintenance and annihilation. These modes\n\nof nature appear again and again. Lord Anantadeva is known as Se�a (the\nunlimited end) because He ends our passage through this material world.\n\nSimply by chanting His glories everyone can be liberated. At the time of\ndevastation, when Lord Anantadeva desires to destroy the entire creation, He becomes slightly angry. Then from between His two eyebrows\nappears three-eyed Rudra, carrying a trident. This Rudra, who is known\nas Sankar�ai_la, is the embodiment of the eleven Rudras, or incarnations\n\nof Lord Siva. He appears in order to devastate the entire creation.\"\n\n(pp.412-423)\n\n", "SB5.2#p0032": "", "SB5.2#p0033": "PLATE SIX\n\"All the hellish planets are situated in the intermediate space between\n\nthe three worlds and the Garbhodaka Ocean. The king of the pitas is\n\nYamaraja, the very powerful son of the sun-god. He resides in Pitrloka\n\nwith his personal assistants and, while abiding by the rules and regulations set down by the Supreme Lord, has his agents, the Yamadiitas,\n\nbring all the sinful men to him immediately upon their death. After\n\nbringing them within his jurisdiction, he properly judges them according\n\nto their specific sinful activities and sends them to one of the many\n\nhellish planets for suitable punishments. In the province of Yamaraja\nthere are hundreds and thousands of hellish planets. All impious people\n\nmust enter these various planets according to the degree of their impiety.\n\n\"For the maintenance of their bodies and the satisfaction of their\n\ntongues, cruel persons cook poor animals and birds alive. Such persons\nare condemned even by man-eaters. In their next lives, they are carried\n\nby the Yamadiitas to the hell known as Kumbhipaka, where they are\ncooked in boiling oil.\n\n\"A human being endowed with knowledge certainly commits sin if he\n\nkills or torments insignificant creatures, who have no discrimination.\n\nThe Supreme Lord punishes such a man by putting him into the hell\nknown as Andhakiipa, where he is attacked by all the birds and beasts,\n\nreptiles, mosquitos, lice, worms, flies, and any other creatures he tor­\n\nmented during his life. They attack him from all sides, robbing him of\nthe pleasure of sleep. Unable to rest, he constantly wanders about in the\n\ndarkness. Thus in Andhakiipa his suffering is just like that of a creature\n\nin the lower species.\n\n\"In his next life, a sinful king or governmental representative who\n\npunishes an innocent person, or who inflicts corporal punishment upon a\n\nbrahmar)a, is taken by the Yamadiitas to a hell known as Sukharamukha,\n\nwhere the most powerful assistants of Yamaraja crush him exactly as one\n\ncrushes sugarcane to squeeze out juice. The sinful living entity cries very\npitiably and faints, just like an innocent man undergoing punishment.\n\nThis is the result of punishing a faultless person.\"\n\n(pp.437-453)\n\n", "SB5.2#p0034": "", "SB5.2#p0035": "PLATE SEVEN\n\"A man or woman who indulges in sexual intercourse with an unworthy member of the opposite sex is punished after death by the assistants\nof Yamaraja in the hell known as Taptasiirmi. There such men and\nwomen are beaten with whips. The man is forced to embrace a red-hot\niron form of a woman, and the woman is forced to embrace a similar\nform of a man. Such is the punishment for illicit sex.\n\"Any brahmaTJ(L or brahmaTJ(L 's wife who drinks liquor is taken by the\nagents of Yamaraja to the hell known as Ayal).pana. The hell also awaits\nany �atriya, vaiSya, or a person under a vow who in illusion drinks\nsoma-rasa. In Ayal).pana the agents of Yamaraja stand on their chests and\npour hot melted iron into their mouths.\n\"One who in this world or in this life is very proud of his wealth always thinks, 'I am so rich. Who can equal me?' His vision is twisted, and\nhe is always afraid that someone will take his wealth. Indeed, he even\nsuspects his superiors. His face and heart dry up at the thought of losing\nhis wealth, and therefore he always looks like a wretched fiend. He is not\nin any way able to obtain actual happiness, and he does not know what it\nis to be free from anxiety. Because of these sinful things he does to earn\nmoney, augment his wealth and protect it, he is put into the hell known\nas Sucimiikha, where the officials of Yamaraja punish him by stitching\nthread through his entire body like weavers manufacturing cloth.\"\n\n(pp.456-474)\n\n", "SB5.2#p0036": "", "SB5.2#p0037": "CHAPTER FOURTEEN\n\nThe Material World as the\nGreat Forest of Enjoyment\nThe direct meaning of the forest of material existence is given in this\nchapter. Merchants sometimes enter the forest to collect many rare\n\nthings and sell them at a good profit in the city, but the forest path is al­\n\nways bedecked with dangers. When the pure soul wants to give up the\nLord's service to enjoy the material world, Kr�f.la certainly gives him a\nchance to enter the material world. As stated in the Prema-vivarta:\n\nkr$r:ta-bahirmukha haiiii bhoga vaiiclul kare. This is the reason the pure\n\nspirit soul falls down to the material world. Due to his activities under\n\nthe influence of the three modes of material nature, the living entity\ntakes different positions in different species. Sometimes he is a demigod\n\nin the heavenly planets and sometimes a most insignificant creatvre in\n\nthe lower planetary systems. In this regard, Srlla Narottama dasa\nThiikura says, nand yoni sada phire: the living entity passes through\n\nvarious species. Kardarya bhak$ar:w- kare: he is obliged to eat and enjoy\n\nabominable things. Tara janma adha/:t-pate yaya: in this way his whole\n\nlife is spoiled. Without the protection of an all-merciful Vai�I_lava, the\nconditioned soul cannot get out of the clutches of maya. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gita (mana/:t $U$!hanindriyar:r-i prakrti-stlulni kar$ati), the liv­\n\ning entity begins material life with his mind and the five knowledge­\n\nacquiring senses, and with these he struggles for existence within the\n\nmaterial world. These senses are compared to rogues and thieves within\nthe forest. They take away a man's knowledge and place him in a net­\n\nwork of nescience. Thus the senses are like rogues and thieves that\n\nplunder his spiritual knowledge. Over and above this, there are family\nmembers, wife and children, who are exactly like ferocious animals in\n\nthe forest. The business of such ferocious animals is to eat a man ·s flesh.\n\nThe living entity allows himself to be attacked by jackals and foxes (wife\n\nand children), and thus his real spiritual life is finished. In the forest of\n\nmaterial life, everyone is envious like mosquitoes, and rats and mice are\n\n1\n\n", "SB5.2#p0038": "2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nalways creating disturbances. Everyone in this material world is placed in\nmany awkward positions and surrounded by envious people and disturbing animals. The result is that the living entity in the material world is\nalways plundered and bitten by many living entities. Nonetheless,\ndespite these disturbances, he does not want to give up his family life,\nand he continues his fruitive activities in an attempt to become happy in\nthe future. He thus becomes more and more entangled in the results of\n\nkarma, and thus he is forced to act impiously. His witnesses are the sun\nduring the day and the moon during the night. The demigods also witness, but the conditioned soul thinks that his attempts at sense gratification are not being witnessed by anyone. Sometimes, when he is detected,\nhe temporarily renounces everything, but due to his great attachment for\nthe body, his renunciation is given up before he can attain perfection.\nIn this material world there are many envious people. There is the taxexacting government, which is compared to an owl, and there are invisible crickets that create unbearable sounds. The conditioned soul is\ncertainly greatly harassed by the agents of material nature, but his intelligence is lost due to undesirable association. In an attempt to gain relief\nfrom the disturbances of material existence, he falls victim to so-called\n\nyogis, siidhus and incarnations who can display some magic but who do\nnot understand devotional service. Sometimes the conditioned soul is\nbereft of all money, and consequently he becomes unkind to his family\nmembers. In this material world there is not a pinch of actual happiness,\nfor which the conditioned soul is longing life after life. The government\nofficials are like carnivorous Riik!;Jasas who exact heavy taxes for the\nmaintenance of the government. The hard-working conditioned soul is\nvery saddened due to these heavy taxes.\nThe path of fruitive activities leads to difficult mountains, and sometimes the conditioned soul wants to cross these mountains, but he is\nnever successful, and consequently he becomes more and more aggrieved\nand disappointed. Becoming materially and financially embarrassed, the\nconditioned soul unnecessarily chastises his family. In the mlfterial condition there are four principal needs, out of which sleep is compared to a\npython. When asleep, the conditioned soul completely forgets his real existence, and in sleep he does not feel the tribulations of material life.\nSometimes, being in need of money, the conditioned soul steals and\ncheats, although he may apparently be associated with devotees for\n\n", "SB5.2#p0039": "Text 1)\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n3\n\nspiritual advancement. His only business is getting out of the clutches of\n\nmaya, but due to improper guidance he becomes more and more en­\n\ntangled in material dealings. This material world is simply an embarrassment and is composed of tribulations presented as happiness, distress,\n\nattachment, enmity and envy. On the whole it is simply full of tribula­\n\ntion and misery. When a person loses his intelligence due to attachment\n\nto wife and sex, his entire consciousness becomes polluted. He thus only\n\nthinks of the association of women. The time factor, which is like a ser­\n\npent, takes away everyone's life, including that of Lord Brahma and the\n\ninsignificant ant. Sometimes the conditioned soul tries to save himself\nfrom inexorable time and thus takes shelter of some bogus savior. Unfor­\n\ntunately, the bogus savior cannot even save himself. How, then, can he\n\nprotect others? The bogus saviors do not care for bona fide knowledge\nreceived from qualified brahmar:uz,s and Vedic sources. Their only busi­\n\nness is indulging in sex and recommending sexual freedom even for\nwidows. Thus they are like monkeys in the forest. Srila Sukadeva\n\nGosvami thus explains the material forest and its difficult path to\nMaharaja Parik�?it.\n\nTEXT 1\nf{\n\niffl'<�\n\n� � ���fW�W�t �fGarn�qf?t��\n�e('l+l'4iit<­\n\nmmW�flRTNf?t��md;.itttm�tf���\n���tr�UJ�[ilt��s�;:tJNRr(l ��� lflffifl\n�aftct�tll +lr:rtl :sfi'4J\\'fit51t ((til\n'4f01iffli�S��:\n�fil\\qrR�cti+il�: �����'4G:�J\nijmw;� � �tmfq\nfq'fi��qRf4\\if&�Ttifq�J+I�1\n�IIZII\n\n�ft�UlH�rG\\+I��fq\n\nsa hovaca\nsa e$a dehatma-miininam sattviidi-gur:w-viSe$a-vikalpita-ku.Saliikusala-samavahiira-vinirmita-vividha-dehavalibhir viyoga-samyogadyaniidi-samsiiriinubhavasya dviira-bhutena $al},-indriya-varger:w tasmin\ndurgiidhvavad asugame 'dhvany iipatita iSvarasya bhagavato vi$�or\n\n", "SB5.2#p0040": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n4\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nva.Sa-vartinyii miiyayii fiva-loko 'yam yathii var,tik-siirtho 'rtha-para}:t\nsva-deha-ni§padita-karmiinubhava}:t sma.Siinavad a.Sivatamiiyiirh\nsarhsiirii.tavyiirh gato nadyiipi viphala-bahu-pratiyogehas tattiipopasamanirh\n\nhari-guru-carar,tiiravinda-madhukariinupadavim\n\navarundhe.\nsa/:t-the self-realized devotee (Sri. Sukadeva Gosvami:); ha-indeed;\n\nuviica-spoke; sa}:t-he (the conditioned soul); e$a/:t-this one; dehaiitma-miininiim-of those who foolishly take the body to be the self; sat­\n\ntva-adi-of sattva, raja/:t and tama}:t; gur,ta-by the modes; viSe$a-par­\n\nticular; vikalpita-falsely constituted; ku5ala-sometimes by favorable\n\nactions;\n\nakusala-sometimes\n\nby\n\nvery\n\nunfa vorable\n\nactions;\n\nsamavahiira-by a mixture of both; vinirmita-obtained; vividha­\n\nvarious types;\n\ndeha-iivalibhi/:t-by the series\n\nof bodies;\n\nviyoga­\n\nsarhyoga-adi-symptomized by giving up one type of body (viyoga) and\n\naccepting another (sarhyoga); aniidi-sarhsiira-anubhavasya-of the perception of the beginningless process of transmigration; dviira-bhutena­\n\nexisting as the doorways; $a!-indriya-varger,ta-by these six senses (the\n\nmind and five knowledge-acquiring senses, namely the eyes, ears,\n\ntongue, nose and skin); tasmin-on that; durga-adhva-vat-like a path\n\nthat is very difficult to traverse; asugame-being difficult to pass\nthrough;\n\nadhvani-on a path in the forest;\n\niipatita}:t-happened;\n\niSvarasya-.of the controller; bhagavata/:t-the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; vi§r,ta}:t-of Lord Vi�I).u; va.Sa-vartinyii-acting under the con­\n\ntrol; miiyayii-by the material energy; jiva-loka}:t-the conditioned liv­\n\ning entity; ayam-this; yathii-exactly like; var,tik-a merchant; saartha}:t-having an object; artha-para}:t-who is very attached to\n\nmoney; sva-deha-ni§padita-performed by his own body; karma-the\nfruits of activities;\n\nanubhava}:t-who experiences; smasiina-vat\n\na.Sivatamiiyiim-like an inauspicious cemetery or place of burial; sarhsiira-afavyiim-in the forest of material life; gata}:t-having entered;\n\nna-not;\n\nadya api-until now;\n\nviphala-unsuccessful;\n\nbahu-pra­\n\ntiyoga-full of great difficulties and varieties of miserable conditions;\n\niha}:t-whose activities here in this material world; tat-tiipa-upa.Sa­\n\nmanim-which pacifies the miseries of the forest of material life; hari­\n\nguru-carar,ta-aravinda-to the lotus feet of the Lord and His devotee;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0041": "Text 1]\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n5\n\nmadhukara-anupadavim-the road followed in pursuance of devotees\nwho are attached like bumblebees; avarundhe\n\n-\n\ngain\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen King Parik�it asked Suka�eva Gosviimi about the direct\n\nmeaning of the material forest, Sukadeva Gosviimi replied as\n\nfollows: My dear King, a man belonging to the mercantile com­\n\nmunity (vlli_lik] is always interested in earning money. Sometimes\n\nhe enters the forest to acquire some cheap commodities like wood\nand earth and sell them in the city at good prices. Similarly, the\nconditioned soul, being greedy, enters this material world for\n\nsome material profit. Gradually he enters the deepest part of the\nforest, not really knowing how to get out. Having entered the\n\nmaterial world, the pure soul becomes conditioned by the material\n\natmosphere, which is created by the external energy under the\ncontrol of Lord Vi�I).U. Thus the living entity comes under the con­\n\ntrol of the external energy, daivi maya. Living independently and\n\nbewildered in the forest, he does not attain the association of devo­\n\ntees who are always engaged in the service of the Lord. Once in the\nbodily conception, he gets different types of bodies one after the\n\nother under the influence of material energy and impelled by the\n\nmodes of material nature (sattva-gul).a, rajo-gul).a and tamo-gul).a].\n\nIn this way the conditioned soul goes sometimes to the heavenly\n\nplanets, sometimes to the earthly planets and sometimes to the\n\nlower planets and lower species. Thus he suffers continuously due\n\nto different types of bodies. These sufferings and pains are some­\n\ntimes mixed. Sometimes they are very severe, and sometimes they\nare not. These bodily conditions are acquired due to the condi­\n\ntioned soul's mental speculation. He uses his mind and five senses\nto acquire knowledge, and these bring about the different bodies\nand different conditions. Using the senses under the control of the\nexternal energy, maya, the living entity suffers the miserable con­\n\nditions of material existence. He is actually searching for relief,\n\nbut he is generally bafBed, although sometimes he is relieved after\n\ngreat difficulty. Struggling for existence in this way, he cannot get\n\n", "SB5.2#p0042": "6\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nthe shelter of pure devotees, who are like bumblebees engaged in\n\nloving service at the lotus feet of Lord Vi�J).U.\nPURPORT\n\nThe most important information in this verse is hari-guru-cara1J11-\n\naravinda-madhukara-anupadavim. In this material world the condi­\n\ntioned souls are baffled by their activities, and sometimes they are\n\nrelieved after great difficulty. On the whole the conditioned soul is never\nhappy. He simply struggles for existence. Actually his only business is to\n\naccept the spiritual master, the guru, and through him he must accept\n\nthe lotus feet of the Lord. This is explained by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu:\n\nguru-kr$1J11-prasade paya bhakti-lata-bija. People struggling for exis­\n\ntence in the forests or cities of the material world are not actually enjoy­\n\ning life. They are simply suffering different pains and pleasures,\n\ngenerally pains that are always inauspicious. They try to gain release\n\nfrom these pains, but they cannot due to ignorance. For them it is stated\n\nin the Vedas: tad-vijfu'iniirtham sa gurum evabhigacchet. When the liv­\n\ning entity is lost in the forest of the material world, in the struggle for\n\nexistence, his first business -is to find a bona fide guru who is always\nengaged at the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�I).u.\n\nAfter all, if he is at all eager to be relieved of the struggle for existence,\n\nhe must find a bona fide guru and take instructions at his lotus feet. In\nthis way he can get out of the struggle.\n\nSince the material world is compared herein to a forest, it may be\n\nargued that in Kali-yuga modern civilization is mainly situated in the\n\ncities. A great city, however, is like a great forest. Actually city life is\nmore dangerous than life in the forest. If one enters an unknown city\n\nwithout friend or shelter, living in that city is more difficult than living\nin a forest. There are many big cities all over the surface of the globe,\n\nand wherever one looks he sees the struggle for existence going on\ntwenty-four hours a day. People rush about in cars going seventy and\n\neighty miles an hour, constantly coming and going, and this sets the\n\nscene of the great struggle for existence. One has to rise early in the\nmorning and travel in that car at breakneck speed. There is always the\n\ndanger of an accident, and one has to take great care. In his automobile,\n\nthe living entity is full of anxieties, and his struggle is not at all\n\n", "SB5.2#p0043": "Text 2]\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n7\n\nauspicious. Apart from human beings, other species like cats and dogs\nare also struggling very hard day and night for existence. Thus the\nstruggle for existence continues, and the conditioned soul changes from\none position to another. For a while, he is a child, but he has to become a\nboy. From a boy, he has to change into a youth, and from youth to manhood and old age. Finally, when the body is no longer workable, he has to\naccept a new body in a different species. Giving up the body is called\ndeath, and accepting another body is called birth. The human form is an\nopportunity to take shelter of the bona fide spiritual master and, through\nhim, the Supreme Lord. This �l?Da consciousness movement has been\nstarted to give an opportunity to all the members of human society, who\nare misled by foolish leaders. No one can get out of this struggle for existence, which is full of miseries, without accepting a pure devotee of the\nLord. The material attempt changes from one position to another, and no\none actually gains relief from the struggle for existence. The only resort\nis the lotus feet of a bona fide spiritual master, and, through him, the\nlotus feet of the Lord.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�Ti & en �ij q-m;.�;;r��: �IJft � � ij 1 ij� �rm\n� ;;rft��;a:4fqP'I� q�mNttij � ���t it�t\n��ij Q m;qWJ aoof� 1\nij� '=l;f ������1Jft-\n\n\\(fl�mol(1t(iq��(11t�RJ\"M+r1ir.l\n�� fui;q-�c:r II � II\n\n1;�1?.f�I�H'I�+t9il �\n\nyasyam u ha va ete �acj-indriya-niimanatt karmaTJii dasyava eva te. tad\nyathii pur�asya dhanam yat kiiicid dharmaupayikam bahukrcchradhigatam sa�at parama-pur�aradhana-la�ar:w yo 'sau\ndharmas tam tu samparaya udaharanti. tad-dharmyam dhanam\ndarsana-sparsana-srava1Jiisvudaniivaghra7Jn-sarikalpa-tyavasayagrha-gramyopabhogena kuniithasyajitatmano yatha sarthasya vilumpanti.\nyasyam -in which; u ha-certainly; va-or; ete-all these: �at-in­\n\nd riya-namanatt-who are named the six senses (the mind and the five\n\n", "SB5.2#p0044": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n8\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nknowledge-acquiring senses); karma�Jfl,-by their activity; dasyava/:1,the plunderers; eva-certainly;\n\nte-they; tat-that; yatha-as;\n\npur�asya-of a person; dhanam-the wealth; yat-whate v er; kiiicitsomething; dharma-aupayikam-which is a means to religious principles; bahu-krcchra-adhigatam-earned after much hard labor; sak$atdirectly;\n\nparama-pur�a-aradhana-lak$a7}-a/:l,-whose\n\nsymptoms\n\nare\n\nworship of the Supreme Lord by performance of sacrifices and so on;\nya/:1,-which; asau-that; dharma/:1,-religious principles; tam-that;\ntu-but; samparaye-for the benefit of the living entity after death;\nudaharanti-the wise declare; tat-dharmyam-religious (relating to the\nprosecution of the van:liisrama-dharma); dhanam-wealth; darsanaby seeing; sparsana-by touching; sravaT}-a-by hearing; asvadana-by\ntasting;\n\navaghra�a-by smelling;\n\nsankalpa-by determination;\n\nryavasaya-by a conclusion; grha-in the material home; gramyaupabhogena-by material sense gratification;\n\nkuniithasya-of the\n\nmisguided conditioned soul; ajita-atmana/:1,-who has not controlled\nhimself; yatha-just as; sarthasya-of the living entity interested m\nsense gratification; vilumpanti-they plunder.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the forest of material existence, the uncontrolled senses are\n\nlike plunderers. The conditioned soul may earn some money for\nthe advancement of Kr�J.la consciousness, hut unfortunately the\nuncontrolled senses plunder his money through sense gratifica­\n\ntion. The senses are plunderers because they make one spend his\n\nmoney unnecessarily for seeing, smelling, tasting, touching, hear­\n\ning, desiring and willing. In this way the conditioned soul is\nobliged to gratify his senses, and thus all his money is spent. This\n\nmoney is actually acquired for the execution of religious principles, but it is taken away by the plundering senses.\nPURPORT\n\nPurva-jamniirjita vidya purva-janmarjitam dhanam ogre dhavati\ndhavati. By following the principles of the var�ii.Srama-dharma, one attains a better position in the material world. One may be rich, learned,\nbeautiful or highborn. One who has all these assets should know that\n\n", "SB5.2#p0045": "Text 3)\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n9\n\nthey are all meant for the advancement of ��Qa consciousness. Unfortunately, when a person is misguided he misuses his high position for\nsense gratification. Therefore the uncontrolled senses are considered\nplunderers. The good position one attains by executing religious principles is wasted as the plundering senses take it away. By executing\nreligious principles under the laws of varr)iiSrama-dharma, one is placed\nin a comfortable position. One may very easily use his assets for the\nfurther advancement of ��Qa consciousness. One should understand\nthat the wealth and opportunity one gets in the material world should not\nbe squandered in sense gratification. They are meant for the advancement of K:r�Qa consciousness. This ��Qa consciousness movement is\ntherefore teaching people to control the mind and five knowledgeacquiring senses by a definite process. One should practice a little\nausterity and not spend money on anything other than the regulative life\nof devotional service. The senses demand that one see beautiful things;\ntherefore money should be spent for decorating the Deity in the temple.\nSimilarly, the tongue has to taste good food, which should be bought and\noffered to the Deity. The nose can be utilized in smelling the flowers\noffered to the Deity, and the hearing can be utilized by listening to the\nvibration of the Hare ��Qa mantra. In this way the senses can be regulated and utilized to advance ��Qa consciousness. Thus a good position\nmight not be spoiled by material sense gratification in the form of illicit\nsex, meat-eating, intoxication and gambling. One spoils an opulent position in the material world by driving cars, spending time in nightclubs or\ntasting abominable food in restaurants. In these ways, the plundering\nsenses take away all the assets that the conditioned soul has acquired with\ngreat difficulty.\n\nTEXT3\n\n���� <:JUt«�� wnm ��un i��\n��ffisfq �� �� '3(01�� ij(�lltuf fll�sfq\n3P.I\n\n:q �\n\n�<�II � II\n\natha ca yatra kautumbika darapatyadayo namna karma1)ii vrka-srgala\nevanicchato 'pi kadaryasya kutumbina urar:w,kavat sarhra�yamar:w,rh\nm�ato 'pi haranti.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0046": "10\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\natha-in this way; ca-also; yatra-in which; kautumbika/:t-the\nfamily members; dara-apatya-adaya/:t-beginning with the wife and\nchildren: namna-by name only; karma�-by their behavior; vrkasrgala}:t-tigers and jackals; eva-certainly; anicchata/:t-of one who\ndoes not desire to spend his wealth; api-certainly; kadaryasya-being\ntoo miserly; kutumbina/:t-who is surrounded by family members;\nura�ka-vat-like a lamb;\n\nsamra/cyyama�m-although protected;\n\nm�ata/:t-of one who is observing; api-even; haranti-they forcibly\ntake away.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear King, family members in this material world go under\n\nthe names of wife and children, hut actually they behave like tigers\n\nand jackals. A herdsman tries to protect his sheep to the best of his\n\nability, hut the tigers and foxes take them away by force. Similarly,\n\nalthough a miserly man wants to guard his money very carefully,\n\nhis family members take away all his assets forcibly, even though\n\nhe is very vigilant.\n\nPURPORT\nOne Hindi poet has sung: din ka dakini rat ka baghini palak palak\nrahu cuse. During the daytime, the wife is compared to a witch, and at\nnight she is compared to a tigress. Her only business is sucking the blood\nof her husband both day and night. During the day there are household\nexpenditures, and the money earned by the husband at the cost of his\nblood is taken away. At night, due to sex pleasure, the husband discharges blood in the form of semen. In this way he is bled by his wife\nboth day and night, yet he is so crazy that he very carefully maintains\nher. Similarly, the children are also like tigers, jackals and foxes. As\ntigers, jackals and foxes take away lambs despite the herdsman's vigilant\nprotection, children take away the father's money, although the father\nsupervises the money himself. Thus family members may be called\nwives and children, but actually they are plunderers.\n\nTEXT4\n\n�t�;ntJJ�t��m � F���\n!Je!+((!Ormt�A,(illq �m tro�\": Cfi�� �� ft �\"!!�m<:f-=« � Cfill{� t1;'f 3Wf�: II � II\n�\n\ntit�«\"��\n\n", "SB5.2#p0047": "The Forest of Enjoyment\n\nText 4]\n\n11\n\nyatha hy anuvatsaram kr�yamii� m apy adagdha-bijam �etram punar\nevavapana-kale gulma-tr�-virudbhir gahvaram iva bhavaty evam eva\ngrhasrama� karma-�etram yasmin na hi karmar:ty utsidanti yad ayam\nkama-karar:u}a e�a avasatha�.\nyatha -just\n\na s;\n\nhi-ce rtainly;\n\nanuvatsaram-every\n\nyear;\n\nkr�ya ma� m-being plowed; api-although; adagdha-bijam-in which\nthe seeds are not burned; �etram-the field; p una�-again; eva-certainly; avapana-kale-at the times for sowing the seeds; gulma-by\nbushes; trr:ta-by grasses; virudbhi�-by the creepers; gahvaram ivalike a bower; bhavati-becomes; evam-thus; eva-certainly; grhaasrama�-family life; karma-�etram-the field of activities; yasminin which; na-not; hi-certainly; karmiir:ti uts idanti -fruitive activities\ndisa ppear; yat-therefore; aya m -this; kama-karar:tr;la�-the\nstorehouse of fruitive desire; e�a�-this; avasatha�-abode .\n\nTRANSLATION\nEvery year the plowman plows over his grain field, completely\nuprooting all weeds. Nonetheless, the seeds lie there and, not\nbeing completely burned, again come up with the plants sown in\nthe field. Even after being plowed under, the weeds come up\ndensely. Similarly, the g.rhastha-a.Srama [family life] is a field of\nfruitive activity. Unless the desire to enjoy family life is completely\nburned out, it grows up again and again. Even though camphor\nmay be removed from a pot, the pot nonetheless retains the aroma\nof camphor. As long as the seeds of desire are not destroyed, fruitive activities are not destroyed.\nPURPORT\nUnless one's desires are completely transferred to the service of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the desire for family life continues.\neven after one has taken sannyasa. Sometimes in our society, lSKCON. a\nperson out of sentiment may take sannyasa, but because his desires are\nnot burned completely, he again takes to family life, even at the risk of\nlosing his prestige and disgracing his good name. These strong desires\ncan be burned out completely when one fully engages in the service of\nthe Lord in devotional service.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0048": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n12\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nTEXTS\n\n�ffi (�'l�«qtrrn����:\n\n�(?;+t�t'\"�Rt�(l{�nr���m:�sniJf: �� qft��sf��ttf����\n'H�+iiH:Utl;q�l�l �(J\\� ���iRJI'mlflffir\nfll���tllq�tRt II� II\ntatra gato damsa-ma5aka-samiipasadair manujaift, salabha-sakuntataskara-mll$akadibhir uparudhyamiina-bahi/:t-prafULIJ kvacit\nparivartamiino 'sminn adhvany avidya-kama-karmabhir uparaktamanasanupapannartham nara-lokam gandharva-nagaram upapannam\niti mithya-dr�tir anupa§yati.\ntatra-to that household life; gataft,-gone; da msa-gadf l ies;\nma§aka-mosquitoes; sama-equal to; apasadaift,-who are low-class;\n\nmanu jaift,-by men; salabha-loc usts ; sakunta-a large bird of prey;\n-\n\ntaskara-thieves;\n\nrats\n\nmil�a k a - a d i b h i ft, - b y\n\nand\n\nso\n\no n;\n\nuparudhyamii na-being disturbed; bahi/:t-prar:w./:t-the external life air\n\nin the form of wealth and so on; kvacit-so metimes ; parivartamiina/:twandering;\n\nasmin-in this;\n\nadhvani-path\n\nof material existence;\n\navidya-kama-by ignorance and lust; karmabhift,-and by fruitive activities;\n\nuparakta-manasa-due\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nmind's\n\nbeing\n\ninfluenced;\n\nanupapanna-artham-in which the desired results are never obtained;\nnara-lokam-this material world; gandharva-nagaram-a will-o'-thewisp city; upapannam-existing; iti-taking it as; mithya-dr�ti/:t-he\nwhose vision is mistaken; anupa§yati-observes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes the conditioned soul in household life, being at­\n\ntached to material wealth and possessions, is disturbed by gadflies\n\nand mosquitoes, and sometimes locusts, birds of prey and rats give\nhim trouble. Nonetheless, he still wanders down the path of\nmaterial existence. Due to ignorance he becomes lusty and engages\nin fruitive activity. Because his mind is absorbed in these activities,\n\nhe sees the material world as permanent, although it is temporary\nlike a phantasmagoria, a house in the sky.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0049": "The Forest of Enjoyment\n\nText6]\n\n13\n\nPURPORT\nThe following song is sung by Narottama dasa Thakura:\n\nahmikare matta hafiii,\n\nnitai-pada piisariya,\n\nasatyere satya kari mani\nDue to forgetting the lotus feet of Lord Nityananda and being puffed up\nby material possessions, wealth and opulence, one thinks the false, temporary material world to be an actual fact. This is the material disease.\nThe living entity is eternal and blissful, but despite miserable material\nconditions, he thinks the material world to be real and factual due to his\ntgnorance.\nTEXT6\n\nij:f\n\n:q\n\nfi�T���\no�tt.1•R�lij'f: II � II\ntatra ca kvacid atapodaka-nibhan v�ayan upadhavati pana-bhojanaryavayadi-ryasana-lolupa/:t.\ntatra-there (in this phantom place); ca-also; kvacit-sometimes;\n\natapa-udaka-nibhan-like the water in a mirage in the desert;\nv�ayan-the objects of sense enjoyment;\n\nupadhavati-runs after;\n\npana-to drinking; bhojana-to eating; vyavaya-to sex life; adi-and\nso on; vyasana-with addiction; lolupa/:t-a debauchee.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes in this house in the sky [gandharva-pura) the conditioned soul drinks, eats and has sex. Being overly attached, he\nchases after the objects of the senses just as a deer chases a mirage\nin the desert.\nPURPORT\nThere are two worlds-the spiritual and the material. The material\nworld is false like a mirage in the desert. In the desert, animals think\n\n", "SB5.2#p0050": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n14\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nthey see water, but actually there is none. Similarly, those who are\nanimalistic try to find peace within the desert of material life. It is\nrepeatedly said in different stistras that there is no pleasure in this\nmaterial world. Furthermore, even if we agree to live without pleasure,\nwe are not allowed to do so. In Bhagavad-gitii, Lord Kr��a says that the\nmaterial world is not only full of miseries (du/:tkhiilayam) but also temporary (a5iisvatam). Even if we want to live here amid miseries, material\nnature will not allow us to do so. It will oblige us to change bodies and\nenter another atmosphere full of miserable conditions.\nTEXT7\n\niji��)tf.twf tm� �h!llffiffflijltfu:\nft�fif��ij� ��fqm�ll\\911\nkvacic cii.Se$a-do$a-n�adanarh puri{;a-viSe$arh tad-varr:w,-gur:w,-nirmitamati� suvan:tam upiiditsaty agni-kiima-kiitara ivolmuka-piSiicam.\nkvacit-sometimes;\n\nca-also;\n\na5e$a-unlimited;\n\ndo$a-of faults;\n\nn�adanam-the source of; puri{; a - of stool; viSe$am-a particular\ntype; tat-var r:w,-gur:w,-whose color is the same as that of the mode of\npassion\n\n(reddish ) ;\n\nnirmita-mati�-whose mind is absorbed in that;\n\nsuvar r:w,m-gold ; upiidits ati-desiring to get; agni-kiima-by the desire\n\nfor fire; kiitura�-who is troubled; iva - like ; ulmuka-piSiicam-a\nphosphorescent light known as a will-o'-the-wisp, which is sometimes\nmistaken for a ghost.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes the living entity is interested in the yellow stool\n\nknown as gold and runs after it. That gold is the source of material\nopulence and envy, and it can enable one to afford illicit sex, gambling, meat-eating and intoxication. Those whose minds are over­\n\ncome by the mode of passion are attracted by the color of gold, just\nas a man suffering from cold in the forest runs after a phosphores­\n\ncent light in a marshy land, considering it to he fire.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0051": "15\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\nText 8]\n\nPURPORT\nParik�it Maharaja told Kali-yuga to leave his kingdom immediately\nand reside in four places: brothels, liquor shops, slaughterhouses and\ngambling casinos. However, Kali-yuga requested him to give him only\none place where these four places are included, and Parik�it Maharaja\ngave him the place where gold is stored. Gold encompasses the four\nprinciples of sin, and therefore, according to spiritual life, gold should be\navoided as far as possible. If there is gold, there is certainly illicit sex,\nmeat-eating, gambling and intoxication. Because people in the Western\nworld have a great deal of gold, they are victims of these four sins. The\ncolor of gold is very glittering, and a materialistic person becomes very\nmuch attracted by its yellow color. However, this gold is actually a type\nof stool. A person with a bad liver generally passes yellow stool. The color\nof this stool attracts a materialistic person, just as the will-o'-the-wisp attracts one who needs heat.\nTEXTS\n\nctiG:IMN'4mqt;fl�Natt��ijtq�'T�Tfilf.i�\nijmm;otnfi{m�r: qftm;rftr II� II\n3N\n\natha kadacin nivasa-paniya-dravil}iidy-anekatmopajivanabhinivesa\netasyarh sarhsiiratavyam itas tata/:t paridhavati.\natha-in\n\nthis\n\nway;\n\nkadacit-sometimes;\n\nniviis a-residence :\n\npiiniya-water ; dravi!W-wealth ; adi-and so on; aneka-in various\nitems; atma upajiva na-which are considered necessary to maintain\nbody and soul together; abhinivesa/:t-a person fully absorbed:\n-\n\netasyam-in this; sarhsara-atavyam-the material world, which is like a\ngreat forest; ita/:t tata/:t-here and there; paridhavati\n\n-\n\nruns around.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes the conditioned soul is absorbed in finding residential quarters or apartments and getting a supply of water and riches\nto\n\nmaintain his\n\nbody.\n\nAbsorbed\n\nin\n\nacquiring a\n\nvariety\n\nof\n\n", "SB5.2#p0052": "16\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nnecessities, he forgets everything and perpetually runs around the\nforest of material existence.\nPURPORT\nAs originally mentioned, a poor man belonging to the mercantile community goes to the forest to get some cheap goods to bring back to the city\nto sell at a profit. He is so absorbed in the thought of maintaining body\nand soul together that he forgets his original relationship with Kr��Ja and\nseeks only the bodily comforts. Thus material activities are the conditioned soul's only engagement. Not knowing the aim of life, the\nmaterialist perpetually wanders in material existence, struggling to get\nthe necessities of life. Not understanding the aim of life, even though he\nacquires sufficient necessities, he manufactures artificial necessities and\nthus becomes more and more entangled. He creates a mental situation\nwhereby he needs greater and greater comforts. The materialist does not\nknow the secret of nature's ways. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (3.27):\n\nprakrte/:£ kriyanuir_uini\ngu1)1li/:£ karnuir:ti sarva§a/:£\nahmikara-vimur;lhatnui\nkartaham iti manyate\n\"'The bewildered spirit soul, under the influence of the three modes of\nmaterial nature, thinks himself to be the doer of activities which are in\nactuality carried out by nature.\" Due to lusty desire, the living entity\ncreates a certain mental situation whereby he wants to enjoy this material\nworld. He thus becomes entangled, enters different bodies and suffers in\nthem.\nTEXT9\n\n�R� �wrt�T srq�tttssit�iffitmt (ij�l�fJtm\n\n��\n\nR�wnfif II Q.. II\n\n��(q�sftf\n\nw�'\n\n��;rr�\n\n3Tf����\n\n", "SB5.2#p0053": "The Forest of Enjoyment\n\nText 9]\n\n17\n\nkvacic ca vatyaupamyayii pramadayaroham iiropitas tat-kiila-rajasd\nrajan'i-bhuta ivasadhu-maryado rajas-valiilcy o 'pi dig-devata atirajasvala-matir na vijanati.\nkvacit-sometimes;\n\nca-also;\n\nvatya aupamyayd-compared to a\n\nwhirlwind; pramadaya-by a beautiful woman; droham dropita/:traised onto the lap for sex enjoyment; tat-kiila-rajasa-by the passion of\nlusty desires at that moment; rajan'i-bhuta/:t-the darkness of night;\niva-like; asadhu-maryada/:t-who is without proper respect for the\nhigher witnesses; raja/:t-vala-alcya/:t-blinded by strong lusty desires;\napi-certainly; dik-devatii/:t-the demigods in charge of different directions, like the sun and the moon; atiraja/:t-vala-mati/:t-whose mind is\novercome by lust;\n\nna\n\nv ijdniiti\n\n-\n\nhe does not know (that witnesses all\n\naround take note of his impudent sexual act).\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes, as if blinded by the dust of a whirlwind, the conditioned soul sees the beauty of the opposite sex, which is called pramadii. Being thus bewildered, he is raised upon the lap of a\nwoman, and at that time his good senses are overcome by the force\nof passion. He thus becomes almost blind with lusty desire and disobeys the rules and regulations governing sex life. He does not\nknow that his disobedience is witnessed by different demigods,\nand he enjoys illicit sex in the dead of night, not seeing the future\npunishment awaiting him.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-g'itii (7.ll) it is said: dharmiiviruddho bhute$U kiimo\n\n'smi bharatar$abha. Sex is allowed only for the begetting of children. not\nfor enjoyment. One can indulge in sex to beget a good child for the\nbenefit of the family, society and world. Otherwise, sex is against the\nrules and regulations of religious life. A materialistic person does not\nbelieve that everything is managed in nature, and he does not know that\nif one does something wrong, he is witnessed by different demigods. A\nperson enjoys illicit sex, and due to his blind, lusty desire. he thinks that\nno one can see him, but this illicit sex is thoroughly observed by the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0054": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n18\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nagents of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore the person is\npunished in so many ways. Presently in Kali-yuga there are many pregnancies due to illicit sex, and sometimes abortions ensue. These sinful activities are witnessed by the agents of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and a man and woman who create such a situation are\npunished in the future by the stringent laws of material nature (daivi hy\n\ne$a guiJamayi mama maya duratyaya). Illicit sex is never excused, and\nthose who indulge in it are punished life after life. As confirmed in\n\nBfwgavad-gita (16.20):\n\nasurirh yonim apanna\nmul},ha janmani janmani\nmam aprapyaiva kaunteya\ntato yanty adhamam gatim\n.. Attaining repeated birth among the species of demoniac life, such persons can never approach Me. Gradually they sink down to the most\nabominable type of existence.\"\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead does not allow anyone to act\nagainst the stringent laws of material nature; therefore illicit sex is\npunished life after life. Illicit sex creates pregnancies, and these unwanted pregnancies lead to abortion. Those involved become implicated\nin these sins, so much so that they are punished in the same way the next\nlife. Thus in the next life they also enter the womb of a mother and are\nkilled in the same way. All these things can be avoided by remaining on\nthe transcendental platform of Kri?�a consciousness. In this way one does\nnot commit sinful activity. Illicit sex is the most prominent sin due to\nlusty desire. When one associates with the mode of passion, he is implicated in suffering life after life.\nTEXT 10\n\n�f:q��i�tr;m��\"1J: � �� ��\n�:q�suqj(ijl..trt� II� oil\n•\n\nkvacit sakrd avagata-vi$aya-vaitathya/:£ svayarh parabhidhyanena\nvibhrariLSita-smrtis tayaiva marici-toya-prayarhs tan evabhidhavati.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0055": "19\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\nText 10]\n\nkvacit-sometimes;\n\nsakrt-once;\n\navagata-vi�aya-vaitathyab,­\n\nbecoming conscious of the uselessness of enjoying material sense\ngratification;\n\nsvayam-himself;\n\nconcept of the self;\n\npara-abhidhyanena-by the bodily\n\nvibhra msita\n\n-\n\ndes t royed ;\n\nsmrtib,-whose\n\nremembrance; taya-by that; eva-certainly ; marici-toya-water in a\n\nmirage; prayan-similar to; tan-those sense objects; eva-certainly;\nabhidhavati-runs after.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe conditioned soul sometimes personally appreciates the\nfutility of sense enjoyment in the material world, and he sometimes\n\nconsiders\n\nmaterial enjoyment to\n\nbe\n\nfull of\n\nmiseries.\n\nHowever, due to his strong bodily conception, his memory is\ndestroyed, and again and again he runs after material enjoyment,\njust as an animal runs after a mirage in the desert.\n\nPURPORT\nThe main disease in material life is the bodily conception. Being\nbafHed again and again in material activity, the conditioned soul temporarily thinks of the futility of material enjoyment. but he again tries\nthe same thing. By the association of devotees, a person may become convinced of the material futility, but he cannot give up his engagement.\nalthough he is very eager to return home, back to Godhead. Under these\ncircumstances, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is situated in\neveryone's heart, compassionately takes away all the material possessions\nof\n\nsuch\n\na\n\ndevotee.\n\nAs\n\nstated\n\nin\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(10.88.8):\n\nyasyaham anugrh�mi har�ye tad-dhanam sanaib,. Lord Kn>Q.a says\n\nthat He takes everything away from the devotee whom He especially\nfavors when that devotee is overly attached to material possessions.\nWhen everything is taken away, the devotee feels helpless and frustrated\nin society, friendship and love. He feels that his family does not care for\nhim any longer, and he therefore completely surrenders unto the lotus\nfeet of the Supreme Lord. This is a special favor granted by the Lord to a\ndevotee who cannot fully surrender to the Lord due to a strong bodily\nconception.\n\nAs explained in Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 22.39):\n\nami-vijfia, ei murkhe 'vi�aya' kene diba. The Lord understands the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0056": "20\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\ndevotee who hesitates to engage in the Lord's service, not knowing\nwhether he should again try to revive his material life. After repeated attempts and failures, he fully surrenders to the lotus feet of the Lord. The\nLord then gives him directions, and, attaining happiness, he forgets all\nmaterial engagement.\n\nkvacid uluka-jhilli-svanavad ati-par�a-rabhasa.topam pratya/cyam\npa rok�am vii ripu-riija-kula-nirbhartsiteniiti-vyathita-karr:ta-mulahrdaya�.\n\nkvacit-sometimes; uluka-of the owl; jhilli-and the cricket; svana­\n\nvat- exactly like intolerable sounds; ati-par�a- extremely piercing;\nrabhasa-by perseverance; ii!opam-agitation; pratyalcyam-directly ;\nparo/cyam-indirectly ; vii-or; ripu-of enemies; raja-kula-and of\ngovernment officers; nirbhartsitena-by chastisement; ati-vyathitavery aggrieved; kar r:ta-mu la-hrdaya�- whose ear and heart.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes the conditioned soul is very aggrieved by the\n\nchastisement of his enemies and government servants, who use\nharsh words against him directly or indirectly. At that time his\n\nheart and ears become very saddened. Such chastisement may be\n\ncompared to the sounds of owls and crickets.\nPURPORT\n\nThere are different types of enemies within this material world. The\ngovernment chastises one due to not paying income taxes. Such criticism,\ndirect or indirect, saddens one, and sometimes the conditioned soul tries\nto counteract that chastisement. Unfortunately, he cannot do anything.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0057": "21\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\nText 12]\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�$:11l��� ����m�t�@tci(1 Nifl�q''1�tn���uni{ �l��l:lti{ �q ��Aft(1{11Jf ��fu II� �II\n��\n\nsa yada dugdha-purva-sukrtas tada karaskara-kakatur:u;lady-apur:tyadruma-lata-v�oda-panavad ubhayartha-sunya-dravir:tan jivan-mrtan\nsvayarh jivan-mriyamar:ta upadhavati.\nsa �-that conditioned soul; yada-when; dugdha -exhausted;\npurva-previous;\n\nsukrta �-pious activities; tada-at that time;\n\nkaraskara-kakatu\"(L(ia-adi-named karaskara, kakatu\"(L(ia, etc.; apur:tyadruma-lata\n\n-\n\nimpious trees and creepers; v�a-uda-pana-vat-like wells\n\nwith poisonous water; ubhaya-artha-sunya-which cannot give happiness either in this life or in the next; dravi7J-ii,n-those who possess\nwealth; jivat-mrtan-who are\n\nsvayam-he himself;\n\ndead, although apparently alive:\n\njivat-living;\n\nmr i yama r:t a �-being\n\ndead;\n\nupadhavati-approaches for material acquisition.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDue to his pious activities in previous lives, the conditioned soul\nattains material facilities in this life, but when they are finished, he\ntakes shelter of wealth and riches, which cannot help him in this\nlife or the next. Because of this, he approaches the living dead who\npossess these things. Such people are compared to impure trees,\ncreepers and poisonous wells.\nPURPORT\nThe wealth and riches acquired through previous pious activities\nshould not be misused for sense gratification. Enjoying them for sense\ngratification is like enjoying the fruits of a poisonous tree. Such activities\nwill not help the conditioned soul in any way, neither in this life nor the\nnext. However, if one engages his possessions in the service of the Lord\nunder the guidance of a proper spiritual master. he will attain happiness\n\n", "SB5.2#p0058": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n22\n\nboth in this life and the next. Unless he\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\n� oes so, he eats a forbidden apple\n\nand thereby loses his paradise. Lord Sri ��Qa therefore advises that\none's possessions should be given unto Him.\n\nyat karo�i yad a§nasi\nyaj juho�i dadiisi yat\nyat tapasyasi kaunteya\ntat kur�va mad-arpar:wm\n\"0 son of Kuntl, all that you do, all that you eat, all that you offer and\ngive away, as welt as all austerities that you may perform, should be done\nas an offering unto Me.\" (Bg.\n\n9.27) Material wealth and opulence at­\n\ntained through previous pious activities can be fully utilized for one's\nbenefit in this life and the next if one is K:r;�Qa conscious. One should not\ntry to possess more than he needs for the bare necessities. If one gets\nmore than is needed, the surplus should be fully engaged in the Lord's\nservice. That wilt make the conditioned soul, the world and �i?Qa happy,\nand this is the aim of life.\nTEXT 13\n\n���������n\n\n������sfq\n\nqRCfO�'ff�Tfu II Z �II\nekadiisat-prasangiin nikrta-matir vyudaka-srota/:t-skhalanavad\nubhayato 'pi du}:tkhadam piikhar:uJ,am abhiyiiti.\nekadii-sometimes;\n\nasat-prasangiit-by association of nondevotees\n\nwho are against the Vedic principles and who manufacture different\npaths of religion; nikrta-mati/:t-whose intelligence has been brought to\nthe abominable status of defying the authority of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vyudaka-srota/:t-into rivers without sufficient\nwater;\n\nskhalana-vat-like jumping;\n\napi-although;\n\ndu /:t kha dam\n\natheistic path; abhiyiiti\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nubhayata/:t-from both sides;\ndistress; piikha r:u;lam the\n\ngiving\n\n-\n\nhe approaches.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSometimes, to mitigate distresses in this forest of the material\n\nworld, the conditioned soul receives cheap blessings from atheists.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0059": "Text 13]\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n23\n\nHe then loses all intelligence in their association. This is exactly\nlike jumping in a shallow river. As a result one simply breaks his\nhead. He is not able to mitigate his sufferings from the heat, and in\nboth ways he suffers. The misguided conditioned soul also approaches so-called sadhus and svanns who preach against the principles of the Vedas. He does not receive benefit from them, either\nin the present or in the future.\nPURPORT\nCheaters are always there to manufacture their own way of spiritual\nrealization. To get some material benefit, the conditioned soul approaches\n\nthese pseudo sannyasis and yogis for cheap blessings, but he does not\nreceive any benefit from them, either spiritual or material. In this age\n\nthere are many cheaters who show some jugglery and magic. They even\ncreate gold to amaze their followers, and their followers accept them as\nGod. This type of cheating is very prominent in Kali-yuga. Visvanatha\nCakravati Thakura describes the real guru in this way.\n\nsamsara-diivanala-lu;l.ha-lokatra�ya karul)-ya-ghaniighanatvam\npraptasya kalya�JU-gu�Jar�Javasya\nvande guro� sri-cara�Jd,ravindam\nOne should approach a guru who can extinguish the blazing fire of this\nmaterial world, the struggle for existence. People want to be cheated, and\n\ntherefore they go to yogis and svamis who play tricks, but tricks do not\n\nmitigate the miseries of material life. If being able to manufacture gold is\na criterion for becoming God, then why not accept Kri?I).a, the proprietor\nof the entire universe, wherein there are countless tons of gold? As mentioned before, the color of gold is compared to the will-o ·-the-wisp or\nyellow stool; therefore one should not be allured by gold-manufacturing\n\ngurus but should sincerely approach a devotee like Ja<;la Bharata. Ja<;la\n\nBharata instructed Rahiigal).a Maharaja so well that the King was relieved\nfrom the bodily conception. One cannot become happy by accepting a\n\nfalse guru. A guru should be accepted as advised in Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(11.3.21). Tasmad gurum prapadyeta jijnasu� sreya uttamam: One\n\nshould approach a bona fide guru to inquire about the highest benefit of\n\nlife. Such a guru is described as follows: sabde pare ca ni$1)-atam. Such a\n\n", "SB5.2#p0060": "24\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nguru does not manufacture gold or juggle words. He is well versed in the\nconclusions of Vedic knowledge (vedai.S ca sarvair aham eva vedyaM. He\nis freed from all material contamination and is fully engaged in Kr�I:Ja's\nservice. If one is able to obtain the dust of the lotus feet of such a guru,\n\nhis life becomes successful. Otherwise he is baffled both in this life and\nin the next.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� ij\n\nlR'IN� 3l�it ;ftq;flffir\nfq��;n� ql ij' � �� II�\\? II\n\n�T\n\n� ftnt��fif :\n\nyadii tu para-badhayandha atmane nopanamati tadii hi pitr-putrabarhi$matab- pitr-putran vii sa khalu bhak{;ayati.\nyadii-when; tu-but (because of misfortune); para-badhaya-in\n\nspite of exploiting all others; andhab--blind; atmane-for himself; na\n\nupa namati-does not fall into one's share; tada-at that time; hi-certainly; pitr-putra-of the father or sons; barhi$matab--as insignificant\nas a piece of grass; pitr-putran-father or sons; va-or; sab--he (the\nconditioned soul); khalu-indeed ; bhak{;ayati-gives trouble to.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this material world, when the conditioned soul cannot ar­\n\nrange for his own maintenance, despite exploiting others, he tries\nto exploit his own father or son, taking away that relative's posses­\n\nsions, although they may he very insignificant. If he cannot ac­\n\nquire things from his father, son or other relatives, he is prepared\n\nto give them all kinds of trouble.\n\nPURPORT\n\nOnce we actually saw a distressed man steal ornaments from his\ndaughter just to maintain himself. As the English proverb goes, necessity\nknows no law. When a conditioned soul needs something. he forgets his\nrelationship with his relatives and exploits his own father or son. We also\nreceive information from Snmad-Bhagavatam that in this age of Kali\nthe time is quickly approaching when a relative will kill another relative\nfor a small farthing. Without Kr�I:Ja consciousness, people will deterio-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0061": "Text 15]\n\n25\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\nrate further and further into a hellish condition wherein they will perform abominable acts.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n'fiR� � �)l���ti�a:�\n� f;f��flq'4li0Rt II� �II\n\nm�mwrr a:��;ft\n\nkvacid iisadya grham diivavat priyiirtha-vidhuram asukhodarkam\nsokagninii dahyamiino bhrsam nirvedam upagacchati.\nkvacit-sometimes; iisiidya-experiencing; grham-the home life:\n\ndiiva-vat-ex actly\n\nlike a blazing fire in the forest;\n\npriya-artha­\n\nvidhuram-without any beneficial object; asukha-udarkam\n\n-\n\nresulting\n\nonly in more and more unhappiness; soka-agninii-by the fire of lamen­\n\ntation; dahyamiina�-being burned; bhrsam-very great; nirvedam­\n\ndisappointment; upagacchati-he obtains.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this world, family life is exactly like a blazing fire in the\nforest. There is not the least happiness, and gradually one becomes\nmore and more implicated in unhappiness. In household life,\nthere is nothing favorable for perpetual happiness. Being implicated in home life, the conditioned soul is �urned by the fire of\nlamentation. Sometimes he condemns himself as being very unfortunate, and sometimes he claims that he suffers because he performed no pious activities in his previous life.\nPURPORT\nIn the Gurv-a§!aka, Srila Visvanatha Cakravati Thakura has sung:\nsarhsiira-dii viinala-luj,ha-lokatrii�ya kiirur:tya-ghanaghanatvam\nA life in this material world is exactly like a blazing forest fire. No one\n\ngoes to set fire to the forest, yet the fire takes place. Similarly. everyone\n\n", "SB5.2#p0062": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n26\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nwants to be happy in the material world, but the miserable conditions of\nmaterial life simply increase. Sometimes a person caught in the blazing\nfire of material existence condemns himself, but due to his bodily conception he cannot get out of the entanglement, and thus he suffers more\nand more.\n\nTEXT 16\n\nttf=et�'6R05N..f't�rn��q����;nij:\nRtm�FI�aJOT m�11 � � n\nkvacit kiila-v�a-mita-raja-kula-ra/cyasapahrta-priyatama-dhaniisu/:t\npramrtaka iva vigata-jiva-la/cyar_w iiste.\nkiila-v�a-mita-made crooked by time; rajakula-the government men; ra/cyasa-by those who are like carnivorous\nhuman beings; apahrta-being plundered; priya tama -most dear;\ndhana-in the form of wealth; asu/:£-whose life air; pramrtaka/:tdead; iva-like; vigata-jiva-la/cyar_w/:t-bereft of all signs of life; iistekvacit-sometimes;\n\n-\n\nhe remains.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGovernment men are always like carnivorous demons called\n\nRak�asas [man-eaters]. Sometimes these government men turn\n\nagainst the conditioned soul and take away all his accumulated\nwealth. Being bereft of his life's reserved wealth, the conditioned\nsoul loses all enthusiasm. Indeed, it is as though he loses his life.\nPURPORT\nThe word raja-kula-ra/cyasa is very significant. Srimad-Bhagavatam\nwas compiled about five thousand years ago, yet government men are\nreferred to as Rakf?asas, or carnivorous demons. If government men are\nopposed to a person, that person will be bereft of all his riches, which he\nhas accumulated with great care over a long period of time. Actually no\none wants to pay income taxes-even government men themselves try to\navoid these taxes-but at unfavorable times income taxes are exacted\nforcibly, and the taxpayers become very morose.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0063": "Text\n\n18)\n\n27\n\nThe Forest of Enj oyment\nTEXT\n\n��:q..J4�t<�lq•a<:tN(lAm\n����\\SII\n\n17\n\n'liilt(\"(fi�ij\n\nkadacin manorathopagata-pitr-pittimahiidy asat sad iti svapna-nirvrtila/cya1J11m anubhavati.\nkadiicit-sometimes; manoratha-upagata-obtained by mental concoction; pitr-the father; pitii-maha-iidi-or grandfather and others;\nasat-although long dead ( and although no one knows that the soul has\ngone ) ; sat-again the father or grandfather has come; iti-thus thinking; svapna-nirvrti-la/cya1J11m-the kind of happiness found in dreams;\nanubhavati-the conditioned soul feels.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes the conditioned soul imagines that his father or\ngrandfather has again come in the form of his son or grandson. In\nthis way he feels the happiness one sometimes feels in a dream,\nand the conditioned soul sometimes takes pleasure in such mental\nconcoctions.\nPURPORT\nDue to ignorance of the real existence of the Lord, the conditioned soul\nimagines many things. Influenced by fruitive activity, he comes together\nwith his relatives, fathers, sons and grandfathers, exactly as straws\ngather together in a moving stream. In a moment the straws are thrown\neverywhere, and they lose contact. ln conditional life, the living entity is\ntemporarily with many other conditioned souls. They gather together as\nfamily members, and the material affection is so strong that even after a\nfather or grandfather passes away, one takes pleasure in thinking that\nthey return to the family in different forms. Sometimes this may happen.\nbut in any case the conditioned soul likes to take pleasure in such concocted thoughts.\n\nTEXT\n\n18\n\n'flf�({ �liil�¥4Cl���flfi��tail\n\n�a�?Uiu�srf��\n\n� 11��11\n\n��Of4(\"\\W{�fif<:t'4�1:\n\n", "SB5.2#p0064": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n28\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nkvacid grhasrama-karma-codaniiti-bhara-girim tiruru�amiir,w lokavyasana-kar$ita-manii/:l, kaT.£taka-sarkarti-�etram praviSann iva sidati.\nkvacit-sometimes: grha-tisrama-in householder life; karmacodana-of the rules of fruitive activity: ati-bhara-girim-the big hill;\ntiruru�amar_£a/:£-desiring to ascend; /aka-material; ryasana-to pursuits:\n\nkar$ita-manii/:l,-whose mind\n\nis\n\nattracted:\n\nkaT.£taka-sarkara­\n\n�etram-a field covered with thorns and sharp pebbles; praviSan-entering: iva-like: sidati-he laments.\nTRANSLATION\nIn household life one is ordered to execute many yajiias and\n\nfruitive\n\nactivities,\n\nceremony\n\nfor\n\nespecially\n\nsons\n\nand\n\nthe\n\nvivaha-yajiia\n\ndaughters]\n\nand\n\nthe\n\n[the\n\nmarriage\n\nsacred\n\nthread\n\nceremony. These are all the duties of a grhastha, and they are very\n\nextensive and troublesome to execute. They are compared to a big\n\nhill over which one must cross when one is attached to material ac­\n\ntivities. A person desiring to cross over these ritualistic ceremonies\ncertainly feels pains like the piercing of thorns and pebbles en­\n\ndured by one attempting to climb a hill. Thus the conditioned soul\nsuffers unlimitedly.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are many social functions for keeping a prestigious position in\nsociety. In different countries and societies there are various festivals\nand rituals. In India, the father is supposed to get his children married.\nWhen he does so, his responsibility to the family is complete. Arranging\nmarriages is very difficult, especially in these days. At the present\nmoment no one can perform the proper ritual of sacrifice, nor can anyone\nafford to pay for the marriage ceremony of sons and daughters.\nTherefore householders are very much distressed when they are confronted by these social duties. It is as though they were pierced by thorns\nand hurt by pebbles. Material attachment is so strong that despite the\nsuffering, one cannot give it up. Prahlada Maharaja therefore recommends (Bhiig.\n\n7.5 .5):\n\n", "SB5.2#p0065": "Text 19]\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n29\n\nhitviitma-piitam grham andha-kupam\nvanam gato yad dharim asrayeta\nThe so-called comfortable family position is compared to a dark well in a\n\nfield. If one falls in a dark well covered by grass, his life is lost. despite\n\nhis cry for rescue. Highly advanced spiritualists therefore recommend\nthat one should not enter the grhastha-asrama. It is better to prepare\n\noneself in the brahmacarya-asrama for austerities and remain a pure\n\nbrahmaciir'i throughout one's life so that one will not feel the piercing\n\nthorns of material life in the grhastha-asrama. In the grhastha-asrama\none has to accept invitations from friends and relatives and perform\n\nritualistic ceremonies. By so doing, one becomes captivated by such\nthings, although he may not have sufficient resources to continue them.\n\nTo maintain the grhastha life-style, one has to work very hard to acquire\nmoney. Thus one is implicated in material life, and he suffers the thorn\n\npricks.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nffi� �:�WJ v:o+tr�� �croij('tl( : �'lllr �\\1tRr II� �II\nkvacic ca du}:Lsahena kayabhyantara-vahninii grh'ita-siira/; svaku!umbiiya krudhyati.\nkvacit ca-and sometimes; du}:Lsahena-unbearable ; kaya-abhyan­\n\ntara-vahninii-because of the fire of hunger and thirst within the body:\n\ngrh'ita-siira/;-whose patience is exhausted; sva-ku!umbiiya-unto his\nown family members; krudhyati-he becomes angry.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes, due to bodily hunger and thirst, the conditioned\nsoul becomes so disturbed that he loses his patience and becomes\nangry with his own beloved sons, daughters and wife. Thus, being\nunkind to them, he suffers all the more.\nPURPORT\nSr!la Vidyapati Thakura has sung:\n\n", "SB5.2#p0066": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n30\n\ntiitala saikate,\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nviiri-bindu-sama,\n\nsuta-mita-rama7J,'i-samiije\nThe happiness of family life is compared to a drop of water in the desert.\nNo one can be happy in family life. According to the Vedic civilization,\none cannot give up the responsibilities of family life, but today everyone\nis giving up family life by divorce. This is due to the miserable condition\nexperienced in the family. Sometimes, due to misery, one becomes very\nhardened toward his affectionate sons, daughters and wife. This is but\npart of the blazing fire of the forest of material life.\nTEXT 20\n\n� � ���fun�\n\nq� �:\n\n��� � � ��: II �o II\n\nsa eva punar nidriijagara-grh'ito 'ndhe tamasi magna� silnyiira7J-ya iva\nsete niinyat-kiiicana veda sava iviipaviddha�.\n\nsa�-that conditioned soul; eva-certainly; puna�-aga i n; nidriiajagara-by the python of deep sleep;\n\ngrh'ita�-being devoured;\n\nandhe-in deep darkness; tamasi-in ignorance; magna�-being absorbed; silnya-ara1)-ye-in the isolated forest; iva-like: sete-he lies\ndown;\n\nna-not; anyat-else; ki ii cana -anything :\n\nveda-knows;\n\nsava�-a dead body; iva-like; apaviddha�-thrown away.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami continued speaking to Maharaja Parik�it: My\n\ndear King, sleep is exactly like a python. Those who wander in the\nforest of material life are always devoured by the python of sleep.\n\nBeing bitten by this python, they always remain in the darkness of\n\nignorance. They are like dead bodies thrown in a distant forest.\n\nThus the conditioned souls cannot understand what is going on in\nlife.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0067": "31\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\nText 21]\n\nPURPORT\nMaterial life means being fully absorbed in eating, sleeping, mating\nand defending. Out of these, sleep is taken very seriously. While asleep,\none completely forgets the object of life and what to do. For spiritual\nrealization, one should try to avoid sleep as much as possible. The\nGosvamis of Vrndavana practically did not sleep at all. Of course. they\nslept some, for the body requires sleep, but they slept only about two\nhours, and sometimes not even that. They always engaged in spiritual\ncultivation. Nidrahiira-vihiirakiidi-vijitau. Following in the footsteps of\nthe Gosvamis, we should try to reduce sleeping, eating, mating and\ndefending.\nTEXT 21\n\n��f���it ��'1��\n�\n��ttmifq+tiUifer�s;:\\:1��� II � � II\nkadiicid bhagna-mana-da�tro durjana-danda-sukair alabdhanidra-k:jar:w vyathita-hrdayenanuk:jiyamar:w--vijfuino 'ndha-kilpe\n'ndhavat patati.\nkadiicit-sometimes; bhagna-mtina-da�!ra/:t-whose teeth of pride\nare broken; durjana-danda-sukai}:t-by the envious activities of evil\nmen, who are compared to a kind of serpent; alabdha-nidra-k:jar:w-}:1,who does not get an opportunity to sleep; tJyathita-hrdayena-by a disturbed mind; anuk:jiya ma r:w--gradually being decreased; vijiiana/:twhose real consciousness; andha-kilpe-in a blind well; andha-vatlike illusion; patati-he falls down.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the forest of the material world, the conditioned soul is sometimes bitten by envious enemies, which are compared to serpents\nand other creatures. Through the tricks of the enemy, the conditioned soul falls from his prestigious position. Being anxious, he\ncannot even sleep properly. He thus becomes more and more\nunhappy,\n\nand\n\nhe\n\ngradually\n\nloses\n\nhis\n\nintelligence\n\nand\n\n", "SB5.2#p0068": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n32\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nconsciousness. In that state he becomes almost perpetually like a\nblind man who has fallen into a dark well of ignorance.\nTEXT 22\n\nCliff � � (f{j'?q;:14� �� q{((l(q��o�'llo:q��Rt\n�� �tfi:lf� �: qij��q·� f.{�� 1\"�11\nkarhi sma cit kiima-madhu-lavan vicinvan yada para-dara-para-dravya�y avarundhano rajfiii svamibhir va nihata� pataty apare niraye.\nkarhi\n\nsma cit-sometimes;\n\nkiima-madhu-lavan-little\n\nhoneylike sense gratification; vicinvan\n\n-\n\ndrops\n\nof\n\nsearching after; yada-when;\n\npara-dam-another s wife, or a woman other than his own wife; para'\n\ndravya�i\n\n-\n\nanother s money and possessions; avar undhana� -taking as\n'\n\nhis own property; raj na-by the government; svamibhi� va -or by the\nhusband or relatives of the woman; nihata� -severely beaten; patatihe falls down; apare -into unlimitedly; niraye -hellish conditions of\n\nlife ( the government's prison for criminal activities like rape, kidnapping or theft of others' property) .\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe conditioned soul is sometimes attracted to the little happi­\n\nness derived from sense gratification. Thus he has illicit sex or\n\nsteals another's property. At such a time he may be arrested by the\ngovernment or chastised by the woman's husband or protector.\n\nThus simply for a little material satisfaction, he falls into a hellish\n\ncondition and is put into jail for rape, kidnapping, theft and so\nforth.\n\nPURPORT\nMaterial life is such that due to indulgence in illicit sex, gambling, intoxication and meat-eating, the conditioned soul is always in a dangerous\ncondition. Meat-eating and intoxication excite the senses more and more,\nand the conditioned soul falls victim to women. In order to keep women,\nmoney is required, and to acquire money, one begs, borrows or steals. In-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0069": "The Forest of Enjoyment\n\nText 23)\n\n33\n\ndeed, he commits abominable acts that cause him to suffer both in this\nlife and in the next. Consequently illicit sex must be stopped by those\nwho are spiritually inclined or who are on the path of spiritual realization. Many devotees fall down due to illicit sex. They may steal money\nand even fall down from the highly honored renounced order. Then for a\nlivelihood they accept menial services and become beggars. It is therefore\nsaid in the sastras, yan maithunadi-grhamedhi-sukham hi tuccham:\nmaterialism is based on sex, whether licit or illicit. Sex is full of dangers\neven for those who are addicted to household life. Whether one has a\nlicense for sex or not, there is great trouble. Bahu-du/:1-kha-bhak: after\none indulges in sex, many volumes of miseries ensue. One suffers more\nand more in material life. A miserly person cannot properly utilize the\nwealth he has, and similarly a materialistic person misuses the human\nform. Instead of using it for spiritual emancipation, he uses the body for\nsense gratification. Therefore he is called a miser.\nTEXT 23\n\n3W :q\n\n�q ft�M'$11€+twt: 4(11{l€1qwtaaJ�� ������\n\natha ca tasmad ubhayathapi hi karmasminn at mana /:1, sarhsaravapanam\nudaharanti.\natha-now; ca-and; tasmat-because of this; ubhayatha api -both\nin this life and in the next; hi-undoubtedly; karma-fruitive activities; asmin-on this path of sense enjoyment; atmana/:1,-of the living entity;\n\nsarhsara-of\n\nmaterial\n\nlife;\n\navapa nam-the cultivation\n\nground or source; udaharanti-the authorities of the Vedas say.\nTRANSLATION\nLearned scholars and transcendentalists therefore condemn the\nmaterialistic path of fruitive activity because it is the original\nsource and breeding ground of material miseries, both in this life\nand in the next.\nPURPORT\nNot knowing the value of life, karmfs create situations whereby they\nsuffer in this life and the next. Unfortunately, karmfs are very attached\n\n", "SB5.2#p0070": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n34\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nto material sense gratification, and they cannot appreciate the miserable\ncondition of material life, neither in this life nor in the next. Therefore\nthe Vedas enjoin that one should awaken to spiritual consciousness and\nutilize all his activities to attain the favor of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. The Lord Himself says in Bhagavad-gitii (9.27):\n\nyat karo�i yad a.Sniisi\nyaj juho�i dadiisi yat\nyat tapasyasi kaunteya\ntat kur�va mad-arpar:tam\n··o son of Kunti, all that you do, all that you eat, all that you offer and\ngive away, as well as all austerities that you may perform, should be done\nas an offering unto Me.\"\nThe results of all one's activities should be utilized not for sense\ngratification but for the mission of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThe Supreme Lord gives all information in Bhagavad-gitii about the aim\nof life, and at the end of Bhagavad-gitii He demands surrender unto\nHim. People do not generally like this demand, but one who cultivates\nspiritual knowledge for many births eventually surrenders unto the lotus\n\nfeet of the Lord ( bahuniirh janmaniim ante jiiiinaviin miirh prapadyate).\nTEXT 24\n\n� ��:q rn��\n��wtetfu:4f6: II �� II\n\n��\n\nmuktas tato yadi bandhiid devadatta upiicchinatti tasmiid api v�r:tumitra\nity anavasthiti/:t,.\nmukta/:t,-liberated; tata/:t,-from that; yadi-if; bandhiit-from the\ngovernment imprisonment or being beaten by the protector of the\nwoman; deva datta /.1,-person named Devadatta; upiicchinatti-takes\n-\n\nthe money from him; tasmiit-from the person named Devadatta; apiagain;\n\nvi�r:tu-mitra/:t-a\n\nperson\n\nnamed\n\nVi�r:wmitra;\n\niti-thus ;\n\nanavasthiti/:t-the riches do not stay in one place but pass from one hand\nto another.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0071": "Text 24)\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n35\n\nTRANSLATION\nStealing or cheating another person out of his money, the conditioned soul somehow or other keeps it in his possession and\nescapes punishment. Then another man, named Devadatta, cheats\nhim and takes the money away. Similarly, another man, named\nVi!?J?.Umitra, steals the money from Devadatta and takes it away. In\nany case, the money does not stay in one place. It passes from one\nhand to another. Ultimately no one can enjoy the money, and it\nremains the property of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nRiches come from Lak�mi, the goddess of fortune, and the goddess of\nfortune is the property of Narayar:ta, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. The goddess of fortune cannot stay anywhere but by the side of\narayar:ta; therefore another of her names is Caii.cala, restless. She cannot be peaceful unless she is in the company of her husband, Narayar:ta.\nFor example, Lak�ml was carried away by the materialistic Ravar:ta.\nRavar:ta kidnapped Sita, the goddess of fortune belonging to Lord Rama.\nAs a result, Ravar:ta's entire family, opulence and kingdom were\nsmashed, and Slta, the goddess of fortune, was recovered from his\nclutches and reunited with Lord Rama. Thus all property, riches and\nwealth belong to Kr�r:ta. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (5.29):\n\nbhoktaram yajna-tapasam\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the true beneficiary of all\nsacrifices and austerities. and He is the supreme proprietor of all the\nplanetary systems.\"\nFoolish materialistic people collect money and steal from other thieves.\nbut they cannot keep it. In any case, it must be spent. One person cheats\nanother, and another person cheats someone else; therefore the best way\nto possess Lak�ml is to keep her by the side of Narayar:ta. This is the point\nof the KJ;�r:ta consciousness movement. We worship Lak�ml (Radharar:tl)\nalong with Narayar:ta (K.r�r:ta). We collect money from various sources.\nbut that money does not belong to anyone but Radha and KJ;�r:ta (Lak�ml-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0072": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n36\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nNariiyaQ.a). If money is utilized in the service of Lak�mi-NarayaQ.a, the\ndevotee automatically lives in an opulent way. However, if one wants to\n\nenjoy Lak�ml the way Rava1,1a did, he will be vanquished by the laws of\n\nnature, and whatever few possessions he has will be taken away. Finally\n\ndeath will take everything away, and death is the representative of\nKr�Q.a.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n� ijl'CFmf1ttit€61N�A€ti�f�\"tt1Rt �wrt �Rtfwt�l��it Fw-ffl� fef1JOUI �II ��II\nkvacic ca sita-vatady-anekiidhidaivika-bhautikatm'iyaniim daSaniim\npratiniviirar:te 'kalpo duranta-cintaya v�arJ-7}-a iiste.\nkvacit-sometimes; ca-also; sita-viita-adi-such as cold and strong\n\nwind;\n\naneka-various;\n\nadhidaivika-created by the demigods;\n\nbhautika-adhibhautika, created by other living beings; atm'iyaniim­\n\nadhyatmika, created by the body and mind; da§aniim-of conditions of\n\nmisery;\n\npratinivilrarJ-e-in the counteracting;\n\nduranta-very\n\nsevere;\n\niiste-he remains.\n\ncintaya-by\n\nanxieties;\n\nakalpa�-unable;\nv�a7J-7J-a�-morose;\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing unable to protect himself from the threefold miseries of\nmaterial existence, the conditioned soul becomes very morose and\nlives a life of lamentation. These threefold miseries are miseries\n\n[\n\nsuffered by mental calamity at the hands of the demigods such as\n\n]\n\nfreezing wind and scorching heat , miseries offered by other living\nentities, and miseries arising from the mind and body themselves.\nPURPORT\nThe so-called happy materialistic person is constantly having to en­\n\ndure the threefold miseries of life, called adhidaivika, adhyatmika and\n\nadhibhautika. Actually no one can counteract these threefold miseries.\n\nAll three may assail one at one time, or one misery may be absent and the\nother present. Thus the living entity is full of anxiety, fearing misery\n\n", "SB5.2#p0073": "Text 26)\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n37\n\nfrom one side or the other. The conditioned soul must be disturbed by at\nleast one of these three miseries. There is no escape.\nTEXT 26\n\n'if� �� �ft��ti�+l{t'f�folfil+ti?I'R�\n��� RnlrreM�5JI�Id\\ II�� II\nkvacin mitho vyavaharan yat kincid dhanam anyebhyo va kiiki�ikii171iitram apy apaharan yat kiiicid va vidve$am eti vitta-sii!hyiit.\nkvacit-sometimes; mithaft-with one another; vyava hara n-trad­\n\ning; yat kiiicit- whatever little bit; dhanam - money ; anyebhyaft­\n\nfrom others; vii-or; kiiki�ikii-111itram-a very small amount (twenty\n\ncowries ) ;\n\napi-certainly;\n\napaharan-taking away by cheating; yat\n\nkin cit - whatever small amount; vii- or ; vidve$am eti-creates enmity;\nvitta-sii.thyiit- because of cheating.\nTRANSLATION\nAs far as transactions with money are concerned, if one person\n\ncheats another by a farthing or less, they become enemies.\nPURPORT\nThis is called sarhsiira-diivanala. Even in ordinary transactions between two people. there is invariably cheating because the conditioned\nsoul is defective in four ways-he is illusioned, he commits mistakes, his\nknowledge is imperfect, and he has a propensity to cheat. Unless one is\nliberated from material conditioning, these four defects must be there.\nConsequently every man has a cheating propensity, which is employed in\nbusiness or money transactions. Although two friends may be living\npeacefully together, due to their propensity to cheat they become\nenemies when there is a transaction between them. A philosopher accuses an economist of being a cheater, and an economist may accuse a\nphilosopher of being a cheater when he comes in contact with money. In\nany case, this is the condition of material life. One may profess a high\nphilosophy, but when one is in need of money, he becomes a cheater. In\nthis material world, so-called scientists, philosophers and economists are\n\n", "SB5.2#p0074": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n38\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nnothing but cheaters in one way or another. The scientists are cheaters\n\nbecause they present so many bogus things in the name of science. They\npropose going to the moon, but actually they end up cheating the entire\n\npublic of large sums of money for their experiments. They cannot do\nanything useful. Unless one can find a person transcendental to the four\n\nbasic defects, one should not accept advice and become a victim of the\n\nmaterial condition. The best process is to take the advice and instructions\nof Sri Kr�Q.a or His bona fide representative. ln this way one can be\nhappy in this life and the next.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�����i{ a-��?.{1 WCJ�:�tti:'f��flllll��-=��\n\n��q1�itll¥tt«=t1t'tlt4��-qcmnNo�-=�uq��:tt�\\9tl\n\nadhvany amU§minn ima upasargas tathii sukha-du/:tkha-raga-dve�abhayabhimiina-pramiidonmiida-soka-moha-lobha-miitsaryer�yiivamiina-�ut-pipiisiidhi-ryiidhi-janma-jarii-maraT)iidaya/:t.\nadhvani-on the path of material life; amu�min-on that; ime-all\n\nthese; upasargii/:t -ete r nal difficulties; tathii-so much also; sukha-socalled happiness; du/:tkha-unhappiness; raga -a ttachment; dve�a­\n\nhate; bhaya -fear; abhimiina-false prestige; pramiida-illusion; unmiida-madness;\n\ngreed;\n\nsoka-lamentation; moha-bewilderment; lobhamiits ary a-envy; ir,5ya-enmity; avamiina-insult; �ut­\n\nhunger; pipiisii -thirst ; iidhi-tribulations; vy iidhi -d isease; janma­\n\nbirth; jarii -old age; mara�-death; iidaya/:t-and so on.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this materialistic life, there are many difficulties, as I have\n\njust mentioned, and all of these are insurmountable. In addition,\n\nthere are difficulties arising from so-called happiness, distress, attachment, hate, fear, false prestige, illusion, madness, lamenta­\n\ntion, bewilderment, greed, envy, enmity, insult, hunger, thirst,\n\ntribulation, disease, birth, old age and death. All these combine\n\n", "SB5.2#p0075": "Text 27]\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n39\n\ntogether to give the materialistic conditioned soul nothing but\nmisery.\nPURPORT\nThe conditioned soul has to accept all these conditions simply to enjoy\nsense gratification in this world. Although people declare themselves\ngreat scientists, economists, philosophers, politicians and sociologists.\nthey are actually nothing but rascals. Therefore they have been described\nas miU)has and naradhamas in Bhagavad-gitii ( 7.15):\n\nna miim du:jkrtino miU)ha[l,\nprapadyante naradhamii/:L\nmayayapahrta-jnana\niisuram bhavam asrita/:£\n\"Those miscreants who are grossly foolish, lowest among mankind.\nwhose knowledge is stolen by illusion, and who partake of the atheistic\nnature of demons, do not surrender unto Me.. ,\nDue to their foolishness, all these materialists are described in\n\nBhagavad-gitii as naradhamas. They have attained the human form in\norder to get released from material bondage, but instead of doing so. they\nbecome further embarrassed amid the miserable material conditions.\nTherefore they are\n\nnaradhamas, the lowest of men. One may ask\n\nwhether scientists, philosophers, economists and mathematicians are also\n\nnaradhamas, the lowest of men, and the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead replies that they are because they have no actual knowledge.\nThey are simply proud of their false prestige and position. Actually they\ndo not know how to get relief from the material condition and renovate\ntheir spiritual life of transcendental bliss and knowledge. Consequently\nthey waste time and energy in the search for so-called happiness. These\nare the qualifications of the demons. ln Bhagavad-gitii it says that when\none has all these demonic qualities, he becomes a mul},ha. Due to this. he\nenvies the Supreme Personality of Godhead; therefore birth after birth\nhe is born into a demonic family, and he transmigrates from one demonic\nbody to another. Thus he forgets his relationship with ��l)a and remains\na naradhama in an abominable condition life after life.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0076": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n40\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 28\n\n��lltnRttn�<�t'{t@':!l��fiNft't.n�����i��t �ij'ffiWf�f(q:��at���m�m�a�\n\n31l�+u�¥t�'Wn�� �'If« sm-am�ll�<=II\n\nkvapi deva-rniiyayii striyii bhuja-latopaguQ,a� praskanna-viveka-vijfiiino\nyad-vihiira-grhiirambhakula-hrdayas tad-ii.Srayiivasakta-suta-duhitrkalatra-bhii$itiivaloka-vice$!itiipahrta-hrdaya iitrniinam ajitiitrniipiire\n'ndhe tamasi prahir_wti.\nkviipi -somewhere; deva-rniiyaya-by the influence of the illusory\nenergy; striya-in the form of one's girl friend or wife; bhuja-latii-by\nbeautiful arms, which are compared to tender creepers in the forest;\n\nupagu(lha�-being deeply embarrassed; praskanna-lost; viveka-all\nintelligence; vijfiiina� -scientific knowledge; yat-vihiira-for the enjoyment of the wife; grha-iirambha-to find a house or apartment:\n\niikula-hrdaya�-whose heart becomes engrossed; tat-of that house;\nii.Sraya-avasakta-who are under the shelter; suta-of sons; duhitr-of\ndaughters; kalatra-of the wife; bhii$ita-avaloka-by the conversations\nand by their\n\nbeautiful glances;\n\nvice${ita-by\n\nhrdaya�-whose consciousness is taken away:\najita\n\n-\n\nactivities;\n\napahrta­\n\niitrniinam-himself;\n\nuncontrolled; iitmii-whose self; apiire-in unlimited; andhe­\n\nblind darkness; tamasi-in hellish life; prahir:wti-he hurls.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes the conditioned soul is attracted by illusion per­\n\nsonified (his wife or girl friend) and becomes eager to be embraced by a woman. Thus he loses his intelligence\n\nas\n\nwell as\n\nknowledge of life's goal. At that time, no longer attempting\n\nspiritual cultivation, he becomes overly attached to his wife or girl\n\nfriend and tries to provide her with a suitable apartment. Again, he\n\nbecomes very busy under the shelter of that home and is captivated\nby the talks, glances and activities of his wife and children. In this\nway he loses his :Kr�l).a consciousness and throws himself in the\n\ndense darkness of material existence.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0077": "Text 29]\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n41\n\nPURPORT\nWhen the conditioned soul is embraced by his beloved wife, he forgets\neverything about K��l).a consciousness. The more he becomes attached to\nhis wife, the more he becomes implicated in family life. One Bengali\npoet, Bankim Chandra, says that to the eyes of the lover the beloved is always very beautiful, even though ugly. This attraction is called eleva­\n\nmaya. The attraction between man and woman is the cause of bondage\nfor both. Actually both belong to the para prakrti, the superior energy of\nthe Lord, but both are actually prakrti (female). However, because both\nwant to enjoy one another, they are sometimes described as puru�a\n(male). Actually neither is puru�a, but both can be superficially described as puru�a. As soon as man and woman are united, they become\nattached to home, hearth, land, friendship and money. In this way they\nare both entrapped in material existence.\n\nThe\n\nword\n\nbhuja-lata­\n\nupagiiiJ,ha, meaning \"being embraced by beautiful arms which are compared to creepers,\" describes the way the conditioned soul is bound\nwithin this material\n\nworld.\n\nThe products\n\nof sex life-sons\n\nand\n\ndaughters-certainly follow. This is the way of material existence.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n��\"t�� ¥��t �qfi!llstit���f§;��itq��uwqftt��� q� ��1 �� �llffil�wtT 4l_ijl�l�;rtwf({t film R:{�������� ���stir�� ���d\n�iji�'1'i�l��q'Rq��tfflH q�.l���sn� 3ll��qf�:\n�n(�ir.n�� II� �II\nkadiicid iSvarasya bhagavato v�r_tos cakrat paramiir_tv-adi-dviparardhapavarga-kalopala�ar_tat parivartitena vayasa ramhasa harata\nabrahma-trr_ta-stambadinam bhutanam anim�ato m�atam vitrastahrdayas tam eve5varam kala-cakra-nijayudham sa�ad bhagavantam\nyajna-puru�am anadrtya pakhar:u}a-devata/:1, karika-grdhra-baka-vatapraya arya-samaya-parihrta/:1, sariketyenabhidhatte.\nkadacit-sometimes; iSvarasya-of the Supreme Lord: bhagavata/:1,of the Supreme Personality of Godhead:\n\nV�T_l,0/:1,-of Lord Vi�l).u:\n\n", "SB5.2#p0078": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n42\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\ncakriit-from the disc; paramd�u-iidi-beginning from the time of\nminute atoms; dvi-pariirdha-the duration of the life of Brahma;\napavarga-ending;\nsymptoms;\n\nkala-of time ;\n\nparivartitena-revolving;\n\nupalak§a�iit-having the\n\nvayasii-by\n\nthe chronological\n\norder of ages; ramhasii-swiftly; haratatt-taking away; ii-brahmabeginning from Lord Brahma; tr�-stamba-iidiniim-down to the small\nclumps of grass; bhutiiniim-of all living entities; animi§atatt-without\nblinking the eyes (without fail); mi§atiim-before the eyes of the living\nentities (without their being able to stop it); vitrasta-hrdayatt-being\nafraid in the heart; tam-Him; eva-certainly; iSvaram-the Supreme\nLord; kiila-cakra-nija-iiyudham-whose personal weapon is the disc of\ntime; siik§iit-directly;\nGodhead;\n\nbhagavantam-the Supreme Personality of\n\nyajfia-puru§am-who accepts all\n\nkinds of sacrificial\n\nceremonies; aniidrtya-without caring for; piikha�c;la-devatatt-concocted incarnations of God (man-made gods or demigods); kankabuzzards; grdhra-vultures; baka-herons; a.ta-priiyatt-like crows;\niirya-samaya-parihrtatt-who are rejected by authorized Vedic scriptures accepted by the Aryans; siinketyena-by concoction or with no\nbasis of authority indicated by scripture; abhidhatte-he accepts as\nworshipable.\nTRANSLATION\nThe personal weapon used by Lord K:r!?l).a, the disc, is called\nhari-cakra, the disc of Hari. This cakra is the wheel of time. It expands from the beginning of the atoms up to the time of Brahma's\ndeath, and it controls all activities. It is always revolving and\nspending the lives of the living entities, from Lord Brahmii down\nto an insignificant blade of grass. Thus one changes from infancy,\nto childhood, to youth and maturity, and thus one approaches the\nend of life. It is impossible to check this wheel of time. This wheel\nis very exacting because it is the personal weapon of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Sometimes the conditioned soul, fearing\nthe approach of death, wants to worship someone who can save\nhim from imminent danger. Yet he does not care for the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, whose weapon is the indefatigable time\nfactor. The conditioned soul instead takes shelter of a man-made\ngod described in unauthorized scriptures. Such gods are like\n\n", "SB5.2#p0079": "The Forest of Enjoyment\n\nText 30)\n\n43\n\nbuzzards, vultures, herons and crows. Vedic scriptures do not\nrefer to them. Imminent death is like the attack of a lion, and\nneither vultures, buzzards, crows nor herons can save one from\nsuch an attack. One who takes shelter of unauthorized man-made\ngods cannot be saved from the clutches of death.\nPURPORT\nIt is stated:\n\nharim vinii mrtim na taranti. No one can save himself\n\nfrom the cruel hands of death without being favored by Hari, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In Bhagavad-gitii it is stated, miim eva\nye prapadyante miiyiim etiim taranti te: whoever fully surrenders unto\n�l?t:Ja can be saved from the cruel hands of material nature. The condi­\n\ntioned soul, however, sometimes wants to take shelter of a demigod,\n\nman-made god, pseudo incarnation or bogus sviimi or yogi. All these\ncheaters claim to follow religious principles, and all this has become very\n\npopular in this age of Kali. There are many p�ar:u;lis who, without refer­\n\nring to the siistras, pose themselves as incarnations, and foolish people\nfollow them. K:r;�t:Ja, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, has left behind\nHim Srimad-Bhagavatam and Bhagavad-gitii. Not referring to these\n\nauthorized scriptures, rascals take shelter of man-made scriptures and\ntry to compete with Lord K:r;�t:Ja. That is the greatest difficulty one encounters when trying to promote spiritual consciousness in human\nsociety. The K:r;�t:Ja consciousness movement is trying its best to bring\n\npeople back to K:r;�t:Ja consciousness in its pure form, but the p�ar:u;lis\nand atheists, who are cheaters, are so numerous that sometimes we\nbecome perplexed and wonder how to push this movement forward. In\nany case, we cannot accept the unauthorized ways of so-called incarnations, gods, cheaters and bluffers, who are described here as crows.\nvultures, buzzards and herons.\nTEXT 30\n\n� 'ff��r��\"qf�ij��\n\nqf� ;mt� ��ij� m�uq�m:���·�� +riFf� ���\"RNwt�� ��\n��� +r�� �t(+{l:;:ci�S�{%� � fii?I;fi+wr:\nWif�\n�qt\n\nqm:i{.-ij:\n\nII\n\n�\n\no\n\nII\n\n", "SB5.2#p0080": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n44\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nyadii piikhar:u;libhir iitma-vancitais tair uru vancito brahma-kulam\nsamiivasarhs le$iirh silam upanayaniidi-srauta-smiirta-karmiinU${hiinena bhagavato yajna-purU$asyiiriidhanam eva tad arocayan sudrakulam bhajate nigamiiciire 'suddhito yasya mithuni-bhiiva/:t kutumbabharaTJUrh yathii viinara-jiite/:t.\n\nyadii-when; piikhar:u;libhi/:t-by pii$ar:u;lis (godless atheists); iitmavancitai/:t-who themselves are cheated; tai/:t-by them; uru-more and\n\nmore;\n\nvancita/:t-being cheated;\n\nbrahma-kulam-the bona fide\n\nbriihmaTJUS strictly following the Vedic culture; samiivasan-settling\n\namong them to advance spiritually; le$iim-of them (the briihma7J-as\nwho strictly follow Vedic principles);\n\n§;;lam-the good character;\n\nupanayana-iidi-beginning with offering the sacred thread or training\nthe conditioned soul to qualify as a bona fide briihma7J-a; srauta-according to the Vedic principles; smiirta-according to the authorized scriptures derived from the Vedas; karma-anU${hiinena-the performance of\nactivities; bhagavata/:t-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; yajnapuru$asya-who is\n\nworshiped by Vedic\n\nariidhanam-the process\n\nof worshiping\n\nritualistic ceremonies;\n\nHim;\n\neva-certainly;\n\ntat\n\naroc ayan -not finding pleasure in it due to its being difficult for\n\nunscrupulous persons to perform; sadra-kulam-the society of sudras;\nbhajate-he turns to; nigama-iiciire-in behaving according to Vedic\n\nprinciples;\n\na§uddhita/:t-not purified;\n\nyasya-of\n\nwhom;\n\nmithuni­\n\nbhiiva/:t-sex enjoyment or the materialistic way of life; kutumbabhara1J(lm-the maintenance of the family; yathii-as it is; viinarajiite l_t-of the society of monkeys, or the descendants of the monkey.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pseudo svamis, yogis and incarnations who do not believe in\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead are known as pa�IU).c;lis. They\nthemselves are fallen and cheated because they do not know the\nreal path of spiritual advancement, and whoever goes to them is\ncertainly cheated in his turn. When one is thus cheated, he sometimes takes shelter of the real followers of Vedic principles\n[brahmlll).as or those in Kr�1,1a consciousness], who teach everyone\nhow to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead according to\nthe Vedic rituals. However, being unable to stick to these princi-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0081": "Text 30)\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n45\n\npies, these rascals again fall down and take shelter among sudras\nwho are very expert in making arrangements for sex indulgence.\nSex is very prominent among animals like monkeys, and such people who are enlivened by sex may be called descendants of\nmonkeys.\nPURPORT\nBy fulfilling the process of evolution from the aquatics to the animal\nplatform, a living entity eventually reaches the human form. The three\nmodes of material nature are always working in the evolutionary process.\nThose who come to the human form through the quality of sattva-gur:w\nwere cows in their last animal incarnation. Those who come to the human\nform through the quality of rajo-gur:w were lions in their last animal incarnation. And those who come to the human form through the quality of\ntamo-gur:w were monkeys in their last animal incarnation. In this age,\n\nthose who come through the monkey species are considered by modern\nanthropologists like Darwin to be descendants of monkeys. We receive\ninformation herein that those who are simply interested in sex are actually no better than monkeys. Monkeys are very expert in sexual enjoyment, and sometimes sex glands are taken from monkeys and placed in\nthe human body so that a human being can enjoy sex in old age. In this\nway modern civilization has advanced. Many monkeys in India were\ncaught and sent to Europe so that their sex glands could serve as replacements for those of old people. Those who actually descend from the\nmonkeys are interested in expanding their aristocratic families through\nsex. In the Vedas there are also certain ceremonies especially meant for\nsexual improvement and promotion to higher planetary systems, where\nthe demigods are enjoying sex. The demigods are also very much\ninclined toward sex because that is the basic principle of material\nenjoyment.\nFirst of all, the conditioned soul is cheated by so-called svami:s, yogiS\nand incarnations when he approaches them to be relieved of material\nmiseries. When the conditioned soul is not satisfied with them, he comes\nto devotees and pure brahmar;as who try to elevate him for final liberation from material bondage. However, the unscrupulous conditioned soul\ncannot rigidly follow the principles prohibiting illicit sex. intoxication.\ngambling and meat-eating. Thus he falls down and takes shelter of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0082": "46\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\npeople who are like monkeys. In the K�l?I:Ja consciousness movement\nthese monkey disciples, being unable to follow the strict regulative principles, sometimes fall down and try to form societies based on sex. This is\nproof that such people are descendants of monkeys, as confirmed by Darwin. In this verse it is therefore clearly stated: yatha vanara-jate/:t.\nTEXT 31\n\n��TA\n\n�:\n���ar\n�ftr��f(( ��f-ru��\n��� f�m�;IT�:\nII\nII\n..\n\ntatrapi niravarodha/:t svaire�J-a viharann ati-krpal)-a-buddhir anyonyamukha-niri�al)-ildinii gramya-karma�J-aiva vismrta-kaliivadhi/:t.\ntatra api-in that condition (in the society of human beings descended\nfrom monkeys); niravarodha/:t-without hesitation; svaire�J-a-independently, without reference to the goal of life; viharan-enjoying like\nmonkeys; ati-krpa�J-a-buddhi/:t-whose intelligence is dull because he\ndoes not properly utilize his assets; anyonya-of one another; mukha­\n\nniri�a�J-a-adina-by seeing the faces (when a man sees the beautiful\nface of a woman and the woman sees the strong build of the man's body,\nthey always desire one another); gramya-karmal)-il-by material activities for sense gratification; eva-only; v ism rta-forgotten ; kalaavadhi/:t-the limited span of life (after which one's evolution may be\ndegrading or elevating).\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the descendants of the monkeys intermingle with\n\neach other, and they are generally known as sudras. Without\nhesitating, they live and move freely, not knowing the goal of life.\n\nThey are captivated simply by seeing the faces of one another,\n\nwhich remind them of sense gratification. They are always engaged\n\nin material activities, known as gramya-karma, and they work hard\nfor material benefit. Thus they forget completely that one day\n\ntheir small life spans will be finished and they will be degraded in\nthe evolutionary cycle.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0083": "Text 31)\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n47\n\nPURPORT\nMaterialistic people are sometimes called sudras, or descendants of\n\nmonkeys, due to their monkeylike intelligence. They do not care to know\n\nhow the evolutionary process is taking place, nor are they eager to know\n\nwhat will happen after they finish their small human life span. This is\n\nthe attitude of sudras. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mission, this Kr�Q.a\n\nconsciousness movement, is trying to elevate sudras to the brahmalJfl.\n\nplatform so that they will know the real goal of life. Unfortunately, being\noverly attached to sense gratification, materialists are not serious in help­\n\ning this movement. Instead, some of them try to suppress it. Thus it is\n\nthe business of monkeys to disturb the activities of the brahmar:tas. The\n\ndescendants of monkeys completely forget that they have to die, and they\n\nare very proud of scientific knowledge and the progress of material\ncivilization. The word gramya-karmaTJ-d indicates activities meant only\n\nfor the improvement of bodily comforts. Presently all human society is\n\nengaged in improving economic conditions and bodily comforts. People\nare not interested in knowing what is going to happen after death, nor do\nthey believe in the transmigration of the soul. When one scientifically\nstudies the evolutionary theory, one can understand that human life is a\n\njunction where one may take the path of promotion or degradation. As\nstated in Bhagavad-gita (9.25):\n\nyanti deva-vrata devan\npitfn yanti pitr-vrata}:!,\nbhutani yanti bhutejya\nyanti mad-yajino 'pi mam\n\"Those who worship the demigods will take birth among the demigods;\n\nthose who worship ghosts and spirits will take birth among such beings:\n\nthose who worship ancestors go to the ancestors; and those who worship\nMe will live with Me.\"\n\nIn this life we have to prepare ourselves for promotion to the next life.\n\nThose who are in the mode of rajo-gulJfl. are generally interested in being\n\npromoted to the heavenly planets. Some, unknowingly, are degraded to\nlower animal forms. Those in the mode of goodness can engage in devo­\n\ntional service, and after that they can return home, back to Godhead\n\n(yanti mad-yajino 'pi mam). That is the real purpose of human life. This\n\n", "SB5.2#p0084": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n48\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\ni(r�I).a consciousness movement is trying to bring intelligent human\n\nbeings to the platform of devotional service. Instead of wasting time try­\n\ning to attain a better position in material life, one should simply endeavor\n\nto return home, back to Godhead. Then all problems will be solved. As\nstated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.17):\n\nsr�J,vatarh sva-katha� kr�IJ-a�\npu�J,ya-srava�J,a-kirtana�\nhrdy anta�-stho hy abhadra�J,i\nvidhunoti su-hrt-satam\n\"Sri i(r�I).a, the Personality of Godhead, who is the\n\nParamatma\n\n[Supersoul] in everyone's heart and the benefactor of the truthful devo­\n\ntee, cleanses the desire for material enjoyment from the heart of the\n\ndevotee who relishes His messages, which are in themselves virtuous\n\nwhen properly heard and chanted.\"\n\nOne simply has to follow the regulative principles, act like a\n\nbrahma�J,a, chant the Hare K:r�I).a mantra and read Bhagavad-gita and\nSrimad-Bhagavatam. In this way one purifies himself of the baser\nmaterial modes (tamo-gu�J-a and rajo-gu�J-a) and, becoming freed from\n\nthe greed of these modes, can attain complete peace of mind. ln this way\n\none can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead and one's rela­\n\ntionship with Him and thus be promoted to the highest perfection (sid­\n\ndhirh paramarh gataM.\n\nTEXT 32\n\nkvacid drumvad aihikarthe�u grhe�u rarhsyan yatha vanara� suta-daravatsalo vyavaya-�a�J-a�.\nkvacit-sometimes; druma-vat-like trees (as monkeys jump from\n\none tree to another, the conditioned soul transmigrates from one body to\n\nanother); aihika-arthe�u-simply to bring about better worldly com­\n\nforts; grhe�u-in houses (or bodies); rarhsyan-delighting (in one body\n\n", "SB5.2#p0085": "The Forest of Enjoyment\n\nText 33]\n\n49\n\nafter another, either in animal life, human life or demigod life); yathiiexactly as;\n\nvanara�-the monkey; suta-diira-vatsala�-very affec­\n\ntionate to the children and wife; ryavaya-�a��-whose leisure time is\nspent in sex pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as a monkey jumps from one tree to another, the conditioned soul jumps from one body to another. As the monkey is\nultimately captured by the hunter and is unable to get out of captivity, the conditioned soul, being captivated by momentary sex\npleasure, becomes attached to different types of bodies and is encaged in family life. Family life affords the conditioned soul a\nfestival of momentary sex pleasure, and thus he is completely unable to get out of the material clutches.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam (ll. 9.29): v�aya� khalu sarvata�\n\nsyat. Bodily necessities-eating, sleeping, mating and defending-are all\n\nvery easily available in any form of life. It is stated here that the vanara\n(monkey) is very much attracted to sex. Each monkey keeps at least two\ndozen wives, and he jumps from one tree to another to capture the\nfemale monkeys. Thus he immediately engages in sexual intercourse. In\nthis way the monkey's business is to jump from one tree to another and\nenjoy sex with his wives. The conditioned soul is doing the same thing,\ntransmigrating from one body to another and engaging in sex. He thus\ncompletely forgets how to become free from the clutches of material encagement. Sometimes the monkey is captured by a hunter. who sells its\nbody to doctors so that its glands can be removed for the benefit of\nanother monkey. All this is going on in the name of economic development and improved sex life.\nTEXT 33\n\n����� ftr«€ti�(SCt�\nevam adhvany avarundhiino mrtyu-gaja-bhayat tamasi giri-kandara­\n\npraye.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0086": "Sri mad- Bhagavatam\n\n50\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nevam-in this way; adhvani-on the path of sense gratification;\navarundhana�-being confined, he forgets the real purpose of life;\nmrtyu-gaja-bhayat-out of fear of the elephant of death: tamasi-in the\ndarkness;\n\ngiri - kandara - praye - similar\n\nto. the\n\ndark\n\ncaves\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nmountains.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this material world, when the conditioned soul forgets his\n\nrelationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead and does\n\nnot care for Kr�r:ta consciousness, he simply engages in different\n\ntypes of mischievous and sinful activities. He is then subjected to\n\nthe threefold miseries, and, out of fear of the elephant of death, he\n\nfalls into the darkness found in a mountain cave.\nPURPORT\n\nEveryone is afraid of death, and however strong a materialistic person\nmay be, when there is disease and old age one must certainly accept\ndeath 's notice. The conditioned soul becomes very morose to receive\nnotice of death. His fear is compared to the fear experienced upon entering a dark mountain cave, and death is compared to a great elephant.\nTEXT 34\n,...\n\nQi\\��N�itM�I€+ihl'1i\n�;:<rf�qfe{�or �\n\nsrnr-\n\nkvacic chita-vatady-aneka-daivika-bhautikiitmiyaniim du�khanam\npratinivarar:te 'kalpo duranta-vi§aya-vi§ar:tr:ta aste.\nkvacit-sometimes; sita-vata-adi-such as extreme cold or wind;\naneka-many; daivika-offered by the demigods or powers beyond our\ncontrol;\n\nbhautika-offered by other living entities;\n\natmiyaniim­\n\noffered by the conditioned material body and mind; du�khaniim-the\nmany miseries; pratinararar:te-in counteracting; akalpa�-being unable; duranta-insurmountable; vi§aya-from connection with sense\ngratification; v�ar:tr:ta�-morose; aste-he remains.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0087": "Text 35]\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n51\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe conditioned soul suffers many miserable bodily conditions,\nsuch as being affected by severe cold and strong winds.\n\nJ¥ also\n\nsuffers due to the activities of other living beings and aue to\nnatural disturbances. When he is unable to counteract them and\nhas to remain in a miserable condition, he naturally becomes very\nmorose because he wants to enjoy material facilities.\nTEXT 35\n\nfli��) ��f.l.�����tfu tfl��if II �'-\\11\nkvacin mitho vyavaharan yat kiiicid dhanam upayati vitta-sathyena.\nmitha/:t vyavaharan-transacting\nyat -whatever; kiiicit-little bit; dhanam-material\nbenefit or wealth; upayati-he obtains; vitta-sathyena-by means of\nkvacit-sometimes or somewhere;\n\nwith each other;\n\ncheating someone of his wealth.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes conditioned souls exchange money, but in due\ncourse of time, enmity arises because of cheating. Although there\nmay be a tiny profit, the conditioned souls cease to be friends and\nbecome enemies.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Snmad-Biuigavatam (5.5.8):\n\npuritsa/:t striya mithuni-bhavam etarh\ntayor mitho hrdaya-granthim ahu/:t\nato grha-�etra-sutapta-vittair\njanasya moho yam aharh mameti\nThe monkeylike conditioned soul first becomes attached to sex, and when\nintercourse actually takes place he becomes more attached. He then requires some material comforts-apartment, house, food, friends. wealth\n\n", "SB5.2#p0088": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n52\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nand so on. In order to acquire these things he has to cheat others, and this\ncreates enmity even among the most intimate friends. Sometimes this enmity is created between the conditioned soul and the father or spiritual\nmaster. Unless one is firmly fixed in the regulative principles, one may\nperform mischievous acts, even if one is a member of the ��!).a consciousness movement. We therefore advise our disciples to strictly follow\nthe regulative principles; otherwise the most important movement for\nthe upliftment of humanity will be hampered due to dissension among its\nmembers. Those who are serious about pushing forward this ��!).a consciousness movement should remember this and strictly follow the\nregulative principles so that their minds will not be disturbed.\nTEXT 36\n\nffif�r�J1':R: �ij;{l�Wfl!!q+il•IN(t.U �SI��q;il�Amtt�stftlH1'ifij{ij6«tfflsq�\"tfwt �Frt���� II� �II\nkvacit k$ir:ta-dhana/:t sayyiisaniiSaniidy-upabhoga-vihino yavad\napratilabdha-manorathopagatiidiine 'vasita-matis tatas tato\n'vamiiniidini janiid abhilabhate.\nkvacit-sometimes;\n\nk$ir:ta-dhana/:t-not having sufficient money;\n\nsayyii-iisana-a.Sana-iidi-accommodations for sleeping, sitting or eating;\nupabhoga-of material enjoyment; vihina/:t - being bereft; yiivat-as\nas; ap ratila bdha-not achieved; manoratha-by his desire;\nupagata - obtained; iidiine-in seizing by unfair means; avasita­\n\nlong\n\nmati/:t-.whose mind is determined; tata/:t-because of that; tata/:t-from\nthat; avamiina-iidini-insults and punishment; janiit-from the people\nin general; abhilabhate-he gets.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes, having no money, the conditioned soul does not get\n\nsufficient accommodations. Sometimes he doesn't even have a\n\nplace to sit, nor does he have the other necessities. In other words,\n\nhe falls into scarcity, and at that time, when he is unable to secure\nthe necessities by fair means, he decides to seize the property of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0089": "Text\n\n37]\n\n53\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\nothers unfairly. When he cannot get the things he wants, he\nsimply receives insults from others and thus becomes very morose.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that necessity knows no law. When the conditioned soul needs\nmoney to acquire life's bare necessities, he adopts any means. He begs,\nborrows or steals. Instead of receiving these things, he is insulted and\nchastised. Unless one is very well organized, one cannot accumulate\nriches by unfair means. Even if one acquires riches by unfair means, he\ncannot avoid punishment and insult from the government or the general\npopulace. There are many instances of important people's embezzling\nmoney, getting caught and being put in prison. One may be able to avoid\nthe punishment of prison, but one cannot avoid the punishment bf the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who works through the agency of\nmaterial nature. This is described in Bhagavad-gitii (7.14): daivi hy e�ii\n\ngur:wmayi mama miiyii duratyayii. Nature is very cruel. She does not\nexcuse anyone. When people do not care for nature, they commit all\nkinds of sinful activities, and consequently they have to suffer.\nTEXT\n\n37\n\nrrc� ffl�f�m:t��sft t�ctl(t9l41\n't�� II� \\911\n\nf'N\n\nevam vitta-vyat�anga-vivrddha-vairiinubandho 'pi purva-viisanayii\nmitha udvahaty athiipavahati.\nevam-in this way; vitta-rya�anga -because of monetary transacincreased ; vaira-anubandhab,-having relationships\nof enmity; api-although; purva-vasanayii-by the fructifying results\n\ntions; vivrddha\n\n-\n\nof previous impious activities; mithab,-with each other; udvahatibecome united by means of the marriage of sons and daughters; atkathereafter; apavahati -they give up the marriage or get a divorce.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough people may be enemies, in order to fulfill their desires\nagain and again, they sometimes get married. Unfortunately, these\n\n", "SB5.2#p0090": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n54\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nmarriages do not last very long, and the people involved are separated again by divorce or other means.\nPURPORT\nAs stated previously, every conditioned soul has the propensity to\ncheat, even in marriage. Everywhere in this material world, one conditioned soul is envious of another. For the time being, people may remain\nfriends, but eventually they become enemies again and fight over money.\nSometimes they marry and then separate by divorce or other means. On\nthe whole, unity is never permanent. Due to the cheating propensity,\nboth parties always remain envious. Even in Kr��a. consciousness,\nseparation and enmity take place due to the prominence of material\npropensities.\nTEXT 38\n\nQ'JlM'( dam�fwt\n\n30'fiitN'Alt\n� �efi�QSf\nfcl�\n��Rf«ql�l�\n���\nf� �.-t�f���\n��� ��: 'Il�etffrcn ��s�.nfq\n;.rn � � ;r�J\\eti� �T-f: 'mfl't�m� II ��II\n\n;u;n��1t:r«���\n\netasmin saril.saradhvani nana-klesopasarga-badhita apanna-vipanno\nyatra yas tam u ha vavetaras tatra visrjya jatam jatam upadaya socan\nmuhyan bibhyad-vivadan krandan samhr$yan gayan nahyamana/:1.\nsadhu-varjito naivavartate 'dyapi yata arabdha e$a nara-loka-sartho\nyam adhvana/:1. param upadiSanti.\netasmin-on this; saril.sara-of miserable conditions; adhvani ..:... path;\nnana-various;\n\nkle5a-by miseries; upasarga-by the troubles of\n\nmaterial existence; oodhita/:1.-disturbed; apanna-sometimes having\ngained; vipanna/:1.-sometimes having lost; yatra-in which; ya/:1.who;\n\ntam-him;\n\nu\n\nha vava-or;\n\nitara/:1.-someone else;\n\ntatra­\n\nthereupon; visrjya-giving up; jatam jatam-newly born; upadayaaccepting; socan-lamenting; m uhyan-being illusioned; bibhyatfearing; vivadan-sometimes exclaiming loudly; krandan-sometimes\ncrying;\n\nsamhr$yan-sometimes being pleased;\n\ngayan-singing;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0091": "Text 38]\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n55\n\nnahyamanab,-being bound; sadhu-varjitab,-being away from saintly\npersons; na-not; eva-certainly; avartate-achieves; adya api-even\nuntil now; yatab,-from whom; iirabdhab,-commenced; e�ab,-this;\nn a r a-loka - o f\n\nthe\n\nm a te r i a l\n\nworld;\n\ns a-a r t h a b, - t h e\n\ns e lf­\n\ninterested living entities; yam-whom (the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead); adhvanab,-of the path of material existence; param-the\nother end; upadiSanti-saintly persons indicate.\nTRANSLATION\nThe path of this material world is full of material miseries, and\nvarious troubles disturb the conditioned souls. Sometimes he\nloses, and sometimes he gains. In either case, the path is full of\ndanger. Sometimes the conditioned soul is separated from his\nfather by death or other circumstances. Leaving him aside he\ngradually becomes attached to others, such as his children. In this\nway, the conditioned soul is sometimes illusioned and afraid.\nSometimes he cries loudly out of fear. Sometimes he is happy\nmaintaining his family, and sometimes he is overjoyed and sings\nmelodiously. In this way he becomes entangled and forgets his\nseparation from the Supreme Personality of Godhead since time\nimmemorial. Thus he traverses the dangerous path of material existence, and on this path he is not at all happy. Those who are selfrealized simply take shelter of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead in order to get out of this dangerous material existence.\nWithout accepting the devotional path, one cannot get out of the\nclutches of material existence. The conclusion is that no one can be\nhappy in material life. One must take to Kr'!'l).a consciousness.\nPURPORT\n\nBy thoroughly analyzing the materialistic way of life, any sane man\ncan understand that there is not the least happiness in this world.\nHowever, due to continuing on the path of danger from time immemorial\nand not associating with saintly persons, the conditioned soul, under illusion, wants to enjoy this material world. Material energy sometimes gives\nhim a chance at so-called happiness, but the conditioned soul is perpetually being punished by material nature. It is therefore said: dar.u)ya-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0092": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n56\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\njane raja yena nadite cubaya (Cc. Madhya 20.118). Materialistic life\nmeans continuous unhappiness, but sometimes we accept happiness as it\nappears between the gaps. Sometimes a condemned person is submerged\nin water and hauled out. Actually all of this is meant for punishment, but\nhe feels a little comfort when he is taken out of the water. This is the\nsituation with the conditioned soul. All the sastras therefore advise that\none associate with devotees and saintly people.\n\n'sadhu-sariga ', 'sadhu-sariga '-sarva-siistre kaya\nlava-miitra sadhu-sarige sarva-siddhi haya\n\n(Cc. Madhya 22.54)\n\nEven by a little association with devotees, the conditioned soul can get\nout of this miserable material condition. This K:r��a consciousness movement is therefore trying to give everyone a chance to associate with\nsaintly people. Therefore all the members of this K:r��a consciousness\nsociety must themselves be perfect sadhus in order to give a chance to\nfallen conditioned souls. This is the best humanitarian work.\nTEXT 39\n\n�� �m�\n\n��;:�ij �ft44�(0t\n(t'4'4•t�s� II � � II\n\nWf q(\n\n�q�')m �'ffif'{R:\n\nyad idam yoganu§asanam na va etad avarundhate yan nyasta-dar.u}ii\nmunaya upa.Sama-sila uparatatmana/:t samavagacchanti.\n\nyat-which; idam-this ultimate abode of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; yoga-anu§asanam-only to be achieved by practicing devotional service;\n\nna-not;\n\navarundhate-obtain;\n\nva-either; etat-this path of liberation;\n\nyat-therefore;\n\nnyasta-dar.u}ii/:t-persons who\n\nhave given up envying others; munaya/:t-saintly persons; upa.Samasila/:t-who are now situated in a most peaceful existence; uparata-atmiina/:t-who have control over the mind and senses; samavagac­\n\nchanti-very easily obtain.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0093": "Text 40]\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n57\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaintly persons, who are friends to all living entities, have a\npeaceful consciousness. They have controlled their senses and\nminds, and they easily attain the path of liberation, the path back\nto Godhead. Being unfortunate and attached to the miserable\nmaterial conditions, a materialistic person cannot associate with\nthem.\nPURPORT\n\nThe great saint Ja�a Bharata described both the miserable condition\n\nand the means to get out. The only way out of it is association with devo­\n\ntees, and this association is very easy. Although unfortunate people also\n\nget this opportunity, due to their great misfortune they cannot take\nshelter of pure devotees, and consequently they continuously suffer.\n\nNonetheless, this ���a consciousness movement insists that everyone\n\ntake to this path by adopting the chanting of the Hare ���a maha­\n\nmantra. The preachers of ���a consciousness go from door to door to\n\ninform people how they can be relieved from the miserable conditions of\n\nmaterial life. As stated by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, guru-kr$r:ta-prasade\n\npaya bhakti-lata-bija: by the mercy of ���a and guru, one can get the\n\nseed of devotional service. If one is a little intelligent, he can cultivate\n���a consciousness and be freed from the miserable conditions of\nmaterial life.\n\nTEXT 40\n\n�� ��FA� �f� tr �\nm���: � � q�\n�\n���if� ��filfij ��q� �� ��Hiq«��H ll'doll\nyad api dig-ibha-jayino yajvino ye vai rajar$aya/:t kim tu pararh mrdhe\nsayirann asyam eva mameyam iti krta-vairanubandhayam visrjya\nsvayam upasamhrta}:t.\nyat api- although; dik-ibha-jayina}:t-who are victorious in all direc­\n\ntions; yajvina/:t-ex per l in performing great sacrifices: ye-all of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0094": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n58\nwhom; vai-indeed;\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nija- r $aya}:t - very great saintly kings; kim tu­\n\nn\n\nbut; param-only this earth; m rdhe-in battle; sayiran-lying down;\n\nasyam-on this (earth) ; eva-indeed ; mama-mine; iyam-this; iti­\n\nvaira-anubandhayam-a relationship of enmity with others; visrjya-giving up;\nsvayam-his own life; upasa mh r ta}:t-being killed.\n\nconsidering in that\n\nway;\n\nkrta-on which is created;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere were many great saintly kings who were very expert in\n\nperforming sacrificial rituals and very competent in conquering\n\nother kingdoms, yet despite their power they could .not attain the\nloving service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is\nbecause those great kings could not even conquer the false con­\n\nsciousness of \"I am this body, and this is my property.\" Thus they\n\nsimply created enmity with rival kings, fought with them and died\n\nwithout having discharged life's real mission.\nPURPORT\n\nThe real mission of life for the conditioned soul is to reestablish the\nforgotten relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\nengage in devotional service so that he may revive K.r�1,1a consciousness\nafter giving up the body. One doesn't have to give up his occupation as a\n\nbrahmar:r-a, k$atriya, vaiSya, sudra or whatever. In any position, while\n\ndischarging his prescribed duty, one can develop K.r�r:Ja consciousness\nsimply by associating with devotees who are representatives of K:r�r:Ja and\nwho can teach this science. Regretfully, the big politicians and leaders in\nthe material world simply create enmity and are not interested in\nspiritual advancement. Material advancement may be very pleasing to an\nordinary man, but ultimately he is defeated because he identifies himself\nwith the material body and considers everything related to it to be his\nproperty. This is ignorance. Actually nothing belongs to him, not even\n\nthe body. By one's karma, one gets a particular body, and if he does not\nutilize his body to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead, all his ac­\n\ntivities are frustrated. The real purpose of life is stated in Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam (1.2.13):\n\nata}:t pumbhir dvija-sre$tha\nvan:ui.Srama-vibhiiga5a}:t\n\n", "SB5.2#p0095": "Text 41)\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n59\n\nsvan�thitasya dharmasya\nsamsiddhir hari-to§ar:wm\nIt really doesn't matter what activity a man engages in. If he can simply\n\nsatisfy the Supreme Lord, his life is successful.\nTEXT 41\n\n•ti{�� m� awrc:: �f�ost«Uf�:\n���\n��rm�t�f;t�'{r.{rWRit��fu �R 'Ritsfq II 't1 Z II\nkarma-vallim avalambya tata iipada/:t kathaiicin narakiid vimukta/:t\npunar apy evam sarhsiiriidhvani vartamiino nara-loka-siirtham upayiiti\nevam upari gato 'pi.\nkarma-vallim-the creeper of fruitive activities; avalambya-taking\n\nshelter of; tata/:t-from that; iipada/:t-dangerous or miserable condi­\n\ntion; kathaiicit-somehow or other; narakat-from the hellish condition\n\nof life; vimukta/:t-being freed; puna/:t api\n\n-\n\nagain; evam-in this way;\n\nsarhsiira-adhvani-on the path of material existence; vartamiina/:t-ex­\n\nisting; nara-loka-sa-artham-the field of self-interested material ac­\n\ntivities; upayiiti-he enters; evam-thus; upari-above (in the higher\nplanetary systems); gata/:t api-although promoted.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the conditioned soul accepts the shelter of the creeper of\nfruitive activity, he may be elevated by his pious activities to\nhigher planetary systems and thus gain liberation from hellish\nconditions, but unfortunately he cannot remain there. After reaping the results of his pious activities, he has to return to the lower\nplanetary systems. In this way he perpetually goes up and comes\ndown.\nPURPORT\nIn this regard Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu says:\n\nbrahmiir:u;la bhramite kona bhagyaviin jiva\nguru-kr§r:w-prasiide piiya bhakti-latii-bija\n(Cc. Madhya 19.151)\n\n", "SB5.2#p0096": "60\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nEven if one wanders for many millions of years, from the time of cre­\n\nation until the time of annihilation, one cannot get free from the path of\n\nmaterial existence unless one receives shelter at the lotus feet of a pure\n\ndevotee. As a monkey takes shelter of the branch of a banyan tree and\nthinks he is enjoying, the conditioned soul, not knowing the real interest\nof his life, takes shelter of the path of karma-kiir:uj,a, fruitive activities.\n\nSometimes he is elevated to the heavenly planets by such activities, and\nsometimes he again descends to earth. This is described by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu as brahmar:u;la bhramite. However, if by Kr�Q.a 's grace one\n\nis fortunate enough to come under the shelter of the guru, by the mercy\nof K:r�Q.a he receives lessons on how to execute devotional service to the\n\nSupreme Lord. In this way he receives a clue of how to get out of his con­\n\ntinuous struggle up and down within the material world. Therefore the\n\nVedic injunction is that one should approach a spiritual master. The\n\nVedas declare: tad-vijfiiiniirtham sa gurum evabhigacchet (Mur:tf)aka Upan�ad 1.2.12). Similarly in Bhagavad-gitii (4.34) the Supreme\nPersonalty of Godhead advises:\n\ntad viddhi prar:tipiitena\nparipra.Snena sevayii\nupade�yanti te jfiiinam\njfiiininas tattva-darsina/:t\n\"Just try to learn the truth by approaching a spiritual master. Inquire\n\nfrom him submissively and render service unto him. The self-realized\n\nsoul can impart knowledge unto you because he has seen the truth.\"\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (11.3.21) gives similar advice:\ntasmiid gurum prapadyeta\njijiiiisu/:t sreya uttamam\nsiibde pare ca n�r:tiitam\nbrahmar:ty upa.Samasrayam\n\n\"Any person who seriously desires to achieve real happiness must seek\n\nout a bona fide spiritual master and take shelter of him by initiation. The\nqualification of his spiritual master is that he must have realized the con­\n\nclusion of the scriptures by deliberation and be able to convince others of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0097": "Text 42]\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n61\n\nthese conclusions. Such great personalities, who have taken shelter of\n\nthe Supreme Godhead, leaving aside all material considerations, are to\nbe understood as bona fide spiritual masters.\" Similarly, Visvanatha\nCakravarti:, a great Vai�1,1ava, also advises, yasya prasiidad bhagavat­\n\nprasiida/:1,: \"By the mercy of the spiritual master one receives the mercy\n\nof _Kr�1,1a.\" This is the same advice given by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\n(guru-kmta-prasade paya bhakti-lata-bija). This is essential. One must\n\ncome to K.r�1,1a consciousness, and therefore one must take shelter of a\n\npure devotee. Thus one can become free from the clutches of matter.\nTEXT 42\n\n�gq•nttfrQ�� �tf�wte1fii �91:\n��ftr � ��tf •l�fRt: 11\\l�ll\ntasyedam upagayantidr$abhasyeha rajar$er\nmanasapi mahatmana/:1,\nnanuvartmarhati nrpo\nmak$ikeva garutmata/:1,\ntasya-of JaQ.a Bharata; idam-this glorification; upagayanti-they\n\nsing; dr$abhasya-of the son of ��abhadeva; iha-here; raja-r$e/:l,-of\n\nthe great saintly King;\n\nmanasa api-even by the mind; maha-atanuvartma\n\nmana/:1,-of the great personality JaQ.a Bharata; na-not;\n\narhati-able to follow the path; nrpa/:1,-any king; mak$ika-a fly;\niva-like; garutmata/:1,-of GaruQ.a, the carrier of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaving summarized the teachings of Ja<;la Bharata, Sukadeva\n\nGosv8.mi said: My dear King Parik�it, the path indicated by Ja<;la\n\nBharata is like the path followed by Garu<;la, the carrier of the\n\nLord, and ordinary kings are just like Hies. Flies cannot follow the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0098": "62\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\npath of GarU<}.a, and to date none of the great kings and victorious\nleaders could follow this path of devotional service, not even\nmentally.\nPURPORT\nAs ��I).a says in Bhagavad-gita (7.3):\n\nmanU$ya�rh sahasres�,L\nka.Scid yatati siddhaye\nyatatam api siddhanarh\nka.Scin marh vetti tattvatab\n..Out of many thousands among men, one may endeavor for perfection,\n\nand of those who have achieved perfection, hardly one knows Me in\n\ntruth.\" The path of devotional service is very difficult, even for great\n\nkings who have conquered many enemies. Although these kings were\n\nvictorious on the battlefield, they could not conquer the bodily\nconception. There are many big leaders, yogis, svamis and so-called in­\n\ncarnations who are very much addicted to mental speculation and who\nadvertise themselves as perfect personalities, but they are not ultimately\n\nsuccessful. The path of devotional service is undoubtedly very difficult to\n\nfollow, but it becomes very easy if the candidate actually wants to follow\n\nthe path of the mahajana. In this age there is the path of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, who appeared to deliver all fallen souls. This path is so\n\nsimple and easy that everyone can take to it by chanting the holy name of\n\nthe Lord.\n\nharer nama harer nama\nharer namaiva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha\nWe are very satisfied that this path is being opened by this ��I).a con­\n\nsciousness movement because so many European amd American boys\nand girls are taking this philosophy seriously and gradually attaining\n\nperfection.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0099": "The Forest of Enjoyment\n\nText 43)\n\n63\n\nyo dustyajiin diira-sutiin\nsuhrd riijyarh hrdi-sprsa�\njahau yuvaiva malavad\nuttama§loka-liilasa�\nya �-the same JaQ.a Bharata who was formerly Maharaja Bharata, the\n\nson of Maharaja B.�abhadeva; dustyajiin-very difficult to give up; diirasutiin\n\n-\n\nthe wife and children or the most opulent family life; suhrt­\n\nfriends and well-wishers; riijyam-a kingdom that extended all over the\nworld; hrdi-sprsa�\nheart; jahau\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthat which is situated within the core of one's\n\nhe gave up; yuvii eva-even as a young man; mala-vat­\n\nlike stool; uttama-sloka-liilasa�-who was so fond of serving the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, known as U ttamasloka.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile in the prime of life, the great Maharaja Bharata gave up\neverything because he was fond of serving the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Uttama.Sloka. He gave up his beautiful wife,\nnice children, great friends and an enormous empire. Although\nthese things were very difficult to give up, Maharaja Bharata was so\nexalted that he gave them up just as one gives up stool after\nevacuating. Such was the greatness of His Majesty.\nPURPORT\n\nThe name of God is ��I).a, because He is so attractive that the pure\ndevotee can give up everything within this material world on His behalf.\nMaharaja Bharata was an ideal king, instructor and emperor of the\nworld. He possessed all the opulences of the material world, but K��I).a is\nso attractive that He attracted Maharaja Bharata from all his material\npossessions. Yet somehow or other, the King became affectionate to a little deer and, falling from his position, had to accept the body of a deer in\n\n", "SB5.2#p0100": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n64\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nhis next life. Due to K:r;�I:ta's great mercy upon him, he could not forget\nhis position, and he could understand how he had fallen. Therefore in\nthe next life, as JaQa Bharata, Maharaja Bharata was careful not to spoil\nhis energy, and therefore he presented himself as a deaf and dumb person. In this way he could concentrate on his devotional service. We have\nto learn from the great King Bharata how to become cautious in cultivating K:r;�I:ta consciousness. A little inattention will retard our devotional\nservice for the time being. Yet any service rendered to the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead is never lost: svalpam apy asya dharmasya trayate\n\nmahato bhayat (Bg.\n\n2.40). A little devotional service rendered sincerely\n\nis a permanent asset. As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.5.17):\n\ntyaktva sva-dharmam caral}Jimbujam harer\nbhajann apakvo 'tha patet tato yadi\n\nyatra kva vabhadram abhad am�ya kim\n\nko vartha apto 'bhajatam sva-dharmata/:t\n\nSomehow or other, if one is attracted to K:r;�Q.a, whatever he does in devotional service is a permanent asset. Even if one falls down due to immaturity or bad association, his devotional assets are never lost. There\nare many examples of this-Ajamila, Maharaja Bharata, and Jllany\nothers. This K:r;�Q.a consciousness movement is giving everyone a chance\nto engage in devotional service for at least some time. A little service will\ngive one an impetus to advance and thus make one's life successful.\n\nIn this verse the Lord is described as Uttamasloka. Uttama means \"the\n\nbest,\" and sloka means \"reputation.\" Lord K:r;�Q.a is full in six opulences,\n\none of which is reputation. AiSvaryasya samagrasya viryasya ya§asa/:t\n\nsriya/:t. K:r;�I:ta's reputation is still expanding. We are spreading the glories of K:r;�I:ta by pushing forward this K:r;�I:ta consciousness movement.\n\nK:r;�I:ta 's reputation, five thousand years after the Battle of Kuruk�etra, is\nstill expanding throughout the world. Every important individual within\nthis world must have heard of K:r;�I:ta, especially at the present moment,\ndue to the K:r;�I:ta consciousness movement. Even people who do not like\nus and want to suppress the movement are also somehow or other chanting Hare K:r;�I:ta. They say, \"The Hare K:r;�I:ta people should be chastised.\"\nSuch foolish people do not realize the true value of this movement, but\nthe mere fact that they want to criticize it gives them a chance to chant\nHare K:r;�I:ta, and this is its success.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0101": "Text 44]\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\n65\n\nTEXT 44\n\n� ���tf�Flf�fijij��·��\n\nm�\"l£1 f�� ���: ���'l 1\n�?Jqa����­\n\nij�l�('ffi'i\"'�qq)sfq �g: IIIJIJII\n\nyo dustyajan �iti-suta-svajantirtha-daran\nprarthyarh sriyarh sura-varai� sadayavalokam\nnaicchan nrpas tad-ucitarh mahatarh madhudvi!sevanurakta-manasam abhavo 'pi phalgu�\n\nya�-who; dustyajan-very difficult to give up; �iti-the earth;\nsuta-children; sva-jana-artha daran\n-\n\n-\n\nrelativ es riches and a beautiful\n,\n\nprarthyam- desirable; sriyam-the goddess of fortune; suravarai�-by the best of the demigods; sa-daya avalo ktim-whose merciful glance; na-not; aicc hat-desired; n rpa�-the King; tatucitam-this is quite befitting him; mahatam-of great personalities\n(mahatmas); madhu-dvit-of Lord K:r�I).a, who killed the demon\n\nwife;\n\n-\n\nMadhu; sevti-anurakta-attracted by the loving service; manastim-of\n\nabhava� api-even the position of liberation;\nphalgu�-insigni:fi cant\n\nthose whose minds;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami continued: My dear King, the activities of\n\nBharata Maharaja are wonderful. He gave up everything difficult\n\nfor others to give up. He gave up his kingdom, his wife and his\nfamily. His opulence was so great that even the demigods envied it,\n\nyet he gave it up. It was quite befitting a great personality like him\n\nto be a great devotee. He could renounce everything because he\nwas so attracted to the beauty, opulence, reputation, knowledge,\n\nstrength\n\nand\n\nrenunciation\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead, ���a. ���a is so attractive that one can give up all\n\ndesirable things for His sake. Indeed, even liberation is considered\ninsignificant for those whose minds are attracted to the loving ser­\n\nvice of the Lord.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0102": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n66\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse confirms Kr�Da's all-attractiveness. Maharaja Bharata was\nso attracted to Kr�Da that he gave up all his material possessions.\nGenerally materialistic people are attracted by such possessions.\n\nato grha-lcyetra-sutapta-vittair\njanasya moho yam aharh mameti\n(Bhag. 5.5.8)\n\"One becomes attracted to his body, home, property, children, relatives\nand wealth. In this way one increases life's illusions and thinks in terms\nof 'I and mine.'\" The attraction for material things is certainly due to illusion. There is no value in attraction to material things, for the conditioned soul is diverted by them. One's life is successful if he is absorbed\nin the attraction of Kr�Da's strength, beauty and pastimes as described in\nthe Tenth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam. The Mayavadls are attracted to\n\nmerging into the existence of the Lord, but K:r�Da is more attractive than\n\nthe desire to merge. The word abhava� means \"not to take birth again in\nthis material world.\" A devotee doesn't care whether he is going to be\nreborn or not. He is simply satisfied with the Lord's service in any condi­\n\ntion. That is real mukti.\n\niha yasya harer dasye\n\nkarmal}ii manasa gira\nnikhiliisv apy avasthasu\nfivan-mukta� sa ucyate\n\"One who acts to serve K:r�ga with his body, mind, intelligence and\n\nwords is a liberated person, even within this material world.\" (Bhakti­\n\nrasamrta-sindhu 1.2.187) A person who always desires to serve K:r�Da is\ninterested in ways to convince people that there is a Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead and that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is Kr�I)a. That\nis his ambition. It doesn't matter whether he is in heaven or in hell. This\nis called uttama5loka-liilasa.\n\nTEXT 45\n\n�\n\n\"--q(1�\n\nf���\n\n��m�'T�I\n\n", "SB5.2#p0103": "Text 45)\n\n67\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\nm Wf1f ��\nmi;:'FT� tr: ijij((I'Jl�� II'J�II\n\nWfi(PtOII�\n\nyajnaya dharma-pataye vidhi-naipu�ya\nyogaya sankhya-sirase prakrtiSvaraya\nnaraya�ya haraye nama ity udaram\nhasyan mrgatvam api ya� samudajahara\n\nyajiiaya-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who enjoys the\nresults of all great sacrifices; dharma-pataye-unto the master or propounder of religious principles; vidhi-naipu�ya-who gives the devotee the intelligence to follow the regulative principles expertly;\nyogaya-the personification of mystic yoga;\n\nsankhya-sirase-who\n\ntaught the Sailkhya philosophy or who actually gives knowledge of\nSailkhya to the people of the world; prakrti-iSvaraya-the supreme controller of this cosmic manifestation; naraya�ya-the resting place of\nthe innumerable living entities (nara means the living entities, and\nayana means the shelter); haraye-unto the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, known as Hari; nama�-respectful obeisances; iti-thus;\nudaram-very loudly; hasyan-smiling; mrgatvam api-although in\nthe body of a deer; ya�-who; samudajahara\n\n-\n\nchanted\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven though in the body of a deer, Maharaja Bharata did not\nforget the Supreme Personality of Godhead; therefore when he\nwas giving up the body of a deer, he loudly uttered the following\nprayer: \"The Supreme Personality of Godhead is sacrifice personified. He gives the results of ritualistic activity. He is the protector of religious systems, the personification of mystic yoga, the\nsource of all knowledge, the controller of the entire creation, and\nthe Supersoul in every living entity. He is beautiful and attractive.\nI am quitting this body offering obeisances unto Him and hoping\nthat I may perpetually engage in His transcendental loving service.\" Uttering this, Maharaja Bharata left his body.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0104": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n68\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nPURPORT\nThe entire Vedas are meant for the understanding of karma, jfiiin a\n\nand yoga-fruitive activity, speculative knowledge and mystic yoga.\n\nWhatever way of spiritual realization we accept, the ultimate goal is\nNarayal,la, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The living entities are\neternally connected with Him via devotional service. As stated in\nSnmad-Bhagavatam, ante niirayar:w-smrti&: the perfection of life is to\n\nremember Narayal,la at the time of death. Although Bharata Maharaja\nhad to accept the body of a deer, he could remember Narayal,la at the\ntime of death. Consequently he took birth as a perfect devotee in a\nbrahmar:w family. This confirms the statement of Bhagavad-gita (6.41),\n\nsuciniim srimatam gehe yoga-bhrn$!o 'bhijayate: \"One who falls from\n\nthe path of self-realization takes birth in a family of brahmar:ws or\n\nwealthy aristocrats.\" Although Maharaja Bharata appeared in the royal\nfamily, he became neglectful and took birth as a deer. Because he was\n\nvery cautious within his deer body, he took birth in a brahmar:w family\nas JaQ.a Bharata. During this lifetime, he remained perfectly ��I,la conscious and preached the gospel of ��I,la consciousness directly, beginning with his instructions to Maharaja Rahugaf,la. In this regard, the\n\nword yogaya is very significant. The purpose of O-$!tiriga-yoga, as stated\nby Madhvacarya, is to link or connect with the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. The goal is not to display some material perfections.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n��(ij�U��f�\n��� � ��tq�� tnwran�tn'i;;r������\n� �t �tnf� 3fl� 3Tl�� ;r �� -ret �fu I I�&_ II\n�\n\n�\n\nlfl'l'f�ij�Hrl{ij(iji�G;Iijg�oif\n\nya idam bhiigavata-sabhajitavadata-gur:w-karmar.w rajar�er\n\nbharatasyanucaritam svasty-ayanam ay�yam dhanyam ya5asyam\n\nsvargyapavargyam vanu5riJOty akhyasyaty abhinandati ca sarva evas�a\n\natmana asaste na kaiicana parata iti.\n\nya&-anyone who; idam-this; bhagavata-by exalted devotees;\n\nsabhajita-greatly worshiped; avadata\nkarmar:w-&-and\n\nactivities;\n\nraja r�e&\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\npure; gur:w\n\nof\n\nthe\n\n-\n\ngreat\n\nwhose qualities;\nsaintly\n\nKing;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0105": "Text 46)\n\n69\n\nThe Forest of Enjoyment\n\nbharatasya-of Bharata Maharaja; anucaritam-the narration; svastiayanam-the abode of auspiciousness; ayl.L§yam-which increases one's\nduration of life;\n\ndhanyam-increases one's fortune;\n\nya5asyam­\n\nbestows reputation; svargya-gives promotion to the higher planetary\nsystems (the goal of the karmis); apavargyam-gives liberation from\nthis material world and enables one to merge into the Supreme (the goal\nof the jnanis); va-or; anu.Snwti-always hears, following the path of\ndevotional service; akhyasyati-describes for the benefit of others;\nabhinandati-glorifies the characteristics of devotees and the Supreme\nLord;\n\nca-and;\n\nsarvab,-all; eva-certainly; as�ab,-blessings; at­\n\nmanab,-for himself; asaste-he achieves; na-not; kaiicana-anything; paratab,-from anyone else; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nDevotees\n\ninterested\n\nin\n\nhearing\n\nand\n\nchanting\n\n[sravaJ.larh\n\nkirtanam) regularly discuss the pure characteristics of Bharata\nMaharaja and praise his activities. If one submissively hears and\nchants about the all-auspicious Maharaja Bharata, one's life span\nand material opulences certainly increase. One can become very\nfamous and easily attain promotion to the heavenly planets, or attain liberation by merging into the existence of the Lord.\nWhatever one desires can be attained simply by hearing, chanting\nand glorifying the activities of Maharaja Bharata. In this way, one\ncan\n\nfulfill all his material and spiritual desires. One does not have\n\nto ask anyone else for these things, for simply by studying the life\nof Maharaja Bharata, one can attain all desirable things.\nPURPORT\n\nThe forest of material existence is summarized in this Fourteenth\nChapter. The word bhavatavi refers to the path of material existence.\nThe merchant is the living entity who comes to the forest of material existence to try to make money for sense gratification. The six plunderers\nare the senses-eyes, ears, nose, tongue, touch and mind. The bad leader\nis diverted intelligence. Intelligence is meant for Kr�Q.a consciousness.\nbut due to material existence we divert all our intelligence to achieve\nmaterial facilities. Everything belongs to Kr�Q.a, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, but due to our perverted mind and senses. we plunder the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0106": "70\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 14\n\nproperty of the Lord and engage in satisfying our senses. The jackals and\n\ntigers in the forest are our family members, and the herbs and creepers\n\nare our material desires. The mountain cave is our happy home, and the\nmosquitoes and serpents are our enemies. The rats, beasts and vultures\n\nare different types of thieves who take away our possessions, and the\n\ngandharva-pura is the phantasmagoria of the body and home. The will­\n\no'-the-wisp is our attraction for gold and its color, and material residence\n\nand wealth are the ingredients for our material enjoyment. The whirl­\n\nwind is our attraction for our wife, and the dust storm is our blinding\npassion experienced during sex. The demigods control the different\n\ndirections, and the cricket is the harsh words spoken by our enemy dur­\n\ning our absence. The owl is the person who directly insults us, and the\n\nimpious trees are impious men. The waterless river represents atheists\n\nwho give us trouble in this world and the next. The meat-eating demons\n\nare the government officials, and the pricking thorns are the impedi­\n\nments of material life. The little taste experienced in sex is our desire to\n\nenjoy another's wife, and the flies are the guardians of women, like the\n\nhusband, father-in-law, mother-in-law and so forth. The creeper itself is\n\nwomen in general. The lion is the wheel of time, and the herons, crows\n\nand vultures are so-called demigods, pseudo svamis, yogis and incarna­\n\ntions. All of these are too insignificant to give one relief. The swans are\n\nthe perfect brahmar,w,s, and the monkeys are the extravagant sudras\n\nengaged in eating, sleeping, mating and defending. The trees of the\n\nmonkeys are our households, and the elephant is ultimate death. Thus all\nthe constituents of material existence are described in this chapter.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Fourteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Material World as the\nGreat Forest of Enjoyment. \"\n\n", "SB5.2#p0107": "CHAPTER FIFTEEN\n\nThe Glories of the\nDescendants of King Priyavrata\nIn this chapter the descendants of Bharata Maharaja and many other\n\nkings are described. The son of Maharaja Bharata was named Sumati. He\n\nfollowed the path of liberation given by ��abhadeva. Some people\nmistakenly thought Sumati to be the direct incarnation of Lord Buddha.\nThe son of Sumati was Devatajit, and his son was Devadyumna.\nDevadyumna's son was Parame��hi, and his son was Pratiha. Pratiha was\na very great devotee of Lord Vi�l)u, and he had three sons, named Pratiharta, Prastota and Udgata. Pratiharta had two sons, Aja and Bhuma.\nThe son of Bhuma was Udgitha, and the son of Udgitha was Prastava.\nThe son of Prastava was Vibhu, and the son of Vibhu was P:rthu�e�J.a,\nwhose son was Nakta. The wife of Nakta, Druti, gave birth to Gaya, who\nwas a very famous and saintly king. Actually King Gaya was a partial in­\n\ncarnation of Lord Vi�I).U, and because of his great devotion to Lord Vi�l).u\nhe received the title Mahapuru�a. King Gaya had sons named Citraratha,\nSumati and Avarodhana. The son of Citraratha was the emperor Samra�,\nand his son was Marici, whose son was Bindu. Bindu's son was Madhu,\nand Madhu's son was Viravrata. Viravrata's two sons were Manthu and\nPramanthu, and the son of Manthu was Bhauvana. The son of Bhauvana\nwas Tva��a, and the son of Tva��a was Viraja, who glorified the whole\ndynasty. Viraja had one hundred sons and one daughter. Of these, the\nson named Satajit became very famous.\n\nTEXT I\n\n,fi �tfi l1iTR\n\nWINCi�tf+m:m � � qf.f ifi�m�\n��ql¥4?g4d¥4Fi �;nqt at'tl(\\('(ilmmT � �i{;fit{tft 'i1lf�\nm:ij�•�'i:st:\n\n� �qf�;ij II � II\n\n71\n\n", "SB5.2#p0108": "72\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 15\n\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nbharatasyatmaja/:t suTIULtir niimiibhihito yam u ha vava kecit\n\npakhar:u).ina r�abha-padavim anuvartamiinarh caniirya aveda­\n\nsamiimniitarh devatarh sva-mani�aya papiyasya kalau kalpay�yanti.\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sr! Sukadeva Gosvaml continued to speak;\n\nbharatasya-of Bharata Maharaja; atma-ja/:t-the son; suTIULti/:t niiTIULabhihita/:t-named Sumati; yam-unto whom; u ha vava-indeed;\n\nkecit-some; pakhar:u).ina/:t-atheists, men without Vedic knowledge;\n\nr�abha-padavim-the path of King I_{�abhadeva; anuvartamiinam­\n\nfollowing; ca-and; aniirya/:t-not belonging to the Aryans who strictly\n\nfollow the Vedic principles; aveda-samamniitam-not enumerated in\n\nthe Vedas; devatam-to be Lord Buddha or a similar Buddhist deity;\n\nsva-TIULni$aya-by their own mental speculation; papiyasya-most sinful; kalau-in this age of Kali; kalpay�yanti-will imagine.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: The son of Maharaja Bharata\n\nknown as Sumati followed the path of J;t�ahhadeva, but some\n\nunscrupulous people imagined him to be Lord Buddha himself.\nThese people, who were actually atheistic and of bad character,\n\ntook up the Vedic principles in an imaginary, infamous way to sup­\n\nport their activities. Thus these sinful people accepted Sumati as\n\nLord Buddhadeva and propagated the theory that everyone should\n\nfoll9w the principles of Sumati. In this way they were carried away\nby mental concoction.\nPURPORT\nThose who are Aryans strictly follow the Vedic principles, but in this\n\nage of Kali a community has sprung up known as the arya-samii ja,\n\nwhich is ignorant of the import of the Vedas in the parampara system.\n\nTheir leaders decry all bona fide acaryas, and they pose themselves as\n\nthe real followers of the Vedic principles. These acaryas who do not\n\nfollow the Vedic principles are presently known as the arya-samiijas, or\n\nthe Jains. Not only do they not follow the Vedic principles, but they have\n\nno relationship with Lord Buddha. Imitating the behavior of Sumati,\n\n", "SB5.2#p0109": "Text3)\n\nThe Descendants of King Priyavrata\n\n73\n\nthey claim to be the descendants of ��abhadeva. Those who are\nV ai�J.lavas carefully avoid their company because they are ignorant of the\npath of the Vedas. In Bhagavad-gitii (15.15) Kr�J.la says, vedaiS ca sar­\n\nvair aham eva vedyab,: \"The real purpose of the Vedas is to understand\n\nMe.\" This is the injunction of all Vedic literatures. One who does not\nknow the greatness of Lord Kr�J.la cannot be accepted as an Aryan. Lord\nBuddha, an incarnation of Lord Kr�J.la, adopted a particular means to\npropagate the philosophy of bhiigavata-dharma. He preached almost\nexclusively among atheists. Atheists do_ not want any God, and Lord Buddha therefore said that there is no God, but he adopted the means to instruct his followers for their benefit. Therefore he preached in a\nduplicitous way, saying that there is no God. Nonetheless, he himself was\nan incarnation of God.\n\nTEXT2\n\n� «ij;wrl ��f� �S+f.f� II � II\ntasmiid vrddhaseniiyiirh devatiijin-niima putro 'bhavat.\ntasmiit-from Sumati; vrddha-seniiyiim-in the womb of his wife,\nnamed Vrddhasena; devatajit-niima-named Devatajit; putrab,-a son;\n\nabhavat-was born.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Sumati, a son named Devatajit was born by the womb of\nhis wife named Vrddhasena.\nTEXT3\n\n3l�Wtl\n\n�� ��\nij��ltf m �rn: II� II\n\n���� wr:\n\natluisuryiirh tat-tanayo devadyumnas tato dhenumatyiirh sutab,\nparame�thi tasya suvarcalayiirh pratiha upajiitab,.\natka-thereafter; iisuryiim-in the womb of his wife, named Asuri;\n\ntat-tanayab, -one\n\nson\n\nof\n\nDe vatajit;\n\nd e va-dyumnab,-named\n\n", "SB5.2#p0110": "[Canto 5, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n74\n\nDevadyumna; tatafl-from Devabhyumna;\n\ndhenu-matyam-in the\n\nwomb of Dhenumati, the wife of Devadyumna; sutafl-one son;\nparame$!hi-named\n\nParame�!hi;\n\ntasya-of\n\nParame�!hi;\n\nsuvar­\n\ncalayam-in the womb of his wife, named Suvarcala; patrihafl-the son\nnamed Pratiha; upajatafl-appeared.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, in the womb of Asuri, the wife of Devatajit, a son\n\nnamed Devadyumna was begotten. Devadyumna begot in the\n\nwomb\n\nof\n\nhis\n\nwife,\n\nDhenumati,\n\na\n\nson\n\nnamed\n\nParame�thi.\n\nParame�thi begot a son named Pratiha in the womb of his wife,\n\nSuvarcala.\n\nTEXT4\n\ntr 3ti�¥4Nt41'�tntr �tf ���� \"���'flt�«�U( II � II\nya\n\natma-vidyam\n\nakhyaya\n\nsvayam\n\nsamsuddho\n\nmaha-puru$am\n\nanusasmara.\nyafl-who (King Pratiha); atma-vidyam akhyaya-after instructing\nmany people about self-realization; svayam-personally; samsuddhaflbeing very advanced and purified in self-realization; maha-purU$amthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�J;m; anusasmara-perfectly\nunderstood and always remembered.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Pratiha personally propagated the principles of self­\n\nrealization. In this way, not only was he purified, hut he became a\ngreat devotee of the Supreme Person, Lord Vi��u, and directly\n\nrealized Him.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word anusasmara is very significant. God consciousness is not\nimaginary or concocted. The devotee who is pure and advanced realizes\nGod as He is. Maharaja Pratiha did so, and due to his direct realization of\nLord Vi�Q.u, he propagated self-realization and became a preacher. A real\n\n", "SB5.2#p0111": "Text6]\n\nThe Descendants of King Priyavrata\n\n75\n\npreacher cannot be bogus; he must first of all realize Lord Vi�Q.u as He is.\nAs confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(4.34), upade�yanti te jfiiinarh jfiiininas\n\ntattva-darsina�: \"One who has seen the truth can impart knowledge.\"\n\nThe word tattva-darsi refers to one who has perfectly realized the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Such a person can become a guru and\npropound Vai�Q.ava philosophy all over the world. The paragon of bona\nfide preachers and guru is King Pratiha.\n\nTEXTS\n\nSf�l�k��- !JRr6:�l�il�� 3lmf����:\n��ill+t�'Uinq�f;tqJ(jl' 11�11\npratihiit suvarcaliiyarh pratihartriidayas traya iisann ijya-kovidii�\nsunava� pratihartu� stutyiim aja-bhumiiniiv ajani§iitiim.\npratihiit -from King Pratiha; suvarcaliiyam-in the womb of his\nwife, named Suvarcala; pratihartr-iidaya� traya�-the three sons Pratiharta, Prastota and Udgata; asan-came into being; ijya-kovidii�who were all very expert in the ritualistic ceremonies of the Vedas;\n\nsunava�-sons; pratiha rtu �-from Pratiharta; stutyam-in the womb\nof Stuti, his wife;\n\naja bhumiinau-the two sons Aja and Bhiima;\n-\n\najani§iitiim-were brought into existence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the womb of his wife Suvarcalii, Pratiha begot three sons,\nnamed Pratihartii, Prastotii and Udgiitii. These three sons were very\nexpert in performing Vedic rituals. Pratihartii begot two sons,\nnamed Aja and Bhiimii, in the womb of his wife, named Stuti.\n\nTEXT6\n\n� 9llf'1�<tt01ltOIIUA�<r: � ��C!�t sr�f�mltt\n� 3TR:flfw�hit �� � ����(ij�,'${\n3l'ffi� ��\n�rn�t tAT n�Asm: ���;n 3l�Ttr'J ���\n\n", "SB5.2#p0112": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n76\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 15\n\n���f�f� ��T�� �SS�'t'4�i.l� 't&T�'fflf\nsrm: II� II\nbhumna r§ikulyayam udgithas tata/:t prastavo devakulyayarh prastavan\nniyutsayarh hrdayaja asid vibhur vibho ratyarh ca prthuwr:tas tasman\nnakta akutyarh jajiie naktad druti-putro gayo rajar§i-pravara udiirasrava ajayata sak§ad bhagavato vi§r:wr jagad-rirak§i§aya grhitasattvasya kalatmavattvadi-lak§al)ena maha-purU§atarh prapta/:t.\nbhumna/:t-from King Bhuma; r§i-kulyayam-in the womb of his\nwife, named ��ikulya; udgitha/:t-the son named Udgitha; tata/:t-again\nfrom\n\nKing Udgitha;\n\nkulyayam -his\n\nwife,\n\nprastava/:t-the\n\nson named\n\nnamed Devakulya;\n\nPrastava;\n\ndeva­\n\nprastavat-from King\n\nPrastava; niyutsayam-in his wife, named Niyutsa; hrdaya-ja/:t-the\nson; asit-was begotten; vibhu/:t-named Vibhu; vibho/:t-from King\nVibhu; ratyam-in his wife, named Rati; ca-also; prthu-wi'JU/:tnamed Prthu�el).a; tasmat-from him (King Prthu�eQ.a); nakta/:t-a son\nnamed Nakta; akutyam-in his wife, named Akuti; jajfie-was begotten; naktat-from King Nakta; druti-putra/:t-a son in the womb of\nDruti; gaya/:t-named King Gaya;\n\nraja-r§i-pravara/:t-most exalted\n\namong the saintly royal order; udiira-srava/:t-famous as a very pious\nking; ajayata-was born; sak§at bhagavata/:t-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead directly;\n\nvi§r:w/:t-of Lord Vi�Q.u;\n\njagat-rirak­\n\n§i§aya-for the purpose of giving protection to the whole world;\ngrhita-who is conceived; sattvasya-in the suddha-sattva qualities;\nkala-atma-vattva-adi-of being a direct incarnation of the Lord; lak§UI)ena-by symptoms; maha-purU§atam-the chief quality of being\n\nthe leader of the human society (exactly like the chief leader of all living\nbeings, Lord Vi�I).u); prapta/:t-achieved.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the womb of his wife, l,{�ikulya, King Bhuma begot a son\n\nnamed Udgitha. From Udgitha's wife, Devakulya, a son named\nPrastava was born, and Prastava begot a son named Vibhu through\n\nhis wife, Niyutsa. In the womb of his wife, Rati, Vibhu begot a son\nnamed Prthu�el).a. Prthu�el).a begot a son named Nakta in the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0113": "Text7]\n\nThe Descendants of King Priyavrata\n\n77\n\nwomb of his wife, named Akuti. Nakta's wife was Druti, and from\nher womb the great King Gaya was born. Gaya was very famous and\npious; he was the best of saintly kings. Lord Vigm and His expansions, who are meant to protect the universe, are always situated in\nthe transcendental mode of goodness, known as visuddha-sattva.\nBeing the direct expansion of Lord Vi�J;Iu, King Gaya was also situated in the visuddha-sattva. Because of this, Maharaja Gaya was\nfully equipped with transcendental knowledge. Therefore he was\ncalled Mahapuru�a.\nPURPORT\nFrom this verse it appears that the incarnations of God are various.\nSome are part and parcel of the direct expansions, and some are direct\nexpansions of Lord Vi!?I)U. A direct incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is called amsa or sviimsa, whereas an incarnation\nfrom arh.Sa is called kalii. Among the kaliis there are the vibhinniirh.Sa­\n\njivas, or living entities. These are counted among the jiva-tattvas. Those\nwho come directly from Lord Vi!?I)U are called vi{;1Ju-tattva and are sometimes\n\ndesignated\n\nas\n\nMahapuru!?a.\n\nAnother\n\nname\n\nfor\n\nKr!?f.la\n\nIS\n\nMahapuru!?a, and a devotee is sometimes called mahii-paurU§ika.\n\nTEXT7\n\nij' � ��IJf �� il'fiJTSftiJfift't5��tij';r5���R;n :q\n\nq\"�f.(� ;r�f6r ij'e[f� fq���\"\nif���UTGij��ssqyf��+mq'#>f�til;r =qt�«ro: 'tf�c:nf� ��'RCff.{RRf 3TR� �«'t��;rm��sfq\n�fu\n\n��{f\n\nF£ti'lOO;r �tTf.TR�!!qq_ ll\\911\nsa vai sva-dharme7JU prajii-piilana-po�a7JU-pri7Janopaliilaniinu.Siisanalak$a7Jenejyadinii ca bhagavati mahii-purU§e pariivare brahmaTJi\nsarviitmaniirpita-paramiirtha-lak$a7Jena brahmaviccara7Jii,nusevayapiidita-bhagavad-bhakti-yogena cabhik$1J(LSa}:t\nparibhavitati-suddha-matir uparatiiniitmya iitmani svayam\nupalabhyamiina-brahmiitmiinubhavo 'pi nirabhimiina eviivanim\najilgupat.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0114": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n78\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 15\n\nsa�-that King Gaya; vai-indeed; sva-dharme1J-(l-by his own duty;\npraji.i-pi.ilana-of protecting the subjects;\n\npo$a1J-(l-of maintaining\n\nthem; prir:r-ana-of making them happy in all respects; upaliilana-of\ntreating them as sons; anu.Si.isana-of sometimes chastising them for\ntheir mistakes; lak$ar:r-ena-by the symptoms of a king; ijyi.i-i.idini.i-by\nperforming the ritualistic ceremonies as recommended in the Vedas;\nca-also; bhagavati-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, V i�.gu;\nmahi.i-purU$e-the chief of all living entities; para-avare-the source of\nall living entities, from the highest, Lord Brahma, to the lowest, like the\ninsignificant ants; brahmar:r-i-unto Parabrahman, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva; sarva-i.itmani.i-in all respects; arpitaof\n\nbeing\n\nsymptoms;\n\nsurrendered;\n\nparama-artha-lak$ar:tena-with spiritual\n\nbrahma-vit-of self-realized, saintly devotees;\n\nanusevayi.i-by the service of the lotus feet;\n\ncara1J-(l­\n\ni.ipi.idita-achieved;\n\nbhagavat-bhakti-yogena-by the practice of devotional service to the\nLord; ca-also;\n\nabhik$r:r-a§a�-continuously; paribhi.ivita-saturated;\n\nati-suddha-mati�-whose completely pure consciousness (full realization that the body and mind are separate from the soul); uparata-ani.itmye-wherein identification with material things was stopped; i.itmani-in his own self; svayam-personally; upalabhyami.ina-being\nrealized; brahma-i.itma-anubhava�-perception of his own position as\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nSpirit;\n\napi-although;\n\nnirabhimi.ina�-without\n\nfalse\n\nprestige; eva-in this way; avanim-the whole world; aj!lgupat-ruled\nstrictly according to the Vedic principles.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Gaya gave full protection and security to the citizens so\n\nthat their personal property would not be disturbed by undesir­\n\nable elements. He also saw that there was sufficient food to feed all\nthe citizens. [This is called pO!;lal.la.] He would sometimes distribute\ngifts to the citizens to satisfy them. [This is called priJ).ana.] He\n\nwould sometimes call meetings and satisfy the citizens with sweet\nwords. [This is called upalalana.] He would also give them good in­\n\nstructions on how to become first-class citizens. [This is called\n\nanusasana.] Such were the characteristics of King Gaya's royal\n\norder. Besides all this, King Gaya was a householder who strictly\n\n", "SB5.2#p0115": "Text 7)\n\nThe Descendants of King Priyavrata\n\n79\n\nobserved the rules and regulations of household life. He performed sacrifices and was an unalloyed pure devotee of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. He was called Mahiipuru�a\nbecause as a king he gave the citizens all facilities, and as a householder he executed all his duties so that at the end he became a\nstrict devotee of the Supreme Lord. As a devotee, he was always\nready to give respect to other devotees and to engage in the devotional service of the Lord. This is the bhakti-yoga process. Due to\nall these transcendental acitivites, King Gaya was always free from\nthe bodily conception. He was full in Brahman realization, and\nconsequently he was always jubilant. He did not experience\nmaterial lamentation. Although he was perfect in all respects, he\nwas not proud, nor was he anxious to rule the kingdom.\nPURPORT\nAs Lord l(r�Q.a states in Bhagavad-gitii, when He descends on earth,\nHe has two types of business-to give protection to the faithful and annihilate the demons\n\n(paritriiTJiiya sadhunam vinii.Saya ca d �krta m) .\n\nSince the king is the representative of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, he is sometimes called nara-deva, that is, the Lord as a human\nbeing. According to the Vedic injunctions, he is worshiped as God on the\nmaterial platform. As a representative of the Supreme Lord, the king had\nthe duty to protect the citizens in a perfect way so that they would not be\nanxious for food and protection and so that they would be jubilant. The\nking would supply everything for their benefit, and because of this he\nwould levy taxes. If the king or government otherwise levies taxes on the\ncitizens, he becomes responsible for the sinful activities of the citizens.\nIn Kali-yuga, monarchy is abolished because the kings themselves are\nsubjected to the influence of Kali-yuga. It is understood from the\nRamiiyar:w that when Bibhi�aQ.a became friends with Lord Ramacandra,\nhe promised that if by chance or will he broke the laws of friendship\nwith Lord Ramacandra, he would become a brahmar:w or a king in Kaliyuga. In this age, as Bibhi�al).a indicated, both brahmar:ws and kings are\nin a wretched condition. Actually there are no kings or brahmar:ws in this\nage, and due to their absence the whole world is in a chaotic condition\nand is always in distress. Compared to present standards, Maharaja Gaya\n\n", "SB5.2#p0116": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n80\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 15\n\nwas a true representative of Lord Vi�t:tu; therefore he was known as\nMahapuru�a.\n\nTEXTS\n\nmlfi 11m t:fl0�ll �f� a'tiTFffiijll �II\ntasyemiim giithiim piir:uf,aveya puriivida upagiiyanti.\n\ntas ya-of King\nglorification;\n\nGaya;\n\nimam-these;\n\npiir:u/,aveya-0\n\nMaharaja\n\ngathiim-poetic\nPari:k�it;\n\nverses\n\nof\n\npu ra-vida�-those\n\nlearned in the historical events of the PuriiTJ-US; upagiiyanti-sing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Parik�?it, those who are learned scholars in the\n\nhistories of the PuriiJ.las eulogize and glorify King Gaya with the\n\nfollowing verses.\n\nPURPORT\nThe historical references to exalted kings serve as a good example for\npresent rulers. Those who are ruling the world at the present moment\nshould take lessons from King Gaya, King Yudhi��hira and King Prthu\nand rule the citizens so that they will be happy. Presently the governments are levying taxes without improving the citizens in any cultural,\n\nreligious, social or politica l way. According to the Vedas, this is not\nrecommended.\n\nTEXT9\n� ....\n\nf(lJ �q: tfi: !THf7llHf ��T�.\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�i?.flf�t;rr ;r�fei�Mtm 1\n���: ���tffif: �6t\nm�flits;:1;{) +tfftRCfi(!51�ij II <?.. II\ngayam nrpa� ka� pratiyiiti karmabhir\nyajviibhimiini bahuvid dharma-goptii\n\n", "SB5.2#p0117": "The Descendants of King Priyavrata\n\nText 10)\n\n81\n\nsamagata-sri& sadasas-pati& satam\nsat-sevako 'nyo bhagavat-kaliim rte\ngayam -King Gaya; nrpa&-king; ka&-who; pratiyati-is a match\nfor; karmabhi&-by his execution of ritualistic ceremonies; yajvii-who\nperformed all sacrifices; abhimiini-so widely respected all over the\nworld;\n\nbahu-vit-fuliy aware of the conclusion of Vedic literature;\ndharma-goptii-protector of the occupational duties of everyone;\nsamagata-srf&-possessing all kinds of opulence; sadasa&-pati&\nsatiim -the dean of the assembly of great persons; sat sevaka&-servant\nof the devotees; anya&-anyone else; bhagavat-kaliim.-the plenary in-\n\ncarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; rte-besides.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great King Gaya used to perform all kinds of Vedic rituals.\n\nHe was highly intelligent and expert in studying all the Vedic\nliteratures. He maintained the religious principles and possessed\nall kinds of opulence. He was a leader among gentlemen and a servant of the devotees. He was a totally qualified plenary expansion\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore who could\nequal him in the performance of gigantic ritualistic ceremonies?\nTEXT 10\n\n�t�N� mt �� �1:\nij�l�tft ��: ��: I\n� �wtf �t 'RtSsf�\nf.lnfucit gor�ffi��l:lH II�\n\no\n\nII\n\nyam abhy�incan parayii mudii sati&\nsatyas�o da/cya-kanya& saridbhi&\nyasya prajaniim duduhe dharas�o\nniras�o gur:w-vatsa-snutodhii&\nyam-whom;\n\nabhy�iiican\n\n-\n\nbathed;\n\nparaya-with great; mudiisatya-\n\nsatisfaction; sati&-all chaste and devoted to their husbands;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0118": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n82\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 15\n\ntrue; as�ab,-whose blessings; da�a-kanyab,-the daughters of King\nDak�a; saridbhib,-with sanctified water; yasya-whose; prajaniim-of\nthe citizens; duduhe-fulfilled; dhara-the planet earth; as�ab,-of all\ndesires; niras�ab,-although personally having no desire; gur:ta-vatsasnuta-udhab,-earth becoming like a cow whose udders flowed upon\nseeing Gaya's qualities in ruling over the citizens.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the chaste and honest daughters of Maharaja Dak�a, such as\n,\nSraddha, Maitri and Daya, whose blessings were always effective,\n\nbathed Maharaja Gaya with sanctified water. Indeed, they were very\nsatisfied with Maharaja Gaya. The planet earth personified came as\n\na cow, and, as though she saw her calf, she delivered milk\nprofusely when she saw all the good qualities of Maharaja Gaya. In\n\nother words, Maharaja Gaya was able to derive all benefits from the\nearth and thus satisfy the desires of his citizens. However, he personally had no desire.\n\nPURPORT\nThe earth over which Maharaja Gaya ruled is compared to a cow. The\ngood qualities whereby he maintained and ruled the citizens are compared to the calf. A cow delivers milk in the presence of her calf;\nsimilarly the cow, or earth, fulfilled the desires of Maharaja Gaya, who\nwas able to utilize all the resources of the earth to benefit his citizens.\nThis was possible because he was bathed in sanctified water by the honest\ndaughters of Dak$a. Unless a king or ruler is blessed by authorities, he\ncannot rule the citizens very satisfactorily. Through the good qualities of\nthe ruler, the citizens become very happy and well qualified.\nTEXT 11\n\n���1+4� :q � �ll{l'{\nm�ron � �:'\nSRtiT� iN �'iillf f?rm\n�lf� tfg��\n� 11��11\n\n", "SB5.2#p0119": "Text II)\n\nThe Descendants of King Priyavrata\n\n83\n\nchandiiritsy akiimasya ca yasya kamiin\ndudahur ajahrur atho balim nrpa}:t\npratyaficita yudhi dharmer:ta vipra\nyadaS�am $CL$tham amsam paretya\nchandiiritsi-all the different parts of the Vedas; akiimasya-of one\nwho has no desire for personal sense gratification; ca-also; yasyawhose; kiimiin-all desirables; dudahu}:t-yielded; ajahru}:t-offered;\natho-thus; balim-presentation; n!Pal:t-all the kings; pratyaiicita}:tbeing satisfied by his fighting in opposition; yudhi-in the war; dharmer:ta-by religious principles; vipra}:t-all the brahmar:tas; yadawhen; as�am-of blessings; $CL$tham amsam-one sixth; paretya-in\nthe next life.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough King Gaya had no personal desire for sense gratification, all his desires were fulfilled by virtue of his performance of\nVedic rituals. All the kings with whom Maharaja Gaya had to fight\nwere forced to fight on reH.gious principles. They were very\nsatisfied with his fighting, and they would present all kinds of gifts\nto him. Similarly, all the brahmaJ.Ias in his kingdom were very\nsatisfied with King Gaya's munificent charities. Consequently the\nbrahmaJ.Ias contributed a sixth of their pious activities for King\nGaya's benefit in the next life.\nPURPORT\n\nAs a �atriya or emperor, Maharaja Gaya sometimes had to fight with\nsubordinate kings to maintain his government, but the subordinate kings\nwere not dissatisfied with him because they knew that he fought for\nreligious principles. Consequently they accepted their subordination and\noffered all kinds of gifts to him. Similarly, the brahmar:tas who performed Vedic rituals were so satisfied with the King that they very\nreadily agreed to part with a sixth of their pious activities for his benefit\nin the next life. Thus the brahmar:tas and �atriyas were all satisfied with\nMaharaja Gaya because of his proper administration. In other words,\nMaharaja Gaya satisfied the �atriya kings by his fighting and satisfied\n\n", "SB5.2#p0120": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n84\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 15\n\nthe brahmar:ws by his charities. The vai.Syas were also encouraged by\nkind words and affectionate dealings, and due to Maharaja Gaya's constant sacrifices, the sudras were satisfied by sumptuous food and charity.\nIn this way Maharaja Gaya kept all the citizens very satisfied. When\nbrahmar:ws and saintly persons are honored, they part with their pious\nactivities, giving them to those who honor them and render them service.\n\nTherefore, as stated in Bhagavad-gitd (4.34), tad viddhi prar:tipdtena\nparipra§nena sevayd: one should try to approach a spiritual master sub­\n\nmissively and render service unto him.\nTEXT 12\n\n��\n'litR\n\n�lfcf(i{�::{�\n\n'll��tfti.t I\n�(I��J4J �f(�ftt�m��'R\n11��11\n\nyasyadhvare bhagavan adhvardtmii\nmaghoni miidyaty uru-soma-pithe\nsraddha-vi.Suddhacala-bhakti-yogasamarpitejya-phalam ajahara\nyasya-of whom (King Gaya); adhvare-in his different sacrifices;\nbhagavdn the Supreme Personality of Godhead; adhvara-dtmii -the\nsupreme enjoyer of all sacrifices, the yajna-purU$a; maghoni-when\n-\n\nKing lndra; miidyati-intoxicated; uru-greatly; so ma pith e-d rink ing\n-\n\nthe intoxicant called soma; sraddha-by devotion; vi.Suddha-purified ;\nacala-and steady; bhakti-yoga-by devotional service; samarpitaoffered; ijya-of worshiping; phalam-the result; ajahara-accepted\npersonally.\nTRANSLATION\nIn Maharaja Gaya's sacrifices, there was a great supply of the in­\n\ntoxicant known as soma. King lndra used to come and become in­\n\ntoxicated by drinking large quantities of soma-rasa. Also, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi�I).U [the yajiia-puru�a]\n\n", "SB5.2#p0121": "Text 13)\n\nThe Descendants of King Priyavrata\n\n85\n\nalso came and personally accepted all the sacrifices offered unto\nHim with pure and firm devotion in the sacrificial arena.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Gaya was so perfect that he satisfied all the demigods, who\nwere headed by the heavenly King lndra. Lord Vi�I)u Himself also personally came to the sacrificial arena to accept the offerings. Although\nMaharaja Gaya did not want them, he received all the blessings of the\ndemigods and the Supreme Lord Himself.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�rotlQT;tl��\n\n��e���UlltTAA�\n!�ttm �: ij � M'�i:t'ttn\n!fut: � 3ftf<t'l•ll\\il� II Z �II\n..,\n\nyat-prir:taniid barh�i deva-tiryarimanU$ya-virut-t�m iivirificiit\npriyeta sadya/:1, sa ha vi.Sva-jiva/:1,\nprita/:1, svayam pritim agiid gayasya\nyat-pri r:uz niit-because\n\nof\n\npleasing\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead; barh�i-in the sacrificial arena; deva-tiryak-the demigods\nand lower animals; manU$ya-human society; virut-the plants and\ntrees; trr:uzm-the grass; a-virincat-beginning from Lord Brahma;\n\npriyeta-becomes satisfied; sadya?t-immediately; sa?t-that Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; ha-indeed; vi.Sva jiva /:1,-maintains the living\n-\n\nentities all over the universe; prita /:1,-although naturally satisfied;\n\nsvayam-personally;\n\npritim-satisfaction;\n\nagat-he\n\nobtained:\n\ngayasya-of Maharaja Gaya.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Supreme Lord is pleased by a person's actions, automatically all the demigods, human beings, animals, birds, bees,\ncreepers, trees, grass and all other living entities, beginning with\n\n", "SB5.2#p0122": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n86\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 15\n\nLord Brahma, are pleased. The Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nis the Supersoul of everyone, and He is by nature fully pleased.\n\nNonetheless, He came to the arena of Maharaja Gaya and said, \"I\nam fully pleased.\"\n\nPURPORT\nIt is explicitly stated herein that simply by satisfying the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one satisfies the demigods and all other living entities without differentiation. If one pours water on the root of a tree, all\nthe branches, twigs, flowers and leaves are nourished. Although the\nSupreme Lord is self-satisfied, He was so pleased with the behavior of\nMaharaja Gaya that He personally came to the sacrificial arena and said,\n\"'I am fully satisfied.\" Who can compare to Maharaja Gaya?\n\nTEXTS 14-15\n\n�� M3f�: t!41Rt(tl� � SA: �� �f��tr$rt (i;ti�'Jt�! �� d��(.l)lttf ;ffif�� II � \\1 II\nf4 ��ttf ��� €1�U�(i(l!flllT �hn��1: ij\";ri'({\n�'Tuf� �P:rt �� 'Jt� �: �qyqf m�\n��JJAf �erm'� ��f4(l�ifltf �('Jtl f� ���\n�ij �t:Jfr :q fcl� f�� �'{ II ��II\n..\n\ngayad gayantyarh citraratha/:1, sugatir avarodhana iti traya/:1, putra\nbabhuvu5 citrarathad un:uJ,yiirh samriU) ajan�ta. tata utkaliiyiirh maricir\nmaricer bindumatyiirh bindum anudapadyata tasmat saraghayam\nmadhur niimabhavan madho/:1, sumanasi viravratas tato bhojiiyam\nmanthu-pramanthu jajnate mantho/:1, satyiiyiim bhauvanas tato\ndi4a1}iiyiim tv�tiijan�ta tv�tur virocaniiyiim virajo virajasya satajitpravaram putra-satam kanyii ca v�ucyiirh kila jatam.\n\ngayiit - from\nGayanti;\n\nMaharaja\n\nGaya;\n\ncitra-ratha/:1,-named\n\nwife,\n\nnamed\n\nsugati/:1, - named\n\nSugati;\n\ngayantyam-in\n\nCitraratha;\n\nhis\n\n", "SB5.2#p0123": "Text 15)\n\nThe Descendants of King Priyavrata\n\n87\n\navarodhana�-named Avarodhana; iti-thus; traya�-three; putra�­\n\nsons; babhuvu�-were born; citrarathat-from Citraratha; un:z.ii,yam­\n\nin the womb of Orl).a; samra!-named Samrat; ajan4!a-was born;\ntata�-from him; utkaliiyam-in his wife named Utkala; marici�­\n\nnamed Marici; marice�-from Marici; bindu-matyam-in the womb of\nhis wife Bindumati; bindum-a son named Bindu; anudapadyata-was\n\nborn;\n\ntasmat-from him; saraghayam-in the womb of his wife\n\nSaragha; madhu�-Madhu; nama-named; abhavat-was born;\n\nmadho�-from Mahdu; sumanasi-in the womb of his wife, Sumana;\n\nvrra-vrata�-a son named Viravrata; tata�-from Viravrata; bhojayam-in the womb of his wife Bhoja; manthu-pramanthu-two sons\n\nnamed Manthu and Pramanthu; jajnate-were born; mantho�-from\n\nManthu; satyayam-in his wife, Satya;\n\nbhauvana�-a son named\n\nBhauvana; tata�-from him; d�wwyam-in the womb of his wife\nDu�al).a; tva§!ti-one son named Tva�ta; ajan4!a-was born; tva§!U�­\n\nfrom Tva�ta; virocanayam-in his wife named Virocana; viraja�-a son\n\nnamed Viraja; virajasya-of King Viraja; satajit-pravaram-headed by\n\nSatajit; putra-satam-one hundred sons; kanya-a daughter; ca-also:\nv4ucyam-in his wife Vi�uci; kila-indeed; jatam-took birth.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn the womb of Gayanti, Maharaja Gaya begot three sons, named\nCitraratha, Sugati and Avarodhana. In the womb of his wife UrJ).ii,\nCitraratha begot a son named Samrii!. The wife of Samrii! was\n\nUtkala, and in her womb Samra! begot a son named Marici. In the\n\nwomb of his wife Bindumati, Marici begot a son named Bindu. In\nthe womb of his wife Saraghii, Bindu begot a son named Madhu. In\n\nthe womb of his wife named Sumana, Madhu begot a son named\n\nViravrata. In the womb of his wife Bhoja, Viravrata begot two sons\nnamed Manthu and Pramanthu. In the womb of his wife Satya,\n\nManthu begot a son named Bhauvana, and in the womb of his wife\n\nDli�al).ii, Bhauvana begot a son named Tv�!ii. In the womb of his\nwife Virocana, Tv�!ii begot a son named Viraja. The wife of Viraja\n\nwas Vi�uci, and in her womb Viraja begot one ,hundred sons\nand one daughter. Of all these sons, the son named Satajit was pre­\n\ndominant.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0124": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n88\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 16\n\n��:�� ��IN4 fm�<+f1'l�: I\n31 ..UG>�� � �: tJ� � II�� II\ntatriiyarh sloka�praiyavratarh vamsam imam\nviraja§ caramodbhava�\nakarod aty-alarh kirtyii\nv�rtu� sura-gartarh yathii\n\ntatra-in that connection; ayam sloka�-there is this famous verse;\n\npraiyavratam-coming from King Priyavrata; vamsam-the dynasty;\n\nimam-this; viraja�-King Viraja; carama-udbhava�-the source of\n\none hundred sons (headed by Satajit); akarot-decorated; ati-alamvery greatly;\n\nkirtya-by his reputation;\n\nv�rtu�-Lord Vi�Qu, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; sura-gartam-the demigods; yathiijust as.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThere is a famous verse about King Viraja. \"Because of his high\n\nqualities and wide fame, King Viraja became the jewel of the\ndynasty of King Priyavrata, just as Lord Vi�J;lu, by His transcen­\n\ndental potency, decorates and blesses the demigods.\"\n\nPURPORT\nWithin a garden, a flowering tree attains a good reputation because of\n\nits fragrant flowers. Similarly, if there is a famous man in a family, he is\n\ncompared to a fragrant flower in a forest. Because of him, an entire\n\nfamily can become famous in history. Because Lord l(r�Qa took birth in\n\nthe Yadu dynasty, the Yadu dynasty and the Y adavas have remained\n\nfamous for all time. Because of King Viraja's appearance, the family of\nMaharaja Priyavrata has remained famous for all time.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Fifteenth\n\nChapter of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, \"The Glories of the Descendants of\nKing Priyavrata.\"\n\n", "SB5.2#p0125": "CHAPTER SIXTEEN\n\nA Description of Jambudvipa\nWhile describing the character of Maharaja Priyavrata and his descen­\n\ndants, Sukadeva Gosvaml also described Meru Mountain and the planetary system known as Bhu-ma1,1�ala. Bhu-ma1,1�ala is like a lotus flower,\n\nand its seven islands are compared to the whorl of the lotus. The place\n\nknown as Jambudvipa is in the middle of that whorl. In Jambudvipa\n\nthere is a mountain known as Sumeru, which is made of solid gold. The\n\nheight of this mountain is 84,000 yojanas, of which 16,000 yojanas are\n\nbelow the earth. Its width is estimated to be 32,000 yojanas at its summit\n\nand 16,000 yojanas at its foot. (One yojana equals approximately eight\n\nmiles.) This king of mountains, Sumeru, is the support of the planet\n\nearth.\n\nOn the southern side of the land known as Ilav:rta-var�a are the moun­\n\ntains known as Himavan, Hemakuta and Ni�adha, and on the northern\n\nside are the mountains N!la, Sveta and S:rnga. Similarly, on the eastern\nand western side there are Malyavan and Gandhamadana, two large\n\nmountains. Surrounding Sumeru Mountain are four mountains known as\n\nMandara, Merumandara, Supiirsva and Kumuda, each 10,000 yojanas\n\nlong and 10,000 yojanas high. On these four mountains there are trees\n\n1,100 yojanas high-a mango tree, a rose apple tree, a kadamba tree and\na banyan tree. There are also lakes full of milk, honey, sugarcane juice\n\nand pure water. These lakes can fulfill all desires. There are also gardens\n\nnamed Nandana, Citraratha, Vaibhrajaka and Sarvatobhadra. On the side\n\nof Suparsva Mountain is a kadamba tree with streams of honey flowing\n\nfrom its hollows, and on Kumuda Mountain there is a banyan tree named\nSatavalsa, from whose roots flow rivers containing milk, yogurt and\n\nmany other desirable things. Surrounding Sumeru Mountain like fila­\n\nments of the whorl of a lotus are twenty mountain ranges such as\nKuranga, Kurara, Kusumbha, Vaikari.ka and Trikuta. To the east of\n\nSumeru are the mountains Jathara and Devakuta, to the west are Pavana\n\nand Pariyatra, to the south are Kailasa and Karavlra, and to the north are\n\nTris:rnga and Makara. These eight mountains are about 18,000 yojanas\n\nlong, 2,000 yojanas wide and 2,000 yojanas high. On the summit of\n89\n\n", "SB5.2#p0126": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n90\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 16\n\nMount Sumeru is Brahmapuri, the residence of Lord Brahmii. Each of its\nfour sides is 10,000 yojanas long. Surrounding Brahmapuri are the cities\nof King lndra and seven other demigods. These cities are one fourth the\nsize of Brahmapuri.\nTEXT 1\n\n�it<tt\"<\ni3'ffi@4�T �qo-t�l�I'if� lllW K���m � �rni �)fu�\n\n�If� �n � v:�� II � II\nrajovaca\nuktas tvaya bhu-mar:u;lalayama-viSe$o y ava d adityas tapati yatra\ncasau jyoti$am gar:wiS candramii va saha drsyate.\n\nraja uvaca-Mahiiriija Parik�it said; uktab-already been said;\ntvaya-by you; bhu-ma r:u;lala-of the planetary system known as BhumaQ.Qala; ayama-viSe$ab-the specific length of the radius; yavat-as\nfar as; adityab-the sun; tapati-heats; yatra-wherever; ca-also;\nasau-that; jyoti$am-of the luminaries; ga�aib-with hordes;\ncandramii-the moon; va-either; saha-with; drsyat e-is seen.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik!jiit said to Sukadeva Gosvami: 0 brahmaJ.la, you have\n\nalready informed me that the radius of Bhii-mru;t\"ala extends as far\nas\n\nthe sun spreads its light and heat and as far as the moon and all\n\nthe stars can be seen.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse it is stated that the planetary system known as Bhu-maQ.Qala extends to the limits of the sunshine. According to modern science,\nthe sunshine reaches earth from a distance of 93,000,000 miles. If we\ncalculate according to this modern information, 93,000,000 miles can be\nconsidered the radius of Bhu-mal)Qala. In the Gayatri mantra, we chant\n\nom bhur bhuvab svab. The word bhur refers to Bhu-mal)Qala. Tat savitur\n\n", "SB5.2#p0127": "Text 2]\n\nA\n\nDescription of Jamhudvipa\n\n91\n\nvare�yam: the sunshine spreads throughout Bhu-mal)�ala. Therefore\n\nthe sun is worshipable. The stars, which are known as nak$atra, are not\n\ndifferent suns, as modern astronomers suppose. From Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(10.21) we understand that the stars are similar to the moon (nak�atrii�m aham sa5i). Like the moon, the stars reflect the sunshine.\n\nApart from our modern distinguished estimations of where the planetary\n\nsystems are located, we can understand that the sky and its various\n\nplanets were studied long, long before Srimad-Bhagatavam was com­\n\npiled. Sukadeva Gosvami explained the location of the planets, and this\n\nindicates that the information was known long, long before Sukadeva\n\nGosvami related it to Maharaja Parik�it. The location of the various\n\nplanetary systems was not unknown to the sages who flourished in the\nVedic age.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�N- m����: ij�fll: ija f� �� �\n�Q�n ij'm:'T'ffmfc44i�4�trl � � �Rij �ij�Tf���t\n� ��:q ij'� feff�mfll II � II\ntatriipi priyavrata-ratha-cara�-parikhiitai/:t saptabhi/:t sapta sindhava\nupak.lptii yata etasyii/:t sapta-dvipa-viSe�a-vikalpas tvayii bhagavan\nkhalu silcita etad eviikhilam aham miinato lak$a�ta5 ca sarvam vijijfiiisami.\ntatra api- i n that Bhu -mai;J.�al a; priyavrata-ratha-cara�a­\n\nparikh iitai /:t-by the ditches made by the wheels of the chariot used by\nPriyavrata Maharaja while circumambulating Sumeru behind the sun;\n\nsaptabhi/:t-by the seven; sapta-seven; sindhava/:t-o ceans;\n\nupak.lptii/:t-created; yata/:t-because of which; etasyii/:t-of this Bhu­\n\nmaQqala; sapta-dvipa-of the seven islands; viSe�a-vikalpa/:t-the mode\nof the construction; tvaya-by you; bhagavan-0 great saint; khalu­\n\nindeed;\n\nsucita/:t-described;\n\netat-this;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nakhilam­\n\nwhole subject; aham-1; miinata/:t-from the point of view of measure­\n\nment;\n\nlak$a�ta/:t-and from symptoms; ca-also; sarvam-every­\n\nthing; vijijfiiisiimi-wish to know.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0128": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n92\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, the rolling wheels of Maharaja Priyavrata's\n\nchariot created seven ditches, in which the seven oceans came into\n\nexistence. Because of these seven oceans, Bhii-mat;t9ala is divided\n\ninto seven islands. You have given a very general description of\ntheir measurement, names and characteristics. Now I wish to know\n\nof them in detail. Kindly fulfill my desire.\nTEXT3\n\n¥it14ffl !J��Ptlr � 311�f�Hi � �sfq �� ��ftrltf �\n;mfur � !!41WR� ��f.ilij� �'! �s{�?f4ut�d�ll�ll\nbhagavato gur:uz,maye sthula-nlpa avesitam mano hy aguTJR 'pi\nsll�matama atma-jyotU;i pare brahmar:ti bhagavati vasudevakhye\n�amam avesitum tad u haitad guro 'rhasy anuvarr:tayitum iti.\nbhagavatab,-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; gur:uz,-mayeinto the external features, consisting of the three modes of material\nnature; sthula-rllpe-the gross form; avesitam-entered; mana b,-the\n\napi-although; sll�matame-in His smaller form as Paramiitmii within the heart; atmajyot4i-who is full of Brahman effulgence; pare-th e supreme;\nbrahmar:ti-spiritual entity; bhagavati-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; vasudeva-akhye-known as Bhagaviin Vasudeva; �amamsuitable; avditum-to absorb; tat-that; u ha-indeed; etat-this;\nguro-0 my dear spiritual master; arhasi anuvarr:uz,yitum-please de­\n\nmind;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\naguTJR-transcendental;\n\nscribe factually; iti-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the mind is fixed upon the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead in His external feature made of the material modes of\n\nnature-the gross universal form-it is brought to the platform of\npure goodness. In that transcendental position, one can under­\n\nstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva, who in His\n\n", "SB5.2#p0129": "A Description of Jamhudvipa\n\nText 3]\n\n93\n\nsubtler form is self-effulgent and beyond the modes of nature. 0\nmy lord, please describe vividly how that form, which covers the\nentire universe, is perceived.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Parik�it had already been advised by his spiritual master,\n\nSukadeva Gosvami, to think of the universal form of the Lord, and\ntherefore, following the advice of his spiritual master, he continuously\n\nthought of that form. The universal form is certainly material, but\nbecause everything is an expansion of the energy of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, ultimately nothing is material. Therefore Parik�it\nMaharaja's mind was saturated with spiritual consciousness. Srila Riipa\n\nGosvaml has stated:\n\npriipaficikatayii buddhyii\nhari-sambandhi-vastuna/:t\nmumuk$ubhi/:t parityiigo\nvairiigyam phalgu kathyate\nEverything, even that which is material, is connected with the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. Therefore everything should be engaged in the\n\nservice of the Lord. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura translates\n\nthis verse as follows:\n\n··\n\nhari-seviiya yiihii haya anukilla\nvi$aya baliyii tiihiira tyiige haya bhula\n\n\"One should not give up anything connected with the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, thinking it material or enjoyable for the material\n\nsenses.\" Even the senses, when purified, are spiritual. When Maharaja\n\nParik�it was thinking of the universal form of the Lord, his mind was\n\ncertainly situated on the transcendental platform. Therefore although he\n\nmight not have had any reason to be concerned with detailed information\n\nof the universe, he was thinking of it in relationship with the Supreme\n\nLord, and therefore such geographical knowledge was not material but\n\ntranscendental. Elsewhere in Snmad-Bhiigavatam (1.5.20) Narada Muni\n\nhas said, idam hi viSvam bhagaviin ivetara/:t: the entire universe is also\n\n", "SB5.2#p0130": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n94\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 16\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, although it appears different from\nHim. Therefore although Parik!?it Maharaja had no need for geographical\n\nknowledge of this universe, that knowledge was also spiritual and tran­\n\nscendental because he was thinking of the entire universe as an expansion of the energy of the Lord.\n\nIn our preaching work also, we deal with so much property and money\n\nand so many books bought and sold, but because these dealings all per­\n\ntain to the �!?!)a consciousness movement, they should never be con­\n\nsidered material. That one is absorbed in thoughts of such management\ndoes not mean that he is outside of �!?!)a consciousness. If one rigidly\n\nobserves the regulative principle of chanting sixteen rounds of the\n\nmahii-mantra every day, his dealings with the material world for the\n\nsake of spreading the �!?!)a consciousness movement are not different\nfrom the spiritual cultivation of �!?!)a consciousness.\n\nTEXT4\n\n'Jff(i�\"f\n\nWI���� +tltii!JOIM�a: m � �\ntnN�IW'd+tJ ��m �q(ij�k��er 4(inectiN� ;n��q�Q) Ottl�tii�PH\n\nII � II\n\nr�ir uvaca\nna vai maharaja bhagavato miiya-gur:ta-vibhilte/:£ kf4!hiim manasa\nvacasa vadhigantum alam vibudhay�api pur�as tasmat pradhiinyenaiva bhu-golaka-viSe�am nama-rilpa-miina-la�ar:tato\nvyakhyasyama/:£.\nr�i/:£ uvaca-Srl Sukadeva Gosvami continued to speak; na-not;\n\nvai-indeed; mahii-raja-0 great King; bhagavata}:£-of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; miiya-gur:ta-vibhute}:£-of the transformation of\n\nthe qualities of the material energy; kf4!hiim-the end; ma nas a- by the\nmind;\n\nvacasa -by words; vii-either; adhigant um\n\n-\n\nto understand\n\nfully; a/am-capable; vibudha-ay�a-with a duration of life like that\n\nap i- even ; puru�a/:£-a person; tasmat-therefore;\npradhiinyena-by a general description of the chief places; eva-cer-\n\nof Brahma;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0131": "A Description of Jambiidvipa\n\nText 4]\ntainly;\n\n95\n\nbhu-golaka-viSe$am-the particular description of Bhuloka;\n\nniima-rupa-names and forms; mana-measurements; lalcyar:uzta/:taccording to symptoms; vyakhyasyama/:t-1 shall try to explain.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great r�i Sukadeva Gosviimi said: My dear King, there is no\n\nlimit to the expansion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's\n\nmaterial energy. This material world is a transformation of the\nmaterial qualities [sattva-gm,Ia, rajo-gur;ta and tamo-gur;ta], yet no\n\none could possibly explain it perfectly, even in a lifetime as long as\n\nthat of Brahma. No one in the material world is perfect, and an\n\nimperfect person could not describe this material universe accurately,\n\neven\n\nafter continued speculation.\n\n0 King, I shall\n\nnevertheless try to explain to you the principal regions, such as\n\nBhii-golaka [Bhiiloka], with their names, forms, measurements\n\nand various symptoms.\n\nPURPORT\nThe material world is only one fourth of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead's creation, but it is unlimited and impossible for anyone to\nknow or describe, even with the qualification of a life as long as that of\nBrahma, who lives for millions and millions of years. Modern scientists\nand astronomers try to explain the cosmic situation and the vastness of\nspace, and some of them believe that all the glittering stars are different\nsuns. From Bhagavad-gua, however, we understand that all these stars\n\n(nalcyatras) are like the moon, in that they reflect the sunshine. They are\nnot independent luminaries. Bhuloka is explained to be that portion of\nouter space through which the heat and light of the sun extend.\nTherefore it is natural to conclude that this universe extends in space as\nfar as we can see and encompasses the glittering stars. S rila Sukadeva\n\nGosvami admitted that to give full details of this expansive material\nuniverse would be impossible, but nevertheless he wanted to give the\nKing as much knowledge as he had received through the parampara\nsystem. We should conclude that if one cannot comprehend the material\nexpansions of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one certainly cannot\nestimate the expansiveness of the spiritual world. The Brahma-samhita\n\n(5.33) confirms this:\n\n", "SB5.2#p0132": "96\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 16\n\nadvaitam acyutam aniidim ananta-rupam\nadyam purar:u:z,-pun.t§am nava-yauvanam ca\nThe limits of the expansions of Govinda, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, cannot be estimated by anyone, even a person as perfect as\nBrahma, not to speak of tiny scientists whose senses and instruments are\nall imperfect and who cannot give us information of even this one\nuniverse. We should therefore be satisfied with the information obtain­\n\nS\n\nable from Vedic sources as spoken by authorities like ukadeva Gosvaml.\n\nTEXTS\n\n;it � �q: ��q��ijl�mifij) lilf!d�iifil f�: �it\n� �(4'1'{\\ II � II\nyo vayam dvipa� kuvalaya-kamala-kosabhyantara-koso niyuta-yojanaviSala� samavartulo yatha pl.t§kara-patram.\nya�-which; va-either; ayam-this; dvipa� -island ; kuvalayathe Bhiiloka; kamala-kosa-of the whorl of a lotus flower; abhyantara-inner;\n\nkosa�-whorl ; niyuta-yojana-viSala�-one million yo­\n\njanas (eight million miles ) wide; samavartula�-equal1y round, or having a length and breadth of the same measurement; yat ha-like;\n\np!.t§kara-patram-a lotus leaf.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe planetary system known as Bhii-mru:t<}.ala resembles a lotus\nflower, and its seven islands resemble the whorl of that flower. The\nlength and breadth of the island known as Jamhiidvipa, which is\nsituated in the middle of the whorl, are one million yojanas [eight\nmillion miles]. Jamhiidvipa is round like the leaf of a lotus flower.\nTEXT6\n\nwtcc;i't'$1('1\"'1t�l¥tlt4ef��ta.•�tfUlt: ��f.f\n\n", "SB5.2#p0133": "Text 7]\n\n97\n\nA Description of Jamhiidvipa\n\nyasmin nava var$ii;�ti nava-yojana-sahasriiyiirrui,ny U$!abhir maryiidiigiribhi� suvibhaktani bhavanti.\nyasmin-in that Jambudvipa;\n\nland;\n\nnava-nine;\n\nnava-yojana-sahasra-72,000\n\nmiles\n\nin\n\nvar$ii�i-divisions of\nlength;\n\niiyiirrui,ni­\n\nmeasuring; U$!abhi�-by eight; maryiidii-indicating the boundaries;\n\ngiribhi�-by mountains; suvibhaktiini-nicely divided from one\n\nanother; bhavanti-are.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn Jamhiidvipa there are nine divisions of land, each with a\nlength of 9 ,000 yojanas [72,000 miles]. There are eight mountains\nthat mark the boundaries of these divisions and separate them\nnicely.\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura gives the following quotation\n\nfrom the Vayu Purii�, wherein the locations of the various mountains,\n\nbeginning with the Himalayas, are described.\n\ndhanurvat saritsthite jiieye dve var$e da�i�ottare. dirgha�i tatra catviiri caturasram iliivrtam iti da�i�ottare bhiiratottara-kuru-var$e catviiri\n\nkimpurU$a-harivar$a-ramyaka-hira�mayani\n\nni$adhayos\n\ntira§cinibhuya\n\nsamudra-pravi$tayo�\n\nvar$ii�i\n\nnila­\n\nsamlagnatvam\n\narigikrtya bhadriiSva-keturrui,layor api dhanur-akrtitvam. atas tayor\ndairghyata eva madhye sarikucitatvena nava-sahasriiyiimatvam. ilavrtasya tu mero/:£ sakiisat catur-di�u nava-sahasrayamatvam\nsambhavet vastutas tv iliivrta-bhadriiSva-keturrui,/iiniim catus-trimsatsahasriiyiimatvarh jfieyam.\nTEXT7\n\n�qf �� �d Wftijl+\"lf\"� w ;m:ql'ii!.lRq(f: ��({: mqui: �lf((•�'\n�qft(l'lij��: ��: ��� �f.t ��m;t\n;itii{;rFrm � �m:� (f� m«: II \\9 II\n\n", "SB5.2#p0134": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n98\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 16\n\ne$iirh madhye iliivrtam niimiibhyantara-var$arh yasya niibhyiim\navasthita� sarvata� sauvarlJCL� kula-giri-riijo merur dv'ipiiyiimasamunniiha� karTJikii-bhilta� kuvalaya-kamalasya milrdhani dviitrirhSat sahasra-yojana-vitato mille $cx;laSa-sahasram tiivat iintarbhilmyiim pravi$!a�.\ne$iim-al1 these divisions of Jambiidvlpa; madhye-am ong ; iliivrtam\nruima-named Ilavrta-var�a; abhyantara-var$am-the inner division;\nyasya-of which; niibhyiim-in the navel; avasthita�-situated; sarvata�-entirely; sauvarlJCL� -made of gold; kula-giri-riija�-the most\nfamous among famous mountains; meru�-Mount Meru; dv'ipa-iiyiimasamunniiha�-whose height is the same measurement as the width of\nJambiidvlpa; karTJikii-bhilta�-existing as the pericarp; kuvalaya-of\nthis planetary system; kamalasya-like a lotus flower; milrdhani-on\nthe top; dvii-trirhSat\n\n-\n\nthirty two ; sahasra-thousand; yojana-yojanas\n-\n\n(eight miles each); vitata�-expanded; mille-at the base; $cx;laSasahasram -sixteen thousand\n\nyojanas;\n\ntiivat-so much;\n\nbhilmyiim-within the earth; pravi$!a�-entered\n\niinta�­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmidst these divisions, or var�as, is the var�a named Ilavrta,\n\nwhich is situated in the middle of the whorl of the lotus. Within 11avrta-var�a is Sumeru Mountain, which is made of gold. Sumeru\n\nMountain is like the pericarp of the lotuslike Bhii-maiJ.4ala planetary system. The mountain's height is the same as the width of\nJambiidvipa-or, in other words, 100,000 yojanas [800,000\nmiles]. Of that, 16,000 yojanas [128,000 miles] are within the\nearth, and therefore the mountain's height above the earth is\n84,000 yojanas [672,000 miles]. The mountain's width is 32,000\nyojanas [256,000 miles] at its summit and 16,000 yojanas at its\nbase.\nTEXTS\n\n�\"¥t�ttd ilr�: �({: �ilftfsm��R<144��oti �tu.t\n���f4•�: stt•u4:1�1 �: �m�R�� �ijl�tz� ��:\n���q� �U ����N�i�ft �� � �f;Q II� II\n\n", "SB5.2#p0135": "Text 8]\n\nA Description of Jamhiidvipa\n\n99\n\nuttarottarer:telavrtarh nila/:L sveta/:L srrigavan iti trayo ramyakahirar:tmaya-kuru1}iirh var$anarh maryiida-giraya/:L priig-ayata\nubhayata/:L k$arodiivadhayo dvi-sahasra-prthava ekaikaSa/:L purvasmat\npurvasmad uttara uttaro daSamsiidhikamsena dairghya eva hrasanti.\nuttara-uttarer:ta ilavrtam-further and further north of Ilavrta-var�a;\n\nnila/:L-N ila; sveta/:L-Sveta; srrigavan-S:f ngavan; iti-thus; traya/:Lthree mountains;\n\nramyaka- Ramy aka;\n\nhira r:t maya - H ira Q. ma y a;\n\nkuru1}iim-of the Kuru division; var$anam-of the var$as; maryada­\n\ngiraya/:L-the mountains marking the borders; prak-ayata/:L-extended\non the eastern side; ubhayata}:L-to the east and the west; k$aroda-the\nocean of salt water; avadhaya/:L-extending to; dvi-sahasra-prthava}:Lwhich are two thousand yojanas wide; eka-eka5a/:L-one after another;\n\npurvasmat -than the former; purvasmat -than the former; uttara/:Lfurther north; uttara}:L-further north; da5a-amsa-adhika-amsena-by\none tenth of the former; dairghya/:L-in length; eva-indeed; hrasanti-become shorter.\nTRANSLATION\nJust north of Ilavrta-var�a-and going further northward, one\n\nafter\n\nanother-are three\n\nmountains\n\nnamed\n\nNila,\n\nSveta\n\nand\n\nSpigaviin. These mark the borders of the three var�as named\n\nRamyaka, Hirru;tmaya and Kuru and separate them from one\n\nanother. The width of these mountains is 2,000 yojanas (16,000\n\nmiles]. Lengthwise, they extend east and west to the beaches of the\nocean of salt water. Going from south to north, the length of each\n\nmountain is one tenth that of the previous mountain, but the\nheight of them all is the same.\nPURPORT\nIn this regard, Madhvacarya quotes the following verses from the\n\nBrahmar:tl},a Purar:ta:\nyatha bhagavate t-uktam\nbhauvanarh kosa-lak$ar:tam\ntasyavirodhato yojyam\nanya-granthantare sthitam\n\n", "SB5.2#p0136": "100\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 16\n\nmar:u;lode purar:w-m caiva\nvyatyasam /cyira-sagare\nrahu-soma-ravil}iim ca\nmar.u}aliid dvi-gur:wktitam\nvinaiva sarvam unneyam\nyojanabhedato 'tra tu\nIt appears from these verses that aside from the sun and moon, there is\nan invisible planet called Rahu. The movements of Rahu cause both solar\nand lunar eclipses. We suggest that the modern expeditions attempting to\nreach the moon are mistakenly going to Rahu.\n\nTEXT9\n\n� �d � �¢ wne� �sntn��qtiilei��)­\n\ns��1�;fu�m���(itt���� 11�11\n\nevam da/cyir:umelavrtam n�adho hemakuto himalaya iti priig-ayata\nyatha niladayo 'yuta-yojanotsedha hari-var$a-kimpurl£$a-bharatanam\nyatha-sarikhyam.\nevam-thus; da/cyirJena-by degrees to the southern side; ilavrtamn�adha� hema-kuta� hirna la ya� three mountains\nnamed Ni�adha, Hemakiita and Himalaya; iti-thus; prak-ayata�-exof Ilavrta-var�a;\n\n-\n\ntended to the east; yatha-just as; nrla-adayaft-the mountains headed\nby Nila;\n\nayuta-yojana-utsedha�-ten thousand yojanas high; harivar$a-the division named Hari-var�a; kimpurl£$a-the division named\nKimpuru�a; bharatanam-the division named Bharata-var�a; yathasa rikhyam-according to number.\nTRANSLATION\nSimilarly, south of Ilavrta-var�a and extending from east to west\nare three great mountains named (from north to south) Ni�adha,\nHemakii!a and Himalaya. Each of them is I 0,000 yojanas [80,000\nmiles] high. They mark the boundaries of the three var�as named\nHari-var�a, Kimpuru�a-var�a and Bhiirata-var�a [India].\n\n", "SB5.2#p0137": "A Description of Jamhiidvipa\n\nText 10]\n\n101\n\nTEXT 10\n\n��el'l{t¥4q�OJ �OJ :q ¥i�k�la>;cNtwfle� f���\n�: ��:���II Zoll\ntathaiveliivrtam aparer:w purver:w ca miilyavad-gandhamiidaniiv anilani$adhayatau dvi-sahasrarit paprathatu& ketumiila-bhadrasvayo&\n\nsimiinarit vidadhate.\n\ntatha eva-exactly like that; iliivrtam aparer:w-on the western side\n\nof Ilavrta-var�a; pllrver:ta ca-and on the eastern side; miilyavad­\n\ngandha-miidanau-the demarcation mountains of Malyavan on the west\n\nand Gandhamadana on the east; a-nila-ni$ada-ayatau-on the northern\nside up to the mountain known as Nila and on the southern side up to the\nmountain known as Ni�adha; dvi-sahasram-two thousand yojanas;\n\npaprathatu&-they extend; ketumiila-bhadrasvayo&-of the two var$aS\n\nnamed Ketumala and Bhadrasva; simiinam-the border; vidadhateestablish.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the same way, west and east of Ilavtta-var�a are two great\nmountains named Malyavan and Gandhamadana respectively.\nThese two mountains, which are 2,000 yojanas [16,000 miles)\nhigh, extend as far as Nila Mountain in the north and Ni�adha in\nthe south. They indicate the borders of Ilav:rta-v�a and also the\nvar�as known as Ketumala and Bhadrasva.\nPURPORT\nThere are so many mountains, even on this planet earth. We do not\nthink that the measurements of all of them have actually been calculated.\nWhile passing over the mountainous region from Mexico to Caracas, we\nactually saw so many mountains that we doubt whether their height,\nlength and breadth have been properly measured. Therefore, as indi­\n\ncated in Srimad-Bhagavatam by S ukadeva Gosvami, we should not try to\n\ncomprehend the greater mountainous areas of the universe merely by\nour calculations.\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami\n\nhas\n\nalready\n\nstated that such\n\n", "SB5.2#p0138": "102\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 16\n\ncalculations would be very difficult even if one had a duration of life like\nthat of Brahmii. We should simply be satisfied with the statements of\n\nauthorities like Sukadeva Gosviimi and appreciate how the entire cosmic\n\nmanifestation has been made possible by the external energy of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The measurements given herein, such\nas 10,000 yojanas or 100,000 yojanas, should be considered correct\n\nbecause they have been given by Sukade�a Gosviimi. Our experimental\n\nknowledge can neither verify nor dispro'o\\e the statements of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam. We should simply hear these statements from the\n\nauthorities. If we can appreciate the extensive energy-of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, that will benefit us.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n-_\n\n� ��: ��: m �<:t�®�·rtiil��ro� ����!'llftt�� �qct�: II � � II\nmandaro merumandara� suparsva� kumuda ity ayuta-yojanavistiironniiha meros catur-diSam aVU$!ambha-giraya upak.lptii�.\nmandara�-the mountain named Mandara; meru-mandara�-the\nmountain named\n\nMerumandara;\n\nsupiirsva�-the mountain named\n\nSupiirsva; kumuda�-the mountain named Kumuda; iti -thus; ayuta­\n\nyojana-vistiira-unniiha�-which measure ten thousand yojanas high\nwide; mero�-of Sumeru; catu�-disam-the four sides;\nava§tambha girayab,-mountains that are like the belts of Sumeru;\nupa kJp tab,-situated .\n\nand\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nOn the four sides of the great mountain known as Sumeru\n\nare four mountains-Mandara, Merumandara, Supiirsva and\nKumuda-which are like its belts. The length and height of these\nmountains are calculated to be 10,000 yojanas [80,000 miles].\nTEXT 12\n\n�� �+\\�+il�tilm��: � 5Fm: ���ijq ��TNQC(:p•i1'!il;ffim1�� Pu;qR<i<PU\n\n��q-ftiJfl&T: II ��II\n\n", "SB5.2#p0139": "Text\n\n14)\n\n103\n\nA Description of Jamhiidvipa\n\ncatur�v ete�u cuta-jambil-kadamba-nyagrodhiiS catvara� padapapravara� parvata-ketava ivadhi-sahasra-yojanonnahas tavad vi!apavitataya� sata-yojana-pari1Jijha�.\ncatur�u-on the four; ete�u-on these mountains, beginning with\nMandara; cuta-jambu-kadamba-of trees such as the mango, rose apple\nand kadamba; nyagrodha�-and the banyan tree; catvara�-four\nkinds;\n\npadapa-pravara�-the best of trees;\n\nparvata-ketava�-the\n\nflagstaffs on the mountains; iva-like ; adhi-over; sahasra-yojana-unnaha�-one thousand yojanas high; tavat-so much also; vitapa­\n\nvitataya�-the length of the branches; sata-yojana-one hundred yojanas; pari1Jijha�-wide\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nStanding like \"flagstaffs on the summits of these four mountains\nare a mango tree, a rose apple tree, a kadamha tree and a banyan\ntree. Those trees are calculated to have a width of\nmiles] and a height of\n\n100 yojanas [800\n\n1,100 yojanas [8,800 miles]. Their branches\n1,100 yojanas.\n\nalso spread to a radius of\n\nTEXTS\n\n13-14\n\n\\i1{�tfi1Ull ���trlfiJf\n�lflf� �� $:ll�\"Q II � � II �l titcnfwt :q ¥tefA\n��efm � ��H��m����fuii�'JII\n\n«'��: �)�fw.r���\\ll� �qffi�\n\nhradiiS catvara� payo-madhv-i/cyurasa-mr$ta-jalii yad-upasparsina\nupadeva-ga1)ii yogaiSvarya1Ji svabhavikani bharatar$abha dharayanti.\ndevodyanani ca bhavanti catvari nandanarh caitraratharh vaibhrajakarh\nsarvatobhadram iti.\nhrada�-lakes; catvara�-four; paya� milk; madhu -honey ;\ni/cy u rasa-sugar cane juice; mma -jalii?t- filled with pure water; yatof which; upasparsina?t-those who use the liquids; upadeva-ga1Jii?tthe demigods; yoga-aiSvarya\"fJi-all the perfections of mystic yoga;\nsvabhavikani-without being tried for: bharata-r$abha-O best of the\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0140": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n104\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 16\n\nBharata dynasty; dharayanti-possess; deva-udyanani-celestial gardens; ca-also; bhavanti-there are; catvari-four; nandanam-of the\nNandana garden; caitra-ratham-Caitraratha garden; vaibhrajakamVaibhrajaka garden; sarvata�-bhadram-Sarvatobhadra garden; itithus.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, best of the Bharata dynasty, between these\n\nfour mountains are four huge lakes. The water of the first tastes\n\njust like milk; the water of the second, like honey; and that of the\nthird, like sugarcane juice. The fourth lake is filled with pure\n\nwater. The celestial beings such as the Siddhas, CiiraJ).as and\n\nGandharvas, who are also known as demigods, enjoy the facilities\nof those four lakes. Consequently they have the natural perfec­\n\ntions of mystic yoga, such as the power to become smaller than the\nsmallest or greater than the greatest. There are also four celestial\n\ngardens\n\nnamed\n\nvatobhadra.\n\nNandana,\n\nCaitraratha,\n\nVaibhrajaka\n\nand\n\nSar­\n\nTEXT 15\n\n� qfmn «� ���Rml{�iilffl� aq����q�ft�q�R:\nf�� fffif;:ij II � � II\n\nye$V amara-parivrcJ,ha}:t saha sura-lalana-laliima-yiltha-pataya\nupadeva-ga�Jilir upagiyamana-mahimana}:t kila viharanti.\nye$u-in which;\n\namara-parivrl}ha�-the best of the demigods;\n\nsaha-with; sura-lalana-of the wives of all the demigods and semidemigods; laliima-of those women who are like ornaments; yilthapataya}:t-the husbands; upadeva-ga�JiLi}:t-by the semi-demigods (the\nGandharvas); upagi\"yamana-being chanted; manimana}:t-whose\nglories; kila-indeed; viharanti-they enjoy sports.\nTRANSLATION\nThe best of the demigods, along with their wives, who are like\n\nornaments of heavenly beauty, meet together and enjoy within\n\n", "SB5.2#p0141": "Text 17)\n\n105\n\nA Description of Jamhiidvipa\n\nthose gar dens, while their glories are sung by lesser demigods\nknown as Gandharvas.\nTEXT 16\n\n��w��a4l\\ii;(i� ��m m�(Cj(��\n'f4elt4t���qlf� '«<f� II�� II\nmandarotsanga ekadaSa-sata-yojanottuilga-devacilta-siraso girisikhara-sthulani phalany amrta-kalpani patanti.\nmandara-utsailge-on\n\nthe\n\nekadaSa-sata-yojana-uttunga\n\nlower slopes\n\n-\n\nof\n\nMandara\n\nMountain;\n\n1 100 yojanas high; devacilta-sirasaft,\n\nfrom the top of a mango tree named Devacuta; giri-sikhara-sthillaniwbich are as fat as mountain peaks; phalani\nsweet as nectar; patanti\n\n-\n\n-\n\nfruit; amrta-kalpani-as\n\nfall down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the lower slopes of Mandara Mountain is a mango tree named\nDevaciita. It is 1,100 yojanas high. Mangoes as big as mountain\npeaks and as sweet as nectar fall from the top of this tree for the\nenjoyment of the denizens of heaven.\nPURPORT\nIn the Vayu PuriiT.UL there is also a reference to this tree by great\nlearned sages:\n\naratninarh satany �tav\neka-$�!y-adhikani ca\nphala-pramli1J1Lm akhyatam\nr$ibhis tattva-darsibhir\n\nTEXT 17\n\n� R�T�;JtiJl�tmQll�<f��� ill�ot����an� ;m{ ;{�1\n�f'Tftftrom�� ttl'ure��fe{� ���\\911\n\n", "SB5.2#p0142": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n106\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 16\n\nte§am viSiryamii1Jijniim ati-madhura-surabhi-sugandhi-bahuliirur:w-rasodenarur:toda nama nadi marulara-giri-sikharan nipatanti purver:telaw·tam upapliivayati.\nte§iim- of all the mangoes; viSiryamii1Jijnam-being broken because\n\nof falling from the top; ati-mad hura- very sweet; sura bhi-fragrant;\n\nsugandh i-scented with other aromas; bahu la-large quantities; arur:w-rasa-udena-by reddish juice;\n\narur:toda\n\n-\n\nArugoda;\n\nnama-named;\n\nnadi-the river; marulara-giri-sikharat-from the top of Mandara\n\nMountain; nipatanti-falling down; purver:ta-on the eastern side; il­\n\nav rtam-through Ilavrta-var�a; upapliivayati-fl.ows.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen all those solid fruits fall from such a height, they break,\n\nand the sweet, fragrant juice within them flows out and becomes\n\nincreasingly more fragrant as it mixes with other scents. That juice\n\ncascades from the mountain in waterfalls and becomes a river\ncalled Aru1_1oda, which flows pleasantly through the eastern side of\n\nIlavrta.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n��TttiJfl�Al 31�uart\n��t{����oo\n�tit� �1<::�<:4R1Zllfu II�� II\nyad-upajo§a1Jiid bhavanya anucarilJiirh pur_tya-jana-vadhunam\navayava-sparsa-sugandha-vato daSa-yojanam samantad anuvasayati.\nyat-of which; upajO§a1Jijt-because of using the fragrant water;\nbhavanya/1,-of Bhavani, the wife of Lord Siva; anucari1Jijm-of attendant maidservants; pur_tya-jana-vadhunam-who are wives of the most\npious Yak�as; avayava-of the bodily limbs; sparsa-from contact;\n\nsugandha vata/1,- the wind, which becomes fragrant; daSa-yojanam-\n\nup\n\nto\n\nten\n\nyojanas\n\n(about\n\nanuvas ayati-makes fragrant.\n\n•\n\neighty miles);\n\nsamantat-all\n\naround;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0143": "Text\n\n19]\n\nA Description of Jamhiidvipa\n\n107\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pious wives of the Yak�as act as personal maidservants to\n\nassist Bhavani, the wife of Lord Siva. Because they drink the water\n\nof the River Arui;Ioda, their bodies become fragrant, and as the air\n\ncarries away that fragrance, it perfumes the entire atmosphere for\neighty miles around.\n\nTEXT\n\n19\n\n� :st��\"��i¥1Mrnmmll11...1+i.,.�tunf�� �ij;{\n:st� ...PJ ...<t) �������� f;{q� �fil�;n\n�Fi �Ff�ffiiUq���Rr I I� �I I\nevam jambu-phalaniim atyucca-nipiita-vi.Sfrr,uiniim anasthi-priiyiir,uim\nibha-kiiya-nibhiiniirh rasena jambu niima nadf meru-mandara-sikhariid\nayuta-yojaniid avani-tale nipatantf dak{;ir:umiitmiinam yavad ilavrtam\nupasyandayati.\nevam -similarly; jambu-phalaniim-of the fruits called jambu (the\n\nrose apple); ati-ucca-nipiita -because of falling from a great height;\nvi.Sfrr,uiniim-which are broken to pieces; anasthi-priiyiir,uim -having\nvery small seeds; ibha-kiiya-nibhiiniim-and which are as large as the\nbodies of elephants; rasena -by the juice; jambu niima nadf-a river\nnamed Jambu-nadi:; meru-mandara-sikhariit-from the top of Merumandara Mountain; ayuta-yojaniit-ten thousand yojanas high; avanita le-on the ground; nipatantf -fallin g ; dak{;il)ena-on the southern\niitmiinam-itself; yavat-the whole; ilavrtam-llavrta-var!?a;\n\nside;\n\nupasyandayati-Bows through.\nTRANSLATION\nSimilarly, the fruits of the jamhii tree, which are full of pulp\n\nand have very small seeds, fall from a great height and break to\n\npieces. Those fruits are the size of elephants, and the juice gliding\nfrom them becomes a river named Jamhii-nadi. This river falls a\n\ndistance of\n\n10,000 yojanas, from the summit of Merumandara to\n\n", "SB5.2#p0144": "108\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 16\n\nthe southern side of Ilav.rta, and floods the entire land of Ilav.rta\n\nwith juice.\n\nPURPORT\nWe can only imagine how much juice there might be in a fruit that is\nthe size of an elephant but has a very tiny seed. Naturally the juice from\nthe broken jamba fruits forms waterfalls and floods the entire land of Ilav:rta. That juice produces an immense quantity of gold, as will be explained in the next verses.\n\nTEXTS 20-21\n\nQte���RA �1ifij);rt iff� ij��\"Ott'l\"fl qp;d*:it•tMqtiwt\n����oi �1� Will\\' ij�ul +ftffir II� II � � qp.r fcr�'=Tt�: � �smmn!���Rfl.')(•�ltul � '=TT��ft=ij 11� � 11\no\n\ntiivad ubhayor api rodhasor ya mrttikii tad-rasenanuvidhyamana vayvarka-sarhyoga-vipakena sadamara-lokiibharaT.ULrh jamba-nadam nama\nsuvarT.ULrh bhavati. yad u ha vava vibudhadaya/:t saha yuvatibhir\nmukuta-kataka-ka!i-sutrady-abharaT.UL-rape7Ja khalu dharayanti.\ntavat-entirely; ubhayo/:t api-of both; rodhaso/:t-of the banks;\nya-which; mrttikii-the mud; tat-rasena-with the juice of the jamba\nfruits that flows in the river; anuvidhy amana -being saturated; vayuarka-samyoga-vipiikena-because of a chemical reaction with the air\n\nand sunshine; sada-always; amara-loka-ab h araT.ULm-which is used\nfor the ornaments of the demigods, the denizens of the heavenly planets;\n\njamba-nadam nama-named Jambu-nada; suvarT.ULm-gold; bhavatibecomes; yat-which; u ha vava-indeed; vibudha-adaya/:t-the great\ndemigods; saha-with; yuvatibhi/:t-their everlastingly youthful wives;\n\nmukuta-crowns; kataka-bangles; ka!i-sutra-belts; adi-and so on;\nabharaT.UL-o£ all kinds of ornaments; rupeT.UL-in the form; khalu-indeed; dharayanti-they possess.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe mud on both banks of the River Jambii-nadi, being\n\nmoistened by the flowing juice and then dried by the air and the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0145": "Text 21]\n\nA Description of Jamhiidvipa\n\n109\n\nsunshine, produces huge quantities of gold called Jiimhii-nada.\nThe denizens of heaven use this gold for various kinds of ornaments. Therefore all the inhabitants of the heavenly planets and\ntheir youthful wives are fully decorated with golden helmets,\nbangles and belts, and thus they enjoy life.\nPURPORT\nBy the arrangement of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the rivers\n\non some planets produce gold on their banks. The poor inhabitants of\n\nthis earth, because of their incomplete knowledge, are captivated by a so­\n\ncalled bhagavan who can produce a small quantity of gold. However, it is\n\nunderstood that in a higher planetary system in this material world, the\n\nmud on the banks of the J ambii-nadl mixes with jamba juice, reacts with\n\nthe sunshine in the air, and automatically produces huge quantities of\ngold. Thus the men and women are decorated there by various golden or­\n\nnaments, and they look very nice. Unfortunately, on earth there is such a\nscarcity of gold that the governments of the world try to keep it in\n\nreserve and issue paper currency. Because that currency is not backed\n\nup by gold, the paper they distribute as money is worthless, but\n\nnevertheless the people on earth are very proud of material advance­\n\nment. In modern times, girls and ladies have ornaments made of plastic\n\ninstead of gold, and plastic utensils are used instead of golden ones, yet\n\npeople are very proud of their material wealth. Therefore the people of\n\nthis age are described as manda� sumanda-matayo manda-bhagya hy\n\nupadruta� (Bhag. 1.1.10). In other words, they are extremely bad and\n\nslow to understand the opulence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThey have been described as sumanda-mataya� because their concep­\n\ntions are so crippled that they accept a bluffer who produces a little gold\n\nto be God. Because they have no gold in their possession, they are ac­\n\ntually poverty-stricken, and therefore they are considered unfortunate.\n\nSometimes these unfortunate people want to be promoted to the\n\nheavenly planets to achieve fortunate positions, as described in this\n\nverse, but pure devotees of the Lord are not at all interested in such\n\nopulence. Indeed, devotees sometimes compare the color of gold to that of\nbright golden stool. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has instructed devotees not\n\nto be allured by golden ornaments and beautifully decorated women. Na\n\ndhanam na janam na sundarim: a devotee should not be allured by gold.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0146": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nllO\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 16\n\nbeautiful women or the prestige of having many followers. Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, therefore, confidentially prayed, mama janmani jan­\n\nmaniSvare bluwatiid bhaktir ahaituki tvayi: \"My Lord, please bless Me\n\nwith Your devotional service. I do not want anything else.\" A devotee\n\nmay pray to be delivered from this material world. That is his only\n\naspiration.\n\nayi nanda-tanuja kinkaram\npatitarh miirh vi§ame bhaviimbudhau\nkrpayii tava piida-pankajasthita-dhali-sadrsam vicintaya\nThe humble devotee simply prays to the Lord, \"Kindly pick me up from\n\nthe material world, which is full of varieties of material opulence, and\nkeey me under the shelter of Your lotus feet.\"\nSrlla Narottama dasa Thakura prays:\n\nhii hii prabhu nanda-suta,\nVf$abhiinu-suta-yuta,\nkaruT}ii karaha ei-biira\nna !heliha riiligii-piiya,\nnarottama-diisa kaya,\ntomii vine ke iiche iimiira\n\"0 my Lord, 0 son of Nanda Maharaja, now You are standing before me\n\nwith Your consort, the daughter of Vr�abhanu, Srimati Radhara�i.\n\nKindly accept me as the dust of Your lotus feet. Please do not kick me\naway, for I have no other shelter.\"\n\nSimilarly, Prabodhananda Sarasvati indicates that the position of the\n\ndemigods, who are decorated with golden helmets and other ornaments,\nis no better than a phantasmagoria (tri-daSa-pilr iikiiSa-pU$piiyate). A\n\ndevotee is never allured by such opulences. He simply aspires to become\nthe dust of the lotus feet of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n� ���if: ij'tl�� �t� ��RIT Ft�:�n q�lM'ftonm: q� ��u: ����qij;�s�mrr;tfi(���������11\n\n", "SB5.2#p0147": "Text 23)\n\nA Description of Jamhiidvipa\n\nIll\n\nyas tu maha-kadamba/:t suparsva-niriU),ho yas tasya ko!arebhyo\nvini/:tsrta/:t paticayama-pariiJiihii/:t patica madhu-dhara/:t suparsvasikharat patantyo 'parer:tatmanam ilavrtam anumodayanti.\nya/:t-which;\n\ntu-but;\n\nm,a ha-kadamba/:t-the\n\ntree\n\nnamed\n\nMahakadamba; suparsva-nir u{iha/:t-which stands on the side of the\nmountain known as Suparsva;\nko!arebhya l;-from the hollows;\n\nya/:t-which; tas ya-of that;\nvini/:tsrtai;-B.owing; patica-five;\n\nayama-vyama, a unit of measurement of about eight feet;\npari1Jiiha/:t-whose measurement; patica-five; madhu-dharai;-B.ows\nof honey; suparsva-sikharat-from the top of Suparsva Mountain;\n\npatantyai;-B.owing down; aparer:ta-on the western side of Sumeru\nMountain; atmanam-the whole of; i l avrtam-lla v rta - var�a;\n\nanumodayanti-make fragrant.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the side of Suparsva Mountain stands a big tree called\nMahiikadamha, which is very celebrated. From the hollows of this\ntree flow five rivers of honey, each about five vyamas wide. This\nflowing honey falls incessantly from the top of Suparsva Mountain\nand flows all around Davrta-var�a, beginning from the western\nside. Thus the whole land is saturated with the pleasing fragrance.\nPURPORT\n\nThe distance between one hand and another when one spreads both his\narms is called a vyama. This comes to about eight feet. Thus each of the\nrivers was about forty feet wide, making a total of about two hundred\nfeet.\nTEXT 23\n\n� ���;n;ij\n�\n\ni�f;{qtfmit �: �'Ht�l-.:.06�lilt�q\"fij� II����\n\nya hy upayuiijananarh mukha-nirvasito vayu/:t samantac chata-yojanam\nanuvasayati.\nyal;-which ( those flows of honey) ; hi-indeed; upayuiijananamof those who drink; mukha-nirvasita/:t vayu/:t-the air emanating from\n\n", "SB5.2#p0148": "ll2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 16\n\nthe mouths; samantat-all around; sata-yojanam-up to one hundred\nyojanas (eight hundred miles); anuvasayati-makes sweetly flavored.\nTRANSLATION\nThe air carrying the scent from the mouths of those who drink\n\nthat honey perfumes the land for a hundred yojanas around.\nTEXT 24\n\n��\n�JRA�il\n�:\n�m ;nq qm� ��+1ft\n;ft�'hn: qm�������w7.tn�t+�\\UT�:\nij� �\nctil+t��� ��: i�tm�qij�f!��01�t'l6Qqtj)�;:ij 11�\\JII\nevarh kumuda-nir114ho ya� sataval.So nama vatas tasya skandhebhyo\nn'icina� payo-dadhi-madhu-ghrta-guQiinnady-ambarasayyasanabharar:uUfaya� sarva eva kama-dugha nada� kumudiigrat\npatantas tam uttarer:wlavrtam upayojayanti.\nevam-thus; kumuda-ninll)ha�-having grown on Kumuda Moun­\n\ntain; ya�-that; sata-val.Sa� nama-the tree named Satavalsa (because\n\nof having hundreds of trunks); vata�-a banyan tree; tasya-of it;\nskandhebhya�-from the thick branches;\n\nnicirui�-flowing down;\n\npaya�-milk; dadhi-yogurt; madhu-honey; ghrta-clarified butter;\n\ngul)a-molasses; anna-food grains; adi-and so on; ambaraclothing; sayya-bedding; asana-sitting places; abharaTJCL-adaya�carrying ornaments and so on; sarve-everything; eva-certainly;\nkama-dugha�-fulfilling all desires;\n\nnada�-big rivers;\n\nkumuda­\n\nagrat-fro m the top of Kumuda Mountain; patanta�-B.owing; tam-to\nthat; uttare1_t(L-on the northern side; ilavrtam-the land known as 11-\n\na�ta-var!?a; upayojayanti-give happiness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSimilarly, on Kumuda Mountain there is a great banyan tree,\n\nwhich is called Satavalsa because it has a hundred main branches.\n\nFrom those branches come many roots, from which many rivers\n\nare flowing. These rivers flow down from the top of the mountain\n\n", "SB5.2#p0149": "Text 25]\n\nA Description of Jamhudvipa\n\n113\n\nto the northern side of Iliivrta-var�a for the benefit of those who\nlive there. Because of these flowing rivers, all the people have\nample supplies of milk, yogurt, honey, clarified butter [ghee),\nmolasses, food grains, clothes, bedding, sitting places and ornaments. All the objects they desire are sufficiently supplied for their\nprosperity, and therefore they are very happy.\n\nPURPORT\nThe prosperity of humanity does not depend on a demoniac civilization\nthat has no culture and no knowledge but has only gigantic skyscrapers\nand huge automobiles always rushing down the highways. The products\nof nature are sufficient. When there is a profuse supply of milk, yogurt,\nhoney, food grains, ghee, molasses, dhotis, saris, bedding, sitting places\nand ornaments, the residents are actually opulent. When a profuse supply of water from the river inundates the land, all these things can be\nproduced, and there will not be scarcity. This all depends, however, on\nthe performance of sacrifice as described in the Vedic literature.\n\nanniid bhavanti bhutiini\nparjanyiid anna-sambhava�\nyajiiiid bhavati parjanyo\nyajfia� karma-samudbhava�\n\"All living bodies subsist on food grains, which are produced from rains.\n\nRains are produced by performance of yajfia [ sacrifice ] , and yajfia is\n\nborn of prescribed duties.\" These are the prescriptions given in\nBhagavad-gitii (3.14). If people follow these principles in full Kr!?J:.la\nconsciousness, human society will be prosperous, and they will be happy\nboth in this life and in the next.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n���un�f � tro� �f �T����ltl��T'I���Ril�ernifqe�ni\\4(ijN�tfr ��� � Flmr��itcf\nII �� II\n\n", "SB5.2#p0150": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nll4\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 16\n\nyan upaj�aruJ,nam na kadacid api prajanam vali-palita-klaTTUL-svedadaurgandhya-jan'iTTULya-mrtyu-sito$r:uz,-vaivarr,tyopasargadayas tapaviSe$li bhavanti yavaj jimm sukham niratiSayam eva.\nyan-which (all the products produced because of the flowing rivers\nmentioned above); upaj�aruJ,nam-of persons who are fully utilizing;\nna-not;\n\nkadacit-at any time;\n\napi-certainly;\n\nprajanam-of the\n\ncitizens; vali-wrinkles; palita-grey hair; klaTTUL-fatigue; svedaperspiration; daurgandhya-bad odors because of unclean perspiration;\njara-old age; liTTULya-disease; mrty u-untimely death; sUa-severe\ncold; �r:uz,-scorching heat; mivarr,tya-fading of th� luster of the\nbody; upasarga-troubles; adaya�-and so on; tapa-of sufferings;\nviSe$li�-varieties;\n\nbhavanti-are;\n\nyavat-as long as;\n\njimm-life;\n\nsukham-happiness; niratiSayam-unlimited; eva-only.\nTRANSLATION\nThe residents of the material world who enjoy the products of\n\nthese flowing rivers have no wrinkles on their bodies and no grey\nhair. They never feel fatigue, and perspiration does not give their\n\nbodies a bad odor. They are not afflicted by old age, disease or un­\n\ntimely death, they do not suffer from chilly cold or scorching heat,\n\nnor do their bodies lose their luster. They all live very happily,\nwithout anxieties, until death.\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse hints at the perfection of human society even within this\nmaterial world. The miserable conditions of this material world can be\ncorrected by a sufficient supply of milk, yogurt, honey, ghee, molasses,\nfood grains, ornaments, bedding, sitting places and so on. This is human\ncivilization. Ample food grains can be produced through agricultural enterprises, and profuse supplies of milk, yogurt and ghee can be arranged\nthrough cow protection. Abundant honey can be obtained if the forests\nare protected. Unfortunately, in modern civilization, men are busy killing the cows that are the source of yogurt, milk and ghee, they are cutting down all the trees that supply honey, and they are opening factories\nto manufacture nuts, bolts, automobiles and wine instead of engaging in\n\n", "SB5.2#p0151": "A Description of Jamhiidvipa\n\nText 26]\n\n115\n\nagriculture. How can the people be happy? They must suffer from all the\nmisery of materialism. Their bodies become wrinkled and gradually\ndeteriorate until they become almost like dwarves, and a bad odor emanates from their bodies because of unclean perspiration resulting from\neating all kinds of nasty things .. This is not human civilization. If people\nactually want happiness in this life and want to prepare for the best in\nthe next life, they must adopt a Vedic civilization. In a Vedic civilization,\nthere is a full supply of all the necessities mentioned above.\n\nkurariga-kurara-kusumbha-vaikmika-triku!a-siSira-patariga-rucakan�adha-sinivasa-kapila-sarikha-vaidurya-jiirudhi-harhsa-r$abha-nagakiilaiijara-niiradiidayo vimsati-girayo mero& kar�ikiiyii iva kesarabhutii mula-dese parita upak,lpta&.\nkurariga- Kuranga; kurara-Kurara; kusumbha-vaikarika-triku!asisira-patariga-rucaka-ni$adha-siniviisa-kapila-sarikha-vaiduryajiirudhi-harhsa-r$abha-naga-kiilaiijara-niirada-the names of mountains;\n\niidaya&-and so on;\n\nv\n\ni m sat i -g iraya&- twenty mountains;\n\nmero&-of Sumeru Mountain; kar�ikiiya&-of the whorl of the lotus;\niva-like;\n\nkesara-bhutii&-as\n\nfilaments;\n\nmula-dese-at\n\nthe\n\nbase;\n\nparita&-all around; upak,lptii&-arranged by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere are other mountains beautifully arranged around the foot\n\nof Mount Meru like the filaments around the whorl of a lotus\n\nHower. Their names are Kurailga, Kurara, Kusumhha, Vaikailka,\n'!'rikiita,\n\nSisira,\n\nPatailga,\n\nRucaka,\n\nNi�adha,\n\nSinivasa,\n\nKapila,\n\nSaiJ.kha, Vaidurya, Jarudhi, Hamsa, .J:l.�ahha, Naga, Kalaiijara and\n\nNarada.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0152": "116\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 27\n\n���q� l{� \\�Ufl��;r���ill�ij\\ rn:� '1�\n��: 1 �q�ur qq;{q'lWmft �fulij;r ���«�ffil mtiN����U\"�� �W�t�T��: qft��sf«ft� qRQ'�f��;rfttft: I\" \\911\njathara-devakilJau merum purver:u'i�!adaSa-yojana-sahasram\nudagayatau dvi-sahasram prthu-twigau bhavatab. evam aparer:m\npavana-pariyatrau da�ir:rena kailasa-karavirau prag-ayatiiv evam\nuttaratas triSpiga-rnakariiv �tabhir etaib parisrto 'gnir iva parita.S\ncakiisti kiincana-girib.\njathara-devakutau-two mountains named Jathara and Devakuta;\nmerum-Sumeru Mountain; pilrver:m-on the eastern side; �!iidaSa-yojana-sahasram-eighteen thousand yojanas; udgayatau -stretching\nfrom north to south; dvi-sahasram-two thousand yojanas; prthutu ngau-in width and height; bhavatab-there are; evam-similarly;\naparer:m-on the western side; pavana-pariyatrau-two mountains\nnamed Pavana and Pariyiitra; da�ir:rena-on the southern side; kailasakarav irau-two mountains named Kailasa and Karavira; priik-ayatauexpanding east and west; evam-similarly; uttaratab-on the northern\nside; triSrnga-makarau-two mountains named Tris�ilga and Makara;\n�tabhib etaib-by these eight mountains; par isrtab-surrounded; agnib iva-like fire; paritab-all over; cakiisti-brilliantly shines;\nkiincana-girib-the golden mountain named Sumeru, or Meru.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the eastern side of Sumeru Mountain are two mountains\nnamed Ja!hara and Devakii!a, which extend to the north and south\n\nfor 18,000 yojanas [144,000 miles]. Similarly, on the western side\nof Sumeru are two mountains named Pavana and Pariyatra, which\nalso extend north and south for the same distance. On the\nsouthern side of Sumeru are two mountains named Kailasa and\nKaravira, which extend east and west for 18,000 yojanas, and on\nthe northern side of Sumeru, extending for the same distance east\nand west, are two mountains named Trispiga and Makara. The\n\n", "SB5.2#p0153": "Text 29]\n\n117\n\nA Description of Jamhiidvipa\n\nwidth and height of all these mountains is 2,000 yojanas (16,000\n�les). Sumeru, a mountain of solid gold shining as brilliantly as\nfire, is surrounded by these eight mountains.\n\nmeror murdhani bhagavata atma-yoner madhyata upak.lptarh purim\nayuta-yojana-sahasrim sama-caturasrarh satakaumbhim vadanti.\nm e r o b,-o f Sum e r u Mo un t a i n ;\nbhagavatab,-of\n\nm u r d h a n i - on the h e a d ;\n\nbeing; atma-yoneb,-of Lord\nBrahma; madhyatab,-in the middle; upak.lptam-situated; purim-the\nthe\n\nmost powerful\n\ngreat township; ayuta-yojana-ten thousand yojanas; sahasrim-one\nthousand; sama-caturasram-of the same length on all sides; satakaumbhim-made entirely of gold; vadanti-the great learned sages\n\nsay.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the middle of the summit of Meru is the township of Lord\nBrahma. Each of its four sides is calculated to extend for ten\nmillion yojanas [eighty million miles). It is made entirely of gold,\nand therefore learned scholars and sages call it Satakaumbhi.\nTEXT 29\n\n�nl{?!q�ijt ��1l�lift¥t�t�f Wt�� ��q- ijO�Rif �S!lTfmt: 11��11\ntam anuparito loka-palanam (l$!linlirh yatha-diSarh yatha-ruparh\nturiya-miinena puro '$tliv upak.lpta/:1.\ntam-that great township named Brahmapuri;\n\nanuparita b,\n\n-\n\nsur\n\n­\n\nrounding; loka-pa/anam-of the governors of the planets; (1$/linlimeight;\n\nya tha-diSam-according to the directions;\n\nyatha -riipam- in\n\n", "SB5.2#p0154": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n118\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 16\n\nexact conformity with the township of Brahmapuri; tunya-miinenaby measurement only one fourth; pura!z,-townships; ll§{au -eight;\nupak,lpta!z,- situated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSurrounding Brahmapuri in all directions are the residences of\n\nthe eight principal governors of the planetary systems, beginning\n\nwith King lndra. These abodes are similar to Brahmapuri hut are\none fourth the size.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura confirms that the townships of\n\nLord Brahma and the eight subordinate governors of the planetary\nsystems, beginning with lndra, are mentioned in other Purii:r:tas.\nmerau nava-pilriir:ti syur\nmanavaty amariivati\ntejovati sarhyamani\ntathii kr$1J-iiflganii para\nsraddhiivati gandhavati\ntathii canya mahodaya\nya§ovati ca brahmendra\nbahyiidiniirh yathii-kramam\nBrahma's township is known as Manovati, and those of his assistants\nsuch as lndra and Agni are known as Amaravati, Tejovati, Samyamani,\n\nICrt?J;langana, Sraddhavati, Gandhavati, Mahodaya and YasovatL\nBrahmapuri is situated in the middle, and the other eight puris surround\n\nit in all directions.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Sixteenth\nChapter\n\nof the Srimad-Bhagavatam,\n\n]ambildvfpa.\"\n\nentitled,\n\n\"A\n\nDescription\n\nof\n\n", "SB5.2#p0155": "CHAPTER SEVENTEEN\n\nThe Descent of the River Ganges\nThe Seventeenth Chapter describes the origin of the Ganges River and\nhow it flows in and around Ilav:rta-var�a. There is also a description of\nthe prayers Lord Siva offers to Lord Sankar�aQ.a, part of the quadruple\nexpansions of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Lord Vi�Q.u once ap­\n\nproached Bali Maharaja while the King was performing a sacrifice. The\n\nLord appeared before him as Trivikrama, or Vamana, and begged alms\n\nfrom the King in the form of three steps of land. With two steps, Lord\n\nVamana covered all three planetary systems and pierced the covering of\nthe universe with the toes of His left foot. A few drops of water from the\nCausal Ocean leaked through this hole and fell on the head of Lord Siva,\n\nwhere they remained for one thousand millenniums. These drops of\n\nwater are the sacred Ganges River. It first flows onto the heavenly\nplanets, which are located on the soles of Lord Vi�Qu's feet. The Ganges\nRiver is known by many names, such as the Bhagi:rathi: and the Jahnavl.\n\nIt purifies Dhruvaloka and the planets of the seven sages because both\n\nDhruva and the sages have no other desire than to serve the Lord's lotus\n\nfeet.\n\nThe Ganges River, emanating from the lotus feet of the Lord, inun­\n\ndates the heavenly planets, especially the moon, and then flows through\n\nBrahmapuri: atop Mount Meru. Here the river divides into four branches\n\n(known as Si:ta, Alakananda, Cak�u and Bhadra), which then flow down\nto the ocean of salt water. The branch known as Sita flows through\n\nSekhara-parvata and Gandhamadana-parvata and then flows down to\nBhadrasva-var�a, where it mixes with the ocean of salt water in the West.\n\nThe Cak�u branch flows through Malyavan-giri and, after reaching\n\nKetumala-var�a, mixes with the ocean of salt water in the West. The\n\nbranch known as Bhadra flows onto Mount Meru, Mount Kumuda. and\n,\n\nI\n\nthe Ni:la, Sveta and S:rngavan mountains before it reaches Kuru-desa.\n\nwhere it flows into the ocean of salt water in the north. The Alakananda\n\nbranch flows through Brahmalaya, crosses over many mountains. including Hemakii�a and Himakii�a, and then reaches Bharata-var�a. where it\n119\n\n", "SB5.2#p0156": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n120\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 17\n\nflows into the southern side of the ocean of salt water. Many other rivers\n\nand their branches flow through the nine var$as.\n\nThe tract of land known as Bharata-var�a is the field of activities, and\n\nthe other eight var$as are for persons who are meant to enjoy heavenly\n\ncomfort. In each of these eight beautiful provinces, the celestial denizens\n\nenjoy various standards of material comfort and pleasure. A different in­\n\ncarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead distributes His mercy\nin each of the nine var$as of Jambiidvipa.\n\nIn the Ilav:rta-var�a, Lord Siva is the only male. There he lives with his\n\nwife, Bhavani, who is attended by many maidservants. If any other male\n\nenters that province, Bhavanl curses him to become a woman. Lord Siva\n\nworships Lord Sarikar�aQa by offering various prayers, one of which is as\n\nfollows: \"My dear Lord, please liberate all Your devotees from material\n\nlife and bind all the nondevotees to the material world. Without Your\nmercy, no one can be released from the bondage of material existence.\"\n\nTEXT I\n\n1!1TrJ<ti �\nQ� �f(�ij:\n\nijl����uil�t qll{q���\\Cif�ffi�­\n\n�mu�mM-q�'(f=Cf:��\n\n�'\n\n'�'�ijf��R' ij�IJlq�ijffq���'­\n\n���q�&��>:�•l((\\:lq(.'S(�m�i;n'��' m��rr��qG.1�tt\n��:qlsflr<:�'t���QT m� �tt��q�Q{� f�\n��Q'R ����: 11�11\nsri-suka uvaca\ntatra bhagavata/:1, sa/cyad yajfia-/irigasya Vi$7J-Or vikramato vamapiidirigU$!ha-nakha-nirbhinnordhva�-kataha-vivare1J-tinta/:l,-pravi$!a\nya bahya-jala-dhara tac-cara7J-a-pankajavanejanaru7J-akiiijalkoparaiijitakhila-jagad-agha-malapahopasparsanamala salcyad\nbhagavat-padity anupalalcyita-vaco 'bhidhiyamanati-mahata kiilena\nyuga-sahasropala/cya7J-ena divo milrdhany avatatara yat tad vi$7J-upadam ahu/:1,.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0157": "Text 1)\n\nThe Descent of the River Ganges\n\n121\n\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; tatra-at that time;\nbhagavata�-of the incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nsak$at-directly; yajna-lirigasya-the enjoyer of the results of all\nsacrifices; v���-of Lord Vi�r.m; vikramata�-while taking His second\nstep; vama-piida-of His left leg; ari.gu$!ha-of the big toe; nakha-by\nthe nail; nirbhinna-pierced; urdhva-upper; ar:r-(la-kataha-the\ncovering of the universe (consisting of seven layers-earth, water, fire,\netc.); vivarer:r-a-through the hole; anta�-prav�!a-having entered the\nuniverse; ya-which; bahya-jala-dhara-the How of water from the\nCausal Ocean outside the universe; tat-of Him; carar:r-a-parikaja-of\nthe lotus feet; avanejana-by the washing; arur:r-a-kinjalka-by reddish\npowder; uparanjita-being colored; akhila-jagat-of the whole world;\nagha-mala-the sinful activities; apaha-destroys; upasparsana-the\ntouching of which; amala-completely pure; sak�at-directly;\nbhagavat-padi-emanating from the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iti-thus; anupalak$ita-described; vaca�-by the\nname; abhidhiyamana-being called; ati-mahata kalena-after a long\ntime; yuga-sahasra-upalak$ar:r-ena-consisting of one thousand millenniums; diva�-of the sky; murdhani-on the head (Dhruvaloka);\navatatara-descended; yat-which; tat-that; v�r:r-u-padam-the lotus\nfeet of Lord Vi�r.m ; ahu�-they call.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami said: My dear King, Lord Vigm, the enjoyer\nof all sacrifices, appeared as Vamanadeva in the sacrificial arena of\n\nBali Maharaja. Then He extended His left foot to the end of the\n\nuniverse and pierced a hole in its covering with the nail of His big\n\ntoe. Through the hole, the pure water of the Causal Ocean entered\nthis universe as the Ganges River. Having washed the lotus feet of\n\nthe Lord, which are covered with reddish powder, the water of the\n\nGanges acquired a very beautiful pink color. Every living being\ncan immediately purify his mind of material contamination by\ntouching the transcendental water of the Ganges, yet its waters\n\nremain ever pure. Because the Ganges directly touches the lotus\n\nfeet of the Lord before descending within this universe, she is\n\nknown as Vi�r.mpadi. Later she received other names like Jahnavi\n\n", "SB5.2#p0158": "122\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 17\n\nandBhagirathi. After one thousand millenniums, thewater of the\n\nGanges descended on Dhruvaloka,\n\nthe topmost planet in this\n\nuniverse. Therefore all learned sages and scholars proclaim\n\nDhruvaloka to be Vi�r;tupada [\"situated on Lord Vi�r;tu's lotus\nfeet\").\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse, Sukadeva Gosvami: describes the glories of the Ganges\n\nRiver. The water of the Ganges is called patita-pavani, the deliverer of\n\nall sinful living beings. It is a proven fact that a person who regularly\n\nbathes in the Ganges is purified both externally and internally. Exter­\n\nnally his body becomes immune to all kinds of disease, and internally he\n\ngradually develops a devotional attitude toward the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Throughout India, many thousands of people live on the\n\nbanks of the Ganges, and by regularly bathing in her waters, they are\nundoubtedly being purified both spiritually and materially. Many sages,\n\nincluding Sankaracarya, have composed prayers in praise of the Ganges,\n\nand the land of India itself has become glorious because such rivers as\n\nthe Ganges, Yamuna, Godavari:, Kaveri:, Kr�Qa and Narmada flow there.\n\nAnyone living on the land adjacent to these rivers is naturally advanced\n\nin spiritual consciousness. Sri:la Madhvacarya says:\n\nvarahe vama-padam tu\ntad-anye$U tu dak$ir:wm\npadam kalpe$U bhagavan\nujjahiira trivikramab,\nStanding on His right foot and extending His left to the edge of the\n\nuniverse, Lord Vamana became known as Trivikrama, the incarnation\nwho performed three heroic deeds.\n\nTEXT2\n\n;;r;t � tn:t c-fl�:f� 3TR�q-�: �'NflTcRit��i��m�umfq;�­\n\n(\\�Ta ��ijtf���litlll��f�itij ti f�Ql{AR{��\nsfu�l]8q�i�ltliT�«��ij���...�fetrr�<:ltli���ll�\n'tl'l��i?i��s�fq- 'H�Ill ftmlt f�fflll � II\n\n", "SB5.2#p0159": "123\n\nThe Descent of the River Ganges\n\nText 2]\n\nyatra ha vava vira-vrata auttanapadi� parama-bhiigavato 'smat-kuladevata-carar:ulravindodakam iti yam anusavanam utkr�yamliTJnbhagavad-bhakti-yogena drr;lharh klidyamanantar-hrdaya autkar:t!hyaviva5amilita-locana-yugala-kur;lmala-vigalitamala-b�pakalayabhivyajyamana-roma-pulaka-kulako 'dhunapi paramadarelJn\nsirasa bibharti.\nyatra ha vava- in Dhruvaloka; vira-vrata�-firmly determined; auttanapadi�-the famous son of\n\nMaharaja\n\nUttanapada;\n\nparama­\n\nbhiigavata�-the most exalted devotee; asmat-our; kula-devata-of\nthe family Deity; cara1J-(l-aravinda-of the lotus feet; udakam-in the\nwater;\n\niti - t h u s ;\n\nutkr� yama 1J-(l-being\n\nyam- w h i c h ;\nincreased;\n\na n u s a v a n a m - c o n s t a nt!y ;\n\nbhagavat-bhakti-yogena-by\n\ndevo­\n\ntional service unto the Lord; drr;lham-greatly; klidyamana-anta�hrdaya�-being softened within the core of his heart; autkar:t!hya-by\ngreat anxiety; viva5a-spontaneously; ami/ita-slightly open; locanaof eyes;\n\nyugala-pair;\n\nemanating;\n\namala\n\n-\n\nkur;lmala-from the flowerlike;\n\nba�pa-kalaya-with tears;\n\nunconta m inated;\n\nabhivyajyamana-being\n\nmanifested;\n\nvigalita­\n\nroma-pulaka-kulaka�-whose\n\nsymptoms of ecstasy on the body; adhuna api-even now; paramaadarer:ta-with great reverence; sirasa\n\n-\n\nby the head; bibharti-he\n\nbears.\nTRANSLATION\nDhruva Maharaja, the famous son of Maharaja Uttanapada, is\nknown as the most exalted devotee of the Supreme Lord because of\nhis firm determination in executing devotional service. Knowing\nthat the sacred Ganges water washes the lotus feet of Lord Vi�I).U,\nDhruva Maharaja, situated on his own planet, to this very day accepts that water on his head with great devotion. Because he constantly thinks of �!).a very devoutly within the core of his heart,\nhe is overcome with ecstatic anxiety. Tears flow from his half-open\neyes, and eruptions appear on his entire body.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen a person is firmly fixed in devotional service to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, he is described as vira-vrata, fully determined.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0160": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n124\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 17\n\nSuch a devotee increases his ecstasy in devotional service more and more.\nThus as soon as he remembers Lord Vi�Q.u, his eyes fill with tears. This is\na symptom of a mahii-bhiigavata. Dhruva Maharaja maintained himself\nin that devotional ecstasy, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu also gave us a\npractical example of transcendental ecstasy when He lived at Jagannatha\nPuri. His pastimes there are fully narrated in Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\nTEXT3\n\n�t\n� ij'q�\nst£q4�di¥W-r1f�\nf..�� ��H�T �fij ij'�iffwt\ntnij��s�q(�� Rn�rret��maJ�RT�iR14t\nVf� t¥l<:tlfl�t � �\nij�'ll��lfq ��mf;.\"Q 11�11\n(Rf:\n\nij�\n\ntata/:1, sapta r$ayas tat prabhiiviibhijiiii yam nanu tapasa iityantiki\nsiddhir etiivati bhagavati sarviitmani viisudeve 'nuparata-bhakti-yogaliibhenaivopek$itiinyiirthiitma-gatayo muktim ivagatiirh mumuk$ava iva\nsabahu-miinam adyiipi ja!ii-ju.tair udvahanti.\n\ntata/:1,-thereafter; sapta r$aya/:l, -the seven great sages (beginning\nwith Marlci); tat prabhiiva-abhijiiii/:1,-who knew very well the influence\nof the Ganges River; yam-this Ganges water; nanu- indeed;\ntapasa/:1,-of our austerities; iityantiki-the ultimate; siddhi/:1,-perfection; etavati-this much; bhagavati-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; sarva-iitmani-in the all-pervading; viisudeve-Kr�l).a;\nanuparata- continuous; bhakti-yoga-of the mystic process of devotional service; liibhena-simply by achieving this platform; eva-certainly; upek$ita-neglected; anya- other ; artha-iitma-gataya/:1,-all\nother means of perfection (namely religion, economic development,\nsense gratification and liberation); muktim-liberation from material\nbondage; iva-like; agatiim-obtained; mumuk$ava/:l,-persons desiring liberation; iva-like; sa-bahu-miinam-with great honor; adya\napi-even now; ja!ii-jil!ai/:1,-with matted locks of hair; udvahantithey carry.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0161": "The Descent of the River Ganges\n\nText 3]\n\n125\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe seven great sages [Marici, Vasi�!ha, Atri and so on] reside on\nplanets beneath Dhruvaloka. Well aware of the influence of the\nwater of the Ganges, to this day they keep Ganges water on the\ntufts of hair on their heads. They have concluded that this is the\nultimate wealth, the perfection of all austerities, and the best\nmeans of prosecuting transcendental life. Having obtained uninterrupted devotional service to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, they neglect all other beneficial processes like religion,\neconomic development, sense gratification and even merging into\nthe Supreme. Just as jiianis think that merging into the existence\nof the Lord is the highest truth, these seven exalted personalities\naccept devotional service as the perfection of life.\nPURPORT\nTranscendentalists are divided into two primary groups: the nirvi.Se$a­\n\nvadis, or impersonalists, and the bhaktas, or devotees. The impersonalists do not accept spiritual varieties of life. They want to merge into\n\nthe existence of the Supreme Lord in His Brahman feature ( the brahma­\n\njyoti). The devotees, however, desire to take part in the transcendental\nactivities of the Supreme Lord. In the upper planetary system, the topmost planet is Dhruvaloka, and beneath Dhruvaloka are the seven\nplanets occupied by the great sages, beginning with Marici, Vasi�tha and\nAtri. All these sages regard devotional service as the highest perfection\nof life. Therefore they all carry the holy water of the Ganges on their\nheads. This verse proves that for one who has achieved the platform of\npure devotional service, nothing else is important, even so-called liberation (kaivalya). Srila Sridhara Svami states that only by achieving pure\n\ndevotional service of the Lord can one give up all other engagements as\ninsignificant.\n\nPrabodhananda\n\nSarasvatl\n\nconfirms\n\nhis\n\nstatement\n\nas\n\nfollows:\n\nkaivalyarh narakiiyate tri-daSa-pur akiiSa-pU$payate\ndurdantendriya-kala-sarpa-patali protkhata-darh$trayate\nvi.Svarh pilr1J(l-sukhayate vidhi-mahendradi.S ca kitayate\nyat karur.tya-katak$a-vaibhavavatarh tam gauram eva stumab,\n\n", "SB5.2#p0162": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n126\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 17\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has perfectly enunciated and broadcast the\n\nprocess of bhakti-yoga. Consequently, for one who has taken shelter at\n\nthe lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu, the highest perfection of the\n\nMayiiviidls, kaivalya, or becoming one with the Supreme, is considered\n\nhellish, to say nothing of the kannis' aspiration to be promoted to the\n\nheavenly planets. Devotees consider such goals to be worthless phan­\n\ntasmagoria. There are\n\nalso yogis, who try to control their senses, but\n\nthey can never succeed without coming to the stage of devotional service.\n\nThe senses are compared to poisonous snakes, but the senses of a bhakta\nengaged in the service of the Lord are like snakes with their poisonous\n\nfangs removed. The yogi tries to suppress his senses, but even great\n\nmystics like Visvamitra fail in the attempt. Visvamitra was conquered by\n\nhis senses when he was captivated by Menakii during his meditation. She\n\nlater gave birth to Sakuntalii. The wisest persons in the world, therefore,\n\nare the bhakti-yogis, as Lord Kr�Qa confirms in Bhagavad-gitii (6.47):\n\nyoginiim api sarve�iim\nmad-gateniintariitmanii\nsraddhiivan bhajate yo mam\nsa me yuktatamo mata�\n\"Of all yogis, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping\n\nMe in transcendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in\n\nyoga and is the highest of all.\"\n\nTEXT4\n\nijijfS���Frlll�����;y�ffit��y;:�o��l;w:t ijfR\nij� f;rq� II 'd II\ntato 'neka-sahasra-ko!i-vimiiniinika-sarikula-deva-yaneniivatarantindu ma'J4alam avarya brahma-sadane nipatati.\ntata�-after purifying the seven planets of the seven great sages;\n\naneka-many; sahasra-thousands; ko!i-of millions; vimiina-anika­\n\nwith contingents of airplanes; sarikula-congested; deva-yanena-by\nthe spaceways of the demigods; avataranti\n\n-\n\ndes cending; indu-mary,-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0163": "Text\n\n5)\n\nThe Descent of the River Ganges\n\n127\n\n(lalam-the moon planet; a oorya- inundated; brahma-sadane-to the\nabode of Lord Brahma atop Sumeru-parvata; nipatati-fal!s down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter\n\npurifying\n\nthe\n\nseven\n\nplanets\n\nnear\n\nDhruvaloka\n\n[the\n\npolestar), the Ganges water is carried through the spaceways of the\ndemigods in billions of celestial airplanes. Then it inundates the\nmoon [Candraloka) and finally reaches Lord Brahms's abode atop\nMount Meru.\nPURPORT\nWe should always remember that the Ganges River comes from the\nCausal Ocean, beyond the covering of the universe. After the water of\nthe Causal Ocean leaks through the hole created by Lord Vamanadeva, it\nflows down to Dhruvaloka ( the polestar ) and then to the seven planets\nbeneath Dhruvaloka. Then it is carried to the moon by innumerable\ncelestial airplanes, and then it falls to the top of Mount Meru, which is\nknown as Sumeru-parvata. In this way, the water of the Ganges finally\nreaches the lower planets and the peaks of the Himalayas, and from there\nit flows through Hardwar and throughout the plains of India, purifying\nthe entire land. How the Ganges water reaches the various planets from\nthe top of the universe is explained herein. Celestial airplanes carry the\nwater from the planets of the sages to other planets. So-called advanced\nscientists of the modern age are trying to go to the higher planets, but at\nthe same time they are experiencing a power shortage on earth. If they\nwere actually capable scientists, they could personally go by airplane to\nother planets, but this they are unable to do. Having now given up their\nmoon excursions, they are attempting to go to other planets, but without\nsuccess.\n\nTEXTS\n\n��n;n :qu�illfll ���f��'T\n;r�;r��crrf� f;lfef� �:fnt��T T.l��fu II � II\n�\n\n:qQ;�\n\ntatra caturdha bhidyamana caturbhir namabhiS catur-diSam\nabhispandanti nada-nadi-patim evabhiniviSati sitalakanandii ca/cyur\nbhadreti.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0164": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n128\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 17\n\ntatra-there (on top of Mount Meru); caturdha-into four branches;\nbhidyamana-being divided; caturbhib,-with four; namabhib,names; catub,-diSam-the four directions (east, west, north and south);\nabhispandanti-profusely flowing; nada-nadi-patim-the reservoir of\nall great rivers (the ocean); eva-certainly; abhiniviSati-enters ; sitaalakananda-S\"i ta and Alakananda; cak$ub,-Cak�?u; bhadra-Bhadra;\niti-known by these names.\nTRANSLATION\nOn top of Mount Meru, the Ganges divides into four branches,\n\neach of which gushes in a different direction [east, west, north and\nsouth]. These branches, known by the names Sita, Alakananda,\n\nCak�u and Bhadra, flow down to the ocean.\nTEXT6\n\nm�\n\n�\n\nilm�����tRf'rrftfu�+�t ��: smer.:crr\n;y;:���� qf��IJf �JQq� �f �fu ���\nf��fu II� II\nsita tu brahma-sadanat kesaracaladi-giri-sikharebhyo 'dho 'dhaft\nprasravanti: gandhamadana-murdhasu patitvantarer:w bhadrasvavar$arh pracyam diSi k$ara-samudram abhipraviSati.\nsfta-the branch known as Sita; tu-certainly; brahma-sadanatfrom Brahmapuri; kesaracala-adi-of Kesaracala and of other great\nmountains; giri-hills; sikharebhyab,-from the tops; adhab, adhab,downward; prasravanti-flowing; gandhamadana-of Gandhamadana\nMountain; murdhasu-on the top; patitva-falling down; antarer:wwithin; bhadrasva-var$am-the province known as Bhadrasva; pracyam-in the western; di.Si-direction; k$ara-samudram-the ocean of\nsalt water; abhipraviSati-enters.\nTRANSLATION\nThe branch of the Ganges known as the Sita flows through\n\nBrahmapuri atop Mount Meru, and from there it runs down to the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0165": "Text 8]\n\nThe Descent of the River Ganges\n\n129\n\nnearby peaks of the Kesaracala Mountains, which stand almost as\nhigh as Mount Meru itself. These mountains are like a bunch of\nfilaments around Mount Meru. From the Kesaracala Mountains,\nthe Ganges falls to the peak of Gandhamadana Mountain and then\nflows into the land of Bhadrasva-var�a. Finally it reaches the ocean\nof salt water in the west.\n\nevarh miilyavac-chikharan ni$patanti tato 'nuparata�vega ketumiilam\nabhi cak$u� praticyarh diSi sarit-patirh praviSati.\nevam-in this way; miilyavat-sikharat-from the top of Malyavan\nMountain;\n\nni$patanti-falling down;\n\ntata�-thereafter;\n\nanuparata­\n\nvega _:_whose force is uninterrupted; ketumiilam abhi-into the land\nknown as\n\nKetumala-var�a;\n\ncak$u�-the branch known as Cak�u;\n\npraticyam-in the West; diSi-direction; sarit-patim-the ocean; praviSati -enters into.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe branch of the Ganges known as Cak�u falls onto the summit\nof Malyavan Mountain and from there cascades onto the land of\nKetumala-var�a. The Ganges flows incessantly through Ketumiilavar�a and in this way also reaches the ocean of salt water in the\nWest.\n\nTEXTS\n�� :q�) ��f��t\n\n�mfitftfumtf�fu\\cR:'tfu�A �:\nPfitl·l���;:a:'t�t �� ��f� �'T�t � �itfuSif�fij\n\n11�11\nbhadra cottarato meru-siraso nipatita giri-sikharad giri-sikharam\natihaya srrigavata� srrigad avasyandamiina uttararhs tu kuriln abhita\nudicyarh diSi jaladhim abhipraviSati.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0166": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n130\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 17\n\nbhadra-the branch known as Bhadra; ca-also; uttarata�-to the\n\nnorthern side; meru-sirasa�-from the top of Mount Meru; nipatita­\n\nhaving fallen; giri-sikharat-from the peak of Kumuda Mountain; girisikharam-to the peak of Nlla Mountain; atihaya-passing over as if\n\nnot touching;\n\nspigavata�-of the mountain\n\nknown as Sp'lgavan;\n\nsrrigat-from the peak; avasyandamana-flowing; uttaran-the north­\n\nern; tu-but; kurun-the land known as Kuru; abhita�-on all sides;\n\nudicyam-in the northern; diSi-direction; jaladhim-the ocean of salt\n\nwater; abhipraviSati-enters into.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe branch of the Ganges known as Bhadra flows from the\n\nnorthern side of Mount Meru. Its, waters fall onto the peaks of\nKumuda Mountain, Mount Nila, Sveta Mountain and S:pigaviin\n\nMountain in succession. Then it runs down into the province of\nKuru and, after crossing through that land, flows into the saltwater ocean in the north.\n\nTEXT9\n\n<I������· �ftJUt;r\n�Tf'ffic�fu�<����«T\n\nJll{�;n��f;r\n\nmft�ct;:qfijijii�\n\n+nmf+r� ��t\n�fu ��NI{MSJ�Rr � �� :�.n�: �«: q� q�s�im�WlT�t;IT Iii� ;r ��f4fil II Q..ll\n�;;r;a-1\n\ntathaivalakananda da�irena brahma-sadanad bahuni giri-kutany\natikramya hemakutad dhaimakutany ati-rabhasatara-ramhasa\nlu!hayanti bharatam abhivar�am da�ir:w,syam diSi jaladhim\nabhipraviSati yasyam snanartham cagacchata/:t pumsa/:t pade pade\n'svamedha-rajasuyadinam phalam na durlabham iti.\ntatha eva-similarly; alakananda-the branch known as Alaka­\n\nnanda; da�irena-by the southern side; brahma-sadanat-from the\n\ncity known as Brahmapuri; bahuni-many; giri-ku!(ini-the tops of\n\nmountains; atikramya-crossing over; hemaku!(it-from Hemakiita\nMountain; haimakU:!ani-and Himakiita; ati-rabhasatara-more\n\n", "SB5.2#p0167": "Text 9]\nfiercely;\n\nThe Descent of the River Ganges\nramhasa- with\n\ngreat\n\nforce;\n\n131\n\nluthayanti-plundering;\n\nbharatam abhivar�am-on all sides of Bharata-var�a; da�ir:wsyam-in\nthe southern; diSi-direction; jaladhim-the ocean of salt water;\nabhipraviSati-enters into;\n\nyasyam-in\n\nwhich;\n\nsnana-artham-for\n\nbathing; ca-and; agacchata�-of one who is coming; pumsa�-a person; pade pade-at every step; a§vamedha-rajasilya-adinam-of great\nsacrifices like the Asvamedha yajna and Rajasilya yajna; phalam-the\nresult; na-not; durlabham-very difficult to obtain; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nSimilarly, the branch of the Ganges known as Alakananda flows\nfrom the southern side of Brahmapuri [Brahma-sadana]. Passing\nover the tops of mountains in various lands, it falls down with\nfierce force upon the peaks of the mountains Hemakii�a and\nHimakii�. Mter inundating the tops of those mountains, the\nGanges falls down onto the tract of land known as Bhiirata-var�a,\nwhich she also inundates. Then the Ganges flows into the ocean of\nsalt water in the south. Persons who come to bathe in this river are\nfortunate. It is not very difficult for them to achieve with every\nstep the results of performing great sacrifices like the Rajasiiya\nand Asvamedha yajiias.\nPURPORT\nThe place where the Ganges flows into the salt water of the Bay of\nBengal is still known as Ganga-sagara, or the meeting place of the Ganges\nand the Bay of Bengal. On Makara-sankranti, in the month of JanuaryFebruary, thousands of people still go there to bathe, hoping to be liberated. That they can actually be liberated in this way is confirmed herein.\nFor those who bathe in the Ganges at any time, the results of great\nsacrifices like the Asvamedha and Rajasilya yajnas are not at all difficult\nto achieve. Most people in India are still inclined to bathe in the Ganges,\nand there are many places where they can do so. At Prayaga (Allahabad),\nmany thousands of people gather during the month of January to bathe\nin the confluence of the Ganges and Yamuna. Afterward, many of them\ngo to the confluence of the Bay of Bengal and the Ganges to take bath\nthere. Thus it is a special facility for all the people of India that they can\nbathe in the water of the Ganges at so many places of pilgrimage.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0168": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nI32\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. I7\n\nTEXT IO\n\n3(� � ;ro ;ro� Cl� ;{if ij�ij �� �qtf�iyft���: ��:\nII Zo II\nanye ca nadii nadya§ ca var$e var$e santi bahu5o merv-adi-giriduhitara/:t sataSa/:t.\nanye-many others; ca-also; nada/:t-rivers; nadya/:t-small\nrivers;\n\nca-and;\n\nvar$e var$e-in each tract of land;\n\nsanti-are;\n\nbahu5a/:t-of many varieties; meru-adi-giri-duhitara/:t-daughters of\nthe mountains beginning with Meru; sata§a/:t-in the hundreds.\nTRANSLATION\nMany other rivers, both big and small, flow from the top of\n\nMount Meru. These rivers are like daughters of the mountain, and\n\nthey flow to the various tracts of land in hundreds of branches.\nTEXT II\n\n�snfq ��er\n\ner.f\nditS1ll� ;� tMtfoT �fflurf\n��q•i'ttmRtf;f �'Ttnf;{ ���Tfo:r 01fqR�f;:ij II Z Z II\ntatrapi bharatam eva var$arh karma-k$etram anyany U$ta var$li�J,i\nsvargi�J,arh pu�J-ya-se$opabhoga-sthanani bhaumani svarga-padani\nvyapadiSanti.\ntatra api-out of all of them; bharatam-known as Bharata-var�a;\neva-certainly; var$am-the tract of land; karma-k$etram-the field of\nactivities; anyani-the others; U$ta var$li�J,i-eight tracts of land;\nsvargi1J,dm-of the living entities elevated to the heavenly planets by extraordinary pious activities; pu�J,ya-of the results of pious activities;\nse$a-of the remainder; upabhoga-sthanani-the places for material\nenjoyment; bhaumani svarga-padani-as the heavenly places on earth;\nvyapadiSanti-they designate.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0169": "Text 11]\n\nThe Descent of the River Ganges\n\n133\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmong the nine var�as, the tract of land known as Bhlirata-var�a\nis understood to be the field of fruitive activities. Learned scholars\nand saintly persons declare the other eight var�as to be meant for\nvery highly elevated pious persons. Mter returning from the\nheavenly planets, they enjoy the remaining results of their pious\nactivities in these eight earthly var�as.\nPURPORT\nThe heavenly places of enjoyment are divided into three groups: the\ncelestial heavenly planets, the heavenly places on earth, and the bila\nheavenly places, which are found in the lower regions. Among these\nthree classes of heavenly places (bhauma-svarga-padani), the heavenly\nplaces on earth are the eight\n\nvar$as other than Bharata-var�a. In\nBhagavad-gita (9.21) l<r!?r:ta says, Icy;;� pur:tye martya-lokam viSanti:\n\nwhen the persons living in the heavenly planets exhaust the results of\ntheir pious activities, they return to this earth. In this way, they are elevated to the heavenly planets, and then they again fall to the earthly\nplanets. This process is known as brahmiir:u)a bhrama7Ja, wandering up\nand down throughout the universes. Those who are intelligent-in other\nwords, those who have not lost their intelligence-do not involve them­\n\nselves in this process of wandering up and down. They take to the devo­\n\ntional service of the Lord so that they can ultimately penetrate the\ncovering of this universe and enter the spiritual kingdom. Then they are\nsituated on one of the planets known as Vaikur:t�haloka or, still higher.\n\nl<r�r:taloka (Goloka V:rndavana). A devotee is never caught in the process\nof being promoted to the heavenly planets and again coming down.\n\nTherefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu says:\n\nei nlpe brahmiir:u)a bhramite kona bhiigyavan jiva\nguru-kr$r:ta-prasiide paya bhakti-lata-bija\nAmong all the living entities wandering throughout the universe. one\nwho is most fortunate comes in contact with a representative of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and thus gets the opportunity to exe­\n\ncute devotional service. Those who are sincerely seeking the favor of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0170": "134\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 17\n\nKr��a come in contact with a guru, a bona fide representative of Kr��a.\n\nThe Mayavadi:s indulging in mental speculation and the karmis desiring\nthe results of their actions cannot become gurus. A guru must be a direct\nrepresentative of Kr��a who distributes the instructions of Kr��a without any change. Thus only the most fortunate persons come in contact\n\nwith the guru. As confirmed in the Vedic literatures, tad-vijfiiiniirtluun\n\nsa gurum evabhigacchet: one has to search out a guru to understand the\naffairs of the spiritual world. Srimad-Bhagavatam also confirms this\npoint. Tasmad gururh prapadyeta jijnasuf:, sreya uttamam: one who is\n\nvery interested in understanding the activities in the spiritual world\n\nmust search out a guru- a bona fide representative of Kr��a. From all\n\nangles of vision, therefore, the word guru is especially meant for the\n\nbona fide representative of K:r��a and no one else. Padma Purar:w states,\n\nava�r:wvo gurur na syat: one who is not a Vai��ava, or who is not a\nrepresentative of Kr�I:ta, cannot be a guru. Even the most qualified\nbrahmar:w cannot become a guru if he is not a representative of Kr��a.\nBrahmar:ws are supposed to acquire six kinds of auspicious qualifications: they become very learned scholars (pa!hana) and very qualified\nteachers (pa!hana); they become expert in worshiping the Lord or the\ndemigods (yajana), and they teach others how to execute this worship\n(yajana); they qualify themselves as bona fide persons to receive alms\nfrom others (pratigraha), and they distribute the wealth in charity\n(dana). Yet even a brahmar:w possessing these qualifications cannot\nbecome a guru unless he is the representative of K:r��a (gurur na syat).\nVa�r:wvaf:, sva-paco guru/:!,: but a Vai��ava, a bona fide representative of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi��u, can become a guru, even if\nhe is sva-paca, a member of a family of dog-eaters. Of the three divisions\nof heavenly planets (svarga-loka), bhauma-svarga is sometimes accepted\nas the tract of land in Bharata-var�a known as Kashmir. In this region\nthere are certainly good facilities for material sense enjoyment, but this\n'\nis not the business of a pure transcendentalist. Rupa Gosvami: describes\nthe engagement of a pure transcendentalist as follows:\n\nanyabhi�ita-sunyam\njfiiina-karmady-anavrtam\nanukulyena kmuinusilanarh bhaktir uttama\n\n", "SB5.2#p0171": "Text 12)\n\nThe Descent of the River Ganges\n\n135\n\n\"One should render transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord\n�!?I).a favorably and without desire for material profit or gain through\nfruitive activities or philosophical speculation. That is called pure devotional service.\" Those who fully engage in devotional service to �!?I).a\njust to please Him are not interested in the three divisions of heavenly\nplaces, namely, divya-svarga, bhauma-svarga and bila-svarga.\nTEXT 12\n\n�����T��q-tllft ���qr;Jf �ml��un;rt\nq�ij��q��p.it�Siij�mtl���c;t.t�mqq��q��tr.tt� �?Jtllft � u ��il�: etilffi �ij I Z �I\nu:�\n\ne�u pur�a�m ayuta-pur�ayur-var�a�m deva-kalpanam nagayutapra�nam vajra-samhanana-bala-vayo-moda-pramudita-mahasaurata-mithuna-vyavayapavarga-v<Ir�a-dhrtaika-garbha-kalatra�m\ntatra tu treta-yuga-sama/:1, kalo vartate.\ne�u-in these (eight) var�as, or tracts of land; pur�a�m-of all the\nmen; ayuta-ten thousand; pur�a-by the measure of men; ayu/:1,-var�a�m-of those whose years of life; deva-kalpanam-who are like the\ndemigods; naga-ayuta-pra�nam-having the strength of ten thousand\nelephants; vajra-samhanana-by bodies as solid as thunderbolts; balaby bodily strength; vaya/:1,-by youth; moda-by abundant sense enjoyment; pramudita-being excited; maha-saurata-a great deal of sexual; mithuna-combinations of man and woman; vyavaya-apavargaat the end of their period of sexual enjoyment; var�a-in the last year;\ndhrta-eka-garbha-who conceive one child; kalatra�m-of those who\nhave wives; tatra-there; tu-but; treta-yuga-sama/:1,-exactly like the\nTreta-yuga (when there is no tribulation); kala/:1,-time; vartate-exists.\nTRANSLATION\nIn these eight var�as, or tracts of land, human beings live ten\nthousand years according to earthly calculations. All the inhabitants are almost like demigods. They have the bodily strength\nof ten thousand elephants. Indeed, their bodies are as sturdy as\n\n", "SB5.2#p0172": "136\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 17\n\nthunderbolts. The youthful duration of their lives is very pleasing,\n\nand both men and women enjoy sexual union with great pleasure\nfor a long time. After years of sensual pleasure-when a balance of\n\none year of life remains-the wife conceives a child. Thus the stan­\n\ndard of pleasure for the residents of these heavenly regions is ex­\n\nactly like that of the human beings who lived during Treta-yuga.\nPURPORT\n\nThere are four yugas: Satya-yuga, Tretli-yuga, Dvapara-yuga and\nKali-yuga. During the first yuga, Satya-yuga, people were very pious.\nEveryone practiced the mystic yoga system for spiritual understanding\nand realization of God. Because everyone was always absorbed in\n\nsarniidhi, no one was interested in material sense enjoyment. During\nTretli-yuga, people enjoyed sense pleasure without tribulations. Material\nmiseries began in Dvapara-yuga, but they were not very stringent.\nStringent material miseries really began from the advent of Kali-yuga.\nAnother point in this verse is that in all eight of these heavenly var�as,\nalthough men and women enjoy sex pleasure, there is no pregnancy.\nPregnancy takes place only in lower-grade life. For example, animals\nlike dogs and hogs become pregnant twice a year, and each time they\nbeget at least half a dozen offspring. Even lower species of life such as\nsnakes give birth to hundreds of young at one time. This verse informs\nus that in grades of life higher than ours, pregnancy occurs once in a\nlifetime. People still have sex life, but there is no pregnancy. In the\nspiritual world, people are not very attracted to sex life, due to their exalted devotional attitude. Practically speaking, there is no sex life in the\nspiritual world, but even if sometimes it does occur, there is no pregnancy at all. On the planet earth, however, human beings do become\npregnant, although the tendency is to avoid having children. In this sinful age of Kali, people have even taken to the process of killing the child\nin the womb. This is the most degraded practice; it can only perpetuate\nthe miserable material conditions of those who perform it.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0173": "Text 13]\n\nThe Descent of the River Ganges\n\n137\n\n��'lt�ltr:r�::p{fitRitoil!! Q� :ql��?U� w�f.m�tt��ll1t�u�lffulf�-��f.t�trf\\ij\":q������r�er.u;;fuill��fm;ft��f?l;{r�:\n��z;re��uiJft\ntf;ll'���f?r�tr&ffi�T�iltf;r�;lt��: ��� f-frorij II � � II\n\n��ij-!1\n\nyatra ha deva-pataya/:t svai/:t svair gar:w-niiyakair vihita-maharhaT)ii/:t\nsarvartu-kusuma-stabaka-phala-kisalaya-sriyanamyamana-vi!apalata-vi!apibhir upa§umbhamana-rueira-kananasramayatana-var�agiri-dro�i{;u tatha camala-jalasaye�u vikaca-vividha-navavanaruhamoda-mudita-raja-hamsa-jala-kukku!a-karar:u;lava-sarasacakravakadibhir madhukara-nikarakrtibhir upakujite�u jala-krU;ladibhir\nvicitra-vinodai/:t sulalita-sura-sundanT)ii,m kama-kalila-vilasa-hasalilavalokiikr�!a-mano-dmaya/:t svairam viharanti.\nyatra ha-in those eight tracts of land; deva-pataya/:t-the lords of\nthe demigods, such as Lord lndra; svai/:t svai/:t-by their own respective;\n\ngar:w- nii yakai/:t-leaders of\n\nthe\n\nservants;\n\nvihita-furnished\n\nwith;\n\nmaha-arhaT)ii /:t-valuable gifts, such as sandalwood pulp and garlands;\nsarva-rtu-in all seasons; kusuma-stabaka-of bunches of flowers;\nphala-of\n\nfruits;\n\nkisalaya-sriya-by the opulences of shoots;\n\nana myamana-being bent down; vi!apa-whose branches; lata-and\ncreepers; vi!apibhi/:t-by many trees;\n\nupa§umbhamana-being fully\n\ndecorated; rucira-beautiful; kiinana-gardens ; asrama-ayatana-and\nmany hermitages; var�a-giri-dro�i{;u-the valleys between the mountains designating the borders of the tracts of land; tatha-as well as:\n\nca-also; amala-jala-asaye�u-in lakes with clear water; vikaca-just\nfructi fied; vividha- varieties; nava-vanaruha-amoda- b y the\nfragrance of lotus flowers; mudita-enthused; raja ha msa-great\nswans; jala-kukkuta- water fowl; karar:u;lava-aquatic birds called\nkarar:u;lavas; siirasa-cranes; cakravaka-adibhi/:t-by birds known as\ncakravakas and so on; madhukara-nikara-akrtibhi/:t-by the\nbumblebees; upakujite�u-which were made to resound; jala-krU;laadibh i/:t- such as water sports; vicitra- various : vinodai/:t-by\npastimes; su-lalita-attractive ; sura-sundariT)ii,m-of the women of the\n-\n\ndemigods; kama-from lust; kalila-born; vilasa-pastimes: Iuisa-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0174": "138\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 17\n\nsmiling; Laii-avaloka-by playful glances; akr§!a-mana�-whose minds\nare attracted; dr§!aya�-and whose vision is attracted; svairam-very\nfreely; viharanti-engage in sportive enjoyment.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn each of those tracts of land, there are many gardens filled\n\nwith flowers and fruits according to the season, and there are\nbeautifully decorated hermitages as well. Between the great moun­\n\ntains demarcating the borders of those lands lie enormous lakes of\nclear water filled with newly grown lotus flowers. Aquatic birds\n\nsuch as swans, ducks, water chickens, and cranes become greatly\n\nexcited by the fragrance of lotus flowers, and the charming sound\n\nof bumblebees fills the air. The inhabitants of those lands are im­\n\nportant leaders among the demigods. Always attended by their\nrespective servants, they enjoy life in gardens alongside the lakes.\n\nIn this pleasing situation, the wives of the demigods smile play­\n\nfully at their husbands and look upon them with lusty desires. All\nthe demigods and their wives are constantly supplied with sandal­\n\nwood pulp and flower garlands by their servants. In this way, all\n\nthe residents of the eight heavenly var�as enjoy, atiracted by the\nactivities of the opposite sex.\n\nPURPORT\nHere is a description of the lower heavenly planets. The inhabitants of\nthose planets enjoy life in a pleasing atmosphere of clear lakes filled with\nnewly grown lotus flowers and gardens filled with fruits, flowers, various\nkinds of birds and humming bees. In that atmosphere they enjoy life\nwith their very beautiful wives, who are always sexually stimulated.\nNonetheless, they are all devotees of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, as will be explained in subsequent verses. The inhabitants of\nthis earth also desire such heavenly enjoyment, but when they somehow\nor other achieve imitation pleasures like sex and intoxication, they completely forget the service of the Supreme Lord. In the heavenly planets,\nhowever, although the residents enjoy superior sense gratification, they\nnever forget their positions as eternal servants of the Supreme Being.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0175": "Text 14]\n\n139\n\nThe Descent of the River Ganges\nTEXT 14\n\n;rq�fq qff!! �rr�n�mtrail ;rr���q: ��'nlllT Q��!l&l�'R�Ht�q\nO{�w:t���tmfq tif�Nhrij II Z 'd II\nnavasv api var$e$u bhagaviin niiriiya!W mahii-purU$a/:l purU$iir:ulrh\ntad-anugrahiiyiitma-tattva-vyuheniitmaniidyapi sannidhtyate.\nnavasu-in the nine; api-certainly; var$e$u-tracts of land known\nas\n\nvar$aS;\n\nbhagaviin -the\n\nniiriiya � a/:l- Lord Vif?�u;\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nmahii-puru$a/:l- the Supreme Person;\n\npurU$ii1Jiim-unto His various devotees; tat-anugrahiiya-to show His\nmercy; iitma-tattva-vyuhena-by expansions of Himself in the quadruple forms Vasudeva, Sarikarf?a�a, Pradyumna and Aniruddha; iitmaniipersonally; adya api-until now; sannidhiyate-is near the devotees for\naccepting their services.\nTRANSLATION\nTo show mercy to His devotees in each of these nine tracts of\nland, the Supreme Personality of Godhead known as Nariiyal).a expands Himself in His quadruple principles of Vasudeva, Sailkar�al).a, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. In this way He remains near His\ndevotees to accept their service.\nPURPORT\nIn this connection, Visvanatha CakravarU Thakura informs us that the\ndemigods worship the Supreme Lord in His various Deity forms (arcii­\n\nvigraha) because except in the spiritual world, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead cannot be directly worshiped in person. In the material\nworld, the Lord is always worshiped as the arcii-vigraha, or Deity in the\ntemple. There is no difference between the arcii-vigraha and the original\nperson, and therefore those who are engaged in worshiping the Deity in\nthe temple in full opulence, even on this planet, should be understood to\nbe directly in touch with the Supreme Personality of Godhead without a\ndoubt. As enjoined in the siistras, arcye v��u silii-dhir gurU$U nara­\n\nmati/:l: \"No one should treat the Deity in the temple as stone or metaL\n\n", "SB5.2#p0176": "140\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 17\n\nnor should one think that the spiritual master is an ordinary human\nbeing.\" One should strictly follow this sastric injunction and worship the\nDeity, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, without offenses. The\nspiritual master is the direct representative of the Lord, and no one\nshould consider him an ordinary human being. By avoiding offenses\nagainst the Deity and the spiritual master, one can advance in spiritual\nlife, or Kr��a consciousness.\nIn this regard, the following quotation appears in the Laghu­\n\nbhagavatamrta:\npadme tu parama-vyomna�\npilrvadye dik-cat�!aye\nvasudeviidayo vyuha.S\ncatvara� kathita� kramat\ntatha piida-vibhutau ca\nnivasanti kramadi me\njaliivrti-stha-vaiku�thasthita vedavati-pure\nsatyordhve vai$�ve loke\nnityakhye dvaraka-pure\nsuddhodad uttare svetadvipe cairavati-pure\n�irambudhi-sthitante\nkrcx)a-paryarika-dhamani\nsatvatiye kvacit tantre\nnava vyuha� prakirtita�\ncatvaro vasudevadya\nnaraya�-nrsimhakau\nhayagrivo maha-krcx;lo\nbrahma ceti navodita�\ntatra brahma tu vijneya�\npurvokta-vidhaya hari�\n\n", "SB5.2#p0177": "Text 15]\n\n141\n\nThe Descent of the River Ganges\n\n\"In the Padma Purar:w- it is said that in the spiritual world the Lord per­\n\nsonally expands in all directions and is worshiped as Vasudeva, Sankar­\n\nf?aga, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. The same God is represented by the\nDeity in this material world, which is only one quarter of His creation.\n\nVasudeva, Sankarf?aga, Pradyumna and Aniruddha are also present in\n\nthe four directions of this material world. There is a Vaikugthaloka\n\ncovered with water in this material world, and on that planet is a place\n\ncalled Vedavati, where Vasudeva is located. Another planet known as\n\nVif?guloka is situated above Satyaloka, and there Sankarf?aQa is present.\n\nSimilarly, in Dvaraka-purl, Pradyumna is the predominator. On the is­\n\nland known as Svetadvlpa, there is an ocean of milk, and in the midst of\n\nthat ocean is a place called Airavati-pura, where Aniruddha lies on\n\nAnanta. In some of the satvata-tantras, there is a description of the nine\nvar$as and the predominating Deity worshiped in each:\n\n(l) Vasudeva,\n(4) Aniruddha, (5) Narayaga,\n(6) Nrsirhha, (7) Hayagrlva, (8) Mahavaraha, and (9) Brahma.\" The\n\n(2) Sarikarf?al).a,\n\n(3) Pradyumna,\n\nLord Brahma mentioned in this connection is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. When there is no fit human being to empower as Lord Brahma,\n\nthe Lord Himself takes the position of Lord Brahma. Tatra brahmii tu\nvijneya/:t purvokta-vidhaya hari/:t. That Brahma mentioned here is Hari\n\nHimself.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�rre Q �cn'l �cr �� � �?t ��mt �ftf\n�1: �� ��((�: .hU'4(ij�q�f'l II�'-\\ ll\niliivrte tu bhagavan bhava eka eva pumiin na hy anyas tatraparo\nnirviSati bhavanya/:t sapa-nimitta-jno yat-pravek$yata/:t stri-bhavas tat\npa§cad vak$yami.\nilavrte-in the tract of land known as Ilavrta-varf?a;\n\ntu-but;\n\nbhagavan-the most powerful; bhava/:t-Lord Siva; eka-only: eva­\n\ncertainly; pumiin-male person; na-not; hi-certainly; anya/:t-any\n\nother;\n\ntatra-there;\n\napara/:t-besides; nirviSati-enters; bhavanya/:t\n\nsapa-nimitta-jna/:t-who knows the cause of the curse by Bhavanl. the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0178": "142\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 17\n\nwife of Lord Siva; yat-pravek§yata/:t-of one who forcibly enters that\n\ntract of land; stri-bhava/:t-transformation into a female; tat-that;\n\npa.Scat-later; vak§yami-1 shall explain.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: In the tract of land known as Ilavrta­\n\nv�a, the only male person is Lord Siva, the most powerful\n\ndemigod. Goddess Durga, the wife of Lord Siva, does not like any\nman to enter that land. If any foolish man dares to do so, she im­\n\nmediately turns him into a woman. I shall explain this later [in the\nNinth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam].\n\nTEXT 16\n\n¥f.O;ft;{N:\n�1•1011�«�� ffii'Ot{l{l;ft ���\\!t������\n� ij'(1{df �Ri �'41<:4\\Wi :\nq-iut�ijl'il<:��itur\nij'��ijif� � \\Jq�ffl I I �G. I I\nbhavani-nathai/:t stri-gar:uJ,rbuda-sahasrair avarudhyamano blwgavata5\ncatur-murter maha-purU$asya turiyarit tamasirit murtirit prakrtim\natmana/:t sa�ikar$ar:w--saritjnam atma-samadhi-ruper:w sannidhapyaitad\nabhigrr:w-n bhava upadhavati.\nbhavani-nathai/:t-by the company of Bhaviinl; stri-ga�a-of\nfemales; arbuda;-sahasrai/:t-by ten billion; avarudhyamana/:t-a!ways\n\nbeing served; blwgavata/:t catu/:t murte/:t-the Supreme Personality of\n-\n\nGodhead, who is expanded in four; maha-purU$asya-of the Supreme\n\nPerson; turiyam-the fourth expansion; tamasim-related to the mode\n\nof ignorance; murtim-the form; prakrtim-as the source; atmana/:t­\n\nof himself (Lord Siva); sarikar$ar:w--saritjnam-known as Sankar�?af,la;\natma-samadhi-ruper:w--by\n\nmeditating\n\nupon\n\nHim\n\nin trance;\n\nsan­\n\nnidhapya-bringing Him near; etat-this; abhigrr:w-n-cleariy chant­\n\ning; bhava/:t-Lord Siva; upadhavati-worships.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn Ilavrta-var�a, Lord Siva is always encircled by ten billion\n\nmaidservants of goddess Durga, who minister to him. The quadru-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0179": "The Descent of the River Ganges\n\nText 17]\n\n143\n\npie expansion of the Supreme Lord is composed of Vasudeva, Pra­\n\ndyumna, Aniruddha and Sailkar�aJ}.a. Sailk�aJ}.a, the fourth ex­\n\npansion, is certainly transcendental, but because his activities of\n\ndestruction in the material world are in the mode of ignorance, He\nis known as tiimasi, the Lord's form in the mode of ignorance.\n\nLord Siva knows that Sailkar�lll}.a is the original cause of his own\n\nexistence, and thus he always meditates upon Him in trance by\n\nchanting the following mantra.\n\nPURPORT\nSometimes we see a picture of Lord\n\nS\n\nSiva engaged in meditation. This\n\nverse explains that Lord iva is always meditating upon Lord Sailkarf?a�a\n\nS\n\nin trance. Lord iva is in charge of the destruction of the material world.\nLord Brahma creates the material world, Lord Vi��u maintains it, and\n\nSiva destroys it. Because destruction is in the mode of ignorance,\nLord Siva and his worshipable Deity, Sailkar�a�a, are technically called\ntamasi. Lord Siva is the incarnation of tarrw-gu7J-a. Since both Lord Siva\n\nLord\n\nand Sailkarf?a�a are always enlightened and situated in the transcendental position, they have nothing to do with the modes of material naturegoodness, passion and ignorance-but because their activities involve\nthem with the mode of ignorance, they are sometimes called tamasi.\nTEXT 17\n\n�'tq1JCf�\"1\n\n3:P ;pft � if�T� �gUJ(ti�l'ilt�l;r.=ijT�JO�\n�\n� ll�\\911\nsri-bhagavan uvaca\nom namo bhagavate mahii-pur�aya sarva-gu7J,a-sankhyanayanantayavyaktaya nama iti.\nsri-bhagavan uvaca-the most powerful Lord\n\nSiva says; om narrw\n\nbhagavate-0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, I offer my respectful\nobeisances unto You; maha-pur�aya\n\n-\n\nwho are the Supreme Person:\n\nsarva-gu7J,a-sarikhyanaya-the reservoir of all transcendental qualities:\n\n", "SB5.2#p0180": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n144\nanantaya-the\n\nunlimited;\n\navyaktaya-not\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 17\nmanifested\n\nwithin\n\nthe\n\nmaterial world; nama�-my respectful obeisances; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nThe most powerful Lord\n\nSiva says: 0 Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, I offer my· respectful obeisances unto You in Your\nexpansion as Lord Sankar�a1.1a. You are the reservoir of all transcendental qualities. Although You are unlimited, You remain unmanifest to the nondevotees.\nTEXT 18\n•\n\n��ltHQTq'l�q�\n�� �� q� �lltUfl{ I\n���\nmftrn�\n�� ffi �qmqllt�q__ II� �II\nbhaje bhajanyara1J£L-pada-parikajam\nbhagasya krtsnasya param paraya1J£Lm\nbhakte$v alam bhavita-bhuta-bhavanam\nbhavapaham tva bhava-bhavam iSvaram\nbhaje-1 worship;\n\nbhajanya-0 worshipable Lord;\n\naraTJ£L-pada­\n\nparikajam-whose lotus feet protect His devotees from all fearful situations; bhagasya-of opulences; krtsnasya-of all different varieties\n(wealth, fame, strength, knowledge, beauty and renunciation); paramthe best; parayaTJ£Lm-the ultimate shelter; bhakte$u-to the devotees;\na/am-beyond value;\n\nbhavita-bhuta-bhavanam-who manifests His\n\ndifferent forms for the satisfaction of His devotees; bhava-apahamwho stops the devotees' repetition of birth and death; tva-unto You;\nbhava-bhavam-who is the origin of the material creation; iSvaramthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, You are the only worshipahle person, for You are\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nthe\n\nreservoir\n\nof\n\nall\n\n", "SB5.2#p0181": "Text 19]\n\nThe Descent of the River Ganges\n\n145\n\nopulences. Your secure lotus feet are the only source of protection\nfor all Your devotees, whom You satisfy by manifesting Yourself in\nvarious forms. 0 my Lord, You deliver Your devotees from the\nclutches of material existence. Nondevotees, however, remain entangled in material existence by Your will. Kindly accept me as\nYour eternal servant.\nTEXT 19\n\n�gurf�rq�f�rnfflft�m � \"{f!�ij 1\n� � ;fts�Qil�miT\n��ij9f�ij�T!J�: IIZ�II\nW� �\n\nna yasya miiya-gur:w--citta-vrttibhir\nnirik$ato hy a�v api dr$!ir ajyate\niSe yathii no 'jita-manyu-ramhasiim\nkas tam na manyeta jigi§ur iitmana�\nna-never; yasya-whose; maya-of the illusory energy; gur:w--in\nthe qualities; citta-of the heart; vrttibhi�-by the activities (thinking.\nfeeling and willing); nirik$ata�-of Him who is glancing; hi-certainly:\na�u-slightly; api-even; dr�#�-vision; ajyate-is affected; iSe-for\nthe purpose of regulating; yathii-as; na�-of us; ajita-who have not\nconquered;\n\nmanyu-of anger;\n\nramhasam-the force;\n\nka�-who;\n\ntam-unto Him (the Supreme Lord); na-not; manyeta-would worship; jigi§u�-aspiring to conquer; iitmana�-the senses.\nTRANSLATION\nWe cannot control the force of our anger. Therefore when we\nlook at material things, we cannot avoid feeling attraction or\nrepulsidn for them. But the Supreme Lord is never affected in this\nway. Although He glances over the material world for the purpose\nof creating, maintaining and destroying it, He is not affected, even\nto the slightest degree. Therefore, one who desires to conquer the\nforce of the senses must take shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord.\nThen he will be victorious.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0182": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n146\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 17\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is always equipped with inconceivable potencies. Although creation takes place by His glancing over\nthe material energy, He is not affected by the modes of material nature.\nBecause of His eternally transcendental position, when the Supreme Personality of Godhead appears in this material world, the modes of material\nnature cannot affect Him. Therefore the Supreme Lord is called Transcendence, and anyone who wants to be secure from the influence of the\nmodes of material nature must take shelter of Him.\nTEXT 20\n...+.:\n31(11!(�1( �: Sffij�IIQ\n�l��\n\n�\"\"\"\"'\"'\n\n,...\n\n$it� ��\";flij�mit��: I\n� ;ntf.f�tsilll �� ��l\n��q1�: �������:II� oil\n\nasa d-drso yab, pra ti bha ti mayaya\n\nlcyibev a madhv-asava-tamra-locanab,\nnaga-vadhvo 'rhar:w f.Sire hriya\nyat-padayob, spa r sa na-d ha r�itendriya b,\n\nna\n\nasat-drsab,-for a person with polluted vision; yab,-who;\n\npra­\n\ntibhati-appears; mayaya-the influence of maya; k$ibab,-one who is\ninebriated or angry; iva-like; madhu-by honey; asava-and liquor;\n\nt a mra loc anab,-having eyes reddish like copper; na-not; niiga-\n\nvadhvab,-the wives of the serpent demon; arhar:z,e-in worshiping;\nf.Sire-were unable to proceed; hriya-because of bashfulness; yat­\n\npadayob,-of whose lotus feet; sparsana-by the touching; dhar�itaagitated; indriya b,-whose senses.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor persons with impure vision, the Supreme Lord's eyes appear\n\nlike those of someone who indiscriminately drinks intoxicating\nbeverages. Thus bewildered, such unintelligent persons become\n\nangry at the Supreme Lord, and due to their angry mood the Lord\n\n", "SB5.2#p0183": "147\n\nThe Descent of the River Ganges\n\nText 21]\n\nHimself appears angry and very fearful. However, this is an illusion. When the wives of the serpent demon were agitated by the\ntouch of the Lord's lotus feet, due to shyness they could proceed\nno further in their worship of Him. Yet the Lord remained unagitated by their touch, for He is equipoised in all circumstances.\nTherefore who will not worship the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead?\nPURPORT\nAnyone who remains unagitated, even in the presence of cause for\nagitation, is called dhira, or equipoised. The Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, being always in a transcendental position, is never agitated by\nanything. Therefore someone who wants to become dhira must take\nshelter of the lotus feet of the Lord. In Bhagavad-gitii (2.13) Kr�1.1a says,\n\ndhiras tatra na muhyati: a person who is equipoised in all circumstances\nis never bewildered. Prahlada Maharaja is a perfect example of a dhira.\nWhen the fierce form of N:rsirhhadeva appeared in order to kill\nHira1.1yakasipu, Prahlada was unagitated. He remained calm and quiet,\nwhereas others, including even Lord Brahma, were frightened by the\nfeatures of the Lord.\nTEXT 21\n\n���\nf�����\nf,r�T;i �q;r;ij�: I\nWI � �fqer llif:qfi-m\n��� 11��11\n��\n•\n\nt'\n\nyam iihur asya sthiti-janma-samyamam\ntribhir vihinam yam anantam r$aya/:t\nna veda siddhiirtham iva kvacit sthitam\nbhu-mar:uf,alam murdha-sahasra-dhiimasu\nyam\nthe\n\n-\n\nwhom ; iihu/:t-they said; asya-of the material world: sthiti­\n\nmaintenance;\n\ntribhi/:t-these three;\n\njanma-creati on ;\n\nsamyamam- annihilation:\n\nvihinam-without;\n\nyam-which ;\n\nanantam-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0184": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n148\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 17\n\nunlimited; r�aya�-al1 the great sages; na-not; veda-feels; siddhaartham-a mustard seed; iva-like; kvacit-where; sthitam-situated;\nbhu-ma�lam-the\n\nuniverse;\n\nmurdha-sahasra-dhamasu-on\n\nhundreds and thousands of hoods of the Lord.\n\nthe\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva continued: All the great sages accept the Lord as the\n\nsource of creation, maintenance and destruction, although He ac­\n\ntually has nothing to do with these activities. Therefore the Lord is\n\ncalled unlimited. Although the Lord in His incarnation as Se�a\n\nholds all the universes on His hoods, each universe feels no\nheavier than a mustard seed to Him. Therefore, what person desir­\n\ning perfection will not worship the Lord?\nPURPORT\n\nThe incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead known as Se�a\n\nor Ananta has unlimited strength, fame, wealth, knowledge, beauty and\n\nrenunciation. As described in this verse, Ananta's strength is so great\n\nthat the innumerable uni\\'erses rest on His hoods. He has the bodily\n\nfeatures of a snake with thousands of hoods, and since His strength is\n\nunlimited, all the universes resting on His hoods feel no heavier than\n\nmustard seeds. We can just imagine how insignificant a mustard seed is\n\non the hood of a serpent. In this connection, the reader is referred to Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta, Adi-lilii, Chapter Five, verses 117-125. There it is\nstated that Lord Vi�r:tu's incarnation as the serpentine Ananta Se�a Naga\n\nsupports all the universes on His hoods. By our calculation, a universe\nmay be very, very heavy, but because the Lord is ananta (unlimited), He\nfeels the weight to be no heavier than a mustard seed.\nTEXTS 22-23\n\n�q 3Tmlt !}01��� �if\n\nFf�� l{fl��: �� I\n���� m�n ��1\n�� . <JI+t«+t_.�\n� f;\n�'\"' 11��11\nq�m.�\n.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0185": "The Descent of the River Ganges\n\nText 23]\n\n�ij q�\n\n149\n\n� ij&t�:\nfmt: �T�i.'l�P'f<t: I\n�T���n\n��\n�lll � �<:>a���R� II�� II\n�\n\nyasyadya asid gu1J(L-vigraho mahan\nvijiiiina-dh�r:tyo bhagavan aja/:1- kila\nyat-sambhavo 'ham tri-vrta sva-tejasa\nvaikarikam tamasam aindriyarh srje\nete vayarh yasya va.Se mahatmana/:1sthita/:1- sakunta iva siltra-yantrita/:1mahan aham vaikrta-tamasendriya/:1srjama sarve yad-anugrahad idam\nyasya-from whom; adya/:1- -the beginning; asit-there was; gufUL­\n\nvigraha/:1-\n\n-\n\nthe incarnation of the material qualities; mahan-the total\n\nmaterial energy; vijiiiina-of full knowledge; dh �r:tya/:1--the reservoir;\nbhagavan-the most powerful; aja/:1--Lord Brahmii; kila-certainly:\n\nyat-from whom; sambhava/:1--born; aham-1; tri-vrta -having three\nvarieties according to the three modes of nature; sva-tejasa-by my\nmaterial strength; vaikarikam-all the demigods; tamasam-material\nelements; aindriyam-the senses; srje-1 create; ete-all of these:\n\nvayam -we; yasya -of whom; vaSe-under the control: maha-atmana/:1--great\n\npersonalities;\n\nsthita/:1--situated ;\n\nsakunta/:1- -v ul tures:\n\niva-like; siltra-yantrita/:1--bound by rope; mahan-the mahat-tattva;\naham-1; vaikrta-the demigods; tamasa-the five material elements:\nindriya/:1- -senses ; srja ma/:1- -we create; sarve-all of us; yat-of whom:\nanugrahat-by the mercy; idam-this material world.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom that Supreme Personality of Godhead appears Lord\nBrahma, whose body is made from the total material energy, the\nreservoir of intelligence predominated by the passionate mode\nof material nature. From Lord Brahma, I myself am born as a\n\n", "SB5.2#p0186": "Sri mad-Bhiigavatam\n\n150\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 17\n\nrepresentation of false ego known as Rudra. By my own power I\n\ncreate all the other demigods, the five elements and the senses.\n\nTherefore, I worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is\ngreater than any of us and under whose control are situated all the\n\ndemigods, material elements and senses, and even Lord Brahma\n\nand I myself, like birds hound by a rope. Only by the Lord's grace\ncan\n\nwe create,\n\nmaintain and annihilate the material world.\n\nTherefore I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme\nBeing.\n\nPURPORT\nA summary of creation is given in this verse. From Sankar�a�a, Mahii­\n\nVi��u expands, and from Mahii-Vi�Qu, Garbhodakasiiyi Vi��u expands.\n\nLord Brahmii, who was born of Garbhodakasiiyi Vi��u, fathers Lord\n\nSiva, from whom all the other demigods gradually evolve. Lord Brahmii,\n\nLord Siva and Lord Vi�l).U are incarnations of the different material\n\nqualities. Lord Vi��u is actually above all material qualities, but He ac­\n\ncepts control of sattva-gur:w (the mode of goodness) to maintain the\n\nuniverse. Lord Brahmii is born from the mahat-tattva. Brahmii creates\nthe entire universe, Lord Vi��u maintains it, and Lord Siva annihilates\nit. The Supreme Personality of Godhead controls all the most important\n\ndemigods-especially Lord Brahmii and Lord Siva-exactly as the owner\nof a bird controls it by binding it with a rope. Sometimes vultures are\n\ncontrolled in this way.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�fq\n\n��fflm\n\n\"\"\n\n�aff\n\nc:' \"\"\"\n\nilRT �;n� gol(1\"1'ilf��r: I\n•\n\n;r\n\n•\n\n� f�ultil•l'i�Hn\n�a � P4ettl�tt� ������\n\nyan-nirmitiirh karhy api karma-parvar:tirh\nmiiyiirh jano 'yam gur:w-sarga-mohita}:t\nna veda nistarar:w-yogam aiijasii\ntasmai na mas te vilayodayiitmane\n\n", "SB5.2#p0187": "Text 24)\n\nThe Descent of the River Ganges\n\n151\n\nyat -by whom; nirmitdm-created; karhi api-at any time; karmaparva�im-which ties the knots of fruitive activity; maya m-the illusory energy; jana�-a person; ayam-this; gu�-sarga-rrwhita�bewildered by the three modes of material nature; na-not; vedaknows; nis ta ra � yogam-the process of getting out of material en-\n\ntanglement; aiijasa-soon; tasmai-unto Him ( the Supreme ) ; nama�respectful obeisances; te-unto You; vilaya-udaya-Q.tmane-in whom\neverything\n\nis\n\nannihilated\n\nand\n\nfrom\n\nwhom\n\neverything\n\nis\n\nagain\n\nmanifested.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe illusory energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nbinds all of us conditioned souls to this material world. Therefore,\nwithout being favored by Him, persons like us cannot understand\nhow to get out of that illusory energy. Let me offer my respectful\nobeisances unto the Lord, who is the cause of creation and\nannihilation.\nPURPORT\nKr�l).a clearly states in Bhagavad-gitd (7 .14):\n\ndaivi hy e$d gu�-mayi\nmama maya duratyaya\n\nmam eva ye prapadyante\nmayam etdrh taranti te\n\"This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material\nnature, is difficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me\ncan easily cross beyond it.\" All conditioned souls working within the illusory energy of the Lord consider the body to be the selL and thus they\ncontinuously wander throughout the universe, taking birth in different\nspecies of life and creating more and more problems. Sometimes they\nbecome disgusted with the problems and seek out a process by which\nthey can get out of this entanglement. Unfortunately. such so-called\nresearch workers are unaware of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nand His illusory energy, and thus all of them work only in darkness.\nnever finding a way out. So-called scientists and advanced research\n\n", "SB5.2#p0188": "152\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 17\n\nscholars are ludicrously trying to find the cause of life. They take no\nnotice of the fact that life is already being produced. What will be their\ncredit if they :find out the chemical composition of life? All their chemicals are nothing but different transformations of the :five elements­\n\nearth, water, :fire, air and ether. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (2.20), the\nliving entity is never created (na jayate mriyate vii kadacin). There are\n:five gross material elements and three minor material elements (mind,\nintelligence and ego), and there are eternal living entities. The living entity desires a certain type of body, and by the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, that body is created from material nature, which is\nnothing but a kind of machine handled by the Supreme Lord. The Lord\ngives the living entity a particular type of mechanical body, and the living entity must work with it according to the law of fruitive activities.\nFruitive activities are described in this verse: karma-parvanim mayam.\nThe living entity is seated on a machine (the body), and according to the\norder of the Supreme Lord, he operates the machine. This is the secret of\ntransmigration of the soul from one body to another. The living entity\nthus becomes entangled in fruitive activities in this material world. As\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gita (15.7), mana� §�!hanindriya�i prakrti­\n\nsthani kar§ati: the living entity is struggling very hard against the six\nsenses, which include the mind.\nIn all the activities of creation and annihilation, the living entity is entangled in fruitive activities, which are executed by the illusory energy,\nmaya. He is exactly like a computer handled by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. The so-called scientists say that nature acts independently,\nbut they cannot explain what nature is. Nature is nothing but a machine\noperated by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When one understands\nthe operator, his problems of life are solved. As ICr�Q.a says in Bhagavadgitii (7.19):\nbahunam janmaruim ante\njiiiinavan mam prapadyate\nviisudeva� sarvam iti\nsa mahatma sudurlabha�\n\"After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders unto Me, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0189": "Text 24)\n\nThe Descent of the River Ganges\n\n153\n\nSuch a great soul is very rare.\" A sane man, therefore, surrenders to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and thus gets out of the clutches of the\nillusory energy, maya.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Seventeenth\nChapter of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Descent of the River\nGanges.\"\n\n", "SB5.2#p0190": "CHAPTER EIGHTEEN\n\nThe Prayers Offered to the Lord\nby the Residents of Jambiidvipa\nIn this chapter Sukadeva Gosvami describes the different var$as of Jam­\n\nbudvipa and the incarnation of the Supreme Lord worshiped in each. The\n\npredominating ruler of Bhadrasva-var�a is Bhadrasrava. He and his\nmany servants always worship the incarnation known as Lord Hayagriva.\n\nAt the end of each kalpa, when the demon Ajiiana steals the Vedic\n\nknowledge, Lord Hayagriva appears and preserves it. Then He delivers it\n\nto Lord Brahma. In the land known as Hari-var�a, the exalted devotee\nPrahlada Maharaja worships Lord N:rsirilhadeva. (The appearance of\n\nLord N:rsirilhadeva is described in the Seventh Canto of\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhagavatam.) Following in the footsteps of Prahlada Maharaja, the in­\n\nhabi�ants of Hari-var�a always worship Lord N:rsirilhadeva to receive\n\nfrom Him the benediction of being engaged in His loving service. In the\n\ntract of land known as Ketumala-var�a, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead (Lord H:r�lkesa) appears in the form of Cupid. The goddess of\n\nfortune and the demigods living there engage in His service day and\n\nnight. Manifesting Himself in sixteen parts, Lord H:r�ikesa is the source\nof all encouragement, strength and influence. The conditioned living en­\n\ntity has the defect of being always fearful, but simply by the mercy of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, he can rid himself of this defect of\nmaterial life. Therefore the Lord alone can be addressed as master. In the\n\ntract of land known as Ramyaka-var�a, Manu and all the inhabitants\n\nworship Matsyadeva to this very day. Matsyadeva, whose form is pure\ngoodness, is the ruler and maintainer of the whole universe, and as such\nHe is the director of all the demigods, headed by King Indra. In HiraQ­\n\nmaya-var�a Lord V i�Qu has assumed the form of a tortoise (Kurma\n\nmiirti) and is worshiped there by Aryama, along with all the other resi­\n\ndents. Similarly, in the tract of land known as Uttarakuru-var�a, Lord\n\nSri Hari has assumed the form of a boar, and in that form He accepts service from all the inhabitants living there.\n\n155\n\n", "SB5.2#p0191": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n156\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nAll the information in this chapter can be fully realized by one who as­\n\nsociates with devotees of the Lord. Therefore in the sastras it is recom­\n\nmended that one associate with devotees. This is better than residing on\nthe banks of the Ganges. In the hearts of pure devotees reside all good\nsentiments as well as all the superior qualities of the demigods. In the\n\nhearts of nondevotees, however, there cannot be any good qualities, for\n\nsuch people are simply enchanted by the external, illusory energy of the\n\nLord. Following in the footsteps of devotees, one should know that the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is the only worshipable Deity. Everyone\n\nshould accept this proposal and worship the Lord.\n\nAs stated in\n\nBhagavad-gita (15.15), vedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedya/:t: the purpose\n\nof studying all Vedic literature is to worship the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Kn;l).a. If after studying all the Vedic literature, one does not\n\nawaken his dormant love for the Supreme Lord, it is to be understood\nthat he has labored for nothing. He has simply wasted his time. Lacking\n\nattachment for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he remains attached\n\nto family life in this material world. Thus the lesson of this chapter is\nthat one should get out of family life and completely take shelter of the\n\nlotus feet of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�TtJ<n \\i<iT\"l\n\n��ij(ffi{��q'((�! �tf( ��\n� en��� fir:rt� �;ff ��mtfllm� �OJ\n� :q' ��tO\n\n;m{\n\nij+(lN'll �fot�l����IIf'=(( ���f;:(f II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\ntatha ca bhadra§ravii nama dharma-sutas tat-kula-pataya/:t pur�ii\nbhadrasva-var$e siik$iid bhagavato viisudevasya priyiirh tanurh\ndharmamayirh haya5ir$iibhidhanam paramer:ta samiidhina\nsannidhapyedam abhigrr:tanta upadhavanti.\nsri-suka/:t uviica-Sukadev a Gosvami said; tatha ca-similarly (just as\n\nLord Siva\n\nworships Sarikar�al).a in Ilavrta-var�a);\n\nBhadrasrava;\n\nnama-known as;\n\nbhadr:a-sravii­\n\ndharma-suta/:t-the son of Dhar-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0192": "Text2)\nmaraja;\n\nThe Residents of Jamhudvip a Offer Prayers\ntat-of\n\nhim;\n\nkula-patayab,-the\n\nchiefs\n\nof\n\nthe\n\n157\ndynasty;\n\npur�ab,-all the residents; bhadniSva-var$e-in the land known as\nBhadrasva-var�a; sdk$at-directly; bhagavatab,-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vasudevasya-of Lord Vasudeva; priyam tanumvery dear form; dharma-mayim-the director of all religious principles;\nhaya5ir$a-abhidhiinam-the Lord's incarnation named Hayasi:r�a (also\ncalled Hayagri:va); paramer:ta samadhina-with the highest form of\ntrance; sannidhiipya-coming near; idam-this; abhigrr:wntab,-chanting; upadhavanti-they worship.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said: Bhadrasrava, the son of Dharmaraja,\n\nrules the tract of land known as BhadriiSva-var�a. Just as Lord Siva\n\nworships Sailkar�ru:ta in Ilav:rta-var�a, Bhadrasrava, accompanied\n\nby his intimate servants and all the residents of the land, worshi ps\nthe plenary ex pansion of Vasudeva known as Haya8ir�a. Lord\nHaya8ir�a is very dear to the devotees, and He is the director of all\nreligious princi ples. Fixed in the top most tran�e, Bhadra8rava and\n\nhis associates offer their respectful obeisances to the Lord and\n\nchant the following prayers with careful pronunciation.\nTEXT2\n\n'q'Ji�ff ��\n\n3P ;y'\" ll� ,;rqttrn'lfffi\"lwn� ;y'l � II � II\nbhadra.Sravasa ucub\nom nama bhagavate dharmayatma-viSodhanaya nama iti.\nbhadra§ravasab ucub,-the ruler Bhadrasravii and his intimate associates said; om-0 Lord; namab,-respectful obeisances; bhagavateunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; dharmaya-the source of all\nreligious principles; atma-viSodhanaya-who purifies us of material\ncontamination; namab,-our obeisances; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nThe ruler Bhadra.Srava and his intimate associates utter the\n\nfollowing p rayer: We offer our res pectful obeisances unto the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0193": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n158\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the reservoir of all religious\n\nprinciples, who cleanses the heart of the conditioned soul in this\nmaterial world. Again and again we offer our respectful obeisances\nunto Him.\n\nPURPORT\nFoolish materialistic persons do not know how they are being controlled and punished at every step by the laws of nature. They think they\nare very happy in the conditioned state of material life, not knowing the\npurpose of repeated birth, death, old age and disease. Therefore in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (7.15) Lord Kr��a describes such materialistic persons as\nmi14has (rascals): na mam dU{>krtino mut;lhiift prapadyante\nnariidhamiib,. These mut;lhas do not know that if they want to purify\nthemselves, they must worship Lord Vasudeva (Kr��a) by performing\npenances and austerities. This purification is the aim of human life. This\nlife is not meant for blind indulgence in sense gratification. In the human\nform, the living being must engage himself in Kr��a consciousness to\npurify his existence: tapo divyarh putrakii yena sattvarh suddhyet. This\nis the instruction of King l_t�abhadeva to His sons. In the human form of\nlife, one must undergo all kinds of austerities to purify his existence.\n\nYasmiid brahma-saukhyarh tv anantam. We are all seeking happiness,\nbut because of our ignorance and foolishness, we cannot know what\nunobstructed happiness really is. Unobstructed happiness is called\n\nbrahma-saukhya, spiritual happiness. Although we may get some socalled happiness in this material world, that happiness is temporary. The\nfoolish\n\nmaterialists\n\nMaharaja points out,\n\ncannot\n\nunderstand\n\nthis.\n\nTherefore\n\nPrahlada\n\nmaya-sukhaya bharam udvahato vimil4hiin:\n\nmerely for temporary materialistic happiness, these rascals are making\nhuge arrangements, and thus they are baffled life after life.\nTEXT3\n\nat� fqf��\n\nlltF[f(�!d\nwd �;itsli � �'f'51 ��Rr 1\n\"\"lfltf�(t'4rt re.� m�\n• � f'«<t f�'Tf�fu II� II\n\n", "SB5.2#p0194": "Text 3]\n\nThe Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n159\n\naho vicitrarh bhagavad-vice$#tarh\nghnantarh jano 'yam hi mi$an na pa.Syati\ndhyayann asad yarhi vikarma seviturh\nnirhrtya putrarh pitararh jijivi$ati\naho-alas; vicitram-wonderful; bhagavat-vice$#tam-the pastimes\n\nof the Lord; ghnantam-death; janab-a person; ayam-this; hi-cer­\n\ntainly; mi$an-although seeing; na pa§yati-does not see; dhyayan­\n\nthinking about; asat-material happiness; yarhi-because ; vikarmaforbidden activities; sevitum-to enjoy; nirhrtya-burning ; putram­\n\nsons; pitaram-the father; jijivi$ati-desires a long life.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlas! How wonderful it is that the foolish materialist does not\nheed the great danger of impending death! He knows that death\nwill surely come, yet he is nevertheless callous and neglectful. If\nhis father dies, he wants to enjoy his father's property, and if his\nson dies, he wants to enjoy his son's possessions as well. In either\ncase, he heedlessly tries to enjoy material happiness with the acquired money.\nPURPORT\n\nMaterial happiness means to have good facilities for eating, sleeping,\n\nsexual intercourse and defense. Within this world, the materialistic per­\n\nson lives only for these four principles of sense gratification, not caring\nfor the impending danger of death. After his father's death, a son tries to\n\ninherit his money and use it for sense gratification. Similarly, one whose\n\nson dies tries to enjoy the possessions of his son. Sometimes the father of\na dead son even enjoys his son's widow. Materialistic persons behave in\nthis way. Thus Sukadeva Gosvami says, \"How wonderful are these\npastimes of material happiness transacted by the will of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead!\" In other words, materialistic persons want to\n\ncommit all kinds of sinful activities, but without the sanction of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, no one can do anything. Why does the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead permit sinful activities? The Supreme\n\nLord does not want any living being to act sinfully, and He begs him\n\nthrough his good conscience to refrain from sin. But when someone\n\n", "SB5.2#p0195": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n160\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\ninsists upon acting sinfully, the Supreme Lord gives him the sanction to\nact at his own risk (matta� smrtir jnanam apohanam ca). No one can do\nanything without the sanction of the Lord, but He is so kind that when\nthe conditioned soul persists in doing something, the Lord permits the\nindividual soul to act at his own risk.\nAccording to Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura, sons always outlive their fathers in other planetary systems and other lands in this\nuniverse, especially on Svargaloka. However, on this planet earth a son\noften dies before his father, and the materialistic father is pleased to enjoy the possessions of his son. Neither the father nor the son can see the\nreality-that both of them are awaiting death. When death comes,\nhowever, all their plans for material enjoyment are finished.\n\nTEXT4\n\n�a:f� fcpJ ��;:r: � ��\n�Q ����� f?Jqf�(J: I\n� �� Qtf(� �Ttl�\n\n5M�����)sf�q� II� II\n\nvadanti viSvam kavaya� sma na.Svaram\npa.Syanti cadhyatmavido vipa.Scita�\ntathiipi muhyanti taviija mayaya\nsuvismitam krtyam ajam nato 'smi tam\nvadanti- they say authoritatively; viSvam-the entire material creation;\n\nkavaya�-great learned sages;\n\nsma-certainly;\n\nna.Svaram­\n\nperishable; pa.Syanti-they see in trance; ca-also ; adhyatma-vida�who\n\nhave\n\nrealized\n\nspiritual\n\nknowledge;\n\nvipa.Scita�-very\n\nscholars; tathii api-still; muhyanti-become illusioned; tava\n\nlearned\n-\n\nyour ;\n\naja-0 unborn one; miiyaya-by the illusory energy; su-vismitammost wonderful; krtyam-activity; ajam-unto the supreme unborn\none; nata� asmi-l offer my obeisances; tam-unto Him.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 unborn one, learned Vedic scholars who are advanced in\n\nspiritual knowledge certainly know that this material world is\n\n", "SB5.2#p0196": "Text 4)\n\nThe Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n161\n\nperishable, as do other logicians and philosophers. In trance they\nrealize the factual position of this world, and they preach the truth\nas well. Yet even they are sometimes bewildered by Your illusory\nenergy. This is Your own wonderful pastime. Therefore, I can understand that Your illusory energy is very wonderful, and I offer\nmy respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\nNot only does the illusory energy of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead act on the conditioned soul within this material world, but\nsometimes it also acts on the most advanced learned scholars, who factually know the constitutional position of this material world through\nrealization. As soon as someone thinks, \"I am this material body (aharh\n\nmameti) and everything in relationship with this material body is mine,\"\nhe is in illusion (moha). This illusion caused by the material energy acts\nespecially on the conditioned souls, but it sometimes also acts on liberated\nsouls as well. A liberated soul is a person who has sufficient knowledge of\nthis material world and is therefore unattached to the bodily conception\nof life. But because of association with the modes of material nature for a\nvery long time, even liberated souls sometimes become captivated by the\nillusory energy due to inattentiveness in the transcendental position.\nTherefore Lord Kr��a says in Bhagavad-gitii (7.14), mam eva ye prapa­\n\ndyante mayiim etiirh taranti te: \"Only those who surrender unto Me can\novercome the influence of the material energy.\" Therefore no one should\nthink of himself as a liberated person immune to the influence of maya.\nEveryone should very cautiously execute devotional service by rigidly\nfollowing regulative principles. Thus he will remain fixed at the lotus\nfeet of the Lord. Otherwise, a little inattention will create havoc. We\nhave already seen an example of this in the case of Maharaja Bharata.\nMaharaja Bharata was undoubtedly a great devotee, but because he\nturned his attention slightly toward a small deer, he had to suffer two\nmore births, one as a deer and another as the briihmar:w Ja<Ja Bharata.\nAfterward he was liberated and went back home, back to Godhead.\nThe Lord is always prepared to excuse His devotee, but if a devotee\ntakes advantage of the Lord's leniency and purposefully commits\nmistakes again and again, the Lord will certainly punish him by letting\nhim fall down into the clutches of the illusory energy. In other words.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0197": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n162\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\ntheoretical knowledge acquired by studying the Vedas is insufficient to\nprotect one from the clutches of maya. One must strongly adhere to the\nlotus feet of the Lord in devotional service. Then one's position is secure.\n\nTEXTS\n\nft�PJA��Rf;tu�\nij\n��WT��7.f'Hi�r: I\n� wt Rsf �f7.J ���\n��fwt o7.fftrf� � �HQ(.f: II � II\nviSvodbhava-sthana-nirodha-karma te\nhy akartur aftgikrtam apy apavrta/.l\nyuktam na citram tvayi karya-karar:te\nsarvatmani vyatirikte ca vastuta/.l\n\nviSva-of the whole universe; udbhava-of the creation; sthana-of\nthe maintenance; nirodha-of the annihilation; karma-these activities;\n\nte-o£ You (0 dear Lord) ; hi-indeed; akartu/.l -aloof ; arigikrtam-stil !\n\naccepted by the Vedic literature; api-although; apavfta/.l-untouched\nby all these activities; yuktam-be:fitting; na-not; citram-wonderful;\ntvayi-in You; karya-kara�-the original cause of all effects; sarva-at­\n\nmani-in all respects; vyatirikte-set apart; ca-also; vastuta!t-the\noriginal substance.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, although You are completely detached from the creation, maintenance and annihilation of this material world and are\nnot directly affected by these activities, they are all attributed to\nYou. We do not wonder at this, for Your inconceivable energies\nperfectly qualify You to he the cause of all causes. You are the active principle in everything, although You are separate from\neverything. Thus we can realize that everything is happening\nbecause of Your inconceivable energy.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0198": "]\n\nText6\n\nThe Residents of Jamhudvipa Offer Prayers\n\n163\n\nTEXT6\n\n� �rrij qqm f��iijf.f.\n�nret�.ft\n\n�ij�f?rm:: I\n\nSl��Ia>�\n\n� ��Sf+r:tF-ffl\n�q �q�ijsfqij�f�t;:r �fu II � II\n\nvedan yugante tamasa tiraskrtan\nrasatalad yo nr-turaitga-vigraha�\npratyadade vai kavaye 'bhiyacate\ntasmai namas te 'vitathehitaya iti\nvedan-the four Vedas; yuga-ante-at the end of the millennium;\ntamasa-by the demon of ignorance personified; tiraskrtan-stolen\naway; rasatalat-from the lowest planetary system (Rasatala); ya�who (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); nr-turaitga-vigraha�assuming the form of half-horse, half-man; pratyadade-returned;\nvai-indeed; kavaye-to the supreme poet (Lord Brahma); abhiyacate-when he asked for them; tasmai-unto Him (the form of\nHayagriva);\n\nnama�-my\n\nrespectful\n\nobeisances;\n\nte-to\n\nYou;\n\navitatha-ihitaya-whose resolution never fails; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of the millennium, ignorance personified assumed\nthe form of a demon, stole all the Vedas and took them down to the\nplanet of Rasatala. The Supreme Lord, however, in His form of\nHayagriva retrieved the Vedas and returned them to Lord Brahma\nwhen he begged for them. I offer my respectful obeisances unto\nthe Supreme Lord, whose determination never fails.\nPURPORT\nAlthough Vedic knowledge is imperishable, within this material world\nit is sometimes manifest and sometimes not. When the people of this\nmaterial world become too absorbed in ignorance, the Vedic knowledge\ndisappears. Lord Hayagriva or Lord Matsya, however, always protects\n\n", "SB5.2#p0199": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n164\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nthe Vedic knowledge, and in due course of time it is again distributed\nthrough the medium of Lord Brahma. Brahma is the trustworthy representative of the Supreme Lord. Therefore when he again asked for the\ntreasure of Vedic knowledge, the Lord fulfilled his desire.\n\nTEXT7\n\n�f�'if =t�Tttr +ifl�1?\\U�:ft���ij I �qm_utf��ij���TT���\n1 ij�f�d\n�q \"��;:ft \"{(+{lfl�t ���'i���ij'Pff��urot��: SI�TS01.f���wt,'1;:tt\"m�� � ij�q�q'l�ij\n�� :qT�Uij ll\\911\n.\n\n....\n\n�\n\nhari-var�e capi bhagavan nara-hari-rupel)iiste. tad-rilpa-grahar:wnimittam uttaratrabhidhasye. tad dayitam rupam maha-pur�a-gur:wbhajano maha-bhagavato daitya-danava-kula-tirthikarar:w-silii-carita/:t\nprahliido 'vyavadhanananya-bhakti-yogena saha tad-var�a-pur�air\nupaste idam codaharati.\nhari-var�e-in the tract of land known as Harivar�a; ca-also; apiindeed; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nara-haririlper:w-His\n\nform\n\nof\n\nNrsirhhadeva;\n\naste-is\n\nsituated;\n\ntat-rupa­\n\ngrahar:w-nimittam-the reason why Lord l<r�f.la (Kesava) assumed the\nform of Nrsirhha; uttaratra-in later chapters; abhidhasye-1 shall describe; tat-that; dayitam-mo�t pleasing; rupam-form of the Lord;\nmaha-pur�a-gurJa-bhajana/:t-Prahlada Maharaja, who is the abode of\nall the good qualities of great personalities; maha-bhagavata/:t-the topmost\n\ndevotee;\n\ndaitya-danava-kula-tirthi-karar:w-silii-carita/:t-whose\n\nactivities and character were so exalted that he delivered all the daityas\n(demons)\n\nborn in his family;\n\nprahlada/:t-Maharaja Prahlada;\n\navyavadhana-ananya-bhakti-yogena-by uninterrupted and unflinching devotional service; saha-with; tat-var�a-pur�ai/:t-the inhabitants\nof Hari-var�a; upaste-offers obeisances to and worships; idam-this;\nca-and; udaharati-chants .\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: My dear King, Lord Nrsirhhadeva\nresides in the tract of land known as Hari-var�a. In the Seventh\n\n", "SB5.2#p0200": "Text 7)\n\nThe Residents of Jambiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n165\n\nCanto of Srimad-Bhagavatam, I shall describe to you how Prahlada\nMaharaja caused the Lord to assume the form of Nrsimhadeva.\n\nPrahlada Maharaja, the topmost devotee of the Lord, is a reservoir\n\nof all the good qualities of great personalities. His character and\nactivities have delivered all the fallen members of his demoniac\n\nfamily. Lord Nrsirilhadeva is very dear to this exalted personality.\n\nThus Prahlada Maharaja, along with his servants and all the\n\ndenizens of Hari-var�a, worships Lord Nrsimhadeva by chanting\n\nthe following mantra.\n\nPURPORT\nJayadeva Gosvami's ten prayers worshiping the incarnations of Lord\n\n�!?Q.a (Kesava) contain His name in every stanza. For example, kesava\ndhrta-nara-hari-rilpa jaya jagad-iSa hare, kesava dhrta-mina-sarira\n\njaya jagad-iSa hare, and kesava dhrta-vamana-rilpa jaya jagad-iSa\nhare. The word jagad-iSa refers to the proprietor of all the universes. His\n\noriginal form is the two-handed form of Lord �!?Q.a, standing with a\n\nflute in His hands and engaged in tending the cows. As stated in\nBrahma-samhita:\n\n·\n\ncintama7_1,i-prakara-sadmasu kalpa-vrk$alak$avrte�u surabhir abhipalayantam\nlak$mi-sahasra-sata-sambhrama-sevyamanam\ngovindam adi-pur�am tam aham bhajami\n\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, the first progenitor, who is tend­\n\ning the cows, yielding all desires, in abodes built with spiritual gems and\n\nsurrounded by millions of purpose trees. He is always served with great\n\nreverence and affection by hundreds and thousands of goddesses of fortune.\" From this verse we learn that Govinda, or Kr!?Q.a, is the adi­\n\npur�a (the original person). The Lord has innumerable incarnations,\n\nexactly like the innumerable waves of a flowing river, but the original\nform is Kr!?Q.a, or Kesava.\n\nSukadeva Gosvami refers to N.rsimhadeva because of Prahlada\n\nMaharaja. Prahlada Maharaja was put into great distress by his powerful\n\nfather, the demon HiraQ.yakasipu. Apparently helpless before him,\n\nPrahlada Maharaja called on the Lord, who immediately assumed the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0201": "166\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\ngigantic form of N:rsirhhadeva, half-lion and half-man, to kill the gigantic demon. Although K:r�1,1a is the original person, one without a second,\nHe assumes different forms just to satisfy His devotees or to execute a\nspecific purpose. Therefore Jayadeva Gosvami always repeats the name\nof Kesava, the original Personality of Godhead, in his prayers describing\nthe Lord's different incarnations for different purposes.\n\nom namo bhagavate narasimhaya namas tejas-tejase avir-avirbhava\nvajra-nakha vajra-da�!ra karrnii.S ayan randhaya randhaya tamo grasa\ngrasa om svaha. abhayam abhayam atmani bhuyi§!ha om /cyraum.\nom-0 Lord; nama�-my respectful obeisances; bhagavate-unto\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; nara-simhaya-known as Lord\nN:rsirhha; nama�-obeisances; teja�-tejase-the power of all power;\navi�-avirbhava-please be fully manifest; vajra-nakha-0 You who\npossess nails like thunderbolts; vajra-da�!ra-0 You who possess teeth\nlike thunderbolts; karma-asayan-demoniac desires to be happy by\nmaterial activities; randhaya randhaya-kindly vanquish; tama�-ignorance in the material world; grasa-kindly drive away; grasa-kindly\ndrive away; om-0 my Lord; svaha-respectful oblations; abhayamfearlessness;\n\nabhayam-fea rlessness;\n\na tmani-in my mind;\n\nbhayi§!ha�-may You appear; om-0 Lord; /cyraum-the bija, or seed,\nof mantras offering prayers to Lord N:rsirhha.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto Lord Nrsirhhadeva, the\n\nsource of all power. 0 my Lord who possesses nails and teeth just\n\nlike thunderbolts, kindly vanquish our demonlike desires for\n\nfruitive activity in this material world. Please appear in our hearts\nand drive away our ignorance so that by Your mercy we may\n\n", "SB5.2#p0202": "Text 8]\n\nThe Residents of Jamhudvipa Offer Prayers\n\n167\n\nbecome fearless in the struggle for existence in this material\nworld.\nPURPORT\nIn Srimad-Bhagavatam (4.22.39) Sanat-kumara speaks the following\n\nwords to Maharaja Pr�hu:\n\nyat-pada-pmikaja-palaSa-viliisa-bhaktya\nkarmiiSayam grathitam udgrathayanti santa�\ntadvan na rikta-matayo yatayo 'pi ruddhasrotogal)iis tam arar:w-m bhaja vasudevam\n\"Devotees always engaged in the service of the toes of the Lord's lotus\n\nfeet can very easily become free from hard-knotted desires for fruitive\nactivities. Because this is very difficult, the nondevotees-the jnanis and\n\nyogis-cannot stop the waves of sense gratification, although they try to\n\ndo so. Therefore you are advised to engage in the devotional service of\n�l?l).a, the son of Vasudeva.\"\n\nEvery living being within this material world has a strong desire to en­\n\njoy matter to his fullest satisfaction. For this purpose, the conditioned\nsoul must accept one body after another, and thus his strongly fixed frui­\n\ntive desires continue. One cannot stop the repetition of birth and death\nwithout being completely desireless. Therefore Srila Rupa Gosvami describes pure bhakti (devotional service) as follows:\n\nanyabhiki$ita-sunyam\njiiana-karmady-anavrtam\nanukulyena kmuinusilanam bhaktir uttamil\n\"One should render transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord\n\n�l?l).a favorably and without desire for material profit or gain through\nfruitive activities or philosophical speculation. That is called pure devo­\n\ntional service.\" Unless one is completely freed of all material desires,\n\nwhich are caused by the dense darkness of ignorance, one cannot fully\nengage in the devotional service of the Lord. Therefore we should always\noffer our prayers to Lord Nrsirhhadeva, who killed Hiral).yakasipu, the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0203": "168\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\npersonification of material desire. Hirar:tya means \"gold,\" and kaSipu\nmeans \"a soft cushion or bed.\" Materialistic persons always desire to\nmake the body comfortable, and for this they require huge amounts of\ngold. Thus Hiral}yakasipu was the perfect representative of materialistic\nlife. He was therefore the cause of great disturbance to the topmost devotee, Prahlada Maharaja, until Lord N:rsirhhadeva killed him. Any devotee\naspiring to be free of material desires should offer his respectful prayers\nto N:rsirhhadeva as Prahlada Maharaja did in this verse.\nTEXT9\n\n��R��:�\nQflt4'\"d � fu� f'Pit f�l\n\"\"�\n�� �'*llG:it�\natm� ;it ��II �II\nsvasty astu viSvasya khala/:t pras'idatam\ndhyayantu bhutani sivam mitho dhiya\nmana§ ca bhadram bhajatad adho�aje\navesyatiim no matir apy ahaituk'i\nsvasti-auspiciousness; astu-let there be; viSvasya-of the entire\nuniverse;\n\nkhala/:t-the envious (almost everyone);\n\npras'idatiim-let\n\nthem be pacified; dhyayantu-let them consider; bhutiini-all the living entities; sivam-auspiciousness; mitha/:t-mutuai; dhiya-by their\nintelligence; mana/:t-the mind; ca-and; bhadram-calmness; bhajatiit-Iet it experience; adho�aje-in the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who is beyond the perception of mind, intelligence and senses;\niivesyatiim-let it be absorbed; na/:t-our; mati/:t-intelligence; apiindeed; ahaituk'i-without any motive.\nTRANSLATION\nMay there be good fortune throughout the universe, and may all\n\nenvious persons be pacified. May all living entities become calm by\npracticing bhakti-yoga, for by accepting devotional service they\n\nwill think of each other's welfare. Therefore let us all engage in\n\n", "SB5.2#p0204": "Text 9]\n\nThe Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n169\n\nthe service of the supreme transcendence, Lord Sri �l?J)a, and al­\n\nways remain absorbed in thought of Him.\nPURPORT\nThe following verse describes a Vai�l).ava:\n\nvaiicha-kalpa-tarubhya5 ca\nkrpii-sindhubhya eva ca\npatitanarh piivanebhyo\nva�r:w-vebhyo namo nama/:£\nJust like a desire tree, a Vai�l).ava can fulfill all the desires of anyone who\n\ntakes shelter of his lotus feet. Prahlada Maharaja is a typical Vai�l).ava.\n\nHe prays not for himself, but for all living entities-the gentle, the en­\n\nvious and. the mischievous. He always thought of the welfare of\n\nmischievous persons like his father, Hiral).yakasipu. Prahlada Maharaja\n\ndid not ask for anything for himself; rather, he prayed for the Lord to\nexcuse his demoniac father. This is the attitude of a Vai�l).ava, who always thinks of the welfare of the entire universe.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam and bhagavata-dharma are meant for persons\n\nwho are completely free of envy (parama-nirmatsariiTJiim). Therefore\nPrahlada Maharaja prays in this verse, khala/:1, prasidatiim: \"May all the\n\nenvious persons be pacified.\" The material world is full of envious per­\n\nsons, but if one frees himself of envy, he becomes liberal in his social\n\ndealings and can think of others' welfare. Anyone who takes up Kr�l).a\n\nconsciousness and engages himself completely in the service of the Lord\ncleanses his mind of all envy (mana5 ca bhadrarh bhajatiid adholcyaje).\n\nTherefore we should pray to Lord N:rsirhhadeva to sit in our hearts. We\n\nshould pray, bahir nrsimho hrdaye nrsimha/:1,: \"Let Lord N:rsirhhadeva\n\nsit in the core of my heart, killing all my bad propensities. Let my mind\n\nbecome clean so that I may peacefully worship the Lord and bring peace\nto the entire world.\"\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura has given us a very fine purport\n\nin this regard. Whenever one offers a prayer to the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, one always requests some benediction from Him. Even pure\n\n(n�kiima) devotees pray for some benediction, as instructed by Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu in His Si/cyl4!aka:\n\n", "SB5.2#p0205": "170\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nayi nanda-tanuja kirikaram\npatitam miim vi§ame bhaviimbudhau\nkrpayii tava piida-parikajasthiti-dhuli-sadrsam vicintaya\n0 son of Maharaja Nanda [K��Qa], I am Your eternal servitor, yet somehow or other I have fallen into the ocean of birth and death. Please pick\nMe up from the ocean of death and place Me as one of the atoms at Your\nlotus feet.\" In another prayer Lord Caitanya says, mama janmani janmaniSvare bhavatiid bhaktir ahaituki tvayi: \"Life after life, kindly let\nMe have unalloyed love and devotion at Your Lordship's lotus feet.\"\nWhen Prahlada Maharaja chants om namo bhagavate narasimhiiya, he\nprays for a benediction from the Lord, but because he is also an exalted\nVai�Qava, he wants nothing for his personal sense gratification. The first\ndesire expressed in his prayer is svasty astu viSvasya: \"Let there be good\nfortune throughout the entire universe.\" Prahlada Maharaja thus requested the Lord to be merciful to everyone, including his father, a most\nenvious person. According to Cat:takya PaQQ.ita, there are two kinds of\nenvious living entities: one is a snake, and the other is the man like\nHiraQyakasipu, who is by nature envious of everyone, even of his father\nor son. HiraQyakasipu was envious of his little son Prahlada, but\nPrahlada Maharaja asked a benediction for the benefit of his father.\nHiraQyakasipu was very envious of devotees, but Prahlada wished that\nhis father and other demons like �im would give up their envious nature\nby the grace of the Lord and stop harassing the devotees (khala/:t\nprasidatiim). The difficulty is that the khala (envious living entity) is\nrarely pacified. One kind of khala, the snake, can be pacified simply by\nmantras or by the action of a particular herb (mantraU$adhi-va5a/:t sarpa/:t khalakena niviiryate). An envious person, however, cannot be\npacified by any means. Therefore Prahlada Maharaja prays that all envious persons may undergo a change of heart and think of the welfare of\nothers.\nIf the K��Qa consciousness movement spreads all over the world, and\nif by the grace of K��Qa everyone accepts it, the thinking of envious people will change. Everyone will think of the welfare of others. Therefore\nPrahlada Maharaja prays, sivam mitho dhiya. In material activities,\neveryone is envious of others, but in Knt:ta consciousness, no one is en''\n\n", "SB5.2#p0206": "Text 10] The Residents of Jamhudvipa Offer Prayers\n\n171\n\nvious of anyone else; everyone thinks of the welfare of others. Therefore\n\nPrahlada Maharaja prays that everyone's mind may become gentle by\n\nbeing fixed at the lotus feet of K:r�Qa (bhajatiid adhok$aje). As indicated\nelsewhere in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (sa vai mana� kr$r:w-padiiravindayoM and as advised by Lord K:r�Qa in Bhagavad-gitii (18.65), manmana bhava mad-bhakta�, one should constantly think of the lotus feet\nof Lord K:r�Qa. Then one's mind will certainly be cleansed (ceto-darpar:w-marjanam). Materialists always think of sense gratification, but\n\nPrahlada Maharaja prays that the Lord's mercy will change their minds\nand they will stop thinking of sense gratification. If they think of K:r�Qa\nalways, everything will be all right. Some people argue that if everyone\n\nthought of K:r�Qa in that way, the whole universe would be vacated\n\nbecause everyone would go back home, back to Godhead. However, Srila\n\nVisvanatha Cakravati: Thakura says that this is impossible because the\n\nliving entities are innumerable. If one set of living entities is actually\ndelivered by the K:r�I).a consciousness movement, another set will fill the\nentire universe.\n\nTEXT 10\n¥4141W(I(kq��n\n\n«wl � �'i(•l��st�! �: I\n�: stiOif�l � 311€41�1i.\n�� ijqf'�fit�: II� oil\nmiigiira-diiratmaja-vitta-bandh�u\nsango yadi syiid bhagavat-priye$U na�\nya� prar:w-vrttya parit�!a iitmaviin\nsiddhyaty aduriin na tathendriya-priya�\nmii-not; agara-house; diira-wife;\n\niitma ja-children ; vitta-\n\nbank balance; bandh�u-among friends and relatives; sanga�-associ­\n\nation or attachment; yadi-if; syat-there must be; bhagavat-priye$u­\n\namong persons to whom the Supreme Personality of Godhead is very\n\ndear;\n\nna�-of us;\n\nya�-anyone who;\n\nprar:w-vrttya-by the bare\n\nnecessities of life; parit�{a�-satisfied; iitma-viin-who has controlled\n\nhis mind and realized his self; siddhyati-becomes successful; aduriit-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0207": "172\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nvery soon; na-not; tatha-so much; indriya-priya/:t-a person attached to sense gratification.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, we pray that we may never feel attraction for the\n\nprison of family life, consisting of home, wife, children, friends,\nhank balance, relatives and so on. If we do have some attachment,\n\nlet it be for devotees, whose only dear friend is �:r;ta. A person\n\nwho is actually self-realized and who has controlled his mind is\nperfectly satisfied with the bare necessities of life. He does not try\n\nto gratify his senses. Such a person quickly advances in ��:r;ta con­\n\nsciousness, whereas others, who are too attached to material\n\nthings, find advancement very difficult.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen Sri l(r�Qa Caitanya Mahaprabhu was requested to explain the\n\nduty of a Vai�Qava, a Kr�Qa conscious person, He immediately said, asat­\n\nsanga-tyaga, -ei va4ruwa-iiciira. The first business of a Vai�Qava is to\n\ngive up the association of persons who are not devotees of Kr�Qa and who\n\nare too attached to material things-wife, children, bank balance and so\non. Prahlada Maharaja also prays to the Personality of Godhead that he\n\nmay avoid the association of nondevotees attached to the materialistic\nway of life. If he must be attached to someone, he prays to be attached\n\nonly to a devotee.\n\nA devotee is not interested in unnecessarily increasing the demands of\n\nthe senses for gratification. Of course, as long as one is in this material\nworld, one must have a material body, and it must be maintained for\n\nexecuting devotional service. The body can be maintained very easily by\neating kr�T.UL-prasiida. As l(r�Qa says in Bhagavad-gitii (9.26):\n\npatrarh p�parh phalarh toyarh\nyo me bhaktyii prayacchati\ntad aharh bhakty-upahrtam\na.Sniimi prayatiitmana/:t\n\"If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, fruit or water, I\n\nwill accept it.\" Why should the menu be unnecessarily increased for the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0208": "Text 11]\n\nThe Residents of Jambudvipa Offer Prayers\n\n173\n\nsatisfaction of the tongue? Devotees should eat as simply as possible.\nOtherwise, attachment for material things will gradually increase, and\nthe senses, being very strong, will soon require more and more material\nenjoyment. Then the real business of life-to advance in Kr�Qa consciousness-will stop.\nTEXT 11\n\n��\nf;r���\nm� Q: 4m�i � +U�� I\n��: ��fflSf\\ii\n� � WI 9�� Ut;a:N¥+4� II��II\nyat-sariga-labdham nija-v'irya-vaibhavam\nnrtham muhu/:t samsprsatiim hi manasam\nharaty ajo 'nta/:t srutibhir gato 'ngajam\n\nko vai na seveta mukunda-vikramam\nyat-of whom (the devotees); sa liga-labdham-achieved by the assoCiatiOn;\n\nnija-v'irya-vaibhavam-whose\n\ntirtham-holy\n\nplaces\n\nlike\n\nthe\n\ninfluence\n\nGanges;\n\nis\n\nuncommon;\n\nmuhu/:t-repeatedly;\n\nsamsprsatiim-of those touching; hi-certainly; manasam-the dirty\n\nthings in the mind; harati-vanquishes; aja/:t-the supreme unborn\none; anta/:t-in the core of the heart; srutibhi/:t-by the ears; gata/:tentered; ariga-jam-dirty things or infections of the body; ka/:t-who;\nvai-indeed; na-not; seveta-would serve; mukunda-vikramam-the\n\nglorious activities of Mukunda, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nBy associating with persons for whom the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Mukunda, is the all in all, one can hear of His\npowerful activities and soon come to understand them. The activities of Mukunda are so potent that simply by hearing of them\none immediately associates with the Lord. For a person who constantly and very eagerly hears narrations of the Lord's powerful\nactivities, the Absolute Truth, the Personality of Godhead in the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0209": "174\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nform of sound vibrations, enters within his heart and cleanses it of\nall contamination. On the other hand, although bathing in the\nGanges diminishes bodily contaminations and infections, this process and the process of visiting holy places can cleanse the heart\nonly after a long time. Therefore who is the sane man who will not\nassociate with devotees to quickly perfect his life?\nPURPORT\nBathing in the Ganges can certainly cure one of many infectious dis­\n\neases, but it cannot cleanse one's materially attached mind, which creates\n\nall kinds of contaminations in material existence. However, one who\ndirectly associates with the Supreme Lord by hearing of His activities\n\ncleanses the dirt from his mind and very soon comes to K.r�Q.a conscious­\n\nness. Suta Gosvami confirms this in Srimad-Bhiigavatam ( 1.2.17):\n\nsr1Jvatdrh sva-kathii� kr�'Ja�\npu1Jya-srava1Ja-kirtana�\nhrdy anta�-stho hy abhadrii'}i\nvidhunoti suhrt-satiim\nThe Supreme Lord within everyone's heart becomes very pleased when a\n\nperson hears narrations of His activities, and He personally cleanses the\ndirt from the mind of the listener.\n\nHrdy anta�-stho hy abhadriini\nvidhunoti: He washes off all dirt from the mind. Material existence is\n\ncaused by dirty things within the mind. If one can cleanse his mind, he\n\nimmediately comes to his original position of l<.r�J:.la consciousness, and\n\nthus his life becomes successful. Therefore all the great saints in the\ndevotional line very strongly recommend the process of hearing. Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu introduced the congregational chanting of the\n\nHare l<.r�J:.la mantra to give everyone a chance to hear Kr�J:.la's holy name,\n\nfor simply by hearing Hare l<.r�J:.la, Hare l<.r�J:.la, l<.r�J:.la l<.r�J:.la, Hare Hare/\n\nHare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare, one becomes purified\n\n(ceto-darpa7Ja-miirjanam). Therefore our Kr�J:.la consciousness movement is chiefly engaged in chanting the Hare Kr�J:.la mantra all over the\nworld.\n\nAfter one's mind becomes cleansed by chanting Hare Kr�J:.la, one\n\ngradually comes to the platform of l<.r�J:.la consciousness and then reads\n\n", "SB5.2#p0210": "Text 12) The Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\nbooks like\n\n175\n\nBhagavad-gitii, Snmad-Bhiigavatam, Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nand The Nectar of Devotion. In this way, one becomes more and more\n\npurified of material contamination. As stated in Snmad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(1.2.18):\n\nna§!a-priiye$V abhadre$U\nnityarh bhagavata-sevayii\nbhagavaty uttama-sloke\nbhaktir bhavati nai$!hiki\n\n\"By regulm:ly hearing the Bhiigavatam and rendering service unto the\npure devotee, all that is troublesome to the heart is practically destroyed,\nand loving service unto the glorious Lord, who is praised with transcendental songs, is established as an irrevocable fact.\" In this way, simply by\nhearing of the powerful activities of the Lord, the devotee's heart\nbecomes almost completely cleansed of material contamination, and thus\nhis original position as an eternal servant who is part and parcel of the\nLord becomes manifest. While the devotee engages in devotional service,\nthe passionate and ignorant modes of material nature are gradually vanquished, and then he acts only in the mode of goodness. At that time he\nbecomes happy and gradually advances in K.r�I;Ia consciousness.\n\nAll the great iiciiryas strongly recommend that people be given a\n\nchance to hear about the Supreme Lord. Then success is assured. The\nmore we cleanse the dirt of material attachment from our hearts, the\nmore we will be attracted by K.r�I;Ia's name, form, qualities, paraphernalia and activities. This is the sum and substance of the Kr�Q.a consciousness movement.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n����\n�g��?f ('tftR1� wn 1\n\n��\n\niril ij(tgull\nij;fu:it.n�Rt � �: 11��11\n\nro��\n\nyasyiisti bhaktir bhagavaty akiiicanii\nsarvair gw;ais tatra samiisate sura�\n\n", "SB5.2#p0211": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n176\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nharav abhaktasya kuto mahad-gur;ii\nmanoratheniisati dhavato bahi}:£\nyasya-of\n\nwhom;\n\nasti-there\n\nis;\n\nbhakti}:l, -devotional service;\n\nbhagavati -to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; akiiicana-without\nany motive; sarvai}:l,-with all; gu�i/:£ -good qualities; tatra-there (in\nthat person ); samasate-reside; sura}:l, -all the demigods; harau-unto\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; abhaktasya-of a person who is\nnot\n\ndevoted;\nkuta }:l,-where;\nma ha t-gur;ii iJ,-good\nqualities;\nmanorathena-by mental speculation; asati-in the temporary material\nworld; dhavata }:l,-who is running; bahi}:l,-outside.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the demigods and their exalted qualities, such as religion,\n\nknowledge and renunciation, become manifest in the body of one\n\nwho has developed unalloyed devotion for the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, Vasudeva. On the other hand, a person\n\ndevoid of devotional service and engaged in material activities has\n\nno good qualities. Even if he is adept at the practice of mystic yoga\n\nor the honest endeavor of maintaining his family and relatives, he\n\nmust he driven by his own mental speculations and must engage in\n\nthe service of the Lord's external energy. How can there be any\ngood qualities in such a man?\n\nPURPORT\nAs explained in the next verse, Krf?�a is the original source of all living entities. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (15.7), wherein Kr!?�a\nsays:\n\nmamaivamso jiva-loke\njiva-bhilta}:l, sanatana}:£\nmana/:£ $a§!hanindriya�Ji\nprakrti-sthani kar$ati\n\"The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal, fragmental\nparts. Due to conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the six\n\n", "SB5.2#p0212": "Text 13] The Residents of Jamhudvipa Offer Prayers\n\n177\n\nsenses, which include the mind.\" All living entities are part and parcel\nof K:ri?�a, and therefore when they revive their original K:ri?�a consciousness, they possess all the good qualities of K:ri?�a in a small quantity.\nWhen one engages himself in the nine processes of devotional service\n(srava�m kirtanam v�'(W� smara�rh pada-sevanaml arcanam vandanam dasyam sakhyam atma-nivedanam), one's heart becomes\npurified, and he immediately understands his relationship with K:ri?�a.\nHe then revives his original quality of K:ri?�a consciousness.\nIn the Adi-lila of Caitanya-caritamrta, Chapter Eight, there is a\ndescription of some of the qualities of devotees. For example, Sri Pa��ita\nHaridasa is described as being very well-behaved, tolerant, peaceful,\nmagnanimous and grave. In addition, he spoke very sweetly, his endeavors were very pleasing, he was always patient, he respected everyone, he always worked for everyone's benefit, his mind was free of\nduplicity, and he was completely devoid of all malicious acitivites. These\nare all originally qualities of K:ri?�a, and when one becomes a devotee\nthey automatically become manifest. Sri K:ri?�adasa Kaviraja, the author\nof Caitanya-caritamrta, says that all good qualities become manifest in\nthe body of a Vai�?�ava and that only by the presence of these good\nqualities can one distinguish a Vail?�ava from a non-Vai�?�ava. K:ri?�adasa\nKaviraja lists the following twenty-six good qualities of a Vai�?�ava:\n(1) He is very kind to everyone. (2) He does not make anyone his\nenemy. (3) He is truthful. (4) He is equal to everyone. (5) No one can\nfind any fault in him. (6) He is magnanimous. (7) He is mild. (8) He is\nalways clean. (9) He is without possessions. (lO) He works for everyone's benefit. (11) He is very peaceful. (12) He is always surrendered to\nK:ri?�a. (13) He has no material desires. (14) He is very meek. (15) He\nis steady. (16) He controls his senses. (17) He does not eat more than\nrequired. (18) He is not influenced by the Lord's illusory energy.\n(19) He offers respect to everyone. (20) He does not desire any respect\nfor himself. (21) He is very grave. (22) He is merciful. (23) He is\nfriendly. (24) He is poetic. (25) He is expert. (26) He is silent.\n\nTEXT 13\n�� ijl�T�tfl'l �ftun�� wnan�erm� 1\n\n", "SB5.2#p0213": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n178\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\n�tl' ��ij �� m �\n�' ���� q�ijl �;n� 11��11\nharir hi siilcyad bhagaviin sar iri1Jii,m\niitmii jha$ii1Jii,m iva toyam ipsita m\nhitvii mahiims tam yadi sajjate grhe\ntadii mahattvam vayasii dam patinii m\nharib,-the Lord; hi-certainly; sii/cyiit-directly;\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; sa nr i l}iim\n\n-\n\nbhagaviin-the\n\nof all living entities who\n\nhave accepted material bodies; iitmii-the life and soul; jha$ii1Jii,m-of\n\nttryam-the vast water; ipsitam-is desired;\nhitvii-giving up; mahan-a great personality; tam-Him; yadi-if;\nsajjate-becomes attached; grhe-to household life; tada-at that time;\nmahattva m-greatness; vayasa-by age; dam-pat inii m-of the hus­\n\nthe aquatics; iva-like;\n\nband and wife.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as aquatics always desire to remain in the vast mass of water,\nall conditioned living entities naturally desire to remain in the vast\nexistence of the Supreme Lord. Therefore if someone very great\nby material calculations fails to take shelter of the Supreme Soul\nbut instead becomes attached to material household life, his greatness is like that of a young, low-class couple. One who is too attached to material life loses all good spiritual qualities.\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough crocodiles are very fierce animals, they are powerless when\nthey venture out of the water onto land. When they are out of the water,\nthey cannot exhibit their original power. Similarly, the all-pervading\nSupersoul, Paramatma, is the source of all living entities, and all living\nentities are part and parcel of Him. When the living entity remains in\ncontact with the all-pervading Vasudeva, the Personality of Godhead, he\nmanifests his spiritual power, exactly as the crocodile exhibits its\nstrength in the water. In other words, the greatness of the living entity\ncan be perceived when he is in the spiritual world, engaged in spiritual\n\n", "SB5.2#p0214": "Text 14) The Residents of Jamhudvipa Offer Prayers\n\n179\n\nactivities. Many householders, although well-educated in the knowledge\nof the Vedas, become attached to family life. They are compared herein\nto crocodiles out of water, for they are devoid of all spiritual strength.\nTheir greatness is like that of a young husband and wife who, though\nuneducated, praise one another and become attracted to their own temporary beauty. This kind of greatness is appreciated only by low-class\nmen with no qualifications.\nEveryone should therefore seek the shelter of the Supreme Soul, the\nsource of all living entities. No one should waste his time in the so-called\nhappiness of materialistic household life. In the Vedic civilization, this\ntype of crippled life is allowed only until one's fiftieth year, when one\nmust give up family life and enter either the order of viinaprastha ( inde­\n\npendent retired life for cultivation of spiritual knowledge) or sannyasa\n\n(the renounced order, in which one completely takes shelter of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead) .\nTEXT 14\n\ni:f�n�)wrfef'flt::�;:!­\n\n+n�����;;;nN�\n� � ���ifi�l�\niM�q�� +NR11i6l¥t�fllfi II� \\ill\ntasrnijd rajo-riiga-v�ada-manyurnijna-sprhii- bhayadainyadhimulam\nhitva grharit saritsrti-cakravalarit\nnrsiritha-padarit bhajatakutobhayam iti\ntasrnijt-therefore; raja{t-of passion or material desires; raga-attachment for material things; v�ada-then disappointment; manyuanger; rnijna-sprha-the desire to be respectable in society; bhayafear; dainya-of poverty; adhimulam-the root cause; hitva-giving\nup; grham-household life; saritsrti-cakravalam-the cycle of repeated\nbirth and death; nrsimha-padam-the lotus feet of Lord Nrsirhhadeva;\n\nbhajata-worship; akuta{t-bhayam-the shelter of fearlessness; itithus.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0215": "180\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n·\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, 0 demons, give up the so-called happiness of family\n\nlife and simply take shelter of the lotus feet of Lord N:rshhhadeva,\n\nwhich are the actual shelter of fearlessness. Entanglement in\n\nfamily life is the root cause of material attachment, hidefatigahle\n\ndesires, moroseness, anger, despair, fear and the desire for false\nprestige, all of which result in the repetition of birth and death.\nTEXT 15\n\nih«¥il�sN lltm'{ tfil¥i�i!4(4�q\"' ��: �\nSl\\itiQ��ft �urf � ��� �'tlffl�(l')lqf(O{ lll'fT'lf �\n� ����¥i«l���if\\iRfq;rnl Fr� �ijef: 4\"FR�(I•�\nRR�� II� �II\n\nketumale 'pi bhagavan kamadeva-svarilper:w lak§mya/:1. priyacikir$aya prajapater duhitrr:tiim putriiTJiim tad-var$a-patfniim\npurU$iiyU$iiho-ratra-parisankhyaniiniim yasam garbhii mahii-purU$amahiistra-tejasodvejita-manasam\n\nvidhvastii\n\nvyasava/:1.\n\nsamvatsariinte\n\nvinipatanti.\nketumale-in the tract of land known as Ketumala-var�a; api-also;\nbhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nkiimadeva-svarilper:w-in the form of\n\nKamadeva\n\nLord Vi��u;\n\n(Cupid or\n\nPra­\n\ndyumna); lak§mya/:1.-of the goddess of fortune; priya-cikir$aya-with\na desire to bring about the satisfaction; prajapate/:1.-of Prajapati;\n\nduhitFTJiim-of the daughters;\n\nputriiTJiim-of the sons;\n\ntat-var$a­\n\npatfniim-the ruler of that land; purU$a-iiyU$ii-in a human lifetime\n(about one hundred years);\n\naha/:1.-riitra-the days\n\nand nights;\n\nparisankhyaniiniim-which equal in number; yasam-of whom (the\ndaughters); garbhii /:1.-fetuses; mahii-purU$a-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; mahii-astra-of the great weapon (the disc); tejasa-by the effulgence; ud vejita-manasiim-whose minds are agitated;\nvidhvastii/:1.-ruined; ryasava/:1.-dead; samvatsara-ante-at the end of\nthe year; vinipatanti-fall down.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0216": "Text 16]\n\nThe Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n181\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami continued: In the tract of land called\nKetumala-var�a, Lord Vi�I).U lives in the form of Kamadeva, only\nfor the satisfaction of His devotees. These include Lak�miji [the\ngoddess of fortune], the Prajapati Samvatsara and all of Samvatsara's sons and daughters. The daughters of Prajapati are considered the controlling deities of the nights, and his sons are\nconsidered the controllers of the days. The Prajapati's offspring\nnumber 36,000, one for each day and each night in the lifetime of\na human being. At the end of each year, the Prajapati's daughters\nbecome very agitated upon seeing the extremely effulgent disc of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, and thus they all suffer\nmiscarriages.\nPURPORT\nThis Kamadeva, who appears as l<r�I;J.a's son named Pradyumna, is\nvi$r:tu-tattva. How this is so is explained by Madhvaciirya, who quotes\nfrom\n\nthe\n\nBrahmiir:ufa Puriir:ta:\n\nkiimadeva-sthitarit vi$r:tum upaste.\n\nAlthough this Kamadeva is vi$r:tu-tattva, His body is not spiritul but\nmaterial. Lord Vi�Qu as Pradyumna or Kamadeva accepts a material\nbody, but He still acts spiritually. It does not make any difference\nwhether He accepts a spiritual or a material body; He can act spiritually\nin any condition of existence. Mayavadi philosophers regard even Lord\nl<r�IJa's body as material, but their opinions cannot impede the spiritual\nactivity of the Lord.\nTEXT 16\n\n3RrR ���qRrfm'lfcr���&r���\n��w�,��\"�a:w:tl(fq;if� �\n�f?f;.S(tUfOI �it II� �II\nativa sulalita-gati-vilasa-vilasita-rueira-hasa-lesavaloka-lilaya kiiiciduttambhita-sundara-bhru-mar:uf,ala-subhaga-vadanaravinda-sriya\nramiirit ramayann indriyar:ti ramayate.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0217": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n182\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nativa-very much;\n\nsu-lalita-beautiful;\n\ngati -with\n\nvi lasa-by pastimes;\n\nvilasita-manifested;\n\nrucira-pleasing;\n\nle.Sa-mild smiling;\n\nmovements;\n\nhiisa­\n\navaloka-lilaya- by playful glancing; kiiicit-ut­\n\nta mbhita- slightly raised; sundara-beautiful; bhru-ma �u;lala -by the\neyebrows; subhaga -auspi cio u s; vadana-aravinda-sriya-with His\nbeautiful lotuslike face; ramiim-the goddess of fortune; ramayanpleasing; indriya�i -all the senses; ra mayate -He pleases.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn Ketumala-var�a, Lord Kamadeva [Pradyumna] moves very\ngraciously. His mild smile is very beautiful, and when He increases\nthe beauty of His face by slightly raising His eyebrows and glancing playfully, He pleases the goddess of fortune. Thus He enjoys\nHis transcendental senses.\nTEXT 17\n\n(t'A•I�(tt �� � q(4te+nN\"� (� W �� �rf,r!l\nsr�q�ift_q,fli�ijl�:� :q �f�� � ��l«Rr 11�\\911\ntad bhagavato mayamayam rilparh parama-samadhi-yogena ramii devi\nsarhvatsarasya ratr�u prajapater duhitrbhir upetaha}:tsu ca tadbhartrbhir upaste idam codaharati.\ntat-that; bhagavatab,-o£ the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nmaya-maya m-full of affection for the devotees;\n\nrilpam-form;\n\nparama-highest; samadhi-yogena-by absorption of the mind in the\nservice of the Lord;\n\nramii-the goddess of fortune;\n\nwoman; sarhva tsarasya -known as Sarhvatsara;\n\ndevi-divine\n\nriit�u-during the\n\nnights; prajapateb,-of Prajapati; duhitrbhib,-with the daughters;\nup eta -comb ined; ahab,su -during t h e days; ca- also; tat­\n\nbhartrbhib,-with the husbands; upaste -worships; idam-this; caalso; udaharati-chants.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAccompanied during the daytime by the sons of the Prajapati\n(the predominating deities of the days] and accompanied at night\n\n", "SB5.2#p0218": "Text 18]\n\nThe Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n183\n\nby his daughters [the deities of the nights], Lak�midevi worships\nthe Lord during the period known as the Sarilvatsara in His most\nmerciful form as Kamadeva. Fully absorbed in devotional service,\nshe chants the following mantras.\nPURPORT\nThe word mayamayam used in this verse should not be understood\n\naccording to the interpretations of the Mayavadis. Maya means affection\n\nas well as illusion. When a mother deals with her child affectionately, she\n\nis called mayamaya. In whatever form the Supreme Lord Vi�Q.u appears,\nHe\n\nis\n\nalways\n\naffectionate\n\ntoward\n\nHis\n\ndevotees.\n\nThus\n\nthe\n\nword\n\nmayamayam is used here to mean \"very affectionate toward the devo­\n\ntees.\" Srila ]iva Gosvami writes in this regard that mayamayam can also\nmean krpa-pracuram, deeply merciful. Similarly, Srila Viraraghava\n\nsays, maya-pracuraniitm'iya-sankalpena parigrh'itam ity artha/:1. j oona­\n\nparyayo 'tra maya-sabda/:1.: when one is very affectionate due to an inti­\n\nmate relationship, one is described as mayamaya. Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravati Thakura explains mayamayam by dividing it into the words\n\nmaya and amayam. He explains these words to indicate that because the\n\nliving entity is covered by the disease of illusion, the Lord is always eager\n\nto deliver His devotee from the clutches of maya and cure him of the dis­\n\nease caused by the illusory energy.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n3:P\" � t, � � lfiftfij �m ��gllfl��al�'i�\n3lffiij'f;rt\nf�\n�\nT��'fiUIT\n��\n.fl�fii?i14:4'60�l'NrttIOSI'ittItt���Ft ij�'itt'lt m 3lf�\n��\n\n�1.-('Jitl\n\n�\n\nW{�\n\n� � ''��''\n\nom hram hrim hrum om namo bhagavate hr$ikesaya sarva-gu1)11-viSe$air\nvilalcyitatmane akutiniim cittiniim cetasam viSe$al)iim ciidhipataye\n$cx)aSa-kalaya cchando-mayayanna-mayayamrta-mayaya sarvamayaya sahase ojase balaya kantaya kamaya na mas te ubhayatra\nbhuyat.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0219": "[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n184\n\nom-0 Lord; hriim hrim hrum-the seeds of the mantra, chanted for\na successful result; om-0 Lord; nama&-respectful obeisances; bhagavate-unto the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nhr�ikesiiya-unto Hr�?i:kesa, the Lord of the senses; sarva-gu�-with all\ntranscendental qualities; viSe�ai&-with all varieties; vila�ita-particularly observed; iitmane-unto the soul of all living entities; iikutiniimof all kinds of activity; cittiniim-of all kinds of knowledge; cetasiimof the functions of the mind, such as determination and mental effort;\nviSe�ii1J,iim-of their respective objects; ca-and; adhipataye-unto the\nmaster; �O<j,asa-kaliiya-whose parts are the sixteen original ingredients\nof creation (namely the five objects of the senses and the eleven senses,\nincluding the\n\nmind);\n\nchanda&-mayiiya-unto\n\nthe enjoyer\n\nof all\n\nritualistic ceremonies; anna-mayiiya-who maintains all living entities\nby supplying the necessities of life; amrta-mayiiya-who awards eternal\nlife;\n\nsarva-mayiiya-who is all-pervading;\n\nsahase-the powerful;\n\nojase-who supplies strength to the senses; baliiya-who supplies\nstrength to the body; kiintiiya-the supreme husband or master of all\nliving entities; kii miiya-who supplies all necessities for the devotees;\nnama&-respectful obeisances; te-unto You; ubhayatra-always (during both day and night, or both in this life and the next); bhuyiit-may\nthere be all good fortune.\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, Lord H�ikesa, the controller of all my senses\nand the origin of everything. As the supreme master of all bodily,\n\nmental and intellectual activities, He is the only enjoyer of their\n\nresults. The five sense objects and eleven senses, including the\n\nmind, are His partial manifestations. He supplies all the necessities\nof life, which are His energy and thus nondifferent from Him, and\n\nHe is the cause of everyone's bodily and mental prowess, which is\nalso nondifferent from Him. Indeed, He is the husband and pro­\n\nvider of necessities for all living entities. The purpose of all the\n\nVedas is to worship Him. Therefore let us all offer Him our\n\nrespectful obeisances. May He always he favorable toward us in this\nlife and the next.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0220": "Text 19]\n\nThe Residents of Jamhudvipa Offer Prayers\n\n185\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word miiyamaya is further explained in regard to\nhow the Lord expands His mercy in different ways. Parasya saktir\n\nvividhaiva srilyate: the energies of the Supreme Lord are understood in\ndifferent ways. In this verse He is described as the original source of\neverything, even our body, senses, mind, activities, prowess, bodily\nstrength, mental strength and determination for securing the necessities\nof life. Indeed, the Lord's energies can be perceived in everything. As\nstated in Bhagavad-gita (7.8), raso 'ham apsu kaunteya: the taste of\nwater is also Kr�I,la. K:r�I,la is the active principle of everything we need\nfor our maintenance.\nThis verse offering respectful obeisances unto the Lord was composed\nby Ramii., the goddess of fortune, and is full of spiritual power. Under\nthe guidance of a spiritual master, everyone should chant this mantra\nand thus become a complete and perfect devotee of the Lord. One may\nchant this mantra for complete liberation from material bondage, and\nafter liberation one may continue to chant it while worshiping the\nSupreme Lord in Vaikul,l�haloka. All mantras, of course, are meant for\nthis life and the next life, as K:r�I,la Himself confirms in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(9.14):\nsatatarh kirtayanto miirh\nyatanta5 ca drl)ha-vrata�\nnamasyantaS ca miirh bhaktya\nnitya-yukta upasate\n\n\"Always chanting My glories, endeavoring with great determination,\nbowing down before Me, the great souls perpetually worship Me with\ndevotion.\" A devotee who both in this life and the next chants the maha­\n\nmantra, or any mantra, is called nitya-yuktopasaka.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n��� ���a1\niUTU� ��qf��s� I\n\n", "SB5.2#p0221": "186\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nijRtJ ;r � � qfttn��q�tj\nffri �fil �ffl�ij'\"'U: II � �II\nstriyo vratais tva hr$ikesvararh svato\nhy iiradhya loke patim asiisate 'nyam\ntiisiirh na te vai paripiinty apatyarh\npriyarh dhaniiyurh$i yato 'sva- tantrii/:t\nstriya/:t-all women; vratai/:t-by observing fasting and other vows;\nhr$ ikesvaram-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, master\nof the senses; svata/:t-of your own accord; hi-certainly; iiriidhyaworshiping; loke-in the world; patim-a husband; asiisate-ask for;\nanyam-another ; tiisiim-of all those women; na-not; te-the husbands; vai -indeed ; paripiinti-able to protect; apatyam-the\nchildren; priyam- very dear; dhana-the wealth; iiyurh$i-or the\nduration of life; yata/:t -because; asva - tantrii /:t -dependent.\ntvii-you;\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You are certainly the fully independent master of\nall the senses. Therefore all women who worship You by strictly\nobserving vows because they wish to acquire a husband to satisfy\ntheir senses are surely under illusion. They do not know that such\na husband cannot actually give protection to them or their\nchildren. Nor can he protect their wealth or duration of life, for he\nhimself is dependent on time, fruitive results and the modes of\nnature, which are all subordinate to You.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse, Lak�midevi ( Ramii ) shows compassion toward women\nwho worship the Lord for the benediction of possessing a good husband.\nAlthough such women desire to be happy with children, wealth, a long\nduration of life and everything dear to them, they cannot possibly do so.\nIn the material world, a so-called husband is dependent on the control of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. There are many examples of a\nwoman whose husband, being dependent on the result of his own frui-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0222": "Text 19]\n\nThe Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Pra yers\n\n187\n\ntive actions, cannot maintain his wife, her children, her wealth or her\nduration of life. Therefore, factually the only real husband of all women\nis J(r�l)a, the supreme husband. Because the gopis were liberated souls,\nthey understood this fact. Therefore they rejected their material husbands and accepted K��l)a as their real husband. K��l)a is the real husband not only of the gopis, but of every living entity. Everyone should\nperfectly understand that J(r�l)a is the real husband of all living entities,\nwho are described in the Bhagavad-gua as prakrti (female), not purU$a\n(male). In Bhagavad-gua (10.12), only K��l)a is addressed as purU$a:\n\nparam brahma param dhama\npavitram paramam bhavan\npurU$arh siiSvatam divyam\niidi-devam ajam vibhum\n\"You are the Supreme Brahman, the ultimate, the supreme abode and\npurifier, the Absolute Truth and the eternal divine person. You are the\nprimal God, transcendental and original, and You are the unborn and allpervading beauty.\"\nK��l)a is the original purU$a, and the living entities are prakrti. Thus\nJ(r�l)a is the enjoyer, and all living entities are meant to be enjoyed by\nHim. Therefore any woman who seeks a material husband for her protection, or any man who desires to become the husband of a woman, is\nunder illusion. To become a husband means to maintain a wife and\nchildren nicely by supplying wealth and security. However, a material\nhusband cannot possibly do this, for he is dependent on his karma. Kar­\n\nma� daiva-netre7Ja: his circumstances are determined by his past fruitive activities. Therefore if one proudly thinks he can protect his wife, he\nis under illusion. J(r�l)a is the only husband, and therefore the relationship between a husband and wife in this material world cannot be absolute. Because we have the desire to marry, K��l)a mercifully allows the\nso-called husband to possess a wife, and the wife to possess a so-called\nhusband, for mutual satisfaction. In the lsopani$ad it is said, tena tyak­\n\ntena bhuiifitha: the Lord provides everyone with his quota. Actually,\nhowever, every living entity is prakrti, or female, and J(r�l)a is the only\nhusband.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0223": "[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n188\n\nekale iSvara kmw, lira saba bhrtya\nyare yaiche niicaya, se taiche kare nrtya\n\n(Cc. Adi 5.142)\n\nl<t�r:Ia is the original master or husband of everyone, and all other living\nentities, having taken the form of so-called husbands, or wives, are dancing according to His desire. A so-called husband may unite with his wife\nfor sense gratification, but his senses are conducted by Hr�ikesa, the\nmaster of the senses, who is therefore the actual husband.\nTEXT 20\n..&::.\n\n\"'\n\n��: ��\n�ffif: ltTRr �i � I\n� � ��' fu� wi\n��1Hf�I¥W{N �ij -ro( ll�oll\n� er '11�:\n�\n\n•\n\nsa vai pati� syad akutobhaya� svayarh\nsamantata� pati bhayaturarh janam\nsa eka evetaratha mitho bhayam\nnaivatmalabhad adhi manyate param\nsa�-he; vai-indeed; pati�-a husband; syat-w ould be; akuta�­\n\nbhaya� - who is not fearful of anyone; svayam -self-sufficient; samantatab,-entirely; pati-maintains; b haya-iituram -who is very afraid;\n\njanam-a\n\nperson;\n\nsab,-therefore\n\nhe;\n\neka� - one;\n\neva-only;\n\nitaratha-otherwise; mithab,-from one another; bhayam -fear; nanot; eva-indeed; iitma-labhiit-than the attainment of You; adhigreater; manyate-is accepted; param -other thing.\nTRANSLATION\nHe alone who is never afraid but who, on the contrary, gives\ncomplete shelter to all fearful persons can actually become a husband and protector. Therefore, my Lord, you are the only husband, and no one else can claim this position. If you were not the\nonly husband, You would be afraid of others. Therefore persons\n\n", "SB5.2#p0224": "Text 21]\n\nThe Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n189\n\nlearned in all Vedic literature accept only Your Lordship as everyone's master, and they think no one else a better husband and protector than You.\nPURPORT\nHere the meaning of husband or guardian is clearly explained. People\nwant to become a husband, a guardian, a governor or a political leader\nwithout knowing the actual meaning of such a superior position. There\nare many people all over the world-indeed, throughout the universewho claim for some time that they are husbands, political leaders or\nguardians, but in due course of time the Supreme Lord desires their\nremoval from their posts, and their careers are immediately finished.\nTherefore those who are actually learned and advanced in spiritual life\ndo not accept any leader, husband or maintainer other than the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nLord �f?Q.a personally states in Bhagavad-gitii (18.66), aham tviirh\nsarva-piipebhyo molcyay�yiimi: \"I shall deliver you from all sinful reactions.\" �f?Qa is not afraid of anyone. On the contrary, everyone is afraid\nof �f?Q.a. Therefore He can actually give protection to a subordinate living entity. Since so-called leaders or dictators are completely under the\ncontrol of material nature, they can never give complete protection to\n\nothers, although they claim this ability due to false prestige. Na te vidu�\nsviirtha-gatim hi v�7Jum: people do not know that real advancement in\nlife consists of accepting the Supreme Personality of Godhead as one's\nmaster. Instead of deceiving themselves and others by pretending to be\nall-powerful, all political leaders, husbands and guardians should spread\nthe �f?Q.a consciousness movement so that everyone can learn how to\nsurrender to �f?Q.a, the supreme husband.\n\nTEXT 21\n\na- qlaJ.1U�«ttui\nMEfil+t��uRcteihl+te..qal 1\n����\n�'A\\Ctl1%50 � 31� II� � II\n\n�\n\n�\n\n", "SB5.2#p0225": "190\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nya tasya te pada-saroruharhar:uun\n\nnikiimayet sakhila-kiima-lampa!fi\n\ntad eva rlisipsitam ipsito 'rcito\n\nyad-bhagna-yacfiii bhagavan pratapyate\n\nya-a woman who; tasya-of Him; te-o£ You; pada-saroruha-of\n\nthe lotus feet; arha�m-the worship; nikiimayet-fully desires; sa­\n\nsuch a woman; akhila-kiima-lampa!li-although maintaining all kinds\nof material desire; tat-that; eva-only; rasi-You award; ipsitam­\n\nsome other desired benediction; ipsita�-being looked to for; arcita�­\n\nworshiped; yat-from which; bhagna-yacfiii-one who desires objects\n\nother than Your lotus feet and who thus becomes broken; bhagavan-0\nmy Lord; pratapyate-is pained.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You automatically fulfill all the desires of a\n\nwoman who worships Your lotus feet in pure love. However, if a\n\nwoman worships Your lotus feet for a particular purpose, You also\nquickly fulfill her desires, hut in the end she becomes bro­\n\nkenhearted and laments. Therefore one need not worship Your\nlotus feet for some material benefit.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Rupa Gosvami describes pure devotional service as any­\n\nabhi�ita-sunyam jfiiina-karmady-anavrtam. One should not worship\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead to fulfill some material desire for\n\nsuccess in fruitive activities or mental speculation. To serve the lotus feet\n\nof the Lord means to serve Him exactly as He desires. The neophyte\n\ndevotee is therefore ordered to worship the Lord strictly according to the\nregulative principles given by the spiritual master and the slistras. By\n\nexecuting devotional service in that way, he gradually becomes attached\n\nto Krf?I;J.a, and when his original dormant love for the Lord becomes\n\nmanifest, he spontaneously serves the Lord without any motive. This\n\ncondition is the perfect stage of one's relationship with the Lord. The\n\nLord then looks after the comfort and security of His devotee without\n\nbeing asked. K.rf?I;J.a promises in Bhagavad-gitli (9.22):\n\n", "SB5.2#p0226": "Text 21]\n\nThe Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n191\n\nananyas cintayanto mam\nye janii/:t paryupasate\nte�am nityabhiyuktaniim\nyoga-/cyemam vahamy aham\nThe Supreme Lord personally takes care of anyone who is completely\nengaged in His devotional service. Whatever he has, the Lord protects,\nand whatever he needs, the Lord supplies. Therefore why should one\nbother the Lord for something material? Such prayers are unnecessary.\nSrlla Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura explains that even if a devotee\nwishes the Lord to fulfill a particular desire, the devotee should not be\nconsidered a sakama-bhakta (a devotee with some motive). In the\nBhagavad-gita (7.16) K:r�IJ.a says:\n\ncatur-vidha bhajante mam\njanii/:t sukrtino 'rjuna\narto jijfiiisur artharthi\njnani ca bharatar$abha\n0 best among the Bharatas [Arjuna], four kinds of pious men render\ndevotional service unto Me-the distressed, the desirer of wealth, the inquisitive and he who is searching for knowledge of the Absolute.\" The\narta and the artharthi, who approach the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead for relief from misery or for some money, are not sakamabhaktas, although they appear to be. Being neophyte devotees, they are\nsimply ignorant. Later in Bhagavad-gitd the Lord says, udara/:t sarva\nevaite: they are all magnanimous (udara/:t). Although in the beginning a\ndevotee may harbor some desire, in due course of time it will vanish.\nTherefore the Srimad-Bhagavatam enjoins:\n\"\n\nakama/:t sarva-kamo va\nmo/cya-kama udara-dhi/:t\ntivre�a bhakti-yogena\nyajeta pur�am param\n\"A person who has broader intelligence, whether he is full of all material\ndesire, is free from material desire, or has a desire for liberation, must\n\n", "SB5.2#p0227": "192\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nby all means worship the supreme whole, the Personality of Godhead.\"\n\n(Bhiig. 2.3.10)\nEven if one wants something material, he should pray to no one but\nthe Lord to fulfill his desire. If one approaches a demigod for the fulfillment of his desires, he is to be considered n�ta-buddhi, bereft of all\ngood sense. l<ri?t:J.a says in Bhagavad-gita (7 .20):\n\nkiimais tais tair hrta-jnana/:£\nprapadyante 'nya-devata/:t\ntam tam niyamam iisthaya\nprakrtya niyata/:t svaya\n\"Those whose minds are distorted by material desires surrender unto\ndemigods and follow the particular rules and regulations of worship according to their own natures.\"\nLak!?mi:devi: advises all devotees who approach the Lord with material\ndesires that according to her practical experience, the Lord is Kamadeva,\nand thus there is no need to ask Him for anything material. She says that\neveryone should simply serve the Lord without any motive. Since the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is sitting in everyone's heart, He knows\neveryone's thoughts, and in due course of time He will fulfill all desires.\nTherefore let us completely depend on the service of the Lord without\nbothering Him with our material requests.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n+i�SIIft��IWIWI<(ti�QI9'(f � ijq �: I\n� �q�qi((q(1t01il +if\nfq-� ��tt'fflsfijfij II��II\nmat-praptaye )esa-suriisuradayas\ntapyanta ugram tapa aindriye dhiya/:t\nrte bhavat-pada-parayaT)iin na mam\nvindanty aham tvad-dhrdaya yato )ita\n\n", "SB5.2#p0228": "Text 22]\n\nThe Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n193\n\nmat-praptaye-to obtain my mercy; aja-Lord Brahma; iSa-Lord\n\nSiva; sura-the other demigods, headed by King lndra, Candra and\nVarm)a; asura-adaya�-as well as the demons; tapyante-undergo;\n\nugram-severe; tapa�-austerity; aindriye dhiya�-whose minds are\n\nabsorbed in thoughts of superior sense gratification;\n\nrte-unless;\n\nbhava.t-pada-paraya1}iit-one who is wholly and solely engaged in the\n\nservice of the Supreme Lord's lotus feet; na-not; mam-me; vindanti-obtain;\n\naham-1;\n\ntvat-in\n\nYou;\n\nhrdaya{t-whose\n\nyata�-therefore; ajita-0 unconquerable one.\n\nhearts;\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 supreme unconquerable Lord, when they become absorbed in\n\nthoughts of material enjoyment, Lord Brahma and Lord Siva, as\n\nwell as other demigods and demons, undergo severe penances and\n\nausterities to receive my benedictions. But I do not favor anyone,\n\nhowever great he may he, unless he is always engaged in the service of Your lotus feet. Because I always keep You within my heart,\nI cannot favor anyone hut a devotee.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the goddess of fortune, Lak�midevi, clearly states that\n\nshe does not bestow her favor on any materialistic person. Although\n\nsometimes a materialist becomes very opulent in the eyes of another\n\nmaterialist, such opulence is bestowed upon him by the goddess\nDurgadevi, a material expansion of the goddess of fortune, not by\n\nLak�midevi\n\nherself.\n\nThose\n\nwho\n\ndesire\n\nmaterial\n\nwealth\n\nworship\n\nDurgadevi with the following mantra: dhanam dehi nlpam dehi nlpapati-bhajam dehi. \"0 worshipable mother Durgadevi, please give me\n\nwealth, strength, fame, a good wife and so on.\" By pleasing goddess\nDurga one can obtain such benefits, but since they are temporary, they\n\nresult only in maya-sukha (illusory happiness). As stated by Prahlada\nMaharaja, maya-sukhaya bharam udvahato vimiil)han: those who work\n\nvery hard for material benefits are vimiil)has, foolish rascals, because\n\nsuch happiness will not endure. On the other hand, devotees like\nPrahlada\n\nand\n\nDhruva\n\nMaharaja\n\nachieved\n\nextraordinary\n\nmaterial\n\n", "SB5.2#p0229": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n194\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nopulences, but such opulences were not miiya-sukha. When a devotee acquires unparalleled opulences, they are the direct gifts of the goddess of\nfortune, who resides in the heart of Narayal)a.\nThe material opulences a person obtains by offering prayers to the\ngoddess Durga are temporary. As described in Bhagavd-gita (7.23), an­\n\ntavat tu phalarh te$arh tad bhavaty alpa-medhasam: men of meager intelligence desire temporary happiness. We have actually seen that one of\nthe disciples of Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura wanted to enjoy the\nproperty of his spiritual master, and the spiritual master, being merciful\ntoward him, gave him the temporary property, but not the power to\npreach the cult of Caitanya Mahaprabhu all over the world. That special\nmercy of the power to preach is given to a devotee who does not want\nanything material from his spiritual master but wants only to serve him.\nThe story of the demon Rava1,1a illustrates this point. Although Raval)a\ntried to abduct the goddess of fortune Sitadevi from the custody of Lord\nRamacandra, he could not possibly do so. The Sitadevi he forcibly took\nwith him was not the original Sitadevi, but an expansion of maya, or\nDurgadevi. As a result, instead of winning the favor of the real goddess\nof fortune, RavaiJa and his whole family were vanquished by the power\nof Durgadevi (smi-sthiti-pralaya-siidhana-saktir ekii).\n\nTEXT 23\n\n� �d\n'i�l4ii51 � iji€Cf61¥( I\n\n« � �Qf\"\"®\n\n�'If��\"'�\n'i\n\n�'fll��6¥{�d fcrifffir 11��11\n\nsa tvarh mamapy acyuta simti vanditarh\nkarambujarh yat tvad-adhayi satvatam\nbibhar$i miirh lak$ma vare�ya miiyaya\nka iSvarasyehitam ahiturh vibhur iti\nsa/t-that; tvam-You; mama-of me; api -also; acyuta-0 infallible one; sir$�i-on the head; vanditam -worshiped ; kara-ambujamYour lotus hand; yat-which; tvat-by You; adhiiyi-placed; sat-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0230": "Text 23)\n\nThe Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n195\n\nvatiim-on the head of the devotees; bibhar$i-You maintain; miim­\n\nme; la/cyma-as an insignia on Your chest; vare�ya-0 worshipable\n\none; mayaya-with deceit; katt-who; iSvarasya-of the supremely\n\npowerful controller; ihitam-the desires; uhitum-to understand by\nreason and argument; vibhutt-is able; iti-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 infallible one, Your lotus palm is the source of all benediction.\nTherefore Your pure devotees worship it, and You very mercifully\nplace Your hand on their heads. I wish that You may also place\nYour hand on My head, for although You already hear my insignia\nof golden streaks on Your chest, I regard this honor as merely a\nkind of false prestige for me. You show Your real mercy to Your\ndevotees, not to me. Of course, You are the supreme absolute controller, and no one can understand Your motives.\nPURPORT\nIn many places, the siistras describe the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead as being more inclined toward His devotees than toward His\n\nwife,\n\nwho\n\nalways remains on His chest.\n\n(11.14.15) it is stated:\n\nIn Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nna tatha me priyatama\n\niitma y onir na sarikaratt\n-\n\nna ca sarikar$a� na srir\n\nnaivatma ca yatha bhavan\n\nHere Krsna olainlv savs that His devotees are more dear to Him than\n\nLord Brahrna, Lord Siva, Lord Sailkar�ar:ta (the original cause _of cre­\n\nation, the goddess of fortune or even His own Self. Elsewhere in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (10.9.20) Sukadeva Gosvami says,\nnemam virifico na bhavo\n\nna srir apy ariga samsraya\n\nprasiidam lebhire gopi\n\nyat tat prapa vimuktidat\n\n", "SB5.2#p0231": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n196\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nThe Supreme Lord, who can award liberation to anyone, showed more\nmercy toward the gopis than to Lord Brahmii, Lord Siva or even the god­\n\ndess of fortune, who is His own wife and is associated with His body.\nSimilarly, Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.47.60) also states:\n\nnayam sriyo 'nga u nitanta-rate/:t prasada}J,\nsvar-y0$itiim nalina-gandha-rucam kuto 'nya}J,\nriisotsave 'sya bhuja-daTJ4a-grhfta-kar;JhalabdhaS�am ya udagad vraja-sundari1J(im\n\"The gopis received benedictions from the Lord that neither Lak�midevi\n\nnor the most beautiful dancers in the heavenly planets could attain. In\nthe rasa dance, the Lord showed His favor to the most fortunate gopis by\nplacing His arms on their shoulders and dancing with each of them in­\n\ndividually. No one can compare with the gopis, who received the causeless mercy of the Lord.\"\n\nIn the Caitanya-caritamrta it is said that no one can receive the real\n\nfavor of the Supreme Personality of Godhead without following in the\n\nfootsteps of the gopis. Even the goddess of fortune could not receive the\n\nsame favor as the gopis, although she underwent severe austerities and\n\npenances for many years. Lord Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu discusses\nthis\n\npoint\n\nwith\n\nVyenka�a\n\nBhana\n\nin\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta\n\n(Madhya 9.111-131): \"The Lord inquired from Vyenka�a Bha��a, 'Your\n\nworshipable goddess of fortune, Lak�mi, always remains on the chest of\nNaraya1.1a, and she is certainly the most chaste woman in the creation.\n\nHowever, My Lord is Lord Sri ��1.1a, a cowherd boy engaged in tending\n\ncows. Why is it that Lak�mi, being such a chaste wife, wants to associate\n\nwith My Lord? Just to associate with ��I_la, Lak�mi abandoned all tran­\n\nscendental happiness in Vaiku1.1tha and for a long time accepted vows\nand regulative principles and performed unlimited austerities.'\n\n\"Vyenka�a Bhana replied, 'Lord K.r�I.la and Lord Naraya1.1a are one\n\nand the same, but the pastimes of ��I.la are more relishable due to their\n\nsportive nature. They are very pleasing for K.r�1.1a's saktis. Since ��I).a\n\nand Naraya1.1a are both the same personality, Lak�mi's association with\n\n��I.la did not break her vow of chastity. Rather, it was in great fun that\n\nthe goddess of fortune wanted to associate with Lord K.r�1.1a. The goddess\n\nof fortune considered that her vow of chastity would not be damaged by\n\n", "SB5.2#p0232": "Text 24] The Residents of Jamhudvipa Offer Prayers\n\n197\n\nher relationship with K:r�J;Ia. Rather, by associating with K:r�1;1a she could\nenjoy the benefit of the rasa dance. If she wanted to enjoy herself with\nK:r�Qa what fault is there? Why are you joking so about this?'\n\"Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, 'I know that there is no fault in\nthe goddess of fortune, but still she could not enter into the rasa dance.\nWe hear this from revealed scriptures. The authorities of Vedic\nknowledge met Lord Ramacandra in DaQ�akaraQya, and by their\npenances and austerities, they were allowed to enter into the rasa dance.\nBut can you tell me why the goddess of fortune, Lak�mi, could not get\nthat opportunity?'\n\"To this Vyeilkata Bhaga replied, 'I cannot enter into the mystery of\nthis incident. I am an ordinary living being. My intelligence is limited,\nand I am always disturbed. How can I understand the pastimes of the\nSupreme Lord? They are deeper than millions of oceans.'\n\"Lord Caitanya replied, 'Lord K:r�Qa has a specific characteristic. He\nattracts everyone's heart by the mellow of His personal conjugal love. By\nfollowing in the footsteps of the inhabitants of the planet known as Vraj_aloka or Goloka V:rndavana, one can attain the shelter of the lotus feet of\nSri: K:r�Qa. However, the inhabitants of that planet do not know that Lord\nK:r�1;1a is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Unaware that K:r�Qa is the\nSupreme Lord, the residents of V:rndavana like Nanda Maharaja,\nYasodadevi and the gopis treat K:r�J;Ia as their beloved son or lover.\nMother Yasoda accepts Him as her son and sometimes binds Him to a\ngrinding mortar. K:r�Qa's cowherd boy friends think He is an ordinary\nboy and get up on His shoulders. In Goloka V:rndavana no one has any\ndesire other than to love K:r�J;Ia.' \"\nThe conclusion is that one cannot associate with K:r�J;Ia unless he has\nfully received the favor of the inhabitants of Vrajabhumi. Therefore if\none wants to be delivered by ��Qa directly, he must take to the service\nof the residents of V:rndavana, who are unalloyed devotees of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 24\n�\n�\n.\n�-.. � � �: l)f�\n\nSllilfSI�f(id\n\n�\n\n\"i(t�nHRi 11��11\n\n.\n\n'llffl'li:4eti(�CJ\n\n�r-ft'IN\n\n�\n\n�\nm��\n\n�\ntt-11:\n\n�'ffitli\\'1(1�\n\n", "SB5.2#p0233": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n198\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nramyake ca bhagavata� priyatamam miitsyam avatara-rupam tadvar$a-purW}asya mano� prak-pradarsitam sa idanim api mahata bhaktiyogenaradhayatulam codiiharati.\nramyake ca-also in Ramyaka-var�a; bhagavata�-of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; priya-tamam-the foremost; miitsyam-fish;\navatara-rupam-the form of the incarnation; tat-var$a-purW}asya-of\nthe ruler of that land; mano�-Manu; prak-previously (at the end of\nthe Cak�u�a-manvantara); pradarsitam-exhibited; sa�-that Manu;\nidanim api-even until now; mahata bhakti-yogena-by dint of advanced devotional service; aradhayati-worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead; idam-this; ca-and; udaharati-chants.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva\n\nGosviimi\n\ncontinued:\n\nIn\n\nRamyaka-var�a,\n\nwhere\n\nVaivasvata Manu rules, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nappeared as Lord Matsya at the end of the last era [the cak�u�a­\n\nmanvantara]. Vaivasvata Manu now worships Lord Matsya in pure\n\ndevotional service and chants the following mantra.\nTEXT 25\n\nom namo bhagavate mukhyatamiiya nama� sattvaya praT}iiyaujase\nsahase balaya maha-matsyaya nama iti.\nom-0 my Lord; nama�-respectful obeisances; bhagavate-unto\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; mukhya-tamii ya-the first incarnation to appear; nama�-my respectful obeisances; sattvaya-unto the\npure transcendence; praT}iiya-the origin of life; ojase-the source of\nthe potency of the senses; sahase-the origin of all mental power;\nbalaya-the origin of bodily strength; maha-matsyaya-unto the\ngigantic fish incarnation; nama�-respectful obeisances; iti-thus.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0234": "Text 26]\n\nThe Residents of Jamhtidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n199\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, who is pure transcendence. He is the origin of all life,\nbodily strength, mental power and sensory ability. Known as Matsyavatiira, the gigantic fish incarnation, He appears first among all\nthe incarnations. Again I offer my obeisances unto Him.\nPURPORT\nSrila Jayadeva Gosvami sings:\npralayo payodhi-jale dhrtaviin asi vedarh\nvihita-vahitra-caritram akhedam\nkesava dhrta-mina-sarira jaya jagad-iSa hare\nSoon after the cosmic creation, the entire universe was inundated with\n\nwater. At that time Lord l(r�I).a (Kesava) incarnated as a gigantic fish to\n\nprotect\n\nthe\n\nVedas.\n\nTherefore\n\nManu\n\naddresses\n\nLord\n\nMatsya\n\nas\n\nmukhyatama, the first incarnation to appear. Fish are generally con­\n\nsidered a mixture of the modes of ignorance and passion, but we must\nunderstand that every incarnation of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is completely transcendental. There is never any deterioration\n\nof the Supreme Lord's original transcendental quality. Therefore the\nword sattviiya is used here, meaning pure goodness on the transcenden­\n\ntal platform. There are many incarnations of the Supreme Lord: Varaha\n\nmurti (the boar form), Kurma murti (the tortoise form), Hayagriva murti\n(the form of a horse) and so on. Yet we should never think any of Them\n\nmaterial. They are always situated on the platform of suddha-sattva,\npure transcendence.\nTEXT 26\n\n�i{ftfftRctiji\\fiqfij����\n\n�\n\n�=R���: I\n\n�� � � ����¥.11G;I(i'itt1 �(: f� 11��11\n\n", "SB5.2#p0235": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n200\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nantar bahiS cakhila-loka-palakair\n\nadma-rilpo vicarasy uru-svanab\n\nsa iSvaras tvam ya idam va.Se 'nayan\n\nnamna yatha darumayim narab striyam\n\nantab-within; bahib-without; ca-also; akhila-loka-palakaib-by\n\nthe leaders of the different planets, societies, kingdoms and so on;\nadma-rupab-not seen;\nsvanab-whose\n\nsounds\n\nvicarasi-You\n\nwander;\n\n(Vedic\n\nmantras);\n\nbrought;\n\nnamna-by\n\nuru-very\n\nsab-He;\n\ngreat;\n\niSvarab-the\n\nsupreme controller; tvam-You; yab-who; idam-this; va.Se-under\ncontrol;\n\nanayat-has\n\ndifferent\n\nnames\n\nlike\n\nbrahmar_w., k$atriya, vaiSya and sildra; yatha-exactly like; darumayim-made of wood; narab-a man; striyam-a doll.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Lord, just as a puppeteer controls his dancing dolls and\n\na husband controls his wife, Your Lordship controls all the living\n\nentities in the universe, such as the briihmlli,las, k�atriyas, vaisyas\nand siidras. Although You are in everyone's heart as the supreme\n\nwitness and commander and are outside everyone as well, the socalled leaders of societies, communities and countries cannot real­\n\nize You. Only those who hear the vibration of the Vedic mantras\ncan appreciate You.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is antarbahib, present within\n\nand without everything. One must overcome the delusion caused by the\nLord's external energy and realize His presence both externally and internally. In Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.8.19) SrimaU KunUdevi has ex­\n\nplained that K:r�J.la appears in this world nato natyadharo yatha,\n\"exactly like an actor dressed as a player.\" In Bhagavad-gita (18.61)\n\nK:r�J.la says, iSvarab sarva-bhutanam hrd-dese 'rjuna t�thati: \"The\n\nSupreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna.\" The Lord is\nsituated within everyone's heart, and outside as well. Within the heart\nHe is the Supersoul, the incarnation who acts as the adviser and witness.\n\nY et although God is residing within their hearts, foolish people say, \"I\ncannot see God. Please show Him to me.\"\n\n", "SB5.2#p0236": "Text 27) The Residents of Jamhudvipa Offer Prayers\n\n201\n\nEveryone is under the control of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nexactly like dancing dolls controlled by a puppeteer or a woman controlled by her husband. A woman is compared to a doll (darumayi)\n\nbecause she has no independence. She should always be controlled by a\nman. Still, due to false prestige, a class of women wants to remain independent. What to speak of women, all living entities are prakrti (female)\nand therefore dependent on the Supreme Lord, as Kr�I,Ia Himself explains in Bhagavad-gitti (apareyam itas tv anyarh prakrtirh viddhi me\nparam). The living entity is never independent. Under all circumstances,\nhe is dependent on the mercy of the Lord. The Lord creates the social\ndivisions of human society - brahmar:ws, k§atriyas, vai.Syas and sudrasand ordains that they follow rules and regulations suited to their particular position. In this way, all members of society remain always under the\nSupreme Lord's control. Still, some people foolishly deny the existence\nof God.\nSelf-realization means to understand one's subordinate position in\nrelation to the Lord. When one is thus enlightened, he surrenders to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and is liberated from the clutches of the\nmaterial energy. In other words, unless one surrenders to the lotus feet\nof the Lord, the material energy in its many varieties will continue to\ncontrol him. No one in the material world can deny that he is under control. The Supreme Lord, Narayai,Ia, who is beyond this material existence, controls everyone. The following Vedic mantra confirms this\npoint: eko ha vai naraya1J11 asit. Foolish persons think Narayai,Ia to be on\nthe platform of ordinary material existence. Because they do not realize\nthe natural constitutional position of the living entity, they concoct\nnames like daridra-naraya1J11, svami-naraya1J11 or mithya-naraya1J11.\nHowever, Narayai;�a is actually the supreme controller of everyone. This\nunderstanding is self-realization.\n\nTEXT 27\n� �qt�: f� +4«\\(�(1\n�l�atsftf�ri�:q I\n\nqt«\n\nif\n\n��:\n\nQ(lqq � �� � II �\\SII\n\n", "SB5.2#p0237": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n202\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nyam loka-palii� kila matsara-jvara\nhitva yatanto 'pi prthak sametya ca\npatum na sekur dvi-pada5 catU§-pada�\nsarisrpam sthii1Ju yad atra drsyate\nyam-whom (You); loka-pa1ii�-the great leaders of the universe,\nbeginning with Lord Brahma; kila-what to speak of others; matsarajvara�-who are suffering from the fever of envy; hitva-lea ving\naside;\n\nyatanta�-endeavoring;\n\napi-although;\n\nprthak-separately;\n\nsametya-combined; ca-also; patum-to protect; na-not; seku�able; dvi-pada�-two-legged; catu�-pada�-four-legged; sarisrpamreptiles;\n\nstha1Ju-not\n\nmoving;\n\nyat-whatever;\n\natra-within\n\nthis\n\nmaterial world; drsyate-is visible.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, from the great leaders of the universe, such as Lord\n\nBrahmii and other demigods, down to the political leaders of this\n\nworld, all are envious of Your authority. Without Your help,\n\nhowever, they could neither separately nor concertedly maintain\n\nthe innumerable living entities within the universe. You are ac­\n\ntually the only maintainer of all human beings, of animals like\n\ncows and asses, and of plants, reptiles, birds, mountains and\nwhatever else is visible within this material world.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is fashionable for materialistic persons to compete with the power of\nGod. When so-called scientists try to manufacture living entities in their\nlaboratories, their only purpose is to defy the talent and ability of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This is called illusion. It exists even in\nthe higher planetary systems, where great demigods like Lord Brahma,\nLord Siva and others reside. In this world everyone is puffed up with\nfalse prestige despite the failure of all his endeavors. When so-called\nphilanthropists, who supposedly want to help the poor, are approached\nby members of the .Krf?I.J.a consciousness movement, they say, \"You are\nsimply wasting your time, while I am feeding vast masses of starving\npeople.\" Unfortunately, their meager efforts, either singly or together,\ndo not solve anyone's problems.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0238": "Text 28) The Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n203\n\nSometimes so-called svamis are very eager to feed poor people, think­\n\ning them to be daridra-niiraya\"(Ul, the Lord's incarnations as beggars.\n\nThey prefer to serve the manufactured daridra-niiraya\"(Ul than the origi­\n\nnal, supreme Narayal).a. They say, \"Don't encourage service to Lord\nNarayal).a. It is better to serve the starving people of the world.\" Unfor­\n\ntunately such materialists, either singly or combined in the form of the\n\nUnited Nations, cannot fulfill their plans. The truth is that the many\nmillions of human beings, animals, birds and trees-indeed, all living\nentities-are maintained solely by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nEko bahuniim yo vidadhati kaman: one person, the Supreme Lord, is\n\nsupplying the necessities of life for all other living entities. To challenge\nthe authority of Narayal).a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the\n\nbusiness of asuras (demons). Y et sometimes suras, or devotees, are also\n\nbewildered by the illusory energy and falsely claim to be the maintainer\nof the entire universe. Such incidents are described in the Tenth Canto of\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, where Sukadeva Gosvami: tells how Lord Brahma\n\nand King lndra became puffed up and were eventually chastised by\nKr�f.la.\n\nTEXT 28\n� ,.ll\"(tialq ��re�\n��l'im'� filf� I\n� �)� �� �m\n\n� iji4l61lU14lUI� � ������\n\nbhavan yugantar\"(Ulva urmi-malini\n�o7Jim imam o§adhi-virudham nidhim\nmaya sahoru kramate 'ja ojasa\ntasmai jagat-pra\"(Ul-galJiitmane nama iti\nbhavan-Your Lordship; yuga-anta-ar\"(Ulve -in the water of devasta­\n\ntion at the end of the millennium; urmi-malini-possessing rows of big\n\nwaves; �o7Jim-the planet earth; imam-this; O§adhi-virudham-of all\nkinds of herbs and drugs; nidhim-the storehouse; maya-me; saha­\n\nwith; uru-great; kramate-You roamed; aja-0 unborn one; ojasa­\n\nwith speed; tasmai-unto Him; jagat-of the entire universe; pra\"(Ul­\n\nga\"(Ul-atmane-the ultimate source of life; namab,-my respectful obei­\n\nsances; iti-thus.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0239": "204\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 almighty Lord, at the end of the millennium this planet earth,\n\nwhich is the source of all kinds of herbs, drugs and trees, was in­\n\nundated by water and drowned beneath the devastating waves. At\n\nthat time, You protected me along with the earth and roamed the\nsea with great speed. 0 unborn one, You are the actual maintainer\n\nof the entire universal creation, and therefore You are the cause of\n\nall living entities. I offer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\n\nEnvious persons cannot appreciate how wonderfully the Lord creates,\nmaintains and annihilates the universe, but devotees of the Lord can understand this perfectly well. Devotees can see how the Lord is acting\nbehind the wonderful workings of the material nature. In Bhagavad-gita\n\n(9.10) the Lord says:\nmayadhyak$e7J.a prakrti/:l\nsilyate sa-caracaram\nhetuniinena kaunteya\njagad viparivartate\n\"This material nature is working under My direction, 0 son of Kunti,\nand it is producing all moving and unmoving beings. By its rule this\nmanifestation is created and annihilated again and again.\" All the wonderful transformations of nature are happening under the superintendence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Envious persons cannot\nsee this, but a devotee, even though very humble and even if uneducated, knows that behind all the activities of nature is the supreme hand\nof the Supreme Being.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n(l(oii�sfq i4tFITfiJI�('li{t � finit111l� 6RSf�6'4i\n-'\" �( ��q: flrtttUJtNqf'6�q�fij ii;;rl'ii'f :q�qfij\n������\n\n", "SB5.2#p0240": "Text 29]\n\nThe Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n205\n\nhirar:r-maye 'pi bhagaviin nivasati kurma-tanum bibhrar;ws tasya tat\npriyatamam tanum aryama saha var�a-pur�ai� pitr-gar:uidhipatir\nupadhiivati mantram imam canujapati.\nhirar:r-maye-in Hir.a l).maya-var�a; api-indeed; bhagavan-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; nivasati-resides; kurma-tanum-the\nbody of a tortoise; bibhnir:r-a�-manifesting; tasya-of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; tat-that; priya-tamam-dearmost; tanumbody; aryama-Aryama, the chief resident of Hiral).maya-var�a; sahawith; var$a-pur�ai�-the people of that tract of land; pitr-gar:r-aadhipati�-who is the chief of the pitas; upadhavati-worships in devotional service; mantram-hymn; imam-this; ca-also; anujapatichants.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami continued: In HiraJ.lmaya-var�a, the Supreme\n\nLord, Vi��u, lives in the form of a tortoise [kiirma-sarira]. This\n\nmost dear and beautiful form is always worshiped there in devo­\n\ntional service by Aryamii, the chief resident of Hira�maya-var�a,\n\nalong with the other inhabitants of that land. They chant the\n\nfollowing hymns.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word priyatama (dearmost) is very significant in this verse. Each\ndevotee regards a particular form of the Lord as most dear. Because of an\natheistic mentality, some people think that the tortoise, boar and fish incarnations of the Lord are not very beautiful. They do not know that any\nform of the Lord is always the fully opulent Personality of Godhead.\nSince one of His opulences is infinite beauty, all the Lord's incarnations\nare very beautiful and are appreciated as such by devotees. Nondevotees,\nhowever, think that Lord :Kr�l).a's incarnations are ordinary material\ncreatures, and therefore they distinguish between the beautiful and the\nnot beautiful. A certain form of the Lord is worshiped by a particular\ndevotee because he loves to see that form of the Lord. As stated in\nBrahma-samhita\n\n(5.33):\n\nadvaitam acyutam anadim ananta-rilpam\n\nadyam purar:r-a-pur�am nava-yauvanam ca. The very beautiful form of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0241": "206\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nthe Lord is always youthful. Sincere servants of a particular form of the\nLord always see that form as very beautiful, and thus they engage in constant devotional service to Him.\n\nTEXT 30\n\na'P;Nt� lltiql(l� ���qun����\"Rflf �\n�of � � � wt¥il5ii4!'-tl'fl� �� 11�011\nom namo bhagavate akupiiriiya sarva-sattva-guna-viSe�aT)iiyiinupala�ita-sthi.iniiya namo var§ma� namo bhumne namo namo\n'vasthi.iniiya namas te.\nom-0 my Lord; nama�-respectful obeisances; bhagavate-unto\nYou, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; akupiiriiya-in the form of a\ntortoise; sarva-sattva-gu�-viSe�aT)iiya-whose form consists of suddhasattva, transcendental goodness;\n\nanupala�ita-sthi.iniiya-unto You,\n\nwhose position is not discernible; nama�-my respectful obeisances;\nvar�ma�-unto You who, although the oldest, are unaffected by time;\nnama�-my respectful obeisances; bhumne-to the great one who can\ngo everywhere; nama� nama�-repeated obeisances; avasthi.iniiyathe shelter of everything; nama�-respectful obeisances; te-unto You.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You, who have\nassumed the form of a tortoise. You are the reservoir of all transcendental qualities, and being entirely untinged by matter, You\nare perfectly situated in pure goodness. You move here and there\nin the water, hut no one can discern Your position. Therefore I\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You. Because of Your transcendental position, You are not limited by past, present and\nfuture. You are present everywhere as the shelter of all things, and\ntherefore I offer my respectful obeisances unto You again and\nagain.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Brahma-sarhhitii it is said, goloka eva nivasaty akhiliitmabhuta�: the Lord always remains in Goloka, the topmost planet in the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0242": "Text 31]\n\nThe Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n207\n\nspiritual world. At the same time, He is all-pervading. This paradox is\nonly possible for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is full of all\nopulences. The Lord's all-pervasiveness is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(18.61) where l(r�Qa states, iSvara� sarva-bhiltiinii rh hrd-dese 'rjuna\nti$!hati: \"The Supreme Lord is seated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna.\"\nElsewhere in Bhagavad-gitii (15.15) the Lord says, sarvasya ciiham hrdi\nsannivi$!o matta� smrtir jfidnam apohanam ca: \"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness.\" Therefore, although the Lord is present everywhere, He cannot be\nseen with ordinary eyes. As Aryama says, the Lord is anupalak§ita­\n\nsthana: no one can locate Him. This is the greatness of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 31\n\nq_q�ijf'l�+n��'f(tij+P-1�\niJ�q�JtH1¥( I\n�if �qqfilqe•�-\n\n�\n\n;pf�S�q(ij�fqO( II� �II\n\nyad-rilpam etan nija-miiyayarpitam\nartha-svarilparh bahu-rilpa-rilpitam\nsankhya na yasyasty ayathopalambhaniit\ntasmai namas te 'vyapadesa-rilpir:re\nyat -of whom; rilpam - the form; etat - this; nija-miiyayii arp itam -manifested by Your personal potency; artha-svarilpam-this\nentire visible cosmic manifestation; bahu-rilpa-rilpitam - manifested in\nvarious forms; sankhya -the measurement; na-not; yasya-of which;\nasti-there is; ayathii-falsely; upalam bhaniit -from perceiving;\ntasmai-unto Him (the Supreme Lord); nama�-my respectful obeisances; te-unto You; avyapadesa-cannot be ascertained by mental\nspeculation; rilpi�e -whose real form.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, this visible cosmic manifestation is a demonstration of Your own creative energy. Since the countless varieties\n\n", "SB5.2#p0243": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n208\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nof forms within this cosmic manifestation are simply a display of\n\nYour external energy, this virata-rftpa [universal body] is not Your\n\nreal form. Except for a devotee in transcendental consciousness,\nno one can perceive Your actual form. Therefore I offer my\nrespectful obeisances unto You.\n\nPURPORT\nMaylivadi philosophers think the universal form of the Lord to be real\nand His personal form illusory. We can understand their mistake by a\nsimple example. A fire consists of three elements: heat and light, which\nare the energy of the fire, and the fire itself. Anyone can understand that\nthe original fire is the reality and that the heat and light are simply the\nfire's energy. Heat and light are the formless energies of fire, and in that\nsense they are unreal. Only the fire has form, and therefore it is the real\n\n(9.4), maya\ntatam idam sarvarh jagad avyakta-murtinii: \"By Me, in My un­\n\nform of the heat and light. As Kr�Qa states in Bhagavad-gitii\n\nmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded.\" Thus the impersonal\nconception of the Lord is like the expansion of heat and light from a fire.\nIn Bhagavad-gitii the Lord also says, mat-sthiini sarva-bhutiini na\nciiham te$V avasthita�: the entire material creation is resting on Kr�Qa's\nenergy, either material, spiritual or marginal, but because His form is\nabsent from the expansion of His energy, He is not personally present.\nThis inconceivable expansion of the Supreme Lord's energy is called\n\nacintya-sakti. Therefore no one can understand the real form of the Lord\nwithout becoming His devotee.\nTEXT 32\n\niiRI�\n\n��G>�+IO\\S�lfi:J{\n�� �'«{���I\ntit: tci f�: ���m!f6:��\n\n�·: ������\n\njariiyujam svedajam a�J4ajodbhidam\ncariicararh devar$i-pitr-bhutam aindriyam\ndyau� kham k$iti� saila-sarit-samudradvipa-graharlcyety abhidheya eka�\n\n", "SB5.2#p0244": "Text 32]\n\nThe Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n209\n\njarayu-jam-one born from a womb; sveda-jam-one born from\nperspiration; ar:tt;la-ja-one born from an egg; udbhidam-one born of\nthe earth; cara-acaram-the moving and the stationary; deva-the\ndemigods;\n\nr§i-the great sages;\n\npitr-the inhabitants of Pitrloka;\n\nbhutam-the material elements air, fire, water and earth; aindriyamall the senses; dyaub,-the higher planetary systems; kham-the sky;\nk§itib,-the earthly planets; saila-the hills and mountains; sarit-the\nrivers; samudra-the oceans; dvipa-the islands; graha-rk§a-the stars\nand planets; iti-thus; abhidheyab,-to be variously named; ekab,-one.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You manifest Your different energies in countless\nforms: as living entities born from wombs, from eggs and from\nperspiration; as plants and trees that grow out of the earth; as all\nliving entities, both moving and standing, including the demigods,\nthe learned sages and the pitas; as outer space, as the higher planetary system containing the heavenly planets, and as the planet\nearth with its hills, rivers, seas, oceans and islands. Indeed, all the\nstars and planets are simply manifestations of Your different\nenergies, but originally You are one without a second. Therefore\nthere is nothing beyond You. This entire cosmic manifestation is\ntherefore not false but is simply a temporary manifestation of\nYour inconceivable energy.\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse completely rejects the theory of brahma satyarit jagan\nmithya, which states that spirit, or Brahman, is real, whereas the\nmanifested material world, with its great variety of things, is false.\nNothing is false. One thing may be permanent and another temporary,\nbut both the permanent and the temporary are facts. For example, if\nsomeone becomes angry for a certain period, no one can say that his\nanger is false. It is simply temporary. Everything we experience in our\ndaily lives is of this same character; it is temporary but real.\nThe different kinds of living entities coming from various sources are\nvery clearly described in this verse. Some are born from a womb and\nsome (like certain insects) from human perspiration. Others hatch from\neggs, and still others sprout from the earth. A living entity takes birth\n\n", "SB5.2#p0245": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n210\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nunder different circumstances according to his past activities (karma).\nAlthough the body of the living entity is material, it is never false. No\none will accept the argument that since a person's material body is false,\nmurder has no repercussions. Our temporary bodies are given to us according to our karma, and we must remain in our given bodies to enjoy\nthe pains and pleasures of life. Our bodies cannot be called false; they\nare only temporary. In other words, the energy of the Supreme Lord is as\npermanent as the Lord Himself, although His energy is sometimes\nmanifest and sometimes not. As summarized in the Vedas, sarvarh khalv\n\nidarh brahma: \"Everything is Brahman.\"\nTEXT 33\n\n�4(��p.�q;uq�q•tffi �m�: ��q��4( ,\n��\n\n�\n\n�«nq�)�\n\n� W[q: ('(j(Qi1f.:t��'114 ��II��II\nyasminn asaitkhyeya-viSe�a-niimanlpiikrtau kavibhi/:1, kalpiteyam\nsaitkhya yaya tattva-drsapaniyate\ntasmai nama/:£ saitkhya-nidarsaniiy a te iti\nyasmin-in\nYou\n(the\nSupreme\nPersonality\nof\nGodhead);\nasaitkhyeya-innumerable; viSe�a particular; nama-names; nlpa-\n\nforms; akr tau-possessing bodily features; kavibhi/:1,-by great learned\npersons; ka lpita-imagined; iyam-this; saitkhya-number; yaya\n\n-\n\nby\n\nwhom; tattva-of the truth; d rsa-by knowledge; apaniyate-is extracted; tasmai-unto Him; nama/:1,-respectful obeisances; siiitkhya­\n\nnidarsaniiya-who is the revealer of this numerical knowledge; teunto You; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, Your name, form and bodily features are expanded\n\nin countless forms. No one can determine exactly how many forms\nexist, yet You Yourself, in Your incarnation as the learned scholar\n\nKapiladeva, have analyzed the cosmic manifestation as containing\n\n", "SB5.2#p0246": "Text 34]\n\nThe Residents of Jambiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n211\n\ntwenty-four elements. Therefore if one is interested in Sankhya\nphilosophy, by which one can enumerate the different truths, he\nmust hear it from You. Unfortunately, nondevotees simply count\nthe different elements and remain ignorant of Your actual form. I\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\nPhilosophers and scientists have been trying to study the entire cosmic\nsituation and have been theorizing and calculating in different ways for\nmillions and millions of years. However, the speculative research work\nof a so-called scientist or philosopher is always interrupted when he dies,\nand the laws of nature go on without regard for his work.\nFor billions of years changes take place in the material creation, until\nat last the whole universe is dissolved and remains in an unmanifested\nstate. Constant change and destruction (bhutva bhutva praliyate) is perpetually going on in nature, yet the material scientists want to study\nnatural laws without knowing the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\nis the background of nature. As K.r��a states in Bhagavad-gita (9.10):\n\nmayadhyak§er:ta prakrti/:1,\nsilyate sa-caracaram\nhetuniinena kaunteya\njagad viparivartate\n\"This material nature is working under My direction, 0 son of Kuntl,\nand it is producing all moving and unmoving beings. By its rule this\nmanifestation is created and annihilated again and again.\"\nNow the material creation is manifest, eventually it will be annihilated\nand remain for many millions of years in a dormant state, and finally it\nwill again be created. This is the law of nature.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n� � �1 � ��: '§��� 30� (f « �\n� �: � �����;itqmm��'R'41a'ff\"'t<:'ii'4�Rt II �\\l II\n\n", "SB5.2#p0247": "212\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nuttare$u ca kurU$u blwgavan yajiia-pu.rU$a/:£ krta-varaha-rilpa aste\ntam tu devi hai$a bhu/:1, saha kurubhir askhalita-bhakti-yogenopadhavati\nimam ca paramiim upani$adam avartayati.\nuttare$u-on the northern side; ca-also; kurU$u-in the tract of land\nknown as Kuru; blwgavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nyajiia-purU$a/:£-who accepts all results of sacrifices;\n\nkrta-varaha­\n\nrilpa/:1,-having accepted the form of a boar; aste-exists eternally;\ntam-Him; tu-certainly; devi-the goddess; ha-certainly; e$ii-this;\nbhil/:1,-planet earth; saha-along with; kurubhi/:1,-the inhabitants of\nthe land known as Kuru;\n\naskhalita-unfailing;\n\nbhakti-yogena-by\n\ndevotional service; upadhavati-worship; imam-this; ca-also;\n\nparamiim upani$adam-the supremt: Upani$ad (the process by which\none can approach the Lord); avartayati-chants again and again for the\npurpose of practice.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: Dear King, the Supreme Lord in His\n\nboar incarnation, who accepts all sacrificial offerings, lives in the\n\nnorthern part of Jamhiidvipa. There, in the tract of land known as\nUttarakuru-var�a, mother earth and all the other inhabitants wor­\n\nship Him with unfailing devotional service by repeatedly chanting\nthe following Upani�ad mantra.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n3P ;p:fl �effl ���Wit ��� \"����UEP-Jtfllf '{�l�11ll\nW{ij: d�llf f;r� ������II\nom nama blwgavate mantra-tattva-lirigaya yajiia-kratave mahadhvaravayavaya maha-purU$iiya nama/:£ karma-suklaya tri-yugaya\nnamas te.\n\nom-0 Lord; nama/:1,-respectful obeisances; bhagavate-unto the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; mantra-tattva-lirigaya-who is understood in truth by different mantras; yajiia-in the form of animal\n\n", "SB5.2#p0248": "Text 35]\nsacrifices;\nsacrifices;\n\nThe Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\nkratave-and\n\nanimal\n\navayavaya-whose\n\nsacrifice;\n\nlimbs\n\nand\n\n213\n\nmaha-dhvara -great\nparts; maha­\n\nbodily\n\npur�aya-unto the Supreme Person; nama �-respectful obeisances;\n\nkarma-sukltiya-who purifies the fruitive activities of the living en­\n\ntities; tri- yugaya-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is\nfull with six opulences and who appears in three yugas (remaining con­\n\ncealed in the fourth yuga); nama �-my respectful obeisances; te-unto\nYou.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, we offer our respectful obeisances unto You as the\ngigantic person. Simply by chanting mantras, we shall be able to\nunderstand You fully. You are yajiia [sacrifice], and You are the\nkratu (ritual]. Therefore all the ritualistic ceremonies of sacrifice\nare part of Your transcendental body, and You are the only enjoyer\nof all sacrifices. Your form is composed of transcendental goodness. You are known as tri-yuga because in Kali-yuga You appeared\nas a concealed incarnation and because You always fully possess the\nthree pairs of opulences.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the incarnation for this age of Kali, as\n\nconfirmed in many places throughout the Purar:ws, the Mahiibhiirata,\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam and the Upan�ads. The summary of His appearance is given in Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 6.99) as follows:\n\nkali-yuge liltivatara na kare bhagavan\nataeva 'tri-yuga' kari' kahi tara nama\nIn this age of Kali, the Supreme Personality of Godhead ( Bhagavan ) does\n\nnot appear as a liltivatara, an incarnation to display pastimes. Therefore\n\nHe is known as tri-yuga. Unlike other incarnations, Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu appears in this age of Kali as a devotee of the Lord.\nTherefore He is called a concealed incarnation (channavatara).\n\n", "SB5.2#p0249": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n214\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 36\n\n� �\n\n�ffi fffi�\n�T� 1:111�C:�H( I\n\n��\nqm;:a qm qWRf( f�\n�i f�4q �f�'f� 11��11\nyasya svaruparh kava_yo vipa.Scito\ngu�Je$U darU$V iva jata-vedasam\nmithnanti mathnii manasii didrk$avo\ngul)ham kriyarthair nama iritatmane\nyasya -whose;\n\nsva-rupam-form;\n\nkavaya&-the greatly learned\n\nsages; vipa.Scita& -expert in ascertaining the Absolute Truth; gu�Je$Uin the material manifestation, consisting of the three modes of nature;\nda�u-in wood; iva-like; jata-manifested; vedasam-fi.re; mithnanti-stir; mathnii-with a piece of wood used for producing fire;\nmanasa-by the mind; didrk$ava&-who are inquisitive; gal)hamhidden;\n\nkriya-arthai&-by\n\nfruitive\n\nactivities\n\nand\n\ntheir\n\nresults;\n\nnama&-respectful obeisances; irita-iitmane-unto the Lord, who is\nmanifested.\nTRANSLATION\nBy manipulating a fire-generating stick, great saints and sages\n\ncan bring forth the fire lying dormant within wood. In the same\n\nway, 0 Lord, those expert in understanding the Absolute Truth\n\ntry to see You in everything-even in their own bodies. Y et you\n\nremain concealed. You are not to be understood by indirect processes involving mental or physical activities. Because You are self­\n\nmanifested, only when You see that a person is wholeheartedly\n\nengaged in searching for You do You reveal Yourself. Therefore I\n\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word kriyarthai& means \"by performing ritualistic ceremonies to\nsatisfy the demigods.\" The word vipa.Scita& is explained in the Taittiriya\n\n", "SB5.2#p0250": "Text 37] The Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n215\n\nUpani§ad as follows: satyam jfiiinam anantam brahma. yo veda nihitam\nguhiiyam parame vyoman. so 'snute sarvan kaman saha brahmaTJii\nvipa§citeti. As Kr�Q.a states in Bhagavad-gita (7.19), bahunam janmanam ante jfiiinavan mam prapadyate: \"After many births and\ndeaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders unto Me.\" When one\nunderstands that the Lord is situated in everyone's heart and actually\nsees the Lord present everywhere, he has perfect knowledge. The word\n\njata-veda/:t means \"fire which is produced by rubbing wood.\" In Vedic\ntimes, learned sages could bring forth fire from wood. ]ata-veda/:t also\n\nindicates the fire in the stomach, which digests everything we eat and\n\nwhich produces an appetite. The word gul},ha is explained in the\nSvetasvatara Upani§ad. Eko deva/:t sarva-bhute�u gill},ha/:t: The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is understood by chanting the Vedic mantras.\nSarva-vyapi sarva-bhutantar-atma: He is all-pervading, and He is\nwithin the heart of living entities. Karmadhya/cya/:t sarvabhutadhivasa/:t: He witnesses all activities of the living entity. Salcyi ceta\nkevalo nirgur:z,a.§ ca: The Supreme Lord is the witness as well as the living\nforce, yet He is transcendental to all material qualities.\n\nTEXT 37\n\nMFst\\4t�� fll�!iN�{!R���\n3r��fW(ffl��l{mr��� �\n\ni{'{: 11��11\n\ndravya-kriya-hetv-a yanesa-kartrbhir\nmaya-gur:wir vastu-nirilcyitatmane\nanvilcyayailgatiSayatma-buddhibhir\nnirasta-mayakrtaye namo nama/:£\ndravya -by the objects of sense enjoyment; kriya -the activities of\nthe senses;\n\nhetu-the predominating deities of sensory activities;\n\nayana-the body; iSa-the predominating time; kartrbhi/:t-by false\negotism; maya-gur:wi/:t-by the modes of material nature; vastu-as a\nfact; niri lcyita-being observed; atmane-unto the Supreme Soul;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0251": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n216\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nanvi\"k$aya-by careful consideration; ariga-by the limbs of yogic practice; atiSaya-atma-buddhibhi�-by those whose intelligence has become\nfixed; nirasta-completely freed from; maya-the illusory energy;\n\na krtaye-whose form; nama�-al1 respectful obeisances; nama�respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nThe objects of material enjoyment [sound, form, taste, touch\n\nand smell], the activities of the senses, the controllers of sensory\nactivities (the demigods], the body, eternal time and egotism are all\n\ncreations of Your material energy. Those whose intelligence has\nbecome fixed by perfect execution of mystic yoga can see that all\n\nthese elements result from the actions of Your external energy.\n\nThey can also see Your transcendental form as Supersoul in the\nbackground of everything. Therefore I repeatedly offer my\n\nrespectful obeisances unto You.\n\nPURPORT\nThe objects of material enjoyment, the sensory activities, attachment\nto sensual pleasure, the body, false egotism and so on are produced by\nthe Lord's external energy, maya. The background of all these activities\nis the living being, and the director of the living beings is the Supersoul.\nThe living being is not the all in all. He is directed by the Supersoul. In\n\nBhagavad-gi\"ta (15.15) l(r�Qa confirms this:\nsarvasya caham hrdi sanniv�to\nmatta� smrtir jnanarn apohanam ca\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance,\nknowledge and forgetfulness.\" The living entity depends on the Supersoul for directions. A person advanced in spiritual knowledge, or a person expert in the practice of mystic yoga (yama, niyama, asana and so\non) can understand transcendence either as Paramatma or as the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The Supreme Lord is the original cause\nof all natural events. Therefore He is described as sarva-karar:w­\n\nkarar:wm, the cause of all causes. Behind everything visible to our\n\n", "SB5.2#p0252": "Text 38] The Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n217\n\nmaterial eyes is some cause, and one who can see the original cause of all\ncauses, Lord K:r�Qa, can actually see. K:r�Q.a, the sac-cid-ananda-vigraha,\nis the background of everything, as He Himself confirms in Bhagavad­\n\ngita (9.10):\nmayadhya/cyer:ta prakrti/:t\nsilyate sa-caracaram\nhetunanena kaunteya\njagad viparivartate\n\"This material nature is working under My direction, 0 son of Kunti,\nand it is producing all moving and unmoving beings. By its rule this\nmanifestation is created and annihilated again and again.\"\n\nTEXT 38\n�\nfq'Qfttqftij�+ft ;;i\n��ij �f���:\ni{ll(l � � �t::T�\nmoult �� !JOI��� ������\nkaroti viSva-sthiti-sarhyamodayarh\nyasyepsitarh nepsitam i/cyitur gur:tai/:t\nmaya yathayo bhramate tad-asrayarh\ngravr:w namas te gur:ta-karma-sa/cyir:te\nkaroti-performing; viSva-of the universe; sthiti-the maintenance;\narhyama-winding up;\nudayam-creation ;\nyasya-of whom;\nipsitam-desired; na -not;\nipsitam-desire d ; i/cyitu/:t-of the one\nglancing over; gur:tai/:t-with the modes of material nature; maya-the\nmaterial energy; yatha as much as; aya/:t-iron ; bhramate-moves;\ntat tiSrayam-placed near that; gravr:ta/:t-a magnetic stone; nama/:tmy respectful obeisances; te-unto You; gur:ta-karma-sa/cyi r:te-the wit­\n\ns\n\n-\n\n-\n\nness of the actions and reactions of material nature.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0253": "218\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, You do not desire the creation, maintenance or an­\n\nnihilation of this material world, hut You perform these activities\n\nfor the conditioned souls by Your creative energy. Exactly as a\n\npiece of iron moves under the influence of a lodestone, inert mat­\n\nter moves when You glance over the total material energy.\nPURPORT\n\nSometimes the question arises why the Supreme Lord has created this\nmaterial world, which is so full of suffering for the living entities entrapped in it. The answer given herein is that the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead does not wish to create this material world just to inflict suffering on the living entities. The Supreme Lord creates this world only\nbecause the conditioned souls want to enjoy it.\nThe workings of ·nature are not going on automatically. It is only\nbecause the Lord glances over the material energy that it acts in wonderful ways, just as a lodestone causes a piece of iron to move here and\nthere. Because materialistic scientists and so-called Sankhya philosophers\ndo not believe in God, they think that material nature is working without\nBut that is not the fact. In Caitanya-caritamrta\n(Adi 6.18-19) the creation of the material world is explained as follows:\n\nsupervision.\n\nyadyapi siinkhya mane 'pradhiina'-kiira7Ja\njruja ha-ite kabhu nahe jagat-srjana\nnija-sr�ti-sakti prabhu saficiire pradhiine\niSvarera saktye tabe haye ta' nirmiirJe\n\"Atheistic Sankhya philosophers think that the total material energy\ncauses the cosmic manifestation, but they are wrong. Dead matter has no\nmoving power, and therefore it cannot act independently. The Lord infuses the material ingredients with His own creative potency. Then, by\nthe power of the Lord, matter moves and interacts.\" Sea waves are\nmoved by the air, the air is created from ether, the ether is produced by\nthe agitation of the three modes of material nature, and the three modes\nof material nature interact due to the Supreme Lord's glance over the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0254": "Text 39]\n\nThe Residents of Jamhiidvipa Offer Prayers\n\n219\n\ntotal material energy. Therefore the background of all natural occurrences is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as confirmed in\n\nBlwgavad-gua (11Ulyadhya�e7Jn prakrti� suyate sa-caracaram). This is\nalso further explained in Caitanya-caritamrta (.Adi 5.59-61):\njagat-kararJn nahe prakrti jw},a-rllpa\nsakti saficariya tare kr$1Jn kare krpa\nkr$TJ1l-saktye prakrti haya gaurJn karaTJil\nagni-saktye lauha yaiche karaye jararJn\nataeva kr$TJ1l mula-jagat-kararJn\nprakrti-karaT}ll yaiche aja-gala-stana\n\"Because prakrti [material nature] is dull and inert, it cannot actually be\nthe cause of the material world. Lord \"£<r�l)a shows His mercy by infusing\nHis energy into the dull, inert material nature. Thus prakrti, by the\nenergy of Lord K:r�1.1a, becomes the secondary cause, just as iron becomes\nred-hot by the energy of fire. Therefore Lord K:r�l)a is the original cause\nof the cosmic manifestation. Prakrti is like the nipples on the neck of a\ngoat, for they cannot give any milk.\" Thus it is a great mistake on the\npart of the material scientists and philosophers to think that matter\nmoves independently.\n\nTEXT 39\n��\n\n�� m�ui �\n\ntit m � ���:,\nR(•ll1�w- :\nt�IQ��\n\niti����: SJURilm � fer�filfflll ��II\n\npramathya daityarh prativararJnrh mrdhe\nyo mtirh rasaya jagad-adi-sukara�\nkrtvagra-darh$!re niragad udanvata�\nkric}ann ivebha� praT}lltiismi tam vibhum iti\n\n", "SB5.2#p0255": "220\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 18\n\npramathya-after killing; daityam-the demon;\n\nprativara7Jam­\n\nmost formidable opponent; mrdhe-in the fight; ya�-He who; nu'im­\n\nme (the earth); rasaya�-fal1en to the bottom of the universe; jagat-in\n\nthis material world; adi-sukara�-the original form of a boar; krtoo­\n\nkeeping it; agra-daT'h§!re-on the end of the tusk; niragat-came out of\nthe water; udanvata�-from the Garbhodaka Ocean; krf<[an-playing;\n\niva-like; ibha�-elephant; pra7Jata a.� mi-1 bow down; tam-to Him;\n\nvibhum-the Supreme Lord; iti-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, as the original boar within this universe, You fought\n\nand killed the great demon Hiral)yak�a. Then You lifted me (the\n\nearth] from the Garbhodaka Ocean on the end of Your tusk, ex­\n\nactly as a sporting elephant plucks a lotus flower from the water. I\nbow down before You.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Eighteenth\nChapter of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled, \"The Prayers Offered to the\nLord by the Residents of ]ambudvipa. \"\n\n", "SB5.2#p0256": "CHAPTER NINETEEN\n\nA Description of the Island of Jamhiidvipa\nThis chapter describes the glories of Bharata-var�a, and it also describes\nhow Lord Ramacandra is being worshiped in the tract of land known as\nKimpuru�a-var�a. The inhabitants of Kimpuru�a-var�a are fortunate\nbecause they worship Lord Ramacandra with His faithful servant Hanuman. Lord Ramacandra exemplifies an incarnation of Godhead who descends\n\nfor\n\nthe\n\nmission\n\nof\n\nparitral}iiya\n\nsiidhuniirh\n\nvinasaya\n\nca\n\nd�krtam-protecting the devotees and destroying the miscreants. Lord\nRamacandra exhibits the actual purpose of an incarnation of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and the devotees take the opportunity\nto offer loving transcendental service to Him. One should surrender fully\nto the Lord, forgetting one's so-called material happiness, opulence and\neducation, which are not at all useful for pleasing the Lord. The Lord is\npleased only by the process of surrender unto Him.\nWhen Devar�i Narada descended to instruct Sarval)i Manu, he described the opulence of Bharata-var�a, India. Sarval)i Manu and the inhabitants of Bharata-var�a engage in devotional service to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who is the origin of creation, maintenance and\nannihilation and who is always worshiped by self-realized souls. In the\nplanet known as Bharata-var�a there are many rivers and mountains, as\nthere are in other tracts of land, yet Bharata-var�a has special significance because in this tract of land there exists the Vedic principle of var­\n\nr:uJ.Srama-dharma, which divides society into four var� and four\niiSramas. Furthermore, Narada Muni's opinion is that even if there is\nsome temporary disturbance in the execution of the varT}iiSrama-dharma\nprinciples, they can be revived at any moment. The effect of adhering to\nthe institution of var�rama is gradual elevation to the spiritual platform and liberation from material bondage. By following the principles\nof varr:uJ.Srama-dharma, one gets the opportunity to associate with devotees. Such association gradually awakens one's dormant propensity to\nserve the Supreme Personality of Godhead and frees one from all the\nbasic principles of sinful life. One then gets the opportunity to offer\nunalloyed devotional service to the Supreme Lord, Vasudeva. Because of\n\n221\n\n", "SB5.2#p0257": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n222\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nthis opportunity, the inhabitants of Bharata-varf?a are praised even in the\n\nheavenly planets.\n\nEven in the topmost planet of this universe,\n\nBrahmaloka, the position of Bharata-varf?a is discussed with great relish.\n\nAll the conditioned living entities are evolving within the universe in\n\ndifferent planets and different species of life. Thus one may be elevated\n\nto Brahmaloka, but then one must again descend to earth, as confirmed\n\nin Snmad\n\nBhagavad-gitii (iibrahma-bhuvaniil lokii� punar iivartino\n\n'rjuna).lf those who live in Bharata-varf?a rigidly follow the principles of\nvan:z,iiSrama-dharma and develop their dormant K:rf?Q.a consciousness,\n\nthey need not return to this material world after death. Any place where\n\none cannot hear about the Supreme Personality of Godhead from realized\nsouls, even if it be Brahmaloka, is not very congenial to the living entity.\n\nIf one who has taken birth in the land of Bharata-varf?a as a human being\n\ndoes not take advantage of the opportunity for spiritual elevation, his\nposition is certainly the most miserable. In the land known as Bharata­\n\nvarf?a, even if one is a sarva-kiima-bhakta, a devotee seeking the fulfill­\n\nment of some material desire, he is freed from all material desires by his\n\nassociation with devotees, and ultimately he becomes a pure devotee and\n\nreturns home, back to Godhead, without difficulty.\n\nAt the end of this chapter, Sri Sukadeva Gosvami describes to\n\nMaharaja Pari:kr?it the eight sub-islands within the island of Jambudvipa.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��<fiil<IR\n\nf��if �jtj ll'No:(t'il��; ��'iUIISNi dhnf+mlf Ulf �«f'wt�'1tN(ij: q(+i+U•Iffi ��+11� �� ��qd·�(ij�� II� II\nsri-suka uviica\nkimpurU$e var$e bhagavantam adi-purU$arh lak$ma1}iigrajam\nsrtiibhinimam riimam tac-carar:w.-sannikar$iibhirata� paramabhiigavato hanumiin saha kimpurU$air avirata-bhaktir upiiste.\nsri-suka� uviica-Sri: Sukadeva Gosvami continued to speak; kimpurU$e var$e-the tract of land known as Kimpuruf?a; bhagavantam-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0258": "Text2]\n\nThe Island of Jamhiidvipa\n\n223\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; adi-purU§am-the original cause\nof all causes; la�mar:m-agra-jam-the elder brother of Lak�?mai_J.a; sitaabhiramam-who is very pleasing to mother Sitii, or who is the husband\nof Si:tii d evi;\n\nnimam-Lord Ramacandra;\n\ntat-carar,ta-sannikar$a­\n\nabhirata�-one always engaged in service at the lotus feet of Lord\nRamacandra;\n\nparama-bhagavata�-the great devotee celebrated\n\nthroughout the universe; hanunuin-His Grace Hanumanji; sahawith; kimpurU§ai�-the inhabitants of the tract of land known as Kimpuru�?a; avirata-conti n uous; bhakti�-who possesses devotional service; upaste-worships.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Sukadeva Gosviimi said: My dear King, in Kimpuru!;'a-var!?a\n\nthe great devotee Hanumiin is always engaged with the inhabitants\n\nof that land in devotional service to Lord Ramacandra, the elder\nbrother of Lak!;>mai,la and dear husband of Sitadevi.\nTEXT2\n\n��(*\\ht+tl.,.;\n�Uqflloftfu � � rntffir II � II\n\n311�i!to).,.\n\n�\n\nar$#$er,tena saha gandharvair anugiyamanam para ma-kalyar,tim\nbhartr-bhagavat-katham samupa.Sp:wti svayam cedam gayati.\ncir$!i-$er,tena-Arl?til?el).a,\n\nthe chief personality of Kimpuru�?a-var�?a;\n\nsah a - wi t h ; ga n d h a r v a ift-by a c o m p a n y of G a n d h a r v a s ;\nanugiyamanam-being chanted; parama-ka lyar,tim-most auspicious;\n\nbhartr-bhagavat-katham-the glories of his master, who is also the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; samu pa.Srr,tati-he hears with great at­\n\ntention; svayam ca\n\n-\n\nand personally; idam-this; gayati-chants\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nof\n\nA host of Gandharvas is always engaged in chanting the glories\nLord\n\nauspicious.\n\nRamacandra.\n\nHanumiinji\n\nThat\n\nand\n\nchanting\n\nAr!?ti!?ei;la,\n\nis\n\nthe\n\nalways\nchief\n\nextremely\n\nperson\n\nin\n\n", "SB5.2#p0259": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n224\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nKimpuru�a-var�a, constantly hear those glories with complete\n\nattention. Hanuman chants the following mantras.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the PuriiTJOS there are two different opmwns concerning Lord\n\nRamacandra. In the Laghu-bhiigavatamrta (5.34-36) this is confirmed in\n\nthe description of the incarnation of Manu.\n\nviisudeviidi-rupiiru'im\navatiiriib prakirtitiib\nvi$1)-u-dharmottare riimalak§ma�yiib kramiidami\npiidme tu riimo bhagaviin\nniiriiya� itirita�t\nse�a.S cakrarh ca sankhaS ca\nkramiit syur lak§maruidayab\nmadhya-desa-sthitiiyodhyiipure 'sya vasatib smrtii\nmahii-vaikuJ:t!haloke ca\nriighavedrasya kirtitii\nThe\n\nVi$1)-u-dharmottara describes that Lord Ramacandra and His\n\nbrothers-Lalq;maQa,\n\nBharata and Satrughna-are incarnations of\n\nVasudeva, Sailkarf?aQa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha respectively. The\n\nPadma Purii�, however, says that Lord Hamacandra is an incarnation of\nNarayai_la and that the other three brothers are incarnations of Sef?a,\nCakra and Sankha. Therefore Srila Baladeva Vidyabhuf?al).a has con­\n\ncluded, tad idarh kalpa-bhedenaiva sambhiivyam. In other words, these\n\nopinions are not contradictory. In some millenniums Lord Ramacandra\nand His brothers appear as incarnations of Vasudeva, Sankarf?ai_la, Pra­\n\ndyumna and Aniruddha, and in other millenniums They appear as incar­\n\nnations of Narayai_la, Sef?a, Cakra and Sankha. The residence of Lord\n\nRamacandra on this planet is Ayodhya. Ayodhya City is still existing in\n\nthe district of Hyderabad, which is situated on the northern side of Uttara Pradesh.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0260": "Text3)\n\nThe Island of Jarnhiidvipa\n\n225\n\nTEXT3\n\n3:P ;11ft\n\n�ij\n\n���\n\naw:r��i1�E4dlt ;rq\nrn��dlt+i9t ����It �: �qT�€fWU1ilf if.U ��� +i�T�Fr �miltF-r if+i � II � II\n�\n\norh namo bhagavate uttama.Slokaya nama arya-lalcya�-sila-vrataya\nnama upa§ilcyitatmana upasita-lokaya nama& sadhu-vada-nika$wwya\nnamo brahmar:tya-devaya maha-purU§aya maha-n'ijaya nama iti.\nom-0 my Lord; nama&-my respectful obeisances; bhagavateunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; uttama-slokaya-who is always worshiped with selected verses; nama&-my respectful obeisances;\narya-lalcya�-sila-vrataya-who possesses all the good qualities of advanced personalities; nama&-my respectful obeisances; upa§ilcyita-atmane-unto You whose senses are under control; upasita-lokaya-who\nis always remembered and worshiped by all the different classes of living\nentities; nama&-my respectful obeisances; sadhu-vada-nika$a1Jliyato the Lord, who is like a stone for examining all the good qualities of a\nsadhu; nama&-my respectful obeisances; brahmar:tya-devaya-who is\nworshiped by the most qualified brahmaTJaS; maha-pur U§dya-unto the\nSupreme Lord, who is worshiped by the PurU§a-sukta because of being\nthe cause of this material creation; maha-rajaya-unto the supreme\nking, or the king of all kings; nama&-my respectful obeisances; itithus.\nTRANSLATION\nLet me please Your Lordship by chanting the bija-mantra\nmhkiira. I wish to offer my respectful obeisances unto the Personality of Godhead, who is the best among the most highly elevated personalities. Your Lordship is the reservoir of all the good\nqualities of Aryans, people who are advanced. Your character and\n\nbehavior are always consistent, and You always control Your senses\nand mind. Acting just like an ordinary human being, You exhibit\nexemplary character to teach others how to behave. There is a\ntouchstone that can be used to examine the quality of gold, but\nYou are like a touchstone that can verify all good qualities. You are\n\n", "SB5.2#p0261": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n226\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nworshiped by hrahmaJ.las who are the foremost of all devotees.\n\nYou, the Supreme Person, are the King of kings, and therefore I\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nTEXT4\n\nyat tad viSuddhiinubhava-rniitram ekam\nsva-tejasii dhvasta-gur:w-vyavastham\npratyak pra.Siintarh sudhiyopalambhanam\nhy aniima-ruparh niraharh prapadye\nyat-which; tat-to that supreme truth; viSuddha-transcendentally\npure,\n\nwithout\n\ncontamination by material\n\nnature;\n\nanubhava-ex­\n\nperience; rniitram-that sac-cid-iinanda transcendental body; ekamthe one;\n\nsva-tejasii-by His own spiritual potency; dhvasta-van­\n\nquished; gur:w vyavastham-the influence of the modes of material\n-\n\nnature; pratyak-transcendental, not to be seen with material eyes; prasiintam-undisturbed by material agitation; sudhiyii-by Kr�l).a consciousness, or purified consciousness, uncontaminated by material\ndesires, fruitive activities and speculative philosophy; upalambhanamwho can be achieved; hi-indeed; anii ma-rupam-without a material\nname and form; niraham-without a material ego; prapadye-let me\noffer my respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, whose pure form [sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha] is uncon­\n\ntaminated by the modes of material nature, can he perceived by\n\npure consciousness. In the Vedanta He is described as being one\n\nwithout a second. Because of His spiritual potency, He is un­\n\ntouched by the contamination of material nature, and because He\nis not subjected to material vision, He is known as transcendental.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0262": "Text 4]\n\nThe Island of Jamhiidvipa\n\n227\n\nHe has no material activities, nor has He a material form or name.\nOnly in pure consciousness, Kr�I;la consciousness, can one perceive the transcendental form of the Lord. Let us be firmly fixed at\nthe lotus feet of Lord Riimacandra, and let us offer our respectful\nobeisances unto those transcendental lotus feet.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, l(r�Q.a, appears in various expansions, as stated in the Brahma-samhitii (5.39):\n\nriimiidi-murti$u kalii-niyamena ti$than\nniiniivatiiram akarod bhuvane$U kintu\nkr$r:u:t/:t svayarh samabhavat parama/:t pumiin yo\ngovindam iidi-purU$arh tam aham bhajami\n\"I worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda, who is always\n\nsituated in various incarnations such as Rama, N�simha and many subincarnations as well, but who is the original Personality of Godhead known\nas K��Q.a and who incarnates personally also.\" Kr�Q.a, who is vi$7J-u-tattva,\nhas expanded Himself in many Vi�Q.U forms, of which Lord Ramacandra\nis one. We know that the vi$�J-u-tattva is carried by the transcendental\nbird Garu�a and is equipped with different types of weapons in four\nhands. Therefore we may doubt whether Lord Ramacandra could be in\nthe same category, since He was carried by Hanuman, not by Garu�a,\nand had neither four hands nor the sankha, cakra, gada and padma.\nConsequently this verse clarifies that Ramacandra is as good as Kr�Q.a\n\n(riimiidi-murti$u kala). Although l(r�Q.a is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Ramacandra is not different from Him. Ramacandra\nis unaffected by the modes of material nature, and therefore He is pra­\n\nsiinta, never disturbed by those modes.\nUnless one is saturated with love for the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, one cannot appreciate the transcendental value of Lord Ramacandra; one cannot see Him with material eyes. Because demons like\nRavaQ.a have no spiritual vision, they consider Lord Ramacandra an ordinary �atriya king. Raval).a therefore attempted to kidnap Lord Ramacandra's eternal consort, Sitadevl. Actually, however, Raval).a could not\ncarry off Sitadevl in her original form. As soon as she was touched by\n\n", "SB5.2#p0263": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n228\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nRavaQ.a's hands, she gave him a material form, but she maintained her\noriginal form beyond his vision. Therefore in this verse the words pra­\n\ntyak prC!Siintam indicate that Lord Ramacandra and His potency, the goddess Si:ta, keep themselves aloof from the influence of the material\nenergy.\nIn the Upan�ads it is said: yam eva�a vr�ute tena labhya/:1,. The\nSupreme Lord, Paramatma, the Personality of Godhead, can be seen or\nperceived only by persons who are saturated with devotional service. As\n\nstated in the Brahma-samhitii (5.38):\n\npremiinjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nsanta/:1, sadaiva hrdaye$u vilokayanti\nyam syiimasundaram acintya-gu�-svanlparh\ngovindam adi-purU$arh tam aham bhajami\n\"I worship the primeval Lord, Govinda, who is always seen by the devotee whose eyes are anointed with the pulp of love. He is seen in His eter­\n\nnal form of S yamasundara, situated within the heart of the devotee.\"\n\nSimilarly, in the Chandogya Upan�ad it is stated, etas tisro devatii\n\nanena jivena. In this verse of the Chiindogya Upan�ad the word anena\nis used to distinguish\n\nthe iitmii and Paramatma as two separate iden­\n\ntities. The words tisro devatii indicate that the body of the living entity is\nmade of three material elements-fire, earth and water. Although the\nParamatma enters the heart of the jivatmii, who is influenced and designated by a material body, the Paramatma has nothing to do with the\n\njiviitmii 's body. Because the Paramatma has no material connections, He\nis described here as aniima-ruparh niraham. The Paramatma has no\nmaterial identity, whereas the Jiviitmii does. The jiviitmii may introduce\nhimself as an Indian, American, German and so on, but the Paramatma\nhas no such material designations, and therefore He has no material\nname. The jiviitmii is different from his name, but the Paramatma is not;\nHis name and He Himself are one and the same. This is the meaning of\n\nniraham, which means \"without material designations.\" This word cannot possibly be twisted to mean that the Paramatma has no aharikiira, no\n\"1-ness\" or identity. He has His transcendental identity as the Supreme.\nThis is the explanation given by Srila ]iva Gosvami. According to another\ninterpretation, given by Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura,\n\nniraham\n\n", "SB5.2#p0264": "Text\n\n5]\n\nThe Island of Jamhiidvipa\n\n229\n\nmeans nirniScayena aham. Niraham does not mean that the Supreme\nLord has no identity. Rather, the stress given by the word aham proves\nstrongly that He does have His personal identity because nir not only\nmeans \"negative\" but also means \"strong ascertainment.\"\nTEXTS\n\n��itr�n�f�\n�\n�m- ;{ W-f� fqir: ,\n�s����:��:\n�:fRfliiaTI;J Ol{ijwn;fi� II \"\\ II\nmartyiivatiiras tv iha martya-sik§ar:wm\nrak§o-vadhiiyaiva na kevalam vibho/:t\nkuto 'nyathii syiid ramata/:t sva iitmana/:t\nsita-krtani vyasaniiniSvarasya\nmartya-as a human being; avatiira}:t-whose incarnation; tuhowever; iha-in the material world; martya-sik§ar:wm-for teaching\nall the living entities, especially human beings; rak§a}:t-vadhiiya-to kill\nthe demon Ravai).a; eva-certainly; na-not; kevalam -only; vibho}:tof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kuta/:t-from where; anyathiiotherwise; syat-there would be; ramata}:t-of one enjoying; sve-in\nHimself; iitmana/:t-the spiritual identity of the universe; sita-of the\nwife of Lord Ramacandra; krtani-appearing due to the separation;\n\nvyasaniini-all the miseries; iSvarasya-of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nTRANSLATION\nIt was ordained that Riivm:ta, chief of the Riik�asas, could not be\nkilled by anyone but a man, and for this reason Lord Riimacandra,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, appeared in the form of a\nhuman being. Lord Riimacandra's mission, however, was not only\n\nto kill Riivm:ta but also to teach mortal beings that material happi­\n\nness centered around sex life or centered around one's wife is the\ncause of many miseries. He is the self-sufficient Supreme Per­\n\nsonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nand\n\nnothing\n\nis\n\nlamentable\n\nfor\n\nHim.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0265": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n230\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nTherefore why else could He be subjected to tribulations by the\nkidnapping of mother Sita?\nPURPORT\nWhen the Lord appears in this universe in the form of a human being,\n\nHe has two purposes, as stated in Bhagavad-gitd (4.9) -paritrarz,aya\nsadhuniirh viniisaya ca d�krtam: to destroy the demons and protect the\ndevotees. To protect the devotees, the Lord not only satisfies them by His\n\npersonal presence but also teaches them so that they will not fall down\nfrom devotional service. By His personal example, Lord Ramacandra\n\ntaught the devotees that it is better not to enter married life, �hich is\ncertainly followed by many tribulations. As confirmed in Snmad­\n\nBhiigavatam (7.9.45):\nyan maithunadi-grhamedhi-sukham hi tuccharh\nkalJl)uyanena karayor iva du/:tkha-du/:tkham\ntrpyanti neha krparz,a bahu-du/:tkha-bhaja/:t\nkalJl)utivan manasijarh v4aheta-dhira/:t\nKrpaTJllS, those who are not advanced in spiritual knowledge and who are\ntherefore just the opposite of brahma1J(lS, generally take to family life,\n\nwhich is a concession for sex. Thus they enjoy sex again and again,\n\nalthough that sex is followed by many tribulations. This is a warning to\ndevotees. To teach this lesson to devotees and to human society in\ngeneral, Lord Sri Ramacandra, although the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead Himself, underwent a series of tribulations because He accepted\n\na wife, mother Sita. Lord Ramacandra underwent these austerities, of\n\ncourse, only to instruct us; actually He never has any reason to lament\n\nfor anything.\n\nAnother aspect of the Lord's instructions is that one who accepts a wife\n\nmust be a faithful husband and give her full protection. Human society is\n\ndivided into two classes of men-those who strictly follow the religious\n\nprinciples and those who are devotees. By His personal example, Lord\nRamacandra wanted to instruct both of them how to fully adopt the dis­\n\ncipline of the religious system and how to be a beloved and dutiful hus­\n\nband. Otherwise He had no reason to undergo apparent tribulations. One\n\nwho strictly follows religious principles must not neglect to provide all\n\n", "SB5.2#p0266": "Text6]\n\nThe Island of Jambudvipa\n\n231\n\nfacilities for the complete protection of his wife. There may be some\n\nsuffering because of this, but one must nevertheless endure it. That is\n\nthe duty of a faithful husband. By His personal example, Lord Rama­\n\ncandra demonstrated this duty. Lord Ramacandra could have produced\n\nhundreds and thousands of Sitas from His pleasure energy, but just to\n\nshow the duty of a faithful husband, He not only rescued Sita from the\nhands of Ravai).a but also killed Ravai).a and all the members of his\nfamily.\n\nAnother aspect of the teachings of Lord Ramacandra is that although\n\nLord Vi�I).u, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and His devotees may\n\napparently suffer from material tribulations, they have nothing to do\n\nwith such tribulations. They are\n\nmukta-purU$as, liberated persons,\n\nunder all circumstances. It is therefore said in the Caitanya-bhiigavata:\n\nyata dekha va�rw-vera vyavahara dul)kha\nniScaya janiha taha paramananda-sukha\nA Vai�I).ava is always firmly situated in transcendental bliss because of\n\nengagement in devotional service. Although he may appear to suffer\n\nmaterial pains, his position is called transcendental bliss in separation\n\n( viraha). The emotions a lover and beloved feel when separated from\n\none another are actually very blissful, although apparently painful.\n\nTherefore the separation of Lord Ramacandra from Sitadevi, as well as\n\nthe consequent tribulation they suffered, is but another display of tran­\n\nscendental bliss. That is the opinion of Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti\nThakura.\n\nTEXT6\n�\n\n.\n\nWI q « 3TR�S��ar ij�:\n\n�r�qt �{(ql'f_ �•w: ,\nWI\n\n�\n\neti�����<:t\nWI ��+toT :qyfq- mt��fu II � II\n\nna vai sa iitmatmavatiim suhrttamal;\nsaktas tri-lokyam bhagaviin viisudeval;\nna stri-krtam kaSmalam a.Snuvita\nna lak$marw-m ciipi vihatum arhati\n\n", "SB5.2#p0267": "232\n\nS ri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nna-not; vai-indeed; sa(t-He; atrna-the Supreme Soul; atmavatam-of the self-realized souls;\nta(t-attached;\n\ntri-loky am-to\n\nsuh rt-ta ma(t-the best friend; sak­\n\nanything\n\nwithin\n\nthe\n\nthree\n\nworlds;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vasudeva(t-the allpervading Lord; na-not; stn-k rtam-obtained because of His wife;\nkaSmalam-sufferings of separation; a.Snuvita-would obtain; na-not;\nla�ma�m-His younger brother Lak�ma1,1a; ca-also; api-certainly;\nvihatum-to give up; arhati-be able.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince Lord Sri Riimacandra is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Vasudeva, He is not attached to anything in this material\nworld. He is the most beloved Supersoul of all self-realized souls,\nand He is their very intimate friend. He is full of all opulences.\nTherefore He could not possibly have suffered because of separation from His wife, nor could He have given up His wife and\nLak!?mlll,la, His younger brother. To give up either would have\nbeen absolutely impossible.\nPURPORT\nIn defining the Supreme Personality of Godhead, we say that He is full\nin all six opulences-wealth, fame, strength, influence, beauty and\nrenunciation. He is called renounced because He is not attached to anything in this material world; He is speeifically attached to the spiritual\nworld and the living entities there. The affairs of the material world take\nplace under the superintendence of Durgadevi\n\n(smi-sthiti-pralayasiidhana-saktir ekal chayeva yasya bhuvanani bibharti durga) . Every­\n\nthing is going on under the strict rules and regulations of the material\nenergy, represented by Durga.\n\nTherefore the Lord is completely\n\ndetached and need not give attention to the material world. Sltadevi\nbelongs to the spiritual world. Similarly, Lord Lak�ma1,1a, Ramacandra's\nyounger brother, is a manifestation of Sailkar�ai,la, and Lord Ramacandra\nHimself is Vasudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nSince the Lord is always spiritually qualified, He is attached to servants who always render transcendental loving service unto Him. He is\nattached to the truth in life, not to brahminical qualities. Indeed, He is\nnever attached to any material qualities. Although He is the Supersoul of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0268": "Text7\n\n]\n\nThe Island of Jamhudvipa\n\n233\n\nall living entities, He is specifically manifest to those who are self­\n\nrealized, and He is especially dear to the hearts of His transcendental\ndevotees. Because Lord Ramacandra descended to teach human society\n\nhow dutiful a king should be, He apparently gave up the company of\n\nmother Sitii and Lak�?mal)a. Factually, however, He could not have given\nthem up. One should therefore learn about the activities of Lord Rama­\n\ncandra from a self-realized soul. Then one can understand the transcendental activities of the Lord.\n\nTEXT7\n\nWI � ;@ � WI �lfti\nWI�WI���:I\n....\n�('\n��Rft ;ft �..,�� � if� �+fUfliJ�U II \\9 II\nna janma nilnam mahato na saubhagam\nna van na buddhir nakrtis to$a-hetu/:t\ntair yad visman api no vanaukasa5\ncakiira sakhye bata lak$mar:Uigraja/:t\nna-not; janma-birth in a very polished, aristocratic family;\n\nnilnam-indeed; mahata/:t-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nna-nor; saubhagam-great fortune; na-nor; viik-an elegant man­\n\nner of speaking; na-nor; buddhi/:t-sharpness of intelligence; na­\n\nnot; akrti/:t-features of the body; to$a-hetu/:t-the cause of pleasure to\nthe Lord; tai/:t-by all those above-mentioned qualities; yat-because;\nvisman-rejected; api-aJthough; na/:t-us; vana-okasa/:t-the inhabi­\n\ntants of the forest; cakiira-accepted; sakhye-in friendship; bata­\n\nalas; lak$a1J-ll-agra-ja/:t-Lord Sri Ramacandra, the elder brother of\nLak�?mal)a.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne cannot establish a friendship with the Supreme Lord Ramacandra on the basis of material qualities such as one's birth in an\naristocratic family, one's personal beauty, one's eloquence, one's\nsharp intelligence or one's superior race or nation. None of these\n\n", "SB5.2#p0269": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n234\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nqualifications is actually a prerequisite for friendship with Lord\nSri Ramacandra. Otherwise how is it possible that although we un­\n\ncivilized inhabitants of the forest have not taken noble births,\n\nalthough we have no physical beauty and although we cannot\nspeak like gentlemen, Lord Ramacandra has nevertheless accepted\n\nus as friends?\n\nPURPORT\nIn a prayer to K:r�J;Ia expressing her feelings, Srimatl Kunt!devi called\nHim\n\nakincana-gocara. The prefix a means \"not,\" and kincana\n\n\"something of this material world.\" One may be very proud of his\nprestigious position, material wealth, beauty, education and so on, but\nalthough these are certainly good qualifications in material dealings, they\nare not necessary for achieving friendship with the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. One who possesses all these material qualities is expected to\nbecome a devotee, and when he actually does, the qualities are properly\nutilized. Those who are puffed up by a high birth, wealth, education and\npersonal beauty (janmaiSvarya-sruta-sri) unfortunately do not care for\ndeveloping K:r�J;Ia consciousness, nor does the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead care about all these material qualifications. The Supreme Lord\n\nis achieved by devotion ( bhaktya miim abhijanati). One's devotion and\n\nsincere desire to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead are the only\nqualifications. Rupa Gosvami has also said that the price for achieving\nGod's favor is simply one's sincere eagerness to have it (laulyam ekam\n\nmillyam). In the Caitanya-bhiigavata it is said:\nkholiivecii sevakera dekha bhiigya-simii\nbrahmii siva kiiule yiira dekhiya mahimii\ndhane jane piir:u,litye kr�r:w nahi piii\nkevala bhaktira va5a caitanya-gosani\n\"Behold the great fortune of the devotee Kholaveca. Lord Brahma and\nSiva shed tears upon seeing his greatness. One cannot attain Lord K:r�J;Ia\nby any amount of wealth, followers, or learning. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu is controlled only by pure devotion.\" Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu had a very sincere devotee whose name was Kholaveca\n\n", "SB5.2#p0270": "The Island of Jambudvipa\n\nText 8]\n\n235\n\nSridhara and whose only business was to sell pots made of the skin of\nbanana trees. Whatever income he had, he used fifty percent for the wor­\n\nship of mother Ganges, and with the other fifty percent he provided for\n\nhis necessities. On the whole, he was so very poor that he lived in a cot­\n\ntage that had a broken roof with many holes in it. He could not afford\nbrass utensils, and therefore he drank water from an iron pot. Neverthe­\n\nless, he was a great devotee of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He is a\n\ntypical example of how a poor man with no material possessions can\nbecome a most exalted devotee of the Lord. The conclusion is that one\n\ncannot attain shelter at the lotus feet of Lord l(r�I).a or Sri Caitanya\n\nGosani through material opulence; that shelter is attainable only by pure\n\ndevotional service.\n\nanyabhi/i4ita-sun yam\njfiiina-karmiidy-anavrtam\niinukulyena kmuinusilanarh bhaktir uttama\n\"One should render transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord\nl(r�I).a favorably and without desire for material profit or gain through\n\nfruitive activities or philosophical speculation. That is called pure devo­\n\ntional service.\"\n\nTEXTS\n\n�s� ertttN enwm �:\n�� �: �i(l�� I\n\n• uil �:illi'Rf m\n� '3*1(1;c;ctt�Cfite�lfW:a:i!4fltftr II � II\nsuro 'suro vapy atha vanaro nara/:t\n\nsarvatmana ya /:t sukrtajftam uttamam\n\nbhajeta ramarh manujakrtirh harirh\nya uttaran anayat kosalan divam iti\nsura/:t-demigod;\n\nasura/:t-demon;\n\nva api -or;\n\natha-therefore;\n\nva-or; anara/:t-other than a human being (bird, beast, animal and so\n\non); nara/:t-a human being; sarva-dtmand-wholeheartedly; ya/:t-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0271": "236\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nwho; su-krtajiiam-easily made grateful; uttamam-most highly elevated; bhajeta-should worship; ramam-Lord Ramacandra; manujaakrtim-appearing as a human being; harim-the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; ya!l-who; uttaran-of northern India; anayat-brought\nback; kosalan-the inhabitants of Kosala-desa, Ayodhya; divam-to the\nspiritual world, Vaiku1,1tha; iti-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, whether one is a demigod or a demon, a man or a\n\ncreature other than man, such as a beast or bird, everyone should\nworship Lord Riimacandra, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nwho appears on this earth just like a human being. There is no\nneed of great austerities or penances to worship the Lord, for He\n\naccepts even a small service offered by His devotee. Thus He is\n\nsatisfied, and as soon as He is satisfied, the devotee is successful.\n\nIndeed, Lord Sri Riimacandra brought all the devotees of Ayodhyii\nback home, back to Godhead [Vaiku:t;ttha].\nPURPORT\nLord S ri Ramacandra is so kind and merciful to His devotees that He is\nvery easily satisfied by a little service rendered by anyone, human or not.\nThis is the special advantage of worshiping Lord Ramacandra, and there\nis the same advantage in worshiping Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nLord l<r�?Qa and Lord Ramacandra, in the manner of k§atriyas, sometimes showed Their mercy by killing asuras, but Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu awarded love of God without difficulty even to the asuras.\nAll the incarnations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead-but\nespecially Lord Ramacandra, Lord Kr�t�a and, later, Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu-delivered many of the living entities present before\n\nThem, indeed almost all of them. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is therefore\nrepresented in the six-armed form of $U(i-bhuja-milrti, which is a combination of Lord Ramacandra, Lord Kr�1,1a and Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. The best purpose of human life can be fulfilled by\nworshiping the $a(i-bhuja-murti, the form of the Lord with six armstwo arms of Ramacandra, two arms of l<ri?Qa and two arms of S ri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0272": "Text9 ]\n\nThe Island of Jambudvipa\nTEXT9\n\n�sfq qtf �·'it(Wfl(l401i(� 3114iiN19kfgqf4l<f ���r;rm­\n\n�'t$lm���q�Wfi{���,qt�q<flif��� ij.US04'ffi'Tfl�mr\n11�11\nbhiirate 'pi var$e bhagavan nara-niiraya1Jiikhya akalpantam upacitadharma-jiiana-vairagyaiSvaryopa.Samoparamatmopalambhanam\nanugrahayatmavatam anukampaya tapo 'vyakta-gatiS carati.\nBharata;\n\nbharate-in\n\napi\n\n-\n\nalso;\n\nvar$e-the\n\nb hagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\ntract\n\nof\n\nland;\n\nnara-naraya�­\n\nakhya�-known as Nara-Narayal).a; a-kalpa-antam-up to the end of\nthe\n\nmillennium;\n\nknowledge;\n\nupacita\n\n-\n\nincreasing;\n\nvairagya-renunciation\n\nor\n\ndharma-religion;\nnonattachment;\n\njnana­\n\naiSvarya­\n\nmystic opulences; up a.Sama-control of the senses; uparama-freedom\nfrom false ego; atma-upalambhanam-self-realization; anugrahiiyato show favor; atma-vatam-unto persons interested in self-realization;\n\nanukampaya-by causeless mercy; tapa� -austerities; avyakta-gati�whose glories are inconceivable; carati-executes.\nTRANSLATION\n\n[Sukadeva Gosvann continued: ] The glories of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead are inconceivable. He has appeared in the\nform of Nara-Niirayru;ta in the land of Bhiirata-var�a, at the place\nknown as Badarikasrama, to favor His devotees by teaching them\nreligion, knowledge, renunciation, spiritual power, sense control\nand freedom from false ego. He is advanced in the opulence of\nspiritual assets, and He engages in executing austerity until the\nend of this millennium. This is the process of self-realization.\nPURPORT\nPeople\n\nin\n\nIndia\n\nmay\n\nvisit\n\nthe\n\ntemple\n\nof\n\nNara-NarayaQ.a\n\nat\n\nBadarikasrama just to learn how the Supreme Personality of Godhead in\nHis incarnation as Nara-Narayal).a engages in austerities to teach the people of the world how to achieve self-realization. It is impossible to realize\n\n", "SB5.2#p0273": "238\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\noneself simply by absorbing oneself in speculation and material ac­\n\ntivities. One must be very serious about self-realization and the practice\n\nof austerity. Unfortunately, the people of this age of Kali do not even\n\nknow the meaning of austerity. Under these circumstances, the Lord has\n\nappeared as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to bestow upon the fallen souls the\n\neasiest method of self-realization, technically called ceto-darpar:w-mar­\n\njanam, cleansing of the dirt from the eore of one's heart. This method is\n\nextremely simple. Anyone can chant the glorious kpjr:w-sarikirtana­\n\nHare l(r�Qa, Hare l(r�Qa, K:r�Qa Kr�t:ta, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare\n\nRama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. In this age there are different forms of\n\nso-called advanced scientific knowledge, such as anthropology, Marxism,\n\nFreudianism, nationalism and industrialism, but if we work very hard\nunder their guidance instead of adopting the process practiced by Nara­\n\nNaraya:Q.a, we shall waste our valuable human form of life. Thus we shall\ncertainly be cheated and misled.\n\nTEXT 10\n\nCf1Jti�cffl1�mmnr: srmf�tt�sft�qf\nai\\.o�P•ilfn�t ¥1fl�t::���qq-oi;:i\nm=tOf�tA:�fi'WJI: ����iNada �� �fflll�oll\ntam bhagavan narado van,Ui.Sramavatibhir bharatibhi& prajabhir\nbhagavat-proktabhyam sarikhya-yogabhyam bhagavadanubhavopavan:tanam stivan:ter upadek$yamar:w& parama-bhaktibhavenopasarati idam cabhig�ti.\n\ntam-Him (Nara-Naraya:Q.a); bhagavan-the most powerful saintly\n\nperson; narada&-the great sage Narada; varr:w-asrama-vatibhi&-by\nfollowers of the institution of the four varr:ws and four asramas;\nbharatibhi&-of the land known as Bharata-var�a (India); prajabhi&­\n\nwho are the inhabitants; bhagavat-proktabhyam-which was stated by\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sarikhya-by the sarikhya-yoga\nsystem (the analytical study of material conditions); yogabhyam-by\n\npractice of the yoga system; bhagavat-anubhava-upavan:tanam-which\n\ndescribes the process of God realization; savar�e&-unto Savart:ti Manu;\nupadek$yarnar:w&-instructing;\n\nparama-bhakti-bhavena-in\n\ngreatly\n\n", "SB5.2#p0274": "Text 10]\n\nThe Island of Jamhiidvipa\n\n239\n\necstatic loving service to the Lord; upasarati-serves the Lord; idamthis; ca-and; abhig�ti-chants.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn his own book, known as Narada Paiicaratra, Bhagavan Narada\nhas very vividly described how to work to achieve the ultimate goal\nof life-devotion-through knowledge and through execution of\nthe mystic yoga system. He has also described the glories of the\nLord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The great sage Narada\ninstructed the tenets of this transcendental literature to Savar1,1i\nManu in order to teach those inhabitants of Bharata-var�a who\nstrictly follow the principles of var1,1asrama-dharma how to achieve\nthe devotional service of the Lord. Thus Narada Muni, along with\nthe other inhabitants of Bharata-var�a, always engages in the service of Nara-Naray8I,J.a, and he chants as follows.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has clearly declared:\nbharata-bhilmite haila manll§ya-janma yara\njanma sarthaka kari' kara para-upakara\n\nThe real success or fulfillment of the mission of human life can be\nachieved in India, Bharata-var�a, because in Bharata-var�a the purpose\nof life and the method for achieving success are evident. People should\n\ntake advantage of the opportunity afforded by Bharata-var�a, and this is\nespecially so for those who are following the principles of van:uisramadhanna. If we do not take to the principles of varr:uisrama-dhanna by\n\naccepting the four social orders (brahmar.za, �atriya, vaiSya and sildra)\n\nand the four orders of spiritual life (brahmacari, grhastha, vanaprastha\nand sannyasa), there can be no question of success in life. Unfor­\n\ntunately, because of the influence of Kali-yuga, everything is now being\nlost. The inhabitants of Bharata-var�a are gradually becoming degraded\n\nmlecchas and yavanas. How then will they teach others? Therefore, this\n\n���a consciousness movement has been started not only for the inhabi­\n\ntants of Bharata-var�a but for all the people of the world, as announced\n\nby Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. There is still time, and if the inhabitants of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0275": "240\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. I9\n\nBharata-varl?a take this movement of l<.rl?I).a consciousness seriously, the\nentire world will be saved from gliding down to a hellish condition. The\nl<.rl?I).a consciousness movement follows the process of pancaratrika-vidhi\nand that of bhiigavata-vidhi simultaneously, so that people can take advantage of the movement and make their lives successful.\nTEXT II\n\n3P ;rm lllFJij ��Rwit\"�m·n� �sf?fi��\n�� �(14'1Uiftt �q�rnqg�� 3l\"RliRTIHf�q-� ���\n;pJ �f(f II � � II\nom namo bhagavate upa§ama-siliiyoparatiiniitmyaya namo 'kincanavittiiya !\"$i-r$abhaya nara-niiriiya�JA1,ya paramahamsa-parama-gurave\niitmiiriimiidhipataye namo nama iti.\nom-0 Supreme Lord; nama!t-my respectful obeisances; bhaga­\n\nvate-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; upa§a ma-siliiya -who\nhas mastered the senses; uparata - aniitmyaya -having no attachment\nfor this material world; nama�-my respectful obeisances; akiiicanavittaya-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the only asset\n\nof persons who have no material possessions; !\"$i-r$abhiiya-the most exalted of saintly p e rsons;\n\nn\n\nara - n araya �uiy a -Na ra -Narayal).a;\n\nparamaharhsa-parama-gurave-the most exalted spiritual master of all\nparamaharhsas, liberated persons; atmiirama-adhipataye-the best of\n\nself-realized persons; nama?t nama!t-my respectful obeisances again\nand again; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto Nara-Nariiy�a, the.\nbest of all saintly persons, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nHe is the most self-controlled and self-realized, He is free from\nfalse prestige, and He is the asset of persons who have no material\npossessions. He is the spiritual master of all paramaharilsas, who\nare the most exalted human beings, and He is the master of the\nself-realized. Let me offer my repeated obeisances at His lotus feet.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0276": "Text 12]\n\nThe Island of Jamhudvipa\n\n241\n\nTEXT 12\n\nrntrRI ��tfi�� �� trT ;r if��\n\n�tffl �ij)sfq ��: 1\n�� � g�ft�\n�a ;rl{)se'ffi�N'ffifl� 11 � �11\n;r\n\ngayati cedam\nkartiisya sargad�u yo na badhyate\nna hanyate deha-gato 'pi daihikai�\ndra§!ur na drg yasya gur:w-ir vidii$yate\ntasmai namo 'sakta-vivikta-sa/cyiTJ£\ngayati-he sings; ca-and; idam-this; karta-the executor; asyao£ this cosmic manifestation; sarga-ad�u-of the creation, maintenance\nand destruction; ya�-one who; na badhyate-is not attached as the\ncreator, master or proprietor; na-not; ha nyate-is victimized; dehagata� api-although appearing as a human being; daihikai�-by bodily\ntribulations such as hunger, thirst and fatigue; dra§!U�-of Him who is\nthe seer of everything; na-not; drk-the power of vision; yasya-of\nwhom;\n\ngur:w-i�-by the material qualities;\n\nvidii$yate-is polluted;\n\ntasmai-unto Him; nama�-my respectful obeisances; asakta-unto\nthe Supreme Person, who is unattached; vivikta-without affection; sak$iTJ£-the witness of everything.\nTRANSLATION\nNarada, the most powerful saintly sage, also worships NaraNarayai,Ia by chanting the following mantra: The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the master of the creation, maintenance and\nannihilation of this visible cosmic manifestation, yet He is completely free from false prestige. Although to the foolish He appears to have accepted a material body like us, He is unaffected by\nbodily tribulations like hunger, thirst and fatigue. Although He is\nthe witness who sees everything, His senses are unpolluted by the\nobjects He sees. Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto that\n\n", "SB5.2#p0277": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n242\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nunattached, pure witness of the world, the Supreme Soul, the Personality of Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Ktt?f.la, is described as sac-cidananda-vigraha, the body of eternity, transcendental bliss and full\nknowledge. Now in this verse He is more fully described. Ktt?f.la is the\ncreator of the entire cosmic manifestation, yet He is unattached to it. If\nwe were to construct a very tall skyscraper, we would be very attached to\nit, but .l<rt?f.la is so renounced that although He has created everything,\nHe is not attached to anything (na badhyate). Furthermore, although\nKtt?f.la has His transcendental form, sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, He is not\ndisturbed by the bodily necessities of life, which are called daihika; for\nexample, He is never hungry, thirsty or fatigued (na hanyate deha-gato\n\n'pi daihikaib,}. Then again, since everything is Ktt?f.la's property, He sees\neverything and is present everywhere, but because His body is transcendental, He is above vision, the objects of vision and the process of vision.\nWhen we see someone beautiful, we are attracted. The sight of a\nbeautiful woman immediately attracts a man, and the sight of a man\nnaturally attracts a woman. Ktt?f.la, however, is transcendental to all these\nfaults. Although He is the seer of everything, He is not affiicted with\nfaulty vision (na drg yasya guJ:ULir vidi4yate). Therefore, although He is\nthe witness and seer, He is aloof from all affection for the activities He\nsees. He is always unattached and separate; He is only a witness.\nTEXT 13\n\n� ft �it� mtt��ut\nf��tt¥if �� �� I\n\n����P-1 �a)�\nl{�\n\n�(f)f���: 11��11\n\nidam hi yogesvara yoga-naipuJ:ULm\nhirar:tyagarbho bhagavan jagada yat\nyad anta-kiile tvayi nirgur:te mana\nbhaktya dadhitojjhita-dU$kalevara/:t\n\n", "SB5.2#p0278": "The Island of Jamhiidvipa\n\nText 13)\n\n243\n\nidam-this; hi-certainly; yoga-i.Svara-0 my Lord, master of all\n\nmystic power; yoga-naipu�m-the expert process of executing yogic\nprinciples;\n\nhira7J,ya-garbhab-Lord\n\nBrahma;\n\nbhagavan-the\n\nmost\n\npowerful; jagada-spoke; yat-which; yat-which; anta-kiile-at the\n\ntime of death; tvayi-in You; nirgu7J,e-the transcendence; manab-the\nmind; bhaktya-with a devotional attitude; dadh'ita-one should place;\n\nU]jhita-dU$kalevarab-having given up his identification with the\n\nmaterial body.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, master of all mystic yoga, this is the explanation of\n\nthe yogic process spoken of by Lord Brahma [Hirru:tyagarbha),\nwho is self-realized. At the time of death, all yogis give up the\nmaterial body with full detachment simply by placing their minds\nat Your lotus feet. That is the perfection of yoga.\nPURPORT\nSrila Madhvacarya says:\n\nyasya samyag bhagavati\n\njiiiinarh bhaktis tathaiva ca\n\nniScintas tasya mok§ab syat\nsarva-papa-krto 'pi tu\n\"For one who very seriously practices devotional service during his\n\nlifetime in order to understand the constitutional position of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, liberation from this material world is guaran­\n\nteed, even if he has previously been addicted to sinful habits.\" This is\nalso confirmed in Bhagavad-gua:\n\napi cet suduracaro\nbhajate mam ananya bhak\nsadhur eva sa mantavyab\nsamyag vyavasito hi sab\n\"Even if one commits the most abominable actions, if he is engaged in\n\ndevotional service he is to be considered saintly because he is properly\n\n", "SB5.2#p0279": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n244\nsituated.\" (Bg.\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\n9.30) The only purpose of life is to be fully absorbed in\n\nthoughts of Kr!?J.la and His form, pastimes, activities and qualities. If one\nis able to think of Kr!?J.la in this way, twenty-four hours a day, he is\nalready liberated (svanlpe�J-CL vyavasthitib-}. Whereas materialists are absorbed in material thoughts and activities, devotees, on the contrary, are\nalways absorbed in thoughts of Kr!?J.la and Kr!?J.la's activities. Therefore\nthey are already on the platform of liberation. One has to think of Kr!?J.la\nwith full absorption at the time of death. Then he will certainly return\nhome, back to Godhead, without a doubt.\nTEXT 14\n\n�lftlt��q�:\n�! ��� � f:q�� I\nqij fell[.{ ��Hl�\n���:�� � � II�«JII\nyathaihikiimlp)mika-kama-lampa!a�\nsute$U diire$U dhane$U cintayan\nsanketa vidviin kukalevaratyayiid\nyas tasya yatna� srama eva kevalam\nyatlui-as; aihika-in the present life; amU$mika-in the expected\nfuture life; kama-lampata�-a person who is very attached to lusty\ndesires\n\nfor\n\nbodily\n\nenjoyment;\n\nsule $u-children;\n\ndiire$u-wife;\n\ndhane$U-Wealth; cintayan-thinking about; sanketa-is afraid; vidviin-a person advanced in spiritual knowledge; ku-kalevara-of this\nbody, which is full of stool and urine; atyayat-because of loss; ya�anyone; tasya-his; yatna�-endeavors: srama�-a waste of time and\nenergy; eva-certainly; kevalam-only\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaterialists are generally very attached to their present bodily\n\ncomforts and to the bodily comforts they expect in the future.\n\nTherefore they are always absorbed in thoughts of their wives,\n\nchildren and wealth and are afraid of giving up their bodies, which\n\n", "SB5.2#p0280": "Text 15)\n\nThe Island of Jamhiidvipa\n\n245\n\nare full of stool and urine. If a person engaged in Kr�J.la consciousness, however, is also afraid of giving u p his body, what is the use\n\nof his having labored to study the siistras? It was simply a waste of\n\ntime.\n\nPURPORT\nAt the time of death a materialist thinks of his wife and children. He is\n\nabsorbed in thinking of how they will live and who will take care of them\n\nafter he leaves. Consequently he is never prepared to give up his body;\n\nrather, he wants to continue to live in his body to serve his society,\n\nfamily, friends and so on. Therefore by practicing the mystic yoga\nsystem one must become detached from bodily relationships. If despite\npracticing bhakti-yoga and studying all the Vedic literature, one is afraid\n\nof giving up his bad body, which is the cause of all his suffering, what is\n\nthe use of his attempts to advance in spiritual life? The secret of success\n\nin practicing yoga is to become free from bodily attachments. Srila\n\nNarottama dasa Thakura says, deha-smrti niihi yara, sarilsiira-bandhana\n\nkiihiin tara: one whose practice has freed him from the anxieties of\n\nbodily needs is no longer in conditional life. Such a person is freed from\n\nconditional bondage. A person in ��!).a consciousness must fully dis­\n\ncharge his devotional duties without material attachment. Then his\n\nliberation is guaranteed.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n� i��q�f\n���:n� �m��\nfu-�t'{ �;{� � �fiW\nfel� �if �Pt ;:r: �'lfij II �'-\\II\n�:\n\nsnft\n\ntan na/:t prabho tvam kukalevariirpitiim\ntvan-miiyayaham-mamatiim adho�aja\nbhindyama yeniiSu vayaril sudurbhidiim\nvidhehi yogaril tvayi na/:t svabhiivam iti\ntat-therefore; na/:t-our; prabho-0 my Lord; tvam- You; ku­\n\nkalevara-arpitiim -invested in this bad body full of stool and urine;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0281": "[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n246\n\ntvat-mayaya-by Your illusory energy; aham-mamatam-the conception of \"I and my\"; adhok§aja-0 Transcendence; bhindyama-may\ngive\n\nup;\n\nyena-by\n\nwhich;\n\nasu-very\n\nsoon;\n\nvayam-we;\n\nsudurbhidiim-which is very difficult to give up; vidhehi-please give;\nyogam-the mystic process; tvayi-un to You; natt-our; svabhavamwhich is symptomized by a steady mind; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, 0 Lord, 0 Transcendence, kindly help us by giving\n\nus the power to execute bhakti-yoga so that we can control our\n\nrestless minds and fix them upon You. We are all infected by Your\nillusory energy; therefore we are very attached to the body, which\nis full of stool and urine, and to anything related with the body.\n\nExcept for devotional service, there is no way to give up this at­\n\ntachment. Therefore kindly bestow upon us this benediction.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord advises in Bhagavad-gita: man-mana bhava mad-bhakto\nmad-yaji mam namaskuru. The perfect yoga system consists of always\nthinking of Kr�Qa, always engaging in devotional service, always\nworshiping Kr�Qa and always offering obeisances unto Him. Unless we\npractice this yoga system, our illusory attachment for this bad body,\nwhich is full of stool and urine, is impossible to give up. The perfection\nof yoga consists of giving up attachment for this body and bodily relationships and transferring that attachment to Kr�Qa. We are very\nattached to material enjoyment, but when we transfer that same attachment to K:r;�t:la, we traverse the path of liberation. One has to practice this\nyoga system and none other.\nTEXT 16\n\n���eA��:\n�� ��: ��: ctit�: �m �Cff��QT�: m�\n�-it �t�1 q'f�m f'€1;:-oq:\nw�m�arltrft:\n���� �q�;ft ��: �m ;jft.5T rit�l�\n\n", "SB5.2#p0282": "Text 16]\n\nThe Island of Jamhudvipa\n\n247\n\nCfitqf'qftftftr � � ��\":\n;m�HI�ll��rr: II � �II\nbharate 'py asmin var$e saric-chailii� santi bahavo malayo mangalaprastho mainiikas trikilta r$abha� kutaka� kollaka� sahyo devagirir\nr$yamuka� sri-sailo venka!o mahendro varidharo vindhya� suktiman\nrk$agiri� pariyatro dror:wJ citrakil!o govardhano raivataka� kakubho\nnilo gokamukha indrakila� kamagirir iti canye ca sata-sahasra§a� sailiis\nte$iirh nitamba-prabhava nada nadya§ ca santy asankhyata/:t.\nbharate-in the land of Bharata-var�a; api-also; asmin-in this;\n\nvar$e-tract of land; sarit-rivers; sai/ii�-mountains; santi-there\n\na re; bahava�-many; ma laya�-Malaya; man gala-prastha�­\n\nMangala-prastha; mainiika�-Mainaka; tri-kil!a�-Triku�a; r$abha�­\n\n&abha; kil!aka�-Kii�aka; kollaka�-Kollaka; sahya�-Sahya; devagiri�- Devagiri;\n\nr$ya-milka�-��ya miika;\n\nvenka!a�-Ven k a�a;\n\nVaridhara;\n�k�agiri;\n\nsri-saila�-Sri -saila;\n\nmahendra�-Mahendra;\n\nvindhya�-Vindhya;\n\nvari-dhara�­\n\nsuktiman-Suktiman;\n\npariyatra�-Pariyatra;\n\ndro � a�- Dro i,J. a;\n\nrk$a-giri�­\n\ncitra-kil!a�­\n\nCitrakii�a; govardh ana�-Govardhana; rai vataka�-Ra ivat aka;\nkakubha�-Kakubha;\n\ndrakila�-lndraki la;\n\nnila�-Nila ;\n\ngokamukha�-Gokamukha;\n\nin­\n\nkama-giri�-Kamagiri; iti-thus; ca-and;\n\nanye-others; ca-also; sata-sahasra§a�-many hundreds and thou­\n\nsands; sai/ii�-mountains; te$iim-of them; nitamba-prabhava�-born\nof the slopes; nada�-big rivers; nadya�-small rivers; ca-and;\nsanti-there are; asankhyata�-innumerable.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the tract of land known as Bhiirata-var�a, as in Ilavrta-var�a,\n\nthere are many mountains and rivers. Some of the mountains are\nknown as Malaya, Mangala-prastha, Mainiika, Triku�a, l,t�ahha,\n\nKu�aka, Kollaka, Sahya, Devagiri, �yamuka, Sri-saila, Verika�a,\nMahendra, Viiridhiira, Vindhya, Suktimiin, I,tk�agiri, Piiriyiitra,\nDro1,1a,\n\nCitraku�a,\n\nGovardhana,\n\nRaivataka,\n\nKakuhha,\n\nNila,\n\nGokiimukha, lndrakila and Kamagiri. Besides these, there are\n\nmany other hills, with many large and small rivers flowing from\ntheir slopes.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0283": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n248\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nTEXTS 17-18\n\n��=m:nfltft �:\n�� wml� �WRTWfl'IR'IWIT �q��\nII� \\911\n:q�q�J <:tmf.IIJI1 3T�Gf �T i<:lfll�l ��;:r�T i!fil� �aft\n'Plf�ilT ��ijt ijW��� 'J.S�IJIT �ot�T �Tfl��'t rn�t�U filFfr\\:1fl\n�) a-yqr tiT ��� ��T :q�ocrer f«·��;:�: miJf� WJ�r\nf{��r ��'lfij�ftft� fsre'�' i!fitf?J� fi�FeRr �il' ��m\n�'T tftflffi «�� it��<:tr «WfijT ij'llfll ����¥JTill ��\nf�11�ilR� ��: 11����\netiisam apo bhiiratya� praja niimabhir eva punantiniim atmanii\n\ncopasprsanti. candravasa tamraparr;J avatodii krtamiilii vaihiiyasi kiiveri\nve�i payasvini sarkaravartii twigabhadra kr��ve�ya bhimarathi\n\ngodavari nirvindhya payo��i tapi reva surasa narmada carrna�vati\n\nsindhur andha� so� ca nadau mahiinadi vedasmrtir r�ikulya trisamii\n\nkau5iki mandiikini yamuna sarasvati dr�advati gomati sarayil rodhasvati\nsaptavati s�omii satadras candrabhiiga marudvrdhii vitasta asikni\nviSveti mahii-nadya�.\n\netiisam-o£ all these; apa�-water; bhiiratya�-o£ Bharata-var�a\n\n(India); praja�-the residents; niimabhi�-by the names; eva-only;\n\npunantiniim-are purifying; atmanii-by the mind; ca-also; upaspr­\n\nsanti-touch;\n\ncandra-vasa-Candravasa;\n\navatoda-Avatoda;\nkiiveri-Kaveri;\n\ntamra-pan:ti-Tamrapari,li;\n\nkrta-mala-K:rtamala;\n\nve�i-Yel,li;\n\nvaihayasi-Vaihayasi;\n\npayasvini-Payasvini;\n\nsarkaravarta­\n\nSar k ara var ta; t ung a - b h a d r a -T uilg a b h adra; k r � � a - v e � y a­\n\nK:r�Qavel).ya; bhima-rathi-Bhimarathi; godavari-Godavari; nirvindhya-Nirvindhya;\nsurasa-Surasa;\n\npay��i-Payo!?I,li;\n\nnarmada-Narmada;\n\ntapi-Tapi;\n\nrevii-Reva;\n\ncarma�vati-Carmal,lvati;\n\nsindhu�-Sindhu; andhaft-Andha; so�ft-Soi.la; ca-and; nadau­\n\ntwo rivers; maha-nadi-Mahanadi; veda-smrtift-Vedasm:rti; r�i­\n\nkulya-��ikulya; tri-samii-Trisama; kau5iki-Kausiki; mandiikini­\n\nMandakini; yamuna-Yamuna; sarasvati-Sarasvati; dr�advatiD:r�advati; gomati-Gomati; sarayu-Sarayii; rodhasvati-Rodhasvati;\n\nsaptavati-Saptavati; s�omii-Su�oma� sata-druft-Satadrii; candra-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0284": "Text 19)\n\nThe Island of Jamhudvipa\n\nbhiiga -Candrabhaga;\n\nmarudvrdhii- Marudv:rdha;\n\n249\nvitasta-Vitasta;\n\nasikni-Asikni: ; viSva- Visva; iti-thus; maha-nadya �-big rivers.\nTRANSLATION\nTwo of the rivers-the Brahmaputra and the Soi.J.a-are called\n\nnadas, or main rivers. These are other great rivers that are very\n\nprominent:\n\nCandravasa,\n\nTamraparrp,\n\nAvatoda,\n\n�tamala,\n\nVaihayasi, Kaveri, Verp, Payasvini, Sarkaravarta, Turigabhadra,\n��J:.liiVei.J.ya, Bhimarathi, Godavari, Nirvindhya, Payo�J:.li, Tapi,\n\nReva,\n\nSurasa,\n\nNarmada,\n\nCarm8J:.lvati,\n\nMahanadi,\n\nVedasmrti,\n\n��ikulya, Trisama, Kausiki, Mandakini, Yamuna, Sarasvati, Dr�advati, Gomati, Sarayu, Rodhasvati, Saptavati, Su�oma, Satadru,\nCandrabhaga, Marudv:rdha, Vitasta, Asikni and Visva. The inhabi­\n\ntants of Bhiirata-var�a are purified because they always remember\n\nthese rivers. Sometimes they chant the names of these rivers as\n\nmantras, and sometimes they go directly to the rivers to touch\n\nthem and bathe in them. Thus the inhabitants of Bhiirata-var�a\nbecome purified.\n\nPURPORT\nAll these rivers are transcendental. Therefore one can be purified by\nremembering them, touching them or bathing in them. This practice is\nstill going on.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n3lf��er � ��: Pft:�tQJI�Ufwt �1($� �on\n�ott+tl� m�� �� 311«�or� �� � �\n��Ciuf��.mq � 11��11\nasminn eva var�e pur�air labdha-janmabhi/:t sukla-lohita-kr�r:wva�na svarabdhena karmaT}ii divya-miin�a-niiraka-gatayo bahvya\natmana anupurvyer:w sarvii hy eva sarve�am vidhiyante yathii-varr:wvidhanam apavarga§ capi bhavati.\nasmin eva var�e-in this tract of land (Bharata-var�a); pur�ai�-by\nthe people; labdha-janmabhi/:t-who have taken birth; sukla-of the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0285": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n250\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nmode of goodness; lohita-of the mode of passion; kr§7Ja-of the mode\n\nof ignorance; va�na-according to the division; sva-by himself;\narabdhena-begun; karma�-by activities; dirya-divine; rruinU$a­\n\nhuman;\n\nnaraka-hellish;\n\ngataya�-goals;\n\nbahvya�- many;\n\nat­\n\nmana�-of his own; anupurrye7Ja-according to acts performed pre­\n\nviously; saroo�-al1; hi-certainly; eva-indeed; sarve§am-of all of\n\nthem; vidhiyante-are allotted; yatha-var7Ja-vidhanam-in terms of\ndifferent castes; apavarga�-the path of liberation; ca-and; api-also;\nbhavati-is possible.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe people who take birth in this tract of land are divided ac­\n\ncording to the qualities of material nature- the modes of goodness\n(sattva-gur:ta], passion [rajo-gur:ta], and ignorance (tamo-gur:ta].\n\nSome of them are born as exalted personalities, some are ordinary\n\nhuman beings, and some are extremely abominable, for in\n\nBhiirata-var�a one takes birth exactly according to one's past\n\nkarma. If one's position is ascertained by a bona fide spiritual\n\nmaster and one is properly trained to engage in the service of Lord\n\nVi�r:tu according to the four social divisions (briihmal).a, k�atriya,\nvaisya and sudra] and the four spiritual divisions (brahmaciiri,\ngrhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa], one's life becomes perfect.\nPURPORT\n\nFor further information, one should refer to Bhagavad-gita (14.18\nand 18.42-45). Srila Ramanujacarya writes in his book Vedantasangraha:\nevam-vidha-parabhakti-svarupa-jfiiina-viSe§asyotpadaka�\ntaharahar\n\npurvok­\n\nupaciyarruina-jfulna-purvaka-karrruinugrhita-bhakti-yoga\n\neva; yathoktam bhagavata pariiSare7Ja-van:u'i.srameti. nikhila-jagaduddhara�yavanitale\n\n'vatir7Jam\n\npara-brahma-bhuta�\n\npurU$ottama�\n\nsvayam etad uktavan- \"svakarma-nirata� siddhim yatha vindati tac\nchrr_tu\" ''yata� pravrttir bhutanam yena sarvam idam tatam/ svakarma� tam abhyarcya siddhim vindati rruinava�\"\nQuoting from the V i§1Ju Pura7Ja (389), the great sage Parasara Muni has\nrecommended:\n\n", "SB5.2#p0286": "Text 20]\n\nThe Island of Jarnhudvipa\n\n251\n\nvan:z,ii.Sramiiciiravatii\npur�e1Jll para� pumiin\nv�JJur aradhyate pantha\nniinyat tat-to$a-ki.ira1Jllm\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi�Qu, is worshiped by the\nproper execution of prescribed duties in the system of var7JU and asrama.\nThere is no other way to satisfy the Lord.\" In the land of Bharata-var�a,\nthe institution of varJJiisrama-dharma may be easily adopted. At the present moment, certain demoniac sections of the population of Bharatavar�a are disregarding the system of var�Jasrama-dharma. Because there\nis no institution to teach people how to become brahmar:ws, k$atriyas,\n\nvai.Syas and sudras or brahmacaris, grhasthas, vanaprasthas and sannyasrs, these demons want a classless society. This is resulting in chaotic\nconditions. In the name of secular government, unqualified people are\ntaking the supreme governmental posts. No one is being trained to act according to the principles of van:z,ii.Srama-dharma, and thus people are\nbecoming increasingly degraded and are heading in the direction of\nanimal life. The real aim of life is liberation, but unfortunately the opportunity for liberation is being denied to people in general, and\ntherefore their human lives are being spoiled. The Kr�Qa consciousness\nmovement, however, is being propagated all over the world to reestablish\nthe van:z,ii.Srama-dharma system and thus save human society from gliding down to hellish life.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�sit lltlm- �·�l�fl�W4¥Wll�sf��� q(¥U<:+iM ���fwlf'{�Rfi:ql•l�\nWfle:tl•lRf�Rmll��e:tsU�UI\n� � 'iiil�(i'f 'f!lq: II � II\no\n\nyo 'sau bhagavati sarva-bhutiitmany aniitmye 'nirukte 'nilayane\nparamiitmani viisudeve 'nanya-nimitta-bhakti-yoga-lak$a1JO niinii-gatinimittavidya-granthi-randhana-dviire7JU yadii hi maha-pur�a-pur�aprasariga�\nya�-anyone who; asau-that; bhaga vati -unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sarva-bhuta-iitmani-the Supersoul of all living\n\n", "SB5.2#p0287": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n252\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nentities; a ruitmye-having no attachment; anirukte-who is beyond the\nmind and speech; anila yane\n\n-\n\nnot dependent on anything else; parama­\n\nlitmani- unto the Supreme Soul; vasudeve-Lord Vasudeva, the son of\nVasudeva; ananya-without any other;\n\nnimitta- cause ; bhakti-yoga­\n\nlak§a�lt -having symptoms of pure devotional service; ruina-gati-of\nvaried destinations; nimitta-the cause;\nof ignorance;\nwhen;\n\nrandhana-of cutting;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\navidya-granthi-the bondage\ndvare � -by means; yada­\n\nmaha-pur�a-of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; pur�a-with the devotee; prasangalt-an intimate relationship.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter many, many births, when the results of one's pious ac­\n\ntivities mature, one gets an opportunity to associate with pure\n\ndevotees. Then one is able to cut the knot of bondage to ignorance,\n\nwhich hound him because of varied fruitive activities. As a result\n\nof associating with devotees, one gradually renders service to Lord\n\nVasudeva, who is transcendental, free from attachment to the\n\nmaterial world, beyond the mind and words, and independent of\n\neverything else. That hhakti-yoga, devotional service to Lord\nVasudeva, is the real path of liberation.\nPURPORT\nBrahman realization is the beginning of liberation, and Paramatma\nrealization is still further advancement toward the realm of liberation,\nbut one achieves real liberation when he understands his position as an\neternal servant of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n(muktir hitvanyatha rupam svarupe� vyavasthiti!t}. In the material world, in the\n\nbodily concept of life, everyone is working in the wrong direction. When\none becomes brahma-bhuta, spiritually realized, one understands that he\nis not the body and that working in the bodily concept of life is useless\nand misdirected. Then his devotional service begins. As Kr��a says in\n\nBhagavad-gita (18.54):\nbrahma-bhutalt prasannatma\nna socati na kank§ati\nsamalt sarve$u bhute$u\nmad-bhaktim labhate param\n\n", "SB5.2#p0288": "Text 21)\n\nThe Island of Jamhudvipa\n\n253\n\n\"One who is thus transcendentally situated realizes the Supreme Brahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments or desires to have anything; he is equally disposed to every living entity. In that state he attains pure devotional service unto Me.\" Devotional service is actual\nliberation. When one is attracted by the beauty of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and his mind is always engaged at the Lord's lotus\nfeet, he is no longer interested in subjects that do not help him in selfrealization. In other words, he loses all attraction for material activities.\nIn the Taittinya Upani$ad (2.7) it is said: e$a hy evanandayati. yadii hy\nevai$a etasmin na drsye 'natmye anirukte 'nilayane 'bhayam prati$tham\nvindate 'tha so 'bhayam gato bhavati. A living entity becomes established in spiritual, blissful life when he fully understands that his happiness depends on spiritual self-realization, which is the basic principle of\nananda (bliss), and when he is eternally situated in the service of the\nLord, who has no other lord above· Him.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�ft� m�3tit � f4i+t4iiR �\n��'ri��m:1\n�*\" � � ¥11Htf&t�\n��eflqf� �1ft•u II�� II\netad eva hi deva gayantiaho aml§am kim akari sobhanam\nprasanna e$tirh svid uta svayam hari/:t\nyair janma labdham nr$u bharatajire\nmukunda-sevaupayikam sprha hi na/:t\netat-this; eva-indeed; hi-certainly; deoo/:t-all the demigods;\ngayanti-chant; aho-oh; ami§am-of these inhabitants of Bharatavar�a; kim-what; akari-was done; sobhanam-pious, beautiful a�tivities; prasanna/:t-pleased; e$am-upon them; svit-or; uta-it is\nsaid; svayam personally; hari/:t-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n-\n\nyai/:t-by whom; janma-birth; labdham-obtained; nr$u-in human\n\n", "SB5.2#p0289": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n254\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nsociety; bharata-ajire-in the courtyard of Bharata-var�a; mukunda­\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who can offer liberation; sevaaupayikam\nnab,-our.\n\n-\n\nwhich is the means of serving; sprha-desire; hi-indeed;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince the human form of life is the sublime position for\n\nspiritual realization, all the demigods in heaven speak in this way:\n\nHow wonderful it is for these human beings to have been horn in\nthe land of Bhiirata-v�a. They must have executed pious acts of\n\nausterity in the past, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead Him­\n\nself must have been pleased with them. Otherwise, how could they\n\nengage in devotional service in so many ways? We demigods can\nonly aspire to achieve human births in Bhiirata-var!?a to execute\n\ndevotional service, hut these human beings are already engaged\nthere.\n\nPURPORT\nThese facts are further explained in Caitanya-caritamrta (.Adi 9.41):\nbharata-bhumite haila man�ya-janma yara\njanma sarthaka kari' kara para-upakara\n\n\"One who has taken his birth as a human being in the land of India\n[Bharata-var�a] should make his life successful and work for the benefit\n\nof all other people.\"\n\nThere are many facilities in India, Bharata-var!?a, for executing devo­\n\ntional service. In Bharata-var�a, all the acaryas contributed their ex­\n\nperience, and Sri: Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally appeared to teach the\n\npeople of Bharata-var!?a how to progress in spiritual life and be fixed in\ndevotional service to the Lord. From all points of view, Bharata-var�a is\nthe special land where one can very easily understand the process of\ndevotional service and adopt it to make his life successful. If one makes\n\nhis life successful in devotional service and then preaches devotional ser­\n\nvice in other parts of the world, people throughout the world will actually benefit.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0290": "The Island of Jamhudvipa\n\nText 22]\n\n255\n\nTEXT 22\n\nNi\n\n��: �f+t(ijilf4d�flreri �� 1i�jwt1 I\n\nWI\n\n�\n\nwt1�P-40141(4ti:if-\n\n�f�r: 3JU6i!t��s::�(16ft�l ��ll\nkim dU§karair na}:t kratubhis tapo-vratair\ndanii dibhir va dyujayena phalgunii\nna yatra niiriiyar:w-piida-pmikajasmrti/:t pramU§!{itiSayendriyotsaviit\nkim-what is the value; dU§karai}:t-very difficult to perform; na}:tour;\n\nkratubhi}:t-with\n\nausterities; vratai}:t\n\n-\n\nperformances\n\nof\n\nsacrifice;\n\ntapa/:t-with\n\nvows; dana-iidibhi}:t-with executing charitable\n\nactivities and so on; va-or; dyujayena-with achieving the heavenly\nkingdom; phalgunii-which is insignificant; na-no; yatra -where;\n\nniiriiyar:w-piida-pankaja-of the lotus feet of Lord Narayai:Ia; smrti/:tpramU§ta-lost; atiSaya-excessive; indriya-utsaviit-due to material sense gratification.\n\nthe remembrance;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods continue: After performing the very difficult\ntasks\n\nof\n\nexecuting\n\nVedic\n\nritualistic\n\nsacrifices,\n\nundergoing\n\nausterities, observing vows and giving charity, we have achieved\nthis position as inhabitants of the heavenly planets. But what is the\nvalue of this achievement? Here we are certainly very engaged in\nmaterial sense gratification, and therefore we can hardly remember the lotus feet of Lord NiiriiyaJ.la. Indeed, because of our excessive sense gratification, we have almost forgotten His lotus feet.\nPURPORT\nThe land of Bharata-var�a is so exalted that by taking birth there one\ncan not only attain the heavenly planets but also go directly back home,\nback to Godhead. As ��I:Ia says in Bhagavad-gitii (9.25):\n\n", "SB5.2#p0291": "Sri mad-Bhiigavatam\n\n256\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nyiinti deva-vratii deviin\npitfn yiinti pitr-vratii�\nbhutiini yiinti bhutejyii\nyiinti mad-yiijino 'pi mam\n\"Those who worship the demigods will take birth among the demigods;\nthose who worship ghosts and spirits will take birth among such beings;\nthose who worship ancestors go to the ancestors; and those who worship\nMe will live with Me.\" People in the land of Bharata-var�a generally\nfollow the Vedic principles and consequently perform great sacrifices by\nwhich they can be elevated to the heavenly planets. However, what is the\n\nuse of such great attainments? As stated in Bhagavad-gitii (9.21), /cyir:te\npur:tye martya-lokam viSanti: after the results of one's sacrifices, charity\n\nand other pious activities expire, one must return to the lower planetary\nsystems and again feel the pangs of birth and death. However, one who\nbecomes Kr�1,1a conscious can go back to Kr�1,1a (yanti-mad-yiijino\n\n'pi\nmam). Therefore the demigods even regret having been elevated to the\n\nhigher planetary systems. The denizens of the heavenly planets regret\nthat they could not take full advantage of being born in the land of\nBharata-var�a. Instead, they became captivated by a higher standard of\nsense gratification, and therefore they forgot the lotus feet of Lord\nNaraya1,1a at the time of death. The conclusion is that one who has taken\nbirth in the land of Bharata-var�a must follow the instructions given personally by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Yad gatvii na nivartante\n\ntad dhiima paramam mama. One should try to return home, back to\n\nGodhead, to the Vaiku1,1tha planets-or to the topmost Vaiku1,1tha planet,\nGoloka Vrndavana-to live eternally in full, blissful knowledge in the\ncompany of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 23\n.\n\n�\n\n\"\"Efi=(!q'\"I��Et.nl ��R�lfq�\n��'lT llN:ii���T tR:� I\n� +i�il;r � ¥M�•u\n� ('it�f�tl¥{� � \": 11��11\n.\n\n'\"'\n\n", "SB5.2#p0292": "The Island of Jarnhiidvipa\n\nText 23]\n\n257\n\nkalpiiyU$ilrh sthii najayat punar-bhavat\n�alJiiyU$ilrh bhiirata-bhujayo varam\n�a1J£na martyena krtam manasvina/:t\nsannyasya sarityanty abhayarit padarit hare/:t\nkalpa-ilyU$ilm-of those who have a life duration of many millions of\nyears, like Lord Brahma; sthiina-jayat- than achievement of the place\nor planetary systems; puna/:t bhavat\n-\n\n-\n\nwhich is liable to birth, death and\n\nold age; �a�-iiyU$ilm-of persons who have only one hundred years of\nlife; bhiirata-bhu-jaya/:t-a birth in the land of Bharata-var�a; varammore valuable; �a l}£na-for such a short life; martyena-by the body;\n\nk rtam-the work executed; manasvina/:t-those actually understanding\nthe value of life; sannyasya-surrendering unto the lotus feet of Kr�I).a;\n\nsarityanti -they\n\nachieve;\n\na bhayam- where\n\nthere\n\nis\n\nno\n\nanxiety;\n\npadam-the abode; hare/:t-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA short life in the land of Bharata-var�a is preferable to a life\nachieved in Brahmaloka for millions and billions of years because\neven if one is elevated to Brahmaloka, he must return to repeated\nbirth and death. Although life in Bhiirata-var�a, in a lower planetary system, is very short, one who lives there can elevate himself\nto full Kr�l).a consciousness and achieve the highest perfection,\neven in this short life, by fully surrendering unto the lotus feet of\nthe Lord. Thus one attains Vaiku:r.tthaloka, where there is neither\nanxiety nor repeated birth in a material body.\nPURPORT\nThis is further confirmation of the statement given by Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu:\n\nbhiirata-bhumite haila manU$ya-janma yara\njanma sarthaka kari' kara para-upakara\nOne who has taken birth in the land of Bharata-var�a has a full opportunity to study the direct instructions given by Kr�I).a in Bhagavad-gitil\n\n", "SB5.2#p0293": "[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n258\n\nand thus finally decide what to do in his human form of life. One should\ncertainly give up all other propositions and surrender to K.r�I:Ia. l(r�Qa\nwill then immediately take charge and relieve one of the results of past\nsinful life\n\n(aham tvarh sarva-piipebhyo mo�ayi$yami mil sucaM.\n\nTherefore one should take to K.r�I:Ia consciousness, as Kr�Qa Himself\n\nMan-mana bhava rruul-bhakto mad-yajf miirh namaskuru: \"Always think of Me, become My devotee, worship Me and offer\n\nrecommends.\n\nMe obeisances.\" This is very easy, even for a child. Why not take this\npath? One should try to follow the instructions of l(r�Qa exactly and thus\nbecome fully eligible to be promoted to the kingdom of God (tyaktvii\n\ndeham punar janma naiti miim eti so 'rjuna). One should go directly to\nl(r�Qa and engage in His service. This is the best opportunity offered to\nthe inhabitants of Bharata-var�a. One who is fit to return home, back to\nGodhead, is no longer liable to the results of karma, good or bad.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n'l\n\n�\n\n�-06�qiij'fl'ffl\n\n'l m� �ltlifHII(ij4\\lw.ll!\n\nI\n\n'l � �'\\J+i(Cil +«ilfflcU:\n��stq 'll '-f u�P{ tl�\\lll\nna yatra vaikur:t!ha-kathii-sudhiipagii\nna siidhavo bhiigavatiis tadii.Srayii/:1,\nna yatra yajnesa-makhii mahotsavii/:1,\n\nsuresa-loko 'pi na vai sa sevyatiim\nna-not;\n\nyat ra-where; vaikur:ttha-kathii-sudhii-apagii/:t-the nec­\n\ntarean rivers of discussions about the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwho is called Vaikui:Itha, or one who drives away all anxiety; na-nor;\nsiidhava/:t-devotees; b hiigavatii/:1,-alwa ys engaged in the service of the\n\ntat-asrayii/:t-who are sheltered by the Supreme Personality of\nna-nor; yatra-where; yajna- iSa-mak hii/:1,-the performance of devotional service to the Lord of sacrifices; mahii-utsava/:twhich are actual festivals; suresa-loka/:t-a place inhabited by the\ndenizens of heaven; api -although; na-not; vai-certainly; sa/:1,that; sevyatiim-be frequented.\nLord;\n\nGodhead;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0294": "Text 24)\n\nThe Island of Jamhiidvipa\n\n259\n\nTRANSLATION\nAn intelligent person does not take interest in a place, even in\nthe topmost planetary system, if the pure Ganges of topics concerning the Supreme Lord's activities does not flow there, if there\nare not devotees engaged in service on the banks of such a river of\npiety, or if there are no festivals of sailkirtana-yajii.a to satisfy the\nLord [especially since sailkirtana-yajii.a is recommended in this\nage].\nPURPORT\nSri: Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared in the land of Bharata-var�a,\n\nspecifically in Bengal, in the district of Nadia, where Navadvi:pa is situ­\n\nated. It is therefore' to be concluded, as stated by Sri:la Bhaktivinoda\n\nThakura, that within this universe, this earth is the best planet, and on\n\nthis planet the land of Bharata-var�a is the best; in the land of Bharata­\n\nvar�a, Bengal is still better, in Bengal the district of Nadia is still better,\nand in Nadia the best place is\n\nNavadvi:pa because Sri: Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu appeared there to inaugurate the performance of the\n\nsacrifice of chanting the Hare Kr�IJa mahii-mantra. The siistras recommend:\n\nkr$'(111-var'(Ulrh tvi$akr$'(Ulrh\nsiiirgopiiirgiistra-piir$adam\nyajiiai� sankirtana-priiyair\nyajanti hi sumedhasa�\nLord Sri: Caitanya Mahaprabhu is always accompanied by His very confi­\n\ndential associates such as Sri Nityananda, Sri Gadadhara and Sri Advaita\n\nand by many devotees like Sri:vasa. They are always engaged in chanting\n\nthe name of the Lord and are always describing Lord Kr�IJa. Therefore\nthis is the best among all the places in the universe. The Kr�IJa con­\n\nsciousness movement has established its center in Mayapur, the birthsite\nof Lord Sri: Caitanya Mahaprabhu, to give men the great opportunity to\ngo there and perform a constant festival of sankirtana-yajiia, as recom­\n\nmended herein (yajfiesa-makhii mahotsavaM and to distribute prasiida\n\nto millions of hungry people hankering for spiritual emancipation. This\nis\n\nthe mission of the Kr�IJa consciousness movement. Caitanyabhiigavata confirms this as follows: \"One should not desire to be elevated\n\n", "SB5.2#p0295": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n260\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\neven to a place in the heavenly planetary systems if it has no propaganda\n\nto expand the glories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, no trace of\nVai�l).avas, pure devotees of the Lord, and no festivals for spreading\n\nKr�t:la consciousness. It would be better to live perpetually cramped\n\nwithin the airtight bag of a mother's womb, where one can at least\n\nremember the lotus feet of the Lord, than to live in a place where there is\n\nno opportunity to remember His lotus feet. I pray not to be allowed to\n\ntake birth in such a condemned place.\" Similarly, in Caitanyacaritamrta, Kr!:it:ladasa Kaviraja Gosvami says that since Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu is the inaugurator of the sarikirtana movement, anyone who\n\nperforms sarikirtana to please the Lord is very, very glorious. Such a per­\n\nson has perfect intelligence, whereas others are in the ignorance of\n\nmaterial existence.\n\nOf all the sacrifices mentioned in the Vedic\n\nliteratures, the performance of sarikirtana-yajfia is the best. Even the\n\nperformance of one hundred a.Svamedha sacrifices cannot compare to the\nsacrifice of sarikirtana. According to the author of\n\nSri Caitanya­\n\ncaritamrta, if one compares sarikirtana-yajna to other yajnas, he is a\n\n�ar.u)i, an infidel, and is liable to be punished by Yamaraja. There are\nmany Mayavadis who think that the performance of sarikirtana-yajfia is\n\na pious activity similar to the performance of the a.Svamedha-yajfia and\n\nother such pious functions, but this is a nama-aparadha. Chanting of the\nholy name of Narayal).a and chanting of other names are never equal,\n\ndespite what Mayavadis think.\n\nTEXT 25\n\nsmn�fmit��\n\nijlwtfifi:qiS(Otl4k'SN(1¥'� I\nWlq �� ij\n��{Cf� � 11��11\nprapta nr-jatim tv iha ye ca jantavo\njnana-kriya-dravya-kaliipa-sambhrtam\nna vai yaterann apunar-bhavaya te\nbhilyo vanaukii iva yanti bandhanam\n\n", "SB5.2#p0296": "261\n\nThe Island of Jambiidvipa\n\nText 25)\n\np rap ta /:1,-who have obtained; n r-jati m-a birth in human society;\ntu-certainly; iha-in this land of Bharata-var�a; ye-those who; caalso; jantava/:1,-the living beings; joona-with knowledge; k riya\nactivities;\n\ndravya-of\n\nsambh rtam-full;\n\ningredients;\n\nna-not;\n\nka lapa-with\n\nvai-certainly;\n\na\n\n-\n\nwith\n\ncollection;\n\nyateran-endeavor;\n\napuna/:1,-bhavaya-for the position of immortality; te-such persons;\n\nbhuya/:1,-again;\n\nvanauka/:1,-birds;\n\niva-like;\n\nyanti-go;\n\nbandhanam-to bondage.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBharata-var�a offers the proper land and circumstances in which\nto execute devotional service, which can free one from the results\nof jiiiina and karma. If one obtains a human body in the land of\nBharata-var�a, with clear sensory organs with which to execute the\nsaiJ.kirtana-yajiia, but in spite of this o pportunity he does not take\n\nto devotional service, he is certainly like liberated forest animals\nand birds that are careless and are therefore again bound by a\nhunter.\nPURPORT\nIn the land of Bharata-var�a one can very easily perform the\n\nsarikirtana-yajiia, which consists of sraval)ilrh kirtanarh vi§�/:1,. or one\ncan perform other methods of devotional service, such as smaral)ilrh\n\nvandanam\n\narcanarh\n\ndasyarh\n\nsakhyam\n\nand\n\natma-nivedanam.\n\nIn\n\nBharata-var�a one has the opportunity to visit many holy places,\nespecially Lord Caitanya's birthsite and\n\nLord Kr�r:ta's birthsite­\n\nNavadvipa and Vrndavana-where there are many pure devotees who\nhave no desire other than to execute devotional service (anyabhila$ita­\n\nsiinyarh jiiana-karmady-anavrtam), and one may thus become free from\nthe bondage of material conditions. Other paths, such as the path of\n\njnana and the path of ka rma, are not very profitable. Pious activities can\nelevate one to the higher planetary systems, and by speculative\nknowledge one can merge into the Brahman existence, but that is not real\nprofit, for one has to come down again even from the liberated condition\nof being merged in Brahman, and certainly one must come down from\nthe heavenly kingdom. One should endeavor to go back home, back to\n\n", "SB5.2#p0297": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n262\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nGodhead (yanti mad-yajirw 'pi mam). Otherwise there is no difference\n\nbetween human life and the lives of jungle animals and birds. Animals\n\nand birds also have freedom, but because of their lower birth, they can­\n\nnot use it. Taking advantage of all the facilities offered him, a human\n\nbeing who has taken birth in the land of Bharata-var�a should become a\n\nfully enlightened devotee and go back home, back to Godhead. This is\nthe subject matter of the Kr�r:ta consciousness movement. The inhabi­\n\ntants of places other than Bharata-var�a have facilities for material enjoyment, but they do not have the same facility to take to Kr�r:ta con­\n\nsciousness. Therefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has advised that one who\n\nhas taken birth as a human being in Bharata-var�a must first realize\n\nhimself as a part and parcel of Kr�r:ta, and after taking to Kr�r:ta con­\n\nsciousness, he must distribute this knowledge all over the world.\n\nyai/:t sraddhaya barhi§i bhiiga§o havir\n\nniruptam i§!am vidhi-mantra-vastuta/:t\n\neka/:1, prthari-niimabhir ahuto mudii\n\ngrhr:zijti purr:w/:t svayam asi§iim prabhu/:t\n\nyai/:t-by whom (the inhabitants of Bharata-var�a); sraddhaya-faith\n\nand confidence;\n\nsacrifices;\n\nbarhi§i-in the\n\nbhiiga5a/:t-by\n\nperformance\n\ndivision;\n\nof Vedic ritualistic\n\nhavi/:t-oblations;\n\nniruptam­\n\noffered; i§!am-to the desired deity; vidhi-by the proper method;\n\nmantra-by reciting mantras; vastu ta/:t-with the proper ingredients;\n\neka/:t-that one Supreme Personality of Godhead; prthak-separate;\n\nniimabhi/:t-by names; ahuta/:t-called; muda-with great happiness;\n\ngrhr:uiti-He accepts; purr:w/:t-the Supreme Lord, who is full in Him­\n\nself; svayam-personally; asi§iim-of all benedictions; prabhu/:t-the\n\nbestower.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0298": "Text 26]\n\nThe Island of Jamhudvipa\n\n263\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn India [Bhiirata-var�a], there are many worshipers of the\ndemigods, the various officials appointed by the Supreme Lord,\nsuch as lndra, Candra and Surya, all of whom are worshiped\ndifferently. The worshipers offer the demigods their oblations,\nconsidering the demigods part and parcel of the whole, the\nSupreme Lord. Therefore the Supreme Personality of Godhead accepts these offerings and gradually raises the worshipers to the\nreal standard of devotional service by fulfilling their desires and\naspirations.\n\nBecause\n\nthe\n\nLord\n\nis\n\ncomplete,\n\nHe\n\noffers\n\nthe\n\nworshipers the benedictions they desire even if they worship only\npart of His transcendental body.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (9.13) Lord Kr�f.la says:\n\nmahatmiinas tu miim piirtha\ndaivim prakrtim asrita&\nbhajanty ananya-manaso\njiiiitvii bhutiidim avyayam\n\"0 son of P:rtha, those who are not deluded, the great souls, are under\n\nthe protection of the divine nature. They are fully engaged in devotional\nservice because they know Me as the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\noriginal and inexhaustible.\" Mahatmiis, advanced devotees, worship\nonly the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Others, however, who are also\n\nsometimes called mahatmiis, worship the Lord as ekatvena prthaktvena.\n\nIn other words, they accept the demigods as different parts of Kr�t:�a and\nworship them for various benedictions. Although the devotees of the\ndemigods thus achieve the desired results offered by Kr�f.la, they have\n\nbeen described in Bhagavad-gitii as hrta-jiiiina, not very intelligent.\n\nKr�f.la does not desire to be worshiped indirectly through the different\nparts of His body; Kr�f.la wants direct devotional worship. Therefore a\ndevotee who directly worships Lord Kr�t:�a through staunch devotional\n\nservice, as recommended in Srimad-Bhiigavatam,\n\n(tivre� bhaktiyogena yajeta pur�am param), is very quickly elevated to the transcen­\n\ndental position. Nevertheless, devotees who worship the demigods, the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0299": "Sri mad-Bhiigavatam\n\n264\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\ndifferent parts of the Lord, receive the benedictions they desire because\nthe Lord is the original master of all benedictions. If anyone wants a particular benediction, for the Lord to award it is not at all difficult.\nTEXT 27\n\n���\n�� �� �=\n\n� � ll\\ii�I�M�€1fff�� M\\ll41(4tet� 11�\\9''\nsatyam diSaty arthitam arthito n�am\nnaivarthado yat punar arthita yata/:t\nsvayam vidhatte bhajatam anicchatam\nicchapidhanam nija-pada-pallavam\n\ns atyam-certainly;\n\ndiSati-He offers; arthitam-the object prayed\n\nfor; a rthita/:t-being prayed to; n nuim-by the human beings; nanot; eva-indeed; artha-da/:t-the bestower of benedictions; yatwhich; puna/:t-again ; arthita-a demand for a benediction; yata/:tfrom which; svayam-personally; vidhatte-He gives; bhajatam-unto\nthose engaged in His service; anicchatam-a!though not desiring it; iccha-pidha�m- which\n\ncovers\n\nall\n\ndesirable\n\nthings;\n\nnija-pada­\n\npallavam-His own lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead fulfills the material\n\ndesires of a devotee who approaches Him with such motives, but\n\nHe does not bestow benedictions upon the devotee that will cause\nhim to demand more benedictions again. However, the Lord\n\nwillingly gives the devotee shelter at His own lotus feet, even\n\nthough such a person does not aspire for it, and that shelter\nsatisfies all his desires. That is the Supreme Personality's special\n\nmercy.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe devotees mentioned in the previous verse approach the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead with material motives, but this verse explains\n\n", "SB5.2#p0300": "Text 27)\n\nThe Island of Jamhiidvipa\n\n265\n\nhow such devotees are saved from those desires. Snmad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(2.3.10) advises:\nakamab, sarva-kamo va\nmo�a-kama udara-dhib,\ntivre� bhakti-yogena\nyajeta purU§arh param\n\"Whether one is freed from all material desires, is full of material\ndesires, or desires to become one with the Supreme, he should engage in\ndevotional service.\" In this way, not only will the devotee's desires be\nfulfilled, but the day will come when he will have no other desire than to\nserve the lotus feet of the Lord. One who engages in the service of the\n\nLord with some motive is called a sakama-bhakta, and one who serves\n\nthe Lord without any motives is called an akama-bhakta. K.r��a is so\n\nmerciful that He turns a sakama-bhakta into an akama-bhakta. A pure\n\ndevotee, an akama-bhakta, who has no material motives, is satisfied\n\nsimply to serve the lotus feet of the Lord. This is confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gita (6.22). Yam labdhva caparam labham manyate\nnadhikam tatab,: if one engages in the service of the lotus feet of the\n\nLord, he does not want anything more. This is the highest stage of devo­\n\ntional service. The Lord is so kind even to a sakama-bhakta, a motivated\ndevotee, that He satisfies his desires in such a way that one day he\n\nbecomes an akama-bhakta. Dhruva Maharaja, for example, became a\nbhakta with the motive of getting a better kingdom than that of his\nfather, but finally he became an akama-bhakta and said to the Lord,\nsvamin krtartho 'smi varam na yace: \"My dear Lord, I am very satisfied\n\nsimply to serve Your lotus feet. I do not want any material benefits.\"\nSometimes it is found that a small child eats dirty things, but his parents\ntake away the dirty things and offer him a sandesa or some other sweet­\n\nmeat. Devotees who aspire for material benedictions are compared to\nsuch children. The Lord is so kind that He takes away their material\ndesires and gives them the highest benediction. Therefore, even for\nmaterial motives, one should not worship anyone other than the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; one must fully engage himself in the devotional\nservice of the Lord so that all his desires will be fulfilled and at the end\nhe can go back home, back to Godhead. This is explained in Caitanya­\n\ncaritamrta (Madhya 22.37-39, 41) as follows.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0301": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n266\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nAnyakiimi-a devotee may desire something other than service to the\nlotus feet of the Lord; yadi kare kmtera bhaja na-but if he engages in\nLord Kr�Q.a's service; na miigiteha kmUL tare dena sva-cara�-Kr�1.1a\ngives him shelter at His lotus feet, even though he does not aspire for it.\n\nKr$� kahe-the Lord says; ama bhaje- \"He is engaged in My service\"; mage vi$aya-sukha-\"but he wants the benefits of material sense\ngratification.\" Amrta ch&j,i' vi$a mage: \"Such a devotee is like a person\nwho asks for p oison instead of nectar.\" Ei baQ.a murkha: \"That is his\nfoolishness.\" Ami-vijfia: \"But I am experienced.\" Ei murkhe 'vi$aya'\nkene diba: \"Why should I give such a foolish person the dirty things of\nmaterial enjoyment?\" Sva-carar,tamrta: \"It would be better for Me to\ngive him shelter at My lotus feet.\" 'Vi$aya' bhulaiba: \"I shall cause him\nto forget all material desires.\" Kama liigi' kr$1J-a bhaje-if one engages\n\nin the service of the Lord for sense gratification; paya kr$�- rase - the\nresult is that he ultimately gets a taste for serving the lotus feet of the\nLord. Kama chaQ,i' 'dasa' haite haya abhik4e: He then gives up all\n\nmaterial desires and wants to become an eternal servant of the Lord.\nTEXT 28\n\n(C(ttij(ql�fqij\n�����'\n�� ���flf ;r: �\n.\n� �ft�'AiiiHtf � �;fiftr II�� II\n�\n\n91:\n\nyady atra na/:t svarga-sukhavase$itam\nsvi$tasya suktasya krtasya sobhanam\ntenajanabhe smrtimaj janma na/:t syad\nvar$e harir yad-bhajatam sam tanoti\nyadi - if; atra-in this heavenly p lanet; na/:t-of us; svarga-sukhaavaSe$itam - whatever remains after the enjoyment of heavenly happiness; su- i$!asya -of a perfect sacrifice; su-uktasya-of diligently studying the Vedic literature; krtasya - of having performed a kind act;\nsobhanam-the resultant actions; te n a- by such a resultant action;\najanabhe-in the land of Bharata-var�a; smrti-mat janma-a birth\nenabling one to remember the lotus feet of the Lord; na/:t-of us; syat-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0302": "Text 28]\n\nThe Island of Jamhudvipa\n\nlet there be; var$e-in the land; hari b,\n\n-\n\n267\n\nthe Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; yat-wherein; bhajatam-of the devotees; sam tanoti-expands the auspiciousness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWe are now living in the heavenly planets, undoubtedly as a\nresult of our having performed ritualistic ceremonies, pious activities and yajiias and having studied the Vedas. However, our\nlives here will one day be finished. We pray that at that time, if any\nmerit remains from our pious activities, we may again take birth in\nBhiirata-var�a as human beings able to remember the lotus feet of\nthe Lord. The Lord is so kind that He personally comes to the land\nof Bhiirata-var�a and expands the good fortune of its people.\nPURPORT\nIt is certainly as a result of pious activities that one takes birth in the\nheavenly planets, but from those planets one must nevertheless come\n\ndown again to earth, as stated in Bhagavad-gua (/cyi�J£ puryye martya­\n\nlokam viSanti). Even the demigods must return to earth to work like ordinary men when the results of their pious activities expire. Nevertheless, the demigods desire to come to the land of Bharata-var�a if even a\nsmall portion of the merits of their pious activities remains. In other\nwords, to take birth in Bharata-var�a, one must perform more pious activities than the demigods. In Bharata-var�a one is naturally ��Qa conscious, and if one further cultivates his ��!).a consciousness, by the grace\nof ��!).a he certainly expands his good fortune by becoming perfect in\n�i?l).a consciousness and very easily going back home, back to Godhead.\nIn many other places in the Vedic literature it is found that even the\ndemigods want to come to this land of Bharata-vari?a. A foolish person\nmay desire to be promoted to the heavenly planets as a result of his pious\nactivities, but even the demigods from the heavenly planets want to come\nto Bharata-var�a and achieve bodies that may be very easily used to cultivate\n\n��Q.a\n\nconsciousness.\n\nTherefore\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nrepeatedly says:\n\nbhiirata bhilmite haila manU$ya-janma yiira\njanma siirthaka kari' kara para-upakiira\n\n", "SB5.2#p0303": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n268\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nA human being born in the land of Bharata-var�a has the special pre­\n\nrogative to develop Kr�1.1a consciousness. Therefore those already born in\n\nBharata-var�a should take lessons from the sastras and guru and should\n\nfully take advantage of the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in order\nto be fully equipped with Kr�1.1a consciousness. By taking full advantage\n\nof Kr�1.1a consciousness, one goes back home, back to Godhead (yanti\nmad-yajino 'pi mam). The Kr�1.1a consciousness movement is therefore\n\nspreading this facility to human society by opening many, many centers\n\nall over the world so that people may associate with the pure devotees of\n\nthe Kr�1.1a consciousness movement, understand the science of Kr�1.1a\nconsciousness and ultimately go back home, back to Godhead.\nTEXTS 29-30\n\n� i3Ciliif\n\n�'ffl =if Ot:t �t\\qlwt� � '�Nf':ftf;ij ftti(I� (�U �'tUI � � qftffl M(ctwtf«(iq�f� II�� II���....,.. 311'4Jwtl (q� '{�(0(: 'Uiit:f;:q: � �ffl II� II\n..\n\n..\n\no\n\nsri-suka uvaca\njambudvipasya ca rajann upadvipan U$!au haika upadiSanti\nsagaratmajair a.Svanve$a1Jil imam mahim parito nikhanadbhir\n\n.\n\nupakalpitan tad yatha svar�Jilprastha.S candra.Sukla avartano rama�Jllko\nmandarahariTJ(l/:t piiic ajanya/:t simhalo lariketi.\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami continued to speak; jam­\n\nbudvipasya-o£ the island known as Jambudvipa; ca-also; rajan-0\n\nKing;\n\nupadvipan U$!au-eight subordinate islands;\n\nha-certainly;\n\neke-some; upadiSanti-learned scholars describe; sagara-atma-jai/:t­\n\nby the sons of Maharaja Sagara; a.Sva-anve$a�e-while trying to find\ntheir lost horse;\n\nimam-this; mahim-tract of land; parita/:t-all\n\naround; nikhanadbhi/:t-digging; upakalpitan-created; tat-that;\n\nyatha-as follows; svar�Jll-prastha/:t-Svarl.laprastha; candra-sukla/:tCandrasukla;\n\navartana/:t-Avartana;\n\nramaiJllka/:t-Ramai).aka;\n\nman­\n\nd a r a - h a r i�a/:t- Manda r a h a r ii).a ; p aii c a j a n y a /:t -Paiic a j a n y a ;\n\nsimhala/:t-Sirhhala; larika-Lati.ka; iti-thus.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0304": "Text 31]\n\nThe Island of Jamhiidvipa\n\n269\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi said: My dear King, in the opinion of\n\nsome learned scholars, eight smaller islands surround Jam­\n\nhiidvipa. When the sons of Maharaja Sagara were searching all over\nthe world for their lost horse, they dug up the earth, and in this\n\nway eight adjoining islands came into existence. The names of\nthese\n\nislands\n\nare\n\nSvarJ.laprastha,\n\nCandra8ukla,\n\nAvartana,\n\nRam8J.laka, MandarahariJ.la, Piiiicajanya, Simhala and Lanka.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Kumu1 Pura1)-a there is this statement about the desires of the\ndemigods:\nanadhikiiriTJ-o devab,\nsvarga-stha bharatodbhavam\nvaiichanty atma-vimok�arthamudrekiirthe 'dhikiiri1)-a(t\nAlthough the demigods are situated in exalted positions in the heavenly\nplanets, they nevertheless desire to descend to the land of Bhiirata-var�a\non the planet earth. This indicates that even the demigods are unfit to\nreside in Bharata-var�a. Therefore if persons already born in Bharatavar�a live like cats and dogs, not taking full advantage of their birth in\nthis land, they are certainly unfortunate.\nTEXT 31\n\n�� � �l(ffl�\" �ift��•nait �� � 11��11\nevam tava bharatottama jambudvipa-var�a-vibhago yathopadesam\nupavarfJ,ita iti.\nevam-thus; tava-unto you; bharata-uttama-0 best of the descendents of Bharata; jambudvipa-var�a-vibhagab,-the divisions of the island of Jambudvlpa; yatha-upadesam-as much as I am instructed by\nthe authorities; upavarfJ,itab,-explained; iti-thus.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0305": "270\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear King Parik�it, 0 best of the descendants of Bharata\n\nMaharaja, I have thus described to you, as I myself have been in­\n\nstructed, the island of Bharata-var�a and its adjoining islands.\nThese are the islands that constitute Jamhudvipa.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Nineteenth\n\nChapter of the Srlmad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"A Description of the\nIsland of ]ambiidvipa. \"\n\n", "SB5.2#p0306": "CHAPTER TWENTY\n\nStudying the Structure of the Universe\nIn this chapter there is a description of various islands, beginning with\nPlak�advi:pa, and the oceans that surround them. There is also a descrip­\n\ntion of the location and dimensions of the mountain known as Lokaloka.\n\nThe island of Plak�advi:pa, which is twice as broad as Jambiidvi:pa, is sur­\n\nrounded by an ocean of salt water. The master of this island is ldhma­\n\njihva, one of the sons of Maharaja Priyavrata. The island is divided into\nseven regions, each with a mountain and a large river.\n\nThe second island is called Salmalidvipa. It is surrounded by an ocean\n\nof liquor and is 3,200,000 miles wide, twice as wide as Plak�advipa. The\n\nmaster of this island is Yajiiabahu, one of the sons of Maharaja\n\nPriyavrata. Like Plak�advipa, this island is also divided into seven\n\nregions, each with a mountain and a very large river. The inhabitants of\n\nthis island worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the form of\nCandratma.\n\nThe third island, which is surrounded by an ocean of clarified butter\n\nand is also divided into seven regions, is called Kusadvipa. Its master is\n\nHiral).yareta, another son of Maharaja Priyavrata, and its inhabitants\n\nworship the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the form of Agni, the\n\nfire-god. The width of this island is 6,400,000 miles, or, in other words,\ntwice the width of Salmalidvipa.\n\nThe fourth island, Krauiicadvipa, which is surrounded by an ocean of\nmilk, is 12,800,000 miles wide and is also divided, like the others, into\nseven regions, each with a large mountain and a large river. The master\nof this island is Gh�tap��tha, another son of Maharaja Priyavrata. The in­\n\nhabitants of this island worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead in\n\nthe form of water.\n\nThe fifth island, Sakadvipa, which is 25,600,000 miles wide, is sur­\n\nrounded by an ocean of yogurt. Its master is Medhatithi, another son of\n\nMaharaja Priyavrata. It is also divided into seven regions, each with a\n\nlarge mountain and a large river. Its inhabitants worship the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead in the form of Vayu, air.\n271\n\n", "SB5.2#p0307": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n272\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nThe sixth island, Pu�karadvipa, which is twice as wide as the previous\nisland, is surrounded by an ocean of clear water. Its master is Vitihotra,\nanother son of Maharaja Priyavrata. The island is divided in two by a\nlarge mountain named Manasottara. The inhabitants of this island worship Svayambhu, another feature of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Beyond Pu�karadvipa there are two islands, one always lit by\nthe sunshine and the other always dark. Between them is a mountain\ncalled Lokaloka, which is situated one billion miles from the edge of the\nuniverse. Lord NarayaQ.a, expanding His opulence, resides upon this\nmountain. The area beyond Lokaloka Mountain is called Aloka-var�a,\nand beyond Aloka-var�a is the pure destination of persons who desire\nliberation.\nVertically, the sun-globe is situated just in the middle of the universe,\nin Antarik�a, the space between Bhmloka and Bhuvarloka. The distance\nbetween the sun and the circumference of Ax:u�a-golaka, the globe of the\nuniverse, is estimated to be twenty-five ko# yojanas (two billion miles).\nBecause the sun enters the universe and divides the sky, it is known as\nMartal).�a, and because it is produced from Hiral).yagarbha, the body of\nthe mahat-tattva, it is also called Hiral).yagarbha.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n3Rf:\n\nII � II\n\n��\nq# AAtli(l�f sunot�\\$ol('f�.u�Jt iif�Rfilil\n\n'34iifwRt\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nata� param plalcyadiniim pramii:r:ta-la/cya�-sarhsthiinato var$avibhiiga upavan:tyate.\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sukadeva Gosvami said; ata� param - after this;\npla/cya-adiniim-of the island named Plak�a and others; prama�-lak$U�-sarhsthiinata�-from the angle of dimensions, particular characteristics and form; var$a-vibhiiga�-the division of the island; upavar�yate\n\n- is described.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0308": "]\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\n\nText2\n\n273\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe great sage\n\nSukadeva Gosv8rni said: Hereafter I shall de­\n\nscribe the dimensions, characteristics and forms of the six islands\nbeginning with the island of Plak�a.\n\nTEXT2\n\n•uq<�tlll•lf<l{\n1$1(1c::f>.Mt g�\nq�f!<itqf(rem1\nrc4'1 �\nm iifi�ijiflgu1Pt�11�'1\n==\n'l>n\n\n�¥.11 qfucn it11iitqtt�'1 I � ISI'\\SI+UUO rnt�� f�\n� i!SIIM()ql� �Nlfi(ij�IN<fir : fStt�4<ti�+4\\St ��: �\niN ij8ttt•tfUt f� ij8t4�'11+4..� �� 311WUI ((ttl+fl�+ti!li\\;{l1ffili{ II � II\njambadvipo 'yam yavat-pramiir:w-vistaras tavata lcyarodadhinii\nparive$#to yatha merur jambv-akhyena lavar_todadhir api tato dvi-gur:wviSalena plalcyakhyena parilcyipto yatha parikha bahyopavanena. plalcyo\njambu-pramiir_tO dvipiikhyakaro hirar_tmaya utthito yatragnir upaste\nsapta-jihvas tasyadhipati/:t priyavratatmaja idhmajihva/:t svam dvipam\nsapta-var$lir_ti vibhajya sapta-var$a-niimabhya atmajebhya akalayya\nsvayam atma-yogenopararama.\n\n-\n\n,\n\njamba dvipa/:t-Jambiidvipa the island named Jambii; ayam-this;\nyavat-pramar_ta-vistara/:t-as much as the measure of its width, namely\n100,000 yojanas (one yojana equals eight miles); tiivatii-so much;\n/cyara-udadhinii-by the ocean of salt water; parive$#ta/:t-surrounded;\nyatha-just as; meru/:t-Sumeru Mountain; jamba-akhyena-by the island named Jambii; lavar_ta-udadhi/:t-the ocean of salt water; api-certainly; tata/:t-thereafter; dvi-gur:w-viSalena-which is twice as wide;\nplalcya-akhyena-by\nrounded;\n\nthe\n\nyatha-like;\n\nisland\n\nnamed\n\nparikha-a\n\nPlakf?a;\nmoat;\n\npari/cyipta/:t-surbahya-external;\n\nupavanena-by a gardenlike forest; plalcya/:t-a plalcya tree; jambupramiir_ta/:t-having the height of the jambu tree; dvipa-akhya-kara/:t-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0309": "[Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n2 74\n\ncausing the name of the island; hira�maya�-magnificently splendorous; utthita�-rising; yatra-where; agni�-a fire; upaste-is situated;\n\nsapta-jihva�-having\n\nseven\n\nflames;\n\ntasya-of\n\nthat\n\nisland;\n\nadhipati�-the king or master; priyavrata-atmaja�-the son of King\nPriyavrata; idhma-jihva�-named ldhmajihva; svam-own; dvipamisland; sapta-seven; var�a�i-tracts of land; vibhajya-dividing into;\nsapta-var�a-namabhya�-for whom the seven tracts of land were\nnamed; atmajebhya�-to his own sons; akalayya-o:ffering; svayampersonally;\n\natma-yogena-by the devotional service of the Lord;\n\nupararama-he retired from all material activities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs Sumeru Mountain is surrounded by Jambudvipa, Jambudvipa is also surrounded by an ocean of salt water. The breadth\nof Jambudvipa is 100,000 yojanas [800,000 miles], and the\nbreadth of the saltwater ocean is the same. As a moat around a fort\nis sometimes surrounded by gardenlike forest, the saltwater ocean\nsurrounding Jambudvipa is itself surrounded by Plak�advipa. The\nbreadth of Plak�advipa is twice that of the saltwater ocean-in\nother words 200,000 yojanas [1,600,000 miles]. On Plak�advipa\nthere is a tree shining like gold and as tall as the jambii tree on\nJambudvipa. At its root is a fire with seven flames. It is because this\ntree is a plak�a tree that the island is called Plak�advipa. Plak!?advipa was governed by Idhmajihva, one of the sons of Maharaja\nPriyavrata. He endowed the seven islands with the names of his\nseven sons, divided the islands among the sons, and then retired\nfrom active life to engage in the devotional service of the Lord.\n\nTEXTS 3-4\n\nfuct �« � m;ij �fqfij �IJf � f� �Q�\n���M�.mm 11�11 �� �� � s;:�;\\1 ��lWl �qoli\nft�eft �����: I �;piJfTSSf�'h:ttfelfl �\n..\n\n", "SB5.2#p0310": "Text 4)\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\n\n275\n\nWI �i{fl: 1 tnm �q��...N����-=i't\nm��t�'l«�t�•,;ij�• enit �: «�(il19;til f�q..«���... Sl\\it'1'11: .t ;rT.l(T f� �� 91�'44 �'41�'41� �� II � II\n\nstr� �trt:�u\n\nsivarh yavasarh subhadrarh santarh �emam amrtam abhayam iti\nvar§iir:ti te§u girayo nadya§ ca saptaivabhijfiiita�. mar:tikii!o vajraku!a\nindraseno jyoti§man suparr:ta hirar:tya§!hivo meghamala iti setu-saila�\naru1)-ii nrm1}drigirasi savitri suptabhata rtambhara satyambhara iti\nmaha-nadya�. yasarh jalopasparsana-vidhuta- rajas-tamaso harhsapatarigordhvayana-satyariga-sarhjfiiiS catviiro var1)-ii� sahasriiyU§o\nvibudhopama-sandarsana-prajananii� svarga-dvararh trayya vidyaya\nbhagavantarh trayimayarh suryam iitmiinarh yajante.\nsi vam-Siva; yavasam-Yavasa; subhadram-Subhadra; santamSanta; �emam-K�ema; amrtam-Am:rta; abhayam-Abhaya; itithus; var§iir:ti-the tracts of land according to the names of the seven\nsons; te§u-in them; giraya�-mountains; nadya� ca-and rivers;\nsapta-seven; eva-indeed; abhijfiiita�-are known; mar:ti-kii!a�Mal).iku�a; vajra-kii!a�- V ajraku�; indra-sena� - lndrasena; jyoti§m a n - J y o t i � mii n ; s u p a r r:t a � - S u p a r l). a ; h i r a r:t y a - § ! h i v a � Hiral).ya��h\"iva; megha-mala�-Meghamala; iti-thus; setu-saila�-the\nranges of mountains marking the borders of the var§as; aru1)-ii-Arul).ii;\nnrm1}d-N:rml).ii; arigirasi- Angirasi; savitri-Savitri; supta-bhataSuptabhata; rtambhara- J.:{tambhara; satyambhara -Satyambhara;\niti-thus; maha-nadya�-very large rivers; yasam-of which; jalaupasparsana-simply by touching the water; vidhuta-washed off; raja�-ta mas a ft-whose modes of passion and ignorance; harhsa-Harhsa;\npatariga-Patailga; urdhvayana-Urdhvayana; satyariga-Satyiiilga;\nsarhjnaft-named; catvara�-four; var7}d�-castes or divisions of men;\nsahasra-iiyU§a�-living for one thousand years; vibudha-upama-similar to the demigods; sandarsana-in having very beautiful forms; prajananaft-and in producing children; svarga-dvaram-the gateway to\nthe heavenly planets; trayya vidyaya-by performing ritualistic\nceremonies according to Vedic principles; bhagavantam-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; trayi-mayam-established in the Vedas;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0311": "276\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nsuryam atmanam-the Supersoul, represented by the sun-g od; ya­\n\njante-they worship.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe seven islands (varsas] are named according to the names of\n.\nthose seven sons-Siva, Yavasa, Suhhadra, Santa, �ema, Amrta\nand Ahhaya. In those seven tracts of land, there are seven mountains and seven rivers. The mountains are named Mru;tikiita, Vajrakiita, lndrasena, Jyoti�man, Supar1,1a, Hirru;ty�thiva and\nMeghamiila, and the rivers are named Aru1,1ii, N:rm1,1ii, Angirasi,\nSiivitri, Suptahhiitii, �tamhharii and Satyamhharii. One can immediately he free from material contamination by touching or\nbathing in those rivers, and the four castes of people who live in\nPlak.�advipa-the Hamsas, Pataiigas, Urdhviiyanas and Satyiiilgaspurify themselves in that way. The inhabitants of Plak�advipa live\nfor one thousand years. They are beautiful like the demigods, and\nthey also beget children like the demigods. By completely performing the ritualistic ceremonies mentioned in the Vedas and by\nworshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead as represented by\nthe sun-god, they attain the sun, which is a heavenly planet.\nPURPORT\nAccording to g eneral understanding , there are originally three\ndeities-Lord Brahma, Lord Vii?I)U and Lord Siva-and people with a\n\npoor fund of knowledg e consider Lord Vii?I)U no better than Lord\nBr.ahma or Lord Siva. This conclusion, however, is invalid. As stated in\n\nthe Vedas, �!apurtarh bahudhii jayamanarh vi.Svarh bibharti bhuvanasya\n\nnabhi/:t tad eviignis tad vayus tat suryas tad u candrama/:t agni/:t sarvadaivata/:t. This means that the Supreme Lord, who accepts and enjoys the\nresults of Vedic ritualistic ceremonies (technically called �!apurta), who\nmaintains the entire creation, who supplies the necessities of all living\nentities (eko bahunarh yo vidadhiiti kaman) and who is the central point\nof all creation, is Lord Vii?I)U. Lord Vii?t:tU expands as the demigods\nknown as Ag ni, Vayu, Siirya and Candra, who are simply parts and par­\n\ncels of His body. Lord Kri?t:la says in Srimad Bhagavad-gita (9.23):\n\nye 'py anya-devata-bhakta\nyajante sraddhayanvita/:t\n\n", "SB5.2#p0312": "The Structure of the Universe\n\nText 4]\n\n277\n\nte 'pi nuim eva kaunteya\nyajanty avidhi-purvakam\n\"Devotees who worship the demigods with firm faith worship Me also,\n\nbut not according to regulative principles.\" In other words, if one wor­\n\nships the demigods but does not understand the relationship between the\n\ndemigods and the Supreme Personality of Godhead, his worship is ir­\n\nregular. \"fCri?Qa also says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(9.24), aham hi saroa­\n\nyajfiiinam bhokta ca prabhur eva ca: \"I am the only enjoyer of ritualistic\n\nceremomes.\n.\n\n,\n\nIt may be argued that the demigods are as important as Lord Vii?QU\n\nbecause the names of the demigods are different names of Vii?QU. This,\n\nhowever, is not a sound conclusion, for it is contradicted in the Vedic\nliteratures. The Vedas declare:\n\ncandrama manaso jataS cak$ob, silryo ajayata. srotradaya.S ca prar:za,S\nca mukhad agnir ajayata. narayar:uJ,d brahma, narayar:uJ,d rudro jayate,\nnarayar:uit prajapatib, jayate, niirayar:uJ,d indro jayate, narayar:uJ,d �!au\nvasavo jayante, narayaTJiid ekadaSa rudra jayante.\n·'The demigod of the moon, Candra, came from the mind of NarayaQa,\n\nand the sun-god came from His eyes. The controlling deities of hearing\nand the life air came from NarayaQa, and the controlling deity of fire was\n\ngenerated from\n\nHis mouth.\n\nPrajapati,\n\nLord Brahma, came from\n\nNarayaiJa, lndra came from NarayaQa, and the eight Vasus, the eleven\n\nexpansions of Lord Siva and the twelve Adityas also came from\nNarayaf,la.\" In the smrti Vedic literature it is also said:\n\nbrahnui sambhus tathaivarkaS\ncandramas ca satakratub,\nevam adyas tathaivanye\nyukta va�r:tava-tejasa\njagat-karyavasane tu\nviyujyante ca tejasa\nviteja.S ca te sarve\npaiicatvam upayanti te\n\n", "SB5.2#p0313": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n278\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\n\"Brahma, Sambhu, Surya and lndra are all merely products of the power\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is also true of the many\n\nother demigods whose names are not mentioned here. When the cosmic\nmanifestation is annihilated, these different expansions of Narayai).a's\n\npotencies will merge into Narayai).a. In other words, all these demigods\n\nwill die. Their living force will be withdrawn, and they will merge into\nNarayai).a.\"\n\nTherefore it should be concluded that Lord Vi�I).u, not Lord Brahma or\n\nLord Siva, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As a government of­\n\nficer is sometimes accepted as the entire government although he is ac­\n\ntually but a departmental manager, so the demigods, having achieved\n\npower of attorney from Vi�I).u, act on His behalf, although they are not as\npowerful as He. All the demigods must work under the orders of Vi�I).u.\n\nTherefore it is said, ekale iSvara km:u:t, iira saba bhrtya. The only master\nis Lord Kr�I).a, or Lord Vi�I).u, and all others are His obedient servants,\n\nwho act exactly according to His orders. The distinction between Lord\n\nVi�I).u and the demigods is also expressed in Bhagavad-gitii (9.25). Yanti\ndeva-vratii deviin... yanti mad-yajino 'pi nuim: those who worship the\n\ndemigods go to the planets of the demigods, whereas the worshipers of\n\nLord Kr�I).a and Lord Vi�I).U go to the planets in Vaikui).tha. These are the\n\nstatements of the smrti. Therefore the idea that Lord Vi�I).U is on the\n\nsame level as the demigods is in contradiction to the siistras. The\n\ndemigods are not supreme. The supremacy of the demigods is dependent\n\non the mercy of Lord Narayai).a (Vi�I).u, or Kr�I).a).\n\nTEXTS\n\nsrA � � :q�('(�tl��� QIQJ: I\n\n�� ��It G_tPtl€411wt�Tfa II� II\npratnasya vi§� riiparit yat\nsatyasyartasya brahma7JU/:t\namrtasya ca mrtyos ca\nsuryam iitnuinam imahiti\n\npratnasya-of the oldest person; vi.§�/:1,-Lord Vi�I).u; rupam-the\n\nform;\n\nyat-which;\n\nsatyasya-of the\n\nAbsolute\n\nTruth;\n\nrtasya-of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0314": "Text 5)\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\n\n279\n\ndharma; brah TTULT}a�-of the Supreme Brahman; amrtasya-of the\nauspicious result; ca-and; mrtyo�-of death (the inauspicious result);\nca-and; suryam-the demigod Surya; atmanam-the Supersoul or\n\norigin of all souls; iTTULhi-we approach for shelter; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\n\n[This is the mantra by which the inhabitants of Plak�advipa worship the Supreme Lord.) Let us take shelter of the sun-god, who is\na reflection of Lord Vi�l).u, the all-expanding Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, the oldest of all persons. Vi�I).U is the only worshipable Lord. He is the Vedas, He is religion, and He is the origin of\nall auspicious and inauspicious results.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Vi�?I:IU is even the Supreme Lord of death, as confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gita (mrtyu� sarva-hara5 caham). There are two kinds of ac­\n\ntivity-auspicious and inauspicious-and both are controlled by Lord\nVii?I:IU. Inauspicious activities are said to be behind Lord Vi�?�U, whereas\nauspicious activities stand before Him. The auspicious and the in­\n\nauspicious exist throughout the entire world, and Lord Vi�?I:IU is the controller of them both.\n\nIn regard to this verse, Srila Madhvacarya says:\n\nsurya-somiigni-variSavidhatr$U yatha-kramam\nplak$adi-dvipa-sarhsthasu\nsthitarh harim upasate\nThere are many lands, fields, mountains and oceans throughout the cre­\n\nation, and everywhere the Supreme Personality of Godhead is worshiped\n\nby His different names.\n\nSri:la Vi:raraghava Acarya explains this verse of Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nas follows. The original cause of the cosmic manifestation must be the\n\noldest person and must therefore be beyond material transformations. He\n\nis the enjoyer of all auspicious activities and is the cause of conditional\n\nlife and also liberation. The demigod Surya, who is categorized as a very\n\n", "SB5.2#p0315": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n280\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\npowerful jiva, or living entity, is a representation of one of the parts of\nHis body. We are naturally subordinate to powerful living entities, and\ntherefore we can worship the various demigods as living beings who are\npowerful representatives of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nAlthough the worship of the sun-god is recommended in this mantra, He\n\nis worshiped not as the Supreme Personality of Godhead but as His\npowerful representative.\n\nIn the Katha Upan�ad (1.3.1) it is said:\n\nrtam pibantau sukrtasya loke\nguhiim prav�tau parame parardhe\nchayatapau brahmavido vadanti\npaficagnayo ye ca tri-1Jiiciketa/:l\n\"0 Naciketa, the expansions of Lord Vi�x:tu as the tiny living entity and\nthe Supersoul are both situated within the cave of the heart of this body.\nHaving entered that cavity, the living entity, resting on the chief of the\nlife airs, enjoys the results of activities, and the Supersoul, acting as witness enables him to enjoy them. Those who are well-versed in knowledge\nof Brahman and those householders who carefully follow the Vedic\nregulations say that the difference between the two is like the difference\nbetween a shadow and the sun.\"\n\nIn the SvetaSvatara Upan�ad (6.16) it is said:\n\nsa vi.Svakrd vi.Svavidatmayoni/:l\njnai) kaliikaro gur:ti sarvavid yai)\npradhiina-/cyetrajfia-patir gur:te5al)\nsaritsara-mo/cya-sthiti-bandha-hetul)\n\"The Supreme Lord, the creator of this cosmic manifestation, knows\nevery nook and corner of His creation. Although He is the cause of creation, there is no cause for His appearance. He is fully aware of everything. He is the Supersoul, the master of all transcendental qualities, and\nHe is the master of this cosmic manifestation in regard to bondage to the\nconditional state of material existence and liberation from that bondage.\"\nSimilarly, in the Taittiriya Upan�ad (2.8) it is said:\n\n", "SB5.2#p0316": "Text6)\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\n\n281\n\nbhi$asmad vataft pavate\nbhi$odeti sllryaft\nbhi$asmad agni.S cendra5 ca\nmrtyur dhavati paiicamaft\n\"It is out of fear of the Supreme Brahman that the wind is blowing, out\nof fear of Him that the sun regularly rises and sets, and out of fear of\nHim that fire acts. It is only due to fear of Him that death and lndra, the\nKing of heaven, perform their respective duties.\"\nAs described in this chapter, the inhabitants of the five islands beginning with Plak�advipa worship the sun-god, the moon-god, the fire-god,\nthe air-god and Lord Brahmii respectively. Although they engage in the\nworship of these five demigods, however, they actually worship Lord\nVi�l)u, the Supersoul of all living entities, as indicated in this verse by\nthe words pratnasya v�r:w rllpam. Vi�l)u is brahma, amrta, mrtyu\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Brahman and the origin of everything, auspicious and inauspicious. He is situated in the heart of everyone, including all the\ndemigods. As stated in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(7.20), kamais tais tair hrta­\n\njnanaft prapadyante 'nya devataft: those whose minds are distorted by\nmaterial desires surrender unto the demigods. People who are almost\nblind because of lusty desires are recommended to worship the demigods\nto have their material desires fulfilled, but actually those desires are not\nfulfilled by the material demigods. Whatever the demigods do is done\nwith the sanction of Lord Vi�l)u. People who are too lusty worship\nvarious demigods instead of worshiping Lord Vi�l)u, the Supersoul of all\nliving entities, but ultimately it is Lord Vi�l)u they worship because He is\nthe Supersoul of all demigods.\n\nTEXT6\n\n� qifij �qton+u�R��¥it::�: � iRt tf4:�sti+t � :q\nmtm� fuf4:dC1��Ui � II � II\nplalcyad�u paficasu purU$ii�m ayur indriyam ojaft saho balam buddhir\nvikrama iti ca sarve$iim autpattiki siddhir avi.Se$er:ta vartate.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0317": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n282\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nplalcya iidi§u-in the islands headed by Plak�a;\n-\n\npurU§a�m-of the inhabitants;\n\npancasu-five;\n\nayu�-long duration of life;\n\nin­\n\ndriyam-soundness of the senses; oja�-bodily strength; saha�-me ri­\n\ntal strength;\n\nbalam-physical strength;\n\nbuddhi�-intelligence;\n\nvikrama�-bravery; iti-thus; ca-also; sarve�am-of all of them; aut­\n\npattiki-inborn; siddhi�-perfection; aviSe�e�-without distinction;\nvartate-exists.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, longevity, sensory prowess, physical and mental\nstrength, intelligence and bravery are naturally and equally\nmanifested in all the inhabitants of the five islands headed by\nPlak�advipa.\n\nTEXT7\n\n���«l�wtltijl\n�\nfiilguiP4�u�: ft+Ui\\wt «il�l{(l:\nplalcya� sva-samanene/cyu-rasodenavrto yatha tatha dvipo 'pi salmalo\n\ndvi-gu�-viSala� samanena surodenavrta� parivpikte.\n\nplalcya�-the land known as Plak�advipa; sva-samanena-equal in\n\nwidth; i/cyu-rasa-of sugarcane juice; udena-by an ocean; avrta�surrounded; ya tha -just as; tatha-similarly; dvipab,-another island;\n\napi-also; salmala�-known as sa.lmala; dvi-gu�-viSala�-twice as\n\nbig; samanena-equal in width; sura-udena-by an ocean of liquor;\navrta�-surrounded; parivrrikte- exists.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlak�advipa is surrounded by an ocean of sugarcane juice, equal\nin breadth to the island itself. Similarly, there is then another island-Salmalidvipa-twice as broad as Plak�advipa [400,000 yojanas, or 3,200,000 miles] and surrounded by an equally broad\nbody of water called Surasagara, the ocean that tastes like liquor.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0318": "Text9]\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\n\n283\n\nTEXTS\n\n� ( � �IIC!'R�l � � etN\n\n�: 1HtRsi(l�� m\n\n� \"'tJS*I'41!4•r•:Ht\\0�\n\n4iq(ij� � II <; II\n\nyatra ha vai siilmali plaJ>§iiyimii yasyiirh viiva kila nilayam iihur\nbhagavata§ chanda/:t-stuta/:t patattri-riijasya sii dvipa-hutaye\nupala/>§yate.\nyatra -where; ha vai-certainly; siilmali-a siilmali tree; plal>§aiiyiimii-as big as the pla/>§a tree (one hundred yojanas broad and\neleven hundred yojanas high); yasyiim -in which; viiva kila-indeed;\nni layam -rest or living place; iihu/:t-they say; bhagavata/:t-of the\nmost powerful; chanda/:t-stuta/:t-who worships the Lord by Vedic\nprayers; patattri-riijasya-of GaruQa, the carrier of Lord Vi�I)u; sathat tree; dvipa-hutaye -for the name of the island; upala/>§yate-is\ndistinguished.\nTRANSLATION\nOn Salmalidvipa there is a salmali tree, from which the island\n\ntakes its name. That tree is as broad and tall as the plak�a tree-in\n\nother words 100 yojanas\n\n[800 miles] broad and 1,100 yojanas\n[8,800 miles] tall. Learned scholars say that this gigantic tree is the\n\nresidence of GarU«;Ia, the king of all birds and carrier of Lord\n\nVi�t:�u. In that tree, Garu4a offers Lord Vi�t:�u his Vedic prayers.\nTEXT9\n\n�: fflttf4ij(�qsn ��: �M: ijft+q(ij,'IJ'IJfir\n�� ��NI�U� e1'4:rt� � � 'flft4t�IQI�f�qfij- 11�11\ntad-dvipiidhipati/:t priyavratiitmajo yajiiabiihu/:t sva-sutebhya/:t\nsaptabhyas tan-niimiini sapta-var$iir,ti vyabhajat surocanarh\nsaumanasyarh ramar:w-karh deva-var$arh piiribhadram iipyayanam\navijfiiitam iti.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0319": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n284\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\ntat-dvipa-adhipati�-the master of that island; priyavrata-atmaja�the son of Maharaja Priyavrata; yajiia-bahu�-named Yajiiabahu; svasutebhya�-unto his sons; saptabhya�-seven in number; tatnamani-having names according to their names; sapta-var$dTJi-seven\ntracts of land; vyabhajat-divided; surocanam- Surocana;\nsaumanasyam- Saumanasya; ramar:wkam-RamaQaka; deva-var$amDeva-var�a; paribhadram-Paribhadra; apyayanam- Apyayana;\navijnatam-Avijiiata; iti -thus\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Maharaja Priyavrata named Yajiiahahu, the master of\n\nSalmalidvipa, divided the island into seven tracts of land, which he\ngave to his seven sons. The names of those divisions, which corre­\n\nspond to the names of the sons, are Surocana, Saumanasya,\n\nRamlll,laka, Deva-var�a, Piiribhadra, Apyayana and Avijiiata.\nTEXT 10\n\n� �:At� ;p.J� �: �: � �: �\n�: �\"��: � 1 31a'4Rr: ru�1�:t•�1 ��m �a �;ft\n�� ll�oll\n\nte$u var$adrayo nadyas ca saptaivabhijnata� svarasa� sata§rngo\nvamadeva� kundo mukunda� pU$pa-var$a� sahasra-srutir iti. anumati�\nsinivali sarasvati kuhu rajani nanda raketi.\n\nte$u-in those tracts of land; var$a-adraya�-mountains; nadya�\nca-as well as rivers; sapta eva- seven in number; abhijnata�-under­\n\nstood; svarasa�-Svarasa; s ata-s piga� Satas:pi.ga; vama-deva�Vamadeva; kunda�- Kunda; mukunda�-Mukunda; pU$pa-var$a�Pu�pa-var�a; sahasra-sruti�-Sahasras ruti; iti-thus; anumati�Anumati; sinivali-Sinlval!; sarasvati-Sarasvatl; kuhu-Kuhii; rajani-Rajanl; nanda-Nanda; raka-Raka; i ti-thus\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn those tracts of land there are seven mountains-Svarasa,\n\nSataS�nga,\n\nVamadeva,\n\nKunda,\n\nMukunda,\n\nPu�pa-var�a\n\nand\n\n", "SB5.2#p0320": "The Structure of the Universe\n\nText 12]\n\n285\n\nSahasra8ruti. There are also seven rivers-Anumati, Sinivali,\nSarasvati, Kuhii, Rajani, Nanda and Raka. They are still existing.\nTEXT II\n\n.�tn ��eW:N(ctij l:f�, �Hiijl � � e1+t+tl�+tl4\n...\n\n..\n\n�������II\n\ntad-var$a-pUTU$d/:t STutadhara-vfryadhara-vasundhare$andhara-samjna\nbhagavantam vedamayam somam atmanam vedena yajante.\ntat-var$a-purU$a/:t-the residents of those tracts of land; srutadhara-Srutadhara; vfryadhara- Viryadhara; vasundharaV asundhara; i$andha ra-l�andhara; samjna /:t -known as; bhagavantam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; veda-mayam-fully conversant with the Vedic knowledge; somam atmanam-represented by\nthe living entity known as Soma; vedena-by following the Vedic rules\nand regulations; yajante-they worship.\nTRANSLATION\nStrictly following the cult of varr;tiiSri!Illa-dharma, the inhabitants of those islands, who are known as Srutidharas, Viryadharas,\nVasundharas and l�andharas, all worship the expansion of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead named Soma, the moon-god.\nTEXT I2\n\n�fll: � ffllii!Wf. 'f]WI�9'J�l: I\n51'� «�«fU��: «)5{( Wf 3ll� II� �II\nsva-gobhi/:t pitr-devebhyo\nvibhajan kmta-suklayo/:t\nprajanam sarvasam rajandha/:t somo na astv iti\nsva-gobhi/:t- by expansion of his own illuminating rays; pitrdevebhya/:t-unto the pitas and the demigods; vibhajan-dividing;\nkmta-su k layo/:t- into the two fortnights, dark and light; prajanam-of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0321": "286\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nthe citizens; sarvasam-of all; raja-the king; andha?t-food grains;\n\nsoma?t-the moon-god; na?t-toward us; astu-let him remain favorable; iti-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[The inhabitants of Siilmalidvipa worship the demigod of the\n\nmoon in the following words.] By his own rays, the moon-god has\n\ndivided the month into two fortnights, known as sukla and k:r��a,\n\nfor the distribution of food grains to the pitas and the demigods.\n\nThe demigod of the moon is he who divides time, and he is the\nking of all the residents of the universe. We therefore pray that he\nmay remain our king and guide, and we offer him our respectful\nobeisances.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n� tWG\\I#:R{ijctfimut: �itwtl'!ffl 'l�l� �: �m:Nt ll'�\n�?g� �qfi�'l�qi(Qt..U � �: �� �\n��ftr II � �II\nevam surodad bahis tad-dvi-gu1Jll?t samanenavrto ghrtodena yathapurva?t ku5a-dvipo yasmin ku5a-stambo deva-krtas tad-dvipakhyakaro\njvalana ivapara?t sva-s(l$pa-roci$a diSo virajayati.\nevam-thus; surodat-from the ocean of liquor; bahi?t-outside; tatdvi -gu1Jll�-twice that; samanena-equal in width; avrta�-sur­\n\nrounded; ghrta-udena-an ocean of clarified butter; yatha-purva�-as\n\npreviously with Salmalidvipa; ku5a-dvipa-the island called Kusadvipa;\n\nyasmin-in which; ku5a-stamba?t-ku5a grass; deva-krta?t-created by\n\nthe supreme will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tat-dvipa­\n\nakhya-karaft-giving the island its name; jvalana?t-fire; iva-like;\n\napara�-another; sva-s(J,$pa-roci$a-by the effulgence of the young\n\nsprouting grass; diSal£-all directions; virajayati-illuminates.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOutside the ocean of liquor is another island, known as\n\nKusadvipa, which is 800,000 yojanas [6,400,000 miles] wide,\n\n", "SB5.2#p0322": "The Structure of the Universe\n\nText 14)\n\n287\n\ntwice as wide as the ocean of liquor. As Salmalidvipa is surrounded\n\nby a liquor ocean, Kusadvipa is surrounded by an ocean of liquid\n\nghee as broad as the island itself. On Kusadvipa there are clumps\n\nof kusa grass, from which the island takes its name. This kusa\ngrass, which was created by the demigods by the will of the\n\nSupreme Lord, appears like a second form of fire, hut with\n\nvery mild and pleasing flames. Its young shoots illuminate all\ndirections.\n\nPURPORT\nFrom the descriptions in this verse, we can make an educated guess\n\nabout the nature of the flames on the moon. Like the sun, the moon must\n\nalso be full of flames because without flames there cannot be illumina­\n\ntion. The flames on the moon, however, unlike those on the sun, must be\n\nmild and pleasing. This is our conviction. The modern theory that the\nmoon is full of dust is not accepted in the verses of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nIn regard to this verse, Sri:la Visvanatha Cakravartl 'fhakura says,\n\nsu§�pa1Ji sukomala-sikhiis te$arh roci$a: the ku§a grass illuminates all\n\ndirections, but its flames are very mild and pleasing. This gives some\n\nidea of the flames existing on the moon.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�qqfij: W:l�m u� ��;uq�if!f�q: ����\n� m aq 3llfug6 �tJG\\IWft(!�Rf;{lfltgfl�fi4�AA'ffiitl+i�ll+ll: II �'J II\ntad-dvipa-pati/:t praiyavrato rajan hira7Jyareta nama svarh dviparh\nsaptabhya/:t sva-putrebhyo yatha-bhagarh vibhajya svayarh tapa\nafi$fhata vasu-vasudana-drl)haruci-nabhigupta-stutyavrata-viviktavamadeva-namabhya/:t.\ntat-dvipa-pati/:t-the master of that island; praiyavrata/:t-the son of\n\nMaharaja Priyavrata; rajan-0 King; hira7Jyareta- HiraQyareta ;\nnama-named; svam-his own; dvipam-island; saptabhya/:t\n\n-\n\nunto\n\nseven; sva-putrebhya/:t-his own sons; yatha-bhagam-according to\ndivision;\n\nvibhajya-divid ing ;\n\nsvayam-himself;\n\ntapa/:t ati$thata-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0323": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n288\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nengaged in austerities; vasu-unto Vasu; vasudiina- Vasudana; drt)ha­\n\nr u c i -D:r�h a r uci; n a b h i - g u p t a -Nab h i g u p t a ; s t u ty a -v ra t a ­\n\nStutyavrata; vivikta-Vivikta; viima-deva-Vamadeva; niimabhya�­\n\nnamed.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, another son of Maharaja Priyavrata, Hir�yareta, was\n\nthe king of this island. He divided it into seven parts, which he\n\ndelivered to his seven sons according to the rights of inheritance.\nThe King then retired from family life to engage in austerities.\nThe\n\nnames\n\nof\n\nthose\n\nsons\n\nare Vasu,\n\nVasudana,\n\nStutyavrata, Niihhigupta, Vivikta and Vamadeva.\n\nDr9haruci,\n\nTEXT 15\n\n� � eT'itfit(� ���m: � ij�tf ��:'lf: Cfif'f�� �f!{,;ftEfi �\\o-#t'\" mur � �e��· �� flm�\n¢'� � 'fl('f�@l �..Sl'ile� II � '-\\ II\nte$iirh var$e$U sinui-girayo nadya§ ciibhijfiiitii� sapta saptaiva cakra§\ncatu/:tSrriga� kapilaS citrakil.to devanika urdhvaronui dravil)-a iti\nrasakulya madhukulya mitravindii srutavindii deva garbha ghrtacyuta\nmantranuileti.\nle$ilm-a!l those sons; var$e$u-in the tracts of land; sinui-giraya�­\n\nborder mountains; nadya� ca-as well as rivers; abhijnata�-known;\n\nsapta-seven; sapta-seven; eva-certainly; cakra�-Cakra; catu�­\n\nsrriga� -Catu}:IS:rnga;\n\ndeviinika�-Devanika;\n\nviQ.a ;\n\ni t i - t h us;\n\nkapila�- Kapil a;\n\ncitra-kuta�-Citrakuta;\n\nurdhva-ronui-Ordhvaroma;\n\ndravil)-U�-Dra­\n\nr a m a - k u l y a - R a m a k ul y a ; m a d h u- k u l y a ­\n\n- Srut a vinda;\n-Devagarbha; ghrta-cyuta-Gh:rta yuta; mantra-nuila­\n\nMadhukulyii; mitra-vinda-Mitravinda; sruta-vinda\n\ndeva-garbha\n\nc\n\nMantramala; iti-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn those seven islands there are seven boundary mountains,\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nCakra,\n\nCatuJ.tsrnga,\n\nKapila,\n\nCitrakiita,\n\nDevanika,\n\n", "SB5.2#p0324": "Text 17)\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\n\n289\n\nUrdhvaroma and Dravina. There are also seven rivers, known as\n\ny\n\nRamakulya, Madhukul a, Mitravinda,\n\nGh:rtacyuta and Mantramala.\n\nSrutavinda, Devagarbha,\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�\n\n�: ���: �:ij��fef��'ffi�€fi\n�ff\niiffi14G:e�fqof �cti1�1�;:r � II � � II\nyasarh payobhi� ku§advipaukasa� ku§ala-kovidabhiyukta-kulakasamjfui bhagavantarh jataveda-sanlpir,tarh karma-kau§alena yajante.\nyasam-of which; payobh*-by the water; ku§a-dvipa-okasa�-the\ninhabitants\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nisland\n\nknown as\n\nKusadvipa;\n\nku§ala-Kusala;\n\nkovida-Kovida; abhiyukta-Abhiyukta; kulaka-Kulaka; samjfui�named; bhagavantam-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; jataveda - the demigod of fire; sa-nlpir,tam-manifesting the form; karmakau§a/ena-by\n\nexpertise\n\nin\n\nritualistic\n\nceremonies;\n\nyajante-they\n\nworship.\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of the island of Kusadvipa are celebrated as the\n\nKusalas, Kovidas, Ahhiyuktas and Kulakas. They are like the\n\nbrahmaJ,laS, k�atriyas, vaisyas and sudras respectively. By bathing\n\nin the waters of those rivers, they all become purified. They are ex­\n\npert in performing ritualistic ceremonies according to the orders\n\nof the Vedic scriptures. Thus they worship the Lord in His aspect\n\nas the demigod of fire.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�QUI: ����ij�a.'lsm �o£4€41?> 1\n\"'\n\n� �'1ifi·RT �WI �� �ftr 11�'911\nparasya brahmar,ta� sa/cyaj\njata-vedo 'si havyavat\n\n", "SB5.2#p0325": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n290\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\ndevanam pur�aizganam\nyajiiena pu�am yajeti\nparasya-of the Supreme; brahma ��-Brahman; sa � at-directly;\njata-veda�-0 fire-god; asi-you are; havyavat-the carrier of Vedic\nofferings of grains and ghee; devantim-of all the demigods; pur�aanganam who are limbs of the Supreme Person; yajiiena-by performing the ritualistic sacrifices; pur�am-to the Supreme Person;\nyaja-please carry oblations; iti-thus.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n[This is the mantra by which the inhabitants of Kusadvipa wor­\n\nship the fire-god.] 0 fire-god, you are a part of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, Hari, and you carry to Him all the offerings\n\nof sacrifices. Therefore we request you to offer to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead the yajiiic ingredients we are offering the\n\ndemigods, for the Lord is the real enjoyer.\nPURPORT\n\nThe demigods are servants who assist the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. If one worships the demigods, the demigods, as servants of the\n\nSupreme, carry the sacrificial offerings to the Lord, like tax collectors\n\ncollecting revenue from the citizens and bringing it to the government's\n\ntreasury. The demigods cannot accept the sacrificial offerings; they\nsimply carry the offerings to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As\nstated\n\nby Srila V isvanatha Cakravarti Thakura, yasya prasadad\nbhagavat-prasada�: since the guru is a representative of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, he carries to the Lord whatever is offered to\n\nhim. Similarly, all the demigods, as faithful servants of the Supreme\n\nLord, hand over to the Supreme Lord whatever is offered to them in\n\nsacrificial performances. There is no fault in worshiping the demigods\nwith this understanding, but to think that the demigods are independent\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead and equal to Him is called hrta­\n\njnana, a loss of intelligence (kamais tais tair hrta-jnanaM. One who\n\nthinks that the demigods themselves are the actual benefactors is\n\nmistaken.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0326": "Text 19]\n\n291\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\nTEXT 18\n\n� �ffi�f(: ifil�qy f�: �\"� �(\\(;( qft� �� tffl\n� '� �ffl(;r\n\n30� II� �II\n\n• � Will{ qfufit itq;{,qf;rcf�\n\ntathii ghrtodiid bahi/:1, krauficadvipo dvi-gurw/:1, sva-miinena lcyirodena\nparita upak.lpto vrto yathii ku5advipo ghrtodena yasmin kraufico nama\nparvata-riijo dvipa-niima-nirvartaka iiste.\ntathii-so also;\nbahi/:1,-outside;\nKrauiicadvi:pa;\n\nghrta-udiit -from the ocean of clarified butter;\nkraunca-dvipa/:1,- another isla nd,\n\ndvi-gurw/:1,-twice as big;\n\nknown as\n\nsa-miinena-as the same\n\nmeasurement; ksira-udena-by an ocean of milk; parita/:1,-al! around;\nu\n\npak.lpta/:1,-surrounded; vrta/:1,-surrounded; yatha-l i ke;\n\nkusa­\n\ndvipa/:1,-the island known as Kusadvi:pa; ghrta-udena-by an ocean of\nclarified butter; yasmin-in which; kraufica/:1, nama-named Krauiica;\nparvata-riija/:1,-a king of mountains; dvipa-niima-the name of the island; nirvartaka/:1,\n\n-\n\nbringing about; iiste-exists.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOutside the ocean of clarified butter is another island, known as\nKrauiicadvipa, which has a width of 1,600,000 yojanas [12,800,000 miles], twice the width of the ocean of clarified butter. As\nKusadvipa\n\nis\n\nsurrounded\n\nby\n\nan\n\nocean\n\nof\n\nclarified\n\nbutter,\n\nKrauiicadvipa is surrounded by an ocean of milk as broad as the island itself. On Krauiicadvipa there is a great mountain known as\nKrauiica, from which the island takes its name.\nTEXT 19\n\nlftS�t g�SN�;:'If¥«Jfwtij�f�sN �ua.;(lfe.-.lf'l;ft\n�u);nf� � if\\f{ II � � II\nyo 'sau guha-praharar:wnmathita-nitamba-kunjo 'pi lcyirodeniisicyamiino bhagavatii varur:wnabhigupto vibhayo babhuva.\n\n�ffl\n\n", "SB5.2#p0327": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n292\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nyab,-which; asau-that (mountain); �uha-praharar:w-by the\nweapons of Karttikeya, the son of Lord Siva; unmathita-shaken;\nnitamba-kuiijab,-whose trees and vegetables along the slopes; apialthough; �ira-udena-by the ocean of milk; asicyamanab,-being always bathed; bhagavata-by the greatly powerful; varu�na-the\ndemigod\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nVarui)a;\n\nabhiguptab,-protected;\n\nvibhayab,\n\nbabhiiva-has become fearless.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the vegetables living on the slopes of Mount Kraufica\n\nwere attacked and devastated by the weapons of Karttikeya, the\n\nmountain has become fearless because it is always bathed on all\n\nsides by the ocean of milk and protected by Varu1,1adeva.\nTEXT 20\n\nijf4tastf\\t �� � �: � � qqtfUr {{8 A�\n� �SI\"tl'lij� f(¥.11C(I1>�qd'� �tf�FJ:�fft«H q(+{€fi�lll�� ��ff(UIId�Jlq&HI+t II �o II\ntasminn api praiyavrato ghrtapr�tho niimiidhipatib, sve dvipe var�iiTJ,i\nsapta vibhajya te�u putra-namasu sapta rikthadan var�apan nivesya\nsvayam bhagaviin bhagavatab- parama-kalyar:w-ya5asa atma-bhiitasya\nhares cara�ravindam upajagama.\ntasmin-in that island; api-also; praiyavratab,-the son of Maharaja\nPriyavrata; ghrta-pr�thab,-Gh:rtapn;�ha; nama-named; adhipatib,the king of that island; sve-his own; dvpe-in the island; var�iiTJ,itracts of land; sapta-seven; vibhajya-dividing; te�u-in each of\nthem; putra-niimasu-possessing the names of his sons; sapta-seven;\nriktha-dan-sons; var$a-pan-the masters of the var$as; nivesya\n\n-\n\nap­\n\npointing; svayam-himself; bhagavan-very powerful; bhagavatab,of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; parama-kalyar:w-ya5asab,whose glories are so auspicious; iitma-bhiitasya-the soul of all souls;\nhareb, carar:w-aravindam-the lotus feet of the Lord; upajagama-took\nshelter at.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0328": "Text 21]\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\n\n293\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe ruler of this island was another son of Maharaja Priyavrata.\nHis name was Ghrtap:r�tha, and he was a very learned scholar. He\nalso divided his own island among his seven sons. Mter dividing\nthe island into seven parts, named according to the names of his\nsons, Gh:rtap:r�tha Maharaja completely retired from family life\nand took shelter at the lotus feet of the Lord, the soul of all souls,\nwho has all auspicious qualities. Thus he attained perfection.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n3T11iT � it�: �1 mf� �l'litt4'14iqfttf(fij ifAij'mijijl4iijtf ���: ijl( m ��: � � �\naqiffiun wt;:c:) �: riffi� Wt\" �� ll'lffl� � �fT�t«it\nrndfqfq;rffi� II�� II\namo madhurulw meghapr�!ha� sudhamii bhraj�!lw lohitan:w vanaspatir\n\niti ghrtapf$!ha-sutas te�am var�a-giraya� sapta saptaiva nadya§\n\ncabhikhyata� suklo vardhamiirw bhojana upabarhir:w nando nandana�\nsarvatobhadra iti abhaya amrtaugha aryaka tirthavati nlpavati\npavitravati sukleti.\n\nama�-Ama; madhu-ruha�-Madhuruha; megha-pr�!ha�­\n\nMeghap:r!?tha; sudhama-Sudhama; bhraji$thaft-Bhraji!?tha; lohitar­\n\nvanaspatift-Vanaspati; iti-thus; ghrtapr�thasutaft-the sons of Gh:rtap:r!?tha; te�am-of those sons; var�a-giraya!t�a!t-Lohitar1,1a;\n\nboundary hills of the tracts of land; sapta-seven; sapta-seven; eva­\n\nalso; nadya�-rivers; ca -a nd ; abhikhyata�-celebrated; sukla�\n\nvar dhamanaft-Sukla and Vardhamana; bhojanaft -Bh ojana ;\nupabarhi �!t-Upabarhi1,1a; nandaft-Nanda; nandana�-Nandana;\nsarvata�- bhadra�- Sarvatobhadra; iti- thus; abhaya-Abhaya;\n\namrtaugha -Am :rtau gha; aryaka-Aryaka; tirthavg-ti-Tirthavati;\nrupavan-Rupavati; pavitravati-Pavitravati; sukla-Sukla; iti-thus.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0329": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n294\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\nsons\n\nof\n\nMaharaja\n\nGhrtapr�tha\n\nwere\n\nnamed\n\nAma,\n\nMadhuruha, Meghap�tha, Sudhamii, Bhraji�tha, Lohitar1,1a and\n\nVanaspati. In their island there are seven mountains, which indi­\n\ncate the boundaries of the seven tracts of land, and there are also\nseven rivers. The mountains are named Sukla, Vardhamiin a, Bho­\n\njana, Upabarhi1,1a, Nanda, Nandana and Sarvatobhadra. The rivers\nare named Ah�ayii, Amrtaugha, Aryakii, Tirthavati, Rupavati,\n\nPavitravati and Suklii.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nqfe{SJ't't��q�m;n: �!Q.111JS::MUI�q�\n3f1qt't;.f � ��� �;:ij- II � � II\n��:\n\nyasam ambha}:t pavitram amalam upayuiijanii/:t purU§a-r$abhadravir:m-devaka-samjiici var$a-purU§ci apomayam devam apam\npil77,Lenaiijalinii yajante.\nyasam-of all the rivers; ambha}:t-the water; pavitra m-very\nsanctified; amalam-very clean; upayuiijana/:t-using; puru$aPuru�a;\n\nf$abha-}:l.�abha;\n\nd ra vi�a-Dravil).a;\n\ndevaka-Devaka;\n\nsamjiici/:t-endowed with the names; var$a-purU§ci/:t-the inhabitants of\nthose var$as; apa/:t-mayam-VaruiJ.a, the lord of water; devam-as the\nworshipable deity; apam-of water; p il77,Lena-with full; aiijaliniifolded palms; yajante-do worship.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of Krauiicadvipa are divided into four castes,\n\ncalled the Puru�as, J;t�abhas, Dravi1,1as and Devakas. Using the\nwaters of those sanctified rivers, they worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead by offering a palmful of water at the lotus feet\nof Varu1,1a, the demigod who has a form of water.\nPURPORT\nVisvanatha Cakravarti: Thakura says, apomaya/:t asmayam: with\njoined palms the inhabitants of the various sections of Krauiicadvipa\noffer the sanctified waters of the rivers to a deity made of stone or iron.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0330": "Text 23]\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\n\n295\n\nTEXT 23\n\n3t1q: �'f::rT<ri: �\n\n!f'�ir:tJ::r: I\n\nm;r: �Tlft::rR'T: W:��mn�q;n � � II � � II\napa/:t pur�a-virya/:t stha\npunantir bhilr-bhuva/:t-suva/:t\ntii na/:t punitamiva-ghni/:t\n\nsprsatam atmana bhuva iti\napa/:t-0 water; pur�a-virya/:t-endowed with the energy of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; stha-you are; punanti/:t-sanctify ing; bhil/:t-of the planetary system known as Bhui:I; bhuva/:t-of the\nBhuvai:I planetary system; suva/:t-of the Svai:I planetary system; taftthat water; na/:t-of us; punita-purify; amiva-ghni/:t-who destroys\nsin; sprsatam-of those touching; atmana-by your constitutional position; bhuva/:t-the bodies; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\n[The inhabitants of K.rauiicadvipa worship with this mantra.] 0\nwater of the rivers, you have obtained energy from the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Therefore you purify the three planetary\nsystems, known as Bhiiloka, Bhuvarloka and Svarloka. By your\nconstitutional nature, you take away sins, and that is why we are\ntouching you. Kindly continue to purify us.\n\nPURPORT\nKr�I.la says in Bhagavad-gitii (7 .4):\nbhumir apo 'nalo vayu/:t\nkham mano buddhir eva ca\nahankiira itiyam me\nbhinna prakrtir �!adha\n\"Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego-all\ntogether these eight comprise My separated material energies.\"\n\n", "SB5.2#p0331": "296\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nThe energy of the Lord acts throughout the creation, just as heat and\n\nlight, the energies of the sun, act within the universe and make every­\n\nthing work. The specific rivers mentioned in the siistras are also energies\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and people who regularly bathe\nin them are purified. It can actually be seen that many people are cured\n\nof diseases simply by bathing in the Ganges. Similarly, the inhabitants of\n\nKrauiicadvipa purify themselves by bathing in the rivers there.\nTEXT 24\n\n�������P{f� aq%fu(f: ���rtil ��;nqll{:\nij'fliR � if�o� qU((f ��'l m� ;:rrq l{��: ���q� � � ��lij(fll••...�� fu�Gt�mRf 11�\\lll\nevarh purastat /cy'irodiit parita upavesitab, sakadv'ipo dvatrimsal-la/cyayojaniiyamab, sarniinena ca dadhi-mar:uf,odena par'ito yasmin sako niima\nmah'iruhab, sva-/cyetra-vyapade§ako yasya ha maha-surabhi-gandhas\ntam dv'ipam anuviisayati.\nevam- thus; parastat-beyond ; /cy'ira-udat-from the ocean of milk;\n\npari tab,-ali around; upave sitab, -situated; saka-dv'ipab,-another is­\n\nland, known as Sakadvipa; dva-trimsat - thirty- two; la/cya-100,000;\n\nyojana-yojanas; ayamab,-whose measure; samanena-of equal\nlength; ca-and; dadhi-maTJ4,a-udena-by an ocean containing water\n\nresembling churned yogurt; parUab, - surrounded; yasmin-in which\nland; sakab,-saka; nama-named; mah'iruhab,-a fig tree; sva-/cyetravyapad esakab, -giving the island its name; yasya-of which; ha-in�\n\ndeed; maha-surabhi-a greatly fragrant; gandhab, - aroma ; tam\n\ndv 'ipam-that island; anuviisayati-makes fragrant.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOutside the ocean of milk is another island, Sakadvipa, which\n\nhas\n\na\n\nwidth\n\nof\n\n3,200,000\n\nyojanas\n\n(25,600,000\n\nmiles).\n\nAs\n\nKrauiicadvipa is surrounded by its own ocean of milk, Sakadvipa is\n\nsurrounded by an ocean of churned yogurt as broad as the island\n\n", "SB5.2#p0332": "Text\n\n25]\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\n\n297\n\nitself. In S akadvipa there is a big saka tree, from which the island\ntakes its name. This tree is very fragrant. Indeed, it lends its scent\nto the entire island.\nTEXT\n\n25\n\n� � �enf\\fqR;ifhtr it�: �sfq � � •\n�SI;wt+itf;r � (CII€+1�1'l ���wft��qcr1{1Wl'i{�ll�1€6f�R�� (CI({ �·•tt�il;ij 311�f�R1+iRffitilcr;f\n!If� II����\ntasyapi praiyavrata evadhipatir namna medhatithi/:t so 'pi vibhajya\nsapta var$iir:ti putra-namani te$U svatmajan purojava-manojavapavamana-dhumranika-citrarepha-bahurupa-vi.Svadhara-samjnan\nnidhapyadhipatin svayam bhagavaty ananta a-vesita-matis\ntapovanarh pravivesa.\ntasya api-of that island also; praiyavrata/:£-a son of Maharaja\nPriyavrata;\n\neva\n\n-certainly; adhipati/:t - the ruler; namna-by the\n- he also; vibhajya - divid­\n\nname; medha-tithi/:t-Medhatithi ; sa/:£ api\n\ning; sapta var$iir:ti-seven divisions of the island; putra-ndmdni­\n\ns\nmajan - his own\nn j\ncitra-repha-Citrarepha;\n\npossessing the names of his sons; le$u-in them; va-at\n\nj\n\nsons; purojava- Puro ava; manojava- Ma o a va; pavamanaPavamana;\nbahu-rupa\n\ndhumranika-Dhiimran1ka;\n\n- Bahurii pa; vi.Svadhara-Visvadhara; sarhjnan-having as\n\nnames; nidhdpya-establishing as; adhipatin-the rulers; svayamhimself; bhagavati-in the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anantein the unlimited; avesita-\n\nmati/:£ -whose mind was fully absorbed:\n\ntapa/:£-vanam-in the forest where meditation is performed:\n\npra­\n\nvivesa-he entered.\nTRANSLATION\nThe master of this island, also one of the sons of Priyavrata, was\nknown as Medhatithi. He also divided his island into seven sections, named according to the names of his own sons, whom he\n\n", "SB5.2#p0333": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n298\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nmade the kings of that island. The names of those sons are Puro­\n\njava, Manojava, Pavamana, Dhumranika, Citrarepha, Bahuriipa\n\nand Visvadhiira. Mter dividing the island and situating his sons as\n\nits rulers, Medhiitithi personally retired, and to fix his mind com­\n\npletely upon the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, he entered a forest suitable for meditation.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�qf e{�'itltG;Ifil(� �� ij� �ef � �srmt ��: �ij(:\n��m �qMi � � 3f'WI�Ss� �t�W:f!(q(l�l\nq���r�mijf(fQ ������\n'\"\"'\n\nete§iirh var§a-maryiidii-girayo nadya5 ca sapta saptaiva iSiina urusrrigo\n\nbalabhadra/:t satakesara/:t sahasrasroto devapiilo mahiinasa iti\n\nanaghiiyurdii ubhayaspr�tir apariijitii paiicapadi sahasrasrutir nijadhrtir\niti.\n\nete§iim-of all these divisions; var�a-maryiidii-acting as the bound­\n\nary limits; giraya/:t-the big hills; nadya/:t ca-and the rivers also;\nsapta-seven;\n\nsapta-seven;\n\neva-indeed;\n\nisiina/:t-lsana;\n\nuru­\n\nsrnga/:t- Ur us�nga; bala-bhadra/:t-Balab hadra; sata-kesara/:tSatakesara; sahasra-srotat£-Sahasrasrota; deva-palat£-Devapa Ia;\nmahiinasa/:t-Mahiinasa;\nAyur da;\n\niti-thus;\n\nanaghii-Anagha;\n\nubhayaspr�!ilt- UbhayaspH�i;\n\niiyurdii­\n\naparii j ita -Aparaj ita;\n\npaiicapadi-Paiicapadi; sahasra-sruti/:t-Sahasrasruti; nija-dhrti/:t-Ni­\n\njadhrti; iti-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor these lands also, there are seven boundary mountains and\n\n�even rivers. The mountains are lsiina, Uruspiga, Balahhadra,\n\nSatakesara, Sahasrasrota, Devapiila and Mahanasa. The rivers are\n\nAnaghii, Ayurdii, Uhhayaspr�!i, Apariijitii, Paiicapadi, Sahasrasruti\nand Nijadhrti.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0334": "Text 28]\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\n\n299\n\nTEXT 27\n\n���(At •��a('t����f1:1;cffi���;cl¥1w1\nSUUI�I+if��:\n\n� en��n�\n\n� �� 11�\\911\n\ntad-var$a-purU$ii rtavrata-satyavrata-danavratanuvrata-nanu:irw\nbhagavantarh vayv-atmakam prar:uJ,yama-vidhuta-rajas-tamasa/:t\nparama-samadhina yajante.\ntat-var$a-purU$ii/:t-the inhabitants of those tracts of land;\nvrata-l:{tavrata;\n\nsatya-vrata\n\n-\n\nrta­\n\ndana-vrata-Danavrata;\n\nSatyavrata ;\n\nanuvrata-Anuvrata; niinu:ina/:t-having the four names; bhagavantam\n\n-\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; vayu-atmakam-repre\n\n­\n\nsented by the demigod Vayu; prar:uJ,yama-by the practice of regulating\nthe airs within the body; vidhuta-cleansed away; raja/:t-tamasa/:twhose\n\npassion\n\nand\n\nignorance;\n\npara ma\n\n-\n\nsu\n\nblime;\n\ns\n\namadhina -by\n\ntrance; yajante-they worship.\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of those islands are also divided into four\ncastes-l;ttavrata, Satyavrata, Danavrata and Anuvrata-which exactly resemble hriihmal).a, k�atriya, vaisya and siidra. They practice\npr�ayiima and mystic yoga, and in trance they worship the\nSupreme Lord in the form of Vayu.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�: Sff�\n\n� � R+i�t��f�: I\n31w:ij�t+ft�: �rn« ;ftm� ����II\nanta/:t-praviSya bhutani\nyo bibharty atma-ketubhi/:t\nantaryamiSvara/:t sak$at\npatu no yad-va.Se sphutam\n\n", "SB5.2#p0335": "[Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n300\n\nanta�-praviSya-entering within; bhutani-all living entities; ya�who; bibharti-maintains; atma-ketubhi�-by the functions of the inner airs\n\n(pra�,\n\napana,\n\netc.);\n\nantaryami-the\n\nSupersoul within;\n\niSvara�-the Supreme Person; sa/cyat-directly; patu-please maintain;\nna�-us;\n\nyat-vase-under\n\nwhose\n\ncontrol;\n\nsphutam-the\n\ncosmic\n\nmanifestation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[The inhabitants of Sakadvipa worship the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead in the form of Vayu in the following words.] 0\n\nSupreme Person, situated as the Supersoul within the body, You\ndirect the various actions of the different airs, such as prii1,1a, and\n\nthus You maintain all living entities. 0 Lord, 0 Supersoul of\n\neveryone, 0 controller of the cosmic manifestation under whom\neverything exists, may You protect us from all dangers.\nPURPORT\nThrough the mystic yoga practice called pral}iiyama, the yogi controls\nthe airs within the body to maintain the body in a healthy condition. In\nthis way, the yogi comes to the point of trance and tries to see the Supersoul within the core of his heart. Pral}iiyama is the means to attain\nsamadhi, trance, in order to fully absorb oneself in seeing the Supreme\nLord as antrayami, the Supersoul within the core of the heart.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n�'ill'!l�kq(�t: �(ifN(ij6t fSiiW'IillH ��\n��: �Wf ((41\\_C::Ch\"' �� il\"ftU't�l �f� ��\n���Wff�'i��q;(�ij� ��: ��qm;i qf(�{i!q�\n�\n\nII �Q..II\nevam eva dadhi-mar:u)odat parata/:£ pU$karadvipas tato dvigul}ii yama� samantata upakalpita� samtinena svadudakena samudre�a\nbahir avrto yasmin brhat-pU$karam jvalana-sikhamala-kanakapatrayutayutam bhagavata/:£ kamalasanasyadhyasanam parikalpitam.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0336": "Text 30)\nevam\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\neva-thus;\n\ndadhi-mwu;la-udat-the\n\n301\n\nocean\n\nof\n\nyogurt;\n\np a r a t a � - b e y o nd ; p u § k a r a - dv ip a � - a n o t h e r i s l a nd, n a m e d\nPu!;>karadvi:pa;\n\ntata�-than that\n\n(Sakadvipa ) ;\n\nwhose measurement is twice as great;\nupakalpita�-surrounded;\n\ndvi-gur:ta-ayama�­\n\nsamantata�-on all sides;\n\nsamanena-equal\n\nin\n\nwidth;\n\nsvadu­\n\nudakena-possessing sweet water; samudrer:ta-by an ocean; bahi�outside; avrta�-surrounded;\n\nyasmin-in which;\n\nbrhat-very big;\n\npU§karam-lotus flower; jvalana-sikha-like the flames of a blazing\nfire;\n\namala-pure;\n\nkanaka-gold;\n\npatra-leaves;\n\nayuta-ayutam­\n\npossessing 100,000,000; bhagavata�-gr eatl y powerful; kamala\niisanasya-of Lord Brahma, whose sitting place is on the lotus flower;\n\nadhyasanam-sitting place; parikalpitam-considered .\nTRANSLATION\n\nOutside the ocean of yogurt is another island, known as\nPu�?karadvipa, which is 6,400,000 yojanas [51,200,000 miles)\nwide, twice as wide as the ocean of yogurt. It is surrounded by an\nocean of very tasteful water as broad as the island itself. On\nPu�?karadvipa there is a great lotus flower with I 00,000,000 pure\ngolden petals, as effulgent as the flames of fire. That lotus flower is\nconsidered the sitting place of Lord Brahma, who is the most\npowerful living being and who is therefore sometimes called\nbhagaviin.\nTEXT 30\n\nij'��� +n'1el�oo�� �iiitiit'ifl\"'q���qm�4:r:tJ\\s�<�tit1J1;£t�;;mU tJ?T G :qij�� f�� :q�;:uf( �ut c_;st�Niel-«lfq..s;:li(hd\n�ft-� � �: 4i!4ffl(l�� � �i!41'11+tit(l?ll�\nqfu;tqfij- II � o II\ntad-dvipa-madhye manasottara-namaika evarvacina-paracina-var§ayor\nmaryadacalo 'yuta-yojanocchrayayamo yatra tu catasr�u dik§u catvari\npuriir:ti loka-palanam indradiniirh yad-upari§!iit silrya-rathasya merurh\nparibhramata� sarhvatsaratmakarh cakrarh devanam aho-ratrabhyarh\nparibhramati.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0337": "302\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\ntat-dvipa-madhye-within that island; manasottara-Manasottara;\nnama-named;\n\nekab,-one;\n\nparacina - and\n\nbeyond,\n\neva-indeed;\n\nor outside;\n\narvacina-on this side;\n\nvar$ayob,-of tracts of land;\n\nmaryada-indicating the boundary;\n\nacalab,-a great mountain;\n\nayuta-ten thousand; yojana-eight miles; ucchraya-ayamab,-whose\nheight and width;\n\nyatra-w here; tu-but; catasr$u-in the four;\n\ndik$u-directions; ca tvari-four; pura �i-cities; loka-paliinam-of the\ndirectors of planetary systems; indra-adinam-headed by lndra; yatof which; up ari$tat-on the top; surya-rathasya-of the chariot of the\nsun-god; merum-Meru Mountain; paribhramatab,-while circumambulating;\n\nsariwatsara-atmakam-consisting\n\ncakram-wheel\n\nor\n\norbit;\n\ndevanam-of\n\nof\n\nthe\n\none\n\nsarhvatsara;\n\ndemigods;\n\nahab,­\n\nratrabhyam-by the day and night; paribhramati-moves around.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the middle of that island is a great mountain named Miinasot­\n\ntara, which forms the boundary between the inner side and the\nouter side of the island. Its breadth and height are 10,000 yojanas\n\n[80,000 miles). On that mountain, in the four directions, are the\n\nresidential quarters of demigods such as lndra. In the chariot of\n\nthe sun-god, the sun travels on the top of the mountain in an orbit\n\ncalled the Samvatsara, encircling Mount Meru. The sun's path on\n\nthe northern side is called UttarayaJ.la, and its path on the southern\n\nside is called Dak�iJ.layana. One side represents a day for the\ndemigods, and the other represents their night.\nPURPORT\nThe movement of the sun is confirmed in the Brahma-samhita (5.52):\nyasyajfiiiya bhramati sambhrta-kala-cakrab,. The sun orbits around\nMount Sumeru, for six months on the northern side and for six months\non the southern. This adds up to the duration of a day and night of the\ndemigods in the upper planetary systems.\nTEXT 31\n\n��ftr: a�E4dl tftf� woa�� ���9\\i+Uwft a{;(� Q' � �qtA�� �� ������\n\n", "SB5.2#p0338": "Text 32]\n\n303\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\n\ntad-dvipasyapy adhipati/:t praiyavrato vitihotro niimaitasyatmajau\nramar:wka-dhataki-narnilnau var$a-pati niyujya sa svayam purvajavadbhagavat-karma-sila eviiste.\ntat-dvipasya-of\n\nthat\n\nisland;\n\napi - also;\n\nadhipati/:t-the\n\nruler;\n\npraiyavrata/:t-a son of Maharaja Priyavrata; vitihotra/:t nama -named\nVitihotra; etasya-of him; a tma-j au-unto the two sons; ramar,takaRamar:taka;\n\ndhataki-and\n\nDhataki;\n\nniirnilnau-having the names;\n\nvar$a-pati -the rulers of the two tracts of land; niyujya-appointing;\nsa/:t svayam-himself; purvaja-vat-like his other brothers; bhagavatkarma-sila/:t- being absorbed in activities to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead; eva-indeed; iiste-remains.\nTRANSLATION\nThe ruler of this island, the son of Maharaja Priyavrata named\nVitihotra, had two sons named Ramai,laka and Dhataki. He granted\nthe two sides of the island to these two sons and then personally\nengaged himself\n\nin\n\nactivities for\n\nthe sake\n\nof the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead like his elder brother Medhatithi.\nTEXT 32\n\nij(q� ¥t•tq;ij ifQ:m �ifiulduns�\n\n�a:ta(�\n\n������\ntad-var$a-purU$ii bhagavantam brahma-rupir:wm sakarmaker:w\nkarmar,taradhayantidam codaharanti.\ntat-var$a-purU$ii/:t-the inhabitants of that island; bhagavanta m-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; brahma-rup i r:wm - exhibited as Lord\nBrahma being seated on the lotus; sa-karmaker,ta-for fulfillment of\nmaterial desires; ka rmar,ta - by performing ritualistic activities according\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nVedas;\n\naradhayanti- worship;\n\nidam-this;\n\nca - and:\n\nudaharanti-they chant.\nTRANSLATION\nFor the fulfillment of material desires, the inhabitants of this\ntract of land worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nas\n\n", "SB5.2#p0339": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n304\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nrepresented by Lord Brahmii. They offer prayers to the Lord as\nfollows.\nTEXT 33\n\ntt'EI�¥4� fQ ;m� �� I\n�..q� ��� �� 11��11\nyat tat karmamayam lingam\nbrahma-lingam jano 'rcayet\nekiintam advayam siintam\ntasmai bhagavate nama iti\nyat-which;\n\ntat-that;\n\nkarma-mayam-obtainable by the Vedic\n\nritualistic system; lingam-the form; brahma-lingam-which makes\nknown the Supreme Brahman; jana/:t-a person; arcayet-must worship; ekiintam-who has full faith in the one Supreme; advayam-nondifferent; siintam-peaceful; tasmai-unto him; bhagavate-the most\npowerful; nama/:t-our respects; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahmii is known as karma-maya, the form of ritualistic\nceremonies, because by performing ritualistic ceremonies one may\nattain his position and because the Vedic ritualistic hymns become\nmanifest from him. He is devoted to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead without deviation, and therefore in one sense he is not\ndifferent from the Lord. Nevertheless, he should be worshiped not\nas\n\nthe monists worship him, but in duality. One should always\n\nremain a servitor of the Supreme Lord, the supreme worshipable\nDeity. We therefore offer our respectful obeisances unto Lord\nBrahmii, the form of manifest Vedic knowledge.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse, the word karma-mayam (\"obtainable by the Vedic\nritualistic system\") is significant. The Vedas say, svadharma-n�!ha/:t\nsata-janmabhi/:t pumiin viriricatam eti: \"One who strictly follows the\nprinciples of varl}-asrama-dharma for at least one hundred births will be\n\n", "SB5.2#p0340": "Text 35)\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\n\n305\n\nrewarded with the post of Lord Brahma.\" It is also significant that\nalthough Lord Brahma is extremely powerful, he never thinks himself\none with the Supreme Personality of Godhead; he always knows that he\nis an eternal servitor of the Lord. Because the Lord and the servant are\nidentical on the spiritual platform, Brahma is herein addressed as\n\nbhagavan. Bhagavan is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�f.la, but\nif a devotee serves Him with full faith, the meaning of the Vedic\nliterature is revealed to him. Therefore Brahma is called brahma-liriga,\nwhich indicates that his entire form consists of Vedic knowledge.\nTEXT 34\n\n':f!f:l�l!f1�\nmr: tmffi·�llhwtl¥41� elllhl�lW<IS tff«t �qf�:\nII �'JII\ntata/:t parastal lokiiloka-namiicalo lokalokayor antarale parita\nupak§ipta/:t.\ntata/:t-from that ocean of sweet drinking water; parastat- beyond;\nlokaloka-nama-named Lokaloka; acala/:t-a mountain; loka-alokayo/:t\n\nantarale-between the countries full of sunlight and those without\nsunlight; parita/:t-all around; upak§ipta/:t- exists.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, beyond the ocean of sweet water and fully surrounding it, is a mountain named Lokaloka, which divides the\ncountries that are full of sunlight from those not lit by the sun.\nTEXT 35\n\n�1'4;:ttlwtel� qsih�t ��flu ctil��ssc::�i6Jlq+u � 31�:\n�if���: �q�+�� 6�1ffi�*4qR�IS� 11��11\nyavan miinasottara-mervor antaram tavati bhumi/:t kiincany anyadarsatalopamii yasyam prahita/:t padiirtho na kathancit puna/:t\npratyupalabhyate tasmat sarva-sattva-parihrtasit.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0341": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n306\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nyavat-as much as; rniinasottara-mervo}:£ antaram-the land between\nManasottara and Meru (beginning from the middle of Mount Sumeru);\ntavati\"-that much; bhumi}:£-land; kaiicani-made of gold; anyaanother; adarsa-tala-uparnii-whose surface is just like the surface of a\nmirror; yasyam-on which; prahita/:t-dropped; padartha}:£-a thing;\nna-not; kathaiicit-in any way; puna/:t-again; pratyupalabhyate-is\nfound;\n\ntasmat-therefore;\n\nsarva-sattva-by\n\nall\n\nliving entities;\n\nparihrta-abandoned; asit-was.\nTRANSLATION\nBeyond the ocean of sweet water is a tract of land as broad as the\narea between the middle of Mount Sumeru and the boundary of\nManasottara Mountain. In that tract of land there are many living\nbeings. Beyond it, extending to Lokaloka Mountain, is another\nland, which is made of gold. Because of its golden surface, it\nreflects light like the surface of a mirror, and any physical article\nthat falls on that land can never be perceived again. All living\nentities, therefore, have abandoned that golden land.\nTEXT 36\n\nit�(ftf tf'IK*tl ���;u+.f�'l\n\nel�lelctAAIRI�MW\\I\nij\n\n������\nlokaloka iti sarniikhya yad anenacalena loka loka sya ntarv ar tinavasthapyate.\nloka-with light (or with inhabitants); aloka}:£-without light (or\nwithout inhabitants); iti-in this way; sarniikhya-designation; yatwhich; anena-by this; acalena-mountain; loka-of the land inhabited by living entities; alokasya-and of the land not inhabited by living\nentities; antarvartina-which is in the middle; avasthapyate-is established.\nTRANSLATION\nBetween the lands inhabited by living entities and those that are\nuninhabited stands the great mountain which separates the two\nand which is therefore celebrated as Lokaloka.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0342": "Text 37]\n\n307\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\nTEXT 37\n\nij eiCfittfl;ij' qfta ��\n\nfelfm �atr� ��uq•\n��lllRifT�s;Jt=iifMi�-=-��ij�lwtr WI �M�q(lf.li;n\n�dUffi� ij ijN�'it�\"'I�I'H ����II\n..\n\nsa loka-trayiinte parita iSvarer:w- vihito yasmiit suryiidiniirh\ndhruviipavargiilJ(irh jyotir-galJ(iniirh gabhastayo 'rviiciniirhs tril lokiin\niivitanvanii\n\nna\n\nkadiicit\n\npariicinii\n\nbhavitum\n\nutsahante\n\ntiivad\n\nun­\n\nnahaniiyiima/:t.\nsa/:t-that mountain; loka-traya-ante-at the end of the three lokas\n(Bhiirloka, Bhuvarloka and Svarloka); parita/:t-all around; iSvarer:w-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, K:f�l).a;\n\nyasmiit-from which;\n\nvihita/:t-created;\n\nsurya-iidiniim-of the sun planet;\n\ndhruva­\n\napavargiilJ(im-up to Dhruvaloka and other, inferior luminaries; jyoti/:tgalJ(iniim-of all the luminaries; gabhastaya/:t-the rays; arviiciniinon this side; trin-the three; lokiin-planetary systems; iivitanvanii/:tspreadi.ng throughout; na-not; kadiicit-at any time; pariicinii/:tbeyond the jurisdiction of that mountain; bhavitum-to be; utsahanteare able; tiivat-that much;\n\nu\n\nnnahana-iiyiima/:t\n\n-\n\nthe measure of the\n\nheight of the mountain.\nTRANSLATION\nBy the supreme will of �t:J.a, the mountain known as Lokaloka\nhas been installed\n\nas\n\nthe outer border of the three worlds­\n\nBhurloka, Bhuvarloka and Svarloka-to control the rays of the\nsun throughout the universe. All the luminaries, from the sun up\nto Dhruvaloka, distribute their rays throughout the three worlds,\nhut only within the boundary formed by this mountain. Because it\nis extremely high, extending even higher than Dhruvaloka, it\nblocks the rays of the luminaries, which therefore\n\ncan\n\nnever\n\nextend beyond it.\nPURPORT\nWhen we speak of loka-traya, we refer to the three primary planetary\nsystems-Bhiii:J., Bhuvai:J. and Svai:J.-into which the universe is divided.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0343": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n308\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nSurrounding these planetary systems are the eight directions, namely\neast, west, north, south, northeast, southeast, northwest and southwest.\n\nLokaloka Mountain has been established as the outer boundary of all the\n\nlokas to distribute the rays of the sun and other luminaries equally\n\nthroughout the universe.\n\nThis vivid description of how the rays of the sun are distributed\n\nthroughout the different planetary systems of the universe is very scien­\n\ntific. Sukadeva Gosvami described these universal affairs to Maharaja\n\nParik:;;it as he had heard about them from his predecessor. He explained\n\nthese facts five thousand years ago, but the knowledge existed long, long\nbefore because Sukadeva Gosvami received it through disciplic succession. Because this knowledge is accepted through the disciplic succession,\n\nit is perfect. The history of modern scientific knowledge, on the contrary,\n\ndoes not go back more than a few hundred years. Therefore, even if\n\nmodern scientists do not accept the other factual presentations of\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, how can they deny the perfect astronomical\n\ncalculations that existed long before they could imagine such things?\nThere is so much information to gather from Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nModern scientists, however, have no information of other planetary\n\nsystems and, indeed, are hardly conversant with the planet on which we\nare now living.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n��•4llilti�\n�fitf�f.:ijij:\n�: «\nij '{ill�t�.mrt•tfOtij� ll.� ij�l'its<i �Cf4mt�: II� �II\ntu\n\netiiviil loka-vinyiiso miina-la�ar:w,-samsthabhir vicintitab, kavibhib, sa\npaficiisat-ko!i-gar:tita sya\n\nlokalokacalab,.\n\nbhu-golasya\n\ntu riya-bhago\n\n'yam\n\netiiviin-this much; loka-vinyasab,-the placing of the different\n\np l a n e ts;\n\nmiina- w i t h m e a s u r e m e n t s ;\n\nlak�ar:ta-s y m p t o m s ;\n\nsamsthabhib,-as well as with their different situations; vicintitab,-es­\n\ntablished by scientific calculations;\n\nkavibhib,-by learned scholars;\n\nsab,-that; tu-but; paficiiSat-ko!i-500,000,000 yojanas; gar:titasya­\n\nwhich is measured at; bhu-golasya-of the planetary system known as\n\n", "SB5.2#p0344": "Text 38)\nBhugolaka;\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\nturiya-bhaga/:t-one\n\nfourth;\n\nacala/:t-the mountain known as Lokaloka.\n\nayam-this;\n\n309\nlokiiloka­\n\nTRANSLATION\nLearned scholars who are free from mistakes, illusions and propensities to cheat have thus described the planetary systems and\ntheir particular symptoms, measurements and locations. With\ngreat deliberation, they have established the truth that the distance\nbetween Sumeru and the mountain known as Lokiiloka is one\nfourth of the diameter of the universe-or, in other words,\n\n125,000,000 yojanas [1 billion miles].\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura has given accurate astronomical\n\ninformation about the location of Lokaloka Mountain, the movements of\nthe sun globe and the distance between the sun and the circumference of\n\nthe universe. However, the technical terms used in the astronomical\n\ncalculations given by the ]yotir Veda are difficult to translate into\nEnglish. Therefore to satisfy the reader, we may include the exact\nSanskrit statement given by Srila Visvanatha Cakravartl Thakura, which\n\nrecords exact calculations regarding universal affairs.\n\nsa tu lokalokas tu bhu-golakasya bhu-sambandhary4a-golakasyety arthab,.\nsuryasy eva bhuvo 'py ary4a-golakayor madhya-vartitvat kha-golam iva bhagolam api paficasat-ko!i-yojana-pramd7J,aril tasya turiya-bhagab, sardhadvadasa-koti-yojana-vistarocchraya ity arthab, bhas tu catus-trimsalla/cyonapaficasat-ko!i-pramd7J,ti jfieya. yatha meru-madhyan mdnasottaramadhya-paryantam sardha-sapta-paiicasal-lakjottara-koti-yojana-pramdrJ-am.\nmdnasottara-madhyat svadudaka-samudra-paryantam $a7J,-7J,aVati-[a/cyayojana-pramd7J,aril tatab, kaiicani-bhumib, sardha-sapta-paficasal-la/cyottarako!i-yojana-pramd7J,ti evam ekato meru-lokalokayor antaralam ekada5a-salla/cyadhika-catU$-ko!i-parimitam anyato 'pi tathatyeto lokalokal lokaparyantam sthanam dvavimsati-la/cyottard$!a-ko!i-parimitam lokalokad bahir\napy ekatab, etavad eva anyato 'py etavad eva yad va/cyyate, yo 'ntar-vistara\netena hy aloka-parimdrJ-aril ca vyakhyatam yad-bahir lokalokacalad ity ekato\nlokalokab, sardha-dvadasa-ko!i-yojana-parimarJ-ab- anyato 'pi sa tathety evam\ncatus-trimsal-la/cyonapaficasat-ko!i-pramdrJ-d bhiib, sabdhi-dvipa-parvata\njfieya. ata evary4a-golakat sarvato di/cyu sapta-daSa-la/cya-yojanavakase\nvartamdne sati prthivyab, se$a-nagena dhararJ-aril dig-gajaiS ca niScali-kararJ-aril\n\n", "SB5.2#p0345": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n310\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nsarthakam bhaved anyatha tu vyakhyantare pancasat-ko�i-pramarwtvad ar.uJ,agolaka-lagnatve tat tat sarvam akincit-karam syat cdk$U$e manvantare\ncakasmat majjanarh sri-varaha-devenotthapanarh ca durgha.tarh syad ity\nadikam vivecaniyam.\n\nTEXT39\n\nij'�tfftm�m��iltRCf�lii��N'fil�f� � rn:��qijtJ\nS�ro�: �(\"tit qPr.ltml�ij'�Rf ��m�m: II� �II\ntad-upar�tiic catasr$V asasvatma-yoniniikhi[a-jagad-gurUT}OOhinivesita\nye dvirada-pataya r$abhal} pU$karacuQ,o vamano 'parajita iti sakalaloka-sthiti-hetaval}.\ntat-upar�tat-on the top of Lokaloka Mountain; catasr$U asasu-in\nthe four directions;\n\natma-yonina-by Lord Brahma;\n\nakhila-jagat­\n\ngurul'}ii-the spiritual master of the whole universe; adhinivesita/:L-established;\n\nye\n\n-\n\nall those;\n\ndvirada-pataya/:L-the best of elephants;\n\nr$abha/:L-B.�abha; pU$kara-cuQ,ai}-Pu�karacii<Ja; vamanal}-Vamana;\naparajita/:L- A para ji ta;\n\niti -thus;\n\nsakala-loka-sthiti-hetava/:L -the\n\ncauses of the maintenance of the different planets within the universe.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the top of Lokiiloka Mountain are the four gaja-patis, the\n\nbest of elephants, which were established in the four directions by\nLord Brahmii, the supreme spiritual master of the entire universe.\nThe names of those elephants are J:l�ahha, Pu�karaciic:J.a, Vamana\nand Apariijita. They are responsible for maintaining the planetary\n\nsystems of the universe.\n\nTEXT 40\n\n� �N¥{�ftwrl ��;rt � f�tti'R��uwr �rr� tR�­\n\n� ���ij'qffl(;:cr:J��q;{t �«� ��,...�(l��'Qtrl�!'l�lfuoa�uf N�·�...,fij'¥{: �'Wi�q�: qfttnftm ��Tit�ij���o�: ��f1Jl· frtfm: q�;:dl«'t��if��\n31� ll\\1o II\n\n", "SB5.2#p0346": "Text 40)\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\n\n311\n\nte$iirh sva-vibhutinarh loka-palanarh ca vividha-viryopabrmha�ya\nbhagavan parama-maha-pur!J,$o maha-vibhuti-patir antaryamy atmano\nviSuddha-sattvarh dharma-jfiiina-vairagyaiSvaryady-�!a-maha-siddhyupalak$ar.w.rh vi$vaksenadibhi� sva-piir$ada-pravarai� parivarito nijavarayudhopa5obhitair nija-bhuja-dar:u)a* sandharayamar.w.s tasmin\ngiri-vare samantat sakala-loka-svastaya aste.\nte$iim-of all of them; sva-vibhutinam-who are his personal expanloka-palanam-who are entrusted with looking\nafter the universal affairs; ca -and; vividha-varieties; viryaupabrmha�ya-for expanding the powers; bhagavan-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; parama-maha-pur!J,$a�-the foremost master\nof all kinds of opulence, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; mahavibhuti-pati/:1,-the master of all inconceivable potencies; antaryamithe Supersoul; atmana�-of Himself; viSu ddha-sattvam-having an existence without contamination by the material modes of nature; dharmajnana-vairagya-of religion, pure knowledge and renunciation;\naiSvarya-adi-of all kinds of opulence; �fa-eight; maha-siddhi-and\nof great mystic perfections; upalak$a7J.am-having the characteristics;\nvi$vaksena-adibhi/:l,-by His expansion known as Vi�vaksena and others;\nsva-piir$ada-pravarai/:l,-the best of personal assistants; parivarita�surrounded; nija- His own; vara-ayudha-by different types of weapons; upa§obhitai�-being decorated; nija-own; bhuja-dar:u)ai�-with\nstout arms; sandharayamar.w.�-manifesting this form; tasmin-on\nthat; giri -vare-great mountain; samantat-all around; sakala-lokasvastaye-for the benefit of all the planetary systems; iiste-exists.\nsions and assistants;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the master of all transcendental opulences and the master of the spiritual sky. He is the\nSupreme Person, Bhagaviin, the Supersoul of everyone. The\ndemigods, led by lndra, the King of heaven, are entrusted with\nseeing to the affairs of the material world. To benefit all living\nbeings in all the varied planets and to increase the power of those\nelephants and of the demigods, the Lord manifests Himself on top\nof that mountain in a spiritual body, uncontaminated by the modes\nof material nature. Surrounded by His personal expansions and\n\n", "SB5.2#p0347": "312\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nassistants like Vi�vaksena, He exhibits all His perfect opulences,\nsuch as religion and knowledge, and His mystic powers such as\nru;timii, laghimii and mahimii. He is beautifully situated, and He is\ndecorated by the different weapons in His four hands.\nTEXT 41\n\nm�itet �1 \"� � �����'\";;r:n\n�trWli��J:t�: II�� II\niikalpam evam ve�am gata e�a bhagaviin iitma-yogamiiyayii viracitavividha-loka-yiitrii-gopiyiiyety artha/:t.\n\nii-kalpam-for the duration of the time of creation; evam-thus;\nve$am-appearance; gata/:t-has accepted; e�a/:t-this; bhagaviin-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; iitma-yoga-miiyaya-by His own\nspiritual potency; viracita-perfected ; vividha-loka-yiitrii-the livelihood of the various planetary systems; gopry-aya-just to maintain; itithus; artha/:t-the purpose.\nTRANSLATION\nThe various forms of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, such\nas Nariiyru;ta and Vi��u, are beautifully decorated with different\nweapons. The Lord exhibits those forms to maintain all the varied\nplanets created by His personal potency, yogamayii.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (4.6) Lord ��Qa says, sambhaviimy iitma-miiyayii:\n\"I appear by My internal potency.\" The word iitma-miiyii refers to the\nLord's personal potency, yogamiiyii. After creating both the material\nworld and spiritual world through yogamiiyii, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead personally maintains them by expanding Himself in\ndifferent categories as the Vi�QU murtis and the demigods. He maintains\nthe material creation from beginning to end, and He personally\nmaintains the spiritual world.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0348": "Text 43]\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\n\n313\n\nTEXT 42\n\n�s;:afcml� 0:� �qft'ffllf :q o�Hi ;;r�fm�it€61*4el�I\n\nmn'H�qlit��f�{Ql�6ll����\nyo 'ntar-vistara etena hy aloka-parimiir.uun ca vyakhyatam yad bahir\nlokalokacalat. tata/:1, parastad yogesvara-gatim viSuddhiim udiiharanti.\n\nya/:1,-that which;\n\nanta/:1,-vistara/:1,-the distance\n\ninside\n\nLokaloka\n\nMountain; etena-by this; hi-indeed; aloka-parimarw-m-the width of\nthe tract of land known as Aloka-var�a; ca-and; vyakhyatam-described;\n\nyat-which;\n\nbahi/:1,-outside;\n\nlokaloka-acalat-beyond\n\nLokaloka Mountain; tata/:1,-that; parastat-beyond ; yogesvara-gatimthe path of Yogesvara (K.r�l).a) in penetrating the coverings of the\numverse; viSuddhiim-without material contamination; udiiharantithey say.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, outside Lokaloka Mountain is the tract of land\nknown as Aloka-var�a, which extends for the same breadth as the\narea within the mountain-in other words, 125,000,000 yojanas\n[one billion miles]. Beyond Aloka-var�a is the destination of those\nwho aspire for liberation from the material world. It is beyond the\njurisdiction of the material modes of nature, and therefore it is\ncompletely pure. Lord K.r�J.la took Arjuna through this place to\nbring back the sons of the brahm8I_la.\nTEXT 43\n\n3l�'{'Qfti{ij': �\n\nQN��a�� I\nij.;;r�ri1��\\it €fila�: �: q�mrfu:II��II\na7Jqa-rnadhya-gata/:£ silryo\ndyav-abhumyor yad antaram\nsilrya7JcJa-golayor rnadhye\nkotya/:1, syu/:1, pafica-viri'ISati/:1,\n\n", "SB5.2#p0349": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n314\n\na�a-madhya-gatafi,-situated\n\nin\n\nthe\n\ncenter\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 20\nof\n\nthe\n\nuniverse;\n\nsuryafi,-the sun globe; dyav-abhumyofi,-the two planetary systems\nBhiirloka and Bhuvarloka; yat-which; antaram-in between; suryaof the sun; a�a-golayofi,-and the globe of the universe; madhye-in\nthe middle; kotyab,-groups of ten million; syub,-are; paiica-virhsatifi,-twenty-five.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sun is situated [vertically) in the middle of the universe, in\n\nthe area between Bhiirloka and Bhuvarloka, which is called antarik�a, outer space. The distance between the sun and the circum­\n\nference of the universe is twenty-five ko!i yojanas [two billion\n\nmiles).\n\nPURPORT\nThe word koti means ten million, and a yojana is eight miles. The\ndiameter of the universe is fifty koti yojanas (four billion miles).\nTherefore, since the sun is in the middle of the universe, the distance\nbetween the sun and the edge of the universe is calculated to be twentyfive ko{i yojanas (two billion miles).\n\nTEXT 44\n\n�so� �q- �� ���(fl�� �fuo���: 1\nr�tr� �1f �r���: 11\\1\\111\nmrte 'r:u)a e$a etasmin yad abhut tato miirtar:u)a iti vyapadesab,.\nhirarJyagarbha iti yad dhirarJyar:uf,a-samudbhavafi,.\nmrte-dead; a�e-in the globe; e$a fi,-this; etasmin-in this; yatwhich; abhut-entered personally at the time of creation; tatab,-from\nthat; miirtar:uf,a-Marta�<;la; iti-thus; vyapadesafi,-the designation;\nhirarJya-garbhab,-known as Hira�yagarbha; iti-thus; yat-because;\n\nhirarJya-arJ{la-samudbhavafi,-his material\nHira�yagarbha.\n\nbody\n\nwas\n\ncreated from\n\n", "SB5.2#p0350": "The Structure of the Universe\n\nText45]\n\n315\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sun-god is also known as Vairaja, the total material body for\nall living entities. Because he entered this dull egg of the universe\nat the time of creation, he is also called Martar.u;la. He is also known\nas\n\nHiraJ,lyagarbha because he received his material body from\n\nHiral).yagarbha [Lord Brahma].\nPURPORT\nThe post of Lord Brahma is meant for very highly elevated, spiritually\nadvanced living beings. When such living beings are unavailable, Lord\nVi�t;�u, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, expands Himself as Lord\nBrahma. This takes place very rarely. Consequently there are two kinds\nof Brahmas. Sometimes Brahma is an ordinary living entity, and at other\ntimes Brahma is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Brahma\nspoken of here is an ordinary living being. Whether Brahma is the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead or an ordinary living being, he is\nknown as Vajraja Brahma and HiraQ.yagarbha Brahma. Therefore the\nsun-god is also accepted as Vairaja Brahma.\n\nTEXT45\n\ni.�IJf � fenl�;ij R�r: � ��� � I\n�tqq-tlf � �'Nitm � ri�n 11����\nsuryer:uz hi vibhajyante\ndiSa/:1, kham dyaur mahr bhida\nsvargapavargau naraka\nrasaukarhsi ca sarva.Sa/:1,\nsiirye�a\n\n-\n\nby the sun-god within the sun planet; hi-indeed; vibha­\n\njyante-are divided; d iSa/:1,-the directions; kham-the sky; dyau/:1,the heavenly planets; mahi-the earthly planets; bhida-other divisions;\n\nsva rga-the\n\nheavenly planets; apavargau-and the places for\n\nliberation; naraka/:1,-the hellish planets; rasaukarhsi-such as Atala:\nca-also; sarvasa /:1,-all\n\n.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0351": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n316\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, the sun-god and the sun planet divide all the directions\n\nof the universe. It is only because of the presence of the sun that\nwe can understand what the sky, the higher planets, this world and\n\nthe lower planets are. It is also only because of the sun that we can\nunderstand which places are for material enjoyment, which are for\nliberation, which are hellish and subterranean.\nTEXT 46\n\n���t<tflJit ij�tf�� I\nri�TqFftfil� ij_q 3lR+n {ift��: II�� II\ndeva-tiryan-manU$ya�m\nsartsrpa-savirudham\nsarva-jiva-nikiiyanam\nsurya atma drg-iSvara/:t\ndeva-of the demigods; tiryak-the lower animals; manU$yd�m­\n\nand the human beings; sartsrpa-the insects and the serpents; sa­\n\nvirudham-and the plants and trees; sarva-jiva-nikiiyanam-of all\ngroups of living entities; surya/:t-the sun-god; atma-the life and soul;\ndrk-of the eyes; iSvara/:t-the Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll living entities, including demigods, human beings, animals,\n\nbirds, insects, reptiles, creepers and trees, depend upon the heat\nand light given by the sun-god from the sun planet. Furthermore,\n\nit is because of the sun's presence that all living entities can see,\nand therefore he is called drg-isvara, the Personality of Godhead\n\npresiding over sight.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this regard, Srlla Visvanatha Cakravartl Thakura says, surya atma\n\natmatvenopasya/:t. The actual life and soul of all living entities within\n\nthis universe is the sun. He is therefore upasya, worshipable. We wor-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0352": "Text 46]\n\nThe Structure of the Universe\n\n317\n\nship the sun-god by chanting the Gayatri mantra (om bhur bhuva� sva�\n\ntat savitur varer:tyam bhargo devasya dhimahi). Surya is the life and soul\n\nof this universe, and there are innumerable universes for which a sun­\n\ngod is the life and soul, just as the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the\nlife and soul of the entire creation. We have information that Vairaja,\nHiraQyagarbha, entered the great, dull, material globe called the sun.\n\nThis indicates that the theory held by so-called scientists that no one lives\n\nthere is wrong.\n\nBhagavad-gita also says that Kr�Qa first instructed\nBhagavad-gita to the sun-god (imam vivasvate yogam proktavan aham\naryayam). Therefore the sun is not vacant. It is inhabited by living en­\n\ntities, and the predominating deity is Vairaja, or Vivasvan.\n\nThe\n\ndifference between the sun and earth is that the sun is a fiery planet, but\neveryone there has a suitable body and can live there without difficulty.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Twentieth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled, \"Studying the Structure of\nthe Universe. \"\n\n", "SB5.2#p0353": "CHAPTER TWENTY-ONE\n\nThe Movements of the Sun\nThis chapter informs us of the movements of the sun. The sun is not stationary; it is also moving like the other planets. The sun's movements\ndetermine the duration of night and day. When the sun travels north of\nthe equator, it moves slowly during the day and very quickly at night,\nthus increasing the duration of the daytime and decreasing the duration\nof night. Similarly, when the sun travels south of the equator, the exact\nopposite is true-the duration of the day decreases, and the duration of\nnight increases. When the sun enters Karkata-rasi (Cancer) and then\ntravels to Sirhha-rasi (Leo) and so on through Dhanu}:l-rasi (Sagittarius),\nits course is called Dak�iQ.iiyana, the southern way, and when the sun enters Makara-rasi (Capricorn) and thereafter travels through Kumbharasi (Aquarius) and so on through Mithuna-rasi (Gemini), its course is\ncalled UttarayaQ.a, the northern way. When the sun is in Me�a-rasi\n(Aries) and Tula-rasi (Libra), the duration of day and night are equal.\nOn Manasottara Mountain are the abodes of four demigods. East of\nSumeru Mountain is Devadhani:, where King lndra lives, and south of\nSumeru is Sarhyamani, the abode of Yamaraja, the superintendent of\ndeath. Similarly, west of Sumeru is Nimlocani, the abode of Varul).a, the\ndemigod who controls the water, and north of Sumeru is Vibhavari:,\nwhere the demigod of the moon lives. Sunrise, noon, sunset and midnight occur in all these places because of the movements of the sun.\nDiametrically opposite the place where the sunrise takes places and the\nsun is seen by human eyes, the sun will be setting and passing away from\nhuman vision. Similarly, the people residing diametrically opposite the\npoint where it is midday will be experiencing midnight. The sun rises\nand sets with all the other planets, headed by the moon and other\nluminaries.\nThe entire kiila-cakra, or wheel of time, is established on the wheel of\nthe sun-god's chariot. This wheel is known as Sarhvatsara. The seven\nhorses pulling the chariot of the sun are known as Gayatri, Brhati,\n\n319\n\n", "SB5.2#p0354": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n320\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 21\n\nU�1,1ik, Jagati, Tri��up, Anu��up and Pankti. They are harnessed by a\ndemigod known as Aru1,1adeva to a yoke\n\n900,000 yojanas wide. Thus the\n\nchariot carries Adityadeva, the sun-god. Always staying in front of the\nsun-god and offering their prayers are sixty thousand sages known as\nValikhilyas.\n\nThere\n\nare\n\nfourteen\n\nGandharvas,\n\nApsaras\n\nand\n\nother\n\ndemigods, who are divided into seven parties and who perform ritualistic\nactivities every month to worship the Supersoul through the sun-god according to different names. Thus the sun-god travels through the\n\n95,100,000 yojanas (760,800,000 miles) at a\n16,004 miles at every moment.\n\nuniverse for a distance of\nspeed of\n\nTEXT 1\n\n311 �� i3Cl7�\n\n�m�� ���� ({f�?J: SJ1t1UJi3aJUtijT\nsri-suka uviica\netavan\n\neva\n\nbhu-valayasya\n\nsannive§a/:t pramtir:ta-la k$ar:ta to\n\nvyakhyata/:t.\n\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; etlivlin-so much;\n\neva-certainly; bhil-valayasya sannivesa/:t-the arrangement of the\nwhole universe; pramlir:ta-lak$ar:tata/:t-according to measurement (fifty\ncrores of yojanas, or four billion miles in width and length) and characteristics; vyakhyata/:t-estimated.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosvami said: My dear King, I have thus far described\nthe diameter of the universe [fifty crores of yojanas, or four\nbillion miles] and its general characteristics, according to the\nestimations of learned scholars.\nTEXT2\n\n�ij� f& � flU�1tl;f ijf� a-q��� ;;r?:{T rn:��ffl&t�TCJ�;ri\"\n� ���� ij���ijtl:_ll�ll\n\n", "SB5.2#p0355": "The Movements of the Sun\n\nText3]\n\n321\n\netena hi divo mar:u;lala-manam tad-vida upadiSanti yatha dvi-dalayor\nn�pavadinam te antare�ntari/cyam tad-ubhaya-sandhitam.\n·\n\netena-by this estimation; hi-indeed; diva!t-of the upper planetary\nsystem; mar:u;lala-manam-the measurement of the globe; tat-vida!tthe experts who know about it; upadiSanti -instruct; yatha-just as;\ndvi-dalayoft-in the two halves; n�pava-adinam-of grain such as\nwheat; te-o£ the two divisions; antare�-in the intervening space;\nantari/cyam-the sky or outer space; tat-by the two; ubhaya-on both\nsides; sandhitam-where the two parts join.\nTRANSLATION\nAs a grain of wheat is divided into two parts and one can estimate\nthe size of the upper part by knowing that of the lower, so, expert\ngeographers instruct, one can understand the measurements of\nthe upper part of the universe by knowing those of the lower part.\nThe sky between the earthly sphere and heavenly sphere is called\nantarik�a, or outer space. It adjoins the top of the sphere of earth\nand the bottom of that of heaven.\nTEXT3\n\n�;:ll��'lffl �tNi�'«fl'�qfu�q;:r 3Tffllf;{ f;r�ttfi1 SfQlf���«���R'{+nm ��If ij(\\fl���un�;{�!trijd�f�qt;:�s��ltt;nfltttfuf�uu�....\n\n�\n\n,...\n\n�\n\nf.HT�UT�r.:t�� �lijtl';{lt�'mltl;rt\n\n1\\T����tn ;nfij fq�� II� II\n\n�tfin� �Tl���lU5f111Jf\n,...\n\n,...\n\n'·\n\n,...,\n\nyan-madhya-gato bhagavarhs tapatam patis tapana atapena tri-lokiril\npratapaty avabhasayaty atma-bhasa sa e$a udagayana-da/cyi�yanava�uvata-sariljiiabhir mandya-saighrya-samanabhir gatibhir\naroha�varoha�-samana-sthane$U yatha-savanam abhipadyamano\nmakarad�u ras�v aho-ratrarJ-i dirgha-hrasva-samanani vidhatte.\nyat-of which (the intermediate space); madhya-gata!t-being situated in the middle; bhagavan-the most powerful; tapatam pati!t-the\nmaster of those that heat the whole universe; tapana!t-the sun;\natapena-by heat; tri-lokim-the three worlds; pratapati-heats:\n\n", "SB5.2#p0356": "322\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 21\n\navabhasayati-lights; iitma-bhasa-by its own illuminating rays; sa/:tthat; e$a/:t-the sun globe; udagayana-of passing to the northern side\nof the equator; dalcyi�-ayana-of passing to the southern side of the\nequator; vai§uvata-or of passing through the equator; sarhjtiiibhi/:t-by\ndifferent names; mandya-characterized by slowness; saighrya-swiftness; samanabhi/:t-and by equality; gatibhi/:t-by movement;\naroha�-of rising; avaroha�-of going down; samiina-or of staying\nin the middle; sthane$u-in positions; yatha-savanam-according to the\norder of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; abhipadyamana/:t-moving; makara-adi§u-headed by the sign Makara (Capricorn); rasi§u-in\ndifferent signs; aha/:£-ratra�i-the days and nights; dirgha-long;\nhrasva-short; samiiniini-equal; vidhatte-makes.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the midst of that region of outer space (antarik�a] is the most\n\nopulent sun, the king of all the planets that emanate heat, such as\n\nthe moon. By the influence of its radiation, the sun heats the\n\nuniverse and maintains its proper order. It also gives light to help\n\nall living entities see. While passing toward the north, toward the\n\nsouth or through the equator, in accordance with the order of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, it is said to move slowly, swiftly\n\nor moderately. According to its movements in rising above, going\n\nbeneath or passing through the equator-and correspondingly\n\ncoming in touch with various signs of the zodiac, headed by\nMakara [Capricorn] -days and nights are short, long or equal to\n\none another.\n\nPURPORT\n\nLord Brahma prays in his Brahma-samhita (5.52):\nyac ca/cyur e$a savita sakala-graha�m\nraja samasta-sura-murtir a5e$a-teja/:£\nyasyajfiaya bhramati sambhrta-kiila-cakro\ngavindam adi-pur�arh tam aham bhajami\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead under whose control even the sun, which is considered to be the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0357": "The Movements of the Sun\n\nText4]\n\n323\n\neye of the Lord, rotates within the fixed orbit of eternal time. The sun is\nthe king of all planetary systems and has unlimited potency in heat and\nlight.\" Although the sun is described as bhagavan, the most powerful,\nand although it is actually the most powerful planet within the universe,\nit nevertheless has to carry out the order of Govinda, Kr�l)a. The sun-god\ncannot deviate even an inch from the orbit designated to him. Therefore\nin every sphere of life, the supreme order of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is carried out. The entire material nature carries out His orders.\nHowever, we foolishly see the activities of material nature without understanding the supreme order and Supreme Person behind them. As\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gita, mayadhyak§er:w prakrti�: material nature\ncarries out the orders of the Lord, and thus everything is maintained in\nan orderly way.\nTEXT4\n\nij��u;nfUI ij'i�J{;( ��Q � �q��\n'{�ij :q uf�� :qmr �� q�;ij' �m :q itllij ill���€fil ��\n\n�� �;it��\n,...\n\n�IT'f1 II� II\nyada me§a-tulayor vartate tadaho-ratrar:ti samanani bhavanti yada\nvr§abhadi§u paficasu ca rasi§u carati tadahany eva vardhante hrasati ca\nmasi masy ekaikii ghatikii ratri§u.\nyada-when; me§a-tulayo�-in Me�a (Aries) and Tula (Libra); var­\n\ntat e-the sun exists; tada-at that time; aha�-ratrar:ti-the days and\nnights; sanuiruini-equal in duration; bhavanti-are; yada-when;\n\nvr§abha-adi§u-headed by V:r�abha (Taurus) and Mithuna (Gemini);\n\npaficasu-in the five; ca-also; rasi§u-signs; carati-moves; tada-at\nthat time;\n\nahani-the days;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nvardhante-increase;\n\nhrasati-is diminished; ca-and; masi masi-in_ every month; eka­\n\neka\n\n-\n\none; gha#kii-half hour; ratri§u-in the nights.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the sun passes through Me�a [Aries] and Tula [Libra], the\ndurations of day and night are equal. When it passes through the\nfive signs headed by V�ahha [Taurus], the duration of the days\n\n", "SB5.2#p0358": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n324\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 21\n\nincreases [until Cancer], and then it gradually decreases by half\n\nan hour each month, until day and night again become equal [in\nLibra].\n\nTEXTS\n\nW\n\n���! q�� trijij ij'({tit�Ntfot W'l��tfUt �f� II � II\n\nyada vrscikad�u pancasu vartate tadalw-riitriir:ti viparyayiir:ti bhavanti.\n\nyada-when;\n\nvrscika-adi�u-headed by V:rscika (Sco rpio);\n\npancasu-five; vartate-remains; tada-at that time; aha�-riitriir:tithe days and nights; viparyayiir:ti-the opposite (the duration of the day\ndecreases, and that of night increases); bhavanti-are.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the sun passes through the five signs beginning with\n\nVr§cika [Scorpio], the duration of the days decreases [until\n\nCapricorn], and then gradually it increases month after month,\nuntil day and night become equal [in Aries].\nTEXT6\n\n���IJIRWI�&T�\n\n!it� ��;:c�•i�4 �:II� II\n\nyavad da�iTJiiyanam ahiini vardhante yavad udagayanam riitraya�.\n\nyiivat-until; da�ir:ta-ayanam-the sun passes to the southern side;\nahiini-the days; vardhante-increase; yavat-until; udagayanamthe sun passes to the northern side; riitraya�-the nights.\nTRANSLATION\nUntil the sun travels to the south the days grow longer, and until\n\nit travels to the north the nights grow longer.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0359": "Text7\n\n]\n\nThe Movements of the Sun\n\n325\n\nTEXT7\n\no:� wrer ��\n��q��\n���TW�i\n�nwtm�{«:'\n..:.. �\n...tl:.\nlllRqRtf��N\nij'�OSf.-�·\nttw\\q-m.,,\n\"' \"' \"'\n(' \" ��h;ij\n�\n�\n�-4; �''\n� tt��\n;nq �fuiJRft �llf ij��T WOlf q�Ttl� ��:q;ff ;mt i3\"�«r:\nm1=trt ftfllteril ;m� ijla�qq�'�f;J�r�n'lrre �lett �f�f;r\n..\n\n��Rfil�� «�Itffi�q.ut 1ro�� II \\9 II\nevam nava kotaya eka-paiiciiSal-laJ�iir:ti yojananam manasottaragiri-parivartanasyopadi.Santi tasminn aindrim purirh purvasman meror\ndevadhiinim nama dak$ir:tato yamyarh samyamanirh nama pa,Sciid\nviirur:tirh nimlocanim nama uttarata/:t saumyiim vibhii varim nama\ntiisudaya-madhyahniistamaya-ni.Sithii niti bhutanam pravrtti-nivrttinimittani samaya-vi.Se�er:ta mero§ catur-di.Sam.\nevam-thus; nava-nine; kotaya/:t-ten millions; eka-paiicasatfifty-one; la/cyiir:ti-hundred thousands; yojananam-of the yojanas;\nmanasottara-giri-of the mountain known as Manasottara; parivartanasya-of the circumambulation; upadi.Santi-they (learned scholars)\nteach; tasmin-on that (Manasottara Mountain); aindrim-of King lndra; purim-the city; purvasmat-on the eastern side; mero/:t-of\nSumeru Mountain; devadhiinim-Devadhani:; nama-of the name;\ndak$ir:tata/:t-on the southern side; yamyam-of Yamaraja; sarhyamanim-Samyamani:; nama-named; pa.Sciit-on the western side;\nviirur:tim-of Varul).a;\n\nnimlocanim-Nimlocani:;\n\nnama-named;\n\nut­\n\ntaratab,-on the northern side; saumyiim-of the moon; vibhiivarimVibhavarl; nama-named; tiisu-in all of them; udaya-rising;\nmadhyahna-midday; astamaya-sunset; ni.Sithiini-midnight; itithus; bhiUiinam-of the living entities; pravrtti-of activity; nivrttiand cessation of activity; nimittiini-the causes; samaya-vi.Se�er:ta-by\nthe particular times; mero/:t-of Sumeru Mountain; catu/:t-di.Sam-the\nfour sides.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued; My dear King, as stated before,\nthe learned say that the sun travels over all sides of Manasottara\n\n", "SB5.2#p0360": "[Canto 5, Ch. 21\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n326\nMountain\n\nin\n\na\n\ncircle\n\nwhose\n\nlength\n\nis\n\n95,100,000\n\nyojanas\n\n[760,800,000 miles]. On Manasottara Mountain, due east of Mount\n\nSumeru, is a place known as Devadhani, possessed by King lndra.\n\nSimilarly, in the south is a place known as Samyamani, possessed\n\nby Yamariija, in the west is a place known as Nimlocani, possessed\n\nby Varul).a, and in the north is a place named Vibhiivari, possessed\n\nby the moon-god. Sunrise, midday, sunset and midnight occur in\nall those places according to specific times, thus engaging all living\n\nentities in their various occupational duties and also making them\ncease such duties.\n\nTEXTS 8-9\n\n��ttlwU f����ij � ��ssf�qfij ij�R� �of���fu\n\n({��Rf � � �lwt(isrfil'tfl ���Rr tf� iii��\n��tfmr'tfij � Wt �R(iSifwt'tlij 3l�l't({N ij� tt� wt �Rr\n\nII � II\n\nlr � �q���'l II � II\ntatratyaniim divasa-madhyangata eva sadadityas tapati savyeniicalam\ndak$ir:tena karoti. yatrodeti tasya ha samiina-siltra-nipate nimlocati\nyatra kvacana syandeniibhitapati tasya hai§a samiina-siltra-nipate\nprasvapayati tatra gatam na pa.Syanti ye tam samanupa.Syeran.\ntatratyaniim-for the living entities residing on Mount Meru; divasamadhyangatab,-being positioned as at midday; eva-indeed; sada-always;\n\nadityab,-the sun; tapati -heats; savyena-to the left side;\n\nacalam-Sumeru Mountain; dak$ir:tena-to the right (being forced by\nwind blowing to the right, the sun moves to the right); karoti-moves;\nyatra-the point where; udeti-it rises; tasya-of that position; hacertainly; samiina-siltra-nipate-at the diametrically opposite point;\nnimlocati-the sun sets; yatra-where; kvacana-somewhere; syandena-with perspiration;\n\nabhitapati-heats (at midday);\n\ntasya-of\n\nthat; ha-certainly; e$ab,-this (the sun); samiina-siltra-nipate-at the\ndiametrically opposite point; prasviipayati-the sun causes to sleep (as at\nmidnight); tatra-there; gatam-gone; na pa.Syanti-do not see; yewho; tam-the sunset; samanupa.Syeran-seeing.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0361": "Text 10)\n\nThe Movements of the Sun\n\n327\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe living entities residing on Sumeru Mountain are always very\nwarm, as at midday, because for them the sun is always overhead.\nAlthough the sun moves counterclockwise, facing the constellations, with Sumeru Mountain on its left, it also moves clockwise\nand appears to have the mountain on its right because it is influenced by the dak�h.tavarta wind. People living in countries at\npoints diametrically opposite to where the sun is first seen rising\nwill see the sun setting, and if a straight line were drawn from a\npoint where the sun is at midday, the people in countries at the opposite end of the line would be experiencing midnight. Similarly,\nif people residing where the sun is setting were to go to countries\ndiametrically opposite, they would not see the sun in the same\ncondition.\nTEXT 10\n\n({�l �n �: 31�� q���� ij\"'n���\n�)�;n;rt �·��fUr ij\"]N� �)qtrffir II � II\no\n\nyadii caindryaft puryaft pracalate paiicadaSa-ghaJikabhir yamyam\nsapada-koti-dvayam yojananam sardha-dvadasa-lak$tiTJ-i sadhikani\ncopayati.\nyadii-when; ca-and; aindryab,-o£ lndra; puryab,-from the residence; pracalate-it moves; paiicadcia-by fifteen; ghatikabhift-half\nhours (actually twenty-four minutes); yamyam-to the residence of\nYamaraja; sapada-koti-dvayam-two and a quarter crores (22,500,000);\n\nyojaniinii m-o£ yojanas; sardha\n\n-\n\nand one half;\n\ndvadaSa-lak$tiTJ-i­\n\ntwelve hundred thousand; sadhikani-twenty five thousand more; ca-\n\nand; upayati -he passes over.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the sun travels from Devadhani, the residence of lndra, to\nSamyamani, the residence of Yamaraja, it travels 23,775,000 yojanas [190,200,000 miles] in fifteen ghatikas [six hours].\n\n", "SB5.2#p0362": "328\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 21\n\nPURPORT\nThe distance indicated by the word sadhikani is pafica-virnsati­\n\nsahasradhikani, or 25,000 yojanas. That plus two and a half crores and\ntwelve and a half lak$a of yojanas is the distance the sun travels between\neach two cities. This comes to 23,775,000 yojanas, or 190,200,000 miles.\nThe total orbit of the sun is four times that distance, or 95,100,000 yo­\n\njanas (760,800,000 miles).\nTEXT ll\n\nmuff «�a fi :q ���� :q �t: ijhn<\\ttl\n�: � �fu� i«'l+�m� ij� �n ��f;ij II� �II\n� m1t\n\n..\n\nevarit tato varury-irit saumyam aindnrit ca punas tathanye ca graha�\nsomadayo nak$atrai� saha jyotiS-cakre samabhyudyanti saha vii nimlocanti.\nevam-in this way; tata�-from there; viiru7J.im-to the quarters\nwhere Varur).a lives; saumyam-to the quarters where the moon lives;\n\naindnrit ca-and to the quarters where lndra lives; puna�-again;\ntatha-so also; anye-the others; ca-also; graha�-planets; somaadaya�-headed by the moon; nak$atrai�-a1l the stars; saha -with;\n\njyoti�-cakre-in the celestial sphere; samabhyudyanti-rise; sahaalong with; ro-or; nimlocanti-set.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the residence of Yamaraja the sun travels to Nimlocani, the\n\nresidence of Varm;aa, from there to Vihhavari, the residence of the\n\nmoon-god, and from there again to the residence of lndra. In a\nsimilar way, the moon, along with the other stars and planets,\n\nbecomes visible in the celestial sphere and then sets and again\nbecomes invisible.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitu (10.21) Kri?Q.a says, nak$atru1J.iim aham sa.Si: \"Of\nstars I am the moon.\" This indicates that the moon is similar to the other\n\n", "SB5.2#p0363": "The Movements of the Sun\n\nTextl3]\n\n329\n\nstars. The Vedic literature informs us that within this universe there is\none sun, which is moving. The Western theory that all the luminaries in\nthe sky are different suns is not confirmed in the Vedic literature. Nor\ncan we assume that these luminaries are the suns of other universes, for\neach universe is covered by various layers of material elements, and\ntherefore although the universes are clustered together, we cannot see\nfrom one universe to another. In other words, whatever we see is within\nthis one universe. In each universe there is one Lord Brahma, and there\nare other demigods on other planets, but there is only one sun.\nTEXT 12\n\n�� '�aij� �r��;.ft�;n;:��m..m �ftu ��41��titsm ��!!\n\n�������II\nevam muhilrtena catus-trirhlal-la�a-yojanany ll!'!a-satadhikani sauro\nrathas trayimayo 'sau catasr�u parivartate puri§u.\nevam-thus;\n\n-\n\na muhilrta (forty-eight minutes);\nla�a-hundred thousands; yojanani­\n\nmuhilrtena-in\n\ncatub,-trimsat-thirty-four;\n\nyojanas; a�ta sata-dhika ni-increased by eight hundred; saurab,\nrathab,-the chariot of the sun-god; trayi-mayab,-which is worshiped\n\nby the Gayatrl mantra (om bhur bhuvab, svab, tat savitur, etc.); asauthat; catasr�u-to the four; parivartate-he moves; purf§u-through\ndifferent residential quarters.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the chariot of the sun-god, which is trayimaya, or\nworshiped by the words om hhiir hhuval;l sval;l, travels through the\nfour residences mentioned above at a speed of 3,400,800 yojanas\n[27,206,400 miles] in a muhiirta.\nTEXT 13\n\n('{*«(•��\n�\"' �\"'\n���� � aF::�t\n«+u+iwtf� (f�•ait �� iQT 'ltilm� ��lift �\nsfui �m�:qst ije�..,.'it� �qlil(1l�Hftu qfu.l'frn� �I\n\n", "SB5.2#p0364": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n330\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 21\n\nyasyaikam cakram dvada.Saram $U�-nemi tri-�bhi\nsamvatsaratmakam samamananti tasyak$o meror murdhani krto\nmanasottare krtetara-bhiigo yatra protam ravi-ratha-cakram tailayantra-cakravad bhraman manosottara-girau paribhramati.\nyasya-of which; ekam-one; cakram-wheel;\n\ndvada.Sa-twelve;\naram-spokes; $at-six; nemi-the segments of the rim; tri-�bhi-the\nthree pieces of the hub; samvatsara-atmakam-whose nature is a samvatsara; samamananti-they fully describe; tasya-the chariot of the\nsun-god; ak$a&-the axle; mero&-of Sumeru Mountain; murdhanion the top; krta&-fixed; manasottare-on the mountain known as\nManasottara; krta-fix ed; itara-bhaga&-the other end; yatra-where;\nprotam-fixed on; ravi-ratha-cakram-the wheel of the chariot of the\nsun-god; taila-yantra-cakra-vat-like the wheel of an oil-pressing\nmachine; bhramat- m oving; manasottara-girau-on Manasottara\nMountain; paribhramati-turns .\nTRANSLATION\nThe chariot of the sun-god has only one wheel, which is known\n\nas Sarilvatsara. The twelve months are calculated to be its twelve\n\nspokes, the six seasons are the sections of its rim, and the three\n\ncatur-masya periods are its three-sectioned hub. One side of the\naxle carrying the wheel rests upon the summit of Mount Sumeru,\n\nand the other rests upon Manasottara Mountain. Affixed to the\nouter end of the axle, the wheel continuously rotates on Manasot­\n\ntara Mountain like the wheel of an oil-pressing machine.\nTEXT 14\n\n��at�� B:mJ.its��m�W� m��W<4;<311aJ;r�\n��:II ��II\n\n��\n\ntasminn ak$e krtamulo dvitiyo 'k$as turyamanena sammitas tailayantrak$avad dhruve krtopari-bhiiga&.\ntasmin\n\nak$e-in\n\nthat axle;\n\nkrta-mula&-whose base is fixed;\n\ndvitiya&-a second; ak$a&-axi e; turyamanena-by one fourth; sam-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0365": "Text\n\n15)\n\n331\n\nThe Movements of the Sun\n\ntaila-yantra-a/cya-vat-like the axle of an oilpressing machine; dhruve-to Dhruvaloka; krta-fixed ; uparimitab,-measured;\n\nbhagab,-upper portion.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs in an oil-pressing machine, this first axle is attached to a second axle, which is one-fourth as long\n\n[3,937,500 yojanas, or\n\n31,500,000 miles]. The upper end of this second axle is attached\nto Dhruvaloka by a rope of wind.\n\nTEXT\n\n15\n\n��lt� 'R:��wtltftt(ij�UtNt•tM�II�� ��\n� ��1;wn;r: ('tftl�ltft� «f� �� 11�'-\\11\nratha-ni<;las tu $U!-trirh.Sal-la/cya-yojanayatas tat-turiya-bhaga-viSiilas\ntiiviin ravi-ratha-yugo yatra hayiiS chando-niimiinab, saptiirur:w-yojitii\nvahanti devam iidityam.\nrat ha-ni<;lab,-the interior of the chariot; tu-but; $U!-trirh.Sat-lalcyayojana-iiyatab,-3,600,000 yojanas long;\ntat-turiya-bhaga-one\nquarter of that measure (900,000 yojanas); viSiilab,-having a width;\ntiiviin-so much also; ravi-rat ha - yugab,-the yoke for the horses;\nyatra-where ;\nhayab,-horses;\nchandab,-niimiinab,-having\nthe\ndifferent names of Vedic meters; sapta-seven; arur:w-yojitab,-hooked\nup by Arur:tadeva; vahanti-carry ; devam-the demigod; iidityam-the\nsun-god.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, the carriage of the sun-god's chariot is estimated\nto he\n\n3,600,000 yojanas [28,800,000 miles] long and one-fourth\n[900,000 yojanas, or 7,200,000 miles]. The chariot's\n\nas wide\n\nhorses, which are named after Gayatri and other Vedic meters, are\nharnessed by Aru:.:tadeva to a yoke that is also\n\n900,000 yojanas\n\nwide. This chariot continuously carries the sun-god.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0366": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n332\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 2 1\n\nPURPORT\nIn the V��u Purar.w it is stated:\n\ngayatri ca brhaty U$�ig\njagati tr�tup eva ca\nanU$tup panktir ity uktiiS\nchanda�i harayorave&\nThe seven horses yoked t o the sun-god's chariot are named Gayatri,\nB:rhati, U�I).ik, Jagati, Tri�tup, Anu�tup and Parikti. These names of\nvarious Vedic meters designate the seven horses that carry the sun-god's\nchariot.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�((ijl��-= q�N f;r�: ��fUr A;et�� ������\npurastat savitur arur.w& pa.Scac ca niyukta& sautye karma�i kiltiste.\npurastat- in front; savitu&-of the sun-god; arur.w&-the demigod\nna�ed Arul).a; pascat\n\n- looking backward; ca-and; niyukta&­\n\nengaged; sautye-of a charioteer; karma�i-in the work; kila-certainly; aste-remains.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Aru�adeva sits in front of the sun-god and is engaged\nin driving the chariot and controlling the horses, he looks hackward toward the sun-god.\nPURPORT\nIn the Vayu Purar.w the position of the horses is described:\n\nsaptasva-rupa-cchanda�i\nvahante vamatoravim\ncakra-pak§a-nibaddhani\ncakre vak§a& samiihita&\n\n", "SB5.2#p0367": "333\n\nThe Movements of the Sun\n\nText 18]\n\nAlthough AruQ.adeva is in the front seat, controlling the horses, he looks\nback toward the sun-god from his left side.\nTEXT 17\n\n�� cn�RCJ(!tll\n\n�S!I!Iqcf+usu: �f!��UJ �: � ij_�tr\n\n(;(�: d��cr II � \\9 II\n\ntathii valakhilya r�ayo '1igu$tha-parva-nu'itra/:t ��#-sahasrar:ti purata/:t\nsilryam silkta-vakaya niyukta/:t sarhstuvanti.\ntatha-there;\n\nvalikhilya/:t- Valikhilyas;\n\naligu$tha-parva-matra/:t\n\n-\n\nwhose\n\nsize\n\nis\n\nthat\n\nr�ay a/:t\nof\n\ngreat\n\nsages;\n\nthumb;\n\n��!i­\n\n-\n\na\n\nsahasrar:ti-sixty thousand; purata/:t-in front; silryam\n\n-\n\nthe sun-god;\n\nsu-ukta-vakaya-for speaking eloquently; niyukta/:t -engaged; sarhstuvanti-offer prayers.\nTRANSLATION\nThere are sixty thousand saintly persons named Viilikhilyas,\neach the size of a thumb, who are located in front of the sun-god\nand who offer him eloquent prayers of glorification.\n\ntathiinye ca r�ayo gandharvapsaraso naga gramar:tyo yatudhiina deva\nity ekaika§o gar:ta/:t sapta caturdaSa nu'isi nu'isi bhagavantam silryam\natnu'inam nana-nanu'inam prthan-nana-nanu'ina/:t prthak-karmabhir\ndvandva§a upasate.\ntathii-similarly; anye-others; ca-also; r�aya/:t\n\n-\n\nsaintly persons;\n\ngandha rva-apsarasa/:t-Gandharvas and Apsaras; naga/:t\n\n-\n\nNaga snakes;\n\ngramar:tya/:t-Yak�as; yatudhiina/:t-Rak�asas; deva/:t -demigods; iti-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0368": "334\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 21\n\neka-eka.Sab,-one by one; ga�b,-groups; sapta-seven; caturmasi masi-in every month; bhagavantam-unto the most powerful demigod; suryam-the sun-god; atmanam-the life of the universe; nand-various; namanam-who\npossesses names; prthak-separate; nana-namanab, -having various\nnames; p r thak-separate ; karmabhib,-by ritualistic ceremomes;\ndvandva.Sab,-in groups of two; upasate-worship.\nthus;\n\ndaSa-fourteen in number;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSimilarly, fourteen other saints, Gandharvas, Apsariis, Na.gas,\nYak�as, Rak�asas and demigods, who are divided into groups of\ntwo, assume different names every month and continuously per­\n\nform different ritualistic ceremonies to worship the Supreme Lord\n\nas the most powerful demigod Siiryadeva, who holds many names.\nPURPORT\nIn the Vi§�u Pura� it is said:\n\nstuvanti munayab, suryarh\ngandharvair giyate purab,\nnrtyanto 'psaraso yanti\nsuryasyanu ni.Sacarab,\nvahanti pannagii ya/cyai/:L\nkriyate 'bhi§usarigrahab,\nviilikhilyas tathaivainarh\npariviirya samasate\nso 'yam sapta-ga�b, suryama�le muni-sattama\nhimo$� viiri-vmz�iirh\nhetutve samayarh gatab,\nWorshiping the most powerful demigod Siirya, the Gandharvas sing in\nfront of him, the Apsaras dance before the chariot, the Nisacaras follow\nthe chariot, the Pannagas decorate the chariot, the Yak�as guard the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0369": "Text 19]\n\nThe Movements of the Sun\n\n335\n\nchariot, and the saints called the Valikhilyas surround the sun-god and\noffer prayers. The seven groups of fourteen associates arrange the proper\ntimes for regular snow, heat and rain throughout the universe.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�:q'� ��..q�OJ!� \\'(�ef4� m ij''lo� f�\n�ittf;r « � II� �II\nlalcyottaram siirdha-nava-ko#-yojana-parimar:u)alam bhu-valayasya\n/cyar:tena sagavyilty-uttaram dvi-sahasra-yojaniini sa bhunkte.\nlalcya-uttaram-increased\n\nby\n\nnava-ko#-yojana-of 90,000,000\nference;\n\n100,000;\nyojanas;\n\nsiirdha-with 5,000,000;\nparima�lam-circum ­\n\nbhu-valayasya-of the earthly sphere;\n\n/cyar:tena-in one\n\nmoment; sagavyilti-uttaram-augmented by two kro5as ( four miles) ;\n\ndvi-sahasra-yojaniini-2,000 yojanas; salt-the sun-god; bhunktetraverses.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, in his orbit through Bhumru;u;lala, the sun-god\ntraverses a distance of 95,100,000 yojanas (760,800,000 miles) at\nthe speed of 2,000 yojanas and two krosas [16,004 miles] in a\nmoment.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Twenty-first\nChapter of the\nSun.\"\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, entitled, \"The Movements of the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0370": "CHAPTER TWENTY-TWO\n\nThe Orbits of the Planets\nIn this chapter the orbits of the planets are described. According to the\nmovements of the moon and other planets, all the inhabitants of the\nuniverse are prone to auspicious and inauspicious situations. This is\nreferred to as the influence of the stars.\nThe sun-god, who controls the affairs of the entire universe, especially\nin regard to heat, light, seasonal changes and so on, is considered an expansion of NarayaiJa. He represents the three\n\nVedas-]J.g, Yajur and\n\nSama-and therefore he is known as Trayi:maya, the form of Lord\nNarayaQa. Sometimes the sun-god is also called Siirya NarayaQa. The\nsun-god has expanded himself in twelve divisions, and thus he controls\nthe six seasonal changes and causes winter, summer, rain and so on.\n\nYogis and karmis following the var1)1iSrama institution, who practice\nha!ha or O-$!iinga-yoga or who perform agnihotra sacrifices, worship\n\nSiirya NarayaQa for their own benefit. The demigod Siirya is always in\ntouch with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, NarayaQa. Residing in\nouter space, which is in the middle of the universe, between Bhuloka and\nBhuvarloka, the sun rotates through the time circle of the zodiac, repre­\n\nsented by twelve rasis, or signs, and assumes different names according\nto the sign he is in. For the moon, every month is divided into two\nfortnights. Similarly, according to solar calculations, a month is equal to\nthe time the sun spends in one constellation; two months constitute one\nseason, and there are twelve months in a year. The entire area of the sky\nis divided into two halves, each representing an ayana, the course tra­\n\nversed by the sun within a period of six months. The sun travels sometimes slowly, sometimes swiftly and sometimes at a moderate speed. In\nthis way it travels within the three worlds, consisting of the heavenly\nplanets, the earthly planets and outer space. These orbits are referred to\nby great learned scholars by the names Samvatsara, Parivatsara, IQ.avatsara, Anuvatsara and Vatsara.\n\nThe moon is situated 100,000 yojanas above the rays of the sunshine.\n\nDay and night on the heavenly planets and Pitrloka are calculated ac337\n\n", "SB5.2#p0371": "338\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 22\n\ncording to its waning and waxing. Above the moon by a distance of\n200,000 yojanas are some stars, and above these stars is Sukra-graha\n\n(Venus), whose influence is always auspicious for the inhabitants of the\n\nentire universe. Above Sukra-graha by 200,000 yojanas is Budha-graha\n(Mercury), whose influence is sometimes auspicious and sometimes in­\n\nauspicious. Next, above Budha-graha by 200,000 yojanas, is Angaraka\n\n(Mars), which almost always has an unfavorable influence. Above\n\nAilgaraka by another 200,000 yojanas is the planet called B:rhaspati­\n\ngraha (Jupiter), which is always very favorable for qualified brahmar;as.\n\nAbove B:rhaspati-graha is the planet Sanaiscara (Saturn), which is very\n\ninauspicious, and above Saturn is a group of seven stars occupied by\n\ngreat saintly persons who are always thinking of the welfare of the entire\n\nuniverse. These seven stars circumambulate Dhruvaloka, which is the\nresidence of Lord Vi�I.J.U within this universe.\nTEXT 1\n\n:sft<ttif\n� wi\n\n(I\n\n��� 311ft:��\n� �� qf��HfT\noo'T;nqf�� sr�� ��� +«•t':Fttq�fifr6� er:t ���\n\nfql(mml II � II\nrajociica\nyad etad bhagavata adityasya merum dhruvam ca prada�ir:uma\n\nparikriimato rasiniim abhimuklwm pracalitam ciiprada/cyir:w,m\n\nbhagavatop avarr:titam amU§ya vayam katlwm anumimimahiti.\nraja uvaca-the King (Maharaja Parik�it) inquired; yat-which;\n\netat-this; bhagavata/:t-of the most powerful; adityasya-of the sun\n\n(Surya Narayai:J,a); merum-the mountain known as Sumeru; dhruvam\n\nca-as well as the planet known as Dhruvaloka; prada/cyir:tena-by plac­\n\ning on the right; parikriimata/:t-which is going around; rasiniim-the\n\ndifferent signs of the zodiac;\n\nabhimuklwm-facing toward;\n\npra­\n\ncalitam-moving; ca-and; apradak�ir:wm-placing on the left;\n\nbhagavatii-by Your Lordship; u pavarr:titam-described ; amU§ya-of\nthat; vayam-we (the hearer); katlwm-how; anumimimahi-can accept it by argument and inference; iti-thus.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0372": "The Orbits of the Planets\n\nText2]\n\n339\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik�it inquired from Sukadeva Gosvimi: My dear lord,\n\nyou have already affirmed the truth that the supremely powerful\n\nsun-god travels around Dhruvaloka with both Dhruvaloka and\n\nMount Sumeru on his right. Yet at the same time the sun-god faces\n\nthe signs of the zodiac and keeps Sumeru and Dhruvaloka on his\nleft. How\n\nwith\n\ncan\n\nSumeru\n\nwe reasonably accept that the sun-god proceeds\nand\n\nsimultaneously?\n\nDhruvaloka\n\non\n\nboth\n\nhis\n\nleft\n\nand\n\nright\n\nTEXT2\n\"ff �1m\n\n� �e.,.,.�or 1l'Rn � �t\n\n<i<:;IJJttlolf f��t\nqf�� �ijtr(1'(t;;t'i�+tr;n;r�� �apT<•NI�qefm\n��w��o1 � it�.,.,.. srif�� q� � �\n��00 �f{tijf ��Oft tt��� �� ���'kt�\n��illif�ijl� II � II\nsa havaca\nyatha kulala-cakrer:w bhramata saha bhramatam tad-asraya�m\npipilikiidinam gatir anyaiva pradesantare$V apy upalabhyamanatvad\nevam na/cyatra-rasibhir upalalcyitena kala-cakrer:w dhruvam merum ca\nprada/cyir_tena paridhavata saha paridhavamananam tad-asraya�m\nsilryadinam grahar_tam gatir anyawa nak$atrantare rasy-antare\ncopalabhyamanatvat.\nsa b, -Sukadeva Go sviimi; ha- very clearly; uvaca-answered;\nyatha -just as; kulala-cakrer:w-a potter's wheel; bhramata-turning\naround; saha -with; bhramatam-of those turning around; tatasraya�m-being located on that (wheel) ; pipilika-adinam-of small\nants; gati b,-the motion; anya -other; eva-certainly; pradesa-antare$u -in different locations; api-also; upalabhyamanatvat-due to\nbeing experienced; evam-similarly; na/cyatra-rasibhib,-by the stars\nand signs; up alalcyitena -being seen; kala-cakrer_ta-with the great\n\n", "SB5.2#p0373": "340\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 22\n\nwheel of time; dhruvam-the star known as Dhruvaloka; merum-the\nmountain known as Sumeru; ca-and; pradak!ii\"(lena-on the right;\n\nparidhavata -going around; saha\n\n-\n\nthose going around; tat-asraya�m\ntime; surya adiniim\n-\n\ngatift\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwith; paridhavamananam-of\n\n-\n\nwhose shelter is that wheel of\n\nheaded by the sun; graha�m\n\n-\n\nof the planets;\n\nthe motion; anya-other; eva-certainly; nak!iatra-antare-in\n\ndi fferent\n\nsta rs;\n\nrasi-antare-in\n\ndi fferent\n\nsigns;\n\nca-and;\n\nupalabhyamiinatvat-due to being observed.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvann clearly answered: When a potter's wheel\n\nis moving and small ants located on that big wheel are moving with\n\nit, one can see that their motion is different from that of the wheel\nbecause they appear sometimes on one part of the wheel and some­\n\ntimes on another. Similarly, the signs and constellations, with\n\nSumeru and Dhruvaloka on their right, move with the wheel of\n\ntime, and the antlike sun and other planets move with them. The\nsun and planets, however, are seen in different signs and constella­\n\ntions at different times. This indicates that their motion is\ndifferent from that of the zodiac and the wheel of time itself.\nTEXT3\n\n� �If lf'lCftwttf4:�q ��ail �1Chtwtf � 3ft�+n4 sp:ft'f�\n\n�4A�f%f;r� qfOOfq � � f�#Stijl�ii•-« ��\n� 'R:._ij C(�Rflr:G\\'id� tfttl4;il't1ijgarr-{ A� II � II\nsa e$a bhagavan adi-purU$a eva sak!'an naraya� lokanarh svastaya\n\natmanarh trayimayarh karma-viSuddhi-nimittarh kavibhir api ca vedena\nvijijiiiisyamano dvadaSadha vibhajya $atsu vasantadi$v rtU$U yathopa}O$am rtu-gu�n vidadhati.\nsa\n\n�\n\n-\n\nthat;\n\n�\n\ne$a\n\n�\n\n-\n\nthis;\n\nbhagavan-the supremely powerful; adi­\n\npuru $ a -the original person;\nnaraya � a\n\n�\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\neva -c ertainly;\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nsa k$ at -dire ctly;\n\nGodhead,\n\nNarayaQa ;\n\nlokanam-of all the planets; svastaye-for the benefit; atmanam-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0374": ")\n\nText4\n\nThe Orbits of the Planets\n\n341\n\nHimself; trayi-mayam-consisting of the three Vedas (Sarna, Yajur and\n�g); karma-viSuddhi-of purification of fruitive activities; nimittamthe cause; kavibhib,-by great saintly persons; api-also; ca-and;\nvedena-by Vedic knowledge; vijijnasyamanab,-being inquired about;\ndvadaSa-dha-in twelve divisions; vibhajya-dividing; $a!Su-in six;\nvasanta-adi$u-headed by spring; rtU$u-seasons; yatha-upajo$amaccording to the enjoyment of their past activities; rtu-gu�n-the\nqualities of the different seasons; vidadhati-he arranges.\nTRANSLATION\nThe original cause of the cosmic manifestation is the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Naraya1,1a. When great saintly persons,\nfully aware of the Vedic knowledge, offered prayers to the\nSupreme Person, He descended to this material world in the form\nof the sun to benefit all the planets and purify fruitive activities.\nHe divided Himself into twelve parts and created seasonal forms,\nbeginning with spring. In this way He created the seasonal\nqualities, such as heat, cold and so on.\nTEXT4\n\n�filt ��'tl�t�( fir�� efurt�l(l�qtf( ��: �&�•IMij�� �� �TSWJ ��: �'l�t=Q II \\l II\ntam etam iha purU$t1s trayya vidyaya van:ui.Sramacaranupatha\nuccavacaib, karmabhir amnatair yoga-vitanaiS ca sraddhaya yajanto\n'njasii sreya/:t samadhigacchanti.\ntam-Him (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); etam-this; ihain this world of mortality; purU$iib,-a!l people; trayyii-having three\ndivisions; vidyaya-by the Vedic knowledge; var�-asrama-acara-the\npractices of the var�srama system; anupathab,-following; uccaavacaib,-higher or lower according to the different positions in the var�rama-dharma (briihmar:w-, lcyatriya, vaiSya and sildra) ; karmabhib,-by their respective activities; iimnataitz,-handed down; yogavitiinai/:t-by meditation and other yogic processes; ca-and; srad-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0375": "Sri mad-Bhiigavatam\n\n342\n\ndhaya-with\n\ngreat\n\nfaith;\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 22\n\nyajanta�-worshiping;\n\nanjasa-without\n\ndifficulty; sreya�-the ultimate benefit of life; samadhigacchanti-they\nattain.\nTRANSLATION\nAccording to the system of four var�as and four asramas, people\n\ngenerally worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Niiray�a,\n\nwho is situated as the sun-god. With great faith they worship the\nSupreme Personality as the Supersoul according to ritualistic\n\nceremonies handed down in the three Vedas, such as agnihotra and\nsimilar higher and lower fruitive acts, and according to the process\n\nof mystic yoga. In this way they very easily attain the ultimate goal\nof life.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�ihl'1f QRI'lfilotit�;:a�ar '11iR� m�'lffl �� � � U�4ijl� ijCf�f.HI4tt'41 � : �� �\n� � ��s;:tfl'tR:�tf;ij �m 'ffJ� � � �\n!ill«fu��� d��tr: II '-\\ II\n317.1 � � 31Rifl\n\n..\n\natha sa e�a atma lokanam dyav-aprthivyor antarer:ta nabho-valayasya\nkalacakra-gato dvadaSa miisan bhurikte rasi-samjnan\nsamvatsaravayavan masa� pa�a-dvayam diva naktam ceti sapadar�advayam upadiSanti yavata ��tham amsam bhunjita sa vai rtur ity\nupadiSyate sarhvatsarava yavab,.\natka-therefore;\n\nsab,-He;\n\ne�ab,-this;\n\natma-the living force;\n\nlokanam-of all the three worlds; dyav-a-prthivyo� antare�a-between\nthe upper and lower portions of the universe; nabha�-valayasya-of\nouter space;\n\nkala-cakra-gatab,-positioned in the wheel of time;\n\ndvadaSa masan-twelve months;\n\nbhu rikte-passes;\n\nrasi-samjnan­\n\nnamed after the zodiac signs; sarhvatsara-avayavan-the parts of the\nwhole\ndiva-a\n\nyear;\nday;\n\nmasa�-one\nnaktam\n\nmonth;\n\nca-and\n\na\n\npa�a-dvayam-two\nnight;\n\niti-thus;\n\nfortnights;\n\nsapada-r�a­\n\ndvayam-by stellar calculations, two and a quarter constellations;\nupadiSanti-they instruct; yavata-by as much time; ��tham amsam-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0376": "The Orbits of the Planets\n\nText6]\n\n343\n\none sixth of his orbit; bhuiijita-pass; sa�-that portion; vai-indeed;\nrtu�-a\n\nseason;\n\niti-thus;\n\nupadiSyate-is\n\ninstructed;\n\nsamvatsara­\n\navayava�-a part of a year.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sun-god, who is Nariiylll.la, or Vi�r;m, the soul of all the\nworlds, is situated in outer space between the upper and lower\nportions of the universe. Passing through twelve months on the\nwheel of time, the sun comes in touch with twelve differe�t signs\nof the zodiac and assumes twelve different names according to\nthose signs. The aggregate of those twelve months is called a samvatsara, or an entire vear. According to lunar calculations, two\nfortnights-one of the waxing moon and the other of the\nwaning-form one month. That same period is one day and night\nfor the planet Pitrloka. According to stellar calculations, a month\nequals two and one quarter constellations. When the sun travels\nfor two months, a season passes, and therefore the seasonal\nchanges are considered parts of the body of the year.\n\nTEXT6\n\n3N �\n\n��ijt� wtif���t SJT.I�Rt d ���1�\n\nII � II\n\natha ca yavatardhena nabho-vithyam pracarati tam kalam ayanam\naca/cyate.\n\natha-now;\n\nca-also;\n\nyavata-by\n\nas\n\nlong\n\nas;\n\nardhena-half;\n\nnabha�-vithyam-in outer space; pracarati-the sun moves; tamthat; kalam-time; ayanam-ayana; aca/cyate-is said.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the time the sun takes to rotate through half of outer space\nis called an ayana, or its period of movement [in the north or in the\nsouth].\n\n", "SB5.2#p0377": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n344\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 22\n\nTEXT7\n\n�m1{� �\n�Ffl'lN�o;rnt+\"lJT �if;r\n� � ij�m ij �� «��� qft�ffi(f't� �m:���\nt��f'lftr m;il���tR{'frrfaM: ij1{11Filr(f II \\9 II\n\n�\n\n�\n\natha ca yavan nablw-mar:u}alam saha dyav-aprthivyor mar:u),alabhyam\nkiirtsnyena sa ha bhunjita tam kiilam samvatsaram parivatsaram\nU;liivatsaram anuvatsaram vatsaram iti bhanor mandya-saighrya-samagatibhi� samamananti.\natha-now; ca-also; yavat-as long as; nabha�-mar:u}alam-outer\nspace, between the upper and lower world; saha-along with; dyav-of\nthe upper world; aprthivyo�-of the lower world; mar:u),alabhyam-the\n\nspheres; kartsnyena-entirely; sa�-he; ha-indeed; bhufijita-may\n\npass through; tam-that; kiilam-time; samvatsaram-Sarhvatsara;\nparivatsaram-Parivatsara; U;liivatasaram-Idavatsara; anuvatsaramAnuvatsara; vatsaram-Vatsara; iti-thus; bhano� - of the sun; mandya - slow; saigh rya-speedy; sama-and equal; gatibhi�-by the\nspeeds; samamananti-the experienced scholars describe.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sun-god has three speeds-slow, fast and moderate. The\n\ntime he takes to travel entirely around the spheres of heaven, earth\nand space at these three speeds is referred to, by learned scholars,\n\nby the five names Samvatsara, Parivatsara, 19avatsara, Anuvatsara\nand Vatsara.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to solar astronomical calculations, each year extends six\ndays beyond the calendar year, and according to lunar calculations, each\nyear is six days shorter. Therefore, because of the movements of the sun\nand moon, there is a difference of twelve days between the solar and\nlunar years. As the Sarhvatsara, Parivatsara, ltJavatsara, Anuvatsara and\nVatsara pass by, two extra months are added within each five years. This\nmakes a sixth samvatsara, but because that samvatsara is extra, the solar\nsystem is calculated according to the above five names.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0378": "Text\n\n8]\n\nThe Orbits of the Planets\n\n345\n\nTEXTS\n\nr:J:� :q;:�l 3Titt��·� ���Wfij i3q�n�'flwt)sct�\n��mH�q�m�ffti �ri-m ��;r �tlf�'TJr�nu\n\n��HHtl+\\;(1 tl� II� II\n\nevam candramii arka-gabhastibhya upari$tal lalcya-yojanata\nupalabhyamiirw 'rkasya samvatsara-bhuktim palcyabhyiim miisa bhuktim sapiidarlcyabhyam dinenaiva palcya-bhuktim agracari\ndrutatara-gamano bhwikte.\nevam-thus; candramii-the moon; a rka-gabhastibhyab,-from the\nrays of the sunshine;\n\nu pari$ !iit- ab o ve;\n\nlalcya-yojanatab,-by a\n\nmeasurement of 100,000 yojanas; upalabhyarrzijna b, -being situated;\n\narkasya-of the sun globe; samvatsara-bhuktim-the passage of one\nyear of enjoyment; palcyabhyam- by two fortnights; miisa-bhuktimthe passage of one month; sapiida-r/cyabhyam - by two and a quarter\ndays; dinena -by a day; eva -only; pa/cya-bhuktim-the passage of a\nfortnight; agracari-moving impetuously; druta-tara-gamanab,-passing more speedily; bhu nkte -passes through.\nTRANSLATION\nAbove the rays of the sunshine by a distance of 100,000 yojanas\n[800,000 miles) is the moon, which travels at a speed faster than\nthat of the sun. In two lunar fortnights the moon travels through\nthe equivalent of a samvatsara of the sun, in two and a quarter days\nit passes through a month of the sun, and in one day it passes\nthrough a fortnight of the sun.\nPURPORT\nWhen we take into account that the moon is 100,000 yojanas, or\n\n800,000 miles, above the rays of the sunshine, it is very surprising that\nthe modern excursions to the moon could be possible. Since the moon is\nso distant, how space vehicles could go there is a doubtful mystery.\nModern scientific calculations are subject to one change after another,\nand therefore they are uncertain. We have to accept the calculations of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0379": "346\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 22\n\nthe Vedic literature. These Vedic calculations are steady; the astronomical calculations made long ago and recorded in the Vedic literature are\ncorrect even now. Whether the Vedic calculations or modern ones are\nbetter may remain a mystery for others, but as far as we are concerned,\nwe accept the Vedic calculations to be correct.\n\nTEXT9\n\n���till� �fll·001utf �trt:�t!Jlttll� ct;��:\nfqijUJl'litumUJ 'i�qanq�l{��:ttf ft�;:qt;r : �'T�snutt\ni:�'Ttr�� ;r� mr�• uaa� 11 � 11\n3N\n\natha ciiprlryamii�bhiS ca kaliibhir aTTUlrii�m �iyamii�bhiS ca\nkaliibhib pitf7:liim aho-ratra r;,i prlrva-pa�apara-pa�abhyam\nvitanvanab sarva-jiva-nivaha-prii\"(W jivas caikam ekam na�atram\ntrimsata muhurtair bhunkte.\natha-thus; ca-also; iiprlryamii�bhib - gradually increasing; caand; kaliibhib-by the parts of the moon; aTTUlrii�m-of the demigods;\n\n/cy iyamiina bhib-by gradually decreasing; ca-and; kaliibhib-by parts\nof the moon; pitf�m-of those on the planet known as Pit:rloka; ahabriitra�i-the days and nights; prlrva-pa�a-apara-pa�abhyam-by the\nperiod of waxing and waning; vitanvanab-distributi ng; sarva-jiva­\n\nnivaha-of the total living entities; pra�b-the life; jivab-the chief\nliving being; ca-al so ; ekam e kam - o ne after another; na/cyatram-a\nconstellation of stars;\n\ntrimsatii-by thirty;\nbhunkte -passes through.\n\nmuhurtaib-muhurtas;\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the moon is waxing, the illuminating portions of it in­\n\ncrease daily, thus creating day for the demigods and night for the\npitas. When the moon is waning, however, it causes night for the\ndemigods and day for the pitas. In this way the moon passes\nthrough each constellation of stars in thirty muhiirtas [an entire\n\nday]. The moon is the source of nectarean coolness that influences\n\nthe growth of food grains, and therefore the moon-god is con-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0380": "Text 10)\n\nThe Orbits of the Planets\n\n347\n\nsidered the life of all living entities. He is consequently called Jiva,\nthe chief living being within the universe.\nTEXT 10\n\n� �'f ;t��: � �����Sf$\\+ii{TSfl<t'iql �'f<t+i?]t�l{crq�qf�tro-��mSltUT����ii�n�..k=tt���\n�ffi\n���II �o II\nya e$a $a<;laSa-kalal:z, purU$0 bhagaviin manomayo 'nnamayo 'mrtamayo\ndeva-pitr-manU$ya-bhuta-pa5u-pak$i-sarisrpa-virudhiim priiruJ,py\niiyana-silatviit sarvamaya iti va77Jayanti.\n\nya/:z,-that; e$a/:z.-this; $a<;laSa-kalal:z,-having all sixteen parts (the\nfull moon); purU$a/:z,-the person; bhagaviin-having great power\nreceived from the Supreme Personality of Godhead; manal:z,-mayal:z,the predominating deity of the mind; anna-mayal:z,-the source of potency for food grains; amrta-mayal:z,-the source of the substance of life;\neleva-of all the demigods; pitr-of all the inhabitants of Pit:rloka;\nmanU$ya-a11 human beings; bhuta-all living entities; pa§u-of the\nanimals; pa/cyi-of the birds; sarisrpa-of the reptiles; virudhiim-of\nall kinds of herbs and plants; prii�-life air; api-certainly; iiyanasilatviit-due to refreshing; sarva-maya/:z,-all-pervading; iti-thus;\nvar�yanti-the learned scholars describe.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause the moon is full of all potentialities, it represents the\ninfluence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The moon is the\npredominating deity of everyone's mind, and therefore the moongod is called Manomaya. He is also called Annamaya because he\ngives potency to all herbs and plants, and he is called Atnrtamaya\nbecause he is the source of life for all living entities. The moon\npleases the demigods, pitas, human beings, animals, birds, reptiles, trees, plants and all other living entities. Everyone is satisfied\nby the presence of the moon. Therefore the moon is also called\nSarvamaya (all-pervading).\n\n", "SB5.2#p0381": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n348\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 22\n\nTEXT ll\n\nmf\n�7.f.f\n\na-qfmf'�ap.ft�t\n��tfOT �\n���mfwf �!l�Rt: II��II\n\ntata upari§!ad dvi-lak§a-yojanato nak$atrt'i1Ji merum dak§i�Jenaiva\nkalayana iSvara-yojitani sahabhijit�!a-vimsati�.\ntata�-from that region of the moon; upari§!tit -above; dvi-lak§a-yojanata�-200,000 yojanas; nak§atraJJi-many stars; merum-Sumeru\nMountain; dak§iJJena eva-to the right side; kala-ayane-in the wheel\nof time; iSvara yojitani-attached by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; saha-with; abhijita -the star known as Abhijit; ll$!ti-vimsati� -twenty eight\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere are many stars located 200,000 yojanas [1,600,000 miles]\n\nabove the moon. By the supreme will of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, they are fixed to the wheel of time, and thus they\n\nrotate with Mount Sumeru on their right, their motion being\n\ndifferent from that of the sun. There are twenty-eight important\nstars, headed by Ahhijit.\n\nPURPORT\nThe stars referred to herein are 1,600,000 miles above the sun, and\nthus they are 4,000,000 miles above the earth.\nTEXT 12\n\nrn:�ap;r�;rn �� ��n tt�Rtr� trti�\n�qm;Q�Mtfllitf�ier!ij�RJ\nitmt f.l<:ll�,�� �\nm�IJf tf�����Ui�f{'hJ � tf!fcr�q�f{'l: II � � II\nm� �e�\n\ntata upar4!ad u§ana dvi-lak§a-yojanata upalabhyate purata/:t pa.Sciit\nsahaiva viirkasya saighrya-mandya-samyiibhir gatibhir arkavac carati\nlokanam nityadanukula eva prayeJJU var$ayams care�Jtinumiyate sa\nvr$#-vi§!ambha-grahopa§amana�.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0382": "The Orbits of the Planets\n\nText 13]\n\n349\n\ntata�-from that bunch of stars; upari$tat-above; u.Sana-Venus;\ndvi-la/cya-yojanata�-200,000 yojanas (1 ,600,000 miles); uialabhyate-is experienced; purata�-in front; pa.Scat-behind; saha-along\nwith; eva-indeed; va-and; arkasya-of the sun; saighrya-speedy;\nrnandya-slow; samyabhi�-equal; gatibhi�-the movements; arkavat-exactly like the sun; carati-rotates; lokanam-of all the planets\nwithin the universe; nityada-constantly; anukula�-offering favorable conditions; eva-indeed; pniye�a-almost always; var$ayancausing rainfall; care�-by infusing the clouds; anumiyate-is perceived; sa�-he (Venus); vr$#-vi$!ambha-obstacles to rainfall;· grahaupa§amana�-nullifying planets.\nTRANSLATION\nSome I ,600,000 miles above this group of stars is the planet\nVenus, which moves at almost exactly the same pace as the sun according to swift, slow and moderate movements. Sometimes Venus\nmoves behind the sun, sometimes in front of the sun and sometimes along with it. Venus nullifies the influence of planets that are\nobstacles to rainfall. Consequently its presence causes rainfall, and\nit is therefore considered very favorable for all living beings\nwithin this universe. This has been accepted by learned scholars.\nTEXT 13\n\n�trlmC! rn:��wm ��:,\nij)�wr aq��: �ot ����C! otrfm� �·ftr�m;rsrttrtwni&&�l�'\"!if� 11 � � 11\n�m\n\n��\n\n�����\n\nu§anasa budho vyakhyatas tata upari$!ad dvi-la/cya-yojanato budha�\nsoma-suta upalabhyarnana� praye� subha-krd yadarkad vyatiricyeta\ntadativatabhra-prayanavr$ty-adi-bhayam asamsate.\nu§anasa-with Venus; budha�-Mercury; vyakhyata�-exp!ained;\ntata�-from that (Venus); upari$!at-above; dvi-la/cya-yojanata�1,600,000 miles; budha�-Mercury; soma-suta�-the son of the moon;\nupalabhyarndna�-is situated; praye�a-almost always; subha-krt-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0383": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n350\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 22\n\nvery auspicious to the inhabitants of the universe; yada-when; arkatfrom the sun; vyatiricyeta-is separated; tada-at that time; ativataof cyclones and other bad effects; abhra-clouds; priiya-almost always; anavr�ti-adi-such as scarcity of rain; bhayam-fearful conditions; asarilsate-expands.\nTRANSLATION\nMercury is described to be similar to Venus, in that it moves\n\nsometimes behind the sun, sometimes in front of the sun and\n\nsometimes along with it. It is 1,600,000 miles above Venus, or\n\n7,200,000 miles above earth. Mercury, which is the son of the\n\nmoon, is almost always very auspicious for the inhabitants of the\n\nuniverse, but when it does not move along with the sun, it for­\n\nbodes cyclones, dust, irregular rainfall, and waterless clouds. In\nthis way it creates fearful conditions due to inadequate or ex­\n\ncessive rainfall.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�-'.f;)sfq ;it�W{�fi;:�1t Z1'«1+��mfu:\nq�� u���� � Wf cr�anf��, m��ll�it­\n\n3Ta\n\n��n ������\nata ilrdhvam a rigarako 'pi yojana-la/cya-dvitaya upalabhyamanas\ntribhis tribhi� pa/cyair ekaikaSo rasin dvadaSanubhurikte yadi na\nvakre�bhivartate praye�subha-graho 'gha-sarilsa/:1,.\nata/:1,-from this; ilrdhvam-above; arigiiraka/:1,-Mars; api- also;\nyojana-lalcya-dvitaye-at a distance of 1,600,000 miles; upalabhyamana/:1,-is situated; tribhi/:1, tribhi/:1, -with each three and three;\npa/cyai�-fortnights; eka-eka5a� -one after another; rasin-the signs;\ndviidaSa-twelve; a nubhurikte-passes through; yadi-if; na-not;\nvakre�-with a curve; abhi vart ate-approaches; priiye �-almost always; a5u bha grahab,-an unfavorable, inauspicious planet; agha-sam-\n\nsa/:1,-creating trouble.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSituated 1,600,000 miles above Mercury, or 8,800,000 miles\n\nabove earth, is the planet Mars. If this planet does not travel in a\n\ncrooked way, it crosses through each sign of the zodiac in three\n\n", "SB5.2#p0384": "Text\n\n16]\n\nThe Orbits of the Planets\n\n351\n\nfortnights and in this way travels through all twelve, one after\nanother. It almost always creates unfavorable conditions in' respect\nto rainfall and other influences.\nTEXT\n\n15\n\n�ij�q� fa��;q'�qij' �A: ���m�����oo\n,qft;r�ij�'tftq�ij� � �R wt qiji: ��IJ{l���t ilmar��\nII � '-\\ II\ntata upari§ti.id dvi-lalcya-yojaniintara-gatii bhagavan brhaspatir\nekaikasmin rasau parivatsararh parivatsararh carati yadi na vakra� syat\nprayerJiinukulo brahmarJa-kulasya.\n\ntata�-that ( Mars) ; upari�tat -above; dvi-lak�a-yojana-antaragata�-situated at a distance of 1,600,000 miles; bhagavan-the most\n\npowerful planet; brh�pati�-Jupiter; eka-ekasmin-in one after\nanother; nisau-sign; parivatsaram parivatsaram-for the period of\nParivatsara; carati -moves; yadi-if; na-not; vakra�-curved;\nsyat-becomes; prayerJa-almost always; anukula�-very favorable;\nbrahmarJa-kulasya-to the brahmarJaS of the universe.\nTRANSLATION\nSituated\n\n1,600,000 miles above Mars, or 10,400,000 miles\n\nabove earth, is the planet Jupiter, which travels through one sign\nof the zodiac within the period of a Parivatsara. If its movement is\nnot curved, the planet Jupiter is very favorable to the hriihm�as\nof the universe.\nTEXT\n\n16\n\nij�\n�qt1!T�l�Wf��IPU�SRJ�: ���H ����\n�Tm ���T� Fl�TWf:\n��ir.fT�q�m �T;fl�Gq��: m�UJ\n.\nT& �lli�TI��: 11��11\n\"'\n\n\"'I'\n\n\"'\n\ntata upari§!i.id yojana-la/cya-dvayat pratiyamana� sanaiScara\nekaikasmin rasau trimsan mii siin vilambamiina� sarviin eviinuparyeti\ntavadbhir anuvatsarai� prayerJa hi sarve�iim a§antikara�.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0385": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n352\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 22\n\ntata�-that (Jupiter); upari§!at-above; yojana-lalcya-dvayiit-by a\ndistance of 1,600,000 miles; pratiyamiina�-is situated; sanaiScara�the planet Saturn; eka-ekasmin-in one after another; rasau-zodiac\nsigns; trimsat miisiin-for a period of thirty months in each; vilambamiina�-lingering; sarviin-all twelve signs of the zodiac; evacertainly; anuparyeti-passes through; tiivadbh*-by so many;\nanuvatsarai�-Anuvatsaras; priiye�-almost always; hi-indeed; sarve$iim-to all the inhabitants; a§antikara�-very troublesome.\nTRANSLATION\nSituated 1,600,000 miles above Jupiter, or 12,000,000 miles\n\nabove earth, is the planet Saturn, which passes through one sign of\nthe zodiac in thirty months and covers the entire zodiac circle in\n\nthirty Anuvatsaras. This planet is always very inauspicious for the\n\nuniversal situation.\n\nTEXT 17\n\nmr �twt\n\n���;:Cit\n\n�etili(���m�Cf� �q'��..�;:a � �q Z?t��t\n+lif«<t �'>oTt�� q� �fa)af 3f��{f II� �II\n\ntata uttarasmiid r$aya ekadaSa-lalcya-yojaniintara upalabhyante ya eva\nlokiiniirit sam anubhiivayanto bhagavato vi§�r yat paramarit padarit\npradalcyi�rit prakramanti.\ntata�-the planet Saturn; uttarasmiit-above; r$aya�-great saintly\nsages; ekiidaSa-la/cya-yojana-antare-at a distance of 1,100,000 yo­\n\njanas; upalabhyante-are situated; ye-all of them; eva-indeed;\nlokiiniim-for all the inhabitants of the universe; sam-the good fortune;\n\nanubhiivayanta�-always thinking of;\n\nbhagavata�-of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; vi.§��-Lord Vi�r.m; yat-which;\nparamam padam-the supreme abode; prada/cyi�m-placing on the\nright; prakramanti-circumambulate.\nTRANSLATION\nSituated 8,800,000 miles above Saturn, or 20,800,000 miles\n\nabove earth, are the seven saintly sages, who are always thinking of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0386": "Text 17)\n\nThe Orbits of the Planets\n\n353\n\nthe well-being of the inhabitants of the universe. They circu mam bulate the supreme abode of Lord Vi�1,1u, known as Dhruvaloka,\nthe polestar.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Madhvacarya quotes the following verse from the Brahmar.u)a\nPura;r:ta:\njnaniinarulii.tman o v�r:tu�\nsiSumiira-vapU$J atha\nurdhva-loke$u sa vyapta\niidityadyas tad-asrita\nLord Vi�QU, who is the source of knowledge and transcendental bliss, has\n\nassumed the form of Sisumara in the seventh heaven, which is situated\nin the topmost level of the universe. All the other planets, beginning\nwith the sun, exist under the shelter of this Sisumara planetary system.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Twenty­\n\nsecond Chapter of Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Orbits of the\nPlanets.\"\n\n", "SB5.2#p0387": "CHAPTER TWENTY-THREE\n\nThe Sisumara Planetary System\nThis chapter describes how all the planetary systems take shelter of the\n\npolestar, Dhruvaloka. It also describes the totality of these planetary\nsystems to be Sisumara, another expansion of the external body of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Dhruvaloka, the abode of Lord Vi�t:Iu\nwithin this universe, is situated l ,300,000 yojanas from the seven stars.\n\nIn the planetary system of Dhruvaloka are the planets of the fire-god, ln­\n\ndra, Prajapati, Kasyapa and Dharma, all of whom are very respectful to\nthe great devotee Dhruva, who lives on the polestar. Like bulls yoked to a\ncentral pivot, all the planetary systems revolve around Dhruvaloka, impelled by eternal time. Those who worship the virata-pur1J-$a, the univer­\n\nsal form of the Lord, conceive of this entire rotating system of planets as\n\nan animal known as siSumara. This imaginary siSumara is another form\nof the Lord. The head of the siSumara form is downward, and its body\n\nappears like that of a coiled snake. On the end of its tail is Dhruvaloka,\n\non the body of the tail are Prajapati, Agni, lndra and Dharma, and on the\n\nroot of the tail are Dhata and Vidhata. On its waist are the seven great\n\nsages. The entire body of the siSumara faces toward its right and appears\n\nlike a coil of stars. On the right side of this coil are the fourteen promi­\n\nnent stars from Abhijit to Punarvasu, and on the left side are the four­\n\nteen prominent stars from Pu�ya to Uttara�a<;lha. The stars known as\n\nPunarvasu and Pu�ya are on the right and left hips of the siSumara, and\n\nthe stars known as Ardra and Asle�a are on the right and left feet of the\nsiSumara. Other stars are also fixed on different sides. of the Sisumara\n\nplanetary system according to the calculations of Vedic astronomers. To\n\nconcentrate their minds, yogis worship the Sisumara planetary system,\nwhich is technically known as the kur:u).alini-cakra.\n\nTEXT l\n\nr;ftij,<n \\ICll\"l\n\n�'ml���)�;n�at �toil: � �qrfu�f..\"\"ij �51\" & 'I&T�Wf.Hlf �Cf 3ll�ttqtf�fili{�IJ( �NIAf�\n31?.1\n\n355\n\n", "SB5.2#p0388": "(Canto\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n356\n\n5, Ch. 23\n\n4i�qWJ � � �4if�f;q:\n(iii�+n•f �aJUt�: Frfi�'flor\n�� �TNWIT+n�Tos;r � � �fifRr: II �II\nsn-suka uvaca\natha tasmiit paratas trayodaSa-loJ'$a-yojaniintarato yat tad V�IJobparamarh padam abhivadanti yatra ha mahii-bhiigavato dhruva\nauttiinapadir agninendre�Ja prajapatinii kaSyapena dharme�Ja ca\nsamakiila-yugbhib, sabahu-miinam dak§i�Jatab, kriyamii�Ja idiinim api\nkalpa-jiviniim ajivya upiiste tasyehiinubhiiva upavar�Jitab,.\nsri-sukab, uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; atha-thereupon;\n\ntasmiit-the\n\nsphere\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nseven\n\nstars;\n\nparatab,-beyond\n\nthat;\n\ntrayodaSa-lak§a-yojana-antaratab,-another l ,300,000 yojanas; yatwhich; tat-that; V�IJOb- paramam padam-the supreme abode of Lord\nVi�t:�u, or the lotus feet of Lord Vi�t:�u; abhivadanti-the ]J.g Veda\nmantras praise; yatra-on which; ha-indeed; mahii-bhiigavatab,-the\ngreat devotee; dhruvab,-Maharaja Dhruva; auttiinapiidib,-the son of\nMaharaja\n\nUttanapada;\n\nheavenly King, lndra;\n\nagnina-by the\n\nfire-god;\n\nindre�Ja-by\n\nthe\n\nprajiipatinii-by the Prajapati; kaSyapena-by\nKasyapa; dharme�Ja-by Dharmaraja; ca-also; samakiila-yugbhib,­\n\nwho are engaged at the time; sa-bahu-miinam-always respectfully;\n\ndak§i�Jatab,-on the right side; kriyamii�Jab,-being circumambulated;\nidiinim-now; api-even; kalpa-jiviniim-of the living entities who exist at the end of the creation; ajivyab,-the source of life; upfis.te­\n\nremains; tasya-his; iha-here; anubhiivab,-greatness in discharging\n\ndevotional service; upavar�Jitab,-already described (in the Fourth Canto\nof Snmad-Bhiigavatam).\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosv8mi continued: My dear King, 1,300,000 yojanas\n[10,400,000 miles] above the planets of the seven sages is the place\n\nthat learned scholars describe as the abode of Lord Vi�t:tu. There\n\nthe son of Maharaja Uttanapada, the great devotee Maharaja\n\nDhruva, still resides as the life source of all the living entities who\n\nlive until the end of the creation. Agni, lndra, Prajapati, K&Syapa\n\nand Dharma all assemble there to offer him honor and respectful\n\n", "SB5.2#p0389": "Text2]\n\nThe Sisumara Planetary System\n\n357\n\nobeisances. They circumambulate him with their righ� sides\n\ntoward him. I have already described the glorious activities of\n\nMaharaja Dhruva (in the Fourth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam].\nTEXT2\n\n� �ii�.funwti �aJ\"'IG.lWflqf;tf¥1�un�iti(«i �\n� mRtqlunWfi ��� (�Ill Rft�: ������\nij\n\nsa hi sarve$drh jyotir-ga1)iiniirh graha-na/cyatradiniim animi$e1)iivyaktaramhasa bhagavata ka/ena bhramyama1)ii,niirh stOO[tUr ivdVU$tambha\nfSvarer:ta vihita� sa.Svad avabhasate.\nsa �-that planet of Dhruva Maharaja; hi-indeed; sarve$dm-of all;\njyoti�-gar:taniim-the luminaries; graha-na/cyatra-adiniim-such as the\nplanets and stars; anim i$er:ta -who does not rest; avyakta-inconceivable; ramhasa-whose force; bhagavata -the most powerful; kalenaby the time factor;\n\nbhramyama1)ii,niim-being caused to revolve;\n\nsthar:tu� iv a-like a post; avU$tambha�-the pivot; iSvarer:ta-by the\nwill of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vihita�-established;\n\nsa.Svat -constantly; avabhasate-shines\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEstablished by the supreme will of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, the polestar, which is the planet of Maharaja Dhruva,\n\nconstantly shines as the central pivot for all the stars and planets.\n\nThe unsleeping, invisible, most powerful time factor causes these\nluminaries to revolve around the polestar without cessation.\nPURPORT\nIt is distinctly stated herein that all the luminaries, the planets and\nstars, revolve by the influence of the supreme time factor. The time factor is another feature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Everyone\nis under the influence of the time factor, but the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is so kind and loves His devotee Maharaja Dhruva so much that\nHe has placed all the luminaries under the control of Dhruva 's planet\n\n", "SB5.2#p0390": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n3 58\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 23\n\nand has arranged for the time factor to work under him or with his\ncooperation. Everything is actually done according to the will and direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but to make His devotee\nDhruva the most important individual within the universe, the Lord has\nplaced the activities of the time factor under his control.\n\nTEXT3\n\n�il�+� �tJTqijel: 'i4<t1M�I�fl �: m��;f\n�l'R �M4 l{tlQ11 !m� .m����f«iiR ��\n3TJ�J ��'41�R�mt ql�;fta_l�'lltJTT m��q�� q��f;�\n� � �q-r: ��;na>�t q��: �����: qfte4Jw-� o:4\n��tJTH 31iffl���·llifWijJ: �Mill�·ij;.ft � WI\n�\n\ntRfl;(f II � II\nyatha mel)histambha akramar:ra-pa.Savab samyojitas tribhis tribhib\nsavanair yatha-sthanam mai'J4aliini caranty evam bhagaT}ii grahadaya\netasminn antar-bahir-yogena kala-cakra ayojita dhruvam evavalambya\nvayunodiryamiiT}ii akalpantam parican kramanti nabhasi yatha meghab\nsyeniidayo vayu-va.Sab karma-sarathayab parivartante evam\njyotirgaTJdb prakrti-purU$a-samyoganugrhitab karma-nirmita-gatayo\nbhuvi na patanti.\nyatha-exactly like; met;lhistambhe-to the pivot post; akramar:rapa.Savab-bulls for threshing rice; samyojitab-bei n g yoked; tribhib\n\ntribhib-by three; s avanaib -movements; yatha-sthanam-in their\nmai'J4aliini-orbits; caranti-traverse; evam-in the\n\nproper places;\n\nsame way; bha-gaTJdb-the luminaries, like the sun, the moon, Venus,\nMercury, Mars and Jupiter;\n\ngraha-adayab -the different planets;\n\netasmin-in this; antab-bahib-yogena-by connection with the inner or\nouter circles; kala-cakre-in the wheel of eternal time; ayojitab-fixed;\ndhruvam-Dhruvaloka;\n\neva -certai nly;\n\navalambya-taking support\n\nof; vayuna-by the wind; ud fryamii7Jdb- being propelled; a�kalpa-antam-unti! the end of the creation; parican kramanti-revolve all\naround; nabhasi-in the sky; yatha-exactly like; meghab-heavy\n\n", "SB5.2#p0391": "Text 3]\n\nThe Sisumiira Planetary System\n\n359\n\nclouds; syena-adayaft-birds such as the big eagle; vayu-va§tift-controlled by the air; karma -stiratha yaft-whose chariot drivers are the\nresults of their own past activities; parivartante-move around; evamin this way; jyotift-ga�ft-the luminaries, the planets and stars in the\nsky; prakrti-of material nature; punl,$a-and of the Supreme Personality, K:r�Q.a; samyoga-anugrhitaft-supported by the combined\nefforts; karma-nirmita-caused by their own past fruitive activities;\ngatayaft-whose movements;\n\nbhuvi-on\n\nthe\n\nground;\n\nna-not;\n\npatanti-fall down.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen hulls are yoked together and tied to a central post to\n\nthresh rice, they tread around that pivot without deviating from\ntheir proper positions-one hull being closest to the post, another\n\nin the middle, and a third on the outside. Similarly, all the planets\nand all the hundreds and thousands of stars revolve around the\n\npolestar, the planet of Maharaja Dhruva, in their respective orbits,\n\nsome higher and some lower. Fastened by the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead to the machine of material nature according to the\n\nresults of their fruitive acts, they are driven around the polestar by\nthe wind and will continue to he so until the end of creation. These\n\nplanets float in the air within the vast sky, just as clouds with\n\nhundreds of tons of water float in the air or as the great syena\n\neagles, due to the results of past activities, fly high in the sky and\n\nhave no chance of falling to the ground.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to the description of this verse, the hundreds and thousands\nof stars and the great planets such as the sun, the moon, Venus, Mercury,\nMars and Jupiter are not clustered together because of the law of gravity\nor any similar idea of the modern scientists. These planets and stars are\nall servants of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda or ��Qa,\nand according to His order they sit in their chariots and travel in their\nrespective orbits. The orbits in which they move are compared to\nmachines given by material nature to the operating deities of the stars\nand planets, who carry out the orders of the Supreme Personality of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0392": "360\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 23\n\nGodhead by revolving around Dhruvaloka, which is occupied by the\ngreat devotee Maharaja Dhruva. This is confirmed in the Brahma­\n\nsamhita (5.52) as follows:\nyac-ca�ur e$a savita sakala-grahaT}iim\nraja samasta-sura-milrtir a.Se$a-tejal:ryasyajnaya bhramati sambhrta-kala-cakro\ngovindam adi-purU$arh tam aham bhajami\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, under whose control even the sun, which is considered to be\nthe eye of the Lord, rotates within the fixed orbit of eternal time. The\nsun is the king of all planetary systems and has unlimited potency in heat\nand light.\" This verse from Brahma-samhita confirms that even the\nlargest and most powerful planet, the sun, rotates within a fixed orbit, or\n\nkala-cakra, in obedience to the order of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. This has nothing to do with gravity or any other imaginary\nlaws created by the material scientists.\nMaterial scientists want to avoid the ruling government of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore they imagine different\nconditions under which they suppose the planets move. The only condition, however, is the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. All\nthe various predominating deities of the planets are persons, and the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is also a person. The Supreme Personality orders the subordinate persons, the demigods of various names,\nto carry out His supreme will. This fact is also confirmed in Bhagavad­\n\ngita (9.10), wherein Kri?I,la says:\nmayadhya�er:w prakrti/:£\nsilyate sa-caracaram\nhetunanena kaunteya\njagad viparivartate\n\"This material nature is working under My direction, 0 son of Kuntl,\nand it is producing all moving and unmoving beings. By its rule this\nmanifestation is created and annihilated again and again.\"\n\n", "SB5.2#p0393": "Text 3)\n\nThe Sisumara Planetary System\n\n361\n\nThe orbits of the planets resemble the bodies in which all living entities are seated because they are both machines controlled by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. As Kr�l).a says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(18.61):\n\niSvara!t sarva-bhutaniim\nhrd-dese 'rjuna ti$Jhati\nbhramayan sarva-bhutani\nyantrarl14hiini mayaya\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is\ndirecting the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a\nmachine, made of the material energy.\" The machine given by material\nnature-whether the machine of the body or the machine of the orbit, or\nkiila-cakra-works according to the orders given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Supreme Personality of Godhead and material\nnature work together to maintain this great universe, and not only this\nuniverse but also the millions of other universes beyond this one.\nThe question of how the planets and stars are floating is also answered\nin this verse. It is not because of the laws of gravity. Rather, the planets\nand stars are enabled to float by manipulations of the air. It is due to such\nmanipulations that big, heavy clouds float and big eagles fly in the sky.\n\nModern airplanes like the 747 jet aircraft work in a similar way: by con­\n\ntrolling the air, they float high in the sky, resisting the tendency to fall to\nearth. Such adjustments of the air are all made possible by the cooperation of the principles of pur�a (male) and prakrti (female). By the\ncooperation of material nature, which is considered to be prakrti, and the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is considered the pur�a, all the\naffairs of the universe are going on nicely in their proper order. Prakrti,\nmaterial nature, is also described in the Brahma-samhitii\nfollows:\nsmi-sthiti-pralaya-siidhana-saktir ekii\nchayeva yasya bhuvaniini bibharti durga\nicchanurupam api yasya ca ce$Jate sa\ngovindam adi-pur�am tam aham bhajami\n\n(5.44) as\n\n", "SB5.2#p0394": "362\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 23\n\n\"The external potency, maya, who is of the nature of the shadow of the\ncit [spiritual] potency, is worshiped by all people as Durga, the creating,\npreserving and destroying agency of this mundane world. I adore the\nprimeval Lord Govinda, in accordance with whose will Durga conducts\nherself.\" Material nature, the external energy of the Supreme Lord, is\nalso known as Durga, or the female energy that protects the great fort of\nthis universe. The word Durga also means fort. This universe is just like\na great fort in which all the conditioned souls are kept, and they cannot\nleave it unless they are liberated by the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord Himself declares in Bhagavad-gitii (4.9):\n\njanTIUL karTIUL ca me divyam\nevarh yo vetti tattvaia�\ntyaktvii deham punar janma\nnaiti mam eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this\nmaterial world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" Thus simply by\nKr�Q.a consciousness, by the mercy of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, one can be liberated, or, in other words, one can be released\nfrom the great fort of this universe and go outside it to the spiritual\nworld.\nIt is also significant that the predominating deities of even the greatest\nplanets have been offered their exalted posts because of the very valuable pious activities they performed in previous births. This is indicated\nherein by the words karTIUL-nirmita-gataya�. For example, as we have\npreviously discussed, the moon is called jiva, which means that he is a\nliving entity like us, but because of his pious activities he has been appointed to his post as the moon-god. Similarly, all the demigods are living\nentities who have been appointed to their various posts as the masters of\nthe moon, the earth, Venus and so on because of their great service and\npious acts. Only the predominating deity of the sun, Siirya NarayaQ.a, is\nan incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Maharaja\nDhruva, the predominating deity of Dhruvaloka, is also a living entity.\nThus there are two kinds of entities-the supreme entity, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, and the ordinary living entity, the jiva (nityo\n\n", "SB5.2#p0395": "The Sisumara Planetary System\n\nText 4)\n\n363\n\nnityanarh cetanas cetananam). All the demigods are engaged in the service of the Lord, and only by such an arrangement are the affairs of the\n.\numverse gomg on.\n.\n\nRegarding the great eagles mentioned in this verse, it is understood\nthat there are eagles so big that they can prey on big elephants. They fly\nso high that they can travel from one planet to another. They start flying\nin one planet and land in another, and while in flight they lay eggs that\nhatch into other birds while falling through the air. In Sanskrit such\neagles are called syena. Under the present circumstances, of course, we\ncannot see such huge birds, but at least we know of eagles that can capture monkeys and then throw them down to kill and eat them. Similarly,\nit is understood that there are gigantic birds that can carry off elephants,\nkill them and eat them.\nThe two examples of the eagle and the cloud are sufficient to prove\nthat flying and floating can be made possible through adjustments of the\nair. The planets, in a similar way, are floating because material nature\nadjusts the air according to the orders of the Supreme Lord. It could be\nsaid that these adjustments constitute the law of gravity, but in any case,\none must accept that these laws are made by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. The so-called scientists have no control over them. The scientists can falsely, improperly declare that there is no God, but this is not a\nfact.\n\nkecanaitaj jyotir-anikarh siSumiira-sarhsthiinena bhagavato\nviisudevasya yoga-dhiira'(liiyam anuvar7J-ayanti.\nkecana-some yogis or learned scholars of astronomy; etat-this;\njyotib,-anikam-great wheel of planets and stars; sisumarasarhsthiinena-imagine\n\nthis\n\nwheel\n\nto\n\nbe\n\na siSumiira\n\n(dolphin);\n\nbhagavatab,-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vasudevasyaLord Vasudeva (the son of Vasudeva), Kn>l).a; yoga-dhiira'(liiyam-in\nabsorption in worship; anuvar7J,ayanti-describe.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0396": "364\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 23\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis great machine, consisting of the stars and planets, resembles the form of a sisumara [dolphin] in the water. It is sometimes\nconsidered an incarnation of �1,1a, Vasudeva. Great yogis meditate upon Vasudeva in this form because it is actually visible.\nPURPORT\nTranscendentalists such as yogis whose minds cannot accommodate the\nform of the Lord prefer to visualize something very great, such as the\n\nvirata-purU§a. Therefore some yogis comtemplate this imaginary\nsiSumiira to be swimming in the sky the way a dolphin swims in water.\nThey meditate upon it as the virata-rupa, the gigantic form of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� ��·Cfi�l«'': ��� � �Cfi�qij{ij� ��\nSl�l1imNR.jt '� �f� �� �t fiNm � �\nI\n�\n\n��o:g��fiU�\n\n��•p:t;uf;r\n\n��:\n\n��am�«\n\nwtaJ�ao$(�(!q4f;(f �faJUTTtr.tlR\n\n� ijtilt I ;.p.f[ f�WiiO �T\n�'Trrijf%1��� ltl�mq�tr�: ijJt('{�;.r• +�et� 1 -m �llft\n·\n\n3l�T�iTWT �: II'-\\ II\n\nyasya pucchiigre 'vakSirasa/:t kur:ufali-bhuta-dehasya dhruva\nupakalpitas tasya langule prajapatir agnir indro dharma iti pucchamule dhata vidhata ca ka!yiirh saptar�aya/:t. tasya da�i�vartakur:ufali-bhuta-sarirasya yany udagayanani da�i\"(Ul-parsve tu\nna�atrarJ-y upakalpayanti da�i�yanani tu savye. yatha siSumiirasya\nkur:uJala-bhoga-sannivesasya parsvayor ubhayor apy avayava/:t\nsamasmikhya bhavanti. pmhe tv ajavithi aka.sa-ganga codarata/:t.\nyasya-o£ which; puccha-agre-at the end of the tail; avaksirasa/:t -whose head is downward; kur:u/ali-bhuta-dehasya-whose\nbody, which is coiled; ::lhruva/:t-Mahiiriija Dhruva on his planet, the\npolestar; upakalpita/:t-is situated; tasya -of that; langule-on the tail;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0397": "Text 6]\n\nThe Sisumiira Planetary System\n\n365\n\nprajapati/:t-of the name Prajapati; agni/:t-Agni; indra/:t- l ndra; dharma/:t-Dharma; iti-thus; puccha-mule-at the base of the tail; dhiitii\nvidhiita- the demigods known as Dhata and Vidhata; ca-also;\nkatyam-on the hip; sapta-r�aya/:t-the seven saintly sages; tasya-of\nthat; dak$i1J11-iivarta-kw:u;lali-bhuta-sarirasya-whose body is like a coil\nturning toward the right side; yani-which; udagayanani-marking\nthe northern courses; dak$i1J11-piirsve-on the right side; tu-but; nak�atra�i-constella tions; upakalpayan ti-are situated; dak�inaayanani- the fourteen stars, from Pu�ya to Uttara�a«;lha, marking the\nnorthern course; tu-but; sarye-on the left side; yathii-just like;\nsiSumarasya-of the dolphin; ku'J4ala-bhoga-sannivesasya-whose\nbody appears like a coil; parsvayo/:t-on the sides; ubhayo/:t-both;\napi-certainly; avayavii/:t-the limbs; samasankhya/:t-of equal number (fourteen); bhavanti-are; pr$!he-on the back; tu-of course;\najavithi-the first three stars marking the southern route (Mula, Purva�a«;lha and Uttara�a«;lha); akaSa-garigu-the Ganges in the sky (the\nMilky Way); ca-also; udarata/:t-on the abdomen.\nTRANSLATION\nThis form of the sisumiira has its head downward and its body\n\ncoiled. On the end of its tail is the planet of Dhruva, on the body of\n\nits tail are the planets of the demigods Prajiipati, Agni, lndra and\n\nDharma, and at the base of its tail are the planets of the demigods\nDhata and Vidhata. Where the hips might be on the sisumara are\n\nthe �even saintly sages like Vasi�tha and Angirii. The coiled body of\n\nthe Sisumiira-cakra turns toward its right side, on which the fourteen constellations from Ahhijit to Punarvasu are located. On its\nleft side are the fourteen stars from Pu�yii to Uttar�ii\"hii. Thus its\nbody is balanced because its sides are occupied by an equal number\nof stars. On the back of the sisumiira is the group of stars known as\n\nAjavithi, and on its abdomen is the Ganges that flows in the sky\n[the Milky Way].\nTEXT6\n\n��� ��m: ��l(i�J�eq :q ���: trf�:\nqt�404l(fqM��Hl1� ��i'ii4l\"'tfutlit�T�?:lHl� �OI'l�tql�\n\n", "SB5.2#p0398": "366\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 23\n\npunaroasu-p�yau da/cyi1J1l-vamayob srol)-yor iirdrasle�e ca da/cyiTJilvamayob pa5cimayob piidayor abhijid-uttar�ii<)he da/cyi1J1l-vamayor\nniisikayor yathii-sankhyam SraValJil-pilrv�ii<)he da/cyi1J1l-Viimayor\nlocanayor dhan�!hii mulam ca da/cyi1J1l-Viimayob karlJilyor maghiidiny\n�!a na/cyatriil)-i da/cyil)-iiyaniini viima-piirsva-vank�u yufijita tathaiva\nmrga-sir�iidiny udagayaniini da/cyiTJil-piirsva-vankr�u priitilomyena\nprayufijita satabh�a-jye�!he skandhayor da/cyi1J1l-Viimayor nyaset.\n\npunarvasu-the star named Punarvasu; p�yau-and the star named\nPu�ya; da/cyi1J1l-vamayob-on the right and left; srol)-yob-loins;\niirdrii-the star named Ardra; a5le�e-the star named Asle�a; ca-also;\ndak�il)-a-viimayob-at the right and left; pascimayob-behind;\npiidayob-feet; abhijit-uttar�ii<)he-the stars named Abhijit and Uttara�a�ha; da/cyi1J1l-viimayob-on the right and left; niisikayobnostrils; yathii-sankhyam-according to numerical order; sravalJil-pilrv ii�ii<)he- the stars named SravaQii and Purva�a�ha; da/cyil)-aviimayob-at the right and left; locanayoh- eyes; dhan�!hii mulam\nca-and the stars named Dhani�tha and Mula; da/cyiiJ,(l-vamayob-at the\nright and left; kariJ,llyob-ears; maghii-iidini-the stars such as Magha;\n��a nalcyatriil),i-eight stars; da/cyiiJ,ll-iiyaniini-which mark the\nsouthern course; vama-piirsva-of the left side; vank�u-at the ribs;\nyufijita-may place; tathii eva-similarly; mrga-sir�ii-iidini-such as\nMrgasir�a; udagayaniini-marking the northern course; da/cyil)-apiirsva-vankr�u-on the right side; priitilomyena-in the reverse\norder; prayunJita-may place; satabh�a-Satabhi�a.; Jye�the Jye�tha;\nskandhayob-on the two shoulders; da/cyiTJil-Viimayob-right and left;\nnyaset-should place.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nOn the right and left sides of where the loins might he on the\nSisumiira-cakra are the stars named Punarvasu and Pu�ya. Ardra\n\n", "SB5.2#p0399": "Text7]\n\nThe Sisumara Planetary System\n\n367\n\nand Asle�ii are on its right and left feet, Ahhijit and Uttar�ii4hii are\non its right and left nostrils, Srava.J.lii and Piirv�ii4hii are at its\nright and left eyes, and Dhani�thii and Mula are on its right and left\nears. The eight stars from Maghii to Anuriidhii, which mark the\nsouthern course, are on the ribs of the left of its body, and the\neight stars from M:fga8ir�ii to Piirvahhiidra, w�ich mark the northern course, are on the ribs on the right side. Satahhi�ii and Jye�thii\nare on the right and left shoulders.\nTEXT7\n\niffil��rrfm:��l�t � u;� :q�: ��n: \\1qW rnqfu:\n�q��•R�tft� �'Rlltclt �fu �t•n�.-m� �•Poftd�e�·;ft\n�'=t: 3ll1Jlm;{;i( �� m: � if�ij ij� iji�I•IIJIH\nII \\9 II\nuttara-hanav agastir adhara-hanau yamo mukhe$u cangaraka&\nsanaiScara upasthe brhaspati& kakudi vak$asy adityo hrdaye naraya�\nmanasi candro nabhyam u§ana stanayor a§vinau budha& pra{liipanayo\nrahur gale ketava& sarva1ige$U romasu sarve tara-ga{liih.\nuttara-hanau-on the upper jaw; agasti&-the star named Agasti;\nadhara-hanau-on the lower jaw; yama&-Yamaraja; mukhe-on the\nmouth; ca-also; angaraka&-Mars; sanaiScara&-Saturn; upastheon the genitals; brhaspati&-Jupiter; kakudi-on the back of the neck;\nvak$asi-on the chest; aditya&-the sun; hrdaye-within the heart;\nNarayaQa; manasi-in the mind; candra�-the\n\nnaraya��-Lord\n\nmoon; nabhyam-on the navel; u§ana-Venus; stanayo&-on the two\nbreasts; a§vinau-the two stars named Asvin; budha&-Mercury; pra{liipanayo&-in the inner airs known as pra� and apana; rahu�-the\nplanet Rahu; gale-on the neck; ketava�-comets; sarva-a1ige$u-a11\nover the body; romasu-in the pores of the body; sarve-all; taraga{lii�-the numerous stars.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the upper chin of the sisumara is Agasti; on its lower chin,\nYamariija; on its mouth, Mars; on its genitals, Saturn; on the hack\n\n", "SB5.2#p0400": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n368\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 23\n\nof its neck, Jupiter; on its chest, the sun; and within the core of its\nheart, Narayal).a. Within its mind is the moon; on its navel, Venus;\nand on its breasts, the Asvinikumaras. Within its life air, which is\nknown as priiJ,lapana, is Mercury, on its neck is Rahu, all over its\nbody are comets, and in its pores are the numerous stars.\nTEXTS\n\n�(f� �ef �tteJm �oit: ��t\"� �q+(���: ij';:<Qtrr:rf\n�trm �lH�ffl FtOO'(Ol ��(f ��') �f��tr �wrrtr;ntn\nf.t�'ft qij� ���f+l�..fnmfu II � II\netad u haiva bhagavato v�rw� sarva-devatamayam rupam aharaha�\nsandhyayiim prayato vagyato niri�amiilJlL upa�!heta namo jyotirlokiiya kiiliiyaniiyanim�iim pataye maha-pur�iiyabhidhimahiti.\netat-this;\n\nu\n\nha-indeed;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nbhagavata�-of\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; v�rw�-of Lord Vi�I)u; sarva-devatiimayam-consisting of all the demigods; rilpam-form; aha�-aha�\n\n­\n\nalways; sandhyayiim-in the morning, noon and evening; prayata�meditating upon; vagyata�-controlling the words; niri�amii1J(Lh-observing; upat�!heta-one should worship; nama�-respectful obeisances; jyoti� lokiiya-unto the resting place of all the planetary\n-\n\nsystems; kiiliiyaniiya-in the form of supreme time; anim�iim-of the\ndemigods; pataye-unto the master; mahii-puru�iiya-unto the\nSupreme Person; abhidhimahi-let us meditate; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, the body of the sisumara, as thus described,\nshould be considered the external form of Lord Vi��u, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Morning, noon and evening,\none should silently observe the form of the Lord as the\n\nSisumara­\n\ncakra and worship Him with this mantra: \"0 Lord who has\nassumed the form of time! 0 resting place of all the planets moving in different orbits! 0 master of all demigods, 0 Supreme Person, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You and meditate upon\nYou.\"\n\n", "SB5.2#p0401": "Text9]\n\nThe Sisumiira Planetary System\n\n369\n\nTEXT9\n\nJl&��t{l{T��\nqm� �m fsr�l\n\"'\n\n\"\n\n.\n\n;r��ij': �«JT qJ l'l'tfJ�\n;r��(l (l�tfil�� tflq� II � II\ngrahar/cyataramayam adhidaivikam\npapapaham mantra-krtam tri-kalam\nnamasyatab smarato va tri-kalam\n\nna.Syeta tat-kalajam asu papam\n\ngraha-rk§a-tara-mayam-consisting of all the planets and stars;\n\nadhidaivikam-the leader of all the demigods; papa-apaham-the\n\nkiller of sinful reactions; mantra-krtam-of those who chant the mantra\nmentioned above; tri-kalam-three times; namasyatab - offering obei­\n\nsances;\n\nsmaratab-meditating;\n\nva-or;\n\ntri-kalam-three\n\ntimes;\n\nna.Syeta-destroys; tat-kala-jam-born at that time; asu-very quickly;\npapam-all sinful reactions.\n\nTRANSLATION\n, The body of the Supreme Lord, Vi�:r;tu, which forms the\n\nSisumara-cak.ra, is the resting place of all the demigods and all the\n\nstars and planets. One who chants this mantra to worship that\nSupreme Person three times a day-morning, noon and evening­\n\nwill surely be freed from all sinful reactions. If one simply offers\n\nhis obeisances to this form or remembers this form three times a\n\nday, all his recent sinful activities will be destroyed.\nPURPORT\n\nSummarizing the entire description of the planetary systems of the\n\nuniverse, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says that one who is able\n\nto meditate upon this arrangement as the virata-rilpa, or viSva-rilpa, the\n\nexternal body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and worship Him\nthree times a day by meditation will always be free from all sinful reac­\n\ntions. Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura estimates that Dhruvaloka, the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0402": "370\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 23\n\npolestar, is 3,800,000 yojanas above the sun. Above Dhruvaloka by\n\n10,000,000 yojanas is Maharloka, above Maharloka by 20,000,000 yojanas is Janaloka, above Janaloka by 80,000,000 yojanas is Tapoloka,\nand above Tapoloka by 120,000,000 yojanas is Satyaloka. Thus the distance from the sun to Satyaloka is 233,800,000 yojanas, or 1,870,400,000 miles. The V aikut:t�ha planets begin 26,200,000 yojanas\n(209,600,000 miles) above Satyaloka. Thus the V�\"(tu Purii\"(ta describes\nthat the covering of the universe is 260,000,000 yojanas (2,080,000,000\nmiles ) away from the sun. The distance from the sun to the earth is\n\n100,000 yojanas, and below the earth by 70,000 yojanas are the seven\n\nlower planetary systems called Atala, Vitala, Sutala, Talatala, Mahatala,\n\nRasatala and Patala. Below these lower planets by 30,000 yojanas, Se�a\n\nNaga is lying on the Garbhodaka Ocean. That ocean is 249,800,000 yo­\n\njanas deep. Thus the total diameter of the universe is approximately\n\n500,000,000 yojanas, or 4,000,000,000 miles.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Fifth Canto, Twenty-third\nChapter of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The SiSumiira Planetary\nSystem.\"\n\n", "SB5.2#p0403": "CHAPTER TWENTY-FOUR\n\nThe Subterranean Heavenly Planets\nThis chapter describes the planet Rahu, which is 10,000 yojanas (80,000\n\nmiles) below the sun, and it also describes Atala and the other lower\n\nplanetary systems. Rahu is situated below the sun and moon. It is\n\nbetween these two planets and the earth. When Rahu conceals the sun\n\nand moon, eclipses occur, either total or partial, depending on whether\nRahu moves in a straight or curving way.\n\nBelow Rahu by another 1,000,000 yojanas are the planets of the Sid­\n\ndhas, Caraf,las and Vidyadharas, and below these are planets such as Yak­\n\n�aloka and Rak�aloka. Below these planets is the earth, and 70,000\n\nyojanas below the earth are the lower planetary systems-Atala, Vitala,\n\nSutala, Talatala, Mahatala, Rasatala and Patiila. Demons and Rak�asas\n\nlive in these lower planetary systems with their wives and children, al­\n\nways engaged in sense gratification and not fearing their next births. The\n\nsunshine does not reach these planets, but they are illuminated by jewels\n\nfixed upon the hoods of snakes. Because of these shining gems there is\npractically no darkness. Those living in these planets do not become old\n\nor diseased, and they are not afraid of death from any cause but the time\n\nfactor, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nIn the planet Atala, the yawning of a demon has produced three kinds\n\nof women, called svairi\"!l-i (independent), kiimi\"!l-i (lusty) and pumscali\n(very easily subdued by men). Below Atala is the planet Vitala, wherein\n\nLord Siva and his wife Gauri reside. Because of their presence, a kind of\ngold is produced called ha!aka. Below Vitala is the planet Sutala, the\n\nabode of Bali Maharaja, the most fortunate king. Bali Maharaja was\nfavored by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vamanadeva, because\n\nof his intense devotional service. The Lord went to the sacrificial arena of\nBali Maharaja and begged him for three paces of land, and on this plea\n\nthe Lord took from him all his possessions. When Bali Maharaja agreed\n\nto all this, the Lord was very pleased, and therefore the Lord serves as\nhis doorkeeper. The description of Bali Maharaja appears in the Eighth\n\nCanto of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\n371\n\n", "SB5.2#p0404": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n372\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\nWhen the Supreme Personality of Godhead offers a devotee material\n\nhappiness, this is not His real favor. The demigods, who are very puffed\n\nup by their material opulence, pray to the Lord only for material happi­\n\nness, not knowing anything better. Devotees like Prahlada Maharaja,\nhowever, do not want material happiness. Not to speak of material happi­\n\nness, they do not want even liberation from material bondage, although\n\none can achieve this liberation simply by chanting the holy name of the\nLord, even with improper pronunciation.\n\nBelow Sutala is the planet Talatala, the abode of the demon Maya. This\n\ndemon is always materially happy because he is favored by Lord Siva,\n\nbut he cannot achieve spiritual happiness at any time. Below Talatala is\nthe planet Mahatala, where there are many snakes with hundreds and\n\nthousands of hoods. Below Mahatala is Rasatala, and below that is Patala,\nwhere the serpent Vasuki lives with his associates.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�r��R\n\n3l����MwrT\\lf;rT��\n\n��t���'R�iti �s�n=r�ei\n���� :;rr�+m �iftr��'tliT �tr�ijU1lB\"�: ���t �ij��\nm �� tfi'TTT11l �fttCT�'tfT'l: II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\nadhastat savitur yojaniiyute svarbhanur na/cyatravac caratity eke yo\n'sav amaratvam grahatvam calabhata bhagavad-anukampaya svayam\nasurapasada/:1. saimhikeyo hy atad-arhas tasya tata janma karmar:ti\ncopa�!ad va/cyyama/:1..\nsri-suka/:1. uvaca-Srl Sukadeva Gosvami said;\n\nadhastat-below;\n\nsavitu/:1.-the sun globe; yojana-a measurement equal to eight miles;\n\nayute-ten thousand; svarbhanu/:1.-the planet known as Rahu; nak­\n\n$Utra-vat-like one of the stars; carati-is rotating; iti-thus; eke­\n\nsome who are learned in the Puriir:tas; ya/:1.-which;\n\nasau-that;\n\namaratvam-a lifetime like those of the demigods; grahatvam-a posi­\n\ntion as one of the\n\nchief planets;\n\nca-and;\n\nalabhata-obtained;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0405": "The Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\nText2]\n\n373\n\nbhagavat-anukampaya-by the compassion of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; svayam-personally; asura-apasadab,-the lowest of the\nasuras; saimhi\n\nkeyab,-being the son of Sirhhika; hi-indeed; a-tat­\n\narhab,-not qualified for that position; tasya-his; tata-0 my dear\nKing; janma-birth; karmii!li-activities; ca-also; upari§!tlt-later;\nvak$yamab,-I shall explain.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said: My dear King, some historians, the\n\nspeakers of the Puriit).as, say that\n\n10,000 yojanas [80,000 miles]\n\nbelow the sun is the planet known as Rahu, which moves like one\n\nof the stars. The presiding deity of that planet, who is the son of\n\nSimhika, is the most abominable of all asuras, hut although he is\n\ncompletely unfit to assume the position of a demigod or planetary\ndeity, he has achieved that position by the grace of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. Later I shall speak further about him.\nTEXT2\n\n;;r�tii��� �Qll�rn:��m �it������a_:rn ��«&�\n� sp•il��«� uil�: � a1!01.ftNT�ri�l�;\\:l: ��i\"\n\n\"\n\nv�mlll�f.llQ' II ':( II\nyad adas tara{ler mar:u;lalam pratapatas tad vistarato yojanayutam\niicak$ate dva daSa-sahasram somasya trayodaSa-sahasrarh rahor yab,\nparva!'ti tad-vyavadhana-krd vairanubandhab, silrya-candrarnasav\nabhidhdvati.\nyat-which; adab,-that; tara{leb,-of the sun; mar:u;lalam-globe;\npratapatab,-which is always distributing heat; tat-that; vistaratab,in terms of width; yojana-a distance of eight miles; ayutam-ten thousand;\n\nacak$ate-they estimate;\n\n(160,000 mil es ) ;\n\ndvadaSa-sahasram-20,000 yojanas\n\nsomasya-of the moon;\n\nt rayodasa- thir ty;\n\nsahasram-one thousand; rahob,-of the planet Rahu; yab,-which;\nparva!'ti-on occasion; tat-vyavadhana-krt-who created an obstruction\nto the sun and moon at the time of the distribution of nectar; vaira-anu-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0406": "374\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nbandha� - whose\n\nintentions\n\nare\n\ninimic al;\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 24\nsurya - the\n\nsun;\n\ncandramasau-and the moon; abhidhavati-runs after them on the\nfull-moon night and the dark-moon day.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sun globe, which is a source of heat, extends for 10,000 yojanas (80,000 miles]. The moon extends for 20,000 yojanas\n[160,000 miles], and Ralm extends for 30,000 yojanas (240,000\nmiles]. Formerly, when nectar was being distributed, Rahu tried to\ncreate dissension between the sun and moon by interposing himself between them. Rahu is inimical toward both the sun and the\nmoon, and therefore he always tries to cover the sunshine and\nmoonshine on the dark-moon day and full-moon night.\nPURPORT\nAs stated herein, the sun extends for 10,000 yojanas, and the moon\nextends for twice that, or 20,000 yojanas. The word dvadaSa should be\nunderstood to mean twice as much as ten, or twenty. In the opinion of Vijayadhvaja, the extent of Rahu should be twice that of the moon, or\n40,000 yojanas. However, to reconcile this apparent contradiction to the\ntext of the Bhiigavatam, Vijayadhvaja cites the following quotation concerning Rahu: rahu-soma-raviT)iirh tu mar.ujalii dvi-guiJ-oktitam. This\nmeans that Rahu is twice as large as the moon, which is twice as large as\nthe sun. This is the conclusion of the commentator Vijayadhvaja.\n\nTEXT 3\n\nm?t��1w.�:snfq \"ijt(qijJ ��untr st�� ij�;f ;rrq mlffi\n<;'\n\"\n('\n�tfijij� ��ijJ � @:: 'f{�(t1{1;rij·P:rtrT�ijJ iaijijrn;JI1{1;J�Ttfiij� 3ll�� f.rer�ij ij��Tflfijfij cr�f;:ij �tlil: 11�11\n\"\n\n•\n\n\"\\\n\n,_.\n\n•\n\n\"\n\n\"'\n\n\"\n\ntan niSamyobhayatrapi bhagavata rak§aiJ-aya prayuktarh sudarsanarh\nnama bhiigavatarh dayitam astrarh tat tejasa durvi$aham muhu�\nparivartamanam abhyavasthito muhurtam udvijamana§ cakita-hrdaya\narad eva nivartate tad uparagam iti vadanti loka�.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0407": "The Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\nText 3)\n\n375\n\ntat-that situation; niSamya-hearing; ubhayatra-around both the\nsun and moon; api-indeed; bhagavata-by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;\n\nralcya�ya-for\n\ntheir\n\nprotection;\n\nprayuktam-engaged;\n\nsudarsanam-the wheel of �f?I).a; nama-named; bhagavatam-the\nmost confidential devotee;\n\ndayitam-the most favorite;\n\nastram­\n\nweapon; tat-that; tejasa-by its effulgence; durvi$aham-unbearable\nheat; muhu�-repeatedly; parivartamanam-moving around the sun\nand moon;\n\nabhyavasthita�-situated;\n\nmuhurtam-for a\n\nmuhurta\n\n(forty-eight minutes); udvijamana�-whose mind was full of anxieties;\ncakita-frightened; hrdaya�-the core of whose heart; arat-to a distant place; eva-certainly; nivartate-f!ees; tat-that situation;\nuparagam-an\n\neclipse;\n\niti-thus;\n\nvadanti-they\n\nsay;\n\nloka�-the\n\npeople.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing from the sun and moon demigods about Riihu's\nattack, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi��u, engages His\ndisc, known as the Sudarsana cakra, to protect them. The Sudarsana cakra is the Lord's most beloved devotee and is favored by the\nLord. The intense heat of its effulgence, meant for killing nonVai��avas, is unbearable to Rahu, and he therefore flees in fear of\nit. During the time Rahu disturbs the sun or moon, there occurs\nwhat people commonly know as an eclipse.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vif?I).U, is always the protector of\nHis devotees, who are also known as demigods. The controlling demigods\nare most obedient to Lord Vi�?I).U, although they also want material sense\nenjoyment, and that is why they are called demigods, or almost godly. Although Rahu attempts to attack both the sun and the moon, they are protected by Lord Vif?J).U. Being very afraid of Lord Vif?r:tu's cakra, Rahu\ncannot stay in front of the sun or moon for more than a muhurta (fortyeight minutes). The phenomenon that occurs when Rahu blocks the light\nof the sun or moon is called an eclipse. The attempt of the scientists of\nthis earth to go to the moon is as demoniac as Rahu's attack. Of course.\ntheir attempts will be failures because no one can enter the moon or sun\n\n", "SB5.2#p0408": "376\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\nso easily. Like the attack of Rahu, such attempts will certainly be\nfailures.\n\nTEXT4\n\nijijls�tR{l:a:qHIJfNm�-HTIJfT \\l� m;r.:qN �9 II � II\ntato 'dhastiit siddha-ctirar:w-vidyadhartiT}iim sadantini ttivan miitra\neva.\ntatab,-the planet Rahu; adhasttit-below; siddha-carar:w-of the\nplanets known as Siddhaloka and CaraQaloka; vidyadhartintim--and the\nplanets of the Vidyadharas; sadantini-the residential places; ttivat\n\nmiitra-only that much distance (eighty thousand miles) ; eva-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\nBelow Rahu by 10,000 yojanas [80,000 miles] are the planets\n\nknown as Siddhaloka, Cir�aloka and Vidyadhara-loka.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is said that the residents of Siddhaloka, being naturally endowed\nwith the powers of yogis, can go from one planet to another by their\nnatural mystic powers without using airplanes or similar machines.\n\nTEXTS\n\nijijfS\\:I�Q���: firol�triJft;ti fef�lU��qt:Qftaj ��[1�: Sf�Rr\n��;:lNi �q� II � II\ntato 'dhastad ya�a-ra�ab,-piStica-preta-bhuta-gaT}iintim vihtirajiram\nantari�am yavad vtiyub. pravtiti ytivan meghti upalabhyante.\ntatab. adhasttit-beneath the planets occupied by the Siddhas, Caral)as\nand Vidyadharas; ya�a-ra�ab,-piStica-preta-bhuta-gaT]iintim-of Yak!?as, Rak!?asas, Pisacas, ghosts and so on; vihti ra-ajiram- the place of\nsense gratification; antari�am-in the sky or outer space; yavat-as far\n\n", "SB5.2#p0409": "Text 7]\n\n377\n\nThe Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\nas; vayu�-the wind; pravati-blows; yavat-as far as; megha�-the\nclouds; upalabhyante-are seen.\nTRANSLATION\nBeneath Vidyadhara-loka, CiirllJ.laloka and Siddhaloka, in the\nsky called antarik�a, are the places of enjoyment for the Yak�as,\nRiik�asas, Pisacas, ghosts and so on. Antarik�a extends as far as the\nwind blows and the clouds float in the sky. Above this there is no\nmore air.\nTEXT6\n\nmns\\i4�t�0a-l.itijf��� �;:t 'lf�'T\n'l��smt �f«1 fflRt II � II\n\n��Hlm�� �quoon\n\n..\n\ntato 'dhastiic chata-yojanantara iyam prthivi yavad dharhsa-bluisasyena-supa17Jiidaya� patattri-pravara utpatantiti.\ntata� adhastat-beneath that; sata-yojana-of one hundred yojanas;\nantare-by an interval; iyam-this; prthivi-planet earth; yavat-as\nhigh as; harhsa-swans; bluisa-vultures; syena-eagles; suparr:wadaya�-and other birds; patattri-pravara�-the chief among birds;\nutpatanti-can fly; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nBelow the abodes of the Yak�as and Riik�asas by a distance of 100\nyojanas [800 miles] is the planet earth. Its upper limits extend as\nhigh as swans, hawks, eagles and similar large birds can fly.\n\n��\nd�ld�\n\n", "SB5.2#p0410": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n378\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\nupavan:titarh bhumer yathii-sannivesiivasthiinam avaner apy adhastiit\nsapta bhu-vivarii ekaikaSo yojaniiyutiintare1Jijyiima-vistiirer:wpakjptii\natalarh vitalarh sutalarh tali.italarh mahiitalarh rasiitalarh piitiilam iti.\nupavar�itam-stated previously;\n\nbhume�-of\n\nthe\n\nplanet earth;\n\nyathii-sannivesa-avasthiinam-according to the arrangement of the different places; avane�-the earth; api-certainly; adhastiit-beneath;\nsapta-seven; bhu-vivarii�-other planets; eka-eka§a�-in succession,\nup to the outer limit of the universe; yojana-ayuta-antare�-with an\ninterval of ten thousand yojanas (eighty thousand miles); iiyiimavistiire�-by width and length; upakjptii�-situated; atalam-named\nAtala; vita lam-Vi tala; sut ala m-Sutala; taliit alam -Tala tala;\nmaluitalam-Mahatala; rasiitalam-Rasatala; piitiilam-Patala; itithus.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, beneath this earth are seven other planets, known\nas\n\nAtala, Vitala, Sutala, Talatala, Mahatala, Rasatala and Patala. I\n\nhave already explained the situation of the planetary systems of\n\nearth. The width and length of the seven lower planetary systems\nare calculated to be exactly the same as those of earth.\nTEXTS\n\n��� � N��� �Q(��Tllmil�t�\\{R£f€r�ijfll:\nt!ij���Ff11fi�Nm�, ��1\\l��ctit��� FR�'SQ!fa:mw����q������ �q�� ������Rr�TliT ����\n\nTfl�ijfrij\n\"\n\n,...\n\nII\n\n�\n\nII\n\nete$U hi bila-svarge$U svargiid apy adhika-kiima-bhogaiSvaryiinandabhuti-vibhutibhi� susamrddha-bhavanodyaniikru)a-vihiire$u daityadiinava-kiidraveyii nitya-pramuditiinurakta-kalatriipatya-bandhusuhrd-anucarii grha-pataya iSvariid apy apratihata-kiimii miiya-vinodii\nnivasanti.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0411": "Text 8]\n\nThe Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\n379\n\nete$u-in these; hi-certainly; bila-svarge$u-known as the heavenly\nsubterranean worlds; svargat-than the heavenly planets; api-even;\nadhika-a greater quantity; kama-bhoga-enjoyment of sense gratification;\n\naiSvarya-ananda-bliss\n\ndue\n\nto\n\nopulence;\n\nbhuti-inBuence;\n\nvibhutibhi�-by those things and wealth; su-samrddha-improved;\nbhavana-houses; udyana-gardens; akrU;la-vihare$u-in places for\ndifferent types of sense gratification; daitya-the demons; danavaghosts; kadraveya�-snakes; nitya-who are always;\noverjoyed;\n\nanurakta-because of attachment;\n\npramudita­\n\nkalatra-to wife;\n\napatya-children; bandhu-family relations; suhrt-friends;\nanucara�-followers;\n\ngrha-pataya�-the heads of the households;\n\niSvarat-than those more capable, like the demigods; api-even;\napratihata-kama�-whose fulfillment of lusty desires is unimpeded;\nmaya-illusory; vinoda�-who feel happiness; nivasanti-live.\nTRANSLATION\nIn these seven planetary systems, which are also known as the\nsubterranean heavens\n\n[bila-svarga],\n\nthere are\n\nvery\n\nbeautiful\n\nhouses, gardens and places of sense enjoyment, which are even\nmore opulent than those in the higher planets because the demons\nhave a very high standard of sensual pleasure, wealth and influence. Most of the residents of these planets, who are known as\nDaityas, Diinavas and Nagas, live as householders. Their wives,\nchildren, friends and society are all fully engaged in illusory, material happiness. The sense enjoyment of the demigods is sometimes disturbed, but the residents of these planets enjoy life without disturbances. Thus they are understood to be very attached to\nillusory happiness.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to the statements of Prahlada Maharaja, material enjoyment\nis maya-sukha, illusory enjoyment. A Vai�I)ava is full of anxieties for\nthe deliverance of all living entities from such false enjoyment. Prahlada\nMaharaja says, maya-sukhaya bharam udvahato vimud,han: these fools\n(vimud,has) are engaged in material happiness, which is surely temporary. Whether in the heavenly planets, the lower planets or the earthly\n\n", "SB5.2#p0412": "380\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\nplanets, people are engrossed in temporary, material happiness, forgetting that in due course of time they have to change their bodies according\nto the material laws and suffer the repetition of birth, death, old age and\ndisease. Not caring what will happen in the next birth, gross materialists\nare simply busy enjoying during the present short span of life. A\nVai�I,lava is always anxious to give all such bewildered materialists the\nreal happiness of spiritual bliss.\n\nye$u maharaja mayena mayavina vinirmita/:t puro nanii-mar)i-pravarapraveka-viracita-vicitra-bhavana-prakiira-gopura-sabha-caityacatvarayataruidibhir nagasura-mithuna-paravata-suka-sarikiikirT)Ukrtrima-bhumibhir vivaresvara-grhottamai/:t samalankrtas cakasati.\n\nye$u-in those lower planetary systems; maha-raja-0 my dear\nKing; mayena -by the demon named Maya; maya-vinii-possessing advanced knowledge in the construction of material comforts; vinirmita/:t-constructed; pura/:t-citi es; niinii-mar)i-pravara-of valuable\ngems; praveka-with excellent; viracita-constructed; vicitra-wonderful; bhavana-houses; prakiira-walls; gopura-gates; sabhalegislative meeting rooms; caitya-temples; catvara-schools; ayatanaadibhi/:t-with hotels or recreation halls and so on; naga-of living entities with snakelike bodies; asura-of demons, or godless persons;\nmithuna-by couples; paravata-pigeons;\n\nsuka-parrots;\n\nsarikii­\n\nmynas; akirT)U-Crowded; krtrima-artificial; bhumibhi/:t-possessing\nareas; vivara-iSvara-of the leaders of the planets; grha-uttamai/:twith first-class houses; samalankrta/:t-decorated; cakiisati-shine magnificently.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0413": "Text 10]\n\nThe Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\n381\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, in the imitation heavens known as bila-svarga\nthere is a great demon named Maya Diinava, who is an expert artist\nand architect. He has constructed many brilliantly decorated cities.\nThere are many wonderful houses, walls, gates, assembly houses,\ntemples, yards and temple compounds, as well as many hotels serving as residential quarters for foreigners. The houses for the\nleaders of these planets are constructed with the most valuable\njewels, and they are always crowded with living entities known as\nNagas and Asuras, as well as many pigeons, parrots and similar\nbirds. All in all, these imitation heavenly cities are most beautifully\nsituated and attractively decorated.\nTEXT 10\n\n�?:ft;uf;r :q'Jfu�t ���ro.n�: �����ttf�ij�;r.:r�Rdwrnd.q;tf ��•ilf �: �wt��­\n\n'&l�� ���+i+t�'&l��\\�t *1'1�e1��fit€1�1<41�����il€fl®l(�� �mt�1q'3tfK��!I ¢�1;u;rtlt�M&IO�+i�FN�<fr���:iq<+t<il�f�ftflR1Tfwt II� II\no\n\nudyanani catitariirh mana-indriyanandibhib, kusuma-phala-stabakasubhaga-kisalayavanata-rucira-vitapa-vi!apinarh latMtgalirigitanarh\nsrfbhib, samithuna-vividha-viharigama-jalo.Sayanam amala-jalapiln:uiniirh jlta.$akulollarighana-/cyubhita-nfra-nfraja-kumuda-kuvalaya-kahlara-nilotpala-lohita-satapatriidi-vane$U krta-niketananam\neka-viharakula-madhura-vividha-svanadibhir indriyotsavair amaraloka-sriyam atiSayitani.\nudyiiniini-the gardens and parks; ca-also; atitariim-great!y;\nmana b,-to the mind; indriya -and to the senses; iinandibhib, -which\ncause pleasure; kusuma-by flowers; phala-of fruits; stabakabunches; subhaga-very beautiful; kisalaya -new twigs; avanatabent low; rucira-attractive; v#apa-possessing branches; vitapinam-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0414": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n382\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\nof trees; lata-ariga-alingitanam-which are embraced by the limbs of\ncreepers; sribhi�-by the beauty; sa-mithuna-in pairs; vividhavarieties; viharigama-frequented by birds; jala-asayanam-of reservoirs of water; amala-jala-pur�nam-fuil of clear and transparent\nwater;\n\njha$a-kula-ullarighana-by the jumping of different fish;\n\n�ubhita-agitated;\n\nnira-in the water;\n\nniraja-of lotus flowers;\n\nkumuda-lilies; kuvalaya-flowers named kuvalaya; kahlarakahliira flowers; nila-utpala-blue lotus flowers; lohita-red; satapatra-adi-lotus flowers with a hundred petals and so on; vane$u-in\nforests; krta-niketananam-of birds that have made their nests; ekavihara-akula-fuil of uninterrupted enjoyment; madhura-very sweet;\nvividha-varieties; svana-adibhi�-by vibrations; indriya-utsavai�invoking sense enjoyment; amara-loka-sriyam-the beauty of the residential places of the demigods; atiSayitani-surpassing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe parks and gardens in the artificial heavens surpass in beauty\n\nthose of the upper heavenly planets. The trees in those gardens,\n\nembraced by creepers, bend with a heavy burden of twigs with\n\nfruits and flowers, and therefore they appear extraordinarily\n\nbeautiful. That beauty could attract anyone and make his mind\n\nfully blossom in the pleasure of sense gratification. There are\n\nmany lakes and reservoirs with clear, transparent water, agitated\n\nby jumping fish and decorated with many flowers such as lilies,\nkuvalayas, kahliiras and blue and red lotuses. Pairs of cakraviikas\nand many other water birds nest in the lakes and always enjoy in a\nhappy mood, making sweet, pleasing vibrations that are very\nsatisfying and conducive to enjoyment of the senses.\nTEXT 11\n\n� �� ;:r\n\n�il¥t�hJ'IRnn ����� II� �II\n\nyatra ha vava na bhayam aho-ratradibhi� kiila-vibhiigair upala�yate.\nyatra-where; ha moo-certainly; na-not; bhayam-fearfulness;\naha�-ratra-adibhi�-because of days and nights; kala-vibhiigai�-the\ndivisions of time; upala�yate-is experienced.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0415": "Text 13]\n\n383\n\nThe Subterranean Heavenly Planets\nTRANSLATION\n\nSince there is no sunshine in those subterranean planets, time is\nnot divided into days and nights, and consequently fear produced\nby time does not exist.\n\nTEXT 12\n\nt{;rft fi�lftSI'f:t(f�\n: � �: � IIZ�II\nyatra hi mahahi-pravara-siro-marJaya/:1- sarvam tama/:1- prabadhante.\nyatra - where; hi-indeed; maha-ahi-of great serpents; pravara­\n\nof the best; sira/:t-marJaya/:1--the gems on the hoods; sarvam-all;\ntama/:1--darkness; prabadhante-drive away.\nTRANSLATION\nMany great serpents reside there with gems on their hoods, and\n\nthe effulgence of these gems dissipates the darkness in all\ndirections.\nTEXT 13\n\n� tl� fa.otli'fN(e(ett'1li$NI'1�t'1t�� ��t\nti�Tqffi5�Nt\n� ��Mw:����f\\�fi��fu �semt�\n;:r qr\n\n�� IIZ�II\nna vii ete$u vasatiiril divyaU$adhi-rasa-rasiiyaniinna-piina-sniiniidibhir\nadhayo vyadhayo vali-palita-jariidaya§ ca deha-vaivarl)yadaurgandhya-sveda-klama-gliinir iti vayo 'vasthiiS ca bhavanti.\n\nna-not; oo-either; ete$u -in these planets; vasatiim-of those\nresiding;\n\ndivya -wonderful;\n\nras iiyana -and\n\nadibhi /:1-\n\n-\n\nby\n\nelixirs;\n\nbathing\n\nvyadhaya/:1--diseases;\n\naU$adhi-of herbs;\n\nrasa-the juices;\n\nanna -by eating; piina-drinking;\n\nin\n\nand\n\nso\n\non;\n\nsniina­\n\nadhaya/:1--mental\n\ntroubles;\n\nvali'-wrinkles; palita -grey hair;\n\njara -o ld\n\nage; iidaya/:1--and so on; ca-and; deha-vaivarl)ya-the fading of\nbodily luster; daurgandhya-bad odor; sveda-perspiration; klama-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0416": "384\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\nfatigue; glanib,-lack of energy; i ti-thus; vayab, avastha b, -miserable\nconditions due to increasing age; ca-and; bhavanti-are.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince the residents of these planets drink and bathe in juices and\nelixirs made from wonderful herbs, they are freed from all\nanxieties and physical diseases. They have no experience of grey\nhair, wrinkles or invalidity, their bodily lusters do not fade, their\nperspiration does not cause a bad smell, and they are not troubled\nby fatigue or by lack of energy or enthusiasm due to old age.\nTEXT 14\n;{ � ijqf\n\n�Tot� �\n\ni��\n\n��;{I �mij�ifil­\n\n����z�n\nna hi te$iirh kalyal)iiniim prabhavati kutl1Scana mrtyur vinii bhagavattejasl1S cakrapadesat.\nna hi-not; te$iim-of them;\nauspicious; prabhavati\n\n-\n\nkalyiil)iiniim-who are by nature\n\nable to influence; kutaScana-from anywhere;\n\nmrtyub,-death; vinii-except; bhagavat-tejasab,-of the energy of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead;\n\ncakra apadesiit-from that weapon\n-\n\nnamed the Sudarsana cakra.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey live very auspiciously and do not fear death from anything\nbut death's established time, which is the effulgence of the Sudarsana cakra of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThis is the defect of material existence. Everything in the subterranean heavens is very nicely arranged. There are well situated residential\nquarters, there is a pleasing atmosphere, and there are no bodily inconveniences or mental anxieties, but nevertheless those who live there have\nto take another birth according to karma. Persons whose minds are dull\n\n", "SB5.2#p0417": "Text 16)\n\nThe Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\n385\n\ncannot understand this defect of a materialistic civilization aiming at material comforts. One may make his living conditions very pleasing for the\nsenses, but despite all favorable conditions, one must in due course of\ntime meet death. The members of a demoniac civilization endeavor to\nmake their living conditions very comfortable, but they cannot check\ndeath. The influence of the Sudarsana cakra will not allow their so-called\nmaterial happiness to endure.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�� m4��\nt«�fr(J :q II � �II\n\n�:\n\nyasmin prav�te 'sura-vadhuniirh praya/:t purhsavaniin i bhayiid eva\nsravanti patanti ca.\nyasmin\n\n-\n\nwhere; prav�te-when entered; asura-vadhuniim-of the\n\nwives of those demons; pray a/:t-almost always; purhsavaniini\n\n-\n\nfetuses;\n\nbhayat-because of fear; eva-certainly; sravanti-slip out; patantifall down; ca-and.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Sudarsana disc enters those provinces, the pregnant\nwives of the demons all have miscarriages due to fear of its\neffulgence.\nTEXT 16\n\n31�\n����s� if(?)t ReJij'ffl �WI � en �\n�: qoOTtffir��T! �T�YI�tflf ¥WUNY!l �� �� � \\11;-q� �(�ij(:.(�! (:.(lltiJfl ��;:ij ���: ihffl� : ��G �\n�� � fil� m� �'i �WI tr��ir-f m�� �ft{(?)l�niifelihY�t��<� it��\"l: ��t\nfih5\n��f;q\n�r��� � �'tlost �s&fll�<��tr•�•\\lfil(?)'fl�'YI\" r��: � \"��� ������\n\n", "SB5.2#p0418": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n386\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\nathiitale maya-putro 'suro balo nivasati yena ha va iha sr�!li/:t �a�J-IJ-aVatir rniiya/:t kiiScanadyapi rniiyavino dhiirayanti yasya ca\njrmbharnii�J-asya mukhatas traya/:t stri-ga�J-li udapadyanta svairi�J-ya/:t\nkaminya/:t puritScalya iti ya vai bilayanam prav�!arh pur�am rasena\nhii!akakhyena sadhayitva sva-vilasavalokananuraga-smitasamlapopaguhanadibhi/:t svairam kila ramayanti yasminn upayukte\npur�a i.Svaro 'ham siddho 'ham ity ayuta-maha-gaja-balam atrniinam\nabhimanyarniina/:t katthate madandha iva.\natha-now;\n\natale-on\n\nthe\n\nplanet\n\nasura/:t-the demon son of Maya;\n\nnamed\n\nAtala;\n\nbala/:t-Bala;\n\nmaya-putra/:t\n\nnivasati-resides;\n\nyena-by whom; ha vii-indeed; iha-in this; sma/:t-propagated; �a!IJ-aVati/:t-ninety-six; maya/:t-varieties of illusion; kakana-some ;\nadya api-even today; rniiya-vina/:t-those who know the art of magical\nfeats (like manufacturing gold); dharayanti-utilize; yasya-of whom;\nca-also; Jrmbhamli�J-asya-while yawning; mukhata/:t-from the\n\nmouth; traya/:t-three; stri- ga�J- li/:t-varieties of women; udapadyanta-were generated; svairi�J-ya/:t-svairi�J-i (one who only marries in\nher same class); kaminya/:t-kami�J-i (one who, being lusty, marries men\nfrom any group); puritScalya/:t-puritScali (one who wants to go from one\nhusband\n\nto\n\nanother);\n\niti-thus;\n\nya/:t-who;\n\nvai-certainly;\n\nbila­\n\nayanam-the subterranean planets; prav�!am-entering; pur�am-a\nmale; rasena-by a juice; hii.taka-akhyena-made from an intoxicating\nherb known as hii!aka; sadhayitva-making sexually fit; sva-vilasafor their personal sense gratification; avalokana-by glances;\nanuraga-lustful;\n\nsmita-by smiling;\n\nsamlapa-by talking;\n\nupaguhana-adibhib,-and by embracing; svairam-according to their\nown desire; kila-indeed; ramayanti-enjoy sex pleasure; yasminwhich; upayukte-when used; pur�a/:t-a man; i.Svara/:t aham-1 am\nthe most powerful person; siddha/:t aham-1 am the greatest and most\nelevated person; iti-thus; ayuta-ten thousand; mahii -gaja-of big\nelephants;\n\nb a l a m- t h e s t r e n g t h ;\n\nat man a m- h i m s e l f ;\n\na bhimanyarniina/:t-being full of pride; katthate-they say; madaandha/:t-blinded by false prestige; iva-like.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, now I shall describe to you the lower planetary\n\nsystems, one by one, beginning from Atala. In Atala there is a\n\n", "SB5.2#p0419": "Text 17)\n\n387\n\nThe Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\ndemon, the son of Maya Danava named Bala, who created ninetysix kinds of mystic power. Some so-called yogis and sv8mis take\nadvantage of this mystic power to cheat people even today. Simply\nby yawning, the demon Bala created three kinds of women, known\nas svairi1_1i, klimi1_1i and pumscali. The svairi1_1is like to marry men\nfrom their own group, the klimil_lis marry men from any group,\nand the pumscalis change husbands one after another. If a man enters the planet of Atala, these women immediately capture him and\ninduce him to drink an intoxicating beverage made with a drug\nknown as hii!aka (cannabis indica). This intoxicant endows the\nman with great sexual prowess, of which the women take advantage for enjoyment. A woman will enchant him with attractive\nglances, intimate words, smiles of love and then embraces. In this\nway she induces him to enjoy sex with her to her full satisfaction.\nBecause of his increased sexual power, the man thinks himself\nstronger than ten thousand elephants and considers himself most\nperfect. Indeed, illusioned and intoxicated by false pride, he\nthinks himself God, ignoring impending death.\nTEXT 17\n\nQ\"�it�rn:� &U\nlltt� &R;��:\n�q\"(�� uwn\n���l4i)i011� � �� � fl{�� 3TT� tr�:\n�� �f@lqU\n&R;�T\n;n1l\n��P•ilciltrtJT\n�ijl f1lirRT ('11?13�\nf:q�t(fft� �\\;�let\n�oi\n�01'il��t��! �'fl: B\"& ��Tf+NRtrf;:a\n\"\"'\n\n\"\n\n,...\n\n\"\n\n\"\"\n\n.\n\ntato 'dhastiid vitale haro bhagavan hatakesvara/:L sva-piir$ada-bhutaga�J(lvrta/:L prajapati-sargopabpnha�J(lya bhavo bhavanya saha mithunibhata aste yata/:L pravrtta sarit-pravara hataki nama bhavayor virye�\nyatra citrabhanur matariSvana samidhyamana ojasa pibati tan\nni$thyatam hatakakhyam suva�m bhfl$ar:umasurendravarodhe$u\npurU$ii/:L saha purU$ibhir dharayanti.\ntata/:L-the planet Atala; adhastat-beneath; vitale-on the planet;\nhara/:L-Lord Siva; bhagavan-the most powerful personality; hata-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0420": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n388\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\nkesvara!t-the master of gold; sva-par$ada-by his own associates;\nbhuta-gary,a-who are ghostly living beings; avrta!t-surrounded; prajapati-sarga-of the creation of Lord Brahma; upabrmhary,Uya-to in­\n\ncrease the population; bhava!t-Lord Siva; bhavanya saha-with his\nwife, Bhavani; mithuni-bhuta!t-being united in sex; aste-remains;\nyata!t-from that planet (Vitala); pravrtta-being emanated; sarit-pravara-the great river;\n\nha!aki-Ha�aki;\n\nnama-named; bhavayo!t\nviryery,a-due to the semina and ovum of Lord Siva and Bhavani;\nyatra-where; citra-bhanu!t-the fire-god; matariSvana-by the wind;\nsamidhyamana!t-being brightly inflamed; ojasa-with great strength;\npibati-drinks; tat-that; ni$!hyutam-spit out with a hissing sound;\nhataka-akhyam-named\n\nHa�aka;\n\nsuvarry,am-gold;\n\nbhil$ary,ena-by\n\ndifferent types\n\nof ornaments;\n\nasura-indra-of the\n\ngreat\n\navarodhe$u-in\n\nthe\n\npuru$alt-the\n\nsaha-with;\n\nhomes;\n\nmales;\n\nasuras;\n\npurU$ibhi!t-their wives and women; dharayanti-wear.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next planet below Atala is Vitala, wherein Lord Siva, who is\n\nknown as the master of gold mines, lives with his yersonal associates, the ghosts and similar living entities. Lord Siva, as the pro­\n\ngenitor, engages in sex with Bhavani, the progenitress, to produce\n\nliving entities, and from the mixture of their vital fluid the river\n\nnamed Hataki is generated. When fire, being made to blaze by the\n\nwind, drinks of this river and then sizzles and spits it out, it pro­\n\nduces gold called Ha�ka. The demons who live on that planet with\ntheir wives decorate themselves with various ornaments made\nfrom that gold, and thus they live there very happily.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that when Bhava and Bhavanl, Lord Siva and his wife, unite\nsexually, the emulsification of their secretions creates a chemical which\nwhen heated by fire can produce gold. It is said that the alchemists of the\nmedieval age tried to prepare gold from base metal, and Srlla Sanatana\nGosvaml also states that when bell metal is treated with mercury, it can\nproduce gold. Sr!la Sanatana Gosvami mentions this in regard to the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0421": "Text 18]\n\nThe Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\n389\n\ninitiation of low-class men to turn them into brahma1JQS. Sanatana\nGosvaml said:\n\nyatha kancanatarit yati\nkaritsyarit rasa-vidhanata/:t\ntatha di�a-vidhanena\ndvijatvarit jayate nrr:uim\n\"As one can transform karitsa, or bell metal, into gold by treating it with\nmercury, one can also turn a lowborn man into a brahmar:w by initiating\nhim properly into Vai;;l)ava activities.\" The International Society for\nKrishna Consciousness is trying to turn mlecchas and yavanas into real\n\nbrahmarJ-as by properly initiating them and stopping them from engaging in meat-eating, intoxication, illicit sex and gambling. One who stops\nthese four principles of sinful activity and chants the Hare J(r;;I)a maha­\n\nmantra can certainly become a pure brahmar:w through the process of\n\nbona fide initiation, as suggested by Srila Saniitana Gosvami.\n\nApart from this, if one takes a hint from this verse and learns how to\nmix mercury with bell metal by properly heating and melting them, one\ncan get gold very cheaply. The alchemists of the medieval age tried to\nmanufacture gold, but they were unsuccessful, perhaps because they did\nnot follow the right instructions.\nTEXT 18\n\ntato 'dhastat sutale udara-srava/:t purJ-ya-sloko virocanatmajo balir\nbhagavata mahendrasya priyarit cikir$amli7J-enaditer labdha-kayo\nbhutva vatu-vamana-ruper:w para�ipta-loka-trayo bhagavadanukampayaiva puna/:t pravesita indradi$v avidyamanaya\n\n", "SB5.2#p0422": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n390\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\nsusamrddhayii sriyabhijU$!a/:L sva-dharmel)iiradhayarhs tam eva\nbhagavantam iiriidhaniyam apagata-siidhvasa iiste 'dhuniipi.\ntata/:1, adhastiit-beneath the planet known as Vitala; sutale-on the\nplanet known as Sutala; udiira-sravii/:1,-very greatly celebrated; pur:tyasloka/:1,-very pious and advanced in spiritual consciousness; virocanaiitmaja/:1,-the son of Virocana; bali/:1,-Bali Maharaja; bhagavatii-by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; mahii-indrasya-of the King of\nheaven, lndra; priyam-the welfare; cikir$amii�na-desiring to perform; iidite/:1,-from Aditi; labdha-kiiya/:1,-having obtained His body;\nbh utvii-appearing; vatu-brahmaciiri; viimana-riipe r:ta-in the form\nof a dwarf; pariilcyipta-wrested away; loka-traya/:1,-the three worlds;\nbhagavat-anukampaya-by the causeless mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; eva-certainly; puna/:1,-again; pravesita/:1,-caused\n\nto enter; indra-iidi$u-even among the demigods like the King of\nheaven; avidyamanaya-not existing; susamrddhaya-much enriched\nby such exalted opulence; sriya-by good fortune; abhi]U$!a/:L-being\nblessed;\n\nsva-dharmer:ta-by\n\ndischarging\n\ndevotional\n\nservice;\n\niiriidhayan-worshiping; tam-Him; eva-certainly; bhagavantamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nworshipable;\n\niiriidhaniyam-who is most\n\napagata-siidhvasa/:1,-without\n\nfear;\n\niiste-remains;\n\nadhunii api-even today.\nTRANSLATION\nBelow the planet Vitala is another planet, known as Sutala,\n\nwhere the great son of Maharaja Virocana, Bali Maharaja, who is\n\ncelebrated as the most pious king, resides even now. For the\n\nwelfare of lndra, the King of heaven, Lord Vi!?�U appeared in the\n\nform of a dwarf brahmacari as the son of Aditi and tricked Bali\n\nMaharaja by begging for only three paces of land but taking all the\n\nthree worlds. Being very pleased with Bali Maharaja for giving all\nhis possessions, the Lord returned his kingdom and made him\n\nricher than the opulent King lndra. Even now, Bali Maharaja\nengages in devotional service by worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the planet of Sutala.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0423": "391\n\nThe Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\nText 19]\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is described as Uttamasloka,\n\"He who is worshiped by the best of selected Sanskrit verses,\" and His\ndevotees such as Bali Maharaja are also worshiped by pur:tya-Sloka,\nverses that increase one's piety. Bali Maharaja offered everything to the\nLord-his wealth, his kingdom and even his own body (sarvatma­\n\nnivedane bali(!,). The Lord appeared before Bali Maharaja as a brahmar:ta\nbeggar, and Bali Maharaja gave Him everything he had. However, Bali\nMaharaja did not become poor; by donating all his possessions to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, he became a successful devotee and got\neverything back again with the blessings of the Lord. Similarly, those\nwho give contributions to expand the activities of the l<_r�l)a consciousness movement and to accomplish its objectives will never be losers; they\nwill get their wealth back with the blessings of Lord Kr�Qa. On the other\nside, those who collect contributions on behalf of the International\nSociety for Krishna Consciousness should be very careful not to use even\na farthing of the collection for any purpose other than the transcendental\nloving service of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n;{tu:ft�� ��� ���iN�tr�'W!tq�tn;ti �lr� �'Wi{FJ �n��� ��� ijlf rn;r �� 1Wn � .\n�srffi�ij�\nwrr�fuij�ffi\n���m�\n\"\n\n\"\n\n.Ito\n\n�\n\nm�����l{_ II� �II\n\nno evaitat sa�atkaro bhumi-danasya yat tad bhagavaty a.Se�a-jivanikayanarh jiva-bhutatma-bhute paramatmani vasudeve tirthatame\npatra upapanne paraya sraddhaya paramadara-samahita-manasa\nsampratipaditasya sa�ad apavarga-dvarasya yad bila-nilayaiSvaryam.\nno-not; eva-indeed; etat-this; sa�atkaraf,-the direct result;\n\nbhumi-danasya-of\n\ncontribution\n\nof\n\nland;\n\nyat-which;\n\nb hagavati-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\ntat\n\n-\n\nt hat;\n\na.Se$a-jiva­\n\nnikayanam-of unlimited numbers of living entities; jiva-bhuta-atma-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0424": "392\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\nbhute-who is the life and the Supersoul; parama-atmani-the supreme\nregulator; vasudeve-Lord Vasudeva (Kr�Qa); tirtha-tame-who is the\nbest of all places of pilgrimage; ptitre-the most worthy recipient;\nupapanne-having approached; paraya-by the topmost; sraddhayiifaith; parama-adara-with great respect; samahita-manasa-with an\nattentive mind; sampratipaditasya-which was given; sii�iit-directly;\napavarga-dvarasya-the gate of liberation; yat-which; bila-nilayaof bila-svarga, the imitation heavenly planets; aisvaryam-the\nopulence.\nTRANSLAT(ON\nMy dear King, Bali Maharaja donated all his possessions to the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Vamanadeva, hut one should\n\ncertainly not conclude that he achieved his great worldly opulence\nin hila-svarga as a result of his charitable disposition. The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who is the source of life for all living en­\n\ntities, lives within everyone as the friendly Supersoul, and under\n\nHis direction a living entity enjoys or suffers in the material world.\n\nGreatly appreciating the transcendental qualities of the Lord, Bali\n\nMaharaja offered everything at His lotus feet. His purpose,\n\nhowever, was not to gain anything material, hut to become a pure\ndevotee. For a pure devotee, the door of liberation is automatically\n\nopened.\n\nOne should not think that Bali Maharaja was given so\n\nmuch material opulence merely because of his charity. When one\n\nbecomes a pure devotee in love, he may also be blessed with a good\n\nmaterial position by the will of the Supreme Lord. However, one\n\nshould not mistakenly think that the material opulence of a devo­\n\ntee is the result of his devotional service. The real result of devo­\n\ntional service is the awakening of pure love for the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, which continues under all circumstances.\nTEXT 20\n\n� � qFf ��sr�z;r;nf�\n\n������· R�l;frftr �\nII� oil\n\nf.:mr: �?IT�Tf�� ��q:\n�q �� �ij�S;:tf�q��\n\n", "SB5.2#p0425": "The Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\nText 20)\n\n393\n\nyasya ha vava lcyuta-patana-praskhalaniid�u viva.Sa(t sakrn\nniimiibhigr1Jan purU$a!t karma-bandhanam afijasa vidhunoti yasya\nhaiva pratibadhanam mumu/cyavo 'nyathaivopalabhante.\nyasya-of\n\nwhom;\n\nha vava-indeed; /cyuta-when m hunger;\npraskhalana-ad�u-stumbling and so on;\nviva.Sa(t-being helpless; sak rt-once; nama abhigriJ(ln-chanting the\nholy name of the Lord; purU$a!t-a person; karma-bandhanam-the\n\npatana-falli n g\n\ndown;\n\nbondage of fruitive activity; afijasa-completely; vidhunoti-washes\n\naway;\n\nyasya-of which; ha-certainly; eva-in this way; prati badhanam-the repulsion; mumulcyava(t-persons desiring liberation;\nanyatha -otherwise; eva-certainly; upalabhante-are trying to\n\nrealize.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf one who is embarrassed by hunger or who falls down or stumbles chants the holy name of the Lord even once, willingly or unwillingly, he is immediately freed from the reactions of his past\ndeeds.\n\nKarmis\n\nentangled\n\nin\n\nmaterial\n\nactivities\n\nface\n\nmany\n\ndifficulties in the practice of mystic yoga and other endeavors to\nachieve that same freedom.\nPURPORT\nIt is not a fact that one has to offer his material possessions to the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and be liberated before he can engage\n\nin devotional service. A devotee automatically attains liberation without\nseparate endeavors. Bali Maharaja did not get back all his material\n\npossessions merely because of his charity to the Lord. One who becomes a\ndevotee, free from material desires and motives, regards all oppor­\n\ntunities, both material and spiritual, as benedictions from the Lord, and\n\nin this way his service to the Lord is never hampered. Bhukti, material\n\nenjoyment, and mukti, liberation, are only by-products of devotional ser­\n\nvice.\n\nA devotee need not work separately to attain\n\nBilvamangala Thakura said,\n\nmukti. Srila\nmukti(t svayam mukulitafijali!t sevate\n\n'smiin: a pure devotee of the Lord does not have to endeavor separately\n\nfor mukti, because mukti is always ready to serve him.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0426": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n394\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\nIn this regard, Caitanya-caritamrta (Antya 3.177-188) describes\nHaridasa Thakura's confirmation of the effect of chanting the holy name\nof the Lord.\n\nkeha bale- 'nama haite haya papa-k§aya'\nkeha bale- 'nama haite jivera mok§a haya'\nSome say that by chanting the holy name of the Lord one is freed from all\nthe reactions of sinful life, and others say that by chanting the holy name\nof the Lord one attains liberation from material bondage.\n\nharidasa kahena, - \"namera ei dui phala naya\nniimera phale kr�r:u:t-pade prema upajaya\nHaridasa Thakura, however, said that the desired result of chanting the\nholy name of the Lord is not that one is liberated from material bondage\nor freed from the reactions of sinful life. The actual result of chanting\nthe holy name of the Lord is that one awakens his dormant Kr�l).a consciousness, his loving service to the Lord.\n\niin�arigika phala namera- 'mukti', 'piipa-niiSa'\ntahiira dmanta yaiche suryera prakasa\nHaridasa Thakura said that liberation and freedom from the reactions of\nsinful activities are only by-products of chanting the holy name of the\nLord. If one chants the holy name of the Lord purely, he attains the platform of loving service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In this\nregard Haridasa Thakura gave an example comparing the power of the\nholy name to sunshine.\n\nei slokera artha kara palJ4,itera gar:ta\"\nsa be kahe, - 'tumi kaha artha-vivarar:u:t'\nHe placed a verse before all the learned scholars present, but the learned\nscholars asked him to state the purport of the verse.\n\nharidasa kahena,- ''yaiche suryera udaya\nudaya nii haite iirambhe tamera haya k§aya\n\n", "SB5.2#p0427": "Text 21)\n\nThe Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\n395\n\nHaridasa Thakura said that as the sun begins to rise, it dissipates the\ndarkness of night, even before the sunshine is visible.\ncaura-preta-rak$asadira bhaya haya nasa\nudaya haile dharma-karma-adi parakasa\nBefore the sunrise even takes place, the light of dawn destroys the fear of\nthe dangers of the night, such as disturbances by thieves, ghosts and\nRak�asas, and when the sunshine actually appears, one engages in his\nduties.\naiche namodayarambhe papa-adira k$aya\nudaya kaile km:UL-pade haya prerrwdaya\nSimilarly, even before one's chanting of the holy name is pure, one is\nfreed from all sinful reactions, and when he chants purely he becomes a\nlover of Kr�I).a.\n'mukti' tuccha-phala haya namabhiisa haite\nye mukti bhakta nii laya, se kr�T.UL cahe dite\"\n\nA devotee never accepts mukti, even if Kr�Qa offers it. Mukti, freedom\nfrom all sinful reactions, is obtained even by namabhasa, or a glimpse of\nthe light of the holy name before its full light is perfectly visible.\nThe niimabhasa stage is between that of niima-aparadha, or chanting\nof the holy name with offenses, and pure chanting. There are three\nstages in chanting the holy name of the Lord. In the first stage, one commits ten kinds of offenses while chanting. In the next stage, namabhiisa,\nthe offenses have almost stopped, and one is coming to the platform of\npure chanting. In the third stage, when one chants the Hare Kr�I).a\nmantra without offenses, his dormant love for K:r�I).a immediately\nawakens. This is the perfection.\nTEXT 21\n\ntad bhaktaniim atmavatam sarve�am atmany atmada atmatayaiva.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0428": "396\ntat-that;\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\nbhaktiinam-of great devotees;\n\niitma-vatiim-of self­\n\nrealized persons like Sanaka and Sanatana; sarve�iim-of all; iitmanito the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the soul; iitma-de-who\ngives Himself without hesitation; iitma taya-who is the Supreme Soul,\nParamatma; eva-indeed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is situated in everyone's heart as the Supersoul, sells Himself to His devotees such as\nNiirada Muni. In other words, the Lord gives pure love to such\ndevotees and gives Himself to those who love Him purely. Great,\nself-realized mystic yogis such as the four Kumiiras also derive\ngreat transcendental bliss from realizing the Supersoul within\nthemselves.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord became Bali Maharaja's doorkeeper not because of his giving\neverything to the Lord, but because of his exalted position as a lover of\nthe Lord.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nna vai bhagavan nunam am�yanujagraha yad uta punar iitmiinusmrtimo$ar:uzrh miiyamaya-bhogaiSvaryam eviitanuteti.\nna-not;\nGodhead;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nb hagaviin-the\n\nnunam-certainly;\n\nSupreme\n\nam�ya-unto\n\nBali\n\nPersonality\nMaharaja;\n\nof\n\nanu­\n\njagraha-showed His favor; yat-because; uta-certainly; puna/:tagain; iitma-anusmrti-of remembrance of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; mo$ar:uzm-which robs one; maya-maya-an attribute of\nMaya;\n\nbhoga-aisvaryam-the material opulence; eva-certainly;\n\niitanuta-extended; iti-thus.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0429": "Text 23]\n\nThe Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\n397\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead did not award His mercy\nto Bali Maharaja by giving him material happiness and opulence,\nfor these make one forget loving service to the Lord. The result of\nmaterial opulence is that one can no longer absorb his mind in the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThere are two kinds of opulence. One, which results from one's\nkarma, is material, whereas the other is spiritual. A surrendered soul\nwho fully depends upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead does not\nwant material opulence for sense gratification. Therefore when a pure\ndevotee is seen to possess exalted material opulence, it is not due to his\nkarma. Rather, it is due to his bhakti. In other words, he is in that position because the Supreme Lord wants him to execute service to Him very\neasily and opulently. The special mercy of the Lord for the neophyte\ndevotee is that he becomes materially poor. This is the Lord's mercy\nbecause if a neophyte devotee becomes materially opulent, he forgets the\nservice of the Lord. However, if an advanced devotee is favored by the\nLord with opulence, it is not material opulence but a spiritual opportunity. Material opulence offered to the demigods causes forgetfulness of\nthe Lord, but opulence was given to Bali Maharaja for continuing service\nto the Lord, which was free from any touch of maya.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n1l�Wf.«ft�Nttijt��\n\nt[TT;3fl��q��oo�fffa�1�\n��IJfr.mT� «;srTaij�T TtTR�T :qrqr�:[ �Rf �TcrTT.f II � � II\n�\n\n,...\n\n....\n\n,-... ,...\n\n�\n\n,...\n\n\"'\n\n....\n\nyat tad bhagavatanadhigatanyopayena yacfiii -cchalenapahrta-svasarirava5e$ita-loka-trayo varuT}-a-pasaiS ca sampratimukto giri-daryam\ncapaviddha iti hovaca.\nyat-which; tat-that; bhagavata-by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; anadhigata-anya-upayena-who is not perceived by other\nmeans; yacfiii-chalena-by a trick of begging; apahrta - taken away:\n\n", "SB5.2#p0430": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n398\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\nsva-sarira-ava.Se$ita-with only his own body remaining; loka-traya/:tthe three worlds; varu�-pasai/:t-by the ropes of VaruQa; ca-and;\nsampratimukta/:t-completely bound;\n\ngiri-daryam-in a cave in a\n\nmountain; ca-and; apaviddha/:t-being detained; iti-thus; ha-indeed; uvaca-said.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Supreme Personality of Godhead could see no other\n\nmeans of taking everything away from Bali Maharaja, He adopted\nthe trick of begging from him and took away all the three worlds.\n\nThus only his body was left, but the Lord was still not satisfied. He\narrested Bali Maharaja, bound him with the ropes of Varu�a and\n\nthrew him in a cave in a mountain. Nevertheless, although all his\n\nproperty was taken and he was thrown into a cave, Bali Maharaja\nwas such a great devotee that he spoke as follows.\nTEXT 24\n\n�;{\n\n��Tti ���� � �f>umit\n\"'\n\n\"\n\n\"\n\n+l�Pl �'l �qil;:ijijl ���'HCf�liTCf��\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\n(U�i{��n�qT �T �::r ���l{Rfll+�R�:\nqft� f'f,)�Ml1i\":it�Tii� 11��11\n�\n\n�\n\nnunam batayam bhagavan arthe$u na n��to yo 'sav indro yasya sacivo\nmantraya vrta ekantato brhaspatis tam atihaya svayam\nupendre�tmiinam ayacatatmana§ cas�o no eva tad-dasyam atigambhira-vayasa/:t kalasya manvantara-parivrttam kiyal loka-trayam\nidam.\nnilnam-certainly;\n\nbata-alas;\n\nayam-this;\n\nbhagavan-very\n\nlearned; arthe$u-in self-interest; na-not; ni$1)-dta/:t-very experienced;\n\nya/:t-who;\n\nasau-the King of heaven;\n\nindra/:t-lndra;\n\nyasya-of whom; saciva/:t-the prime minister; mantraya-for giving\ninstructions;\nBfhaspati;\n\nvrta/:t-chosen;\ntam-him;\n\nekantata/:t-alone;\n\natihaya-ignoring;\n\nbrhaspati/:t-named\n\nsvayam-personally;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0431": "Text 24]\n\nThe Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\n399\n\nupendrer:w-by means of Upendra (Lord Vamanadeva); titmanammyself; ayticata-requested; atmanab,-for himself; ca-and; tiS�ab,blessings (the three worlds); no-not; eva-certainly; tat-dasyam-the\nloving service of the Lord; ati-very; gambhira-vayasab,-having an\ninsurmountable duration; ktilasya-of time; manvantara-parivrttamchanged by the end of a life of a Manu; kiyat-what is the value of;\nloka-trayam-three worlds; idam-these.\nTRANSLATION\nAlas, how pitiable it is for lndra, the King of heaven, that\nalthough he is very learned and powerful and although he chose\nBrhaspati as his prime minister to instruct him, he is completely\nignorant concerning spiritual advancement. Brhaspati is also unintelligent because he did not properly instruct his disciple lndra.\nLord Viimanadeva was standing at lndra's door, hut King lndra, instead of begging Him for an opportunity to render transcendental\nloving service, engaged Him in asking me for alms to gain the\nthree worlds for his sense gratification. Sovereignty over the three\nworlds is very insignificant because whatever material opulence\none may possess lasts only for an age of Manu, which is hut a tiny\nfraction of endless time.\nPURPORT\nBali Maharaja was so powerful that he fought with lndra and took\npossession of the three worlds. lndra was certainly very advanced in\nknowledge, but instead of asking Vamanadeva for engagement in His\nservice, he used the Lord to beg for material possessions that would be\nfinished at the end of one age of Manu. An age of Manu, which is the\nduration of Manu's life, is calculated to last seventy-two yugas. One yuga\nconsists of 4,300,000 years, and therefore the duration of Manu's life is\n\n309,600,000 years. The demigods possess their material opulence only\nuntil the end of the life of Manu. Time is insurmountable. The time one\nis allotted, even if it be millions of years, is quickly gone. The demigods\nown their material possessions only within the limits of time. Therefore\nBali Maharaja lamented that although lndra was very learned, he did not\nknow how to use his intelligence properly, for instead of asking\n\n", "SB5.2#p0432": "400\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\nVamanadeva to allow him to engage in His service, lndra used Him to\nbeg Bali Maharaja for material wealth. Although lndra was learned and\n\nhis prime minister, B:rhaspati, was also learned, neither of them begged\n\nto be able to render loving service to Lord Vamanadeva. Therefore Bali\nMaharaja lamented for lndra.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n��T��if.r�qij1+1�:\nf�� �� � Q; �fq3t{\n��T��\nt¢ �;( �rr�ff: qrffffry +T;r.J(fTq� \\CI� �fqijft II�'-\\ II\nyasyanudasyam evasmat-pitamaha/:1, kila vavre na tu sva-pitryarh yad\nutakutobhayarh padam diyamanarh bhagavata/:1, param iti\nbhagavatoparate khalu sva-pitari.\nyasya-of whom\n\n(the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead);\n\nanudasyam-the service; eva-certainly; asmat-our; pita-maha/:1,­\n\ngrandfather; kila-indeed; vavre-accepted; na-not; tu-but; sva­\n\nown; pitryam-paternal property; yat-which; uta-certainly; akuta/:1,bhayam-fearlessness; padam-position; diyamanam-being offered;\nbhagavata/:1,-than the Supreme Personality of Godhead; param-other;\n\niti-thus; bhagavata-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; uparate-when killed; khalu-indeed; sva-pitari-his own father.\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja said: My grandfather Prahlada Maharaja is the\n\nonly person who understood his own self-interest. Upon the death\nof Prahlada's father, Hira�yakasipu, Lord Nrshhhadeva wanted to\n\noffer Prahliida his father's kingdom and even wanted to grant him\n\nliberation from material bondage, but Prahliida accepted neither.\n\nLiberation and material opulence, he thought, are obstacles to\n\ndevotional service, and therefore such gifts from the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead are not His actual mercy. Consequently,\n\ninstead of accepting the results of karma and j:iiina, Prahliida\n\nMaharaja simply begged the Lord for engagement in the service of\nHis servant.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSri: Caitanya Mahaprabhu has instructed that an unalloyed devotee\n\nshould consider himself a servant of the servant of the servant of the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0433": "Text 26]\n\nThe Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\nSupreme Lord\n\n(gopi-bhartu� pada-kamalayor dasa-dasanudasaM. In\n\n401\n\nVai�Qava philosophy, one should not even become a direct servant.\n\nPrahlada Maharaja was offered all the blessings of an opulent position in\n\nthe material world and even the liberation of merging into Brahman, but\n\nhe refused all this. He simply wanted to engage in the service of the ser­\n\nvant of the servant of the Lord. Therefore Bali Maharaja said that\nbecause his grandfather Prahlada Maharaja had rejected the blessings of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead in terms of material opulence and\nliberation from material bondage, he truly understood his self-interest.\nTEXT 26\n\n� ����:{�T�q�'F;!fill�ffPl:\n\nttiT qWJf�: qru_t!ll+lll��ir�\n\ni3'� tT�ffijTRf II � � 'I\ntasya mahanubhavasyanupatham amrjita-ka§aya� ko vasmad-vidha�\nparihiTJU-bhagavad-anugraha upajigami$atiti.\ntasya-of Prahlada Maharaja; maha-anubhavasya-who was an ex­\n\nalted devotee; anupatham-the path; amrjita-kU$aya�-a person who is\n\nmaterially contaminated; ka�-what; va-or; asmat-vidha�-like us;\n\nparihiTJU-bhagavat-anugraha�-being without the favor of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; upajigami$ati-desires to follow; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja said: Persons like us, who are still attached to\n\nmaterial enjoyment, who are contaminated by the modes of\nmaterial nature and who lack the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, cannot follow the supreme path of Prahlada\nMaharaja, the exalted devotee of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that for spiritual realization one must follow great per­\n\nsonalities like Lord Brahma, Devar�i Narada, Lord Siva and Prahlada\n\nMaharaja. The path of bhakti is not at all difficult if we follow in the\n\nfootsteps of previous acaryas and authorities, but those who are too\n\nmaterially contaminated by the modes of material nature cannot follow\nthem. Although Bali Maharaja was actually following the path of his\n\n", "SB5.2#p0434": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n402\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\ngrandfather, because of his great humility he thought that he was not. It\nis characteristic of advanced Vai�I.J.avas following the principles of bhakti\nthat they think themselves ordinary human beings. This is not an artificial exhibition of humility; a Vai�l_lava sincerely thinks this way and\ntherefore never admits his exalted position.\nTEXT 27\n\ncr�,��ftfiqft��ftt�ij �� �rr� \\tl�fl�iilrr�g�;rt�un\nnft �WtJT{Clf�ij (;rjf\\it;n��;qij�T �;r1�g;r �� ��\n�iil;rT�� TG:F;rii(� a�TTCij: II � \\9 II\n....\n\n.\n\n,...\n\n,...,\n\n,...\n\ntasyanucaritam upa�tad vista�yate yasya bhagaviin svayam akhilajagad-gurur niirayar-o dvari gada-piir-ir avat�thate nijajaniinukampita-hrdayo yeniiflgU§thena pada daJa-kandharo\nyojanayutayutam dig-vijaya ucca#ta&.\ntasya-of Bali Maharaja; anucaritam-the narration; upar�fiitlater (in the Eighth Canto); vistar�yate-will be explained; yasya-of\nwhom; bhagaviin -the Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayam-per­\n\nakhila-jagat-guru&-the master of all the three worlds;\nniiraya�&-the Supreme Lord, Narayai.J.a Himself; dvari-at the gate;\ngadii-par-i&-bearing the club in His hand; ava�thate-stands; nijajana-anukampita-hrdaya&-whose heart is always filled with mercy for\nHis devotees; yena-by whom; arigu$thena-by the big toe; pada-of\nHis foot; daJa-kandhara&-Ravai.J.a, who had ten heads; yojana-ayutaayutam-a distance of eighty thousand miles; dik-vijaye-for the pursonally;\n\npose of gaining victory over Bali Maharaja; uccii#ta&-driven away.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami continued: My dear King, how shall I glorify\n\nthe character of Bali Maharaja? The Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, the master of the three worlds, who is most compas­\n\nsionate to His own devotee, stands with club in hand at Bali\n\nMaharaja's door. When RavaJ.la, the powerful demon, came to gain\n\nvictory over Bali Maharaja, Vamanadeva kicked him a distance of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0435": "Text 28]\n\nThe Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\n403\n\neighty thousand miles with His big toe. I shall explain the\ncharacter and activities of Bali Maharaja later [in the Eighth Canto\n\nof Srimad-Bhagavatam].\n\nTEXT 28\n\nc::���m�uNqfu�q��n\n�oftun\nf��1;tT� m'T�art f;r�������S{ijl(\\l���q�)\n�Fni?f;rl1tRTqJ �T��;r· qffi� Nil�� �W..ij II�� II\n;w{\n\ntato 'dhastat talatale mayo nama danavendras tri-puradhipatir\nbhagavata purarir:uJ tri-loki-sam cikir$Ur:u'i nirdagdha-sva-pura-trayas\ntat-prasadal labdha-pado mayaviruim acaryo mahadevena parira/cyito\nvigata-sudarsana-bhayo mahiyate.\ntata�-the planet known as Sutala; adhastat-below; talatale-in the\n\nplanet known as Taliitala; maya�-Maya; ruima-named; danava-in­\n\ndra�-the king of the Danava demons; tri-pura-adhipati�-the Lord of\n\nthe three cities; bhagavata-by the most powerful; purarir:uJ-Lord\n\nSiva, who is known as Tripurari; tri-loki-of the three worlds; sam-the\ngood fortune; cikir$ur:uJ-who was desiring; nirdagdha-burned; sva­\n\npura-traya�-whose three cities; tat-prasadat-by Lord Siva's mercy;\n\nlabdha-obtained; pada�-a kingdom; maya-viruim acarya�-who is\n\nthe acarya, or master, of all the conjurers; maha-devena-by Lord Siva;\n\nparira/cyita�-protected; vigata-sudarsana-bhaya�-who is not afraid\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His Sudarsana cakra;\n\nmahiyate-is worshiped.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeneath the planet known as Sutala is another planet, called\n\nTalatala, which is ruled by the Danava demon named Maya. Maya is\n\nknown as the iiciirya (master] of all the mayavis, who can invoke\nthe powers of sorcery. For the benefit of the three worlds, Lord\n\nSiva, who is known as Tripurari, once set fire to the three\n\nkingdoms of Maya, but later, being pleased with him, he returned\nhis kingdom. Since that time, Maya Danava has been protected by\n\n", "SB5.2#p0436": "404\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\nLord Siva, and therefore he falsely thinks that he need not fear the\n\nSudarsana cakra of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 29\n\nijQls�t;:�m� ��lOTi � �m�t � ;m{\nrrur: i&tf;CfaJ����ttllfl�W{l �&llit'Ft;:cr: q�ft;r�TN'qij:\n\ntato 'dhastiin mahiitale kiidraveyiiTJiirh sarpiiTJiirh naika-sirasiirh\nkrodhava§o nama gary,a� kuhaka-ta/cyaka-kiiliya-SWjeTJ,iidi-pradhiina\nmahii-bhogavanta� patattri-rajiidhipate� purWja-viihiid anavaratam\nudvijamiina� sva-kalatriipatya-suhrt-kutumba-sangena kvacit pramattii\nviharanti.\ntata�-the planet Talatala; adhastiit-beneath; mahiitale-in the\nplanet known as Mahatala;\n\nkiidraveyiiTJijm-of the descendants of\n\nKadrii; sarpiiTJijm-who are big snakes; na eka-sirasiim-who have\nmany hoods; k rodha-va§a�-always subject to anger; nama-named;\n\ngar:w�- the group;\n\nkuhaka-Kuhaka;\n\ntalcyaka-Tak�aka;\n\nkaliya­\n\nKaliya; SWjery,a-Su�eQa; iidi-and so on; pradhiina�-wh o are the\nprominent ones; mahii-bhogavanta� -addict ed to all kinds of material\nenjoyment; patattri-raja-adhipate�-from the king of all birds, Garm�a;\n\npurWja-viihiit-who carries the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nana varatam- constantly; udvijamiina�-afraid; sva-of their own;\nkalatra-apatya-wives and children; suhrt-friends; kutumba-relatives; sangena-in the association; kvacit -sometimes ; pramattii�-infuriated; viharanti- they sport.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe planetary system below Talatala is known as Mahatala. It is\n\nthe abode of many-hooded snakes, descendants of Kadrii, who are\n\nalways very angry. The great snakes who are prominent are\nKuhaka, Tak�aka, Kaliya and Su�eJ].a. The snakes in Mahatala are\n\nalways disturbed by fear of Garu<;la, the carrier of Lord Vi�!].u, but\n\n", "SB5.2#p0437": "Text 30]\n\nThe Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\n405\n\nalthough they are full of anxiety, some of them nevertheless sport\nwith their wives, children, friends and relatives.\nPURPORT\nIt is stated here that the snakes who live in the planetary system\nknown as Mahatala are very powerful and have many hoods. They live\nwith their wives and children and consider themselves very happy,\nalthough they are always full of anxiety because of Garu�a, who comes\nthere to destroy them. This is the way of material life. Even if one lives\nin the most abominable condition, he still thinks himself happy with his\nwife, children, friends and relatives.\nTEXT 30\n\n�nns��n��:n� ��T �l;fen:\n\n�l�T fu��Cflfu;f\n\n�fu\n\nqupn\n\n;nq\n\nFf:mr�cr=�m\n\nTcr�'=T�o:ft�T �q��n ��\n\nii�Ht�f�\nll�Frn:\n��it� &fu ��m\n3fftr�<N<-11� qy W��l�l � �� � � ij(li�w-�'t_OO crtfnT���ftJ II �o II\ntato 'dhastad rasiitale daiteyii diinavii� par:uz,yo nama niviita-kavacii�\nkiileyii hirar:tya-puraviisina iti vibudha-pratyanikii utpattyii mahaujaso\nmahii-siihasino bhagavata� sakala-lokiinubhavasya harer eva tejasii\npratihata-baliivalepii bilesayii iva vasanti ye vai saramayendra-dutyii\nvagbhir mantra-varr:tiibhir indrad bibhyati.\ntata� adhastiit-below the planetary system Mahatala; rasiitale-on\nthe planet called Rasatala; daiteya�-the sons of Diti; danava�-the\nsons of Danu; par:uz,ya/:t nama-named Pal_lis; nivata-kavaca/:t-Nivatakavacas; kaleya�-Kaleyas; hirar:tya-puravasina�-Hiral_lya-puraviisis;\n\niti-thus; vibudha-pratyanikii�-enemies of the demigods; utpattyii�maha-ojasa/:t-very\n\nfrom\n\nbirth;\n\ncruel;\n\nbhagavata�-of\n\nthe\n\npowerful;\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nmaha-sa hasina�-very\nGodhead;\n\nsakala-loka­\n\nanubhavasya-who is auspicious for all planetary systems; ha re�-of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; eva-certainly; tejasa-by the\n\n", "SB5.2#p0438": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n406\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 24\n\nSudarsana cakra; pratihata -defeated; bala.-strength; avalepa/:t-and\n\npride ( because of bodily strength) ; bila -iSaya /:t-the snakes; iva-like;\n\nvasanti- they live; ye- who; vai-indeed; s aramaya-by Saramii; indra-dutya -the messenger of lndra; vagbhi/:t-by the words; mantrava n:W\n\nbhi/:t-in the form of a mantra; indrat-from King lndra;\n\nbibhyati-are afraid.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nBeneath Mahatala is the planetary system known as Rasatala,\n\nwhich is the abode of the demoniac sons of Diti and Danu. They\nare called Pa1_1is, Nivata-kavacas, Kaleyas and Hira1_1ya-puravasis\n\n[those living in Hira�ya-pura]. They are all enemies of the\n\ndemigods, and they reside in holes like snakes. From birth they\n\nare extremely powerful and cruel, and although they are proud of\n\ntheir strength, they are always defeated by the Sudarsana cakra of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who rules all the planetary\n\nsystems. When a female messenger from lndra named Sarama\n\nchants a particular curse, the serpentine demons of Mahatala\n\nbecome very afraid of lndra.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said that there was a great fight between these serpentine demons\nand Indra, the King of heaven. When the defeated demons met the\nfemale messenger Saramii., who was chanting a mantra, they became\nafraid, and therefore they are living in the planet called Rasa tala.\nTEXT 31\n\nijaTS'et(ijkql<tl� 111•rit�wi't t�@��n ���'4�1�1i�rm�r\n�a-���\"i\\IS�.-q<i51��<::*�1<:41\n�t �� � � � q�('Ht��?J�ij��rtriarr\n'£11T�\n� �op;O itf:qtllf.T: q\"l(JI<i5Mq�fttf'ld:.�\n�uR.m\n�\"\"ij II�� II\ntato 'dhastat patale niiga-loka-patayo vasuki-pramukha/:t sankhakulika-mahasankha-sveta-dhanaiijaya-dhrtart'4tra-sankhacu<;lakambaliiSvatara-devadattadayo maha-bhogino mahamar$ii nivasanti\n\n", "SB5.2#p0439": "The Subterranean Heavenly Planets\n\nText 31]\n\n407\n\nye$iim u ha vai paiica-sapta-drua-sata-sahasra-sir$ii1Jilrh pha1Jiisu\nviracita maha-mar,uzyo roc�r,uzva� patala-vivara-timira-nikararh svaroc�a vidhamanti.\ntata� adhas tat-beneath that planet Rasiitala; patale-on the planet\n\nknown as Patala; naga-loka-pataya�-the masters of the Nagalokas;\n\nvasuki-by vasuki; pramukha�- headed; sankha -Sankha; kulika­\n\nKulika; maha-sankha-Mahasankha; sveta -Sveta; dhananjayaDhananjaya;\n\ndhrtarii$tra-Dh�tara�tra;\n\nsankha-cu(la-Sankhacu�a;\n\nkambala-Kambala; asvatara-Asvatara; deva-datta-Devadatta;\n\nadaya�-and so on; maha-bhogina�-very addicted to material happi­\n\nness;\n\nmaha-amar$ii�-greatly envious by nature;\n\nnivasanti-live;\n\nye$iim-of all of them; u ha-certainly; vai-indeed; panca-five;\n\nsapta-seven, drua-ten; sata-one hundred; sahasra-one thousand;\nsir$ii1Jdm-of\n\nthose\n\npossessing\n\nhoods;\n\nphaTJiisu-on\n\nthose\n\nhoods;\n\nviracita�-fixed; maha-mar,uzya�-very valuable gems; roc�r,uzva�­\n\nfull of effulgence; patala-vivara-the caves of the Patala planetary\n\nsystem; timira-nikaram-the mass of darkness; sva-roc�a-by the\neffulgence of their hoods; vidhamanti-disperse.\nTRANSLATION\nBeneath Rasiitala is another planetary system, known as Patiila or\n\nNagaloka, where there are many demoniac serpents, the masters of\n\nNagaloka,\n\nDhanaiijaya,\n\nsuch\n\nas\n\nSaiikha,\n\nKulika,\n\nMahasaiikha,\n\nSveta,\n\nDhrtarii�tra, Saiikhacii\"a, Kambala, Asvatara and\n\nDevadatta. The chief among them is Viisuki. They are all extremely\n\nangry, and they have many, many hoods-some snakes five hoods,\n\nsome seven, some ten, others a hundred and others a thousand.\nThese hoods are bedecked with valuable gems, and the light\n\nemanating from the gems illuminates the entire planetary system\nof bila-svarga.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Twentyfourth Chapter of Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Subterranean\nHeavenly Planets. \"\n\n", "SB5.2#p0440": "CHAPTER TWENTY -FIVE\n\nThe Glories of Lord Ananta\nIn this chapter, Sukadeva Gosvaml describes Ananta, the source of Lord\n\nSiva. Lord Ananta, whose body is completely spiritual, resides at the root\n\nof the planet Patala. He always lives in the core of Lord Siva's heart, and\nHe helps him destroy the universe. Ananta instructs Lord Siva how to\n\ndestroy the cosmos, and thus He is sometimes called tiimasi, or \"one who\n\nis in the mode of darkness.\" He is the original Deity of material con­\n\nsciousness, and because He attracts all living entities, He is sometimes\n\nknown as Sankarf?aQ.a. The entire material world is situated on the hoods\n\nof Lord Sailkarf?aQ.a. From His forehead He transmits to Lord Siva the\n\npower to destroy this material world. Because Lord Sankarf?aQa is an ex­\n\npansion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, many devotees offer\nHim prayers, and in the planetary system of Patala, all the suras, asuras,\n\nGandharvas, Vidyadharas and learned sages offer Him their respectful\n\nobeisances. The Lord talks with them in a sweet voice. His bodily con­\n\nstruction is completely spiritual and very, very beautiful. Anyone who\n\nhears about Him from a proper spiritual master becomes free from all\nmaterial conceptions of life. The entire material energy is working ac­\n\ncording to the plans of Anantadeva. Therefore we should regard Him as\nthe root cause of the material creation. There is no end to His strength,\n\nand no one can fully describe Him, even with countless mouths.\n\nTherefore He is called Ananta (unlimited). Being very merciful toward\n\nall living entities, He pas exhibited His spiritual body. Sukadeva\n\nGosvaml describes the glories of Anantadeva to Maharaja Parik�?it in\n\nthis way.\n\nTEXT l\n\n409\n\n", "SB5.2#p0441": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n410\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 25\n\nsri-suka uvaca\n\ntasya mula-dese trimsad-yojana-sahasrantara aste ya vai kala\n\n·\n\nbhagavatas tamasi samakhyatananta iti satvatiya dra§!r-drsyayo/:t\n\nsarikar�aT}-am aham ity abhimana-la�aT}-am yam sarikar�aT}-am ity\n\niica�ate.\n\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosviimi said; tasya-of the planet\n\nPatala; mula-dese-in the region beneath the base; trimsat-thirty; yo­\n\njana-eight-mile units of measurement; sahasra-antare-at an interval\n\nof one thousand; ilste-remains; ya-which; vai-indeed; kala-an ex­\n\npansion of an expansion; bhagavata/:t-of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; tilmasi-related to darkness; samakhyata-called; ananta/:t­\n\nAnanta; iti-thus; siltvatiya/:t-the devotees; dra§!r-drsyayo/:t-of mat­\n\nter and spirit; sarikar�aT}-am-the drawing together; aham-I; iti­\n\nthus; abhimana-by self-conception; la�aT}-Q,m-symptomized; yamwhom;\n\nsarikar�a�am-Sailkar�?al).a;\n\nscholars describe.\n\niti-thus;\n\nacak�ate-learned\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi said to Maharaja Parik�it: My dear King,\n\napproximately 240,000 miles beneath the planet Patiila lives\n\nanother incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is\n\nthe expansion of Lord Vi��u known as Lord Ananta or Lord\n\nSmika��a. He is always in the transcendental position, but\n\nbecause He is worshiped by Lord Siva, the deity of tamo-gu�a or\ndarkness, He is sometimes called tiimasi. Lord Ananta is the pre­\n\ndominating Deity of the material mode of ignorance as well as the\nfalse ego of all conditioned souls. When a conditioned living being\n\nthinks, \"I am the enjoyer, ·and this world is meant to be enjoyed by\n\nme,\" this conception of life is dictated to him by Smikar��a. Thus\nthe mundane conditioned soul thinks himself the Supreme Lord.\nPURPORT\nThere is a class of men akin to Mayavadi philosophers who misin­\n\nterpret the aham brahmasmi and so 'ham Vedic mantras to mean, \"I am\n\nthe Supreme Brahman\" and \"I am identical with the Lord.\" This kind of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0442": "Text 2]\n\nThe Glories of Lord Ananta\n\n411\n\nfalse conception, in which one thinks himself the supreme enjoyer, is a\nkind of illusion. It is described elsewhere in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(5.5.8): janasya moho yam aharh mameti. As explained in the above\n\nverse, Lord Sankar�a1.1a is the predominating Deity of this false conception. .Kt�1.1a confirms this in Bhagavad-gitii (15.15):\n\nsarvasya ciiharh hrdi sannivi$!o\nmattaft smrtir jniinam apohanarh ca\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance,\nknowledge and forgetfulness.\" The Lord is situated in everyone's heart\nas Sankarf?al.la, and when a demon thinks himself one with the Supreme\nLord, the Lord keeps him in that darkness. Although such a demoniac\nliving entity is only an insignificant part of the Supreme Lord, he forgets\nhis true position and thinks he is the Supreme Lord. Because this forget­\n\nfulness is created by Sankar�a1.1a, He is sometimes called tamasi. The\n\nname tiimasi does not indicate that He has a material body. He is always\ntranscendental, but because He is the Supersoul of Lord Siva, who must\nperform tamasic activities, Sankar�a1.1a is sometimes called tiimasi.\nTEXT2\n,...\n\n,...\n\n.\n\ni���\n\nf�tui mW.\n\n....\n\n....,.\n\n,...\n\n+llFf(J(��: �T�\n�;r �� II � II\n\nyasyedarh �iti-mar:uf,alarh bhagavato 'nanta-milrteft sahasra-sirasa\nekasminn eva sir�arti dhriyamii�rh siddhiirtha iva la�yate.\nyasya -of whom; idam-this; k�iti-martcJalam-universe;\nbhagavata�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ananta-milrteftin the form of Anantadeva; sahasra-sirasaft-who has thousands of\nhoods; ekasmin-on one; eva-only; sir�arti-hood; dhriyamii�m-is\nbeing sustained; siddhiirthaft iva-and like a white mustard seed; la�yate-is seen.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosvami continued: This great universe, situated on\n\none of Lord Anantadeva's thousands of hoods, appears just like a\n\n", "SB5.2#p0443": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n412\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 25\n\nwhite mustard seed. It is infinitesimal compared to the hood of\n\nLord Ananta.\n\nTEXT3\n\n.,..,�;flq«�ttwful�u�:q{-\n\nyasya ha va idam kalenopasanjihir$ato 'mar$a-viracita-rucirabhramad-bhruvor antare� sankar$a\"(W nama rudra ekiidaSa-vyuhas\ntry-ak$as tri-sikham salam uttambhayann udati$!hat.\nyasya-of whom;\n\nha va-indeed;\n\nidam-this\n\n(material world ) ;\n\nkalena-in due course of time; upasanjihir$ata� -desiring to destroy;\namar$a-by\n\nanger;\n\nbhramat-moving;\nbetween;\n\nviracita-formed;\n\nbhruvo�-the\n\nsankar$a��\n\ntwo\n\nrucira-very\neyebrows;\n\nnama-named\n\nbeautiful;\n\nantare�-from\n\nSankar�a.Qa;\n\nrudra�-an\n\nincarnation of Lord Siva; ekadaSa-vyaha�-who has eleven expansions;\n\ntri-ak$a�-three eyes; tri-sikham-having three points; sulam-a tri­\n\ndent; uttambhayan-raising; udati$!hat-arose .\nTRANSLATION\n\nAt the time of devastation, when Lord Anantadeva desires to\n\ndestroy the entire creation, He becomes slightly angry. Then from\nbetween His two eyebrows appears three-eyed Rudra, carrying a\n\ntrident. This Rudra, who is known as Siilikar�&.Qa, is the embodi­\n\nment of the eleven Rudras, or incarnations of Lord Siva. He appears in order to devastate the entire creation.\nPURPORT\n\nIn each creation, the living entities are given a chance to close their\nbusiness as conditioned souls. When they misuse this opportunity and do\nnot go back home, back to Godhead, Lord Sailkarl?al).a becomes angry.\nThe eleven Rudras, expansions of Lord Siva, come out of Lord Sankar­\n\nl?al).a's eyebrows due to His angry mood, and all of them together devastate the entire creation.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0444": "413\n\nThe Glories of Lord Ananta\n\nText 5]\n\nTEXT4\n\nyasyarighri-kamala-yugalaruT}ll-viSada-nakha-marJ,i-�ar:u}a-mar:u)ale�v\nahi-pataya/:t saha satvatar�abhair ekanta-bhakti-yogenavanamanta/:t\nsva-vadanani parisphurat-kur:u)ala-prabha-maT:U)ita-gar:u)a-sthalany\nati-manohararJ,i pramudita-manasa/:t khalu vilokayanti.\nyasya-of whom; arighri-kamala-of lotus feet; yugala-of the pair;\naruT}ll-viSada-brilliant pink; nakha-of the nails; marJ,i-�ar:u}a-like\ngems; malJ4,ale�u-on the round surfaces; ahi-pataya/:t -the leaders of\nthe snakes; s aha-with; satvata-r$abhai/:t-the best devotees; ekanta­\n\nbhakti-yogena-with unalloyed devotional service;\n\navanamanta/:t­\n\noffering obeisances; sva-vadaniini-their own faces; parisphurat-g!ittering; kur:u)ala-of the earrings; prabha-by the effulgence; marJ,�ita-decorated;\n\ngar:u)a-sthalani-whose\n\ncheeks;\n\nati-manohararJ,i­\n\nvery beautiful; pramudita-manas a/:t-their minds refreshed; khaluindeed; vi lokayanti-they see.\nTRANSLATION\nThe pink, transparent toenails on the Lord's lotus feet are exactly like valuable gems polished to a mirror finish. When the\nunalloyed devotees and the leaders of the snakes offer their obeisances to Lord Sailkar�ai_la with great devotion, they become very\njoyful upon seeing their own beautiful faces reflected in His\ntoenails. Their cheeks are decorated with glittering earrings, and\nthe beauty of their faces is extremely pleasing to see.\nTEXTS\n\\'\n\n�\nT� �FTU�fjl{�� 3fh�'l\n\n\"'\n\n\"'\n\n3T1�H't1�1�NWtf�Tqi?iTij\"ijf:r.u�\nf:r���+ril�RR:���t�g� �fiFf�lt�Tefl���M��{��it��\"::f�li��R�i?i�����\n\n��::f\n\nr-\n\n..\n\n", "SB5.2#p0445": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n414\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 25\n\n��q��� fcr��lT�OWi�Uff.rit;r.�ti���;rHf.tt:� � f�\n\n��trf;:ij II � II\n\nyasyaiva hi niiga-raja-kumiirya asi§a astistinii.S ctirv-ailga-valayavilasita-viSada-vipula-dhavala-subhaga-rucira-bhuja-rajata-stambhe$v\naguru-candana-kwikuma-pankanulepentivalimpamiintis tadabhimarsanonmathita-hrdaya-makara-dhvajavesa-rucira-lalita-smittis\ntad-anuragamada-mudita-mada-vighurr,titarur,ta-karur,ttivalokanayana-vadantiravindam savrU;lam kila vilokayanti.\nya sya -of whom;\n\ne va- certa in l y ;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nnaga-raja­\n\nkumiiryat£-the unmarried princesses of the serpent kings; asi§at£blessings; astisanat£-hoping for; caru\n\n-\n\nbeautiful; ailga-valaya-on\n\nthe sphere of His body; vilasita-gleaming; viSada-spotless; vipulalong;\n\ndhavala-white; subhaga -indicating good fortune;\n\nrucira­\n\nbeautiful; bhuja -on His arms; rajata-stambhe$u-like columns of\nsilver;\n\naguru-of aloe; candana-of sandalwood; kunkuma-of\n\nsaffron; pan ka -from the pulp; anu lepena- with an ointment; avalimpamanat£-smearing; tat-abhimarsana-by contact with His limbs; un­\n\nmathita -agitated; hrdaya\n\n-\n\nin their hearts; makara-dhvaja-of Cupid;\n\navesa-due to the entrance; rucira-very beautiful; lalita-delicate;\nsmitat£-whose smiling;\n\nta t-of Him;\n\nanuraga-of attachment;\n\nmada-by the intoxication; m ud ita -delighted; mada-due to intoxication with kindness;\n\nvighur r,t ita -rolling; aru r,t a -pink ; karur,ta­\n\navaloka-glancing with kindness; naya na-eyes; vadana-and face;\naravindam-like lotus flowers; sa-vrU;lam-with bashfulness; kila-indeed; vilokayanti-they see.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Ananta's arms are attractively long, beautifully decorated\n\nwith bangles and completely spiritual. They are white, and so they\n\nappear like silver columns. When the beautiful princesses of the\nserpent kings, hoping for the Lord's auspicious blessing, smear\n\nHis arms with aguru pulp, sandalwood pulp and kmikuma, the\ntouch of His limbs awakens lusty desires within them. Understand­\n\ning their minds, the Lord looks at the princesses with a merciful\n\n", "SB5.2#p0446": "Text 6 ]\n\nThe Glories of Lord Ananta\n\n415\n\nsmile, and they become bashful, realizing that He knows their\ndesires. Then they smile beautifully and look upon the Lord's\nlotus face, which is beautified by reddish eyes rolling slightly from\nintoxication and delighted by love for His devotees.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen males and females touch each other's bodies, their lusty desires\n\nnaturally awaken. It appears from this verse that there are similar sensa­\n\ntions in spiritual bodies. Both Lord Ananta and the women giving Him\npleasure had spiritual bodies. Thus all sensations originally exist in the\n\nspiritual body. This is confirmed in the Vedanta-s!ltra: janmiidy asya\nyata�. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura has commented in this con­\n\nnection that the word adi means adi-rasa, the original lusty feeling,\n\nwhich is born from the Supreme. However, spiritual lust and material\nlust are as completely different as gold and iron. Only one who is very\n\nhighly elevated in spiritual realization can understand the lusty feelings\n\nexchanged between Radha and Kr�IJa, or between Kr�IJa and the damsels\nof Vraja. Therefore, unless one is very experienced and advanced in\n\nspiritual realization, he is forbidden to discuss the lusty feelings of Kr�IJa\n\nand the gopis. However, if one is a sincere and pure devotee, the material\n\nlust in his heart is completely vanquished as he discusses the lusty feel­\n\nings between the gopis and Kr�IJa, and he makes quick progress in\nspiritual life.\n\nTEXT6\n\n+Ttmo:to:t;:ffi srr.:cmurioT�\n�\"N;to:tf ��� 3l�ij II � II\n�\n\n��\n\n3Tt��cr aq�mlt��m\n\nsa eva bhagavan ananto 'nanta-gu1Jiirr:tava adi-deva upasamhrtamar$aro$a-vego loki.inam svastaya aste.\n\nsa�-that; eva-certainly; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; ananta�-Anantadeva ; ananta-gu�-a�ava�-the reservoir\n\nof unlimited transcendental qualities; adi-deva�-the original Lord, or\nnondifferent from the original Supreme Personality of Godhead:\n\n", "SB5.2#p0447": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n416\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 25\n\nupasa mh rta-who has restrained; amar$a-of His intolerance; rD$avega� the force; lokiinam-of all people on all planets;\nsvastaye-for the welfare; iiste-remains.\n\nand wrath;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sruikar�aJ;Ia is the ocean of unlimited spiritual qualities,\n\nand thus He is known as Anantadeva. He is nondifferent from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. For the welfare of all living en­\n\ntities within this material world, He resides in His abode, restrain­\n\ning His anger and intolerance.\n\nPURPORT\nAnantadeva's main mission is to dissolve this material creation, but He\nchecks His anger and intolerance. This material world is created to give\nthe conditioned souls another chance to go back home, back to Godhead,\nbut most of them do not take advantage of this facility. After the creation, they again exercise their old propensity for lording it over the\nmaterial world. These activities of the conditioned souls anger Anantadeva, and He desires to destroy the entire material world. Yet, because\nHe is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He is kind toward us and\nchecks His anger and intolerance. Only at certain times does He express\nHis anger and destroy the material world.\nTEXT7\n\n��Pl�T�: �1\\rrfu�����Mijl�il����q��ijf�fcr�ijM'���: ��f��R�t�ijrn����iil�: �qf1l���1l_�'«<T�q���til��f!i?ifu�lll��:Jm� ��;:q��Pl���flTijf�<f\n���;:m �t ��t\n�retnm\n�qi�u�if\n����\n��llflW��l\n+liftH�� �RUF�\n�q\n�?i�1\n�aJTij�R:�Tit �ij 111.911\ndhyiiyamiina� suriisuroraga-siddha-gandharva-vidyiidhara-muniga�ir anavarata-mada-mudita-vikrta-vihvala-locanab, sulalita-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0448": "Text 7]\n\n417\n\nThe Glories of Lord Ananta\n\nmukharikamrteniipyayamiina/:t sva-piir$ada-vibudha-yutha-pat'in\naparimliina-riiga-nava-tulasikamoda-madhv-iisavena miidyan\nmadhukara-vriita-madhura-grta-sriyarh vaijayantirh sviirh vanamiiliirh\nnila-viisii eka-kur:u}.alo hala-kakudi krta-subhaga-sundara-bhujo\nbhagaviin mahendro viira7Jendra iva kancanirh kak$iim udiira-lilo\nbibharti.\ndhyiiyamiina/:t-being meditated upon; sura-of demigods; usurademons;\n\ngandharva\n\nuraga-snakes;\n-\n\nsiddha-inhabitants of Siddhaloka;\n\ninhabitants of Gandharvaloka; vidyiidhara-Vidyadharas;\n\nmuni-and of great sages; ga7Jai/:t-by groups; anavarata-constantly ;\nmada-mudita-delighted by intoxication; vikrta-moving to and fro;\nvihvala-ro!ling; locana/:t-whose eyes;\nposed;\n\nm u k h a ri k a -o f\n\nspeech;\n\nsu-lalita-excel l ently com­\n\na m r t e n a-b y\n\nthe\n\nnectar;\n\niipyiiyamiina/:t-pl easing; sva-piir$ada-His own associates; vibudha­\n\nyutha-patin-the heads of the different groups of demigods;\naparimliina-never faded;\n\nraga-whose luster;\n\nnava-ever fresh;\n\ntulasika-of the tulasi blossoms; iimoda-by the fragrance; madhuiisavena\n\n-\n\nand the honey; miidyan-being intoxicated; madhukara­\n\nvriita-of the bees; madhura-gita-by the sweet singing; sriyamwhich is made more beautiful; vaijayantim-the garland named vaijayanti; sviim-His own; vanamiiliim-garland; nila-viisii �-covered\n\nwith blue garments; eka-kur:u}.ala/:t-wearing only one earring; halakakudi\n\n-\n\non the handle of a plow; krta-placed; subhaga-auspicious;\n\nsundara-beautiful ;\n\nbhuja/:t-hands; bhagaviin-the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; mahii-indra/:t-the King of heaven; viira7JU-indra/:t-the elephant; iva-like; kancanim-golden; kak$iim-be1t;\nudiira-lila/:t-engaged in transcendental pastimes; bibharti-wears.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosvami continued: The demigods, the demons, the\n\nUragas [serpentine demigods] , the Siddhas, the Gandharvas, the\nVidyadharas and many highly elevated sages constantly offer\nprayers to the Lord. Because He is intoxicated, the Lord looks\nbewildered, and His eyes, appearing like flowers in full bloom,\nmove to and fro. He pleases His personal associates, the heads of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0449": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n418\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 25\n\nthe demigods, by the sweet vibrations emanating from His mouth.\n\nDressed in bluish garments and wearing a single earring, He holds\na plow on His back with His two beautiful and well-constructed\n\nhands. Appearing as white as the heavenly King lndra, He wears a\ngolden belt around His waist and a vaijayanti garland of ever-fresh\n\ntulasi\n\nblossoms\n\naround\n\nHis\n\nneck.\n\nBees\n\nintoxicated\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nhoneylike fragrance of the tulasi flowers hum very sweetly around\n\nthe garland, which thus becomes more and more beautiful. In this\nway, the Lord enjoys His very magnanimous pastimes.\n\nTEXTS\n�\n\n�!!�lll �TT��T�efil1q'!�Wffl ?.fijlf\nij�C£��H�Tiitl1�;:ij��� flij 311� �f+l�fu\n�\n\n�\n\n�P'.fiUrrt\n\n�\n\n�G�t� lliFI� �l({i��T �H(\\: ij� ij���IJll �lll11fij�: ij��tiHH� II � II\nya e�a evam anu§ruto dhyayamiino mumu�il�m aniidi-kiila-karmaviisanii-grathitam avidyiimayam hrdaya-granthim sattva-rajastamomayam antar-hrdayam gata asu nirbhinatti tasyiinubhiiviin\nbhagaviin sviiyambhuvo niirada/:1, saha tumburu� sabhiiyam\nbrahmar:wJ:t samslokayiim iisa.\n\nyalz-who; e,mlz-this one; evam -thus; anu.Sruta lz-being heard\nfrom a bona fide spiritual master; dhyayamiinalz\n\n-\n\nbeing meditated\n\nupon; mumu�il�m-of persons desiring liberation from conditioned\nlife;\n\naniidi-from immemorial; kala-time; karma-viisanii-by the\n\ndesire for fruitive activities; grathitam-tied tightly; avidyii-mayamconsisting of the illusory energy; hrdaya-granthim-the knot within the\nheart;\n\nsattva-raja/:1,-tama!z-mayam-made\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nthree\n\nmodes\n\nof\n\nmaterial nature; anta/:1,-hrdayam-in the core of the heart; gata/:1, -situ\nated;\n\niisu-very soon; nirbhinatti-cuts;\n\nanubhiiv iin-the\n\nglories;\n\nbha gav iin\n\n-\n\n­\n\ntasya -of Sari.karf?af,la;\n\nthe\n\ngreatly\n\npo werful;\n\nsviiyambhuva/:1,-the son of Lord Brahma; niirada/:1,-the sage Narada;\nsaha -along with; tumbur u�-the stringed instrument called a Tum-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0450": "Text 8]\n\nThe Glories of Lord Ananta\n\n419\n\nsabhayam-in the assembly; brahmai)Jlb,-of Lord Brahma;\nsamslokayam lisa-described in verses.\n\nburu;\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf persons who are very serious about being liberated from\nmaterial life hear the glories of Anantadeva from the mouth of a\nspiritual master in the chain of disciplic succession, and if they always meditate upon Sruikar�ai,la, the Lord enters the cores of their\nhearts, vanquishes all the dirty contamination of the material\nmodes of nature, and cuts to pieces the hard knot within the heart,\nwhich has been tied tightly since time immemorial by the desire to\ndominate material nature through fruitive activities. Narada Muni,\nthe son of Lord Brahma, always glorifies Anantadeva in his father's\nassembly. There he sings blissful verses of his own composition,\naccompanied by his stringed instrument\n\n[or a celestial singer ]\n\nknown as Tumburu.\nPURPORT\nNone of these descriptions of Lord Anantadeva are imaginary. They\nare all transcendentally blissful and full of actual knowledge. However,\nunless one hears them directly from a bona fide spiritual master in the\nline of disciplic succession, one cannot understand them. This knowledge\nis delivered to Narada by Lord Brahma, and the great saint Narada, along\nwith his companion, Tumburu, distributes it all over the universe. Sometimes the Supreme Personality of Godhead is described as Uttamasloka,\none who is praised by beautiful poetry. Narada composes various poems\nto glorify Lord Ananta, and therefore the word\n\nsamslokayam lisa\n\n(praised by selected poetry) is used in this verse.\nThe Vai�I:J.avas in the Gauqiya-sampradaya belong to the disciplic succession stemming from Lord Brahma. Lord Brahma is the spiritual\nmaster of Narada, Narada is the spiritual master of Vyasadeva, and\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam as a commentary on the\nVedanta-sutra. Therefore all devotees in the Gauqiya-sampradaya accept\nthe activities of Lord Ananta related in the Srimad-Bhagavatam as\nVyasadeva wrote the\n\nauthentic, and they are thus benefited by going back home, back to\n\n", "SB5.2#p0451": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n420\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 25\n\nGodhead. The contamination in the heart of a conditioned soul is like a\nhuge accumulation of garbage created by the three modes of material\nnature, especially the modes of rajas (passion) and tamas (ignorance) .\nThis contamination becomes manifest in the form of lusty desires and\ngreed for material possessions. As confirmed herein, unless one receives\ntranscendental knowledge in disciplic succession, there is no question of\nhis becoming purified of this contamination.\nTEXT9\n\n�f����;:r.i'ts� �qn\n\nij�t: 3J�fagun �a:r�ss� 1\n\nqq\n\n��l{�\n\n���'1'!.\n\n;n;JNWfi� & � � tH� II � II\n\nutpatti-sthiti-laya-hetavo 'sya kalpa�\nsattvtidya� prakrti-gur:zii, yad-ik$ayasan\nyad-rupam dhruvam akrtam yad ekam atman\nnantidhat katham u ha veda tasya vartma\nutpatti-of creation;\n\nsthiti-maintenance;\n\nlaya -and dissolution;\n\nhetava�-the original causes; asya-of this material world; kalpa�­\n\ncapable of acting; sattva-tidya�-headed by the sattva-gur:w-; prakrtigur:zii, � - the modes of material nature; yat-of whom; ik$aya-by the\nglance; asan-became; yat- rupam -the form of whom; dhruvamunlimited;\n\nakrtam-uncreated;\n\nyat -who;\n\nekam-one;\n\natman-in\n\nHimself; nand-variously; adhat-has manifested; katham -how; u\nha-certainly; veda-can understand; tasya-His; vartma -path .\nTRANSLATION\nBy His glance, the Supreme Personality of Godhead enables the\n\nmodes of material nature to act as the causes of universal creation,\n\nmaintenance and destruction. The Supreme Soul is unlimited and\n\nbeginningless, and although He is one, He has manifested Himself\n\nin many forms. How can human society understand the ways of the\n\nSupreme?\n\n", "SB5.2#p0452": "The Glories of Lord Ananta\n\nText 9]\n\n421\n\nPURPORT\nFrom Vedic literature we learn that when the Supreme Lord glances\n\n(sa ai/cyata) over the material energy, the three modes of material nature\nbecome manifest and create material variety. Before He glances over the\nmaterial energy, there is no possibility of the creation, maintenance and\nannihilation of the material world. The Lord existed before the creation,\nand consequently He is eternal and unchanging. Therefore how can any\nhuman being, however great a scientist or philosopher he may be, understand the ways of the Supreme Personality of Godhead?\nThe\n\nfollowing\n\nquotations\n\nfrom\n\nCaitanya-bhiigavata\n\nkhaTJ4a, 1.48-52 and 1.58-69) tell of the glories of Lord Ananta:\n\n(Adi­\n\nki brahmii, ki siva, ki sanakiidi 'kumiira'\nvyasa, suka, naradadi, 'bhakta' nama yanra\n\"Lord Brahma, Lord Siva, the four Kumaras [Sanaka, Sanatana, Sanan­\n\ndana and Sanat-kumara ] , Vyasadeva, Sukadeva Gosvami and Narada are\nall pure devotees, eternal servants of the Lord.\n\nsahara piljita sri-ananta-mahaSaya\nsahasra-vadana prabhu- bhakti-rasamaya\n\"Lord Sri Ananta is worshiped by all the uncontaminated devotees mentioned above. He has thousands of hoods and is the reservoir of all devotional service.\n\nadideva, maha-yogi, 'iSvara', 'vai$�va'\nmahimiira anta inha nii janaye saba\n\n\"Lord Ananta is the original person and the great mystic controller. At\nthe same time, He is a servant of God, a Vair;n�ava. Since there is no end\nto His glories, no one can understand Him fully.\n\nsevana sunilii, ebe suna thakurala\natma-tantre yena-mate vaisena patala\n\"I have already spoken to you of His service to the Lord. Now hear how\nthe self-sufficient Anantadeva exists in the lower planetary system of\nPatala.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0453": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n422\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 25\n\nsri-niirada-gosafii 'tumburu' kari' sarige\nse ya§a gayena brahmii-sthiine sloka-vandhe\n'\"Bearing his stringed instrument, the tumburu, on his shoulders, the\ngreat sage Narada Muni always glorifies Lord Ananta. Narada Muni has\ncomposed many transcendental verses in praise of the Lord.\"\n\nsr$!i, sthiti, pralaya, sattviidi yata gur:m\nyarira dmi-piite haya, yaya puna� puna�\n''Simply due to the glance of Lord Ananta, the three material modes of\nnature interact and produce creation, maintenance and annihilation.\nThese modes of nature appear again and again.\n\nadvitiya-rupa, satya aniidi mahattva\ntathiipi 'ananta' haya, ke bujhe se tattva?\n\"The Lord is glorified as one without a second and as the supreme truth\nwho has no beginning. Therefore He is called Anantadeva [unlimited ] .\nWho can understand Him?\n\nsuddha-sattva-murti prabhu dharena karuT}ilya\nye-vigrahe sabiira prakiiSa suliliiya\n\"His form is completely spiritual, and He manifests it only by His mercy.\nAll the activities in this material world are conducted only in His form.\n\nyarihiira tarariga sikhi' simha mahiivali\nnija-jana-mano rafije hafiii kutuhali\n\"He is very powerful and always prepared to please His personal associates and devotees.\n\nye ananta-niimera sravana-sarikirtane\nye-te mate kene niihi bole ye-te jane\naSe$a-janmera bandha chir:u;le sei-k$ar:£e\nataeva vai$r:mva nii chal}e kabhu tiine\n\n", "SB5.2#p0454": "Text 9]\n\nThe Glories of Lord Ananta\n\n423\n\n\"If we simply try to engage in the congregational chanting of the glories\nof Lord Anantadeva, the dirty things in our hearts, accumulated during\n\nmany births, will immediately be washed away. Therefore a Vai�I)ava\n\nnever loses an opportunity to glorify Anantadeva.\n\n'se$a' ba-i sarhsarera gati nahi ara\nanantera name sarva-jivera uddhara\n\"Lord Anantadeva is known as Se�a [the unlimited end] because He ends\n\nour passage through this material world. Simply by chanting His glories,\n\neveryone can be liberated.\n\nananta prthivi-giri samudra-sahite\nye-prabhu dharena gire palana karite\n\"On His head, Anantadeva sustains the entire universe, with its millions\n\nof planets containing enormous oceans and mountains.\n\nsahasra phar_tiira eka-phar:te 'bindu' yena\nananta vikrama, na janena, 'ache' hena\n\"He is so large and powerful that this universe rests on one of His hoods\n\njust like a drop of water. He does not know where it is.\n\nsahasra-vadane kr$r:w-ya5a nirantara\ngaite achena adi-deva mahi-dhara\n\"While bearing the universe on one of His hoods, Anantadeva chants the\n\nglories of Kr�f.la with each of His thousands of mouths.\n\ngayena ananta, sri-ya5era nahi anta\njaya-bhariga nahi karu, dorihe-balavanta\n\"Although He has been chanting the glories of Lord Kr�f.la since time\n\nimmemorial, He has still not come to their end.\n\nadyapiha 'se$a'-deva sahasra-sri-mukhe\ngayena caitanya-ya5a anta nahi dekhe\n\n", "SB5.2#p0455": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n424\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 25\n\n·'To this very day, Lord Ananta continues to chant the glories of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, and still He finds no end to them.\"\nTEXT 10\n\n�ffl �: ���q1.fl �llH ij��\n� ij�l�G: FfllTT<J\n��f\n���l(\\�S'lCf�T.\n\n.\n\n,...\n\n�tf!\n\n�Cf\n\n.\n\n\"\n\n,...,\n\n� I\n\nif��9:G:lNt�: II Z II\no\n\nmilrtirh na/:t puru-krpayii babhiira sattvarh\nsarhSuddham sad-asad idam vibhiiti tatra\nyal-liliirh mrga-patir iidade 'navadyam\niidiiturh svajana-maniirhsy udiira-virya/:t\nmilrtim-different forms of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nna/:t-unto us; puru-krpayii-because of great mercy; babhiira-ex­\n\nhibited; sattvam-existence; sarhSuddham-completely transcendental;\n\nsat-asat idam-this material manifestation of cause and effect; vibhiiti­\n\nshines; tatra-in whom; yat-liliim-the pastimes of whom; mrga­\n\npati/:t-the master of all living beings, who is exactly like a lion (the\n\nmaster of all other animals); iidade-taught; anavadyiim-without\n\nmaterial contamination; iidiitum-to conquer; sva-jana-maniirhsi-the\nminds of His devotees; udiira-virya/:t-who is most liberal and powerful.\nTRANSLATION\nThis manifestation of subtle and gross matter exists within the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Out of causeless mercy toward\nHis devotees, He exhibits various forms, which are all transcen­\n\ndental. The Supreme Lord is most liberal, and He possesses all\n\nmystic power. To conquer the minds of His devotees and give\n\npleasure to their hearts, He appears in different incarnations and\n\nmanifests many pastimes.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSrila ]iva Gosvami has translated this verse as follows. \"The Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead is the cause of all causes. It is by His will that\n\n", "SB5.2#p0456": "Text\n\nll]\n\nThe Glories of Lord Ananta\n\n425\n\ngross and subtle ingredients interact. He appears in various incarnations\n\njust to please the hearts of His pure devotees.\" For example, the\nSupreme Lord appeared in the transcendental incarnation of Lord\nVaraha (the boar) just to please His devotees by lifting the planet earth\n\nfrom the Garbhodaka Ocean.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n�ij;J�!tfihl���({tm qt �R qfmn ���n� 1\n&���&: ijq� �IT(���\ntli �q�rf.«f 3ll��;:ijij�: II��II\n�HI\n\nyan-nama srutam anukirtayed akasmad\n\narto va yadi patita� pralambhanad va\n\nhanty amha� sapadi nr�m a§e�am anyam\nkarh §e�ad bhagavata asrayen mumu�u�\n\nyat-of\n\nwhom;\n\nnama-the\n\nholy\n\nname;\n\nsrutam-heard;\n\nanukirtayet-may chant or repeat; akasmat-by accident; arta�-a dis­\n\ntressed\n\nperson;\n\nva-or;\n\nyadi-if;\n\npatita�-a\n\nsapadi-that\n\ninstant;\n\nnr�m-of\n\nhuman\n\nfallen\n\nperson:\n\npralambhanat-out of joking; va-or; hanti-destroys; amha�-sin­\n\nful;\n\nunlimited;\n\nanyam-of other;\n\nkam-what;\n\nsociety;\n\na§e�am­\n\nse�at-than Lord Se!?a:\n\nbhagavata�-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; asrayet-should\n\ntake shelter of; mumu�u}:!,-anyone desiring liberation.\nTRANSLATION\nEven if he be distressed or degraded, any person who chants the\n\nholy name of the Lord, having heard it from a bona fide spiritual\n\nmaster, is immediately purified. Even if he chants the Lord's name\n\njokingly or by chance, he and anyone who hears him are freed\n\nfrom all sins. Therefore how can anyone seeking disentanglement\nfrom the material clutches avoid chanting the name of Lord Se�a?\n\nOf whom else should one take shelter?\n\n", "SB5.2#p0457": "426\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 12\n\n��ftfijq?J���1\n\n4{ilt� ijfilftijfhij�mq-� 1\n\natf.l�r�f;W{ijfer� 41,�:\n� q-'h:ttotrNfliJI��ij����: II Z �II\nmurdhany arpitam a�uvat sahasra-murdhno\nbhu-golam sagiri-sarit-samudra-sattvam\nanantyad animita-vikramasya bhumna/:t\nko virya�y adhi ga�yet sahasra-jihva/:t\nmurdhani-on a hood or head; arpitam-fixed; a�u-vat-j ust like an\natom; sahasra-murdhna/:t-of Ananta, who has thousands of hoods;\nbhu-golam-this universe; sa-giri-sarit-samudra-sattvam-with many\nmountains, trees, oceans and living entities; anantyat-due to being\nunlimited; animita-vikramasya-whose power is immeasurable; bhumna/:t-the Supreme Lord; ka/:t-who; virya�i-potencies ; adhi-indeed; ga�ayet-can count; sahasra-jihva/:t-although having thousands\nof tongues.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nBecause the Lord is unlimited, no one can estimate His power.\n\nThis entire universe, filled with its many great mountains, rivers,\n\noceans, trees and living entities, is resting just like an atom on one\nof His many thousands of hoods. Is there anyone, even with thou­\n\nsands of tongues, who can describe His glories?\nTEXT 13\n�\n\n�q;sr+nqt\n\n�\n\n�qf.l\";J;=cn\n\n��'T���IJlGmq-: I\n� �Ritrl: f�ij m�;:;r{\n� �TZ?tfl �qf f�a� f�ffi II Z �II\nevam-prabhavo bhagavan ananto\nduranta-viryoru-gu�nubhava/:t\n\n", "SB5.2#p0458": "Text 14)\n\n427\n\nThe Glories of Lord Ananta\nmule rasaya� sthita atma-tantro\nyo lilaya /cymarh sthitaye bibharti\n\nevam-prabhava�-who is so powerful; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ananta�-Ananta; duranta-virya-insurmountable prowess; uru-great; gu�-anubhava�-possessing transcendental\nqualities and glories; mule-at the base; rasaya�-of the lower planetary\n\nsystems;\n\nsthita�-existing;\n\natma-tantra�-completely\n\nself­\n\nsufficient; ya�-who; lilaya-easily; /cymam-the universe; sthitayefor its maintenance; bibharti-sustains.\nTRANSLATION\nThere is no end to the great and glorious qualities of that powerful Lord Anantadeva. Indeed, His prowess is unlimited. Though\nself-sufficient, He Himself is the support of everything. He resides\nbeneath the lower planetary systems and easily sustains the entire\nuniverse.\n\neta hy eveha nrbhir upagantavya gatayo yatha-karma-vinirmita\nyathopadesam anuva�ita� kaman kamayamanai�.\netd�-al1 these; hi-indeed; eva-certainly; iha-in this universe;\n\nnrbhi�-by all living entities; upagantavya�-achievable; gataya�destinations; yatha-karma-according to one's past activities; vinirmita�-created;\n\nyatha-upadesam-as instructed;\n\nanuva�ita�-de­\n\nscribed accordingly; kaman-material enjoyment; kamayamanai�-by\nthose who are desiring.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, as I heard of it from my spiritual master, I have\nfully described to you the creation of this material world according\nto the fruitive activities and desires of the conditioned souls.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0459": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n428\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 25\n\nThose conditioned souls, who are full of material desires, achieve\n\nvarious situations in different planetary systems, and in this way\n\nthey live within this material creation.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this regard, Srlla Bhaktivinoda Thakura sings,\n\naniidi karama-phale,\npa<)i' bhaviin:r-ava-jale,\ntaribiire nii dekhi upiiya\n\"My Lord, I do not know when I commenced my material life, but I can\n\ncertainly experience that I have fallen in the deep ocean of nescience.\n\nNow I can also see that there is no other way to get out of it than to take\n\nshelter of Your lotus feet.\" Similarly, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu offers\n\nthe following prayer:\n\nayi nanda-tanuja kinkaram\npatitarh miim v�ame bhaviimbudhau\nkrpayii tava piida-pankajasthita-dhuli-sadrsarh vicintaya\n\"My dear Lord, son of Nanda Maharaja, I am Your eternal servant.\n\nSomehow or other, I have fallen into this ocean of nescience. Kindly,\ntherefore, save me from this horrible condition of materialistic life.\"\n\nftt:;;�\n\n�ij I�\n\nFrfrffi\n\nTEXT 15\n•\n\n\"\n\n�\n\nt::;\n\nml��: Sfl���lUT�-P·�� I�T�iffl 'tf ���\n�� Otfl�� Pfilt��flt �fij II � � II\n\netiivatir hi riijan pumsa}:t pravrtti-lak§ar:w-sya dharmasya vipiika-gataya\nucciivacii visadrsa yathii-pra5nam vyiicakhye kim anyat kathayiima iti.\netiivati/:t-of such a kind; hi-certainly; riijan-0 King; pumsa}:t-of\n\nthe human being; pravrtti- lak§ar:w-sya - symp tomiz ed by inclinations;\n\nd harmasya-of the execution of duties; vipiika-gataya/:t-the resultant\n\n", "SB5.2#p0460": "Text 15]\n\nThe Glories of Lord Ananta\n\n429\n\ndestinations; ucca-avaca�-high and low; visadrsa�-different; yatha­\n\npra§nam-as you inquired; vyacakhye-1 have described; kim anyatwhat else; kathayama-shall I speak; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear King, I have thus described how people generally act according to their different desires and, as a result, get different\ntypes of bodies in higher or lower planets. You inquired of these\nthings from me, and I have explained to you whatever I have heard\nfrom authorities. What shall I speak of now?\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Twenty-fifth\n\nChapter of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Glories of Lord\nAnanta.\"\n\n", "SB5.2#p0461": "CHAPTER TWENTY -SIX\n\nA Description of the Hellish Planets\nThe Twenty-sixth Chapter describes how a sinful man goes to different\nhells, where he is punished in various ways by the assistants of Yamaraja.\nAs stated in the Bhagavad-gitii (3.27):\n\nprakrte/:t kriyama�ni\ngu7Jai/:t karmii\"{!i sarvasa/:t\nahmikiira-vimiu),hatma\nkartiiham iti manyate\n\"The bewildered spirit soul, under the influence of the three modes of\n\nmaterial nature, thinks himself to be the doer of activities, which are in\nactuality carried out by nature.\" The foolish person thinks he is indepen­\n\ndent of any law. He thinks there is no God or regulative principle and\n\nthat he can do whatever he likes. Thus he engages in different sinful ac­\n\ntivities, and as a result, he is put into different hellish conditions life\n\nafter life, to be punished by the laws of nature. The basic principle of his\n\nsuffering is that he foolishly thinks himself independent, although he is\n\nstrictly under the control of the laws of material nature. These laws act\ndue to the influence of the three modes of nature, and therefore each\nhuman being also works under three different types of influence. Ac­\n\ncording to how he acts, he suffers different reactions in his next life or in\n\nthis life. Religious persons act differently from atheists, and therefore\nthey suffer different reactions.\nSukadeva\n\nTamisra,\n\nGosviimi\n\ndescribes\n\nAndhatamisra,\n\nKalasiltra,\n\nAsi-patravana,\n\nQarodha,\n\nVisasana,\n\nthe\n\nRaurava,\n\nfollowing\n\ntwenty-eight\n\nMaharaurava,\n\nSukaramukha,\n\nAndhakilpa.\n\nhells:\n\nKumbhipaka.\n\n�mibhojana.\n\nSandamsa, Taptasiirmi, VajrakaQ�aka-salmali, VaitaraQi. Puyoda. PraK�arakardama,\n\nLalabhak�a,\n\nSarameyadana.\n\nRak�ogaQa-bhojana,\n\nSulaprota,\n\nnirodhana, Paryavartana and Siicimukha.\n\n431\n\nAvlci.\n\nAya�pana.\n\nDandasiika.\n\nAva�a­\n\n", "SB5.2#p0462": "432\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nA person who steals another's money, wife or possessions is put into\nthe hell known as Tamisra. A man who tricks someone and enjoys his\nwife is put into the extremely hellish condition known as Andhatamisra.\nA foolish person absorbed in the bodily concept of life, who on the basis\nof this principle maintains himself or his wife and children by committing violence against other living entities, is put into the hell known as\nRaurava. There the animals he killed take birth as creatures called rurus\nand cause great suffering for him. Those who kill different animals and\nbirds and then cook them are put by the agents of Yamaraja into the hell\nknown as Kumbhipaka, where they are boiled in oil. A person who kills a\nbrahmar:ta is put into the hell known as Kalasiitra, where the land, perfectly level and made of copper, is as hot as an oven. The killer of a\nbrahmar:ta burns in that land for many years. One who does not follow\nscriptural injunctions but who does everything whimsically or follows\nsome rascal is put into the hell known as Asi-patravana. A government\nofficial who poorly administers justice, or who punishes an innocent man,\nis taken by the assistants of Yamaraja to the hell known as Siikaramukha,\nwhere he is mercilessly beaten.\nGod has given advanced consciousness to the human being. Therefore\nhe can feel the suffering and happiness of other living beings. The\nhuman being bereft of his conscience, however, is prone to cause suffering for other living beings. The assistants of Yamaraja put such a person\ninto the hell known as Andhakiipa, where he receives proper punishment from his victims. Any person who does not receive or feed a guest\nproperly but who personally enjoys eating is put into the hell known as\nKrmibhojana. There an unlimited number of worms and insects continuously bite him.\nA thief is put into the hell known as Sandamsa. A person who has\nsexual relations with a woman who is not to be enjoyed is put into the\nhell known as Taptasiirmi. A person who enjoys sexual relations with\nanimals is put into the hell known as Vajrakarnaka-salamali. A person\nborn into an aristocratic or highly placed family but who does not act accordingly is put into the hellish trench of blood, pus and urine called the\nVaitara1_1i River. One who lives like an animal is put into the hell called\nPiiyoda. A person who mercilessly kills animals in the forest without\nsanction is put into the hell called Pra1_1arodha. A person who kills\n\n", "SB5.2#p0463": "Text l)\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\n433\n\nanimals in the name of religious sacrifice is put into the hell named\n\nVisasana. A man who forces his wife to drink his semen is put into the\n\nhell called Lalabhak�a. One who sets a fire or administers poison to kill\n\nsomeone is put into the hell known as Sarameyadana. A man who earns\n\nhis livelihood by bearing false witness is put into the hell known as\nAvlci.\n\nA person addicted to drinking wine is put into the hell named\n\nAya}:lpana. One who violates etiquette by not showing proper respect to\n\nsuperiors is put into the hell known as K�arakardama. A person who\nsacrifices human beings to Bhairava is put into the hell called Rak�ogaiJa­\n\nbhojana. A person who kills pet animals is put into the hell called\nSulaprota. A person who gives trouble to others is put into the hell\n\nknown as Dandasuka. One who imprisons a living entity within a cave is\nput into the hell known as Ava�a-nirodhana. A person who shows unwar­\n\nranted wrath toward a guest in his house is put into the hell called\nParyavartana. A person maddened by possessing riches and thus deeply\n\nabsorbed in thinking of how to collect money is put into the hell known\nas Suclmukha.\n\nAfter describing the hellish planets, Sukadeva Gosvami describes how\n\npious persons are elevated to the highest planetary system, where the\n\ndemigods live, and how they then come back again to this earth when the\n\nresults of their pious activities are finished. Finally he describes the\nuniversal form of the Lord and glorifies the Lord's activities.\n\nTEXT l\n\n�PI�\n<:'\n\n�....\n\n•\n\n'\"'\n\n'\"''\"'\n\ntl�'l �(l�f=q?� �� tfi�tl\"T(l II Z II\nriijovaca\nmahar�a etad vaicitryarh lokasya katham iti.\nra1a uviica-the King said;\n\nGosvami); etat-this; va icitryam\n\nmahar�e-0 great saint (Sukadeva\n-\n\nvariegatedness; lokasya-of the liv­\n\ning entities; katham-how; iti-thus.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0464": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n434\n\n(Canto 5, Ch.26\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik�it inquired from Sukadeva Gosvami: My dear sir,\n\nwhy are the living entities put into different material situations?\nKindly explain this to me.\n\nPURPORT\nSri:la Visvanatha Cakravartl Thakura explains that the different\n\nhellish planets within this universe are held slightly above the\n\nGarbhodaka Ocean and remain situated there. This chapter describes\nhow all sinful persons go to these hellish planets and how they are\n\npunished there by the assistants of Yamaraja. Different individuals with\n\ndifferent bodily features enjoy or suffer various reactions according to\n\ntheir past deeds.\n\nTEXT2\n\n';fj·(q\"tiqT�\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\nN�UJ�;\"{T�ij: �:[({T tfil1�:\n\"'\n\n�\n\n'P-n�m:\n\n�\n\ni:IHI:f;(i\";f �T� II � II\n!\"$ir uvaca\n\ntri-gur:uz,tvat kartu/:1, sraddhaya karma-gataya/:1, prthag-vidhii/:1, sarva\n\neva sarvasya taratamyena bhavanti.\n\nr$i/:t uvaca-the great saint (Sukadeva Gosvami) said; tri-gu�tvat­\n\nbecause of the three modes of material nature; kartu/:1,-of the worker;\n\nsraddhaya-because of the attitudes;\n\nkarma-gataya/:1,-destinations\n\nresulting from activity; prthak-different; vidha/:1,-varieties; sarva/:1,­\n\nall; eva-thus; sarvasya-of all of them; taratamyena-in different\ndegrees; bhavanti-become possible.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Sukadeva Gosvami said: My dear King, in this\n\nmaterial world there are three kinds of activities-those in the\nmode of goodness, the mode of passion and the mode of ig­\n\nnorance. Because all people are influenced by the three modes of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0465": "]\n\nText3\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\n435\n\nmaterial nature, the results of their activities are also divided into\nthree. One who acts in the mode of goodness is religious and\nhappy, one who acts in passion achieves mixed misery and happiness, and one who acts under the influence of ignorance is always\nunhappy and lives like an animal. Because of the varying degrees\nto which the living entities are influenced by the different modes\nof nature, their destinations are also of different varieties.\n\nTEXT3\n\nar��;ff �foftf����� �� Cfi�: �:[TtJT �m�������\nfcn.r�� llCIRr �� ��l� ��T <t;otliT�Fff\nmqfian;reaJIJfl:\n(' ,...\n��: ij'ffi�:��arm sn��or\"\"P'4�\ntt\n�TTT: 11�11\n.\n\n�\n\nathediinim prati$iddha-la�aT}AlSyiidharmasya tathaiva kartu/:t\nsraddhaya vaisadrsyat karma-phalam visadrsam bhavati ya hy anadyavidyaya krta-kiimiiniim tat-parir:uJ,ma-la�ar:uJ,/:t srtaya/:t sahasra§a/:t\npravrttas tiisiim priicuryel')iinuvarr:wyi$yama/:t.\natha-thus; idiinim-now; prati$iddha-by what is forbidden; lak�aT}AlSya- sy mptomized; adharmasya-of impious activities; tathii-so\nalso; eva-certainly; kartu/:t-of the performer; sraddhiiya/:t-of faith:\n\nvaisadrsyat-by the difference; ka rma-phalam-the reaction of fruitive\nactivities: visadrsam-different: bhavati-is; ya-which; hi-indeed;\naniidi-from time immemorial; avidyaya-by ignorance: krta-per formed; kiimiiniim-of persons possessing many lusty desires: tat­\n\nparil')iima-la�a7Jii/:t-the symptoms of the results of such impious\ndesires; srtaya/:t-hellish conditions of life; sahasra§a/:t-by thousands\nupon thousands; pravrtta /:t-resulted; tiisiim-them; priicurye�-very\nwidely; anuvarr:wyi$yiima/:t-I shall explain.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust as by executing various pious activities one achieves\ndifferent positions in heavenly life, by acting impiously one\n\n", "SB5.2#p0466": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n436\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nachieves different positions in hellish life. Those who are activated\nby the material mode of ignorance engage in impious activities,\n\nand according to the extent of their ignorance, they are placed in\ndifferent grades of hellish life. If one acts in the mode of ig­\n\nnorance because of madness, his resulting misery is the least\n\nsevere. One who acts impiously but knows the distinction between\n\npious and impious activities is placed in a hell of intermediate\n\nseverity. And for one who acts impiously and ignorantly because\nof atheism, the resultant hellish life is the worst. Because of ig­\n\nnorance, every living entity has been carried by various desires\ninto thousands of different hellish planets since time immemorial.\nI shall try to describe them as far as possible.\n\nTEXT4\n\n\"(T:JITcl/ �\n\n� ��f4�\n\n��T ';{Tl{ llff�\n\"' \"'\n\nr-.\n\n3llm��U� �Hf II � II\nrajovaca\nnarakii nama bhagavan kim desa-viSe$a athava bahis tri-lokya\nahosvid antarala iti.\n\nraja u vaca-the King said; narakii�-the hellish regions;\n\nnama­\n\nnamed; bhagavan-0 my Lord; kim-whether; desa-viSe$a�-a particular country;\n\nathava-or;\n\nworlds (the universe);\n\nbahi�-outside;\n\nahosvit-or;\n\ntri-lokya�-the three\n\nantarale-in the intermediate\n\nspaces within the universe; iti-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik�it inquired from Sukadeva Gosviimi: My dear lord,\n\nare the hellish regions outside the universe, within the covering of\nthe universe, or in different places on this planet?\n\n", "SB5.2#p0467": "The Hellish Planets\n\nText 5)\n\n437\n\nTEXTS\n\n!ff(q�\n3Ti=oU� �;r T?f���\n\nRfu �f�IJI�����if�qft!N\n\niil�t��u�if��t�:\nfq(lfll1fr f�fu ���j rrl?frart tRitUT\nQml'\"l'IT Q��� �cnfuq 3ltmGFH ft:� Q� II � II\n!$ir uvaca\nantarala eva tri-jagatyas tu di.Si da/cyi�J-asyam adhastad bhumer\nupari$tac ca jalad yasyam agni$vattadaya/:t pitr-ga1J,ti di.Si svanam\ngotralJ-tirh parame�J-a samadhina satya evasi$a asiisana nivasanti.\n!$i/:t uvaca-the great sage replied; antarale-in the intermediate\nspace;\n\neva-certainly;\n\ntri-jagatya/:t-of the three worlds; tu-but;\n\ndi.Si-in the direction; da/cyi1J,asyam-southern;\n\nadhastat-beneath;\n\nbhume/:t-on the earth; upari$!at-a little above; ca-and; jalat-the\nGarbhodaka Ocean; yasyam-in which; agni$vatta-adaya/:t-headed by\nAgni!?vatta; pitr-galJ-ti/:t-the persons known as pitas; di.Si-direction;\nsvanam-their\n\nown;\n\ngotra1J,tim-of the\n\nfamilies;\n\nparame�J-a-with\n\ngreat; samadhina-absorption in thoughts of the Lord; satya/:t-in\ntruth;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nasi$a/:t-blessings;\n\nasiisana/:t-desiring; nwa­\n\nsanti-they live.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Sukadeva Gosviimi answered: All the hellish\n\nplanets are situated in the intermediate space between the three\nworlds and the Garbhodaka Ocean. They lie on the southern side\n\nof the universe, beneath Bhii-ma:J.l<J.ala, and slightly above the\n\nwater of the Garbhodaka Ocean. Pitrloka is also located in this\n\nregion between the Garbhodaka Ocean and the lower planetary\nsystems. All the residents of Pitrloka, headed by Agni!?viitta, medi­\n\ntate in great samadhi on the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\nalways wish their families well.\n\nPURPORT\nAs previously explained, below our planetary system are seven lower\nplanetary systems, the lowest of which is called Patalaloka. Beneath\n\n", "SB5.2#p0468": "438\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nPatalaloka are other planets, known as Narakaloka, or the hellish\nplanets. At the bottom of the universe lies the Garbhodaka Ocean.\nTherefore the hellish planets lie between Patalaloka and the Garbhodaka\nOcean.\nTEXT6\n\n�� � ��;r +m;;rt\"l fq<roiiiT �tTm:\n\n�n:ij,; ��T�'{t�\n�WlN II &_ II\n\n�f.fqtf mfrffl'� ���il�'!\n�T'llf��f��if.l:q§HJ�: B\"ilUTT G:+i\n\nyatra ha vava bhagavan pitr-rajo vaivasvata/:t sva-v�ayam prapite�u\nsva-pur�air jant�u samparete�u yatha-karmiivadyam do�am\nevanullarighita-bhagavac-chasana/:t sagar.w darnam dharayati.\nyatra-where ; ha vava-indeed; bhagavan\n\n-\n\nthe most powerful;\n\npitr-raja/:t-Yamaraja, the king of the pitas; vaivasvata/:t-the son of the\nsun-god; sva-v�ayam-his own kingdom; prapite�u-when caused to\nreach; sva-pur�ai/:t-by his own messengers; jant�u-the human\nbeings; samparete�u-dead ; yatha-kar rna-avadyam-according to how\nmuch they have violated the rules and regulations of conditional life;\ndo�am-the fault; eva-certainly;\n\nanullarighita-bhagavat-sasana/:t­\n\nwho never oversteps the Supreme Personality of Godhead's order; saga�ft-a!ong with his followers; darnam-punishmenl; dharayatiexecutes.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King of the pitas is Yamaraja, the very powerful son of the\n\nsun-god. He resides in Pit:rloka with his personal assistants and,\n\nwhile abiding by the rules and regulations set down by the\n\nSupreme Lord, has his agents, the Yamadiitas, bring all the sinful\n\nmen to him immediately upon their death. After bringing them\nwithin his jurisdiction, he properly judges them according to their\n\nspecific sinful activities and sends them to one of the many hellish\n\nplanets for suitable punishments.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0469": "The Hellish Planets\n\nText 7]\n\n439\n\nPURPORT\nYamaraja is not a fictitious or mythological character; he has his own\n\nabode, Pit�loka, of which he is king. Agnostics may not believe in hell,\n\nbut Sukadeva Gosvami affirms the existence of the Naraka planets,\nwhich lie between the Garbhodaka Ocean and Patalaloka. Yamaraja is ap­\n\npointed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead to see that the human\n\nbeings do not violate His rules and regulations. As confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (4.17):\n\nkarmar:w hy api boddhavyarh\nboddhavyarh ca vikarma�/:t\nakarmar:uz§ ca boddhavyarh\ngahanii karmar:w gati/:t\n\"The intricacies of action are very hard to understand. Therefore one\n\nshould know properly what action is, what forbidden action is, and what\ninaction is.\" One should understand the nature of karma, vikarma and\n\nakarma, and one must act accordingly. This is the law of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. The conditioned souls, who have come to this\n\nmaterial world for sense gratification, are allowed to enjoy their senses\n\nunder certain regulative principles. If they violate these regulations, they\n\nare judged and punished by Yamaraja. He brings them to the hellish\n\nplanets and properly chastises them to bring them back to ���a con­\n\nsciousness. By the influence of maya, however, the conditioned souls\n\nremain infatuated with the mode of ignorance. Thus in spite of repeated\n\npunishment by Yamaraja, they do not come to their senses, but continue\n\nto live within the material condition, committing sinful activities again\n\nand again.\n\nTEXT7\n\n�� ��eJiT��r.i�ffi rr!Jftrf;:il 3N Qf�ij tr�Tq�q�aJ!JfilTs��Tq�Tf�s�aT�I iT�ifli�T�h:r: ii�llt'll::t: Cf.T��:{l{f��\n\nq�:rri �T.��&+{o:q �q: iififm��:\n\nij\"O:�����::f;Oc��n<!q�r\n\n", "SB5.2#p0470": "[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nSri mad-Bhiigavatam\n\n440\n\ntatra haike narakiin eka-virhSatirh ga�J-ayanti atha tiirhs te rajan niimarilpa-la�ar:tato 'nukram�yiimas tiimisro 'ndhatamisro rauravo\nmahiiraurava/:t kumbhipiika/:t kiilasiltram asipatravanarh\nsilkaramukham andhakilpa/:t krmibhojana/:t sandarhSas taptasilrmir\nvajrakar:t!aka-salmali vaitarar:ti puyoda/:t prii�J-arodho viSasanarh\nliiliibha�a/:t siirameyadanam avicir aya}:tpiinam iti. kinca �arakardamo\nra�oga�J-a-bhojana/:t sillaproto danda§uko 'va!a-nirodhana}:t\nparyiivartana}:t silcimukham ity �!a-virhSatir narakii vividha-yiitanabhumaya/:t.\n\ntatra-there; ha-certainly; eke-some; narakiin-the hellish\nplanets;\n\neka-vi m satim\n\n-\n\ntw enty -one;\n\ngar:tayanti\n\n-\n\ncount;\n\natka­\n\ntherefore; tan-them; te-unto you; rajan-0 King ; nama-rilpa-lakaccordin g to their names, forms and symptoms;\nanukram�yiima}:t-we shall outline one after another; tiimisra/:t­\n\n§ ar:t ata b,\n\n-\n\nTamisra; andha-tiimisra/:t-Andhatamisra; raurava}:t- Raurava; maharaurava/:t -Ma harau rava; kumbhi-paka/:t -Kumbhlpaka; kiilasiltram-Kalasu tra;\n\nasi-p atravanam- Asi-pa travana;\n\nmukham -Sukaramukha;\n\nandha-kilpa/:t- Andhakiipa;\n\nsilkarakrmi-bho­\n\njana/:t-Krmibhojana; sandarhSa}:t-Sandarhsa; tapta-silrmi/:t- Tap­\n\ntasurmi;\n\nvajra-kar:t!aka-salmali- Vajraka!)�aka-salmalt;\n\nvaitarar:ti­\n\nV a i t a r a!).!; p il y o d a }:t-P u y o d a ; p rar:w- r o d h a /:t -P r al).a r o d h a;\nviSasanam-Visasana; liilii-bha�a }:t-La labhak� a;\n\nSarameyadana;\n\navici/:t-Avici;\n\nkinca-some more;\n\n�iira-kardama/:t-K� ara kardama;\n\nbhojana}:t- Rak�?o ga!)a-bhojana;\nsilka/:t-Dandasiika;\n\nsiirameyiidanam­\n\naya /:t-pa nam-Aya}:Ipana;\n\nra�a}:t-ga�J-a­\n\nsilla-prota/:t- S iilaprota;\n\nava!a nirodhana/:t- Ava�a-ni rodhan a ;\n-\n\ntana}:t-Paryavartana; silci-mukham-Suc!mukha;\n\niti-thus;\ndandaparyavar­\n\niti-in this way;\n\na§ !ii virhsati/:t-tw enty- e i g h t; narakii/:t-hellish planets; vividha-\n\nvarious; yiitana-bhiimaya/:t-lands of suffering in hellish conditions.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0471": "Text\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\n8]\n\n441\n\nTRANSLATION\nSome authorities say that there is a total of twenty-one hellish\n\nplanets, and some say twenty-eight. My dear King, I shall outline\nall of them according to their names, forms and symptoms. The\nnames\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ndifferent\n\nhells\n\nare\n\nas\n\nfollows:\n\nTamisra,\n\nAndhatiimisra, Raurava, Maharaurava, Kumhhipiika, Kiilasiitra,\nAsipatravana,\n\nSiikaramukha,\n\nAndhakiipa,\n\nKrmihhojana,\n\nSan­\n\ndamsa, Taptasiirmi, Vajrak��ka-siilmali, Vaitaral)i, Puyoda, Pra­\n\nl).arodha, Visasana, Liiliihhak�a, Sarameyadana, Avici, Ayal;lpiina,\n\n�arakardama, Rak�og�a-hhojana, Siilaprota, Dandasiika, Avata­\n\nnirodhana, Paryiivartana and Siicimukha. All these planets are\n\nmeant for punishing the living entities.\nTEXTS\n\n�f-:rmq���Tll({�d�\n«\n� tfil�WTW-rit\n����q�fu��TTlf�\n;:r(�\nif��'lR�ij\n�(\\qli{(\\ll�l�f{ijij�'ll�fii�tijf{ll����l;{t\nill t=Q�?T\n'lHlll(\\ij ��� f!�'Rtfu ijlfll�!;ll� II�II\nij� �\n\ntatra yas tu para-vittiipatya-kalatriir:ty apaharati sa hi kiila-pasabaddho yama-purU$air ati-bhayanakais tiimisre narake baliin nipatyate\nana.Saniinudapiina-dar:u}a-tacj.ana-santarjaniidibhir yiitaniibhir\nyatyamiino jantur yatra ka.Smalam iisiidita ekadaiva murcchiim upayati\ntiimisra-praye.\ntatra-in those hellish planets; ya /:£-a person who; tu but; paravitta-apatya-kalatriir:ti-the money, wife and children of another;\napaharati-takes away; sa/:t-that person; hi-certainly; kiila-pasabaddhab,-being bound by the ropes of time or Yamaraja; yamapurU$aib,-by the assistants of Yamaraja; ati-bhayiinakaib,-who are\nvery fearful; tiimisre narake-into the hell known as Tamisra; baliitby force; nipatyate-is thrown; ana.Sana-starvation; anudapiinawithout water; dar:t<;la-tcU;lana-beaten with rods; santarjana-iidibhi!tby scolding and so on; yiitaniibhib,-by severe punishments:\n-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0472": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n442\n\nyatyamanab, -being punished; jantub,-the\nwhere; kaSmalam-misery;\neva-certainly;\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\nliving entity;\n\nasaditab,-obtained;\n\nyatra­\n\nekada-sometimes;\n\nmurccham - fainting ; upayati-obtains; tamisra­\n\npraye -in that condition, which is almost entirely dark.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, a person who appropriates another's legitimate\n\nwife, children or money is arrested at the time of death by the\nfierce Yamadutas, who bind him with the rope of time and forcibly\n\nthrow him into the hellish planet known as Tiimisra. On this very\n\ndark planet, the sinful man is chastised by the Yamadutas, who\n\nbeat and rebuke him. He is starved, and he is given no water to\n\ndrink. Thus the wrathful assistants of Yamaraja cause him severe\n\nsuffering, and sometimes he faints from their chastisement.\nTEXT9\n\nt!;tflftfl�ijl�� �Hij ti�Ttf�t{l �� �RI�l��s...�\nf�q1�;fl ;.rT\\1�1� ?t� ��m����\ntr��r.rrni�tr����!n�w:��nfllt-J ijf!���a' II �II\nevam evandhatamisre yas tu vancayitva purU{iarh daradin upayunkte\nyatra sariri nipatyamano yatana-stho vedanaya �!a-matir �!a-dmiS\nca bhavati yatha vanaspatir vrscyamana-mulas tasmad andhatamisram\ntam upadisanti.\nevam-in this way; eva-certainly; andhatamisre-in the hellish\nplanet known as Andhatamisra;\n\nyab,-the\n\nperson who;\n\ntu-but;\n\nva ncay itva -cheating; purU{iam-another person; dara-adi\"n-the wife\nand children; upayunkte-enjoys; yatra-where; sari\"ri\"-the embodied\nperson; nipatyamanab, - being forcibly thrown; yatana-sthab,-always\nsituated in extremely miserable conditions; vedanaya-by such suffering; n�ta-lost; matib,-whose consciousness; n�ta-lost; dr�!ib-whose sight;\n\nca-also;\n\nbhavati-becomes;\n\nyatha-as much as;\n\nvanaspatib,-the trees; vr§cyamana-being cut; mulab,-whose root;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0473": "443\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\nText 10]\n\ntasmat-because of this; andhatamisram-Andhatamisra; tam-that;\nupadiSanti-they call.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe destination of a person who slyly cheats another man and\nenjoys his wife and children is the hell known as Andhatamisra.\nThere his condition is exactly like that of a tree being chopped at\nits roots. Even before reaching Andhatamisra, the sinful living\nbeing is subjected to various extreme miseries. These afflictions\nare so severe that he loses his intelligence and sight. It is for this\nreason that learned sages call this hell Andhatamisra.\n\nTEXT 10\n,... r-.\n\n\"\n\n���m\n4lQir�Uf\n���\n�W\":Jlfn�f�� ��tf(J � ijf� F£�p;r ��1fr ��it� m:�\nf�rv:ffij II Z II\n�r��� �n �r+mt\no\n\nyas tv iha va etad aham iti mamedam iti bhuta-droher:uz, kevalam svakutumbam evanudinarh prapU$r.uUi sa tad iha vihaya svayam eva tada§ubhena raurave nipatati.\n\nyat£-one who; tu-but; iha-in this life; va-or; etat-this body;\naham-1;\n\niti-thus;\n\nmama-mine;\n\nidam-this;\n\niti-thus;\n\nbhuta­\n\ndroher:uz,-by envy of other living entities; kevalam-alone; sva-kutumbam-his family members; eva-only; anudinam-day to day; prapU$�ti-supports; sat£-such a person; tat-that; iha-here; vihayagiving\n\nup;\n\nsvayam-personally;\n\neva-certainly;\n\ntat-of\n\nthat;\n\na§ubhena-by the sin; raurave-in Raurava; nipatati-he falls down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA person who accepts his body as his self works very hard day\nand night for money to maintain his own body and the bodies of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0474": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n444\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nhis wife and children. While working to maintain himself and his\n\nfamily, he may commit violence against other living entities. Such\n\na person is forced to give up his body and his family at the time of\ndeath, when he suffers the reaction for his envy of other creatures\n\nby being thrown into the hell called Raurava.\nPURPORT\nIn Snmad-Bhagavatam it is said:\n\nyasyatma-buddhi& kuiJape tri-dhatuke\nsva-dhi& kalatradi§u bhauma-ijya-dhi&\nyat-tirtha-buddhi& salile na karhicij\njane§v abhijne§u sa eva go-khara&\n\"One who accepts this bodily bag of three elements [bile, mucus and air]\n\nas his self, who has an affinity for an intimate relationship with his wife\nand children, who considers his land worshipable, who takes bath in the\n\nwaters of the holy places of pilgrimage but never takes advantage of\n\nthose persons who are in actual knowledge-he is no better than an ass\nor a cow.\" (Bhag.\n\n10.84.13) There are two classes of men absorbed in\n\nthe material concept of life. Out of ignorance, a man in the first class\n\nthinks his body to be his self, and therefore he is certainly like an animal\n\n(sa eva go-khara&}. The person in the second class, however, not only\n\nthinks his material body to be his self, but also commits all kinds of sin­\n\nful activities to maintain his body. He cheats everyone to acquire money\n\nfor his family and his self, and he becomes envious of others without\n\nreason. Such a person is thrown into the hell known as Raurava. If one\n\nsimply considers his body to be his self, as do the animals, he is not very\nsinful. However, if one needlessly commits sins to maintain his body, he\nis put into the hell known as Raurava. This is the opinion of Srlla\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura. Although animals are certainly in the\n\nbodily concept of life, they do not commit any sins to maintain their\nbodies, mates or offspring. Therefore animals do not go to hell. However,\n\nwhen a human being acts enviously and cheats others to maintain his\nbody, he is put into a hellish condition.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0475": "Text\n\n11]\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\n445\n\nTEXT II\n\niJ R�& ���t'ffl ��R:fm ��: q� �:pp:mtflmqtffi ff ��\n�NT 4{ftlt � ijit� ��f;:Q �������.. �RRI\n3Jql1_MstHI�Tq�: I j Z � II\nye tv iha yathaivamunii vihirhsita jantava/:L paratra yama-yataniim\nupagatam ta eva ruravo bhutva tatha tam eva vihirhsanti tasmad\nrauravam ity aha rurur iti sarpad ati-krura-sattvasyapadesa/:L.\nye-those who; tu-but; iha-in this life; yatha-as much as; evacertainly; amunii-by him; vihirhsita/:L-who were hurt; jantava/:L-the\nliving entities; paratra-in the next life; yama-yataniim upagatambeing subjected to miserable conditions by Yamaraja; te-those living\nentities; eva-indeed; rurava/:L-rurus (a kind of envious animal);\nbhutva-becoming;\n\ntatha-that\n\nmuch;\n\ntam-him;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nvihirhsanti-they hurt; tasmat-because of this; rauravam-Raurava;\niti-thus; ahu/:L-learned scholars say; ruru/:L-the animal known as\nruru;\n\niti-thus; sarpat-than the snake; ati-krara-much more cruel\n\nand envious; sattvasya-of the entity; apadesa/:L-the name.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this life, an envious person commits violent acts against many\nliving entities. Therefore after his death, when he is taken to hell\nby Yamariija, those living entities who were hurt by him appear as\nanimals called rurus to inflict very severe pain upon him. Learned\nscholars call this hell Raurava. Not generally seen in this world, the\nruru is more envious than a snake.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Sridhara Svami, the ruru is also known as the bhara.srnga (ati-krurasya bhara-srngakhya-sattvasya apade§a/:L samjiiii) . Srila\n]iva Gosvami confirms this in his Sandarbha: ruru-sabdasya svayam\nmuninaiva pka-vidhanalloke$V aprasiddha evayam jantu-viSe$a/:L. Thus\nalthough rurus are not seen in this world, their existence is confirmed in\nthe sastras.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0476": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n446\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nTEXT 12\n\nu:�� �tftffi (i� f;{qfuij �� Sfi?tfl� ;w{ � ��IJf\nq'l(fqf� �: m �1=�: IIZ�II\nevam eva maharauravo yatra nipatitam purW}arh kravyadii nama\nruravas tam kravye1Ja ghatayanti ya& kevalam dehambhara&.\nevam-thus; eva-certainly; maha-rauravah-the hell known as\nMaharaurava; yatra-where; nipatitam-being thrown; purW}am-a\nperson;\n\nkravyadii&\n\nnama-named\n\nkravyada;\n\nrurava&-the\n\nruru\n\nanimals; tam-him (the condemned person); kravye7Ja-for eating his\nflesh; ghatayanti-kill; ya&-who; kevalam - only; dehambhara&intent upon maintaining his own body.\nTRANSLATION\nPunishment in the hell called Mahiiraurava is compulsory for a\n\nperson who maintains his own body by hurting others. In this hell,\nruru animals known as kravyada torment him and eat his flesh.\nPURPORT\n\nThe animalistic person who lives simply in the bodily concept of life is\nnot excused. He is put into the hell known as Maharaurava and attacked\n\nby ruru animals known as kravyiidas.\nTEXT 13\n\n�ft�&\n\nqwr_ q,-� �\nq��uf ��tn�uq. f-1 rrijq�� �llt�n:\nJ����Cf II Z � II\n��\n\n�Jf:\n\n�t:R;:�r.rre�\n�'lqt� Cl��\n\nmiifq\n\nyas tv iha vii ugra& pa.Sun pa�ir.w vii prii7Jata uparandhayati tam\napakaru7Jarh purW}iidair api vigarhitam amutra yamiinucara&\nkumbhipake tapta-taile uparandhayanti.\n\n\"\n\n", "SB5.2#p0477": "The Hellish Planets\n\nText 14)\n\n447\n\nya/:t-a person who; tu-but; iha-in this life; va-or; ugra/:t-very\n\ncruel; pl!Sun-animals; pa/cyi�/:t-birds; va-or; pra�ta /:t-in a live\ncondition; uparandhayati-cooks; tam-him; apakarur:tam-very\ncruel-hearted; purU$a-adai/:t-by those who eat human flesh; apieven;\n\nv igarhitam-condemned;\n\namutra-in\n\nthe next life;\n\nyama-\n\n. anucara/:t-the servants of Yamaraja; kumbh'ipake-in the hell known\nas Kumbhipaka; tapta-taile-in boiling oil; uparandhayanti-cook.\nTRANSLATION\nFor the maintenance of their bodies and the satisfaction of their\ntongues, cruel persons cook poor animals and birds alive. Such\npersons are condemned even by man-eaters. In their next lives\nthey\n\nare\n\ncarried\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nYamadiitas\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nhell\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nKumbhipiika, where they are cooked in boiling oil.\nTEXT 14\n\n({R?-1�\n\"'\n\niJl;:(�P-T\n\n����... �\n�\n\n<:H{\\tt�\n\n�T����ij�\n�\n\n��\n('\n\n3T�t0�;r:{f1��\n\"\n\n:::. \" \" � \"'\n\n�'nl���;r.l+\"1.WlTiJ1t�+U.,ST+H�o:tT�iJ:\n\n�f�qfllm+�f T-t ��r;n;:cr�ft:mR: 3T�ij �ij �r;�ijs�f�\nqfb=wrfij � �TWiJ q��hnfar iJT�tl�OOfuT II � '6 II\nyas tv iha brahma-dhruk sa kalasutra-sarhjiiake narake ayuta-yojanaparimar:uf,ale tamramaye tapta-khale upary-adhastad agny-arkabhyam\nati-tapyamane 'bhinivesita/:t /cyut-pipasabhyarh ca dahyamanantarbahi/:t-sar'ira lisle sete Ce$tate 'vati$thati paridhavati ca yavanti paSUromiir:ti tiivad var�a-sahasriir:ti.\nya/:t-any one who; tu-but; iha-in this life; brahma-dhruk-the\n\nkiller of a brahma�; sa/:t-such a person; kalasutra-sarhjiiake-named\nKalasutra; narake-in the hell; ayuta-yojana-parimar:uf,a le -having a\ncircumference of eighty thousand miles; ta mra-maye-made of copper;\ntapta-heated; khale-in a level place; upari-adhastat-above and\nbeneath: agni-by fire; arkabhyam-and by the sun; ati-tapyamiine­\n\nwhich is being heated; abhinivesita/:t - being made to enter: /cyut-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0478": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n448\n\npipasabhyam-by hunger and thirst;\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nca-and; dahyamana-being\n\nburned; antab,-internally; bahib,-externally; sari\"rab,-whose body;\ndste-remains;\nlimbs;\n\nsete-sometimes lies; Ce$!ate-sometimes moves his\n\navati$thati-sometimes stands;\n\nparidhavati-sometimes runs\n\nhere and there; ca-also; yavanti-as many; pa§u-roma�i-hairs on the\nbody of an animal; tavat-that long; var$a-sahasra�i-thousands of\n,\nyears.\nTRANSLATION\nThe killer of a brahma:J).a is put into the hell known as Kalasiitra,\n\nwhich has a circumference of eighty thousand miles and which is\n\nmade entirely of copper. Heated from below by fire and from\nabove by the scorching sun, the copper surface of this planet is ex­\n\ntremely hot. Thus the murderer of a brahma:J).a suffers from being\n\nburned both internally and externally. Internally he is burning\n\nwith hunger and thirst, and externally he is burning from the\nscorching heat of the sun and the fire beneath the copper surface.\n\nTherefore he sometimes lies down, sometimes sits, sometimes\n\nstands up and sometimes runs here and there. He must suffer in\n\nthis way for as many thousands of years as there are hairs on the\nbody of an animal.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�\n<J�Htfilq�;f\n�i{\n\n'Wt(fl\n.\n\nf;{;jf��q�� �N'llq�<J:\n��\n�\n��fr<J\n\n.\n\n\"\n\n�Tqll-\n\n'ff&O�\n\n<J�\n\n\"\n\n\"\n\n�Hm�m\n\n3\"�(f)m���q;nfmfi� +rFffiCrt�t &1 ms�fu\n�i{� Wi�(J: � q� fi{� ���q���iHi\n\"\n\n'ii�������ll\n\"'\n\nyas tv iha vai nija-veda-pathad anapady apagatab, pakhar:u;lam\ncopagatas tam asi-patravanam pravesya kaSaya praharanti tatra hasav\nitas tato dhavamana ubhayato dharais tala-vanasi-patraiS chidyamanasarvango ha hato 'smi\"ti paramaya vedanaya milrcchitab, pade pade\nnipatati sva-dharmaha pakhar:u;/iinugatam phalam bhwikte.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0479": "Text 15)\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\n449\n\nya�-anyone who; tu-but; iha-in this life; vai-indeed; nijada-pathat-from\n\nve\n\nhis\n\nown\n\npath,\n\nrecommended\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nVedas;\n\naniipadi-even without an emergency; apagata�-deviated; pakhar:tc;lam-a concocted, atheistic system; ca-and; upagata�-gone to;\ntam-him; asi-patravanam-the hell known as Asi-patravana; pravesya-making enter; kaSaya-with a whip; praharanti-they beat;\ntatra-there; ha-certainly; asau-that; ita� tata�-here and there;\ndhavamana�\n\n-\n\nrunning; ubhayata�-on both sides; dharai�-by the\n\nedges; tala-vana-asi-patrai�-by the swordlike leaves of palm trees;\nchidyamana-being cut; sarva-anga�-whose entire body; ha-alas;\nhata�-killed;\nve\n\ndanaya-pain;\n\nasmi-1 am;\n\niti-thus; paramaya-with severe;\n\nmurcchita�-fainted;\n\npade pade-at every step;\n\nnipatati-falls down; sva-dharma-ha-the killer of his own principles\nsf religion; pakhar:tc;la-anugatam phalam-the result of accepting an\natheistic path; bhurikte-he suffers.\nTRANSLATION\nIf a person deviates from the path of the Vedas in the absence of\nan emergency, the servants of Yamaraja put him into the hell\ncalled Asi-patravana, where they beat him with whips. When he\nruns hither and thither, fleeing from the extreme pain, on all sides\nhe runs into palm trees with leaves like sharpened swords. Thus\ninjured all over his body and fainting at every step, he cries out,\n\"Oh, what shall I do now! How shall I be saved!\" This is how one\nsuffers who deviates from the accepted religious principles.\nPURPORT\n\nThere is actually only one religious principle: dharmam tu sa�ad\nbhagavat-prar:tZtam. The only religious principle is to follow the orders\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Unfortunately, especially in this\nage of Kali, everyone is an atheist. People do not even believe in God.\nwhat to speak of following His words. The words nija-veda-patha can\nalso mean \"one's own set of religious principles.\" Formerly there was\nonly one veda-patha, or set of religious principles. Now there are many.\nIt doesn't matter which set of religious principles one follows: the only\ninjunction is that he must follow them strictly. An atheist. or niistika, is\n\n", "SB5.2#p0480": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n450\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\none who does not believe in the Vedas. However, even if one takes up a\ndifferent system of religion, according to this verse he must follow the\nreligious principles he has accepted. Whether one is a Hindu, or a\nMohammedan or a Christian, he should follow his own religious principles. However, if one concocts his own religious path within his mind, or\nif one follows no religious principles at all, he is punished in the hell\nknown as Asi-patravana. In other words, a human being must follow\nsome religious principles. If he does not follow any religious principles,\nhe is no better than an animal. As Kali-yuga advances, people are becoming godless and taking up so-called secularism. They do not know the\npunishment awaiting them in Asi-patravana, as described in this verse.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n��� � m11 ����til �H ��\n\n� Sf1Jl� ;Jmuf en\n��wi ij 'llirn��� mH�t ftmrfij �r��R\nfwf�qQ£1UIJfl�tft ���� 3llij�llf �tT'l 'fiTvt{�3�:\n€ti�+t�Uq•t�t ���TfJl ���t: II� �II\nyas tv iha vai raja raja-purU$0 vii adar:u;lye dar:u)am prar:tayati\nbrahmar:te vii sarira-dar:u)am sa papiyan narake 'mutra sukaramukhe\nnipatati tatratibalair vini§pi§yamalJiivayavo yathaivehek§ukhar:u)a artasvarer:ta svanayan kvacin murcchita/:t kaSmalam upagato yathaivehadr$ta-do$ii uparuddha}:t.\nya/:t-anyone who; tu-but; iha-in this life; vai-indeed; raJa-a\nking; raja-purU$a/:t-a king's man; v ii-or; adar:t�ye- unto one not\npunishable; dar:t�m-punishment; prar:tayati- inB. icts; brahmar:teunto\n\na\n\nbrahmar:ta; vii-or; sarira-da r:t�m-corporal punishment;\n\nsa/:t-that person, king or government officer; papiyan-the most sinful; narake-in the hell; amutra-in the next life; sukaramukhenamed Sukharamukha; nipatati -falls down; tatra\n\n-\n\nthere; ati-balai}:t­\n\nby very strong assistants of Yamaraja; vin i§pi§yamiir:ta-being crushed;\n\navayava/:t-the different parts of whose body; yatha-like ; eva-ceriha-here; ik§u-khar:u)a }:t-sugarcane; arta-svarer:ta-with a\npitiable sound; svanayan crying; kvacit-sometimes; milrcchita/:t-\n\ntainly;\n\n-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0481": "Text 17)\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\n451\n\nfainted; ka.Smalam upagata&-becoming illusioned; yathd-just like;\neva-indeed; iha-here; adr$ta-do$d&-who is not at fault; uparuddha&-arrested for punishment.\nTRANSLATION\nIn his next life, a sinful king or governmental representative\nwho punishes an innocent person, or who inflicts corporal punishment upon a hrahmat:J.a, is taken by the Yamadfttas to the hell\nnamed Sukharamukha, where �he most powerful assistants of\n\nYamaraja crush him exactly as one crushes sugarcane to squeeze\nout the juice. The sinful living entity cries very pitiably and faints,\njust like an innocent man undergoing punishments. This is the\nresult of punishing a faultless person.\n\nyas tv iha vai bhatanam 'isvaropakalpita-vrtnnam avivikta-paravyathanam svayam purU$opakalpita-vrttir vivikta-para-vyatho vyatham\nacarati sa paratrandhakupe tad-abhidroher:uz nipatati tatra hasau tair\njantubhi& pa.Su-mrga-pak$i-sar'isrpair ma.Saka-yuka-matkur:uzmak$ikadibhir ye ke cabhidrugdhas tai& sarvato 'bhidruhyamar:uzs\ntamasi vihata-nidra-nirvrtir alabdhavasthana& parikramati yatha\nku§arire jiva&.\nya&\n\n-\n\nany person who; tu-but; iha-in this life;\n\nvai-indeed:\n\nbhutanam-to some living entities; iSvara-by the supreme controller:\nupakalpita-designed; vrtt'indm-whose means of livelihood; aviviktanot understanding; para-vyathanam-the pain of others: svayamhimself; purU$a-upakalpita-designed by the Supreme Personality of\n\n", "SB5.2#p0482": "[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n452\n\nGodhead;\n\nvrttib,-whose\n\nlivelihood;\n\nvivikta-understanding;\n\npara­\n\nvyathab,-the painful conditions of others; vyathiim acarati-but still\ncauses pain;\n\nsab,-such a\n\nandhakilpe-to\n\nthe\n\nhell\n\nperson;\n\nparatra-in\n\nnamed\n\nAndhakupa;\n\nhis\n\nnext life;\n\ntat-to\n\nthem;\n\nabhidrohe7Ja-by the sin of malice; nipatati-falls down; tatra-there;\nha-indeed; asau-that person; taib, jantubhib,-by those respective\nliving\n\nentities;\n\npa.Su-animals;\n\nmrga-wild\n\nbeasts;\n\npa�i-birds;\n\nsarisrpaib,-snakes; masaka-mosquitoes; yuka-lice; matkur_taworms; ma�ika-adibhib,-flies and so on; ye ke-whoever else; caand;\n\nabhidrugdhiib,-persecuted;\n\ntaib,-by them;\n\nsarvatab,-every­\n\nwhere; abhidruhyama7Jab--being injured; tamasi-in the darkness;\nvihata-disturbed; nidra-nirvrtib,-whose resting place; alabdha-not\nbeing able to obtain; avasthanab,-a resting place; parikramati-wanders; yathii-just as; ku-sarire-in a low-grade body; jivab,-a living\nentity.\nTRANSLATION\nBy the arrangement of the Supreme Lord, low-grade living\n\nbeings like bugs and mosquitoes suck the blood of human beings\n\nand other animals. Such insignificant creatures are unaware that\n\ntheir bites are painful to the human being. However, first-class\n\nhuman beings-brahmlll).as, k�atriyas and vaisyas-are developed\n\nin consciousness, and therefore they know how painful it is to be\nkilled. A human being endowed with knowledge certainly commits\nsin if he kills or torments insignificant creatures, who have no dis­\n\ncrimination. The Supreme Lord punishes such a man by putting\n\nhim into the hell known as Andhakiipa, where he is attacked by all\n\nthe birds and beasts, reptiles, mosquitoes, lice, worms, Hies, and\n\nany other creatures he tormented during his life. They attack him\nfrom all sides, robbing him of the pleasure of sleep. Unable to rest,\nhe constantly wanders about in the darkness. Thus in Andhakiipa\n\nhis suffering is just like that of a creature in the lower species.\nPURPORT\n\nFrom this very instructive verse we learn that lower animals, created\nby the laws of nature to disturb the human being, are not subjected to\n\n", "SB5.2#p0483": "Text\n\n18]\n\n453\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\npunishment. Because the human being has developed consciousness,\nhowever, he cannot do anything against the principles of var�raTIUl­\n\ndharma without being condemned. K:r�Qa states in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(4.13)' catur-varr:tyarit TIUlya S!\"$!arit gur:ta-karTIUl-vibhiiga.Sa/:t: \"Ac­\n\ncording to the three modes of material nature and the work ascribed to\nthem, the four divisions of human society were created by Me.\" Thus all\nmen should be divided into four classes- brahTIUlrJaS, k$atriyas, vaiSyas\nand sadras-and they should act according to their ordained regulations.\nThey cannot deviate from their prescribed rules and regulations. One of\nthese states that they should never trouble any animal, even those that\ndisturb human beings. Although a tiger is not sinful if he attacks another\nanimal and eats its flesh, if a man with developed consciousness does so,\nhe must be punished. In other words, a human being who does not use\nhis developed consciousness but instead acts like an animal surely undergoes punishment in many different hells.\n\nTEXT\n\n18\n\n��� �u ��tmrn �k��qi=l�:t¥iAfl1�:tq�qijT\n;ntrtt;j��: ij 'ref �m ��it f;rqiiffl ij'Sf �(f«����\nif'f�� �: � t;i'ff� ��: 1ifi4+fr�;r) tiN�G\\SRml�l�t\nsf;r���t;f ��<=I�Fr II � �II\nyas tv iha va asamvibhajyasniiti yat kiiicanopaMtam anirmita-paiicayajiio vayasa-saritstuta/:t sa paratra krmibhojane Mrakiidhame nipatati\ntatra sata-sahasra-yojane krmi-kur:u;le krmi-bhuta/:t svayarit krmibhir\n\neva bhak$yamar:w-/:t krmi-bhojano yavat tad aprattaprahutado 'nirvesam\natmaMrit yatayate.\nya/:t-any person who; tu-but; iha-in this life; va-or; asaritvibhajya-without dividing;\n\na.Snati-eats;\n\nu panatam-obtained by K:r�Qa's grace;\n\nyat kiiicaM-whatever;\n\nanirmita-not performing;\n\npaiica-yaj iia/:t-the five kinds of sacrifice; vayasa-with the crows;\nsaritstuta/:t-who is described as equal; sa/:t-such a person; pa ratra-in\nthe next life; krmibhojane-named K:rmibhojana; Mraka-adhameinto the most abominable of all hells; nipatati\n\n-\n\nfalls down; tatra-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0484": "454\n\nthere;\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nsata-sahasra-yojane-measuring\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\n100,000\n\nyojanas\n\n(800,000\n\nmiles); krmi-kur:u;le-in a lake of worms; k rmi bhutab-becoming one\n-\n\nof the worms; svayam-he himself; krmibhib-by the other worms;\neva-certainly; bhalcyyamar:wb-being eaten; k rmi-bhojanab-eating\nworms; yavat-as long as; tat-that lake is wide; apratta-aprahutaunshared and unoffered food; adab-one who eats; anirvesam-who\nhas not performed atonement; atmanam-to himself; yatayate-gives\npam.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA person is considered no better than a crow if after receiving\nsome food, he does not divide it among guests, old men and\nchildren, but simply eats it himself, or if he eats it without performing the five kinds of sacrifice. After death he is put into the\nmost abominable hell, known as Ktmibhojana. In that hell is a lake\n100,000 yojanas [800,000 miles] wide and filled with worms. He\nbecomes a worm in that lake and feeds on the other worms there,\nwho also feed on him. Unless he atones for his actions before his\ndeath, such a sinful man remains in the hellish lake of :Ktmibhojana for as many years as there are yojanas in the width of the lake.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (3.13):\nyajna-si§tasina/:1, santo\nmucyante sarva-kilb�aib\nbhuiijate te tv agham papa\nya pacanty atma-kara�J-iit\n\n\"The devotees of the Lord are released from all kinds of sins because\nthey eat food which is first offered for sacrifice. Others, who prepare food\nfor personal sense enjoyment, verily eat only sin.\" All food is given to us\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Eko bahunam yo vidadhati\nkiiman: the Lord supplies everyone with the necessities of life. Therefore\n\nwe should acknowledge His mercy by performing yajfia (sacrifice). This\nis the duty of everyone. Indeed, the sole purpose of life is to perform\nyajfia. According to Kr;;r:ta (Bg. 3.9):\n\n", "SB5.2#p0485": "Text 19]\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\n455\n\nyajiiiirthiit karmar:w 'nyatra\nloko yam kamw-bandhana/:t\n\ntad-artham karma kaunteya\nmukta-sanga/:t samiicara\n\"Work done as a sacrifice for Vi�I).u has to be performed, otherwise work\nbinds one to this material world. Therefore, 0 son of Kunti, perform\nyour prescribed duties for His satisfaction, and in that way you will always remain unattached and free from bondage.\" If we do not perform\n\nyajiia and distribute prasiida to others, our lives are condemned. Only\nafter performing yajiia and distributing the prasiida to all dependentschildren, briihmar:uzs and old men-should one eat. However, one who\ncooks only for himself or his family is condemned, along with everyone\nhe feeds. After death he is put into the hell known as Krmibhojana.\nTEXT 19\n\n��� � �ij�;r � f�lf(�ta.1f;r ;rm�\nen;r� ��'IUS�'�� ��t{l 3ltl��diffq�:\n\nf;{t�� II � � II\nyas tv iha vai steyena baliid vii hirar:tya-ratniidini briihmar:uzsya\nviipaharaty anyasya viiniipadi purU$as tam amutra riijan yama-pun.L$ii\nayasmayair agni-pir:u;lai/:t sandaril.Sais tvaci n�kU$anti.\nya/:t -any person who; tu-but; iha-in this life;\n\nvai -indeed ;\n\nsteyena-by thievery; baliit-by force; vii-or; h irar:t ya -go l d ; ratnagems; iidini-and so on;\n\nbriihmar:uzsya-of a briihmar:ta; vii-or;\n\napaha rati -stea l s; anyasya-of others; vii -or; a niipad i -not in a\n\ncalamity; purU$a/:t-a person; tam-him; amutra-in the next life; rii­\n\njan-0 King; yama-purU$ii/:t -the agents of Yamaraja; aya/:t-mayai/:t­\n\nmade of iron; agni-p ir:t(ia i/:t -balls heated in fire; sandaril.Sai/:t-with\ntongs; tvaci-on the skin; n�kU$anti-tear to pieces.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, a person who in the absence of an emergency robs\na briihmai_la-or, indeed, anyone else-of his gems and gold is put\n\n", "SB5.2#p0486": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n456\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\ninto a hell known as Sandamsa. There his skin is torn and sepa­\n\nrated by red-hot iron balls and tongs. In this way, his entire body is\ncut to pieces.\n\nTEXT 20\n\ntrf� tn � m�� tn �� ;;£rf�f� �\n��T �n� ftij;'ttll �t it� �'fl{T��fiij f� :tt\n\n�q�����oll\n\nyas tv iha va agamyarh striyam agamyarh va purU$arh yo$id\nabhigacchati tav amutra ka.Saya ta<}ayantas tigmaya surmya lohamayya\npurU$am alirigayanti striyarh ca purU$a-rupaya surmya.\nyab,-any person\nagamyam-unsuitable;\n\nwho;\n\ntu-but;\n\nstriyam-a\n\niha-in this\n\nwoman;\n\nlife;\n\nva-or;\n\nagamyam-unsuitable;\n\nva-or; purU$am-a man; yo$it-a woman; abhigacchati-approaches\nfor sexual intercourse; tau-both of them; amutra-in the next life;\nkaSaya-by whips; ta<}ayantab,-beating; tigmaya-very hot;\n\nsur­\n\nmya-by an image; loha-mayya-made of iron; purU$am-the man;\nalirigayanti-they embrace; striyam-the woman; ca-also; purU$arupaya-in the form of a man; surmya-by an image.\nTRANSLATION\nA man or woman who indulges in sexual intercourse with an un­\n\nworthy member of the opposite sex is punished after death by the\n\nassistants of Yamariija in the hell known as Taptasiirmi. There\n\nsuch men and women are beaten with whips. The man is forced to\n\nembrace a red-hot iron form of a woman, and the woman is forced\nto embrace a similar form of a man. Such is the punishment for\nillicit sex.\n\nPURPORT\nGenerally a man should not have sexual relations with any woman\nother than his wife. According to Vedic principles, the wife of another\nman is considered one's mother, and sexual relations are strictly forbid-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0487": "Text 21]\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\n457\n\nden with one's mother, sister and daughter. If one indulges in illicit\nsexual relations with another man's wife, that activity is considered identical with having sex with one's mother. This act is most sinful. The same\nprinciple holds for a woman also; if she enjoys sex with a man other than\nher husband, the act is tantamount to having sexual relations with her\nfather or son. Illicit sex life is always forbidden, and any man or woman\nwho indulges in it is punished in the manner described in this verse.\n\nTEXT 21\n\nf�� tr�m;f �l��l(!+t\nQt\nyas tv iha vai sarviibhigamas tam amutra niraye vartamanarh\nvajrakar:ttaka-salmalim aropya n�kar$anti.\nya�-anyone who; tu-but; iha-in this life; vai-indeed; sarvaabhigama �-indulges in sex life indiscriminately, with both men and\nanimals; tam-him; amutra-in the next life; niraye-in the hell; vartamanam-existing; vajrakar:t!aka-salmalim-a silk-cotton tree with\nthorns like thunderbolts; aropya-mounting him on; n�kar$anti-they\npull him out.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA person who indulges in sex indiscriminately-even with\nanimals-is taken after death to the hell known as Vajrakal).lakasiilmali. In this hell there is a silk-cotton tree full of thorns as\nstrong as thunderbolts. The agents of Yamaraja hang the sinful\nman on that tree and pull him down forcibly so that the thorns\nvery severely tear his body.\nPURPORT\nThe sexual urge is so strong that sometimes a man indulges in sexual\nrelations with a cow, or a woman indulges in sexual relations with a dog.\nSuch men and women are put into the hell known as Vajrakai:J�aka-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0488": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n458\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nsalmali. The Kr�Qa consciousness movement forbids illicit sex. From the\ndescription of these verses, we can understand what an extremely sinful\nact illicit sex is. Sometimes people disbelieve these descriptions of hell,\nbut whether one believes or not, everything must be carried out by the\nlaws of nature, which no one can avoid.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n� f�� � ��T\nf�� ij ijl=�\ns::.. �\n\n·�\\<4'11�'-\"''�'\"\"'1\n\n.\n\nw:rm\n\n�TJJ��'fr\n\nen\n\n��� �f;:ij\n'\"'\n\n�\"\n\n'\"'\n\n��Jtonvt�ffl\n\n��ij-�\nf�qt�l��j\n\n�'ffiCil�\n\n�\n-nntm\n\"'1'\\-,.,� .. � t\n\n� :::r\n\"'''.,�� �\n\n�titw:r\nf�:i<l'tRT�TW��'tRT:\n����\nw��lfOiij��;ronftl[it�tlli«�ft�q� II � � II\nye tv iha vai rajanya raja-puru-$ti va apukhar:u;/ii dharma-setun\nbhindanti te samparetya vaitara�yam nipatanti bhinna-maryadas\ntasyarh niraya-parikha-bhutayarh nadyarh yado-ga�air itas tato\nbhak:jyama� atmana na viyujyamanii.S casubhir uhyamana� svaghe na\nkarma-pakam anusmaranto vi�-mutra-puya-so�ita-kesa-nakhasthimedo-marhsa-vasa-vahinyam upatapyante.\nye-persons who;\n\ntu-but;\n\niha-in this life;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nra­\n\njanya� -members of the royal family, or k:jatriyas; raja-purU§a�government servants; va-or; apa k har:u;/ii� -although born in responsible families; dharma-setun-the bounds of prescribed religious principles; bhindanti -transgress; te-they; s a m paretya - after dying;\nvaitara�y a m -named VaitaraQI;\n\nnipatanti-fall down;\n\nbhinna­\n\nmaryada�-who have broken the regulative principles; tasyam-in\nthat;\n\nniraya-parikha-bhut a yam-the moat surrounding h e l l ;\n\nnadyam -in the river; yada�-ga�i�-by ferocious aquatic animals;\n\nita� tata�-here and there; bhak:jyama�� -being eaten; atmanawith the body; na-not; viyujyamana� -being separated; ca-and;\nasubhi�-the life airs; uhyama na� -being carried; sva -aghe na-by his\nown sinful activities; karma-pakam -the result of his impious activities; anusmaranta� -remembering; vi!-of stool; m lltra -urine;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0489": "Text\n\n23]\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\n459\n\npuya-pus; so�ita-blood; kesa-hair; nakha-nails; asthi-bones ;\nmeda�-marrow; marizsa-flesh; vasa-fat; vahinyam-in the river;\nupatapyante-are afflicted with pain.\nTRANSLATION\nA person who is born into a responsible family-such as a\nk�atriya, a member of royalty or a government servant-but who\nneglects to execute his prescribed duties according to religious\nprinciples, and who thus becomes degraded, falls down at the time\nof death into the river of hell known as Vaitar�i. This river,\nwhich is a moat surrounding hell, is full of ferocious aquatic\nanimals. When a sinful man is thrown into the River Vaitar�i, the\naquatic animals there immediately begin to eat him, but because of\nhis extremely sinful life, he does not leave his body. He constantly\nremembers his sinful activities and suffers terribly in that river,\nwhich is full of stool, urine, pus, blood, hair, nails, bones, marrow, flesh and fat.\nTEXT\n\n23\n\n� �er& � ��� ;rnif�rcn��m��'ffi(?;iNf(:\n�� ij �fq � 'l�ftflJ���(?;l\\Ufloi�\n��tnm'h1R«ij'll�� II � � II\nye tv iha vai vr$al£-patayo na$!a-saucacara-niyamiis tyakta-lajja� pa5ucaryarh caranti te capi pretya puya-vi�-mutra-sle$ma-malii-pur��ve\nnipatanti tad evatibibhatsitam a§nanti.\n\nye-persons who; tu-but; iha-in this life; vai-indeed: vr$al£pataya �-the\n\nhusbands of the\n\nsudras;\n\nnU$!a-lost:\n\nsauca-acara­\n\nniya ma� - whose cleanliness, good behavior and regulated life: tyakta­\n\nlajja�-without shame; pasu-caryam-the behavior of animals:\ncaranti-they execute;\n\nte-they;\n\ndying;\n\nvi!-stool;\n\npuya -of\n\npus;\n\nca-also;\n\napi-indeed:\n\nmiltra-urine;\n\npretya­\n\nsle$ma-mucus:\n\nmala-saliva; pur �-full; ar�ve-in an ocean: nipatanti-fall: tat-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0490": "460\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nthat: eva-only; atibrbhatsitam-extremely disgusting; a.Snanti-they\neat.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe shameless husbands of lowborn sudra women live exactly\n\nlike animals, and therefore they have no good behavior, cleanli­\n\nness or regulated life. After death, such persons are thrown into\nthe hell called Puyoda, where they are put into an ocean filled with\n\npus, stool, urine, mucus, saliva and similar things. Sudras who\n\ncould not improve themselves fall into that ocean and are forced to\n\neat those disgusting things.\n\nPURPORT\nSri:la Narottama diisa Thakura has sung,\n\nkarma-kar:u;la, jfiiina-kar:u)a,\nkevala vi§era bar:u;la,\namrta baliya yeba khaya\nnii nii yoni sadii phire,\nkadarya bhak$ar:w kare,\ntara janma ada/:t-pate yaya\nHe says that persons following the paths of karma-kar:u;la and jfiiina­\n\nkaTJ4,a (fruitive activities and speculative thinking) are missing the op­\n\nportunities for human birth and gliding down into the cycle of birth and\n\ndeath. Thus there is always the chance that he may be put into the\nPuyoda Naraka, the hell named Puyoda, where one is forced to eat stool,\n\nurine, pus, mucus, saliva and other abominable things. It is significant\n\nthat this verse is spoken especially about sudras. If one is born a sudra,\n\nhe must continually return to the ocean of Puyoda to eat horrible things.\n\nThus even a born sudra is expected to become a brahmarJ-a; that is the\n\nmeaning of human life. Everyone should improve himself. Kr�Q.a says in\n\nBhagavad-gua (4.13), catur-varrJ-yarh maya smam gur:w-karmavibhaga.Sa/:t: \"According to the three modes of material nature and the\nwork ascribed to them, four divisions of human society were created by\nMe.\" Even if one is by qualification a sudra, he must try to improve his\n\nposition and become a brahmar:w. No one should try to check a person,\n\nno matter what his present position is, from coming to the platform of a\n\n", "SB5.2#p0491": "Text\n\n24)\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\n461\n\nbn'ihmar:w or a Vai�f.lava. Actually, one must come to the platform of a\nVai�f.lava. Then he automatically becomes a brahmar:w. This can be done\nonly if the Kr�f.la consciousness movement is spread, for we are trying to\nelevate everyone to the platform of Vai�I)ava. As Kr�f.la says in\n\nBhagavad-gita (18.66), sarva-dharmiin parityajya mam ekam sarar:wm\nvraja: \"Abandon all other duties and simply surrender unto Me.,. One\nmust give up the occupational duties of a sudra, �atriya or vaiSya and\nadopt the occupational duties of a Vai�I)ava, which include the activities\n\nof a brahmar:w. Kr�f.la explains this in Bhagavad-gita (9.32):\n\nmam hi partha vyapasritya\nye 'pi syu/:t papa-yonaya/:t\nstriyo vaiSyas tatha sudras\nte 'pi yanti param gatim\n\"0 son of Prtha, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower\n\nbirth-women, vaiSyas [merchants], as well as sudras [workers]-can\napproach the supreme destination.\" Human life is specifically meant for\n\ngoing back home, back to Godhead. That facility should be given to\n\neveryone, whether one be a sudra, a vaiSya, a woman or a �atriya. This\nis the purpose of the Kr�f.la consciousness movement. However, if one is\n\nsatisfied to remain a sudra, he must suffer as described in this verse: tad\n\nevatibibhatsitam a§nanti.\n\nTEXT\n\n24\n\nit. ft� � �lltf� ;Jt�ou�tll �tr:nf«m\n3ldN �\n��rij � �q�cr�q��rr-p:r���fll�tr�ijll�'all\nye tv iha vai sva-gardabha-patayo brahmaTJiid:ayo mrgaya vihara\natirthe ca mrgan nighnanti tan api samparetal la�ya-bhutan yamapuru§ti i§ubhir vidhyanti.\nye-those who; tu-but; iha-in this life; vai-or; sva-of dogs:\n\ngardabha-and asses; pataya/:t maintainers ; brahmar:ta-adaya/:tbrahmar:ws, �atriyas and vaiSyas; mrgaya vihara/:t-taking pleasure in\n-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0492": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n462\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nhunting animals in the forest; atirthe-other than prescribed; ca-also;\n\nmrgan-animals;\n\nnighnanti-kill;\n\ntan-them;\n\napi-indeed;\n\nsam­\n\nparetan-having died; lalcyya-bhutan-becoming the targets; yamapurU$a&-the assistants of Yamaraja; i{;ubhi&-by arrows; vidhyantipierce.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf in this life a man of the higher classes [hrahmal).a, k�atriya and\nvaisya] is very fond of taking his pet dogs, mules or asses into the\nforest to hunt and kill animals unnecessarily, he is placed after\ndeath into the hell known as Priil).arodha. There the assistants of\nYamaraja make him their targets and pierce him with arrows.\nPURPORT\nIn the Western countries especially, aristocrats keep dogs and horses to\n\nhunt animals in the forest. Whether in the West or the East, aristocratic\nmen in the Kali-yuga adopt the fashion of going to the forest and un­\n\nnecessarily killing animals. Men of the higher classes (the brahmar:ws,\n\n/cyatriyas and vaiSyas) should cultivate knowledge of Brahman, and they\n\nshould also give the sudras a chance to come to that platform. If instead\n\nthey indulge in hunting, they are punished as described in this verse.\n\nNot only are they pierced with arrows by the agents of Yamaraja, but\n\nthey are also put into the ocean of pus, urine and stool described in the\n\nprevwus verse.\n\nTEXT 25\n\nit f� � �� ��� RSJ�� Qt;rJJrq{�� �ij\nWRifi mQtf��'«f�t ��� fcmWQ II � � II\nye tv iha vai dambhika dambha-yajfie�u pa§un viSasanti tan amU$mil\n\nloke vaiSase narake patitan niraya-patayo yatayitva viSasanti.\nye-persons\n\nwho;\n\ntu-but;\n\niha-in\n\nthis\n\nlife;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\ndambhika&-very proud of wealth and a prestigious position; dambhayajfie�u-in a sacrifice performed to increase prestige; pa§un-animals;\n\nvisasanti-kill; tan-them; amu�min loke-in the next world;\n\nvaiSase-Vaisasa or Visasana; narake-into the hell; patitan-fallen;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0493": "Text 26]\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\n463\n\nniraya-patayab,-assistants of Yamaraja; yatayitva-causing sufficient\npain; viSasanti-ki11.\nTRANSLATION\nA person who in this life is proud of his eminent position, and\nwho heedlessly sacrifices animals simply for material prestige, is\nput into the hell called Visasana after death. There the assistants of\nYamaraja kill him after giving him unlimited pain.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita (6.41) Kr�Q.a says, sucinarh srimatam gehe yogabhrU§!o 'bhijayate: \"Because of his previous connection with bhaktiyoga, a man is born into a prestigious family of brahma� or\naristocrats.\" Having taken such a birth, one should utilize it to perfect\nbhakti-yoga. However, due to bad association one often forgets that his\nprestigious position has been given to him by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and he misuses it by performing various kinds of so-called\nyajnas like kali-puja or durga-puja, in which poor animals are sacrificed.\nHow such a person is punished is described herein. The word dambhayajne$U in this verse is significant. If one violates the Vedic instructions\nwhile performing yajna and simply makes a show of sacrifice for the\npurpose of killing animals, he is punishable after death. In Calcutta there\nare many slaughterhouses where animal flesh is sold that has supposedly\nbeen offered in sacrifice before the goddess KalL The siistras enjoin that\none can sacrifice a small goat before the goddess Kali once a month.\nNowhere is it said that one can maintain a slaughterhouse in the name of\ntemple worship and daily kill animals unnecessarily. Those who do so\nreceive the punishments described herein.\nTEXT 26\n\n;;rf'�� � �uit l�Rt rn:m �: 'Wtltfu �i{l{tma qtq�ijq;r�:��fqtqf�qt�: \\ll=ql�;;rf� II �G. II\nyas tv iha vai savar�rh bharyarh dvijo retab, payayati kama-mohitas\ntam papa-krtam amutra retab,-kulyayarh patayitva retab, sampayayanti.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0494": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n464\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nya�-any person who; tu-but; iha-in this life; vai-indeed; sa­\n\nvar � m-of the same caste; b hdryiim - his wife; dvija�-a person of a\nhigher caste\n\n( such as a brahmar:w, �atriya or vaiSya); reta�-the\n\nsemen: payayati-causes to drink; kiima-mo h ita�-being deluded by\n\nlusty desires; tam-him; papa-k rtam -performing sin; amutra-in the\nnext life; reta�-kulyayam-in a river of semen; patayitva-throwing;\n\nreta�-semen; sampayayanti-force to drink.\nTRANSLATION\nIf a foolish member of the twice-born classes\n\n[brahmat:J.a,\n\nk�atriya and vaisya) forces his wife to drink his semen out of a\n\nlusty desire to keep her under control, he is put after death into\nthe hell known as Lalabhak�a. There he is thrown into a flowing\n\nriver of semen, which he is forced to drink.\nPURPORT\n\nThe practice of forcing one's wife to drink one's own semen is a black\nart practiced by extremely lusty persons. Those who practice this very\nabominable activity say that if a wife is forced to drink her husband's\nsemen, she remains very faithful to him. Generally only low-class men\nengage in this black art, but if a man born in a higher class does so, after\ndeath he is put into the hell known as Lalabhak!?a. There he is immersed\n\nin the river known as Sukra-nadi and forced to drink semen.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nit �CJ& � �q)sf� ilW !Wn� ijP-fi;r_ �T Fli3��\n�l;fr ��Gt qt ffi� ft qt� �tffl ��rr: ffiW{:\nij�;r fti�fu� ij�� ��;:ij II �\\911\nye tv iha vai dasyavo 'gnida garadii graman siirthan va vilumpanti\nrajano raja-bhata va tams capi hi paretya yamadiita vajra-da�tra�\nsvana� sapta-satani vimsatiS ca sarabhasam khiidanti.\nye-persons\n\nwho;\n\ntu-but;\n\niha-in\n\nthis\n\nlife;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\ndasyava�-thieves and plunderers; agni- da � -who set fire; gara-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0495": "Text\n\n28]\n\n465\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\ndatt-who administer poison; griinuin-villages; siirthiin-the mercan­\n\ntile class of men; vii-or; vilumpanti-plunder; rajanatt-kings; rajabhatatt-government officials; vii-or; tan-them; ca-also; api-in­\n\ndeed; hi-certainly; paretya-having died; yamadutatt-the assistants\nof Yamaraja;\n\nvajra-dam.watt-having mighty teeth;\n\nsapta-satiini-seven hundred;\n\nsvanatt-dogs:\n\nvimsatitt-twenty; ca-and: sara­\n\nbhasam-voracious!y; khiidanti -devour.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this world, some persons are professional plunderers who set\nfire to others' houses or administer poison to them. Also, members\nof the royalty or government officials sometimes plunder mercantile men by forcing them to pay income tax and by other methods.\nAfter death such demons are put\n\ninto\n\nSarameyiidana. On that planet there are\nstrong\n\nthunderbolts.\n\nas\n\nthe hell known as\n\n720 dogs with teeth as\n\nUnder the orders of the agents of\n\nYamariija, these dogs voraciously devour such sinful people.\nPURPORT\nIn the Twelfth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam, it is said that in this age\n\nof Kali everyone will be extremely disturbed by three kinds of tribula­\n\ntions: scarcity of rain, famine, and heavy taxation by the government.\n\nBecause human beings are becoming more and more sinful, there will be\n\na scarcity of rain, and naturally no food grains will be produced. On the\nplea of relieving the suffering caused by the ensuing famine. the govern­\n\nment will impose heavy taxes, especially on the wealthy mercantile community. In this verse, the members of such a government are described\n\nas dasyu, thieves. Their main activity will be to plunder the wealth of the\n\npeople. Whether a highway robber or a government thief, such a man\n\nwill be punished in his next life by being thrown into the hell known as\n\nSarameyadana, where he will suffer greatly from the bites of ferocious\n\ndogs.\n\nTEXT 28\n\nt�f�\n�\n\n\"'\n\nCf �\n\n�H\n\nat�� �fu m�� �t�RA'i4 �\nn \"·\n,...\n�\n::\\...\n\nen tti?.ff?JRij\n\n�\n�� S-=4 l�'i�tN':Y�l 1-1�tt;Jfiffi tlt�Wf�;;�l{ �\n1•11\\'{�H\n�\n\n'\"'\n\n'\"'\n\n", "SB5.2#p0496": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n466\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nij'qk4ij �� ��fl{q- ��Mt�'l��ij (l�TR�f��m fer�'F:f'flili�IUU ;r iWilltlll: �tilffii't f;{'tQftf II �� II\nyas tv iha vii anrtarh vadati siik$ye dravya-vinimaye dane vii kathaiicit\nsa vai pretya narake 'vicimaty adha�-sirii niravakiiSe yojanasatocchriiyiid giri-murdhna� sampiityate yatra jalam iva sthalam aSmapmham avabhiisate tad avicimat tila§o viSiryamiilJCL-Sariro na\nmriyamiir:ta� punar iiropito nipatati.\n\nya�-anyone who; tu-but; iha-in this life; vii-or; anrtam-a lie;\n\nvadati-spea ks;\n\nsii/cyye-giving\n\nwitness;\n\ndravya-vinimaye-in\n\nex­\n\nchange for goods; dane-in giving charity; vii-or; kathaiicit-somehow; sa�-that person; vai-indeed; pretya-after dying; narake-in\n\nthe hell; avicimati-named Avicimat having no water) ; adha�-sirii�­\n\n(\n\nwith his head downward; niravakiiSe-without support; yojana-sata-of\neight hundred miles; ucchriiyiit-having a height; giri-of a mountain;\nmurdhna�\n\n- from the top; sampiityate-is thrown; yatra-where;\n\njalam iva-lik e water; sthalam-land; a§ma-pr�!ham-having a surface of stone; avabhiisate-appears; tat-that; avicimat-having no\nwater or waves; tilaSa�-in pieces as small as seeds; viSiryamiilJCLbeing\n\nbroken;\n\nsarira�-the\n\nbody;\n\nna\n\nm riyamiilJCL�-not\n\ndying;\n\npuna�-again; iiropita�-raised to the top; nipatati-falls down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA person who in this life hears false witness or lies while trans­\n\nacting business or giving charity is severely punished after death\nby the agents of Yamaraja. Such a sinful man is taken to the top of a\n\nmountain eight hundred miles high and thrown headfirst into the\n\nhell known as Avicimat. This hell has no shelter and is made of\nstrong stone resembling the waves of water. There is no water\n\nthere,\n\nhowever,\n\nand\n\nthus\n\nit\n\nis\n\ncalled\n\nAvicimat\n\n[waterless].\n\nAlthough the sinful man is repeatedly thrown from the mountain\n\nand his body broken to tiny pieces, he still does not die but con­\n\ntinuously suffers chastisement.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0497": "The Hellish Planets\n\nText 29]\n\n467\n\nTEXT 29\n\n([[�� � NSIT �T��\n��\nqt ('ll�q'hl«i��\nqt\n� ��sfq qt f� 3t�IG>ij�'ff fit��\n�'httr��fu\n'R(SS$fi+J:41Bt � �'Wlf �!Jl�ij �Pf�Q II �� II\nyas tv iha vai vipro rajanyo vaiSyo va soma-pithas tat-kalatram va\nsuram vrata-stho 'pi va pibati pramiidatas te$arh nirayam nitanam urasi\npadakramyasye vahnina dravamiir:tam kar$1}iiyasam ni$incanti.\n\nyab-anyone who; tu-but; iha-in this lfe; vai-indeed; viprab-a\nlearned brahmar:ta; rajanyab-a k$atriya; vaiSyab-a vaiSya; va-or;\nsoma-pithab-drink soma-rasa;\n\ntat-his;\n\nkalatram-wife:\n\nva-or;\n\nsuram-liquor; vrata-sthab-being· situated in a vow; api-certainly;\nva-or; pibati-drinks; pramiidatab-out of illusion; te$iim-of all of\nthem; nirayam-to hell; nitanam-being brought; urasi-on the chest:\npada-with\n\nthe\n\nfoot;\n\nakramya-stepping;\n\nasye-in\n\nthe\n\nmouth;\n\nvahnina-by fire; dravamar:tam-melted; kar$r:tiiya sam-iron:\nni$incanti-they pour into.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAny brahma.t;Ia or brahma.t;Ia's wife who drinks liquor is taken by\nthe agents of Yamaraja to the hell known as Aya�pana. This hell\nalso awaits any k�atriya, vaisya, or person under a vow who in illusion drinks soma-rasa. In Aya}:tpana the agents of Yamaraja stand\non their chests and pour hot melted iron into their mouths.\n\nPURPORT\nOne should not be a brahmar:ta in name only and engage in all kinds of\nsinful activities, especially drinking liquor. Brahmar:tas, k$atriyas and\nvaiSyas must behave according to the principles of their order. If they\nfall down to the level of sudras, who are accustomed to drink liquor. they\nwill be punished as described herein.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0498": "[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n468\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�f�& qt 3TR�ijl=� �� � �atilMQI+-41(t�IJff�if.Hfl ertf� WI q 'I� � �Cfi �q �T �I(Cfi��\nf�se{ffiJ�m RtnRreT �� �Rr.tt �ij II� II\n3N :q\n\n..\n\no\n\natha ca yas tv iha va atma-sambhavanena svayam adhamo janma-tapovidyacara-var1)ii.Sramavato variyaso na bahu manyeta sa mrtaka eva\nmrtva �arakardame niraye 'vak-sira nipatito duranta yatana hy a5nute.\natka-furthermore; ca-also; ya� - anyone who; tu-but; iha-in\nthis life; va -or; atma-sambhavanena-by false prestige; svayamhimself;\n\nadhama�-very\n\ndegraded;\n\njanma -good\n\nbirth;\n\ntapa�­\n\nausterities; vidya -knowledge; acara-good behavior; varr:w--asrama­\n\nvata�-in terms of strictly following the principles of var1)ii.Srama;\nvariyasa�-of one who is more honorable; na-not; bahu-much;\nmanyeta -respects;\n\nsa�-he;\n\nmrtaka�-a\n\ndead\n\nbody;\n\neva-only;\n\nmrtva -after dying; �a rakarda me-named K�arakardama; niraye-in\nthe hell;\n\navak-sira-with his head downward;\n\nnipatita�-thrown;\n\nduranta� yatana� - severe painful conditions; hi-indeed; a5nutesuffers.\nTRANSLATION\nA lowborn and abominable person who in this life becomes\n\nfalsely proud, thinking \"I am great,\" and who thus fails to show\nproper respect to one more elevated than he by birth, austerity,\n\neducation, behavior, caste or spiritual order, is like a dead man\n\neven in this lifetime, and after death he is thrown headfirst into\n\nthe hell known as K�iirakardama. There he must great suffer great\ntribulation at the hands of the agents of Yamaraja.\nPURPORT\nOne should not become falsely proud. One must be respectful toward\na person more elevated than he by birth, education, behavior, caste\nor spiritual order. If one does not show respect to such highly elevated\n\n", "SB5.2#p0499": "Text 31)\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\npersons but indulges\n\nm\n\n469\n\nfalse pride, he receives punishment in\n\nK�arakardama.\nTEXT 31\n\n����:�i{����T�f� ����Qj��\nq�q �;rf��n��� �tq�t=ijl ��: m� �er �NRIWiti4�m�... fq�� ��ttfrij\n\n:q\n\ntn�-a- :q ��tort tt�� ��'fl<i\\t:\n\nII � � II\nye tv iha vai purWjaf:t purWja-medhena yajante yas ca striyo nr-pa.Sun\nkhiidanti tams ca te pa.Sava iva nihatii yama-sadane yatayanto rak$oga1}ii/:t saunikii iva svadhitiniivadiiyasrk pibanti nrtyanti ca gayanti ca\nhr$yamii1}ii yatheha purWjiidiif:t.\nye-persons who; tu-but; iha-in this life; vai-indeed; purWjaf:tmen; purWja-medhena-by sacrifice of a man; yajante-worship (the\ngoddess Kali or Bhadra Kaii); ya/:t-those who; ca-and; striya/:twomen; nr-pa.Sun-the men used as sacrifice; khiidanti-eat : tanthem; ca-and; te-they; pa§ava/:t iva-like the animals; nihatii/:tbeing slain; yama-sadane -in the abode of Yamaraja; yatayanta/:tpunishing;\n\nrak$a/:t-ga1}ii/:t-being\n\nRak�asas;\n\nsaunikii/:t-the\n\nkillers:\n\niva-like; svadhitinii-by a sword; avadiiya-cu ll ing to pieces: asrkthe blood; pibanti-drink; nrtyanti-dance ; ca-and; gayanti-sing :\nca-al so; h r$ yama1}ii/:t-being delighted; yatha -just like; iha-in this\nworld; purWja-adii/:t-the man-eaters.\nTRANSLATION\nThere are men and women in this world who sacrifice human\nbeings to Bhairava or Bhadra Kiili and then eat their victims' flesh.\nThose who perform such sacrifices are taken after death to the\nabode of Yamaraja, where their victims, having taken the form of\nRak!?asas, cut them to pieces with sharpened swords. Just as in this\nworld the man-eaters drank their victims' blood, dancing and\n\n", "SB5.2#p0500": "470\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nsinging in jubilation, their victims now enjoy drinking the blood\n\nof the sacrificers and celebrating in the same way.\nTEXT 32\n\nit f� qt attWtm� JrtiJ �n ��q�ij���\nfum�t'l.��ij_srm:tqsffin� itiT�q1TT �Qtlf..Q ijsfq :q\n!Rtr �\"��;n�\n��� sifijt�;n;{: ���¥t�t �1{6t: Cfi(t�������fup��'fr-natR'\\�'f� �a- II � � II\nye tv iha va aniigaso 'ra'(l-ye grame va vaiSrambhakair upasrtan\nupaviSrambhayya jijiv�un sula-sutrad�upaprotan kru)anakataya\nyatayanti te 'pi ca pretya yama-yatanasu sulad�u protatmana� k$uttrQ.bhyam cabhihata� kanka-vatadibhiS cetas tatas tigma-tu�ir\nahanyamana atma-samalam smaranti.\nye-persons who; tu-but; iha-in this life; va-or; aniigasa�who are faultless; ara'(l-ye-in the forest; grame-in the village; va-or;\nvaiSrambhakai�-by means of good faith; upasrtan-brought near;\nupaviSrambhayya-inspiring with confidence; jijiv�un-who want to be\nprotected; sula-sutra-ad�u-on a lance, thread, and so on; upaprotanfixed; kru)anakataya-like a plaything; yatayanti-cause pain; tethose persons; api-certainly; ca-and; pretya-after dying; yamayatanasu-the persecutions of Yamaraja; sula-ad�u-on lances and so\non; prota-atmana�-whose bodies are fixed; k$ut-trQ.bhyam-by\nhunger and thirst; ca-also; abhihata�-overwhelmed; kanka-vataadibhi/:1,-by birds such as herons and vultures; ca-and; ita/:1, tata�h e r e a n d t h e r e; tigma-tu'(l-Q. a i � - h a v i ng p o i n t e d b e aks ;\nahanyamana/:1,-being tortured; atma-samalam-own sinful activities;\nsmaranti-they remember.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this life some people give shelter to animals and birds that\n\ncome to them for protection in the village or forest, and after mak­\n\ning them believe that they will be protected, such people pierce\n\nthem with lances or threads and play with them like toys, giving\n\n", "SB5.2#p0501": "Text\n\n33)\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\n471\n\nthem great pain. After death such people are brought by the assis­\n\ntants of Yamaraja to the hell known as Siilaprota, where their\n\nbodies are pierced with sharp, needlelike lances. They suffer from\n\nhunger and thirst, and sharp-beaked birds such as vultures and\nherons come at them from all sides to tear at their bodies. Tor­\n\ntured and suffering, they can then remember the sinful activities\n\nthey committed in the past.\n\nTEXT\n\n� � �\n\n4{€fl����\n\n33\n��·\n\n��·\n\n�·\n\n{;{qij�ij � �q\n���sfq � 9R� ���\n���H q���t: �� �'t�tt Jnl�CI tfqt ��T'I. II � � II\nye tv iha vai bhutiiny udvejayanti narii ulbar,w-svabhavii yathii\ndandaSukiis te 'pi pretya narake dandaSukiikhye nipatanti yatra nrpa\ndanda.Sukii� paiica-mukhii� sapta-mukhii upasrtya grasanti yathii\nbilesayiin.\n\nye-persons who; tu-but; iha-in this life; vai-indeed; bhutiinito living entities; udvejayanti-cause unnecessary pain; narii�-men:\n\nulbar,w-svabhiivii�-angry by nature; yathii-just like; dandaSukii�snakes; te-they; api-also; pretya-after dying; narake-in the hell;\ndanda.Suka-iikhye-named Dandasiika; nipatanti-fall down: yatrawhere; nrpa-0 King; danda.Sukii�-serpents; paiica-mukhii�-having five hoods; sapta-mukhaft-having seven hoods; upasrtya-reaching up; grasanti-eat; yathii-j ust like; bile sayan- mice.\n_\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who in this life are like envious serpents, always angry\n\nand giving pain to other living entities, fall after death into the\nhell known as Dandasiika. My dear King, in this hell there are ser­\n\npents with five or seven hoods. These serpents eat such sinful persons just as snakes eat mice.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0502": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n472\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nTEXT 34\n\n� frtl& til 3l����f� 4{fflfif f;t��f�\n�if;ft� � �f� 't{lfWI ���II�� II\nye tv iha va andhavata-kusula-guhad�u bhutani nirundhanti\ntathamutra te$V evopavesya sagarer:ta vahnina dhumena nirundhanti.\nye-persons who; tu-but; iha-in this life; va-or; andha-avataa blind well; kusula -granaries; guha-ad�u-and in caves; bhutanithe living entities; nirundhanti-confine: tatha -similarly ; amutra-in\nthe next life; le$u-in those same places; eva-certainly; upavesyacausing to enter; s agarer:ta-with poisonous fumes; vahnina-with fire;\ndhumena-with smoke; nirundhanti-confine.\nTRANSLATION\nThose who in this life confine other living entities in dark wells,\n\ngranaries or mountain caves are put after death into the hell\n\nknown as Avata-nirodhana. There they themselves are pushed into\n\ndark wells, where poisonous fumes and smoke suffocate them and\nthey suffer very severely.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�f�a �atfu�J;r+qr•lijlfltrT ��qftf��rrijlf\"�Mftef qA;r\n:q�q1 � ij� :q\"Tfq f.{� qtq'l:�u� �� �ill:\n�·���;:r: S1«&��6l�l��q1 f� ����II\nyas tv iha va atithin abhyagatan va grha-patir asakrd upagata-manyur\ndidhak$ur iva papena cak$U$li nirik$ate tasya capi niraye papa-df$.ler\nak$ir:tf vajra-tur:t-Qii grdhra/:t kmika-kaka-vatadaya/:t prasahyoru-balad\nutpa!ayanti.\nya/:t-a person who; tu-but; iha-in this life; va-or; atithinguests;\n\nabhyagatan-visitors;\n\nasakrt-many times; upagata\n\nva-or;\n-\n\ngrha-pati/:t-a\n\nhouseholder;\n\nobtaining; manyu/:t-anger; didhak­\n\n$U/:t-one desiring to burn; iva-like; papena -sinful; cak$U$a-with\n\n", "SB5.2#p0503": "The Hellish Planets\n\nText 36)\neyes; nir ik$ate\n\n-\n\n473\n\nlooks at; tasya-of him; ca-and; api-certainly;\n\nniraye-in hell; piipa-dr�!e/:£-of he whose vision has become sinful;\nak$i�i-the eyes;\n\nvajra-tu�}:£-those who have powerful beaks;\n\ngrdhra /:£-vu!tures; kanka-herons; kaka-crows; vafa -adaya/:£-and\n\nother birds; prasahya-violently; uru-balat-with great force; utpiifayanti-pluck out.\nTRANSLATION\nA householder who receives guests or visitors with cruel\nglances, as if to burn them to ashes, is put into the hell called\nParyavartana, where he is gazed at by hard-eyed vultures, herons,\ncrows and similar birds, which suddenly swoop down and pluck\nout his eyes with great force.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic etiquette, even an enemy who comes to a\nhouseholder's home should be received in such a gentle way that he\n\nforgets that he has come to the home of an enemy. A guest who comes to\none's home should be received very politely. If he is unwanted, the\nhouseholder should not stare at him with blinking eyes, for one who does\nso will be put into the hell known as Paryavartana after death, and there\nmany ferocious birds like vultures, crows, and coknis will suddenly come\nupon him and pluck out his eyes.\nTEXT 36\n\n3lt@nfil'lm�,fm�Q�1Jn ij�fflsfilf?t�ft\n3l�otr:Fnm�T 'l�'ITIJlw.r���)\nR��� ��\n�fil� ij :;;oM' �qaFf��IJT�IJl�q�: i_�'Ta�\n��� fwt� � � f� 'lN� ��\"' � ��\nij�ffl� �: 'lfttf�f;Q II �G. II\n;;rT�\n\nqJ\n\nyas tv iha vii a(lhyabhimatir ahankrtis tiryak-prek$a�/:£ sarvato\n'bhiviSanki artha-vyaya-nasa-cintayii pariSU§yamii�a-hrdaya-vadano\nnirvrtim anavagato graha iviirtham abhirak$ati sa eli pi pretya tadutpiidanotkar�a�a-samrak$a�-samala-graha}:£ sucfmukhe narake\n\n", "SB5.2#p0504": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n474\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nnipatati yatra ha vitta-graham papa-purU$aril dharmaraja-purU$ii\nvayaka iva sarvato nge$ U siltrai� parivayanti.\n'\n\nya�-any person who; tu-but; iha-in this world; vii-or; at;lhyaab himati�-proud because of wealth; aha rikrti�-egotistic; tiryak-prek$a��-whose vision is crooked; sarvata� abhivi.Sariki-always fearful\nof being cheated by others, even by superiors; artha-vyaya-nasa-cin­\n\ntaya-by the thought of expenditure and loss; pariSU$ya 11Ui�-dried\nup;\n\nhrdaya-vadana�-his heart and face; nirvrtim -happiness ;\n\nanavagata�-not obtaining; graha�-a ghost; iva-like; arthamwealth;\n\na b hirak$ati-protects;\n\nsa�-he ;\n\nca-also;\n\napi-indeed;\n\npretya-after dying; tat-of those riches; utpadana-of the earning;\nutkar$a�-increasing; samrak$a�-protecting; samala-graha�-accepting the sinful activities; silcimukhe-named Suclmukha; narakein the hell; nipatati-falls down; yatra-where; ha-indeed; vitta­\n\ngraham-as a money-grabbing ghost; papa-purU$am-very sinful man;\ndharmaraja-puru$ii�-the commanding men of Yamaraja; vayakii�\niva-like expert weavers; sarvata�-al1 over; aflge$ u-on the limbs of\nthe body; siltrai�-by threads; parivayanti-stitch.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who in this world or this life is very proud of his wealth al­\n\nways thinks, \"I am so rich. Who can equal me?\" His vision is\n\ntwisted, and he is always afraid that someone will take his wealth.\n\nIndeed, he even suspects his superiors. His face and heart dry up at\n\nthe thought of losing his wealth, and therefore he always looks\n\nlike a wretched fiend. He is not in any way able to obtain actual\nhappiness, and he does not know what it is to be free from anxiety.\n\nBecause of the sinful things he does to earn money, augment his\nwealth and protect it, he is put into the hell called Siicimukha,\n\nwhere the officials of Yamaraja punish him by stitching thread\n\nthrough his entire body like weavers manufacturing cloth.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen one possesses more wealth than necessary, he certainly becomes\nvery proud. This is the situation of men in modern civilization. Accord-\n\n", "SB5.2#p0505": "Text\n\n37)\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\n475\n\ning to the Vedic culture, brahmar:tas do not possess anything, whereas\n\n/cyatriyas possess riches, but only for performing sacrifices and other\nnoble activities as prescribed in the Vedic injunctions. A vaiSya also\nearns money honestly through agriculture, cow protection and some\ntrade. If a sildra gets money, however, he will spend it lavishly, without\ndiscrimination, or simply accumulate it for no purpose. Because in this\nage there are no qualified brahmar:tas, /cyatriyas or vaiSyas, almost everyone is a sudra (kalau sildra-sambhavab,}. Therefore the sudra mentality\nis causing great harm to modern civilization. A sildra does not know how\nto use money to render transcendental loving service to the Lord. Money\nis also called la/cymi, and Lak�ml is always engaged in the service of\nNarayaQ.a. Wherever there is money, it must be engaged in the service of\nLord NarayaQa. Everyone should use his money to spread the great\ntranscendental movement of J<r�Qa consciousness. If one does not spend\nmoney for this purpose but accumulates more than necessary, he will\ncertainly become proud of the money he illegally possesses. The money\nactually belongs to J<r�Qa, who says in Bhagavad-gitii (5.29), bhoktaram\n\nyajna-tapasam sarva-loka-mahesvaram: \"I am the true enjoyer of\n,\n\nsacrifices and penances, and I am the owner of all the planets..\n\nTherefore nothing belongs to anyone but J<r�Qa. One who possesses more\nmoney than he needs should spend it for J<r�Qa. Unless one does so, he\nwill become puffed up because of his false possessions, and therefore he\nwill be punished in the next life, as described herein.\n\nTEXT\n\n37\n\n��fcl�t �� �'n� «f;:q ��: «t���,; ij;{,; :q «�\n���ffi;fr � �:q��fa\\ijl 3l���;fl�� qttl�OI W�f�\nij�q ���ffl;r �� �� Q �� ij ��tiT f;{fq�\"\"ij\n\nII �\\9 II\n\nevam-vidha naraka yamalaye santi sata§a/:t sahasra§as te�u sarve�u ca\nsarva evadharma-vartino ye kecid ihodita anuditas cavani-pate\nparyayer:ta viSanti tathaiva dharmtinuvartina itaratra iha tu punarbhave ta ubhaya-se�abhyam niviSanti.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0506": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n476\n\n(Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nevam-vidha�-of this sort; naraka�-the many hells; yama-alayein\n\nthe\n\nprovince\n\nof\n\nYamaraja;\n\nsanti-are;\n\ns atasa�- hundreds ;\n\nsahasra§a�-thousands ; te�u -in those hellish planets; sarve�u -all;\nca- also;\n\nsarve -all;\n\neva- indeed ;\n\nadharm a vartina �-persons not\n-\n\nfollowing the Vedic principles or regulative principles;\n\nye kecit­\n\nwhosoever; iha-here; udita�-mentioned; anudita�-not mentioned;\n\nca-and; avani-pate-0 King; pa ryaye�-according to the degree of\ndifferent kinds of sinful activity; viSanti-they enter; tatha evasimilarly; dharma-anuvartina�-those who are pious and act according\nto the regulative principles or Vedic injunctions; itaratra-elsewhere;\niha-on this planet; tu-but; pu na � bhave- into another birth; te-all\n-\n\nof them; ubhaya-se�abhyam-by the remainder of the results of piety or\nv1ce; niviSanti-they enter.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Parik�it, in the province of Yamaraja there are\n\nhundreds and thousands of hellish planets. The impious people I\n\nhave mentioned-and also those I have not mentioned-must all\n\nenter these various planets according to the degree of their im­\n\npiety. Those who are pious, however, enter other planetary\nsystems, namely the planets of the demigods. Nevertheless, both\n\nthe pious and impious are again brought to earth after the results\nof their pious or impious acts are exhausted.\nPURPORT\nThis corresponds to the beginning of Lord Kr�Q.a's instructions in\n\nBhagavad-gita. Tatha dehantara-prapti�: within this material world,\n\none is simply meant to change from one body to another in different\nplanetary systems. Urdhvarh gacchanti satva-stha: those in the mode of\ngoodness are elevated to the heavenly planets. Adho gacchanti tamasa�:\n\nsimilarly, those too engrossed in ignorance enter the hellish planetary\nsystems. Both of them, however, are subjected to the repetition of birth\n\nand death. In Bhagavad-gita it is stated that even one who is very pious\n\nreturns to earth after his enjoyment in the higher planetary systems is\nover\n\n(�ir:te puTJ-ye martya-lokarh viSanti). Therefore, going from one\n\nplanet to another does not solve the problems of life. The problems of life\n\n", "SB5.2#p0507": "Text 38)\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\n477\n\nwill only be solved when we no longer have to accept a material body.\nThis can be possible if one simply becomes Kr��a conscious. As ���a\nsays in Bhagavad-gitii (4. 9) :\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevam yo vetti tattvata/:t\ntyaktva deham punar janma\nnaiti mam eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this\nmaterial world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" This is the perfection of life and the real solution to life's problems. We should not be\neager to go to the higher, heavenly planetary systems, nor should we act\nin such a way that we have to go to the hellish planets. The complete purpose of this material world will be fulfilled when we resume our spiritual\nidentities and go back home, back to Godhead. The very simple method\nfor doing this is prescribed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nSarva-dharman parityajya mam ekam saral)ilm vraja. One should be\nneither pious nor impious. One should be a devotee and surrender to the\nlotus feet of ���a. This surrendering process is also very easy. Even a\nchild can perform it. Man-mana bhava mad-bhakto mad-yaji mam\nnamaskuru. One must always simply think of ���a by chanting Hare\n��r:ta, Hare ��Q.a, Kr��a ���a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama,\nRama Rama, Hare Hare. One should become Kr��a's devotee, worship\nHim and offer obeisances to Him. Thus one should engage all the activities of his life in the service of Lord ���a.\n\nTEXT 38\n\nA��Uf'{Tll 31��� �l�lJTa\": II C((ti'Etl�eno ��\ntr���T ���! ��'«' i3440tf� tl�i(41t:fffl '1l(ltl01�\n��IOO�tf� � �q'il�'i'iltltgoi'itl'i�fol�:\n�\n�fu �;rtl'fu « �� ��n q('il�q;(tsm�'iA\n�ll1f���ik II ��II\n\n", "SB5.2#p0508": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n478\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\nnivrtti-la/cyar:w,-miirga iidiiv eva vyiikhyiita�. etiiviin eviir:u;la-koso ya§\ncaturdaSadhii puriir:te$U vikalpita upagiyate yat tad bhagavato\nniiriiyar:tasya siilcyiin mahii-purU$asya sthavi$tham rupam iitmamiiyiigur:wmayam anuvarr:titam iidrta� pathati srr:toti sriivayati sa upageyam\nbhagavata� paramiitmano 'griihyam api sraddhii-bhakti-viSuddhabuddhir veda.\n\nnivrtti-la/cyar:w,-miirga�-the path symptomized by renunciation, or\nthe path of liberation; iidau-in the beginning (the Second and Third\nCantos);\n\neva-indeed; vyiikhyiita�-described;\n\netiiviin-this much;\n\neva-certainly; ar:u;la-kosa�-the universe, which resembles a big egg;\nya�-which;\n\ncaturdaSa-dhii-in fourteen parts;\n\npuriir:te$u-in the\n\nPuriir:tas; vikalpita� -divided; upagiyate-is described; yat -which;\ntat-that;\n\nbhagavata�-of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead;\n\nniiriiyar:tasya-of Lord Narayai:J.a; siilcyiit -directly ; mahii-purU$asya­\n\nof the Supreme Person; sthavi$tham-the gross; rupam-form; iitmamiiyii-of His own energy; gur:w-of the qualities; mayam-consisting;\n\nanuvarr:titam-described; ii drta�-venerating; pathati-one reads;\nsrr:toti-or hea rs;\n\nsriivayat i-or explains;\n\nupageyam-song;\n\nbhagavata�-of the Supreme Personality of\n\nsa�-that person;\n\nGodhead; paramiitmana�-of the Supersoul; agriihyam-difficult to\nunderstand; api-although; sraddhii-by faith; bhakti-and devotion;\nviSuddha-purified; buddhi�-whose intelligence; veda-understands.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the beginning [the Second and Third Cantos of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam] I have already described how one can progress on the\npath of liberation. In the Puriil,las the vast universal existence,\n\nwhich is like an egg divided into fourteen parts, is described. This\nvast form is considered the external body of the Lord, created by\nHis energy and qualities. It is generally called the virii!a-riipa. If\n\none reads the description of this external form of the Lord with\n\ngreat faith, or if one hears about it or explains it to others to\n\npropagate bhagavata-dharma, or K��l).a consciousness, his faith\nand devotion in spiritual consciousness, K��l).a consciousness, will\n\ngradually increase. Although developing this consciousness is very\n\n", "SB5.2#p0509": "Text\n\n39]\n\n479\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\ndifficult, by this process one can purify himself and gradually\ncome to an awareness of the Supreme Absolute Truth.\nPURPORT\nThe Kr�I,la consciousness movement is pushing forward the publication\n\nof\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nas\n\nexplained\n\nespecially\n\nfor\n\nthe\n\nunderstanding of the modern civilized man, to awaken him to his original consciousness. Without this consciousness, one melts into complete\ndarkness. Whether one goes to the upper planetary systems or the hellish\nplanetary systems, he simply wastes his time. Therefore one should hear\n\nof the universal position of the vinita form of the Lord as described in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam. That will help one save himself from material con­\n\nditional life and gradually elevate him to the path of liberation so that he\ncan go back home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT\n\n39\n\n� � ij?.ft ��+{ �tf �;re) �ftf: I\n\n�Af4i€14tl�t;i �: ��+t f1EA1 ��fill�� 1\nsrutva sthulam tatha su�marh\nrupam bhagavato yati/:£\nsthule nirjitam iitrniinarh\nsanai/:£ su�mam dhiya nayed iti\n(from the disciplic succession): sthutathii-as well as; su�mam-subtle; rupam-form:\nbhagavata/:£-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead: yati/:£-a sannyiisi or devotee; sthule-the gross form; nirjitam-conquered: iitrniinam-the mind; sanai/:£ gradually; su�mam-the subtle. spiritual\nform of the Lord; dhiya-by intelligence; nayet-one should lead it to:\ns'rutvii-after hearing of\n\nlam-gross;\n\n-\n\niti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who is interested in liberation, who accepts the path of\nliberation and is not attracted to the path of conditional life, is\n\n", "SB5.2#p0510": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n480\n\n[Canto 5, Ch. 26\n\ncalled yati, or a devotee. Such a person should first control his\nmind by thinking of the virata-riipa, the gigantic universal form\n\nof the Lord, and then gradually think of the spiritual form of\n1\\.r�I,la [sac-cid-ananda-vigraha] after hearing of both forms. Thus\n\none's mind is fixed in samadhi. By devotional service one can then\n\nrealize the spiritual form of the Lord, which is the destination of\ndevotees. Thus his life becomes successful.\nPURPORT\nIt is said, mahat-sevaril dvaram ahur vimukte/:t: if one wants to\n\nprogress on the path of liberation, he should associate with mahatmas, or\nliberated devotees, because in such association there is a full chance for\nhearing, describing and chanting about the name, form, qualities and\nparaphernalia of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, all of which are\ndescribed in Srimad-Bhagavatam. On the path of bondage, one eternally\n\nundergoes the repetition of birth and death. One who desires liberation\nfrom such bondage should join the International Society for Krishna\n�onsciousness and thus take advantage of the opportunity to hear\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam from devotees and also explain it to propagate\n��I:J.a consciousness.\n\nTEXT 40\n\n��ij'ft��:��­\n\nqrnref'��arelefi�l I\n....\n\n�fun\n\n(fq �q1g1+ft�\n�� q�n:refi�5flq� ll�oll\n'I�T\n\nbha-dvipa-var�a-sarid-adri-nabha/:1,-samudrapatala-din-naraka-bhiigar:ta-loka-sarilstha\ngita maya tava nrpadbhutam iSvarasya\nsthalam vapu/:t sakala-jiva-nikaya-dhama\nbha-of this planet earth; dv ipa- and other different planetary\n\nvar�a- of tracts of land; sarit-rivers; adri- mou n tains;\nnabha/:1,- the sky; samudra-oceans; patala- lo wer planets; dik-\n\nsystems;\n\n", "SB5.2#p0511": "Text 40)\n\nThe Hellish Planets\n\n481\n\ndirections; naraka-the hellish planets; bhaga r:w-lo ka-the luminaries\n\nand higher planets; sarhstha-the situation; gila-described; maya-by\n\nme; tava-for you; nrpa-0 King; adbhutam\n\n-\n\nwonderful ; iSvarasya­\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sthulam-gross ; vapub-body;\n\nsakala-jiva-nikaya-of all the masses of living entities; dhama-which\n\nis the place of repose.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, I have now described for you this planet earth,\nother planetary systems, and their lands [var!?as), rivers and mountains. I have also described the sky, the oceans, the lower planetary\nsystems, the directions, the hellish planetary systems and the stars.\nThese constitute the vira�a-rupa, the gigantic material form of the\nLord, on which all living entities repose. Thus I have explained the\nwonderful expanse of the external body of the Lord.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Fifth Canto, Twenty-sixth\n\nChapter, of Srlmad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"A Description of the Hellish\n\nPlanets.\"\n\n-Completed in the Honolulu temple of the Panca-tattva, June 5, 1975\n\nThere is a supplementary note written by His Divine Grace Bhakti­\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvatl Gosvaml Maharaja Prabhupada in his Gaudi:ya­\n\nb�ya. Its translation is as follows. Learned scholars who have full\n\nknowledge of all the Vedic scriptures agree that the incarnations of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead are innumerable. These incarnations\nare classified into two divisions, called prabhava and vaibhava. Accord­\n\ning to the scriptures, prabhava incarnations are also classified in two\n\ndivisions-those which are called eternal and those which are not vividly\n\ndescribed. In this Fifth Canto of Sri:mad-Bhagavatam, in Chapters Three\n\nthrough Six, there is a description of J..l�abhadeva, but there is not an ex­\n\npanded description of His spiritual activities. Therefore He is considered\nto belong to the second group of prabhava incarnations. In Sri:mad­\n\nBhagavatam, First Canto, Chapter Three, verse 13, it is said:\n\n", "SB5.2#p0512": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n482\n\nU$tame merudevyam tu\nniibher jata urukramab\ndarsayan vartma dhirii1Jiirh\nsarvasrama-namaskrtam\n\"Lord Vi�Q.u appeared in the eighth incarnation as the son of Maharaja\nNabhi [the son of Agni:dhra] and his wife Merudevl. He showed the path\n\nof perfection, the paramahamsa stage of life, which is worshiped by all\n\nthe followers of var7Jasrama-dharma.\" l_{�abhadeva is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and His body is spiritual (sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha).\n\nTherefore one might ask how it might be possible that he passed stool\nand urine. The Gau�i:ya vediinta iiciirya Baladeva Vidyabhu�al).a has\n\nreplied to this question in his book known as Siddhiinta-ratna (First Por­\n\ntion, texts 65-68). Imperfect men call attention to l_{�abhadeva's passing\nstool and urine as a subject matter for the study of nondevotees, who do\nnot understand the spiritual position of a transcendental body. In this\nFifth\n\nCanto\n\nof\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (5.6.11) the illusioned and\n\nbewildered state of the materialists of this age is fully described.\n\nElsewhere in Fifth Canto (5.5.19) l_{�abhadeva stated, idam sariram\nmama durvibhiivyam: \"This body of Mine is inconceivable for\nmaterialists.\" This is also confirmed by Lord K:r�I).a in Bhagavad-gitii\n(9.ll):\n\navajananti rniim muQ,ha\nrniinf.L$frh tanum iiSritam\n\nparam bhiivam ajiinanto\nmama bhuta-mahesvaram\n\"Fools deride Me when I descend in the human form. They do not know\nMy transcendental nature and My supreme dominion over all that be.\"\nThe human form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is extremely\ndifficult to understand, and, in fact, for a common man it is inconceivable. Therefore l_{�abhadeva has directly explained that His own body\nbelongs to the spiritual platform. This being so, l_{�abhadeva did not actually pass stool and urine. Even though He superficially seemed to pass\n\nstool and urine, that was also transcendental and cannot be imitated by\n\n", "SB5.2#p0513": "Supplementary Note\n\n483\n\nany common man. It is also stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam that the stool\n\nand urine of B.�abhadeva were full of transcendental fragrance. One may\n\nimitate B.�abhadeva, but he cannot imitate Him by passing stool that is\nfragrant.\n\nThe activities of B.�abhadeva, therefore, do not support the claims of a\n\ncertain class of men known as arhat, who sometimes advertise that they\nare followers of B.�abhadeva. How can they be followers of B.�abhadeva\n\nwhile they act against the Vedic principles? Sukadeva Gosvaml has re­\n\nlated that after hearing about the characteristics of Lord l_l.�abhadeva, the\nKing of Koilka, V eilka and Ku�aka initiated a system of religious princi­\n\nples known as arhat. These principles were not in accord with Vedic\nprinciples, and therefore they are called p�ar:u)a-dharma. The members\n\narhat community considered f.l.�abhadeva's activities material.\n\nof the\n\nHowever, l_l.�abhadeva is an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. Therefore He is on the transcendental platform, and no one\ncan compare to Him.\n\nB.�abhadeva personally exhibited the activities of the Supreme Per­\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (5.6.8),\ndiivanalas tad vanam alelihana/:1, saha tena dadaha: at the conclusion of\n\nsonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead.\n\nAs\n\nstated\n\nin\n\nB.�abhadeva's pastimes, an entire forest and the Lord's body were burned\n\nto ashes in a great forest fire. In the same way, B.�abhadeva burned people's\n\nignorance\n\nto\n\nashes.\n\nHe\n\nexhibited\n\nthe\n\ncharacteristics\n\nof\n\na\n\nparamaharilsa in His instructions to His sons. The principles of the arhat\ncommunity, however, do not correspond to the teachings of }:{�abhadeva.\n\nSrila Baladeva V idyabhii�ai:Ja remarks that in the Eighth Canto of\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam there is another description of B.�abhadeva, but\nthat J.:ll?abhadeva is different from the one described in this canto.\n\nEND OF THE FIFfH CANTO\n\n", "SB5.2#p0514": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in\n\nthis world in 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhakti­\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent devotional scholar and the founder of\nsixty-four GauQ.iya Mathas (Vedic Institutes), liked this educated young\n\nman and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\n\nSrila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later (1933) at\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\n\nAt their first meeting, in 1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nThakura requested Srila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge\nthrough the English language.\n\nIn the\n\nyears that followed,\n\nSrila\n\nPrabhupada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad-g'itti, assisted the\n\nGauQ.iya Matha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance, started an\n\nEnglish fortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and\n\nchecked the galley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies\nfreely and struggled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the maga­\n\nzine never stopped; it is now being continued by his disciples in the\n\nWest.\n\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion.\n\nthe GauQ.iya V ai�l).ava Society honored him in 1947 with the title\n\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In 1950, at the age of fifty-four. Srila Prabhupada\n\nretired from married life,\n\nand four years later he adopted the\n\nvtinaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his studies and writ­\n\ning. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of Vrndavana. where he\n\nlived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and\n\nwriting. He accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At\nRadha-Damodara, Srila Prabhupada began work on his life's master­\n\npiece: a multivolume translation and commentary on the eighteen thousand verse Srimad-Bhagavatam (Bhagavata PurtilJ.a). He also wrote\n\nEasy Journey to Other Planets.\n\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhagavatam, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncame to the United States. in 1965. to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\n\nmaster. Since that time, His Divine Grace has written over forty volumes\nof authoritative translations. commentaries and summary studies of the\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n485\n\n", "SB5.2#p0515": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n486\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila\n\nPrabhupada was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\n\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for K rishna Con­\n\nsciousness in July of 1966. Under his careful guidance, the Society has\ngrown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one\nhundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm communities.\n\nIn 1968, Srlla Prabhupada created New Vrndavana, an experimental\n\nVedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew Vrndavana, now a thriving farm community of more than one thou­\n\nsand acres. his students have since founded several similar communities\nin the United States and abroad.\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\n\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\nDallas, Texas. The school began with 3 children in 1972, and by the\n\nbeginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\n\nSrila Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large interna­\n\ntional center at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also\n\nthe site for a planned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the\n\nmagnificent Kr�Q.a-Balarama Temple and International Guest House in\n\nVrndavana, India. These are centers where Westerners can live to gain\n\nfirsthand experience of Vedic culture.\n\nSrila Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his\n\nbooks.\n\nHighly\n\nrespected\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nacademic\n\ncommunity\n\nfor\n\ntheir\n\nauthoritativeness. depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks\nin numerous college courses. His writings have been translated into\neleven languages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972\n\nexclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become\nthe world's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and\nphilosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Sri Ia Prabhupada's most\nrecent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-com­\n\npleted by Srlla Prabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali\nreligious classic Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srtla Prabhupada\n\nhas circled the globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to\n\nsix continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Srlla Prabhupada\n\ncontinues to write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library\nof Vedic philosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0516": "References\nThe statements of Srimad-Bhagavatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are quoted in this\nbook on the pages listed.\n\nBhagavad-gita, 14, 16, 35, 53, 60, 64, 68, 79, 84, 126, 133, 152153,176-177,185,189,191,208,243,252-253,263,267,278,\n281, 360, 368,439, 453, 463, 476, 484\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (Rupa Gosvami), 66\nBrahmar:uja Pura7Jn, 99-100,181, 353\nBrahma-samhita, 96, 165, 205,206, 227, 228, 302, 322, 360, 361\nCaitanya-bhagavata (Yrndavana dasa Thakura), 231, 234, 259260,421-424\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta (Kr�I.ladasa Kaviraja), 19-20, 56, 59, 124, 148,\n177, 213, 218, 219, 254, 266, 394-395\n\nChandogya Upan�ad, 228\nKatha Upan�ad, 280\n\nKurma Pura7Jn, 269\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta (Rupa Gosvami), 140-141, 224\nAfur:uJ,aka Upan�ad, 60\nPadma Pura7Jn, 134, 141, 224\n\n487\n\n", "SB5.2#p0517": "Sri mad·Bhagavatam\n\n488\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 19, 23, 28-29, 48, 49, 51, 58, 60-61, 64, 66,\n68, 93-94,109,134,167,169,171,174,191-192,195-196,230,\n263,265,411,444, 455,484,485\n\nSvetasvatara Upani§ad, 215, 280\nTaittiriya Upani$ad, 214-215, 253, 281\nVayu Purar;a, 97, 332\nVedanta-sarigraha (Ramanujacarya), 250\nVedanta-szUra, 415\nVi$r:tu-dharmottara, 224\nVi$r:tu Purar;a, 251, 332\n\n", "SB5.2#p0518": "Glossary\nA\nAcarya-a bona fide spiritual master who teaches by his personal example.\nAcintya-sakti-the inconceivable energy of the Supreme Lord.\nAdhibhautika-miseries inflicted by other living entities.\nAdhidaivika-miseries caused by natural disturbances such as floods and excessive heat or cold.\nAdhyatmika-miseries arising from own's own body and mind.\nAdi-punt§a-Kr�l).a, the original person.\nAharikara-the principle of ego.\nAkama-bhakta-one who serves the Lord without any motives.\nAkarma-Kr�l).a conscious activity for which one suffers no reaction.\nAkiiicana-gocara-Kr�l).a, who is easily approached by those who are\nmaterially exhausted.\nAmsa-See: Vi§�u-tattva.\nA�ima-the mystic perfection of becoming so small that one can enter into a\nstone.\n\nAntari�a-outer space.\nArcana-the devotional process of worshiping the Lord in the temple.\nArca-vigraha-the Deity form of the Lord.\nAsuras-demons.\nAtma-nivedana-the devotional process of surrendering everything to the\nLord.\n\nB\nBhiigavata-dharma-the science of devotional service to the Lord.\nBhaktas -devotees.\nBhukti-material enjoyment.\nBila-svarga-the subterranean heavens.\nBrahma-bhuta-the joyful state of being freed from material contamination.\nBrahmajyoti-the personal effulgence emanating from the body of Kr�l).a.\nBrahma�-the intelligent class of men.\nBrahmaTJ4a bhrama�-wandering up and down throughout the universe.\nBrahma-saukhya-spiritual happiness which is unobstructed and eternal.\n\n489\n\n", "SB5.2#p0519": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n490\n\nc\nChanniivatara-a concealed incarnation.\n\nD\nDaihika-the bodily necessities of life.\nDaivi maya-the external or illusory energy of the Lord who governs the\nmaterial world.\nDasya-the devotional process of rendering service to the Lord.\nDhira-one who remains unagitated even when there is cause for agitation.\n\nG\nGramya-kanna-mundane activities.\nGrhastha-asrama-the householder stage of spiritual life.\nGuru-a bona fide spiritual master.\n\nH\nHari-Kr�Q.a, who removes all inauspicious things from the heart.\nHari-cakra-Kr�Q.a's Sudarsana weapon, the wheel of time.\nHrta-jfiiina-bereft of intelligence.\n\nJ\nJagad-isa-the Supreme Lord who is the proprietor of all the universes.\n]ivdtma-the spirit soul.\n]fiiina-knowledge.\n\nK\nKaivalya-the illusion of becoming one with the Supreme.\nKanna-fruitive activities and their subsequent reactions.\nKanna-ka�-the division of the Vedas which deals with fruitive activities.\nKarmi:s-fruitive workers.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0520": "Glossary\n\n491\n\nKo#-ten million.\nKrpar:w-a miserly man who wastes his life by not striving for spiritual\nrealization.\nKr$r:ta-prasada-See: Prasada.\nK$atriya-the class of administrators and fighters.\n\nL\nLaghima-the mystic perfection of entering into the sun planet by using the\nrays of the sunshine.\nLiliivatara-an incarnation to display pastimes.\n\nM\nMaha-bluigavatas-the topmost devotees of the Lord.\nMahatma-a great soul, or devotee of K:r�1.1a.\nMaya-the energy of K:r�1.1a which deludes the living entity who desires to\nforget the Lord.\nMaya-sukha-illusory happiness.\nMoha-illusion.\nMi:uJ,ha-See: Vimut;lhas.\nMuhurta-a period of forty-eight minutes.\nMukta-purU$as-liberated persons.\nMukti-liberation from material bondage.\n\nN\nNa�atras-the stars.\nN_ama-aparadha-offenses in the chanting of the holy name.\nNara-deva-the king, who is an earthly god.\nNaradhama-the lowest of mankind.\nNU$ta-buddhi-bereft of all good sense.\nNirviSe$a-vadis-impersonalists who accept an Absolute, but deny that He\nhas any qualities of His own.\nNi$kama-free from material desires.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0521": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n492\n\np\nPaiicaratrika-vidhi-the authorized process of Deity worship.\nParamaharhsa-a first-class devotee of the Lord.\nParampara-the disciplic succession through which spiritual knowledge is\nreceived.\nPara prakrti-the superior energy of the Lord.\nP�a�iS-atheists; those who think God and the demigods to be on the same\nlevel.\nPrakrti-female, to be enjoyed by the pur�a.\nPramada-the beauty of the opposite sex.\nPrasada-sanctified remnants of food offered to the Lord.\nPra5anta-undisturbed by the modes of nature.\nPriyatama-dearmost.\nPurtya-sloka-verses that increase one's piety; one who is glorifed by such\nverses.\nPur�a-male, the enjoyer.\n\nR\nRajo-gurta-the material mode of passion.\nRak$asas-man-eating demons.\n\ns\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha-the eternal form of the Supreme Lord which is\nfull of bliss and knowledge.\n$a4-bhuja-milrti-the six-armed form of Lord Caitanya.\nSadhu-a holy man.\nSakama-bhakta-a devotee with material desires.\nSakhya-the devotional process of making friends with the Lord.\nSamadhi-trance, absorption in God consciousness.\nSannyasa-the renounced order of life.\nSastras-revealed scriptures.\nSattva-gurta-the material mode of goodness.\nSmararta-the devotional process of remembering the Lord.\nSmrti-scriptures compiled by living entities under trancendental direction.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0522": "Glossary\n\n493\n\nSoma-rasa-an intoxicant taken on the heavenly planets.\n\n�ravar:wm kirtanarh v4��-hearing and chanting about Vi�I)u.\nSuddha-sattva-the platform of pure goodness.\nSadra\n\n-\n\nthe laborer class of men who serve the three higher classes.\n\nSuras-demigods, devotees.\n\nSviimsa-See: V4�u-tattva.\n\nSva rga-loka-the heavenly planetary system.\n\nT\nTamo-gur:w-the material mode of ignorance.\nTattva-darsi-one who has seen the truth.\n\nTrivikrama-Lord Vamana, the incarnation who pedormed three heroic\ndeeds.\n\nu\nUdiira- magnanimous.\nUpasya- worshipable.\n\nUttamasloka-Kr�I)a, who is worshiped by select poetry.\n\nv\nVaikul)tha-the spiritual sky, where there is no anxiety.\n\nVaiSya-the class of men involved in business and farming.\n\nVa napras tha-retired life in which one travels to holy places in preparation\nfor the renounced order of life.\nVandana-the devotional process of offering prayers to the Lord.\n\nVa�ik-the mercantile community.\n\nVar�rama-dharma-the scientific system of four social and four spiritual\norders in human society.\n\nVikarma-sinful work performed against the injunctions of revealed scriptures.\n\nVimU4has-foolish rascals.\n\nViraha-transcendental bliss in separation from the Lord.\n\nVi ra!a-rupa-the universal form of the Lord.\n\nVira -v rata-fully determined.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0523": "494\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nV4�u-tattva-the plenary expansions of ��1,1a, each of whom is also God.\nVivaha-yajiia-the sacrifice of marriage.\n\ny\nYajiia-sacrifice.\nYamadutas-messengers of Yamaraja, the lord of death.\nYoga-linking the consciousness of the living entity with the Supreme Lord.\nYogamaya-the internal potency of the Lord.\nYojana-eight miles.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0524": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\nVowels\n\nala atl'a\n\n�!\n\nii\n\nl:i\n\n3'u\n\n�ii :sflr �!'\n\n� ai afr o �T au\n\n....\n\n�e\n\n.!. m (anusviira)\n\n: l;l (visarga)\n\nConsonants\n\nGutturals:\n\nCJi ka\n\n�kha\n\nif ga\n\n'ij gha\n\n�na\n\nPalatals:\n\n� ca\n\n� cha\n\n� ja\n\n� jha\n\n5f na\n\nCerebrals:\n\nG ta\n\n�tha\n\n:S �a\n\nG�ha\n\nQTJ;la\n\nDentals:\n\na ta\n\n� tha\n\n� da\n\n\\!f dha\n\ne:{ na\n\nLabials:\n\nqpa\n\nq}pha\n\nif ba\n\n+(bha\n\n;J ma\n\nSemivowels:\n\n(;(' ya\n\n�ra\n\n�Ia\n\nqva\n\nSibilants:\n\n� sa\n� ha\n\nq �a\n\n�sa\n\nAspirate:\n\nS\n\n=\n\n'(avagraha) - the apostrophe\n\nThe vowels above should be pronounced as follows:\n\na - like the a in organ or the u in but\na -'like the a in far but held twice as long as a.\n- like the, i in pin.\ni - like the i in pique but held twice as long as i.\nu - like the u in push.\nu - like the u in rule but held twice as long as u.\n495\n\n", "SB5.2#p0525": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n496\n\nr - like the ri in Rita (but more like French ru ).\n\nr - same as ri but held twice as long.\n1. - like lree (lruu).\ne - like the e in they.\na1 - like the ai in aisle.\no - like the o in go.\nau- like the ow in how.\n\nm (anusviira) - a resonant nasal like the n in the French word bon.\n\n� (visarga) -a final h-sound: a� is pronounced like aha; i� like ihi.\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\nk - as in kite\n\nkh- as in Eckhart\n\ng - as m g1ve\n\ngh- as in dig-hard\n\nn - as in sing\n\nc - as in chair\n\nch- as in staunch-heart\n\njh\nt\nI)\n\n-\n\nas in hedgehog\n\n- as in tub\n-\n\nas\n\nrna (prepare to say\n\nthe rand say na).\n\nn\n\n- as in canyon\n\nth - as in light-heart\n�ha- as in red-hot\n� - as in dove\n\nCerebrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, b ut the following\ndentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth:\nt - as in tub but with tongue against teeth.\nth - as in light-heart but tongue against teeth.\nd - as in dove but tongue against teeth.\n\ndh- as in red-hot but with tongue against teeth.\nn\nas in nut but with tongue in between teeth.\np - as m pme\nph- as in up-hill (not f)\nb - as in bird\n\nbh- as in rub-hard\n\nm - as in mother\n\ny - as m yes\n\nr\n\n-· as m r un\n\nv\n\n- as in vine.\n\nI - as in light\ns\n- as m sun\n\ns (palatal) - as in the s in the German word sprechen\n11 (cerebral) - as the sh in shine\n\nh - as in home\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, only a flowing\nof short and long (twice as long as the short) syllables.\n\n", "SB5.2#p0526": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete listing of the first and third lines of each of the\n\n�anskrit poetry verses and the first line of each Sanskrit prose verse of this volume of\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, arranged in English alphabetical order. In the first column the\n\nSanskrit transliteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the\nchapter-verse references and page number for each verse are to be found.\n\natha kadacin nivdsa-pt'iniya\natha sa e�a t'itmt'i lokt'iniim\natha.suryt'im tat-tanayo\nathiitale maya-putro 'suro balo\n\nA\nadhastt'it savitur yojant'iyute\nadhvany am�minn ima upasargt'is\naho am�t'im kim akt'iri sobhanam\naho vicitram bhagavad-vice�!itam\nakalpam evam ve�m gata e�a\nakarod aty-alam kirtyt'i\nt'imo madhuruho meghapmha!t\namrtasya ca mrtyo5 ca\nt'inantyiid animita-vikramasya\nar:uf,a-madhya-gataft siiryo\nantaft-praviSya bhiitt'ini\nantart'ila eva tri-jagatyt'is tu\nantar bahiS ciikhila-loka-piilakair\nantaryt'imiSvaraft st'i�t'it\nanvi�ayt'irigt'itiSayt'itma-buddhibhir\nanye ca nadii nadya5 ca va�e\nt'ipaft pur�a-viryt'ift stha\nt'ir�abhasyeha rt'ija�er\nt'ir�#§eiJ.ena saha gandharvair\nasad-dr$o ya/:1 pratibhiiti mt'iyayt'i\nasminn eva var�e pu�air\nataft param pla�int'iril pramt'i(Ulata iirdhvam arigt'irako 'pi yojana\natha ct'ipiiryamt'iT_tt'ibhiS ca kaliibhir\natha ca tasmiid ubhayathiipi hi\natha ca yas tv iha vii t'itmaatha ca yatra kaufumbikt'i\natha ca yt'ivan nabho-mar:uf,alam\natha ca yt'ivatt'irdhena nabho-vithyt'im\n\n24.1\n\n372\n\n14.27\n\n38\n\n19.21\n\n253\n\n18.3\n\n159\n\n20.41\n\n312\n\n15.16\n\n88\n\n20.21\n\n293\n\n20.5\n\n278\n\n25.12\n\n426\n\n20.43\n\n313\n\n20.28\n\n299\n\n26.5\n\n437\n\n18.26\n\n200\n\n20.28\n\n299\n\n18.37\n\n215\n\n17.10\n\n132\n\n20.23\n\n295\n\n14.42\n\n61\n\n19.2\n\n223\n\n17.20\n\n146\n\n19.19\n\n249\n\n20.1\n\n272\n\n22.14\n\n350\n\n22.9\n\n346\n\n14.23\n\n33\n\n26.30\n\n468\n\n14.3\n\n9\n\n22.7\n\n344\n\n22.6\n\n343\n\natha tasmt'it paratas trayodaSa-la�\nathediinim pra�iddha-la�(U1\nativa sulalita-gati-viliisa-vilasita\n\n14.8\n\n15\n\n22.5\n\n342\n\n15.3\n\n73\n\n24.16\n\n386\n\n23.1\n\n356\n\n26.3\n\n435\n\n18.16\n\n181\n\n17.8\n\n129\n\nB\nbhadrt'i cottarato maru-siraso\nbhagavato gu(Ulmaye sthiila-riipa\nbhaje bhajanyt'ira(Ul-piida-pankajam\nbhajeta rt'imam manujakrtim harim\nbhakte�v alam bhiivita-bhiitabharatasyt'itmajaft sumatir\nbhiirate 'pi var�e bhagaviin\nbhiirate 'py asmin va�e\nbhaviini-nt'ithaift stri-gaT_tt'irbuda\nbhaviin yugt'intt'ir(Ulva iirmi-mt'ilini\nbhindyt'ima yeniiS u vayam sudurbhidiim\nbhii-dvipa-var�a-sarid-adri\nbhumna r�ikulyt'iyt'im udgithas tataft\nbibha�i mt'iril la�ma vare(tya mt'iyayt'i\n\n497\n\n16.3\n\n92\n\n17.18\n\n144\n\n19.8\n\n235\n\n17.18\n\n144\n\n15.1\n\n72\n\n19.9\n\n236\n\n19.16\n\n247\n\n17.16\n\n142\n\n18.28\n\n203\n\n19.15\n26.40\n\n245\n480\n\n15.6\n\n76\n\n18.23\n\n194\n\n19.18\n\n248\n\n16.12\n\n103\n\n15.11\n\n83\n\nc\ncandravast'i tt'imrapar(ti ava!odt'i\ncatur�v ete�u ciita-jambii-kadamba\nchandiimsy akt'imasya ca yasya kt'imiin\n\n", "SB5.2#p0527": "498\nD\n\ndeviiniirit pu�iirigiiniirit\ndeva-tirymi-manU$yiir:uirit\ndevodyiiniini ca bhavanti catvdri\ndhyiiyamiina� suriisurorago-siddha\ndhyiiyann asad yarhi vikarma seviturit\ndr�fUr na drg yasya gur:uzir vidi4)'ate\ndravya-kriyii-hetv-ayanesa-kartrbhir\ndyau� kharit !cyiti� saila-sarit-samudra-\n\n20.17\n\n290\n\n20.46\n\n316\n\n16.14\n\n103\n\n15.7\n\n416\n\n18.3\n\n159\n\n19.12\n\n241\n\n18.37\n\n215\n\n18.32\n\n208\n\nE\nekadiisat-prasarigiin nikrta-matir\neka� prthan-niimabhir iihuto mudii\nekiintam advayarit siintarit\ne�iirit madhye iliivrtaril\ne�u pu�iil)dm ayuta-pu�iiyur\netad u haiva bhagavato vi§r:w�\netii hy eveha nrbhir upagantavyii\netiisiim apo bhdratya�\netasmin saritsiiriidhvani niinii\netiival loka-vinyiiso miina-la/cyar:uz\netiivdn eva bhu-valayasya\netiivatir hi riijan puritsa� pravrtti\nelena hi divo mm:u;lala-miinaril\nete�iirit var�a-maryiidii-girayo nadya5\nete�u hi bila-svarge�u svargiid apy\nete vayam yasya va5e mahdtmana�\nevam adhvany avarundhdno\nevaril candramii arka-gabhastibhya\nevarit da/cyi1Jeneliivrtaril n�adho\nevam eva dadhi-mar:u,/odiit\nevam eva mahiirauravo yatra\nevam evandhatiimisre yas tu\nevarit jambii.-phaliiniim atyucca\nevaril kumuda-nin:u;lho ya�\nevarit miilyavac-chikhardn n�patanti\nevarit muhii.rtena catus-trimsal\nevarit nava ko[o.ya eka-paiiciiSal\n\n14.13\n\n22\n\n19.26\n\n262\n\n20.33\n\n304\n\n16.7\n\n98\n\n17.12\n\n135\n\n23.8\n\n368\n\n25.14\n\n427\n\n19.17\n\n248\n\n14.38\n\n54\n\n20.38\n\n308\n\n21.1\n\n320\n\n25.15\n\n428\n\n21.2\n\n321\n\n20.26\n\n298\n\n24.8\n\n378\n\n17.23\n\n149\n\n14.33\n\n49\n\n22.8\n\n345\n\n16.9\n\n100\n\n20.29\n\n300\n\n26.12\n\n446\n\n26.9\n\n442\n\n16.19\n\n107\n\n16.24\n\n112\n\n17.87\n\n129\n\n21.12\n\n329\n\n21.7\n\n325\n\nevam-prabhdvo bhagavan ananto\nevarit purostiit /cyirodiit parita\nevarit surodiid bahis tad-dvi-gur:uz�\nevarit tato vdrw;tirit saumyiim\nevarit lava bhdratottama jambadvipa\nevarit-vidhd narakii yiimiilaye\nevarit vitta-vyat�riga-vivrddha\n\n25.13\n\n426\n\n20.24\n\n296\n\n20.13\n\n286\n\n21.11\n\n328\n\n19.31\n\n269\n\n26.37\n\n475\n\n14.37\n\n53\n\n15.14\n\n86\n\nG\ngayiid gayantyiirit citraratha�\ngayarit nrpa� ka� pratiyiiti karmabhir\ngitii mayii lava nrpiidbhutam\ngrahar/cya-tiiriimayam iidhidaivikarit\n\n15.9\n\n80\n\n26.40\n\n480\n\n23.9\n\n369\n\n25.11\n\n425\n\n18.11\n\n173\n\n18.12\n\n176\n\nH\nhanty aritha� sapadi nrl)dm a5e�am\nharaty ajo 'nta� srutibhir gato 'ngajarit\nhariiv abhaktasya kuto mahad-gur:ui\nharir hi siilcyiid bhagavdn sariril)dm\nhari-varse ciipe bhagavan nara\nhirm;tmaye 'pi bhagvavdn nivasati\nhitva grham samsrti-cakravalarit\nhitvd mahdrits tam yadi sajjate grhe\nhradiiS catvdra� payo-madhv\n\n18.13\n\n178\n\n18.7\n\n164\n\n18.29\n\n205\n\n18.14\n\n179\n\n18.13\n\n178\n\n16.13\n\n103\n\nI\n\nidarit hi yogesvara yoga-naipur:uzrit\niliivrte tu bhagaviin bhava eka\niSe yathd no 'jita-manya-rarithasiirit\n\n19.13\n\n242\n\n17.15\n\n141\n\n17.19\n\n145\n\nJ\njahau yuvaiva malavad\njambadvipasya ca riijann upadvipiin\njambudvipo yam yiivat-pramiir:uz\njariiyujam svedajam a�jodbhidarit\nja!hara-devakii.[o.u merum\n\n14.43\n\n63\n\n19.29\n\n268\n\n20.2\n\n273\n\n18.32\n\n208\n\n16.27\n\n116\n\n", "SB5.2#p0528": "499\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\nK\nkadiicid bhagna-mana-daril$!ro\nkadiicid iSvarasya bhagavato v��s\nkadiicin manoratlwpagata-pitr\nkalpiiJU$iim sthana-jayiit punar-bhaviit\nkarhi sma cit kiima-madhu-laviin\nkarma-vallim avalambya lata\nkaroti viSva-sthiti-samyamodayam\nkartasya sargad�u yo na badhyate\nkecanaitaj jyotir-anikam\nketumale 'pi bhagaviin kamadeva\n\n14.21\n\n31\n\n14.29\n\n41\n\n14.17\n\n27\n\n19.23\n\n257\n\n14.22\n\n32\n\n14.41\n\n59\n\n18.38\n\n217\n\n19.12\n\n241\n\n23.4\n\n363\n\n18.15\n\n180\n\nkim dU$karair na� kratubhis tapo-vratair 19.22\nkimpu'U$e va�e bhagavantam\n19.1\n18.39\nkrtvagra-daril$tre niragiid udanvata�\n19.23\nk$ar:tena martyena krtam manasvina�\nkurariga-kurara-kusumbha-vaikanka\n16.26\n\nkvacin mit he vyavaharan yat\nkvacit kiila-v�a-mita-raja-kula\nkvacit ksir:ta-dhana� sayyiisaniiSaniidy\nkvacit sakrrf avagata-v�aya\nkviipi deva-mayaya striya bhuja\n\n168\n\n16.11\n\n102\n\n16.16\n\n105\n\n20.4\n\n275\n\n19.5\n\n229\n\n18.22\n\n192\n\n18.28\n\n203\n\n18.38\n\n217\n\n16.28\n\n117\n\n18.36\n\n214\n\n20.44\n\n314\n\n14.24\n\n34\n\nmule rasiiyii� sthita iitma-tantro\nmurdhany arpitam a�;tuvat sahasra\nmurtim na� puru-krpaya babhiira\n\n25.13\n\n427\n\n219\n257\n\n25.12\n\n426\n\n25.10\n\n424\n\n24.14\n\n384\n\n115\n\n14.15\n\n25\n\n14.32\n\n48\n\n14.18\n\n28\n\n14.11\n\n20\n\n14.26\n\n37\n\n14.35\n\n51\n\n14.16\n\n26\n\n14.36\n\n52\n\n14.10\n\n18\n\n14.28\n\n40\n\n21.18\n\n335\n\n20.36\n\n306\n\n18.10\n\n433\n\n18.9\n\nmuktas tato yadi bandhiid devadatta\n\nM\nmtigtira-diirtitmaja-vitta-bandhU$u\n\nmithnanti mathnii manasii didrk$avo\nmrte 'IJI;lu e$a etasmin yad abhat\n\n149\n\n222\n\nL\nlak$a�ttaram stirdha-nava-koti\nlokiiloka iti samakhya yad\n\nma�;tikuto vajraki4a indraseno\nmartyiivartaras tv iha martya-si�r:tam\nmat-priiptaye }esa-suriisuriidayas\nmaya salwru kramate }a ojasii\nmaya yathayo bhramate tad-asrayam\nmeror murdhani bhagavata\n\n17.23\n16.1\n\n255\n\n229\nkuto 'nyathii syiid ramata� sva iitmana� 19.5\n29\n14.19\nkvacic ca du�ahena kayabhyantara\n14\n14.7\nkvacic ciiSe$a-do§a-n�adanam\n36\n14.25\nkvacic ca sila-viitiidy-anekiidhidaivika\n16\n14.9\nkvacic ca viityaupamyayii\n14.34\n50\nkvacic chita-viitiidy-aneka-\n\nkvacid asiidya grham diivavat\nkvacid drumvad aihikarthe$u grhe$u\nkvacid grhiiSrama-karma-codaniiti\nkvacid uluka-jhilli-svanavad\nkvacin mitlw vyavaharan yat\n\nmahan aham vaikrta-tamasendriyii�\nmahar$a etad vaicitryam lokasya\nmann.S ca bhadram bhajatdd adlw�je\nmandaro merumandara� supiir-Sva�\nmandarotsariga ekiidaSa-5ata\n\n171\n\nN\nna hi le$iim kalyii�Jiiniim prabhavati\nnaicchan nrpas tad-ucitam\nna janma nunam mahato na saubhagam\nnamasyata� smarato vii tri-kiilam\nna naga-vadhvo 'rhar:ta iSire hriya\nniinuvartmarhati nrpo\nnaraka nama bhagavan kim\nniiriiya�Jiiya haraye nama ity\nna stri-krtam ka5malam a5nuvita\nna vii ele$U vasatiim divyaU$adhi-rasa\nna vai bhagaviin niinam\nna vai maharaja bhagavato\nna vai sa titmiitmavatam suhrttama�\nna vai yaterann apunar-bhavaya te\nnavasv api var$e$U bhagaviin\nna veda nisttirar:ta-yogam aiijasii\nna veda siddhtirtham iva kvacit sthitam\nna yasya mayti-gur:ta-citta-vrttibhir\nna yatra niirtiyar:ta-piida-pankajana yatra vaikur:ttha-katha-sudhiipaga\nna yatra yajiiesa-makhii mahotsavii�\n\n14.44\n\n65\n\n19.7\n\n233\n\n23.9\n\n369\n\n17.20\n\n146\n\n14.42\n\n61\n\n26.4\n\n436\n\n14.45\n\n67\n\n19.6\n\n231\n\n24.13\n\n383\n\n24.22\n\n396\n\n16.4\n\n94\n\n19.6\n\n231\n\n19.25\n\n260\n\n17.14\n\n139\n\n17.24\n\nISO\n\n17.21\n\n147\n\n17.19\n\n145\n\n19.22\n\n255\n\n19.24\n\n258\n\n19.24\n\n258\n\n", "SB5.2#p0529": "500\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nnivrtti-la�1_Ul-miirga addv eva\n\n26.38\n\n478\n\nevaitat sak§atkiiro bhiimi-danasya\nnunam batiiyam bhagaviin arthe�u\n\n24.19\n\n391\n\n24.24\n\n398\n\nrw\n\ns\nsa eka evetarathii mitho bhayam\n\n18.20\n\n188\n\n0\n\nsa e�a bhagaviin adi-pu�a eva\nsa e�a dehiitma-miinin<im\n\n22.3\n\n340\n\n14.1\n\n3\n\n25.6\n\n415\n\nom hriim hnm hrom om namo\n\n18.18\n\n183\n\nsa eva bhagaviin ananto 'nanta\nsa eva punar nidriijagara-grhita\n\n14.20\n\n30\n\nom namo bhagavate akupariiya\nom namo bhagavate dharmii yiitma-\n\n18.30\n\n206\n\n18.2\n\n157\n\n23.2\n\n357\n\nom namo bhagavate mahii-pur�iiya\nom namo bhagavate mantra-tattva-\n\n17.17\n\n143\n\nsa hi saroe�iim jyotir-ganii(!iim\nsa i.Svaras tvam ya idam va.Se 'nayan\nsa loka-trayante parita i.Svare1_Ul\n\n18.35\n\n212\n\nsamagata-sri� sadasas-pati� satiim\n\n15.9\n\n81\n\nom namo bhagavate mukhyatamiiy a\n\n18.25\n\n198\n\nsaliketa vidviin kukalevariityayad\n\n19.14\n\n244\n\nom namo bhagavate narasimhiiya\n\n18.8\n\n166\n\nom namo bhagavate upa.Samaom namo bhagavate uttama5lokiiya\n\n19.11\n\n240\n\n19.3\n\n225\n\nsalikhyii na yasyasty ayathopalambhanat 18.31\n18.33\nsalikhya yaya tattva-drsiipaniyate\nsarva-jiva-nikayaniim\n20.46\nsa tvam mamiipy acyuta simti vanditam 18.23\n\np\nparasya brahma1_Ul� sak§aj\np<itum na sekur dvi-padaS cat�-pada�\nplak§ad�u paiicasu pu�ii(!iim\nplak§a� sva-samiinenek§u\npraiyavratam vamsam imam\nprajiiniim sarviisam raja\n\n307\n\n207\n210\n316\n194\n\nsatyam diSaty arthitam arthito nr(!iim\n\n19.27\n\n264\n188\n\nsa vai pati� syad akutobhaya� svayam\n\n18.20\n\n290\n\nsa vai sva-dharme1_Ul prajii-p<ilana-\n\n15.7\n\n77\n\n18.27\n\n202\n\n14.12\n\n21\n\n20.6\n\n281\n\n20.7\n\n282\n\nsa yada dugdha-purva-sukrtas\nsita tu brahma-sadan<it kesariicaliidi\nsivam yavasam subhadram santam\n\n15.16\n\n88\n\n20.12\n\n285\n\npratyadade vai kavaye 'bhiyacate\n18.6\npratyak pra5iintam sudhiyopalambhanam 19.4\npratyaiicita yudhi dharme1_Ul vipra\n15.11\n\n163\n226\n\n17.6\n\n128\n\n20.3\n\n275\n\nsraddhii-viSuddhiicala-bhakti-yoga-\n\nI 5.12\n\n84\n\nsrutvii sthulam tathii suk§mam\nsthule nirjitam atmiinam\nstriyo vratais tvii h�ikesvaram svato\nsuro 'suro viipy atha vlinaro nara�\n\n26.39\n\n479\n\nsuryai,U;ia-golayor madhye\nsurye(Ul hi vibhajyante\nsva-gobhi� pitr-devebhyo\n\n26.39\n\n479\n\n18.19\n\n186\n\n19.8\n\n235\n\n20.43\n\n313\n\n20.45\n\n315\n\n20.12\n\n285\n\n20.45\n\n315\n\n83\n\n15.13\n\n85\n\n23.6\n\n366\n\n21.16\n\n332\n\nsvargapavargau narakii\nsvasty astu viSvasya khala� prasidat<im\nsvayam vidhatte bhajatam anicchatiim\n\n18.9\n\n168\n\n19.27\n\n264\n\n18.17\n\n182\n\nT\n\nR\nramyake ca bhagavata� priyatamam\nratha-ni4as tu �a!-trimsal-lak§a\nrte bhavat-pada-paraya(!ii n na miim\n\n200\n\n20.37\n\n20.17\n\npramathya daityam prativiira1_l(lm mrdhe 18.39 219\nprapt<i nr-Jiitim tv iha ye ca jantavo\n19.25 260\npratihiit suvarcalayam pratihartriidayas 15.5\n75\npratnasya v�� riipam yat\n20.5\n278\n\npriyeta sadya� sa ha viSva-jiva�\npunarvasu-p�yau dak§i1_Ul-viimayo�\npurastat savitur aru1_Ul� pa5cac\n\n18.26\n\n18.24\n\n198\n\n21.15\n\n331\n\n18.22\n\n192\n\ntad bhagavato miiyamayam riipam\ntad bhaktanii m iitmavatam sarve�iim\ntad-dvipadhipat* priyavrat<itmajo\n\n24.21\n\n395\n\n20.9\n\n283\n\n", "SB5.2#p0530": "501\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\ntad-dvipa-madhye mdnasottara\ntad-dvipa-patift praiyavrato rdjan\ntad-dvipasyapy adhipatift praiyavrato\ntad eva rdsipsitam ipsito 'rcito\ntad-upa�.ldc catas�v dSdsvdtma\n\n20.30\n\n301\n\n20.14\n\n287\n\n20.31\n\n303\n\n18.21\n\n190\n\n20.39\n\n310\n\ntad-var$a-pu111.$ii. bhagavantaril\ntad-var�a-pU111.$ii.fl srutadhara-\n\n20.32\n\n303\n\n20.11\n\n285\n\ntad-vaT$a-pu111.$ii. rtavratatad yathd svaTIJilprasthaS\ntair yad visman api no vanaukasa.S\n\n20.27\n\n299\n\n19.30\n\n268\n\n19.7\n\n233\n\ntdm anuparito loka-pdldndm\ntam bhagavdn narado\ntam etam iha pu111.$ds trayyii.\nIii. naft punitii.miva-ghnift\ntan naft prabho tvaril kukalevardrpitdril\n\n16.29\n\n117\n\n19.10\n\n238\n\n22.4\n\n341\n\n20.23\n\n295\n\n19.15\n\n245\n\ntan niSamyobhayatrii.pi bhagavatd\ntdsii.ril na te vai paripdnty apatyaril\ntasmdd rajo-rdga-vi¢da-manyutasminn a�e krtamulo dvitiyo\ntasminn api praiyavrato ghrtapmho\n\n24.3\n\n374\n\n18.19\n\n186\n\n18.14\n\n179\n\n21.14\n\n330\n\n20.20\n\n292\n\ntasya mahdnubhdvasyii.nupatham\ntasya mula-dese tririiSad-yojana\ntasyii.nucaritam upa�!dd vista�yate\ntasyii.pi praiyavrata evddhipatir\ntasyemdril gii.thdril pd!i4aveya\n\n24.26\n\n401\n\n25.1\n\n410\n\ntataft parastdl lokdloka-ndmdcalo\ntataft sapta r�ayas tat prabhdvabhijM\ntata upa�.tad dvi-la�-yojandntara\ntata upa�!dd dvi-la�a-yojanato\ntata upa�!dd u.Sand dvi-laksa\n\n24.27\n\n402\n\n20.25\n\n297\n\n15.8\n\n80\n\n20.34\n\n305\n\n17.3\n\n124\n\n22.15\n\n351\n\n22.11\n\n348\n\n22.12\n\n348\n\ntata upa�.tad yojana-laksatata utkaldyii.ril maricir\ntata uttarasmdd �aya ekddaSa-la�\ntathd ca bhadra§ravd ndma\ntathd ghrtoddd bahift krauiicadvipo\n\n22.16\n\n351\n\n15.15\n\n86\n\ntathaivalakanandii. da�i(lena brahma\ntathaiveldvrtam apareiJil purveiJil\ntathdnye ca �ayo gandharvdpsaraso\ntathd valakhilyii. �ayo '�!ha\ntato 'dhasldc chata-yojandntara\n\n22.17\n\n352\n\n18.1\n\n156\n\n20.18\n\n291\n\n17.9\n\n130\n\n16.10\n\n101\n\n21.18\n\n333\n\n21.17\n\n333\n\n24.6\n\n377\n\ntato 'dhastad rasii.tale daiteyii.\ntato 'dhastad vitale haro bhagavdn\ntato 'dhastad ya�-ra�fl-piSdca\ntato 'dhastdn mahdtale kddraveyii.!Uiril\n'\ntato 'dhastii.t pdtd ie naga-loka\ntato 'dhastdt siddha-cii.raiJil\n\n24.30\n\n405\n\n24.17\n\n387\n\n24.5\n\n376\n\n24.29\n\n404\n\n24.31\n\n406\n\n24.4\n\n376\n\ntato 'dhastii.t sutale uddra§ravdft\ntato 'dhastii.t taldtale mayo nama\ntato 'neka-sahasra-ko#-vimdndnika\n\n24.18\n\n389\n\n24.28\n\n403\n\n17.4\n\n126\n\ntatra bhagavataft sii.�dd yajiia-lirigasya\ntatra ca kvacid ii.tapodaka-nibhdn\ntatra caturdhd bhidyamdnd\n\n17.1\n\n120\n\ntatra gato dari1Sa-ma5akatatrii.pi bhdratam eva OOT$Uril karma\ntathdpi muhyanti tavdja mdyayii.\ntatra haike narakdn eka-viriiSatiril\n\n14.5\n\n12\n\n17.11\n\n132\n\n18.4\n\n160\n\n26.7\n\n440\n\ntatrii.pi niravarodhaft svaireiJil viharann\ntatrii.pi priyavrata-ratha-caraiJil\ntatratyii.ndril divasa-madhyarigata\ntatra yas tu para-vittdpatyatdvad ubhayor api rodhasor ya\ntendjandbhe smrtimaj janma naft sydd\nle$ii.ril sva-vibhutindrilloka-pdldndril\nte�ii.rilvaT$e$u sima-girayo nadya§\nle$ii.rilviSiryamd!Ulndm ati-madhura\nte�u OOT$ii.drayo nadya§ ca\ntri-guiJillvdt kartu!t sraddhayii.\n\n14.6\n\n13\n\n17.5\n\n127\n\n14.31\n\n46\n\n16.2\n\n91\n\n21.8\n\n326\n\n26.8\n\n441\n\n16.20\n\n108\n\n19.28\n\n266\n\n20.40\n\n311\n\n20.15\n\n288\n\n16.17\n\n106\n\n20.10\n\n284\n\n26.2\n\n434\n\nudyii.ndni cii.titardril mana\nuktas tvayii. bhU-ma!l4aldyii.ma\nupavan:<itaril bhurner yathd\nu§anasii. budho vyakhyii.tas tala\n\n24.10\n\n381\n\nutpatti-sthiti-laya-hetavo 'sya kalpii.ft\nuttarii.-hanau agastir adhard-hanau\nuttare�u ca ku111.$U bhagavdn\nuttarottare(leliivrtarilnilaft 5vetaft\n\nu\n\n16.1\n\n90\n\n24.7\n\n378\n\n22.13\n\n349\n\n25.9\n\n420\n\n23.7\n\n367\n\n18.34\n\n212\n\n16.8\n\n99\n\n", "SB5.2#p0531": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n502\nv\nvadanti viSvaril kavaya� sma IUlSvararil\nvedan yugante tamasa tiraskrron\nviSvodbhava-sthana-nirodha-karma te\n\n18.4\n\n160\n\n18.6\n\n163\n\n18.5\n\n162\n\nyasmin prav�.te 'sura-vadhilnaril\nyas tu maha-kadamba� supar5va\nyas tv iha brahma-dhruk sa\nyas tv iha va dl,ihyabhimatir\n\ny\nya atma-vidyam akhyaya svayaril\nyada caindrya� purya� pracalate\nyad adas tara�r maiJ4alaril\nyada me�a-tulayor vartate\nyad anta-kale tvayi nirgu� mano\nyada pakha'J4ibhir atma-vaiicitais\nyad api dig-ibha-jayino yajvino\nyada tu para-badhayandha atmane\nyada vr§cikad�u paiicasu vartate\nyad etad bhagavata adityasya\nyad idam yoganu.Sasanaril na va\nyad-ruparil dhruvam akrtaril yad\nyad-rilpam etan nija-mayayarpitam\nyad u ha velva vibudhadaya�\nyad-upajo�ai,Uld bhavanya anucarii,Ulril\nyady atra na� svarga-sukhava.Se�itaril\nya e�a evam anu.Sruto dhyayamano\nya e�a �cx,laSa-kala� pu�o\nya� pral)a-vrttya parit�.ta atmavan\nya hy upayunjananaril mukha\n\n15.4\n\n74\n\n21.10\n\n327\n\n24.2\n\n373\n\n21.4\n\n323\n\n19.13\n\n242\n\n14.30\n\n44\n\n14.40\n\n57\n\n14.14\n\n24\n\n21.5\n\n324\n\n22.1\n\n338\n\n14.39\n\n56\n\n25.9\n\n420\n\n18.31\n\n207\n\n16.21\n\n108\n\n16.18\n\n106\n\n19.28\n\n266\n\n25.8\n\n418\n\n22.10\n\n347\n\n18.10\n\n171\n\n16.23\n\nIll\n\n68\nya idaril bhagavata-sabhajitavadata\n14.46\n19.26 262\nyai� sraddhaya barh�i bhaga5o havir\n19.21 253\nyair janma labdharil nf$u bharatajire\n67\nyajfriiya dharma-pataye vidhi-naipui,Ulya 14.45\nyal-lilaril mrga-patir adade 'navadyam 25.10 424\n\nyam abhyasilican paraya mudd sati�\nyam ahur asya sthiti-janma-sarilyamaril\nyaril loka-pala� kila matsara-jvara\nyan-madhya-gato bhagavarils\n\nyasam ambha� pavitram amalam\nyasaril payobhi� ku5advipaukasa�\nyasminn asalikhyeya-viSe$(l-ndmayasmin nava varyar:U nava-yojana-\n\n15.10\n\n81\n\n17.21\n\n147\n\n18.27\n\n202\n\n21.3\n\nyas tv iha va agamyarilstriyam\nyas tv iha va anrtaril vadati sa/cyye\nyas tv iha va asarilvibhajyasnati\nyas tv iha vel atithin abhyagatan\nyas tv iha va etad aham iti\nyas tv iha vai bhiltanam\nyas tv iha vai nija-veda-pathad\nyas tv iha vai raja rajapu�o\nyas tv iha vai sava�ril bharyaril\nyas tv iha vai sarvabhigamas\nyas tv iha vai steyena baliid\nyas tv iha vai vipro rajanyo vaiSyo\nyas tv iha vel ugra� pa5iln\nyasyadhvare bhagavan adhvaratma\nyasyadya asid gul)a-vigraho mahan\nyasya ha va idarilkalenopasanjihiryato\nyasya ha vava }cyuta-patana\nyasyaikaril cakraril dvadaSararil\nyasyaiva hi naga-raja-kumarya\nyasyam u ha va ete $llr/.\nyasyarighri-kamala-yugalaru�a\nyasyanudasyam evasmat-pitamaha�\nyasya prajanaril duduhe dharas�o\nyasya pucchagre 'vakSirasa�\n\n20.22\n\n294\n\n20.16\n\n289\n\n18.33\n\n210\n\n16.6\n\n97\n\n24.15\n\n385\n\n16.22\n\nIll\n\n26.14\n\n447\n\n26.36\n\n473\n\n26.20\n\n456\n\n26.28\n\n466\n\n26.18\n\n453\n\n26.35\n\n472\n\n26.10\n\n443\n\n26.17\n\n451\n\n26.15\n\n448\n\n26.26\n\n450\n\n26.26\n\n463\n\n26.21\n\n457\n\n26.19\n\n455\n\n26.29\n\n467\n\n26.13\n\n446\n\n15.12\n\n84\n\n17.22\n\n149\n\n25.3\n\n412\n\n24.20\n\n393\n\n21.13\n\n330\n\n25.5\n\n414\n\n14.2\n\n7\n\n25.4\n\n413\n\n24.25\n\n400\n\n15.10\n\n81\n\n23.5\n\n364\n\n18.12\n\n175\n\n18.36\n\n214\n\n321\n\nyasyasti bhaktir bhagavaty akiiicand\nyasya svarilparil kavayo vipa5cito\nyasyedaril/cyiti-ma'J4alaril bhagavato\n\n25.2\n\n411\n\nyan-ndma srutam anukirtayed akasmad 25.11 425\nyan-nirmitaril karhy api karma\n17.24 ISO\n16.25 114\nyan upaj�ai,Ulnaril na kadacid\n\nya tasya te pada-saroruharhal)aril\nyatha hy anuvatsararil kf$yamal)am\nyathaihikam�,LSmika-kama-lampa{a�\n\n18.21\n\n190\n\n14.4\n\nII\n\n19.14\n\n244\n\n", "SB5.2#p0532": "503\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\nyatha kulala-cakre� bhramatii\nyatha mer,lhistambha iikrama�\nyat-pri�niid barh�i deva-tiryaliyatra ha deva-pataya� svai�\nyatra ha vai siilmali pla�yiimii\nyatra ha viiva bhagaviin pitr-riijo\nyatra ha viiva na bhayam aho\nyatra ha viiva vira-vrata auttiinapiidi�\nyatra hi mahahi-pravara-siroyatrodeti tasya ha samiina\n\n22.2\n\n339\n\n23.3\n\n358\n\n15.13\n\n85\n\n17.13\n\n137\n\n20.8\n\n283\n\n26.6\n\n438\n\n24.11\n\n382\n\n17.2\n\n123\n\n24.12\n\n383\n\n21.9\n\n326\n\nyat-sambhavo 'ham tri-vrtii sva-tejasii\n17.22\nyat-sariga-labdham nija-virya-vaibhavam 18.11\nyat tad bhagavatiinadhigatiinyopiiyena 24.23\nyat tad vi.Suddhanubhava-miitram ekam 19.4\nyat tat karmamayam lirigam\nyiivad da�iT:Iiiyanam ahani\nyiivan manasottara-mervor antaram\nye�u maharaja mayena miiyiivinii\n\n149\n173\n397\n226\n\n20.33\n\n304\n\n21.6\n\n324\n\n20.35\n\n305\n\n24.9\n\n380\n\nye�v amara-parivrr;lha� saha\nye tv iha vii amigaso 'raT:tye griime\nye tv iha vii andhavata-ku.Sula\nye tv iha vai bhrltiiny udvejayanti\nye tv iha vai diimbhikii dambha\nye tv iha vai dasyavo 'gnidii garadii\nye tv iha vai pu�ii� pu�a\nye tv iha vai riijanyii riija-pu�iiye tv iha vai sva-gardabha-patayo\nye tv iha vai Vf'$ali-patayo\nye tv iha yathaiviimunii vihimsitii\nyo dustyajiin diira-sutiin\nyo dustyajiin �iti-suta-svajaniirtha\nyo 'ntar-vistiira elena hy aloka\nyo 'sau bhagavati sarva-bhrltiitmany\nyo 'sau guha-praharaT:�Qnmathita\nyo viiyam dvipa� kuvalaya-kamala\nyuktam na citram tvayi kiirya-kiira�\n\n16.15\n\n104\n\n26.32\n\n470\n\n26.34\n\n472\n\n26.33\n\n471\n\n26.25\n\n462\n\n26.27\n\n464\n\n26.31\n\n469\n\n26.22\n\n458\n\n26.24\n\n461\n\n26.23\n\n459\n\n26.11\n\n445\n\n14.43\n\n63\n\n14.44\n\n65\n\n20.42\n\n313\n\n19.20\n\n251\n\n20.19\n\n291\n\n16.5\n\n96\n\n18.5\n\n162\n\n", "SB5.2#p0533": "General Index\nNumerals in boldface type indicate references to translations of the verses of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam.\n\nAja\n\nA\n\nas son of Pratiharta, 75\n\nAktima� sarva-ktimo vti\nAbhijit\n\nverses quoted, 191,265\nA.kiiti\n\nas head of the stars, 348\nAbortions\nfollow unwanted pregnancies\n\nas wife of Prthu�erya, 76-77\nm\n\nKali­\n\nAlakananda River\n\nyuga, 18\n\nas branch of Ganges River, 128\n\nActivities\n\ncourse of described, 131\n\nauspicious and inauspicious controlled by\n\nAloka-var�a\n\nVi�ryu, 279\n\nlocated outside of Lokaloka Mountain,\n\nconditioned soul attains material facilities\n\n313\n\ndue to pious, 21\n\nAma\n\nmaterial as only engagement of condi­\n\nas son of Ghrtapr��ha, 294\n\nAmi-vijiia, ei murkhe 'vi$aya'\n\ntioned soul, 16\nshould be used for mission of Lord, 34\n\nquoted, 19\n\nthose in mode of ignorance engage in im­\n\nAnadhiktirir_to devti!J,\n\npious, 436\n\nverses quoted, 269\nAruidi karama-phale\n\nA.dityas\ncame from Narayarya, 277\n\nverses quoted, 428\n\nAdvaitam acyutam aruidim ananta­\n\nAnanta\nas expansion of Vi�ryu, 410\n\nverse quoted, 96, 205\nAgni\n\nbeauty of described, 413-415, 417circumam bulates Dh ruva M ah araja,\n\n418\nbecomes angry at time of devastation.\n\n356-357\nAgni�valla\nas head of Piq·loka, 437\nAlw.m hi sarva-yajiianam\n\n412\nmain mission of, 416\nno end to glorious qualities of, 427\nAnantadeva\nSee: Ananta\nAnanyas cintayanto mtim\n\nquoted, 277\nAlw.m tvtim sarva-papebhyo\nquoted, 189, 258\n\nAlw.riktire matta lw.iiti\nAir\n\nverses quoted, 191\nAndhakiipa\nas hellish planet, 452\n\nquoted, 13\n\nAndhatamisra\nas hellish planet, 441, 443\nAnimals\n\nplanets and stars float by manipulation of,\n361\nAiSvaryasya samagrasya viryasya\nquoted, 64\n\ncooked alive by cruel persons. 447\n\n505\n\n", "SB5.2#p0534": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n506\nAnimals\ndon't commit sms to\n\nAsi-patravana\nmaintain their\n\nbodies, 444\nnot subjected to punishment,452-453\nAniruddha\nabode of, 141\n\nAnnad bhavanti bhutani\nverse quoted, 113\nAnnamaya\nas name of moon-god,347\nAntarik�a\nplaces of enjoyment for Yak�as, etc., in,\n377\n\nAntavat tu phalam te�am tad\nquoted, 194\n\nAnte narayar_la-smrtibquoted, 68\n\nAnyabhi�ita-silnyam jnanapure devotional service as,134, 167, 190,\n235,261\n\nApareyam itas tv anyam prakrtim\n\nas hellish planet,441,449\nAssociation of devotees\nfrees one from misery, 56\nnot obtained by unfortunate, 57\none may become convinced of material\nfutility by,19\n\nA��me merudevyam tu\nverses quoted, 484\n\nA�fiiriga-yoga\npurpose of,68\nAsuri\nas wife of Devatiijit,74\n\nAsurrm yonim apanna\nverses quoted,18\n\nAtaeva kr�'f.lU mula-jagat-karar_la\nverses quoted, 219\n\nAta� pumbhir dvija-sre�!ha\nverses quoted, 58-59\nAtala\ndemon named Bala in, 386-387\n\nquoted, 201\n\nAtheism\n\nverses quoted,243\n\nAtheists\n\nas son of Yajnabiihu, 284\n\nAto grha-�etra-sutapta-vittair\n\nApi cet suduriicaro\nA pyiiyana\nA ryans\nstrictly follow Vedic principles, 72-73\n\nArcye v4'f.lUU sild-dhir gur�u\nquoted,139\nArjuna\ntaken by Kn1.1a through Aloka-var�a,\n313\nA r��i�e1.1a\nas the chief person in Kimpuru�a-var�a,\n223-224\nAru1.1adeva\nharnesses the sun-god's horses, 331\nlooks backward while driving the sungod's chariot,332\nAru1.1oda\nas river in Ilavrta,106\nAryamii\nas chief resident of Hira1.1maya-var�a,\n205\n\nresults of impious activity due to,436\nBuddha preached among, 73\nverse quoted, 66\n\nAva4'f.lUVO gurur na syat\nquoted,134\n\nAvajananti mdm milt;lha\nverses quoted,484\nAvarodhana\nas son of Gaya,87\nA va�a-nirodhana\nas hellish planet,441,472\nAvicimat\nas hellish planet,441,466\nAyal:lpiina\nas hellish planet,441,467\n\nAyi narukz-tanuja kirikaram\n\nverse quoted,110, 170, 428\nAyodhyii\nas residence of Lord Riima, 224\ndevotees of brought back to Godhead by\nRama,236\n\n", "SB5.2#p0535": "507\n\nGeneral Index\n\nBhagava.d-gitd\n\nB\n\nquoted on attaining brahma-bhuta platform, 252-253\n\nBadarikiisrama\nas residence of Nara-Niiriiyar:Ja, 237-238\n\nBahundrit janmandm ante\n\nquoted on bhakti-yoga as highest, 126\nquoted\n\non\n\nchanges\n\nof\n\nbodies\n\nwithin\n\nmaterial world, 476\n\nquoted, 34, 152, 215\n\nquoted on conditioned souls struggling\n\nBahurupa\n\nwith six senses and mind, 176-177\n\nas son of Medhiitithi, 298\n\nquoted on conditioned soul thinking him­\n\nBala\nthree\n\nkinds\n\nof\n\nwomen\n\ncreated\n\nby.\n\nBaladeva Vidyiibhii�ar:Ja\n\nquoted on demigods returning to earth,\n\ncited on Lord Brahmii, 224\n\n267\n\nBali Maharaja\n\nqu oted on d e m i g o d wors hi p, 192,\n\nfought with lndra, 399-400\n\n276-277, 281\n\noffered everything to the Lord, 390-392\nresides on Sutala, 390\nappeared\n\nquoted\n\non devotee always\n\nconsidered\n\nsaintly, 243\n\nthe Lord became doorkeeper of, 396\nVamanadeva\n\nself to be doer of activities, 16\nquoted on cruel nature, 53\n\n386-387\n\nin\n\narena\n\nquoted\nof,\n\n121-122\nBankim Candra\ncited on attraction of lover for beloved,\n41\nBhadra Kiili\nhuman beings sacrificed to, 469\nBhadra River\nas branch of Ganges River, 128\ncourse of described, 130\nBhadrasravii\nas ruler of Bhadriisva-var�a, 157\nBhadrasva-var�a\nas division of Jambiidvipa, 101\nGanges River flows through, 129\n\non\n\ndevotees\n\nas\n\nmagnanimous\n\nsouls, 191\nquoted on devotional service as permanent asset, 64\nquoted on distinction between Vi�r:Ju and\nthe demigods, 278\n\nquoted on fallen yog itaking birth in good\nfamily, 463\nquoted on falling from heavenly planets,\n133\nquoted on fools deriding K!'�r:Ja·s human\nform, 484\nquoted on four divisions of human society\ncreated by K!'�r:Ja, 453, 460\nquoted on four kinds of impious men who\ndon't surrender, 39\n\nruled by Bhadrasravii, 157\n\nquoted on four kinds of pious men who\n\nas authorized scripture, 43\n\nquoted on good rebirth of devotee. 68\n\ncited on material world as full of mts­\n\nquoted on great souls under protection of\n\nBhagavad-gitd\n\neries, 14\ncontains information on taking birth in\nBhiirata-var�a, 250\n\nrender devotional service, 191\n\ndivine nature, 263\nquoted on great soul who surrenders to\nK!'�r:Ja, 152-153\n\nKr�t)a demands complete surrender in,\n\nquoted on importance of constant chant­\n\n34\nliving entities described in, 187\n\nquoted on intricacies of action, 439\n\nquoted on approaching spiritual master,\n\nquoted on K!'�r:Ja accepting offerings of\n\n60, 84\n\ning, 185\n\ndevotee. I 72\n\n", "SB5.2#p0536": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n508\n\nBhagavad-grta\nquoted on Kr�rya 's appearance, 79, 312\nquoted on J(r�rya as enjoyer of sacrifices,\n474\n\ndevotional service, 265\nquoted on purpose of Lord's appearance,\n\nquoted on J(r�rya as only\n\nenjoyer of\n\nritualistic ceremonies, 277\nquoted\n\nBhagavad-gitti\nquoted on purifying material desire by\n\non\n\nK r � ry a\n\nas\n\nsource\n\n230\n\nquoted on rarity of devotional service, 62\nof\n\nremembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness, 207, 411\nquoted on J(r�rya as taste of water, 185\nquoted on J(r�rya delivering surrendered\nsoul from all sinful reaction, 189\nquoted on J(r�rya instructing Gitti to sun­\n\nquoted on real purpose of Vedas, 73\nquoted on remembrance, knowledge and\nforgetfulness coming from J(r�Qa, 216\nquoted on result of different kinds of\nworship, 47\nquoted on returning to lower planetary\nsystems, 256\nquoted on separated material energies,\n\ngod, 317\nquoted on liberation as mercy of J(r�rya,\n\n295\n\nquoted on sex for begetting children, 17\n\n368\n\nquoted on living entity as never created,\n\nquoted on stars, 91\nquoted on struggle of living entities, 152\n\n151\n\nquoted on living entity as never independent, 201\n\nquoted on Supreme Lord's control of\n\nquoted on Lord as supreme proprietor, 35\n\nquoted on surrender as salvation, 43\n\nquoted on Lord\n\nquoted on the moon as a luminary, 328\n\nseated in everyone's\n\nheart, 200, 207\nquoted on Lord taking personal care of\nsurrendered soul, 191\n\nmaterial nature, 323\n\nquoted on thinking of Lord's lotus feet,\n171\n\nquoted on total surrender to Kr�.;ta, 461\n\nquoted on material body as machine, 360\n\nquoted on understanding nature of\n\nquoted on material creation resting on\nJ(r�rya's energy, 208\n\nKr�Qa's appearance and activities,\n\nquoted on material nature working under\nJ(r�Qa's direction, 204,211,217.219,\n360\nquoted on mU(lhas, 158\nquoted on offering everything to Kr�Qa,\n22, 34\nquoted on offering food for sacrifice, 454\n\n477\nquoted on unintelligent desiring temporary happiness, 194\nquoted on unmanifested form of Kr�Qa\npervading entire universe, 208\nquoted on women, vaisyas, etc. approaching supreme destination, 461\n\nquoted on worshipers attaining destina­\n\nquoted on one in knowledge surrendering\nto Kr�Qa, 215\n\ntion of worshipable object, 256\nBhagirathi\n\nquoted on one who has seen the truth, 75\nquoted on one who is dhira, 147\n\nas name of Ganges River, 121-122\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\nquoted\n\non overcoming influence of\n\nmaterial energy, 161\nquoted on overcoming modes of nature,\n151\nquoted on perfect yoga system, 246\nquoted on performance of sacrifice,\n113\n\nquoted on real liberation, 66\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura\nquoted on engaging everything m the\nservice of the Lord, 93\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\ncited on Navadvipa as best place within\nthis universe, 259\n\n", "SB5.2#p0537": "General Index\nBhaktivinoda 'fhakura\nquoted on getting out of ocean of nescience, 428\n\nBindumati\n\nas wife of Marici, 87\n\nBirth\n\nas accepting another body, 7\n\nBlw.kti-yoga\n\nas real path of liberation, 252\n\nBoar incarnation\n\nprocess of broadcast by Caitanya, 126\n\nlives in northern part of Jambiidvipa,\n\nBhaktya mam abhijanati\n\n212\n\nquoted, 234\n\nBody, material\n\nBharata\n\nall sensations originally exist in, 415\n\nas brother of Lord Rama, 224\n\nmade of three elements, 228\n\nmust be maintained for executing devo­\n\nBharata-bhumite haila manfl.$ya\n\nverse quoted, 239, 254, 257, 267\n\nBharata Maharaja\n\ngave up everything to serve Uttamasloka,\n\nBrahmii\n\ntional service, 172\n\nas great leader of universe, 202\n\nas spiritual master of Niirada, 419\n\n63\n\nhad to suffer two more births, 161\n\nin body of a deer did not forget supreme\nLord, 67\n\nSumati as son of, 72\n\nas the form of ritualistic ceremomes,\nBhavani\n\n304-305\n\nSiva engages in sex with, 388-389\n\nwonderful activities of, 65\n\nwives of Yak�as assist, 107\n\nBhiirata-var�a\n\nBh�tismad viitab. parate\n\nas field of fruitive activities, 133\n\nverses quoted, 281\n\nGanges River inundates, 131\n\nBhojii\n\nmountains and rivers in, 247\n\nvarr:uJ.Srama-dharma easily adopted\n\n509\n\nas wife of Viravrata. 87\n\nm,\n\n251\n\nas trustworthy representative of Lord,\n164\n\nBhauvana\n\nbody of made from total material energy,\n\nBhava\n\ncame from Niiriiya�a, 277\n\nas son of Manthu, 87\n\nSee: Siva\nBhoktaram yajiia-tapasam\n\nverse quoted, 35, 474\nBhraji��ha\nas son of Ghrtapr��ha, 294\nBhiima\nas son of Pratihart:i, 75\nBhii-ma�Qala\ndivided into seven oceans, 92\nradius of, 90-91\n\nBhumir iipo 'nalo vayubverses quoted, 295\n\nBilvamangala Thakura\n\nquoted on liberation as maidservant of\ndevotee, 393\n\nBindu\nas son of Marici, 87\n\n149-150\n\ndoesn't understand even this universe,\n96\nexplanation of yogic process spoken by.\n243\nin each universe there is one. 329\nLord sometimes takes position of, 141\nsits on lotus Sower on Pu�karadvipa, 301\ntownship of on summit of Mount Meru.\nll7-ll8\n\ntwo kinds of Brahmiis, 315\nBrahma-bhutab- prasanniitmii\nverses quoted, 252\nBrahmacari\n\none should try to remain, 29\nBrahmaloka\n\none must return to repeated birth and\ndeath from, 257\n\n", "SB5.2#p0538": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n510\n\nBuddha\n\nBrahma�a\n\ndevotee who falls away takes birth\nfamily of, 68\n\nm\n\ndoesn't possess anything, 475\n\natheists accepted Sumati as, 72-73\n\npreached among atheists, 73\n\ngives his pious activities to those who\n\nc\n\nhonor him, 84\n\nJupiter favorable to, 351\n\nKalasiitra as hell for killer of, 448\n\nCaitanya-bhagavata\n\nquoted on glories of Ananta, 421-424\n\nnone qualified in Kali-yuga, 79\nperfect compared to swan, 70\n\nSandamsa as hell\n\nfor one who robs,\n\n455-456\n\nsix auspicious qualifications of, 134\n\nsudras being elevated to platform of, 47\n\nSiikaramukha as hell for one who inflicts\ncorporal punishment upon, 451\n\nwho drink� liquor goes to Ayai_Ipana, 467\nBrahmaT.J4a bhramite kona\n\nquoted on happiness of Vai�I:Javas, 231\n\nquoted on having opportunity to remember Kr�I:Ja, 259-260\n\nquoted on the fortune of the devotee\nKholaveca, 234\n\nCaitaya-caritamrta\n\ncited on Se�a, 148\n\ndescription of qualities of devotees in,\n177\n\npastimes of Caitanya narrated in, 124\n\nverse quoted, 59\n\nBrahma'.l4a Pura�\n\nquoted on Caitanya as channiivatiira, 213\n\nquoted on Kamadeva as Pradyumna, 181\n\nquoted on creation of material world, 218\n\nquoted on Vi�I:Ju as Sisumara, 353\n\nquoted on effect of chanting holy name,\n\nquoted on planet R�hu, 99-100\n\nBrahmapuri\n\nquoted on duty of one born in India, 254\n394-395\n\nAlakananda flows from southern side of,\n131\n\nquoted on Lord instructing devotee to\nsurrender, 19-20\n\nBrahmaputra\n\nquoted on materialistic devotee receiving\n\nBrahma sambhus tathaivarkaS\n\nquoted on prakrti not cause of material\n\nas main river in Bharata-var�a, 249\n\nshelter at Lord's lotus feet, 266\n\nverses quoted, 277\nBrahma-samhitii\n\nquoted on Govinda tending cows, etc.,\n165\nquoted on incarnations of Kr�I:Ja, 227\nquoted on Kr�I:Ja's unlimited forms, 205\n\nquoted on Lord always remaining\nGoloka, 206\nquoted on movement of sun, 302\n\nm\n\nquoted on planets in fixed orbits, 360\nquoted on prakrti, 361\n\nquoted on purified vision of devotees, 228\n\nquoted on sun as controlled by Govinda,\n322\n\nquoted on unlimited expansions of the\nLord, 96\n\nworld, 219\nquoted on shelter of pure devotee, 59\nquoted on unhappiness of materialistic\nlife, 56\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nadvises acceptance of spiritual master, 61\nan incarnation in age of Kali. 213, 238\n\nappeared in\n259-260\n\nland\n\nof\n\nBharata-var�a,\n\nbroadcast process of bhakti-yoga, 126\n\ncontrolled only by pure devotion,\n234-235\ngave practical example of transcendental\necstasy, 124\n\nintroduced congregational chanting of\nHare Kr�Qa mantra, 175\n\n", "SB5.2#p0539": "511\n\nGeneral Index\nCaitanya Mahiiprabhu\nKr�1.1a consciousness movement as mission of, 47\n\nCinttimar:ti-prakara-sadmasu\nverses quoted, 165\nCities\ncompared to forest, 6\n\nprayers of, 169-170\nquoted on accepting guru, 6\n\nCitraratha\nas son of Gaya, 87\n\nquoted on being saved from materialistic\nlife, 428\n\nCitrarepha\nas son of Medhiitithi, 298\n\nquoted on detachment from gold and\nwomen, l09-ll0\n\nConditioned souls\n\nquoted on duty of one born in Bhiirata-\n\nabsorbed in activities for bodily mainte­\n\nvar�a, 239, 257, 267\n\nnance, 15-16\n\nquoted on mercy of Kr�1.1a and guru, 57\n\nattracted by wife as illusion personified,\n\nquoted on shelter of pure devotee, 59-60\n\n40\n\nquoted on wanderings of living entities in\n\nattracted to little happiness derived from\nsense gratification, 32\n\nuniverse, 133\nrepresented in six-armed form, 236\nCak�u River\n\nbitten by envious enemies, 31\nburned by fire of lamentation, 25\nchastised by enemies and government\n\nas branch of Ganges River, 128\n\nservants, 20\n\ncourse of described, 129\n\nenter material world for some material\n\nCa1.1akya Pa1.1Qita\ntwo kinds of envious living entities ac­\n\nprofit, 5\n\ncording to, 170\n\nexchange of money causes enmity among,\n51\n\nCancalii\ngoddess of fortune as, 35\n\nexperience nothing but misery, 38-39\nexploit relatives, 24\n\nCandra\ncame from the mind of Niiraya1.1a, 277\nCandraloka\nGanges River carried to, 127\n\nfear of compared to mountain cave, 50\nfour defects of, 37\ngovernment men turn against, 26\n\nCandrama manaso jataS ca�o�\nverses quoted, 277\nCiira1.1aloka\nas planet below Riihu, 376\n\nCatur-varr:tyam maya smam\nquoted, 453, 460\n\njump from one body to another. 49\nlive lives of lamentation, 36\nmust accept one body after another. 167\nobliged to gratify their senses. 8\nreceive cheap blessings from atheists. 22\n\nCatur-vidha bhajante mtiril\n\nrepeatedly strive for material enjoyment.\n19\n\nverses quoted, 191\n\nsteal money and escape punishment. 35\n\nCeto-darpar:ta-mtirjanam\nquoted, 171, 175, 238\n\nChandogya Upan�ad\nquoted on Paramiitmii, 228\nChanting\n\ntake pleasure in mental concoctions. 27\ntake shelter of man-made gods. 42\ntreat family members unkindly. 29\nConjugal love\nKr�1.1a attracts everyone ·s heart by mellow\nof, 197\n\nabout Bharata Maharaja, 69\nChildren\ncompared to tigers, jackals and foxes,\n10\n\nCows\nthose in goodness had last animal birth\nas. 45\n\n", "SB5.2#p0540": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n512\nD\n\nDemigods\nmiseries caused by mental calamity at\n\nDaivi hy e�a gu�mayi mama\n\nhands of, 36\nown their possessions within the limits of\n\nquoted, 18, 53, 151\n\ntime, 399-400\n\nDak�a\n\nposition of like phantasmagoria, llO\n\ndaughters of, 82\n\nreside on Manasottara Mountain, 302\n\nDandasiika\nas hellish planet, 441,471\n\nsatisfied by satisfying the Lord, 86\n\nDar_u:lya-jane raja yena\n\nsee to affairs of material world, 311\nunfit to reside in Bharata-var�a, 269\n\nquoted, 55-56\n\nwitness activities of illicit sex, 17\n\nDarwin\n\nworship Deity form of the Lord, 139-141\n\nas modern anthropologist, 45\n\nDavanalas tad vanam alelihana� saha\n\nworshiped by many Indians, 263\nworshiped by those with lusty desires,\n\nquoted, 485\nDaya\n\n281\nbathed Gaya in sanctified water, 82\n\nDevadhani\n\nDeath\n\nlocation of, 326\n\nas giving up the body, 7\n\nDevadyumna\n\nas representative of Kr�Qa, 36\n\nas son of Devatajit, 74\n\ncompared to elephant, 50\n\nDevakulya\n\nconditioned soul fears approach of, 42\n\nas wife of Udgitha, 76\n\nmaterialist thinks of wife and children at\ntime of, 245\n\nDevatajit\nas son of Sumati, 73\n\nnot heeded by materialists, 159\n\nDeva-var�a\n\nsinful men brought to Yamaraja upon\ntheir, 438\n\nas son of Yajiiabahu, 284\nDevotees\n\nVi�Qu Supreme Lord of, 279\n\napproach Lord with material motives,\n\nquoted, 245\n\naspire to be delivered from material\nworld, IIO\nas servants of servants of servants of God,\n400-401\nassociation of develops Kr�Qa conscious-\n\nDeha-smrti nahi yara, samsara\n\n264-266\n\nDeity\nmoney should be spent for decorating, 9\nworshiped by the demigods, 139-141\nDemigods\nare inclined toward sex, 45\nas great leaders of universe, 202\nas living entities, 362\naspire to achieve human births\nBharata-var�a, 254\n\nness, 58\nautomatically attain liberation, 393-395\nm\n\nas servants of the Supreme Lord, 290\nbecome manifest in body of pure devotee,\n176\nconditioned souls sometimes take shelter\nof, 43\ndestination of worshipers of, 256\nenvied opulence of Bharata Maharaja, 65\n\ncompare color of gold to golden stool, 109\ndiscuss and praise activities of Bharata\nMaharaja, 69\ndo not care if they are reborn or not, 66\nfall down due to illicit sex, 33\nKr�Qa takes away everything from, 19\nlive opulently when serving\nNarayaQa, 36\n\nLak�mi-\n\n,\nmore dear to Kr�Qa than Brahma, Siva,\netc., 195\n\n", "SB5.2#p0541": "General Index\nDevotees\n\nDhruva Maharaja\n\nreleased from all kinds of sins, 454\nsee Lord's actions behind material nature,\n\nbecame akama-bhakta, 265\necstatic symptoms of, 123\nDhiimranika\n\n204\nshould eat as simply as possible, 173\nDevotional service\n\nas son of Medhatithi, 298\nDin ka dakini rat ka lxighini paktk\n\nattachment to body can only be given up\nby, 246\n\nquoted, 10\nDisciplic succession\n\ninattention retards, 64\n\nno purification by knowledge not received\n\nIndia has many facilities for executing.\n\nin, 419\nDivorce\n\n254\nliberation and opulence as obstacles to,\n400-401\nliving entities think\n\n513\n\nmaterial marriages separated by, 54\npresently everyone gives up family life\n\nof\n\neach other's\n\nwelfare by accepting, 168\noriginal quality of Kr�1.1a consciousness\nrevived by engaging in, 177\npath of is difficult, 62\nspiritual form of Lord realized by, 480\nthose in mode of goodness can engage in,\n47\nDhanaril dehi rilparil dehi\nquoted, 193\n\nby,30\nDr<;lharuci\nas son of Hira!)yareta, 288\nDruti\nas wife of Nakta, 77\nDurga\nas bestower, of material opulence, 193\nas wife of Siva, 142\nmaterial nature known as, 362\nmaterial world under superintendence of,\n\nDharma\n\n232\n\ncircumambulates D h r u v a Maharaja,\n356-357\nDharmam tu sak$ad bhagavat-prar;titam\nas only religious principle, 449\n\nDii�a!)ii\nas wife of Bhauvana, 87\nDvapara-yuga\nmaterial miseries began in, 136\n\nDharmaraja\nas father of Bhadrasrava, 157\nDharmaviruddho bhilte�u kamo 'smi\nquoted, 17\nDhenumati\nas wife of Devadyumna, 74\nDhiras tatra na muhyanti\nquoted, 147\nDhruvaloka\nGanges River descended on, 121-122\nsecond axle of sun-god's chariot attached\nto, 331\nseven sages circumambulate, 352-353\nDhruva Maharaja\nachieved extraordinary material\nopulences, 193-194\nas life source of all living entities, 356\n\nE\nEarth\nlifted from Garbhodaka Ocean by boar incarnation, 220\nplanets below, 378\nprotected by Lord, 204\nupper limits of, 377\nEclipse\ncaused by Rahu, 375\nEi rilpe brahmar:tt;la bhramite\nverse quoted, 133\nEkale i.Svara kmw., ara saba bhrtya\nverse quoted, 188, 278\n\n", "SB5.2#p0542": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n514\nEko bahuruiril yo vidadhdti karruin\n\nGandharvas\nchants glories of Rama, 223\n\nquoted, 203, 276, 454\n\nconstantly offer prayers to Lord, 417\n\nEko deva� saroa-bhute�u gut;lhah\n\nGanges River\n\nquoted, 215\n\nas river of piety, 259\n\nEko ha vai ruiraya� asit\nquoted, 201\n\ncarried to moon in celestial airplanes, 127\n\nEnergy, external\n\ndivides into four on top of Mount Meru,\n\nunder control of Vi�l)u creates material\n\n128\n\natmosphere, 5\n\nflows in the sky as the Milky Way, 365\ninfectious diseases cured by bathing in,\n174\n\nEnvy\ncleansed from mind by devotional ser­\n\none who bathes in is purified, 122\n\nvice, 169\n\nqualities of, 121-122\n\ngold as source of, 14-15\n\nwater of on heads of seven great sages,\n\nE�a hy evanandayati\nquoted, 253\n\n125\n\nEtas tisro devata anena jlvena\n\nGarbhodaka Ocean\nat bottom of universe, 438\n\nquoted, 228\n\nhell situated between three worlds and,\n437\n\nF\n\nGaru�a\npath of Ja�a Bharata compared to path of,\n\nFamily life\n\n61\n\nas concession for sex, 230\n\nresidence of, 283\n\nas festival of momentary sex pleasure, 49\n\nsnakes in Mahatala disturbed by fear of,\n\nSee also: Household life\nFear\n\n404-405\nGau�iya-bha�ya\n\nnone on subterranean planets, 383\n\nsupplementary note on incarnations in,\n\nFood\n\n481\ngiven to us by Lord, 454\n\nFruitive activities\nconditioned soul influenced by, 27\nexecuted by the illusory energy, 152\nhousehold life as field of, 11\nmay temporarily elevate one to higher\nplanets, 59\nNarayal)a as sun-god worshiped by, 342\ntranscendentalists condemn path of, 33\n\nG\nGambling\nfound where there is gold, 15\nGandhamadana Mountain\nas mountain of Jambiidvipa, 101\nGanges falls to peak of, 129\n\nGaya\nas saintly king, 78-79\nas son of Nakta, 77\nbathed in sanctified water by daughters of\nDak�a, 82\nkept all his citizens satisfied, 83-84\nverses glorifying, 80-86\nGayanti\nas wife of Gaya, 87\nGayatri ca brhaty U$�ig\nverses quoted, 332\nGayatri mantra\nquoted, 90-91\nsun-god worshiped by chanting, 317\nGhrtapr�\\ha\nas son of Priyavrata Maharaja, 293\nGodavari River\nland of India glorious because of, 122\n\n", "SB5.2#p0543": "515\n\nGeneral Index\nGold\n\nas yellow stool, 14-15\n\ncolor of compared to golden stool, 109\n\nencompasses four principles of sin, 15\n\nHappiness\n\ndoes not exist in material world, 55\n\nmaterial as cause of many\n\nmiseries,\n\n229-231\n\nmaking body comfortable requires huge\n\nmaterial as facility for eating, sleeping,\n\nproduced from secretions of Siva and\n\nnot found in family life, 25\n\namounts of, 168\n\nBharani, 388-389\n\nproduced on banks of Jambii-nadi River,\n\n108-109\nGoodness, mode of\n\ndevotional service performed by those in,\n\n47\nGopi-bhartu� pada-kamalayor\nquoted, 401\n\netc, 159\n\nof family life compared to drop of water\nin desert, 30\n\nHare Kr�r:Ja mantra\n\nCai t a n y a i n t r o d u c e d con g r e g a t i onal\nchanting of, 175\n\none should hear vibration of, 9\npurifies one of baser modes, 48\n\nHarer nii ma harer niima\n\nGop is\n\nLord's mercy upon, 196\n\nunderstood Kr�r:Ja to be only real husband, 187\n\nverses quoted, 62\n\nHaridasa Thakura\n\nhis confirmation of effects of chanting\n\nGosvamis of Yrndavana\n\nholy name, 394-395\nHari-seviiya yaha haya anukula\n\nGovernment\n\nHari-var�a\n\n32\n\nHayagriva\n\npractically didn't sleep at all, 31\nmay arrest conditioned soul who steals,\nmen like carnivorous demons, 26\n\npresent levies taxes unfairly, 80\n\nGrhastha\n\nduties of, 28\n\nverse quoted, 93\n\nNrsirilhadeva resides in, 164\n\nreturned Vedas to Brahma, 163\n\nHayasir�a\n\nworshiped by Bhadrasrava and intimate\n\nHearing\n\nGuru\n\nmercy of, 57\n\nqualifications of, 134\n\nSee also: Spiritual master\nGuru-kmw.-prasade piiya\nquoted, 6, 57, 61\n\nH\nHii lui prabhu nanda-suta\nsong quoted, 110\n\nHanuman\n\nserves Rama in Kimpuru�a-var�a. 223\n\nHappiness\n\nachieved by seeking a spiritual master, 60\nas brahma-saukhya, 158\n\nattained by engaging possessions in service of Lord, 21-22\n\nservants, 157\n\nrecommended by great saints\n\nm\n\ntional line, 175\n\nHeavenly planets\n\nattained by hearing\nMaharaja, 69\n\nabout\n\ndevo­\n\nBharata\n\nthree groups of, 133\n\nHeavens, subterranean\n\ndescription of, 379-385\n\nHellish planets (hell)\n\nanimals don't go to, 444\nby\n\nacting i m p i o u s l y on e achieves\n\ndifferent positions in. 435-436\n\nnumber of, 441\n\nsituation of, 437\n\nHemakiita Mountain\n\nAlakananda River falls down upon peaks\nof. 131\n\n", "SB5.2#p0544": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n516\nHira1,1maya-var�a\n\nas division of Jambiidvipa, 99\nVi�1,1u lives as tortoise in, 205\n\nHira1,1yagarbha\n\nas Brahma, 243\n\nas\n\npersonification\n\nof\n\nas son of Maharaja Priyavrata, 274\n\nIgnorance, mode of\n\nAnanta as predominating Deity of, 410\nmonkey as last animal birth in, 45\n\nsun-god known as, 315\n\nHira1,1yakasipu\n\nIdhmajihva\n\nresult of action in due to madness, 436\n\nmaterial desire,\n\n167-168\nHira1,1yak�a\n\nkilled by boar incarnation, 220\n\nHira1,1yareta\n\nas son of Maharaja Priyavrata, 288\n\nlhci yasya harer dcisye\nverses quoted, 66\n\nIlavrta-var�a\n\nas division of Jambiidvipa, 98\n\nSiva as only male in, 142\n\nIllusion\n\nacts both on conditioned and liberated\nsouls, 161\n\nHitvatma-pcitam grluzm andluz-kupam\n\nquoted, 29\n\nImam vivasvate yogam proktavan\n\nchanted jokingly or by chance, 425\n\nImpersonalists\n\nHoly name\n\ncompared to sun, 394-395\n\nHaridasa Thakur a's confirmation of\neffects of chanting, 394-395\n\nthree stages of chanting, 395\n\nquoted, 317\n\ndo not accept spiritual varieties of life,\n125\n\nIncarnations\n\nconsidered as ordinary material creatures\n\nHousehold life\n\nby nondevotees, 205\n\nas field of fruitive activity, 11\n\nLord appears in different, 424\n\ncompared to dark well, 29\n\n199\nof Lord like waves of river, 165\n\ncompared to blazing fire in forest, 25\nconsists of home, wife, children, etc. 172\n\nentanglement in as root cause of material\nattachment, 180\n\nexecution of yajfias in, 28\nno one can be happy in, 30\nSee also: Family life\nHrdy anta/:t-stlw hy abhadrani\nquoted, 175\nHr;;ikesa\nas controller of senses, 184\n\nHuman life\n\npurification as aim of, 158\n\nHuman society\ntwo classes of men in, 230-231\nHyderabad\nAyodhya exists in, 224\n\nI\n/dam hi viSvam bhagavcin ivetara/:t\n\nquoted, 93\n\nMatsyavatara appears first among all,\n\ntwo divisions of, 481\n\nIndia\n\nfather must get children married in, 28\n\nGanges River purifies residents of, 122\nhas many facilities for executing devotional service, 254\nmany worshipers of demigods in, 263\nIndra\nAnanta appears as white as, 417\n\nBali Maharaja fought with, 399-400\n\nbecame intoxicated on soma-rasa, 84\n\ncircu mambul ates Dhruva Maharaja,\n356-357\nfight between serpentine demons and,\n406\npossesses Devadhani, 326\nresides on Manasottara Mountain, 302\n\nIntelligence\nlost in association of atheists, 22-23\nmeant for Kr�1,1a consciousness, 69\n\n", "SB5.2#p0545": "517\n\nGeneral Index\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nSee: �i?�a consciousness movement\nIntoxication\nexcites the senses, 32\nfound where there is gold, 15\nquoted on Lord providing everyone with\n\n]Iva Gosvami\ncited on transcendental identity of the\nLord, 228\n\nquoted on rurus, 445\ntranslation of text 10 given by, 424-425\n\n]fi.dnanandatmano v�1J.u�\nverses quoted, 353\n\n]nanis\n\nquota, 187\n\nIstdpurtam bahudha jayamdnam\n\ncan't stop waves of sense gratification,\n\nquoted, 276\n\n167\n\nlsvara� sarva-bhutdnam hrd-dese\nquoted, 207, 361\n\nJupiter\nmovement and characteristics of, 351\n\n]yotir Veda\n\nJ\n\ntechnical terms in difficult to translate,\n\n309\n\nJa�a Bharata\n\nK\n\ndid not spoil his energy, 64\npath of compared to path of Garu�a, 61\nJagannatha Purl\nCaitanya lived at, 124\n\n]agat-kararJa nahe prakrti jac)a-rllpd\nverses quoted, 219\nJahnavi\n\nKaivalyam narakayate tri-daSa-pur\nverses quoted, 125\n\nKalau sudra-sambhava�\nquoted, 475\nKali-yuga\n\nas name of Ganges River, 121-122\nJains\nas false dcdryas who don't follow Vedic\nprinciples, 72-73\nJambiidvipa\nis surrounded by ocean of salt water, 274\nnine divisions of land in, 97\nJambii-nadi\nas river in Ilavrta, 107-108\n]anasya rrwho yam aham mameti\nquoted, 411\n]anmiidy asya yata�\nquoted, 415\n]anma karma ca me divyam\nverses quoted, 362, 477\nJayadeva Gosvami\nK:r9�a's name appears in prayers of, 165\nquoted on Matsya incarnation, 199\n]Iva\nas name of moon-god, 346-347\n]Iva Gosvami\n\ncited on meaning of mdya-mayam, 183\n\nCaitanya appears in, 238\nCaitanya 's path of devotional service easy\nin, 62\n\ncheating by pseudo yogis prominent in,\n\n23\nc o m m u n i t y k n o w n as arya-sam dja\nsprings up in, 72-73\nLord appeared as concealed incarnation\nin, 213\nmodern civilization mainly situated in\ncities in, 6\nmonarchy abolished in, 79\nqualities of people in, 109\nrelatives will kill each other in. 24\nstringent material miseries began in. 136\nunwanted pregnancies in. 18\n\nKali-yuge lrldvatara na kare\nverse quoted, 213\nKamadeva\n\nlives in Ketumala-var9a. 181\n\nKamais tais tair hrta-jiiana�\nquoted, 281\n\n", "SB5.2#p0546": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n518\nKapiladeva\n\nanalyzed cosmic manifestation as containing twenty-four elements, 210-2ll\n\nKarma-kii�r,la, jiiiina-kii�\n\nKr�f.la\n\naddressed as akiiicana-gocara, 234\n\nappears in various incarnations, 227\nas attractive, 65\n\nverses quoted, 460\n\nas only real husband of all women, 187\n\nKarma� hy api boddhavyam\n\nas owner of all property, riches and\n\nverses quoted, 439\n\nKarmis\n\nsuffer in this life and the next, 33\n\nwealth, 35\n\nauthorized scriptures left by, 43\n\ncleanses the heart as Paramatma, 48\n\nKarttikeya\n\ndeath as representative of, 36\n\nKasyapa\n\nMahapuru�a as name of, 77\n\nvegetables attacked by weapons of, 292\n\nc i r c u m a m b u l ates Dhruva Maharaja,\n\n356-357\nKa!ha Upani$ad\n\nquoted on expansions of V i��u as Supersoul, 280\n\nKaveri River\n\nland of India glorious because of, 122\n\nKesaracala Mountains\n\nSita River runs down peaks of, 128-129\nKesava\nJayadeva Gosvami's prayers contain name\nof, 165\n\nKetumala-var�a\nas division of Jambiidvipa, 101\nas residence of Kamadeva, 181\n\nGanges River flows through, 129\n\nKhala\n\nas envious living entity, 170\n\nKholaveca Sridhara\nas great devotee of Caitanya, 234-235\n\nhari-cakra weapon of, 42\n\nmercy of, 57\n\nonly advanced devotee can understand\nlusty feelings between Radha and,\n\n415\noriginal form of, 165\n\npurpose of His appearance, 79\n\nreputation of is always expanding, 64\n\nspecific characteristic of, 197\ntakes\n\naway\n\neverything\n\nfrom\n\nfavored\n\ndevotee, 19\ntook birth in Yadu dynasty, 88\n\nKr�l)a consciousness movement\n\nas opportunity for all misled members of\nhuman society, 7\n\nchief engagement of, 175\ndealings in are never material, 94\n\ndisciples in must follow regulative princi-\n\nples, 52\nestablished center in Mayapur, 259\n\nforbids illicit sex, 458\n\nKi brahma, ki siva, ki sanakadi\n\ngives everyone the chance to engage m\n\nKimpuru�a-var�a\n\ngoal of, 43\n\nverses quoted, 421\n\nKing\n\nHanuman serves Rama in, 223\nas representative of the Supreme Lord, 79\n\nKnowledge\n\nHayagriva always protects Vedic, 163-164\n\nservice, 64\n\nis giVmg everyone the association of\nsaintly people, 56\n\nis opening Caitanya 's path, 62\n\nis opening centers all over the world, 268\n\nis trying to elevate sudras, 47\n\nKrauiicadvipa\n\npropagated to reestablish van:uiSrama­\n\nKravyadas\ntorment sinful men in Maharaurava, 446\nKrmibhojana\nas hellish planet, 441, 454\n\nspreads chanting of Hare Kr�l)a mahii­\n\nis surrounded by ocean of milk, 291\n\ndharma, 251\n\nmantra, 57\n\nteaches\n\npeople\n\nsenses, 9\n\nto\n\ncontrol\n\nmind\n\nand\n\n", "SB5.2#p0547": "519\n\nGeneral Index\n\nLak�mi (Lak�midevi, Lak�miji)\n\n��l)ii River\nland of India glorious because of, 122\n\nas devotee of Kamadeva, 181\nas source of riches, 35\n\nKmta-saktye prakrti haya gau�\n\nmaterial opulence not bestowed by, 193\n\nverses quoted, 219\n\nworships Lord during Sarhvatsara, 183\n\nKr§�-varr:�-am tvi§akr§�m\n\nLak�mi-NarayaQa\n\nverses quoted, 259\n\nmoney should be utilized in service of, 36\n\nK�arakardama\nas hellish planet, 441,468\n\nLalabhak�a\nas hellish planet, 441,464\n\nK§atriya\npossesses riches to use for noble ac­\n\nLamentation\nconditioned soul burned by fire of, 25\n\ntivities, 475\nVaitaral)i as hell for degraded, 459\n\nK§lr:te pur:�-ye martya-lokam\n\nconditioned soul lives life of, 36\nLiberated souls\n\nquoted, 133, 256, 267\n\nbecome captivated by illusory energy.\n\nKumaras\n\n161\n\ntranscendental bliss derived by, 396\n\nLiberation\nas obstacle to devotional service, 400-401\n\nKumbhipaka\nas hellish planet, 441,447\n\nattained\n\nKumuda Mountain\n\nby\n\nhearing\n\nabout\n\nBharata\n\nMaharaja, 69\n\nas mountain of Jambiidvipa, 102\nBhadra River falls onto peaks of, 130\nKunti\n\nautomatically attained by d ev o t e e,\n393-395\n\nbhakti-yoga as real path of. 252\n\nquoted on K�;�l)a 's appearance in this\nworld, 200\n\nconsidered insignificant, 65\ndevotees on platform of, 243\nobtained by pious acts temporary, 59\n\nKurma Purar:�-a\nquoted on demigods desiring to descend\n\npeople denied opportunity for, 251\nsaintly persons easily attain, 57\n\nto Bharata-var�a, 269\n\nLiving entities\n\nKuru\n\nare never created, 152\n\nas division of Jambiidvipa, 99\nBhadra River flows through province of,\n\nas prakrti, 201\nborn from wombs, eggs and perspiration.\n\n130\nKusadvipa\n\n209\n\ninhabitants of worship lire-god, 290\nsurrounded by ocean of liquid ghee,\n\ndepend on heat and light from sun. 316\nexhibit greatness in spiritual world.\n178-179\n\n286-287\n\ninfluenced by different modes of nature.\n434-435\n\nL\n\nLord controls all, 200\nmeant to be enjoyed by ��Qa. 187\nSupersoul as director of. 216\n\nLaghu-bhiigavatamrta\nquoted\n\non expansions of\n\nthe Lord,\n\n140-141\nquoted on Lord Rama, 224\nLak�mal)a\n\ntwo kinds of. 362-363\nLohitiirQa\nas son of Ghrtapr�\\ha. 294\nLokaloka Mountain\n\nas brother of Rama, 223, 224\n\ncontrols rays of the sun. 307-308\n\nas manifestation of Sailkar�aQa, 232\n\nfour elephants on. 310\n\n", "SB5.2#p0548": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n520\nLokaloka Mountain\n\nland of gold extending to, 306\n\nas name of 1\\:r�rya, 77\n\nsurrounds ocean of sweet nectar, 305\n\nMahiiraurava\n\nSee: Ramacandra\n\nMahatala\n\nLord Rama\n\nLotus feet of 1\\:r�rya\n\none becomes dhira by surrender to, 147\n\nas hellish planet, 441, 446\nas a b od e of m an y-h o o d e d s n a k e s ,\n\n404-405\n\npure devotees compared to bumblebees\n\nMahatmanas tu mam piirtha\n\nthe\n\nMahat-sevaril. dvaram iihur vimukte�\n\nengaged in serving, 6\nGanges River\n\ndirectly touches,\n\n121-122\nLust\n\nMahapuru�a\n\ncomparison of material and spiritual, 415\n\nmental situation for material enjoyment\ndue to, 16\n\none disobeys rules of sex life when\nblinded by, 17\n\nverses quoted, 263\n\nquoted, 480\n\nMaitri\n\nbathed Gaya in sanctified water, 82\n\nMalyavan Mountain\n\nas mountain of Jambiidvipa, 101\n\nCak�u River falls on summit of, 129\n\nMamaivamso jiva-loke\n\nverses quoted, 176-177\n\nMama janmani janman!Svare\n\nM\n\nquoted, 170\n\nMam eva ye prapadyante\nquoted, 43, 161\n\nMiim hi piirtha vyapasritya\n\nMadhu\n\nverses quoted, 461\n\nas son of Bindu, 87\n\nMana� §ll${hanindriyani\n\nas son of Ghrtapr�\\ha, 294\n\nMana§ ca bhadraril. bhajatiid\n\ncited on planet Riihu, 99-100\n\nManasottara Mountain\n\nMadhuruha\n\nMadhviiciirya\n\ncited on purpose of ll$.fiiriga-yoga, 68\nquoted on Kamadeva as Pradyumna,\n\n181\nquoted on liberation from material world,\n243\nquoted on Lord Trivikrama, 122\n\nquoted on worship of Supreme Lord by\n\nquoted, 152\nquoted, 169\n\naxle of wheel of sun-god's chariot rests\non, 330\n\nresidential quarters of demigods on, 302\n\nsun travels in a circle over sides of,\n325-326\n\nManda� sumanda-matayo\nquoted, 109\n\ndifferent names, 279\n\nMandara\n\nSisumiira, 353\n\nMan-mana bhava mad-bhakta�\n\nquotes BrahmaT.U.ia Purii� on Vi�ryu as\nMahakadamba\n\nas tree on Suparsva Mountain, 111\n\nMahii-mantra\n\nchanting of inaugurated in Navadvipa,\n\n259\nspread by Kr�rya consciOusness movement, 57\n\nas mountain of Jambiidvipa, 102\n\nquoted, 171,246,258\n\nManojava\n\nas son of Medhatithi, 298\n\nManomaya\n\nas name of moon-god, 347\n\nManovati\n\nas township of Brahma, 118\n\n", "SB5.2#p0549": "General Index\n\n521\n\nManthu\n\nMaya-pracuraniitmiya-sankalpena\n\nManu.Syana:ril sahasre�u\n\nMayapur\n\nquoted, 183\n\nas son of Viravrata, 87\n\nKr�Qa consciousness center established at,\n\nverses quoted, 62\n\nMarici\n\n259\n\nas son of Samrat, 87\n\nMaya-sukhaya bharam udvahato\n\ndoes not last in material world, 54\n\nMaya tatam idaril sarvaril jagad\n\nquoted, 158,193,379\n\nMarriage\nMars\n\nmovement\n\n350-351\n\nand\n\nc h a r a c t e r istics\n\nof,\n\nMartaI) <;Ia\n\nquoted, 208\n\nMayavadis\n\nattracted to merging into the Lord's existence, 66\n\nsun-god known as, 3 15\n\nconsider sankirtana-yajfta as pious ac­\n\nall constituents of described in Chapter\n\nregard Kr�I)a's body as material, 181\n\nMaterial existence\n\nFourteen, 70\n\nconditioned soul perpetually runs around\nforest of, 15-16\n\nli.ving entity suffers miserable conditions\nof, 5\n\nuncontrolled senses like plunderers in\nforest of, 8\n\ntivity, 260\n\nthink universal form to be real, 208\n\nMeat-eating\n\nexcites the senses, 32\n\nfound where there is gold, 15\n\nMedhatithi\n\ndivided Sakadvipa into seven sections.\n297-298\n\nway of explained, 40-41\n\nMeghapr�tha\n\nas miU;lhas, 158\n\nMental speculation\n\nMaterialists\n\nas son of Ghrtapr��ha, 294\n\ndesire comfort for the body, 168\n\ndon't heed danger of impending death,\n159\n\nmaterial bodily conditions acquired due\nto, 5\n\nMercury\n\nmovement and characteristics of. 350\n\nMat-sthani sarva-bhutani na\nquoted, 208\n\nMerumandara\n\nalways\n\nMilky Way\n\nMatsya\n\np ro t ects V e d i c k n o w l e d g e,\n\n163-164\nappeared in Ramyaka-var�a, 198\n\nappears first among all incarnations, 199\nMatta/:1 smrtir jnanam apohanaril ca\nquoted, 160\nMatter\nmoves\n\nwhen\n\nLord\n\nglances\n\nmaterial energy, 2 18\n\nover\n\ntotal\n\nMaya Danava\n\nas great demon architect, 38 1\nTalatala ruled by, 403-404\n\nMayadhyak$er:w- prakrti/:1\n\nverses quoted, 204, 211, 217. 219. 323,\n360\n\nas mountain of Jambudvipa. 102\n\nas Ganges River, 365\nMind\n\nmaterial existence caused by dirty things\nwithin, 175\n\nmoon-god is deity of everyone\"s. 347\n\nMiseries\n\nconditioned soul unable to protect himself\nfrom materiaL 36\n\npath of fruitive activities as original\nsource of. 33\n\nMonarchy\n\nabolished in Kali-yuga. 79\n\nMoney\n\nconditioned souls exchange. 51\n\n", "SB5.2#p0550": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n522\n\nNagaloka\n\nMoney\nconditioned soul steals, 35\nenemies created from transactions with,\n\ndemoniac serpents on, 407\n\nNa jayate mriyate va kadacin\nquoted, 152\n\n37\nknown as la�mf, 475\nmerchants always interested in earning, 5\nof conditioned soul spent for sense gra-\n\nNa�atrar:ziim aham sa51\nquoted, 91, 328-329\nNakta\nas son of Prthu�er:ta, 76\n\ntification, 8\nrequired to keep women, 32\ntaken away by family members, 10\nMonkeys\n\nNa mam d�krtino mw.fha�\nverses quoted, 39, 158\nNanda Maharaja\n\ntransplants of sex glands of, 45\n\nas resident of Vrndavana, 197\nNiirada Muni\n\nMoon\ninfluences growth of food grains, 346\nis deity of everyone's mind, 347\nis similar to other stars, 329\n\nalways glorifies Ananta in his father's assembly, 419\nas spiritual master of Vyasadeva, 419\n\nis twice as large as sun, 374\n\ninstructed Savarl).i Manu, 239\n\nMercury is the son of the, 350\n\nworships Nara-Niirayal).a, 241\n\nreflects sunshine, 91\ntravels faster than the sun, 345\nMoon-god\n\nNarada Pancaratra\ntenets of instructed to Savarr:ti Manu, 239\nNara-Niirayal).a\n\nconsidered chief of all living entities,\n\nas best of all saintly persons, 240\nresides at Badarikasrama, 237-238\n\n346-347\npossesses Vibhiivari, 326\nMount Meru\n\nNarayal).a\nas beautifully decorated with different\n\nGanges River divides into four on top of,\n\nweapons, 312\nas supreme controller of everyone, 201\n\n128\n\nSee also: Sumeru Mountain\nMrtyu� sarva-hara5 caham\nquoted, 279\n\nMukti/.l svayam mukulitanjalil.z\nquoted, 393\nMukunda\nactivities of as very potent, 173\n\nMur:ufaka Upani�ad\nquoted on acceptance of spiritual master,\n60\n\nN\n\nas ultimate goal, 68\ndescended in the form of the sun, 341\ngoddess of fortune as property of, 35\nmoney must be engaged in service of, 475\nquadruple expansions of, 139-141\nsupremacy of demigods dependent on\nmercy of, 278\nNarmada River\nland of India glorious because of, 122\nNarottama dasa Thakura\nquoted on following paths of karma­\n\nkaTJ,(j,a and jnana-kar.u;la, 460\nquoted on freedom from conditional bondage, 245\n\nNabhigupta\nas son of Hirar:tyaretii, 288\n\nNa dhanam na janam na sundarlm\nquoted, 109\n\nquoted on material disease, 13\nquoted on taking shelter of Kr�r:ta, 110\n\nN�!a-praye�v abhadre�u\nverses quoted, 174\n\n", "SB5.2#p0551": "523\n\nGeneral Index\nNa tatha me priyatama\nverses quoted, 195\n\nNa te vidu� svartha-gatim hi\n\nOpulence\nas obstacle to devotional service, 400-40 I\ngold as source of material, 14-15\nobtained by offering prayers to Durga,\n\nquoted, 189\n\n194\n\nNature, material\nas external energy, Durga, 362\n\ntwo kinds of, 397\n\nmodes of nature become manifest when\n\nutilized for benefit in this life and next,\n\nLord glances over, 421\nnot cause of material world, 219\nworking under ���a's direction, 204,\n211,217,323,361\n\n22\nOuter space\ndefined. 321\nsun is in middle of, 322\n\nNavadvipa\nas best place within this universe, 259\n\np\n\nNayam sriyo 'riga u nita:nta-rate�\nverses quoted, 196\n\nNemam virifico na bhavo\nverses quoted, 195\n\nNidrahara-viharakiidi-vijitau\nquoted, 31\n\nPadma Purar.za\ncited on expansions of the Lord, 141\ncited on Rama and His brothers. 224\n\nNija-sr§ti-sakti prabhu saficare\nverses quoted, 218\nNila Mountain\n\nquoted on one who cannot be guru, 134\nPa��ita Haridasa\nqualities of, 177\n\nas mountain of Jambiidvipa, 99\nBhadra River falls onto peaks of, 130\nNimlocani\n\nParamatma\nhas no material connections. 228\n\nParam brahma param dhama\n\nVaru�a possesses, 326\nNityananda\n\nverses quoted. 187\nParame��hi\n\none becomes puffed up due to forgetting\nlotus feet of, 13\n\nNityo nityanam cetana5 cetananam\nquoted, 362-363\nNrsirhhadeva\n\nas son of Devadyumna. 74\n\nParasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate\nquoted. 185\nParibhadra\nas son of Yajiiabahu, 284\n\nresides in Hari-var�a, 164\n\n0\n\nParitrar:taya sa:dhunam vinasaya\nquoted, 79. 230\nParyavartana\nas hellish planet, 441, 473\nPi;4ar:tc;lis\nfoolish people follow, 43\n\nOffenses\nagainst Deity and spiritual master must\nbe avoided, 140\nom bhar bhuva� sva�\nquoted, 90,317\nom namo bhagavate narasimhaya\nchanted by Prahlada Maharaja, 170\n\npseudo svamf.s, yogis and incarnations as.\n44\nPassion, mode of\ngold attracts those in. 14\nlions as last animal birth in. 45\none is implicated in suffering by association with. 18\n\n", "SB5.2#p0552": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n524\nPassion. mode of\n\nthose in desire promotion to heavenly\nplanets. 47\n\nPastimes of J<r�rya\n\ndescribed in Tenth Canto, 66\n\nPrahlada Maharaja\n\nquoted on materialistic rascals, 158, 193\n\nPrajapati\n\ncircumambulates Dhruva Mah araja,\n356-357\n\nPat ala\n\nPrakrte/.1- kriyamal)iini\n\nPatram pu�pam phalam toyam\n\nPralayo payodhi-jale dhrtavan asi\n\nPavamana\n\nPramanthu\n\nPeace\n\nPraryarodha\n\nPisacas\n\nPrapancikataya buddhya hari­\n\nPitrloka\n\nPrasada\n\nSee: Nagaloka\n\nverses quoted, 172\n\nas son of Medhatithi, 298\n\nmeans of attaining, 48\n\nplaces of enjoyment for in antari�a, 377\nas residence of Yamaraja, 438\n\nlocation of, 437\n\nPlak�advipa\ndescription of, 274\n\ninhabitants of described, 276, 282\n\nis surrounded by ocean of sugarcane\nPlanets\n\njuice, 282\n\nenabled to float by manipulation of air,\n361\n\nverses quoted, 16\n\nverse quoted, 199\n\nas son of Viravrata, 87\n\nas hellish planet, 441, 462\nverse quoted, 93\n\ndistributed in Mayapur, 259\n\nPrastava\nas son of Udgitha, 76\n\nPrastota\nas son of Pratiha, 75\n\nPratiha\n\nas son of Parame��hi, 74\n\nas the paragon of bona fide preachers,\n74-75\n\nsons of, 75\n\nfixed in their orbits, 359\n\nPratiharta\n\ndoesn ·t exist in material world, 14\n\nPrayers\n\nPleasure\n\nPolestar\nas pivot for all stars and planets, 357\nPrabodhananda Sarasvali\ncited on position of demigods, 110\nquoted on achieving pure devotional service, 125\n\nPradyumna\nabode of, 141\n\nKamadeva appears as, 181\nPrahlada Maharaja\nas grandfather of Bali Maharaja, 400\nas perfect example of dhira, 147\n\nas typical Vai�ryava, 169\ncaused Lord to assume form of\nNrsirhhadeva, 165\nquoted on family life as dark well, 28-29\n\nas son of Pratiha, 75\n\noffered by residents of Jambiidvipa,\n157-220\nof Siva to Sankar�aQa, 144-151\nPregnancy\ntakes place in lower-grade life, 136\nPremaiijana-cchurita- bhaktiverse quoted, 228\n\nPriyavrata\n\ndivided Bhii-mary<;lala with his chariot\nwheels, 92\nViraja as jewel of dynasty of, 88\n\nPrthu Maharaja\n\npresent leaders should take lessons from,\n80\n\nPrthu�eQa\nas son of Vibhu, 76\n\n", "SB5.2#p0553": "525\n\nGeneral Index\nPurhsa� striya mithuni-bhavam etam\n\nRamar:Jaka\n\nPuriir:tas\n\nRamayar:ta\n\nas son of Yajnabahu. 284\n\nverses quoted, 51\n\ncited\n\ntwo opinions concerning Rama in, 224\n\nvast universal existence described in, 4 78\n\nPure devotees\n\ncan give up everything on i(r�(la's behalf,\n63\n\non\n\nfriendship\n\nMatsya appeared in. 198\n\nas aim of human life, 158\n\nRaso 'ham apsu kaunteya\n\nas son of Medhatithi, 298\n\nRati\n\ndescription of, 301-302\n\nRaurava\n\nas hellish planet, 441, 460\n\nRavarya\n\nPu�karadvipa\nPii.yoda\n\nand\n\nas division of Jambiidvipa. 99\n\nRasatala\n\nPurojava\n\nRama\n\nRamyaka-var�a\n\ncompared to bumblebees, 5-6\n\nPurification\n\nof\n\nBibhi�ar:Ja. 79\n\nas abode of sons of Diti and Danu. 406\nquoted, 185\n\nas wife of Vibhu, 76\n\nas hellish planet. 441, 444\nattempted to kidnap Sitadevi. 227-228\nkicked by Bali Maharaja. 402-403\n\nR\n\nkilled by Lord Rama. 229-230\nLak�mi carried away by. 35\n\nRegulative principles\nRadhara(li\n\nall money belongs to Kr�(la and, 35\n\nonly advanced devotee can understand\nlusty feelings of Kr�r:Ja and, 415\n\nRahu\nas planet below the sun. 373\nis twice as large as moon. 374\n\nRahu-soma-raviTJ,iim\nquoted, 374\n\nRak�asas\n\nplaces of enjoyment for in antari/cya, 377\nRama\nas goddess of fortune. 185\n\nRamacandra\n\nas Supersoul. 232\nbrought devotees of Ayodhyii back to\n\nGodhead. 236\ngoddess of fortune belongs to. 35\nmission of. 229-231\nserved by Hanuman in Kimpuru�a-var�a.\n223\n\nRamadi-milrti$u kala-niyanema\nverse quoted. 227\n\ndevotional service should be executed bv\n.\nrigidly following. 161\n\nKr�t)a\n\nconsciousness\n\nmovement\n\nham­\n\npered if disciples don\"t follow. 52\n\nneophyte devotee ordered to worship\nLord according to. 190\n\npurify one of baser modes. 48\n\nf:{�abhadeva\n\nbody of belongs to spiritual platform.\n484-485\n\ninstructs sons on accepting austeritv. 158\nl_{�ikuly a\n\nas wife of Bhiima. 76\n/.l.tam pibantau sukrtasya loke\nverses quoted. 280\nRudra\n\nappears from bf:'tween f:'vebrows of\nAnanta. 412\nSee also: Siva\nRupa Gosviimi\ncited on price for arhif:'ving God\"s favor.\n23--t.\n\ndf:'scribf:'s purf:' df:'votiona! sf:'rvicf:'. 190\n\n", "SB5.2#p0554": "Sri mad-Bhiigavatam\n\n526\nRiipa Gosvami\n\nquoted on engaging everything in service\nof Lord. 93\n\nquoted on pure devotional service. 134.\n167\n\nRuru\n\nas more envious than snake. 445\n\nSankar�aQa\n\nas predominating Deity of false concep­\n\ntion of thinking onself as supreme en­\n\njoyer, 411\n\nSiva meditates on, 143\n\nSankhya philosophy\n\ndifferent truths enumerated by. 211\n\nSarikirtana-yajna\n\ns\n\nrecommended in this age. 259\n\nSan.nyasa\n\nshouldn \"t be taken out of sentiment, 11\n\nSabde pare ca n�r:u\"itam\n\nSanta\n\n'Sadhu-sariga ', 'sadhu-sariga'\n\nSanta-kumiira\n\nquoted. 23\n\nverse quoted. 56\n\nSagara Maharaja\n\nearth dug up by sons of. 269\n,\nSakadvipa\n\nas one of seven islands, 276\nquoted on serving toes of Lord's lotus\nfeet. 167\n\nSaptii.Sva-nlpa-cchandarilsi\nverses quoted, 332\n\nan island outside ocean of milk. 296\n\nSaramii\n\nMenaka gave birth to. 126\n\nSarameyadana\n\nmantra of inhabitants of. 286\n\nSarva-dharmii.n parityajya mii.m\n\nSakuntala\n\n,\nSalmalidvipa\n\nsurrounded by ocean of liquor. 282\n\nas female messenger of lndra. 406\nas hellish planet, 441, 465\nquoted. 461 , 477\n\nSambhavamy atma-mayaya\n\nSarvam khalv idam brahma\n\nSamra\\\n\nSarvasya caham hrdi sanniv�!p\nSarva-byapi sarva-bhutantar -atma\n\nquoted. 312\n\nas son of Citraratha. 87\n\nSamsara-davanala-licjha-loka­\n\nverses quoted. 23. 25\nSarilvatsara\n\nas devotee of Kamadeva, 181\n\nas wheel of the chariot of the sun-god.\n330\n\nSamvamani\n\nYamaraja possesses. 326\n\nSanatana Gosvami\n\nquoted on turning low-class men into\n\nbrahma�as, 389\n\nSandarilsa\n\nas hellish planet. 441, 456\n,\nSankaracarya\n\ncomposed prayers in praise of Ganges\nRiver. 122\n\nSankar�al)a\n\nahode of. 111\n\nquoted, 210\n\nquoted. 215\n\nSastras\n\nadvise one to associate with devotees,\n56\n\nSatatam kirtayanto mam\nverses quoted. 185\n\nSatavalsa\n\nas tree on Kumuda Mountain. 112\nSatijit\nas son of Viraja, 87\n\nSatrughna\n\nas brother of Lord Ram a, 224\n\nSaturn\n\nmovement and characteristics of. 352\n\nSatya\n\nas wife of Manthu, 87\n\nSatyam jnanam anantam brahma\nquoted. 215\n\n", "SB5.2#p0555": "527\n\nGeneral Index\nSatya-yuga\n\neveryone practiced mystic yoga in, 136\n\nSex\n\nas son of Yajiiabahu, 284\n\nhusband discharges blood while enjoying.\n\nquoted, 171\n\nmaterial happiness centered around.\n\ninstructed by Narada Muni, 239\n\nnone in spiritual world. 136\n\nSa vai mana� kr�r:ta-padiiravindayo�\n\n10\n\nSavarl)i Manu\n\n229- 231\n\nproducts of, 41\n\nSa visvakrd viSvavid atmayoni�\nverses quoted, 280\n\nrelations allowed only with one·s wife.\n\nas cheaters, 37-38\n\nTaptasurmi as hell for one who engages\n\ndemoniac attempt of to go to moon, 375\n\nthose enlivened by as descendants of\n\nScientists\n\n456\n\nas rascals, 39\n\nhave no control over God's law, 363\n\ninterruption of speculative research work\nof, 211\n\nthink material nature is working without\nsupervision, 218\n\ntry to explain cosmic situation, 95\ntry to find cause of life, 151\n\ntry to manufacture living entities 1n\nlaboratories, 202\n\nwant to avoid Supreme Lord's rule, 360\n\nin illicitly. 456\nmonkeys. 45\n\nSiddhaloka\n\nconstantly offer prayers to Lord. 417\nresidents of have mystic powers. 376\n\nSilcyii�!aka\n\nquoted on praying for benecition. 170\n\nSimhika\nSin\n\nSense gratification\n\ntions to enjoy, 39\n\nconditioned soul attracted to little happiness derived from, 32\n\ndevotees released from all kinds of. 454\nin pursuit of bodily maintenance not\ncommitted by animals. 4.14\n\nSisumara\n\n·\n\ndescription of. 365\n\nconditioned soul\"s money plundered\n\nmachine of stars and planets resembles.\n\nj;ianis and yogis can·t stop waves of. 167\n\nshould be considered as external form of\n\nthrough, 8\n\nmaterialists attached to, 47\nsuperior enjoyed in heavenly planets. 138\n\nwealth shouldn ·t be misused for. 21\n\n364\nVi�I)U. 368\nSHadevi\n\nas wife of Rama. 223\n\nbelongs to the spiritual world. 232\n\nSenses\n\ncompared to plunderers. 8\nof\n\nbhakta compared to fangless snake.\n\nkidnapped by Ravat:Ja. 35. 227-228\n\nSita River\n\nas branch of Ganges. 128\n\n126\n\nSex\n\nson of as presiding deity of Rahu. 373\n\nillicit sex as most prominent. 18\n\nconditioned soul accepts miserable condi­\n\nSe�a\n\nfamily life as concession for, 230\n\nfound where there is gold, 15\n\nSaumanasya\n\npurified are spiritual. 93\nholds universes on His hoods. 148\nallowed only for begetting children. 17\n\nas most prominent sin, 18\n\nconditioned soul captivated by. 49\n\nSiva\n\ncourse of described. 128-129\nas one of seven islands. 276\n\nas only male in Ilavrta-var�a. 142\n\ncreates demigods. elements and\n\nsensr�.\n\n149-150\nengages in sex with Bhavani. 388-389\n\n", "SB5.2#p0556": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n528\nSiva\n\nlives\n\nwith\n\nhis\n\nassociates in\n\nVitala.\n\n388-389\n\nmeditates on Sailkar�aQa. 143\n\nset fire to kingdoms of Maya. 403-404\n\nworships Ananta. 410\n\nSrimad-Bluigavatam\n\nquoted on false conception of thinking\noneself as supreme enjoyer, 411\n\nquoted on family life as dark well, 28-29\n\nquoted on how possessions increase illusion, 66\n\nSleep\n\nquoted on ignorant man as no better than\n\nSoma\n\nquoted on increasing attachments, 51\n\ncompared to python. 30\n\nworshiped\n\nby\n\nass or cow, 444\n\ninhabitants\n\nSalmalidvipa. 285\n\nSoul\n\nof\n\nconditioned\n\nmosphere. 5\n\nby\n\nmaterial\n\nsupreme whole, 191-192\n\nquoted on Kr�Qa\"s devotees as very dear\nto Him, 195\n\nas main river in Bharata-var�a. 249\nbecomes\n\nquoted on intelligent person worshiping\n\nat­\n\nSpiritual master\n\nquoted on Kr�Qa taking away everything\nfrom devotee, 19\n\nquoted\n\non\n\n195-196\n\nLord's\n\nmercy upon gopis,\n\nengaging possessions in devotional ser-\n\nquoted\n\nnot to be considered ordinary man. 140\n\nquoted on perfection of life, 68\n\nvice under guidance of. 21\n\none must approach a. 60\n\nonly business of conditioned soul to ac,\nSraddha\n\ncepl. 6\n\nquoted on achieving pure devotional ser­\n\nvice. 125\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nas authorized scripture, 43\n\ncompiled about five thousand years ago.\n26\n\nmeant for nonenvious. 169\n\nquoted on acceptance of spiritual master.\n60-61\n\nquoted on approaching bona fide guru, 23\nquoted on bodily necessities, 49\nof\n\nl_{�ahhadeva\"s body. 485\n\nforest and\n\nquoted on cleansing heart hy hearing\nBhdgavatam, 174\n\nquoted\n\non\n\ncleansing\n\nquoted on serving toes of Lord's lotus\n\nfeet, 167\nquoted on staunch\n\ndevotional service\n\nelevating one to transcendental posi­\n\ntion, 263\n\nquoted on tribulations of family life.\n230\n\nquoted on universe as the Lord, 93-94\n\nquoted on Vi�Qu\"s eighth incarnation,\n484\n\nSrngavan\n\nas mountain of Jambiidvipa, 99\n\nBhadra River falls onto peaks of mountain, 130\n\nSr�J.vatam sva-katlui� kr§��\n\nquoted on devotional service as perma­\n\nSr§.ti-sthiti-pralaya-sadhana­\n\nnent asset, 64\n\nheart\n\n171\n\nquoted on searching out a guru, 134\n\nby\n\nParamatma. 48\n\nof\n\ntion of Vi�Qu, 455\n\nquoted on qualities of people in Kali­\n\nquoted on remembering Lord's lotus feet,\n\ncited on runts, 445\n\nb ur n i n g\n\nquoted on performing duties for satisfac­\n\nquoted on real purpose of life, 58\n\nSridhara Svami\n\non\n\none with material desires\n\nyuga, 109\n\nbathed Gaya in sanctified water. 82\n\nquoted\n\non\n\nengaging in devotional service, 265\n\nverses quoted, 48, 174\n\nquoted, 194, 232, 361\n\n", "SB5.2#p0557": "529\n\nGeneral Index\nStars\n\nenabled to Boat by manipulation of air,\n361\n\nfixed to wheel of time, 348\n\nStuli\n\nreflect sunshine,9l\n\nas wife of Pratihartii, 75\n\nStutyavrata\n\nas son of Hiraryyaretii. 288\n\nStuvanti munayab, suryam\n\ndescribed as bhagavan, 323\n\nholy name compared to, 394-395\n\ninhabitants of Plak�advipa attain the.\n276\n\nis in middle of outer space, 322\nis worshipable. 91\n\nmoon is twice as large as. 374\nNariiyarya as the, 341\norbit of, 323-328\n\nverses quoted, 334\n\nplanet and sun-god divide directions of\n\nas one of seven islands, 276\n\nsituated in middle of universe. 314\n\nSubhadra\n\nSiicimukha\n\nas hellish planet, 441, 4 74\n\nSuc�nam srrmatam gehe yoga-bhr�!o\nquoted, 68, 463\n\nSudarsana cakra\n\ncauses wives of demons to have miscarriages, 385\n\ndemons of Rasiitala defeated by, 406\n\nuniverse, 316\n\nSun-god\n\nas Narayarya or Vi�ryu, 343\nas reflection of Vi�ryu,279\n\ncan't deviate from his orbit. 323\n\nchariot of worshiped by Giiyatri mantra,\n329-330\n\nhas three speeds. 344\n\nYamaraja as powerful son of. 438\n\nprotected sun and moon from Rahu, 375\n\nSuparsva\n\nas son of Ghrtapr��ha. 294\n\nSupersoul\n\nSudhama\n•\n\nSun\n\nSudra\n\nfalls into ocean of pus,stool, etc., 460\n\nas mountain of Jambiidvipa.102\nas director of living beings. 216\nRama as, 232\n\nKj-�rya consciousness movement is trying\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nmust try to become brahmar_ta, 460\n\nspends money lavishly, 475\n\n216\nSurocana\n\nas son of Gaya. 87\n\nSiirya\n\nto elevate, 47\n\nSugati\n\nSiikaramukha\nas\n\nhellish planet, 441, 451\n\nSiilaprota\n\nas hellish planet, 441, 4 71\n\nSumana\n\nas wife of Madhu, 87\n\nas original cause of all natural events.\n\nas son of Yajiiabahu. 284\nas life and soul of this universe. 317\n\nSurya atma atmatvenopa.sya/:1\nquoted. 316\n\nSiirya Narayal)a\n\nas sun deity incarnation of Supreme Lord.\n362\n\nas son of Bharata, 72\n\nSurya-somagni-variSaverses quoted. 279\n\naxle of wheel of sun-god·s chariot rests\non, 330\n\nSuvarcala\n\nis within llavrta. 98\n\nSvadharma-ni!;!hab, §ala­\n\nSumati\n\nSumeru Mountain\n\nis surrounded by Jambiidvipa. 274\n\ntownship of Brahma on summit of. 117\n\nSutala\n\nas residence of Bali Maharaja. 390\nas wife of Parame��hi. 74\n\nquoted. 304\n\n", "SB5.2#p0558": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n530\nSvalpam apy asya dharmasya\n\nTime\n\nSvargaloka\n\nTivre� bhakti-yogena yajeta\n\nSveta\n\nTranscendentalists\n\nquoted. 64\n\nimpossible to check wheel of, 42\n\nsons outlive their fathers on. 160\n\nquoted, 263\n\nas mountain of Jambiidvipa. 99\n\nBhadra River falls onto peaks of mountain. 130\n\nSvetasvatara Upani$ad\n\ntwo groups of, 125\n\nTransmigration\n\nthe secret of, 152\n\nTreta-yuga\n\nquoted on Supersoul. 280\n\npeople enjoyed without tribulations tn,\n\nquoted on word gal)ha, 215\n\n136\n\nTri-da.Sa-pur akiisa-p�payate\nquoted, 110\n\nT\n\nTripurari\n\nSee: Siva\n\nTad viddhi pra�ipatena paripra.Snena\n\nTrivikrama\n\nTad-jnanartharh sa gurum\n\nTri-yuga\n\nTaittiriya Upani$ad\n\nTumburu\n\nquoted. 60. 84\n\nMadhvaciirya quoted on, 122\n\nquoted. 6. 60, 134\n\nLord known as, 213\n\nquoted on fear of Supreme Brahman. 281\n\nas stringed instrument of Narada, 419\n\nquoted on living entity becoming estab­\n\nTva��a\n\nquoted on word vipa.Scitaft, 214-215\n\nTyaktva deharh punar janma naiti\n\nruled by demon Maya. 403-404\n\nTyaktva sva-dharmarh cara�ambujarh harer\n\nlished in spiritual, blissful life. 253\n\nTalatala\n\nTamisra\n\nas son of Bhauvana, 87\n\nquoted, 258\n\nverses quoted, 64\n\nas hellish planet, 441, 442\n\nTapo divyarh putraka yena\n\nquoted. 158\nTaptasiirmi\n\nu\n\nas hellish planet, 441, 456\n\nTasmad gururh prapadyeta\n\nUdgatii\n\nTatala saikate, vari-bindu-sama\n\nUdgitha\n\nTathii dehiintara-praptift\n\nUniversal form\n\nas son of Pratiha, 75\n\nquoted, 23. 60, 134\n\nas son of Bhiima, 76\n\nquoted. 30\n\ndevotee should first think of, 480\n\nquoted, 476\n\nis material, 93\n\nTatra brahma tu vijiieyaft\nquoted, 141\n\nmeditation on brings one to pure good­\n\nas insurmountable. 394\n\nnot real form, 208\n\nness, 92\n\nTime\n\ncauses\n\nluminaries\n\npolestar, 357\n\nto\n\nrevolve\n\ndivided by moon-god, 286\nfear produced by, 383\n\naround\n\nUniverse\n\nappears like mustard seed, 4ll-412\n\ndiameter of, 314\n\nheated by sun, 322\n\n", "SB5.2#p0559": "General Index\nUniverse\n\nis I ike a great fort. 8, 362\n\nresting like an atom on one of Lord·s\nhoods, 426\n\nVamadeva\n\nas son of Hira�yareta. 288\n\nViimanadeva\nBali\n\nrests on hood of Se�a, 148\n\nMaharaja\n\n390-392\n\noffered\n\nverses quoted. 169\n\nquoted, 75\n\nVariihe viima-piidam tu\n\nas wife of Citraratha.87\n\nVar�ranuiciiravatii\n\nas wife of Samra�, 87\n\nVar�rama-dharma\n\nUtkalii\n\nUttarakuru-var�a\n\nverses quoted. 122\n\nverses quoted. 251\n\nbetter position in material world attained\n\nboar incarnation worshiped in. 212\n\nby following principles of. 8-9\n\neasily adopted in Bharata-var�a. 251\n\nUttamasloka\n\nhuman being can·t violate principles of.\n\nBharata Maharaja was fond of serving. 63\n\nUttanapada\n\nto.\n\nVaiicha-kalpa-tarubhya.S ca\n\nUpade�yanti te jiiiinam jiiiininas\nOr�a\n\neverything\n\nVi��u's appearance as.121-l22\n\nthree divisions of, 307\n\nwhatever we see is within this one. 329\n\n531\n\n453\n\nDhruva Maharaja as famous son of. 123\n\nVaru�a\n\ninhabitants of\n294-295\n\nv\n\npossesses Nimlocani. 8, 326\n\nas son of Hira�yareta. 288\n\nVaiku��haloka\n\nVasudana\n\nVairiija\n\nVasudeva\n\nsun-god known as.315\n\nVai��avas\n\nalways in transcendental bliss. 231\n\navoid company of Jains. 72-73\n\ncompared to desire tree, 169\nfirst business of. 172\n\ntwenty-six good qualities of. 177\nVaiSya\n\nearns money honestly through\nagriculture.etc . 475\n.\n\nworship.\n\nprotects :\\fount Kraufica. 292\n\nVasu\n\nno anxiety or repeated birth in, 257\n\nKrauficadvipa\n\nas son of Hira�yarelii. 288\nabode of. 141\n\nunderstood from platform of pure good­\n\nVasus\n\nness. 92\n\ncame from Nariiya�a. 277\n\nVavu\n\n. inhabitants of Sakadvipa worship. 300\nVayu PuriirJa\n\nquoted on mountains of Jambiidvipa. 97\nquoted on sun-god·s horses.332\n\nVaitara�i\n\nVedais ca sarvair aham eva\n\nVaivasvata Manu\n\nrules in Ramyaka-var�a.198\n\nVediinta-sarigraha\nquoted on taking birth in Bharata-var�a.\n\nas hellish planet. 441, 457\n\nVediinta-siitra\n\nas hellish planet, 441, 459\n\nVajraka,��aka-salmali\nValikhilyas\n\noffer glorilicat ion to sun-god. 333\n\nquoted. 24. 7--1-\n\n250\n\nquoted on Lord as sourer of rvrn·t hing.\n415\n\n", "SB5.2#p0560": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n532\n\nV�IJ-U PurdlJ-a\n\nVedas\n..\\si-patravana as hell for deviates from\npath of. 449\nKr��Ja incarnated as gigantic fish to pro­\n\nquoted on demigods and others worshiping sun-god. 332\nquoted on satisfying Lord by executing\nprescribed duties. 251\n\ntect. 199\nmeant for understanding karma, jfuina\nand yoga, 68\n\nquoted on accepting bona fide guru, 6\nVenus\n\nquoted on sun-god·s horses. 332\nVi$iiCi\nas wife of Yiraja, 87\nVisvadhara\n\nmotion and characteristics of. 349\nVibhu\n\nas son of Medhatithi, 298\nVi$vaksena\n\nas son of Prastiiva. 76\nVidhvadhara-loka\nas planet below Rahu. 376\nVidyadharas\nconstantly offer prayers to Lord. 417\nVidyapati Thakura\n\nquoted on unhappiness of family life.\n29-30\n\nVijayadhvaj a\ncited on size of Rahu. 374\nViraja\n\nas assistant of Lord, 311-312\n\nVisvamitra Muni\nwas captivated by Menakii, 126\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura\ncited on Deity worship by demigods.\n139-141\ncited on location of hellish planets. 434\ncited on location of Lokaloka Mountain.\n309\ncited\n\non meditation on vird!a-rupa,\n\n369-370\n\nas son of Tva$�ii. 87\n\ncited on mountains of Jambiidvipa. 97\n\nverse glorifying. 88\n\ncited on personal identity of the Lora.\n\nViraraghava Acarya\nexplains verse of Bhagavatam, 279-280\n\nquoted on affection in intimate relationships. 183\n\nVird!a-riipa\n\n228-229\ncited on praying for benediction. 169\n\ncited on sakama-bhakta, 191\n\ncited on separation of Rama from Sita.\n231\n\nas external body of Lord. 478\n\ncited on sons outliving their fathers. 160\n\nas son of \\fadhu. 87\n\ndescribes real guru, 23\n\nViravrata\n\ncited on word adi, 415\n\nVirocanii\n\ngives opinion on sins leading to Raurava\n\nVisasana\n\nquoted\n\nas wife of Tva$[ii. 87\nas hellish planet. 441, 463\n\nV�ayaft khalu sarvataft\nquoted. 49\nVi$1)U\nexpands as demigods. 276\n\nsi.Sumara as external form of. 368\n\nsun-god as reflection of. 279\nV�fJ,u-dharmottara\ncited on Lord Rama. 224\nVi$1)Upadi\n\nas name of Ganges River. 121-122\n\nhell. 444\non\n\nguru as\n\nrepresentative\n\nof\n\nSupreme Lord, 290\n\nquoted on material world as blazing forest\nfire. 25\n\nquoted on method of worship of Varul)a.\n294\nquoted on mild flames of ku5a grass.\n287\nquoted on spiritual mastcr\"s mercy. 61\n\nquoted on sun as life and soul of all living\nentities, 316\n\nquoted on township of Brahma. I I 8\n\n", "SB5.2#p0561": "General Index\nVitala\n\nSiva lives with his associates in, 388-389\n\nVitihotra\n\nas ruler of Pu�kardvipa, 303\n\n533\n\nWorld, material\n\nentered by conditioned soul for some\nmaterial profit, 5\n\nenviousness in, 54\n\neveryone works in wrong direction in.\n\nVivikta\n\nas son of Hiral)yareta, 288\n\n252-253\nfollowing principles of var(ttisrama­\n\nVrddhasena\n\ndharma to attain better position\n\nas wife of Sumati, 73\n\nVrndavana\n\n111.\n\n8-9\n\nKr�l)a treated as beloved son or lover by\nresidents of, 197\n\nVyasadeva\n\nwrote Bhagavatam as commentary on\n\nVedanta-srltra, 419\n\nVyetika�a Bhana\n\nquestioned by Caitanya about Lak�mi.\n196-197\n\nfull of envious persons. 169\nmiseries of, 55\n\nnot created just to inflict suffering on living entities. 218\n\npurpose of creation of. 416\n\nscientists, philosophers. etc. as cheaters\nin, 37-38\n\nseen as perishable by Vedic scholars. logicians, etc., 160-161\n\nseen as permanent by conditioned soul.\n\nw\nWife\n\n12\nthree kinds of activities in. 434\n\nunder superintendence of Durgadevi. 232\n\nas illusion personified, 40\n\ncompared to witch and tigress, lO\nmaterial happiness centered\none's, 229-231\n\ny\n\naround\n\nsex relations should be restricted to one's.\n456\nWomen\n\nYac ca�ur e�a savitii sakala-graha(tiim\nverses quoted. 322. 360\n\nYad gatvii na nivartante tad dhama\nquoted, 256\n\nand men, attraction between as cause of\n\nYadu dynasty\n\ncompared to dolls. 201\n\nYadyapi siirikhya mane 'pradhana'\nverses quoted. 218\nYajnabahu\nas master of Salmalidvipa. 284\nYajiiiirthat karma(to 'nyatra\n\nbondage, 41\n\nconditioned soul falls victim to, 32\nlCf�!)a as only real husband of all. 187\nKr�!)a fulfills desires of. 190\n\nthree kinds of created by demon Bala.\n386-387\nWorld, material\n\nas one fourth of Lord's creation. 95\n\nas transformation of material qualities.\n95\ncompared to forest. 5-6\n\ncompared to mirage in desert. 13-14\n\ncorrection of miserable conditions in. 114\n\ndemigods see to affairs in. 3ll\n\ndifferent types of enemies within. 20\n\nK.r�!)a took birth in. 88\n\nverses quoted. 455\nYajria-si§tiiSina/.t santo\nverses quoted. 454\n\nYak�as\n\nplaces for enjoyment for in antari�a.\n377\nwives of assist Bhavani. 107\n\nYamadiitas\n\nbring sinful men to Yamaraja upon their\ndeath. 438\n\n", "SB5.2#p0562": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n534\nYamaraja\nas King of pitas, 438\npossesses Sarhyamani. 326\nYam eva4a vr�ute tena labhya/:t\nquoted. 228\nyam labdhvii ciiparam liibham\nquoted. 265\nYamuna River\n\nland of India glorious because of. 122\nYan maithuniidi-grhamedhi-sukham\nquoted. 33. 230\nYiinti deva-vratii deviin\nverses quoted, 47. 256. 278\nYiinti mad-yajino 'pi miim\nquoted, 47\n\nYathii kiincanatiim yiiti\nverse quoted, 389\nYat karo�i yad a§nasi\nverses quoted, 22, 34\nY at-piida-pmikaja-paliiSa-viliisa\nverses quoted, 167\nYe 'py anya-devatii-bhaktii\nverses quoted, 276-277\nYogamiiyii\nas Lord's personal potency, 312\nYoginiim api sarve�iim\nverses quoted, 126\nYogis\nare fallen and cheated, 44\ncan't stop waves of sense gratification,\n\nYasmiid brahma-saukhyam tv\nquoted. 158\n\n167\ncan't succeed without devotional service,\n126\n\nYasoda\nas resident of Yrndavana. 197\nYasyiiham anugrhniimi har4ye\nquoted, 19\n\ncontrol bodily airs, 300\nYudhi�\\hira Maharaja\npresent leaders should take lessons from,\n80\n\nY asyajnayii bhrahmati sambhrtaquoted. 302\nYasya prasiidiid bhagavat-prasiida/:t\n\nz\n\nquoted, 61, 290\nYasya samyag bhagavati\nverses quoted, 243\nY asyiitma-buddhi/:t ku�ape\nverses quoted. 444\nYata dekha va4�avera vyavahiira\nverse quoted, 231\n\nZodiac\nmotion of sun and planets in explained,\n340\nsun assumes twelve names according to\nsigns of. 343\nsun passes through signs of, 322\n\n", "SB5.2#p0563": "", "SB6.1#p0001": "ALL GLORY TO SRl GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\ntasmdt sarikirtanam V�lJOr\njagan-marigalam amhasam\nmahatiim api kauravya\nviddhy aikantika-n�krtam (p.l82)\n\n", "SB6.1#p0002": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhak.tivedanta Swami Prahhupada\n�hagavad-gitii. As It Is\n�rimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-6 (18 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritaii4\"ta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri lsopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\n.i(r�l).a Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\n.i(r�l).a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\n.i(r�l).a, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nLife Comes from Life\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to .i(r�l).a\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to .i(r�l).a Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nB��k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nThe Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB6.1#p0003": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nSixth Canto\n\"Prescribed Duties for Mankind\"\n\n(Part One-Chapters 1-5)\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York ·Los Angeles· London · Bombay\n\n", "SB6.1#p0004": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-169353\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-81-1\n\nFirst printing, 1975: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "SB6.1#p0005": "Table of Contents\nPreface\n\nIX\n\nIntroduction\n\nxm\n\nCHAPTER ONE\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n1\n\nThe Path Beyond the Highest Planet\n\n3\n\nDevotees Want to Save Their Fellow Men\n\n10\n\nProper Atonement Counteracts Impious Deeds\n\n11\n\nAtonement is Compared to the Bathing of an Elephant\n\n15\n\nA Cure for the Material Disease\n\n18\n\nHow One Can Uproot Sinful Desires\n\n22\n\nBhakti: The Best Thing in This World\n\n29\n\nDevotees Never Even Dream of Death\n\n31\n\nThe Story of the Fallen Ajamila\n\n35\n\nAjamila's Tenth and Special Son\n\n39\n\nAjamila Chants at the Time of Death\n\n44\n\nThe Servants of Death Surprised\n\n46\n\nGod's Messengers Intervene\n\n53\n\nReal Religion Exists Eternally\n\n56\n\nHow the Supreme Lord Controls the Universe\n\n58\n\nNature and God Witness Our Activities\n\n60\n\nKarma in Past and Future Lives\n\n63\n\nYamaraja, the Lord of Death\n\n66\n\nThe Lonely Struggle for Existence\n\n69\n\nThe Living Entity Traps Himself\n\n73\n\nThe Roots of Reincarnation\n\n75\n\nA Prostitute Corrupts Ajamila\n\n80\n\nServants of Death Give Their Verdict\n\n87\n\nv\n\n", "SB6.1#p0006": "Sri mad-Bhiigavatam\n\nVl\n\nCHAPTER TWO\n\nAjamila Delivered by the V�1.1udiitas\n\n89\n\nNeedless Punishment of Sinless Persons\n\n91\n\nThe Duty of Government\n\n92\n\nMillions of Lifetimes Can Be Purified by Chanting\n\n96\n\nChanting Delivers Even Thieves, Murderers and\nFornicators\n\n100\n\nChanting Absolves One From Hell\n\n106\n\nThe Lord's Name Burns to Ashes All Sinful Reaction\n\n109\n\nDeath's Ropes Are Cut\n\n111\n\nAjamila Regrets His Past Sinful Life\n\n117\n\nWhy He Was Saved from Hellish Worlds\n\n121\n\nWe Must All Have His Determination\n\n125\n\nAjamila Goes to Hardwar\n\n129\n\nAjamila Regains His Spiritual Body\n\n132\n\nHow to Get Free From Material Bondage\n\n135\n\nCHAPTER THREE\n\nYamaraja Instructs His Messengers\n\n141\n\nThe Messengers of Death Had Never Been Defeated\n\n143\n\nJustice in the Universe\n\n146\n\nVi�1.m's Mysterious Messengers\n\n150\n\nCreation Has Only One Master\n\n152\n\nHow God Controls Men\n\n154\n\nOnly the Devotees Know the Lord\n\n157\n\nThe Lord's Servants Are Almost As Qualified As He Is 160\nSurrender to ]4�1).a is the Real Religion\n\n162\n\nChanting Is Always Beneficial\n\n169\n\nThe Secret Religion of the Twelve Mahajanas\n\n173\n\nYamaraja Punishes Materialists\n\n178\n\nThe Lord of Death Begs Pardon\n\n181\n\n", "SB6.1#p0007": "Table of Contents\n\nvu\n\nChanting Completes All Purification\n\n184\n\nThe Servants of Death Fear Devotees\n\n186\n\nCHAPTER FOUR\n\nThe llaritsa-Guhya Prayers Offered\nto the Lord by Prajapati D�\n\n189\n\nThe Anger of the Pracetas Mter Long Austerities\n\n194\n\nSoma Pleads for the Life of the Trees\n\n195\n\nThe Lord of Lords Provides Food for Everyone\n\n197\n\nA Good King Protects All Forms of Life\n\n200\n\nThe Body Is a Temple\n\n202\n\nDak�a Is Born to Populate the Universe\n\n205\n\nDak�a Retires for Austerities\n\n208\n\nThe Lord Is Invisible to Material Eyes\n\n210\n\nThe Trance of God Realization\n\n214\n\nHow Yogi:s Find the Supersoul\n\n217\n\nThe Person Behind Everything\n\n224\n\nLearned Men Forget Their Souls for Philosophy\n\n226\n\nThe Common Basis for All Philosophies\n\n229\n\nThe Lord Descends to Favor the Devotees\n\n232\n\nOnly J<r�I).a Is to Be Worshiped\n\n235\n\nThe Lord, Riding on Garw�a, Appears to Dak�a\n\n240\n\nDak�a Congratulated\n\n243\n\nHow to See God's Impersonal Form\n\n249\n\nBefore the Creation\n\n251\n\nA Wife for Dak�a\n\n257\n\nCHAPTER FIVE\n\nNarada Mnni Cursed by Prajapati �\n\n261\n\nThe Haryasvas Perform Austerities\n\n262\n\nNarada Muni's Allegory\n\n266\n\n", "SB6.1#p0008": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nvm\n\n\"The Earth\"\n\n268\n\n\"The One Male\"\n\n270\n\n\"The Hole\"\n\n272\n\n\"The Prostitute\"\n\n273\n\n\"The Husband\"\n\n275\n\n\"The River\"\n\n277\n\n\"The House\"\n\n278\n\n\"The Swan\"\n\n280\n\n\"The Razors and Thunderbolts\"\n\n282\n\n\"The Father\"\n\n283\n\nThe Haryasvas Are Convinced by Narada\n\n287\n\nThe Goodness of Narada Muni\n\n288\n\nThe Savalasvas Perform Austerities\n\n294\n\nNarada Preaches Again\n\n298\n\nThe Savallisvas Follow Their Brothers\n\n301\n\nDak�a's Shortsightedness in Anger\n\n302\n\nA Brahmar:ut 's Debts\n\n306\n\nNarada Is Accused by Dak�a\n\n308\n\nRenunciation Requires Knowledge\n\n311\n\nDak�a's False Arguments\n\n313\n\nHow Narada Was Both Cursed and Favored by Dak�a\n\n316\n\nAppendixes\nThe Author\n\n321\n\nReferences\n\n323\n\nGlossary\n\n325\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n331\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n333\n\nGeneral Index\n\n341\n\n", "SB6.1#p0009": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to particular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\n\nsociety, nay, on the entire energy of living beings. _The need is felt by\n\ngreat thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the aphor­\n\nism of Vedanta philosophy Vanmiidy asya yatatt} to establish the ideal of\na common cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of oblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts, education and economic development throughout the entire world. But there is\na pinprick somewhere in the social body at large, and therefore there are\nlarge-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is need of a\nclue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship and\n\nprosperity with a common cause. Srimad-Bhagavatam will fill this need,\n\nfor it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the entire\nhuman society.\n\nSri:mad-Bhiigavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student devotee Prahlada\nMaharaja in order to change the demonic face of society.\n\nkaumara acaret prajno\ndharman bhiigavatan iha\ndurlabham man�arh janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhiig. 7.6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything is\n\nIX\n\n", "SB6.1#p0010": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nX\n\nmerged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate source of\n\ncreation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ultimate\n\nsource of everything that be. This ultimate source is explained rationally\nand\n\nauthoritatively\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nbeautiful\n\nBhiigavatam\n\nor\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhagavatam.\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\n\nwith Him and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the\n\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\n\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\nsimply by a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\n\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to con­\n\nvert others to accept God as a concrete principle.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vedanta-siltra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to the\n\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly as with an ordinary\n\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\n\nsure to become a God realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\n\ncantos.\n\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos, because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\nSri K:r�l).a. One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\n\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\n\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\nsmall installments one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Srimad-Bhagavatam, but still\n\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the thinkers and leaders of society\n\non the strength of the following statement of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\ntad vag-visargo janatagha-viplavo\nyasmin pratiSlokam abaddhavaty api\n\n", "SB6.1#p0011": "Preface\n\nXl\n\nniimiiny anantasya ya.So 'itkitani yac\nchr7J-vanti gayanti gr1)-anti sadhava/:t\n(Bhag. 1.5.11)\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the\nunlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring\nabout a revolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such\ntranscendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\nom tat sat\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\n", "SB6.1#p0012": "Introduction\n\n\"This Bhiigavata Pun'ir:ur is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\n\njust after the departure of Lord Kr�Q.a to His own abode, accompanied by\n\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\n\ndense darkness of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\nPura r:ur.\" (Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the\n\nVedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\n\npreserved through oral tradition, the Vedas were first put into writing\nfive thousand years ago by Sri:la Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\n\nGod.\" After compiling the Vedas, Vyasadeva set forth their essence in\nthe\n\naphorisms\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nVedanta-siltras. Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nis\n\nVyasadeva's commentary on his own Vedanta-siltras. It was written in\n\nthe maturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\n\nspiritual master. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\n\nliterature,\" Srimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and authoritative\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nAfter compiling the Blfiigavatam, Vyasa impressed the synopsis of it\n\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva GosvamL Sukadeva Gosvami: subse­\n\nquently recited the entire Bhiigavatam to Maharaja Pari:k�it in an assem­\n\nbly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\n\nDelhi). Maharaja Pari:k�it was the emperor of the world and was a great\n\nrajar$i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\n\nwithin a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and retired to the bank\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\nThe\n\nBhiigavatam begins with Emperor Pari:k�it's sober inquiry to\n\nSukadeva Gosvami::\n\n\"You are the spiritual master of great saints and\n\ndevotees. I am therefore begging you to show the\n\nway of perfection for all persons, and especially for\n\none who is about to die. Please let me know what a\nman should hear, chant, remember and worship,\n\nand also what he should not do. Please explain all\n\nthis to me.\"\n\nxm\n\n", "SB6.1#p0013": "xw\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nSukadeva Gosvami's answer to this question, and numerous other\n\nquestions posed by Maharaja Parik!?it, concerning everything from the\n\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\n\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\ndeath. The sa�e Suta Gosvami, who was pr�sent on the bank of the\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvami first recited Snmad-Bhagavatam, later\n\nrepeated the Bhagavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest of\n\nNaimi!?aral).ya. Those sages, concerned about the spiritual welfare of the\n\npeople in general, had gathered to perform a long, continuous chain of\n\nsacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\n\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\n\nwisdom, Suta Gosvami repeated from memory the entire eighteen thou­\n\nsand verses of Snmad-Bhagavatam, as spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami to\nMaharaja Parik!?it.\n\nThe reader of Srimad-Bhagavatam hears Suta Gosvami relate the\n\nquestions of Maharaja Parik!?it and the answers of Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nAlso, Suta Gosvami sometimes responds directly to questions put by\n\nSaunaka ��i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at Naimi!?aral).ya. One\n\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\n\nParik�it and Sukadeva Gosvami on the bank of the Ganges, and another\n\nat Naimi�aral).ya between Suta Gosvami and the sages at Naimi�aral).ya\n\nForest, headed by Saunaka ��i. Furthermore, while instructing King\n\nParik�it, Sukadeva Gosvami often relates historical episodes and gives\n\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple Vidura. With this understanding of\nthe history of the Bhagavatam, the reader will easily be able to follow its\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since\n\nphilosophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most important in the\n\nSnmadBhagavatam to appreciate fully its profound message.\nIt should also be noted that the volumes of the Bhagavatam need not\n\ntext, one need only be attentive to the subject matter of\n\nbe read consecutively, starting with the first and proceeding to the last.\n\nThe translator of this edition compares the\n\nBhagavatam to sugar\n\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and\nrelishable.\n\nThis edition of the Bhagavatam is the first complete English transla­\n\ntion of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\n\n", "SB6.1#p0014": "Introduction\n\nXV\n\nfirst widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupiida, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship and intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhiigavatam\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhiigavatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world view. Students of literature will discover the\n\nBhiigavatam to be a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psychology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhiigavatam offers simple\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "SB6.1#p0015": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nFnu.ndR.r-Ar.arva a{ the Intern«IWT�-«l Society {or Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB6.1#p0016": "PLATE ONE\n\"At the time of his death the sinful Ajamila saw three awkward persons with deformed bodily features, fierce, twisted faces, and hair standing erect on their bodies. With ropes in their hands, they had come to\ntake him away to the abode of Yamaraja. When he saw them he was extremely bewildered, and because of attachment to his child, Narayal)a,\nwho was playing a short distance away, Ajamila began to call him loudly\nby his name. Thus with tears in his eyes he somehow or other chanted\nthe holy name of Narayal)a. The order carriers of Vi�l)u, the Vi�l)udiitas,\nimmediately arrived when they heard the holy name of their master\nfrom the mouth of the dying Ajamila. The order carriers of Yamaraja\nwere snatching the soul from the core of the heart of Ajamila, the husband of the prostitute, but with resounding ·voices the messengers of\nLord Vi�l)u, the Vi�l)udiitas, forbade them to do so.\" (pp.42-46)\n\n", "SB6.1#p0017": "", "SB6.1#p0018": "PLATE TWO\n\"After regretting his past sinful activities, Ajamila freed himself from\nall material attraction and took shelter at a Vi�QU temple in Hardwar,\nwhere he executed the process of bhakti-yoga. Thus he detached his\nmind from the process of sense gratification and became fully absorbed\nin thinking of the form of the Lord. When his intelligence and mind\nwere fixed upon the form of the Lord, the brtihmar.ta Ajamila once again\nsaw before him four celestial persons. Upon seeing the Vi�Qudiitas,\nAjamila gave up his material body at Hard war on the bank of the Ganges.\nHe regained his original spiritual body, which was a body appropriate for\nan associate of the Lord. Accompanied by the order carriers of Lord\nVi�Qu, Ajamila boarded an airplane made of gold. Passing through the\nairways he went directly to the abode of Lord Vi�QU, the husband of the\ngoddess of fortune.\" (pp.128-133)\n\n", "SB6.1#p0019": "", "SB6.1#p0020": "PLATE THREE\nWhen the Yamadutas were baffled and defeated by the order carriers\nof Vi��u, they approached their master, Yamaraja, the supreme judge of\nall sinful persons, to tell him of this incident. Almost in anger, they\nquestioned whether there were many authorities other than him.\nYamaraja then explained the position of the supreme controller of the entire world, Lord Sri Kr��a, the Personality of Godhead, and the glories of\nchanting the holy name of the Lord.\n\n(p.144)\n\n", "SB6.1#p0021": "", "SB6.1#p0022": "PLATE FOUR\n\"When the ten sons of Priiclnabarhi (known as the Pracetiis ) emerged\nfrom the waters where they were performing austerities, they saw that\nthe entire surface of the world was covered by trees. Because of having\nundergone long austerities in the water, the Pracetiis were very angry at\nthe trees. Desiring to burn them to ashes, they generated wind and fire\nfrom their mouths. When Soma, the king of the trees and predominating\ndeity of the moon, saw the fire and wind burning all the trees to ashes, he\nfelt great sympathy because he is the maintainer of all herbs and trees.\nHe appeared before the Pracetiis to appease their anger.\" (pp.J93-196)\n\n", "SB6.1#p0023": "", "SB6.1#p0024": "PLATE FIVE\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead is beyond the creation of this\nmaterial world, for He is the source of the material qualities and creation.\" (p.221) In the beginning of the creation, the Lord expands Himself in the form of the puru�a incarnation, Maha-Vi�l)u. Lying in the\nCausal Ocean, the Supreme Personality of Godhead glances over His unmanifest material energy (shown here as Durga, the personification of\nmaterial nature). At that time the living entities, who are His parts and\nparcels, are impregnated into material nature.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0025": "", "SB6.1#p0026": "PLATE SIX\n\"���a, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has\nan eternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other\norigin, for He is the prime cause of all causes. The Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, who is inconceivably opulent, who is devoid of all material\nnames, forms and pastimes, and who is all-pervading, is especially merciful to the devotees who worship His lotus feet. Thus He exhibits transcendental forms and names with His different pastimes.\" (p.232)\n\n", "SB6.1#p0027": "", "SB6.1#p0028": "PLATE SEVEN\n\"When Prajapati Dak�a saw that he was not properly generating all\n\nkinds of living entities, he went to a holy place named Aghamar�ay;ta, and\n\nthere he executed very difficult austerities and worshiped the Lord with\n\nprayers. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, who is extremely\n\naffectionate to His devotees, was very pleased by the prayers offered by\n\nDak�a, and thus He appeared at that holy place. The Lord's lotus feet\nrested on the shoulders of His carrier, GarmJ,a, and He appeared with\n\neight long, mighty, very beautiful arms. In His hands He held a disc,\nconchshell, sword, shield, arrow, bow, rope and club-in each hand a\n\ndifferent weapon, all brilliantly shining. His garments were yellow and\n\nHis bodily hue deep bluish. His eyes and face were very cheerful, and\n\nfrom His neck to His feet hung a long garland of flowers. His chest was\n\ndecorated with the Kaustubha jewel and the mark of Srivatsa. On His\n\nhead was a gorgeous round helmet, and His ears were decorated with ear­\n\nrings resembling sharks.\n\nAll these ornaments were\n\nuncommonly\n\nbeautiful. The Lord wore a golden belt on His waist, bracelets on His\narms, rings on His fingers, and ankle bells on His feet. He was accom­\n\npanied by great devotees like Narada, Nanda and all the principal\n\ndemigods, led by the heavenly king, lndra, and the residents of various\n\nupper planetary systems. Situated on both sides of the Lord and behind\nHim as well, these devotees offered Him prayers continuously.\"\n(pp.208-241)\n\n", "SB6.1#p0029": "", "SB6.1#p0030": "CHAPTER ONE\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\nThroughout Srimad-Bhiigavatam there are descriptions of ten subject\nmatters, including creation, subsequent creation and the planetary\n\nsystems. Sukadeva Gosvami, the speaker of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, has\n\nalready described creation, subsequent creation and the planetary\n\nsystems in the Third, Fourth and Fifth Cantos. Now, in this Sixth Canto,\n\nwhich consists of nineteen chapters, he will describe po�a7Ja, or\n\nprotection by the Lord.\n\nThe first chapter relates the history of Ajamila, who was considered a\n\ngreatly sinful man, but was liberated when four order carriers of Vi�I:IU\ncame to rescue him from the hands of the order carriers of Yamaraja. A\n\nfull description of how he was liberated, having been relieved of the\n\nreactions of his sinful life, is given in this chapter. Sinful activities are\n\npainful both in this life and in the next. We should know for certain that\n\nthe cause of all painful life is sinful action. On the path of fruitive work\n\none certainly commits sinful activities, and therefore according to the\nconsiderations of karma-kii;r:u)a, different types of atonement are recom­\n\nmended. Such methods of atonement, however, do not free one from ig­\n\nnorance, which is the root of sinful life. Consequently one is prone to\ncommit sinful activities even after atonement, which is therefore very\n\ninadequate for purification. On the path of speculative knowledge one\n\nbecomes free from sinful life by understanding things as they are.\n\nTherefore the acquirement of speculative knowledge is also considered a\nmethod of atonement. While performing fruitive activities one can be­\n\ncome free from the actions of sinful life through austerity, penance,\n\ncelibacy, control of the mind and senses, truthfulness and the practice of\n\nmystic yoga. By awakening knowledge one may also neutralize sinful\nreactions. Neither of these methods, however, can free one from the ten­\n\ndency to commit sinful activities.\n\nBy bhakti-yoga one can completely avoid the tendency for sinful life;\n\nother methods are not very feasible. Therefore the Vedic literature con­\n\ncludes that devotional service is more important than the methods of\n\nI\n\n", "SB6.1#p0031": "2\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nkarma-kiiTJ4a and jfiiina-kiiTJ4a. Only the path of devotional service is\n\nauspicious for everyone. Fruitive activities and speculative knowledge\ncannot independently liberate anyone, but devotional service, indepen­\n\ndent of karma and jiiiina, is so potent that one who has fixed his mind at\n\nthe lotus feet of Kr!?I.la is guaranteed not to meet the Yamadutas, the\n\norder carriers of Yamaraja, even in dreams.\n\nTo prove the strength of devotional service, Sukadeva Gosvami: de­\n\nscribed the history of Ajamila. Ajamila was a resident of Kanyakubja\n\n(the modern Kanauj). He was trained by his parents to become a perfect\n\nbrahmary,a by studying the Vedas and following the regulative principles,\nbut because of his past, this youthful brahmary,a was somehow attracted\n\nby a prostitute, and because of her association he became most fallen and\nabandoned all regulative principles. Ajamila begot in the womb of the\n\nprostitute ten sons, the last of whom was called Narayai_la. At the time of\nAjamila's death, when the order carriers of Yamaraja came to take him,\n\nhe loudly called the name Naraya1.1a in fear because he was attached to\n\nhis youngest son. Thus he remembered the original Narayai_la, Lord\n\nVif?I.lU. Although he did not chant the holy name of Naraya1.1a completely\n\noffenselessly, it acted nevertheless. As soon as he chanted the holy name\nof Narayai_la, the order carriers of Lord Vif?I.lU immediately appeared on\n\nthe scene. A discussion ensued between the order carriers of Lord Vi�?I.lU\nand those of Yamaraja, and by hearing that discussion Ajamila was liber­\n\nated. He could then understand the bad effect of fruitive activities and\n\ncould also understand how exalted is the process of devotional service.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��\n\nMtRt+u•i: �ij � li4'f.ffl'T �� 1\n��� QGI1 ��4qRt: II � II\nsri-parik§id uvdca\nnivrtti-margab, kathita\nadau bhagavatd yatha\nkrama-yogopalabdhena\nbrahma� yad asarhsrtib-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0032": "Text I)\n\nof\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajiimila\n\n3\n\nsri-parilcyit uvdca-Maharaja Parik�it said; nivrtti-marga�-the path\nliberation;\n\nkathita�-described;\n\nddau-in\n\nthe\n\nbeginning;\n\nbhagavata-by Your Holiness; yathd-duly; krama-gradually; yoga­\n\nupalabdhe na-obtained by the yoga process; brahma('l.d-along with\n\nLord Brahma\n\n(after\n\nreaching Brahmaloka);\n\nyat-by which way;\n\nasaritsrti�-cessation of the repetition of birth and death.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaharaja Parik�it said: 0 my lord, 0 Sukadeva Gosviimi, you\n\nhave already described [in the Second Canto] the path of liberation\n[nivrtti-marga). By following that path, one is certainly elevated\n\ngradually to the highest planetary system, Brahmaloka, from\n\nwhich one is promoted to the spiritual world along with Lord\nBrahmS. Thus one's repetition of birth and death in the material\n\nworld ceases.\n\nPURPORT\nSince Maharaja Parik�it was a Vai�l).ava, when he heard the descrip­\n\ntion, at the end of the Fifth Canto, of the different hellish conditions of\n\nlife, he was very much concerned with how to liberate the conditioned\nsouls from the clutches of maya and take them back home, back to Godhead. Therefore he reminded his spiritual master, Sukadeva Gosvami,\n\nabout the nivrtti-marga, or path of liberation, which he had described in\nthe Second Canto. Maharaja Parik�it, who at the time of death was fortu­\n\nnate to have met Sukadeva Gosvami, inquired from Sukadeva Gosvami\n\nabout the path of liberation at that crucial time. Sukadeva Gosvami very\nmuch appreciated his question and congratulated him by saying:\nvariyan e$a te pra§na�\nkrto loka-hitam nrpa\ndtmavit-sammata� puritsdm\nsrotavyadi$u ya� para�\n\n\"My dear King, your question is glorious because it is very beneficial for\n\nall kinds of people. The answer to this question is the prime subject matter\n\nfor\n\nhearing,\n\n(Bhiig. 2.1.1)\n\nand it\n\nis\n\napproved\n\nby\n\nall\n\ntranscendentalists.\"\n\n", "SB6.1#p0033": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n4\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nParik�it Maharaja was astonished that the living entities in the condi­\n\ntional stage do not accept the path of liberation, devotional service, in­\n\nstead of suffering in so many hellish conditions. This is the symptom of a\nVai�I_lava.\n\nV aficha-kalpa-tarubhyru ca krpii-sindhubhya eva ca: a\nVai�I_lava is an ocean of mercy. Para-dubkha-du/:tkhi: he is unhappy be­\n\ncause of the unhappiness of others. Therefore Parik�it Maharaja, being\n\ncompassionate toward the conditioned souls suffering in hellish life, suggested that Sukadeva Gosvami continue describing the path of liberation,\n\nwhich he had explained in the beginning of Snmad-Bhiigavatam. The\n\nword asarhsrti is very important in this connection. Samsrti refers to con­\n\ntinuing on the path of birth and death. Asarhsrti, on the contrary, refers\n\nto nivrtti-miirga, or the path of liberation, by which one's birth and death\n\ncease and one gradually progresses to Brahmaloka, unless one is a pure\n\ndevotee who does not CMe about going to the higher planetary systems, in\nwhich case one immediately returns home, back to Godhead, by execut­\n\ning devotional service\n\n(tyaktva deharh punar janma naiti). Parik�it\n\nMaharaja, therefore, was very eager to hear from Sukadeva Gosvami\n\nabout the path of liberation for the conditioned soul.\n\nAccording to the opinion of the iiciiryas, the word kramayogopalabdhena indicates that by first performing karma-yoga and then\njfiiina-yoga and finally coming to the platform of bhakti-yoga, one can\nbe liberated. Bhakti-yoga, however, is so powerful that it does not\ndepend on karma-yoga or jfiiina-yoga. Bhakti-yoga itself is so powerful\nthat even an impious man with no assets in karma-yoga or an illiterate\nwith no assets in jnana-yoga can undoubtedly be elevated to the spiritual\nworld if he simply adheres to bhakti-yoga. Miim eva�yasy asarnsaya/:t.\n��I.la says in Bhagavad-gitii ( 8. 7) that by the process of bhakti-yoga one\nundoubtedly goes back to Godhead, back home to the spiritual world.\n\nYogis, however, instead of going directly to the spiritual world, some­\n\ntimes want to see other planetary systems, and therefore they ascend to\nthe planetary system where Lord Brahma lives, as indicated here by the\nword brahma1)ii. At the time of dissolution, Lord Brahma, along with all\n\nthe inhabitants of Brahmaloka, goes directly to the spiritual world. This\n\nis confirmed in the Vedas as follows:\n\nbrahmar:ui saha te sarve\nsampriipte pratisaficare\n\n", "SB6.1#p0034": "The History of the Life of Ajimila\n\nText2]\n\n5\n\nparasyante krtatmana�\npraviSanti param padam\n\"Because of their exalted position, those who are on Brahmaloka at the\ntime of dissolution go directly back home, back to Godhead, along with\nLord Brahma.\"\nTEXT2\n\nS(��if\n\n���\n\n�I\n\ntit���iij�: f{: �: II � ll\npravrtti-la/cya1_UIS caiva\ntraiguT)-ya-v�ayo mune\nyo 'sav alina-prakrter\nguT)-a-sarga� puna� puna�\npravrtti-by inclination; la/cya7)-a�-symptomized; ca -also; evaindeed; trai guT)-ya -the three modes of nature; v�aya�-possessing as\nobjectives; mune-0 great sage; ya�-which; asau-that; alinaprakrte �-of one who is not freed from the clutches of maya; guT)-a-\n\nsarga� -in which there is a creation of material bodies; puna� puna�again and again.\nTRANSLATION\n0 great sage Sukadeva Gosviimi, unless the living entity is freed\n\nfrom the infection of the material modes of nature, he receives\ndifferent types of bodies in which to enjoy or suffer, and according\nto the body, he is understood to have various inclinations. By\n\nfollowing these inclinations he traverses the path called praVfltimarga, by which one may be elevated to the heavenly planets, as\nyou have already described [in the Third Canto].\nPURPORT\nAs Lord l(r�Q.a explains in Bhagavad-gitii (9.25):\n\nyanti deva-vratii devan\npitfn yanti pitr-vratii�\n\n", "SB6.1#p0035": "6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. l\n\nbhutiini yanti bhutejya\nyanti mad-yajino 'pi mam\n\"Those who worship the demigods will take birth among the demigods;\nthose who worship ghosts and spirits will take birth among such beings;\nthose who worship ancestors go to the ancestors; and those who worship\nMe will live with Me.\" Because of the influence of the various modes of\nnature, the living entities have various tendencies or propensities, and\ntherefore they are qualified to achieve various destinations. As long as\none is materially attached, he wants to be elevated to the heavenly\nplanets because of his attraction to the material world. The Supreme Personality of Godhead declares, however, \"Those who worship Me come to\nMe.\" If one has no information about the Supreme Lord and His abode,\none tries to be elevated only to a higher material position, but when one\nconcludes that in this material world there is nothing but repeated birth\nand death, he tries to return home, back to Godhead. If one attains that\ndestination, he need never return to this material world (yad gatva na\n\nnivartante tad dhama paramarh mama). As Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nsays in Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 19.151) :\nbrahmar.u)a bhramite kona bhiigyavan }iva\nguru-kr$r:ta-prasade paya bhakti-lata-bija\n\"According to their karma, all living entities are wandering throughout\nthe entire universe. Some of them are being elevated to the upper planetary systems, and some are going down into the lower planetary\nsystems. Out of many millions of wandering living entities, one who is\nvery fortunate gets an opportunity to associate with a bona fide spiritual\nmaster by the grace of ��I:Ia. By the mercy of both ��I:Ia and the\nspiritual master, such a person receives the seed of the creeper of devotional service.\" All living entities are rotating throughout the universe,\ngoing sometimes up to the higher planetary systems and sometimes down\nto the lower planets. This is the material disease, which is known as\n\npravrtti-marga. When one becomes intelligent he takes to nivrtti-marga,\nthe path of liberation, and thus instead of rotating within this material\nworld, he returns home, back to Godhead. This is necessary.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0036": "Text 5)\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n7\n\nTEXT3\n�\n\n�����fifl{it: I\n+4;o:c���lt1��:���:11 �II\n\n3l�IJIT\n\n�1\n\nadharma-la/cya'(Ui nand\nnarakiiS canuva711ita�\nrnanvantara.S ca vyakhyata\nadya� svayambhuvo yata�\nadharma-lalcya'(Ui�-symptomized by\n•\n\nimpious\n\nactivities;\n\nnana-\n\nvarious; naraka�-hells; ca-also; anuva711ita�-have been described;\nrnanu-antara�-the change of Manus [in one day of Brahma there are\nfourteen Manus]; ca-also; vyakhyata�-has been described; adya�the original; svayambhuva�-directly the son of Lord Brahma; yata�wherein.\nTRANSLATION\nYou have also described [at the end of the Fifth Canto] the\nvarieties of hellish life that result from impious activities, and you\nhave described [in the Fourth Canto] the first manvantara, which\nwas presided over by Sviyambhuva Manu, the son of Lord Brahmi.\nTEXTS 4-5\n\nfiA�Wfq(l��(ijijf(\n��ijf!�·��·;c���\n\n�I\n11\\lll\n\n�U'{Q����t;f\n��1111R�: I\niilllRI'ri �C4(111f � ��fQ: I I � I I\npriyavratottanapador\nvarnsas tac-caritani ca\ndvipa-var�a-samudradrinady-udyana-vanaspatin\n\n", "SB6.1#p0037": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n8\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\ndhara-mar:u;lala-sarilsthanarh\nbhiiga-lak§alJll-fn:dnata�\njyo�arh vivararu'irh ca\nyathedam asrjad vibhu�\npriyavr ata-of Priyavrata;\n\nuttanapado�-and of Uttanapada; varh­\n\nsa�-the dynasty; tat-caritani-tbeir characteristics; ca-also; dvipadifferent planets; var$a-lands;\n\nsamudra-oceans and seas; adri­\n\nmountains; nadi-rivers; udyana-gardens;\n\nvanaspatin-and trees;\n\ndhara-mar:u;lala-of the planet earth; sarilsthanam-situation; bhiigaaccording to divisions; lak§alJll-different symptoms; manata�-and\nmeasurements;\n\njyo�am-of\n\nthe\n\nsun\n\nand\n\nother\n\nluminaries;\n\nvivararu'im-of the lower planetary systems; ca-and; yatha-as;\nidam-this; asrjat-cr�ated; vibhu�-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear lord, you have described the dynasties and charac­\n\nteristics of King Priyavrata and King Uttiinapada. The Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead created this material world with various\nuniverses, planetary systems, planets and stars, with varied lands,\n\nseas, oceans, mountains, rivers, gardens and trees, all with dif­\n\nferent characteristics. These are divided among this planet earth,\n\nthe luminaries in the sky and the lower planetary systems. You\n\nhave very clearly described these planets and the living entities\n\nwho live on them.\n\nPURPORT\n\nHere the words yathedam asrjad\n\nvibhu� clearly indicate that the\n\nSupreme, the great, almighty Personality of Godhead, created this entire\nmaterial world with its different varieties of planets, stars and so forth.\nAtheists try to conceal the hand of God, which is present in every creation, but they cannot explain how all these creations could come into existence without a competent intelligence and almighty power behind\nthem. Simply to imagine or speculate is a waste of time. In Bhagavad­\n\ngita (10.8), the Lord says, aharh sarvasya pra bhavo : \"I am the origin of\n\n", "SB6.1#p0038": "Text6)\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n9\n\neverything.\" Matta�) sarvam pravartate: \"Whatever exists in the cre­\n\nation emanates from Me.\" Iti matvii bhajante miim budhii bhiiva-saman­\n\nvitii/:t: \"When one fully understands that I create everything by My\n\nomnipotence, one becomes firmly situated in devotional service and fully\nsurrenders at My lotus feet.\" Unfortunately, the unintelligent cannot im­\n\nmediately understand Kr�I.la's supremacy. Nonetheless, if they associate\n\nwith devotees and read authorized books, they may gradually come to the\n\nproper understanding, although this may take many, many births. As\nKr�I).a says in Bhagavad-gitii (7.19):\n\nbahuniim janmaniim ante\njfliinaviin miim prapadyate\nviisudeval) sarvam iti\nsa mahatma sudurlabhal)\n\"After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surren­\n\nders unto Me, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is.\n\nSuch a great soul is very rare.\" Vasudeva, Kr�I).a, is the creator of every­\n\nthing, and His energy is displayed in various ways. As explained in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (7.4-5), a combination of the material energy (bhumir\niipo 'nalo viiyu/:t) and the spiritual energy, the living entity, exists in\n\nevery creation. Therefore the same principle, the combination of the\n\nsupreme spirit and the material elements, is the cause of the cosmic\n\nmanifestation.\n\nTEXT6\n\n� Wl(6hf\"5f(: I\nwttit1SI�I(l'1l���� �� o�f(Qttl� II E\\ II\n\n31�\n\n�\n\n..\n\nadhuneha mahii-bhiiga\nyathaiva narakiin nara/:t\nniinogra-yiitaniin neyiit\ntan me vyakhyatum arhasi\nadhunii -right now; iha-in this material world; mahii-bhiiga-0\n\ngreatly opulent and fortunate Sukadeva Gosvami; yathii-so that; eva-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0039": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n10\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. l\n\nindeed; narakan-all the hellish conditions into which the impious are\n\nput;\n\nnarab,-human\n\nbeings;\n\nnand-varieties\n\nyatan.dn-conditions of suffering;\n\nna\n\nof;\n\nugra-terrible;\n\niyat-may not undergo; tat­\n\nthat; me-to me; vyakhyatum arhasi-please describe.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 greatly fortunate and opulent Sukadeva Gosviimi, now kindly\n\ntell me how human beings may he saved from having to enter\nhellish conditions in which they suffer terrible pains.\nPURPORT\nIn the Twenty-sixth Chapter of the Fifth Canto, Sukadeva Gosvami\n\nhas explained that people who commit sinful acts are forced to enter\n\nhellish planets and suffer. Now Maharaja Parik�it, being a devotee, is\n\nconcerned with how this can be stopped. A Vai�l).ava is para-dub,khadub,khi; in other words, he has no personal troubles, but he is very\n\nunhappy to see others in trouble. Prahlada Maharaja said, \"My Lord, I\n\nhave no personal problems, for I have learned how to glorify Your tran­\n\nscendental qualities and thus enter a trance of ecstasy. I do have a\n\nproblem, however, for I am simply thinking of these rascals and fools\nwho are busy with maya-sukha, temporary happiness, without knowl­\n\nedge of devotional service unto You.\" This is the problem faced by a\n\nVai�l).ava. Because a Vai�l).ava fully takes shelter of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, he personally has no problems, but because he is\n\ncompassionate toward the fallen, conditioned souls, he is always thinking\nof plans to save them from their hellish life in this body and the next.\n\nParik�it Maharaja, therefore, anxiously wanted to know from Sukadeva\n\ngosvami how humanity can be saved from gliding down to hell.\nSukadeva Gosvami had already explained how people enter hellish life,\n\nand he could also explain how they could be saved from it. Intelligent\nmen must take advantage of these instructions. Unfortunately, however,\nthe entire world is lacking .i(r�l).a consciousness, and therefore people are\n\nsuffering from the grossest ignorance and do not even believe in a life\nafter this one. To convince them of their next life is very difficult be­\n\ncause they have become almost mad in their pursuit of material enjoyment. Nevertheless, our duty, the duty of all sane men, is to save them.\n\nMaharaja Parik�it is the representative of one who can save them.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0040": "The History of the Life of Ajamila\n\nText7]\n\n11\n\nTEXT7\n\n�ifi iRR\n�fd>liU� �R«:\n\nWI\n\n�t;:qwt:a'fiqlfilfl(: I\n� « � � wt�ilii!Jqft\\'\n�\n\nit�ftret��6Ranv:u�: 11 \\911\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nna ced ihaivapacitim yathiimhasabkrtasya kuryan mana-ukta-par;tibhib­\n\ndhruvam sa vai pretya narakan upaiti\n\nye kirtita me bhavatas tigma-yatanab,\n\nsri-sukab- uvaca-Srila Sukadeva Gosvami said; na-not; cet-if;\n\niha-within this life; eva-certainly; apacitim-counteraction, atone­\n\nment; yathii-duly; amhasab, krtasya-when one has performed sinful\nactivities; kuryat-performs; manab,-with the mind; ukta-words;\n\npiir;tibhib,-and with the senses; dhruvam-undoubtedly; sab,-that per­\n\nson; vai-indeed; pretya-after death; narakiin-different varieties of\n\nhellish conditions; upaiti-attains; ye-which; kirtitab,-were already\n\ndescribed; me-by me; bhavatab,-unto you; tigma-yatanab,-in which\n\nthere is very terrible suffering.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi replied: My dear King, if before one's next\n\ndeath whatever impious acts one has performed in this life with his\n\nmind, words and body are not counteracted through proper atone­\n\nment according to the description of the Manu-sarilhitii and other\n\ndharma-siistras, one will certainly enter the hellish planets after\ndeath and undergo terrible\ndescribed to you.\n\nsuffering,\n\nas I\n\nhave previously\n\nPURPORT\n\nSrila\n\nVisvanatha\n\nCakravarti\n\nThakura, mentions\n\nthat\n\nalthough\n\nMaharaja Parik�it was a pure devotee, Sukadeva Gosvami did not\n\n", "SB6.1#p0041": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n12\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nimmediately speak to him about the strength of devotional service. As\nstated in Bhagavad-gitii (14.26):\n\nmiim ca yo 'vyabhiciirer:w\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gur:uin samatityaitiin\nbrahma-bhuyiiya kalpate\nDevotional service is so strong that if one fully surrenders to l(r�Q.a and\n\ntakes fully to His devotional service, the reactions of his sinful life\n\nimmediately stop.\n\nElsewhere in the Gitii (18.66), Lord Kr�Q.a urges that one give up all\n\nother duties and surrender to Him, and He promises, aham tviirh sarva­\n\npiipebhyo molcyayi$yiimi: \"I shall free you from all sinful reactions and\n\ngive you liberation.\" Therefore in response to the inquiries of Parik�it\n\nMaharaja, Sukadeva Gosvami, his guru, could have immediately ex­\n\nplained the principle of bhakti, but to test Parik�it Maharaja's intelli­\n\ngence, he first prescribed atonement according to karma-kiiTJ4a, the path\n\nof fruitive activities. For karma-kiiTJ4,a there are eighty authorized scrip­\n\ntures, such as Manu-samhitii, which are known as dharma-siistras. In\nthese scriptures one is advised to counteract his sinful acts by performing\n\n�ther types of fruitive action. This was the path first recommended by\nSukadeva Gosvami to Maharaja Parik�it, and actually it is a fact that one\n\nwho does not take to devotional service must follow the decision of these\nscriptures by performing pious acts to counteract his impious acts. This is\n\nknown as atonement.\n\nTEXTS\n\nij4tt�t�tf�\nqtqfZI'i�\n� ��qf.l(fl�'ll I\n�� qT �met�\n�\"�(f �Fli(l;wfit�ll' II\ntasmiit puraiviiSv iha piipa-ni$krtau\nyateta mrtyor avipadyatiitmanii\n\n", "SB6.1#p0042": "The History of the Life of Ajamila\n\nText 8]\n\n13\n\ndo$asya df$!va guru-liighavam yatha\nbhi§ak cikitseta rujam nidanavit\ntasmdt-therefore; pur d-before; eva-indeed; asu-very quickly;\niha-in this life; papa-ni§krtau-to become free from the reaction of\nsinful\n\nactivities;\n\nyateta-one\n\nshould\n\nendeavor;\n\nmrtyo?l-death;\n\navipadyata-not troubled by disease and old age; dtmand-with a body;\ndo$asya-of the sinful activities; dr$tvd-estimating; guru-liighavamthe heaviness or lightness; yatha-just like; bhi§ak-a physician; cikit­\n\nseta-would treat; rujam\n\n-\n\nof disease; nidana-vit-one who is expert in\n\ndiagnosis.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, before one's next death comes, as long as one's body\nis strong enough, one should quickly adopt the process of atonement according to siistra; otherwise one's time will be lost, and the\nreactions of his sins will increase. As as expert physician diagnoses\nand treats a disease according to its gravity, one should undergo\natonement according to the severity of one's sins.\nPURPORT\nThe dharma-sdstras like the Manu-samhita prescribe that a man who\nhas committed murder should be hanged and his own life sacrificed in\natonement. Previously this system was followed all over the world, but\nsince people are becoming atheists, they are stopping capital punishment.\nThis is not wise. Herein it is said that a physician who knows how to diagnose a disease prescribes medicine accordingly. If the disease is very\nserious, the medicine must be strong. The weight of a murderer's sin is\nvery great, and therefore according to Manu-samhita a murderer must\nbe killed. By killing a murderer the government shows mercy to him because if a murderer is not killed in this life, he will be killed and forced\nto suffer many times in future lives. Since people do not know about the\nnext life and the intricate workings of nature, they manufacture their\nown laws, but they should properly consult the established injunctions of\nthe sdstras and act accordingly. In India even today the Hindu community often takes advice from expert scholars regarding how to\n\n", "SB6.1#p0043": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n14\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. I\n\ncounteract sinful activities. In Christianity also there is a process of confession and atonement. Therefore atonement is required, and atonement\nmust be undergone according to the gravity of one's sinful acts.\nTEXT9\n\n� o\\iflctrif\n\n���.:����\n��femr:mtff�������\nsri-rajovaca\ndma-srutabhyam yat papam\njanann apy atmano 'hitam\nkaroti bhuyo viva5ab,\npraya5cittam atho katham\nsn-ra1a uvaca-Parik�it Maharaja replied; dma-by seeing; srutabhyam-also by hearing (from the scriptures or lawbooks); yatsince;\n\npdpam-sinful, criminal action;\n\njanan-knowing;\n\napi-al­\n\nthough; dtmanab,-of his self; ahitam-injurious; karoti-he acts;\nbhilyab,-again\n\nand\n\nagain;\n\nviva5ab,-unable\n\nto\n\ncontrol\n\nhimself;\n\npraya5cittam-atonement; atho-therefore; katham-what is the value\nof.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Parik!jit said: One may know that sinful activity is in­\n\njurious for him because he actually sees that a criminal is punished\n\nby the government and rebuked by people in general and because\nhe hears from scriptures and learned scholars that one is thrown\ninto hellish conditions in the next life for committing sinful acts.\n\nNevertheless, in spite of such knowledge, one is forced to commit\nsins again and again, even after performing acts of atonement.\n\nTherefore, what is the value of such atonement?\nPURPORT\n\nIn some religious sects a sinful man goes to a priest to confess his sinful acts and pay a fine, but then he again commits the same sins and\n\n", "SB6.1#p0044": "Text 10]\n\n15\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\nreturns to confess them again. This is the practice of a professional sinner. Parik�it Maharaja's observations indicate that even five thousand\nyears ago it was the practice of criminals to atone for their crimes but\nthen commit the same crimes again, as if forced to do so. Therefore,\nowing to his practical experience, Parik�it Maharaja saw that the process\nof repeatedly sinning and atoning is pointless. Regardless of how many\ntimes he is punished, one who is attached to sense enjoyment will commit\nsinful acts again and again until he is trained to refrain from enjoying his\nsenses. The word viva§a is used herein, indicating that even one who\ndoes not want to commit sinful acts will be forced to do so by habit.\nParik�it Maharaja therefore considered the process of atonement to have\nlittle value for saving one from sinful acts. In the following verse he\nfurther explains his rejection of this process.\nTEXT 10\n\n.�Alct�a��mr ij\"�: ,\nSlltflt'1+4sqN � \"'�� II� II\no\n\nkvacin nivartate 'bhadriit\nkvacic carati tat puna�\npriiya.Scittam atlw 'piirtham\nmanye kuiijara-saucavat\nkvacit-sometimes; nivartate-ceases;\n\nabhadriit-from sinful ac­\n\ntivity; kvacit-sometimes; carati-commits; tat-that (sinful activity);\n\npunab,-again; praya.Scittam-the process of atonement; athotherefore; apart ham-usel ess; manye-l consider; kuiijara-saucavat - exactly like the bathing of an elephant.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes one who is very alert so as not to commit sinful acts is\nvictimized by sinful life again. I therefore consider this process of\nrepeated sinning and atoning to be useless. It is like the bathing of\nan elephant, for an elephant cleanses itself by taking a full bath,\nbut then throws dust over its head and body as soon as it returns to\nthe land.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0045": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n16\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\nWhen Parik�it Maharaja inquired how a human being could free him­\n\nself from sinful activities so as not to be forced to go to hellish planetary\nsystems after death, Sukadeva Gosvami answered that the process of\ncounteracting sinful life is atonement. In this way Sukadeva Gosvami\n\ntested the intelligence of Maharaja Parik�it, who passed the examination\n\nby refusing to accept this process as genuine. Now farik�it Maharaja is\n\nexpecting another answer from his spiritual master, Sukadeva Gosvami.\nTEXT 11\n\n��jq'Firtti!fl,\ndon �qf;tatil if mm� � I\n31N9\\G>N�I�T� ftll� II��II\nsri-badarayarJ-ir uvdca\nkarma1J,li karma-nirhiiro\nna hy atyantika �yate\n\navidvad-adhikaritvat\npraya§cittarh vimarsanam\nsri-badarayarJ-itt uooca - Sukadeva Gosvami, the son of Vyasadeva,\n\nreplied; karma1J,ti-by fruitive activities; karma-nirhtirab, - counterac­\n\ntion of fruitive activities; na-not;\n\n�yate-becomes possible;\n\nhi-indeed; atyantikab,-fmal;\navidvat-adhikaritvat-from being without\n\nknowledge; praya§cittam-real atonement; vimarsanam-full knowledge of Vedanta.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi, the son of Vedavyiisa, answered: My dear\n\nKing, since acts meant to neutralize impious actions are also\nfruitive, they will not release one from the tendency to act\nfruitively. Persons who subject themselves to the rules and regula­\n\ntions of atonement are not at all intelligent. Indeed, they are in the\nmode of darkness. Unless one is freed from the mode of ig­\n\nnorance, trying to counteract one action through another is use­\n\nless because this will not uproot one's desires. Thus even though\n\n", "SB6.1#p0046": "Text 11]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n17\n\none may superficially seem pious, he will undoubtedly he prone to\nact impiously. Therefore real atonement is enlightenment in perfect knowledge, Vedanta, by which one understands the Supreme\nAbsolute Truth.\nPURPORT\nThe guru, Sukadeva Gosvami, has examined Parik�it Maharaja, and it\n\nappears that the King has passed one phase of the examination by reject­\n\ning the process of atonement because it involves fruitive activities. Now\n\nSukadeva Gosvami is suggesting the platform of speculative knowledge.\nProgressing from karma-kar,uja to jnana-kar,uja, he is proposing,\n\npriiya.Scittarh vimarsanam: \"Real atonement is full knowledge.\" Vimarsana refers to the cultivation of speculative knowledge. In Bhagavadgitii, karmis, who are lacking in knowledge, are compared to asses. Kr�Qa\nsays in Bhagavad-gita (7 .15):\nna miirh d�krtino mU{lhab,\nprapadyante naradhamiib,\nmayayapahrta-jnana\niisurarh bhavam asritab,\n\"Those miscreants who are grossly foolish, lowest among mankind,\n\nwhose knowledge is stolen by illusion, and who partake of the atheistic\nnature of demons, do not surrender unto Me.\" Thus karmis who engage\n\nin sinful acts and who do not know the true objective of life are called\nmil4has, asses. Vimarsana, however, is also explained in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(15.15), where Kr�Qa says, vedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedyab,: the pur­\n\npose of Vedic study is to understand the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead. If one studies Vedanta but merely advances somewhat in specula­\n\ntive knowledge and does not understand the Supreme Lord, one remains\nthe same mU{lha. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (7.19), one attains real\n\nknowledge when he understands Kr�Qa and surrenders unto Him\n\n(bahuniirh janmaniim ante jnanavdn mii rh prapadyate). To become\n\nlearned and free from material contamination, therefore, one should try\nto understand Kr�Qa, for thus one is immediately liberated from all pious\n\nand impious activities and their reactions.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0047": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n18\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 12\n\n;m;t(f: '{'QflAl'f �� ft I\n\n�� �tl+ii�ll'f. �: �q ��II����\nniiSnata/:t pathyam evannam\nvyadhayo 'bhibhavanti hi\nevam niyamakrd rajan\nsanai/:t lcyemaya kalpate\n\nna-not; a§nata/:t-those who eat; pathyam-suitable; eva-indeed;\nannam\n\n-\n\nfood ; vyadhaya/:t-different types of disease; abhibhavanti­\n\novercome;\n\nhi-indeed; evam-similarly; niyama krt\n-\n\nregulative principles; rajan-0 King; sanai/:t\nfor well-being; kalpate\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\none following\n\ngradually; lcyemaya­\n\nbecomes fit.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, if a diseased person eats the pure, uncontami­\n\nnated food prescribed by a physician, he is gradually cured, and\n\nthe infection of disease can no longer touch him. Similarly, if one\n\nfollows the regulative principles of knowledge, he gradually\n\nprogresses toward liberation from material contamination.\nPURPORT\n\nOne is gradually purified if one cultivates knowledge, even through\nmental speculation, and strictly follows the regulative principles enjoined\nin the siistras and explained in the next verse. Therefore the platform of\njiiiina, speculative knowledge, is better than the platform of karma,\nfruitive action. There is every chance of falling from the platform of\nkarma to hellish conditions, but on the platform of jiiiina one is saved\nfrom hellish life, although one is still not completely free from infection.\nThe difficulty is that on the platform of jiiiina one thinks that he has\nbeen liberated and has become NariiyaJ:.la, or Bhagaviin. This is another\nphase of ignorance.\nye 'nye 'ravindalcya vimukta-maninas\ntvayy asta-bhavad aviSuddha-buddhaya/:t\n\n", "SB6.1#p0048": "Text 14)\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajiimila\n\n19\n\naruhya krcchrel)a param padam tata�\npatanty adho 'niidrta-yU§mad-anghraya�\n(Bhag. 10.2.32)\nBecause of ignorance, one speculatively thinks himself liberated from\nmaterial contamination although actually he is not. Therefore even if one\nrises to brahma-jfiiina, understanding of Brahman, one nevertheless\nfalls down because of not taking shelter of the lotus feet of .Kr�Q.a. Nonetheless, jfiiinis at least know what is sinful and what is pious, and they\nvery cautiously act according to the injunctions of the siistras.\nTEXTS\n\n�\n\n13-14\n\nJRRifllf ��WT\n\n� � � I\n\n� �'� qit;( �it;(� 11��11\n�fctl'�� mu ���n: qq{f�m: I\nf�� � it��;m-: II�\\lll\ntapasa brahmacaryel)a\nsamena ca damena ca\ntyagena satya-saucabhyam\nyamena niyamena vii\ndeha-vag-buddhijam dhira\ndharmajfiii� sraddhayanvitii�\n�ipanty agham mahad api\nve7J-u-gulmam ivanala�\ntapasa -by austerity or voluntary rejection of material enjoyment;\nbrahmacaryel)a-by celibacy (the first austerity); sa mena -by controlling the mind; ca-and; damena -by fully controlling the senses; caalso; tyagena -by voluntarily giving charity to good causes; satya -by\ntruthfulness; saucabhyam-and by following regulative principles to\nkeep oneself internally and externally clean; yamena-by avoiding\ncursing and violence; niyamena-by regularly chanting the holy name\nof the Lord; vii-and; deha-vak-buddhi-jam -performed by the body,\n\n", "SB6.1#p0049": "20\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nwords and intelligence; dhirab,-those who are sober; dharma-jfiiib,fully imbued with knowledge of religious principles; sraddhaya anvitab,-endowed with faith; lcyipanti-destroy; agluim-all kinds of sinful activities; mahat api\ngulmam-the dried\n\n-\n\nalthough very great and abominable; ve�u­\n\ncreepers\n\nbeneath\n\na\n\nbamboo\n\ntree;\n\niva-like;\n\nanalab, -fire .\nTRANSLATION\nTo concentrate the mind, one must observe a life of celibacy and\n\nnot fall down. One must undergo the austerity of voluntarily giv­\n\ning up sense enjoyment. One must then control the mind and\n\nsenses, give charity, be truthful, clean and nonviolent, follow the\nregulative principles and regularly chant the holy name of the\n\nLord. Thus a sober and faithful person who knows the religious\n\nprinciples is temporarily purified of all sins performed with his\nbody, words and mind. These sins are like the dried leaves of\n\ncreepers beneath a bamboo tree, which may be burned by fire al­\n\nthough their roots remain to grow again at the first opportunity.\nPURPORT\n\nTapab, is explained in the smrti-sastra as follows: manasa§\ncendriya�m ca aikagryam paramam tapab,. \"Complete control of the\nmind and senses and their complete concentration on one kind of activity\nis called tapab,.\" Our Krf?J).a consciousness movement is teaching people\nhow to concentrate the mind on devotional service. This is first-class\n\ntapab,. Brahmacarya, the life of celibacy, has eight aspects: one should\nnot think of women, speak about sex life, dally with women, look\nlustfully at women, talk intimately with women or decide to engage in\nsexual intercourse, nor should one endeavor for sex life or engage in sex\nlife. One should not even think of women or look at them, to say nothing\nof talking with them. This is called first-class brahmacarya. If a\n\nbrahmacari or sannyasi talks with a woman in a secluded place,\nnaturally there will be a possibility of sex life without anyone's knowledge. Therefore a complete brahmacari practices just the opposite. If one\nis a perfect brahmacari, he can very easily control the mind and senses,\ngive charity, speak truthfully and so forth. To begin, however, one must\ncontrol the tongue and the process of eating.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0050": "Text 14)\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajami1a\n\n21\n\nIn the bhakti-miirga, the path of devotional service, one must strictly\n\nfollow the regulative principles by first controlling the tongue (sevon­\n\nmukhe hi jihvadau svayam eva sphuraty adaM. The tongue (jihva) can\n\nbe controlled if one chants the Hare l(r�Q.a maha-mantra, does not speak\n\nof any subjects other than those concerning l(r�Q.a and does not taste any­\n\nthing not offered to l(r�Q.a. If one can control the tongue in this way,\n\nbrahmacarya and other purifying processes will automatically follow. It\n\nwill be explained in the next verse that the path of devotional service is\n\ncompletely perfect and is therefore superior to the path of fruitive activities and the path of knowledge. Quoting from the Vedas, Srila\n\nViraraghava Acarya explains that austerity involves observing fasts as\n\nfully as possible (tapasanasakena). Srila Rupa Gosvami has also advised\n\nthat atyahara, too much eating, is an impediment to advancement in\nspiritual life. Also, in Bhagavad-gita (6.17) l(r�Q.a says:\n\nyuktahara-viharasya\nyukta-Ce$!asya karmasu\nyukta-svapndvabodhasya\nyogo bhavati du�kha-ha\n\"He who is temperate in his habits of eating, sleeping, working and\n\nrecreation can mitigate all material pains by practicing the yoga system.\"\n\nIn text 14 the word dhira/:t, meaning \"those who are undisturbed\n\nunder all circumstances,\" is very significant. l(r�Q.a tells Arjuna in\n\nBhagavad-gita (2.14):\nmiitra-sparsds tu kaunteya\nsit0$�-sukha-du�kha-da�\nagamiipayino 'nityds\ntams titik$asva bharata\n\"0 son of Kunti, the nonpermanent appearance of happiness and dis­\n\ntress, and their disappearance in due course, are like the appearance and\ndisappearance of winter and summer seasons. They arise from sense perception, 0 scion of Bharata, and one must learn to tolerate them without\nbeing disturbed.\" In mat�rial life there are many disturbances (adhyat­\n\nmika, adhidaivika and adhibhautika). One who has learned to tolerate\nthese disturbances under all circumstances is called dhira.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0051": "22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 15\n\n���� T � �ij(.:tq(I�UU: I\n31� �f� ��;r ift6:1(fitCf �m:11 ��II\nkecit kevalaya bhaktya\n\nvasudeva-parayar:uJ,�\n\nagham dhunvanti kartsnyena\nniharam iva bhaskara�\n\nkecit-some people; kevalaya bhaktya-by executing unalloyed devo­\n\ntional service; vasudeva-to Lord Kr�I.J.a, the all-pervading Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; parayary,tl�-completely attached (only to such\nservice, without dependence on austerity, penance, cultivation of knowl­\n\nedge or pious activities); agham-all kinds of sinful reactions; dhun­\n\nva nti-destroy; kartsnyena-comp!ete!y (with no possibility that sinful\n\ndesires will revive); niharam-fog; iva-like; bhaskara�-the sun.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOnly a rare person who has adopted complete, unalloyed devo­\n\ntional service to �Qa can uproot the weeds of sinful actions with\n\nno possibility that they will revive. He can do this simply by dis­\n\ncharging devotional service, just as the sun\ndissipate fog by its rays.\n\ncan\n\nimmediately\n\nPURPORT\nIn the previous verse Sukadeva Gosvami gave the example that the\n\ndried leaves of creepers beneath a bamboo tree may be completely burnt\n\nto ashes by a fire, although the creepers may sprout again because the\nroot is still in the ground. Similarly, because the root of sinful desire is\n\nnot destroyed in the heart of a person who is cultivating knowledge but\nwho has no taste for devotional service, there is a possibility that his sin­\n\nful desires will reappear. As stated in Srimad-Biuigavatam (10.14.4):\nsreya�-srtirh bhaktim udasya te vibho\n\nkliSyanti ye kevala-bodha-labdhaye\n\n", "SB6.1#p0052": "Text 15]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n23\n\nSpeculators who undergo great labor to gain a meticulous understanding\nof the material world by distinguishing between sinful and pious ac­\n\ntivities, but who are not situated in devotional service are prone to ma­\n\nterial activities. They may fall down and become implicated in fruitive\n\nactivities. If one becomes attached to devotional service, however, his\n\ndesires for material enjoyment are automatically vanquished without\n\nseparate endeavor. Bhakti/:1. paresiinubhavo viraktir anyatra ca: if one\n\nis advanced in l(r�J;ta consciousness, material activities, both sinful and\npious, automatically become distasteful to him. That is the test of l(r�J;ta\n\nconsciousness. Both pious and impious activities are actually due to ignorance because a living entity, as an eternal servant of l(r�J;ta, has no\n\nneed to act for his personal sense gratification. Therefore as soon as one\n\nis reclaimed to the platform of devotional service, he relinquishes his at­\n\ntachment for pious and impious activities and is interested only in what\nwill satisfy l(r�J;ta. This process of bhakti, devotional service to l(r�J;ta\n\n( viisudeva-pariiyalJ-(l), relieves one from the reactions of all activities.\n\nSince Maharaja Parik�it was a great devotee, the answers of his guru,\n\nSukadeva Gosvami, concerning karma-kiir:u;la and jiiiina-kiir:u;la could\n\nnot satisfy him. Therefore Sukadeva Gosvami, knowing very well the\n\nheart of his disciple, explained the transcendental bliss of devotional ser­\n\nvice. The word kecit, which is used in this verse, means, \"a few people\n\nbut not all.\" Not everyone can become l(r�J;ta conscious. As l(r�J;ta\n\nexplains in Bhagavad-gitii ( 7. 3) :\n\nmanU$yii�m sahasre$U\nkaScid yatati siddhaye\nyatatiim api siddhaniim\nkaScin miim vetti tattvata/:1.\n\"Out of many thousands among men, one may endeavor for perfection,\n\nand of those who have achieved perfection, hardly one knows Me in\n\ntruth.\" Practically no one understands l(r�J;ta as He is, for l(r�J;ta cannot\n\nbe understood through pious activities or attainment of the most elevated\n\nspeculative knowledge. Actually the highest knowledge consists of\nunderstanding l(r�J;ta. Unintelligent men who do not understand l(r�Qa\n\nare grossly puffed up, thinking that they are liberated or have them­\n\nselves become l(r�J;ta or NarayaJ;ta. This is ignorance.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0053": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n24\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nTo indicate the purity of bhakti, devotional service, Srila Rupa\n\nGosvami says in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.1.11):\n\nanyabhi�ita-sanyam\njfiiina-karmiidy-anavrtam\nanukalyena km)iinusilanam bhaktir uttama\n\"One should render transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord\n\nKr�l)a favorably and without desire for material profit or gain through\n\nfruitive activities or philosophical speculation. That is called pure devo­\n\ntional service.\" Srila Rupa Gosvami further explains that bhakti is klesa­\n\nghni subhada, which means if one takes to devotional service, all kinds\n\nof unnecessary labor and material distress cease entirely and one\n\nachieves all good fortune. Bhakti is so powerful that it is also said to be\n\nmo/cya-laghutakrt; in other words, it minimizes the importance of\n\nliberation.\n\nNondevotees must undergo material hardships because they are prone\n\nto commit sinful fruitive activities. The desire to commit sinful actions\n\ncontinues in their hearts due to ignorance. These sinful actions are\n\ndivided into three categories-pataka, maha-pataka and atipataka­\n\nand also into two divisions: prarabdha and aprarabdha. Prarabdha\n\nrefers to sinful reactions from which one is suffering at the present, and\naprarabdha refers to sources of potential suffering. When the seeds\n\n(bija) of sinful reactions have not yet fructified, the reactions are called\naprarabdha. These seeds of sinful action are unseen, but they are un­\n\nlimited, and no one can trace when they were first planted. Because of\n\nprarabdha, sinful reactions that have already fructified, one is seen to\n\nhave taken birth in a low family or to be suffering from other miseries.\n\nWhen one takes to devotional service, however, all phases of sinful\n\nl� fe, including prarabdha, aprarabdha and bija, are vanquished. In\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam (11.14.19) Lord Kr�l)a tells Uddhava:\nyathagni/:t susamrddharci/:t\nkaroty edhamsi bhasmasat\ntatha mad-v�aya bhaktir\nuddhavainarhsi krtsna5a/:t\n\n", "SB6.1#p0054": "Textl5]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n25\n\n\"My dear Uddhava, devotional service in relationship with Me is like a\nblazing fire that can burn to ashes all the fuel of sinful activities supplied\n\nto it.\" How devotional service vanquishes the reactions of sinful life is\nexplained in Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.33.6) in a verse spoken during\nLord Kapiladeva's instructions to His mother, Devahuti. Devahuti said:\n\nyan-namadheya-sravarynnukirtatuid\nyat-prahvarynd yat-smarary.ad api kvacit\nsvado 'pi sadya/:t savanaya kalpate\nkuta/:t punas te bhagavan nu darsanat\n\"My dear Lord, if even a person born in a family of dog-eaters hears and\n\nrepeats the chanting of Your glories, offers respects to You and remem­\n\nbers You, he is immediately greater than a brahmar:w and is therefore\n\neligible to perform sacrifices. Therefore, what is to be said of one who\n\nhas seen You directly?\"\n\nIn the Padma Purar:w there is a statement that persons whose_hell!t§..\n\nare always attached to the devotional service of Lord Vi�l).u are im­\n\nmediately released from all the reactions of sinful life. These reactions\n\ngenerally exist in four phases. Some of them are ready to produce results\nimmediately, some are in the form of seeds, some are unmanifested, and\nsome are current. All such reactions are immediately nullified by devo­\n\ntional service. When devotional service is present in one's heart, desires\n\nto perform sinful activities have no place there. Sinful life is due to ig­\n\nnorance, which means forgetfulness of one's constitutional position as an\n\neternal servant of God, but when one is fully Kt�l.la conscious he realizes\nthat he is God's eternal servant.\nIn this regard, Srila ]iva Gosvami comments that\n\nbhakti may be\nsantatd, devotional service that continues\nincessantly with faith and love, and (2) kadacitki, devotional service\n\ndivided into two divisions: (1)\n\nthat does not continue incessantly but is sometimes awakened. Inces­\n\nsantly flowing devotional service (santata) may also be divided into two\n\ncategories:\n\n(1) service\n\nperformed\n\nwith\n\nslight\n\nattachment\n\nand\n\n(2) spontaneous devotional service. Intermittent devotional service\n(kadacitki) may be divided into three categories: (1) ragabhasamayi,\ndevotional service in which one is almost attached, (2) ragabhasasilnya-svarilpa-bhilta, devotional service in which there is no spon­\n\ntaneous love but one likes the constitutional position of serving, and\n\n", "SB6.1#p0055": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n26\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\n(3) abhasa-rilpa, a slight glimpse of devotional service. As for atone­\n\nment, if one has caught even a slight glimpse of devotional service, all\n\nneeds to undergo praya.Scitta, atonement, are superseded. Therefore\n\natonement is certainly unnecessary when one has achieved spontaneous\n\nlove and, above that, attachment with love, which are signs of increasing\n\nadvancement in kiidicitki. Even in the stage of abhasa-rilpa bhakti, all\nthe reactions of sinful life are uprooted and vanquished. Srila ]iva\n\nGosviimi expresses the opinion that the word kartsnyena means that even\n\nif one has a desire to commit sinful actions, the roots of that desire are\nvanquished merely by abhasa-rilpa bhakti. The example of bhaskara,\n\nthe sun, is most appropriate. The abhasa feature of bhakti is compared to\n\ntwilight, and the accumulation of one's sinful activities is compared to\n\nfog. Since fog does not spread throughout the sky, the sun need do no\nmore than merely manifest its first rays, and the fog immediately disap­\n\npears. Similarly, if one has even a slight relationship with devotional ser­\n\nvice, all the fog of his sinful life is immediately vanquished.\nTEXT 16\n\nW1 �� �N�tet mtwt_�(faqmf�: I\n�\n\nPll�IJI�����T II� �II\nna tatha hy aghavan rajan\npilyeta tapa-adibhift\nyatha kmziirpita-prar:ws\ntat-pur�a-n�evaya\n\nna-not; tatha-so much; hi-certainly; agha-van-a man full of\n\nsinful activities; rajan-0 King; pilyeta-can become purified; tapab,adibhib,-by\n\nexecuting\n\nthe\n\nprinciples\n\nof\n\nausterity,\n\npenance,\n\nbrahmacarya and other purifying processes; yatha-as much as; km:w­\n\narpita-pra�b,-the devotee whose life is fully Kr��a conscious; tatpur�a-n�evaya-by engaging his life in the service of ���a's repre­\n\nsentative.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, if a sinful person engages in the service of a bona\n\nfide devotee of the Lord and thus learns how to dedicate his life\n\n", "SB6.1#p0056": "Text 16]\n\n27\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajimila\n\nunto the lotus feet of Kr�J].a, he can be completely purified. One\ncannot be purified merely by undergoing austerity, penance,\nbrahmacarya\n\nand\n\nthe\n\nother\n\nmethods\n\nof\n\natonement\n\nI\n\nhave\n\npreviously described.\nPURPORT\n\nTat-pun�a refers to a preacher of ��I,la consciousness, such as the\nspiritual master. Srila Narottama dasa 'fhakura has said, cluu;liya\nva��va-seva nistara payeche kebd: \"Without serving a bona fide\nspiritual master, an ideal Vai�1,1ava, who can be delivered from the\n\nclutches of maya?\" This idea is also expressed in many other places.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (5.5.2) says, mahat-sevarh dvaram ahur vimukte�:\nif one desires liberation from the clutches of maya, one must associate\nwith a pure devotee mahatma. A mahatma is one who engages twenty­\n\nfour hours daily in the loving service of the Lord. As ��1,1a says in\n\nBhagavad-gita (9.13):\n\nmahatmanas tu mam partha\ndaivim prakrtim asrita�\nbhajanty ananya-manaso\njiiiitva bhutiidim atyayam\n\"0 son of P:rtha, those who are not deluded, the great souls, are under\n\nthe protection of the divine nature. They are fully engaged in devotional\nservice because they know Me as the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\noriginal and inexhaustible.\" Thus the symptom of a mahatma is that he\nhas no engagement other than service to ��1,1a. One must render service\n\nto a Vai�1,1ava in order to get freed from sinful reactions, revive one's\noriginal K:r�1,1a consciousness and be trained in how to love ��1,1a. This is\n\nthe result of mahatma-seva. Of course, if one engages in the service of a\npure devotee, the reactions of one's sinful life are vanquished auto­\n\nmatically. Devotional service is necessary not to drive away an insignifi­\n\ncant stock of sins, but to awaken our dormant love for ��1,1a. As fog is\nvanquished at the first glimpse of sunlight, one's sinful reactions are\n\nautomatically vanquished as soon as one begins serving a pure devotee;\nno separate endeavor is required.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0057": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n28\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nThe word km:u1rpita-pra7Jab- refers to a devotee who dedicates his life\nto serving ��Q.a, not to being saved from the path to hellish life. A devotee is naraya7Ja-paraya7Ja, or vasudeva-paraya7Ja, which means that the\npath of Vasudeva, or the devotional path, is his life and soul. Naraya7Ja­\n\nparab, sarve na kuta§cana bibhyati (Bhiig. 6.17 .28): such a devotee is\n\nnot afraid of going anywhere. There is a path toward liberation in the\nhigher planetary systems and a path toward the hellish planets, but a\n\nnaraya7Ja-para devotee is unafraid wherever he is sent; he simply wants\nto remember ��Q.a, wherever he may be. Such a devotee is unconcerned\nwith hell and heaven; he is simply attached to rendering service to\n��!).a. When a devotee is put into hellish conditions, he accepts them as\n��!).a's mercy: tat te 'nukampamsusamik$ama7Jab-\n\n(Bhiig. 10.14.8). He\n\ndoes not protest, \"Oh, I am such a great devotee of ��Q.a. Why have I\nbeen put into this misery?\" Instead he thinks, \"This is ��Q.a's mercy.\"\nSuch an attitude is possible for a devotee who engages in the service of\n��!).a's representative. This is the secret of success.\nTEXT 17\n\nwJi+.i);ft �it�q;?.{t: �siffi�: I\n�: �Ncrl � Wfl�NIJiq�l�om ����II\nsadhricino hy ayam loke\npanthab, /cyemo 'kuto-bhayab,\nsu5ildb, siidhavo yatra\nnaraya7Ja-paraya1Jiibsadh ricinab,-just appropriate; hi-certainly; aya m -this; loke-in\nthe world;\nwithout\n\npanthab, -path;\n\nfear;\n\n/cyemab,-auspicious;\n\nsu-.Sildb,-well-behaved;\n\nakutab,-bhayab,­\n\nsiidhavab,....!.saintly\n\npersons;\n\nyatra-wherein; naraya7Ja-paraya1Jijb, -those who have taken the path\nof NarayaQ.a, devotional service, as their life and soul.\nTRANSLATION\nThe path followed by pure devotees, who are well-behaved and\n\nfully endowed with the best qualifications, is certainly the most\n\nauspicious path in this material world. It is free from fear, and it is\nauthorized by the sastras.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0058": "Text 18]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajiirnila\n\n29\n\nPURPORT\nOne should not think that the person who takes to bhakti is one who\n\ncannot perform the ritualistic ceremonies recommended in the karma­\n\nkiir:uja section of the Vedas or is not sufficiently educated to speculate on\n\nspiritual subjects. Miiyiiviidis generally allege that the bhakti path is for\n\nwomen and illiterates. This is a groundless accusation. The bhakti path is\n\nfollowed by the most learned scholars, such as the Gosviimis, Lord\nCaitanya\n\nMahiiprabhu\n\nand\n\nRiimiinujiiciirya.\n\nThese are\n\nthe\n\nactual\n\nfollowers of the bhakti path. Regardless of whether or not one is educated\n\nor aristocratic, one must follow in their footsteps. Mahiijano yena gata�\n\nsa pantha�: one must follow the path of the mahiijanas. The mahiijanas\n(su§ila�\nsadhavo yatra niiraya�-paraya�M, for these great personalities are\nthe perfect persons. As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (5.18.12):\n\nare those who have taken to the path of devotional service\n\nyasyasti bhaktir bhagavaty akincanii\nsarvair gu1JJ1is tatra samasate sura�\n\"One who has unflinching devotion to the Personality of Godhead has all\nthe good qualities of the demigods.\" The less intelligent, however, mis­\n\nunderstand the bhakti path and therefore allege that it is for one who\ncannot execute ritualistic ceremonies or speculate. As confirmed here by\n\nthe word sadhricina�, bhakti is the path that is appropriate, not the paths\n\nof karma-kar:uja and jfuina-kiir:uja. Mayiiviidis may be su§ila� sadhava�\n(well-behaved saintly persons), but there is nevertheless some doubt\nabout whether they are actually making progress, for they have not accepted the path of bhakti. On the other hand, those who follow the path\n\nof the acaryas are su§ila� and sadhava/:1-, but furthermore their path is\n\nakuto-bhaya, which means free from fear. One should fearlessly follow\n\nthe twelve mahiijanas and their line of disciplic succession and thus be\n\nliberated from the clutches of maya.\n\nTEXT 18\n!WU'� �lf;r ifRN�J�qtre� I\n;r f;r��f� ��� �pm�Ntn: II� �II\n\n", "SB6.1#p0059": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n30\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\npraya.Scittani cin:mni\nnarayar:w-paranmukham\nna ni$punanti rajendra\nsura-kumbham ivapagaJ:r,\npraya.Scitta ni-pr ocesses of atonement; c in:uini- very nicely per­\n\nformed; narayar:w-paranmukham-a nondevotee; na ni$punanti-can­\n\nnot purify; rajendra-0 King; sura-kumbham-a pot containing liquor;\niva-like; apa-ga/:r,-the waters of the rivers.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear King, as a pot containing liquor cannot be purified even\n\nif washed in the waters of many rivers, nondevotees cannot be\n\npurified by processes of atonement even if they perform them very\nwell.\n\nPURPORT\nTo take advantage of the methods of atonement, one must be at least\nsomewhat devoted; otherwise there is no chance of one's being purified.\n\nIt is clear from this verse that even those who take advantage of kanna­\n\nkar.u;la and jfiiina-kar.u;la, but are not at least slightly devoted cannot be\npurified simply by following these other paths. The word praya.Scittani is\nplural in number to indicate both kanna-kar.u;la and jfiiina-kar.u;la.\nNarottama diisa Thakura therefore says, kanna-kar.u;la, jfiiina-kar.u;la,\nkevala vi$era bhar.u;la. Thus Narottama dasa Thakura compares the paths\nof kanna-kar.u;la and jfiiina-kar.u;la to pots of poison. Liquor and poison\nare in the same category. According to this verse from SrimadBhagavatam, a person who has heard a good deal about the path of devotional service, but who is not attached to it, who is not Kr�l).a conscious, is\n\nlike a pot of liquor. Such a person cannot be purified without at least a\nslight touch of devotional service.\nTEXT 19\n\nijf)\"fwt:\n\niQJiqG\\t�fef�­\n\n�� ij�gumfrr �� 1\n\n", "SB6.1#p0060": "Text 19)\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n31\n\n;( ij �q q\"(�� ij'l(ll't\n�Rsftf mf� � �oif��mtl � �11\nsakrn mana� kmta-paddravindayor\nnivesitarh tad-gul)(l-ragi yair iha\nna te yamarh piiSa-bhrta§ ca tad-bha!iin\nsvapne 'pi pa§yanti hi cirl)(l-n�krta�\nsakrt-once only;\n\nmana�-the mind;\n\nkr�T)a-pada-aravindayo�­\n\nunto the two lotus feet of Lord Kr�Q.a; nivesitam-completely surrendered; tat-of Kr�Q.a; gul)(l-ragi-which is somewhat attached to the\nqualities, name, fame and paraphernalia; yai�-by whom; iha-in this\nworld; na-not; te-such persons; yamam- Yamaraja, the superintendent of death; piiSa-bhrta� -those who carry ropes (to catch sinful persons); ca-and; tat-his; bha!iin-order carriers; svapne api-even in\ndreams;\n\npa§yanti-see; hi-indeed; ci rl)(l-n�krta�-who have per­\n\nformed the right type of atonement.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough not having fully realized Kt�t.J.a, persons who have\neven once surrendered completely unto His lotus feet and who\nhave become attracted to His name, form, qualities and pastimes\nare completely freed of all sinful reactions, for they have thus accepted the true method of atonement. Even in dreams, such surrendered souls do not see Yamaraja or his order carriers, who are\nequipped with ropes to bind the sinful.\nPURPORT\nl<r�?Q.a says in Bhagavad-gitii (18.66):\n\nsarva-dharman parityajya\nmiim ekam saral)(lrh vraja\naham tviirh sarva-papebhyo\nmo�ay�yami mii suca�\n\n", "SB6.1#p0061": "32\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. l\n\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall\n\ndeliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" This same principle is\ndescribed here (sakrn mana� kmw-padaravindayoM. If by studying\n\nBhagavad-gitii one decides to surrender to K.r�t;ta, he is im�ediately\nfreed from all sinful reactions. It is also significant that Sukadeva\n\nGosvami, having several times repeated the words viisudeva-pariiyar:w\nand niiriiyar:w-pariiyar:w, finally says kr$r:ta-padaravindayo�. Thus he\n\nindicates that Kr�t:ta is the origin of both Narayat;ta and Vasudeva. Even\n\nthough Narayat;ta and Vasudeva are not different from K.r�t;ta, simply by\n\nsurrendering to Kr�t:ta one fully surrenders to all His expansions, such as\n\nNarayat;ta, Vasudeva and Govinda. As Kr�t:ta says in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(7.7), matta� parataram niinyat: \"There is no truth superior to Me.\"\n\nThere are many names and forms of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, but Kr�t:ta is the supreme form (kr$r:taS tu bhagaviin svayam).\n\nTherefore Kr�t:ta recommends to neophyte devotees that one should sur­\n\nrender unto Him only (miim ekam). Because neophyte devotees cannot\nunderstand what the forms of Narayat;ta, Vasudeva and Govinda are,\n\nKr�t:ta directly says, miim ekam. Herein, this is also supported by the\nword kr$r:ta-padaravindayo�. Narayat;ta does not speak personally, but\n\nKr�t:ta or Vasudeva does, as in Bhagavad-gitii for example. Therefore, to\nfollow the direction of Bhagavad-gitii means to surrender unto K_r�t;ta,\n\nand to surrender in this way is the highest perfection of bhakti-yoga.\n\nParik�it Maharaja had inquired from Sukadeva Gosvami how one can\n\nbe saved from falling into the various conditions of hellish life. In this\nverse Sukadeva Gosvami answers that a soul who has surrendered to\nK.r!?I:J.a certainly cannot go to naraka, hellish existence. To say nothing of\ngoing there, even in his dreams he does not see Yamaraja or his order\ncarriers, who are able to take one there. In other words, if one wants to\nsave himself from falling into naraka, hellish life, he should fully surrender to K.r�I:J.a. The word sakrt is significant because it indicates that if\none sincerely surrenders to K.r�I:J.a once, he is saved even if by chance he\nfalls down by committing sinful activities. Therefore Kr�Da says m\n\nBhagavad-gitii (9.30):\napi cet suduriiciiro\nbhajate miim ananya-bhiik\n\n", "SB6.1#p0062": "Text 19]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n33\n\nsadhur eva sa mantavya�\nsamyag vyavasito hi sa�\n\"Even if one commits the most abominable actions, if he is engaged in\ndevotional service he is to be considered saintly because he is properly\n\nsituated.\" If one never for a moment forgets l(r�Q.a, he is safe even if by\n\nchance he falls down by committing sinful acts.\n\nIn the Second Chapter of Bhagavad-gita (2.40) the Lord also says:\n\nnehabhikrama-naso 'sti\npratyavayo na vidyate\nsvalpam apy asya dharmasya\ntrayate mahato bhayat\n\"In this endeavor there is no loss or diminution, and a little advancement\n\non this path can protect one from the most dangerous type of fear.\"\n\nElsewhere in the Gfta (6.40) the Lord says, na hi kalyarm-krt kaScid\n\ndurgatirh tata gacchati: \"One who performs auspicious activity is never\n\novercome by evil.\" The highest kalyarm (auspicious) activity is to sur­\n\nrender to l(r�Q.a·. That is the only path by which to save oneself from fall­\n\ning down into hellish life. Srila Prabodhananda Sarasvati has confirmed\n\nthis as follows:\n\nkaivalyam narakayate tri-da.Sa-pilr akiiSa-pWjpiiyate\ndurdantendriya-kala-sarpa-pa!ali protkhata-da�trayate\nviSvarh pilrrm-sukhayate vidhi-mahendradiS ca ki!iiyate\nyat-karur,tya-katak$a-vaibhavavatarh tam gauram eva stuma!l\nThe sinful actions of one who has surrendered unto l(r�I;ta are compared\n\nto a snake with its poison fangs removed (protkhata-da�trayate). Such\n\na snake is no longer to be feared. Of course, one should not commit sinful\n\nactivities on the strength of having surrendered to :l<r�?Q.a. However, even\nif one who has surrendered to l(r�Q.a happens to do something sinful be­\n\ncause of his former habits, such sinful actions no longer have a destruc­\n\ntive effect. Therefore one should adhere to the lotus feet of l(r�Q.a very\n\n", "SB6.1#p0063": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n34\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\ntightly and serve Hiq� under the direction of the spiritual master. Thus\n\nin all conditions one will be akuto-bhaya, free from fear.\nTEXT 20\n\n31;£\n\n:ql��{qfllftfmf �(16;wl( I\n� {qt?j�: ��fiNN lt ll�oll\natra codaharantimam\nitihasam puratanam\ndutanam vi$�u-yamayo�\nsamviidas tam nibodha me\n\natra-in this connection; ca-also; udaharanti-they give as an ex­\n\nample; imam-this; itihasam-the history (of Ajamila); puratanam­\n\nwhich is very old; dutanam-of the order carriers; vi$�u-of Lord\nVi�Q.u; yamayo�-and of Yamaraja; samvada�-the discussion; tamthat; nibodha-try to understand; me-from me.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this regard, learned scholars and saintly persons describe a\n\nvery old historical incident involving a discussion between the\n\norder carriers of Lord Vi�1,1u and those of Yamaraja. Please hear of\nthis from me.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Pura�, or old histories, are sometimes neglected by unin­\n\ntelligent men who consider their descriptions mythological. Actually, the\ndescriptions of the Pura�, or the old histories of the universe, are fac­\n\ntual, although not chronological. The Pura� record the chief incidents\nthat have occurred over many millions of years, not only on this planet\nbut also on other planets within the universe. Therefore all learned and\n\nrealized Vedic scholars speak with references to the incidents in the\n\nPura�. Srila Riipa Gosvami accepts the Pura� to be as important as\n\nthe Vedas themselves. Therefore in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu he quotes\nthe following verse from the Brahma-yamala:\n\n", "SB6.1#p0064": "Text 21]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n35\n\nsruti-smrti-purar:uidi­\n\npaiicaratra-vidhim vina\n\naikantiki harer bhaktir\nutpatdyaiva kalpate\n\n..Devotional service of the Lord that ignores the authorized Vedic\nliteratures like the Upani.Jads, Purii;f'.ULS and Narada-paiicaratra is\n\nsimply an unnecessary disturbance in society.\" A devotee of .Kr�r;ta must\nrefer not only to the Vedas, but also to the Purdf.ULS. One should not\n\nfoolishly consider the Purdf.ULS mythological. If they were mythological,\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi would not have taken the trouble to recite the old\n\nhistorical incidents concerning the life of Ajamila. Now the history\n\nbegins as follows.\n\nTEXT 21\n\nctil;tfR IDt: �����Tf�: I\nwnm wt!�T:qm �: �<lf'Rt': ������\nkanyakubje dvijab, ka§cid\ndasi-patir ajamilab,\n\nndmnd �ta-sadacaro\n\ndasyab, samsarga-dil$itab,\n\nkanya-kubje-in the city of Kiinyakubja (Kanauj, a town near Kanpur); dvijab,-brahmar_w,; ka§cit-some; dasi-patib,-the husband of a\n\nlow-class woman or prostitute; ajamilab,-Ajiimila; ndmna-by name;\n�ta-sat-acarab,-who lost all brahminical qualities; dasyab,-of the\nprostitute or maidservant; samsarga-dil$itab,-contaminated by the association.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn the city known as Kiinyakubja there was a briihm�a named\nAjamila who married a prostitute maidservant and lost all his\nhrahminical qualities because of the association of that low-class\nwoman.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0065": "36\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\nThe fault of illicit connection with women is that it makes one lose all\n\nbrahminical qualities. In India there is still a class of servants, called\nsiidras, whose maidservant wives are called siidriilJ,is. Sometimes people\n\nwho are very lusty establish relationships with such maidservants and\n\nsweeping women, since in the higher statuses of society they cannot in­\n\ndulge in the habit of woman hunting, which is strictly prohibited by\n\nsocial convention. Ajamila, a qualified brahma1)-a youth, lost all his\n\nbrahminical qualities because of his association with a prostitute, but he\nwas ultimately saved because he had begun the process of bhakti-yoga.\n\nTherefore in the previous verse, Sukadeva Gosvami spoke of the person\n\nwho has only once surrendered himself at the lotus feet of the Lord\n(manat£ kr�lJ-a-padiiravindayot£) or has just begun the bhakti-yoga pro­\n\ncess. Bhakti-yoga begins with sravalJ-am kirtanarh V�lJ-Ot£, hearing and\n\nchanting of Lord Vi�l).u's names, as in the maha-mantra-Hare Kt�l).a,\n\nHare Kt�l).a, Kt�l).a l<t�l).a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama\n\nRama, Hare Hare. Chanting is the beginning of bhakti-yoga. Therefore\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu declares:\n\nharer nama harer nama\nharer namaiva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha\n\"In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is\n\nchanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no\n\nother way. There is no other way.\" The process of chanting the holy\nname of the Lord is always superbly effective, but it is especially effec­\n\ntive in this age of Kali. Its practical effectiveness will now be explained\n\nby Sukadeva Gosvami through the history of Ajamila, who was freed\nfrom the hands of the Yamadiitas simply because of chanting the holy\nname of Narayal).a. Parik�it Maharaja's original question was how to be\n\nfreed from falling down into hell or into the hands of the Yamadiitas. In\n\nreply, Sukadeva Gosvami is citing this old historical example to convince\n\nParik�it Maharaja of the potency of bhakti-yoga, which begins simply\n\n", "SB6.1#p0066": "Text 22]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajiimila\n\n37\n\nwith the chanting of the Lord's name. All the great authorities of bhakti­\n\nyoga recommend the devotional process beginning with the chanting of\nthe holy name of K.r�I).a (tan-ruima-grahaT]iidibhiM.\nTEXT 22\n\n�: ��.n��\n��¥'i+t�f�ttl6tl{¥{1({\nbandy-a�aib, kaitavaiS cauryair\ngarhitarh vrttim iisthitab,\nbibhrat kutumbam a.Sucir\nyatayam asa dehinab,\nbandi-a�aib,-by unnecessarily arresting someone; kaitavaib,-by\ncheating in gambling or throwing dice; cauryaib,-by committing theft;\ngarhitiim-condemned; vrttim-professions; iisthitab,-who has undertaken (because of association with a prostitute); bibhrat-maintaining;\nkutumbam-his dependent wife and children; a§ucib,-being most sinful; yatayam iisa-he gave trouble; dehinab,-to other living entities.\nTRANSLATION\nThis fallen brahmru;ta, Ajiimila, gave trouble to others by arresting them, by cheating them in gambling, or by directly plundering\nthem. This was the way he earned his livelihood and maintained\nhis wife and children.\nPURPORT\nThis verse indicates how degraded one becomes simply by indulging in\nillicit sex with a prostitute. Illicit sex is not possible with a chaste or\naristocratic woman, but only with unchaste sildras. The more society\nallows prostitution and illicit sex, the more impetus it gives to cheaters,\nthieves, plunderers, drunkards and gamblers. Therefore we first advise\nall the disciples in our K.r�I).a consciousness movement to avoid illicit sex,\nwhich is the beginning of all abominable life and which is followed by\nmeat-eating, gambling and intoxication, one after another. Of course,\n\n", "SB6.1#p0067": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n38\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nrestraint is very difficult, but it is quite possible if one fully surrenders to\n.Kr�I).a, since all these abominable habits gradually become distasteful for\na .Kr�I).a conscious person. If illicit sex is allowed to increase in a socieiy,\nhowever, the entire society will be condemned, for it will be full of\nrogues, thieves, cheaters and so forth.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�� filq�ij�� e1W�I'1� (1$11� I\n�S�tl411 �(fw{(liSl'ltl\\0�l�'f: �:II ��II\n..\n\nevarh nivasatas tasya\nliilayanasya tat-sutan\nkiilo 'tyagan mahan rajann\n�!asityay�a� sama�\nevam-in this way; nivasata�-living; tasya-of him (Ajamila);\nlalayanasya-maintaining; tat-of her (the sudra7Ji); sutan-sons;\nkiila�-time; atyagat-passed away; mahan-a great amount; rajan-\n\n0 King; �!d.Sitya-eighty-eight; ay�a�-of the duration of life;\nsama�-years.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, while he thus spent his time in abominable, sinful\nactivities to maintain his family of many sons, eighty-eight years of\n\nhis life passed by.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n� �: � � � ij �sqq: I\n\n;nit ;JRFJoft ;nm fq;ft� <::fqm ���II� 'ell I\ntasya pravayasa� putra\n·\n\nda.Sa te$lirh tu yo 'varna�\n\nbalo naraya1JO namna\npitro§ ca dayito bhrsam\n\n", "SB6.1#p0068": "Text 25]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajiimila\n\n39\n\ntasya-of him (Ajamila); pravayasa�-who was very old; putra�­\n\nsons; da.Sa--ten; te�am-of all of them; tu-but; ya�-the one who;\navama�-the\n\nyoungest;\n\nnamna-by name;\n\noola�-child;\n\nnaraya��-NarayaQa;\n\npitro�-of the father and mother;\n\nca-and;\n\ndayita�-dear; bhrsam-very.\nTRANSLATION\nThat old man Ajiimila had ten sons, of whom the youngest was a\nbaby named Naraya1,1a. Since Naraya1,1a was the youngest of all the\nsons, he was naturally very dear to both his father and his mother.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word pravayasa� indicates Ajamila's sinfulness because although\nhe was eighty-eight years old, he had a very young child. According to\nVedic culture, one should leave home as soon as he has reached fifty\nyears of age; one should not live at home and go on producing children.\nSex life is allowed for twenty-five years, between the ages of twenty-five\nand forty-five or, at the most, fifty. After that one should give up the\nhabit of sex life and leave home as a vanaprastha and then properly take\nsannyasa. Ajamila, however, because of his association with a prostitute,\n\nlost all brahminical culture and became most sinful, even in his so-called\nhousehold life.\nTEXT 25\n\nif�«����� �mMfur 1\n��t m �m � ������\n\n�\n\nsa baddha-hrdayas tasminn\narbhake kala-b�i7J-i\nniri�amalJ-US tal-lilam\nmumude jaratho bhrsam\n\nsa�-he; bculdha-hrdaya�-being very attached; tasmin-to that;\narbhake-small child; kala-b�i�J-i-who could not talk clearly but\ntalked in broken language; niri�ama��-seeing; tat-his; lilam-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0069": "40\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. l\n\npastimes (such as walking and talking to his father); mumude-enjoyed;\njara!ha�-the old man; bhrsam-very much.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of the child's broken language and awkward move­\n\nments, old Ajiimila was very much attached to him. He always took\ncare of the child and enjoyed the child's activities.\nPURPORT\n\nHere it is clearly mentioned that the child Narayal).a was so young that\nhe could not even speak or walk properly. Since the old man was very attached to the child, he enjoyed the child's activities, and because the\nchild's name was Narayal).a, the old man always chanted the holy name of\nNarayaJ;ta. Although he was referring to the small child and not to the\noriginal NarayaJ;ta, the name of Narayai.J.a is so powerful that even by\nchanting his son's name he was becoming purified (harer niima harer\nniima harer niimaiva kevalam). Srila Riipa Gosvami has therefore\ndeclared that if one's mind is somehow or other attracted by the holy\nname of ��J;ta (tasmat keniip y upayena mana� kr�r:te nivesayet), one is\non the path of liberation. It is customary in Hindu society for parents to\ngive their children names like ��I;tadasa, Govinda dasa, NarayaJ;ta dasa\nand V:rndavana dasa. Thus they chant the names ��I.J.a, Govinda,\nNarayal).a and V:rndavana and get the chance to be purified.\nTEXT 26\n\n��: �� �'l ;n��,;r�-;rn: I\n\n�WI. q'l�i( ;r �f(��� 11��11\nbhuiijana� prapiban khadan\nbalakam sneha-yantrita�\nbhojayan payayan mik)ho\nna vediigatam antakam\n\nbhuiijana�-while eating; prapiban-while drinking; khadanwhile chewing; balakam-unto the child; sneha-yantrita�-being attached by affection; bhojayan-feeding; payayan-giving something to\n\n", "SB6.1#p0070": "Text 27)\ndrink;\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\nmW;lha�-the\n\nfoolish\n\nman;\n\nna-not;\n\n41\n\nveda-understood;\n\nagatam-had arrived; antakam-death.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Ajamila chewed food and ate it, he called the child to chew\nand eat, and when he drank he called the child to drink also. Always engaged in taking care of the child and calling his name,\nNiirayru;ta, Ajamila could not understand that his own time was now\nexhausted and that death was upon him.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is kind to the conditioned soul.\nAlthough this man completely forgot Narayal).a, he was calling his child,\nsaying, \"NarayaQ.a, please come eat this food. NarayaQ.a, please come\ndrink this milk.\" Somehow or other, therefore, he was attached to the\nname Narayal).a. This is called ajfiijta-sukrti. Although calling for his son,\nhe was unknowingly chanting the name of Narayal).a, and the holy name\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead is so transcendentally powerful\nthat his chanting was being counted and recorded.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�ei �twitsit �m �qf�ij 1\n� � m � ;n��it ���\\911\n\n«\n\nsa evam vartamarw }iio\nmrtyu-kiila upasthite\nmatim cakara tanaye\nbale niirayar:uJ,hvaye\n\nsa�-that\n\nAjamila;\n\nevam-thus;\n\nvartamana�-living;\n\najfia�­\n\nfoolish; mrtyu-kiile-when the time of death; upasthite-arrived;\nmatim cakiira-concentrated his mind; tanaye-on his son; bale-the\nchild; niiraya{UI-iihvaye-whose name was Narayal).a.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0071": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n42\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the time of death arrived for the foolish Ajamila, he\n\nbegan thinking exclusively of his son Narayru;ta.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Second Canto of the Snmad-Bhiigavatam (2.1.6) Sukadeva\n\nGosvami says:\n\netavan sii:tikhya-yogabhyam\nsvadharma-parin�!haya\njanma-liibha/:1. para/:£ purhsam\nante naraya�-smrti/:1.\n\"The highest perfection of human life, achieved either by complete\n\nknowledge of matter and spirit, by acquirement of mystic powers, or by\nperfect discharge of one's occupational duty, is to remember the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead at the end of life.\" Somehow or other, Ajamila con­\n\nsciously or unconsciously chanted the name of Narayal).a at the time of\ndeath (ante ndrayal)a-smrtiiJ}, and therefore he became all-perfect\n\nsimply by concentrating his mind on the name of Narayal).a.\n\nIt may also be concluded that Ajamila, who was the son of a\n\nbrahmal)a, was accustomed to worshiping Narayal).a in his youth because\nin every brahma� 's house there is worship of the ndrayal)a-silii. This\nsystem is still present in India; in a rigid brahmal)a 's house, there is\nndrayal)a-seva, worship of Narayal).a. Therefore, although the contaminated Ajamila was calling for his son, by concentrating his mind on the\n\nholy name of Naraya.I).a he remembered the Narayal).a he had very\n\nfaithfully worshiped in his youth.\n\nIn this regard Srila Sridhara Svami expressed his verdict as follows:\n\netac ca tad-upaliilanadi-sri-ndraya�-namoccaral)a-mdhatmyena tadbhaktir evabhud iti siddhantopayogitveniipi dra§!avyam. \"According to\nthe bhakti-siddhanta, it is to be analyzed that because Ajamila constantly\n\nchanted his son's name, Naraya.Q.a, he was elevated to the platform of\n\nbhakti, although he did not know it.\" Similarly, Srila Viraraghava\n\nAcarya gives this opinion: evam vartamdna/:1. sa dvija/:1. mrtyu-kale\n\nupasthite satyajfio ndraya1,1iikhye putra eva matim cakara matim asak-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0072": "Text 29]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n43\n\ntam akarod ity artha�. \"Although at the time of death he was chanting\nthe name of his son, he nevertheless concentrated his mind upon the holy\nname of Narayal).a.\" Sri:la Vijayadhvaja Tlrtha gives a similar opinion:\nmrtyu-kale deha-viyoga-la�ar:w-kale mrtyo� sarva-do§a-papaharasya harer anugrahiit kale datta-jiidna-la�aT)£ upasthite hrdi prakaSite tanaye parr:w-jiidne bale pafica-var$a-kalpe pradesa-miitre\nniirayar_uihvaye marti-viSe$e matim smarar:w-samartham cittam cakara\nbhaktyiismarad ity artha�.\n\nDirectly or indirectly, Ajamila factually remembered Narayal).a at the\ntime of death (ante niirayar:w-smrtiM.\nTEXTS\n\n28-29\n\"\n\nft:a' �\n'-' nn:r.r.r:�\nql�l�l�i�\n�'fl·�;ri�ij�t(ll\"rtOJF{ I\n�iliijti'SI� � 311oo;i �ltRI� ����II\n\n\\� sti'tiSw:t�R'htl � ;{t@(Oii@tl'( I\nMil'4$t �uit���l�l�R��: 11��11\nsa pasa-hastams trin dmva\npurU$iin ati-darur_uin\nvakra-tw:u;lan ardhva-romr;ta\natmiinam netum agatan\ndare krU;lanakiisaktam\nputram niirayar_uihvayam\npldvitena svarer:wccair\najuhiivakulendriya�\n\nsa�-that person (Ajamila); pasa-hastdn-having ropes in their\nhands; tr in-three; dr$fvii-seeing; purU$iin-persons; ati-darur_uinvery fearful in their features; vakra-tu�n-with twisted faces;\nardhva-rom,.w�-with hair standing on the body; atmiinam-the self;\nnetum-to take away; agatd n- arrived; dare-a short distance away;\n\n", "SB6.1#p0073": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n44\n\nkri{lanaka -iisaktam -engaged\n\nin\n\nhis\n\nplay;\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nputram-his\n\nchild;\n\nnaraya{la-a hvayam -named NarayaQ.a; plavit ena -with tearful eyes;\nsvare{la-with his voice; uccaib,-very loudly; ajuha va-called; akulaindriyab,-being full of anxiety.\nTRANSLATION\nAjiimila then saw three awkward persons with deformed bodily\n\nfeatures, fierce, twisted faces, and hair standing erect on their\n\nbodies. With ropes in their hands, they had come to take him away\n\nto the abode of Yamaraja. When he saw them he was extremely\nbewildered, and because of attachment to his child, who was play­\n\ning a short distance away, Ajiimila began to call him loudly by his\n\nname. Thus with tears in his eyes he somehow or other chanted the\n\nholy name of NarayaJ.la.\n\nPURPORT\nA person who performs sinful activities performs them with his body,\nmind and words. Therefore three order carriers from Yamaraja came to\ntake Ajamila to Yamaraja's abode. Fortunately, even though he was\nreferring to his son, Ajamila chanted the four syllables of the hari-nama\nNarayaQ.a, and therefore the order carriers of NarayaQ.a, the Vi�Q.udutas,\nalso immediately arrived there. Because Ajamila was extremely afraid of\nthe ropes of Yamaraja, he chanted the Lord's name with tearful eyes. Actually, however, he never meant to chant the holy name of Narayat:Ia; he\nmeant to call his son.\nTEXT 30\n\n� �ft�� 1\n�� li�l� .: �QTf{Qe{ II� II\n\nA�twt fw:r�orer\n\no\n\nniSamya mriyama{WSya\nmukhato hari-kirtanam\nbhartur nama maharaja\npar$adab- sahasapatan\nniSamya -hearing; mriyamti{WSya-of the dying man; mukhatab,from the mouth; hari kirtanam -chan t ing of the holy name of the\n-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0074": "Text 31]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n45\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; bhartu� nama-the holy name of\ntheir master; maha-raja-0 King; par�ada�-the order carriers of\nVi�I;tu; sahasa-immediately; apatan-arrived.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, the order carriers of Vi�J.m, the Vi�J.Iudiitas, immediately arrived when they heard the holy name of their master\nfrom the mouth of the dying Ajamila, who had certainly chanted\nwithm,1t offense because he had chanted in complete anxiety.\nPURPORT\nSrila\n\nVisvanatha\n\nCakravarti\n\n'fhakura\n\nremarks,\n\nhari-kirtanaril\n\nni.Samyapatan, katham-bhutasya bhartur nama bruvata�: the order carriers of Lord Vi�J;tu came because Ajamila had chanted the holy name of\nNarayaJ;ta. They did not consider why he was chanting. While chanting\nthe name of NarayaJ;ta, Ajamila was actually thinking of his son, but\nsimply because they heard Ajamila chanting the Lord's name, the order\ncarriers of Lord Vi�J;tu, the Vi�I;tudiitas, immedi;:ttely came for Ajamila's\nprotection. Hari-kirtana is actually meant to glorify the holy name, form,\npastimes and qualities of the Lord. Ajamila, however, did not glorify the\nform, qualities or paraphernalia of the Lord; he simply chanted the holy\nname. Nevertheless, that chanting was sufficient to cleanse him of all sinful activities. As soon as the Vi�J;tudiitas heard their master's name being\nchanted, they immediately came. In this regard Srila Vijayadhvaja Tirtha\nremarks: anena putra-sneham antareT)a praciniidr�ta-balad udbhutaya\nbhaktya bhagavan-nama-smikirtanam krtam iti jfiiiyate. \"Ajamila\nchanted the name of Narayai;ta because of his excessive attachment to his\nson. Nevertheless, because of his past good fortune in having rendered\ndevotional service to NarayaQa, he apparently chanted the holy name in\nfull devotional service and without offenses.\"\nTEXT 31\n\nf��ffl's;ij«itt�t('t1qffl\"�Tfll� I\n�� fer�?R� �H�Nf�m II�� II\nvikar�ato 'ntar hrdayad\ndasi-patim ajamilam\n\n", "SB6.1#p0075": "46\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nyama-pre$yiin vi$ttuduta\nvarayam asur ojasa\nvikar$ata�-snatching; anta� hrday at-from within the heart; diis patim-the husband of the prostitute; ajamilam-Ajamila; yama-pre$Jiin-the messengers of Yamaraja; vi$ttu-duta�-the order carriers of\nLord Vi�J.lu; varayam asu�-forbade; ojasa-with resounding voices.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe order carriers of Yamariija were snatching the soul from the\n\ncore of the heart of Ajamila, the husband of the prostitute, but\n\nwith resounding voices the messengers of Lord Vi�J,Iu, the\nVi�J,Iudiitas, forbade them to do so.\n\nPURPORT\nA Vai�Qava, one who has surrendered to the lotus feet of Lord Vi�Qu,\nis always protected by Lord Vi�r;1u's order carriers. Because Ajamila had\nchanted the holy name of Narayar;1a, the Vi�Qudiitas not only immediately arrived on the spot but also at once qrdered the Yamadiitas not\nto touch him. By speaking with resounding voices, the Vi�Qudiitas\nthreatened to punish the Yamadiitas if they continued trying to snatch\nAjamila's soul from his heart. The order carriers of Yamaraja have\njurisdiction over all sinful living entities, but the messengers of Lord\nVi�:Q.u, the Vi�:Q.udiitas, are capable of punishing anyone, including\nYamaraja, if he wrongs a Vai�:Q.ava.\nMaterialistic scientists do not know where to find the soul within the\nbody with their material instruments, but this verse clearly explains that\nthe soul is within the core of the heart (hrdaya); it is from the heart that\nthe Yamadiitas were extracting the soul of Ajamila. Similarly, we learn\nthat the Supersoul, Lord Vi�Qu, is also situated within the heart (iSvara�\nsarva-bhutanaril hrd-dese 'rjuna ti$!hati). In the Upani$ads it is said that\nthe Supersoul and the individual soul are living in the same tree of the\nbody as two friendly birds. The Supersoul is said to be friendly because\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead is so kind to the original soul that\nwhen the original soul transmigrates from one body to another, the Lord\ngoes with him. Furthermore, according to the desire and karma of the in-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0076": "Text 32]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n47\n\ndividual soul, the Lord, through the agency of maya, creates another\nbody for him.\nThe heart of the body is a mechanical arrangement. As the Lord says\nin Bhagavad-gitd (18.61):\n\niSvara� sarva-bhutdniirh\nhrd-dese 'rjuna ti§thati\nbhramayan sarva-bhutani\nyantrarilJ;lhani mayaya\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is\ndirecting the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a\nmachine, made of the material energy.\" Yantra means a machine, such\nas an automobile. The driver of the machine of the body is the individual\nsoul, who is also its director or proprietor, but the supreme proprietor is\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. One's body is created through the\nagency of maya (karma'fJii daiva-netrer:w), and according to one's activities in this life, another vehicle is created, again under the supervision of daivi maya (daivi hy e$a gur:wmayi mama maya duratyaya). At\nthe appropriate time, one's next body is immediately chosen, and both\nthe individual soul and the Supersoul transfer to that particular bodily\nmachine. This is the process of transmigration. During transmigration\nfrom one body to the next, the soul is taken away by the order carriers of\nYamaraja and put into a particular type of hellish life (naraka) in order\nto become accustomed to the condition in which he will live in his next\nbody.\n\nucur ni§edhitas tams te\nvaivasvata-pura�ara�\nIre yuyarh prati§eddharo\ndharma-rajasya sasanam\n\n", "SB6.1#p0077": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n48\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nacu�-replied; ni§edhita�-being forbidden; tan-to the order carriers of Lord Vi�J).u; te-they; vaivasvata-of Yamaraja; pura�-sara�the assistants or messengers; ke-who; yuyam-all of you; prati§eddhara�-who are opposing; dharma-rajasya-of the king of religious\nprinciples, Yamaraja; sasanam-the ruling jurisdiction.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the order carriers of Yamariija, the son of the sun-god,\n\nwere thus forbidden, they replied: Who are you, sirs, that have the\naudacity to challenge the jurisdiction of Yamariija?\nPURPORT\nAccording _to the sinful activities of Ajamila, he was within the\njurisdiction of Yamaraja, the supreme judge appointed to consider the\nsins of the living entities. When forbidden to touch Ajamila, the order\ncarriers of Yamaraja were surprised because they had never been hindered in the execution of their duty by anyone within the three worlds.\nTEXT 33\n\nq'l tQ 3Wll<JH ���� f�� I\nft �T ��q'l qy�� f��: 11��11\n�\n\nkasya va kuta ayata�\nkasmad asya ni§edhatha\nkim deva upadeva ya\nyuyam kim siddha-sattama�\nkasya-whose servants; va-or; kuta�-from where; ayata�-have\nyou come; kasmat-what is the reason; asya-(the taking away) of this\nAjamila; ni§edhatha-are you forbidding; kim-whether; deoo�demigods; upadeva�-sub-demigods; ya�-who; yuyam-all of you;\nkim-whether; siddha-sat-tama�-the best of the perfect beings, the\npure devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nDear sirs, whose servants are you, where have you come from,\n\nand why are you forbidding us to touch the body of Ajiimila? Are\n\n", "SB6.1#p0078": "Text 36)\n\n49\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\nyou demigods from the heavenly planets, are you sub-demigods,\nor are you the best of devotees?\nPURPORT\nThe most significant word used in this verse is siddha-sattamii�,\nwhich means \"the best of the perfect.\" In Bhagavad-gitd\n\n(7.3) it is said,\n\nman�yal)iim sahasre$u kaScid yatati siddhaye: out of millions of persons, one may try to become siddha, perfect-or, in other words, selfrealized. A self-realized person knows that he is not the body hut a\nspiritual soul (aham brahmiismi). At the present moment practically\neveryone is unaware of this fact, but one who understands this has attained perfection and is therefore called siddha. When one understands\nthat the soul is part and parcel of the supreme soul and one thus engages\nin the devotional service of the supreme soul, one becomes siddha-sat­\n\ntama. One is then eligible to live in the Vaikur.ttha planets or Kr�Qaloka.\nThe word siddha-sattama, therefore, refers to a liberated, pure devotee.\nSince the Yamadutas are servants of Yamaraja, who is also one of the\n\nsiddha-sattamas, they knew that a siddha-sattama is above the demigods\nand sub-demigods and, indeed, above all the living entities within this\nmaterial world. The Yamadutas therefore inquired why the Vi�Qudutas\nwere present where a sinful man was going to die.\nIt should also he noted that Ajamila was not yet dead, for the\nY amadutas were trying to snatch the soul from his heart. They could not\ntake the soul, however, and therefore Ajamila was not yet dead. This will\nhe revealed in later verses. Ajamila was simply in an unconscious state\nwhen the argument was in progress between the Y amadutas and the\nVi� .Imduta s. The conclusion of the argument was to be a decision regarding who would claim the soul of Ajamila.\n\nTEXTS 34-36\n\n� 'l1rtrel�laJH t{la€hi�tt!!tl«{t: I\n��;J: ��f� �«��&�'fl�t 11�\\lll\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\n� ��«: «q- �ffl��i�H I\n�\n\n'4§fi1'ttlfti•P(If81'4¥1�:\n\nII �'-\\11\n\n", "SB6.1#p0079": "50\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. I\n\n� A'Rtffi(I�EfiU iii�: � ��m I\n� lf44q·� fiq(t'ltl � 11��11\nsarve padma-paliiSalcya�\npita-kau.Seya-vasasa�\nkirf#na� ku1J4,alino\nlasat-pU§kara-malina�\nsarve ca nutna-vayasa�\nsarve caru-caturbhuja�\ndhanur-n�arigasi-gadasankha-cakrambuja-sriya�\ndiSo vitimiraloka�\nkurvanta� svena tejasa\nkim artham dharma-palasya\nkinkaran no n�edhatha\nsarve-all of you; padma-paliiS a- a/cya� - with eyes like the petals of a\n\nlotus flower; pita-yellow; kau.Seya -silk; vasasa�-wearing garments;\n\nkirf#na� -with helmets; ku1J1!,alina�-with earrings; lasat-glittering;\npU§kara- malina� - with a garland of lotus flowers; sarve-all of you;\nca - a lso ; niltna-vayasa�-very youthful; sarve-all of you; ciiruvery beautiful; catu�-bhuja�-with four arms; dhanu�-bow;\nn�ariga -quiver of arrows; asi-sword; gada-club; sankha-conchshell; cakra-disc; ambuja - lotus flower; sriya�-decorated with;\ndiSa�-all directions; vitimira-without darkness; aloka�-extraordinary illumination; kurvanta� - exhibiting; svena - by your own; tejasa-effulgence; kim artham -what is the purpose; dharma-palasyaof Yamaraja, the maintainer of religious principles; kinkariin-servants;\n\nna� -us; n�edhatha - you are forbidding.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe order carriers of Y amariija said: Your eyes are just like the\npetals of lotus flowers. Dressed in yellow silken garments, deco-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0080": "Text 36)\n\nThe History of the Life of Aj amila\n\n51\n\nrated with garlands of lotuses, and wearing very attractive helmets\non your heads and earrings on your ears, you all appear fresh and\nyouthful. Your four long arms are decorated with bows and\nquivers of arrows and with swords, clubs, oonchshells, discs and\nlotus flowers. Your effulgence has dissipated the darkness of this\nplace with extraordinary illumination. Now, sirs, why are you\nobstructing us?\nPURPORT\nBefore even being introduced to a foreigner, one becomes acquainted\nwith him through his dress, bodily features and behavior and can thus\nunderstand his position. Therefore when the Yamadutas saw the\nVi�r:tudutas for the first time, they were surprised. They said, \"By your\nbodily features you appear to be very exalted gentlemen, and you have\nsuch celestial power that you have dissipated the darkness of this material world with your own effulgences. Why then should you endeavor\nto stop us from executing our duty?\" It will be explained that the\nYamadutas, the order carriers of Yamaraja, mistakenly considered\nAjamila sinful. They did not know that although he was sinful\nthroughout his entire life, he was purified by constantly chanting the\nholy name of NarayaQ.a. In other words, unless one is a Vai�r:tava, one\ncannot understand the activities of a Vai�r:tava.\nThe dress and bodily features of the residents of Vaikur:tthaloka are\nproperly described in these verses. The residents of Vaikur:ttha, who are\ndecorated with garlands and yellow silken garments, have four arms\nholding various weapons. Thus they conspicuously resemble Lord Vi�Q.U.\nThey have the same bodily features as NarayaQ.a because they have attained the liberation of siirupya, but they nevertheless act as servants.\nAll the residents of Vaikur:tthaloka know perfectly well that their master\nis NarayaQ.a, or ��Qa, and that they are all His servants. They are all\nself-realized souls who are nitya-mukta, everlastingly liberated. Although they could conceivably declare themselves Narayar:ta or Vi�Q.u,\nthey never do so; they always remain ��r:ta conscious and serve the Lord\nfaithfully. Such is the atmosphere of Vaikur:tthaloka. Similarly, one who\nlearns the faithful service of Lord ��r:ta through the ��r:ta consciousness movement will always remain in Vaikur:tthaloka and have nothing to\ndo with the material world.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0081": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n52\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. l\n\nTEXT 37\n\n��\n\n�\n\n���qtMcil'ffiEfitRuU I\n\n��: Sllm: ¥r�r..-� fim 11�\\911\nsri-suka uvaca\nity ukte yamadiltais te\nvasudevokta-kari'(Ul�\ntan pratyilcu� prahasyedam\nmegha-nirhriidaya gira\nsri-suka� uvaca -Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; ukte-being\n\naddressed; yamadiltai�-by the messengers of Yamaraja; te-they;\n\nvasudeva-ukta-kari'(Ul�-who are always ready to execute the orders of\n\nLord Vasudeva (being personal associates of Lord Vi�I).u who have ob­\n\ntained the liberation of salokya); tan-unto them; pratyilcu�-replied;\n\nprahasya-smiling; idam-this; megha-nirhriidaya-resounding like a\nrumbling cloud; gira-with voices.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: Being thus addressed by -the\n\nmessengers of Yamaraja, the servants of Vasudeva smiled and\n\nspoke the following words in voices as deep as the sound of rum­\n\nbling clouds.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Yamadiitas were surprised to see that the Vi�I)udiitas, although\n\npolite, were hindering the rule of Yamaraja. Similarly, the Vi�I)udiitas\n\nwere also surprised that the Yamadiitas, although claiming to be servants\nof Yamaraja, the supreme judge of religious principles, were unaware of\n\nthe principles of religious action. Thus the Vi�I)udiitas smiled, thinking,\n\n\"What is this nonsense they are speaking? If they are actually servants\n\nof Yamaraja they should know that Ajamila is not a suitable candidate for\n\nthem to carry off.\"\n\n", "SB6.1#p0082": "Text 38]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n53\n\n. sri-v��udilta ilcub,\nyilyarh vai dharma-rajasya\nyadi nirdesa-kari�b.\nbrilta dharmasya nas tattvarh\nyac cadharmasya lalcya�m\nsri-v��udutab. ilcub,-the blessed messengers of Lord Vi�Qu spoke;\nyilyam-all of you; vai-indeed; dharma-rajasya-of King Yamaraja,\nwho knows the religious principles; yadi-if; nirdesa-kari�b,-order\ncarriers; brilta-just speak; dharmasya-of religious principles; nab-unto us; tattvam-the truth; yat-that which; ca-also; adharmasyaof impious activities; lalcya�m-symptoms.\nTRANSLATION\nThe blessed messengers of Lord Vi�J}.U, the Vi!jJ}.Udiitas, said: H\nyou are actually servants of Yamariija, you must explain to us the\nmeaning of religious principles and the symptoms of irreligion.\nPURPORT\nThis inquiry by the Vi�Qudiitas to the Yamadiitas is most important. A\nservant must know the instructions of his master. The servants of\nYamaraja claimed to be carrying out his orders, and therefore the\nVi�Qudiitas very intelligently asked them to explain the symptoms of\nreligious and irreligious principles. A Vai�I).ava knows these principles\nperfectly well because he is well acquainted with the instructions of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The Supreme Lord says, sarva-dhar­\n\nman parityajya mam ekam sara�rh vraja: \"Give up all other varieties\nof religion and just surrender unto Me.\" Therefore surrender unto the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is the actual principle of religion. Those\nwho have surrendered to the principles of material nature instead of to\n\n", "SB6.1#p0083": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n54\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nl(r�Q.a are all impious, regardless of their material position. Unaware of\nthe principles of religion, they do not surrender to K{�Q.a, and therefore\nthey are considered sinful rascals, the lowest of men, and fools bereft of\n\nall knowledge. As l(r�Q.a says in Blwgavad-gita ( 7.15):\n\nna mam d�krtino miu;lhii�\nprapadyante naradhan:z,d�\nmayayapahrta-jfriina\ndsuram bhiivam asrita�\n\"Those miscreants who are grossly foolish, lowest among mankind,\nwhose knowledge is stolen by illusion, and who partake of the atheistic\nnature of demons, do not surrender unto Me.\" One who has not surrendered to K{�t;ta does not know the true principle of religion; otherwise he\nwould have surrendered.\nThe question posed by the Vi�Q.udiitas was very suitable. One who\nrepresents someone else must fully know that person's mission. The\ndevotees in the K{�t;ta consciousness movement must therefore be fully\naware of the mission of Kt�Q.a and Lord Caitanya; otherwise they will be\nconsidered foolish. All devotees, especially preachers, must know the\nphilosophy of K{�Q.a consciousness so as not to be embarrassed and insulted when they preach.\nTEXT 39\n\n���:ft����l\n�:\"�:�latmf�.t\"�um(��\nkathamsvid dhriyate dar:uja�\nkim vdsya sthiinam ipsitam\nda\"{ll;lya� kim karir_ta� sarve\nahosvit katicin nr�m\nkathamsvit-by which means; dhriyate-is imposed; dar:ujo,�punishment; kim-what; vd-or; asya-of this; sthiinam-the place;\n\nipsitam-desirable; da\"{ll;iya�-punishable; kim -whether; karir_ta�actors; sarve-all; ahosvit-or whether; katicit-some ;\nn�m-of the human beings.\n\nfruitive\n\n", "SB6.1#p0084": "Text 40)\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n55\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhat is the process of punishing others? Who are the actual\ncandidates for punishment? Are all karmis engaged in fruitive activities punishable, or only some of them?\nPURPORT\nOne who has the power to punish others should not punish everyone.\nThere are innumerable living entities, the majority of whom are in the\nspiritual world and are nitya-mukta, everlastingly liberated. There is no\nquestion of judging these liberated living beings. Only a small fraction of\nthe living entities, perhaps one fourth, are in the material world. And the\nmajor portion of the living entities in the material world-8,000,000 of\nthe 8,400,000 forms of life-are lower than human beings. They are not\npunishable, for under the laws of material nature they are automatically\nevolving. Human beings, who are advanced in consciousness, are responsible, but not all of them are punishable. Those engaged in advanced\npious activities are beyond punishment. Only those who engage in sinful\nactivities are punishable. Therefore the Vi�J)udiitas particularly inquired\nabout who is punishable and why Yamaraja has been designated to discriminate between who is punishable and who is not. How is one to be\njudged? What is the basic principle of authority? These are the questions\nraised by the Vi�J)udiitas.\n\nTEXT 40\n�ffl ��\n\nlQlif4(ijfi:q:tf�: I\n��IJ(:«{��� � 11\\loll\n\nlrG>stfUI�l\n\n�\n\nyamaduta ilcub,\nveda-prar,tihito dharmo\nhy adharmas tad-viparyayab,\nvedo narayar,tab, sak§at\nsvayambhur iti su.Sruma\nyamadutab, ucub,\n\n-\n\nthe order carriers of Yamaraja said; veda-by the\n\nfour Vedas (Sarna, Yajur, IJ.g and Atharva); prar,tihitab,-prescribed;\n\n", "SB6.1#p0085": "[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n56\ndharmab,-religious\n\nprinciples;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nadharmab,-irreligious\n\nprinciples; tat-viparyaya�-the opposite of that (that which is not supported by Vedic injunctions); veda�-the Vedas, books of knowledge;\n\nruiraya\"{W� sak$at\n\n-\n\ndirectly the Supreme Personality of Godhead (being\n\nthe words of NarayaQa); svayam-bhu�-self-born, self-sufficient (appearing only from the breath of Naraya1.1a and not being learned from\nanyone else); iti-thus; su§ruma-we have heard.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Yamadutas replied: That which is prescribed in the Vedas\n\nconstitutes dharma, the religious principles, and the opposite of\n\nthat is irreligion. The Vedas are directly the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, Nariiylll.la, and are self-horn. This we have heard from\n\nYamaraja.\n\nPURPORT\nThe servants of Yamaraja replied quite properly. They did not\nmanufacture principles of religion or irreligion. Instead, they explained\n\nwhat they had heard from the authority Yamaraja. Mahajano yena gata�\n\nsa pantha�: one should follow the mahajana, the authorized person.\n\nYamaraja is one of twelve authorities. Therefore the servants of\nYamaraja, the Yamadiitas, replied with perfect clarity when they said\n\nsu.Sruma (\"we have heard\"). The members of modern civilization\n\nmanufacture defective religious principles through speculative concoction. This is not dharma. They do not know what is dharma and what is\nadharma. Therefore, as stated in the beginning of Srimad-Bhiigavatam,\n\ndharma� projjhita-kaitavo 'tra: dharma not supported by the Vedas is\nrejected from srimad-bhiigavata-dharma. Bhiigavata-dharma comprises\nonly that which is given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nBhiigavata-dharma is sarva-dharmiin parityajya miim ekam sara\"{Wrh\nvraja: one must accept the authority of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and surrender to Him and whatever He says. That is dharma. Arjuna, for example, thinking that violence was adharma, was declining to\nfight, but ��J:.la urged him to fight. Arjuna abided by the orders of\nKr�1.1a, and therefore he is actually a dharmi because the order of Kr�1.1a\nis dharma. Kr�1.1a says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(15.15), vedaiS ca sarvair\n\naham eva vedya�: \"The real purpose of veda, knowledge, is to know\n\n", "SB6.1#p0086": "Text 40]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajiimila\n\n57\n\nMe.\" One who knows l(r�l)a perfectly is liberated. As l(r�l)a says in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (4.9):\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevarh yo vetti tattvatab,\ntyaktva deham punar janma\nnaiti miim eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and ac­\n\ntivities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this\n\nmaterial world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" One who\n\nunderstands l(r�l)a and abides by His order is a candidate for returning\n\nhome, back to Godhead. It may be concluded that dharma, religion,\nrefers to that which is ordered in the Vedas, and adharma, irreligion,\n\nrefers to that which is not supported in the Vedas.\n\nDharma is not actually manufactured by Narayal)a. As stated in the\nVedas, asya mahato bhiitasya niSvasitam etad yad rg-vedab, iti: the injunctions of dharma emanate from the breathing of Narayal)a, the\nsupreme living entity. Narayal)a exists eternally and breathes eternally,\n\nand therefore dharma, the injunctions of NarliyaQa, also exist eternally.\n\nSrila Madhvaclirya, the original acarya for those who belong to the\nMadhva-GauQ.Iya-sampradaya, says:\n\nvedaniim prathamo vakta\nharir eva yato vibhub,\nato v�r:r-v-atmaka veda\nity ahur veda-vadinalr,\nThe transcendental words of the Vedas emanated from the mouth of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore the Vedic principles should\nbe understood to be Vai�Q.ava principles because Vi�Q.U is the origin of\n\nthe Vedas. The Vedas contain nothing besides the instructions of Vi�Q.U,\n\nand one who follows the Vedic principles is a Vai�Q.ava. The Vai�Q.ava is\n\nnot a member of a manufactured community of this material world. A\n\nVai�Qava is a real knower of the Vedas, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n( vedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedyab-}.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0087": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n58\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT41\n\n� � � ��:�C«r�: I\ngtJI'11¥ififi41�q� �� 11\\HII\nyena svadhiimny ami bhiiva\nraja/:l,-sattva-tamomaya/:l,\ngu�-niima-kriya-rupair\nvibhiivyante yathii-tatham\nyena-by whom (NarayaQa); sva-dhiimni-although in His own\nplace, the spiritual world; ami-all these; bhiiva/:J,-manifestations; raja/:l,-sattva-tama/:l,-maya/:l,-created by the three modes of material\nnature (passion, goodness and ignorance); gu�-qualities; namanames; kriya-activities; rupai/:t-and with forms; vibhiivyante-are\nvariously manifested; yathii-tatham-exactly to the right point.\nTRANSLATION\nThe supreme cause of all causes, NiiriiyaJ].a, is situated in His own\n\nabode in the spiritual world, but nevertheless He controls the en­\n\ntire cosmic manifestation according to the three modes of material\n\nnature-sattva-gui].a, rajo-gui].a and tamo-guJ].a. In this way all living entities are awarded different qualities, different names [such\nbriihmaJ].a, k�atriya and vaisya], different duties according to the\nvarr;tiiSrama institution, and different forms. Thus NiiriiyaJ].a is the\n\nas\n\ncause of the entire cosmic manifestation.\nPURPORT\nThe Vedas inform us:\n\nna tasya karyarh kara�rh ca vidyate\nna tat-sama§ cabhyadhikaS ca drsyate\nparasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate\nsvabhiiviki jnana-bala-kriy_a ca\n\n(Svetasvatara Upan�ad 6.8)\n\nNarayal).a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is almighty, omnipotent.\nHe has multifarious energies, and therefore He is able to remain in His\n\n", "SB6.1#p0088": "The History of the Life of Ajamila\n\nText 42]\n\n59\n\nown abode and without endeavor supervise and manipulate the entire\ncosmic manifestation through the interaction of the three modes of\nmaterial nature-sattva-gu�, rajo-gu� and tamo-gu�. These interactions create different forms, bodies, activities and changes, which all occur perfectly. Because the Lord is perfect, everything works as if He\nwere directly supervising and taking part in it. Atheistic men, however,\nbeing covered by the three modes of material nature, cannot see\nNaraya1,1a to be the supreme cause behind all activities. As Kr�1,1a says in\nBhagavad-gita\n\n(7 .13):\n\ntribhir gu�mayair bhavair\nebhi/:t sarvam idam jagat\nmohitam nabhijanati\nrrzam ebhya/:t param avyayam\n\"Deluded by the three modes, the whole world does not know Me, who\nam above the modes and inexhaustible.\" Because unintelligent agnostics\nare mohita, illusioned by the three modes of material nature, they cannot\nunderstand that Naraya1,1a, l(r�I,J.a, is the supreme cause of all activities.\nAs stated in Brahma-samhita (5.1):\n\niSvara/:t parama/:t kr$�/:t\nsac-cid-ananda-vigraha/:t\naniidir adir govinda/:t\nsarva-kara�-kara�m\n\"K.r�1,1a, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an\neternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other\norigin, for He is the prime cause of all causes.\"\n\nTEXT 42\n�sfil: � fRi��n �: ij'w-\\qiC41 �: I\n��: �� ���� � mur: 11\\l�ll\nsilryo 'gni/:t kham marud deva/:t\nsoma/:t sandhyahani diSa/:t\n\n", "SB6.1#p0089": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n60\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nkam ku� svayarh dharma iti\nhy ete daihyasya sa�ir:w�\nsurya�-the sun-god; agni�-the fire; kham-the sky; marut-the\nair;\n\ndeva�-the demigods; soma�-the moon; sandhya-evening;\n\nahani-the day and night; diSa�-the directions; kam-the water;\nku�-the land; svayam-personally; dharma�-Yamaraja or the Supersoul; iti-thus; hi-indeed; ete-all of these; daihyasya-of a living\nentity embodied in the material elements; sli�ir:w�-witnesses.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sun, fire, sky, air, demigods, moon, evening, day, night,\n\ndirections, water, land and Supersoul Himself all witness the activities of the living entity.\n\nPURPORT\nThe members of some religious sects, especially Christians, do not\nbelieve in the reactions of karma. We once had a discussion with a\nlearned Christian professor who argued that although people are\ngenerally punished after the witnesses of their misdeeds are examined,\nwhere are the witnesses responsible for one's suffering the reactions of\npast karma? To such a person the answer by the Yamadutas is given\nhere. A conditioned soul thinks that he is working stealthily and that no\none can see his sinful activities, but we can understand from the sastras\nthat there are many witnesses, including the sun, fire, sky, air, moon,\ndemigods, evening, day, night, directions, water, land and the Supersoul\nHimself, who sits with the individual soul within his heart. Where is the\ndearth of witnesses? The witnesses and the Supreme Lord both exist, and\ntherefore so many living entities are elevated to higher planetary systems\nor degraded to lower planetary systems, including the hellish planets.\nThere are no discrepancies, for everything is arranged perfectly by the\nmanagement of the Supreme God (svabhaviki jfuina-bala-kriya ca). The\nwitnesses mentioned in this verse are also mentioned in other Vedic\nliteratures:\naditya-candrav anilo 'nalaS ca\ndyaur bhumir apo hrdayarh yama§ ca\n\n", "SB6.1#p0090": "Text 44)\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajimila\n\n61\n\nahaS ca ratri.S ca ubhe ca sandhye\ndharmo 'pi janiiti narasya vrttam\nTEXT 43\n\n�-:�;(����\n� � �«s+ti� �: 11\\l �ll\netair adharmo vijiiiita/:t\nsthanam dar:u;lasya yujyate\nsarve karmiinurodhena\ndar:u;la m arhanti karir:w/:t\netai/:t-by all these (witnesses, beginning from the sun-god); adharma/:t-deviation from the regulative principles; vijiiiita/:t-is known;\nsthanam-the proper place; dar:u;lasya-of punishment; yujyate-is accepted as; sarve-all; karma anurodhena with consideration of the activities performed; dar:u;lam-punishment; arhanti deserve ; karir:w/:t-the performers of sinful activities.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe candidates for punishment are those who are confirmed by\nthese many witnesses to have deviated from their prescribed\nregulative duties. Everyone engaged in fruitive activities is suitable to be subjected to punishment according to his sinful acts.\n\nTEXT 44\n\n� ft: ����ftqUm��n 1\n4'1Rulf gumWlsftij� WI tAilfi4� 11\\l�ll\nsambhavanti hi bhadrarJi\nviparitani canagha/:t\nkariTJdm gur:w-sarigo 'sti\ndehavan na hy akarmakrt\n\nsambhavanti-there are; hi-indeed; bhadrarJi-auspicious, pious\nactivities; viparitani-just the opposite (inauspicious, sinful activities);\n\n", "SB6.1#p0091": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n62\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. l\n\nca-also; anagluib,-0 sinless inhabitants of Vaikui;ltha; kari'(liim-of\nthe fruitive workers; gu�-sangab,-contamination of the three modes\nof nature; asti-there is; deha-van-anyone who has accepted this material body; na-not; hi-indeed; akarma-krt-without performing\naction.\nTRANSLATION\n0 inhabitants of Vaikui;ttha, you are sinless, but those within\n\nthis material world are all karmis, whether acting piously or im­\n\npiously. Both kinds of action are possible for them because they\n\nare contaminated by the three modes of nature and must act ac­\n\ncordingly. One who has accepted a material body cannot be inac­\n\ntive, and sinful action is inevitable for one acting under the modes\n\nof material nature. Therefore all the living entities within this ma­\n\nterial world are punishable.\n\nPURPORT\nThe difference between human beings and non-human beings is that a\nhuman is supposed to act according to the direction of the Vedas. Unfortunately, men manufacture their own ways of acting, without reference...\nto the Vedas. Therefore all of them commit sinful actions an� are\npunishable.\nTEXT 45\n\niR � �� � �( t�+Hrl�t: I\n� � � � (l¥f1 �UC4\\8'1 � ������\n\"'\n\nyena yavan yatluidharmo\ndharmo veha samihitab,\nsa eva tat-phalam bhunkte\ntatlui tavad amutra vai\nyena-by which person; yavan-to which extent; yatlui-in which\nmanner;\n\nadharmab,-irreligious activities;\n\ndharmab,-religious ac­\n\ntlVltles; va-or; iha-in this life; samihitab,-performed; sab,-that\nperson;\n\neva-indeed;\n\ntat-phalam-the\n\nparticular\n\nresult\n\nof\n\nthat;\n\n", "SB6.1#p0092": "Text46)\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajiimila\n\n63\n\nbh wikte-enjoys or suffers; tatha-in that way; tavat-to that extent;\namutra-in the next life; vai-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\nIn proportion to the extent of one's religious or irreligious actions in this life, one must enjoy or suffer the corresponding reactions of his karma in the next.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (14.18):\nilrdhvam gacchanti sattva-stha\nmadhye ti$!hanti rajasa�\njaghanya-gur:uz,-vrtti-stha\nadho gacchanti tamasa�\nThose who act in the mode of goodness are promoted to higher planetary\nsystems to become demigods, those who act in an ordinary way and do\nnot commit excessively sinful acts remain within this middle planetary\nsystem, and those who perform abominable sinful actions must go down\nto hellish life.\nTEXT46\n\n�\n�\n\n�itS«itO�NQtfiS� I\ngoMPl�l�'-tl;:t(Sitij�ltiQ ll'cl�ll\nyatheha deva-pravards\ntrai-vidhyam upalabhyate\nbhute$u gur:uz,-vaicitryat\ntathanyatranumiyate\n\nyatha-just as; iha-in this life; deva-pravara�-0 best of the\ndemigods; trai-vidhyam-three kinds of attributes; upalabhyate-are\nachieved; bhute$u-among all living entities; gur:uz,-vaicitryat-because\nof the diversity of the contamination by the three modes of gature;\ntatha-similarly; anyatra-in other places; anumiyate-it is inferred.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0093": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n64\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. l\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 best of the demigods, we can see three different varieties of\n\nlife, which are due to the contamination of the three modes of\n\nnature. The living entities are thus known as peaceful, �stless an�\n\nfoolish;\n\nas\n\nhappy, unhappy or in-between; or as religious, ir­\n\nreligious and semireligious. We can deduce that in the next life\nthese three kinds of material nature will similarly act.\nPURPORT\nThe actions and reactions of the three modes of material nature are\nvisible in this life. For example, some people are very happy, some are\n\nvery distressed, and some are in mixed happiness and distress. This is\nthe result of past association with the modes of material nature-goodness, passion and ignorance. Since these varieties are visible in this life,\nwe may assume that the living entities, according to their association\nwith the different modes of material nature, will be happy, distressed or\nbetween the two in their next lives also. Therefore the best policy is to\ndisassociate oneself from the three modes of material nature and be always transcendental to their contamination. This is possible only when\none fully engages in the devotional service of the Lord. As Kr��:ta confirms in Bhagavad-gitii (14.26):\n\nmiim ca yo 'vyabhicarer:w\nbhakti-yogerUL sevate\nsa gu�n samatityaitiin\nbrahma-bhuyaya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down\nunder any circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature\nand thus comes to the spiritual platform.\" Unless one is fully absorbed in\nthe service of the Lord, one is subject to the contamination of the three\nmodes of material nature and must therefore suffer from distress or\nmixed happiness and distress.\nTEXT 47\n\nii4�1wt1SflP.IT: �� gunf¥i(uq� � 1\n�\n\\ilflilt4t�6(¥tl'=Ti�� l I \\l\\91 I\n\n", "SB6.1#p0094": "Text 48]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n65\n\nvartamarw 'nyayo� kalo\ngu1)iibhijiiiipalro yathii\nevam janmanyayor etad\ndharmiidharma-nidarsanam\nvartamana�-the present; anyayo �\n\n-\n\nof the past and future; kdla�­\n\ntime; gu r:ta abh ijiiiipa ka�-mak.ing known the qualities; yathii -just\n-\n\nas;\n\nevam-thus;\n\njanma-birth;\n\nanyayo�-of the past and future\n\nbirths; etat-this; dharma-religious principles; adharma-irreligious\nprinciples; nidarsanam-indicating.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust as springtime in the present indicates the nature of\nspringtimes in the past and future, so this life of happiness, distress or a mixture of both gives evidence concerning the religious\nand irreligious activities of one's past and future lives.\nPURPORT\nOur past and future are not very difficult to understand, for time is\nunder the contamination of the three modes of material nature. As soon\nas spring arrives, the usual exhibition of various types of fruits and\nflowers automatically becomes manifest, and therefore we may conclude\nthat spring in the past was adorned with similar fruits and flowers and\nwill be so adorned in the future also. Our repetition of birth and death is\ntaking place within time, and according to the influence of the modes of\nnature, we are receiving various types of bodies and being subjected to\nvarious conditions.\n\nTEXT 48\n\n� i( �: � �q�ftM I\n:sts4\\44fij�st� � �·•'4twtiit: 11\\1�11\nmanasaiva pure deva�\npurva-rupam vipa§yati\nanumimarilsate 'purvam\nmanasa bhagavan aja�\n\n", "SB6.1#p0095": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n66\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nmanasa-by the mind; eva-indeed; pure-in his abode, or within\neveryone's heart like the Supersoul; devab,-the demigod Yamaraja\n\n(divyatiti devab,, one who is always brilliant and illuminated is called\ndeva);\n\npurva-rupam-the\n\npast\n\nreligious\n\nor\n\nirreligious\n\ncondition;\n\nvipruyati-completely observes; anumimarilsate-he considers; apurvam-the future condition; manasa-with his mind; bhagavan-who is\nomnipotent; ajab,-as good as Lord Brahma.\nTRANSLATION\nThe omnipotent Yamariija is as good as Lord Brahmii, for while\n\nsituated in his own abode or in everyone's heart like the\nParamiitmii, he mentally observes the past activities of a living en­\n\ntity and thus understands how the living entity will act in future\n\nlives.\n\nPURPORT\nOne should not consider Yamarlija an ordinary living being. He is as\ngood as Lord Brahmli. He has the complete cooperation of the Supreme\nLord, who is situated in everyone's heart, and therefore, by the grace of\nthe Supersoul, he can see the past, present and future of a living being\nfrom within. The word anumimarilsate means that he can decide in consultation with the Supersoul. Anu means \"following.\" The actual decisions concerning the next lives of the living entities are made by the\nSupersoul, and they are carried out by Yamaraja.\n\n�'-ll�(ij¥4(11\n;r\n\n�\nyathajfias tama.sa yukta\nupaste vyaktam eva hi\nna\n\nveda purvam apararh\n\nTta$!a-janma-smrtis tatha\nyatha:-just as; ajiiab,-an ignorant living being; tama.sa:-in sleep;\nyuktab,-engaged;\n\nupaste-acts\n\naccording\n\nto;\n\nvyaktam-a\n\nbody\n\n", "SB6.1#p0096": "Text 49]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n67\n\nmanifested in a dream; eva-certainly; hi-indeed; na veda-does not\n\nknow; purvam-the past body; aparam-the next body; na..s!a-lost;\n\njanma-smrti�-the remembrance of birth; tatha-similarly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs a sleeping person acts according to the body manifested in his\ndreams and accepts it to he himself, so one identifies with his present body, which he acquired because of his past religious or irreligious actions, and is unable to know his past or future lives.\nPURPORT\nA man engages in sinful activities because he does not know what he\n\ndid in his past life to get his present materially conditioned body, which\n\nis subjected to the threefold miseries. As stated by J:{�abhadeva in\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(5.5.4),\n\nnunaril pramatta� kurute vikarma: a\n\nhuman being who is mad after sense gratification does not hesitate to act\nsinfully. Yad indriya-pritaya aprr:wti: he performs sinful actions simply\n\nfor sense gratification. Na sadhu manye: this is not good. Yata atmano\nyam asann api klesada asa deha�: because of such sinful actions, one\n\nreceives another body in which to suffer as he is suffering in his present\nbody because of his past sinful activities.\n\nIt should be understood that a person who does not have Vedic knowl­\n\nedge always acts in ignorance of what he has done in the past, what he is\n\ndoing at the present and how he will suffer in the future. He is completely in darkness. Therefore the Vedic injunction is, tamasi rna:\n\n\"Don't remain in darkness.\" ]yotir gama: \"Try to go to the light.\" The\n\nlight or illumination is Vedic knowledge, which one can understand\nwhen he is elevated to the mode of goodness or when he transcends the\n\nmode of goodness by engaging in devotional service to t�e spiritual\n\nmaster and the Supreme Lord. This is described in the Svetasvatara\nUpani$ad (6.23):\n\nyasya deve para bhaktir\n\nyatha deve tatha gurau\n\ntasyaite kathita hy artha�\n\nprakasante mahatmana�\n\n", "SB6.1#p0097": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n68\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\n\"Unto those great souls who have implicit faith in both the Lord and the\nspiritual master, all the imports of Vedic knowledge are automatically\nrevealed.\" The\n\nVedas enjoin, tad-vijfidndrtham sa gurum evabhigac­\n\nchet: one must approach a spiritual master who has full knowledge of the\nVedas and be faithfully directed by him in order to become a devotee of\nthe Lord. Then the knowledge of the Vedas will be revealed. When the\nVedic knowledge is revealed, one need no longer -remain in the darkness\n\nof material nature.\n\nAccording to his association with the material modes of nature-goodness, passion and ignorance-a living entity gets a particular type of\nbody. The example of one who associates with the mode of goodness is a\nqualified brahma7Ja. Such a brahma7Ja knows past, present and future\nbecause he consults the Vedic literature and sees through the eyes of\n\n§astra (sastra-cak$uM. He can understand what his past life was, why he\nis in the present body, and how he can obtain liberation from the clutches\nof maya and not accept another material body. This is all possible when\none is situated in the mode of goodness. Generally, however, the living\nentities are engrossed in the modes of passion and ignorance.\nIn any case, one receives an inferior or superior body at the discretion\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Paramatma. As stated in the\npreviOus verse:\n\nmanasaiva pure devab,\npilrva-rilpam vipa§yati\nanumimiirhsate 'pilrvam\nmanasa bhagavan ajab,\nEverything depends on bhagavan, or ajab,, the unborn. Why doesn't one\nplease Bhagavan to receive a better body? The answer is ajfias tamasa:\nbecause of gross ignorance. One who is in complete darkness cannot\nknow what his past life was or what his next life will be; he is simply interested in his present body. Even though he has a human body, a person\nin the mode of ignorance and interested only in his present body is like\nan animal, for an animal, being covered by ignorance, thinks that the\nultimate goal of life and happiness is to eat as much as possible. A human\nbeing must be educated to understand his past life and how he can endeavor for a better life in the future. There is even a book, called Bhrgu-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0098": "Text 50]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajiim.ila\n\n69\n\nsamhitii, which reveals information about one's past, present and future\nlives according to astrological calculations. Somehow or other one must\nbe enlightened about his past, present and future. One ·who is interested\nonly in his present body and who tries to enjoy his senses to the fullest\nextent is understood to be engrossed in the mode of ignorance. His future\nis very, very dark. Indeed, the future is always dark for one who is\ngrossly covered by ignorance. Especially in this age, human society is\ncovered by the mode of ignorance, and therefore everyone thinks his\npresent body to be everything, without consideration of the past or\nfuture.\nTEXT 50\n\n\".til: m � \"• � \"�: ,\n� tflt�'1 ;ft;{ � (ifti(�S� II� II\no\n\npaficabhi� kurute svarthan\npafica vediitha paiicabhi�\nekas tu �cxj,a§ena trin\nsvayam saptadaSo 'snute\npancabhi�-with the five working senses (voice, arms, legs, anus and\ngenitals);\n\nkurute-performs;\n\nsva-arthan-his\n\ndesired\n\ninterests;\n\nparica-the five objects of the senses (sound, form, touch, aroma and\ntaste); veda-knows; atha-thus; paiicabhi�-by the five senses of perception (hearing, seeing, smelling, tasting and feeling); eka�-the one;\ntu-but; �cxj,a§ena-by these fifteen items and the mind; trin-the three\ncategories of experience (happiness, distress and a mixture of both);\nsvayam-he, the living entity himself; saptadaSa�-the seventeenth\nitem; a§nute-enjoys.\nTRANSLATION\nAbove the five senses of perception, the five working senses and\nthe five objects of the senses is the mind, which is the sixteenth\nelement. Above the mind is the seventeenth element, the soul, the\nliving being himself, who, in cooperation with the other sixteen,\nenjoys the material world alone. The living being enjoys three\nkinds of situations, namely happy, distressful and mixed.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0099": "70\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\nEveryone engages in work with his hands, legs and other senses just to\n\nachieve a certain goal according to his concocted ideas. One tries to enjoy\n\nthe five sense objects, namely form, sound, taste, aroma and touch, not\nknowing the actual goal of life, which is to satisfy the Supreme Lord. Because of disobeying the Supreme Lord, one is put into material condi­\n\ntions, and he then tries to improve his situation in a concocted way, not\ndesiring to follow the instructions of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead. Nevertheless, the Supreme Lord is so kind that He comes Himself\nto instruct the bewildered living entity how to act obediently and then\ngradually return home, back to Godhead, where he can attain an eternal,\n\npeaceful life of bliss and knowledge. The living entity has a body, which\n\nis a very complicated combination of the material elements, and with this\n\nbody he struggles alone, as indicated in this verse by the words ekas tu.\n\nFor example, if one is struggling in the ocean, he must swim through it\nalone. Although many other men and aquatics are swimming in the\nocean, he must take care of himself because no one else will help him.\n\nTherefore this verse indicates that the seventeenth item, the soul, must\nwork alone. Although he tries to create society, friendship and love, no\n\none will be able to help him but ��!).a, the Supreme Lord. Therefore his\n\nonly concern should be how to satisfy ��!).a. That is also what ��!).a\n\nwants (sarva-dharrnan parityajya mdm ekam sara1Jllm vraja). People\n\nbewildered by material conditions try to be united, but although they\nstrive for unity among men and nations, all their attempts are futile.\nEveryone must struggle alone for existence with the many elements of\nnature. Therefore one's only hope, as ��!).a advises, is to surrender to\n\nHim, for He can help one become free from the ocean of nescience. Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu therefore prayed:\n\nayi nanda-tanuja kinkaram\npatitam marh vi$ame bhavambudhau\nkrpaya tava pada-pankajasthita-dhuli-sadrsarh vicintaya\n\"0 ��!).a, beloved son of Nanda Maharaja, I am Your eternal servant,\n\nbut somehow or other I have fallen into this ocean of nescience, and al­\n\nthough I am struggling very hard, there is no way I can save myself. If\n\n", "SB6.1#p0100": "Text 51)\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n71\n\nYou kindly pick me up and fix me as one of the particles of dust at Your\nlotus feet, that will save me.\"\nIn a similar way, Bhaktivinoda Thakura sang:\naniidi karama-phale,\n\npa4i' bhavarr:w.va-jale,\n\ntaribiire nii dekhi upiiya\n\"My dear Lord, I cannot remember when I somehow or other fell into\nthis ocean of nescience, and now I can find no way to rescue myself.\" We\nshould remember that everyone is responsible for his own life. If an individual becomes a pure devotee of l(r�J)a, he is then delivered from the\nocean of nescience.\nTEXT 51\n\n� 'fl��•w tW �•Rtiss4 � 1\n�s�4�m � c:4\\nCh¥i�ml�•¥t 11� � 11\ntad etat �cxjaSa-kalam\nlingam sakti-trayam mahat\ndhatte 'nusarhsrtim purhsi\nhar�a-soka-bhayartidiim\ntat-therefore;\n\netat-this; �cxJ,aSa-kalam-made of sixteen parts\n\n(namely the ten senses, the mind and the five sense objects); lingamthe subtle body; sakti-trayam-the effect of the three modes of material\nnature; mahat-insurmountable; dhatte-gives; anusarhsrtim-almost\nperpetual rotation and transmigration in different types of bodies;\npurhsi-unto the living entity; har�a-jubilation; soka-lamentation;\nbhaya-fear; iirti-misery; dam-which gives.\nTRANSLATION\nThe subtle body is endowed with sixteen parts-the five knowledge-acquiring senses, the five working senses, the five objects of\nsense gratification, and the mind. This subtle body is an effect of\nthe three modes of material nature. It is composed of insurmountably strong desires, and therefore it causes the living entity\n\n", "SB6.1#p0101": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n72\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. I\n\nto transmigrate from one body to another in human life, animal\n\nlife and life as a demigod. When the living entity gets the body of a\n\ndemigod, he is certainly very jubilant, when he gets a human body\n\nhe is always in lamentation, and when he gets the body of an\nanimal, he is always afraid. In all conditions, however, he is actually miserable. His miserable condition is called sams:rti, or\n\ntransmigration in material life.\n\nPURPORT\nThe sum and substance of material conditional life is explained in this\nverse. The living entity, the seventeenth element, is struggling alone,\nlife after life. This struggle is called samsrti, or material conditional life.\nIn Bhagavad-gitti it is said that the force of material nature is insurmountably strong (daivi hy e$U. guTJ-amayi mama maya duratyaya).\nMaterial nature harasses the living entity in different bodies, but if the\nliving entity surrenders to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he becomes free from this entanglement, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(mam eva ye prapadyante mayam etam taranti te). Thus his life becomes successful.\nTEXT 52\n\n�GftSM(t'tC€4q, � iiti+ilfUI � I\n�� �i41�'floi duu..,m;;-. � ������\n....\n\ndehy ajfio 'jita-$a4-vargo\nnecchan karmar:ti kiiryate\nko§akiira ivatmanam\nkarma1J-llc hadya muhyati\ndehi-the embodied soul; ajiia!t-without perfect knowledge; ajita�at-varga !t-who has not controlled the senses of perception and the\nmind; na icchan-without desiring; karmar:ti-activities for material\nbenefit; kiiryate - is caused to perform; kosakiira!t-the silkworm;\niva-like; atmanam-himself; karma1J-ll-by fruitive activities; ac­\n\nchadya-covering; muhyati-becomes bewildered.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0102": "The History of the Life of Ajamila\n\nText 53]\n\n73\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe foolish embodied living entity, inept at controlling his\nsenses and mind, is forced to act according to the influence of the\nmodes of material nature, against his desires. He is like a silkworm\nthat uses its own saliva to create a cocoon and then becomes\ntrapped in it, with no possibility of getting out. The living entity\ntraps himself in a network of his own fruitive activities and then\ncan\n\nfind no way to release himself. Thus he is always bewildered,\n\nand repeatedly he dies.\nPURPORT\nAs already explained, the influence of the modes of nature is very\nstrong. The living entity entangled in different types of fruitive activity\nis like a silkworm trapped in a cocoon. Getting free is very difficult unless he is helped by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 53\n\nftm��cr.�ta: 1\n�ij �:cr.� g*: �'ttfct�nt_ ����II\nWf ft ttf�M- ilfl�\n\nna\n\nhi ka.Scit /cyalJilm api\n\njaJu ti§thaty akarmakrt\nkiiryate hy ava.Sa� karma\ngu1J1li� svabhiivikair balat\nna-not;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nka.Scit-anyone;\n\n/cya7J.am api-even for a\n\nmoment; jatu-at any time; ti§!hati-remains; akarma-krt-without\ndoing\n\nanything;\n\nkiiryate-he is caused to perform; hi-indeed;\nkarma-fruitive activities; gu1J1li�-by the\n\nava.Sa�-automatically;\n\nthree modes of nature; svabhiivikai�-which are produced by his own\ntendencies in previous lives; balat\n\n-\n\nby force.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNot a single living entity can remain unengaged even for a\nmoment. One must act by his natural tendency according to the\n\n", "SB6.1#p0103": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n74\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nthree modes of material nature because this natural tendency forcibly makes him work in a particular way.\nPURPORT\nThe svabhiivika, or one's natural tendency, is the most important fac­\n\ntor in action. One's natural tendency is to serve because a living entity is\n\nan eternal servant of God. The living entity wants to serve, but because\n\nof his forgetfulness of his relationship with the Supreme Lord, he serves\n\nunder the modes of material nature and manufactures various modes of\nservice, such as socialism, humanitarianism and altruism. However, one\nshould be enlightened in the tenets of Bhagavad-gita and accept the in­\n\nstruction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead that one give up all\n\nnatural tendencies for material service under different names and take to\n\nthe service of the Lord. One's original natural tendency is to act in Kr�I.J.a\n\nconsciousness because one's real nature is spiritual. The duty of a human\n\nbeing is to understand that since he is essentially spirit, he must abide by\n\nthe spiritual tendency and not be carried away by material tendencies.\nSri:la Bhaktivinoda 'fhakura has therefore sung:\n\n(miche) mayara vaSe,\nyaccha bhese',\nkhiiccha habwf,ubu, bhai\n\"My dear brothers, you are being carried away by the waves of material\n\nenergy and are suffering in many miserable conditions. Sometimes you\nare drowning in the waves of material nature, and sometimes you are\ntossed like a swimmer struggling in the ocean.\" As confirmed by Bhakti­\n\nvinoda 'fhakura, this tendency to be battered by the waves of maya can\n\nbe changed to one's original, natural tendency, which is spiritual, when\n\nthe living entity comes to understand that he is eternally kr$r_ta-dasa, a\nservant of God, Kr�I.J.a.\n\nViva) kr$r_ta-dasa,\ne' msvasa,\nkarle ta' ara dul;kha nai\nIf instead of serving maya under different names, one turns his service\n\nattitude toward the Supreme Lord, he is then safe, and there is no more\ndifficulty. If one returns to his original, natural tendency in the human\n\n", "SB6.1#p0104": "75\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\nText 54)\n\nform of life by understanding the perfect knowledge given by Kr�1.1a\nHimself in the Vedic literature, one's life is successful.\n\nTEXT 54\n\n��1 fwtPJ�otf� �'ffilotl� lfef� I\nt�%JT�R ��1m �¥11� q�'P:Rn II'-\\�II\nlabdhva nimittam avyaktam\nvyaktavyaktam bhavaty uta\nyatha-yoni yatha-bijam\nsvabhavena baliyasa\nlabdhva-havi n g gotten; nimittam-the cause; avyaktam-unseen or\nunknown\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nperson;\n\nvyakta-avyaktam-manifested\n\nand\n\nun­\n\nmanifested, or the gross body and the subtle body; bhavati-come into\nbeing; uta-certainly; yatha-yoni- exactly like the mother; yathabijam-exactly like the father; sva-bhavena-by the natural tendency;\n\nbaliyasa-which is very powerful.\nTRANSLATION\nThe fruitive activities a living being performs, whether pious or\nimpious, are th� unseen cause for the fulfillment of his desires.\nThis unseen cause is the root for the living entity's different\nbodies. Because of his intense desire, the living entity takes birth\nin a particular family and receives a body which is either like that\nof his mother or like that of his father. The gross and subtle\nbodies are created according to his desire.\nPURPORT\nTh� gross body is a product of the subtle body. As stated in Bhagavad­\n\ngita (8.6):\nyam yam vapi smaran bhavam\ntyajaty ante kalevaram\ntam tam evaiti kaunteya\nsada tad-bhava-bhavita/:1,\n\n", "SB6.1#p0105": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n76\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. l\n\n\"Whatever state of being one remembers when he quits his body, that\nstate he will attain without fail.\" The atmosphere of the subtle body at\nthe time of death is created by the activities of the gross body. Thus the\ngross body acts during one's lifetime, and the subtle body acts at the time\nof death. The subtle body, which is called linga, the body of desire, is the\nbackground for the development of a particular type of gross body,\nwhich is either like that of one's mother or like that of one's father. According to the /J.g Veda, if at the time of sex the secretions of the mother\nare more profuse than those of the father, the child will receive a female\nbody, and if the secretions of the father are more profuse than those of\nthe mother, the child will receive a male body. These are the subtle laws\nof nature, which act according to the desire of the living entity. If a\nhuman being is taught to change his subtle body by developing a consciousness of 'Kt�J).a, at the time of death the subtle body will create a\ngross body in which he will be a devotee of K:r�J).a, or if he is still more\nperfect, he will not take another material body but will immediately get a·\nspiritual body and thus return home, back to Godhead. This is the process of the transmigration of the soul. Therefore instead of trying to\nunite human society through pacts for sense gratification that can never\nbe achieved, it is clearly desirable to teach people how to become K:r�J).a\nconscious and return home, back to Godhead. This is true now and, indeed, at any time.\nTEXT 55\n\nSlf)Rtijf� � rm;.r: 1\n3fT�� � �q ;Jffi�T��lf�)�� II��II\n\n�\"\n\ne�a prakrti-sangena\npur�asya viparyaya�\niisit sa eva na cirad\niSa-sangad viliyate\ne�a�\n\n-\n\nthis; prakrti-sangena\n\n-\n\nbecause of association with the material\n\nnature; pur�asya-of the living entity; viparyaya�-a situation of\nforgetfulness or an awkward position; iisit-came to be; sa�-that position; eva-indeed; na-not; cirat-taking a long time; iSa-sangatfrom the association of the Supreme Lord; viliyate-is vanquished.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0106": "Text 57)\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajiimila\n\n77\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince the living entity is associated with material nature, he is in\nan awkward position, but if in the human form of life he is taught\nhow to associate with the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His\ndevotee, this position can be overcome.\nPURPORT\nThe word prakrti means material nature, and purzL§a may also refer to\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. If one wants to continue his asso­\n\nciation with prakrti, the female energy of l(r�Qa, and be separated from\n\nl(r�Qa by the illusion that he is able to enjoy prakrti, he must continue in\nhis conditional life. If he changes his consciousness, however, and asso­\n\nciates with the supreme, original person (purl.L$arh sasvatam), or with\nHis associates, he can get out of the entanglement of material nature. As\n\n(4.9), janma karma ca me divyam evarh yo\nvetti tattvata�: one must simply understand the Supreme Person, l(r�Qa,\n\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii\n\nin terms of His form, name, activities and pastimes. This will keep one\n\nalways in the association of l(r�Qa. Tyaktvii deham punar janma naiti\n\nmiim eti so 'rjuna: thus after giving up his gross material body, one ac­\n\ncepts not another gross body but a spiritual body in which to return\nhome, back to Godhead. Thus one ends the tribulation caused by his\nassociation with the material energy. In summary, the living entity is an\neternal servant of God, but he comes to the material world and is bound\nby material conditions because of his desire to lord it over matter.\nLiberation means giving up this false consciousness and reviving one's\noriginal service to the Lord. This return to one's original life is called\n\nmukti, as confirmed in Srimad-Biuigavatam (muktir hitvanyatha rilpam\nsvarilpeT_Ul vyavasthitiM.\nTEXTS 56-57\n\n� ft: �ijij��H �ft�t'lgtll� : I\n� i�lRt: �•..,.� iR: ����II\n('\n���f': I\n!JtfiiW4fRm�(IWlf\n....\n\n•\n\n��6U��m�ij�I41Wli.tlh:\n\n11�\\911\n\n", "SB6.1#p0107": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n78\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nayarh hi sruta-sampanna�\nsila-vrtta-gu�laya�\ndhrta-vrato mrdur danta�\nsatya-van mantravic chuci�\ngurv-agny-atithi-vrddhanarh\nsu§r�ur anahmikrta�\nsarva-bhuta-suhrt sadhur\nmita-vag anasilyaka�\nayam-this person (known as Ajamila); hi-indeed; sruta-sampanna�-well educated in Vedic knowledge; sila-of good character;\nvrtta-good conduct; gu�-and good qualities; alaya�-the reservoir;\ndhrta-vrata�-fixed in the execution of the Vedic injunctions; mrdu�very mild; danta��completely controlling the mind and senses; satyavak-always truthful; mantra-vit-knowing how to chant the Vedic\nhymns; suci�-always very neat and clean; guru-the spiritual master;\nagni-the fire-god; atithi-guests; vrddhanam-and of the old household members; su§r�u�-very respectfully engaged in the service;\nanahmikrta�-without pride or false prestige; sarva-bhuta-suhrtfriendly to all living entities; sadhu�-well behaved (no one could find\nany fault in his character); mita-vak-talking with great care not to\nspeak nonsense; anasilyaka�-not envious.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the beginning this brahmaJ.Ia named Ajiimila studied all the\n\nVedic literatures. He was a reservoir of good character, good con­\n\nduct and good qualities. Firmly established in executing all the\n\nVedic injunctions, he was very mild and gentle, and he kept his\nmind and senses under control. Furthermore, he was always\n\ntruthful, he knew how to chant the Vedic mantras, and he was also\nvery pure. Ajiimila was very respectful to his spiritual master, the\nfire-god, guests, and the elderly members of his household. In­\n\ndeed, he was free from false prestige. He was upright, benevolent\n\nto all living entities, and well behaved. He would never speak non­\n\nsense or envy anyone.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0108": "Text 60)\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\n79\n\nPURPORT\nThe order carriers of Yamaraja, the Yamadutas, are explaining the fac­\n\ntual position of piety and impiety and how a living entity is entangled in\nthis material world. Describing the history of Ajamila's life, the\n\nYamadutas relate that in the beginning he was a learned scholar of the\n\nVedic literature. He was well behaved, neat and clean, and very kind to\n\neveryone. In fact, he had all good qualities. In other words, he was like a\nperfect briihma1)11. A brahma1)11 is expected to be perfectly pious, to\n\nfollow all the regulative principles and to have all good qualities. The\n\nsymptoms of piety are explained in these verses. Srila V iraraghava\n\nAcarya comments that dhrta-vrata means dhrtam vratam stri-sanga­\n\nriihityatmaka-brahmacarya-rupam. In other words, Ajamila followed\n\nthe rules and regulations of celibacy as a perfect brahmaciiri and was\n\nvery softhearted, truthful, clean and pure. How he fell down in spite of\n\nall these qualities and thu& came to be threatened with punishment by\nYamaraja will be described in the following verses.\n\nTEXTS 58-60\n\n1(«1«1 erri �: �� �: 1\n� � 311i�: ��q����l'f_ 11��11\n\n����� � �f�'i�l\ntftffi � �� �� ��l���T II� �II\n� N��-*'Ol£1\n\n���ilR�\n\n� ��I\n«''�'I;J�RtCh II� II\n\nekadasau vanam yata/:t\npitr-sandesakrd dvija/:t\nadiiya tata avrtta/:t\nphala-p!L$pa-samit-ku5iin\ndadarsa kiiminam kancic\nchudram saha bhuj�yayii\n\no\n\n", "SB6.1#p0109": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n80\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\npitva ca madhu maireyam\nmadiighilrT)-ita-netraya\nmattaya viSlathan-nivya\nvyapetam nirapatrapam\nkril)antam anugayantam\nhasantam anayantike\nekada-once upon a time; asau-this Ajamila; vanam yata�-went\nto the forest; pitr-of his father; sandesa-the order; krt-carrying out;\ndvija�-the brahma1Jil; adaya-collecting; tata�-from the forest;\navrtta�-returning; phala-pU$pa-fruits and flowers; samit-ku5antwo\n\nkinds\n\nof\n\ngrass,\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nsamit and\n\nku5a;\n\ndadarsa-saw;\n\nkaminam-very lusty; kancit-someone; sadram-a fourth-class man,\na sadra; saha-along with; bhuj�yaya-an ordinary maidservant or\nprostitute;\n\npitva-after\n\ndrinking;\n\nca-also;\n\nmadhu-nectar;\n\nmaireyam-made of the soma flower; mada-by intoxication; aghilr�ita-moving;\n\nnetraya-her eyes;\n\nnivya-whose dress was slackened;\n\nmattaya-intoxicated;\n\nviSlathat­\n\nvyapetam-fallen from proper\n\nbehavior; nirapatrapam-without fear of public opinion; kril)antamengaged in enjoyment; anugayantam-singing; hasantam-smiling;\nanaya-with her; antike-close by.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce this hriihmru;ta Ajamila, following the order of his father,\n\nwent to the forest to collect fruit, flowers and two kinds of grass,\n\ncalled samit and kusa. On the way home, he came upon a sudra, a\n\nvery lusty, fourth-class man, who was shamelessly embracing and\n\nkissing a prostitute. The sudra was smiling, singing and enjoying\nas if this were proper behavior. Both the sudra and the prostitute\n\nwere drunk. The prostitute's eyes were rolling in intoxication, and\n\nher dress had become loose. Such was the condition in which\nAjiimila saw them.\n\nPURPORT\n\nWhile traveling along the public way, Ajamila came upon a fourthclass man and a prostitute, who are vividly described here. Drunkenness\n\n", "SB6.1#p0110": "Text 61]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajimila\n\n81\n\n,---.._\n\nwas sometimes manifest even in bygone ages, although not very frequently. In this age of Kali, however, such sin is to be seen everywhere,\nfor people all over the world have become shameless. Long ago, when he\nsaw the scene of the drunken siidra and the prostitute, Ajamila, who was\na perfect brahmacari, was affected. Nowadays such sin is visible in so\nmany places, and we must consider the position of a brahmacari student\nwho sees such behavior. For such a brahmacari to remain steady is very\ndifficult unless he is extremely strong in following the regulative principles. Nevertheless, if one takes to l<f�Q.a consciousness very seriously,\nhe can withstand the provocation created by sin. In our l<f�Q.a consciousness movement we prohibit illicit sex, intoxication, meat-eating and\ngambling. In Kali-yuga, a drunk, half-naked woman embracing a drunk\nman is a very common sight, especially in the Western countries, and\nrestraining oneself after seeing such things is very difficult. Nevertheless, if by the grace of l<f�Q.a one adheres to the regulative principles and\nchants the Hare l<f�Q.a mantra, l<f�Q.a will certainly protect him. Indeed,\nl<f�Q.a says that His devotee is never vanquished (kaunteya pratijanihi\nna me bhakta� prar:w§yati). Therefore all the disciples practicing l<f�Q.a\nconsciousness should obediently follow the regulative principles and\nremain fixed in chanting the holy name of the Lord. Then there need be\nno fear. Otherwise one's position is very dangerous, especially in this\nKali-yuga.\n\nTEXT 61\nql ffl Cfilllf'�W� � qftd��� I\n� �\"1\".@�'4� � R�: II�� II\ndmva tam kama-liptena\nbiihuna parirambhitam\njagama hrc-chaya-va5am\nsahasaiva vimohita�\ndr�too-by seeing; tam-her (the prostitute); kama-liptena-decorated with turmeric to incite lusty desires; biihuna-with the arm;\nparirambhitam-embraced; jagama-went; hrt-saya-of lusty desires\nwithin the heart; vaJam-under the control; sahasa-suddenly; evaindeed; vimohita�-being illusioned.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0111": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n82\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sudra, his arm decorated with turmeric powder, was\n\nembracing the prostitute. When Ajiimila saw her, the dormant\n\nlusty desires in his heart awakened, and in illusion he fell under\n\ntheir control.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said that if one's body is smeared with turmeric, it attracts the\nlusty desires of the opposite sex. The word kama-liptena indicates that\nthe sudra was decorated with turmeric smeared on his body.\n\nTEXT 62\n\n��wtl€+4itltlli!4€ij� �I\nWI fiRi\n\n� � �� IIG.�II\n\nstambhayann iitmaniitmiinarh\nyavat sattvarh yatha-srutam\nna sa§aka samiidhiiturh\nmano madana-vepitam\nstambhayan-trying to control; iitmanii-by the intelligence; iitmanam-the mind; yavat sattvam-as far as possible for him; yathiisrutam-by remembering the instruction (of celibacy, brahmacarya, not\neven to see a woman); na-not; sa§aka-was able; samiidhiitum-to\nrestrain; manab,-the mind; madana-vepitam-agitated by Cupid or\nlusty desire.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs far as possible he patiently tried to remember the instruc­\n\ntions of the siistras not even to see a woman. With the help of this\nknowledge and his intellect, he tried to control his lusty desires,\n\nbut because of the force of Cupid within his heart, he failed to\ncontrol his mind.\n\nPURPORT\nUnless one is very strong in knowledge, patience and proper bodily,\nmental and intellectual bahavior, controlling one's lusty desires is ex-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0112": "Text 63]\n\n83\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajamila\n\ntremely difficult. Thus after seeing a man embracing a young woman and\npractically doing everything required for sex life, even a fully qualified\nbrahmar:w, as described above, could not control his lusty desires and\n\nrestrain himself from pursuing them. Because of the force of ma­\n\nterialistic life, to maintain self-control is extremely difficult unless one is\nspecifically under the protection of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nthrough devotional service.\n\nTEXT 63\n\n���41(�1'&1!46)1�\nfq�: I\n� � �if_�(��ll��ll\ntan-nimitta-smara-vyajagraha-grasto vicetanalt\ntam eva manasa dhyayan\n\nsva-dharmiid virarama ha\n\ntat-nimitta-caused by the sight of her; smara-vyaja\n\n-\n\ntaking advan­\n\ntage of his thinking of her always; graha grastab,-being caught by an\n-\n\neclipse; vicetana b,-having completely forgotten his real position; tam­\n\nher;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nmanasa -by the mind;\n\ndhyayan -meditating\n\nupon; sva-dharmat-from the regulative principles executed by a\nbrahma7Ja; virarama ha-he completely ceased.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the same way that the sun and moon are eclipsed by a low\nplanet, the briihlll8J)a lost all his good sense. Taking advantage of\nthis situation, he always thought of the prostitute, and within a\nshort time he took her as a servant in his house and abandoned all\nthe regulative principles of a briihmru;ta.\nPURPORT\nBy speaking this verse, Sukadeva Gosvami: wants to impress upon the\n\nmind of the reader that Ajamila's exalted position as a brahmar:w was\n\nvanquished by his association with the prostitute, so much so that he\nforgot all his brahminical activities. Nevertheless, at the end of his life,\n\n", "SB6.1#p0113": "84\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. I\n\nby chanting the four syllables of the name Narayal).a, he was saved from\nthe gravest danger of falling down. Svalpam apy asya dharmasya trayate mahato bhayat: even a little devotional service can save one from the\ngreatest danger. Devotional service, which begins with chanting of the\nholy name of the Lord, is so powerful that even if one falls down from\nthe exalted position of a brahmar:w through sexual indulgence, he can be\nsaved from all calamities if he somehow or other chants the the holy\nname of the Lord. This is the extraordinary power of the Lord's holy\nname. Therefore in Bhagavad-gita it is advised that one not forget the\nchanting of the holy name even for a moment (satatam kirtayanto mam.\nyatantaS ca dr{lha-vrata!t}. There are so many dangers in this material\nworld that one may fall down from an exalted position at any time. Yet if\none keeps himself always pure and steady by chanting the Hare Kr�l).a\nmaha-mantra, he will be safe without a doubt.\nTEXT 64\n\nmlA �� �PJ;r �Fffl I\nSll�il(a: �: Sl«t�d tf?;JT � ���\\?''\ntam eva to�ayam asa\npitryel)iirthena yavata\ngramyair manoramaib, kamaib,\nprasideta yatha tatha\ntam-her (the prostitute); eva - indeed; to�ayam lisa - he tried to\nplease; pitryer:w-he got from his father's hard labor; arthena - by the\nmoney; yavata-as long as possible; gramyaib,-material; manab,ramaib,-pleasing to her mind; kamaib,-by presentations for sense enjoyment; p ras ideta - she would be satisfied; yatha - so that; tatha-in\nthat way.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Ajiimila began spending whatever money he had inherited\n\nfrom his father to satisfy the prostitute with various material presentations so that she would remain pleased with him. He gave up\n\nall his brahminical activities to satisfy the prostitute.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0114": "Text 65]\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajimila\n\n85\n\nPURPORT\n\nThere are many instances throughout the world in which even a\npurified person, being attracted by a prostitute, spends all the money he\nhas inherited. Prostitute hunting is so abominable that the desire for sex\nwith a prostitute can ruin one's character, destroy one's exalted position\nand plunder all one's money. Therefore illicit sex is strictly prohibited.\nOne should be satisfied with his married wife, for even a slight deviation\nwill create havoc. A ���a conscious grhastha should always remember\nthis. He should always be satisfied with one wife and be peaceful simply\nby chanting the Hare ���a mantra. Otherwise at any moment he may\nfall down from his good position, as exemplified in the case of Ajamila.\nTEXT 65\n\nfqqf �tthtsftd � � ��� I\nAe�htiMmm:�����: 11�'-\\11\nvipram sva-bharyam apraw;Iham\nkule mahati lambhitam\nvisasarjacirat papal;\nsvairi7J,yapanga-viddha-dhi/:l\nvipram-the daughter of a brahma7J,a; sva-bharyam-his wife;\naprazu;lluim-not very old (youthful); kule-from a family; mahativery respectable; lambhitam-married; visasarja-he gave up; aciratvery soon; papa/:1,-being sinful; svairi7J,ya-of the prostitute; apangaviddha-dhib,-his intelligence pierced by the lustful glance.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause his intelligence was pierced by the lustful glance of the\nprostitute, the victimized briihmaJ].a Ajamila engaged in sinful acts\nin her association. He even gave up the company of his very\nbeautiful young wife, who came from a very respectable briihmaJ].a\nfamily.\nPURPORT\n\nCustomarily everyone is eligible to inherit his father's property, and\nAjamila also inherited the money of his father. But what did he do with\n\n", "SB6.1#p0115": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n86\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 1\n\nthe money? Instead of engaging the money in the service of Kr��a, he\nengaged it in the service of a prostitute. Therefore he was condemned\nand was punishable by Yamaraja. How did this happen? He was victimized by the dangerous lustful glance of a prostitute.\nTEXT 66\n\n��ij�� ��s;=�fPHtl ��I\n;r4ti(I�U ttifl:il�t: Wifil�ll��ll\nyatas tata§ copaninye\nnyayato 'nyayato dhanam\nbabharasyab, kutumbinyab,\nkutumbarh manda-dhir ayam\nyatab, tatab,-wherever possible, however possible; ca-and; upaninye-he\n\ngot;\n\nnyayatab,-properly;\n\nanyayatab,-improperly;\n\ndhanam-money; babhara-he maintained; asyab,-of her; kutumbinyab,-possessing many sons and daughters; kutumbam-the family;\nmanda-dhfb,-bereft of all intelligence; ayam-this person (Ajamila) :·\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough born of a briihm�a family, this rascal, bereft of intel­\n\nligence because of the prostitute's association, earned money\n\nsomehow or other, regardless of whether properly or improperly,\nand used it to maintain the prostitute's sons and daughters.\nTEXT 67\n\n�� �ll�fmf\"\" ���: I\n- ffi �ROS¥4'41�� ll�\\911\nyad asau sastram ullmighya\nsvaira-cary ati-garhitab,\navartata cirarh kalam\naghayur a.Sucir malat\n\n", "SB6.1#p0116": "Text\n\n68)\n\nThe History of the Life of Ajiimila\n\n87\n\nyat-because; asau-this bra hmar:w; sdstram ullarighya-transgressing the laws of §astra; svaira- ca ri-acting irresponsibly; atigarhita/:t-very much condemned; a vartata-passed; ciram kalam-a\nlong time; agha-ayu/:t-whose life was full of sinful activities; a§uci/:t unclean; malat-because of impurity.\nTRANSLATION\nThis brahm81).a irresponsibly spent his long lifetime transgressing all the rules and regulations of the holy scripture, living extravagantly and eating food prepared by a prostitute. Therefore he\nis full of sins. He is unclean and is addicted to forbidden activities.\nPURPORT\n\nFood prepared by an unclean, sinful man or woman, especially a\nprostitute, is extremely infectious. Ajamila ate such food, and therefore\nhe was subject to be punished by Yamaraja.\nTEXT\n\n68\n\n� � C(U%ql�: �\n\n'#)(11%�.., I\n�Qil.U�;r�� q;r� �� 11��11\ntata enam da:r:uf,a-piil)l!/:t\nsakiiSam krta-kilb�am\n\nne$ydrrw 'krta-nirvesam\nyatra daTJ4ena sudd hyati\ntata/:t-therefore; enam-him; dar:u;/a-piil)l!/:t-of Yamaraja, who is\nauthorized to punish; sakiiSam-in the presence; krta-kilb�am-who\nhas regularly committed all sinful activities; ne$ydma/:t-we shall take;\nakrta-nirvesam-who has not undergone atonement; yatra-where;\ndaTJ4ena-by punishment; suddhy ati-he will be purified.\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThis man Ajiimila did not undergo atonement. Therefore because of his sinful life, we must take him into the presence of\n\n", "SB6.1#p0117": "88\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. l\n\nYamaraja for punishment. There, according to the extent of his\nsinful acts, he will be punished and thus purified.\nPURPORT\nThe Vi�I).udiitas had forbidden the Yamadiitas to take Ajamila to\n\nYamaraja, and therefore the Yamadiitas explained that taking such a man\n\nto Yamaraja was appropriate. Since Ajamila had not undergone atone­\n\nment for his sinful acts, he was to be taken to Yamaraja to be purified.\n\nWhen a man commits murder he becomes sinful, and therefore he also\n\nmust be killed; otherwise after death he must suffer many sinful re­\n\nactions. Similarly, punishment by Yamaraja is a process of purification\n\nfor the most abominable sinful persons. Therefore the Yamadiitas re­\n\nquested the Vi�I).udiitas not to obstruct their taking Ajamila to Yamaraja.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sixth Canto, First Chapter\n\nof the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The History of the Life of Ajamila. \"\n\n", "SB6.1#p0118": "CHAPTER TWO\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi�I).udfttas\nIn this chapter the messengers from Vaiku1,1tha explain to the Yamadiitas\nthe glories of chanting the holy name of the Lord. The Vi�1,1udiitas said,\n\"Now impious acts are being performed even in an assembly of devotees,\nfor a person who is not punishable is going to be punished in the assembly of Yamaraja. The mass of people are helpless and must depend upon\nthe government for their safety and security, but if the government\ntakes advantage of this to harm the citizens, where will they go? We see\nperfectly that Ajamila should not be punished, although you are attempting to take him to Yamaraja for punishment.\"\nIt was due to Ajamila's glorifying the holy name of the Supreme Lord\nthat he was not punishable. The Vi�1,1udiitas explained this as follows:\n\"Simply by once chanting the holy name of Naraya1,1a, this brahmar;a\nhas become free from the reactions of sinful life. Indeed, he has been\nfreed not only from the sins of this life, but from the sins of many, many\nthousands of other lives. He has already undergone true atonement for\nall his sinful actions. If one atones according to the directions of the\n\nsastras, one does not actually become free from sinful reactions, but if\none chants the holy name of the Lord, even a glimpse of such chanting\ncan immediately free one from all sins. Chanting the glories of the Lord's\nholy name awakens all good fortune. Therefore there is no doubt that\nAjamila, being completely free from all sinful reactions, should not be\npunished by Yamaraja.\"\nAs they were saying this, the Vi!?1,1udiitas released Ajamila from the\nropes of the Yamadiitas and left for their own abode. The brahmar;a\nAjamila, however, offered his respectful obeisances to the Vi�1,1udiitas.\nHe could understand how fortunate he was to have chanted the holy\nname of Narayal)a at the end of his life. Indeed, he could realize the full\nsignificance of this good fortune. Having thoroughly understood the discussion between the Yamadiitas and the Vi!?'I,lUdiitas, he became a pure\ndevotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He lamented very much\nfor how very sinful he had been, and he condemned himself again and\nagam.\n\n89\n\n", "SB6.1#p0119": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n90\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nFinally, because of his association with the Vi�Qudutas, Ajamila, his\n\noriginal consciousness aroused, gave up everything and went to Hard­\n\nwar, where he engaged in devotional service without deviation, always\n\nthinking of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus the Vi�Qudutas\n\nwent there, seated him on a golden throne and took him away to\nVaikuQthaloka.\n\nIn summary, although the sinful Ajamila meant to call his son, the\n\nholy name of Lord NarayaQa, even though chanted in the preliminary\n\nstage, niimiibhasa, was able to give him liberatim'l. Therefore one who\nchants the holy name of the Lord with faith and devotion is certainly ex­\n\nalted. He is protected even in his material, conditional life.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��nq'/V)'tH#i'V\n�� � ���((11 �{<tlf4f+tiN6\\ I\n� (1'Fl �SI€41�EhlA((t: II� II\nsri-badarayar;tir uvaca\n\nevam te bhagavad-duta\n\nyamadutabhib�itam\n\nupadharyatha tan rajan\n\npratyahur naya-lwvidaft\n\nsri-badarayar;tib, uvdca-Sukadeva Gosvaml, the son of Vyasadeva,\n\nsaid; evam-thus; te-they; bhagavat-dutaft-the servants of Lord\n\nVi�Qu; yamaduta-by the servants of Yamaraja; abhib�itam-what\n\nwas spoken; upadharya-hearing; atha-then; tan-unto them; ra­\n\njan-0 King; pratyahub,-replied properly; naya-kovidaft-being conversant in good arguments or good logic.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: My dear King, the servants of Lord\n\nVi�J).U are always very expert in logic and arguments. After hearing\nthe statements of the Yamadutas, they replied as follows.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0120": "Text2]\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi�t:tudiitas\n\n91\n\nTEXT2\n\n�fel&a?£H1 �I\n3lit m �: �� �\"J: 1\n�511C(04Mtf!4qlq,; � � t1n II �II\nsri-Vi$r:tuduta ucub,\naho ka.:;tam dharma-drsam\nadharmab, sprsate sabham\nyatradar:t{,iye$V apape$u\ndar:u,lo yair dhriyate vrtha\nsri-vi$r:tudutab, ucub,-the Vi�I).udutas said; aho-alas; ka.:;tam-how\npainful it is; dharma-drsam-of persons interested in maintaining\nreligion;\nassembly;\n\nadharmab,-irreligion;\nyatra-wherein;\n\nsprsate-is affecting; sabham-the\n\nada1J(,iye$u-upon\n\npersons\n\nnot\n\nto\n\nbe\n\npunished; apape$u-who are sinless; da�b,-punishment; yaib,-by\nwhom; dhriyate-is being allotted; vrtha-unnecessarily.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Vi�t:tudiitas said: Alas, how painful it is that irreligion is\nbeing introduced into an assembly where religion should he maintained. Indeed, those in charge of maintaining the religious principles are needlessly punishing a sinless, unpunishable person.\nPURPORT\nThe Vi�I).udiitas accused the Yamadiitas of violating the religious principles by attempting to drag Ajamila to Yamaraja for punishment.\nYamariija is the officer appointed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nto judge religious and irreligious principles and to punish people who are\nirreligious. However, if completely sinless people are punished, the entire assembly of Yamaraja is contaminated. This principle applies not\nonly in the assembly of Yamaraja, but throughout human society also.\nIn human society, properly maintaining religious principles is the duty\nof the king's court or the government. Unfortunately, in this yuga, Kaliyuga, the religious principles are tampered with, and the government\n\n", "SB6.1#p0121": "92\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\ncannot properly judge who is to be punished and who is not. It is said that\nin the Kali-yuga if one cannot spend money in court, one cannot get\njustice. Indeed, in courts of justice it is often found that magistrates are\nbribed for favorable judgments. Sometimes religious men who preach\nthe ��J.la consciousness movement for the benefit of the entire populace\nare arrested and harassed by the police and courts. The Vi�vudiitas, who\nare V ai�vavas, lamented for these very regrettable facts. Because of their\nspiritual compassion for all the fallen souls, Vai�vavas go out to preach\naccording to the standard method of all religious principles, but unfortunately, because of the influence of Kali-yuga, Vai�vavas who have\ndedicated their lives to preaching the glories of the Lord are sometimes\nharassed and punished by courts on false charges of disturbing the peace.\nTEXT3\n\n�fiRm�:q �:�:�: I\n��������:II� II\nprajaniirh pitaro ye ca\nSiistara/:t sadhava/:t sarnii/:t\nyadi syat te�u vai§amyam\nkam yanti sarar:z,arh praja/:t\nprajaniim-of the citizens; pitara/:t-protectors, guardians (kings or\ngovernment servants); ye-they who; ca-and; sdstdra/:t-give instructions concerning law and order; sadhava/:t-endowed with all good\nqualities; sarnii/:t-equal to everyone; yadi-if; syat-there is; te�uamong them; vai§amyam-partiality; kam-what; yanti-will go to;\nsarar:z,am-shelter; prajd/:t-the citizens.\nTRANSLATION\nA king or governmental official should be so well qualified that\n\nhe acts as a father, maintainer and protector of the citizens because\nof affection and love. He should give the citizens good advice and\n\ninstructions according to the standard scriptures and should be\n\nequal to everyone. Yamaraja does this, for he is the supreme\nmaster of justice, and so do those who follow in his footsteps.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0122": "Text4)\n\nAjiimila Delivered by the Vi�1,1udiitas\n\n93\n\nHowever, if such persons become polluted and exhibit partiality\nby punishing an innocent, blameless person, where will the\ncitizens go to take shelter for their maintenance and security?\nPURPORT\nThe king, or in modern times the government, should act as the guardian of the citizens by teaching them the proper goal of life. The human\nform of life is especially meant for realization of one's self and one's\nrelationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead because this cannot be realized in animal life. The duty of the government, therefore, is\nto take charge of training all the citizens in such a way that by a gradual\nprocess they will be elevated to the spiritual platform and will realize the\nself and his relationship with God. This principle was followed by kings\nlike\n\nMaharaja\n\nYudhi�thira,\n\nMaharaja\n\nParik�it,\n\nLord\n\nRamacandra,\n\nMaharaja Ambari�a and Prahlada Maharaja. The leaders of the government must be very honest and religious because otherwise all the affairs\nof the state will suffer. Unfortunately, in the name of democracy, rogues\nand thieves are electing other rogues and thieves to the most important\nposts in the government. Recently this has been proven in America,\nwhere the president had to be condemned and dragged down from his\npost by the citizens. This is only one case, but there are many others. Because of the importance of the l(r�l)ll consciousness movement, people\nshould be l(r�Q.a conscious and should not vote for anyone who is not\nl(r�Q.a conscious. Then there will be actual peace and prosperity in the\nstate. When a Vai�Q.ava sees mismanagement in the government, he feels\ngreat compassion in his heart and tries his best to purify the situation by\nspreading the Hare Kr!?IJ.a movement.\nTEXT4\n\n���(ij\"EI(\\� I\nm �lefi(ijG\\� � II V II\nyad yad iicarati sreyiin\nitaras tat tad 'ihate\nsa yat pramii;r:zam kurute\nlokas tad anuvartate\n\n", "SB6.1#p0123": "94\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nyat yat-whatever; acarati-executes; sreyan-a first-class man with\nfull knowledge of religious principles; itara�-the subordinate man; tat\ntat-that; ihate-performs; sa�-he (the great man); yat-whatever;\n\nprama:�tam-as evidence or as the right thing; kurute-accepts; loka�­\n\nthe general public; tat-that; anuvartate-follows.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe mass of people follow the example of a leader in society and\n\nimitate his behavior. They accept as evidence whatever the leader\naccepts.\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough Ajamila was not punishable, the Yamadiitas were insisting\non taking him away to Yamaraja for punishment. This was adharma,\ncontrary to religious principles. The Vi�Qudiitas feared that if such irreligious acts were allowed, the management of human society would be\nspoiled. In modern times, the .Kr�Qa consciousness movement is trying to\nintroduce the right principles of management for human society, but unfortunately the governments of Kali-yuga do not properly support the\nHare .Kr�Qa movement because they do not appreciate its valuable service. The Hare .Kr�Qa movement is the right movement for ameliorating\nthe fallen condition of human society, and therefore governments and\npublic leaders in every part of the world should support this movement\nto completely rectify humanity's sinful condition.\n\nTEXTS 5-6\n\n�M3TNFI�:��: I\n� .ij qf ;r ft: � � �: II � II\n� � �ftf<tR+u;f t<taSI+tit<twtt( I\n�l{Qft� �r.rl � � II � II\nyasyanke sira adhaya\n\nloka� svapiti nirvrta�\n\nsvayam dharmam adharrnam va\nna\n\nhi veda yatha pa§u�\n\n", "SB6.1#p0124": "Text 6)\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi�1,1udiitas\n\n95\n\nsa katham nyarpitatmanam\nkrta-maitram acetanam\nvisrambhar.iyo bhutanam\nsaghrr-o dogdh um arhati\nyasya-of whom; anke-on the lap; sira b,-the head; adhaya-placing; loka b,-the general mass of people; svapiti-sleep;\n\nnirvr ta\n\nb,\n\n-\n\nin\n\npeace; svayam -personally; dharmam-religious principles or the goal\nof life; adharmam-irreligious principles; vii-or; na-not; hi-indeed; veda-know; yatha-exactly like; pa§ub,-an animal; sab,-such\na person; katham-how; nyarpita-atmanam-unto the living entity\nwho has fully surrendered; krta-maitram-endowed with good faith and\nfriendship;\n\nacetanam-with\n\nundeveloped\n\nconsciousness,\n\nfoolish;\n\nvisra mbhar.iyab, -deserving to be the object of faith; bhutanam-of the\nliving entities; sa-g h rr-ab- -who has a soft heart for the good of all\npeople; dogd hum-to give pain; arhati-is able.\nTRANSLATION\nPeople in general are not very advanced in knowledge by which\nto discriminate between religion and irreligion. The innocent,\nunenlightened citizen is like an ignorant animal sleeping in peace\nwith its head on the lap of its master, faithfully believing in the\nmaster's protection. If a leader\n\nis actually kindhearted and\n\ndeserves to he the object of a living entity's faith, how can he\npunish or kill a foolish person who has fully surrendered in good\nfaith and friendship?\nPURPORT\nThe Sanskrit word v iSvasta ghata refers to one who breaks faith or\n-\n\ncauses a breach of trust. The mass of people should always feel security\nbecause of the government's protection. Therefore, how regrettable it is\nfor the government itself to cause a breach of trust and put the citizens in\ndifficulty for political reasons. We actually saw during the partition days\nin India that although Hindus and Muslims were living together\npeacefully, manipulation by politicians suddenly aroused feelings of\nhatred between them, and thus the Hindus and Muslims killed one\nanother over politics. This is a sign of Kali-yuga. In this age, animals are\n\n", "SB6.1#p0125": "96\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nkept nicely sheltered, completely confident that their masters will protect\nthem, but unfortunately as soon as the animals are fat, they are immediately sent for slaughter. Such cruelty is condemned by Vai�I)avas\nlike the Vi�I)udiitas. Indeed, the hellish conditions already described\nawait the sinful men responsible for such suffering. One who betrays the\nconfidence of a living entity who takes shelter of him in good faith,\nwhether that living entity be a human being or an animal, is extremely\nsinful. Because such betrayals now go unpunished by the government,\nall of human society is terribly contaminated. The people of this age are\ntherefore described as mandii!l sumanda-matayo manda-bhiigyii hy\n\nupadrutii!l. As a consequence of such sinfulness, men are condemned\n(mandii!l}, their intelligence is unclear (sumanda-mataya!l}, they are\nunfortunate (manda-bhiigya!l}, and therefore they are always disturbed\nby many problems (upadruta!l}. This is their situation in this life, and\nafter death they are punished in hellish conditions.\nTEXT7\n\n31ti ft: t<tr.tl�n \\ii..'1Efil&i�PIN I\nq �mR � wml ((l@'l�;f �: II \\9 II\nayam hi krta-nirveso\njanma-ko!y-amhasiim api\nyad vyiijahiir a viva§o\nniima svasty-ayanarh hare/:£\nayam-this person (Ajamila); hi-indeed; krta-nirvesa!l-has undergone all kinds of atonement; janma-of births; ko#-of millions;\namhasiim-for the sinful activities; api-even; yat-because; vyiijahiira-he has chanted; viva§a!l-in a helpless condition; niima-the\nholy name; svasti-ayanam-the means of liberation; hare!l-of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nAjamila has already atoned for all his sinful actions. Indeed, he\n\nhas atoned not only for sins performed in one life but for those\n\nperformed in millions of lives, for in a helpless condition he\n\n", "SB6.1#p0126": "Text 7]\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi�l).udiitas\n\n97\n\nchanted the holy name of Niiriiyal).a. Even though he did not chant\npurely, he chanted without offense, and therefore he is now pure\nand eligible for liberation.\nPURPORT\nThe Yamadiitas had considered only the external situation of Ajamila.\n\nSince he was extremely sinful throughout his life, they thought he\n\nshould be taken to Yamaraja and did not know that he had become free\nfrom the reactions of all his sins. The Vi�:t.mdiitas therefore instructed\n\nthat because he had chanted the four syllables of the name NarayaQa at\n\nthe time of his death, he was freed from all sinful reactions. In this\n\nregard Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura quotes the following verses\n\nfrom the smrti-sastra:\n\nnamno hi yavati saktib,\npapa-nirharar:r-e hareb,\ntavat kartum na saknoti\npatakam pataki narab,\n\"Simply by chanting one holy name of Hari, a sinful man can counteract\n\nthe reactions to more sins than he is able to commit.\" (Brhad-v�r:r-u\n\nPurar:r-a)\nava§enapi yan-namni\nkirtite sarva-patakaib,\npumiin vimucyate sadyab,\nsimha-trastair mrgair iva\n\"If one chants the holy name of the Lord, even in a helpless condition or\n\nwithout desiring to do so, all the reactions of his sinful life depart, just as\nwhen a lion roars, all the small animals flee in fear.\" (Gartu;la Purar:r-a)\n\nsakrd uccaritam yena\nharir ity a/cyara-dvayam\nbaddha-parikaras tena\nmo/cyaya gamanam prati\n\n", "SB6.1#p0127": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n98\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\n\"By once chanting the holy name of the Lord, which consists of the two\nsyllables ha-ri, one guarantees his path to liberation.\" (Skanda Purar:w,)\n\nThese are some of the reasons why the Vi�Qudutas objected to the\nYamadutas' taking Ajamila to the court of Yamaraja.\nTEXTS\n\n� �� id \\4W(Eif;t't64( I\n�\n\nwtl(lt4Uil4Rf � =ifij� II � II\netenaiva hy aghono 'sya\nkrtarh syad agha-n�krtam\nyadii narayar:uJyeti\njagadn catur-ak$aram\n\netena-by this (chanting); eva-indeed; hi-certainly;\n\naghona/:t­\n\nwho possesses sinful reactions; asya-of this (Ajamila); krtam-performed;\n\nsyat-is;\n\nyadii-when;\n\nagha-of sins;\n\nn�krtam-complete\n\natonement;\n\nnarayar:w,-0 NarayaQa (the name of his son); aya­\n\nplease come; iti-thus; jagadn-he chanted; catu/:t-ak$aram-the four\nsyllables (na-ra-ya-r:w,).\nTRANSLATION\nThe Vi��udfttas continued: Even previously, while eating and at\n\nother times, this Ajiimila would call his son, saying, \"My dear\n\nNaray�a, please come here.\" Although calling the name of his\n\nson, he nevertheless uttered the four syllables na-ra-ya-�a. Simply\n\nby chanting the name of Naray�a in this way, he sufficiently\n\natoned for the sinful reactions of millions of lives.\nPURPORT\n\nPreviously, when engaged in sinful activities to maintain his family,\nAjamila chanted the name of NarayaQa without offenses. To chant the\nholy name of the Lord just to counteract one's sinful activities, or to commit sinful activities on the strength of chanting the holy name, is offensive (namno baliid yasya hi piipa-buddhi/:t). But although Ajamila\nengaged in sinful activities, he never chanted the holy name of NarayaQa\n\n", "SB6.1#p0128": "Text 10]\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi�:r.mdiitas\n\n99\n\nto counteract them; he simply chanted the name Narayar:ta to call his son.\nTherefore his chanting was effective. Because of chanting the holy name\nof Narayar:ta in this way, he had already vanquished the accumulated sinful reactions of many, many lives. In the beginning he was pure, but although he later committed many sinful acts, he was offenseless because\nhe did not chant the holy name of Narayar:ta to counteract them. One who\nalways chants the holy name of the Lord without offenses is always pure.\nAs confirmed in this verse Ajamila was already sinless, and because he\nchanted the name of Narayar:ta he remained sinless. It did not matter that\nhe was calling his son; the name itself was effective.\n\nTEXTS 9-10\n\n�wt: � �-- ���l ��qq: I\n4JllUJtfq((4ftii•al � =if mr�m II � II\n�c;qEf'4ijtfila:�eJ\nijM'tij¥( I\n�muf A��l\"f{qf �: II� oil\nstenab, sura-po mitra-dhrug\nbrahma-ha guru-talpa-gab,\nstri-raja-pitr-go-hanta\nye ca patakino 'pare\nsarve$am apy aghavatam\nidam eva sun�krtam\nnama-vyahararJarh v�r:wr\nyatas tad-v�aya matib,\nstenab,-one who steals; sura-pab,-a drunkard; mitra-dhruk-one\nwho turns against a friend or relative; brahma-ha-one who kills a\n\nbrahmarJa; guru-talpa-gab,-one who indulges in sex with the wife of\nhis teacher or guru; stri-women; raja-king; pitr-father; go-o£\ncows; hanta-the killer; ye- those who; ca-also; patakinab,-commit\n\n­\n\nted sinful activities; apare-many others; sarve$am-o£ all of them;\napi-although; agha-vatam-persons who have committed many sins;\nidam-this; eva-certainly; su-n�krtam-perfect atonement; nama-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0129": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nIOO\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nvyahara�m-chanting of the holy name; v�r:wb,-of Lord Vi�Q.u;\nyatab,-because of which; tat-v4aya-on the person who chants the\nholy name; matib,-His attention.\nTRANSLATION\nThe chanting of the holy name of Lord Vi�J.IU is the best process\n\nof atonement for a thief of gold or other valuables, for a\n\ndrunkard, for one who betrays a friend or relative, for one who\nkills a briihmRJ.Ia, or for one who indulges in sex with the wife of\nhis guru or another superior. It is also the best method of atone­\n\nment for one who murders women, the king or his father, for one\nwho slaughters cows, and for all other sinful men. Simply by\n\nchanting the holy name of Lord Vi�J.Iu, such sinful persons may at­\n\ntract the attention of the Supreme Lord, who therefore considers,\n\n\"Because this man has chanted My holy name, My duty is to give\n\nhim protection.\"\n\nTEXT II\n\nfwttlJ)ij�f«;fm�dij\"ll� f?l���EI�F{ Qdtfa.fqf t\n�\n((;(ttlq��(69;'EI¥4:it�juftq�� I I� � II\nWI\n\nna n�krtair uditair brahma-vadibhis\ntatha viSuddhyaty aghavan vratadibhib,\n\nyatha harer nama-pada ir udahrtais\n\ntad uttama.Sloka-gur:wpalambhakam\nna-not;\nprescribed;\n\nn�krtaib,-by\n\nthe processes\n\nof atonement;\n\nuditaib,­\n\nbrahma-vadibhib,-by learned scholars such as Manu;\n\ntatha-to that extent; vi.Suddhyati-becomes purified; agha-van-a sinful man; vrata-adibhib,-by observing the vows and regulative prin­\n\nciples; yatha-as; hareb,-of Lord Hari; ruima-padaib,-by the syllables\nof the holy name; udahrtaib,-chanted; tat-that; uttama.Sloka-of the\n\n", "SB6.1#p0130": "Text II]\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi�l}.udiitas\n\n101\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; gu�-of the tran�cendental qualities;\nupalambhakam- reminding one.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy following the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies or undergoing\natonement, sinful men do not become as purified as by chanting\nonce the holy name of Lord Hari. Although ritualistic atonement\nmay free one from sinful reactions, it does not awaken devotional\nservice, unlike the chanting of the Lord's names, which reminds\none of the Lord's fame,\n\nqualities, attributes,\n\npastimes and\n\nparaphernalia.\nPURPORT\nSrila V isvanatha Cakravarti Thakura comments that the chanting of\n\nthe holy name of the Lord has special significance that distinguishes it\n\nfrom the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies of atonement for severe, more\n\nsevere or most severe sinful actions. There are twenty types of religious\nscriptures called dharma-sastras, beginning with the Manu-sarhhitd and\nParasara-sarhhita, but herein it is stressed that although one may be­\n\ncome free from the reactions of the most sinful activities by following the\n\nreligious principles of these scriptures, this cannot promote a sinful man\nto the stage of loving service to the Lord. On the other hand, chanting the\n\nholy name of the Lord even once not only frees one immediately from\n\nthe reactions of the greatest sins, but also raises one to the platform of\n\nrendering loving service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is\n\ndescribed as uttama§loka because He is famous for His glorious activities.\n\nThus one serves the Lord by remembering His form, His attributes and\n\npastimes. Srila V isvanatha Cakravarti Thakura explains that this is all\n\npossible simply by chanting the Lord's holy name because of the Lord's\n\nomnipotence. What cannot be achieved through the performance of\n\nVedic rituals can be easily achieved through the chanting of the Lord's\nholy name. To chant the holy name and dance in ecstasy is so easy and\n\nsublime that one can achieve all the benefits of spiritual life simply by\nfollowing this process. Therefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu declares,\npararh vijayate sri-kmta-sankirtanam:\n\n\"All\n\nglories to Sri\n\nKr�IJa\n\nsankirtana!\" The sankirtana movement we have started offers the best\n\n", "SB6.1#p0131": "[Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n102\n\nprocess for becoming purified of all sinful reactions and coming immediately to the platform of spiritual life.\n\nTEXT 12\n\nw���sfq�\n�: � �i\\('(�q� I\n6�4P-tti(+t�t(16f\n�-\n\ndun�ii41«: ��: ������\nnaikantikarh tad dhi krte 'pi ni§krte\nmana� punar dhavati ced asat-pathe\ntat karma-nirhi.iram abhipsatarh harer\nguT}iinuvada� khalu sattva-bhavana�\nna-not;\nbecause;\n\naikantikam-absolutely cleansed;\n\nkrte -very\n\nnicely\n\nperformed;\n\ntat-the heart;\n\napi-although;\n\nhi­\n\nni.§krte­\n\natonement; mana�-the mind; puna�-again; dhi.i va ti-runs; cet-if;\n\nasat-pathe-on the path of material activities; tat-therefore; karmanirhi.iram-cessation of the fruitive reactions of material activities;\n\nabhipsatam-for those who seriously want; hare�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; gu�-anuvada�-constant chanting of the glories;\nkhalu-indeed; sattva-bhi.ivana�-actually purifying one's existence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe ritualistic ceremonies of atonement recommended in the\nreligious scriptures are insufficient to cleanse the heart absolutely\nbecause after atonement one's mind again runs toward material activities. Consequently, for one who wants. liberation from the\nfruitive reactions of material activities, the chanting of the Hare\nKr�1,1a mantra, or glorification of the name, fame and pastimes of\nthe Lord, is recommended as the most perfect process of atonement because such chanting eradicates the dirt from one's heart\ncompletely.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0132": "Text 13]\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi�1,1udutas\n\n103\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe statements in this verse have been confirmed previously\n\nm\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.17):\n\nsrr:tvatarh sva-katha/:1, kr$r:tabpur:tya-sravar:ta-kirtana}:l,\nhrdy anta/:1,-stho hy abhadrar:ti\nvidhunoti suhrt satam\n\"Sri l<r�t:J.a, the Personality of Godhead, who is the Paramlitmli\n[Supersoul] in everyone's heart and the benefactor of the truthful devo­\n\ntee, cleanses desire for material enjoyment from the heart of the devotee\n\nwho relishes His messages, which are in themselves virtuous when prop­\n\nerly heard and chanted.\" It is the special mercy of the Supreme Lord that\n\nas soon as He knows that one is glorifying His name, fame and attributes,\n\nHe personally helps cleanse the dirt from one's heart. Therefore simply\n\nby such glorification one not only becomes purified, but also achieves the\n\nresults of pious activities (pur:tya-sravar:ta-kirtana). Pur:tya-sravar:takirtana refers to the process of devotional service. Even if one does not\n\nunderstand the meaning of the Lord's name, pastimes or attributes, one\n\nis purified simply by hearing or chanting of them. Such purification is\ncalled sattva-bhavana.\nOne's main purpose in human life should be to purify his existence\nand achieve liberation. As long as one has a material body, one is under­\n\nstood to be impure. In such an impure, material condition, one cannot\n\nenjoy a truly blissful life, although everyone seeks it. Therefore Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (5.5.1) says, tapo divyarh putrakii yena sattvarh suddhyet:\none must perform tapasya, austerity, to purify his existence in order to\ncome to the spiritual platform. The tapasya of chanting and glorifying\nthe name, fame and attributes of the Lord is a very easy purifying process by which everyone can be happy. Therefore everyone who desires\nthe ultimate cleansing of his heart must adopt this process. Other pro­\n\ncesses, such as karma, jiidna and yoga, cannot cleanse the heart\nabsolutely.\n\n¥4Nwt�el\n+t41!!4tl¥4\n\n", "SB6.1#p0133": "104\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nathainam mapanayata\nkrtiiSe$iigha-n�krtam\nyad asau bhagavan-niima\nmriyama�/:t samagrahit\natka-therefore; enam-him (Ajamila); rna-do not; apanayatatry to take; krta-already done; a.Se$a-unlimited; agha-n�krtamatonement for his sinful actions; yat-because; asau-he; bhagavatniima-the holy\n\nname of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead;\n\nmriyama�/:t-while dying; samagrahit-perfectly chanted.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the time of death, this Ajiimila helplessly and very loudly\n\nchanted the holy name of the Lord, NarayllJ)a. That chanting alone\nhas already freed him from the reactions of all sinful life.\n\nTherefore, 0 servants of Yamaraja, do not try to take him to your\nmaster for punishment in hellish conditions.\nPURPORT\nThe Vi�l)udutas, who are superior authorities, gave orders to the\nYamadutas, who did not know that Ajamila was no longer subject to tribulation in hellish life for his past sins. Although he had chanted the\n\nholy name Narayal)a to indicate his son, the holy name is so transcendentally powerful that he was automatically freed because he had chanted\nthe holy name while dying (ante niiraya�-smrtiM. As .Kr�l)a confirms\nin Bhagavad-gita (7.28):\n\nye$iiril tv anta-gataril paparil\njaniiniiril pur:tya-karma1J-iim\nte dvandva-moha-nirmukta\nbhajante mam dr{iha-vrata/:t\n\"Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life, whose\nsinful actions are completely eradicated and who are freed from the\nduality of delusion, engage themselves in My service with determination.\" Unless one is freed from all sinful reactions, one cannot be promoted to the platform of devotional service. Elsewhere in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(8.5) it is stated:\n\n", "SB6.1#p0134": "Text\n\n15)\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi�r.tudiitas\n\n105\n\nanta-kale ca mam eva\nsmaran muktvii kalevaram\nyab, prayati sa mad-bhavam\nyati nasty atra samsayab,\nIf one remembers Kr�J.la, NarayaJ.la, at the time of death, one is certainly\neligible to return immediately home, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT\n\n14\n\n� qtRtl� en � �� en 1\nfer�: II� �II\n�f06W\\I'isWJ('fijttl!lti(\nsanketyam parihasyam· va\nstobham helanam eva vii\nvaikuiJ-!ha-nama-grahaiJ-am\na§e�agha-hararh vidub,\nsanketyam-as\n\nan\n\nassignation;\n\nparihasyam-jokingly;\n\nva-or;\n\nstobham-as musical entertainment; helanam-neglectfully; eva-certainly; va-or ; vaikuiJ-!ha-of the Lord; ndma-graha{l-am-chanting\nthe holy name; a§e�a-unlimited; agha-haram-neutralizing the effect\nof sinful life; vidub,-advanced transcendentalists know.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who chants the holy name of the Lord is immediately freed\nfrom the reactions of unlimited sins, even if he chants indirectly\n[to indicate something else), jokingly, for musical entertainment,\nor even neglectfully. This is accepted by all the learned scholars of\nthe scriptures.\nTEXT\n\n15\n\nmr�: �� +{«: «��a 300t: 1\n(ftft�€4� �'ii\"St�Rr �: II����\npatitab, skhalito bhagnab,\nsa�!as tapta ahatab,\n\n", "SB6.1#p0135": "106\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nharir ity ava§eniiha\n\npumiin niirhati yataniib,\npatitab,-fallen down; skhalitab,-slipped; bhagnab,-having broken\nhis bones; sa�tab,-bitten; taptab,-severely attacked by fever or\nsimilar painful conditions; ahatab,-injured; harib,-Lord Kr��a; itithus; ava§ena-accidently; aha-chants; puman-a person; na-not;\narhati-deserves; yataniib,-hellish conditions.\nTRANSLATION\nIf one chants the holy name of Hari and then dies because of an\n\naccidental misfortune, such as falling from the top of a house, slip­\n\nping and suffering broken bones while traveling on the road,\n\nbeing bitten by a serpent, being afflicted with pain and high fever,\n\nor being injured by a weapon, one is immediately absolved from\n\nhaving to enter hellish life, even though he is sinful.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (8.6):\n\nyam yam vapi smaran bhavam\ntyajaty ante kalevaram\ntam tam evaiti kaunteya\nsadii tad-bhava-bhavitab,\n\"Whatever state of being one remembers when he quits his body, that\nstate he will attain without fail.\" If one practices chanting the Hare\nKr��a mantra, he is naturally expected to chant Hare Kr��a when he\nmeets with some accident. Even without such practice, however, if one\nsomehow or other chants the holy name of the Lord (Hare Kr��a) when\nhe meets with an accident and dies, he will be saved from hellish life\nafter death.\nTEXT 16\n\n�llli � � � �fill � �f;r � I\n\n31Rf�qm;rl���fu:ll��''\n\n", "SB6.1#p0136": "Text 16)\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi!ji].Udiitas\n\n107\n\ngurilT}iim ca laghuniim ca\ngurilr:ti ca laghuni ca\npraya.Scittani papaniim\njootvoktiini mahar�ibhi�\ngurilT}iim-heavy; ca-and; laghilniim-light; ca -also; gurur:tl­\n\nheavy; ca-and; laghuni-light ; ca-also; praya.Scittiini-the processes\nof atonement; papaniim-of sinful activities; jootva-knowing perfectly well; uktani-have been prescribed; maha-r�ibhi�-by great\n\nsages.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAuthorities who are learned scholars and sages have carefully\nascertained that one should atone for the heaviest sins by undergoing a heavy process of atonement and one should atone for lighter\nsins by undergoing lighter atonement. Chanting the Hare �J].a\nmantra, however, vanquishes all the effects of sinful activities,\nregardless of whether heavy or light.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this regard, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura describes an inci­\n\ndent that took place when Samba was rescued from the punishment of\n\nthe Kauravas. Samba fell in love with the daughter of Duryodhana, and\nsince according to lcyatriya custom one is not offered a lcyatriya 's\ndaughter unless he displays his chivalrous valor, Samba abducted her.\n\nConsequently Samba was arrested by the Kauravas. Later, when Lord\nBalarama came to rescue him, there was an argument about Samba's\nrelease. Since the argument was not settled, Balarama showed His power\nin such a way that all of Hastinapura trembled and would have been vanquished as if by a great earthquake. Then the matter was settled, and\n\nSamba married Duryodhana's daughter. The purport is that one should\ntake shelter of :l<r�Q.a-Balarama, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nwhose protective power is so great that it cannot be equaled in the ma­\n\nterial world. However powerful the reactions of one's sins, they will immediately be vanquished if one chants the name of Hari, :l<r�Q.a,\nBalarama or NarayaQ.a.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0137": "108\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nSrrrnad-Bhagavabun\n\nTEXT 17\n\n-tt�Fr � €1ql�1'1t461fif�: I\n��� � €1�4'1�nef�er:n 11 � \\911\n\"\n\ntais tany aghani pilyante\ntapo-dana-vratadibhib,\n\nniidharmajam tad-dhrdayam\ntad api.Sanghri-sevaya\n\ntaib,-by those; tani-all those; aghiini-sinful activities and their\nresults;\n\npilyante- become\n\nvanquished;\n\ntapab,-austerity;\n\ndana­\n\ncharity; vrata-adibhib,-by vows and other such activities; na-not;\n\nadharma-jam-produced from irreligious actions; tat-of that;\nhrdayam-the heart; tat-that; api-also; i.Sa-anghri-of the lotus feet\n\nof the Lord; sevaya -by service.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough one may neutralize the reactions of sinful life through\n\nausterity, charity, vows and other such methods, these pious activities cannot uproot the material desires in one's heart. However,\n\nif one serves the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead, he is immediately freed from all such contaminations.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam ( 11.2.42), bhaktib, paresanubhavo\nviraktir anyatra ca: devotional service is so powerful that one who performs devotional service is immediately freed from all sinful desires. All\ndesires within this material world are sinful because material desire\nmeans sense gratification, which always involves action that is more or\n\nless sinful. Pure bhakti, however, is anyabhi�ita-silnya; in other\n\nwords, it is free from material desires, which result from karma and\njiiiina. One who is situated in devotional service no longer has material\ndesires, and therefore he is beyond sinful life. Material desires should be\ncompletely stopped. Otherwise, although one's austerities, penances and\ncharity may free one from sin for the time being, one's desires will reappear because his heart is impure. Thus he will act sinfully and suffer.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0138": "Text 19]\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi�1,1udtitas\n\n109\n\nTEXT 18\n\najnaniid athava jnaniid\nuttama.Sloka-nama yat\nsankirtitam agham purhso\ndahed edho yathanala�\najnanat-out of ignorance; athava-or; jnanat-with knowledge; uttama.Sloka-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nama-the holy\nname; yat-that which; sankirtitam-chanted; agham-sin; purhsa�of a person; dahet-burns to ashes; edha�-dry grass; yatha-just as;\n\nana la�-fire\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs a fire burns dry grass to ashes, so the holy name of the Lord,\nwhether chanted knowingly or unknowingly, burns to ashes, without fail, all the reactions of one's sinful activities.\nPURPORT\nFire will act, regardless of whether handled by an innocent child or by\nsomeone well aware of its power. For example, if a field of straw or dry\ngrass is set afire, either by an elderly man who knows the power of fire or\nby a child who does not, the grass will be burned to ashes. Similarly, one\nmay or may not know the power of chanting the Hare Kr�Q.a mantra, but\nif one chants the holy name he will become free from all sinful reactions.\n\nyathiigadam viryatamam\nupayuktam yadrcchaya\najanato 'py atma-gurwm\nkuryan mantro 'py udahrta�\n\n", "SB6.1#p0139": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n110\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nyatha-just like; agadam-medicine; virya-tamam-very powerful;\nupayuktam-properly\n\ntaken;\n\nyadrcchaya-somehow\n\nor\n\nother;\n\najanata/:t-by a person without knowledge; api-even; atma-gu1Jamits own potency; kurydt-manifests; mantra/:t-the Hare ��I).a mantra;\napi-also; udahrta/:t-chanted.\nTRANSLATION\nIf a person unaware of the effective potency of a certain\n\nmedicine takes that medicine or is forced to take it, it will act even\nwithout his knowledge because its potency does not depend on the\n\npatient's understanding. Similarly, even though one does not\nknow the value of chanting the holy name of the Lord, if one\n\nchants knowingly or unknowingly, the chanting will he very\neffective.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Western countries, where the Hare ��I).a movement is spreading, learned scholars and other thoughtful men are realizing its effectiveness. For example, Dr. J. Stillson Judah, a learned scholar, has been\nvery much attracted to this movement because he has actually seen that it\nis turning hippies addicted to drugs into pure Vai�I).avas who voluntarily\nbecome servants of ��I).a and humanity. Even a few years ago, such hippies did not know the Hare ��I).a mantra, but now they are chanting it\nand becoming pure Vai�I).avas. Thus they are becoming free from all sinful activities, such as illicit sex, intoxication, meat-eating and gambling.\nThis is practical proof of the effectiveness of the Hare ��I).a movement,\nwhich is supported in this verse. One may or may not know the value of\nchanting the Hare ��I).a mantra, but if one somehow or other chants it,\nhe will immediately he purified, just as one who takes a potent medicine\nwill feel its effects, regardless of whether he takes it knowingly or\nunknowingly.\nTEXT 20\n\n��ij(fff\n\nd ��I\n� �Tmf� roT �c::�l('{f1'q� I I� I I\n(f\n\n�� ij��uftt\n\no\n\n", "SB6.1#p0140": "Text 21]\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi�:r;Iudiitas\n\n111\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nta evarh suvinin:tiya\ndharmarh bhiigavatarh nrpa\ntam yamya-pasiin nirmucya\nviprarh mrtjor amumucan\nsri-suka/:t uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; te-they (the order\ncarriers of Lord Vi��u); evam-thus; su-vinirttiya-perfect!y ascertaining; dharmam-real religion; bhiigavatam-in terms of devotional service; nrpa-0 King; tam-him (Ajamila); yamya-pasiit-from the\nbondage of the order carriers of Yamaraja; nirmucya-releasing;\nvipram-the briihmatta; mrtyo/:t-from death; amumucan-rescued.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: My dear King, having thus\n\nperfectly judged the principles of devotional service with reason­\n\ning and arguments, the order carriers of Lord Vi�:r;IU released the\n\nhriihmal}a Ajamila from the bondage of the Yamadiitas and saved\nhim from imminent death.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�SR�m��ffl�t�� I\n�� �?.0\n«4+tl:q:qMd(;(+; II�� II\niti pratyuditii yamyii\ndutii yiitvii yamantikam\n\nyama-rajne yathii sarvam\niicacak$ur arindama\n\niti-thus; pratyuditii/:t-having been replied to (by the order carriers\nof Vi��u); yiimyii/:t-the servants of Yamaraja; dutii/:t-the messengers;\nyiitoo-going; yama-antikam-to the abode of Lord Yamaraja; yamariijne-unto King Yamaraja; yathii-duly; sarvam-everything;\niicacak$u/:t-informed in full detail; arindama-0 subduer of the\nenemies.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0141": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n112\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Maharaja Parik�it, 0 subduer of all enemies, after the\n\nservants of Yamaraja had been answered by the order carriers of\nLord Vi�1,1u, they went to Y amaraja and explained to him everything that had happened.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse the word pratyudita� is very significant. The servants of\nYamaraja are so powerful that they can never be hindered anywhere, but\nthis time they were ba:ffied and disappointed in their attempt to take\naway a man they considered sinful. Therefore they immediately returned\nto Yamaraja and described to him everything that had happened.\nTEXT 22\n\nf�: ql�tflAU'fil �llT: �iffl' mt: I\n�f�m�: ��cl�: 11��11\ndvija� pasad vinirmukto\ngata-bhi� prakrtim gata�\nvavande sirasa v���\nkiitkariin darsanotsava�\ndvija�-the brahmaTJCL (Ajamila); pasat-from the noose; vinirmukta!l-being released; gata-bhi!l-freed from fear; prakrtim gata!lcame to his senses; vavande-offered his respectful obeisances; sirasiiby bowing his head; v���-of Lord Vi�Q.u; kiitkaran-unto the servants; darsana-utsava�-very pleased by seeing them.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving been released from the nooses of Yamaraja's servants,\n\nthe brahm8J.la Ajamila, now free from fear, came to his senses and\nimmediately offered obeisances to the Vi�1,1udfttas by bowing his\n\nhead at their lotus feet. He was extremely pleased by their pres­\n\nence, for he had seen them save his life from the hands of the\n\nservants of Yamaraja.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0142": "Text 23)\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi�t,mdiitas\n\n113\n\nPURPORT\n\nVai�r:tavas are also Vi�r:tudiitas because they carry out the orders of\nKr�r:ta. Lord Kr�r:ta is very eager for all the conditioned souls rotting in\nthis material world to surrend.er to Him and be saved from material\npangs in this life and punishment in hellish conditions after death. A\nVai�r:tava therefore tries to bring conditioned souls to their senses. Those\nwho are fortunate like Ajamila are saved by the Vi�r:tudiitas, or\nV ai�r:tavas, and thus they return back home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 23\n\nij\n�l\n\n��\nq�JOH1{ij�\n\n;m�fqu: I\nij:;n;ij�ms� II�� II\n\ntam viva/cyum abhipretya\nmahapurU$a-kinkara�\nsahasa pa.Syatas tasya\ntatrantardadhire 'nagha\ntam-him (Ajamila); vivalcyum-desiring to speak; abhipretyaunderstanding; mahapurU$a-kinkara�-the order carriers of Lord\nVi�r:tu; sahasa-suddenly; pa§yata� tasya-while he looked on; tatrathere; antardadhire-disappeared; anagha-0 sinless Maharaja\nParik�it.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 sinless Maharaja Parik�it, the order carriers of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, the Vi��udiitas, saw that Ajamila was attempting to say something, and thus they suddenly disappeared\nfrom his presence.\nPURPORT\n\nThe sastras say:\npapi$!ha ye duracara\ndeva-brahma1J,(l-nindaka�\napathya-bhojanas te�am\nakale mara7J.aril dhruvam\n\n", "SB6.1#p0143": "(Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n114\n\n\"For persons who are piipi§{ha, very sinful, and duriiciira, misbehaved\nor very unclean in their habits, who are against the existence of God,\nwho disrespect Vai��;tavas and brahmar:ws, and who eat anything and\neverything, untimely death is sure.\" It is said that in Kali-yuga one has a\nmaximum lifetime of one hundred years, but as people become\ndegraded, the duration of their lives decreases (praye�lpii�aM. Because Ajamila was now free from all sinful reactions, his lifetime was extended, even though he was to have died immediately. When the\nVi��;tudutas saw Ajamila trying to say something to them, they disappeared to give him a chance to glorify the Supreme Lord. Since all his\nsinful reactions had been vanquished, he was now prepared to glorify the\nLord. Indeed, one cannot glorify the Lord unless one is completely free\nfrom all sinful activities. This is confirmed by l(r�J;ta Himself in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (7.28):\nye�iiril tv anta-gatam papam\njaniiniiril pur,tya-karma�m\nte dvanda-moha-nirmuktii\nbhajante miim drrJ,ha-vrata/:t\n\"Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life, whose\nsinful actions are completely eradicated and who are freed from the\nduality of delusion, engage themselves in My service with determination.\" The Vi��;tudutas made Ajamila aware of devotional service so that\nHe might immediately become fit to return home, back to Godhead. To\nincrease his eagerness to glorify the Lord, they disappeared so that he\nwould feel separation in their absence. In the mode of separation,\nglorification of the Lord is very intense.\n\nTEXTS 24-25\n�....:.\n���+1�lSct4¥041�il\n� (J�itur:rl! I\n.\n\n�\n\n�\n\n.\n\n.\n\n�lf �Tifef<f m:\n\n�,\n\n\"'\n\n'\n\n� :q gon� II ��II\n\n��r.r_ lfft� ����on:a�: 1\n\n31�€1141\n\n�ijt��m��: ����II\n\n", "SB6.1#p0144": "Text 25]\n\nAjimila Delivered by the Vi��udutas\n\n115\n\najamilo 'py athakanJya\ndutanam yama-km:tayob,\ndharmarh bhagavatarh suddham\ntrai-vedyam ca gul)iiSrayam\nbhaktiman bhagavaty asu\nmahatmya-sraval)iid dhareb,\nanutdpo mahan asit\nsmarato 'subham atmanab,\najamilab,-Ajamila; api-also; atha-thereafter; akar�ya-hearing;\ndutanam-of the order carriers; yama-kr$�yob,-of Yamaraja and\nLord ��I_la; dharmam-actual religious principles; bhiigavatam-as\ndescribed in Snmad-Bhiigavatam, or concerning the relationship between the living being and the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sud­\n\ndham -pure; trai-vedyam-mentioned in three Vedas; ca-also; gu�­\n\nasrayam-material religion, under the modes of material nature;\n\nbhakti-man-a pure devotee (cleansed of the modes of material nature);\nbhagavati-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; asu-immediately; mahatmya-glorification of the name, fame, etc.; srava�tbecause of hearing; hareb,-of Lord Hari; anutapa b,-regret; mahanvery great; tisit-there was; smaratab,-remembering; a5ubham-all\nthe inglorious activities; atmanab,-done by himself.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing the discourses between the Yamadutas and the\nVi�?�udutas, Ajamila could understand the religious principles that\nact under the three modes of material nature. These principles are\nmentioned in the three Vedas. He could also understand the transcendental religious principles, which are above the modes of\nmaterial nature and which concern the relationship between the\nliving\n\nbeing\n\nand\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead.\n\nFurthermore, Ajamila heard glorification of the name, fame,\nqualities and pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He\nthus became a perfectly pure devotee. He could then remember his\npast sinful activities, which he greatly regretted having performed.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0145": "116\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita (2.45) Lord l(r�Qa told Arjuna:\n\ntraiguJJ-ya-vi$aya veda\nnistraiguJJ-yo bhavarjuna\nnirdvandvo nitya-sattva-stho\nniryoga-/cyema atmavan\n\"The Vedas mainly deal with the subject of the three modes of material\nnature. Rise above these modes, 0 Arjuna. Be transcendental to all of\nthem. Be free from all dualities and from all anxieties for gain and\nsafety, and be established in the Self.\" The Vedic principles certainly\nprescribe a gradual process for rising to the spiritual platform, but if one\nremains attached to the Vedic principles, there is no chance of his being\nelevated to spiritual life. l(r�Qa therefore advised Arjuna to perform\ndevotional service, which is the process of transcendental religi�n. The\ntranscendental position of devotional service is also confirmed in Snmad­\n\nBhiigavatam (1.2.6). Sa vai pumsarh paro dharma yato bhaktir adholcyaje. Bhakti, devotional service, is paro dharma}:t, transcendental\ndharma; it is not material dharma. People generally think that religion\nshould be pursued for material profit. This may be suitable for persons\ninterested in material life, but one who is interested in spiritual life\nshould be attached to paro dharma}:t, the religious principles by which\n\none becomes a devotee of the Supreme Lord (yato bhaktir adholcyaje).\nThe bhagavata religion teaches that the Lord and the living entity are\n\neternally related and that the duty of the living entity is to surrender to\nthe Lord. When one is situated on the platform of devotional service, one\nis freed from impediments and completely satisfied (ahaituky apratihata\n\nyayatma suprasidati). Having been elevated to that platform, Ajamila\nbegan to lament for his past materialistic activities and glorify the name,\nfame, form and pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 26\n\n31ft it '«ij �\"��M � : I\n� NMIMij ;m � ilfT�ijk'f'1111��11\n\n", "SB6.1#p0146": "Text 27]\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi�I.mdutas\n\n117\n\naho me paramam ka$tam\nabhild avijitatmana/:t\nyena viplavitam brahma\nvr$alyam jayatatmana\naho-alas; me-my; paramam-extreme; ka.$tam-miserable condition; abhut -became; avijita-atmana/:t-because my senses were uncontrolled; y e na-by which; viplavitam-destroyed; brahma-all my\nbrahminical qualifications;\n\nV f$ alyam-through\n\na sudrd�i, a maidser­\n\nvant; jay ata-being born; atmana-by me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAjamila said: Alas, being a servant of my senses, how degraded I\nbecame! I fell down from my position as a duly qualified bralnnaJ,la\nand begot children in the womb of a prostitute.\nPURPORT\nThe men of the higher classes-the brahmar:uzs, k$atriyas and\nvaiSyas-do not beget children in the wombs of lower-class women.\nTherefore the custom in Vedic society is to examine the horoscopes of a\ngirl and boy being considered for marriage to see whether their combination is suitable. Vedic astrology reveals whether one has been born in the\n\nvipra-va�, k$atriya-va�, vaiSya-var� or si1dra-va�, according to\n�he three qualities of material nature. This must be examined because a\nmarriage between a boy of the vipra-var� and a girl of the si1dra-va�\nis incompatible; married life would be miserable for both husband and\nwife. Consequently a boy should marry a girl of the same category. Of\ncourse, this is trai-gu�ya, a material calculation according to the Vedas,\nbut if the boy and girl are devotees there need be no such considerations.\nA devotee is transcendental, and therefore in a marriage between devotees, the boy and girl form a very happy combination.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nf�t femftd «f�i�d ���tt_ I\n�Till��� �s��tftqijdtq•ll¥( II �\\911\n\n", "SB6.1#p0147": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n118\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\ndhin mam vigarhitam sadbhir\ndll..$krtam kula-kajjalam\nhitva balam satim yo 'ham\nsurd-pim asatim agam\ndhik mam-all condemnation upon me; vigarhitam-condemned;\nsadbhib,-by honest men; dll..$krtam-who has committed sinful acts;\nkula-kajjalam-who has defamed the family tradition; hitva-giving\nup; balam-a young wife; satim-chaste; yab, -who; aham-1; surapim-with a woman accustomed to drinking wine; asatim-unchaste;\nagam-1 had sexual intercourse.\nTRANSLATION\nAlas, all condemnation upon me! I acted so sinfully that I\n\ndegraded my family tradition. Indeed, I gave up my chaste and\nbeautiful young wife to have sexual intercourse with a fallen\nprostitute accustomed to drinking wine. All condemnation upon\n\nme!\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is the mentality of one who is becoming a pure devotee. When\none is elevated to the platform of devotional service by the grace of the\nLord and the spiritual master, one first regrets his past sinful activities.\nThis helps one advance in spiritual life. The Vi!?l).Udiitas had given\nAjamila the chance to become a pure devotee, and the duty of a pure\ndevotee is to regret his past sinful activities in illicit sex, intoxication,\nmeat-eating and gambling. Not only should one give up his past bad\nhabits, but he must always regret his past sinful acts. This is the standard\nof pure devotion.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n'!4:1�'11� ftRRl �� ijqf� I\n� �� ��$ �� 11'<�11\nvrddhav aruithau pitarau\nruinya-bandhu tapasvinau\naho mayadhurui tyaktav\nakrtajiiena nicavat\n\n", "SB6.1#p0148": "Ajamila Delivered by the Vi�r.mdiitas\n\nText 29]\n\n119\n\nvrddhau-old; aruithau-who had no other person to look after their\ncomforts; pitarau-my father and mother; na anya-bandhil-who had\nno other friend; tapasvinau-who underwent great difficulties; ahoalas; maya-by me; adhurui-at that moment; tyaktau-were given\nup; akrta jiiena-ungrateful; ni'ca-vat-like the most abominable low-\n\nclass person.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy father and mother were old and had no other son or friend\nto look after them. Because I did not take care of them, they lived\nwith great difficulty. Alas, like an abominable lower-class man, I\nungratefully left them in that condition.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic civilization, everyone has the responsibility for\ntaking care of brahmaTJ.US, old men, women, children and cows. This is\nthe duty of everyone, especially an upper-class person. Because of his\nassociation with a prostitute, Ajamila abandoned all his duties. Regretting this, Ajamila now considered himself quite fallen.\n\nso\n\n'ham vyaktam pati§yami\nnarake bhrsa-darur:te\n\ndharma-ghna/:t kamino yatra\nvindanti yama-yatarui/:t\nsab,-such a person; ah.am-1; vyaktam-it is now clear; pati§yamiwill\n\nfall\n\ndown;\n\nnarake-in\n\nhell;\n\nbhrsa-darur:te-most\n\nmiserable;\n\ndharma-ghna/:t-they who break the principles of religion; kamina/:twho are too lusty; yatra-where; vindanti-u n dergo; yama-yatarui/:tthe miserable conditions imposed by Yamaraja.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0149": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n120\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is now clear that as a consequence of such activities, a sinful\nperson like me must be thrown into hellish conditions meant for\nthose who have broken religious principles and must there suffer\nextreme miseries.\nTEXT 30\n\n�� �R anif� � ��l'g�'( I\n� � atq � � l{f o�ref� ltl�'tlOflr: II� II\no\n\nkim idam svapna iihosvit\nsiilcyad dmam ihadbhutam\nkva yiitii adya te ye miiril\nvyakar$an piiSa-piiTJ(lya/:t\nkim-whether; idam-this; svapne-in a dream; iihosvit-or; siik$dt-directly; dr$!am-seen; iha-here; adbhutam-wonderful; kvawhere; yiitii/:t-have gone; adya-now; te-all of them; ye-who;\nmiim-me; vyakar$an-were dragging; piiSa-piiTJ(lya/:t-with ropes in\ntheir hands.\nTRANSLATION\nWas this a dream I saw, or was it reality? I saw fearsome men\nwith ropes in their hands coming to arrest me and drag me away.\nWhere have they gone?\nTEXT 31\n\nmt���: I\n�·¥\\l�tt�tl¥414 � � -wt: II�� II\n\n3N � $ fRJl:\n\natha te kva gatii/:t siddhiiS\ncatviira.S ciiru-darsanii/:t\nvyiimocayan niyamiinam\nbaddhvii piiSair adho bhuva/:t\n\n", "SB6.1#p0150": "Text 32)\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi�1,1udiitas\n\n121\n\natka-thereafter; te-those persons; kva-where; gata �-went; siddha�-liberated;\n\ncatvara�-four personalities;\n\ncaru-darsanii�-ex­\n\ntremely beautiful to see; vy amocayan-they released; niyamanamme, who was being carried away; baddh va-being arrested; pasai�-by\nropes; adha� bhuva�-downwar d to the hellish region.\nTRANSLATION\nAnd where have those four liberated and very beautiful persons\ngone who released me from arrest and saved me from being dragged down to the hellish regions?\nPURPORT\nAs we have learned from the descriptions in the Fifth Canto, the\nhellish planets are situated in the lower portions of this universe.\nTherefore they are called adho bhuva�. Ajamila could understand that\nthe Yarnadutas had come from that region.\nTEXT 32\n\n3NWf it � Ni'ill\"*'+i�i� I\n�P4t�oti +iw(?j;r a;rr€¥1r it !fm� 11� �11\nathapi me durbhagasya\nvibudhottama-darsane\nbhavitavyam mangalena\nyeniitmti me prasidati\natka-therefore; api-although; me-of me; durbhagasya-so unfortunate;\nseeing;\n\nvibudha-uttama-exalted devotees;\n\nbhavitavyam-there\n\nmust\n\nbe;\n\ndarsane-because of\n\nmangalena-auspicious ac­\n\ntivities; yena-by which; titmti-self; me-my; prasidati-actu ally becomes happy.\nTRANSLATION\nI am certainly most abominable and unfortunate to have merged\nin an ocean of sinful activities, but nevertheless, because of my\n\n", "SB6.1#p0151": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n122\n\n[f..anto 6, Ch. 2\n\nprevious spiritual activities, I could see those four exalted per­\n\nsonalities who came to rescue me. Now I feel exceedingly happy\n\nbecause of their visit.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 22.54):\n\n'sadhu-sanga ', 'sadhu-sanga '-sarva-sastre kaya\nlava-matra sadhu-sange sarva-siddhi haya\n\"Association with devotees is recommended by all the sastras because by\neven a moment of such association one can receive the seed for all perfection.\" In the beginning of his life Ajamila was certainly very pure,\nand he associated with devotees and brahma�; because of that pious\nactivity, even though he was fallen, he was inspired to name his son\nNarayal).a. Certainly this was due to good counsel given from within by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(15.15), sarvasya caharh hrdi sanniv�to matta� smrtir jfiiinam\napohanarh ca: \"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come\nremembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness.\" The Lord, who is situated\nin everyone's heart, is so kind that if one has ever rendered service to\nHim, the Lord never forgets him. Thus the Lord, from within, gave\nAjamila the opportunity to name his youngest son Narayal).a so that in\naffection he would constantly call \"Narayal).a! Narayal).a!\" and thus be\nsaved from the most fearful and dangerous condition at the time of his\ndeath. Such is the mercy of �!?I).a. Guru-kr$r:w-prasade paya bhakti­\n\nlata-bija: by the mercy of the guru and �!?I).a, one receives the seed of\nbhakti. This association saves a, devotee from the greatest fear. In our\n�!?I).a consciousness movement we therefore change a devotee's name to\na form that reminds him of Vi!?I).U. If at the time of death the devotee can\nremember his own name, such as �!?I).adasa or Govinda dasa, he can be\nsaved from the greatest danger. Therefore the change of names at the\ntime of initiation is essential. The �!?I).a consciousness movement is so\nmeticulous that it gives one a good opportunity to remember �!?I).a\nsomehow or other.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0152": "Text 34)\n\nAjiimila Delivered by the Vi�:r.mdiitas\n\n123\n\nTEXT 33\n\n� ftN� '11�ft\n:I\n�i\"6'1i+B'I(Oj �� �m II�� II\nanyatlui mriyama1)l1Sya\nna.sucer vr$ali-pate/:t\nvaikur:ttha-niima-grahar:tam\njihva vaktum iluirhati\nanyathii-otherwise; mriyama1)l1Sya-of a person who is just ready\nfor death; na-not; a.Suce/:t-most unclean; vr$ali-pate/:t-the keeper of\na prostitute; vaikur:ttha-of the Lord of Vaikul)tha; niima-grahar:tamthe chanting of the holy name; jihva- the tongue; vaktum-to speak;\niha-in this situation; arhati-is able.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWere it not for my past devotional service, how could I, a most\nunclean keeper of a prostitute, have gotten an opportunity to\nchant the holy name of Vaikut;�lhapati when I was just ready to die?\nCertainly it could not have been possible.\nPURPORT\nThe name Vaikul)thapati, which means \"the master of the spiritual\nworld,\" is not different from the name Vaikul)tha. Ajamila, who was\nnow a realized soul, could understand that because of his past spiritual\nactivities in devotional service, he had gotten this opportunity to chant\nthe holy name of Vaikul)thapati in his horrible condition at the time of\ndeath.\n\nkva caham kitava/:t piipo\nbrahma-ghrw nirapatrapa/:t\n\n", "SB6.1#p0153": "[Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n124\n\nkva ca naraya�ty etad\nbhagavan-ndma marigalam\nkva-where; ca-also; aham-1; kitavab,-a cheater; pdpab,-all\nsins personified; brahma-ghnab,-the killer of my brahminical culture;\nnirapat rapab,\n\n-\n\nshameless;\n\nkva-where;\n\nca-also;\n\nnaraya�­\n\nNarayal)a; iti-thus; etat-this; bhagavat-nama-the holy name of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; mariga/am-all-auspicious.\nTRANSLATION\nAjiimila continued: I am a shameless cheater who has killed his\n\nbrahminical culture. Indeed, I am sin personified. Where am I in\n\ncomparison to the all-auspicious chanting of the holy name of\nLord Naraym;ta?\n\nPURPORT\nThose engaged in broadcasting the holy name of Narayal)a, ��I)a,\nthrough the ��I)a consciousness movement should always consider what\nour position was before we came and what it is now. We had fallen into\nabominable lives as meat-eaters, drunkards and woman hunters who\nperformed all kinds of sinful activities, but now we have been given the\nopportunity to chant the Hare ��I)a mantra. Therefore we should always appreciate this opportunity. By the grace of the Lord we are opening many branches, and we should use this good fortune to chant the\nholy name of the Lord and serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead\ndirectly. We must be conscious of the difference between our present and\npast conditions and should always be very careful not to fall from the\nmost exalted life.\nTEXT 35\n\n���ttlf'�l� ���rf;t�: I\n�?.n wt � 3li�'11Wf'1w-� ijllft.l � II ��II\nso\n\n'ham tatha yat�yami\nyata-cittendriyanilab,\n\nyatha na bhuya atmdnam\nandhe tamasi majjaye\n\n", "SB6.1#p0154": "Text 37)\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi�:r.mdutas\n\n125\n\nsab,-such a person; aham-1; tatha-in that way; yati§yami-1 shall\nendeavor;\n\nyata-citta-indriya-controlling the mind and senses;\nanilab,-and the internal airs; yatha-so that; na-not; bhuyab,­\n\nagain; atmanam-my soul; andhe-in darkness; tamasi-in ignorance;\n\nmajjaye-1 drown.\nTRANSLATION\nI am such a sinful person, but since I have now gotten this opportunity, I must completely control my mind, life and senses and\nalways engage in devotional service so that I may not fall again into\nthe deep darkness and ignorance of material life.\n\nPURPORT\n\nEveryone one of us should have this determination. We have been elevated to an exalted position by the mercy of Kr�9a and the spiritual\nmaster, and if we remember that this is a great opportunity and pray to\nl(r�l)a that we will not fall again, our lives will be successful.\nTEXT 36-37\n\n� �� if;�QI€fil'4��� I\n�\\1.����1.-fl �;r: �IJf atl€'41!4I'{ II�� II\n��q������l\nPI�,��� ffiT� �l'SI�I �: 11�\\911\nvimucya tam imam bandham\navidya-kiima-karmajam\nsarva-bhuta-suhrc chanto\nmaitrab, karur:w atmavan\nmocaye grastam atmanam\ny0$in-mayyatma-mayaya\nvikrU;lito yayaivaham\nkril}ii-mrga ivadhamab,\n\n", "SB6.1#p0155": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n126\n\nvimucya-having\n\nbecome\n\nfree\n\nfrom;\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 2\ntam-that;\n\nimam-this;\n\nbandham-bondage; avidya-due to ignorance; kama-due to lusty\ndesire; kanna-jam-caused by activities; sarva-bhuta-of all living entities;\n\nsuhrt-friend;\n\nsanta(l-very\n\npeaceful;\n\nmaitra(l-friendly;\n\nkaru�(l-merciful; atma-van-self-realized; mocaye-1 shall disentangle; grastam-encaged; atmanam-my soul; yo$it-mayya-in the\nform of woman; atma-mayaya-by the illusory energy of the Lord;\nvikri(iita(l-played with; yaya-by which; eva-certainly; aham-1;\nkrU;la-mrga(l-a controlled animal; iva-like; adhama(l-so fallen.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of identifying oneself with the body, one is subjected to\n\ndesires for sense gratification, and thus one engages in many dif­\n\nferent types of pious and impious action. This is what constitutes\nmaterial bondage. Now I shall disentangle myself from my material\n\nbondage, which has been caused by the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead's illusory energy in the form of a woman. Being a most\n\nfallen soul, I was victimized by the illusory energy and have he­\n\ncome like a dancing dog led around by a woman's hand. Now I\n\nshall give up all lusty desires and free myself from this illusion. I\nshall become a merciful, well-wishing friend to all living entities\n\nand always absorb myself in �:t;�a consciousness.\nPURPORT\n\nThis should be the standard of determination for all �f?Q.a conscious\npersons. A �f?Q.a conscious person should free himself from the clutches\nof maya, and he should also be compassionate to all others suffering in\nthose clutches. The activities of the �f?Q.a consciousness movement are\nmeant not only for oneself but for others also. This is the perfection of\n�f?Q.a consciousness. One who is interested in his own salvation is not as\nadvanced in �f?Q.a consciousness as one who feels compassion for others\nand who therefore propagates the �f?Q.a consciousness movement. Such\nan advanced devotee will never fall down, for �f?Q.a will give him special\nprotection. That is the sum and substance of the �f?Q.a consciousness\nmovement. Everyone is like a play toy in the hands of the illusory energy\nand is acting as she moves him. One should come to �f?Q.a consciousness\nto release oneself and also to release others.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0156": "Ajamila Delivered by the Vi�:t:�udiitas\n\nText 38]\n\n127\n\nTEXT 38\n\n�fiffu �� menfil���fij-� ,\n�l{;ft�ffir�i�ij(��: 11��11\nmamaham iti dehadau\nhitvamithyartha-dhir matim\ndhiisye mano bhagavati\nsuddharh tat-kirtaniidibhib,\nmama-my; aham-1; iti-thus; deha-adau-in the body and things\nrelated to the body; hitva-giving up; amithya-not false; artha-on\nvalues; dh;;b,-with my consciousness; matim-the attitude; dhiisye-1\nshalL engage; manab,-my mind; bhagavati-on the Supreme Personality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nsuddham-pure;\n\ntat-His\n\nname;\n\nkirtana­\n\niidibhib,-by chanting, hearing and so on.\nTRANSLATION\nSimply because I chanted the holy name of the Lord in the association of devotees, my heart is now becoming purified. Therefore\nI shall not fall victim again to the false lures of material sense gratification. Now that I have become fixed in the Absolute Truth,\nhenceforward I shall not identify myself with the body. I shall give\nup false conceptions of \"I\" and \"mine\" and fix my mind on the\nlotus feet of Krgta.\nPURPORT\n\nHow a living entity becomes a victim of the material condition is\nlucidly explained in this verse. The beginning is to misidentify the body\nas one's self. Therefore Bhagavad-gita begins with the spiritual instruction that one is not the body, but is within the body. This consciousness\ncan be possible only if one chants the holy name of l<rr;;Q.a, the Hare\nl<rr;;Q.a mahii-mantra, and always keeps oneself in the association of\ndevotees. This is the secret of success. Therefore we stress that one\nshould chant the holy name of the Lord and keep oneself free from the\ncontaminations of this material world, especially the contaminations of\nlusty desires for illicit sex, meat-eating, intoxication and gambling. With\n\n", "SB6.1#p0157": "128\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\ndetermination, one should vow to follow these principles and thus be\nsaved from the miserable condition of material existence. The first\nnecessity is to become freed from the bodily concept of life.\nTEXT 39\n\n� illrnijt'�: ?.JIITRfi•W\\ m�� I\nU'ffiWtl�: ����II\nIJWm(f!q�p'l\niti jata-sunirveda/:1,\n�ar:w-sarigena sadhu;;u\ngariga-dvaram upeyaya\nmukta-sarvanubandhana/:1,\niti-thus; jata-sunirveda/:1,-(Ajamila) who had become detached from\nthe material conception of life; �ar:w-sarigena-by a moment's association; sadhu;;u-with devotees; gariga-dvaram-to Hardwar (haridvara), the doorway to Hari (because the Ganges begins there, Hardwar\nis also called gariga-dvara); upeyaya-went; mukta-being freed from;\nsarva-anubandhana/:1,-all kinds of material bondage.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of a moment's association with devotees (the\nVi�I;J.udutas], Ajiimila detached himself from the material concep­\n\ntion of life with determination. Thus freed from all material attraction, he immediately started for Hardwar.\nPURPORT\nThe word mukta-sarvanubandhana/:1, indicates that after this incident,\n\nAjamila, not caring for his wife and children, went straight to Hardwar\nfor further advancement in his spiritual life. Our �l?�a consciousness\nmovement now has centers in V:rndavana and Navadvipa so that those\nwho want to live a retired life, whether they be devotees or not, can go\nthere and with determination give up the bodily concept of life. One is\nwelcome to live in those holy places for the rest of his life in order to\n\n", "SB6.1#p0158": "Text 40]\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi�1,1udii.tas\n\n129\n\nachieve the highest success by the very simple method of chanting the\nholy name of the Lord and taking prasada. Thus one may return home,\n\nback to Godhead. We do not have a center in Hardwar, but Vrndavana\nand Sridhama Mayapur are better for devotees than any other places.\n\nThe Caitanya Candrodaya temple offers one a good opportunity to associate with devotees. Let us all take advantage of this opportunity.\nTEXT 40\n\nij' ijf� �Cf�Wf 3TTdf;fi �T�: I\n\n��� �� 'fij 3JRijFf ll�o II\nsa tasmin deva-sadana\n\niisirw yogam iisthita�\n\npratyahrtendriya-gramo\nyuyoja mana iitmani\n\nsa�-he (Ajamila); tasmin-at that place (Hardwar); deva-sadane­\n\nin one Vi�.Q.U temple; iisina�-being situated; yogam iisthita�-per­\n\nformed bhakti-yoga; pratyahrta-withdrawn from all activities of sense\ngratification; indriya-grama�-his senses; yuyoja-he fixed; mana�­\n\nthe mind; iitmani-on the self or the Supersoul, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn Hardwar, Ajamila took shelter at a Vi�I,J.U temple, where he\nexecuted the process of bhakti-yoga. He controlled his senses and\nfully a pplied his mind in the service of the Lord.\nPURPORT\n\nThe devotees who have joined the K:r�Qa consciousness movement may\n\nlive comfortably in our many temples and engage in the devotional ser­\n\nvice of the Lord. Thus they can control the mind and senses and achieve\n\nthe highest success in life. This is the process descending from time im­\n\nmemorial. Learning from the life of Ajamila, we should vow with determination to do what is necessary to follow this path.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0159": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n130\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT41\n\nm �l-'lf 3TRqR �tn�'f(l'ftf�' ,\n�� ll�ftr ilfAOtJ�ije{l�� IIIJ �II\ntato gurJ-ebhya atmanarh\nviyujyatma-samadhina\nyuyuje bhagavad-dhamni\nbrahmar:ty anubhavatmani\ntatab,-thereafter; gurJ-ebhyab,-from the modes of material nature;\natmanam-the mind; viyujya-detaching; iitma-samadhina-by being\nfully\n\nengaged in devotional service;\n\nyuyuje-engaged;\n\nbhagavat­\n\ndhamni-in the form of the lord; brahmar:ti-which is Parabrahman\n(not idol worship); anubhava-atmani-which is always thought of\n(beginning from the lotus feet and gradually progressing upward).\nTRANSLATION\nAjiimila fully engaged in devotional service. Thus he detached\n\nhis mind from the process of sense gratification and became fully\nabsorbed in thinking of the form of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nIf one worships the Deity in the temple, one's mind will naturally be\nabsorbed in thought of the Lord and His form. There is no distinction between the form of the Lord and the Lord Himself. Therefore bhakti-yoga\nis the most easy system of yoga. Yogis try to concentrate their minds\nupon the form of the Supersoul, Vi�1,1u, within the heart, but this same\nobjective is easily achieved when one's mind is absorbed in the Deity\nworshiped in the temple. In every temple there is a transcendental form\nof the Lord, and one may easily think of this form. By seeing the Lord\nduring arati, by offering bhoga and by constantly thinking of the form of\nthe Deity, one becomes a first-class yogi. This is the best process of yoga,\nas confirmed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(6.47):\n\n", "SB6.1#p0160": "Text42)\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi��udiitas\n\n131\n\nyoginiim api sarve$drh\nmad-gateniintaratmanii\nsraddhii:rxin bhajate yo maTh\nsa me yuktatamo mata�\n\"Of all yogis, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping\nMe in transcendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in\n\nyoga and is the highest of all.\" The first-class yogi is he who controls his\nsenses and detaches himself from material activities by always thinking\nof the form of the Lord.\nTEXT42\n\n����� �:1\naqe��sntt�ftmn�: 11��11\nyarhy uparata-dhis tasminn\nadrak$it purU$dn pura�\nupalabhyopalabdhan priig\nvavande sirasa dvija�\nyarhi-when; uparata-dhi�-his mind and intelligence were fixed;\ntasmin-at that time; adrak$it-had seen; purU$dn-the persons (the\norder carriers of Lord Vi�Qu); pura�-before him;\n\nupalabhya-getupalabdhan-who were gotten; prak-previously; vavandeoffered obeisances; sirasa-by the head; dvija� -the brahmar:w.\nting;\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen his intelligence and mind were fixed upon the form of the\nLord,\n\nthe brahm�a Ajamila once again saw before him four\n\ncelestial persons. He could understand that they were those he had\nseen previously, and thus he offered them his obeisances by\nbowing down before them.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Vi�Qudiitas who had rescued Ajamila came before him again\nwhen his mind was firmly fixed upon the form of the Lord. The\n\n", "SB6.1#p0161": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n132\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nVi�r.mdutas had gone away for some time to give Ajamila a chance to become firmly fixed in meditation upon the Lord. Now that his devotion\nhad matured, they returned to take him. Understanding that the same\nVi�Qudutas had returned, Ajamila offered them his obeisances by bowing\ndown before them.\n\nTEXT 43\n\nmqf �t ffiif � ({�� 1\nij'Q: �q :jf�� �·N�tf1�trffl;:nl{ ������\nhitva kalevaram tirthe\nga�igayam darsaruid anu\nsadya� svarupam jagrhe\nbhagavat-parsva-vartinam\nhitva -giving up; kalevaram-the material body; tirthe-in the holy\nplace; garigayam-on the bank of the Ganges; darsanat anu -after\nseeing; sadya�-immediately; sva- rilpam -his original spiritual form;\n\njagrhe -he assumed; bhagavat-parsva-vartinam -which is fit for an\n\nassociate of the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing the Vi�J.Iudiitas, Ajamila gave up his material body\n\nat Hardwar on the bank of the Ganges. He regained his original\nspiritual body, which was a body appropriate for an associate of the\nLord.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (4.9):\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevam yo vetti tattvata�\ntyaktva deham punar janma\nnaiti mam eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\"\n\n", "SB6.1#p0162": "Text44)\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi�r.tudiitas\n\n133\n\nThe result of perfection in ��Qa consciousness is that after giving up\none's material body, one is immediately transferred to the spiritual world\nin one's original spiritual body to become an associate of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Some devotees go to VaikuQ�haloka, and others\ngo to Goloka Vrndavana to become associates of ��Qa.\nTEXT44\n\n� R�T;;rm ron 'I�T�'f�: I\n� �'itil¥41� �t � f';f;;r: tffu: ������\nsakam viluiyasa vipro\nmaluipu�a-kinkarai/:1.\nhaimam vimiinam aruhya\nyayau yatra sriya/:1. pati/:1.\nsakam-along; viluiyasa-by the path in the sky, or the airways;\nvipra/:1.-the brahmar:w (Ajamila); mahapurl.L§a-kinkarai/:1.-with the\norder carriers of Lord Vi�Qu; haimam-made of gold; vimiinam-an\nairplane;\n\naruhya-boarding;\n\nyayau-went;\n\nyatra-where ;\n\nsriya/:1.\n\npati/:1.-Lord Vi�Qu, the husband of the goddess of fortune.\nTRANSLATION\nAccompanied by the order carriers of Lord Vi�r_1u, Ajamila\nhoarded an airplane made of gold. Passing through the airways, he\nwent directly to the abode of Lord Vi�r_1u, the husband of the\ngoddess of fortune.\nPURPORT\nFor many years, material scientists have tried to go to the moon, but\nthey are still unable to go there. However, the spiritual airplanes from\nthe spiritual planets can take one back home, back to Godhead, in a second. The speed of such a spiritual plane can only be imagined. Spirit is\nfiner than the mind, and everyone has experience of how swiftly the\nmind travels from one place to another. Therefore one can imagine the\nswiftness of the spiritual form by comparing it to the speed of the mind.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0163": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n134\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nIn less than even a moment, a perfect devotee can return home, back to\nGodhead, immediately after giving up his material body.\nTEXT 45\n\nfclgiM�ij���t\n�: tffir: qftra) il��un 1\nf;{��� f� ��:\n�fer� �·ltt�l� �ll��ll\n�ij\n\n�\n\nevam sa viplavita-sarva-dharma\ndasya� pati� patito garhya-karmar_uj\nnipatyamano niraye hata-vrata�\nsadyo vimukto bhagavan-nama grh1Jan\nevam-in this way; sa�-he (Ajamila); viplavita-sarva-dharmii�who gave up all religious principles; dasya� pati�-the husband of a\nprostitute; patita�-fallen; garhya-karmar_ui-by being engaged in\nabominable activities; nipatyamana�-falling; niraye-in hellish life;\nhata-vrata�-who broke all his vows; sadya� -immediately ; vimukta�-liberated; bhagavat-nama-the holy name of the Lord; grh\"(Ulnchanting.\nTRANSLATION\nAjiimila was a briihmaJ;Ia who because of bad association had\n\ngiven up all brahminical culture and religious principles. Becom­\n\ning most fallen, he stole, drank and performed other abominable\nacts. He even kept a prostitute. Thus he was destined to be carried\naway to hell by the order carriers of Yamariija, but he was im­\n\nmediately rescued simply by a glimpse of the chanting of the holy\nname NiiriiyaJ;Ia.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n;rnr:\n\nd�\n� �'hfqaJailfir�iffil. 1\ntR\n\n", "SB6.1#p0164": "Text\n\n46]\n\nAj amila Delivered by the Vi�I;J.udiitas\n\nWf ��:\n\n135\n\nd« � �.u\n\n�i:t�flt+trf �� (lffl� II 'J� II\nnatab, param karma-nibandha-krntanarh\n\nmumu�aUirh tirtha-padanukirtaniit\nna yat punab, karmasu sajjate mano\nrajas-tarnobhyam kalilam tato 'nyatha\nna-not;\n\natab,-therefore; param-better means;\n\nkarma-niban­\n\ndha-the obligation to suffer or undergo tribulations as a result of\nfruitive activities;\n\nkrntanam-that which can completely cut off;\n\nmumu/cyatam-of persons desiring to get out of the clutches of material\nbondage; tirtha-pada-about the Supreme Personality of Godhead, at\nwhose feet all the holy places stand; anukirtaniit-than constantly\nchanting under the direction of the bona fide spiritual master; na-not;\nyat-because; punab,-again; karmasu-in fruitive activities; sajjatebecomes attached; manab,-the mind; rajab,-tarnobhyam-by the modes\nof passion and ignorance; kalilam-contaminated;\n\ntatab,-thereafter;\n\nanya tha-by any other means.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore one who desires freedom from material bondage\nshould adopt the process of chanting and glorifying the name,\nfame, form and pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nat whose feet all the holy places stand. One cannot derive the\nproper benefit from other methods, such as pious atonement,\nspeculative knowledge and meditation in mystic yoga, because\neven after following such methods one takes to fruitive activities\nagain, unable to control his mind, which is contaminated by the\nbase qualities of nature, namely passion and ignorance.\nPURPORT\n\nIt has actually been seen that even after achieving so-called perfection,\nmany karmis, jiiiinis and yogis become attached to material activities\nagain. Many so-called svamis and yogis give up material activities as false\n\n(jagan mithya), but after some time they nevertheless resume material\n\n", "SB6.1#p0165": "136\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nactivities by opening hospitals and schools or performing other activities\nfor the benefit of the public. Sometimes they participate in politics, al­\n\nthough still falsely declaring themselves sannyiisis, members of the\nrenounced order. The perfect conclusion, however, is that if one actually\ndesires to get out of the material world, he must take to devotional ser­\n\nvice, which begins with sravalJ.(lrh kirtanarh v�ry,ob,; chanting and hear­\n\ning the glories of the Lord. The J(r�Q.a consciousness movement has\nactually proved this. In the Western countries, many young boys who\nwere addicted to drugs and who had many other bad habits, which they\ncould not give up, abandoned all those propensities and very seriously\nengaged in chanting the glories of the Lord as soon as they joined the\nJ(r�Q.a consciousness movement. In other words, this process is the\n\nperfect method of atonement for actions performed in rajab, and tamab,\n(passion and ignorance). As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.2.19):\n\ntada rajas-tamo-bhavab,\n\nkama-lobhiidaya§ ca ye\nceta etair andviddham\nsthitarh sattve prasidati\nAs a result of rajab, and tamab,, one becomes increasingly lusty and\ngreedy, but when one takes to the process of chanting and hearing, one\ncomes to the platform of goodness and becomes happy. As he advances in\n\ndevotional service, all his doubts are completely eradicated (bhidyate\nhrdaya-granthiS chidyante sarva-sariiSayab-}. Thus the knot of his desire\n\nfor fruitive activities is cut to pieces.\nTEXT 47-48\n\n� �6 lR;i g�tiiQ'if�lqtil{ I\n\"'\n'�\n�l�f't41 ���Pl'f������� ����II\nWf � � � �nr� ifftlijl ��{: 1\n�Qtlf�twzit � �if�� ����II\nya etarh paramarh guhyam\nitihiisam aghapaham\n\n", "SB6.1#p0166": "Text 49]\n\nAjamila Delivered by the Vi��udiitas\n\n137\n\nsntuyac chraddhaya yukto\nya.S ca bhaktyanukirtayet\nna vai sa narakam yati\nnek$ito yama-kinkarai/:t\nyadyapy amangalo martyo\nvi§\"l)u-loke mahiyate\nya/:t-anyone who; etam-this; paramam-very; guhyam-confidential; itihasam-historical narration; agha-apaham-which frees one\nfrom all reactions to sins; sr\"l)uyat-hears; sraddhaya-with faith; yukta/:t-endowed; ya/:t-one who; ca-also; bhaktya-with great devotion; anukirtayet-repeats; na-not; vai-indeed; sa/:t-such a person;\nnarakam-to hell; yati-goes; na-not; ik$ita/:t-is observed; yamakinkarai/:t-by the order carriers of Yamaraja; yadyapi-although ;\namangala/:t-inauspicious; martya/:t-a living entity with a material\nbody; vi§\"l)u-loke-in the spiritual world; mahiyate-is welcomed and\nrespectfully received.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause this very confidential historical narration has the\npotency to vanquish all sinful reactions, one who hears or describes it with faith and devotion is no longer doomed to hellish\nlife, regardless of his having a material body and regardless of how\nsinful he may have been. Indeed, the Yamadiitas, who carry out the\norders of Yamariija, do not approach him even to see him. Mter\ngiving up his body, he returns home, hack to Godhead, where he is\nvery respectfully received and worshiped.\nTEXT49\n\nf;r;r�ult � �� �)Rtft� I\n3l�llf'f�SCtf4114J+i � qtfl ���\\1�11\nmriyamd1J-O harer nama\ngr1J-Un putropacaritam\najamilo 'py agad dhama\nkim uta sradd haya gf1)Un\n\n", "SB6.1#p0167": "Srnnad-BhigavaUun\n\n138\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nmriyama�b,-at the time of death; hareb, nama-the holy name of\n\nHari;\n\ngr�n-chanting;\n\nputra-upacaritam-indicating\n\nhis\n\nson;\n\najamilab,-Ajamila; api-even; agat-went; dhiima-to the spiritual\n\nworld; kim uta-what to speak of; sraddhaya-with faith and love;\n\ngr�n-chanting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile suffering at the time of death, Ajiimila chanted the holy\n\nname of the Lord, and although the chanting was directed toward\nhis son, he nevertheless returned home, back to Godhead.\n\nTherefore if one faithfully and inoffensively chants the holy name\nof the Lord, where is the doubt that he will return to Godhead?\nPURPORT\nAt the time of death one is certainly bewildered because his bodily\n\nfunctions are in disorder. At that time, even one who throughout his life\n\nhas practiced chanting the holy name of the Lord may not be able to\n\nchant the Hare K.r�J;J.a mantra very distinctly. Nevertheless, such a per­\n\nson receives all the benefits of chanting the holy name. While the body is\n\nfit, therefore, why should we not chant the holy name of the Lord loudly\n\nand distinctly? If one does so, it is quite possible that even at the time of\n\ndeath he will be properly able to chant the holy name of the Lord with\n\nlove and faith. In conclusion, one who chants the holy name of the Lord\nconstantly is guaranteed to return horne, back to Godhead, without a\n\ndoubt.\n\nSupplementary note to this chapter.\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravartl Thakura's commentary to texts nine and\n\nten of this chapter form a dialogue concerning how one can become free\nfrom all sinful reactions simply by chanting the holy name of the Lord.\n\nSomeone may say, \"It may be accepted that by chanting the holy name\n\nof the Lord one becomes freed from all the reactions of sinful life.\n\nHowever, if one commits sinful acts in full consciousness, not only once\n\nbut many, many times, he is unable to free himself from the reactions of\n\nsuch sins even after atoning for them for twelve years or more. How is\n\n", "SB6.1#p0168": "Ajamila Delivered by the Vi�I;Iudiitas\n\n139\n\nit possible, then, that simply by once chanting the holy name of the Lord\n\none immediately becomes freed from the reactions of such sins?\"\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura replies by quoting verses nine\n\nand ten of this chapter: \"The chanting of the holy name of Lord Vi�Qu is\n\nthe best process of atonement for a thief of gold or other valuables, for a\ndrunkard, for one who betrays a friend or relative, for one who kills a\nbrahma1Jfl,, or for one who indulges in sex with the wife of his guru or\n\nanother superior. It is also the best method of atonement for one who\n\nmurders women, the king or his father, for one who slaughters cows, and\n\nfor all other sinful men. Simply by chanting the holy name of Lord\nVi�Qu, such sinful persons may attract the attention of the Supreme\n\nLord, who therefore considers, 'Because this man has chanted My holy\n\nname, My duty is to give him protection.' \"\n\nOne may atone for sinful life and vanquish all sinful reactions by\n\nchanting the holy name, although this is not called atonement. Ordinary\n\natonement may temporarily protect a sinful person, but it does not com­\n\npletely cleanse his heart of the deep-rooted desire to commit sinful acts.\n\nTherefore atonement is not as powerful as the chanting of the holy name\n\nof the Lord. In the sastras it is said that if a person only once chants the\n\nholy name and completely surrenders unto the lotus feet of the Lord, the\nLord immediately considers him His ward and is always inclined to give\n\nhim protection. This is confirmed by Sridhara Svami. Thus when Ajamila\n\nwas in great danger of being carried off by the order carriers of\n\nYamaraja, the Lord immediately sent His personal order carriers to pro­\n\ntect him, and because Ajamila was freed from all sinful reactions, the\n\nVi�Qudiitas spoke on his behalf.\n\nAjamila had named his son NarayaQa, and because he loved the boy\n\nvery much, he would call him again and again. Although he was calling\n\nfor his son, the name itself was powerful because the name NarayaQa is\nnot different from the Supreme Lord NarayaQa. When Ajamila named\n\nhis son NarayaQa, all the reactions of his sinful life were neutralized, and\n\nas he continued calling his son and thus chanting the holy name of\nNarayaQa thousands of times, he was actually unconsciously advancing in\nKr�Qa consciousness.\n\nOne may argue, \"Since he was constantly chanting the name of\n\nNarayaQa, how was it possible for him to be associating with a prostitute\n\nand thinking of wine? By his sinful actions he was bringing suffering\n\n", "SB6.1#p0169": "140\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 2\n\nupon himself again and again, and therefore one may say that his ulti­\n\nmate chanting of Narliyat:ta was the cause of his being freed. However,\n\nhis chanting would then have been a nama-apariidha. Namno baliid\n\nyasya hi papa-buddh*: one who continues to act sinfully and tries to\n\nneutralize his sins by chanting the holy name of the Lord is a nama­\n\napariidhi, an offender to the holy name. In response it may be said that\n\nAjamila's chanting was inoffensive because he did not chant the name of\nNarliyat:ta with the purpose of counteracting his sins. He did not know\n\nthat he was addicted to sinful actions, nor did he know that his chanting\nof the name of Narayat:ta was neutralizing them. Thus he did not commit\n\na nama-apariidha, and his repeated chanting of the holy name of\n\nNarliyat:ta while calling his son may be called pure chanting. Because of\n\nthis pure chanting, Ajamila unconsciously accumulated the results of\nbhakti. Indeed, even his first utterance of the holy name was sufficient to\n\nnullify all the sinful reactions of his life. To cite a logical example, a fig\n\ntree does not immediately yield fruits, but in time the fruits are avail­\n\nable. Similarly, Ajamila's devotional service grew little by little, and\n\ntherefore although he committed very sinful acts, the reactions did not\naffect him. In the sastras it is said that if one chants the holy name of the\n\nLord even once, the reactions of past, present or future sinful life do not\n\naffect him. To give another example, if one extracts the poison fangs of a\nserpent, this saves the serpent's future victims from poisonous effects,\n\neven if the serpent bites repeatedly. Similarly, if a devotee chants the\nholy name even once inoffensively, this protects him eternally. He need\nonly wait for the results of the chanting to mature in due course of time.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sixth Canto, Second\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Ajamila Delivered by the\n\nV�'{ludutas. \"\n\n", "SB6.1#p0170": "CHAPTER THREE\n\nYamaraja Instructs His Messengers\nAs related in this chapter, the Yamadutas approached Yamaraja, who\nvery exhaustively explained bhagavata-dharma, the religious principle\n\nof devotional service. Yamaraja thus satisfied the Yamadutas, who had\n\nbeen very disappointed. Yamaraja said, \"Although Ajamila was calling\n\nfor his son, he chanted the holy name of the Lord, Naraya�a, and simply\n\nby a glimpse of the chanting of the holy name, he immediately achieved\n\nthe association of Lord Vi��u's order carriers, who saved him from your\n\nattempt to arrest him. This is quite all right. It is a fact that even a\n\nchronically sinful person who chants the holy name of the Lord, although\nnot completely without offenses, does not take another material birth.\"\n\nBy chanting the holy name of the Lord, Ajamila had met four order\n\ncarriers of Lord Vi��u. They were very beautiful and had quickly come\n\nto rescue him. Yamaraja now described them. \"The Vi��udutas are all\n\npure devotees of the Lord, the Supreme Person in regard to the creation,\n\nmaintenance and annihilation of this cosmic manifestation. Neither King\nlndra, Varu�a, Siva, Brahma, the seven r�is nor I myself can understand\n\nthe transcendental activities of the Supreme Lord, who is self-sufficient\n\nand beyond the reach of the material senses. With material senses, no\n\none can attain enlightenment about Him. The Lord, the master of the il­\n\nlusory energy, possesses transcendental qualities for the good fortune of\neveryone, and His devotees are also qualified in that way. The devotees,\nconcerned only with rescuing the fallen souls from this material world,\n\napparently take birth in different places in the material world just to save\n\nthe conditioned souls. If one is somewhat interested in spiritual life, the\ndevotees of the Lord protect him in many ways.\"\n\nYamaraja continued, \"The essence of sanatana-dharma, or eternal\n\nreligion, is extremely confidential. No one but the Lord Himself can\n\ndeliver that confidential religious system to human society. It is by the\n\nmercy of the Lord that the transcendental system of religion can be\n\nunderstood by His pure devotees, and specifically by the twelve maha­\n\njanas-Lord Brahma, Narada Muni, Lord Siva, the Kumaras, Kapila,\n\n141\n\n", "SB6.1#p0171": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n142\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\nManu, Prahlada, Janaka, Bhi:�ma, Bali, Sukadeva Gosvami: and me. Other\n\nlearned scholars, headed by Jaimini, are almost always covered by the illusory energy, and therefore they are more or less attracted by the flow­\n\nery language of the three Vedas, namely �g, Yajur and Sa11Ul, which are\n\ncalled trayi. Instead of becoming pure devotees, people captivated by the\n\nflowery words of these three Vedas are interested in the Vedic ritualistic\n\nceremonies. They cannot understand the glories of chanting the holy\n\nname of the Lord. Intelligent persons, however, take to the devotional\n\nservice of the Lord. When they chant the holy name of the Lord without\n\noffenses, they are no longer subject to my rulings. If by chance they com­\n\nmit some sinful act, they are protected by the holy name of the Lord be­\n\ncause that is where their interest lies. The four weapons of the Lord,\n\nespecially the club and the Sudarsana cakra, always protect the devotees.\nOne who chants, hears or remembers the holy name of the Lord without\nduplicity, or who prays or offers obeisances to the Lord, becomes perfect,\n\nwhereas even a learned person may be called to hell if he is bereft of\n\ndevotional service.\"\n\nAfter Yamaraja thus described the glories of the Lord and His devo­\n\ntees, Sukadeva Gosvami: further explained the potency of chanting the\n\nholy name and the futility of performing Vedic ritualistic ceremonies and\npious activities for atonement.\n\nTEXT I\n\n��FI\n\n��\n��\n\n�;rt ��'felta'Rt\nSf�� � 6Rftr\n.:\n\n� fffin��a:��4� �� �� II � II\nsri-rajovaca\n\nni.Samya deva/:t sva-bha!opavarr,titam\npratyaha kim tan api dharTTUlraja/:t\nevam hatajno vihatan murarer\nnaidesikair yasya va§e jano yam\n\n", "SB6.1#p0172": "Yamariija Instructs His Messengers\n\nText2]\n\n143\n\nsri-raja uv iica-the King said; niSamya-after hearing; deva�-Lord\n\nYamaraja; sva-bhata-of his own servants; upavar�itam-the statements; pratyaha-replied; kim-what; tan-unto them; api-also;\n\ndharma-raja�-Yamaraja, the superintendent of death and the judge of\n\nreligious and irreligious activities; evam-thus; hata-iijiia�-whose\n\norder was foiled; vihatiin-who were defeated; murare � naidesikai�­\n\nby the order carriers of Murari, Kr�I)a; yasya-of whom; vrue-under\n\nthe subjugation; jana� ayam-all the people of the world.\nTRANSLATION\n\nKing Parik�it said: 0 my lord, 0 Sukadeva Gosviimi, Yamariija is\n\nthe controller of aU living entities in terms of their religious and\n\nirreligious activities, hut his order had been foiled. When his ser­\n\nvants, the Yamadiitas, informed him of their defeat by the\nVi�J.Iudiitas, who had stopped them from arresting Ajiimila, what\n\ndid he reply?\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says that although the state­\n\nments of the Yamadutas were fully upheld by Vedic principles, the state­\n\nments of the Vi�I)udutas were triumphant. This was confirmed by\nYamaraja himself.\n\nTEXT2\n\nt{�\n\n�\n\n;r\n\n(\\0��:\n\n�ij�lf ��� � I\n�� ��ftf �m\n;r � ��t=tf d� if Nfwtf��� II � I I\nyamasya devasya na dar:u)a-bhanga�\nkuta§canar�e sruta-pilrva iisit\netan mune vrscati loka-sarnsayam\n\nna hi tvad-any a iti me viniScitam\n\nyamas ya-of Yamaraja; devasya-the demigod in charge of judg­\n\nment;\n\nna-not;\n\ndar:u)a-bhanga�-the\n\nbreaking\n\nof\n\nthe\n\norder;\n\n", "SB6.1#p0173": "[Canto 6, Ch.3\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n144\n\nkuta.Scana-from anywhere; r$e-O great sage; sruta-purva�-heard\nbefore; asft-was; etat-this; mune-0 great sage; vrscati-can eradicate; loka samsay am-the doubt of people; na-not; hi-indeed; tvat-\n\nany a�-anyone other than you; iti-thus; me-by me; viniScitamconcluded.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 great sage, never before has it been heard anywhere that an\n\norder from Yamaraja has been bafBed. Therefore I think that\n\npeople will have doubts about this that no one but you can eradi­\n\ncate. Since that is my firm conviction, kindly explain the reasons\nfor these events.\n\nTEXT3\n\nl!>TT�\n\n13\"ffl\n\n.lt.\n\np \"'\n1\nl{t(��\"' u� ttt;ttn ���mqqr:\nqfij fct�nq�I'IT�tf m;ftqf� II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\nbhagavat-purU$ai rajan\nyamya� pratihatodyama�\n\npatim vijnapayam asur\nyamam samy amani-patim\nsn-suka� uvaca- Sukadeva Gosvami said; bhagavat-purU$ai�-by\nrajan-0 King;\n\nthe order carriers of the Lord, the Vi�I)udiitas;\n\nyamya�-the order carriers of Yamaraja; pratihata-udyama�-whose\nefforts were defeated; patim-their master;\n\nvij napayam asu�-in­\n\nformed; yamam-Yamaraja; s am y amani-patim-the master of the city\nSarhyamani.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami replied: My dear King, when the order\n\ncarriers of Yamaraja were bafBed and defeated by the order car­\n\nriers of Vi�t;tu, they approached their master, the controller of\n\nSamyaman i-puri and master of sinful persons, to tell him of this\nincident.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0174": "Text4)\n\n145\n\nYamaraja Instructs His Messengers\nTEXT4\n\nlllTf.nT �:\n\n�RI �� �n�uil �� � !flft 1\n�FI�tt i�a': Cfi� ������: II � tl\nyamadata ucu�\nkati santiha siistaro\njiva-lokasya vai prabho\ntrai-vidhyarh kurvata� karma\nphalabhivyakti-hetava�\nyamadata� ucu�-the order carriers of Yamaraja said; kati-how\n\nmany; santi-are there; iha-in this world; stistdra�-controllers or\n\nrulers; jiva-lokasya-of this material world; vai-indeed; prabho-0\n\nmaster; tra i-vidhyam -under the three modes of material nature; kurvatalt-performing;\n\nkarma-activity;\n\nphala-of\n\nabhivyakti-of the manifestation; hetava�-causes.\n\nthe\n\nresults;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Yamadiitas said: Our dear lord, how many controllers or\nrulers are there in this material world? How many causes are responsible for manifesting the various results of activities performed under the three modes of material nature (sattva-gut;ta,\nrajo-gut;ta and tamo-gut;ta]?\n\nPURPORT\n\nSri:la Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says that the Yamadiitas, the\n\norder carriers of Yamaraja, were so disappointed that they asked their\n\nmaster, almost in great anger, whether there were many masters other\n\nthan him. Furthermore, because the Yamadiitas had been defeated and\ntheir master could not protect them, they were inclined to say that there\nwas no need to serve such a master. If a servant cannot carry out the or­\n\nders of his master without being defeated, what is the use of serving such\na powerless master?\n\n", "SB6.1#p0175": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n146\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\nTEXTS\n\n�����1��:1\n� �•Pn� ��men 11 � 11\nyadi syur bahavo wke\nsastaro dar:uJ,a-dhiirir:ta/:£\nkasya syatarh na va kasya\nmrtyu5 camrtam eva va\nyadi-if; syu{l,-there are; bahava�-many; loke-in this world;\nsiistdra{!,-rulers or controllers; dar:uj,a-dhiirir:ta/:£-who punish the sinful men; kasya-of whom; syatam-there may be; na-not; vd-or;\nkasya-of\n\nwhom;\n\nmrtyu[l,-distress\n\nor\n\nunhappiness;\n\nca-and;\n\namrtam-happiness; eva-certainly; vd-or.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf in this universe there are many rulers and justices who dis­\n\nagree about punishment and reward, their contradictory actions\n\nwill neutralize each other, and no one will be punished or\nrewarded. Otherwise, if their contradictory acts fail to neutralize\neach other, everyone will have to be both punished and rewarded.\nPURPORT\nBecause the Yamadutas had been unsuccessful in carrying out the\n\norder of Yamaraja, they doubted whether Yamaraja actually had the\npower to punish the sinful. Although they had gone to arrest Ajamila,\nfollowing Yamaraja's order, they found themselves unsuccessful because\nof the order of some higher authority. Therefore they were unsure of\nwhether there were many authorities or only one. If there were many authorities who gave different judgments, which could be contradictory, a\nperson might be wrongly punished or wrongly rewarded, or he might be\nneither punished nor rewarded. According to our experience in the material world, a person punished in one court may appeal to another. Thus\nthe same man may be either punished or rewarded according to different\njudgments. However, in the law of nature or the court of the Supreme\n\n", "SB6.1#p0176": "Text6]\n\nYamariija Instructs His Messengers\n\n147\n\nPersonality of Godhead there cannot be such contradictory judgments.\nThe judges and their judgments must be perfect and free from contradictions. Actually the position of Yamaraja was very awkward in the case of\nAjamila because the Yamadutas were right in attempting to arrest\nAjamila, but the Vi�t:mdutas had baffied them. Although Yamaraja,\nunder these circumstances, was accused by both the Vi�Q.udutas and the\nYamadutas, he is perfect in administering justice because he is empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore he will explain what his real position is and how everyone is controlled by the\nsupreme controller, the Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT6\n\n����'4�� ��;nf� Cfifilou4( I\n\n�� f( tJ¥.tT �eetRlwtt4( II � II\nkintu siistr-bahutve syad\nbahunam iha karmirnm\nsiistrtvam upacaro hi\nyatha mar:u;lala-vartinam\n\nkintu-but; siistr-of governors or judges; bahutve-in the plurality;\nsyat-there may be; bahunam-of many; iha-in this world; karmirnm-persons performing actions; siistrtvam-departmental management; upacarab,-administration; hi-indeed; yatha-just like; ma�t;lala-vartinam-of the departmental heads.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Yamadiitas continued:\n\nSince there are many different\n\nkarmis, or workers, there may he different judges or rulers to give\nthem justice, hut just as one central emperor controls different\ndepartmental rulers, there must he one supreme controller to\nguide all the judges.\nPURPORT\n\nIn governmental management there may be departmental officials to\ngive justice to different persons, but the law must be one, and that\n\n", "SB6.1#p0177": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n148\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\ncentral law must control everyone. The Yamadutas could not imagine\nthat two judges would give two different verdicts in the same case, and\ntherefore they wanted to know who the central judge is. The Yamadutas\nwere certain that Ajamila was a most sinful man, but although Yamaraja\nwanted to punish him, the Vi�Qudutas excused him. This was a puzzling\nsituation that the Yamadutas wanted Yamaraja to clarify.\nTEXT7\n\n3ld��itil � �lll��: I\n�\n\n� fld �ffi;{: II \\9 II\natas tvam eko bhiltaniirh\nsesvaral)iim adhisvara/:t\nsiista dar.u;la-dharo nrr:Wm\nsubhaSubha-vivecana/:t\n\nata/:t-as such; tvam-you; eka/:t-one; bhiltaniim-of all living\nbeings; sa-iSvaral)iim-including all the demigods; adhiSvara/:t-the\nsupreme\n\nmaster;\n\nsiista-the\n\nsupreme\n\nsupreme administrator of punishment;\nsubha-a§ubha-vivecana/:t-who\n\nruler;\n\ndar.u;la-dhara/:t-the\n\nnhtdm-of human society;\n\ndiscriminates\n\nbetween\n\nwhat\n\nlS\n\nauspicious and inauspicious.\nTRANSLATION\nThe supreme judge must be one, not many. It was our under­\n\nstanding that you are that supreme judge and that you have\n\njurisdiction even over the demigods. Our impression was that you\nare the master of all living entities, the supreme authority who dis­\n\ncriminates between the pious and impious activities of all human\nbeings.\nTEXTS\n\nM� � W{ ifiti ms�W�T I\n=itt!�: fu((ijl � m� II� II\n� �\n\n", "SB6.1#p0178": "Text 9]\n\n149\n\nYamaraja Instructs His Messengers\ntasya te vihito dar:ujo\nna loke vartate 'dhunii\ncaturbhir adbhutai� siddhair\najna te vipralambhita\n\ntasya\n\n-\n\nof the influence; te-of you; vihita�-ordained; da1J4a,�­\n\npunishment;\n\nna-not;\n\nloke-within\n\nthis\n\nworld;\n\nva rtate-exists;\n\nadhunii-now; caturbhi�-by four; adbhutai�-very wonderful; siddhai�-perfected persons; ajna-the order; te-your; vipralambhitasurpassed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBut now we see that the punishment ordained under your authority\n\nis\n\nno\n\nlonger\n\neffective,\n\nsince\n\nyour\n\norder\n\nhas\n\nbeen\n\ntransgressed by four wonderful and perfect persons.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Yamadutas had been under the impression that Yamaraja was the\nonly person in charge of administering justice. They were fully confident\nthat no one could counteract his judgments, but now, to their surprise,\nhis order had been violated by the four wonderful persons from Siddhaloka.\n\nTEXT9\n4lt4'ilwt\n\nijq�����tfit4t6'1•;NF{ I\n\n��ijt:qt4i qrnf� �� � SJ«� ij II � II\nniyamanam tavadesad\nasmabhir yatana-grhan\nvyamocayan patakinam\nchittva pasan prasahya te\nniyamanam-being\n\nbrought;\n\ntava\n\nadesat\n\nby\n\n-\n\nyour\n\norder;\n\nasmabhi�-by us; yatanii grhan-to the torture chambers, the hellish\n-\n\nplanets; vyamocayan\n\n-\n\nreleased; patakinam-the sinful Ajamila; chit­\n\ntva-cutting; pasan-the ropes; prasahya-by force; te-they.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0179": "150\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nWe were bringing the most sinful Ajiimila toward the hellish\n\nplanets, following your order, when those beautiful persons from\n\nSiddhaloka forcibly cut the knots of the ropes with which we were\narresting him.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura remarks that the Yamadutas\n\nwanted to bring the Vi�I.J.udutas before Yamaraja. If Yamaraja could then\nhave punished the Vi�I.J.udutas, the Yamadutas would have been satisfied.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n� �fG:df+li01¥it ��;if � ��I\n;wr;r�� 'IT �f@•w���'l_ II� II\nc\n\ntiirhs te veditum icchiimo\n\nyadi no manyase �amam\nniiriiyar:t-ety abhihite\nmii bhair ity iiyayur drutam\n\ntan-about them; te-from you; veditum-to know; icchiima/:t-we\n\nwish; yadi-if; na/:t-for us; manyase-you think; �amam-suitable;\nniiriiyar:t-a-Nii.rayal).a; iti-thus; abhihite-being uttered; mii-do not;\nbhai/:t-fear; iti-thus; iiyayu/:t-they arrived; drutam-very soon.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as the sinful Ajiimila uttered the name Narayal).a, these\n\nfour beautiful men immediately arrived and reassured him, say­\n\ning, \"Do not fear. Do not fear.\" We wish to know about them\n\nfrom Your Lordship. If you think we are able to understand them,\n\nkindly describe who they are.\n\nPURPORT\nThe order carriers of Yamaraja, being very much aggrieved because of\n\ntheir defeat by the four Vi�I.J.udutas, wanted to bring them before\n\n", "SB6.1#p0180": "Text\n\nII]\n\nYamaraja Instructs His Messengers\n\n151\n\nYarnaraja and, if possible, punish them. Otherwise they desired to com­\n\nmit suicide. Before pursuing either course, however, they wanted to\n\nknow about the Vi��udutas from Yamaraja, who is also omniscient.\nTEXT 11\n\n� �:\n\n��(lqfVIMtil\n« 3Wl!! �ij4+4'1l �+4: I\n\nm: �¥11'{ � � q(t(l'i� \":II��II\nsri-badarayar:tir uvaca\n\niti deva� sa apr�!a�\n\npraja-samyamano yama�\n\nprita� sva-dutan pratyaha\n\nsmaran padambujam hare�\n\nsri-badarayar:ti� uviica-Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; deva�­\n\nthe demigod; sa�-he; apr�!a�-being questioned; praja-samyamana�\nyama�-Lord Yamaraja, who controls the living entities; prita�-being\n\npleased; sva-dutiin-to his own servants; pratyaha-replied; smaran­\n\nremembering; pada-ambujam-the lotus feet; hare�-of Hari, the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi said: Thus having been questioned, Lord\n\nYamaraja, the supreme controller of the living entities, was very\n\npleased with his order carriers because of hearing from them the\nholy name of Narayru;ta. He remembered the lotus feet of the Lord\nand began to reply.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Yamaraja, the supreme controller of the living entities in terms\n\nof their pious and impious activities, was very pleased with his servants\n\nbecause they had chanted the holy name of Naraya�a in his dominion.\n\nYamaraja has to deal with men who are all sinful and who can hardly\nunderstand Naraya�a. Consequently when his order carriers uttered the\nname of Naraya�a, he was extremely pleased, for he also is a Vai��ava.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0181": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n152\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�F1�\n\nq-{)\n\n� ����\"�\n\n� md\n\nq��\n\nftr�l\n\n���� MRt:Jt�;rr�\n�� � q� :q �: 11��11\nyama uvaca\nparo mad-anyo jagatas tasth�aS ca\notarh protarh patavad yatra vi.Svam\nyad-amsato 'sya sthiti-janma-niiSa\nnasy otavad yasya va§e ca loka�\nyama� uvaca-Yamaraja replied; pa ra�-superior; mat-than me;\nanya�-another; jagata�-of all moving things; tasth�a�-of nonmoving things; ca-and; otam-crosswise; protam-lengthwise; patavat-like\n\na\n\nwoven cloth;\n\nyatra-in\n\nwhom;\n\nvi.Svam-the\n\ncosmic\n\nmanifestation; yat-of whom; amsata�-from the partial expansions;\nasya-of this universe; sthiti-the maintenance; janma-the creation;\nniiSa�-the annihilation; nasi-in the nose; ota-vat-like the rope;\nyasya-of whom; vaSe-under the control; ca-and; loka�-the whole\ncreation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nYamariija said: My dear servants, you have accepted me as the\n\nSupreme, hut factually I am not. Above me, and above all the other\n\ndemigods, including lndra and Candra, is the one supreme master\n\nand controller. The partial manifestations of His personality are\n\nBrahma, Vi!jJ.lU and Siva, who are in charge of the creation, mainte­\n\nnance and annihilation of this universe. He is like the two threads\n\nthat form the length and breadth of a woven cloth. The entire\n\nworld is controlled by Him just as a hull is controlled by a rope in\nits nose.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe order carriers of Yamaraja suspected that there was a ruler even\nabove Yamaraja. To eradicate their doubts, Yamaraja immediately\n\n", "SB6.1#p0182": "Text 13]\n\nYamariija Instructs His Messengers\n\n153\n\nreplied, \"Yes, there is one supreme controller above everything.\"\n\nYamaraja is in charge of some of the moving living entities, namely the\n\nhuman beings, but the animals, who also move, are not under his control.\n\nOnly human beings have consciousness of right and wrong, and among\n\nthem only those who perform sinful activities come under the control of\nYamaraja. Therefore although Yamaraja is a controller, he is only a\ndepartmental controller of a few living entities. There are other\n\ndemigods who control many other departments, but above them all is one\n\nsupreme controller, l<r!?Q.a. Isvaral,t paramal,t kmta/.t sac-cid-ananda­\n\nvigrahal,t: the supreme controller is l<r!?Q.a. Others, who control their own\n\ndepartments in the affairs of the universe, are insignificant in com­\n\nparison to Kr!?Q.a, the supreme controller. l<r!?Q.a says in Bhagavad-gitd\n\n(7.7), matta/.t parataram nanyat kiiicid asti dhanafijaya: \"My dear\n\nDhanafijaya [Arjuna], no one is superior to Me.\" Therefore Yamaraja\n\nimmediately cleared away the doubts of his assistants, the Yamadutas, by\n\nconfirming that there is a supreme controller above all others.\n\nSrila Madhvacarya explains that the words otam protam refer to the\n\ncause of all causes. The Supreme Lord is both vertical and horizontal to\nthe cosmic manifestation. This is confirmed by the following verse from\nthe Skanda Purar,w,:\n\nyathii kanthii-pa!ii/.t sutra\notal,t protas ca sa sthital,t\nevam vi.§1Jiiv idam viSvam\notam protam ca saritsthitam\nLike the two threads, horizontal and vertical, of which a quilt is\nmanufactured, Lord Vi!?Q.U is situated as the vertical and horizontal cause\n\nof the cosmic manifestation.\n\nTEXT 13\n� ;nqfl{� iif;{ f'Wfii�Ai\n� d'.-;:qtflN �'lflJtTi: I\n� if� (f �it '114�4f;f��\n�����II\n\n", "SB6.1#p0183": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n154\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\nyo niimabhir vaci janam nijayiim\nbadhniiti tantryiim iva diimabhir gii/:t\nyasmai balim ta ime niima-karmanibandha-baddhiLS cakitii vahanti\nya/:t-He who; niimabhi/:t-by different names; viici-to the Vedic\nlanguage; janam-all people; nijayiim-which has emanated from Himself; badhniiti-binds; tantryiim-to a rope; iva-like; diimabhi/:t-by\ncords; ga/:t-bulls; yasmai-unto whom; balim-a small presentation of\ntaxes; te-all of them; ime-these; niima-karma-of names and different activities;\n\nnibandha-by the obligations;\n\nbaddhii/:t-bound;\n\ncakitii/:t-being fearful; vahanti-carry.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust as the driver of a bullock cart ties ropes through the\n\nnostrils of his bulls to control them, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead binds all men through the ropes of His words in the\nVedas, which set forth the names and activities of the distinct or­\n\nders of human society [hriihmiU).a, k�atriya, vaisya and siidra]. In\n\nfear, the members of these orders all worship the Supreme Lord\nby offering Him presentations according to their respective\nactivities.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this material world, everyone is conditioned, regardless of who he\nis. One may be a human being, a demigod or an animal, tree or plant, but\neverything is controlled by the laws of nature, and behind this natural\ncontrol is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is confirmed by\nBhagavad-gitii\n\n(9.10), wherein Kr!?l).a says, mayadhyak$e1J11 prakrti/:t\n\nsiiyate sa-cariicaram: \"The material nature is working under My direction and producing all moving and nonmoving beings.\" Thus l<r!?l).a is\nbehind the natural machine, which works under His control.\nApart from other living entities, the living being in the human form\nof body is systematically controlled by the Vedic injunctions in terms of\nthe divisions of var1J1l and asrama. A human being is expected to follow\nthe rules and regulations of var7J11 and asrama; otherwise he cannot\n\n", "SB6.1#p0184": "Text 13]\n\nYamariija Instructs His Messengers\n\n155\n\nescape punishment by Yamaraja. The point is that every human being is\nexpected to elevate himself to the position of a briihmal)a, the most intelligent man, and then one must transcend that position to become a\nVai�I)ava. This is the perfection of life. The briihmal)a, lcyatriya, vaiSya\nand sadra can elevate themselves by worshiping the Lord according to\ntheir activities (sve sve karmar:ty abhiratab, sarhsiddhim labhate narab-}.\nThe divisions of varl)a and iiSrama are necessary to insure the proper\nexecution of duties and peaceful existence for everyone, but everyone is\ndirected to worship the Supreme Lord, who is all-pervading (yena sar­\n\nvam idam tatam). The Supreme Lord exists vertically and horizontally\n(otam protam), and therefore if one follows the Vedic injunctions by\nworshiping the Supref!le Lord according to one's ability, his life will be\nperfect. As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.13):\n\natab, pumbhir dvija-sre$!hii\nvarr:tiiSrama-vibhaga§ab,\nsvanU$!hitasya dharmasya\nsarhsiddhir hari-to$ar:tam\n\"0 best among the twiceborn, it is therefore concluded that the highest\n\nperfection one can achieve, by discharging his prescribed duties\n\n[dharma] according to caste divisions and orders of life, is to please the\nLord Hari.\" The varr:tii5rama institution offers the perfect process for\nmaking one eligible to return home, back to Godhead, because the aim of\nevery varl)a and iiSrama is to please the Supreme Lord. One can please\nthe Lord under the direction of a bona fide spiritual master, and if one\ndoes so his life is perfect. The Supreme Lord is worshipable, and everyone worships Him directly or indirectly. Those who worship Him directly\nget the results of liberation quickly, whereas the liberation of those who\nserye Him indirectly is delayed.\nThe words niimabhir vaci are very important. In the varr:tii5rama in­\n\nbriihmar:ta, lcyatriya, vaiSya, sadra,\nbrahmaciiri, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyiisi. The vak, or Vedic in­\n\nstitution, there are different names\n\n-\n\njunctions, give directions for all these divisions. Everyone is expected to\noffer obeisances to the Supreme Lord and perform duties as indicated in\nthe Vedas.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0185": "156\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\nTEXTS 14-15\n\n� �f�: �:\nmmsfitftij: qq;{t fijU'�: 1\n\n311R�i1N� �s� �\nff�l\\IJfl\n�fl111: �ft:rtl: II� \\111\n31� � � ���\n\n��IG\\ttl����:\n�f(� W� fcij;: m�Wn:\ne*4SI\\ill'1 3lfit f* mfi� 11��11\naharh mahendro nirrtift pracetaft\nsomo 'gnir iSaft pavano virincift\naditya-vi.Sve vasavo 'tha sadhya\nmarud-gaT}ii rudra-gaT}iift sasiddhaft\n. ,.\n\n.\n\n,. -\n\nanye ca ye vtsva-sr1o 'maresa\nbhrgv-adayo 'spr$!a-rajas-tamaskaft\nyasyehitarh na viduft spma-miiyaft\nsattva-pradhana api kim tato 'nye\naham-1, Yamaraja; mahendraft-lndra, the King of heaven; nir­\n\nrtift-Niqti; pracetaft-VaruT).a, the controller of water; somaft-the\n\nmoon; agnift-fire; iSaft-Lord Siva; pavanaft-the demigod of the air;\n\nvirincift-Lord Brahma; aditya-the sun; vi.Sve-Visvasu; vasavaft­\n\nthe eight Vasus; atha-also; sadhya&-the demigods; marut-gaT}iift­\n\nmasters of the wind; rudra-gaT}iift-the expansions of Lord Siva; sa-siddhaft-with the inhabitants of Siddhaloka; anye-others; ca-and;\n\nye-who; vi.Sva-srjaft-Marici and the other creators of the universal\n\naffairs; amara-iSaft-the demigods like B:rhaspati; bhrgu-adayaft-the\n\ngreat sages headed by Bh:rgu; aspf$!a-who have not been contaminated;\n\nrajaft-tamaskaft-by the lower modes of material nature (rajo-gur:m and\n\ntamo-gur:m); yasya-of whom; ihitam-the activity; na viduft - do not\n\nknow; spf$!a-miiyaft-who are illusioned by the illusory energy; sattva-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0186": "Text 15]\n\nYamaraja Instructs His Messengers\n\np radharui�-chiefl.y in the mode of goodness; api-although;\nwhat to speak of; tata�-than them; anye-others.\n\n157\n\nkim­\n\nTRANSLATION\nI, Yamaraja; lndra, the King of heaven; Nirrti; Varu:J].a; Candra,\n\nthe moon-god; Agni; Lord Siva; Pavana; Lord Brahma; Siirya, the\n\nsun-god; Visviisu; the eight Vasus; the Siidhyas; the Maruts; the\n\nRudras; the Siddhas; and Marici and the other great :r�is engaged\n\nin maintaining the departmental affairs of the universe, as well as\n\nthe best of the demigods headed by B:rhaspati, and the great sages\n\nheaded by Bh:rgu are all certainly freed from the influence of the\ntwo base material modes of nature, namely passion and ignorance.\n\nNevertheless, although we are in the mode of goodness, we cannot\nunderstand the activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nWhat, then, is to be said of others, who, under illusion, merely\nspeculate to know God?\n\nPURPORT\nThe men and other living entities within this cosmic manifestation are\n\ncontrolled by the three modes of nature. For the living entities controlled\n\nby the base qualities of nature, passion and ignorance, there is no\npossibility of understanding God. Even those in the mode of goodness,\n\nlike the many demigods and great r$is described in these verses, cannot\n\nunderstand the activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As\nstated in Bhagavad-gita, one who is situated in the devotional service of\n\nthe Lord is transcendental to all the material qualities. Therefore the\n\nLord personally says that no one can understand Him but the bhaktas,\nwho are transcendental to all material qualities (bhaktya mam abhi­\n\njaruiti). As stated by Bhi!?madeva to Maharaja Yudhi!?thira in SrimadBhiigavatam (1.9.16):\nna hy asya karhicid rajan\npuman veda vidhitsitam\nyad vijijnasaya yukta\nmuhyanti kavayo 'pi hi\n\n\"0 King, no one can know the plan of the Lord [Sri �!?Qa]. Even though\n\ngreat philosophers inquire exhaustively, they are bewildered.\" No one,\n\n", "SB6.1#p0187": "158\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\ntherefore, can understand God by speculative knowledge. Indeed, by\nspeculation one will be bewildered (muhyanti). This is also confirmed by\nthe Lord Himself in Bhagavrul-gitii (7.3):\n\nmanU$yii1J(irh sahasre$U\nkaScid yatati siddhaye\nyatatiim api siddhiiniirh\nkaScin miirh vetti tattvata/:t\nAmong many thousands of men, one may endeavor for perfection, and\neven among the siddhas, those who have already become perfect, only\none who adopts the process of bhakti, devotional service, can understand\n�!?t:J.a.\n\nyam vai na gobhir manasasubhir vii\nhrda girii viisu-bhrto vicak$ate\niitmiinam antar-hrdi santam iitmaniirh\ncak$ur yathaivakrtayas tata/:t param\nyam-whom;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nna-not;\n\ngobhi/:t-by\n\nthe\n\nsenses;\n\nmanasii-by the mind; asubhi/:t-by the life breath; vii-or; hrda-by\nthoughts; girii-by words; vii-or; asu-bhrta/:t-the living entities;\n\nvicak$ate-see or know; iitmiinam-the Supersoul; anta/:t-hrdi-within\nthe core of the heart; santam-existing; iitmaniim-of the living entities; cak$u/:t-the eyes; yatha-just like; eva-indeed; iikrtaya/:t-the\ndifferent parts or limbs of the body; tata/:t-than them; paramhigher.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs the different limbs of the body cannot see the eyes, the living\n\nentities cannot see the Supreme Lord, who is situated as the Super-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0188": "Text 17]\n\n159\n\nYamaraja Instructs His Messengers\n\nsoul in everyone's heart. Not by the senses, by the mind, by the life\nair, by thoughts within the heart, or by the vibration of words can\nthe living entities ascertain the real situation of the Supreme Lord.\nPURPORT\nAlthough the different parts of the body do not have the power to see\nthe eyes, the eyes direct the movements of the body's different parts. The\nlegs move forward because the eyes see what is in front of them, and the\nhand touches because the eyes see touchable entities. Similarly, every\nliving being acts according to the direction of the Supersoul, who is situated within the heart. As the Lord Himself confirms in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(15.15),\n\nsarvasya\n\nciiham\n\nhrdi\n\nsanniv�!o\n\nmatta&\n\nsmrtir jfiiinam\n\napohanarh ca: \"I am sitting in everyone's heart and giving directions for\nremembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness.\" Elsewhere in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii it is stated, iSvara& sarva-bhutiiniirh hrd-dese 'rjuna t�!hati: \"The\nSupreme Lord, as the Supersoul, is situated within the heart.\" The living\nentity cannot do anything without the sanction of the Supersoul. The\nSupersoul is acting at every moment, but the living entity cannot understand the form and activities of the Supersoul by manipulating his\nsenses. The example of the eyes and the bodily limbs is very appropriate.\nIf the limbs could see, they could walk forward without the help of the\neyes, but that is impossible. Although one cannot see the Supersoul in\none's heart through sensual activities, His direction is necessary.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n��u�+t�--�\n\n��{�:\n\n��:1\n�tJJ � �� � �u��\n\n�\n\n�(<tgOI��t: II� \\911\n\ntasyiitma-tantrasya harer adhiSitu&\nparasya miiyadhipater mahiitmana&\npriiyer:ta dutii iha vai manohariiS\ncaranti tad-rilpa-gur:ta-svabhiiva&\n\n", "SB6.1#p0189": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n160\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\ntasya-of Him; atma-tantrasya-being self-sufficient, not dependent\non any other person; hareb,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nadhisitub,-who is the master of everything; parasya-the Transcendence; maya-adhipateb,-the master of the illusory energy; maha-atmanab.-of the Supreme Soul; praye�-almost; dutab.-the order carriers; iha-in this world; vai-indeed; manoharab.-pleasing in their\ndealings and bodily features; caranti-they move; tat-of Him; riipapossessing the bodily features; gu�-the transcendental qualities; svabhavab,-and nature.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is self-sufficient and fully\n\nindependent. He is the master of everyone and everything, including the illusory energy. He has His form, qualities and features;\n\nand similarly His order carriers, the Vai�:t;�avas, who are very\n\nbeautiful, possess bodily features, transcendental qualities and a\ntranscendental nature almost like His. They always wander within\nthis world with full independence.\n\nPURPORT\nYamaraja was describing the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\nsupreme controller, but the order carriers of Yamaraja were very eager to\nknow about the Vi�I)udiitas, who had defeated them in their encounter\nwith Ajamila. Yamaraja therefore stated that the Vil?r;tudiitas resemble\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead in their bodily features, transcendental qualities and nature. In other words, the Vi�I)udiitas, or\nVai�I)avas, are almost as qualified as the Supreme Lord. Yamaraja informed the Yamadiitas that the Vi�I)udiitas are no less powerful than\nLord Vi�I)u. Since Vi�I)u is above Yamaraja, the Vi�I)udiitas are above the\nYamadiitas. Persons protected by the Vi�r;tudiitas, therefore, cannot be\ntouched by the Yamadiitas.\nTEXT 18\n\n� �:!!(�11M\n\n��ifett·IM\n\n+t«IK61M I\n\n", "SB6.1#p0190": "Text 18]\n\nYamariija Instructs His Messengers\n\n161\n\n- ijOlRh+Ht: �\n'ffl§f �� riQ§f II� �II\nbhutani v�r:w� sura-pujitani\ndurdarsa-lingani mahadbhutani\nra/cyanti tad-bhaktimata� parebhyo\nmatta§ ca martyan atha sarvata§ ca\nbhutani-living entities or servants; v�r:w� -of Lord Vi��u; sura-piljitani-who are worshiped by the demigods; durdarsa-lingani-possessing forms not easily seen; maha-adbhutani-greatly wonderful; rak$anti -they protect; tat-bhakti-mata�-the devotees of the Lord;\nparebhya�-from others who are inimical; matta�-from me\n(Yamaraja) and my order carriers; ca-and; martyan-the human\nbeings; atha-thus; sarvata�-from everything; ca-and.\nTRANSLATION\nThe order carriers of Lord Vi�t:J,u, who are worshiped even by\nthe demigods, possess wonderful bodily features exactly like those\nof Vi�t:tu and are very rarely seen. The Vi�t:tudutas protect the\ndevotees of the Lord from the hands of enemies, from envious\npersons and even from my jurisdiction, as well as from natural\ndisturbances.\nPURPORT\nYamaraja has specifically described the qualities of the Vir;u.mdiitas to\nconvince his own servants not to be envious of them. Yamaraja warned\nthe Yamadiitas that the Vi��udiitas are worshiped with respectful obeisances by the demigods and are always very alert to protect the devotees\nof the Lord from the hands of enemies, from natural disturbances and\nfrom all dangerous conditions in this material world. Sometimes the\nmembers of the ���a Consciousness Society are afraid of the impending\ndanger of world war and ask what would happen to them if a war should\noccur. In all kinds of danger, they should be confident of their protection\nby the Vi��udiitas or the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as confirmed\n\n", "SB6.1#p0191": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n162\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\nin Bhagavad-gita (kaunteya pratijanihi na me bhakta/:1, prar:za§yati). Ma­\n\nterial danger is not meant for devotees. This is also confirmed in Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam. Padam padam yad vipadam na te�am: in this material\n\nworld there are dangers at every step, but they are not meant for devo­\n\ntees who have fully surrendered unto the lotus feet of the Lord. The pure\ndevotees of Lord Vi�I).u may rest assured of the Lord's protection, and as\n\nlong as they are in this material world they should fully engage in devo­\n\ntional service by preaching the cult of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nLord l(r�I).a, namely the Hare l(r�I).a movement of l(r�I).a consciousness.\nTEXT 19\n\n�\n\nQ\n\n��srm\n;{ � Nistl'f�i ;Wr �: 1\n;{ fua:u(�t 3ltro ��!fl:\nfaT � f��T�: 11��11\ndharmam tu sa�ad bhagavat-prar:r.itarh\nna vai vidur r�ayo napi deva/:1,\nna siddha-mukhya asura rnan�ya/:1,\nkuto nu vidyadhara-carar,tiidaya/:1,\ndharmam-real religious principles, or bona fide laws of religion;\n\ntu-but; sa�at-directly; bhagavat-by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; pra!litam-enacted; na-not; vai-indeed; vidu/:1,-they\n\nknow; r�aya/:1,-the great\n\nr�is such as Bh:rgu; na-not; api-also;\n\nSiddhaloka;\n\ndemons;\n\ndeva/:1,-the demigods; na-nor; siddha-mukhya/:1,-the chief leaders of\n\nBhiirloka,\n\nasura/:1,-the\n\nthe\n\nhuman\n\nbeings;\n\nrnan�ya/:1,-the\n\nkuta/:1,-where;\n\ninhabitants\n\nof\n\nnu-indeed;\n\nvidyadhara-the lesser demigods known as Vidyadharas;\n\ncara�­\n\nthe residents of the planets where people are by nature great musicians\n\nand singers; adaya/:1,-and so on.\n\nTRANSLATION\nReal religious principles are enacted by the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. Although fully situated in the mode of goodness,\n\n", "SB6.1#p0192": "Text 19]\n\nYamariija Instructs His Messengers\n\n163\n\neven the great t�is who occupy the topmost planets cannot ascertain the real religious principles, nor can the demigods or the\nleaders of Siddhaloka, to say nothing of the asuras, ordinary\nhuman beings, Vidyiidharas and CiiraJ).as.\nPURPORT\nWhen challenged by the V i�Qudutas to describe the principles of\nreligion, the Yamadutas said, veda-praTJ-ihito dharma/:t: the religious\nprinciples are the principles enacted in the Vedic literature. They did not\nknow, however, that the Vedic literature contains ritualistic ceremonies\nthat are not transcendental, but are meant to keep peace and order\namong materialistic persons in the material world. Real religious principles are nistraiguTJ-ya, above the three modes of material nature, or\ntranscendental. The Yamadutas did not know these transcendental\nreligious principles, and therefore when prevented from arresting\nAjamila they were surprised. Materialistic persons who attach all their\nfaith to the Vedic rituals are described in Bhagavad-gitii (2.42), wherein\n.Kr�r:ta says, veda-vii da-ratii/:t piirtha niinyad astiti viidina/:t: the supposed followers of the Vedas say that there is nothing beyond the Vedic\nceremonies. Indeed, there is a group of men in India who are very fond\nof the Vedic rituals, not understanding the meaning of these rituals,\nwhich are intended to elevate one gradually to the transcendental platform of knowing .Kr�r:ta (vedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedya/:t). Those who\ndo not know this principle but who simply attach their faith to the Vedic\nrituals are called veda-viida-ratii/:t.\nHerein it is stated that the real religious principle is that which is\ngiven by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That principle is stated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii. Sarva-dharmiin parityajya miim ekam sara7J-arh vraja:\none should give up all other duties and surrender unto the lotus f�et of\n_Kr�Qa. That is the real religious principle everyone should follow. Even\nthough one follows Vedic scriptures, one may not know this transcendental principle, for it is not known to everyone. To say nothing of human\nbeings, even the demigods in the upper planetary systems are unaware of\nit. This transcendental religious principle must be understood from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead directly or from His special representative, as stated in the next verses.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0193": "Srimad -Bhiigavatam\n\n164\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\nTEXTS 20-21\n\n��ll:�: �: i�tR: Cfifq� JG: I\n\n� � lf�t �rel�tefitici� ll�oll\n&:la;iij �wmit d lllqqij �: I\ngV ft� � � ��'l6'41i�ij II�� II\nsvayambhur niirada� sambhu�\nkumiira� kapilo manu�\nprahliido janako bht{>mo\nbalir vaiyasakir vayam\ndvadaSaite vijanimo\ndharmam bhiigavatam bha!ii�\nguhyam viSuddham durbodham\nyam jfiiitmmrtam a§nute\n\nsvayambhu�-Lord Brahma;\n\nniirada�-the great saint Narada;\n\nsambhu�-Lord Siva; kumiira�-the four Kumaras; kapila�-Lord\nKapila; manu�-Svayambhuva Manu; prahlada�-Prahlada Maharaja;\n\njanaka�-Janaka Maharaja; bhf{>ma�-Grandfather Bhi�ma; bali�­\n\nBali Maharaja; vaiyiisaki�-Sukadeva, the son of Vyasadeva; vayam­\n\nwe; dvadaSa-twelve; ete-these; vijanima�-know; dharmam-real\nreligious principles; bhagavatam-which teach a person how to love the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nbha!ii�-0 my dear servants;\nguhyam-very confidential; viSuddham-transcendental, not contami­\n\nnated by the material modes of nature; durbodham-not easily under­\n\nstood;\n\nyam-which; jiiiitva-understanding;\n\na§nute-he enjoys.\n\namrtam-eternal life;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Brahma, Bhagaviin Narada, Lord Siva, the four Kumaras,\nLord Kapila [the son of Devahuti], Svayamhhuva Manu, Prahlada\n�aharaja, Janaka Maharaja, Grandfather Bhi�ma, Bali Maharaja,\nSukadeva Gosvami and I myself know the real religious principle.\nMy dear servants, this transcendental religious principle, which is\nknown as hhagavata-dharma, or surrender unto the Supreme Lord\n\n", "SB6.1#p0194": "Text 21)\n\nYamariija Instructs His Messengers\n\n165\n\nand love for Him, is uncontaminated by the material modes of\nnature. It is very confidential and difficult for ordinary human\nbeings to understand, hut if by chance one fortunately understands it, he is immediately liberated, and thus he returns home,\nhack to Godhead.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gtta Lord K:r��a refers to bhiigavata-dharma as the most\n\nconfidential religious principle (sarva-guhyatamam, guhyiid guhya­\n\ntaram). K:r��a says to Arjuna, \"Because you are My very dear friend, I\n\nam explaining to you the most confidential religion.\" Sarva-dharman\n\nparityajya mam ekarh sarar:tarh vraja: \"Give up all other duties and sur­\n\nrender unto Me.\" One may ask, \"If this principle is very rarely under­\n\nstood, what is the use of it?\" In answer, Yamaraja states herein that this\n\nreligious principle is understandable if one follows the parampara\nsystem of Lord Brahma, Lord Siva, the four Kumaras and the other stan­\n\ndard authorities. There are four lines of disciplic succession: one from\nLord Brahma, one from Lord Siva, one from Lak�mi, the goddess of for­\n\ntune, and one from the Kumaras. The disciplic succession from Lord\n\nBrahma is called the Brahma-saml'radaya, the succession from Lord Siva\n\n(Samhhu) is called the Rudra-sampradaya, the one from the goddess of\n\nfortune, Lak�miji, is called the Sri-sampradaya, and the one from the\n\nKumaras is called the Kumara-sampradaya. One must take shelter of one\n\nof these four sampradayas in order to understand the most confidential\n\nreligious system. In the Padma Purar:ta it is said, sampradaya-vihina ye\n\nmantras te ni$phalii mata!f: If one does not follow the four recognized\n\ndisciplic successions, his mantra or initiation is useless. In the present\nday there are many apasampradayas, or sampradayas which are not\nbona fide, which have no link to authorities like Lord Brahma, Lord Siva,\n\nthe Kumaras or Lak�mi. People are misguided by such sampradayas.\n\nThe sastras say that being initiated in such a sampradaya is a useless\n\nwaste of time, for it will never enable one to understand the real\nreligious principles.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n�aliti�SI ���: q�: �:I\n�Rfi�llft llifcffir ���: II� �II\n\n", "SB6.1#p0195": "166\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\netavan eva loke 'smin\npurhsarh dharma/:t para}:t smrta/:t\nbhakti-yogo bhagavati\ntan-nama-graha�dibhi/:t\netavan-this much; eva-indeed; loke as min\n\n-\n\nin this material world;\n\npurhsam-of the living entities; dharma/:t-the religious principles;\n\npara/:t -transcendental; smrta/:t-recognized; bhakti-yoga/:t-bhaktiyoga, or devotional service; bhagavati-to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead (not to the demigods); tat-His; nama-of the holy name;\ngraha�-adibhi}:t-beginning with chanting.\nTRANSLATION\nDevotional service, beginning with the chanting of the holy\n\nname of the Lord, is the ultimate religious principle for the living\nentity in human society.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the previous verse, dharmarh bhagavatam, real religious\n\nprinciples, are bhagavata-dharma, the principles described in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam itself or in Bhagavad-gita, the preliminary study of the\nBhagavatam. What are these principles? The Bhagavatam says, dharma}:t projjhita-kaitavo 'tra: in Srimad-Bhagavatam there are no cheating\nreligious systems. Everything in the Bhagavatam is directly connected\nwith the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Bhagavatam further\nsays, sa vai purhsam paro dharmo yato bhaktir adholcyaje: the supreme\nreligion is that which teaches its followers how to love the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is beyond the reach of experimental knowl­\n\nedge. Such a religious system begins with tan-nama-graha�, chanting\n\nof the holy name of the Lord (srava�m kirtanam v��l:t smara�m\npada-sevanam). Mter chanting the holy name of the Lord and dancing\nin ecstasy, one gradually sees the form of the Lord, the pastimes of the\n\nLord and the transcendental qualities of the Lord. This way one fully\nunderstands the situation of the Personality of Godhead. One can come to\nthis understanding of the Lord, how He descends into the material world,\nhow He takes His births and what activities He performs, but one can\n\nknow this only by executing devotional service. As stated in Bhagavad-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0196": "Text 23)\n\nYamaraja Instructs His Messengers\n\n167\n\ngitd, bhaktya miim abhijdniiti: simply by devotional service one can\nunderstand everything about the Supreme Lord. If one fortunately\nunderstands the Supreme Lord in this way, the result is tyaktva deham\npunar janma naiti: after giving up his material body, he no longer has to\ntake birth in this material world. Instead, he returns home, back to Godhead. That is the ultimate perfection. Therefore Kr�Q.a says m\nBhagavad-gitd (8.15):\nmiim upetya punar janma\ndu/:tkluilayam a§d§vatam\nniipnuvanti maluitmiina/:t\nsarhsiddhirh paramiirh gatd/:t\n\"After attaining Me, the great souls, who are yogis in devotion, never\nreturn to this temporary world, which is full of miseries, because they\nhave attained the highest perfection.\"\nTEXT 23\n\nif(¥(Nl(UMI� (�: �ij ��: I\n�tfilitsfq �� ���u��� 11��11\nniimoccdra�-miiluitmyarh\nhare/:t pa§yata putraka/:t\najamilo 'pi yenaiva\nmrtyu-pasad amucyata\nniima-of the holy name; uccdra�-of the pronouncing; maluitmyam -the exalted position; hare/:t-of the Supreme Lord; pa§yatajust see; putraka/:t-0 my dear servants, who are like my sons; ajamila/:t\napi-even Ajamila (who was considered greatly sinful); yena-by the\nchanting of which; eva-certainly; mrtyu pdSdt -from the ropes of\ndeath; amucyata-was delivered.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear servants, who are as good as my sons, just see how\nglorious is the chanting of the holy name of the Lord. The greatly\n\n", "SB6.1#p0197": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n168\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\nsinful Ajiimila chanted only to call his son, not knowing that he\n\nwas chanting the Lord's holy name. Nevertheless, by chanting the\nholy name of the Lord, he remembered Niiriiy81,la, and thus he was\n\nimmediately saved from the ropes of death.\n\nPURPORT\nThere is no need to conduct research into the significance of the chant­\n\ning of the Hare Kr�Q.a mantra. The history of Ajamila is sufficient proof\n\nof the power of the Lord's holy name and the exalted position of a person\n\nwho\n\nchants\n\nthe\n\nholy\n\nMahaprahhu advised:\n\nname incessantly.\n\nTherefore\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nharer nama harer nama\nharer namaiva kevalam\nkalau niisty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha\nIn this age of Kali, no one can perform all the ritualistic ceremonies for\n\nbecoming liberated; that is extremely difficult. Therefore all the sastras\nand all the acaryas have recommended that in this age one chant the holy\n\nname.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n��l4Ft«OII� �\nq'Rf;t � �Wfm\"l_ I\n\nR���i!fl'{�T�sR\nitiO�Jfmm�� � II�'Jil\netavatalam agha-nirhara1Jii,ya pumsarh\nsankirtanaril bhagavato gur:m-karma-namnam\nvikru5ya putram aghavan yad ajamilo 'pi\nnarayar,teti mriyamar:m iyaya muktim\netavata-with this much; alam-sufficient; agha-nirhara7Jii,ya-for\n\ntaking away the reactions of sinful activities; purhsam-of human\nbeings; sankirtanam-the congregational chanting; bhagavata�-of the\n\n", "SB6.1#p0198": "Text 24)\n\nYamariija Instructs His Messengers\n\n169\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; gu1).(1-of the transcendental qualities;\n\nkarma-namnam-and of His names according to His activities and\n\npastimes; vikru.Sya-cr ying to without offense; putram-his son; aghavan-the sinful; yat-since; ajamila/:1, api-even Ajamila; niiraya1).(1-\n\nthe Lord's name, Naraya1,1a; iti-thus; mriya mii1).(1/:t-dying; iyaya­\n\nachieved; muktim-liberation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore it should be understood that one is easily relieved\nfrom all sinful reactions by chanting the holy name of the Lord\nand chanting of His qualities and activities. This is the only process\nrecommended for relief from sinful reactions. Even if one chants\nthe holy name of the Lord with improper pronunciation, he will\nachieve relief from material bondage if he chants without offenses.\nAjiimila, for example, was extremely sinful, but while dying he\nmerely chanted the holy name, and although calling his son, he\nachieved complete liberation because he remembered the name of\nNariiya.J;Ia.\nPURPORT\nIn the assembly of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami's father, Haridasa\n\nThakura confirmed that simply by chanting the holy name of the Lord\none is liberated, even if he does not chant completely inoffensively.\n\nSmarta-brahma1).(1S and Mayavadis do not believe that one can achieve\n\nliberation in this way, but the truth of Haridasa Thakura's statement is\nsupported by many quotations from Snmad-Bhagavatam.\n\nIn his commentary on this verse, for example, Sridhara Svami gives\nthe following quotation:\nsayam pratar gnw.n bhaktya\n\ndu/:tkha-gramad vimucyate\n\n\"If one always chants the holy name of the Lord with great devotion in\n\nthe evening and in the morning, one can become free from all material\nmiseries.\" Another quotation confirms that one can achieve liberation if\none hears the holy name of the Lord constantly, every day with great\nrespect (anudinam idam adare1).(1 sro-van). Another quotation says:\n\n", "SB6.1#p0199": "170\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\nsravar:wm kirtanam dhyanam\nharer adbhuta-karmar:w/:t\njanrna-karma-guT)iinam ca\ntad-arthe 'khila-ce$!itam\n\"One should always chant and hear about the extraordinarily wonderful\n\nactivities of the Lord, one should meditate upon these activities, and one\nshould endeavor to please the Lord.\" (Bhiig.\n\n11.3.27)\n\n. Sridhara Sviimi also quotes from the Purar:z,as, papa-k$aya5 ca bhavati\nsrnaratam tam ahar-niSam: \"One can become free from all sinful reac­\n\ntions simply by remembering the lotus feet of the Lord day and night\n\n[ahar-niSam].\" Furthermore, he quotes from Bhiigavatam (6.3.31):\ntasrnat sarikirtanam vi$rwr\njagan-rnangalam amhasam\nrnahatam api kauravya\nviddhy aikiintika-ni$krtam\n\nAll these quotations prove that one who constantly engages in chanting\n\nand hearing of the holy activities, name, fame and form of the Lord is\nliberated. As stated wonderfully in this verse, etavatalam agha­\n\nnirharar:ziiya pumsam: simply by uttering the name of the Lord, one is\n\nfreed from all sinful reactions.\n\nThe word alam, which is used in this verse, indicates that simply\nuttering the holy name of the Lord is sufficient. This word is used with\ndifferent imports. As stated in the Arnara-kosa, the most authorized dic­\n\ntionary in the Sanskrit language, alam bhi4ar:w-paryapti-sakti-varar:w­\n\nvacakam: the word alam is used to mean \"ornament,\" \"sufficiency,\"\n\n\"power\" and \"restraint.\" Here the word alam is used to indicate that\n\nthere is no need of any other process, for the chanting of the holy name\n\nof the Lord is sufficient. Even if one chants imperfectly, one becomes\n\nfree from all sinful reactions by chanting.\n\nThis power of chanting the holy name was proved by the liberation of\n\nAjamila. When Ajamila chanted the holy name of NarayaQ.a, he did not\n\nprecisely remember the Supreme Lord; instead, he remembered his own\nson. At the time of death, Ajamila certainly was not very clean; indeed,\n\n", "SB6.1#p0200": "Text 24]\n\nYamaraja Instructs His Messengers\n\n171\n\nhe was famous as a great sinner. Furthermore, one's physiological condi­\n\ntion is completely disturbed at the time of death, and in such an awkward\n\ncondition it would certainly have been very difficult for Ajamila to have\nchanted clearly. Nevertheless, Ajamila achieved liberation simply by\n\nchanting the holy name of the Lord. Therefore, what is to be said of those\nwho are not sinful as Ajamila? It is to be concluded that with a strong\n\nvow one should chant the holy name of the Lord-Hare l(r�l).a, Hare\nl(r�l).a, l(r�l).a l(r�l).a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama,\n\nHare Hare-for thus one will certainly be delivered from the clutches of\n\nmaya by the grace of Kr�l).a.\n\nThe chanting of the Hare Kr�l).a mantra is recommended even for per­\n\nsons who commit offenses, because if they continue chanting they will\ngradually chant offenselessly. By chanting the Hare Kr�l).a mantra with­\n\nout offenses, one increases his love for Kr�l).a. As stated by Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, premii pum-artho mahan: one's main concern should be to\n\nincrease one's attachment to the Supreme Personality of Godhead and to\n\nincrease one's love for Him.\n\nIn this regard Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura quotes the\n\nfollowing verse from Snmad-Bhiigavatam (11.19.24):\n\nevarit dharmair manU§yd�m\nuddhavatmani vedinam\n\nmayi safijdyate bhaktib\n\nko 'nyo 'rtho 'sydva§�yate\n\n\"My dear Uddhava, the supreme religious system for human society is\n\nthat by which one can awaken his dormant love for Me.\" Commenting on\nthis verse, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura describes the word\nbhakti by saying premaivoktab. Ko anyab arthab asya: in the presence\nof fJhakti, what is the necessity of liberation?\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura also quotes this verse from the\n\nPadma Purar:w.:\n\nnamaparadha-yuktanam\nniimany eva haranty agham\n\naviSranti-prayuktani\n\ntany eviirtha-kartiiJi ca\n\n", "SB6.1#p0201": "172\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\nEven if in the beginning one chants the Hare Kt�Q.a mantra with\noffenses, one will become free from such offenses by chanting again and\nagain. Piipa-/cyaya§ ca bhavati smaratam tam ahar-niSam: one becomes\nfree from all sinful reactions if one chants day and night, following the\nrecommendation of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. It was Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu who quoted the following verse:\nharer nama harer nama\nharer namaiva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha\n\n\"In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is\nchanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no\nother way. ,There is no other way.\" If the members of the Kt�Q.a consciousness movement strictly follow this recommendation of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, their position will always be secure.\nTEXT 25\n\nmlJIJ( �� � \" ��.n�\n� fec+tiR6+tRNff +(�� I\n\n���q��f�f\n\n��M� ��Q(�..,�+U'1: ����II\n\n, prayer:w veda tad idam na mahajano 'yam\ndevya vimohita-matir bata mayayalam\ntrayyam ja(li-krta-matir madhu-pU$pitayam\nvaitanike mahati karma7Ji yujyamana/:t\n\nprayer:w-almost always; veda-know; tat-that; idam-this; na\nnot; mahajana/:t-great personalities besides Svayambhu, Sambhu and\nthe other ten; ayam-this; det.ya-by the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vimohita-mati/:t-whose intelligence is bewildered;\nbata-indeed; mayaya-by the illusory energy; a/am-greatly;\ntrayyam-in the three Vedas; ja(l i-krta- mati /:t-whose intelligence has\n­\n\n", "SB6.1#p0202": "Text 25]\n\nYamariija Instructs His Messengers\n\nbeen\n\nmadhu-p�pitayiim-in\n\ndulled;\n\nthe\n\nflowery\n\n173\nVedic\n\nlanguage\n\ndescribing the results of ritualistic performances; vaitiinike-in the\nperformances mentioned in the Vedas; mahati-very great; karmar:z,ifruitive activities; yujyamiinab,-being engaged.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause they are bewildered by the illusory energy of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Y ajiiavalkya, Jaimini and other\ncompilers of the religious scriptures cannot know the secret, confidential religious system of the twelve mahiijanas. They cannot\nunderstand the transcendental value of performing devotional ser'\n\nvice or chanting the Hare �I;J.a mantra. Because their minds are\nattracted to the ritualistic ceremonies mentioned in the Vedasespecially the Yajur Veda, Sarna Veda and �g Veda-their intelligence has become dull. Thus they\n\nare busy collecting the\n\ningredients for ritualistic ceremonies that yield only temporary\nbenefits, such as elevation to Svargaloka for material happiness.\nThey are not attracted to the saiJ.kirtana movement; instead, they\nare interested in dharma, artha, kama and mok�a.\nPURPORT\nSince one may easily achieve the highest success by chanting the holy\nname of the Lord, one may ask why there are so many Vedic ritualistic\nceremonies and why people are attracted to them. This verse answers\nthat question. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii (15.15), vedaiS ca sarvair\n\naham eva vedyab,: the real purpose of studying the Vedas is to approach\nthe lotus feet of Lord :l<ri?Q.a. Unfortunately, unintelligent people\nbewildered by the grandeur of Vedic yajnas want to see gorgeous\nsacrifices performed. They want Vedic mantras chanted and huge\namounts of money spent for such ceremonies. Sometimes we have to observe the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies to please such unintelligent men.\nRecently, when we established a large Kri?Q.a-Balarama temple in\nVtndavana, we were obliged to have Vedic ceremonies enacted by\n\nbriihmar:z,as because the inhabitants of Vtndavana, especially the smiirtabriihmar:z,as, would not accept Europeans and Americans as bona fide\nbriihmar:z,as. Thus we had to engage briihmar:z,as to perform costly yajnas.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0203": "174\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\nIn spite of these yajiias, the members of our Society performed\n\nsankirtana loudly with mrdarigas, and I considered the sarikirtana more\nimportant than the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies. Both the ceremonies and\nthe sankirtana were going on simultaneously. The ceremonies were\nmeant for persons interested in Vedic rituals for elevation to heavenly\nplanets (jal},i-krta-matir madhu-pU§pitayam), whereas the sarikirtana\nwas meant for pure devotees interested in pleasing the Supreme Personality of Godhead. We would simply have performed sarikirtana, but\nthen the inhabitants of V:rndavana would not have taken the installation\nceremony seriously. As explained here, the Vedic performances are\nmeant for those whose intelligence has been dulled by the flowery\nlanguage of the Vedas, which describe fruitive activities intended to\nelevate one to the higher planets.\nEspecially in this age of Kali, sarikirtana alone is sufficient. If the\nmembers of our temples in the different parts of the world simply continue sankirtana before the Deity, especially before\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, they will remain perfect. There is no need of any other\nperformances. Nevertheless, to keep oneself clean in habits a'}d,mind,\nDeity worship and other regulative principles are required. Srila ]iva\n\nGosvami says that although sankirtana is sufficient for the perfection of\nlife, the arcana, or worship of the Deity in the temple, must continue in\norder that the devotees may stay clean and pure. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Thakura therefore recommended that one follow both processes simultaneously. We strictly follow his principle of performing\nDeity worship and sarikirtana along parallel lines. This we should\ncontinue.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�������ij\n«��� ��ij � llFPil'l� I\nij it W{ �� �Q¥fttti\n\n���fq �ffFt�rr�: 11��11\n\nevam vimrsya sudhiyo bhagavaty anante\nsarvatmana vidadhate khalu bhava-yogam\n\n", "SB6.1#p0204": "Text 26)\n\nYamaraja Instructs His Messengers\n\n175\n\nte me na dar:u)am arhanty atha yady am�am\nsyat patakam tad api hanty urugaya-oodab,\nevam-thus; vimrsya-considering; su-dhiyab,-those whose intelli­\n\ngence is sharp; bhagavati-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nanante-the unlimited; sarva-atmana-with all their heart and soul;\nvidadhate-take to;\n\nkhalu-indeed;\n\nbhava-yogam-the process of\n\ndevotional service; te-such persons; me-my; na-not; dar:u},am­\n\npunishment; arhanti-deserve; atka-therefore; yadi-if; am�am­\n\nof them; syat-there is; patakam-some sinful activity; tat-that;\n\napi-also; hanti-destroys; urugaya-vadab,-the chanting of the holy\n\nname of the Supreme Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nConsidering all these points, therefor�, intelligent men decide\nto solve all problems by adopting the devotional service of chantIng the holy name of the Lord, who is situated in everyone's heart\nand who is a mine of all auspicious qualities. Such persons are not\nwithin my jurisdiction for punishment. Generally they never\ncommit sinful activities, hut even if by mistake or because of\nbewilderment or illusion they sometimes commit sinful acts, they\nare protected from sinful reactions because they always chant the\nHare .Krgta mantra.\nPURPORT\nIn this regard Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura quotes the follow­\n\ning verse from the prayers of Lord Brahma (Bhiig.\n\n10.14.29):\n\nathapi te deva padambuja-dvayaprasada-lesanugrhita eva hi\njanati tattvam bhagavan-mahimno\nna canya eko 'pi ciram vicinvan\n\nThe purport is that even though one is a very learned scholar of the\n\nVedic sastras, he may be completely unaware of the existence of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and His name, fame, qualities and so\n\n", "SB6.1#p0205": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n176\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\nforth, whereas one who is not a great scholar can understand the position\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead if he somehow or other becomes\na pure devotee of the Lord by engaging in devotional service. Therefore\nthis verse spoken by Yamariija says, evam vimrsya sudhiyo bhagavati:\nthose who engage in the loving service of the Lord become sudhiya/:t, intelligent, but this is not so of a Vedic scholar who does not understand\n_Kr�Qa's name, fame and qualities. A pure devotee is one whose intelligence is clear; he is truly thoughtful because he engages in the service of\nthe Lord-not as a matter of show, but with love, with his mind, words\nand body. Nondevotees may make a show of religion, but it is not very\neffective because although they ostentatiously attend a temple or church,\nthey are thinking of something else. Such persons are neglecting their\nreligious duty and are punishable by Yamariija. But a devotee who commits sinful acts, which he may do unwillingly or accidentally because of\nhis former habits, is excused. That is the value of the\n\nsankirtana\n\nmovement.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�\n\n�qqft�ft�qfcr;rm�\n� m�: �� lf�t�dlq�r: 1\n\n� �� «�ta.�mm�Fl\n�� q� Wf � tA:�llf � 11�\\911\nte deva-siddha-parigita-pavitra-gatha\nye sadhava/:t samadrso bhagavat-prapannii/:t\ntan nopasidata harer gadayabhiguptan\nnai§am vayam na ca vaya/:t prabhavama dar.u)e\nte-they;\nSiddhaloka;\n\ndeva-by the demigods; siddha-and the inhabitants of\npar igita-sung; pavi tra- gat ha/:t-whose pure narrations;\n\nye-who; sadhava/:t-devotees; samadrsa/:t-who see everyone equally;\n\nbhagavat- prapannii/:t-being surrendered to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; tan-them; na-not; u pas idata-should go near; hare/:t-of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\ngadaya - by the club; abhigup­\n\ntiin-being fully protected; na-not; e$am-of these; vayam-we; na\n\n", "SB6.1#p0206": "Text 28]\n\nYamariija Instructs His Messengers\n\n177\n\nca-and also not; vaya�-unlimited time; prabhavama-are competent; da�-in punishing.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear servants, please do not approach such devotees, for they\nhave fully surrendered to the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. They are equal to everyone, and their narrations are sung by the demigods and the inhabitants of Siddhaloka.\nPlease do not even go near them. They are always protected by the\nclub of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore Lord\nBrahmii and I and even the time factor are not competent to\nchastise them.\nPURPORT\nIn effect, Yamarlija warned his servants, \"My dear servants, despite\nwhat you may have done previously to disturb the devotees, henceforward you should stop. The actions of devotees who have surrendered\nunto the lotus feet of the Lord and who constantly chant the holy name of\nthe Lord are praised by the demigods and the residents of Siddhaloka.\nThose devotees are so respectable and exalted that Lord Vi�Qu personally\nprotects them with the club in His hand. Therefore, regardless of what\nyou have done this time, henceforward you should not approach such\ndevotees; otherwise you will be killed by the club of Lord Vi�Qu. This is\nmy warning. Lord Vi�QU has a club and cakra to punish nondevotees. Do\nnot risk punishment by attempting to disturb the devotees. Not to speak\nof you, if even Lord Brahmli or I were to punish them, Lord Vi�QU would\npunish us. Therefore do not disturb the devotees any further.\"\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�;rt;rq�:m:tffl A'�Wl �-\n\n41C::idtc��(�«t�\nfilf��: q(+i{ijf�('l�· ����f;r�IJllilll��''\n\n", "SB6.1#p0207": "178\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\ntan anayadhvam asato vimukhan mukundapadiiravinda-makaranda-rasiid ajasram\n\nni§kificanaifl paramahamsa-kulair asangair\n\njU$!iid grhe niraya-vartmani baddha-tm:liin\n\ntan-them; anayadh vam-bring before me; asatafl-nondevotees\n\n(those who have not taken to Kr�I.la consciousness); vimukhan-who\n\nhave turned against; mukunda-of Mukunda, the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead; pada-aravinda-of the lotus feet; makaranda-of the\nhoney; rasiit-the taste; ajasram-continuously; ni§kificanaifl-by per­\n\nsons completely free from material attachment; paramaharhsa-kulaifl­\n\nby the paramaharhsas, the most exalted personalities; asangaifl-who\n\nhave no material attachment; jl.L$!iit-which is enjoyed; grhe-to household life; niraya-vartmani-the path leading to hell; baddha-tmliinwhose desires are bound.\nTRANSLATION\nParamaharnsas are exalted persons who have no taste for ma­\n\nterial enjoyment and who drink the honey of the Lord's lotus feet.\n\nMy dear servants, bring to me for punishment only persons who\n\nare averse to the taste of that honey, who do not associate with\n\nparamaharnsas and who are attached to family life and worldly en­\n\njoyment, which form the path to hell.\n\nPURPORT\nAfter warning the Yamadiitas not to approach the devotees, Yamaraja\nnow indicates who is to be brought before him. He specifically advises the\nYamadiitas to bring him the materialistic persons who are attached to\n\nhousehold life merely for sex. As stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam, yan\nmaithuniidi-grhamedhi-sukham hi tuccham: people are attached to\n\nhousehold life for sex only. They are always harassed in many ways by\ntheir material engagements, and their only happiness is that after work­\n\ning very hard all day, at night they sleep and indulge in sex. Nidrayii\nhriyate naktam vyaviiyena ca vii vayafl: at night, materialistic householders sleep or indulge in sex life. Diva ciirthehayii riijan kutumbabharar_tena vii: during the day they are busy trying to find out where\n\n", "SB6.1#p0208": "Text\n\n29]\n\nYamaraja Instructs His Messengers\n\n179\n\nmoney is, and if they get money they spend it to maintain their families.\nYamaraja specifically advises his servants to bring these persons to him\nfor punishment and not to bring the devotees, who always lick the honey\nat the lotus feet of the Lord, who are equal to everyone, and who try to\npreach _Kr�Q.a consciousness because of sympathy for all living entities.\nDevotees are not liable to punishment by Yamaraja, but persons who\nhave no information of _Kr�Q.a consciousness cannot be protected by their\nmaterial life of so-called family enjoyment. Srimad-Bhdgavatam says\n\n(2.1.4):\n\ndehapatya-kalatradi$v\n\natma-sainye$V asatsv api\n\nte$lirh pramauo nidhanarh\npruyann api na pa.Syati\n\nSuch persons complacently believe that their nations, communities or\nfamilies can protect them, unaware that all such fallible soldiers will be\ndestroyed in due course of time. In conclusion, one should try to associate\nwith persons who engage in devotional service twenty-four hours a day.\nTEXT\n\n29\n\n�\" \" en� ¥4•1'4ctga,.,.,q�\n�� 'f � (tiit(UId� I\nf;fJJIJ;f ..., \"44Rr �r�� ��\n\ndi.,_I.,_JOI'4+4(1fflS���ftll\"fJ I� Q..ll\njihva na vakti bhagavad-gur:ta-namadheyam\nceta§ ca na smarati tac-cara�ravindam\n\nkr$�ya no namati yac-chira ekadapi\n\ntan anayadhvam asato 'krta-vi$r:tu-krtyan\n\njihva-the\n\ntongue;\n\nna-not;\n\nvakti-chants;\n\nbhagavat-of\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; gur:ta-transcendental qualities;\nnama-and the holy name; dheyam-imparting; cetab,-the heart;\nca-also;\n\nna-not;\n\nsmarati-remembers;\n\ntat-His;\n\ncarar:ta-aravin-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0209": "180\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\ndam-lotus feet; kmwya-unto Lord Kt�l)a through His Deity in the\ntemple;\n\nno-not; namati-bows; yat-whose; siralJ-head; ekadii\nap i-even once; tan-them; anay adhvam -bring before me; asatalJthe nondevotees; akrta-not performing; vi§�u- krtyan -duties toward\nLord Vi�l)u.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear servants, please bring to me only those sinful persons\n\nwho do not use their tongues to chant the holy name and qualities\n\nof 'Kr�:r:ta, whose hearts do not remember the lotus feet of 'Kr�:r:ta\n\neven once, and whose heads do not bow down even once before\nLord 'Kr�:r:ta. Send me those who do not perform their duties\n\ntoward Vi�I].U, which are the only duties in human life. Please\n\nbring me all such fools and rascals.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word vi§�u-krtyan is very important in this verse because the\npurpose of human life is to please Lord Vi�l)u. Va�rama-dharma is\nalso meant for that purpose. As stated in the Vi§�u Pura� (3.8. 9):\n\nva�ramacaravata\npurU$e� parall puman\nvi$�ur aradhyate pantha\nnanyat tat-to§a-kara�m\nHuman society is meant to follow strictly the var�rama-dharma,\nwhich divides society into four social divisions (brahma�, k§atriya,\n\nvaiSya and sadra) and four spiritual divisions (brahmacarya, grhastha,\nvanaprastha and sannyasa). Va�rama-dharma easily brings one\nnearer to Lord Vi�I)U, who is the only true objective in human society.\n\nNa te vidulJ svartha-gatim hi vi§�um: unfortunately, however, people do\nnot know that their self-interest is to return home, back to Godhead, or\nto approach Lord Vi�l)u. Durii.Saya ye bahir-artha-maninalJ: instead,\nthey are simply bewildered. Every human being is expected to perform\nduties meant for approaching Lord Vi�I)U. Therefore Yamaraja advises\nthe Yamadutas to bring him those persons who have forgotten their\n\n", "SB6.1#p0210": "Text 30]\n\nYamariija Instructs His Messengers\n\n181\n\nduties toward Vi�I).u (akrta-v�IJu-krtyan). One who does not chant the\nholy name of Vi�I).U (\"Kr�I).a), who does not bow down to the Deity of\nVi�I).u, and who does not remember the lotus feet of Vi�I).U is punishable\nby Yamaraja. In summary, all ava�IJavas, persons unconcerned with\nLord Vi�I).u, are punishable by Yamaraja.\nTEXT 30\n\n� � � lltlf41'Ul�: �\nWfmtrUr: ��\"�G\\ttc:\\ij ;J:\n\" ('\n\n.\n\n(ql'1t+m Wf Rrrt ��;rt\n�lf.:ij•i�;Jf(: � \\'{R It� oil\ntat /cyamyatam sa bhagavan pun.L$a/:l. purar:w\nnaraya�Ja/:1. sva-pur�air yad asat krtam na/:1.\nsvanam aho na vid�am racitanjalinam\nlcyantir gariyasi nama/:!. pur�aya bhumne\ntat-that; lcyamyatam-let it be excused; sa/:1.-He; bhagavan-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; pur�a/:1.-the Supreme Person;\npurti�Ja/:1.-the oldest; naraya�Ja/:1.-Lord Narayal).a; sva-pur�ai/:1.-by\nmy own servants; yat-which; asat-impudence; krtam-performed;\nna/:1.-of us; svanam-of my own men; aho-alas; na vid�am-not\nknowing; racita-aiijalinam-folding our hands together to beg Your\npardon; /cyanti/:1.-forgiveness; gariyasi-in the glorious; nama/:1.-respectful obeisances; pur�aya-unto the person; bhumne-supreme\nand all-pervading.\nTRANSLATION\n[Then Yamariija, considering himself and his servants to be\noffenders, spoke as follows, begging pardon from the Lord.] 0 my\nLord, my servants have surely committed a great offense by arresting a Vai�l).ava such as Ajiimila. 0 Niiriiyal).a, 0 supreme and oldest\nperson, please forgive us. Because of our ignorance, we failed to\nrecognize Ajiimila as a servant of Your Lordship, and thus we have\ncertainly committed a great offense. Therefore with folded hands\n\n", "SB6.1#p0211": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n182\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\nwe beg Your pardon. My Lord, since You are supremely merciful\n\nand are always full of good qualities, please pardon us. We offer\n\nour respectful obeisances unto You.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Yamaraja took upon himself the responsibility for the offense\ncommitted by his servants. If the servant of an establishment makes a\nmistake, the establishment takes responsibility for it. Although Yamaraja\nis above offenses, his servants, practically with his permission, went to\narrest Ajamila, which was a great offense. The nyaya-siistra confirms,\nbhrtyaparadhe svamino dar:u},a/:1.: if a servant makes a mistake, the\nmaster is punishable because he is responsible for the offense. Taking\nthis seriously, Yamaraja, along with his servants, prayed with folded\nhands to be excused by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, NarayaJ.la.\n\ntasmat sankirtanarh V4'(tor\njagan-mangalam amhasam\nmahatiim api kauravya\nviddhy aikantika-n4krtam\ntasmat-therefore; sankirtanam-the congregational chanting of the\nholy\n\nname;\n\nv4'(t0/:l.-of\n\nLord\n\nVi�J.lu;\n\njagat-mangalam-the\n\nmost\n\nauspicious performance within this material world; amhasam-for sinful activities; mahatam api-even though very great; kauravya-0 descendant of the Kuru family; viddhi-understand; aikantika-the ultimate; n4krtam-atonement.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvann continued: My dear King, the chanting of the\n\nholy name of the Lord is able to uproot even the reactions of the\ngreatest sins. Therefore the chanting of the sankirtana movement\n\n", "SB6.1#p0212": "Text 32)\n\nYamaraja Instructs His Messengers\n\n183\n\nis the most auspicious activity in the entire universe. Please try to\nunderstand this so that others will take it seriously.\nPURPORT\nWe should note that although Ajamila chanted the name of Narayal)a\nimperfectly, he was delivered from all sinful reactions. The chanting of\nthe holy name is so auspicious that it can free everyone from the reactions of sinful activities. One should not conclude that one may continue\nto sin with the intention of chanting Hare Kr�I)a to neutralize the reactions. Rather, one should be very careful to be free from all sins and\nnever think of counteracting sinful activities by chanting the Hare Kr�I)a\n\nmantra, for this is another offense. If by chance a devotee accidentally\nperforms some sinful activity, the Lord will excuse him, but one should\nnot intentionally perform sinful acts.\nTEXT 32\n\n� tzURri �tu�'llfif ��Q: I\n\n�T�mT���H4ijtRf4:11�'ll\nsr�vatiirh grr:wtarh virya�y\nuddamani harer muhu/:t\nyatha sujataya bhaktya\nsuddhyen niitmii vratadibhi/:t\nsr�vatiim-of those hearing; grr:wtam-and chanting; virya�i\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nwonderful activities; uddamani-able to counteract sin; harel;-of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead;\nmuhul; always; yatha-as;\nsu jataya-easily brought forth; bhaktya-by devotional service; suddhyet-may be purified; na-not; iitmii-the heart and soul; vrata-\n\n-\n\niidibhi/:t-by performing ritualistic ceremonies.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who constantly hears and chants the holy name of the Lord\nand hears and chants about His activities can very easily attain the\nplatform of pure devotional service, which can cleanse the dirt\n\n", "SB6.1#p0213": "184\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\nfrom one's heart. One cannot achieve such purification merely by\nobserving vows and performing Vedic ritualistic ceremonies.\n\nPURPORT\nOne may very easily practice chanting and hearing the holy name of\n\nthe Lord and thus become ecstatic in spiritual life. Padma PuriiT,Ul states:\nnamiipariidha-yuktanarh\nndmii ny eva haranty agham\navi.Sranti-prayuktani\ntany evartha-karary,i ca\n\nEven if one chants the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra offensively, one can\n\navoid offenses by continuously chanting without deviation. One who\n\nbecomes accustomed to this practice will always remain in a pure tran­\n\nscendental position, untouchable by sinful reactions. Sukadeva Gosvami\n\nespecially requested King Parik�it to note this fact very carefully. There\n\nis no profit, however, in executing the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies. By\nperforming such activities one may go to the higher planetary systems,\n\nbut as stated in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(9.21),\n\nlcyiry,e pury,ye martya-lokarh\n\nvi.Santi: when the period of one's enjoyment in the heavenly planets is\n\nterminated because of the limited extent of the results of one's pious ac­\n\ntivities, one must return to earth. Thus there is no use in endeavoring to\n\ntravel up and down in the universe. It is better to chant the holy name of\n\nthe Lord so that one may become fully purified and eligible to return\nhome, back to Godhead. That is the aim of life, and that is the perfection\nof life.\n\nTEXT 33\n\nt'*'lle._Mqil'i!�ul � ��'il�l�!! � t�:rtli!4'! I\n�\n\n�Q ilfil'i$06 3ffi�: Sfflt��� cti� �� �� �i:f: �:��II��II\nkr��ilghri-padma-madhu-liry, na punar vismamaya-gury,e�u ramate vrjinavahe�u\n\n", "SB6.1#p0214": "Text 33)\n\nYamariija Instructs His Messengers\n\n185\n\nanyas tu kama-hata iitma-raja� pramiir�tum\niheta karma yata eva raja� puna� syat\nkr�l)a-arighri-padma-of the lotus feet of Lord Kr�1.1a; madhu-the\nhoney; li!-one who licks; na-not; puna�-again; visma-already\nrenounced; miiya gu��u-in the material modes of nature; ramate-\n\ndesires to enjoy;\n\nvrjina avahe�u-which brings distress;\n-\n\nanya�­\n\nanother; tu-however; kama-hata�-being enchanted by lust; atmaraja�-the sinful infection of the heart;\n\npramii1\"$!um-to cleanse;\n\niheta-may perform; karma-activities; yata�-after which; eva-indeed; raja�-the sinful activity; puna�-again; syat-appears.\nTRANSLATION\nDevotees who always lick the honey from the lotus feet of Lord\n�J.la do not care at all for material activities, which are performed under the three modes of material nature and which bring\nonly misery. Indeed, devotees never give up the lotus feet of �J.la\nto return to material activities. Others, however, who are addicted\nto Vedic rituals because they have neglected the service of the\nLord's lotus feet and are enchanted by lusty desires, sometimes\nperform acts of atonement. Nevertheless, being incompletely\npurified, they return to sinful activities again and again.\nPURPORT\nA devotee's duty is to chant the Hare Kr�1.1a mantra. One may some­\n\ntimes chant with offenses and sometimes without offenses, but if one\nseriously adopts this process, he will achieve perfection, which cannot be\nachieved through Vedic ritualistic ceremonies of atonement. Persons who\nare attached to the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies, but do not believe in\ndevotional service, who advise atonement, but do not appreciate the\nchanting of the Lord's holy name, fail to achieve the highest perfection.\nDevotees, therefore, being completely detached from material enjoyment, never give up Kr�1.1a consciousness for Vedic ritualistic\nceremonies. Those who are attached to Vedic ritualistic ceremonies because of lusty desires are subjected to the tribulations of material existence again and again. Maharaja Parik�it has compared their activities to\nkufijara-sauca, the bathing of an elephant.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0215": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n186\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 3\n\nittham svabhartr-gaditam bhagavan-mahitvam\nsamsmrtya vismita-dhiyo yama-kirikaras te\nnaivacyutasraya-janam pratiSarikamana\ndra§tum ca bibhyati tata/:t prabhrti sma rajan\nittham-of such power;\n\nsva-bhartr-gaditam-explained by their\n\nmaster (Yamaraja); bhagavat-mahitvam-the extraordinary glory of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and His name, fame, form and attributes;\nwere\n\nsamsmrtya\n\nstruck\n\nwith\n\n-\n\nremembering;\n\nwonder;\n\nvismita-dhiya/:t-whose\n\nyama-kirikara/:t-all\n\nthe\n\nminds\n\nservants\n\nof\n\nYamaraja; te-they; na-not; eva-indeed; acyuta-asraya-janam-a\nperson sheltered by the lotus feet of Acyuta, Lord Kr�Q.a; pratiSarikamana/:t-always fearing; dra§tum-to see; ca-and; bibhyatithey are afraid; tata/:t prabhrti-beginning from then; sma-indeed; rajan-0 King.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter hearing from the mouth of their master about the extraor­\n\ndinary glories of the Lord and His name, fame and attributes, the\n\nYamadiitas were struck with wonder. Since then, as soon as they\nsee a devotee, they fear him and dare not look at him again.\nPURPORT\nSince this incident, the Yamadutas have given up the dangerous\nbehavior of approaching devotees. For the Yamadutas, a devotee is\ndangerous.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n��lijf+t+i gtri �l'l Fffi+ileJ: I\ncti?:lill'flij � 3lmtwft &f���1:. II�� II\n\n", "SB6.1#p0216": "Text 35)\n\nYamariija Instructs His Messengers\n\n187\n\nitihasam imam guhyam\nbhagavan kumbha-sambhava/:1.\nkathayam asa malaya\nasino harim arcayan\nitihasam-history;\n\nimam-this;\n\nguhyam-very\n\nconfidential;\n\nbhagavan-the most powerful; kumbha-sambhava/:1.-Agastya Muni,\n\nthe son of Kumbha; kathayam asa-explained; malaye-in the Malaya\nHills; dsfna/:7.-residing; harim arcayan-worshiping the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the great sage Agastya, the son of Kumhha, was residing\nin the Malaya Hills and worshiping the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, I\n\napproached\n\nhim,\n\nand\n\nhe explained to me this\n\nconfidential history.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sixth Canto, Third\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Yamaraja Instructs His\nMessengers. \"\n\n", "SB6.1#p0217": "CHAPTER FOUR\n\nThe Harilsa-guhya Prayers\nOffered to the Lord by Prajapati Dak�a\nAfter Maharaja Parik�it appealed to Sukadeva Gosvami to describe in\n\nfurther detail the creation of the living entities within this universe,\n\nSukadeva Gosvami informed him that when the Pracetas, the ten sons of\nPracinabarhi, entered the sea to execute austerities, the planet earth was\n\nneglected because of the absence of a king. Naturally many weeds and\n\nunnecessary trees grew, and no food grains were produced. Indeed, all\nthe land became like a forest. When the ten Pracetas came out of the sea\n\nand saw the entire world full of trees, they were very angry with the\n\ntrees and decided to destroy them all to rectify the situation. Thus the\nPracetas created wind and fire to burn the trees to ashes. Soma, however,\n\nthe king of the moon and the king of all vegetation, forbade the Pracetas\nto destroy the trees, since the trees are the source of fruit and flowers for\n\nall living beings. Just to satisfy the Pracetas, Soma gave them a beautiful\n\ngirl born of Pramloca Apsara. By the semina of all the Pracetas, Dak�a\nwas born of that girl.\n\nIn the beginning, Dak�a created all the demigods, demons and human\n\nbeings, but when he found the population not increasing properly, he\ntook sannyasa and went to Vindhya Mountain, where he underwent\n\nsevere austerities and offered Lord Vi�l).u a particular prayer known as\nHamsa-guhya, by which Lord Vi!?I,lU became very pleased with him. The\n\ncontents of the prayer were as follows.\n\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Supersoul, Lord Hari, is\n\nthe controller of both the living entities and the material nature. He is\nself-sufficient and self-effulgent. As the subject matter of perception is\n\nnot the cause of our perceiving senses, so the living entity, although\n\nwithin his body, does not cause his eternal friend the Supersoul, who is\n\nthe cause of creation of all the senses. Because of the living entity's ig­\n\nnorance, his senses are engaged with material objects. Since the living\n\nentity is alive, he can understand the creation of this material world to\n\n189\n\n", "SB6.1#p0218": "190\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nsome extent, but he cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is beyond the conception of the body, mind and intelligence.\nNevertheless, great sages who are always in meditation can see the personal form of the Lord within their hearts.\n\"Since an ordinary living being is materially contaminated, his words\nand intelligence are also material. Therefore he cannot ascertain the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead by manipulating his material senses.\nThe conception of God derived through the material senses is inaccurate\nbecause the Supreme Lord is beyond the material senses, but when one\nengages his senses in devotional service, the eternal Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is revealed on the platform of the soul. When that Supreme\nGodhead becomes the aim of one's life, one is said to have attained\nspiritual knowledge.\n\"The Supreme Brahman is the cause of all causes because He\noriginally existed before the creation. He is the original cause of everything, both material and spiritual, and His existence is independent.\nHowever, the Lord has a potency called avidyii, the illusory energy,\nwhich induces the false arguer to think himself perfect and which induces the illusory energy to bewilder the conditioned soul. That Supreme\nBrahman, the Supersoul, is very affectionate to His devotees. To bestow\nmercy upon them, He discloses His form, name, attributes and qualities\nto be worshiped within this material world.\n\"Unfortunately, however, those who are materially absorbed worship\nvarious demigods. As the air passes over a lotus flower and carries the\nscent of the flower with it, or as the air sometimes carries dust and\ntherefore assumes colors, the Supreme Personality of Godhead appears as\nthe various demigods according to the desires of His various foolish\nworshipers, but actually He is the supreme truth, Lord Vi�Q.u. To fulfill\nthe desires of His devotees, He appears in various incarnations, and\ntherefore there is no need to worship the demigods.\"\nBeing very satisfied by the prayers of Dak�a, Lord Vi�Q.U appeared\nbefore Dak�a with eight arms. The Lord was dressed in yellow garments\nand had a blackish complexion. Understanding that Dak�a was very\neager to follow the path of enjoyment, the Lord awarded him the potency\nto enjoy the illusory energy. The Lord offered him the daughter of\nPaiicajana named Asiknl, who was suitable for Maharaja Dak�a to enjoy\nin sex. Indeed, Dak�a received his name because he was very expert in\nsex life. After awarding this benediction, Lord Vi�Q.u disappeared.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0219": "Text 2]\n\nThe Hamsa-guhya Prayers\n\n191\n\nTEXTS 1-2\n\n�n�\n\n�lti(iod ij'ilf '11•1'1i ��fafJll� I\n�mn���·:p•nm�tr����� � 11\n�Cf ottR1fli�fll �� � lllFI'l � I\n�tftfl� � �� 1R: II� II\nsri-rajoviica\ndeviisura-nr�m sargo\nniigantim mrga-pa�i�m\nsamiisikas tvaya prokto\nyas tu svayambhuve 'ntare\ntasyaiva ryiisam icchami\njfiiitum te bhagavan yatha\nanusargam yaya saktya\nsasarja bhagavan para�\nsri-raja uviica-the King said; deva-asura-nr�m-of the demigods,\nthe demons and the human beings; sarga�-the creation; niigantim-of\nthe Nagas (serpentine living entities); mrga-pa�i�m-of the beasts\nand birds; samiisika�-briefly; tvaya-by you; prokta�-described;\nya�-which; tu-however; svayambhuve-of Svayambhuva Manu; an­\n\ntare-within the period; tasya-of this; eva-indeed; ryiisam-the\ndetailed account; iccluimi-1 wish; jfiiitum-to know; te-from you;\n\nbhagavan-0 my lord; yatha-as well as; anusargam-the subsequent\ncreation;\n\nyaya-by\n\nwhich;\n\nsaktya-potency;\n\nsasarja-created;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; para�-transcendental.\nTRANSLATION\nThe blessed King said to Sukadeva Gosviimi: My dear lord, the\n\ndemigods, demons, human beings, Niigas, beasts and birds were\n\ncreated during the reign of Svayamhhuva Manu. You have spoken\n\nabout this creation briefly [in the Third Canto). Now I wish to\n\nknow about it elaborately. I also wish to know about the potency of\n\n", "SB6.1#p0220": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n192\n\n[Canto 6, Ch.4\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead by which He brought about\n\nthe secondary creation.\n\nTEXT3\n\n�wr �'R\n\n� �sr�\"'� �'f'lt�(l�fuT: 1\nsd�wt;Q '{itltil•n ilttm: ��H II � II\nsri-silta uvaca\niti sampra§nam akarr:tya\nrajar�er badarayar:ti�\npratinandya maha-yogi\njagada muni-sattama�\nsri-silta� uvaca-Siita Gosvami said; iti-thus; sampra§nam-the inquiry; akarr:tya-hearing; rajar�e�-of King Parik�it; badarayar:ti�Sukadeva Gosvami; pratinandya-praising; maha-yogi-the great\nyogi; jagada-replied; muni-sattama�-0 best of the sages.\nTRANSLATION\nSiita Gosviimi said: 0 great sages [assembled at Naimi�iirai.Iya],\n\nafter the great yogi Sukadeva Gosviimi heard King Parik�it's inquiry, he praised it and thus replied.\n\nTEXT4\n\n���\n�\n\n�: �l � Sfl�\"t'ltfi'f : I\n�:(if!S::Ifw\"'t\\tI �� �� II \\l II\nsri-suka uvaca\nyadii pracetasa� putra\ndaSa pracinabarh�a�\nanta�-samudrad unmagna\ndadrsur gam drumair vrtam\n\n", "SB6.1#p0221": "Text 5)\n\nThe Harltsa-guhya Prayers\n\nsri-suka�\nce\n\ntasa�-the\n\nuvaca-S ukadeva\n\nPracetas;\n\nGosvami\n\nputra� -the\n\nsaid;\n\nsons;\n\n193\nyada-when;\n\ndaSa-ten;\n\npra­\n\npracma­\n\nbarh i$a�-of King Pracinabarhi; anta�-sam udrat-from within the\nocean; unmagna�-emerged; dadrsu�-they saw; gam -the entire\nplanet; drumai� vrtam -covered with trees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: When the ten sons of Pracinaharhi\n\nemerged\n\nfrom\n\nthe waters,\n\nin which\n\nthey were\n\nperforming\n\nausterities, they saw that the entire surface of the world was\n\ncovered by trees.\n\nPURPORT\n\nWhen King Pracinabarhi was performing Vedic rituals in which the\nkilling of animals was recommended, Narada Muni, out of compassion,\nadvised him to stop. Pracinabarhi understood Narada properly and then\nleft the kingdom to perform austerities in the forest. His ten sons,\nhowever, were performing austerities within the water, and therefore\nthere was no king to see to the management of the world. When the ten\nsons, the Pracetas, came out of the water, they saw that the earth was\noverrun with trees.\nWhen the government neglects agriculture, which is necessary for the\nproduction of food, the land becomes covered with unnecessary trees. Of\ncourse, many trees are useful because they produce fruits and flowers,\nbut many other trees are unnecessary. They could be used as fuel and the\nland cleared and used for agriculture. When the government is\nnegligent, less grain is produced. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (18.44),\nkr$i-gorak$ya-var;,ijyam vaiSya-karma svabhava-jam: the proper\nengagements for vaiSyas, according to their nature, are to farm and to\nprotect cows. The duty of the government and the k$atriyas is to see that\nthe members of the third class, the vaiSyas, who are neither brahmar;,as\nnor k$atriyas, are thus properly engaged. K$alriyas are meant to protect\nhuman beings, whereas vaiSyas are meant to protect useful animals,\nespecially cows.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�: �Qt¥HW11� �4la_1rtft¥tw-�;r: I\n� '41�¥tm :q- e�'ij�f(� II � I I\n\n", "SB6.1#p0222": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n194\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\ndrumebhyab, krudhyamiiniis te\ntapo-dipita-manyavab,\nmukhato viiyum agnim ca\nsasrjus tad-didha�ayii\ndru me bhyab,-unto the trees; kr udhyamii nii/:t-being very angry;\nte -they (the ten sons of Praclnabarhi ) ; tapab,-dipita-manyavab,whose anger was inflamed because of long austerities; mukhatab,-from\nthe mouth; viiyum -wind; agnim-fire;\n\nca -and; sasrjub, -they cre­\n\nated; tat-those forests; didha�ayii-with the desire to burn.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of having undergone long austerities in the water, the\n\nPracetas were very angry at the trees. Desiring to burn them to\nashes, they generated wind and fire from their mouths.\nPURPORT\n\nHere the word tapo-dipita-manyavab, indicates that persons who have\nundergone severe austerity (tapasya) are endowed with great mystic\npower, as evinced by the Pracetas, who created fire and wind from their\nmouths. Although devotees undergo severe tapasya, however, they are\n\nvimanyavab,, siidhavab,, which means that they are never angry. They\nare always decorated with good qualities. Bhagavatam (3.25.21) states:\n\ntiti�avab, kiirur:tikiib,\nsuhrda/:t sarva-dehiniim\najiita-satravab, siintii/:t\nsiidhavab, siidhu-bhil$a7Jii/:t\nA siidhu, a devotee, is never angry. Actually the real feature of devotees\nwho undergo tapasya, austerity, is forgiveness. Although a Vai�ryava has\nsufficient power in tapasya, he does not become angry when put into difficulty. If one undergoes\nhowever,\n\none\n\ndoes\n\nnot\n\ntapasya but does not become a Vai�r:tava,\ndevelop\n\ngood\n\nqualities.\n\nFor\n\nexample,\n\n", "SB6.1#p0223": "Text6]\n\nThe Hamsa-guhya Prayers\n\n195\n\nHiraf,lyakasipu and Ravai:Ja also performed great austerities, but they did\n\nso to demonstrate their demoniac tendencies. Vai�f,lavas must meet many\n\nopponents while preaching the glories of the Lord, but Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu recommends that they not become angry while preaching.\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu has given this formula: tp:rJid api sunicena\ntaror api sahi$r:tuniil arniinina rniinadena kirtaniya/.1 sadii hari/.1. \"One\n\nshould chant the holy name of the Lord in a humble state of mind, thinking oneself lower than the straw in the street; one should be more\n\ntolerant than a tree, devoid of all sense of false prestige and should be\n\nready to offer all respect to others. In such a state of mind one can chant\n\nthe holy name of the Lord constantly.\" Those engaged in preaching the\nglories of the Lord should be humbler than grass and more tolerant than\n\na tree; then they can preach the glories of the Lord without difficulty.\n\nTEXT6\n\n� f;{(�wr+iml�wtrn:·�,..ta�qr.:enRJ� � I\n(lail!!tl'+.t � � � st�l+ittNt!t II� II\ntabhyam nirdahyamaniirhs tiin\nupalabhya kuriiilvaha\n\nrajoviica mahan somo\n\nmanyum pra.Samayann iva\n\ntabhyam-by the wind and fire; nirdahyarniiniin-being burned;\n\ntan-them (the trees); upalabhya-seeing; kurudvaha-0 Maharaja\n\nParik�it; raja-the king of the forest; uviica-said; mahan-the great;\n\nsomab,-predominating deity of the moon, Somadeva; manyum-the\n\nanger; pra.Samayan-pacifying; iva-like.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Parik!?it, when Soma, the king of the trees and\npredominating deity of the moon, saw the fire and wind burning\nall the trees to ashes, he felt great sympathy because he is the\n\n", "SB6.1#p0224": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n196\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nmaintainer of all herbs and trees. To appease the anger of the Pracetiis, Soma spoke as follows.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is understood from this verse that the predominating deity of the\n\nmoon is the maintainer of all the trees and plants throughout the uni­\n\nverse. It is due to the moonshine that trees and plants grow very lux­\n\nuriantly. Therefore how can we accept the so-called scientists whose\n\nmoon expeditions have informed us that there are no trees or vegetation\n\non the\n\nmoon? Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says, soma\nvrk§adh�!hata sa eva vrk§a�rh raja: Soma, the predominating deity of\n\nthe moon, is the king of all vegetation. How can we believe that the\n\nmaintainer of vegetation has no vegetation on his own planet?\n\nTEXT7\n\n.. � � ����\n\n� �ti' � tf<Jtr: �: II \\9 II\ndrumebhyo maha-bhaga\ndinebhyo drogdhum arhatha\nvivardhay�avo yuyarh\nprajanarh pataya/:t smrta}:t\nna\n\nna-not;\n\ndrumebhya/:t-the trees; maha-bhaga}:t-0 greatly fortu­\n\nnate ones; dinebhya}:t-who are very poor; drogdhum-to burn to ashes;\n\narhatha-you deserve; vivardhay�ava/:t-desiring to bring about an in­\n\ncrease; yuyam-you; prajaniim-of all living entities who have taken\n\nshelter of you; pataya}:t-the masters or protectors; smrta}:t-known as.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 greatly fortunate ones, you should not kill these poor trees by\n\nburning them to ashes. Your duty is to wish the citizens [prajas] all\nprosperity and to act as their protectors.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0225": "Text 8)\n\nThe Harilsa-guhya Prayers\n\n197\n\nPURPORT\nIt is indicated herein that the government or king has the duty of protecting not only the human beings, but all other living entities, including\nanimals,-trees and plants. No living entity should be killed unnecessarily.\n\nTEXTS\n\nam � dh:ottt� :,\ntt'1�fflwiltf1:iht ��� ftffl: II � II\naho prajiipati-patir\nbhagaviin harir avyaya�\nvanaspatin O$adhiS ca\nsasarjorjam i$arh vibhu�\n\naho-alas; prajiipati-pati�-the Lord of all the lords of created\nbeings; bhagaviin hari� -the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari;\n\navyaya� -indestructible; va naspatin-the trees and plants; O$adhi�the herbs; ca-and; sasarja -created; uryam-invigorating; i$amfood;\n\nvibhu�-the Supreme Being.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Hari, is the master of\n\nall living entities, including all the prajapatis, such as Lord\n\nBrahmii. Because He is the all-pervading and indestructible\n\nmaster, He has created all these trees and vegetables as eatables for\nother living entities.\n\nPURPORT\nSoma, the predominating deity of the moon, reminded the Pracetas\nthat this vegetation had been created by the Lord of lords to provide food\nfor everyone. If the Pracetiis tried to kill them off, their own subjects\nwould also suffer, for trees are also required for food.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0226": "198\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT9\n\n3l� 'q(IOilf(+.f(i �: 't�+.tlfton� I\n�T �� f� +.f ��: II � II\nannam carii�J,(im acarii\nhy apada/:t pada-cari�J,(im\nahastii hasta-yuktaniim\ndvi-padiim ca catU§-pada/:t\nannam-food; carii�J,(im-of those that move on wings; acarii/:t-the\nnonmoving (fruits and :Bowers); hi-indeed; apada/:t-the living entities without legs, like the grass;\n\npiida carir:tiim-of the animals who\n-\n\nmove on legs, like the cows and buffalo; ahastii/:t-animals without\nhands; hasta-yuktiiniim-of the animals with hands, like the tigers; dvipadiim-of human beings, who have two legs; ca-and; catu/:t-pada/:tthe four-legged animals like the deer.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy nature's arrangement, fruits and flowers are considered the\nfood of insects and birds; grass and other legless living entities are\nmeant to be the food of four-legged animals like cows and buffalo;\nanimals that cannot use their front legs as hands are meant to be\nthe food of animals like tigers, which have claws; and four-legged\nanimals like deer and goats, as well as food grains, are meant to be\nthe food of human beings.\n\nPURPORT\nBy nature's law, or the arrangement of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, one kind of living entity is eatable by other living entities. As\nmentioned herein, dvi-padiim ca catU§-pada/:t: the four-legged animals\n\n(catU§-pada/:t), as well as food grains, are eatables for human beings\n(dvi-padiim). These four-legged animals are those such as deer and\ngoats, not cows, which are meant to be protected. Generally the men of\nthe higher classes of society-the brahmar:tas, �atriyas and vaiSyas-do\nnot eat meat. Sometimes �atriyas go to the forest to kill animals like\ndeer because they have to learn the art of killing, and sometimes they eat\n\n", "SB6.1#p0227": "Text 10]\n\nThe Harltsa-guhya Prayers\n\n199\n\nthe animals also. Sudras, too, eat animals such as goats. Cows, however,\n\nare never meant to be killed or eaten by human beings. In every siistra,\n\ncow killing is vehemently condemned. Indeed, one who kills a cow must\n\nsuffer for as many years as there are hairs on the body of a cow. Manu­\n\nsamhita says, pravrttir e$ii bhutaniim nivrttis tu maha-phalii: we have\n\nmany tendencies in this material world, but in human life one is meant to\nlearn how to curb those tendencies. Those who desire to eat meat may\nsatisfy the demands of their tongues by eating lower animals, but they\nshould never kill cows, who are actually accepted as the mothers of\nhuman society because they supply milk. The siistra especially recom­\n\nmends, kr$i-gorak$ya: the vaiSya section of humanity should arrange for\nthe food of the entire society through agricultural activities and should\ngive full protection to the cows, which are the most useful animals because they supply milk to human society.\nTEXT 10\n\nTf � fq;rt;:qff�T ����Wi �t: I\nSf\\i1R'I•I� ft Cfi� �� R���Jf� II� oil\nyuyam ca pitranvadi$!ii\ndeva-devena canagha�\npraja-sargaya hi katham\nvrk$an nirdagdhum arhatha\nyuyam-you; ca-also; pit ra-by your father; anvadi$!ii�-ordered;\n\ndeva-deve na\n\n-\n\nby the Personality of Godhead, the master of the masters;\n\nca-also; anagha�-0 sinless ones; praja sargaya-for generating the\n-\n\npopulation;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nkatham-how;\n\nvrk$an-the\n\ndagdhum-to burn to ashes; arhatha-are able.\n\ntrees;\n\nmr­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 pure-hearted ones,\n\nyour\n\nfather,\n\nPracinaharhi,\n\nand\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead have ordered you to generate\npopulation. Therefore how can you burn to ashes these trees and\nherbs, which are needed for the maintenance of your subjects and\ndescendants?\n\n", "SB6.1#p0228": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n200\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 11\n\n3Tlffl� ij'ijJ i{Tif � �� �'Tf�tJ: I\nN;n fti�Witltftl � tr: �mli{�: II� � II\nii�!hata satiim miirgam\nkopam yacchata dipitam\npitrii pitiimaheniipi\n}U$!am va/:1. prapitiimahai/:1.\nii�!hata-just follow; satiim miirgam- the path of the great saintly\npersonalities; kopam-the anger; yacchata - subdue ; dipitam-which\nis now awakened; pitra - by the father; pitiimahena api - and by the\ngrandfather; }U$!am- executed; va/:1.-your; prapitiimahai/:1.-by the\ngreat-grandfathers.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe path of goodness traversed by your father, grandfather and\n\ngreat-grandfathers is that of maintaining the subjects [prajas], in­\n\ncluding the men, animals and trees. That is the path you should\n\nfollow. Unnecessary anger i s contrary to your duty. Therefore I\n\nrequest you to control your anger.\n\nPURPORT\nHere the words pitrii pitiimaheniipi }U$!am va/:1. prapitiimahai/:1. depict\nan honest royal family, consisting of the kings, their father, their grandfather and their great-grandfathers. Such a royal family has a prestigious\nposition because it maintains the citizens, or prajiis. The word prajii\nrefers to one who has taken birth within the jurisdiction of the government. The exalted royal families were conscious that all living beings,\nwhether human, animal or lower than animal, should be given protection. The modern democratic system cannot be exalted in this way because the leaders elected strive only for power and have no sense of responsibility. In a monarchy, a king with a prestigious position follows the\ngreat deeds of his forefathers. Thus Soma, the king of the moon, here\nreminds the Pracetas about the glories of their father, grandfather and\ngreat-grandfathers.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0229": "Text 12]\n\nThe Harilsa-guhya Prayers\n\n201\n\nTEXT 12\n\n(f1�t'1iffiju��:�fw:n:mnl\ntffif: 3f:jHW{l �art q�f{T �: �� II�� II\ntokaniim pitarau ba ndhu\ndrsa/:1, pa�ma striya/:1, pati/:1,\npati/:1, prajaniim bhi�u\"(U!m\ngrhy ajnaniim budha/:1, suhrt\ntokaniim-of children; pitarau-the two parents; bandhu-the\ndrsa/:1,-of the eye; pa�ma-the eyelid; striya/:1,-of the\nwoman; pati/:1,-the husband; pati /:1,-the protector; prajaniim-of\nthe subjects; bhi�il\"(Uim-of the beggars; grhi-the householder;\nfriends;\n\najnaniim-of the ignorant; budha/:1,-the learned; su-hrt-the friend.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the father and mother are the friends and maintainers of\ntheir children, as the eyelid is the protector of the eye, as the husband is the maintainer and protector of a woman, as the householder is the maintainer and protector of beggars, and as the\nlearned is the friend of the ignorant, so the king is the protector\nand giver of life to all his subjects. The trees are also subjects of\nthe king. Therefore they should be given protection.\nPURPORT\nBy the supreme will of the Personality of Godhead, there are various\nprotectors and maintainers for helpless living entities. The trees are also\nconsidered prajas, subjects of the king, and therefore the duty of the\nmonarch is to protect even the trees, not to speak of others. The king is\nduty-bound to protect the living entities in his kingdom. Thus although\nthe parents are directly responsible for the protection and maintenance\nof their children, the duty of the king is to see that all parents do their\nduty properly. Similarly, the king is also responsible for overseeing the\nother protectors mentioned in this verse. It may also be noted that the\nbeggars who should be maintained by the householders are not\n\n", "SB6.1#p0230": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n202\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nprofessional beggars, but sannyasis and brahmar:uu;, to whom the householders should supply food and clothing.\nTEXT 13\n\n�n \"l��� 001��: 1\nij'� m��� �ijtfit� mit II�� II\nantar dehe�u bhutiinlim\nlitmliste harir i.Svarab\nsarvam tad-dh�1).yam ;;k§adhvam\nevam vas to�ito hy asau\nantab dehe�u-within the bodies (in the cores of the hearts);\nbhiltlinlim-of all living entities; litmii-the Supersoul; aste-resides;\nharib,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iSvarab,-the Lord or\ndirector;\n\ns\n\narvam-all;\n\ntat-dh�1).yam-His\n\nplace\n\nof\n\nresidence;\n\nik§adhvam-try to see; evam-in this way; vab,-with you; to�itabsatisfied; hi-indeed; asau-that Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is situated as the Super­\n\nsoul within the cores of the hearts of all living entities, whether\nmoving or nonmoving, including men, birds, animals, trees and,\n\nindeed, all living entities. Therefore you should consider every\n\nbody a residence or temple of the Lord. By such vision you will\n\nsatisfy the Lord. You should not angrily kill these living entities in\n\nthe forms of trees.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitli and confirmed by all the Vedic scriptures,\niSvarab, sarva-bhiltiinlim hrd-dese 'rjuna �thati: the Supersoul is situated within everyone's heart. Therefore, since everyone's body is the\nresidence of the Supreme Lord, one should not destroy the body because\nof unnecessary envy. That will dissatisfy the Supersoul. Soma told the\nPracetas that because they had tried to satisfy the Supersoul, now they\nshould not displease Him.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0231": "Text 14)\n\nThe Harllsa-guhya Prayers\n\n203\n\nTEXT 14\n\nq: �fm{ � 341€hl�l--+t\"W!�� I\n\natR+tf�qt �� « �m ll�'tJII\nya/:t samutpatitam delw\nakasan manyum ulba�m\natma-jijnasaya yacchet\nsa guruJ,n ativartate\n\nya/:t -anyone who; samutpatitam-suddenly awakened; dehe-in the\nbody; akaSat-from the sky; manyum-anger; ulba�m-powerful;\n\natma-jijnasaya-by inquiry into spiritual realization or self-realization;\nyacchet-subdues ; sa/:t-that person; gu�n-the modes of material\nnature; ativartate-transcends.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who inquires into self-realization and thus subdues his\npowerful anger-which awakens suddenly in the body as if falling\nfrom the sky-transcends the influence of the modes of material\nnature.\nPURPORT\nWhen one becomes angry, he forgets himself and his situation, but if\none is able to consider his situation by knowledge, one transcends the influence of the modes of material nature. One is always a servant of lusty\ndesires, anger, greed, illusion, envy and so forth, but if one obtains sufficient strength in spiritual advancement, one can control them. One who\nobtains such control will always be transcendentally situated, untouched\nby the modes of material nature. This is only possible when one fully\nengages in the service of the Lord. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(14.26):\n\nmarh ca yo\n\n'vyabhicare�\n\nblwkti-yogena sevate\nsa guruJ,n samatityaitan\nbrahma-bhuyaya kalpate\n\n", "SB6.1#p0232": "[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n204\n\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in\nany circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and\nthus comes to the spiritual platform.\" By engaging one in devotional service, the Kt�1.1a consciousness movement keeps one always transcendental to anger, greed, lust, envy and so forth. One must perform devotional\nservice because otherwise one will become victimized by the modes of\nmaterial nature.\nTEXT 15\n\nat� ��: Rct�lwti fu�Q �: I\n� �tro�trmm�� ������\nalam dagdhair drumair dinai�\nkhiliiniirh sivam astu va�\nvar�i hy e�a vara kanya\npatnitve pratigrhyatam\nalam-enough;\n\ndagdhai�-with\n\nburning;\n\ndrumai�-the\n\ntrees;\n\ndinai�-poor; khi/iiniim-of the remainder of the trees; sivam-all\ngood fortune; astu-let there be; va�-of you; vark$i-raised by the\ntrees;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\ne�ii-this;\n\nvara-choice;\n\nkanya-daughter;\n\npatnitve-into wifehood; pratigrhyatam-let her be accepted.\nTRANSLATION\nThere is no need to burn these poor trees any longer. Let what­\n\never trees still remain be happy. Indeed, you should also be happy.\nNow, here is a beautiful, well-qualified girl named Miiri�ii, who was\n\nraised by the trees as their daughter. You may accept this beautiful\ngirl as your wife.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n(�qj'i S4 emU� �'ilt('tOO �\" I\n�U�T � �� � �QJ)q�� 11��11\n..\n\nity amantrya vararoharh\nkanyam apsarasirh nrpa\n\n", "SB6.1#p0233": "Text 17)\n\nThe Harltsa-guhya Prayers\n\n205\n\nsomo raja yayau dattva\nte dharmer:wpayemire\niti-thus;\n\namantrya-addressing;\n\nbeautiful hips; kanyam-the girl;\n\nvara-arohiim-possessing high,\napsaras im-born\n\nof an Apsarii;\n\nnrpa-0 King; somab,-Soma, the predominating deity of the moon;\nraja-the king; yayau-returned; dattoo-delivering; te-they; dharme�-according to religious principles; upayemire-married\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvanu continued: My dear King, after thus pacify­\n\ning the Pracetiis, Soma, the king of the moon, gave them the\n\nbeautiful girl born of Pramloca Apsarii. The Pracetiis all received\n\nPramloca's daughter, who had high, very beautiful hips, and married her according to the religious system.\nTEXT 17\n\n�if(ij�f � ��: sn���: � 1\n� �m:miJ{ � mm�: ���\\911\ntebhyas tasyam samabhavad\nda�ab, priicetasab, kila\nyasya praja-visarge�\nloka apuritas trayab,\ntebh y a/:1,-from all the Pracetas; tasyam-in her; samabhavat-was\ngenerated; da�a/:1,-Dakf?a, the expert in begetting children; pracetasa/:1,-the\n\nson of the Pracetas; kila-indeed; yasya-of whom;\n\npraja-visarge�-by the generation of living entities;\n\nloktib,-the\n\nworlds; apuritab,-filled; trayab,-three.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the womb of that girl the Pracetiis all begot a son named\n\nDak�a, who filled the three worlds with living entities.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0234": "206\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nPURPORT\nDak�a was first born during the reign of Svayambhuva Manu, but be­\n\ncause of offending Lord Siva he was punished by having the head of a\n\ngoat substituted for his own head. Thus insulted, he had to give up that\n\nbody, and in the sixth manvantara, called the Cak�u�a manvantara, he\n\nwas born of the womb of Mari�a as Dak�a. In this connection Srila\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura quotes this verse:\n\nciilcyU$e tv antare prapte\nprak-sarge kala-vidrute\nya� sasarja praja �!ii�\nsa dalcyo daiva-codita�\n\"His previous body had been destroyed, but he, the same Dak�a, inspired\n\nby the supreme will, created all the desired living entities in the Cak�u�a\n\nmanvantara.\"\n\n(Bhiig. 4.30.49) Thus Dak�a regained his previous opu­\n\nlence and again begot thousands and millions of children to fill the three\n\nworlds.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�7;(1 �� ��nfW� � �t4�(1�: 1\n\n�ijT �«T � �ffft<r�a: � 11��11\nyatha sasarja bhiltani\ndalcyo duhitr-vatsala�\nretasii manasii caiva\ntan mamiivahita� srrJu\n\nyatha-as; sasarja-created; bhiltiini-the living entities; da/cya�Dak�a; duhitr-vatsala�-who is very affectionate to his daughters;\nretasa-by semina; manasa-by the mind; ca-also; eva-indeed;\n\ntat-that; mama-from me; avahita�-being attentive; srT}-u-please\n\nhear.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: Please hear from me with great\nattention how Prajiipati Dak!ja, who was very affectionate to his\n\n", "SB6.1#p0235": "Text 20]\n\nThe Hamsa-guhya Prayers\n\n207\n\ndaughters, created different types of living entities through his\nsemina and through his mind.\nPURPORT\nThe word duhitr-vatsala}:t indicates that all the prajas were born from\n\nDak�a's daughters. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says that\napparently Dak�a had no son.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n��ilf�11..� ��'it: �n 1\n�i:flti('fatW:t��:����n\n11 � ���\nmanasaivasrjat purvam\n\nprajapatir ima/:t praja/:t\n\ndevasura-man�yadin\nnabha}:t-sthala-jalaukasa}:t\nmanasa-by the mind; eva-indeed; asrjat-created; purvam-in\n\nthe beginning; prajapati}:t-the prajapati (Dak�a); ima/:t-these; praja/:t-living\n\nentities;\n\ndeva-the\n\ndemigods;\n\nasura-the\n\ndemons;\n\nman�ya-adin-and other living entities, headed by the human beings;\n\nnabha/:t-in the skies; sthala-on the land; jala-or within the water;\nokasa}:t-who have their abodes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith his mind, Prajapati Dak�a first created all kinds of\ndemigods, demons, human beings, birds, beasts, aquatics and so\non.\nTEXT 20\n\nij'fil��cp:J �mit SJ�ttlfij: I\nR.-Qfql<=\\la�li �s� �� ij'q: II� oil\ntam abrmhitam alokya\npraja-sargam prajapati/:t\n\n", "SB6.1#p0236": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n208\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nvindhya-padiin upavrajya\nso 'carad d�karam tapa/:t\ntam-that;\n\na brmhita m-not increasing;\n\nalokya-seeing;\n\npraja­\n\nsargam-the creation of the living entities; prajapati/:t-Dak�a, the\ngenerator of living entities; vindhya- padan-the mountains near the\nVindhya mountain range; upavrajya-going to; sa}:l,-he; acarat-executed; d�kara m-very difficult; tapa/:t-austerities.\nTRANSLATION\nBut when Prajapati Dak�a saw that he was not properly generat­\n\ning all kinds of living entities, he approached a mountain near the\n\nVindhya mountain range, and there he executed very difficult\nausterities.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n��� ;nll � ttmt � I\naq�ttl®�wt\n�m��;:r� ����II\ntatraghamar$ar:uz,m nama\ntirtham papa-haram param\nupasprsyanusavanam\ntapasatCJ$ayad dharim\ntatra- there;\n\naghamar$ar:uz,m-Aghamar�al).a;\n\nnama- named;\n\ntirtham-the holy place; papa-hara m-suitable for destroying all sinful\nreactions; param-best; upasprsya-performing acamana and bathing;\nanusavanam-regularly;\n\ntapasa-by\n\nausterity;\n\nato $ayat -caused\n\npleasure; harim-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nNear that mountain was a very holy place named Aghamar�al).a.\n\nThere Prajapati Dak�a executed ritualistic ceremonies and satisfied\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, by engaging in great\n\nausterities to please Him.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0237": "209\n\nThe Harilsa-guhya Prayers\n\nText 23]\n\nTEXT 22\n\n3l�:Ft�l1\n�f1�..6+4���'{ I\n� ��fi:( ��ld'fl<! ;;r� �fhll��ll\nastaU$id dharhsa-guhyena\nbhagavantam adho/cyajam\ntubhyarh tad abhidhasyami\nkasyatU$yad yatha hari/:1.\nasta !J,$it- satisfied;\n\nharhsa-guhyena-by\n\nthe\n\ncelebrated\n\nprayers\n\nknown as Harhsa-guhya; bhagavantam-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;\n\nadho/cyajam - who is beyond the reach of the senses;\n\ntubhyam-unto\n\nyou;\n\ntat - that;\n\nabhidhasyami-1\n\nshall\n\nexplain;\n\nkasya-with Dak�a, the prajapati; atU$yat-was satisfied; yatha-how;\nhari/:1,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, I shall fully explain to you the Harilsa-guhya\nprayers, which were offered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead by Dak�a, and I shall explain how the Lord was pleased with\nhim for those prayers.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is to be understood that the Harhsa-guhya prayers were not composed by Dak�a, but were existing in the Vedic literature.\nTEXT 23\n\n�\"S/JJT'Tfrr�\nwtq:\n\n'Hlll�����lt\ng�mm���\n\n31�\n\ngol6���-\n\nf.\\�r.n;;r � � II�� II\n\n", "SB6.1#p0238": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n210\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nsri-prajapatir uvaca\nnama� parayavitathanubhutaye\n\ngur:w-trayabhasa-nimitta-barulhave\nadma-dhamne gur:w-tattva-buddhibhir\nnivrtta-manaya dadhe svayambhuve\nsri-prajapati� uvaca-the prajapati Dak�a said; nama�-al1 respectful obeisances; paraya-unto the Transcendence; avitatha\n\nanubhutaye\n\n-\n\n-\n\ncorrect;\n\nunto Him whose spiritual potency brings about realization\n\nof Him; gur:w-traya-of the three material modes of nature; abhasa-of\nthe living entities who have the appearance; nimitta-and of the material energy; barulhave-unto the controller; adma-dhamne-who is\nnot perceived in His abode; gur:w-tattva-buddhibhi�-by the conditioned souls whose poor intelligence dictates that real truth is found in\nthe manifestations of the three modes of material nature; nivrtta­\n\nmanaya-who has surpassed all material measurements and calculations; dadhe-1 offer; svayambhuve\n\n-\n\nunto the Supreme Lord, who is\n\nmanifest with no cause.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrajapati Dak�a said: The Supreme Personality of Godhead is\n\ntranscendental to the illusory energy and the physical categories it\nproduces. He possesses the potency for unfailing knowledge and\n\nsupreme will power, and He is the controller of the living entities\nand the illusory energy. The conditioned souls who have accepted\n\nthis material manifestation as everything cannot see Him, for He is\n\nabove the evidence of experimental knowledge. Self-evident and\nself-sufficient, He is not caused by any superior cause. Let me offer\nmy respectful obeisances unto Him.\n\nPURPORT\nThe transcendental position of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nexplained herewith. He is not perceivable by the conditioned souls, who\nare accustomed to material vision and cannot understand that the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead exists in His abode, which is beyond\nthat vision. Even if a materialistic person could count all the atoms in the\n\n", "SB6.1#p0239": "The Hamsa-guhya Prayers\n\nText 24]\n\n211\n\nuniverse, he would still be unable to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As confirmed in Brahma-sarhhita\n\n(5.34):\n\npanthas tu ko#-sata-vatsara-sarhpragamyo\nvayor athapi manaso muni-purigavanam\nso 'py asti yat-prapadn,-simny avicintya-tattve\ngovindam iidi-purU$arh tam aharh bhajami\nThe conditioned souls may try to understand the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead for many billions of years through their mental speculative processes, traveling at the speed of the mind or the wind, but still the Absolute Truth will remain inconceivable to them because a materialistic\nperson cannot measure the length and breadth of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's unlimited existence. If the Absolute Truth is\nbeyond measurement, one may ask, how can one realize Him? The\nanswer is given here by the word svayambhuve: one may understand\nHim or not, but nevertheless He is existing in His own spiritual potency.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nWf�m��m�:\n����if. Qq��: �� I\ngun � gfU1;ft 01{�{��� \"� ;:{'f�uflf ll�'dll\nna yasya sakhyarh puru{io 'vaiti sakhyu/:t\nsakha vasan sarhvasata/:t pure 'smin\ngur:w yatha gurJino vyakta-d!'{i!es\ntasmai mahesaya namaskaromi\nna-not; yasya-whose; sakhyam-fraternity; purU$a/:t-the living\nentity; avaiti-knows; sakhyu/:t-of the supreme friend; sakha-the\nfriend; vasan-living; sarhvasata/:t-of the one living with; pure-in\nthe body; asmin-this; gurJa/:t-the object of sense perception; yathajust like; gurJina/:t\n\n-\n\nof its respective sense organ; vyakta-d!'{l!e/:t\n\n-\n\nwho\n\n", "SB6.1#p0240": "212\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\noversees the material manifestation; tasmai-unto Him; maha-iSayaunto the supreme controller; namaskaromi-1 offer my obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs the sense objects [form, taste, touch, smell and sound] cannot\n\nunderstand how the senses perceive them, so the conditioned soul,\n\nalthough residing in his body along with the Supersoul, cannot\n\nunderstand how the supreme spiritual person, the master of the\n\nmaterial creation, directs his senses. Let me offer my respectful\nobeisances unto that Supreme Person, who is the supreme\ncontroller.\n\nPURPORT\nThe individual soul and the Supreme Soul live together within the\nbody. This is confirmed in the Upan�ads by the analogy that two\nfriendly birds live in one tree-one bird eating the fruit of the tree and\nthe other simply witnessing and directing. Although the individual living\nbeing, who is compared to the bird that is eating, is sitting with his friend\nthe Supreme Soul, the individual living being cannot see Him. Actually\nthe Supersoul is directing the workings of his senses in the enjoyment of\nsense objects, but as these sense objects cannot see the senses, the conditioned soul cannot see the directing soul. The conditioned soul has\ndesires, and the Supreme Soul fulfills them, but the conditioned soul is\nunable to see the Supreme Soul. Thus Prajapati Dak�a offers his obeisances to the Supreme Soul, the Supersoul, even though unable to see\nHim. Another example given is that although ordinary citizens work\nunder the direction of the government, they cannot understand how they\nare being governed or what the government is. In this regard,\nMadhvacarya quotes the following verse from the Skanda Purar:ta:\nyatha rajiia/:£ priyatvam tu\nbhrtya vedena catmana/:£\ntatha fivo na yat-sakhyam\nvetti tasmai namo 'stu te\n\"As the various servants in the different departments of big establishments cannot see the supreme managing director under whom they are\n\n", "SB6.1#p0241": "213\n\nThe Harilsa-guhya Prayers\n\nText 25]\n\nworking, the conditioned souls cannot see the supreme friend s1ttmg\nwithin their bodies. Let us therefore offer our respectful obeisances unto\nthe Supreme, who is invisible to our material eyes.\"\nTEXT 25\n\n�s�� liWRT �qt;rT441�ql'1q;.i :q f�: q�� I\n�� �Fl. � glllf� �ij)\nWf �� �q;r-:cr\"\"l II��II\ndeho 'savo 'k$a manavo bhuta-miitram\n\natmiinam anyam ca vidu� param yat\nsarvam pumiin v eda gur:Wms ca taj-jfio\n\nna veda sarva-jnam anantam i{ie\n\ndeha�-this body;\n\nasava�-the\n\nlife airs;\n\nak$a�-the different\n\nsenses; manava�-the mind, understanding, intellect and ego; bhutamiitram-the five gross material elements and the sense objects (form,\n\ntaste, sound and so on); atmiinam-themselves; anyam-any other;\nca-and; vidu�-know; par am-beyond; yat\neverything;\n\npumiin -the living being;\n\n-\n\nthat which; sarvam­\n\nveda-knows;\n\ngur:Wn-the\n\nqualities of the material nature; ca-and; tat-jna�-knowing those\nthings;\n\nna-not;\n\nveda-knows; sarva-jnam-unto the omniscient;\n\nanantam-the unlimited; ;;{ie-1 offer my respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBecause they are only matter, the body, the life airs, the external\nand internal senses, the five gross elements and the subtle sense\nobjects [form, taste, smell, sound and touch] cannot know their\nown nature, the nature of the other senses or the nature of their\ncontrollers. But the living being, because of his spiritual nature,\ncan\n\nknow his body, the life airs, the senses, the elements and the\n\nsense objects, and he can also know the three qualities that form\ntheir roots. Nevertheless, although the living being is completely\naware of them, he is unable to see the Supreme Being, who is\n\n", "SB6.1#p0242": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n214\n\nomniscient\n\nand\n\nunlimited.\n\nobeisances unto Him.\n\nI\n\ntherefore\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 4\noffer\n\nmy\n\nrespectful\n\nPURPORT\n\nMaterial scientists can make an analytical study of the physical elements, the body, the senses, the sense objects and even the air that controls the vital force, but still they cannot understand that above all these\nis the real spirit soul. In other words, the living entity, because of his\nbeing a spirit soul, can understand all the material objects, or, when selfrealized, he can understand the Paramatma, upon whom yogis meditate.\nNevertheless, the living being, even if advanced, cannot understand the\nSupreme Being, the Personality of Godhead, for He is ananta, unlimited,\nin all six opulences.\nTEXT 26\n\nt��Qr �llt�'f��f�snft'ffil_ I\n�ij iii� �qlj�\n��q ij� �NQ'il� �q: 11��11\nyadoparamo manaso nama-ruparupasya dma-smrti-sampramo�at\nya iyate kevalaya sva-sarhsthaya\nharhsaya tasmai suci-sadmane nama�},\n\nyada-when in trance; uparamab,-complete cessation; manasa}J,of the mind; nama-rupa-material names and forms; rupasya-of that\nby which they appear; dma-of material vision; smrti-and of\nremembrance; samprarrw�at-due to the destruction; yab,-who (the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead); iyate-is perceived; kevalaya-with\nspiritual; sva-sarhsthaya-His own original form; harhsaya-unto the\nsupreme pure; tasmai-unto Him; suci-sadmane-who is realized only\nin the pure state of spiritual existence; namab,-1 offer my respectful\nobeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen one's consciousness is completely purified of the con­\n\ntamination of material existence, gross and subtle, without being\n\n", "SB6.1#p0243": "The Hruhsa-guhya Prayers\n\nText 26]\n\n215\n\nagitated as in the working and dreaming states, and when the mind\nis not dissolved as in su�upti, deep sleep, one comes to the platform of trance. Then one's material vision and the memories of\nthe mind, which manifests names and forms, are vanquished. Only\nin such a trance is the Supreme Personality of Godhead revealed.\nThus let us offer our respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nwho is seen\n\nin\n\nthat\n\nuncontaminated,\n\ntranscendental state.\nPURPORT\nThere are two stages of God realization. One is called sujiieyam, or\nvery easily understood (generally by mental speculation), and the other\n\nis called durjiieyam, understood only with difficulty. Paramatma realiza­\n\ntion and Brahman realization are considered sujiieyam, but realization of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead is durjiieyam. As described here,\n\none attains the ultimate realization of the Personality of Godhead when\none gives up the activities of the mind-thinking, feeling and willingor, in other words, when mental speculation stops. This transcendental\n\nrealization is above SU$Upti, deep sleep. In our gross conditional stage we\nperceive things through material experjence and remembrance, and in\nthe subtle stage we perceive the world in dreams. The process of vision\nalso involves remembrance and also exists in a subtle form. Above gross\nexperience and dreams is SU$Upti, deep sleep, and when one comes to the\ncompletely spiritual platform, transcending deep sleep, he attains trance,\n\nvi.Suddha-sattva, or vasudeva-sattva, in which the Personality of\nGodhead is revealed.\n\nAtab sri-kr�r:w-namadi na bhaved grahyam indriyaib: as long as one\n\nis situated in duality, on the sensual platform, gross or subtle, realization\nof the original Personality of Godhead is impossible. Sevonmukhe hi\njihvadau svayam eva sphuraty adaf£: but when one engages his senses in\n\nthe service of the Lord-specifically, when one engages the tongue in\nchanting the Hare ��J)a mantra and tasting only ��J;la prasada with a\n\nspirit of service-the Supreme Personality of Godhead is revealed. This\nis indicated in this verse by the word suci-sadmane. Suci means purified.\nBy the spirit of rendering service with one's senses, one's entire existence becomes suci-sadma, the platform of uncontaminated purity.\n\nDak�a therefore offers his respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, who is revealed on the platform of suci-sadma. In\n\n", "SB6.1#p0244": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n216\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nthis regard Sri:la Visvanatha Cak;avarti: 'fhakura quotes the following\nprayer by Lord Brahma from the Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.14.6): tathapi\nbhuman mahimiigu1JaSya te viboddhum arhaty amaliintar-atmabhib,.\n\"One whose heart has become completely purified, my Lord, can understand the transcendental qualities of Your Lordship and can understand\nthe greatness of Your activities.\"\nTEXTS 27-28\n\n�ait�� ijf;{�\n�m���rll� t?ttr«: 1\nqft � �refot q'�\n'A�l fWft�\"Q � II �\\911\nij\n� +t+tt�'iN�'i+ttlfl�WRiot��:\nij ij�;n+{T ij :q fq��:\nSH.f\\i(ijl'fMWI�+t�Mi : ����II\nman�i1:w 'ntar-hrdi sannivesitarh\nsva.-.saktibhir navabhiS ca trivrdbhib,\nvahnim yatha darur:ti paficadaSyam\nman�aya n�kar$anti giic)ham\nsa vai mamiiSe$a-viSe$a-mayan�edha-nirva�-sukhanubhutif:t\nsa sarva-nama sa ca viSva-rilpab,\nprasidatam aniruktatma-saktif:t\nman�i�b,\n\n- great\n\nlearned\n\nbrahmalJiLS\n\nperforming\n\nritualistic\n\nceremonies and sacrifices; antab,-hrdi-within the core of the heart;\nsannivesitam-being situated; sva-saktibhib,-with His own spiritual\npotencies; navabhif:t-also with the nine different material potencies\n(the material nature, the total material energy, the ego, the mind and the\nfive objects of the senses); ca-and (the five gross material elements and\n\n", "SB6.1#p0245": "Text 28]\n\nThe Hamsa-guhya Prayers\n\n217\n\nthe ten acting and knowledge-gathering senses); trivrdbhib,-by the\nthree material modes of nature;\n\nvahnim-fue;\n\nyatha-just like;\n\ndaru�i-within wood; paiicada.Syam-produced by chanting the fifteen\nhymns known as Samidheni: mantras; mani,mya-by purified intelligence; ni$kar�anti-extract; ga�ham-although not manifesting; sab,that Supreme Personality of Godhead; vai-indeed; mama-toward me;\na.Se�a-all; viSe�a-varieties; maya-of the illusory energy; ni$edhaby the process of negation; nirva�-of liberation; sukha-anubhutib,who is realized by transcendental bliss; sab,-that Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; sarva-nama-who is the source of all names; sab,-that\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; ca-also; viSva-rilpab,-the gigantic\nform of the universe; prasidatam-may He be merciful; anirukta-inconceivable; atma-saktib,-the reservoir of all spiritual potencies.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as great learned brihmlll,las who are expert in performing\nritualistic ceremonies and sacrifices can extract the fire dormant\nwithin wooden fuel by chanting the fifteen Samidheni mantras,\nthus proving the efficacy of the Vedic mantras, so those who are actually advanced in consciousness-in other words, those who are\nKr�J.la conscious-can find the Supersoul,\n\nwho by His own\n\nspiritual potency is situated within the heart. The heart is covered\nby the three modes of material nature and the nine material elements [material nature, the total material energy, the ego, the\nmind and the five objects of sense gratification], and also by the\nfive material elements and the ten senses. These twenty-seven elements constitute the external energy of the Lord. Great yogis\nmeditate upon the Lord, who is\n\nsituated as the Supersoul,\n\nParamatma, within the core of the heart. May that Supersoul be\npleased with me. The Supersoul is realized when one is eager for\nliberation from the unlimited varieties of material life. One actually attains such liberation when he engages in the transcendental loving service of the Lord and realizes the Lord because of his\nattitude of service. The Lord may be addressed by various spiritual\nnames, which are inconceivable to the material senses. When will\nthat Supreme Personality of Godhead be pleased with me?\n\n", "SB6.1#p0246": "218\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nPURPORT\nIn his commentary to this verse, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura\n\nuses the word durvijfieyam, which means very difficult to realize. The\n\npure stage of existence is described in Bhagavad-gita (7.28), wherein\n\"Kr�I).a says:\n\nye$iirh tv anta-gatarh paparh\njaniiniirh pur:tya-karmaT}iim\nte dvandva-moha-nirmukta\nbhajante miirh drr;lha-vratab\n\"Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life, whose\n\nsinful actions are completely eradicated and who are freed from the\n\nduality of delusion, engage themselves in My service with determination.\"\n\nElsewhere in Bhagavad-gita (9.14) the Lord says:\n\nsatatarh kirtayanto marh\nyatanta.S ca drr;lha-vratab\nnamasyanta.S ca miirh bhaktya\nnitya-yukta upiisate\n\"Always chanting My glories, endeavoring with great determination,\n\nbowing down before Me, these great souls perpetually worship Me with\ndevotion.\"\n\nOne can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead after tran­\n\nscending all material impediments. Therefore Lord \"Kr�I).a also says in the\n\nGita (7.3):\n\nmanU$yii1}iirh sahasre$U\nka.Scid yatati siddhaye\nyatatam api siddhanarh\nka.Scin marh vetti tattvatab\n\"Out of many thousands among men, one may endeavor for perfection,\n\nand of those who have achieved perfection, hardly one knows Me in\n\ntruth.\"\n\n", "SB6.1#p0247": "Text 28]\n\nThe Hamsa-guhya Prayers\n\n219\n\nTo understand Kr!?l).a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one must\n\nundergo severe penances and austerities, but since the path of devotional\n\nservice is perfect, by following this process one can very easily come to\n\nthe spiritual platform and understand the Lord. This, too, is confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gita (18.55), wherein Kri?Q.a says:\n\nbhaktya miim abhijanati\nyavan ya.S casmi tattvatab,\ntato mam tattvato jnatva\nviSate tad-anantaram\n\"One can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead as He is only\n\nby devotional service. And when one is in full consciousness of the\nSupreme Lord by such devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of God.\"\n\nThus although the subject matter is durvijneyam, extremely difficult\n\nto understand, it becomes easy if one follows the prescribed method.\n\nComing in touch with the Supreme Personality of Godhead is possible\n\nthrough pure devotional service, which begins with sravar:tam kirtanam\n\nV�TJ-Oft. In this regard, Sr!la Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura quotes a\n(2.8.5): prav�taft karr:ta-randhrer:ta\nsvanam bhava-saroruham. The process of hearing and chanting enters\n\nverse from Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nthe core of the heart, and in this way one becomes a pure devotee. By\ncontinuing this process, one comes to the stage of transcendental love,\n\nand then he appreciates the transcendental name, form, qualities and\n\npastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In other words, a pure\n\ndevotee, by devotional service, is able to see the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead despite many material impediments, which are all various en­\n\nergies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Easily making his way\nthrough these impediments, a devotee comes directly in contact with the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Mter all, the material impediments\n\ndescribed in these verses are but various energies of the Lord. When a\n\ndevotee is eager to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he prays to\nthe Lord:\n\nayi nanda-tanuja kinkaram\npatitam mam v�ame bhavambudhau\nkrpaya tava pada-pankajasthita-dhuli-sadrsam vicintaya\n\n", "SB6.1#p0248": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n220\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\n\"0 son of Maharaja Nanda [Kr�Q.a], I am Your eternal servitor, yet some­\n\nhow or other I have fallen into the ocean of birth and death. Please pick\nme up from this ocean of death and place me as one of the atoms at Your\nlotus feet.\" Being pleased with the devotee, the Lord turns all his ma­\n\nterial impediments into spiritual service. In this connection Srila\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura quotes a verse from the V��u Purar:w:\n\nhliidini sandhini samvit\ntvayy eka sarva-samsthitau\nhliida-tiipa-kari miSrii\ntvayi no gur:w-varjite\nIn the material world, the spiritual energy of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is manifested as tiipa-kari, which means \"causing miseries.\"\n\nEveryone hankers for happiness, but although happiness originally\n\ncomes from the pleasure potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nin the material world, because of material activities, the pleasure potency\nof the Lord becomes a source of miseries (hliida-tiipa-kari). False happi­\n\nness in the material world is the source of distress, but when one's en­\n\ndeavors for happiness are redirected toward the satisfaction of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, this tiipa-kari element of misery is\n\nvanquished. An example given in this connection is that extracting fire\n\nfrom wood is certainly difficult, but when the fire comes out it burns the\n\nwood to ashes. In other words, experiencing the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is extremely difficult for those devoid of devotional service, but\n\neverything becomes easier for a devotee, and thus he can very easily\nmeet the Supreme Lord.\n\nHere the prayers say that the form of the Lord is beyond the jurisdic­\n\ntion of material form and is therefore inconceivable. A devotee prays,\n\nhowever, \"My dear Lord, be pleased with me so that I may very easily\nsee Your transcendental form and potency.\" Nondevotees try to under­\n\nstand the Supreme Brahman by discussions of neti neti. Ni$edha-nir­\n\nvar:w-sukhanubhuti/:t: a devotee, however, simply by chanting the holy\n\nname of the Lord, avoids such laborious speculations and realizes the ex­\n\nistence of the Lord very easily.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0249": "The Harilsa-guhya Prayers\n\nText 29]\n\n221\n\nTEXT 29\n\n�f;;Rs� �\n\nf;{�fq�\n\n�ff;Rft\\1 � I\n\nf{l\n\n\\'@_ � !!� fu ij��\n��\n\ngoiNI�� : II����\n\nyad yan niruktarh vacasa nirupitarh\ndhiyak$abhir va manasota yasya\nmii bhut svaruparh gur:w-ruparh hi tat tat\n\nsa vai gur;iipaya-visarga-lak$ar:w�\nyat\n\nyat-whatever;\n\nnirukta m -e xpressed;\n\nvacasa-by\n\nwords;\n\nnirupitam -ascertained; dhiya -by so-called meditation or intelligence;\nak$abhi�\n\n-\n\nby the senses; vii-or; manasii-by the mind; uta-cer­\n\ntainly; yasya-of whom; mii bhut -may not be; s va r ilpa m-the actual\n-\n\nform of the Lord; gur:w-ril pam-consisting of the three qualities; hiindeed; tat tat-that; sa�-that Supreme Personality of Godhead; vaiindeed; gur:w-apaya -the cause of the annihilation of everything made\nof the material modes of nature; v is arga -and the creation; lak$ar:w�appearing as.\nTRANSLATION\nAnything expressed by material vibrations, anything ascertained\nby material intelligence and anything experienced by the material\nsenses or concocted within the material mind is hut an effect of the\nmodes of material nature and therefore has nothing to do with the\nreal nature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Supreme\nLord is beyond the creation of this material world, for He is the\nsource of the material qualities and creation. As the cause of all\ncauses, He exists before the creation and after the creation. I wish\nto offer my respectful obeisances unto Him.\nPURPORT\nOne who manufactures names, forms, qualities or paraphernalia pertaining to the Supreme Personality of Godhead cannot understand Him,\n\n", "SB6.1#p0250": "222\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nsince He is beyond creation. The Supreme Lord is the creator of every­\n\nthing, and this means that He existed when there was no creation. In\n\nother words, His name, form and qualities are not materially created en­\n\ntities; they are transcendental always. Therefore by our material concoc­\n\ntions, vibrations and thoughts we cannot ascertain the Supreme Lord.\n\nThis is explained in the verse ata/:t sn-kmw-niirniidi na bhaved\n\ngrahyam indriyaift.\n\nPracetasa, Dak�a, herein offers prayers unto the Transcendence, not to\n\nanyone within the material creation. Only fools and rascals think God a\n\nmaterial creation. This is confirmed by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii (9.11):\navajiinanti miirh muQ,ha\nmiinU$irh tanum asritam\npararh bhiivam ajiinanto\nmama bhiita-mahesvaram\n\"Fools deride Me when I descend in the human form. They do not know\n\nMy transcendental nature and My supreme dominion over all that be.\"\n\nTherefore, one must receive knowledge from a person to whom the Lord\nhas revealed Himself; there is no value in creating an imaginary name or\n\nform for the Lord. Sripada Sankaracarya was an impersonalist, but\n\nnevertheless he said, niiriiyaTJii/:t para 'vyaktiit: Narayai:J.a, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, is not a person of the material world. We cannot\n\nassign Narayai:J.a a material designation, as the foolish attempt to do when\nthey speak of daridra-niiriiyaTJil (poor Narayai:J.a). Narayai:J.a is always\n\ntranscendental, beyond this material creation. How can He become\n\ndaridra-niiriiyaTJil? Poverty is found within this material world, but in\n\nthe spiritual world, there is no such thing as poverty. Therefore the idea\nof daridra-niiriiyaTJil is merely a concoction.\n\nDak�a very carefully points out that material designations cannot be\n\nnames of the worshipable Lord: yad yan niruktarh vacasii niriipitam.\n\nNirukta refers to the Vedic dictionary. One cannot properly understand\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead merely by picking up expressions\n\nfrom a dictionary. In praying to the Lord, Dak�a does not wish material\n\nnames and forms to be the objects of his worship; rather, he wants to\nworship the Lord, who existed before the creation of material diction-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0251": "Text 30]\n\nThe Harltsa-guhya Prayers\n\n223\n\naries and names. As confirmed in the Vedas, yato vaco nivartantel\n\naprapya manasii saha: the name, form, attributes and paraphernalia of\n\nthe Lord cannot be ascertained through a material dictionary. However,\n\nif one reaches the transcendental platform of understanding the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, he becomes well acquainted with\n\neverything, material and spiritual. This is confirmed in another Vedic\n\nmantra: tam eva viditvatimrtyum eti. If one can somehow or other, by\n\nthe grace of the Lord, understand the transcendental position of the\n\nLord, one becomes eternal. This is further confirmed by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gitii (4. 9) :\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevam yo vetti tattvata/:t\ntyaktva deham punar janma\nnaiti miim eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and\n\nactivities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this ma­\n\nterial world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" Simply by under­\n\nstanding the Supreme Lord, one goes beyond birth, death, old age and\ndisease. Srila Sukadeva Gosvami therefore advised Maharaja Parik�it in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (2.1.5):\n\ntasmiid bharata sarviitmii\nbhagavan iSvaro hari/:t\nsrotavya/:t kirtitavya§ ca\nsmartavya§ cecchatabhayam\n\"0 descendant of King Bharata, one who desires to be free from all mis­\n\neries must hear, glorify and also remember the Personality of Godhead,\n\nwho is the Supersoul, the controller and the savior from all miseries.\"\n\nTEXT 30\n\n���if;{����\n�� �� �ij' m� :q' 1\n\n", "SB6.1#p0252": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n224\n\n.\n\n'R't'\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\"\n\nSJffi....\n\n.\n\nSJHl;a\n\n;m ���� ll�oll\nyasmin yato yena ca yasya yasmai\nyad yo yathii kurute karyate ca\npariivare$iirh paramam priik prasiddham\ntad brahma tad-dhetur ananyad ekam\nyasmin-in whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead or the\nsupreme place of repose); yatab,-from whom (everything emanates);\nyena-by whom (everything is enacted); ca-also; yasya-to whom\neverything belongs; yasmai-to whom (everything is offered); yatwhich;\n\nyab,-who;\n\nyathii-as;\n\nkurute-executes;\n\nkiiryate-is per­\n\nformed; ca-also; para-avare$iim-of both, in the material and spiritual\nexistence; paramam-the supreme; priik-the origin; prasiddhamwell known to everyone; tat-that; brahma-the Supreme Brahman;\ntat-hetub,-the cause of all causes; ananyat-having no other cause;\nekam-one without a second.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Brahman, K.r�J.la, is the ultimate resting place and\n\nsource of everything. Everything is done by Him, everything\n\nbelongs to Him, and everything is offered to Him. He is the ultimate objective, and whether acting or causing others to act, He is\nthe ultimate doer. There are many causes, high and low, but since\nHe is the cause of all causes, He is well known as the Supreme\nBrahman who existed before all activities. He is one without a sec­\n\nond and has no other cause. I therefore offer my respects unto\n\nHim.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, �!?Q.a, is the original cause, as\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (aham sarvasya prabhavab-}. Even this material world, which is conducted under the modes of material nature, is\ncaused by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who therefore also has\nan intimate relationship with the material world. If the material world\n\n", "SB6.1#p0253": "Text 31)\n\nThe Haritsa-guhya Prayers\n\n225\n\nwere not a part of His body, the Supreme Lord, the supreme cause,\nwould be incomplete. Therefore we hear, vdsudevab, sarvam iti sa\nmahiitmii sudurlabhab,: if one knows that Vasudeva is the original cause\nof all causes, he becomes a perfect mahatmii.\nThe Brahma-samhita\n\n(5.1) declares:\n\niSvarab, paramab, km:wbsac-cid-ananda-vigrahab,\nanadir adir govindab,\nsarva-kara�-kara�m\n\"l<r��a, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an\neternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other\norigin, for He is the prime cause of all causes.\" The Supreme Brahman\n(tad brahma) is the cause of all causes, but He has no cause. A nadir adir\ngovindab, sarva-kara�-kara�m: Govinda, l<r��a, is the original cause\nof all causes, but He has no cause for His appearance as Govinda.\nGovinda expands in multifarious forms, but nevertheless they are one.\nAs confirmed by Madhviicarya, ananyab, sadrsabhiivad eko rilpadyabhedatab,: l<r��a has no cause nor any equal, and He is one because His\nvarious forms, as svamsa and vibhinnamsa, are nondifferent from\nHimself.\n\nTEXT 31\n\"'\n:q=-=i0%:\n\"ffi\n:r:lttrrtl\n\n�\n�\n��ijf. ���itT\nq\nffl��l�wfl +f� I\n��\n� ��1�\n� W�ms��UfT:q �� II�� II\n.\n\nyac-chaktayo vadatam vadinam vai\nvivada-samvada-bhuvo bhavanti\nkurvanti ca�am muhur atma-moharh\ntasmai namo 'nanta-gu�ya bhilmne\nyat-saktayab,-whose\ndifferent\n\nphilosophies;\n\nmultifarious\nvadinam-of\n\npotencies;\nthe\n\nvadatdm-speaking\n\nspeakers;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\n", "SB6.1#p0254": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n226\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nvivada-of argument; samvada-and agreement; bhuva�-the causes;\nbhavanti-are;\ntheorists);\n\nkurvanti-create;\n\nmuhu�-continuously;\n\nca-and;\n\ne�am-of\n\nthem\n\natma-moham-bewilderment\n\n(the\nre­\n\ngarding the existence of the soul; tasmai-unto Him; nama�-my respectful obeisances; ananta-unlimited; gu�ya-possessing transcendental attributes; bhumne-the all-pervading Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto the all-pervading\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who possesses unlimited tran­\n\nscendental qualities. Acting from within the cores of the hearts of\n\nall philosophers, who propagate various views, He causes them to\n\nforget their own souls while sometimes agreeing and sometimes\ndisagreeing among themselves. Thus He creates within this ma­\n\nterial world a situation in which they are unable to come to a conclusion. I offer my obeisances unto Him.\nPURPORT\n\nSince time immemorial or since the creation of the cosmic manifestation, the conditioned souls have formed various parties of philosophical\nspeculation, but this is not true of the devotees. Nondevotees have different ideas of creation, maintenance and annihilation, and therefore\nthey are called vadis and prativadis-proponents and counterproponents.\nIt is understood from the statement of Mahabharata that there are many\nmunis, or speculators:\ntarko 'pra�!ha� srutayo vibhinna\nnasav r�ir yasya matam na bhinnam\nAll speculators must disagree with other speculators; otherwise, why\nshould there be so many opposing parties concerned with ascertaining\nthe supreme cause?\nPhilosophy means finding the ultimate cause. As Vediinta-sutra very\nreasonably says, athato brahma-jijflii.sa: human life is meant for understanding the ultimate cause. Devotees accept that the ultimate cause is\n.Krf?I:J.a because this conclusion is supported by all Vedic literature and\n\n", "SB6.1#p0255": "Text 31)\n\nThe Harilsa-guhya Prayers\n\n227\n\nalso by ��1,1a Himself, who says, aham sarvasya prabhava}:t: \"I am the\nsource of everything.\" Devotees have no problem understanding the\nultimate cause of everything, but nondevotees must face many opposing\nelements because everyone who wants to be a prominent philosopher invents his own way. In India there are many parties of philosophers, such\nas the dvaita-vadis, advaita-vadis, vaiSe�ikas, mimiimsakas, Mayavadls\nand svabhava-vadis, and each of them opposes the others. Similarly, in\nthe Western countries there are also many philosophers with different\nviews of creation, life, maintenance and annihilation. Thus it is undoubtedly a fact that there are countless philosophers throughout the\nworld, each of them contradicting the others.\nNow, one might ask why there are so many philosophers if the ultimate goal of philosophy is one. Undoubtedly the ultimate cause is onethe Supreme Brahman. As Arjuna told ��1,1a in Bhagavad-gita (10.12):\n\nparam brahma param dhama\npavitram paramam bhavan\npur�am sasvatam divyam\nadi-devam ajam vibhum\n\"You are the Supreme Brahman, the ultimate, the supreme abode and\npurifier, the Absolute Truth and the eternal divine person. You are the\nprimal God, transcendental and original, and You are the unborn and allpervading beauty.\" Nondevotee speculators, however, do not accept an\nultimate cause (sarva-karaTJ(L-karaTJ(Lm). Because they are ignorant and\nbewildered concerning the soul and its activities, even though some of\nthem have a vague idea of the soul, many controversies arise, and the\nphilosophical speculators can never reach a conclusion. All of these\nspeculators are envious of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and as\n��Q.a says in Bhagavad-gita (16.19-20):\n\ntan aham dv�ata}:t kruran\nsamsare�u naradhamiin\n�ipamy ajasram a§ubhan\nasuri§v eva yon�u\n\n", "SB6.1#p0256": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n228\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nasurim yonim apannii\nmuljha janmani janmani\nmiim aprapyaiva kaunteya\ntato yanty adhamam gatim\n\"Those who are envious and mischievous, who are the lowest among\nmen, are cast by Me into the ocean of material existence, into various\ndemoniac species of life. Attaining repeated birth among the species of\ndemoniac life, such persons can never approach Me. Gradually they sink\ndown to the most abominable type of existence.\" Because of their envy of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, nondevotees are born in demoniac\nfamilies life after life. They are great offenders, and because of their\noffenses the Supreme Lord keeps them always bewildered. Kurvanti\n\ncai§am muhur atma-moham: the Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, purposely keeps them in darkness (atma-moham).\nThe great authority Parasara, the father of Vyasadeva, explains the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead thus:\n\njiiiina-sakti-balaiSvaryavirya-tejamsy a5e�ata/:t\nbhagavac-chabda-vacyani\nvina heyair gu1Jiidibhi/:t\nThe\n\ndemoniac\n\nspeculators\n\ncannot\n\nunderstand\n\nthe\n\ntranscendental\n\nqualities, form, pastimes, strength, knowledge and opulence of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, which are all free from material contamination (vina heyair gu7Jfidibhi/:t). These speculators are envious of\nthe existence of the Lord. ]agad ahur aniSvaram: their conclusion is that\nthe entire cosmic manifestation has no controller, but is just working\nnaturally. Thus they are kept in constant darkness, birth after birth, and\ncannot understand the real cause of all causes. This is the reason why\nthere are so many schools of philosophical speculation.\nTEXT 32\n\n3t(ffiRt ;rnijlfu � cHnf;{g����-P.il��i��uit:\n\n", "SB6.1#p0257": "Text 32]\n\nThe Harilsa-guhya Prayers\n\n229\n\n� fifi� ;.itf(�i�t�;.fl:\n� � �� �����II\nastiti niistiti ca vastu-n�!hayor\neka-sthayor bhinna-viruddha-dharmalJ-0�\nave�itarh kiiicana yoga-siirikhyayo�\nsamam param hy anukulam brhat tat\nasti-there is; iti-thus; na-not; asti-there is; iti-thus; ca-and;\nvastu-n�!hayo�-professing knowledge of the ultimate cause; ekasthayo�-with one and the same subject matter, establishing Brahman;\nbhinna-demonstrating different; viruddha-dharmalJ-0�-and opposing\ncharacteristics; ave�itam-perceived; kiiicana-that something which;\nyoga-sarikhyayoiJ,-of mystic yoga and the Sankhya philosophy (analysis\nof the ways of nature); samam-the same; param-transcendental;\nhi-indeed; anukillam-dwelling place; brhat tat-that ultimate cause.\nTRANSLATION\nThere are two parties-namely, the theists and the atheists. The\ntheist,\n\nwho\n\naccepts\n\nthrough mystic\n\nthe Supersoul,\n\nyoga.\n\nThe\n\nfinds the\n\nSankhyite,\n\nspiritual\n\nhowever,\n\ncause\n\nwho merely\n\nanalyzes the material elements, comes to a conclusion of impersonalism and does not accept a supreme cause-whether Bhagavan,\nParamiitmii or even Brahman. Instead, he is preoccupied with the\nsuperfluous, external activities of material nature. l.ntimately,\nhowever, both parties demonstrate the Absolute Truth because although they offer opposing statements, their object is the same\nultimate cause. They are both approaching the same Supreme\nBrahman, to whom I offer my respectful obeisances.\nPURPORT\n\nActually there are two sides to this argument. Some say that the Absolute has no form (nirakiira), and others say that the Absolute has a\nform (siikiira). Therefore the word \"form\" is the common factor, although some accept it (asti or astika) whereas others try to negate it\n\n", "SB6.1#p0258": "230\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\n(nasti or nastika). Since the devotee considers the word \"form\" (akara)\nthe common factor for both, he offers his respectful obeisances to the\nform, although others may go on arguing about whether the Absolute has\na form or not.\nIn this verse the word\n\nyoga-sarikhyayo� is very important. Yoga\n\nmeans bhakti-yoga because yogis also accept the existence of the all­\n\npervading Supreme Soul and try to see that Supreme Soul within their\n\nhearts. As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (12.13.1), dhyanavasthita-tadgatena manasii pa.Syanti yam yogina�. The devotee tries to come directly\nin touch with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whereas the yogi\ntries to find the Supersoul within the heart by meditation. Thus, both\n\ndirectly and indirect!y,\n\nyoga means bhakti-yoga. Sankh ya, however,\n\nmeans physical study of the cosmic situation through speculative knowledge. This is generally known as jiiiina-sastra. The Sari.khyites are at­\n\ntached to the impersonal Brahman, but the Absolute Truth is known in\nthree ways. Brahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan iti sabdyate: the Absolute\n\nTruth is one, but some accept Him as impersonal Brahman, some as the\nSupersoul existing everywhere, and some as Bhagavan, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. The central point is the Absolute Truth.\nAlthough the impersonalists and personalists fight with one another,\nthey focus upon the same Parabrahman, the same Absolute Truth. In the\n\nyoga-sastras, .Kr�I;Ia is described as follows: km:tam piSarigambaram ambuje/'§alJllrh catur-bhujam sarikha-gadady-udayudham. Thus the pleas­\n\ning appearance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's bodily features,\nHis limbs and His dress are described. The sarikhya-sastra, however,\n\ndenies the existence of the Lord's transcendental form. The sarikhya­\n\nsastra says that the Supreme Absolute Truth has no hands, no legs and no\n\nname: hy aniima-riipa-gulJll-piir:ti-piidam acak§ur a.Srotram ekam ad­\n\nvitfyam api niima-nlpadikam nasti. The Vedic mantras say, apar:ti-pado\njavano grahita: the Supreme Lord has no legs and hands, but He can ac­\n\ncept whatever is offered to Him. Actually such statements accept that the\nSupreme has hands and legs, but deny that He has material hands and\nlegs. This is why the Absolute is called aprakrta. .Kr�I;Ia, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, has a sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, a form of eter­\n\nnity, knowledge and bliss, not a material form. The Sari.khyites, or\n\njiiiinis, deny the material form, and the devotees also know very well that\n\nthe Absolute Truth, Bhagavan, has no material form.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0259": "231\n\nThe Hamsa-guhya Prayers\n\nText 32]\n\niSvara� parama� kr$'(Ul�\nsac-cid-ananda-vigraha�\naniid r adir govinda�\nsarva-kiira'(Ul-kiira'(Ulm\n\"Kr�l).a, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an\n\neternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other\n\norigin, for He is the prime cause of all causes.\" The conception of the\n\nAbsolute without hands and legs and the conception of the Absolute with\n\nhands and legs are apparently contradictory, but they both coincide with\nthe same truth about the Supreme Absolute Person. Therefore the word\n\nvastu-ni$thayo�, which is used herein, indicates that both the yogis and\n\nSankhyites have faith in the reality, but are argU.ing about it from the\n\ndifferent viewpoints of material and spiritual identities. Parabrahman,\n\nor brhat, is the common point. The Sankhyites and yogis are both situ­\n\nated in that same Brahman, but they differ because of different angles of\nVISIOn.\n\nThe directions given by the bhakti-sastra point one in the perfect\n\ndirection\n\nbecause\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead\n\nsays\n\nin\n\nBhagavad-gita, bhaktya mam abhijanati: \"Only by devotional service\nam I to be known.\" The bhaktas know that the Supreme Person has no\nmaterial form, whereas the jnanis simply deny the material form. One\nshould therefore take shelter of the bhakti-marga, the path of devotion;\nthen everything will be clear. ]nanis concentrate on the vira!a-rupa, the\ngigantic universal form of the Lord. This is a good system in the begin­\n\nning for those who are extremely materialistic, but there is no need to\nthink continuously of the virata-riipa. When Arjuna was shown the\n\nvirata-rupa of l<r!?l).a, he saw it, but he did not want to see it perpetually.\nHe therefore requested the Lord to return to His original form as two­\n\narmed Kr�l).a. In conclusion, learned scholars find no contradictions in\n\nthe devotees' concentration upon the spiritual form of the Lord (iSvara�\nparama� kr$'(Ul� sac-cid-ananda-vigrahaM. In this regard, Srila\nMadhvacarya says that less intelligent nondevotees think that their con­\n\nclusion is the ultimate, but because devotees are completely learned, they\n\ncan understand that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the ultimate\ngoal.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0260": "[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n232\n\nTEXT 33\n\n��w\n� ��'l;nl{� �'FfR;r.:ij: I\n�I'IIM �IJf :q ijfrl{��fllif� ij ll� Wt: Sl� II�� II\nyo 'nugrahartham bhajatam pada-millam\nanama-rilpo bhagavan ananta/:t\nnamani rilpar:ti ca janma-karmabhir\nbheje sa mahyam parama/:t prasidatu\nya/:t-who\n\n(the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead);\n\nanugraha­\n\nartham-to show His causeless mercy; bhajatam-to the devotees who\n\nalways render devotional service; pada-mulam-to His transcendental\n\nlotus feet; anama-with no material name; rilpa/:t-or material form;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ananta/:t-unlimited,\n\nall-pervading and eternally existing;\n\nnames;\n\nrilpar:ti-His\n\nmab hi/:t-wit h\n\nHis\n\nmanifests; sa/:t-He;\n\ntranscendental\n\ntranscendental\n\nnamani-transcendental holy\n\nforms;\n\nbirth\n\nmahyam-unto me;\n\nprasidatu-may He be merciful.\n\nca-also;\n\nand\n\njanma-kar­\n\nactivities;\n\nbheje­\n\nparama/:t-the Supreme;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is inconceivably\n\nopulent, who is devoid of all material names, forms and pastimes,\n\nand who is all-pervading, is especially merciful to the devotees\n\nwho worship His lotus feet. Thus He exhibits transcendental forms\nand names with His different pastimes. May that Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, whose form is eternal and full of knowledge\nand bliss, be merciful to me.\n\nPURPORT\nIn regard to the significant word anama-rilpa/:t, Sri Sridhara Svami\n\nsays, prakrta-nama-rilpa-rahito 'pi. The word anama, which means\n\n\"having no name,\" indicates that the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n", "SB6.1#p0261": "Text 33]\n\nThe Hamsa-guhya Prayers\n\n233\n\nhas no material name. Simply by chanting the name of Narayal,la to call\nhis son, Ajamila attained salvation. This means that Nariiyal,la is not an\nordinary mundane name; it is nonmaterial. The word anama, therefore,\nindicates that the names of the Supreme Lord do not belong to this material world. The vibration of the Hare Kr�I,la mahii-mantra is not a material sound, and similarly the form of the Lord and His appearance and\nactivities are all nonmaterial. To show His causeless mercy to the devotees, as well as to the nondevotees, :l<r�Qa, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, appears in this material world with names, forms and pastimes,\nall of which are transcendental. Unintelligent men who cannot understand this think that these names, forms and pastimes are material, and\ntherefore they deny that He has a name or a form.\nConsidered with scrutiny, the conclusion of nondevotees, who say that\nGod has no name, and that of devotees, who know that His name is not\nmaterial, are practically the same. The Supreme Personality of Godhead\nhas no material name, form, birth, appearance or disappearance, but\nnevertheless, He takes His birth (janma). As stated in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(4.6):\najo 'pi sann avyayiitmii\nbhiltiiruim iSvaro 'pi san\nprakrtirh sviim adhi$!hiiya\nsambhaviimy iitma-miiyayii\nAlthough the Lord is unborn (aja) and His body never undergoes material changes, He nevertheless appears as an incarnation, maintaining\nHimself always in the transcendental stage (suddha-sattva). Thus He exhibits His transcendental forms, names and activities. That is His special\nmercy toward His devotees. Others may continue merely arguing about\nwhether the Absolute Truth has form or not, but when a devotee, by the\ngrace of the Lord, sees the Lord personally, he becomes spiritually\necstatic.\nUnintelligent persons say that the Lord does nothing. Actually He has\nnothing to do, but nevertheless He has to do everything, because without\nHis sanction no one can do anything. The unintelligent, however, cannot\nsee how He is working and how the entire material nature is working\nunder His direction. His different potencies work perfectly.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0262": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n234\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nna tasya karyam karar:wm ca vidyate\nna tat-sama.S ciibhyadhikaS ca drsyate\nparasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate\nsviibhiiviki jfiiina-bala-kriyii ca\n(Svetiisvatara Upan�ad 6.8)\nHe has nothing to do personally, for since His potencies are perfect,\neverything is immediately done by His will. Persons to whom the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is not revealed cannot see how He is\nworking, and therefore they think that even if there is God, He has\nnothing to do or has no particular name.\nActually the Lord's name already exists because of His transcendental\n\nactivities. The Lord is sometimes called gur:w--karma-niima because He is\nnamed according to His transcendental activities. For example, l(r�Qa\nmeans \"all-attractive.\" This is the Lord's name because His transcenden­\n\ntal qualities make Him very attractive. As a small boy He lifted\nGovardhana Hill and in His childhood He killed many demons. Such activities are very attractive, and therefore He is sometimes called\nGiridhari, Madhusudana, Agha-ni�udana and so on. Because He acted as\nthe son of Nanda Maharaja, He is called Nanda-tanuja. These names\nalready exist, but since nondevotees cannot understand the names of the\nLord, He is sometimes called aniima, or nameless. This means that he\n\nhas no material names. All His activities are spiritual, and therefore He\nhas spiritual names.\nGenerally, less intelligent men are under the impression that the Lord\n\nhas no form. Therefore He appears in His original form as _Kr�r;ta, sac­\n\ncid-iinanda-vigraha, to carry out His mission of participating in the Bat­\n\ntle of Kuruk�etra and pastimes to protect the devotees and vanquish the\ndemons (paritral)iiya siidhuniirh viniiSaya ca d�krtam). This is His\n\nmercy. For those who think that He has no form and no work to do,\nl(r�Qa comes to show that indeed He works. He works so gloriously that\nno one else can perform such uncommon acts. Although He appeared as a\nhuman being, He married\n\n16,108 wives, which is impossible for a\n\nhuman being to do. The Lord performs such activities to show people\nhow great He is, how affectionate He is and how merciful He is. Although\n\nHis original name is Kr�Da (kmULS tu bhagaviin svayam), He acts in un­\n\nlimited ways, and therefore according to His work He has many, many\nthousands of names.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0263": "Text 34]\n\nThe Hruhsa-guhya Prayers\n\n235\n\nTEXT 34\n\nmt�<J�,;r'N\n�\n��'11111\n(fttl�\n�ijt ftnlffif I\n(f?tl�: qlffltJ�Tf��t gut\n� �� lt ��ijf �;it�� II� 'd II\n.\n\nya/:t prakrtair jiiiina-pathair janiiniirh\nyathiiSayam deha-gato vibhiiti\nyathiinila/:t piirthivam asrito gur:rnm\nsa iSvaro me kurutiirh manoratham\n\nya/:t-who; prakrtai/:t -lower grade; jiiiina-pathai/:t-by the paths of\nworship; janiiniim-of all living entities; yathii asayam -according to\n-\n\nthe desire; deha-gata/:t-situated within the core of the heart; vibhiitimanifests;\n\ni\n\nyathii-just\n\ng\n\nas;\n\nanila/:t-the\n\n(\n\nair;\n\npii rthivam-earthly;\n\nasr ta/:t-receivin ; gur:rn m -the quality like flavor and color ) ; sa/:tHe;\n\niSvara/:t-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\n(\n\nGodhead;\n\nme-my;\n\nk u rutiim -may He fulfill; manoratham-desire for devotional service ) .\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs the air carries various characteristics of the physical elements, like the aroma of a Hower or colors resulting from a mixture of dust in the air, the Lord appears through lower systems of\nworship according to one's desires, although He appears as the\ndemigods and not in His original form. What is the use of these\nother forms? May the original Supreme Personality of Godhead\nplease fulfill my desires.\nPURPORT\nThe impersonalists imagine the various demigods to be forms of\nthe\n\nLord.\n\nFor\n\nexample,\n\nthe\n\nMayavadis\n\nworship\n\nfive\n\ndemigods\n\n(pancopasanii). They do not actually believe in the form of the Lord, but\nfor the sake of worship they imagine some form to be God. Generally\nthey imagine a form of Vif?I).U, a form of\n\nSiva, and forms of Gal).esa, the\n\n", "SB6.1#p0264": "236\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nsun-god and Durga. This is called paiicopdsand. Dak�a, however, wanted\n\nto worship not an imaginary form, but the supreme form of Lord Kr�IJ.a.\n\nIn this regard, Sri:la Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura describes the dif­\n\nference between the Supreme Personality of Godhead and an ordinary\n\nliving being. As pointed out in a previous verse, sarvaril pumiin veda\n\ngu'(ldrhS ca taj-jfio na veda sarva-jfiam anantam il/e: the omnipotent\n\nSupreme Lord knows everything, but the living being does not actually\nknow the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As Kr�IJ.a says in Bhagavad­\n\ngita, \"I know everything, but no one knows Me.\" This is the difference\n\nbetween the Supreme Lord and an ordinary living being. In a prayer in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Queen Kuntl says, \"My dear Lord, You exist inside\n\nand outside, yet no one can see You.\"\n\nThe conditioned soul cannot understand the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead by speculative knowledge or by imagination. One must\n\ntherefore know the Supreme Personality of Godhead by the grace of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. He reveals Himself, but He cannot be\n\nunderstood by speculation. As stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam (10.14.29):\n\nathapi te deva padambuja-dvayaprasada-lesanugrhita eva hi\njanati tattvaril bhagavan-mahimno\nna canya eko 'pi ciram vicinvan\n\"My Lord, if one is favored by even a slight trace of the mercy of Your\nlotus feet, he can understand the greatness of Your personality. But those\nwho speculate to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead are\n\nunable to know You, even though they continue to study the Vedas for\nmany years.\"\n\nThis is the verdict of the §astra. An ordinary man may be a great phi­\n\nlosopher and may speculate upon what the Absolute Truth is, what His\nform is and where He is existing, but he cannot understand these truths.\n\nSevonmukhe hi jihvadau svayam eva sphuraty ada}:t: one can under­\n\nstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead only through devotional ser­\n\nvice. This is also explained by the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself in Bhagavad-gita (18.55). Bhaktya miim abhijanati yavan ya§\n\ncdsmi tattvata/:t: \"One can understand the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead as He is only by devotional service.\" Unintelligent persons want to\n\n", "SB6.1#p0265": "Text 34]\n\nThe Harltsa-guhya Prayers\n\n237\n\nimagine or concoct a form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but\ndevotees want to worship the actual Personality of Godhead. Therefore\n\nDak�a prays, \"One may think of You as personal, impersonal or imagi­\n\nnary, but I wish to pray to Your Lordship that You fulfill my desires to\n\nsee You as You actually are.\"\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura comments that this verse is es­\n\npecially meant for the impersonalist, who thinks that he himself is the\n\nSupreme because there is no difference between the living being and\n\nGod. The Mayavadi philosopher thinks that there is only one Supreme\nTruth and that he is also that Supreme Truth. Actually this is not knowl­\n\nedge but foolishness, and this verse is especially meant for such fools,\n\nwhose knowledge has been stolen by illusion (miiyayapahrta-jfiiinatt}.\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura says that such persons, jfiiini-miininab,,\nthink themselves very advanced, but actually they are unintelligent.\nIn regard to this verse, Srila Madhvacarya says:\n\nsvadeha-stham harim prahur\nadhamii jivam eva tu\nmadhyarniiS capy anirr:titam\njivad bhinnam janardanam\nThere are three classes of men-the lowest (adhama), those in the mid­\n\ndle (madhyama), and the best (uttama). The lowest (adhama) think that\n\nthere is no difference between God and the living entity except that the\n\nliving entity is under designations whereas the Absolute Truth has no\n\ndesignations. In their opinion, as soon as the designations of the material\nbody are dissolved, the }iva, the living entity, will mix with the Supreme.\nThey give the argument of ghatakii.Sa-patakii.S a, in which the body is\n\ncompared to a pot with the sky within and the sky without. When the pot\n\nbreaks, the sky inside becomes one with the sky outside, and so the im­\n\npersonalists say that the living being becomes one with the Supreme.\n\nThis is their argument, but Srila Madhvacarya says that such an argument is put forward by the lowest class of men. Another class of men\n\ncannot ascertain what the actual form of the Supreme is, but they agree\n\nthat there is a Supreme who controls the activities of the ordinary living\n\nbeing. Such philosophers are accepted as mediocre. The best, however,\n\nare those who understand the Supreme Lord (sac-cid-ananda-vigraha).\n\n", "SB6.1#p0266": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n238\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nParr_uinandadi-gur:wkam sarva-jiva-vilak$ar:wm: His form is compl�tely\n\nspiritual, full of bliss, and completely distinct from that of the condi­\n\ntioned soul or any other living entity. Uttamas tu harirh priihus tiirata­\n\nmyena te$U ca: such philosophers are the best because they know that\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead reveals Himself differently to\nworshipers in various modes of material nature. They know that there\n\nare thirty-three million demigods just to convince the conditioned soul\n\nthat there is a supreme power and to induce him to agree to worship one\n\nof these demigods so that by the association of devotees he may be able to\nunderstand that K.r!:ir:Ja is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As Lord\nK.r!?Qa says in\n\nBhagavad-gitii, matta/:t paratararh niinyat kificid asti\ndhanafijaya: \"There is no truth superior to Me.\" Aham iidir hi\ndeviiniim: \"I am the origin of all the demigods.\" Aham sarvasya\nprabhavab,: \"I am superior to everyone, even Lord Brahma, Lord Siva\nand the other demigods.\" These are the conclusions of the siistra, and\none who accepts these conclusions should be considered a first-class phi­\n\nlosopher. Such a philosopher knows that the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is the Lord of the demigods (deva-devesvararh sutram iinan­\n\ndam priir:w-vedina/:t).\nTEXTS 35-39\n\ns4ftJ:fi �R\n\n� �ij: ij�: ij\" ffl�uf I\nstl�'f:i«la: ��fJ �Fr. �t�«t�: 11��11\ni�Nif:J ijqorN>% *�\"\"i!�(li�J: I\n�sti�:lll�!!\"l�:qt�l•l�tl:R:\nII�� II\nq� ���: st«ost���t!JUT: I\nqt:(lfl�WI�ijlWf �:;,'t��ij��: ll�\\911\n��r���:\n��\"';:��o��: 1\n�;;:;q��Tlf�����l{fEfij:\nII�� II\n���m� �1 fil�� f���u 1\n�T Wil�;:(�ffi: t:fl'f�: W��q: I\n��S�f�Rf�: Rl�il;:�:qR:ur: II� �II\n'\"'\n\n.I:!,\n\n<:'�\n\n.I:!,\n\n", "SB6.1#p0267": "Text 39]\n\nThe Hruhsa-guhya Prayers\n\n239\n\nsn-suka uvaca\niti stuta/:t samstuvata/:t\nsa tasminn aghamar$UTJ£\npriidurasit kuru-sre$_tha\nbhagavan bhakta-vatsala/:t\nkrta-piida/:t suparT)iimse\npralamba$pa-mahiibhuja/:t\ncakra-sarikhasi-carme$udhanu/:t-piiSa-gadii-dhara/:t\npita-vasa ghana-syiima/:t\nprasanna-vadanek$ar.w/:t\nvana-miilii-niviturigo\nlasac-chnvatsa-kaustubha/:t\nmahii-kinpa-kapaka/:t\nsphuran-makara-kur.uJala/:t\nkiincy-ariguliya-valayanilpuriirigada-bh�ita/:t\ntrailokya-mohanam rilpam\nbibhrat tribhuvanesvara/:t\nvrto narada-nandiidyai/:t\npiir$adai/:t sura-yilthapai/:t\nstilyamiino 'nugiiyadbhi/:t\nsiddha-gandharva-carar.wi/:t\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; stuta/:t­\n\nbeing praised; samstuvata/:t-of Dak�a, who was offering prayers; sa/:tthat Supreme Personality of Godhead; tasmin-in that; aghamar$UTJ£­\n\nholy place celebrated as Aghamarf?aQ.a; priidurasit- appe ared; kuru­\n\nsre$_tha-O best of the Kuru dynasty; bhagavan-the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; bhakta-vatsala/:t-who is very kind to His devotees;\nkrta-piida/:t-whose lotus feet were placed;\n\nsuparr.w-amse-on the\n\nbhuja/:t-possessing\n\ncakra-disc;\n\nshoulders of His carrier, Garu�a; pralamba-very long; U$!a-mahiieight\n\nmighty\n\narms;\n\nsarikha-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0268": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n240\n\nconchshell; asi-sword; carma-shield;\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\n�u-arrow; dhanu/:t-bow;\n\npasa-rope; gada-club; dhara/:t-holding; pita-vasa}:t-with yellow\ngarments; ghana-syama/:t-whose bodily hue was intense blue-black;\n\nprasanna-very cheerful; vadana-whose face; i�ar:uz/:t-and glance;\n\nvana-mtila-by a garland of forest :Bowers; nivita-ariga/:t-whose body\n\nwas adorned from the neck down to the feet; lasat-shining; srivatsakaustubha/:t-the jewel known as Kaustubha and the mark of Srivatsa;\nmaha-kirifa-of a very large and gorgeous helmet; kataka/:t-a circle;\n\nsphurat-glittering;\nkaiici-with\n\na\n\nmakara-kw:uj,ala/:t-earrings resembling sharks;\n\nbelt;\n\nariguliya-fmger\n\nrings;\n\nvalaya-bracelets;\n\nnupura-ankle bells; arigada-upper-arm bracelets; bhfl!;ita/:t-deco­\n\nrated; trai-lokya-mohanam-captivating the three worlds; rupam-His\n\nbodily features; bibhrat-shining; tri-bhuvana-of the three worlds;\n\niSvara/:t-the Supreme Lord; vrta/:t-surrounded; ntirada-by exalted\n\ndevotees, headed by Narada; nanda-adyai/:t-and others, like Nanda;\n\npar�adai/:t-who are all eternal associates; sura-yathapai/:t-as well as\nby\n\nthe\n\nheads\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ndemigods;\n\nstuyamtina/:t-being\n\nglorified;\n\nanugayadbhi/:t-singing after Him; siddha-gandharva-carar:uzi/:t-by\nthe Siddhas, Gandharvas and Ciirat:tas.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said: The Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, Hari, who is extremely affectionate to His devotees, was very\n\npleased by the prayers offered by Dak�a, and thus He appeared at\n\nthat holy place known as Aghamar��a. 0 Maharaja Parik�it, best\nof the Kuru dynasty, the Lord's lotus feet rested on the shoulders\nof His carrier, Garu<;{a, and He appeared with eight long, mighty,\n\nvery beautiful arms. In His hands He held a disc, conchshell,\n\nsword, shield, arrow, bow, rope and club-in each hand a different\nweapon, all brilliantly shining. His garments were yellow and His\n\nbodily hue deep bluish. His eyes and face were very cheerful, and\n\nfrom His neck to His feet hung a long garland of flowers. His chest\nwas decorated with the Kaustubha jewel and the mark of Srivatsa.\n\nOn His head was a gorgeous round helmet, and His ears were deco­\n\nrated with earrings resembling sharks. All these ornaments were\nuncommonly beautiful. The Lord wore a golden belt on His waist,\n\nbracelets on His arms, rings on His fingers, and ankle bells on His\n\n", "SB6.1#p0269": "The Harltsa-guhya Prayers\n\nText 41)\n\n241\n\nfeet. Thus decorated by various ornaments, Lord Hari, who is attractive to all the living entities of the three worlds, is known as\nPuru�ottama, the best personality. He was accompanied by great\ndevotees like Narada, Nanda and all the principal demigods, led by\nthe heavenly king, lndra, and the residents of various upper\nplanetary\n\nsystems\n\nsuch\n\nas\n\nSiddhaloka,\n\nGandharvaloka\n\nand\n\nOirat;taloka. Situated on both sides of the Lord and behind Him as\nwell, these devotees offered Him prayers continuously.\nTEXT 40\n\n�q �q�J� ��T�«: I\n� �o�� 4{� Sll!mn ��Ttffir: ll'doll\nrilpam tan mahad-iiScaryam\nvica/cyyagata-sadhvasa�\nnaruima darJ4a,vad bhumau\nprahmatmii prajapati�\ntat -that; ma hat-iiScaryam-gre at ly\nwonderful; vica/cyya- seeing; agata-sadhvasa�-in the be ginning berilpam-transcendental form;\n\ncoming afraid; naruima-offered obeisances; daTJ4a,-vat-like a stick;\nbhumau-on the ground;\n\nprahma atma-being pleased in his body,\nmind and soul; prajapati�-the prajapati known as Dak�a.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing that wonderful and effulgent form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Prajapati Dak�a was first somewhat afraid,\nbut then he was very pleased to see the Lord, and he fell to the\nground like a stick [dat;t9avat) to offer his respects to the Lord.\nTEXT 41\n\nf��{tdl{f!�� �T {!1\\1 I\n3TI�ft<Jq;{(sn�tf�;::q �� f��: II'd � II\n\nWI\n\nna kincanodirayitum\n\nasakat tivraya muda\n\n", "SB6.1#p0270": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n242\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\niipurita-manodviirair\nhradinya iva nirjharail}\nna-not; kinc ana-anything ; udirayitu m-to speak; a.Sakat-he was\n\nable;\n\ntivrayii-by\n\nvery\n\ngreat;\n\nmudii-happiness;\n\niip llrita-filled;\n\nmanal}-dviirail}-by the senses; hradinyal}-the rivers; iva-like; nirjharail}-by torrents from the mountain.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs rivers are filled by water flowing from a mountain, all of\n\nDak!?a's senses were filled with pleasure. Because of his highly ele­\n\nvated happiness, Dak!?a could not say anything, hut simply\n\nremained fiat on the ground.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen one actually realizes or sees the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he is filled with complete happiness. For example, when Dhruva\nMaharaja saw the Lord in his presence, he said, sviimin krtiirtho 'smi\nvararh na yace: \"My dear Lord, I have nothing to ask from You. Now I\n\nam completely satisfied.\" Similarly, when Prajapati Dak�a saw the\nSupreme Lord in his presence, he simply fell fiat, unable to speak or ask\nHim for anyth:ng.\n\ntam tathiivanatarh bhaktarh\npraja-kiimarh prajiipatim\ncitta-jnal} sarva-bhutiiniim\nidam aha janiirdanal}\n\ntam-him (Prajapati Dak�a); tathii-in that way; avanatam-prostrated before Him; bhaktam-a great devotee; prajii-kiimam-desiring\nto increase the population; prajiipatim-unto the prajiipati (Dak�a);\n\n", "SB6.1#p0271": "The Harltsa-guhya Prayers\n\nText 43)\n\n243\n\ncitta-jnaft-who can understand the hearts; sarva-bhutaniim-of all living entities; idam-this; aha-said; janiirda naft-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who can appease everyone's desires.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Prajapati Dak�a could not say anything, when the\nLord, who knows everyone's heart, saw His devotee prostrate in\nthat manner and desiring to increase the population, He addressed\nhim as follows.\nTEXT 43\n\n�;ft Wl'<f(!J<rl'if\n\n�ij� ff�mrr df�qm +fefl'f. 1\nit��'!itl �tn � m� qt ;m: 11��11\nsri-bhagavan uvaca\npracetasa maha-bhaga\nsamsiddhas tapasa bhavan\nyac chraddhaya mat-paraya\nmayi bhavarh pararh gataft\nsri-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; pracetasa-0 My dear Pracetasa; maha-bhaga-0 you who are so fortunate; samsiddhaft-perfected; tapasa-by your austerities; bhavanyour good self; yat because; sraddhaya-by great faith, mat-parayawhose object is Me; mayi-in Me; bhavam-ecstasy; param-s u preme ;\ngataft- atta i ned\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: 0 most fortunate\nPracetasa, because of your great faith in Me, you have attained the\nsupreme devotional ecstasy. Indeed, because of your austerities,\ncombined with exalted devotion, your life is now successful. You\nhave achieved complete perfection.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0272": "244\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch.4\n\nPURPORT\nAs the Lord Himself confirms in Bhagavad-gita ( 8.15), one reaches\nthe highest perfection when he attains the fortune of realizing the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead:\nmiim upetya punar janma\ndu}:tkhiilayam a.Sasvatam\nniipnuvanti mahatmiina/:t\nsarhsiddhirh paramiirh gatii/:t\n\"After attaining Me, the great souls, who are yogis in devotion, never\nreturn to this temporary world, which is full of miseries, because they\nhave attained the highest perfection.\" Therefore the Kr��a consciousness movement teaches one to follow the path toward the topmost perfection simply by performing devotional service.\nTEXT44\n\nSITm� � SI�M' 1.f�S�lf{fluT �: I\ni{�q' � �� 1.ff{ ��l�f.t�ij(f! 11��11\nprito 'ham te praja-natha\nyat te 'syodbrmhar,tarh tapa/:t\nmama�a kiimo bhutiiniirh\nyad bhuyiisur vibhiitaya/:t\nprita/:t-very much pleased; aham-1; te-with you; praja-niitha-0\nKing of population; yat-because ; te-your; asya-of this material\nworld; udbrrhhar,tam-causing increase; tapa/:1,-austerity; mama-My;\ne�a/:1,-this; kiima/:1,-desire; bhutiiniim-of the living entities; yatwhich; bhuyiisu/:t-may there be; vibhutaya/:t-advancement in all\nrespects.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Prajapati Dak\"'a, you have performed extreme\nausterities for the welfare and growth of the world. My desire also\nis that everyone within this world be happy. I am therefore very\n\n", "SB6.1#p0273": "Text 44)\n\nThe Haritsa-guhya Prayers\n\n245\n\npleased with you because you are endeavoring to fulfill My desire\nfor the welfare of the entire world.\nPURPORT\nAfter every dissolution of the material cosmos, all the living entities\ntake shelter in the body of KaraQ.odakasayi Vi�Q.u, and when creation\ntakes place again, they come forth from His body in their various species\nto resume their activities. Why does the creation take place in such a way\nthat the living entities are put into conditioned life to suffer the threefold\nmiseries imposed upon them by the material nature? Here the Lord says\nto Dak�a, \"You desire to benefit all living entities, and that is also My\ndesire.\" The living entities who come in contact with the material world\nare meant to be corrected. All the living entities within this material\nworld have revolted against the service of the Lord, and therefore they\nremain within this material world as ever-conditioned, nitya-baddha,\ntaking birth again and again. There is a chance, of course, of their being\nliberated, but nevertheless the conditioned souls, not taking advantage of\nthis opportunity, continue in a life of sense enjoyment, and thus they are\npunished by birth and death again and again. This is the law of nature.\nAs the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii (7.14):\ndaivi hy e$ii gur:wmayi\nmama maya duratyaya\nmiim eva ye prapadyante\nmiiyiim etiirh taranti te\n\"This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material\n\nnature, is difficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me\ncan easily cross beyond it.\" Elsewhere in Bhagavad-gitii (15.7) the Lord\nsays:\n\nmamaiviimso jiva-loke\njiva-bhuta/:t saniitana/:t\nmana/:t $U$!hiinindriyiir:ti\nprakrti-sthani kar$ati\n\"The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal, fragmental\nparts. Due to conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the six\n\n", "SB6.1#p0274": "246\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nsenses, which include the mind.\" The living entity's struggle for existence within the material world is due to his rebellious nature. Unless a\nliving entity surrenders to l(r�l).a, he must continue this life of struggle.\nThe l(r�l).a consciousness movement is not a fad. It is a bona fide\nmovement intended to promote the welfare of all conditioned souls by\ntrying to elevate everyone to the platform of Kr�Q.a consciousness. If one\ndoes not come to this platform, he must continue in material existence\nperpetually, sometimes in the upper planets and sometimes in the lower\nplanets. As confirmed in Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 20.118), kabhu\n\nsvarge uthaya, kabhu narake <;lubaya: the conditioned soul sometimes\ndescends into nescience and sometimes gets some relief by being\nrelatively freed from it. This is the life of the conditioned soul.\nPrajapati Dak�a is trying to benefit the conditioned souls by begetting\nthem to give them a life with a chance for liberation. Liberation means\nsurrender to l(r�l).a. If one begets children with the purpose of training\nthem to surrender to l(r�l).a, fatherhood is very good. Similarly, when the\nspiritual master trains the conditioned souls to become l(r�l).a conscious,\nhis position is successful. If one gives the conditioned souls a chance to\nbecome l(r�l).a conscious, all his activities are approved by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who is extremely pleased, as stated here (pnto\n\n'ham). Following the examples of the previous acaryas, all the members\nof the l(r�l).a consciousness movement should try to benefit the conditioned souls by inducing them to become l(r�l).a conscious and giving\nthem all facilities to do so. Such activities constitute real welfare work.\nBy such activities, a preacher or anyone who endeavors to spread l(r�l).a\nconsciousness is recognized by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As\nthe Lord Himself confirms in Bhagavad-gita (18.68-69):\n\nya idam paramam guhyam\nmad-bhakte$V abhidhasyati\nbhaktim mayi param krtva\nmam evai$yaty asarh.Saya/:t\nna ca tasman manU$ye$U\nka.Scin me priya-krttama/:t\nbhavita na ca me tasmiid\nanya/:t priyataro bhuvi\n\n", "SB6.1#p0275": "Text 45]\n\nThe Hamsa-guhya Prayers\n\n247\n\n\"For one who explains the supreme secret to the devotees, devotional\n\nservice is guaranteed, and at the end he will come back to Me. There is no\nservant in this world more dear to Me than he, nor will there ever be one\n\nmore dear.\"\n\nTEXT 45\n....\n\n....\n\n....\n\nw.r;:a� �;:reo re���r: 1\nN�lft � �at 41_at;:rf ��a;r: 11\\l'-\\11\n\niWI llen\n\n,...\n\nbrahmii bhavo bhavanta5 ca\nmanavo vibudhesvara�\nvibhutayo mama hy eta\nbhatanam bhuti-hetava�\nbrahmii-Lord Brahma; bhava�-Lord Siva; bhavanta�-all of you\nprajapatis; ca-and; manava�-the Manus; vibudha-iSvara�-all the\n\ndifferent demigods (such as the sun, the moon, Venus, Mars and Jupiter,\nwho are all in charge of various activities for the welfare of the world);\n\nvibhutaya�-expansions of energy; mama-My; hi-indeed; eta�-all\n\nthese;\n\nbhutanam-of all the living entities;\nhetava�-causes.\n\nbhuti-of\n\nwelfare;\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma, Lord Siva, the Manus, all the other demigods in\n\nthe higher planetary systems, and you prajapatis, who are increas­\n\ning the population, are working for the benefit of all living\nentities. Thus you expansions of My marginal energy are\nincarnations of My various qualities.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are various types of incarnations or expansions of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. The expansions of His personal self, or V�TJU­\n\ntattva, are called sviirhSa expansions, whereas the living entities, who are\n\nnot v�r:tu-tattva but ji:va-tattva, are called vibhinnamsa, separated ex­\n\npansions. Although Prajapati Dak!;>a is not on the same level as Lord\nBrahma and Lord Siva, he is compared to them because he engages in the\n\n", "SB6.1#p0276": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n248\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nservice of the Lord. In the service of the Personality of Godhead, it is not\nthat Lord Brahma is considered very great while an ordinary human\nbeing trying to preach the glories of the Lord is considered very low.\nThere are no such distinctions. Regardless of whether materially high or\nmaterially low, anyone eng!lged in the service of the Lord is spiritually\n\nvery dear to Him. In this regard, Sri:la Madhvacarya gives this quotation\n\nfrom the Tantra-nirr:mya:\n\nvi.Se$a-vyakti-piitratvad\nbrahmiidyas tu vibhutaya/:1,\ntad-antaryamir:uzi caiva\nmatsyadya vibhava/:1, smrta/:1,\nFrom Lord Brahma down, all the living entities engaged in the service of\nthe Lord are extraordinary and are called vibhuti. As the Lord says in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (1 0.41):\n\nyad yad vibhutimat sattvam\nsrimad ilrjitam eva vii\ntat tad evavagaccha tvam\nmama tejo-'msa-sambhavam\n\"Know that all beautiful, glorious and mighty creations spring from but\na spark of My splendor.\" A living entity especially empowered to act on\nbehalf of the Lord is called vibhuti, whereas the vi§�u-tattva incarnations\nof the Lord, such as the Matsya avatara (kesava dhrta-mina-sarira jaya\n\njagad-i.Sa hare), are called vibhava.\n\ntapo me hrdayam brahmarils\ntanur vidya kriyakrti/:1,\nangani kratavo jata\ndharma atmiisava/:1, sura/:!,\n\n", "SB6.1#p0277": "Text 46]\n\nThe Harhsa-guhya Prayers\n\n249\n\ntapa/t-austerities like mental control, mystic yoga and meditation;\nme-My; hrdayam-heart; brahman-0 brahmar:w; tanu/t-the body;\nvidya-the knowledge derived from Vedic scripture; kriya-spiritual\nactivities; akrti/t-form; angani-the limbs of the body; kratava/t-the\nritualistic ceremonies and sacrifices mentioned in the Vedic literature;\njataft-completed; dharma/t-the religious principles for executing the\nritualistic ceremonies; atma-My soul; asavaft-life airs; surd/t-the\ndemigods who execute My orders in different departments of the material world.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear briihmm;Ia, austerity in the form of meditation is My\nheart, Vedic knowledge in the form of hymns and mantras constitute My body, and spiritual activities and ecstatic emotions are\nMy actual form. The ritualistic ceremonies and sacrifices, when\nproperly conducted, are the various limbs of My body, the unseen\ngood fortune proceeding from pious or spiritual activities constitutes My mind, and the demigods who execute My orders in\nvarious departments are My life and soul.\nPURPORT\nSometimes atheists argue that since God is invisible to their eyes, they\ndo not believe in God. For them the Supreme Lord is describing a method\nby which one can see God in His impersonal form. Intelligent persons can\nsee God in His personal form, as stated in the sastras, but if one is very\neager to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead immediately, face to\nface, he can see the Supreme Lord through this description, which\nportrays the various internal and external parts of His body.\nTo engage in tapasya, or denial of material activities, is the first principle of spiritual life. Then there are spiritual activities, such as the performance of Vedic ritualistic sacrifices, study of the Vedic knowledge,\nmeditation upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and chanting of\nthe Hare Krl?r:ta maha-mantra. One should also respect the demigods and\nunderstand how they are situated, how they act and how they manage the\nactivities of the various departments of this material world. In this way\none can see how God is existing and how everything is managed perfectly\n\n", "SB6.1#p0278": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n250\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nbecause of the presence of the Supreme Lord. As the Lord says in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (9.10):\nmayiidhya/cye1Jn prakrti/:t\nsuyate sa-cariicaram\nheturuinena kaunteya\njagad viparivartate\n\"This material nature is working under My direction, 0 son of Kunti:,\n\nand it is producing all moving and unmoving beings. By its rule this\n\nmanifestation is created and annihilated again and again.\" If one is un­\n\nable to see the Supreme Lord although He is present as Kr�I).a in His\n\nvarious incarnations, one may see the Supreme Lord's impersonal\n\nfeature, according to the direction of the Vedas, by seeing the activities\nof material nature.\n\nAnything done under the direction of the Vedic injunctions is called\n\ndharma, as described by the order carriers of Yamaraja (Bhiig. 6.1.40):\nveda-prar:tihito dharmo\nhy adharmas tad-viparyaya/:t\nvedo ruiriiyaTJn/:t siilcyiit\nsvayambhar iti su.Sruma\n\n\"That which is prescribed in the Vedas constitutes dharma, the religious\nprinciples, and the opposite of that is irreligion. The Vedas are directly\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Narayal).a, and are self-born. This\n\nwe have heard from Yamaraja.\"\n\nIn this connection, Srila Madhvacarya comments:\n\ntapo 'bhimiini rudras tu\nv4r:r-or hrdayiim iiSrita/:t\nvidya rupii tathaivomii\nv4r:r-os tanum upiiSritii\nsrrigiiriidy-akrti-gata/:t\nkriyiitmii piika-siisana/:t\n\n", "SB6.1#p0279": "Text 47)\n\nThe Haritsa-guhya Prayers\n\n251\n\narige�u kratavab, sarve\nmadhya-dehe ca dharma-rat\nprar:w vayu§ citta-gato\nbrahmadyab, sve�u devatab,\nThe various demigods are all acting under the protection of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, and according to their various actions the\ndemigods are differently named.\nTEXT 47\n\n31���� ;n�� ��� ��: I\n��m;J'fO�� ��(i{� FJ�: II 'd\\911\naham evasam evagre\nnanyat kificantaram bahib,\nsamjnana-matram avyaktam\nprasuptam iva viSvatab,\naham-1, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; eva-only; asamwas; eva-certainly; agre-in the beginning, before the creation; nanot; anyat-other; kifica-anything; antaram-besides Me; bahib,external (since the cosmic manifestation is external to the spiritual\nworld, the spiritual world existed when there was no material world);\nsamjnana-matram-only the consciousness of the living entities; avyaktam-unmanifested;\n\nprasuptam-sleeping;\n\niva-like;\n\nviSvatab,-all\n\nover.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBefore the creation of this cosmic manifestation, I alone existed\nwith My specific spiritual potencies. Consciousness was then unmanifested, just as one's consciousness is unmanifested during the\ntime of sleep.\nPURPORT\nThe word aham indicates a person. As explained in the Vedas, nityo\nnityanam cetana§ cetaniiniim: the Lord is the supreme eternal among\n\n", "SB6.1#p0280": "252\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\ninnumerable eternals and the supreme living being among the innumer­\n\nable living beings. T�e Lord is a person who also has impersonal\nfeatures. As stated in Snmad-Bhagavatam (1.2.11):\n\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\ntattvarh yaj jfiiinam advayam\nbrahmeti paramiitmeti\nblwgavan iti sabdyate\n\"Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this non­\n\ndual substance Brahman, Paramatma or Bhagavan.\" Consideration of\n\nthe Paramatma and impersonal Brahman arose after the creation; before\n\nthe creation, only the Supreme Personality of Godhead existed. As firmly\ndeclared in Bhagavad-gitii (18.55), the Lord can be understood only by\n\nbhakti-yoga. The ultimate cause, the supreme cause of creation, is the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who can be understood only by bhakti­\n\nyoga. He cannot be understood by speculative philosophical research or\n\nby meditation, since all such processes came into existence after the ma­\n\nterial creation. The impersonal and localized conceptions of the Supreme\n\nLord are more or less materially contaminated. The real spiritual process,\n\ntherefore, is bhakti-yoga. As the Lord says, bhaktya miim abhijanati:\n\n\"Only by devotional service can I be understood.\" Before the creation,\n\nthe Lord existed as a person, as indicated here by the word aham. When\nPrajapati Dak�a saw Him as a person, who was beautifully dressed and\n\nornamented, he actually experienced the meaning of this word\nthrough devotional service.\n\naham\n\nEach person is eternal. Because the Lord says that He existed as a per­\n\nson before the creation (agre) and will also exist after the annihilation,\n\nthe Lord is a person eternally. Sri:la Visvanatha Cakravartl Thakura\ntherefore quotes these verses from Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.9.13-14):\n\nna cantar na bahir yasya\nna purvarh napi caparam\npurvapararh bahiS cantar\njagato yo jagac ca ya/:t\n\n", "SB6.1#p0281": "Text 47]\n\nThe Haihsa-guhya Prayers\n\n253\n\ntam matvatmajam avyaktam\nmartya-lingam adholcyajam\ngopikolukhale damna\nbabandha prakrtam yatha\nThe Personality of Godhead appeared in V:rndavana as the son of mother\nYasoda, who bound the Lord with rope just as an ordinary mother binds\na material child. There are actually no divisions of external and internal\nfor the form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (sac-cid-ananda­\n\nvigraha), but when He appears in His own form the unintelligent think\nAvajananti maTh mfu)ha mdnU{)irh tanum\nasritam: although He comes in His own body, which never changes,\nmfu),has, the unintelligent, think that the impersonal Brahman has\nHim an ordinary person.\n\nassumed a material body to come in the form of a person. Ordinary living\nbeings assume material bodies, but the Supreme Personality of Godhead\ndoes not. Since the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the supreme consciousness, it is stated herein that samjnana-matram, the original consciousness, K:r�I;ta consciousness, was unmanifested before the creation,\nalthough the consciousness of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the\norigin of everything. The Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (2.12), \"Never\n\nwas there a time when I did not exist, nor you, nor all these kings; nor in\nthe future shall any of us cease to be.\" Thus the Lord's person is the Absolute Truth in the past, present and future.\nIn this regard, Madhvacarya quotes two verses from the\n\nPurar:w,:\nniina-van:w haris tv eko\nbahu-sir$a-bhujo rupat\niisil laye tad-anyat tu\nsu/cyma-rupam sriyam vinii\nasupta}:t supta iva ca\nmilita/cyo 'bhavad dhari}:t\nanyatriiniidarad vi$r:w,u\nsriS ca lineva kathyate\n\nMatsya\n\n", "SB6.1#p0282": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n254\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nsu/cymatvena harau sthaniil\nIinam anyad api§yate\nAfter the annihilation of everything, the Supreme Lord, because of His\n\nsac-cid-ananda-vigraha, remains in His original form, but since the\nother living entities have material bodies, the matter merges into matter,\nand the subtle form of the spirit soul remains within the body of the\nLord. The Lord does not sleep, but the ordinary living entities remain\nasleep until the next creation. An unintelligent person thinks that the\nopulence of the Supreme Lord is nonexistent after the annihilation, but\nthat is not a fact. The opulence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nremains as it is in the spiritual world; only in the material world is\neverything dissolved. Brahma-lina, merging into the Supreme Brahman,\nis not actual lina, or annihilation, for the subtle form remaining in the\nBrahman effulgence will return to the material world after the material\ncreation and again assume a material form. This is described as bhutvii\n\nbhutvii praliyate. When the material body is annihilated, the spirit soul\nremains in a subtle form, which later assumes another material body.\nThis is true for the conditioned souls, but the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead remains eternally in His original consciousness and spiritual\nbody.\nTEXT 48\n\n'tv:rwr.=�ut� giJRft gurrm: 1\n��q_mr�: ��: ijl{�:ll'd�ll\nmayy ananta-gur:te 'nante\ngur:zato gur:za-vigraha�\nyadiisit tata eviidya�\nsvayambhu� samabhud aja/:t\nmayi-in Me; ananta-gur:te-possessing unlimited potency; ananteunlimited; gu � ata}:t -from My potency known as maya; gur:zavigraha}:t the universe, which is a result of the modes of nature;\n-\n\nyada-when; iisit-it came into existence; tata}:t-therein; eva-indeed;\n\nadya}:t-the first living being; svayambhu}:t-Lord Brahma;\n\nsamabhut-was born; aja/:t-although not from a material mother.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0283": "The Hruhsa-guhya Prayers\n\nText 50]\n\n255\n\nTRANSLATION\nI am the reservoir of unlimited potency, and therefore I am\nknown as unlimited or all-pervading. From My material energy the\ncosmic manifestation appeared within Me, and in this universal\nmanifestation appeared the chief being, Lord Brahma, who is your\nsource and is not born of a material mother.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a description of the history of the universal creation. The first\ncause is the Lord Himself, the Supreme Person. From Him, Brahma is\ncreated, and Brahma takes charge of the affairs of the universe. The universal affairs of the material creation depend upon the material energy of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is therefore the cause of the\nmaterial creation. The entire cosmic manifestation is described herein as\ngur:w-vigraha/:t, the form of the Lord's qualities. From the cosmic uni­\n\nversal form, the first creation is Lord Brahma, who is the cause of all liv­\n\ning entities. In this regard, Srila Madhvacarya describes the unlimited\n\nattributes of the Lord:\npraty-ekaSo gu�niim tu\nni/:tsimatvam udiryate\ntadiinantyam tu gur:wtas\nte cananta hi sankhyaya\nato 'nanta-gur:w v�1Jur\ngur:wto 'nanta eva ca\n\nParasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate: the Lord has innumerable potencies,\n\nall of which are unlimited. Therefore the Lord Himself and all His\nqualities, forms, pastimes and paraphernalia are also unlimited. Because\nLord Vi1?Q.U has unlimited attributes, He is known as Ananta.\nTEXTS 49-50\n\n� �� 'l� 'l'l ��:I\nifir ftcRif'ltlR��ij: ��� II \\/�11\nij\n\n", "SB6.1#p0284": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n256\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\naN �sf�m �q)s� �� 1\n\nWfefN����-l �����ilf{ f�: II� oil\nsa vai yada mahadevo\nmama viryopabrmhita/:t\nmene khilam ivatmanam\n\nudyata/:t svarga-karmarJi\natha me 'bhihito devas\ntapo 'tapyata darurJam\nnava viSva-srjo yU$mtin\nyenadav asrjad vibhu/:t\nsa/:t-that Lord Brahma; vai-indeed; yada-when; maha-deva/:tthe chief of all the demigods; mama-My; virya-upabrmhita/:t-being\nincreased by the potency; mene-thought; khilam - incapable; iva-as\nif; atmanam-himself; udyata/:t-attempting; svarga-karmarJi-in the\ncreation of the universal affairs; atha-at that time; me-by Me;\n\nabhihita/:t - advised ;\n\ndeva/:t-that\n\natapyata-performed;\n\nLord\n\nBrahma;\n\ndarurJam -ex tremely\n\ntapa/:t -austerity;\n\ndifficult;\n\nnava-nine;\n\nviSva-srja/:t-important personalities to create the universe; y U$mti n-all\nof you; yena-by whom; adau-in the beginning; asrjat-created;\nvibhu/:t-the great.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen\n\nthe\n\nchief\n\nlord\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nuniverse,\n\nLord\n\nBrahmii\n\n[Svayamhhu], having been inspired by My energy, was attempting\n\nto create, he thought himself incapable. Therefore I gave him ad­\n\nvice, and in accordance with my instructions he underwent ex­\n\ntremely difficult austerities. Because of these austerities, the great\nLord Brahms was able to create nine personalities, including you,\n\nto help him in the functions of creation.\nPURPORT\n\nNothing is possible without tapasya. Lord Brahma, however, was empowered to create this entire universe because of his austerities. The\n\n", "SB6.1#p0285": "Text 52]\n\nThe Harltsa-guhya Prayers\n\n257\n\nmore we engage in austerities, the more we become powerful by the\ngrace of the Lord. Therefore ��abhadeva advised His sons, tapo divyam\nputrakii yena sattvam suddhyed: \"One should engage in penance and\nausterity to attain the divine position of devotional service. By such activity, one's heart is purified.\"\n\n(Biuig. 5.5.1) In our material existence\n\nwe are impure, and therefore we cannot do anything wonderful, but if\nwe purify our existence by tapasya, we can do wonderful things by the\ngrace of the Lord. Therefore tapasya is very important, as stressed in\nthis verse.\nTEXT 51\n\n�mn � 31�: I\natftuti'T ;m{ �T� �� srrn•�d14( II�� II\n\ntro 't�TW\n\ne$a paficajanasyariga\nduhita vai prajapate J:r,\nasikni nama patnitve\nprajesa pratigrhyatam\ne$a-this;\n\npaiicajanasya-of Paficajana; ariga-0 My dear son;\n\nduhita-the daughter;\n\nvai-indeed; prajapate }:r,-another prajapati;\n\nasikni nama-of the name Asikni; patnitve-as your wife; prajda-0\nprajapati; pratigrhyatam-let her be accepted.\nTRANSLATION\n0 My dear son Dak�a, Prajapati Paiicajana has a daughter named\nAsikni, whom I offer to you so that you may accept her as your\nwife.\nTEXT 52\n\nfil�wro�t�T���� Sf�mqfil� �: 1\nfil�ifo���tf�fflo�j�ftm �t��fu 11��11\nmithuna-vyavaya-dharmas tvam\npraja-sargam imam puna}:r,\nmithuna-vyavaya-dharmi�yam\nbhuriSo bhavayi$yasi\n\n", "SB6.1#p0286": "258\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nmithuna-of man and woman; vyavaya-sexual activities; dharaccepts by religious performance; tvam-you; prajasargam-creation of living entities; imam-this; punalz-again;\nmithuna-of man and woman united; vyavaya-dharmir:r,yam-in her\naccording to the religious performance of sexual intercourse; bhuriSalzmanifold; bhavayi$yasi-you will cause to be.\nmalz-who\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow unite in sexual life as man and woman, and in this way, by\n\nsexual intercourse, you will be able to beget hundreds of children\nin the womb of this girl to increase the population.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(7.11), dharmaviruddho bhute$u\n\nkiimo 'smi: \"I am sex that is not contrary to religious principles.\" Sexual\n\nintercourse ordained by the Supreme Personality of Godhead is dharma,\n\na religious principle, but it is not intended for sense enjoyment. In­\n\ndulgence in sense enjoyment through sexual intercourse is not allowed\nby the Vedic principles. One may follow the natural tendency for sex life\n\nonly to beget children. Therefore the Lord told Dak�a in this verse,\n\n\"This girl is offered to you only for sex life to beget children, not for any\n\nother purpose. She is very fertile, and therefore you will be able to have\nas many children as you can beget.\"\n\nSri:la V isvanatha Cakravartl Thakura remarks in this connection that\n\nDak�a was given the facility for unlimited sexual intercourse. In Dak�a's\n\nprevious life he was also known as Dak�a, but in the course of perform­\n\ning sacrifices he offended Lord Siva, and thus his head was replaced with\nthat of a goat. Then Dak�a gave up his life because of his degraded condition, but because he maintained the same unlimited sexual desires, he\nunderwent austerities by which he satisfied the Supreme Lord, who then\ngave him unlimited potency for sexual intercourse.\n\nIt should be noted that although such a facility for sexual intercourse\n\nis achieved by the grace of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, this\n\nfacility is not offered to advanced devotees, who are free from material\ndesires (anyabhi�ita-silnyam). In this connection it may be noted that\n\n", "SB6.1#p0287": "The Harltsa-guhya Prayers\n\nText 53]\n\n259\n\nif the American boys and girls engaged in the Kr��a consciousness movement want to advance in Kr��a consciousness to achieve the supreme\nbenefit of loving service to the Lord, they should refrain from indulging\nin this facility for sex life. Therefore we advise that one should at least\nrefrain from illicit sex. Even if there are opportunities for sex life, one\nshould voluntarily accept the limitation of having sex only for progeny,\nnot for any other purpose. Kardama Muni was also given the facility for\nsex life, but he had only a slight desire for it. Therefore after begetting\nchildren in the womb of Devahiiti, Kardama Muni became completely\nrenounced. The purport is that if one wants to return home, back to Godhead, one should voluntarily refrain from sex life. Sex should be accepted only as much as needed, not unlimitedly.\nOne should not think that Dak�a received the favor of the Lord by\nreceiving the facilities for unlimited sex. Later verses will reveal that\nDak�a again committed an offense, this time at the lotus feet of Narada.\nTherefore although sex life is the topmost enjoyment in the material\nworld and although one may have an opportunity for sexual enjoyment\nby the grace of God, this entails a risk of committing offenses. Dak�a was\nopen to such offenses, and therefore, strictly speaking, he was not actually favored by the Supreme Lord. One should not seek the favor of the\nLord for unlimited potency in sex life.\n\nTEXT 53\n\n�s� SJ:jf(: «eO ��'h{� �l� I\n'li{t� �fcrqf;:ij �f;ij � � ilf�� II�� II\ntvatto 'dhastiit prajii/:t sarvii\nmithuni-bhuya miiyayii\nmadiyayii bhav�yanti\nhar�yanti ca me balim\ntvatta/:t-you; adh astiit -aft er; prajii/:t-the living entities; sarvii/:tall; mithuni bhuya-having sex life; miiyayii-because of the influence\n-\n\nor facilities given by the illusory energy; madiyayii-My; bhav�yantithey will become; har�yanti-they will offer; ca-also; me-unto Me;\nbalim-presentations.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0288": "260\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter you give birth to many hundreds and thousands of\n\nchildren, they will also be captivated by My illusory energy and\n\nwill engage, like You, in sexual intercourse. But because of My\n\nmercy to you and them, they will also be able to give Me\npresentations in devotion.\n\nTEXT 54\n\n��ig\"C{R\n\n�g;���T fll'fij� llifCJT'f_ R��l�: I\nC'::o,\n\"'\nC'\n�\nr.:;\n�q�\n� �CJTW:ij�q\n���:\n����II\nsri-suka uvaca\nity uktva mi$atas tasya\nbhagavan viSva-bhavana&\nsvapnopalabdhartha iva\ntatraivantardadhe hari&\nsri-suka& uvaca -Sukadeva Gosvam1 continued to speak; iti-thus;\nuktoo -saying ; mi$ata& tasya-while he (Dak�a) was personally looking\non; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; viSva-bhavana&who creates the universal affairs; svapna-upalabdha-artha&-an object\nobtained in dreaming; iva-like; tatra-there; eva-certainly; antardadhe-disappeared; hari&-the Lord, the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: After the creator of the entire\n\nuniverse, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, had spoken\n\nin this way in the presence of Prajapati Dak!?a, He immediately dis­\n\nappeared as if He were an object experienced in a dream.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sixth Canto, Fourth\nChapter of Sr1mad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Harhsa-guhya Prayers\nOffered to the Lord by Prajapati Dak§a.\n\"\n\n", "SB6.1#p0289": "CHAPTER FIVE\n\nNarada Muni\nCursed by Prajapati Da�\nThis chapter relates how all the sons of Dak�a were delivered from the\n\nclutches of the material energy by following the advice of Narada, who\n\nwas therefore cursed by Dak�a.\n\nInfluenced by the external energy of Lord Vi�Q.U, Prajapati Dak�a\n\nbegot ten thousand sons in the womb of his wife, PaficajanL These sons,\n\nwho were all of the same character and mentality, were known as the\n\nHaryasvas. Ordered by their father to create more and more population,\n\nthe Haryasvas went west to the place where the River Sindhu (now the\n\nIndus) meets the Arabian Sea. In those days this was the site of a holy\n\nlake named NarayaQ.a-saras, where there were many saintly persons. The\n\nHaryasvas began practicing austerities, penances and meditation, which\n\nare the engagements of the highly exalted renounced order of life.\n\nHowever, when Srila Narada Muni saw these boys engaged in such\n\ncommendable austerities simply for material creation, he thought it\n\nbetter to release them from this tendency. Narada Muni described to the\n\nboys their ultimate goal of life and advised them not to become ordinary\n\nkarmis to beget children. Thus all the sons of Dak�a became enlightened\n\nand left, never to return.\nPrajapati Dak�a, who was very sad at the loss of his sons, begot one\n\nthousand more sons in the womb of his wife, Paficajani, and ordered\n\nthem to increase progeny. These sons, who were named the Savalasvas,\nalso engaged in worshiping Lord Vi�Q.U to beget children, but Narada\nMuni convinced them to become mendicants and not beget children.\n\nFoiled twice in his attempts to increase population, Prajapati Dak�a\n\nbecame most angry at Narada Muni and cursed him, saying that in the\n\nfuture he would not be able to stay anywhere. Since Narada Muni, being\nfully qualified, was fixed in tolerance, he accepted Dak�a's curse.\n\n261\n\n", "SB6.1#p0290": "262\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�1�en 13\"f!R\n\n��t ij\" qt�i:l�� � ��q���: I\n�\n���� �Ffi:l� Flij: II� II\n.\n\n.\n\n�\n\nsri-suka uvaca\ntasyarh sa piiicajanyarh vai\nvi§r:tu-mayopabrmhita�\nharya§va-sarhjfiiin ayutarh\nputran ajanayad vibhu�\nsri-suka� uviica -Sri: Sukadeva Gosvami: said; tasyam-in her; sa�­\n\nPrajapati Dak�a;\n\npaficajanyam-his wife named Paficajani:;\n\nvai­\n\nindeed; vi§r:tu-maya-upabrmhita�-being made capable by the illusory\n\nenergy of Lord Vi�Qu;\nayutam-ten\n\nthousand;\n\nbeing powerful.\n\nharya§va-sarhjfiiin-named the Haryasvas;\n\nputran-sons;\n\najanayat-begot;\n\nvibhu�­\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvami continued:\n\nImpelled by the illusory\n\nenergy of Lord Vi�I;tu, Prajapati Dak�a begot ten thousand sons in\n\nthe womb of Pancajani [Asikni). My dear King, these sons were\n\ncalled the Harya5vas.\n\nTEXT2\n\n��fk�l4:� � �on � 1\nfq;n �: �6if SRiRf sr�� II � II\naprthag-dharma-siliis te\nsarve da�ayar:ta nrpa\npitra prokta/:t praja-sarge\npraticirh prayayur diSam\naprthak-alike in; dharma-sila�-good character and behavior; te­\n\nthey; sarve-all; da�ayar:ta/:t-the sons of Dak�a;\n\nnrpa-0 King;\n\n", "SB6.1#p0291": "Niirada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\nText 5)\n\n263\n\npitra-by their father; proktab,-ordered; praja-sarge-to increase the\npopulation; pratidm- western; prayayub,-they went to; diSam-the\ndirection.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, all the sons of Prajapati Dak�a were alike in being\nvery gentle and obedient to the orders of their father. When their\nfather ordered them to beget children, they all went in the western\ndirection.\nTEXT3\n\ni\\1(1�01(1(@� fu �a�: 1\n� @i�f.fftqf.ot�fifijt{ II� It\n..\n\ntatra narayar:w-saras\ntirtham sindhu-samudrayo!t\nsarigamo yatra sumahan\nmuni-siddha-ni§evitam\ntatra-in that direction; narayar:w-sarab,-the lake named NarayaQasaras; tirtham- very holy place; sindhu-samudrayob,-of the River\nSindhu\n\nand\n\nthe\n\nsea;\n\nsarigamab,-con:B.uence;\n\nyatra-where ;\n\nsu­\n\nmahat-very great; muni-by sages; siddha-and perfected human\nbeings; ni§evitam -frequented\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the west, where the River Sindhu meets the sea, there is a\ngreat place of pilgrimage known as Niirayat;�a-saras. Many sages and\nothers advanced in spiritual consciousness live there.\nTEXTS 4-5\n\nij'�q�q�i�\nAf-ftij'l{�il�P·IT: I\n� 41(+hi� :q sltf4?t+i<1�l\nII \\1 II\n�� (A .OO!i Nstl��... �;;rm: I\nSI�INf.l� ���-I. �� � II� It\n\n", "SB6.1#p0292": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n264\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\ntad-upasparsanad eva\nvinirdhuta-maliiSaya/:1.\ndharme paramaharhsye ca\nprotpanna-matayo 'py uta\ntepire tapa evogram\npitradesena yantrita/:1.\npraja-vivrddhaye yattan\ndevar§is tan dadarsa ha\ntat-of that holy place; upasparsanat-from bathing in that water or\ntouching it; eva-only; vinirdhuta-complete!y washed away; malaasaya/:1.-whose\n\nimpure\n\ndharme-to\n\ndesires;\n\nthe\n\npractices;\n\nparamaharhsye-executed by the topmost class of sannylisis; ca-also;\nprotpanna-highly\nalthough;\n\ninclined;\n\nmataya/:1.-whose\n\nminds;\n\ntepire-they executed; tapa/:1.-penances;\n\napi\n\nuta­\n\neva-certainly;\n\nugram-severe; pitr-adesena-by the order of their father; yantrita/:1.engaged;\n\npraja-vivrddhaye-for\n\nthe\n\npurpose\n\nof\n\nincreasing\n\nthe\n\npopulation; yattan-ready; devar§i/:1. - the great sage Narada; tanthem; dadarsa-visited; ha-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\nIn that holy place, the Harya8vas began regularly touching the\n\nlake's waters and bathing in them. Gradually becoming very much\npurified,\n\nthey\n\nbecame\n\ninclined\n\ntoward\n\nthe\n\nactivities\n\nof\n\nparamaharilsas. Nevertheless, because their father had ordered\n\nthem to increase the population, they performed severe austerities\nto fulfill his desires. One day, when the great sage Niirada saw\n\nthose boys performing such fine austerities to increase the\npopulation, Niirada approached them.\n\nTEXTS 6-8\n�\n\n•\n\noll\n\n� �� �'ffl: � �q-�: I\n\n31t§I J wfl � ill�!il iRJ �: II � II\n..\n\n", "SB6.1#p0293": "Niirada Muni Cursed hy Prajapati Dak�a\n\nText 8]\n\n265\n\n·� u� f� �lttfwt•�+i'{ 1\nill�qf � :qriq � ���II \\911\n��00 q�� ��I\n�ij ��%j � ��fir II <; II\nuvaca catha harya5vaJ:r,\nkatharh sra/cyyatha vai prajaJ:r,\nadmvantarh bhuvo yuyarh\nbaliSa bata palakiiJ:r,\ntathaika-puru:jarh rt4trarh\nbilarh cad:r�ta-nirgamam\nbahu-r!lpiirh striyarh capi\npumiirhsarh purhScali-patim\nnadim ubhayato vaham\npafica-paficiidbhutarh grham\nkvacid dharhsarh citra-katharh\n/cyaura-pavyarh svayarh bhrami\nuvaca-he said; ca-also; atha-thus; harya§va]:r,-0 Haryasvas,\nsons of Prajapati Dak�a; katham-why; sra/cyyatha-you will beget;\nvai-indeed; prajaJ:r,-progeny; admva-having not seen; antam-the\nend;\n\nbhuvaJ:r,-of\n\nthis\n\nearth;\n\nyuyam-all\n\nof\n\nyou;\n\nbiiliSaJ:r,­\n\ninexperienced; bata-alas; piilakiiJ:r,-although ruling princes; tathaso also; eka-one; punJ.$am-man; ra�tram-kingdom; bila m th e\n-\n\nhole; ca-also; adr�!a-nirgamam-from which there is no coming out;\nbahu-r!lpiim-taking\n\nmany forms; striyam-the woman; ca-and;\n\napi-even; pumiirhsam-the man; purhScali-patim-the husband of a\nprostitute; nadim-a river; ubhayataJ:r,-in both ways; vaham-which\nflows;\n\npafica-pafica-of\n\nadbhutam-a\n\nwonder;\n\nfive\n\nmultiplied\n\ngrham-the\n\nby\n\nhouse;\n\nfive\n\n(twenty-five);\n\nkvacit-somewhere;\n\nharhsam-a swan; citra-katham-whose story is wonderful; /cyaurapavya m-made of sharp razors and thunderbolts; svayam-itself;\nbhrami-revolvi ng\n\n.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0294": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n266\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada said: My dear Harya.Svas, you have not\n\nseen the extremities of the earth. There is a kingdom where only\none man lives and where there is a hole from which, having\n\nentered, no one emerges. A woman there who is extremely\n\nunchaste adorns herself with various attractive dresses, and the\nman who lives there is her husband. In that kingdom, there is a\nriver flowing in both directions, a wonderful home made of\n\ntwenty-five materials, a swan that vibrates various sounds, and an\n\nautomatically\n\nrevolving\n\nobject\n\nmade\n\nof\n\nsharp\n\nrazors\n\nand\n\nthunderbolts. You have not seen all this, and therefore you are\n\ninexperienced boys without advanced knowledge. How, then, will\n\nyou create progeny?\n\nPURPORT\n\nNarada Muni saw that the boys known as the Haryasvas were already\npurified because of living in that holy place and were practically ready\nfor liberation. Why then should they be encouraged to become entangled\nin family life, which is so dark that once having entered it one cannot\nleave it? Through this analogy, Narada Muni asked them to consider why\nthey should follow their father's order to be entangled in family life.\nIndirectly, he asked them to find within the cores of their hearts the\nsituation of the Supersoul, Lord Vif?QU, for then they would truly be\nexperienced. In other words, one who is too involved in his material\nenvironment and does not look within the core of his heart is\nincreasingly entangled in the illusory energy. Narada Muni's purpose\nwas to get the sons of Prajapati Dakf?a to divert their attention toward\nspiritual realization instead of involving themselves in the ordinary but\ncomplicated affairs of propagation. The same advice was given by\nPrahlada Maharaja to his father (Bhag.\n\n7.5.5):\n\ntat siidhu manye 'sura-varya dehiniirh\nsada samudvigna-dhiyiim asad-grahat\nhitviitma-patarh grham andha-kilparh\nvanarh gato yad dharim iiSrayeta\nIn the dark well of family life, one is always full of anxiety because of\nhaving accepted a temporary body. If one wants to free himself from this\n\n", "SB6.1#p0295": "Text 10)\n\nNiirada Muni Cursed by Prajiipati Dak�a\n\n267\n\nanxiety, one should immediately leave family life and take shelter of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in V:rndavana. Narada Muni advised\nthe Haryasvas not to enter household life. Since they were already\nadvanced in spiritual knowledge, why should they be entangled in that\nway?\nTEXT9\n\n((l{\"qg(l�t•flm:tm feAf'�6: 1\n31�qf1N,It 3l{t � �� II � II\n�\n\nkatham sva-pitur adesam\navidvarhso vipa§cita�\nanurilpam avijnaya\naho sargam kar�yatha\nkatham-how; sva-pitu�-of your own father; adesam-the order;\navidvarhsa�-ignora n t;\n\nvipa§cita�-who\n\nrilpam-suitable for you;\n\navijnaya\n\n-\n\nknows\n\neverything;\n\nwithout knowing;\n\nanu­\n\naho-alas;\n\nsargam-the creation; kar�yatha-you will perform.\nTRANSLATION\nAlas, your father is omniscient, but you do not know his actual\norder. Without knowing the actual purpose of your father, how\nwill you create progeny?\nTEXT 10\n\n��\n6f'tttiRI� �\"'t 31l�qM4if14ltp:u 1\n�n�:� g �: � Nfl'l�fW II� oil\nsrf-suka uvaca\ntan niSamyatha harya§va\nautpattika-manf�aya\nviica� kutarh tu devar�e�\nsvayarh vimamrsur dhiya\n\n", "SB6.1#p0296": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n268\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nsri-suka/:1. uvaca-Sri S ukadeva Gosvami said; tat-that; niSamyahearing; atka-thereafter; harya§va/:1.-all the sons of Prajapati Dak�a;\nautpattika-naturally awakened; man�aya-by possessing the power to\nconsider;\n\nvaca/:1.-of\n\ndevar$e/:z.-of\n\nNarada\n\nthe\n\nspeech;\n\nMuni;\n\nku,Jam-the\n\nenigma;\n\nsvayam-themselves;\n\ntu-but;\n\nvimamrsu/:1.­\n\nreflected upon; dhiya-with full intelligence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi said: Hearing these enigmatic words of\n\nNiirada Muni, the Harya8vas considered them with their natural\nintelligence, without help from others.\nTEXT II\n\n�: � �ij �G\\�If«: � I\n3TqT � fflCriof �+4(1��4�� II � � I I\n\n·\n\nbhu/:1. k$etrarh jiva-samjiiarh yad\nanadi nija-bandhanam\nadmva tasya nirva�J.Q.rh\nkim asat-karmabhir bhavet\nbhu/:1.-the earth; k$etram-the field of activities; jiva-samjiiam-the\ndesignation of the spiritual living being who is bound by different results\nof activity; yat-which; anadi-existing since time immemorial; nijabandhanam-causing\n\nhis\n\nown\n\nbondage;\n\nadmoo-without\n\nseeing;\n\ntasya-of this; nirvd�J.Q.m-the cessation; kim-what benefit; asatkarmabhib,-with temporary fruitive activities; bhavet-there can be.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[The Harya8vas understood the meaning of Narada's words as\nfollows.] The word \"bhiil,t\" [\"the earth\"] refers to the field of\nactivities. The material body, which is a result of the living being's\nactions, is his field of activities, and it gives him false designations.\n\nSince time immemorial, he has received various types of material\nbodies, which are the roots of bondage to the material world. If\n\n", "SB6.1#p0297": "Text ll]\n\nNarada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\n269\n\none foolishly engages in temporary fruitive activities and does not\nlook toward the cessation of this bondage, what will be the benefit\nof his actions?\nPURPORT\nNarada Muni spoke to the Haryasvas, the sons of Prajapati Dak�a,\nabout ten allegorical subjects-the king, the kingdom, the river, the\nhouse, the physical elements and so forth. After considering these by\nthemselves, the Haryasvas could understand that the living entity\nencaged in his body seeks happiness, but takes no interest in how to\nbecome free from his encagement. This is a very important verse, since\nall the living entities in the material world are very active, having\nobtained their particular types of bodies. A man works all day and night\nfor sense gratification, and animals like hogs and dogs also work for\nsense gratification all day and night. Birds, beasts and all other\nconditioned\n\nliving\n\nentities\n\nengage\n\nin\n\nvarious\n\nactivities\n\nwithout\n\nknowledge of the soul encaged within the body. Especially in the human\nform of body, one's duty is to act in such a way that he can release\nhimself from his encagement, but without the instructions of Narada or\nhis representative in the disciplic succession, people blindly engage in\nbodily activities to enjoy maya-sukha-flickering, temporary happiness.\nThey do not know how to become free from their material encagement.\nl;l�abhadeva therefore said that such activity is not at all good, since it\nencages the soul again and again in a body subjected to the threefold\nmiseries of the material condition.\nThe Haryasvas, the sons of Prajapati Dak�a, could immediately\nunderstand the purport of Narada 's instructions. Our :Kr�I.la\nconsciousness movement is especially meant for such enlightenment. We\nare trying to enlighten humanity so that people may come to the\nunderstanding that they should work hard in tapasya for self-realization\nand freedom from the continuous bondage of birth, death, old age and\ndisease in one body after another. Maya, however, is very strong; she is\nexpert in putting impediments in the way of this understanding.\nTherefore sometimes one comes to the :Kr�I).a consciousness movement\nbut again falls into the clutches of maya, not understanding the\nimportance of this movement.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0298": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n270\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 12\n\n� ��� fl•lii41'l oo�: tR: 1\n\nij+itll� �: Nl+tQ�ifi�� II � �II\neka evesvaras turyo\nbhagavdn svasraya� para�\ntam admoobhavam purhsa�\nkim asat-karmabhir bhavet\neka�-one; eva-indeed; iSvara�-supreme controller; turya �-the\nfourth transcendental category; b hagavan-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; sva asraya�-independent, being His own shelter; para�-\n\nbeyond\n\nthis\n\nmaterial\n\ncreation;\n\ntam-Him;\n\nadmva -not\n\nseeing;\n\nabhavam-who is not born or created; purhsa�-of a man; kim-what\nbenefit; asat-karmabhi�-with temporary fruitive activities; bhavetthere can be.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[Nirada Muni had said that there is a kingdom where there is\n\nonly one male. The Harya8vas realized the purport of this\n\nstatement.] The only enjoyer is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who observes everything, everywhere. He is full of six\nopulences and fully independent of everyone else. He is never\n\nsubject to the three modes of material nature, for He is always\n\ntranscendental to this material creation. If the members of human\n\nsociety do not understand Him, the Supreme, through their\n\nadvancement in knowledge and activities, but simply work very\n\nhard like cats and dogs all day and night for temporary happiness,\nwhat will be the benefit of their activities?\nPURPORT\n\nNarada Muni had mentioned a kingdom where there is only one king\nwith no competitor. The complete spiritual world, and specifically the\ncosmic manifestation, has only one proprietor or enj oyer-the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, who is beyond this material manifestation. The\nLord has therefore been described as turya, existing on the fourth\n\n", "SB6.1#p0299": "Text 13]\n\nNiirada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\n271\n\nplatform. He has also been described as abhava. The word bhava, which\nmeans \"takes birth,\" comes from the word bhu, \"to be.\" As stated in\nBhagavad-gitii (8.19), bhutvii bhutvii pral'iyate: the living entities in the\nmaterial world must be repeatedly born and destroyed. The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, however, is neither bhutva nor pral'iyate; He is\neternal. In other words, He is not obliged to take birth like human beings\nor animals, which repeatedly take birth and die because of ignorance of\nthe soul. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, _Kr�ga, is not subjected to\nsuch changes of body, and one who thinks otherwise is considered a fool\n(avajananti marh muc},ha miinU$'irh tanum asritam). Narada Muni\nadvises that human beings not waste their time simply jumping like cats\nand monkeys, without real benefit. The duty of the human being is to\nunderstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 13\n\n��RI��fir�ilat�l\n� �� fih¥4(1��� ������\npumiin naivaiti yad gatvii\nbila-svargarh gato yatha\npratyag-dhamavida iha\nkim asat-karmabhir bhavet\npumiin-a human being; na-not; eva-indeed; eti-comes back;\nyat-to which; gat va-having gone; bila-svargam-to the region of the\nlower pl anetary system known as Patala ; gatatt-gone; yatha-like;\npratyak-dhama-the effulgent spiritual world; avidatt-of the unintelligent man; iha-in this material world; kim-what benefit; asatka rmabhitt-with temporary fruitive activities; bhavet-there can be.\n\nTRANSLATION\n(Niirada Muni had described that there is a hila, or hole, from\nwhich, having entered, one does not return. The Harya5vas\nunderstood the meaning of this allegory.] Hardly once has a\nperson who has entered the lower planetary system called Patala\n\n", "SB6.1#p0300": "272\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nbeen seen to return. Similarly, if one enters the VaikuJ,I!ha-dhama\n\n[pratyag-dhama], he does not return to this material world. If\n\nthere is such a place, from which, having gone, one does not\n\nreturn to the miserable material condition of life, what is the use\n\nof jumping like monkeys in the temporary material world and not\n\nseeing or understanding that place? What will he the profit?\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii (15.6), yad gatva na nivartante tad\ndhama paramam mama: there is a region from which, having gone, one\ndoes not return to the material world. This region has been repeatedly\n\ndescribed. Elsewhere in Bhagavad-gita (4.9), Kr�Qa says:\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevam yo vetti tattvata/:t\ntyaktva deham punar janma\nnaiti mam eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and\nactivities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this\nmaterial world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\"\nIf one can properly understand Kr�Qa, who has already been described\nas the Supreme King, he does not return here after giving up his\n\nmaterial body. This fact has been described in this verse of SnmadBhagavatam. Puman naivaiti yad gatva: he does not return to this\nmaterial world, but returns home, back to Godhead, to live an eternally\n\nblissful life of knowledge. Why do people not care about this? What will\nbe the benefit of taking birth again in this material world, sometimes as a\nhuman being, sometimes a demigod, and sometimes a cat or dog? What is\nthe benefit of wasting time in this way? Kr�Qa has very definitely\nasserted in Bhagavad-gita (8.15):\n\nmam upetya punar janma\ndu/:tkhalayam a.Sasvatam\nnapnuvanti mahatmana/:t\nsamsiddhim paramam gata/:t\n\n", "SB6.1#p0301": "Text 14)\n\nNarada Muni Cursed by Praja pati Dak�a\n\n273\n\n\"After attaining Me, the great souls, who are yogis in devotion, never\nreturn to this temporary world, which is full of miseries, because they\nhave attained the highest perfection.\" One's real concern should be to\nfree himself from the repetition of birth and death and attain the\ntopmost perfection of life by living with the Supreme King in the\nspiritual world. In these verses the sons of Dak�a repeatedly say, kim\nasat-karmabhir bhavet: \"What is the use of impermanent fruitive\nactivities?\"\nTEXT 14\n\nW11W1�1�+4'11 �:t: �ftviR gonf;:;r�n 1\n\n�f'tJJI+4'1d4:��\n\n� 11��11\n\nniinii-rupatmarw buddhi/.t\nsvairir:tiva guT}iinvitii\ntan-n�tham agatasyeha\nkim asat-karmabhir bhavet\nnana-various; nlpa-who has forms or dresses; iitmana/.t-of the\nliving entity;\n\nbuddhi/.t-the intelligence; svairir:ti-a prostitute who\n\nfreely decorates herself with different types of cloths and ornaments;\niva-like; gur:ta-anvitii-endowed with the mode of passion, and so on;\ntat-n�!ham-the cessation of that; agatasya-of one who has not\nobtained; iha-in this material world; kim asat-karmabhi/.t bhavetwhat is the use of performing temporary fruitive activities.\nTRANSLATION\n[Narada Muni had described a woman who is a p rofessional\n\nprostitute. The Harya8vas understood the identity of this woman.]\nMixed with the mode of passion, the unsteady intelligence of every\n\nliving entity is like a prostitute who changes dresses just to attract\n\none's\n\nattention. If one fully engages\n\nin temporary fruitive\nactivities, not understanding how this is taking place, what does he\nactually gain\n\n�\n\n", "SB6.1#p0302": "274\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\nA woman who has no husband declares herself independent, which\n\nmeans that she becomes a prostitute. A prostitute generally dresses\nherself in various fashions intended to attract a man's attention to the\nlower part of her body. Today it has become a much advertised fashion\nfor a woman to go almost naked, covering the lower part of her body only\nslightly, in order to draw the attention of a man to her private parts for\nsexual enjoyment. The intelligence engaged to attract a man to the lower\npart of the body is the intelligence of a professional prostitute. Similarly,\nthe_intelligence of a living entity who does not turn his attention toward\nl(r�I).a or the l(r�I).a consciousness movement simply changes dresses like\na prostitute. What is the benefit of such foolish intelligence? One should\nbe intelligently conscious in such a way that he need no longer change\nfrom one body to another.\nKarm'is change their professions at any moment, but a l(r�I).a conscious\n\nperson does not change his profession, for his only profession is to attract\nthe attention of l(r�I).a by chanting the Hare l(r�I).a mantra and living a\nvery simple life, without following daily changes of fashion. In our\nl(r�I).a consciousness movement, fashionable persons are taught to adopt\none fashion-the dress of a Vai�I).ava with a shaved head and tilaka.\nThey are taught to be always clean in mind, dress and eating in order to\nbe fixed in l(r�I).a consciousness. What is the use of changing one's dress,\nsometimes wearing long hair and a long beard and sometimes dressing\notherwise? This is not good. One should not waste his time in such\nfrivolous activities. One should always be fixed in l(r�I).a consciousn�ss\nand take the cure of devotional service with firm determination.\n\nTEXT 15\n\ntat-sariga-bhrarhSitaiSvaryarh\nsarhsarantarh kubharyavat\ntad-gatir abudhasyeha\nkim asat-karrTUlbhir bhavet\n\n", "SB6.1#p0303": "Narada Muni Cursed by Prajiipati Dak�a\n\nText 15]\nta t-sa nga\n\n-\n\nby\n\nassociation\n\nwith\n\nbhramsita-taken away; a iSvaryam\n\nsa rhsarantam\n\n-\n\nthe\n-\n\nprostitute\n\nof\n\n275\nintelligence;\n\nthe opulence of independence;\n\nundergoing the material way of life; ku-bhiirya-vat­\n\nexactly like a person who has a polluted wife; ta t-gati�-the movements\nof the polluted intelligence; abudhasya-of one who does not know;\niha-in this world; kim asat-karmabhi� bhave t\n\n-\n\nwhat can be the\n\nbenefit of performing temporary fruitive activities.\nTRANSLATION\n[Narada Muni had also spoken of a man who is the husband of\nthe prostitute. The Harya5vas understood this as follows.] If one\nbecomes the husband of a prostitute, he loses all independence.\nSimilarly, if a living entity has polluted intelligence, he prolongs\nhis materialistic life. Frustrated by material nature, he must follow\nthe\n\nmovements\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nintelligence,\n\nwhich\n\nbrings\n\nvarious\n\nconditions of happiness and distress. If one performs fruitive\nactivities under such conditions, what will he the benefit?\nPURPORT\nPolluted intelligence has been compared to a prostitute. One who has\nnot purified his intelligence is said to be controlled by that prostitute. As\nstated in Bhagavad-gitii (2.41), vyavasiiyiitmikii buddhir ekeha kuru­\n\nnandana: those who are actually serious are conducted by one kind of\nintelligence, namely, intelligence in Kr��a consciousness. Bahu-siikhii\n\nhy anantiis ca buddhayo 'vyavasiiyiniim: one who is not fixed in proper\nintelligence discovers many modes of life. Thus involved in material\nactivities, he is exposed to the different modes of material nature and\nsubjected to varieties of so-called happiness and distress. If a man\nbecomes the husband of a prostitute, he cannot be happy, and similarly\none who follows the dictations of material intelligence and material\nconsciousness will never be happy.\nOne must judiciously understand the activities of material nature. As\nstated in Bhagavad-gitii (3.27):\n\nprakrte� kriyamiir:rJini\ngur:rai� karmar-i sarva§a�\n\n", "SB6.1#p0304": "276\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\naharikara-vimut;lhatmii\nkartaham iti manyate\n\"The bewildered spirit soul, under the influence of the three modes of\nmaterial nature, thinks himself to be the doer of activities, which are in\nactuality carried out by nature.\" Although one follows the dictations of\nmaterial nature, he happily thinks himself the master or husband of\nmaterial nature. Scientists, for example, try to be the masters of material\nnature, life after life, not caring to understand the Supreme Person,\nunder whose direction everything within this material world is moving.\nTrying to be the masters of material nature, they are imitation gods who\ndeclare to the public that scientific advancement will one day be able to\navoid the so-called control of God. In fact, however, the living being,\nunable to control the rulings of God, is forced to associate with the\nprostitute of polluted intelligence and accept various material bodies. As\n\nstated in Bhagavad-gita ( 13.22):\n\npurwja� prakrti-stho hi\nbhwikte prakrti-jan guTJiin\nkarar:uun gu\"(ta-sango 'sya\nsad-asad-yoni-janmasu\n\"The living entity in material nature thus follows the ways of life,\nenjoying the three modes of nature. This is due to his association with\nthat material nature. Thus he meets with good and evil amongst various\nspecies.\" If one fully engages in temporary fruitive activities and does\nnot solve this real problem, what profit will he gain?\nTEXT 16\n\nq!'-ltttcMf � ����Rt�� I\n� ijl¥ffi4� f�¥4Q����� II�� II\nsr§!y-apyaya-karim miiyam\nvela-kaliinta-vegitam\nmattasya tam avijiiasya\nkim asat-karmabhir bhavet\n\n", "SB6.1#p0305": "Narada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\nText 16)\n\nsmi-creation;\n\nmaya m -the\n\napyaya -dissolution;\n\nillusory\n\nenergy;\n\n277\n\nkarim-one\n\nwho\n\ncauses;\n\nvela-kula-anta-near\n\nthe\n\nbanks;\n\nvegitam-being very rapid; mattasya-of one who is mad; tam-that\nmaterial nature; avijnasya-who does not know; kim asat-kannabhib,\n\nbhavet -what benefit can there be by performing temporary fruitive\nactivities.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[Narada Muni had said that there is a river flowing in both\ndirections.\n\nThe\n\nHary&Svas\n\nunderstood\n\nthe\n\npurport\n\nof\n\nthis\n\nstatement.) Material nature functions in two ways-by creation and\ndissolution. Thus the river of material nature flows both ways. A\nliving entity who unknowingly falls in this river is submerged in\nits waves, and since the current is swifter near the hanks of the\nriver, he is unable to get out. What will he the benefit of\nperforming fruitive activities in that river of maya?\nPURPORT\nOne may be submerged in the waves of the river of maya, but one\nmay also get free from the waves by coming to the banks of knowledge\nand austerity. Near these banks, however, the waves are very strong. If\none does not understand how he is being tossed by the waves, but simply\nengages in temporary fruitive activities, what benefit will he derive?\nIn the Brahma-samhita (5.44) there is this statement:\n\nsr�!i-sthiti-pralaya-siidhana-saktir eka\nchayeva yasya bhuvaniini vibharti durga\nThe maya-sakti, Durga, is in charge of sr�!i-sthiti-pralaya, creation and\ndissolution, and she acts under the direction of the Supreme Lord\n\n(mayiidhya�er:ta prakrtib- silyate sa-caracaram). When one falls in the\nriver of nescience, he is always tossed here and there by the waves, but\nthe same maya can also save him when he surrenders to K:r!?I:ta, or\nbecomes\n\nK:r!?I:ta\n\nconscious.\n\nK:r!?I:ta\n\nconsciousness\n\nis knowledge and\n\nausterity. A K:r!?I:ta conscious person takes knowledge from the Vedic\nliterature, and at the same time he must practice austerities.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0306": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n278\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nTo attain freedom from material life, one must take to Kr��a\nconsciousness. Otherwise, if one very busily engages in the so-called advancement of science, what benefit will he derive? If one is carried away\nby the waves of nature, what is the meaning of being a great scientist or\nphilosopher?\n\nMundane science\n\nand\n\nphilosophy are\n\nalso\n\nmaterial\n\ncreations. One must understand how maya works and how one can be\nreleased from the tossing waves of the river of nescience. That is one's\nfirst duty.\n\npanca-vimsati-tattvaniirh\npurzJ.$o 'dbhuta-darpar:w}:t\nadhyatmam abudhasyeha\nkim asat-karmabhir bhavet\npanca-vimsati-twenty-five; tattvaniim-of the elements; purll.$a/:t\n-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nadbhuta-darpar:ta/:t-the\n\nwonderful manifester; adhyatmam-the overseer of all causes and\neffects; abudhasya-of one who does not know; iha-in this world; kim\n\nasat-karmabhi/:t bhavet -what can be the benefit of engaging in\ntemporary fruitive activities.\nTRANSLATION\n[Niirada Muni had said that there is a house made of twenty-five\n\nelements. The Hary8Svas understood this analogy.] The Supreme\n\nLord is the reservoir of the twenty-five elements, and as the\n\nSupreme Being, the conductor of cause and effect, He causes their\n\nmanifestation. If one engages in temporary fruitive activities, not\nknowing that Supreme Person, what benefit will he derive?\nPURPORT\n\nPhilosophers and scientists conduct scholar1y research to find the\noriginal cause, but they should do so scientifically, not whimsically or\n\n", "SB6.1#p0307": "Text 17]\n\nNarada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\n279\n\nthrough fantastic theories. The science of the original cause is explained\n\nin various Vedic literatures. Athato brahma-jijfiii sa I janrnii,(},y asya\n\nyataft. The Vediinta-siltra explains that one should inquire about the\nSupreme Soul. Such inquiry about the Supreme is called brahma-jijfiiisa.\nThe Absolute Truth, tattva, is explained in Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.2.11):\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\ntattvam yaj jfiiinam advayam\nbrahmeti paramatmeti\nbhagavan iti sabdyate\n\"Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this\nnondual substance Brahman, Paramatma or Bhagavan.\" The Absolute\nTruth appears to neophytes as impersonal Brahman and to advanced\nmystic yogis as Paramatma, the Supersoul, but devotees, who are further\nadvanced, understand the Absolute Truth as the Supreme Lord, Vi�?I).U.\nThis material cosmic manifestation is an expansion of the energy of\nLord K.ri?t:J.a, or Lord Vii?I).U.\n\neka-desa-sthitasyagner\njyotsna vistarir:ti yatha\nparasya brahmar:taft saktis\ntathedam akhilam jagat\n\"Whatever we see in this world is but an expansion of various energies\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is like a fire that spreads\nillumination for a long distance although it is situated in one place.\"\n\n( V�r:tu Puriir:ta) The entire cosmic manifestation is an expansion of the\n\nSupreme Lord. Therefore if one does not conduct research to find the\nsupreme cause, but instead falsely engages in frivolous, temporary\nactivities, what is the use of demanding recognition as an important\nscientist or philosopher? If one does not know the ultimate cause, what is\nthe use of his scientific and philosophical research?\nThe\n\npurU{>a,\n\nthe\n\noriginal\n\nperson-Bhagavan,\n\nVi�?I).u-can\n\nbe\n\nunderstood only by devotional service. Bhaktya mam abhijanati yavan\n\nya§ casmi tattvata/:t: only by devotional service can one understand the\n\n", "SB6.1#p0308": "280\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nSupreme Person, who is behind everything. One must try to understand\nthat the material elements are the separated, inferior energy of the Lord\nand that the living entity is the Lord's spiritual energy. Whatever we\nexperience, including matter and the spirit soul, the living force, is but a\ncombination of two energies of Lord Vi�Qu-the inferior energy and the\nsuperior energy. One should seriously study the facts concerning creation, maintenance and devastation, as well as the permanent place from\nwhich one never need return (yad gatvii na nivartante). Human society\nshould study this, but instead of culturing such knowledge, people are\nattracted to temporary happiness and sense gratification, culminating in\nbottomless, topless passion. There is no profit in such activities; one must\nengage himself in the ��I).a consciousness movement.\nTEXT 18\n\n�t �·(!!� � '\nftff�q�'i�llt f�q�fll��� II�� II\naiSvararh siistram utsrjya\nbandha-mo�iinudarsanam\nvivikta-padam ajnaya\nkim asat-karmabhir bhavet\naiSvaram-bringing understanding of God, or ��Qa consciousness;\nVedic literature; utsrjya-giving up; bandha-of\n\nsastram-the\n\nbondage; mo�a-and of liberation; anudarsanam-informing about\nthe ways; vivikta-padam-distinguishing spirit from matter; ajnayanot knowing; kim asat-karmabhi/:t bhavet-what can be the use ·of\ntemporary fruitive activities.\nTRANSLATION\n[Narada Muni had spoken of a swan. That swan is explained in\n\nthis verse.] The Vedic literatures [sastras] vividly describe how to\n\nunderstand the Supreme Lord, the source of all material and\n\nspiritual energy. Indeed, they elaborately explain these two\nenergies. The swan [harilsa] is one who discriminates between\n\nmatter and spirit, who accepts the essence of everything, and who\n\n", "SB6.1#p0309": "Text\n\n19]\n\n281\n\nNarada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\nexplains the means of bondage and the means of liberation. The\nwords of scriptures consist of variegated vibrations. H a foolish\nrascal leaves aside the study of these siistras to engage in temporary\nactivities, what will be the result?\nPURPORT\n\nThe Kr�Q.a consciousness movement is very eager to present Vedic\nliterature in modern languages, especially Western languages such as\nEnglish, French and German. The leaders of the Western world, the\nAmericans and Europeans, have become the idols of modern civilization\nbecause the Western people are very sophisticated in temporary activities\nfor the advancement of material civilization. A sane man, however, can\nsee that all such grand activities, although perhaps very important for\ntemporary life, have nothing to do with eternal life. The entire world is\nimitating the materialistic civilization of the West, and therefore the\nKr�.Q.a consciousness movement is very much interested in giving the\nWestern people knowledge by translating the original Sanskrit Vedic\nliteratures into Western languages.\nThe word vivikta-padam refers to the path of logical discourses\nconcerning the aim of life. If one does not discuss that which is important\nin life, one is put into darkness and must struggle for existence. What,\nthen, is the benefit of his advancement in knowledge? The people of the\nWest are seeing their students becoming hippies, despite gorgeous\narrangements\n\nfor\n\nuniversity\n\neducation.\n\nThe\n\nKr�Q.a\n\nconsciousness\n\nmovement, however, is trying to convert misguided, drug-addicted\nstudents to the service of Kr�Q.a and engage them in the best welfare\nactivities for human society.\nTEXT\n\n19\n\n���4st � �ut � r���q�••a: 1\n\n�\n\nf���flf�ll��ll\n\nkiila-cakrarh bhrami tik§r_tarh\nsarvarh ni$kar�ayaj jagat\nsvatantram abudhasyeha\nkim asat-karmabhir bhavet\n\n", "SB6.1#p0310": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n282\nkiila-cakram-the\nautomatically;\n\nwheel\n\nof\n\nti/cy�m-very\n\neternal\nsharp;\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\ntime;\n\nbhrami-revolving\n\nsarvam-all;\n\np\n\nni$kar$ayat­\n\ndriving; jagat-the world; sva-tantram-inde endent, not caring for\nthe so-called scientists and philosophers; abudhasya-of one who does\nnot know (this principle of time); iha-in this material world; kim asatkarmabhi� bhavet-what is the use of engaging in temporary fruitive\nactivities.\nTRANSLATION\n[Narada Muni had spoken of a physical object made of sharp\n\nblades and thunderbolts. The Harya8vas understood this allegory\n\nas follows.] Eternal time moves very sharply, as if made of razors\nand thunderbolts. Uninterrupted and fully independent, it drives\n\nthe activities of the entire world. If one does not try to study the\neternal element of\n\ntime,\n\nwhat benefit\n\nperforming temporary material activities?\n\ncan\n\nhe\n\nderive from\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse explains the words /cyaura-pavyarh svayam bhrami, which\nespecially refer to the orbit of eternal time. It is said that time and tide\nwait for no man. According to the moral instructions of the great\npolitician CiiQ.akya PaQQita:\niiyU$a� /cya� eko 'pi\nna labhya svar�-ko!ibhi�\nna cen nirarthakam nft �\n\ni\n\nkii ca hanis tato 'dhikii\nEven a moment of one's lifetime could not be returned in exchange for\nmillions of dollars. Therefore one should consider how much loss one\nsuffers if he wastes even a moment of his life for nothing. Living like an\nanimal, not understanding the goal of life, one foolishly thinks that there\nis no eternity and that his life span of fifty, sixty, or, at the most, one\nhundred years, is everything. This is the greatest foolishness. Time is\neternal, and in the material world one passes through different phases of\nhis eternal life. Time is compared herein to a sharp razor. A razor is\n\n", "SB6.1#p0311": "Text 20)\n\nNarada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\n283\n\nmeant to shave the hair from one's face, but if not carefully handled, the\nrazor will cause disaster. One is advised not to create a disaster by\nmisusing his lifetime. One should be extremely careful to utilize the span\nof his life for spiritual realization, or ��Q.a consciousness.\nTEXT 20\n\n{qd(l� it ;r � ��t{ I\n� 6¢\\!j�mtt guTRi��� ll�oll\n\n�\n\nsastrasya pitur adesam\nyo na vedn nivartakam\n\nkatham tad-anurupaya\ngur:w-visrambhy upakramet\nsastrasya-of the scriptures; pitub,-of the father; adesam-the\n\ninstruction;\nyab,-one\nwho;\nna-not;\nvedn-understands;\nnivartakam-which brings about the cessation of the material way of\nlife; katham-how; tat-anurupaya-to follow the instruction of the\nsastras; gur:w-visrambhi-a person entangled in the three modes of\n\nmaterial nature; upakramet-can engage in the creation of progeny.\nTRANSLATION\n[Narada Muni had asked how one could ignorantly defy one's\nown father. The Harya8vas understood the meaning of this\nquestion.] One must accept the original instructions of the sastra.\nAccording to Vedic civilization, one is offered a sacred thread as a\nsign of second birth. One takes his second birth by dint of having\nreceived instructions in the sastra from a bona fide spiritual\nmaster. Therefore, sastra, scripture, is the real father. All the\nsastras instruct that one should end his material way of life. If one\ndoes not know the purpose of the father's orders, the sastras, he is\nignorant. The words of a material father who endeavors to engage\nhis son in material activities are not the real instructions of the\nfather.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0312": "284\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch 5\n.\n\nPURPORT\n\nBhagavad-gita (16.7) says, pravrttirh ca nivrttirh ca jana na vidur\nasurab,: demons, who are less than human beings but are not called\nanimals, do not know the meaning of pravrtti and nivrtti, work to be done\nand work not to be done. In the material world, every living entity has a\n\ndesire to lord it over the material world as much as possible. This is\ncalled pravrtti-marga. All the sastras, however, advise nivrtti-marga, or\n\nrelease from the materialistic way of life. Apart from the sastras of the\n\nVedic civilization, which is the oldest of the world, other sastras agree on\nthis point. For example, in the Buddhist sastras Lord Buddha advises that\none achieve nirvii1J-(L by giving up the materialistic way of life. In the\n\nBible, which is also §astra, one will find the same advice: one should\n\ncease materialistic life and return to the kingdom of God. In any §astra\n\none may examine, especially the Vedic §astra, the same advice is given:\n\none should give up his materialistic life and return to his original,\n\nspiritual life. Sankaracarya also propounds the same conclusion. Brahma\n\nsatyarh jagan mithya: this material world or materialistic life is simply\n\nillusion, and therefore one should stop his illusory activities and come to\nthe platform of Brahman.\n\nThe word §astra refers to the scriptures, particularly the Vedic books\n\nof knowledge. The Vedas-Sarna,\n\nYajur, �g and Atharva-and any\n\nother books deriving knowledge from these Vedas are considered Vedic\n\nliteratures. Bhagavad-gita is the essence of all Vedic knowledge, and\n\ntherefore it is the scripture whose instructions should be especially\naccepted. In this essence of all sastras, .l<r�?l)a personally advises that one\ngive up all other duties and surrender unto Him\n\n(sarva-dharmiin\n\nparityajya mam ekam sara1J-llrh vraja).\n\nOne should be initiated into following the principles of §astra. In\n\noffering initiation, our .l<r�?l)a consciousness movement asks one to come\n\nto the conclusion of §astra by taking the advice of the supreme speaker of\n\nthe §astra, .l<r�?l)a, forgetting the principles of the materialistic way of\nlife. Therefore the principles we advise are no illicit sex, no intoxication,\n\nno gambling and no meat-eating. These four types of engagement will\n\nenable an intelligent person to get free from the materialistic life and\n\nreturn home, back to Godhead.\n\nIn regard to the instructions of the father and mother, it may be said\n\nthat every living entity, including even the insignificant cats, dogs and\n\n", "SB6.1#p0313": "285\n\nNirada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\nText 20]\n\nserpents, takes birth of a father and mother. Therefore, getting a\nmaterial father and mother is not a problem. In every form of life, birth\nafter birth, the living entity gets a father and mother. In human society,\nhowever, if one is satisfied with his material father and mother and their\ninstructions and does not make further progress by accepting a spiritual\nmaster and being educated in the sastras, he certainly remains in\ndarkness. The material father and mother are important only if they are\ninterested in educating their son to become free from the clutches of\ndeath. As instructed by �abhadeva\n\n(Bhiig. 5.5.18): pita na sa syaj\n\njanani na sa syiit/ na mocayed yab, samupeta-mrtyum. One should not\nstrive to become a mother or father if one cannot save one's dependent\nson from the impending danger of death. A parent who does not know\nhow to save his son has no value because such fathers and mothers may\nbe had in any form of life, even among the cats, dogs and so on. Only a\nfather and mother who can elevate their son to the spiritual platform are\nbona fide parents. Therefore according to the Vedic system it is said,\njanmanii jayate sudrab,: one is born of a material father and mother as a\nsudra. The purpose of life, however, is to become a brahmar:w, a firstclass man.\nA first-class intelligent man is called a brahmar:w because he knows\nthe Supreme Brahman, the Absolute Truth. According to the Vedic\ninstructions, tad-vijfiiiniirtham sa gurum evabhigacchet: to know this\nscience, one must approach a bona fide guru, a spiritual master who will\ninitiate the disciple with the sacred thread so that he may understand the\nVedic knowledge. ]anmanii jayate sudrab, samskariid dhi bhaved dvijab,.\nBecoming a brahmar:w through the endeavor of a bona fide spiritual\nmaster is called samskara. After initiation, one is engaged in study of the\nsastra, which teaches the student how to gain release from materialistic\nlife and return home, back to Godhead.\nThe Kr�1.1a consciousness movement is teaching this higher knowledge\nof\n\nretiring\n\nfrom\n\nmaterialistic\n\nlife\n\nto\n\nreturn\n\nto\n\nGodhead,\n\nbut\n\nunfortunately many parents are not very satisfied with this movement.\nAside from the parents of our students, many businessmen are also\ndissatisfied because we teach our students to abandon intoxication, meateating, illicit sex and gambling. If the l<t�J.la consciousness movement\nspreads,\n\nthe\n\nso-called\n\nbusinessmen\n\nwill\n\nhave\n\nto\n\nclose\n\ntheir\n\nslaughterhouses, breweries and cigarette factories. Therefore they are\n\n", "SB6.1#p0314": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n286\n\n(Canto 6, Ch 5\n.\n\nalso very much afraid. However, we have no alternative than to teach our\ndisciples to free themselves from materialistic life. We must instruct\nthem in the opposite of material life to save them from the repetition of\nbirth and death.\nNarada Muni, therefore, advised the Haryasvas, the sons of Prajapati\nDak�a, that instead of begetting progeny, it would be better to leave and\nachieve the perfection of spiritual understanding according to the\ninstructions of the siistras. The importance of the siistras is mentioned in\nBhagavad-gitii (16.23):\nya/:t siistra-vidhim utsrjya\nvartate kiima-kiirata/:t\nna sa siddhim avapnoti\nna sukham na param gatim\n\"One who disregards the injunctions of the siistras and acts whimsically,\nas he likes, never achieves the perfection of life, not to speak of\nhappiness. Nor does he return home to the spiritual world.\"\n\nTEXT 21\n\n� otti4N�I � �� 1!\\f.h'if�e : I\nSf��� qft� ��WR� II�� II\niti vyavasita rajan\nharya§va eka-cetasa/:t\nprayayus tam parikramya\npanthanam anivartanam\niti-thus; vyavasitii/:t-being fully convinced by the instructions of\nNarada Muni; rajan-0 King; harya§vaft-the sons of Prajapati Dak�a;\neka-cetasa/:t-all being of the same opinion; prayayu/:t-left; tamNarada Muni; parikramya-circumambulating; panthanam-on the\npath; anivartanam-which does not bring one back again to this\nmaterial world.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0315": "Text 21]\n\nNarada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\n287\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: My dear King, after hearing the\n\ninstructions of Narada, the Harya8vas, the sons of Prajapati Dak�a,\n\nwere firmly convinced. They all believed in his instructions and\n\nreached the same conclusion. Having accepted him as their\nspiritual\n\nmaster,\n\nthey circumambulated that great sage\n\nfollowed the path by which one never returns to this world.\n\nand\n\nPURPORT\nFrom this verse we can understand the meaning of initiation and the\nduties of a disciple and spiritual master. The spiritual master never\ninstructs his disciple, \"Take a mantra from me, pay me some money, and\nby practicing this yoga system you will become very expert in\nmaterialistic life.\" This is not the duty of a spiritual master. Rather, the\nspiritual master teaches the disciple how to give up materialistic life, and\nthe disciple's duty is to assimilate his instructions and ultimately follow\nthe path back home, back to Godhead, from whence no one returns to\nthis material world.\nAfter hearing the instructions of Narada Muni, the Haryasvas, the\nsons of Prajapati Dak�a, decided not to be entangled in materialistic life\nby begetting hundreds of children and having to take care of them. This\nwould have been unnecessarily entangling. The Haryasvas did not\nconsider pious and impious activities. Their materialistic father had\ninstructed them to increase the population, but because of the words of\nNarada Muni, they could not heed that instruction. Narada Muni, as their\nspiritual master, gave them the sastric instructions that they should give\nup this material world, and as bona fide disciples they followed his\ninstructions. One should not endeavor to wander to different planetary\nsystems within this universe, for even if one goes to the topmost planetary system, Brahmaloka, one must return again (/cyfrre pur:tye martya­\n\nlokam viSanti). The endeavors of karmfs are a useless waste of time. One\nshould endeavor to return home, back to Godhead. This is the perfection\nof life. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii (8.16):\n\nabrahma-bhuvaniil lokii/:t\npunar iivartino 'rjuna\n\n", "SB6.1#p0316": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n288\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nmdm upetya tu kaunteya\npunar janma na vidyate\n\"From the highest planet in the material world down to the lowest, all\nare places of misery wherein repeated birth and death take place. But one\nwho attains to My abode, 0 son of Kunti, never takes birth again.\"\n\nTEXT 22\n\n((I(JtfllfUI\n\n�(f41iMtqt:t•i� I\n3RC�Vt Rl�+u� �Cfilwt�(;ouf;r: 11��11\nsvara-brahmar:ti nirbhiitahr�'ikesa-padambuje\n\nakhar:u)am cittam avesya\nlokan anucaran muni&\nspiritual\n\nsvara-brahmar:ti-in\n\nsound;\n\nnir bhata-placing\n\nclearly\n\nbefore the mind; hr�'ikesa-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nKr�Q.a,\n\nthe\n\nmaster\n\nof\n\nakhar:u)am-unbroken;\n\nthe\n\nsenses;\n\npadambuje-the\n\ncittam -consciousness;\n\nlotus\n\nfeet;\n\navesya -engaging;\n\nlokan-all the planetary systems; anucarat-traveled around; muni&the great sage Narada Muni.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe seven musical notes-�a, r, gii, rna, pa, dha and ni-are used\n\nin musical instruments, hut originally they come from the Sarna\n\nVeda. The great sage Niirada vibrates sounds describing the\npastimes of the Supreme Lord. By such transcendental vibrations,\n\nsuch as Hare �I:la, Hare �I:la, Kr�I:la Kr�I:la, Hare Hare/ Hare\n\nRiima, Hare Riima, Riima Riima, Hare Hare, he fixes his mind at\nthe lotus feet of the Lord. Thus he directly perceives Hr�ikesa, the\n\nmaster of the senses. Mter delivering the Harya8vas, Niirada Muni\n\ncontinued traveling throughout the planetary systems, his mind\n\nalways fixed at the lotus feet of the Lord.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0317": "Text 22]\n\nNiirada Muni Cursed by Prajiipati Dak�a\n\n289\n\nPURPORT\nThe goodness of the great sage Narada Muni is described herewith. He\n\nalways chants about the pastimes of the Lord and delivers the fallen souls\nback to Godhead. In this regard, Sri:la Bhaktivinoda Thakura has sung:\nnarada-muni,\n\nbajaya vi�,\n\n'radhika-rama� '-name\nnama amani,\n\nudita haya,\n\nbhakata-gita-same\namiya-dhara,\n\nvar�e ghana,\n\nsrava�-yugale giya\nbhakata-jana,\n\nsaghane ndce,\n\nbhariya apana hiya\nmadhuri-pilra,\n\nasaba pa§i',\n\nmataya jagata-jane\nkeha vii kande,\n\nkeha vii ndce,\n\nkeha mate mane mane\npaiica-vadana,\n\nnarade dhari',\n\npremera saghana rola\nkamalasana,\n\nnaciya bale,\n\n'bola bola hari bola'\nsahasranana,\nparama-sukhe,\n'hari hari' bali' gaya\nnama-prabhave,\n\nmatila viSva,\n\nnama-rasa sabe paya\nsn-kr$�-nama,\n\nrasane sphuri ',\n\npura'la amara asa\nyacaye iha,\nsri-rilpa-pade,\nbhakativinoda dasa\nThe purport of this song is that Narada Muni, the great soul, plays a\n\nstringed instrument called a vi�, vibrating the sound radhika-rama�,\n\n", "SB6.1#p0318": "[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n290\n\nwhich is another name for Kr�x:ta. As soon as he strokes the strings, all\n\nthe devotees begin responding, making a very beautiful vibration.\n\nAccompanied by the stringed instrument, the singing seems like a\n\nshower of nectar, and all the devotees dance in ecstasy to the fullest\n\nextent\n\nof\n\ntheir\n\nsatisfaction.\n\nWhile\n\ndancing,\n\nthey\n\nappear\n\nmadly\n\nintoxicated with ecstasy, as if drinking the beverage called mildhur'i­\n\npura. Some of them cry, some of them dance, and some of them,\n\nalthough unable to dance publicly, dance within their hearts. Lord Siva\n\nembraces Narada Muni and begins talking in an ecstatic voice, and seeing\nLord Siva dancing with Narad�, Lord Brahma also joins, saying, \"All of\n\nyou kindly chant 'Hari bol! Hari bol!'\" The King of heaven, lndra, also\n\ngradually joins with great satisfaction and begins dancing and chanting\n\"Hari hoi! Hari hoi!\" In this way, by the influence of the transcendental\n\nvibration of the holy name of God, the whole universe becomes ecstatic.\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura says, \"When the universe becomes ecstatic, my\n\ndesire is satisfied. I therefore pray unto the lotus feet of Riipa Gosvami\n\nthat this chanting of harer niima may go on nicely like this.\"\n\nLord Brahma is the guru of Narada Muni, who is the guru of\n\nVyasadeva, and Vyasadeva is the guru of Madhvacarya. Thus the\nGauQ.iya-Madhva-sampradaya is in the disciplic succession from Narada\n\nMuni. The members of this disciplic succession-in other words, the\nmembers of the Kr�t:ta consciousness movement-should follow in the\n\nfootsteps of Narada Muni by chanting the transcendental vibration Hare\nKr�x:ta, Hare Kr�x:ta, Kr�t:ta Kr�x:ta, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama,\nRama Rama, Hare Hare. They should go everywhere to deliver the fallen\n\nsouls by vibrating the Hare Kr�t:ta mantra, and the instructions of\n\nBhagavad-gita, Srimad-Bhagavatam and Caitanya-caritamrta. That\n\nwill please the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One can spiritually\n\nadvance if one actually follows the instructions of Narada Muni. If one\n\npleases Narada Muni, then the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nHr�ikesa, is also pleased (yasya prasadad bhagavat-prasada/:1,). The\n\nimmediate spiritual master is the representative of Narada Muni; there is\n\nno difference between the instructions of Narada Muni and those of the\n\npresent spiritual master. Both Narada Muni and the present spiritual\n\nmaster speak the same teachings of Kr�t:ta, who says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(18.65-66):\n\n", "SB6.1#p0319": "Text 23]\n\nNiirada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\n291\n\nman-mana bhava mad-bhakto\nmad-yaji mam namaskuru\nmam evai$yasi satyam te\npratijane priyo 'si me\nsarva-dharman parityajya\nmam ekam sarar:uzm vraja\naham tvam sarva-papebhyo\nmok$ayi$yami rna suca/:L\n\"Always think of Me and become My devotee. Worship Me and offer\nyour homage unto Me. Thus you will come to Me without fail. I promise\nyou this because you are My very dear friend. Abandon all varieties of\nreligion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you from all sinful\nreaction. Do not fear.\"\nTEXT 23\n\n;mi M�IRt � Wfl�G\\1�0t��lf{l;'1'(I\n31��Q(� �:�ft�JJ�������I I\nnasam niSamya putra�m\nnaradac chrla-salinam\nanvatapyata ka/:L socan\nsuprajastvam sucam padam\nnasam-the loss;\n\nn\n\niSamya-he ar ing of; putra�m-o£ his sons;\n\nnaradat-from Narada;\nbehaved\n\nsocan\n\npersons;\n\nsila-salinam-who were the best of well­\n\nanvatapyata -suffered;\n\nka/:L-Prajapati\n\nDak�a;\n\nlamenting; su prajastvam-ha v ing ten thousand well-behaved\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsons; sucam-of lamentation; padam-position.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Harya8vas, the sons of Prajapati Dak�a, were very wellbehaved,\n\ncultured\n\nsons,\n\nbut\n\nunfortunately,\n\nbecause\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ninstructions of Niirada Muni, they deviated from the order of their\n\n", "SB6.1#p0320": "[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad- Bhagavatam\n\n292\n\nfather. When Dak�a heard this news, which was brought to him by\n\nNarada Muni, he began to lament. Although he was the father of\n\nsuch good sons, he had lost them all. Certainly this was lamentable.\nPURPORT\nThe Haryasvas, the sons of Prajapati Dak�a, were certainly well­\n\nbehaved, learned and advanced, and in accordance with the order of\ntheir father they went to perform austerities to beget good sons for their\nfamily. But Narada Muni took advantage of their good behavior and\nculture to properly direct them not to be involved with this material\nworld, but to use their culture and knowledge to end their material\naffairs. The Haryasvas abided by the order of Narada Muni, but when\nnews of this was brought to Prajiipati Dak�a, the prajapati, instead of\nbeing happy with the actions of Narada Muni, was extremely sorrowful.\nSimilarly, we are trying to bring as many young men as possible to the\n��l).a consciousness movement for their ultimate benefit, but the\nparents of the young men joining this movement, being very sorry, are\nlamenting and making counterpropaganda. Of course, Prajapati Dak�a\ndid not make propaganda against Narada Muni, but later, as we shall see,\nDak�a cursed Narada Muni for his benevolent activities. This is the way\nof materialistic life. A materialistic father and mother want to engage\ntheir sons in begetting children, striving for improved economic\nconditions, and rotting in materialistic life. They are not unhappy when\ntheir children become spoiled, useless citizens, but they lament when\nthey join the ��l).a consciousness movement to achieve the ultimate goal\nof life. This animosity between parents and the ��l)a consciousness\nmovement has existed since time immemorial. Even Narada Muni was\ncondemned, not to speak of others. Nevertheless, Narada Muni never\ngives up his mission. To deliver as many fallen souls as possible, he\ncontinues\n\nplaying\n\nhis\n\nmusical\n\ninstrument\n\nand\n\nvibrating\n\nthe\n\ntranscendental sound Hare ��l)a, Hare ��I.J.a, ��I.J.a ��I.J.a, Hare Hare/\nHare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nTEXT 24\n\nij' �: tniNt;44Ml'i�Wi qf��: I\n\n�SIIwt&�;rq �: �m� �111: ll�'dll\n\n", "SB6.1#p0321": "Text 25]\n\nNiirada Muni Cursed by Prajiipati Dak�a\n\n293\n\nsa bhuyab, pancajanyayam\najena parisantvitab,\nputrdn ajanayad dalcyab,\nsavala.Svan sahasrir:w!t\nsab,-Prajapati Dak�a; bhuyab,-again; pdficajanyayam-in the\nwomb of his wife Asiknl, or Paiicajani; ajena-by Lord Brahma;\nparisantvitab,-being\npacified;\nputrdn-sons;\najanayat-begot;\nda/cyab,-Prajapati Dak�a;\nsavala.Svan-named the Savalasvas;\nsahasriry,ab,-numbering one thousand.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Prajapati Dak�a was lamenting for his lost children, Lord\nBrahmii pacified him with instructions, and thereafter Dak�a begot\none thousand more children in the womb of his wife, Piiiicajani.\nThis time his sons were known as the Savalasvas.\nPURPORT\n\nPrajapati Dak�a was so named because he was very expert in begetting\nchildren. (The word dakja means \"expert.\") First he begot ten thousand\nchildren in the womb of his wife, and when the children were lostwhen they returned home, back to Godhead-he begot another set of\nchildren, known as the Savalasvas. Prajapati Dak�a is very expert in\nbegetting children, and Narada Muni is very expert in delivering all the\nconditioned souls back home, back to Godhead. Therefore the\nmaterialistic experts do not agree with the spiritual expert Narada Muni,\nbut this does not mean that Nii.rada Muni will give up his engagement of\nchanting the Hare Kr�I:ta mantra.\nTEXT 25\n\n� :q: fq;n ij1fif�en 31� �ffl: 1\nwmAumU �� �: �n ������\nte ca pitra samiid�ta!t\npraja-sarge dhrta-vratab,\n\n", "SB6.1#p0322": "[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n294\n\nnarayat:UJ-Saro jagmur\nyatra siddlui/.t sva-puroaja/.t\nte-these sons (the Savalasvas); ca-and; pitra-by their father;\nsarruidi§!ii/.t-being ordered; praja-sarge-in increasing progeny or\npopulation; dhrta-vrata/.t-accepted vows; narayat:UJ-sara/.t-the holy\nlake\n\nnamed\n\nNarayaQ.a-saras;\n\nsiddlui/.t-perfected;\n\njagmu/.t-went\n\nto;\n\nyatra-where;\n\nsva-purva-ja/.t-their older brothers, who had\n\npreviously gone there.\nTRANSLATION\nIn accordance with their father's order to beget children, the\n\nsecond group of sons also went to NariiyaJ.Ia-saras, the same place\nwhere their brothers had previously attained perfection by\n\nfollowing the instructions of Narada. Undertaking great vows of\nausterity, the Savalasvas remained at that holy place.\nPURPORT\n\nPrajapati Dak�a sent his second group of sons to the same place where\nhis previous sons had attained perfection. He did not hesitate to send his\nsecond group of sons to the same place, although they too might become\nvictims of Narada's instructions. According to the Vedic culture, one\nshould be trained in spiritual understanding as a brahmacari before\nentering household life to beget children. This is the Vedic system. Thus\nPrajapati Dak�a sent his second group of sons for cultural improvement,\ndespite the risk that because of the instructions of Narada they might\nbecome as intelligent as their older brothers. As a dutiful father, he did\nnot hesitate to allow his sons to receive cultural instructions concerning\nthe perfection of life; he depended upon them to choose whether to\nreturn home, back to Godhead, or to rot in this material world in various\nspecies of life. In all circumstances, the duty of the father is to give\ncultural education to his sons, who must later decide which way to go.\nResponsible fathers should not hinder their sons who are making\ncultural advancement in association with the .i(r�l)a consciousness movement. This is not a father's duty. The duty of a father is to give his son\ncomplete freedom to make his choice after becoming spiritually advanced\nby following the instructions of the spiritual master.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0323": "Text 26)\n\nNarada Muni Cursed by Prajiipati Dak�a\n\n295\n\nTEXT 26\n\nij�q�q��\n\n�: I\n\n�at iQt � ��Sf � �: 11��11\ntad-upasparsaniid eva\nvinirdhuta-malaSaya�\njapanto brahma paramam\ntepus tatra mahat tapa�\n\ntat-of that holy place;\n\nupasparsanat-by bathing regularly in the\nmala-asaya�­\n\nwater; eva-indeed; vinirdhuta-completely purified;\n\nof all the dirt within the heart; japanta�-chanting or murmuring;\n\nbrahma-mantras beginning with om (such as om tad vi§IJ-0� paramarh\npadarh sada pa§yanti surayaM; paramam-the ultimate goal; tepu�­\n\nperformed; tatra-there; mahat-great; tapa�-penances.\nTRANSLATION\nAt\n\nNariiyat:�a-saras,\n\nthe\n\nsecond\n\ngroup\n\nof\n\nsons\n\nperformed\n\npenances in the same way as the first. They bathed in the holy\nwater, and by its touch all the dirty material desires in their hearts\nwere cleansed away. They murmured mantras beginning with\nmhkara and underwent a severe course of austerities.\nPURPORT\nEvery Vedic mantra is called brahma because each mantra is preceded\nby the brahma�ara, aum or omkara. For example, om namo bhagavate\n\nvasudevaya. Lord ��I:ta says in Bhagavad-gita (7.8), prar:wva� sarvavede$u: \"In all the Vedic mantras, I am represented by prar:wva, or\norhkara.\" Thus chanting of the Vedic mantras beginning with orhkara is\n\ndirectly chanting of ��I:ta's name. There is no difference. Whether one\nchants orhkara or addresses the Lord as ��I:ta, the meaning is the same,\n\nbut Sri: Caitanya Mahaprabhu has recommended that in this age one\nchant the Hare ��I:ta\n\nmantra (harer nama eva kevalam). Although\nmantras\nbeginning with orhkara, Sri: Caitanya M�hftprabhu, the leader of the\nthere is no difference between Hare Krsna and the Vedic\n\n", "SB6.1#p0324": "(Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n296\n\nspiritual movement for this age, has recommended that one chant Hare\n��Qa, Hare ��Qa, ��Qa ��Qa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama,\nRama Rama, Hare Hare.\n\nTEXTS 27-28\n\n�:���fliR'lr.l_��:q�;n: I\n\n��qq+tJ�;:ij �� ll�\\9ll\n3:P ;pit wn@rllfllr � +uw:¥4;,- 1\n\n�U(4�N\\\\R4lt� '46:l«tlt� � ������\nab-bha/cya/:t katicin miisan\nkaticid vayu-bhojanii/:t\naradhayan mantram imam\nabhyasyanta U;laspatim\nom namo niiraya�ya\npur�aya mahatmane\nviSuddha-sattva-dhi$r_tyaya\nmaha-hamsaya dhimahi\n\n-\n\nap bhalcyaiJ,-drinking only water; katicit miisan-for some months;\nkaticit-for some; vayu-bhojanii/:t-merely breathing, or eating air;\n\naradhayan-worshiped ;\n\nmantram\n\nimam-this\n\nmantra,\n\nwhich\n\nis\n\nnondifferent from Narayat:J.a; abhyasyanta/:t-practicing; ir,la/:t-patimthe master of all mantras, Lord Vi�Qu; mn-0 Lord; nama/:t-respectful\nobeisances;\n\nniiraya�ya-unto\n\nSupreme Person;\n\nLord\n\nNarayacya;\n\npur U$iiya-the\n\nmaha-iitmane-the exalted Supersoul;\n\nviSuddha­\n\nsattva-dhi$r_tyaya-who is always situated in the transcendental abode;\n\n-\n\nmaha hamsiiya -the great swanlike Personality of Godhead; dhimahiwe always offer.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor a few months the sons of Prajapati Dak�a drank only water\n\nand ate only air. Thus undergoing great austerities, they recited\nthis\n\nmantra:\n\n\"Let\n\nus offer\n\nour\n\nrespectful obeisances unto\n\n", "SB6.1#p0325": "Text 29]\n\nNarada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\n297\n\nNiirayru:ta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is always\nsituated in His transcendental abode. Since He is the Supreme\nPerson [paramahruhsa], let us offer our respectful obeisances unto\nHim. \"\nPURPORT\nFrom these verses it is apparent that the chanting of the mahii-mantra\nor the Vedic mantras must be accompanied by severe austerities. In Kaliyuga, people cannot undergo severe austerities like those mentioned\nherein -drinking only water and eating only air for many months. One\ncannot imitate such a process. But at least one must undergo some\nausterity by giving up four unwanted principles, namely illicit sex, meateating, intoxication and gambling. Anyone can easily practice this\n\ntapasya, and then the chanting of the Hare ��I)a mantra will be\neffective without delay. One should not give up the process of austerity.\nIf possible, one should bathe in the waters of the Ganges or Yamuna, or\nin the absence of the Ganges and Yamuna one may bathe in the water of\nthe sea. This is an item of austerity. Our ��I)a consciousness movement\nhas therefore established two very large centers, one in V:rndavana and\nanother in Mayapur, Navadvipa. There one may bathe in the Ganges or\nYamuna, chant the Hare ��f.la mantra and thus become perfect and\nreturn home, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n� � � !liffl�Ntn �: I\n� �: Jl1( �:� � ����II\niti tan api rajendra\npraja-sarga-dhiyo munib,\nupetya naradab, praha\nvacab, kil!ani pilrvavat\niti-thus; tan-them (the sons of Prajapati Dak�a known as the\nSavalasvas);\n\napi -also;\n\nrajendra-0\n\nKing\n\nParik�it;\n\npraja-sarga­\n\ndhiyab,-who were under the impression that begetting children was the\nmost important duty; m u nib, -the great sage; upetya-approaching;\n\n", "SB6.1#p0326": "Srnnad-Bhagavauuu\n\n298\n\nnarada�-Narada; praha-said;\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nvaca�-words;\n\nkutani-enigmatic;\n\npuroa-vat-as he had done previously.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it,\n\nNarada Muni approached these sons of\n\nPrajiipati Dak�a, who were engaged in tapasya to beget children,\n\nand spoke enigmatic words to them just as he had spoken to their\nelder brothers.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�����I\n3l�'bt§ijl�qG;ct1 � Rh(ct€�R�H II� II\n\n�ijjlqOU:\n\no\n\n�\n\ndalcyaya1Jii,� samsrTJuta\ngadato nigamarh mama\nanvicchatanupadavirh\nbhrat'f1Jiirh bhratr-vatsalii�\ndalcyaya1Jii,�-O sons of Prajapati Dak�a; samsrTJuta-please hear\nwith attention; gadata�-who am speaking; nigamam-instruction;\n\nmama-my; anvicchata-follow; anupadavim-the path; bhratf'1Jiimof\n\nyour\n\nbrothers;\n\nbhratr-vatsalii�-0 you\n\nwho\n\nare\n\nvery\n\nmuch\n\naffectionate to your brothers.\nTRANSLATION\n0 sons of Dak�a, please hear my words of instruction attentively.\n\nYou are all very affectionate to your elder brothers, the Harya8vas.\n\nTherefore you should follow their path.\nPURPORT\n\nNarada Muni encouraged Prajapati Dak�a's second group of sons by\nawakening their natural affinity for their brothers. He urged them to\nfollow their older brothers if they were at all affectionate toward them.\nFamily affection is very strong, and therefore Narada Muni followed this\ntactic of reminding them of their family relationship with the Haryasvas.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0327": "Text 31)\n\nNarada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\n299\n\nGenerally the word nigama refers to the Vedas, but here nigama refers\n\nto the instructions contained in the Vedas. Srimad-Bhagavatam says,\n\nnigama-kalpa-taror galitarh phalam: the Vedic instructions are like a\ntree, of which Srimad-Bhagavatam is the ripened fruit. Narada Muni is\n\nengaged in distributing this fruit, and therefore he instructed Vyasadeva\n\nto write this Mahii-punjr:m, Srimad-Bhagavatam, for the benefit of\n\nignorant human society.\n\nanarthopa.Samarh sii�ad\nbhakti-yogam adho�aje\nlokasyajanato vidviims\ncakre siitvata-samhitiim\n\"The material miseries of the living entity, which are superfluous to\nhim, can be directly mitigated by the linking process of devotional\nservice. But the mass of people do not know this, and therefore the\nlearned Vyasadeva compiled this Vedic literature, which is in relation to\n\nthe Supreme Truth.\" (Bhag. l. 7 .6) People are suffering because of\nignorance and are following a wrong path for happiness. This is called\n\nanartha. These material activities will never make them happy, and\n\ntherefore Narada instructed Vyasadeva to record the instructions of\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam. Vyasadeva actually followed Narada and did this.\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is the supreme instruction of the Vedas. Galitarh\nphalam: the ripened fruit of the Vedas is Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�31'Nuf��s�Rtgftf� I\n� ��: � �: � m� ������\nbhriitfr:uJ,rh prayar:mm bhratii\nyo 'nut4thati dharmavit\nsa pur;ya-bandhul,t pur�o\nmarudbhil,t saha modate\nbhriit?r:uJ,m-of elder brothers; priiyar:mm-the path; bhriitii-a\n\nfaithful brother; yal,t-one who; anuti§thati -follows; dharma-vit-\n\n", "SB6.1#p0328": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n300\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nknowing the religious principles; sab,-that; pu�ya-bandhub,-highly\npious;\n\npurzJ-$ab,-person; marudbhib,-the demigods of the winds;\n\nsaha-with; modate-enjoys life.\nTRANSLATION\nA brother aware of the principles of religion follows in the\n\nfootsteps of his elder brothers. Because of being highly elevated,\n\nsuch a pious brother gets the opportunity to associate and enjoy\n\nwith demigods like the Maruts, who are all affectionate to their\n\nbrothers.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to their belief in various material relationships, people are\npromoted to various planets. Here it is said that one who is very faithful\nto his brothers should follow a path similar to theirs and get the opportunity for promotion to Marudloka. Narada Muni advised Prajapati\nDak�a's second group of sons to follow their elder brothers and be promoted to the spiritual world.\nTEXT 32\n\n0Jtlqliif41 � �sqN((\\t't: I\n� \"141;<ftl+t'{ � �RtUII�q\n+tlf� ������\n�\netavad uktva prayayau\n\nniirado 'mogha-darsana/.1,\nte 'pi canvagaman margam\nbhrathlfi,m eva miiri$a\netavat-this much; uktva-speaking; prayayau-departed from that\nplace;\n\nnaradab,-the great sage Narada;\n\namogha-darsanab,-whose\n\nglance is all-auspicious; te-they; api-also; ca-and; anvagamanfollowed; miirgam-the path; bhratf�m-of their previous brothers;\neva-indeed; miiri$a-O great Aryan king.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: 0 best of the advanced Aryans,\n\nafter saying this much to the sons of Prajapati Dak�?a, Narada\n\n", "SB6.1#p0329": "Text 34)\n\nNarada Muni Cursed by Prajiipati Dak�a\n\n301\n\nMuni, whose merciful glance never goes in vain, left as he had\nplanned. The sons of Dak�a followed their elder brothers. Not\nattempting to produce children, they engaged themselves in ��a\nconsciousness.\nTEXT 33\n\n�m�'t;t !f��4 qoo•�q� qffl: 1\n�IQifq � f;R�� �� ttlfif;ftf(€1 ����II\nsadhricinarit praticinarit\nparasyanupatharit gatatt\n, niidyapi te nivartante\npa.Scima yaminir iva\n\nsadhricinam-completely\n\ncorrect;\n\npraticinam-obtainable\n\nby\n\nadopting a mode of life aimed at the highest goal, devotional service;\nparasya-of the Supreme Lord; anupatham-the pathway; garott­\n\ntaking to; na-not; adya api-even until today; te-they (the sons of\nPrajapati Dak�a); nivartante-have come back; pa§cimatt-western\n(those that have past); yaminitt-nights; iva-like\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Savalasvas took to the correct path, which is obtainable by a\nmode of life meant to achieve devotional service, or the mercy of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Like nights that have gone\nto the west, they have not returned even until now.\nTEXT 34\n\nl(ijMtJ>� a�qlijf'l il['lq��Nf«: 1\n�51'11'8uql1ufl( 11�\\lll\n'(�ilf'i\\i(G\\t;{f\netasmin kala utpiltiln\nbahun pa§yan prajapatitt\npilrvavan niirada-krtarit\nputra-nasam upasr�t\n\n", "SB6.1#p0330": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n302\n\netasmin-at\n\nthis;\n\nkale-time;\n\nmany; pa.Syan-s eeing; prajapatib.\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nutpatan-disturbanc es;\n-\n\nbahun­\n\nPrajapati Dak�a; pilnJa-vat-like\n\nbefore; narada-by the great sage Narada Muni; k rtam-done; putraI'UiSam-the loss of his children; upasnwt-he heard of.\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time, Prajapati Dak�a observed many inauspicious signs,\n\nand he heard from various sources that his second group of sons,\n\nthe Savaliisvas, had followed the path of their elder brothers in\n\naccordance with the instructions of Niirada.\nTEXT 35\n\n� '11«\\Nte1 ���fc1{�: I\n-�RaqtJS+tUil\n�fl:�Wfll:R II�'-\\ II\ncukrodha naradayasau\nputra-soka-vimurcchitab.\ndevar�im upalabhyaha\nro�ad visphuritadharab.\ncukrodha-became very angry; naradaya-at the great sage Narada\n\nMuni; asau-that one (Dak�a); putra-soka-due to lamentation for the\nloss of his children; vim urcchitab.-almo st fainting; devar�im-the great\n\nsage Devar�i Narada; upalabhya-seeing; aha-he said; ro�at-out of\ngreat anger; v is phuri ta-trembling; adharab.-whose lips.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he heard that the Savalasvas had also left this world to\n\nengage in devotional service, Dak�a was angry at Niirada, and he\n\nalmost fainted due to lamentation. When Dak�a met Niirada,\nDak�a's lips began trembling in anger, and he spoke as follows.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura comments that Narada Muni had\n\ndelivered the entire family of Svayambhuva Manu, beginning with\n\n", "SB6.1#p0331": "Text 36]\n\nNarada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak'?a\n\n303\n\nPriyavrata and UtUinapada. He had delivered Uttanapada's son Dhruva\nand had even delivered Pracinabarhi, who was engaged in fruitive\nactivities. Nevertheless, he could not deliver Prajapati Dak�?a. Prajapati\nDak�?a saw Narada before him because Narada had personally come to\ndeliver him. Narada Muni took the opportunity to approach Prajapati\nDak�?a in his bereavement because the time of bereavement is a suitable\n\ntime for appreciating bhakti-yoga. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii (7.16),\n\nfour kinds of men-iirta (one who is distressed), arthiirthi (one in need\n\nof money), jijfiiisu (one who is inquisitive) and jfiiini (a person in\nknowledge)-try to understand devotional service. Prajapati Dak�?a was\nin great distress because of the loss of his sons, and therefore Narada\ntook the opportunity to instruct him regarding liberation from material\nbondage.\nTEXT 36\n\n����\n\n3l(t 3Rrit � �� ;{� I\n31QI\\ii4Etil4� �: ��6: ������\nsri-da/cya uviica\naho asiidho sadhunam\nsiidhu-lingena nas tvaya\nasiidhv akiiry arbhaka1)iim\nbhi/cyor miirgab, pradarsitab,\nsri-dak$ab, uvaca-Prajapati Dak�a said; aho asiidho-0 greatly\ndishonest nondevotee; sadhuniim-of the society of devotees and great\nsages; sadhu-lirigena-wearing the dress of a saintly person; nab,-unto\nus; tvaya-by you; asiidhu-a dishonesty;\n\nakari-has been done;\n\narbhakii1)iim-of poor boys who were very inexperienced; bhi/cyob,\nmiirgab,-t he path of a beggar or mendicant sannyiisi; pradarsitab,shown.\nTRANSLATION\nPrajapati Dak'?a said: Alas, Narada Muni, you wear the dress of a\nsaintly person, but you are not actually a saint. Indeed, although I\n\n", "SB6.1#p0332": "304\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nam now in grhastha life, I am a saintly person. By showing my sons\nthe path of renunciation, you have done me an abominable\ninjustice.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, sannyii.sira alpa chidra sarva-loke\n\ngiiya (Cc. Madhya 12.51). In society one will find many sannyii.sis,\n\nviinaprasthas, grhasthas and brahmaciiris, but if all of them properly\n\nlive in accordance with their duties, they are understood to be siidhus.\n\nPrajapati Dak�a was certainly a siidhu because he had executed such\n\ngreat austerities that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi�Q.u,\n\nhad appeared before him. Nevertheless, he had a fault-finding mentality.\nHe improperly thought Narada Muni to be asiidhu, or nonsaintly,\n\nbecause Narada had foiled his intentions. Desiring to train his sons to\n\nbecome grhasthas fully equipped with knowledge, Dak�a had sent them\nto execute austerities by NarayaQ.a-saras. Narada Muni, however, taking\n\nadvantage of their highly elevated position in austerity, instructed them\n\nto become Vai�Q.avas in the renounced order. This is the duty of Narada\n\nMuni and his followers. They must show everyone the path of\nrenouncing this material world and returning home, back to Godhead.\n\nPrajapati Dak�a, however, could not see the exaltedness of the duties\nNarada Muni performed in relation to his sons. Unable to appreciate\n\nNarada Muni's behavior, Dak�a accused Narada of being asiidhu.\n\nThe words bhi/cyor marga, \"the path of the renounced order,\" are\nvery significant in this regard. A sannyii.si is called tridar_uji-bhi/cyu\n\nbecause his duty is to beg alms from the homes of grhasthas and to give\nthe grhasthas spiritual instructions. A sannyii.si is allowed to beg from\n\ndoor to door, but a grhastha cannot do so. Grhasthas may earn their\n\nliving according to the four divisions of spiritual life. A briihrruu:w.\ngrhastha may earn his livelihood by becoming a learned scholar and\n\nteaching people in general how to worship the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. He may also assume the duty of worship himself. Therefore it\nis said that only briihmaT}nS may engage in Deity worship, and they may\naccept as prasiida whatever people offer the Deity. Although a briihmar:w.\nmay sometimes accept charity, it is not for his personal maintenance but\n\nfor the worship of the Deity. Thus a briihma\"(La does not stock anything\n\n", "SB6.1#p0333": "Narada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\nText 36]\n\n305\n\nfor his future use. Similarly, lcyatriyas may collect taxes from the\ncitizens, and they must also protect the citizens, enforce rules and\nregulations, and maintain law and order. Vai.Syas should earn their\nlivelihood through agriculture and cow protection, and sudras should\nmaintain their livelihood by serving the three higher classes. Unless one\nbecomes a brahmar_ta, one cannot take\n\nsannyasa.\n\nSannyasis and\n\nbrahmacaris may beg alms door to door, but a grhastha cannot.\nPrajapati\n\nDak�a\n\ncondemned\n\nNarada\n\nMuni\n\nbecause\n\nNarada,\n\na\n\nbrahmacari who could beg from door to door, had made sannyasis of\nDak�a's sons, who were being trained to be grhasthas. Dak�a was\nextremely angry at Narada because he thought that Narada had done him\na great injustice. According to Dak�a's opinion, Narada Muni had misled\nDak�a's\n\ninexperienced\n\nsons\n\n(asadhv\n\nakiiry\n\narbhakiiT)iim).\n\nDak�a\n\nregarded his sons as innocent boys who had been misled when Narada\nshowed them the renounced order of life. Because of all these\nconsiderations, Prajapati Dak�a charged that Narada Muni was asadhu\nand should not have adopted the dress of a sadhu.\nSometimes a saintly person is misunderstood by grhasthas, especially\nwhen he instructs their young sons to accept \"Kr�f.la consciousness.\nGenerally a grhastha thinks that unless one enters grhastha life he\ncannot properly enter the renounced order. If a young man immediately\nadopts the path of the renounced order in accordance with the\ninstructions of Narada or a member of his disciplic succession, his\nparents become very angry. This same phenomenon is occurring in our\n\"Kr�f.la consciousness movement because we are instructing all the young\nboys in the Western countries to follow the path of renunciation. We\nallow grhastha life, but a grhastha also follows the path of renunciation.\nEven a grhastha has to give up so many bad habits that his parents think\nhis life has been practically destroyed. We allow no meat-eating, no illicit\nsex, no gambling and no intoxication, and consequently the parents\nwonder how, if there are so many no's, one's life can be positive. In the\nWestern countries especially, these four prohibited activities practically\nconstitute the life and soul of the modern population. Therefore parents\nsometimes dislike our movement, just as Prajapati Dak�a disliked the\nactivities of Narada and accused Narada of dishonesty. Nevertheless,\nalthough parents may be angry at us, we must perform our duty without\n\n", "SB6.1#p0334": "Srnnad-Bhagavaunn\n\n306\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nhesitation because we are in the disciplic succession from Narada Muni.\nPeople addicted to householder life wonder how one can give up the\nenjoyment of grhastha life, which is a concession for sex enjoyment,\nsimply to become a mendicant in ��I.J.a consciousness. They do not know\nthat the householder's concession for sex life cannot be regulated unless\none accepts the life of a mendicant. The Vedic civilization therefore\nenjoins that at the end of one's fiftieth year one must give up household\nlife. This is compulsory. However, because modern civilization is misled,\nhouseholders want to remain in family life until death, and therefore\nthey are suffering. In such cases, the disciples of Narada Muni advise all\nthe members of the younger generation to join the ��I.J.a consciousness\nmovement immediately. There is nothing wrong in this.\nTEXT 37\n\ni�M�••wtt'4hdru<t€ht1un,\n\n1\n�: �: 'm Jt€fil.11�iltft : fRf: 11�\\911\nr�is tribhir amuktiiniim\namimiirhsita-karma1Jiim\nvighiita/:t sreyasa/:t papa\nlokayor ubhayo/:t krta/:t\n\n�i/:t-from the debts; tribhi/:t-three; amuktiiniim-of persons not\nfreed; amimiirhsita-not considering; karma1Jiim-the path of duty;\nvighiita/:t-ruin; sreyasa/:t-of the path of good fortune; piipa-0 most\nsinful\n\n(Narada\n\nMuni);\n\nlokayo/:t-of\n\nthe\n\nworlds;\n\nu\n\nbhayo/:t\n\n-\n\nboth;\n\nkrta/:t-done.\nTRANSLATION\nPrajapati Dak�a said: My sons were not at all freed from their\n\nthree\n\ndebts.\n\nIndeed,\n\nthey\n\ndid\n\nnot\n\nproperly\n\nconsider\n\ntheir\n\nobligations. 0 Narada Muni, 0 personality of sinful action, you\nhave obstructed their progress toward good fortune in this world\n\nand· the next because they are still indebted to the saintly persons�\nthe demigods and their father.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0335": "Text 37)\n\nNiirada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\n307\n\nPURPORT\nAs soon as a briihmar:w- takes birth, he assumes three kinds of debtsdebts to great saints, debts to the demigods and debts to his father. The\nson of a brahmar:w- must undergo celibacy (brahmacarya) to clear his\ndebts to the saintly persons, he must perform ritualistic ceremonies to\nclear his debts to the demigods, and he must beget children to become\nfree from his debts to his father. Prajapati Dak�a argued that although\nthe renounced order is recommended for liberation, one cannot attain\nliberation unless one fulfills his obligations to the demigods, the saints\nand his father. Since Dak�a's sons had not liberated themselves from\nthese three debts, how could Narada Muni have led them to the\nrenounced order of life? Apparently, Praj apati Dak�a did not know the\nfinal decision of the sastras. As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.41):\n\ndevar$i-bhatapta-nroam pitrlJiim\nna\n\nkinkaro nayam rTJi ca rajan\n\nsarvatmanii ya� sarar:w-m sara7Jyam\ngato mukundam parihrtya kartam\nEveryone is indebted to the demigods, to living entities in general, to his\nfamily, to the pitas and so on, but if one fully surrenders to ��Q.a,\nMukunda, who can give one liberation, even if one performs no yajfias,\none is freed from all debts. Even if one does not repay his debts, he is\nfreed from all debts if he renounces the material world for the sake of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose lotus feet are the shelter of\neveryone. This is the verdict of the siistra. Therefore Narada Muni was\ncompletely right in instructing the sons of Prajiipati Dak�a to renounce\nthis material world immediately and take shelter of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Unfortunately, Prajapati Dak�a, the father of\nthe Haryasvas and Savalasvas, did not understand the great service\nrendered by Narada Muni. Dak�a therefore addressed him as papa (the\npersonality of sinful activities) and asadhu (a nonsaintly person). Since\nNarada Muni was a great saint and Vai�Q.ava, he tolerated all such\naccusations from Prajapati Dak�a. He merely performed his duty as a\nVai�Q.ava by delivering all the sons of Prajapati Dak�a, enabling them to\nreturn home, back to Godhead.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0336": "308\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 38\n\n� � M(�st�1m ill� ��:a�: 1\nqltf((¥1� � � f;c(qSfq: 11��11\nevarh tvarh niranukroso\nbaliiniirh mati-bhid dhare/:1.\npar$ada-madhye carasi\nya5o-ha nirapatrapa/:1.\nevam-thus;\n\ntvam-you\n\n(Narada);\n\nniranukrosa/:1.-without\n\ncompassion; baliiniim-of innocent, inexperienced boys; mati-bhitcontaminating the consciousness; hare/:1.-of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; piir$ ada-madhye -among the personal associates; carasitravel; ya§a/:1.-ha-defaming the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nni rapatrapa/:1. - (although you do not know what you are doing, you are\nexecuting sinful activities) without shame.\nTRANSLATION\nPrajapati Dak�a continued: Thus committing violence against\n\nother living entities and yet claiming to be an associate of Lord\n\nVi�I.m, you are defaming the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nYou needlessly created a mentality of renunciation in innocent\n\nboys, and therefore you are shameless and devoid of compassion.\nHow could you travel with the personal associates of the Supreme\n\nLord?\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis mentality of Prajapati Dak�a still continues even today. When\nyoung boys join the ��!).a consciousness movement, their fathers and\nso-called guardians are very angry at the propounder of the ��!).a\nconsciousness movement because they think that their sons have been\nunnecessarily induced to deprive themselves of the material enjoyments\nof eating, drinking and merrymaking. Karmis, fruitive workers, think\nthat one should fully enjoy his present life in this material world and also\nperform some pious activities to be promoted to higher planetary systems\nfor further enjoyment in the next life. A yogi, however, especially a\nbhakti-yogi, is callous to the opinions of this material world. He is not\n\n", "SB6.1#p0337": "Text 39]\n\nNarada Muni Cursed by Prajiipati Dak�a\n\n309\n\ninterested in traveling to the higher planetary systems of the demigods to\nenjoy a long life in an advanced materialistic civilization. As stated by\nPrabodhananda Sarasvati, kaivalyarh narakilyate tridcia-pilr akdSapU$pdyate: for a devotee, merging into the Brahman existence is hellish,\nand life in the higher planetary systems of the demigods is a will-o' -thewisp, a phantasmagoria with no real existence at all. A pure devotee is\nnot interested in yogic perfection, travel to higher planetary systems, or\noneness with Brahman. He is interested only in rendering service to the\nPersonality of Godhead. Since Prajapati Dak�a was a karmi, he could not\nappreciate the great service Narada Muni had rendered his eleven\nthousand sons. Instead, he accused Narada Muni of being sinful and\ncharged that because Narada Muni was associated with the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, the Lord would also be defamed. Thus Dak�a\ncriticized that Narada Muni was an offender to the Lord although he was\nknown as an associate of the Lord.\nTEXT 39\n\n� ¥fl¥1ct61 � 4(_ijl�ii4iRHt: I\n� m «l«&i � �(l(+i�Run'( ������\nnanu bhagavata nityarh\n\nbhatanugraha-kiltarab,\n\nrte tvarh sauhrda-ghnarh vai\nvairankaram avairi1)Jim\nnanu-now; bhagavata!t-devotees of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; nityam-eternally; bhilta anugraha-kiltara!t-very much\n-\n\nanxious to bestow benedictions upon the fallen conditioned souls; rteexcept;\n\ntvam-yourself;\n\nsauhrda-ghnam-a\n\nbreaker of friendship\n\n(therefore not countable among the bhagavatas, or devotees of the\nLord); vai-indeed; vairam-karam-you create enmity; avairi7)Jimtoward persons who are not enemies.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees of the Lord hut you are very kind to the\nconditioned souls and are eager to benefit others. Although you\n\n", "SB6.1#p0338": "310\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nwear the dress of a devotee, you create enmity with people who are\nnot your enemies, or you break friendship and create enmity\n\nbetween friends. Are you not ashamed of posing as a devotee while\n\nperforming these abominable actions?\n\nPURPORT\nSuch are the criticisms that must be borne by the servants of Narada\nMuni in the disciplic succession. Through the Kr!?I)a consciousness\nmovement, we are trying to train young people to become devotees and\nreturn horne, back to Godhead, by following rigid regulative principles,\nbut our service is appreciated neither in India nor abroad in the Western\ncountries where we are endeavoring to spread this Kr!?I)a consciousness\nmovement. In India the caste brahmar;as have become enemies of the\n.Kr!?I)a consciousness movement because we elevate foreigners, who are\nsupposed to be mlecchas and yavanas, to the position of brahmar;as. We\ntrain them in austerities and penances and recognize them as brahmar;as\nby awarding them sacred threads. Thus the caste brahmar;as of India are\nvery displeased by our activities in the Western world. In the West also,\nthe parents of the young people who join this movement have also\nbecome enemies. We have no business creating enemies, but the process\nis such that nondevotees will always be inimical toward us. Nevertheless,\nas stated in the sastras, a devotee should be both tolerant and merciful.\nDevotees engaged in preaching should be prepared to be accused by\nignorant persons, and yet they must be very merciful to the fallen\nconditioned souls. If one can execute his duty in the disciplic succession\nof Narada Muni, his service will surely be recognized. As the Lord says in\nBhagavad-gita (18.68-69):\nya idarit paramarit guhyarit\nmad-bhakte$V abhidhasyati\nbhaktirit mayi pararit krtva\nmam evai$yaty asamsaya!t\nna ca\n\ntasman manU$ye$U\n\nkaScin me priya-krttama!t\nbhavita na ca me tasmiid\nanya!t priyataro bhuvi\n\n", "SB6.1#p0339": "Text 40)\n\nNiirada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\n311\n\n\"For one who explains the supreme secret to the devotees, devotional\nservice is guaranteed, and at the end he will come back to Me. There is no\nservant in this world more dear to Me than he, nor will there ever be one\nmore dear.\" Let us continue preaching the message of Lord Kr�1.1a and\nnot be afraid of enemies. Our only duty is to satisfy the Lord by this\npreaching, which will be accepted as service by Lord Caitanya and Lord\nl<r�J.la. We must sincerely serve the Lord and not be deterred by so-called\nenemies.\nIn this verse the word sauhrda-ghnam (\"a breaker of friendship\") is\nused. Because Narada Muni and the members of his disciplic succession\ndisrupt friendships and family life, they are sometimes accused of being\nsauhrda-ghnam, creators of enmity between relatives. Actually such\ndevotees are friends of every living entity (suhrdam sarva-bhutaniim),\nbut they are misunderstood to be enemies. Preaching can be a difficult,\nthankless task, but a preacher must follow the orders of the Supreme\nLord and be unafraid of materialistic persons.\nTEXT 40\n\n��mttt:��tlf�� I\n� �!!q� �(tli�Mf)t=ijWl4( ll�oll\nnettharit puritsarit viraga/:t syat\ntvaya kevalinii mr�a\nmanyase yady upa.Samam\nsneha-pasa-nikrntanam\nna-not; ittham-in this way; puritsam-o£ persons; viraga/:trenunciation; syat-is possible; tvaya-by you; kevalinii mr�apossessing knowledge falsely;\nmanyase-you think;\nyadi-if;\nupa.Samam-renunciation of material enjoyment;\nbonds of affection; nikrntanam-cutting.\n\nsneha-pasa-the\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrajapati Dak�a continued: If you think that simply awakening\nthe sense of renunciation will detach one from the material world,\nI must say that unless full knowledge is awakened, simply\n\n", "SB6.1#p0340": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n312\n\nchanging dresses\ndetachment.\n\nas\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nyou have done cannot possibly bring\nPURPORT\n\nPrajapati Dak�a was correct in stating that changing one's dress cannot\n\ndetach one from this material world. The sannyasis of Kali-yuga who\n\nchange their robes from white to saffron and then think they can do\nwhatever they like are more abominable than materialistic grha.stha.s.\n\nThis is not recommended anywhere. Prajapati Dak�a was right in\npointing out this defect, but he did not know that Narada Muni had\n\naroused the spirit of renunciation in the Haryasvas and Savalasvas\nthrough full knowledge. Such enlightened renunciation is desirable. One\n\nshould enter the renounced order with full knowledge (jfiiina-vairagya),\n\nfor the perfection of life is possible for one who renounces this material\n\nworld in that way. This elevated stage can be reached very easily, as\n\nsupported by the statements of Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.7):\n\nvasudeve bhagavati\nbhakti-yoga/:t prayojita/:t\njanayaty ii.Su vairagyam\njfiiinam ca yad ahaitukam\n\"By rendering devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead, Sri:\n\nKr�Q.a, one immediately acquires causeless knowledge and detachment\n\nfrom the world.\" If one seriously engages in devotional service to Lord\nVasudeva, jfiiina and vairagya are automatically manifest in one's\n\nperson. There is no doubt of this. Prajapati Dak�a's accusation that\nNarada had not actually elevated his sons to the platform of knowledge\n\nwas not factual. All the sons of Prajapati Dak�a had first been raised to\nthe platform of jfiiina and had then automatically renounced this world.\nIn summary, unless one's knowledge is awakened, renunciation cannot\n\ntake place, for without elevated knowledge one cannot give up\nattachment for material enjoyment.\n\nTEXT41\n\n� ;r � � f?rtttH0fJi61� I\nf.tRtt<f � � � f�'=ft: �: 11\\l �II\n\n", "SB6.1#p0341": "Text 41]\n\nNiirada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\n313\n\nniinubhuya na janiiti\npumii n v� aya-ti�1J(ltam\nnirvidyate svayam tasman\nna tatha bhinna-dhi/:t parai/:t\nna-not;\n\nanubhuya-experiencing;\n\nna-not;\n\nv � aya ti�ttatam-the\n\njaniiti-knows;\n\npuman-a\n\nperson;\n\nof\n\nmaterial\n\nenjoyment;\n\nnirvidyate-becomes aloof; svayam-himself;\n\ntasmiit­\n\n-\n\nsharpness\n\nfrom that; na tatha-not like that; bhinna-dhi/:t-whose intelligence is\nchanged; parai/:t-by others.\nTRANSLATION\nMaterial enjoyment is indeed the cause of all unhappiness, but\none cannot give it up unless one has personally experienced how\nmuch suffering it is. Therefore one should be allowed to remain in\nso-called material enjoyment while simultaneously advancing in\nknowledge to\n\nexperience the misery of\n\nthis false material\n\nhappiness. Then, without help from others, one will find material\nenjoyment detestful. Those whose minds are changed by others do\nnot become as renounced as those who have personal experience.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that unless a woman becomes pregnant, she cannot understand the trouble of giving birth to a child. Bandhya ki bujhibe prasavavedanii. The word bandhya means a sterile woman. Such a woman cannot give birth to a child. How, then, can she perceive the pain of delivery? According to the philosophy of Prajapati Dak�a, a woman should\nfirst become pregnant and then experience the pain of childbirth. Then,\nif she is intelligent, she will not want to be pregnant again. Actually.\nhowever, this is not a fact. Sex enjoyment is so strong that a woman becomes pregnant and suffers at the time of childbirth, but she becomes\npregnant again, despite her experience. According to Dak�a's philosophy,\none should become implicated in material enjoyment so that after experiencing the distress of such enjoyment, one will automatically\nrenounce. Material nature, however, is so strong that although a man\nsuffers at every step, he will not cease his attempts to enjoy (trpyanti\n\n", "SB6.1#p0342": "314\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nneha krpalJij bahu-du/:tkha-bhajab-}. Under the circumstances, unless\n\none gets the association of a devotee like Narada Muni or his servant in\n\nthe disciplic succession, one's dormant spirit of renunciation cannot be\n\nawakened. It is not a fact that because material enjoyment involves so\nmany painful conditions one will automatically become detached. One\nneeds the blessings of a devotee like Narada Muni. Then one can\n\nrenounce his attachment for the material world. The young boys and\ngirls of the Kr�J).a consciousness movement have given up the spirit of\n\nmaterial enjoyment not because of practice but by the mercy of Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and His servants.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n�� �� � •1���'1'{ I\n�Rfu �� f� ijq �� 11\\l�ll\nyan nas tvam karma-sandhanam\nsadhunam grhamedhinam\n\nkrtavan asi durmar$arh\n\nvipriyam tava mar$itam\n\nyat-which; na/:t-unto us; tvam-you; karma-sandhanam-who\n\nstrictly follow the fruitive ritualistic ceremonies according to Vedic\n\ninjunctions; sadhunam-who are honest (because we honestly seek\nelevated social standards and bodily comfort);\n\ngrha-medhinam­\n\nalthough situated with a wife and children; krtavan asi-have created;\n\ndurmar$am-unbearable; vipriyam-wrong; tava-your; mar$itam­\n\nforgiven.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough I live in household life with my wife and children, I\nhonestly follow the Vedic injunctions by engaging in fruitive\nactivities to enjoy life without sinful reactions. I have performed\nall kinds of yajiias, including the deva-yajiia, �i-yajiia, pitr-yajiia\nand nr-yajiia. Because these yajiias are called vratas [vows], I am\n\n", "SB6.1#p0343": "Text43]\n\nNarada Muni Cursed by Prajapati Dak�a\n\n315\n\nknown as a grhavrata. Unfortunately, you have given me great\ndispleasure by misguiding my sons, for no reason, to the path of\nrenunciation. This can be tolerated once.\nPURPORT\nPrajiipati Dak�a wanted to prove that he had been most tolerant in not\nhaving said anything when Niirada Muni, for no reason, induced his ten\nthousand innocent sons to adopt the path of renunciation. Sometimes\nhouseholders are accused of being grhamedhis, for grhamedhis are\nsatisfied with family life without spiritual advancement. Grhasthas,\nhowever, are different because although grhasthas live in householder\nlife with their wives and children, they are eager for spiritual\nadvancement. Wanting to prove that he had been magnanimous to\nNarada Muni, Prajapati Dak�a stressed that when Narada had misled his\nfirst sons, Dak�a had taken no action; he had been kind and tolerant. He\nwas aggrieved, however, because Niirada Muni had misled his sons for a\nsecond time. Therefore he wanted to prove that Niirada Muni, although\ndressed like a siidhu, was not actually a siidhu; he himself, although a\nhouseholder, was a greater siidhu than Niirada Muni.\n\nTEXT43\n\n�: I\n6411�! � �Will��: � 11��11\n\n\\l\"dtiw:ijWI\n\n�'il�1t���:\n\ntantu-krntana yan nas tvam\nabhadram acara/:r. puna/:r.\ntasmal loke$u te miU;lha\nna bhaved bhramata/:r. padam\ntantu-krntana-0 mischief-monger who has mercilessly separated\nmy sons from me; yat-which; na/:r.-unto us; tvam-you; abhadraman inauspicious thing; acara/:r.-have done; puna/:r.-again; tasmattherefore; loke$u-in all the planetary systems within the universe; teo£ you; mu{lha-0 rascal not knowing how to act; na-not; bhavetthere may be; bhramata/:r.-who are wandering; padam-an abode.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0344": "316\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou have made me lose my sons once, and now you have again\n\ndone the same inauspicious thing. Therefore you are a rascal who\ndoes not know how to behave toward others. You may travel all\nover the universe, but I curse you to have no residence anywhere.\nPURPORT\nBecause Prajapati Dak�a was a grhamedh;; who wanted to remain in\nhousehold life, he thought that if Narada Muni could not remain in one\nplace, but had to travel all over the world, that would be a great\npunishment for him. Actually, however, such a punishment is a boon for\na preacher. A preacher is known as parivrajakacarya-an licarya, or\n\nteacher, who always travels for the benefit of human society. Prajapati\nDak�a cursed Narada Muni by saying that although he had the facility to\ntravel all over the universe, he would never be able to stay in one place.\nIn the parampara system from Narada Muni, I have also been cursed.\n\nAlthough I have many centers that would be suitable places of residence,\nI cannot stay anywhere, for I have been cursed by the parents of my\nyoung disciples. Since the l(r�I).a consciousness movement was started, I\nhave traveled all over the world two or three times a year, and although I\nam provided comfortable places to stay wherever I go, I cannot stay\nanywhere for more than three days or a week. I do not mind this curse by\nthe parents of my disciples, but now it is necessary that I stay in one\n\nplace to finish another task-this translation of Snmad-Bhagavatam. If\nmy young disciples, especially those who have taken sannyasa, take\n\ncharge of traveling all over the world, it may be possible for me to\ntransfer the curse of the parents to these young preachers. Then I may sit\ndown conveniently in one place for the work of translation.\n\nTEXT44\n\nWiw<fi ��\n\"'\n\n�m ij� m- iff�: �\"��: '\n���TW\"�ftm�'Q�: � 11\\l\\l,,\n\n", "SB6.1#p0345": "Text 44)\n\nNarada Muni Cursed by Prajiipati Dak�a\n\n317\n\nsri-suka uvaca\npratijagriiha tad b&),harh\nniirada� sadhu-sammata�\netiiviin sadhu-vado hi\ntiti/cyete§vara� svayam\nsri-suka�\n\nuviica-Sri\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami\n\nsaid;\n\npratijagraha­\n\naccepted; tat-that; ba{lham-so be it; niirada�-Narada Muni; sadhu­\n\nsammata� -who is an approved sadhu;\n\netiiviin-this much; sadhu­\n\nvada�-appropriate for a saintly person; hi-indeed; titi/cyeta-he may\n\ntolerate; iSvara�-although able to curse Prajapati Dak�a; svayamhimself.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: My dear King, since Narada\n\nMuni is an approved saintly person, when cursed by Prajiipati\nDak�a he replied, tad bii«;fham: \"Yes, what you have said is good. I\naccept this curse.\" He could have cursed Prajiipati Dak�a in return,\n\nbut because he is a tolerant and merciful siidhu, he took no action.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.25.21):\n\ntiti/cyava� kiiru�J-ikii�\nsuhrda� sarva-dehinam\n\najiita-satrava� siintii�\nsadhava/.t sadhu-bh�aTJii/.t\n\n\"The symptoms of a siidhu are that he is tolerant, merciful and friendly\n\nto all living entities. He has no enemies, he is peaceful, he abides by the\n\nscriptures, and all his characteristics are sublime.\" Because Narada Muni\nis the most elevated of sadhus, devotees, to deliver Prajapati Dak�a he\n\nsilently tolerated the curse. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has taught this\nprinciple to all His devotees:\n\ntr�J-iid api sunicena\ntaror api sah��J-Unii\n\n", "SB6.1#p0346": "[Canto 6, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n318\n\namanind manadena\nkirtaniya� sadii hari�\n\n\"One should chant the holy name of the Lord in a humble state of mind,\n\nthinking oneself lower than the straw in the street; one should be more\n\ntolerant than a tree, devoid of all sense of false prestige and should be\n\nready to offer all respects to others. In such a state of mind one can chant\n\nthe holy name of the Lord constantly.\" Following the orders of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, one who preaches the glories of the Lord all over\n\nthe world or all over the universe should be humbler than grass and\n\nmore tolerant than a tree because a preacher cannot live an easygoing\n\nlife. Indeed, a preacher must face many impediments. Not only is he\nsometimes cursed, but sometimes he must also suffer personal injury.\nFor\n\nexample,\n\nwhen\n\nNityananda\n\nPrabhu\n\nwent\n\nto\n\npreach\n\n��Qa\n\nconsciousness to the two roguish brothers Jagai and Madhai, they injured\n\nHim and made His head bleed, but nevertheless, He tolerantly delivered\n\nthe two rogues, who became perfect Vai�Qavas. This is the duty of a\npreacher. Lord Jesus Christ even tolerated crucifixion. Therefore the\n\ncurse against Narada was not very astonishing, and he tolerated it.\n\nNow, it may be asked why Narada Muni stayed in the presence of\n\nPrajapati Dak�a and tolerated all his accusati?ns and curses. Was that for\nDak�a's deliverance? The answer is yes. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti\n\nThakura says that after being insulted by Prajapati Dak�a, Narada Muni\nshould have left immediately, but he purposely stayed to hear all Dak�a's\nstrong words so that Dak�a might be relieved of his anger. Prajapati\nDak�a was not an ordinary man; he had accumulated the results of many\npious activities. Therefore Narada Muni expected that after delivering\nhis curse, Dak�a, satisfied and freed from anger, would repent his\n\nmisbehavior and thus get a chance to become a Vai�Qava and be\ndelivered. When Jagai and Madhai offended Lord Nityananda, Lord\nNityananda stood tolerantly, and therefore both brothers fell at His lotus\n\nfeet and repented. Consequently they later became perfect Vai�Qavas.\n\nThus ends the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sixth Canto, Fifth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam entitled \"Narada Muni Cursed by\nPrajapati Dak$a.\n\n''\n\n", "SB6.1#p0347": "Appendixes\n\n", "SB6.1#p0348": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in\n\nthis world in 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhakti­\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent devotional scholar and the founder of\n\nsixty-four Gau<;liya Mathas (Vedic institutes), liked this educated young\n\nman and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\n\nSrila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later (1933) at\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in\n\n1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nThakura requested Srila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge\nthrough the English language.\n\nIn the years that followed, Srila\n\nPrabhupada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad-gitii, assisted the\n\nGau�iya Matha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance, started an\n\nEnglish fortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and\nchecked the galley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies\n\nfreely and struggled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the maga­\n\nzine never stopped; it is now being continued by his disciples in the\n\nWest.\n\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion,\n\nthe Gau�iya V ai!?�ava Society honored him in\n\n1947 with the title\n\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In 1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada\n\nretired from married life, and four years later he adopted the\n\nvanaprastlw. (retired) order to devote more time to his studies and writing. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of V:rndavana, where he\n\nlived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and\nwriting. He accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At\nRadha-Damodara, Srila Prabhupada began work on his life's master­\n\npiece: a multivolume translation and commentary on the eighteen thousand verse Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nEasy Journey to Other Planets.\n\n(Bhiigavata Purar:w). He also wrote\n\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhiigavatam, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncame to the United States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\n\nmaster. Since that time, His Divine Grace has written over forty volumes\nof authoritative translations, commentaries and summary studies of the\n\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n321\n\n", "SB6.1#p0349": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n322\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila\nPrabhupada was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for K rishna Consciousness in July of 1966. Under his careful guidance, the Society has\ngrown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one\nhundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm communities.\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New Vrndavana, an experimental\n\nVedic community in the hills of West V irginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew Vrndavana, now a thriving farm community of more than one thousand acres, his students have since founded several similar communities\nin the United States and abroad.\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\nDallas, Texas. The school began with 3 children in 1972, and by the\nbeginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\nSrila Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large interna­\n\ntional center at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also\nthe site for a planned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the\nmagnificent Kr1?r:ta-Balarama Temple and International Guest House in\nVrndavana, India. These are centers where Westerners can live to gain\nfirsthand experience of Vedic culture.\nSrila Prabhupada 's most significant contribution, however, is his\nbooks.\n\nHighly\n\nrespected\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nacademic\n\ncommunity\n\nfor\n\ntheir\n\nauthoritativeness, depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks\nin numerous college courses. His writings have been translated into\neleven languages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972\nexclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become\nthe world's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and\n\nphilosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada 's most\n\nrecent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-com­\n\npleted by Srila Prabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali\nreligious classic Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada\n\nhas circled the globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to\n\nsix continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncontinues to write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library\nof Vedic philosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0350": "References\nThe purports of Srimad-Biuigavatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are specifically\ncited in this volume.\n\nAmara-ko§a dictionary, 170\nBhagavad-gim,4,5,8,9,12,17,21,23,27,31,32,33,47,49,54,56,\n57,59,63,64,72,75,77,84,104,106,114,116,122,130,132,\n153, 154, 158, 159,163, 167' 173,184, 193,202,203, 218, 219\n222,223,224,227,231,233,236,238,?44,245,246,248,250,\n253, 258, 271, 272,275, 276,284, 286, 287, 291,295, 303, 310\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (Rupa Gosvami), 24, 34\nBrahma-sarithita,59, 211, 225, 231, 277\nBrahma-yamala, 34\nBrhad-vi§\"(tu Purar:w., 97\nCaitanya-cariromrta (.l(r�.Qadasa Kaviraja), 6, 122, 246, 304\nGarwja Purar:u;t,97\nMahabharata, 226\nMatsya Purar:u;t, 253\nPadma Purar:u;t, 171, 184\nSkanda Purar:u;t, 98, 153, 212\n\n323\n\n", "SB6.1#p0351": "324\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nSrimad-Bhdgavatam, 3,10,19,24-25,27,28,29,42,67,77,103,108,\n116,136,155,162,165,166, 170,171,175,178,179,206,216,\n219,223,230,236,250,252,257,266,279,285,299,307,312,\n317\nSvetasvatara Upan�ad, 58, 67\nTantra-nirr;taya, 248\nVedanta-sutra, 226\nVedas, 4-5, 57, 60, 68,223,251, 285\nV�{tu Purar;ta, 180, 220,279\n\n", "SB6.1#p0352": "Glossary\nA\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by example.\n\nAdharma-irreligion.\n\nAdhibhautika-material suffering caused by other living entities.\n\nAdhidaivika-material suffering caused by natural occurrences.\n\nAdhyatmika-material suffering caused by one's own body and mind.\n\nAdvaita-vadis-atheistic philosophers who say that any distinction must be\nmaterial.\n\nAjnata-sukrti-pious deeds performed accidentally, without knowledge of\ntheir effect.\n\nArati-a ceremony for greeting the Lord with offerings of food, lamps, fans,\nflowers and incense.\n\nArcana-the devotional process of regulated Deity worship.\n\nAsrama-an order of spiritual life.\n\nB\nBalarama, Lord-.Kr�I:Ia's first expansion and elder brother.\n\nBhagavad-gita-the basic directions for spiritual life spoken by the Lord\nHimself.\n\nBhiigavata-dharma-the eternal religion or occupational duty of service to\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nBhakta-a devotee.\nBhakti-yoga-devotional service.\nBhoga-sense gratification; food not offered to the Lord.\n\nBrahmacarya-celibate student life; the first order of Vedic spiritual life.\n\nBrahmaloka-the abode of Lord Brahma; the highest planetary system.\n\nBrahman -the Absolute Truth; especially, the impersonal aspect of the\nAbsolute.\n\nBrahmar:w-a person in the mode of goodness; first Vedic social order.\n\nc\nCaitanya-caritamrta-Srila Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja's authorized biography of\n\n325\n\n", "SB6.1#p0353": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n326\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, presenting the Lord's pastimes and\n\nteachings.\n\nCakra-the Lord's personal disc weapon.\n\nD\nDaivi maya-the Lord's divine deluding potency, the material energy.\n\nDaridra-naraya!W-Oit., poor Narayal)a), the false conception that the\nSupreme Lord can fall to the status of an ordinary conditioned soul.\n\nDharma-one's innate eternal activity.\n\nDharma-sdstras-religious scriptures that prescribe regulations of social\norganization and religion.\n\nDharmi-one who abides by Vedic law.\n\nDhira-one who is undisturbed in all circumstances.\n\nG\nGau<Jiya-Madhva-sampradaya-the\n\nauthorized disciplic successiOn from\n\nMadhvacarya through Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nGoloka V:rndavana-the highest spiritual planet, the personal abode of Lord\n\nl(:r�l)a.\nGrhamedhi-a person who is envious because of too much attachment to\nfamily life.\n\nGrhastha-one who follows regulated householder life according to Vedic\nprinciples.\n\nGuru-a spiritual master.\n\nH\nHari-the Supreme Lord, V i�l)U.\n\nJ\n]iva-tattva-the living entities, who are small parts of the Lord.\n]Mna-speculative knowledge.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0354": "Glossary\n\n327\n\n]nana-yoga-the process of approaching the Supreme by the cultivation of\nknowledge.\n\nK\nKali-yuga-the present age of quarrel, which began 5,000 years ago.\nKanna-fruitive work, for which there is always reaction, good or bad.\nKanna-kii�-the parts of the Vedas that describe fruitive activities for\nimproving one's material standard of life.\nKarma-yoga-the process of linking with the Supreme by offering all the\nfruits of one's work.\nKarmi-one who is satisfied with working hard for material results.\n:l<r�Q.aloka-See: Goloka V:rndavana.\nK$atriya-a warrior or administrator; the second Vedic social order.\n\nL\nLinga-the subtle body: mind, intelligence and false ego.\n\nM\nMahiijanas-great souls who have established the sc1ence of devotional\nservice.\nMahii-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance: Hare :l<r�Q.a, Hare :l<r�Q.a,\n:l<r�Q.a :l<r�Q.a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama,\nHare Hare.\n\nMahatma-a great liberated personality.\nMantra-a sound vibration for liberating the mind.\nManu-samhita-the original lawbook written by Svayambhuva Manu for\nhumanity.\nManvantara-the duration of the life of each Manu (progenitor of mankind); standard unit of measurement for universal time.\nMarudloka-the planet of the Maruts, associates of King lndra.\nMaya-the external, illusory energy of the Lord, comprising this material\nworld.\nMaya-sukha-illusory, temporary happiness.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0355": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n328\n\nMayavadis-impersonal philosophers who say that the Lord cannot have a\ntranscendental body.\nMimdril.saka.s-atheistic philosophers who say that even if God exists, He is\nobliged to reward us the fruits of our work.\nMlecchas-meat-eaters, who are outside Vedic society.\nMrdariga-a clay drum used for congregational chanting.\nMukti-Iibera tion.\n\nN\nNama-aparadha-ofiense against the holy name of the Lord.\nNaraya:ga-the Supreme Lord in His majestic four-armed form, an expansion of l<r�:ga.\nNitya-muktas-eternally liberated souls.\nNivrtti-marga-the path of liberation.\nNyaya-siistras-Vedic textbooks of logic.\n\n0\nDmkiira-the sound incarnation of l<r�r:ta.\n\np\nPaiicopasanii-worship by impersonalists of five deities (Vi�?DU, Durga,\nBrahma, Ga:gesa and Vivasvan) that is motivated by the desire to\nultimately abandon all conceptions of a personal Absolute.\nParabrahman-l<r�:ga, who is the Supreme Absolute Truth.\nParamatma-the Supersoul, Lord V i�r:tu, in the heart of all living entities.\nParampara-the chain of spiritual masters in disciplic succession.\nPrajapatis-the progenitors of the universal population.\nPrajas-citizens (including all species of life).\nPrakrti-nature, the Lord's energy.\nPrasiida-food spiritualized by being offered to the Lord.\nPravrtti-marga-the path of material enjoyment.\nPraya§citta-atonement to counteract sinful acts.\nPurar:ws-Vedic histories of the universe.\nPurU§a-the supreme enjoyer; the Lord of the universe.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0356": "Glossary\n\n329\n\nR\nRajo-gu1)11-the material mode of passion .\n\n.8$is-great sages.\n\ns\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha-the Lord's transcendental form, which is eternal,\nfull of knowledge and bliss.\n\nSadhu-a saintly person.\n\nSampradaya-a disciplic succession.\n\nSamsrti-the cycle of repeated birth and death.\nSanatana-dharma-eternal religion.\n\nSarikhya-analytical study of the material world.\n\nSarikirtana-public chanting of the names of God, the approved yoga process for this age.\n\nSannyasa-the renounced order of spiritual life.\nSastra-revealed scripture.\n\nSattva-gu1)11-the material mode of goodness.\nSiddha-a perfected living being.\n\nSiddhaloka-the heavenly planet whose inhabitants possess all mystic\npowers.\n\nSmarta-brahma1)11S-nondevotees who strictly follow the Vedas for material\nbenefit.\n\nSmrti-sdstra-Vedic scriptures other than the original Vedas, Upani$ads and\nVedanta-sutra.\n\n�rava1)am kirtanam vi$�lt-hearing and chanting about Lord V i�Qu.\n\nSuddha-sattva -See: ViSuddha-sattva.\nSudra-a laborer; the fourth of the Vedic social orders.\nSU$upti-deep sleep, one of the levels of material consciousness.\nSvamsa-Godhead in one of His personal expansions.\n\nSvargaloka-the heavenly planets of the material world.\n\nT\nTamo-gu1)11-the material mode of ignorance.\n\nTapasya-austerity; accepting some voluntary inconvenience for a higher\npurpose.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0357": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n330\n\nTilaka-auspicious clay marks that sanctify a devotee's body as a temple of\nthe Lord.\n\nTrayi-one who follows the three Vedas (.8g, Sarna and Yajur), which explain fruitive activities for material benefits.\n\nu\nUpan4ads-the most significant philosophical sections of the Vedas.\n\nv\nVaiku�tha-the planets of the spiritual sky, where there is no anxiety.\nVairagya-renunciation of material pleasure.\n\nVai��ava-a devotee of Lord Vi��u, or Kr��a.\n\nVaiSyas-farmers and merchants; the third Vedic social order.\n\nVanaprastha-one who has retired from family life; the third order of Vedic\nspiritual life.\n\nVar�rama-the Vedic social system of four social and four spiritual\norders.\n\nVasu d eva-paraya�-one whose desire is fixed on the Supreme Lord.\n\nVedanta-the philosophy that describes the end of all knowledge, pure devotional service to the Supreme Lord, Sri K:r��a.\n\nVedas-the original revealed scriptures, first spoken by the Lord Himself.\n\nVibhinniimsa-the separated expansions of the Lord, the minute living\n\nentities.\n\nVibhuti-the Lord's glory and opulence.\n\nVipra-See: Brahma�.\n\nVirata-rupa-Lord Vi��u's universal form.\n\nVi�I).udutas-the order carriers of Lord Vi��u.\n\nViSuddha-sattva-the spiritual platform of pure goodness.\n\ny\nYajna-sacrifice; work done for the satisfaotion of Vi��u.\n\nYamadutas-the messengers of Yamaraja, the lord of death.\n\nYavanas-those outside the Vedic social system.\nYogi-a transcendentalist who is striving to reestablish his link with the\nSupreme.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0358": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\nVowels\n\n3la 31Ta\n\nii 3'u �u � r �f\nq: e � ai an �) au\n\nl:i\n\n��\n..!. rh\n\n0\n\n(anusvara)\n\n: l,l (visarga)\n\nConsonants\n\nGutturals:\n\nCfi ka\n\n\\C{ kha\n\nrr ga\n\n'q gha\n\n� ila\n\nPalatals:\n\n�ca\n\n� cha\n\n::if ja\n\n\"jha\n\n5{iia\n\nCerebrals:\n\nG ta\n\n� tha\n\n:S �a\n\nG �ha\n\nQT I,la\n\nDentals:\n\nata\n\nq tha\n\n�da\n\n'e\"f dha\n\nt:{ na\n\nLabials:\n\nqpa\n\ntfi pha\n\nif ba\n\nlf bha\n\ni(ma\n\nSemivowels:\n\n�y a\n\n�ra\n\n�la\n\nCf va\n\nSibilants:\n\n�sa\n\nq\" �a\n\n�sa\n\nAspirate:\n\n� ha\n\nS\n\n'\n\n(avagraha) -the apostrophe\n\nThe vowels above should be pronounced as follows:\n\na - like the a in organ or the u in but.\na - like the a in far but held twice as long as short a.\n\n- like the i in pin.\n- like the i in pique but held twice as long as short i.\nu - like the in push.\nu like the u in rule but held twice as long as short u.\n\n-\n\nu\n\n331\n\n", "SB6.1#p0359": "332\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n:r -like the ri in rim.\nr -like ree in reed.\n-like l followed by r (lr).\ne -like the e in they.\nai - like the ai in aisle.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in how.\nrh (anusvara) -a resonant nasal like the n in the French word b on.\nQ. (visarga) -a final h-sound: a� is pronounced like aha; i� like ihi.\n\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\n\nk -as in kite\nkh-as in Eckhart\n\njh -as in hedgehog\n\ng -as in give\ngh-as in dig-hard\n\nt -as in tub\n\nil -as in sing\nc -as in chair\nch -as in staunch-heart\nJ\n\n-asmJOY\n\nii\n\n-as in canyon\n\nth -as in light-heart\n� -as in dove\n�a- as in red-hot\n\nQ. -as rna (prepare to say\nthe r and say na) .\n\nCerebrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, hut the\nfollowing dentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth:\n\nt -as in tub but with tongue against teeth.\nth -as in light-heart but with tongue against teeth.\nd -as in dove but with tongue against teeth.\ndh-as in red-hot but with tongue against teeth.\nn -as in nut but with tongue between teeth.\np -as in pine\nl -as in light\nph-as in uphill (not f)\nb -as in bird\nbh-as in rub-hard\nm -as in mother\ny -asmyes\nr -asm run\n\nv -asm vme\ns (palatal) -as in the s in the German\nword sprechen\n� (cerebral) -as the sh in shine\ns -asm sun\nh -as in home\n\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, only a flow­\n\ning of short and long (twice as long as the short) syllables.\n\n", "SB6.1#p0360": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete listing of the first and third lines of each of the\n�anskirt poetry verses and the first line of each Sanskrit prose verse of this volume of\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, arranged in English alphabetical order. In the first column the\nSanskrit transliteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the\nchapter-verse references and page number for each verse are to be found.\n\nA\nab-bha�a� kalicin masan\nadiiya lata avrtla�\nadharma-lak$a(ld nand\nadhuneha mahd-bhiiga\nadhyatmam abudhasyeha\nadilya-viSve vasavo '1ha sadhyd\nad!'$ta-dhdmne gu[Ul-tallva-buddhibhir\nad!'$!vllnlam bhuvo yayam\nadmva tasya nirva[Ulm\nagham dhunvanti kdrtsnyena\naham evasam evagre\naham mahendro nirrti� proceta�\nahasla hasta-yuktanam\naho asadho sadhanam\naho �.tam dharma-dr§am\naho mayadhuna lyaktav\naho me poromam �fJJ.m\naho projapali-patir\naiSvarom sdstrom utsrjya\najamilo 'pi yenaiva\najdmilo 'py agad dhdma\najamilo 'py alhdkanJ.ya\najanalo 'py atma-gu[Ulril\najiidnad athava jiidnad\nakharu;/am ciltam avesya\na/am dagdhair drumair dinai�\nmigani krolavo jata\nannam caro(llim acaro\n\n5.27\n\n296\n\n1.60\n\n80\n\n1.3\n\n7\n\n1.6\n\n9\n\n5.17\n\n278\n\n3.14\n\n156\n\n4.23\n\n210\n\n5.6\n\n265\n\n5.11\n\n268\n\n1.15\n\n22\n\n4.47\n\n251\n\n3.14\n\n156\n\n4.9\n\n198\n\n5.36\n\n303\n\n2.2\n\n91\n\n2.28\n\n118\n\n2.26\n\n117\n\n4.8\n\n197\n\n5.18\n\n280\n\n3.23\n\n167\n\n2.49\n\n137\n\n2.24\n\n115\n\n2.19\n\n109\n\n2.18\n\n109\n\n5.22\n\n288\n\n4.15\n\n204\n\n4.46\n\n248\n\n4.9\n\n198\n\nanta�-samudrad unmagna\nantar dehe$u bhutanam\nanumimiirilsate 'paroam\nanurapam avijiidya\nanusargam yaya 5aklya\nanutapo mahan dsil\nanvatapyala ka� 5ocan\nanvicchatanupadavim\nanyas lu kama-hata alma-roja�\nanyalhd mriyarnd[UlSya\nanye ca ye viSva-srjo 'maresa\naprthag-dharma-si/as le\naparila-manodvaroir\naradhayan mantrom imam\nasadhv akary arbhaka(lllm\n\n4.4\n\n192\n\n4.13\n\n202\n\n1.50\n\n69\n\n5.9\n\n267\n\n4.2\n\n191\n\n2.25\n\n115\n\n5.23\n\n291\n\n5.30\n\n298\n\n3.33\n\n184\n\n2.33\n\n123\n\n3.15\n\n156\n\n5.2\n\n262\n\n4.41\n\n242\n\n5.27\n\n296\n\n5.36\n\n303\n\nasikni nama patnilve\n\n4.51\n\n257\n\ndsil sa eva na cirad\n\n1.57\n\n78\n\nastaU$id dhamsa-guhyena\nastiti ndstili ca vaslu-n�!hayor\nalas lvam eko bhutanam\n\n4.22\n\n209\n\n4.32\n\n229\n\n3.7\n\n148\n\nathainam mapanayata\natha me 'bhihito devas\nalhdpi me durbhagasya\nalha te kva gala� siddhaS\nat�!hata satam miirgam\n\n2.13\n\n104\n\natma-jijiidsaya yacchel\natmanam anlar-hrdi santam almandm\natro codaharontimam\navartata cirom kdlam\nave�itam kiiicana yoga-sarikhyayo�\navidvad-adhikaritvat\n\n4.14\n\n203\n\n3.16\n\n18\n\n333\n\n4.50\n\n256\n\n2.32\n\n121\n\n2.31\n\n120\n\n4.11\n\n200\n\n1.20\n\n34\n\n1.67\n\n86\n\n4.32\n\n229\n\n1.11\n\n16\n\n", "SB6.1#p0361": "334\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nayam hi krta-niroe5o\nayam hi sruta-sampanna!J\n\n2.7\n\n96\n\n1.58\n\n79\n\nB\nbabharasya?l ktt�umbinya?l\nbadhniiti tantrytlm iva dtlmabhir ga?�\nbahu-ropam striyam ctlpi\nbtllo ntlraya!W niimntl\nbandy-a�ai!J kaitavaiS cauryair\nbhagavat-pu�i rtljan\nbhaktimtln bhagavaty tl§u\nbhakti-yogo bhagavati\nbhartur niima maharaja\nbhavitavyam mangalena\nbhojayan pdyayan mu{lho\nbhrotrr;u'im prayar:r.am bhrtlta\nbha?J �tram jiva-samjfiam\nbhwijana!J prapiban khadan\nbhatani V�!W?I sura-piljitani\nbhate�u gur:r.a-vaicitryat\nbibhrat ktt�umbam a§ucir\nbrahmtl bhavo bhavanta§ ca\nbrUia dharmasya nas tattvam\n\n1.66\n\n86\n\n3.13\n\n153\n\n5.7\n\n265\n\n1.24\n\n38\n\n1.22\n\n37\n\n3.3\n\n144\n\n2.25\n\n115\n\n3.22\n\n165\n\n1.30\n\n44\n\n2.32\n\n121\n\n1.26\n\n40\n\n5.31\n\n299\n\n5.11\n\n268\n\n1.26\n\n40\n\n3.18\n\n160\n\n1.48\n\n65\n\n1.22\n\n37\n\n4.45\n\n247\n\n1.38\n\n53\n\nc\ncakra-salikhasi-carme�ucaturbhir adbhutai!J siddhair\ncitta-jna!J sarva-bhatantlm\ncukrodha niiraddyasau\n\n4.36\n\n239\n\n3.8\n\n148\n\n4.42\n\n242\n\n5.35\n\n302\n\nD\ndadar5a kaminam kaiicic\n\n1.61\n\n81\n\ndtl�ya¢?1 samsr(!Uta\nda1J<[ya!J kim karir:r.a?l saroe\ndeha-vag-buddhijam dhiro\ndeho 'savo ·�a manavo bhata-mtltrtl\n\n5.30\n\n298\n\n1.39\n\n54\n\ndehy ajno 'jita-�tu,l-vargo\ndevar�im upalabhyaha\ndevtlsura-man�yadin\ndevasura-nrr;u'im sargo\ndhanur-n�ngasi-gadtl-\n\n1.14\n\n19\n\n4.25\n\n213\n\n1.54\n\n75\n\n5.35\n\n302\n\n4.19\n\n207\n\n4.1\n\n191\n\n1.35\n\n50\n\ndhartl-ma114ala-sarilsthanam\ndharma-ghnii!J kamiM yatra\ndharmam bhtlgavatam suddha m\ndharmam tu stl/¢d bhagavat-pra(Utam\ndharme paramaharilsye ca\ndhasye maM bhagavati\ndhatte 'nusarilsrtim purilsi\ndhili mtlm vigarhitam sadbhir\ndhrta-vrato mrdur dtlnta?l\ndhruvam sa vai pretya narakan\ndiSo vitimirtlloka!J\n�asya dr$lvtl guru-laghavam\ndT$Ia-srutabhyam yat papam\ndmva tam kama-liptena\ndrumebhya!J krudhyamtlnas te\ndare krn,lanakasaktam\ndataniim V�(lu-yamayo!J\ndvtldaSaite vijtlnimo\ndvija!J ptlSdd vinirmukto\ndvipa-va�a-samudrtldri-\n\n1.5\n\n8\n\n2.29\n\n119\n\n2.24\n\n115\n\n3.19\n\n162\n\n5.4\n\n264\n\n2.38\n\n127\n\n1.53\n\n73\n\n2.27\n\n117\n\n1.58\n\n79\n\n1.7\n\n11\n\n1.36\n\n50\n\n1.8\n\n13\n\n1.9\n\n14\n\n1.63\n\n83\n\n4.5\n\n194\n\n1.29\n\n43\n\n1.20\n\n34\n\n3.21\n\n164\n\n2.22\n\n112\n\n1.4\n\n7\n\nE\nekadtlsau vanam yata!J\neka evesvaras turyo\nekas tu �o4a§ena trin\ne�a paii.cajanasytlliga\ne�a prakrti-sangena\netair adharmo vijliiita!J\netan mune vro§cati lokaetasmin kala utpatan\netavad uktvtl prayayau\netavtln eva loke 'smin\nettlvtln sadhu-vtldo hi\nettlvattllam agha-nirhara(ltlya\netenaiva hy aghono 'sya\nevam hatajno vihatan murtlrer\nevam janmtlnyayor etad\nevam nivasatas tasya\nevam niyamakrd rtljan\nevam sa vipltlvita-sarva-4harma\nevam te bhagavad-4ata\n\n1.60\n\n80\n\n5.12\n\n270\n\n1.52\n\n72\n\n4.51\n\n257\n\n1.57\n\n78\n\n1.45\n\n62\n\n3.2\n\n144\n\n5.34\n\n301\n\n5.32\n\n300\n\n3.22\n\n165\n\n5.44\n\n317\n\n3.24\n\n168\n\n2.8\n\n98\n\n3.1\n\n142\n\n1.49\n\n66\n\n1.23\n\n38\n\n1.12\n\n18\n\n2.45\n\n134\n\n2.1\n\n90\n\n", "SB6.1#p0362": "335\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\nevam tvam niranukroso\nevam vim,Sya sudhiyo bhagavaty\n\n5.38\n\n308\n\n3.26\n\n174\n\nG\nganga-dvaram upeyaya\ngramyair manoramaib- kdmaibguhyam viSuddham durbodharil\ngu�-nama-kriya-rapair\ngu�-nama-kriya-rilpair\ngur:w yatha gu�Jino vyakta-dmes\nguril{Uim ca laghilnam ca\ngurv-agny-atithi-vrcfdhanam\n\n2.39\n\n128\n\n1.64\n\n84\n\n3.21\n\n164\n\n1.41\n\n58\n\n1.43\n\n61\n\n4.24\n\n211\n\n2.16\n\n107\n\n1.59\n\n79\n\nH\nhaimam vimanam aruhya\nharir ity ava.lenaha\nharya.lva-samjM.n ayutam\nhitva balam satim yo 'ham\nhitva kalevaram tirthe\n\n2.44\n\n133\n\n2.15\n\n106\n\n5.1\n\n262\n\n2.27\n\n118\n\n2.43\n\n132\n\nI\niti devab- sa apmabitihasam imam guhyam\niti jata-sunirvedabiti pratyudita yamya\niti sampra.lnam akar(tya\niti stutab- sarilstuvatabiti tan api rajendra\niti vyavasita rajan\nittham svabhartr-gaditam bhagavanity amantrya vardroham\nity ukte yamadatais te\nity uktva m�atas tasya\n\n3.11\n\n151\n\n3.35\n\n186\n\n2.39\n\n128\n\n2.21\n\n111\n\n4.3\n\n192\n\n4.35\n\n239\n\n5.29\n\n297\n\n5.21\n\n286\n\n3.34\n\n186\n\n4.16\n\n204\n\n1.37\n\n52\n\n4.54\n\n260\n\nJ\njagama hrc-chaya-va.Sam\njapanta brahma paramam\njihva na vakti bhagavad-gu�jyot�dm vivard{Uim ca\n\n1.63\n\n83\n\n5.26\n\n295\n\n3.29\n\n179\n\n1.5\n\n8\n\nK\nkdla-cakram bhrami ti��m\nkdlo 'tyagan mahan rajann\nkam kub- svayam dharma iti\nkdnyakubje dvijab- kaScid\nkdfi.cy-anguliya-valaya-\n\n5.19\n\n281\n\n1.23\n\n38\n\n1.42\n\n60\n\n1.21\n\n35\n\n4.38\n\n239\n\nkdri{Uim gu�-sango 'sti\nkarma{UI karma-nirharo\nkaroti bhuyo viva.labkdryate hy ava.Sab- karma\nkasya syatam na va kasya\n\n1.46\n\n63\n\nkasya va kuta ayatabkatham sva-pitur ade.lam\nkatharilsvid dhriyate da!i4abkatham tad-anurilpaya\nkathayam asa malaya\n\n1.33\n\n48\n\n5.9\n\n267\n\nkati santiha sastaro\nkecit kevalaya bhaktya\nke yilyam prat�eddharo\nkim artham dharma-palasya\nkim deva upadeva ya\nkim idam svapna ahosvit\nkintu sastr-bahutve syad\nkirif:inab- ku!l4alino\nkoSakdra ivatmanam\nkrama-yogopalabdhena\nkril;lantam anugayantam\nk�{Uinghri-padma-madhu-li(t na\nk�{Uiya no namati yac-chira ekadapi\nkrta-padab- supar{Uirilse\nkrtavan asi durma�am\n�ipanty agham mahad api\nkurvanti ca�am muhur atma-moham\nkva cdham kitavab- pdpo\nkva ca nardya(tety etad\nkvacid harilsam citra-katham\nkvacin nivartate 'bhadrdt\nkva yata adya te ye mam\n\n1.11\n\n16\n\n1.9\n\n14\n\n1.55\n\n76\n\n3.5\n\n146\n\n1.39\n\n54\n\n5.20\n\n283\n\n3.35\n\n186\n\n3.4\n\n145\n\n1.15\n\n22\n\n1.32\n\n47\n\n1.36\n\n50\n\n1.33\n\n48\n\n2.30\n\n120\n\n3.6\n\n147\n\n1.34\n\n50\n\n1.54\n\n75\n\n1.1\n\n2\n\n1.62\n\n82\n\n3.33\n\n184\n\n3.29\n\n179\n\n4.36\n\n239\n\n5.42\n\n314\n\n1.14\n\n19\n\n4.31\n\n225\n\n2.34\n\n123\n\n2.34\n\n124\n\n5.8\n\n265\n\n1.10\n\n15\n\n2.30\n\n120\n\n1.56\n\n78\n\nL\nlabdhva nimittam avyaktam\n\n", "SB6.1#p0363": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n336\nM\nrna bhat svarapam gu�-riiparil hi tat\nmadiyayii bhav�yanti\nmo.hii-kiri!a-ka!aka/:1\nmo.hiipuTlJ$a-kirikarai/:l\nmo.hatiim api kauravya\n\nrrw.mdham iti dehii dau\nmo.mo.�a kiimo bhatanaril\nmo.nasaiva pure deva/:1\nmo.nasaivasrjat pii.rvaril\nmo.n�i� 'ntar-hrdi sannivesitaril\nmo.nvantara5 ca vyakhyata\nmo.nyase yady upa§amo.ril\nmo.tiril cakiira tanaye\nmo.ttasya tam avijnasya\nmo.ttayii viSiathan-nivyii\n\n4.29\n\n221\n\n4.53\n\n259\n\n4.38\n\n239\n\n2.44\n\n133\n\n3.31\n\n182\n\n2.38\n\n127\n\n4.44\n\n244\n\n1.50\n\n69\n\n4.19\n\n207\n\n4.27\n\n216\n\n1.3\n\n7\n\n5.40\n\n311\n\n1.27\n\n41\n\n5.16\n\n276\n\n1.62\n\n82\n\nmo.yy ananta-gu(U? 'nante\nmene khilam iviitmdnam\nmithuna-vyavaya-dharmo.s tvaril\nmithuna-vyaviiya-dhanni(l.yiiril\n\n4.48\n\n254\n\n4.49\n\n256\n\n4.52\n\n257\n\n4.52\n\n257\n\nmocaye grastam iitmdnam\n\n2.37\n\n125\n\nmriyama� harer nama\nmukhato viiyum agnim ca\n\n2.49\n\n137\n\n4.5\n\n194\n\nN\nna ced ihaivapacitim yathiimhasa/:1\nn<idharmo.jaril tad-dh.rdayaril\nnadim ubhayato viih<iril\nna drumebhyo mahii-bhiiga\nn<idyapi te nivartante\n\n1.7\n\n11\n\n2.17\n\n108\n\n5.8\n\n265\n\n4.7\n\n196\n\n5.33\n\n301\n\n1.55\nna hi kaScit k$a�m api\n2.12\nnaikiintikam tad dhi krte 'pi\nnaiviicyutasraya-janaril pratiSalikamdna 3.34\nna kiiicanodirayitum\n4.41\n4.23\nnama/:1 pariiyavitathiinubhataye\n\nnamdni rii.pil).i ca janmo.-karmo.bhir\nndmo.-vyahara�ril v��r\nnamnd Tlll$.ta-sad<ic<iro\nnamoccara�-mah<itmyam\nnandmo. da114avad bhii.mo.u\n\n4.33\n\n76\n\nnana-rapatmano buddhi/:1\nna n�krtair uditair brahmo.-vadibhis\nna n�piUUlnti rajendra\nnanogra-yatanan neyat\nnanu bhiigavatii nityaril\nnanubhuya na janati\nndriiya�-saro jagmur\nnariiya(U?ty abhihite\nnasaril niSamya putrii(liiril\nna siddha-mukhya asurii mo.n�yii/:1\n\n5.14\n\n273\n\n2.11\n\n100\n\n1.18\n\n30\n\n1.6\n\n9\n\n5.39\n\n309\n\n5.41\n\n313\n\n5.25\n\n294\n\n3.10\n\n150\n\n5.23\n\n291\n\n3.19\n\n162\n\nnasnata/:1 path yam eviinnaril\n1.12\nnata/:1 pararil karmo.-nibandha-krntanam 2.46\nna tathii hy aghaviin riijan\n1.16\nna te yamo.ril pasa-bhrta$ ca\n1.19\nna vai sa narakaril yati\n2.48\nnava viSva-srjo y�mdn\nna veda pii.roam apararil\nna yasya sakhyaril puF1J$o 'vaiti\nna yat puna/:1 karmo.su sajjate mo.no\nne$yiimo 'krta-nirve5aril\nnett ham purilsiiril viraga/:1 syat\nnipdtyamdno niraye hata-vrata/:1\nnirik$ama(l.as tal-lil<im\nnirvidyate svayaril tasman\nniSamya deva/:1 svab/iatopavar(l.itaril\n\n4.50\n\n18\n135\n26\n31\n137\n256\n\n1.51\n\n71\n\n4.24\n\n211\n\n2.46\n\n135\n\n1.68\n\n87\n\n5.40\n\n311\n\n2.45\n\n134\n\n1.25\n\n39\n\n5.41\n\n313\n\n3.1\n\n143\n\nniSamya mriyamd(l.as)\"a\n\n1.30\n\nn�kiiicanai/:1 paromaharilsa-kulair\n\n3.28\n\n44\n177\n\nnivrtti-marga/:1 kathita\nniyamanaril taviides<id\n\n1.1\n\n2\n\n3.9\n\n149\n\n5.28\n\n296\n\n0\nom namo nariiya(liiya\n\n102\n46\n241\n\np\n\n210\n232\n\n2.10\n\n99\n\n1.21\n\n35\n\n3.23\n\n167\n\n4.40\n\n241\n\npancabhi/:1 kurute svarthiin\n1.52\npafica-viriiSati tattviinaril\n5.17\npar<ivare¢ril paramo.ril priik prasiddham 4.30\nparo mad anyo jagatas tasth� ca\n3.12\npar$ada-madhye carasi\n5.38\npati/:1 praj<inam bhik$ii.(liiril\n4.12\n\n72\n278\n224\n152\n308\n201\n\n", "SB6.1#p0364": "337\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\npatita/:1 skhalito bhagM/:1\n\n3.3\n2.15\n\npita-vasa ghaM-syama/:1\n\n4.37\n\npitra pitamahenapi\npitro prokta/:1 proja-sarge\n\n5.2\n\npatim vijnapayam asur\n\n4.11\n\npitv6. ca madhu maireyam\nplaviteiUI svarei)OCcair\npracetasa maha-bhaga\n\n1.61\n1.29\n4.43\n4.35\n3.20\n\nprcidurdsit kuru-5re$!ha\nprohlado janako bhi$rrw\nprojiinam pitaro ye ca\n\n2.3\n4.10\n\n301\n\n144\n\nsadhriciMm proticiMm\n\n5.33\n\n105\n\nsadhricino hy ayam lake\n\nl.l7\n\n28\n\n239\n200\n262\n\nsadya/:1 svaropam jagrhe\n\n2.43\n\n132\n\nsa evam vartamano 'jno\nsa eva tat phalam bhurikte\n\n1.27\n\n41\n\n1.47\n\n65\n\n81\n43\n243\n239\n\nsahasa pa§yatas tasya\nsa katham nyarpitatmaMm\n\n113\n\nsamasikas tvaya prokto\n\n2.23\n2.6\nl.l9\n4.1\n\n164\n\nsambhavanti hi bhadra�_ti\n\n1.46\n\n92\n\nsamjnaM-mcitram avyaktam\nsangarrw yatra sumahan\n\n263\n105\n109\n\n-\n\nsakrn mana/:1 kmw.-paddr avindayor\n\n95\n31\n191\n63\n251\n\nprotiMndya maha-yogi\n\n5.5\n5.44\n4.3\n\n317\n192\n\nsarikirtitam agham purilso\nsa pii.Sa -hastams tnn dmva\n\n4.47\n5.3\n2.14\n2.18\n1.28\n\npratyag-dhamavida iha\n\n5.13\n\n271\n\nsa pu�_tya-bandhu/:1 pu�o\n\n5.31\n\n299\n\nprotyahrtendriya-grorrw\nprovrtti-lak$al_ta5 caiva\npraya5cittam atho 'piirtham\npriiya§cittani cir(tiini\n\n2.40\n1.2\n1.10\nl.l8\n\n129\n\nsarva-bhiUa-suhrc chiinto\n\n2.36\n\n125\n\n5\n15\n30\n\nsaroa-bhiUa-suhrt siidhur\nsarvam puman veda gu(tiims ca\nsaroam tad-dh��_tyam ik$adhvam\n\n1.59\n4.25\n4.13\n\n213\n202\n\nproja-sargiiya hi katham\nproja-vivrddhaye yattan\nprotijagraha tad lxu,lham\n\n199\n264\n\nsariketyam pa.rihasyam va\n\n43\n\n80\n\nproya§cittani piipiindm\n\n2.16\n\n107\n\nprayayus tam parikromya\nproyer.ta data iha vai manoharos\n\n5.21\n\n286\n\nsaroe ca niUM-vayasa/:1\nsaroe karmanurodheM\n\n3.17\n\n19\n\nsaroe padma-palii.Sak¢/:1\n\npriiye�_ta veda tad idam lUI mahajano\n\n3.25\n\n32\n\nsaroe$iim apy aghavatam\n\n1.45\n1.34\n2.10\n\nprita/:1 sva-dutiin protyaha\n\n3.11\n\n151\n\nsa saroa-nama sa ca viSva-ropa/:1\n\n4.28\n\n216\n\nprito 'ham te proja-natha\npriyavratottanapadar\npuman naivaiti yad gatva\n\n4.44\n1.4\n5.13\n\n244\n\nsasta da/J4a-dharo\nsdstrasya pitur iidesam\n\n3.7\n\n7\n\n148\n283\n\n271\n\nsastrtvam upaciiro hi\n\n5.20\n3.6\n\npurvavan narada-krtam\nputran ajanayad da�a/:1\n\n5.34\n5.24\n\n301\n293\n\nsa tasmin deva-sadana\nsa vai mamii.Se�a-vi.Se$G-\n\n2.40\n4.28\n\n129\n216\n\nsa vai yadii mahiid.evo\n\n4.49\n\n256\n\nsa yat promci�_tam kurute\nso 'ham tatha yat�yami\nso 'ham vyaktam pa�yami\n\n2.4\n2.35\n2.29\n\n93\n124\n119\n\nsomo raja yayau dattva\n\n4.16\n\n205\n\n5rr.tuyac chroddhayii yukto\n5rr.tvatiim grr.tatiim virya�_ty\nS!\"$!y-apyaya-karim mayam\nsteM/:1 suro-po mitro-dhrug\nsm-roja-pitr-go-hanta\nstuyamano 'nugayadbhi/:1\nsuryo 'gni/:1 kham marud deva/:1\n\n2.47\n3.32\n5.16\n2.9\n2.9\n4.39\n\n137\n183\n276\n99\n99\n239\n\n1.42\n\n59\n\nR\nriijovaca mahan sorrw\nrak$anti tad-bhaktimata/:1 parebhyo\n\n4.6\n3.18\n\n195\n160\n\nretasii manasii caiva\nrr.tais tribhir amuktanam\nrte tvam sauhrda-ghnam vai\nropam tan mahad-dScaryam\n\n4.18\n5.37\n5.39\n4.40\n\n206\n306\n309\n241\n\n1.25\n5.24\n\n39\n293\n\ns\nsa baddha-hrdayu.s tasminn\nsa bhuya/:1 pa.ncajanyayam\n\n1.35\n\n50\n62\n50\n99\n\n147\n\n", "SB6.1#p0365": "338\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nswild� sddhavo yatra\nsvdnam aho na vidu¢m\n\n1.17\n3.30\n\n28\n181\n\nsvaprwpalabdhdrtha iva\nsvara-brahmarti nirbhdtasvatantram abudhasyeha\nsvayambhii.r ntirada� 5ambhu�\nsvayam dharmam adharmam vd\n\n4.54\n5.22\n5.19\n3.20\n2.5\n\n260\n288\n281\n164\n94\n\ntabhyam nirdahyamtintims tan\ntad etat �O<)aSa-kalam\ntad-gatir a�udhasyeha\ntad-upaspariantid eva\ntad-upaspar5antid eva\n\n4.6\n1.53\n5.15\n5.4\n5.26\n\n195\n73\n274\n264\n295\n\nta evam suvinir(tiya\ntais tany aghdni puyante\ntam abrmhitam alokya\ntam ad�!vtibhavam purilsa�\ntam eva �yam lisa\n\n2.20\n2.17\n4.20\n5.12\n1.64\n\n111\n108\n207\n270\n84\n\ntams te veditum icchdmo\ntam tathdvanatam bhaktam\ntam tu krntana yan nas tvam\ntam viva�um abhipretya\ntam yamya-pasan nirmucya\n\n3.10\n4.42\n5.43\n2.23\n2.20\n\n150\n242\n315\n113\n111\n\ntan anayadhvam asato vimukhdn\ntan niSamyatha harya§va\ntan-n�thdm agatasyeha\ntan rwpasidata harer\ntan pratyii.cu� prahasyedam\n\n3.28\n5.10\n5.14\n3.27\n1.37\n\n177\n267\n273\n176\n52\n\ntapasti brahmacaryerta\ntapo me hrdayam brahmams\ntasmtil loke�u te m!U;lha\ntasmtit puraivasv iha papa-n�krtau\ntasmtit salikirtanam V�(Wr\n\n1.13\n4.46\n5.43\n1.8\n3.31\n\n19\n248\n315\n12\n182\n\ntasyaiva ryasam icchdmi\ntasyam sa ptilicajanyam vai\ntasya pravayasa� pwra\ntasya te vihito daru;lo\ntasyatma-tantrasya harer adhiSitu�\ntala enam da�-ptil)e�\n\n4.2\n5.1\n1.24\n3.8\n3.17\n1.68\n\n191\n262\n38\n148\n159\n87\n\nT\n\ntathaika-punJ.$am rii$.tram\ntat karma-nirhdram abhipsatam\ntat �myatam sa bhagavdn punJ.$a�\ntato gul)ebhya atmtinam\ntatraghamarsartam nama\n\n5.7\n2.12\n3.30\n2.41\n4.21\n\n265\n102\n181\n130\n208\n\ntatra naniyarta-saras\ntat-sanga-bhramsitaiSvaryam\ntebhyas tasyam samabhavad\nte ca pitni samtid�.ta�\nte deva-siddha-parigita-pavitra-\n\n5.3\n5.15\n4.17\n5.25\n3.27\n\n263\n274\n205\n293\n176\n\nte me na da�m arhanty atha yady\nte 'pi canvagaman margam\ntepire tapa evogram\ntoktinam pitarau bandhu\ntrailokya-mohanam rii.pam\n\n3.26\n5.32\n5.5\n4.12\n4.39\n\n174\n300\n264\n201\n239\n\ntrai-vidhyam kurvata� karma\ntrayyam jfu#-krta-matir madhutubhyam tad abhidhdsyami\ntvatto 'dhastat praja� sarvti\ntyagena satya-5aucabhyam\n\n3.4\n3.25\n4.22\n4.53\n1.13\n\n145\n172\n209\n259\n19\n\n1.32\n2.1\n2.42\n4.21\n5.29\n5.6\n\n47\n90\n131\n208\n297\n265\n\nvdca� kii.!am tu deva�e�\nvahnim yathd daru(U palicadaSyam\nvaiku(t!ha-ndma-grahartam\nvaiku(t!ha-nama-grahartam\n\n5.10\n4.27\n2.14\n2.33\n\n267\n216\n105\n123\n\nvakra-tur:u;lan urdhva-romna\nvana-mtild-nivitiiligo\nvanaspatin �adhiS ca\nvtir�i hy e¢ vani kanya\n\n1.28\n4.37\n4.8\n4.15\n\n43\n239\n197\n204\n\nu\nii.cur n�edhittis tams te\nupadhdryatha tan rajan\nupalabhyopalabdhdn prtig\nupaspr§yanusavanam\nupetya ntirada/1 prdha\nuvdca catha harya§va�\n\nv\n\n", "SB6.1#p0366": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nvartamdrw 'nyayo� kalo\nvavande sirasd V�(IO�\nveda-pra(l.ihito dhanno\nveda niin'iya(IO� sa�at\nvibhrUayo mama hy ett'i\nvighala� sreyasa� papa\nvika�ato 'ntar hrdayad\nvikril;lito yayaivaham\nvikru.!ya putram aghavan yad ajamilo\nvimucya lam imambandham\nvindhya-padan upavrajya\nvipn'imsva-bharyam aprau{ih4m\nvisasarjacin'it papa�\nvisrambha(l.iyO bhiltaniim\nviSuddha-sattva-dh�(l.yaya\nvivardhay�avo yilyam\nvivikla-padam ajiidya\nvrddhav aniithau pilarau\nvrto narada-nandadyai�\n�amocayan niyamanam\n�amocayan palakinam\n\n1.49\n\n66\n\n2.22\n\n112\n\n1.40\n\n55\n\n1.40\n\n55\n\n4.45\n\n247\n\n5.37\n\n306\n\n1.31\n\n45\n\n2.37\n\n125\n\n3.24\n\n167\n\n2.36\n\n125\n\n4.20\n\n208\n\n1.65\n\n85\n\n1.65\n\n85\n\n2.6\n\n95\n\n5.28\n\n296\n\n4.7\n\n196\n\n5.18\n\n280\n\n2.28\n\n118\n\n4.39\n\n239\n\n2.31\n\n120\n\n3.9\n\n149\n\ny\nyac-chaktayo vadatamvadinii mvai\nyac-chraddhay4 mat-paray4\nyad-ariiSato 'sya sthiti-ja.nma-nasa\nyada niiraya(l.c'iyeti\nyada pracetasa� putn'i\n\n4.31\n\nyad asau bhagavan-nama\nyad asau stistram ullanghya\nyadtisit lata evadya�\nyadi syat te�u va�myam\nyadi syur bahavo Joke\nyadoparamo manaso niima-rilpayad �ajahara viva§o\nyad yad acarati sreyan\nyad yan niruklamvacasa nirilpilam\n\nyadyapy amangalo martyo\nya elamparamamguhyam\nya� pnikrtair jnana-pathair\nya� samutpatilamdeha\nya iyate kevalaya sva-sarilsthaya\nyama-pre�yan v�(!Udat4\nyama-rojiie yath4 sarvam\nyamasya devasya na dal:u;layamvai na gobhir manas4subhir v4\nyan nas tvamkarrna-sandMniim\nyarhy up4rala-dhis tasminn\nyasmai balimla ime nama-karrnayasmin yato yena ca yasya yasmai\n\n339\n2.48\n\n137\n\n2.47\n\n136\n\n4.34\n\n235\n\n4.14\n\n203\n\n4.26\n\n214\n\n1.31\n\n46\n\n2.21\n\nIll\n\n3.2\n\n143\n\n3.16\n\n158\n\n5.42\n\n314\n\n2.42\n\n131\n\n3.13\n\n153\n\n4.30\n\n224\n\nyasyarike sira adhaya\n\n2.5\n\n94\n\nyasya praja-visarge(IO\n\n4.17\n\n205\n\nyasyehilamna vidu� sp��-m4y4/l\nyatas lataS copaninye\nyathagadamviryalamam\n\n3.15\n\n156\n\n1.66\n\n86\n\n2.19\n\n109\n\n2.11\n\n100\n\n1.51\n\n7l\n\nyath4 harer niima-padair udilhrtais\nyathajnas lamasa yuk1a\nyatha k�¢rpila-pn'i(l.a5\nyatha na bhuya 41m4nam\nyath4nila� p4rthivam asrito\nyatha sasarja bhillc'in i\n\nl.l6\n\n26\n\n2.35\n\n124\n\n4.34\n\n235\n\n4.18\n\n206\n\n3.32\n\n183\n\n1.56\n\n78\n\n225\n\n4.43\n\n243\n\n3.12\n\n152\n\n2.8\n\n98\n\n4.4\n\n192\n\n2.13\n\n104\n\n1.67\n\n86\n\n4.48\n\n254\n\n2.3\n\n92\n\n3.5\n\n146\n\n4.26\n\n214\n\n2.7\n\n96\n\n2.4\n\n93\n\n4.29\n\n221\n\nyath4 suj4taya bhaktya\nyatha-yoni yath4bljam\nyatheha deva-pravan'is\nyatn'ida(l{lye�v ap4�u\nyena svadhamny ami bhava\nyena svadh4mny ami bhava\nyena viplavilam brahma\nyena yavan yathadhanno\nyo 'nugraharthambhajatt'impadayo 'sav alina-prakrter\nyuyamca pitronvad�ta\nyilyamvai dharrna-n'ijasya\nyuyuje bhagavad-dhamni\n\n1.48\n\n65\n\n2.2\n\n91\n\n1.41\n\n58\n\n1.43\n\n61\n\n2.26\n\n117\n\n1.47\n\n65\n\n4.33\n\n232\n\n1.2\n\n5\n\n4.10\n\n199\n\n1.38\n\n53\n\n2.41\n\n130\n\n", "SB6.1#p0367": "General Index\nNumerals in boldface type indicate references to translations of the verses of Snmad­\n\nBhagavatam.\n\nAhcti ca ratri.S ca ubhe ca sandhye,\n\nA\n\nquoted, 61\n\nAikantiki harer bhaktir,\n\nAbrahma-bhuvanal loka�,\n\nverse quoted, 35\n\nverse quoted, 287\n\nAir, analogy of, with Lord's appearance,\n\nAbsolute Truth\naspects of, 279\n\n235\nAirplane, spiritual, 133\n\nAjamila\nattached to his son, 40-45\n\natonement by understanding, 17\nas seen by personalists and impersonalists,\n\nbrahminical life abandoned by, 83-84\n\n229-234\nSupreme Lord as, 253-254\n\nchanting of \"Naraya�a\" by, 40-45,\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nAcarya. See: Spiritual master\n\ncontemplates deliverance, 120-122\n\nActivities\n\ndegraded life of, 35-39\n\n97-99, 140\n\ndetermined in devotional service,\n\nNaraya�a as cause of, 59\n\n125-127\n\nwitnesses of, 60\nYamaraja observes, 66\n\nformer goodness of, 78, 122 123\n-\n\nSee also: Fruitive activities; Karma\nActivities of Kr��a. See: Pastimes of Kr��a\nAditya-candrav anilo 'nalas ca,\n\ngoes to Lord Vi��u, 133\ninspired to name his son, 122\nlaments sinful past, ll7-l20, 124\nobeisances of, to Vi��udutas, ll2\n\nquoted, 60\n\nAgamapayino 'nityds,\n\noffenseless chanting of, 97-99, 140\nperfects bhakti-yoga in Hardwar.\n\nverse quoted, 21\n\nAgastya, 187\nAge of Kali. See: Kali-yuga\n\n129-132\n\nprogress in bhakti of, 140\n\nprostitute and sadra met by, 80-82\nas pure devotee, 115\n\nAgriculture, 193\n\nAhaituky apratihatii,\n\nregains spiritual body, 132\nVi��udutas defend, 91-110\nVi��udutas release, Ill\nYamadutas describe release of, 150\n\nquoted, 116\n\nAham ddir hi devanam,\nquoted, 238\n\nAharil sarvasya prabhavo,\n\nAjata-satrava� santa/;,\n\nquoted, 224, 238\nverse quoted, 8-9\n\nverse quoted, 194, 317\n\nAjo 'pi sann avyayatmii,\n\nAham tvaril sarva-pdpebhyo,\n\nverse quoted, 233\n\nquoted, 12\nverse quoted, 31,291\n\nAlam, defined, 170\nAmiinind manadena,\n\nAhankara-vimut;lhatmii,\n\nverse quoted. 195. 318\n\nverse quoted, 276\n\n341\n\n", "SB6.1#p0368": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n342\nAniidi karama-phale,\n\npa4i bhavar(UJ.va-jale,\n\nverse quoted, 71\n\nAniidir adir goviru:la/:t,\nverse quoted, 59, 225, 231\n\nAnanya/:t sadrsabhavad,\nquoted, 225\n\nAnarthopa§amam sak§ad,\nverse quoted, 299\n\nAnena putra-sneham antare(UJ.,\nquoted, 45\nAnger\n\nArcana, prescribed with sarikirtana, 174\nArjuna, as dharmi, 56\n\nAruhya krcchre(UJ. param padam tata/:t,\nverse quoted, 19\nAsikni, 257-258\n\nAsil laye tad-anyat tu,\nverse quoted, 253\n\nAsrama. See: Society, human; Var�rama\nAssociation\nwith devotees, 122, 127-129\nwith modes of nature, 64, 68\n\ncontrolled by devotional service, 203-204\ndevotees devoid of, 194-195\nAnimals\ncitizens compared to, 95\nfear in, 72\nignorant compared to, 68, 95\nAnimal slaughter\nchanting counteracts reactions of, 100\ncows excluded from, 198-199\neffects of, 96\nPracinabarhi advised against, 193\nAnnihilation of the universe\nBrahma's destination at, 4-5\nSupreme Lord and living entity at, 254\n\nAnta-kdle ca mdm eva,\n\nverse quoted, 105\n\nAnudinam idam adaref.Ul sr�van,\nquoted, 169\n\nAnukiilyena kr§�nu-,\nverse quoted, 24\n\nAnumimdmsate 'piirvam,\nverse quoted, 68\n\nAnyabhi�ita-sanyam,\nverse quoted, 24\n\nAnyatranadarad vi§f.UlU,\nverse quoted, 253\n\nApa�i-pado javano grahita,\nquoted, 230\n\nApathya-bhojands te�am,\nverse quoted, 113\n\nA pi cet sudurdcaro,\n\nverse quoted, 32\nAppearance of Kr�r:Ja (\"birth\")\n\nwith prostitute causes falldown, 83, 85, 86\nwith Supreme Lord, 77\nAstrology in Vedic marriages, 117\n\nAsupta/:t supta iva ca,\nverse quoted, 253\n\nAsuras. See: Atheists; Nondevotees\nA.surim yonim apanna,\nverse quoted, 228\n\nAsya mahato bhiitasya niSvasitam,\nquoted, 57\n\nAta/:t pumbhir dvija-sre�!ha,\nverse quoted, 155\n\nAta/:t sri-kr��a-namadi,\nquoted, 215, 222\n\nAthdpi te deva padambuja-dvaya,\nverse quoted, 175, 236\n\nAthato brahma-jijnasa,\n\nverse quoted, 279\nAtheists\ncapital punishment stopped by, 13\ncreation unexplained by, 8\nhow they can see God, 249\nthe Lord invisible to, 59\n\nSee also: Nondevotees\nAtmavit-sammata/:t pumsam,\nverse quoted, 3\n\nAto 'nanta-gu� v4�ur,\nverse quoted, 255\nAtonement\nAjamila neglected, 87\nchanting as best process of, 100-103, 107,\n\n138-139\ncompared to cure for disease, 13\n\nnot material, 232-233\n\ncompared to elephant's bath, 15. 185\n\npurpose and glories of, 234\n\ndefined, 17\n\n", "SB6.1#p0369": "General Index\n\n343\n\nBhagavac-chabda-vacyani,\n\nAtonement\ndevotional service supersedes, 26\ninsufficient for purification, 27\nnecessity of, 11-16\n\nverse quoted, 228\n\nBhagavad-gua\ncited on energies in creation, 9\n\nrejected by Parik�it, 15-16, 17\n\ncited on knowing Kr��a, 236\n\nrituals of, contrasted to chanting, 185\n\nenlightenment by, 74\n\nuseless without bhakti, 30, 135-136\n\nas essence of Vedas, 284\n\nAto vi§�v-atmaka veda,\nverse quoted, 57\n\nSee also: Bhagavad-gitii, quotations from\nBhagavad-gitii, quotations from\non chanting, 84\n\nAusterity\nchanting and hearing as, 103\n\non demons not knowing what to do, 284\n\nof Dak�a, 208\n\non destinations at death, 75-76, 106\n\nof devotees and demons, 194\n\non destinations by activity, 63\n\nfasting as, 21\n\non devotee as rare, 23, 158,218\n\nof the Harvasvas, 264\n\non devotee's saintliness, 32-33\n\nfor Kali-y�ga, 297\n\non devotee's worship of Kr��a, 218\n\nin Kr��a consciousness, 20, 21, 310\n\non devotional service as necessity, 157.\n\nmaterial desires unchanged by, 108\nnecessity of, 256-257\n\n219,231,236,252,279\non devotional service's strength, 12\n\nof the PraceUis, 193-194\n\non enviers of Kr��a, 227-228\n\nof the Savalasvas, 294-297\n\non eternality of all beings, 253\n\nAuthority, Yamadiitas' questions on.\n\non fool's mistaking Kr��a, 222\non freedom by surrender to Kr��a, 72. 245\n\n146-149\nAvai§�vas. See: Atheists; Nondevotees\n\non highest yogi, 131\n\nAvajananti mam milt;lhii\n\non intelligence, 275\n\nquoted, 253, 271\n\non Kr��a as highest truth, 32\n\nverse quoted, 222,253\n\non Kr��a as sex according to religion. 258\n\nAva.Senapi yan-namni,\nverse quoted, 97\n\nAvisranti-prayuktani,\n\non Kr��a as source, 8-9\non Kr��a as the ultimate, 227\non Kr��a's incarnation, 233\n\nverse quoted, 171, 184\n\non Kr��a's protecting devotee. 162\n\nAyi nanda-tanuja kirikararh,\n\non Kr��a's splendor, 248\n\nverse quoted, 70,219\nAyu§a/:1 k$ar;ta eko 'pi,\n\non Kr��a's supremacy, 153. 238\non Kr��a's transcendence, 59\non liberation by knowing Kr��a. 77. 132.\n\nquoted, 282\n\n223,272\n\nB\nBadd ha-parikaras tena,\nverse quoted, 97\n\nBahunarh janmanam ante\nquoted, 17\nverse quoted, 9\nBahu-sakhii hy anantas ca,\nquoted, 275\nBeing, living. See: Living entity\n\non living entity in nature. 276\non Lord's directing living entities. 47. 202\non mahatmas in devotional service. 27\non material nature's strength. 72\non miscreants, four kinds of. 17. 54\non mitigating material pains. 21\non nature under Kr��a. 154. 250\non not returning from Kr��a ·s abode. 167.\n\n244,272,273\non orhkara, 295\n\n", "SB6.1#p0370": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n344\n\nBhagavad-gitii, quotations from (continued)\non perfection. rareness of, 49\non pious men. four kinds of, 303\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu,\non unauthorized devotional service, 35\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvali Thakura,\n\nsarikirtana and arcana prescribed by,\n\non pious men in Kr�r:ta 's service, 104, 114,\n\n174\n\n218\non planets as miserable, 287-288\non remembering Kr�r:ta at death, lOS\non preachers as dear to Kr�r:ta, 246-247,\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura, quotations from\non maya's waves, 74\n\non Narada, 289-290\non rescue from nescience, 7 l\n\n310-311\non repeated births and deaths, 271\non return from heaven, 174\non returning to Godhead, 4\n\non sdstras, those who disregard, 286\non soul conceived as doer, 275-276\non struggle of living entity. 245-246\non Supersoul in heart, 122, 159\non surrender to Kr�r:ta, 31-32,163,165\n\nBhakti-yoga. See: Devotional service to the\nLord\n\nBhaktya mam abhijaniiti\nquoted, 157,167,219,231,236,252,279\nverse quoted, 219\n\nBhavita na ca me tasmad,\nverse quoted, 246, 310\n\nBhidyate hrdaya-granthiS,\nverse quoted, 136\n\non tolerance, 21\non transcendence in devotional service, 64,\n\nBhi�madeva, quoted on Lord's mysteriousness,\n157\n\n203-204\non unconditionally accepting Kr�r:ta, 291\non va i.Sya 's duty 193\n\nBhramayan sarva-bhutani,\nquoted, 47\n\n,\n\non Vedas' false followers, 163\non Vedas' real knower, 57\n\non Vedas'real purpose, 17,56-57,173\non worship. 5-6\nBhagavan\n\nBhrgu-samhita, 68-69\nBhrtyapariidhe svamino dar.u,kz�.\nquoted, 182\n\nBhumir apo 'nalo vayu�,\nquoted, 9\n\nimpersonal and personal views of,\n\nBhutani yanti bhatejya,\n\n229-231\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Kr�r:ta; Supreme\n\nverse quoted, 6\n\nBhutva bhutvii praliyate,\n\nLord\n\nBhagavata-dharma (ultimate religion),\n164-165, 166-167\n\nBhagavatam. See: Srimad-Bhagavatam\nBhajanty ananya-manaso,\nverse quoted, 27\n\nBhaktas\n\nas only knowers of God, 157-158\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\nBhakti� pare5iinubhavo viraktir,\nquoted, 23, 108\n\nBhaktim mayi pariim krtvii\nquoted, 246, 310\nverse quoted, 246, 310\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, quotations from\non pure devotional service, 24\n\nquoted, 271\nBirds in tree, example of, 212\nBirth\nrepeated, freedom from. 3-4. 77. 132,\n223,272\nworship determines, 6\n\nSee also: Transmigration of the soul\nBirth of Kr�r:ta. See: Appearance of Kr�r:ta\nBody, material\nactivity necessary in, 62\ndesire as cause of, 75-76\nfreedom from illusion of, 127-128\nthe Haryasvas' understanding of,\n268-269\nKr�r:ta conscious centers for freedom from,\n128-129\n\n", "SB6.1#p0371": "345\n\nGeneral Index\n\nBrahma-yamala., quoted on unauthorized\n\nBody, material\nthe Lord not subject to, 271\nas Lord's residence, 202\n\ndevotional service, 35\n\nBrahmeti paramatmeti\n\nmodes of nature award, 68\n\nquoted, 230\n\nwork in, 268 269\n\nverse quoted, 252, 279\n\n-\n\nBody, subtle. See: Subtle body\nBrahma, Lord\nausterities of, 256\n\nBrahmins. See: Brahma�J.a(s)\nBrhad-vi!;TJ.uPura(l.a., quoted on chanting. 97\nBrothers, religious principles for. 298, 300\n\ndisciplic succession from, 165\nas first created person, 255\n\nc\n\nquoted on devotees' superiority, 175-176\n\nBrahmacari\nAjamila as, 79, 81\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta, quotations from\n\naspects of life of, eight listed, 20\n\non association of devotees, 122\n\ndebt cleared by, 307\n\non conditioned soul's plight. 246\n\nfather's duty to allow son to be, 294\n\non siidhusof all asramas, 304\n\ntongue controlled by. 20-21\n\non wanderings of living entities. 6\n\nBrahmaloka (planet of Brahma), elevation to\nspiritual world from, 3-5\nBrahman (impersonal Absolute)\ndevotees avoid merging with, 309\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu on Hare Kr�l)a mantra.,\n\n295-296\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, quotations from\non chanting, 36, 148, 172\n\nmerging with. at annihilation, 254\n\nprayer to Kr�l)a, 70-71\n\nas misconceived by unintelligent, 253\n\non preaching, 195.317-318\n\nas one phase of Absolute, 279\n\non siidhus of aII asramas, 304\n\nperspectives on, 229-231\n\nBrahma�(s) (intellectuals)\nAjamila as, 79\nchanting can deliver, 84\n\non sarikirtana movement, 101\non wanderings of living entities. 6\n\nCa��e tv antare prapte,\nverse quoted, 206\n\nduty of, 304-305\n\nCal)akya Pai)Qita, quoted on value of time.\n\nguru trains one as. 285\n\n282\nCapital punishment\n\nKr�l)a consciousness creates, 310\n\nin var(UiSrama system. 14-15\n\natheists stop, 13\nnecessity of, 88\nCaste system. See: Var(UiSrama-dharma\n\nworship by, 42\n\nCause, ultimate\n\nperspective of, 68\nsupported by householders, 201-202\n\nBrahmaTJii saha te sarve,\nverse quoted, 4-5\n\nBrahmar:uf,a bhramite kona bhagyavan,\nquoted, 6\n\nBrahma-sarhhita, quotations from\non Durga, 277\n\nas cause of all causes, 221-223. 224-225\nas goal of philosophy, 226-227\nthe Haryasvas' understanding of. 278\nas impersonalist's and personalist's\nobjective, 229-231\nscience of, 278-280\n\non Kr�l)a as supreme controller, 59,\n\nCelibacy. See: Brahmacari\n\n225\non materialist's not knowing God, 211\n\nCeta etair anaviddham,\n\nBrahma satyarh jagan mithya,\nquoted, 284\n\nverse quoted. 136\n\nCh&;liya vai!;�va-seva nistara.,\nquoted, 27\n\n", "SB6.1#p0372": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n346\nChanting of the Lord's holy name\n\nConditioned souls. See: Souls, conditioned\n\nAjamila 's. of \"Narayar:ta,\" .W-45, 96-99,\n\nCosmic manifestation. See: Creation, the;\n\n134, 138, 139\nAjamila purified by, 45,51\n\nCow protection, 193, 198-199\n\nas beginning of devotional service, 36-37,\n\nCreation, the\n\n84.136,166,219\n\nMaterial world\n\natheist's ignorance of, 8\n\nBrhad-v�r:z,u Pura� quoted on, 97\n\nhistory of, described by Lord, 255\n\ncompared to fire, 109\n\nthe Lord before and after, 251-254\n\ncompared to medicine, no\n\nthe Lord's existence beyond, 221-222\n\neffects of, shown today, llO, 136\n\nParik�it inquires on, 191-192\n\nas freedom from bondage, 135-136\n\npurpose of, 245-246\n\nGarw;la Purii� quoted on, 97\n\nSee also: Material world\n\nfor grhastha, 85\n\nCreator, Supreme Lord as, 221-223,224-225\n\nas insurance at death, 106, 138\n\nCurse\n\nliberation by, 97-98,102-103,135-136,\n169-170\n\nof author by disciples' parents, 316\nDak�a's, of Narada, 316\n\nLord Caitanya on, 195,317-318\nNarada's, with devotees, 290\n\nD\n\nof Narada's successors, 290\noffenses clear in, 171-172,184,185\noffenses in, and Ajamila's offenselessness,\n98-99, 140, 183\nas opportunity, 124\npower of, .W-43, 45, 84\nprotects devotees, 81, 14{)\n\nDaivi hy e$ii gu�mayi\nquoted, 47\nverse quoted, 72, 245\nDak�a\naccuses Narada of defaming Kr�r:ta, 308\n\nin retirement, 128-129\n\nausterities of, 208\n\nSkanda Pura� quoted on, 97-98\n\nbegets and orders the Haryasvas, 262-263\n\n�or spiritual vision, 127\n\nSukadeva Gosvlimi on superiority of,\n182-183\ntongue controlled by, 21\nas ultimate religion, 166\nunconditional nature of, 105,109, no,\n168-171\n\nclaims to be siidhu, 303-304\ncongratulated by the Lord, 243-245\ncurses Narada, 316\non debts of a son, 306\nas grhavrata, 314-315\ninformed about the Savalasvas, 302\nlaments for the Haryasvas, 292-293\n\nunintelligent misunderstand, 173-174\n\nNarada accused by, 303-316\n\nVedic rituals surpassed by, 185\nVi�r:tudiitas explain superexcellence of,\n96-llO\n\noffenses of, 258,259\nordered to procreate, 258\n\nYamaraja praises value of, 166-175\nCharity to brahmar_tas, 304\n\nPracetlis beget, 205\n\nChristians, 60\n\nprevious life of, 206-207, 258\nreceives the Supreme Lord, 241-243\non renunciation, 3n-313\n\nCivilization, human. See: Society, human\n\nthe Savalasvas begotten by, 293\n\nCompassion\n\nsends the Savalasvas to Narayar:ta-saras,\n\nof Hare Kr�r:ta movement, 126\nof Parik�it, 3-4\nof Vai�r:tava, 10,92-93\n\n294\nsons of. See: Haryasvas, the;\nSavalasvas, the\n\n", "SB6.1#p0373": "General Index\n\n347\n\nwanted to prove his tolerance, 315\n\nDeva-devesvararil. sutram,\nquoted, 238\n\na wife is presented to, 257\n\nDevotees of the Supreme Lord\n\nDak�a\n\nassociation of, for detachment, 314\n\nDeath\nof Ajamila, 42-43\n\nausterity and, 194\n\ncessation of, 3-5\n\nchanting as duty of, 185\n\nchanting's value at, 106, 122, 138\n\ncompared to Vi�ryudiitas. 113\n\ndefined,49\n\ncompassion of, 3-4, lO\n\nparent's duty regarding,285\n\nharassed, 92\n\nremembering Kr�!)a at, 105\n\nknowledge necessary for.54\n\nsubtle body at, 76\n\nKr�!)a's mercy on, 232-233\n\nsurpassing, by knowing Kr�!)a.223\n\nNarada inspires,to dance, 290\n\nuntimely, in this age, 114\n\nas only knowers of God, 157-158\n\nDebts\n\nparents of, criticize Kr�!)a consciousness.\n\nof brahnuzr.ws, 307\nof sons. 306-307\n\n292,305,308,310\nparents of, curse by, 316\n\nDehlipatya-kalatrad�v,\nverse quoted, 179\n\nplanets of demigods do not attract.\n\nDeity worship\n\npreaching as duty of, 124, 126, 162. 318\n\nas brahma�as duty, 304\n'\n\n308-309\nprotected by Kr�!)a,81, 161-162. 234\n\nwith sarikirtana, 174\n\nPura�as necessary for, 35\n\nyoga as meditation in, 130-131\n\nscholars inferior to, 175-176\n\nDemigods\n\nservice to, is necessary. 26-27\n\nattaining status of, 6, 63. 72\n\nsex life restricted for, 258-259\n\ndebt to,306-307\n\nSupreme Lord attained by.219-220\n\ndevotee has qualities of, 29\n\nas tolerant and fearless. 310-311\n\nimagined as forms of God,235-236\n\nunconcerned with hell and heaven.28\n\nthe Lord represented by, 249-250\n\nVedas known by, 57\n\nplanets of, disdained by devotees, 308-309\n\nVi�!)udiitas protect, 46. 141, 161-162\n\npurpose of, 238\n\nYamaraja describes position of.177-l78\n\nreligion misunderstood by,163\n\nSee also: Pure devotees of Kr�!)a:\n\nsubordinate to Kr�!)a, 152-154,238\nSupreme Lord a mystery to. 157\nVi�ryudiitas mistaken for.49\nas witnesses.60\nDesires, material\n\nVai�ryavas\nDevotional service to the Lord\nof Ajamila, 36, 42, 12 9-132\nAjamila's determination for.125-127\natonement superseded by. 26\n\natonement does not affect.16-17\n\nauspicious and fearless. 28-29\n\nbodies according to,46-47, 75-76\n\nchanting awakens, 36. 101, 136. 166. 219\n\ncontrol of,difficult,82-83\n\ncompared to sun, 22, 26\n\ndestroyed by devotional service, 22-2 6,\n\n108, 136,139\nsubtle body composed by, 71-72\nDetermination\nof Ajamila for K_r�rya 's service. 125\nof devotees, 125-129, 311\nDevas. See: Demigods\n\ndistress helps one appreciate.303\ndivisions of, seven listed. 25-26\neasiest and best.130-131\nequality in, 24S\nas freedom from bondage. 136. 203-204\nas highest path, 28-29\nas highest perfection.243-244\n\n", "SB6.1#p0374": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n348\n\nDevotional service to the Lord (continued)\nknowledge and detachment in, 312\n\nDisci pi ic succession ( s)\nfrom Narada Muni, 290\n\nlearned following of, 29\n\nnecessity of, 29,165\n\nlove of God as purpose of, 27\n\ntrue and false, 165\n\nmaterial desires vanquished by, 108\npower of, 4, 24\nprotection through, 83,84\n\nDisease\natonement compared to cure for, 13\nknowledge compared to cure for, 18\n\npurification impossible without, 30\n\nDistress. See: Suffering\n\npurifies one to understand God, 215-216\n\nDiva carthehaya rajan,\n\npurity of, 24\nseed of, how received, 6\n\nquoted, 178\nDreams\n\nsex life restricted in, 259\n\nas example of misidentity, 67\n\nsinful reactions vanquished by, 25\n\ntranscended in God realization, 215\n\nas sole means of knowing the Lord,\n\nDurasaya ye bahir-artha-manina/.1.,\n\n157-158,166-167,252,279-280\nstrength of, 12\n\nquoted, 180\nDuty\n\nas supreme religion, 116\n\nof disciple and spiritual master, 287\n\nsurpasses all impediments, 219-220\n\nof government in spiritual life, 93\n\ntranscends material modes, 64\n\nof government to protect life, 196-197,\n\nas ultimate religion, 116, 166-167\nunauthorized, as disturbance, 35\n\nSee also: names of devotional processes\nDharma\nbhakti as transcendental, 116\neternal nature of, 57\n\nSee also: Devotional service, as ultimate\nreligion; Religion; Var(U}Sramadharma\nDharma/.t projjhita-kaitavo 'tra,\n\n200-201\nof Lord toward one who chants His name,\n100\nof parents toward child, 285\npleasing the Lord by, 155\nspecial, of human being, 269, 270-271\nin Vedic society toward old men, cows, etc.,\n119\n\nE\n\nquoted, 56, 166\n\nDharma-sastras\non atonement, 11\nsurpassed by chanting, 101\n\nDharmdviruddho bhute�u kiimo 'smi,\nquoted, 258\n\nDhrtaril vrataril stri-saliga-,\nquoted, 79\n\nDhyanavasthita-tad-gatena,\nquoted, 230\n\nEarth planet, the body compared to, 266,\n268-269\nEducation\nas father's duty, 294\nmaterial, fruitless, 281\n\nEka-desa-sthitasyagner jyotsna vistarir:ti,\nquoted, 279\nElements, material\nthe Haryasvas' understanding of, 278\nultimate cause of, 278-280\n\nDisciple\nduty of, 287\n\nSee also: Brahmacari; Devotees of the\nSupreme Lord\n\nDisciplic succession ( s )\n\n(Parampara or Sampradaya)\nthe four authorized, 145\n\nSee also: Creation; Material world\nEnergies\ncombined in creation, 9\nNarayal)a's control through, 58-59\nneed of understanding, 280\nEnergy, external, body as machine of. 47\n\n", "SB6.1#p0375": "General Index\nEnjoyment, material\n\n349\n\nForm of the Supreme Lord\n\nstrength of, 313-314\n\nimagined by impersonalists, 235-237\n\nSee also: Sense gratification\n\nimpersonal and personal views on,\n\nEntity, individual. See: Living entity\nEnvy of Kr��a, 228\n\n229-234\nknown by best philosophers, 237-238\n\nEtac ca tad-upalalanadi,\nquoted, 42\n\nnonmaterial, 230-234\nspiritual in any condition, 253\n\nEtavan sari.khya-yogabhyaril.,\nverse quoted, 42\nEvam dharmair man!J.$yii�m,\nverse quoted, 171\nEvam vartamana� sa dvija�,\nquoted, 42-43\nEvam vi$�v idam vi.Svam,\nverse quoted, 153\nExpansions of the Supreme Lord, 247\n\nunintelligent disbelieve in, 233-234\nSee also: Deity worship\nFreedom. See: Liberation\nFruitive activities\nas atonement, 12,16, 17\nblindly performed, 268-269\nbodies caused by,46-47,75\ndevotee finds, distasteful, 23\ndevotional service superior to, 21\nliberation from, 102-103\npunishment for performers of, 61\n\nF\n\ntrap living entity, 73\nFruitive workers. See: Karma; Karmls\n\nFaith\ngovernment's betrayal of, 95-96\n\nG\n\nin Lord and spiritual master, 68\nFamily Life\nentangling nature of, 266-267\n\nGanges River, 297\n\nSee also: Grhastha\n\nGarm�a, 240\n\nFashion, mundane and transcendental, 274\n\nGarw;la Puriil}-a, quoted on chanting, 97\n\nFasting, 21\n\nGod. See: Supreme Lord\n\nFather\n\nGod realization\n\nduty of, 294\nof the Haryasvas, their understanding of,\n\nattained only by bhakti-yoga, 157-158,\n\n283\nscriptures compared to, 267, 283-286\nson's debt to, 307\n\ndifficulty of, for conditioned souls, 211\ndisciplic succession as access to, 165\nhappiness the result of, 242\n\nvalue of, 285\nSee also: Parents\nFear\nin animals, 72\nbhakti free from, 28-29,33,34\nFire\nLord's name compared to, 109\nSupersoul compared to, 217\nas witness, 60\nFood\nfor living entities, 198-199\nunclean, eaten by Ajamila, 87\n\n166-167,219,252,279-280\n\nstages of, two defined, 215\nby understanding material world. 249-250\nSee also: Bhakti-yoga; Devotional service:\nKr��a consciousness\nGoodness, mode of\nbrahmaTJ-a symptomizes, 68\ninsufficient for knowing the Lord. 157\nresult of acts in, 63\nGopikolakhale damna,\nverse quoted, 253\nGovernment\nagriculture the concern of. 193\n\n", "SB6.1#p0376": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n350\n\nGovernment (continued)\nas citizen's enemy in Kali-yuga, 95-96\nduty neglected by,93\nduty of. to protect life, 196-197\nreligion corrupted in, 91-93\n\nHarer nama harer nama\nquoted, 40\nverse quoted, 36,168,172\nHare Kr�l)a movement. See:\nKr�l)a consciousness movement\n\nsolving the problems of, 93-94\n\nHaridasa Thakura, on chanting, 169\n\nSupersoul compared to, 212\n\nHari-kirtanarh niSamyapatan,\n\nGrace of God. See: Mercy of the Lord\n\nquoted, 45\nHaryasvas, the\n\nGrhasthas\n\napproached by Narada, 264-267\n\nduty of, 304-305\ngrhamedhis contrasted with, 315\n\nausterities accepted by, 264\n\nmay misconceive renunciation, 305-306\n\nbegotten and ordered by Dak�a,262-263\n\npeace and safety for, 85\n\ndelivered by Narada, 287, 292\nNarada's allegory considered by, 268-283\n\nGu�-karma-nama,\nquoted, 234\n\nHearing of Kr�l)a\n\nGuru. See: Spiritual master\n\nas beginning of devotional service,36, 136,\n\nGuru-kr��-prasade paya bhakti-lata-bija\n\n166,219\nprime subject matter for, 3-4\n\nquoted, 122\nverse quoted, 6\n\npurificatory effects of,136,219\nHeart,the\n\nH\n\ncleansing of,102-103\ncoverings of,217\nsinful desires in, 22, 24,25\n\nHaritsa-guhya prayers of Da�a quoted,\n210-238\nHappiness\nblindly sought, 269\nfalse in material world, 220\nGod realization produces, 242\nin modes of nature, 64\nreligious activities evidenced by,65\ntolerance of, 21\nHardwar, Ajamila visits,128-129\nHare Kr�l)a mantra\nas beginning of bhakti-yoga, 36-37, 84,\n136,166,219\nbenefit of, 106, 138\ncompared to fire,109\ndevotee's duty to chant, 171, 185\nNarada's successors should chant, 290\nas nonmaterial sound, 232-234\nrecommended for this age, 36, 168,172,\n295-297\nfor spiritual safety, 84\ntongue controlled by, 21\nSee also: Chanting of the Lord's holy name\n\nsoul in,46\nSupersoul in, 60,158-159\nHeavenly planets,5- 6, 173, 184\nHell (hellish planets)\nAjamila's deliverance from, 120-121,\n\n150\n\ndevotee callous to, 28\njriiini is saved from, 18\nsafety from, 32\nsinful enter, 10-ll, 47,63\nHetunanena kaunteya,\nverse quoted, 250\nHindus victimized by politicans, 95\nHitvatma-patarh grham andha-kilparh,\nverse quoted, 266\nHlada-tapa-kari miSra,\nverse quoted, 220\nHladini sandhini samvit,\nverse quoted, 220\nHole,spiritual world compared to, 266,\n\n271-273\n\nHoly name. See: Chanting of the Lord's holy\nname; Kr�l)a,name of\n\n", "SB6.1#p0377": "General Index\nHouse, the Lord compared to, 266, 278-280\nHouseholders\n\n351\n\nInternational Society for Krishna\nConsciousness. See: Kr��a\n\npunishable in material life, 178-181\nSee also: Grhasthas\n\nHrdy anta�-stho hy abhadrarti,\nverse quoted, 103\n\nconsciousness movement\nIntoxication, 37, 81\nIrreligion, Yamadiitas accused of, 91\n\nlsvara� parama� kr�r.ta�\nquoted, 153, 231\n\nHuman being(s)\n\nverse quoted, 59, 225, 231\n\ndefined,62\nduty of, 74, 180-181, 269, 270-271\n\nlsvara� sarva-bhatanam\n\nperfect life for, 154-155\n\nquoted, 46, 159, 202\n\ntongue should be controlled by, 199\n\nverse quoted, 47\n\ntranscendental life for, 215-216, 218-220,\n\nJ\n\n223\nultimate religion for, 166-167\nHuman society. See: Society, human\nHumility, Lord Caitanya on, 195, 317-318\nHusband, a bewildered man compared to, 266,\n275-276\n\nHy anama-rupa-gurta-par.ti-padam acak�ur,\n\n]ru)i-krta-matir madhu-p�pitayam,\nquoted, 174\n\n]aghanya-gurta-vrtti-stha\nverse quoted, 63\nJaimini, 173\n\n]anati tattvam bhagavan-mahimrw,\n\nquoted, 230\n\nverse quoted, 175, 236\n\nI\nIgnorance\natonement an aspect of, 16\ncounteracted by chanting, 136\n\njnana as, 18-19\npiety and impiety as, 23\nsin due to, 25\nsymptoms of, 68-69\nIllusion\nof impersonalists, 237\nSee also: Maya\nlmpersonalists. See: Mayiiviidis\nIncarnations of Kr��a, transcendental,\n232-234\nIndia, worship of Naraya�a in, 42\nInitiation, spiritual\nof brahmar.tas by guru, 285\nmeaning of, 287\nprinciples for, 284\nIntelligence, devotional service gives, 176\nIntelligence, material\ncompared to a prostitute, 273-275\nfrustrating and unhappy, 275-276\nthe Haryasvas' consideration of, 273-275\n\n]anayaty asu vairiigyam,\nverse quoted, 312\n\n]anmady asya yata�,\nverse quoted, 279\n\n]anma karma ca me divyam,\nverse quoted, 57, 77, 132, 223, 272\n\n]anma-karma-gurJanam ca,\nverse quoted, 170\n\n]anma-labha� para� pumsam,\nverse quoted, 42\n\n]iva. See: Living entity; Soul, conditioned:\nSoul, the\n]iva Gosvami\ncited on divisions of bhakti, 25-26\n\nsalikirtana and arcana prescribed by, 174\n(]iva) kr�rta-dasa,\ne1 VISvasa,\nverse quoted, 74\n\n]iiiina. See: Knowledge\n]iiiina-kar.tcJ.a, compared to poison. 30\n]iiiina-sakti-balaiSvarya,\nverse quoted, 228\n\n]iiiina-yoga, 4\n]iiiinis\nignorance of, 18-19\nnegative views of, 230-231\n\n", "SB6.1#p0378": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n352\n]fliinis (continued)\nas sastras' adherents, 19\nJudah. Dr. J. Stillson, llO\nJudge. supreme, 146-148\n\nJustice. 55,60-63,87-88,91-94, 146-150\n\nKing\nqualifications and duty of, 92-93,\n200-201\n\nSee also: Government; K$atriya(s)\nKirtana. See: Chanting of the Lord's holy\nname\n\nK\nKabhu svarge ufhaya, kabhu narake (lubaya,\nquoted, 246\n\nKaivalyaril narakayate tridaSa-piir\n\nKnowledge\nlimitations of, for living being, 213-214\nof the Lord, 157-158\nin Lord and living beings contrasted, 236\nmaterial contrasted with eternal, 280-281\n\nquoted, 309\n\npurification through, 17, 18\n\nverse quoted, 33\n\npurpose of, 56-57\n\nKalau nasty eva nasty eva nasty eva,\nquoted, 36, 168, 172\n\nrenunciation requires, 312\nrevealed to faithful, 68\nsurrender in, 9\n\nKali-yuga\nausterity and chanting in, 297\nchanting recommended for, 36, 40, 168,\n172\ndeath untimely in, ll4\nreligion corrupted in, 91-93\nsinful atmosphere of, 81\n\nof ultimate cause, 278-280\nuseless without bhakti, 135-136\nVedic, illuminates, 67\nKrishna. See: Kr�f.la\nKrpaya tava pada-pankaja,\nverse quoted, 70, 219\n\nsymptoms of, described, 95-96\nKanyakubja, 35\n\nKr$i-gora�ya-viir.tijyaril,\n\nKarar.taril gur.ta-saligo 'sya,\n\nKr�f.la\nas creator, cause and controller, 221-\n\nverse quoted, 276\nKardama Muni, as renunciant, 259\n\nKarma\ndisbelievers in, 60\n\nquoted, 193\n\n228\ndevotees must know mission of, 54\nexpansions of, classified, 247\n\njfliina superior to, 18\n\njnanfs meditate on universal form of, 231\n\nreligious or irreligious acts create, 63\nwandering of living entities by, 6\nSee also: Fruitive activities\n\nliberation by understanding, 17, 132, 223,\n272\nas origin of Narayar_�a, etc 32\nas supreme controller, 153-154\n\nKarma- kiil)-(ia\n\ncompared to poison, 30\n\nSee also: Fruitive activities; Karma\nKarma-yoga, bhakti-yoga independent of, 4\nKarmfs (fruitive workers)\ncompared to asses, 17\nDak�a shows mentality of, 308-309\n\nKarma- kiil)-(ia, jfliina- kiil)-(ia,\nquoted, 30\n\nKaunteya pratijanihi na me bhakta/:1,\nquoted, 81, 162\n\nKe5ava dhrta-mina-sarira,\nquoted, 248\n\n.•\n\nsurrender to, 70, 163-165\nSee also: Appearance of Kr�f.!a; Deity\nworship; Form of the Supreme Lord;\nGod realization; Pastimes of Kr�r_�a;\nSurrender to Kr�f.!a; Supreme Lord;\nWorship\nKr�f.!a, name of\nmeans \"all-attractive,\" 234\nRiipa Gosvami on attraction for, 40\nSee also: Chanting of the Lord's holy name\nKr�f.!a-Balarama temple, 173\nKr�f.la consciousness\nas freedom from matter, 277-278\n\n", "SB6.1#p0379": "353\n\nGeneral Index\nKr��a consciousness\ngovernmental problems solved by, 93-94\n\nK§ir_te pur_tye martya-lokam vi5anti,\nquoted, 184,287\n\nas knowledge and austerity, 277\n\nK§ipamy ajasram a5ubluin,\n\nlack of, 10\nas natural tendency, 74\n\nquoted, 227\nKumiiras, disciplic succession from, 165\n\nas necessity for conditioned souls, 246\n\nKurvanti cai§aril muhur atma-moham,\n\npreachers of. See: Preachers, Kr��a\n\nquoted, 228\n\nconSCIOUS\n\nL\n\nproper altitude in, 124,126,317-318\nresult of, 133\nstability in, 274\n\nLak�mi, disciplic succession from, 145\n\nas strength against sin, 8 1\n\nLamentation, 72\n\nthe test of, 23\n\nLava-matra scidhu-sarige sarva-siddhi haya,\n\nKr��a consciousness movement\narcana and sarikirtana in, 174\ncaste brahma� criticize, 310\ncenters of, for everyone, 128-129\nchanting proved by, 136\ncurse on founder of, 316\n\nverse quoted, 122\nLiberation\nbhakti renders, insignificant, 24\nchanting as best means of, 97-98,\n102-103,135-136,169-170\ndefined, 77,246\n\ndetermination in, 124-125\n\nin devotional service, 217\n\nelevating function of, 246, 269\n\ndirect and indirect, 155\n\nfashion in, 274\n\nas duty ignored, 269\n\na father's duty concerning. 294\n\nby holy name's attraction, 40\n\ngovernmental problems solved by, 93-94\n\nby knowledge, 18\n\nobstructed by modern authorities, 92\n\nKr�1_1a consciousness movement teaches,\n\nKr��a remembered in, 122\n\n126,285-286\n\nliterature presented by, 281\nLord Caitanya's mercy in, 314\n\nParik�it discusses, 3-4\nfor rare intelligent persons, 6\n\nNiirada as predecessor of, 290\n\nreal and ineffective means of, contrasted.\n\nparents critical of, 285-286,292,305,308,\n310\n\n135-136\nby understanding i(r�1_1a, 17.57.223.272\n\npreaching as duty in, 162\nprinciples of, 284\nsarikirtana and arcana in, 174\nsex life restricted in, 259\n\nLife\nhuman, purpose of, 103\nvalue and utility of, 282-283\nLife, forms of, 55\n\ntranscendence through, 204\nvalue of, demonstrated, 110\n\nLiving entities\nat annihilation, 245,250\n\nVi��udiitas and Lord protect, 161-162\nKmu:uil pisarigambaram ambujek§ar_taril,\nquoted, 230\nKr§� tu bhagavan svayam,\nquoted, 32, 234\nK�atriya (s)\nduty of, 193, 305\nsuccess in life for, 154-155\nSee also: King\n\nbodies of, by desire, 75\nbodies of, in modes of nature. 68\ncompared to silkworm, 73\nas false material actor, 275-276\nfood types for, 198\nhappiness blindly sought by. 269\nKing's duty to protect, 196-197. 200\nknow Lord by His grace, 236\nLord differs in body from. 253\n\n", "SB6.1#p0380": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n354\nLiving entities (continued)\nthe Lord's guidance of, 47, 159\n\nin material and spiritual worlds, 55\nmaterial world's purpose regarding,\n245-246\n\nMahatmanas tu mam partha,\nverse quoted, 27\n\nMahat-sevam dvaram ahur vimuktel;l,\nquoted, 27\n\nMamaivamso jiva-loke,\n\nmatter as false association for, 77\nprostituted intelligence of, 275-276\nas punishable in this world, 62\nservice nature of, 73-74\n\nverse quoted, 245\n\nMam aprapyaiva kaunteya,\nverse quoted, 228\n\nMam ca yo 'vyabhiciire�\nverse quoted, 12, 64, 203\n\nstruggle of, 72\nvarieties of, three explained, 64\nwander the universe, 5-6\nwitnesses of, 60, 66\n\nLokasyajanato vidvams,\nverse quoted, 299\nLord, the. See: Supreme Lord\n\nMam eva�yasi satyam te,\nverse quoted, 291\n\nMam eva�yasy asamsayal;l,\nquoted, 4\n\nMam eva ye prapadyante,\nverse quoted, 72, 245\n\nMam upetya punar janma,\n\nLove of God\natonement unnecessary in, 26\nbeginning of, 219\nchanting develops, 71, 101\nas purpose of devotional service, 27\nas supreme religion, 166-167\n\nSee also: Devotional service\n\nverse quoted, 167, 244, 272\n\nMam upetya tu kaunteya,\nverse quoted, 288\nMan. See: Government; Human being;\nSociety, human; Soul, conditioned\nMan, the one, the Lord compared to, 266,\n270-271\n\nM\nMadhvacarya\non demigods as subordinate to i(r�l)a,\n\nManal;l �ll$thanindriyar:ti,\nverse quoted, 245\n\nManasaiva pure devab-,\nverse quoted, 68\n\n250-251\non different theistic views, 237\n\nManasa§ cendriydl).am ca,\n\non i(r�l)a as cause, 153\n\nManda/:l sumanda-matayo,\n\nquoted on Lord's unlimited potencies, 255\nquoted on soul and Supersoul, 212-213\nquoted on Vedas, 57\nMahabharata, quoted on munis, 226\nMahajanas\nfollowing, 29, 56\nsupreme religion known by, 164-165,\n173\n\nMahajano yena gata� sa panthab,,\nquoted, 29, 56\n\nMaha-mantra. See: Chanting the Lord's holy\nname; Hare i(r�l)a mantra\nMahatam api kauravya,\n\nquoted, 20\nquoted, 96\n\nMan-mana bhava mad-bhakto,\nverse quoted, 291\n\nMantras, Vedic\nomkiira in, as i(r�l)a, 295\nSee also: Chanting the Lord's holy name;\nHare i(r�l)a mantra\nManu-samhitci, on atonement, 11- 1 3 101\nMan�yar:tam sahasre�u\n,\n\nquoted, 49\nverse quoted, 23, 158, 218\nMari�a.. 204-205\nMarriage, 117\n\nverse quoted, 170\n\nMaterial energy, body as machine of, 47\n\nMahatmas, association with, 27\n\nMaterial nature. See: Nature, material\n\n", "SB6.1#p0381": "355\n\nGeneral Index\n\nMaterial world,\nannihilation of, 254\n\nMayi sanjayate bhakti�,\nverse quoted, 171\n\ncontrolled by Kr�!.Ja, 153-154\n\nMeat-eating. See: Animal slaughter\n\nas creation of the Lord, 8-9\n\nMeditation\n\nfalse happiness in, 220\n\nhighest form of, 130-131\n\nfreedom from, 135-136\n\nuseless for knowing the Lord, 252\n\nliving entities in, 6, 55\nliving entity's struggle in, 245-246\n\nuseless without bhakti, 135-136\nMental speculation. See: Speculative\n\nthe Lord creates but transcends, 221-222\nthe Lord understood through, 249-250\npurpose of, 245-246\n\nknowledge\nMercy of the Lord\nin appearing as He is, 232-234\n\nrenunciation of, advised by scriptures, 284\n\nand guru, 6, 122, 125\n\ntranscendental cause of, 221-225\n\nas sole means of knowing God, 236\n\nMaterialism\nfreedom from, 284\n\nMercy of Vai�!)ava, 4, 6, 122, 125\n\n(Miche) mayara va5e,\n\nrejection of, taught by guru, 287\n\nsastras against, 284\nWestern influence of, 281\nMaterialists\noppose Kr�!.Ja consciousness, 285-286\nSee also: Atheists; Karmis; Nondevotees\n\nMiitra-sparsas tu kaunteya,\nverse quoted, 21\n\nMatta� parataram ncinyat,\nquoted, 32, 153, 238\n\nMaya\n\nyaccha bhese ',\n\nverse quoted, 74\nMind\ncontrolling, by austerity, 20\nas element, sixteenth, 69\npurified in God realization, 214-215\n\nSee also: Subtle body\nMisery. See: Suffering\nModes of nature\nbodies according to, 68\ncontrol cosmic manifestation, 58,\n\nbaffies true understanding, 269\n\n59\ninclinations due to, 5-6\n\nbodies created by, 47\n\nsin inevitable in, 62\n\ncompared to ocean, 74\n\nstrength of, 73\n\ncompared to river, 277\n\nsubtle body as effect of, 71-72\n\nliberation from, by association of\n\nmahatmas, 27\nunderstanding of, is necessary, 277-278\nSee also: Material world; Nature, material\n\nand time, 65\ntranscending, 203-204\nvarieties of life due to, 64\nwork in, 73-74\n\nMayiidhya�er:w prakrtift\n\nMohitam nabhijanati,\n\nquoted, 154. 277\nverse quoted, 250\nMayapur, Kr�!.Ja conscious center in, 129\n\nverse quoted, 59\nMoney, 84-86\n\nMayavadis\nAbsolute Truth, views on, 229-231\nbhakti misunderstood by, 29\nchanting discounted by, 169\nfaulty ideas and arguments of, 237\nform of God imagined by, 235-236\n\nMayayapahrta-jiicinii,\nquoted, 17, 54\n\nMonism\nfaulty idea and argument of, 237\n\nSee also: Mayavadis\nMoon\nvegetation grows by light of. 196\nas witness, 60\n\nMukti. See: Liberation\nMuktir hitvanyatha rupam,\nquoted, 77\n\n", "SB6.1#p0382": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n356\nMuslims victimized by politicians, 95\n\nNiirada Muni\nthe Savalasvas addressed by, 298\n\nMystic power, 194\n\nspeaks allegory to the Haryasvas, 266-267\n\nN\nNa cantar na bahir yasya,\nverse quoted, 252\n\nVyasadeva instructed by, 299\nNarada muni,\n\nbajaya vi7J.ti,\n\nsong quoted, 289-290\nNaraya1,1a\n\nNa ca tasmiin man�ye�u,\n\nAjamila's chanting the name of, 40-45,\n\nverse quoted, 246, 310\nNa hi kalyal)a-krt kaScid,\n\ndharma from breathing of, 57\n\nquoted, 33\nNa hy asya karhicid rajan,\n\nthe Savalasvas' obeisances unto, 296-297\n\nverse quoted, 157\nNama-aparadha. See: Chanting the Lord's\nholy name, offenses in\n\n51,98-99,139-140,150\nl(r�1,1a as origin of, 32\nas supreme cause, 58-59\nas transcendental, 222\nin Vaiku1,1�ha, 51\n\nNa miim d�krtino mlll;iha�,\n\nVedas identical with, 56\n\nverse quoted, 17, 54\nNamiiparadha-yuktanam,\n\nYamaraja asks pardon from, 181-182\n\nverse quoted, 171, 184\nNamasyanta5 ca miim bhaktyii,\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nNaraya1,1a (Ajamila 's son), 39-45, 122\nNaraya�J.a-para� sarve,\n\nverse quoted, 218\n\nquoted, 28\n\nName change at initiation, 122\n\nNarayaTJ-a� paro 'vyaktat,\n\nNames of the Lord\naccording to His transcendental deeds, 234\n\nquoted, 222\nNaraya1,1a-saras\n\nall-spiritual, 232-234\n\nthe Haryasvas' austerities at, 263-264\n\nSee: Chanting the Lord's holy name\n\nthe Savalasvas' austerities at, 294-295\n\nNamno balad yasya hi papa-buddh*\nquoted, 98, 140\nNamno hi yavati sakt* papa-nirhara�J.e,\nverse quoted, 97\nNana-varr:w haris tv eko,\nverse quoted, 253\nNapnuvanti mahatmana�,\nverse quoted, 167, 244, 272\nNiirada Muni\ncursed by Dak�a, 316-318\nDak�a accuses and criticizes, 303-316\nDak�a met by, 302-303\ndescription of, 288-290\ndetermination of, 292, 293\ndevotees inspired to dance by, 290\ndisciplic succession from, 290\nthe Haryasvas approached by, 264\nthe Haryasvas delivered by, 287, 292\ninforms Dak�a of the Haryasvas, 292\nPracinabarhi advised by, 193\n\nNarottama dasa Thakura, quotations from\non karma-kar:u;la and jiitina-kar:u;la, 30\non serving Vai�1,1ava, 27\nNa sadhu manye yata atmano yam,\nverse quoted, 67\nNa sa siddhim avapnoti,\nverse quoted, 286\nNa tasya karyam kara7J.am ca vidyate,\nverse quoted, 58, 234\nNa te vidu� svartha-gatim hi �7J.um,\nquoted, 180\nNature, material\nassociation with, 77\ncontrolled by l(r�l,la, 153-154,233-234\nthe Haryasvas' understanding of, 277\ninsurmountable, 72\nthe Lord seen through, 249-250\nmiiya in charge of, 277\nstrength of, 313-314\nunderstanding of, necessary, 275-276\n\n", "SB6.1#p0383": "357\n\nGeneral Index\nNature, material\n\nPapa-�aya5 ca bhavati,\n\nNavadvipa, i(r�l)a conscious center in, 128\n\nPap4tha ye durdcard,\n\nSee also: Creation; Material world\n\nNehiibhikrama-rull o 'sti pratyavayo,\nverse quoted, 33\n\nNidraya hriyate naktaril,\nquoted, 178\n\nquoted, 170, 172\n\nverse quoted, 113\n\nParabrahman, impersonal and personal views\non, 229-231\n\nParamatma. See: Supersoul\n\nNigama-kalpa-taror galitaril phalam,\n\nPararil bhiivam ajananto,\n\nNirdvandvo nitya-sattva-stho,\n\nPararil brahma pararil dhiima,\n\nN4edha-nirvd�J.a-sukhiinubhuti?t,\n\nParampard. See: Disciplic succession\n\nquoted, 299\n\nverse quoted, 116\nquoted, 220\n\nNityananda Prabhu, as tolerant, 318\n\nNityo nityandril cetana5 cetandndm,\nquoted, 251\n\nverse quoted, 222\nquoted, 227\n\nParam vijayate sri-kr��J.a-sarikirtanam,\nquoted, 101\n\nParasara, on nondevotees, 228\n\nParasya brahma�J.U?t saktis tathedam,\n\nNondevotees\n\nquoted, 279\n\ndevotional service required for, 30\n\nParasyante krtatmana?t,\n\npunishable by Y amaraja, 180-181\n\nParasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate\n\nphilosophical confusion among, 226-228\nreligion falsely shown by, 176\nsuffering of, due to sin, 24\n\nSee also: Atheists; Karmis; Materialists\n\nverse quoted, 5\n\nquoted, 255\n\nverse quoted, 58, 234\n\nParents\n\nNunaril pramatta?t kurute vikarma,\n\ncritical of i(r�l)a consciousness, 292, 305,\n\nNyaya-sdstra, quoted on responsibility, 182\n\ncurse of, on author, 316\n\nverse quoted, 67\n\n0\nOffenses in chanting\n\nAjamila free of, 98-99, 140\n\nclear gradually, 171-172,184,185\ndefined, 140\n\nOneness\n\nfaulty idea of, 237\n\nSee also: Mayavadi\nOmkara, 295\n\np\n\n308,310\nthe duty of, 285, 294\n\nParik�it Maharaja\n\ncompassion of, 3-4, lO\n\ntested by Sukadeva, 12, 16\n\nYamadiitas' defeat questioned by, 3-4\n\nParitra�J.ii.ya sadhundril,\nquoted, 234\nPassion, chanting counteracts, 136\nPastimes of i(r�l)a\nnot material but merciful, 232-234\npurpose and glory of, 234\nPenance. See: Atonement\nPerfection\n\nby chanting, 185\n\nPadam padam yad vipadam na te�am,\nquoted, 162\n\nPadma Pura�J.a, on devotional service, 25\n\nPliiicajani, 262, 293\n\nPanthds tu ko#-sata-vatsara-sarilpragamyo,\nverse quoted, 211\n\nby devotional service, 312\n\nthe highest, 42, 147, 243-244\nfor human society, 154-155\n\nrarest kind of, 23, 49. 158\n\nas returning to Godhead. 287288\n\n", "SB6.1#p0384": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n358\nPhilosophers\n\nPreachers, Kr�t:�a conscious\n\nclasses of, three described, 237-238\n\nKr�t:�a satisfied by, 310-3ll\n\ndeluded types of. 226-228\n\nLord Caitanya's formula for, 195,317-\n\nPhilosophies\n\n318\n\ntypes and goal of, 226-227\n\nopposition to, 92\n\nwhy many exist, 226-228\n\nprotected by Kr�t:�a, 126\n\nSee also: Speculative knowledge\n\nrecognized by Supreme Lord, 246-247\n\nPita nasa syaj janani na sa syat,\nquoted, 285\nPolitics. See: Government; King; K�atriya(s)\nPot. a, analogy of, 237\nPrabodhananda Sarasvati, quotations from\non devotee's sinlessness, 33\non liberation and devotees, 309\nPracetas, the\nemerge from water, 193\nSoma advises, 196-204\nPracinabarhi advised by Narada, 193\nPrahlada Maharaja\ncompassion of, 10\nquoted on family life, 266\n\nPrajtis, 200-201\nPrakrte� kriyama(lii.ni,\nverse quoted, 275\n\ntolerance recommended for, 317-318\ntolerant and fearless, 310-3ll\nPregnant woman, the example of, 313\nPrema pum-artho mahan,\nquoted, 171\nPrinciples of holy life. See: Regulative\nprinciples\nProstitute, intelligence compared to, 266,\n273-275\nProtection\nof cows, 198-199\nof life by governments, 197,200-201\n\nPumtin naivaiti yad gatva,\nquoted, 272\n\nPumtin vimucyate sadya�,\nverse quoted, 97\nPunishment\n\nPrakrti. See: Nature, material\n\nsinners subject to, 55, 62\n\nPrakrtim svam adh�!haya,\n\nsinning with knowledge of, 14-15\n\nverse quoted, 233\nPramlocii Apsara, daughter of, 205\n\nPraTJ,ava� sarva-vede�u,\nquoted, 295\nPraTJ,O vayu5 citta-gato,\nverse quoted, 251\nPraty-ekaSo gu(lii.ntiril tu,\nverse quoted, 255\n\nPravi�!a� karTJ,a- randhreTJ,a,\nquoted, 219\nPravrttim ca nivrttiril ca,\n\npersons who receive, 178-181\nYamadiitas' questions on, 146-150\n\nPuraTJ,aS, importanee of, 34-35\nPure devotees of Kr�t:Ja\nintelligence of, 176\nLord understood solely by, 175-176\nregret past life, 118\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\nPurification\nby chanting, 40, 51\nby devotional service, 215\n\nquoted, 284\nPravrttir e�a bhutantiril,\n\nby knowledge, 18\n\nquoted, 199\n\npunishment as, 88\n\nPrayers of Dak�a, 210-238\nPreachers, Kr�t:Ja conscious\nattitude of, 124, 126, 195, 317-318\ncurse on author may be accepted by, 316\ndevotee's duty to be, 162\nknowledge required for, 54\n\nimpossible for nondevotees, 30\n\nby serving devotees, 26-27\n\nSee also: Atonement\nPuru�a� prakrti-stho hi,\nverse quoted, 276\n\nPur�aril sasvataril divyam tidi-devam,\nquoted, 227\n\n", "SB6.1#p0385": "General Index\nParvaparam bahiS cantar,\nverse quoted,252\n\nR\n\n359\n\nRiipa Gosvami\n\nquoted on holy name as giving liberation,\n40\n\nquoted on pure bhakti, 24\n\nRajal;. (mode of passion),chanting\n\ns\n\ncounteracts,136\n\nRazors and thunderbolts,time compared to,\n\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha pllrr:Wnandadi,\n\nRegulative principles,the\n\nSacrifices. See: Ritualistic ceremonies\n\n266,282-283\n\nin Kr�l)a consciousness movement, 20,21,\n81,284,297\n\nparents' dislike of,305,308\n\nRegulative principles of knowledge,18\n\nReincarnation of the soul. See: Birth,repeated,\nfreedom from; Transmigration of the\nsoul\n\nReligion\n\neternal nature of, 57\n\nquoted,237-238\n\nSadhu,317\nSadhur eva sa mantavyal;.,\nverse quoted, 33\n\n'Sadhu-sariga ', 'sadhu-sariga'\nverse quoted,122\n\nSa gur:Wn samatityaitan,\n\nverse quoted, 12,64, 203\n\nSakrd uccaritam yena,\n\nverse quoted,97\n\na government's duty regarding,91-95\n\nSamba, 107\n\nreal,a mystery, 162-163\n\nSampradaya-vihina ye\n\nsurrender to Kr�l)a as, 32,53,54\n\nSankhya,defined,230\n\nnondevotee's show of, 176\n\nsupreme form of, 116, 166-167\n\nVedas as source of,56-57\n\nRenounced order. See: Sannyasis\nRenunciation\n\ndevotee's blessings needed for,314\nknowledge required for,312\n\nsarva sastre,\n\nSampradayas. See: Disciplic succession (s)\nquoted,165\n\nSankhyites,229-231\n\nSankirtana\n\nimportance of, in this age,174\n\nas opportunity for spiritual life, 101-102\n\nSukadeva Gosvami on,182-183\n\nfalse and true,313-314\n\nSannyasira alpa chidra sarva-loke gaya,\n\nRitualistic ceremonies\nchanting surpasses,101-103\n\nSannyasis\nduty of,304\nhouseholders provide for, 201-202\nknowledge necessary for, 312\nSarva-dharman parityajya\n\n/.lg Veda, on conception,76\n\nnot real religion, 163\nprofitless, 184-185\n\nunintelligent prefer to chanting, 173174\n\nRiver,material nature compared to,266,\n277-278\n\n�abhadeva,quotations from\non austerities,257\n\non becoming mother or father,285\non sinful acts,67\n\nRiipa Gosvami\n\non overeating, 21\n\nPurar_taS accepted by,34\n\nquoted, 304\n\nquoted,53, 70,163,165,284\n\nverse quoted,31, 291\nSarvasya caham hrdi sanniv�!o,\n\nquoted,122,159\nSarvatmana ya}J. sarar.wm sara7J. yam gato,\nverse quoted, 307\n,\nSastras (scriptures)\nas basis for government, 92\ndefined,284\n\nas father,283\n\n", "SB6.1#p0386": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n360\nSastras (scriptures) (continued)\nimportance of, 286\n\nSex life\nperiod of life for, 39\n\nmaterialism rejected by. 284\nSatatarh kfrtayanto mtirh\n\nSiddhaloka as Vi�Dudiitas' origin, 149-150\n\nquoted. 84. 218\n\nrestricted for spiritual life, 258-259\nSin\natonement for, 13-14\n\nverse quoted. 218\n\nSa vai purhstirh paro dharmo,\n\ncompared to dried leaves, 20\ncounteracted by chanting, 96-110,\n\nverse quoted, 116, 166\n\n138-139\n\nSavalasvas. the\nbegotten by Dak�a, 293\n\ndeliberate, 14-15\n\ndebts dissolved by, 306-307\n\ndevotional service destroys, 12, 25\n\ndevotional service adopted by, 301\n\nfood as, 87\nhell result of, 10, 63\n\nNarada addresses, 298\n\nStiyam prtitar grr:uzn bhaktyti,\n\nignorance as cause of, 25\nin Kali-yuga, 81\n\nverse quoted, 169\n\npure devotees regret, liS\n\nScience, authentic, 278-280\n\nrituals cannot prevent, 185\n\nScientists, material\n\nfor sense gratification, 67\n\nimitate and ignore God, 276\nmoon theories of, in doubt, 196\n\n,\n\nunscientific claims of, 278-279\n\nSiva, Lord, disciplic succession from, 165\n\nScriptures. See: Sastras; Vedas; Vedic\nliterature; names of scriptures\nSelf-realization\ndefined, 49\ngovernment's duty to teach, 92-93\nneglected, 269\nSense gratification\nblindly sought, 269\nsin from attachment for, 15\nunnecessary for devotee, 23\nSenses\n\ntages of reaction to, 24\n\nSkanda Purtir:uz, quotations from\non chanting, 97-98\non souls and Supersoul, 212-213\non Vi�Du as cause, 153\nSky\nliving being compared to, 237\nas witness, 60\nSleep, transcended, 215\n\nSmrti-stistra, quoted on austerity, 20\nSociety, human\nbetrayal of life in, 95-96\n\npurified in devotional service, 215-216\n\ncorrecting religion in, 93-94\n\nas subtle body's component, 71\n\nmarriage in Vedic system of. 117\n\nSupersoul compared to, 212\n\nmeat-eating in.198-199\n\nService to the Supreme Lord. See: Devotional\nserv1ce\n\nSevonmukhe hi jihvtidau,\nquoted, 21, 215, 236\nSex (gender), determined at conception, 76\nSex life\nbrahmactiriavoids, 20\nDak�a's facility for, 258-259\nillicit, degrades, 37-38\nillicit, prohibited, 85\nas materialist's sole happiness, 178-179\n\nmisguided condition of. 281\nperfect system of. 154-155. 180\nplatform of unity for, 76\nproper study for, 280\nreligion corrupt in, 91-93\nstidhus in, 304\nVi�Du the goal of, 180-181\nSoma\nappeases the Pracetas regarding trees,\n196-204\nas deity of moon, 195-196\n\n", "SB6.1#p0387": "361\n\nGeneral Index\nSoma\npresents Mari�a to the Pracetas, 204-205\n\nSo 'py asti yat-prapada-simny avicintya-tattve,\nverse quoted, 211\n\nSpiritual master\n\nas Narada's representative, 290\n\nSpiritual world\n\nfrom Brahmaloka to, 3-5\n\nSoul, conditioned\n\ndestination of devotees, 132-134\n\nthe Haryasvas' understanding of,\n\ndevotee's efforts concerning, 113\n\nGod not perceived by. 210-211\n\n271-272\n\nplight of, 245-246\n\nSupersoul not understood by, 212-213\n\nSee also: Living entity\n\nSoul, the\n\nas element, seventeenth, 69, 70\n\nliving entities in, 55\n\nreturning to. 57,223,272-273\n\n. yogi's path to, 4\nSraddhavan bhajate yo mam,\nverse quoted, 131\n\nignored by materialists. 269\n\nSrava�J-aril kirtanaril dhyanaril,\n\nphilosophers ignorant of, 227\n\nSrava7J-aril kirtanaril vi!iiJ-Ob-\n\nperfection in knowing, 49\nsituation of. 46\n\nverse quoted, 170\n\nas beginning of devotional service. 36. 136.\n\nSupersoul with. 60\n\n166,219\n\ntransmigration of. See: Transmigration of\nthe soul\n\nunderstanding of, 213-214\n\nSee also: Living entity; Soul, conditioned\n\nSpeculative knowledge\n\nAbsolute Truth viewed by, 229-231\n\nas ignorance, 18, 158\nKr��a is beyond, 23\n\npu�ifying effects of, 18-19\nas Sukadeva proposed, 17\n\nuseless for knowing Supreme Lord,\n157-158,163,215,236,252\nSpeculators. See: Philosophers\n\nSee also: Chanting the Lord's holy name:\n.\n\nHearing of Kr��a\n\nSreya/:1-srtiril bhaktim udasya te vibho,\nverse quoted, 22\n\nSridhara Svami, quotations from\non Ajamila's bhakti, 42\n\non liberation by chanting, 169. 170\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, quo tations from\n\non Absolute Truth in three phases. 252.\n279\non austerities, 257\n\non bhagavata-dharma, 166\n\non bhakti's power, 24-25, 108\n\nSpeculators. See: Philosophers\n\non chanting, 136\n\nSpiritual world; Supreme Lord\nSpiritual body, 76\n\non devotee's accepting Kr��a's mercy, 28\non devotee's good qualities, 29\n\nSpirit. See: Soul, the; Soul, conditioned;\n\nSpiritual life\n\ndirect process of, ll6\n\neasiest process for. 101,103\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Lord;\nKr��a consciousness\n\nSpiritual master\n\nassociation with, 6\n\nbrahma7J-as initiated by, 285\n\nduty of, 287\n\nfaith in, 68\n\nLord pleased through, 290\n\non debts and surrendering to Kr��a. 307\n\non devolional service as supreme. 116\n\non dharma and adharma, 56. 250\non false liberation, 18-19\n\non hearing as purifying, 103. 219\n\non knowledge\n\non liberation, 77\n\non knowledge and detachment. 312\non liberation, 77\n\non the Lord's mysteriousness. 157\n\non the Lord's protecting devotres. 162\non mahatma's association. 27\n\n", "SB6.1#p0388": "362\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, quotations from (cont)\non materialistic householders, 178-179\non Parik�it's question, glory of, 3\non perfection, 42\non pleasing the Lord by duty, 155\non purity for knowing �Cj-�l)a, 216\non renouncing family life, 266-267\non sadhu.s, 317\non sin for sense gratification, 67\non speculator's lack of bhakti, 22-23\non tapasya, 103\non Vedic literature's purpose, 299\nSrrigaradyakrti-gata�,\nverse quoted, 250\nSrr:tvataril sva-kathii� kr$r:ta�.\nverse quoted, 103\nSrotavya� kirtitavya.5 ca,\nverse quoted, 223\nSr$.ti-sthiti-pralaya-sadhana-saktir ekci,\nquoted, 277\nSruti-smrti-purar:tiid ,\nverse quoted, 35\n\nSubtle body\n\ngross body as product of, 75-76\nparts of, sixteen described, 71\n\nSee also: Mind\nSadras\nduty of, 305\n\nsuccess in life for, 154-155\nSuffering\nchanting frees from, 169\ndevotional service appreciated in, 303\ndevotional service ends, 24, 299\nirreligion evidenced by, 65\nmodes responsible for, 64\n\norigin of, 220\nreason for, 245-246\nrenunciation not attained by, 313-314\nsin as cause of, 10-11,67\nfrom sinful reactions, 24\ntolerance of, 21\n\nSukadeva\nas Parik�it's spiritual master, 3, 17,23\ntested Parik�it's intelligence, 12, 16\n\nSuk$matvena harau sthiincil,\nverse quoted, 254\n\nSun\n\nAjamila's falldown compared to eclipse of,\n83\ndevotional service compared to, 22, 26\n\nas witness, 60\n\nSun-god, Yamaraja as son of, 48\n\nSupersoul (Paramatma)\n\ncompared to the eye, 158-159\n\nnot perceived by individual soul, 158-159,\n212\n\n-\n\n213\n\nas one phase of Absolute, 279\n\nthe Pracetas advised about, 202\nrealization of, 217\n\nsituation of, 46-47, 158-159, 212\n\n-\n\n213\n\nas witness, 60\n\nYamaraja's orders from, 66\n\nSupreme Brahman\n\n�Cf�l)a as, 224- 225 , 227\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nas Absolute and supreme spirit, 253-254\n\nappears before Dak�a, 240-241\nassociation with, 77\n\nbodies received from, 68\n\nchanting obliges, 100, 139\n\nas conceived by three types of men,\n\n237-238\nas controller above all, 152-154,238,250\nas creator and cause, 8-9 , 153, 255,\n\n278- 280\nDak�a addressed by, 247-255\nDak�a congratulated by, 243-245\nDak�a instructed by, 258-260\ndemigods subordinate to, 152- 154 , 238\n\ndescribed by Dak�a, 210, 221, 224, 226,\n\n232,235\ndirects living entities, 47, 159, 212-213\ndistinguished from living beings, 236,\n\n253-254\n\nthe Haryasvas' understanding of, 270\nimpersonal and personal views on,\n229-234, 252, 279\nimpersonal form of, described, 249\n\nimpersonalists imagine, 235-236\n\njnanfs meditate on universal form of, 231\nkindness of, 41,70\n\n", "SB6.1#p0389": "363\n\nGeneral Index\nSvan�!hitasya dharmasya,\n\nSupreme Lord\nknown only by bhakti, 157-158, 166-167,\n\nverse quoted, 155\nSviiyambhuva Manu\n\n252, 279-280\n\ncreation during reign of, 191\n\nmaterial world as evidence of, 249-250\n\nNarada delivered family of, 302-303\n\nnot understood by conditioned souls,\n\nas manvantara, first, 7\n\n210-211\n\nSve sve karmarty abhirata�,\n\npleased through guru, 290\npotencies of, 255,279-280\nprotects the devotees, 81, 83, 161-162,\n177,234\n\nquoted, 155\non revelation, 67\n\npure devotees alone understand, 175-176\non remembering, 42\ntranscends the creation, 221-223\n\n_\n\nSvetasvatara Upani$ad, quotations from\non Supreme Lord as controller, 58\nSwan, transcendentalist compared to, 266,\n\n,\n\n280-281\n\n270-271\nunderstanding of, as duty, 270-271\n\nT\n\nVedas' purpose to aid understanding of, 17,\n163, 173\nYamariija explains position of, 152-160\n\nSee also: Appearance of K.r�1,1a; Deity\nworship; Form of the Supreme\nLord; God realization; Names of the\nSupreme Lord; Naraya1,1a; Pastimes\nof K.r�1,1a; Supersoul; Surrender to\nKr�1,1a; Vi�1,1u, Lord; Worship\n\nTadanantyam tu gu�tas te,\nverse quoted, 255\n\nTad-antaryamiry,a§ caiva matsyadya,\nverse quoted, 248\n\nTada rajas-tamo-bhavab,\nverse quoted, 136\n\nTad-vijfidnartham sa gurum evabhigacchet,\nquoted, 68, 285\n\nSuras. See: Demigods\n\nTama�. See: Ignorance.\n\nSurrender to the Supreme Lord\n\nTama�-gu�. See: Ignorance, mode of\nTamasi md jyotir gama,\n\nauspiciousness of, 33\nBhagavad-gita quoted on, 72\nas bhakti-yoga 's perfection, 32\ndebts removed by, 307\n\nquoted, 67\nTam eva viditvdtimrtyum eti,\nquoted, 223\n\nin knowledge, 9\n\nTam matvatmajam avyaktam,\n\nas only hope of human being, 70\nas religion's essence, 53, 54, 1 64-167\n\nverse quoted, 253\nTam tam evaiti kaunteya,\nverse quoted, 75, 106\nTan aham dvi$ata� kruran samsare$u,\nquoted, 227\nTantra-nirrtaya, quoted on devotees, 248\nTapa�. See: Austerities; Tapasya\n\nsinful reactions vanquished by, 32\ntypes who do not, four described, 54\nSu.Sila� sadhavo yatra,\nquoted, 29\nSvabhaviki jfiana-bala-kriya ca,\nquoted, 60\nSvadeha-stham harim prahur,\nverse quoted, 237\nSvado 'pi sadya� savandya kalpate,\n_\n\nverse quoted, 25\nSvalpam apy asya dharmasya\nquoted, 84\nverse quoted, 33\n\nTapasya\nas beginning of spiritual life, 249\nchanting and hearing as, 103\nof devotees and demons, 194\nof the Pracetiis, 194\nSee also: Austerity\nTapo 'bhimani rudras tu,\nverse quoted. 250\n\n", "SB6.1#p0390": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n364\nTapo divyaril putrakd yeno sattvaril,\nquoted, 103, 257\n\nTarlro 'prati$!ha� srutayo vibhinna,\nquoted, 226\nTasmiit kenapy updyeno mana� kmw,\nquoted, 40\nTasmiit sarikirtanoril vi$ (lOr,\nverse quoted, 170\nTasmat sarvatmana rajan,\nverse quoted, 223\n\nTasyaite kathita hy artha�,\nverse quoted, 67\nTatha jivo no yat-sakhyaril,\nverse quoted, 212\nTatha mad-vi$aya bhaktir,\nverse quoted, 24\nTathapi bhuman mahimiigu�ya te,\nquoted, 216\nTato miiril tattvato jiiiitva,\nverse quoted, 219\nTat sadhu manye 'sura-varya dehinarh,\nverse quoted, 266\nTat tad evavagaccha tvaril,\nverse quoted, 248\nTat te 'nukampdril susami�amii(W�,\nquoted, 28\nTavat karturn no saknot�\nverse quoted, 97\nTe dvanda-moha-nirmukta,\nverse quoted, 104, 114, 218\nTe�aril pramatto nidhanaril,\nverse quoted, 179\nThunderbolts, razors and, time compared to,\n\nTongue\nspiritual use of, 21\nTraigur.tya-vi$aya veda,\nverse quoted, 116\nTrance, 215\nTranscendence, the Lord's position in,\n\n221-223, 270-271\nTransmigration of the soul\nconditions attending, 65\nby desire, 46-47, 75-76\nfreedom from, through Kr�r:ta, 3-4, 57,\n\n147,272-273\nproc-ess of, 47,71-72,75-76\nTrees\nas Lord's creation, 197\nworld once covered by, 193\n\nTribhir gu(Wmayair bhavair,\nverse quoted, 59\nTrr.tlid api suniceno,\nverse quoted, 195,317\nTruth. See: Absolute Truth\nTyaktva deham punar janma\nquoted, 4, 167\nverse quoted, 57, 77,132,223,272\n\nu\nUniversal form of Kr�r:ta, meditation on, 231\nUniverse. See: Creation, the; Material world\nf!pan�ads, on soul and Supersoul, 46\n\nUrdhvaril gacchanti sattva-stha,\nverse quoted, 63\n\n266,282-283\n\nv\n\nTime\nthe Haryasvas' understanding of, 282\nmodes of nature and, 65\nvalue of, 282-283\n\nTiti�ava� kdrur.tikd�,\nverse quoted, 194,317\nTolerance\n\nVadanti tat tattva-vidas,\nquoted, 252,279\nVaikur:t!ha\nas destination of devotees, 133\nresidents of, described, 51\n\nin dhiras, 21\n\nVaikur:t!hapati, 123\n\nNarada's, of Dak�a. 317-318\n\nVai�r:tavas. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\n\nin preaching and chanting, 195,317-318\n\nVaisyas\n\nTongue\ncontrol of, 20-21\n\ncow protection as duty of, 193, 199,305\nperfection for, 155\n\n", "SB6.1#p0391": "365\n\nGeneral Index\nVaiicha-kalpa-tarubhya§ ca,\n\nquoted, 4\nVarfydn e§a te pra§na�,\n\nVedic rituals\n\nperfection not attained by, 185\n\nprofitless, 184\n\nverse quoted, 3\n\nVeda ndrtiya\"(UJ� stik§tit,\n\nquoted, 180\n\nVijayadhvaja Tirtha, quotations from\n\nVar(td§ramdcdravatd purU§e\"(UJ para� pumdn,\nVar(td§rama-dharma\ngoal of, 180\nas perfect society, 154-155\n\nSee also: Brahmacdrf; Brahmar.r-as;\n\nGrhastha; Sannyasfs; Sudras;\nVaisyas\n\nV asudeva. See: Kr�t:ta\n\nVasudeva� sarvam iti\nquoted, 225\nverse quoted, 9\n\nVasudeve bhagavati,\n\nverse quoted, 312\n\nVedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedya�,\n\nverse quoted, 250\non Ajamila chanting, 45\n\non Ajamila remembering Narayat:ta, 43\nViraraghava Acarya\n\ncited on fasting, 21\nquoted on Ajamila as brahmactirf, 79\n\nquoted on Ajamila remembering Narayal)a,\n42-43\nVirtita-rupa (universal form of God),\nmeditation on, 231\n\nViSe§a-vyakti-piitratvtid,\nverse quoted, 248\nV i�l)u, Lord\n\nAjamila attains abode of, 133\n\nquoted, 17,56,57,163,173\n\ngoal of human life, 180-181\n\nverse quoted, 57\n\nas Supersoul, 46\n\nVeddndm prathamo vaktd,\n\nVedanta, atonement as knowledge in, 17\nVedas\n\npurpose of, 163,173\nquoted on Brahma and Brahmaloka, 4-5\n\nquoted on dharma, 57\n\nprotects devotees personally, 177\nVedas originate from, 57\n\nSee also: Niirayal)a; Supersoul; Supreme\n\nLord\nVi�l)udiitas\n\nagain seen by Ajamila, 131-132\n\nquoted on spiritual master as necessity, 68\n\narrive at Ajamila's deathbed, 44-45\n\nquoted on the Lord as controller, 58\n\nchanting's superexcellence explained by,\n\nrituals of, bewilder unintelligent, 33-34\n\ncondemn Yamadiitas, 91-95\n\nreligion comes from, 56-57\n\nas §astra, 284\n\nas standard for human being, 62\ntranscended by bhakti, 116\non var(td§ rama system, 154-155\nVeda-vdda-ratti�, defined, 163\nVeda-vdda-ratti� ptirtha,\nquoted, 163\n\nVedic literature\npurpose of, 299\ntranslation of, for the West, 281\nthe real n�ligion of, 163\nSee also: Vedas\n\nVedic rituals\n\nchanting surpasses, 101\n\nnature and purpose of, 163\n\n96-IIO\ncontest Yamadiitas about Ajamila, 46-IIO\n\ndescribed, 50-51\ndevotees protected by, 161\ndisappear, ll3\non king's principles of conduct, 92-95\nParik�it's question on, 143-144\nrelease Ajamila, Ill\n\nYamadiitas desired to punish, 150-151\nYamadiitas' question about, 150\n\nYamadiitas threatened by, 46\nYamaraja describes, 160-161\nVi§r.r-u Purar.r-a, quotations from\n\non everything as Kr�l)a's energy. 279\non material misery, 220\non var(td§rama-dharma, 180\n\n", "SB6.1#p0392": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n366\nV�r;ur aradhyate pantha,\nquoted, 180\n\nYad vijijnasaya yuktii,\n\nViSvaril purr;a-sukhayate vidhi-,\n\nverse quoted, 157\nYad yad vibhatimat sattvaril,\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarli Thakura\n\nYa?t prayati sa mad-bhavaril,\n\nverse quoted. 33\n\non chanting contrasted to ritual, 101\n\non chanting's power, 107\n\non Narada's preaching, 302-303\n\nverse quoted, 248\n\nverse quoted, 105\nYa?t sasarja praja �!a?t,\n\non Narada's tolerance, 318\n\nverse quoted, 206\nYa?t sastra-vidhim utsrjya,\n\non Yamadiitas, 143, 145, 150\n\nYa idaril paramaril guhyaril,\n\non Sukadeva and Parik�it, 11-12\nVisvanatha Cakravarli Thakura, quotations\nfrom\n\non Ajamila's chanting, 45\n\non bhakti 's supremacy, 171\n\non chanting, counteracting sins by, 97\n\non chanting's purifying effect, 138-139\n\non Dak�a, 206\n\non devotee's superiority, 175-176\non hearing and chanting, 219\n\non Kr�1.1a's pastimes, 252-253\non miseries, 220\n\non offenses in chanting being cleared, 172\n\non purity for knowing the Lord, 216\non Soma, 196\n\nVrndavana, Kr�1.1a conscious center in, 128\n\nVyasadeva, 299\nVyavasayatmika buddhir,\nquoted, 275\n\nw\nWater as witness, 60\n\nWestern world and Kr�1.1a consciousness, 281\n\nWomen, brahmacari's restrictions concerning,\n20\nWorld, material. See: Material world\nWorship\nbirth according to, 6\nby duties of caste, 154-155\nSee also: Deity worship\n\ny\nYad gatva na nivartante,\n\nquoted, 6, 272, 280\n\nverse quoted, 286\n\nverse quoted, 246, 310\n\nYajna. See: Ritualistic ceremonies\n\nYajiiavalkya, 173\nYamadiitas\n\nAjamila described by, 78-88\nAjamila saved from, 36\n\ndevotees avoided by, 186\n\nfrustration of, 145, 150-151\n\ninstructed concerning devotees, 177-178\nParik�it's question on, 143-144\npunishment by, for whom meant,\n178-181\nquestion Yamaraja, 145-151\n\nreal religion not known by, 163\n\nreturn to Yamaraja, 112\n\nupheld by Vedic principles, 143\n\nVi�1.1udiitas criticize, 91-110\n\nVi�1.1udiitas threaten, 46\nVi�1.1udiitas vie for Ajamila with, 46-110\nwanted Vi�1.1udiitas punished, 150-151\nYamaraja thought supreme by, 148-149\nYamarii.ja\nAjamila punishable by. 87-88\n\nchanting glorified by, 166-175\nconsidered supreme by Yamadiitas,\n\n148-149\ndevotees never see, 31, 32\non devotees of the Lord. 177-178\nParik�it's question on, 143-144\n\nperfection of, 147\n\npleased to hear \"Naraya1.1a,'· 151\nposition of, 152-153\n\nprays for forgiveness, 181-182\npunishable persons described by, 178, 180\non real religion, 162-166\n\n", "SB6.1#p0393": "367\n\nGeneral Index\nYamaraja\n\nYatha rajiia� priyatvam,\nverse quoted, 212\n\nas son of sun-god, 48\nSupreme Lord explained by, 152-160\n\nYato vaco nivartante,\nquoted, 223\n\nVi�(ludutas described by, 160-161\nYamadutas question, 145-150\nYamuna River, 297\n\nYam yam vapi smaran bhavam,\n\nYena sarvam idam tatam,\nquoted, 155\nYe 'nye 'ravindii�a vimukta-maninas,\nverse quoted, 18-19\n\nverse quoted, 75, 106\n\nYan maithunadi-grhamedhi-sukham hi,\n\nYe�am tv anta-gatam papam,\n\nquoted, 178\n\nYan- namadheya-sravar;tanukirtanad,\nverse quoted, 25\nYanti deva-vrata devan,\nverse quoted, 5-6\n\nverse quoted, 104, 114, 218\n\nYoga\nbest process of, 130-131\nuseless without bhakti, 135-136\n\nYoginam api sarve�am,\n\nYasya deve para bhaktir,\nverse quoted, 67\n\nYasya prasadad bhagavat-prasada�,\nquoted, 290\n\nYasyasti bhaktir bhagavaty akiiicana,\nquoted, 29\nYatatam api siddhanaril,\nverse quoted, 23, 158, 218\n\nYathiigni� susamrddharci�,\nverse quoted, 24\n\nYatha kantha-pa!a� sutra,\nverse quoted, 153\n\nverse quoted, 131\n\nYogiS\nin Brahmaloka, 4\nthe highest, 130-131\nmaterial activities resumed by, 135-136\nperfection of, 167, 244, 272-273\nSupersoulthe goal of, 230\n\nYuktahara-viharasya,\nverse quoted, 21\n\nYukta-svapnavabodhasya yogo bhavati,\nverse quoted, 21\n\n", "SB6.1#p0394": "", "SB6.2#p0001": "ALL GLORY TO 5Rl GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\n�:������am���\n���qt: ��� ��Ufl{_ll �II\nlokii/:1. sapalii yasyeme\nsvasanti viva5a va5e\ndvija iva sica baddha/:1.\nsa kala iha kiirar:uzm (p.223)\n\n", "SB6.2#p0002": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n.l}hagavad-gitii As It Is\n�rimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos l-6 (18 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritam.rta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri Isopani!;Jad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nl<r!?I.J.a Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nl<r!?I.J.a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nl<r!?I.J.a, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nLife Comes from Life\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to l<r!?I.J.a\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to l<r!?I.J.a Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nB��k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nThe Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB6.2#p0003": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nSixth Canto\n\"Prescribed Duties for Mankind\"\n\n(Part Two-Chapters 6-13)\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "SB6.2#p0004": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto corres pond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-169353\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-82-x\n\nFirst printing, 1975: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "SB6.2#p0005": "Table of Contents\nPreface\n\nIX\n\nIntroduction\n\nxm\n\nCHAPTER SIX\n\nThe Progeny of the Daughters of�\n\n1\n\nDak�a Begets Sixty Daughters\n\n2\n\nUpendra Born of Marutvati\n\n6\n\nVisvakarmli Born of Ailgirasi\n\nlO\n\nDak�a Curses the Moon-god\n\n14\n\nDescription of the Descendants of Aditi\n\n22\n\nCHAPTER SEVEN\n\nlndra Offends His Spiritual Master,\nB:rhaspati\n\n21\n\nB:rhaspati Rejects the Demigods\n\n31\n\nlndra Condemns His Own Opulence\n\n34\n\nThose Who Mislead People Go to Hell\n\n37\n\nThe Demons Declare War Against the Demigods\n\n42\n\nThe Demigods Approach Visvariipa\n\n49\n\nThe Spiritual Master Personifies the Vedas\n\n52\n\nVisvariipa Becomes the Priest of the Demigods\n\n56\n\nVisvariipa Composes a Protective Prayer\n\n60\n\nCHAPTER EIGHT\n\nThe Naraym_Ia-kavaca Shield\n\n63\n\nExplanation of the Vi�J}.U Mantra Armor\n\n67\n\nPrayers to Vamana and N:rsirhhadeva\n\n72\n\nPrayers to Hayagriva, Narada and Kiirma\n\n75\n\nPrayers to Vyasa, Buddha and Kalki\n\n77\n\nv\n\n", "SB6.2#p0006": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\nVl\n\nPrayer to the Sudarsana Cakra\n\n82\n\nAdvanced Souls See Unity in Diversity\n\n89\n\nNarliyaQa-kavaca Protects One from Danger\n\n93\n\nCHAPTER NINE\n\nAppearance of the Demon Vf!rasura\n\n99\n\nVisvariipa Offers Oblations to the Demons\n\n102\n\nlndra Accepts Sinful Reactions\n\n104\n\nDescription of V:rtrlisura\n\n110\n\nPrayers of the Demigods to NarayaQa\n\n114\n\nThe Lord Accepts Various Transcendental Bodies\n\n119\n\nLord Hari Appears Before the Demigods\n\n121\n\nAll Contradictions Are Reconciled in the Lord\n\n130\n\nDevotees Are the Real Friends of Everyone\n\n136\n\nThe Demigods Take Shelter at the Lord's Lotus Feet\n\n143\n\nThe Lord Replies to the Demigods\n\n147\n\nA Pure Devotee Is Like an Expert Physician\n\n152\n\nCHAPTER TEN\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods\nand V&asura\n\n159\n\nThe Demigods Ask Dadhici for His Body\n\n160\n\nThe Body Must Be Engaged for the Benefit of Others\n\n169\n\nlndra Rides Off to Kill V:rtrasura\n\n174\n\nThe Demons Resist the Armies of lndra\n\n178\n\nV:rtrasura Addresses the Heroes of the Demons\n\n184\n\nCHAPTER ELEVEN\n\nThe Transcendental Qualities\nof V&asura\n\n187\n\nV:rtrasura Rebukes the Demigods\n\n189.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0007": "Table of Contents\n\nvu\n\nThe Demigods Trampled by V:rtrasura\n\n193\n\nV:rtrasura Condemns lndra\n\n197\n\nV:rtrasura Desires the Mercy of Great Devotees\n\n201\n\nMaterial Opulences Increase Anxiety and Pride\n\n206\n\nV:rtrasura Yearns to Serve the Lord\n\n2ll\n\nCHAPTER TWELVE\n\nV:rtrasura's Glorious Death\n\n215\n\nV:rtrasura Attacks Lord lndra\n\n216\n\nLord lndra Is Encouraged by V:rtrasura\n\n220\n\nEveryone Dances to the Desire of the Lord\n\n224\n\nlndra Replies to V:rtrasura\n\n233\n\nV:rtrasura Swallows lndra\n\n242\n\nThe Demigods Praise the Victory of lndra\n\n245\n\nCHAPTER THIRTEEN\n\nKing lndra Afflicted by Sinful Reaction\n\n24 7\n\nThe Unhappiness of lndra\n\n250\n\nThe Demigods Reassure Lord lndra\n\n253\n\nPersonified Sin Chases lndra\n\n259\n\nlndra Returns to the Heavenly Planets\n\n262\n\nThe Value of Hearing this Narration\n\n266\n\nAppendixes\nThe Author\n\n269\n\nReferences\n\n271\n\nGlossary\n\n273\n\nGenealogical Table\n\n280\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n285\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n287\n\nGeneral Index\n\n297\n\n", "SB6.2#p0008": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to particular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one _human\n\nSnmadBhiigavatam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\n\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to\n\nsociety, nay, on the entire energy of living beings. The need is felt by\n\ngr�at thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Snmad-Bhiigavatam\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the aphor­\n\nism of Vedanta philosophy (janmiidy asya yata/:t) to establish the ideal of\na common cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of oblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts, education and economic development throughout the entire world. But there is\na pinprick somewhere in the social body at large, and therefore there are\nlarge-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is need of a\nclue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship and\nprosperity with a common cause. Srimad-Bhiigavatam will fill this need,\n\nfor it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the entire\nhuman society.\n\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student devotee Prahlada\nMaharaja in order to change the demonic face of society.\n\nkaumiir a acaret priijiio\ndharmiin bhiigavatiin iha\ndurlabham miin!.L§arh janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhiig. 7.6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything is\n\nIX\n\n", "SB6.2#p0009": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nX\n\nmerged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate source of\ncreation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ultimate\n\nsource of everything that be. This ultimate source is explained rationally\n\nauthoritatively in the beautiful Bhagavatam or SrimadBhiigavatam.\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\nand\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\n\nwith Him and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\n\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\nsimply by a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\n\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to convert others to accept God as a concrete principle.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\n\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vedanta-siitra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to the\n\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\n\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\n\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly as with an ordinary\n\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\n\nsure to become a God realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\n\ncantos.\n\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos, because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\n\nSri Kr�r:ta. One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\n\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\n\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\nsmall installments one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Srimad-Bhagavatam, but still\n\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the thinkers and leaders of society\non the strength of the following statement of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\ntad vag-visargo janatagha-viplavo\n\nyasmin prati.Slokam abaddhavaty api\n\n", "SB6.2#p0010": "Preface\nniimiiny anantasya ya.So 'nkitani yac\nchr�vanti gayanti �nti sadhava};,\n(Bhiig.\n\n1.5.11)\n\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the\nunlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring\nabout a revolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such\ntranscendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\n\nom tat sat\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\n", "SB6.2#p0011": "Introduction\n\n\"This Bhiigavata Purar:w is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\n\njust after the departure of Lord .l<rf?�a to His own abode, accompanied by\n\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\n\ndense darkness of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\n\nPurar:w.\" (Srimad-Bhiigavatam 1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the\n\nVedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\n\npreserved through oral tradition, the Vedas were first put into writing\nfive thousand years ago by Srlla Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\n\nGod.\" After compiling the Vedas, Vyasadeva set forth their essence in\n\nthe\n\naphorisms\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nVediinta-siltras. Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nis\n\nVyasadeva's commentary on his own Vediinta-siltras. It was written in\n\nthe maturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\nspiritual master. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\n\nliterature,\" Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the most complete and authoritative\n\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nAfter compiling the Bhiigavatam, Vyasa impressed the synopsis of it\n\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva Gosvaml. Sukadeva Gosvaml subse­\n\nquently recited the entire Bhiigavatam to Maharaja Parlkf?it in an assem­\n\nbly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\n\nDelhi). Maharaja Parlkf?it was the emperor of the world and was a great\n\nrajar$i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\n\nwithin a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and retired to the bank\n\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\n\nThe\n\nBhiigavatam begins with Emperor Parlkf?it's sober inquiry to\n\nSukadeva Gosvaml:\n\n\"You are the spiritual master of great saints and\n\ndevotees. I am therefore begging you to show the\n\nway of perfection for all persons, and especially for\n\none who is about to die. Please let me know what a\n\nman should hear, chant, remember and worship,\n\nand also what he should not do. Please explain all\n\nthis to me.\"\n\nxm\n\n", "SB6.2#p0012": "xw\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nSukadeva Gosvami's answer to this question, and numerous other\n\nquestions posed by Maharaja Parikl;lit, concerning everything from the\n\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\n\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\n\ndeath. The sage Siita Gosvarni, who was pr�sent on the bank of the\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvami first recited Srimad-Bhiigavatam, later\n\nrepeated the Bhiigavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest of\nNaimii;Jaraqya. Those sages, concerned about the spiritual welfare of the\n\npeople in general, had gathered to perform a long, continuous chain of\n\nsacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\nwisdom, Siita Gosvami repeated from memory the entire eighteen thou­\n\nsand verses of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, as spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami to\n\nMaharaja Parikl;lit.\n\nThe reader of Srimad-Bhiigavatam hears Siita Gosvami relate the\n\nquestions of Maharaja Pariki;lit and the answers of Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nAlso, Siita Gosvami sometimes responds directly to questions put by\n\nSaunaka B�?i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at Naimii;Jaraqya. One\n\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\nParikl;lit and Sukadeva Gosvami on the bank of the Ganges, and another\n\nat Naimii;Jaraqya between Siita Gosvami and the sages at Naimii;JaraQya\n\nForest, headed by Saunaka &i. Furthermore, while instructing King\n\nPariki;lit, Sukadeva Gosvami often relates historical episodes and gives\n\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\n\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple V idura. With this understanding of\nthe history of the Bhiig avatam, the reader will easily be able to follow its\n\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since\n\nphilosophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most important in the\n\ntext, one need only be attentive to the subject matter of SrimadBhiigavatam to appreciate fully its profound message.\nIt should also be noted that the volumes of the Bhagavatam need not\n\nbe read consecutively, starting with the first and proceeding to the last.\nThe translator of this edition compares the\n\nBhagavatam to sugar\n\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and\nrelishable.\n\nThis edition of the Bhiigavatam is the first complete English transla­\n\ntion of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\n\n", "SB6.2#p0013": "Introduction\n\nXV\n\nfirst widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhuplida, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship and intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhiigavatam\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhiigavatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world view. Students of literature will discover the\n\nBhiigavatam to be a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psychology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhiigavatam offers simple\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "SB6.2#p0014": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB6.2#p0015": "PLATE ONE\n\"After King lndra insulted his spiritual master B:rhaspati, the demons\nequipped themselves with weapons and declared war against the\ndemigods. As a result of their misbehavior toward B:rhaspati, the\ndemigods' heads, thighs and arms and the other parts of their bodies\nwere inj ured by the sharp arrows of the demons. The demigods, headed\nby lndra, saw no other course than to immediately approach Lord\nBrahma, the first living being in charge of material creation, with bowed\nheads for shelter and proper instruction. When the most powerful Lord\nBrahma saw the demigods coming toward him, their bodies gravely in­\n\nj ured by the arrows of the demons, he\n\nyacified and instructed them by\n\nhis great causeless mercy.\" (pp. 41-43\n\n", "SB6.2#p0016": "", "SB6.2#p0017": "PLATE 1WO\nVisvarupa, who was engaged by the demigods as their priest, instructed King lndra about the Naraya�a armor, which enabled him to\nconquer the leaders of the demons. After chanting various\n\nmantras,\n\nVisvarO.pa began to chant the following protective prayer to Lord\nNaraya�a. \"The Supreme Lord, who sits on the back of the bird Garu�a,\ntouching him with His lotus feet, holds eight weapons-the conchshell,\ndisc, shield, sword, club, arrows, bow and ropes. May that Supreme Personality of Godhead protect me at all times with His eight arms. He is allpowerful because he fully possesses the eight mystic powers.\" Next he\noffered prayers to the Lord's personal expansions, to the Supreme Lord\nKr��a, and to the weapons of Lord Naraya�a. He thus taught King lndra\nhow to take shelter of the mystic armor.\n\n(pp. 65-92)\n\n", "SB6.2#p0018": "", "SB6.2#p0019": "PLATE THREE\n\"After Visvarupa was killed by King lndra, Visvarupa's father,\nTva��ii, performed ritualistic ceremonies to kill lndra by offering oblations in the sacrificial fire. Thereafter, from the southern side of the\nsacrificial fire came a fearful personality who looked like the destroyer of\nthe entire creation at the end of the millennium. Like arrows released in\nthe four directions, the demon's body grew, day after day. Tall and\nblackish, he appeared like a burnt hill and was as lustrous as a bright array of clouds in the evening. The hair on the demon's body and his beard\nand mustache were the color of melted copper, and his eyes were piercing like the midday sun. He appeared unconquerable, as if holding the\nthree worlds on the point of his blazing trident. Dancing and shouting\nwith a loud voice, he made the entire surface of the earth tremble as if\nfrom an earthquake. As he yawned again and again, he seemed to be trying to swallow the whole sky with his mouth, which was as deep as a\ncave. He seemed to be licking up all the stars in the sky with his tongue\nand eating the entire universe with his long, sharp teeth. Seeing this\ngigantic demon, everyone, in great fear, ran here and there in all\ndirections.\" (pp. 108-110)\n\n", "SB6.2#p0020": "", "SB6.2#p0021": "PLATE FOUR\n\"The shower of various weapons and arrows released by the demons to\nkill the soldiers of the demigods did not reach them because the\ndemigods, acting quickly, cut the weapons into thousands of pieces in the\nsky. As their weapons and mantras decreased, the demons began showering mountain peaks, trees and stones upon the demigod soldiers, but the\ndemigods were so powerful and expert that they nullified all these\nweapons by breaking them to pieces in the sky as before. When the\nsoldiers of the demons, commanded by Vrtrasura, saw that the soldiers of\nKing lndra were quite well, having not been injured at all by their\nvolleys of weapons, not even by the trees, stones and mountain peaks, the\ndemons were very much afraid. Leaving aside their leader even in the\nvery beginning of the fight, they decided to flee because all their prowess\nhad been taken away by the enemy.\"\n\n(pp. 180-183)\n\n", "SB6.2#p0022": "", "SB6.2#p0023": "PLATE FIVE\n\"When all the demigods heard V:rtrasura's tumultuous roar, which\nresembled that of a lion, they fainted and fell to the ground as if struck\nby thunderbolts. As the demigods closed their eyes in fear, V:rtrasura,\ntaking up his trident and making the earth tremble with his great\nstrength, trampled the demigods beneath his feet on the battlefield the\nway a mad elephant tramples hollow bamboo in the forest. Seeing\nV:rtrasura's disposition, lndra, the King of heaven, became intolerant\nand threw at him one of his great clubs, which are extremely difficult to\ncounteract. However, as the club flew toward him, V:rtrasura easily\ncaught it with his left hand. The powerful V:rtrasura angrily struck the\nhead of lndra's elephant with that club, making a tumultuous sound on\nthe battlefield. Struck with the club by V:rtrasura like a mountain struck\nby a thunderbolt, the elephant Airavata, feeling great pain and spitting\nblood from its broken mouth, was pushed back fourteen yards. In great\ndistress, the elephant fell, with lndra on its back.\"\n\n(pp. 192-195)\n\n", "SB6.2#p0024": "", "SB6.2#p0025": "PLATE SIX\n\"After lndra cut off his two arms, Vrtrasura, bleeding profusely,\nassumed a gigantic body which shook even the mountains and began\ncrushing the surface of the earth with his legs. He came before lndra and\nswallowed him and Airavata, his carrier, just as a big python might\nswallow an elephant. The NarayaQa armor protected King lndra, and\nwith his thunderbolt he pierced through Vrtriisura's abdomen and came\nout. lndra, the killer of the demon Bala, then cut off Vrtriisura's head,\nwhich was as high as the peak of a mountain. At that time, the living\nspark came forth from Vrtriisura's body and returned home, back to\nGodhead. While all the demigods looked on, he entered the transcendental world to become an associate of Lord Sailkar�aQa.\" (pp. 240-246)\n\n", "SB6.2#p0026": "", "SB6.2#p0027": "PLATE SEVEN\n\"After killing the briihmar:uz, Vrtrasura, King lndra suffered because\nof this sinful killing. lndra saw personified sinful reaction chasing him,\nappearing like a\n\ncaTJ4iila woman, a woman of the lowest class. She\n\nseemed very old, and all the limbs of her body trembled. Because she was\naffiicted with tuberculosis, her body and garments were covered with\nblood. Breathing an unbearable fishy odor that polluted the entire street,\nshe called to lndra, 'Wait! Wait!' lndra first fled to the sky, but there also\nhe saw the woman of personified sin chasing him. This witch followed\nhim wherever he went. At last he very quickly went to the northeast and\nentered the Manasa-sarovara Lake.\" (pp. 258-260)\n\n", "SB6.2#p0028": "", "SB6.2#p0029": "CHAPTER SIX\n\nThe Progeny of the Daughters of D�\nAs described in this chapter, Prajapati Dak�a begot sixty daughters in the\n\nwomb of his wife Asikni. These daughters were given in charity to\nvarious persons to increase the population. Since these offspring of Dak�a\n\nwere women, Narada Muni did not try to lead them toward the\nrenounced order of life. Thus the daughters were saved from Narada\nMuni. Ten of the daughters were given in marriage to Dharmaraja,\n\nthirteen to Kasyapa Muni, and twenty-seven to the moon-god, Candra. In\n\nthis way fifty daughters were distributed, and of the other ten daughters,\nfour were given to Kasyapa and two each to Bhuta, Angira and l(rsasva.\n\nOne should know that it is because of the union of these sixty daughters\n\nwith various exalted personalities that the entire universe was filled with\nvarious kinds of living entities, such as human beings, demigods,\ndemons, beasts, birds and serpents.\n\nTEXT I\n\n� iRfi1\nm�: sn16«lsftt�t+t�6: (qti\"W 1\n\n'1ft ijSt\"'ttl+tR1 ��: fq<#}4ffl�t: II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\ntatal) pracetaso 'siknyam\nanunital) svayambhuva\n��tim safijanayam lisa\nduhiql) pitr-vatsaliil)\nsri-suka!t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said;\n\ntataft-after that\n\nincident; pracetasai) - Dak.�a; asiknyam-in his wife named Asikni;\nanunital)\n\n-\n\npacified ; svayambhuva-by Lord Brahma; ��tim-sixty;\n\nI\n\n", "SB6.2#p0030": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n2\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 6\n\nsan1anayam iisa-begot; duhitfft-daughters; pitr-vatsalaft-all very\naffectionate to their father.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosv&mi said: My dear King, thereafter, at the\n\nrequest of Lord Brahm8, Prajiipati Dak� who is known\n\nas\n\nPriicetasa, begot sixty daughters in the womb of his wife Asikni.\nAll the daughters were very affectionate toward their father.\n\nPURPORT\nAfter the incidents concerning the loss of his many sons, Dak�a\nrepented his misunderstanding with Narada Muni. Lord Brahmii then\nsaw Dak�a and instructed him to beget children again. This time Dak�a\nwas very cautious to beget female children instead of male children so\nthat Narada Muni would not disturb them by urging them to accept the\nrenounced order. Females are not meant for the renounced order of life;\nthey should be faithful to their good husbands, for if a husband is\ncompetent for liberation, his wife will also achieve liberation with him.\nAs stated in the siistra, the results of a husband's pious activities are\nshared by his wife. Therefore a woman's duty is to be very chaste and\nfaithful to her husband. Then without separate endeavor she will share\nin all the profit the husband earns.\n\nTEXT2\n\n� 411'-IC(Ii{� firuR �� I\n4(61fiR:��ti�ttl �:II� II\n�\n\ndaSa dharmaya kiiyiidiid\ndvi-�a! tri-r_w,va cendave\nbhutarigiraft-krsasvebhyo\ndve dve tiir�yiiya ciipariift\ndaSa-ten; dharmiiya-unto King Dharma, Yamaraja; kiiya-unto\nKasyapa; adiit-gave; dvi-�a!-twice six and one (thirteen); tri-navathrice nine (twenty-seven); ca-also; indave-unto the moon-god;\nbhuta-angiraft-krsasvebhyaft-unto Bhuta, Angira and Krsasva; dve\n\n", "SB6.2#p0031": "Text4]\n\nThe Progeny of the Daughters of Dak�\n\n3\n\ndve-two each; tark$yaya-again unto Kasyapa; ca-and; apara!t-the\nbalance.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe gave ten daughters in charity to Dharmaraja (Yamaraja],\nthirteen to KaSyapa [first twelve and then one more], twenty-seven\nto the moon-god, and two each to Ailgira, �va and Bhuta.\nThe other four daughters were given to Ka8yapa. (Thus Ka8yapa\nreceived seventeen daughters in all.]\nTEXT3\n\n� � (:Uq�nwtf ='f it � 1\nm sri.MS1(1�it.-r 311\\R6I�t: II � II\nnamadheyany amil$aril tvaril\nsapatyaniim ca me snr-u\nyasaril prasuti-prasavair\nlokii apuritas traya!t\nnamadheyani-the different names; amil$am-of them; tvam-you;\nsa-apatyaniim-with their offspring; ca-and; me-from me; snr-uplease hear; yasam-of all of whom; prasiiti-prasavai!t-by so many\nchildren and descendants; lokii!t-the worlds; apurita!t-populated;\ntraya!t-three (the upper, middle and lower worlds).\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow please hear from me the names of all these daughters and\ntheir descendants, who filled all the three worlds.\nTEXT4\n\n•u�JI'ili ChftllfliR����dl 1\nctdtdi (1t@tl �q�t4: �.... � II \\l II\nbhanur lamba kakud yamir\nviSva sadhya marutvati\n\n", "SB6.2#p0032": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n4\n\n(Canto6, Ch.6\n\nvasur muhilrtii sarikalpii\ndharma-patnya/:1. sutiin srou\nbhanu/:1.-Bhanu;\n\nlamoo-Lamba;\n\nkakut-Kakud;\n\nyami/:1.-Y ami;\n\nviSva-Visva; sadhya-Sadhya; marutvati-Marutvatl; vasu/:1.-Vasu;\nmuhilrtii-Muhurta; sarikalpii-Saitkalpa; dharma-patnya/:1.-the wives\nof Yamaraja; sutan-their sons; srry,u-now hear of.\nTRANSLATION\nThe ten daughters given to Yamaraja were named Bhanu,\n\nLamba, Kakud, Yami, Visva, Sadhya, Marutvati, Vasu, Muhiirta\nand Sailkalpa. Now hear the names of their sons.\nTEXTS\n\n¥tlwfl� �Sfl't+( �wo�Wi(ijfl � I\nAim 3114le+iltl«t611 «tW1N..4: II � II\nbhanos tu deva-r�abha\nindrasenas tato nrpa\nvidyota asil lambayas\ntataS ca stanayitnava/:t\nbhano/:1.-from the womb of Bhanu; tu-of course; deva-r�abha/:1.Deva-:r�abha; indrasena/:1.-lndrasena; tata/:1.-from him (Deva-:r�abha);\nnrpa-0 King; vidyota/:1.-Vidyota; asit-appeared; lambaya/:1.-from\nthe womb of Lamba; tata/:1.-from him; ca-and; stanayitnava/:1.-al! the\nclouds.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, a son named Deva-\"abha was born from the womb of\n\nBhanu, and from him came a son named lndrasena. From the\nwomb of Lambs came a son named Vidyota, who generated all the\n\nclouds.\n\nTEXT6\n\n�: Qtt«t� eMEiil!«<wttl\n\n�: I\n\nwtl��:�wtf�«tffl�ll �II\n\n", "SB6.2#p0033": "The Progeny of the Daughters of Dak�\n\nText7]\n\n5\n\nkakuda}:t sanka!ru tasya\nkika!as tanayo yata}:t\nbhuvo durgli�J-i yameya}:t\nsvargo nandis tato 'bhavat\nkakuda}:t-from the womb of Kakud; sarika!a/:t-Sanka�a; tasyafrom\n\nhim;\n\nkika!a/:t-Kikata;\n\ntanaya}:t-son;\n\nyata}:t-from\n\nwhom;\n\nbhuva}:t-of the earth; durgd�J-i-many demigods, protectors of this\nuniverse (which is called Durga);\nSvarga; nandi}:t-Nandi;\n\nyameya}:t-of Yarni; svarga/:t­\n\ntata}:t-from him (Svarga); abhavat-was\n\nborn.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the womb of Kakud came the son named Saiikata, whose\nson was named Kika!a- From Kika!a came the demigods named\nDurga. From Yimi came the son named Svarga, whose son was\nnamed Nandi.\nTEXT7\n\nAi�4oiitl\\'ij R� 31sti&lf(ijl1> � I\n�qurff (ifQflill �« �:11 \\911\nviSve-dems tu viSvaya\naprajarils tan praca�ate\nsadhyo-gar:w§ ca sadhyaya\narthasiddhis tu tat-suta}:t\nviSve-deva}:t-the\nviSvaya}:t-from\n\ndemigods\nVisva;\n\npraca�ate-it is said;\nSadhyas;\n\nca-and;\n\nnamed\n\nthe\n\naprajan-without\n\nVisvadevas;\nsons;\n\ntu-but;\n\ntan-them;\n\nsadhya}:t-ga�J-a/:t-the demigods named the\n\nsadhyaya}:t-from\n\nthe\n\nwomb\n\nof\n\nSadhya;\n\narthasiddhi/:t-Arthasiddhi; tu-but; tat-suta}:t-the son of the Sadhyas.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sons of Visva were the Visvadevas, who had no progeny.\nFrom the womb of Sadhya came the Sadhyas, who had a son named\nArthasiddhi.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0034": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n6\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 6\n\nTEXTS\n\n�f� ��� ¥4�€'4�!11 ��: I\n� i41ij�f�t � � � �: II (; II\nmarutvarhS ca jayanta5 ca\nmarutvatyii babhuvatu/:t\njayanto vasudevarit.Sa\nupendra iti yam vidu/:t\nmarutviin-Marutvan;\n\nca-also;\n\njayanta/:t-Jayanta;\n\nca-and;\n\nmarutvatyii/:t-from Marutvatl; babhuvatu/:t-took birth; jayanta/:tJayanta;\n\nvasudeva-arit.Sa/:t-an expansion of Vasudeva; upendra/:t­\n\nUpendra; iti-thus; yam-whom; vidu/:t-they know.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe two sons who took birth from the womb of Marutvati were\n\nMarutviin and Jayanta. Jayanta, who is an expansion of Lord\n\nVasudeva, is known as Upendra.\n\nTEXT9\n\n� �� aa�� ��\n� � 'fi� sttf'60f;:ij � ��EfitC?S�( II � II\nmauhurtikii deva-gar:ui\nmuhurtiiyiiS ca jajnire\nye vai phalarit prayacchanti\nbhutiiniirit sva-sva-kiilajam\n\nmauhurtikii/:t-Mauhiirtikas;\n\ndeva-ga1)ii/:t-the demigods;\n\nmuhur­\n\ntiiyii/:t-from the womb of Muhiirta; ca-and; jajnire-took birth; yeall of whom; vai-indeed; phalam-result; prayacchanti-deliver;\nbhutiiniim-of the living entities; sva-sva-their own; kala-jam-born\nof time.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0035": "Text\n\n11]\n\nThe Progeny of the Daughters of Oak�\n\n7\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods named the Mauhftrtikas took birth from the\nwomb of Muhiirti. These demigods deliver the results of actions to\nthe living entities of their respective times.\n\nTEXTS 10-11\n\n(4ICNP'II� �: �: (41@4\\ll: �:1\n�m�: ssu�,i ...,..r.t � � \"� 11\nJ)r: snun �(ts4ifsRI(lt1 ctI't!Rlncttt: I\nll014Mifll+t�: � t-iitEfifi�IC(� : II� � II\no\n\nsarikalpayas tu smikalpa�\nkama� sankalpaja� smrta�\nvasavo '$!aU vaso� putras\nte$iirh niimiini me sro-u\ndro1Jll� priir:w dhruvo 'rko 'gnir\ndo$o vastur vibhiivasu�\ndro1JllSyiibhimate� patnyii\nhar$a-soka-bhayiidaya�\nsankalpiiyii�-from the womb of Sailkalpa; tu-but; sankalpa�Sailkalpa;\n\nkdma�-Kama;\n\nsankalpa-ja�-the\n\nson\n\nof\n\nSailkalpa;\n\nsmrta�-known; vasava� �!au-the eight Vasus; vaso�-of Vasu;\nputrii�-the sons; te$iim-of them; niimiini-the names; me-from\nme; sro-u-just hear;\n\ndro1Jll�\n\n-\n\nDro l).a; pra��-Pra l). a; dhruva�­\n\nDhruva; arka�-Arka; agni�-Agni; do$a�-Do�a; vastu�-Vastu;\nvibhiivasu�-Vibhavasu;\n\ndro1JllS ya-of\n\nAbhimati; patnyii�-the wife;\n\nDrol).a;\n\nabhimate�-from\n\nhar$a-soka-bhaya-iidaya�-the sons\n\nnamed Har�a, Soka, Bhaya and so on.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Sailkalpi was known as Sailkalpa, and from him lust\nwas born. The sons of Vasu were known as the eight Vasus. Just\n\n", "SB6.2#p0036": "[Canto 6, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n8\n\nhear their names from me: Drot;�a, PrliJ;la, Dhruva, Arka, Agni,\nDosa, Vastu and Vibhavasu. From Ahhimati, the wife of the V asu\nn�ed Drot;�a, were generated the sons named Har�a, Soka, Bhaya\nand so on.\nTEXT 12\n\nSIIUI@��ffl � � �: �: I\n� ¥nlli 'i:RfUI(ti� �fit\\fl: �: II� �II\npriiT}llSyorjasvati bhiirya\nsaha ayub, purojavab,\ndhruvasya bharya dharaTJ-ir\nasilta vividhab, pura!t\npriiT}llSya-of\nsahab,-Saha;\n\nPraQa;\n\nilrjasvan-Orjasvati;\n\nayub,-Ayus;\n\nbharya-the\n\npurojavab,-Purojava;\n\nwife;\n\ndhruvasya-of\n\nDhruva; bharya-the wife; dharaTJ-ib.-DharaQi; asilta-gave birth to;\nvividhiib,-the various; purab,-cities and towns.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUrjasvati, the wife of Prat;�a, gave birth to three sons, named\nSaha, Ayus and Purojava. The wife of Dhruva was known as\nDhar3t;1i, and from her womb various cities took birth.\nTEXT 13\n\n• qm;n ¥Wtt �l(ijqt�� : �: I\n�a¥tt�l � � �HUI$1�: ����II\narkasya viisanii bharya\nputriis tar�adaya!t smrta!t\nagner bharya vasor dhara\nputra draviTJ-Ukadayab,\narkasya-of Arka; vasanii-Vasana; bharya-the wife; putrab,-the\nsons;\n\ntar�a-adayab,-named Tar�a and so on; smrtab.-celebrated;\n\n", "SB6.2#p0037": "Text\n\nThe Progeny of the Daughters of Dak�a\n\n15]\n\n9\n\nagneb,-of Agni; bharya-wife; vasob,-the Vasu; dhdra-Dhara;\nputrab,-the sons; dravi�ka-adayab,-known as Dravir:taka and so on.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the womb of Visanii, the wife of Arka, came many sons,\n\nheaded by\n\nTar� Ohara, the wife of the Vasu named Agni, gave\n\nbirth to many sons, headed by DraviJ.Iaka.\nTEXT 14\n\nif't¥1� it Niji(C41((�6: I\n� ��u�sr: �� �: � ''�\\lll\n\n��\n\nskandaS ca krttika-putro\nye viSakhadayas tatab,\ndo$asya sarvari-putrab,\nsiSumiiro hareb, kala\nskandab,-Skanda;\n\nca-also;\n\nkrttika-putrab,-the son of _Krttika;\n\nye-all of whom; viSakha-adayab,-headed by Visakha; tatab,-from\nhim (Skanda); d0$asya-of D�a; sarvari-putrab,-the son of his wife\nSarvarl; siSumii rab- -Sis umara ; hareb- kala-an expansion of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Krttika, another wife of Agni, came the son named\n\nSkanda, Karttikeya, whose sons were headed by Visakha. From the\nwomb of\n\nnamed\n\nSarvari, the wife of the Vasu named Dosa, came the son\n\nSisumara,\n\nwho\n\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nwas\n\nan\n\nTEXT\n\nexpansion\n\nof\n\nthe\n\n15\n\n�o�tl�:tl A.iQ•'fit;JlqRn 1\nm���F�.i�'fW():wn:''����\nvastor arigirasi-putro\nviSvakarmii krti-patib,\n\nSupreme\n\n", "SB6.2#p0038": "Srimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n10\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 6\n\ntato manu§ ciik$U$o 'bhiid\n\nviSve siidhya mano� suta�\n\nvasto�-of Vastu; arigirasi-of his wife named Angirasi; putra�-the\n\nson;\n\nviSvakarmii-Visvakarma; a/qn-pati�-the husband of\n\ntatab,-from\n\nabhut-was\n\nthem;\n\nborn;\n\nmanu� cak$��-the\n\nvi.Sve-the Visvadevas;\n\nmano�-of Manu; suta�-the sons.\n\nA.lqu;\n\nManu named Cak!?u!?a;\n\nsiidhya�-the Sadhyas;\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Angirasi, the wife of the Vasu named Vastu, was born th.e\n\ngreat architect Visvakarma. Visvakarma became the husband of\n\nAlqti, from whom the Manu named Cik�u�a was born. The sons of\n\nManu were known as the Visvadevas and Sadhyas.\n\nvibhavasor asilto$ii\n\n1JYU$!arh roci$am atapam\n\npaficayamo 'tha bhutani\nyena jagrati karmasu\n\nvibhavaso�-of Vibhavasu; asilta-gave birth to; il$(i-named U!?ii;\n\nvyU$!am-Vyu!?!a; roci$am-Roci!?a; atapam-Atapa; paficayama�­\n\nPaiicayama; atha-thereafter; bhutani-the living entities; yena-by\n\nwhom; jagrati-are awakened; karmasu-in material activities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nO�a, the wife of Vihhivasu, gave birth to three sons-Vyu�ta,\n\nRoci� and Atapa. From Atapa came Paiicayima, the span of day,\nwho awakens all living entities to material activities.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0039": "Text 18)\n\nThe Progeny of the Daughters of Dak�a\n\n11\n\nsarilpasuta bhutasya\nbharyii rudriirhS ca kotiSa/:t\nraivato 'jo bhavo bhimo\nviima ugro vr�iikapi/:t\najaikapiid ahirbradhno\nbahurilpo mahan iti\nrudrasya piir �adii.S ciinye\nghorii/:t preta-viniiyakii/:t\nsarilpa- Sarupa; asuta-gave birth; bhutasya-of Bhuta; bharyaraivata/:tRaivata; aja/:t-Aja; bhava/:t-Bhava; bhima/:t-Bhima; viima/:t-Varna;\nugra/:t-Ugra; vr�akapi/:t-V:r�akapi; ajaikapiit-Ajaikapat ; ahirbradhna/:t-Ahirbradhna; bahurilpa /:t-Bahuriipa; mahan-Mahan; itithus; rudrasya-of these Rudras; piir�adii /:t-their associates; ca-and;\nanye-other; ghorii/:t-very fearful; preta- ghosts; viniiyakii/:t-and\nthe wife; rudriin-Rudras; ca-and; kotiSa/:t-ten million;\n\nhobgoblins.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSariipa, the wife of Bhiita, gave birth to the ten million Rudras,\nof whom the eleven principal Rudras were Raivata, Aja, Bhava,\nBhima, Varna, Ugra, V�iik.api, Ajaikapiit, Ahirbradhna, Bahuriipa\nand Mahan. Their associates, the ghosts and goblins, who are very\nfearful, were born of the other wife of Bhiita.\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura comments that Bhuta had two\n\nwives. One of them, Sariipa, gave birth to the eleven Rudras, and the\n\n", "SB6.2#p0040": "Srimad-Bhiigavatarn\n\n12\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 6\n\nother wife gave birth to the associates of the Rudras known as the ghosts\nand hobgoblins.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nsc�aq*tdw� : � tm1 �;p.r 1\n3P.l�t� �� �� �� m ������\nprajiipater aflgirasa/:t\nsvadhii patn\"i pit'fn atha\natharviiflgirasam vedam\nputratve ciikarot sat\"i\nprajiipate/:t aflgirasa/:t-of another prajiipati, known as Angira;\nsvadhii-Svadha; patn\"i-his wife; pit'fn -the Pitas; atka-thereafter;\natha rva - iirigirasam-Atharva ngirasa;\n\nvedam-the personified\n\nputratve-as the son; ca-and; akarot-acc epted; sat\"i-Sati\n.\n\nVeda;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe prajiipati Ailgirii had two wives, named Svadhii and Sati. The\nwife named Svadhii accepted all the Pitiis as her sons, and Sati\naccepted the Atharviili.girasa Veda as her son.\nTEXT 20\n\nim'flrsf.itfq llrtlt�t �tij��� 1\nf�'fUJRT ��f� � �� �II� oil\nkrsasvo 'rci$i bhiiryayam\ndhumaketum ajijanat\ndhi$a1J(iyam vedaSiro\ndevalam vayunam manum\nkrsasva/:t-_Krsasva;\n\narci.$i-Arcis;\n\nbhiiryiiyam-in\n\nhis\n\nwife;\n\ndhumaketum-to Dhumaketu; ajijanat -gave birth; dhi$aru'iyiim-in\nthe wife known as Dhi�aQii; vedaSira/:t-Vedasira; devalam-Devala;\n\nvayunam- Vayuna; manum-Manu.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0041": "Text 22]\n\nThe Progeny of the Daughters of Dak�a\n\n13\n\nTRANSLATION\n�va had two wives, named Arcis and Dhi�m:ta. In the wife\nnamed Arcis he begot Dhumaketu and in Dhi�m:ta he begot four\nsons, named Veda8ira, Devala, Vayuna and Manu.\nTEXTS 21-22\n\n��� �� cti�: 'RifT �1fli;ftf« =it I\n\nq6f'iff1� 'i6tJ1W{ �1fli;ft ij�+tlwt� II�� II\n\ngqoltQ.ij �� �C( ��� I\n�G.�'Iil� =it �i•nww��H ������\nta rk§yasya viTUltii luulrilb,\npatafigi yaminiti ca\npatangy asilta patagan\nyamini salabhan atha\nsuparl}iisilta ganu)am\ns ak§ad yajnesa-vahaTUlm\nsilrya-siltam anilrurh ca\nluulrilr niigiin anekaSab,\ntark§yasya-of Kasyapa, whose other name is Tark!?ya; viTUltiiVinatli;\n\nluulrub,-Kadn1;\n\nthus; ca-and;\n\npata1igi-Patan gi; yamini-Yamini; iti­\n\npatangr-Patangi ;\n\nasilta-gave birth; patagan-to\n\nbirds of different varieties; yamini-Yamini; salabhan -(gave birth to)\nlocusts; atha-thereafter; supa71Ul-the wife named Vinatli; asiltagave birth; ganu)am-to the celebrated bird known as Garu<;la; sak§iitdirectly; yajnesa-vahaTUlm\n\n-\n\nthe carrier of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, Vi!?QU; silrya-siltam-the chariot driver of the sun-god;\nanilrum-Am1ru;\n\nca-and;\n\nluulrub,-Kadn1;\n\nnagan-serpents;\n\nanekaSab,-in varieties.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKa8yapa, who is also named Tark�ya, had four wives-Vinata\n[Supar:r_ta], Kadrft, Patailgi and Yamini. PataiJ.gi gave birth to many\n\n", "SB6.2#p0042": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n14\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 6\n\nkinds of birds, and Yimini gave birth to locusts. Vinata [Supar:r;Iii]\n\ngave birth to Garu«;la, the carrier of Lord Vi�l)u, and to Anuru, or\n\nArul)a, the chariot driver of the sun-god. Kadrii gave birth to\n\ndifferent varieties of serpents.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n��...•c::1f;r �:suun�1 : 4€i41� � 1\n�� msiiq�(ijlt �!4(1R(f: ����II\nkrttikiid ni na/cyatra�indo/:r- patnyas tu bharata\nda/cya-Siipiit so 'napatyas\ntasu ya/cyma-grahardita/:rkrttika-adini-headed by �ttika; na/cyatra�i-the constellations;\nindo/:r--of the moon-god; patnya/:r--the wives; tu-but; bharata-0\nMaharaja Parik�it, descendant of the dynasty of Bharata; da/cya-stipiitbecause of being cursed by Dak�a; sa/:r--the moon-god; anapatya/:r-without children; ttisu-in so many wives; ya/cyma-graha-ardita/:r-being oppressed by a disease that brings about gradual destruction.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, best of the Bhiiratas, the constellations\n\nnamed i{rttikii were all wives of the moon-god. However, because\nPrajiipati Dakt?a had cursed him to suffer from a disease causing\n\ngradual destruction, the moon-god could not beget children in any\n\nof his wives.\n\nPURPORT\n\nBecause the moon-god was very much attached to RohiQi, he neglected\nall his other wives. Therefore, seeing the bereavement of these\ndaughters, Prajapati Dak�a became angry and cursed him.\nTEXTS 24-26\n\n�:SRm�d�:����: I\n\n� ijl'flfif cil.......; '�1fl#•UJ� 11��11\n\n", "SB6.2#p0043": "Text 26)\n\nThe Progeny of the Daughters of Dak�a\n\n15\n\ntldt&.tlf+l( � I\n3Ttif��:�31tmtren� 11��11\n�:it� fflm wftl: �Rrfll: I\nf�t�iG.1•ton � �: Q(+tlti�U: ������\n31?.1\n\n��qq«lwti\n\npuna/:t prasiidya tam soma/:t\nkala lebhe k<}aye ditii/:t\nsmu niimiini lokiiniirh\nmiitfr.uirh sarikarii!ti ca\natha kaSyapa-patniniirh\nyat-prasiltam idam jagat\naditir ditir danu/:t �{lui\nari§!ii surasii ila\nmuni/:t krodha1X.lSii tiimrii\nsurabhi/:t saramii timi/:t\ntimer yiido-ga1Jii asan\nsviipadii/:t saramii-sutii/:t\npuna/:t-again; prasiidya-pacifying; tam-him (Prajlipati Dak!;ia);\nsoma/:t-the moon-god; kala/:t-portions of light;\n\nlebhe-achieved;\n\nk<}aye-in gradual destruction (the dark fortnight); dita/:t-removed;\nsmu-please hear; niimii ni-all the names; lokiiniim-of the planets;\nmiitfl].dm-of the mothers; sarikarii !li-pleasing; ca-also; atha-now;\nkaSyapa-patninii m-of the wives of Kasyapa;\n\nyat-prasiltam-from\n\nwhom was born; idam-this; jagat-whole universe; aditi/:t-Aditi;\n\nditi/:t-Diti; danu/:t-Danu; �tha-Kli!;ithli; ari§tii-Ari!;itli; surasii­\n\nSurasli; ila-Illi; muni/:t - Muni; krodhava.Sii-Krodhavasli; tiimriiTamrli; surabhi/:t-Surabhi; saramii-Saramli; timi/:t-Timi; time/:tfrom Timi; yada/:t-ga1Jii/:t-the aquatics; asan-appeared; sviipadii/:tthe ferocious animals like the lions and tigers; saramii-sutii/:t-the\nchildren of SaramA.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThereafter the King of the moon pacified Prajipati Dak�a with\ncourteous words and thus regained the portions of light he had\n\n", "SB6.2#p0044": "[Canto 6, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n16\n\nlost during his disease. Nevertheless he could not beget children.\n\nThe moon loses his shining power during the dark fortnight, and\n\nin the bright fortnight it is manifest again. 0 King Parik11it, now\nplease hear from me the names of KaSyapa's wives, from whose\n\nwombs the population of the entire universe has come. They are\n\nthe mothers of almost all the population of the entire universe,\n\nand their names are very auspicious to hear. They are Aditi, Diti,\nDanu, K�tha, Ari!1!ii, Surasa, Da, Muni, Krodhava8a, Tamra,\n\nSurahhi, Sarama and Timi. From the womb of Timi all the aquatics\ntook birth, and from the womb of Sarama the ferocious animals\nlike the tigers and lions took birth.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nPW.tfl1�l � � ffi:�l'il � I\n�mw:u: �.mn �(\"(1((1i t(Q11: 11�\\911\nsurabher mah�a gavo\nye canye dviSapha nrpa\ntiimrayab, syena-grdhradya\nmuner apsarasiim ga1Jii,b,\nsurabheb,-from the womb of Surabhi; mah�ab,-buffalo; gavab,cows; ye-who; ca-also; anye-others; dvi-saphab,-having cloven\nhooves;\n\nnrpa-0\n\nKing;\n\ntamrayab,-from\n\nTamra;\n\nsyena-eagles;\n\ngrdhra-adyab,-vultures and so on; muneb,-from Muni; apsarasii\"l:o£ angels; ga1Jii,b,-the groups.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Parik11it, from the womb of Surahhi the buffalo,\n\ncow and other animals with cloven hooves took birth, from the\nwomb of Tamra the eagles, vultures and other large birds of prey\n\ntook birth, and from the womb of Muni the angels took birth.\nTEXT 28\n\n���ctw:�tr � � iliN��I€+l�U: I\n� �: � �� mm: 11��11\n\n", "SB6.2#p0045": "Text 31]\n\n17\n\nThe Progeny of the Daughters of Dak�a\n\ndandaSukiidaya/:l sarpa\nrajan krodhava5atmaja/:l\niliiya bhuruhii/:l sarve\nyatudhiiniiS ca saurasa/:l\ndandaSuka-adaya/:l-headed by the dandaSuka\nreptiles;\n\nrajan-0\n\nKing;\n\nsnakes;\n\nsarpa/:t­\n\nkrodhava5a-atma-ja/:l-born\n\nfrom\n\nKrodhavasa; iliiya/:l-from the womb of Ila; bhuruhii/:l-the creepers\nand trees; sarve-all; yatudhiinii/:l-the cannibals (Rak�asas); ca-also;\nsaurasii/:l-from the womb of Surasa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sons horn of Krodhava8a were the serpents known as\ndanda8iika, as well as other serpents and the mosquitoes. All the\nvarious creepers and trees were born from the womb of Ila. The\nRak�asas, bad spirits, were born from the womb of Surasa.\n\nTEXTS 29-31\n\natR!Iil� ��: �Rl R::tl�o : I\nwn �;if(ce�f!�tri �dii•ot � 11����\n\n�\n�sftit 6!\"1ilil Nf41qtt: I\n....\n\n,...\n-��\n31ilif!(CC: :U�I�(I:\n�+i13: ��'1�1�: II� o II\n\n� � :q- l(·'q�lS�I4wt: I\n\"t{iit�l W�41aJT MstMM� ��: II�� II\na�!iiyiis tu gandharvii/:l\nkii§!hiiya dviSaphetarii/:l\nsutii danor eka-�a§#s\nte�iirh pradhii nikaii srr_tu\ndvimurdhii sambaro '�!O\nhayagrivo vibhiivasu/:l\nayomukha/:l sariku§ira/:l\nsvarbhiinu/:l kapilo 'rur_ta/:l\n\n", "SB6.2#p0046": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n18\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 6\n\npulomii Vf$aparva ca\nekacakro 'nutiipana/:1.\ndhilmrakeso virilpak$o\nvipracittiS ca durjaya/:1.\nari$taya\n\n/:t\n\n-\n\nfrom the womb of Ari�ta; tu-but; gandharva/:1.-the\n\nGandharvas; �thaya/:1.-from the womb of Ka�tha; dvi-sapha-itard/:1.­\n\nanimals such as horses, which do not have cloven hooves; sutd/:1.-sons;\n\ndano/:1.-from the womb of Danu; eka-$�#/:1.-sixty-one; te$dm-of\n\nthem; pradhanikan-the important ones; sr�u-hear; dvimilrdha­\n\nDvimlirdha;\nHayagriva;\n\nsambara/:1.-Sambara;\nvibhavasu/:1.-Vibhavasu;\n\nku5ira - ailk.usira;\n\n/:t S\n\n/:t\n\nari$ta -Ari�ta;\n\nhayagrtva/:1.­\n\nayomukha/:1.-Ayomukha;\n\nsvarbhanu/:1.-Svarbhanu;\n\nsari­\n\nkapila/:1.-Kapila;\n\naru�/:1.-Aru�a; pulomii-Puloma; vr$aparva-Vr�aparva; ca-also;\n\nekacakra/:1.-Ekacakra;\n\nDhumrakesa;\n\nanutiipana/:1.-Anutapana;\n\nvirilpii/cya/:1.-Virupak�a;\n\nand; durjaya/:1.-Durjaya .\n\ndhilmrakesa/:1.­\n\nvipracitti/:1.-Vipracitti;\n\nca­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Gandharvas were born from the womb of Ari�!3, and\n\nanimals whose hooves are not split, such as the horse, were born\n\nfrom the womb of �!hii. 0 King, from the womb of Danu came\nsixty-one sons, of whom these eighteen were very important:\n\n9'imurdhii, Samhara, Ari�ta, Hayagriva, Vibhiivasu, Ayomukha,\nSaitkusirii,\n\nSvarhhiinu,\n\nKapila,\n\nArur:ta,\n\nPulomii,\n\nV:naparvii,\n\nEkacakra, Anutiipana, Dhumrakesa, Virupiik�a, Vipracitti and\n\nDurjaya.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�:�� �•wr·��:�'\n�� � ��IRtwtt§ti\\ � ����II\n..\n\nsvarbhano/:1. suprabham kanyam\numha namuci/:1. kila\nVf$aparva� tu sarmi$tham\nyayatir ndhU$o bali\n\n", "SB6.2#p0047": "Text\n\n36]\n\nThe Progeny of the Daughters of Dak�a\n\n19\n\nsvarbluirw/:t-of Svarbhanu; suprab luim-Suprabha; kanyam-the\nuooha-married;\ndaug hter;\nvr�aparva�/:t-of\nV:r�aparva;\n\nyayati/:t-King\npo werful.\n\nYayati;\n\nnamuci/:t-Namuci;\ntu-but;\n\nnah�a/:t-the\n\nson\n\nki\n\n�-indeed;\n\nsarm�tluim-Sarmi�tha;\nof Nahu�a;\n\nbalf-very\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe daughter of Svarbhanu named Suprabha was married by\n\nNamuci. The daughter of V:r�aparva named Sarmi�!hi was given to\n\nthe powerful King Yayati, the son of Nahu�a.\nTEXTS\n\n33-36\n\n�'QIWf(t¥1 �� ���: I\n��T '�ftm �;n �R\"S�I � II��II\naqaJ-.41 f$:(ot�t�: Sfig(t��td � 1\n� Cfilm � i: �lQtW\\(� « •: n�\\lll\nmltS'f '1•1�1( � JtU:;ftR;d : I\nwtt�1¥t: �•�4w•� � ${�nrewt: ����\"\n�: ttf!(l((iltfUt 4iltfd� fitn: fi«n I\n�tflWI �ijf (1\\ifw-W\\� (w-S::fStt( : ����II\nvaiSviinara-sutd yas ca\ncatasra§ caru-darsanti/:t\nupadanavf haya§ira\npuloma kalaka tatlui\nupadanavfm hiraiJyti�a/:t\nkratur haya§irarh nrpa\npulomam kalakam ca dve\nvaiSvanara-sute tu ka/:t\nupayeme 'tha bhagavan\nkaSyapo brahma-codita/:t\npauloma/:t kalakeyas ca\ndanava yuddha-salina/:t\n\n", "SB6.2#p0048": "[Canto 6, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n20\n\ntayo� �ll§#-sahasra1J.i\nyajna-ghnams te pitu� pita\njaghana svar-gato rajann\neka indra-priymikara�\n\nvaiSvanara-suta�-the daughters of Vaisvanara; ya�-who; caand; catasra�-four; ciiru-darsanii�-very, very beautiful; upadiinavi-Upadanavi;\n\nhaya§ira-Hayasira;\n\npuloma-Puloma;\n\nkalaka­\n\nKalaka; tatha-as well; upadiinavim-Upadanavi; hira1J.yak§a�-the\ndemon Hira�yak�a; kratu�-Kratu; haya5iram-Hayasira; nrpa-0\nKing; pulomam kalakam ca-Puloma and Kalaka; dve-the two;\nvaiSvanara-sute-daughters\nprajapati;\n\nof\n\nVaisvanara;\n\ntu-but;\n\nka�-the\n\nupayeme-married;\n\natha-then;\n\nbhagavan-the\n\nmost\n\npowerful; kaSyapa�-Kasyapa Muni; brahma-codita�-requested by\nLord Brahma; pauloma� kalakeya� ca-the Paulomas and Kalakeyas;\ndanava�-demons; yuddha-salina�-very fond of fighting; tayo�-of\nthem;\n\n�ll§#-sahasra1J.i-sixty\n\nthousand;\n\nyajna-ghniin-who\n\nwere\n\ndisturbing sacrifices; te-your; pitu�-of the father; pita-the father;\njaghana-killed; sva�-gata�-in the heavenly planets; rajan-0 King;\neka�-alone; indra-priyam-kara�-to please King lndra.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVaisvanara, the son of Danu, had four beautiful daughters,\n\nnamed Upadanavi, Hay&Sirii, Puloma and Kalaka. Hir8J.1yak�a\n\nied Upadanavi, and Kratu married Hay&Sirii. Thereafter, at the\n\nmarr\n\nrequest of Lord Brahmii, Prajapati K&Syapa married Pulomii and\n\nKalaka, the other two daughters of Vaisvanara. From the wombs of\n\nthese two wives of K&Syapa came sixty thousand sons, headed by\nNivatakavaca, who are known as the Paulomas and the Kalakeyas.\n\nThey were physically very strong and expert in fighting, and their\n\naim was to disturb the sacrifices performed by the great sages. My\ndear King, when your grandfather Arjuna went to the heavenly\nplanets, he alone killed all these demons, and thus King lndra\n\nbecame extremely affectionate toward him.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0049": "Text 39]\n\nThe Progeny of the Daughters of Oak�\n\n21\n\nTEXT 37\n\nfcucMf�t: mf(�lttf � ��+r:il.::t\\01€( I\no�a � '\"� � 3414161: 11�\\911\nvipracittib, simhikayam\nsat am caikam ajijanat\n\nrahu-jye�!harh ketu-satam\ngrahatvam ya upiigatab,\nvipracittib,- Vipracitti; simhikayam-in the womb of his wife\nSirhhika; satam-to one hundred; ca-and; ekam-one; ajijanat-gave\nbirth; rahu-j ye�!ha m-among whom Rahu is the oldest; ketu-satamone\n\nhundred\n\nKetus;\n\ngrahatvam-planethood;\n\nye-all\n\nof\n\nwhom;\n\nupiigatab, -obtained.\nTRANSLATION\nIn his wife Sirilhika, Vipracitti begot one hundred and one sons,\nof whom the eldest is Ralm and the others are the one hundred\nKetus. All of them attained positions in the inftuential planets.\nTEXTS 38-39\n\n� em titsfa>ij(�ij: I\nq;r \\011(140f0fl �: (<tf�\\OIIiEC(�{q: II����\nAiEI(ql'\"lt+n 'ro � m-m lltl! I\n\n3Prnr:\n\n� f� � f�: q �stilf: II�Q..II\nathatab, srilyatam vamso\n\nyo 'diter anupurva§ab,\nyatra naraya� devab,\n\nsvamsenavatarad vibhub,\nvivasvan aryama p�a\nt�!(itha savita bhag ab,\n\n", "SB6.2#p0050": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n22\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 6\n\ndhiita vidhiita varu�o\nmitrab, satru urukramab,\natha-thereafter; atab,-now; sruyatam-let it be heard; vamsab,­\n\nthe\n\ndynasty;\n\nchronological\n\nyab,-which;\norder;\n\naditeb,-from\n\nyatra-wherein;\n\nAditi;\n\nanupurva§ab,-in\n\nnliraya�b,-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead; devab,-the Lord; sva-arizSena-by His own\n\nplenary\n\nexpansion;\n\namtarat-descended;\n\nSupreme;\n\nvibhub,-the\n\nvivasmn-Vivasvan; aryama -Aryama; pll§a-Pu�a; tv�!li-Tva��a;\natha-thereafter;\n\nsavita-Sav ita;\n\nbhagab,-Bhaga;\n\ndhiita-Dhata;\n\nvidhiita-Vidhata; varu�b,-Varui,Ia; mitrab,-Mitra; satrub,-Satru;\nurukramab,-Urukrama.\nTRANSLATION\n\nNow please hear me as I describe the descendants of Aditi in\n\nchronological order. In this dynasty the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead Nariiyai.la descended by His plenary expansion. The\n\nnames of the sons of Aditi are as follows: Vivasviin, Ary8!fiii, Pu�ii,\nTv�!ji, Savitii, Bhaga, Dhiitii, Vidhiitii, Varul).a, Mitra, Satru and\nUrukrama.\n\nvivasvatab, sriiddhadevam\nsamjnasuyata vai manum\n\nmithunam ca mahii-bhiiga\n\nyamam devam yamim tathii\nsaiva bhutvatha 1XU)ava\nnasatyau s�uve bhuvi\nvivasvatab--of the sun-god; sriiddhadevam-named Sraddhadeva;\nsamjoo-Sarhjiia;\n\nManu;\n\nasuyata-gave\n\nmithunam-twins;\n\nbirth;\n\nca-and;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nmanum-to\n\nmahii-bhiiga-the\n\nfortunate\n\n", "SB6.2#p0051": "Text42]\n\nThe Progeny of the Daughters of Oak�\n\n23\n\nSarhjiia; yamam-to Yamaraja; devam-the demigod; yamim-to his\nsister named Yami; tatha-as well as; sa-she; eva-also; bhutvabecoming; atha-then; va4tzm-a mare; ruisatyau-to the Asvinikumaras; s�uve-gave birth; bhuvi-on this earth.\nTRANSLATION\nSariljiii, the wife of Vivasvin, the sun-god, gave birth to the\n\nManu named Sriddhadeva, and the same fortunate wife also gave\nbirth to the twins Yamarija and the River Yamuni. Then Yami,\n\nwhile wandering on the earth in the form of a mare, gave birth to\n\nthe A.Svini-kumiras.\n\nTEXT41\n\n��Jrt ������:I\n��mr�������\\l�ll\nchaya sanaiScaram lebhe\nsavanJim ca manum tata/:1.\nkanyam ca tapatim ya vai\nvavre samvara1Jllm patim\nchaya-Chaya, another wife of the sun-god; sanai.Scaram-Saturn;\nlebhe-begot;\n\nsavar�im-savarr:ti;\n\nca-and;\n\nmanum-the\n\nManu;\n\ntata/:1.-from him (Vivasvan); kanyam-one daughter; ca-as well as;\ntapatim-named\n\nTapati;\n\nya-who;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nvavre-married;\n\nsamvara1J(lm-Saritvarar:ta; patim-husband.\nTRANSLATION\nChiyi, another wife of the sun-god, begot two sons named\n\nSanaiscara and Siv�i Manu, and one daughter, Tapati, who\nmarr\n\nied Sarilvara.I].a.\n\nTEXT42\n\n�� �� qw) �·: ijffl: I\n� � - �ttf<t�GCUII �qefiRq(fj 11\\l�ll\n\n", "SB6.2#p0052": "24\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 6\n\naryam� miitrka patni\ntayo5 car�ar:wya/:1, sutii/:1,\nyatra vai miin�i jatir\nbrahma1}ii copakalpita\naryamr:w/:1.-of Aryama; matrka-Mat:rka; patni-the wife; tayo/:1,by their union;\n\ncar�ar:wya/:1, sutd/:1,-many sons who were learned\n\nscholars;\n\nyat ra-wherein;\n\nspecws;\n\nbrahma1}ii-by Lord Brahma;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nmiin�i-human;\nca-and;\n\njati/:1,­\n\nupakalpita-was\n\ncreated.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the womb of Mat:rkii, the wife of Aryamii, were born many\n\nlearned scholars. Among them Lord Brahma created the human\n\nspecies, which are endowed with an aptitude for self-examination.\nTEXT43\n\n�lwt4�: tlf!la;l �..mSlrol � I\n�sm � tm � P4tafii:�: 11\\l�ll\np�napatya/:1, p�!ado\nb\n\nhagna-danto 'bhavat purii\n\nyo 'sau dak§aya kupitam\njahiisa vivrta-dvija/:1,\n\np�a-Pii�a; anapatya/:1,-without children; p�!a -ada/:1,-who lives\nby eating flour; b\npura-for merly;\n\nhagna-danta/:1,-with broken teeth; abhavat-became;\nya/:1,-who;\n\nasau - that;\n\ndak§aya -at\n\nDak�a;\n\nku­\n\npitam-very angry; jahiisa-laughed; vivrta-dvija/:1,-uncovering his\nteeth.\nTRANSLATION\nPii�ii had no so'!s. When Lord Siva was angry at Dak� Pii�ii had\nlaughed at Lord Siva and shown his teeth. Therefore he lost his\n\nteeth and had to live by eating only ground flour.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0053": "Text\n\n45]\n\n25\n\nThe Progeny of the Daughters of Dak�a\nTEXT44\n\n��q1�41�1lWrt� � �4il I\n4f.t���41Ji fq�� �Cf(i{ 11\\l\\lll\nt�tur daityiitmajii bhiiryii\nracanii niima kanyakii\nsannivesas tayor jajne\nviSvariipa§ ca viryaviin\nttXl§!uft-of Tva�!ii;\n\ndaitya-iitma-jii-the daughter\n\nof a demon;\n\nbhiiryii-wife; racanii-Racana; nama-named; kanyakii-a maiden;\n\nsannivesaft-Sannivesa;\n\ntayoft-of\n\nthose\n\ntwo;\n\njajne-was\n\nborn;\n\nviSvanlpab.-Visvarupa; ca-and; viryaviin-very powerful in bodily\nstrength.\nTRANSLATION\nRacan� the daughter of the Daityas, became the wife of\nPrajapati Tv�!& By his semina he begot in her womb two very\npowerful sons named Sannive8a and Visvariipa.\nTEXT\n\n45\n\nij � ij(tiUII � fltt61'4N I\nw'46it qfWt'ffil �nft«<if � 11\\l�ll\ntam vavrire sura-gar_ui\nsvasriyam dv�atiim api\nvimatena parityaktii\ngurur_uiligirasena yat\ntam-him (Visvarupa); vav ri re-accepted as a pri est; sura-gar_uiftthe demigods; svasriyam-the son of a daughter; dv�atiim-of the\ninimical\n\ndemons;\n\napi-although;\n\nvimatena-being\n\ndisrespected;\n\nparityaktiift-who were given up; gurur_ui-by their spiritual master;\niingirasena-B� haspati; yat-since.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0054": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n26\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Visvarupa was the son of the daughter of their eternal\n\nenemies the demons, the demigods accepted him as their priest in\naccordance with the order of Brahmi when they were abandoned\n\nby their spiritual master, B:rhaspati, whom they had disrespected.\nThus end the Booktivedanta purports\n\nto\n\nthe Sixth Canto, Sixth\n\nCoopter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Progeny of the\nDaughters of Da/cya. \"\n\n", "SB6.2#p0055": "CHAPTER SEVEN\n\nlndra Offends\nHis Spiritual Master, B:rhaspati\nAs related in this chapter, lndra, the King of heaven, committed an\n\noffense at the feet of his spiritual master, Brhaspati. Brhaspati therefore\n\nleft the demigods, who then had no priest. However, at the request of the\ndemigods, Visvarupa, the son of the brahmar:w Tva!?�a, became their\n\npriest.\n\nOnce upon a time, lndra, the King of the demigods, was sitting with\n\nhis wife Sacidevi and being praised by various demigods like the Siddhas,\n\nCaral).as and Gandharvas when Brhaspati, the spiritual master of the\n\ndemigods, entered the assembly. lndra, being too absorbed in material\n\nopulence, forgot himself and did not respect Brhaspati, who thus became\naware of lndra's pride in his material opulence and immediately disap­\n\npeared from the assembly to teach him a lesson. lndra became most\n\nrepentant, understanding that because of his opulence he had forgotten\n\nto respect his spiritual master. He left the palace to beg pardon from his\nspiritual master, but could not find Brhaspati anywhere.\n\nBecause of his disrespectful behavior toward his spiritual master, ln­\n\ndra lost all his opulence and was conquered by the demons, who defeated\nthe demigods in a great fight and occupied lndra's throne. King lndra,\n\nalong with the other demigods, later took shelter of Lord Brahma.\n\nUnderstanding the situation, Lord Brahma chastised the demigods for\ntheir offense to their spiritual master. Following Lord Brahma's orders,\n\nthe demigods accepted Visvarupa, who was a brahmar:w and the son of\n\nTva!?�a, as their priest. Then they performed yajfias under the priesthood\nof Visvarupa and were able to conquer the demons.\nTEXT I\n\n�(t\\Jf1'ft'4f\n� �: qfl�'ffil 311\"iflifu�•t: uu: 1\n1(6G\\I\"4ft lftlif4MMIUIP4il¥i gU II � II\n27\n\n", "SB6.2#p0056": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n28\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nsri-rajotxica\nkasya heto� parityakta\nacaryeT}ii tmana� sura�\n\netad aca�va bhagavan\n\nchi§yaT}iim akramam gurau\n\nsri-raja uvaca-the King inquired; kasya heto�-for what reason;\n\nparityakta�-rejected; acarye�-by the spiritual master, B:rhaspati;\n\natmana�-of himself; sura�-all the demigods; etat-this; aca�va­\n\nkindly\n\ndescribe;\n\nbhagavan-0\n\ngreat\n\nsage\n\n(Sukadeva\n\nGosvam!);\n\nsi§yaT}iim-of the disciples; akramam-the offense; gurau-unto the\n\nspiritual master.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Parik�it inquired from Sukadeva Gosviimi: 0 great\n\nsage, why did the spiritual master of the demigods, Brhaspati, re­\n\nject the demigods, who were his own disciples? What offense did\nthe demigods commit against their spiritual master? Please\ndescribe to me this incident.\n\nPURPORT\nSr!la Visvanatha Cakravartl Thakura comments:\nsaptame guruT}ii tyaktair\ndevair daitya-parajitai�\nviSvarnpo gurutvena\n\nvrto brahmopadesata�\n\n\"This Seventh Chapter describes how B:rhaspati was offended by the\n\ndemigods, how he left them and the demigods were defeated, and how\n\nthe demigods, following the instructions of Lord Brahma, accepted\nVisvariipa as the priest to perform their sacrifice.\"\n\nTEXTS 2-8\n\n�.,,�(jqfVJfliif/\"f\n\n1\n(wlf(tccw�»t�4¥M.)lffij('l�'-u\n���(«�\n��fc(�'ficfil.fq II � II\n\n", "SB6.2#p0057": "Text\n\n8)\n\nlndra Offends Brhaspati\n\n�,�4o-lf�lf wtl9�t+t.tf qf(�: I\nm(\"iit(at•• 1i4laf.ll'lui.f!l·�fil:\n11 � 11\nAtU1i4(1CQUfilf f�: qijift�: I\n..\n\nf.t10f01+Uoi) +4'1'4I( �+tRIJ lfml II \\l II\n:aq•n�tt•'il �t&ttt•�•:rt•W4•e:rt� ,\n\ntn\"l�ll{tq�ut\n�\"1\\+MS��I(WI II � II\n��: qJ(�?Sfl+t(OfOiilwtl�fi: I\nfi«(liiil+t:rt: cft�+<qHf(l·wt�l � II � II\n� � q(+tl�t4 4oillwtl+tl�wtlf ( I\nwtr+i4:rt�{1 � �: II \\9 II\n'4���fa\n� «Ot«wt+t�{t( I\nwfM�I�IQ:rt�: q�'IN�ll �II\nsri-badarayaJJ-ir uvaca\nindras tribhuvanaiSvaryamadollanghita-satpatha�\nmarudbhir vasubhi rudrair\nadityair rbhubhir nrpa\nviSvedevaiS ca sadhyaiS ca\nnasatyabhyarh pariSrita�\nsiddha-cdra�J-U-gandharvair\nmunibhir brahmavadibhi�\nvidyadharapsarobhiS ca\nkinnarai� patagoragai�\nn�evyamdiJ-0 maghavan\nstilyamana§ ca bharata\nupagiyamano lalitam\nasthanadhyasanasrita�\npar:uJ,urelJ-dtapatre�J-U\ncandra-maiJ-(lala-carulJ-d\n\n29\n\n", "SB6.2#p0058": "30\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nyuktaS canyaib, parame$!hyaiS\ncamara-vyajaniidibhib,\nvirajamiinab, paulamya\nsahardhiisanaya bhrsam\nsa yadii paramacaryam\ndevanam atmana§ ca ha\nnabhyanandata sampraptam\npratyutthanasaniidibhib,\nvacaspatim muni-varam\nsurasura-namaskrtam\nnoccacalasanad indrab,\npa§yann api sabhiigatam\nsri-badarayaJJib. uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami replied; indrab,King lndra; tri-bhuvana-aiSvarya-because of possessing all the material opulences of the three worlds; mada-due to pride; ullanghitawho has transgressed; sat-pathab,-the path of Vedic civilization;\nmarudbhib,-by the wind demigods, known as the Maruts; vasubhib,by the eight Vasus; rudraib,-by the eleven Rudras; adityaib,-by the\nAdityas; rbhubhib,-by the �bhus; nrpa-0 King; viSvedevaib, ca-and\nby the Visvadevas; sadhyaib,-by the Sadhyas; ca-also; nasatyabhyam-by the two Asvini-kumaras; pariSritab,-surrounded; siddhaby the inhabitants of Siddhaloka; cara�JU-the CiiraQas; gandharvaib,and the Gandharvas; munibhib,-by the great sages; brahmavadibhib,-by greatly learned impersonalist scholars; vidyadhara-apsarobhib, ca-and by the Vidyadharas and Apsaras; kinnaraib,-by the\nKinnaras; pataga-uragaib,-by the Patagas (birds) and Uragas (snakes);\nni$evyamii�JU!t-being served; maghaoon-King lndra; stiiyamiinab,\nca-and being offered prayers; bharata-0 Maharaja Parik�it;\nupagiyamiinab,-being sung before; lalitam-very sweetly; asthanain his assembly; adhyasana-asritab,-situated on the throne; piiJJ�ure�JU-white; atapatre�JU-with an umbrella over the head; candrama�la-caru'Jii-as beautiful as the circle of the moon; yuktab,-endowed; ca anyaib,-and by other; parame$!hyaib,-symptoms of an exalted king; camara-by yak-tail; vyajana-adibhib,-fans and other\n\n", "SB6.2#p0059": "Text 8]\nparaphernalia;\n\nlndra Offends B:rhaspati\nvirdjamana?z,-shining;\n\npaulamya-his\n\n31\nwife,\n\nSaci;\n\nsaha-with; ardha-asanaya-who occupied half the throne; bhrsam­\n\ngreatly; sa?z,-he (lndra); yada-when; parama-dcdryam-the most\n\nexalted dcarya, spiritual master; devandm-of all the demigods; dtmana?z,-of himself; ca-and; ha-indeed; na-not; abhyanandata­\n\nwelcomed; samprdptam-having appeared in the assembly; pratyutthana-by getting up from the throne; dsana-ddibhi?z,-and by a seat\n\nand other greetings; vdcaspatim-the priest of the demigods, B:rhaspati;\n\nmuni-varam-the best of all the sages; sura-asura-namaskrtam-who is\n\nrespected by both the demigods and the asuras; na-not; uccacala-did\n\nget up; dsandt-from the throne; indra?z,-Indra; pa§yan api-although\nseeing; sabhd-agatam-entering the assembly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: 0 King, once upon a time, the King of\nheaven, lndra, being extremely proud because of his great opulence of the three worlds, transgressed the law of Vedic etiquette.\nSeated on his throne, he w� surrounded by the Maruts, Vasus,\nRudras, Adityas, .J;lbhus, Visvadevas, Siidhyas, ASvini-kumiiras,\nSiddhas, CiiraJ.las and Gandharvas and by great saintly persons.\nAlso surrounding him were the Vidyiidharas, Apsariis, Kinnaras,\nPatagas [birds] and Uragas [snakes]. All of them were offering lndra their respects and services, and the Apsariis and Gandharvas\nwere dancing and singing with very sweet musical instruments.\nOver lndra's head was a white umbrella as effulgent as the full\nmoon. Fanned by yak-tail whisks and served with all the paraphernalia of a great king, lndra was sitting with his wife, Sacidevi, who\noccupied half the throne, when the great sage B:rhaspati appeared\nin that assembly. B:rhaspati, the best of the sages, was the spiritual\nmaster of lndra and the demigods and was respected by the\ndemigods and demons alike. Nevertheless, although lndra saw his\nspiritual master before him, he did not rise from his own seat or\noffer a seat to his spiritual master, nor did lndra offer him a respectful welcome. lndra did nothing to show him respect.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0060": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n32\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT9\n\nm � � �(•ff«:t q: 1\n\n���fttl;t�ht�Mf�ll � 11\ntato nirgatya sahasii\nkavir iiilgirasa/:t prabhu/:t\nayayau sva-grham ti4�irh\n\nvidviin sri- mada-vikriyam\n\ntata/:t-thereafter; nirgatya-going out; sahasii-suddenly; kavi/:t­\n\nthe great learned sage; a ngirasa/:t-Brhaspati; prabhu/:t-the master of\nthe demigods; iiyayau\n\n-\n\nreturned; s va-grham-to his home; ti4�im­\n\nbeing silent; vidviin- having known; sr i- mada -vik riyam-deterioration\nbecause of madness due to opulence.\nTRANSLATION\nBrhaspati knew everything that would happen in the future.\n\nSeeing lndra's transgression of etiquette, he completely under­\n\nstood that lndra was puffed up by his material opulence. Although\n\nable to curse lndra, he did not do so. Instead, he left the assembly\nand in silence returned to his home.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n6ifq SIRt��� gQ�Wf+IRti\"C:\nrr�l+m.'f � (4tl+tl€+tlwt+tl�+tw II � II\no\n\ntarhy eva pratibudhyendro\nguru-helanam iitmana/:t\ngarhayam iisa sadasi\nsvayam iitmiinam iitmanii\ntarhi-then, immediately; eva-indeed; pratib udhya-realiz ing; in­\n\ndra/:t -King lndra; gu ru -h elanam-disrespect to the spiritual master;\niit mana /:t-his own; garhayiim lisa-reproached; sadasi-in that assembly; svayam-personally; iitmiinam-himself; iitmanii-by himself.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0061": "Text 12]\n\nIndra Offends Brhaspati\n\n33\n\nTRANSLATION\nlndra, the King of heaven, could immediately understand his\nmistake. Realizing he had disrespected his spiritual master, he\ncondemned himself in the presence of all the members of the\nassembly.\nTEXT 11\n\nsm 'RI 'PUQI! � � �!fi:;u I\n�mWI �: � �:llttll\naho bata mayasadhu\nkrtam vai dabhra-buddhinii\nyan mayaiSvarya-mattena\nguru/:t sadasi kiitkrta/:t\naho-alas;\n\nbata-indeed;\n\nkrtam-the action done; vai\n\nmaya -by me;\n-\n\nasadhu-disrespectful;\n\ncertain ly; dabhra -b uddhinii-being of\n\nless intelligence; yat-because; maya -by me; aiSvarya-mattenabeing very proud of material opulence; guru /:t-the spiritual master:\n\nsadasi-in this assembly; kiit-krta/:t-mistreated.\nTRANSLATION\nAlas, what a regrettable deed I have committed because of my\nlack of intelligence and my pride in my material opulences. I failed\nto show respect to my spiritual master when he entered this assembly, and thus I have insulted him.\nTEXT 12\n\n� � qfiim � tslfqtqq{\\(fq 1\n�PUC¥41t\\( � ;fta)� �lll(: 11��11\nko grdhyet par:u)ito la�miril\n\ntripi§!apa-pater api\nyayaham asuram bhavam\nnito 'dya vibudhesvara/:t\n\n", "SB6.2#p0062": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n34\n\ngrdhyet-would\n\nkalt-who;\n\naccept;\n\npar:uf,italt-a\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 7\nlearned\n\nman;\n\nla�mim-opulences; tri-p�!a-pa-patelt api-although I am the King\n\nof the demigods;\n\nyaya-by which;\n\naham-I; asuram-demoniac;\n\nbhavam-mentality; nitalt-carried to; adya-now; vibudha-of the\n\ndemigods, who are in the mode of goodness; iSvaralt-the King.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlthough I am King of the demigods, who are situated in the\n\nmode of goodness, I was proud of a little opulence and polluted by\nfalse ego. Under the circumstances, who in this world would accept\n\nsuch riches at the risk of falling down? Alas! I condemn my wealth\n\nand opulence.\n\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu prayed to the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, na dhanam na janam na sundarim kavitam ro jagad-iSa kiimaye:\n\"0 my Lord, I do not aspire for material opulence or wealth, nor do I\n\nwant a great number of followers to accept me as their leader, nor do I\n\nwant a very beautiful wife to please me.\" Mama janmani janmaniSvare\nbhavatad bhaktir ahaituki tvayi: \"I do not even want liberation. All I\n\nwant, life after life, is to be a faithful servant of Your Lordship.\" Ac­\n\ncording to the laws of nature, when one is extremely opulent one be­\n\ncomes degraded, and this is true both individually and collectively. The\n\ndemigods are situated in the mode of goodness, but sometimes even one\n\nwho is situated in such an exalted position as King Indra, the king of all\nthe demigods, falls down because of material opulence. We are now ac­\n\ntually seeing this in America. The entire American nation has tried to ad­\n\nvance in material opulence without striving to produce ideal human\n\nbeings. The result is that Americans are now regretting the wholesale\n\ncriminality of American society and are wondering how America has be­\n\ncome so lawless and unmanageable. As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(7.5.31),\n\nna\n\nte\n\nvidult srortha-gatim hi V�IJ-um: persons who are\n\nunenlightened do not know the aim of life, which is to return home, back\nto Godhead. Therefore, both individually and collectively, they try to en­\n\njoy so-called material comforts, and they become addicted to wine and\n\nwomen. The men produced in such a society are less than fourth class.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0063": "Text 13)\n\nlndra Offends Brhaspati\n\n35\n\nThey are the unwanted population known as varr:w-sarikara, and as\nstated in Bhagavad-gita, an increase of var7J-a-sarikara population creates a hellish society. This is the society in which Americans now find\nthemselves.\nFortunately, however,\n\nthe Hare :i(r�I)a movement has come to\n\nAmerica, and many fortunate young men are givin� seri9us attention to\nthis movement, which is creating ideal men of first-class character, men\nwho completely refrain from meat-eating, illicit sex, intoxication and\ngambling. If the American people are serious about curbing the degraded\ncriminal life of their nation, they must take to the :i(r�I)a consciousness\nmovement and try to create the kind of human society advised in\n\nBhagavad-gitii ( catur-var7Jyam maya sr�tam gu1J-(l-karma-vibhiiga5aM.\n\nThey must divide their society into first-class men, second-class men,\nthird-class men and fourth-class men. Since they are now creating only\nmen who are less than fourth class, how can they avoid the dangers of a\ncriminal society? Long, long ago, Lord lndra regretted his disrespect to\nhis spiritual master, B:rhaspati. Similarly, it is advised that the American\npeople regret their mistaken advancement in civilization. They should\ntake advice from the spiritual master, the representative of :i(r�I)a. If\nthey do so, they will be happy, and theirs will be an ideal nation to lead\nthe entire world.\n\nTEXT 13\n\nql(�ij� fif'tul+tNM3( WI �iil\"l I\n$1�Mefa:RI � � WI trt tq: ������\n\n�:\n\nya/:t parame�thyam dh�a7J-am\nadhit�than na kancana\npratyut�thed iti bruyur\ndharmam te na param vidu/:t\nya/:t-anyone who; parame �thyam -royal; dh�1J-(lm - throne ;\nadhi�than -sitting on; na-not; kancana-anyone; pratyut�thetshould rise before; iti-thus; bruyu/:t-those who say; dharmamthe codes of religion; te-they; na-not; param- higher; vidu/:tknow.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0064": "36\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf a person says, \"One who is situated on the exalted throne of a\n\nking should not stand up to show respect to another king or a\n\nhrahmal).a,\" it is to he understood that he does not know the\n\nsuperior religious principles.\n\nPURPORT\nSri:la Visvanatha Cakravartl Thakura says in this regard that when a\n\npresident or king is sitting on his throne, he does not need to show\n\nrespect to everyone who comes within his assembly, but he must show\nrespect to superiors like his spiritual master, brahma\"(UlS and V ai��avas.\n\nThere are many examples of how he should act. When Lord K_r��a was\n\nsitting on His throne and Narada fortunately entered His assembly, even\nLord K_r��a immediately stood up with His officers and ministers to offer\n\nrespectful obeisances to Narada. Narada knew that K_r��a is the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, and K_r��a knew that Narada was His devotee,\n\nbut although K_r��a is the Supreme Lord and Narada is the Lord's devo­\n\ntee, the Lord observed the religious etiquette. Since Narada was a\n\nbrahmacari, a brahmaT}il and an exalted devotee, even K_r��a, while act­\n\ning as a king, offered His respectful obeisances unto Narada. Such is the\n\nconduct visible in the Vedic civilization. A civilization in which the\n\npeople do not know how the representative of Narada and K_r��a should\n\nbe respected, how society should be formed and how one should advance\n\nin K_r��a consciousness-a society concerned only with manufacturing\n\nnew cars and new skyscrapers every year and then breaking them to\n\npieces and making new ones-may be technologically advanced, but it is\nnot a human civilization. A human civilization is advanced when its\npeople follow the catur-van_tya system, the system of four orders of life.\n\nThere must be ideal, first-class men to act as advisors, second-class men\n\nto act as administrators, third-class men to produce food and protect\ncows, and fourth-class men who obey the three higher classes of society.\n\nOne who does not follow the standard system of society should be con­\n\nsidered a fifth-class man. A society without Vedic laws and regulations\n\nwill not be very helpful to humanity. As stated in this verse, dharmam te\nna pararh\n\nvidu�: such a society does not know the aim of life and the\n\nhighest principle of religion.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0065": "lndra Offends Brhaspati\n\nText 14)\n\n37\n\nTEXT 14\n\n•q�a.turi -«�� � U't: 1\n- �� � � +4%!1R\"tt�gq· � 11�\\lll\n\nrn\n\nte�iirh kupatha-de� !flJ-iirh\npatatiirh tamasi hy adha/:t\nye sraddadhyur vacas te vai\nmajjanty a5ma-plavii iva\n\nte�am-of them (the misleaders); ku-patha-de�!flJ-iim-who show the\npath of danger; patatam-themselves falling; tamasi-in darkness;\nhi-indeed; adha/:t-down; ye-anyone who; sraddadhy u/:t -place\nfaith in; vaca/:t -the words; te-they; vai-indeed; majjanti-sink;\na5ma-plavii/:t-boats made of stone; iva-like.\nTRANSLATION\nLeaders who have fallen into ignorance and who mislead people\nby directing them to the path of destruction [as described in the\nprevious verse] are, in effect, boarding a stone boat, and so too are\nthose who blindly follow them. A stone boat would be unable to\nfloat and would sink in the water with its passengers. Similarly,\nthose who mislead people go to hell, and their followers go with\nthem.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in the Vedic literature (Bhiig. 11.20.17):\nnr-deham iidyam sulabham sudurlabham\nplavam sukalpam guru-kar1J.(l-dluiram\n\nWe, the conditioned souls, have fallen in the ocean of nescience, but the\nhuman body fortunately provides us a good opportunity to cross the\nocean because the human body is like a very good boat. When directed by\na spiritual master acting as the captain, the boat can very easily cross the\nocean. Furthermore, the boat is helped across by favorable winds, which\nare the instructions of Vedic knowledge. If one does not take advantage\n\n", "SB6.2#p0066": "[Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n38\n\nof all these facilities to cross the ocean of nescience, he is certainly\n\ncommitting suicide.\n\nOne who boards a boat made of stone is doomed. To be elevated to the\n\nstage of perfection, humanity must first give up false leaders who pre­\n\nsent boats of stone. All of human society is in such a dangerous position\n\nthat to be rescued it must abide by the standard instructions of the\n\nVedas. The cream of these instructions appears in the form of Bhagavad­\n\ngitii. One should not take shelter of any other instructions, for\n\nBhagavad-gitii gives direct instructions on how to fulfill the aim of\n\nhuman life. Lord Sri K_r�I)a therefore says, sarva-dharmiin parityajya\n\nmam ekaril sara1Jllril vraja: \"Give up all other processes of religion and\n\nsimply surrender to Me.\" Even if one does not accept Lord l<_r�I)a as the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, His instructions are so exalted and\n\nbeneficial for humanity that if one follows His instructions one will be\n\nsaved. Otherwise one will be cheated by unauthorized meditation and\n\ngymnastic methods of yoga. Thus one will board a boat of stone, which\nwill sink and drown all its passengers. Unfortunately, although the\n\nAmerican people are extremely eager to get out of materialistic chaos,\n\nthey are sometimes found to patronize the makers of stone boats. That\nwill not help them. They must take the proper boat offered by l<_r�I)a in\n\nthe form of the l<_r�I)a consciousness movement. Then they will be easily\nsaved. In this regard Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura comments:\n\na§mamayal; plavo ye$iiril\n\nte\n\nyatlui majjantaril plavam anumajjanti\n\ntatheti riija-nity-upade$!f$U sva-sabhye$U kopo vyanjital;. If society is\n\nguided by political diplomacy, with one nation maneuvering against\n\nanother, it will certainly sink like a stone boat. Political maneuvering\nand diplomacy will not save human society. People must take to l<_r�I)a\n\nconsciousness to understand the aim of life, to understand God, and to\nfulfill the human mission.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n31ql«¥4¥i(l+ti4¥4•11'4Ntoi\n\n�I\n\nSf('ll�flq �: �� �'N-t ����II\natluiham amariiciiryam\nagiidha-dhi$a1J1Lril dvijam\n\n", "SB6.2#p0067": "Text 15]\n\nlndra Offends Brhaspati\n\n39\n\npra.saday�ye niSatha/:t\n\nsi�� tac-carar:u.un s prsan\n\natha-therefore; aham-I; amar a-acaryam\n\n-\n\nthe spiritual master of\n\nthe demigods; agadha dh�wzam-whose spiritual knowledge is deep;\ndvijam-the perfect brahmarJn;\nprasaday�ye-1 shall please;\n-\n\nniSatha/:t-without duplicity; si��-with my head; tat-cara7J,[Lm-his\nlotus feet; sprsan-touching.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Indra said: Therefore with great frankness and without\nduplicity I shall now bow my head at the lotus feet of Brhaspati,\nthe spiritual master of the demigods. Because he is in the mode of\ngoodness, he is fully aware of all knowledge and is the best of the\nbrahmaJ;Ias. Now I shall touch his lotus feet and offer my obeisances unto him to try to satisfy him.\n\nPURPORT\n\nComing to his senses, King lndra realized that he was not a very sincere disciple of his spiritual master, B:rhaspati. Therefore he decided that\nhenceforward he would be niSatha, nonduplicitous. NiSatha/:t sir�� taccararJnm sprsan: he decided to touch his head to the feet of his spiritual\n\nmaster. From this example, we should learn this principle enunciated by\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura:\n\nyasya prasadad bhagavat-prasiido\nyasyaprasiidan na gati/:t kuto 'pi\n\"By the mercy of the spiritual master one is benedicted by the mercy of\nK:r�Qa. Without the grace of the spiritual master, one cannot make any\nadvancement.\" A disciple should never be a hypocrite or be unfaithful to\n\nhis spiritual master. In Srimad-Bhiigavatam (11.17.27), the spiritual\n\nmaster is also called acarya. Acaryam mam vijamyan: the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead says that one should respect the spiritual master, ac­\n\ncepting him as the Lord Himself. Navamanyeta karhicit: one should not\n\ndisrespect the acarya at any time. Na martya-buddhyasuyeta: one\n\n", "SB6.2#p0068": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n40\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nshould never think the iicarya an ordinary person. Familiarity sometimes breeds contempt, but one should be very careful in one's dealings\nwith the iicarya. Agadha-dhi$al}nm dvijam: the acarya is a perfect\n\nbrahmal}n and has unlimited intelligence in guiding the activities of his\ndisciple. Therefore �!?I:Ia advises in Bhagavad-gita (4.34):\n\ntad viddhi prar:tipatena\nparipra.Snena sevaya\nupade�yanti te jfliinam\njfliininas tattva-darsina/:1,\n\"Just try to learn the truth by approaching a spiritual master. Inquire\nfrom him submissively and render service unto him. The self-realized\nsoul can impart knowledge unto you because he has seen the truth.\" One\nshould fully surrender unto the spiritual master, and with service\n\n( sevaya) one should approach him for further spiritual enlightenment.\nTEXT 16\n\n� NRfiJij(ij� ���I\nfl���j<flsm �IRt'lSU�'lilil l ��II\nevaril cintayatas tasya\nmaghono bhagavan grhat\n\nbrhaspatir gato 'dmam\ngatim adhyatma-mayaya\nevam-thus; cintayata/:1,-while thinking very seriously; tasyahe; maghona /:1,-Indra; bhagam n-the most powerful; grhat\n\n-\n\nfrom\n\nhis home; brhaspati/:1, -B:r haspati; gata /:1,-went; admam-invisible;\n\ngatim\n\n-\n\nto a state; adhyatma-due to being highly elevated in spiritual\n\nconsciousness; mayaya-by his potency.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile lndra, the King of the demigods, thought in this way and\n\nrepented in his own assembly, Brhaspati, the most powerful\n\n", "SB6.2#p0069": "Text\n\n18]\n\n41\n\nlndra Offends Brhaspati\n\nspiritual master, understood his mind. Thus he became invisible to\nlndra and left home, for Brhaspati was spiritually more powerful\nthan King lndra.\nTEXT\n\n17\n\ng(l�tNfl(t: � -_._.lillli�... I\n�Jim ij�: � �te¥tijt��: 11�\\911\nguror niidhigatal; sarhjnarh\nparik.<jan bhagavan svara!\ndhyayan dhiya surair yukta};,\nsarma nalabhatatmanal;\ngurol;-of\n\nhis\n\nspiritual\n\nmaster;\n\nna-not;\n\nadhigatal;,-finding;\n\nsarhjnam-trace ; parik.<jan-searching vigorously all around; bhagavan-the most powerful lndra; svaril!-independent; dhyayanmeditating; dhiya -by wisdom; surail;-by the demigods; yuktal;,surrounded; sarma -peace ; na-not; alabhata-obtained; atmanal;of the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough lndra searched vigorously with the assistance of the\nother demigods, he could not find Brhaspati. Then lndra thought,\n\"Alas, my spiritual master has become dissatisfied with me, and\nnow I have no means of achieving good fortune.\" Although lndra\nwas surrounded by demigods, he could not find peace of mind.\nTEXT\n\n18\n\n.(lf�i:llt\\�1: ri 30f'l�\\1�6 'RP{ I\n� Sl�9!'14 �ijjl4aot 3116ijl�: II��II\ntac chrutvaivasura};, sarva\nasrityau5anasarh matam\ndevan pratyudyamam cakrur\ndurmadii atatayinal;\n\n", "SB6.2#p0070": "[Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n42\n\ntat .Srutva-hearing that news; eva-indeed; asuraft-the demons;\nsarve-all; asritya-taking shelter of; au§anasam-of Sukracarya;\n\nmatam-the instruction; devan-the demigods; pratyudyamam-ac­\n\ntion against; cakruft-performed; durmadaft-not very intelligent;\natatayinaft-equipped with arms for fighting.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHearing of the pitiable condition of King lndra, the demons,\n\nfollowing the instructions of their guru, Sukricirya, equipped\n\nthemselves with weapons and declared war against the demigods.\nTEXT 19\n\naRqi,;�fiflillt\\\"lfJt: I\nJRr1Ui � �: �� Wl(lefi..'«H II� �II\ntair visme�ubhis ti�r;air\nnirbhinnairgoru-bahavaft\nbrahma1Jllrh sarar;am jagmuft\nsahendra nata-kandharalt\ntaift-by them (the demons); visma-thrown; �ubhift-by the ar­\n\nrows;\n\nbodies;\n\nti�r:taift-very sharp;\nuru-thighs;\n\nnirbhinna-pierced all over;\n\noohavaft-and\n\narms;\n\nanga­\n\nbrahma1Jllm-of\n\nLord\n\nBrahma; sarar;am-the shelter; jagmuft-approached; saha-indraft­\n\nwith King lndra; nata-kandharaft-their heads bent downward.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe demigods' heads, thighs and arms and the other parts of\n\ntheir bodies were injured by the sharp arrows of the demons. The\ndemigods, headed by lndra, saw no other course than to immediately approach Lord Brahma with bowed heads for shelter\n\nand proper instruction.\n\nTEXT 20\n\netf(ijtUAJf(etli_ � \\ttl'41wtl�'f\\('it: I\nmT 'W-IT � � qfhn��i. ll�oll\n\n", "SB6.2#p0071": "Text 21]\n\n43\n\nlndra Offends B:rhaspati\n\ntiirhs tathiibhyarditiin vi/cyya\nbhagaviin iitmnbhur aja/:1.\nkrpayii parayii deva\nuviica parisiintvayan\ntan-them\n\n(the\n\ndemigods) ;\n\ntathii-in that way;\n\nabhyarditiin­\n\nafHicted by the weapons of the demons; vi/cyya-seeing; bhagaviin-the\nmost powerful; iitmn-bhu/:1.-Lord Brahmii; aja/:1.-who was not born\nlike an ordinary human being;\n\nkrpayii-out of causeless mercy;\n\nparayii-great; deva/:1.-Lord Brahmii; uviica-said; parisiintvayanpacifying them.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the most powerful Lord Brahms saw the demigods coming toward him, their bodies gravely injured by the arrows of the\ndemons, he pacified them by his great causeless mercy and spoke\nas follows.\n\nTEXT 21\n'-iti#liletl'if\n� ifij \"� �n���\nifftm � ��l+401wt;:((ij II� t II\nsri-brahmoviica\naho bata sura-sre�thii\nhy abhadrarit va/:1. krtarit mahat\nbrahm�tharit briihmar:tarit diintam\naiSvaryiin niibhyanandata\n\nsri-brahmii uviica-Lord Brahmii said; aho-alas; bata-it is very\nastonishing;\n\nsura-sre�thii/:1.-0 best of the\n\nabhadram-injustice;\n\nva/:1,-by\n\nyou;\n\ndemigods;\n\nkrtam-done;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nmahat-great;\n\nbrahm�tham-a person fully obedient to the Supreme Brahman;\nbriihmar:wm-a briihmar:w; diintam-who has fully controlled the mind\nand senses; aiSvaryiit-because of your material opulence; na-not:\nabhyanandata-welcomed properly.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0072": "44\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahms said: 0 best of the demigods, unfortunately, he­\n\ncause of madness resulting from your material opulence, you\nfailed to receive Brhaspati properly when he came to your assem­\n\nbly. Because he is aware of the Supreme Brahman and fully in con­\n\ntrol of his senses, he is the best of the hrahm�as. Therefore it is\n\nvery astonishing that you have acted impudently toward him.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Brahma recognized the brahminical qualifications of B:rhaspati,\nwho was the spiritual master of the demigods because of his awareness of\nthe Supreme Brahman. B:rhaspati was very much in control of his senses\nand mind, and therefore he was a most qualified brahma7J1l. Lord\nBrahma chastised the demigods for\n\nnot properly respecting this\n\nbrahma7J1l, who was their guru. Lord Brahma wanted to impress upon\nthe demigods that one's guru should not be disrespected under any\ncircumstances. When B:rhaspati entered the assembly of the demigods,\nthey and their king, lndra, took him for granted. Since he came every\nday, they thought, they did not need to show him special respect. As it is\nsaid, familiarity breeds contempt. Being very much displeased, B:rhaspati\nimmediately left lndra's palace. Thus all the demigods, headed by lndra,\nbecame offenders at the lotus feet of B:rhaspati, and Lord Brahma, being\naware of this, condemned their neglect. In a song we sing every day,\nNarottama dasa Thakura says, cak§u-diina dila yei, janme janme prabhu\nsei: the guru gives spiritual insight to the disciple, and therefore the\nguru should be considered his master, life after life. Under no circumstances should the guru be disrespected, but the demigods, being puffed\nup by thei! material possessions, were disrespectful to their guru.\nTherefore Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.17.27) advises, iiciiryarit marit vijaniyan navamanyeta karhicit/ na martya-buddhyasuyeta: the acarya\nshould always be offered respectful obeisances; one should never envy\nthe acarya, considering him an ordinary human being.\nTEXT 22\n\n�'i;w��l41«_ � q: �: I\n�: ��: (i'l-{l;wf � ��:����II\n\n", "SB6.2#p0073": "Text 23]\n\nlndra Offends B:rhaspati\n\n45\n\ntasyayam anayasyasit\nparebhyo vaft pariibhavaft\nprak$il)ebhyab, sva-vairibhyab,\nsamrddhiiniirh ca yat suriib,\ntasya-that; ayam-this; anayasya-of your ungrateful actiVIty;\nasit-was; parebhyab,-by others; vab,-of all of you; pariibhavab,-the\ndefeat; prak$il)ebhyab,-although they were weak; sva-vairibhy�b,-by\nyour own enemies, who were previously defeated by you; samrddhiiniim-being\n\nyourselves\n\nvery\n\nopulent;\n\nca-and;\n\nyat-which;\n\nsuriib,-0 demigods.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of your misbehavior toward B:rhaspati, you have been\ndefeated by the demons. My dear demigods, since the demons were\nweak, having been defeated by you several times, how else could\nyou, who were so advanced in opulence, he defeated by them?\nPURPORT\nThe devas are celebrated for fighting with the asuras perpetually. In\nsuch fights the asuras were always defeated, hut this time the demigods\nwere defeated. Why? The reason, as stated here, was that they had\noffended their spiritual master. Their impudent disrespect of their\nspiritual master was the cause of their defeat by the demons. As stated in\nthe siistras, when one disrespects a respectable superior, one loses his\nlongevity and the results of his pious activities, and in this way one is\ndegraded.\nTEXT 23\n\n�fm: m � g4RI¥+tl€( 1\n(1+SI�qfiij•tt �: �lot�¥41(1� m-�: 1\n�1(((1('{ f.te�;i \"'�TN �ijl: ������\nrnaghavan dvi$ataft pa§ya\nprak$iT}iin gurv-atikramiit\nsampraty upacitiin bhuyab,\n\n", "SB6.2#p0074": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n46\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nkiivyam iiri.idhya bhaktita/:t\niidadiran nilayanarh\nmamiipi bhrgu-devatii/:t\nmaghavan-0 lndra;\n\ndvi§ata/:t-your enemies; pa.Sya-just see;\n\nprak§i � n-being very weak (formerly); guru atikramiit-because of\ndisrespecting their guru, Sukriicarya; samprati-at the present moment;\n1fpacitiin-powerfu1; bhuya/:t-again; kiivyam-their spiritual master,\nSukracarya; ari.idhya-worshiping; bhaktita/:t-with great devotion;\niidadi ran-may take away; nilayanam-the abode, Satyaloka; mamarpy; api-even; bhrgu-devatii/:t-who are now strong devotees of\nSukriicarya, the disciple of Bbrgu.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 lndra, your enemies, the demons, were extremely weak be­\n\ncause of their disrespect toward Sukraciirya, but since they have\n\nnow worshiped Sukracarya with great devotion, they have again\n\nbecome powerful. By their devotion to Sukraciirya, they have in­\n\ncreased their strength so much that now they are even able to\n\neasily seize my abode from me.\n\nPURPORT\n\nLord Brahmii wanted to point out to the demigods that by the strength\nof the guru one can become most powerful within this world, and by the\ndispleasure of the guru one can lose everything. This is confirmed by the\nsong of Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura:\nyasya prasi.idiid bhagavat-prasiido\nyasyiiprasiidiin na gati/:t kuto 'pi\n\n\"By the mercy of the spiritual master one is benedicted by the mercy of\nKr�Q.a. Without the grace of the spiritual master, one cannot make any\nadvancement.\" Although the demons are insignificant in comparison to\nLord Brahmii, because of the strength of their guru they were so powerful that they could even seize Brahmaloka from Lord Brahmii. We\ntherefore pray to the spiritual master:\n\n", "SB6.2#p0075": "Text\n\n24]\n\nlndra Offends Brhaspati\n\n47\n\nmukam karoti vacalam\npmigurit langhayate girim\nyat-krpa tam aham vande\nsri-gururit dina-tdra7Jnm\nBy the mercy of the guru, even a dumb man can become the greatest ora­\n\ntor, and even a lame man can cross mountains. As advised by Lord\n\nBrahma, one should remember this sastric injunction if one desires\nsuccess in his life.\n\nTEXT\n\nf5lfq!q �\n\n24\n\nt(U(4\"f¥.1ilQ-\n\n��-:\nWstinf€4�•1�\n¥1ii4�¥tSlfUI\n�((Oil¥( 11�\\lll\n\n�\nWI\n\ntrip�!aparil kim ga�yanty abhedya­\n\nmantra bhrguTJ.O,m anu5ik$itartha/:t\nna vipra-gavinda-gav-iSvaraTJ.O,rit\nbhavanty abhadrar:ti naresvaraTJ.O,m\ntri -p�!a-pam -all the demigods, including Lord Brahma; kim-what;\nga�yanti -they care for; abhedya-mantra /:1. - whose determination to\ncarry out the orders of the spiritual master is unbreakable; bhrguTJ.O,mof the disciples of Bh{gu Muni like Sukracarya; anu5ik$ita-artha/:tdeciding to follow the instructions; na-not; vipra -the brahmar:taS;\ngavi nda-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kt�Qa; go-the cows;\niSvara TJ.(im - of persons favoring or considering worshipahle; bhavantiare; abhadra r:ti - any misfortunes; nara-iSvaraTJ.(im-or of kings who\nfollow this principle.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of their firm determination to follow the instructions of\n\nSukricarya, his disciples, the demons, are now unconcerned about\nthe demigods. In fact, kings or others who have determined faith\n\n", "SB6.2#p0076": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n48\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nin the mercy of brihmm;tas, cows and the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, ��1_1a, and who always worship these three are always\n\nstrong in their position.\n\nPURPORT\nFrom the instructions of Lord Brahma it is understood that everyone\nshould very faithfully worship the brahmar:ws, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead and the cows. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is go­\n\nbrahmaT_UJ.-hitaya ca: He is always very kind to cows and brahmar:ws.\nTherefore one who worships Govinda must satisfy Him by worshiping\nthe brahmar:ws and cows. If a government worships the brahmar:ws, the\ncows and ��J.la, Govinda, it is never defeated anywhere; otherwise it\nmust always be defeated and condemned everywhere. At the present\nmoment,\n\nall\n\nover\n\nthe\n\nworld,\n\ngovernments\n\nhave\n\nno\n\nrespect\n\nfor\n\nbrahmar:ws, cows and Govinda, and consequently there are chaotic conditions all over the world. In summary, although the demigods were very\npowerful in material opulence, the demons defeated them in battle because the demigods had behaved disrespectfully toward a brahmaT_UJ.,\nB:rhaspati, who was their spiritual master.\n\nTEXT 25\n\nW{ fer� lNt<ll� rot\n(1qf(cf;j\nBilll¥f�-U�il!i4<�¥( I\n\n�¥�t�msqt.t � �� �\n� �flt�'C4fFI� � ������\ntad viSvanlpam bhajata.Su vipram\ntapasvinam t'IX4!ram athatmamntam\nsabhajito 'rthan sa vidhasyate vo\nyadi k$ami§yadhvam utasya karma\n\ntat-therefore; viSvarupam-Visvarupa; bhajata -just worship as\n\nguru; asu-immediately; vipram -who is a perfect brahmaT_Ul; tapasvinam-undergoing great austerities and penances; t1X4!ram-the son\nof Tv��a; atha-as well as; atma-mntam-very independent; sabha­\n\njitab--being worshiped; arthan-the interests; sa tz,-he ; vidhasyate-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0077": "Text\n\n26]\n\nIndra Offends Brhaspati\n\n49\n\nwill execute; va!z,-of all of you; yadi-if; �am�yadhvam-you toler­\n\nate; uta-indeed; asya-his; karma-activities (to support the Daityas).\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 demigods, I instruct you to approach Visvariipa, the son of\nTvalii!-8, and accept him as your guru. He is a pure and very powerful brahm&J].a undergoing austerity and penances. Pleased by your\nworship, he will fulfill your desires, provided that you tolerate his\nbeing inclined to side with the demons.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Brahma advised the demigods to accept the son of Tva��a as their\n\nspiritual master although he was always inclined toward the benefit of\nthe asuras.\n\nTEXT\n\n26\n\n��\nij' O\\iil*!fa:61 � QUIT �ti6Gi:IU: I\n� �lftq£4\\itl q��G:'iliwt_ ����II\n'.:1\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nta evam udita rajan\n\nbrahmal}ii vigata-jvara!z.\nr�irh ttxi{;p-am upavrajya\n\npa�vajyedam abruvan\nsri-suka!z. uvaca-Sukadeva Gosvami said; te-al! the demigods;\nudita!z,-being advised;\nrajan-0 King Parik�it;\nbrahmal}ii-by Lord Brahma; vigata-jvara!z,-being relieved from the\n\nevam-thus;\n\naggrievement caused by the demons; r�im-the great sage; t�p-am-to\nthe son of Tva��a; upavrajya-going; par�vajya-embracing; idam­\n\nthis; abruvan -spoke.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSrila Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: Thus advised by Lord\n\nBrahma and relieved of their anxiety, all the demigods went to the\n\n", "SB6.2#p0078": "[Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n50\n\nsage Visvariipa, the son of Tv�� My dear King, they embraced\n\nhim and spoke as follows.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nr;ft��:\ncA �sf6'A: smn an\"\" ¥tS::'4� � 1\n�: (1¥qjQ(If m mutt (1fi�f?El(l: ll�\\911\n�\nsri-devii ucu/:1.\nvayam te 'titlu:tya/:1. prapta\nasramam bhadram astu te\nkii ma/:1. sampadyatam tata\npitf�rh samayocita/:1.\nsri-devu/:1.\n\nucu/:1.-the\n\natitlu:tya/:1.-guests;\n\ndemigods\n\nsaid;\n\nprapta/:1.-arrived\n\nat;\n\nvayam-we;\n\nte-your;\n\ndSramam-your\n\nabode;\n\nbhadram-good fortune; astu-let there he; te-unto you; kiima/:1.-the\ndesire; sampadyatam-let it he executed; tata-0 darling; pitfi:uim-of\nus, who are just like your fathers; samayocita/:1.-suitahle to the present\ntime.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods said: Beloved Visvariipa, may there be all good\n\nfortune for you. We, the demigods, have come to your asrama as\n\nyour guests. Please try to fulfill our desires according to the time,\nsince we are on the level of your parents.\nTEXT 28\n\n�ft.m.i:� �I\n3lf'f �it(lf � � q=•:nf(1Jn4( ������\nputra�m hi paro dlu:trma/:1.\npitr-su5nl$a7Jnm satam\napi putravatam brahman\nkim uta brahmacari�m\n\n", "SB6.2#p0079": "Text 30]\n\nlndra Offends Brhaspati\n\nputralJiim-of\nreligious\n\nsons;\n\nprinciple;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\n51\n\nparalz,-superior;\n\npitr su5111.$aQ-am-the\n-\n\nservice\n\nof\n\ndharmalz.the\n\nparents;\n\nsatam-good ; api- even; putra-vatiim-of those who have sons; brahman-0 dear brahmaQ-a; kim uta-what to speak; brahmacarilJiim-of\nbrahmacaris.\nTRANSLATION\n0 brahmw;ta, the highest duty of a son, even though he has sons\nof his own, is to serve his parents, and what to speak of a son who\nis a brahmacari?\n\nTEXTS 29-30\n\n::JIIc:ql�;muft�: mt�: 5Ntm: I\n\n'4��q6��ij��: 11��11\n�� �f'f:�l\n\nliiRI1\n\n31it{Atl•t«t {ft1: ('1�4(61M �: II� o II\naciiryo brahmaTJO milrtilz.\npita milrtilz, prajapatelz.\nbhratii marutpater milrtir\nmiitii sak;;at k;;ites tanulz.\ndayaya bhagini milrtir\ndharmasyatmiitithilz. svayam\nagner abhyagato milrtilz.\nsarva-bhiitiini catmanalz.\naca ryalz,-the teacher or spiritual master who instructs Vedic knowledge by his personal behavior; brahmaQ,alz,-of all the Vedas; milrtilz.the personification; pita-the father; milrtilz,-the personification; prajapatelz,-of Lord Brahma; bhratii-the brother; marut-patelz, milrtifz.the personification of lndra;\n\nmiitii-the mother;\n\nsak;;at-directly;\n\nk;;itelz,-of the earth; tanulz,-the body; dayayalz,-of mercy; bhaginithe sister; milrtilz,-the personification; dharmasya-of religious principles;\n\natma-the\n\nself;\n\natithilz,-the\n\nguest;\n\nsvayam-personally:\n\n", "SB6.2#p0080": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n52\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nagneb,-of the fire-god; abhyagatab,-the invited guest; murtib,-the\npersonification; sarva-bhutani-all living entities; ca-and; iitmanab,of the Supreme Lord Vi�I)U.\nTRANSLATION\nThe acarya, the spiritual master who teaches all the Vedic knowl­\n\nedge and gives initiation by offering the sacred thread, is the per­\n\nsonification of all the Vedas. Similarly, a father personifies Lord\n\nBrahmii; a brother, King lndra; a mother, the planet earth; and a\n\nsister, mercy. A guest personifies religious principles, an invited\nguest personifies the demigod Agni, and all living entities per­\n\nsonify Lord V i�I).U, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to the moral instructions of Ciil)akya Pa.l)qita, iitmavat\nsarva-bhute�u: one should observe all living entities to be on the same\nlevel as oneself. This means that no one should be neglected as inferior;\nbecause Paramiitmii is seated in everyone's body, everyone should be respected as a temple of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This verse\ndescribes the different ways in which one should respect a guru, a father,\na brother, a sister, a guest and so on.\nTEXT 31\n\n�\n\nArn+�l6i'1Puft\n�,\n� Efid+t(fij II�� II\n\n(M11qwt4f{ijl6\n\ntasmiit pitroam artanii m\niirtim para-parabhavam\ntapasiipanayarhs tiita\nsandesam kartum arhasi\ntasmiit-therefore; pitf1)iim-of the parents; iirtiiniim-who are in\ndistress; iirtim-the grief; para-parabhavam-being defeated by the\nenemies; tapasii-by the strength of your austerities; apanayan-taking away; tata-0 dear son; sandesam-our desire; kartum arhasi-you\ndeserve to execute.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0081": "Text\n\n33]\n\nlndra Offends B:rhaspati\n\n53\n\nTRANSLATION\nDear son, we have been defeated by our enemies, and therefore\nwe are very much aggrieved. Please mercifully fulfill our desires\nby relieving our distress through the strength of your austerities.\nPlease fulfill our prayers.\nTEXT\n\n32\n\ntoft44t �iNI\"''I4 ilfQ Q(Qf � I\n�tll$(1 ��QII4 t Qqtf�\n\n� ����II\n\nvmimahe tvopadhyayam\nbrahm�!ham brahmar:wm gurum\nyathaiijasa vije$yiima/:t\nsapatndms tava tejasa\nvrrr-imahe-we choose;\n\ntoo-you;\n\nupadhyayam-as teacher\n\nand\n\nspiritual master; brahm�!ham-being perfectly aware of the Supreme\nBrahman; brahmar:wm-a qualified brahmar:w; gurum-the perfect\nspiritual master; yatha-so that; aiijasa-very easily; vije$yiima/:t-we\nshall defeat; sapatndn-our rivals; taro-your; tejasa-by the power of\nausterity.\nTRANSLATION\nSince you are completely aware of the Supreme Brahman, you\nare a perfect briihm�a, and therefore you are the spiritual master\nof all orders of life. We accept you as our spiritual master and\ndirector so that by the power of your austerity we may easily defeat\nthe enemies who have conquered us.\nPURPORT\nOne must approach a particular type of guru to execute a particular\ntype of duty. Therefore although Visvariipa was inferior to the\ndemigods, the demigods accepted him as their guru to conquer the\ndemons.\nTEXT\n\n33\n\ntit�� �A81e�N4Kwt(\n�Wts;:q!4 WIJIF{ffi(.Agq�4\\((UI( II�� II\nWI\n\n", "SB6.2#p0082": "54\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nna garhayanti hy arthe$U\nyavi$!hiinghry-abhiviidanam\nchandobhyo 'nyatra na brahman\nvayo jyai$!hyasya kiirar:wm\nna-not; garhayanti-forbid; hi-indeed; arthe$u-in acquiring in­\n\nterests; yavi$!ha-anghri-at the lotus feet of a junior; abhiviidanam­\n\noffering obeisances; chandobhyaft-the Vedic mantras; anyatra-apart\nfrom; na-not; brahma�-0 briihmar:w; vayaft-age; jyai$!hyasyaof seniority; kiirar:wm-the cause.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods continued: Do not fear criticism for being\n\nyounger than us. Such etiquette does not apply in regard to Vedic\n\nmantras. Except in relationship to Vedic mantras, seniority is\n\ndetermined by age, but one may offer respectful obeisances even\nto a younger person who is advanced in chanting Vedic mantras.\n\nTherefore although you are junior in relationship to us, you may\n\nbecome our priest without hesitation.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said, vrddhatvam vayasii vinii: one may be senior without being\n\nadvanced in age. Even if one is not old, one gains seniority if he is senior\nin knowledge. V isvanlpa was junior in relationship to the demigods be­\n\ncause he was their nephew, but the demigods wanted to accept him as\n\ntheir priest, and therefore he would have to accept obeisances from\n\nthem. The demigods explained that this should not be a cause for hesita­\n\ntion; he could become their priest because he was advanced in Vedic\n\nknowledge. Similarly, Oil)akya Pal)l;iita advises, niciid apy uttamam\n\njnanam: one may accept education from a member of a lower social\norder. The briihmal}US, the members of the most elevated varr:w, are\n\nteachers, but a person in a lower family, such as a family of �atriyas,\nvaiSyas or even siidras, may be accepted as a teacher if he has knowledge.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu approved of this when He expressed this opinion before Ramananda Raya (Cc. Madhya 8.128):\n\nkibii vipra, kibii nyasi, siidra kene naya\nyei kmza-tattva-vettii, sei 'guru' haya\n\n", "SB6.2#p0083": "Text\n\n35]\n\n55\n\nlndra Offends Brhaspati\n\nIt does not matter whether one is a brahmar:w, sadra, grhastha or sannyiisi. These are all material designations. A spiritually advanced person\n\nhas nothing to do with such designations. Therefore, if one is advanced\nin the science of Kr!?I).a consciousness, regardless of his position in\n\nhuman society, he may become a spiritual master.\n\n34\n�'lf{ij(Sttl\"'\nTEXT\n\n�: �: en(� itCl<NU I\n� �ttN«tlwtl' SR111: � ftm II�VII\nsri-r$ir uviica\nabhyarthita/:1. sura-gar:wi/:1.\npaurahitye mahii-tapa/:1.\n\nsa viSvarilpas tan aha\n\nprasanna/:1. s lak§r:wya gira\n\nsri-r$i/:t\n\nuooca-Sukadeva\n\nyarthita/:1.-being\n\nrequested;\n\nGosviimi\n\ncontinued\n\nsura-gar:wi/:1.-by\n\npaurahitye-in accepting the priesthood;\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nspeak;\n\nabh­\n\ndemigods;\n\nahii -tapa/:1.-highly ad­\n\nm\n\nvanced in austerity and penances; sa/:1.-he; viSvarilpa/:1.-Visvarupa;\ntan-to\n\nthe\n\ndemigods;\n\naha-spoke;\n\nslak§r:wya-sweet; gira-with words.\n\nprasanna/:1.-being\n\nsatisfied;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: When all the demigods requested\n\nthe great Visvariipa to he their priest, Visvariipa, who was ad­\n\nvanced in austerities, was very pleased. He replied to them as\nfollows.\nTEXT\n\n35\n\n���\n\nf4•rfld\n�4\"3ilct'ti:aqoq( 1\n� � ttWit WfNT �l��hf+t41M64{ I\n��4RQill�Rf(ff�:«���ll��ll\n\n", "SB6.2#p0084": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n56\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nsri-viSvariipa uvaca\nvigarhitarh dharma-silair\nbrahmavarca-upavyayam\nkatharh nu mad-vidho niitha\nlokesair abhiyacitam\npratyakhyiisyati tac-ch�ya/:t\nsa eva sviirtha ucyate\nsri-viSvarupa/:t uvaca -S ri: Visvan1pa said; vigarhitam-condemned;\ndharma-silai/:t-by\n\npersons respectful\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nreligious principles;\n\nbrahma-varca/:t-of brahminical strength or power;\n\nupavyayam­\n\ncauses loss; katham-how; nu-indeed; mat-vidha/:t-a person like me;\nniithii/:t-0 lords; loka-iSai/:t\nabhiyiicitam-request;\n\n-\n\nby the ruling powers of different planets;\n\npratyakhyasyati-will\n\nrefuse;\n\ntat-s�ya/:t­\n\nwho is on the level of their disciple; sa/:t-that; eva-indeed; svaartha/:t-real interest; ucyate-is described as.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Visvariipa said: 0 demigods, although the acceptance of\n\npriesthood is decried � causing the loss of previously acquired\n\nbrahminical power, how can someone like me refuse to accept\n\nyour personal request? You are all exalted commanders of the en­\n\ntire universe. I am your disciple and must take many lessons from\n\nyou. Therefore I cannot refuse you. I must agree for my own\n\nbenefit.\n\nPURPORT\nThe professions of a qualified brahmar_ta are pathana, pii!hana, yajana, yajana, dana and pratigraha. The words yajana and yajana mean\nthat a brahmar_ta becomes the priest of the populace for the sake of their\nelevation. One who accepts the post of spiritual master neutralizes the\nsinful reactions of the yajamana, the one on whose behalf he performs\nyajiia. Thus the results of the pious acts previously performed by the\npriest or spiritual master are diminished. Therefore priesthood is not accepted by learned\n\nbrahmar.ws.\n\nNevertheless,\n\nthe\n\ngreatly learned\n\nbrahmar.w Visvarupa became the priest of the demigods because of his\nprofound respect for them.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0085": "Text 36)\n\nlndra Offends B:rhaspati\n\n57\n\nTEXT 36\n\n3T����fu��\nrn\nf;rtiftl6��: 1\n� Atm � €tiU444l:fT��n\nmt� �Rr �;r �fu: 11��11\nakificaniiniirh hi dhanarh siloiichanam\nteneha nirvartita-siidhu-satkriya/:1.\nkatharh vigarhyarh nu karomy adhiSvarii/:1.\npaurodhasam hr�yati yena durmati/:1.\n\nakiiicaniiniim-of persons who have taken to austerities and penances\nto become detached from worldly possessions; hi-certainly; dhanamthe wealth; sila-the collecting of grains left in the field; ufichanamand the collecting of grains left in the wholesale marketplace; tena-by\nthat means; iha-here; nirvartita-accomplishing; siidhu-of the exalted devotees;\n\nsat-kriya/:1.-all the pious activities;\n\nvigarhyam-reproachable;\nadhisvarii/:1.-0\n\ngreat\n\nnu-indeed;\n\ngovernors\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nkatham-how;\nshall\n\nexecute;\n\nplanetary\n\nsystems;\n\nkaromi-1\n\npaurodhasam-the duty of priesthood; hr�yati-is pleased; yena-by\nwhich; durmati/:1.-one who is less intelligent.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 exalted governors of various planets, the true briihmBl).a, who\nhas no material possessions, maintains himself by the profession of\naccepting siloiichana. In other words, he picks up grains left in the\nfield and on the ground in the wholesale marketplace. By this\nmeans, householder briihmBl).as who actually abide by the principles of austerity and penance maintain themselves and their\nfamilies and perform all necessary pious activities. A briihmBl).a\nwho desires to achieve happiness by gaining wealth through\nprofessional priesthood must certainly have a very low mind. How\nshall I accept such priesthood?\n\n·\n\n", "SB6.2#p0086": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n58\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nPURPORT\nA first-class brahmar:w does not accept any rewards from his disciples\nor yajamiinas. Practicing austerities and penances, he instead goes to the\nagricultural field and collects food grains left by the agriculturalists to be\ncollected by brahmar:ws. Similarly, such brahmar:ws go to marketplaces\nwhere grains are purchased and sold wholesale, and there they collect\ngrains left by the merchants. In this way, such exalted briihmar:ws maintain their bodies and families. Such priests never demand anything from\ntheir disciples to live in opulence, imitating /cyatriyas or vaiSyas. In other\nwords, a pure briihmar:w voluntarily accepts a life of poverty and lives in\ncomplete dependence on the mercy of the Lord. Not very many years ago,\na brahmar:w in ��Qanagara, near Navadvipa, was offered some help\nfrom the local Zamindar, Vraja ��Qacandra. The briihmar:w refused to\naccept the help. He said that since he was very happy in his householder\nlife, taking rice given by his disciples and cooking vegetables of tamarind\nleaves, there was no question of taking help from the Zamindar. The\nconclusion is that although a briihmar:w may receive much opulence\nfrom his disciples, he should not utilize the rewards of his priesthood for\nhis personal benefit; he must use them for the service of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTEXT 37\n\n� W{ stf6'(4i �fll: � � I\n� � � �� � 11�\\911\ntathapi na pratibrnyam\ngurubhi/:1. prarthitam kiyat\nbhavatam priirthitam sarvam\nprar:wir arthaiS ca siidhaye\ntatha api-still; na-not; pratibnlyiim-1 may refuse; gurubhi/:1.-by\npersons on the level of my spiritual master; priirthitam-request;\nkiyat-of small value;\n\nbhavatiim-of all of you;\n\npriirthitam-the\n\ndesire; sarvam-whole; prar:wi/:1.-by my life; arthai/:1.-by my possessions; ca-also; siidhaye-1 shall execute.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0087": "Text 38)\n\nlndra Offends Brhaspati\n\n59\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll of you are my superiors. Therefore although accepting\n\npriesthood is sometimes reproachable, I cannot refuse even a small\nrequest from you. I agree to be your priest. I shall fulfill your re­\n\nquest by dedicating my life and possessions.\nTEXT 38\n\n��w�fVI•Mi\"'\nij+ll �ej � W��q) +i�t�qu I\ntfid�� �� �IJ( � 11��11\nsri-badariiyar:tir uviica\n\ntebhya evam pratiSrutya\n\nviSvarupo mahii-tapii�\n\npaurahityam vrta5 cakre\nparamer:ta samiidhinii\n\nsri-biida riiyar:ti� uvii ca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; tebhya� -unto\nthem\n\n(the\n\ndemigods) ;\n\nevam-thus;\n\npratiS rutya- promising;\n\nviSvarupa�-Visvanlpa; ma hii-tapii � -the most exalted personality;\n\npaurahityam-the priesthood; vrta�- surrounded by them; cakre­\n\nexecuted; paramer:ta-supreme; samiidhinii-with attention.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: 0 King, after making this\n\npromise to the demigods, the exalted Visvarftpa, surrounded by\n\nthe demigods, performed the necessary priestly activities with\ngreat enthusiasm and attention.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word samiidhinii is very important. Samiidhi means complete absorption with an undiverted mind. Visvanlpa, who was a most learned\n\nbriihmar:ta, not only accepted the request of the demigods, but took their\n\nrequest seriously and performed the activities of priesthood with an undiverted mind. In other words, he accepted the priesthood not for rna-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0088": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n60\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nterial gain, but to profit the demigods. Such is the duty of a priest. The\n\nword pura� means \"family,\" and hita means \"benefit.\" Thus the word\npurohita indicates that the priest is the well-wisher of the family.\n\nAnother meaning of the word pura� is \"first.\" A priest's first duty is to\nsee that his disciples benefit spiritually and materially by all means. Then\n\nhe is satisfied. A priest should never be interested in performing Vedic\nrituals for his personal benefit.\n\nTEXT 39\n\nud§:qi f� gal+fl\\l:t�lf\\t � 1\nlltfi.0��q� ��� ���Ri:ll��ll\n..\n\nsura-dv�arit sriyarit guptam\nau§anasyapi vidyaya\n\nacchidyiidiin mahendraya\n\nva��tya vidyaya vibhu�\n\nsura-dv�m-of the enemies of the demigods; sriyam-the opulence;\n\nguptam-protected;\n\nau§anasya-of\n\nSukriiciirya;\n\napi-although;\n\nvidyaya-by the talents; acchidya-collecting; adat-delivered; maha­\n\nindraya-unto King lndra; va��tya-of Lord Vi�Qu; vidyaya-by a\nprayer; vibhu�-the most powerful Visvan1pa.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe opulence of the demons, who are generally known as the\n\nenemies of the demigods, was protected by the talents and tactics\n\nof Sukracarya, hut Visvarftpa, who was most powerful, composed a\n\nprotective prayer known as the Naray�a-kavaca. By this intelli­\n\ngent mantra, he took away the opulence of the demons and gave it\n\nto Mahendra, the King of heaven.\n\nPURPORT\nThe distinction between the demigods (devas) and demons (asuras) is\n\nthat the demigods are all devotee� of Lord Vi�QU whereas the demons are\ndevotees of demigods like Lord Siva, Goddess Kiili and Goddess Durgii.\n\nSometimes the demons are also devotees of Lord Brahmii. For example,\n\nHiraQyakasipu was a devotee of Lord Brahmii, RavaQa was a devotee of\n\n", "SB6.2#p0089": "lndra Offends B:rhaspati\n\nText 40)\n\n61\n\nLord Siva, and Mahil?iisura was a devotee of Goddess Durga. The\n\n(v�r:tu-bhakta/:l smrto daiva),\n(asuras tad-viparyaya/:l) are always against the\n\ndemigods are devotees of Lord Vil?I)U\nwhereas the demons\n\nv�r:tu-bhaktas, or Vail?I)avas. To oppose the Vail?I)avas, the demons be­\n\ncome devotees of Lord Siva, Lord Brahma, Kali, Durga, and so on. In the\n\ndays of yore, many long years ago, there was animosity between the\n\ndevas and the asuras, and the same spirit still continues, for the devotees\n\nof Lord Siva and Goddess Durga are always envious of Vail?I)avas, who\n\nare devotees of Lord Vil?I)U. This strain between the devotees of Lord\n\nSiva and Lord Vil?I)U has always existed. In the higher planetary systems,\n\nfights between the demons and the demigods continue for a long, long\ntime.\n\nHerein we see that Visvariipa made for the demigods a protective\n\ncovering, saturated with a Vil?I)U mantra. Sometimes the Vil?I)U mantra is\n\ncalled Vil?I)U-jvara, and the Siva mantra is called Siva-jvara. We find in\n\nthe sastras that sometimes the Siva-jvara and Vil?I)u-jvara are employed\nin the fights between the demons and the demigods.\n\nThe word sura-dv�am, which in this verse means \"of the enemies of\n\nthe\n\ndemigods,\"\n\nalso\n\nrefers\n\nto\n\nthe\n\natheists.\n\nSnmad-Biuigavatam\n\nelsewhere says that Lord Buddha appeared for the purpose of bewilder­\n\ning the demons or atheists. The Supreme Personality of Godhead always\nawards His benediction to devotees. The Lord Himself confirms this in\n\nBhagavad-gita (9.31):\n\nkaunteya pratijanihi\nna me bhakta/:l pra1JUSyati\n\"0 son of Kunti, declare it boldly that My devotee never perishes.\"\n\nTEXT40\n\n� M�Sij(�{fijij: I\n6t SI'N Q' ¥4tw-S::I� N���q �: II� II\n� ga:\n\n0\n\nyaya gupta/:l sahasrak§o\njigye 'sura-camilr vibhu/:l\ntam praha sa mahendraya\nviSvarilpa udara-dhi/:l\n\n", "SB6.2#p0090": "(Canto 6, Ch. 7\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n62\n\nyaya-by which; gupta?t-protected; sahasra-a�a?t-tbe thousand­\n\neyed\n\ndemigod,\n\nlndra;\n\njigye-conquered;\n\na.sura-of\n\nthe\n\ndemons;\n\ncamu?t-military power; vibhu?t-becoming very powerful; tam-that;\n\npraha-spoke;\n\nsa?t-he;\n\nmahendraya-unto the King of heaven,\n\nMahendra; viSvaropa?t-Visvarupa; udiira-dhi?t-very broad-minded.\nTRANSLATION\nVisvariipa,\n\nwho\n\nwas\n\nmost\n\nliberal,\n\nspOke\n\nto\n\nKing\n\nlndra\n\n[Sahasrak�a] the secret hymn that protected lndra and conquered\n\nthe military power of the demons.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sixth Canto, Seventh\nChapter,\n\nof the Srimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nSpiritual Master, Brhaspati.\"\n\nentitled\n\n\"Indra Offends His\n\n", "SB6.2#p0091": "CHAPTER EIGHT\n\nThe NarayaJ.Ia-kavaca Shield\nThis chapter describes how lndra, the King of heaven, was victorious\nover the soldiers of the demons, and it also describes the shield of the\nVi��u mantra.\nTo take protection from this shield, one must first touch ku.Sa grass\nand wash one's mouth with iicamana-mantras. One should observe\nsilence and then place the eight-syllable Vi��u mantra on the parts of his\nbody and place the twelve-syllable mantra on his hands. The eightsyllable mantra is om namo naraya{Ulya. This mantra should be distributed all over the front and back of the body. The twelve-syllable\nmantra, which begins with the praTJ(lva, omkara, is om namo bhagavate\nvasudevaya. One syllable should be placed on each of the fingers and\nshould be preceded by the pra1JO.va, omkara. Thereafter, one must chant\nom V�TJ(lve\n\nnama!t,\n\nwhich\n\nis\n\na\n\nsix-syllable\n\nmantra.\n\nOne\n\nmust\n\nprogressively place the syllables of the mantra on the heart, the head, between the two eyebrows, on the sikha and between the eyes, and then one\nshould chant ma!t astraya phat and with this mantra protect himself\nfrom all directions. Nadevo devam arcayet: one who has not risen to the\nlevel of a deva cannot chant this mantra. According to this direction of\nthe sastra, one must think himself qualitatively nondifferent from the\nSupreme.\nAfter finishing this dedication, one must offer a prayer to the eightarmed Lord Vi��u, who sits on the shoulders of GaruQadeva. One also\nhas to think of the fish incarnation, Vamana, Kurma, N:rsirhha, Varaha,\nParasurama,\n\nRamacandra\n\nNara-NarayaJ.Ul,\n\nDattatreya\n\n(the\n\nelder\n\n(an\n\nempowered\n\nbrother\n\nof\n\nLak�ma�a),\n\nincarnation),\n\nKapila,\n\nSanat-kumara, Hayagriva, Naradadeva (the incarnation of a devotee),\nDhanvantari, &abhadeva, Yajii.a, Balarama, Vyasadeva, Buddhadeva\nand Kesava. One should also think of Govinda, the master of V:rndavana,\nand one should think of Naraya�a, the master of the spiritual sky. One\nshould think of Madhusiidana, Tridhama, Madhava, H:r�ikesa, Padmanabha, Janardana, Damodara and Visvesvara, as well as the Supreme\n63\n\n", "SB6.2#p0092": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n64\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 8\n\nPersonality of Godhead Kr�f.la Himself. After offering prayers to the\n\nLord's personal expansions known as the\n\nsvaril.Sa and saktyaveSa.avatdras, one should pray to the weapons of Lord Narayaf.la, such as the\nSudarsana, gada, sarikha, kha4ga and bow.\nAfter explaining this process, Sukadeva Gosvami told Maharaja\n\nParik�it how Visvarupa, the brother of V:rtrasura, described the glories\nof the Naraya1.1a-kavaca to lndra.\n\nTEXTS 1-2\n\n�a;s{f?fl'i\n\nga: �:«�ft��� 1\nstfm�fcrf.:rr� ��� f�l{,ll �II\n���tnft tnt ��I{. I\n�\"4RR1Nilt �wt. iR gars�� II '< II\n\n��\n\nsri-rdjovdca\nyaya gupta/:r. sahasrak}a/:r,\nsavdhan ripu-sainikan\nkri{lann iva vinirjitya\ntri-lokyd bubhuje sriyam\nbhagavarils tan mamakhyahi\nvarma ndrdya�tmakam\nyathatatayinaJ:r, satriln\nyena gupto 'jayan mrdhe\nsri-raja uvaca-King Parik�it said; yaya-by which (the spiritual arsahasra-ak}a/:r,-the thousand-eyed King lndra; sa-vdhan-with their carriers; ripu-sainikan-the soldiers and\ncommanders of the enemies; kri{lan iva -just like playing; vinirjityamor); gupta/:r.-protected;\n\nconquering; tri-lokya/:r,-of the three worlds (the higher, middle and\n\nlower planetary systems); bubhuje-enjoyed; sriyam-the opulence;\n\nbhagavan-0 great sage; tat-that; mama-unto me; akhyahi-please\nexplain; varma-defensive armor made of a mantra; ndrayary,a-dt-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0093": "The Niriy81,la-kavaca Shield\n\nText3]\n\n65\n\nmakam-consisting of the mercy of NarayaQ.a; yathii-in which way;\n\natatayina?t-who were endeavoring to kill him; satrun-enemies;\nyena-by\n\nwhich;\n\nmrdhe-in the fight.\n\ngupta?t-being\n\nprotected;\n\najayat-conquered;\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik�it inquired from Sukadeva Gosv imi: My lord,\n\nkindly explain the Vi�:t;�u mantra armor that protected King lndra\n\nand enabled him to conquer his enemies, along with their carriers,\n\nand enjoy the opulence of the three worlds. Please explain to me\n\nthat Niriy81,la armor, by which King lndra achieved success in battle, conquering the enemies who were endeavoring to kill him.\nTEXT3\n\n��(jqfii'lfi'f/\"f\n\n�U�6�� ���WO?\\Ittla'Z'4§� I\n'110tU1(!)4 � �tctitt\"lt: � II � II\nta:\n\nsri-badaraya1)-ir uvaca\n\nvrta?t purohitas tvawo\n\nmahendrayanuprcchate\n\nnaraya1J,dkhyam varmaha\ntad ihaika-mana?t sr�J-u\n\nsn-badarayaJJ-i?t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said;\n\nvrta?t-the\n\nchosen; purohita?t-priest; tvti$!ra?t-the son of Tva�ta; mahendraya­\n\nunto King lndra; anuprcchate-after he (lndra) inquired; naraya�J-aakhyam-named NarayaQa-kavaca; varma-defensive armor made of a\nmantra; aha-he said; tat-that; iha-this; eka-mana?t-with great at­\n\ntention; srJJ-u-hear from me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi said: King lndra, the leader of the\n\ndemigods, inquired about the armor known as Niriy81,la-kavaca\n\nfrom Visvardpa, who was engaged by the demigods as their priest.\nPlease hear Visvardpa's reply with great attention.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0094": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n66\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 8\n\nTEXTS4-6\n\n�fij��\n\nM:qtfuro� �m ��: 1\nfi�(.qlfi·!iti� �l+� t{lnffl: W�:11 \\l II\n�\n\n'\n\n.\n\n�\n\n=rWI\"I('�\"�'IllmOnllqP.Y\\ tfll\n\n\"\\\n\n��\n\n..�\nlP.f �1•1� I\n\n��II� II\n���;if��\n� fu(�l�\\otfl��fwl �'\"ll�( I\n3:P ;rm ....(.liOII�rn R44te+�t•� qt u � 11\nsri-viSvarilpa uvaca\ndhautarighri-pdr.tir iicamya\nsapavitra udali-mukha/:t\nkrta-svariga-kara-nyaso\nmantriibhyiim vag-yata/:t suci/:t\nniiriiya1_1.a-param varma\nsannahyed bhaya agate\npddayor janunor ilroor\nudare hrdy athorasi\nmukhe sirasy iinupilrvyiid\nomkiiriidini vinyaset\nom namo niiriiya1_1.iiyeti\nviparyayam athiipi vii\nsri-viSvarilpa/:t uvaca-Sri Visvan1pa said; dhauta-having com­\n\npletely washed;\n\narighri-feet; piir.ti/:t-hands;\n\niicamya-performing\n\niicamana (sipping a little water three times after chanting the prescribed\nmantra); sa-pavitra/:t-wearing rings made of ku§a grass (on the ring\nfinger of each hand); udak-mukha/:t- sitting facing the north; krta­\n\nmaking; sva-ariga-kara-nyiisa/:t-mental assignment of the eight parts\n\nof the body and twelve parts of the hands; mantriibhyiim-with the two\nmantras (om namo bhagavate viisudevaya and om namo niiriiya1_1.iiya);\nvak-yata/:t-keeping oneself silent; suci/:t-being purified; niiriiyar.taparam-fully intent on Lord Narayal)a; varma-armor; sannahyet-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0095": "67\n\nThe Niriyaq.a-kavaca Shield\n\nText7]\n\nput on oneself; bhaye-when fear; agate-has come; padayott-on the\ntwo legs; janunott-on the two knees; aroott-on the two thighs;\nudare-on the abdomen; hrdi-on the heart; atha-thus; urasi-on the\nchest; mukhe-on the mouth; sirasi-on the head; anupuroyat-one\nafter another; omkara-adini-beginning with omkara; vinyaset-one\nshould place; om-the pralJ.llva; namatt-oheisances; ndraya�yaunto\n\nNarayal)a,\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof Godhead;\n\niti-thus;\n\nviparyayam-the reverse; atha api-moreover; vd-or.\nTRANSLATION\nVisvarftpa said: H some form of fear arrives, one should first\nwash his hands and legs clean and then perform icamana by chanting this mantra: om apavitral, pavitro vi sarvivasthiril gato 'pi vi/\nyal, smaret pu�4arikilqam sa bahyibhyantaral, suci):t/ sri-vi��u\nsri-vi�I;J.U sri-vi�I;J.U. Then one should touch kusa grass and sit\ngravely and silently, facing north. When completely purified, one\nshould touch the mantra composed of eight syllables to the eight\nparts of his body and touch the mantra composed of twelve syllables to his hands. Thus, in the following manner, he should bind\nhimself with the Niriyaq.a coat of armor. First, while chanting the\nmantra composed of eight syllables [om namo niriyaq.iya], beginning with the praq.ava, the syllable om, one should touch his hands\nto eight parts of his body, starting with the two feet and progressing systematically to the knees, thighs, abdomen, heart, chest,\nmouth and head. Then one should chant the mantra in reverse,\nbeginning from the last syllable [ya], while touching the parts of\nhis body in the reverse order. These two processes are known as\nutpatti-nyisa and samhira-nyisa respectively.\nTEXT7\n\n4i@'IIQ mr: �f?{ a\\l�tdl�(�tPt I\n\nSfOI'41fa.�€hi(IRI+tf@f8�\n\nkara-nyasam tatatt kuryad\ndvadaSa�ara-vidyaya\npralJ.llvadi-ya-karantam\nanguly-a�!ha-parvasu\n\nII \\9 II\n\n", "SB6.2#p0096": "[Canto 6, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n68\n\nkara-nyasam-the ritual known as kara-nyasa, which assigns the\nsyllables of the mantra to the fingers; tata !z,-thereafter; kurydtshould\n\nexecute;\n\ndoodaSa-a�ara-composed\n\nof\n\ntwelve\n\nsyllables;\n\nvidyaya - with the mantra; prary.ava-ddi-beginning with the omkara;\nya-kara-antam-ending with the syllable ya; angu li - on the fingers,\nbeginning with the index finger; a�!ha-parvasu-to the joints of the\nthumbs.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen one should chant the mantra composed of twelve syllables\n\n[om namo bhagavate visudeviya]. Preceding each syllable by the\nmhkira, one should place the syllables of the mantra on the tips of\n\nhis fingers, beginning with the index finger of the right hand and\n\nconcluding with the index finger of the left. The four remaining\nsyllables should be placed on the joints of the thumbs.\nTEXTS 8-10\n\n� ittt R4il('l� � I\n����'iit�f� �II <;II\n� �51ttl�liSI4il� �«� I\nfiifil(fi\\lQ�W fi�4{Rht� �: II� II\nQ�Qtf � � «�M �f;tf(�� I\naP �if Will �It� II\no\n\nnyased dhrdaya omkaram\nvi-karam anu murdhani\n�a-karam tu bhruvor madhye\nry.a-karam sikhaya nyaset\nve-karam netrayor yunjyan\nna-kararit sarva-sandh�u\nma-karam astram uddiSya\nmantra-murtir bhaved budha!z,\nsavisargarit pluu;l-antarit tat\nsarva-di�u vinirdiSet\nom v�ry.ave nama iti\n\n", "SB6.2#p0097": "The Niriiyai.la-kavaca Shield\n\nText II]\n\n69\n\nnyaset-should place; hrdaye-on the heart; omkaram-the pra�va. omkara; vi-karam-the syllable vi of vi§�ve; anu-thereafter;\nmurdhani-on the top of the head; �a-karam-the syllable �a; tu-and;\nbhruvo};, madhye-between the two eyebrows; �-kdram-the syllable\n�; sikhaya-on the sikha on the head; nyaset-should place; vekaram-the syllable ve; netrayol;,-between the two eyes; yufijyatshould be placed; na-karam-the syllable na of the word nama};,; sarvasandhi§u-on all the joints; ma-kdram-the syllable ma of the word\nnama};,; astram-a weapon; uddiSya-thinking; mantra-murtil;,-the\nform of the mantra; bhavet-should become; budhal;,-an intelligent\n\nperson; sa-visargam-with the visarga (};,}; pha!-antam-ending with\nthe sound pha!; tat-that; sarva-di�u-in all directions; vinirdiSetshould fix; om-pra�va; vi§�ve-unto Lord Vi�I.m; namal;,-obeisances; iti-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne must then chant the mantra of six syllables [mh vi�t;tave\nnamal;l]. One should place the syllable \"om\" on his heart, the\nsyllable \"vi\" on the top of his head, the syllable \"�a\" between his\neyebrows, the syllable \"t;ta\" on his tuft of hair [sikhii], and the\nsyllable \"ve\" between his eyes. The chanter of the mantra should\nthen place the syllable \"na\" on all the joints of his body and meditate on the syllable \"ma\" as being a weapon. He should thus hecome the perfect personification of the mantra. Thereafter, adding\nvisarga to the final syllable \"ma,\" he should chant the mantra\n\"mal:t astriiya phaf' in all directions, beginning from the east. In\nthis way, all directions will he bound by the protective armor of\nthe mantra.\nTEXT II\n\n�'llitroi�� �...���\nW'-116-:t�q)'{Rifq\n'fw'SIQ(iJ«( II� �II\natmanam paramam dhyayed\ndhyeyam �a!-saktibhir yutam\nvidya-tejas-tapo-murtim\nimam mantram udaharet\n\n", "SB6.2#p0098": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n70\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 8\n\natmanam-the self; paramam-the supreme; dhyayet-one should\nmeditate on; dhyeyam-worthy to be meditated on; �a!-saktibhib,-the\nsix opulences; yutam-possessed of; vidya-learning; tejab,-influence;\ntapab,-austerity;\n\nmurtim-personified;\n\nimam-this;\n\nmantram­\n\nmantra; udaharet-should chant.\nTRANSLATION\nMter\n\nfinishing\n\nthis\n\nchanting,\n\none\n\nshould\n\nthink\n\nhimself\n\nqualitatively one with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is\n\nfull in six opulences and is worthy to be meditated upon. Then one\n\nshould chant the following protective prayer to Lord Niriy�a, the\nNiriy�a-kavaca.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n{f(R�� ;:q�1e�:\nq(li\\Wi\\� I\n\n�(11(-q'fiR'l��:q·q-\n\n� �seguit�: ����\"\n\nom harir vidadhyan mama sarva-ra�am\n\nnyastanghri-padmab, patagendra-pmhe\ndarari -ca rmas i-gade�u-capa-\n\npasan dadhano ·�!a-gulJ-0 ·�!a-bahub,\nom-0\n\nLord;\n\nharib,-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nvidadhyat-may He bestow; mama-my; sarva-ra�m-protection\nfrom all sides; nyasta-placed; anghri-padmab,-whose lotus feet;\npatagendra-pr�!h e\n\n- on the back of Garu�a, the king of all birds; dara­\n\nconchshell; ari-disc; carma-shield; asi-sword; gada-club; �uarrows;\n\ncapa-bow;\n\npasan-ropes;\n\ndadhanab,-holding;\n\n�!a­\n\npossessing eight; gu�b,-perfections; �!a-eight; bahub,-arms.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Lord, who sits on the back of the bird GarmJa,\n\ntouching him with His lotus feet, holds eight weapons-the conch-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0099": "71\n\nThe Niiriy�a-kavaca Shield\n\nText 13]\n\nshell, disc, shield, sword, club, arrows, bow and ropes. May that\nSupreme Personality of Godhead protect me at all times with His\neight arms. He is all-powerful because He fully possesses the eight\nmystic powers [�mi, laghimi, etc.].\nPURPORT\nThinking oneself one with the Supreme is called ahangrahopasana.\nThrough ahangrahopasana one does not become God, but he thinks of\nhimself as qualitatively one with the Supreme. Understanding that as a\nspirit soul he is equal in quality to the supreme soul the way the water of\na river is of the same nature as the water of the sea, one should meditate\nupon the Supreme Lord, as described in this verse, and seek His protection. The living entities are always subordinate to the Supreme. Consequently their duty is to always seek the mercy of the Lord in order to be\nprotected by Him in all circumstances.\nTEXT 13\n\n• 'If � +i�{Rl�a:l•tut+\"lfl �� � I\n�! +iltllilfiC'I+\\Wlt�\ni?f�: �Sii�Q\n\nRJQ�q: II � �II\n\njale�u miiril rak:;atu matsya-milrtir\nyiido-gar:rebhyo varu�ya pciSat\nsthale�u miiyava!u-vamano 'vyat\ntrivikramaft khe 'vatu vi.Svarilpafi,\njale�u-in the water; miim-me; rak:;atu -protect; matsya-murtiftthe Supreme Lord in the form of a great fish; yiidafi,-gar:rebhyafi,-from\nfierce aquatic animals; varu�ya-of the demigod known as VaruQa;\npasat-from the arresting rope; sthale�u-on the land; mii ya-tJa!uthe\n\nmerciful form\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nLord\n\nas\n\na\n\ndwarf;\n\nvamanaft-named\n\nVamanadeva; aryat-may He protect; trivikramaft- Trivikrama, whose\nthree gigantic steps took the three worlds from Bali; khe-in the sky:\navatu-may the Lord protect; vi.Svarilpafi,-the gigantic universal form.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0100": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n72\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nMay the Lord, who assumes the body of a great fish, protect me\n\nin the water from the fierce animals that are associates of the\n\ndemigod Varur;aa. By expanding His illusory energy, the Lord\n\nassumed the form of the dwarf Vimana. May Vimana protect me\non the land. Since the gigantic form of the Lord, Visvarupa, con­\n\nquers the three worlds, may He protect me in the sky.\n\nPURPORT\nThis mantra seeks the protection of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the water, land and sky\n\nm\n\nHis incarnations as the fish,\n\nVamanadeva and the Visvan1pa.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�1&:4!0£fiMI(Cifa.1 3Ji:\nqtt�t\"lmilsg(T-4q1R:\ntq� �� +ttilitil�\nf� AA�6� �: 11��11\ndurge�v a!avy-aji-mukhad�u prabhu/:£\npiiyiin nrsimho 'sura-yathapari/:£\nvimuncato yasya mahii!!a-hiis am\ndiSo vinedur nyapataril.S ca garbhii/:£\ndurge�u-in places where travel is very difficult; a!avi-in the dense\nforest; aji-mukha-iid�u-on the war front and so on; prabhu/:£-the\nSupreme Lord; payat-may He protect; nrsimha/:t-Lord N:rsirhhadeva;\nasura-yathapa-of HiraQyakasipu, the leader of the demons; ari/:t-the\nenemy; vimuncata/:£-releasing; yasya-of whom; mahii-a!!a-hii samgreat and fearful\nresounded through;\n\nlaughing;\n\ndiSa/:£-all the directions;\n\nnyapatan-fell down;\n\nca-and;\n\nvinedu/:£­\n\ngarbhii/:£ -the\n\nembryos of the wives of the demons.\nTRANSLATION\nMay\n\nLord\n\nN:rsirithadeva,\n\nwho\n\nappeared\n\nas\n\nthe\n\nenemy\n\nof\n\nHir&J).yak&Sipu, protect me in all directions. His loud laughing\n\n", "SB6.2#p0101": "Text 15]\n\nThe Naray&J,la-kavaca Shield\n\n73\n\nvibrated in all directions and caused the pregnant wives of the\nasuras to have miscarriages. May that Lord be kind enough to protect me in difficult places like the forest and battlefront.\nTEXT 15\n\n� �R\n\nt�ij�«!q:\n\n(<140�ttl\n.\n.... �(1\\ffi\n-...\n\n�U(:\n\n�m\nUlftsmtNll\n�� �((tl!hl�'l.ll ��II\nrak§atv asau miidhvani yajna-kalpa/:l\nsva-da�p-ayonnita-dharo varahal;\nramo 'dri-kil!e$V atha vipraviise\nsalak§mar:w 'vyad bharatagrajo 'srruin\nrak§atu-may the Lord protect; asau-that; rrui-me; adhvani-on\n\nthe street; yajna- kalpa l;-who is ascertained by performance of\nritualistic ceremonies; sva-da�!raya-by His own tusk; unnita-raising; dharal;-the planet earth; varahai;-Lord Boar; rama/;-Lord\nRama; adri-kil!f!$u-on the summits of the mountains; atha-then;\nvipraviise-in foreign countries; sa-lak§ma�/:l-with His brother\nLak�maQ.a; avyat-may He protect; bha rata-agr aja /:l-the elder brother\nof Maharaja Bharata; asrruin-us.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme indestructible Lord is ascertained through the\nperformance of ritualistic sacrifices and is therefore known as\nYajiiesvara. In His incarnation as Lord Boar, He raised the planet\nearth from the water at the bottom of the universe and kept it on\nHis pointed tusks. May that Lord protect me from rogues on the\nstreet. May Par&Surama protect me on the tops of mountains, and\nmay the elder brother of Bharata, Lord R.amacandra, along with\nHis brother Lak�m&J,la, protect me in foreign countries.\nPURPORT\n\nThere are three Ramas. One Rama is Parasurama (Jamadagnya),\nanother Rama is Lord Ramacandra, and a third Rama is Lord Balarama.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0102": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n74\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 8\n\nIn this verse the words ramo 'dri-kufe�v atha indicate Lord Parasurama.\nThe brother of Bharata Maharaja and Lak�ma1,1a is Lord Ramacandra.\n\nTEXT 16\n\nS('OO �ftl mm( I\n\n�\n'IIUt(OI:\n\n��'ltlilli(¥.1\n\n�\n\ntll'lwtltH\n\n�go)�r:�: �ll��ll\nmiim ugra-dharmiid akhilat prarruidan\nnaraya�b. patu nara.S ca hasat\ndattas tv ayogiid atha yoga-nathab.\npayiid gurJEsab, kapilab. karma-bandhat\nmiim-me; ugra-dharmii t-from unnecessary religious principles;\nakhilat-from all kinds of activities; prarruidat\nmadness;\n\nruiraya�b,-Lord\n\n-\n\nwhich are enacted in\n\nNaraya1,1a; patu-may He protect; narab,\n\nca-an d Nara; hasat-from unnecessary pride; dattaft,-Dat tii treya;\ntu-of course; ayogat-from the path of false yoga; atha-indeed;\nyoga-nathab,-the master of all mystic powers; payat-may He protect;\ngu� iSab,-the master of all spiritual qualities; kapilab,-Lord Kapila;\n-\n\nkarma-bandhat-from the bondage of fruitive activities.\nTRANSLATION\nMay Lord NiriiyaJ].a protect me from unnecessarily following\n\nfalse religious systems and falling from my duties due to madness.\n\nMay the Lord in His appearance as Nara protect me from unneces­\n\nsary pride. May Lord Dattiitreya, the master of all mystic power,\n\nprotect me from falling while performing bhakti-yoga, and may\n\nLord Kapila, the master of all good qualities, protect me from the\nmaterial bondage of fruitive activities.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n4il'l�1it��nti 'If qf¥;J ��wtH( I\n\n�'Uitsert�\n\n", "SB6.2#p0103": "Text 17]\n\n75\n\nThe Niriy�a-kavaca Shield\n\n�itlw:ij(l�\n\n�fun fwt�ttl�,.� 11�\\911\nsanat-kumiiro 'vatu kiimadevad\ndhaya5ir�a miim pathi deva-helaniit\ndevar�i-varya!J pur�iircaniintariit\nkumw harir miim nirayad a5e�iit\nsanat-kumiirafJ-the\n\ngreat\n\nbrahmaciiri\n\nnamed\n\nSanat-kumara;\n\navatu-may he protect; kama-demt-from the hands of Cupid or lusty\ndesire; haya -si � ii -Lord Hayagriva, the incarnation of the Lord whose\nhead is like that of a horse; miim-me; pathi -on the path; deva­\n\nhelaniit-from neglecting to offer respectful obeisances to brahmalJilS,\nVai!?�avas and the Supreme Lord; devar�i-varya!J-the best of the\nsaintly sages, Narada; pu�a-arcana-antariit-from the offenses in\nworshiping the Deity; kilrmafJ-Lord Kurma, the tortoise; hari!J-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; miim-me;\n\nnirayat-from hell;\n\nrue�iit-unlimited.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMay Sanat-kumira protect me from lusty desires. As I begin\nsome auspicious activity, may Lord Hayagriva protect me from\nbeing an offender by neglecting to offer respectful obeisances to\nthe Supreme Lord. May Devar�i Nirada protect me from committing offenses in worshiping the Deity, and may Lord Kiirma, the\ntortoise, protect me from falling to the unlimited hellish planets.\nPURPORT\nLusty desires are very strong in everyone, and they are the greatest\nimpediment to the discharge of devotional service. Therefore those who\nare very much influenced by lusty desires are advised to take shelter of\nSanat-kumara, the great brahmacari devotee. Narada Muni, who is the\nguide for arcana, is the author of the Narada-pancariitra, which\nprescribes the regulative principles for worshiping the Deity. Everyone\nengaged in Deity worship, whether at home or in the temple, should always seek the mercy of Devar!?i Narada in order to avoid the thirty-two\noffenses while worshiping the Deity. These offenses in Deity worship are\nmentioned in The Nectar of Devotion.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0104": "(Canto 6, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n76\n\nTEXT 18\n\n��IFWI �\n�� A�6'�''\n���\n\nil�l((et61�WCIW061<;:\n;rit � �: 11��11\n\ndhanvantarir bhagavan patv apathyad\ndvandvad bhayad r�abho nirjitatmii\nyajnas ca lokiid avataj janiintad\nbalo ga1)Jit krodha-va.Sad ahindra/:t\ndhanvantari/:t-the\n\nincarnation\n\nDhanvantari,\n\nthe\n\nphysician;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; patu-may He protect\nme; apathyat-from things injurious to the health, such as meat and intoxicants; dvandvat-from duality; bhayat-from fear; r�abha/:t-Lord\n�abhadeva; nirjita-atmii-who fully controlled his mind and self;\nyajna/:t-Yajiia; ca-and; lokat-from the defamation of the populace;\navatat-may He protect; jana-antat-from dangerous positions created\nby other people; bala/:t-Lord Balarama; ga1)Jit-from the hordes of;\nkrodha-va.Siit-the angry serpents; ahindra/:t-Lord Balarama in the\nform of the serpent Se�a Naga.\nTRANSLATION\nMay the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His incarnation as\n\nDhanvantari relieve me from undesirable eatables and protect me\n\nfrom physical illness. May Lord �abhadeva, who conquered His\n\ninner and outer senses, protect me from fear produced by the\nduality of heat and cold. May Yajiia protect me from defamation\nand harm from the populace, and may Lord Balariima as Se�a pro­\n\ntect me from envious serpents.\n\nPURPORT\nTo live within this material world, one must face many dangers, as described herein. For example, undesirable food poses a danger to health,\nand therefore one must give up such food. The Dhanvantari incarnation\n\n", "SB6.2#p0105": "Text 19]\n\nThe Niriyau;ta-kavaca Shield\n\n77\n\ncan protect us in this regard. Since Lord Vi�I).U is the Supersoul of all liv­\n\ning entities, if He likes He can save us from adhibhautika disturbances,\ndisturbances from other living entities. Lord Balarama is the Se�a incar­\n\nnation, and therefore He can save us from angry serpents or envious per­\n\nsons, who are always ready to attack.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n¥itli:41Wlst.rt*!\n\n� qjqo:gliUiSHU(H( I\n��: �: �·�'4�1(( �\n\\'.lijii:4'1t0()f)(tlet{'l( : II� Q..ll\ndvaipayano bhagavan aprabodhiid\n\nbuddhas tu pii¥1.-r:uja-gar:w-pramiidat\n\nkalki?t kale?t kiila-malat prapatu\ndharmavanayoru-krtavatara?t\n\ndvaipayana?t-Srila Vyasadeva, the giver of all Vedic knowledge;\n\nbhagavan-the most powerful incarnation of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; aprabodhiit-from ignorance of the siistra; buddha?t tu-also\n\nLord Buddha; �ar:uja-gar:w-of atheists creating disillusionment for\n\ninnocent persons; prarruidat-from the madness; kalki?t-Lord Kalki,\nthe incarnation of Kesava; kale?t-of this Kali-yuga; kiila-malat-from\nthe darkness of the age; prapatu-may He protect; dharma-avandyafor the protection of religious principles;\navatara?t-who took an incarnation.\n\nuru-very great;\n\nkrta­\n\nTRANSLATION\nMay the Personality of Godhead in His incarnation as V yiisadeva\nprotect me from all kinds of ignorance resulting from the absence\nof Vedic knowledge. May Lord Buddhadeva protect me from activities opposed to Vedic principles and from laziness that causes\none to madly forget the Vedic principles of knowledge and\nritualistic action. May Kalkideva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who appeared as an incarnation to protect religious principles, protect me from the dirt of the age of Kali.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0106": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n78\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nof\n\nThis verse mentions various incarnations of the Supreme Personality\nGodhead\n\nwho\n\nappear\n\nfor\n\nvarious purposes.\n\nSr!la\n\nVyasadeva,\n\nMahamuni, compiled the Vedic literature for the benefit of all human\n\nsociety. If one wants to be protected from the reactions of ignorance even\n\nin this age of Kali, one may consult the books left by Sr!la Vyasadeva,\n\nnamely the four Vedas\nUpan�ads,\n\n(Sarna,\n\nVedanta-siltra\n\nYajur, /J.g and Atharva), the 108\n\n(Brahma-siltra),\n\nMahiibhiirata,\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhiigavatam Mahii-purd1Jil (Vyasadeva's commentary on the Brahmasiltra) and the other seventeen Pura1JilS. Only by the mercy of Sr!la\n\nVyasadeva do we have so many volumes of transcendental knowledge to\n\nsave us from the c�utches of ignorance.\n\n...\nAs described by Sr!la Jayadeva Gosvam! in his l.JaSavatdra-stotra, Lord\n\nBuddha apparently decried the Vedic knowledge:\n\nnindasi yajna-vidher ahaha sruti-jatam\nsadaya-hrdaya-darsita-pa§u-ghiitam\nkesava dhrta-buddha-sarira jaya jagad-iSa hare\nThe mission of Lord Buddha was to save people from the abominable ac­\n\ntivity of animal killing and to save the poor animals from being unneces­\n\nsarily killed. When �r:u}.is were cheating by killing animals on the plea\n\nof sacrificing them in Vedic yajnas, the Lord said, \"If the Vedic injunc­\n\ntions allow animal killing, I do not accept the Vedic principles.\" Thus he\nactually saved people who acted according to Vedic principles. One\n\nshould therefore surrender to Lord Buddha so that he can help one avoid\n\nmisusing the injunctions of the Vedas.\n\nThe Kalki avatdra is the fierce incarnation who vanquishes the class of\n\nthe atheists born in this age of Kali. Now, in the beginning of Kali-yuga,\nmany irreligious principles are in effect, and as Kali-yuga advances,\n\nmany pseudo religious principles will certainly be introduced, and people\nwill forget the real religious principles enunciated by Lord Kr�t:ta before\n\nthe beginning of Kali-yuga, namely principles of surrender unto the\n\nlotus feet of the Lord. Unfortunately, because of Kali-yuga, foolish\n\npeople do not surrender to the lotus feet of Kr�Qa. Even most people who\n\nclaim to belong to the Vedic system of religion are actually opposed to the\n\nVedic principles. Every day they manufacture a new type of dharma on\n\n", "SB6.2#p0107": "The NiriyBI.la-kavaca Shield\n\nText 20]\n\n79\n\nthe plea that whatever one manufactures is also a path of liberation.\nAtheistic men generally say, yata mata tata patha. According to this\nview, there are hundreds and thousands of different opinions in human\nsociety, and each opinion is a valid religious principle. This philosophy of\nrascals has killed the religious principles mentioned in the Vedas, and\nsuch philosophies will become increasingly influential as Kali-yuga\nprogresses. In the last stage of Kali-yuga, Kalkideva, the fierce incarnation of Kesava, will descend to kill all the atheists and will save only the\ndevotees of the Lord.\nTEXT 20\n\n'If � �t(l Sll<(ot((({\nmr�\n3Jmti-tt+l'q4?} : I\nwtl(lt(UI:\n\n�\n\nk�it\n\nid(\\1'�1�1Rti­\n\n�d1Wi:qtfun II� I I\no\n\nmam kesavo gadaya pratar avyiid\n\ngovinda asarigavam atta-ve�u�\nnaraya�� prah� udatta-saktir\nmadhyan-dine v��ur arindra-pa��\nnuim-me; kesava�-Lord Kesava; gadaya-by His club; prata�in the morning hours;\n\navyat-may He\n\nprotect;\n\ngovinda�--Lord\n\nGovinda; asarigavam-during the second part of the day; atta-ve�u�holding His flute;\n\nniiraya��-Lord Narayal)a\n\nwith four hands;\n\nprah��-during the third part of the day; udatta-sakti�-controlling\ndifferent types of potencies; madhyam-dine-during the fourth part of\nthe day; v��u�\n\n-\n\nLord Vi�Qu; arindra-pa�i�\n\n-\n\nbearing the disc in His\n\nhand to kill the enemies.\nTRANSLATION\nMay Lord KeS8va protect me with His. club in the first portion of\nthe day, and may Govinda, who is always engaged in playing His\nflute, protect me in the second portion of the day. May Lord\nNiriyBI.la, who is equipped with all potencies, protect me in the\nthird part of the day, and may Lord Vi��u, who carries a disc to kill\nHis enemies, protect me in the fourth part of the day.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0108": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n80\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic astronomical calculations, day and night are each\n\ndivided into thirty ghatikiis (twenty-four minutes), instead of twelve\nhours. Generally, each day and each night is divided into six parts con­\n\nsisting of five ghatikiis. In each of these six portions of the day and night,\n\nthe Lord may be addressed for protection according to different names.\n\nLord Kesava, the proprietor of the holy place of Mathura, is the Lord of\n\nthe first portion of the day, and Govinda, the Lord of V:rndavana, is the\nmaster of the second portion.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n��\n\n�;qf\n\n� RJ�:n+U'4d � '\"'{I\n\n�\n\n�(M· �ui\n� �s� q'fwtl¥t: 11��11\n\ndevo 'pariihr:te madhu -hogradhanvii\n\nsayam tri-dhamiivatu madhavo miim\n\ndo§e hr§ikesa utardha-ratre\n\nniSitha eko 'vatu padmanabha}:t\n\ndeva/:t-the Lord; apariihr:te-in the fifth part of the day; madhu­\n\nha-named Madhusiidana; ugra-dhanva-bearing the very fearful bow\nknown as Sarilga; sayam-the sixth part of the day; tri-dhiimii­\n\nmanifesting as the three deities Brahma, V i�I:IU and Mahesvara; avatu­\n\nmay He protect; madhava}:t-named Madhava; miim-me; do§e-dur­\n\ning the first portion of the night; hr§ikesa}:t-Lord H:r�ikesa; uta-also;\n\nardha-ratre-during the second part of the night; niSithe-during the\n\nthird part\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nnight;\n\neka}:t-alone;\n\npadmanabha}:t-Lord Padmanabha.\n\navatu-may He\n\nprotect;\n\nTRANSLATION\nMay Lord Madhusiidana, who carries a how very fearful for the\n\ndemons, protect me during the fifth part of the day. In the eve-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0109": "Text\n\n22)\n\nThe Niriy&J;la-kavaca Shield\n\n81\n\nning, may Lord Midhava, appearing as Brahmi, Vi��u and\n\nMahesvara, protect me, and in the beginning of night may Lord\n\n�ikesa protect me. At the dead of night [in the second and third\n\nparts of night) may Lord Padmanibha alone protect me.\nTEXT\n\n22\n\n�'!4«'1\\'.lt+uq(ost\n�:\nSRT' �sm\\ifU ��: 1\nc:>t+itc:>us�IC(�('I·iilf snm\nN'�SQU 44•t'i4t'l Elite{Rf: ������\nsrivatsa-dhiimiipara-ratra iSab,\nprat�a iSo 'si-dharo janiirdanab,\nddmodaro 'vyad anusaru1hyam prabhiite\nviSvesvaro bhagavan kiila-murtib,\nsrivatsa-dhiimii-the Lord, on whose chest the mark of Srlvatsa is\nresting;\n\napara-rdtre-in the fourth part of the night;\n\niSab,-the\n\nSupreme Lord; prat�-in the end of the night; iSab,-the Supreme\nLord; asi-dharab,-carrying a sword in the hand; janiirdanab,-Lord\nJanardana; ddmodarab,-Lord Damodara; avyat-may He protect; anusaru1hyam-during each junction or twilight; prabhiite-in the early\nmorning (the sixth part of the night); viSva-iSvarab,-the Lord of the\nwhole universe; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kiilamurtib,-the personification of time.\nTRANSLATION\nMay the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who bears the\n\nSrivatsa on His chest, protect me after midnight until the sky be­\n\ncomes pinkish. May Lord Janirdana, who carries a sword in His\n\nhand, protect me at the end of night [during the last four ghatikis\n\nof night). May Lord Dimodara protect Il)e in the early morning,\n\nand may Lord Visvesvara protect me during the junctions of day\nand night.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0110": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n82\n\n(Canto 6, Cb. 8\n\nTEXT 23\n•\n\n:qiJ\n\n�IIW'<IIwt(J)Rtat4Wtfll\n� �.-(IF{ +itl'ildl�'fi I\n\n?\\�P\\1\n\n40�MIR3ril+i?A\n\nq � Ill'� �: ����I I\n\ncakram yugantanala-tigrria-nemi\nbhrarnat sarnantiid bhagavat-prayuktam\ndandagdhi dandagdhy ari-sainyam asu\nkak§am yatha mta-sakho hutasaft\ncakram-the disc of the Lord; yuga-anta-at the end of the millennium; ana/a-like the fire of devastation; tigma-nemi-with a sharp\nrim; bhrarnat-wandering; sarnantat-on all sides; bhagavat-prayuktam-being engaged by the Lord; dandagdhi dandagdhi-please burn\ncompletely, please burn completely; ari-sainyam-the army of our\nenemies; asu-immediately; kak§am-dry grass; yatha-like; mtasakha/1-the friend of the wind; hutasa/1-blazing fire.\nTRANSLATION\nSet into motion by the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\n\nwandering in all the four directions, the disc of the Supreme Lord\n\nhas sharp edges as destructive as the fire of devastation at the end\n\nof the millennium. As a blazing fire burns dry grass to ashes with\nthe assistance of the breeze, may that Sudar8ana cakra burn our\n\nenemies to ashes.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�S�If.t�4wtH�rei\n\nf.tf'qf\\Jf: f.t�q0@1�6BI�•RI I\n\nt'+il%l�wti�E�WaJoo,_oi�IU( 11�\\lll\n'\\<Btef?!ot�\n\n", "SB6.2#p0111": "Text 25]\n\nThe Niriy&l].a-kavaca Shield\n\n83\n\ngade '5ani-sparsana-visphulinge\nn�piTJ4hi n�pi'!4hy ajita-priyasi\nkU§miilJ4a-vainiiyaka-yak$a-ra�obhuta-grahiiri7.S cil�ya cil�yarin\ngade-0 club in the hands of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\na§ani-like thunderbolts; spar.Sana-whose touch; visphulinge-giving\noff sparks of fire; n�piTJ4hi n�piTJ4hi-pound to pieces, pound to pieces;\najita-priya-very dear to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; asi-you\nare; k!L§miilJ4a-imps named Ku�mat:uJas; vainiiyaka-ghosts named\nVainayakas; ya�a-ghosts named Yak�as; ra�aft-ghosts named Ra�asas; bhilta-ghosts named Bhutas; grahiin-and evil demons named\nGrahas; cil�ya-pulverize; cil�ya-pulverize; ann-my enemies.\nTRANSLATION\n0 club in the hand of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, you\nproduce sparks of fire as powerful as thunderbolts, and you are\nextremely dear to the Lord. I am also His servant. Therefore\nkindly help me pound to pieces the evil living beings known as\nKu�mil.l<Jas, Vainiyakas, Yak�as, Rik�as, Bhiitas and Grahas.\nPlease pulverize them.\nTEXT 25\n\n�•dlltlwcstit�a(ft(l((fq,'\"'FtstJI,\\(l(tittt_\n� ff4�Jii4� f)QJI\\f(Jl\n¥1\\t((qwtls�«�•f.t Eli+C4�'l. l��ll\n\n�\n\ntvam yatudhiina-pramatha-preta-matrpiSaca-vipragraha-ghora-dr�!in\ndarendra vidravaya kr�1Jll-pilrito\nbhima-svarw 'rer hrdayani kampayan\ntvam-you; yatudhiina-Rak�asas; pramatha-Pramathas ; pretaPretas; matr-Matas; piSaca-Pisaca s; vipra-graha-brahmar:w ghosts;\n\n", "SB6.2#p0112": "Srnnad-Bhigavauun\n\n84\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 8\n\nghora- d r�tin-who have very fearful eyes; darendra-0 Paiicajanya,\nthe conchshell in the hands of the Lord; vidravaya-drive away; kr�r:wpurita�-being filled with air from the mouth of Kr��a;\n\nbhima­\n\nsvana�-sounding extremely fearful; are�-of the enemy; hrdayanithe cores of the hearts; kampayan-causing to tremble.\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of conchshells, 0 Piiicajanya in the hands of the Lord,\n\nyou are always filled with the breath of Lord �J,la. Therefore you\n\ncreate a fearful sound vibration that causes trembling in the hearts\n\nof enemies like the Rik�?asas, Pramatha ghosts, Pretas, Matas,\n\nPisacas and brihm&J,la ghosts with fearful eyes.\nTEXT 26\n\n�\n\nRtliit\\JIOm•HIR�¥ft�Ul� � � �\"'\\1 I\n�fir =+4tfsu6'*4 S:: �\n..\n\nfittl+t\\i(l'ff\n\n�\n\n�� II��II\n\ntvarh tigma-dharasi-varari-sainyam\niSa-prayukto mama chindhi chindhi\nca�u�i carman chata-candra chadaya\n\ndv�am aghonam hara papa-ca��am\ntvam-you; tigma-dhara-asi-vara-0 best of swords possessing very\nsharp blades; ari-sain yam -the soldiers of the enemy; iSa-prayukta�being engaged by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; mama-my;\nchindhi chindhi-chop to pieces, chop to pieces; ca�u�i-the eyes;\ncarman-0 shield; sata-candra-possessing brilliant circles like a\nhundred moons; chadaya-please cover; dv�am-of those who are envious of me; aghonam -who are completely sinful; ham-please take\naway; papa-ca��am-of those whose eyes are very sinful.\nTRANSLATION\n0 king of sharp-edged swords, you are engaged by the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. Please cut the soldiers of my enemies to\n\n", "SB6.2#p0113": "The Niriyau;ut-kavaca Shield\n\nText 28]\n\n85\n\npieces. Please cut them to pieces! 0 shield marked with a hundred\nbrilliant moonlike circles, please cover the eyes of the sinful\nenemies. Pluck out their sinful eyes.\nTEXTS 27-28\n\n���4it!;q)��� I\nQ(\\qq+il (fl+il �� � :;Jf 11�\\911\nQctt�<�•f.t �iit'ill+«�4•s4lla�•<t 1\n\n� m � � ;r: �:swfflqcwm \"����\nyan no bhayam grahebhyo 'bhilt\nketubhyo nrbhya eva ca\nsarisrpebhyo daril{;!ribhyo\nbhutebhyo 'mhobhya eva ca\nsarvd!'ty etdni bhagavanniima-rilpdnukirtaniit\nprayantu sank§ayam sadyo\nye na� sreya�-pratipaka�\n\nyat -which;\n\nna�-our;\n\nbhaya m-fear;\n\ngrahebhya�-from\n\nthe\n\nGraha demons; abhilt-was; ketubhya�-from meteors, or falling stars;\nnrbhya�-from envious human beings; eva ca-also; sarisrpebhya�from snakes or scorpions; daril{;!ribhya�-from animals with fierce teeth\nlike tigers, wolves and boars; bhiltebhya�-from ghosts or the material\nelements (earth, water, fire, etc.); amhobhya� -from sinful activities;\neva ca-as well\n\nas;\n\nsarvd!'ti etdni-all these; bhagavat-niima-rilpa­\n\nanukirtaniit-by glorifying the transcendental form, name, attributes\nand paraphernalia of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; prayantuIet\n\nthem\n\ngo;\n\nsa�aya m -to\n\ncomplete\n\ndestruction;\n\nsadya�-im\n\n­\n\nmediately; ye-which; na�-our; sreya� pratipaka�-hindrances to\n-\n\nwell-being.\nTRANSLATION\nMay the glorification of the transcendental name, form, qualities\nand paraphernalia of the Supreme Personality of Godhead protect\n\n", "SB6.2#p0114": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n86\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 8\n\nus from the influence of bad planets, meteors, envious human\n\nbeings, serpents, scorpions, and animals like tigers and wolves.\n\nMay it protect us from ghosts and the material elements like earth,\n\nwater, fire and air, and may it also protect us from lightning and\n\nour past sins. We are always afraid of these hindrances to our\n\nauspicious life. Therefore, may they all be completely destroyed by\nthe chanting of the Hare �r;ta mahii-mantra.\nTEXT 29\n\n'frit ¥tt141'l �ihtMt¥t\"+ttt : q: I\n�-E4�'4i�t¥til f?t&:tfi;t: �11: II�Q..II\nganu),o bhagavan stotrastobhaS chandomaya/:t prabhu/:t\nra/cyatv a5e$a-krcchrebhyo\nv�vaksena/:t sva-namabhi/:t\ngaru4tzJ:r,-His\n\nHoliness\n\nGaru<_la,\n\nthe\n\ncarrier\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nVi�IJu;\n\nbhagavan-as powerful as the Supreme Personality of Godhead; stotrastobhaJ:r,-who is glorified by selected verses and songs; chanda/:tmaya/:t-the personified Vedas; prabhu/:t-the lord; ra/cyatu-may He\nprotect; a5e$a-krcchrebhya/:t-from unlimited miseries; v�vaksena/:tLord Vi�vaksena; sva-namabhi/:t-by His holy names.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Garm,la, the carrier of Lord Vi�r;tu, is the most worshipable\n\nlord, for he is as powerful as the Supreme Lord Himself. He is the\n\npersonified Vedas and is worshiped by selected verses. May he protect us from all dangerous conditions, and may Lord Vi�vaksena,\n\nthe Personality of Godhead, also protect us from all dangers by His\n\nholy names.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n(1eti-4t+q) t't.tlit\"qt�t;n� WJ: 1\ns:i\\f.lt�'IWI:SilOfFt. � qt4\\4(1UU: II� olf\n\n", "SB6.2#p0115": "The Niriy�a-kavaca Shield\n\nText 31]\n\n87\n\nsarvapadbhyo harer ndmanlpa-yanayudhiini na�\nbuddhindriya-mana�-pra1)iin\npiintu piir�ada-bhii§a1)ii�\nsarva-apadbhya�-from all kinds of danger; hare�-of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; nama-the holy name; nlpa-the transcendental form; yana-the carriers; ayudhiini-and all the weapons; na�our; buddhi-intelligence; indriya-senses; mana�-mind; pra1)iinlife air; pantu-may they protect and maintain; piir�ada-bhii§a1)ii�the decorations who are personal associates.\nTRANSLATION\nMay the Supreme Personality of Godhead's holy names, His\ntranscendental forms, His carriers and all the weapons decorating\n'\nHim as personal associates protect our intelligence, senses, mind\nand life air from all dangers.\nPURPORT\nThere are various associates of the transcendental Personality of Godhead, and His weapons and carrier are among them. In the spiritual\nworld, nothing is material. The sword, bow, club, disc and everything\ndecorating the personal body of the Lord are spiritual living force.\nTherefore the Lord is called advaya-jnana, indicating that there is no\ndifference between Him and His names, forms, qualities, weapons and so\non. Anything pertaining to Him is in the same category of spiritual existence. They are all engaged in the service of the Lord in varieties of\nspiritual forms.\nTEXT 31\n\n� ft: ¥1tliifi�Cf �: � � I\nfl�wtl�if if: «l � wtl�lft4�C4U ����II\nyathii hi bhagavan eva\nvastuta� sad asac ca yat\n\nsatyenanena na� sarve\nyantu nasam upadrava�\n\n", "SB6.2#p0116": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n88\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 8\n\nyatha-just as; hi-indeed; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; eva-undoubtedly; vastutab,-at the ultimate issue; satmanifested; asat-unmanifested; ca-and; yat-whatever; satyenaby the truth; anena-this; nab,-our; sarve-all; yantu-let them go;\nnasam-to annihilation; upadravab,-disturbances.\nTRANSLATION\nThe subtle and gross cosmic manifestation is material, but\n\nnevertheless it is nondifferent from the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead because He is ultimately the cause of all causes. Cause and\neffect are factually one because the cause is present in the effect.\n\nTherefore the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, can destroy all our dangers by any of His potent parts.\nTEXTS 32-33\n\n�lifiiMI�I'41wtf �Etmdt<t: �I\n\\1011�1'1�1 � �: (CI+tl��·����ll\n� e�+�•:rt... � �r.t. m: 1\n'f(Q �: m.f: � m ritJ: II��II\nyathaikiitmyanubhavanam\nvikalpa-rahitab, svayam\nbh�a�yudha-lingakhya\ndhatte saktib, sva-mayaya\ntenaiva satya-manena\nsarva-jno bhagavan harib,\npatu sarvaib, svanlpair nab,\nsadii sarvatra sarva-gab,\nyatha-just as;\n\naikiitmya-in terms of oneness manifested in\n\nvarieties; anubhavanam-of those thinking; vikalpa-rahitab,-the absence\n\nof\n\ndifference;\n\nsvayam-Himself;\n\nbh��-decorations;\n\nayudha-weapons; linga-akhyab,-char acteristics and different names;\ndhatte-possesses; saktib,-potencies like wealth, influence, power,\n\n", "SB6.2#p0117": "Text 33]\n\nThe NiriyBJ,la-kavaca Shield\n\n89\n\nknowledge, beauty and renunciation; sva- mdyaya-by expanding His\nspiritual energy; tena eva-by that; satya-mdnena-true understanding; sarva-jnalt-omniscient; bhagaron-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; harilt-who can take away all the illusion of the living entities; patu-may He protect;\n\nsarvailt-with all;\n\nsva-rapailt-His\n\nforms; nalt-us; sadd-always; sarvatra-everywhere; sarva-galtwho is all-pervasive.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, the living entities, the\nmaterial energy, the spiritual energy and the entire creation are all\nindividual substances. In the ultimate analysis, however, together\nthey constitute the supreme one, the Personality of Godhead.\nTherefore those who\n\nare\n\nadvanced in spiritual knowledge see\n\nunity in diversity. For such advanced persons, the Lord's bodily\ndecorations, His name, His fame, His attributes and forms and the\nweapons in His hand are manifestations of the strength of His\npotency. According to their elevated spiritual understanding, the\nomniscient Lord, who manifests various forms, is present everywhere. May He always protect us everywhere from all calamities.\nPURPORT\nA person highly elevated in spiritual knowledge knows that nothing\nexists but the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is also confirmed in\nBhagavad-gitd (9.4) where Lord Kr��a says, maya tatam idam sarvam,\nindicating that everything we see is an expansion of His energy. This is\nconfirmed in the V�{tu Pura� (1.22.52):\nekluiesa-sthitasy�r\njyotsna vistdri{ti yatha\nparasya brahma�lt saktis\ntathedam akhilam jagat\nAs a fire, although existing in one place, can expand its light and heat\neverywhere, so the omnipotent Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, although situated in His spiritual abode, expands Himself everywhere, in both the material and spiritual worlds, by His various energies.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0118": "90\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 8\n\nSince both cause and effect are the Supreme Lord, there is no difference\n\nbetween cause and effect. Consequently the ornaments and weapons of\n\nthe Lord, being expansions of His spiritual energy, are not different\nfrom Him. There is no difference between the Lord and His variously\npresented energies. This is also confirmed in the Padma Purar:ra:\n\nnama cintama�ib, kr�r.ta-5\ncaitanya-rasa-vigrahab,\npurr:rab- suddho nitya-mukto\n'bhinnatvan ndma-ndminob,\nThe holy name of the Lord is fully identical with the Lord, not partially.\n\nThe word purr:ra means \"complete.\" The Lord is omnipotent and\n\nomniscient, and similarly, His name, form, qualities, paraphernalia and\n\neverything pertaining to Him are complete, pure, eternal and free from\nmaterial contamination. The prayer to the ornaments and carriers of the\n\nLord is not false, for they are as good as the Lord. Since the Lord is all­\n\npervasive, He exists in everything, and everything exists in Him.\nTherefore even worship of the Lord's weapons or ornaments has the\n\nsame potency as worship of the Lord. Mayli.vli.dis refuse to accept the\n\nform of the Lord, or they say that the form of the Lord is maya, or false,\n\nbut one should note very carefully that this is not acceptable. Although\n\nthe Lord's original form and His impersonal expansion are one, the Lord\nmaintains His form, qualities and abode eternally. Therefore this prayer\n\nsays, piitu saroaib, svarilpair nab, sadii saroatra saroa-gab,: \"May the\n\nLord, who is all-pervasive in His various forms, protect us everywhere.\"\n\nThe Lord is always present everywhere by His name, form, qualities, at­\n\ntributes and paraphernalia, and they all have equal power to protect the\n\ndevotees. Srila Madhvli.carya explains this as follows:\n\neka eva paro vi$�ur\nbhil.Jdheti dhvaje�v ajab,\ntat-tac-chakti-pradatvena\nsvayam eva vyavasthitab,\nsatyenanena miim devab,\npiitu sarvesvaro harib,\n\n", "SB6.2#p0119": "The Naray�a-kavaca Shield\n\nText 35)\n\n91\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�SICN\"''\n\n•m:Mc:\n�\nSl(ij(1+f(ij�liU II��II\n\n4i+A\n\n(q�\\il(il\n\nvidi�u di�ilrdhvam adha}:t saTTUJntad\nantar ba-JJir bhagavan niirasimha}:t\nprahiipayal loka-bhayam svanena\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsva-tejasa grasta samasta teja/:t\nvidi�u-in all corners; di�u-in all directions (east, west, north and\nsouth); ilrdhvam-ahove; adha}:t-below; saTTUJntat-on all sides; antab--internally;\n\nbahi}J,-externally;\n\nbhagaviin-the Supreme\n\nPer­\n\nsonality of Godhead; niirasimha}:t-in the form of N:rsirhhadeva (halflion\n\nand\n\nhalf-mao);\n\nprahiipayan-completely\n\ndestroying;\n\nloka­\n\nbhayam-fear created by animals, poison, weapons, water, air, fire and\nso on; svanena-by His roar or the vibration of His name by His devotee\nPrahlada Maharaja; sva-tejasa-by His personal effulgence; grastacovered; samasta-all other; teja}J,-influences.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlada Maharaja loudly chanted the holy name of Lord\nNrsirilhadeva. May Lord Nrsirhhadeva, roaring for His devotee\nPrahlida Maharaja, protect us from all fear of dangers created by\nstalwart leaders in all directions through poison, weapons, water,\nfire, air and so on. May the Lord cover their influence by His own\ntranscendental influence. May Nrsirilhadeva protect us in all directions and in all corners, above, below, within and without.\nTEXT 35\n•\n\n�\n\n��N. ·\n+t\\it�Pli��\n� wtl(l\"''uti€+1Ch( I\nfit@lq(4s§1(1 if.� �Sij({tlqiW(II�'-\\11\n\n", "SB6.2#p0120": "(Canto 6, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n92\n\nmaghava n n idam akhyatam\nvarma narayalJiitmakam\n..\n\n-\n\nvge$yase n1asa yena\ndamsito 'sura-yuthapa n\nmaghavan-0\n\nKing\n\n,_ .\n\nlndra;\n\nidam-this;\n\nakhyatam-described;\n\nvarma-mystic armor; naraya�-atmakam-related to NarayaQ.a; vije$yase-you will conquer; aiijasa-very easily; ye na-by which; damsita�-being protected;\n\nasura-yathapan-the chief leaders of the\n\ndemons.\nTRANSLATION\nVisvarupa continued: 0 lndra, this mystic armor related to Lord\n\nNiriyar_ta has been described by me to you. By putting on this pro­\n\ntective covering, you will certainly be able to conquer the leaders\nof the demons.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n� iifiVHUUI\\ij\n\n����I\n\n� cfHi�(�:� �WIF'I�II��II\netad dharayama� tu\nyam yam pa5yati cak$U$ii\npadii oo sarilsprset sadya�\nsadhvasat sa vimucyate\netat-this;\n\ndharayama��-a person employing;\n\ntu-but; yam\n\nyam-whomever; pa5yati-he sees; cak$U$ii-by his eyes; padii-by\nhis\n\nfeet;\n\noo-or;\n\nsarilsprset-may\n\ntouch;\n\nsadya�-immediately;\n\nsadhvasat-from all fear; sa�-he; vimucyate-is freed.\nTRANSLATION\nHone employs this armor, whomever he sees with his eyes or\n\ntouches with his feet is immediately freed from all the abovementioned dangers.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0121": "Text 38]\n\nThe NiriyllJ.la-kavaca Shield\n\n93\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�,\n�1\\il�Q;:q)�.nitfiR\\WilEiifM�II�\\911\n91 ��r� ¥Pi �� Rm \\41(�«�\n\nna kuta.Scid bhayam tasya\nvidyam dhiirayato bhavet\nraja-dasyu-grahiidibhyo\nvyadhy-adibhya.S ca karhicit\nna-not; kuta.Scit-from anywhere; bhayam-fear; tasya-of him;\nvidyam-this mystical prayer; dhiirayataft -employing; bhavet-may\nappear; raja-from the government; dasyu-from rogues and thieves;\ngraha-adibhya!J-from demons and so on; vyadhi-adibhya!J-from diseases and so on; ca-also; karhicit-at any time.\nTRANSLATION\nThis prayer, Niriy8J.18-kavaca, constitutes subtle knowledge\ntranscendentally connected with NiriyllJ.la. One who employs this\nprayer is never disturbed or put in danger by the government, by\nplunderers, by evil demons or by any type of disease.\nTEXT 38\n\n-�t�t.ri��il�\"�it��: I\nit•l\\41(01�1 � � � 'l(i\\4i04f.t ������\nimam vidyam pura kaScit\nkau.Siko dhiirayan dvija!J\nyoga-dhiira1J.llya svangam\njahau sa maru-dhanvani\nimam-this;\n\nvidyam - pr ayer; pura-formerly;\n\nka.Scit-someone;\n\nkau.Sikaft-Kausik a; dhiirayan -using; dvija!J-a brahma1J.(l; yogadhiira1J.(lya-by mystic power; sva-angam-his own body; jahau-gave\nup; sa ft- he; maru-dhanvani-in the desert.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0122": "[Canto 6, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n94\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King of heaven, a briluwu;la named Kausika formerly used\n\nthis armor when he purposely gave up his body in the desert by\n\nmystic power.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n��qRI�'t41 1\n� �'1('4: tlfllt� � fliil\\81(: ����\"\n\n(l@qft\n\nN¥41�'1\n\ntasyopari vimanena\ngandharva-patir ekada\nyayau citraratha!l stribhir\nvrto yatra dvija-�aya!l\ntasya-his dead body; upari-ahove; vimiinena-by airplane; gandharva-pati!l-the King of Gandharvaloka, Citraratha; ekada-once\nupon a time; yayau-went; citraratha!l-Citraratha; stribhi!l-by many\nbeautiful women; vrta!l-surrounded; yatra-where; dvija-�ya!lthe brahmar_w Kausika had died.\nTRANSLATION\nSurrounded by many beautiful women, Citraratha, the King of\n\nGandharvaloka,\n\nwas\n\nonce passing in his\n\nairplane over\n\nbrih�a's body at the spot where the brih� had died.\n\nTEXT 40\n\ntltl\"'l;;t'f(l(_ �: QN¥iMl-.cUCfi...BJ(U I\n� cnreRc4itttcC'Et'11���14..tt fmm: I\n� m:Et1Q((qfU � � �'11<{_ 1\\i II\no\n\ngaganan nyapatat sadya!l\nsavimano hy avak-sira!l\nsa valikhilya-vacanad\nasthiny addya vismita!l\nprasya praci-sarasvatyam\nsnatva dhama svam anvagat\n\nthe\n\n", "SB6.2#p0123": "The Niriy�a-kavaca Shield\n\nText41)\n\ngaganat-from the sky;\n\nnyapatat-fell; sadya?t-suddenly; sa­\n\nva k sira ?t\n\nvimana?t-with his airplane; hi-certainly; a\n\ndownward;\n\nValikhilyas;\n\nsa?t-he;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwith his head\n\nvalikhilya-of the great sages named the\n\nvacanat-by the instructions;\n\nadaya-taking;\n\n95\n\nvismita?t-struck\n\nasthini-all the bones;\n\nwith wonder; prasya-throwing;\n\npraci-sarasvatyam-in the River Sarasvati, which flows to the east;\n\nsnatvd-bathing in that river; dhama-to the abode; svam-his own;\n\na\n\nanvag t-returned\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuddenly Citraratha w� forced to fall from the sky headfirst\n\nwith his airplane. Struck with wonder, he was ordered by the great\n\nsages named the Vilikhily� to throw the briihm�a's bones in the\n\nnearby River Sarasvati. He had to do this and bathe in the river\nbefore returning to his own abode.\n\nTEXT41\n\n��\ntf ¢ SI!W'il( � �\\II�Rf\n: I\na wt'l�M��rim� 11\\l�''\nsri-suka uvaca\nya idam srrmyat kale\nyo dharayati\n\ncadrta?t\n\ntam namasyanti bhutani\n\nmucyate sarvato bhayat\n\nsn-suka?t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; ya?t-anyone who;\n\nidam-this; srouyat-may hear; kale-at a time of fear; ya?t-anyone\n\nwho; dharayati-employs this prayer; ca-also; adrta?t-with faith and\n\nadoration; tam-unto him; namasyanti-offer respectful obeisances;\nbhutani-all living beings; mucyate-is released; sarvata?t-from all;\n\na\n\nbhay t-fearful conditions.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosv8mi said: My dear Maharaja Parik�it, one who\n\nemploys this armor or hears about it with faith and veneration\n\n", "SB6.2#p0124": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n96\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 8\n\nwhen afraid because of any conditions in the material world is immediately freed from all dangers and is worshiped by all living\n\nentities.\n\nTEXT42\n\n�m m�61 fif41�•\"4a•«: ,\n\n���Wrfilfit���SU(IW{II\\l�ll\netam vidyam adhigato\nviSvarapac chatakratu/:1.\ntrailokya-la�mim bubhuje\nvinirjitya mrdhe 'suran\netdm-this;\n\nvidyam-prayer; adhigata/:1. - received; viSvarapatbrahmar:ra Vi.Svarftpa; 5ata-kratu/:l.-lndra, the King of\nheaven; trailokya-la�mim-all the opulence of the three worlds;\nbubhuje- e njoyed; vinirjitya-conquering; mrdhe-in battle; asuranfrom the\n\nall the demons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing lndra, who performed one hundred sacrifices, received\n\nthis prayer of protection from Visvanipa. Mter conquering the\ndemons, he enjoyed all the opulences of the three worlds.\n\nPURPORT\nThis mystical mantric armor given by Visvarftpa to lndra, the King of\nheaven, acted powerfully, with the effect that lndra was able to conquer\nthe asuras and enjoy the opulence of the three worlds without impediments. In this regard, Madhvacarya points out:\n\nvidya/:1. karmal}i ca sada\nguro/:1. prapta/:1. phala-prada/:1.\nanyatha naiva phalada/:1.\nprasannokta/:1. phala-prada/:1.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0125": "Text 42)\n\nThe Niriym;ta-kavaca Shield\n\n97\n\nOne must receive all kinds of mantras from a bona fide spiritual master;\n\notherwise the mantras will not be fruitful. This is also indicated in\n\nBhagavad-gitd (4.34):\ntad viddhi praiJ,ipatena\n\nparipra.Snena sevaya\nupade�yanti te jfiiinam\njfiiininas tattva-darsina�\n\"Just try to learn the truth by approaching a spiritual master. Inquire\n\nfrom him submissively and render service unto him. The self-realized\n\nsoul can impart knowledge unto you because he has seen the truth.\" All\n\nmantras should be received through the authorized guru, and the disci­\n\nple must satisfy the guru in all respects, after surrendering at his lotus\n\nfeet. In the Padma Puraruz it is also said, sampradaya-vihind ye mantras\n\nte n�phalti matd�. There are four sampradayas, or disciplic successions,\n\nnamely the Brahma-sampradaya, the Rudra-sampradaya, the Sri­\n\nsampradaya and the Kumara-sampradaya. If one wants to advance in\nspiritual power, one must receive his mantras from one of these bona\n\nfide sampradayas; otherwise he will never successfully advance in\n\nspiritual life.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sixth Canto, Eighth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The NarayaiJ,a-kavaca\nShield.\"\n\n", "SB6.2#p0126": "CHAPTER NINE\n\nAppearance of the Demon V:rtrasura\nAs described in this chapter, lndra, the King of heaven, killed\nVisvariipa, and therefore Visvariipa's father performed a yajna to kill\nlndra. When V:rtrasura appeared from that yajfia, the demigods, in fear,\nsought shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and glorified Him.\nBecause of affection for the demons, Visvariipa secretly supplied them\nthe remnants of yajna. When lndra learned about this, he beheaded\nVisvariipa, but he later regretted killing Visvariipa because Visvariipa\nwas a briihmar:uz. Although competent to neutralize the sinful reactions\nfor killing a brahmar:uz, lndra did not do so. Instead he accepted the reactions. Later, he distributed these reactions among the land, water, trees\nand women in general. Since the land accepted one fourth of the sinful\nreactions, a portion of the land turned into desert. The trees were also\ngiven one fourth of the sinful reactions, and therefore they drip sap,\nwhich is prohibited for drinking. Because women accepted one fourth of\nthe sinful reactions, they are untouchable during their menstrual period.\nSince water was also infested with sinful reactions, when bubbles appear\nin water it cannot be used for any purpose.\nMter Visvariipa was killed, his father, Tva!?tii, performed a sacrifice to\nkill King lndra. Unfortunately, if mantras are chanted irregularly, they\nyield an opposite result. This happened when Tva!?tii performed this\n\nyajna. While performing the sacrifice to kill lndra, Tva!?ta chanted a\n\nmantra to increase lndra's enemies, but because he chanted the mantra\nwrong, the sacrifice produced an asura named V:rtrasura, of whom lndra\nwas the enemy. When V:rtrasura was generated from the sacrifice, his\nfierce features made the whole world afraid, and his personal effulgence\ndiminished even the power of the demigods. Finding no other means of\nprotection, the demigods began to worship the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, the enjoyer of all the results of sacrifice, who is supreme\nthroughout the entire universe. The demigods all worshiped Him because ultimately no one but Him can protect a living entity from fear and\ndanger. Seeking shelter of a demigod instead of worshiping the Supreme\n99\n\n", "SB6.2#p0127": "100\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nPersonality of Godhead is compared to trying to cross the ocean by grasp­\n\ning the tail of a dog. A dog can swim, but that does not mean that one can\n\ncross the ocean by grasping a dog's tail.\n\nBeing pleased with the demigods, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nadvised them to approach Dadhici to beg him for the bones of his own\n\nbody. Dadhici would comply with the request of the demigods, and with\nthe help of his bones Vrtrasura could be killed.\nTEXT 1\n\n��\n(1�1(1'{ fepq�q� f\\tdru ;ftfUr l{ffil 1\n�qw U�lt1'4'11G>f'�Rr � II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\ntasyasan viSvarupasya\n\nsirarhsi tri�Ji bharata\n\nsoma-pitharit surd-pitham\nanniidam iti su§ruma\n\nsn-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; tasya-of him; asan­\n\nthere were; viSvarilpasya-of Visvarupa, the priest of the demigods;\nsiramsi-heads; tri�Ji-three;\n\nbharata-0 Maharaja Parik�it; soma­\n\npitham-used for drinking the beverage soma; surd-p itham-used for\n\ndrinking wine; anna-adam-used for eating; iti-thus; su§ruma-I\n\nhave heard by the parampara system.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi continued:\n\nVisvarftpa, who was en­\n\ngaged as the priest of the demigods, had three heads. He used one\n\nto drink the beverage soma-rasa, another to drink wine and the\n\nthird to eat food. 0 King Parik�it, thus I have heard from\nauthorities.\n\nPURPORT\n\nOne cannot directly perceive the kingdom of heaven, its king and\n\nother inhabitants, or how they perform their various engagements, for\n\nno one can go to the heavenly planets. Although modern scientists have\n\n", "SB6.2#p0128": "Text3]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon V�risura\n\n101\n\ninvented many powerful space vehicles, they cannot even go to the\nmoon, not to speak of other planets. By direct experience one cannot\n\nlearn anything beyond the range of human perception. One must hear\nfrom authorities. Therefore Sukadeva Gosvami, a great personality, says,\n\"What I am describing to you, 0 King, is what I have heard from au­\n\nthoritative sources.\" This is the Vedic system. The Vedic knowledge is\ncalled sruti because it must be received by being heard from authorities.\n\nIt is beyond the realm of our false experimental knowledge.\nTEXT2\n\n� � ��' �ltt ��P!C: I\n�q�f'«<u �n � ��1�11\nij'\n\nsa vai barh�i devebhyo\n\nbhagam pratyak!jam uccakai/:1.\n\nadadad yasya pitaro\n\ndeva/:1. sapra5rayam nrpa\n\nsa/:1.-he (V isvarupa); vai-indeed; barh�i-in the sacrificial fire;\n\ndevebhya/:1.-unto the particular demigods; bhagam-the proper share;\npratyak!jam-visibly;\n\nadadat-offered;\n\nuccakai/:1.-by loud chanting of the mantras;\n\nyasya-of whom;\n\npitara/:1.-the fathers;\n\ndeva/:1.­\n\ndemigods; sa-pra5rayam-very humbly in a gentle voice; nrpa-0 King\nParik�it.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, the demigods were related to Visvariipa\nfrom his father's side, and therefore he visibly offered clarified\nbutter in the fire while chanting mantras such as \"indraya idarit\nsvaha\" [\"this is meant for King lndra\"] and \"idam agnaye\" [\"this\nis for the demigod of fire\"]. He loudly chanted these mantras and\noffered each of the demigods his proper share.\nTEXT3\n\nttwllttf •�smr 1\n�;f1sct�! � ��CCC\\tl�t : II � II\n� �\n\n", "SB6.2#p0129": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n102\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nsa eva hi dadau bhii.gam\nparok§am asuran prati\nyajamano 'vahad bhii.gam\nmatr-sneha-va.Sanugab,\nsab,-he (Visvariipa); eva-indeed; hi-certainly; dada.u-offered;\nbhii.gam-share; parok§am-without the knowledge of the demigods;\nasuran-the demons; prati-unto; yajamanab,-performing sacrifice;\navahat-offered; bhii.gam-share; matr-sneha-by affection for his\nmother; va.Sa-anugab,-being compelled.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough offering clarified butter in the sacrificial fire in the\n\nname of the demigods, without the knowledge of the demigods he\nalso offered oblations to the demons because they were his\nrelatives through his mother.\n\nPURPORT\nBecause of Visvariipa's affection for the families of both the demigods\nand the demons, he appeased the Supreme Lord on behalf of both\ndynasties. When he offered oblations in the fire on be half of the asuras,\nhe did so secretly, without the knowledge of the demigods.\nTEXT4\n\na.��;f � lif+tknift �: I\n� rntt ¥ft�(6:;:4tif��'1'1 � II� II\n\n�\n\ntad deva-helanam tasya\ndharmalikam surdvarab,\nalak§ya tarasa bhitas\ntac-chir$lir:ty acchinad rU$li\ntat-that; deva-helanam-offense to the demigods; tasya-of him\n(Visvariipa); dharma-alikam-cheating in religious principles (pretending to be the priest of the demigods, but secretly acting as the priest of\n\n", "SB6.2#p0130": "Text 5]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrasura\n\n103\n\nthe demons also); sura-iSvara[l-the king of the demigods; ala�yaobserving; tarasii-quickly; bhita[l-being afraid (that the demons\nwould\n\ngain\n\nstrength\n\n(Visvariipa's);\n\nby\n\nbeing\n\nblessed\n\nby\n\nVisvariipa);\n\ntat-his\n\nsi�ii!li-heads; acchinat-cut off; ru§ii-with great\n\nanger.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce upon a time, however, the King of heaven, lndra, understood that Visvariipa was secretly cheating the demigods by offering oblations on behalf of the demons. He became extremely\nafraid of being defeated by the demons, and in great anger at\nVisvariipa he cut Visvariipa's three heads from his shoulders.\nTEXTS\n\n«l'ltftti«q_� ftR � 4iNSte: 1\nef?tt: t«lcftta¥4'1( q_ � f<!Alf(: 11 � 11\nsoma-pitham tu yat tasya\nsira iisit kapinjala[l\nkalavinka[l surii-pitham\nannadam yat sa tittiri[l\nsoma-pitham-used for drinking soma-rasa; tu-however; yatwhich; tasya-of him (Visvariipa); sira[l-the head; asit-became;\nkapinjala[l-a\n\nfrancolin\n\npartridge;\n\nkalavinka[l-a\n\nsparrow;\n\nsurii­\n\npitham-meant for drinking wine; anna-adam-used for eating food;\nyat-which; sa[l-that; tittiri[l-a common partridge.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter,\n\nthe\n\nhead\n\nmeant\n\nfor\n\ndrinking\n\nsoma-rasa\n\nwas\n\ntransformed into a kapiiijala [francolin partridge]. Similarly, the\nhead meant for drinking wine was transformed into a kalaviitka\n[sparrow], and the head meant for eating food became a tittiri\n[common partridge].\n\n", "SB6.2#p0131": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n104\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT6\n\nitiiiC�I+tStflswtl \\UIC �G\\-fiJt« : I\nrn� � � � A?!t� I\n�1AtRfq,n oq¥t'51tR: II � II\nbrahma-hatyam anjalinii\njagraha yad apiSvarab,\nsamvatsarante tad agham\nbhutanilm sa vi.Suddhaye\nbhumy-ambu-druma-y�idbhya5\ncaturdha vyabhajad dharib,\nbrahma-hatyam-the\n\nsinful\n\nreaction\n\nfor killing a\n\nbrahmar:uz;\n\nanjalinii-with folded hands; jagraha-assumed the responsibility for;\nyat api-although; iSvarab,-very powerful; samvatsara-ante-after\none year; tat agham-that sinful reaction; bhutiinilm-of the material\nelements; sab,-he;\n\nvi.Suddhaye-for purification; bhumi-unto the\n\nearth; ambu-water; druma-trees; y�idbhyab,-and unto women;\ncaturdha-in four divisions; vyabhajat-divided; harib,-King lndra.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough lndra was so powerful that he could neutralize the sin­\n\nful reactions for killing a hrilunaJ:ta, he repentantly accepted the\n\nburden of these reactions with folded hands. He suffered for one\nyear, and then to purify himself he distributed the reactions for\n\nthis sinful killing among the earth, water, trees and women.\nTEXT7\n\nl(ftl�ut.� '51Jil( (CII(t'(q�UJ � 1\n(ftui Jim� � � m� II \\9 II\nbhumis turiyam jagraha\nkhata-pilra-varer:uz vai\nirir:uzm brahma-hatyaya\nrilpam bhumau pradr§yate\n\n", "SB6.2#p0132": "Text 8]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon V:rtrisura\n\n105\n\nbhumi�-the earth; turiyam-one fourth; jagn:iha-accepted; khatapura-of the filling of holes; vare�-because of the benediction; vaiindeed; iri�m-the deserts; brahma-hatyayd�-of the reaction for\nkilling a brahma�; rilpam-form; bhumau-on the earth; pradrsyate-is visible.\nTRANSLATION\nIn return for King lndra's benediction that ditches in the earth\nwould be filled automatically, the land accepted one fourth of the\nsinful reactions for killing a br�a. Because of those sinful\nreactions, we find many deserts on the surface of the earth.\nPURPORT\n\nBecause deserts are manifestations of the earth's diseased condition,\nno auspicious ritualistic ceremony can be performed in a desert. Persons\ndestined to live in deserts are understood to be sharing the reactions for\nthe sin of brahma-hatyd, the killing of a brahma\"(UJ.\nTEXTS\n\n{ff �fct(ttul � lil•l\\i&tu 1\n� Mtrte�qo1 ii$C�tf1 Slt�ij II � II\nturyam cheda-virohe\"(UJ\nvare� jagrhur drumd�\nte�m niryasa-rupe�\nbrahma-hatya pradr§yate\nturyam-one fourth; cheda-although being cut; virohe�-of growing again; vare�-because of the benediction; jagrhu�-accepted;\ndrumd�-the trees; te�m-of them; niryasa-rilpe\"(UJ-by the liquid\noozing from the trees;\n\nbrahma-hatya-the reaction for killing a\n\nbrahma�; pradrsyate-is visible.\nTRANSLATION\nIn return for lndra's benediction that their branches and twigs\nwould grow back when trimmed, the trees accepted one fourth of\n\n", "SB6.2#p0133": "Srimad- Bhiigavatam\n\n106\n\n(Canto 6, Ch.9\n\nthe reactions for killing a brahmllJ.Ul. These reactions are visible in\nthe flowing of sap from trees. (Therefore one is forbidden to\ndrink this sap.)\nTEXT9\n\n�lQ�I+tii4�ulfc@4 \\llllt:\n\n�: I\n���01 61(4{1 � +t1ftr Slat4� II Q.. II\nsa.Svat-kiima- vare')iimhas\n\ntunyam jagrhul) striya/:t\nrajo-rilper.w tiisv amho\nma.si ma.si pradrsyate\nsa.Svat-perpetual; kama-of sexual desire; varer.w-because of the\nbenediction; amha/:t-the sinful reaction for killing a briihmar.w;\n\nturiyam -one fourth; jagrhu/:t-accepted;\n\nstriya/:t-women;\n\nraja/:t­\n\nrilper.w-in the form of the menstrual period; tiisu-in them; amha/:tthe sinful reaction; miisi mdsi-every month; pradrsyate-is visible.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn return for Lord lndra's benediction that they would be able\nto enjoy lusty desires continuously, even during pregnancy for as\nlong as sex is not injurious to the embryo, women accepted one\nfourth of the sinful reactions. As a result of those reactions,\nwomen manifest the signs of menstruation every month.\nPURPORT\nWomen as a class are very lusty, and apparently their continuous lusty\ndesires are never satisfied. In return for Lord lndra's benediction that\nthere would be no cessation to their lusty desires, women accepted one\nfourth of the sinful reactions for killing a brahmar.w.\n\nTEXT 10\n\nA'\"4\\�ii4�1q�4\n\nGt�( I\n\n<tlij m�\\tit1•11f 'ri q_mr � II� oil\n\n", "SB6.2#p0134": "Text II]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrasura\n\n107\n\ndra�a-bhuyo-vare��\nturiyarh jagrhur malam\ntiisu budbzula-phenabhyam\ndr§!arh tad dharati k§ipan\ndra�a-other things;\n\nbhuya/:t-of increasing;\n\nvare�-by\n\nthe\n\nbenediction; iipa/:t-water; turiyam-one fourth; jagrhu/:t-accepted;\nmalam-the\n\nsinful\n\nphenabhyiim-by\n\nreaction;\n\nbubbles\n\nand\n\ntiisu-in\nfoam;\n\nthe\n\nwater;\n\nbudbzula­\n\ndr§!am-visible;\n\ntat-that;\n\nharati-one collects; k§ipan-throwing away.\nTRANSLATION\nAnd in return for King lndra's benediction that water would increase the volume of other substances with which it was mixed,\nwater accepted one fourth of the sinful reactions. Therefore there\nare bubbles and foam in water. When one collects water, these\nshould be avoided.\nPURPORT\nIf water is mixed with milk, fruit juice or other similar substances, it\nincreases their volume, and no one can understand which has increased.\nIn return for this benediction, water accepted one fourth of lndra's sinful reactions. These sinful reactions are visible in foam and bubbles.\nTherefore one should avoid foam and bubbles while collecting drinking\nwater.\nTEXT 11\n\n((1�'1(6<1\\km 'ij(l��lt m I\n(..S(GJ:ft fit�� �t � �11:14( II��II\nhata-putras tatas ttxl§!d\njuhiivendriiya satrave\nindra-satro vivardhasva\n\nmii ciram jahi v idv�am\n\nhata-putra/:t-who lost his son; tata/:t-thereafter; ttxl§!d-Tva�ta;\njuhiiva-performed a sacrifice; indriiya-of lndra; satrave-for creating an enemy; indra-satro-0 enemy of lndra; vivardhasva-increase;\nmii-not; ciram-after a long time; jahi-kill; v idv �am-your enemy.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0135": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n108\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter Visvarupa was\n\nkilled, his father, Tv�li,\n\nperformed\n\nritualistic ceremonies to kill lndra. He offered oblations in the\nsacrificial fire, saying, \"0 enemy of lndra, flourish to kill your\nenemy without delay.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThere was some defect in Tv�ta's chanting of the mantra because he\nchanted it long instead of short, and therefore the meaning changed.\nTva�ta intended to chant the word indra-satro, meaning, \"0 enemy of\nlndra.\" In this mantra, the word indra is in the possessive case ($a:;!hi),\nand the word indra-satro is called a tat-pur!L$a compound (tatpurU$asa masa). Unfortunately, instead of chanting the mantra short, Tva�ta\nchanted it long, and its meaning changed from \"the enemy of lndra\" to\n\"lndra, who is an enemy.\" Consequently instead of an enemy of lndra's,\nthere emerged the body of V�trasura, of whom lndra was the enemy.\nTEXT 12\n\nstttP41&14q:q•utfOft\n\n�«:\\twt: 1\n� � tftEtilwtf �II\"Qijit� �����II\nathii nvahiirya-pacaniid\nutthito ghora-darsanal)\nkrtanta iva lokanam\nyuganta-samaye yathii\n\natha-thereafter; anvahiirya-pacandt-from the fire known as Anvaharya; uuhita/:t-arisen; ghora-darsana}:t-appearing very fearful;\nkrtanta}:t-personified annihilation;\n\niva-like;\n\nlokandm-of all the\n\nplanets; yuga-anta-of the end of the millennium; samaye-at the\ntime; yathii-just as.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, from the southern side of the sacrificial fire known\n\nas Anviharya came a fearful personality who looked like the\n\ndestroyer of the entire creation at the end of the millennium.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0136": "Text 17)\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrasura\nTEXTS 13-17\n\n� 6tll!¥41� AA AA I\nC(�\\4-estd\\Etil, (1 Q41Miwft+M�¥( II�� II\n�61Rf?Rcmll' ¥4\"4111�JRl'it'1¥( II� \\ill\n�{tcq•nf:t RINI@ � am)eq u�«T I\n��liiiG>;:d � �1<?54;:6 � � II t '-\\II\nC((\\tlwU(�Cl�IJf fqq� � ��� I\n� fq�OJ !R«<I ��� 11��11\n� umiJf �� R= ,\nFmai §A�Efil �tf � ft:$ � II� �II\n...\n\nv�vag vivardhamiinarh tam\n�u-miitrarh dine dine\ndagdha-saila-pratikii.Sarh\nsaruihyabhranika-varcasam\ntapta-tamra-sikha-sma§rurh\nmadhyahnarkogra-locanam\ndedipyamiine tri-sikhe\nsula aropya rodasi\nnrtyantam unnadantarh ca\ncalayantarh padii mahim\ndari-gambhira-vaktre�\npibata ca nabhastalam\nlihata jihvayark¢-r:ti\ngrasata bhuvana-trayam\nmahata raudra-da�!re�\njrmbhamii�rh muhur muhub,\nvitrasta dudruvur loka\nvik§ya sarve diSo daSa\n\n109\n\n", "SB6.2#p0137": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nllO\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nv4vak-all around; vivardhamdnam-increasing; tam-him; 4umdtram-an arrow's flight; dine dine-day after day; dagdha-burnt;\nsaila-mountain; pratikaSam-resembling; sandhya-in the evening;\nabhra-anika-like an array of clouds; varcasam-having an effulgence;\ntapta-melted; tamra-like copper; sikha-hair; sma§rum-moustache\nand beard;\n\nmadhyahna-at midday;\n\narka-like\n\nthe\n\nsun;\n\nugra­\n\nlocanam-having powerful eyes; dedipyamdne-blazing; tri-sikhethree-pointed; sale-on his spear; dropya-keeping; rodasi-heaven\nand earth; nrtyantam-dancing; unnadantam-shouting loudly; caand; calayantam-moving; pada-by his foot; mahim-the earth;\ndari-gambhira-as deep as a cave; vaktre�-by the mouth; pibatadrinking;\n\nca-also;\n\njihvaya-by the\n\ntongue;\n\nbhuvana-trayam-the\nda�tre�-with\n\nnabhastalam-the\nrk$a�i-the\n\nthree worlds;\n\nfearful\n\nteeth;\n\nsky;\nstars;\n\nlihata-licking\n\nup;\n\ngrasatd-swallowing;\n\nmahata-very great;\n\nraudra­\n\njrmbhamd�m-yawning;\n\nmuhub,\n\nmuhub,-again and again; vitrastab,-fearful; dudruvub,-ran; lokab,people; vik$ya-seeing; sarve-all; diSab, daSa-ten directions.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLike arrows released in the four directions, the demon's body\n\ngrew, day after day. Tall and blackish, he appeared like a burnt hill\n\nand was as lustrous as a bright array of clouds in the evening. The\n\nhair on the demon's body and his beard and moustache were the\n\ncolor of melted copper, and his eyes were piereing like the midday\n\nsun. He appeared unconquerable, as if holding the three worlds on\n\nthe points of his blazing trident. Dancing and shouting with a loud\n\nvoice, he made the entire surface of the earth tremble as if from an\n\nearthquake. As he yawned again and again, he seemed to be trying\nto swallow the whole sky with his mouth, which was as deep as a\n\ncave. He seemed to be licking up all the stars in the sky with his\n\ntongue and eating the entire universe with his long, sharp teeth.\n\nSeeing this gigantic demon, everyone, in great fear, ran here and\n\nthere in all directions.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�wtltttl � ���qe1 ffi�4{Rlwtl I\n� 't VI' � �: m: q('idJ(iOI: II�� II\n\n", "SB6.2#p0138": "The Appearance of the Demon Vrtrasura\n\nText 19]\n\n111\n\nyenavrta ime lokiis\n\ntapasa t�!ra-murtina\n\nsa vai vrtra iti prokta}:t\n\npapal; parama-diirur:w/:t\n\nyena-by whom; avrta/:t-covered; ime-all these; lokal;-planets;\ntapasa-by the austerity; t�!ra-murtina-in the form of the son of\nTva�ta;\n\nsal;-he;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nvrtra/:t-V:�tra;\n\niti-thus; proktal;­\n\ncalled; pdpal;-personified sin; parama-diirur:w/:t-very fearful.\nTRANSLATION\nThat very fearful demon, who was actually the son of Tv��\ncovered all the planetary systems by dint of austerity. Therefore he\nwas named Vrtra, or one who covers everything.\nPURPORT\nIn the Vedas it is said, sa imai lokan avnwt tad vrtrasya vrtratvam:\nbecause the demon covered all the planetary systems, his name was\nV:rtrasura.\nTEXT 19\n\nd\n\nmw(f't� �un ��:\n\nI\n\n�: �f(��-�: m�fflf;{'§\"\"�: II� �II\ntam nijaghnur abhidrutya\n\nsaga� vibudhar�abha}:t\n\nsvai}:t svair divyastra-sastraughai}:t\nso 'grasat tani krts1UlSa}:t\n\ntam-him; nijaghnu}:t-struck; abhidru tya-running to; sa-ga�}:t­\n\nwith soldiers; vibudha-r�bhal;-all the great demigods; svai}:t svai}:t­\n\nwith their own respective; divya-transcendental; astra-bows and arrows; sastra-oghail;-different weapons; sal;-he (V:rtra);\n\nagrasat­\n\nswallowed; tani-them (the weapons); krts7UJSal;-all together.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods, headed by lndra, charged the demon with their\nsoldiers, striking him with their own transcendental bows and\n\n", "SB6.2#p0139": "112\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\narrows and other weapons, but Vrtrisura swallowed all their\nweapons.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n� Pff�Hm �Sf fciqoou Sl��:stQ I\n�iltllf\\1�qaq6�!{: Q+llft6U ll�oll\ntatas te vismi taQ, sarve\nv�a� grasta-tejasaQ,\npratyaiicam adi-pur�am\nupatasthuQ, samahitaQ,\n\ntataQ,-thereafter; te-they (the demigods); vismitiiQ,-being struck\nwith wonder; sarve-all; v�a�ry.iiQ,-being very morose; grasta-tejasaQ,-having lost all their personal strength; pratyancam-to the\nSupersoul; adi-p u�am -the original person; upatasthuQ,-prayed;\nsamd h itaQ, -all gathered together.\nTRANSLATION\nStruck with wonder and disappointment upon seeing the\n\nstrength of the demon, the demigods lost their own strength.\n\nTherefore they all met together to try to please the Supersoul, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, NariiyaJ.la, by worshiping Him.\nTEXT 21\n\n'J(t� �:\n�\"'il(IM4�6ttf\\:A�lEtil\n\n;wtRI((�l il Clttflfl<st�: I\n({Ill � ..te+tW06ilsm\n\n.\n\"'\n�\nl'l+tiQ \"'l.Wl(((OI mR WJ: II�� II\nsri-deva acuQ,\n\nvayv-ambaragny-ap-k§itayas tri-loka\nbrahmadayo ye vayam udvijantaQ,\nharama yasmai balim antako 'sau\nbibheti yasmad ara�ril tato naQ,\n\n", "SB6.2#p0140": "Text 22]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtriisura\n\nll3\n\nsn-detxi/:r, ucu/:r,-the demigods said; vilyu-composed of air; ambara-sky; agni-fire; ap-water; �itaya/:r,-and land; tri-lokii/:r,-the\nthree worlds; brahma-adaya/:r,-beginning from Lord Brahma; yewho; vayam-we; udvijanta/:r,-being very much afraid; hariimaoffer;\n\nyasmai-unto\n\nwhom;\n\nbalim-presentation;\n\nantaka/:r,-the\n\ndestroyer, death; asau-that; bibheti-fears; yasmiit-from whom;\nara!Wm-shelter; tata/:r,-therefore; na/:r,-our.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods said: The three worlds are created by the five elements-namely ether, air, fire, water and earth-which are controlled by various demigods, beginning from Lord Brahma. Being\nvery much afraid that the time factor will end our existence, we\noffer presentations unto time by performing our work as time dictates. The time factor himself, however, is afraid of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Therefore let us now worship that\nSupreme Lord, who alone can give us full protection.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen one is afraid of being killed, one must take shelter of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. He is worshiped by all the demigods,\nbeginning from Brahma, although they are in charge of the various elements of this material world. The words bibheti yasmiit indicate that all\nthe demons, regardless of how great and powerful, fear the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. The demigods, being afraid of death, took\nshelter of the Lord and offered Him these prayers. Although the time\nfactor is fearful to everyone, fear personified is afraid of the Supreme\nLord, who is therefore known as abhaya, fearless. Taking shelter of the\nSupreme Lord brings actual fearlessness, and therefore the demigods\ndecided to take shelter of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n31A-m� � qft,_�\n\n��Qlfsm��l\n\n", "SB6.2#p0141": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n114\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nfq;flqQ�q� ft �:\nlQelts;nRrt'� � II��II\navismitam tam paripllT7_Ul-kiimam\nsveTUliva labheTUl samam praSiintam\nvinopasarpaty aparam hi baliSab,\nsva-languleniitititarti sindhum\navismitam-who is never struck with wonder; tam-Him; paripllT7_Ulkamam-who is fully satisfied; sveM-by His own;\nliibhe7Ul-achievements;\nsteady;\n\nvioo-without;\n\neva-indeed;\n\nsamam-equipoised;\n\npra§a ntam-very\n\nupasarpati-approaches;\n\naparam-another;\n\nhi-indeed; baliSab,-a fool; sva-of a dog; laftguleTUl-by the tail;\natititarti-wants to cross; sindhum-the sea.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFree from all material conceptions of existence and never won­\n\nderstruck by anything, the Lord is always jubilant and fully\n\nsatisfied by His own spiritual perfection. He has no material desig­\n\nnations, and therefore He is steady and unattached. That Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead is the only shelter of everyone. Anyone\n\ndesiring to be protected by others is certainly a great fool who\ndesires to cross the sea by holding the tail of a dog.\nPURPORT\nA dog can swim in the water, but if a dog dives in the ocean and someone wants to cross the ocean by holding the dog's tail, he is certainly fool\nnumber one. A dog cannot cross the ocean, nor can a person cross the\nocean by catching a dog's tail. Similarly, one who desires to cross the\nocean of nescience should not seek the shelter of any demigod or anyone\nt;lse but the fearless shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (10.14.58) therefore says:\n\nsamasrita ye pada-pallava-plavam\nmahat-padam pur:tya-ya5o-murareb,\n\n", "SB6.2#p0142": "Text 23]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrasura\n\n115\n\nbhavambudhir vatsa-padam param padam\npadam padam yad vipadiim na te�am\nThe Lord's lotus feet are an indestructible boat, and if one takes shelter\nof that boat he can easily cross the ocean of nescience. Consequently\nthere are no dangers for a devotee although he lives within this material\nworld, which is full of dangers at every step. One should seek the shelter\nof the all-powerful instead of trying to be protected by one's own\nconcocted ideas.\nTEXT 23\n\n����\n\n��(R(R�\n\n���l(Rtl�\nsmnf� tnft:q(\\sfq i@� II�� II\nyas yoru-srnge jagatim sva-ndvam\nmanur yathabadhya tatara durgam\nsa\n\ne va nas t�p-a-bhayad durantat\n\ntrdtaSritdn vdricaro 'pi nunam\nyasya-of whom; uru-very strong and high; spige-on the horn;\njagatim-in the form of the world; sva-ndvam-his own boat; manub,Manu, King Satyavrata; yatha-just as; abadhya-binding; tataracrossed; durgam-the very difficult to cross (inundation); sab,-He (the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead); eva-certainly; nab,-us; t�p-a­\n\nbhayat-from fear of the son of Tva�ta; durantat-endless; trdtadeliverer; tiSritan-dependents (like us); vdri-carab, api-although taking the form of a fish; nilnam-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Manu named King Satyavrata formerly saved himself by\ntying the small boat of the entire world to the horn of the Matsya\navatiira, the fish incarnation. By the grace of the Matsya avatiira,\n\n", "SB6.2#p0143": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\nll6\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nManu saved himself from the great danger of the flood. May that\n\nsame fish incarnation save us from the great and fearful danger\ncaused by the son of Tv�l8.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�\n\n�\ne4.f+u+4®ulttRil�:\n�\n\n�m� •mR1(ij(tj�\n��lt-l�;it�m:ll�\\lll\npura svayambhur api samyamambhasy\nudin:za va tormi-ravaib, karale\n-\n\neko 'ravindat patitas tatiira\ntasmiid bhayad yena sa rw 'stu parab,\npura-formerly (during the time of creation); svayambhub,-Lord\nBrahma; api-also; samyama-ambhasi-in the water of inundation;\nudir1Jn-very high; vata-of wind; llrmi-and of waves; ravaib,-by\nthe sounds; karale-very fearful; ekab,-alone; aravindat-from the\nlotus seat; patitab,-almost fallen; tatiira-escaped; tasmiit-from that;\nbhayat-fearful situation; yena-by whom\n\n(the Lord);\n\nsab,-He;\n\nnab,-of us; astu-let there be; parab,-deliverance.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the beginning of creation, a tremendous wind caused fierce\n\nwaves of inundating water. The great waves made such a horrible\nsound that Lord Brahma almost fell from his seat on the lotus into\n\nthe water of devastation, hut he was saved with the help of the\n\nLord. Thus we also expect the Lord to protect us from this\n\ndangerous condition.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n:q � (it fit�+4ltl4.fl W{:\n\n�ri �wtlsQO�l+� � 1\n\n", "SB6.2#p0144": "Text\n\n25]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vf!risura\n\n117\n\n�;{��:�:\n'n� fW 'l'-4•ft41+Uf.t•u II�� II\nya eka iSo nija-miiyaya nab,\n\nsasarja yenanusrjama vi.Svam\n\nvayam na yasyapi purab, samihatab,\n\npa§yama lingam prthag iSa-miininab,\n\nyab,-He who; ekab,-one; iSab,-controller; nija-miiyaya-by His\n\ntranscendental potency; nab,-us; sasarja-created; yena-by whom\n(through whose mercy); anusrjama-we also create; vi.Svam-the uni­\n\nverse;\n\nvayam-we;\n\nna-not;\n\nyasya-of\n\nwhom;\n\napi-although;\n\npurab,-in front of us; samihatab,-of Him who is acting; pa§yama­\n\nsee;\n\nlingam-the\n\nform;\n\nprthak-separate;\n\nmiininab,-thinking of ourselves.\n\niSa-as\n\ncontrollers;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who created us by His external potency and by whose mercy we expand the creation of the\nuniverse, is always situated before us as the Supersoul, but we cannot see His form. We are unable to see Him because all of us think\nthat we are separate and independent gods.\nPURPORT\n\nHere is an explanation of why the conditioned soul cannot see the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead face to face. Even though the Lord appears before us as Lord �!?l).a or Lord Ramacandra and lives in human\n\nsociety as a leader or king, the conditioned soul cannot understand Him.\nAvajananti miim miU;lha miin�im tanum asritam: rascals\n\n(miU;lhas)\n\nderide the Supreme Personality of Godhead, thinking Him an ordinary\n\nhuman being. However insignificant we are, we think that we are also\n\nGod, that we can create a universe or that we can create another God.\n\nThis is why we cannot see or understand the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. In this regard, Srila Madhvliclirya says:\nlingam eva pa§yamab,\n\nkaddcid abhimiinas tu\n\n", "SB6.2#p0145": "118\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\ndevaniim api sann iva\npraya/:1. kiile$u nasty eva\ntiiratamyena so 'pi tu\nWe are all conditioned to various degrees, but we think that we are God.\nThis is why we cannot understand who God is or see Him face to face.\n\nTEXTS 26-27\n�\n�I 9(:\n\n\"�\n\n�\n\n��\"\"'l'\"+tfl..\"\"+t .,;-1'1-I W{\n....\n\n��wn� ��\ntttl'4tl&�flt: (€1+tl:q:ql\ntf:«Rll«nl 'n� � � � II��II\nttit'4\" � '4:q+tl�+t��\nq� � �� RJQ+t;::q¥( I\n'\n\n�\n\n.\n\n.\n\nif����\n\n�«ift��+t�ll�\\911\n\nyo na/:1. sapatnair bhrsam ardyamiiniin\ndevar$i-tirymi-n[$U nitya eva\nkrtavatiiras tanubhi/:1. sva-miiyaya\nkrtvatmasat pati yuge yuge ca\ntam eva devam vayam atma-daivatam\nparam pradhanam puffi$arh viSvam anyam\nvrajama sarve sara�m sara�yam\nsvaniim sa no dhasyati sam mahatma\nya/:1. -He who; na/:1.-us; sapatnai/:1.-by our enemies, the demons;\nb hrsam -almost\n\nalways;\n\nardyamiiniin - being\n\npersecuted;\n\neleva­\n\namong the demigods; f$i-the saintly persons; tirya k-the animals;\n\nnr$u -and men; nitya/:1.-always; eva-certainly; krta-avatara/:1.-appearing as an incarnation;\n\ntanubhi/:1.-with different forms;\n\nsva­\n\nmiiyaya - by His internal potency; krtva atmasat-considering very\nnear and dear to Him; pati -protects; yuge yuge -in every millennium;\n\n", "SB6.2#p0146": "Text 27)\nca-and;\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrisura\ntam-Him;\n\neva-indeed;\n\ndevam-the\n\nll9\n\nSupreme\n\nLord;\n\n. vayam-all of us; atma-daivatam-the Lord of all living entities;\n\nparam-transcendental; prculhanam-the original cause of the total ma­\n\nterial energy; pur�am-the supreme enjoyer; viSvam-whose energy\n\nconstitutes this universe; anyam-separately situated; vrajama-we approach; san�e-all; sara�m-shelter; sara�yam-suitable as shelter;\n\nsoonam-unto His own devotees; sa�-He; na�-unto us; dhasyatishall give; sam-good fortune; mahatma-the Supersoul.\nTRANSLATION\nBy His inconceivable internal potency, the Supreme Personality\nof\n\nGodhead\n\nexpands\n\ninto\n\nvarious\n\ntranscendental\n\nbodies\n\nas\n\nVamanadeva, the incarnation of strength among the demigods;\nPara8uriima, the incarnation among saints;\n\nNrsbhhadeva and\n\nVaraha, incarnations among animals; and Matsya and Kurma, incarnations among aquatics. He accepts various transcendental\nbodies among all types of living entities, and among human beings\nHe especially appears as Lord Kt�?� and Lord Rima. By His causeless mercy, He protects the demigods, who are always harassed by\nthe demons. He is the supreme worshipable Deity of all living entities. He is the supreme cause, represented as the male and female\ncreative energies. Although different from this universe, He exists\nin His universal form [viriita-rlipa). In our fearful condition, let us\ntake shelter of Him, for we are sure that the Supreme Lord, the\nSupreme Soul, will give us His protection.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�QU, is ascer­\n\ntained to be the original cause of creation. Sridhara Svami, in his com­\n\nmentary Bhavartha-dipikii, replies to the idea that prakrti and pur�a\n\nare the causes of the cosmic manifestation. As stated herein, param\n\nprculhanam pur�am viSvam anyam: \"He is the supreme cause, repre­\n\nsented as the male and female creative energies. Although different from\nthis universe, He exists in His universal form [virata-rupa].\" The word\n\nprakrti, which is used to indicate the source of generation, refers to the\n\nmaterial energy of the Supreme Lord, and the word pur�a refers to the\n\n", "SB6.2#p0147": "120\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nliving entities, who are the superior energy of the Lord. Both the prakrti\n\nand pur�a ultimately enter the Supreme Lord, as stated in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii (prakrtim yanti mlimikam).\nAlthough prakrti and pur� superficially appear to be the causes of\n\nthe material manifestation, both are emanations of different energies of\n\nthe Supreme Lord. Therefore the Supreme Lord is the cause of prakrti\nand\n\npu�a. He is the original cause (sarva-karalJ-(l-kliralJ-(lm). The\nNarad:iya PurlilJ-ll says:\navikaro 'pi parama/:t\nprakrtis tu vikarir:ti\nanupraviSya govinda/:t\nprakrtiS cabhidhiyate\n\nBoth the prakrti and pu�a, which are inferior and superior energies,\n\nare emanations from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As explained\n\nin Bhagavad-gitli (gam aviSya), the Lord enters the prakrti, and then the\n\nprakrti creates different manifestations. The prakrti is not independent\n\nor beyond His energies. Vasudeva, Lord Sri .l<r�r:Ja, is the original cause\nof everything. Therefore the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii (10.8):\n\naham sarvasya prabhavo\nmatta/:t sarvaril pravartate\niti matvli bhajante mliril\nbudha bhava-samanvita/:t\n\"I am the source of all spiritual and material worlds. Everything\n\nemanates from Me. The wise who perfectly know this engage in My\n\ndevotional service and worship Me with all their hearts.\" In Snmad­\n\nBhagavatam (2.9.33) the Lord also says, aham evlisam evagre: \"Only I\nBrahmar:uja\nPurlilJ-ll as follows:\nsmrtir avyavadhanena\nprakf[itvam iti sthiti/:t\nubhayatmaka-sutitvad\nvasudeva/:t para/:t pumlin\nprakrti/:t pur�a.S ceti\nsabdair eko 'bhidhiyate\nexisted before the creation.\" This is confirmed in the\n\n", "SB6.2#p0148": "Text 30)\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtriisura\n\n121\n\nTo generate the universe, the Lord acts indirectly as the purWja and\ndirectly as the\n\nprakrti. Because both energies emanate from Lord\n\nVasudeva, the all-pervasive Supreme Personality of Godhead, He is\nknown as both prakrti and purWja. Therefore Vasudeva is the cause of\neverything (sarva-kiirar:w-kiirar:wm).\n\nTEXT 28\n\n���\n� � 11(1� ij(IOIIflqM3<11( I\nsr� ��Pi: q�•••f:\\m ������\nsri-suka uvdca\niti te�am maharaja\n\nsun'i�m upat�!hatam\npraticyam diSy abhud avib.\nsankha-cakra-gada-dhara?J,\n\nS Sukadeva Gosvami: said; iti-thus; te�am-of\n\nsri-sukab. uvaca- ri:\n\nthem; maharaja-0 King; sura�m-of the demigods; upat�!hatampraying;\n\npraticyam-inside;\n\ndiSi-in the direction; abhut-became;\n\navi?J,-visible; sankha-cakra-gada-dhara?J,-bearing the transcendental\nweapons: the conchshell, disc and club.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi said:\n\nMy dear King, when all the\n\ndemigods offered Him their prayers, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, Lord Hari, carrying His weapons, the conchshell, disc\n\nand club, appeared first within their hearts and then before them.\nTEXTS 29-30\n\n311�+4�:�� �i!4tttitil�{ltill\n··��··\n����((+1�'401¥(\nqt ijqW ri (asun�lf:\\Nmen: I\n((OCi!4d\\ qfu� Ui1S{§��lf �: II� oil\n\n", "SB6.2#p0149": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n122\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\niitma-tulyaitt $0{ia.Sabhir\nvinii srivatsa-kaustubhau\nparyupruitam unnidrasarad-amburuhek$a�m\ndf$!vii tam avanau sarva\nik$a�hliida-viklavatt\nda�vat patitii riijaii\nchanair utthiiya tU$!uvutt\niitma-tulyaitt-almost equal to Himself; $0(ia5abhi�-by sixteen (ser­\n\nvants); vinii-without; srivatsa-kaustubhau-the Srivatsa mark and\nKaustubha jewel; paryupasitam-being attended on all sides; unnidra­\n\nblooming;\n\nsarat-of\n\nthe\n\nautumn;\n\namburuha-like\n\nlotus flowers;\n\nik$a�m-having eyes; df$!vii-seeing; tam-Him (the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, Naraya�a); avanau-on the ground; sarve-all of\n\nthem;\n\nik$a�-from\n\ndirectly\n\nseeing;\n\niihliida-with\n\nhappiness;\n\nviklavatt-being overwhelmed; da�-vat-like a stick; patitatt-fell;\n\nriijan-0 King; sanaitt-slowly; utthiiya-standing up; tU$!Uvutt­\n\noffered prayers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSurrounding and serving the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nNariiym:ta, were sixteen personal attendants, decorated with orna­\n\nments and appearing exactly like Him but without the mark of\nSrivatsa and the Kaustubha jewel. 0 King, when all the demigods\n\nsaw the Supreme Lord in that posture, smiling with eyes like the\n\npetals of lotuses grown in autumn, they were overwhelmed with\nhappiness and immediately fell down like rods, offering dm:t«;lavats.\n\nThen they slowly rose and pleased the Lord by offering Him\n\nprayers.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Vaiku�thaloka the Supreme Personality of Godhead has four hands\n\nand decorations like the Srivatsa mark on His chest and the gem known\n\nas Kaustubha. These are special indications of the Supreme Personal�ty\n\n", "SB6.2#p0150": "Text 32]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrasura\n\n123\n\nof Godhead. The Lord's personal attendants and other devotees in\n\nVaikur:Itha have the same features, except for the Srivatsa mark and the\nKaustubha gem.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n��:\n� qcn�q m � ij W{l{: 1\n�� fU(ij*4Sfll� WI'{: ij�it II�� II\nsri-devd ii.cuft\n\nnamas te yajiia-viryaya\n\nvayase uta te namaft\n\nnamas te hy asta-cakraya\nnamaft supuru - h utaye\n\nsri-devaft ii.cuft-the demigods said; namaft-obeisances; te-unto\n\nYou; yajiia-vi'ryaya-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is\nable to give the results of sacrifice;\n\nwhich ends the results of\n\nyajiia;\n\nvayase\n\n-\n\nwho is the time factor,\n\nuta-although;\n\nte-unto You;\n\nnamaft-obeisances; namaft-obeisances; te-unto You; hi-indeed;\n\nasta - cakraya -who throws the disc; namaft-respectful obeisances; supu r u h utaye-having varieties of transcendental names.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods said: 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, You are\ncompetent to give the results of sacrifice, and You are also the time\nfactor that destroys all such results in due course. You are the one\nwho releases the cakra to kill the demons. 0 Lord, who possesses\nmany varieties of names, we offer our respectful obeisances unto\nYou.\nTEXT 32\n\n� ij rr�it;rt f�omt�: wi � 1\n;ni4l�t9it ft�� \\'ffif��· II�� I I\n\n", "SB6.2#p0151": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n124\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nyat te gannam tisroam\n\niSitutt paramam padam\n\nniirvdcino visargasya\n\ndhiuar veditum arhati\n\nyat-which; te-o£ You; ganniim tisroam-of the three destinations\n\n(the heavenly planets, the earthly planets and hell); iSitutt-who are the\n\ncontroller; paramam padam-the supreme abode, Vaikul)�haloka; nanot; arvacinatt-a person appearing after; visargasya-the creation;\n\ndhiitatt-O supreme controller; veditum-to understand; arhati-is\n\nable.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 supreme controller, You control the three destinations\n\n[promotion to the heavenly planets, birth as a human being, and\n\ncondemnation in hell], yet Your supreme abode is VaikuJ;Itha­\n\ndhama. Since we appeared after You created this cosmic manifesta­\n\ntion, Your activities\n\nare\n\nimpossible for us to understand. We\n\ntherefore have nothing to offer You hut our humble obeisances.\n\nPURPORT\nAn inexperienced man generally does not know what to beg from the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Everyone is under the jurisdiction of\nthe created material world, and no one knows what benediction to ask\n\nwhen praying to the Supreme Lord. People generally pray to he pro­\n\nmoted to the heavenly planets because they have no information of\nVaikul)�haloka. Srila Madhvaciirya quotes the following verse:\ndeva-lokiit pitr-lokiit\n\nnirayac ciipi yat param\n\ntisrbhyatt paramam sthiinam\nva�1)lwam vid�am gatitt\n\nThere are different planetary systems, known as Devaloka (the planets of\n\nthe demigods), Pit:rloka (the planet of the Pitas) and Niraya (the hellish\nplanets). When one transcends these various planetary systems and en­\n\nters VaikmHhaloka, he achieves the ultimate resort of the Vail?l)avas.\n\nVail?l)avas have nothing to do with the other planetary systems.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0152": "Text\n\n33]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrisura\nTEXT\n\n125\n\n33\n\n.;, �� � ��(I�IJ( t{t!ja.i41�� ��\n��\n.....\n,Q,\n��� �rtm:���ijt{�\n��:l� .:+r;ml:r�\nq'(+Ht'fi·� �'{���101 ITq(\"'{r:\n'\"\"('\n\n��tt q('{(Qqf(tu��: Wl'ormm•lij'{INwtl qf�IPHtqft�i!4HR(��uifc{qf�:�qta§ll� f�sqmr ���'{�� �·�;{� � ll ��II\nom namas te 'stu bhagavan ndraya{Ul vasudevadi-pu11J.{ia mahiipun�a mahiinubhiiva parama-mangala parama-kalya{Ul paramakarur:tika kevala jagad-tidhiira lokaika-natha saroesvara la�mi-natha\nparamaharilsa-parivrajakail; parame1J,dtma-yoga-samtidhina\nparibhiivita-parisphuta-paramaharilsya-dharmer:wdghii#ta-tamal;kapdta-dvare citte 'pdvrta atma-loke svayam upalabdha-nijasukhiinubhavo bhavan.\nom-0 Lord; namal;-respectful obeisances; te-unto You; astu-let\nthere be; bhagavan-0 Supreme Personality of Godhead; ndraya{Ulthe resort of all living entities, NarayaQ.a; vasudeva-Lord Vasudeva, Sri\n\n_Kr�Q.a; tidi-pur�a-the original person; mahii-pu�-the most ex­\n\nalted personality; mahii-anubhiiva-the supremely opulent; parama­\n\nmangala-the most auspicious; parama-kalyar:ta-the supreme\nparama-karur:tika-the supremely merciful; kevala­\n\nbenediction;\n\nchangeless; jagat-adhiira-the support of the cosmic manifestation;\n\nloka-eka-natha-the only proprietor of all the planetary systems;\n\nsarva-iSvara-the supreme controller; la�mi-ndtha-the husband of\nthe goddess of fortune; paramaharilsa-parivrajakail;-by the topmost\n\nsannyasis wandering all over the world; parame{Ul-by supreme; dtma­\n\nyoga-samadhina-absorption in bhakti-yoga; paribhavita -fully\n\npurified;\n\nparisphuta-and\n\nfully\n\nmanifested;\n\nparamaharilsya-dhar­\n\nme{Ul-by executing the transcendental process of devotional service;\nudghii#ta-pushed open; tamal;-of illusory existence;\n\nkapata'-in\n\nwhich the door; doore-existing as the entrance; citte-in the mind;\napavrte-without contamination; dtma-loke-in the spiritual world;\n\nsvayam-personally;\n\nupalabdha-experiencing;\n\nnija-personal;\n\nsukha-anubhaval;-perception of happiness; bhavan-Your Lordship.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0153": "Srunad-Bhagavabun\n\n126\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, 0 NiriyllJ.la, 0 Vasudeva,\n\noriginal person! 0 most exalted person, supreme experience,\n\nwelfare personified! 0 supreme benediction, supremely merciful\n\nand changeless! 0 support of the cosmic manifestation, sole\n\nproprietor of all planetary systems, master of everything and hus­\n\nband of the goddess of fortune! Your Lordship is realized by the\ntopmost sannyisis, who wander about the world to preach ��J;Ia\nconsciousness, fully absorbed in samidhi through bhakti-yoga.\n\nBecause their minds are concentrated upon You, they can receive\nthe conception of Your personality in their fully purified hearts.\n\nWhen the darkness in their hearts is completely eradicated and\nYou are revealed to them, the transcendental bliss they enjoy is the\ntranscendental form of Your Lordship. No one but such persons\n\ncan\n\nrealize You. Therefore we simply offer You our respectful\n\nobeisances.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead has numerous transcendental\nnames pertaining to different grades of revelation to various grades of\ndevotees and transcendentalists. When He is realized in His impersonal\nform He is called the Supreme Brahman, when realized as the\nParamlitmli He is called antaryami, and when He expands Himself in\ndifferent forms for material creation He is called K!?irodakasliyi Vi!?I:IU,\nGarbhodaka8iiyi Vi!?QU and Klirai:Iodakasliyi Vi!?QU. When He is realized\nas Vasudeva, Sankar!?aQa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha-the Caturvyuha,\nwho are beyond the three forms of Vi!?I:IU-He is the VaikuQtha\nNarliyaQa. Above realization of NiirayaQa is realization of Baladeva, and\nabove that is realization of Kr!?Qa. All these realizations are possible when\none engages fully in devotional service. The covered core of one's heart is\nthen completely open to receiving an understanding of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His various forms.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n� fcl' � f?IG:a<�1·n tt(\\�(U\"� ��<la41«'1+�t�•�\n3W+4gfstitt+410lwt egut+4!JUt: �f« qOO GOU� II �� II\n\n", "SB6.2#p0154": "Text 34]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtriisura\n\n127\n\nduravabodha iva tavayam vihara-yogo yad a§ararw 'sarira idam\naru1ve�itasmat-samavaya atmaMivavikriyama�TUl sagu�m agu�/:t\nsrjasi piis i harasi.\nduravabodha/:t-di:fficult to understand;\n\niva-quite;\n\ntava-Your;\n\nayam-this; vihara yoga/:t-engagement in the pastimes of material\n-\n\ncreation, maintenance and annihilation; yat-which; a§ara�/:t-not\ndependent on any other support; a§arira/:t-without having a material\nbody; idam-this; aTUlve�ita-without waiting for; asmat-of us;\nsamavaya/:t-the cooperation; atmana-by Your own self; eva-indeed;\navikriyama�TUl-without being transformed; sa-gu�m-the material\nmodes of nature; agu�/:t-although transcendental to such material\nqualities; srjasi-You create; piis -maintain; harasi-annihilate.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, You need no support, and although You have no material body, You do not need cooperation from us. Since You are\nthe cause of the cosmic manifestation and You supply its material\ningredients without being transformed, You create, maintain and\nannihilate this cosmic manifestation by Yourself. Nevertheless, although You appear engaged in material activity, You are transcendental to all material qualities. Consequently these transcendental\nactivities of Yours are extremely difficult to understand.\nPURPORT\nThe Brahma-samhita\n\n(5.37) says, goloka eva nivasaty akhilatma­\n\nbhuta/:t: the Supreme Personality of Godhead, .Kr!?�a, is always situated\nin Goloka Vrndavana. It is also said, vrrufavaTUlril parityajya padam\nekam TUl gacchati: .Kr!?�a never goes even a step from Vrndavana.\nNevertheless, although .Kr!?Q.a is situated in His own abode, Goloka\nVrndavana, He is simultaneously all-pervading and is therefore present\neverywhere. This is very difficult for a conditioned soul to understand,\nbut devotees can understand how .Kr!?Q.a, without undergoing any\nchanges, can simultaneously be in His abode and be all-pervasive. The\ndemigods are understood to be various limbs of the Supreme Lord's\nbody, although the Supreme Lord has no material body and does not need\n\n", "SB6.2#p0155": "128\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nanyone's help. He is spread everywhere ( maya tatam idarhsarvarhjagad\navyakta-milrtina). Nevertheless, He is not present everywhere in His\nspiritual form. According to the Mayavada philosophy, the Supreme\nTruth, being all-pervasive, does not need a transcendental form. The\nMayavadis suppose that since His form is distributed everywhere, He has\nno form. This is untrue. The Lord keeps His transcendental form, and at\nthe same time He extends everywhere, in every nook and corner of the\nmaterial creation.\nTEXT 35\n\n3N Vllm;{ ft �����'If�: ql(ij�O( €4iiji��­\n\n� �qiG.:C\\1��1 (\\MC\\1�1(1'1 aq''��: (1¥t�QC\\� �� �\n( CfR WI �: II � '-\\ II\natha tatra bhavan kim devadattavad iha gur_ta-visarga-patitaft\nparatantryer_ta sva-krta-ku.Saliiku.Salarh phalam upiidadat y ahosvid\natmiirama upa§ama-silaft samanjasa-darsana udasta iti ha vava na\nvidamaft.\natha-therefore; tatra-in that;\n\nbhavan-Your Lordship; kim­\n\nwhether; deva-datta-vat-like an ordinary human being, forced by the\nfruits of his activities; iha-in this material world; gur_ta-visargapatitab,-fallen in a material body impelled by the modes of material\nnature; paratantryer_ta-by dependence on the conditions of time, space,\nactivity and nature; sva-krta-executed by oneself; ku.Sala-auspicious;\naku.Salam-inauspicious ; phalam-results of action; upiidadati-ac­\n\ncepts; ahosvit-or; atmiiramab,-completely self-satisfied; upa§ama­\n\nsilab,-self-controlled in nature; samanjasa-darsanab, -not deprived of\n\nfull spiritual potencies; uddste-remains neutral as the witness; itithus; ha moo-certainly; na vidamab,-we do not understand.\nTRANSLATION\nThese are our inquiries. The ordinary conditioned soul is sub­\n\nject to the material laws, and he thus receives the fruits of his ac­\n\ntions. Does Your Lordship, like an ordinary human being, exist\n\n", "SB6.2#p0156": "Text 36]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrisura\n\n129\n\nwithin this material world in a body produced by the material\nmodes? Do You enjoy or suffer the good or bad results of actions\nunder the influence of time, past work and so forth? Or, on the\ncontrary, are You present here only as a neutral witness who is\nself-sufficient, free from all material desires, and always full of\nspiritual potency? We certainly cannot understand Your actual\nposition.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitil �!?Qa says that He descends to this material world\nfor\n\ntwo\n\npurposes,\n\nnamely\n\nparitraT)iiya\n\nsiidhilniirh\n\nvinii.Saya\n\nca\n\ndi.L$krtam-to relieve the devotees and kill demons or nondevotees.\nThese two kinds of action are the same for the Absolute Truth. When the\nLord comes to punish the demons, He bestows His favor upon them, and\nsimilarly when He delivers His devotees and gives them relief, He also\nbestows His favor. Thus the Lord bestows His favor equally upon the\nconditioned souls. When a conditioned soul gives relief to others he acts\npiously, and when he gives trouble to others he acts impiously, but the\nLord is neither pious nor impious; He is always full in His spiritual\npotency, by which He shows equal mercy to the punishable and the protectable. The Lord is apapa-viddham; He is never contaminated by the\nreactions of so-called sinful activities. When �!?Qa was present on this\nearth, He killed many inimical nondevotees, but they all received\n\nsarilpya; in other words, they returned to their original spiritual bodies.\nOne who does not know the Lord's position says that God is unkind to\nhim but merciful to others. Actually the Lord says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(9.29), samo 'ham sarva-bhilte�u na me dve�yo 'sti na priya�: \"I am\nequal to everyone. No one is My enemy, and no one is My friend.\" But\nHe also says, ye bhajanti tu rniirh bhaktya mayi te te�u capy aham: \"If\none becomes My devotee and fully surrenders unto Me, I give him special\nattention.\"\n\nTEXT 36\n\n�Jq�s-.\"•uvlti(IMSqt=it-.AEMMij�N�I(sti(IUIT+«Ietiji�ntftireei�:Cii(Q(l��r�..ijgur•ru,\nWI ft AU$f m ...,\"�«tqR:f\n\n", "SB6.2#p0157": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n130\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nwrt ml�lwtf!tQ( aq(ij(i+((l+(lftl+tit � QJ41€+\\'Iltl'l;:ij�ft cit\n� � \" �ffl €4�qii\\ftI¥Uf!tI( II � � II\nna hi virodha ubhayarit bhagavaty aparimita-gu�-ga� iSvare\n'navagahya-mahatmye 'rvacina-vikalpa-vitarka-vicara-prama'f)iibhasakutarka-siistra-kalilantal,l.kara'f)iiSraya-duravagraha-vadinarit\nvivadanavasara uparata-samasta-mayamaye kevala evatma-mayam\nantardhaya ko nv artho durgha!a iva bhavati svanlpa-dvayabhavat.\n\nna-not; hi-certainly; virodha/,1.-contradiction; ubhayam -both;\nbhagavati-in the Supreme Personality of Godhead; apa ri mita -un­\n\nlimited; gu�-ga �-whose transcendental attributes; iSvare-in the\nsupreme controller; anavagahya-possessing; mahatmye -unfathomable ability and glories; arvacina-recent; vikalpa-full of equivocal\ncalculations; vitarka-opposing arguments; vicdra-judgments; prama �a-abhiis a -imperfect evidence; kutarka-useless arguments;\nsiis tra -by unauthorized scriptures; kalila-agitated; anta/,l.kara�­\n\nminds; asraya- whos e shelter; duravagr aha -with wicked obstinacies;\nvadinam-of theorists; vivada-of the controversies; anavasare-not\nwithin the range;\n\nuparata -withdrawn; samasta-from whom all;\n\nmaya- maye -illusory energy; kevale-without a second; eva-indeed;\n\natma -may am -the illusory energy, which can do and undo the inconceivable;\n\nantardhaya-placing\n\nbetween;\n\nka/,1.-what;\n\nnu-indeed;\n\nartha/,1.-meaning; dur gha!a/.1.-impossible; iva-as it were; bhavati­\n\nis; sva-nlpa-natures; dvaya-of two; abhavat-due to the absence.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, all contradictions can be\nreconciled in You. 0 Lord, since You are the Supreme Person, the\nreservoir of unlimited spiritual qualities, the supreme controller,\nYour unlimited glories are inconceivable to the conditioned souls.\nMany modern theologians argue about right and wrong without\nknowing what is actually right. Their arguments are always false\nand their judgments inconclusive because they have no authorized\nevidence with which to gain knowledge of You. Because their\nminds are agitated by scriptures containing false conclusions, they\n\n", "SB6.2#p0158": "Text 36)\nare\n\nThe Appearan ce of the Demon Vflrisura\n\n131\n\nunable to understand the truth concerning You. Furthermore,\n\nbecause of polluted eagerness to arrive at the right conclusion,\ntheir theories are incapable of revealing You, who are transcendental to their material conceptions. You are one without a second,\nand therefore in You contradictions like doing and not doing, happiness and distress, are not contradictory. Your potency is so great\nthat it can do and undo anything as You like. With the help of that\npotency, what is impossible for You? Since there is no duality in\nYour constitutional position, You\n\ncan\n\ndo everything by the\n\ninfluence of Your energy.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, being self-sufficient, is full of\ntranscendental bliss (atmdrama). He enjoys bliss in two ways-when He\nappears happy and when He appears distressed. Distinctions and\ncontradictions are impossible in Him because only from Him have they\nemanated. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the reservoir of all\nknowledge, all potency, all strength, opulence and influence. There is no\nlimit to His powers. Since He is full in all transcendental attributes,\nnothing abominable from the material world can exist in Him. He is\ntranscendental and spiritual, and therefore conceptions of material happiness and distress do not apply to Him.\nWe should not be astonished to find contradictions in the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Actually there are no contradictions. That is the\nmeaning of His being supreme. Because He is all-powerful, He is not\nsubject to the conditioned soul's arguments regarding His existence or\nnonexistence. He is pleased to protect His devotees by killing their\nenemies. He enjoys both the killing and the protecting.\nSuch freedom from duality applies not only to the Lord but also to His\ndevotees. In Vrndavana, the damsels of Vrajabhumi enjoy transcendental\nbliss in the company of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, K.r!?Da, and\nthey feel the same transcendental bliss in separation when Kr!?Da and\nBalarama leave Vrndavana for Mathura. There is no question of material\npains or pleasures for either the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His\npure devotees, although they are sometimes superficially said to be distressed or happy. One who is dtmdrdma is blissful in both ways.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0159": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n132\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nNondevotees cannot understand the contradictions present in the\nSupreme Lord or His devotees. Therefore in Bhagavad-gitd the Lord\nsays,\n\nbhaktyii mam abhijiiniiti: the transcendental pastimes can be\n\nunderstood through devotional service; to nondevotees they are inconceivable.\n\nAcintyiib, khalu ye bhiiva na tdms tarke1Jll yojayet:\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Lord and His form, name, pastimes and paraphernalia are inconceivable to nondevotees, and one should not try to understand such\nrealities simply by logical arguments. They will not bring one to the right\nconclusion about the Absolute Truth.\n\nTEXT 37\n\nQ¥iW't¥i'Rt'J;ff ¥iij¥i��f« � MJ(M: Qqifc(N�li( II �\\S II\nsama-v�ama-matiniirit matam anusarasi yathii rajju-khar:uJ,ab, sarpiididhiyiim.\nsama- equal or proper; vi�ama-and unequal or mistaken;\nmatiniim -of those having i ntelligence; matam-conclusion;\nanusarasi-You follow; yathii-just as; rajju-khar:uJ,ab,-a piece of rope;\nsarpa-iidi-a snake, etc.; dhiyiim-of those who perceive.\nTRANSLATION\nA rope causes fear for a bewildered person who considers it a\nsnake, but not for a person with proper intelligence who knows it\nto be only a rope. Similarly, You, as the Supersoul in everyone's\nheart, inspire fear or fearlessness according to one's intelligence,\nhut in You there is no duality.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (4.11) the Lord says, ye yathii mam prapadyante\ntdms tathaiva bhajamy aham: \"As one surrenders unto Me, I reward\nhim accordingly.\" The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the reservoir\nof everything, including all knowledge, all truth and all contradictions.\nThe example cited herein is very appropriate. A rope is one truth, but\nsome mistake it for a snake, whereas others know it to· be a rope.\nSimilarly, devotees who know the Supreme Personality of Godhead do\n\n", "SB6.2#p0160": "Text 38)\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrisura\n\n133\n\nnot see contradictions in Him, but nondevotees regard Him as the\nsnakelike source of all fear. For example, when N:rsirhhadeva appeared,\nPrahlada Maharaja saw the Lord as the supreme solace, whereas his\n\nfather, a demon, saw Him as the ultimate death. As stated in SnmadBhiigavatam (11.2.37), bhayam dvitiyabhinivesatafl syat: fear results\n\nfrom being absorbed in duality. When one is in knowledge of duality,\none knows both fear and bliss. The same Supreme Lord is a source of\nbliss to devotees and fear to nondevotees who have a poor fund of knowledge. God is one, but people understand the Absolute Truth from different angles of vision. The unintelligent see contradictions in Him, but\nsober devotees find no contradictions.\nTEXT 38\n\n� � ft �: d. q�(CI�q: «l�: (1�\\51tl€ifi(U1Cfi(UI�:\n\n«4lifq•ll�¥tf41q_�:gtJII+tl(1l� � � �CI�: II�� II\n\nsa eva hi punafl sarva-vastuni vastu-svanlpafl sarvesvarafl sakala-jagatkarar:uz-karar:uz-bhutafl sarva-pratyag-atmatvat sarva­\n\ngu1J.dbhiisopalak$ita eka eva paryava§e�itaft.\n\nsafl-He (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); eva-indeed; hicertainly; punafl-again; sarva-vastuni-in everything, material and\nspiritual; vastu-svarupafl-the substance; sarva-iSvarafl-the controller\n\nof everything; sakala-jagat-of the whole universe; karar:uz-of the\n\ncauses; karar:uz-bhutafl-existing as the cause; sarva-pratyak-atmatvat-because of being the Supersoul of every living being, or being pres­\n\nent in everything, even the atom; sarva-gur:uz-of all the effects of the\nmaterial modes of nature (such as intelligence and the senses); abhiisa­\n\nby the manifestations; upalak$itafl-perceived; ekafl-alone; eva-indeed; paryava§e�itafl-left remaining.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith deliberation, one will see that the Supreme Soul, although\nmanifested in different ways, is actually the basic principle of\neverything. The total material energy is the cause of the material\nmani festation,\n\nbut\n\nthe\n\nmaterial\n\nenergy\n\nis\n\ncaused\n\nby Him.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0161": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n134\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nTherefore He is the cause of all causes, the manifester of intelli­\n\ngence and the senses. He is perceived as the Supersoul of everything. Without Him, everything would be dead. You,\n\nas\n\nthat\n\nSupersoul, the supreme controller, are the only one remaining.\n\nPURPORT\nThe words sarva-vastuni vastu-svanlpa!r, indicate that the Supreme\nLord is the active principle of everything. As described in the Brahma­\n\nsamhita (5.35):\n\neko 'py asau racayitum jagad-ar:u/n-ko!irh\nyac-chaktir asti jagad-ar:uf,a-caya yad-anta!r,\nar:u)iintara-stha-paramiir:tu-cayantara-stham\ngovindam iidi-pu�am tam aham bhajami\n\"I worship the Personality of Godhead, Govinda, who enters the existence of every universe and every atom by one of His plenary portions\nand thus manifests His infinite energy throughout the material creation.\" By His one plenary portion as Paramatma, antaryami, the Lord is\nall-pervading throughout the unlimited universes. He is the pratyak, or\n\nantaryami, of all living entities. The Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (13.3),\n/cyetrajiiam capi miirh viddhi sarva-/cyetre�u bharata: \"0 scion of\n\nBharata, you should understand that I am also the knower in all bodies.\"\nBecause the Lord is the Supersoul, He is the active principle of every living entity and even the atom\n\n(ar:u)iintara-stha-paramiir:tu-cayantara­\n\nstham). He is the actual reality. According to various stages of intelligence, one realizes the presence of the Supreme in everything through\nthe manifestations of His energy. The entire world is permeated by the\nthree gur:tas, and one can understand His presence according to one's\nmodes of material nature.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n3J'l t m � '1WUat<t«1(10\\� (1�Cf�\n\n�tt-ct-ct(t�ij@;c\n\n�q;cfe M't4�-\n\nFcl44tRate�-.�t\\(il�'llffiQ : q('l¥4t•tct6t\n�4ilf�;fl lfiRRr �l(�fil4tJ't� �t�'lr;. f;mf PH-=t�( �-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0162": "Text 39]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrisura\n\n135\n\n� � �: ��t�R�I �Pt�ij(<:J ��!:4iil(0il�l�� �f� WI � �;w.i ijijl(q�N�: II �� II\nlr.R{: �' fU\n\natha ha vdva tava mahimamrta-rasa-samudra-vipr�ii sakrd avaluj.haya\nsva-manasi ni§yandamaniinavarata-sukhena vismarita-dma-srutavi§aya-sukha-lesabhiisa/:£ parama-bhagavata ekantino bhagavati sarvabhuta-priya-suhrdi sarvdtmani nitaram nirantaram nirvrta-manasa/:£\nkatham u ha vd ete madhumathana puna/:£ svdrtha-ku5alii hy atmapriya-suhrda/:£ sadhavas tvac-cara�mbujanusevdm visrjanti na yatra\npunar ayam samsara-paryavarta/:£.\natha ha-therefore;\n\nvava-indeed;\n\ntava-Your;\n\nmahima-of\n\nglories; amrta-of the nectar; rasa-of the mellow; samudra-of the\nocean; vipr�-by a drop; sakrt-only once; avaluj.haya-tasted; svamanasi-in his mind; ni§yandamiina-flowing; anavarata-continuously; sukhena-by the transcendental bliss; vismarita-forgotten;\ndma-from material sight; sruta-and sound; vi§aya-sukha-of the\nmaterial happiness; le5a-abhasa/:t-the dim reflection of a tiny portion;\nparama-bhagavatii/:£-great, exalted devotees; ekantina/:£-who have\nfaith only in the Supreme Lord and nothing else; bhagavati-in the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; sarva-bhuta-to all living entities;\npriya-who is dearmost; suhrdi-the friend; sarva-iitmani-the Supersoul of all; nitaram-completely; nirantaram-continuously; nirvrtawith happiness; manasa/:t-those whose minds; katham-how; u hathen; vd-or; ete-these; madhu-mathana-0 killer of the Madhu\ndemon; puna/:t-again; sva-artha-ku5alii/:£-who are expert in the interest of life; hi-indeed; iitma-priya-suhrda/:£-who have accepted You\nas the Supersoul, dearmost lover and friend; sadhava/:t-the devotees;\ntvat-carar:m-ambuja-anusevam-service to the lotus feet of Your Lordship; visrjanti-can give up; na-not; yatra-wherein; puna/:£-again;\nayam-this;\n\nsamsara-paryavarta/:£-repetition\n\nof\n\nbirth\n\nand\n\ndeath\n\nwithin the material world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, 0 killer of the Madhu demon, incessant transcendental bliss flows in the minds of those who have even once tasted\n\n", "SB6.2#p0163": "136\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nbut a drop of the nectar from the ocean of Your glories. Such ex­\n\nalted devotees forget the tiny reflection of so-called material hap­\n\npiness produced from the material senses of sight and sound. Free\nfrom all desires, such devotees are the real friends of all living en­\n\ntities. Offering their minds unto You and enjoying transcendental\n\nbliss, they are expert in achieving the real goal of life. 0 Lord, You\n\nare the soul and dear friend of such devotees, who never need\n\nreturn to this material world. How could they give up engagement\nin Your devotional service?\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough nondevotees, because of their meager knowledge and speculative habits, cannot understand the real nature of the Lord, a devotee\nwho has once tasted the nectar from the Lord's lotus feet can realize what\ntranscendental pleasure there is in the Lord's devotional service. A devotee knows that simply by rendering service to the Lord, he serves everyone. Therefore devotees are real friends to all living entities. Only a pure\ndevotee can preach the glories of the Lord for the benefit of all\nconditioned souls.\n\nTEXT 40\n\n����FrsR � mn4ifl•t'l'� m ��\nAA:st��lill�� {tqt�i4i+R1¥\\�S� (CC1�'4'4P<4tl ij(W\\@Ifrr�- � �06�( � i(iif�W(¥\\fq �ri�WI � 'R� ll\\loll\ntri-bhuvaniitma-bhavana trivikrama tri-nayana tri-lokamanoharanubhiiva tavaiva vibhutayo ditija-danujadaya§ capi te�am\nupakrama-samayo yam iti sootma-mayaya sura-nara-mrga-miSritajalacarakrtibhir yathiiparadham daT)l/,am daT)l/,a-dhara dadhartha evam\nenam api bhagavan jahi t�!ram uta yadi manyase.\ntri-bhuvana-atma-bhavana-0 Lord, You are the shelter of the three\nworlds because You are the Supersoul of the three worlds; tri-vikrama-\n\n0 Lord, who assumes the form of Vamana, Your power and opulence are\n\n", "SB6.2#p0164": "Text 40)\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrisura\n\n137\n\ndistributed throughout the three worlds; tri-nayana-0 maintainer and\nseer of the three worlds; tri-loka-manohara-anubhava-0 You who are\nperceived as the most beautiful within the three worlds; tava-of You;\neva-certainly; vibhutaya!z,-the expansions of energy; diti-ja-danu-jaadaya!z,-the demoniac sons of Diti, and the Danavas, another type of\ndemon; ca-and; api-also (the human beings); te�am-of all of them;\nupakrama-samaya!z,-the time of enterprise; ayam-this; iti-thus;\nsva-atma-mayaya-by\n\nYour\n\nown\n\nenergy;\n\nsura-nara-mrga-miSrita­\n\njalacara-akrtibhi!z,-with different forms like those of the demigods,\nhuman\n\nbeings,\n\nanimals,\n\nmixtures and\n\naquatics\n\n(the\n\nincarnations\n\nVamana, Lord Ramacandra, �!?!)a, Varaha, Hayagriva, N:rsirilha, Matsya\nand Kiirma); yatha-aparadham - according to their offenses; dar.t(iam-punishment; dar.t<fa-dhara-0 supreme chastiser; dadharthaYou awarded; evam-thus; enam-this one (V:rtrasura); api-also;\nbhagavan-0 Supreme Personality of Godhead; jahi-kill; t�tramthe son of Tva!?ta; uta-indeed; yadi manyase - if You think it proper.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, 0 personified three worlds, father of the three worlds!\n0 strength of the three worlds, in the form of the Vamana incarnation! 0 three-eyed form of Nrsh:hhadeva! 0 most beautiful person\nwithin the three worlds! Everything and everyone, including\nhuman beings and even the Daitya demons and the Danavas, is but\nan expansion of Your energy. 0 supremely powerful one, You have\nalways appeared in Your forms as the various incarnations to\npunish the demons as soon as they become very powerful. You appear as Lord Vamanadeva, Lord Rima and Lord �t;J.a. You appear\nsometimes as an animal like Lord Boar, sometimes a mixed incarnation like Lord Nrsirhhadeva and Lord Hayagriva, and sometimes\nan aquatic like Lord Fis� and Lord Tortoise. Assuming such\nvarious forms, You have always punished the demons and Danavas.\nWe therefore pray that Your Lordship appear today as another incarnation, if You so desire, to kill the great demon V rtrisura.\nPURPORT\nThere are two kinds of devotees, known as sakama and akama. Pure\ndevotees are akama, whereas devotees in the upper planetary systems,\n\n", "SB6.2#p0165": "138\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nsuch as the demigods, are called sakama because they still want to enjoy\n\nmaterial opulence. Because of their pious activities, the sakama devotees\n\nare promoted to the higher planetary systems, but at heart they still\n\ndesire to lord it over the material resources. The sakama devotees are\n\nsometimes disturbed by the demons and Rak�asas, but the Lord is so kind\n\nthat He always saves them by appearing as an incarnation. The Lord's incarnations are so powerful that Lord Vamanadeva covered the entire uni­\n\nverse with two steps and therefore had no place for His third step. The\nLord is called Trivikrama because He showed His strength by delivering\n\nthe entire universe with merely three steps.\n\nThe difference between sakama and akama devotees is that when\nsakama devotees, like the demigods, fall into difficulty, they approach\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead for relief, whereas akama devotees,\neven in the greatest danger, never disturb the Lord for material benefits.\n\nEven if an akama devotee is suffering, he thinks this is due to his past\nimpious activities and agrees to suffer the consequences. He never dis­\n\nturbs the Lord. Sakama devotees immediately pray to the Lord as soon as\n\nthey are in difficulty, but they are regarded as pious because they con­\n\nsider themselves fully dependent on the mercy of the Lord. As stated in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam ( l 0.14.8) :\n\ntat te 'nukampam susamik$ama�\nbhunjana evatma-krtam vipakam\nhrd-vag-vapurbhir vidadhan namas te\njiveta yo mukti-pade sa diiya-bhiik\nEven while suffering in the midst of difficulties, devotees simply offer\ntheir prayers and service more enthusiastically. In this way they become\n\nfirmly fixed in devotional service and eligible to return home, back to\nGodhead, without a doubt. Sakama devotees, of course, achieve from the\nLord the results they desire from their prayers, but they do not im­\n\nmediately become fit to return to Godhead. It is to be noted herein that\n\nLord Vi��u, in His various incarnations, is always the protector of His\n\ndevotees. Srila Madhvacarya says: vividham bhiiva-patratvdt sarve v��r\n\nvibhiltayal}.. K{��a is the original Personality of Godhead (kmuzs tu\nblwgavan svayam). All the other incarnations proceed from Lord Vi��u.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0166": "Text 41)\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrisura\n\n139\n\nTEXT 41\n\n�� �� � ;m;ri � � �01'1fa'19;1f�f.:ql'11���f.t�tcl'1i �tfciil.ut'1a�¥tet�61'11���afq,t\\(5PRf!U�d-�t�itt;t {qtffe1�ij(�{({'(Ji1'iWU 'ilJ;:ij(ijfq¥t'1l41tRt\n�'fNd� mH II\nasrnii karit tavakaniirit tatatata nataniirit hare tava cara1J.ll-nalinayugala-dhyaniinubaddha-hrdaya-niga4finiirit sva-lirigavivara1)£niitmasat-krtanii m anukampanuraiijita-viSada-rucira-siSirasmitavalokena vigalita-madhura-mukha-rasamrta-kalaya cantas tapam\nanagharhasi samayitum.\nasrniikam-of us; tavakaniim-who are wholly and solely dependent\nupon You; tata-tata-0 grandfather, father of the father; nataniimwho are fully surrendered unto You; hare-0 Lord Hari; tava-Your;\ncara1J.ll-on the feet;\n\nnalina yugala-like two blue lotus flowers;\n-\n\ndhyana-by meditation; anubaddha-bound; hrdaya-in the heart;\nniga#nam-whose chains; sva-liriga-vivara1)£na-by manifesting Your\nown form; atmasat-krtaniim-of those You have accepted as Your own;\nanukampa-by compassion; anuraiijita-being colored; visadabright;\n\nrucira-very pleasing;\n\navalokena-by Your glance;\n\nsiSira-cool;\n\nsmita-with a\n\nsmile;\n\nvigalita-m e lted with compa ssion;\n\nmadhura-mukha-rasa-of the very sweet words from Your mouth;\namrta-kalaya-by the drops of nectar; ca-and; anta�-within the\ncores of our hearts; tapam-the great pain; anagha-0 supreme pure;\narhasi-You deserve; samayitum-to curb.\nTRANSLATION\n0 supreme protector, 0 grandfather, 0 supreme pure, 0 Lord!\nWe are all surrendered souls at Your lotus feet. Indeed, our minds\nare bound to Your lotus feet in meditation by chains of love. Now\nplease manifest Your incarnation. Accepting us as Your own eternal servants and devotees, be pleased with us and sympathetic\ntoward us. By Your love-filled glance, with its cool and pleasing\n\n", "SB6.2#p0167": "140\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nsmile of sympathy, and by the sweet, nectarean words emanating\nfrom Your beautiful face, free us from the anxiety caused by this\n\nVrtrisura, who always pains the cores of our hearts.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Brahma is considered the father of the demigods, but l(r�Qa, or\nLord Vi�Qu, is the father of Brahma because Brahma took birth from the\nlotus Bower growing from the Lord's abdomen.\n\nTEXT42\n\nlftFi(ijetl\"tf'HRct�IJf•ts;�qf;tfd�qf.tf'lrtl�+t\"'fd\\�+1fer.it� �1�MifiP\"Il\"'l+t;et(G\\�!! � =it 'ftiUI�•u�+t��qot\n3NI\"f�UI � q����ICfil��(q(l(f\"ffq� ij§:qtaJ;flqe+� iN�Y:\n('14SI�tt('ltf�Uf at1CfiMJ� ���qQtmiJl: wn�: fCfilll�\n�� �ttt;fhr: � ��rollftq ��: II \\J� II\n3N\n\natha bhagavarhs tavasmabhir akhila-jagad-utpatti-sthiti-layanimittayamana-divya-maya-vinodasya sakala-j\"ioo-nikiiyaniim antarhrdaye�u bahir api ca brahma-pratyag-atma-svanlper:w pradhiinanlper:w ca yathii-desa-kiila-dehiioosthiina-vi.Se�arh tadup&iiinopalambhakatayanubhaoota/:t saroo-pratyaya-sii�ir:w akiiSasarirasya sii�iit para-brahma\"r:w/:t pararruitmana/:t kiyan iha viirthavi.Se�o vijnapan\"iya/:t syiid visphulingiidibhir iva hirar:tya-retasa/:t.\natha-therefore; bhagaoon-0 Lord; taro-of You; asmabhi/:t-by\nus; akhila-all; jagat-of the material world; utpatti-of the creation;\n\nsthiti-maintenance; laya- and annihilation;\n\nnimittiiyarruina-being\n\nthe cause; divya-rruiyii-with the spiritual energy; vinodasya-of You,\nwho amuse Yourself; sakala-all; j\"ioo-nikiiyiiniim-of the hordes of living entities; anta/:t-hrdaye�u-in the cores of the hearts; bahi/:t api-externally also; ca-and; brahma-of impersonal Brahman, or the Absolute Truth; pratyak-iitma-of the Supersoul; soo-nlper:w-by Your\nforms; pradhiina-nlper:w-by Your form as the external ingredients;\nca-also; yathii-according to; desa-kiila-deha-aoosthiina-of country,\ntime, body and position;\n\ni.Se�am-the particulars;\n\nv\n\ntat-of them;\n\n", "SB6.2#p0168": "Text 42]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vftrisura\n\n141\n\nupiidana-of the material causes; upalambhakataya-by being the exhibitor; anubhavata�-witnessing; sarva-pratyaya-sa/cyirya�-the witness of all different activities; akaSa-sarirasya-the Supersoul of the\nwhole universe; sa/cyat-directly; para-brahmarya�-the Supreme Absolute Truth; paramatmana�-the Supersoul; kiyan-of what extent;\niha-herein;\n\nvd-or;\n\nartha-viSe��-special\n\nnecessity;\n\nvijiiiipa­\n\nniya�-to be informed; syat-may he; visphuliriga-adibh*-by the\nsparks of the fire; iva-like; hira{tya-retasa�-to the original fire.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, as the small sparks of a fire cannot possibly perform the\nactions of the whole fire, we sparks of Your Lordship cannot inform You of the necessities of our lives. You are the complete\nwhole. Therefore, of what do we need to inform You? You know\neverything because You\n\nare\n\nthe original cause of the cosmic\n\nmanifestation, the maintainer and the annihilator of the entire\nuniversal creation. You always engage in Your pastimes with Your\nspiritual and material energies, for You are the controller of all\nthese varied energies. You exist within all living entities, within\nthe cosmic manifestation, and also beyond them. You exist internally as Parabrahman and externally as the ingredients of the material creation. Therefore, although manifested in various stages,\nat different times and places, and in various bodies, You, the Personality of Godhead, are the original cause of all causes. Indeed,\nYou are the original element. You are the witness of all activities,\nhut because You are as great as the sky, You are never touched by\nany of them. You are the witness of everything as Parabrahman\nand Paramatma. 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, nothing is\nunknown to You.\nPURPORT\nThe Absolute Truth exists in three phases of spiritual understanding-Brahman,\n\nParamatma\n\nand Bhagavan\n\n(brahmeti paramatmeti\n\nbhagavan iti sabdyate). Bhagavan, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nis the cause of Brahman and Paramatma. Brahman, the impersonal Absolute Truth, is all-pervading, and Pararnatma is locally situated in\neveryone's heart, but Bhagavan, who is worshipable by the devotees, is\n\n", "SB6.2#p0169": "142\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nthe original cause of all causes. A pure devotee is aware that since\nnothing is unknown to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He need not\nhe informed of a devotee's conveniences and inconveniences. A pure\ndevotee knows that there is no need to ask the Absolute Truth for any\nmaterial necessities. Therefore, while informing the Supreme Lord about\ntheir distress in being attacked by V:rtrasura, the demigods apologized\nfor offering prayers for their safety. A neophyte devotee, of course, approaches the Supreme Lord for relief from distress or poverty, or for\nspeculative knowledge of the Lord. Bhagavad-gita\n\n(7.16) mentions four\n\nkinds of pious men who begin devotional service to the Lord -one who is\ndistressed (arta), one in need of money (artharthi), one who is inquisitive (jijnasu) and one who is searching for the Absolute Truth (jnani). A\npure devotee, however, knows that since the Lord is omnipresent and\nomniscient, there is no need to offer prayers or worship Him for one's\npersonal benefit. A pure devotee always engages in the service of the\nLord without demanding anything. The Lord is present everywhere and\nknows the necessities of His devotees; consequently there is no need to\ndisturb Him by asking Him for material benefits.\n\nTEXT 43\n3Rf �CT �tf (:t§>qq;�qt\nllff.«(: q(qg(l� ���p:rf\n\nm�f�r.Hh:rR:m�t{N�I'i;fl;q�t;rf\n\nC11f\n\n�it;{tqetR(:t1:\n\n11\\l�ll\nata eva svayam tad upakalpayasmiikam bhagavatab, parama-guros tava\ncarat:UJ--sata- palaSac-chayam vividha-vrjina-sarhsara­\n\npariSramopa§amanim upasrtanam vayam yat-kiimenopasiiditab,.\nata eva-therefore;\n\nsvayam-Yourself;\n\ntat-that;\n\nupakalpaya­\n\nbhagavatab,-of the Supreme Perpara ma gurob,-the supreme spiritual master;\ntava-of You; carat:UJ--of the feet; Sata palaSa t-like lotus flowers with\nhundreds of petals; c hayam-the shade; vividha-various; vrjinawith dangerous positions; sarhsara-of this conditioned life;\npariSrama-the pain; upa§amanim-relieving; upasrtanam-the devotees who have taken shelter at Your lotus feet; vayam-we; yat -for\nplease arrange; asmiikam-of us;\n\nsonality of Godhead;\n\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0170": "Text\n\n44]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrisura\n\n143\n\nwhich; kamena-by the desires; upasiid ta�-caused to come near (the\nshelter of Your lotus feet).\nTRANSLATION\nDear Lord, You are omniscient, and therefore You know very\nwell why we have taken shelter at Your lotus feet, which provide\nshade that gives relief from all material disturbances. Since You\nare the supreme spiritual master and You know everything, we\nhave sought shelter of Your lotus feet for instruction. Please give\nus relief by counteracting our present distress. Your lotus feet are\nthe only shelter for a fully surrendered devotee and are the only\nmeans for subduing all the tribulations of this material world.\nPURPORT\nOne need only seek shelter of the shade of the Lord's lotus feet. Then\nall the material tribulations that disturb him will be subdued, just as\nwhen one comes under the shadow of a big tree, the disturbances caused\nby the heat of the scorching sun are immediately mitigated, without\none's asking for relief. Therefore the whole concern of the conditioned\nsoul should be the lotus feet of the Lord. The conditioned soul suffering\nfrom various tribulations because of existing in this material world can\nbe relieved only wlien he seeks shelter at the Lord's lotus feet.\nTEXT\n\n44\n\n31?.1T � � � JJa;:d W411'1i41( I\n!Rijl{;r lt;{ ;:r: � �� � 11��11\natho iSa jahi t�{ram\ngrasantam bhuvana-trayam\ngrastani yena na� kmw\ntejarhsy astrayudhiini ca\natho-therefore; iSa-0 supreme controller; jahi-kill; t�!ramthe demon V�trasura, son of Tva��a; grasantam-who is devouring;\nbhuvana-trayam-the three worlds; grastani-devoured; yena-by\nwhom; na�-our; kr�lJfl--0 Lord Kr�Qa; tejarhsi-all strength and\nprowess; astra-arrows; ayudhiini-and other weapons; ca-also.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0171": "144\n\nSrimad- Bhagavatarn\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nTherefore, 0 Lord, 0 supreme controller, 0 Lord .Kr�J;ta, please\nannihilate this dangerous demon Vrtrasura, Tv�l3's son, who has\nalready swallowed all our weapons, our paraphernalia for fighting,\nand our strength and influence.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii (7.15-16):\n\nna mam d!L$krtino mill)ha/:t\nprapadyante naradhama/:t\nmayayapahrta-fiidna\ndsurarh bhavam asrita/:t\ncatur-vidha bhajante marh\njana/:t sukrtino 'rjuna\ndrto jijfiiisur artharthi\njfiiini ca bharatar�abha\n\"Those miscreants who are grossly foolish, lowest among mankind,\nwhose knowledge is stolen by illusion, and who partake of the atheistic\nnature of demons, do not surrender unto Me. 0 best among the Bharatas\n[Arjuna], four kinds of pious men render devotional service unto Methe distressed, the desirer of wealth, the inquisitive, and he who is\nsearching for knowledge of the Absolute.\"\nThe four classes of neophyte devotees who approach the Supreme Personality of Godhead to offer devotional service because of material motives are not pure devotees, but the advantage for such materialistic\ndevotees is that they sometimes give up their material desires and become pure. When the demigods are utterly helpless, they approach the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in grief and with tears in their eyes,\npraying to the Lord, and thus they become almost pure devotees, free\nfrom material desires. Admitting that they have forgotten pure devotional service because of extensive material opportunities, they fully surrender to the Lord, leaving to His consideration whether to maintain\nthem or annihilate them. Such surrender is necessary. Bhaktivinoda\n\n", "SB6.2#p0172": "Text\n\n45)\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrasura\n\n145\n\nThakura sings, miirabi rakhabi-yo iccha tohara: \"0 Lord, I fully surrender unto Your lotus feet. Now, as You desire, You may protect me or\nannihilate me. You have the full right to do either.\"\nTEXT\n\n45\n\n{ijttr d\\(f.B�R fWfU�\ntWII� �� ��Tlt I\nQ«''�Pt :qetqlw-?.IT�T�� qfte•t6� �� �� 11�'-\\11\n.\n\n,...\n\nharilsaya dahra-nilayaya nirik§akaya\nkm:u'iya mma-ya.Sase nirupakramiiya\nsat-sarilgrahaya bhava-pantha-nijasramiiptav\nante pari$ta-gataye haraye namas te\nharilsaya-unto the most exalted and pure (pavitram paramam, the\nsupreme pure); dahra-in the core of the heart; nilayaya-whose\nabode; ni rik§akaya-supervising the activities of the individual soul;\nkmuiya-unto the Supersoul, who is a partial manifestation of Kr��a;\nmr$!a-ya.Sase-whose reputation is very bright; nirupakramiiya-who\nhas no beginning; sat-sarilgrahaya-understood only by pure devotees;\nbhava-pantha-nija-asrama-aptau-being obtainment of the shelter of\nKr��a for persons within this material world; ante-at the ultimate end;\npari$!a-gataye-unto Him who is the ultimate goal, the highest success\nof life; haraye-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nama/:t-respectful obeisances; te-unto You.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, 0 supreme pure, You live within the core of everyone's\n\nheart and observe all the desires and activities of the conditioned\nsouls. 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead known as Lord ��a,\nYour reputation is bright and illuminating. You have no beginning, for You are the beginning of everything. This is understood\nby pure devotees because You are easily accessible to the pure and\n\n", "SB6.2#p0173": "146\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\ntruthful. When the conditioned souls are liberated and sheltered\n\nat Your lotus feet after roving throughout the material world for\n\nman\n\ny millions of years, they attain the highest success of life.\n\nTherefore, 0 Lord, 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, we offer\n\nour respectful obeisances at Your lotus feet.\nPURPORT\n\nThe demigods certainly wanted Lord Vi�t:�u to relieve their anxiety,\nbut now they directly approach Lord Kr�t:�a, for although there is no difference between Lord Kr�t:�a and Lord Vi�t:�u, Kr�t:�a descends to this\nplanet in His Vasudeva feature for the purpose of paritriir,uiya\nsiidhuniim vinasiiya ca d!L§krtam-protecting His devotees and annihilating the miscreants. Demons, or atheists, always disturb the demigods,\nor devotees, and therefore Kr�t:�a descends to punish the atheists and\ndemons and fulfill the desire of His devotees. Kr�t:�a, being the original\ncause of everything, is the Supreme Person, above even Vi�QU and\nNarayat:�a, although there is no difference between these different forms\nof the Lord. As explained in Brahma-samhitii (5.46):\ndipiircir eva hi daSiintaram abhyupetya\ndipiiyate vivrta-hetu-samiina-dharmii\nyas tiidrg eva hi ca vi.§r:tutayii vibhiiti\ngovindam iidi-purU§arh tam aham bhajami\nKr�t:�a expands Himself as Vi�Qu the way a bright candle kindles another.\nAlthough there is no difference between the power of one candle and\nanother, Kr�t:�a is compared to the original candle.\nThe word mr§!a-ya.Sase is significant herein because Kr�t:�a is always\nfamous for relieving His devotee from danger. A devotee who has\nsacrificed everything for the service of Kr�t:�a and whose only source of\nrelief is the Lord is known as akincana.\nAs expressed in the prayers offered by Queen Kunti, the Lord is\nakincana-vitta, the property of such a devotee. Those who are liberated\nfrom the bondage of conditioned life are elevated to the spiritual world,\nwhere they achieve five kinds of liberation -siiyujya, siilokya, siirilpya,\nsiir§!i and siimipya. They personally associate with the Lord in five\n\n", "SB6.2#p0174": "Text47]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrisura\n\n147\n\nmellows-santa, diisya, sakhya, vdtsalya and mii.dhurya. These rasas\nare all emanations from Kr��a. As described by Visvanatha Cakravarti\nThakura, the original mellow, adi-rasa, is conjugal love. Kr��a is the\norigin of pure and spiritual conjugal love.\nTEXT46\n\n�� \\ffl'i(\n\n�iit+OR«t mr;{ � �{ft: I\n+4Uq(ICU'1¥i� � (Ut:ffq'l�: 11��11\nsri-suka uvdca\n\nathaivam i{lito rajan\n\nsadaram tri-daSair harib,\n\nsvam upasthanam aka�ya\n\npraha tan abhinanditab,\n\nuvdca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; atha-thereafter;\nevam-in this way; i{litab,-being worshiped and offered obeisances; rajan-0 King; sa-ddaram-with proper respect; tri-da.Saib,-by all the\ndemigods from the higher planetary systems; harib,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; svam upasthanam-their prayer glorifying Him;\naka�ya-hearing; praha-replied; tan-unto them (the demigods);\nabhinanditab,-being pleased.\nsri-sukab,\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi continued: 0 King Pari�it, when the\n\ndemigods offered the Lord their sincere prayers in this way, the\n\nLord listened by His causeless mercy. Being pleased, He then\n\nreplied to the demigods.\n\nTEXT47\n\n���4/<flij'l,\n\n3fufis{ cr: �� ���q(I!U�� I\n�'ij��: � ��� � �ftr 11�\\911\n\n", "SB6.2#p0175": "148\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nsri-bhagavan uvdca\nprito 'ham va� sura-sre§!hii\nmad-upasthiina-vidyaya\natmai.Svarya-smrti� purilsaril\nbhaktiS caiva yaya mayi\nsri-bhagavan uvdca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;\nprita�-pleased; aham-1; va�-of you; sura-sre§!hii�-0 best of the\ndemigods; mat-upasthiina vidyaya-by the highly advanced knowledge\n-\n\nand prayers offered unto Me; atma-ai.Svarya-smrti�-remembrance of\nthe exalted transcendental position of Me, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; purilsam-of men; bhakti�-devotional service; ca-and;\neva-certainly; yaya-by which; mayi-unto Me.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: 0 beloved demigods,\n\nyou have offered your prayers to Me with great knowledge, and I\nam\n\ncertainly most pleased with you. A person is liberated by such\n\nknowledge, and thus he remembers My exalted position, which is\n\nabove the conditions of material life. Such a devotee is fully\npurified by offering prayers in full knowledge. This is the source\nof devotional service to Me.\n\nPURPORT\nAnother name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is Uttamasloka,\nwhich means that He is offered prayers with selected verses. Bhakti\nmeans srava1)1lril kirtanaril vi§r:w�. chanting and hearing about Lord\nVi�Qu. lmpersonalists cannot be purified, for they do not offer personal\nprayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Even though they sometimes offer prayers, the prayers are not directed toward the Supreme\nPerson. lmpersonalists sometimes show their incomplete knowledge by\naddressing the Lord as being nameless. They always offer prayers indirectly, saying, \"You are this, You are that,\" but they do not know to\nwhom they are praying. A devotee, however, always offers personal\nprayers. A devotee says, govindam adi-pur!J¥lril tam aharil bhajami: \"I\noffer my respectful obeisances unto Govinda, unto ��Qa.\" That is the\n\n", "SB6.2#p0176": "Text 48]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrisura\n\n149\n\nway to offer prayers. If one continues to offer such personal prayers to\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, he is eligible to become a pure\ndevotee and return home, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 48\n\nRi � � 3{Jij ij� A��lfH I\n'ltitctitW{I+tRf;fiW44..+titef� (I*CM�II��II\nkim duriiparh mayi prite\ntathapi vibudhar�bhab,\nmayy ekiinta-matir niinyan\nmatto vaiichati tattva-vit\n\nkim-what; duriipam-diffi.cult to obtain; mayi-when I; prftesatisfied; tathapi-still; vibudha-r�bhab,-0 best of the intelligent\ndemigods; mayi-in Me; ekiinta-exclusively fixed; matib,-whose attention; na anyat-not anything other; mattab,-than Me; viinchatidesires; tattva-vit-one who knows the truth.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of the intelligent demigods, although it is true that\nnothing is difficult for one to obtain when I am pleased with him, a\npure devotee, whose mind is exclusively fixed upon Me, does not\nask Me for anything but the opportunity to engage in devotional\nservice.\nPURPORT\nWhen the demigods finished offering their prayers, they anxiously\nwaited for their enemy V:rtrasura to be killed. This means that the\ndemigods are not pure devotees. Although without difficulty one can get\nanything he desires if the Lord is pleased, the demigods aspire for material profit by pleasing the Lord. The Lord wanted the demigods to pray\nfor unalloyed devotional service, but instead they prayed for an opportunity to kill their enemy. This is the difference between a pure devotee\nand a devotee on the material platform. Indirectly, the Lord regretted\nthat the demigods did not ask for pure devotional service.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0177": "150\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 49\n\nWI � �: � 3Tl� g01t4�d�, I\n\n�61A-.;.0(1t�ll�msft�:,,\\l�''\nna veda krpar:w./:t sreya\ndtmarw gur:w.-vastu-drk\n\ntasya tan icchato yacched\nyadi so 'pi tatha-vidha/:t\nna-not; veda-knows; krpar:w./:t-a miserly living entity; sreya/:tthe ultimate necessity; atmana/:t-of the soul; gur:w.-vastu drk-who is\n-\n\nattracted by the creation of the modes of material nature; tasya-of him;\ntan-things created by the material energy; icchata/:t-desiring; yacchet-one bestows; yadi-if; sa/:t api-he also; tatha-vidha/:t-of the\nkind (a foolish krpar:w. who does not know his real self-interest).\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who think material assets to he everything or to he the\n\nultimate goal of life are called misers [lqpaJ;Ias]. They do not know\n\nthe ultimate necessity of the soul. Moreover, if one awards that\nwhich is desired by such fools, he must also he considered foolish.\nPURPORT\nThere are two classes of men-namely the krpar:w. and the brahmar:w..\nA brahmar:w. is one who knows Brahman, the Absolute Truth, and who\nthus knows his real interest. A krpar:w., however, is one who has a material, bodily concept of life. Not knowing how to utilize his human or\ndemigod life, a krpar:w. is attracted by things created by the material\nmodes of nature. The krpar:w.s, who always desire material benefits, are\nfoolish, whereas brahmar:w.s, who always desire spiritual benefits, are intelligent. If a krpar:w., not knowing his self-interest, foolishly asks for\nsomething material, one who awards it to him is also foolish. Kr�f.la,\nhowever, is not a foolish person; He is supremely intelligent. If someone\ncomes to K.r�f.la asking for material benefits, Kr�f.la does not award him\nthe material things he desires. Instead, the Lord gives him intelligence so\nthat he will forget his material desires and become attached to the Lord's\n\n", "SB6.2#p0178": "Text\n\n50]\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon\n\nVrtrisura\n\n151\n\nlotus feet. In such cases, although the krpal).a offers prayers to Lord\n\nKr!?r:ta for material things, the Lord takes away whatever material possessions the krpal).a has and gives him the sense to become a devotee. As\nstated by the Lord in the Caitanya-caritiimrta (Madhya 22.39):\n\nami-vijna, ei murkhe 'v�aya' kene diba?\nsva-cara�mrta diya 'v�ya' bhulaiba\n\"Since I am very intelligent, why should I give this fool material\n\nprosperity? Instead I shall induce him to take the nectar of the shelter of\nMy lotus feet and make him forget illusory material enjoyment.\" If one\n\nsincerely prays to God for material possessions in exchange for devo­\n\ntional service, the Lord, who is not foolish like such an unintelligent\n\ndevotee, shows him special favor by taking away whatever material\n\npossessions he has and gradually giving him the intelligence to be\n\nsatisfied only by rendering service to His lotus feet. Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti Thakura comments in this regard that if a foolish child re­\n\nquests his mother to give him poison, the mother, being intelligent, will\n\ncertainly not give him poison, even though he requests it. A materialist\n\ndoes not know that to accept material possessions means to accept poison,\n\nor the repetition of birth and death. An intelligent person, a brahmal).a,\n\naspires for liberation from material bondage. That is the real selfinterest of a human being.\n\nTEXT\n\n50\n\n� f;{:�� �Wf qiWt�ll� d � I\nWI ufuitf'tuft� tt150�ilsf11 �: II� II\no\n\nsvayam nit&Sreyasam vidvan\nna vakty ajiiiiya karma hi\nna rati rogir:w 'pathyam\nvaiichato 'pi bh�aktama�\nsvayam-personally; nit&Sreyasam-the supreme goal of life, namely\n\nthe means of obtaining ecstatic love for the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead; vit-van-one who is accomplished in devotional service; na-not;\n\n", "SB6.2#p0179": "152\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nvakti-teaches; ajnaya-unto a foolish person not conversant with the\nultimate goal of life; kanna-fruitive activities; hi-indeed; na-not;\nrati-administers; rogi��-unto the patient; apathyam-something\nunconsumable; ooiichata�-desiring; api-although; bh�ak-tama�an experienced physician.\nTRANSLATION\nA pure devotee who is fully accomplished in the science of devo­\n\ntional service will never instruct a foolish person to engage in\nfruitive activities for material enjoyment, not to speak of helping\n\nhim in such activities. Such a devotee is like an experienced physi­\n\ncian, who never encourages a patient to eat food injurious to his\n\nhealth, even if the patient desires it.\n\nPURPORT\nHere is the difference between the benedictions awarded by the\ndemigods and those awarded by the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nVi!?I).U. Devotees of the demigods ask for benedictions simply for sense\ngratification, and therefore they have been described in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(7.20) as bereft of intelligence.\nkamais tais tair hrta-jnana�\nprapadyante 'nya-devata�\ntam tam niyamam iisthaya\nprakrtya niyata� svaya\n\"Those whose minds are distorted by material desires surrender unto\ndemigods and follow the particular rules and regulations of worship according to their own natures.\"\nConditioned souls are generally bereft of intelligence because of profound desires for sense gratification. They do not know what benedictions to ask. Therefore nondevotees are advised in the siistras to worship\nvarious demigods to achieve material benefits. For example, if one wants\na beautiful wife, he is advised to worship Uma, or goddess Durga. If one\nwants to be cured of a disease, he is advised to worship the sun-god. All\nrequests for benedictions from the demigods, however, are due to rna-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0180": "Text 50)\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrasura\n\n153\n\nterial lust. The benedictions will be finished at the end of the cosmic\nmanifestation, along with those who bestow them. If one approaches\nLord Vi�Qu for benedictions, the Lord will give him a benediction that\nwill help him return home, back to Godhead. This is also confirmed by\nthe Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gitii (10.10):\n\nte�rh satata-yuktaniirh\nbhajatarh priti-purvakam\ndadiimi buddhi-yogarh tam\nyena mii m upayanti te\nLord Vi�qu, or Lord :Kr�Q.a, instructs a devotee who constantly engages in\nHis service how to approach Him at the end of his material body. The\nLord says in Bhagavad-gitii (4.9):\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevarh yo vetti tattvata�\ntyaktva deham punar janma\nnaiti miim eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities, does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" This is the\nbenediction of Lord Vi�Q.U, :Kr�Q.a. After giving up his body, a devotee\nreturns home, back to Godhead.\nA devotee may foolishly ask for material benedictions, but Lord Kr�Q.a\ndoes not give him such benedictions, despite the devotee's prayers.\nTherefore people who are very attached to material life do not generally\nbecome devotees of Kr�Q.a or Vi�Q.U. Instead they become devotees of the\ndemigods (kamais tais tair hrta-jiidnii� prapadyante 'nya-devataM. The\nbenedictions of the demigods, however, are condemned in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii. Antavat tu phalam te$iirh tad bhavaty alpa-medhasam: \"Men of\nsmall intelligence worship the demigods, and their fruits are limited and\ntemporary.\" A non-Vai�Q.ava, one who is not engaged in the service of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, is considered a fool with a small\nquantity of brain substance.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0181": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n154\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 51\n\n� � � tit �'lfilm� 1\nff4�Ui4{1<Pnm� m;f �� '11 f� II�� II\nTTUJ.ghavan yata bhadram vo\n\ndadhyaiicam r�i-sattamam\nvidya-vrata-tapa/.l-siiram\ngatram yaca ta mii ciram\nTTUJ.ghavan-0 lndra; yata-go; bhadram -good fortune; va/.l-to all\nof you; dadhyaiicam-to Dadhyaiica; r�i-sat-tamam-the most exalted\nsaintly\n\nperson;\n\nvidya-of\n\neducation;\n\nvrata-vow;\n\ntapa/.l-and\n\nausterities; siiram-the essence; giitram -his body; yacata -ask for;\nmii ci ram -without delay.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maghavan [lndra], all good fortune unto you. I advise you to\n\napproach the exalted saint Dadhyaiica [Dadhici]. He has become\nvery accomplished in knowledge, vows and austerities, and his\n\nbody is very strong. Go ask him for his body without delay.\nPURPORT\n\nEveryone in this material world, from Lord Brahma down to the ant, is\neager to keep his body comfortable. A pure devotee may also be comfortable, but he is not eager for such a benediction. Since Maghavan, the\nKing of heaven, still aspired for a comfortable bodily situation, Lord\nVi�f.lu advised him to ask Dadhyaiica for his body, which was very strong\ndue to his knowledge, vows and austerity.\n\nTEXT 52\n\ntn3fNtt<ft��� QMG�el( I\nq: tn at� ;m� {14t(q(<ti Olfl:m{ II�� II\nq\n\nsa ro adhigato dadhyari1i\n\na.Svibhyam brahma n�kalam\n\n", "SB6.2#p0182": "Text 52]\n\nThe Appearanre of the Demon Vrtriisura\n\n155\n\nyad oo a.Sva.Siro nama\ntayor amaratdm vyadhiit\nsalt-he; oo-certainly; adhigata!t-having obtained; dadhyanDadhyaiica; a.Svibhyam\n\n-\n\nto the two Asvini-kumaras; brahma-spiritual\n\nknowledge; n�kalam-pure; yat oo-by which; a.Sva.Sira!t-Asvasira;\nnama-named; tayo!t-of the two; amarattim-liberation in one's life;\nvyadhat-awarded.\nTRANSLATION\nThat saintly Dadhyaiica, who is also known as Dadhici, personally assimilated the spiritual science and then delivered it to the\nASvini-kumaras. It is said that Dadhyaiica gave them mantras\nthrough the head of a horse. Therefore the mantras are called\nASv&Sira. After obtaining the mantras of spiritual scienre from\nDadhici, the Asvini-kumaras became jivan-mukta, liberated even\nin this life.\nPURPORT\nThe following story is narrated by many acaryas in their commentaries:\nniSamyathartJalJ.am da�am pravargya-brahmavidyu.yo�. do.dhyancam\nsamupagamya tam lkatur athiiSvinau. bhagavan dehi nau vidyam iti srutvii sa cabravit.\nkarmaiJ-y avasthito 'dyaham JXL5ciid �yami gacchatam. tayor nirgatayor eva sakra\nagatya tam munim. uviica bhi$ajor vidyam mii viidir a5vinor mune. yadi mad-vakyam\nullarighya brav�i sahasaiva te. sira5-chindyam na sandeha ity uktva sa yayu.u hari�.\nindre gate tathiibhyetya niisatyav llcatur dvijam. tan-mukhiid indra-gaditam srutvii tiiv\nlkatu� puna�. iiviim tava siras chittvii prlrvam a5vasyu. mastakam. sandhasyavas tato\nbruhi tena vidyam ca nau dvija. tasminn indre�J-a sanchinne puna� sandhiiya\nmastakam. nijam te da�iTJ-iim dattva gami$yavo yathagatam. etac chrutva tadovaca\ndo.dhyariri atharvaiJ-a5 tayo!l pravargyam brahma-vidyam ca sat-krto 'satya-sarikitaft.\n\nThe great saint Dadhici had perfect knowledge of how to perform\nfruitive activities, and he had advanced spiritual knowledge as well.\nKnowing this, the Asvini-kumaras once approached him and begged him\nto instruct them in spiritual science (brahma-vidya). Dadhici Muni\nreplied, \"I am now engaged in arranging sacrifices for fruitive activities.\nCome back some time later.\" When the Asvini-kumaras left, lndra, the\n\n", "SB6.2#p0183": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n156\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nKing of heaven, approached Dadhici and said, \"My dear Muni, the\nAsvini:-kumaras are only physicians. Please do not instruct them in\nspiritual science. If you impart the spiritual science to them despite my\nwarning, I shall punish you by cutting off your head.\" After warning\nDadhi:ci in this way, lndra returned to heaven. The Asvini:-kumaras, who\nunderstood lndra's desires, returned and begged Dadhi:ci for brahmavidyii. When the great saint Dadhici informed them of lndra's threat, the\nAsvini:-kumaras replied, \"Let us first cut off your head and replace it\nwith the head of a horse. You can instruct brahma-vidya through the\nhorse's head, and when lndra returns and cuts off that head, we shall\nreward you and restore your original head.\" Since Dadhici had promised\nto impart brahma-vidya to the ASvini:-kumaras, he agreed to their proposal. Therefore, because Dadhi:ci imparted brahma-vidya through the\nmouth of a horse, this brahma-vidya is also known as ASvasira.\nTEXT 53\n\n��� � +(f:J�¥1�4( I\n\nN'fl�l� ��n{.��€'!4¥4\\il(ijcr: ���� I I\ndadhyann atharvar:ws t'OO§!re\nvarmtibhedyarh mad-atmakam\nvi.Svarilpaya yat pradat\nt'!Xl§!ii yat tvam adhiis tatab,\ndadhyan-Dadhyaiica; atharva�b,-the son of Atharva; tvll§treunto Tva!?tii;\n\nvarma-the protective covering known as Naraya!)a­\n\nkavaca; abhedyam-invincible; mat-ii tmakam-consisting of Myself;\nvi.Svarilpaya-unto\nt'OO§!ii -Tv�ta;\nfrom him.\nDadhyaiica's\n\nVisvariipa;\n\nyat-which;\n\nyat-which;\n\ntvam-you;\n\npradiit-delivered;\n\nadhab,-received;\n\ntatab,­\n\ncovering\n\nas\n\nTRANSLATION\ninvincible\n\nprotective\n\nknown\n\nthe\n\nNariiy�a-kavaca was given to Tv�� who delivered it to his son\n\nVisvariipa, from whom you have received it. Because of this\nNariiy�a-kavaca, Dadhici's body is now very strong. You should\ntherefore beg him for his body.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0184": "Text 55)\n\nThe Appearance of the Demon Vrtrisura\n\n157\n\nTEXT 54\n\n�'44;4 �-qJtsf� ���fijI\nijij�(���31 ���wf�: 1\niR tstRlu � ��aqimt: ������\nJ'U§mabhyam yacito 'svibhyam\ndhannajno 'nganidasyati\ntata.s tair ayudha-sre�!ho\nviSvakanna-vinirmitab,\nyena vrtra-siro hartii\nmat-teja-u pabrmhitab,\ny�mabhyam-for all of you; yacitab,-being asked; a§vibhyiim-by\nthe Asvini-kumaras; dhanna-jnab,-Dadhici, who knows the principles\nof religion; angiini-his limbs; dasyati-will give; tatab,-after that;\ntaib,-by those bones; ayudha-of weapons; sre�!hab--the most powerful\n\n(the\n\nthunderbolt);\n\nviSvakanna-vinirmitab,-manufactured\n\nby\n\nyena-by which; vrtra-sirab,-the head of V:rtrasura;\nhartii -will be taken away; mat-tejab,-by My strength; upabrmhitab,­\n\nVisvakarma;\nincreased.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the ASvini-kumiras beg for Dadhyaiica's body on your\nbehalf, he will surely give it because of affection. Do not doubt\nthis, for Dadhyaiica is very experienced in religious understanding. When Dadhyaiica awards you his body, Visvakarmi will prepare a thunderbolt from his hones. This thunderbolt will certainly\nkill Vrtrisura because it will be invested with My power.\nTEXT 55\n\n• �fwt� �� �S(!A19;'1!1(140t4<(: I\n�: �� ll�tft '1 fi«� :q 'i�q(IW{ 11�\"1 I\nta.smin vinihate yilyaril\ntejo- 'striiyudha-sampadab,\n\n", "SB6.2#p0185": "158\n\nSrUnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 9\n\nbhuya}J. prlipsyatha bhadram vo\n\nna himsanti ca mat-parlin\n\ntasmin-when he (V:rtrasura); vinihate-is killed; yilyam -all of\nyou; teja}J.-power; astra-arrows; liyudha-other weapons; sampada}J.-and opulence; bhuya }J.-again; prlipsyatha-will obtain;\nbhadram-all good fortune; va}J.-unto you; na-not; himsanti-hurt;\nca-also; mat-parlin-My devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Vrtriisura is killed because of My spiritual strength, you\n\nwill regain your strength, weapons and wealth. Thus there will be\n\nall good fortune for all of you. Although Vrtrasura can destroy all\nthe three worlds, do not fear that he will harm you. He is also a\n\ndevotee and will never he envious of you.\nPURPORT\n\nA devotee of the Lord is never envious of anyone, what to speak of\nother devotees. As revealed later, V:rtrasura was also a devotee.\nTherefore he was not expected to be envious of the demigods. Indeed, of\nhis own accord, he would try to benefit the demigods. A devotee does not\nhesitate to give up his own body for a better cause. Cal)akya Pai)Qita said,\nsan-nimitte varam tyago vinase niyate sati. Mter all, all one's material\npossessions, including his body, will be destroyed in due course of time.\nTherefore if the body and other possessions can be utilized for a better\ncause, a devotee never hesitates to give up even his own body. Because\nLord Vi�I)U wanted to save the demigods, V:rtrasura, even though able to\nswallow the three worlds, would agree to be killed by the demigods. For a\ndevotee there is no difference between living and dying because in this\nlife a devotee engages in devotional service, and after giving up his\nbody, he engages in the same service in the spiritual world. His\ndevotional service is never hindered.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Ninth Chapter, Sixth\n\nCanto, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Appearance of the Demon\nVrtrasura.\"\n\n", "SB6.2#p0186": "CHAPTER TEN\n\nThe Battle Between\nthe Demigods and V:rtrasura\nAs described in this chapter, after lndra obtained the body of Dadhici, a\nthunderbolt was prepared from Dadhici's hones, and a fight took place\nbetween V:rtriisura and the demigods.\nFollowing the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\ndemigods approached Dadhici Muni and begged for his body. Dadhici\nMuni, just to hear from the demigods about the principles of religion,\njokingly refused to relinquish his body, but for higher purposes he\nthereafter agreed to give it up, for after death the body is usually eaten\nby low animals like dogs and jackals. Dadhici Muni first merged his gross\nbody made of five elements into the original stock of five elements and\nthen engaged his soul at the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Thus he gave up his gross body. With the help of Visvakarmii,\nthe demigods then prepared a thunderbolt from Dadhici's hones. Armed\nwith the thunderbolt weapon, they prepared themselves to fight and got\nup on the hacks of elephants.\nAt the end of Satya-yuga and the beginning of Treta-yuga, a great\nfight took place between the demigods and the asuras. Unable to tolerate\nthe effulgence of the demigods, the\n\nasuras\n\nfled the battle, leaving\n\nV:rtriisura, their commander in chief, to fight for himself. V:rtriisura,\nhowever, seeing the demons fleeing, instructed them in the importance\nof fighting and dying in the battlefield. One who is victorious in battle\ngains material possessions, and one who dies in the battlefield attains a\nresidence at once in the celestial heavens. In either way, the fighter\nbenefits.\nTEXT I\n\n\"'if1�(14fVIfi41,\n\n-...s::il4 ('I+UR�� ¥itl�l1. R�WI: I\nmen'4Pi�t{(Ulj <���lf\"(t \\t �: 11 � 11\n159\n\n", "SB6.2#p0187": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n160\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. I 0\n\nsri-badarayaJJ-ir uvaca\n\nindram evam samadiSya\n\nbhagavan viSva-bhavanab,\n\npa5yatdm anime�lJ-tim\n\ntatraivantardadhe harib.\n\nsn-badarayaJJ-ib. uooca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; indram-Indra,\n\nthe\n\nheavenly\n\nKing;\n\nevam-thus;\n\nsamadiSya-after\n\ninstructing;\n\nbhagaoon-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; viSva-bhavanab,-the\n\noriginal cause of all cosmic manifestations; pa5yatdm anime�alJ-tlm­\n\nwhile the demigods were looking on; tatra-then and there; eva-in­\n\ndeed; antardadhe-disappeared; harib,-the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvirni said: After instructing lndra in this way,\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, the cause of the cosmic\n\nmanifestation, then and there disappeared from the presence of\n\nthe onlooking demigods.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�fimffin ��stlA(I't�oit +mWl I\nita>+u\"' a�1�( sr((1Al� l1mr II � II\ntathabhiyacito devair\n\nr�ir atharvalJ-0 mahan\n\nmodamana uvacedam\n\nprahasann iva bharata\n\ntatha-in that manner; abhiyacitab,-being begged; devaib,-by the\n\ndemigods; r�ib,-the great saintly person; atharva�J-ab.-Dadhici, the son\nof Atharva; mahan-the great personality; modamanab,-being merry;\nuvaca-said;\nidam-this;\nprahasan-smiling;\nbharata-0 Maharaja Parik�it.\n\niva-somewhat;\n\nTRANSLATION\n0\n\nKing\n\nParik�it,\n\nfollowing\n\nthe\n\nLord's\n\ninstructions,\n\nthe\n\ndemigods approached Dadhici, the son of Atharvi. He was very\n\n", "SB6.2#p0188": "Text4]\n\nBattle Between the Demigods and Vrtriisura\n\n161\n\nliberal, and when they begged him to give them his body, he at\nonce partially agreed. However, just to hear religious instructions\nfrom them, he smiled and jokingly spoke as follows.\nTEXT3\n\n31fq t;:((l«il {lf WI a:rT;filr �t.:lRull'{ I\n4�t4i q�ftt(l(l �:���'t(! II � II\napi vpularakii yuyam\nna jiinitha sariri1Jijm\n\nsarhsthii yam yas tv abhidroho\ndul;sahaS cetaniipaha/:t\napi\n\n-\n\nalthough ; vrndiirakii/:t-0 demigods; yuyam\n\n-\n\nall of you;\n\nna\n\njiinitha-do not know; sariri1)iim-of those who have material bodies;\nsarhsthiiyiim-at the time of death, or while quitting this body; ya/:twhich; tu-then; abhidroha/:t-severe pain; du/;saha/:t-unbearable;\nc etana -the consciousness;\n\napaha/:t-which takes away.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 elevated demigods, at the time of death, severe, unbearable\npain takes away the consciousness of all living entities who have accepted material bodies. Don't you know about this pain?\nTEXT4\n\nf�lfttoJt �RI�I+tk+tl itg df�: I\n·��({�� �11\\lll\njijiv�u'Jiim jiviiniim\niitmii pre�!ha ihepsita/:t\nka utsaheta tam datum\nbhi�amii1)iiya v�r:wve\njijiv�u1Jijm-aspiring to remain alive; jiviiniim-of all living entities:\niitmii-the body; pre�!ha/:t-very dear; iha-here; ipsita/:t-desired:\n\n", "SB6.2#p0189": "162\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 10\n\nka!z,-who; utsaheta-can bear; tam-that body; datum-to deliver;\nbhik.,mma�ya-begging; vi:s�ve-even to Lord Vi!?I:JU.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this material world, every living entity is very much addicted\n\nto his material body. Struggling to keep his body forever, every­\n\none tries to protect it by all means, even at the sacrifice of all his\n\npossessions. Therefore, who would be prepared to deliver his body\nto anyone, even if it were demanded by Lord Vi�:t:�u?\nPURPORT\nIt is said, dtmanam sarvato rak§et tato dharmam tato dhanam: one\nmust protect his body by all means; then he may protect his religious\nprinciples and thereafter his possessions. This is the natural desire of all\nliving entities. No one wants to give up his body unless it is forcibly\ngiven away. Even though the demigods said that they were demanding\nDadhici's body for· their benefit in accordance with the order of Lord\nVi!?I:JU, Dadhici superficially refused to give them his body.\nTEXTS\n\n��3:\n� � � §0��\\Ji �� \\{61�(fifl:q;u� 1\n� q �'lit��ll� 11�11\nsri-deva ilcu!z,\nkim nu tad dustyajam brahman\npurilsam bhutanukampindm\nbhavad-vidhanam mahatam\npu�J-ya-slokecj.ya-karma�m\nsri-deva!z, ilcu!z,-the demigods said; kim-what; nu-indeed; tatthat; dustyajam-diffi.cuit to give up; brahman-0 exalted brahma�J-a;\npurilsam-of persons; bhiita-anukampindm-who are very sympathetic\ntoward the suffering living entities; bhavat-vidhanam-like Your Lordship; mahatdm-who are very great; pu�J-ya-sloka-ujya-karma�mwhose pious activities are praised by all great souls.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0190": "]\n\nText6\n\nBattle Between the Demigods and Vrtrasura\n\n163\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods replied: 0 exalted brihm81,la, pious persons like\nyou, whose activities are praiseworthy, are very kind and affectionate to people in general. What can't such pious souls give for\nthe benefit of others? They can\n\ngive everything, including their\n\nbodies.\nTEXT6\n\n,;t � itit it� m�1\n\n� � it� � ;m: ��:_1�;c( : II � II\nnilnam svartha-paro loko\n\nna veda para-sarika!am\nyadi veda na yaceta\nneti niih a yad iSvarab.\n\nnilnam-certainly; sva-artha-parab,-interested only in sense gratification in this life or the next; lokab,-materialistic people in general;\nna-not; veda-know; pa ra sarika!am\n-\n\nveda-know;\n\n-\n\nthe pain of others; yadi-if;\n\nna-not; yaceta-would ask;\n\nna-no; iti-thus;\n\nna\n\naha-does not say; yat-since; iSvarab,-able to give charity.\nTRANSLATION\nThose who are too self-interested beg something from others,\nnot knowing of others' pain. But if the beggar knew the difficulty\nof the\n\ngiver, he would not ask for anything. Similarly, he who is\n\nable to give charity does not know the begg�'s difficulty, for\notherwise he would not refuse to give the beggar anything he\nmight want as charity.\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse describes two people-one who gives charity and one who\nbegs for it. A beggar should not ask charity from a person who is in difficulty. Similarly, one who is able to give charity should not deny a beggar. These are the moral instructions of the §astra. Ca�akya Pa�<;lita says,\nsan-nimitte varam tyiigo vinase niyate sati: everything within this ma­\n\nterial world will he destroyed, and therefore one should use everything\n\n", "SB6.2#p0191": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n164\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 10\n\nfor good purposes. If one is advanced in knowledge, he must always be\nprepared to sacrifice anything for a better cause. At the present moment\nthe entire world is in a dangerous position under the spell of a godless\ncivilization. The i(r�I)a consciousness movement needs many exalted,\nlearned persons who will sacrifice their lives to revive God consciousness\nthroughout the world. We therefore invite all men and women advanced\nin knowledge to join the i(r�I)a consciousness movement and sacrifice\ntheir lives for the great cause of reviving the God consciousness of\nhuman society.\n\nTEXT7\n\nmfWtrf\n� tr: �trfililwt Ti ir *9;�1(dt: I\n�tr: fw:�'fl�'fl4 ���;=�h:i��I�S:'{ II \\9 II\nsri-r�ir uvaca\ndharmam va� srotu-kiimena\nyayam me pratyudiihrta�\ne�a va� priyam atmiinam\ntyajantam santyajamy aham\nsri-r�i� uroca-the great saint Dadhici said; dharmam-the principles of religion; va�-from you; srotu-kiimena-by the desire to hear;\nyuyam-you; me-by me; pratyudiihrta�-replied to the contrary;\ne�a�-this; va�-for you; priyam-dear; atmiinam-body; tyajantam-leaving me anyway, today or tomorrow; santyajami-give up;\naham-1.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Dadhici said: Just to hear from you about\n\nreligious principles, I refused to offer my body at your request.\n\nNow, although my body is extremely dear to me, I must give it up\nfor your better purposes since I know that it will leave me today or\n\ntomorrow.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�s�?tuu�+twtl WfP-nwt�wt�: � 1\n� ��� « �\")q: ��{uer Ill 11\n\n", "SB6.2#p0192": "Text 8]\n\nBattle Between the Demigods and Vftrisura\n\n165\n\nyo 'dhruve�tmanii niithii\n\nna dharmarit na ya.Sab, puman\n\niheta bhuta-dayaya\n\nsa socyab, sthiivarair api\n\nyab,-anyone who; adhruve�-impermanent; titmanii-by the\nbody; niithiib,-0 lords; na-not; dharmam-religious principles; nanot; ya.Sab,-fame; puman-a person; iheta-endeavors for; bhutadayaya-by mercy for the living beings; sab,-that person; socyab,pitiable; sthiivaraib,-by the immobile creatures; api even.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 demigods, one who has no compassion for humanity in its\nsuffering and does not sacrifice his impermanent body for the\nhigher causes of religious principles or eternal glory is certainly\npitied even by the immovable beings.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this regard, a very exalted example was set by Lord Sri: Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and the six Gosvami:s of V:rndavana. Concerning Sri:\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu it is said in Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.34):\ntyaktva sudustyaja-surepsita-rajya-la�mirit\n\ndharmi$!ha arya-vacasa yad agad ara!'l-yam\n\nmaya-mrgarit dayitayepsitam anvadhiivad\nvande mahii-pu�a te cara�ravindam\n\n\"We offer our respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of the Lord, upon\nwhom one should always meditate. He left His householder life, leaving\naside His eternal consort, whom even the denizens of heaven adore. He\nwent into the forest to deliver the fallen souls, who are put into illusion\nby material energy.\" To accept sannyasa means to commit civil suicide.\nbut sannyasa is compulsory, at least for every brahma�, every firstclass human being. Sri: Caitanya Mahaprabhu had a very young and\nbeautiful wife and a very affectionate mother. Indeed, the affectionate\ndealings of His family members were so pleasing that even the demigods\ncould not expect such happiness at home. Nevertheless. for the\n\n", "SB6.2#p0193": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n166\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 10\n\ndeliverance of all the fallen souls of the world, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\ntook sannyasa and left home when He was only twenty-four years old.\nHe lived a very strict life as a sannyas£, refusing all bodily comforts.\n\nSimilarly, His disciples the six Gosvamis were ministers who held exalted\n\neositions in society, but theY, also left �verything to join the movement of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Srinivasa Acarya says:\n\ntyaktva hlr�m a.Se�a-ma�la-pati-sre�tm sadii tucchavat\nbhutva dtna-ga�sakau karu�ya kauptna-kanthaSritau\nThese Gosvamis left their very comfortable lives as ministers, Zamindars\n\nand learned scholars and joined Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's movement,\n\njust to show mercy to the fallen souls of the world (dtna-ga�sakau\nkaru�ya). Accepting very humble lives as mendicants, wearing no\n\nmore than loincloths and torn quilts (kauptna-kantha), they lived in\nVrndavana and followed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's order to excavate\n\nVrndavana's lost glories.\n\nSimilarly, everyone else with a materially comfortable condition in\n\nthis world should join the l(r�I)a consciousness movement to elevate the\n\nfallen souls. The words bhuta-dayaya, maya-mrgam dayitayepsitam\n\nand dtna-ga�sakau karu�ya all convey the same sense. These are very\n\nsignificant words for those interested in elevating human society to a\n\nproper understanding of life. One should join the l(r�I)a consciousness\n\nmovement, following the examples of such great personalities as Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, the six Gosvamis and, before them, the great sage\nDadhici. Instead of wasting one's life for temporary bodily comforts, one\n\nshould always be prepared to give up one's life for better causes. After\n\nall, the body will be destroyed. Therefore one should sacrifice it for the\nglory of distributing religious principles throughout the world.\nTEXT9\n\nrr.l(ij�l;c:n:l\"f:r:Ol:n-tfm-') �: �t{����: I\n�����,,�,,\netavan aryayo dharma/:!.\npu�ya-slokair upasita/:1.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0194": "Text 9]\n\nBattle Between the Demigods and Vrtrisura\n\n167\n\nyo bhuta-soka-har�abhyam\niitnui socati hr�yati\netiiviin-this much; atyaya?t-imperishable;\n\ndharma?t-religious\n\nprinciple; pu�J-ya-slokai?t-by famous persons who are celebrated as\npious; upasita?t-recognized; ya?t-which; bhiita-of the living beings;\n\nsoka-by the distress; har�bh yam -and by the happiness; iitmii-the\nmind; socati-laments; hr�yati-feels happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nH one is unhappy to see the distress of other living beings and\nhappy to see their happiness, his religious principles are appreciated as imperishable by exalted persons who are considered pious\nand benevolent.\nPURPORT\nOne generally follows different types of religious principles or performs various occupational duties according to the body given to him by\nthe modes of material nature. In this verse, however, real religious principles are explained. Everyone should be unhappy to see others in distress and happy to see others happy. Atmavat sarva-bhute�u: one should\nfeel the happiness and distress of others as his own. It is on this basis that\nthe Buddhist religious principle of nonviolence-ahiriLsa?t paramadharma?t-is established. We feel pain when someone disturbs us, and\ntherefore we should not inflict pain upon other living beings. Lord Buddha's mission was to stop unnecessary animal killing, and therefore he\npreached that the greatest religious principle is nonviolence.\nOne cannot continue killing animals and at the same time be a\nreligious man. That is the greatest hypocrisy. Jesus Christ said, \"Do not\nkill,\" but hypocrites nevertheless maintain thousands of slaughterhouses\nwhile posing as Christians. Such hypocrisy is condemned in this verse.\nOne should be happy to see others happy, and one should be unhappy to\nsee others unhappy. This is the principle to be followed. Unfortunately.\nat the present moment so-called philanthropists and humanitarians advocate the happiness of humanity at the cost of the lives of poor animals.\nThat is not recommended herein. This verse clearly says that one should\nbe compassionate to all living entities. Regardless of whether human.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0195": "168\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 10\n\nanimal, tree or plant, all living entities are sons of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Lord l(r�I).a says in Blwgavad-gttii (14.4):\n\nsarva-yoni§u kaunteya\nmilrtaya/:t sambhavanti ya/:t\ntiisam brahma mahad yonir\naham bya-prada/:t pita\n\"It should be understood that all species of life, 0 son of Kunti, are made\npossible by birth in this material nature, and that I am the seed-giving\nfather.\" The different forms of these living entities are only their external dresses. Every living being is actually a spirit soul, a part and parcel\nof God. Therefore one should not favor only one kind of living being. A\nVai�I).ava sees all living entities as part and parcel of God. As the Lord\nsays in Blwgavad-gttii (5.18 and 18.54):\n\nvidya-vinaya-sampanne\nbrahmarJE gavi hastini\nsuni caiva svapake ca\npal){iitii/:t sama-darsina/:t\n\"The humble sage, by virtue of true knowledge, sees with equal vision a\nlearned and gentle brahmalJ-ll, a cow, an elephant, a dog and a dog-eater\n[outcaste].\"\n\nbrahma-bhuta/:t prasanniitmii\nna socati na kiiit/cyati\nsama/:t sarve$U bhute$u\nmad-bhaktim labhate param\n\"One who is transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme\nBrahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments nor desires to have\nanything; he is equally disposed to every living entity. In that state he attains pure devotional service unto Me.\" A Vai�Qava, therefore, is truly a\nperfect person because he laments to see others unhappy and feels joy at\nseeing others happy. A Vai�I).ava is para-du/:tkha-du/:tkhi; he is always\nunhappy to see the conditioned souls in an unhappy state of materialism.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0196": "Text 10]\n\nBattle Between the Demigods and Vrtrasura\n\n169\n\nTherefore a Vai��ava is always busy preaching Kr�Q.a consciOusness\nthroughout the world.\nTEXT 10\n\n� �rii+il � �: ��: I\n�Wt���: (CI(IIM�Jil: II� II\no\n\nalw dainyam alw ka§!<Jm\nparakyai/:t k.r?ar.w-bhangurai/:1.\nyan nopakuryiid asvarthair\nmartya/:t sva-jfiiiti-vigrahai/:t\na/w-alas;\n\ndainyam-a miserable condition; a/w-alas; ka$tam­\n\nsimply tribulation; parakyai/:t-which after death are eatable by dogs\n\nand jackals; k.rJar.w-bhangurai/:1. -perishable at any moment;\n\nyat-be­\n\ncause; na-not; upaku ryat-would help; a-sva-arthai/:1.-not meant for\n\nmartya/:t-a living entity destined to die; sva-with his\nwealth; jfiiiti-relatives and friends; vigrahai/:t-and his body.\n\nself-interest;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis body, which is eatable by jackals and dogs after death, does\nnot actually do any good for me, the spirit soul. It is usable only\nfor a short time and may perish at any moment. The body and its\npossessions, its riches and relatives, must all be engaged for the\nbenefit of others, or else they will be sources of tribulation and\nmisery.\nPURPORT\nSimilar advice is also given in Sri�-Bhagavatam (10.22.35):\n\netavaj janma-saphalyam\ndehiniim iha dehi$u\nprar.wir arthair dhiya vaca\nsreya iicarar.wm sadii\n\"It is the duty of every living being to perform welfare activities for the\nbenefit of others with his life, wealth, intelligence and words.\" This is\n\n", "SB6.2#p0197": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n170\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 10\n\nthe mission of life. One's own body and the bodies of his friends and\nrelatives, as well as one's own riches and everything else one has, should\n\nbe engaged for the benefit of others. This is the mission of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. As stated in Caitanya-caritamrta (Adi 9.41):\n\nbhiirata-bhumite haila man\"LL§ya-janma yara\njanma sdrthaka kari' kara JXLra-uJXLkiira\n\"One who has taken birth as a human being in the land of India\n\n[Bharata-var�a] should make his life successful and work for the benefit\n\nof all other people.\n\nThe word UJXLkurydt means JXLra-uJXLkiira, helping others. Of course,\n\nin human society there are many institutions to help others, but because\nphilanthropists do not know how to help others, their propensity for\n\nphilanthropy is ineffectual. They do not know the ultimate goal of life\n\n(sreya acara�m), which is to please the Supreme Lord. If all\n\nphilanthropic and humanitarian activities were directed toward achiev­\n\ning the ultimate goal of life-to please the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead-they would all b e perfect. Humanitarian work without Kr��a\n\nis nothing. Kr��a must be brought to the center of all our activities;\n\notherwise no activity will have value.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n.\n\n�m(t4fVItiflt,\n\n� ti?loq�m'\ndl\n\n{'\n\n�e$1?.fi!4UI��I{ I\n-n � ifUUqkfilwi �mlll � �II\nsri-badaraya�Jir uvdca\nevarit krta-vyavasito\ndadhyann atharvalJflS tanum\nJXLre bhagavati brahma�Jy\ndtmdnarit sannayan jahau\n\nsri-badaraya�Jib- uvdca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-thus;\n\nkrta-vyavasitab,-making certain of what to do (in giving his body to the\n\ndemigods); dadhyan-Dadhici Muni; atharva�b,-the son of Atharva;\n\n", "SB6.2#p0198": "Text 11]\n\nBattle Between the Demigods and Vrtrisura\n\n171\n\ntanum-his body; pare-to the Supreme; bhagavati-Personality of\nGodhead; brahmar:ti-the Supreme Brahman; atmdnam-himself, the\n\nspirit soul; sannayan-offering; jahau-gave up.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said: Dadhici Muni, the son of Atharva,\n\nthus resolved to give his body to the service of the demigods. He\nplaced himself, the spirit soul, at the lotus feet of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead and in this way gave up his gross material\nbody made of five elements.\n\nPURPORT\nAs indicated by the words pare bhagavati brahmar:ty atmanarh san­\n\nnayan, Dadhici placed himself, as spirit soul, at the lotus feet of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In this regard, one may refer to the in­\n\ncident of Dh:rtarii!?�ra's leaving his body, as described in the First Canto\nof Snmad-Bhiigavatam (1.13.55). Dh:rtariWra analytically divided his\n\ngross material body into the five different elements of which it was\nmade-earth, water, fire, air and ether-and distributed them to the dif­\n\nferent reservoirs of these elements; in other words, he merged these five\n\nelements into the original mahat-tattva. By identifying his material con­\n\nception of life, he gradually separated his spirit soul from material con­\n\nnections and placed himself at the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. The example given in this connection is that when an\n\nearthen pot is broken, the small portion of the sky within the pot is\nunited with the large sky outside the pot. Mayavadi philosophers mis­\n\nunderstand this description of\n\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam. Therefore Sri\nRamanuja Svami, in his book Vediinta-tattva-sara, has described that\n\nthis merging of the soul means that after separating himself from the\nmaterial body made of eight elements-earth, water, fire, air, ether,\n\nfalse ego, mind and intelligence-the individual soul engages himself in\n\ndevotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His eternal\n\nform (iSvarab, paramab, kr�r:tab- sac-cid-ananda-vigrahab,/ aniid ir adir\n\ngovindab, sarva-karar:ta-karar:tam). The material cause of the material\n\nelements absorbs the material body, and the spiritual soul assumes its\n\noriginal position. As described by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, jivera\n\n'svarilpa' haya-kr�r:tera 'nitya-diisa': the constitutional position of\n\n", "SB6.2#p0199": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n172\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 10\n\nthe living entity is that he is the eternal servant of KnH;ta. When one\novercomes the material body through cultivation of spiritual knowledge\nand devotional service, one can revive his own position and thus engage\nin the service of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n��wUif%(ij�UI._ �: I\n311Rt4�u � �;j WI� � if� ����II\nyata�u-mano-buddhis\ntattva-drg dhvasta-bandhana/:t\niisthita/:t paramam yogam\nna deham bubudhe gatam\nyata-controlled;\n\na�a-senses;\n\na.su-the\n\nlife air;\n\nmana/:t-the\n\nmind; buddhi/:t-intelligence; tattva-drk-one who knows the tattoos,\nthe material and spiritual energies; dhvasta-bandhana/:t -liberated from\nbondage;\n\nasthita/:t-being\n\nyogam-absorption,\n\ntrance;\n\nsituated\n\nin;\n\nna-not;\n\nbubudhe-perceived; gatam -left\n\nparamam -the\n\ndeham-the\n\nsupreme;\n\nmaterial\n\nbody;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDadhici Muni controlled his senses, life force, mind and intelli­\n\ngence and became absorbed in trance. Thus he cut all his material\nbonds. He could not perceive how his material body became\n\nseparated from his self.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (8.5):\n\nanta-kiile ca mam eva\nsmaran muktva kalevaram\nya/:t prayati sa mad-bhavam\nyati nasty atra samsaya/:t\n\"Whoever, at the time of death, quits his body remembering Me alone, at\nonce attains My nature. Of this there is no doubt.\" Of course, one must\n\n", "SB6.2#p0200": "Text 14]\n\nBattle Between the Demigods and Vrtrasura\n\n173\n\npractice before one is overcome by death, but the perfect yogi, namely\nthe devotee, dies in trance, thinking of Kr�I:Ja. He does not feel his material body being separated from his soul; the soul is immediately\ntransferred to the spiritual world. Tyaktva deham puTULr janma TULiti\n\nmam eti: the soul does not enter the womb of a material mother again,\nbut is transferred back home, back to Godhead. This yoga, bhakti-yoga,\nis the highest yoga system, as explained by the Lord Himself in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (6.47):\nyoginiim api sarve$iiril\nmad-gateniintariitmanii\nsraddhavan bhajate yo miim\nsa me yuktatamo mata/:t\n\"Of all yogis, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping\nMe in transcendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in\n\nyoga and is the highest of all.\" The bhakti-yogi always thinks of Kr�I:Ja,\nand therefore at the time of death he can very easily transfer himself to\nKr�I:Jaloka, without even perceiving the pains of death.\n\nathendro vajram udyamya\nnirmitam vi.Svakarma�\nmune/:t saktibhir utsikto\nbhagavat-tejasiinvita/:t\nvrto deva-gar:tai/:t sarvair\ngajendropary a5obhata\nstilyamiino muni-gar:tais\ntrailokyam har$ayann iva\n\n", "SB6.2#p0201": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n174\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 10\n\natha-thereafter; indraft-the King of heaven; vajram-the thun­\n\nderbolt;\n\nudyamya-:firmly\n\ntaking\n\nup;\n\nnirmitam-manufactured;\n\nviSvakarma�-by Visvakarma; mune!J,-of the great sage, Dadhici;\n\nsaktibhift-by\n\nthe\n\npower;\n\nutsikta!J,-saturated;\n\nbhagavat-of\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; tejasa-with spiritual power; anvitaft-endowed;\n\nvrta!J,-encircled;\n\ndeva-galJJlift-by\n\nthe\n\nother\n\ndemigods; sarvai!J,-all; gajendra-of his elephant carrier; upari-upon\n\nthe back; a§obhata-shone; stuyamana!J,-being offered prayers; muni­\n\ngalJJli!t-by the saintly persons; trai-lokyam-to the three worlds; har­\n\n�ayan-causing pleasure; iva-as it were.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, King lndra very firmly took up the thunderbolt\nmanufactured by Visvakarmii from the bones of Dadhici. Charged\nwith the exalted power of Dadhici Muni and enlightened by the\npower of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, lndra rode on the\nback of his carrier, Airiivata, surrounded by all the demigods,\nwhile all the great sages offered him praise. Thus he shone very\nbeautifully, pleasing the three worlds as he rode off to kill\nVrtriisura.\nTEXT 15\n\nfl44+tJS(q'iSSI44ij(l;fi��q:\n�(ij¥4l�ij1 � � � �ql;:ij�¥( II ��II\nvrtram abhyadravac chatrum\nasuranika-yathapai!t\n\nparyastam ojasa rajan\n\nkruddho rudra ivantakam\n\nvrtram-V:rtrasura;\n\nabhyadravat-attacked;\n\nsatrum-the\n\nenemy;\n\nasura-anika-yathapai!J,-by the commanders or captains of the soldiers\n\nof the asuras; paryastam-surrounded; ojasa-with great force; ra­\n\njan-0 King; kruddha!J,-being angry; rudra!J,-an incarnation of Lord\n\nSiva; iva-like; antakam-Antaka, or Yamaraja.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0202": "Text 16]\n\nBattle Between the Demigods and Vrtrisura\n\n175\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Parik�it, as Rudra, being very angry at Antaka\n[Yamariija] had formerly run toward Antaka to kill him, lndra\nangrily and with great force attacked Vrtriisura, who was surrounded by the leade.rs of the demoniac armies.\nTEXT 16\n\ntala� surii�m asurai\nra�� parama-diiru��\ntretii-mukhe narmadiiyam\nabhaoot prathame yuge\ntata�-thereafter; surii�m-of the demigods; asurai�-with the\ndemons; ra��-a great battle; parama-diiru��-very fearful; tretamukhe-in the beginning of Treta-yuga; narmadii yam-on the bank of\nthe River Narmada; abhaoot-took place; prathame-in the first;\nyuge-millennium.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, at the end of Satya-yuga and the beginning of Tretiiyuga, a fierce battle took place between the demigods and the\ndemons on the bank of the Narmada.\nPURPORT\nHerein the Narmada does not mean the Narmada River in India. The\nfive sacred rivers in India-Ganga, Yamuna, Narmada, Kaveri and\nJ(r!;)I:Ja-are all celestial. Like the Ganges River, the Narmada River also\nflows in the higher planetary systems. The battle between the demigods\nand the demons took place in the higher planets.\nThe words prathame yuge mean \"in the beginning of the first millennium,\" that is to say, in the beginning of the Vaivasvata manoontara. In\n\n", "SB6.2#p0203": "176\n\nSrnnad-BhagavaUun\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 10\n\none day of Brahma there are fourteen Manus, who each live for seventyone millenniums. The four yugas-Satya, Treta, Dvapara and Kali­\n\nconstitute one millennium. We are presently in the\n\nmanvantara of\nVaivasvata Manu, who is mentioned in Bhagavad-gitii (imam vivasvate\nyogam proktavan aham avyayaml vivasvan manave praha). We are now\nin the twenty-eighth millennium of Vaivasvata Manu, but this fight took\nplace in the beginning of Vaivasvata Manu's first millennium. One can\nhistorically calculate how long ago the battle took place. Since each\n\nmillennium consists of 4,300,000 years and we are now in the twentyeighth millennium, some 120,400,000 years have passed since the battle\ntook place on the bank of the River Narmada.\n\nTEXTS 17-18\n\nfq�i:fftaflr: I\n�{J:�: ijl�Fj��� �l{ II� \\911\n�ijT+f(l� �\n�qu�•\n� �\n\n,...\n\n\"\n\nqt q�� � �;f�f�l\nWil'l'�'6l«(l u� ll� �:�: 11� ���\nrudrair vasubhir adityair\na.Svibhyam pitr-vahnibhi}J,\nmarudbhir rbhubhi}J, sadhyair\nviSvedevair marut-patim\ndr�!va vajra-dharam sakram\nrocamanam svaya sriya\nnamrryann usura rajan\nmrdhe vrtra-pura}J,sara}J,\nrudraib,-by the Rudras; vasubhi}J,-by the Vasus; adityaib,-by the\nAdityas;\n\na.Svibhyam-by the Asvini-kumaras; pitr-by the Pitas;\nvahnibhib,-and the Vahnis; marudbhi}J,-by the Maruts; rbhubhib,-by\nsadhyaib,-by the Sadhyas; viSve-devaib,-by the\nthe �bhus;\n\nVisvadevas; marut-patim-Indra, the heavenly King; dmva-seeing;\n\nvajra-dharam-bearing the thunderbolt; sakram-another name of lndra; rocamanam-shining; svaya-by his own; sriya-opulence; na-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0204": "Text 22]\n\nBattle Between the Demigods and Vrtrisura\n\n177\n\nnot; amr�yan-tolerated ; asura�-al1 the demons; rajan-0 King;\nmrdhe-in the fight ; vrtra-purafzsara�-headed by Vrtrasura.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, when all the asuras came onto the battlefield, headed by\nVrtrisura, they saw King lndra carrying the thunderbolt and surr�unded by the Rudras, Vasus, Adityas, ASvini-kumaras, Pitas,\nVahnis, Maruts, J.llihus, Sadhyas and Visvadevas. Surrounded by\nhis company, lndra shone\n\nso\n\nbrightly that his effulgence was\n\nintolerable to the demons.\nTEXTS 19-22\n\nWf�R: �s;rcri � �sw: 1\n�: ���(I WSIMRt(�ij�: II� �II\n�'IT !'R� � SJ�(i���: I\n� �r.r.n qt OOf« � «W�: II� II\n�·te..daSifl(ctt: �((t(qf<��-= 1\nSlf��;n!{ �uq �1(1\"¥( II�� II\n�i4'iCQ�I;o(U ��WI �t: I\nd: qf(�: Sll(i@j(alti�: ������\no\n\nnamuci� sambaro 'narva\ndvimurdha r�abho 'sura�\nhayagriva� sanku§ira\nvipracittir ayomukha�\npuloma vr�paroa ca\nprahetir hetir utkala�\ndaiteya danava ya�a\nra�rilsi ca sahasra§a�\nsumali-mali-pramukha�\nkartasvara-paricchada�\n\n", "SB6.2#p0205": "(Canto 6, Ch. 10\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavauuu\n\n178\n\nprat�idhyerulra-seniigrarit\nmrtyor api duriisadam\n\nabhyardayann asambhrantab,\nsiriiha-nadena durmadab,\n\ngadabhib, parighair ba�ib,\n\npriisa-mudgara-tomaraib,\n\nnamucib,-Namuci; sambarab,-Sambara; anaroo-Anarva; dvimur­\n\ndha-Dvimiirdha; !\"$abhab,-\"B.�abha;\n\nHayagriva;\n\nayomukhab,-Ayomukha;\nca-also;\n\nasurab,-Asura; hayagrivab,­\n\nsalikU.Sirab,-Sankusira;\n\npuloma-Puloma;\n\nprahetib,-Praheti;\n\nvipracittib,-Vipracitti;\n\nVf$aparva-V:r�aparva;\n\nhetib,-Heti;\n\nutkalab,-Utkala;\n\ndaiteyab,-the Daityas; danavab,-the Danavas; yak$ab,-the Yak�as;\nrak$arhsi-the Rak�asas;\n\nca-and;\n\nsahasra5ab,-by the thousands;\n\nsumali-mali-pramukhab,-others, headed by Sumali and Mali; kartasvara-of gold; paricchadab,-dressed in ornaments; prat�idhya­\n\nkeeping back; irulra-sena-agram-the front of Indra's army; mrtyob,­\n\nfor death;\n\napi-even;\n\ndurasadam-diffi.cult to approach;\n\nabhyar­\n\ndayan-harassed; asambhrantab,-without fear; siritha-nadena-with\n\na sound like a lion;\n\ndurmadab,-furious; gadabhib,-with clubs;\n\nparighaib,-with iron-studded bludgeons; ba�ib,-with arrows; prdsamudgara-tomaraib,-with barbed missiles, mallets and lances.\nTRANSLATION\nMany hundreds and thousands of demons, demi-demons, Yak­\n\n�' Rak�asas [man.. eaters) and others, headed by Sumali and Mali,\n\nresisted the armies of King lndra, which even death person!fied\n\ncannot easily overcome. Among the demons were Namuci, Samhara, Anarva, Dvimurdha, �ahha, Asura, Hayagriva, Sankusira,\n\nVipracitti, Ayomukha, Puloma, Vr�aparva, Praheti, Heti and\n\nUtkala. Roaring tumultuously and fearlessly like lions, these in­\n\nvincible demons, all dressed in golden ornaments, gave pain to the\n\ndemigods with weapons like clubs, bludgeons, arrows, barbed\ndarts, mallets and lances.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0206": "Text 24]\n\nBattle Between the Demigods and Vrtrisura\n\n179\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�: �: �: �•6mllr�fUdli: 1\n��s;:uf?li(i_ m�� ���¥11{ II�� II\nsulai/:t para5vadhai/:t kluu;lgai/:t\nsataghnibhir bhu.SuTJ4ibhi/:t\nsarvato 'vakiran sastrair\nastraiS ca vibudhar�abhan\nsulai/:t-by spears; para§vadhai/:t-by axes; kluu;lgai/:t-by swords;\n§ataghnibhi/:t-by §ataghnfs; bhu.Su1J4ibhi/:t-by bhu.SuTJ4is; sarvata/:tall around; avakiran-scattered; sas trai/:t-with weapons; astrai/:t-with\narrows; ca-and; vibudha-r�abhan-the chiefs of the demigods.\n\nTRANSLATION\nArmed with lances, tridents, axes, swords and other weapons\nlike sataghnis and bhusul).�is, the demons attacked from different\ndirections and scattered all the chiefs of the demigod armies.\n\nna te 'drsyanta saiichanna/:t\nsara-jiilai/:t samantata/:t\npunkhanupwikha-patitair\njyoti�iva nabho-ghanai/:t\nna-not;\n\nte-they\n\n(the\n\ndemigods) ;\n\nadrsyanta-were\n\nseen;\n\nsaiichanrui/:t-being completely covered; sara-jalai/:t-by networks of\narrows; samantata/:t-all around; purikha-anupunkha-one arrow after\nanother;\n\npatitai/:t-falling; jyoti�i iva-like the stars in the sky;\n\nnabha/:t-ghanai/:t-by the dense clouds.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0207": "[Canto 6, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n180\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs the stars in the sky cannot be seen when covered by dense\n\nclouds, the demigods, being completely covered by networks of\n\narrows falling upon them one after another, could not be seen.\nTEXT 25\n\nwttfm�� �:���\nfinn: ftqtA' ��J��a: �� ������\nna te sastriistra-var�augha\nhy asedub, sura-sainikan\nchinnab, siddha-pathe devair\nlaghu-hastaib, sahasradha\nna-not; te-those; sastra-astra-var�a-oghab,-showers of arrows\nand other weapons; hi-indeed; iisedub,-reached; sura-sainikan-the\narmies of the demigods; chinnab,-cut; siddha-pathe-in the sky;\ndevaib,-by the\n\ndemigods;\n\nlaghu-hastaib,-quick-handed;\n\nsahasra­\n\ndha-into thousands of pieces.\nTRANSLATION\nThe showers of various weapons and arrows released to kill the\n\nsoldiers of the demigods did not reach them because the demigods,\n\nacting quickly, cut the weapons into thousands of pieces in the\nsky.\n\nTEXT 26\n\nat'\\ou��(t4l fttR?lwg)�: I\n31itr� �� Rf+4§�({tj� �� ll�G.II\n\n3N\n\natha k$i1Jiistra-sastraugha\ngiri-srnga-drurrwpalaib,\nabhyavar�n sura-balam\ncicchidus tams ca pilrvavat\natha-thereupon;\n\nk$i�-being\n\nreduced;\n\nastra-of\n\nthe\n\narrows\n\nreleased by mantras; Sa.stra-and weapons; oghdb,-the multitudes;\n\n", "SB6.2#p0208": "Text 27)\ngiri-of\n\nBattle Between the Demigods and Vrtriisura\nmountains;\n\nsrnga-with\n\nthe\n\npeaks;\n\ndruma-with\n\n181\n\ntrees;\n\nupalaib,-and with stones; abhyavar�an-showered; sura-balam-the\nsoldiers of the demigods; cicchidub,-broke to pieces; tan-them; caand; pilrva-vat-as before.\nTRANSLATION\nAs their weapons and mantras decreased, the demons began\nshowering mountain peaks, trees and stones upon the demigod\nsoldiers, but the demigods were so powerful and expert that they\nnullified all these weapons by breaking them to pieces in the sky as\nbefore.\nTEXT 27\n\n� �� f;rop:�\n\n�(tl(t\\�(?.4 Vf'lN(!\n�fi#J4ffcp:uB?ti������� 11�\\911\ntan a�tan svastimato niSamya\nsastrastra-pugair atha vrtra-nathab,\ndrumair dr$adbhir vividhadri-srngair\navi�tarils tatrasur indra-sainikan\n\ntan-them (the soldiers of the demigods); ak$atan-not injured;\nsvasti-matab,-being\n\nvery\n\nhealthy;\n\nniSamya-seeing;\n\nsastra-astra­\n\npugaib,-by the bunches of weapons and mantras; atha-thereupon;\nvrtra-nathab,-the soldiers led by V:rtriisura; drumaib,-by the trees;\ndr$adbhib,-by the stones;\nsrngaib,-by the peaks;\n\nvividha-various;\n\nadri-of mountains:.\n\navik$atan-not injured;\n\ntatrasub,-became\n\nafraid; indra-sainikan-the soldiers of King lndra.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the soldiers of the demons, commanded by Vrtriisura, saw\nthat the soldiers of King lndra were quite well, having not been injured at all by their volleys of weapons, not even by the trees,\nstones and mountain peaks, the demons were very much afraid.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0209": "[Canto 6, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n182\n\nTEXT 28\n\n��\n\n!llrniT �� �m:\n\n:;..\n�:PI.._�\n� ��:\nfjQJllfte� � '�{��\n�:� ���:11�<=11\n\"\"\n\n\" \"\n\nsaroe prayiisa abhavan vimoghiib,\nkrm!t krta deva-gar:te$u daityaib,\nkmuinukille$u yathii mahatsu\nk$udraib, prayukta Jl$ati rilk$a-vacab,\nsaroe-all;\n\nprayasab,-endeavors;\n\nabhavan-were;\n\nvimoghiib,­\n\nfutile; krm!t-performed; krrob,-again performed; deva-gar:te$u-unto\nthe demigods; daityaib,-by the demons; kmUl-anukille$u-who were\nalways\n\nprotected\n\nVai�Qavas;\n\nby\n\n_Kr�Qa;\n\nk$udraib,-by\n\nyathii -just\n\ninsignificant\n\nas;\n\nmahatsu-unto\n\npersons;\n\nthe\n\nprayuktab,-used;\n\nil$atib,-unfavorable; rilk$a-rough; vacab,-words.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen insignificant persons use rough words to cast false, angry\n\naccusations against saintly persons, their fruitless words do not\n\ndisturb the great personalities. Similarly, all the efforts of the\ndemons against the demigods, who were favorably situated under\nthe protection of �I;J.a, were futile.\n\nPURPORT\nThere is a Bengali saying that if a vulture curses a cow to die, the curse\nwill not be effective. Similarly, accusations made by demoniac persons\nagainst devotees of _Kr�Qa cannot have any effect. The demigods are\ndevotees of Lord _Kr�Qa, and therefore the curses of the demons were\nfutile.\nTEXT 29\n\nij �stt�te fm F-.aw\n�\nii6mrrt: 1\n\n", "SB6.2#p0210": "Text\n\n30]\n\n183\n\nBattle Between the Demigods and Vrtrisura\n\nq�P'IitlttiNt�\n\n��iitl\n\nqfij' '�Wf� �(I\"*IQI(I: 11��11\n\nte sva-prayasam vitatham niri�ya\nharav abhakta hata-yuddha-darpa!t\npaliiyanayaji-mukhe visrjya\npatim manas te dadhur atta-saraft\nte-they\n\n(the\n\ndemons);\n\nsva-prayasam-their\n\nown\n\nendeavors;\n\nvitatham-fruitless; niri�ya-seeing; harau abhakta ft-the\n\nasuras,\n\nthose who are not devotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nhata-defeated;\n\nyuddha-darpiift-their\n\npride\n\nin\n\nfighting;\n\npaliiyanaya-for leaving the battlefield; aji-mukhe-in the very beginning of the battle; visrjya-leaving aside; patim-their commander,\nV�triisura; manaft-their minds; te-all of them; dadhuft-gave; atta­\n\nsara ft-whose prowess was taken away.\nTRANSLATION\nThe asuras, who are never devotees of Lord ��a, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, lost their pride in fighting when they\nfound all their endeavors fut!le. Leaving aside their leader even in\nthe very beginning of the fight, they decided to flee because all\ntheir prowess had been taken away by the enemy.\n.\n\nTEXT\n\nvftsijd(ijlit�IW{\n'\"'\n\n30\n�\n\n��: � 'Pll'f � I\n\n�����:qmf\n\n� �mur � tfu:: II� II\no\n\nvrtro 'surarhs tan anugan manasvi\npradhavataft pre�ya bab�a etat\npalayitam pre�ya balam ca bhagnam\nbhayena tivre� vihasya viraft\nvrtraft- V�triisura, the commander of the demons; asuran-all the\ndemons;\n\ntan-them;\n\nanugan-his followers;\n\nmanasvi-the\n\ngreat-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0211": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n184\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 10\n\nminded; pradhavatab,-fleeing; prek$ya-observing; bab/u'4a-spoke;\n\netat-this; palayitam-fleeing; prek$ya-seeing; balam-army; ca­\n\nand;\n\nbhagnam-broken;\n\nbhayena-out of fear;\n\nvihasya-smiling; virab,-the great hero.\n\ntivre�-intense;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing his army broken and all the asuras, even those known as\n\ngreat heroes, fleeing the battlefield out of intense fear, Vrtrasura,\n\nwho was truly a great-minded hero, smiled and spoke the\n\nfollowing words.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n��)qq'ili �� �;IT�\n�\n�� ��,��(: I\n\nt fer� � ��\n�fii'1�50MI( lr �� II�� II\n\nkiilopapanniirh ruciriirh manasviniirh\n\njagiida vdcarh purWja-pravirab,\n\nhe vipracitte namuce puloman\n\nmayiinarvan chambara me srr:tudhvam\n\nkiila-upapanniim-suitabie to the time and circumstances; ruciram­\n\nvery beautiful; manasviniim-to the great, deep-minded personalities;\n\njagiida-spoke;\n\nvacam-words;\n\npur-wja-pravirab,-the\n\nhero\n\namong\n\nheroes, V:rtrasura; he-0; vipracitte- Vipracitti; namuce-0 Namuci;\npuloman-0 Puloma;\n\nmaya-0 Maya;\n\nanarvan-0 Anarva; sam­\n\nbara-0 Sambara; me-from me; srr:tudhvam-please hear.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAccording to his position and the time and circumstances,\n\nVrtrasura, the hero among heroes, spoke words that were much to\n\nbe appreciated by thoughtful men. He called to the heroes of the\n\n�emons, \"0 Vipracitti! 0 Namuci! 0 Puloma! 0 Maya, Anarva and\nSambara! Please hear me and do not flee.\"\n\n", "SB6.2#p0212": "Text 32]\n\nBattle Between the Demigods and Vrtrasura\n\n185\n\nTEXT 32\n<:'\n\nill� �er\n\n�\n\n<:'\n\n�:\n\n�fiRT�Wf� �I\n� �� �ffl �q\n�wmlflW\\'�� 11��11\njatasya mrtyur dhruva eva sarvata/:t\npratikriya yasya na ceha k/ptii\nloko ya.Sa.S ciitha tato yadi hy amurh\nko nama mrtyum na vroita yuktam\njatasya-of one who has taken birth (all living beings); mrtyu/:tdeath; dhruva/:t-inevitable; eva-indeed; sarvata/:t-everywhere in the\nuniverse; pratikriyii-counteraction; yasya-of which; na-not; caalso; iha-in this material world; kJptii-devised; loka/:t-promotion to\nhigher planets; ya.Sa/:t-reputation and glory; ca-and; atha-then;\ntata/:t-from that;\n\nyadi-i£;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\namum-that;\n\nka/:t-who;\n\nnama-indeed; mrtyum-death; na-not; vroita-would accept; yuktam-suitable.\nTRANSLATION\nVrtrasura said: All living entities who have taken birth in this\nmaterial world must die. Surely, no one in this world has found\nany means to be saved from death. Even providence has not provided a means to escape it. Under the circumstances, death being\ninevitable, if one can gain promotion to the higher planetary\nsystems and be always celebrated here by dying a suitable death,\nwhat man will not accept such a glorious death?\nPURPORT\n\nIf by dying one can be elevated to the higher planetary systems and be\never-famous after his death, who is so foolish that he will refuse such a\nglorious death? Similar advice was also given by Kr�Qa to Arjuna. \"My\ndear Arjuna,\" the Lord said, \"do not desist from fighting. If you gain\nvictory in the fight, you will enjoy a kingdom, and even if you die you\n\n", "SB6.2#p0213": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n186\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 10\n\nwill be elevated to the heavenly planets.\" Everyone should be ready to\ndie while performing glorious deeds. A glorious person is not meant to\nmeet death like cats and dogs.\nTEXT 33\n\n� «'i61fi46 � �\n\n� JRI�I�Oitll f�: I\n\n�� �··1�(1l mt�\ntRJ�oftcft���sf�:\nII��II\ndoou sammatiiv iha mrtyu duriipau\nyad brahma-sandhiirar:wya jitasul}.\nkaleooram yoga-rato vijahyiid\nyad agrar:tir vira-saye 'nivrttal}.\ndoou-two; sammatau-approved (by siistra and great personalities);\niha-in this world; mrtyil-deaths; duriipau-extremely rare; yatwhich; brahma-sandhiirar:wya-with concentration on Brahman,\nParamatma or Parabrahma, .Kr�l)a; jita-asul}. -contro lling the mind and\nsenses; kaleooram-the body; yoga-ratal}.-being engaged in the performance of yoga; vijahyat-one may leave; yat-which; agrar:tib-taking the lead; vira-saye-on the battlefield; anivrttal}.-not turning\nback.\nTRANSLATION\nThere are two ways to meet a glorious death, and both are very\nrare. One is to die after performing mystic yoga, especially bhaktiyoga, by which one can control the mind and living force and die\nabsorbed in thought of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\nsecond is to die on the battlefield, leading the army and never\nshowing one's back. These two kinds of death are recommended in\nthe sastra as glorious.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sixth Canto, Tenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Battle Between the\n\nDemigods and Vrtrasura. \"\n\n", "SB6.2#p0214": "CHAPTER ELEVEN\n\nThe Transcendental Qualities of V:rtrasura\nThis chapter describes V�trasura's great qualities. When the prominent\ncommanders of the demons fled, not\n\nhearing V�trasura's advice,\n\nV�trasura condemned them all as cowards. Speaking very bravely, he\nstood alone to face the demigods. When the demigods saw V�trasura's attitude, they were so afraid that they practically fainted, and V�trasura\nbegan trampling them down. Unable to tolerate this, lndra, the King of\nthe demigods, threw his club at V�trasura, but V�trasura was such a\ngreat hero that he easily caught the club with his left hand and used it to\nbeat Indra's elephant. Struck by the blow of V�trasura, the elephant was\npushed back fourteen yards and fell, with lndra on its back.\nKing Indra had first accepted Visvariipa as his priest and thereafter\nkilled him. Reminding Indra of his heinous activities, V�trasura said, \"If\none is a devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi�I)U, and\ndepends on Lord Vi�l)u in every respect, then victory, opulence and\npeace of mind are all inevitably available. Such a person has nothing for\nwhich to aspire in the three worlds. The Supreme Lord is so kind that He\nespecially favors such a devotee by not giving him opulence that will\nhamper his devotional service. Therefore I wish to give up everything\nfor the service of the Lord. I wish always to chant the glories of the Lord\nand engage in His service. Let me become unattached to my worldly\nfamily and make friendships with the devotees of the Lord. I do not\ndesire to be promoted to the higher\n\nplanetary\n\nsystems, even to\n\nDhruvaloka or Brahmaloka, nor do I desire an unconquerable position\nwithin this material world. I have no need for such things.\"\n\nTEXT I\n\n��\n�\n\n� � �\n\nfl:\n\nq��((('t :\n\n�ifi•l$.-d �;nw:�m q�p�;wqu -rr II � II\n187\n\n", "SB6.2#p0215": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n188\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 11\n\nsri-suka uvdca\nta evam sarhsato dharmam\nvacab. patyur acetasaft\nnai1Xigrh\"!lflnta sambhrantiift\npaliiyana-para nrpa\nsri-sukaft utxica -Sr i Sukadeva Gosvami said; te-they; evam-thus;\n\nsarhsataf,.-praising; dharmam-the principles of religion; vacaf,.-the\n\nwords; patyuf,.-of their master; acetasafi.-their minds being very disturbed; na -not ; eva -indee d ; agrh\"!lflnta -accepted; sambhrantab.fearful; paliiyana-paraf,.-intent upon fleeing; nrpa-0 King.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosv&mi said: 0 King, Vttriisura, the commander\n\nin chief of the demons, advised his lieutenants in the principles of\n\nreligion, hut the cowardly demoniac commanders, intent upon\n\nfleeing the battlefield, were so disturbed by fear that they could\n\nnot accept his words.\n\nTEXTS 2-3\n\nffc�n�+liUif\n'Pt�l'ilij���ll! I\nCfiR�Ifi�\n: ��;n� II �II\nNtff�\n� ���(qit{ij: I\n�f.i�14f::itijl � ���i\\J!f4l\"it � II � II\n\"'\n\n('\n\nviSiryamalJilm prtanam\nasurim asurar�bhaft\nkiiliinukulais tridaSaift\nkiilyamanam anathavat\ndr�!txitapyata salikruddha\nindra-satrur amar�itaft\ntiin nivaryaujasa rajan\n\nnirbhartsyedam uvaca ha\n\n", "SB6.2#p0216": "Text4]\n\nThe Transcendental Qualities of Vrtrisura\n\n189\n\nviSirya11l.d�m-being shattered; prtanam-the army; asurim-of\nthe demons; asura-r$abha�-the best of the asuras, Vrtrasura; kiilaanukulai�-following\n\nthe\n\ncircumstances\n\npresented\n\nby\n\ntime;\n\ntri­\n\ndaSai�-by the demigods; kiilya11l.dnam-being chased; anatha-vat-as\n\nif no one were there to protect them; dmva-seeing; atapyata-felt\npain; sarikruddha�-being very angry; indra-satru�-Vrtrasura, the\nenemy\n\nof lndra;\n\namar$ita�-unable\n\nto tolerate;\n\ntan-them\n\n(the\n\ndemigods); nivarya-blocking; ojasa-with great force; rajan-0 King\nParik�it; nirbhartsya-rebuking;\n\nidam-this; uvaca-said; ha-in­\n\ndeed.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it, the demigods, taking advantage of a favorable\nopportunity presented by time, attacked the army of the demons\nfrom the rear and began driving away the demoniac soldiers, scattering them here and there as if their army had no leader. Seeing\nthe pitiable condition of his soldiers, Vrtrisura, the best of the\nasuras, who was called lndr&Satru, the enemy of lndra, was very\nmuch aggrieved. Unable to tolerate such reverses, he stopped and\nforcefully rebuked the demigods, speaking the following words in\nan angry mood.\nTEXT4\n\nf4i � ��: wfT �ij:\n\nI\n\n�ftm�:���: �l('41Rlwt14( 11�11\nkim va uccaritair miitur\ndhiivadbhi� pmhato hatai�\n\nna hi bhita-vadha� sliighyo\nna svargya� sura-11l.dninam\nkim-what is the benefit; va�-for you; uccaritai�-with those like\nthe stool; 11l.dtu�-of the mother; dhiivadbhi�-running away;\npf$!hata�-from the back;\n\nhatai�-killed;\n\nna-not;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nbhita-vadha�-the killing of a person who is afraid;\n\nsliighya�-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0217": "190\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 11\n\nglorious; na-nor; svargya�-leading to the heavenly planets; silramanindm-of persons who consider themselves heroes.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 demigods, these demoniac soldiers have taken birth uselessly.\n\nIndeed, they have come from the bodies of their mothers exactly\n\nlike stool. What is the benefit of killing such enemies from behind\n\nwhile they are running in fear? One who considers himself a hero\n\nshould not kill an enemy who is afraid of losing his life. Such kill­\n\ning is never glorious, nor can it promote one to the heavenly\n\nplanets.\n\nPURPORT\nV:rtriisura rebuked both the demigods and the demoniac soldiers because the demons were running in fear of their lives and the demigods\nwere killing them from behind. The actions of both were abominable.\nWhen a fight takes place, the opposing parties must be prepared to fight\nlike heroes. A hero never runs from the field of battle. He always fights\nface to face, determined to gain victory or lay down his life in the fight.\nThat is heroic. Killing an enemy from behind is also inglorious. When an\nenemy turns his back and runs in fear of his life, he should not be killed.\nThis is the etiquette of military science.\nV:rtrasura insulted the demoniac soldiers by comparing them to the\nstool of their mothers. Both stool and a cowardly son come from the\nabdomen of the mother, and V:rtriisura said that there is no difference\nbetween them. A similar comparison was given by Tulasi diisa, who commented that a son and urine both come from the same channel. In other\nwords, semen and urine both come from the genitals, but semen produces a child whereas urine produces nothing. Therefore if a child is\nneither a hero nor a devotee, he is not a son but urine. Similarly,\nCaiJakya PaiJ�ita also says:\n\nko 'rtha� putrer:w jatena\nyo na vidviin na dhiirmika�\nkii:r:wna ca�U{)ii kim vii\n\nca�u� pi{laiva kevalam\n\n", "SB6.2#p0218": "Text6]\n\nThe Transcendental Qualities of Vrtrisura\n\n191\n\n\"What is the use of a son who is neither glorious nor devoted to the\nLord? Such a son is like a blind eye, which simply gives pain but cannot\nhelp one see.\"\nTEXTS\n\n���:�q� �Rtfl ��I\nQf��siltwt:���@�'l� II� II\nyadi vab, pradhane sraddhii\nsaram va /cyullakii hrdi\nagre t�thata miitram me\nna\n\nyadi-if;\n\nvab,-of\n\nced gramya-sukhe sprhii\n\nyou;\n\npradhane-in\n\nbattle;\n\nsraddhii-faith;\n\nsaram-patience; va-or; /cyullakiib,-0 insignificant ones; hrdi-in the\ncore of the heart; agre-in front; �thata-just stand; miitram-for a\nmoment; me-of me; na-not; cet-if; gramya-sukhe-in sense gratification; sprhii-desire.\nTRANSLATION\n0 insignificant demigods, if you truly have faith in your heroism, if you have patience in the cores of your hearts and if you are\nnot ambitious for sense gratification, please stand before me for a\nmoment.\nPURPORT\n\nRebuking the demigods, V:rtrasura challenged, \"0 demigods, if you\nare actually heroes, stand before me now and try to show your prowes�.\nIf you do not wish to fight, if you are afraid of losing your lives, I shall\nnot kill you, for unlike you, I am not so evil minded as to kill persons\nwho are neither heroic nor willing to fight. If you have faith in your\nheroism, please stand before me.\"\nTEXT6\n\n� ���1011� �:{t � tf� � I\n�wtGJ( �TOll ���Ft�: II� II\n\n", "SB6.2#p0219": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n192\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 11\n\nevarh sura-garuJ,n kruddho\nbhi�ayan vap�ii ripun\n�anadat sunuzhii - prii�\nyena lokii vicetasa/:1,\nevam-thus;\n\nsura-garuJ,n-the demigods;\n\nangry;\n\nbh;;,sayan-terrifying;\n\nenemies;\n\n�anadat-roared;\n\nkruddha/:1,-being very\n\nvap�-by\n\nhis\n\nbody;\n\nsu-nuzhii-priiry,a/:1,-the\n\nripun-his\n\nmost\n\npowerful\n\nVrtrasura; ye na -by which; lokii/:1,-all people; vicetasa/:1,-unconscious.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: Vrtrasura, the angry and most powerful\n\nhero, terrified the demigods with his stout and strongly built\n\nbody. When he roared with a resounding voice, nearly all living\nentities fainted.\n\nTEXT7\n\n�W{ �tlllft: �l VIN���W{ � I\n\nPfqd{f� � �WRl {ffl: II � II\ntena deva-garuJ,/:1, sarve\nvrtra-vispho!anena vai\nnipe tur murcchitii bhunuzu\nyathaivasaninii hata/:1,\ntena-by\n\nthat;\n\nvispho!anena-the\n\ndeva-garuJ,/:1,-the\ntumultuous\n\nsound\n\ndemigods;\nof\n\nsarve-all;\n\nVrtrasura;\n\nvrtra­\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nnipe tu/:1,-fell ; mzlrcchitii/:1,-fainted; bhunuzu-on the ground; yathiijust as if; eva-indeed; a5anina-by a thunderbolt; hatii/:1,-struck.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen all the demigods heard Vrtriisura's tumultuous roar,\n\nwhich resembled that of a lion, they fainted and fell to the ground\n\nas if struck by thunderbolts.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0220": "Text9]\n\nThe Transcendental Qualities of Vrtrisura\n\n193\n\nTEXTS\n\nmamarda padbhyam sura-sainyam aturam\nnimilitak$am rar.m-ranga-durmada/:t\ngam kampayann udyata-sula ojasa\nnalam vanam yutha-patir yathonmada/:t\nmamarda-trampled; padbhyam-by his feet; sura-sainyam-the\narmy of the demigods; aturam-who were very afraid; nimilita-ak§am-closing their eyes; rar.m-ranga-durmada/:t-arrogant on the battlefield; gam-the surface of the globe; kampayan-causing to tremble;\nudyata-sula/:t-taking\n\nup\n\nhis\n\ntrident;\n\nojasa-with\n\nhis\n\nstrength;\n\nnalam-of hollow bamboo sticks; vanam-a forest; yutha-pati/:t-an\nelephant; yatha-just as; unmada/:t-maddened.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the demigods closed their eyes in fear, Vrtrisura, taking up\nhis trident and making the earth tremble with his great strength,\ntrampled the demigods beneath his feet on the battlefield the way a\nmad elephant tramples hollow bamboos in the forest.\nTEXT9\n\nAe1fl � �s�q(if�:\n(q\\J��sftl�� ¥46:1•1f(l( I\nRiN �,'i,q(fat �=m\n�m� �Tlt� � �� II � II\nvilokya tam vajra-dharo 'tyamar§ita/:t\nsva-satrave 'bhidravate maha-gaddm\n\n", "SB6.2#p0221": "[Canto 6, Ch. 11\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n194\n\ncik$epa tam apatatirh sudu/:lsahiirh\njagraha vamena karer:ta\n\nlilaya\n\nvilokya-seeing; tam-him (V:rtrasura); vajra-dharab,-the carrier\nof the thunderbolt (King lndra); ati-very much; amar�itab,-intolerant; sva-his own; satrave-toward the enemy; abhidravate-running; mahii-gadam-a very powerful club; cik$epa-threw; tam-that\n(club); apatatim-flying toward him; su-du/:lsahiim-very difficult to\ncounteract; jagraha-caught; vtimena-with his left; karer:ta-hand;\nlilaya-very easily.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing V:rtriisura's disposition, lndra, the King of heaven, be­\n\ncame intolerant and threw at him one of his great clubs, which are\n\nextremely difficult to counteract. However, as the club flew toward\n\nhim, V:rtriisura easily caught it with his left hand.\nTEXT 10\n\n� �..��?!: �fun��\n\n�� ���\n..\n\n�tG\\ttl()M�: I\n\n��PI���\n�� � ���II� oil\nG\n\nsa indra-satrub, kupito bhrsam taya\nmahendra-vaham gadayoru-vikramab,\njaghiina kumbha-sthala unnadan mrdhe\ntat karma sarve samapiljayan nrpa\nsab,-that;\n\nindra-satrub--V:rtrasura;\n\nkupitab,-being\n\nangry;\n\nbhrsam-very much; taya-with that; mahendra-vaham-the elephant\nwho is the carrier of lndra; gadaya-by the club; uru-vikramab,-who\nis famous for his great strength; jaghiina-struck; kumbha-sthale-on\nthe head; unnadan-roaring loudly; mrdhe-in that fight; tat karmathat action (striking the head of lndra's elephant with the club in his left\nhand); sarve-all the soldiers (on both sides); samapiljayan-glorified;\nnrpa-0 King Parik�it.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0222": "Text\n\n12]\n\nThe Transcendental Qualities of Vrtrisura\n\n195\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik!jit, the powerful Vrtriisura, the enemy of King lndra, angrily struck the head of lndra's elephant with that club,\nmaking a tumultuous sound on the battlefield. For this heroic\ndeed, the soldiers on both sides glorified him.\nTEXT\n\n11\n\n��\n\nfltl��\nN,_rURitsf�: ��)�� I\n3Wl� �: �\nU��\n\n....\n\n('\n\n('\n\nQ'���Rf: II� �II\n\nairiivato vrtra-gadabhimmo\nvighu�ito 'drib, kuli.Sdhato yatha\napasarad bhinna-mukhab, sahendro\nmuncann asrk sapta-dhanur bhrsartab,\nairiivatab,-Airavata,\n\nthe\n\nelephant\n\nof\n\nKing\n\nlndra;\n\nvrtra-gada­\n\nabhimr�!a!t-struck by the club in V:rtrasura's hand; vighilr1Jitab,shaken; adrib,-a mountain; kuliSa-by a thunderbolt; iihatab,-struck;\nyatha-just like; apasarat-was pushed back; bhinna-mukhab,-having a broken mouth; saha-indrab,-with King lndra; muiican-spitting;\nasrk-blood; sapta-dhanub,-a distance measured by seven bows (approximately fourteen yards); bhrsa-very severely; iirtab,-aggrieved.\nTRANSLATION\nStruck with the club by Vrtriisura like a mountain struck by a\nthunderbolt, the elephant Airavata, feeling great pain and spitting\nblood from its broken mouth, was pushed back fourteen yards. In\ngreat distress, the elephant fell, with lndra on its back.\nTEXT 12\n\n;{\n\nNttOOj�ijij\nSJ��:«��l I\n\n�;r�\n\n", "SB6.2#p0223": "(Canto 6, Ch. II\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nI96\n\nna sanna-vaha ya v�a{t�-cetase\npraywikta bhuya/:t sa gadiim mahatma\nindro 'mrta-syandi-karabhimarsavita-vyatha-�ta-vaho 'vatasthe\nna-not;\n\nsanna-fatigued;\n\nvahaya-upon\n\nhim\n\nwhose\n\ncarrier;\n\nv�a{t�-cetase-morose in the core of his heart; prayurikta-used;\nbhuya/:t-again; sa/:t-he (V:rtrasura); gadiim-the club; maha-atmathe great soul (who refrained from striking lndra with the club when he\nsaw lndra morose and aggrieved); indra/:t-lndra; amrta-syandi-karaof his hand, which produces nectar; abhimarsa-by the touch; vitawas relieved; vyatha-from pains; �ata-and cuts; vaha/:t-whose carrier elephant; avatasthe-stood there.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he saw lndra's carrier elephant thus fatigued and injured\n\nand when he saw lndra morose because his carrier had been\n\nharmed in that way, the great soul Vrtriisura, following religious\n\nprinciples, refrained from again striking lndra with the club. Tak­\n\ning this opportunity, lndra touched the elephant with his nectar­\n\nproducing hand, thus relieving the animal's pain and curing its\ninjuries. Then the elephant and lndra both stood silently.\nTEXT I3\n\n� � �q.-S(�ef�T�T ft�\nef:m� � Nilfl I\n�q\n��'{�:\n���\n�� �� ��Fl� 11��11\n.\n\n('\n\n.\n\n.\n\nsa tam nrpendrahava-kiimyaya ripum\nvajrayudham bhratr-ha�m vilokya\nsmarams ca tat-karma nr-sarhsam amha/:t\nsokena mohena hasaii jagada\n\n", "SB6.2#p0224": "Text 14)\n\nThe Transcendental Qualities of Vrtrisura\n\n197\n\nsalt-he (V:rtriisura); tam-him (the King of heaven, lndra); nrpaindra-0 King Parik�it;\n\nahava-kdmyaya-with a desire to fight;\n\nripum-his enemy; vajra-ayudham-whose weapon was the thunderbolt (made from the bones of Dadhici); bhratr-har:r.am-who was the\nkiller of his brother; vilokya-seeing; smaran-remembering; caand; tat-karma-his activities; nr-sarilsam-cruel; amhalt-a great sin;\nsokena-with lamentation; mohena-by bewilderment; hasan-laughing; jagada-said.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, when the great hero Vrtrisura saw lndra, his enemy,\n\nthe killer of his brother, standing before him with a thunderbolt\nin his hand, desiring to fight, Vrtrisura remembered how lndra\nhad cruelly killed his brother. Thinking of lndra's sinful activities, he became mad with lamentation and forgetfulness.\nLaughing sarcastically, he spoke as follows.\nTEXT 14\n\n���\n�\"Ulffi'{ it Q¥fiEIR4ffi �� ii100 ����I\n\nfG\\t'-Uf'i'IS?.U('I�\n\n��\n\n¥4��ef9fffiiSI�..�Nffi(ll ��II\nsri-vrtra uvaca\n\ndi.§!ya bhavan me samavasthito ripur\nyo brahma-ha guru-ha bhratr-ha ca\ndi.§!yanrr:w 'dyaham asattama tvaya\nmac-chilla-nirbhinna-df$ad-dhrdacirat\nsri-vrtralt uvaca-the great hero V:rtrasura said; di.§!ya-by good fortune; bhavan-Your Lordship; me-of me; samavasthitalt-situated\n(in front); ripult-my enemy; ya!z,-who; brahma-ha-the killer of a\nbrahmar:r.a; guru-ha-the killer of your guru; bhratr-ha-the killer of\nmy brother; ca-also; di.§!ya-by good fortune; anrr:r.alt-free from\n\n", "SB6.2#p0225": "[Canto 6, Ch. II\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\nI98\n\ndebt (to my brother); adya-today;\nabominable\n\none;\n\ntvaya-through\n\nnirbhinna-being pierced;\n\naham-1; asat-tama-0 most\n\nyou;\n\nmat-sula-by\n\nd�at-like stone;\n\nmy trident;\n\nhrda-whose heart;\n\nacirat-very soon.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Vrtriisura said: He who has killed a briihmu;ta, he who has\n\nkilled\n\nhis\n\nspiritual\n\nmaster-indeed,\n\nhe who\n\nhas\n\nkilled\n\nmy\n\nbrother-is now, by good fortune, standing before me face to face\nas my enemy. 0 most abominable one, when I pierce your\n\nstonelike heart with my trident, I shall be freed from my debt to\nmy brother.\n\nTEXT IS\n\n� ;ft��n�fcf� �tij­\n\ngij(qlq@ � ��� I\nN�� �W{ ���\nq�nR'41ti�Oj: �tit�: 11 � �11\nyo no 'grajasyatma-vido dvijater\nguror apapasya ca di�itasya\nviSrabhya kluu)gena sirarilsy avrscat\npa§or ivakarulJ.ll/:t svarga-kama/:t\nya/:t-he who; na/:t-our; agra-jasya-of the elder brother; atmavida/:t-who was fully self-realized; dvi-jate/:t-a qualified brahmalJ.ll;\nguro/:t-your spiritual master; apapasya-free from all sinful activities;\nca-also;\n\ndi�itasya-appointed\n\nas\n\nthe\n\ninitiator\n\nof\n\nyour\n\nyajfia;\n\nviSrabhya-trustfully; kluu)gena-by your sword; sirarilsi-the heads;\navrscat-cut off; pa§o/:t-of an animal; iva-like; akarulJ.a/:t-merciless; svarga-kama/:t-desiring the heavenly planets.\nTRANSLATION\nOnly for the sake of living in the heavenly planets, you killed\n\nmy elder brother-a self-realized, sinless, qualified briihmu;ta who\n\n", "SB6.2#p0226": "Text 17]\n\nThe Transcendental Qualities of Vrtrisura\n\n199\n\nhad been appointed your chief priest. He was your spiritual\nmaster, but although you entrusted him with the performance of\nyour sacrifice, you later mercilessly severed his heads from his\nbody the way one butchers an animal.\nTEXT 16\n\n�tft��·�Rt�\n�\n\n�lifT\n\n�\n\n�\n�\n�� it� I\n�\n\n���-\n\n��ft ij�f;ij �n II�� II\n\nsri-hri-dayii-kirtibhir ujjhitam tviim\nsva-karma� pun.L§iidaiS ca garhyam\nkrcchrer_w. mac-chula-vibhinna-deham\naspma vahnim samadanti grdhra/:1.\n-\n\nsri-opulence or beauty; hri-shame; dayii-mercy; kirtibhi/:1.-and\nglory; ujjh itam-bereft of; tviim-you; sva-karma�-by your own activities;\n\npurU$a-adai/:t-by\n\nthe\n\nRak�asas\n\n(man-eaters);\n\nca-and ;\n\ngarhyam-condemnable; krcchrer_w.-with great difficulty ; mat-sulamy trident; vibhinna-pierced; deham-your body; aspr$!avahnim-not even touched by fire; samadanti-will eat; grdhrii/:1.-the\n\nby\n\nvultures.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nlndra, you are bereft of all shame, mercy, glory and good fortune. Deprived of these good qualities by the reactions of your\nfruitive activities, you are to be condemned even by the man-eaters\n[Rak.�asas]. Now I shall pierce your body with my trident, and after\nyou die with great pain, even fire will not touch you; only the\nvultures will eat your body.\nTEXT 17\n\n�� � �« ��\n�ltR11(it: SI�(F6 ��I\n\n", "SB6.2#p0227": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n200\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. ll\n\nanye 'nu ye tveha nr-sarilsam ajfiii\nyad udyatiistra}:t praharanti mahyam\ntair bhuta-nathan saga'(liin niSatatriSula-nirbhinna-galair yajami\nanye-others; anu-follow; ye-who; tva-you; iha-in this connection; nr-sa rhsam -very cruel; ajna/:L-persons unaware of my\nprowess;\nyat-if;\nudyata-astra}:t-with their swords raised;\npraharanti-attack; mahyam-me; tai/:t-with those; bhuta-nathanto such leaders of the ghosts as Bhairava; sa-ga'(liin-with their hordes;\nniSata-sharpened ; tri-sula-by the trident; nirbhinna-separated or\npierced; galai /:L-having their necks; yajami-1 shall offer sacrifices.\nTRANSLATION\nYou are naturally cruel. H the other demigods, unaware of my\n\nprowess, follow you by attacking me with raised weapons, I shall\n\nsever their heads with this sharp trident. With those heads I shall\n\nperform a sacrifice to Bhairava and the other leaders of the ghosts,\n\nalong with their hordes.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n��iti��'R\n�r SJ'{��� r�u ��'m 1\n\n�·�1 �� fq�\nqi{�;rf ���: �� 11��11\natho hare me kuliSena vira\nharta pramathyaiva siro yadiha\ntatrannw bhuta-balim vidhaya\nmanasvinam pada-raja}:t prapatsye\natho-otherwise;\n\nhare-0 King lndra; me-of me; kuliSena-by\n\nyour thunderbolt; vira-0 great hero; harta-you cut off; pramathya-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0228": "Text 18]\n\nThe Transcendental Qualities of Vrtrisura\n\n201\n\ndestroying my army; eva -certainly; sirafl-head; yadi-if; iha-in\n\nthis battle; tatra-in that case; annuzfl-relieved of all debts in this material world;\n\nbhuta-balim-a\n\npresentation for all living entities;\n\nvidluiya - arra nging; manasvindm-of great sages like Narada Muni;\n\npada-rajaft-the dust of the lotus feet; prapatsye-1 shall achieve.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBut if in this battle you cut off my head with your thunderbolt\nand kill my soldiers, 0 Indra, 0 great hero, I shall take great\npleasure in offering my body to other living entities [such as\njackals and vultures]. I shall thus be relieved of my obligations to\nthe reactions of my karma, and my fortune will be to receive the\ndust from the lotus feet of great devotees like Narada Muni.\nPURPORT\nSri: Narottama dasa Thakura sings:\nei chaya gosaiii yara, mui tara diis a\ntari' sabara pada-rer:tu mora paiica-grrua\n\"I am the servant of the six Gosvamls, and the dust of their lotus feet\n\nprovides my five kinds of food.\" A Vai�I)ava always desires the dust of\n\nthe lotus feet of previous acaryas and Vai�I_lavas. V�trasura was certain\nthat he would be killed in the battle with lndra, because this was the\n\ndesire of Lord Vi�I)U. He was prepared for death because he knew that\n\nafter his death he was destined to return home, back to Godhead. This is\na great destination, and it is achieved by the grace of a Vai�I)ava.\nCluu;liya va�r:tava-setxi nistara payeche keba: no one has ever gone back\n\nto Godhead without being favored by a Vai�I_lava. In this verse,\n\ntherefore, we find the words manasvindrh pada-rajaft prapatsye: \"I shall\n\nreceive the dust of the lotus feet of great devotees.\" The word\nmanasvindm refers to great devotees who always think of i(r�I)a. They\n\nare always peaceful, thinking of Kr�f.la, and therefore they are called\n\ndhira. The best example of such a devotee is Narada Muni. If one\n\nreceives the dust of the lotus feet of a manasvi, a great devotee, he cer­\n\ntainly returns home, back to Godhead.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0229": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n202\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�� �·� ft;nfq ¥1\n�:fmoo«r w:��,\n\"' �me• W� � q�:\n�INt\"tle: �;,rq- �� IIZ'\\11\nsuresa kasmiin na hino$i vajrarh\npura/:t sthite vairiTJi mayy amogham\nmii samsayi$!ha na gadeva vajra/:t\nsyan ni$phala/:t krpaTJdrtheva yaciid\nsura-iSa-0 King of the demigods; kasmiit-why; na-not; hiTW$iyou hurl; vajram-the thunderbolt; pura/:t sthite-standing in front;\nvairiTJi-your enemy; mayi-at me; amogham-which is infallible\n(your thunderbolt); mii-do not; samsafo.!ha/:t-doubt; na-not; gada\niva-like\n\nthe\n\nclub;\n\nvajra/:t-the\n\nthunderbolt;\n\nsyat-may\n\nbe;\n\nni$phala/:t-with no result; krpaTJU-from a miserly person; artha-for\nmoney; iva-like; yaciid-a request.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King of the demigods, since I, your enemy, am standing\n\nbefore you, why don't you hurl your thunderbolt at me? Although\nyour attack upon me with your club was certainly useless, like a re­\n\nquest of money from a miser, the thunderbolt you carry will not\n\nhe useless. You need have no doubts about this.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen King lndra threw his club at Vrtrasura, Vrtrasura caught it in\nhis left hand and retaliated by using it to strike the head of lndra's\nelephant. Thus lndra's attack was a disastrous failure. Indeed, lndra's\nelephant was injured and thrown back fourteen yards. Therefore even\nthough lndra stood with the thunderbolt to hurl against Vrtrasura, he\nwas doubtful, thinking that the thunderbolt might also fail. Vrtrasura,\nhowever, being a Vai�I)ava, assured lndra that the thunderbolt would not\nfail, for Vrtrasura knew that it had been prepared in accordance with the\n\n", "SB6.2#p0230": "Text\n\n20)\n\nThe Transcendental Qualities of Vrtrisura\n\n203\n\ninstructions of Lord Vi�Q.U. Although lndra had doubts because he could\nnot understand that Lord Vi�Q.u's order never fails, Vrtrasura understood Lord Vi�Q.u's purpose. Vrtrasura was eager to be killed by the\nthunderbolt manufactured according to Lord Vi�Q.u's instructions because he was sure that he would thus return home, back to Godhead. He\nwas simply waiting for the opportunity of the thunderbolt's being\nreleased. In effect, therefore, Vrtrasura told lndra, \"If you want to kill\nme, since I am your enemy, take this opportunity. Kill me. You will gain\nvictory, and I shall go back to Godhead. Your deed will be equally\nbeneficial for both of us. Do it immediately.\"\n\nTEXT\n\n�\n\n20\n\n�iif(ijet fi\n\n�ijl\n�\nM'i3HJ: I\n\n����q�:n\n�tf � i3Jf{ �;;(ffl\n� mftf'Jf�: �flgoll(ij1 : II� II\no\n\nnanv e�a vajras tava sakra tejasii\nharer dadhices tapasii ca tejita/:t\ntenaiva satrum jahi v��u-yantrito\nyato harir vijaya/:t srir gu� tata/:t\nnanu-certainly; e�a/:t-this; vajra/:t-thunderbolt; tava-of yours;\n\nsakra-0 lndra; t ejasii-by the prowess; hare/:t-of Lord Vi�I)U, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; dadhice/:t\n\n-\n\nof Dadhici; tapasii -by\n\nthe austerities; ca-as well as; tejita/:t-empowered; tena-with that;\neva-certainly; satrum-your enemy; jahi -kill; v��u-yantrita/:t-ordered by Lord Vi�Q.u; yata/:t-wherever; hari/:t-Lord Vi�Q.u; vijaya/:tvictory; sri/:t-opulences; g u � /:t-and other good qualities; tata/:tthere.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 lndra, King of heaven, the thunderbolt you carry to kill me\nhas been empowered by the prowess of Lord Vi�J.IU and the\nstrength of Dadhici's austerities. Since you have come here to kill\n\n", "SB6.2#p0231": "204\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 11\n\nme in accordance with Lord Vi,r;tu's order, there is no doubt that I\nshall be killed by the release of your thunderbolt. Lord Vi,r;tu has\n\nsided with you. Therefore your victory, opulence and all good\n\nqualities are assured.\n\nPURPORT\nV�\"trasura not only assured King lndra that the thunderbolt was invincible, but also encouraged lndra to use it against him as soon as possible.\nVrtrasura was eager to die with the stroke of the thunderbolt sent by\nLord Vi�1,1u so that he could immediately return home, back to Godhead.\nBy hurling the thunderbolt, lndra would gain victory and enjoy the\nheavenly planets, remaining in the material world for repeated birth and\ndeath. lndra wanted to gain victory over Vrtrasura and thereby become\nhappy, but that would not at all be happiness. The heavenly planets are\njust below Brahmaloka, but as stated by the Supreme Lord, Kr�1,1a,\niibrahma-bhuvaniil lokab, punar iivartino 'rjuna: even if one achieves\nBrahmaloka, he must still fall to the lower planetary systems again and\nagain. However, if one goes back to Godhead, he never returns to this\nmaterial world. By killing Vrtrasura, lndra would not actually gain; he\nwould remain in the material world. Vrtrasura, however, would go to the\nspiritual world. Therefore victory was destined for Vrtrasura, not for\nlndra.\n\nTEXT 21\n.\n\n3T� �tl\n\n\"'\n\n'RT\n\n� ';f:\n\n«t;tfUI�iij(Otlm�\n����\nttffl'\n�t;qqfcr��:\n\nII�� II\n\naham samadhiiya mano yathiiha nab,\nsankar$a\"{UlS tac-carar:zijravinde\ntvad-vajra-ramho-lulita-gramya-piiSo\ngatim muner yamy apaviddha-lokab,\naham-1; samadhiiya-fi.xing firmly; manab,-the mind; yathiijust as; aha-said; nab,-our; sankar$a�b,-Lor d Sankar�a1,1a; tat-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0232": "Text 22]\n\nThe Transcendental Qualities of Vrtrisura\n\n205\n\ncara�-aravirule-at His lotus feet; tvat-vajra-of your thunderbolt;\nramha!J,-by the force; lulita-torn; gramya-of material attachment;\npasa!J,-the rope; gatim-the destination; mune!J,-of Narada Muni and\nother devotees; yami-1 shall achieve; apaviddha-giving up; loka!J,this material world (where one desires all kinds of impermanent things).\nTRANSLATION\nBy the force of your thunderbolt, I shall be freed of material\nbondage and shall give up this body and this world of material\ndesires. Fixing my mind upon the lotus feet of Lord Sailkar�ai}a, I\nshall attain the destination of such great sages as Niirada Muni, just\nas Lord Sailkar�ai}a has said.\nPURPORT\nThe words aham samiidhiiya mana!J, indicate that the most important\nduty at the time of death is to concentrate one's mind. If one can fix his\nmind on the lotus feet of Kr!?Q.a, Vi!?Q.U, Sankar!?al).a or any Vi!?Q.U milrti,\nhis life will be successful. To be killed while fixing his mind at the lotus\nfeet of Sankar!?al)a, Vftrasura asked lndra to release his vajra, or thunderbolt. He was destined to be killed by the thunderbolt given by Lord\nVi!?Q.U; there was no question of its being ba:ffied. Therefore Vftrasura\nrequested lndra to release the thunderbolt immediately, and he prepared\nhimself by fixing his mind at the lotus feet of Kr!?I).a. A devotee is always\nready to give up his material body, which is described herein as gramya­\n\npasa, the rope of material attachment. The body is not at all good; it is\nsimply a cause of bondage to the material world. Unfortunately, even\nthough the body is destined for destruction, fools and rascals invest all\ntheir faith in the body and are never eager to return home, back to\nGodhead.\nTEXT 22\n\n�ijf f��� ��;ri\ntn: � AA \\{'{T �m� 1\n;r ufu �� l'� aitT mfil�: ��� dw.n«: 1 1��1 1\n\n", "SB6.2#p0233": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n206\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. II\n\npurilsam kilaikanta-dhiyam svakanam\nya� sampado divi bhumau rasayam\nna rati yad dve�a udvega adhir\nmada� kalir vyasanam samprayasa�\npurilsam-unto persons; kila-certainly; ekanta-dhiyam-who are\nadvanced in spiritual consciousness; svakanam-who are recognized by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead as His own; ya�-which; sampada�-opulences; divi-in the upper planetary systems; bhumau-in\nthe middle planetary systems; rasayam-and in the lower planetary\nsystems; na-not; rati-bestows; yat-from which; dve�a�-envy; udvega�-anxiety;\nquarrel;\n\nadhi�-mental\n\nvyasanam-distress\n\nagitation;\n\ndue\n\nto\n\nmada�-pride;\n\nloss;\n\nkali�­\n\nsamprayasa�-great\n\nendeavor.\nTRANSLATION\nPersons who fully surrender at the lotus feet of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and always think of His lotus feet are accepted and recognized by the Lord as His own personal assistants\nor servants. The Lord never bestows upon such servants the\nbrilliant opulences of the upper, lower and middle planetary\nsystems of this material world. When one possesses material opulence in any of these three divisions of the universe, his possessions naturally increase his enmity, anxiety, mental agitation,\npride and belligerence. Thus one goes through much endeavor to\nincrease and maintain his possessions, and he suffers great\nunhappiness when he loses them.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (4.11) the Lord says:\nye yatha mam prapadyante\ntams tathaiva bhajamy aham\n\nmama vartmiinuvartante\nman�ya� partha sarva.Sa�\n\"As devotees surrender unto Me, I reward them accordingly. Everyone\nfollows My path in all respects, 0 son of P:rtha.\" Both lndra and\n\n", "SB6.2#p0234": "Text 23]\n\nThe Transcendental Qualities of Vrtrisura\n\n207\n\nVrtrasura were certainly devotees of the Lord, although lndra took instructions from Vi�J:.lu to kill Vrtrasura. The Lord was actually more\nfavorable to Vrtrasura because after being killed by lndra's thunderbolt,\nVrtrasura would go back to Godhead, whereas the victorious lndra would\nrot in this material world. Because both of them were devotees, the Lord\nawarded them the respective benedictions they wanted. Vrtrasura never\nwanted material possessions, for he knew very well the nature of such\npossessions. To accumulate material possessions, one must labor very\nhard, and when he gets them he creates many enemies because this material world is always full of rivalry. If one becomes rich, his friends or\nrelatives are envious. For ekiinta-bhaktas, unalloyed devotees, Kr�J:.la\ntherefore never provides material possessions. A devotee sometimes\nneeds some material possessions for preaching, but the possessions of a\npreacher are not like those of a karmi. A karmi's possessions are achieved\nas a result of karma, but those of a devotee are arranged by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead just to facilitate his devotional activities. Because\na devotee never uses material possessions for any purpose other than the\nservice of the Lord, the possessions of a devotee are not to be compared to\nthose of a karmi.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�thltll(\"tfi��\nqfffi'CN�\n\n�ffls��T\n�\n\n���\n\n� I\n\n�q;mr�\n\n�sffi��:qus�: II�� II\n\ntrai-vargikiiyasa-vighatam asmatpatir vidhatte purU!jasya sakra\ntato 'numeyo bhagavat-prasado\nyo durlablw 'kiiicana-gocaro 'nyaift\ntrai- vargika-for the three objectives, namely religiosity, economic\nayasa-of\n\nendeavor;\n\nvighatam-the ruin; ·asmat-our; patift-Lord ; vidhatte\n\nperforms ;\n\ndevelopment, and satisfaction of the senses;\npurU!jasya-of\n\na\n\ndevotee;\n\nsakra-0\n\nlndra;\n\n-\n\ntataft-whereby;\n\nanumeyaft-to be inferred; bhagavat-prasadaft-the special mercy of\n\n", "SB6.2#p0235": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n208\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 11\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; ya�-which; durlabha�-very\ndifficult to obtain; akincana-gocara�-within the reach of the unalloyed\ndevotees; anyai�-by others, who aspire for material happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nOur Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, forbids His\n\ndevotees to endeavor uselessly for religion, economic development\n\nand sense gratification. 0 lndra, one can thus infer how kind the\nLord is. Such mercy is obtainable only by unalloyed devotees, not\n\nby persons who aspire for material gains.\nPURPORT\nThere\n\nare\n\nfour\n\nobjectives\n\nin\n\nhuman\n\nlife-namely,\n\nreligiosity\n\n(dharma), economic development (artha), sense gratification (kama),\nand liberation (mo/cya) from the bondage of material existence. People\ngenerally aspire for religiosity, economic development and sense gratification, but a devotee has no other desire than to serve the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead both in this life and in the next. The special\nmercy for the unalloyed devotee is that the Lord saves him from hard\nlabor to achieve the results of religion, economic development and sense\ngratification. Of course, if one wants such benefits, the Lord certainly\nawards them. lndra, for example, although a devotee, was not much interested in release from material bondage; instead, he desired sense gratification and a high standard of material happiness in the heavenly\nplanets. V�trasura, however, being an unalloyed devotee, aspired only to\nserve the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore the Lord arranged\nfor him to go back to Godhead after his bodily bondage was destroyed by\nlndra. V:rtrasura r�XJuested lndra to release his thunderbolt against him\nas soon as possible so that both he and lndra would benefit according to\ntheir proportionate advancement in devotional service.\nTEXT 24\n\n�\n\n�\n\ng;r\n\nq'l���­\n\n�l('tl?jAI('tl �rreTm �: I\n\n", "SB6.2#p0236": "Text 24]\n\nThe Transcendental Qualities of Vflrisura\n\nq;{:\n\n209\n\n���qijg�\n�Cf ell��� �ij �: 11�\"111\n\"\n\naham hare tava piidaika-muladiisinuddso bhavitasmi bhuya�\n\nmana� smaretiisu-pater guTJ)ims te\ngrr:tita vdk karma karotu kaya�\n\naham-I; hare-0 my Lord; tava-of Your Lordship; piida-eka­\n\nmula-whose only shelter is the lotus feet; diisa-anuddsa�-the servant\n\nof Your servant; bhavitiismi-shall I become; bhuya�-again; mana�my mind; smareta-may remember; asu-pate�-of the Lord of my life;\n\nguTJ)in-the attributes;\n\nte-of Your Lordship; gnr,ita-may chant;\n\nvak-my words; karma-activities of service to You; karotu-may per­\n\nform; kaya�-my body.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, will I again be\nable to be a servant of Your eternal servants who find shelter only\nat Your lotus feet? 0 Lord of my life, may I again become their\nservant so that my mind may always think of Your transcendental\nattributes, my words always glorify those attributes, and my body\nalways engage in the loving service of Your Lordship?\nPURPORT\nThis verse gives the sum and substance of devotional life. One must\n\nfirst become a servant of the servant of the servant of the Lord\n\n(diisinuddsa). Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu advised, and He also showed by\n\nHis own example, that a living entity should always desire to be a servant\n\nof the servant of the servant of l(r�l)a, the maintainer of the gopis (gopibhartu� pada-kamalayor diisa-dasanuddsaM. This means that one must\n\naccept a spiritual master who comes in the disciplic succession and is a\n\nservant of the servant of the Lord. Under his direction, one must then\n\nengage one's three properties, namely his body, mind and words. The\n\nbody should be engaged in physical activity under the order of the\n\n", "SB6.2#p0237": "SrUn&d-BhagavaUun\n\n210\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. II\n\nmaster, the mind should think of K{�Qa incessantly, and one's words\nshould be engaged in preaching the glories of the Lord. If one is thus\nengaged in the loving service of the Lord, one's life is sutJcessful.\nTEXT 25\n\n;{ ;{� ;{\n\n�\n\nttl{lr�\n\nm4mii ef �m�t�� 1\nmm����W-i\n�1\n«�« �1 �t{ � 11��11\n\nef\n\n;{\n\nna niika-pr�!ham na ca parame�!hyam\nna sdrva-bhaurnam na rasadhipatyam\nna yoga-siddhir apunar-bhavam va\nsarnanjasa too virahayya kiiit�e\nna-not; niika-pr�!ham-the heavenly planets or Dhruvaloka; nanor; ca-also; parame�!hyam-the planet on which Lord Brahma\nresides; na-nor; sarva-bhaurnam-sovereignty of the whole earthly\nplanetary system; na-nor; rasa-adhipatyam-sovereignty of the lower\nplanetary systems; na-nor; yoga-siddhib,-eight kinds of mystic yogic\npower (ary.ima, laghima, rnahima, etc.); apunab,-bhavam-liberation\nfrom rebirth in a material body; va-or; sarnanjasa-0 source of all opportunities; too-You; virahayya-being separated from;\n\nkan�e-1\n\ndesire.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, source of all opportunities, I do not desire to enjoy\n\nin Dhruvaloka, the heavenly planets or the planet where Lord\n\nBrahmi resides, nor do I want to be the supreme ruler of all the\n\nearthly planets or the lower planetary systems. I do not desire to be\n\nmaster of the powers of mystic yoga, nor do I want liberation if I\nhave to give up Your lotus feet.\n\nPURPORT\n\nA pure devotee never desires to gain material opportunities by rendering transcendental loving service to the Lord. A pure devotee desires\n\n", "SB6.2#p0238": "Text 26)\n\nThe Transcendental Qualities of Vf!risura\n\n211\n\nonly to engage in loving service to the Lord in the constant association of\nthe Lord and His eternal associates, as stated in the previous verse\n\n(diisanudaso bhavitasmi). As confirmed by Narottama dasa Thakura:\ntiiiulera cara� sevi bhakta-sane vasa\njaname janame haya, ei abhi�\nTo serve the Lord and the servants of His servants, in the association of\ndevotees, is the only objective of a pure, unalloyed devotee.\nTEXT 26\n\n3TijfRmf' �\n\n�t\n\n�rn:\n\n� � �mm: �rnt: 1\n\n&ti fSAq 0� �IJll\nilwrt�� f�\"{� �� 11��11\najdta-pak¢. im mataram khaga/:1stanyam yathii mtsatarii/:1- �udh-iirtii/:1priyam priyem vy�itam vi$a{t�\nmano 'ravindii�a didr�te tviim\najdta-pak¢. /:1--who have not yet grown wings; im -like; mataramthe mother; khagii/:1--small birds; stanyam -the milk from the udder;\n\nyathii -just as; mtsatariift-the young calves; �udh-iirta/:1--distressed\nby hunger; priyam-the beloved or husband; priyii-the wife or lover;\nim-like;\n\nvy�itam -who is away from home;\n\nvi$a{t�-morose;\n\nmana/:1--my mind; aravinda-a�-0 lotus-eyed one; didr�te-wants\nto see; tviim-You.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 lotus-eyed Lord, as baby birds that have not yet developed\ntheir wings always look for their mother to return and feed them,\nas small calves tied with ropes await anxiously the time of milking,\n\nwhen they will be allowed to drink the milk of their mothers, or as\na morose wife whose husband is away from home always longs for\n\n", "SB6.2#p0239": "212\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. ll\n\nhim to return and satisfy her in all respects, I always yearn for the\n\nopportunity to render direct service unto You.\nPURPORT\n\nA pure devotee always yearns to associate personally with the Lord and\nrender service unto Him. The examples given in this regard are most appropriate. A small baby bird is practically never satisfied except when\nthe mother bird comes to feed it, a small calf is not satisfied unless\nallowed to suck the milk from the mother's udder, and a chaste, devoted\nwife whose husband is away from home is never satisfied until she has\nthe association of her beloved husband.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n'\"\"�\"�Cli�!\n{i«R�\n\n�Jtij:\n\n�fl414:1tfl�'fl�'flil�l(i\\��·Q'ffiR� WI \"\"\" � \"�\"\"\nmamottama.Sloka-jane$U sakhyam\nsarilsara-cakre bhramatab, sva-karmabhib,\ntvan-miiyayatmatmaja-dara-gehe$v\nasakta-cittasya na natha bhuyat\nmama-my;\n\nuttama-sloka-jane$ u -among\n\ndevotees who are simply\n\nattached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakhya m -friendship;\nsamsara-cakre-in the cycle of birth and death; bhramatab,-who am\nwandering; sva-karmabhib,-by the results of my own fruitive activities; tvat-miiyaya-by Your external energy; iitma-to the body;\niitma-ja-children; dam-wife; gehe$ u - and home; iisakta-attached;\ncittasya-whose mind; na-not; natha-0 my Lord; bhuyat-may\nthere be.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, my master, I am wandering throughout this material\nworld as a result of my fruitive activities. Therefore I simply seek\n\n", "SB6.2#p0240": "Text 27]\n\nThe Transcendental Qualities of Vrtrisura\n\n213\n\nfriendship in the association of Your pious and enlightened\ndevotees. My attachment to my body, wife, children and home is\ncontinuing by the spell of Your external energy, hut I wish to be\nattached to them no longer. Let my mind, my consciousness and\neverything I have be attached only to You.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sixth Canto, Eleventh\nChapter,\n\nf the Srimad-Bhagavatam,\n\no\n\nQualities of V.rtrasura. \"\n\nentitled \"The Transcendental\n\n", "SB6.2#p0241": "CHAPTER TWELVE\n\nV:rtrasura's Glorious Death\nThis chapter describes how lndra, the King of heaven, killed V:rtrasura\ndespite great reluctance.\nAfter V:rtrasura finished speaking, he released his trident against King\nlndra with great anger, but lndra, using his thunderbolt, which was\nmany times more powerful than the trident, broke the trident to pieces\nand cut off one of V:rtrasura's arms. Nevertheless, V:rtrasura used his\nremaining arm to strike lndra with an iron mace, making the thunderbolt fall from lndra's hand. lndra, being very ashamed of this, did not\npick up the thunderbolt from the ground, but V:rtrasura encouraged\nKing lndra to pick it up and fight. V:rtrasura then spoke to King lndra as\nfollows, instructing him very well.\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead,\" he said, \"is the cause of victory and defeat. Not knowing that the Supreme Lord is the cause of all\ncauses, fools and rascals try to take credit for victory or defeat themselves, but everything is actually under the control of the Lord. No one\nbut Him has any independence. The pun.J.$a (the enjoyer) and prakrti\n(the enjoyed) are under the control of the Lord, for it is by His supervision that everything works systematically. Not seeing the hand of the\nSupreme in every action, a fool considers himself the ruler and controller\nof everything. When one understands, however, that the real controller\nis the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he is freed from the relativities\nof the world, such as distress, happiness, fear and impurity.\" Thus lndra\nand V:rtrasura not only fought, but also engaged in philosophical discourses. Then they began to fight again.\nThis time lndra was more powerful, and he severed V:rtrasura's\nremaining arm. V:rtrasura then assumed a gigantic form and swallowed\nKing lndra, but lndra, being protected by the talisman known as\nNarayaQa-kavaca, was able to protect himself even within V:rtrasura's\nbody. Thus he emerged from V:rtrasura's abdomen and severed the\ndemon's head from his body with his powerful thunderbolt. Severing the\ndemon's head took one complete year to accomplish.\n215\n\n", "SB6.2#p0242": "[Canto 6, Ch. 12\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n216\n\nTEXT 1\n\n,fj'fj(ti�.,,\"'\n\n�iilti�q WIT�\n� crt ���Ai�¥41Wi: 1\n� 5Pl�� ��\n�\n\ntNl\n\n.\n\n��'f\n\n�\n\n\"'\n\n��� II � II\n\nsri-r$ir uroca\n\nevarh jihiisur nrpa deham ajau\nmrtyum varam vijayan manyamana�\nsulam pragrhyabhyapatat surerulram\n\nyatha maha-puffi$am kai!abho 'psu\n\nsri-r$i� uroca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-thus; jihiisu�­\n\nvery eager to give up; nrpa-0 King Parik�it; deham-the body;\n\najau-in battle; mrtyum-death; varam-better; vijayat-than vic­\n\ntory; manyamana�-thinking; sa/am-trident; pragrhya-taking up;\nabhyapatat-attacK.ed;\n\nsura-irulram-the\n\nKing\n\nof\n\nheaven,\n\nlndra;\n\nyatha-just as; maha-puffi$am-the Supreme Pen�onality of Godhead;\n\nkai!abha�-the demon Kai!abha; apsu-when the whole universe was\n\ninundated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: Desiring to give up his body, V:rtrisura\n\nconsidered death in the battle preferable to victory. 0 King\n\nParik�it, he vigorously took up his trident and with great force at­\n\ntacked Lord lndra, the King of heaven, just as Kai!fthha had\n\nforcefully attacked the Supreme Personality of Godhead when the\n\nuniverse was inundated.\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough V:rtrasura repeatedly encouraged lndra to kill him with the\n\nthunderbolt, King lndra was morose at having to kill such a great devo­\n\ntee and was hesitant to throw it. V:rtrasura, disappointed that King lndra\n\n", "SB6.2#p0243": "Vrtrisura's Glorious Death\n\nText2]\n\n217\n\nwas reluctant despite his encouragement, took the initiative very forcefully by throwing his trident at lndra. V:rtrasura was not at all interested\nin victory; he was interested in being killed so that he could immediately\nreturn home, back to Godhead. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gitd (4.9),\n\ntyaktva de ham punar j anma naiti: after giving up his body, a devotee\nimmediately returns to Lord K:r�J.la and never returns to accept another\nbody. This was V:rtrasura's interest.\nTEXT2\n�\n��·\n\n�(l;o(f(i\\(Cfi61(\n'�-,..\n\n��\n\n��\n\n�((11ij�Wi\\! I\n\n� 'ft so� N'wm oo\n(fflsRf qAf� �'fr �� II � II\n..\n\ntato yugantagni-kafhora-jihvam\n\navidhya salam tarasdsurendra/:1,\n�ip tva mahendraya vinadya viro\nhato 'si papeti ru¢ jagada\ntata/:1,-thereafter; yuga-anta- agni-like the fire at the end of every\nmillennium; ka!hora-sharp; jihvam-possessing points; avidhyatwirling; sa/am-the trident; tarasa-with great force; asura-indra/:1,the great hero of the demons, V:rtrasura; �iptoo-throwing; maha-indraya -unto King lndra; vinadya-roaring; vira/:1,-the great hero\n(V:rtrasura); hata/:1,-killed; asi-you are; piipa-0 sinful one; itithus; n�a-with great anger; jagada-he cried out.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Vrtrisura, the great hero of the demons, whirled his trident, which had points like the Hames of the blazing fire at the end\nof the millennium. With great force and anger he threw it at lndra,\nroaring and exclaiming loudly, \"0 sinful one, thus shall I kill\nyou!\"\n\n", "SB6.2#p0244": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n218\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT3\n\n� 3111{� �\n\nfet�cl<t �;r� ��ll�mrf�CJ: I\nCf�IJ( �1 ��onf�\n� :q- ��(•HI::it� II � II\nkhn iipatat tad vicalad graholkavan\nniri�ya dU$pre�yam ajiita-viklava}:t\nvajre1Jll vajri sata-parva1}iicchinad\nbhujam ca tasyoraga-riija-bhogam\nkhe-in the sky;\n\niipatat-Hying toward him; tat-that trident;\n\nvicalat-rotating; grahn-ulka-vat-like a falling star; niri�ya-observing; dU$pre�yam-unbearable to see; ajiita-viklava}:t-not afraid;\nvajre1)a-with the thunderbolt; vajri-lndra, the holder of the thunderbolt; sata-parva�-possessing one hundred joints; iicchinat\n\n-\n\ncut; bhu­\n\njam-the arm; ca-and; tasya-of him (V:rtrasura); uraga-riija-of the\ngreat serpent Vasuki; bhogam-like the body.\nTRANSLATION\nFlying in the sky, Vrtrasura's trident resembled a brilliant\n\nmeteor. Although the blazing weapon was difficult to look upon,\n\nKing lndra, unafraid, cut it to pieces with his thunderbolt.\n\nSimultaneously, he cut off one of Vrtrasura's arms, which was as\n\nthick as the body of Vasuki, the King of the serpents.\nTEXT4\n\nf�<44i'l�:\n\nm:�\n\nvr:\n\n�l�i:f'iil( I\n��\n3lRlm\n\nrei���: II � II\n\nchinnaika-biihub- parighe1)a vrtra/:t\nsamrabdhn iisiidya grhita-vajram\n\n", "SB6.2#p0245": "Vrtrisura's Glorious Death\n\nText 5]\n\n219\n\nhanau tatdl;iendram atluimarebham\n\nvajram ca hastan nyapatan maghona/:t\nchinna-cut off; eka-one; bahu/:t-whose arm; parighe�-with a\n\nvrtra/:t-V:rtrasura; samrabdha/:t-being very angry;\ngrhita-tak.ing up; vajram-the thunderbolt;\nhanau-on the jaw; tatd4a-struck; indram-Lord lndra; atha-also;\namara-ibham-his elephant; vajram-the thunderbolt; ca-and;\nhastat-from the hand; nyapatat -fell; maghona/:t-of King lndra.\nmace of iron;\n\nasadya-reaching;\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough one of his arms was severed from his body, Vrtrisura\nangrily approached King lndra and struck him on the jaw with an\niron mace. He also struck the elephant that carried lndra. Thus lndra dropped the thunderbolt from his hand.\nTEXTS\n\n�\n\n�«11� ffil\n(i\\•1:\nij(iij(i�(\n.\n.\n\n31\\-il��Hl �<t(1iR\n\n���R�� II�II\n\nvrtrasya karmiiti-mahadbhutam tat\nsurasuras cara�-siddha-sanglui/:1.\napujayams tat p uruhilta smika!am\nniri�ya lui heti vicukruSur bhrSa.m\n-\n\nvrtrasya -of V:rtrasura;\nmalui-greatly;\n\nkarma-the accomplishment;\n\nadbhutam-wonderful;\n\ntat-that;\n\nati-very;\nsura-the\n\ndemigods; asura/:t-and the demons; cara�-the wal)as;\n\nsiddha­\n\nsariglui/:1.-an d the society of Siddhas; apiljayan-glori:fied; tat-that;\np uruh ilta sarika!am-the dangerous position of lndra; niri�ya-\n\nseeing; lui lui-alas, alas; iti-thus; vicukru§u/:t-lamented; bhrSa.mvery much.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0246": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n220\n\n[Canto6, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe denizens of various planets, like the demigods, demons,\n\nCir�as and Siddhas, praised Vf!risura's deed, but when they ob­\n\nserved that lndra was in great danger, they lamented, \"Alas!\n\nAlas!\"\n\nTEXT6\n\n� WI Cfii � ��� (q�l<(f«if� Ff: I\n�\n\ntit � 311*1'4a)\niilft � ;r �'41<(4il� : II � II\n\nirulro na vajrarh jagrhe vilajjitaS\ncyutarh sva-hastad ari-sannidhau puna�),\ntam aha vrtro hara atta-vajro\njahi sva-satrurh na vi¥Jda-kalal).\nirulra b,-King Indra; na-not; vajram-the thunderbolt; jagrhetook up; vilajjitab,-being ashamed; cyutam-fallen; sva-hastiit-from\nhis own hand; ari-sannidhau....:.in front of his enemy; punab,-again;\ntam-unto him; aha-said; vrtrab,-V:rtrasur a;\nm jra b,-taking\n\nup your thunderbolt;\n\nhare-0 lndra; attajahi -kill; sva-satrum - your\n\nenemy; na-not; v�ada-kiilab,-the time for lamentation.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving dropped the thunderbolt from his hand in the presence\n\nof his enemy, lndra was practically defeated and was very much\nashamed. He dared not pick up his weapon again. Vrtrisura,\n\nhowever, encouraged him, saying, \"Take up your thunderbolt and\nkill your enemy. This is not the time to lament your fate.\"\nTEXT7\n\n���\n\ntst�<(l��·��i\nii1�: �WI � q(k'1�14( I\n\n", "SB6.2#p0247": "Text 7)\n\n221\n\nV:rtrisura's Glorious Death\n\n���Rte�RIm�t\nij4!ti+Ud �\n\n��II \\9 II\n\nyuyutsatam kutracid atatayiniim\njaya/:1. sadaikatra na vai paratmaniim\nvinaikam utpatti-laya-sthitiSvaram\nsarixljnam adyam pur�am saniitanam\nyuyutsatam-of those who are belligerent;\natatiiyiniim-armed with\n\nweapons;\n\nkutracit-sometimes;\n\njaya/:1.-victory;\n\nsada-always;\n\nekatra-in one place; na-not; vai-indeed; para-atmaniim-of the\nsubordinate living entities, who work only under the direction of the\nSupersoul; vinii -except; ekam-one; utpatti-of the creation; layaannihilation; sthiti-and maintenance; i.Svaram-the controller; sarvajnam-who knows everything (past, present and future); ddyam-the\noriginal; pur�am-enjoyer; saniitanam-eternal.\nTRANSLATION\nV:rtrisura continued: 0 lndra, no one is guaranteed of being always victorious but the original enjoyer, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Bhagavin. He is the cause of creation, maintenance\nand annihilation, and He knows everything. Being dependent and\nbeing obliged to accept material bodies, belligerent subordinates\nare sometimes victorious and sometimes defeated.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii (15.15):\nsarvasya caham hrdi sanniv�to\nmatta/:1. smrtir jfiiinam apohanarh ca\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance,\nknowledge and forgetfulness.\" When two parties fight, the fighting actually goes on under the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is Paramatma, the Supersoul. Elsewhere in the Gitii (3.27) the\nLord says:\n\n", "SB6.2#p0248": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n222\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 12\n\nprakrte� kriyamaQii,ni\ngu'(lai� karmiil)-i sarva.Sa�\nahankara-vimili;Ihatma\nkartaham iti manyate\n\"The bewildered spirit soul, under the influence of the three modes of\nmaterial nature, thinks himself the doer of activities that are in actuality\n\ncarried out by nature.\" The living entities work only under the direction\nof the Supreme Lord. The Lord gives orders to material nature, and she\narranges facilities for the living entities. The living entities are not independent, although they foolishly think themselves the doers (kartd).\n\nVictory is always with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As for the\n\nsubordinate living entities, they fight under the arrangement of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Victory or defeat is not actually theirs;\n\nit is an arrangement by the Lord through the agency of material nature.\n\nPride in victory, or moroseness in defeat, is useless. One should fully\ndepend on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is responsible for\n\nthe victory and defeat of all living entities. The Lord advises, niyatarit\nkuru karma tvarit karma jyayo hy akarma'(la�:\n\n\"Perform your\n\nprescribed duty, for action is better than inaction.\" The living entity is\nordered to act according to his position. Victory or defeat depends on the\nSupreme Lord. Karma�Jy evadhikaras te rna phale$u kadacana: \"You\n\nhave a right to perform your prescribed duty, but you are not entitled to\nthe fruits of actions.\" One must act sincerely, according to his position.\nVictory or defeat depends on the Lord.\n\nV�trasura encouraged lndra, saying, \"Don't be morose because of my\n\nvictory. There is no need to stop fighting. Instead, you should go on with\nyour duty. When Kr�r:ta desires, you will certainly be victorious.\" This\n\nverse is very instructive for sincere workers in the Kr�r:ta consciousness\nmovement. We should not be jubilant in victory or morose in defeat. We\n\nshould make a sincere effort to implement the will of Kr�r:ta, or Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, and we should not be concerned with victory and\n\ndefeat. Our only duty is to work sincerely, so that our activities may be\nrecognized by Kr�Qa.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�:����it ��ffl� �I\n� � ftr;.n qt: � m « €fii(IJ1� II � II\n\n", "SB6.2#p0249": "Text 9]\n\nVrtrasura's Glorious Death\n\n223\n\nlokab, sapala yasyeme\nsvasanti vitJCJ.Sa tJCJ.Se\ndvija iva sica baddha b,\nsa kala iluz karar:wm\nlokiib,-the worlds; sa-palab,-with their chief deities or controllers;\nyasya-of whom; ime-all these; svasanti-live; vivaSa.b,-fully dependent; tJCJ.Se-under the control; dvijab,-birds; iva-like; sica-by a net;\nbaddhab,-bound;\n\nsab,-that;\n\nkiilab,-time\n\nfactor;\n\niluz-in\n\nthis;\n\nkiirar:wm-the cause.\nTRANSLATION\nAll living beings in all the planets of this universe, including the\npresiding deities of all the planets, are fully under the control of\nthe Lord. They work like birds caught in a net, who cannot move\nindependently.\nPURPORT\nThe difference between the suras and the asuras is that the suras know\nthat nothing can happen without the desire of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, whereas the asuras cannot understand the supreme will of\nthe Lord. In this fight, V:rtrasura is actually the sura, whereas lndra is\nthe asura. No one can act independently; rather, everyone acts under the\ndirection of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore victory and\ndefeat come according to the results of one's karma, and the judgment is\ngiven by the Supreme Lord\n\n(karmaT)il daiva-netrer:w). Since we act\nunder the control of the Supreme according to our karma, no one is inde­\n\npendent, from Brahma down to the insignificant ant. Whether we are\ndefeated or victorious, the Supreme Lord is always victorious because\neveryone acts under His directions.\n\nojab, saho balam prar:wm\namrtam mrtyum eva ca\ntam ajfuiya jano hetum\natmanam manyate jwjam\n\n", "SB6.2#p0250": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n224\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 12\n\noja�-the strength of the senses; saha�-the strength of the mind;\nbalam-the strength of the body; pra�m-the living condition;\namrtam-immortality; mrtyum-death; eva-indeed; ca-also; tamHim (the Supreme Lord); ajnaya-without knowing; jana�-a foolish\nperson; hetum-the cause; atmanam-the body; manyate-considers;\njaQt.zm-although as good as stone.\nTRANSLATION\nOur sensory prowess, mental power, bodily strength, living\n\nforce, immortality and mortality are all subject to the superinten­\n\ndence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Not knowing this,\n\nfoolish people think the dull material body to be the cause of their\nactivities.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n� GJ(At� ;nU �\n\nq5A;;(t �: I\n� � 441f:1tt'6(l:tlij.,_lf0t Rf( m: II� oil\nyathii diirumayi nan\nyathii patramayo mrga�\nevaril bhutiin i mnghavann\niSa-tantra� viddhi bho�\n\nyathii-just as; dii ru-mayi-made of wood; nan-a woman; yathiijust as; patra-maya�-made of leaves; mrga�-an animal; evamthus; bhutiini-all things; mnghavan-0 King lndra; iSa-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead;\n\ntantra�i-depending upon; viddhi-please\n\nknow; bho�-0 sir.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King lndra, as a wooden doll that looks like a woman or as an\n\nanimal made of grass and leaves cannot move or dance indepen­\n\ndently, but depends fully on the person who handles it, all of us\ndance according to the desire of the supreme controller, the Personality of Godhead. No one is independent.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0251": "Text 11]\n\n225\n\nVrtriisura's Glorious Death\nPURPORT\n\nThis is confirmed in Caitanya-caritiimrta (.Adi 5.142):\nekale iSvara �IJ-ll, ara saba bhrtya\nyare yaiche nacaya, se taiche kare nrtya\n\"Lord Kr�IJa alone is the supreme controller, and all others are His servants. They dance as He makes them do so.\" We are all servants of\nl(r�Qa; we have no independence. We are dancing according to the desire\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but out of ignorance and illusion\nwe think we are independent of the supreme will. Therefore it is said:\niSvara� parama� kr�IJ-ll�\nsac-cid-ananda-vigraha�\nanadir adir gavinda�\nsarva-kiiralJ-ll- kiiralJ-llm\n\"Kr�IJa, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an\neternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other\norigin, for He is the prime cause of all causes.\" (Brahma-samhita 5.1)\nTEXT 11\n\n�: !f�'ffi+ik+il ���rr� : 1\n�ifl'4�� �WI Wwn ���II��II\n�\n\npurU{>a� prakrtir vyaktam\natma bhutendriyasaya�\nsaknuvanty asya sargadau\nna\n\nvina yad-anugrahat\n\npurU{>a�-the generator of the total material energy; p rakrti�-the\nmaterial\n\nenergy\n\nor\n\nmaterial\n\nnature;\n\nvyaktam-the\n\nprinciples\n\nof\n\nmanifestation (mahat-tattva); atma-the false ego; bhuta-the five material elements; indriya-the ten senses; asaya�-the mind, intelligence\nand consciousness; saknuvanti-are able; asya-of this universe; sarga-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0252": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n226\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 12\n\nadau-in the creation, etc.; na-not; vina-without ; yat-of whom;\nanugrahat-the mercy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe three puru�as-Kar8J.Iodaka.Siyi Vi�r.m, Garbhodaka.Siyi\n\nVi��u and �irodaka.Siyi Vi��u-the material nature, the total ma­\n\nterial energy, the false ego, the five material elements, the material\n\nsenses, the mind, the intelligence and consciousness cannot create\n\nthe material manifestation without the direction of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nAs confirmed in the Vi$�u Pun'i�, parasya brahma�/:t saktis\n\ntathedam akhilam jagat: whatever manifestations we experience are\n\nnothing but various energies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nThese energies cannot create anything independently. This is also con­\n\nfirmed by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gita (9.10): mayiidhyak§e�\nprakrti/:t suyate sa-caracaram. \"This material nature is working under\n\nMy direction, 0 son of Kunti, and it is producing all moving and unmov­\n\ning living beings.\" Only under the direction of the Lord, the Supreme\nPerson, can prakrti, which is manifested in twenty-four elements, create\n\ndifferent situations for the living entity. In the Vedas the Lord says:\nmadiyam mahimanam ca\nparabrahmeti sabditam\nvetsyasy anugrhitam me\nsampra5nair vivrtam hrdi\n\n\"Since everything is a manifestation of My energy, I am known as\n\nParabrahman. Therefore everyone should hear from Me about My\n\nglorious activities.\" The Lord also says in Bhagavad-gita (10.2), aham\nadir hi devanam: \"I am the origin of all the demigods.\" Therefore the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is the origin of everything, and no one\nis independent of Him. Srila Madhvacarya also says, aniSa-jiva-riipe�:\n\nthe living entity is aniSa, never the controller, but is always controlled.\n\nTherefore when a living entity becomes proud of being an independent\n\n", "SB6.2#p0253": "Vrtrasura's Glorious Death\n\nText 12]\n\n227\n\niSvara, or god, that is his foolishness. Such foolishness is described in the\nfollowing verse.\nTEXT 12\n\n31R&:I��t;f ���Trit� I\nl{�: ��Jr�mfwl�:�tl��ll\navidvii n evam atmanam\nmanyate 'niSam iSvaram\nbhutaift srjati bhutani\ngrasate tiini taift svayam\navidviin-one who is foolish, without knowledge; evam-thus; atmanam-himself;\n\nmanyate-considers;\n\naniSam-although\n\ntotally\n\ndependent on others; iSvaram-as the supreme controller, independent;\nbhutai!J,-by the living entities; srjati-He (the Lord) creates; bhutaniother living entities; grasate-He devours; tiini-them; tai!J,-by other\nliving beings; svayam-Himself.\nTRANSLATION\nA foolish, senseless person cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Although always dependent, he falsely thinks\nhimself the Supreme. Hone thinks, \"According to one's previous\nfruitive actions, one's material body is created by the father and\nmother, and the same body is annihilated by another agent, as\nanother animal is devoured by a tiger,\" this is not proper understanding. The Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself creates\nand devours the living beings through other living beings.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the conclusion of the philosophy known as karmamimarilsa, one's karma, or previous fruitive activity, is the cause of\neverything, and therefore there is no need to work. Those who arrive at\nthis conclusion are foolish. When a father creates a child, he does not do\nso independently; he is induced to do so by the Supreme Lord. As the\n\n", "SB6.2#p0254": "228\n\nSrUn&d-BhigavaUun\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 12\n\nLord Himself says in Bhngavad-gitd (15.15), sarvasya caham hrdi sanniv�Jo matta/1, smrtir jnanam apohanam ca: \"I am in everyone's heart,\nand from Me come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness.\" Unless\none receives dictation from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\nsits within everyone's heart, one cannot be induced to create anything.\nTherefore the father and mother are not the creators of the living entity.\nAccording to the living entity's karma, fruitive activities, he is put into\nthe semen of the father, who injects the living entity into the womb of\nthe mother. Then according to the body of the mother and father (yathayoni yatha-bijam), the living entity accepts a body and takes birth to\nsuffer or enjoy. Therefore the Supreme Lord is the original cause of\none's birth. Similarly, the Supreme Lord is the cause of one's being\nkilled. No one is independent; everyone is dependent. The true conclusion is that the only independent person is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nTEXT 13\n\n�: �: ��lQ44il�I'H � �: I\nll�:f ft �� t�?.UM=i0tFcfq�t: II� �II\nayu/1, sri/!, kirtir aiSvaryam\nas�a/1, pur�asya ya/1,\nbhavanty eva hi tat-kale\nyathanicchor viparyaya/1,\n\nayu/1,-longevity; sri/1,-opulence; kirti/1,-fame; aiSvaryam -power;\nas�a/1,-benedictions; pur�asya-of the living entity; ya/1,-which;\nbhavanti-arise; eva-inoeed; hi-certainly; tat-kale-at that proper\ntime; yatha-j ust as; aniccho/1,-of one not desiring; viparyaya/1,reverse conditions.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as a person not inclined to die must nonetheless give up his\n\nlongevity, opulence, fame and everything else at the time of death,\n\nso, at the appointed time of victory, one can gain all these when the\n\nSupreme Lord awards them by His mercy.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0255": "Text 14]\n\nVrtrisura's Glorious Death\n\n229\n\nPURPORT\nIt is not good to be falsely puffed up, saying that by one's own effort\none has become opulent, learned, beautiful and so on. All such good fortune is achieved through the mercy of the Lord. From another point of\nview, no one wants to die, and no one wants to be poor or ugly.\nTherefore, why does. the living entity, against his will, receive such unwanted troubles? It i's due to the mercy or chastisement of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead that one gains or loses everything material. No\none is independent; everyone is dependent on the mercy or chastisement\nof the Supreme Lord. There is a common saying in Bengal that the Lord\nhas ten hands. This means that He has control everywhere-in the eight\ndirections and up and down. If He wants to take everything away from us\nwith His ten hands, we cannot protect anything with our two hands.\nSimilarly, if He wants to bestow benedictions upon us with His ten\nhands, we cannot factually receive them all with our two hands; in other\nwords, the benedictions exceed our ambitions. The conclusion is that\neven though we do not wish to be separated from our possessions, sometimes the Lord forcibly takes them from us; and sometimes He showers\nsuch benedictions upon us that we are unable to receive them all.\nTherefore either in opulence or in distress we are not independent;\neverything is dependent on the sweet will of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�41li(f.li\\Rl�:t('ltJ.uqi�P'I�tdq\n1\n(11{: �ij�:� 'l�:il�ttt()(ijtUI I � 'JII\ntasmad akirti-ya.Sasor\njayapajayayor api\nsama� syiit sukha-du�khabhyarh\nmrtyu-jivitayos tatha\ntasmiit-therefore (because of being fully dependent on the pleasure\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead);\n\nakirti-of defamation;\n\nya.Saso�-and fame; jaya-of victory; apajayayo�-and defeat; apieven; sama�-equal; syiit-one should be; sukha-duMhiibhyiim-with\n\n", "SB6.2#p0256": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n230\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 12\n\nthe distress and happiness; mrtyu-of death; jivitayo/1,-or of living;\ntathii-as well as.\nTRANSLATION\nSince everything is dependent on the supreme will of the Personality of Godhead, one should he equipoised in fame and\n\ndefamation, victory and defeat, life and death. In their effects,\n\nrepresented as happiness and distress, one should maintain oneself\nin equilibrium, without anxiety.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n� �� � st'tlijW1t�'iW1f gun: I\n� �'W'n;f � � �Wi' �� 11��11\nsattvam rajas tama iti\npra/q-ter ndtmano gur.ui/l\ntatra sa�ir:tam atmdnam\nyo veda sa na badhyate\nsattvam-the\n\nmode of\n\ngoodness;\n\nraja/1,-the mode of passion;\n\ntama/1,-the mode of ignorance; iti-thus; prakrte/1,-of the material\nnature; na-not; dtmana/1,-of the spirit soul; gur.ui/1,-the qualities;\ntatra-in such a position; sd�irynm-an observer; dtmdnam-the self;\nya/1,-anyone who; veda-knows; sa/1,-he; na-not; badhyate-is\nbound.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who knows that the three qualities-goodness, passion and\n\nignorance-are not qualities of the soul but qualities of material\n\nnature, and who knows that the pure soul is simply an observer of\nthe actions and reactions of these qualities, should he understood\nto he a liberated person. He is not bound by these qualities.\nPURPORT\nAs the Lord explains in Bhagavad-gitii (18.54):\n\n", "SB6.2#p0257": "Text 16]\n\nV:rtriisura's Glorious Death\n\n231\n\nbrahma-bhutaft prasanndtmii\nna socati na kii�ti\nsamaft sarve�u bhute�u\nmad-bhaktim labhate param\n\"One who is transGendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme\nBrahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments or desires to have\nanything; he is equally disposed to every living entity. In that state he attains pure devotional service unto Me.\" When one attains self-realization, the brahma-bhuta stage, one knows that whatever happens during\nhis life is due to the contamination of the modes of material nature. The\nliving being, the pure soul, has nothing to do with these modes. In the\nmidst of the hurricane of the material world, everything changes very\nquickly, but if one remains silent and simply observes the actions and\nreactions of the hurricane, he is understood to be liberated. The real\nqualification of the liberated soul is that he remains ���a conscious, undisturbed by the actions and reactions of the material energy. Such a\nliberated person is always jubilant. He never laments or aspires for anything. Since everything is supplied by the Supreme Lord, the living entity, being fully dependent on Him, should not protest or accept anything\nin terms of his personal sense gratification; rather, he should receive everything as the mercy of the Lord and remain steady in all\ncircumstances.\n\nTEXT 16\nm � filffld � FF�� � 1\n� �tii�Nh ijtf Sfi01Mt'i4�1 11��11\npa§ya mdm nirjitam satru\nvrk1)iiyudha-bhujam mrdhe\nghatamanam yatlui-sakti\ntava pra1J(L-jihir�aya\npa§ya-look; mdm-at me; nirjitam-already defeated; satru-0\nenemy; vrk7Ja-cut off; ayudha-my weapon; bhujam-and my arm;\n\n", "SB6.2#p0258": "232\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 12\n\nmrdhe-in this fight; gha!£znuinam -still trying; yatha-sakti-according to my ability; tava-of you; prli�-the life; j ihi�aya -with the\ndesire to take away.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my enemy, just look at me. I have already _been defeated, for\n\nmy weapon and arm have been cut to pieces. You have already\noverwhelmed me, hut nonetheless, with a desire to kill you, I am\ntrying my best to fight. I am not at all morose, even under such adverse conditions. Therefore you should give up your moroseness\nand continue fighting.\nPURPORT\nV�trasura was so great and powerful that in effect he was acting as the\nspiritual master of lndra. Although V:rtrasura was on the verge of defeat,\nhe was not at all affected. He knew that he was going to be defeated by\nlndra, and he voluntarily accepted that, but since he was supposed to be\nlndra's enemy, he tried his best to kill lndra. Thus he performed his\nduty. One should p�rform his duty under all circumstances, even though\none may know what the result will be.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n3flUP�sti ij1R � CIU:�Rtif: I\n31� if !tfpfflSJ!Qf �sa�q ttu�q: 11 � \\911\npra�-glaho 'yam samara\ni§v-a�o vaharuisana}J,\natra na jfliiyate 'm�ya\njayo 'm�ya parajaya}J,\npra�-glaha }J, -life is the stake; ayam -this; samara}J, -battle; i§ ua�a}J,-the arrows are the dice; vahana-asana}J,-the carriers such as\nthe horses and elephants are the game board; atra-here ( in this gam­\n\nbling match) ; na-not;\n\njfliiyate-is known; am�ya -of that one;\njaya }J,-victory; am�ya -of that one; parlijaya }J, -defeat.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0259": "Text 18]\n\nV:rtriisura's Glorious Death\n\n233\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my enemy, consider this battle a gambling match in which our\n\nlives are the stakes, the arrows are the dice, and the animals acting\nas carriers are the game hoard.\n\nNo one can understand who will be\n\ndefeated and who will be victorious. It all depends on providence.\nTEXT 18\n\n�'ti i3<IR\n�� tlffl(?;f���� I\n3ilij(ij4flti tlijf.t<Qit: II� �II\nsri-suka uvaca\nindro vrtra-vaca� srutva\ngatalikam apujayat\ngrhita-vajra� prahasarils\ntam aha gata-vismaya�\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; indra�-King Indra;\n\nvrtra-vaca�-the words of Vrtrasura; srutoo-hearing; gata-alikam­\n\nwithout duplicity; apujayat-worshiped; grhita-vajra�-tak.ing up the\n\nthunderbolt;\n\nprahasan-smiling;\n\ntam-unto Vrtrasura;\n\ngata-vismaya�-giving up his wonder.\n\naha-said;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: Hearing the straightforward, instruc­\n\ntive words of V:rtriisura, King lndra praised him and again took the\n\nthunderbolt in his hand. Without bewilderment or duplicity, he\n\nthen smiled and spoke to V:rtrisura as follows.\nPURPORT\n\nKing lndra, the greatest of the demigods, was astonished to hear the\n\ninstructions of Vrtrasura, who was supposed to be a demon. He was\n\nstruck with wonder that a demon could speak so intelligently. Then he\nremembered great devotees like Prahlada Maharaja and Bali Maharaja,\n\nwho had been born in the families of demons, and thus he came to his\n\n", "SB6.2#p0260": "234\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 12\n\nsenses. Even so-called demons sometimes have exalted devotion for the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore lndra smiled reassuringly at\nV:rtrasura.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nR�\n\n3RT �� mtsfu iffl � qf���ft I\n�: �l�'RR'il;i �� :jf�f� II� �II\nindra uvdca\naho danaro siddho 'si\nyasya te matir idrsi\nbhakta/:1. sarvatmanatmdnam\nsuhrdam jagad-iSvaram\nindra/:1. uvdca-lndra said; aho-hello; danava-0 demon; siddha/:1.\nasi-you are now perfect; yasya-whose; te-your; mati/:1.-consciousness; idrsi-such as this; bhakta/:1.-a great devotee; sarva-atmandwithout diversion; atmanam-to the Supersoul; suhrdam-the greatest\nfriend; jagat-iSvarqm-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nlndra said: 0 great demon, I see by your discrimination and en­\n\ndurance in devotional service, despite your dangerous position,\n\nthat you are a perfect devotee of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, the Supersoul and friend of everyone.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (6.22):\n\nyam labdhva caparam labham\nmanyate nadhikam tata/:1.\nyasmin sthito na du/:tkhena\nguru{liipi vicalyate\n\"Established in K:r�t:Ia consciousness, one never departs from the truth,\nand upon gaining this he thinks there is no greater gain. Being situated\n\n", "SB6.2#p0261": "Text 20]\n\nVrtrisura's Glorious Death\n\n235\n\nin such a position, one is never shaken, even in the midst of the greatest\ndifficulty.\" An unalloyed devotee is never disturbed by any kind of\ntrying circumstance. lndra was surprised to see that Vrtrasura, undisturbed, was fixed in devotional service to the Lord, for such a mentality is impossible for a demon. However, by the grace of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, anyone can become an exalted devotee (striyo\nvaiSyas tatha sudras te 'pi yanti pararil gatim). An unalloyed devotee is\nsure to return home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 20\n\nltt41wt61titril�f � �..m ��� 1\n\nq fcf��t met 'I�� ffij: II� II\no\n\nbhavan atar�in mayam vai\nva�1J1lvim jana-mohinim\nyad vihayasuram bhavam\nmaha-pur�atlim gata/:1,\nbhavan-your good self; atar�it-has surmounted; mayam-the illusory\n\nenergy;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nva�1J11Vim-of\n\nLord\n\nVi�Qu;\n\njana­\n\nmohinim-which deludes the mass of people; yat-since; vihdya-giving up;\n\ndsuram-of the demons;\n\np u�atam\n\n-\n\nbhavam-the mentality;\n\nmaha­\n\nthe position of an exalted devotee; gata/:1,-o btained.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou have surmounted the illusory energy of Lord Vi�n.m, and\nbecause of this liberation, you have given up the demoniac mentality and have attained the position of an exalted devotee.\nPURPORT\nLord Vi�Qu is the maha-pur� Therefore one who becomes a\nVai�Qava attains the position of a maha-paur�ya. This position was attained by Maharaja Parik�it. It is said in the Padma Pura1J1l that the distinction between a demigod and a demon is that a demigod is a devotee of\nLord Vi�QU whereas a demon is just the opposite: v�r:tu-bhakta/:1, smrto\n\n", "SB6.2#p0262": "(Canto 6, Ch. 12\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n236\n\ndaiva asuras tad-viparyayal}.. Vrtriisura was considered a demon, but actually he was more than qualified as a devotee, or maha-pauru§ya. If one\n\nsomehow becomes a devotee of the Supreme Lord, whatever his position,\n\nhe can be brought to the position of a perfect person. This is possible if\n\nan unalloyed devotee tries to serve the Lord by delivering him in this\n\nway.\n\nTherefore\n\nSuk.adeva\n\nGosviimi\n\nsays\n\nin\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam\n\n(2.4.18):\nkirata-hu1Jii,ndhra-pulinda-pulkaSa\nabhira-sumbha yavanal}. khasadayal}.\nye 'nye ca papa yad-apasrayasrayal}.\nsudhyanti tasmai\"prabhavi§�ve nama�}.\n\"Kiratas, HuQ.as, Andhras, Pulindas, Pulkasas, Abhiras, Sumbhas,\n\nYavanas and members of the Khasa races, and even others addicted to\n\nsinful acts can be purified by taking shelter of the devotees of the Lord,\n\nfor He is the supreme power. I beg to offer my respectful obeisances unto\nHim.\" Anyone can be purified if he takes shelter of a pure devotee and\nmolds his character according to the pure devotee's direction. Then, even\n\nif one is a Kirata, Andhra, Pulinda or whatever, he can be purified and\n\nelevated to the position of a mabii-paun.L§ya.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n(Cl�G\\ �� � �sr:sttij�� 1\nqiM(t �m ��\"r-r �r �: ����''\nkhalv idam mahad ascaryarh\nyad rajal}.-prakrtes tava\nvasudeve bhagavati\nsaUvatmani dr{iha matil}.\nkhalu-indeed; idam-this; mahat ascaryam-great wonder; yat­\n\nwhich; rajal}.-influenced by the mode of passion; prakrteb--whose\n\nnature;\n\ntava-of you;\n\nvasudeve-in Lord Kr�Q.a;\n\nbhagavati-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; sattva-atmani-who is situated in\npure goodness; dr{iha-firm; matil}.-consciousness.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0263": "Text\n\nVrtrisura's Glorious Death\n\n22]\n\n237\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 V:rtrasura, demons are generally conducted by the mode of\npassion. Therefore, what a great wonder it is that although you are\na demon, you have adopted the mentality of a devotee and have\nfixed your\n\nmind on the\n\nSupreme Personality\n\nof Godhead,\n\nVasudeva, who is always situated in pure goodness.\nPURPORT\nKing lndra wondered how V:rtrasura could have been elevated to the\nposition of an exalted devotee. As for Prahlada Maharaja, he was initiated by Narada Muni, and therefore it was possible for him to become a\ngreat devotee, although he was born in a family of demons. For\nV:rtrasura, however, lndra could not detect such causes. Therefore he\nwas struck with wonder that V:rtrasura was such an exalted devotee that\nhe could fix his mind without deviation upon the lotus feet of Lord\nl(:r�I).a, Vasudeva.\nTEXT\n\n22\n\n�Rr tU f;r:�� I\nPt�1�at� fct ��: ��:11��11\n�\n\nyasya bhaktir bhagavati\nharau nib§reyasesvare\nvikrit;Iato 'mrtambhodhau\nkim �udraib, khatakodakaib,\nyasya - of whom; bhaktib,-devotional service; bhagavati-to the\nPersonality of Godhead;\nharau-Lord Hari; nib§reyas a-iSvare-the controller of the supreme perfection of life, or supreme\nliberation; vikrit;Iatab, - swimming or playing; amrta-ambhodhau-in\nthe ocean of nectar; kim-what is the use; �udraib,-with small;\nkhataka- udakaib, - ditches of water.\nSupreme\n\nTRANSLATION\nA person fixed in the devotional service of the Supreme Lord,\nHari, the Lord of the highest auspiciousness, swims in the ocean of\nnectar. For him what is the use of the water in small ditches?\n\n", "SB6.2#p0264": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n238\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 12\n\nPURPORT\n\nV:rtrasura has formerly prayed (Bhiig.\n\n6.11.25), na naka-pr�!harh na\n\nca parame�!hyarh na saroa-bhaumarh na rasadhipatyam. \"I do not want\n\nthe\n\nfacilities for\n\nhappiness\n\non\n\nBrahmaloka,\n\nSvargaloka\n\nor\n\neven\n\nDhruvaloka, not to speak of this earth or the lower planets. I simply want\n\nto return home, back to Godhead.\" This is the determination of a pure\n\ndevotee. A pure devotee is never attracted to any exalted position within\nthis.material world. He simply wants to associate with the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead\n\nlike the\n\ninhabitants\n\nof\n\nV:rndavana-Srimati\n\nRadharli.l).i, the gopis, K:r�l).a's father and mother (Nanda Maharaja and\n\nYasoda), K:r�l).a's friends and K:r�l).a's servants. He wants to associate with\nK:r�l).a's atmosphere of V:rndavana's beauty. These are the highest ambi­\n\ntions of a devotee of K:r�l).a. Devotees of Lord Vi�I).U may aspire for a\n\nposition in Vaikul).!haloka, but a devotee of K:r�l).a never aspires even for\n\nthe facilities of Vaikul).!ha; he wants to return to Goloka V:rndavana and\nassociate with Lord K:r�l).a in His eternal pastimes. Any material happi­\n\nness is like water in a ditch, whereas the spiritual happiness eternally en­\n\njoyed in the spiritual world is like an ocean of nectar in which a devotee\nwants to swim.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n,ft��\n\n� �ct1011-:f� '=I���RWT �q I\n� fi�t�trlNw-S::vtT �qm II�� II\nsri-suka uvdca\n\niti bruva{liiv anyonyarh\n\ndharma-jijfulsaya nrpa\n\nyuyudhate maha-viryav\n\nindra-vrtrau yudham pati\n\nsri-sukab- uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; bruva�u­\n\nspeaking; anyonyam-to one another; dharma-jijfulsaya-with a desire\n\nto know the supreme, ultimate religious principle (devotional service);\n\nnrpa-0 King; yuyudhate-fought; maha-viryau-both very power­\n\nful; indra-King Indra; vrtrau-and V:rtrasura; yudham pati\ngreat military commanders.\n\n-\n\nboth\n\n", "SB6.2#p0265": "Text 25]\n\nVrtrisura's Glorious Death\n\n239\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi said: Vrtrisura and King lndra spoke\n\nabout devotional service even on the battlefield, and then as a mat­\n\nter of duty they again began fighting. My dear King, both of them\nwere great fighters and were equally powerful.\nTEXT 24\n\nattft� q� vr: ��or���: 1\n� �i( �t tt1+\\tl�'f \"\"\" II� \\lll\navidhya parigham vrtra/:t\nkiir�r:Wyasam arindama/:t\nindraya prahiTJ-Od ghoram\nvdma-hastena miir�a\navidhya-whirling;\nparigham-the\nclub;\nvrtra/:t-V:rtrasura;\nkiir��-ayasam-made of iron; arim-dama/:t-who was competent to\nsubdue his enemy; indraya-at lndra; prahi�t-threw; ghoram-very\nfearful; vama-hastena-with his left hand; mii�a-0 best of kings,\nMaharaja Parik!?it.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, Vrtrisura, who was completely able to sub­\n\ndue his enemy, took his iron club, whirled it around, aimed it at\n\nlndra and then threw it at him with his left hand.\nTEXT 25\n\n« � � � � �\n\nEWftq+ti( I\nfil� � � � �un 11�'-\\11\nsa tu vrtrasya parigham\nkaram ca karabhopamam\nciccheda yugapad devo\nvajre� sata-parvar:W\n\n", "SB6.2#p0266": "salt-he\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 12\n\nSrnnad-BhagavaUun\n\n240\n(King\n\nparigham-the\n\nlndra);\n\niron\n\nclub;\n\ntu-however;\n\nvrtrasya-of\n\nkaram-his hand;\n\nV:rtrasura;\n\nca-and;\n\nkarabha­\n\nupamam-as strong as the trunk of an elephant; ciccheda-cut to\npieces; yugapat-simultaneously; deva!t-Lord lndra; vajre�-with\nthe thunderbolt; sata-parva!W-having one hundred joints.\nTRANSLATION\nWith his thunderbolt named Sataparvan, lndra simultaneously\n\ncut to pieces Vrtriisura's club and his remaining hand.\nTEXT 26\n\n�iJr�:qt�•+lf ;rm ('ffi(il\\l�: ,\n\nm..��qt�: �riti4Paun�: 11��11\ndorbhyam utkrtta-maliibhyam\nbabhau rakta-sravo 'suralt\nchinna-pak§o yatha gotralt\nkhiid bhra§!O vajri!W hatalt\n\ndorbhyam-from the two arms; utkrtta-maliibhyam-cut from the\nvery root; babhau-was; rakta-sravalt-profusely discharging blood;\nasuralt-V:rtrasura; chinna-pak§alt-whose wings are cut; yatha-just\nas; gotralt-a mountain; khat-from the sky; bhra§!alt-falling; vajri!W-by lndra, the carrier of the thunderbolt; hata?t-struck.\nTRANSLATION\nVrtriisura, bleeding profusely, his two\n\narms\n\ncut off at their\n\nroots, looked very beautiful, like a flying mountain whose wings\n\nhave been cut to pieces by lndra.\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears from the statement of this verse that sometimes there are\nflying mountains and that their wings are cut by the thunderbolt of lndra. V:rtrasura's huge body resembled such a mountain.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0267": "Text\n\n29]\n\nVrtrisura;s Glorious Death\nTEXTS\n\n241\n\n27-29\n\n¥41{1SUOfl ¥41ifmf � �� f(q� I\n\n� ui��fi\\'1a'EidQ1( I\n;{�� ���lllftr� 11�\\911\n�: 4il�4mlfit�ijfl¥1 �•l€5ltt( I\n3tM+ilst¥41i14il� �«t fiR�;{ ������\nfilf«lt,ql�iiiUiil �A-� I\nQl« � ij+iiQIQ muf Ql{!!(l(wtt( ������\nmaha-prarw maha-viryo\nmaha-sarpa iva dvipam\nkrtvadharam hanum bhumau\ndaityo divy uttararil hanum\nnablw-gambhira-vaktre7Ja\nleliholba1J(l-jihvaya\nda�p-abhi� kala-kalpabhir\ngrasann iva jagat-trayam\natimiitra-maha-kaya\nak§ipams tarasa ginn\ngiri-rii! piida-cariva\npadbhyam nirjarayan mahim\njagriisa sa sarruisiidya\nvajri1J(lril saha-vahanam\nmaha-prii7Ja�-very great in bodily strength; maha -virya� -showing uncommon prowess; maha- sarpa� -the biggest snake; iva-like;\n\ndvipam-an elephant; krtm-placing; adharam-the lower; hanumjaw; bhumau-on the ground; daitya� -the demon; divi-in the sky;\n\nuttaram hanum-the upper jaw; nabha�-like the sky; gambhiradeep; vaktre1J(l-with his mouth; leliha-like a snake; ulba1J(l-fearful;\n\njihvaya -with a tongue; da�!riibhi�-with teeth; kalakalpabh*-ex actly like the time factor, or death; grasan-devouring;\n\n", "SB6.2#p0268": "242\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 12\n\niva-as if; jagat-trayam-the three worlds; ati-miitra-very high;\nmaha-kiiyab,-whose great body; a�ipan-shaking; tarasa-with great\nforce; girin-the mountains; giri-rd!-the Himalaya Mountains; padacari-moving on foot; iva-as if; padbhyam-by his feet; nirjarayancrushing; mahi'm-the surface of the world; jagrasa-swallowed; sab,he; samasadya-reaching; vajri�m-lndra, who carries the thunderbolt; saha-vahanam-with his carrier, the elephant.\nTRANSLATION\nVrtrasura was very powerful in physical strength and influence.\n\nHe placed his lower jaw on the ground and his upper jaw in the\nsky. His mouth became very deep, like the sky itself, and his\n\ntongue resembled a large serpent. With his fearful, deathlike\nteeth, he seemed to he trying to devour the entire universe. Thus\n\nassuming a gigantic body, the great demon Vrtrasura shook even\nthe mountains and began crushing the surface of the earth with\n\nhis legs, as if he were the Himalayas walking about. He came\n\nbefore lndra and swallowed him and Airavata, his carrier, just as a\nbig python might swallow an elephant.\nTEXT 30\n\n'Viti� �� ijS11Jtlq{ttt: ijU: I\nm �fqRI fil��: ���: II� II\no\n\nvrtra-grastarh tam alokya\nsaprajapatayab, surab.\nha �tam iti nirvir:tl)iiS\ncukru§ub, samahar$(Lyab.\n\nvrtra-grastam-swallowed by Vrtrasura; tam-him (lndra);\nalokya-seeing; sa-prajapatayab,-with Lord Brahma and other prajapatis; surab,-all the demigods; ha-alas; �!am-what a tribulation;\niti-thus; nirvir:tTJ-db.-being very morose; cukru§u!J, - lamented; samaha-r$ayab, - with the great sages.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0269": "Vrtrisura's Glorious Death\n\nText 32]\n\n243\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the demigods, along with Brahmi, other prajipatis and\nother great saintly persons, saw that lndra had been swallowed by\nthe demon, they became very morose. \"Alas,\" they lamented.\n\"What a calamity! What a calamity!\"\n\nnigin:w 'py a.surendrer:w\nna mamiirodaram gatab,\nmahiipunl.§a-sannaddho\nyogamiiyii-balena ca\nnigirr:wb,-swallowed; api -although; a.sura-indrer:w-by the best of\nthe demons, V:rtrasura; na-not; mamdra-died; udaram-the abdomen; gatab,-reaching; mahii-pur�a-by the armor of the Supreme\nLord, Narayar.ta; sannaddhab,\n\n-\n\nbeing protected; yoga-miiyii-balena­\n\nby the mystic power that lndra himself possessed; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\nThe protective armor of .Niriyw;aa, which lndra possessed, was\nidentical with Niriyw;aa Himself, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Protected by that armor and by his own mystic power, King\nlndra, although swallowed by Vrtrisura, did not die within the\ndemon's belly.\nTEXT 32\n\n���MGii+l��:l\n• m: ��\"1fltRllwfi4- ������\nbhittvii vajrer:w tat-ku�im\nni§kramya bala-bhid vibhub,\n\n", "SB6.2#p0270": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n244\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 12\n\nuccakarta sirab, satror\ngiri-srr'lgam ivaujasa\nbhittva-piercing; vajre�-by the thunderbolt; tat-ku/cyim-the abdomen of Vrtrasura; ni$kramya-getting out; bala-bhit-the slayer of\nthe demon Bala; vibhub,-the powerful Lord lndra; uccakarta-cut off;\nsirab,-the head; satrob,-of the enemy; giri-srr'lga m-the peak of a\nmountain; iva-like; ojasa-with great force.\nTRANSLATION\nWith his thunderbolt, King lndra, who was also extremely\npowerful, pierced through Vrtrasura's abdomen and came out. lndra, the killer of the demon Bala, then immediately cut off\nVrtrasura's head, which was as high as the peak of a mountain.\nTEXT 33\n\n�\n\n�:\n� Q4i�H( q�J4il;t: I\nijl�((�cq;c\n;:ttqt<tl(_\n� �Rt'f14ittit �� ����11\nvajras tu tat-kandharam asu-vegab,\nkrntan samanta t parivartamanab,\nnyapatayat tavad ahar-gar.rena\nyo jyoti$am ayane vartra- hatye\n\nvajrab,-the thunderbolt; tu-but; tat-kandharam-his neck; asuvegab,-although very fast; krntan-cutting; samantat-all around;\nparivartamanab,-revolving;\n\nnyapatayat-caused to fall;\n\ntavat-so\n\nmany; ahab,-gar.rena-by days; yab,-which; jyoti$am-of the luminaries like the sun and moon; ayane-in moving to both sides of the\nequator; vartra-hatye-at the time suitable for killing V:rtrasura.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the thunderbolt revolved around V:rtrasura's neck\nwith great speed, separating his head from his body took one com-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0271": "Text 35]\n\nVrtrasura's Glorious Death\n\n245\n\nplete year-360 days, the time in which the sun, moon and other\nluminaries complete a northern and southern journey. Then, at\nthe suitable time for V�trasura to be killed, his head fell to the\nground.\nTEXT 34\n\n� � � �'\"§llt�l �-\n\n�: Q41(fiiQtU I\ncmiwfeiwtfil'&41wtl\n��\niti�(Rict«. II� �II\ntadii ca khe dundubhayo vinedur\n\ngandharva-siddhiib, samahar§i-sanghiib,\nvartra-ghna-lingais tam abhi§tuvand\nmantrair mudii kusumair abhyavar§an\ntadii-at that time; ca-also; khe-in the higher planetary systems in\nthe\n\nsky;\n\ndundubhayab,-the\n\nkettledrums;\n\nvinedub,-sounded;\n\ngandharva-the Gandharvas; siddhiib,-and the Siddhas; sa-mahar§isanghiib,-with the assembly of saintly persons; viirtra-ghna-lingaib,­\n\ncelebrating the prowess of the killer of V:rtriisura; tam-him ( lndra ) ;\nabhi§tuvandb,-praising; mantraib,-by various mantras; mudd-with\ngreat pleasure; kusumaib,-with flowers; abhyavar§an-showered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Vrtrasura was killed, the Gandharvas and Siddhas in the\nheavenly planets beat kettledrums in jubilation. With Vedic hymns\nthey celebrated the prowess of lndra, the killer of Vrtrisura, praising lndra and showering Bowers upon him with great pleasure.\nTEXT 35\n\n� �1Rf'ffil;:ij411�41ffiRrd��¥1 I\n� Q��ctlwti41Jicti Q41qQa ����II\nvrtrasya dehiin ni§kriintam\niitma-jyotir arindama\n\n", "SB6.2#p0272": "Srirnad-Bhigavatam\n\n246\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 12\n\npa.Syatam sarva-devanam\nalokam samapadyata\nvrtrasya-of V:rtrasura; dehat-from the body; ni,skrantam-coming\n\nout; atma-jyotift,-the spirit soul, which was as brilliant as the effulgence\n\nof Brahman;\n\narim-dama-0 King Parik�?it, subduer of enemies;\n\npa.Syatam-were watching; sarva-devtindm-while all the demigods;\nalokam-the supreme abode, filled with the Brahman effulgence;\n\nsamapadyata-achieved.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it, subduer of enemies, the living spark then came\nforth from Vrtrisura's body and returned home, back to Godhead.\nWhile all the demigods looked on, he entered the transcendental\nworld to become an associate of Lord Sankar�a.\nPURPORT\nSrila\n\nVisvanatha\n\nCakravarti Thakura\n\nexplains\n\nthat\n\nlndra,\n\nnot\n\nV:rtrasura, was actually killed. He says that when V:rtrasura swallowed\n\nKing lndra and his carrier, the elephant, he thought, \"Now I have killed\nlndra, and therefore there is no more need of fighting. Now let me\n\nreturn home, back to Godhead.\" Thus he stopped all his bodily activities\nand became situated in trance. Taking advantage of the silence of\n\nV:rtrasura's body, lndra pierced the demon's abdomen, and because of\n\nV:rtrasura's trance, lndra was able to come out. Now, V:rtrasura was in\nyoga-samiidhi, and therefore although King lndra wanted to cut his\n\nthroat, the demon's neck was so stiff that lndra's thunderbolt took 360\n\ndays to cut it to pieces. Actually it was the body left by V:rtrasura that was\n\ncut to pieces by lndra; V:rtrasura himself was not killed. In his original\nconsciousness, V:rtrasura returned home, back to Godhead, to become an\n\nassociate of Lord Sailkarf?al).a. Here the word alokam means the transcen­\n\ndental world, VaikuQthaloka, where Sankarf?al).a eternally resides.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sixth Canto, Twelfth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Vrtrasura 's Glorious\nDeath.,\n\n", "SB6.2#p0273": "CHAPTER THIRTEEN\n\nKing lndra\nAfBicted by Sinful Reaction\nThis chapter describes lndra's fear at having killed a briihTTULTJll\n\n(V:rtrasura) , and it also describes how he fled and was saved by the grace\n\nof Lord Vi�QU.\nWhen all the demigods requested lndra to kill V:rtrasura, he refused\nbecause V:rtrasura was a briihTTULTJll. The demigods, however, encouraged\nlndra not to fear killing him because lndra was protected by the\nNarayaQa-kavaca, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself, Lord\nNarayaf.la. Even by a glimpse of the chanting of Naraya1.1a's name, one\nbecomes free from all the sinful reactions of killing a woman, a cow or a\nbriihTTULTJll. The demigods advised lndra to perform an a§oomedha\nsacrifice, by which Naraya1.1a would be pleased, for the performer of such\na sacrifice is not implicated in sinful reactions even if he kills the entire\numverse.\nFollowing this instruction from the demigods, King lndra fought\nV:rtrasura, but when V:rtrasura was killed, everyone was satisfied but\nKing lndra, who knew V:rtrasura's position. This is the nature of a great\npersonality. Even if a great personality acquires some opulence, he is always ashamed and regretful if he acquires it illegally. lndra could understand that he was certainly entangled by sinful reactions for killing a\nbriihTTULTJll . Indeed, he could see sinful reaction personified following\nhim, and thus he fled here and there in fear, thinking of how to rid\nhimself of his sins. He went to Manasa-sarovara, and there, under the\nprotection of the goddess of fortune, he meditated for one thousand\nyears. During this time; Nahu�a reigned over the heavenly planets as\nthe representative of lndra. Unfortunately, however, he was attracted by\nthe beauty of lndra's wife, Sacidevi, and because of his sinful desire he\n\nhad to accept the body of a serpent in his next life. lndra later performed\na great sacrifice with the help of exalted briihTTULTJ11S and saints. In this\nway he was released from the reactions of his sinful killing of a\nbriihTTULTJll .\n247\n\n", "SB6.2#p0274": "248\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 13\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\nTEXT I\n\n��\n\nrt � ;pit � ftwn riot �f« I\n���mif�*�: II� II\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nvrtre hate trayo lokii\n\nvinii sakrer.w bhurida\n\nsapalii hy abhavan sadyo\nvijvarii nirvrtendriya �\n\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said;\n\nvrtre hate-when\n\nV�triisura was killed; traya� lokii�-the three planetary systems (upper,\n\nmiddle and lower); vinii-except; §akrer.w-Indra, who is also called\n\nSakra; bhuri-da-0 Maharaja Parik�it, giver of great charity; sa­\n\npalii�-with the rulers of the various planets; hi-indeed; abhavanbecame;\n\nsadya�-immediately;\n\nvijvarii�-without\n\nnirvrta-very much pleased; indriyii�-whose senses.\n\nfear\n\nof\n\ndeath;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi said: 0 King Parik11it, who are so charita­\n\nbly disposed, when Vflrisura was killed, all the presiding deities\n\nand everyone else in the three planetary systems was immediately\n\npleased and free from trouble-everyone, that is, except lndra.\nTEXT2\n\n\\ilfifN� �� ��tn: � 1\nSIRt'JI�: �motlfWt iltA�Wi:l(tl(il€t: II � II\ndevar$i-pitr-bhutii ni\n\ndaityii devanugii� svayam\n\npratijagmu� sva-dhi$TJyiini\nbrahmesendriidayas tata�\ndeva-demigods; r$i-great saintly persons; pitr-the inhabitants of\n\nPit�loka; bhiltiini-and the other living entities; daityii�-demons;\n\n", "SB6.2#p0275": "Text3\n\n]\n\nlndra AfBicted by Sinful Reaction\n\n249\n\ndeva-anugab,-the inhabitants of other planets following the principles\n\nof the demigods; svayam-independently (without asking permission\n\nfrom lndra);\n\npratijagmub,-returned ; sva-dhi.§ry,yani-to their respec­\n\ntive planets and homes; brahma-Lord Brahma; i.Sa-Lord Siva; indra­\n\nadaya b,-and the demigods headed by lndra; tatab,-thereafter.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThereafter, the demigods, the great saintly persons, the inhabitants of Pitrloka and Bhutaloka, the demons, the followers of the\ndemigods,\n\n�d also Lord Brahmi, Lord Siva and the demigods\n\nsubordinate to lndra all returned to their respective homes. While\ndeparting, however, no one spoke to lndra.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this connection Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura comments:\n\nbrahmesendradaya iti. indrasya sva-dhi.§ry,ya-gamanam nopapadyate\nvrtra-vadha-k§a7J-U eva brahma-hatyopadrava-prapteb,. tasmat tata ity\nanena manasa-sarovarad agatya pravartitad a§vamedhat parata iti\nvyakhyeyam.\n\nLord Brahma, Lord Siva and the other demigods returned to their re­\n\nspective abodes, but lndra did not, for he was disturbed at having killed\n\nVrtrasura, who was actually a brahma7J-U. Mter killing Vrtrasura, lndra\nwent to the Manasa-sarovara Lake to become free from sinful reactions.\n\nWhen he left the lake, he performed an a§vamedha-yajiia and then\nreturned to his own abode.\n\nTEXT3\n\n1tOGflfll'il\n\n(�IM�ij �dN�If4 lll � I\n�;ne� W� � �:��� II � II\nsri-rajovaca\nindrasyanirvrter hetum\nsrotum icchami bho mune\nyenasan sukhino deva\nharer dub,kham kuto 'bhavat\n\n", "SB6.2#p0276": "[Canto 6, Ch. 13\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n250\n\nsn-ra1a uroca-King Parik�it inquired; indrasya-of King lndra;\n\nanirvrteh-of the moroseness; hetum-the reason; srotum-to hear; ic­\n\nchiim·i_:l wish; bho}J,-0 my lord; mune-0 great sage, Sukadeva\n\nGosvami;\n\nyena-by\n\nwhich;\n\na.san-were;\n\nsukhina}J,-very\n\nhappy;\n\ndeoo]J,-all the demigods; hare}J,-of lndra; du}J,kham-moroseness;\nkuta}J,-from where; abhavat-was.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Parik�it inquired from Sukadeva Gosviimi: 0 great\n\nsage, what was the reason for lndra's unhappiness? I wish to hear\n\nabout this. When he killed Vrtriisura, all the demigods were extremely happy. Why, then, was lndra himself unhappy?\nPURPORT\n\nThis, of course, is a very intelligent question. When a demon is killed,\n\ncertainly all the demigods are happy. In this case, however, when all the\n\ndemigods were happy because of V�trasura's having been killed, lndra\nwas unhappy. Why? It may be suggested that lndra was unhappy because he knew that he had killed a great devotee and brahmar:w.\n\nVrtrasura outwardly appeared to be a demon, but inwardly he was a\ngreat devotee and therefore a great brahmar:w.\n\nHerein it is clearly indicated that a person who is not at all demoniac,\n\nsuch as Prahlada Maharaja and Bali Maharaja, may outwardly be a\n\ndemon or be born in a family of demons. Therefore in terms of real\nculture one should not be considered a demigod or demon simply accord­\n\ning to birth. In his dealings while fighting with lndra, Vrtrasura proved\nhimself a great devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Further­\n\nmore, as soon as he finished fighting with lndra and was apparently\nkilled, Vrtrasura was transferred to VaikuQ!haloka to become an asso­\n\nciate of Sarikar�ai).a. lndra knew this, and therefore he was morose at\n\nhaving killed such a demon, who was actually a Vai��;tava or brahmar:w.\n\nA Vai��;tava is already a brahmar:w, although a brahmar:w may not be a\n\nVai��;tava. The Padma Purar:w says:\n\n$a!-karma-nipu1)0 vipro\nmantra-tantra-viSarada}J,\n\n", "SB6.2#p0277": "Text4]\n\nlndra AfBicted by Sinful Reaction\n\n251\n\naoo.��vo gurur na syad\noo.��va� sva-paco guru�\nOne may be a brahma� in terms of his culture and family and may be\n\nexpert in Vedic knowledge (mantra-tantra-viSaradaM, but if he is not a\n\nVai��ava, he cannot be a guru. This means that an expert brahma� may\nnot be a Vai��ava, but a Vai��ava is already a brahma�. A millionaire\n\nmay very easily possess hundreds and thousands of dollars, but a person\n\nwith hundreds and thousands of dollars is not necessarily a millionaire.\n\nV.rtrasura was a perfect Vai��ava, and therefore he was also a brahma�.\nTEXT4\n\n��\nt\"'N¥+t6N'I! � �: �: I\nij&\\\\ltl�tAI;( ���II� 11\nsri-suka uvtica\nvrtra-vikrama-sariwignti�\nsarve deva� sahar�ibhi�\ntad-vadhayarthayann indram\nnaicchad bhito brhad-vadhat\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; vrtra-of V.rtrasura;\n\nvikrama-by the powerful activities; samvignti�-being full of anxi­\n\neties; sarve-all; deva�-the demigods; saha r�ibhi�-with the great\n\nsages; tat-vadhaya-for the killing of him; arthayan-requested; indram-Indra;\n\nna aicchat-declined;\n\nvadhat-due to killing a brahma�.\n\nbhita�-being afraid;\n\nbrhat­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami answered: When all the great sages and\n\ndemigods were disturbed by the extraordinary power of Vrtrasura,\n\nthey had assembled to ask lndra to kill him. Illdra, however, being\nafraid of killing a brihm�a, declined their request.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0278": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n252\n\n[Canto6, Ch. 13\n\nTEXTS\n\n�i+t'51��-«\n\n��\n\nRiQ\"qctif'ACI¥( I\nR¥t'ffi+ts4ltdktsr� 'fi +tti+4'4( I I � I I\nindra uvaca\nstri-bhu-druma-jalair eno\nviSvarilpa-vadhodbhavam\nvibhaktam anugrhr:uulbhir\n\nvrtra-hatytim kva mtirjmy aham\nindra/:t uvtica-King lndra replied; stri-by women; bhu-the earth;\ndruma-the trees; jalai/:t-and water; ena/:t-this (sin); viSvarilpa-of\nVisvariipa; vadha-from the killing; udbhavam-produced; vibhaktam-divided; anugrh r:uuJbhi/:t-showing their favor (to me); vrtrahatytim-the killing of Vrtra; kva-how; mtirjmi-shall become free\nfrom; aham-1.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Indra replied: When I killed Visvariipa, I received exten­\n\nsive sinful reactions, but I was favored by the women, land, trees\n\nand water, and therefore I was able to divide the sin among them.\n\nBut now if I kill V:rtriisura, another brahmaJ;Ia, how shall I free\nmyself from the sinful reactions?\n\nTEXT6\n\n���\n\n+t�..�Jita:¥Ii€4i I\n�N�I¥4 � � mit-f m � �: II�. II\n�tl��q(�utf\n\nsri-suka uvtica\nf$ayas tad upakarrJya\nmahendram idam abruvan\nyajayi$yama bhadram te\nhayamedhena mti sma bhai/:t\n\n", "SB6.2#p0279": "Text7]\n\nlndra AHiicted by Sinful Reaction\n\n253\n\nsn-suka/:t uvaca-Sr'i Sukadeva Gosvam1 said; r�aya/:t-the great\n\nsages; tat-that; upakarry,ya-hearing; maha-indram-unto King ln­\n\ndra; idam-this; abruvan-spoke; yajay�yama/:t-we shall perform a\n\ngreat sacrifice; bhadram-good fortune; te-unto you; hayamedhenaby the horse sacrifice; mii sma bhai/:t-do not be afraid.\n\nTRANSLATION\nS ri S ukadeva Gosvimi said: Hearing this, the great sages replied\nto King lndra, \"0 King of heaven, all good fortune unto you. Do\nnot fear. We shall perform an a8vamedha sacrifice to release you\nfrom any sin you may accrue by killing the brahm81).a.\"\nTEXT7\n\n��\n�� q�'li�'IM� I\n� wtHittoi � �sfq iif41l� II \\9 II\nhayamedhena pur�am\n\nparamiitmiinam iSvaram\n\n�!vii niirayary,am devam\nmok$yase\n\n'pi jagad-vadhat\n\nhayamedhena-by the sacrifice known as a§vamedha; pu�am-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPerson;\n\nparamiitmiinam-the\n\nSupersoul;\n\niSvaram-the\n\nsupreme controller; �!vii-worshiping; niiriiyary,am-Lord NarayaQa;\n\ndevam-the Supreme Lord; mok$yase-you will be liberated; api­\n\neven; jagat-vadhat-from the sin for killing the whole world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe �is continued: 0 King lndra, by performing an a8vamedha\nsacrifice and thereby pleasing the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the Supersoul, Lord Niriiy81).a, the supreme controller, one can be relieved even of the sinful reactions for killing\nthe entire world, not to speak of killing a demon like Vrtriisura.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0280": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n254\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 13\n\nTEXTS 8-9\n\n� flf� rnm 4iHJJi'it14'6:1ti'Ef�\n\n,\n�:�Qilcnfif�����ll(;ll\n4i�lq@;s\n\nijl{�\n\n�:§:IMijt�(�mij;r\n�nq QiUA*HI�( �\ni{ �c�� f4i\n\n�� II �II\n\nbrahma-hii pitr-hii go-ghrw\nmiitr-hacarya-hiighavan\nsvadab pulkasako vapi\nsuddhyeran yasya kirtanat\ntam a§vamedhena mahii-makhena\nsraddhiinvito 'smiibhir an�!hitena\nhatvapi sabrahma-cariicaram tvam\nna lipyase kim khala-nigrahel}ll\nbrahma-ha-a person who has killed a brahmal}ll; pitr-ha-a person\nwho has killed his father; go-ghnal;-a person who has killed a cow;\nmiitr-ha-a person who has killed his mother; acarya-hii-a person who\nhas killed his spiritual master; agha van-such a sinful person; sva-\n\nadal;-a dog-eater; pulkasa kal;\n\n-\n\na car:u.Jiila, one who is less than a\n\nsudra; vii-or; api-even; suddhyeran-may he purified; yasya-of\nwhom (Lord NarayaQa); kirtanat-from chanting the holy name; tamHim; a§vamedhena-by the a§vamedha sacrifice; mahii-makhena-the\ntopmost\n\nof\n\nall\n\nsacrifices;\n\nsraddhii-anvital;-endowed\n\nwith\n\nfaith;\n\nasmiibhil;-by us; an�!hitena-conducted or managed; hatm-killing; api-even ; sa-brahma-cara-acaram-all the living entities, including the brahmaT}llS; tvam-you ; na-not; lipyase-are contaminated;\nkim-what then; khala-nigrahel}ll-by killing one disturbing demon.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nOne who has killed a brihmar;la, one who has killed a cow or one\nwho has killed his father, mother or spiritual master can be im-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0281": "Text 9]\n\nlndra AfBicted by Sinful Reaction\n\n255\n\nmediately freed from all sinful reactions simply by chanting the\nholy name of Lord Narayai_la. Other sinful persons, such as dogeaters and caJ.19alas, who are less than siidras, can also be freed in\nthis way. But you are a devotee, and we shall help you by performing the great horse sacrifice. H you please Lord Narayai_la in that\nway, why should you be afraid? You will be freed even if you kill\nthe entire universe, including the brahma1,1as, not to speak of killing a disturbing demon like Vrtrisura.\nPURPORT\nIt is said in the Brhad-vi$�u Purar.w:\nruimno hi yaroti saktifr,\npapa-nirharar:te harefr,\ntarot kartum na saknoti\npatakam pataki narafr,\nAlso, in the Prema-vivarta by Jagadananda Pal).gita it is said:\neka kr§r.w-name papira yata papa-k§aya\nbahu janme sei papi karite ruiraya\nThis means that by once chanting the holy name of the Lord, one can be\nfreed from the reactions of more sins that he can even imagine performing. The holy name is so spiritually potent that simply by chanting the\nholy name one can be freed from the reactions to all sinful activities.\nWhat, then, is to be said of those who chant the holy name regularly or\nworship the Deity regularly? For such purified devotees, freedom from\nsinful reaction is certainly assured. This does not mean, however, that\none should intentionally commit sinful acts and think himself free from\nthe reactions because he is chanting the holy name. Such a mentality is a\nmost abominable offense at the lotus feet of the holy name. Namno balad\nyasya hi papa-buddhifr,: the Lord's holy name certainly has the potency\nto neutralize all sinful activities, but if one repeatedly and intentionally\ncommits sins while chanting the holy name, he is most condemned.\nThese verses name the performers of various sinful deeds. In the\nManu-samhita the following names are given. A son begotten by a\n\n", "SB6.2#p0282": "SrUn8d-Bhigavabun\n\n256\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 13\n\nbrahmar:m and born from the womb of a sadra mother is called a\n\npara5ava or ni§ada, a hunter accustomed to stealing. A son begotten by a\nni§ada in the womb of a sadra woman is called a pukkasa. A child begot­\n\nten by a k§atriya in the womb of the daughter of a sadra is called an\n\nugra. A child begotten by a sadra in the womb of the daughter of a\nk§atriya is called a k§atta. A child begotten by a k§atriya in the womb of a\n\nlower-class woman is called a svada, or dog-eater. All such offspring are\n\nconsidered extremely sinful, but the holy name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is so strong that all of them can be purified simply by\nchanting the Hare �!?J.la mantra.\n\nThe Hare �!?J.la movement offers everyone a chance to be purified,\n\nregardless of birth or family. As confirmed in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(2.4.18):\nkirata-huT}Jlndhra-pulinda-pulkaSii\nabhira-sumbha yamna� khasadaya�\nye 'nye ca papa yad-apasrayasraya�\nsudhyanti tasmai prabhavi§r:mve nama�\n\"Kiratas, Hui_las, Andhras, Pulindas, Pulkasas, Abhiras, Sumbhas,\n\nYavanas, members of the Khasa races, and even others addicted to sinful\n\nacts can be purified by taking shelter of devotees of the Lord, for He is\n\nthe supreme power. I beg to offer my respectful obeisances unto Him.\"\n\nEven such sinful persons can certainly all be purified if they chant the\n\nholy name of the Lord under the direction of a pure devotee.\n\nHerein the sages encourage King lndra to kill V:rtriisura even at the\n\nrisk of brahma-hatya, the killing of a brahmar:m, and they guarantee to\n\nrelease him from sinful reactions by performing an a§mmedha-yajfia.\n\nSuch purposefully devised atonement, however, cannot relieve the performer of sinful acts. This will be seen from the following verse.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n�<li�\n.\n\n�ef\n\n� \"'\n\n�:c�u�ffl\n\n�\nttt)(+t��l'1�'1��I\n\niltA«�T �ij �lmt�\n\nt'ft�fqt{_ II �\n\no\n\nII\n\n", "SB6.2#p0283": "Text 11]\n\nlndra AfHicted by Sinful Reaction\n\n257\n\nsn-suka uvaca\n\nevam saficodito viprair\nmarutvan ahanad ripum\nbrahma-hatya hate tasminn\nasasada vr$akapim\n\nsn-sukab, umca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-thus;\ns aficoditab,- being encouraged;\nvipraib, - by the brahma\"!U15; marutmn - lndra; ahanat-killed; ripum - his enemy, V�trasura; brahmahatya -the sinful reaction for killing a brahma1Jll; hate - was killed;\ntasmin-when he (Vrtrasura); asasada-approached; Vf$likapim-ln­\n\ndra, who is also named Vr�akapi.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi said: Encouraged by the words of the\n\nsages, lndra killed Vrtrisura, and when he was killed the sinful\nreaction for killing a brilu:na�a [brahma-hatyi] certainly took\n\nshelter of lndra.\n\nPURPORT\nAfter killing Vrtrasura, lndra could not surpass the brahma-hatya,\n\nthe sinful reactions for killing a brahma1Jll. Formerly he had killed one\nbrahma1Jll, Visvarupa, out of circumstantial anger, but this time, follow­\n\ning the advice of the sages, he killed another brahma1Jll purposely.\n\nTherefore the sinful reaction was greater than before. lndra could not be\n\nrelieved from the reaction simply by performing sacrifices for atone­\n\nment. He had to undergo a severe series of sinful reactions, and when he\n\nwas freed by such suffering, the brahma\"!l-US allowed him to perform the\n\nhorse sacrifice. The planned execution of sinful deeds on the strength of\n\nchanting the holy name of the Lord or undergoing praya§citta, atone­\n\nment, cannot give relief to anyone, even to lndra or Nahu�a. Nahu�a was\n\nofficiating for lndra while lndra, absent from heaven, was going here\n\nand there to gain release from his sinful reactions.\nTEXT 11\n\n�: wre'( m �f�fll{�� 1\n� ����Hti � ����fq ;it �T! II� �II\n\n", "SB6.2#p0284": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n258\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 13\n\ntayendra/:t smiisahat tiipam\nnirvrtir namum iiviSat\nhrimantam vacyatiim priiptam\nsukhayanty api rw gur:ui/:t\ntaya-by that action; indra/:t-King lndra; sma-indeed; asahatsuffered; tiipam-misery; nirvrti/:t-happiness; na-not; amum-him;\niivi.Sat-entered;\n\nhrimantam-one who is shameful;\n\nviiryatiim-ill\n\nfame; priiptam-obtaining; sukhayanti-give pleasure; api-although;\nrw-not; gur:ui/:t-good qualifications like possessing opulence.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nFollowing the advice of the demigods, lndra killed Vrtrisura,\n\nand he suffered because of this sinful killing. Although the other\n\ndemigods were happy, he could not derive happiness from the\n\nkilling of Vrtrasura. lndra's other good qualities, such as tolerance\nand opulence, could not help him in his grief.\nPURPORT\n\nOne cannot be happy by committing sinful acts, even if one is endowed\nwith material opulence. lndra found this to be true. People began to\nblaspheme him, saying, \"This person has killed a briihmar.w for the sake\nof enjoying heavenly material happiness.\" Therefore in spite of being\nKing of heaven and enjoying material opulence, lndra was always\nunhappy because of the accusations of the populace.\n\nTEXTS 12-13\n\nm ���·�•'4w:dl¥.tlll'61J\\114'4 m� 1\n� �q+Uwtft\\·1 tl\\+f!f(ijl+jijet\"fl¥{ II�� II\n1\\•\n\nA� q�{11W{t��g Rlgfir ��ufu{ 1\n�� i�m �ttt'futf{ II� �II\ntam dadarsanudhiivantim\nca�lim iva rilpiry-im\n\n", "SB6.2#p0285": "Text 14)\n\nlndra AfBicted by Sinful Reaction\n\n259\n\njaraya vepamandngim\nya�ma-grastiim asrk-pa!(im\nvikirya palitan kesarils\n\n�!ha �!heti b�iJJ-im\nmina-gandhy-asu-gandhena\nkurvatim marga-dll$a1J,am\n\ntam-the sinful reaction; dadar5a-he saw; anudhiivantim-chasing; car:u}iilim-a woman of the lowest class; iva-like; rupiJJ-im-taking a form; jaraya-because of old age; vepamana-a frgim-whose\nbodily limbs were trembling; ya�ma-grastii m-infected with tuberculosis; asrk-pa!iim-whose clothes were covered with blood; vikiryascattering; palitiin-grayed; kesan-hair; �!ha t�!ha-wait, wait; itithus; bhii$iJJ-im-calling; mina-gandhi-the smell of fish; asu-whose\nbreath; gandhena-by the odor; kurvatim-bringing about; margad�JJ-am-the pollution of the whole street.\nTRANSLATION\nlndra saw personified sinful reaction chasing him, appearing\nlike a cai).c;iala woman, a woman of the lowest class. She seemed\nvery old, and all the limbs of her body trembled. Because she was\nafflicted with tuberculosis, her body and garments were covered\nwith blood. Breathing an unbearable fishy odor that polluted the\nentire street, she called to lndra, \"Wait! Wait!\"\nPURPORT\n\nWhen a person is afflicted with tuberculosis, he often vomits blood,\nwhich makes his garments bloody.\nTEXT 14\n\n;pit tRif f�: �: 6«''lti1 fei�1•qij I\nsnga.'l• � � srfcm � �lwt64( 11�\\lll\nnabho gato diSab, sarviib,\nsahasrii�o viSiimpate\n\n", "SB6.2#p0286": "260\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 13\n\nprag-udicim diSam tu�m\nprav�!o nrpa mdnasam\nnabhab,-to the sky; gatab,-going; diSab,-to the directions; sarvab,-all; sahasra-ak$ab,-lndra, who is endowed with one thousand\neyes; vi.Sampate-0 King; prak-udicim-to the northeast; di.Samdirection; tarr:w,m-very speedily; prav�!a b- -entered; nrpa-0 King;\nmdnasam-the lake known as Manasa-sarovara.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, lndra first Hed to the sky, but there also he saw the\n\nwoman of personified sin chasing him. This witch followed him\n\nwherever he went. At last he very quickly went to the northeast\n\nand entered the Manasa-sarovara Lake.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n« 311CIQ��(IW'it\n�� �R«If«{�:\n\n• Ql(�'l��Sij:\nQM\"ft�W{ iliiiCI� �it� II ��II\n\nsa avasat pW}kara-nala-tantun\nalabdha-bhogo yad ihagni-dutab,\nvar$ii�i sahasram alak$ito 'ntab,\nsancintayan brahma-vadhiid vimok$am\n\nsab,-he (lndra); iivasat-lived; pW}kara-niila-tantan-in the network of the fibers of a lotus stem; alabdha-bhogab,-not getting any material comfort (practically starving for all material needs); yat-which;\niha-here;\n\nagni-dutab,-the fire-god\n\nmessenger;\n\n1Xl1'$ii�i-celestial\n\nyears; sahasram-one thousand; alak$itab,-invisible; antab,-within\nhis heart; sancintayan-always thinking of; brahma-vadhat-from the\nkilling of a brahmar:w,; vimok$am-liberation.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0287": "Text\n\n16]\n\n261\n\nlndra AfBicted by Sinful Reaction\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlways thinking of how he could be relieved from the sinful\nreaction for killing a briihnuu;ta, King lndra, invisible to everyone,\nlived in the lake for one thousand years in the subtle fibers of the\nstem of a lotus. The fire-god used to bring him his share of all\nyajiias, hut because the fire-god was afraid to enter the water,\nlndra was practically starving.\nTEXT\n\n16\n\nijfclf� �: �\ntct'-�((1.ft41•r•Hins+�•�:\n�\n\n(144�*4 �-\n\ntflaffit(� fiRn��T II � �II\n\ntarot tril}ijkam rwh�a/:t sa.Sasa\nvidya-tapo-yoga-baldnubharo/:t\nsa sampad-ai.Svarya-madiindha-buddhir\nnitas tira.Sciim gatim indra-patnya\ntarot-for so long;\n\nNahuf?a;\n\ntril}ijkam-the heavenly planet;\n\nsa.Sasa-ruled;\n\nties; yoga-mystic power;\n\nvidya-by\n\neducation;\n\nbala-and strength;\n\nrwh�/:t­\n\ntapa/:t-austeri­\n\nanubharo/:t-being\n\nequipped; sa/:t-he (Nahuf?a); sampat-of so much wealth; ai.Srorya­\n\nand opulence; mada-by the madness; andha-blinded; buddhi/:t-his\n\nintelligence; nita/:t-was brought; tira.Scii m-of a snake; gatim-to the\n\ndestination; indra-patnya-by lndra's wife Sacldevl.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs long as King lndra lived in the water, wrapped in the stem of\nthe lotus, Nahu�a was equipped with the ability to rule the\nheavenly kingdom, due to his knowledge, austerity and mystic\npower. Nahu�a, however, blinded and maddened by power and\nopulence, made undesirable proposals to lndra's wife with a desire\nto enjoy her. Thus Nahu�a was cursed by a briihmaJ).a and later\nbecame a snake.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0288": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n262\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 17\n\nm IR1) iUIf4til4(<1\n�QilwtMt41MlEH\nqtq� �·��tl ·�;n���d��� 11�\\911\ntato gato brahma-giropahuta\nrtambhara-dhyana-nivaritagha/:1,\npapas tu digdevataya hataujas\ntam nabhyabhud avitam v�r:tu-patnya\ntata/:1,-thereafter; gata/:1,-gone; brahma-of the brahmar:ws; girdby the words; upahuta/:1,-being invited; rtambhara-on the Supreme\nLord, who maintains truth; dhyana-by meditation; nivarita-impeded; agha/:1,-whose sin; papa/:1,-the sinful activity; tu-then; dikdevataya-by\n\nthe\n\ndemigod\n\nRudra;\n\nhata-oja/:1,-with\n\nall\n\nprowess\n\ndiminished; tam-him (Indra); na abhyabhut-could not overcome;\navitam-being protected; v�r:tu-patnya-by Lord Vi��m's wife, the goddess of fortune.\n\nTRANSLATION\nlndra's sins were diminished by the influence of Rudra, the\n\ndemigod of all directions. Because lndra was protected by the god­\n\ndess of fortune, Lord Vi�r:tu's wife, who resides in the lotus\n\nclusters of Manasa-sarovara Lake, lndra's sins could not affect him.\n\nlndra was ultimately relieved of all the reactions of his sinful deeds\nby strictly worshiping Lord Vi�r:tu. Then he was called back to the\nheavenly planets by the brahmar:tas and reinstated in his position.\nTEXT 18\n\n��)� �t�fl\\lwt � I\n���: ��'41(1l:f� �����II\n�\n\n�\n\ntam ca brahmar$(J.yo 'bhyetya\nhayamedhena bharata\n\n", "SB6.2#p0289": "lndra AfBicted by Sinful Reaction\n\nText 20]\n\n263\n\nyathavad dik$ayan cakru/:t\npuru§aradhanena ha\ntam-him (Lord lndra) ; ca-and; brahma-r$aya/:t-the great saints\nand\n\nbrahmaT.UJS;\n\nabhyetya-approaching ;\n\nhayamedhena - with\n\nan\n\na.Svamedha sacrifice; bharata-0 King Parik!,'it; yathavat-according to\nthe\n\nrules\n\nand\n\nregulations;\n\ndik$ayam\n\ncakru/:t-initiated;\n\npuru§a­\n\naradhanena-which consists of worship of the Supreme Person, Hari;\nha-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, when Lord lndra reached the heavenly planets, the\nsaintly hrahm�as approached him and properly initiated him into\na horse sacrifice [&Svamedha-yajiia] meant to please the Supreme\nLord.\nTEXTS 19-20\n\n31�\\iti+U� � d�44�k4R I\n31� flt.-�ul mr6 ;mq�fir: II�Q_,II\n\n� f-Ill� \\{�RA q1q::qt(1 <iff I\nwt16��Cl �l�li-4 wfim � � ll�oll\nQ\n\nathejyamii ne purU$e\nsarva-devamayatmani\na.Svamedhe mahendrer:uz\nvitate brahma-vadibhi/:t\nsa vai ttx'i§!ra-vadho bhuyan\napi papa-cayo nrpa\nnitas tenaiva silnyaya\nnihara iva bhanuna\n\natha-therefore; ijyamii ne-when worshiped; puru§e-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; sarva-all; deva-maya-atmani-the Supersoul\nand maintainer of the demigods; a.Svamedhe-through the a.Svamedha-\n\n", "SB6.2#p0290": "[Canto 6, Ch. 13\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n264\n\n-\n\nyajiia; maha indrer:m-by King lndra;\n\nvitate-being administered;\n\nbrahma-vadibhib,-by the saints and brahmar:ms expert in Vedic knowledge;\n\nsab,-that;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\ntvtl§!ra-vadhab,-the\n\nkilling\n\nof\n\nV:rtrasura, the son of Tva�ta; bhuyiit-may be; api-although; papacayab,-mass of sin; nrpa-0 King; nitab,-was brought; tena-by that\n(the horse sacrifice); eva-certainly; sunyaya-to nothing; niharab,fog; iva-like; bhanuna-by the brilliant sun.\nTRANSLATION\nThe horse sacrifice performed by the saintly bralurnu;tas relieved\n\nlndra of the reactions to all his sins because he worshiped the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in that sacrifice. 0 King, al­\n\nthough he had committed a gravely sinful act, it was nullified at\n\nonce by that sacrifice, just as fog is vanquished by the brilliant\nsunrise.\n\nTEXT 21\n\nQ'\n\n�ftt� �¥ilfd>tfif\nfctijttr+il�wt +iUMfil�:\n\n�IINtril � �� 'i(l\"'IQ �:����II\nsa vajimedhena yathoditena\nvitayamanena marici -miSraib,\n�!vadhiyajiiam purzL$am purar:mm\nindro mahan asa vidhuta-papab,\n\nsab,-he (lndra); vajimedhena-by the a§vamedha sacrifice; yathajust as; uditena-described ; vitayamanena-being performed; maricimiSraib,-by\n\nthe\n\npriests,\n\nheaded\n\nby\n\nMarici;\n\n�!vii-worshiping;\n\nadhiyajiiam-the Supreme Supersoul; purzL$am pura �m-the original\nPersonality of Godhead; indrab,-King lndra; mahan-worshipable;\nasa-became; vidhuta-papab,-being cleansed of all sinful reactions.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0291": "Text 23)\n\nlndra AfBicted by Sinful Reaction\n\n265\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing lndra was favored by Marici and the other great sages.\nThey performed the sacrifice just according to the rules and\nregulations, worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\nSupersoul, the original person. Thus lndra regained his exalted\nposition and was again honored by everyone.\n\nTEXTS 22-23\n\n� 't(I\\.Olll�'t�tqlt&t�i\n\n..A('\n. -�.s\n� Ql�q((l�iii6�4( I\n\n�\"\"'\n9;'iftl ¥1\"ffi&l�l�it01-w\n\n��·\n•.,.\n\n¥tM\\4i1� Ratq ���6: ������\nqa�·�•�F¥�< � �:\n'\"lOct��l trcffOr �� I\n� � f.t�eiEI4il\"ilwi\nRlSt� (CI�q;f 6'u9;tt.\n\n������\n\nidam mahiikhyanam a5e$a-papmandm\nprak$alanam tirthapadanukirtanam\nbhakty-ucchrayam bhakta-jandnuva17JfLnam\nmahendra-mok$am vijayam marutvatab,\npatheyur akhyanam idam sadii budhiibsmvanty atho parva�Ji parva�Jindriyam\ndhanyam ya.Sasyam nikhiliigha-mocanam\nripunjayam svasty-ayanam tathiiyu$am\nidam-this; ma hii-akhyanam -great historical incident; a5e$a-pdp­\n\nmandm-of unlimited numbers of sinful acts; prak$li /anam\n\n-cleansing;\n\ntirthapada-anukirtanam -glorifying the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is known as T\"\"rrthapada; bhakti-of devotional service; ucchrayam-in which there is an increase; bhakta-jana -the devotees;\n\n", "SB6.2#p0292": "266\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 13\n\nanuva�nam-describing; maha-indra-mok$am-the liberation of the\n\nKing of heaven; vijayam-the victory; marutvatab,-of King lndra;\n\npa!heyub,-should read; akhyanam-narration; idam-this; sada-always; budluib,-learned scholars; sro-vanti-continue to hear; atho-as\n\nwell; parvary,i parvary,i-on the occasion of great festivals; indriyam­\n\nwhich makes the senses sharp; dhanyam-brings wealth; ya§asyam­\n\nbrings fame; nikhila-all; agha-mocanam-releasing from sins; ripum­\n\njayam-makes one victorious over his enemies; svasti-ayanam-brings\ngood fortune for all; tatha-so also; dyl.t$am-longevity.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn this very great narrative there is glorification of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Nariiy� there are statements about the\nexaltedness of devotional service, there are descriptions of devo­\n\ntees like lndra and V:rtriisura, and there are statements about King\n\nlndra's release from sinful life and about his victory in fighting\n\nthe demons. By understanding this incident, one is relieved of all\n\nsinful reactions. Therefore the learned are always advised to read\n\nthis narration. H one does so, one will become expert in the ac­\n\ntivities of the senses, his opulence will increase, and his reputation\nwill become widespread. One will also be relieved of all sinful reac­\n\ntions, he will conquer all his enemies, and the duration of his life\n\nwill increase. Because this narration is auspicious in all respects,\n\nlearned scholars regularly hear and repeat it on every festival day.\n\nThus ends the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sixth Canto, Thirteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"King Indra AJ!licted by\nSinful Reaction.\"\n\n", "SB6.2#p0293": "Appendixes\n\n", "SB6.2#p0294": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in\n\nthis world in 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhakti­\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent devotional scholar and the founder of\nsixty-four Gau«;liya Ma�has (Vedic Institutes), liked this educated young\n\nman and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\n\nSrila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later (1933) at\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in\n\n1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nThakura requested Srila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge\n\nthrough the\n\nEnglish language.\n\nIn the years that followed,\n\nPrabhupada wrote a commentary on the\n\nSrila\n\nBhagavad-gitii, assisted the\n\nGau«;liya Ma�ha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance, started an\n\nEnglish fortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and\n\nchecked the galley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies\n\nfreely and struggled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the maga­\n\nzine never stopped; it is now being continued by his disciples in the\nWest.\n\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion,\n\nthe Gau«;liya V ai�l)ava Society honored him in\n\n1947 with the title\n\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In 1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada\n\nretired from married life, and four years later\n\nhe adopted the\n\nviinaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his studies and writ­\n\ning. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of V:fndavana, where he\n\nlived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and\n\nwriting. He accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At\nRadha-Damodara, Srila Prabhupada began work on his life's master­\n\npiece: a multivolume translation and commentary on the eighteen thou­\n\nsand verse\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (Bhiigavata PuriilJ-a). He also wrote\nEasy Journey to Other Planets.\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhiigavatam, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncame to the United States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\n\nmaster. Since that time, His Divine Grace has written over forty volumes\n\nof authoritative translations, commentaries and summary studies of the\n\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n\n269\n\n", "SB6.2#p0295": "Srimad -Bhiigavatam\n\n270\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila\n\nPrabhupada was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\n\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for Krishna Con­\n\nsciousness in July of 1966. Under his careful guidance, the Society has\n\ngrown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one\nhundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm communities.\n\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New V:fndavana, an experimental\n\nVedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew V:fndavana, now a thriving farm community of more than one thou­\n\nsand acres, his students have since founded several similar communities\nin the United States and abroad.\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\n\nDallas, Texas. The school began with 3 children in 1972, and by the\n\nbeginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\n\nSrila P�abhupada has also inspired the construction of a large interna­\n\ntional center at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also\n\nthe site for a planned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the\n\nmagnificent l<r!?I:J.a-Balarama Temple and International Guest House in\n\nV:fndavana, India. These are centers where Westerners can live to gain\nfirsthand experience of Vedic culture.\n\nSrila Prabhupada 's most significant contribution, however, is his\n\nbooks.\n\nHighly\n\nrespected\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nacademic\n\ncommunity\n\nfor\n\ntheir\n\nauthoritativeness, depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks\n\nin numerous college courses. His writings have been translated into\n\neleven languages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972\n\nexclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become\nthe world's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and\n\nphilosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada\"s most\nrecent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-com­\n\npleted by Srila Prabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali\nreligious classic Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada\n\nhas circled the globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to\n\nsix continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncontinues to write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library\nof Vedic philosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0296": "References\nThe purports of Snmad-Bhiigavatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are specifically\ncited in this volume on the pages listed.\nBhagavad-gitii, 35,38,40, 61, ll7,120, q9,132,134,141,142,144,\n146,152,153,168,172,173,176,204,206,217,221,222,226,\n228,231, 234, 235\n\nBrahmii;rJ4a PurarJn, 120\nBrahma-samhita, 127, 134, 146, 171, 225\nBrhad-vi§7J.u PurarJn, 255\nCaitanya-caritamrta (l(r�Qadasa Kaviraja), 54, 151,170, 225\nDa.Savatdra-stotra. See: Gita-govinda\nGita-govinda (Jayadeva Gosvami), 78\nMahabharata, 132\nManu-samhita, 255-256\nNaradiya PurarJn, 120\nPadma PurarJn, 90, 235-236\nPrema-vivarta (Jagadananda PaQgita), 255\nSnmad-Bhagavatam, 34, 39, 44, 114-115, 133, 138, 165, 169, 236,\n238, 256\n\nVi§1Ju PurarJn, 89, 226\n\n271\n\n", "SB6.2#p0297": "Glossary\nA\nAcamana-purification performed by sipping water and chanting names of\nVi!;l�U before engaging in sacrifices.\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by example.\nA.dityas-the demigods who are descendants of Kasyapa Muni's wife, Aditi.\nA!timli-the mystic power of becoming the smallest.\nApsaras-heavenly society girls.\nArati-a ceremony for greeting the Lord with offerings of food, lamps, fans,\nflowers and incense.\nArcana-the devotional practice of Deity worship.\nAsrama-a spiritual order of life.\nAsuras-atheistic demons.\nAvatara-a descent of the Supreme Lord.\n\n8\nBalarama, Lord-Kr!?�a's first expansion and elder brother in V:rndavana.\nBhagavad-gita-the basic directions for spiritual life spoken by the Lord\nHimself.\nBhakta-a devotee.\nBhakti-yoga-linking with the Supreme Lord in ecstatic devotional service.\nBrahmacarya-celibate student life; the first order of Vedic spiritual life.\nBrahman-the Absolute Truth; especially, the impersonal aspect of the\nAbsolute.\nBrahma�-a person in the mode of goodness; first Vedic social order.\nBuddha, Lord-Kr!?�a's incarnation in Kali-yuga for bewildering the atheists\nwho were misusing the Vedas.\n\nD\nDana-charity, one of the six duties of a brahma�.\nDanavas-a race of demons.\nDa�vats-respectful obeisances, falling flat like a rod.\nDasya-rasa-affection of servitude toward the Supreme Lord.\n\n273\n\n", "SB6.2#p0298": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n274\n\nDhanvantari-�!?I)a's incarnation as the father of the science of medicine.\nDharma-eternal occupational duty; religious principles.\nDhira-one who is undisturbed in all circumstances.\nDhruvaloka-the polestar, which is a spiritual planet within the material\nuniverse, presided over by Dhruva Maharaja.\n\nE\nEkadasi -a special fast day for increased remembrance of �!?I)a, which\ncomes on the eleventh day of both the waxing and waning moon.\n\nG\nGandharvas-the singers among the demigods.\nGarbhodakasayi Vi!?I)u-the second Vi!?I)U expansion, who enters each universe and, by His glance, creates the diverse material manifestations.\nGoloka (�!?I)aloka) -the highest spiritual planet, containing �!?I.la's personal abodes, Dvaraka, Mathura and V:rndavana.\nGopis-�!?I.la's cowherd girl friends who are His most confidential servitors.\nGovinda- �!?I)a, who gives pleasure to the land, the cows and the senses.\nGrhastha-regulated householder life; the second order of Vedic spiritual\nlife.\nGu�-the\n\nthree\n\nmodes\n\nof\n\nmaterial\n\nnature:\n\ngoodness,\n\npassion and\n\nIgnorance.\nGuru-a spiritual master or superior person.\n\nH\nHayagriva, Lord-�!?I)a's horse-headed incarnation, who returned the\nstolen Vedas to Brahma.\n\nJ\n]iva-tattoo-the living entities, who are small parts of the Lord.\n\nK\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali) -the present age, which is characterized by quarrel.\nIt is last in the cycle of four and began five thousand years ago.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0299": "Glossary\n\n275\n\nKalki, Lord-Lord ��Qa's incarnation, at the end of the last of the four\nages, who annihilates all the remaining atheists.\n\nKapila, Lord-Lord ��r:ta's incarnation to teach Sankhya philosophy, a combination of devotional service and mystic realization.\n\nKarar:todakasayi Vi�Qu-See: Maha-Vi�Qu.\n\nKaratalas-hand cymbals used in kirtana.\n\nKarma-fruitive action, for which there is always reaction, good or bad.\n\nKarmi-a person who is satisfied with working hard for flickering sense\ngratification.\n\nKirtana-chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord.\n\n��Qaloka-See: Goloka.\n\nK�atriyas-a warrior or administrator; the second Vedic social order.\n\n�irodakasayi Vi�Qu-the third Vi�Qu incarnation, who is the Supersoul living in the heart of each living entity.\n\nKu5a grass-a sacred grass used in Vedic sacrifices.\n\nKiirma, Lord-��r:ta's tortoise incarnation.\n\nL\nLaghima-the mystic power of becoming the lightest.\n\nM\nMadhurya-rasa-conjugal affection for the Supreme Lord.\n\nMahabharata-the history of greater India compiled by Srila Vyasadeva,\nwhich includes Bhagavad-gita.\n\nMaha-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance: Hare ��Qa, Hare ��Qa,\n\n��Qa ��Qa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama,\nHare Hare.\n\nMaha-pur�a-the Supreme Lord, who is the supreme enjoyer.\n\nMahat-tattva-the total material energy before the manifestation of diverse\nelements.\n\nMaha-Vi�Qu (Karar:todakasayi Vi�Qu)-the :first Vi�r:tu incarnation, who lies\n\ndown in the Causal Ocean and dreams the innumerable material\numverses.\n\nMantra-a sound vibration that can deliver the mind from illusion.\n\nMaruts-the associates of King lndra.\n\nMathura-Lord ��r:ta's abode, surrounding V:rndavana, where He took\nbirth and later returned to after performing His V:rndavana pastimes.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0300": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n276\n\nMaya-(ma-not; ya-this), illusion; forgetfulness of one's relationship\nwith .Kr�J.la.\nMayavadis-impersonal philosophers who say that the Lord cannot have a\ntranscendental body.\nMrdanga-a clay drum used for congregational chanting.\n\nN\nNarada Muni-Lord Brahma's son and disciple, who travels freely all over\nthe cosmic manifestation preaching .Kr�1.1a consciousness.\nNarayaJ.la, Lord-.Kr�1.1a's four-armed expansion who displays His full opulence as the Supreme Lord of the spiritual kingdom.\nN:rsimhadeva, Lord-.Kr�1.1a's half-man, half-lion incarnation.\n\np\nParabrahman-the Supreme Absolute Truth, .Kr�J.la.\nParamatma-the Supreme Lord as the Supersoul in the heart of each embodied living entity.\nParampara-the chain of spiritual masters in disciplic succession.\nParasurama, Lord-.Kr�1.1a's incarnation who destroyed twenty-one consecutive generations of unlawful members of the ruling class.\nPi4a'J4is-atheists.\nPathana-studying the scriptures, one of the six duties of a brahma�Jn.\nPathana-teaching, one of the six duties of a brahma�Jn.\nPrasada-food spiritualized by being offered to the Lord.\nPratigraha-accepting charity, one of the six duties of a brahma�Jn.\nPurar:ws-Vedic supplements in the form of histories of the universe.\nPur�a-11vataras-the three Vi�J.lu incarnations, Maha-Vi�J.lu, Garbhodakasayi Vi�J.lU and K�irodaka8ayi Vi�J.lU.\n\nR\nRak�asas-man-eating demons.\nRasa-the loving mood or mellow relished in the exchange of love with the\nSupreme Lord.\n�abhadeva, Lord-.Kr�1.1a's incarnation to teach religious principles as the\nideal monarch.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0301": "Glossary\n\n277\n\nRudras-the expansions of Lord Siva who rule over the material mode of\nIgnorance.\n\ns\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha-the Lord's transcendental form, which is eternal,\nfull of knowledge add bliss.\n\nSakhya-rasa-fraternal affection for the Supreme Lord.\n\nSalolrya-the liberation of gaining entrance into the Lord's own abode.\nSamiidhi-perfect trance in yoga.\n\nSamipya-the liberation of eternal association with the Lord.\nSanatana-dharma-eternal religion.\n\nSankirtana-public chanting of the names of God, the approved yoga process for this age.\n\nSannyasa-renounced life; the fourth order of Vedic spiritual life.\n\nSanta-neutral affection for the Supreme Lord.\n\nSar$#-the liberation of achieving equal opulence with the Lord.\n\nSampya-the liberation of obtaining bodily features like the Lord's.\nSastras-revealed scriptures.\n\nSayujya-the impersonal liberation, rejected by devotees, of merging into\nthe rays of the Lord's bodily effulgence.\n\n�a-the expansion of Sarikar!?a.I).a who, in the form of a couch of snakes,\n\npersonally serves the Supreme Personality of Godhead and holds up all\n\nthe worlds on his numberless hoods.\n\nSiddhas-a race of demigods who possess all mystic yoga powers.\n\nSoma-rasa-the heavenly beverage taken by demigods for increased span of\nlife.\n\nSrava�Jnrh kirtanarh vi$��-the devotional processes of hearing and chanting about Lord V i!?�U.\n\nSrivatsa-the mark of the resting place of the goddess of fortune on the chest\nof Lord Naraya�a.\n\nSildra-a laborer; the fourth of the Vedic social orders.\n\nSvami-one who controls his mind and senses; title of one in the renounced\norder of life.\n\nT\nTapasya-austerity; accepting some voluntary inconvenience for a higher\npurpose.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0302": "Srimad Bhiigavatam\n\n278\n\n•\n\nTilaka-auspicious clay marks that sanctify a devotee's body as a temple of\nthe Lord.\n\nu\nUpanisr;uis-the most significant philosophical sections of the Vedas.\n\nv\nVaikm;ttha-the spiritual world, where there is no anxiety.\nVai�I).ava-a devotee of Lord Vi�I).u, or Kr�I).a.\n\nVaiSyas-farmers and merchants; the third Vedic social order.\n\nVamana, Lord-:i(r�I).a's incarnation as a dwarf brahmar:za,.\n\nVanaprastha-one who has retired from family life; the third order of Vedic\nspiritual life.\n\nVarr:za,-a social class whose members are distinguished by their quality of\nwork and situation in the modes of nature.\n\nVa71U1Srama-the Vedic social system of four social and four spiritual\norders.\n\nVarul).a-the demigod who is the presiding deity of the oceans.\nVatsalya-rasa-paternal affection for the Supreme Lord.\n\nVedanta-sutra-Srila Vyasadeva's philosophical exposition of the Absolute\nTruth, written in brief codes.\n\nVedas-the original revealed scriptures, first spoken by the Lord Himself.\n\nVi�I).u, Lord-:i(r�I).a's first expansion for the creation and maintenance of\nthe material universes.\n\nV:rndavana-Kr�I).a's personal abode, where He fully manifests His quality\nof sweetness.\n\nVyasadeva-Kr�I).a's incarnation, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, for compiling\nthe Vedas.\n\ny\nYajamanas-those for whom a priest executes sacrifices.\n\nYajnas-sacrifice, work done for the satisfaction of Lord Vi�I).u.\n\nYogi-a transcendentalist who, in one way or another, is striving for union\nwith the Supreme.\n\nYugas-ages in the life of a universe, occuring in a repeated cycle of four.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0303": "Glossary\nz\nZamindar-in Bengal, a wealthy landowner.\n\n279\n\n", "SB6.2#p0304": "GENEALOGICAL TABLE-CHART ONE\nThe Plenary Expansions of Godhead and Descendants of Brahma up to the Sons and Daughters of Dak�a\n\n��A\nI\nBalarama\n\nKr�t:�a is the source of all forms of Godhead as well as all living entities. His first expansion is Balarama. The first part\nof this simplified chart portrays the different expansions of Lord Kr�t:�a through the Puru�a avataras, or expansions for\nmaterial creation, such as Maha-Vi�l)u. From the second Puruf?a avatara, Garbhodakasayi Vi�l)u, is born Lord Brahma,\nthe first created personality within the material world. Brahma is the empowered creator of the manifested universe\nand everything within it. The second part of this chart depicts Brahma's descendants as far as the sons and daughters of\nDaksa.\nThe daughters of Dak�a and their descendants are shown in the second chart (pp. 282-283 following). As described\nin this volume, Prajapati Dak�a begot sixty daughters in the womb of his wife Asikni. One should know that it is because of the union of these sixty daughters with various exalted personalities that the entire universe was filled with\nvarious kinds of living entities, such as human beings, demigods, demons, beasts, birds and serpents.\nLord Brahma and subsequent personalities in these charts are jivas, or ordinary living entities, except as goted. All\nexpansions from Kr�t:�a to Garbhodakasayi Vi�?l)U are infinite forms of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri K.r�?t:�a.\n\nI\n\nSankarsana\n\n•\n\n1 ..\nI ..\nMaha-Visnu\nI ..\nGarbhodakasayi Visnu\n..\nI\nBrahma\nI\nMaha-Sankarsana\n\nReferences. See aLso index to this volume\n\nFrom K.r�l!a to Garbhodakasiiyi Vi�!)u: Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Adi-lila\n\nFrom Brahmii to Dak�a and Asikni: Srimad-Bhagavalam, Canto Four\n\nSvayambhuva Manu+ Satarupa\n\nl\n\nUttan pada + Suruci & Suniti\n\n'L--.1\nI\nDhruva+ Bhrami\n\nI\n\nUttama\n\nVayu\n\nPrajapati Sisumara\n& Ila\n\nVatsara +Svarvithi\nJaya\n\nVasu\n\nUtkala\n\nKalpa\n\nTigmaketu\nPrata�\n\nNisitha\n\nMadhyandinam\n\nSayam\n\nSarvateja +Akuti\n\nI\n\nGak�u�a Manu+ NaQ.vala\nPuru\n\nKutsa\n\nTrita\n\nDyumna\nI\n\nKhyati\n\nSumana\n\nSatyavan\n\nUlmuka+Pu�?karit:�i\n\nAnga+Sunitha\n\nI\n\nAtiratra\n\nKratu\n\nAngira\n\nPradyumna\n\nSibi\n\nGaya\n\nVena\nKing P:rthu+Arci\nAntardhana+Nabhasvati & Sikhandini\n\n�\n\n(Vijitasva)\n\nL-._·\n\n(Barhi�at)\n\nGaya\n\nI\n\n.\nI\n\nthe 10 Pracetas+Marisa\n\nDhumrakesa\n\n-.-\n\n----,---\n\nPavaka\n\nPavamana\n\n------\n\nHavirdhana+ Havirdhani\nPracinabarhi+Satadruti\n\nHaryak�a\n\nV:rka\n-\n\n-----\n\n------\n\nSukla\n\nDravil)a\n\n-,\n\n-\n\nSuci\nSatya\n\nJitavrata\n\nPaiicajana+Pramloca\n\nDak�a +Asikni\n11,000 sons\n\n60 daughters\n\n(See pages following.)\n+ indicates marriage tics.\n\n", "SB6.2#p0305": "GENEALOGICAL TABLE-CHART TWO\nThe Progeny of the Daughters of Dak�a\nTimi\nVinati\nKadrii\nPatailgi\nYamini\nDiti\n\naquatics\nGaru�a, Aniiru (Arul.la)\nserpents\nbirds\nlocusts\nHira1.1yakf?a, Hira1.1yakasipu, etc.\n\n2 wives)\n\nBhiita\n\n(received\n\n+\n\n2 wives)\n\nAri�!i\n\n(received\n\n+\n\n17 wives)\n\nDanu----+\n\nSvadhi--+ the Pitas\n\nSati ---+ Atharvailgirasa Veda\n\nl\n\nSariipi -+\n\nthe ten million Rudras,\nof whom eleven are\nprominent: Raivata, Aja,\nBhava, Bhima, Varna, Ugra,\nAjaikapat, Ahirbradhna,\nV:rt?akapi, Mahan, Bahuriipa\n\nDhi�ni-+ Vedasira, Devala,\n\n(received\n2 wives)\n\nNS--- ghosts & goblins\n\nArcis---+ Dhiimaketu\n\nK:rsasva\n\n�\n\nVayuna, Manu\n\nthe Krttiki\nAru1.1a, Anutayana,\nMoon- od +\nconstellatiOns\n(receiv\nDvimiirdha, Sambara,\n27 wives)\nVibhavasu, Ayomukha,\nSankusira, Kapila,\nDurjaya, Dhumrakesa,\nEkacakra, Virupakf?a,\nSvarbhanu + NS ----+ Supraba + Namuci\nV:rf?aparva + NS\nSarmit?�ha + Yayati\nVipracitti + Sirhhika\nRahu & the one hundred Ketus\nHayagriva (demon),\nUpadanavi + Hira1.1yakt?a\nPuloma, Arit?�a,\nHayasira + Kratu\nVaisvanara + NS\nPuloma\nthe Paulomas & the Kalakeyas,\n+ Ka,syapa--+\nKalaka\nheaded by Nivatakavaca\n\nj\n\nKasyapa\n\n�\n\n(received\n\nsingle-hooved animals\nGandharvas\nSurasi\nRakf?asas\nDi\ncreepers & trees\nMuni\nangels\nKrodhavasa--+ mosquitoes, serpents (dandasiika & others)\nlarge birds of prey\nTimri\nSurahhi\ncow, buffalo, etc.\nSarami\nferocious animals\n\nKif?thi\n\n+\n\nAngira\n\nl\n\n}\n\nBhaga, Savita,\nVidhata, Piif?a,\nVaru1.1a, Urukrama,\nMitra, Dhata,\nTvaf?�a + Racana ----+ Sannivesa, Visvartipa\n+\nAryama Mat:rka --+ scholars & human beings\nSatru,\n\nVivasvan t\n\n{\n\n·\n\n.\n\n{\n\nFoster son. Actual father is Siva.\n*\n+\nindicates marriage ties.\n\n-+\n\nindicates offspring.\n\nNS not specified.\n\nDak�a's daughters are indicated by boldface type.\n\n,\nChaya --+Sanaiscara,,Savarl.li Muni, Tapati t Sarhvara1.1a\nSarhjiiii---+ Yamaraja, Sraddhadeva, R. Yamuna (Yami) --+ Asvini-kumaras\n\nDeva-:rf?abha + NS ----+ lndrasena\nVidyota + NS\nclouds\nSailka�a t NS\nKakud\nKika�a t NS ----+ demigods named Durga\nYami\nSvarga t NS\nNandi\nSankalpi----+ Sailkalpa t NS ----+ lust\nSadhyi\nthe Sadhyas t NS\nArthasiddhi\nVisvi\nVisvadevas\nMuhiirti-+ the Mauhurtikas (demigods)\nMarutvati---+ Marutvan, Jayanta (Upendra, an expansion of the Supreme Lord)\nBhinu\nI...ambi\n\nYamaraja\n(Dharmaraja) +\n\n(received 10 wives)\n\nDhruva t Dhara1.1i ----+ cities\nVastu t Ailgirasi\nVisvakarma + Akrti\nDro1.1a\n\n+\n\nAhhimati\n\n. {\n\nPrat:�a t Urjasvati\nDhara\n\nKrttika\nDof?a + Sar�ari\n+\nArka Vasana\nVibhavasu + Ut?a\n\nAgm +\n\nHarf?a, Soka, Bhaya, etc.\n\nSaha, Ayus, Purojava\n\nDravinaka and others\nKarttikeya (Skanda)* + NS\nVisakha and others\nSisumara (an expansion of the Supreme Lord)\nTarf?a and others\nVyuf?�a, Rocit?a & Atapa t NS\nPaiicayama (span of day)\n\n", "SB6.2#p0306": "SRlMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nSrtmad-Bhdgavatam, an epic philosophical and\nliterary cia ic, holds a prominent po ition in\nIndia' voluminous written wisdom. The timeless\nwi dom of India is expressed in the Vedas, ancient\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human\n\nknowledge. Originally preserved through oral trJldition, the Vedas were first put into writing by Srila\nV yasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of God. ' After\ncompiling the Vedas, Srila V yasadeva was inspired\nby his spiritual master, to present their profound\nessence in the form of Srtmad-Bhdgavatam. Known\n\nWhat\n\nthoritative exposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nAfter writing the Bhdgavatam, V yasa taught it to\nhis son, Sukadeva Gosvami, who later spoke the\n\nBhdgavatam to Maharaja Parik!)it in an assembly of\n\nages on the bank of the sacred Ganges River. Although Maharaja Parik!)it was a great riijar�i (saintly\n\nking) and the emperor of the world, when he\nreceived notice of his death seven days in advance, he\n\nrenounced his entire kindgom and retired to the\nbank of the Ganges to seek spiritual enligh}enment.\n\nThe\n\nquestions of King Parik!)it and Sukadeva\n\nGosvami's illuminating answers, concerning everything from the nature of th_e self to the origin of the\nuniverse, are the basis of Srtmad-Bhagavatam.\n\nThis edition of Bhdgavatam is the only complete\nEnglish translation with an elaborate and scholarly\n\ncommentary, and it is the first edition widely avail­\n\nable to the English-reading public. This work is the\n\nproduct of the scholarly and devotional effort of His\n\nDivine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada; the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His\n\nSanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with\nVedic culture combine to reveal to the West a mag­\n\nnificent exposition of this important classic.\nWith its comprehensive system of providing the\n\noriginal Sanskrit text, Roman transliteration, precise\nword-for-word equivalents, a lucid English translation and a comprehensive commentary, it will appeal\n\nto scholars, students and laymen alike. The entire\nmultivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta\n\nBook Trust promises to occupy a significant place in\n\nthe intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern\nman for a long time to come.\n\nreviewer\n\nsay about the SrtmadDivine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada:\n\n\"It has, been my great pleasure recen\ntly to have\nread t e Srtmad-Bhagavatam in the\nuperb edition\nauthonzed by A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swam\ni Prabhupa a. I am sure thi monumental work\nwill go far to\n.\nbnng the sublim\ne me age of the Bhagavatam to\nnumerous Westerner who otherwise would\nmiss this\nopportunity.\"\n\n�\n\n�\n\nDr. Alex Wayman\nProfessor of Sanskrit\nColumbia University\n\na_s \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic literature,\"\n\nSrtmad-Bhdgavatam is the most complete and au­\n\nthe\n\nBhagavatam, by Hi\n\n' Srtmad-Bhagavatam is a valuable source material for several categories of readers. With\nits exaustive plan of providing the original Sanskrit\ntext,\nIts Roman transliteration, English synon\nyms,\nEnglish translation and elaborate commentary\nby a\nscholar and practitioner of philosophy, it canno\nt but\nbe attractive to seriou students and schola\nrs of\nreligion and philo ophy. I recommend this\nseries to\nanyone as an important and useful reference\nwork.\"\n\n�\n\nProfessor C. P. Agrawal\nChairman\nDepartment of Humanities\nniversity of Michigan\n\n\"The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust editio\nns of\nfamous religious classics of India with\nnew translations and commentaries are an important\naddition to\nour expanding kryowledge of spiritual India\n. The new\nedition of the Srimad-Bhagavatam is\nparticularly\nwelcome.\"\n\nDr. John L. Mish\nChief, Oriental Division\nNew York Public Library\n\n·\n\n", "SB6.2#p0307": "", "SB6.2#p0308": "", "SB6.3#p0001": "ALL GLORY TO SRT GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\nCWilwti'IN R\\(lwti wtl(lqUtq(lqU I\n�: Sl�ll�l€+41 ctilf&GJtA -II � II\nmuktanilm api siddhanilm\nnilriiyar:w.-parayar:w�\nsudurlabha� pra.Siintatmii\nko#�v api mahii-mune\n\n(p. 5)\n\n", "SB6.3#p0002": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n�hagavad-gltli As It Is\n�rimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-6 (18 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritaiJ:trta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri Isopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\n��Qa Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\n��Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\n��Qa, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nLife Comes from Life\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to ��Qa\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to ��Qa Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nB��k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nThe Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB6.3#p0003": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nSixth Canto\n\"Prescribed Duties for Mankind\"\n\n(Part Three -Chapters 14-19)\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports by\n\nHis Divine Grace\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "SB6.3#p0004": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1976 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-169353\nInternational Standard Book\n\number: 0-912776-83-8\n\nFirst printing, 1976: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "SB6.3#p0005": "Table of Contents\nPreface\n\nzx\n\nIntroduction\n\nxm\n\nCHAPTER FOURTEEN\n\nKing Citraketu\n\n's\n\nLamentation\n\n1\n\nThe Mystery of V:rtrasura: Sinful Demon or Great Saint\n\n2\n\nA Real Devotee of God Is Extremely Rare\n\n5\n\nKing Citraketu's Ten Million Barren Wives\n\n13\n\nThe Sage Ailgira Visits the King\n\n16\n\nThe King's Deep Anxiety\n\n21\n\nCitraketu's Empire Means Nothing Without a Son\n\n24\n\nA Son Is Born to the King\n\n29\n\nThe Sonless Queens Condemn Themselves\n\n33\n\nThe Queens Poison the Baby\n\n36\n\nGrief Devastates King Citraketu\n\n40\n\nThe Queen Blames the Supreme Lord for Her Son's\n\n�\n\n�ili\nThe Kingdom Becomes an Ocean of Lamentation\n\n49\n\nCHAPTER FIFTEEN\n\nThe Saints Narada and Angira Instruct\nKing Citraketu\n\n51\n\nConditioned Souls Are Joined and Separated by Time\n\n53\n\nThe Supreme Lord Controls Everything\n\n58\n\nKing Citraketu's Enlightenment\n\n61\n\nGreat Souls Wander the Earth to Instruct the People\n\n63\n\nv\n\n", "SB6.3#p0006": "Vl\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\nWife, Children and Home Are Mental Concoctions\n\n71\n\nThe Body Is the Source of All Miseries\n\n73\n\nCHAPTER SIXTEEN\n\nKing Gtraketu Meets th� Supreme Lord\n\n79\n\nKing Citraketu 's Dead Son Speaks\n\n82\n\nTraveling from Womb to Womb\n\n85\n\nThe Living Entity Is Equal in Quality to God\n\n89\n\nCitraketu Leaves the Dark Well of Family Life\n\n97\n\nNarada Gives a Mantra to Citraketu\n\n99\n\nMaterial Words and Minds Cannot Approach the Lord\n\n103\n\nAilgira and Narada Depart for the Topmost Planet\n\n108\n\nCitraketu Attains the Shelter of Anantadeva\n\n111\n\nPrayers of Citraketu to Lord Se�a\n\n1 17\n\nThe Beginning, Middle and End of Everything\n\n122\n\nEscaping the Repetition of Birth and Death\n\n127\n\nLow-Class Religious Systems Are Full of Envy\n\n131\n\nAryans Worship the Supreme Lord\n\n136\n\nHearing the Holy Names Purifies One\n\n140\n\nAnantadeva Addresses Citraketu\n\n146\n\nThe Dreaming Condition of the Living Entities\n\n154\n\nThe Perfection of Human Life\n\n159\n\nCHAPTER SEVENTEEN\n\nMother Parvati Curses Gtraketu\n\n165\n\nCitraketu Travels in Outer Space\n\n167\n\nCitraketu Laughs at Lord Siva's Embracing His Wife\n\n169\n\nParvati Is Furious with Citraketu\n\n175\n\nParvati Curses Him to Be Born in a Family of Demons 179\n\n", "SB6.3#p0007": "Table of Contents\nCitraketu Calmly Accepts the Curse\n\nVLl\n\n181\n\nHappiness and Distress Flow like the Waves of a River 185\nLord Siva Praises the Glories of Devotees\n\n192\n\nThe Devotee Is Detached from this World\n\n197\n\nKing Citraketu Takes Birth as a Demon\n\n205\n\nCHAPTER EIGHTEEN\n\nDin Vows to Kill King lndra\n\n2o9\n\nThe Descendants of Aditi\n\n213\n\nDiti's Demoniac Children\n\n217\n\nDiti Won't Rest until lndra Is Dead\n\n225\n\nSweet Words and Smiles Control Kasyapa's Mind\n\n228\n\nA Woman Should Worship Her Husband as Lord\n\n232\n\nDiti Begs for a Son who Can Kill lndra\n\n234\n\nA Woman's Heart Is like a Razor Blade\n\n238\n\nKasyapa Muni Instructs His Wife\n\n246\n\nlndra Observes Diti's Progress\n\n252\n\nlndra Cuts Diti's Embryo into Forty-Nine Pieces\n\n256\n\nDiti's Heart Is Purified by Devotional Service\n\n260\n\nlndra Satisfies Diti\n\n267\n\nCHAPTER NINETEEN\n\nPerforming the Pwhsavana Ritualistic\nCeremony\n\n269\n\nDescription of the PuriLsavann Vow\n\n271\n\nPrayers to Lord Vif?I)U and Lak!?mi\n\n272\n\nThe Duty of Everyone Is to Worship Lakf?mi-Narayai)a 278\nA Wife Should Worship Her Husband\n\n285\n\nResults of Observing the PuriLsavann Vow\n\n292\n\n", "SB6.3#p0008": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nvm\n\nAppendixes\nThe Author\n\n297\n\nReferences\n\n299\n\nGlossary\n\n301\n\nGenealogical Table\n\n306\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n309\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n311\n\nGeneral Index\n\n321\n\n", "SB6.3#p0009": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to particular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\n\nsociety, nay, on the entire energy of living beings. The need is felt by\n\ngreat thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the aphor­\n\nism of Vedanta philosophy (janmiidy asya yatab-} to establish the ideal of\n\na common cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of oblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts, education and economic development throughout the entire world. But there is\na pinprick somewhere in the social body at large, and therefore there are\nlarge-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is need of a\nclue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship and\n\nprosperity with a common cause. Srimad-Bhiigavatam will fill this need,\n\nfor it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the entire\nhuman society.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student devotee Prahlada\nMaharaja in order to change the demonic face of society.\n\nkaumiira acaret priijiio\ndharmiin bhiigavatiin iha\ndurlabham miinU$arh janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhiig. 7.6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything is\n\nIX\n\n", "SB6.3#p0010": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nX\n\nmerged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate source of\ncreation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ultimate\n\nsource of everything that be. This ultimate source is explained rationally\nand\n\nauthoritatively in the beautiful Bhagavatam or SrimadBhiigavatam.\nSnmad-Bhagavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\nwith Him and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the\n\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\n\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\n\nsimply by a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\n\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\n\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to convert others to accept God as a concrete principle.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\n\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vedanta-sutra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to the\n\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\n\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\n\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly as with an ordinary\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\n\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\n\nsure to become a God realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\n\ncantos.\n\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos, because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\n\nSri Kr!?Q.a. One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\n\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\n\nsmall installments one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Snmad-Bhagavatam, but still\n\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the thinkers and leaders of society\non the strength of the following statement of Snmad-Bhagavatam.\n\ntad-vag-visargo janatagha-viplavo\nyasmin pratiSlokam abaddhavaty api\n\n", "SB6.3#p0011": "Preface\nniimiiny anantasya ya.So 'nkitiini yac\nchrr.wanti gayanti grr.tanti siidhava}:£\n(Bhag.\n\n1.5.11)\n\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the\nunlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring\nabout a revolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such\ntranscendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\n\nom tat sat\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\n", "SB6.3#p0012": "Introduction\n\n\"This Bhagavata Purii1}1l is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\n\njust after the departure of Lord :l<r�f.la to His own abode, accompanied by\n\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\n\ndense darkness of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\n\nPurii1}1l.\" (Srimad-Bhagavatam 1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the\n\nVedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\npreserved through oral tradition, the Vedas were first put into writing\n\nfive thousand years ago by Srila Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\n\nGod.\" After compiling the Vedas, Vyasadeva set forth their essence in\n\nthe\n\naphorisms\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nVediinta-sutras. Srimad-Bhagavatam is\nVediinta-sutras. It was written in\n\nVyasadeva's commentary on his own\n\nthe maturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\n\nspiritual master. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\nliterature,\" Srimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and authoritative\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nAfter compiling the Bly'igavatam, Vyasa impressed the synopsis of it\n\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva Gosvaml. Sukadeva Gosvami subsequently recited the entire Bhagavatam to Maharaja Parik�it in an assem­\n\nbly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\nDelhi). Maharaja Parik�it was the emperor of the world and was a great\n\nriijar�i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\n\nwithin a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and retired to the bank\n\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\n\nThe\n\nBhagavatam begins with Emperor Parik�it's sober inquiry to\n\nSukadeva Gosvami:\n\n\"You are the spiritual master of great saints and\n\ndevotees. I am therefore begging you to show the\n\nway of perfection for all persons, and especially for\n\none who is about to die. Please let me know what a\n\nman should hear, chant, remember and worship,\n\nand also what he should not do. Please explain all\nthis to me.\"\n\nxm\n\n", "SB6.3#p0013": "xw\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nSukadeva Gosvaml's answer to this question, and numerous other\n\nquestions posed by Maharaja Parlk�?it, concerning everything from the\n\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\n\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\n\ndeath. The sage Siita Gosvami, who was pn;sent on the bank of the\n\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvaml first recited Srinuul-Bhiigavatam, later\n\nrepeated the Bhiigavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest of\nNaimi�?aral)ya. Those sages, concerned about the spiritual welfare of the\n\npeople in general, had gathered to perform a long, continuous chain of\nsacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\n\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\nwisdom, Siita Gosvaml repeated from memory the entire eighteen thou­\n\nsand verses of Srinuul-Bhiigavatam, as spoken by Sukadeva Gosvaml to\nMaharaja Parlk�?it.\n\nThe reader of Srimad-Bhiigavata,m hears Siita Gosvaml relate the\n\nquestions of Maharaja Parlk�?it and the answers of Sukadeva Gosvaml.\n\nAlso, Siita Gosvami sometimes responds directly to questions put by\nSaunaka l:t�?i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at Naimi�?aral)ya. One\n\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\n\nParlk�?it and Sukadeva Gosvaml on the bank of the Ganges, and another\n\nat Naimi�?iiral)ya between Siita Gosvaml and the sages at Naimi�?aral)ya\nForest, headed by Saunaka l:t�?i. Furthermore, while instructing King\n\nParlk�?it, Sukadeva Gosvaml often relates historical episodes and gives\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\n\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple V idura. With this understanding of\n\nthe history of the Bhiigavatam, the reader will easily be able to follow its\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since\n\nphilosophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most important in the\n\ntext, one need only be attentive to the subject matter of\n\nSrinuulBhiigavatam to appreciate fully its profound message.\nIt should also be noted that the volumes of the Bhiigavatam need not\n\nbe read consecutively, starting with the first and proceeding to the last.\n\nThe translator of this edition compares the\n\nBhiigavatam to sugar\n\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and\nrelishable.\n\nThis edition of the Bhiigavatam is the first complete English transla­\n\ntion of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\n\n", "SB6.3#p0014": "Introduction\n\nXV\n\nfirst widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship and intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhiigavatam\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhiig avatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world view. Students of literature will discover the\n\nBhiigavatam to be a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psychology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhiigavatam offers simple\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "SB6.3#p0015": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupiida\n\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB6.3#p0016": "PLATE ONE\nIn the province of Siirasena there was a King named Citraketu, who\nruled the entire earth. Although he had millions of wives, by chance he\ndid not receive a child from any of them. One queen, however, having\nreceived a benediction from the great sage Angira, bore the King a son\nand thus became his most favored wife. This caused her co-wives to become extremely unhappy. These queens, burning with envy and unable\nto tolerate the King's neglect, poisoned the son. When the King heard of\nhis son's death, he became almost blind and fell at his son's feet. Accompanied by his wife, who was lamenting for her dead child, King\nCitraketu began crying loudly in grief. While the King lay like a dead\nbody beside his dead son, the two great sages Narada and Angira appeared and enlightened him with instructions about spiritual consciousness. Then, by mystic power, the great sage Narada brought the dead son\nback into the vision of all the lamenting relatives. The son then spoke to\nfurther enlighten the King.\n\n(pp. 12-80)\n\n", "SB6.3#p0017": "", "SB6.3#p0018": "PLATE TWO\nAfter receiving instructions from his spiritual master, Narada Muni,\nregarding the falsity of the material world and material possessions, King\nCitraketu became greatly renounced. Fasting and drinking only water,\n\nfor one week continuously he chanted with great care and attention the\nmantra given by Narada Muni. Within a very few days, by the influence\n\nof the mantra, his mind became increasingly enlightened in spiritual\nerogress, and he attained shelter at the lotus feet of Anantadeva, Lord\nSe!?a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Citraketu saw that the Lord\nwas as white as the white fibers of a lotus flower. He was dressed in\nbluish garments and adorned with a brilliantly glittering helmet,\narmlets, belt and bangles. His face was smiling, and His eyes were reddish.\n\nHe\n\nwas\n\nsurrounded\n\nby\n\nsuch\n\nexalted\n\nliberated\n\npersons\n\nas\n\nSanatkumara. As soon as Maharaja Citraketu saw the Supreme Lord, he\nwas cleansed of all material contamination and situated in his original\nKr!?�a consciousness, being completely purified. He became silent and\ngrave, and because of love for the Lord, tears fell from his eyes, and his\nhairs stood on end. With great devotion and love, he offered his respectful obeisances unto the original Personality of Godhead. (pp.\n\n98-114)\n\n", "SB6.3#p0019": "", "SB6.3#p0020": "PLATE THREE\n\"0 unconquerable Lord, although You cannot be conquered by anyone,\nYou are certainly conquered by devotees who have control of the mind\nand senses. They can keep You under their control because You are\ncauselessly merciful to devotees who desire no material profit from You.\nIndeed, You give Yourself to them, and because of this You also have full\ncontrol over Your devotees.\"\nThe Lord and the devotees both conquer. The Lord is conquered by the\ndevotees, and the devotees are conquered by the Lord. Because of being\nconquered by one another, they both derive transcendental bliss from\ntheir relationship. The highest perfection of this mutual conquering is\nexhibited by Kr�?Qa and the gop'is. Whenever Kri?Qa played His flute, He\nconquered the minds of the gop'is, and without seeing the gop'is, Kri?Qa\ncould not be happy. (pp.\n\n117-118)\n\n", "SB6.3#p0021": "", "SB6.3#p0022": "PLATE FOUR\nThe cosmic manifestation and its creation, maintenance and annihilation\n\nreflect the opulences of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�?Qa, the\nabsolute, infallible, beginningless person who is expanded into unlimited\nforms. He is the original person, the oldest, yet He always appears as a\nfresh youth. For material creation, Lord K:r�?Qa's plenary expansion\nassumes three Vi�?QU forms. The origin of the material creation is MahaVi�?QU, who lies in the Causal Ocean. While He sleeps in that ocean,\nmillions of universes are generated as He exhales and annihilated when\nHe inhales. The second expansion, Garbhodakasayi Vi�?QU, enters all the\nuniverses to create diversities in each of them. From the navel of\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�?QU has sprung the stem of a lotus flower, the\nbirthplace of Brahma, who is the father of all living beings and master of\nall the demigod engineers. Within the stem of the lotus are fourteen divisions of planetary systems, the earthly planets being situated in the middle. The third expansion of the Lord, K�?irodakasayi Vi�?QU, is diffused as\nthe all-pervading Supersoul in all the universes and is known as\nParamatma. He is present within the hearts of all living entities and even\nwithin the atoms. Anyone who knows these three Vi�?QUS can be liberated\nfrom material entanglements.\n\n(pp. 120-125)\n\n", "SB6.3#p0023": "", "SB6.3#p0024": "PLATE FIVE\nOnce while King Citraketu was traveling in outer space on a brilliantly\neffulgent airplane given to him by Lord Vi�I)u, he saw Lord Siva sitting\n\nin an assembly of great saintly persons and embracing Parvati on his lap.\n,\nCitraketu laughed loudly to see Lord Siva in that situation, and, within\n\nthe hearing of Paryati, he spoke expressing his wonder. Not knowing the\nprowess of Lord Siva and Parvati, Citraketu strongly criticized them.\n\nLord Siva, the most powerful personality, whose knowledge is fathom­\n\nless, simply smiled and remained silent, and all the members of the\n\nassembly followed the lord by not saying anything. Citraketu's state­\n\nments were not at all pleasing, however, and therefore the goddess Par­\n\nvati, being very angry, cursed Citraketu, who had thought himself better\nthan Lord Siva in controlling the senses.\n\n(pp. 169-180)\n\n", "SB6.3#p0025": "", "SB6.3#p0026": "PLATE SIX\nDiti, the mother of HiraQyiik�a and HiraQyakasipu, was overwhelmed\nwith lamentation and anger because her sons were killed by Lord Vi�QU\nfor the benefit of King lndra. Desiring to have a son who would kill lndra, she began constantly acting to satisfy her husband, Kasyapa, by her\npleasing behavior. Desiring to purify his wife, Kasyapa instructed her to\naccept a vow of devotional service. He assured her that if she adhered to\nthe vow with faith for at least one year, she would gi ve birth to a son\ndestined to kill lndra, but if there were any discrepancy in the discharge\nof the vow, the son would be a friend to lndra. lndra could understand\nthe purpose of Diti's vow, and so he outwardly became very friendly and\nserved Diti in a faithful way in order to cheat her as soon as he could find\nsome fault in her observances. Once Diti neglected to purify herself after\neating and, having grown weak, went to sleep at an improper time. Finding this fault, lndra, who has all mystic powers, entered Diti's womb\nwhile she was unconscious, being fast asleep. With the help of his thunderbolt, he cut her embryo into seven pieces. In seven places, seven different living beings began crying. lndra told them, \"Do not cry,\" and\nthen he cut each of them into seven pieces again. Being very much aggrieved, they pleaded to lndra with folded hands, saying, \"Dear lndra,\nwe are the Maruts, your brothers. Why are you trying to kill us?\"\n\n(pp. 2257257)\n\n", "SB6.3#p0027": "", "SB6.3#p0028": "PLATE SEVEN\n\"My dear Lord Vi�I:Ju and mother Lak�mi, goddess of fortune, You are\nthe proprietors of the entire creation. Indeed, You are the cause of the\ncreation. Mother Lak�mi is extremely difficult to understand because she\nis so powerful that the jurisdiction of Her power is difficult to overcome.\nMother Lak�mi is represented in the material world as the external energy, but actually she is always the internal energy of the Lord. My Lord,\nYou are the master of energy, and therefore You are the Supreme Person.\nYou are sacrifice\n\n[yajna]\n\npersonified. Lak�mi, the embodiment of\n\nspiritual activities, is the original form of worship offered unto You,\nwhereas You are the enjoyer of all sacrifices. Mother Lak�mi is the reservoir of all spiritual qualities, whereas You are the support of all such\nnames and forms and the cause for their manifestation. You are both the\nsupreme rulers and benedictors of the three worlds. Therefore, my Lord,\n\nuttama-sloka,\n\n(pp. 279-283)\n\nmay\n\nmy\n\nambitions\n\nbe\n\nfulfilled\n\nby\n\nYour\n\ngrace.\"\n\n", "SB6.3#p0029": "", "SB6.3#p0030": "CHAPTER FOURTEEN\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\nIn this Fourteenth Chapter, Parik�it Maharaja asks his spiritual master,\n\nSukadeva Gosvami, how such a demon as Vrtrasura could become an ex­\n\nalted devotee. In this connection the previous life of V:rtrasura is dis­\n\ncussed. This involves the story of Citraketu and how he was victimized\n\nby lamentation because of the death of his son.\n\nAmong many millions of living entities, the number of human beings\n\nis extremely small, and among human beings who are actually religious,\n\nonly some are eager to be liberated from material existence. Among\n\nmany thousands of people who desire relief from material existence, one\n\nis freed from the association of unwanted persons or is relieved of\nmaterial contamination. And among many millions of such liberated persons, one may become a devotee of Lord Narayal).a. Therefore such devo­\n\ntees are extremely rare. Since bhakti, devotional service, is not ordinary,\n\nParik�it Maharaja was astonished that an asura could rise to the exalted\n\neosition of a devotee. Being doubtful, Parik�it Maharaja inquired from\n\nSukadeva Gosvami, who then described V:rtrasura with reference to his\nprevious birth as Citraketu, the King of Siirasena.\n\nCitraketu, who had no sons, got an opportunity to meet the great sage\n\nAilgira. When Ailgira inquired from the King about his welfare, the\n\nKing expressed his moroseness, and therefore by the grace of the great\n\nsage, the King's first wife, Krtadyuti, gave birth to a son, who was the\n\ncause of both happiness and lamentation. Upon the birth of this son, the\nKing and all the residents of the palace were very happy. The co-wives of\nKrtadyuti, however, were envious, and later they administered poison to\nthe child. Citraketu was overwhelmed by shock at his son's death. Then\n\nNarada Muni and Aitgira went to see him.\n\nTEXT I\n\n�\n�:�+tM� QF{ � qr:q;J: I\nWfi(I�Ut �'felf� �':f� m �:It � u\nI\n\n", "SB6.3#p0031": "Srimad-Bhigavat8m\n\n2\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\nsri-pari�id utxica\nrajas-tama/:l-svabhiivasya\nbrahman vrtrasya pdpmana/:l\nnaniya� bhagavati\nkatham asid drl}.hii mati/:l\nsri-pari�it uooca -King Parik�it inquired; raja/:l-of the mode of\npassion; tama/:l-and of the mode of ignorance; sva-bhiivasya\n\n-\n\nhaving a\n\nnature; brahman-0 learned brahmaTJa; vrtrasya-of V:rtrasura; pdpmana/:l-who was supposedly sinful; naraya�-in Lord NarayaQa;\n\nbhagavati-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; katham-how; iisitwas there; drl}.hii-very strong; mati/;-consciousness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik�it inquired from\n\nSukadeva Gosvimi: 0 learned\n\nhrihm�a, demons are generally sinful, being obsessed with the\nmodes of passion and ignorance. How, then, could Vrtrisura have\nattained such exalted love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Niiray�a?\nPURPORT\nIn this material world, everyone is obsessed with the modes of passion\nand ignorance. However, unless one conquers these modes and comes to\nthe platform of goodness, there is no chance of one's becoming a pure\ndevotee. This is confirmed by Lord l(:rgta Himself in Bhagavad-gitd\n\n(7.28):\nye�arit tv anta-gatarit pdparit\njananarit pu1Jya-karma7Jiim\nte dvandva-moha-nirmuktd\nbhajante miirit drl}.ha-vratd/:l\n\"Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life, whose\nsinful actions are completely eradicated and who are freed from the\nduality of delusion, engage themselves in My service with determination.\" Since V:rtrasura was among the demons, Maharaja Parik�it won-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0032": "King Citraketu's Lamentation\n\nText3]\n\n3\n\ndered how it was possible for him to have become such an exalted\ndevotee.\n\nTEXT2\n\n� �((1�1'14ftlolt \"tl+l�l€¥4'1¥( I\n+tRtiit�\"t(Ul wt su�unq\\ill� 11 � 11\ndevaniirh suddha-sattvaniim\n\nr$i�rh camalatmaniim\nbhaktir mukunda-carar:te\nna prayer.wpajayate\ndevaniim-of the demigods; suddha-sattvaniim-whose minds are\npurified;\n\nr$i�am-of\n\ngreat\n\nsaintly\n\npersons;\n\nca-and;\n\namala-at­\n\nmaniim-who have purified their existence; bhaktitt-devotional service; mukunda-caral)E-to the lotus feet of Mukunda, the Lord, who can\ngive\n\nliberation;\n\nna-not;\n\nprliye�\n\ndevelops.\n\n- almost always; upajayate­\n\nTRANSLATION\nDemigods situated in the mode of goodness and great saints\ncleansed of the dirt of material enjoyment hardly ever render pure\ndevotional service at the lotus feet of Mukunda. [Therefore how\ncould V:rtrasura have become such a great devotee?]\nTEXT3\n\n(l.iltN: (t+t(i(oqi{U: q.��Rc: �: I\n� � 4i\"t�(4 iit � +liliiP(�: II � II\nrajobhitt sama-sarik\n\nhyatatt\n\nparthivair iha jantavatt\nte�rh ye kecanehante\n\nsreyo vai manujiidayatt\nrajobhitt-with the\n\natoms;\n\n-\n\nsama sarik\n\nhyatatt -having the same\n\nnumerical strength; parthivaitt-of the earth; iha-in this world; jantavatt-the living entities; te�m-of them; ye-those who; kecana-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0033": "4\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nsome;\n\nihante-act;\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\nsreya�-for religious principles;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nmanuja adaya�-the human beings and so on.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this material world there are as many living entities as atoms.\n\nAmong these living entities, a very few are human beings, and\namong them, few are interested in following religious principles.\nTEXT4\n\n3IPif � �CT fi:'511:q+t I\n� �$f*4;v;�ij f� II VII\nprayo mumu�avas te�am\nkecanaiva dvijottama\nmumu�ilTJiim sahasre�u\nkaScin mucyeta sidhyati\npraya�-almost always; mumu�avafz-persons interested in liberation; te�am-of them; kecana-some; eva-indeed; dvija-uttama-0\nbest of the brahmar:uzs; mumu�ilTJiim-of those who desire to be liberated; sahasre�u-in many thousands; kaScit-someone; mucyeta-may\nbe actually liberated; sidhyati-someone is perfect.\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of the brahmm;J.as, Sukadeva Gosvann, out of many per­\n\nsons who follow religious principles, only a few desire liberation\nfrom the material world. Among many thousands who desire\n\nliberation, one may actually achieve liberation, giving up material\n\nattachment to society, friendship, love, country, home, wife and\nchildren. And among many thousands of such liberated persons,\n\none who can understand the true meaning of liberation is very\nrare.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are four classes of men, namely karmis, jfiiinis, yogis and b haktas. This statement pertains especially to karmis and jfiiinis. A karmitries\nto be happy within this material world by changing from one body to\n\n", "SB6.3#p0034": "Text\n\n5]\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\n\n5\n\nanother. His objective is bodily comfort, either in this planet or in\n\nanother. When such a person becomes a jiiiini, however, he aspires for\n\nliberation from material bondage. Among many such persons who aspire\n\nfor liberation, one may actually be liberated during his life. Such a per­\n\nson gives up his attachment for society, friendship, love, country, family,\nwife and children.\n\nAmong many such persons,\n\nwho are in the\n\nvanaprastha stage, one may understand the value of becoming a san­\n\nnyasi, completely accepting the renounced order of life.\n\nTEXTS\n\nfA'�H;uqf\\4 �'ltwti wtl(r..urq(r..ur: 1\n�: SI�IIWO(tl�l EitWqfq -II� II\nmuktiiniim api siddhaniim\nniiriiyar:w.-pariiyar.w/:1,\nsudurlabha/:1, pra.Siintiitmii\n\nko!�v api maha-mune\nmuktiiniim-of those who are liberated during this life (who are unat­\n\ntached to the bodily comforts of society, friendship and love); api­\n\neven; siddhaniim-who are perfect (because they understand the insig­\n\nnificance of bodily comforts); niiriiyar.w-pariiyar:w./:1,-a person who has\n\nconcluded that NarayaQa is the Supreme; su-durlabha/:1,-very rarely\n\nfound; pra.Siinta-fully pacified; iitmii-whose mind; �u-out of\nmillions and trillions;* api-even; maha-mune-0 great sage.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great sage, among many millions who are liberated and per­\n\nfect in knowledge of liberation, one may he a devotee of Lord\nNiiraylll).a, or K_r�r_1a. Such devotees, who are fully peaceful, are extremely rare.\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura gives the following purport to\n\nthis verse. Simply desiring mukti, or liberation, is insufficient; one must\n*The word ko# means ten million. Its plural means millions and trillions.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0035": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n6\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\nbecome factually liberated. When one understands the futility of the ma­\n\nterialistic way of life, one becomes advanced in knowledge, and therefore\nhe situates himself in the vanaprastha order, unattached to family, wife\n\nand children. One should then further progress to the platform of san­\n\nnyasa, the actual renounced order, never to fall again and be afflicted by\n\nmaterialistic life. Even though one desires to be liberated, this does not\nmean he is liberated. Only rarely is someone liberated. Indeed, although\nmany men take sannyasa to become liberated, because of their imperfec­\n\ntions they again become attached to women, material activities, social\n\nwelfare work and so on.\n\n]iiiinis, yogis and karmis devoid of devotional service are called of­\n\nfenders. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu says, mayaviidf kr�TJE aparadhf: one\n\nwho thinks that everything is maya instead of thinking that everything\nis 'Kr�Qa is called an aparadhf, or offender. Although the Mayavadis, im­\n\npersonalists, are offenders at the lotus feet of 'Kr�Qa, they may nonethe­\n\nless be counted among the siddhas, those who have realized the self.\n\nThey may be considered nearer to spiritual perfection because at least\n\nthey have realized what spiritual life is. If such a person becomes\n\nniirayar:w-parayar:w, a devotee of Lord Narayai)a, he is better than\n\na jlvan-mukta, one who is liberated or perfect. This requires higher\n\nintelligence.\n\nThere are two kinds of jiiiinis. One is inclined to devotional service and\n\nthe other to impersonal realization. lmpersonalists generally undergo\n\ngreat endeavor for no tangible benefit, and therefore it is said that they\nare husking paddy that has no grain (sthula-t�avaghatinab-}. The other\nclass of jiiii nis, whose jiiii na is mixed with bhakti, are also of two kinds­\n\nthose who are devoted to the so-called false form of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead and those who understand the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead as sac-cid-anarula-vigraha, the actual spiritual form. The\n\nMayavadi devotees worship Narayai)a or Vi�I)u with the idea that Vi�I)U\nhas accepted a form of maya and that the ultimate truth is actually im­\n\npersonal. The pure devotee, however, never thinks that Vi�QU has ac­\n\ncepted a body of maya; instead, he knows perfectly well that the original\n\nAbsolute Truth is the Supreme Person. Such a devotee is actually situ­\n\nated in klJ-owledge. He never merges in the Brahman effulgence. As\nstated in Srimad-Bhiigaootam (1 0.2.32):\n\n", "SB6.3#p0036": "Text 5)\n\n7\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\n\nye 'nye 'ravindii�a vimukta-miininas\ntvayy asta-bhavad aviSuddha-buddhayab,\niiruhya krcchre1J.l.L param padam tatab,\npatanty adho 'niidrta-yu§mad-anghrayab,\n\"0 Lord, the intelligence of those who think themselves liberated but\nwho have no devotion is impure. Even though they rise to the highest\npoint of liberation by dint of severe penances and austerities, they are\nsure to fall down again into material existence, for they do not take\nshelter at Your lotus feet.\" Evidence of this same point is also given in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (9.11), wherein the Lord says:\navajiinanti miim m!U;lha\nmiin�im tanum asritam\nparam bhavam ajiinanto\nmama bhata-mahesvaram\n\"Fools deride Me when I descend in the human form. They do not know\nMy transcendental nature and My supreme dominion over all that be.\"\nWhen rascals (m!U;lhas) see that ��J)a acts exactly like a human being,\nthey deride the transcendental form of the Lord because they do not\nknow the param bhavam, His transcendental form and activities. Such\npersons are further described in Bhagavad-gitii (9.12) as follows:\n\nmoghii.Si mogha-karmiir_w\nmogha-jfiiinii vicetasab,\nrii�asim iisurim caiva\nprakrtim mohinim sritiib,\n\"Those who are thus bewildered are attracted by demoniac and atheistic\nviews. In that deluded condition, their hopes for liberation, their fruitive\nactivities and their culture of knowledge are all defeated.\" Such persons\ndo not know that ��!')a's body is not material. There is no distinction between ��J)a's body and His soul, but because less intelligent men see\n�·�J:.la as a human being, they deride Him. They cannot imagine how a\nperson like ��J:.la could be the origin of everything\n\n(gavindam ddi-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0037": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n8\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\npurWJam tam aham bhajami). Such persons are described as rrwghii.Sa/:1.,\n\nbaffied in their hopes. Whatever they desire for the future will be\nbaffied. Even if they apparently engage in devotional service, they are\n\ndescribed as rrwghii.Sa/:£ because they ultimately desire to merge into the\nBrahman effulgence.\n\nThose who aspire to be elevated to the heavenly planets by devo­\n\ntional service will also be frustrated, because this is not the result of de­\n\nvotional service. However, they are also given a chance to engage in\n\ndevotional service and be purified. As stated in Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.2.17):\n\nsntvatiim sva-katha/:£ kr�'(Ul/:£\npur:tya-srava'(Ul-kirtana/:£\n\nhrdy anta/:£-stho hy abhadriir:ti\nvidhunoti suhrt satiim\n\n\"Sri �!?J.la, the Personality of Godhead, who is the Paramatma\n[Supersoul] in everyone's heart and the benefactor of the truthful devo­\n\ntee, cleanses desire for material enjoyment from the heart of the devotee\n\nwho relishes His messages, which are in themselves virtuous when prop­\n\nerly heard and chanted.\"\n\nUnless the dirt within the core of one's heart is cleansed away, one\n\ncannot become a pure devotee. Therefore the word sudurlabha/:£ (\"very\n\nrarely found\") is used in this verse. Not only among hundreds and thou­\n\nsands, but among millions of perfectly liberated souls, a pure devotee is\nhardly ever found. Therefore the words koNv api are used herein. Srila\n\nMadhvacarya gives the following quotations from the Tantra Bhagavata:\n\nnava-ko!yas tu deviinii m\nr�aya/:£ sapta-kotaya/:£\n\nniiriiya1J,iiyanii/:£ sarve\n\nye kecit tat-paraya1J,ii/:£\n\n\"There are ninety million demigods and seventy million sages, who are\n\nall called niiriiya1J,iiyana, devotees of Lord NarayaJ.la. Among them, only\na few are called niiriiya'(Ul-paraya'(Ul.\"\n\n", "SB6.3#p0038": "King Citraketu's Lamentation\n\nText6]\n\n9\n\nnaraya�yana deva\nr$y-adyas tat-paraya�!J\nbrahmadya!J kecanaiva syufl\nsiddho yogya-sukham labhan\nThe difference between the siddhas and narayar;a-parayaTJ-(lS is that\ndirect devotees are called narayar;a-parayaTJ-(lS whereas those who perform various types of mystic yoga are called siddhas.\nTEXT6\n\ne�il¥N�nq•u 1\n� �:� 3T(ij't{ ��II� II\n� ij' �\n\nm:\n\nvrtras tu sa katham papa!�\nsarva-lokopatapana!J\nittham drQ.ha-matifl kr$r:ta\nasit sarigrama ulbaTJ£\nvrtrafl-V:rtrasura; tu-but; safl-he; katham-how; ptipafl-although sinful (getting the body of a demon); sarva-loka-of all the three\nworlds; upatapanafl-the cause of suffering; ittham-such; drQ.hamatifJ-firmly fixed intelligence; kr$TJ£-in l(:r�Qa; asit-there was;\nsarigrame ulbaTJ£-in the great blazing fire of battle.\nTRANSLATION\nVrtrasura was situated in the blazing fire of battle and was an infamous, sinful demon, always engaged in giving troubles and\nanxieties to others. How could such a demon become so greatly\n��a conscious?\nPURPORT\nIt has been described that a narayar;a-parayar;a, a pure devotee, is\nrarely found even among millions and millions of persons. Therefore\nParik�it Maharaja was surprised that V:rtrasura, whose purpose was to\ngive trouble and anxiety to others, was one of these devotees, even on a\nbattlefield. What was the reason for V:rtrasura's advancement?\n\n", "SB6.3#p0039": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n10\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\natra na/:£ samsayo bhuyaii\n\nchroturh kautahalam prabho\n\nya/:£ paun.L§elJ.ll samare\n\nsahasrak§am at�ayat\n\natra-in this connection; na/:£-our; samsaya/:£-doubt; bhuyan­\n\ngreat; srotum-to hear; kautuhalam-eagerness; prabho-0 my lord;\nya/:£-he who; paun.L§e1)ll-by bravery and strength; samare-in battle;\n\nsahasra-ak§am-Lord lndra, who has one thousand eyes; at�ayat­\n\npleased.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear lord, Sukadeva Gosvimi, although Vrtriisura was a sin­\n\nful demon, he showed the prowess of a most exalted k�atriya and\n\nsatisfied Lord lndra in battle. How could such a demon be a great\ndevotee of Lord Kr�1,1a? These contradictions have caused me great\ndoubt, and they have made me eager to hear of this from you.\n\nTEXTS\n\n��\n�S?.J � � ill((ltfUt: I\nf.:lttiRI ��-=�� sfflr...;({ 1!4+tlS;t;:t1� II � II\nsri-silta uroca\n\nparik§ito 'tha sampra§narh\nbhagavan badarayaTJi/:£\n\nniSamya sraddadhanasya\n\npratinandya vaco 'bravit\n\nsri-sUta/:£ uroca-Sri Siita Gosvami said; parik§ita/:£-of Maharaja\n\nParik�it; atha-thus; sampra§nam-the perfect question; bhagaron-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0040": "Text\n\n10]\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\n\nthe most powerful;\n\nII\n\nbadaraya�i!z,-Sukadeva Gosvami, the son of\n\nVyasadeva; niSamya-hearing; sraddadhiinasya-of his disciple, who\n\nwas so faithful in understanding the truth; pratinandya-congratulat­\n\ning; vaca!z,-words; abravit-spoke.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Siita Gosvimi �d: Mter hearing Maharaja Parik�it's very in­\n\ntelligent question, Sukadeva Gosvimi, the most powerful sage,\n\nbegan answering his disciple with great affection.\nTEXT9\n\ns,ft�fli \\1<!fF!I\n\nST!RF�ftat OOiijRnwdfl+i\n\n�\n\ntJ?.R 1\n\n{qlttW\\Q(ctl\"ifi(<:J(t�IC(N II � II\nsri-suka uooca\n\nSflJU§uivahito rajann\n\nitihdsam imam yathii\n\nsrutam dvaipayana-mukhiin\nnaradad devaliid api\n\nsri-suka!z, uooca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; Sf7Jtl.§va-please hear;\n\navahita!z,-with great attention; rajan-0 King; itihdsam-history;\n\nimam-this; yathii-just as; srutam-heard; dvaipayana-of Vyasa­\n\ndeva; mukhiit-from the mouth; naradat-from Narada; devalat­\n\nfrom Devala ��i; api-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi said: 0 King, I shall speak to you the\n\nsame history I have heard from the mouths of Vyasadeva, Nirada\n\nand Devala. Please listen with attention.\nTEXT\n\n10\n\n31T�T �q: U�it!l � � I\nNSI�Rfa ���·«l� ifa'l� II� II\n0\n\n", "SB6.3#p0041": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n12\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\nasid raja sarvabhauma�\nsurasene�u vai nrpa\ncitraketur iti khyato\nyasyiisit karruulhwi mahi\niisit-there was; raja -one king; siirva-bhauma�-an emperor of the\n\nentire surface of the globe; surasene�u-in the country known as\n\nSiirasena; vai-indeed;\n\nnrpa-0 King;\n\ncitraketu� -Citrak etu; iti­\n\nthus; khyata�-celebrated; yasya-of whom; iisit-was; kama-dhuk­\n\nsupplying all the necessities; mahi-the earth.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it, in the province of Surasena there was a king\n\nnamed Citraketu, who ruled the entire earth. During his reign, the\n\nearth ·produced all the necessities for life.\nPURPORT\n\nHere the most significant statement is that the earth completely pro­\n\nduced all the necessities of life during the time of King Citraketu. As\nstated in the lsopan�ad (Mantra\n\n1):\n\niSavasyam idam sarvam\nyat kiiica jagatyam jagat\ntena tyaktena bhunjitha\nrna grdha� kasya svid dhanam\n\n\"Everything animate or inanimate that is within the universe is con­\n\ntrolled and owned by the Lord. One should therefore accept only those\n\nthings necessary for himself, which are set aside as his quota, and one\nshould not accept other things, knowing well to whom they belong.\"\n�!?�a, the supreme controller, has created the material world, which is\n\ncompletely perfect and free from scarcity. The Lord supplies the\n\nnecessities of all living entities. These necessities come from the earth,\nand thus the earth is the source of supply. When there is a good ruler,\n\nthat source produces the neces�ities of life abundantly. However, when\nthere is not such a good ruler, there will be scarcity; This is the signifi­\n\ncance of the word\n\nkarruulhuk. Elsewhere in Srirruul-Bhagavatam\n\n", "SB6.3#p0042": "King Citraketu's Lamentation\n\nText ll]\n\n13\n\n(1.10.4) it is said, kiimam vavar�a parjanya/:r. sarva-kiima-dughii mahi:\n\"During the reign of Maharaja Yudhi��hira, the clouds showered all the\nwater that people needed, and the earth produced all the necessities of\nmen in profusion.\" We have experience that in some seasons the rains\nproduce abundance and in other seasons there is scarcity. We have no\ncontrol over the earth's productiveness, for it is naturally under the full\ncontrol of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. By His order, the Lord\ncan make the earth produce sufficiently or insufficiently. If a pious king\nrules the earth according to the sastric injunctions, there will naturally\n\nbe regular rainfall and sufficient produce to provide for all men. There\nwill be no question of exploitation, for everyone will have enough.\nBlack-marketeering and other corrupt dealings will then automatically\nstop. Simply ruling the land cannot solve man's problems unless the\nleader has spiritual capabilities. He must be like Maharaja Yudhi!?thira,\nParik�it Maharaja or Ramacandra. Then all the inhabitants of the land\nwill be extremely happy.\nTEXT ll\n\n� :q14l(16:(it1Uif �Of\n\n�I\n('(��� wrft WI� fflij ('(�Rt4(11 � �II\ntasya bhiiryii-sahasriil}iim\nsahasriir:ti da.Siibhavan\nsiintiinikaS ciipi nrpo\nna lebhe tiisu santatim\n\ntasya-of him (King Citraketu); bhiiryii-of wives; sahasriil}iim-of\nthousands; sahasriir:ti-thousands; daSa-ten;\n\nabhavan-there were;\n\nsiintiinika/:r. -quite capable of begetting sons; ca-and; api -although ;\nnrpa/:r.-the King;\n\nna-not;\n\nlebhe-obtained;\n\ntiisu-in them; san­\n\ntatim-a son.\nTRANSLATION\nThis Citraketu had ten million wives, but although he was capable of producing children, he did not receive a child from any of\nthem. By chance, all the wives were barren.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0043": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n14\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�qiayt!!4�1itritfciQ��: 1\n(4¥q'it� g.Jl: �� er..g;nq� II� �II\nriipaudarya-vayo-janmavidyaiSvarya-sriyadibhi}:t\nsampannasya gulJlli/:t saroaiS\ncintii bandhyii-pater abhiU\nriipa-with beauty;\n\naudarya-magnanimity;\n\nvaya}:t-youth; jan­\n\nrna-aristocratic birth; vidyii-education; ai.Svarya-opulence; sriyaadibhi/:t-wealth and so on; sampannasya-endowed; gulJlli/:t-with\ngood\n\nqualities;\n\ns\n\naroai}:t-all;\n\ncintii-anxiety;\n\nbandhyii-pate}:t-of\n\nCitraketu, the husband of so many sterile wives; abhat-there was.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCitraketu, the husband of these millions of wives, was endowed\n\nwith a beautiful form, magnanimity and youth. He was born in a\n\nhigh family, he had a complete education, and he was wealthy and\n\nopulent. Nevertheless, in spite of being endowed with all these\n\nassets, he was full of anxiety because he did not have a son.\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears that the King first married one wife, but she could not bear\na child. Then he married a second, a third, a fourth and so on, but none\nof the wives could bear children. In spite of the material assets of janmaiSvarya-sruta-sri-birth in an aristocratic family with full opulence,\nwealth, education and beauty-he was very much aggrieved because in\nspite of having so many wives, he had no son. Certainly his grief was\nnatural. Grhastha life does not mean having a wife and no children.\nc:aQakya PaQ�ita says, putra-hinam grham sunyam: if a family man has\nno son, his home is no better than a desert. The King was certainly most\nunhappy that he could not get a son, and this is why he had married so\nmany times. K�atriyas especially are allowed to marry more than one\nwife, and this King did so. Nonetheless, he had no issue.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0044": "Text\n\n14]\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\nTEXT\n\n15\n\n13\n\n;{ � �: � +tA tfll{��: I\n\n(U�m+t�\n\nl{� sOM�i!f: II� �II\n\nna tasya sampadab, sarod\n\nmahi§yo vama-locanab,\nsaroabhaumasya bhus ceyam\nabhavan priti-hetavab,\nna-not; tasya-of him (Citraketu); sampadab,-the great opulences; sarvab,-all; mahi§yab,-the queens; vama-locanab,-having\nvery attractive eyes; sdroa-bhaumasya-of the emperor; bhab,-land;\nca-also;\n\niyam-this;\n\nabhavan-were;\n\npriti-hetavab,-sources\n\nof\n\npleasure.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis queens all had beautiful faces and attractive eyes, yet neither\nhis opulences, his hundreds and thousands of queens, nor the\nlands of which he was the supreme proprietor were sources of happiness for him.\nTEXT\n\n14\n\n6WW(l « 1fcA+(ftru 4141ii41ifif: I\nJl•twt�*4�6t�qt•t�Qt.,.l\nII� \\ill\ntasyaikadii tu bhavanam\narigira bhagavan r�ib,\nlokiin anucarann etan\nupagacchad yadrcchaya\ntasya-of him; ekadii-once upon a time; tu-but; bhavanam-to\nthe palace; arigirab,-Ailgira; bhagavan-very powerful; r�ib,-sage;\nloklin-planets;\n\nanucaran-traveling around;\n\nchat -came; yadrcchaya-suddenly.\n\netan-these; upagac­\n\n", "SB6.3#p0045": "16\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce upon a time, when the powerful sage named Angirii was\n\ntraveling all over the universe without engagement, by his sweet\nwill he came to the palace of King Citraketu.\nTEXT 15\n\nij ��� ferl'1ifctdl�€t.fre:tr(onfaftr: 1\n'§ttrfd��CIit;f «�6: II� �II\ntam pujayitva vidhivat\npratyutthiiniirhaT_Iiid bhi/:t\nkrtatithyam upasidat\nsukhiisinarit samiihita/:t\n\n-\n\ntam -him; p ujayitva -after worshiping; vidhi vat -according to the\nrules and regulations for receiving exalted guests; pratyutthiina-by\n\n-\n\nstanding from the throne; arha � adibhi/:t-offering worship and so on;\n\nkrta-atithyam-who was given hospitality; upasidat -sat down near;\nsukha-iisinam-who was seated very comfortably; samiihita/:t -control\n\n­\n\nling his mind and senses.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCitraketu immediately stood up from his throne and offered\n\nhim worship. He offered drinking water and eatables and in this\n\nway performed his duty as a host to a great guest. When the .n;i was\n\nseated very comfortably, the King, restraining his mind and\nsenses, sat on the ground at the side of the .n;i's feet.\nTEXT 16\n\n'l'f'i(ijfl't1414\n\n!I�WRJ\n\n�I\nSIM\\� 44,1(1\\iil (1tll+ti�G\\4icila: II� �II\nmaha�is tam upiisinarit\npra.Srayiivanatarit �itau\n\n", "SB6.3#p0046": "Text 17]\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\n\n17\n\npratipujya maharaja\nsamiib/u'4yedam abravit\nmaha-r�ib,-the great sage; tam-unto him (the King); upasinamsitting near; pra.Sraya-avanatam-bowing in humility; �itau-on the\nground;\n\npratipujya-congratulating;\n\nmaharaja-0 King Parik�it;\n\nsamiib/u'4ya-addressing; idam-this; abravit-said.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it, when Citraketu, bent low in humility, was\nseated at the lotus feet of the great sage, the sage congratulated\nhim for his humility and hospitality. The sage addressed him in\nthe following words.\nTEXT 17\n\niJifirrr \\1CfR\n31ft���� stiJMl a?.ii€+M: I\n� Sli'Rrfil!is: �'IF{���: 11�\\911\narigira uvaca\napi te 'namayam svasti\nprakrnnam tathatmanab,\nyatha prakrtibhir guptab.\npumiin raja ca saptabhib.\narigirab. utnca-the great sage Angira said; api-whether; te-o£\nyou; aniimayam-health; svasti-auspiciousness; prakrtiniim-of your\nroyal elements (associates and paraphernalia);\n\ntatha-as well as; at­\n\nmanab,-of your own body, mind and soul; yatha-like; prakrtibhib,by the elements of material nature; guptab,-protected; pumiin-the\nliving being; raja-the king; ca-also; saptabhib,-by seven.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Angirii said: My dear King, I hope that your body\nand mind and your royal associates and paraphernalia are well.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0047": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n18\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\nWhen the seven properties of material nature [the total material\nenergy, the ego and the five objects of sense gratification] are in\nproper order, the living entity within the material elements is\nhappy. Without these seven elements one cannot exist. Similarly, a\nking is always protected by seven elements-his instructor (sviimi\nor guru), his ministers, his kingdom, his fort, his treasury, his\nroyal order and his friends.\nPURPORT\nAs it is quoted by Sridhara Svami in his Bhiigavatam commentary:\n\nsvamy-amatyau janapadii\ndurga-dravi1J11-smicaya�\ndar.u/.o mitram ca tasyaita�\nsapta-prakrtayo mata�\nA king is not alone. He first has his spiritual master, the supreme guide.\n\nThen come his ministers, his kingdom, his fortifications, his treasury, his\nsystem of law and order, and his friends or allies. If these seven are\n\nproperly maintained, the king is happy. Similarly, as explained in\n\nBhagavad-gita (dehirw 'smin yatha dehe), the living entity, the soul, is\nwithin the material covering of the mahat-tattva, ego and panca-tanmdtrii, the five objects of sense gratification. When these seven are in\nproper order, the living entity is in a mood of pleasure. Generally when\nthe associates of the king are quiet and obedient, the king can be happy.\n\nTherefore the great sage Ailgira J:.{�i inquired about the King's personal\nhealth and the good fortune of his seven associates. When we inquire\n\nfrom a friend whether everything is well, we are concerned not only with\nhis personal self but also with his family, his source of income, and his\n\nassistants or servants. All of them must be well, and then a person can be\nhappy.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n31� Sl'iRI\\lE44J � � �n{ I\n� (p.(1 stt;�ti\\ WR�;:uf(�u\\:N: II� �II\n\n", "SB6.3#p0048": "Text 19]\n\nKing Citrak.etu's Lamentation\n\n19\n\natmanam prakr�v addha\nnidhaya sreya apnuyat\nrajna tatha prakrtayo\nnaradevahitiidhaya�\natmanam-himself; prak �u -under these seven royal elements;\naddha-directly; nidhaya-placing; sreya�-ultimate happiness; ap­\n\nnuyat-may obtain; rajna- by the king; tatha-so also; prakrtaya�the dependent royal elements; nara-deva-0 King; ahita-adhaya�offering wealth and other items.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, 0 lord of humanity, when a king directly depends upon\nhis associates and follows their instructions, he is happy. Similarly,\nwhen his associates offer their gifts and activities to the king and\nfollow his orders, they are also happy.\nPURPORT\nThe actual happiness of a king and his dependents is described in this\nverse. A king should not simply give orders to his dependents because he\nis supreme; sometimes he must follow their instructions. Similarly, the\ndependents should depend on the king. This mutual dependence will\nmake everyone happy.\nTEXT 19\n\n3fA�: Sfijil¥41�1�: �S'f'lf';:srur. I\n.nu ijf� lf.\"' 311�ijf• '4�1'4m\"': n � ���\napi diira� prajamdtya\nbhrtya� srer:tyo 'tha mantrir:ta�\npaura janapadii bhupa\natmaja va.Sa-oortina�\napi-whether; diira�-wives; praja-citizens; anuitya�-and secretaries;\n\nbhrtya�-servants;\n\nsr er:tya�- merchants;\n\natha-as well as;\n\n", "SB6.3#p0049": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n20\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\nmantri��-ministers; paura�-inmates of the palace; janapadii�-the\nprovincial governors; bhupa�-landholders; atma-ja�-sons; 'IXJSa-var­\n\ntina �-under your full control.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, are your wives, citizens, secretaries and servants and the\n\nmerchants who sell spices and oil under your control? Are you\nalso in full control of ministers, the inhabitants of your palace,\nyour provincial governors, your sons and your other dependents?\nPURPORT\nThe master or king and his subordinates should be interdependent.\nThrough cooperation, both of them can be happy.\n\nTEXT 20\n...,.\n\nri\n-���: '\"'\n��•�'�·����q\n<t\"1•n �� 1\n�: � 4�0� «l trfe'i<t�<tl: II� II\no\n\nyasyiitrndnu'IXJSa.S cet syat\nsarve tad '!XJSaga ime\n-\n\nlokii� sapalii yacchanti\nsarve balim atandrita�\nyasya-of whom; atma-mind; anuva.Sa�-under control; cet-if;\nsyat-may be; sarve-all;\n\ntat-'!X1Sa ga�-under\n-\n\nthe control of him;\n\nime-these; lokii�-the worlds; sa- pa lii�-with their governors; yac­\n\nchanti-offer; sarve-all; balim-contribution; atandrita�\n\n-\n\nbecoming\n\nfree from laziness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf the king's mind is fully controlled, all his family members\n\nand governmental officers are subordinate to him. His provincial\ngovernors present taxes on time, without resistance, and what to\n\nspeak of lesser servants?\n\n", "SB6.3#p0050": "Text 22]\n\n21\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\nPURPORT\n\nAilgira l.l.!?i asked the King whether his mind was also under control.\nThis is most essential for happiness.\nTEXT 21\n\n�:��m:����\nmse·lil•l4 ro MiOijifl m � ll ��II\niitmana/:t priyate niitma\n\nparata/:t svata eva va\n\nlalcyaye 'labdha-kiimam tvam\ncintaya sabalam mukham\niitmana/:t-of you; priyate-is pleased; na-not; atma-the mind;\n\nparat /:t-due to other causes; svata/:t-due to yourself; eva-indeed;\na\n\nvii-or;\n\nla�aye-1 can see;\n\nalabdha-kiimam-not achieving your\n\ndesired\n\ngoals;\n\ncintaya-by\n\ntvam-you;\n\nanxiety;\n\nsabalam-pale;\n\nmukham-face.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Citraketu, I can observe that your mind is not pleased.\nYou seem not to have achieved your desired goal. Is this because of\nyou yourself, or has it been caused by others? Your pale face\nreflects your deep anxiety.\nTEXT 22\n\n� R•�qffl � ftrn UMwtlrq �: I\n!l'lilli4wt«f� !1\\ill'filt(ijaf � ������\nevam vikalpito rajan\nvid� muniniipi sa/:t\npra5rayavanato 'bhyaha\npraja-kiimas tato munim\n\n", "SB6.3#p0051": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n22\nevam-thus;\n\nvikalpitalt-questioned;\n\nrajan-0\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\nKing\n\nParik�it;\n\nvid!L$ii-greatly learned; munina-by the philosopher; api-although;\nsalt-he (King Citraketu); pra.Sraya-avanatalt-being bent low due to\nhumility; abhyaha-replied; praja-ka.malt-desiring offspring; tataltthereafter; munim-to the great sage.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: 0 King Parik�it, although the great\n\nsage Atigiri knew everything, he inquired from the King in this\n\nway. Thus King Citraketu, desiring a son, bent low in great\n\nhumility and spoke to the great sage as follows.\nPURPORT\n\nSince the face is the index to the mind, a saintly person can study the\ncondition of one's mind by seeing his face. When Ailgira ��i remarked\nabout the King's discolored face, King Citraketu explained the cause of\nhis anxiety as follows.\nTEXT 23\n\n\"\"\"ifitlfSif/\"if\n\n� fcii 'f � 6-it(11Wf(14i1Nflr: I\n�fi1wti iitmlqlwtl '11\\r.a: ,afts ������\ncitraketur uviica\nbhagavan kim na viditam\ntapo-jnana-samiidhibhilt\nyoginam dhvasta-papanam\nbahir antalt sariri.§u\ncitraketult uroca-King Citraketu replied; bhagavan-0 most powerful sage; kim-what; na-not; viditam-is understood; tapalt-by\nausterity; joona-knowledge; samiidhibhilt-and by samiidhi (trance,\ntranscendental meditation); yoginam-by the great yogis or devotees;\n\ndhvasta-papanam-who are fully freed from all sinful reactions;\nbahilt-externally; antalt-internally; sariri.§u-in conditioned souls,\nwho have material bodies.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0052": "King Citraketu's Lamentation\n\nText 25]\n\n23\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Citraketu said: 0 great lord Angiri, because of austerity,\nknowledge and transcendental samadhi, you are freed from all the\nreactions of sinful life. Therefore, as a perfect yogi, you can\nunderstand everything external and internal regarding embodied,\nconditioned souls like us.\nTEXT 24\n\n� ��Q441�f.t �M6(I\n¥fcRit ��fq ��f(i(l�( 11�\\lll\ntathiipi prcchato brilyam\nbrahmann atmani cintitam\n\nbhavato vid� capi\n\ncodita.s tvad-anujnaya\ntathiipi-still;\n\nprcchata�-asking;\n\nbrilyam-Iet me speak; brah­\n\nman-0 great brahmalJ.(l; atmani-in the mind; cintitam-anxiety;\nbhavata�-to you; vid�a�-who know everything; ca-and; api-al­\n\nthough; codita�-being inspired; tvat-your; anujnaya-by the order.\nTRANSLATION\n0 great soul, you are aware of everything, yet you are asking me\nwhy I am full of anxiety. Therefore, in response to your order, let\nme disclose the cause.\nTEXT 25\n\n('SlEfWI�dq ��: 61WfA*4�(1+qf(: I\nWI �;((��!Hi qf �\"11!�1qfllclq� ����II\nloka-palair api prarthya�\nsamrajyaiSvarya-sampada�\nna nandayanty aprajam mam\nk$ut-trt-kamam ivapare\n\n", "SB6.3#p0053": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n24\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\nloka palai/:1- -by great demigods; api-even; prarlhya/:1-- desirable;\nsdmrajya-a great empire; aiSvarya-material opulence; sampada/:1-possessions; na nandayanti-do not give pleasure; aprajam-because of\nhaving no son; mdm-unto me; �ut-hunger; tf!-thirst; kamam-\n\ndesiring to satisfy; iva-like; apare-other enjoyable sense objects.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs a person aggrieved by hunger and thirst is not pleased by the\n\nexternal gratification of flower garlands or sandalwood pulp, I am\n\nnot pleased with my empire, opulence or possessions, which are\ndesirable even for great demigods, because I have no son.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�Hn qrlt 'I� �: ��\n�\n\n'Ri �: I\n\nm��q�;r: ,,����\ntata/:1- pahi maha-bhaga\npilroai/:1- saha gatam tama/:1yatha tarema dU$param\nprajaya tad vidhehi na/:1-\n\ntata/:1--therefore, because of this; pahi-kindly save; maha-bhaga-\n\n0 great sage; pilroai/:1- saha-alo ng with my forefathers; gatam-gone;\n\ntama/:1--to darkness; yatha-so that; tarema-we can cross;\ndU$param -very difficult to cross; prajaya-by getting a son; tat-that;\nvidhehi-kindly do; na/:1--for us.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, 0 great sage, please save me and my forefathers, who\n\nare descending to the darkness of hell because I have no progeny.\n\nKindly do something so that I may have a son to deliver us from\nhellish conditions.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic civilization, one gets married simply to have a son,\nwho is needed to offer oblations to his forefathers. King Citraketu re-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0054": "Text\n\n28)\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\n\n25\n\nsponsibly desired to beget a child so that he and his forefathers might be\ndelivered from the darkest regions. He was concerned with how to get\npir.u)a, oblations, in the next life, not only for himself but also for his\nforefathers. Therefore he requested Angira I;t�i to favor him by doing\nsomething that could help him get a son.\n\nTEXT27\nwt� ijlffil\n\nf�f'lij: � � 1)ql��iJIUH Wf: I\n�qPI€'41 �� �� €i4tl{¥4�1tfq: ������\nsri-suka umca\nity arthita/:1. sa bhagamn\nkrpalur brahma1J1l/:£ suta/:£\nsrapayitoo carum t�!rarh\nttxl§!(iram ayajad vibhu/:1.\nsri-suka/:1. umca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti -thus; arthita/:1.being requested; sa/:1.-he (Ailgira I;t�i); bhagavan-the most powerful;\nkrpdlu/:1.-being very merciful; brahma1J1l/:£-of Lord Brahma; suta/:1.-a\nson (born of Lord Brahma's mind); srapayitva-after causing to cook;\ncarum-a specific oblation of sweetrice; t�!ram-meant for the\ndemigod known as Tva�ta; tva.:;!iiram-Tva�ta; ayajat-he worshiped;\nvibhu/:1.-the great sage.\nTRANSLATION\nIn response to the request of Maharaja Citraketu, Ailgiri �i,\nwho was born of Lord Brahms's mind, was very merciful toward\nhim. Because the sage was a greatly powerful personality, he performed a sacrifice by offering oblations of sweetrice to Tv��\n\nTEXT28\n\n�m � � � oo flf«wftud � � 1\n;mrt1)�Rf�tr$\\P>0eq��: ����II\n\n", "SB6.3#p0055": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n26\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\njye�!}ui sre�!ha ca ya rajfio\nmahi§iTJ-lim ca bharata\nnamna krtadyutis tasyai\nyajiiocchi§tam adad dvija/:1.\njye�!ha-the senior; sre�!ha-the most perfect; ca-and; ya-she\nwho; rajfia/:1.-of the King; mahi§iTJ-lim-among all the queens; caalso; bharata-0 Maharaja Parik�it, the best of the Bharatas; namnaby name; krtadyuti/:1.-.Krtadyuti;\n\ntasyai-unto her;\n\nyajfia-of the\n\nsacrifice; ucchi§!am-the remnants of food; adat-delivered; dvija/:1.the great sage (Ailgira).\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Parik�it Maharaja, best of the Bharatas, the remnants of the\n\nfood offered in the yajiia were given by the great sage Angiri to\n\nthe first and most perfect among Citraketu's millions of queens,\n\nwhose name was lqtadyuti.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n� �� �P46iit®� : I\nmR� iUAtrJt � 11��11\n3Pm\n\nathaha nrpatim rajan\nbhavitaikas tavatmaja/:1.\nhar�a soka pradas tubhyam\niti brahma-suto yayau\n-\n\natha-thereafter;\n\naha-said;\n\n-\n\nnrpatim-unto the King; rajan-0\n\nKing Citraketu; bhavita-there will be; eka/:1.-one; tava-your; atmaja/:1.-son; har�a-soka-jubilation and lamentation; prada/:1.-who will\ngive; tubhyam-unto you; iti-thus; brahma-suta/:1.-Angira ��i, the\nson of Lord Brahma; yayau-left.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, the great sage told the King, \"0 great King, now\n\nyou will have a son who will he the cause of both jubilation and\n\n", "SB6.3#p0056": "Text 30]\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\n\n27\n\nlamentation.\" The sage then left, without waiting for Citraketu's\nresponse.\nPURPORT\nThe word har�a means \"jubilation,\" and soka means \"lamentation.\"\nThe King was overwhelmed with joy when he understood that he would\nhave a son. Because of his great jubilation, he could not actually understand the statement of the sage Ailgira. He accepted it to mean that there\nwould certainly be jubilation because of the birth of his future son, but\nthat he would be the King's only son and, being very proud of his great\nwealth and empire, would not be very obedient to his father. Thus the\nKing was satisfied, thinking, \"Let there be a son. It does not matter if he\nis not very obedient.\" In Bengal there is a proverb that instead of having\nno maternal uncle, it is better to have a maternal uncle who is blind. The\nKing accepted this philosophy, thinking that a disobedient son would be\nbetter than no son at all. The great sage caQ.akya PaQ<;lita says:\nko 'rthafr. putrer:w jatena\n\nyo na vidvan na dhdrmikafr.\nkiir:tena ca�u¢. kim vii\nca�ufr. p'U)aiva kevalam\n\"What is the use of a son who is neither a learned scholar nor a devotee?\nSuch a son is like a blind, diseased eye, which always causes suffering.\"\nNevertheless, the material world is so polluted that one wants to have a\nson even though he is useless. This attitude was represented in the\nhistory of King Citraketu.\nTEXT 30\n\nmfq 6dt1�1;w1� �'litit('41�( I\n� 'ti69,M�tfl f§M4ilftRcu�¥t\\if4( 11� 11\no\n\nsapi tat-prasanii d eva\ncitraketor adhdrayat\ngarbham krtadyutir devi\nkrttikiigner ivatmajam\n\n", "SB6.3#p0057": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n28\nsa-she; api-even;\n\nta t prasaruit-by\n-\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\neating the remnants of food\n\nfrom the great sacrifice; eva-indeed; citraketob,-from King Citraketu;\nadharayat-bore;\n\ngarbham-pregnancy;\n\nkrtadyutib,-Queen\n\nl(rta­\n\ndyuti; devi-the goddess; krttika-l(rttika; agneb,-from Agni; waas: iitma-jam-a son.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs .K_rttikadevi, after receiving the semen of Lord Siva from\nAgni, conceived a child named Skanda [Karttikeya), .K_rtadyuti,\nhaving received semen from Citraketu, became pregnant after eating remnants of food from the yajiia performed by Aiigira.\nTEXT 31\n\n3lsRwi �: uqeJ �: 1\nffi\n�:tlij�QI :tlwt�;ff II�� II\n�\n\ntasya anudinaril garbhab,\nsukla-pa�a ivcx)upab,\n\nvavrdhe surasenesa­\n\ntejasa sanakair nrpa\ntasyab,-her; anudinam-day after day; garbhab,-embryo; sukla­\n\npa�e-during the fortnight of the waxing moon; iva-like; zu;lupab,­\n\nthe moon; vavrdhe-gradually developed; surasena-iSa-of the King of\n\nSurasena; tejasa-by the semen; sanakaib,-little by little; nrpa-0\n\nKing Pari:k�it.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter receiving semen from Maharaja Citraketu, the King of\nSiirasena, Queen .K_rtadyuti gradually developed in her pregnancy,\n0 King Parik�it, just as the moon develops during the bright\nfortnight.\nTEXT 32\n\n• �: Q+Mi�d I\n� @�wtlwtt � tR+rt � ������\n31¥{ �\n\n", "SB6.3#p0058": "King Citraketu's Lamentation\n\nText 33]\n\n29\n\nathn kiila updvrtte\nkumarab samajayata\njanayan silrasendndrh\n\nsro-vatam paramdrh mudam\n\nathn-thereafter; kiile updvrtte-in due course of time; kumarab­\n\nthe son; samajayata-took birth; janayan -creating; silrasendndm-of\nthe inhabitants of su.rasena; sro-vatam-hearing; paramam-the highest; mudam-delight.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, in due course of time, a son was born to the King.\n\nHearing news of this, all the inhabitants of the state of Siirasena\n\nwere extremely pleased.\n\nhr�to raja kumdrasya\nsndtab sucir alarikrtab\nvacayitvO.S� vipraib\n\nkiirayam lisa jatakam\n\nhmab-v ery happy; raja-the King; kuma rasya -of his newly born\n\nson; sndtab-having bathed; sucib - being purified; ala rikrta b - being\ndecorated with ornaments; vacayitoo -hav ing caused to be spoken:\nas4ab-words\n\nof\n\nbenediction;\n\n.\n\nvipraib-by\n\nlearned\n\nbrahmar:ms;\n\nkiirayam lisa-caused to be performed; jatakam-the birth ceremony.\nTRANSLATION\n\nKing Citraketu was especially pleased. Mter purifying himself\n\nby bathing and by decorating himself with ornaments, he engaged\n\nlearned bralun� in offering benedictions to the child and performing the birth ceremony.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0059": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n30\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�-tfl ft� �(( tffitf��OTTR :q\nI\nIDlff'l � �'A.��il�l+ti��--- ����II\ntebhyo hiraTJ-yam rajatam\nvdsarilsy abharaT}-iini ca\ngramiin hayan gajiin priidi\ndhenuniim arbudiini �a!\ntebhyab,-unto them (the learned brahma1JOS); hiraTJ-yam-gold; rajatam-silver; vdsarilsi-garments; abharaT}-iini-ornaments; ca-also;\ngramiin-villages; hayan-horses; gajiin -elephants; priidiit-gave in\ncharity;\n\ndhenunii m-of cows;\n\narbudiini-groups of\n\none hundred\n\nmillion; �a!-six.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUnto the brihmm;tas who took part in the ritualistic ceremony\n\nthe King gave charity of gold, silver, garments, ornaments,\n\nvillages, horses and elephants, as well as sixty crores of cows [six\nhundred million cows).\n\nTEXT 35\n\n� �� �� � �R;u4{ I\n� �� i+tR@ �+{W{l: ������\nvavar�a kiimiin anye�iim\nparjanya iva dehiniim\ndhanyam ya.Sasyam a�yam\nkumiirasya maha-maniib,\nvavar�a-showered, gave in charity; kii.miin-all desirable things;\nanye�m-of others; parjanyab,-a cloud; iva-like; dehiniim-of all\nliving entities; dhanyam-with the desire for an increase of opulence;\nya.Sasyam-an increase of reputation; ay�yam-and an increase of the\nduration of life; kumiirasya-of the newly born child; maha-maniib,the beneficent King Citraketu.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0060": "Text\n\n37]\n\n31\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs a cloud indiscriminately pours water on the earth, the benefi­\n\ncent Ki!lg Citraketu, to increase the reputation, opulence and\nlongevity of his son, distributed like rainfall all desirable things to\neveryone.\n\nkrcchra-labdhe 'tha riijar�es\ntanaye 'nudinam pituft\nyathii niftsvasya krcchriipte\ndhane sneho 'nvavardhata\nkrcchra -with great difficulty; labdhe-gained; atha-thereafter;\nriija-r�eft-of\n\nthe\n\npious\n\nKing\n\nCitraketu;\n\ntanaye -for\n\nthe\n\nson;\n\nanudinam -day after day; pituft-of the father; yathii-exactly as;\nniftsvasya-of a poor man; krcchra-iipte -gained after great difficulty;\ndhane-for riches; snehaft-affection; anvavardhata-increased.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a poor man gets some money after great difficulty, his\naffection for the money increases daily. Similarly, when King\nCitraketu, after great difficulty, received a son, his affection for\nthe son increased day after day.\nTEXT\n\n37\n\n�«��?fijd � m) .t1«tl'i(et: I\nt;��: ij'�;rt ���''*Jq(l� 11�\\911\nmdtus tv atitariim putre\n\nsneho moha-samudbhavaft\nkrtadyuteft sapatniniim\npraja-kiima-jvaro 'bhavat\n\n", "SB6.3#p0061": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n32\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\nmatub,-of the mother; tu-also; atitaram-excessively; putre-for\nthe son; snehab,-affection; moha-out of ignorance; samudbhavab,produced; krtadyuteb,-of ,Krtadyuti; sapatniniim-of the co-wives;\npraja-kama-of a desire to have sons; jvarab,-a fever; abhavatthere was.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe mother's attraction and attention to the son, like that of the\nchild's father, excessively increased. The other wives, seeing\n.K_rtadyuti's son, were very much agitated, as if by high fevers, with\na desire to have sons.\nTEXT 38\n\nM��) fijsftffl�� � 3f�RJI\nW( ��if(� �l�tlijf� ������\ncitraketor atipritir\nyatlui dare prajavati\nna tatluinye�u sanjajiie\n\nbalarit lalayato nvaham\n'\n\ncitraketob,-of\n\nKing\n\nCitraketu;\n\natipritib,-excessive\n\nattraction;\n\nyatlui-just as; dare-unto the wife; praja-vati-who begot a son; na\nnot;\n\ntatlui-like\n\nthat;\n\nanye�u-unto\n\nthe\n\nothers;\n\n­\n\nsanjajiie-arose;\n\nbalam-the son; lalayatab,-taking care of; anvaham-constantly.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs King Citraketu fostered his son very carefully, his affection\nfor Queen .K_rtadyuti increased, but gradually he lost affection for\nthe other wives, who had no sons.\nTEXT 39\nc\n\n•\n\n('\n\n....\n\nm: ��<I�� ��T��+�t�'n'(�.,.,tl'\"l I\n\n3(TW{� �:� �Tij!lll�O(\n\n� ����\"\n\n", "SB6.3#p0062": "Text40]\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\n\n33\n\nta/:l paryatapyann atmanam\n\ngarhayantyo 'bhyasuyaya\nanapatyena du/:lkhena\nrajnas caniidarer:w ca\nta/:l-they (the queens who did not have sons); paryatapyanlamented;\n\niitmdnam-themselves;\n\ngarhayantya/:l-condemning;\n\nabhyasuyaya-out of envy; anapatyena-due to being without sons;\n\ndu/:lkhena-by\n\nunhappiness;\n\nrajiia/:l-of\n\nthe\n\nKing;\n\nca-also;\n\naniidarer:w-due to negligence; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\nThe other queens were extremely unhappy due to their being\nsonless. Because of the King's negligence toward them, they condemned themselves in envy and lamented.\nTEXT40\n\nf�ijfj �� qNf ��l'l�'\"'Rm{ I\n�Tfll:�TN�(Ot')f'Jq m�T� ll�oll\ndhig aprajam striyam papiim\npatyu.S cagrha-sammatam\nsuprajabhi/:l sapatnibhir\ndiisim iva tiraskrtam\ndhik-all condemnation; aprajam-without a son; striyam-upon a\nwoman; papam-full of sinful activities; patyu/:l-by the husband;\nca-also; a-grha-sammatam-who is not honored at home; su-prajabhi/:l-who have sons; sapatnibhi/:l-by co-wives; diis m-a maidservant; iva-exactly like; tiraskrtam-dishonored.\nTRANSLATION\nA wife who has no sons is neglected at home by her husband and\ndishonored by her co-wives exactly like a maidservant. Certainly\nsuch a woman is condemned in every respect because of her sinful\nlife.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0063": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n34\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated by CA.r:takya PaQI,iita:\nmata yasya grhe niisti\n\nbhiirya capriya-vadini\n\nara�yam tena gantavyam\nyathiira�yam tathii grham\n\"A person who has no mother at home and whose wife does not speak\nsweetly should go to the forest. For such a person, living at home and living in the forest are equal.\" Similarly, for a woman who has no son, who\nis not cared for by her husband and whose co-wives neglect her, treating\nher like a maidservant, to go to the forest is better than to remain at\nhome.\nTEXT41\n\n�e'hd cir ��A: �fir;{: ntn I\n31+m--uf�t;n;U����: 11\\l�ll\ndiis nam ko nu santapab\nsvdminab, paricaryaya\nabhik§�m labdha-mananam\n\ndiisya diis va durbhagab\ndiis nam-of the maidservants; kab,-what; nu-indeed; santapab­\n\nlamentation; svdminab,-unto the husband; paricaryaya -by rendering\n\nservice; abhik§�m-constantly; labdha-mananam-honored; diisyab\n-of the maidservant; diisi iva-like a maidservant; durbhaga b,-most\n\nunfortunate.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven maidservants who are constantly engaged in rendering ser­\n\nvice to the husband are honored by the husband, and thus they\nhave nothing for which to lament. Our position, however, is that\n\n", "SB6.3#p0064": "King Citraketu's Lamentation\n\nText 43]\n\n35\n\nwe are maidservants of the maidservant. Therefore we are most\nunfortunate.\n\nTEXT42\n�ci �'ll\"'li1i WR;:�: �4J¥=q(l I\n�s ij+iffi�mwrt f«.ft ¢1(.'}'41\"1� II \\l �II\nevam sandahyamiiniiniim\nsapatnya/:1. putra-sampadii\nrajiio 'sammata-vrttiniim\nvidve�o balavan abhat\nevam-thus; sandahyamiininiim-of the queens, who were constantly burning in lamentation; sapatnya/:1.-of the co-wife .Krtadyuti;\nputra-sampadii-due to the opulence of a son; rafiia/:1.-by the King;\nasammata-vrttiniim-not being very much favored; vidve�/:1.-envy;\nbalavan-very strong; abhut-became.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi continued: Being neglected by their husband and seeing Krladyuti's opulence in possessing a son,\nKrladyuti's co-wives always burned in envy, which became\nextremely strong.\n\nTEXT43\n\n#«'R!�:\n\n�\n\n��: I\nrR q: t;+il(l� Frt �qffl' STftf 11\\l�ll\nvidve�a-�!a-mataya/:1.\nstriyo daru�-cetasa/:1.\ngaram dadu/:1. kumiiraya\ndurmar�a nrpatim prati\n\n-\n\nvidve�a-�!a mataya/:1.-whose\nstriya/:1.-the\n\nwomen;\n\n-\n\nintelligence\n\ndaru� cetasa/:1.-being\n\nwas\nvery\n\nlost\n\nin\n\nenvy;\n\nhardhearted;\n\n", "SB6.3#p0065": "[Canto 6, Ch.l4\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n36\n\ngaram-poison; dadult-administered; kumaraya\n\n-\n\nunto the boy; dur­\n\nmar� alt-being intolerant; nrpatim-the King; pra ti\n\n-\n\nupon\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs their envy increased, they lost their intelligence. Being ex­\n\ntremely hardhearted and unable to tolerate the King's neglect,\nthey finally administered poison to the son.\nTEXT44\n\niij9;Rt(llf� �4ilwtl'i*i � i\nmi�Rr m-��fWR:t�t{����� ll'd'dll\nkrtadyutir ajananti\nsapatnindm agham mahat\nsupta eveti saficintya\nniri�ya vyacarad grhe\nkr tadyutilt-Queen\n\nl(rtadyuti;\n\najananti -being\n\nunaware\n\nof;\n\nsapatnindm-of her co-wives; agham-sinful act; mah at -very great;\nsuptalt-sleeping;\n\neva -indeed;\n\niti\n\n-\n\nthus;\n\nsaficintya -thinking;\n\nniri�ya-iook ing at; vyacarat-was walking; gr he -at home.\nTRANSLATION\nUnaware of the poison administered by her co-wives, Queen\n\nKrtadyuti walked within the house, thinking that her son was\nsleeping deeply. She did not understand that he was dead.\nTEXT45\n\n�;( ��� ifl�� �ll(T I\n�'tl9iJ;t lt � d� m;rf¥t:q')�J;t� ll'd'-\\11\nsayanam suciram balam\nupadharya man�ir:ti\nputram anaya me bhadre\niti dhatrim acodayat\n\n", "SB6.3#p0066": "Text\n\n47]\n\n37\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\n\nsayanam-lying down; su-ciram-for a long time; lxllam-the son;\nupadharya-thinking; man�ir:ti-very intelligent; putram-the son;\nanaya-bring; me-unto me;\n\nbhadre-0 gentle friend; iti-thus;\n\ndhatrim-unto the nurse; acodayat-gave the order.\nTRANSLATION\nThinking that her child had been sleeping for a long time,\nQueen Krtadyuti, who was certainly very intelligent, ordered the\nnurse, \"My dear friend, please bring my son here.\"\nTEXT\n\n46\n\nm �Ptl'iij�\n\nq1 ��n�it� 1\nstltit�k�� �Mt��qa:gfq ������\nsa sayanam upavrajya\ndr�!va cottara-locanam\nprar:tendriyatmabhis tyaktam\nhatasmity apatad bhuvi\nsa-she\n\n(the maidservant); sayanam-lying down;\n\nupavrajya­\n\ngoing to; dmva-seeing; ca-also; uttara-locanam-his eyes turned\nupward (as are those of a dead body); prar:ta-indriya-atmabhib,-by the\nlife force, senses and mind; tyaktam-abandoned; hata asmi-now I am\ndoomed; iti-thus; apatat-fell down; bhuvi-on the ground.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the maidservant approached the child, who was lying\ndown, she saw that his eyes were turned upward. There were no\nsigns of life, all his senses having stopped, and she could understand that the child was dead. Seeing this, she immediately cried,\n\"Now I am doomed,\" and fell to the ground.\nTEXT\n\n47\n\n����� �� �\n�:�� mmt\n\n", "SB6.3#p0067": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n38\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\ntasyas tadakan:r.ya bhr§aturam svaram\nghnantya/:1. karabhyam ura uccakair api\npraviSya rajni tvarayatmajantikam\ndadarsa balam sahasa mrtam sutam\ntasya/:1.-of her (the maidservant); tada-at that time; akan:r-yahearing; bhrsa - aturam-highly regretful and agitated; sooram-voice;\nghnantya/:1.-striking; karabhyam-with the hands; ura/:1.-the chest;\nuccakai/:1.-loudly; api-also; pra viSya-entering; rajni- the Queen;\ntvaraya-hastily; atmaja-antikam-near her son; dadarsa-she saw;\nbalam-the child; sahasa-suddenly; mrtam-dead; sutam-son.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn great agitation, the maidservant struck her breast with both\nhands and cried loudly in regretful words. Hearing her loud voice,\nthe Queen immediately came, and when she approached her son,\n\nshe saw that he was suddenly dead.\n\nTEXT 48\n\n'ARI\n\n� qf� �:;u\n\n�\n\nFm!�l�til\"'t(l 11\\1�11\n\npapata bhumau parivrddhaya sued\nmumoha vibhrel$!a-siroruhambara\npapata - fell down; bhumau-on the ground; parivrddhaya-highly\nincreased;\n\nsued-out\n\nof\n\nlamentation;\n\nmumoha-she\n\nbecame un­\n\nconscious; vibhrel$!a-scattered; siroruha-hair; ambara-and dress.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn great lamentation, her hair and dress in disarray, the Queen\n\nfell to the ground unconscious.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0068": "Text\n\n51)\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\n\n39\n\nTEXT 49\n\n�� �'{l·=�n�{€4rnwtl �\n;m� iiFf� r� u�� ,\n� ��o�ij;rr: ij�:rorcn�� �e\"ti ���: iiffl1l«: ������\ntato nrpantal;.pura-vartirw jana\nnardS ca narya.S ca ni.Samya rodanam\niigatya tulya-vyasanal;. sudul;.khitas\ntiiS ca vyalikam rurudul;. krtagasal;.\ntatal;.-thereafter; nrpa-0 King; antal;.pura-vartinal;.-the inhabitants of the palace; janal;.-all the people; naral;.-the men; ca-and;\nnaryal;.-the women; ca-also; niSamya-hearing; rodanam-loud\ncrying; agatya-coming; tulya-vyasanal;.-being equally aggrieved; sudul;.khital;.-very greatly lamenting; tal;.-they; ca-and; vyalikampretentiously; rurudul;.-cried; krta-agasal;.-who had oommitted the\noffense (by giving the poison).\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it, hearing the loud crying, all the inhabitants of\nthe palace came, both men and women. Being equally aggrieved,\nthey also began to cry. The queens who had administered the\npoison also cried pretentiously, knowing full well their offense.\n\nTEXTS 50-51\n\n� �d �'i�fai<n�i\nf%�tftn � � qt?f 1\n\n� �:q{ mi\n��s�sttRtft�icr: ll�oU\nqmr '\"� � 1{1��\n�� ��f��WCR:: I\n\n", "SB6.3#p0069": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n40\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\n� � illtqt4�1q(l�\nfwl�it WI � �tNd'( II�� II\nsrutvii mrtarit putram ala�itiintakarit\nvi�!a-dmi� prapatan skhalan pathi\nsnehiinubandhaidhitayii sucii bhrsarit\nvimilrcchito 'nuprakrtir dvijair vrta�\npapiita biilasya sa piida-mille\n\nmrtasya visrasta-siroruhiimbara�\ndirgharit svasan fx'4pa-kaloparodhato\nniruddha-kar:t!ho na sa5iika b�itum\nsrutvii-hearing;\n\nmrtam-dead;\n\nputram-the\n\nson;\n\nala�ita-an­\n\ntakam-the cause of death being unknown; vi�!a-dmi�-unable to\nskhalan -slipping;\nsneha-anubandha-because of affection;\ne dhitayii -increasing; sucii-by lamentation; bhrsa m-greatly; vimilrc­\n\nsee properly; prapatan-constantly falling down;\npathi-on\n\nthe\n\nroad;\n\nchita�-becoming unconscious;\n\nanuprakrti�-followed by ministers\n\nand other officers; dvijai�-by learned briihmaTJas; vrta�-surrounded;\npapiita-fell down; biilasya-of the boy; sa�-he (the King); piidamille-at the feet; mrtasya-of the dead body; visrasta-scattered;\nsiroruha-hair;\n\nambara�-and\n\ndress;\n\ndirgham-long;\n\nsvasan­\n\nbreathing; bi4pa kalii-uparodhata�-due to crying with tearful eyes;\n-\n\nniruddha-kar:t!ha�-having a choked voice; na-not; sa5iika-was able;\nbhii{; tum-to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen King Citraketu heard of his son's death from unknown\n\ncauses, he became almost blind. Because of his great affection for\nhis son, his lamentation grew like a blazing fire, and as he went to\nsee the dead child, he kept slipping and falling on the ground.\n\nSurrounded by his ministers and other officers and the learned\n\nbrahma.r.tas present, the King approached and fell unconscious at\nthe child's feet, his hair and dress scattered. When the King,\nbreathing heavily, regained consciousness, his eyes were tearful,\nand he could not speak.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0070": "Text\n\n53]\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\nTEXT\n\n41\n\n52\n\nqffl' f.fm.��� �\n�a � � �(Jlt€fi(1W'(tfu( 1\n\nUijt �� wi\n�� �;n N� f:vNT 11��11\n\nill�\n\npatim nink$yoru-suciirpitam tadii\nmrtam ca biilam sutam eka-santatim\njanasya riijfii prakrtes ca hrd-rujam\nsati dadhiinii vilalapa citradhii\npatim -the husband; nirik$ya -by seeing; uru-greatly; suca-with\nlamentation; arpitam -pained; tadii-at that time; mrtam -dead; caand; biilam-the child; sutam-the son; eka-santatim-the only son in\nthe family; janasya-of all the other people gathered there; riijfii-the\nQueen; prakrte/:t ca-as well as of the officers and ministers; hrt-ru­\n\njam -the pains within the core of the heart; sati dadhiinii-increasing;\nvilaliipa-lamented; citradhii-in varieties of ways.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Queen saw her husband, King Citraketu, merged in\ngreat lamentation and saw the dead child, who was the only son in\nthe family, she lamented in various ways. This increased the pain\nin the cores of the hearts of all the inhabitants of the palace, the\nministers and all the brihmm;tas.\nTEXT\n\n53\n\n����\n\n��q«q�d\nf;fltr� (11!4Wfil'qfic.-�fi{: I\n� • fcme�tNt: �\n\n�R f=vf �'Tcr � II�� II\n\nstana-dvayam kunkuma-panka-mar:u;Iitam\nn�ificati siifijana-bii§pa-bindubhi/:t\n\n", "SB6.3#p0071": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n42\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\nvikirya kesan vigalat-sraja/:1. sutam\nsu§oca citram kurariva susvaram\nstana-dvayam-her two breasts; kwikuma-with kwikuma powder\n(which is generally sprayed on the breasts of women); parika-ointment; ma�itam-decorated; ni§incati-moistening; sa-anjana-mixed\nwith the eye ointment; bii§pa-of tears; bindubhi/:1.-by drops;\nvikirya-scattering; kesiin-hair; vigalat-was falling down; sraja/:1.on which the flower garland; sutam-for her son; su§oca-lamented;\ncitram-variegated; kurari iva-like a kurari bird; su-svaram-in a\nvery sweet voice.\nTRANSLATION\nThe garland of Bowers deoorating the Queen's head fell, and her\n\nhair scattered. Falling tears melted the oollyrium on her eyes and\nmoistened\n\nher\n\nbreasts,\n\nwhich were\n\noovered\n\nwith\n\nkurikuma\n\npowder. As she lamented the loss of her son, her loud crying\nresembled the sweet sound of a kurari bird�\nTEXT 54\n\n� mlij@«f\\�iw illtft-5�\n��ql�'f��·'-Utf�Trit\n\n����\n\n�\n\n��--u-l\"\n1':4'1��..,\"{':4411�\n\n�Rr�: q�: ll'-\\\\lll\n\naho vidhiitas tvam ativa biiliSo\nyas tv iitma-sr$ty-apratinlpam ihase\npare nu jivaty aparasya ya mrtir\nviparyaya§ cet tvam asi dhruva/:1. para/;\naho-alas (in great lamentation); vidhiita/:1.-0 Providence; tvamYou; ativa-very much; biili.Sa/:1.-inexperienced; ya/:1.-who; ru-indeed; iitma-sr$#-of Your own creation; apratinlpam-just the opposite; ihase-You are performing and desiring; pare-while the father\nor the elder; nu-indeed; jivati-is living; aparasya-of one who was\n\n", "SB6.3#p0072": "Text\n\n55]\n\nborn\n\nlater;\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\nya-which;\n\nmrtilt-death;\n\n43\n\nviparyayalt-contradictory;\n\ncet-if; tvam-You; asi-are; dhruvalt-indeed; paralt-an enemy..\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlas, 0 Providence, 0 Creator, You are certainly inexperienced\nin creation, for during the lifetime of a father You have caused the\ndeath of his son, thus acting in opposition to Your creative laws. If\nYou are determined to contradict these laws, You are certainly the\nenemy of living entities and are never merciful.\nPURPORT\nThis is the way a conditioned soul condemns the supreme creator when\nhe meets reverses. Sometimes he accuses the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead of being crooked because some people are happy and some are\nnot. Here the Queen blames supreme providence for her son's death.\nFollowing the creative laws, a father should die first and then his son. If\nthe creative laws are changed according to the whims of providence, then\nprovidence certainly should not he considered merciful, but must be considered inimical to the created being. Actually it is not the creator, but\nthe conditioned soul who is inexperienced. He does not know how the\nsubtle laws of fruitive activity work, and without knowledge of these\nlaws of nature, he ignorantly criticizes the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\nTEXT 55\n\nWf ft $1i¥it��R� ���il.-+iw:tr :\n�:\n\n�lftRonq� 6�1�¥iih�tii:\n��q·�' ��:A\n� � ijf'flf m� 11'-''-'11\n\nna hi kra11U.IS ced iha mrtyu-janmanolt\n\nsariri�m astu tad atma-karmabhilt\nyalt sneha-paso nija-sarga-vrddhaye\n\nsvayam krtas te tam imam vivrscasi\n\n", "SB6.3#p0073": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n44\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\nna-not; hi-indeed; kramab,-chronological order; cet-if; iha-in\nthis material world;\n\nmrtyu-of death; janmanob,-and of birth;\n\nsariri�m-of the conditioned souls, who have accepted material bodies;\nastu-let it be; tat-that; atma-karmabhib,-by the results of one's\nkarma (fruitive activities); yab,-that which; sneha-pasab,-bondage of\naffection;\n\nnija-sarga-Your\n\nown\n\ncreation;\n\nvrddhaye-to\n\nincrease;\n\nsvayam-personally; krtab,-made; te-by You; tam-that; imamthis; vivrscasi-you are cutting.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You may say that there is no law that a father must die\n\nin the lifetime of his son and that a son must be born in the\nlifetime of his father, since everyone lives and dies according to\n\nhis own fruitive activity. However, if fruitive activity is so strong\n\nthat birth and death depend upon it, there is no need of a controller, or God. Again, if You say that a controller is needed be­\n\ncause the material energy does not have the power to act, one may\n\nanswer that if the bonds of affection You have created are disturbed by fruitive action, no one will raise children with affection;\n\ninstead, everyone will cruelly neglect his children. Since You have\n\ncut the bonds of affection that compel a parent to raise his child,\n\nYou appear inexperienced and unintelligent.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in the Brahma-samhita, karmar:ti nirdahati kintu ca bhaktibhiijam: one who has taken to l(r�Q.a consciousness, devotional service, is\nnot affected by the results of karma. In this verse, karma has been\nstressed on the basis of karma-mimarhsa philosophy, which says that one\nmust act according to his karma and that a supreme controller must give\nthe results of karma. The subtle laws of karma, which are controlled by\nthe Supreme, cannot be understood by ordinary conditioned souls.\nTherefore l(r�Q.a says that one who can understand Him and how He is\nacting, controlling everything by subtle laws, immediately becomes freed\nby His grace. That is the statement of Brahma-samhita (karmar:ti nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhiijam). One should take to devotional service\nwithout reservations and surrender everything to the supreme will of the\nLord. That will make one happy in this life and the next.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0074": "Text\n\n56]\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\nTEXT\n\n45\n\n56\n\n� ffliJ wnim � ilf ��;w.rr\n� T�:q� T'rn� ijCf :m�lr:r'ifR21'8rw¥( I\n3l�tij�+\\ �fflSI��� �\n\\ifFd ;r tn���lit;r m �II\"\\� II\n. \"\"'\n\n,...\n\n.\n\n....\n\ntvam tata narhasi ca mtim krpa1)0,m anathiim\ntyaktum vica� pitaram tava soka-taptam\nanjas tarema bhavatapraja-dustaram yad\ndhvantam na yahy akaru')ena yamena duram\ntvam-you; tata-my dear son; na-not; arhasi- ought; ca-and;\nmtim-me; krpa7)0, m-very poor; aniit hiim-without a protector; tyaktum-to give up; vic a�va-look; pitaram-at the father; tava-your;\nsoka- tapta m-affected by so much lamentation; ajna�-easily;\ntarema-we can cross; bhavata-by you; a praja- dustaram - very difficult to cross for one without a son; yat-which; dhvantam-the\nkingdom of darkness; na yahi-do not go away; akaru�ena-merciless;\nyamena-with Yamaraja; dil ram-any further.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear son, I am helpless and very much aggrieved. You should\nnot give up my company. Just look at your lamenting father. We\nare helpless because without a son we shall have to suffer the distress of going to the darkest hellish regions. You are the only hope\nby which we can get out of these dark regions. Therefore I request\nyou not to go any further with the merciless Yama.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic injunctions, one must accept a wife just to\nbeget a son who can deliver one from the clutches of Yamaraja. Unless\none has a son to offer oblations to the pitas, or forefathers, one must\nsuffer in Yamaraja's kingdom. King Citraketu was very much aggrieved.\nthinking that because his son was going away with Yamaraja, he himself\n\n", "SB6.3#p0075": "[Canto 6, Ch.l4\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n46\n\nwould again suffer. The subtle laws exist for the karmis; if one becomes\na devotee, he has no more obligations to the laws of karma.\n\nTEXT 57\n\n� ij'ffl' 6 � � ��T��1Ul�6' W1'1-l� m�\nmn-�t tU=t•;c�, � � mn\n� �fqq��� �: (Ctefil;cl( II '1\\911\nutti.§!ha tiita ta ime si.Savo vayasyas\ntvdm ahvayanti nrpa-nandana samvihartum\nsupta5 ciram hy a§anaya ca bhavan parito\nbhwi\"-Jva stanam piba suco hara na/:t svakanam\nutti.§!ha-kindly get up; tata-my dear son; te-they; ime-all these;\nsi.Sava/:t-children; vayasya/:t-playmates; tvdm-you; ahvayanti-are\ncalling; nrpa-nandana-0 son of the King; samvihartum-to play with;\nsupta/:t-you\n\nhave\n\nslept;\n\na5anaya-by hunger;\n\nciram-for\n\nca-also;\n\na\n\nlong\n\ntime;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nbhavan-you; parita/:t-overcome;\n\nbhuri\"-Jva-please eat; stanam-at the breast (of your mother); pibadrink;\n\nsuca/:t-lamentation;\n\nhara-just\n\ndissipate;\n\nna/:t-of\n\nus;\n\nsvakanam-your relatives.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear son, you have slept a long time. Now please get up. Your\n\nplaymates are calling you to play. Since you must he very hungry,\n\nplease get up and suck my breast and dissipate our lamentation.\n\nTEXT 58\n\n�\n\n�\n\n��\n\n@'l'j\\·�1 ij\n\n�� �;c;ct�4( I\n� tiT 4lfflS�(w-f:lt'4w-��l\n;fuit����f� ����II\n\n", "SB6.3#p0076": "Text\n\n59]\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\n\n47\n\nniiham tanilja dadrse hata-marigalii te\nmugdha-smitam mudita-vi�ar:uzm ananiibjam\nkim va gato 'sy apunar-anvayam anya-lokam\nnito 'ghfl:U!na na srr:wmi kala giras te\n\nna-not; aham-1; tanil-ja-my dear son (born of my body);\ndadrse-saw; hata-marigalii-because of my being the most unfortu­\n\nnate; te-your; mugdha-smitam-with charming smiling; muditavi�ar:uzm-with closed eyes; anana-abjam-lotus face; kim oo­\n\nwhether; gata!z,-gone away; asi-you are; a-puna!z,-anvayam-from\n\nwhich one does not return; anya-lokam-to another planet, or the planet\nof Yamaraja; nita!z,-having been taken away; aghfl:U!na-by the cruel\nYamaraja; na-not; srr:wmi-1 can hear; ka.lii!z,-very pleasing; gira!z,utterances; te-your.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear son, I am certainly most unfortunate, for I can no\nlonger see your mild smiling. You have closed your eyes forever. I\ntherefore conclude that you have been taken from this planet to\nanother, from which you will not return. My dear son, I can no\nlonger hear your pleasing voice.\n\nTEXT\n\n59\n\n��\n\nAeq�• � �'fffl f�fi4eN�: 1\n\n� � ��it � � 11'-\\�11\nsri-suka umca\nvilapantya mrtam putram\niti citra-viliipanai!z,\ncitraketur bhrsam tapto\nmukta-kar:t!ho ruroda ha\nsri-suka!z, uwca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; vilapantya-with the\n\nwoman who was lamenting; mrtam -dead; putram-for the son; iti­\n\nthus; citra-viliipanai!z,-with various lamentations; citraketu!z,-King\n\n", "SB6.3#p0077": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n48\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 14\n\nCitraketu; bhrsam-very much; tapta!l-aggrieved; mukta-kaTJ!ha!lloudly; ruroda-cried; ha-indeed.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi continued: Accompanied by his wife, who\nwas thus lamenting for her dead son, King Citraketu began crying\nloudly with an open mouth, being greatly aggrieved.\nTEXT 60\n\n(I�Pfeqffl: � a,•q��(ij(W(ijr : 1\n�: � ;ro wwt: �$n�ftG>�Wf� II� II\no\n\ntayor vilapato!l sarve\ndampatyos tad-anuvratii!l\nrurudu!l sma nard ndrya!l\nsarvam asid acetanam\ntayo!l-while the two of them; vilapato!l-were lamenting; sarveall; dam-patyo!l-the King, along with his wife; tat-anu vrata!l -their\nfollowers;\n\nru rudu!l - cried loudly;\n\nsma-indeed;\n\nnarti!l-the male\n\nmembers; narya!l-the female members; sarvam-the whole kingdom;\ndsit-became; acetanam-almost unconscious.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs the King and Queen lamented, all their male and female\nfollowers joined them in crying. Because of the sudden accident,\nall the citizens of the kingdom were almost unconscious.\nTEXT 61\n\n�'iwt\nrrr-�r·� 1\n�-.e�:r.r�r.::.\n(ll�lft(l WRII �flfmrtlllf �: II� �II\n•\n\n��\n\n•\n\n�'lt\"S'irqast\n\n•\n\nevam kaSmalam apannam\nTta$!a-samjiiam anayakam\n\n", "SB6.3#p0078": "49\n\nKing Citraketu's Lamentation\n\nText 61]\n\nj natvangira nama r$ir\najagama sanarada/:t\nevam-thus; kaSma lam-mise ry; dpannam\nlost;\n\nsamjnam-consciousness;\n\n-\n\nh aving gotten; nn$!a­\n\nanayakam-without\n\nknowing; angirli/:t-Angira; nama\n\n-\n\nhelp;\n\nj natvii\n\n­\n\nnamed; f$i/:t-the saintly person;\n\najagama-came; sa-narada/:t-with Narada Muni.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the great sage Angira understood that the King was\nalmost dead in an ocean of lamentation, he went there with Narada\n�i.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sixth Canto, Fourteenth\nChapter,\n\nof\n\nLamentation. ''\n\nthe\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nentitled\n\n\"King\n\nCitraketu 's\n\n", "SB6.3#p0079": "CHAPTER Fl FTEEN\n\nThe Saints Narada and Ailgira\nInstruct King Citraketu\nIn this chapter, Ailgira �i, along with Narada, consoles Citraketu as far\nas possible. Ailgira and Narada �i carne to relieve the King from excessive lamentation by instructing him about the spiritual significance of\nlife.\nThe great saints Ailgira and Narada explained that the relationship between father and son is not factual; it is simply a representation of the illusory energy. The relationship did not exist before, nor will it stay in\nthe future. By the arrangement of time, the relationship exists only in\nthe present. One should not lament for temporary relationships. The entire cosmic manifestation is temporary; although not unreal, it is not factual. By the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, everything\ncreated in the material world is transient. By a temporary arrangement, a\nfather begets a child, or a living entity becomes the child of a so-called\nfather. This temporary arrangement is made by the Supreme Lord.\nNeither the father nor the son exists independently.\nAs the King listened to the great sages, he was relieved from his false\nlamentation, and then he inquired about their identity. The great sages\npresented who they were and instructed that all sufferings are due to the\nbodily conception of life. When one understands his spiritual identity\nand surrenders to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the supreme\nspiritual person, one becomes actually happy. When one searches for\nhappiness in matter, one must certainly lament for bodily relationships.\nSelf-realization means spiritual realization of one's relationship with\n��J;la. Such realization ends one's miserable material life.\nTEXT 1\n\nr;r't�<ii �\n\ni5i4:1tOOt€fi14 ;ij qfflij ltijifq'fl{ I\n�U����: II Z II\n51\n\n", "SB6.3#p0080": "52\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 15\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nilcatur mrtakopante\npatitaril mrtakopamam\nsokiibhibhutaril rajanaril\nbodhayantau sad-uktibhi/:t\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; ilcatu/:t-they spoke;\n\nmrtaka-the dead\n\nbody;\n\nupante-near;\n\npatitam-fallen;\n\nupamam-exactly like another dead body;\n\nmrtaka­\n\nsoka-abhibhutam-very\n\nmuch aggrieved by lamentation; rajanam-to the King; bodhayantau­\n\ngiving instruction; sat-uktibhi/:t-by instructions that are factual, not\n\ntemporary.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said: While King Citraketu, overcome by\n\nlamentation, lay like a dead body at the side of the dead body of his\nson, the two great sages Narada and Ailgira instructed him about\nspiritual consciousness as follows.\n\nTEXT2\n\n.,����lfqfof.�RfQ I\n� � �: � ��aJ41+id : 'R� II � II\nko 'yam syat tava rajendra\nbhaviin yam anu5ocati\n\ntvaril casya katama/:t smau\npu rediinim ata/:t param\nka/:t-who; ayam-this; syat-is; tava-to you; raja-indra-0 best\n\nof kings; bhavan-Your Lordship; yam-whom; anu5ocati-laments\n\nover; tvam-you; ca-and; asya-to him (the dead boy); katama/:t­\n\nwho; smau-in the birth; purti-previously; idiinim-at this time, at\n\nthe present; ata/:t param-and hereafter, in the future.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, what relationship does the dead body for which you\n\nlament have with you, and what relationship do you have with\n\n", "SB6.3#p0081": "Text3)\n\nNirada and Ailgiri Instruct King Citraketu\n\n53\n\nhim? You may say that you are now related as father and son, but\ndo you think this relationship existed before? Does it truly exist\nnow? Will it continue in the future?\n\nPURPORT\nThe instructions given by Narada and Angira Muni are the true\nspiritual instructions for the illusioned conditioned soul. This world is\ntemporary, but because of our previous karma we come here and accept\nbodies, creating temporary relationships in terms of society, friendship,\nlove, nationality and community, which are all finished at death. These\ntemporary relationships did not exist in the past, nor will they exist in\nthe future. Therefore at the present moment the so-called relationships\nare illusions.\nTEXT3\n\n����f�iRI)��: I\nij� M91�..ij � �a:�: II � ll\nyathii prayanti samyanti\nsroto-vegena baluka/:t\nsamyujyante viyujyante\ntathii kiilena dehina/:t\n\nyathii -just as; pra yanti-move apart; samyanti-co me together:\nsrota/:t-vegena-by the force of waves; baluka/:t-the small particles of\nsand; samyujyante-they are united; viyujyante - they are separated:\ntathii-similarly ; kiilena-by time; dehina/:t-the living entities who\nhave accepted material bodies.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, as small particles of sand sometimes come together and\nare sometimes separated due to the force of the waves, the living\nentities who have accepted material bodies sometimes come\ntogether and are sometimes separated by the force of time.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0082": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n54\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 15\n\nPURPORT\nThe misunderstanding of the conditioned soul is the bodily conception\nof life. The body is material, but within the body is the soul. This is\nspiritual understanding. Unfortunately, one who is in ignorance, under\nthe spell of material illusion, accepts the body to be the self. He cannot\nunderstand that the body is matter. Like small particles of sand, bodies\ncome together and are separated by the force of time, and people falsely\nlament for unification and separation. Unless one knows this, there is no\nquestion of happiness. Therefore in Bhagavad-gitii (2.13) this is the first\ninstruction given by the Lord:\ndehino 'smin yathii dehe\nkaumiiram yauvanam jarii\ntathii dehiintara-priiptir\ndhiras tatra na muhyati\n\"As the embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood to\nyouth to old age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. The\nself-realized soul is not bewildered by such a change.\" We are not the\nbody; we are spiritual beings trapped in the body. Our real interest lies\nin understanding this simple fact. Then we can make further spiritual\nprogress. Otherwise, if we remain in the bodily conception of life, our\nmiserable material existence will continue forever. Political adjustments,\nsocial welfare work, medical assistance and the other programs we have\nmanufactured for peace and happiness will never endure. We shall have\nto undergo the sufferings of material life one after another. Therefore\nmaterial life is said to be du/:l.khiilayam a.5asvatam; it is a reservoir of\nmiserable conditions.\n\nTEXT4\n\n������WI��� I\n� � � =itf�ij'tl'-t'-tl II \\/ II\nyathii dhiiniisu vai dhiinii\nbhavanti na bhavanti ca\nevam bhutiini bhute$u\ncoditiini:Sa-miiyayii\n\n", "SB6.3#p0083": "Text 4]\n\nNiirada and Angiri Instruct King Citraketu\n\n55\n\nyatha-just as; dhanasu-through seeds of paddy; ooi-indeed;\ndhana!J.-grains; bhavanti-are generated;\n\nna-not;\n\nbhavanti-are\n\ngenerated; ca-also; evam-in this way; bhiUani-the living entities;\nbhilte�u-in other living entities; coditani-impelled; iSa-mayaya-by\nthe potency or power of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen seeds are sown in the ground, they sometimes grow into\nplants and sometimes do not. Sometimes the ground is not fertile,\nand the sowing of seeds is unproductive. Similarly, sometimes a\nprospective father, being impelled by the potency of the Supreme\nLord, can beget a child, but sometimes conception does not take\nplace. Therefore one should not lament over the artificial relationship of parenthood, which is ultimately controlled by the Supreme\nLord.\nPURPORT\n\nMaharaja Citraketu was actually not destined to get a son. Therefore\nalthough he married hundreds and thousands of wives, all of them\nproved barren, and he could not beget even one child. When Ailgira ��i\ncame to see the King, the King requested the great sage to enable him to\nhave at least one son. Because of the blessing of Angira ��i, a child was\nsent by the grace of maya, but the child was not to live for long.\nTherefore in the beginning Ailgira ��i told the King that he would beget\na child who would cause jubilation and lamentation.\nKing Citraketu was not destined to get a child by providence, or the\nwill of the Supreme. Just as sterile grain cannot produce more grain, a\nsterile person, by the will of the Supreme Lord, cannot beget a child.\nSometimes a child is born even to an impotent father and sterile mother,\nand sometimes a potent father and fertile mother are childless. Indeed,\nsometimes a child is born despite contraceptive methods, and therefore\nthe parents kill the child in the womb. In the present age, killing\nchildren in the womb has become a common practice. Why? When contraceptive methods are taken, why don't they act? Why is a child sometimes produced so that the father and mother have to kill it in the womb?\nWe must conclude that our arrangement of so-called scientific knowledge\ncannot determine what will take place; what is enacted actually depends\n\n", "SB6.3#p0084": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n56\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 15\n\non the supreme will. It is by the supreme will that we are situated in certain conditions in terms of family, community and personality. These are\nall arrangements of the Supreme Lord according to our desires under the\nspell of maya, illusion. In devotional life, therefore, one should not\ndesire anything, since everything depends on the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. As stated in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.1.11):\nanyabhi�itti-sunyam\njnana-karmiidy-anavrtam\nanukulyena kmliinusilanarh bhaktir uttamti\n\"One should render transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord\n��!)a favorably and without desire for material profit or gain through\nfruitive activities or philosophical speculation. That is called pure devotional service.\" One should act only to develop ��!)a consciousness. For\neverything else, one should fully depend upon the Supreme Person. We\nshould not create plans that will ultimately make us frustrated.\n\nTEXTS\n\n������it���: I\n\n��-'t�SII����lif:ll �II\nvayarh ca tvarh ca ye ceme\ntulya-ktiliiS carticarti/:t\njanma-mrtyor yathti pa.Sctit\npran naivam adhunapi bho/:t\nvayam-we (the great sages and the ministers and adherents of the\nKing); ca-and; tvam-you; ca-also; ye-who; ca-also; ime-these;\ntulya-ktilti/:t-assembled at the same time; ca ra-acarti/:t-moving and\nnot\n\nmoving;\n\njanma-birth;\n\npa.Sctit-after; prak\n\n-\n\nmrtyo/:t-and\n\ndeath;\n\nyathti-just\n\nas;\n\nbefore; na-not; evam-thus; adhunti-at pres­\n\nent; api-although; bho/:t-0 King.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0085": "Text6]\n\nNarada and .AJigiri Instruct King Citraketu\n\n57\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, both you and us-your advisers, wives and ministersas\n\nwell as everything moving and not moving throughout the en­\n\ntire cosmos at this time, are in a temporary situation. Before our\nbirth this situation did not exist, and after our death it will exist no\nlonger. Therefore our situation now is temporary, although it is\nnot false.\nPURPORT\nThe Mayavadi philosophers say, brahma satyarh jagan mithya: Brahman, �he living being, is factual, .but his present bodily situation is false.\nAccording to the Vai�Q.ava philosophy, however, the present situation is\nnot false but temporary. It is like a dream. A dream does not exist before\none falls asleep, nor does it continue after one awakens. The period for\ndreaming exists only between these two, and therefore it is false in the\nsense that it is impermanent. Similarly, the entire material creation, including our own creation and those of others, is impermanent. We do not\nlament for the situation in a dream before the dream takes place or after\nit is over, and so during the dream, or during a dreamlike situation, one\nshould not accept it as factual and lament about it. This is real\nknowledge.\n\nTEXT6\n\nll.���: ��w��'\n31l�qqGa�d.-a�sfq\n\n�M'4d\\ H � II\n\nbhutair bhutani bhutesa/:t\nsrjaty avati hanti ca\natma-smair asvatantrair\nanape�o 'pi balavat\nbhutai /:t -by some living beings;\n\nbhiltani-other living entitles;\n\nbhuta iSa/:t -the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of every-\n\nthing; srjati\n\n-\n\ncreates; avati-maintains; hanti-kills; ca-also; atma­\n\nsmai/:t- who are created by Him;\n\nasvatantrai/:t-not independent;\n\n", "SB6.3#p0086": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n58\n\nanape�ab,\n\n-\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 15\n\nnot interested (in creation) ; api-although; bala-vat-like\n\na boy.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master and proprie­\n\ntor of everything, is certainly not interested in the temporary cos­\n\nmic manifestation. Nonetheless, just as a boy at the beach creates\n\nsomething in which he is not interested, the Lord, keeping every­\n\nthing under His control, causes creation, maintenance and annihi­\n\nlation. He creates by engaging a father to beget a son, He maintains\n\nby engaging a government or king to see to the public's welfare,\n\nand He annihilates through agents for killing, such as snakes. The\n\nagents for creation, maintenance and annihilation have no inde­\n\npendent potency, but because of the spell of the illusory energy,\n\none thinks himself the creator, maintainer and annihilator.\nPURPORT\n\nNo one can independently create, maintain or annihilate. Bhagavad­\n\ngita (3.27) therefore says:\nprakrteb, kriyamii�ni\ngur:w,ib, karmiiTJi sar1Xl.Sab,\nahmikara-vimfu;lhatmii\nkartaham iti manyate\n\"The bewildered spirit soul, under the influence of the three modes of\nmaterial nature, thinks himself the dcier of activities that are in actuality\ncarried out by nature.\" Prakrti, material nature, as directed by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, induces all living entities to create,\nmaintain or annihilate according to the modes of nature. But the living\nentity, without knowledge of the Supreme Person and His agent the material energy, thinks that he is the doer. In fact, he is not at all the doer.\nAs an agent of the supreme doer, the Supreme Lord, one should abide by\nthe Lord's orders. The present chaotic conditions of the world are due to\nthe ignorance of leaders who forget that they have been appointed to act\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Because they have been appointed by the Lord, their duty is to consult the Lord and act accordingly.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0087": "Text7]\n\nNirada and Aligiri Instruct King Citraketu\n\n59\n\nThe book for consultation is Bhagavad-@tii, in which the Supreme Lord\ngives directions. Therefore those who are engaged in creation, maintenance and annihilation should consult the Supreme Person, who has appointed them, and should act accordingly. Then everyone will be\nsatisfied, and there will be no disturbances.\nTEXT7\n\nWI �{'{) � ����I\nifi�� ;;p:n ifi� � � ��: II \\9 II\ndehena dehirw rajan\ndehdd delw 'bhijayate\nbijad eva yatha bijam\ndehy artha iva sasvataft\ndehena-by the body; dehina!J,-of the father possessing a material\nbody; rajan-0 King; dehat-from the body (of the mother); deha!J,another body; abhijayate-takes birth; bijat-from one seed; eva-indeed; yatha-just as; bijam-another seed; dehi-a person who has accepted a material body; arthaft-the material elements; iva-like;\nsasvataft -eternal.\nTRANSLATION\nAs from one seed another seed is generated, 0 King, so from\none body (the body of the father], through another body (the body\nof the mother], a third body is generated (the body of a son]. As\nthe elements of the material body are eternal, the living entity who\nappears through these material elements is also eternal.\nPURPORT\n\nFrom Bhagavad-@tii we understand that there are two energies,\nnamely the superior energy and inferior energy. Inferior energy consists\nof the five gross and three subtle material elements. The living entity,\nwho represents the superior energy, appears in different types of bodies\nthrough these elements by the manipulation or supervision of the material energy. Actually both the material and spiritual energies-matter\n\n", "SB6.3#p0088": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n60\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 15\n\nand spirit-exist eternally as potencies of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. The potent entity is the Supreme Person. Since the spiritual\nenergy, the living being, who is part and parcel of the Supreme Lord,\ndesires to enjoy this material world, the Lord gives him a chance to accept different types of material bodies and enjoy or suffer in different\nmaterial conditions. Factually, the spiritual energy, the living entity who\ndesires to enjoy material things, is manipulated by the Supreme Lord.\nThe so-called father and mother have nothing to do with the living entity. As a result of his own choice and karma, the living being takes different bodies through the agency of so-called fathers and mothers.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�Stl+l���:\n�U I\n�ot(Rh����q�;r�:ll�ll\ndeha-dehi-vibhiigo yam\naviveka-krtab, pura\njati-vyakti-vibhiigo yam\nyatha vastuni kalpitab,\ndeha-of\n\nthis\n\nbody;\n\ndehi-and\n\nthe\n\nproprietor\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nbody;\n\nvi bhiigab,-the division; ayam-this; aviveka-from ignorance;\nkrtab,-made; pura-from time immemorial; jati-of the class or caste;\nryakti-and the individual; vibhiigab,-division; ayam-this; yathajust as; vastuni-in the original object; kalpitab,-imagined.\nTRANSLATION\nDivisions of generalization and specification, such as nationality\n\nand individuality, are the imaginations of persons who are not advanced in knowledge.\n\nPURPORT\nActually there are two energies-material and spiritual. Both of them\nare ever-existing because they are emanations from the eternal truth, the\nSupreme Lord. Because the individual soul, the individual living entity,\nhas desired to act in forgetfulness of his original identity since time im-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0089": "Text\n\n10]\n\nNirada and Angiri Instruct King Citraketu\n\n61\n\nmemorial, he is accepting different positions in material bodies and being\ndesignated according to many divisions of nationality, community,\n\nsociety, species and so on.\n\nTEXT9\n\n�'ffli �\n\n���Tfum U�T R;r��T��: I\n\n� tnfur-n qep.r��� II� II\nsri-suka uvaca\nevam asvasito raja\ncitraketur dvijoktibhil,l\nvimrjya par:tina vaktram\nadhi-mlannm abhf'4ata\nsri-sukal,l\n\nuvaca-Sri\n\nasvasital,l-being\n\nSukadeva\n\nenlightened\n\ncitraketul,l-Citraketu ;\n\nor\n\nGosvami\n\ngiven\n\nhope;\n\nsaid;\n\nevam-thus;\n\nraja-the\n\nKing;\n\ndvija-uktibhil,l-by the instructions of the great\nbrahmar:ws (Narada and Angira J:t�i); vimrjya-wiping off; par:tina-by\n\nthe hand; vaktram-his face; adhi-mlannm-shriveled due to lamenta­\n\ntion; abhf'4ata-spoke intelligently.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvanu continued: Thus enlightened by the in­\n\nstructions of Narada and Ailgira, King Citraketu became hopeful\n\nwith knowledge. Wiping his shriveled face with his hand, the\nKing began to speak.\n\nTEXT 10\n\nw�tff1'Tf\n\n� ��q�{ i{fW � t«t�� I\n� � �m «+t1•1Jl II� oil\nsri-rajovaca\nkau yuvarh jfliinn-sampannnu\nmah�!hau ca mahiyasam\n\n", "SB6.3#p0090": "[Canto 6, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n62\n\navadhutena ve§e�\ngiit)luiv iha samiigatau\nsri-raja uviica -King Citraketu said; kau-who; yuviim-you two;\n\nj nana-sampannau-fully developed in knowledge;\ngreatest;\n\nca-also;\n\nmahiyasiim-arnong\n\nother\n\nmahi§!hau-the\n\ngreat\n\npersonalities;\n\navadhutena-of the liberated wandering mendicants; ve§e�-by the\ndress;\n\ng-u4hau-disguised; iha-in this place; samiigata\n\nu-\n\narrived.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Citraketu said: You have both come here dressed like\n\navadhutas, liberated persons, just to cover your identities, but I see\n\nthat of all men, you are the most elevated in awareness. You know\neverything as it is. Therefore you are the greatest of all great\n\npersonalities.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n��;if� ilU(1J11 �•t!!4fhtt : I\n\"Rm RIPl�:il;rj ill���: II��II\ncaranti hy avanau kamam\nbriihma1Jij bhagavat-priyii/:t\nmadrsam gramya-buddhiniim\nbodhiiyonmatta-liligina/:t\ncaranti-wander; hi-indeed; avanau-on the surface of the world;\nkamam-according to desire; briihma1Jii/:t - the briihma�; bhagavat­\n\npriyii/:t-who are also Vai�Qavas, very dear to the Personality of Godhead; mii-drsiim-of those like me; griimya-buddhiniim-who are obsessed\n\nwith\n\ntemporary material\n\nconsciousness;\n\nbodhiiya-for\n\nthe\n\nawakening; unmatta-liligina/:t-who dress as if madmen.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBrahm�as who are exalted to the position of Vai�J.Iavas, the\n\nmost dear servants of �J.la, sometimes dress like madmen. Just to\n\n", "SB6.3#p0091": "Text\n\n15]\n\nNirada and Angira Instruct King Citraketu\n\n63\n\nbenefit materialists like us, who are always attached to sense gratification, and just to dissipate our ignorance, these Vai�J.Ulvas\nwander on the surface of the globe according to their desire.\n\nTEXTS\n\n12-15\n\nPlU � ��� �sft«r: I\n3(qlrffi:��m '\"t���: ����''\nqfW �i_ Ulf! � �trfUI: I\n�m lfl�t4����trh�(ij?:fl�fan 11��II\n(ht�\"M€4�1 � �: ('lqijf!\\1re: 1\n�';f�BJ<I � 'lf�: q��� II� �II\n�(Ott�lq : ��\\liit! � Sfl�: I\n� � � f��ij ����{6€4! 11�'-\\11\nkumiiro niirada rbhur\narigirli devalo 'sita/:t\napantaratamii ryaso\nmiirkar:u}eyo 'tha gautamn/:t\n\nvasi§!ho bhagaviin rlimn/:t\nkapilo badarayar:ti/:t\ndurvasa yajnavalkya.S ca\njlitukarr:taS tatharur:ti/:t\nroma.Sa.S cyavano datta\ndsuri/:t sapataiijali/:t\n�ir veda-sira dhaumyo\nmuni/:t paiica.Sikhas tatha\nhirar:tyaniibha/:t kau§alya/:t\nsrutadeva rtadhvaja/:t\nete pare ca siddhesas\ncaranti jiidna-hetava/:t\n\n", "SB6.3#p0092": "64\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 15\n\nkumarab.-Sanat-kumara; naradab.-Narada Muni; rbhub.-I:tbhu;\nangirab.-Angira; devalab.-Devala; asitab.-Asita; apiintaratamab.Vyasa's previous name, Apantaratarna; vyasab.-Vyasa; markar:t�yab.-Markai_JQeya; atha-and; gautamab.-Gautama; vas4!hab.Vasi�tha; b hagavan ramab.-Lord Parasurama; kapilab.-Kapila;\nbadarayar:tib.-Sukadeva\nGosvami;\ndurvasab.-Durvasa;\nyajiiavalkyab.-Yajiiavalkya; ca-also; jatukarr:tnb.-Jatukari_Ja; tatha-as\nwell\nas;\narur:tib.-Arul_li;\nroma.Sab.-Romasa;\ncyaoonab.Cyavana; dattab.-Dattiitreya; asurib.-Asuri; sa-patanjalib.-with\nPataiijali �i; r�ib.-the sage; veda-sirab.-the head of the Vedas;\ndhaumyab.-Dhaumya; munib.-the sage; pancasikhab.-Paiicasikha;\ntatha-so also; hirar:tyanabhab.-Hirai_Jyanabha; kau5alyab.-Kausalya;\nsrutadeoob.-Srutadeva; rtadhoojab.-l�.tadhvaja; ete-all of these;\npare-others; ca-and; siddha-iSab.-the masters of mystic power;\ncaranti-wander; jnana-hetaoob.-very learned persons who preach all\nover the world.\nTRANSLATION\n0 great souls, I have heard that among the great and perfect per­\n\nsons wandering the surface of the earth to instruct knowledge to\n\npeople covered by ignorance are Sanat-kumira, Narada, J.llihu,\nAilgiri, Devala, Asita, Apintaratami (Vyisadeva t, M8rk&J;I4eya,\n\nGautama, Vasi�tha, Bhagavin Par&Surima, Kapila, Sukadeva, Dur­\n\nvisi, Yajiiavalkya, Jatukan::ta and Arul).i. Others\n\nare\n\nRom&Sa,\n\nCyavana, Dattitreya, Asuri, Pataiijali, the great sage Dhaumya who\n\nis like the }lead of the Vedas, the sage Paiic&Sikha, Hir&J;Iyanibha,\n\nKausalya, Srutadeva and f.ltadhvaja. You must certainly be among\n\nthem.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe word jnana-hetaoob. is very significant because great personalities\nlike those listed in these verses wander on the surface of the globe not to\nmislead the populace, but to distribute real knowledge. Without this\nknowledge, human life is wasted. The human form of life is meant for\nrealization of one's relationship with l(r�I_Ja, or God. One who lacks this\nknowledge is categorized among the animals. The Lord Himself says in\nBhagaood-gita (7 .15):\n\n", "SB6.3#p0093": "Text 16]\n\nNirada and\n\nAngiri Instruct King Citraketu\n\n65\n\nna 111lm dU{'krtirw mill)hal).\nprapadyante nariidhamab,\nmayayapahrta-jfliinii\niisuram bhavam asritab\"Those miscreants who are grossly foolish, lowest among mankind,\nwhose knowledge is stolen by illusion, and who partake of the atheistic\nnature of demons, do not surrender unto Me.\"\nIgnorance is the bodily conception of life (yasyatma-buddhib, kur:w,pe\ntri-dhatuke...sa eva go-kharab-}. Practically everyone throughout the\nuniverse, especially on this planet, Bhiirloka, thinks that there is no\nseparate existence of the body and soul and therefore no need of selfrealization. But that is not a fact. Therefore all the brahmar:w,s listed\nhere, being devotees, travel all over the world to awaken .Kr�t:�a consciousness in the hearts of such foolish materialists.\nThe acaryas mentioned in these verses are described in the\nMahabharata. The word panca5ikha is also important. One who is liberated from the conceptions of annamaya, prar:w,maya, marwmaya,\nvijfliinamaya and anandamaya and who is perfectly aware of the subtle\ncoverings of the soul is called panca5ikha. According to the statements of\nthe Mahabharata (Santi-parva, Chapters 218-219), an acarya named\nPaiicasikha took birth in the family of Maharaja Janaka, the ruler of\nMithila. The Sailkhya philosophers accept Paiicasikhacarya as one of\nthem. Real knowledge pertains to the living entity dwelling within the\nbody. Unfortunately, because of ignorance, the living entity identifies\nhimself with the body and therefore feels pleasure and pain.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�� �trtront'l 1{1:�: � I\narw:� �« � �c:Jq a-�� II�� II\ntasmiid yuvam gramya-pa§or\n\nmama mill)ha-dhiyab, prabhu\nandhe tamasi magnasya\njfliina-dipa udiryatiim\n\n", "SB6.3#p0094": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n66\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 15\n\nyuvam-both of you; gramya-pillol_t-of an\nmama-me; miU)ha-dhiyal_t-who am\nvery foolish (due to having no spiritual knowledge); prabhu-0 my two\nlords: andhe-in blind; tamasi-darkness; magnasya-of one who is\nabsorbed; jiiiina d\"ipa/_t-the torchlight of knowledge; ud\"iryatiim-let it\ntasmat-therefore;\n\nanimal like a hog, pig or dog;\n\n-\n\nbe ignited.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause you are great personalities, you can give me real knowledge. I am as foolish as a village animal like a pig or dog because I\nam merged in the darkness of ignorance. Therefore, please ignite\nthe torch of knowledge to save me.\nPURPORT\nThis is the way to receive knowledge. One must submit oneself at the\nlotus feet of great personalities who can actually deliver transcendental\nknowledge. It is therefore said, tasmad gurum prapadyeta jijiiiisul_t sreya\n\nuttamam: \"One who is inquisitive to understand the highest goal and\nbenefit of life must approach a bona fide spiritual master and surrender\nunto him.\" Only one who is actually eager to receive knowledge to eradicate the darkness of ignorance is eligible to approach a guru, or spiritual\nmaster. The guru should not be approached for material benefits. One\nshould not approach a guru just to cure some disease or receive some\n\nguru. Tadvijiiiiniirtham: one should approach the guru to understand the transcen­\n\nmiraculous benefit. This is not the way to approach the\n\ndental science of spiritual life. Unfortunately, in this age of Kali there\nare many bogus gurus who display magic to their disciples, and many\nfoolish disciples want to see such magic for material benefits. These disciples are not interested in pursuing spiritual life to save themselves\nfrom the darkness of ignorance. It is said:\n\nom ajiiiina-timirandhasya\njiiiiniifijana-salakaya\nca�ur unmllitam yena\ntasmai sn-gurave namal_t\n\n", "SB6.3#p0095": "Text\n\n19]\n\nNirada and Ailgiri Instruct King Citraketu\n\n67\n\n\"I was born in the darkest ignorance, and my spiritual master opened my\neyes with the torch of knowledge. I offer my respectful obeisances unto\nhim.\" This gives the definition of the guru. Everyone is in the darkness\nof ignorance. Therefore everyone needs to be enlightened with transcendental knowledge. One who enlightens his disciple and saves him from\nrotting in the darkness of ignorance in this material world is a true guru.\nTEXT\n\n17\n\n�arfirn ii<Ifif\n3T{ ij ��� ���fwu � 1\n� �: � �ort'f: 11�\\911\nsri-angira uvaca\naluuh te putra-kiimasya\nputrado 'smy angira nrpa\ne$a brahma-suta/:t sii�iin\nniirado bhagavan r$i/:t\nsri-angira/:t uvaca-the great sage Angira said; aham-I; te-o£ you;\n\n-\n\nputra kiimasya-desiring to have a son; putra-da/:t-the giver of the\nson; asmi-am;\n\nangira/:t-Aitgira �i; nrpa-0 King; e$(1/:t-this;\n\n-the son of Lord Brahma; sa�at-directly; narada/:tNarada Muni; bhagavan-the most powerful; r$i/:t-sage .\nbrahma-suta/:t\n\nTRANSLATION\nAilgiri said: My dear King, when you desired to have a son, I approached you. Indeed, I am the same Ailgiri �i who gave you this\nson. As for this .r�i, he is the great sage Nirada, the direct son of\nLord Brahmi.\nTEXTS\n\n18-19\n\n�������I\n't6:12;�wt•il*t<¥( II�� II\n31���\n31�6:1tf lffil: �Rm� � I\niltAIR.It ll•���til ;u:w:IIRd'l(� II� �II\n\n", "SB6.3#p0096": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n68\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 15\n\nittham tvaril putra-sokena\nmagnaril tamnsi dustare\natad-arham anusmrtya\nmahapurzL§a-gocaram\nanugrahaya bhavata/.1praptav avam iha prabho\nbrahmar:tyo bhagavad-bhakto\nnavasaditum arhasi\nittham-in this way; tvam-you; putra-sokena-because of grief at\n\nthe death of your son;\n\nmagnam-merged;\n\ntamnsi-in darkness;\n\ndustare-insurmountable; a-tat-arham-unsuitable for a person like\n\nyou;\n\nanusmrtya-remembering;\n\nsonality of Godhead; gocaram\nanugrahaya\n\nrived;\n\n-\n\nmaha-pur!L§a-the Supreme\n\nPer­\n\nwho are advanced in understanding;\n\njust to show favor; bhavata/.1--toward you; praptau-ar­\n\n-\n\navam-we\n\ntwo;\n\niha-in\n\nthis\n\nplace;\n\nprabho-0\n\nKing;\n\nbrahmar:tya/.1--one who is situated in the Supreme Absolute Truth;\n\nbhagavat-bhakta/.1--an advanced devotee of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; na-not; avasaditum-to lament; arhasi-you deserve.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear King, you are an advanced devotee of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. To be absorbed in lamentation for the loss of\n\nsomething material is unsuitable for a person like you. Therefore\n\nwe have both come to relieve you from this false lamentation,\n\nwhich is due to your being merged in the darkness of ignorance.\n\nFor those who are advanced in spiritual knowledge to be affected\nby material loss and gain is not at all desirable.\nPURPORT\nSeveral words in this verse are very important. The word maha­\n\npurll.§a refers to advanced devotees and also to the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. Maha means \"the supreme,\" and pur!L§a means \"person.\"\n\nOne who always engages in the service of the Supreme Lord is called\nmaha-paurzL§ika. Sukadeva Gosvami and Maharaja Parik�it are some-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0097": "Text 20]\n\nNiirada and Aitgiri Instruct King Citraketu\n\n69\n\ntimes addressed as mahii-paun.L$ika. A devotee sh�mld always aspire to\nengage in the service of advanced devotees. As Srila Narottama diisa\n\nThakura has sung:\n\ntiiiulera cara� sevi bhakta-sane vasa\njaname janame haya, ei abhi�\nA devotee should always aspire to live in the association of advanced\n\ndevotees and engage in the service of the Lord through the paramparii\n\nsystem. One should serve the mission of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nthrough the instructions of the great Gosviimis of V:rndavana. This is\n\ncalled taridera cara� sevi. While serving the lotus feet of the Gosviimis,\n\none should live in the association of devotees (bhakta-sane vasa). This is\n\nthe business of a devotee. A devotee should not aspire for material profit\n\nor lament for material loss. When Angirii .({�i and Narada saw that\n\nMaharaja Citraketu, an advanced devotee, had fallen in the darkness of\n\nignorance and was lamenting for the material body of his son, by their\n\ncauseless mercy they came to advise him so that he could be saved from\n\nthis ignorance.\n\nAnother significant word is brahmaTJ-ya. The Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is sometimes addressed by the prayer namo brahmaTJ-ya­\n\ndevaya, which offers obeisances unto the Lord because He is served by\nthe devotees. Therefore this verse states, brahmaTJ-yo bhagavad-bhakto\nnavasaditum arhasi. This is the symptom of an advanced devotee.\nBrahma-bhuta/.t prasanniitmii. For a devotee-an advanced, selfrealized soul-there is no cause for material jubilation or lamentation.\n\nHe is always transcendental to conditional life.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n� ij qt � �rl11 ·z�•·•�n 1\n\n��f;(q � �it� ��� ll�oll\ntadaiva te param jnanam\ndadami grham agatal_t\njnatvanyabhinivesam te\nputram eva dadamy aham\n\n", "SB6.3#p0098": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n70\ntada-then;\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 15\n\neva-indeed; te-unto you; param-transcendental;\n\njnanam-knowledge;\n\ndadami-1 would have delivered; grham-to\n\nyour home; agata�-came; jnatm-knowing; anya-abhinivesam-absorption in something else (in material things); te-your; putram-a\nson; eva-only; dadami-gave; aham-1.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen I first came to your home, I could have given you the\nsupreme transcendental knowledge, but when I saw that your\nmind was absorbed in material things, I gave you only a son, who\ncaused you jubilation and lamentation.\nTEXTS 21-23\n\n� � fflil 11���\\{� I\n�� � tJ.:� Utlt R�fflij+q�: II�� II\n�l&a\\1�404� fqlflfl� UiitiN�tr: I\n�'T��m ��t�l¥il�tl��i51;:ca: ������\n� �� ����:1\n�-snntrT��?.fl! II� lll\nadhunii putri�m tapo\nbhavataimnubhiiyate\nevam dara grha rayo\nvividhaiSvarya-sampada�\nsabdadaya5 ca v�ayas\ncala rajya-vibhiitaya�\nmahi rajyam balam �o\nbhrtyamatya-suhrj-jana�\nsarve pl suraseneme\n'\n\n.\n\n,_\n\nsoka-moha-bhayartida�\ngandharva-nagara-prakhya�\nsvapna-maya-manoratha�\n\n", "SB6.3#p0099": "Text 23)\n\nNarada and Ailgiri Instruct King Citraketu\n\n71\n\nadhunii-at the present moment; putril)iim-of persons who have\n\nchildren;\n\ntapa�-the\n\ntribulation;\n\nbhavata-by\n\nyou;\n\neva-indeed;\n\nanubhuyate-is experienced; evam-in this way; dara�-good wife;\n\ngrha�-residence;\n\nraya�-riches;\n\nvividha-various; ai.Svarya-opu­\n\nlences; sampada�-prosperities; sabda-adaya�-sound and so on; ca­\n\nand; vi§aya�-the objects of sense gratification; cala�-temporary; rajya-of the kingdom; vibhutaya�-opulences; mahi-land; rajyam­\n\nkingdom;\n\nbalam-strength;\n\namatya-mm1sters;\n\nk�a�-treasury;\n\nsuhrt-janii�-allies;\n\nbhrtya-servants;\n\nsartJe-all;\n\napi-indeed;\n\nsurasena-0 King of Siirasena; ime-these; soka-of lamentation;\n\nmoha-of illusion; bhaya-of fear; arti-and distress; da�-givers;\n\ngandharva-nagara-prakhya�-headed\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nillusory\n\nsight\n\nof\n\na\n\ngandharva-nagara, a big palace within the forest; svapna-dreams;\nmaya-illusions; manoratha�-and concoctions of the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear King, now you are actually experiencing the misery of a\neerson who has sons and daughters. 0 King, owner of the state of\nSiirasena, one's wife, his house, the opulence of his kingdom, and\nhis various other opulences and objects of sense perception are all\nthe same in that they are temporary. One's kingdom, military\npower, treasury, servants, ministers, friends and relatives are all\ncauses of fear, illusion, lamentation and distress. They are like a\ngandharva-nagara, a nonexistent palace that one imagines to exist\nin the forest. Because they are impermanent, they are no better\nthan illusions, dreams and mental concoctions.\nPURPORT\nThis verse describes the entanglement of material existence. In ma­\n\nterial existence, the living entity possesses many things-the material\n\nbody, children, wife and so on (dehapatya-kalatriidi§u). One may think\n\nthat these will give him protection, but that is impossible. In spite of all\n\nthese possessions, the spirit soul has to give up his present situation and\n\naccept another. The next situation may be unfavorable, but even if it is\n\nfavorable, one must give it up and again accept another body. In this\nway, one's tribulation in material existence continues. A sane man\n\n", "SB6.3#p0100": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n72\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 15\n\nshould be perfectly aware that these things will never be able to give him\nhappiness. One must be situated in his spiritual identity and eternally\nserve the Supreme Personality of Godhead as a devotee. Angira ��i and\n\nNarada Muni gave this instruction to Maharaja Citraketu.\nTEXT 24\n\n�IIRT � ;{ � �qen: I\n\n��ij( ;n;n�qtfUI�� 11��11\ndrsyamiinii viniirthena\nna drsyante manobha:vaft\n\nkarmabhir dhyayato niinii­\n\nkarmiir_U manaso 'bhavan\n\ndrsyamiiniift-being perceived; vinii-without; arthena-substance\n\nor reality; na-not; drsyante-are seen; manobhaoob,-creations of\n\nmental concoction; karmabhib,-by fruitive activities; dhyayatab,meditating\n\nupon;\n\nnana-various;\n\nkarmii�i-fruitive\n\nmanasab,-from the mind; abhavan-appear.\n\nactivities;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese visible objects like wife, children and property are like\n\ndreams and mental concoctions. Actually what we see has no per­\n\nmanent existence. It is sometimes seen and sometimes not. Only\nbecause of our past actions do we create such mental concoctions,\nand because of these concoctions, we perform further activities.\nPURPORT\nEverything material is a mental concoction because it is sometimes\n\nvisible and sometimes not. At night when we dream of tigers and snakes,\n\nthey are not actually present, but we are afraid because we are affected\n\nby what we envision in our dreams. Everything material is like a dream\nbecause it actually has no permanent existence.\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura writes as follows in his commen­\n\ntary: arthena vyaghra-sarpadinii vinaiva drsyamiiniift svapniidi-bhange\n\n.sati na drsyante tad evarit daradayo 'vastava-vastu-bhiltiib, svapnadayo\n\n", "SB6.3#p0101": "Text 25]\n\nNiirada and AJigiri Instruct King Citraketu\n\n'vastu-bhums\n\nca\n\nsarve\n\nmanobhava/:t\n\nmano-vasanii\n\n73\njanyatvtin\n\nmanobhaval,t. At night one dreams of tigers and snakes, and while\ndreaming he actually sees them, but as soon as the dream is broken they\nno longer exist. Similarly, the material world is a creation of our mental\nconcoctions. We have come to this material world to enjoy material\nresources, and by mental concoction we discover many, many objects of\nenjoyment because our minds are absorbed in material things. This is\nwhy we receive various bodies. According to our mental concoctions we\nwork in various ways, desiring various achievements, and by nature and\nthe order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n(karma� daiva­\n\nnetrelJll) we get the advantages we desire. Thus we become more and\nmore involved with material concoctions. This is the reason for our\n\nsuffering in the material world. By one kind of activity we create\n\nanother, and they are all products of our mental concoctions.\nTEXT 25\n\n3fti ft �f� �) ��flmfcli: I\n\n�\n\n�WCI'l'fi1,a>l(�: ����II\n\nayam hi dehino deho\ndravya-jnana-kriyatmaka/:t\ndehino vividha-klesasantiipa-krd udiihrta/:t\nayam-this; hi-certainly; dehina/:t-of the living entity; deha/:tbody; d ravya-jnana-kriya-atmaka/:t-consisting of the material elements, the senses for acquiring knowledge, and the acting senses;\ndehina/:t-of the living entity; vividha-various; kle5a-sufferings;\nsantapa-and of pains; krt-the cause; udiihrta/:t-is declared.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe living entity in the bodily conception of life is absorbed in\nthe body, which is a combination of the physical elements, the five\nsenses for gathering knowledge, and the five senses of action,\n\nalong with the mind. Through the mind the living entity suffers\n\n", "SB6.3#p0102": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n74\n\nthree\n\nkinds\n\nof\n\ntrihulations-adhibhautika,\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 15\nadhidaivika\n\nadhyatmika. Therefore this body is a source of all miseries.\n\nand\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Fifth Canto (5.5.4), while instructing his sons, �abhadeva said,\n\nasann api klesada lisa deha/:t: the body, although temporary, is the cause\nof all the miseries of material existence. As already discussed in the previous verse, the entire material creation is based on mental concoction.\nThe mind sometimes induces us to think that if we purchase an\nautomobile we can enjoy the physical elements, such as earth, water, air\nand fire, combined in forms of iron, plastic, petrol and so on. Working\nwith the five material elements (paiica-bhutas), as well as with our five\nknowledge-gathering senses like the eyes, ears and tongue and our five\nactive senses like the hands and legs, we become involved in the material\ncondition. Thus we are subjected to the tribulations known as adhyat­\n\nmika, adhidaivika and adhibhautika. The mind is the center because the\nmind creates all these things. As soon as the material object is struck,\nhowever, the mind is affected, and we suffer. For example, with the material elements, the working senses and the knowledge-gathering senses\nwe create a very nice car, and when the car is accidentally smashed in a\ncollision, the mind suffers, and through the mind the living entity\nsuffers.\nThe fact is that the living entity, while concocting with the mind, creates the material condition. Because matter is destructible, through the\nmaterial condition the living entity suffers. Otherwise, the living entity\nis detached from all material conditions. When one comes to the Brahman platform, the platform of spiritual life, fully understanding that he\nis a spiritual soul (aham brahmiismi), he is no longer affected by lamentation or hankering. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii (18.54):\n\nbrahma-bhuta/:t prasanniitmii\nna socati na kiiri�ti\n\"One who is thus transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme\nBrahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments nor desires to have\nanything.\" Elsewhere in Bhagavad-gitii (15.7) the Lord says:\n\n", "SB6.3#p0103": "Text\n\n26)\n\nNirada and Ailgiri Instruct King Citraketu\n\n75\n\nmamaivamso fiva-loke\n\njiva-bhuta/:1. sanatana/:1.\nmana/:1.-��!hiinindriyar:ti\nprakrti-sthiini kar�ati\n\"The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal fragmental\nparts. Due to conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the six\nsenses, which include the mind.\" The living entity is actually part and\nparcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and is unaffected by material conditions, but because the mind (mana/:1.) is affected, the senses\nare affected, and the living entity struggles for existence within this\nmaterial world.\nTEXT\n\n26\n\n���f��ilfcf¥tl�¥t'1: I\n� �PJ� ��mr ,,��''\ntasmiit svasthena manasa\nvimrs ya gatim at mana /:1.\ndvaite dhruvdrtha-viSrambham\ntyajopa§amam aviSa\ntasmiit-therefore;\nvimrsya-considering;\n\ndvaite-in\n\nthe\n\nsvasthena-with\n\nduality;\n\nviSrambham-belief;\n\na\n\ncareful;\n\ngat im-real position;\ndhruva-as\n\ntyaja\n\n-\n\ngive up;\n\nmanasa-mind;\n\natmana/:1.-of yourself;\n\npermanent;\n\nartha -object ;\n\nupa§amam-a peaceful condi­\n\ntion; aviSa-take to.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, 0 King Citraketu, carefully consider the position of\nthe itmi. In other words, try to understand who you are-whether\nbody, mind or soul. Consider where you have come from, where\nyou are going after giving up this body, and why you are under the\ncontrol of material lamentation. Try to understand your real position in this way, and then you will he able to give up your unnecessary attachment. You will also he able to give up the belief\n\n", "SB6.3#p0104": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n76\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 15\n\nthat this material world, or anything not directly in touch with service to ��a, is eternal. Thus you will obtain peace.\nPURPORT\nThe .i(r�Qa consciousness movement is factually endeavoring to bring\nhuman society to a sober condition. Because of a misdirected civilization,\npeople are jumping in materialistic life like cats and dogs, performing all\nsorts of abominable, sinful actions and becoming increasingly entangled.\nThe .i(r�Qa consciousness movement includes self-realization because one\nis first directed by Lord .i(r�Qa to understand that one is not the body but\nthe owner of the body. When one understands this simple fact, he can\ndirect himself toward the goal of life. Because people are not educated in\nterms of the goal of life, they are working like madmen and becoming\nmore and more attached to the material atmosphere. The misguided man\naccepts the material condition as everlasting. One must give up his faith\nin material things and give up attachment for them. Then one will be\nsober and peaceful.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n,ft;:rrrq \\3CIR\n\nrm �qf;(� mrr� w:lffllfll I\nqt \\ffi:� m�u:;rn: � �� R�ll. \"'\\9\"\nsri-narada uvdca\netdm mantropan�adam\npraticcha prayato mama\nyam dluirayan sapta-ratrad\ndra{i!a smika�ar:wm vibhum\n\nsri-naradab, u vdca-Sri Narada Muni said;\n\netdm-this; mantra­\n\nupan�adam-Upan�ad in the form of a mantra by which one can\nachieve the highest goal of life; praticcha-accept; prayatab,-with\ngreat attention (after finishing the funeral ceremony of your dead son);\nmama-from me; yam-which; dluiraya n-accepting ; sapta-ratratafter seven nights; dra{i!fi-you will see; sarikar�ar;am-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Sailkar�al).a; vibhum-the Lord.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0105": "Text 28]\n\nNarada and Ailgiri Instruct King Citraketu\n\n77\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada continued: My dear King, attentively\n\nreceive from me a mantra, which is most auspicious. Mter accept­\n\ning it from me, in seven nights you will be able to see the Lord face\nto face.\n\nTEXT 28\n\ntRq1(!\\�Q;� � \\�\n�if�tO�f'f'i mrl fer� I\n\n(1Q(ij�l:q+{ij<i51if� �\n� qt if�Rrll��ll\nyat-pada-mulam upasrtya narendra puroe\nsarviidayo bhramam imam dvitayarh visrjya\n\nsadyas tadiyam atulanadhikarh mahitvarh\n\npriipur bhaviin api pararh na ciriid upaiti\nyat-pada-mulam-the\n\nlotus\n\nfeet\n\nof\n\nwhom\n\n(Lord Sankar�al).a);\n\nupasrtya-obtaining shelter at; nara-indra-0 King; purve-formerly;\n\nsarva-iidayab,-great demigods like Lord Mahadeva; bhramam-illu­\n\nsion; imam-this; dvitayam-consisting of duality; visrJya-giving up;\nsadyab,-immediately;\n\ntadry-am-His;\n\natula-unequaled;\n\nanadhi­\n\nkam-unsurpassed; mahitvam-glories; priipub,-achieved; bhaviin­\n\nyourself; api-also; param-the supreme abode; na-not; ciriit-after\na long time; upaiti-will obtain.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, in former days Lord Siva and other demigods\n\ntook shelter of the lotus feet of Sailkar�a. Thus they im­\n\nmediately got free from the illusion of duality and achieved un­\n\nequaled and unsurpassed glories in spiritual life. You will very\nsoon attain that very same position.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sixth Canto, Fifteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Saints Narada and\nArigirii Instruct King Citraketu. \"\n\n", "SB6.3#p0106": "CHAPTER SIXTEEN\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Supreme Lord\nAs related in this chapter, Citraketu was able to talk with his dead son\nand hear from him the truth of life. When Citraketu was appeased, the\n\ngreat sage Narada gave him a mantra, and by chanting this mantra\nCitraketu found shelter at the lotus feet of Sankar�aQa.\nThe living entity is eternal. Thus he has neither birth nor death (na\nhanyate hanyamijne sarire). According to the reactions of one's fruitive\nactivities, one takes birth in various species of life among the birds,\nbeasts, trees, human beings, demigods and so on, thus rotating through\nvarious bodies. For a certain period of time, one receives a particular\ntype of body as a son or father in a false relationship. All our relationships in this material world with friends, relatives or enemies consist of\nduality, in which one feels happy and distressed on the basis of illusion.\nThe living entity is actually a spiritual soul who is part and parcel of God\nand has nothing to do with relationships in the world of duality.\nTherefore Narada Muni advised Citraketu not to lament for his socalled dead son.\nAfter hearing instructions from their dead child, Citraketu and his\nwife could understand that all relationships in this material world are\ncauses of misery. The queens who had administered poison to the son of\n\nK_r tadyuti were very much ashamed. TheY. atoned for the sinful act of\nkilling a child and gave up their aspiration to have sons. Thereafter,\nNarada Muni chanted prayers to NarayaQa, who exists as catur-vyilha,\nand instructed Citraketu about the Supreme Lord, who creates, maintains and annihilates everything and who is the master of the material\nnature. After instructing King Citraketu in this way, he returned to\nBrahmaloka. These instructions about the Absolute Truth are called the\n\nmahii-vidya. After being initiated by Narada Muni, King Citraketu\nchanted the mahii-vidya, and after one week he attained the presence of\nLord Sankar�aQa, who was surrounded by the four Kumaras. The Lord\n\n79\n\n", "SB6.3#p0107": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n80\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nwas nicely dressed in bluish garments, with a helmet and ornaments of\ngold. His face appeared very happy. In the presence of Lord Sailkar�aQa,\nCitraketu offered his obeisances and began to offer prayers.\nIn his prayers, Citraketu said that millions of universes rest in the\npores of Sankar�aQa, who is limitless, having no beginning and end. The\nLord is well known to the devotees for His eternity. The difference between worshiping the Lord and worshiping the demigods is that the\nworshiper of the Lord also becomes eternal, whereas whatever benedictions one can get from the demigods are impermanent. Unless one becomes a devotee, one cannot understand the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nAfter Citraketu :finished his prayers, the unlimited Supreme Lord explained knowledge of Himself to Citraketu.\n\nTEXT I\n\n�il�(jqfVIfifl\"'\n3N �W � e�qti ��I\n��Nc;:�(ff � iltl<ll•u+t�n:q�lll( II � II\nsri-badaraya�ir uvaca\natha deva-r$i rajan\nsamparetam nrpatmajam\ndarsayitveti hovaca\njntitindm anu§ocatam\nsri-badaraya�itl uvtica-S ri Sukadeva Gosvami said; atha-thus;\ndeva-f$i�-the great sage Narada; rajan-0 King; samparetam-dead;\nnrpa atmajam-the son of the King; darsayitoo-making visible; iti-\n\nthus; Ita-indeed; uvtica-explained; jnatindm-to all the relatives;\nanu§ocatam-who were lamenting.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi said: My dear King Parik�it, by his mystic\n\npower the great sage Nirada brought the dead son into the vision\n\nof all the lamenting relatives and then spoke as follows.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0108": "King Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\nText 3)\n\n81\n\nTEXT2\n\n� iffl'if'\n\niiim�����fm:q��\n� �: ���dttl ��'{II � II\nsri-narada uvaca\n\njivatman pa.Sya bhadram te\nmataram pitaram ca te\n\nsuhrdo bandhavas taptii/:1.\n\nsucii tvat-krtaya bhrsam\n\nsri-narada/:1. uvaca-Sri Narada Muni said; jiva-atman-0 living en­\n\ntity;\n\npa.Sya-just\n\nsee;\n\nbhadram-good\n\nfortune;\n\nte-unto\n\nyou;\n\nmiitaram-the mother; pitaram-the father; ca-and; te-o£ you;\n\nsuhrda/:1.-friends; biindharo/:1.-relatives; taptii/:1.-aggrieved; suciiby lamentation; tvat-krtaya-because of you; bhrsam-very greatly.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Niirada Muni said: 0 living entity, all good fortune unto you.\nJust see your father and mother. All your friends and relatives are\noverwhelmed with grief because of your passing away.\nTEXT3\n\nmt ((l+u��q- �tt+u�: u�: 1\n��AVI\"(IIwtNM8�� II � II\nkalevaram svam aviSya\n\nse�am ayu/:1. suhrd-vrta/:1.\n\nbhun�va bhogan pitr-prattiin\nadhi�!ha nrpasanam\n\nkalevaram-body; svam-your own; iiviSya-entering; se�m-the\n\nbalance;\n\niiyu/:1.-duration of life; suhrt-vrta/:1.-surrounded by your\n\nfriends and relatives; bhu�va-just enjoy; bhogan-all enjoyable opulences; pitr-by your father; prattiin-awarded; adhi�!ha-accept;\nnrpa-iisanam-the throne of the king.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0109": "82\n\nSrnnad-BhagavaUun\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause you died untimely, the balance of your lifetime still\n\nremains. Therefore you may reenter your body and enjoy the\n\nremainder of your life, surrounded by your friends and relatives.\n\nAccept the royal throne and all the opulences given by your father.\n\nTEXT4\n\n\\ilfeT �\n\n�44�;:¥{.-qfl') � fiRm �� I\n\n�lRI+illl�\n\n�Rt4:sit�tM1 II \\111\n...\n\njiva uvaca\nkasmiii janmany ami mahyam\npitaro mdtaro 'bhavan\nkarmabhir bhramyamdT_UlSya\ndeva-tiryan-nr-yon�u\n\njiva/:t uvaca-the living entity said; kasmin-in which; janmanibirth; ami-all those; mahyam-to me; pitara/:t-fathers; mdtara/:tmothers; abhavan-were; karmabhi/:t -by the results of fruitive action;\nbhramyamaT_UlSya-who am wandering; deva-tiryak-of the demigods\nand the lower animals; nr-and of the human species; yon�u-in the\nwombs.\nTRANSLATION\nBy the mystic power of Narada Muni, the living entity reentered\n\nhis dead body for a short time and spoke in reply to Narada Muni's\nrequest. He said: According to the results of my fruitive activities,\n\nI, the living being, transmigrate from one body to another, some­\n\ntimes going to the species of the demigods, sometimes to the·\n\nspecies of lower animals, sometimes among the vegetables, and\n\nsometimes to the human species. Therefore, in which birth were\n\nthese my mother and father? No one is actually my mother and\nfather. How can I accept these two people as my parents?\n\n", "SB6.3#p0110": "Text 5]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n83\n\nPURPORT\nHere it is made clear that the living being enters a material body that\nis like a machine created by the five gross elements of material nature\n(earth, water, fire, air and sky) and the three subtle elements (mind, intelligence and ego). As confirmed in BhagatxUl-gitii, there are two separate identities, called the inferior and superior natures, which both\nbelong to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. According to the results\nof a living entity's fruitive actions, he is forced to enter the material elements in different types of bodies.\nThis time the living entity was supposed to have been the son of\nMaharaja Citraketu and Queen l(rtadyuti because according to the laws\nof nature he had entered a body made by the King and Queen. Actually,\nhowever, he was not their son. The living entity is the son of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and because he wants to enjoy this material world, the Supreme Lord gives him a chance to enter various\nbodies. The living entity has no true relationship with the material body\nhe gets from his material father and mother. He is part and parcel of the\nSupreme Lord, but he is allowed to go through different bodies. The\nbody created by the so-called father and mother actually has nothing to\ndo with its so-called creators. Therefore the living entity flatly denied\nthat Maharaja Citraketu and his wife were his father and mother.\nTEXTS\n\n�(llfqR'l'dt�f'isi'ta,:t«lwtPIFa-t: 1\n� � ft icftrt � � fil'l: lilt II\nbandhu-jfliity-ari-madhyasthamitrodiis 1W-vidv�a/:t\nsaroa eva hi sarve�am\n\nbhavanti krama.So mitha/:t\nbandhu-friends; jfliiti-family members; an-enemies; madhyastha-neutrals; mitra-well-wishers; udasi1W-indifferent; vidv�a/:tor envious persons; sarve-all; eva-indeed; hi-certainly; sarve�mof\n\nall;\n\nanother.\n\nbhavanti-become;\n\nkrama.Sa/:t-gradually;\n\nmitha/:t-of one\n\n", "SB6.3#p0111": "Srnnad-Bhagava�\n\n84\n\n[Canto6, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this material world, which advances like a river that carries\n\naway the living entity, all people become friends, relatives and\n\nenemies in due course of time. They also act neutrally, they mediate, they despise one another, and they act in many other relation­\n\nships. Nonetheless, despite these various transactions, no one is\n\npermanently related.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is our practical experience in this material world that the same person who is one's friend today becomes one's enemy tomorrow. Our relationships as friends or enemies, family men or outsiders, are actually the\nresults of our different dealings. Citraketu Maharaja was lamenting for\nhis son, who was now dead, but he could have considered the situation\notherwise. \"This living entity,\" he could have thought, \"was my enemy\nin my last life, and now, having appeared as my son, he is prematurely\nleaving just to give me pain and agony.\" Why should he not consider his\ndead son his former enemy and instead of lamenting be jubilant because\nof an enemy's death? As stated in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(3.27), prakrtel;\n\nkriyamiir:uJ,ni gur:wi/; kamulr:ti sarva.Sal;: factually everything is happening because of our association with the modes of material nature.\n\nTherefore one who is my friend today in association with the mode of\ngoodness may be my enemy tomorrow in association with the modes of\npassion and ignorance. As the modes of material nature work, in illusion\nwe accept others as friends, enemies, sons or fathers in terms of the reactions of different dealings under different conditions.\nTEXT6\n\n� qwuf;w �R �: 1\n�4!� wt�'itcf i1ftit - � II � II\n�\n\nyathii vastilni pa!Jyiini\nhemiid ni tatas tatal;\nparyatanti nare�v evam\njivo yon�u kartr�u\n\n", "SB6.3#p0112": "Text 6]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n85\n\nyatha-just as; vasruni-commodities; pa�yani-meant for trading;\nhema-adini-such as gold; tataft tataft-from here to there; parya!anti-move about; nare$u-among men; evam-in this way; jivaftthe living entity; yoni$u-in different species of life; kartr$u-in different material fathers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust as gold and other commodities are continually transferred\nfrom one place to another in due course of purchase and sale, so\nthe living entity,\n\nas\n\na result of his fruitive activities, wanders\n\nthroughout the entire universe, being injected into various bodies\nin different species of life by one kind of father after another.\n\nPURPORT\nIt has already been explained that Citrak.etu's son was his enemy in a\npast life and had now appeared as his son just to give him more severe\npain. Indeed, the untimely death of the son caused severe lamentation\nfor the father. One may put forward the argument, \"If the King's son\nwas his enemy, how could the King have so much affection for him?\" In\nanswer, the example is given that when someone's wealth falls into the\nhands of his enemy, the money becomes the enemy's friend. Then the\nenemy can use it for his own purposes. Indeed, he can even use it to\nharm its previous owner. Therefore the money belongs neither to the one\nparty nor to the other. The money is always money, but in different\nsituations it can be used as an enemy or a friend.\nAs explained in Bhagavad-gita, it is not by any father or mother that\nthe living entity is given his birth. The living entity is a completely\nseparate identity from the so-called father and mother. By the laws of\nnature, the living entity is forced to enter the semen of a father and be\ninjected into the womb of the mother. He is not in control of selecting\nwhat kind of father he will accept. Prakrteft kriyama¢ni: the laws of\nnature force him to go to different fathers and mothers, just like a consumer commodity that is purchased and sold. Therefore the so-called\nrelationship of father and son is an arrangement of prakrfi, or nature. It\nhas no meaning, and therefore it is called illusion.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0113": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n86\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nThe same living entity sometimes takes shelter of an animal father and\n\nmother and sometimes a human father and mother. Sometimes he ac­\n\ncepts a father and mother among the birds, and sometimes he accepts a\n\ndemigod father and mother. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu therefore says:\n\nbrahmar:uJ.a bhramite kona bhiigyavan ji,va\nguru-kmm-prasade paya bhakti-latii-bija\nHarassed life after life by the laws of nature, the living entity wanders\n\nthroughout the entire universe in different planets and different species\nof life. Somehow or other, if he is fortunate enough, he comes in touch\n\nwith a devotee who reforms his entire life. Then the living entity goes\nback home, back to Godhead. Therefore it is said:\n\njaname janame sabe pita rruitii paya\nkmm guru nahi mile baja hari ei\nIn the transmigration of the soul through different bodies, everyone, in\nevery form of life-be it human, animal, tree or demigod-gets a father\n\nand mother. This is not very difficult. The difficulty is to obtain a bona\nfide spiritual master and �!?I,Ia. Therefore the duty of a human being is\n\nto capture the opportunity to come in touch with �!?I,Ia's representative,\nthe bona fide spiritual master. Under the guidance of the spiritual\nmaster, the spiritual father, one can return home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT7\n\nfwt<:t����taf.tWI�� I\ntllctQ� ft � �� � ft II \\9 II\nnityasyiirthasya sambandho\nhy anityo drsyate nr�u\nyavad yasya hi sambandho\nmamatvarh tiivad eva hi\nnityasya-o£ the eternal; arthasya-thing; samba.ndhatt-relation­\n\nship;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nanityatt-temporary;\n\ndrsyate-is seen;\n\nnr�u-m\n\n", "SB6.3#p0114": "Text 8]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n87\n\nhuman society; yavat-as long as; yasya-of whom; hi-indeed; sambandha�-relationship;\n\nmamatvam-ownership;\n\ntarot-that\n\nlong;\n\neva-indeed; hi-certainly.\nTRANSLATION\nA few living entities are born in the human species, and others\nare born as animals. Although both are living entities, their relationships are impermanent. An animal may remain in the custody\nof a human being for some time, and then the same animal may be\ntransferred to the possession of other human beings. As soon as\nthe animal goes away, the former proprietor no longer has a sense\nof ownership. As long as the animal is in his possession he certainly has an affinity for it, hut as soon as the animal is sold, the\naffinity is lost.\n\nPURPORT\nAside from the fact that the soul transmigrates from one body to\nanother, even in this life the relationships between living entities are impermanent, as exemplified in this verse. The son of Citraketu was named\nHar�asoka, or \"jubilation and lamentation.\" The living entity is. certainly\neternal, but because he is covered by a temporary dress, the body, his\n\neternity is not observed. Dehino 'smin yatha dehe kaumaram yauvanam\njara: \"The embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood\nto youth to old age.\" Thus the bodily dress is impermanent. The living\nentity, however, is permanent. As an animal is transferred from one\nowner to another, the living entity who was the son of Citraketu lived as\nhis son for some time, but as soon as he was transferred to another body,\nthe affectionate relationship was broken. As stated in the example given\nin the previous verse, when one has a commodity in his hands he considers it his, but as soon as it is transferred it becomes someone else's\ncommodity. Then one no longer has a relationship with it; he has no\naffection for it, nor does he lament for it.\n\nTEXTS\n\n��\n\nitfwt•lijt\n\n�:\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�U:4Qi\\q� ijl€4�€'!4 f( � (Ia_\n\n�:I\n11�11\n\n", "SB6.3#p0115": "88\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 6, Ch.l6\n\nevam yoni-gato jiva/:1.\nsa nityo niraluuikrta/:1.\nyiivad yatropalabhyeta\ntiivat svatvam hi tasya tat\nevam-thus; yoni-gata/:1.-being within a specific species of life;\njiva/:1.-the living entity; sa/:1.-he; nitya/:1.-eternal; nirahankrta/:1.without identification with the body; yiivat-as long as; yatra-where;\nupalabhyeta-he may be found; tiivat-that long; svatvam-the concept of self; hi-indeed; tasya-of him; tat-that.\nTRANSLATION\n\nEven though one living entity becomes connected with another\n\nbecause of a relationship based on bodies that are perishable, the\nliving entity is eternal. Actually it is the body that is born or lost,\n\nnot the living entity. One should not accept that the living entity\n\ntakes birth or dies. The living being actually has no relationship\n\nwith so-called fathers and mothers. As long as he appears as the\n\nson of a certain father and mother as a result of his past fruitive ac­\n\ntivities, he has a connection with the body given by that father and\n\nmother. Thus he falsely accepts himself as their son and acts affectionately. Mter he dies, however, the relationship is finished.\n\nUnder these circumstances, one should not be falsely involved\nwith jubilation and lamentation.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen the living entity lives within the material body, he falsely\nthinks that he is the body, although actually he is not. His relationship\nwith his body and his so-called father and mother are false, illusory conceptions. These illusions continue as long as one is not enlightened about\nthe situation of the living entity.\n\nTEXT9\n\n���=if\"��=�\"'\n311�4tl�l�fiiJQill�lwt �� q: ll Q, II\n\n", "SB6.3#p0116": "Text 9]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n89\n\ne§a nityo 'vyayab, su�ma\ne§a saroasrayab, svadrk\natmamaya-gu1Jlli r viSvam\niitmdnam srjate prabhub,\navyayab,-imperishahle;\nsu�mab,-very, very fine ( not seen by the material eyes ) ; e§ab,-this\nliving entity; sa rva-asrayab,-the cause of different types of bodies; svadrk-self-effulgent; atma-mayd-guTJllib.-by the Supreme Personality\ne§ab,-this living entity; nityab,-eternal;\n\nof Godhead's modes of material nature; viSvam-this material world; dtmtinam-himself; srjate-appears; prabhub,-the master.\nTRANSLATION\nThe living entity is eternal and imperishable because he actually\nhas no beginning and no end. He never takes birth or dies. He is\nthe basic principle of all types of bodies, yet he does not belong to\nthe bodily category. The living being is so sublime that he is equal\nin quality to the Supreme Lord. Nonetheless, because he is extremely small, he is prone to he illusioned by the external· energy,\nand thus he creates various bodies for himself according to his\ndifferent desires.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the philosophy of acintya- bhedabheda-simultaneous\noneness and difference-is described. The living entity is eternal (nitya)\nlike the Supreme Personality of Godhead, hut the difference is that the\nSupreme Lord is the greatest, no one being equal to or greater than Him,\nwhereas the living entity is s�ma, or extremely small. The Sdstra describes that the magnitude of the living entity is one ten-thousandth the\nsize of the tip of a hair. The Supreme Lord is all-pervading (a1)J)antarastha-paramli1Ju-cayantara-stham). Relatively, if the living entity is accepted as the smallest, there should naturally he inquiry about the\ngreatest. The greatest is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and the\nsmallest is the living entity.\nAnother peculiar characteristic of the fiva is that he becomes covered\nby\n\nmaya. Atmamaya-gu1Jllib.: he is prone to being covered by the\n\nSupreme Lord's illusory energy. The living entity is responsible for his\n\n", "SB6.3#p0117": "90\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 6, Ch.l6\n\nconditional life in the material world, and therefore he is described as\nprabhu (\"the master\"). If he likes he can come to this material world,\nand if he likes he can return home, back to Godhead. Because he wanted\nto enjoy this material world, the Supreme Personality of Godhead gave\nhim a material body through the agency of the material energy. As the\nLord Himself says in Bhagavad-grta (18.61):\ni.Svarab, sarva-bhutaniirh\nhrd-dese 'rjuna ti$thati\nbhramayan sarva-bhutani\nyantrariiljhani mayaya\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is\ndirecting the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a\nmachine, made of the material energy.\" The Supreme Lord gives the living entity a chance to enjoy in this material world as he desires, but He\nopenly expresses His own desire that the living entity give up all material\naspirations, fully surrender unto Him and return home, back to\nGodhead.\nThe living entity is the smallest (su/cyma). ]iva Gosvam1 says in this\nconnection that the living entity within the body is extremely difficult for\nmaterialistic scientists to find, although we understand from authorities\nthat the living entity is within the body. The body is different from the\nliving entity.\nTEXT 10\n;r ��tiP�: �•nfifq: �: t�Usft� t\n\n�: � � ��ulf gut�:\n�\n\nII� oil\n\nna hy asyasti priyab, ka§cin\nniipriyab, sva!t paro 'pi va\neka!t sarva-dhiyam dra§!d\nkartfr}ijrh gur:w-do{;ayo!t\nna-not; hi-indeed; asya-to the living entity; asti-there is;\npriyab,-dear; kaScit-someone; na-not; apriyab,-not dear; svab,own; parab,-other; api-also; vd-or; ekab,-the one; sarva-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0118": "Text 10)\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n91\n\ndhiyam-of the varieties of intelligence; dr�!ii-the seer; kartf7Jiimof the performers; gu� do�yo b,-of right and wrong activities.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor this living entity, no one is dear, nor is anyone unfavorable.\nHe makes no distinction between that which is his own and that\nwhich belongs to anyone else. He is one without a second; in other\nwords, he is not affected by friends and enemies, well-wishers or\nmischief-mongers. He is only an observer, a witness, of the\ndifferent qualities of men.\nPURPORT\nAs explained in the previous verse, the living entity has the same\nqualities as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but he has them in\nminute quantities because he is a small particle\n\n(suk.$ma) whereas the\n\nSupreme Lord is all-pervading and great. For the Supreme Lord there\nare no friends, enemies or relatives, for He is completely free from all\nthe disqualifications of ignorance that characterize the conditioned souls.\nOn the other hand, He is extremely kind and favorable to His devotees,\nand He is not at all satisfied with persons who are envious of His devotees. As the Lord Himself confirms in Bhagavad-gitii (9.29):\n\nsamo 'ham sarva-bhute§u\nna me dve§yo 'sti na priyaft\nye bhajanti tu miim bhaktyii\nmayi te te§u copy aham\n\"I envy no one, nor am I partial to anyone. I am equal to all. But whoever\nrenders service unto Me in devotion is a friend, is in Me, and I am also a\nfriend to him.\" The Supreme Lord has no enemy or friend, but He is inclined toward a devotee who always engages in His devotional service.\nSimilarly, elsewhere in the Gitii (16.19) the Lord says:\n\ntan aham dvi§ataft kraran\nsarhsiire§u nariidhamiin\nk$ipiimy ajasram a§ubhiin\niisuri§v eva yoni§u\n\n", "SB6.3#p0119": "92\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\n\"Those who are envious and mischievous, who are the lowest among\nmen, are cast by Me into the ocean of material existence, into various\ndemoniac species of life.\" The Lord is extremely antagonistic toward\nthose who are envious of His devotees. To protect His devotees, the Lord\nsometimes has to kill their enemies. For example, to protect Prahlada\nMaharaja, the Lord had to kill his enemy Hiral).yakasipu, although\nHiraQyakasipu attained salvation because of being killed by the Lord.\nSince the Lord is the witness of everyone's activities, He witnesses the actions of the enemies of His devotees, and He is inclined to punish them.\nIn other cases, however, He simply witnesses what the living entities do\nand gives the results of one's sinful or pious actions.\nTEXT 11\n\n� � ft: gof;rf)�;r f¥�1\\fi� I\nq(1'H«il� : II� �II\n13f(I((\\Wiq4J(\\•t:\nniidatta atma hi gw:ram\nna do�m na kriya-phalam\nudasinavad tisinab.\npara:vara-drg iSvarab.\nna-not; adatte-accepts; atma-the Supreme Lord; hi-indeed;\ngu�m-happiness; na-not; do�m-unhappiness; na-nor; kriyaphalam-the result of any fruitive activity; udasina-vat-exactly like a\nneutral man; asinatz,-sitting (in the core of the heart); para-avaradrk-seeing the cause and effect; iSvarab.-the Supreme Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Lord [iitmi], the creator of cause and effect, does\n\nnot accept the happiness and distress that result from fruitive ac­\n\ntions. He is completely independent of having to accept a material\n\nbody, and because He has no material body, He is always neutral.\n\nThe living entities, being part and parcel of the Lord, possess His\nqualities in a minute quantity. Therefore one should not be\n\naffected by lamentation.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0120": "Text 12]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n93\n\nPURPORT\nThe conditioned soul has friends and enemies. He is affected by the\ngood qualities and the faults of his position. The Supreme Lord,\nhowever, is always transcendental. Because He is the iSvara, the supreme\ncontroller, He is not affected by duality. It may therefore be said that He\nsits in the core of everyone's heart as the neutral witness of the causes\nand effects of one's activities, good and bad. We should also understand\nthat uddsina, neutral, does not mean that He takes no action. Rather, it\nmeans that He is not personally affected. For example, a court judge is\nneutral when two opposing parties appear before him, but he still takes\naction as the case warrants. To become completely neutral, indifferent, to\nmaterial activities, we should simply seek shelter at the lotus feet of the\nsupreme neutral person.\nMaharaja Citraketu was advised that remaining neutral in such trying\ncircumstances as the death of one's son is impossible. Nevertheless, since\nthe Lord knows how to adjust everything, the best course is to depend\nupon Him and do one's duty in devotional service to the Lord. In all\ncircumstances, one should be undisturbed by duality. As stated in\n·\n\nBhagavad-gitii (2.47):\nkarmar:ty evadhikiiras te\nmii phale�u kadiicana\nmii karma-phala-hetur bhur\nmii te sarigo\n\n'stv akarmar:ti\n\n\"You have a right to perform your prescribed duty, but you are not entitled to the fruits of action. Never consider yourself to be the cause of\nthe results of your activities, and never be attached to not doing your\nduty.\" One should execute one's devotional duty, and for the results of\none's actions one should depend upon the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nTEXT 12\n\n��(lq/U)fif#/V\n� IRft � �m���Q � ��� 1\n\nPtf�nnm:�fl§�•�q�rllel'( 11����\n\n", "SB6.3#p0121": "[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nSrnnad-BhagavaUun\n\n94\n\nsri-badarayal)-ir uvlica\nity udirya gato jivo\njfiiita yas tasya te tada\nvismita mumucu� sokam\nchittvatma-sneha-srnkhalam\nsri-biidar ayal)-i� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-in this way;\nudirya-speaking; gata�-went; jiva�-the living entity (who had appeared as the son of Maharaja Citraketu); jnataya�-the relatives and\nfamily\n\nmembers;\n\ntasya-of\n\nhim;\n\nte-they;\n\ntada-at\n\nthat\n\ntime;\n\nvismita�-being astonished; mumucu�-gave up; sokam-lamentation;\nchittoo-cutting off; atma-sneha-of affection due to a relationship;\nsrnkhalam-the iron shackles.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: When the conditioned soul\n\nUiva] in the form of Maharaja Citraketu's son had spoken in this\n\nway and then left, Citraketu and the other relatives of the dead son\nwere all astonished. Thus they cut off the shackles of their affec­\n\ntion, which was due to their relationship with him, and gave up\n\ntheir lamentation.\n\nTEXT 13\n\nf.f�\"6it$i�« iOOM�i : �: I\na�*t��� � �('141M«:( II t �II\nnirhrtya jfiiitayo jnater\ndeham krtvocita� kriya�\ntatyajur dustyajam sneham\nsoka-moha-bhayartidam\nnirhrtya-removing; jnataya�-King Citraketu and all the other\nrelatives; jnate�-of the son; deham-the body; krtoo-performing;\nucita�-suitable; kriya�-activities; tatyaju�-gave up; dustyajamvery difficult to give up;\nmoha-illusion;\n\nsneham-affection;\n\nbhaya-fear;\n\narti-and\n\nsoka-lamentation;\n\ndistress;\n\ndam-giving.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0122": "Text 14]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n95\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter the relatives had discharged their duties by performing\nthe proper funeral ceremonies and burning the dead child's body,\nthey gave up the affection that leads to illusion, lamentation, fear\nand pain. Such affection is undoubtedly difficult to give up, but\nthey gave it up very easily.\nTEXT 14\n\nillW\"\n�\n\nt0�61�SI �ti�l�snn: I\nillt'SMUtd\n��mfcfa-� I\nq;n�i '4ti1U:t ...(� ft:�+tiNd'( 11 � �JII\nbala-ghnyo vrilj,itas tatra\nbala-hatyii-hata-prabhii/:t\nbala-hatyii-vratarh cerur\nbriihmar:wir yan nirupitam\nyamuniiyiirh maharaja\nsmarantyo dvija-bhii$ tam\nbala-ghnya/:t-the killers of the child; vr�itii/:t-being very much\nashamed;\n\ntatra-there;\n\nbala-hatyii-because of killing the child;\n\nhata-having lost; prabhii/:t-all bodily luster; bala-hatyii-vratam-the\natonement for killing the child; ceru/:t-executed; briihmar:wi/:t-by the\npriests; yat - which; nirilpitam-described; yamuniiyiim-at the River\nYamuna;\n\nmahii-riija-0 King Parik!;iit; smarantya/:t-remembering;\n\ndvija-bhii$itam-the statement given by the briihmar:w.\n\nTRANSLATION\nQueen .Krtyadyuti's co-wives, who had poisoned the child, were\nvery much ashamed, and they lost all their bodily luster. While\nlamenting, 0 King, they remembered the instructions of Ailgira\nand gave up their ambition to bear children. Following the directions of the brahmru;tas, they went to the bank of the Yamuna,\nwhere they bathed and atoned for their sinful activities.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0123": "96\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word bala-hatyii-hata-prabhiil}. is to be particularly\nnoted. The practice of killing children has existed in human society for a\nlong time-since time immemorial-but in the days of yore it was very\nrarely performed. At the present moment, however, in this age of Kali,\nabortion-killing of the child within the womb-has become very common, and sometimes a child is even killed after birth. If a woman performs such an abominable act, she gradually loses all her bodily luster\n(bala-hatyii-hata-prabhiib.}. It is also to be noted that the ladies who had\ncommitted the sinful act of administering poison to the child were very\nmuch ashamed, and according to the directions of the briihmar:ws, they\nhad to undergo atonement for killing the child. Any woman who has ever\nperformed such an infamously sinful act must atone for it, but no one\nnow is doing that. Under the circumstances, the women responsible must\nsuffer in this life and the next. Those who are sincere souls, after hearing\nthis incident, should refrain from such child-killing and should atone for\ntheir sinful activities by taking to K{�J.la consciousness very seriously. If\none chants the Hare K{�J.la mahii-mantra without offenses, all of one's\nsinful actions are surely atoned for immediately, but one should not commit such deeds again, for that is an offense.\nTEXT 15\n\n« � slf69;4J�'41 �=Jt4ldfl5tr\"fifil: I\n\n�: m:-� ft:q: ������\nsa ittham pratibuddhiitrrui\ncitraketur dvijoktibhil}.\ngrhiindha-kapan ni$kriintab.\nsaral}.-pankad iva dvipal}.\nsal}.-he; iuham-in this way; pratibudd ha-iitrrui-being fully aware\nof spiritual knowledge; citraketui}.-King Citraketu; dvija-uktibhil}.-by\nthe instructions of the perfect briihmar:ws (Ailgirli. and Narada Muni);\ngrha-andha-kapat-from the dark well of family life; ni$kriintal}.came out; saral}.-of a lake or reservoir of water; palikat-from the\nmud; iva-like; dvipal}.-an elephant.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0124": "Text 17]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n97\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus enlightened by the instructions of the briihJIUU.las Ailgira\nand Narada, King Citraketu became fully aware of spiritual knowledge. As an elephant becomes free from a muddy reservoir of\nwater, King Citraketu came out of the dark well of family life.\nTEXT 16\n\n'filf�RN�� �����:I\n�WI\n��euuuil �;rm� IIZ�II\nkalindyam vidhivat snatva\nkrta-pur:tya-jala-kriya/:t\nmaunena samyata-prar:w\nbrahma-putriiv avandata\n\nkalindyam-in the River Yamuna; vidhi-vat -according to prescribed\nregulations; snatoo -bathing; krta-performing; pur:tya-pious; jalakriya/:t-oblations by offering water; maunena-with gravity; samyataprar:ta/:t\n\n-\n\ncontrolling\n\nthe mind and senses; brahma-putrau-unto the\n\ntwo sons of Lord Brahma (Ailgira and Narada); avandata-offered his\nprayers and obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King bathed in the water of the Yamuna, and according to\nprescribed duties, he offered oblations of water to the forefathers\nand demigods. Very gravely controlling his senses and mind, he\nthen offered his respects and obeisances to the sons of Lord\nBrahma [Ailgira and Narada].\nTEXT 17\n\n� st�•noq � 31��1�&1� I\n¥1'1�1'itl((: sffin f�mi'A � II �\\911\n3N\n\natha tasmai prapannaya\nbhaktaya prayatatmane\n\n", "SB6.3#p0125": "[Canto 6, Ch. 1 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n98\n\nbhagavan niiradab, prito\nvidyam etam uvdca ha\natka-thereafter; tasmai-unto him; p rapanniiya-who was surrendered; bhakta ya - being a devotee; p rayata-atmane-who was selfcontrolled; bhaga van-the most powerful; niiradab,-Narada; pritab, being very pleased; vidyam-transcendental knowledge; etam-this;\nuvaca-spoke; ha-indeed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, being very much pleased with Citraketu, who was a\n\nself-controlled\n\ndevotee\n\nand\n\nsurrendered\n\nsoul,\n\nNirada,\n\nthe\n\nmost powerful sage, spoke to him the following transcendental\n\ninstructions.\n\nTEXTS 18-19\n\n3P������I\n$1lil�1f.tq1� 911t: �c4un� =if 11��II\n� Ftijl:rt¥4f!ll4\nq(¥tl;w;(('{� I\n311�1(1¥41� m-.-(Jl1f f.IVtFtU!� II� �II\nom namas tubhyam bhagavate\n\nvasudevaya dhimahi\npradyumniiyaniruddhaya\nnamab, sarikar{ia�ya ca\nnamo vijfiiina-matraya\n\nparamananda-miir taye\natmaramaya santa y a\nnivrtta-dvaita-dmaye\nom-0 my Lord; namab,-oheisances; t u bhyam-unto You; bhagavate-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vasudevaya-Kr!?:ga, the\nson of Vasudeva; dhimahi-let me meditate upon; p radyumniiya - unto\nPradyumna; ani ruddhaya-unto Aniruddha; namab,-respectful obei-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0126": "Text 19]\n\n99\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\nsances; sarikar$a�ya-unto Lord Sailk.ar�aQa; ca-also; namaft-all\nobeisances;\n\nvifiiiina-miitraya-unto\n\nparama-ananda-murtaye-full\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nform\n\nfull\n\ntranscendental\n\nof\n\nknowledge;\n\nbliss;\n\natma­\n\naramaya-unto the Lord, who is self-sufficient; santaya-and free\n\nfrom disturbances; nivrtta-dvaita-dmaye-whose vision turns away\n\nfrom duality, or who is one without a second.\nTRANSLATION\n\n(Niirada gave Citraketu the following mantra.] 0 Lord, 0\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who are addressed by the\nmilkiira [prai_lava], I offer my respectful obeisances unto You. 0\nLord Vasudeva, I meditate upon You. 0 Lord Pradyumna, Lord\nAniruddha and Lord Sa.rik�ai_la, I offer You my respectful obeisances. 0 reservoir of spiritual potency, 0 supreme bliss, I offer\nmy respectful obeisances unto You, who are self-sufficient and\nmost peaceful. 0 ultimate truth, one without a second, You are\nrealized as Brahman, Paramatmi and Bhagaviin and are therefore\nthe reservoir of all knowledge. I offer my respectful obeisances\nunto You.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita ��Qa says that He is pra�Javaft sarva-vede$U, the\n\nsyllable om in the Vedic mantras. In transcendental knowledge, the Lord\n\nis addressed as pra�Java, omkiira, which is a symbolic representation of\n\nthe Lord in sound. Om namo bhagavate vasudevaya. Vasudeva, who is\n\nan expansion of NarayaQa, expands Himself as Pradyumna, Aniruddha\nand Sailkar�aQa. From Sailk.ar�aQa comes a second NarayaQa expansion,\n\nand from this NarayaQa come further expansions of Vasudeva, Pra­\n\ndyumna, Sailkar�aQa and Aniruddha. The Sailkar�aQa in this group is\n\nthe original cause of the three pu�as, namely KaraQodakasayi Vi�Qu,\n\nGarbhodakasayi: Vi�Qu and �rrodakasayi: Vi�Qu. K�irodaka6ay1 Vi�Qu is\n\nsituated in every universe in a special planet called Svetadvipa. This is\n\nconfirmed in the Brahma-samhita: ar:u)iintara-stha. The word aTJ4a\nmeans this universe. Within this universe is a planet called Svetadvipa,\nwhere K�irodakasayi: Vi�Qu is situated. From Him come all the incarnations within this universe.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0127": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n100\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nAs confirmed in the Brahma-samhitii, all these forms of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead are advaita, nondifferent, and they are also\nacyuta, infallible; they do not fall down like the conditioned souls. The\nordinary living entity is prone to falling into the clutches of maya, but\nthe Supreme Lord in His different incarnations and forms is acyuta, infallible. Therefore His body is different from the material body possessed\nby the conditioned soul.\nThe word matra is explained in the Medini dictionary as follows:\nmatra kan:w-vibh�ayam viue mane paricchade. The word matra, in its\ndifferent imports, is used to indicate the decoration of the ear, possession, respect, and the possession of a covering. As stated in Bhagavadgita (2.14):\nmatra-sparsas tu kaunteya\nsito��-sukha-dub,kha-diib,\nagamapayino 'nityas\ntams titi�asva bharata\n\n\"0 son of Kunti, the nonpermanent appearance of happiness and distress, and their disappearance in due course, are like the appearance and\ndisappearance of winter and summer seasons. They arise from sense perception, 0 scion of Bharata, and one must learn to tolerate them without\nbeing disturbed.\" In the conditioned state of life, the body is used as our\ndress, and as one needs different dresses during the summer and winter,\nwe conditioned souls are changing bodies according to our desires.\nHowever, because the body of the Supreme Lord is full of knowledge, it\nneeds no covering. The idea that \"Krt?l.la's body is like ours-in other\nwords, that His body and soul are different-is a misunderstanding.\nThere are no such differences for \"Krt?J.la, because His body is full of\nknowledge. Here we receive material bodies because of a lack of knowledge, but because \"Krt?J.la, Vasudeva, is full of knowledge, there is no difference between His body and His soul. \"Krt?l.la remembers what He said\nforty million years ago to the sun-god, but an ordinary being cannot\nremember what he said the day before yesterday. This is the difference\nbetween \"Krt?l.la's body and our body. Therefore the Lord is addressed as\nvijnana-matraya paramananda-murtaye.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0128": "Text\n\n20]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n101\n\nBecause the Lord's body is full of knowledge, He always enjoys tran­\n\nscendental bliss. Indeed, His very form is paramdnanda. This is con­\n\nfirmed in the Vedanta-sutra: anandamayo 'bhyasat. By nature the Lord\n\nis iinandamaya. Whenever we see Kr�f.la, He is always full of iinanda in\nall circumstances. No one can make Him morose. Atmdmmdya: He does\nnot need to search for external enjoyment, because He is self-sufficient.\n\nSantiiya: He has no anxiety. One who has to seek pleasure from other\nsources is always full of anxiety. Karmis, jMnis and yogis are full of\nanxiety because they want something, but a devotee does not want anything; he is simply satisfied in the service of the Lord, who is fully\nblissful.\n\nNivrtta-dvaita-dmaye: in our conditioned life our bodies have dif­\n\nferent parts, but although Kr�f.la apparently has different bodily parts,\nno part of His body is different from any other part. Kr�f.la can see with\nHis eyes, and Kr�f.la can see without His eyes. Therefore in the\n\nSvetii.Svatara Upan�ad it is said, pa§yaty aca�uft. He can see with His\n\nhands and legs. He does not need a particular bodily part to perform a\nparticular action. Angani yasya sakalendriya-vrttimanti: He can do any­\n\nthing He desires with any part of His body, and therefore He is called\nalmighty.\nTEXT\n\n20\n\n311c:'lf..�li'(�q ;44��1*\\4� Wf¥1:\n('fiftl� � ;w+t�s;r.:� ll�oll\niitmdnandanubhUtyaiva\nnyasta-sakty-urmaye namaft\nhr�ikeSiiya mahate\nnamas te 'nanta-murtaye\natma-ananda-of\n\nYour personal bliss; anubhatya-by perception;\n\neva-certainly; nyasta -given up; sakti-urmaye\n\n- the waves of material\n\nnature; namaft-respectful obeisances; h r� ikeSii ya -unto the supreme\ncontroller of the senses; mahate-unto the Supreme; namaft-respect­\n\nful obeisances; te-unto You; ananta-unlimited; murtaye-whose expansions.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0129": "102\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nPereeiving Your personal bliss, You are always transcendental to\n\nthe waves of material nature. Therefore, my Lord, I offer my re­\n\nspectful obeisances unto You. You are the supreme controller of\nthe senses, and Your expansions of form are unlimited. You are the\ngreatest, and therefore I offer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\nThis verse analytically differentiates the living entity from the\nSupreme Lord. The form of the Lord and the form of the conditioned\nsoul are different because the Lord is always blissful whereas the conditioned soul is always under the threefold miseries of the material world.\nThe Supreme Lord is sac-cid-dnanda-vigraha. He derives ananda, bliss,\nfrom His own self. The Lord's body is transcendental, spiritual, but because the conditioned soul has a material body, he has many bodily and\nmental troubles. The conditioned soul is always perturbed by attachment\nand detachment, whereas the Supreme Lord is always free from such\ndualities. The Lord is the supreme master of all the senses, whereas the\nconditioned soul is controlled by the senses. The Lord is the greatest,\nwhereas the living entity is the smallest. The living entity is conditioned\nby the waves of material nature, but the Supreme Lord is transcendental\nto all actions and reactions. The expansions of the Supreme Lord's body\nare innumerable (advaitam acyutam aniidim ananta-ril pam), but the\nconditioned soul is limited to only one form. From history we learn that a\nconditioned soul, by mystic power, can sometimes expand into eight\nforms, but the Lord's bodily expansions are unlimited. This means that\nthe bodies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead have no\nno end, unlike the bodies of the living entities.\n\nbeginning and\n\nTEXT 21\n\nif��q·ijSI'4 � � 'Rm � I\n31..1%\\ffif..q�: �S�U'it! tt<e�•: II�� II\n\ny uparate 'prapya\nya eko manasa saha\n\nvacas\n\n", "SB6.3#p0130": "King Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\nText 22]\n\n103\n\nandma-rilpa.S cin- mdtra/:1.\nso\n\n'tyan na/:1. sad-asat- para /:1.\n\nvacasi-when the words; uparate-cease; aprapya-not achieving\nthe goal; ya/:1.-He who; eka/:1.-one without a second; manasli-the\nmind; saha-with; andma-with no material name; rilpa/:1.-or material\nform; cit-matra/:1.-totally spiritual; sa/:1.-He; atyat-may kindly protect; na/:1.-us; sat-asat-para/:1.-who is the cause of all causes (the\nsupreme cause).\nTRANSLATION\nThe words and mind of the conditioned soul cannot approach\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, for material names and\nforms are not applicable to the Lord, who is entirely spiritual,\nbeyond the conception of gross and subtle forms. The impersonal\nBrahman is another of His forms. May He, by His pleasure, protect\nus.\nPURPORT\nThe impersonal Brahman, which is the effulgence of the Lord, IS\ndescribed in this verse.\nTEXT 22\n\n��flit( � Rlg��Rt �m I\n� 'fJCIM*i.a � qu) Wfq: ������\nyasminn idam yata.S cedam\n\nti.§!haty apyeti jayate\nmro-maye$V iva mrj-jatis\ntasmai te brahmar:w nama/:1.\n\nyasmin-in whom; idam-this (cosmic manifestation); yata/:1.-from\nwhom; ca-also; idam-this (cosmic manifestation); ti§thati-stands;\napyeti-dissolves; jayate-is born; mrt-maye$u-in things made of\nearth; iva-like; mrt-jliti/:1.-hirth from earth; tasmai-unto Him; teYou; brahmar:w-the supreme cause; nama/:1.-respectful obeisances.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0131": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n104\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs pots made completely of earth are situated on earth after\n\nbeing created and are transformed into earth again when broken,\n\nthis cosmic manifestation is caused by the Supreme Brahman, situ­\n\nated in the Supreme Brahman� and annihilated in the same\n\nSupreme Brahman. Therefore, since the Supreme Lord is the\ncause of Brahman, let us offer Him our respectful obeisances.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord is the cause of the cosmic manifestation, He maintains it after creation, and after annihilation the Lord is the reservoir of\nevery thing.\n\nTEXT 23\n\nF4��..)J;i\\k�uw.n 1\n31��f(§f Nmt ��s�\"' 11��11\n� waftoij Wf\n\nyan na sprsanti na vidur\nmano-buddhindriyasavab,\nantar bahiS ca vitatam\nvyomavat tan nato 'smy aham\nyat-whom; na-not; sprsanti-can touch; na-nor; vidub,-can\nknow;\n\nmanab,-the\n\nmind;\n\nbuddhi-the\n\nintelligence;\n\nindriya-the\n\nsenses; asavab,-the life airs; antab,-within; bahib,-outside; caalso; vitatam-expanded; vyoma-vat-like the sky; tat-unto Him;\nnatab,-bowed; asmi-am; aham-1.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Brahman emanates from the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead and expands like the sky. Although untouched by any­\n\nthing material, it exists within and without. Nonetheless, the\n\nmind, intelligence, senses and living force can neither touch Him\nnor know Him. I offer unto Him my respectful obeisances.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0132": "Text\n\n24]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\nTEXT\n\n105\n\n24\n\nal�:�UIIUI+t;flNitsm\ntti(�N4_1: �� � I\n�1�Pt'lii!Hf�\n��U�f(l\n� � ��q��Rt ll�ill\n\nr\n\ndehendriya-priilJa-marw-dhiyo 'mi\nyad-ari!Sa-viddha� pracaranti karmasu\nnaivanyada lauham ivaprataptarit\nsthane�u tad dr�!rapadesam eti\ndeha-the body; indriya-senses; priilJa-life airs; mana�-mind;\ndhiya�-and intelligence; ami-all those; yat-ari1Sa viddha�\n-\n\n-\n\nbeing\n\ninfluenced by rays of Brahman, or the Supreme Lord; pracaranti-they\nmove;\n\nkarmasu-in various activities; na-not; eva-indeed; an­\n\nyada-at other times;\n\nlauham-iron; iva-like;\n\naprataptam-not\n\nheated (by fire); sthane�u-in those circumstances; tat-that; dr�!rapadesam-the name of a subject matter; eti-achieves.\nTRANSLATION\nAs iron has the power to bum when made red-hot in the\nassociation of fire, so the body, senses, living force, mind and intelligence, although merely lumps of matter, can function in their\nactivities when infused with a particle of consciousness by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. As iron cannot bum unless\nheated by fire, the bodily senses cannot act unless favored by the\nSupreme Brahman.\nPURPORT\n\nRed-hot iron can burn, but it cannot burn the original fire. Therefore\nthe consciousness of the small particle of Brahman is fully dependent on\nthe power of the Supreme Brahman. In Bhagavad-gita the Lord says,\nmatta� smrtir jnanam apohanarit ca: \"From Me the conditioned soul\nreceives memory, knowledge and forgetfulness.\" The power for ac-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0133": "106\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\ntivities comes from the Supreme Lord, and when the Lord withdraws this\npower, the conditioned soul no longer has energy with which to act\nthrough his various senses. The body includes five knowledge-acquiring\nsenses, five active senses and the mind, hut actually these are merely\nlumps of matter. For example, the brain is nothing hut matter, hut when\nelectrified by the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\nbrain can act, just as iron can burn when made red-hot by the influence\nof fire. The brain can act while we are awake or even while we are\ndreaming, hut when we are fast asleep or unconscious the brain is inactive. Since the brain is a lump of matter, it does not have independent\npower with which to act. It can act only when favored by the influence of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is Brahman or Parahrahman.\nThis is the way to understand how the Supreme Brahman, Kr�Q.a, is present everywhere, just as the sunshine is present because of the sun-god in\nthe sun globe. The Supreme Lord is called H:r�ikesa; He is the only conductor of the senses. Unless empowered by His energy, our senses cannot\nact. In other words, He is the only seer, the only worker, the only\nlistener, and the only active principle or supreme controller.\n\nTEXT 25\n\nill�� 'lfl��� � �et�64R'I&f.rt•(�Ciil�'ial4atR'S6'1'l(OId��'la ��\n�II�� II\n....\n\nom namo bhagavate mahii-pur!L$iiya mahanubhavaya maha-vibhutipataye sakala-sdtvata-parivrr/,ha-nikara-kara-kamala-kul)malopaliilitacara1Jii,ravinda-yugala parama-parame$thin namas te.\norit-0 Supreme Personality of Godhead; nama�-respectful obeisances; bhagavate -unto You, the Lord, who are full in six opulences;\n\nmaha-pu rU$iiya -the supreme enjoyer; maha-anubhavaya-the most\nperfect realized soul, or the Supersoul;\n\nmaha-vibhuti-pataye-the\n\nmaster of all mystic power; sakala-satvata-parivrr/,ha-of all the best\ndevotees; nikara-of the multitude; kara-kamala-of the lotus hands;\n\nkul)mala-by the buds; upaliilita - served; cara�Ja-aravinda-yugala-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0134": "Text 26]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n107\n\nwhose two lotus feet; parama-topmost; parame-�!hin-who are situated in the spiritual planet; nama/:t te-respectful obeisances unto You.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 transcendental Lord, who are situated in the topmost planet of\n\nthe spiritual world, Your two lotus feet are always massaged by a\nmultitude of the best devotees with their lotus-bud hands. You are\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, complete in six opulences.\nYou are the supreme person mentioned in the Puru�-siikta\nprayers. You are the most perfect, self-realized master of all mystic\npower. Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that the Absolute Truth is one, but is manifested in different\nfeatures as Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan. The previous verses described the Brahman and Paramatma features of the Absolute Truth.\nNow this prayer is offered in bhakti-yoga to the Absolute Supreme Person. The words used in this regard are sakala-sdtvata-parivrl!,ha. The\nword sdtvata means \"devotees,\" and sakala means \"all together.\" The\ndevotees, who also have lotus feet, serve the lotus feet of the Lord with\ntheir lotus hands. The devotees may sometimes not be competent to serve\nthe lotus feet of the Lord, and therefore the Lord is addressed\n\nas\n\nparama-parame�!hin. He is the Supreme Person, yet He is very kind to\nthe devotees. No one is competent to serve the Lord, but even if a devotee\nis not competent, the merciful Lord accepts the humble attempt of the\ndevotee.\n\nTEXT 26\n\nm��\n\nmm sr� �ttl+il� wn�: ,\n��1ctflq:m � 1:W{ � snit ������\nsri-suka uvdca\nbhaktayaitdm prapanniiya\nvidyam ij.diSya niirada /:t\n\n", "SB6.3#p0135": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n108\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nyayav arigirasa sakam\n\ndhiima sva yambhuvam prabho\n\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvarni said; bhaktaya-unto the\n\ndevotee; etiim-this; prapanniiya-unto one who fully surrendered;\n\nvidyam-transcendental knowledge; adi.Sya-instructing; niirada/:t­\n\nthe great sage Niirada; yayau-left; arigirasa-the great saint Angira;\n\nsakam-with;\n\ndhiima-for\n\nthe\n\ntopmost\n\nplanet;\n\nbelonging to Lord Brahmii; prabho-0 King.\n\nsvayambhuvam­\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi continued: Narada, having become the\n\nspiritual master of Citraketu, instructed him fully in this prayer\n\nbecause Citraketu was fully surrendered. 0 King Parik�it, Nirada\n\nthen left with the great sage Aiigiri for the topmost planet, known\nas\n\nBrahmaloka.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen Ailgira had :first come to visit King Citraketu, he did not bring\n\nNiirada with him. However, after the death of Citraketu's son, Angirii\n\nbrought Niirada to instruct King Citraketu about bhakti-yoga. The dif­\n\nference was that in the beginning Citraketu was not in a temperament of\n\nrenunciation, but after the death of his son, when he was overwhelmed\n\nby his great plight, he was awakened to the platform of renunciation by\n\ninstructions regarding the falsity of this material world and material\npossessions. It is only at this stage that bhakti-yoga can be instructed. As\n\nlong as one is attached to material enjoyment, bhakti-yoga cannot be\nunderstood. This is con:lirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (2.44):\nbhogai.Svarya-prasaktiiniim\ntayapahrta cetasam\n-\n\nvyavasayatmika buddhi/:t\n\nsamadhau na vidhiyate\n\n\"In the minds of those who are too attached to sense enjoyment and ma­\n\nterial opulence, and who are bewildered by such things, the resolute\ndetermination of devotional service to the Supreme Lord does not take\n\n", "SB6.3#p0136": "Text\n\n27)\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n109\n\nplace.\" As long as one is very much attached to material enjoyment, one\n\ncannot concentrate his mind on the subject matter of devotional service.\n\nThe .Kr�I).a consciousness movement is progressing successfully in the\n\nWestern countries at the present moment because the youth in the West\nhave reached the stage of vairagya, or renunciation. They are practically\n\ndisgusted with material pleasure from material sources, and this has\n\nresulted in a population of hippies throughout the Western countries.\n\nNow if these young people are instructed about bhakti-yoga, .Kr�I).a consciousness, the instructions will certainly be effective.\n\nAs soon as Citraketu understood the philosophy of vairagya-vidya, the\n\nknowledge of renunciation, he could understand the process of bhaktiyoga. In this regard Srila Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya has said, vairagya­\n\nvidya-nija-bhakti-yoga. Vairagya-vidya and bhakti-yoga are parallel\n\nlines. One is essential for understanding the other. It is also said, bhaktib,\nparesanubhavo viraktir anyatra ca\n\n(Bhag. 11.2.42). Advancement in\n\ndevotional service, or .Kr�I).a consciousness, is characterized by increasing\n\nrenunciation of material enjoyment. Narada Muni is the father of devo­\n\ntional service, and therefore, just to bestow causeless mercy upon King\nCitraketu, Aiigira brought Narada Muni to instruct the King. These in­\n\nstructions were extremely effective. Anyone who follows in the footsteps\n\nof Narada Muni is certainly a pure devotee.\n\nTEXT\n\n27\n\nNSI- m �tNT •U(�¥td�en� I\n'4141(41¥41(4 �: ��: 11�\\SII\ncitraketus tu tam vidyam\nyatlui narada-b/u'i§itam\ndluirayam asa saptaham\nab-bhak§a,b, susamahitab,\ncitraketub,-King Citraketu; tu-indeed; tam-that; vidyam-tran­\n\nscendental knowledge; yatlui-just as; narada-blu'i§itam-instructed by\n\nthe great sage Narada; dluirayam lisa-chanted; sapta-aham-continuously\n\nfor\n\none\n\nweek;\n\nap-bha�ab,-only\n\nsamahitab,-with great attention and care.\n\ndrinking\n\nwater;\n\nsu­\n\n", "SB6.3#p0137": "Srnnad-Bhagava�\n\nllO\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nFasting and drinking only water, Citraketu for one week con­\n\ntinuously chanted with great care and attention the mantra given\nby Niirada Muni.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�: � (ift(I'JIIw-d �\n\n��\n\n�\n\n�1$t1u1�1 I\n\n��ssffitwij � 11��11\n\ntatab, sa sapta-ratrante\nvidyaya dhiiryamii{Wya\nvidyadharadhipatyam ca\nlebhe 'pratihatam nrpa\ntatab,-from this; sab,-he; sapta-ratra-ante-at the end of seven\nnights;\n\nvidyaya-by the prayers;\n\ndhiiryamdl)aya-being carefully\n\npracticed; vidyadhara-adhipatyam-mastership of the Vidyadharas (as\nan intermediate result); ca-also; lebhe-achieved; apratihatam-undeviated from the instructions of the spiritual master; nrpa-0 King\nParik�it.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it, after only one week of repeatedly practicing\n\nthe mantra received from the spiritual master, Citraketu achieved\nthe rule of the planet of the Vidyidharas as an intermediate prod­\n\nuct of his spiritual advancement in knowledge.\nPURPORT\n\nIf a devotee, after being initiated, adheres rigidly to the instructions of\nthe spiritual master, he is naturally endowed with the material opulences\nof vidyadhara-adhipatyam and similar posts as by-products. A devotee\nneed not practice yoga, karma or jnana to achieve a successful result.\nDevotional service alone is competent to award a devotee all material\npower. A pure devotee, however, is never attached to material power, although he gets it very easily without personal endeavor. Citraketu\n\n", "SB6.3#p0138": "Text29]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\nlll\n\nreceived this side benefit of his devotional service, which he rigidly performed in accordance with the instructions of Narada.\n\nTEXT29\n\nctif(N�I(tntfeiq�'ttwtltiM: I\niift111{ �� � �� 11��11\n\n�:\n\ntata/:1. katipayahobhir\nvidyayeddha-marw-gati/:1.\njagama deva-devasya\nse�asya cara1Jijntikam\ntata/:1.-thereafter; katipaya-a hobhi/:1.-within a few days; vidyayaby the spiritual mantra; iddha-mana/:1.-gati/:1.-the course of his mind\nbeing enlightened; jagama-went; deva-devasya-of the master of all\nother lords or demigods; se�asya -Lord\n\n�a; cara�-antikam-to the\n\nshelter of the lotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, within a very few days, by the influence of the\nmantra that Citraketu had practiced, his mind became increasingly\nenlightened in spiritual progress, and he attained shelter at the\nlotus feet of Anantadeva.\nPURPORT\nA devotee's ultimate achievement is to take shelter of the lotus feet of\nthe Lord in any one of the planets in the spiritual sky. As a result of rigid\nexecution of devotional service, a devotee receives all material opulences\nif these are required; otherwise, the devotee is not interested in material\nopulences, nor does the Supreme Lord award them. When a devotee is\nactually engaged in the devotional service of the Lord, his apparently\nmaterial opulences are not material; they are all spiritual. For example,\nif a devotee spends money to construct a beautiful and costly temple, the\nconstruction is not material but spiritual (nirbandha/:1. kr��-sambandhe\n\ny-uktarh vairagyam ucyate). A devotee's mind is never diverted to the\n\n", "SB6.3#p0139": "112\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nmaterial side of the temple. The bricks, stone and wood used in the con­\n\nstruction of the temple are spiritual, just as the Deity, although made of\nstone, is not stone but the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. The\n\nmore one advances in spiritual consciousness, the more he can under­\n\nstand the elements of devotional service. Nothing in devotional service is\n\nmaterial; everything is spiritual. Consequently a devotee is awarded so­\n\ncalled material opulence for spiritual advancement. This opulence is an\n\naid to help the devotee advance toward the spiritual kingdom. Thus\nMaharaja Citraketu remained in material opulence as a vidyadhara-pati,\n\nmaster of the Vidyadharas, and by executing devotional service he be­\n\ncame perfect within a very few days and returned home, back to Godhead, taking shelter of the lotus feet of Lord Se�a, Ananta.\n\nA karmi's material opulence and a devotee's material opulence are not\n\non the same level. Srila Madhvacarya eomments in this way:\nanyiintaryiimi{Ulrh V�7Jum\nupiisyiinya-samipagab,\nbhaved yogyatayii tasya\npadam vii priipnuyiin narab,\n\nBy worshiping Lord Vi�1.1u one can get whatever he desires, but a pure\ndevotee never asks Lord Vi�1.1u for any material profit. Instead he serves\nLord Vi�1.1u without material desires and is therefore ultimately trans­\n\nferred to the spiritual kingdom. In this regard, Srila Viraraghava Acarya\n\ncomments, yathe�ta-gatir ity arthab,: by worshiping Vi�Qu, a devotee can\n\nget whatever he likes. Maharaja Citraketu wanted only to return home,\n\nback to Godhead, and therefore he achieved success in that way.\n\nmf':Liila-gauram siti-viisasam sphuratkiri!a-keyilra-ka!itra-kanka{Ulm\n\n", "SB6.3#p0140": "Text 31]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n113\n\nprasanna-vaktriiruTJCL-locanam vrtam\ndadarsa siddhesvara-rna1J4,alai� prabhum\nmnzala-gauram-white like the fibers of a lotus; siti-viisasam-wearing\n\ngarments\n\nof\n\nblue\n\nsilk;\n\nsphurat-glittering;\n\nkiri!a-helmet;\n\nkeyura-armlets; ka#tra-belt; karikaTJCLm-whose bangles; prasannavaktra-smiling face; aru7Jn-locanam - having reddish eyes; vrtamsurrounded; dadarsa-he saw; siddha-iSvara-rnalJ4alai�-by the most\nperfect devotees; prabhum-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon reaching the shelter of Lord\n\nSe�, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, Citraketu saw that He was as white as the\nwhite fibers of a lotus flower. He was dressed in bluish garments\nand adorned with a brilliantly glittering helmet, armlets, belt and\nbangles. His face was smiling, and His eyes were reddish. He was\nsurrounded by such exalted liberated persons as Sanat-kumara.\nTEXT 31\n\n(f(�·'1�{6('1+t«tf?ti�q:\n��t+t�:�S+4ttti\"'M: I\nSl'l4:+1¥tfl\n\n��:\n\nst(!it+tt\"'+t(l�\n\nII�� II\n\ntad-darsana-dhvasta-samasta-kilb��\nsvasthiirnaliinta�karar:w 'bhyayiin muni�\npravrddha-bhaktya praTJCLyasru-locana�\nprah�!a-romiinamad iidi-puTU$am\ntat-darsana-by the sight of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\ndhvasta-destroyed;\n\nsamasta-kilbi§a�-having\n\nall\n\nsins;\n\nsvastha­\n\nhealthy; arnala-and pure; anta�karaTJCL�-the core of whose heart;\nabhyayiit-approached face to face; muni�-the King, who was silent·\ndue to full mental satisfaction; pravrddha-bhaktya-with an attitude of\nincreased devotional service; pra7Jnya-a5ru-locana�-with tears in his\neyes because of love; prahr$ !a-rorna-his hairs standing on end due to\n\n", "SB6.3#p0141": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n114\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\njubilation; anamat-offered respectful obeisances; adi-pu 11.1.§am -unto\nthe expansion of the original personality.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Maharaja Citraketu saw the Supreme Lord, he was\n\ncleansed of all material contamination and situated in his original\n�l}a consciousness, being completely purified. He became silent\n\nand grave, and because of love for the Lord, tears fell from his\n\neyes, and his hairs stood on end. With great devotion and love, he\n\noffered his respectful obeisances unto the original Personality of\nGodhead.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word tad-darsana-dhvasta-samasta-kilb�lt is very important in\nthis verse. If one regularly sees the Supreme Personality of Godhead in\nthe temple, one will gradually be disinfected of all material desires\nsimply by visiting the temple and seeing the Deity. When one is freed\nfrom all the results of sinful activities, one will be purified, and with a\nhealthy mind, completely cleansed, he will increasingly make progress in\n:Kri?I.J.a consciousness.\nTEXT 32\n\n6\n\n��Wt({l�!�\n\nirlmle�()Q�(�;u:\n�&{tqqtRclectof;t•i¥t\n�ctl�icti� SIQ+ft�fi �����II\nsa uttama§loka-padiibja-vi§!ararh\nprem.iiSru-lesair upamehayan muhult\npremoparuddhiikhila-va71UI-nirgamo\nnaiviiSakat tam prasamujitum ciram\nsalt-he; uttama§loka- of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\npada-abja-of the lotus feet; vi§!aram -the resting place; premaa5ru-of tears of pure love; lesailt-by drops; upamehayan-moisten-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0142": "Text 33]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\nll5\n\ning; muhult-again and again; prema- uparuddha-choked with love;\n\nakhila-all; 0011UZ-of the letters; nirgamalt-the coming out; na­\n\nnot; eva-indeed; a5akat-was able; tam-unto Him; prasamU;litumto offer prayers; ciram-for a long time.\nTRANSLATION\nWith tears of love and affection, Citraketu repeatedly moistened\nthe resting place of the Supreme Lord's lotus feet. Because his\nvoice was choked in ecstasy, for a considerable time he was unable\nto utter any of the letters of the alphabet to offer the Lord suitable\nprayers.\nPURPORT\nAll the letters of the alphabet and the words constructed by those letters are meant for offering prayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Maharaja Citraketu had the opportunity to offer prayers to the\nLord by composing nice verses from the letters of the alphabet, but because of his ecstasy, for a considerable time he could not join those letters\nto offer prayers to the Lord. As stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam (1.5.22):\n\nidam hi puril.sas tapasalt srutasya 00\n\nsv�!asya silktasya ca buddhi-dattayolt\n\navicyuto 'rthalt kavibhir nirilpito\n\nyad uttama5loka-gu�nuva11Ulnam\n\nIf one has scienti£c, philosophical, political, economic or any other\nabilities and wants perfection in his knowledge, he should offer prayers\nto the Supreme Personality of Godhead by composing first-class poetry or\nengaging his talents in the service of the Lord. Citraketu wanted to do\nthis, but he was unable because of loving ecstasy. Therefore he had to\nwait for a considerable time before he could offer prayers.\n\nTEXT 33\n\nm�:\n\n�'INN\niNN\n\nij;ft ffwtltfq(\n\nl(�dtRt�•'lCIPRfl I\n\n", "SB6.3#p0143": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n116\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\ntatat£ samadluiya marw mani$aya\nbab�a etat pratilabdha-viig asau niyamya saroendriya-bahya-vartanarh\njagad-gurum satvata-sastra-vigraham\ntatat£-thereafter;\n\nsamadluiya-controlling;\n\nmanat£-the\n\nmind;\n\nmani$aya-by his intelligence; bab�a-spoke; etat-this; pratilabdha-recovering; ook-speech; asau-that one (King Citraketu);\nniyamya-controlling; sarva-indriya-of all the senses; bahya-external; vartanam-the wandering; jagat-gurum-who is the spiritual\nmaster of everyone; satvata-of devotional service; §astra-of the holy\nscriptures; vigraham-the personified form.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, by controlling his mind with his intelligence and\n\nthus\n\nrestricting\n\nhis\n\nsenses\n\nfrom\n\nexternal\n\nengagements,\n\nhe\n\nrecovered suitable words with which to express his feelings. Thus\n\nhe began offering prayers to the Lord, who is the personification\nof the holy scriptures [the satvata-sarilhitis like the Brahma­\n\nsamhiti and the Nirada-paiicaritra] and who is the spiritual master\nof all. He offered his prayers as follows.\nPURPORT\n\nOne cannot offer prayers to the Lord with mundane words. One must\nbecome spiritually advanced by controlling the mind and senses. Then he\ncan find suitable words to offer in pray�rs to the Lord. Quoting the\nfollowing verse from the Padma Purar;a, Srila Sanatana Gosvami forbids\nus to sing any song not sung by authorized devotees.\navai.§r;ava-mukhodgirr;am\nputarit hari-katluimrtam\nsravar;arh naiva kartavyam\nsarpocchi.§!arit yatha payat£\n\n", "SB6.3#p0144": "Text 34]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n117\n\nThe words or songs of a person not fixed in V ai�Q.ava behavior, not\nstrictly following the rules and regulations and chanting the Hare l(r�Q.a\n17Ulntra should not be accepted by pure devotees. The words st'itvatasiistra-vigraham indicate that the sac-cid-ananda body of the Lord can\nnever be accepted to be made of maya. Devotees do not offer prayers to\nthe Lord in an imaginary form. The existence of the Lord's form is supported by all Vedic literature.\n\nTEXT 34\nllfmt\n\nR?f'-1-.r!�\"'.,\nm: ��:\n\nID�'F{ �ffll\n\nf¢Nt{t.�m- � �+t.l'il€+lwti �311�'ia\\lsRr�: II�'JII\ncitraketur uvdca\najita jita}:t sai7Ul-17Ultibhi}:t\nsadhubhir bhavan jitati7Ulbhir bhavata\nvijitas te 'pi ca bhajatam\nakii.mdti7Ulnam ya atmado ti-karulJ.O./:t\n'\n\ncitraketu}:t uvaca- King Citraketu said; ajita-0 my unconquerable\nLord; jita}:t-conquered; sai7Ul-17Ultibhi}:t-by persons who have conquered the mind; sadhubhi/:t-the devotees; bhavan-Your Lordship;\njita-dti7Ulbhi}:t-who have completely controlled the senses; bhavata-by\nYou; vijita}:t-conquered; te-they; api-also; ca-and; bhajatam-to\nthose who always engage in Your service; akii.I7Ul-ati7Ulndm-with no\nmotives for material profit; ya}:t-who; dti7Ul-da/:t-giving Yourself; atikarulJ.(l}:t-extremely merciful.\nTRANSLATION\nCitraketu said: 0 unconquerable Lord, although You cannot be\nconquered by anyone, You are certainly conquered by devotees\nwho have control of the mind and senses. They can keep You\n\n", "SB6.3#p0145": "118\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch.l6\n\nunder their control because You are causelessly merciful to devo­\n\ntees who desire no material profit from You. Indeed, You give\nYourself to them, and because of this You also have full control\n\nover Your devotees.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord and the devotees both conquer. The Lord is conquered by\nthe devotees, and the devotees are conquered by the Lord. Because of\nbeing conquered by one another, they both derive transcendental bliss\nfrom their relationship. The highest perfection of this mutual conquer­\n\ning is exhibited by ��Qa and the gop\"is. The gop\"is conquered ��Qa, and\n��Qa conquered the gop\"is. Thus whenever ��Qa played His flute, He\n\nconquered the minds of the gop\"is, and without seeing the gop\"is ��Qa\ncould not be happy. Other transcendentalists, such as jnan\"is and yogis,\n\ncannot conquer the Supreme Personality of Godhead; only pure devotees\ncan conquer Him.\n\nPure devotees are described as sama-mati, which means that they\n\nnever deviate from devotional service under any circumstances. It is not\nthat devotees worship the Supreme Lord only when happy; they worship\nHim even when in distress. Happiness and distress do not hamper the\n\nprocess of devotional service. Therefore Snrruul-Bhiigavatam says that\ndevotional service is\n\nahaituky apmtihatii, unmotivated and uninter­\n\nrupted. When a devotee offers devotional service to the Lord without any\n\nmotive (anyabhi�itii-silnyam), his service cannot be hampered by any\n\nmaterial condition (apmtihatii). Thus a devotee who offers service in all\nconditions of life can conquer the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nA special distinction between devotees and the other transcenden­\n\ntalists, namely the jnan\"is and yogis, is that jnan\"is and yogis artificially try\nto become one with the Supreme, whereas devotees never aspire for such\nan impossible accomplishment. Devotees know that their position is to be\neternally servants of the Supreme Lord and never to be one with Him.\n\nTherefore they are called sama-mati or jitiitma. They detest oneness with\n\nthe Supreme. They have no lusty desires for oneness; instead, their\ndesire is to be freed from all material hankering. Therefore they are\n\ncalled n�kama, desireless. A living entity cannot exist without desires,\nbut desires that can never be fulfilled are called kama, lusty desires.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0146": "King Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\nText 35)\n\nll9\n\nKiimais tais tair hrta-jiiiinii/;: because of lusty desires, nondevotees are\ndeprived of their intelligence. Thus they are unable to conquer the\nSupreme Lord, whereas devotees, being freed from such unreasonable\ndesires, can conquer the Lord. Such devotees are also conquered by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Because they are pure, being free from\nall material desires, they fully surrender to the Supreme Lord, and\ntherefore the Lord conquers them. Such devotees never aspire for liberation. They simply desire to serve the lotus feet of the Lord. Because they\nserve the Lord without desires for remuneration, they can conquer the\nmercy of the Lord. The Lord is by nature very merciful, and when He\nsees that His servant is working without desires for material profit,\nnaturally He is conquered.\nDevotees are always engaged in service.\n\nsa vai mana/; kn;l)ll-padaravindayor\nvacaritsi vaiku�ha-gw:uinuvarl)llne\nAll the activities of their senses are engaged in the service of the Lord.\nBecause of such devotion, the Lord gives Himself to His devo�ees as if\nthey could use Him for any purpose they might desire. Of course, devotees have no purpose other than to serve. When a devotee fully surrenders and has no aspiration for material profit, the Lord certainly gives\nhim all opportunities for service. This is the position of the Lord when\nconquered by His devotees.\nTEXT 35\n\n(R\n\nRw.f: � lllf.li{\n���f(qRt�ttli(lf.t\n\nR.JQq:st���� � m� -N•tf��· ������\ntava vibhaval; khalu bhagavan\njagad-udaya-sthiti-layiidini\nviSva-sr.jas te 'msiirh.Sas\ntatra mn;ii spardhanti prthag abhimatyii\n\n", "SB6.3#p0147": "Srnnad-BhagavaUUn\n\n120\ntava-Your;\n\nvibhava�-opulences;\n\n(Canto 6, Ch.l6\n\nkhalu-indeed;\n\nbhagavan-0\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; jagat-of the cosmic manifestation;\nudaya-the creation; sthiti-maintenance; laya-adini-dissolution and\nso\n\non; viSva-srja�-the creators of the manifested world; te-they;\n\namsa-amsa�-parts of Your plenary portion; tatra-in that; mr�-in\nvain;\n\nspardhanti-rival\n\none\n\nanother;\n\nprthak-of\n\nseparateness;\n\nabhimatya-by a false conception.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, this cosmic manifestation and its creation, main­\n\ntenance and annihilation are all but Your opulences. Since Lord\nBrahmi and the other creators are nothing but small portions of a\n\nportion of You, their partial power to create does not make them\n\nGod (isvara]. Their consciousness of themselves as separate Lords\n\nis therefore merely fal.,e prestige. It is not valid.\nPURPORT\n\nA devotee who has fully surrendered to the lotus feet of the Lord\nknows very well that the creative energy of the living entities, from Lord\nBrahma down to the small ant, exists because the living entities are part\nand parcel of the Lord. In\n\nBhagavad-gita (15.7) the Lord says,\n\nmamaivdmso jiva-loke jiva-bhuta� sandtana�: \"The living entities in\nthis conditioned world are My eternal, fragmental parts.\" The living entities are nothing but very small portions of the supreme spirit, like\nsparks of a fire. Because they are part of the Supreme, they have a creative quality in a very minute quantity.\nThe so-called scientists of the modern materialistic world are proud\nbecause they have created modern facilities like great airplanes, but the\ncredit for creating the airplanes should go to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, not to the scientists who have invented or created the so-called\nwonderful products. The first consideration is the intelligence of the\nscientist; one must be elevated by the dictation of the Supreme Lord,\nwho says in Bhagavad-gitd (15.15), matta� smrtir jfiiinam apohanam\nca: \"From Me come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness.\" Because the Supreme Lord, as Supersoul, sits within the core of every living\nentity's heart, the dictation by which one advances in scientific knowl-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0148": "Text 36]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n121\n\nedge or creative faculties comes from Him. Furthermore, the ingredients\nto manufacture wonderful machines like airplanes are also supplied by\nthe Lord, not by the scientists. Before the airplane was created, its ingredients already existed, having been caused by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, but when the manifested creation of the airplane is ruined, the\nremaining debris is a problem for the so-called creators. Another example is that the West is creating many automobiles. The ingredients for\nthese cars are supplied, of course, by the Supreme Lord, and the intelligence for the so-called creation is also supplied by the Lord. Ultimately,\nwhen the cars are demolished, the so-called creators are faced with the\nproblem of what to do with their ingredients. The actual creator, the\noriginal creator, is the Personality of Godhead. Only in the interim does\nsomeone create something with intelligence supplied by the Lord, and\nlater the creation again becomes a problem. Therefore the so-called\ncreator is not to be credited with the act of creation; the only credit goes\nto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is rightly stated herein that\nthe credit for all the opulences of creation, maintenance and annihilation\nbelongs to the Supreme Lord, not to the living entities.\n\nTEXT 36\n\ntrorl�q�¥t¥t�I�+41Q\"<11W'('I(Claf ��:\n\n311�1Clw-�sfq � (1*4lwti\n� 8� ��6(l�sW ll��lt\nparama�u-parama-mahatos\ntvam iidy-antiintara-varti traya-vidhuralt\niidav ante 'pi ca sattvdniirh\nyad dhruvam tad etxintarale 'pi\n'\n\nparama-a�u-of the atomic particle; parama-mahatolt-and of the\nbiggest (the result of the combination of atoms); tvam- You; iidi-antain both the beginning and the end; antara-and in the middle; vartiexisting; traya-vidhura!t\n\n-\n\nalthough without beginning, end or middle;\n\niidau-in the beginning; ante-at the end; api -also; ca-and; sat-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0149": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n122\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\ntvaruim-of all existences; yat-which; dhruvam-permanent; tatthat; eva-certainly; antarale-in the middle; api\n\n-\n\nalso.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou exist in the beginning, middle and end of everything, from\n\nthe most minute particle of_ the cosmic manifestation-the atom­\n\nto the gigantic universes and total material energy. Nonetheless,\n\nYou are eternal, having no beginning, end or middle. You are per­\n\nceived to exist in these three phases, and thus You are permanent.\n\nWhen the cosmic manifestation does not exist, You exist as the\noriginal potency.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Brahma-samhitii (5.33) says:\n\nadvaitam acyutam anadim ananta-rilpam\nadyam purliTJ£L-pu�m nava-yauvanarit ca\nvede�u durlabham adurlabham atma-bhaktau\ngovindam adi-pu�am tr,m aharit bhajami\n\"I worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda [��Qa], who\nis the original person-absolute, infallible, without beginning, although\nexpanded into unlimited forms, still the same original, the oldest, and\nthe person always appearing as a fresh youth. Such eternal, blissful, allknowing forms of the Lord cannot be understood even by the best Vedic\nscholars, but they are always manifest to pure, unalloyed devotees.\" The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead has no cause, for He is the cause of\neverything. The Lord is beyond the workings of cause and effect. He is\neternally existing. In another verse the Brahma-samhitii says, ar:z.#n­\n\ntara-stha-paramlir:tu-cayantara-stham: the Lord exists within the gigantic universe and within the atom. The descent of the Lord into the atom\nand the universe indicates that without His presence, nothing could factually exist. Scientists say that water is a combination of hydrogen and\noxygen, but when they see a vast ocean they are puzzled about where\nsuch a quantity of hydrogen and oxygen could have come from. They\nthink that everything evolved from chemicals, but where did the chemicals come from? That they do not know. Since the Supreme Personality\n\n", "SB6.3#p0150": "Text 37)\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n123\n\nof Godhead is the cause of all causes, He can produce immense quantities\nof chemicals to create a situation for chemical evolution. We actually see\n\nthat chemicals are produced from living entities. For example, a lemon\n\ntree produces many tons of citric acid. The citric acid is not the cause of\n\nthe tree; rather, the tree is the cause of the acid. Similarly, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead is the cause of everything. He is the cause of the\n\ntree that produces the citric acid (bijam mam sarva-bhiitiiniim). Devo­\n\ntees can see that the original potencies causing the cosmic manifestation\n\nare not in chemicals but in the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for He\nis the cause of the chemicals.\n\nEverything is caused or manifested by the energy of the Supreme\n\nLord, and when everything is annihilated or dissolved, the original\npotency enters the body of the Supreme Lord. Therefore this verse says,\n\niidiiv ante 'pi ca sattviiniim yad dhruvam tad eviintariile 'pi. The word\ndhruvam means \"permanent.\" The permanent reality is K\"t!?Q.a, not this\ncosmic manifestation. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii, aham iidir hi\ndeviiniim and matta� sarvam pravartate: K\"t!?Q.a is the original cause of\neverything. Arjuna recognized Lord Sri K\"t!?Q.a as the original person\n\n(puru.t>arh sasvatam divyam iidi-devam ajam vibhum)' and the !Jrahmasamhitii describes Him as the original person (govindam iidi-puru.t>am).\n\nHe is the cause of all causes, whether at the beginning, at the end or in\n\nthe middle.\n\nTEXT 37\n\nfit�•Rf«qAit\"Sitd:\n�J\n�\"'+t��1gun�H��:\n� qaftl'?!�(!q:\n(1CI%ilf!cilf!fit�a:� :\n....\n\n�\n\n....\n\nII �\"'II\n\n�ity-iidibhir e�a kilavrta�\nsaptabhir daSa-guT:Wttarair ar_uja-koSa�\nyatra pataty arJu-kalpa�\nsahar_uja-koP,-koP,bhis tad ananta�\n�iti-iidibhi�-by the ingredients of the material world, headed by\nsaptabhi� - seven;\n\nearth; e�a�-this; kila-indeed; avrta�-covered;\n\n", "SB6.3#p0151": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n124\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\ndaSa-gury,a-uttaraitt-each ten times more than the previous one; a�ko5att-egg-shaped universe; yatra-in whom; patati-falls; ary,ukalpatt-like a minute atom; saha-with; a�-ko!i-ko!ibhitt-millions\nof such universes; tat-therefore; anantatt-(You are called) unlimited.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEvery universe is covered by seven layers-earth, water, fire,\n\nair, sky, the total energy and false ego-each ten times greater\nthan the previous one. There are innumerable universes besides\n\nthis one, and although they are unlimitedly large, they move about\nlike atoms in You. Therefore You are called unlimited (ananta].\nPURPORT\nThe Brahma-samhitd (SA.S) says:\n\nyasyaika-niSvasita-kalam athavalambya\njivanti loma-vilaja jagad-a�-niithatt\nvi§ry,ur mahan sa iha yasya kala-viSe�o\ngovindam adi-pu�am tam aham bhajami\nThe origin of the material creation is Maha-Vi�Q.u, who lies in the Causal\nOcean. While He sleeps in that ocean, millions of universes are generated\nas He exhales, and they are all annihilated when He inhales. This MahaVi�Q.u is a plenary portion of a portion of Vi�Q.u, Govinda (yasya kala­\n\nv iSe�tt) The word kala refers to a plenary portion of a plenary portion.\n.\n\nFrom l(r�Q.a, or Govinda, comes Balarama; from Balarama comes\nSankar�aQ.a; from Sailkar�aQ.a, NarayaQ.a; from NarayaQ.a, the second\nSailkar�aQ.a; from the second Sailkar�aQ.a, Maha-Vi�Q.u; from MahaVi�Q.u,\n\nGarbhodakasayi\n\nVi�Q.u;\n\nand\n\nfrom\n\nGarbhodakasayi\n\nVi�Q.u,\n\nK�irodakasayi Vi�Q.u. �irodakasayi Vi�Q.u controls every universe. This\ngives an idea of the meaning of ananta, unlimited. What is to be said of\nthe unlimited potency and existence of the Lord? This verse describes\nthe coverings of the universe (saptabhir daSa-guTJ-Ottarair a�-koSatt}.\nThe first covering is earth, the second is water, the third is fire, the\nfourth is air, the fifth is sky, the sixth is the total material energy, and\nthe seventh is the false ego. Beginning with the covering of earth, each\ncovering is ten times greater than the previous one. Thus we can only\n\n", "SB6.3#p0152": "Text 38]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n125\n\nimagine how great each universe is, and there are many millions of universes. As confirmed by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gita (10.42):\n\nf\n\nathava bahunaitena\nkim jiiiitena tavarjuna\nv�!abhyaham idam krtsnam\nekamsena sthito jagat\n\"But what need is there, Arjuna, for all this detailed knowledge? With a\nsingle fragment of Myself I pervade and support this entire universe.\"\nThe entire material world manifests only one fourth of the Supreme\nLord's energy. Therefore He is called ananta.\nTEXT 38\n\n\"'\n\nAq:qq:ttl ;nq�;:u\n� aq'Rffl �\\l.� tR �� 1\n\"'\n\n<Nt441N'f (�\n\n�AI1�f;:q �NH1��11��11\n\nv�ya-tr�o nara-pa.Savo\nya upasate vibhutir na param tvam\nte�am as�a iSa\ntad anu vina.Syanti yatha raja-kulam\nv�aya-tr�ab.-eager to enjoy sense gratification; nara-pa.Savab.manlike animals; ye-who; upasate-worship very gorgeously;\nvibhutib,-small particles of the Supreme Lord (the demigods); na-not;\nparam-the Supreme; tvam-You; te�am-of them; as�ab,-the\nbenedictions; iSa-0 supreme controller; tat-them (the demigods);\nanu-after; vina.Syanti-will be vanquished; yatha-just as; rajakulam-those who are supported by the government (when the government is finished).\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, 0 Supreme, unintelligent persons who thirst for sense\nenjoyment and who worship various demigods are no better than\n\n", "SB6.3#p0153": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n126\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nanimals in the human form of life. Because of their animalistic\n\npropensities, they fail to worship Your Lordship, and instead they\n\nworship the insignificant demigods, who are but small sparks of\nYour glory. With the destruction of the entire universe, including\n\nthe demigods, the benedictions received from the demigods also\n\nvanish, just like the nobility when a king is no longer in power.\n\nPURPORT\n\nBhagavad-gita (7.20) says, kiimais tais tair hrta-jiiiinii/:t prapadyante\n'nya-devata/:t: \"Those whose minds are distorted by material desires surrender unto the demigods.\" Similarly, this verse condemns worship of\nthe demigods. We may show our respect to the demigods, but the\ndemigods are not worshipable. The intelligence of those who worship the\ndemigods is lost (hrta-jiiiinii/:t) because these worshipers do not know\nthat when the entire material cosmic manifestation is annihilated, the\ndemigods, who are the departmental heads of that manifestation, will be\nvanquished. When the demigods are vanquished, the benedictions given\nby the demigods to unintelligent men will also be vanquished. Therefore\na devotee should not hanker to obtain material opulence by worshiping\nthe demigods, but should engage in the service of the Lord, who will\nsatisfy all his desires.\n\nakiima/:t sarva-kiimo vd\nmo�a-kiima zuliira-dhi/:t\ntivre� bhakti-yogena\nyajeta pu�am param\n\"Whether full of all material desires, free from material desires or desiring liberation, a person who has broader intelligence must by all means\nworship\n\nthe\n\nsupreme\n\nwhole,\n\nthe\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead.\"\n\n(Bhag. 2.3.10) This is the duty of a perfect human being. One who has\nthe shape of a human being but whose actions are nothing but those of an\nanimal is called nara-pa.Su or dvipada-pa.Su, a two-legged animal. A\nhuman being who is not interested in Kr!?Qa consciousness is condemned\nherewith as a nara-pa.Su.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0154": "Text 39)\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n127\n\nTEXT 39\n\nifil'iNlf��\n.. � � ���\nf\n\n$1'1h:¥t;:t.tgOI'i�\nkama-dhiyas tvayi racita\nna parama rohanti yathii karambha-bijani\njnaniitmany agu�maye\ngu�-ga�to 'sya dvandva-jalani\nkama-dhiyab,-desires\n\nracitab,-performed;\n\nfor\n\nsense\n\ngratification;\n\ntvap-m\n\nYou;\n\nna-not; parama-0 Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; rohanti-do grow (produce other bodies); yathii-just as;\nkarambha-bijani-sterilized or fried seeds; jnana-atmani-in You,\nwhose existence is in full knowledge; agu�-maye-who is not affected\nby the material qualities; gu�-ga�tab,-from the material qualities;\nasya-of a person; dvandva-jalani-the networks of duality.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Supreme Lord, if persons obsessed with material desires for\nsense gratification through material opulence worship You, who\nare the source of all knowledge and are transcendental to material\nqualities, they are not subject to material rebirth, just as sterilized\nor fried seeds do not produce plants. Living entities are subjected\nto the repetition of birth and death because they are conditioned\nby material nature, but since You are transcendental, one who\nis inclined to associate with You in transcendence escapes the\nconditions of material nature.\nPURPORT\nThis is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (4.9), wherein the Lord says:\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevaril yo vetti tattvatab,\n\n", "SB6.3#p0155": "128\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\ntyaktva deham punar janma\nnaiti mdm eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" If one simply\nengages in �!?I:la consciousness to understand �!?I:la, he surely becomes\nimmune to the process of repeated birth and death. As clearly stated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii, tyaktva deham punar janma naiti: such a person, simply\nby engaging in �!?I:la consciousness or understanding the Supreme Personality of Godhead, �!?I:la, becomes quite :fit to return home, back to\nGodhead. Even those who are obsessed with material desires may also\ncome to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead so steadily that\nthey go back to Godhead. The fact is that if one comes to �!?I:la consciousness, although he may have many material desires, he becomes increasingly attracted to the lotus feet of �!?I:la through associating with\nthe Supreme Lord by chanting His holy name. The Supreme Lord and\nHis holy name are identical. Thus he becomes uninterested in attachment\nto material enjoyment. The perfection of life is to be uninterested in material enjoyment and interested in �!?I:la. If one comes to �!?I:la consciousness somehow or other, even for material gain, the result is that he\nwill be liberated. Kamad dve§ad bhayat\n\nsne ha .\n\nt Whether for the\n\nsatisfaction of material desires, because of the influence of envy, because\nof fear, because of affection or because of any other reason, if one comes\nto �!?I:la, his life is successful.\nTEXT40\n\nn.�utnta � ¥Rm\n.\n\n('\n\n�( \"\"+lmltll':liif2ij \\l¥t¥t��\n\n��it 'fA'\n31R¥U(i¥tl\n\nt4Uq1Qijsqif•nt4 II\\? II\no\n\njitam ajita tada bhavatii\nyadaha bhagavatam dharmam anavadyam\nni§kincana ye munaya\natmarama yam upasate 'pavargaya\n\n", "SB6.3#p0156": "129\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\nText 40]\n\njitam-conquered;\n\najita-0\n\nunconquerable\n\none;\n\ntada-then;\n\nbhavata-by Your Lordship; yada-when; aha-spoke; bhagavatam­\n\nwhich helps the devotee approach the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\ndharmam-the religious process; anavadyam-faultless (free from\n\ncontamination); n�kiiicanab,-who have no desire to be happy with ma­\n\nterial opulences; ye-those who; munayab,-great philosophers and ex­\n\nalted sages; atma-aramab,-who are self-satisfied (being completely\naware of their constitutional position as eternal servants of the Lord);\n\nyam-whom; upasate-worship; apavargaya-for achieving liberation\nfrom material bondage.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 unconquerable one, when You spoke about\n\nbhagavata­\n\ndharma, which is the uncontaminated religious system for achieving the shelter of Your lotus feet, that was Your victory. Persons\nwho have no material desires, like the Kumiras, who are selfsatisfied sages, worship You\ncontamination.\n\nto\n\nIn other words,\n\nbe liberated from\nthey\n\naccept\n\nmaterial\n\nthe process\n\nof\n\nbhagavata-dharma to achieve shelter at Your lotus feet.\n\nPURPORT\nAs\n\nstated\n\nby Srila\n\nRiipa\n\nGosvami\n\nin\n\nBhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu:\n\nanyabhi�ita-sunyam\n\njiiana-karmady-anlivrtam\n\nanukulyena kn;lJii,nu­\n\nsilanam bhaktir uttama\n\n\"One should render transcendental loving service to the Supreme\n\nLord }(r�t;ta favorably and without desires for material profit or gain\n\nthrough fruitive activities or philosophical speculation. That is called\npure devotional service.\"\n\nThe Narada-paiicarlitra also says:\nsarvopiidhi-vinirmuktam\n\ntat-paratvena nirmalam\n\n", "SB6.3#p0157": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n130\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nhr�iker:ta h�ikesa­\n\nsevanam bhaktir ucyate\n\"One should be free from all material designations and cleansed of all\n\nmaterial contamination. He should be restored to his pure identity, in\nwhich he engages his senses in the service of the proprietor of the senses.\n\nThat is called devotional service.\" This is also called bhagavata-dharma.\n\nWithout material aspirations, one should simply serve l<r�J:.la, as advised\n\nBhagavad-gitii, Narada-paiicariitra and Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\nBhiigavata-dharma is the process of religion enunciated by pure devo­\n\nin\n\ntees, direct representatives of the Supreme Personality of Godhead like\nNarada, Sukadeva Gosvami and their humble servants in the· disciplic\n\nsuccession. By understanding bhiigavata-dharma, one immediately be­\n\ncomes free from material contamination. Living entities, who are part\n\nand parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, are loitering in this\nmaterial world suffering. When they are instructed by the Lord Himself\n\nabout bhiigavata-dharma and they adopt it, that is victory for the Lord,\n\nfor He then reclaims these fallen souls. A devotee following the prin­\n\nciples of bhiigavata-dharma feels very much obligated to the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. He can understand the difference between life\nwithout bhiigavata-dharma and life with bhagavata-dharma and thus\n\nhe ever remains obliged to the Lord. Taking to Kr�1,1a consciousness and\nbringing fallen souls to l<r�J:.l3 consciousness is victory for Lord l<r�J:.la.\n\nvai purhsiim paro dharma\nyato bhaktir adha�aje\nahaituky apratihatii\nyayiitmii suprasidati\n\nsa\n\n\"The supreme occupation [dharma] for all humanity is that by which\n\nmen can attain to loving devotional service unto the transcendent Lord.\n\nSuch devotional service must be unmotivated and uninterrupted in order\n\n(Bhiig. 1.2.6) Therefore SrimadBhagavatam is the pure transcendental process of religion.\n\nto completely satisfy the self.\"\n\n", "SB6.3#p0158": "Text 41]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n131\n\nTEXT41\n\nAtt+t+tRI4 trSJ �\n�������'I I\nAtt+tN�I � tr:\n{{ �Ay.{: �N�(�: 11\\lt II\n�ama-matir na yatra nroam\ntvam aham iti mama taveti ca yad anyatra\n�ama-dhiya racito ya�\nsa hy aviSuddha� �afo.r:tur adharma-bahula�\nvi$ama-unequal (your religion, my religion; your belief, my belief);\nmati�-consciousness; na-not; yatra-in which; nroam-of human\nsociety; tvam-you; aham-1; iti-thus; mama-my; taro-your; itithus; ca-also; yat-which; anyatra-elsewhere (in religious systems\nother than bhiigavata-dharma); vi§ama-dhiya-by this unequal intelligence; racita�-made; ya�-that which; sa�-that system of religion;\nhi-indeed; aviSuddha�-not pure; �afo.�u�-temporary; iulharmabahula�-full of irreligion.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing full of contradictions, all forms of religion hut bhiigavata­\n\ndharma work under conceptions of fruitive results and distinc­\n\ntions of \"you and I\" and \"yours and mine.\" The followers of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam have no such consciousness. They\n\nare\n\nall\n\n�J}.a conscious, thinking that they are �J}.a's and �J}.a is\n\ntheirs. There are other, low-class religious systems, which are con­\n\ntemplated for the killing of enemies or the gain of mystic power,\n\nbut such religious systems, being full of passion and envy, are im­\n\npure and temporary. Because they are full of envy, they are full of\n\nirreligion.\n\nPURPORT\nBhiigavata-dharma has no contradictions. Conceptions of \"your\nreligion\" and \"my religion\" are completely absent from bhiigavata-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0159": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n132\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\ndharma. Bhiigavata-dharma means following the orders given by the\nSupreme Lord, Bhagaviin, as stated in Bhagavad-gitii: saroa-dharmdn\n\nparityajya mam ekam sararynrh vraja. God is one, and God is for everyone. Therefore everyone must surrender to God That is the pure concep.\n\ntion of religion. Whatever God orders constitutes religion (dharmam tu\n\nsii/cyad bhagavat-prar:£itam). In bhiigavata-dharma there is no question\n\nof \"what you believe\" and \"what I believe.\" Everyone must believe in\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nLord\n\nand\n\ncarry\n\nout\n\nHis\n\norders.\n\nAnukulyena\n\nkmuinu5ilanam: whatever Kr�Qa says-whatever God says-should be\ndirectly carried out. That is dharma, religion.\nIf one is actually Kr�Qa conscious, he cannot have any enemies. Since\nhis only engagement is to induce others to surrender to Kr�Qa, or God\n\n,\n\nhow can he have enemies? If one advocates the Hindu religion, the\nMuslim religion, the Christian religion, this religion or that religion,\nthere will be conflicts. History shows that the followers of religious\nsystems without a clear conception of God have fought with one another.\nThere are many instances of this in human history, but systems of\nreligion that do not concentrate upon service to the Supreme are temporary and cannot last for long because they are full of envy. There are\nmany activities directed against such religious systems, and therefore one\nmust give up the idea of \"my belief\" and \"your belief.\" Everyone\nshould believe in God and surrender unto Him. That is bhiigavata­\n\ndharma.\nBhiigavata-dharma is not a concocted sectarian belief, for it entails\nresearch to find how everything is connected with Kr�Qa (iSarosyam\nidam saroam). According to the Vedic injunctions, sarvarh khalv idam\nbrahma: Brahman, the Supreme, is present in everything. Bhiigavatadharma captures this presence of the Supreme. Bhiigavata-dharma does\nnot consider everything in the world to be false. Because everything\nemanates from the Supreme, nothing can be false; everything has some\nuse in the service of the Supreme. For example, we are now dictating\ninto a microphone and recording on a dictating machine, and thus we are\nfinding how the machine can be connected to the Supreme Brahman.\nSince we are using this machine in the service of the Lord, it is Brahman.\nThis is the meaning of sarvarh khalv idam brahma. Everything is Brahman because everything can be used for the service of the Supreme Lord.\nNothing is mithyii, false; everything is factual.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0160": "Text\n\n42]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n133\n\nBhagavata-dharma is called sarvotk�!a, the best of all religious\nsystems, because those who follow bhagavata-dharma are not envious of\nanyone. Pure bhiigavatas, pure devotees, invite everyone, without envy,\nto join the Kr�1.1a consciousness movement. A devotee is therefore exactly\nlike the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Suhrdam saroa-bhiltdniim: he\nis the friend of all living entities. Therefore this is the best of all\nreligious systems. Whereas so-called religions are meant for a particular\ntype of person who believes in a particular way, such discrimination has\nno place in Kr�1.1a consciousness, or bhagavata-dharma. If we scrutinize\nthe religious systems meant for worship of demigods or anyone else but\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, we will find that they are full of\nenvy and therefore impure.\nTEXT\n\n42\n\n..:\n\n� f.t\\ifq(q) :\n� ��: �q(gtl dur 1\n(Ciit«j=ijq �:\nq(Q¥4\\C4I =i.f <111'f'i: II \\l� II\nka/.1. k§emo nija-parayo/.1.\nkiyan vartha/.1. sva-para-druha dharmelJ-(l\nsva-drohat tava kopa/.1.\npara-sampujaya ca tathadharma/.1.\nka/.1.-what; k§ema/.1.-benefit; nija-to oneself; parayo/.1.-and to\nothers;\n\nkiyan-how\n\nmuch;\n\nvii-or;\n\nartha/.1.-purpose;\n\nsva-para­\n\ndruha-which is envious of the performer and of others; dharmelJ-(lwith the religious system; sva-drohat-from being envious of one's own\nself; tava-of You; kopa/.1.-anger; para-sampujaya-by giving pain to\nothers; ca-also; tatha-as well as; adharma/.1.-irreligion.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHow can a religious system that produces envy of one's self and\nof others be beneficial for oneself and for them? What is\nauspicious about following such a system? What is actually to be\n\n", "SB6.3#p0161": "134\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\ngained? By causing pain to one's own self due to self-envy and by\ncausing pain to others, one arouses Your anger and practices\nirreligion.\nPURPORT\nAny religious system but the process of bhagavata -dharma\n\n-\n\nservice\n\nas an eternal servant of the Supreme Personality of Godhead-is a\nsystem of envy of one's own self and of others. For example, there are\nmany systems of religion in which animal sacrifices are recommended.\nSuch animal sacrifices are inauspicious both for the performer and for\nthe animal. Although one is sometimes permitted to sacrifice an animal\nbefore the goddess Kali and eat it instead of purchasing meat from a\nslaughterhouse, permission to eat meat after a sacrifice in the presence of\nthe goddess Kali is not the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nIt is simply a concession for the miserable person who will not give up\neating meat. It is meant to restrict his desire for unrestricted meateating. Such a religious system is condemned. Therefore Kr�J.la says,\nsarva-dharmiin parityajya mdm ekarh sarar:uzrh vraja: \"Give up all other\nduties and surrender unto Me.\" That is the last word in religion.\nOne may argue that the sacrifice of animals is recommended in the\nVedas. This recommendation, however, is a restriction. Without Vedic\nrestrictions on the purchase of meat, people will purchase meat from the\nmarket, which will be overfiooded with meat shops, and slaughterhouses\nwill increase. To restrict this, sometimes the Vedas say that one may eat\nmeat after sacrificing an insignificant animal like a goat before the goddess Kali. In any case, a system of religion in which animal sacrifices are\nrecommended is inauspicious for those who perform the sacrifices and\nfor the animals. Envious persons who perform ostentatious animal\nsacrifices are condemned in Bhagavad-gitii (16.17) as follows:\natma-sambhavitab, stabdha\ndhana-mdna-madanvitab,\nyajante ndma-yajiiais te\ndambhenavidhi-purvakam\n\"Self-complacent and always impudent, deluded by wealth and false\nprestige, they sometimes perform sacrifices in name only without follow-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0162": "Text 42)\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n135\n\ning any rules or regulations.\" Sometimes animal sacrifices are performed\nvery gorgeously with grand arrangements for worshiping the goddess\nKali, but such festivals, although performed in the name of yajna, are\n\nnot actually yajfi.a, for yajfi.a means to satisfy the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Therefore it is recommended that in this age specifically,\nyajnai� sarikirtana-prayair yajanti hi sumedhasa�: those who have good\nintelligence satisfy the yajna-pu�a, Vi�Qu, by chanting the Hare Kr�r:ta\nmantra. Envious persons, however, are condemned by the Supreme Personality of Godhead as follows:\naharikaram balam darpam\nkamam krodham ca samsrita�\nmam atma-para-dehe$u\npradvi$anto 'bhyasilyaka�\ntan aham dvi$ata� krilrlin\nsarilsiire$u naradhaman\nk$ipamy ajasram a.Subhan\niisuri$v eva yoni$u\n\"Bewildered by false ego, strength, pride, lust and anger, the demon becomes envious of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is situated in\nhis own body and in the bodies of others, and blasphemes against the real\nreligion. Those who are envious and mischievous, who are the lowest\namong men, are cast by Me into the ocean of material existence, into\nvarious demoniac species of life.\" (Bg.\n\n16.18-19) These persons are\n\ncondemned by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as indicated by the\nwords tava kopa�. A person who commits murder is envious of himself\nand also the person he has killed, for the result of committing murder is\nthat he will be arrested and hanged. If one transgresses the laws of a\nman-made government, he may escape being killed by the state, but one\ncannot escape the laws of God. A killer of any animal must be killed in\nhis next life by the same animal. This is the law of nature. One must\nfollow the instructions of the Supreme Lord: saroa-dharman parityajya\nmam ekam saral)aril vraja. If one follows any other system of religion, he\nis subject to punishment by the Supreme Personality of Godhead in many\ndifferent ways. Therefore if one follows a concocted system of religion,\n\n", "SB6.3#p0163": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n136\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nhe is envious not only of others but also of himself. Consequently his\nsystem of religion is useless.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.8) says:\ndharma�) svanU§!hital) purilsiim\nvi$vaksena-kathiis u yal)\nnotpiidayed yadi ratim\nsrama eva hi kevalam\n\n\"Duties [dharma] executed by men, regardless of occupation, are only so\nmuch useless labor if they do not provoke attraction for the message of\nthe Supreme Lord.\" Following a system of religion that does not awaken\none's ��Qa consciousness, or God consciousness, is merely a waste of\ntime and labor.\nTEXT 43\n\noqfll:qd� �\n� vNfwil '�•••qat �: ,\nf'4�:q��'*4w::�� �urn�� �: 11\\l�ll\n\"\n\nna vyabhicarati tave�ii\nyayii hy abhihito bhiigavato dharma�)\nsthira-cara-sattva-kadambe$v\naprthag-dhiyo yam upasate tv iiryiil)\nna-not; vyabhicarati-fails; tava-Your; i�ii-outlook; yayii-by\n\nwhich; hi-indeed; abhihital)-declared; bhiigavatal)-in relationship\nwith Your instructions and activities; dharma/:t-religious principle;\n\nsthira-nonmoving ; cam-moving; sattva-kadambe$u-among the\naprthak-dhiyal)-who do not consider distinctions;\n\nliving entities;\n\nyam-which; upasate-follow; tu-certainly; iiryii/:t-those who are\nadvanced in civilization.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Lord, one's occupational duty is instructed in SrimadBhigavabun and Bhagavad-g:itii according to Your p oint of view,\n\n", "SB6.3#p0164": "Text 43]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n137\n\nwhich never de,iates from the highest goal of life. Those who\nfollow their occupational duties under Your supervision, being\nequal to all living entities, moving �d nonmovin8, and not con­\n\nsidering high and low, are called Aryans. Such Aryans worship\nYou, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nBhagavata-dha17'1'la and kr$r:ta-katha are identical. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu wanted everyone to become a guru and preach the instructions of .l<rf?Qa everywhere from Bhagavad-gitd, Srimad-Bhagavatam,\nthe Purii;TJlS, Vediinta-siltra and similar Vedic literatures. Aryans, who\nare advanced in civilization, follow bhagavata-dha17'1'la. Prahlada\nMaharaja, although merely a child of five years, recommended:\n\nkaumara iicaret priijno\ndharman bhagavatiin iha\ndurlabham mdnU$arh janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhag. 7.6.1)\nPrahlada Maharaja preached bhiigavata-dha17'1'la among his classmates as\n\nsoon as an opportunity was afforded by the absence of his teachers from\n\nthe classroom. He said that from the very beginning of life, from the age\nof five, children should be instructed about bhagavata-dha17'1'la because\n\nthe human form of life, which is very rarely obtained, is meant for\nunderstanding this subject.\n\nBhagavata-dha17'1'la means living according to t�e instructions of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In Bhagavad-gitii we find that the\n\nSupreme Lord has arranged human society in four social divisions,\n\nnamely briihmar:ra, k§atriya, va�ya and sadra. Again, the PuriiTJflS and\n\nother Vedic literatures set forth four asramas, which are the divisions of\n\nspiritual life. Therefore bhagavata-dha17'1'la means the van)D.Srama­\n\ndha17'1'la of the four social and four spiritual divisions.\n\nThe members of human society who strictly follow the principles of\n\nbhagavata-dha17'1'la and live according to the instructions of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead are called Aryans or iirya. A civilization of\nAryans who strictly follow the instructions of the Lord and never deviate\n\nfrom those instructions is perfect. Such civilized men do not discriminate\n\n", "SB6.3#p0165": "Srnnad-BhagavaUun\n\n138\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nbetween trees, animals, human beings and other living entities. Par:uJ,itii/:t\nsama-darsina/:t: because they are completely educated in ��I;ta con­\n\nsciousness, they see all living beings equally. Aryans do not kill even a\nsmall plant unnecessarily, not to speak of cutting trees for sense gratification. At the present moment, throughout the world, killing is\nprominent. Men are killing trees, they are killing animals, and they are\nkilling other human beings also, all for sense gratification. This is not an\nAryan\n\ncivilization.\n\nAs\n\nstated\n\nhere,\n\nsthira-cara-sattva-kadambe$V\n\naprthag-dhiya/:t. The word aprthag-dhiya/:t indicates that Aryans do not\n\ndistinguish between lower and higher grades of life. All life should be\nprotected. All living beings have a right to live, even the trees and plants.\nThis is the basic principle of an Aryan civilization. Apart from the lower\nliving entities, those who have come to the platform of human civiliza­\n\ntion should be divided into a society of brahmar:uzs, �atriyas, vaiSyas\nand sudras. The brahmar:uzs should follow the instructions of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead as stated in Bhagavad-gitii and other\nVedic\n\nliteratures. The criterion must be gu1Jll and karma. In other\n\nwords, one should acquire the qualities of a brahma1Jll, �atriya, vaiSya\n\nor sudra and act accordingly. This is the civilization accepted by the\n\nAryans. Why do they accept it? They accept it because they are very\nmuch eager to satisfy ��Qa. This is perfect civilization.\nAryans do not deviate from the instructions of ��Qa, nor do they\nhave doubts about ��Qa, but non-Aryans and other demoniac people fail\nto follow the instructions of Bhagavad-gitii and Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nThis is because they have been trained in sense gratification at the cost of\n\nall other living entities. Nunam pramatta/:t kurute vikarma: their only\n\nbusiness is to indulge in all kinds of forbidden activities for sense gra­\n\ntification. Yad indriya-pritaya apro-oti: they deviate in this way because\nthey want to gratify their senses. They have no other occupation or ambition. Their method of civilization is condemned in the previous verse.\n\nKa/:t �emo nija-parayo/:t kiyan vartha/:t sva-para-druha dharme1Jll:\n\"What is the meaning of a civilization that kills oneself and others?\"\n\nThis verse, therefore, advises that everyone become a member of the\n\nAry an civilization and accept the instructions of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. One should conduct his social, political and religious affairs\naccording to His instructions. We are spreading the ��Qa consciousness\nmovement to try to establish a society the way that ��I;ta wants it. This is\n\n", "SB6.3#p0166": "Text\n\n44]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n139\n\nthe meaning of ��J.la consciousness. We are therefore presenting\n\nBhagavad-gitii as it is and kicking out all kinds of mental concoction.\nFools and rascals interpret Bhagavad-gitii in their own way. When ��J.la\nsays, man-mana bhava mad-bhakto mad-yaji miiril namaskuru­\n\n\"Always think of Me, become My devotee, worship Me and offer your\n\nhomage unto Me\" -they comment that it is not ��J.la to whom we must\nsurrender. Thus they derive imaginary meanings from Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nThe\n\n��J.la\n\nconsciousness\n\nmovement,\n\nhowever,\n\nstrictly\n\nfollows\n\nbhiigavata-dharma, the instructions of Bhagavad-gitii and SrimadBhiigavatam for the complete welfare of human society. One who misinterprets Bhagavad-gitii, twisting out some meaning for his sense gratification, is a non-Aryan. Therefore commentaries on Bhagavad-gitii by\nsuch persons should be immediately rejected. One should try to follow\n\nBhagavad-gitii as it is. In Bhagavad-gitii (12.6-7) Lord Sri ��J.la says:\nye tu sarvii�J-i karmii�J-i\nmayi sannyasya mat-parii/:t\nananyenawa yogena\nmiiril dhyayanta upasate\nte�iim aham samuddhartii\nmrtyu-sarilsiira-sagariit\nbhavami na cirat partha\nmayy avesita-cetasiim\n\n\"For one who worships Me, giving up all his activities unto Me and being\n\ndevoted to Me without deviation, engaged in devotional service and al­\n\nways meditating upon Me, who has fixed his mind upon Me, 0 son of\n\nP:rtha, for him I am the swift deliverer from the ocean of birth and\n\ndeath.\"\n\nTEXT 44\n\n\" f( �qflijfii(\n\n�ii4(�•U\"f'l'lf<ct��:\nl{ii(l¥((1t��0111:_\n\n!�sA ��d �l(l(l ll'cl'clll\n\n", "SB6.3#p0167": "138\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nbetween trees, animals, human beings and other living entities. PaTJ4ita}J.\n\nsama-darsina}J.: because they are completely educated in ��Qa con­\n\nsciousness, they see all living beings equally. Aryans do not kill even a\nsmall plant unnecessarily, not to speak of cutting trees for sense gratification. At the present moment, throughout the world, killing is\nprominent. Men are killing trees, they are killing animals, and they are\nkilling other human beings also, all for sense gratification. This is not an\n\ncivilization. As stated here, sthira-cara-sattva-kadambe�v\naprthag-dhiya}J.. The word aprthag-dhiya}J. indicates that Aryans do not\n\nAryan\n\ndistinguish between lower and higher grades of life. All life should be\nprotected. All living beings have a right to live, even the trees and plants.\n\nThis is the basic principle of an Ary an civilization. Apart from the lower\n\nliving entities, those who have come to the platform of human civiliza­\n\ntion should be divided into a society of brahmar:w.s, �atriyas, vaiSyas\nand sudras. The brahmar:w.s should follow the instructions of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead as stated in Bhagavad-gitii and other\nVedic\n\nliteratures. The criterion must be gu1Jll and karma. In other\n\nwords, one should acquire the qualities of a brahma1Jll, �atriya, vaiSya\n\nor sudra and act accordingly. This is the civilization accepted by the\n\nAryans. Why do they accept it? They accept it because they are very\nmuch eager to satisfy ��Qa. This is perfect civilization.\n\nAryans do not deviate from the instructions of ��Qa, nor do they\n\nhave doubts about ��Qa, but non-Aryans and other demoniac people fail\n\nto follow the instructions of Bhagavad-gitii and Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nThis is because they have been trained in sense gratification at the cost of\n\nall other living entities. Nunarh pramatta}J. kurute vikarma: their only\nbusiness is to indulge in all kinds of forbidden activities for sense gra­\n\ntification. Yad indriya-pritaya aprr:wti: they deviate in this way because\nthey want to gratify their senses. They have no other occupation or ambition. Their method of civilization is condemned in the previous verse.\n\nKa}J. �emo nija-parayo}J. kiyan vartha}J. sva-para-druha dharme1)Jl:\n\"What is the meaning of a civilization that kills oneself and others?\"\n\nThis verse, therefore, advises that everyone become a member of the\nAryan civilization and accept the instructions of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. One should conduct his social, political and religious affairs\naccording to His instructions. We are spreading the ��Qa consciousness\nmovement to try to establish a society the way that ��Qa wants it. This is\n\n", "SB6.3#p0168": "Text\n\n44]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n139\n\nthe meaning of .i(r�Qa consciousness. We are therefore presenting\n\nBhagavad-gitii as it is and kicking out all kinds of mental concoction.\nFools and rascals interpret Bhagavad-gitii in their own way. When .i(r�Qa\nsays, man-manii bhava mad-bhakto mad-yiiji miirh namaskuru­\n\n\"Always think of Me, become My devotee, worship Me and offer your\n\nhomage unto Me\" -they comment that it is not .i(r�Qa to whom we must\nsurrender. Thus they derive imaginary meanings from Bhagavad-gitii.\n\nThe\n\n.i(r�Qa\n\nconsciousness\n\nmovement,\n\nhowever,\n\nstrictly\n\nfollows\n\nbhiigavata-dharma, the instructions of Bhagavad-gitii and SnmadBhiigavatam for the complete welfare of human society. One who misinterprets Bhagavad-gitii, twisting out some meaning for his sense gratification, is a non-Aryan. Therefore commentaries on Bhagavad-gitii by\nsuch persons should be immediately rejected. One should try to follow\n\nBhagavad-gitii as it is. In Bhagavad-gitii (12.6-7) Lord Sri .i(r�Qa says:\nye tu sarviir:ti karmiir:ti\nmayi sannyasya mat-para�\nananyenawa yogena\nmiirh dhyiiyanta upiisate\nte¥Jm aham samuddhartii\nmrtyu-sarhsiira-sagariit\nbhaviimi na ciriit piirtha\nmayy iivesita-cetasiim\n\n\"For one who worships Me, giving up all his activities unto Me and being\n\ndevoted to Me without deviation, engaged in devotional service and al­\n\nways meditating upon Me, who has fixed his mind upon Me, 0 son of\n\nP�tha, for him I am the swift deliverer from the ocean of birth and\ndeath.\"\n\nTEXT\n\n44\n\n'f ft: �•li411Nfhifi(\n\n�q«f-.t\"!\"ll+4Rct8�:\nlf...+l('ltl��qUI€(\n\n��sfq �UiAld (fijf(l<( 11��11\n\n", "SB6.3#p0169": "SrUnad-Bhagavabun\n\n140\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nna hi bhagavann agha#tam idam\n\ntvad-darsanan nroam akhila-piipa-�aya/:£\nyan-nama sakrc chrava�t\npukkaSo 'pi vimucyate samsarat\n\nna-not;\n\nhi -indeed; bhagavan-0 my Lord; agha#tam-not oc­\n\ncurred; idam-this; tvat-of You; dar.Sanat-by seeing; nroam-of all\n\nhuman beings; akhila-all; papa-of sins; �aya/:£-annihilation; yat­\n\ns rava�t-by hearing; pukcar:u;liila; api-also; vi mucyate-is\n\nnama-whose name; sakrt-only once;\nkaSa/:£-the\n\nlowest\n\nclass,\n\nthe\n\ndelivered; samsanit-from the entanglement of material existence.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, it is not impossible for one to be immediately freed\n\nfrom all material contamination by seeing You. Not to speak of\n\nseeing You perso.nally, merely by hearing the holy name of Your\n\nLordship only once, even cm;t4ilas, men of the lowest class, are\n\nfreed from all material contamination. Under the circumstances,\n\nwho will not be freed from material contamination simply by\nseeing You?\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the Snmad-Bhiigavatam (9.5.16), yan-nama-srutimatre� puman bhavati nirmala/:£: simply by hearing the holy name of\nthe Lord, one is immediately purified. Therefore, in this age of Kali,\nwhen all people are very contaminated, the chanting of the holy name of\nthe Lord is recommended as the only means of improvement.\n\nharer nama harer nama\nharer namaiva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha\n\"In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is\nthe chanting of the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There\n\nis no other way. There is no other way.\" (Brhan-naradiya Pura�) Sri\n\n", "SB6.3#p0170": "Text\n\n45]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n141\n\nCaitanya Mahii.prahhu introduced this chanting of the holy name five\nhundred years ago, and now through the K:r�Q.a consciousness movement,\nthe Hare K:r�Q.a movement, we are actually seeing that men who are considered to belong to the lowest class are being delivered from all sinful\nactivities simply by hearing the holy name of the Lord. Sarilsiira, material existence, is a result of sinful actions. Everyone in this material\nworld is condemned, yet as there are different grades of prisoners, there\nare different grades of men. All of them, in all statuses of life, are suffering. To stop the suffering of material existence, one must take to the\nHare K:r�Q.a movement of smikirtana or K:r�Q.a conscious life.\nHerein it is said, yan-ndma sakrc chraval}iit: the holy name of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is so powerful that if once heard without offenses, it can purify the lowest of men (kirata-hul}iindhrapulinda-pulka.Sab-}. Such men, who are called car:u)alas, are less than\nsudras, but they also can be purified simply by hearing the holy name of\nthe Lord, not to speak of personally seeing the Lord. From our present\nposition, the Supreme Personality of Godhead can he personally seen as\nthe Deity in the temple. The Deity of the Lord is not different from the\nSupreme Lord. Because we cannot see the Supreme Lord with our present blunt eyes, the Lord has kindly consented to come before us in a form\nwe can see. Therefore the Deity in the temple should not he considered\nmaterial. By offering food to the Deity and by decorating and serving the\nDeity, one gets the same result that one derives from serving the Lord\npersonally in VaikuQ.�ha.\nTEXT 45\n\n311{ � ��\n\n€Ct(ii4i\\•q�tlij4¥i�l:\n5(\"flAun tnt_ �\n61'44i�\n\n��\n\n� 11\\l�ll\n\natha bhagavan vayam adhuna\ntvad-avaloka-parimr�!Q.Saya-malab.\nsura-r�il}ii yat kathitam\ntavakena katham anyatha bhavati\n\n", "SB6.3#p0171": "142\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\natka-therefore; bhagavan-0 Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nvayam-we; adhunii - at the present moment; tvat-avaloka-by seeing\nYou; parimr$ta-wiped away; asaya-malab,-contaminated desires in\nthe heart; s ura-r$ i� - by the great sage of the demigods\n\nyat -which;\n\nkathitam-spoken;\n\ntdvakena\n\n- who\n\nis\n\nYour\n\n(Narada) ;\ndevotee;\n\nkatham-how; anyatha-otherwise; bhavati-can it be.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, my dear Lord, simply seeing You has now wiped\naway all the contamination of sinful activities and their results of\nmaterial attachment and lusty desires, which always filled my mind\nand the core of my heart. Whatever is predicted by the great sage\nNiirada Muni cannot he otherwise. In other words, I have obtained\nYour audience as a result of being trained by Niirada Muni.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the process of the perfect way. One must take lessons from authorities like Narada, Vyasa and Asita, and follow their principles. Then\none will be able to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead even with\none's own eyes. One only needs training. Atab. sn-kr$r:m-niimiid na\n\nbhaved grahyam indriyaib,. With our blunt eyes and other senses we\ncannot perceive the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but if we engage\nour senses in the service of the Lord according to the instructions of the\nauthorities, it will be possible to see Him. As soon as one sees the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, all the sinful reactions in the core of\none's heart are certainly vanquished.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n�R:6'411�\n�a\n� �'4wit �RCioqR:6f( I\nA(11\"4. �'igU:\nFfi��tf Qrqgf(q �: 11\\1�11\n�\n\nviditam ananta samastam\ntava jagad-iitmano janair ihiicaritam\n\n", "SB6.3#p0172": "Text 47]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n143\n\nvijnapyarh parama-guro/:t\nkiyad iva savitur iva khadyotai/:t\nviditam-well known;\n\nananta-0 unlimited;\n\nsamastam-every­\n\nthing; tava-to You; jagat-atmana/:t -who are the Supersoul of all living\nentities; janai/:t\n\n- by the mass of people, or all living entities; iha­\n\nwithin this material world; aca ri tam-performed; vijnapyam-to be informed; parama-guro/:t-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\nsupreme master; kiyat-how much; iva-certainly; savitu/:t-to the\nsun; iva-like; khadyotai/:t-by the fireflies.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 unlimited Supreme Personality of Godhead, whatever a living\n\nentity does in this material world is well known to You because You\nare the Supersoul. In the presence of the sun there is nothing to be\nrevealed by the light of a glowworm. Similarly, because You know\neverything, in Your presence there is nothing for me to make\nknown.\nTEXT 47\n\nwt'i\\'d� �\n�8�•1�M8�G>�QIIt\n�qRR1f+i'l�\n��lfllwti fil'(T 'Hiid�l*-1 ll\\l\\911\nnamas tubhyarh bhagavate\n\nsakala-jagat-sthiti-layodayesaya\nduravasitatma-gataye\nkuyoginam bhida paramaharhsdya\nnama/:t-all obeisances; t ubhyam-unto You; bhagavate-Your Lordship; sakala-all; jagat-of the cosmic manifestation; sthiti-of the\nmaintenance; laya-dissolution; udaya-and creation; iSaya-unto the\nSupreme Lord; duravasita-impossible to understand; atma-gatayewhose own position; ku-yoginam-of those who are attached to the objects of the senses; bh ida\n\n-\n\n-by the false understanding of separateness;\n\nparama harhs aya-unto the supreme pure.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0173": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n144\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You are the creator, maintainer and annihilator of\n\nthis cosmic manifestation, but persons who are too materialistic\n\nand who always see separateness do not have eyes with which to see\n\nYou. They cannot understand Your real position, and therefore\nthey conclude that the cosmic manifestation is independent of\n\nYour opulence. My Lord, You are the supreme pure,\nare full in all six opulences. Therefore I\n\nobeisances unto You.\n\nand You\n\noffer my respectful\n\nPURPORT\nAtheistic men think that the cosmic manifestation has come about by\nchance, by a combination of matter, without reference to God. Materialistic so-called chemists and atheistic philosophers always try to\navoid even the name of God in relation to the cosmic manifestation. For\nthem God's creation is impossible to understand because they are too materialistic. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is paramaharhsa, or the\nsupreme pure, whereas those who are sinful, being very much attached\nto material sense enjoyment and therefore engaging in material activities\nlike asses, are the lowest of men. All their so-called scientific knowledge\nis null and void because of their atheistic temperament. Thus they cannot\nunderstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT48\n\nl{ � �� ��: 'tt«ft=6\n\ntf�f4iflwt�\n�t=6 I\n�� ij+u�f« � �\n��¥�'1��s�m� 11\\/�11\nyam vai svasantam anu viSva-srja/:t svasanti\nyam cekitiinam anu cittaya uccakanti\nbhu-maTJ4,alam sar$apayati yasya murdhni\ntasmai namo bhagavate 'stu sahasra-murdhne\n\n", "SB6.3#p0174": "Text49]\n\nyam-whom;\n\n145\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\nvai-indeed; svasantam-endeavoring;\n\nanu-after;\n\nviSva-srjab,-the directors of the cosmic creation; svasanti-also en­\n\ndeavor; yam-whom; cekitanam-perceiving; anu -after; cittayab,­\n\nall the knowledge-gathering senses; uccakanti-perceive;\n\nbhu-mar:t­\n\n{ltllam-the huge universe; sar�apayati-become like seeds of mustard;\n\nyasya-of whom; murdhni-on the head; tasmai-unto Him; namab,­\n\nobeisances; bhagavate-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, full with\n\nsix opulences; astu-may there be; sahas ra -murdhne -who has thousands of hoods.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, it is after You endeavor that Lord Brahma, lndra\nand the other directors of the cosmic manifestation become occupied with their activities. It is after You perceive the material energy, My Lord, that the senses begin to perceive. The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead holds all the universes on His heads like\nseeds of mustard. I offer my respectful obeisances unto You, that\nSupreme Personality, who has thousands of hoods.\nTEXT49\n\n��\nllfli?41wt�l\n\nsft�.mij\n\ntm 11\\/�11\n\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nsarilstuto bhagavan evam\nanantas tam abhii$ata\n\nvidyadhara-patirh pritaS\ncitraketum kurudvaha\nsri-sukab, uvdca -Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said;\n\nsarilstutab,-being\n\nworshiped; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; evam-in\n\nthis way; anantab,-Lord Ananta; tam-unto him; ab hii$a ta -replied;\n\nvidy&lhara-patim-the King of the Vidyadharas; pritab,-being very\n\npleased; citraketum-King Citraketu; kuru-udvaha-0 best of the Kuru\n\ndynasty, Maharaja Parik�it.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0175": "146\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch.l6\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: The Lord, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, Anantadeva, being very much pleased with\n\nthe prayers offered by Citraketu, the King of the Vidyadharas,\n\nreplied to him as follows, 0 best of the Kuru dynasty, Maharaja\n\nParik�:>it.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n�q'l\"(-qT�\n\n���rwu�f ij �a itss�'e\"''( 1\n�sfu� ����'11\\Q lt fl�otl\nsri-bhagavan uvaca\nyan niiradii lgirobhyarh te\nvyahrtarh me 'nu§asanam\nsarhsiddho 'si taya rajan\nvidyaya darsanii c ca me\nsn-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sankar�aJ;ta, replied; yat-which; nii rada-ailgirobhyam-by the great sages\nNarada and Ailgira; te-unto you; vyahrtam-spoken; me-of Me;\nanu§asanam-the worship; samsiddha�-completely perfected; asiyou are; taya-by that; rajan-0 King; vidyaya-mantra; darsaniitfrom the direct sight; ca-as well as; me-of Me.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Anantadeva, replied as\n\nfollows: 0 King, as a result of your having accepted the instruc­\n\ntions spoken about Me by the great sages Narada and Angira, you\n\nhave become completely aware of transcendental knowledge. Be­\n\ncause you are now educated in the spiritual science, you have seen\n\nMe face to face. Therefore you are now completely perfect.\nPURPORT\n\nThe perfection of life is to be spiritually educated and to understand\nthe existence of the Lord and how He creates, maintains and annihilates\n\n", "SB6.3#p0176": "147\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\nText 50]\n\nthe cosmic manifestation. When one is perfect in knowledge, he can\n\ndevelop his love of Godhead through the association of such perfect per­\n\nsons as Narada and Ailgira and the members of their disciplic succession.\n\nThen one, is able to see the unlimited Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nface to face. Although the Lord is unlimited, by His causeless mercy He\nbecomes visible to the devotee, who is then able to see Him. In our pres­\n\nent position of conditioned life we cannot see or understand the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nataf:r, sri-kf$1J.ll-niimiidi\nna bhaved gmhyam indriyaif:r,\nsevonmukhe hi jihvadau\nsvayam eva sphuraty adaf:r,\n\"No one can understand the transcendental nature of the name, form,\n\nquality and pastimes of Sri Kn>I.la through his materially contaminated\n\nsenses. Only when one becomes spiritually saturated by transcendental\nservice to the Lord are the transcendental name, form, quality and\npastimes\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nLord\n\nrevealed\n\nto\n\nhim.\"\n\n(Bhakti-rasamrta­\n\nsindhu 1.2.234) If one takes to spiritual life under the direction of\n\nNarada Muni or his representative and thus engages himself in the ser­\n\nvice of the Lord, he qualifies himself to see the Lord face to face. The\n\nBrahma-samhita (5.38) states:\n\npremdfijana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nsantaf:r, sadaiva hrdaye�u vilokayanti\nyam sydmasundaram acintya-gu1J.ll-Svarilpam\ngovindam adi-pu�am tam aham bhajami\n\n\"I worship the primeval Lord, Govinda, who is always seen by the devo­\n\ntee whose eyes are anointed with the pulp of love. He is seen in His eternal form of Syamasundara situated within the heart of the devotee.\" One\n\nmust follow the instructions of the spiritual master. Thus one becomes\n\nqualified and later sees the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as evinced\nby Maharaja Citraketu.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0177": "148\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 51\n\n31( � �6tR � �: I\n�- � q � �� �������\naharh vai sarva-bhiltani\nbhutiitmii bhuta-bhiivanatt\nsabda-brahma param brahma\nmamobhe sasvati tanil\naham-1; vai- indeed; sarva-bhiltani-expanded in different forms\nof living entities; bhilta-atmii-the Supersoul of all living entities (the\nsupreme director and enjoyer of them); bhuta-bhiivanatt-the cause for\nthe manifestation of all living entities; sabda-brahma-the transcendental sound vibration (the Hare Knn.ta mantra); param brah ma-the\nSupreme Absolute Truth; mama-My; ubhe-both (namely, the form\nof sound and the form of spiritual identity); sasvan-eternal; tanil-two\nbodies.\nTRANSLATION\nAll living entities, moving and nonmoving, are My expansions\n\nand are separate from Me. I am the Supersoul of all living beings,\n\nwho exist because I manifest them. I am the form of the transcen­\n\ndental vibrations like milkira and Bare Kr111;13 Bare Rama, and I am\nthe Supreme Absolute Truth. These two forms of Mine-namely,\n\nthe transcendental sound and the eternally blissful spiritual form\n\nof the Deity, are My eternal forms; they are not material.\nPURPORT\n\nThe science of devotional service has been instructed by Narada and\nAilgira to Citraketu. Now, because of Citraketu's devotional service, he\nhas seen the Supreme Personality of Godhead. By performing devotional\nservice, one advances step by step, and when one is on the platform of\nlove of Godhead (prema pumartho mahan) he sees the Supreme Lord at\nevery moment. As stated in Bhagavad-gita, when one engages in devotional service twenty-four hours a day (te�am satata-yuktanam bhajatam\n\npriti-purvakam) in accordance with the instructions of the spiritual\n\n", "SB6.3#p0178": "King Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\nText 51]\n\n149\n\nmaster, his devotional service becomes more and more pleasing. Then\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is within the core of every­\n\n(dadami buddhi-yogam tam yena\nmam upayiinti te). Citraketu Maharaja was first instructed by his gurus,\n\none's heart, speaks to the devotee\n\nAilgira and Narada, and now, having followed their instructions, he has\ncome to the stage of seeing the Supreme Lord face to face. Therefore the\nLord is now instructing him in the essence of knowledge.\n\nThe essence of knowledge is that there are two kinds of vastu, or sub­\n\nstances, One is real, and the other, being illusory or temporary, is sometimes called nonfactual. One must consider these two kinds of existence.\nThe real\n\ntattva,\n\nor truth, consists of Brahman, Paramatma, and\n\nBhagavan. As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.11):\n\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\ntattvam yaj jiiiinam advayam\nbrahmeti paramatmeti\nbhagaviin iti Sa.bdyate\n\"Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this nondual substance Brahman, Paramatmli or Bhagavan.\" The Absolute Truth\nexists eternally in three features. Therefore, Brahman, Paramatma and\nBhagavan combined are the substance.\nThe categories of emanations from the nonsubstance are two-ac­\n\ntivities and forbidden activities (karma and vikarma). Karma refers to\nthe pious life or material activities performed during the day and the\nmental activities of dreams at night. These are more or less desired ac­\n\ntivities. Vikarma, however, refers to illusory activities, which are some­\n\nthing like the will-o' -the-wisp. These are activities that have no meaning. For example, modern scientists imagine that life can be produced\nfrom chemical combinations, and they are very busy trying to prove this\nin laboratories throughout the world, although no one in history has been\nable to produce the substance of life from material combinations. Such\nactivities are called vikarma.\n\nAll material activities are actually illusory, and progress in illusion is\n\nsimply a waste of time. These illusory activities are called akiirya, and\n\none must learn of them from the instructions of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii (4.17):\n\n", "SB6.3#p0179": "150\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 6, Ch.l6\n\nkarmaTJO hy api boddhavyam\nboddhavyam ca vikarmar:m�\nakarmar:u;rS ca boddhavyam\ngahana karmaTJO gati�\n\"The intricacies of action are very hard to understand. Therefore one\nshould know properly what action is, what forbidden action is, and what\ninaction is.\" One must learn of these directly from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who, as Anantadeva, is instructing King Citraketu\nbecause of the advanced stage of devotional service he achieved by\nfollowing the instructions of Narada and Arigira.\nHerein it is said, aham vai sarva-bhutani: the Lord is everything\n(sarva-bhiiiani), including the living entities and the material or physical elements. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (7.4-5):\n\nbhumir iipo 'nalo vayu�\nkham marw buddhir eva ca\naharikara itiyam me\nbhinna prakrtir �!adha\napareyam itas tv anyam\nprakrtim viddhi me pariim\njiva-bhiiiam maha-baho\nyayedam dharyate jagat\n\"Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego-all\ntogether these eight comprise My separated material energies. Besides\nthis inferior nature, 0 mighty-armed Arjuna, there is a superior energy\nof Mine, which consists of the living entities, who are struggling with\nmaterial nature and are sustaining the universe.\" The living entity tries\nto lord it over the material or physical elements, but both the physical\nelements and the spiritual spark are energies emanating from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore the Lord says, aham vai\n\nsarva-bhutani: \"I am everything.\" Just as heat and light emanate from\nfire, these two energies-the physical elements and the living entities-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0180": "Text 51)\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n151\n\nemanate from the Supreme Lord. Therefore the Lord says, aham vai\n\nsarva-bhutiini: \"I expand the physical and spiritual categories.\"\nAgain, the Lord, as the Supersoul, guides the living entities who are\nconditioned by the physical atmosphere. Therefore he is called bhutiitmii\n\nbhuta-bhiivana/:t. He gives the living entity the intelligence with which\nto improve his position so that he may return home, back to Godhead, or\nr\nif he does not want to go back to Godhead, the Lord gives him the intelligence with which to improve his material position. This is confirmed by\nthe Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gitii (15.15). Sarvasya ciiham hrdi san­\n\nnivi§!o matta/:t smrtir jiiiinam apohanam ca: \"I am seated in everyone's\nheart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness.\"\nFrom within, the Lord gives the living being the intelligence with which\nto work. Therefore the previous verse said that after the Supreme Personality of Godhead endeavors, our endeavors begin. We cannot independently endeavor or act upon anything. Therefore the Lord is bhuta-\n\nbhiivana/:t.\n\n·\n\nAnother specific feature of the knowledge given in this verse is that\n\nsabda-brahma is also a form of the Supreme Lord. In His eternal,\nblissful form, Lord ��Qa is accepted by Arjuna as param brahma. A living entity in the conditioned stage accepts something illusory as substantial. This is called maya or avidya-ignorance. Therefore according to\nthe Vedic knowledge, one must become a devotee, and one must then distinguish between avidyii and vidyii, which are elaborately explained in\nthe lsopani§ad. When one is actually on the platform of vidyii, he can\npersonally understand the Personality of Godhead in His forms like those\nof Lord Rama, Lord ��Qa and Sailkar�aQa. The Vedic knowledge is described as the breathing of the Supreme Lord, and activities begin on the\nbasis of Vedic knowledge. Therefore the Lord says that when He endeavors or breathes, the material universes come into existence, and\nvarious activities gradually develop. The Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii,\n\nprar:wva/:t sarva-vede�u: \"I am the syllable om in all the Vedic mantras.\"\nVedic knowledge begins with the vibration of the transcendental sound\n\nprar:wva, omkara. The same transcendental sound is Hare ��Qa, Hare\n��Qa, ��Qa ��Qa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama,\nHare Hare. Abhinnatviin niima-niimino/:t: there is no difference between the holy name of the Lord and the Lord Himself.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0181": "SrUnad-Bhagavabun\n\n152\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 52\n\nitt A66'ft�l{l;f�·�u�¥4f.t ij;o{'i(f� 1\ni!� � 'ftrl �(j 'lflr �¥A� 11'-\\ �II\nloke vitatam atmanarh\n\nlokarh ciitmani santatam\nubhayarh ca maya vyaptarh\nmayi caivobhayarh krtam\nloke-in this material world; vitatam-expanded (in the spirit of material enjoyment); atmanam-the living entity; lokam-the material\nworld;\n\nca-also;\n\natmani-in the living entity;\n\nsantatam-spread;\n\nubhayam-both (the material world of material elements and the living\nentity); ca-and; maya-by Me; vyaptam-pervaded; mayi-in Me;\nca-also; eva-indeed; ubhayam-both of them; krtam-created.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this world of matter, which the conditioned soul accepts as\n\nconsisting of enjoyable resources, the conditioned soul expands,\n\nthinking that he is the enjoyer of the material world. Similarly, the\nmaterial world expands in the living entity as a source of enjoyment. In this way they both expand, but because they are My en­\n\nergies, they are both pervaded by Me. As the Supreme Lord, I am\n\nthe cause of these effects, and one should know that both of them\nrest in Me.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Mayavada philosophy sees everything as being equal in quality\nwith the Supreme Personality of Godhead, or the Supreme Brahman, and\ntherefore sees everything as worshipable. This dangerous theory of the\nMayavada school has turned people in general toward atheism. On the\nstrength of this theory, one thinks that he is God, but this is not a fact. As\nstated in Bhaga'IXUi-gita (maya tatam idam sarvarh jagad avyakta-mur­\n\ntina), the fact is that the entire cosmic manifestation is an expansion of\nthe Supreme Lord's energies, which are manifested in the physical elements and the living entities. The living entities wrongly consider the\n\n", "SB6.3#p0182": "Text\n\n54]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n153\n\nphysical elements to be resources meant for their enjoyment, and they\nthink themselves to be the enjoyers. However, neither of them is independent; they are both energies of the Lord. The original cause for the\nmaterial energy and spiritual energy is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. However, although the expansion of the Lord's energies is the\noriginal cause, one should not think that the Lord Himself has expanded\nin different ways. To condemn the theories of the Mayavadis, the Lord\nclearly says in Bhagavad-gitii, mat-sthani sarva-bhutiini na ciiharit te�v\n\navasthita/:t: \"All beings are in Me, but I am not in them.\" Everything\nrests upon Him, and everything is but an expansion of His energies, but\nthis does not mean that everything is as worshipable as the Lord Himself.\nThe material expansion is temporary, but the Lord is not temporary. The\nliving entities are parts of the Lord, but they are not the Lord Himself.\nThe living entities in this material world are not inconceivable, but the\nLord is. The theory that the Lord's energies, being expansions of the\nLord, are as good as the Lord is mistaken.\n\nTEXTS\n\n53-54\n\n� fm � *\"�'�r.. 1\n311�1Wf�tfi��� � � �\"\"'Rr: ����II\nq:r{ iif(t((UI� iitltl(l'lwtlf.:f �= I\n'tl�l'tl�lfil � �� � � ll�'dll\n� m:\n\nyatha s�upta/:t pu�o\nvi.Svarit pciyati ciitmani\niitmiinam eka-desa-stharit\nmanyate svapna utthita/:t\nevarit jiigaraTJiidini\njiva-sthaniini ciitmana/:t\nmaya-miitriiiJi vijfiiiya\ntad-dr�!iirarit pararit smaret\nyatha-just as; s�upta/:t-sleeping; pur�a/:t-a person; vi.Svamthe whole universe; pciyati -perceives; ca-also; iitmani-in himself;\n\n", "SB6.3#p0183": "154\natmdnam-himsel£;\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\neka-desa-stham-lying down in one place; man­\n\nyale-he considers; svapne-in the dreaming condition; utthita/:t-waking up; evam-in this way; jagarary,a-adini-the states of wakefulness\nand so on; jlva-stharuini-the living entity's different conditions of existence; ca-also; atmana/:t-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nmaya-matra�i-the exhibitions of the illusory potency; vijooya-knowing; tat-of them; dra.§!llram-the creator or seer of all such conditions;\nparam-the Supreme; smaret-one should always remember.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a person is in deep sleep, he dreams and sees in himself\n\nmany other objects, such as great mountains and rivers or perhaps\n\neven the entire universe, although they are far away. Sometimes\n\nwhen one awakens from a dream he sees that he is in a human\n\nform, lying in his bed in one place. Then he sees himself, in terms\n\nof various conditions, as belonging to a particular nationality,\n\nfamily and so on. All the conditions of deep sleep, dreaming and\nwakefulness are but energies of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead. One should always remember the original creator of these\n\nconditions, the Supreme Lord, who is unaffected by them.\nPURPORT\n\nNone of these conditions of the living entities-namely, deep sleep,\ndreaming and wakefulness-is substantial. They are simply displays of\nvarious phases of conditional life. There may be many mountains, rivers,\ntrees, bees, tigers and snakes that are situated far away, but in a dream\none may imagine them to be nearby. Similarly, as one has subtle dreams\nat night, when the living entity is awake he lives in gross dreams of\nnation, community, society, possessions, skyscrapers, bank balance,\nposition and honor. Under the circumstances, one should know that his\nposition is due to his contact with the material world. One is situated in\ndifferent positions in various forms of life that are all but creations of the\nillusory energy, which works under the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore the Supreme Lord is the ultimate actor,\nand th� conditioned living entity should simply remember this original\nactor, Sri l(r�Q.a. As living entities, we are being carried away by the\nwaves of prakrti, or nature, which works under the Lord's direction\n\n", "SB6.3#p0184": "Text 55]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n155\n\n(mayiidhya�r:w prakrti/:t silyate sa-caracaram). Bhaktivinoda 'fhakura\nsings, (miche) mayara vaSe, yaccha bhese ', khaccha habwj,ubu, bhai:\n\"Why are you being carried away by the waves of the illusory energy in\nvarious phases of dreaming and wakefulness? These are all creations of\n\nmaya.\" Our only duty is to remember the supreme director of this ilusory energy-K.pgta. For us to do this, the sastra advises us, harer\nnama harer nama harer namaiva kevalam: one should constantly chant\nthe holy name of the Lord-Hare Kn;l}.a, Hare �!?l}.a, �!?l}.a �!?l}.a, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. The Supreme\nLord is realized in three differ�nt phases, as Brahman, Paramatma and\nBhagavan, but Bhagavan is the ultimate realization. One who realizes\nBhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, �!?l}.a-is the most\nperfect mahatma ( vasudeva/:t sarvam iti sa mahatma sudurlabha/:t). In\nthe human form of life, one should understand the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, for then one will understand everything else. Yasmin vijfliite\n\nsarvam evam vijfliitam bhavati. According to this Vedic injunction,\nsimply by understanding �!?l}.a one understands Brahman, Paramatma,\n\nprakrti, the illusory energy, the spiritual energy and everything else.\nEverything will be revealed. Prakrti, the material nature, is· working\nunder the direction of the Supreme Lord, and we living entities are being\ncarried away by various phases of prakrti. For self-realization, one\nshould always remember �!?l}.a. As stated in Padma Purar:w, smar­\n\ntavya/:t satatam vi§�Ju/:t: we should always remember Lord Vi!?l}.U.\nVismartavyo na jatucit: we should never forget the Lord. This is the\nperfection of life.\nTEXT 55\n\nir.1 JIW{: �: � �4\\l�;tt�«\\1 I\n�=if A!jut ;m \\UUflwt'4�R � ������\nyena prasupta/:t pu�a/:t\nsvdpam vedatmanas tada\nsukham ca nirgur:wm brahma\ntam atmanam avehi mam\nyena -by whom (the Supreme Brahman); prasupta/:t- sleeping;\npu�a/:t-a man; svdpam -the subject of a dream; veda-knows; at-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0185": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n156\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nmanab,-of himself; tadd-at that time; sukham-happiness; ca-also;\n\nnirgu�m-without contact with the material environment; brahma­\n\nthe supreme spirit; tam-Him; atmdnam-the pervader; avehi-just\nknow; mdm-Me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKnow Me to be the Supreme Brahman, the all-pervading Super­\n\nsoul through whom the sleeping living entity can understand his\n\ndreaming condition and his happiness beyond the activities of the\n\nmaterial senses. That is to say, I am the cause of the activities of the\n\nsleeping living being.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen the living entity becomes free from false ego, he understands\n\nhis superior position as a spirit soul, part and parcel of the pleasure\n\npotency of the Lord. Thus, due to Brahman, even while sleeping the liv­\n\ning entity can enjoy. The Lord says, \"That Brahman, that Paramatma\n\nand that Bhagavan are I Myself.\" This is noted by Srila ]iva Gosvami in\nhis Krama-sandarbha.\n\nTEXT 56\n\nubhayam smaratab, pumsab,\nprasviipa-pratibodhayob,\nanveti vyatiricyeta\n\ntaj jfuinam brahma tat param\n\nubhayam-both types of consciousness (sleep and wakefulness);\n\nsma ratab,-rememhering; pumsab,-of the person; prasviipa-of con­\n\nsciousness during sleep; pratibodhayob,-and of consciousness while\nawake;\n\nanveti-extends through;\n\nvyatiricyeta-may reach beyond;\n\ntat-that; jfuinam-knowledge; brahma-the Supreme Brahman; tat­\n\nthat; param-transcendental.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0186": "Text 57]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n157\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf one's dreams during sleep are merely subject matters witnessed by the Supersoul, how can the living entity, who is different from the Supersoul, remember the activities of dreams?\nThe experiences of one person cannot be understood by another.\ntlnerefore the knower of the facts, the living entity who inquires\ninto the incidents manifested in dreams and wakefulness, is different from the circumstantial activities. That knowing factor is\nBrahman. In other words, the quality of knowing belongs to the\nliving entities and to the Supreme Soul. Thus the living entity can\nalso experience the activities of dreams and wakefulness. In both\nstages the knower is unchanged, but is qualitatively one with the\nSupreme Brahman.\nPURPORT\nIn knowledge the living entity is qualitatively one with the Supreme\nBrahman, but the quantity of the Supreme Brahman is not the same as\nthat of the living entity, who is part of Brahman. Because the living entity is Brahman in quality, he can remember the past activities of dreams\nand also know the present activities of wakefulness.\nTEXT 57\n\n�Joijfl:\\'iA(f � qrcj ftt'il'il�wt: I\n�: � � �it �: 11�\\911\nyad etad vismrtarit purilso\n\nmad-bhavarit bhinnam atmana�\ntata� sarilsam etasya\ndehad deho mrter mrti�\nyat-which; etat-this; vismrtam-forgotten; purilsa�-of the living\nentity; mat-bhavam-My spiritual position; bhinnam-separation; atmana�-from the Supreme Soul; tata�-from that; sarilsdra�-material, conditional life; etasya-of the living entity; dehat-from one\nbody; deha�-another body; mrte�-from one death; mrti�-another\ndeath.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0187": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n158\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a living entity, thinking himself different from Me,\n\nforgets his spiritual identity of qualitative oneness with Me in eter­\n\nnity, knowledge and bliss, his material, conditional life hegins. In\n\nother words, instead of identifying his interest with Mine, he be­\n\ncomes interested in his bodily expansions like his wife, children\nand material possessions. In this way, by the influence of his ac­\n\ntions, one body comes from another, and after one death, another\ndeath takes place.\n\nPURPORT\nGenerally the Mayavadi philosophers or persons influenced by\nMayavadi philosophers think themselves as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is the cause of their conditional life. As stated\nby the Vai�Q.ava poet Jagadananda PaQ.�ita in his Prema-vivarta:\n\nkr�r:w-bahirmukha haiiii bhoga vanchii kare\nnikata-stha maya tare japaP,ya dhare\nAs soon as a living entity forgets his constitutional position and endeavors to become one with the Supreme, his conditional life begins. The\nconception that the Supreme Brahman and the living entity are equal not\nonly in quality but also in quantity is the cause of conditional life. If one\nforgets the difference between the Supreme Lord and the living entity,\nhis conditional life begins. Conditional life means giving up one body to\naccept another and undergoing death to accept death again. The\nMayavadi philosopher teaches the philosophy of tat tvam asi, saying,\n\"You are the same as God.\" He forgets that tat tvam asi applies in terms\nof the marginal position of the living entity, who is like sunshine. There\nis heat and light in the sun, and there is heat and light in the sunshine,\nand thus they are qualitatively one. But one should not forget that the\nsunshine rests on the sun. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gita, brahmar.w\nhi pra�thiiham: \"I am the original source of Brahman.\" The sunshine\nis important because of the presence of the sun globe. It is not that the\nsun globe is important because of the all-pervasiveness of the sunshine.\nForgetfulness and misunderstanding of this fact is called maya. Because\n\n", "SB6.3#p0188": "King Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\nText 58)\n\n159\n\nof forgetfulness of one's constitutional position and that of the Supreme\nLord, one comes into maya, or sarilsdra-conditional life. In this regard,\nMadhvacarya says:\nsarva-bhinnam paratmanam\nvismaran sarilsared iha\nabhinnam sarilsmaran yiiti\ntamo nasty atra samsayal}.\nWhen one thinks that the living entity is nondifferent in all respects\nfrom the Supreme Lord, there is no doubt that he 1s m •gnorance\n(tamah).\nTEXT 58\n\n�-tOR $1'1A\\11'1�'41¥(\nI\nQ�n;iti{W{� WI� ��\"i�l� ������\nlabdhveha mdn!L§irh yonim\njfiiina-vijfiiina-sambhamm\natmanam yo na buddhyeta\nna kvacit �emam apnuyat\nlabdhoo-achieving; iha-in this material world (especially in this\npious land of Bharata-var�a, India); man!L§im-the human; yonimspecies; jfiiina-of knowledge through Vedic scriptures; vijiiiina\n\n- and\n\npractical application of that knowledge in life; sambhamm-wherein\nthere is a possibility; atmanam-one's real identity; yal}.-anyone who;\n.. na-not; buddhyeta-understands; na-never; kvacit-at any time;\n�emam-success in life; apnuyat-can obtain.\nTRANSLATION\nA human being can attain perfection in life by self-realization\nthrough the Vedic literature and its practical application. This is\npossible especially for a human being born in India, the land of\npiety. A man who obtains birth in such a convenient position but\ndoes not understand his self is unable to achieve the highest perfection, even if he is exalted to life in the higher planetary\nsystems.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0189": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n160\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nPURPORT\nThis statement is confirmed in Caitanya-caritiimrta (.Adi 9.41). Lord\nCaitanya said:\n\nbharata-bhumite haila man�ya-janma yara\njanma sarthaka kari' kara para-upaki.ira\nEveryone born in India, especially as a human being, can achieve the\nsupreme success through the Vedic literature and its practical application\nin life. When one is perfect, he can render a service for the selfrealization of the entire human society. This is the best way to perform\nhumanitarian work.\nTEXT 59\n\n\\'l��«P<4i qftj�i mt: 'fiaAq4f4'( I\n3llfi :qr:q;(huf4i QCCNI(i(�fe4 : 11'-\\Q..II\nsmrtvehayam pariklesarit\ntata/:t phala-viparyayam\nabhayarit capy anihayarit\nsarikalpiid viramet kavi/:t\nsmrtva-remembering; ihayam-in the field of activities with fru­\n\nitive results; parikle5am-the waste of energy and the miserable conditions; tata/:t-from that; phala-viparyayam-the opposite of the desired\nresult; abhayam-fearlessness; ca-also; api-indeed; anihayam­\n\nwhen there is no desire for fruitive results; sarikalpat-from material\ndesire; viramet-should cease; kavi/:t-one who is advanced in knowledge.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRemembering the great trouble found in the field of activities\n\nperformed for fruitive results, and remembering how one receives\nthe reverse of the results one desires-whether from material ac­\n\ntions or from the fruitive activities recommended in the Vedic\n\nliteratures-an intelligent man should cease from the desire for\n\n", "SB6.3#p0190": "Text\n\n62]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n161\n\nfruitive actions, for by such endeavors one cannot achieve the ultimate goal of life. On the other hand, if one acts without desires for\n\nfruitive results-in other words, if one engages in devotional activities-he can achieve the highest goal of life with freedom from\nmiserable conditions. Considering this, one should cease from\nterial desires.\nTEXT\n\n60\n\n��:����fiAT: I\nij�)sf;rtM�:� � � � ll�oll\nsukhaya du}_tkha-mok}aya\nkurvate dampati kriya/.l\ntato 'nivrttir apraptir\ndu/.lkhasya ca sukhasya ca\nsukhaya-for happiness; du}_tkha-mok}aya-for release from the\nunhappy state; kurvate-perform; dam-pati-the wife and .husband;\nkriya/.t-activities; tata/.l-from that; anivrtti/.l-no cessation; aprapti/.l-no achievement; du}_tkhasya-of distress; ca-also; sukhasya-of\nhappiness; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs husband and wife, a man and woman plan together to attain\nhappiness and decrease unhappiness, working jointly in many\nways, hut because their activities are full of desires, these activities\nare never a source of happiness, and they never diminish distress.\n\nOn the contrary, they are a cause of great unhappiness.\n\nTEXTS\n\n61-62\n\n�� � � WfUlf Fct,lfif¥iM9fl¥( r\n\n�ttttftt��ll��ll\n�ij•fii'IN•Iltf.\\f.fi: m � ,\n,...�,...tt�m q�: � � ������\n\n", "SB6.3#p0191": "[Canto 6, Ch.l6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n162\n\nevam viparyayam buddhva\nnfl:ldm vijnabhimaniniim\natman.aS ca gatim su�mam\n\nsthiina-traya-vila�ar.liim\ndma-srutabhir matrabhir\nnirmuktafr, svena tejasa\njnana-vijnana-santrpto\nmad-bhaktafr, puru.<jo bhavet\nevam-in this\n\nway;\n\nviparyayam-reversal;\n\nbuddhva-realizing;\n\nnroam-of men; vijna-abhimaniniim-who think of themselves as full\nof scientific knowledge; atmanafr,-of the self; ca-also; gatim-the\nprogress; sll�mdm-extremely difficult to understand; sthiina-trayathe three conditions of life (deep sleep, dreaming and wakefulness);\nvila�m:uim-apart\n\nfrom;\n\ndma-directly\n\nperceived;\n\nsrutabhifr,-or\n\nunderstood by information from authorities; matrabhifr,-from objects;\nnirmuktafr,-being freed; svena-by one's own; tejasa-strength of consideration; jnana-vijnana-with knowledge and practical application of\nthe knowledge;\n\nsantrptafr,-being fully satisfied;\n\nmat-bhaktafr,-My\n\ndevotee; puru.<jafr,-a person; bhavet-should become.\nTRANSLATION\nOne should understand that the activities of persons who are\n\nproud of their material experience bring only results contradic­\n\ntory to those such persons conceive while awake, sleeping and\ndeeply sleeping. One should further understand that the spirit\n\nsoul, although very difficult for the materialist to perceive, is\n\nabove all these conditions, and by the strength of one's discrimina­\n\ntion, one should give up the desire for fruitive results in the\npresent life and in the next. Thus becoming experienced in tran­\n\nscendental knowledge, one should become My devotee.\nTEXT 63\n\nC(<WU�Et\n@�'l�f'�!f4:f11: I\nv.f: QEtt�..l '� 44�q(f�Wl:-..i( II� �II\n\n", "SB6.3#p0192": "Text 64]\n\nKing Citraketu Meets the Lord\n\n163\n\netavan eva manujair\nyoga-naipur:tya-buddhibhib,\nsvarthab, sartxitmanli jneyo\nyat paratmaika-darsanam\n\n/\n\netavan-this much;\n\neva-indeed;\n\nmanujaib,-by human beings;\n\nyoga-by the process of linking with the Supreme by bhakti-yoga;\nnaipur:tya\n\n-\n\nendowed with expertise; buddhibhib,-who have intelli­\n\ngence; sva-arthab,-the ultimate goal of life; sarva-atmana -by all\nmeans; jfie yab, -to be known; yat-which; para-of the transcendental\nLord; atma-and of the soul; eka-of the oneness; darsanam-understanding.\nTRANSLATION\nPersons who try to reach the ultimate goal of life must expertly\nobserve the Supreme Absolute Person and the living entity, who\nare one in quality in their relationship as part and whole. This is\nthe ultimate understanding of life. There is no better truth than\nthis.\nTEXT 64\n\n�ft6�9�1 (llit'ISI'ffl �� � I\n�1'1Nilll\"'ij+q4tl \\41(4'11'§1 Rf� II� \\/II\ntvam etac chraddhaya rajann\napramatto vaco mama\njnana-vijnana-sampanno\ndharayann asu sidhyasi\ntvam-you; etat-this; sraddhaya-with great faith and allegiance;\nrajan-0 King; apramattab,-without being mad or deviated to any\nother conclusion; vacab,-instruction; mama-of Me; jnana-vijnanasampannab,-being fully aware of knowledge and its practical application in life; dharayan-accepting; asu-very soon; sidhyasi-you will\nbecome the most perfect.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, if you accept this conclusion of Mine, being unattached\nto material enjoyment, adhering to Me with great faith and thus\n\n", "SB6.3#p0193": "Srhnad-Bhagavabun\n\n164\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 16\n\nbecoming proficient and fully aware of knowledge and its practical\napplication in life, you will achieve the highest perfection by\nattaining Me.\nTEXT 65\n\n���\n\n3fTJQI� ¥11mf� ��%4 ��: I\nCf�6(6� f%JW1��� (RIIf��� wft: II��II\nsri-suka uvaca\nasvasya blu:zgavdn ittham\ncitraketum jagad-guru}:t\npa.Syatas tasya viSvdtma\ntata.S cdntardadhe hari}:t\nsn-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; asvasya-assuring;\n\nblu:zgavdn-the\n\nSupreme\n\ncitraketum-King\n\nPersonality\n\nCitraketu;\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\njagat-guru}:t-the\n\nmaster; pa.Syata}:t-while looking on;\n\nittham-thus;\n\nsupreme\n\ntasya-he;\n\nspiritual\n\nviSva-dtma-the\n\nSupersoul of the whole universe; tata/:t-from there; ca-also; antardadhe-disappeared; hari}:t-Lord Hari.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi continued:\n\nMter\n\nthus\n\ninstructing\n\nCitraketu and assuring him of perfection in this way, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who is the supreme spiritual master, the\nsupreme\n\nsoul,\n\nSailkft11iaJ.Ia,\n\ndisappeared\n\nfrom\n\nthat\n\nplace\n\nas\n\nCitraketu looked on.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sixth Canto, Sixteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"King Citraketu Meets the\nSupreme Lord. \"\n\n", "SB6.3#p0194": "CHAPTER SEVENTEEN\n\nMother Parvati Curses Citraketu\n,I\n\nThe Seventeenth Chapter is summarized as follows. This chapter de­\n\nscribes Citraketu's receiving the body of an asura, or demon, because of\n\njoking with Lord Siva.\n\nAfter personally talking with the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nKing Citraketu enjoyed life in his airplane with the women of the\nVidyadhara planet. Engaging in the congregational chanting of the glo­\n\nries of the Lord, he began flying his plane and traveling in outer space.\n\nOne day while traveling like this, he wandered into the bowers of\nSumeru Mountain, where he came upon Lord Siva embracing Parvati,\n\nsurrounded by an assembly of Siddhas, Ciiral).as and great sages. Seeing\n\nLord Siva in that situation, Citraketu laughed very loudly, but Parvati\n\nbecame very angry at him and cursed him. Because of this curse,\n\nCitraketu later appeared as the demon V:rtrasura.\n\nCitraketu, however, was not at all afraid of Parvati's curse, and thus\n\nhe spoke as follows: \"Everyone in human society enjoys happiness and\n\ndistress according to his past deeds and in this way travels in the material\n\nworld. Therefore no one is responsible for his happiness and distress.\n\nOne is controlled by the influence of material nature in the material\nworld, yet one thinks himself the doer of everything. In this material\nworld, which is made of the external energy of the Supreme Lord, one is\n\nsometimes cursed and sometimes favored, and thus he sometimes enjoys\n\nin the upper planetary systems and sometimes suffers in the lower\nplanets, but all these situations are the same because they are within this\n\nmaterial world. None of these positions has any factual existence, for all\nof them are temporary. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the ulti­\n\nmate controller because the material world is created, maintained and\n\nannihilated under His control while He nonetheless remains neutral to\nthese different transformations of the material world in time and space.\n\nThe material, external energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\n\nin charge of this material world. The Lord helps the world by creating\nsituations for the living entities within it.\"\n165\n\n", "SB6.3#p0195": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n166\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nWhen Citraketu spoke in this way, all the members in the great assem­\n\nbly in which Lord Siva and Parvati were present were astonished. Then\n\nLord Siva began speaking ab�ut the devotees of the Lord. A devotee is\n\nneutral in all conditions of life, whether in the heavenly planets or\n\nhellish planets, whether liberated from the material world or conditioned\nby it, and whether blessed with happiness or subjected to distress. These\n\nare all merely dualities created by the external energy. Being influenced\nby the external energy, the living entity accepts a gross and subtle ma­\n\nterial body, and in this illusory position he apparently suffers miseries,\n\nalthough everyone is part and parcel of the Supreme Lord. The so-called\n\ndemigods consider themselves independent lords, and in this way they\n\nare misled from understanding that all living entities are part of the\nSupreme. This chapter concludes by glorifying the devotee and the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT I\n\n���\"iffif\n\nQ141;(1f(((ts;r.- � ftj\\' ;fq: I\n�-�\n•1•1�:q(: II � II\nsri-suka umca\nyata.S cantarhito 'nantas\ntasyai krtvii diSe namab,\nvidyiidhara.S citraketu§\ncacara gagane carab,\n\nsri-sukab, uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosviimi said; yatab,-in which\n\n(direction);\n\nca-and;\n\nantarhitab,-disappeared;\n\nanantab,-the\n\nun­\n\nlimited Supreme Personality of Godhead; tasyai-unto that; krtm­\n\nafter offering; diSe-direction; namab,-obeisances; vidyiidharab,-the\nKing of the Vidyadhara planet; citraketub,-Citraketu; cacdra-traveled; gagane-in outer space; carab,-moving.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvann said: After offering obeisances to the\n\ndirection from which Ananta, the Supreme Personality of God-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0196": "Text 3]\n\n167\n\nMother Pirvati Curses Citraketu\n\nhead, had disappeared, Citraketu began traveling in outer space as\nthe head of the Vidyadharas.\n\nTEXTS 2-3\nq �\n\n�UUI(oql�d'l�f.{�:\nI\n�4'41wtt '4CI41•ft af.t'f¥r: M4�1(�: II � II\nte•��;Utun1 W�fill{tCNRda 1\n����11�11\nsa lak$arit var�a-lak$a1}iim\navyahata-balendriya/:1.\nst-uyamarw maha-yogi\nmunibhi/:1. siddha-cara�i/:1.\nkuliicalendra-dror:t�u\nnana-sankalpa-siddh�u\nreme vidyadhara-stribhir\ngapayan harim iSvaram\nsa/:1.-he (Citraketu);\nyears;\n\nlak$am-one hundred thousand; va�a-of\n\nlak$a1}iim-one\n\nhundred\n\nthousand;\n\navyahata-without\n\nhindrance; bala-indriya/:1.-whose strength and power of the senses;\nstuyama na/:1.-being\n\npraised;\n\nmaha-yogi-the\n\ngreat\n\nmystic\n\nyogi;\n\nmunibhi/:1.-by saintly persons; siddha-cara�i/:1.-by the Siddhas and\nCaral_las; kulacalendra-dror:t�u-within the valleys of the great mountain known as Kulacalendra, or Sumeru; ndnd-sankalpa-siddh�uwhere one becomes perfect in all kinds of mystic power; reme-enjoyed;\n\n-\n\nvidyadhara stribhi/:1.-with\n\nthe\n\nwomen\n\nof\n\nthe Vidyadhara planet;\n\ngapayan-causing to praise; harim-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari; iSvaram-the controller.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing praised by great sages and saints and by the inhabitants of\nSiddhaloka and WaJ.laloka, Citraketu, the most powerful mystic\nyogi, wandered about enjoying life for millions of years. With\nbodily strength and senses free from deterioration, he traveled\n\n", "SB6.3#p0197": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n168\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nwithin the valleys of Sumeru Mountain, which is the place of perfection for various kinds of mystic power. In those valleys he en­\n\njoyed life with the women of Vidyadhara-loka by chanting the\nglories of the Supreme Lord, Hari.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is to be understood that Maharaja Citraketu, although surrounded\n\nby beautiful women from Vidyadhara-loka, did not forget to glorify the\n\nLord by chanting the holy name of the Lord. It has been proved in many\n\nplaces that one who is not contaminated by any material condition, who is\n\na pure devotee engaged in chanting the glories of the Lord, should be\nunderstood to be perfect.\n\nTEXTS 4-5\n\n� � M¥il�\"'\n\nM'\"'!R:ijwt' �'\n� � f(� m{f m\"'\"\"'�.q: 11 \\lll\nara(qrqat1t;af �� � af.teijR 1\n�N�: stu��tl �«)��� II �II\nekadii sa vimiinena\nV�1J.u-dattena bluisvata\ngiriSam dadrse gacchan\nparitam siddha-ciira7J.ai/:t\nalingyankikrtam devim\nbahuna muni-sarhsadi\nuviica devya/:t swvantya\njaluisoccais tad-antike\nekadii-one time; sa/:t-he (King Citraketu); vimiinena-with his\n\nairplane; V�1J.u-dattena-given to him by Lord Vi�Qu; bluisvatii-shining brilliantly; giriSam-Lord Siva; dadrse-he saw; gacchan-going;\n\nparitam-surrounded;\n\nsiddha-by\n\nthe\n\ninhabitants\n\nof\n\nSiddhaloka;\n\ncara7J.ai/:t-and the inhabitants of CaraQaloka; alingya-embracing;\n\nalikikrtam-sitting on his lap; devim-his wife, Parvati:; bahuna-with\n\nhis arm; muni-sarhsadi-in the presence of great saintly persons;\n\n", "SB6.3#p0198": "Text6]\n\nMother Pirvati Curses Citraketu\n\n169\n\nuvaca-he said; devya�-while the goddess Parvati:; sr1Jvantya�-was\n\nhearing; jahiisa-he laughed; uccai�-very loudly; tad-antike-in the\n\nvicinity.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne time while King Citraketu was traveling in outer space on a\n\n,I brillift!Itly effulgent airplane given to him by Lord Vi�t;m, he saw\nLord Siva, surrounded by Siddhas and WaJ)as. Lo�d Siva was sit­\n\nting in an assembly of great saintly persons and embracing Pirvati\non his lap with his arm. Citraketu laughed loudly and spoke,\nwithin the hearing of Pirvati.\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says in this connection,\n\nbhaktim bhutim harir dattva\nsva-vicchedanubhutaye\n\ndevya� sapena vrtratvam\n\nnitva tam sviintike 'nayat\nThe purport is that the Supreme Personality of Godhead wanted to bring\n\nCitraketu to Vaikui:I�haloka as soon as possible. The Lord's plan was that\n\nCitraketu be cursed by Parvati to become V:rtriisura so that in his next\n\nlife he could quickly return home, back to Godhead. There have been\n\nmany instances in which a devotee acting as a demon has been brought to\nthe kingdom of God by the mercy of the Lord. For Parvati to be\n\nembraced by Lord Siva was natural in a relationship between husband\n\nand wife; this was nothing extraordinary for Citraketu to see. Nonetheless, Citraketu laughed loudly to see Lord Siva in that situation, even\n\nthough he should not have done so. Thus he was eventually cursed, and\nthis curse was the cause of his returning home, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT6\n\n·�r5f�EWTR\n� �1Cfig(5: �� � �•flf(on4( l\n\n311��:����� II� II\n\n", "SB6.3#p0199": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n170\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\ncitraketur uvaca\ne§a loka-guru/:l sak§iid\ndharmarit vaktii sariri�m\naste mukhya/:l sabhiiyarit vai\nmithuni-bhuya bhiiryaya\ncitraketu/:l uvaca -King Citraketu said; e§a/:t-this; loka-gu ru/:l -the\nspiritual master of the people who follow Vedic instructions; sak§atdirectly; dharmam-of religion; vakta-the speaker; sariri�m-for all\nliving\n\nentities\n\nwho\n\nmukhya/:l - the\n\nchief;\n\nhave\n\naccepted\n\nsabhiiyam-in\n\nmaterial\nan\n\nbodies;\n\nassembly;\n\naste-sits;\nooi-indeed;\n\nmithuni-bhuya -embracing; bhii ryaya -with his wife.\nTRANSLATION\nCitraketu said: Lord Siva, the spiritual master of the general\n\npopulace, is the best of all living entities who have accepted ma­\n\nterial bodies. He enunciates the system of religion. Yet how won­\n\nderful it is that he is embracing his wife, Parvati, in the midst of an\nassembly of great saintly persons.\n\nTEXT7\n\n'lilltlfa>«¥Wffir: I\n31t'i���rr�:m��' \\911\n��tfl\n\nja!(i-dharas tivra-tapa\nbrahmaviidi-sabhii-pati/:l\nankikrtya striyarit caste\ngata-hri/:l prakrto yathii\njata-dhara/:t-keepin g matted locks of hair; tivra-tapa/:t-highly elevated due to undergoing fierce austerities and penances; brahma-viidiof strict followers of the Vedic principles; sab hii -pati/:l -the president of\nan assembly;\n\nankikrtya -embracing;\n\nstriyam-a woman; ca-and;\n\naste-sits; gata-hri/:l - without shame; prakrta/:l-a person conditioned\nby material nature; yathii -j ust as.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0200": "Text 8]\n\nMother Piirvati Curses Citrak.etu\n\n171\n\n·TRANSLATION\nLord Siva, whose hair is matted on his head, has certainly under­\n\ngone great austerities and penances. Indeed, he is the president in\n\nthe assembly of strict followers of Vedic principles. Nonetheless,\ni\n\nII\n\nhe is seated with his wife on his lap in the midst of saintly persons\n\nand is embracing her as if he were a shameless, ordinary human\nbeing.\n\nPURPORT\n\nCitraketu appreciated the exalted position of Lord Siva, and therefore\n\nhe remarked at how wonderful it was that Lord Siva was acting like an\n\nordinary human being. He appreciated Lord Siva's position, but when he\nsaw Lord Siva sitting in the midst of saintly persons and acting like a\n\nshameless, ordinary man, he was astonished. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti\n\nThakura remarks that although Citraketu criticized Lord Siva, he did not\n\noffend Lord Siva like Dak!?a. Dak!?a considered Lord Siva insignificant,\n\nbut Citraketu expressed his wonder at Lord Siva's being situated in that\n\nway.\n\nTEXTS\n\nSlllr�:\n\n�� � � fihmr I\n\n31lf����ll�ll\npraya.Sa/:t prakrtas capi\n\nstriyam rahasi bibhrati\n\nayam maha-vrata-dharo\nbibharti sadasi striyam\n\npraya.Sa/:t-generally; prakrro/:t-conditioned souls; ca-also; api­\n\nalthough; striyam-a woman; rahasi-in a solitary place; bibhrati­\n\nembrace; ayam-this (Lord Siva); maha-vrata-dhara/:t-the master of\n\ngreat vows and austerities; bibharti-enjoys; sadasi-in an assembly of\ngreat saintly persons; striyam-his wife.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOrdinary conditioned persons generally embrace their wives\n\nand enjoy their company in solitary places. How wonderful it is\n\n", "SB6.3#p0201": "Srirnad-Bhigavatam\n\n172\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nthat Lord Mahadeva, although a great master of austerity, is\n\nembracing his wife openly in the midst of an assembly of great\n\nsaints.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word maha-vrata-dhara}:t indicates a brahmaciiri who has never\n\nfallen down. Lord Siva is counted among the best of yogiS, yet he\n\nembraced his wife in the midst of great saintly persons. Citraketu appreciated how great Lord Siva was to be unaffected even in that situation.\n\nTherefore Citraketu was not an offender; he merely expressed his\nwonder.\n\nTEXT9\n\n��\n\n¥tti�IWIN � �'I� I\n� �;r �« ijl-tJT� �'fflt: II� II\nsri-suka uvdca\nbhagavan api tac chrutva\nprahruyiigadha-dhir nrpa\n\n��im babhuva sadasi\n\nsabhyas ca tad-anuvrata}:t\n\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; bhagavan-Lord Siva;\n\napi-also;\n\ntat-that; srutva-hearing; prahruya-smiling; agadha­\n\ndhi}:t-whose intelligence is unfathomed; nrpa-0 King; t��im­\n\nsilent; babhuva-remained; sadasi-in the assembly; sabhya}:t-every­\n\none assembled there; ca-and; tat-anuvrata}:t-followed Lord Siva (remained silent).\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: My dear King, after hearing\n\nCitraketu's statement, Lord Siva, the most powerful personality,\n\nwhose knowledge is fathomless, simply smiled and remained\n\nsilent, and all the members of the assembly followed the lord by\nnot saying anything.\n\nPURPORT\nCitraketu's purpose in criticizing Lord Siva is somewhat mysterious\n\nand cannot be understood by a common man. Srila Visvanatha\n\n", "SB6.3#p0202": "Text 10]\n\n173\n\nMother Parvati Curses Citraketu\n\nCakravarti 'fhakura, however, has made the following observations.\n\nLord Siva, being the most exalted Vai�?Qava and one of the most powerful\n\ndemigods, is able to do anything he desires. Although he was externally\n\nexhibiting the behavior of a common man and not following etiquette,\n\n/'\n\nsuch actions cannot diminish his exalted position. The difficulty is that a\n\ncommon man, seeing Lord Siva's behavior, might follow his example. As\n\nstated in Bhagavad-gitti (3.21):\n\nyad yad acarati sre§!has\ntat tad evetaro jana/:t\nsa yat pramiir:w:m kurute\nlokas tad anuvartate\n\"Whatever action a great man performs, common men follow. And\n\nwhatever standards he sets by exemplary acts, all the world pursues.\" A\ncommon man might also criticize Lord Siva, like Dak�?a, who suffered the\nconsequences for his criticism. King Citraketu desired that Lord Siva\n\ncease this external behavior so that others might be saved from criticiz­\n\ning him and thus becoming offenders. If one thinks that Vi�?QU, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, is the only perfect personality whereas\nthe demigods, even such demigods as Lord Siva, are inclined to improper\n\nsocial affairs, he is an offender. Considering all this, King Citraketu was\n\nsomewhat harsh in his behavior with Lord Siva.\n\nLord Siva, who is always deep in knowledge, could understand\n\nCitraketu's purpose, and therefore he was not at all angry; rather, he\n\nsimply smiled and remained silent. The members of the assembly surrounding Lord Siva could also understand Citraketu's purpose. Conse­\n\nquently, following the behavior of Lord Siva, they did not protest; in­\n\nstead, following their master, they remained silent. If the members of\n\nthe assembly thought that Citraketu had blasphemed Lord Siva, they\nwould certainly have left at once, blocking their ears with their hands.\nTEXT 10\n\n(�ij�4Nl� � � �\n���P.f�fJt61�+tirtPnf;A\n\nII� oil\n\n", "SB6.3#p0203": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n174\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nity atad-virya-vid�i\n\nbruva� bahv-a5obhanam\n\n�aha devi dhmaya\n\nnirjitiitrnt'i bhimanine\n\niti-thus; a-tat-virya-vid�i-when Citraketu, who did not know the\n\nprowess of Lord Siva; bruva�-spoke; bahu-a5obhanam-that which is\n\nnot up to the standard of etiquette (the criticism of the exalted Lord\n\nSiva);\n\nr�a-with\n\nanger;\n\naha-said;\n\ndevi-the\n\ngoddess\n\nParvati;\n\ndhmaya-unto Citraketu, who was quite shameless; nirjita-atma-as\n\none who has controlled his senses; abhimanine-thinking of himself.\nTRANSLATION\n\nNot knowing the prowess of Lord Siva and Parvati, Citraketu\n\nstrongly criticized them. His statements were not at all pleasing,\n\nand therefore the goddess Parvati, being very angry, s�ke as\n\nfollows to Citraketu, who thought himself better than Lord Siva in\n\ncontrolling the senses.\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough Citraketu never meant to insult Lord Siva, he should not\n\nhave criticized the lord, even though the lord was transgressing social\n\ncustoms. It is said, tejiyasam na d�aya: one who is very powerful should\n\nbe understood to be faultless. For example, one should not find faults\n\nwith the sun, although it evaporates urine from the street. The most\n\npowerful cannot be criticized by an ordinary man, or even by a great per­\n\nsonality. Citraketu should have known that Lord Siva, although sitting in\nthat way, was not to be criticized. The difficulty was that Citraketu, hav­\n\ning become a great devotee of Lord Vi�r;tu, Sailkar�ar;ta, was somewhat\n\nproud at having achieved Lord Sailkar�ar;ta's favor and therefore thought\n\nthat he could now criticize anyone, even Lord Siva. This kind of pride in\n\na devotee is never tolerated. A Vai�r;tava should always remain very\n\nhumble and meek and offer respect to others.\ntrr;iid api sunicena\n\ntaror api sah�\"(tund\n\n", "SB6.3#p0204": "Mother Pirvati Curses Citraketu\n\nText ll]\n\n175\n\namiininii miinadena\n\nkirtan'iyab, sada harib,\n\n\"One should chant the holy name of the Lord in a humble state of mind,\nthinking oneself lower than the straw in the street; one should be more\n\n,I tolerant than a tree, devoid of all sense of false prestige and ready to\n\noffer all respect to others. In such a state of mind one can chant the holy\nname of the Lord constantly.\" A Vai�l)ava should not try to minimize\n\nanyone else's position. It is better to remain humble and meek and chant\nthe Hare ��Qa mantra. The word nirjitiitmiibhimanine indicates that\n\nCitraketu thought himself a better controller of the senses than Lord\n\nSiva, although actually he was not. Because of all these considerations,\nmother Parvati was somewhat angry at Citraketu.\nTEXT ll\n\n��\n3lli f�q� � �nm �= �= 1\n�� MJ%5tliff ='!{ WSit€( II�� II\nsri-paroaty uvaca\n\nayarit kim adhunii loke\n\nsasta dar:u}a dharab, p rabhub,\n-\n\nasmad-vidhaniirit dU$!(iniirit\nnirlajjanarit ca viprakrt\n\nsri-paroat'i uvaca-the goddess Parvati said; ayam-this;\n\nkim­\n\nwhether; adhunii-now; loke-in the world; sasta-the supreme con­\n\ntroller;\n\ndar:u}a-dharab,-the\n\nprabhub,-the\n\nmaster;\n\ncarrier\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nasrnat-vidhanii m-of\n\nrod\n\nof\n\npunishment;\n\npersons\n\nlike\n\nus;\n\nd!L$!dniim-criminals; nirlajjanam-who have no shame; ca-and;\nviprakrt-the restrainer.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe goddess Pirvati said: Alas, has this upstart now received a\npost from which to punish shameless persons like us? Has he been\n\n", "SB6.3#p0205": "[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n176\n\nappointed ruler, carrier of the rod of punishment? Is he now the\nonly master of everything?\n\nna veda dharmam kila padmayonir\n\nna brahma-putra bhrgu-naradadya/:£\n\nna vai kumiira/:£ kapilo manu.S ca\n\nye no ni§edhanty ati-vartinarh haram\nna-not; veda-knows; dharmam-the religious principles; kila­\n\nindeed; padma-yoni/:£-Lord Brahma; na-nor; brahma-putru/:£-the\n\nsons of Lord Brahma; bhrgu-Bh�gu; narada-Narada; adyu/:£-and so\non;\n\nna-nor;\n\nSanat-kumara,\n\nvai-indeed;\nSananda\n\nkumiira/:t-the four Kumaras (Sanaka,\n\nand\n\nSanatana);\n\nkapila/:t-Lord\n\nKapila;\n\nmanu/:£-Manu himself; ca-and; ye-who; no-not; ni§edhanti­\n\norder to stop; ati-vartinam-who is beyond laws and orders; haram­\n\nLord Siva.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlas, Lord Brahma, who has taken his birth from the lotus\n\nflower, does not know the principles of religion, nor do the great\n\nsaints like Bh:rgu and Narada, nor the four Kumaras, headed by\n\nSanat-kumara. Manu and Kapila have also forgotten the religious\n\nprinciples. I supJM?se it to be because of this that they have not\ntried to stop Lord Siva from behaving improperly.\nTEXT 13\n\n���q<:J&\\if�4\niittlfli� 't'i�+t§\\� �I\n\n", "SB6.3#p0206": "Text 14]\n\nMother Piirvati Curses Citraketu\n\n177\n\n�:�:��\nst�llfif �t(ij�4 ft �: II� �II\ne�am anudhyeya-pculiibja-yugmarh\njagad-gurum maizgala-mangalarh svayam\nya/:1- �atra-bandhu/:1- paribhuya surin\npra5asti dhmas tad ayam hi dar:u;lya/:1e�am-of all these (exalted personalities); anudhyeya-to be constantly meditated upon; pada-abja-yugmam-whose two lotus feet;\njagat-gurum-the spiritual master of the whole world; mangalamangalam-personi:fication of the topmost religious principle;\nsvayam-himself; ya/:1--he who; �atra-bandhu/:1--the lowest of the\n�atriyas; paribhuya-overriding; surin-the demigods (like Brahma\nand the others); pra§dsti-chastises; dhma�-impudent; tattherefore; ayam-this person; hi-indeed; dar:u;lya/:1--to be punished.\nTRANSLATION\nThis Citraketu is the lowest of k�atriyas, for he has impudently\n\noverridden Brahma and the other demigods by insulting Lord\n\nSiva, upon whose lotus feet they always meditate. Lord Siva is per­\n\nsonified religion and the spiritual master of the entire world, and\ntherefore Citraketu must he punished.\nPURPORT\n\nAll the members of the assembly were exalted brahmar:ws and self�ealized souls, but they did not say anything about the conduct of Lord\nSiva, who was embracil}g the goddess Parvati on his lap. Citraketu nonetheless criticized Lord Siva, and therefore the opinion of Parvati was that\nhe should be punished.\nTEXT 14\n\n;n�14(Rr\n\n�to&ql��l4Q¢Uf1(\n\n1\n\n��<:t+rftf: (ij&\\i{: .: 4�4fMij( II� \\ll I\n\n", "SB6.3#p0207": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n178\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nniiyam arhati vaikur:t!hapdda-millopasarpar:tam\nsambhavita-matib, stabdhab,\nsadhubhib, paryupasitam\nna-not; ayam-this person; arhati-deserves;\n\nvaikurJ!ha-pdda­\n\nmula-upasarpar:tam-the approaching of the shelter of Lord Vi�\"m's\nlotus feet; sambhavita matib,-considering himself highly esteemed;\n-\n\nstabdhab,-impudent;\n\nsadhubhib,-by\n\nparyupasitam-worshiped\n\ngreat\n\nsaintly\n\npersons;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis person is puffed up because of his achievements, thinking,\n\n\"I am the best.\" He does not deserve to approach the shelter of\n\nLord Vi��u's lotus feet, which are worshiped by all saintly per­\n\nsons, for he is impudent, thinking himself greatly important.\nPURPORT\n\nIf a devotee thinks that he is very much advanced in devotional service, he is considered puffed up and unfit to sit beneath the shelter of the\nLord's lotus feet. Again, this instruction by Lord Caitanya is applicable:\n\ntfl:Uld api sunicena\ntaror api sahi$r:tunii\namaninii miinadena\nkirtaniyab, sada harib,\n\"One should chant the holy name of the Lord in a humble state of mind,\nthinking oneself lower than the straw in the street; one should be more\ntolerant than a tree, devoid of all sense of false prestige and ready to\noffer all respect to others. In such a state of mind one can chant the holy\nname of the Lord constantly.\" Unless one is humble and meek, one cannot qualify to sit at the lotus feet of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�M¥ttij{f �f( §:� 1\n��� QWI����f�ll��ll\naRT: �m\n\n", "SB6.3#p0208": "Text 15)\n\nMother Parvati CU!\"ses Citraketu\n\n179\n\nata/:1, papiyasim yonim\n\niisurim yahi dunnate\n\nyatheha bhuyo mahatam\n\nna karta putra kilb�am\n\n/\n\nata/:1,-therefore; papiyasim-most sinful; yonim-to the species of\n\nlife; iisurim-demoniac; yahi-go; dunnate-0 impudent one; yatha­\n\nso that; iha-in this world; bhilya/:1,-again; mahatam-to great per­\n\nsonalities;\n\nna-not;\n\nkilb�am-any offense.\n\nkarta-will\n\ncommit;\n\nputra-my\n\ndear\n\nson;\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 impudent one, my dear son, now take birth in a low, sinful\nfamily of demons so that you will not commit such an offense again\ntoward exalted, saintly persons in this world.\nPURPORT\nOne should be very careful not to commit offenses at the lotus feet of\n\nVai�1,1avas, of whom Lord Siva is the best. While instructing Srila Rupa\n\nGosvami, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu described an offense at the lotus feet\nof a Vai�Qava as han mata, a mad elephant. When a mad elephant enters\n\na nice garden, it spoils the entire garden. Similarly, if one becomes like a\n\nmad elephant and commits offenses at the lotus feet of a Vai�Qava, his\n\nentire spiritual career is halted. One should therefore be very careful not\nto commit offenses at the lotus feet of a Vai�Qava.\n\nMother Parvati: was justified in IJUnishing Citraketu, for Citraketu im­\n\npudently criticized the supreme father, Mahadeva, who is the father of\n\nthe living entities conditioned within this material world. The goddess\nDurga is called mother, and Lord Siva is called father. A pure Vai�1,1ava\n\nshould be very careful to engage in his specific duty without criticizing\nothers. This is the safest position. Otherwise, if one tends to criticize\nothers, he may commit the great offense of criticizing a Vai�Qava.\n\nBecause Citraketu was undoubtedly a Vai�Qava, he might have been\n\nsurprised that Parvatl had cursed him. Therefore the goddess Parvati: ad­\n\ndressed him as putra, or son. Everyone is the son of mother Durga, but\n\nshe is not an ordinary mother. As soon as there is a small discrepancy in a\ndemon's behavior, mother Durga immediately punishes the demon so\n\n", "SB6.3#p0209": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n180\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nthat he may come to his senses. This is explained by Lord �!?I:Ja in\n\nBhagavml-gitii (7 .14):\n\ndaivi hy e§ii gu�mayi\nmama maya duratyayii\nmam eva ye prapadyante\nmayiim etiim taranti te\n\"This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material\nnature, is difficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me\ncan easily cross beyond it.\" To surrender to �!?Qa means to surrender to\nHis devotees also, for no one can be a proper servant of �!?Qa unless he\nis a proper servant of a devotee. Chfi4iyii vai§�va-setxi nistiira piiyeche\nkebii: without serving a servant of �!?I:Ja, one cannot be elevated to being\na servant of �!?I:Ja Himself. Therefore mother Parvati spoke to Citraketu\nexactly like a mother who says to her naughty child, \"My dear child, I am\npunishing you so that you won't do anything like this again.\" This tendency of a mother to punish her child is found even in mother Yasoda,\nwho became the mother of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Mother\nYasoda punished �!?Qa by binding Him and showing Him a stick. Thus it\nis the duty of a mother to chastise her beloved son, even in the case of the\nSupreme Lord. It is to be understood that mother Durga was justified in\npunishing Citraketu. This punishment was a boon to Citraketu because\nafter taking birth as the demon V�trasura, he was promoted directly to\nVaikuQtha.\nTEXT 16\n\n�1��\n\nQf�t!Pf¥41wtl*(q� �: I\nSIQ'I*(�I+m.t m �t � � II�� II\n�\n\nsri-suka uviica\nevam saptaS citraketur\nvimanad avaruhya sab,\nprasiidayiim iisa satim\nmurdhnii namre� bhiirata\n\n", "SB6.3#p0210": "Text 17]\n\nMother Piirvati Curses Citraketu\n\n181\n\nsri-suka/:t uooca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-thus; sapta/:t­\n\ncursed;\n\ncitraketu/:t-King\n\navaruhya-coming\n\ndown;\n\nCitraketu;\n\nsa/:t-he;\n\nvimanat-from his\nprasadayam\n\nairplane;\n\niisa-completely\n\npleased; satim-Pii.rvati; murdhna-by his head; namreQa-bent low;\n\n/\n\n.\n\nbharata-0 King Pariksit.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi continued: My dear King Parik�it, when\n\nCitraketu was cursed by Piirvati, he descended from his airplane,\nbowed before her with great humility and pleased her completely.\nTEXT 17\n\nfiT�(!�\nstRtt«•�'� � m'lt�s�re;uf� 1\n�ti�� ��sil:ffi � ft: � �� II� �II\ncitraketur uooca\n\npratigrhr,u'imi te sapam\n\natmano 'iijalinambike\n\ndevair martyaya yat proktam\npilrva-d�tam hi tasya tat\n\ncitraketu/:t uooca-King Citraketu said; pratigrhr,u'imi-I accept; te­\n\nyour; sapam-curse; atmana/:t-my own; afijalina-with folded hands;\n\nambike-0 mother; devai/:t-by the demigods; martyaya-unto a mor­\n\ntal; yat-which; proktam-prescribed; pilrva-d�tam-fixed previously\n\naccording to one's past deeds; hi-indeed; tasya-of him; tat-that. .\n\nTRANSLATION\nCitraketu said: My dear mother, with my own hands folded\n\ntogether I accept the curse upon me. I do not mind the curse, for\n\nhappiness and distress are given by the demigods as a result of\none's past deeds.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0211": "182\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nPURPORT\n\nSince Citraketu was a devotee of the Lord, he was not at all disturbed\nby the curse of mother ParvatL He knew very well that one suffers or enjoys the results of one's past deeds as ordained by daiva-netra-superior\nauthority, or the agents of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He knew\nthat he had not committed any offense at the lotus feet of Lord Siva or\nthe goddess Parvati, yet he had been punished, and this means that the\npunishment had been ordained. Thus the King did not mind it. A devotee is naturally so humble and meek that he accepts any condition of life\nas a blessing from the Lord. Tat te 'nukampam su.sami�amiir:ta�\n(Bhag. 10.14.8). A devotee always accepts punishment from anyone as\nthe mercy of the Lord. If one lives in this conception of life, he sees\nwhatever reverses occur to be due to his past misdeeds, and therefore he\nnever accuses anyone. On the contrary, he becomes increasingly attached\nto the Supreme Personality of Godhead because of his being purified by\nhis suffering. Suffering, therefore, is also a process of purification.\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura says in this connection that one\nwho has developed Kr�ga consciousness and who exists in love with\nKr�ga is no longer subject to suffering and happiness under the laws of\nkarma. Indeed, he is beyond karma. The Brahma-samhitii says, karmii�i\nnirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhiijiim: a devotee is free from the reactions of\nhis karma because he has taken to devotional service. This same principle is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (14.26). Sa gu�n samatityaitiin\nbrahma-bhuyiiya kalpate: one who is engaged in devotional service has\nalready been freed from the reactions of his material karma, and thus he\nimmediately becomes brahma-bhilta, or transcendental. This is also expressed in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.21). K$iyante ciisya karmii�i:\nbefore attaining the stage of love, one becomes free from all the results\nof karma.\nThe Lord is very kind and affectionate toward His devotees, and\ntherefore a devotee, in any condition, is not subjected to the results of\nkarma. A devotee never aspires for the heavenly planets. The heavenly\nplanets, liberation and hell are nondifferent for a devotee, for he does\nnot discriminate between different positions in the material world. A\ndevotee is always eager to return home, back to Godhead, and remain\nthere as the Lord's associate. This ambition becomes increasingly fervent\nin his heart, and therefore he does not care about material changes in his\n\n", "SB6.3#p0212": "Mother Pirvati Curses Citraketu\n\nText 18]\n\n183\n\nlife. Sri:la Visvanatha Cakravarti: Thakura comments that Maharaja\n\nCitraketu's being cursed by Parvati: should be considered the mercy of\nthe Lord. The Lord wanted Citraketu to return to Godhead as soon as\n\npossible, and therefore he terminated all the reactions of his past deeds.\n\nActing through the heart of Parvati, the Lord, who is situated in every-\n\n,/ one's heart, cursed Citraketu in order to end all his material reactions.\n\nThus Citraketu became V:rtrasura in his next life and returned home,\nback to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 18\n\nijQI(\"iti5\n���(�lwt¥4tf(ij: I\n�wcf=i��:�=if��sr� 11��11\nsamsara-cakra etasmin\njantur ajoona-mohita/:t\nbhriimyan sukharh ca du/:tkharh ca\nbhwikte sarvatra sarvadii\nsarhsiira-cakre-in the wheel of material existence; etasmin-this;\n\njantu/:t-the living entity; ajoona-mohita/:t-being bewilder�d by ig­\n\nnorance;\n\nbhriimyan-wandering;\n\ndu/:tkham-distress;\n\nca-also;\n\neverywhere; sarvada- always.\n\nsukham\n\n-\n\nbhwikte-he\n\nhappiness;\n\nundergoes;\n\nca-and;\n\nsarvatra­\n\nTRANSLATION\nDeluded by ignorance, the living entity wanders in the forest of\nthis material world, enjoying the happiness and distress resulting\nfrom his past deeds, everywhere and at all times. (Therefore, my\ndear mother, neither you nor I am to be blamed for this incident.)\nPURPORT\nAs confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (3.27):\n\nprakrte/:t kriyamii�ni\ngur:wi/:t karmii�i sarva.Sa/:t\nahankiira-vimfu),hiitmii\nkartiiham iti manyate\n\n", "SB6.3#p0213": "[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n184\n\n\"The bewildered soul, under the influence of the three modes of material\nnature, thinks himself the doer of activities that are in actuality carried\nout by nature.\" Actually a conditioned soul is completely under the control of material nature. Wandering here and there-always and everywhere-he is subjected to the results of his past deeds. This is carried out\nby the laws of nature, but one foolishly thinks himself the doer, which in\nfact he is not. To get free from the karma-cakra, the wheel of the results\nof one's karma, one should take to bhakti-marga-devotional service, or\nl(r�Qa consciousness. That is the only remedy. Sarva-dharman parityajya mam ekam sarar,tarh vraja.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n��WI�� ��nt,�:�: I\n� �� 311€f414 mer =it II� �II\nnaivatma na para§ capi\nkarta syat sukha-dubkhayo/:t\nkartararh manyate 'trajna\natmanarh param eva ca\nna-not; eva-indeed; titmti-the spirit soul; na-nor; para/:tanother (friend or enemy); ca-also; api-indeed; karta-the doer;\nsyat-can be;\ntliram-the\n\nsukha-du/:tkhayo/:t-of happiness and distress; kar­\n\ndoer;\n\nmanyate-considers;\n\natra-in\n\najiia/:t-a person not aware of the real fact;\n\nthis\n\nconnection;\n\ntitmtinam-himself;\n\nparam-another; eva-indeed; ca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn this material world, neither the living entity himself nor\nothers [friends and enemies) are the cause of material happiness\nand distress. But because of gross ignorance, the living entity\nthinks that he and others are the cause.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word ajiia is very significant. In the material world,\nall living entities are ajiia, ignorant, in different degrees. This ignorance\n\n", "SB6.3#p0214": "Text 20]\n\nMother Pirvati Curses Citraketu\n\n185\n\ncontinues very strongly in the mode of ignorance presented by material\n\nnature. One must therefore promote himself to the stage of goodness\n\nthrough his character and behavior and then gradually come to the tran­\n\nscendental platform, or adho�aja platform, in which he realizes both his\nposition and the position of others. Everything is done under the\n\n/superintendence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The process by\nwhich the results of action are ordained is called\n\nworking.\n\nniyatam, always\n\nTEXT 20\n\nlJJTf� Cfi: �: clit ;;Et�JI(: I\nCfi: � �: clit Cf1 � � �:� Cflll � o II\ngtJISfCfli\n\ngur:w-praviiha etasmin\nka/:L siipa/:L ko nv anugraha/:L\nka/:L svargo naraka/:L ko vii\nkim sukham du/:Lkham eva va\ngur:w-praviihe-in the current of the modes of materiai nature;\n\netasmin-this; ka/:t-what; sdpa/:t-a curse; ka/:t-what; nu-indeed;\n\nanugraha/:L-a favor; ka/:t-what; svarga/:t-elevation to heavenly\n\nplanets; naraka/:L-hell; ka/:t-what; oo-or; kim-what; sukhamhappiness; du/:tkham-distress; eva-indeed; vii-or.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis material world resembles the waves of a constantly flowing\n•\n\nriver. Therefore, what is a curse and what is a favor? What are the\nheavenly planets, and what are the hellish planets? What is actually\nhappiness, and what is actually distress? Because the waves flow\nconstantly, none of them has an eternal effect.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktivinoda 'fhakura sings,\n\n(miche) mayara va.Se, yiiccha\n\nbhese ', khaccha habzuj,ubu, bhai: \"My dear living entities within this\n\nmaterial world, why are you being carried away by the waves of the\n\nmodes of material nature'?\" (]iva) �r:w-ddsa, ei viSvasa, karle ta' dra\n\n", "SB6.3#p0215": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n186\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\ndu/:Lkha niii: \"If the living entity tries to understand that he is an eternal\n\nservant of Kr�1_1a, there will no longer be misery for him.\" Kr�1.1a wants\n\nus to give up all other engagements and surrender unto Him. If we do so,\n\nwhere will the cause and effect of this material world be? There is\nnothing like cause and effect for the surrendered soul. Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti Thakura says in this regard that being put into this material\n\nworld is like being thrown into a mine of salt. If one falls into a mine of\nsalt, he tastes only salt wherever he goes. Similarly, this material world is\n\nfull of miseries. The so-called temporary happiness of the world is also\n\nmisery, hut in ignorance we cannot understand this. That is the actual\n\nposition. When one comes to his senses-when he becomes Kr�1.1a con­\n\nscious-he is no longer concerned with the various conditions of this material world. He is not concerned with happiness or distress, curses or\n\nfavors, or heavenly or hellish planets. He sees no distinction between\nthem.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n� �rn;r ��CIIwtl�filtft(l I\n��=i.f�=i.f�§:Rci=i.f�: ����II\n�:\n\neka/:L srjati bhiltiini\nbhagaviin iitma-miiyayii\ne�iirit bandharit ca mo�arit ca\nsukharit du/:Lkharit ca ni§kala/:L\ne ka/:L-one; srjati-creates; bhiltiini-different varieties of living en­\n\ntities;\n\nbhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iitmamiiyaya-by His personal potencies; e�iim-of all the conditioned souls;\n\nbandham-the conditional life; ca-and; mo�am-the liberated life;\nca-also;\n\nsukham-happiness;\n\ndu/:Lkham-distresses;\n\nni§kala/:L-not affected by the material qualities.\n\nca-and;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is one. Unaffected by the\n\nconditions of the material world, He creates all the conditioned\n\nsouls by His own personal potency. Because of being contaminated\nby the material energy, the living entity is put into ignorance and\n\n", "SB6.3#p0216": "Mother Parvati Curses Citraketu\n\nText 22]\n\n187\n\nthus into different condition_s of bondage. Sometimes, by knowledge, the living entity is given liberation. In sattva-gu1.1a and rajoguJ.la, he is subjected to happiness and distress.\n\n,I\n\nPURPORT\nThe question may be raised why the living entities are situated in different conditions and who has arranged this. The answer is that it has\nbeen done by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, without anyone's\nhelp. The Lord has His own energies (parasya saktir vividhaiva srilyate),\nand one of them, namely the external energy, creates the material world\n\nand the varieties of happiness and distress for the conditioned souls\nunder the supervision of the Lord. The material world consists of three\nmodes of material nature- sattva-gu�, rajo-gu� and tarrw-gu�. By\n\nsattva-gu� the Lord maintains the material world, by rajo-gu� He creates it, and by tarrw-gu� He annihilates it. After the varieties of living\nentities are created, they are subject to happiness and distress according\nto their association. When they are in sattva-gu�, the mode of goodness,\nthey feel happiness, when in rajo-gu� they are distressed, and when in\n\ntarrw-gu� they have no sense of what to do or what is right and·wrong.\nTEXT 22\n\nWI � Clf�ij: SR�m\nWI�� trU WI ��:1\n��\n�sr M®wt�\n�WI Utt: � � m: ����II\nna tasya kaScid dayitab, pratipo\nna jfliiti-bandhur na paro na ca soo.b,\nsamasya sarvatra nirafljanasya\nsukhe na riigab, kuta eva ro�ab,\nna-not;\n\ndayitab,\n\n-\n\ntasya-of Him (the Supreme Lord);\n\ndear ;\n\npratipab,-not\n\ndear;\n\nna-nor;\n\nkaScit-anyone;\njfliiti-kinsman;\n\nba.ndhufr,-friend; na-nor; parab,-other; na-nor; ca-also; soo.fr,own; samasya-who is equal; sa roo.tra-everywhere; niranjanasya-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0217": "188\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nwithout being affected by material nature; sukhe-in happiness; nanot; ragaft-attachment; kuta/t-from where; eva-indeed; r�aftanger.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is equally disposed toward\n\nall living entities. Therefore no one is very dear to Him, and no\none is a great enemy for Him; no one is His friend, and no one is\n\nHis relative. Being unattached to the material world, He has no\naffection for so-called happiness or hatred for so-called distress.\n\nThe two terms happiness and distress are relative. Since the Lord is\n\nalways happy, for Him there is no question of distress.\nTEXT 23\n\n� �'ffiA(ift .m\n��=� fmft�l\ni(fl1Pf- �fl�\"'4�1:\n'URuli �6�S€tctiWtl II� �II\ntathapi tac-chakti-visarga e$tirit\nsukhaya duftkhaya hitahitaya\nbandhaya mok$aya ca mrtyu-janmanoft\nsaririr:uJ,m saritsrtaye 'vakalpate\ntathapi-still ; tat-sakti-o£ the Lord's energy; visarga/t-the creation; e$tim-of these (conditioned souls); sukhaya-for the happiness;\nduftkhaya-for the distress; hita-ahitaya-for the profit and loss;\nbandhaya-for the bondage; mok$aya-for the liberation; ca-also;\nmrtyu-o£ death; janmanoft-and birth; saririr:uJ,m-o£ all those who\naccept material bodies; saritsrtaye-for the repetition; avakalpate-acts.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the Supreme Lord is unattached to our happiness and\n\ndistress according to karma, and although no one is His enemy or\nfavorite, He creates pious and impious activities through the\n\n", "SB6.3#p0218": "Text 24]\n\nMother Parvati Curses Citraketu\n\n189\n\nagency of His material potency. Thus for the continuation of the\nmaterialistic way of life He creates happiness and distress, good\nfortune and had, bondage and liberation, birth and death.\nPURPORT\n\nJ'\n\nAlthough the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the ultimate doer of\neverything, in His original transcendental existence He is not responsible\nfor the happiness and distress, or bondage and liberation, of the conditioned souls. These are due to the results of the fruitive activities of the\nliving entities within this material world. By the order of a judge, one\nperson is released from jail, and another is imprisoned, but the judge is\nnot responsible, for the distress and happiness of these different people is\ndue to their own activities. Although the government is ultimately the\nsupreme authority, the justice is administered by the departments of the\ngovernment, and the government is not responsible for the individual\njudgments. Therefore the government is equal to all the citizens.\nSimilarly, the Supreme Lord is neutral to everyone, but for the maintenance of law and order His supreme government has various departments, which control the activities of the living entities.. Another\nexample given in this regard is that lilies open or close because of the\nsunshine, and thus the bumblebees enjoy or suffer, but the sunshine and\nthe sun globe are not responsible for the happiness and distress of the\nbumblebees.\nTEXT 24\n\n3p.f Sl(tli(� wt m � � ,\n\n44\"1�� � '\"' �qaf � 11�\\?11\natha prasadaye na tvam\nsii.pa-mok{;ii.ya bhii.mini\nyan manyase hy asii.dhuktam\nmama tat k{;amyatii.m sati\natka-therefore; prasii.daye-I am trying to please; na-not; loomyou; sii.pa-mok{;ii.ya-for being released from your curse; bhii.mini-0\nmost angry one; yat-which ; manyase-you consider; hi-indeed:\n\n", "SB6.3#p0219": "190\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nasadhu-uktam-improper speech;\n\nmama-my;\n\ntam-let it be excused; sati-0 most chaste one.\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 17\ntat-that;\n\nk§amya­\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 mother, you are now unnecessarily angry, but since all my\n\nhappiness and distress are destined by my past activities, I do not\n\nplead to he excused or relieved from your curse. Although what I\nhave said is not wrong, please let whatever you think is wrong he\npardoned.\n\nPURPORT\nBeing fully aware of how the results of one's karma accrue by the laws\n\nof nature, Citraketu did not want to be released from Parvati's curse.\n\nNonetheless, he wanted to satisfy her because although his verdict was\nnatural, she was displeased with him. As a matter of course, Maharaja\n\nCitraketu begged pardon from Parvati.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n��\n\n� smN f11�ft �st�d��t I\n\n� �ttli\\wt �: 41�ffl(iitl: ����II\nsri-suka uvaca\niti prasadya giriSau\ncitraketur arindama\njagiima sva-vimiinena\npa5yato/:t smayatos tayo/:t\n\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; prasadya­\n\nafter satisfying; giriSau-Lord Siva and his wife, Parvati; citraketu/:t­\n\nKing Citraketu; arim-dama-0 King Parik!?it, who are always able to\nsubdue the enemy; jagiima-went away; sva-vimiinena-by his own\n\nairplane; �yato/:t-were watching; smayato/:t-were smiling; tayo/:twhile Lord Siva and Parvati.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0220": "Text 27]\n\nMother Pirvati Curses Citraketu\n\n191\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: 0 �ing Parik�it, subduer of\n\nthe enemy, after Citraketu satisfied Lord Siva and his wife, Parvati,\n\nhe boarded his airplane and left as they looked on. When Lord Siva\nand Piirvati saw that Citraketu, although informed of the curse,\n\n/'was unafraid, they smiled, being fully astonished by his behavior.\nTEXT 26\n\n� 11� � (;soofif'l'\\� 1\n��Rf(tWii qi�IWii � 'lUCRml. ����II\ntatas tu bhagavan rudro\n\nrudra�rJm idam abravft\ndeva�i-daitya-siddhiinam\npiir$adiindm ca sro-vatam\ntatatt-therea,fter;\ntu-then;\nbhagavan-the\nmost\npowerful;\nrudratt-Lord Siva; rudra�im-unto his wife, Parvati; idam-this;\nabravit-said;\n\ndevar$i-while\n\nthe great sage Narada;\n\ndaitya-the\n\ndemons; siddhiinam-and the inhabitants of Siddhaloka, who are expert\nin\n\nyogic\n\npower;\n\npa�adanam-his\n\npersonal\n\nassociates;\n\nca-also;\n\nsro-vatam-were listening.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, in the presence of the great sage Niirada, the\n\n.. demons, the inhabitants of Siddhaloka, and his personal associates,\n\nLord Siva, who is most powerful, spoke to his wife, Pirvati, while\n\nthey all listened.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n� \\ffl'if\n\ntec��•d�t �fUr t\"«-&a�*t:\n1\n•uct�¥4 � f.lwutolf if(l�itWil'( 11 � \\911\n\n", "SB6.3#p0221": "192\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nsri-rudra uvaca\ndmavaty asi su§roTJ,i\nharer adbhut a-karmaTJ,a }J\n\nrniihiitmyam bhrtya-bhrtyanam\nniltsprhiilJ-dm mahiitmanam\n\nsri-rudra}J uvaca-Lord Siva said; dmavati asi-have you seen; su­\n\nsroTJ,i-0 beautiful Parvati:; hare}J-of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead; adbhuta-karmaTJ,a}J-whose acts are wonderful; rniihiitmyam­\n\nthe greatness; bhrtya-bhrtyandm-of the servants of the servants;\n\nni}JsprhiilJ-dm-who are without ambitions for sense gratification;\nmahiitmandm-great souls.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva said: My dear beautiful Parvati, have you seen the\n\ngreatness of the Vai�l).avas? Being servants of the servants of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, they are great souls and\nare not interested in any kind of material happiness.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Siva, the husband of Parvati, told his wife, \"My dear Parvati,\n\nyou are very beautiful in your bodily features. Certainly you are\n\nglorious. But I do not think that you can compete with the beauty and\nglory of devotees who have become servants of the servants of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\" Of course, Lord Siva smiled when he\n\njoked with his wife in that way, for others cannot speak like that. \"The\n\nSupreme Lord,\" Siva continued, \"is always exalted in His activities, and\nhere is another example of His wonderful influence upon King\n\nCitraketu, His devotee. Just see, although you cursed the King, he was\n\nnot at all afraid or sorry. Rather, he offered respect to you, called you\nmother and accepted your curse, thinking himselffaulty. He did not say\n\nanything in retaliation. This is the excellence of a devotee. By mildly\ntolerating your curse, he has certainly excelled the glory of your beauty\n\nand your power to curse him. I can impartially judge that this devotee,\nCitraketu, has defeated you and your excellence simply by becoming a\n\npure devotee of the Lord.\" As stated by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, taror\n\n", "SB6.3#p0222": "Mother Parvati Curses Citraketu\n\nText 28]\n\n193\n\napi sahi$r:tuna. Just like a tree, a devotee can tolerate all kinds of curses\nand reversals in life. This is the excellence of a devotee. Indirectly, Lord\n\nSiva forbade Parvati to commit the mistake of cursing a devotee like\n\nCitraketu. He indicated that although she was powerful, the King, without showing any power, had excelled her power by his tolerance.\n\n,I\n\nTEXT 28\n\n•U(I4.1Utq(l:\n\n� WI i(f!SR � I\n\n�tqq•iWlWqN\n\n��: ������\n\nniiriiya�JCL-parii/:t sarve\nna kuta5cana bibhyati\nsvargiipavarga-narake�v\napi tulyiirtha-darsina/:t\nniiriiyaTJCL-parii/:t-pure devotees, who are interested only in the service of NarayaQa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sa rve-all ; nanot; kuta5cana-anywhere; bibhyati-are afraid; s varga-in the higher\nplanetary systems; apavarga-in liberation; nara ke�u-and in hell;\n\napi\n\n-\n\neven; tulya\n\n-\n\nequa1; artha\n\n-\n\nvalue; darsina /:t-who see.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDevotees\n\nsolely engaged in the\n\ndevotional service of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Narayru;Ia, never fear any condition of life. For them the heavenly planets, liberation and the\nhellish planets are all the same, for such devotees are interested\n•\n\nonly in the service of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nParvati might naturally have inquired how devotees become so ex­\n\nalted. Therefore this verse explains that they are niiriiyaTJCL-para, simply\n\ndependent on NarayaQa. They do not mind reverses in life because in the\nservice of NarayaQa they have learned to tolerate whatever hardships\nthere may be. They do not care whether they are in heaven or in hell:\nthey simply engage in the service of the Lord. This is their excellence.\n\nAnukulyena kr�1Jiinu5ilanam: they are liberally engaged in the service of\n\n", "SB6.3#p0223": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n194\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nthe Lord, and therefore they are excellent. By using the word bhrtya­\n\nbhrtyiiniim, Lord Siva pointed out that although Citraketu provided one\n\nexample of tolerance and excellence, all the devotees who have taken\nshelter of the Lord as eternal servants are glorious. They have no eagerness to be happy by being placed in the heavenly planets, becoming\nliberated or becoming one �ith Brahman, the supreme effulgence. These\nbenefits do not appeal to their minds. They are simply interested in giving direct service to the Lord.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n� �4tf1•n'{ s;:.-s;:l;ftJQ(elij�I I\nwei �:� 'lRt� �q)� � � ����II\ndehiniirh deha-sarhyogiid\ndvandviiniSvara-lilayii\nsukharh du/:tkharh mrtir janma\nsapo 'nugraha eva ca\ndehiniim-of all those who have accepted material bodies; dehasarhyogiit because of contact with the material body; dvandviinidualities; iSvara- lilaya by the supreme will of the Lord; sukhamhappiness; du/:tkham-distress; mrtift-death; janma-birth ; sapaltcurse; anugraha lt-favor; eva-certainly; ca-and.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of the actions of the Supreme Lord's external energy,\n\nthe living entities are conditioned in contact with material bodies.\n\nThe dualities of happiness and distress, birth and death, curses\n\nand favors, are natural by-products of this contact in the material\n\nworld.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii we find, mayiidhya�er:w- prakrtilt suyate sacariicaram: the material world works under the direction of the goddess\nDurga, the material energy of the Lord, but she acts under the direction\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is also confirmed in the\n\nBrahma-sarhhitii (5.44):\n\n", "SB6.3#p0224": "Text 30]\n\nMother Pirvati Curses Citraketu\n\n195\n\nsmi-sthiti-pralaya-sadhana-saktir ekii\nchayeva yasya bhuvanani bibharti durga\nDurga-the goddess Parvatl, the wife of Lord Siva-is extremely power­\n\nful. She can create, maintain and annihilate any number of universes by\n\nJ' her sweet will, but she acts under the direction of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, ��I)a, not independently. ��I)a is impartial, but\n\nbecause this is the material world of duality, such relative terms as hap­\n\npiness and distress, curses and favors, are created by the will of the\n\nSupreme. Those who are not narayar:m-para, pure devotees, must be dis­\n\nturbed by this duality of the material world, whereas devotees who are\n\nsimply attached to the service of the Lord are not at all disturbed by it.\n\nFor example, Haridasa Thakura was beaten with cane in twenty-two\n\nbazaars, but he was never disturbed; instead, he smilingly tolerated the\n\nbeating. Despite the disturbing dualities of the material world, devotees\n\nare not disturbed at all. Because they fix their minds on the lotus feet of\n\nthe Lord and concentrate on the holy name of the Lord, they do not feel\nthe so-called pains and pleasures caused by the dualities of this material\nworld.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n31�,��ij: � q �� I\ngula}tM�If � �Rt*�a: ll�oll\naviveka-krta/:t purhso\nhy artha-bheda ivatmani\ngur:m-clo§a-vikalpa.S ca\nbhid eva srajivat krta/:t\naviveka-krta/:t-done in ignorance, without mature consideration;\npurhsa/:1,-of the living entity; hi-indeed; artha-bheda/:1,-differentiation of value; iva-like; atmani-in himself; gur:m-do�a-of quality\nand fault; vikalpa/:t-imagination; ca-and; bhit -difference; evacertainly; sraji -in a garland; vat-like; krta /:1,-made.\nTRANSLATION\nAs one mistakenly considers a flower garland to be a snake or\nexperiences happiness and distress in a dream, so, in the material\n\n", "SB6.3#p0225": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n196\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nworld, by a lack of careful consideration, we differentiate between\n\nhappiness and distress, considering one good and the other bad.\nPURPORT\n\nThe happiness and distress of the material world of duality are both\n\nmistaken ideas. In the Caitanya-caritamrta (Antya 4.176) it is said:\n\"dvaite\" bhadriibhadra-jnana, saba- \"manodharma\"\n\"ei bhiila, ei manda\", -ei saba \"bhrama\"\n\nThe distinctions between happiness and distress in the material world of\n\nduality are simply mental concoctions, for the so-called happiness and\ndistress are actually one and the same. They are like the happiness and\n\ndistress in dreams. A sleeping man creates his happiness and distress by\ndreaming, although actually they have no existence.\n\nThe other example given in this verse is that a flower garland is\n\noriginally very nice, but by mistake, for want of mature knowledge, one\n\nmay consider it a snake. In this connection there is a statement by Prabodhananda Sarasvati: viSvam pun:w-sukhiiyate. Everyone in this ma­\n\nterial world is distressed by miserable conditions, but Srila Prahodha­\n\nnanda Sarasvati says that this world is full of happiness. How is this\n\npossible?\n\nHe\n\nanswers,\n\nyat-kiirur,tya-katiik$a-vaibhavavatiim\n\ntam\n\ngauram eva stumal;. A devotee accepts the distress of this material world\n\nas happiness only\n\ndue\n\nto\n\nthe causeless mercy\n\nof Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. By His personal behavior, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nshowed that He was never distressed but always happy in chanting the\nHare ��I).a mahii-mantra. One should follow in the footsteps of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and engage constantly in chanting the mahiimantra- Hare ��l,la, Hare ��l,la, ��l,la ��l,la, Hare Hare/ Hare\n\nRama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. Then he will never feel the\n\ndistresses of the world of duality. In any condition of life one will be\nhappy if he chants the holy name of the Lord.\n\nIn dreams we sometimes enjoy eating sweet rice and sometimes suffer\n\nas if one of our beloved family members had died. Because the same\n\nmind and body exist in the same material world of duality when we are\n\nawake, the so-called happiness and distress of this world are no better\n\nthan the false, superficial happiness of dreams. The mind is the via\n\n", "SB6.3#p0226": "Text 31]\n\nMother Piirvati Curses Citraketu\n\n197\n\nmedium in both dreams and wakefulness, and everything created by the\nmind in terms of sankalpa and vikalpa, acceptance and rejection, is\ncalled manodha171UL, or mental concoction.\nTEXT 31\n\nit� ¥1•1itRI •mrt �\n���;rft\nviisudeve bhagavati\nbhaktim udvahatam nfl:Ulm\njfiiina-vairagya-virya�m\nna hi kaScid vyapiiSraya/:t\nviisudeve-to Lord Vasudeva, Kr�Qa; bhagavati-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhaktim-love and faith in devotional service; udvahatam-for those who are carrying; nfl:Ulm-men; jfiiina-vairagyaof real knowledge and detachment; virya�m-possessing the powerful\nstrength; na-not; hi-indeed; kaScit\n\n-\n\nanything; vyapiiSraya/:t-as in­\n\nterest or shelter.\nTRANSLATION\nPersons engaged in devotional service to Lord Vasudeva, ��l).a,\nhave naturally perfect knowledge and detachment from this material world. Therefore such devotees are not interested in the socalled happiness or so-called distress of this world.\nPURPORT\nHere is the distinction between a devotee and a philosopher who\nspeculates on the subject matter of transcendence. A devotee does not\nneed to cultivate knowledge to understand the falsity or temporary existence of this material world. Because of his unalloyed devotion to\nVasudeva, this knowledge and detachment are automatically manifested\nin his person. As confirmed elsewhere in Srimad-Bhiiga vatam (1.2. 7):\nvasudeve bhagavati\nbhakti-yoga/:t prayojita/:t\n\n", "SB6.3#p0227": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n198\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\njanayaty ii.Su vairagyam\njiiiinaril ca yad ahaitukam\nOne who engages in unalloyed devotional service to Vasudeva, l<:r�r:ta,\n\nautomatically becomes aware of this material world, and therefore he is\nnaturally detached. This detachment is possible because of his high stan­\n\ndard of knowledge. The speculative philosopher tries to understand that\n\nthis material world is false by cultivating knowledge, but this under­\n\nstanding is automatically manifested in the person of a devotee, without\nseparate endeavor. The Mayavadi philosophers may be very proud of\n\ntheir so-called knowledge, but because they do not understand Vasudeva\n\n(viisudeva� sarvam iti), they do not understand the world of duality,\n\nwhich is a manifestation of Vasudeva's external energy. Therefore, un­\n\nless the so-called jiiiinis take shelter of Vasudeva, their speculative\n\nknowledge is imperfect. Ye 'nye 'ravindiik§a vimukta-miinina�. They\n\nsimply think of becoming free from the contamination of the material\nworld, but because they do not take shelter at the lotus feet of Vasudeva,\n\ntheir knowledge is impure. When they actually become pure, they sur­\n\nrender to the lotus feet of Vasudeva. Therefore, the Absolute Truth is\n\neasier to understand for a devotee than for jiiiinis who simply speculate\n\nto understand Vasudeva. Lord Siva confirms this statement in the followmg verse.\n\nTEXT 32\n\nWit{ AAill WI till(wtl(�l\n;r illA�SI �: «m:\n\n�\n\nWI\n\n��fl�Ui�ifif�litil\n\nij'�((t�q 'l?:�•ihJiiiMwt: ����II\n\nniiham viriiico na kumiira-niiradau\nna brahma-putra munaya� suresii�\nvidiima yasyehitam amsakiimsakii\nna tat-svarilparil prthag-i.Sa-miinina�\nna-not; aham-1 (Lord Siva); viriiica�-Lord Brahma; na-nor;\n\nkumiira-the Asvini-kumaras; niiradau-the great saint Narada; na-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0228": "Mother Parvati Curses Citraketu\n\n199\n\nbrahma-putral_t-the sons of Lord Brahma;\n\nmunaya/.t-great\n\nText 32]\nnor;\n\nsaintly persons; sura-iSal_t-all the great demigods; vidama-know;\n\nyasya-of whom; ihitam-activity; ari!Saka-ari!Saka/.t-those who are\n\nparts of the parts; na-not; tat-His; sva-nlpam-real personality;\n\nprthak-separate; i5a-rulers; manina/.t-who consider ourselves to be.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNeither I [Lord Siva], nor Brahma, nor the Asvini-kumaras, nor\n\nNarada or the other great sages who are Brahma's sons, nor even\n\nthe demigods can understand the pastimes and personality of the\n\nSupreme Lord. Although we are part of the Supreme Lord, we\nconsider ourselves independent, separate controllers, and thus we\n\ncannot understand His identity.\n\nPURPORT\n\nBrahma-samhitii (5.33) states:\nadvaitam acyutam anadim ananta-rilpam\n\nadyam purd7Ja-pu�am nava-yauvanam ca\n\nvede$u durlabham adurlabham atma-bhaktau\ngovindam adi-purU$arh tam aham bhajami\n\"I worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda, who is the\n\noriginal person. He is absolute, infallible and beginningless, and al­\n\nthough expanded into unlimited forms, He is still the same original per­\n\nson, the oldest person, who always appears as a fresh youth. The eternal,\n\nblissful, all-knowing forms of the Lord can not be understood even by\nthe best Vedic scholars, but they are always manifest to pure, unalloyed\ndevotees.\" Lord Siva places himself as one of the nondevotees, who can­\n\nnot understand the identity of the Supreme Lord. The Lord, being\nananta, has an unlimited number of forms. Therefore, how is it possible\n\nfor an ordinary, common man to understand Him? Lord Siva, of course,\n\nis above the ordinary human beings, yet he is unable to understand the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Lord Siva is not among the ordinary\n\nliving entities, nor is he in the category of Lord Vi�I).U. He is between\nLord Vi�I).u and the common living entity.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0229": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n200\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 33\n\n-r1�1fie fiA: .t'•hllfr�: �: qitsfq '(1 I\n31Rit�l«t�\\�1wtf (tcf¥(aril� d{: 11����\nna hy asyasti priya/:t kaScin\nniipriya/:t sva/:t paro 'pi va\natmatvat saroa-bhiitiiniim\n\nsarva-bhiita-priyo hari/:t\nna-not; hi-indeed; asya-o£ the Lord; asti-there is; priya/:tvery dear; kaScit-anyone; na-nor; apriya/:t-not dear; sva/:t-own;\npara/:t-other; api-even; vii-or; iitmatviit-due to being the soul of\nthe soul; saroa-bhiitiinii m-o£ all living entities; sarva-bhiita-to all living entities; priya/:t-very, very dear; hari/:t-Lord Hari.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe holds no one as very dear and no one as inimical. He has no\n\none for His own relative, and no one is alien to Him. He is actually\n\nthe soul of the soul of all living entities. Thus He is the auspicious\nfriend of all living beings and is very near and dear to all of them.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, in His second feature, is the\n\nSupersoul of all living entities. AB one's self is extremely dear, the\nSuperset£ of the self is still more dear. No one can be the enemy of the\nfriendly Superself, who is equal to everyone. Relationships of dearness or\nenmity between the Supreme Lord and the living beings are due to the\nintervention of the illusory energy. Because the three modes of material\nnature intervene between the Lord and the living beings, these different\nrelationships\n\nappear.\n\nActually,\n\nthe\n\nliving\n\nentity\n\nin\n\nhis\n\npure\n\ncondition is always very near and dear to the Lord, and the Lord is dear\nto him. There is no question of partiality or enmity.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0230": "Text 35]\n\nMother Parvati Curses Citraketu\n\n201\n\n���: �: � �tl I\n\n�!I\n\n�\n\nij+(C(�!I I�'-\\11\n\ntasya cayam rrwJu'i-bhaga5\ncitraketu/:1, priyo 'nuga/:1,\nsaroatra sama-drk santo\nhy aham caiviicyuta-priya/:1,\ntasman na vismaya/:1, kiirya/:1,\npun.L§e�u mahiitmasu\nmahiipun.L§a-bhakte�u\nsiinte�u sama-dar5�u\ntasya-of Him (the Lord); ca-and; ayam-this; mahii-bhaga/:1,the most fortunate;\n\ncitraketu/:1,-King Citraketu;\n\npriya/:1,-beloved;\n\nanuga/:1,-most obedient servant; sarvat ra-everywhere; sama-drksees equally; siinta/:1,-very peaceful; hi-indeed; aham-1; ca-also;\neva-certainly; acyuta-priya/:1,-very dear to Lord Kr�r:ta, who never\nfails; tasmiit-therefore; na-no; vismaya/:1,-wonder; kiirya/:1,-to be\ndone; pun.L§e�u-among persons; mahii-iitmasu-who are exalted souls;\nmahii-pun.L§a-bhakte�u-devotees of Lord Vi�I)u; Siinte�u-peaceful;\ns ama-dars�u-equal to everyone.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis magnanimous Citraketu is a dear devotee of the Lord. He is\nequal to all living entities and is free from attachment and hatred.\nSimilarly, I am also very dear to Lord Niriylll).a. Therefore, no one\nshould be astonished to see the activities of the most exalted devotees of Niraylll).a, for they are free from attachment and envy. They\nare always peaceful, and they are equal to everyone.\nPURPORT\nIt is said, va�r_w,vera kriyii, mudra vijneha nii bujhaya: one should not\nbe astonished to see the activities of exalted, liberated Vai�I)avas. As one\nshould not be misled by the activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one should also not be misled by the activities of His devotees. Both\n\n", "SB6.3#p0231": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n202\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nthe Lord and His devotees are liberated. They are on the same platform,\n\nthe only difference being that the Lord is the master and the devotees are\n\nservants. Qualitatively, they are one and the same. In Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(9.29) the Lord says:\n\nsamo 'ham sarva-bhute�u\nna me dve�yo 'sti na priya/:t\nye bhajanti tu miirit bhaktya\nmayi te te�u capy aham\n\"I envy no one, nor am I partial to anyone. I am equal to all. But whoever\n\nrenders service unto Me in devotion is a friend, is in Me, and I am also a\n\nfriend to him.\" From this statement by the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, it is clear that the devotees of the Lord are always extremely dear\n\nto Him. In effect, Lord Siva told Piirvati, \"Both Citraketu and I are al­\n\nways very dear to the Supreme Lord. In other words, both he and I are on\n\nthe same level as servants of the Lord. We are always friends, and some­\n\ntimes we enjoy joking words between us. When Citraketu loudly laughed\n\nat my behavior, he did so on friendly terms, and therefore there was no\nreason to curse him.\" Thus Lord Siva tried to convince his wife, Parvati,\n\nthat her cursing of Citraketu was not very sensible.\n\nHere is a difference between male and female that exists even in the\n\nhigher statuses of life-in fact, even between Lord Siva and his wife.\n\nLord Siva could understand Citraketu very nicely, but Parvati could not.\n\nThus even in the higher statuses of life there is a difference between the\n\nunderstanding of a male and that of a female. It may be clearly said that\n\nthe understanding of a woman is always inferior to the understanding of\n\na man. In the Western countries there is now agitation to the effect that\nman and woman should be considered equal, but from this verse it appears that woman is always less intelligent than man.\n\nIt is clear that Citraketu wanted to criticize the behavior of his friend\n\nLord Siva because Lord Siva was sitting with his wife on his lap. Then,\n\ntoo, Lord Siva wanted to criticize Citraketu for externally posing as a\n\ngreat devotee but being interested in enjoying with the Vidyadhari\nwomen. These were all friendly jokes; there was nothing serious for\n\nwhich Citraketu should have been cursed by Parvati. Upon hearing the\n\n", "SB6.3#p0232": "Text 36]\n\nMother Parvati Curses Citraketu\n\n203\n\ninstructions of Lord Siva, Parvati must have been very much ashamed\n\nfor cursing Citraketu to become a demon. Mother Parvati: could not ap­\n\npreciate Citraketu's position, and therefore she cursed him, but when\n\nshe understood the instructions of Lord Siva she was ashamed.\n\nTEXT 36\n1!1T�<ii \\1e1'fil\n\n� � �ij: ftr��� I\n��T Uar-{�Nmr�ll��ll\nsri-suka uvaca\niti srutva bhagavata/:t\nsivasyomiibhibfu'4itam\nbabhiiva santa-dhi rajan\ndevi vigata-vismaya\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti -thus; srutvahearing; bhagavata/:t-of the most powerful demigod; sivasya-of Lord\n\nSiva;\n\numii-Parvati;\n\nabhibfu'4itam-instruction;\n\nbabhiiva-became;\n\nsanta-dhi/:t-very peaceful; rajan-0 King Parik�?it; devi-the goddess;\nvigata-vismaya-released from astonishment.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi said: 0 King, after hearing this speech by\n\nher husband, the demigoddess [Umii, the wife of Lord Siva] gave\n\nup her astonishment at the behavior of King Citraketu and became\n\nsteady in intelligence.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura remarks that the word santadhi/:t means sviya-piirva-svabhava-smrtya. When Parvati: remembered\n\nher former behavior in cursing Citraketu, she became very much\n\nashamed and covered her face with the skirt of her sari, admitting that\nshe was wrong in cursing Citraketu.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0233": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n204\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 37\n\n� lOtmtl �: SlM�IR'f��'f: I\n� ij � �qtt�Wtfl\n����II\n'!»\n\niti bhiigavato devya}:t\npratiSaptum alantama}:t\n\nmilrdhnii sa jagrhe siipam\netiivat siidhu-lak§ar:wm\n\niti-thus; bhiigavata}:t-the most exalted devotee; devya}:t-of Par­\n\nvati; pratiSaptum-to make a counter-curse; alantama}:t-able in all\n\nrespects; milrdhnii-with his head; sa/:t-he (Citraketu); jagrhe-ac­\n\ncepted; siipam-the curse; etiivat-this much; siidhu-lak§ar:wm-the\n\nsymptom of a devotee.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great devotee Citraketu was so powerful that he was quite\n\ncompetent to curse mother Piirvati in retaliation, but instead of\ndoing so he very humbly accepted the curse and bowed his head\n\nbefore Lord Siva and his wife. This is very much to be appreciated\nas the standard behavior of a Vai�J.Iava.\nPURPORT\n\nUpon being informed by Lord Siva, mother Parvati could understand\n\nthat she was wrong in cursing Citrak.etu. King Citrak.etu was so exalted\n\nin his character that in spite of being wrongly cursed by Parvati, he im­\n\nmediately descended from his airplane and bowed his head before the\n\nmother,\n\naccepting\n\nher\n\ncurse.\n\nThis\n\nhas\n\nalready\n\nbeen\n\nexplained:\n\nniiriiyar:ta-parii/:t sarve na kuta§cana bibhyati. Citrak.etu very sportingly\n\nfelt that since the mother wanted to curse him, he could accept this curse\n\njust to please her. This is called siidhu-lak§ar:wm, the characteristic of a\n\nsiidhu, or a devotee. As explained by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, tr1Jiid api\nsunicena taror api sah�r:tunii. A devotee should always be very humble\n\nand meek and should offer all respect to others, especially to superiors.\nBeing protected by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, a devotee is al-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0234": "Text 38]\n\nMother Parvati Curses Citraketu\n\n205\n\nways powerful, but a devotee does not wish to show his power unnecessarily. However, when a less intelligent person has some power, he wants\nto use it for sense gratification. This is not the behavior of a devotee.\n\njajne tv�!ur da�i�au\ndanavim yonim asritab,\nvrtra ity abhivikhyato\njnana-vijnana-samyutab,\njajfie -was born; tv�!uft-of the bnihmar:w known as Tva�ta; dak$ir:w-agnau-in the fire sacrifice known as da�i�i; danavimdemoniac; yonim-species of life; asritab,\nV:rtra;\n\niti-thus;\n\nabhivikhyatab,\n\n-\n\n-\n\ntaking shelter of; vrtrab,­\n\ncele brated;\n\nJnana-vynana­\n\nsamyutab, -fully equipped with transcendental knowledge and. practical\napplication of that knowledge in life.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing cursed by mother Durga [Bhavani, the wife of Lord Siva],\n\nthat same Citraketu accepted birth in a demoniac species of life.\n\nAlthough still fully equipped with transcendental knowledge and\n\npractical application of that knowledge in life, he appeared as a\ndemon at the fire sacrifice performed by Tv�!3, and thus he hecame famous as Vrtrasura.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word yoni is generally understood to mean juri-family, group or\nspecies. Although V:rtrasura appeared in a family of demons, it is clearly\nsaid that his knowledge of spiritual life still existed. ]nana-vijnana­\n\nsamyutab,: his spiritual knowledge and the practical application of that\nknowledge in life were not lost. Therefore it is said that even if a devotee\nfalls down for some reason, he is still not lost.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0235": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n206\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nyatra kva vabluulram abhad am�ya kim\nko viirtha iipto 'bhajatiirh sva-dharmata/:t\n(Bhiig.\n\n1.5.17)\n\nOnce one is advanced in devotional service, his spiritual assets are never\nlost under any circumstances. Whatever spiritual advancement he has\nachieved continues. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii. Even if a\n\nbhakti-yogi falls, he takes birth in a rich family or family of briihma�,\n\nin which he again starts devotional activities from the point\n\nwhere he left off. Although Vrtrasura was known as an asura, or demon,\nhe did not lose his consciousness of l(r�I)a or devotional service.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n� ri�d �qf � qf� I\n\n����t«�ffl�\n\n�\n\n��: ����II\n\netat te sarvam iikhyiitarh\nyan miirh tvam pariprcchasi\nvrtrasyiisura-jiite§ ca\nkiira1)1lrh bhagavan-mate/:t\netat-this; te-unto you; sarvam-all; iikhyiitam-explained; yatwhich;\n\nmiim-me;\n\ntvam-you;\n\npariprcchasi-asked ;\n\nvrtrasya-of\n\nVrtrasura; asura-jiite/:t-whose birth was in a species of asuras; caand; kiira1)1lm-the cause; bhagavat-mate/:t-of exalted intelligence in\nKr�I:Ia consciousness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Parik!?it, you inquired from me how V:rtrasura, a\n\ngreat devotee, took birth in a demoniac family. Thus I have tried to\nexplain to you everything about this.\n\nTEXT40\n\n(kt,IQilt+i � RSI�ijl�6..�¥{W{: I\n'�'''�\n��fla-.:.��11\\loll\n\n", "SB6.3#p0236": "Mother Piirvati Curses Citraketu\n\nText 40]\n\n207\n\nitihiisam imam pu�Jyarh\n\ncitraketor mahiitmana/:t\n\nmiihiitmyarh V��Ju-bhaktaniirh\nsrutvii bandhiid vimucyate\n\nI'\n\n�\n\nit hiisam-history; imam-this; pu�Jyam-very pious; citraketo/:t­\n\nof Crtraketu; mahii-iitmana/:t-the exalted devotee; miihdtmyam-con­\n\ntaining glory; V�T),u-bhaktiiniim-from the devotees of Vi�r.m; srutviihearing; bandhiit-from bondage or conditional, material life; vimucyate-is freed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCitraketu\n\nwas\n\na great devotee [mahatma]. If one hears this\n\nhistory of Citraketu from a pure devotee, the listener also is freed\nfrom the conditional life of material existence.\nPURPORT\nThe historical incidents in the Purii�JaS, such as the history of\n\nCitraketu explained in the Bhiigavata Purii�Ja, are sometimes mis­\n\nunderstood by outsiders, or nondevotees. Therefore Sukadeva Gosvami\n\nadvised that the history of Citraketu be heard from a devotee. Anything\nabout devotional service or the characteristics of the Lord and His devo­\n\ntees must be heard from a devotee, not from a professional reciter. This\n\nis advised herein. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's secretary also advised that\n\none learn the history of Srimad-Bhiigavatam from a devotee: yaha,\n\nbhiigavata JXU!-a va�T}-avera sthiine. One should not hear the statements\nof Srimad-Bhiigavatam from professional reciters, or else they will not\n\nbe effective. Quoting from Padma Purii�Ja, Sri Sanatana Gosvami has\n\nstrictly forbidden us to hear about the activities of the Lord and His\n\ndevotees from the mouths of nondevotees:\n\nava��Java-mukhodgir�Jarh\n\npiltarh hari-kathiimrtam\n\nsrava�Jarh naiva kartavyarh\n\nsarpocch�!arh yathii paya/:t\n\n\"One should not hear anything about .Kr�r:ra from a non-Vai�r:rava. Milk\n\ntouched by the lips of a serpent has poisonous effects; similarly, talks\n\n", "SB6.3#p0237": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n208\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 17\n\nabout l<:rl?t:J.a given by a non-Vail?Qava are also poisonous.\" One must be a\n\nbona fide devotee, and then he can preach and impress devotional service\n\nupon his listeners.\n\nTEXT41\n\n� 0Jldlld�€'.41tl � �ij:\n\n�� I\n(khUQ � �� ��fij � � 11\\1�11\nya etat pratar utthaya\nsraddhaya vag-yata/:t pa!het\nitihasam harim smrtva\nsa yati pararniim gatim\n\nya/:t-any person who; etat-this; prata/:t-early in the morning; ut­\n\nthaya-rising;\n\nsraddhaya-with\n\nfaith;\n\nvak-yata/:t-controlling\n\nthe\n\nmind and words; pa!het - may read; itihasam-history; harim-the\n\nSupreme Lord; smrtva-remembering; sa/:t - that person; yati-goes;\n\npararniim gatim-back home, back to Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOne who rises from bed early in the morning and recites this\n\nhistory of Citraketu, controlling his words and mind and remem­\n\nbering the Supreme Personality of Godhead, will return home,\n\nback to Godhead, without difficulty.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sixth Canto, Seventeenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam entitled, \"Mother Parvati Curses\nCitraketu. \"\n\n", "SB6.3#p0238": "CHAPTER EIGHTEEN\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n�\n\nThis chapter gives the history of Diti, the wife of Kasyapa, and how she\nfollowed a vow to have a son who would kill lndra. It also describes how\nlndra attempted to foil her plan by cutting to pieces the son within her\nwomb.\nIn relation to Tva�!a and his descendants, there is a description of the\ndynasty of the Adityas (sons of Aditi) and other demigods. P:rsni, the\nwife of Aditi's fifth son named Savita, had three daughters-Savitri,\nVyah:rti and Trayi-and very exalted sons named Agnihotra, Pasu,\nSoma, Caturmasya and the five Mahayajiias. Siddhi, the wife of Bhaga,\nhad three sons, named Mahima, Vibhu and Prabhu, and she also had one\ndaughter, whose name was Mi. Dhata had four wives-Kuhii, Sinivali,\nRaka and Anumati-who had four sons, named Sayam, Darsa, Prata\\:1\nand PiirQamasa respectively. Kriya, the wife of Vidhata, gave birth to the\nfive Puri�yas, who are representatives of five kinds of fire-gods. Bh:rgu,\nthe mind-born son of Brahma, took his birth again from Car�aQi, the\nwife of VaruQa, and the great sage Valmiki appeared from VaruQa's\nsemen. Agastya and Vasi�!ha were two sons of VaruQa and Mitra. Upon\nseeing the beauty of Urvasi, Mitra and VaruQa discharged semen, which\nthey kept in an earthen pot. From that pot, Agastya and Vasi�!ha appeared. Mitra had a wife named Revati, who gave birth to three sonsUtsarga, Ari�!a and Pippala. Aditi had twelve sons, of whom lndra was\nthe eleventh. lndra's wife was named Paulomi (Sacidevi). She gave birth\nto three sons-Jayanta, ��ha and Mil,lhu�a. By His own powers, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead appeared as Vamanadeva. From His\nwife, whose name was Kirti, appeared a son named B:rhatsloka.\nB:rhatsloka's first son was known as Saubhaga. This is a description of the\nsons of Aditi. A description of Aditya Urukrama, who is an incarnation\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, will be offered in the Eighth\nCanto.\nThe demons born of Diti are also described in this chapter. In the\ndynasty of Diti appeared the great saintly devotee Prahlada and also Bali,\n209\n\n", "SB6.3#p0239": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n210\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nPrahlada's grandson. Hirai)yakasipu and Hirai)yak�a were the first sons\nof Diti. Hirai)yakasipu and his wife, whose name was Kayadhu, had four\n\nsons-Sarhhlada, Anuhlada, Hlada and Prahlada. They also had one\n\ndaughter, whose name was Sirhhika. In association with the demon\n\nVipracit, Sirhhika bore a son named Rahu, whose head was severed by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Krti, the wife of Sarhhlada, bore a\n\nson named Paiicajana. Hlada's wife, whose name was Dhamani, gave\n\nbirth to two sons-Vatapi and Ilvala. Ilvala put Vatapi into the form of a\n\nram and gave him to Agastya to eat. Anuhlada, in the womb of his wife,\n\nSiirya, begot two sons, named Ba�kala and Mahi�a. Prahlada's son was\n\nknown as Virocana, and his grandson was known as Bali Maharaja. Bali\n\nMaharaja had one hundred sons, of whom Bai)a was the eldest.\n\nAfter describing the dynasty of the Adityas and the other demigods,\n\nSukadeva Gosvami describes Diti's sons known as the Maruts and how\n\nthey were elevated to the position of demigods. Just to help lndra, Lord\n\nVi�I)u had killed Hirai)yak�a and Hirai)yakasipu. Because of this, Diti\nwas very envious, and she was eager to have a son who could kill lndra.\n\nBy her service, she enchanted Kasyapa Muni in order to beg from him a\n\ngreater son to do this. In corroboration of the Vedic injunction vidviirit­\n\nsam api kar$ati, Kasyapa Muni was attracted to his beautiful wife and\n\npromised to grant her any request. When, however, she requested a son\nwho would kill lndra, he condemned himself, and he advised his wife\n\nDiti to follow the Vai�I)ava ritualistic ceremonies to purify herself. When\nDiti, following the instructions of Kasyapa, engaged in devotional ser­\n\nvice, lndra could understand her purpose, and he began observing all\n\nher activities. One day, lndra had the opportunity to see her deviating\n\nfrom devotional service. Thus he entered her womb and cut her son into\n\nforty-nine parts. In this way the forty-nine kinds of air known as the\n\nMaruts\n\nappeared,\n\nbut\n\nbecause\n\nDiti had\n\nperformed\n\nritualistic ceremonies, all the sons became Vai�I_lavas.\n\nthe Vai�I)ava\n\nTEXT 1\n\n� \\1ftR\n'if� qi1 �: mfcl;r1 041(Rl � I\n31Rl(lsi � mli ��� 'l�lfi(Ctl'{ II t II\n\n", "SB6.3#p0240": "Text2]\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\n211\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nprsnis tu patni savitub,\nsavimm vyahrtim trayim\nagnihotram pa§um somam\nciiturmiisyam mahii-makhiin\nsn-sukab- uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; prsnib--Prsni; tuthen; patni-wife; savitub,-of Savita; siivitrim-Savitri; vyahrtimVyii�ti; trayim-Trayi; agnihotram-Agnihotra; pa§um-Pasu;\nsomam-Soma; ciiturmiisyam-Caturmasya; mahii-makhiin-the five\nMahayajiias.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi said: IJrsni, who was the wife of Savita,\n\nthe fifth of the twelve sons of Aditi, gave birth to three\ndaughters-Siivitri, Vyahrti and Trayi-and the sons named Ag­\n\nnihotra, Pa8u, Soma, Ciiturnuisya and the five Mahiiyajiias.\nTEXT2\n\n��qf�-iNi�l\n311� � <:4(1(\\(f �����II �II\nsiddhir blwgasya bhiiryiiliga\nmahimiinam vibhum prabhum\niiS�am ca variirohiim\nkanyiim priisuta suvratiim\nsiddhib,-Siddhi; blwgasya-of Bhaga; bhii ryii-the wife; anga-my\ndear King; mahimiinam-Mahimii; vibhum-Vibhu; prabhumPrabhu;\niiS�am-Asi;\nca-and;\nvariirohiim-very\nbeautiful;\nkanyiim-daughter; priisuta-bore; su-vratiim-virtuous.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, Siddhi, who was the wife of Bhaga, the sixth son of\n\nAditi, bore three sons, named Mahimii, Vibhu and Prabhu, and\n\none extremely beautiful daughter, whose name was Asi.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0241": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n212\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nTEXTS 3-4\n\n�: �: �� �T :qi3+4M(ijtn I\n�\n.\n�\n� � !ffif: ITI'l\"'\"t+lnll('tln'+ir.:::l\n�r:l:·�+ir-rl� II � II\n� �Gt(l;cll:Rf fitittlti ('li(;cRt(: I\n� q�OI�I«ftl�f i5ffilll!l: �: II \\lll\ndhatu/:t kuhu/:t sinivali\nraka canumatis tatha\nsayarit darsam atha prata/:t\npiln:uzmiisam anukramiit\nagnin puri§yan adhatta\nkriyayarit samanantara/:t\ncar$a�i varu�yasid\nyasyarit jato bhrgu/:t puna/:t\n\ndhatu/:t-of Dhata; kuhu/:t-Kuhii; sinivali-Sin1val1; raka-Raka;\nca-and; anumati/:t-Anumati; tatha-also; sayam-Sayam; darsamDar8a;\n\natha-also;\n\nprata/:t-Pratal_t;\n\nanukramat-respectively;\n\npiln:uzmiisam-PiirQ.amasa;\n\nagnin-fire-gods;\n\npur�yan-called\n\nthe\n\nPuri�yas; adhatta-begot; kriyayam-in Kriya; samanantara/:t-the\nnext son, Vidhata; car$a�i-Car�aQ.1; varu�ya-of VaruQa; iisitwas; yasyam-in whom; jata/:t-took birth; bhrgu/:t-Bitrgu; puna/:tagam.\nTRANSLATION\nDhata, the seventh son of Aditi, had four wives, named Kuhii,\n\nSinivali, Riika and Anumati. These wives begot four sons, named\nSayam, Daria, Prital;l and Pii�amasa respectively. The wife of\n\nVidhata, the eighth son of Aditi, was named Kriya. In her Vidhata\n\nbegot the five fire-gods named the Puri�yas. The wife of VaruJ).a,\n\nthe ninth son of Aditi, was named Car�i. Bbrgu, the son of\nBrahmii, took birth again in her womb.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0242": "Diti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\nText6]\n\n213\n\nTEXTS\n\n;:n(!+il� +t6:1tftti't '4C!+tliitil'(¥1i4Riifie I\n31�� qf«g� lli'SIIi4�1tflsWn II � II\nvalmikiS ca mahii-yogi\nvalmikad abhavat kila\nagastya.S ca vasi§!ha.S ca\nmitra-varur:wyor r$i\nvalmiki/:t-Valmiki;\nvalmikat-from\n\nan\n\nca-and;\nanthill;\n\nmahii-yogi-the\n\nabhavat-took\n\nbirth;\n\ngreat\n\nmystic;\n\nkila-indeed;\n\nagastya/:t-Agastya; ca-and; vasi§!ha/:t-Vasi�tha; ca-also; mitravarur:wyo/:t-o£ Mitra and Varul).a; r$i-the two sages.\nTRANSLATION\nBy the semen of Varu�a, the great mystic Valmiki took birth\nfrom an anthill. Bh:rgu and Valmiki were specific sons of Varu�a,\nwhereas Agastya and V asi!jtha J;l!jis were the common sons of\nVaru� and Mitra, the tenth son of Aditi.\nTEXT6\n\n�: rer,�:�•:QNI�a� 1\n�� f+t'SI' i3ffl•t+tRe �� � II � II\nreta/:t si§icatu/:t kumbhe\nurva.Sya/:t sannidhau drutam\nrevatyam mitra utsargam\nari§!am pippalam vyadhiit\nreta/:t-semen; si§icatu/:t-discharged; kumbhe-in an earthen pot;\nurva.Sya/:t-o£ Urvasi; sannidhau-in the presence; drutam-flown;\nrevatyam-in Revati; mitra/:t-Mitra; utsargam-Utsarga; ari§!amAri�ta; pippalam-Pippala; vyadhiit-begot.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0243": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n214\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing UrvaSi, the celestial society girl, both Mitra and\n\nVaru1.1a discharged semen, which they preserved in an earthen pot.\n\nThe two sons Agastya and Vasi�?tha later appeared from that pot,\nand they are therefore the common sons of Mitra and Varuf.1a.\n\nMitra begot three sons in the womb of his wife, whose name was\nRevati. Their names were Utsarga, Ari�?ta and Pippala.\nPURPORT\nModern science is trying to generate living entities in test tubes by\nprocessing semen, but even long, long ago it was possible for semen kept\nin a pot to develop into a child.\n\nTEXT7\n\nti\\�14441� � srf.{ �1fitRI wt: �� I\n\\ii�Jft� fflij' �� �� �:\nII� II\npaulomyam indra iidhatta\ntrin putran iti nab, srutam\njayantam r�abham tiita\ntrtiyam muJ,h�am prabhub,\npaulomyam-in\n\nPaulomi\n\n(Sacidevi) ;\n\nindrab,-lndra;\n\niidhatta­\n\nbegot; trin-three; putran-sons; iti-thus; nab,-by us; srutamheard; jayantam-Jayanta; r�abham - �abha; tata-my dear King;\ntrtiyam-third; muJ,h�am-Mi<Jhu�a; prabhub,-the lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it, lndra, the King of the heavenly planets and\n\neleventh son of Aditi, begot three sons, named Jayanta, J.t!?abha\nand Mi�hu�?a, in the womb of his wife, Paulomi. Thus we have\n\nheard.\n\n•\n\nTEXTS\n\n� ¥ll�lf41't fqon 1\n�ffi � tw§�l�(ij�m.:t��: II� II\n\na�sti�\n\n\"\n\n", "SB6.3#p0244": "Text 8]\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\n215\n\nurukramasya devasya\nmaya-vamana-nlpir:m/:l\nkirtau patnyam brhacchlokas\ntasyiisan saubhagiidaya/:l\n\n,I\n\nurukramasya-of Urukrama; devasya-the Lord; maya-by His internal potency; vamana-nlpir:m/:l-having the form of a dwarf; kirtauin Kirti; patnyam-His wife; brhacch loka/:t\n\n-\n\nB:rhatsloka; tasya-of\n\nhim; iisan-were; s aubhaga-iidaya/:l-sons beginning with Saubhaga.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy His own potency, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\nhas multifarious potencies, appeared in the form of a dwarf as\nUrukrama, the twelfth son of Aditi. In the womb of His wife,\nwhose name was Kirti, He begot one son, named B:rhatSloka, who\nhad many sons, headed by Saubhaga.\n\nPURPORT\nAs the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitd (4.6):\n\najo 'pi sann avyayatmii\nbhiltandm iSvaro 'pi san\nprakrtim svam adhi$!haya\nsambhavamy atma-mayaya\n\"Although I am unborn and My transcendental body never deteriorates,\nand although I am the Lord of all sentient beings, I still appear in every\nmillennium in My original transcendental form.\" When the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead incarnates, He does not need any help from the\nexternal energy, for He appears as He is by His own potency. The\nspiritual potency is also called maya. It is said, ato mayamayam vi$r:tum\n\npravadanti man�ir:m/:l: the body accepted by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is called mayamaya. This does not mean that He is formed of\nthe external energy; this maya refers to His internal potency.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0245": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n216\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT9\n\n��ot41t�if0r ���q@ +t(l��: I\nq�SR€tli ��M(t(tl( t II� II\ntat-karma-gur.m-viryaTJi\nkiiSyapasya mahatmana/:t\npo.Sciid va�yamahe 'dityam\nyathaivavatatara ha\ntat-His; karma-activities; gur.m-qualities; viryliTJi-and power;\nkiiSyapasya-of the son of Ka8yapa; maha-atmana/:t-the great soul;\npo.Scat-later;\n\nva�yamahe-I\n\nshall\n\ndescribe;\n\nadityam-in\n\nAditi;\n\nyatha-how; eva-certainly; avatatara-descended; ha-indeed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLater [in the Eighth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam) I shall de­\n\nscribe how Urukrama, Lord Vamanadeva, appeared as the son of\n\nthe great sage KaSyapa and how He covered the three worlds with\nthree steps. I shall describe the uncommon activities He per­\n\nformed, His qualities, His power and how He took birth from the\n\nwomb of Aditi.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n3p.{ �qqi(lt�l�\n\n� \"Jt�rfil ij' 1\n��: -� 'f�:q\"ll�oll\natha kaSyapa-dayadan\ndaiteyan kirtayami te\nyatra bhagavata/:t sriman\nprahrado balir eva ca\n\natha-now; kaSyapa-dayadan-the sons of Kasyapa; daiteyan-born\nof\n\nDiti;\n\nkirtayami-1\n\nbhagavata/:t-the\n\ngreat\n\nshall\n\ndescribe;\n\ndevotee;\n\nyou;\n\nyatra-where;\n\nsri-man-glorious;\n\nte-to\n\nprahrada/:t­\n\nPrahlada; bali/:t-Bali; eva-certainly; ca-also.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0246": "Text 13]\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\n217\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow let me describe the sons of Diti, who were begotten by\nKaSyapa but who became demons. In this demoniac family the\ngreat devotee Prahlada Maharaja appeared, and Bali Maharaja also\nappeared in that family. The demons are technically known as\n/Daityas because they proceeded from the womb of Diti.\nTEXT 11\n\nta.ijriJiif � ���i(l'1ffi� 1\nf«uq�m� N(U�1�5l �� I I�� II\nditer dvav eva diiyadau\ndaitya-diinava-vanditau\nhirar:tyakaSipur nama\nhirar:tyd�a§ ca kirtitau\nditett-o£ Diti; dvau-two; eva-certainly; diiyadau-sons; daityadiinava-by\n\nthe\n\nDaityas\n\nand\n\nhirar:tyakaSiputt- HiraQyaka.Sipu;\n\nDanavas;\n\nvanditau-worshiped;\n\nnama-named;\n\nhirar:tya�att­\n\nHiraQyii.k!;la; ca-also; kirtitau-known.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFirst the two sons named Hir�yak&Sipu and Hir�yiik�a took\nbirth from Diti's womb. Both of them were very powerful and\nwere worshiped by the Daityas and Danavas.\nTEXTS 12-13\n\nf((�..Nqli�M 4ill1�t'f u-rcft I\n� �Qlij�:q�: Wlf-{11��11\n� st•••�•c: m st�li(�!1 :q I\n(I€(CIQ1 fQfl�l ;nlf�fCNffift� II� �II\n•\n\n•\n\n•\n\n•\n\nhirar:tyakaSipor bharya\nkayadhur nama diinavi\n\n", "SB6.3#p0247": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n218\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\njambhasya tanaya sa tu\nSU!iUve caturatt sutan\nsarhhriidarh prag anuhriidarh\nhriidarh prahriidam eva ca\ntat-svasii sirhhika nama\nrahurh vipracito 'grah'it\nhira�yakaSipott-of Hira.Qyaka8ipu; bharya-the wife; kayiidhuttKayadhu; nama-named; ddnavi-descendant of Danu; jambhasyaof Jambha; tanaya-daughter; sa-she; tu-indeed; SU!iuve-gave\nbirth to; caturatt-four; sutan-sons; samhriidam-Samhlada; prakfi.rst; anuhriidam-Anuhlada; hriidam-Hlada; prahriidam-Prahlada;\neva-also; ca-and; tat-svasa-his sister; simhika-Simhika; namanamed; rahum-Rahu; vipracitatt-from Vipracit; agrahit-received.\nTRANSLATION\nThe wife of Hir8J.1yaka8ipu was known as Kayidhu. She was the\n\ndaughter of Jamhha and a descendant of Danu. She gave birth to\n\nfour consecutive sons, known as Samhlida, Anuhlida, IDada and\n\nPrahlada. The sister of these four sons was known as Shhhiki. She\n\nmarried the demon named Vipracit and gave birth to another\ndemon, named Rihu.\n\nTEXT 14\n\nRIUS60(Q� m�Q( Ncrn)s� I\n('(cl((� iRt¥fittt&\\� q�;i �: II� \\1 II\nsiro 'harad yasya hans\ncakre� pibato 'mrtam\nsamhriidasya krtir bharyasuta paiicajanarh tatatt\nsira�-the head; aharat-cut off; yasya-of whom; haritt-Hari;\ncakre�-with the disc;\npibatatt-drinking;\namrtam-nectar;\n\n", "SB6.3#p0248": "Text 16]\n\n219\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\nsarhhradasya-of Sarhhlada; krtift-�ti; bharya-the wife; asiltagave birth to; paiicajanam-Paiicajana; tataft-from him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Ralm, in disguise, was drinking nectar among the\n./demigods, the Supreme Personality of Godhead severed his head.\nThe wife of Sarilhlada was named lqti. By union with Sarilhlada,\nlqti gave birth to a son named Paiicajana.\nTEXT 15\n\n�\n\n\\f¥tf;t¥«ttl«� '41�rfqflt�e'( 1\n\ntfts•r�tt•� �Rrtt� � cmnfqf'{�e: 11��11\nhradasya dhamanir bharyasilta viittipim ilvalam\nyo 'gastyaya tv atithaye\npece viitapim ilvalaft\nhradasya-of\n\nHlada;\n\ndhamanift-Dhamani;\n\nbharya-the\n\nwife;\n\nasilta-gave birth to; vattipim-Vatapi; ilvalam-Ilvala; yaft-he who;\nagastyaya-to Agastya; tu-but; atithaye-his guest; pece-cooked;\nvatapim-Vatapi; ilvalaft-Ilvala.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe wife of IDada was named Dhamani. She gave birth to two\nsons, named Vatapi and Ilvala. When Agastya Muni became Dvala's\nguest, Ilvala served him a feast by cooking Vatapi, who was in the\nshape of a ram.\nTEXT 16\n\n�� ill � '1ft� I\nfcc(t�-.� 511&1�� �l44'4Ale : II� �II\n31�11!\\�\n\n..\n\nanuhradasya suryayarh\n\nb�kalo mah�as tatha\n\n", "SB6.3#p0249": "[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n220\n\nvirocanas tu prahradir\ndevyam tasyabhavad balib,\nanuhriidasya-of Anuhlada; suryayam-through Siirya; OO§kalab,Ba�kala; mah�ab,-Mahi�a; tathii-also; virocanab,-Virocana; tu-indeed; priihradib,-the son of Prahlada; deryam-through his wife;\ntasya-of him; abhavat-was; balib,-Bali.\nTRANSLATION\nThe wife of Anuhlada was named Siiryi. She gave birth to two\n\nsons, named B�kala and Mahi�. Prahlada had one son, Virocana,\n\nwhose wife gave birth to Bali Maharaja.\nTEXT 17\n\n'4101�e ��6'4�·\"'�' m� 1\n6�·- ��)p.t q� 11�\\911\nbiir.w-jye�!ham putra-satam\na§anayiim tato 'bhavat\ntasyiinubhiivam su§lokyam\npa§ciid evabhidhii syate\nbiir.w-jye�!ham-having\nhundred\n\nsons;\n\nabhavat-there\n\nBal).a\n\nas\n\nthe\n\neldest;\n\nputra-satam-one\n\na§anayam-through\n\nAsana;\n\ntatab,-from\n\nhim;\n\nwere;\n\nanubhiivam-character;\n\nsu­\n\ntasya-his;\n\nslokyam-laudahle; pa§ciit-later; eva-certainly; abhidhiisyate-will\nbe described.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Bali Maharaja begot one hundred sons in the womb\n\nof Asani. Of these one hundred sons, King 8iJ:!a was the eldest.\n\nThe activities of Bali Maharaja, which are very laudable, will he described later [in the Eighth Canto].\n\n", "SB6.3#p0250": "Text 19]\n\n221\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\nTEXT 18\n\ni11Uf 311�1'6tl ffrmt �ll ��trfflll_ I\n\n��q1�if ¥4ti'41WII� �Qllq ��ql�iifi : 11��11\nbii:r:w iiradhya giriSarh\nlebhe tad-gar:w,-mukhyatam\nyat-piirsve bhagaviin iiste\nhy adyapi pura-palaka/:t\noor:w,fr,-BaQa;\n\niiradhya-having worshiped; giriSam-Lord Siva;\n\n/ebhe-obtained; tat-of him (Lord Siva); gar:w,-mukhyatam-the plat­\n\nform of being one of the chief associates; yat-piirsve-beside whom;\n\nbhagaviin-Lord Siva; iiste-remains; hi-because of which; adya­\n\nnow; api-even; pura-piilaka/:t-the protector of the capital.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince King_ Bat].a was a great worshiper of Lord Siva, he be�e\n\none of Lord Siva's most celebrated associates. Even now, Lord Siva\nprotects King Bfu:la's capital and always stands beside him.\n\nmaruta§ ca dite/:t putras\ncatviirimsan navadhikii/:t\nta iisann aprajii/:t sarve\nnita indrer:w, siitmatam\nmaruta/:t-the\n\nMaruts;\n\nca-and;\n\ndite/:t-of\n\nDiti;\n\nputrii/:t-sons;\n\ncatviirimsat-forty; nava-adhikii/:t-plus nine; te-they; iisan-were;\n\napraja/:t-without sons; sarve-all; nita/:t-were brought; indrer:w,-by\n\nlndra; sa-iitmatam-to the position of demigods.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0251": "[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n222\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe forty-nine Marut demigods were also born from the womb\n\nof Diti. None of them had sons. Although they were born of Diti,\nKing lndra gave them a position as demigods.\n\n��\n\nPURPORT\n\nApparently even demons· can be elevated to positions as demigods\nwhen their atheistic character is reformed. There are two kinds of men\nthroughout the universe. Those who are devotees of Lord Vi�QU are\ncalled demigods, and those who are just the opposite are called demons.\nEven the demons can be transformed into demigods, as the statement of\nthis verse proves.\nTEXT 20\n\n�(t'3{t<n=ct\n\nltli:4+t-ilm�\" g-U 1\n�mft�n����f(a: ll�oll\n� � ��\n\nsn-rajovaca\nkatham ta iisuram bhiivam\napohyautpattikam guro\nindrerJU prapita/:t siitmyam\nkim tat siidhu krtam hi tai/:t\nsri-raja\n\nuvaca-King\n\niisuram-demoniac;\n\nParik�it\n\nsaid;\n\nkatham-why;\n\nbhavam-mentality;\n\nte-they;\n\napohya-giving\n\nup;\n\nautpattikam-du e to birth; guro-my dear lord; indrerJU-by lndra;\n\nprapita/:1.-were converted; sa-atmyam-to demigods; kim-whether;\ntat-therefore; siidhu-pious activities;\n\nkrtam-performed;\n\nhi-in­\n\ndeed; tai/:1.-by them.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik�it inquired: My dear lord, due to their birth, the\n\nforty-nine Maruts must have been obsessed with a demoniac men­\n\ntality. Why did lndra, the King of heaven, convert them into\n\ndemigods? Did they perform any rituals or pious activities?\n\n", "SB6.3#p0252": "Text 22]\n\n223\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\nTEXT 21\n\n� � iln'f� ft 'llft � I\n.WM �•lei�� �R�It!+f(M II�� II\nime sraddadhate brahmann\n\nI'\n\nr�ayo hi maya saha\n\nparijnanaya bhagavarils\n\ntan no vyakhyatum arhasi\n\nime-these;\n\nsraddadhate-are\n\neager;\n\nbrahman-0\n\nbrahmar:m;\n\nr�ayab,-sages; hi-indeed; maya saha-with me; parijnanaya-to\nknow;\n\nbhagavan-0\n\ngreat\n\nsoul;\n\nvyakhyatum arhasi-please explain.\n\ntat-therefore;\n\nnab,-to\n\nus;\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear brahm�a, I and all the sages present with me are eager\nto know about this. Therefore, 0 great soul, kindly explain to us\nthe reason.\nTEXT 22\n\n�\"�\"\"\n�Ofil « ij(IG>(I�fUI� Mij�lt6'4CN'I� I\n�'IN!�� � �m\n� �SU�UI\n����i(: ll't�ll\nsri-siiia uvaca\n\ntad v�IJuratasya sa badarayaiJir\n\nvaco niSamyadrtam alpam arthavat\n\nsabhajayan san nibhrtena cetasa\n\njagada satrayar:m sarva-darsanab,\n\nsr'i-siltab, uvcica-Sri Suta Gosvami said; tat-those; V�lJUratasya-of\n\nMaharaja\n\nParik�it;\n\nsab,-he;\n\nbadarayaiJib--Sukadeva\n\nGosvami;\n\nvacab,-words; niSamya-hearing; adrtam-respectful; a/pam-brief;\n\n", "SB6.3#p0253": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n224\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nartha-vat-meaningful; sabhiijayan san-praising; nibhrtena cetasa­\n\nwith great pleasure; jagada-replied; satraya�-0 Saunak.a; sarvadarsanab,-who is aware of everything.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Siita Gosv8mi said: 0 great sage Saunaka, after hearing\n\nMaharaja farik�?it speak respectfully and briefly on topics essential\nto hear, Sukadeva Gosv8mi, who was well aware of everything,\npraised his endeavor with great pleasure and replied.\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Parik�it's question was very much appreciated by Sukadeva\n\nGosvami because although it was composed of a small number of words,\n\nit contained meaningful inquiries about how the sons of Diti, although\nborn as demons, became demigods. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura\n\nstresses that even though Diti was very envious, her heart was purified\nbecause of a devotional attitude. Another significant topic is that al­\n\nthough Kasyapa Muni was a learned scholar and was advanced in\n\nspiritual consciousness, he nonetheless fell a victim to the inducement of\n\nhis beautiful wife. All these questions were posed in a small number of\n\nwords,\n\nand therefore\n\nSukadeva\n\nMaharaja Parik�it's inquiry.\n\nGosvami\n\nvery\n\nmuch\n\nappreciated\n\nTEXT 23\n\ns;ft�'ifi a-m\n\n(� AA: ��ohutul N\"!J\"ll 1\n\n���aWl �lqt(f4t���������\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nhata-putra ditib. sakra­\n\npa�r:ti-grahe� v�r:tuna\n\nmanyuna soka-diptena\n\njvalanti paryacintayat\n\nsri-sukab. uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; hata-putra-whose\n\nsons were killed; ditib,-Diti; sakra-pa�r:ti-grahe�-who was helping\n\n", "SB6.3#p0254": "Text 25]\n\n225\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\nLord lndra; v�ry,una-by Lord Vi!?QU; manyuna-with anger; soka­\n\ndiptena-kindled by lamentation; jvalanti-burning; paryacintayatthought.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi said: Just to help lndra, Lord Vi�J:.lU\nkilled the two brothers Hirai_lyak�a and Hirai_lyaka8ipu. Because of\ntheir being killed, their mother, Diti, overwhelmed with lamentation and anger, contemplated as follows.\nTEXT 24\n\n� s JllftMI(f'\\f;S(tfl(l¥1�01� I\n\"'fli\"«q m m� � ����\\ill\nkada nu bhratr-hantaram\nindriyaramam ulbary,am\naklinna-hrdayam papam\nghatayitva saye sukham\nkada-when;\nbrothers;\n\nnu-indeed;\n\nbhratr-hantaram-the\n\nindriya-aramam-very\n\nulbary,am-cruel;\n\nfond\n\nof\n\nkiller\n\nsense\n\naklinna-hrdayam-hardhearted;\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ngratification;\n\npapam -sinful;\n\nghatayitva-having caused to be killed; saye-shall I rest; sukhamhappily.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord lndra, who is very much fond of sense gratification, has\nkilled the two brothers Hirai_lyik�a and Hirai_lyaka8ipu by means of\nLord Vi�I_lu. Therefore lndra is cruel, hardhearted and sinful.\nWhen will I, having killed him, rest with a pacified mind?\nTEXT 25\n\ntlliAt,¥1414\"6lQ�?d•AA� � I\n� �������:����II\n...\n\nkrmi-vilj,-bhasma-samjfiiisid\nyasyesabhihitasya ca\n\n", "SB6.3#p0255": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n226\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nbhuta-dhruk tat-krte sviirtham\nkim veda nirayo yata/:t\nkrmi-worms; vit-stool; bhasma-ashes; samjna-name; &it-he­\n\ncomes; yasya-of which ( body) ; iSa-abhihitasya-although designated\nas king; ca-also; bhilta-dhruk-he who harms others; tat-krte-for the\nsake of that; sva-artham-his self-interest; kim veda-does he know;\nniraya/:t-punishment in hell; yata/:t-from which.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen dead, the bodies of all the rulers known as kings and\n\ngreat leaders will be transformed into worms, stool or ashes. H one\n\nenviously kills others for the protection of such a body, does he\nactually know the true interest of life? Certainly he does not, for if\n\none is envious of other entities, he surely goes to hell.\nPURPORT\n\nThe material body, even if possessed by a great king, is ultimately\ntransformed into stool, worms or ashes. When one is too attached to the\nbodily conception of life, he is certainly not very intelligent.\n\nTEXT 26\n\na� 'WI8if'l�tt6: 1\n'f(it'fifi �� �WI uffl ft � II�� tl\n\n311\\16191�\n\n'.:»\n\nasasanasya tasyedam\ndhruvam unnaddha-cetasa/:t\nmada-50$aka indrasya\nbhuyad yena suto hi me\nasdsanasya-thinking;\n\ntasya-of\n\nhim;\n\nidam-this\n\n( body) ;\n\ndhruvam-eternal; unnaddha-cetasa/:t-whose mind is unrestrained;\nmada-SO$aka/:t-who can remove the madness; indrasya-of lndra;\nbhuyat-may there he; yena-by which; suta/:t-a son; hi-certainly;\nme-of me.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0256": "Text 28]\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\n227\n\nTRANSLATION\nDiti thought: lndra considers his body eternal, and thus he has\nbecome unrestrained. I therefore wish to have a son who can\nremove lndra's madness. Let me adopt some means to help me in\nthis.\n/\n\nPURPORT\n\nOne who is in the bodily conception of life is compared in the sastras to\nanimals like cows and asses. Diti wanted to punish lndra, who had\nbecome like a lower animal.\nTEXTS 27-28\n\n� � m �(���1(1(1iR\n1\n�,�·�·\"��� � m =if���\"��\n� � � ¥twilij��TM: I\nq;it 01( � ef4tijNiwU� : II�GII\niti bhiivena sa bhartur\nacacarasakrt priyam\nsu.ST\"\"i4ayanurage1J(L\nprasraye�Ja damena ca\nbhaktya paramay.i rajan\nmanojiiair valgu-b/u'4itaib,\nmano jagraha bhiiva-jflii\nsasmitapariga-vi�a�Jaib.\niti-thus; bhiivena-with the intention; sa-she; bhartub,-of the\nhusband; dcacdra-performed; asakrt-constantly; p riyam -pleasing\nsu.S T\"\"i4aya-with\nservice;\nanurage�Ja-with\nlove;\npra5raye�Ja-with humility; damena-with self-control; ca-also;\nbhaktya- with\ndevotion;\nparamaya-great;\nrajan-0\nKing;\nmanojiiaib,-charming; valgu b /u'4itaib,-with sweet words; manab,­\n\nactiVIties;\n\n-\n\nhis mind; jagraha-brought under her control; bhava-jna-knowing\nhis nature; sa-smita-with smiling; apariga-vi�a�Jaib.-by glancing.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0257": "228\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto6, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nThinking in this way [with a desire for a son to kill lndra], Diti\n\nbegan constantly\n\nacting to\n\nsatisfy Ka.Syapa\n\nby\n\nher\n\npleasing\n\nbehavior. 0 King, Diti always carried out Ka.Syapa's orders very\n\nfaithfully, as he desired. With service, love, humility and control,\n\nwith words spoken very sweetly to satisfy her husband, and with\n\nsmiles and glances at him, Diti attracted his mind and brought it\n\nunder her control.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen a woman wants to endear herself to her husband and make him\nvery faithful, she must try to please him in all respects. When the husband is pleased with his wife, the wife can receive all necessities, ornaments and full satisfaction for her senses. Herein this is indicated by the\nbehavior of Diti.\nTEXT29\n\n� � � R�:twtN i1W1l$�1 I\n'lli&Pt�IC Fmn WI � ft �f'IRr ����II\nevarit striya Ja4ibhuto\nvidviin api manojiiaya\nb&jham ity aha viva.So\nna\n\nevam-thus;\nvidviin-very\n\nstriya-by\nlearned;\n\ntac citrarit hi y�iti\nthe\n\nwoman;\n\napi-although;\n\nJa4ibhuta!t-enchanted;\n\nmanojiiaya-very\n\nexpert;\n\nbii4ham-yes; iti-thus; aha-said; viva.Sa!t-under her control; na\n\n­\n\nnot; tat-that; citram-astonishing; hi-indeed; y�iti-in the matter\nof women.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Ka.SyapaMuni was a learned scholar, he was captivated\n\nby Diti's artificial behavior, which brought him under her con­\n\ntrol. Therefore he assured his wife that he would fulfill her\ndesires. Such a promise by a husband is not at all astonishing.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0258": "Text 30]\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\n229\n\nTEXT 30\n\n� \\{61\"411(1 SlatNRf: 1·\n�·�������oil\nvilokyaikanta-bhutiini\n\nbhutany adau prajapati/:t\n\nstriyam cakre sva-dehiirdham\nyaya pumsam matir hrta\n\nvilokya -seeing; ekanta-bhutiini-detached; bhutiini-the living en­\n\ntities; adau-in the beginning; prajapati/:t-Lord Brahma; striyamthe woman; cakre-created; sva-deha-of his body; ardham-half;\nyaya-by whom; purhs iim -of men; mati /:t-the mind; hrta-carried\naway.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the beginning of creation, Lord Brahnui, the father of the living entities of the universe, saw that all the living entities were\nunattached. To increase population, he then created woman from\nthe better half of man's body, for woman's behavior carries away a\nman's mind.\nPURPORT\n\nThis entire universe is going on under the spell of sexual attachment,\nwhich was created by Lord Brahma to increase the population of the entire universe, not only in human society but also in other species. As\nstated by l:t!?abhadeva in the Fifth Canto, purhs a/:t striya mithuni-bhiivam\netam: the entire world is going on under the spell of sexual attraction\nand desire between man and woman. When man and woman unite, the\nhard knot of this attraction becomes increasingly tight, and thus a man is\nimplicated in the materialistic way of life. This is the illusion of the material world. This illusion acted upon Kasyapa Muni, although he was\nvery learned and advanced in spiritual knowledge. As stated in the\nManu-samhitii (2.215) and Srimad-Bhiigavatam (9.19.17):\nmiitrii svasrii duhitrii va\nniiviviktasano bhavet\n\n", "SB6.3#p0259": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n230\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nbalavan indriya-gramo\nvidvarilsam api kar�ati\n\n\"A man should not associate with a woman in a solitary place, not even\nwith his mother, sister or daughter, for the senses are so strong that they\nlead astray even a person advanced in knowledge.\" When a man remains\nin a solitary place with a woman, his sexual desires undoubtedly increase.\nTherefore the words ekanta-bhutani, which are used here, indicate that\nto avoid sexual desires one should avoid the company of women as far as\npossible. Sexual desire is so powerful that one is saturated with it if he\nstays in a solitary place with any woman, even his mother, sister or\ndaughter.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n� �ij(ijlij fltlcU( �: mt I\nSIN q(ttsft<fl RRi¥41(1�ij;:{4 � II�� II\nevam su.S�itas tata\nbhagavan kaSyapa/:t striya\nprahasya parama-prito\nditim ahabhinandya ca\nevam-thus;\n\nserved;\n\nsu.S�ital;-being\n\nbhagavan-the powerful; kaSyapai;\nprahasya-smiling;\n\n-\n\ntata-0\n\nKasyapa; striya\n\n-\n\ndear\n\nparama p rital;-being very pleased;\n-\n\nDiti; aha-said; abhinandya-approving; ca\n\n-\n\nalso\n\none;\n\nby the woman;\nditim-to\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my dear one, the most powerful sage Ka8yapa, being ex­\n\ntremely pleased by the mild behavior of his wife Diti, smiled and\n\nspoke to her as follows.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�q�\ncR � � mmstttM�{t I\n���·: ���: ����''\n\n", "SB6.3#p0260": "231\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\nText 34]\n\nsri-ka.Syapa uvaca\nvararil varaya vamoru\npritas te 'ham anindite\nstriya bhartari suprite\nka!t kama iha cagama!t\nsri-ka.Syapa!t\n\nuvaca-Ka8 yapa\n\nMuni\n\nsaid;\n\nvaram-benediction;\n\nvaraya-ask; vamoru-0 beautiful woman; prita!t-pleased; te-with\nyou;\n\naham-1;\n\nanindite-0 irreproachable lady;\n\nstriya!t-for the\n\nwoman; bhartari-when the husband; su-prite-pleased; ka!t-what;\nkama!t-desire; iha-here; ca-and; agama!t-difficult to obtain.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKaSyapa Muni said: 0 beautiful woman, 0 irreproachable lady,\nsince I am very much pleased by your behavior, you may ask me\nfor any benediction you want. If a husband is pleased, what desires\nare difficult for his wife to obtain, either in this world or in the\nnext?\n\nTEXTS 33-34\n\n.rnm ft: ;u{\\uli � m � I\n�: d- qltKq: f�: qfij-: 11��11\n� � ��ure:i·;wi+1�q�ihfW6: 1\n� ...lql(�l{: �fir�� m�...11�\\lit\npatir eva hi nariiJ(i.m\ndaivataril paramaril smrtam\nmanasa!t sarva-bhutanam\nvasudeva!t sriya!t pati!t\nsa eva devata-lirigair\nnama-riipa-vikalpitai!t\nijyate bhagavan pumbhi!t\nstribhiS ca pati-riipa-dhrk\npati!t-the\nwomen;\n\nhusband;\n\neva-indeed;\n\ndaivatam-demigod;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nnariiJ(i.m-of\n\nparamam-supreme;\n\nsmrtam-is\n\n", "SB6.3#p0261": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n232\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nconsidered; manasaft-situated in the heart; saroa-bhiltandm-of all\nliving entities; vasudevaft-Vasudeva; sriyaft-of the goddess of fortune; patift-the husband; sa lt-He; eva-certainly; devata-lingaiftby\n\nthe\n\nforms\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ndemigods;\n\nnama-names;\n\nrupa-forms;\n\nvikalpitaift-conceived; ijyate-is worshiped; bhagavan-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; pumbhift-by men; strib hift-by women; caalso; pati-ropa-dhrk-in the form of the husband.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA husband is the supreme demigod for a woman. The Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Lord Vasudeva, the husband of the god­\n\ndess of fortune, is situated in everyone's heart and is worshiped\n\nthrough the various names and forms of the demigods by fruitive\nworkers. Similarly, a husband represents the Lord as the object of\n\nworship for a woman.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (9.23):\n\nye 'py anya-devata-bhakta\nyajante sraddhayanvitaft\nte\n\n'pi mam eva kaunteya\nyajanty avidhi-puroakam\n\n\"Whatever a man may sacrifice to other gods, 0 son of Kunti, is really\nmeant for Me alone, but it is offered without true understanding.\" The\ndemigods are various assistants who act like the hands and legs of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. One who is not in direct touch with the\nSupreme Lord and cannot conceive of the exalted position of the Lord is\nsometimes advised to worship the demigods as various parts of the Lord.\nIf women, who are usually very much attached to their husbands, worship their husbands as representatives of Vasudeva, the women benefit,\njust as Ajamila benefited by calling for Naraya�a, his son. Ajamila was\nconcerned with his son, but because of his attachment to the name of\nNaraya�a, he attained salvation simply by chanting that name. In India a\nhusband is still called pati-guru, the husband spiritual master. If hus-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0262": "Text 36]\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\n233\n\nband and wife are attached to one another for advancement in Kr�I)a\nconsciousness, their relationship of cooperation is very effective for such\nadvancement. Although the names of lndra and Agni are sometimes uttered in the Vedic mantras (indriiya sviihii, agnaye sviihii), the Vedic\n\n/\n\nsacrifices are actually performed for the satisfaction of Lord Vi�I)U. AF,\nlong as one is very much attached to material sense gratification, the worship of the demigods or the worship of one's husband is recommended.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n{14ft�ql'6lm\n\nwnti: ���t+m U+lQf� 1\n\n� qRf+lk+llwt41� ����II\ntasmiit pati-vratii niirya/:t\n\nsreyas-kiimii/:t sumadhyame\nyajante 'nanya-bhiivena\npatim iitmiinam i.Svaram\ntasmiit-therefore; pati-vratii/:t -devoted to the husband; niirya/:1.women; sreya/:1.-kiimii/:t-conscientious; su-madhyame-0 thin-waisted\nwoman; yajante-worship; ananya-bhiivena-with devotion; patimthe husband; iitmiinam-the Supersoul; i.Svaram-representative of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear wife, whose body is so beautiful, your waist being thin,\na conscientious wife should be chaste and should abide by the orders of her husband. She should very devoutly worship her husband as a representative of Vasudeva.\nTEXT 36\n\n�st ��tRffl � (tJ¥U�wt �:I\nij � (1\"411(� •t+l+lttdlwti «�� ����II\nso 'ham tvayiircito bhadre\nidrg-bhiivena bhaktita/:t\n\n", "SB6.3#p0263": "[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n234\n\ntam te sampiidaye kamam\nasatiruirit sudurlabham\nsaft-such a person; aham-I; tvaya-by you; a rcitaft- worshiped;\nbhadre-0 gentle woman; idrk-bhiivena-in such a way; bhaktitaftwith\n\ndevotion;\n\ntam-that;\n\nte-your;\n\nsampiidaye -shall\n\nfulfill;\n\nkamam-desire; asatinam-for unchaste women; su-durlabham-not\nobtainable.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear gentle wife, because you have worshiped me with great\n\ndevotion, considering me a representative of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, I shall reward you by fulfilling your desires,\n\nwhich are unobtainable for an unchaste wife.\nTEXT 37\n\nf4frt�et/i\n� � it � �f'l��uj � I\n� a:t6�1( � it tnftRfl wn ���\\911\nditir uvaca\nvarado yadi me brahman\n\nputram indra-haT.UJ.rit vr�\namrtyurit mrta-putraharit\nyena me ghiititau sutau\nditift uvaca-Diti said; vara-daft-the giver of benedictions; yadiif;\n\nme-to me;\n\nbrahman-0 great soul;\n\nputram-a son;\n\nindra­\n\nhaT.ULm-who can kill lndra; vrry,e-I am asking for; amrtyum-immor\n\n­\n\ntal; mrta putra -whose sons are dead; aham-I; yena-by whom;\n-\n\nme-my; ghiititau-were caused to be killed; sutau-two sons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDiti replied: 0 my husband, 0 great soul, I have now lost my\n\nsons. If you want to give me a benediction, I ask you for an immor-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0264": "235\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King Indra\n\nText 38]\n\ntal son who can kill Indra. I pray for this because Indra, with the\nhelp\n\nof\n\nVi�J.IU,\n\nhas\n\nkilled\n\nmy\n\ntwo\n\nsons\n\nHiraJ.Iyak�a\n\nand\n\nHiraJ.Iyak8Sipu.\nPURPORT\n\n/\n\nThe word indra-haTJ(Lm means \"one who can kill lndra,\" but it also\nmeans \"one who follows lndra.\" The word amrtyum refers to the\ndemigods, who do not die like ordinary human beings because they have\nextremely long durations of life. For example, the duration of Lord\nBrahma's life is stated in Bhagavad-gita: sahasra-yuga-paryantam ahar\n\nyad brahmar:w vidub,. Even the duration of one day, or twelve hours, of\nBrahma is 4,300,000 years multiplied by one thousand. Thus the duration of his life is inconceivable for an ordinary human being. The\ndemigods are therefore sometimes called amara, which means \"one who\nhas no death.\" In this material world, however, everyone has to die.\nTherefore the word amrtyum indicates that Diti wanted a son who would\n\nbe equal in status to the demigods.\nTEXT 38\n\nf.t�¥4 �ron �: �� I\n� 3N�: wm� it m��: ������\nniSamya tad-vaco vipro\nvimaniib, paryatapyata\naha adharmab, sumahiin\nadya me samupasthitab,\nniSamya -hearing; tat-vacab,-her words; viprab, -the briihmaTJ(L;\nvimaniib,-aggrieved;\nmab,-impiety;\n\nmupasthitab,\n\nsa\n\naho-alas;\n\nadhar­\n\nu mahiin -very great; adya -today; me-upon me;\n\ns\n\n-\n\nparyatapyata -lamented;\n\n-\n\nhas come.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing Diti's request, KaSyapa Muni was very much aggrieved. \"Alas,\" he lamented, \"now I face the danger of the\nimpious act of killing Indra.\"\n\n", "SB6.3#p0265": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n234\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\ntam te sampadaye kiimam\nasatiruirh sudurlabham\nsa�-such a person; aham-1; tvaya-by you; arcita�-worshiped;\n\nbhadre-0 gentle woman; idrk-bhavena-in such a way; bhaktita�with\n\ndevotion;\n\ntam-that;\n\nte-your;\n\nsampadaye-shall\n\nfulfill;\n\nkamam-desire; asatiruim-for unchaste women; su-durlabham-not\nobtainable.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear gentle wife, because you have worshiped me with great\n\ndevotion, considering me a representative of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, I shall reward you by fulfilling your desires,\nwhich are unobtainable for an unchaste wife.\nTEXT 37\n\nR.fd�ct/\"'1\n\n� qft: it � ���«ui � I\n� ��su( iA it tnftrm wiT II �\\911\nditir uvaca\nvarado yadi me brahman\nputram indra-har:wm vr�\namrtyum mrta-putraham\n•\n\nyena me ghatitau sutau\n\nditi� uvaca-Diti said; vara-da�-the giver of benedictions; yadiif;\n\nme-to me;\n\nbrahman-0 great soul; putram-a son;\n\nindra­\n\nhar:wm-who can kill lndra; vrry.e-1 am asking for; amrtyum-immortal; mrta-putra-whose sons are dead; aham-1; yena-by whom;\nme-my; ghatitau-were caused to be killed; sutau-two sons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDiti replied: 0 my husband, 0 great soul, I have now lost my\n\nsons. If you want to give me a benediction, I ask you for an immor-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0266": "235\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King Indra\n\nText 38]\n\ntal son who can kill Indra. I pray for this because Indra, with the\nhelp\n\nof\n\nVi�?I).U,\n\nhas\n\nkilled\n\nmy\n\ntwo\n\nsons\n\nHir81).yak�?a\n\nand\n\nHir81).yaka8ipu.\nPURPORT\nThe word indra-har:ram means \"one who can kill lndra,\" but it also\nmeans \"one who follows lndra.\" The word amrtyum refers to the\ndemigods, who do not die like ordinary human beings because they have\nextremely long durations of life. For example, the duration of Lord\nBrahma's life is stated in Bhagavad-gitii: sahasra-yuga-paryantam ahar\n\nyad brahmar.w vidu/:t. Even the duration of one day, or twelve hours, of\nBrahma is 4,300,000 years multiplied by one thousand. Thus the duration of his life is inconceivable for an ordinary human being. The\ndemigods are therefore sometimes called amara, which means \"one who\nhas no death.\" In this material world, however, everyone has to die.\nTherefore the word amrtyum indicates that Diti wanted a son who would\n\nbe equal in status to the demigods.\nTEXT 38\n\nf-1ij¥4f � f� mr.n: �� I\n� 3N�: �� it ��: ����II\nniSamya tad-vaco vipro\nvimana/:t paryatapyata\naho adharma/:t sumahan\nadya me samupasthita/:t\nniSamya-hearing; tat vaca/:t-her words; vipra/:t-the brahmar:ra;\n-\n\nvimana/:t -aggrieved ;\n\nparyatapyata -lamented;\n\naho-alas;\n\nadhar­\n\nma/:t-impiety; su-mahan -very great; adya -today; me-upon me;\n\nsamupasthita/:t-has come.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing Diti's request, KaSyapa Muni was very much aggrieved. \"Alas,\" he lamented, \"now I face the danger of the\nimpious act of killing Indra.\"\n\n", "SB6.3#p0267": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n236\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough Kasyapa Muni was eager to fulfill the desire of his wife Diti,\nwhen he heard that she wanted a son to kill lndra his jubilation was immediately reduced to nothing because he was averse to the idea.\nTEXT 39\n\n� df�ttl(l¥4) �� ;rttrtl I\n�lft<:t�<:l: �= qf� ;r� �� ������\naho arthendriyaraTTW\nyo�in-mayyeha mayaya\ngrhita-ceta/:t krpar:w/:t\npa�ye narake dhruvam\naho-alas; artha-indriya-aramab,-too attached to material enjoyment; yo�it - mayya-in the form of a woman; iha-here; mayaya-by\nthe\n\nillusory\n\nenergy;\n\ngrhita-cetab,-my\n\nmind\n\nbeing\n\ncaptivated;\n\nkrpar:w/:t-wretched; pa�ye-I shall fall; narake-to hell; dhruvamsurely.\nTRANSLATION\nKaSyapa Muni thought: Alas, I have now become too attached to\n\nmaterial enjoyment. Taking advantage of this, my mind has been\n\nattracted by the illusory energy of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead in the form o£ a woman [my wife]. Therefore I am surely\n\na wretched person who will glide down toward hell.\nTEXT 40\n\n.,SM¥4i1��: �� �M'�r: I\nNe 1d����ij�;:r: 11\\loll\n\"'\n\nko 'tikraTTW 'nuvartantyab,\n\nsvabhiivam iha yo�ita/:t\ndhin mam batabudham sviirthe\nyad aham tv ajitendriya/:t\n\n", "SB6.3#p0268": "Text 40]\n\n237\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King Indra\n\nkalz-what;\n\natikramalz-offense;\n\nanuvartantyalz-following; sva­\n\nbha:vam-her nature; iha-here; yo$italz-of the woman; dhik-con­\n\ndemnation; mam-unto me; bata-alas; abudham-not conversant;\n\nsva-arthe-in what is good for me; yat-because; aham-1; tu-indeed; ajita-indriyalz-unable to control my senses.\nTRANSLATION\nThis woman, my wife, has adopted a means that follows her\nnature, and therefore she is not to be blamed. But I am a man.\nTherefore, all condemnation upon me! I am not at all conversant\nwith what is good for me, since I could not control my senses.\nPURPORT\n\nThe natural instinct of a woman is to enjoy the material world. She in­\n\nduces her husband to enjoy this world by satisfying his tongue, belly and\ngenitals, which are called jihvii, udara and upastha. A woman is expert\n\nin cooking palatable dishes so that she can easily satisfy her husband in\neating. When one eats nicely, his belly is satisfied, and as soon as the\n\nbelly is satisfied the genitals become strong. Especially when a man is ac­\n\ncustomed to eating meat and drinking wine and similar passionate\n\nthings, he certainly becomes sexually inclined. It should be understood\n\nthat sexual inclinations are meant not for spiritual progress but for glid­\n\ning down to hell. Thus Kasyapa Muni considered his situation and\nlamented. In other words, to be a householder is very risky unless one is\n\ntrained and the wife is a follower of her husband. A husband should be\n\ntrained at the very beginning of his life. Kaumara acaret prajfio\ndharman\n\nbha:gavata:n\n\niha\n\n(Bha:g.\n\n7.6.1).\n\nDuring\n\nthe\n\ntime\n\nof\n\nbrahmacarya, or student life, a brahmacari should be taught to be expert in bha:gavata-dharma, devotional service. Then when he marries, if\n\nhis wife is faithful to her husband and follows him in such life, the relationship between husband and wife is very desirable. However, a rela­\n\ntionship between husband and wife without spiritual consciousness but\nstrictly for sense gratification is not at all good. It is said in Srimad­\n\nBha:gavatam (12.2.3) that especially in this age, Kali-yuga, dam-patye\n'bhirucir hetulz: the relationship between husband and wife will be based\n\non sexual power. Therefore householder life in this Kali-yuga is\n\n", "SB6.3#p0269": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n238\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nextremely dangerous unless both the wife and husband take to �!?I,la\nconscwusness.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n�tNl�q �;f\n\n��� I\n� �Nro� ����f � � ��� IHH II\n\"�\n\nsarat-padmotsavam vaktram\nvacaS ca sraval)iimrtam\nhrdayam k§ura-dharabham\nstril)iim ko veda ce�#tam\nsarat-in the autumn; padma-a lotus flower; utsavam-blossoming;\nvaktram-face;\n\nvacalt-words;\n\nca-and;\n\nsrava�-to\n\nthe\n\near;\n\namrtam-giving pleasure; hrdayam-heart; k§ura-dhara-the blade of\na razor; abham-like; stril)iim-of women; kalt-who; veda-knows;\nce�ti,tam-the dealings.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA woman's face is as attractive and beautiful as a blossoming\n\nlotus flower during autumn. Her words are very sweet, and they\n\ngive pleasure to the ear, but if we study a woman's heart, we can\n\nunderstand it to be extremely sharp, like the blade of a razor. In\nthese circumstances, who could understand the dealings of a\nwoman?\n\nPURPORT\nWoman is now depicted very well from the materialistic point of view\nby Kasyapa Muni. Women are generally known as the fair sex, and especially in youth, at the age of sixteen or seventeen, women are very attractive to men. Therefore a woman's face is compared to a blooming\nlotus flower in autumn. Just as a lotus is extremely beautiful in autumn,\na woman at the threshold of youthful beauty is extremely attractive. In\nSanskrit a woman's voice is called niiri-svara because women generally\nsing and their singing is very attractive. At the present moment, cinema\n\n", "SB6.3#p0270": "Text 41]\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\n239\n\nartists, especially female singers, are especially welcome. Some of them\n\nearn fabulous amounts of money simply by singing. Therefore, as taught\nby Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, a woman's singing is dangerous because it\ncan make a sannyiisi fall a victim to the woman. Sannyiisa means giving\n\nup the company of women, but if a sannyiisi hears the voice of a woman\nand sees her beautiful face, he certainly becomes attracted and is sure to\n\nfall down. There have been many examples. Even the great sage\n\nVisvlimitra fell a victim to Menakli. Therefore a person desiring to ad­\n\nvance in spiritual consciousness must be especially careful not to see a\n\nwoman's face or hear a woman's voice. To see a woman's face and ap­\n\npreciate its beauty or to hear a woman's voice and appreciate her singing\nas very nice is a subtle falldown for a brah macari or sannyiisi. Thus the\ndescription of a woman's features by Kasyapa Muni is very instructive.\n\nWhen a woman's bodily features are attractive, when her face is\n\nbeautiful and when her voice is sweet, she is naturally a trap for a man.\n\nThe siistras advise that when such a woman comes to serve a man, she\n\nshould be considered to be like a dark well covered by grass. In the fields\nthere are many such wells, and a man who does not know about them\n\ndrops through the grass and falls down. Thus there are many such in­\n\nstructions. Since the attraction of the material world is based on attrac­\n\ntion for women, Kasyapa Muni thought, \"Under the circumstances, who\n\ncan understand the heart of a woman?\" CaiJakya PaiJ�ita has also ad­\n\nvised, vi.Sviiso naiva kartavya/:t strf$u riija-kule!ju ca: \"There are two per­\n\nsons one should not trust-a politician and a woman.\" These, of course,\n\nare authoritative slistric injunctions, and we should therefore be very\ncareful in our dealings with women.\n\nSometimes our l(r�Qa consciousness movement is criticized for min­\n\ngling men and women, but Kr�IJa consciousness is meant for anyone.\n\nWhether one is a man or woman does not matter. Lord Kr�IJa personally\n\nsays, striyo vai.Syiis tathii sildriis te 'pi yanti pariim gatim: whether one is\na woman, sildra or vai.Sya, not to speak of being a briihma1J(L or k§atriya,\n\neveryone is fit to return home, back to Godhead, if he strictly follows the\n\ninstructions of the spiritual master and siistra. We therefore request all\n\nthe members of the l(r�Qa consciousness movement-both men and\n\nwomen-not to be attracted by bodily features but only to be attracted by\n\nl(r�Qa. Then everything will be all right. Otherwise there will be danger.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0271": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n240\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 42\n\nWf ��fi\"WI: �� �1�1'1:'\n\n'l� ��tO R� �f;ij :q ������\nna hi ka.Scit priya/:t stri{liim\naiijasa svas�atmaniim\npatim putram bhrataram va\nghnanty arthe ghatayanti ca\nna-not; hi-certainly; ka.Scit-anyone; priya/:t-dear; stri{Ulm-to\nwomen;\n\naiijas a-actually;\n\nmaniim-most\n\ndear;\n\nsva-as�-for\n\npatim-husband;\n\ntheir\n\nown\n\nputram-son;\n\ninterests;\n\nat­\n\nbhrataram­\n\nbrother; vii-or; ghnanti-they kill; arthe-for their own interests;\nghatayanti-cause to be killed; ca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo satisfy their own interests, women deal with men as if the\n\nmen were most dear to them, hut no one is actually dear to them.\n\nWomen are supposed to he very saintly, hut for their own interests\n\nthey can kill even their husbands, sons or brothers, or cause them\nto he killed by others.\n\nPURPORT\n\nA woman's nature has been particularly well studied by Kasyapa\nMuni. Women are self-interested by nature, and therefore they should\n\nbe protected by all means so that their natural inclination to be too selfinterested will not be manifested. Women need to be protected by men. A\nwoman should be cared for by her father in her childhood, by her husband in her youth and by her grown sons in her old age. This is the\ninjunction of Manu, who says that a woman should not be given independence at any stage. Women must be cared for so that they will not be free\nto manifest their natural tendency for gross selfishness. There have been\nmany cases, even in the present day, in which women have killed their\nhusbands to take advantage of their insurance policies. This is not a criticism of women but a practical study of their nature. Such natural instincts of a woman or a man are manifested only in the bodily conception\n\n", "SB6.3#p0272": "Text 43]\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\n241\n\nof life. When either a man or a woman is advanced in spiritual consciousness, the bodily conception of life practically vanishes. We should see all\nwomen as spiritual units (aham brahmiismi), whose only duty is to\nsatisfy �!;'Qa. Then the influences of the different modes of material\nnature, which result from one's possessing a material body, will not act.\nThe �!;'Qa consciousness movement is so beneficial that it can very\neasily counteract the contamination of material nature, which results\nfrom one's possessing a material body. Bhagavad-gitti therefore teaches,\nin the very beginning, that whether one' is a man or a woman, one must\nknow that he or she is not the body but a spiritual soul. Everyone should\nbe interested in the activities of the spirit soul, not the body. As long as\none is activated by the bodily conception of life, there is always the\ndanger of being misled, whether one is a man or a woman. The soul is\nsometimes described as punl.§a because whether one is dressed as a man\nor a woman, one is inclined to enjoy this material world. One who has\nthis spirit of enjoyment is described as punl.§a. Whether one is a man or a\nwoman, he is not interested in serving others; everyone is interested in\nsatisfying his or her own senses. �!;'Qa consciousness, however, provides\nfirst-class training for a man or a woman. A man should be trained to be\na first-class devotee of Lord �!;'Qa, and a woman should be trained to be\na very chaste follower of her husband. That will make the lives of both of\nthem happy.\n\nTEXT43\n\n� �f1ftRI �::C(ij'il � � I\neN ;n{Rr �sft ij�ft\\i4cti�� 11��11\nprati.Srutam dadamiti\nvacas tan na\n\nmr� bhavet\n\nvadham narhati cendro 'pi\ntatredam upakalpate\nprati.Srutam-promised; dadami-1 shall give; iti-thus; vaca/:tstatement; tat-that; na-not; mr�-false; bhavet-can be; vadhamkilling; na-not; arhati-is suitable; ca-and; indra/:t-lndra; apialso; tatra-in that connection; idam-this; upakalpate-is suitable.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0273": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n242\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nI promised to give her a benediction, and this promise cannot be\n\nviolated, but lndra does not deserve to be killed. In these circum­\n\nstances, the solution I have is quite suitable.\nPURPORT\n\nKasyapa Muni concluded, \"Diti is eager to have a son who can kill ln­\n\ndra, since she is a woman, after all, and is not very intelligent. I shall\ntrain her in such a way that instead of always thinking of how to kill ln­\n\ndra, she will become a Vai�Qava, a devotee of Kr�Qa. If she agrees to\n\nfollow the rules and regulations of the Vai�Qava principles, the unclean\n\ncore of her heart will certainly be cleansed.\" Ceto-darpar:uz,-marjanam.\nThis is the process of devotional service. Anyone can be purified by\n\nfollowing the principles of devotional service in Kr�Qa consciousness, for\n\nKr�Qa consciousness is so powerful that it can purify even the dirtiest\n\nclass of men and transform them into the topmost Vai�Qavas. Sri:\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's movement aims at this purpose. Narottama dasa\nThakura says:\n\nvrajendra-nandana yei,\n\nsaci-suta haila sei,\n\nbalarama ha-ila nitai\ndina-hina yata chila,\n\nhari-name uddharila,\n\nta 'ra sa�;; jagai-madhai\nThe appearance of Sri: Caitanya Mahaprabhu in this Kali-yuga is\n\nespecially meant to deliver the fallen souls, who are always planning\nsomething for material enjoyment. He gave the people of this age the ad­\n\nvantage of being able to chant the Hare Kr�Qa mantra and thus become\n\nfully pure, free from all material contamination. Once one becomes a\npure Vai�Qava, he transcends all material conceptions of life. Thus\nKasyapa Muni tried to transform his wife into a Vai�Qavi: so that she\n\nmight give up the idea of killing lndra. He wanted both her and her sons\nto be purified so that they would be fit to become pure Vai�Qavas. Of\n\ncourse, sometimes a practitioner deviates from the Vai�Qava principles,\n\nand there is a chance that he may fall down, but Kasyapa Muni thought\n\nthat even if one falls while practicing the Vai�Qava principles, he is still\nnot a loser. Even a fallen Vai�Qava is eligible for better results, as con-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0274": "Text 45]\n\n243\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\nfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii. Svalpam apy asya dharmasya trayate mahato\n\nbhayat: even practicing the Vai�Qava principles to a small extent can\nsave one from the greatest danger of material existence. Thus Kasyapa\nMuni planned to instruct his wife Diti to become a Vai�1_1ava because he\nwanted to save the life of lndra.\nTEXT 44\n\n� �R�� �rillU:et: t<iwt�wt I\n\\m:et �� F«l �;f :et w•l�il ll b> b>ll\niti saficintya bhagavan\nmaricab, kurunandana\nuvaca kiiicit kupita\natmanarh ca vigarhayan\niti -thus ;\n\nsaficintya -think ing;\n\nmaricab,-Kasyapa\n\nMuni;\n\nbhagavan-the\n\npowerful;\n\nkuru-nandana-0 descendant\n\nof Kuru;\n\nuvaca -spok e; kiiicit-somewhat; kupitab,-angry; atmanam-himself; ca-and; vigarhayan -condemning .\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvanu said: KaSyapa Muni, thinking in this way,\n\nbecame\n\nsomewhat\n\nangry.\n\nCondemning\n\nhimself,\n\n0\n\nParik�it, descendant of Kuru, he spoke to Diti as follows.\nTEXT 45\n\n��t{ �\n\n� � � �(l�etifl l«! I\n4etffi( teijf'l< � \\:lHM(t�m llb>�ll\n..\n\nsri-kruyapa uvaca\nputras te bhavitii bhadre\nindra-hiideva-bandhavab,\nsarhvatsaram vratam idam\nyady afijo dhara�yasi\n\nMaharaja\n\n", "SB6.3#p0275": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n244\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nsri-kaSyapa/:t uvaca-Kasyapa Muni said; putra/:t-son; te-your;\nbhavita-will be; bhadre-0 gentle woman; indra-ha-killer of lndra,\nor follower of lndra; adeva-bandhava/:t-friend of the demons (or devabiindhava/:t-friend of the\n\ndemigods);\n\nsariwatsaram-for\n\na year;\n\nvratam-vow; idam-this; yadi-if; anja/:t-properly; dharafo.yasiyou will execute.\nTRANSLATION\nKaSyapa Muni said: My dear gentle wife, if you follow my in­\n\nstructions regarding this vow for at least one year, you will surely\n\nget a son who will be able to kill lndra. However, if you deviate\n\nfrom this vow of following the Vai�J.Iava principles, you will get a\n\nson who will he favorable to lndra.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word indra-ha refers to an asura who is always eager to kill lndra. An enemy of lndra is naturally a friend to the asuras, but the word\nindra-ha also refers to one who follows lndra or who is obedient to him.\nWhen one becomes a devotee of lndra, he is certainly a friend to the\ndemigods. Thus the words indra-hadeva-bandhava/:t are equivocal, for\nthey say, \"Your son will kill lndra, but he will be very friendly to the\ndemigods.\" If a person actually became a friend of the demigods, he certainly would not be able to kill lndra.\nTEXT46\n\n�rn�\n\\tH:M� �(j �(( �fUr �f;r it I\n� � fwfA'{tf;r ;J if(j iff;cr �� II�� II\nditir uvaca\ndharafo.ye vratam brahman\nbnlhi kiiryar_ti yani me\nyani ceha n�iddhani\nna vratam ghnanti yany uta\n\n", "SB6.3#p0276": "Text 47]\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King Indra\n\n245\n\nditib, uvaca-Diti said; dhiirayi.§ye-I shall accept; vratam-vow;\nbrahman-my dear brahmar)a; brnhi-please state; karya�i-must be\ndone;\n\nyani-what; me-to me;\n\nyani-what;\n\nca-and; iha-here;\n\nni.§iddhiini-is forbidden; na-not; vratam-the vow; ghnanti-break;\nyani-what; uta-also.\nTRANSLATION\nDiti replied: My dear briihmaJ.Ia, I must accept your advice and\nfollow the vow. Now let me understand what I have to do, what is\nforbidden and what will not break the vow. Please clearly state all\nthis to me.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated above, a woman is generally inclined to serve her own purposes. Kasyapa Muni proposed to train Diti to fulfill her desires within\none year, and since she was eager to kill Indra, she immediately agreed,\nsaying, \"Please let me know what the vow is and how I have to follow it.\nI promise that I shall do the needful and not break the vow.\" This is\nanother side of a woman's psychology. Even though a woman is very\nfond of fulfilling her own plans, when someone instructs her, especially\nher husband, she innocently follows, and thus she can be trained for better purposes. By nature a woman wants to be a follower of a man;\ntherefore if the man is good the woman can be trained for a good\npurpose.\nTEXT 47\n\n'lit� \\ffl'if\n\n;r f«:c1��RRR ;r �1q1511i6 � I\n;rm��ltlfUt ;r ��(¥41\\·�q: II'cl\\911\nsri-ka.Syapa uviica\nna himsyad bhuta-jatani\nna sapen nanrtam vadet\nna chindyan nakha-romii� i\nna sprsed yad amangalam\n\n", "SB6.3#p0277": "246\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nsri-kaSyapa/:£ uooca-Kasyapa Muni said; na himsyat-must not\n\nharm; bhuta-jatani-the living entities; na sapet-must not curse; nanot; anrtam-a lie; vadet-must speak; na chindyat-must not cut;\n\nnakha-roma�Ji-the nails and hair; na sprset-must not touch; yat­\n\nthat which; amarigalam-impure.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKa8yapa Muni said: My dear wife, to follow this vow, do not be\n\nviolent or cause harm to anyone. Do not curse anyone, and do not\n\nspeak lies. Do not cut your nails and hair, and do not touch impure\nthings like skulls and bones.\n\nPURPORT\n\nKasyapa Muni's first instruction to his wife was not to be envious. The\ngeneral tendency of anyone within this material world is to be envious,\nand therefore, to become a Kr��a conscious person, one must curb this\n\ntendency, as stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (paramo nirmatsara1Jiim). A\nKr��a conscious person is always nonenvious, whereas others are always\n\nenvious. Thus Kasyapa Muni's instruction that his wife not be envious\nindicates that this is the first stage of advancement in Kr��a consciousness. Kasyapa Muni desired to train his wife to be a Kr�Qa conscious person, for this would suffice to protect both her and lndra.\n\nTEXT 48\n\n��-SJ�ijWf � �: I\n\nW� ��T�n �;jj � �'\"lffl' tfif:qq_ 11\\l�ll\nnapsu snayan na kupyeta\nna samb/u'4eta durjanai/:£\n\nna vasitadhauta-vasa/:£\n\nsrajarh ca vidhrtam kvacit\n\nna-not; apsu-in water; snayat-must bathe; na kupyeta-must\n\nnot become angry; na samb/u'4eta-must not speak; durjanai/:£-with\n\nwicked persons; na vasita-must not wear; adhauta vasa/:£-u nwashed\n-\n\nclothes;\n\nsrajam-Hower\n\ngarland;\n\nalready worn; kvacit-ever\n\n.\n\nca-and;\n\nvidhrtam-which\n\nwas\n\n", "SB6.3#p0278": "Diti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\nText49]\n\n247\n\nTRANSLATION\nKaSyapa Muni continued: My dear gentle wife, never enter the\nwater while bathing, never be angry, and do not even speak or\nassociate with wicked people. Never wear clothes that have not\nbeen properly washed, and do not put on a garland that has already\nbeen worn.\nTEXT49\n\n;ft� �f%4il4 ����'{I\nuldta>iftP•u N �if�l m: II�Q..II\nnocch�!arh ca�ikannarh ca\nsam�am vr�alahrtam\n\nbhuiijitodakyaya dr�!arh\npiben naiijalina tv apa�\nna-not; ucch�!am-leftover food; ca�ika-annam-food offered to\nthe goddess Kali;\n\nca-and; sa-am�am-mixed with flesh; vr�ala­\n\nahrtam-brought by a sudra;\n\nbhuiijita-must eat; udakyaya-by a\npibet na-must not\n\nwoman in her menstrual period; dr�!am-seen;\ndrink;\n\naiijalina-by joining and cupping the two palms; tu-also;\n\napa�-water.\nTRANSLATION\nNever eat leftover food, never eat prasada offered to the goddess\nKali [Durgii], and do not eat anything contaminated by flesh or\nfish. Do not eat anything brought or touched by a sudra nor anything seen by a woman in her menstrual period. Do not drink\nwater by joining your palms.\nPURPORT\n\nGenerally the goddess Kali is offered food containing meat and fish,\nand therefore Kasyapa Muni strictly forbade his wife to take the remnants of such food. Actually a Vai�Qava is not allowed to take any food\noffered to the demigods. A Vai�Qava is always fixed in accepting\n\nprasada\n\noffered to Lord Vi�QU. Through all these instructions, Kasyapa Muni, in\na negative way, instructed his wife Diti how to become a Vai�Qavi.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0279": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n248\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 50\n\n.nf�eiW:!�PqwT �t I\n\natwtf�{'lt�q<f!ifI� ;n�Rn\n\nif�*l� II� II\no\n\nnocch�!fispr�ta-salilii\nsandhyayarh mukta-murdhaja\nanarcitiisarhyata-viik\nniisarhvita bahiS caret\nna-not; ucch�!a-after eating; aspr�!a-salilii-without washing;\nsandhyayam-in the evening; mukta-miirdhaja-with the hair loose;\nanarcita-without ornaments; asarhyata-vak-without being grave;\nna-not; asarhvita-without being covered; bahilt-outside; caretshould go.\nTRANSLATION\nMter eating, you should not go out to the street without having\n\nwashed your mouth, hands and feet. Y ou should not go out in the\n\nevening or with your hair loose, nor should you go out unless you\n\nare properly decorated with ornaments. You should not leave the\nhouse unless you are very grave and are sufficiently covered.\n\nPURPORT\nKasyapa Muni advised his wife not to go out onto the street unless she\nwas well decorated and well dressed. He did not encourage the miniskirts that have now become fashionable. In Oriental civilization, when a\nwoman goes out onto the street, she must be fully covered so that no man\nwill recognize who she is. All these methods are to be accepted for\npurification. If one takes to Kr�r:ta consciousness, one is fully purified,\nand thus one remains always transcendental to the contamination of the\nmaterial world.\nTEXT 51\n\nWfNl{'lqi�ISiq{'ll WI� �flro: I\n�6 wtmle,R ;pnWf=q- «�): II�� II\n\n", "SB6.3#p0280": "Diti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\nText 52]\n\n249\n\nniidhauta-piidiprayatii\nndrdra-padii udak-siriib,\nsayita ndpariiri ndnyair\nna nagnii na ca sandhyayob,\nna-not; adhauta-piidi -without washing the feet; apraya tii\n\n-\n\nwit h\n\n­\n\nout being purified; na-not; a rdra-padii-with wet feet; udak-siriib,with the head toward the north;\n\nsayita\n\n-\n\nshould lie down; na-not;\n\napariik-with the head pointed west; na-not;\n\nanyaib,-with other\n\nwomen; na-not; nagnii-naked; na-not; ca-and; sandhyayob,-at\nsunrise and sunset.\nTRANSLATION\nYou should not lie down without having washed both of your\nfeet or without being purified, nor with wet feet or with your head\npointed west or north. You should not lie naked, or with other\nwomen, or during the sunrise or sunset.\nTEXT 52\n\n�from @Mf.\\�4 ij4+ffi<ed®t I\n�smiU�II�stlnft�SISfJ�;t�q�6'( II� �II\ndhauta-viisii sucir nityarh\nsaroa-mailgala-sarityutii\npiljayet priitariiSiit priig\ngo-vipran sriyam acyutam\ndhauta-viisii wearing washed cloth; sucib,-being purified;\nnityam -always; saroa-mangala with all auspicious items; sarhyutiiadorned; piljayet-one should worship; priitab,-asat priik-before\nbreakfast; go vipriin-the cows and briihmar:uzs; sriyam-the goddess of\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nfortune; acyutam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPutting on washed clothing, being always pure and being\nadorned with turmeric, sandalwood pulp and other auspicious\n\n", "SB6.3#p0281": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n250\nitems,\n\nbefore\n\nbreakfast\n\none\n\nshould worship\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\nthe cows,\n\nthe\n\nhrahmal).as, the goddess of fortune and the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nIf one is trained to honor and worship the cows and brahmar:uu;, he is\nactually civilized. The worship of the Supreme Lord is recommended,\nand the Lord is very fond of the cows and brahmar:uu; (namo\nbrahmar:tya-devaya go-brahmar:ta-hitaya ca). In other words, a civilization in which there is no respect for the cows and brahmar:uu; is condemned. One cannot become spiritually advanced without acquiring the\nbrahminical qualifications and giving protection to cows. Cow protection\ninsures sufficient food prepared with milk, which is needed for an advanced civilization. One should not pollute civilization by eating the flesh\nof cows. A civilization must do something progressive, and then it is an\n\nAryan civilization. Instead of killing the cow to eat flesh, civilized men\n\nmust prepare various milk products that will enhance the condition of\nsociety.lf one follows the brahminical culture, he will become competent\nin i(r�Qa consciousness.\nTEXT 53\n\nfri �Tffift�t�nr.:\\l'lf��ij: I\nqm 44t�tifqRI..6€1 atl��ila•td � � 11'-\\�11\nstriyo viravatiS cdrcet\nsrag-gandha-bali-mar:u}anai�\npatirit carcyopa�!heta\ndhyayet ko�!ha-gatarit ca tam\nstriya�-women; vira-vati�-possessing husbands and sons; caand; arcet-she should worship; srak-with garlands; gandha-sandal\n\n­\n\nwood; bali-presentations; mar:u}anai�-and with ornaments; patimthe husband; ca-and; drcya-worshiping;\nprayers;\n\ndhyayet-should meditate;\n\nwomb; ca-also; tam-upon him.\n\nupa�!heta-should\n\noffer\n\n�!ha gatam-situated in the\n-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0282": "Text 55]\n\n251\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\nTRANSLATION\n\nWith Hower garlands, sandalwood pulp, ornaments and other\nparaphernalia, a woman following this vow should worship women\nwho have sons and whose husbands are living. The pregnant wife\nshould worship her husband and offer him prayers. She should\nmeditate upon him, thinking that he is situated in her womb.\nPURPORT\nThe child in the womb is a part of the husband's body. Therefore the\nhusband, through his representative, indirectly remains within the\nwomb of his pregnant wife.\nTEXT 54\n\nm�t\n\n�\n\n���(ta>� '( 1\n\n'=JR�trftr ��� fi{T �� tFf: 11��11\nsiimvatsaram purilsavanam\nvratam etad aviplutam\ndhiirayi$yasi cet tubhyam\nsakra-hii bhavitii suta/:1siimvatsaram-for\nvratam-vow;\n\none\n\netat-this;\n\nyear;\n\npurilsavanam-called\n\navipluta m-without\n\npurilsavana;\n\nviolation;\n\ndhiirayi$­\n\nyasi-you will perform; cet-if; tubhyam-for you; sakra-hii-the\nkiller of lndra; bhavitii-will be; suta/:1--a son.\nTRANSLATION\nK3Syapa Muni continued: If you perform this ceremony called\npumsavana, adhering to the vow with faith for at least one year,\nyou will give birth to a son destined to kill Indra. But if there is\nany discrepancy in the discharge of this vow, the son will be a\nfriend to lndra.\nTEXT 55\n\n'\"d'��� ron �� 't(t'lWit: 1\n�� � ifd �m � mll��ll\n\n", "SB6.3#p0283": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n252\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nbii4ham ity abhyupetyatha\nditi rajan mahii-maniift\nkaSyapad garbham adhatta\nvratarh canjo dadhiira sa\nfxi4ham-yes;\n\niti-thus;\n\nabhyupetya-accepting;\n\natha-then;\n\nditift-Diti; rajan-0 King; mahii-manii!J,-jubilant; kaSyapat-from\nKasyapa;\n\ngarbham-semen;\n\nadhatta-obtained;\n\nvratam-the vow;\n\nca-and; aiija!J,-properly; dadhiira-discharged; sa-she.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it, Diti, the wife of Ka5yapa, agreed to undergo\n\nthe purificatory process known as pumsavana. \"Yes,\" she said, \"I\n\nshall do everything according to your instructions.\" With great\n\njubilation\n\nshe became\n\npregnant,\n\nhaving\n\ntaken\n\nKasyapa, and faithfully began discharging the vow.\n\nsemen\n\nfrom\n\nTEXT 56\n\nmatr-�vasur abhiprayam\nindra ajnaya manada\nsuSf\"\"i4a�niiSrama-sthiirh\nditirh paryacarat kavift\nTnii[f-svasu!J,-of his mother's sister; abhiprayam-the intention;\nindraft-lndra; ajooya-understanding; Tniina-da-0 King Parik�it,\nwho give respect to everyone; suSf\"\"i4a�na-with service; asramasthiim-residing in an asrama;\n\nditim-Diti;\n\nparyacarat-attended\n\nupon; kavift-seeing his own interest.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, who are respectful to everyone, lndra understood Diti's\n\npurpose, and thus he contrived to fulfill his own interests. Follow­\n\ning the logic that self-preservation is the first law of nature, he\n\n", "SB6.3#p0284": "Text 58]\n\n253\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\nwanted to break Diti's promise. Thus he engaged himself in the\nservice of Diti, his aunt, who was residing in an asrama.\n\nTEXT 57\nf�� qwm�: 'h�{eQf+t�till� I\n�T�Wsq� � � ������II\nnityam vaniit sumanasab,\nphala-mula-samit-kuSiin\npatriinkura-mrdo 'paS ca\nkale kala upaharat\nnityam-daily;\nphala-fruits;\n\nvaniit-from\n\nmula-roots;\n\nthe\n\nforest;\n\nsamit-wood\n\nsumanasab,-flowers;\n\nfor\n\nthe\n\nsacrificial\n\nfire;\n\nku.San-and ku.Sa grass; patra -leaves; ankura-sprouts; mrdab,-and\nearth;\n\napab,-water;\n\nca-also;\n\nkale\n\nkale-at\n\nthe\n\nproper\n\ntime;\n\nupaharat-brought.\n\nTRANSLATION\nlndra served his aunt daily by bringing flowers, fruits, roots and\nwood for yajiias from the forest. He also brought kusa grass,\nleaves, sprouts, earth and water exac tly at the proper time.\n\nTEXT 58\n\n����m�� � �\n�: �R«� � ll4ii\"fu: 11��11\nevam tasyii vrata-sthaya\nvrata-cchidram harir nrpa\nprepsub, paryacaraj jihmo\nmrga-heva mrgakrtib,\nevam-th us; tasyab,-of her; vrata-sthayab,-who was faithfully discharging her vow; vrata-chidram-a fault in the execution of the vow;\nharib,-Indra; nrpa-0 King; prepsub,-de siring to find; paryacarat-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0285": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n254\nserved;\n\njihma�-deceitful ;\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nmrga-hii-a hunter;\n\niva-like;\n\nmrga­\n\nak rti�-in the form of a deer.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it, as the hunter of a deer becomes like a deer by\ncovering his body with deerskin and serving the deer, so lndra, although at heart the enemy of the sons of Diti, became outwardly\nfriendly and served Diti in a faithful way. lndra's purpose was to\ncheat Diti as soon as he could find some fault in the way she discharged the vows of the ritualistic ceremony. However, he wanted\nto be undetected, and therefore he served her very carefully.\nTEXT 59\n\nWf1Q(•Ii0J;_d�S� �� �\n\nI\n\nf�ij'tfriRf:�:�;rit��r� ����''\nniidhyagacchad vrata-cchidram\ntat-paro 'tha mahi-pate\ncintiiril nvriiril gata� sakra�\nkena me syiic chivam tv iha\nna-not; adhyagacchat-could find; vrata-chidram-a fault in the\nexecution of the vow; tat-para�-intent upon that; atha-thereupon;\nmahi-pate-0 master of the world; cintii m-anxiety; t ivrii m-inte n se;\ngata�-oh tained;\n\nsakra�-lndra;\n\nkena-how;\n\nme-my;\n\nsyiit-can\n\nthere he; sivam-well-being; tu-then; iha-here.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 master of the entire world, when lndra could find no faults,\nhe thought, \"How will there be good fortune for me?\" Thus he\nwas full of deep anxiety.\n\nTEXT 60\n\n�� ID � �RIQR-s!l !fd'li�dl I\n\n3lm�·phftatft:\n\" � AA'\"ftffl l�oll\n\n", "SB6.3#p0286": "Text\n\n61]\n\n255\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\nekada sa tu sandhyayam\nucchi§!d vrata-karsita\nasppj!a-vary-adhautanghri/:L\nSU$vdpa vidhi-mohita\nekada-once; sa-she; tu-but; sandhyayam-during the evening\ntwilight; ucchi§!d-just after eating; vrata-from the vow; karsitaweak and thin;\n\naspma-not touched;\n\nvari-water;\n\nadhauta-not\n\nwashed; anghri/:L-her feet; SU$vdpa-went to sleep; vidhi-by fate;\nmohita-bewildered.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving grown weak and thin because of strictly following the\nprinciples of the vow, Diti once unfortunately neglected to wash\nher mouth, hands and feet after eating and went to sleep during\nthe evening twilight.\nTEXT\n\n61\n\n� �t � f.f�q<e�eQ: I\n�: srR! � � �·\"'\"'�lq\"\"'l;q�;q II�� II\nlabdhva tad-antararh sakro\nnidrapahrta-cetasa/:L\ndite/:L pravi§!a udararh\nyogeso yoga-mayaya\nlabdhoo-finding; tat-antaram-after that; sakra/:L-Indra; nidraby sleep; apahrta-cetasa/:L-unconscious; dite/:L-of Diti; pravi§!a/:L-entered; udaram-the womb; yoga-LSa/:L-the master of yoga; yoga-of\nyogic perfections; mayaya-by the power.\nTRANSLATION\nFinding this fault, lndra, who has all the mystic powers\n\n]\n\n[the\n\nyoga-siddhis such as ru;1imi and laghimi , entered Diti's womb\nwhile she was unconscious, being fast asleep.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0287": "[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n256\n\nPURPORT\nA perfectly successful yogi is expert in eight kinds of perfection. By\n\none of them, called aJJimii-siddhi, he can become smaller than an atom,\n\nand in that state he can enter anywhere. With this yogic power, lndra en­\n\ntered the womb of Diti while she was pregnant.\n\ncakarta saptadhii garbham\nvajre�Ja kanaka-prabham\nrudantam saptadhaikaikam\nmii rodir iti tan puna�\ncakarta-he\n\ncut;\n\nsapta-dhii-into\n\nseven\n\npieces;\n\ngarbham-the\n\nembryo; vajre�Ja-by his thunderbolt; kanaka-of gold; prabham­\n\nwhich had the appearance; rudantam-crying; sapta-dhii-into seven\n\npieces; eka-ekam-each one; mii rodi�-do not cry; iti-thus; tanthem; puna�-again.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter entering Diti's womb, lndra, with the help of his thunder­\n\nbolt, cut into seven pieces her embryo, which appeared like\n\nglowing gold. In seven places, seven different living beings began\n\ncrying. lndra told them, \"Do not cry,\" and then he cut each of\n\nthem into seven pieces again.\n\nPURPORT\nSri:la Visvanatha Cakravarti: Thakura remarks that lndra, by his yogic\n\npower, first expanded the body of the one Marut into seven, and then\n\nwhen he cut each of the seven parts of the original body into pieces, there\nwere forty-nine. When each body was cut into seven, other living entities\n\nentered the new bodies, and thus they were like plants, which become\n\nseparate entities when cut into various parts and planted on a hill. The\n\n", "SB6.3#p0288": "257\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\nText 64]\n\nfirst body was one, and when it was cut into many pieces, many other living entities entered the new bodies.\nTEXT 63\n\nijl{�: tfTOPJT�� � �� � I\nfcfiW{ ���m« -mro �� ������\ntam ilcub, pii!yamiiniis te\nsarve praiijalayo nrpa\nkim na indra jighiimsasi\nbhrataro marutas tava\ntam-to him; ilcub,-said; patyamiiniib,-being aggrieved; te-they;\nsaroe-all; praiijalayab,-with folded hands; nrpa-0 King; kimwhy; nab,-us; indra-0 lndra; jighiimsasi-do you want to kill;\nbhratarab,-brothers; marutab,-Maruts; tava-your.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, being very much aggrieved, they pleaded to lndra with\nfolded hands, saying, \"Dear lndra, we are the Maruts, your\nbrothers. Why are you trying to kill us?\"\nTEXT 64\n\n� mro 'Rf ��� ct1ffi: I\n3JW{;:� 'll�RiRf� � II�'Jil\n\nm\n\nmii bha�!a bhrataro mahyam\nyuyam ity aha kau.Sikab,\nananya-bhiiviin par$adiin\natmano marutiim gar:uJn\nmii bha�!a-do not\nyilyam-you;\n\niti-thus;\n\nbhiivan-devoted;\nga1)iin-the Maruts.\n\nfear;\n\nbhratarab,-brothers;\n\naha-said;\n\npar$adiin-followers;\n\nmahyam-my;\n\nkau.Sikab,-Indra;\n\nananya­\n\natmanab,-his;\n\nmarutam\n\n", "SB6.3#p0289": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n258\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen lndra saw that actually they were his devoted followers,\n\nhe said to them: If you are all my brothers, you have nothing more\n\nto fear from me.\n\nTEXT 65\n\nAAti�: �ftf.rcn�:nwq�' 1\n�i����� 11��11\n\nW� �Pm:\n\nna marruira diter garbha/:t\nsrinivasanukampaya\nbahudhii kuliSa-�UlJ-1).0\ndrauJJ-y-astreJJ-a yathii bhavan\nna-not; mamara-died; dite/:t-of Diti; garbha/:t-tbe embryo; srinivasa-of Lord Vi�Qu, the resting place of the goddess of fortune;\nanukampaya-by the mercy; bahu-dhii-into many pieces; kuliSa-by\nthe thunderbolt; �UJJ-JJ-a/:t-cut; drauJJ-i-of Asvatthama; astre�J-a-by\nthe weapon; yathii\n\njust as; bhavan-you\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosv8mi said:\n\nMy dear King Parik�it, you were\n\nburned by the brahmastra of ASvatthiima, but when Lord �'!a\n\nentered the womb of your mother, you were saved. Similarly, al­\n\nthough the one embryo was cut into forty-nine pieces by the thun­\n\nderbolt of lndra, they were all saved by the mercy of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nTEXTS 66-67\n\n«tRv•R� � � �� 1\n4tt«'� fctif'1ilt_ti � qf{d��: ����II\n��IJf q��q� ���I\n�u ��� � �ftun �: �n 11�\\911\n\n", "SB6.3#p0290": "259\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\nText 68]\n\nsakrd �!vadi-pu�arit\npu�o yiiti siimyatiim\nsaritwtsararit kincid ilnarit\ndityii yad dharir arcitab,\nsajur indrer:m panciiSad\ndevds te maruto 'bhavan\nvyapohya miitr-do$arit te\nhari� soma-piib, krtabsakrt-once; �!vii-worshiping; iidi-pu�am-the ori.gi.nal person;\npurU$ab,-a person; yiiti-goes to; siimyatiim -possessing the same\nbodily feature as the Lord; saritvatsaram-a year; kincit ilnam-a little\nless than; dityii-by Di.ti; yat-because ; harib,-Lord Hari; arcitab,was\n\nworshiped;\n\nsajub,-with;\n\nindrer:m-Indra ;\n\npancasat-fifty;\n\ndeoob,-demi.gods; te-they; marutab,-the Maruts; abhavan-became;\nvyapohya-removi.ng; miitr do$am-the fault of their mother; te-\n\nthey;\n\nhari�-by Lord\n\nHari.;\n\nsoma-piib,-dri.nkers\n\nof\n\nsoma-rasa;\n\nkrtab,-were made.\nTRANSLATION\nIf one worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\noriginal person, even once, he receives the benefit of being promoted to the spiritual world and possessing the same bodily\nfeatures as Vi��u. Diti worshiped Lord Vi��u for almost one year,\nadhering to a great vow. Because of such strength in spiritual life,\nthe forty-nine Maruts were born. How, then, is it wonderful that\nthe Maruts, although born from the womb of Diti, became equal to\nthe demigods by the mercy of the Supreme Lord?\nTEXT 68\n\n�� � �I(IW\\Wi<iSI� I\n�IJ( «ft:af.l � ��r;.p�(ft ������\nditir utthiiya dadrse\nkumiiriin anala-prabhiin\n\n", "SB6.3#p0291": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n260\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nindrerJn sahitiin devi\nparyatll$yad aninditii\nditift-Diti; utthiiya-getting up; dadrse-saw; kumiiriin-children;\nana la -prabhiin-as brilliant as fire;\ndevi-the\n\ngoddess;\n\npurified.\n\nindrer)n sahitiin-with lndra;\n\nparyatll$yat-was\n\npleased;\n\naninditii-being\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nBecause of worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nDiti was completely purified. When she got up from bed, she saw\nher forty-nine sons along with lndra. These forty-nine sons were\n\nall as brilliant as fire and were in friendship with lndra, and\ntherefore she was very pleased.\n\nTEXT 69\n\n3l�� ijRila'il�;ri\" ¥1� I\n3lw.Jfll-.:.0 �tt�� ��{!s:'<iM¥J: II� �II\n..\n\nathendram iiha tiitiiham\niidityiiniirh bhayiivaham\napatyam icchanty acararh\nvratam etat sudll$karam\natka-thereafter; indram-to lndra; aha-spoke; tiita-dear one;\naham-I;\napatyam-a\n\niidityiiniim-to\nson;\n\nthe\n\nAdityas;\n\nicchanti-desiring;\n\nbhaya-iivaham-fearful;\n\nacaram-executed;\n\nvratam­\n\nvow; etat-this; su-dll$karam-very difficult to perform.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Diti said to lndra: My dear son, I adhered to this\n\ndifficult vow just to get a son to kill you twelve Adityas.\nTEXT 70\n\n�: �'«1: �: m1 ���I\n\n�f�ij��� � '0 � ll\\9oll\n\n", "SB6.3#p0292": "261\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King Indra\n\nText 71]\n\neka/:l sankalpita/:l putra/:l\nsapta saptiibhavan katham\nyadi te viditam putra\nsatyam kathaya mii mr�a\nekal;-one;\n\nsankalpital;-was\n\nsapta-forty nine ;\n-\n\nprayed\n\nabhavan-came to be;\n\nfor;\n\nputral;-son;\n\nsapta\n\nkatham-how; yadi-if;\n\nte-by you; viditam-known; putra-my dear son; satyam- the truth;\n\nkathaya-speak; mii-do not (speak); mr�a -lies\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI prayed for only one son, hut now I see that there are fortynine. How has this happened? My dear son lndra, if you know,\nplease tell me the truth. Do not try to speak lies.\nTEXT 71\n\nR�ffl\n31\"1 �s{ otrerf�q�trnnsf��� 1\n•\n•L..��\n�\n\"\" f\"!\n��us,�\ntt����·-&.'1\n���\nII\\9ZII\nindra uviica\namba te 'ham vyavasitam\nupadharyagato 'ntikam\nlabdhantaro 'cchidam garbham\nartha-btuldhir na dharma-drk\nindra/:l uvaca-lndra said; amba-0 mother; te-your; aham-1;\nvyavasitam-vow;\nantikam-nearb y;\n\nupadharya-understanding;\nlabdha-having\n\nfound;\n\niigatal;-came ;\n\nantara/:l-a\n\nfault;\n\nac­\n\nchidam-1 cut; garbham-the embryo; artha-btuldhi/:l-being self­\n\ninterested; na-not; dharma-drk-possessing vision of religion.\nTRANSLATION\nIndra replied: My dear mother, because I was grossly blinded by\nselfish interests, I lost sight of religion. When I understood that\nyou were observing a great vow in spiritual life, I wanted to find\n\n", "SB6.3#p0293": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n262\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nsome fault in you. When I found such a fault, I entered your womb\n\nand cut the embryo to pieces.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen Diti, lndra's aunt, explained to lndra without reservations what\nshe had wanted to do, lndra explained his intentions to her. Thus both of\nthem, instead of being enemies, freely spoke the truth. This is the\n\nqualification that results from contact with Vi�l)U. As stated in Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam (5.18.12):\n\nyasyiisti bhaktir bhagavaty akiiicarui\nsarvair gu�is tatra sarruisa te sural;\nIf one develops a devotional attitude and becomes purified by worshiping\nthe Supreme Lord, all the good qualities are certainly manifested in his\nbody. Because of being touched by worship of Vi�Qu, both Diti and lndra\nwere purified.\n\nTEXT 72\n\n� lr �'fl tN 3TRr.{ � t'tWt.l: I\n�sFt 4ih�n mn �m ;nA- 'if� ll\\9� 11\nkrtto me saptadh.a garbha\niisan sapta kumaraka/:l\nte\n\n'pi caikaikaSo vrkT}ii/:l\nsaptadh.a napi mamrire\n\nkrtta/:l-cut;\n\nme-by me;\n\nsapta -d h.a -into\n\nseven;\n\ngarbha /:l-the\n\nembryo; iisan-there came to be; sapta-seven; kumarakal;-babies;\n\nte -they; api-although; ca-also; eka-ekaSa/:l-each one; vrkT}ii/:lcut; sapta dh.a-into seven; na-not; api-still; ma mrire-died.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nFirst I cut the child in the womb into seven pieces, which be­\n\ncame seven children. Then I cut each of the children into seven\n\n", "SB6.3#p0294": "Text 73]\n\n263\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King Indra\n\npieces again. By the grace of the Supreme Lord, however, none of\nthem died.\nTEXT 73\n\n�H���4(ltl ;.f\n\n�\"1t Oltii�fud �lfl I\n�(���t\\\"!Pn: mf%: €filafl3ttfWot\"t II�� II\ntatas tat paramii.Scaryarh\nvilcyya vyavasitarh maya\nmahapuru§a-piljayal,t\nsiddhil,t kiipy anU$arigi�i\ntatal,t-then; tat-that; parama-ascaryam-great wonder; vilcyyaseeing; vyavasitam-it was decided; maya-by me; maha-puru§a-of\nLord\n\nVi�Qu;\n\npiljayal,t-of\n\nworship;\n\nsiddhil,t-result;\n\nkiipi-some;\n\nanU$arigi�i -secondary.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear mother, when I saw that all forty-nine sons were alive, I\nwas certainly struck with wonder. I decided that this was a secondary result of your having regularly executed devotional service in\nworship of Lord Vigm.\nPURPORT\n\nFor one who engages in worshiping Lord Vi�QU, nothing is very wonderful. This is a fact. In Bhagavad-gita (18.78) it is said:\nyatra yoge§varal,t kmw\nyatra partho dhanur-dharal,t\ntatra srir vijayo bhutir\ndhruvii nitir matir mama\n\"Wherever there is ��Qa, the master of all mystics, and wherever there\nis Arjuna, the supreme archer, there will also certainly be opulence, victory, extraordinary power, and morality. That is my opinion.\" Yogesvara\nis the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of all mystic yoga,\n\n", "SB6.3#p0295": "264\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nwho can do anything and everything He likes. This is the omnipotence of\nthe Supreme Lord. For one who pleases the Supreme Lord, no achievement is wonderful. Everything is possible for him.\nTEXT74\n\n((¥41;JI �fuq: I\nitij�'i:#<:ttfq -R��: �: ll\\9�11\n�\n\n�\n\niiradlwnarh bhagavata\nihamiind niras�ab\nye tu necclwnty api pararh\nte svartlw ku.Sa liift s mrtab\n-\n\naradlwnam-the worship; bhagavataft-of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; ihamiinaft-being interested in; niras�aft-without material desires; ye-those who; tu-indeed; na icclwnti-do not desire;\napi -even; param-liberation; te- they; sva-artlw-in their own interest; ku.Sa/iift-expert; smrtaft-are considered.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough those who\n\nare\n\ninterested only in worshiping the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead do not desire anything material\n\nfrom the Lord and do not even want liberation, Lord Kr�J.la fulfills\nall their desires.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja saw Lord Vi!?QU, he declined to take any\nbenedictions from Him, for he was fully satisfied by seeing the Lord.\nNonetheless, the Lord is so kind that because Dhruva Maharaja, in the\nbeginning, had desired a kingdom greater than his father's, he was promoted to Dhruvaloka, the best planet in the universe. Therefore in the\nsiistra it is said:\n\nakiimab sarva-kiimo vii\nmok§a kiima udiira-dhift\n-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0296": "265\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\nText 75]\n\ntivre� bhakti-yogena\nyajeta pu11.L{iarh param\n\"A person who has broader intelligence, whether he is full of material\ndesires, free from material desires, or desiring liberation, must by all\nmeans worship the supreme whole, the Personality of Godhead.\"\n\n(Bhiig.\n\n2.3.10) One should engage in full devotional service. Then, even though\n\nhe has no desires, whatever desires he previously had can all be fulfilled\nsimply by his worship of the Lord. The actual devotee does not desire\n\n(\n\neven liberation anyabhilli$itii-silnyam). The Lord, however, fulfills the\ndesire of the devotee by awarding him opulence that will never be\ndestroyed. A karmi's opulence is destroyed, but the opulence of a devotee\nis never destroyed. A devotee becomes more and more opulent as he increases his devotional service to the Lord.\n\nTEXT 75\n\n3ti�1Q(I�'4SI � �k+u;f �'IR'{ I\n\n� � g�� 1�: �IOS{<tsA � ll\\9�11\niiriidhyiitma-pradarh devarh\nsviitmiinarh jagad-iSvaram\nko vro-ita gu�-sparsarh\nbudhal; syiin narake 'pi yat\niiriidhya-after\n\nworshiping;\n\niitma-pradam -who\n\ngives\n\nHimself;\n\ndevam-the Lord; sva-iitmiinam-the most dear; jagat- iSvaram -the\nLord of the universe; ka/;-what; vro-ita-would choose; gu�-spar­\n\nsam\n\n-\n\nmaterial\n\nhappiness;\n\nbudha/;-intelligent\n\nperson;\n\nsyiit-is;\n\nnarake-in hell; api -even; yat-which.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe ultimate goal of all ambitions is to become a servant of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. H an intelligent man serves the\nmost dear Lord, who gives Himself to His devotees, how can he\ndesire material happiness, which is available even in hell?\n\n", "SB6.3#p0297": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n266\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nPURPORT\nAn intelligent man will never aspire to become a devotee to achieve\nmaterial happiness. That is the test of a devotee. As\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahiiprabhu teaches:\n\nna dhanarh na janarh na sundarirh\nkavitarh va jagad-i.Sa karnaye\nmarna janrnam Janrnani.Svare\nbhavatad bhaktir ahaituki tvayi\n\"0 almighty Lord, I have no desire to accumulate wealth, nor do I desire\nbeautiful women, nor do I want any number of followers. I only want\nYour causeless devotional service birth after birth.\" A pure devotee\nnever begs the Lord for material happiness in the shape of riches,\nfollowers, a good wife or even mukti. The Lord promises, however, yoga­\n\n�ernarh vahiim y aham: \"I voluntarily bring everything necessary for\nMy service.\"\n\nTEXT 76\n\nij�( 'A �;ti \"'��� ¥i��m 1\nt:J\"d¥t(ffi ¥il6�� f�rrlll�R�:II\\9�11\ntad idarh marna daurjanyarh\nbaliSasya rnahiyasi\n�antum arhasi matas tvarh\nd4!ya garbho mrtotthita/:t\ntat-that;\n\nidam-this;\n\nmarna-of me;\n\ndau rjanyam-evil deed;\n\nbaliSasya-a fool; rnahiyasi-0 best of women; �antum arhasi-please\nexcuse; mata/:t-0 mother; tvam-you; d4!yd\n\n- by fortune; garbha/:t­\n\nthe child within the womb; mrta-k illed ; utthita/:t-became alive.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my mother, 0 best of all women, I am a fool. Kindly excuse\n\nme for whatever offenses I have committed. Your forty-nine sons\n\nhave been born unhurt because of your devotional service. As an\n\n", "SB6.3#p0298": "Text 78)\n\nDiti Vows to Kill King lndra\n\n267\n\nenemy, I cut them to pieces, but because of your great devotional\n\nservice they did not die.\n\nTEXT 77\n\n'4t� \\1<i'R\n\n(w-�ttT•tt�Rt: ���WI � I\n��: m: ijf � �f(ll{ �� Sfi! II�.S�.SII\nsn-suka uvaca\nindras tayiibhyanujfiiita/:t\nsuddha-bhiivena lfL$!ayii\nmarudbhi/:t saha tam natm\n\njagama tri-divam prabhu/:t\n\nsn-suka/:t uvaca-Sri: Sukadeva Gosvami: said; indra/:t-Indra; taya­\n\nby her; abhyanujfiiita/:t-being permitted; suddha-bhiivena-by the\n\ngood behavior; lfL$!ayii-satisfi ed; marudbhi/:t saha-with the Maruts;\n\ntiim-to her; natvii-having offered obeisances; jagama-he went; tridivam-to the heavenly planets; prabhu/:t-the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: Diti was extremely satisfied by\n\nlndra's good behavior. Then lndra offered his respects to his aunt\n\nwith profuse obeisances, and with her permission he went away to\nthe heavenly planets with his brothers the Maruts.\nTEXT 78\n\n� ij m�rn � � qf�m 1\n�� � :jf� ft �: �ttlfi ij II�.S�II\nevam te sarvam akhyatam\nyan miim tvam pariprcchasi\nmarigalam marutiim janma\nkim bhuya/:t kathayami te\n\n", "SB6.3#p0299": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n268\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 18\n\nevam-thus; te-to you; saroam-all; akhyatam- nar rated; yat­\n\nwhich;\n\nmam-me;\n\ntvam-you; pariprcchasi-asked;\n\nmarigalam­\n\nauspicious; marutam-of the Maruts; janma-the birth; kim-what;\nbhuya� -further; kathayami-shall I speak; te-to you.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Parik�it, I have replied as far as possible to the\n\nquestions you have asked me, especially in regard to this pure,\n\nauspicious narration about the Maruts. Now you may inquire\n\nfurther, and I shall explain more.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sixth Canto, Eighteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Diti Vows to Kill King\nIndra.\"\n\n", "SB6.3#p0300": "CHAPTER NINETEEN\n\nPerforming the\nPurilsavana Ritualistic Ceremony\nThis chapter explains how Diti, Kasyapa Muni's wife, executed Kasyapa\nMuni's instructions on devotional service. During the first day of the\nbright fortnight of the moon in the month of Agrahayal}.a (NovemberDecember), every woman, following in the footsteps of Diti and\nfollowing the instructions of her own husband, should begin this pumsavana-vrata. In the morning, after washing her teeth, bathing and thus\nbecoming purified, she should hear about the birth mystery of the\nMaruts. Then, covering her body with a white dress and being properly\nornamented, before breakfast she should worship Lord Vi�QU and\nmother Lak�mi, the goddess of fortune, Lord Vi�Qu's wife, by glorifying\nLord Vi�QU for His mercy, patience, prowess, ability, greatness and other\nglories and for how He can bestow all mystic benedictions. While offering the Lord all paraphernalia for worship, such as ornaments, a sacred\nthread, scents, nice flowers, incense and water for bathing and washing\nHis feet, hands and mouth, one should invite the Lord with this mantra:\nom nanw b lwgavate mahii-pun�aya mahiinubhiivaya mahiivibhiUipataye saha mahii-vibhiltibhir balim upahariimi. Then one should offer\ntwelve oblations in the fire while chanting this mantra: om nanw\nblwgavate mahii-pu�iiya mahiivibhuti-pataye sviihii. One should offer\n\nobeisances while chanting this mantra ten times. Then one should chant\nthe Lak�mi-NarayaQ.a mantra.\nIf either a pregnant woman or her husband regularly discharges this\ndevotional service, both of them will receive the result. After continuing\nthis process for one full year, the chaste wife should fast on the pil17Jimii,\nthe full-moon day, of Karttika. On the following day, the husband should\nworship the Lord as before and then observe a festival by cooking nice\nfood and distributing prasiida to the briihmaT_ULS. Then, with the permission of the briihmaT_ULS, the husband and wife should take prasiida. This\nchapter ends by glorifying the results of the pumsavana function.\n\n269\n\n", "SB6.3#p0301": "(Canto 6, Ch. 19\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n270\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�v'if1en\"'l\niffl � iWw{ � �§;aJfht'( I\n� ���� lA fcf�: smJa:R£ II � II\nsri-riijovaca\nvratam purilsavanam brahman\nbhavatii yad udiritam\ntasya veditum icchami\nyena v��u!l prasidati\n\nsn-ra1a\n\nuviica-Mahiiriija\n\nParik!?it\n\nsaid;\n\nvratam-the\n\nvow;\n\npurilsavanam-called purilsavana; brahman-0 brahma�; bhavatiiby\n\nyou;\n\nyat-which;\n\nudiritam-was\n\nspoken\n\nof;\n\ntasya-of that;\n\nveditum-to know; icchami-1 want; yena-by which; v��u!l-Lord\nVi!?r:IU; prasidati-is pleased.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Parik�it said: My dear lord, you have already spoken\n\nabout the pumsavana vow. Now I want to hear about it in detail, for\n\nI understand that by observing this vow one\n\ncan\n\nSupreme Lord, Vi��u.\n\nplease the\n\nTEXTS 2-3\n\n��\n'\"'fit ('\n+\nlitl \"- 'i� �� '#\\ij(a�T I\nU 'Ull{'�\n311(� ifijfil� ('tlrf�tf'f�\"*�: II � II\nfwl� �ijf �;q ilmUIIWf�..� :q- I\n�\n\n�\n\n....\n\n�� -gi tRfun�,ijl\"t{ I\n\n'@��smt(l�ld1114f•ltt;:ij f� ij\"� 11 � 11\n\n", "SB6.3#p0302": "Text 3]\n\nThe Pumsavana Ritualistic Ceremony\n\n271\n\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nsukle miirga5ire pa�e\n\nyo�id bhartur anujnaya\n\narabheta vratam idam\n\nsa rva- kamikam adita/:1,\n\nniSamya marutaril janma\nbrahmal}iin anumantrya ca\nsnatva sukla-dati sukle\nvasitalarikrtambare\n\npujayet pratarasat priig\n\nbhagavantaril sriya saha\n\nsn-suka/:t\n\nuvaca-Sri\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami\n\nsaid;\n\nsukle-bright;\n\nmiirgruire-during the month of November-December; pa�e-during\n\nthe fortnight; yo�it-a woman; bhartu/:1,-of the husband; anujnayawith the permission; arabheta-should begin; vratam -vow; idam­\n\nthis; sarva-kamikam-which fulfills all desires; adita/:1,-from the first\n\nday; niSamya-hearing; marutam-of the Maruts; janma-the birth;\n\nbrahmal}iin-the brahmar:ws; anumantrya-tak.ing instruction from;\n\nca-and;\n\nsnatoo-bathing;\n\nsukla-dati-having\n\ncleaned\n\nthe\n\nteeth;\n\nsukle-white; vasita-should put on; alarikrta-wearing ornaments;\nambare-garments;\n\npujayet-should\n\nworship;\n\nprata/:1,-asat prak­\n\nbefore breakfast; bhagavantam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nsriya saha-with the goddess of fortune.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: On the first day of the bright fortnight\n\nof the month of Agrahayw;a.a [November-December], following\n\nthe instructions of her husband, a woman should begin this\n\nregulative devotional service with a vow of penance, for it can\nfulfill all one's desires. Before beginning the worship of Lord\n\nVi!j�u, the woman should hear the story of how the Maruts were\nborn. Under the instructions of qualified brahmru;a.as, in the morn­\n\ning she should wash her teeth, bathe, and dress herself with white\n\n", "SB6.3#p0303": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n272\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 19\n\ncloth and ornaments, and before taking breakfast she should\nworship Lord Vi�?�U and �mi.\n\nTEXT4\n\n3(� � � 1{!Jf� ;rijt�« � I\n�it Wf'l: ��� II � II\nalmn te nirapek}aya\npil:rr:m-kii ma namo stu te\n'\n\nmahavibhuti-pataye\nnama/:t sakala-siddhaye\n\na/am -enough;\n\nte-to\n\nYou;\n\nni ra pek}aya- indifferent;\n\npurr:m­\n\nkiima-0 Lord, whose desire is always fulfilled; nama/:t-obeisances;\nastu-may there be; te-unto You; maha-vibhuti-of Lak�mi; patayeunto the husband;\n\nnama/:t-obeisances;\n\nsakala-siddhaye-unto the\n\nmaster of all mystic perfections.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[She should then pray to the Lord as follows] My dear Lord, You\n\nare full in all opulences, hut I do not beg You for opulence. I\n\nsimply offer my respectful obeisances unto You. You are the husband and master of Lak�?midevi, the goddess of fortune, who has\n\nall opulences. Therefore You are the master of all mystic yoga. I\nsimply offer my obeisances unto You.\n\nPURPORT\nA devotee knows how to appreciate the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\nom purr:mm ada/:t purr:mm idam\npiln:zdt purr:mm udacyate\npurr:msya purr:mm iidiiya\npurr:mm evava.S�yate\n\n\"The Personality of Godhead is perfect and complete, and because He is\ncompletely perfect, all emanations from Him, such as this phenomenal\n\n", "SB6.3#p0304": "Text 5]\n\n273\n\nThe Pmhsavana Ritualistic Ceremony\n\nworld, are perfectly equipped as complete wholes. Whatever is produced\nof the complete whole is also complete in itself. Because He is the complete whole, even though so many complete units emanate from Him, He\nremains the complete balance.\" Therefore, to take shelter of the\nSupreme Lord is required. Whatever a devotee needs will be supplied by\nthe complete Supreme Personality of Godhead (te�am nityabhiyuktaniim\n\nyoga-�emam vahamy aham). Therefore a pure devotee will not ask\nanything from the Lord. He simply offers the Lord his respectful obeisances, and the Lord is prepared to accept whatever the devotee can\nsecure to worship Him, even patram p�pam phalam t\n\noyam-a leaf,\n\nflower, fruit or water. There is no need to artificially exert oneself. It is\nbetter to be plain and simple and with respectful obeisances offer to the\nLord whatever one can secure. The Lord is completely able to bless the\ndevotee with all opulences.\nTEXTS\n\n��cri\"�T � � ¥�R¥ii�(il I\n� � �: (i'��sf« � �r�: II� II\nyatha tvam krpaya bhutya\ntejasa mahimaujasa\nj�!a iSa gur:rai/:t sarvais\ntato si b hagavan p rabhu /:t\n'\n\nyatha -as; tvam-You; krpaya -with mercy; bhutya -with opulences; tejasa -with prowess; mahima-ojasa -with glory and strength;\nj�!a/:t-endowed;\n\ni.Sa-0\n\nmy\n\nLord;\n\ngur:rai/:t-with\n\ntranscendental\n\nqualities; sarvai/:t-all; tata/:t-therefore; asi- You are; b\n\nhagavan-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; prabhu/:t-the master.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, because You are endowed with causeless mercy, all\nopulences, all prowess and all glories, strength and transcendental\nqualities, You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master\nof everyone.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0305": "Srnnad-BhagavaUun\n\n274\n\n[Canto6, Ch. 19\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the words tato 'si bhagavan prabhu}:t mean \"Therefore\n\nYou are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of everyone.\"\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is endowed with all six opulences\nin full, and moreover He is extremely kind to His devotee. Although He\nis full in Himself, He nonetheless wants all the living entities to sur­\n\nrender unto Him so that they may engage in His service. Thus He be­\n\ncomes satisfied. Although He is full in Himself, He nonetheless becomes\n\npleased when His devotee offers Him patrarh p�parh phalam toyam-a\n\nleaf, Bower, fruit or water-in devotion. Sometimes the Lord, as the\n\nchild of mother Yasoda, requests His devotee for some food, as if He were\n\nvery hungry. Sometimes He tells His devotee in a dream that His temple\n\nand His garden are now very old and that He cannot enjoy them very\n\nnicely. Thus He requests the devotee to repair them. Sometimes He is\n\nburied in the earth, and as if unable to come out Himself, He requests\nHis devotee to rescue Him. Sometimes He requests His devotee to preach\nHis glories all over the world, although He alone is quite competent to\n\nperform this task. Even though the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\n\nendowed with all possessions and is self-sufficient, He depends on His\ndevotees. Therefore the relationship of the Lord with His devotees is extremely confidential. Only the devotee can perceive how the Lord, al­\n\nthough full in Himself, depends on His devotee for some particular\n\nwork. This is explained in Bhagavad-gita (ll. 33), where the Lord tells\nArjuna, nimitta-matrarh bhava savyasacin: \"0 Arjuna, merely be an in­\n\nstrument in the fight.\" Lord Kr�f.la had the competence to win the Battle\n\nof Kuruk�etra, but nonetheless He induced His devotee Arjuna to fight\n\nand become the cause of victory. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was quite\n\ncompetent enough to spread His name and mission all over the world, but\nstill He depended upon His devotee to do this work. Considering all these\n\npoints, the most important aspect of the Supreme Lord's self-sufficiency\nis that He depends on His devotees. This is called His causeless mercy.\n\nThe devotee who has perceived this causeless mercy of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead by realization can understand the master and the\n\nservant.\n\nTEXT6\n\n�qfir\n\n+i�I'U� +4�11�tf� I\n�tn lr +4� �l�lawt.U� ij II � II\n\n", "SB6.3#p0306": "Text7]\n\nThe Pumsavana Ritualistic Ceremony\n\n275\n\nv��u-patni maha-111iye\nmahapu�a-la�a�\npriyetha me maha-bluige\nloka-111itar namo 'stu te\nv4�u-patni-O wife of Lord Vi�Qu; maha-111iye-O energy of Lord\nVi�Qu; maha-pu�a-la�a�e-possessing the qualities and opulences of\n\np riyethab.-kindly be pleased; me-upon me; mahabluige-0 goddess of fortune; loka-matab.-0 mother of the world;\n\nLord Vi�Qu;\n\nnamab.-obeisances; astu-may there be; te-unto you.\nTRANSLATION\n[After profusely offering obeisances unto Lord Vi!ii •.m, the devotee should offer respectful obeisances unto mother Lak!iimi, the\ngoddess of fortune, and pray as follows.] 0 wife of Lord Vi!lli).U, 0\ninternal energy of Lord Vi!lli).U, you are as good as Lord Vi!lli).U Himself, for you have all of His qualities and opulences. 0 goddess of\nfortune, please be kind to me. 0 mother of the entire world, I\noffer my respectful obeisances unto you.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord has multifarious potencies (parasya saktir vividhaiva\n\nsruyate). Since mother Lak�rni, the goddess of fortune, is the Lord's very\nprecious potency, she is addressed here as maha-111iye. The word 111iya\nmeans sakti. Lord Vi�Qu, the Supreme, cannot exhibit His power everywhere without His principal energy. It is said, sakti sakti111in abheda:\nthe power and the powerful are identical. Therefore mother Lak�mi:, the\ngoddess of fortune, is the constant companion of Lord Vi�Qu; they\nremain together constantly. One cannot keep Lak�mi: in one's home without Lord Vi�QU. To think that one can do so is very dangerous. To keep\nLak�mi:, or the riches of the Lord, without the service of the Lord is always dangerous, for then Lak�mi: becomes the illusory energy. With Lord\nVi�Qu, however, Lak�mi: is the spiritual energy.\nTEXT7\n\n� ij\\i\n3fir.nm�UJ ��tiH(Witl!.�-\n\n� ;{� l{lf.l� 'iiil��'11� 'iii�\n\n��fu�ffiaqroit� 1\n\n", "SB6.3#p0307": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n276\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 19\n\nqi¢N���(il�'41(1'3qm·�qa_')cflq(I(IQq'i41U'{\n{J('t+ll�dtqt{( II \\9 II\n�\n\nom namo bhagavate mahii-purW}iiya mahiinubhiivaya mahiivibhutipataye saha mahii-vibhutibhir balim upaharam'iti. anenahar-ahar\nmantre� �r:wr avahanarghya-padyopasparsana-snana-vasa-upavitavibhii§a�-gandha-pU$pa-dhupa-dipopahiirady-upacaran susamahitopiiharet.\n\nom-0 my Lord; namab,-obeisances; bhagavate-unto the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, full with six opulences; mahii-purW}iiya-the\nbest of\nvibhUti\n\nenjoyers;\n\nmahii-anubhiivaya-the most powerful;\n\nmahii­\n\n-of the goddess of fortune; pataye-the husband; saha-with;\n\nmahii-vibhutibhib,-associates;\nam offering;\n\niti-thus;\n\nbalim-presentations;\n\nanena-by this;\n\nupaharami-I\n\nahab,-ahab,-every day;\n\nmantre�-mantra; vi$r:wb,-o£ Lord Vi�?�tu;\n\naoohana-invocations;\n\narghya-padya-upasparsana-water for washing the hands, feet and\nmouth; sndna-water for bathing; vasa-garments; upavita-a sacred\nthread; vibhfl$a�a-ornaments; gandha-scents; pu$pa-flowers;\ndhupa-incense;\n\ndipa-lamps;\n\nupacdriin-presenta tions;\n\nupahiira-gifts;\n\nadi-and\n\nso\n\non;\n\nsu-samahita-with great attention;\n\nupiiharet-she must offer.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My Lord Vi�1_1u, full in six opulences, You are the best of all en­\n\njoyers and the most powerful. 0 husband of mother Lak�mi, I\n\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You, who are accompanied by\nmany associates, such as Visvaksena. I offer all the paraphernalia\n\nfor worshiping You.\" One should chant this mantra every day with\n\ngreat attention while worshiping Lord Vi�1_1u with all parapher­\n\nnalia, such as water for washing His feet, hands and mouth and\n\nwater for His bath. One must offer Him various presentations for\n\nHis worship, such as garments, a sacred thread, ornaments, scents,\n\nflowers, incense and lamps.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0308": "Text9\n\n]\n\nThe Pmhsavana Ritualistic Ceremony\n\n277\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis mantra is very important. Anyone engaged in Deity worship\nshould chant this mantra, as quoted above, beginning with om namo\nbhagavate mahii-pu1Wfaya.\nTEXTS\n\ntf.r:� � �i��� U�ffl: I\n3P ;pll � ��� ���� � II� II\nhavi/:t-se�am ca juhuyad\nanale dvadaSahuti/:t\nom namo bhagavate mahii-purwjaya mahiivibhiUi-pataye svaheti\nhavi/:t-se�am-remnants of the offering;\n\nca-and; juhuyat-one\n\nshould offer; anale-in the fire; dvadaSa-twelve; ahuti/:t-ohlations;\nom-0 my Lord; nama/:t-oheisances; bhagavate-unto the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; mahii-purwjaya-the supreme enjoyer; mahiivibhiUi-of the goddess of fortune; pataye-the husband; soohii -hail;\niti-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: Mter worshiping the Lord with\nall the paraphernalia mentioned above, one should chant the\nfollowing mantra while offering twelve oblations of ghee on the\nsacred fire:\n\nm:h namo bhagavate maha-puru�aya mahavibhuti­\n\npataye svaha.\nTEXT9\n\nf'Jlli � � 'H�I�Ifnt Sfll� I\n� (1i'(lii�At€4 �1�0ee4«•�: II � II\nsriyam V�1Jum ca varadav\nas�am prabhatxiv ubhau\nbhaktya sampiljayen nityam\nyadicchet sarva-sampada/:t\n\n", "SB6.3#p0309": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n278\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 19\n\nsriyam-the goddess of fortune; vi,s�um-Lord Vi�Q.U; ca-and;\nvara-dau-the\n\nbestowers\n\nprabhavau-the\n\nsources;\n\nsampujayet-should\n\nof\n\nbenedictions;\n\nasi,sam-of\n\nblessings;\n\nubhau-both;\n\nworship;\n\nbha ktya-with devotion;\nnityam-daily � yadi-if; icchet­\n\ndesires; saroa-all; sampadaft-opulences.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nH one desires all opulences, his duty is to daily worship Lord\n\nVi��u with His wife, Lak�mi. With great devotion one should wor­\n\nship Him according to the above-mentioned process. Lord Vi��u\nand the goddess of fortune are an immensely powerful combina­\n\ntion. They are the bestowers of all benedictions and the source s of\n\nall good fortune. Therefore the duty of everyone is to worship\n\nLak�mi-Niriy�a.\n\nPURPORT\nLak�mi-NarayaQ.a-Lord Vi�Q.u and mother Lak�mi-are always situated in everyone's heart (iSvaraft sarva-bhutantim hrd-dese 'rjuna\n\nti$!hati). However, because nondevotees do not realize that Lord Vi�Q.U\nstays with His eternal consort, Lak�mi, within the hearts of all living entities, they are not endowed\n\nwith the\n\nopulence of Lord Vi�Q.U.\n\nUnscrupulous men sometimes address a poor man as daridra-ntiraya�,\nor \"poor NarayaQ.a.\" This is most unscientific. Lord Vi�Q.u and Lak�mi\nare always situated in everyone's heart, but this does not mean that\neveryone is NarayaQ.a, especially not those in poverty. This is a most\nabominable term to use in connection with NarayaQ.a. NarayaQ.a never\nbecomes poor, and therefore He can never be called daridra-naraya�.\nNarayaQ.a is certainly situated in everyone's heart, but He is neither poor\nnor rich. Only unscrupulous persons who do not know the opulence of\nNarayaQ.a try to afBict Him with poverty.\n\nTEXT 10\n\nS(OI�(.,.q�\n\n�fihstiol � I\n�1t ;:(q q ;i ��: �ihiJJa.l�€( II Z II\n...\n\n...\n\no\n\n", "SB6.3#p0310": "279\n\nThe Purhsavana Ritualistic Ceremony\n\nText ll]\n\npraTJ-flmed dar:u;lavad bhumau\nbhakti-prahveTJ-fl cetasii\ndaSa-viirarh japen mantrarh\ntata/:t stotram udirayet\npraTJ-flmet-should\n\noffer\n\nobeisances;\n\ndar:u;la-va t-like\n\na\n\nstick;\n\nbhumau-on the ground; bhakti-through devotion; prahve TJ-fl-humble; cetasa-with a mind; daSa-viiram-ten times; japet - should utter;\nmantram-the\n\ntata/:t-then;\n\nmantra;\n\nsto tram-prayer;\n\nudirayet­\n\nshould chant.\nTRANSLATION\nOne should offer obeisances unto the Lord with a mind humbled\nthrough devotion. While offering d�«;lavats by falling on the\nground like a rod, one should chant the above mantra ten times.\nThen one should chant the following prayer.\nTEXT ll\n\n�TijR�R\\\"{�:� ��\n� ft: Sf'ISRr: �+n �Rtl��41 II��II\nyuvarh tu viSvasya vibhu\njagata/:t karaTJ-flrh param\niyarh hi prakrti/:t suk$ma\nmaya-saktir duratyaya\nyuvam -both\n\nof\n\nyou;\n\ntu-indeed;\n\nviSvas ya-of\n\nthe\n\nuniverse;\n\nvibhu-the proprietors; jagata/:t-of the universe; karaTJ-flm - the cause;\nparam-supreme;\n\niy a m-this;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nprakrti/:t-energy;\n\nsu/cyma-difficult to understand; maya-sakti/:t-the internal energy;\nduratyaya-difficult to overcome.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord Vi�?J?.U and mother Lak�?mi, goddess of fortune, you are\nthe proprietors of the entire creation. Indeed, you are the cause of\n\n", "SB6.3#p0311": "[Canto 6, Ch. 19\n\nSrbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n280\n\nthe creation. Mother Lak�mi is extremely difficult to understand\n\nbecause she is so powerful that the jurisdiction of her power is dif­\n\nficult to overcome. Mother Lak�mi is represented in the material\n\nworld as the external energy, but actually she is always the internal\n\nenergy of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n� 3NT:f.R: � �: q�: I\n\n���fiR���������\ntasya adhiSvara/:t sak§at\ntvam eva pun.L$a/:t para/:t\ntvarh sarva-yajna ijyeyarh\nkriyeyarh phala-bhug bhavan\n\ntasya/:t-of her; adhiSvara/:t-the master; stik§tit-directly; tvamY ou; eva-certainly; pun.L$a/:t-the person; para/:t-supreme; tvamYou; sarva-yajna/:t-personified sacrifice; ijyti-worship; iyam-this\n(Lak�mi); kriyti-activities; iyam-this; phala-bhuk-the enjoyer of\nthe fruits; bhavtin- You.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You are the master of energy, and therefore You are\n\nthe Supreme Person. You are sacrifice [yajiia] personified. Lak�mi,\n\nthe embodiment of spiritual activities, is the original form of wor­\n\nship offered unto You, whereas You\n\nare\n\nsacrifices.\n\nthe enjoyer of all\n\nTEXT 13\n\ngo104fuiftti �T 04�� g!Jlinffi'f. I\n�ft: e��;ft��T �: �ffiA:�:I\nWil'l� � $1�lili�Jiqf�: ����II\ngulJll-vyaktir iyarh dev;;\nvyaiijako gulJll-bhug bhavan\ntvarh hi sarva-sariry titmti\nsri/:t sarirendriyasayti/:t\n\n", "SB6.3#p0312": "Text 13)\n\nThe Pumsavana Ritualistic Ceremony\n\n281\n\nniima-nlpe bhagavati\npratyayas tvam apasraya/:t\ngu�-vyakti/:t-the reservoir of qualities; iyam -this; devi-goddess;\n\nvyanjaka/:t-manifester; gu�-bhuk-the enjoyer of the qualities;\nbhavan-You; tvam- You; hi-indeed; saroa-sariri atma-the Supersoul of all living entities; sri/:t-the goddess of fortune; sarira-the\nbody; indriya senses; asaya/:t-and the mind; nama-name; rapeand form; bhagavati-Lak�mi:; pratyaya/:t-the cause of manifestation;\ntvam-You; apasraya/:t-the support.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMother Lak�mi, who is here, is the reservoir of all spiritual\nqualities, whereas You manifest and enjoy all these qualities. Indeed, You are actually the enjoyer of everything. You live as the\nSupersoul of all living entities, and the goddess of fortune is the\nform of their bodies, senses and minds. She also has a holy name\nand form, whereas You are the support of all such names and\nforms and the cause for their manifestation.\nPURPORT\nMadhvacarya, the acarya of the Tattvavadi:s, has described this verse\nin the following way: \"Vi�r;tu is described as yajna personified, and\nmother Lak�mi: is described as spiritual activities and the original form of\nworship. In fact, they represent spiritual activities and the Supersoul of\nall yajna. Lord Vi�QU is the Supersoul even of Lak�mi:devi:, but no one\ncan be the Supersoul of Lord Vi�QU, for Lord Vi�Qu Himself is the\nspiritual Supersoul of everyone.\"\nAccording to Madhvacarya, there are two tattvas, or factors. One is independent, and the other is dependent. The first tattva is the Supreme\nLord, Vi�QU, and the second is the jiva-tattva. Lak�mi:devi:, being dependent on Lord Vi�Qu, is sometimes counted among the jivas. The Gau�i:ya\nVai�Qavas, however, describe Lak�mi:devi: in accordance with the following two verses from the Prameya-ratniivali of Baladeva Vidyabhii�aQa.\nThe first verse is a quotation from the Vi$�u Pura�.\n\nnityaiva sa jagan-mata\nvi$�/:t srir anapayini\n\n", "SB6.3#p0313": "Srnnad-BhagavaUun\n\n282\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 19\n\nyathii sarva-gato V�TJUS\ntathaiveyam dvijottama\nV�TJOb. syub, saktayas tisras\ntiisu ya kirtita para\nsaiva sris tad-abhinneti\npraha s�yan prabhur mahan\n\" '0 best of the brahma1_1,as, Lakf?miji is the constant companion of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Vif?IJU, and therefore she is called\n\nanapayini. She is the mother of all creation. As Lord Vif?IJU is all­\n\npervading, His spiritual potency, mother Lakf?mi, is also all-pervading.'\n\nLord Vif?r;tu has three principal potencies-internal,\n\nexternal and\n\nmarginal. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has accepted para-sakti, the spiritual\n\nenergy of the Lord, as being identical with the Lord. Thus she is also in­\n\ncluded in the independent v�1_1,u-tattva.''\n\nIn the Kanti-mala commentary on the Prameya-ratnavali there is this\n\nstatement:\n\nnanu kvacit nitya-mukta-jivatvarh lakjmyab. svikrtarh,\ntatraha,-praheti. nityaiveti padye sarva-vyapti-kathanena kala�!hety adi-padya-dvaye, suddho 'pity ukta ca mahiiprabhuna svas�yan prati lakjmya bhagavad-advaitam upad�tam. kvacid yat tasyas\ntu dvaitam uktarh, tat tu tad-av�ta-nitya-mukta-jivam iidiiya\nsarigatamas tu. \"Although some authoritative Vaif?Qava disciplic succes­\n\nsions count the goddess of fortune among the ever-liberated living en­\n\ntities (jivas) in Vaiku�:ttha, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, in accordance with\nthe statement in the V�TJU Pura1_1,a, has described Lakf?mi as being iden­\n\ntical with the v�1_1,u-tattva. The correct conclusion is that the descriptions\n\nof Lakf?mi as being different from Vif?IJU are stated when an eternally\n\nliberated living entity is imbued with the quality of Lakf?mi; they do not\n\npertain to mother Lakf?mi, the eternal consort of Lord Vif?QU.\"\n\nTEXT 14\n�\n\n� {W�� � �qtg;fi I\n\n�'l��·��+t(i�t{: 11�\\lll\nyathii yuvarh tri-lokasya\nvaradau parame�thinau\n\n", "SB6.3#p0314": "Text 15]\n\nThe Purilsavana Ritualistic Ceremony\n\n283\n\ntatha ma uttama.Sloka\nsantu satya maluiS�a/:t\nyatha-since; yuvam-both of you; tri-lokasya-of the three worlds;\nvara-dau-givers\n\nof\n\nbenedictions;\n\nparame-�thinau-the\n\nsupreme\n\nrulers; tatha-therefore; me-my; uttama-sloka-0 Lord, who are\npraised with excellent verses; santu-may become; satya/:t-ful£lled;\nmaha-as�a/:t-great ambitions.\nTRANSLATION\nYou are both the supreme rulers and henedictors of the three\n\nworlds. Therefore, my Lord, Uttama8loka, may my ambitions he\nfulfilled by Your grace.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�� � �T�T� fw:n\nmiiiHJPU�{ui\n\n�� I\n\n���Ril�\n\nIIZ�II\n\nity abh�tuya varadam\nsrinivasam sriya saha\ntan ni/:tsaryopaharar:wm\ndattvacamanam arcayet\niti-thus;\n\nabh�tuya-ofiering prayers;\n\nvara-dam-who bestows\n\nbenedictions; sri-nivasam-unto Lord Vi�I}U, the abode of the goddess of\nfortune; sriya saha-with Lakf?mi; tat-then; ni/:tsarya-removing;\nupaharar:wm-the paraphernalia for worship; dattva-after offering;\nacamanam-water for washing the hands and mouth; arcayet-one\nshould worship.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi continued: Thus one should worship\n\nLord Vi11r;au, who is known as Srinivasa, along with mother Lak11mi,\n\nthe goddess of fortune, by offering prayers according to the pro­\n\ncess mentioned above. After removing all the paraphernalia of\n\nworship, one should offer them water to wash their hands and\n\nmouths, and then one should worship them again.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0315": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n284\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 16\n\n(RT: �QtiTCJ ��\n\n�f;;�Rflf\n\n'ilNMI�Ui �crm I\n��������II\n\ntataft stuvita stotre�Jfl,\nbhakti-prahve�Jfl- cetasa\nyajnocchi$!am avaghraya\npunar abhyarcayed dharim\ntataft-then; stuvita-one should praise; stotre�Jfl,-with prayers;\nbhakti-with devotion;\n\nprahve�Jfl,-humble;\n\ncetasa-with a mind;\n\nyajfia-ucchi$!am-the remnants of sacrifice;\n\navaghraya-smelling;\n\npuna/t-again; abhyarcayet-one should worship; harim-Lord Vi!?QU.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, with devotion and humility, one should offer\n\nprayers to the Lord and mother Lak�mi. Then one should smell the\nremnants of the food offered and then again worship the Lord and\n\nLak�miji.\n\nTEXT 17\n\nm :q wn � ��(itt*tam 1\n1sr.T��(iq;{�� \"\"\n3lfl�u�: �({• q11:1:\n�\"o\\o\\\nt;.. I\n����or � 3i¥lF1�1fwf =q 11��11\npatim ca paraya bhaktya\nmahapurl.L§a-cetasa\npriyais tais tair upanamet\nprema-silaft svayam patift\nbibhryat sarva-karmiirti\npatnya uccavacani ca\npatim-the husband; ca-and;\ndevotion;\n\nparaya-supreme;\n\nbhaktya-with\n\nmaha-purl.L§a-cetasa-accepting as the Supreme Person;\n\npriyaift-dear; taift taift-by those (offerings); upanamet-should wor-\n\n", "SB6.3#p0316": "Text 18]\n\n285\n\nThe Pumsavana Ritualistic Ceremony\n\nship; prema-silalt- being affectionate; svayam- himself; patilt -the\nhusband;\n\nbibhryat-should execute;\n\npatnyalt-of the wife; ucca-avacani\n\n-\n\nsaroa-karma�i-all\n\nactivities;\n\nhigh and low; ca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAccepting her husband as the representative of the Supreme\nPerson, a wife should worship him with unalloyed devotion by\noffering him prasada. The husband, being very pleased with his\nwife, should engage himself in the affairs of his family.\nPURPORT\nThe family relationship of husband and wife should be established\nspiritually according to the process mentioned above.\nTEXT 18\n\n�reqtffiftr 1\n'lRtirmunN� i�\"'G:l�f qffi�<t(l_ ij'�: II� <::II\nkrtam ekatare�pi\ndam-patyor ubhayor api\npatnyam kuryiid anarhayam\npatir etat samahitalt\nkrtam-executed; ekatare�-by one; api-even; dam-patyolt-of\nthe wife and husband; ubhayolt-of both; api-still; patnyam\n\n-\n\nwhen\n\nthe wife; kuryat-he should execute; anarhayam-is unable; patiltthe husband; etat-this; samahitalt -with attention.\nTRANSLATION\nBetween the husband and wife, one person is sufficient to execute this devotional service. Because of their good relationship,\nboth of them will enjoy the result. Therefore if the wife is unable\nto execute this process, the husband should carefully do so, and\nthe faithful wife will share the result.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0317": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n286\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 19\n\nPURPORT\nThe relationship between husband and wife is firmly established when\nthe wife is faithful and the husband sincere. Then even if the wife, being\nweaker, is unable to execute devotional service with her husband, if she\nis chaste and sincere she shares half of her husband's activities.\n\nTEXTS 19-20\n\n{f{QJj)J�� fim1f M(;441� �� I\n��1;ft<'4J't:w���: 1\n��rn:� � ft:P.J'4li1T\\2m 11��11\n� � � �� �f��fuunr<n 1\nQ�ql�� �����if ll�oll\nvi.§lJ-Or vratam idam bibhran\nna vihanyat kathaftcana\nvipnin striyo viravati�\nsrag-gandha-bali-mar:u}anai�\narced ahar-ahar bhaktyii\ndevam niyamam iisthitii\nudviisya devam sve dhiimni\ntan-niveditam agrata�\nadyiid iitma-vi.Suddhy-artham\nsarva-kiima-samrddhaye\nvi.§lJ-0�-of Lord Vi�?Qu; vratam-vow; idam-this; bibhrat-executing; na-not; vihanyiit-should break; kathaftcana-for any reason;\nvipriin-the briihmaT}nS; striya�-women; vira-vati�-who have their\nhusband and sons; srak-with garlands; gandha-sandalwood; baliofferings of food; mar:u}anai�-and with ornaments; arcet-one should\nworship; aha�-aha�-daily; bhaktyii-with devotion; devam-Lord\nVi�?QU;\n\nniyamam-the\n\nregulative\n\nprinciples;\n\niisthitii-following;\n\nudviisya-placing; devam-the Lord; sve-in His own; dhiimni-resting place; tat-to Him; niveditam-what was offered; agrata�-after\n\n", "SB6.3#p0318": "The Pmhsavana Ritualistic Ceremony\n\nText 21]\n\n287\n\ndividing first among the others; adyat-one should eat; atma-vi.Suddhiartham-for self-purification; sarva-kiima-all desires; samrddhayefor fulfilling.\nTRANSLATION\nOne should accept this vi�l).u-vrata, which is a vow in devotional\nservice, and should not deviate from its execution to engage in\nanything else. By offering the remnants of prasada, flower garlands, sandalwood pulp and ornaments, one should daily worship\nthe brahm81).as and worship women who peacefully live with their\nhusbands and children. Every day the wife must continue following the regulative principles to worship Lord Vi�I).U with great\ndevotion. Thereafter, Lord Vi�I).U should be laid in His bed, and\nthen one should take prasada. In this way, husband and wife will\nbe purified and will have all their desires fulfilled.\nTEXT 21\n\n� \\�TNNitT ����I\n;ftwrN<�«n&fi � m� II�� II\netena pilja-vidhinii\nmiisan dtxidaSa hayanam\nnitvathoparamet siidhvi\nkiirtike carame 'hani\nelena-with\n\nthis;\n\npilja-vidhinii-regulated\n\ndviidaS -twelve months;\n\nworship;\n\nmiisan\n\nhayanam-a year; nitva-after passing;\n\natha-then; uparamet-should fast; siidhvi-the chaste wife; kiirtikein Karttika; carame ahani-on the final day.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe chaste wife must perform such devotional service continuously for one year. Mter one year passes, she should fast on\nthe full-moon day in the month of Karttika [October-November].\n\n", "SB6.3#p0319": "(Canto 6, Ch. 19\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavauuu\n\n288\n\nTEXT 22\n\n���lt ���l\nijftkr 1\n� ii:IG\\��l�at: tffir: ����II\n'R:�;r ��t����\n\nm\n\nsvo-bhute 'pa upasprsya\nkr§lJnm abhyarcya pilrvavat\npaya/:1.-srtena juhuyac\ncaru� saha sarpi§a\npaka-yajiia-vidhanena\ndvadaSaivahuti}:t pati}:t\nsva}:t bhute\n-\n\n-\n\non the following morning; apa/:1.-water; upasprsya­\n\ncontacting; kr§ �am\n\n-\n\nLord .Kr�1.1a; abhyarcya-worshiping; pilrva-vat­\n\nas previously; paya/:1.-srtena-with boiled milk; juhuyat-one should\noffer; caru�-with an offering of sweet rice; saha-with; sarpi§aghee; paka-yajiia-vidhanena-according to the injunctions of the\nGrhya-siltras;\n\ndvadaSa-twelve;\n\neva-indeed;\n\nahun/:1.-oblations;\n\npati/:1.-the husband.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the morning of the next day, one should wash oneself, and\n\nafter worshiping Lord �'.Ia as before, one should cook as one\n\ncooks for festivals as stated in the G:rhya-sdtras. Sweet rice should\n\nhe cooked with ghee, and with this preparation the husband\nshould offer oblations to the fire twelve times.\nTEXT 23\n\n�: �«11G\\P'4 ft:�:sft�: ij�: I\n� fu� ��f.fl � <IG\\�ij'tft II�� II\nasi§a}:t sirasadaya\ndvijai}:t pritai}:t samirita}:t\npra7Jnmya sirasa bhaktya\nbhufijita tad-anujnaya\n\n", "SB6.3#p0320": "Text 24]\n\n289\n\nThe Pmhsavana Ritualistic Ceremony\n\nasi$a�-blessings; sirasd-with the head; adaya-accepting; dvijai�-by the brahrruu:Las ; prita*-who are pleased; samirita�-spoken;\npra�mya-after offering obeisances; sirasd-with the head;\nbhaktya-with devotion; bhunjita-he should eat; tat-anujnaya-with\ntheir permission.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, he should satisfy the brihm�as. When the satisfied\nbriihmal}as bestow their blessings, he should devotedly offer them\nrespectful obeisances with his head, and with their permission he\n·should take prasida.\nTEXT 24\n('\n\n3(Rltf'Uf(l: �� �ij': � ��:\n\nI\n\na>,.,tt�,�q�..n-\" �: � wr�,�� �ijt� 11�\\lll\niicliryam agrata� krtva\nvtig-yata� saha bandhubhi�\ndadyat patnyai caro� se§arh\nsuprajlistvam susaubhagam\niicliryam-the acarya; agrata�-first of all; krtvd-receiving properly; ook-yata�-controlling speech; saha-with; bandhubhi�friends and relatives; dadyat-he should give; patnyai-to the wife;\ncaro�-of the oblation of sweet rice; se§am-the remnant; suprajlistvam-which insures good progeny; su saubhagam-which insures good fortune.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nBefore taking his meal, the husband must first seat the icarya\ncomfortably, and, along with his relatives and friends, should control his speech and offer prasida to the guru. Then the wife should\neat the remnants of the oblation of sweet rice cooked with ghee.\nEating the remnants insures a learned, devoted son and all good\nfortune.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0321": "(Canto 6, Ch. 19\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n290\n\nTEXT 25\n\n��� ftf\\tq� �\nooRRIT� � ���\n�• �<3�1�P.r � m\nf� �t ���fij �� �����II\netac caritva vidhivad vratam vibhor\nabhipsitartham labhate pumiin iha\nstri caitad asthaya labheta saubhagam\nsriyam prajam jiva-patim ya5o grham\netat-this; caritvii-performing; vidhi-vat-according to the injunctions of siistra; vratam-vow; vibho/:1,-from the Lord; abhipsitadesired; artham-object; labhate-gets; pumiin-a man; iha-in this\nlife;\n\nstri-a\n\nlabheta-can\n\nwoman;\nget;\n\nca-and;\n\netat-this;\n\nsaubhagam-good\n\niisthaya-performing;\n\nfortune;\n\nsriyam-opulence;\n\nprajam-progeny; jiva-patim-a husband with a long duratio� of life;\nya5a/:t-good reputation; grham-home.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf this vow or ritualistic ceremony is observed according to the\n\ndescription of sastra, even in this life a man will be able to achieve\nall the benedictions he desires from the Lord. A wife who per­\n\nforms this ritualistic ceremony will surely receive good fortune,\n\nopulence, sons, a long-living husband, a good reputation and a\n\ngood home.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bengal even today if a woman lives for a long time with her husband, she is considered very fortunate. A woman generally desires a good\nhusband, good children, a good home, prosperity, opulence and so on. As\nrecommended in this verse, a woman will receive all these desirable\nbenedictions, and a man will also be able to receive all benedictions, from\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus by performing this particular\ntype of vrata, a man and a woman in l<r!?Q.a consciousness will be happy\n\n", "SB6.3#p0322": "Text 28]\n\nThe Pmh.savana Ritualistic Ceremony\n\n291\n\nin this material world, and because of being �!?Qa conscious they will be\npromoted to the spiritual world.\nTEXTS 26-28\n\n���a��\nqftf �u �w� lff� 1\n\n�� ��\np � �N�\n\n�Sllil\n\n����II\n\n��f«i50M��\n� 3l1lmq1f�iM4�\n1(6�qf5ift� � d\n1Rf'1�<tm= r�Cfij(..,� ���\\911\nij!l: S(�q§MJ �+i�·l+il1_\nt1¥«1'4(11:W �-- ���\n� i(Cfli«<t � �\nft:�iRt �� �\n����II\nkanya ca vindeta samagra-lak§ary,am\npatim tv avini hata-kilbi§am gatim\nmrta-praja jiva-suta dhanesvari\nsudurbhaga subhaga nlpam agryam\nvinded vinlpa viruja vimucyate\nya amayavindriya-kalya-deham\netat pa!hann abhyudaye ca karmar:ty\nananta-trpti/:t pitr-devatanam\ntl.L$!ii/:t prayacchanti samasta-kaman\nhomavasane huta-bhuk sri-hans ca\nrajan mahan marutam janma pur:tyam\nditer vratam cabhihitam mahat te\n\n", "SB6.3#p0323": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n292\n\n[Canto 6, Ch. 19\n\nkanya-an unmarried girl; ca-and; vindeta-can get; samngrala�wzam-possessing all good qualities; patim-a husband; tu-and;\navira-a woman without a husband or son; hata-kilb�am-free from\nfault; gatim-the destination; mrta-praja-a woman whose children are\ndead; jiva-suta-a woman whose child has a long duration of life;\ndhana-iSvari-possessing\n\nwealth;\n\nbhaga-fortunate; rnpam-beauty;\n\nsu-durbhaga-unfortunate;\n\nsu­\n\nagryam-excellent; vindet-can\n\nget; virnpa-an ugly woman; viruja-from the disease; vimucyate-is\nfreed;\n\nya�-he\n\nwho;\n\namaya-vi-a diseased man;\n\nindriya-kalya­\n\ndeham-an able body; etat-this; pa!han-reciting; abhyudaye ca\nkarma�i-and in a sacrificial ceremony in which oblations are offered to\nthe forefathers and demigods; ananta-unlimited; trpti�-satisfaction;\npitr-devatanam-of\n\nthe\n\nforefathers\n\nand\n\ndemigods;\n\ntll$!ii�-being\n\npleased; prayacchanti-they bestow; samasta-all; kaman-desires;\nhoma-avasane-on the completion of the ceremony; huta-bhuk-the\nenjoyer of the sacrifice; sri-hari�-Lord Vi�Qu; ca-also; rajan-0\nKing;\n\nmahat-great;\n\npu�yam-pious;\n\nmarutam-of\n\ndite�-of\n\nDiti;\n\nthe\n\nMaruts;\n\nvratam-the\n\njanma-birth;\nvow;\n\nca-also;\n\nabhihitam-explained; mahat-great; te-to you.\nTRANSLATION\nIf an unmarried girl observes this vrata, she will be able to get a\n\nvery good husband. If a woman who is avira-who has no husband\n\nor son-executes this ritualistic ceremony, she can be promoted to\n\nthe spiritual world. A woman whose children have died after birth\ncan\n\nget a child with a long duration of life and also become very\n\nfortunate in possessing wealth. If a woman is unfortunate she will\nbecome fortunate, and if ugly she will become beautiful. By ob­\n\nserving this vrata, a diseased man can gain relief from his disease\n\nand have an able body with which to work. If one recites this\nnarration while offering oblations to the pitas and demigods, es­\n\npecially during the sriddha ceremony, the demigods and inhabi­\n\ntants of Pitrloka will be extremely pleased with him and bestow\nupon him the fulfillment of all desires. After one performs this\n\nritualistic ceremony, Lord Vi�J.lU and His wife, mother Lak�mi, the\ngoddess of fortune, are very pleased with him. 0 King Parik�it,\n\n", "SB6.3#p0324": "Text 28]\n\nThe Pumsavana Ritualistic Ceremony\n\n293\n\nnow I\n\ncompletely\n\nthis\n\nhave\n\ndescribed\n\nhow Diti\n\nperformed\n\nceremony and had good children-the Maruts-and a happy life. I\nhave tried to explain this to you as elaborately as possible.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sixth Canto, Nine­\n\nteenth Chapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Performing the\nPurilsavana Ritualistic Ceremony. \"\n\nEND OF THE SIXTH CANTO\n\n", "SB6.3#p0325": "Appendixes\n\n", "SB6.3#p0326": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in\n\nthis world in 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\n\nSri:la Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhakti­\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent devotional scholar and the founder of\nsixty-four Gau�iya Mathas (Vedic institutes), liked this educated young\nman and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\n\nSrila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later (1933) at\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in\n\n1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nThakura requested Srila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge\nthrough the English language. In the years that followed, Srila Prabhu­\n\npada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad-gitii, assisted the Gau�iya\nMatha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance, started an English\n\nfortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and checked the\n\ngalley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and strug­\n\ngled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never\nstopped; it is n�w being continued by his disciples in the West.\n\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion,\n\nthe Gau�iya V ai�Qava Society honored him in\n\n1947 with the title\n\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In 1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada\n\nretired from married life,\n\nand four years later he adopted the\n\nviinaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his studies and writ­\n\ning. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of V:rndavana, where he\n\nlived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\n\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and\nwriting. He accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At\n\nRadha-Damodara, Srila Prabhupada began work on his life's master­\n\npiece: a multivolume translation and commentary on the eighteen thou­\n\nsand verse Srimad-Bhagavatam (Bhagavata Purar:w). He also wrote\nEasy Journey to Other Planets.\nMter publishing three volumes of Bhagavatam, Srila Prabhupada\ncame to the United States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\n\nmaster. Since that time, His Divine Grace has written over forty volumes\nof authoritative translations, commentaries and summary studies of the\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n\n297\n\n", "SB6.3#p0327": "298\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila\n\nPrabhupada was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\n\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for Krishna Con­\n\nsciousness in July of 1966. Under his careful guidance, the Society has\n\ngrown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one\nhundred iiSramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm communities.\n\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New V�ndavana, an experimental\n\nVedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew V�ndavana, now a thriving farm community of more than one thou­\n\nsand acres, his students have since founded several similar communities\n\nin the United States and abroad.\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\n\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\n\nDallas, Texas. The school began with 3 children in 1972, and by the\n\nbeginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\nSrila Prahhupada has also inspired the construction of a large inter­\n\nnational center at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also\n\nthe site for a planned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the\nmagnificent �!?I).a-Balarama Temple and International Guest House in\n\nV�ndavana, India. These are centers where Westerners can live to gain\nfirsthand experience of Vedic culture.\n\nSrila Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his\n\nbooks. Highly respected by the academic community for their authori­\n\ntativeness, depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks in\n\nnumerous college courses. His writings have been translated into eleven\n\nlanguages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972 ex­\n\nclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become the\nworld's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and phi­\n\nlosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada's most\nrecent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-com­\n\npleted by Srila Prabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali\nreligious classic Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada\n\nhas circled the globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to\nsix continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncontinues to write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library\nof Vedic philosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0328": "References\nThe purports of Snmad-Bhagavatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are specifically\ncited in this volume.\n\nBhagavad-gitti, 2,7, 18,54,58,65,84, 87, 90,91,93,99,100,105,\n108,119,120,125,126,127,128,134,135, 139,148,150,151,\n152,153,155,158,173,180,182,183-185,194,200,215,232,\n235,239, 243, 263,273, 274,275,278.\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, 56,102,129,147,191\nBrahma-samhita, 44, 100,122,123,124,147,182,195,199\nBrhan-niiradiya Purar:rn, 140\nCaitanya-caritamrta, 86,160,196,207\nCar:rnkya-sloka, 14,27,34,239\nEopan�ad, 12,132,272-273\nNarada-pancaratra, 129-130\nPadma Purar:rn, 116,149,207\nPrameya-ratniivali, 281-282\nPrema-vivarta, 158\nSi�i4!aka, 174-175, 178, 192-193,204,266\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 7,8,13, 67,109, 115, 119, 126, 130, 132, 136,\n137, 138, 149, 182, 197-198, 206, 229-230, 237, 246, 262,\n264-265\n\n299\n\n", "SB6.3#p0329": "300\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nSvetasvatara Upan�ad, 101\nTantra Bhiigavata, 8\nVedi.inta-siltra, 132\nV��Ju-Purii�, 281-282\n\n", "SB6.3#p0330": "Glossary\nA\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by example.\nAdhibhautika-misery inflicted by other living beings.\nAdhidaivika-miseries of nature inflicted by demigods.\nAdhyiitmika-misery caused by the body or mind.\nAnandamaya-{lit., full of bliss), spiritual realization; l(r�l)a consciousness.\nA!timd-the mystic power to become as small as an atom.\nAnnamaya-{lit., consisting of food), consciousness absorbed only in eating.\nArati-a ceremony for greeting the Lord with offerings of food, lamps, fans,\nflowers and incense.\nArcana-the devotional practice of Deity worship.\nAsrama-a spiritual order of life.\nAsura-atheistic demons.\nAvatara-a descent of the Supreme Lord.\n\nB\nBhagavad-gita-the basic directions for spiritual life spoken by the Lord\nHimself.\nBhagavan-the\n\nSupreme\n\nLord,\n\nwho\n\npossesses\n\nsix\n\nopulences:\n\nwealth,\n\nstrength, fame, beauty, knowledge and renunciation.\nBhakta-a devotee.\nBhakti-yoga-linking with the Supreme Lord in ecstatic devotional service.\nBrahmacarya-celibate student life; the first order of Vedic spiritual life.\nBrahman -the Absolute Truth; especially, the impersonal aspect of the\nAbsolute.\nBrahma!ta-a person in the mode of goodness; first Vedic social order.\n\nc\nCaral)aloka-the heavenly planet of the Cara.l)a demigods.\n\nD\nDharma-eternal occupational duty; religious principles.\n\n301\n\n", "SB6.3#p0331": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n302\n\nE\nEkadasl-a special fast day for increased remembrance of l(r�Qa, which\ncomes on the eleventh day of both the waxing and waning moon.\n\nG\nGoloka (l(r�Qaloka)-the highest spiritual planet, containing K:r�Qa's personal abodes, Dvaraka, Mathura and V:rndavana.\nGopt.s-Kr�Da's cowherd girl friends who are His most confidential servitors.\nGrhastha-regulated householder life; the second order of Vedic spiritual\nlife.\nGuru-a spiritual master or superior person.\n\nH\nHare l(r�Qa mantra-See: Mahii-mantra\n\nJ\n]iva-tattva-the living entities, who are small parts of the Lord.\n]fliini-one who cultivates knowledge by empirical speculation.\n\nK\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali)- the present age, which is characterized by quarrel.\nIt is last in the cycle of four, and began five thousand years ago.\nKaratalas-hand cymbals used in kirtana.\nKarma-fruitive action, for which there is always reaction, good or bad.\nKanni-one who is satisfied with working hard for flickering sense\ngratification.\nKirtana-chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord.\nl(r�Qaloka-See: Goloka\nK�atriyas-a warrior or administrator; the second Vedic social order.\n\nL\nLaghima-the mystic power to become as light as a feather.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0332": "Glossary\n\n303\n\nM\n\nMahiibhiirata-the history of greater India compiled by Srila Vyasadeva. It\nincludes Bhagavad-gitd.\nMahii-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance: Hare Kr�f.la, Hare Kr�f.la,\n\n.i(r�I,la Kr�f.la, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare\n\nHare.\n\nMahat-tattva-the total material energy before the manifestation of diverse\nelements.\n\nManomaya-{lit., consisting of mind), consciousness absorbed in mental\nactivity.\n\nMantra-a sound vibration that can deliver the mind from illusion.\n\nMathura-Lord .i(r�Qa's abode, surrounding V:rndavana, where He took\nbirth and later returned to after performing His V:rndavana pastimes.\n\nMaya- (ma-not ; yd-this), illusion; forgetfulness of one's relationship\nwith Kr�f.la.\n\nMayavadi:s-impersonalist philosophers who say that the Lord cannot have a\ntranscendental body.\n\nMrdanga-a clay drum used for congregational chanting.\n\np\nParamatma-Lord Vi�Q.u expanded into everyone's heart.\n\nParampara-the chain of spiritual masters in disciplic succession.\n\nPra�maya-{lit., consisting of life), consciousness absorbed in maintaining\none's bodily existence.\n\nPrasada-food spiritualized by being offered to the Lord.\n\nPurdT)nS-Vedic supplements in the form of histories.\nR\n8�i-sage or mystic.\n\ns\n\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha-the Lord's transcendental form, which is eternal,\nfull of knowledge and bliss.\n\nSamadhi-fixed mind for understanding the self; trance; absorption in the\nSupreme.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0333": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n304\n\nSarikirtana-public chanting of the names of God, the approved yoga process for this age.\n\nSannyasa-renounced life; the fourth order of Vedic spiritual life.\nSastras-revealed scriptures.\n\nSiddhaloka-heavenly planet where residents have all eight mystic powers.\n\nSravaiJ-llm kirtanam vi§�!t-the devotional processes of hearing and chanting about Lord Vi�Q.U.\n\nSudra-a laborer; the fourth of the Vedic social orders.\n\nSvami-one who controls his mind and senses; title of one in the renounced\norder of life.\n\nT\nTapasya-austerity; accepting some voluntary inconvenience for a higher\npurpose.\n\nTilaka-auspicious clay marks that sanctify a devotee's body as a temple of\nthe Lord.\n\nv\nVaikur:ttha-the spiritual world, where there is no anxiety.\nVai�r:tava-a devotee of Lord Vi�QU, or ��Q.a.\n\nVaiSyas-farmers and merchants; the third Vedic social order.\n\nVanaprastha-one who has retired from family life; the third order of Vedic\nspiritual life.\n\nVa'1liiSrama-the Vedic social system of four social and four spiritual\norders.\n\nVedas-the original revealed scriptures, first spoken by the Lord Himself.\n\nVidyadharas-a race of celestial beings.\n\nVijnanamaya-Oit., full of knowledge), consciousness of the self as different from matter.\n\nVi�Q.u, Lord-��J;la's first expansion for the creation and maintenance of\nthe material universes.\n\nV:rndavana-��J;�a's personal abode, where He fully manifests His quality\nof sweetness.\n\nVyasadeva-��I).a's incarnation, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, for compiling\nthe Vedas.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0334": "Glossary\n\n305\n\ny\nYajfia-sacriftce, work done for the satisfaction of Lord Vi�I)U.\nYogi-a transcendentalist who, in one way or another, is striving for union\nwith the Supreme.\nYugas-ages in the life of a universe, occuring in a repeated cycle of four.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0335": "GENEALOGICAL TABLE\nThe Descendants of Ka.Syapa Muni\nTimi\n\naquatics\n\nVinata\n\nGaruc;la, Aniiru (Arui;�a)\n\nKadrii\n\nserpents\n\nPatangi\n\nbirds\n\nKasyapa's wives helped to populate the universe with different species of life. Two\n\nsingle-hooved animals\n\ngreat demons, and Aditi, many great demigods. An incarnation of the Supreme Per­\n\nY amini\n\nlocusts\n\nAri!?�ii\nSurasa\n\nGandharvas\nRiik!?asas\n\nKii�?�ha\n\nIla\n\ncreepers & trees\n\nSurabhi\n\ncow, buffalo, etc.\n\nMuni\n\nThis chart shows the descendants of Kasyapa Muni, whose father, Marici, was\n\nborn from the mind of Lord Brahma, the first created being in the universe.\n\nof his wives, Diti and Aditi, are especially important: Diti was the mother of many\nsonality of Godhead, Urukrama, also appeared from Aditi's womb.\n\nangels\n\nTamrii\n\nlarge birds of prey\n\nKrodhavasii --+ mosquitoes, serpents (dandasiika & others)\n\nSaramii\n\nDiti ---+\n\nferocious animals\n\nl\n\nHirai;�yiik!}a + Upadiinavi\n\nHirai;�yakasipu t Kayadhu --+\n\nMaruts\n\nl\n\nSamhlada t Krti\n\nPaficajana\n\nHlada t Dhamani\n\nVatapi, llvala\n\nAnuhlada tSiirya ---+ Bii!?kala, Mahi!?a\nPrahlada t NS\n\nSimhika\n\nVirocana+ NS ---+ Bali+ Asana ---+\n\nI\n\nAri!}�a, Anutapana,\n\nDvimiirdha, Sambara, Vipracitti tSimhika ---+ Rahu & the one hundred Ketus\nDhiimrakesa, Arui;�a,\nVibhavasu, Ayomukha,\n\nDanu---+\n\nSankusira, Kapila,\n\nDurjaya, Puloma,\n\nVaisvanara + NS ----+\n\nKasyapa +\n\n�\n\nSvarbhanu + NS ----+ Suprabii + Namuci\nSarmi!}�ha + Yayati\nVr!}aparvii t NS\n\nHayagnva\n(demon) '\n\nEkacakra, Viriipiik!}a\n\nUpadanavi\n\n}\n\nHayasira t Kratu\nPuloma\nKasyapa ----+\nKalaka\n,\n\n{\n\nthe Paulomas & the Kalakeyas,\n\nheaded by Nivatakavaca\n\n� n-\n\na ry a\n\n& 9 9 others\n\n", "SB6.3#p0336": "Bhaga\n\n+\n\nSiddhi ----+ Mahima, Vibhu, Prabhu & Asi\n\nSavita\n\n+\n\nPrsni\n\n------+ � Agnihotra, Pasu, Soma, caturmasya,\n1 the 5 Mahayajiias, & Savitri, Vyabrti, Trayi\n\nVidhata + Kriya ----+ the 5 Puri�yas (fire gods)\n\n�\n\n�\n\nDhata\n\nnot specified\n\nBbrgu (in second birth)\n\n�\n\nUtsarga, An��a, P1ppala\n\nUrukrama t Kirti ----+ Brhatsloka + NS\n\nl\n\nindicates offspring\n\nNS\n\n-(no mother) --+ Agastya, Va i��ha (common sons of VaruJ;�a & Mitra)\n\n.\nM1tra\n+RevaH\n\n+\n\nindicates marriage ties\n\n(from an anthill)--+ Valmiki\n\nVaruJ;�a tCar�ai;ti\n\nAditi ----+\n\nt\n-+\n\n--+ Saubhaga & many others\n\n--\n\nKuhu\nSayam\nDarsa\nSiniv ali\nRa_k a_ _ -----+ PrataQ.\nAnumati\nPOr�amasa\n\nTva��a + Racana ----+ Sannivesa, Visvarupa\nAryama t Matrka\nscholars & human beings\n- +\nlvasvan\n\nv·\n\nlndra\n\n+\n\n{\n\nChaya\nSamjiia\n\nSanai5cara, Savar�i Manu, Tapati + Sarhvara�a\nYama, S raddhadeva &\n\nR. Yamuna (Yami) ----+ Asvini-kumaras\n\nPaulomi ----+ Jayanta, B�abha, Miqhu�a\n\n", "SB6.3#p0337": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\nVowels\n\nala\n\nl: i i· 3'u �u�rstlf\n�� � e Q: ai an 31) au\n\n3lla\n\n0\n\n� rh\n\n(anusvara)\n\n: 1). (visarga)\n\nConsonants\nGutturals:\n\nCfi ka\n\n� kha\n\nif ga\n\nq gha\n\n� Iia\n\nPalatals:\n\n�ca\n\n� cha\n\n::jfja\n\n� jha\n\n5f iia\n\nCerebrals:\n\nGta\n\n� tha\n\n�Qa\n\nG <Jha\n\nflT �a\n\nDentals:\n\nata\n\n� tha\n\n� da\n\n�dha\n\ne:{ na\n\nLabials:\n\nqpa\n\n�pha\n\nif ba\n\nll bha\n\ni( ma\n\nSemivowels:\n\n�ya\n\n� ra\n\n� la\n\nq va\n\nSibilants:\n\n� sa\n\nf.{ �a\n\n� sa\n\nAspirate:\n\n� ha\n\nS\n\n'\n\n(avagraha) -the apostrophe\n\nThe vowels above should be pronounced as follows:\n\na - like the a in organ or the u in but.\n\na - like the a in far but held twice as long as short a.\n\n- like the i in pin.\n- like the i in pique but held twice as long as short i.\nu - like the u in push.\nii - like the u in rule but held twice as long as short u.\n309\n\n", "SB6.3#p0338": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n310\n�\n\nr\ne\n\n- like the ri in rim.\n-\n\nlike ree in reed.\n\n- Iike lfollowed by r (lr).\n-\n\nlike the e in they.\n\nai - like the ai in aisle.\no - like the o in go.\nau- like the ow in how.\nrh (anusvara) - a resonant nasal like the n in the French word bon.\n\nl:t (visarga) - a final h-sound: aft is pronounced like aha; if!, like ihi.\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\n\nk - as in kite\n\njh - as in hedgehog\n\nkh- as in Eckhart\n\nii\n\ng - as in give\ngh-as in dig-hard\n\nt - as in tub\n\nn\ne\n\n- as in sing\n- as in chair\n\nch - as in staunch-heart\n\nJ\n\n- as in canyon\n\nth - as in light-heart\nQ - as in dove\nQha- as in red-hot\nI)\n\n- as rna (prepare to say\nthe r and say na).\n\n- asmJ>y\n\nCerebrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, but the\n\nfollowing dentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth:\n\nt - as in tub but with tongue against teeth.\nth - as in light-heart but with tongue against teeth.\nd - as in dove but with tongue against teeth.\ndh- as in red-hot but with tongue against teeth.\nn - as in nut but with tongue between teeth.\np - asm pme\n\nl\n\nph- as in uphill (not f)\n\nv - as m vme\n\nb - as in bird\n\ns (palatal) - as in the s in the German\n\n- as in light\n\nbh- as in rub-hard\nm\n\n-as in mother\n\ny - asmyes\nr\n\n-as m run\n\n� (cerebral) -\n\nword sprechen\nas the sh in shine\n\ns - asm sun\nh - as in home\n\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, only a flow­\n\ning of short and long (twice as long as the short) syllables.\n\n", "SB6.3#p0339": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete listing of the first and third lines of each of the �nskrit\npoetry verses and the first line of each Sanskrit prose verse of this volume of SrimadBhagavatam, arranged in English alphabetical order. In the first column the Sanskrit transliteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse\nreference and page number for each verse are to be found.\n\nA\nabhayam ciipy anihiiyiim\nabhi�l)llm labdha-miiniiniim\niiciiryam agrata/:1 krtva\niidav ante 'pi ca sattvaniim\nadhunii pu.tri(liim tiipo\nadyiid iitma-vi.Suddhy-artham\nagastya5 ca vas�!haS ca\niigatya tulya-vyasanii/:1 sudu/:lkhitiis\nagnihotram pa.Sum somam\nagnin pu�yiin iidhatta\naham te putra-kiimasya\naham vai sarva-bhiUiini\naho adharma/:1 sumahiin\naho arthendriyiiriimo\naho vidhiitas tvam aliva biiliSo\najita jita/:1 sama-matibhi/:1\naklinna-hrrJayam papam\na/am te nirape�ya\nalirigyiirikikrtam devim\namba te 'ham vyavasitam\namrtyum mrta-putriiham\naniima-rupas cin-miitra/:1\nananya-bhiivan paT$ad/in\niinapatyena du/:lkhena\nanarcitiisamyata-vak\nanuhriidasya siiryiiyiim\nandhe tamasi magnasya\naiijas tarema bhavatiipraja-dustaram\narikikrtya striyam ciiste\nantar ba.hiS ca vitatam\n\n16.59\n\n160\n\n14.41\n\n34\n\n19.24\n\n289\n\n16.36\n\n121\n\n15.21\n\n70\n\n19.20\n\n286\n\n18.5\n\n213\n\n14.49\n\n39\n\n18.1\n\n211\n\n18.4\n\n212\n\n15.17\n\n67\n\n16.51\n\n148\n\n18.38\n\n235\n\n18.39\n\n236\n\n14.54\n\n42\n\n16.34\n\nll7\n\n18.24\n\n225\n\n19.4\n\n272\n\n17.5\n\n468\n\n18.71\n\n261\n\n18.37\n\n234\n\n16.21\n\n103\n\n18.64\n\n257\n\n14.39\n\n33\n\n18.50\n\n248\n\n18.16\n\n219\n\n15.16\n\n65\n\n14.56\n\n45\n\n17.7\n\n170\n\n16.23\n\n104\n\nanugrahiiya bhavata/:1\n\n15.19\n\n67\n\nanveti vyatiricyeta\n\n16.56\n\n156\n\napantaratamii vyaso\napatyam icchanty acaram\napi darii/:1 prajiimiityii\n\n15.12\n\n63\n\n18.69\n\n260\n\n14.19\n\n19\n\napi te 'niimayam svasti\niirabheta vratam idam\niiriidhanam bhagavata\niiriidhyiitma-pradam devam\narced ahar-ahar bhaktyii\n\n14.17\n\n17\n\n19.2\n\n271\n\niiSiisiinasya tasyedam\niisid riijii siirvabhauma/:1\niiS�a/:1 sirasiidaya\niiS�am ca variirohiim\nasmad-vidhii niim dU$.tiiniim\nasp�!a-vary-adhautiirighri/:1\niiste mukhya/:1 sabhiiyiim vai\nii.Svasya bhagavan ittham\natad-arham anusmrtya\nata/:1 pdpiyasim yonim\natha bhagavan vayam adhunii\natha deva-�i riijan\nathiiha nrpatim riijan\natha kiila upavrtte\natha kaSyapa-dayiidan\natha prasiidaye na tvam\natha tasmai prapanniiya\nathendram iiha tiitiiham\niitmamii yii-gul)llir vi.Svam\niitmana/:1 priyate nii tmii\niitmiinam eka-desa-stham\niitmiinam prakrt�v addhii\n\n311\n\n18.74\n\n264\n\n18.75\n\n265\n\n19.19\n\n286\n\n18.26\n\n226\n\n14.10\n\n12\n\n19.23\n\n288\n\n18.2\n\n2ll\n\n17.11\n\n175\n\n18.60\n\n255\n\n17.6\n\n170\n\n16.65\n\n164\n\n15.18\n\n67\n\n17.15\n\n179\n\n16.45\n\n141\n\n16.1\n\n80\n\n14.29\n\n26\n\n14.32\n\n29\n\n18.10\n\n216\n\n17.24\n\n189\n\n16.17\n\n97\n\n18.69\n\n260\n\n16.9\n\n89\n\n14.21\n\n21\n\n16.53\n\n153\n\n14.18\n\n19\n\n", "SB6.3#p0340": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n312\ncitmanarh _yo na bi.Uidhyeta\ncitrruinarufanubhiityaiva\ncitmana.S ca gatirh suk$marh\ncitmcircim<iya scintdya\ndtma-smair asvatantrair\ndtmatvdt sarva-bhiitdndrh\natra na[l samsayo bhaydn\navadhiitena ve$e(Ul\naviveka-krtafl purhso\nayarh hi dehirw deho\nayarh kim adhund loke\nayarh maha-vrata-dharo\n\n16.58\n\n159\n\n16.20\n\n101\n\n16.61\n\n162\n\n16.19\n\n98\n\n15.6\n\n57\n\n17.33\n\n200\n\n14.7\n\n10\n\n15.10\n\n61\n\n17.30\n\n195\n\n15.25\n\n73\n\n17.11\n\n175\n\n17.8\n\n171\n\n17.36\n\n203\n\n18.55\n\n252\n\nB\nbabhava sdnla-dhi rdjan\nIXU}.ham ity abhyupetyatha\nIXU}.ham ity aha viva5o\nbahudha kuli.Sa-k$w;tr:w\nbdla-ghnyo vrU;litds tatra\n\n18.29\n\n228\n\n18.65\n\n258\n\n16.14\n\n95\n\nbdla-hatyd-vratarh cerur\nOO(Ul drddhya giriSarh\nOO(Ul-jye$!harh putra-5atam\nbandh<iya mok$aya ca mrtyubandhu-jiiiity-ari-madhyastha-\n\n16.14\n\n95\n\nbhagavdn api lac chrutvd\nbhagavan kim na viditarh\nbhagavdn ndrada[l prito\nbhaktayaitdrh prapanndya\nbhaktir mukunda-cara�\nbhaktyd paramayd rdjan\nbhaktyd sampiijayen nityarh\nbhavato vidU$aS cdpi\nbhramyan sukharh ca duMham ca\nbhama�larh sar$apdyati yasya\nbhunjitodakyaya d�!arh\nbhwik$va bhogan pitr-prattdn\nbhilta-dhruk tat-krte svdrtharh\nbhiltair bhutdni bhate5a[l\nbibhrydl sarva-karmar:r-i\nbijad eva yatha bijarh\nbrahmar:r-yo bhagavad-bhakto\n\n18.18\n\n221\n\n18.17\n\n220\n\n17.23\n\n188\n\n16.5\n\n83\n\n17.9\n\n172\n\n14.23\n\n22\n\n16.17\n\n98\n\n16.26\n\n107\n\n14.2\n\n3\n\n18.28\n\n227\n\n19.9\n\n277\n\n14.24\n\n23\n\n17.18\n\n183\n\n16.48\n\n144\n\n18.49\n\n247\n\n16.3\n\n81\n\n18.25\n\n226\n\n15.6\n\n57\n\n19.17\n\n284\n\n15.7\n\n59\n\n15.19\n\n67\n\nc\ncakarta saptadha garb ham\ncaranti hy avanau kiimarh\nCar$a� varu1_1aSydsid\ncinl<irh tfvrdrh gata[l 5akra[l\ncitraketor atipritir\ncitraketur bh,.Sarh tapto\ncitraketur iti khyato\ncitraketus tu tdrh vidydrh\n\n18.62\n\n256\n\n15.11\n\n62\n\n18.4\n\n212\n\n18.59\n\n254\n\n14.38\n\n32\n\n14.59\n\n47\n\n14.10\n\n12\n\n16.27\n\n109\n\n19.24\n\n289\n\nD\ndadydl patnyai carol! Se$llrh\ndarsayitveti hovdca\ndaSa-vdrarh japen mantrarh\nddsindrh ko nu sanldpa[l\ndeha-dehi-vibhago yam\ndehena dehirw rdjan\ndehendriya-prd(Ul-mano-dhiyo 'mi\ndehindrh deha-sarhyogdd\ndehirw vividha-kle5a\ndevair martyaya yat proktarh\ndevdndrh si.Uidha-sattvdndm\ndevar$i-daitya-siddh<indrh\ndhanyarh ya5asyam dyu.ryarh\ndharaydm dsa saptdham\ndharayi$yasi cet tubhyarh\ndharayi$ye vratarh brahman\ndhatu[l kuha[l sinivdli\ndhauta-vdsd sucir nityarh\ndhig aprajdrh striyarh pdpdrh\ndhin marh batabudham svarthe\ndirgharh svasan bd$pa-kaloparodhato\ndite[l pravi$!a udararh\nditer dvdv eva ddyddau\nditir utthaya dad,.Se\ndma-srutabhir matrabhir\nd�[avaty asi su§ror:r-i\nd,.Syam<ind vindrthena\nduravasitdtma-gataye\n\n16.1\n\n80\n\n19.10\n\n279\n\n14.41\n\n34\n\n15.8\n\n60\n\n15.7\n\n59\n\n16.24\n\n105\n\n17.29\n\n194\n\n15.25\n\n73\n\n17.17\n\n181\n\n14.2\n\n3\n\n17.26\n\n191\n\n14.35\n\n30\n\n16.27\n\n109\n\n18.54\n\n251\n\n18.46\n\n244\n\n18.3\n\n212\n\n18.52\n\n249\n\n14.40\n\n33\n\n18.40\n\n236\n\n14.51\n\n40\n\n18.61\n\n255\n\n18.11\n\n217\n\n18.68\n\n259\n\n16.62\n\n162\n\n17.27\n\n192\n\n15.24\n\n72\n\n16.47\n\n143\n\n", "SB6.3#p0341": "313\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\ndurodsd yajiiavalkya5 ca\ndvaite dhruviirtha-viSrambharit\n\n15.13\n\n63\n\n15.26\n\n75\n\nE\nekadii sii tu sandhyiiyiim\nekadii sa vimiinena\neka� sankalpita� putra�\neka� sarva-dhiyiirit d�!ii\neka� srjati bhiltiini\n\n18.60\n\n255\n\n17.4\n\n168\n\n18.70\n\n261\n\n16.10\n\n90\n\n17.21\n\n186\n\ne$a brahma-suta� siik$iin\ne$a loka-guru� siik$iid\n�iim anudhyeya-padiibja-yugmaril\ne$iiril bandham ca mok$arit ca\n�a nityo 'vyaya� suk$ma\n\n15.17\n\n67\n\n17.6\n\n170\n\n17.13\n\n176\n\n17.21\n\n186\n\n16.9\n\n89\n\netac caritvii vidhivad vratarit vibhor\netiirit mantropan�rit\netat pa!hann abhyudaye ca karma1.1y\netat te sarvam iikhyiitarit\netiiviin eva manujair\n\n19.25\n\n290\n\n15.27\n\n76\n\n19.27\n\n291\n\n17.39\n\n206\n\n16.63\n\n163\n\netena pUjii-vidhinii\nete pare ca siddhesiiS\nevam asviisito riijii\nevarit bhilliini bhute$U\nevarit diira grhii royo\n\n19.21\n\n287\n\nevarit jagara'.liidini\nevarit kaSmalam iipannarit\nevarit sandahyamiiniiniirit\nevarit 5aptaS citraketur\nevarit striyii ja{libhilto\nevarit su5r�itas tiita\nevarit tasyii vrata-sthiiyii\nevaril te saroam iikhyiitarit\nevarit vikalpito riijan\nevarit viparyayarit buddhvii\nevarit yoni-gato jiva�\n\n15.15\n\n63\n\n15.9\n\n61\n\n15.4\n\n54\n\n15.21\n\n70\n\n16.54\n\n153\n\n14.61\n\n48\n\n14.42\n\n35\n\n17.16\n\n180\n\n18.29\n\n228\n\n18.31\n\n230\n\n18.58\n\n253\n\n18.78\n\n267\n\n14.22\n\n21\n\n16.61\n\n162\n\n16.8\n\n88\n\nG\ngandharoa-nagara-prakhyii�\ngararit dadu� kumiiriiya\ngarbham krtadyutir devi\ngiriSarit dad,.Se gacchan\n\n15.23\n\n70\n\n14.43\n\n35\n\n14.30\n\n27\n\n17.4\n\n168\n\ngriimiin hayiin gajiin priidiid\ngrhiindha-kupiin n�kriinta�\ngrhita-cetii� krpa��\ngu�-c:lo$a-vikalpa5 ca\ngu�-praviiha etasmin\ngu�-vyaktir iyarit devi\n\n14.34\n\n30\n\n16.15\n\n96\n\n18.39\n\n236\n\n17.30\n\n195\n\n17.20\n\n185\n\n19.13\n\n280\n\nH\nha�a-soka-pradas tubhyam\nhata-putrii diti� 5akrahavi�-Se$nril ca juhuyiid\nhira1.1yakaSipor bhiiry ii\nhira1.1yakaSipur niima\nhira1.1yanabha� kau5alya�\nhriidasya dhamanir bhiiryiihrdayarit k$ura-dhiiriibharit\n�ikesiiya mahate\nhT$!0 raja kumiirasya\n\n14.29\n\n26\n\n18.23\n\n224\n\n19.8\n\n277\n\n18.12\n\n217\n\n18.11\n\n217\n\n15.15\n\n63\n\n18.15\n\n219\n\n18.41\n\n238\n\n16.20\n\n101\n\n14.33\n\n29\n\nI\n18.34\n\n231\n\n18.21\n\n223\n\n18.77\n\n267\n\n18.20\n\n222\n\n18.68\n\n260\n\niti bhiigavato devyii�\niti bhiivena sii bhartur\nitihii sarit harim smrtvii\nitihiisam imam pu1.1yarit\niti prasiidya giriSau\n\n17.37\n\n204\n\n18.27\n\n227\n\n17.41\n\n208\n\niti sancintya bhagaviin\niti srutvti bhagavata�\nittharit drr.Jha-mati� kT$�\nittharit tviirit putra-5okena\nity abh�!Uya varadarit\n\nijyate bhagaviin pumbhi�\nime sraddadhate brahmann\nindras tayiibhyanujfiiita�\nindre� priipitii� siitmyarit\nindre� sahitiin devi\n\nity arthita� sa bhagaviin\nity atad-virya-vidU$i\nity udirya gato jivo\niyarit hi prakrti� sri.k$mii\n\n17.40\n\n207\n\n17.25\n\n190\n\n18.44\n\n243\n\n17.36\n\n203\n\n14.6\n\n9\n\n15.18\n\n67\n\n19.15\n\n283\n\n14.27\n\n25\n\n17.10\n\n174\n\n16.12\n\n94\n\n19.11\n\n279\n\n", "SB6.3#p0342": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n314\n\nJ\njagama deva-devasya\njagama sva-vimiinena\njajiie t�!ur da�il}iignau\njambhasya tanaya sa tu\njanasya rajni prakrtes ca hrd-rujam\njanayan sllraseniiniim\njanma-mrtyor yatha pa5cat\nja!d-dharas tivra-tapa\njati-vyakti-vibhiigo yam\njayantam �abham tala\njitam ajita tada bhavata\njivatman pa5ya bhadram te\njnaniitmany agur.uzmaye\njnana-vairagya-viryal)iim\njnana-vijnana-sampanno\njnana-vijnana-santrpto\njnatvailgira nama �ir\njnatvanyabhinive5am te\nju;;_ta i.Sa gur.uzi/:r. sarvais\njye�_tha sre�!ha ca ya rajno\n\n16.29\n\n111\n\n17.25\n\n190\n\n17.38\n\n205\n\n18.12\n\n218\n\n14.52\n\n41\n\n14.32\n\n29\n\n15.5\n\n56\n\n17.7\n\n170\n\n15.8\n\n60\n\n18.7\n\n214\n\n16.40\n\n128\n\n16.2\n\n79\n\n16.39\n\n127\n\n17.31\n\n197\n\n16.64\n\n163\n\n16.62\n\n162\n\n14.61\n\n49\n\n15.20\n\n69\n\n19.5\n\n273\n\n14.28\n\n26\n\nK\nkada nu bhratr-hantaram\nkaJ:r. �emo nija-parayo/:r.\nka/:r. svargo naraka/:r. lro vd\nkalevararh svam aviSya\nkalindyam vidhivat sniitva\n\nkama-dhiyas tvayi racita\nkanya ca vindeta samagra-la�ar.uzm\nkarmabhir bhriimyamiir.uzsya\nkarmabhir dhyayato niiniikartararh manyate 'trajna\nkasmin janmany ami mahyam\nkaSyapad garbham adhatta\nkatham ta dsuram bhavam\nkau yuvam jnana-sampannau\nkim na indra jighamsasi\nkim vd gato 'sy apunar-anvayam anyakirtau patnyam brhacchlokas\nlro 'tikramo 'nuvartantyaJ:r.\n\n18.24\n\n225\n\n16.42\n\n133\n\n17.20\n\n185\n\n16.3\n\n79\n\n16.16\n\n97\n\n16.39\n\n127\n\n19.26\n\n291\n\n16.4\n\n82\n\n15.24\n\n72\n\n17.19\n\n184\n\n16.4\n\n82\n\n18.55\n\n252\n\n18.20\n\n222\n\n15.10\n\n61\n\n18.63\n\n257\n\n14.58\n\n47\n\n18.8\n\n215\n\n18.40\n\n236\n\nlro V!\"(lita gur.uz-spar5am\n\n18.75\n\n265\n\nlro yam syat tava rajendra\n\n15.2\n\n52\n\nkrcchra-labdhe 'tha rajaryes\nkrmi-vU;l-bhasma-samjnasid\nkrtadyute/:r. sapatniniirh\n\n14.36\n\n31\n\n18.25\n\n225\n\n14.37\n\n31\n\nkrtadyutir ajananti\nkrtam ekatarel)iip i\nkrtatithyam upasidat\nkrtto me saptadha garbha\n\n14.44\n\n36\n\n19.18\n\n285\n\n�antum arhasi miitas tvam\n�ity-adibhir e�a kildvrta/:r.\nkuldcalendra-dro!l-4u\nkumiiro niirada rbhur\n\n18.76\n\n266\n\n16.37\n\n123\n\n17.3\n\n167\n\n15.12\n\n63\n\n14.15\n\n16\n\n18.72\n\n262\n\nL\nlabdhantaro 'cchidam garbham\nlabdhva tad-antaram §akro\nlabdhveha miinu;;im yonim\nla�aye 'labdha-kamam tvdm\nloka/:r. sapald yacchanti\nlokan anucarann etdn\nloka-palair api prarthya/:r.\nJoke vitatam atmiinam\n\n18.71\n\n261\n\n18.61\n\n255\n\n16.58\n\n159\n\n14.21\n\n21\n\n14.20\n\n20\n\n14.14\n\n15\n\n14.25\n\n23\n\n16.52\n\n152\n\n18.64\n\n257\n\n18.26\n\n226\n\nM\nmii bha�.ta bhrataro mahyam\nmada-�ka indrasya\nmadrSiirh gramya-buddhiniim\nmahapuru;;a-bhakte�u\nmahapuru;;a-piljdya/:r.\nmahar�is tam upasinam\nmiihatmyam bhrtya-bhrtyaniim\nmiihatmyam V�(IU-bhaktaniim\nmahavibhiUi-pataye\nmahi rajyam balam �o\nmiinasa/:r. sarva-bhiltaniim\nmangalarh marutam janma\nmano jagraha bhava-jM\nmanyuna soka-diptena\nmarudbhi/:r. saha tam natva\nmaruta5 ca dite/:r. putras\nmiitr-�vasur abhiprayam\n\n15.11\n\n62\n\n17.35\n\n201\n\n18.73\n\n263\n\n14.16\n\n17\n\n17.27\n\n192\n\n17.40\n\n207\n\n19.4\n\n272\n\n15.22\n\n70\n\n18.33\n\n231\n\n18.78\n\n267\n\n18.88\n\n227\n\n18.23\n\n224\n\n18.77\n\n267\n\n18.19\n\n221\n\n18.56\n\n252\n\n", "SB6.3#p0343": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nmalus tva atitariim putre\nmaunena samyata-prii(W\nmayii-mdtrii(li vijfW.ya\nmriJ-ii/a-gauram siti-viisasam sphuratmrt:>maye$V iva mrj-jiitis\nmrta-praja jiva-sutii dhanesvari\nmuktiiniim api siddhii niim\nmumuk$U('iim sahasre$U\nmurdhnii sa jagrhe siipam\n\n14.37\n\n31\n\n16.16\n\n97\n\n16.54\n\n153\n\n16.30\n\n112\n\n16.22\n\n103\n\n19.26\n\n291\n\n14.5\n\n5\n\n14.4\n\n4\n\n17.37\n\n204\n\nN\nna chindyiin nakha-romd(li\nniidatta iitmd hi gu('Um\nniidhauta-piidiprayatii\nniidhyagacchad vrata-cchidram\nnaham tanuja dad[\"Se hata-mangalii te\nnaham virinco na kumara-naradau\nna hi bhagavan.n agha!itam idam\nna hi kaScit priya/1 strifJ-dm\nna hi krama§ ced iha mrtyuna himsyad bhiiia-jii tani\nna hy asyiisti priya/1 kaScin\nna hy asyasti priya/1 kaScin\nna mamdra diter garbha/1\nnaivanyadii /auham iviiprataptam\nnaiviitmd na para§ capi\nnama rii.pe bhagavati\nnamas tubhyam bhagavate\nniimnii krtadyutis tasyai\nnamo vijfiii.na-mdtriiya\nna nandayanty aprajam mam\n\n18.47\n\n245\n\nHJ.ll\n\n92\n\n18.51\n\n249\n\n18.59\n\n254\n\n14.58\n\n47\n\n17.32\n\n315\n\nnirhrtya jfiii.tayo jfW.ter\nniSamya marutiim janma\nniSamya sraddadhiinasya\nniSamya tad-vaco vipru\nni$kincanii ye munaya\nnitvii thoparamet siidhvi\nnityam vaniit sumanasa/1\nnityasyiirthasya sambandho\nniyamya sarvendriya-biihya-vartanam\nrwcchi$.tam ca(U;likiinnam ca\nnocchi$.tiisp�fa-sa[i/ii\n\n16.13\n\n94\n\n19.3\n\n271\n\n14.8\n\n10\n\n18.31:1\n\n235\n\n16.40\n\n128\n\n19.21\n\n287\n\n18.57\n\n253\n\n16.7\n\n86\n\n16.33\n\n116\n\n18.49\n\n247\n\n18.50\n\n248\n\n0\nom namas tubhyam bhogavate\nom namo bhogavate mahii.-purU$iiya\nom namo bhagavate mahii-purU$iiya\nom namu bhagavate mahii-purU$iiya\n\n16.18\n\n98\n\n16.25\n\n106\n\n19.7\n\n27tJ\n\n19.8\n\n277\n\n19.22\n\n288\n\n198\n\n16.44\n\n140\n\n18.42\n\n240\n\n14.55\n\n43\n\n18.47\n\n245\n\n16.10\n\n90\n\n17.33\n\n200\n\n18.65\n\n258\n\n16.24\n\n105\n\n17.19\n\n184\n\n19.13\n\n281\n\n16.47\n\n143\n\n14.28\n\n26\n\n16.19\n\n98\n\n14.25\n\n23\n\nniipsu sniiyiin na kupyeta\nniiriiya('U-parii/1 sarve\nniirayane bhagavati\nna tasya kaScid dayita/1 pratipo\nna tasya sampada/1 sarod\n\n18.48\n\n246\n\n17.28\n\n193\n\n14.1\n\n2\n\n17.22\n\n187\n\n14.13\n\nIS\n\nna tathiinye$u sanjajne\nna vai kumara/1 kapi/a mana§ ca\nna vasitadhauta-viisa/1\nna veda dharmam ki/a padmayonir\nna vyabhicarati tavek$a\nniiyam arhati vaiku('!ha-\n\n14.38\n\n32\n\n17.12\n\n176\n\n18.48\n\n246\n\n17.12\n\n176\n\n16.43\n\n136\n\n17.14\n\n178\n\np\npiika-yajna-vidhiinena\npapiita biilasya sa pada-mUle\npapiita bhamau parivrddhaya sued\nparamd('U-parama-mahatos\npare nu jivaty aparasya yii mrtir\n\n14.51\n\n40\n\n14.48\n\n38\n\n16.36\n\n121\n\n14.54\n\n42\n\nparijfiii.niiya bhagavarits\nparik$ito 'tha sampra5nam\nparyafanti nare�-v evam\npa§ciid vak$yamahe 'dityam\npa§yatas tasya viSviitmd\n\n18.21\n\n223\n\n14.8\n\n10\n\npatim ca paraya bhaktyii\npatim ciircyopati$!heta\npatim nirik$yoru-sucarpitarit\npatim putram bhriitaram vii\npatir eva hi niiriiJ-iim\n\n19.17\n\n284\n\n18.53\n\n250\n\npatnyam kuryad anarhiiyam\npatriirikura-mrdo 'pa§ ca\npaulomyiim indra adhatta\npaurii janapadii bhiipi\npaya/1-srtena juhuyiic\npradyumniiyaniruddhii.ya\nprahasya parama-prito\npra('Umed datJ4avad bhumau\n\n16.6\n\n84\n\n18.9\n\n216\n\n16.65\n\n164\n\n14.52\n\n41\n\n18.42\n\n240\n\n18.33\n\n231\n\n19.11!\n\n285\n\n11!.57\n\n253\n\n18.7\n\n21.J.\n\n14.19\n\n19\n\n19.22\n\n288\n\n16.11!\n\n98\n\n18.31\n\n230\n\n19.10\n\n279\n\n", "SB6.3#p0344": "316\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\npra(lllmya sirasa bhaktyd\nprd(U?ndriydtmabhis tyaktarh\nprasadaydm dsa satirh\nprasanna-vaktrdru(Jll-locanarh vrtarh\npra5raydvanato 'bhydha\n\n19.23\n\n288\n\n14.46\n\n37\n\n17.16\n\n178\n\n16.30\n\n111\n\n14.22\n\n21\n\n17.17\n\n181\n\npratigrh�mi le Sdpam\npratipiljya maharaja\npratiSrutarh daddmiti\npraviSya rdjfr.i tvaraydtmajdntikarh\npravrddha-bhaktyd pra(lllydSru-\n\n14.16\n\n17\n\n18.43\n\n241\n\n14.47\n\n38\n\n16.31\n\n113\n\nprdya5a/l prdkrtds cdpi\nprdyo mumuk$avas te¢rh\npremoparuddhdkhila-var(Ul-nirgamo\nprepsu/1 paryacaraj jihmo\npriyais tais tair u.panamet\n\n17.8\n\n171\n\n14.4\n\n4\n\npriyethd me mahd-bhdge\npr§nis tu patni savitu/1\npiljayet prdtardSdl prag\npiljayet prdtardSdt prag\nputram dnaya me bhadre\nputras 1e bhavitd bhadre\n\n16.32\n\n114\n\n18.58\n\n253\n\n19.17\n\n284\n\n19.6\n\n275\n\n18.1\n\n211\n\n18.52\n\n249\n\n19.3\n\n271\n\n14.45\n\n36\n\n18.45\n\n243\n\nR\nrdjan mahan maruldrh janma pUI}.yarh\nrajas-tama/1-svabhdvasya\nrdjfr.d tathd prakrtayo\nrdjfr.o 'sammata-vrttindrh\nrajobhi/1 sama-salikhydtd/1\nreme vidyddhara-stribhir\nreta/1 s�icatu/1 kumbhe\nrevatydrh mitra utsargam\nromaSa5 cyavano datta\n�ir veda-sird dhaumyo\nrudantorh saptadhaikaikarh\nrii.pauddrya-vayo-janmarurudu/1 sma nard ndrya/1\nr�dha devi dh�!dya\n\n19.28\n\n291\n\n14.1\n\n2\n\n14.18\n\n19\n\n14.42\n\n35\n\n14.3\n\n3\n\n17.3\n\n167\n\n18.6\n\n213\n\n18.6\n\n213\n\n15.14\n\n63\n\n15.14\n\n63\n\n18.62\n\n256\n\n14.12\n\n14\n\n14.60\n\n48\n\n17.10\n\n174\n\ns\nsa eva devata-lirigair\nsa ittharh pratibuddhdtmd\nsajiir indre(Jll pafr.casad\n\n18.34\n\n231\n\n16.15\n\n96\n\n18.67\n\n259\n\nsabda-brahma pararh brahma\nsabdadaya5 ca v�ydS\nsabhdjayan san nibhrtena cetasd\nsadyas tadiyam atulanadhikarh\nsakrd �!vddi-pur1L1arh\nsa lak$arh OOI\"$a-lak$d�m\nsamasya sarvatra niraiijanasya\nsambhdvita-mati/1 stabdha/1\nsarhhradarh prdg anuhradam\nsarhhrddasya krtir bhdrydsampannasya gu(llli/1 sarvaiS\nsarhsdra-cakra etasmifr.\nsarhsiddho 'si tayd rdjan\nsarhstuto bhagavdn evam\nsarhvatsararh kiii.cid Un.arh\nsdrhvatsararh purhsavanarh\nsarhvatsararh vratam idam\nsarhyujyante viyujyaate\nsdntdnikaS cdpi nrpo\nsdpi tat-prdSandd eva\nsarat-padmotsavarh vaktrarh\nsdrvabhaumasya bhilS ceyam\nsarva eva hi sarve¢rh\nsarvatra sama-drk santo\nsarve 'pi siiraseneme\nsd saydnam upavrajya\nsa uttama5/oka-paddbja-v�.tararh\nsdyarh dar5am atha prdta/1\nsaydnarh sucirarh bdlam\n\n16.51\n\n148\n\n15.22\n\n70\n\n18.22\n\n223\n\n15.28\n\n77\n\n18.66\n\n259\n\n17.2\n\n167\n\n17.22\n\n187\n\n17.14\n\n178\n\n18.13\n\n218\n\n18.14\n\n218\n\n14.12\n\n14\n\n17.18\n\n183\n\n16.50\n\n146\n\n16.49\n\n145\n\n18.66\n\n259\n\n18.54\n\n251\n\n18.45\n\n243\n\n15.3\n\n53\n\n14.11\n\n13\n\n14.30\n\n27\n\n18.41\n\n238\n\n14.13\n\n15\n\n16.5\n\n83\n\n17.34\n\n201\n\n15.23\n\n70\n\n14.46\n\n37\n\n16.32\n\n114\n\n18.3\n\n212\n\n14.45\n\n36\n\nsayita ndpardli ndnyair\nsiddhir bhagasya bhdrydliga\nsiro 'harad yasya hans\nsmrtvehdydrh parikle5arh\nsndtvd sukla-dati sukle\n\n18.51\n\n249\n\n18.2\n\n211\n\nsnehdnubandhaidhitayd sued bhr§am\nso 'ham tvaydrcito bhadre\n5okdbhibhii.tarh rdjdnarh\nsrapayitvd carwn tvd!;!rarh\n\n14.50\n\n40\n\n18.36\n\n233\n\n15.1\n\n51\n\n14.27\n\n25\n\nsriyam �(IUrh ca varaddv\nSfl:l�vdvahito rdjann\nsrutarh dvaipdyana-mukhdn\n\n19.9\n\n277\n\n14.9\n\n11\n\n14.9\n\nll\n\n18.14\n\n218\n\n16.59\n\n160\n\n19.3\n\n271\n\n", "SB6.3#p0345": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nsrutvd mrtam putram ala�itiintakam\nstana-dvayam kurikuma-parikasthira-cara-sattva-kadambe§V\nstri caitad tisthaya labheta saubhagam\nstriyti bhartari suprlte\nstriyam cakre sva-dehardham\nstriyo viravatiS ctircet\nstuyamtino maha-yogi\nsudur/abha/:1 pra.Santtitmti\nsuhrdo btindhavtis taptti/:1\nsukham ca nirgu(lam brahma\nsukham du/:lkham mrtir janma\nsukhaya du/:lkha-mo�tiya\nsuk/e mtirga.Sire pa�e\nsuprajabhi/:1 sapatnibhir\n\n14.50\n\n40\n\n14.53\n\n41\n\n16.43\n\n136\n\n19.25\n\n290\n\n18.32\n\n231\n\n18.30\n\n229\n\n18.53\n\n250\n\n17.2\n\n167\n\n14.5\n\n5\n\n16.2\n\n81\n\n16.55\n\n155\n\n17.29\n\n194\n\n16.60\n\n161\n\n19.2\n\n271\n\n14.40\n\n33\n\nsupta eveti sancintya\nsupta.S ciram hy a.Sanaya ca bhavan\nsura-�i{IO. yat kathitam\nsu5rii§a�ntiSrama-stham\nsu5rii§ayanurtige(UZ\n\n14.44\n\n36\n\n14.57\n\n46\n\nsva-drohiu tava kopa/:1\nsvargtipavarga-narake§v\nsvdrtha/:1 sarvtitmanti jneyo\nsvo-bhllle 'pa upaspr5ya\n\n16.45\n\n141\n\n18.56\n\n252\n\n18.27\n\n227\n\n16.42\n\n133\n\n17.28\n\n191\n\n16.63\n\n163\n\n19.22\n\n288\n\n317\n\ntasya bharya-sahasra{IO.m\ntasya ctiyam maha-bhaga.S\ntasyaikada tu bhavanam\ntasytinubhavam su5lokyam\ntasytis tadiikar�ya bhrstituram svaram\ntasya veditum icchami\ntata/:1 katipaytihobhir\ntata/:1 pahi maha-bhaga\ntata/:1 samtidhaya mano man�ayti\ntata/:1 sarilstira etasya\ntata/:1 sa sapta-rtitrtinte\ntata/:1 stuvita stotre(UZ\ntatas tat paramascaryam\ntatas tu bhagavdn rudro\ntatha rna uttama.Sloka\n\n14.11\n\n13\n\n17.34\n\n201\n\n14.14\n\n15\n\n18.17\n\n220\n\n14.47\n\n38\n\n19.1\n\n270\n\n16.29\n\n111\n\n14.26\n\n24\n\n16.33\n\n116\n\n16.57\n\n157\n\n16.28\n\n110\n\n19.16\n\n284\n\n18.73\n\n263\n\n17.26\n\n190\n\n19.14\n\n283\n\ntathapi prcchato briiytim\ntathapi tac-chakti-visarga e§tim\ntat-karma-gu(UZ-viryti�i\ntato 'nivrttir aprtiptir\ntato nrpanta/:lpura-vartino jana\n\n14.24\n\n23\n\n17.23\n\n188\n\ntat-svasti simhikti nama\ntatyajur dustyajam sneham\nlava vibhava/:1 khalu bhagavan\ntayor vi/apato/:1 sarve\ntebhyo hira�yam rajatam\n\n18.9\n\n216\n\n16.60\n\n161\n\n14.49\n\n39\n\n18.13\n\n218\n\n16.13\n\n94\n\n16.35\n\n119\n\n14.60\n\n48\n\n14.34\n\n30\n\n18.72\n\n262\n\n16.38\n\n125\n\nT\nta tisann apraja/:1 sarve\ntadaiva te param jfi6.nam\ntad-dar5ana-dhvasta-samasta-kilbi§a/:l\ntad idam mama daurjanyam\ntad vi§�urtitasya sa btidartiya�ir\n\n18.19\n\n221\n\n15.20\n\n69\n\n16.31\n\n113\n\n18.76\n\n266\n\n18.22\n\n223\n\ntti/:1 paryatapyann titmtinam\ntam pii.jayitvti vidhivat\ntam te samptidaye ktimam\ntam iicu/:1 pti�yamtintis te\ntan ni/:lstiryopahara�m\n\n14.39\n\n33\n\ntasmtid yuvam gramya-pa.Sor\ntasman na vismaya/:1 ktirya/:1\ntasmtit pati-vralii ntirya/:1\ntasmtit svasthena manasti\ntasyti adhiSvara/:1 sti�tit\ntasyti anudinam garbha/:1\n\n14.15\n\n16\n\n18.36\n\n234\n\n18.63\n\n257\n\n19.15\n\n283\n\n15.16\n\n65\n\n17.35\n\n201\n\n18.35\n\n233\n\nte 'pi caikaikaSo vrk{I0./:1\nte§tim asi§a iSa\nte§tim ye kecanehante\nIU§�im babhuva sadasi\ntU§.Iii/:1 prayacchanti samasta-ktimtin\ntvam easya katama/:1 sr§!au\ntvam etac chraddhaya rtijann\ntvam hi sarva-sariry titmti\ntvam sarva-yajfia. ijyeyam\ntvamliita ntirhasi ca mtim krpa{IO.m\n\n14.3\n\n3\n\n17.9\n\n172\n\n19.28\n\n291\n\n15.2\n\n52\n\n16.64\n\n163\n\n19.13\n\n280\n\n19.12\n\n280\n\n14.56\n\n45\n\nu\n\n15.26\n\n75\n\n19.12\n\n280\n\n14.31\n\n28\n\nubhayam ca maya vyaptam\nubhayam smarata/:1 purilsa/:1\niicatur mrtakoptinte\nudtisinavad tisina/:1\nudvtisya devam sve dhamni\n\n16.52\n\n152\n\n16.56\n\n156\n\n15.1\n\n51\n\n16.11\n\n92\n\n19.20\n\n286\n\n", "SB6.3#p0346": "318\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nurukramasya devasya\nutt�!ha tala ta ime siSavo vayasyds\nuvtica devya/.1 sr11vantya\nuvtica kiiicit kupita\n\n18.8\n\n215\n\n14.57\n\n46\n\n17.5\n\n168\n\n18.44\n\n243\n\nvaram varaya vamoru\nvas�fho bhagavan rama/.1\nvasudeve bhagavati\nvava�a kamiin anye�m\nvavrdhe siirasene5avayam ca tvam ca ye ceme\nvidama yasyehitam arhSakarhSaka\nviditam ananta samastam\nvidve�-�.ta-mataya/.1\nvidyadharadhipatyam ca\nvidyadhara-patim pritaS\nvidyadhara§ citraketu§\nvijitds te 'pi ca bhajatam\nvijfiiipyam parama-guro/.1\nvikirya kesan vigalat-sraja/.1 sutam\nvilapantya mrtam putram\nvilokyaikanta-bhiitcini\nvimrjya pii�_tinii vaktram\nvinded virilpci viruja vimucyate\nvipran striyo viravati/.1\nvirocanas tu prahradir\n\n14.6\n\n9\n\n17.39\n\n206\n\n18.67\n\n259\n\nyad etad vismrtam purhso\nyadi te viditam putra\nya etat pratar utthaya\nya/.1 k§atra-bandhu/.1 paribhuya siirin\nya/.1 pau�e(Ul samare\n\n16.57\n\n157\n\n18.70\n\n261\n\n17.41\n\n208\n\n17.13\n\n177\n\n14.7\n\n10\n\nya/.1 sneha-pii.So nija-sarga-vrddhaye\nyajante 'nanya-bhavena\nyajiioech�_tam avaghraya\nyamuniiyam maharaja\nyam dharayan sapta-ratrad\n\n14.55\n\n43\n\n18.35\n\n233\n\n19.16\n\n284\n\n16.14\n\n95\n\n15.27\n\n76\n\n16.48\n\n144\n\ny\n\nv\nvacasy uparate 'prapya\nvticayitvas�o viprai/.1\nvadham niirhati cendro 'pi\nvalmikiS ca maha-yogi\nvarado yadi me brahman\n\nvrtras tu sa katham pii.pa/.1\nvrtrasydsura-jtites ca\nvyapohya matr-�m te\n\n16.21\n\n102\n\n14.33\n\n29\n\n18.43\n\n241\n\n18.5\n\n213\n\n18.37\n\n234\n\n18.32\n\n231\n\n15.13\n\n63\n\n17.31\n\n197\n\n14.35\n\n30\n\n14.31\n\n28\n\n15.5\n\n56\n\n17.32\n\n198\n\n16.46\n\n142\n\n14.43\n\n35\n\n16.28\n\nllO\n\n16.49\n\n145\n\n17.1\n\n166\n\n16.34\n\n117\n\n16.46\n\n143\n\n14.53\n\n42\n\n14.59\n\n47\n\n18.30\n\n229\n\n15.9\n\n61\n\n19.27\n\n291\n\n19.19\n\n286\n\n18.16\n\n220\n\nv�ama-dhiya racito ya/.1\nv�ma-matir na yatra nr(ldm\nv�aya-�o nara-pa§avo\nvismita mumucu/.1 5okam\nv�1_t0r vratam idam bibhran\n\n16.41\n\n131\n\n16.41\n\n131\n\nv�l_tU-patni maha-miiye\nviSva-srjas te 'msamsas\nvratam purhsavanam brahman\nvrtra ity abhivikhyato\n\n16.38\n\n125\n\n16.12\n\n94\n\n19.19\n\n286\n\n19.6\n\n275\n\n16.35\n\nl19\n\n19.1\n\n270\n\n17.38\n\n205\n\nyam vai svasantam anu viSva-srja/.1\nyani ceha n�iddhani\nyan manyase hy asadhiiktam\nyan-nii ma sakrc chrava(ldt\nyan niiradailgirobhyam te\nyan na spr§anti na vidur\nyasminn idam yata5 cedam\nyasyatmiinuva5a5 cet syat\nyata5 cantarhito 'nantas\nyatha dhandsu vai dhana\nyatha ni/.lsvasya krcchrapte\nyatha prakrtibhir gupta/.1\nyatha prayanti samyanti\nyatha s�upta/.1 pu�o\nyatha tarema d�piiram\n\n18.46\n\n246\n\n17.24\n\n189\n\n16.44\n\n140\n\n16.50\n\n146\n\n16.23\n\n104\n\n16.22\n\n103\n\n14.20\n\n20\n\n17.1\n\n166\n\n15.4\n\n54\n\n14.36\n\n31\n\n14.17\n\n17\n\n15.3\n\n53\n\n16.53\n\n153\n\n14.26\n\n24\n\nyatha tvam krpaya bhutya\nyatha vastuni pa�_tyani\nyatha yuvam tri-lokasya\nyatheha bhuyo mahatam\nyat-piida-miilam upasrtya narendra\n\n19.5\n\n273\n\nyat-piirive bhagavan dste\nyatra bhagavata/.1 srimiin\nyatra pataty a(l.u-kalpa/.1\nyavad yasya hi sambandho\nyavad yatropalabhyeta\n\n18.18\n\n221\n\n18.10\n\n216\n\n16.37\n\n123\n\n16.6\n\n84\n\n19.14\n\n282\n\n17.15\n\n179\n\n15.28\n\n77\n\n16.7\n\n86\n\n16.8\n\n88\n\n", "SB6.3#p0347": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\n\n319\n\nyayav aligirasa sakaril\n\n16.26\n\n108\n\nyo 'gastyaya tv atithaye\n\n18.15\n\nyena prasupta/:1 purU$(1/:1\nye tu necchanty api pararil\n\n16.55\n\n155\n\n14.23\n\n22\n\n18.74\n\n264\n\nyoginaril dhvasta-papanaril\nyuvaril tu viSvasya vibha\n\n19.11\n\n279\n\n219\n\n", "SB6.3#p0348": "General Index\nNumerals in boldface type indicate references to translations of the verses of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam.\n\nAhankiira inyaril me\n\nA\n\nverse quoted, 150\n\nAhankiiraril balam darpam\n\nAbhinnatvaril niima-niiminofi\n\nverse quoted, 135\n\nAhankiira-vimr:u;Ihatmi\n\nquoted, 151\n\nverse quoted, 58, 183\nAir. See: Elements, material\n\nAbortion\natonement for, 96\nat contraceptive's failure, 55\n\nAirplane as example of false creation,\n120-121\n\nAbsolute Truth\ndevotee's vs. jnani's approach to, 197-198\nfeatures of, three defined, 97, 107, 149\n\nAjamila, attachment of, compared to a\nwoman's attachment to husband,\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\n\n232\n\nAcarya. See: Spiritual master\n\nAjo 'pi sann avyayatma\n\nActivities\ncaused by the Lord, 151\n\nAkiimafi saroa-kiirno vd\n\nverse quoted, 215\n\nillusion of soul concerning, 58\nmaterial, as mental concoction, 72-74\n\nverse quoted, 126, 264-265\n\nAkarma� ca boddhavyaril\n\npious and forbidden, 149\n\nverse quoted, 150\nAlphabet, true purpose of, 115\n\nunderstanding, from the Lord, 150\nSee also: Karma\n\nAmanina manadena\n\nAcyuta, �Qa's forms as, 100\n\nverse quoted, 175, 178\n\nAnanda, in �Qa, 101-102\nAnandamayo 'bhyasat\n\nAditi, descendants of, 210-216\n\nAdvaita, �Qa's forms as, 100\nAdvaitam acyutam aniidim ananta-nlpam\n\nquoted, 101\n\nquoted, 102\n\nAnanta, �Qa as, 124-125\n\nAgamapayino 'nitytis\n\nverse quoted, 120, 197\n\nAnantadeva\nSee also: Anantadeva, quotations from\n\nverse quoted, 100\n\nCitraketu instructed by, 146-164\n\nAgastya Muni, 213, 214\n\ndescribed, 113\n\nVatapi served to, 219\n\ndisappears, 164, 166-167\n\nAgents of the Lord, father, king, etc., as, 58\n\nuniverses held by, 145\nAnantadeva, quotations from\non cause of material and spiritual energies.\n\nAge of Kali. See: Kali-yuga\nAgnihotra, 211\n\nAhaituky apratihata., 118\n\nquoted, 123\n\nHimself as, 152\non Deity form of Himself, 148\non fruitive activities, 160-161, 162\non Indians in spiritual life, 159\n\nquoted, 150-151\n\non living entity's forgetfulness. 158\n\nverse quoted, 130\n\nAham iidir hi devanam\nAham vai saroa-bhii.tani\n\non knowledge in living entities, 157\n\n321\n\n", "SB6.3#p0349": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n322\n\nAnanladeva. quotations from\n\n(continued)\n\non living entity's relation with the Lord,\n\nAnumati, 212\nAnxiety, cause of, 101\n\nAnyabhi�ita-sunyam\n\n163\non Narada·s and Angira's favoring\nCitraketu, 146\n\non perfection. 163-164\non sleep, dreams, etc 154, 156, 157\n..\n\non sound form of Himself, 148\n\nAnanyenaiva yo gena\nverse quoted, 139\n\nAru;lantara-stha, 99\nAru;lantarastha-paramd�J.u-cayantara-stham\nquoted, 89, 122\n\nAligani yasya sakalendriya-vrttimanti\nquoted, 101\n\nAngira\n\nAnantadeva credits, 146\nCitraketu questioned by, 20-21\nCitraketu received son from, 55, 70\n\nCitraketu revisited by, 49\n\nCitraketu's reception of, 16-17\n\nverse quoted, 56, 129\n\nAnyantaryami�J.Um v�!J.um\nverse quoted, 112\nA pantaratama, 64\n\nAparadhi, Mayavadi as, 6\nApareyam itas tv anyam\nverse quoted, 150\n\nAri��a, 214\n\nAruhya krcchre!J.U param padam tatab,\nverse quoted, 7\nArul)i,64\nAryan society, 137-138,250\nMana, 220\nAsi, 2ll\nAsita, 64, 142\n\nAsramas in variJ.dSrama-dharma, 138-140\nAsuras, reformation of, 222\nAsuri (a sage), 64\n\ndeparts for Brahmaloka, 108\n\nASvattharna, i(r�l)a's saving Parik�it from, the\n\ninstructs Citraketu, 2-10, 18-27\n\nA tab, sri-kr��J.U-namadi\n\ndiscloses his identity, 67\n\non king's happiness, 17-19\nas preacher, 64\n\nprediction of, 26-27\nsacrifice by, for Citraketu, 25-27\n\nAnimal killing_\n\ncivilized men refrain from, 138\ncondemned, 134-136\nreaction for, 135\n\nas sacrifice in primitive religions, 134-135\nAnimals\ndemigod worshipers likened to, 125-126\nhuman beings likened to, 64\n\nAnimals, ownership of, transmigration compared to, 87\nAniruddha, Lord\nin Narada's mantra, 99\nin quadruple expansions, 99\nAnuhlada, 218, 220\n\nAnukulyena kr�IJ.dnu.Wanam\nquoted, 193\n\nverse quoted, 56, 129\n\nLord's saving Maruts compared to, 258\n\nquoted, 142\nverse quoted, 147\n\nAthava bahunaitena\nverse quoted, 125\nAtheists\n\nBhagavad-gita on, 65\n\nblind and ignorant, 144\nMayaviida monism creates, 152\n\nAtma-sambhavitab, stabdha\nverse quoted, 134\n\nAto mayamayam v�!J.um\nquoted, 215\n\nAtoms, the Lord's existence in, 122\nAtonement of Citraketu's wives, 95-96\n\nAva�!J.Uva-mukhodgir�J.Um\nverse quoted, 116, 207\n\nAvajananti mam mll4ha\nverse quoted, 7\n\nAvicyuto 'rthab, kavibhir nirupito\nverse quoted, 115\n\nAvidya, must be understood, 151\n\n", "SB6.3#p0350": "General Index\nB\nBaladeva Vidyabhii�a1.1a,quoted on Lak�mi as\nvi{;�u-taltva, 281-282\n\nBalarama,expansions from, 124\nBalavan indriya-gramo\nverse quoted,229-230\n\nBali Maharaja, father and sons of,220\nBa1.1a,King,220-221\n\n323\n\nBhagavad-gitii, quotations from\non duality and tolerance, 100\n\non duties and their results, 93\non envious men condemned, 91-92, 135\n\non fools deriding Kr�1.1a, 7\non great men,173\n\non Kr�1.1a as om, 99, 151\non Kr�1.1a as original cause,123\non Kr�1.1a's appearances, 215\n\nBa�kala,220\n\non Kr�1.1a's control of nature,155, 194\n\nBeing,living. See: Living entities; Soul,\n\non Kr�1.1a's delivering devotees, 139\n\nconditioned\nBhaga,211\nBhagavad-gua\n\nSee also: Bhagavad-gitii, quotations from\n\nAryans follow, 137-139\n\non Kr�1.1a's directing devotee,149\n\non Kr�1.1a's energies,inferior and superior,\n\n150\non Kr�1.1a's energy as everything, 152\non Kr�1.1a's energy supporting creation, 125\n\nduties are instructed in, 136-137\n\non Kr�1.1a's equal disposition, 91, 202\n\nfor perfect society,137-139\n\non liberation through Kr�1.1a,127-128\n\nfor leaders of the world,59\n\nas presented today, 139\nsocietal divisions in,137\nBhagavad-giUi, quotations from\non action, understanding of, 150\non action as done by nature, 84, 85\non action as misconceived by the soul, 58,\n\non Kr�Qa's victorious presence, 263\non living entities as Kr�1.1a's parts,120\non the Lord in the heart,132, 151\non mahatmas, 155\n\non materialist's inability to accept Kr�1.1a,\n\n65, 108-109\non memory,etc.,coming from Kr�Qa,105,\n\n120\n\n183-184\non actions and their results, 93\n\non miscreants,65\n\non actions of great men, 173\n\non nature under Kr�1.1a, 155, 194\n\n\"All beings are in Me, but I am not in\nthem,\" 153\nanimal sacrifices condemned, 134\non Arjuna as Kr�1.1a's instrument,274\n\non om as Kr�1.1a, 99, 151\non overcoming material modes,180\non soul in matter, 18\non soul's illusion as doer, 58, 183-184\n\non brahma-bhuta situation, 69, 74\n\non struggling of living entities,75\n\non Brahman's source as Kr�1.1a,158\n\non surrender to Kr�1.1a, 132, 134, 135.\n\non Brahma's life span, 235\n\n180\non transmigration of the soul, 54, 87\n\non demigod worship, 232\non demigod worshipers,119, 126\non demon's defeat,7\n\non devotees as mahatmas, 155\non devotee's freedom and joy,69, 74\n\non devotee's overcoming nature,180\non devotee's pious background,2\non devotional service's benefit,243\non devotional service steadily done,\n\n148-149\n\non women, sudras, etc., in bhakti-yoga,\n\n239\non worshiping, etc., Kr�Qa, 139\nBhagavan\nas aspect of Supreme Lord,99, 107. 149.\n\n156\nas highest realization, 155\nBhagavata-dharma\nas devotional service, 129-130\n\n", "SB6.3#p0351": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n324\nBhiigavata-dharma (continued)\n\n��1.1a consciousness movement follows,\n139\nas perfect religion, 131-133\nfor perfect society, 137-138\nPrahlada Mahar�ja preached, 137\n\nBhiigavatam. See: Srimad-Bhdgavatam\nBhaktas\nas class of human being, 4\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\nBhakti\nSee: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord; ��I.Ia consciousness\n\nBhakti� paresanubhavo viraktir anyatra ca\nquoted, 109\n\nBhaktim bhutim harir dattva\nverse quoted, 4\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, quotations from\non pure devotional service, 56\non seeing �1.1a by devotion, 142, 147\nBhaktivinoda 'fhakura, quoted on waves of\n\nmaya, 155\nBhakti-yoga. See: Devotional service to the\nSupreme Lord; ��1.1a consciousness\n\nBharata-bhumite haila man�ya-janma yara\nverse quoted, 160\n\nBhavami na cirat piirtha\nverse quoted, 139\n\nBhogai.Svarya-prasaktanam\nverse quoted, 108\n\nBhramayan sarva-bhutani\nverse quoted, 90\n\nBhumir apo 'nalo vayu�\nverse quoted, 150\n\nBhllta-bhavana�, Supreme Lord as, 151\nBijam mam sarva-bhutandm\nquoted, 123\nBlasphemy, Citraketu did not commit, 173\nBliss in �1.1a, 101-102\nBody, material\nabsorption in, 71-74\nbeginning of life in, 155-159\ncomposition of, 73-74\n\nBody, material\nas dress, 87\nas miserable, 7 4\nparents produce, 59-60\nrelationships based on, 82-88\nsoul different from, 54\ntemporary relationships of, 52-61, 71-76\nvarieties of, in transmigration, 82\nBody of the Supreme Lord. See: Supreme\nLord, body of\nBoy at the beach, ��I.Ia creating the world\ncompared to, 58\nBrahma, Lord\nAilgira born from mind of, 25\nlife span of, 235\nParvati criticizes, 176\nas secondary actor, 145\nwomen created by, 229\n\nBrahma-bhuta� prasanndtmd\nquoted, 69, 74\n\nBrahmacari\ndanger of women for, 239\nhusband trained as, 237\nBrahmajyoti. See: Monism\nBrahmaloka, 108\nBrahman (impersonal Absolute)\nas aspect of the Lord, 99, 103, 107, 149,\n155, 156\nenjoyment caused by, 156\noneness in quality with, 157\nsource of, 158\nsuffering absent in understanding, 74\nBrahman, Supreme\nconnecting everything with, 132\n��1.1a as, 106\nsoul's dependency on, 105-106\nuniverse in, 104\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nBrahman effulgence\n\"devotional service\" for attaining, 8\n\nSee also: Monism\nBrahrruu:r-as (intellectuals)\nCitraketu's charity to, 30-31\n\ncontrasted to ��1.1a's body, 102\n\npart of perfect society, 137-138\n\ndead condition of, 226\n\nin purilsavana-vrata, 287, 289\n\ndesire causes, 60-61, 73, 89-90\n\nworship of, 250\n\n", "SB6.3#p0352": "325\n\nGeneral Index\nBrahmar.u.Ja bhramite kona bhagyavan jiva\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, quotations from\non humility while chanting, 174-175, 178,\n\nverse quoted, 86\n\nBrahmar:w hi prat�!}uiham\n\n192-193, 204\non India's special aptitude, 160\n\nquoted, 158\n\nBrahma-samhita\nSee also: Brahma-sarilhita, quotations\n\non living entity finding mercy, 86\non Mayavadis as offenders, 6\non offenses to devotees, 179\n\nfrom\non forms of Godhead, 100\nthe Lord personifies, 116\n\nBrahma-sarilhitii, quotations from\non devotional service without karma, 44\non Durga controlled by ��!}a, 195\n\non unconditional devotion, 266\n\nCa�ur unmilitaril yena\nverse quoted, 66\nCal}akya Pal}�ita, quotations from\n'\non sons, necessity of, 14\n\non expansions of ��!}a, 102, 122\n\non who should leave home, 34\n\non ��!}a as original person, 123\n\non women, 239\n\non ��!}a in atoms and universes, 89, 122\non �!}a's body, 101\n\non worthless sons, 27\n\nCal.l4alas, pur}fication of, 140-141\n\non �l}a seen by love, 147\n\nCiiral}as with Siva, 167\n\non ��!}a's greatness known to devotees,\n\nCar�al}i, 212\n\n122, 199\n\nCiiturmasya, 211\n\non Maha-Vi�l}u's source as ��!}a, 124\n\non Vi�l}u in Svetadvipa, 99\n\nBrahma satyaril jagan mithya, 57\nBrahmeti paramdtmeti\nverse quoted, 149\n\nCaturvyuha, 99\nCausal Ocean, universes in, 124\nCause of everything, Supreme Lord as, 104,\n122-125, 144-145, 150-151,\n152-153\n\nBrahmins. See: BrahmarJ.aS\nBrain as material, 106\n\nCht'U;liya v��va-setxi nistdra payeche keba\nquoted, 180\nChanting the Lord's holy names\n\nBrghu, 212, 213\n\nBrhan-narculiya PuraT_UJ., quoted on chanting,\n\nfor all men, 141\nby Citraketu, 168\n\n140, 155\n\ndesires decrease by, 128\n\nBrhatsloka, 215\n\nhappiness in, 196\n\nc\n\nhumility in, 174-175,178\nrecommended for this age, 135, 140-141\nfor remembering ��!}a, 155\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta, quotations from\non happiness and distress, 196\non India's duty, 160\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nSee also: Caitanya Mahaprabhu, quotations\nfrom\nchanting introduced by, 141\n\nsins purified by, 96\nCharity of Citraketu, 30-31\nChastity of women, 248\nChemicals' cause, 122-123\nChild-killing, atonement for, 95-96\nCitraketu, King\n\nSee also: Citraketu, quotations from\n\ndelivers fallen souls, 242\n\nabundance during reign of, 12\n\ndepends on devotees, 274\n\nAnantadeva attained by, 111-115\n\ndevotees should serve, 69\n\nAnantadeva purifies, 114\n\nLak�mi as v��u-tattva accepted by, 282\n\nAnantadeva seen by, in ecstasy. 114-115\n\npreaching desired by, 137\n\nAngira asked by, for a son, 23-25\n\n", "SB6.3#p0353": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n326\nCitraketu, King\n\n(continued)\n\nAngirii instructs, 52-60,67-76\n\nAngira misunderstood by, 27\n\nAngira received by, 16-1 7\nchanting of\n\nmantra by, 110-111\n\ncharity of, on son's birth, 30-31\n\nCitraketu, quotations from\n\non desires and worshiping the Lord,\n127\non the Lord's all-inclusiveness, 122\n\non the Lord's connection with universes,\n144\n\nchildless destiny of, 55\n\non the Lord's directing everything, 145\n\ncursed by Piirvati, 179\n\non religions, 131, 133-134\n\ncurse as mercy for, 182-183\ncurse tolerated by, 181-182, 192-193,\n204\ncursing of. See: Cursing of King Citraketu\ndeparts in airplane, 191\n\non the Lord's purifying effect, 140, 142\n\non Supersoul, 143\n\non universes as atoms in the Lord, 124\n\nCitraketu's son\n\ndescribed, 14\n\nborn. 29\nCitraketu's affection for, 31-32\n\nenlightenment of, 61, ,94-95, 97\n\nas enemy of his father, 4-85\n\ndevotees praised by, 62-63\n\nfault of, in criticizing Siva, 17 4\n\nfrustration of, with wives, 13-15\n\ndies, 36-37\n\nas Har�asoka, 87\n\ninstructions of, on reincarnation, 82-92\n\nhearing about, 207\n\nCitric acid, tree producing, the Lord's creating\n\nknowledge requested by, 66\n\nCivilization, human\n\nkarma accepted by, 190\n\nlaments for his son, 40-41, 45-46, 48\niirada credited by, 142\n\nNiirada instructs, 52-60, 77\n\nNarada teaches prayer to, 99-107\nPiirvati criticizes, 175-178\n\nPiirvati's forgiveness asked by, 190\n\nreciting history of, 208\n\nrenunciation in, 108-109\n\nSiva appreciated by, 171\n\nSiva criticized by, 170-173\n\nSiva praises, 192-194,201-202\n\nas Siva's friend, 202\n\nson of. See: Citraketu's son\n\ntranscendental success of, 108-109, 146\n\ntravels in space, 167-168\n\nas Vrtrasura, 205-206\n\nwives of, 14-15, 32-36\n\nwives of, atonement of, 95\n\nCitraketu, quotations from\n\non Aryans, or dutiful men, 136-137\n\ncompared to, 123\n\ncriterion of, 250\n\nSee also: Society, human\n\nConditioned soul. See: Soul, conditioned\n\nContraception, life unaffected by, 55-56\nCosmic manifestation. See: Universe\n\nCows\n\nfor advancing society, 250\n\nas charity of Citraketu, 30\n\nCreation, the\n\ncompared to a dream, 57\n\nSee also: Material world; Universe\n\nCreator\n\nscientists not, 120-121\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord, as cause of everything; Supreme Lord, as independent creato�\n\nCurse on King Citraketu\n\njustification of, 179, 180\n\nas the Lord's plan, 169, 182\nas mercy for him, 180\n\non bhagavata-dharma, 129, 131\n\nby Piirvati, 179\n\non demigods, 120\n\nParvati regrets, 202, 203\n\non conquering the Lord, 117-118\non demigod worshipers, 125-126\n\nPiirvati's reasons for, 175-177\n\nCyavana, 64\n\n", "SB6.3#p0354": "327\n\nGeneral Index\nD\n\nDetachment. See: Renunciation\nDevala, 64\n\nDadiimi buddhi-yogam tam\nquoted, 149\nDaityas defined, 2I7\n\nSukadeva heard of Vrtrasura from, II\n\nDevotees of the Supreme Lord\naccept everything as mercy, 182\n\nDaiva-netra, 182\n\nappreciate the Lord, 272\n\nDaivi hy e$d gul).amayi\n\nbehavior of, 20I, 204\n\nverse quoted, 180\nDak�a, Citraketu unlike, 171\n\nDam-patye 'bhirucir hetu/:1\nquoted, 237\n\nDa�Jijavats to Lak�mi-NarayaQa, 279\nDaTJ4,o mitram ca tasyaita/:1\nverse quoted, 18\n\n\"Daridra-niiriiyar_w.,\" 278\nDarsa, 2I2\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu 's happiness as, 196\ndear to the Lord, 20I\ndemigods respected by, 126\ndepend on the Lord, 272-273\ndesire nothing material, 264-266\ndesires of, the Lord fulfills, 263-264\nduty and activities of, 69\nenemies of, punished by the Lord, 91-92\nenvy avoided by, 246\n\nDattatreya, 64\n\nfood not eaten by, 247\n\nDeath in material relationships, 52-53\n\ngoal of, 111, 182\n\nDehino 'smin yatha dehe\n\nhearing from, necessity of, 207\n\nquoted, 18, 54, 87\n\nhumility of, 174-175, 178,204\n\nDeity of the Supreme Lord, I48\n\nincapability in, 107\n\nDeity worship of the Supreme Lord, 116, 141,\n\njnanis inferior to, 6, 118\nkarma transcended by, 182\n\n143, 276-277\n\nknowledge in, 151,188-189.197,198\n\nDemigods\ncriticizing, an offense, 173\n\nthe Lord conquered by, ll7 -119\n\ndefined, 222\n\nthe Lord depends on, 274\n\nlong lives of, 235\n\nthe Lord favors, 91-92\n\nninety million, 8\n\nthe Lord seen by, 142, I46-149\n\nas parts of the Lord, 232\n\nthe Lord's lotus feet served by, I07\n\nreciting puritsavana-vrata pleases, 292\n\nas maha-paurU$iya, 68-69\n\nas secondary actors, I45\n\nmaterial conditions do not affect, 68-69.\n\nworship of, condemned, I25-I26\n\nSee also: lndra; Maruts; other names of individual demigods\n\n74\nMayavadis inferior to, 6, 118\nmeeting, as fortune, 86\n\nDemons, reformation of, 222\n\nobligated feeling of, to the Lord. 130\n\nDesires\n\nopulence of, 111-112\n\nof devotees, yogis and jnanis, 118-119\n\npride disqualifies, 174\n\nof devotees to go to'the Lord, 182\n\npure. See: Pure devotees of the Supreml'\n\ndevotional service fulfills, 112, 263-264\n\nLord\n\nmaterial, absent in devotional service, 56\n\npurpose of, 62-65\n\nmaterial, body given by, 60-61\n\nrarity of, 3-4, 8-9\n\nmaterial, unhappiness from, I60-I62\n\nrenunciation in. 182. 186,I92, 195\n\nmaterial, worship of the Lord with,\n\nsecurity of, in difficulty. 205-206\n\n126-128\nDestiny in getting children, 55\n\nservice of, accepted. 109\n\nSiva glorifies, I92-I94, I97, 20I\n\n", "SB6.3#p0355": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n328\nDevotees of the Supreme Lord\n\n(continued)\n\n�urrender to. 180\ntest of. 266\n\nDistress. See: Suffering\nDiti\n\ntolerance in, 182,192-193, 194, 195\n\ndescendants of,217-222\nlndra questioned by,261\n\nuniversal appeal of,132-133\n\nlndra's explanations to,261-267\n\n.Y�i:� differ from, 118\nDevotional service to the Supreme Lord\nAnantadeva recommends,161\nattachment to be abandoned in, 93\nbhagavata-dharma as,129,139\n\nIndra's death planned by,227-228\nKasyapa captivated by,228\nKasyapa instructs,on vow,246-251\nKasyapa requested by, for instructions,\n245\n\ndefined,130\n\nMaruts born to,259-260\n\nDiti and lndra purified by, 262\n\nneglect of,in executing vow, 255\n\ngoodness preliminary for,2\n\npregnancy achieved by,252\n\nhonesty a result of, 262\nhusband trained in, 237\n\npurity of,224\nDreams\n\nimperishable, 206,242-243\n\nas illusory phase,154-155\n\nkarma transcended by, 44, 182, 184\n\nthe Lord causes understanding of,\n\nknowledge through,197-198\nmaterial attachment obstructs,108-109\nmaterial power a by-product of, 110-112\nnecessary for knowing the Lord, 147,\n\n148-149\nPrahlada Maharaja preached,137\npurilsavana vow in. See: Purilsavana-vrata\npure stage of,56, 129-130\npurifies anyone,242\nrenunciation in,108-109\nas sarvotkma, or best religion,133\nspiritualizes everything,111-112\nunconditional, 118, 130\nutility in,111-112, 132\nwife shares husband's,285-286\nwonderful nature of,263-264\nSee also: individual devotional processes\nDhamani, 219\nDharma (occupation), supreme form of, 130\nDharma (religion). See: Religion\n\n156-157\nmaterial life like, 57,71-74,195-197\nDuality, material\ndevotees above,118, 195-196\ncompared to thinking flower garland a\nsnake,195-196\nSupreme Lord free from,100, 102\nDu�khalayam a.SiiSvatam, 4\nDurga\nKasyapa's instructions concerning, 247\nSee also: Parvati\nDurlabham man�am janma\nverse quoted,137\nDurvasa,64\nDuty\nhighest success in,136-137\nproper mentality in, 93\n\"Dvaite\" bhadriibhadra-jfliina, saba\n''manodharma ''\nverse quoted,196\n\nDha� svan;u.��hita� purilsdm\n\nE\n\nverse quoted,136\nDharmam tu sak$ad bhagavat-prCJ{Iitam\nquoted,132\nDhata,212\nDhaumya,64\nDhruva Maharaja satisfied,264\nDisciples. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\nDisciplic succession,the Lord known through,\n\n147\n\nEarth (element). See: Elements,material\nEarth planet productive under pious kings,\n12-13\nEducation,real, lacking, 76\nEgo, false. See: Elements, material\n\"Ei bhiila, ei maruJa, \"\nei saba \"bhrama\"\nverse quoted,196\n\n", "SB6.3#p0356": "329\n\nGeneral Index\nElements,material\n\nGautama,64\n\nbody composed of,83\nemanate from the Lord, 150\nsoul covered by,18\nuniverse covered by,124-125\nElephant, mad, offense to devotees compared\nto, 179\n\nGlowworm in the sun,Citraketu compares\nhimself to,143\nGoal of life. See: Perfection\nGod. See: Supreme Lord\nGod consciousness. See: �l).a consciousness\nGoddess of fortune. See: Lak�mi\n\nElephant emerging from muddy water,\nCitraketu's enlightenment compared to,\n97\n\n·\n\n\"Gods.\" See: Demigods\nGold, transaction in,transmigration compared\nto,85\nGoodness, mode of\n\nEnergy\nof life from l(r�Q.a, 105-106\n\nnecessity of attaining, 2, 185\n\nthe Lord's, different from Him, 152-153\n\nsymptom and function of,186- 187\n\nmaterial and spiritual, 59-60, 150-151\n\nGopis 'relationship with �!).a, 118\nGovernment rule,l(r�Q.a's equal disposition\n\nEnjoyment,material\n\ncompared to,189\n\nwife induces, 237\n\nSee also: Happiness,material\n\nGovindam adi-pu�am\nquoted, 7-8, 123\n\nEnvy\nof devotees,Lord intolerant of, 91-92\n\nGrhasthas, son needed for,14\n\ndevotees avoid, 246\n\nGuru. See: Spiritual master\n\nin religions,131-136\n\nGuru-k��-prasade paya bhakti-latii-bija\n\nEther. See: Elements, material\n\nverse quoted,86\n\nH\n\nF\nHappiness\nFace as index of mind, 22\n\nattaining, in this world, 58-59, 196\n\nFamily life, son needed in, 14\n\ndevotees undeviated by, 118\n\nFatherhood. See: Parenthood\n\nof kings, 18-20\n\nFear,causes of,71, 74\n\nLord Caitanya sets example of,196\n\nFire. See: Elements, material\nFlower garland mistaken for a snake,material\nillusion compared to,195\nFoodstuffs offered to the Lord. See: Prasada\n\nSee also: Pleasure; Pleasure,material\nHare �!).a mantra\nLord Caitanya delivered, 242\nthe Lord is identical with,148, 151\n\nSee also: Chanting the Lord's holy names\n\nFruitive activities\nbirth determined by,82-83\nceasing of,160-161, 162\ncontradictory results of,160-162\n\nSee also: Karma; Vikarma\n\nHare l(r�Q.a movement. See: l(r�Q.a consciousness movement\n\nHarer nama harer nama\nquoted, 155\nverse quoted, 140\n\nG\n\nHar�a5oka,87\nHaridasa Thakura,tolerance exemplified by.\n\n195\nGandharva-nagara defined, 71\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�Q.u\nexpansion of Maha-Vi�Q.u,124\nexpansion of Sankar�al).a,99\n\nHearing about the Supreme Lord from devotees only, 207\nHeavenly planets\ndevotees disdain,182, 186, 193, 194\n\n", "SB6.3#p0357": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n330\n\nHeavenly planets\n\n(continued)\n\ndevotional service not for attaining,8\n\nIllusion\nactivity in, 149\n\nHellish planets, devotees indifferent to, 182,\n\nof bodily identification, 65\n\n186,193,194\nHiral)yakasipu,217, 218\nDiti recalls killing of, 225, 235\n\nin bodily relationships,52-54, 82-88\ncauses of,71-74\n\nHiral)yak�a, 217\n\nphases of,three described,154-155\n\nDiti recalls killing of,225, 235\nHiral)yanabha,64\n\nof happiness in material world, 186\nof soul as doer,58, 184\nIlvala,219\n\nHlada, 218, 219\nHouseholders. See: Grhasthas; Marriage\n\nHrdy antab--stho hy abhadra�i\n\nlmpersonalists. See: Mayavadis\nIncarnations of God\nappear by His own potency,215\n�irodakasayi Vi�l)u the source of, 99\n\nverse quoted,8\n\nSee also: names of individual incarnations\n\nHr$i.ke� hr$i.kesaverse quoted, 130\n\nIndia, special position of,159-160\n\nHr�ikesa,the Lord's function as, 105-106\nHuman beings\n\nlndra\nbodily conception of,227\n\nclasses of,four given,5\n\nDiti plans to kill, 225-227, 234-235\n\nclassified as demigods or demons,222\n\nDiti questions,261\n\ncriterion for,64\n\nDiti receives apology from,266-267\n\nas false creators, 120-121\n\nDiti receives explanation from,261-267\n\nperfect, described, 137-138\n\nDiti served by, 252-254\n\nrarity of,as species,4\n\nDiti's womb entered by,255-256\n\nSee also: Soul, conditioned\nHuman society. See: Society, human\n\nfamily of,214\n\nHumility of devotees,174, 175, 178, 181,\n\nMaruts cut by,256\n\nKasyapa's son a friend or enemy of,244\n\n182,204\n\nMaruts elevated by,222\n\nHusband. See: Marriage\n\nMaruts reassured by,258\nas secondary actor,145\n\nI\n\nIntelligence\ndemigod worshipers lack,126\ndevotional service a matter of,256-266\n\nIgnorance\nin atheists, 144\nin criticizing God, 43\ndefined,65\ndevotees understand, 151\n\nthe Lord as source of, 120-121, 151\n\nSee also: Elements,material\nIron with power to burn,body,etc., with consciousness compared to,105\n\nlsavdsyam idarh sarvam\n\nin material nature,184-185\n\nquoted,132\n\nin modern men, 76\n\nverse quoted, 12\n\nmonism as,158-159\n\nlsopani$ad, quotations from\n\nremoving,66-67\n\non the Lord's completeness, 272-273\n\nSee also: Illusion\n\non the Lord's proprietorship, 12\n\nIgnorance,mode of\n\nlsvarab- sarva-bhutandrh\n\nconquering, as necessity,2\n\nquoted,278\n\nsymptom and function of, 187\n\nverse quoted, 90\n\n", "SB6.3#p0358": "General Index\n\nJ\n\n331\n\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali)\nfalse gurus in, 66\n\nJagadananda PaQ<;Iita, quoted on beginning of\nconditioned life, 158\nJambha, 218\n\n]aname janame sabe pita miitii piiya\nquoted, 86\n]anayaty asu vairagyarh\nverse quoted, 198\n]anma karma ca me divyam\nverse quoted, 127-128\n]anma siirthaka kari' kara para-upakiira\nverse quoted, 160\nJatukarQa, 64\nJayanta, 214\n]iva. See: Living entity; Soul; Soul, condi­\n\nmarriage in, 237-238\n\nKamiid dve§iid bhayat snehat\nquoted, 128\nKamais tais tair hrta-jiiiinii/:1\nquoted, 119, 126\nKamarh vavar§a parjanya/:1\nquoted, 12\nKapila, 64\nKaraQodakasayi Vi�Qu as expansion of Sailkar�aQa, 99\n\n·\n\nKarma\nbodies caused by, 60\nCitraketu accepts results of, 190\ncontrolled by the Lord, 44\ndefined, 149\n\ntioned\n\n]iva-bhutiirh maha-biiho\nverse quoted, 150\n}iva Gosvami\nnoted the Lord's statement on His aspects,\n\n156\non smallness of living entity, 90\n\n(J;;va) kmza-diisa, ei visviisa, karle ta' iira\ndu/:lkha niii\nverse quoted, 185-186\n]iiiinis\nanxiety in, 101\nclasses of, two main and two subordinate, 6\nas class of human being, 4\ndeficiency in, 198\ndevotees distinguished from, 118\nJudge, impartial, Kr�Qa compared to, 93, 189\n\nfreedom from, 182\nliving conditions caused by, 53, 189\n\nSee also: Fruitive activities\nKarma-mimiirhsa philosophy, Krtadyuti\"s\nstress on, 44\nKarmii!Ji nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhajam\nquoted, 44, 182\nKarmar:w hy api boddhavyarh\nverse quoted, 150\nKarma!Jy evadhikiiras te\nverse quoted, 93\nKarmis\nanxiety in, 101\ndesire comforts, 4-5\nas offenders, 6\nKarttikeya (Skanda), conception of. compared\nto that of Krtadyuti's son, 28\n\nK\n\nKasyapa Muni\nDiti captivates, 228\nDiti instructed by, 244, 246-251\n\nKalau nasty eva nasty eva\nverse quoted, 140\n\nDiti's purification planned by. 242\n\nKali, goddess\n\nDiti's request regretted by. 236-237\n\nanimal sacrifice to, 134-135\nKasyapa's instructions concerning, 247\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali)\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's mission in, 242\nchanting recommended for, 140-141\n\nDiti promised reward by, 234\n\nas victim of his wife, 224\n\nKaumiira iicaret prajfio\nquoted, 237\nverse quoted, 137\nKausalya, 64\n\n", "SB6.3#p0359": "332\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nKayadhu, 218\nKilling\n\ni(r�Qa consciousness\nmotives for, vary, but result is same, 128\n\nperfect men refrain from, 138\nSee also: Animal killing\nKing Citraketu. See: Citraketu, King\n\npreaching of, 64, 65, 137,274\npurification in, 114, 127-128,242\nas religion, pure, 132-133\n\nKings\nhappiness for, 18-20\n\nrenunciation for, 108-109\nwomen and men in, 241\n\nseven protectors of, 18\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\n\nSee also: K�atriyas\nKing's nobility vanishing, demigod's favors\nvanishing compared to, 126\nKirii.ta-ha1)ii.lulhra-pulinda-pulka.Sa�\nquoted, 141\nKirti, 215\nKnowledge\n\nLord; individual devotional processes\nKr�Qa consciousness movement\nfor benefit of everyone, 139,141\nmission of, 26\nsuccess of, 109\nwomen in, 239, 241\n\natheism voids, 144\n\nKr�TJO.-katha as bhagavata-dharma, 137\n\nBrahman as cause of, 156-157\ncomplete, 155\ndevotees have naturally, 197\n\nKrtadyuti\n\ndreams as subject of, 156-157\n\nsacrificial remnants received by, 26\nson of, dies, 36-37\nKrti, 218\n\nof God, attainment of, 146-147,148149\nas human being's qualification, 64\nof illusion and reality, 57, 149\ni(r�Qa's body full of, 100-101\ni(r�Qa understood in, 151\nperfect and imperfect, 57, 197-198\nperfection in, ll5\nreception of, 66\nsages distribute, 62-65\nspiritual, imperishable, 205-206\nVedic, as basis of activity, 151\nKo 'rtha� putrerJO. jatena\nverse quoted, 27\n\nlamentation of, 38,41-48\npregnant, 28\n\nKrttikadevi, pregnancy of, compared to\nKrtadyuti's, 28\nK�atriyas\nin perfect society, 137-138\nSee also: Kings\n�irodakasayi Vi�Qu\nas expansion of Garbhodakasayi Vi�Qu, 124\nas source of incarnations, 99\nK�ipamy ajasram a.Subhan\nverse quoted, 91,135\nK�;;yante casya karma�i\nquoted, 182\n\nKrishna. See: Supreme Lord\n\nKuhii, 2 12\n\nKrishna consc!ousness. See: i(r�Qa consciousness\nKriya, 212\n\nKumaras, the, cited as worshiping for libera­\n\ni(r�Qa. See: Supreme Lord\nKr�TJO.-bahirmukha haiiii bhoga vancha kare\n\nL\n\nverse quoted, 158\ni(r�Qa consciousness\n\ntion, 129\n\nLak�mi\n\"different\" from Vi�Qu, 281-282\n\nbrahminical culture for, 250\nchastity in, 248\n\nexalted status of, 279-280,281\n\nenvy avoided in, 246\n\nprayers to, in purilsavana-vrata, 272, 275,\n\nmarriage in, 233, 237-238\n\nthe Lord's energy, 275, 280\n279-280,283-284\n\n", "SB6.3#p0360": "General Index\n\nLak�mi\nas v��u-tattva, 282\nLak�mi-NiirayaJ.la worship,278\nLamentation\ncauses of,71-74\ndevotees transcend, 68-69, 74\nunnecessary in this world, 52-53,55, 57\nLaws of God inescapable, 135\nLeaders of government neglect duty,58-59\nLiberation\ndevotees shun, 118-119, 182,'186,\n\nLiving entities\nas part of the Lord, 120, 163\nrelationships of, in illusion,82-88\nresponsible for themselves, 189\nin sleep, 154-157\nsmallness of, 89-90\nsource of, 148\nin spiritual or material worlds, 90\nin transmigration of soul,82-90,\n158-159\nSee also: Soul, conditioned\n\n193-194,264, 266\nrarity of,4\nLife\n\nLotus flower, woman's face compared to, 238,\n\nmaterial ideas of, 149\nrespected by perfect men, 140\nLife, material\n\n239\nLove of God beyond karma, 182\nLove\n\nentanglement in, 71-75\n\nLotus feet of the Supreme Lord served by devotees, 107\n\nmonism the beginning of, 158\n\nof God as natural, 200\nthe Lord's, for devotees, 274\nthe Lord seen by, 147, 148-149\n\nsuffering in, 54, 71\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\n\nforgetfulness causes,158-159\n\nLilies and bees, effect of sun on, Kr�1.1a's equal\n•\n\n333\n\ndisposition compared to, 189\nLiving entities\n\nLord\nLust in nondevotees, 118-119\n\naccept this world falsely, 152-153\nBrahman in quality, 157\ndear to the Lord, 200\ndevotees as fortune for, 86\ndifferent from the Lord, 88, 90, 92, 102\ndirected by the Lord, 90, 151\nin dreams, 156-157\n\nM\nMadhvaciirya, quotations from\non monism, 159\non pure worship of Vi�J.lu, 112\non rarity of pure devotees, 8\non Vi�J.lu and Lak�mi, 281\n\nduality experienced by, 195\nas false creators, 120-121\n\nMahiimantra. See: Chanting the Lord's holy\n\nhappiness of, 18\nillusion of, 184\n\nMaha-paur�iya defined, 68-69\n\nillusion of, as doers, 58\n\nMaharaja Parik�it. See: Parik�it Maharaja\n\nnames; Hare Kr�J.la mantra\n\nlife for, right of, 138\n\nMahatma defined, 155\n\nmaterial life's beginning for, 60-61,\n\nMaha-Vi�J.lu as expansion of Sankar�aJ.la.\n\n158-159\n\n124\n\nin material life,71-75\n\nMahayajiias, the five, 211\n\nin material or spiritual world, 90\nneutrality in, 93\n\nMahima (son of Bhaga), 211\n\nas numerous as atoms, 4\n\nMa karma-phala-hetur bhur\n\nMahi�a,220\n\nas one with but different from the Lord,\n\nverse quoted, 93\n\n89,91,92,120,158-159,163\nparentless, 85\n\nMamaivamso jiva-loke\n\nquoted, 75, 120\n\n", "SB6.3#p0361": "334\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nMama janmani janmaniSvare\nverse quoted, 266\n\nMaterialists\nblind to God, 144, I47\n\nMam atma-para-dehe§u\n\nenlightened by devotees,62-65\n\nverse quoted, I35\nMam eva ye prapadyante\n\nwords and songs of, II6-II7\nSee also: Atheists,Karmis\n\nverse quoted, I80\n\nManab, §U§!hiinindriyaTJ.i\nquoted, 75\n\nMan-mana bhava mad-bhakto\nquoted, I39\nMantra\nof Narada given to Citraketu, 99-107\nVedic,Kr�t:�a as om in, 99\n\nMaterial life. See: Life, material; Material\nworld\nMaterial nature. See: Nature,material\nMaterial world\ncompared to river., 84\ndevotees indi�erent in, I82, I86\nas dream, 57, 71-72\nduality in, 184-I87, 194-I97\n\nManu-samhita, quoted on association with\nwomen, 229-230\n\nillusion in,57,71-75, 154-ISS\n\nMarkat;��eya,64\n\nas Lord's energy, 152-I53\n\nMarriage\n\nLord's disinterest in, 58\nas mental concoction, 71-75\n\ndanger in,237-238\n\nmodern attachment for, 76\n\nhusband's position in, 228, 232-233\n\nmodes of nature in, 187\n\nhusband worshiped in, 232-233\n\nrelativity in, 184-187, 194-I97\n\nmaterialistic, 161\n\nsuffering in. See: Suffering\n\nspiritual benefit in, 233\n\nMiitra-sparsiis tu kaunteya\n\nspiritual relationship in, 285-286\n\nverse quoted, lOO\nMiitra svasra duhitra vii\n\nsuccessful, 237\nVedic, 24-25, 45-46\nwife's material influence in, 237\nwife's satisfaction in, 238\nMaruts, 222\nbirth of, 259-260\nas demigods, 222, 259\nDiti's questions concerning, 261\nhearing about, 271\nlndra cuts, 256\nParik�it's questions on, 222-223\n\nverse quoted, 229-230\n\nMat-sthiini sarva-bhii.tani\nquoted, 153\n\nMattab, sarvam pravartate\nquoted, I23\nMattab, smrtir jiiiinam apohanam ca\nquoted, lOS, II0\nMaya\nbeginning of, 158-I59\ndevotee understands, lSI\n\nplead with lndra, 257\n\nillusions of, 154-ISS\n\nsaved by the Lord's mercy, 258\n\nmaterial life arranged by, 56\n\nMata yasya grhe niisti\nverse quoted, 34\n\nas spiritual potency, 2IS\n\nSee also: Illusion; Material world\n\nMaterial body. See: Body, material\n\nMayiidhyak§e7J.a prakrtib,\n\nMaterialism\n\nquoted, ISS, I94\nMaya tatam idam sarvam\n\ndevotees never involved in, lli-ll2\nas dream, 154\nmodern disgust with, I09\nwife induces, 229, 237\n\nquoted, I52\nMayavadis (impersonalists)\noffensive but elevated, 6\n\nwomen as basis of, 239\n\nphilosophy of, I58-159, I98\n\nSee also: Material world\n\nrefuted, I52-I53\n\n", "SB6.3#p0362": "335\n\nGeneral Index\nMayavadis (impersonalists)\nworship by, 6, 8\nMayavadi km�e aparii.dhi\n\nMotherhood. See: Parenthood\nMukti. See: Liberation\nMurderer, God's laws punish, 135\nMystic power\n\nquoted, 6\nMayayapahrta-jiiiin ii\nverse quoted, 65\n\nlndra's use of, 256\nlimited, of living entity, 102\n\nMeat eating\ncivilized men avoid, 250\n\nN\n\nKasyapa's instructions against, 247\nrestricted by sacrifice, 134\nSee also: Animal killing\nMen, demigod and demon classes of, 222\nMercy of the Lord\non Citraketu, 169, 183\ndevotees accept, 182-183\nMerging with God See: Liberation;\n.\n\nMayavadis; Monism\n(Miche) mayara va.Se, yaccha bhese ', khaccha\nhab!U)ubu bhai\nverse quoted, 155, 185\nMil;lhu�a, 2I4\nMilk, need of, 250\nMilk touched by serpent's lips, hearing from\nnondevotees compared to, 207-208\nMind\ncontrol of, for happiness, 20\nface as index of, 22\nmaterially absorbed, 72-75\nsuffering through, 73-75\nas via media, 196-197\nSee also: Elements, material\nMisery. See: Suffering\nMitra, 2I4\nModes of material nature\nrelationships in, 84\nintervene between Lord and living entity,\n\n200\nMoghiiSa mogha-karmii�\nverse quoted, 7\nMoney, transferral of, Citraketu's enemy becoming his son compared to, 85, 87\nMonism\nas cause of material life, 158\ndevotees avoid, 6\nrefuted, 152-153\nMonists. See: Mayavadis\n\nNa dhan.am n.a jan.am n.a sundarim\nverse quoted, 266\nNa rniiril d�krtirw mii.{,ihd�\nverse quoted, 65\names of God. See: Chanting the Lord's holy\nnames; Supreme Lord name of, effect\nof; Supreme Lord, name of, identical\nwith Him\nNama brahmal}-ya devaya\nquoted, 250\nNarada Muni\nAnantadeva credits, I46\nAngira accompanied by, 49\nCitraketu instructed by, 52-60, 68-77\nCitraketu promised vision of Lord by, 77\nCitraketu receives mantra from, 99-I07\nCitraketu's son returned by, 80-82\ndeparts, I 08\nas father of devotional service, I 09\nfollowing, a necessity, 142\n\n� preacher of God consciousness, 64\n\nSukadeva heard of V�trasura from, II\nNarada-paiicariitra, 130\nthe Lord personifies, II6\nquoted on one in devotional service.\n\n129-130\nNaraya.;Ja, Lord\nas expansion of Sailkar�a.;Ja. 99. 124\nquadruple expansion from, 99\nNarayal}-a-para, 193\nNarayal}-a-para� sarve\nverse quoted, 204\nNarayal}-a-parayary,a. See: Devotees of the\nSupreme Lord\nNarayal}-iiyanii deva\nverse quoted, 9\n\n", "SB6.3#p0363": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n336\n\nNarayai'J.(iyanii/:1 sarve\n\nverse quoted, 8\nNarottama dasa Thakura, quotations from\non devotee's mode of life, 69\non Lord Caitanya, 242\n\nNature, material\nin destiny of conditioned souls, 184\nas energy, eternal, of the Lord, 59-60\n\nillusion by, 154-155\nintervenes between Lord and living entity,\n\n200\n\ni(r�Qa controls, 194-195\n\nliving entities directed by, 58\nparent-offspring relation in, 83-85\n\nproductive under pious kings, 12-13\n\nom, i(r�Qa as, 148, 151\nom ajiiiina-timirandhasya\nverse quoted, 66\n\nom namo bhagavate maha-pur�ya,\n276-277\nom namo bhagavate viisudevaya\nquoted, 99\n\nom purruzm ada/:! purruzm idam\nverse quoted, 273-274\n\nOneness. See: Liberation; Mayavadis; Monism\nOneness and difference of the Lord and the\nliving entities, 89, 91, 92, 120,\n158-159, 163\n\nOpulence of devotees, 111-112 273\n\nsoul covered by, 18\n\np\n\nNava-lw{yas tu deviiniim\n\nverse quoted, 8\nNecessities abundant under pious kings,\n12-13\n\nNimitta-matrarh bhava savyasiicin\nquoted, 274\n\nNirbandha/:1 kmuz-sambandhe\nquoted, 111\nNityaiva sa jagan- miitii\n\nverse quoted, 281-282\n\nNiyatam, 185\nNobility, vanishing of, vanishing of demigod's\nfavor compared to, 126\n\nNon devotees\ncivilization of, condemned, 133-134, 138\neffect of hearing, 116-117, 207-208\n\nNotpadyed yadi ratim\nverse quoted, 136\n\nquoted, 138\n\n0\nObeisances to Lak�mi-NarayaQa, 279\nOcean as Lord's creation, 122-123\nOffenders at i(r�Qa's lotus feet, 6\nto demigods, 173\nto devotees, 179\n\nPaiicajana, 218\n,\nPaiicasikha (the sage) accepted by Sankhyites,\n64,65\nPaiicasikha as knowledge, 65\nParamatma. See: Supersoul\n\nParamaharilsa, Supreme Lord as, 144\nParam bhavam ajiinanto\n\nverse quoted, 7\nParamo nirmatsariiTJ.(im\nquoted, 246\n\nParasurama, 64\nParasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate\nquoted, 187, 275\n\nNunam pramatta/:1 kurute vikarma\n\nOffenses\n\nPadma Purii� quotations from\non hearing from nondevotees, 207-208\non remembering Vi�Qu, 155\n\nParenthood\nillusory nature of, 82-83\n\nmaterial nature arranges, 83-85\n\nSupreme Lord controls, 55-56, 58, 60\n\nliving entity separate from, 85\n\nParents, material, as commonplace, 86\n\nParik�it, i(r�Qa's saving of, the Lord's saving\nMaruts compared to, 258\n\nParik�it Maharaja\n\non Maruts, 222-223\n\nSukadeva appreciates questions of, 224\n\n", "SB6.3#p0364": "337\n\nGeneral Index\n\nParvati (Durga)\n\nCitraketu as object of anger of, 174-179\n\nPleasure, material\n\nimpossible, 71-72\n\nCitraketu astonishes, 191\n\nas misery, 186\n\nCitraketu, curse on regretted by, 203\n\nwife induces, 237\n\nCitraketu criticized by, 175-178\n\nCitraketu excelled, 192-193\n\nspiritual life stopped by, 108-109\n\nPoetry, perfection of, 115\n\nas material energy, 195\n\nPoison given Citraketu's son, 36\n\nSiva defended by, 169\n\nPots made of earth, the universe's relation\n\nas mother, 179-180\n\nSiva embraces, 169\n\nSiva's instructions to, 192-203\n\nPassion, mode of\n\nconquering, a necessity, 2\n\nsymptom and function of, 187\n\nPasu, 211\n\nPa.Syaty ac�u�\nquoted, 101\n\nPataiijali, 64\n\n\"Poor Narayai;Ja,\" 278\n\nwith Supreme Brahman compared to,\n\n104\n\nPower, material, from devotional service,\n\n110-112\n\nPrabodhananda Sarasvati, quoted on happiness\nfor devotees, 196\n\nPrabhu (son of Bhaga), 211\n\nPradyumna, Lord\n\naddressed in Narada's mantra, 99\nin quadruple expansions, 99\n\nPati-guru, 232\nPatraril p�paril phalam toyam\n\nPrahlada Maharaja, 217,218, 220\n\nPaulomi, 214\n\nPrakrte� kriyamal)&i\n\nquoted, 273, 274\n\nPenance. See: Purilsavan.a-vrata\nPerfection\n\nAnantadeva on, 161, 163-164\nin prayers to the Lord, 115\n\nas spiritual understanding, 146-147\n\nPersons. See: Living entities; Souls, conditioned\n\nPhilosophers\n\natheistic, blindness of, 144\n\ndeficiency in, 197-198\n\nSee also: ]M.nis; Mayavadis\nPiiJ4a, 24-25\nPippala, 214\nPitas pleased by purilsavana-vrata, 293\n\nPlants, cutting and replanting of, Maruts\ndividing compared to, 256-257\n\nPlants, respecting life of, 138\n\nPleasure\n\nin God and living entities, 101\n\nSee also: Happiness; Pleasure, material\n\nPleasure, material\n\ndevotees shun, 264-266\n\nillusory nature of, 183-185,194-195\n\npreached perfect religion, 137\n\nquoted, 84, 85\n\nverse quoted, 183\n\nPrakrti\n\ndirects living entities, 58\n\nSee also: Nature, material\n\nPrakrtiril svam adh�!hiiya\n\nverse quoted, 215\nPrameya-ratnavali, quoted on Lak�mi as\n\nV�\"!I-U-tattva, 281-282\nPranava� sarva-vede�u\nquoted, 99, 151\n\nPrasada\nas offered by devotees, 247\n\nin purilsavana-vrata, 284, 285, 287,289\n\nPrata�, 212\n\nPrayers to Lak�mi in purilsavana-vrata, 275,\n\n278,279-280,281,283\n\nPrayers to the Supreme Lord\n\nCitraketu receives, from Narada, 99-\n\n107\n\nof Citraketu to Anantadeva, 117-145\n\nmundaners incapable of, 116\n\nas perfection of words, etc., 115\n\n", "SB6.3#p0365": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n338\n\nPrayers to the Supreme Lord (continued)\nin purilsavana-vrata, 272, 276-277,\n279-280,283-284\n\nPurll.§as. See: Garbhodakasayi Vi�IJu;\n�irodakasayi Vi�IJu; Maha-Vi��Ju\nPurll.§a-sukta prayers, 107\n\nPreaching of Kr�•Ja consciousness\nLord Caitanya depends on devotees for, 274\n\nQ\n\nfrom Vedic literatures, 137\nPremaiijana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nverse quoted, 147\n\nQuadruple expansions of Godhead, 99\n\nPrema-vivarta, quoted on beginning of conditioned life, 158\n\nR\n\nPride\nin Citraketu, 174-175\ndisqualifies devotee, 174-178\n\nRahu (demon), 218, 219\n\nPr5ni, 211\n\nRajo-gul)a. See: Passion, mode of\n\nPumsa/:1 striya mithunl-bhavam etam\n\nRaka,212\n\nquoted, 17\nPumsavana-vrata\nbenefits from, 289-293\n\nRa�asim asurim caiva\nverse quoted, 7\nRazor blade, woman's heart compared to, 238\n\ndescribed, 271-289\n\nJ:{hhu (a sage), 64\n\nfasting after, 287\n\nReincarnation. See: Transmigration of the soul\n\nby husband for wife's benefit, 285-286\n\nRelationships\n\nKasyapa instructs Diti in, 246-251\n\nas based on material bodies, 82-88\n\nfor one year, 287\n\nby modes of nature, 84\n\nParik�it's inquiry about, 270\nprocedures following, 287-289\nPunishment under God's law, 135\n\nSee also: Body, material\nReligion\nanimal sacrifice in, 134-135\n\nPurU.1,UlS, divisions of spiritual life in, 137\n\nbhiigavata-dharma as supreme, 129-139\n\nPure devotees of the Supreme Lord\n\ndeficient kinds of 131-139\n\ndesires nothing but service, 273\n\ndefined, 132\n\ndetached from materialism, 110, 112\n\nenvy in, 131-136\n\nenvy absent in, 133\n\nfalse varieties of, 131-136\n\ngoodness preliminary for, 2\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\n\ninvite everyone for Kr�IJa, 133\nsteady service of, 118\nPurification\nin devotional practices, 242. 246-250\nby holy name of the Lord, 140-141\nby seeing the Lord, 140-142\nPuri�yas, 212\nPiirl)amasa (Aditi's grandson), 212\nPilri,UlSya purl)am adaya\nverse quoted, 272-273\n\nLord\nRemembrance, Brahman as cause of,\n156-157\nRenunciation\nin devotees, 194\n�l)a consciousness in, 108\nof Western youth, 109\nRevati (wife of Mitra}, 214\nRiver, material world compared to, 185\nRomasa, 64\n\nPuru�a, conditioned soul as, 241\n\n�abba (son of lndra), 214\n\nPurU§arh sasvatam divyam\n\n�abhadeva, King, quotations from\n\nquoted, 123\n\non misery of the body, 74\n\n", "SB6.3#p0366": "General Index\n&abhadeva, King, quotations from\non sexual attraction, 229\n\n339\n\nSarva-bhinnaril pariitmiinaril\nverse quoted, 159\n\n�tadhvaja, 64\n\nSarva-dharmiin parityajya\n\nRiipa Gosvami, quoted on pure devotional ser­\n\nquoted, 132, 134, 135, 184\nSarvaril khalv idam brahma\n\nvice, 129\n\ns\n\nquoted, 132\n\nSarvasya ciiham hrdi sanniv�!o\nquoted, 151\n\nSabda-brahma form of the Lord, 148,151\nSac-cid-iinanda-vigraha, Kr�1.1a's body as, 102\nSacrifice\n\nSarvopadhi-vinirmuktam\nverse quoted, 129\n\nSarvotkma, 133\n\nof animals, 134\n\nSattva-gu� See: Goodness, mode of\n\nfor this age, 135\n\nSaubhaga, 215\n\nultimate purpose of,232-133\n\nSa vai mana/:t kmr,a-padaravindayor\n\nVi�I.IU personifies, 280-281\n\nSee also: Purilsavana-vrata\nScidhu. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\n\nquoted, 119\n\nSa vai purhsaril para dharma\nverse quoted, 130\n\nSa gu(liin samatityaitan\nquoted, 182\n\nSavitri,2ll\n\nSahasra-yuga-paryantam\n\nSa yat pramiir).a il kurute\n\nquoted, 235\nSalt mine, material world compared to, 186\n\nSama-mati, 118\n\nSayam,212\nverse quoted, 173\nScience\nfalse control by, 55-56\n\nSarhhlada, 218, 219\n\noutstripped by ancients, 214\n\nSarno 'ham sarva-bhiUe�u\n\nvoided by atheism, 144\n\nverse quoted,91, 202\nSanatana Gosvami, quoted on hearing from\nnondevotees, 116, 207\nSanat-kumara, 64\n\nScientists\nabsurdity in, 149\nfalse status of, 120-121\nSeed planting, attempt to procreate compared\n\nwith Anantadeva, ll3\nSand, living entities compared to, 53\n\nto, 55,59\nSeeds, sterilized or fried, purified persons\n\nSankar�a1.1a, Lord\n\ncompared to, 127\n\nas expansion of Balarama,124\n\nSelf. See: Soul; Soul, conditioned\n\nas expansion of Narayal)a, 124\n\nSelf-realization\n\nexpansions from, 99\nNarada's mantra addressed to, 99\nshelter of, promised to, 77\nSankhya philosophers, Paiicasikha accepted\nby,65\n\nSannyasa\ndanger of women for one in, 239\n\nIndia's aptitude for, 159-160\nin l(r�l)a consciousness, 76, 130, 155\ntransmigration known in, 54\nSemen, artificial development of, 214\nSense gratification\nof modern materialists, 138\nwife induces, 237\n\nfailures in,6\n\nworship by one desiring, 233\n\nvalue of, not understood, 5\n\nSee also: Body, material; Life, material\n\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya, quoted on renunciation in bhakti-yoga, 109\n\nSenses\ndepend on the Lord, 105-106\n\n", "SB6.3#p0367": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n340\nSenses (continued)\n, as part of material body, 73-74\n\nSe�a. Lord. See: Anantadeva\n\nSon of King Citraketu. See: Citraketu, son of\n\nSons\nCiiQakya Pa�u;ii ta quoted on, 14, 27\n\nfunction of, in Vedic life, 24-25,45\n\nSevonmukhe hi jihvadau\n\nverse quoted, 147\nSex\n\nattractive force of, 229-230\n\npurhsavana-vrata for getting, 289\n\nSoul\n\nbody different from, 54\n\nin modern marriage, 237-238\n\nillusion of, as doer, 58\n\nSupersoul of, 96, 107,143, 149,151, 155,\n\nwife promotes, 237\n\nSiddha defined, 6, 9\n\nSiddhas, 167, 169\nSiddhi (wife of Bhaga), 2ll\n\n156, 200,281\nSouls, conditioned\n\nbodily concept of, 54\n\nSimhika, 218\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu delivers, 242\n\nSinful activity, child-killing as, 95-96\n\ncoverings of, 18\n\nentangled in material life, 54, 71-75\n\nSinivali, 212\nSiva, Lord\n\nillusion of, as doer, 184\nkarma not understood by, 44\n\nBiiQa favored by, 221\n\nCitraketu appreciated by, 175\nas Citraketu's friend, 202\n\nCitraketu surprises, 191\n\nCitraketu understood by', 172-173\n\ndevotees' greatness praised by, 192, 194,\n197-198,201-203\n\nthe Lord criticized by, 43\nmystic power of, 102\n\nas pur�a, \"enjoyer, \"241\n\nreclaiming, 130\nSound, transcendental\nas\n\nform of the Lord, 148, 151\n\nfather of everyone, 179\n\nSee also: Chanting the Lord's holy names\nSpeculative philosophers. See: ]iiiinis;\n\nspecial status of, 199\n\nSpirit. See: Brahman; Soul; Soul, conditioned;\n\nprerogative, 173\nSarikar�aQa the shelter of, 77\nwife of. See: Parvati\n\nSkanda (Karttikeya), conception of, compared\n\nto that of K_rtadyuti's son, 28\nSky. See: Elements, material\nSleep\n\nthe Lord causes understanding of,\n\nMayavadis\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nSpiritual life. See: Devotional service to the\nSupreme Lord; Kr�I:Ja consciousness\n\nSpiritual master\napproaching a, 66\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu orders us to be, 137\ndefined, 66-67\ndevotional service directed by, 148-149\n\n156-157\n\nas phase of illusion, 154-155\n\nSmartavya� satatam v�f.l.u/1.\n\nquoted, 155\nSociety, human\n\ncow protection in, 250\n\nfalse creations in, 120-121\n\nhappiness in, 58-59\nmodern madness of, 76\nperfect system of, 137-139\n\nVedic (var�rama-dharma), 137-138\n\nSoma, 211\nSongs, criterion for, 116-117\n\n,\n\nhusband as, 232\nnecessity of, 86\n\nSravanam naiva kartavy am\n,\n\nverse quoted, 116, 207\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nAryans follow, 137-139\n\nduties instructed in, 136-137\nhearing, 207\n\nfor perfec� society, 137-139\n\nSee also: Srimad-Bhagavatam, quotations\nfrom\n\n", "SB6.3#p0368": "General Index\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, quotations from\n\non abundance during Yudhi��hira's reign,\n13\n\non aspects of the Absolute, 149\n\non chanting's purifying all men, 141\n\non childhood training in �!,Ia consciousness, 137, 237\n\non detachment in �!,Ia consciousness,\n109, 198\non devotee's accepting Lord's mercy, 182\n\non devotee's security, 206\n\non dharma's real value, 136\non false liberation, 7\n\non hearing of ��1,1a, 8\n\nSun and sunshine, the Lord and living entity\ncompared to, 158\n\nSupersoul (Paramatma), 99, 107,149, 155,\n156, 200,281\nas guide, 151\n\nomniscience of, 143\n\nSupreme Brahman\n\nliving entity different from, 158-159\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nSupreme Lord\n\nactivities caused by, 156\n\nappears by His own potency, 215\natheists blind to, 144\n\nin atoms and universes, 122\n\non marriage in Kali-yuga, 237\n\nbody of, misunderstood, 7\n\non praying to the Lord, ll5\n\non sacrifice in this age (slllikirtana), 135\non sexual attraction, 229-230\non supreme religion, 130\n\non womanly association, 229-230\n\non worship of ��!,Ia by all, 126, 264-265\n\nSrr.watdril sva-katha� kmUl�\n\nbehavior of, with devotees, 274\nbody of, omnipotent, 101\n\nbody of, spiritual truth of, 100,102,ll7,\n122,213\nBrahman as one form of, 103,104\n\nas cause of everything, 104, 122-125,\n144-145,150-151,152-153\n\nCitraketu instructed by, 146-164\n\nverse quoted, 8\n\nCitraketu's deliverance planned by, 169\n\nverse quoted, 195\n\nas controller, 58,135,154\n\nSr�!i-sthiti-pralaya-sadhaoo-Saktir ekii\n,\n\nSumeru Mountain, Citraketu visits, 16 7-168\n\non holy name's purifying effect, 140\n\non love of God as freedom, 182\n\n,\n\n341\n\nSrutadeva, 64\n\nchild-bearing controlled by, 55-56\ncows dear to, 250\n\nStriyo vaiSyas tatha sudras\n\nas creator, but independent, 134-136,\n\nSudras as part of perfeel society, 137-138\n\ncriticized by ignorant souls, 43\n\nquoted, 239\n\nSuffering\n\n186-187,188-189\nDeity form of, eternal, 148\n\ncauses of, 54, 71,73-74\n\nDeity worship of, ll4, 139 141, 2 74-275\n\ndevotees benefit by, 182\n\ndevotees of. See: Devotees of the Supreme\n\nby desires, 160-162\n\ndevotees undeviated by, ll8\n\ndemigods parts of, 232\nLord\n\nfreedom from, 141,186\n\nDhruva Maharaja satisfied by, 264\n\nthe Lord free from, 188\n\nenergies of, in creation, two given. 59 -60\n\nillusory, 184,185, 188,194-197\n\ntypes of, three listed, 74\n\nSuhrdam sarva-bhutdniim\nquoted, 133\n\nSukadeva Gosvami\n\ninvites Parik�it's inquiries, 268\npraises Parik�it Maharaja, 224\n\nas preacher of God-consciousness, 64\n\ndirects living entities, 90, 120-121. 151\n\nand envious persons, 135\n\nequally disposed, 91-93,188-189. 200\n\neternal existence of, 122-123\n\nexalted status of, 100\n\nform of, 100, 102, ll7. 122\n\nforms of, as sound and Deity. 148\n\nforms of, devotees understand. 151\n\n", "SB6.3#p0369": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n342\nSupreme Lord (continued)\nfreedom by knowing, 127-128\n\nSupreme Lord\n\ngopis' relationship with. 118\n\nSee also: Anantadeva; Vasudeva, Lord\n�uras. See: Demigods\n\ngreatness of. 199. 272\n\nSurasena, state of, as Citraketu's province, 12,\n\nhusband as representative of, 233\n\n71\n\nillusion controlled by. 154\n\nSiirya, 220\n\nincarnates by His own potency, 215\n\nSvalpam apy asya dharmasya\n\nincarnates from K�irodakasayi Vi�Qu, 99\nincarnations of. See: names of individual\n\nincarnations\n\nquoted, 243\n\nSvamy-amdtyau jan.apadd\n,\n\nverse quoted, 18\n\nintelligence given by, 120-121\n\n�vetadvipa, 99\n\nLak�mi's relation with, 280,281-282\n\nSvetasvatara Upan�ad, quoted on ��Qa's\n\nlaws of, inescapable, 135\n\nomnipotent body, 101\n\nliving entity different from, 93, 100, 102\nliving entity one with and different from,\n89,91,92,120,158-159,163\n\nT\n\nMaruts saved by, 256,260-261\nmaterial approach to impossible, 103,104\nMayavadis' idea of, 6 -7\nmercy of, 169, 182-183, 183\nname of, effect of, 140\nname of. identical with Him, 151\nomniscience of, 143\nprayers to, in purilsavana-vrata, 272,273,\n276,279-280,281,283\n\npurilsavan.a-vrata for pleasing, 271-292\npurifying effect of, 140-142\nremembering the, 155\nseeing the, 142,144,146-149\nself-satisfied, 101,272\n\n'\n\nseparate from creation, 152-153\nas source of life's power, 105-106\nas Supreme Brahman. See: Supreme Brahman\nsurrender to, 188\nunderstanding, is difficult, 199\nunderstanding caused by, 156\nunderstanding the 146-147,148-149\nuniverses in, 124-125\nas unlimited, 124-125\nas\n\nrukrama (Vamanadeva), 215\n\nas witness, 91-93\nworship of. See: Devotional service to the\nSupreme Lord; Worship, appropri­\n\nate entries\n\nTamo-guiJU. See: Ignorance, mode of\nTiin aham dv�ata� kruran\nverse quoted, 91\nTalidera carll{Ul sevi bhakta-sane vasa\nverse quoted, 69\n\nTantra Bhagavatam, quoted on nciraya(Ulparaya(UlS, 8\nTaror api sah��unci\nquoted, 192-193, 204\n\nTasmcid gururil prapadyeta\nquoted, 66\n\nTatha dehcintara-praptir\nquoted, 54\n\nTatra snr vijayo bhutir\nverse quoted, 263\n\nTat te 'nukampciril susumik$amd(Ul�\nquoted, 182\n\nTattva (truth), aspects of, three given, 149\nTat tvam asi, 158\nTe dvandva-moha-nirmukta\nverse quoted, 2\n\nTejiyasaril na �aya\nquoted, 174\n\nTena tyaktena bhunjithci\nverse quoted, 12\n\nTe 'pi mdm eva kaunteya\nverse quoted, 232\n\n", "SB6.3#p0370": "General Index\nTe�iim aharil samuddhartii\n\n343\n\nUrukrama (Lord Vamanadeva), family and\nbrief history of, 215, 216\n\nverse quoted, 139\n\nTe�iiril nityabhiyuktiiniiril\nquoted, 273\n\nUrvasi, 214\nUtsarga, 214\n\nTe�iiril satata-yuktaniiril\nquoted, 148\nTime, bodily relations under, 53-54\nTivre� bhakti-yogena\nverse quoted, 126, 264-265\nTolerance in devotees, 182, 192, 195\nTransmigration of the soul\nbeginning of, 158-159\ncompared to animal's changing owners,\n87\nescape from, 127-128\nillusory nature of, 82\nKr�Qa quoted on, 54\nas tribulation, 71\nTrayi (granddaughter of Aditi), 2ll\nTrees, respecting life of, 138\nTrees, tolerance of, devotee's tolerance compared to, 193\n\nv\nVadanti tat tattva-vidas\nverse quoted, 149\nVairagya. See: Renunciation\nVairagya-vidya-nija-bhakti-yoga\nquoted, 109\nVai�Qava. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\n\nVaiSyas as part of perfect society, 137-138\nValmiki, 213\n\nVanaprastha, when one should adopt, 6\nVan:r.iiSrama-dharma as bhagavata-dharma,\n137-138\nVaruQa, 212, 213, 214\nVasi��ha R�i, 213\nbirth of, 214\n\nVastu, kinds of, two given, 149\n\nTrf.Uld api sunicena\n\nVasudeva, Lord\n\nquoted, 204\nverse quoted, 174-175,178\nTruth. See: Absolute Truth; Knowledge; Tat­\n\ntva\nTva��. Vrtrasura created by, 205\n\nTyaktvii deharil punar janma\nverse quoted, 127-128\n\naddressed in Narada's mantra, 99\nhusband as representative of, 233\nin quadruple expansions, 99\n\nVasudeve bhagavati\nverse quoted, 197\n\nVasudeva/:t sarvam iti\nquoted, 155\nVatapi, 219\n\nu\n\nVeddnta-sii.tra\nLord Caitanya instructs to preach from,\n137\n\nUnhappiness. See: Suffering\nUniverse\nAnantadeva holds, 145\ncomplete unit, 272-273\n\nquoted on blissfulness of God, 101\n\nVedas, animal sacrifice in, 134\nVede�u durlabham adurlabham dtma-bhaktau\nverse quoted, 122, 199\n\ncovering layers of, 124-125\n\nVedic knowledge as basis of activity, 151\n\nas creation of the Lord, 120-121\n\nVibhu, 2ll\n\ncreation and control of, 124-125\n\nVidhata, 212\n\nas different from the Lord, 153\n\nVidyii, the Lord understood through, 151\n\nthe Lord's breathing produces, 151\n\nVidyadharas, Citraketu rules, IIO, 112,\n\nsexual attachment predominates, 229-230\n\n166-167\n\n", "SB6.3#p0371": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n344\nVikarma, 149\n\nVipracit, 2I8\nViraraghava Acarya, quoted on devotee's\nsatisfaction, 112\n\nVirocana, 220\nVismartavyo na jatuciJ\nquoted, 155\n\nVyasadeva\nknown as Apantaratama, 64\nnecessity of following, 142\nVrtraso/a's history spoken by, to\nSukadeva, II\nVyavasayatmika buddhi�\nverse quoted, 108\n\nV�{W� syu� saktayas tisras\nverse quoted, 282\nVi�r;�u, Lord. See: Supreme Lord\nV�(lu Pura� quoted on �mi, 281-282\nV�(lur maluin sa iha yasya kala-viSe�\nverse quoted, 124\n\nV�(lU-tattva, Lak�mi as, 282\nV�(lu-vrata. See: Purilsavana-vrata\nV�tabhyaham idam krtsnam\n\nverse quoted, 125\nVisvaksena, 276\n\nVisvamitra, falldown of, 239\nViSvam pil.r(la-sukhayate\nquoted, 196\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura\nCitraketu's criticism explained by,\n172-173\ncompares material world to salt mine, 186\n\non Dak�a's and Citraketu's difference, 171\non Diti's purity, 224\n\nw\nWater\nLord's creation of, 122-123\nSee also: Elements, material\n\nWaves of a river, material world compared to,\nI85\nWife. See: Marriage; Women\nWealth, transferral of, Citraketu's enemy becoming his son compared to, 85\nWealth of devotees, 111-112, 273\nWell covered by grass, women compared to,\n239\nWomen\nassociation with, 229-230\nattractive materially, 237-239\n\nchastity in, 248\n\ndanger from, 238-239\n\non lndra's cutting of the Maruts, 256\non karma, freedom from, 182\n\nhusband endeared by, 228\n\non liberation, 5-6\non Parvati's curse, 169, 183\n\nKasyapa describes, 237,240\n\non Parvati's embarrassment, 203\nViSvaso naiva kartavya�\nquoted, 237\nVow of purilsavana-vrata. See: Purilsavanavrata\nVrajendra-nandana yei, Sac:i-suta haila sei,\nbalarama ha-ila nitai\nquoted, 242\nVrtrasura\nCitraketu as, 205-206\nCitraketu cursed to become, 169, I79-183\nhistory of narration of, II\n\nquestions on, 2-3,9-IO\nVyahrti, 2II\n\nintelligence in, 202\nin marriage, 228, 23I-233, 237\nmaterial inclination of, 237\nnature of, 238-240,245\nperfection for, 240-241\npregnant, husband as part of, 25I\nprotection of, 240\npurilsavana vow for, 271-293\nsinging of, 238-239\nsonless, 33-34\nsubmissive nature of, 245\nWords\npurpose of, 115\nin prayers, 116-117\nWorld, material. See: Material world; Universe\n\n", "SB6.3#p0372": "General Index\nWorship\n\n345\n\nYa5oda as chastising mother, 180\n\nfor all men, 264-265\n\nYasyaika-niSvasita-kdlam athavalambya\n\nof Deity form of the Lord, 116, 141, 143,\n\nYasydsti bhaktir bhagavaty akiiicand\n\nby Aryans of the Lord, 137-128\n\n276-277\n\nquoted, 262\n\nof demigods condemned, 125-126\nby devotees, spirit of, 274\nof husband by wife, 232-233\nof the Lord as duty of intelligent, 126\nof the Lord, benefit in, 259\nof the Lord, paraphernalia for, 276\nof the Lord through demigods, 232, 233\n\ny\nYad indriya-pritaya iipr1J.Oli\nquoted, 138\n\nYad yad acarati sre$/has\nverse quoted, 173\n\nYaha bhaga1:ata pa4.a vai$�ra sthane\nquoted, 207\n\nYajante ndma-yajiiais te\nverse quoted, 134\n\nYajna\ntrue and false, 135\nVi�l)u personifies, 280-281\n\nYajiiai[l sarikirtana-prayair\nquoted, 135\n\nYajnavalkya, 64\nYamaraja, sons deliver one from, 45-46\n\nYam syamasun.daram acintya-g�-svanlpam\nverse quoted, 147\nYamuna River, Citraketu and wives bathe in,\n\n95,97\n\nYan-ndma-sruti-matre�\nquoted, 140\n\nYasmin vijnate sarvam evam vijnatam bhavati\nquoted, 155\n\nverse quoted, 124\n\nYasyiilma-buddhi[l ku�pe tri-dhatuke\nquoted, 65\n\nYat-kdrur:r.ya-ka1iik$a-vaibhavavatdm tam\ngauram eva stuma[l\nquoted, 196\n\nYatra kva vabhadram abhiid amU$ya kim\nquoted, 206\n\nYatra yogesvara!t kr$1).0\nverse quoted, 263\n\nYe bhajanti tu mam bhaktya\nverse quoted, 202\n\nYe 'nye 'ravindak$a vimukta-mdnina}:l\nquoted, 198\nverse quoted, 7\n\nYe tu sarvdr:r.i karmdl).i\nverse quoted, 139\n\nYe� tv anta-gatam papam\nverse quoted, 2\n\nYe 'py anya-devata-bhakta\nverse quoted, 232\n\nYoga. See: �l)a consciousness, Yogis\nYoga k$emam vahamy aham\nquoted, 266\nYogesvara, 263-264\n\nYogis\nanxiety of, 101\nas class of human beings,\n\n4\n\nand devotees, difference between. 118\nthe Lord as master of, 263-264\nmystic power of, 256\nas offenders,\n\n6\n\nperception in, 23\nY udhi��hira Maharaja, abundance during\nreign of, 12-13\n\n", "SB6.3#p0373": "", "SB6.3#p0374": "SRlMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\n\nWhat the reviewers say about the SrimadBiuigavatam, by His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada:\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, an epic philosophical and\nliterary classic,\n\nholds\n\na prominent posltwn\n\nin\n\nIndia's voluminous written wisdom. The timeless\nwisdom of India is expressed in the Vedas, ancient\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human\nknowledge. Originally preserved through oral trJldition, the Vedas were first put into writing by Srila\n\n\"It has , been my great pleasure recently to have\nread the Srimad-Biuigavatam in the superb edition\nauthorized by A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada. I am sure this monumental work will go far to\nbring the sublime message of the Bluigavatam to\n·numerous Westerners who otherwise would miss this\nopportunity.\"\nDr. Alex Wayman\nProfessor of Sanskrit\nColumbia University\n\nV yasadeva, the \"literar)' incarnation of God.\" Mter\ncompiling the Vedas, Srila V yasadeva was inspired\nby his spiritual master, to present their profound\nessence in the form of Srimad-Bhagavatam. Known\na,s \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic literature,\"\n\n\"Srimad-Biuigavatam is a valuable source ma­\n\nthoritative exposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nterial for several categories of readers. With its exhaustive plan of providing the original Sanskrit text,\nits Roman transliteration, English synonyms,\n\nhis son, Sukadeva Gosvami, who later spoke the\nBhagavatam to Maharaja Parik�it in an assembly of\n\nEnglish translation and elaborate commentary by a\nscholar and practitioner of philosophy, it cannot but\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and au­\n\nMter w;iting the Bhagavatam, V yasa taught it to\n\nsages on the bank of the sacred Ganges River. Although Maharaja Parik�it was a great rajar�i (saintly\nking) and the emperor of the world, when he\n\nbe attractive to serious students and scholars of\nreligion and philosophy. I recommend this series to\nanyone as an important and useful reference work.\"\n\nreceived notice of his death seven days in advance, he\n\nProfessor C. P. Agrawal\n\nrenounced his entire kindgom and retired to the\nbank of the Ganges to seek spiritual enligh�enment.\nThe questions of King Parik�it and Sukadeva\nGosvami's illuminating answers, concerning everything from the nature of th,e self to the origin of the\nuniverse, are the basis of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nThis edition of Bhagavatam is the only complete\n\nEnglish translat�on with an elaborate and scholarly\ncommentary, and it is the first edition widely available to the English-reading public. This work is the\nproduct of the scholarly and devotional effort of His\nDivine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His\nSanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with\nVedic culture combine t(} reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nWith its comprehensive system of providing the\noriginal Sanskrit text, Roman transliteration, precise\nword-for-word equivalents, a lucid English translation and a comprehensive commentary, it will appeal\nto scholars, students and laymen alike. The entire\nmultivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta\nBook Trust, promises to occupy a significant place in\nthe intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern\nman for a long time to come.\n\nChairman\nDepartment of Humanities\nUniversity of Michigan\n\"The Bhaktivedanta Book\n\nTrust editions\n\nof\n\nfamous religious classics of India with new translations and commentaries are an important addition to\nour expanding kiJowledge of spiritual India. The new\n\nedition of the Srimad-Biuigavatam is particularly\n\nwelcome.\"\n\nDr. John L. Mish\nChief, Oriental Division\nNew York Public Library\n\n", "SB6.3#p0375": "", "SB7.1#p0001": "ALL GLORY TO 5Rl GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\nsri-prahrada uvdca\nsravar;tarit kirtanarit vi§��\nsmarar;tarit pada-sevanam\narcanarit vandanarit diisyarit\nsakhyam iitma-nivedanam\niti puritsarpitd vi§r:wu\nbhaktiS cen nava-la�a7J.d\nkriyeta bhagavaty addha\ntan manye 'dhitam uttamam (p. 246)\n\n", "SB7.1#p0002": "BOOKS by\n\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\nl}hagavad-gitli. As It Is\n�rimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-7 (21 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritli.mrta ( 17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri Isopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\n��Qa Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\n��Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\nTranscendental Teachings of Prli.hlad Maharaja\n��Qa, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nLife Comes from Life\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to ��Qa\nRli.ja-vidyli.: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to ��Qa Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nB��k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nThe Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB7.1#p0003": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nSeventh Canto\n\"The Science of God\"\n\n(Part One-Chapters 1-5)\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports\nby\n\nHis Divine Grace\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "SB7.1#p0004": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1976 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-169353\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-86-2\n\nFirst printing, 1976: 50,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "SB7.1#p0005": "Table of Contents\nPreface\n\nIX\n\nIntroduction\n\n.xm\n\nCHAPTER ONE\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n1\n\nSummary of the Chapter\n\nl\n\nVi�:Q.u Is Extremely Dear to Everyone\n\n2\n\nTopics of the Lord Counteract Material Miseries\n\n6\n\nAn Expert Thinker Can Perceive the Lord's Presence\n\n13\n\nLiving Entities Act Within the Limits of Time\n\n18\n\nSisupala Merged into the Body of the Lord\n\n22\n\nThe Conditioned Soul Is Subjected to Dualities\n\n30\n\nThinking of the Lord Frees One from Sin\n\n39\n\nAtheists Cannot Attain Salvation\n\n44\n\nJaya and Vijaya Are Cursed by the Sages\n\n51\n\nCHAPTER TWO\n\nffirai.lyakaSipu, King of the Demons\n\n59\n\nSummary of the Chapter\n\n59\n\nHira:Q.yak.a8ipu Laments His Brother's Death\n\n60\n\nHira:Q.yak.asipu Vows to Kill Lord Vi�:Q.u\n\n65\n\nThe Assembled Demons Are Instructed by Hira:Q.yak.a8ipu\n\n68\n\nThe Demons Engage in Disastrous Activities\n\n75\n\nThe Demigods Wander the Earth Unseen\n\n78\n\nHira:Q.yak.a8ipu Pacifies His Nephews\n\n80\n\nThe Soul Is Eternal and Inexhaustible\n\n83\n\nThe History of King Suyajiia\n\n89\n\nYamaraja Advised the King's Widows\n\n96\n\nv\n\n", "SB7.1#p0006": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nVt\n\nThe Material Creation Is the Plaything of the Lord\n\n101\n\nThe Encaged Living Entity Is Separate from the Body\n\n106\n\nYamaraja Tells the Story of the Two Kuliilga Birds\n\n114\n\nHirat;tyak�?a's Wife and Mother Forget Their Grief\n\n126\n\nCHAPTER THREE\n\nHir�yakaSipu's Plan to Become\nImmortal\n\n129\n\nSummary of the Chapter\n\n129\n\nHira1;1yakasipu Begins His Severe Austerities\n\n131\n\nThe Demigods Inform Brahma of Hirat;tyakasipu's\nIntentions\n\n135\n\nBrahma, Struck with Wonder, Addresses Hirat;tyaka8ipu\n\n143\n\nHira1;1yakasipu's Body Is Revitalized by Brahma\n\n149\n\nHirat;tyaka8ipu Prays in a Humble Mood\n\n154\n\nThe Benediction Asked by Hira1;1yakasipu\n\n165\n\nCHAPTER FOUR\n\nHir�yakaSipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n169\n\nSummary of the Chapter\n\n169\n\nBrahma Benedicts Hira1;1yaka8ipu\n\n170\n\nHirat;tyaka8ipu Conquers the Entire Universe\n\n174\n\nThe Opulence of lndra's Residence\n\n177\n\nHirat;tyka8ipu Is Worshiped by Everyone\n\n180\n\nHira1;1yakasipu Remains a Servant of His Senses\n\n185\n\nThe Universal Rulers Surrender to Vii?I;lU\n\n187\n\nThe Voice of the Lord Drives Away All Fear\n\n190\n\nThe Glorious Qualities of Prahlada Maharaja\n\n197\n\nEcstatic Symptoms Manifest by Prahlada\n\n206\n\nHirat;tyaka8ipu Torments His Own Son\n\n210\n\n", "SB7.1#p0007": "Table of Contents\n\nvn\n\nCHAPTER FIVE\n\nPrahlada Maharaja, the Saintly Son of\nHir�yakaSipu\n\n215\n\nSummary of the Chapter\n\n215\n\nThe Demons Accept Sukracarya as Their Priest\n\n217\n\nPrahlada Instructs the King of the Demons\n\n221\n\nPrahlada Is Faithful to His Father's Enemies\n\n223\n\nThe Priests of the Demons Pacify Prahlada\n\n226\n\nPrahlada Is Chastised by His Teachers\n\n237\n\nV i!?QU Is the Axe for Cutting Down Demons\n\n240\n\nThe Nine Processes of Devotional Service\n\n247\n\nHiraQyaka8ipu Becomes Angry at His Son\n\n263\n\nMaterialists Repeatedly Chew the Chewed\n\n267\n\nHiraQyaka8ipu Orders the Death of Prahlada\n\n274\n\nThe Demons Begin to Torture Prahlada\n\n279\n\nPrahlad.a Is Unaffected by the Treacheries of His\nFather\nPrahlada Instructs His Class Friends\n\n283\n292\n\nAppendixes\n\n295\n\nThe Author\n\n297\n\nReferences\n\n299\n\nGlossary\n\n301\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n307\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n309\n\nGeneral Index\n\n317\n\n", "SB7.1#p0008": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? ·Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to particular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\n\nSrimadBhiigavatam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\n\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to\n\nsociety, nay, on the entire energy of living beings. The need is felt by\n\ngr�at thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Snmad-Bhiigavatam\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the aphor­\n\nism of Vedanta philosophy (jannu'idy asya yata/:£) to establish the ideal of\na common cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of oblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts, education and economic development throughout the entire world. But there is\na pinprick somewhere in the social body at large, and therefore there are\nlarge-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is need of a\nclue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship and\nprosperity with a common cause. Srimad-Bhiigavatam will fill this need,\n\nfor it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the entire\nhuman society.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student devotee Prahlada\nMaharaja in order to change the demonic face of society.\n\nkaumara acaret prajfio\ndharman bhiigavatdn iha\ndurlabham man�aril janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhiig. 7.6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything is\n\nlX\n\n", "SB7.1#p0009": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nX\n\nmerged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate source of\ncreation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ultimate\n\nsource of everything that be. This ultimate source is explained rationally\n\nand\n\nauthoritatively in the beautiful Bhagavatam or SrimadBhiigavatam.\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\n\nwith Him and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\n\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\n\nsimply by a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\n\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to con­\n\nvert others to accept God as a concrete principle.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\n\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vedanta-sutra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to the\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\n\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly as with an ordinary\n\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\nsure to become a God realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\ncantos.\n\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos, because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\nSri l(r�Q.a. One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\n\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\n\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\n\nsmall installments one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Srimad-Bhiigavatam, but still\n\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the thinkers and leaders of society\n\non the strength of the following statement of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\ntad-vag-visargo janatagha-viplavo\nyasmin pratiSlokam abaddhavaty api\n\n", "SB7.1#p0010": "Preface\n\nXl\n\nniimany anantasya ya.So 'nkitani yac\nch!\\1-vanti gayanti �nti siidhava�\n(Bhiig. 1.5.11)\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the\nunlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring\nabout a revolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such\ntranscendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\n\nom tat sat\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\n", "SB7.1#p0011": "Introduction\n\n\"This Bhagavata Purar:w is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\n\njust after the departure of Lord ��I,la to His own abode, accompanied by\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\ndense darkness of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\n\nPurar:w.\" (Srimad-Bhagavatam 1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the\n\nVedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\n\npreserved through oral tradition, the Vedas were first put into writing\n\nfive thousand years ago by Sri:la Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\n\nGod.\" Mter compiling the Vedas, Vyasadeva set forth their essence in\n\nthe\n\naphorisms\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nVedan'ta-sutras. Srimad-Bhagavatam is\nVyasadeva's commentary on his own Vedanta-sutras. It was written in\nthe maturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\n\nspiritual master. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\n\nliterature,\" Srimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and authoritative\n\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nAfter compiling the Bl!f'igavatam, Vyasa impressed the synopsis of it\n\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva GosvamL Sukadeva Gosvami: subse­\n\nquently recited the entire Bhagavatam to Maharaja Pari:k�it in an assem­\n\nbly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\n\nDelhi). Maharaja Pari:k�it was the emperor of the world and was a great\n\nrajar$i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\n\nwithin a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and retired to the bank\n\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\nThe\n\nBhagavatam begins with Emperor Pari:k�it's sober inquiry to\n\nSukadeva Gosvami::\n\n\"You are the spiritual master of great saints and\n\ndevotees. I am therefore begging you to show the\nway of perfection for all persons, and especially for\n\none who is about to die. Please let me know what a\n\nman should hear, chant, remember and worship,\n\nand also what he should not do. Please explain all\n\nthis to me.\"\n\nxm\n\n", "SB7.1#p0012": "xw\n\nSrrrnad-Bhagavabun\n\nSukadeva Gosvami:'s answer to this question, and numerous other\n\nquestions posed by Maharaja Pari:k�it, concerning everything from the\n\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\ndeath. The sage Siita Gosvami:, who was pr�sent on the bank of the\n\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvami: first recited Srimad-Bhiigavatam, later\n\nrepeated the Bhiigavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest of\n\nNaimi�arai,J.ya. Those sages, concerned about. the spiritual welfare of the\n\npeople in general, had gathered to perform a long, continuous chain of\n\nsacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\n\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\nwisdom, Siita Gosvami: repeated from memory the entire eighteen thou­\n\nsand verses of Snmad-Bhiigavatam, as spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami: to\nMaharaja Pari:k�it.\n\nThe reader of Srimad-Bhiigavatam hears Siita Gosvami: relate the\n\nquestions of Maharaja Pari:k�it and the answers of Sukadeva GosvamL\n\nAlso, Siita Gosvami: sometimes responds directly to questions put by\nSaunaka ��i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at Naimi�arai,J.ya. One\n\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\nPari:k�it and Sukadeva Gosvami: on the bank of the Ganges, and another\nat Naimi�arai,J.ya between Siita Gosvami: and the sages at Naimi�arai,J.ya\n\nForest, headed by Saunaka &i. Furthermore, while instructing King\n\nPari:k�it, Sukadeva Gosvami: often relates historical episodes and gives\n\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple Vidura. With this understanding of\n\nthe history of the Bhiigavatam, the reader will �asily be able to follow its\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since\nphilosophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most importan! in the\n\ntext, one need only be attentive to the subject matter of\n\nSrimadBhiigavatam to appreciate fully its profound message.\nIt should also be noted that the volumes of the Bhiigavatam need not\n\nbe read consecutively, starting with the first and proceeding to the last.\n\nThe translator of this edition compares the\n\nBhiigavatam to sugar\n\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and\n\nrelishable.\n\nThis edition of the Bhiigavatam is the first complete English transla­\n\ntion of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\n\n", "SB7.1#p0013": "Introduction\n\nXV\n\nfirst widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship an'd intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhiigavatam\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhiigavatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world view. Students of literature will discover the\n\nBhiigavatam to be a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psychology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhiigavatam offers simple\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "SB7.1#p0014": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB7.1#p0015": "PLATE ONE\nThe great Rajasuya sacrifice performed by Maharaja Yu,dhi��hira was\n\nattended by all the exalted demigods, the most expert briihmar:ws and\nsages, and kings from different parts of the world. When all the respectable members of that assembly began worshiping Lord .i(r�Q.a as the most\nexalted personality, King Sisupala became very angry. From the very\nbeginning of his childhood, when he could not even speak properly,\n\nSisupala, the most sinful son of Damagh�a, began blaspheming the\nLord. Thus, not being able to tolerate such honor to .i(r�Q.a and glorifica­\n\ntion of His qualities, he stood up suddenly and began speaking very\n\nstrongly against Lord .i(r�Q.a. All the kings present in the assembly be­\n\ncame very angry and immediately took up their swords and shields to kill\n\nSisupala, but when Lord .i(r�Q.a saw that they were going to fight in the\narena of the auspicious Rajasuya sacrifice, He personally pacified all of\nthem. Out of His causeless mercy, He Himself decided to kill Sisupala.\n\nWhile Sisupala abused the kings who were about to attack him, Lord\n\n.i(r�Q.a took up His disc, which was as sharp as the blade of a razor, and\n\nimmediately separated Sisupala's head from his body. In the presence of\n\nall the e�alted persons in the assembly, Sisupala's spirit soul merged into\n\nthe transcendental body of the Supreme Lord, .i(r�Q.a. (pp.\n\n21-26)\n\n", "SB7.1#p0016": "", "SB7.1#p0017": "PLATE TWO\nOnce, when the four sons of Lord Brahma named Sanaka, Sanandana,\nSanatana and Sanat-kumara were wandering throughout the three\nworlds, by dint of mystic yoga they came to Vi�Quloka. Although these\nfour great sages were older than Brahma's other sons, they appeared like\nsmall naked children only five or six years old. After passing through the\nsix entrances of VaikuQ�ha Puri, the Lord's residence, they saw at the\nseventh gate two shining beings, armed with maces and adorned with\nmost valuable jewelry, earrings and diamonds. The two gatekeepers were\ngarlanded with fresh flowers which attracted intoxicated bees and which\nwere placed around their necks and between their four blue arms. When\nthe gatekeepers, Jaya and Vijaya, saw the sages trying to enter\nVaikuQ�haloka, they thought them ordinary children and forbade them\nto enter. Thus Sanandana and the other great sages, who were by far the\nfittest persons, having realized the truth of the self, very angrily cursed\nJaya and Vijaya. \"You two foolish doorkeepers,\" they said. \"Being agitated by the material qualities of passion and ignorance, you are unfit to\nlive at the shelter of the Lord's lotus feet, which are free from such\nmodes. It would be better for you to go immediately to the material world\nand take birth in a family of most sinful asuras.\n\n\"\n\n(pp. 45-52)\n\n", "SB7.1#p0018": "", "SB7.1#p0019": "PLATE THREE\nThe demoniac King Hiral).yakasipu wanted to be unconquerable and\nfree from old age and dwindling of the body. He wanted to gain all the\nyogic perfections, to be deathless, and to be the only king of the entire\nuniverse,\n\nincluding Brahmaloka.\n\nIn the valley of Mandara Hill,\n\nHirai:Iyakasipu began performing his austerities by standing with his toes\non the ground, keeping his arms upward and looking toward the sky.\nThis position was extremely difficult, but he accepted it as a means to attain perfection. From the hair on Hirai:Iyakasipu's head there emanated\nan effulgent light as brilliant and intolerable as the rays of the sun at the\ntime of dissolution. Because of Hirai:Iyakasipu's severe austerities, fire\ncame from his head, and this fire and its smoke spread throughout the\nsky, encompassing the upper and lower planets, which all became extremely hot. Because of the power of his severe austerities, all the rivers\nand oceans were agitated, the surfaces of the globe, with its mountains\nand islands, began trembling, and the stars and planets fell. All directions were ablaze.\n\n(pp.130-133)\n\n", "SB7.1#p0020": "", "SB7.1#p0021": "PLATE FOUR\nLord Brahma, who is carried by a swan airplane, at first could not see\nwhere Hira�yakasipu was, for Hira�yakasipu's body was covered by an\nanthill and by grass and bamboo sticks. Because HiraQyakasipu had been\nthere for a long time, the ants had devoured his skin, fat, flesh and\nblood. Then Lord Brahma spotted him, resembling a cloud-covered sun,\nheating all the world by his austerity. Struck with wonder, Lord Brahma\nsmiled and then addressed him as follows: \"0 son of Kasyapa Muni,\nplease get up! I have been very much astonished to see your endurance.\nIn spite of being eaten and bitten by all kinds of worms and ants, you are\nkeeping your life air circulating within your bones. Certainly this is wonderful. Who within these three worlds can sustain his life for one\nhundred celestial years without even drinking water? 0 best of the\ndemons, I am now prepared to give you all benedictions, according to\nyour desire.\" Lord Brahma, the original being of this universe, who is\nextremely powerful, then sprinkled transcendental, infallible, spiritual\nwater from his waterpot upon HiraQyakasipu's body, which had been\neaten away by ants and moths. HiraQyakasipu arose, endowed with a full\nbody with limbs so strong that they could bear the striking of a thunderbolt. With physical strength and a bodily luster resembling molten gold,\nhe emerged from the anthill a completely young man. (pp.\n\n142-150)\n\n", "SB7.1#p0022": "", "SB7.1#p0023": "PLATE FIVE\nAfter receiving benedictions from Lord Brahma, Hirar:tyakasipu conquered the rulers of all the planets in the three worlds, seizing their\npower and influence. He thus began residing in heaven in the most opulent palace of lndra, the celestial King. The palace was as beautifully\nmade as if the goddess of fortune of the entire universe resided there.\nBeing situated on lndra's throne, HiraQyakasipu severely controlled the\ninhabitants of all the other planets.\nOnce HiraQyakasipu affectionately seated his young son Prahlada\nMaharaja on his lap and inquired what he had learned from his teachers.\nPrahlada replied with exalted Vai�Qava philosophy describing how one\nachieves the perfection of life by dedicating everything to the service of\nthe Supreme Lord, Kr�Qa. After Prahlada Maharaja had spoken in this\nway, HiraQyakasipu, blinded by anger and hatred for the Supreme Lord,\nthrew the boy off his lap and onto the ground. Indignant and angry, his\nreddish eyes like molten copper, HiraQyakasipu said to his servants, \"0\ndemons, take this boy away from me! He deserves to be killed. Kill him\nas soon as possible!\" (pp.l74-178,\n\n245-274)\n\n", "SB7.1#p0024": "", "SB7.1#p0025": "PLATE SIX\nAfter being ordered by Hirai)yakasipu to kill Prahlada .Maharaja, his\nservants, the demon Rak�asas, began striking the tender parts of\nPrahlada Maharaja's body with their tridents. The demons all had fearful\nfaces, sharp teeth and reddish, coppery beards and hair, and they appeared extremely threatening. Making a tumultuous sound, shouting,\n\"Chop him up! Pierce him!\" they began striking Prahlada Maharaja,\nwho sat silently, meditating upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPrahlada Maharaja was a great devotee, undisturbed by material conditions and fully engaged in meditating upon and serving the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Thus the weapons of the demons had no tangible\neffects upon him.\n\n(pp. 279-280)\n\n", "SB7.1#p0026": "", "SB7.1#p0027": "PLATE SEVEN\nWhen the attempts of the demon Rak�?asas to kill Prahlada Maharaja\nwere futile, the King of the demons, HiraQyakasipu, being most fearful,\nbegan contriving other means to kill him. HiraQyakasipu thought,\n\"Although Prahlada is only five years old, even at this young age he has\ngiven up his affectionate relationship with his father and mother.\nPrahlada is so treacherous that he has become a devotee of Vii?QU, who\nkilled his uncle HiraQyakl?a. If a limb of one's body is poisoned by disease, it must be amputated so that the rest of the body may live happily.\nSimilarly, even one's own son, if unfavorable, must be rejected, although\nborn of one's own body.\" Thus HiraQyakasipu planned a campaign to kill\nPrahlada Maharaja. He thought he would kill his son by throwing him\nbeneath the feet of big elephants, throwing him among huge, fearful\nsnakes, employing destructive spells, conjuring up illusory tricks, administering poison, starving him, exposing him to severe cold, winds,\nfire and water, throwing heavy stones to crush him, or hurling him from\nthe top of a mountain. But Prahlada Maharaja, who was completely sinless, could not be harmed in any way. (pp. 276-278, 282)\n\n", "SB7.1#p0028": "", "SB7.1#p0029": "CHAPTER ONE\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\nIn this chapter, in response to a question by Maharaja Parik�?it, Sukadeva\nGosvami gives his conclusions concerning how the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, although the Supersoul, friend and protector of everyone,\nkilled the Daityas, the demons, for the sake of lndra, the King of heaven.\nIn his statements, he totally refutes the arguments of people in general\nwho accuse the Supreme Lord of partiality. Sukadeva Gosvami proves\nthat because the body of the conditioned soul is infected by the three\nqualities of nature, dualities arise such as enmity and friendship, attachment and detachment. For the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nhowever, there are no such dualities. Even eternal time cannot control\nthe activities of the Lord. Eternal time is created by the Lord, and it acts\nunder His control. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, therefore, is always transcendental to the influence of the modes of nature, maya, the\nLord's external energy, which acts in creation and annihilation. Thus all\nthe demons killed by the Supreme Lord attain salvation immediatelr.\nThe second question raised by Parik�?it Maharaja concerns how Sisupala, although inimical toward .Kr!?Qa from his very childhood and always blaspheming Kr!?Qa, attained salvation in oneness when .Kr!?Qa\nkilled him. Sukadeva Gosvami explains that because of their offenses at\nthe feet of devotees, two attendants of the Lord in VaikuQtha named Jaya\nand Vijaya became HiraQyakasipu and HiraQyiik�?a in Satya-yuga, RavaQa\n\nand KumbhakarQa in the next yuga, Treta-yuga, and Sisupala and Dan­\n\ntavakra at the end of Dvapara-yuga. Because of their fruitive acts, Jaya\nand Vijaya agreed to become the Lord's enemies, and when killed in that\nmentality, they attained salvation in oneness. Thus even if one thinks of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead in envy, he attains salvation. What\nthen is to be said of devotees who always engage in the Lord's service\nwith love and faith?\n\n1\n\n", "SB7.1#p0030": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n2\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l\n\nTEXT 1\n\n,fi'(l;#fiif/\"*1\n�: fir{: ij���� �I\n...,.\n_�\nM�ltr ifitr. ...���l91\"iqU8_'i'\\l\nll1n \" � \"\nsri-rajovaca\n\nsamab, priyab, suhrd brahman\nbhutaniim bhagavan svayam\nindrasyarthe katham daityan\navadhid v�amo yathii\n\nsri-raja uvdca-Mahiiriija Parik�it said; samab,-equal; priyab,­\n\nbeloved;\n\nsuhrt-friend;\n\nbrahman-0\n\nbrahmar:w\n\n(Sukadeva);\n\nbhlltiiniim-toward all living entities; bhagamn-the Supreme Lord,\n\nVi��m; svayam-Himself; indrasya-of lndra; arthe-for the benefit;\n\nkatham-how; daityan-the demons; avadhit-killed; v�amab,-partial; yathii-as if.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik�it inquired: My dear bra�a, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, Vi�:r;tu, being everyone's well-wisher, is equal\n\nand extremely dear to everyone. How, then, did He become partial\n\nlike a common man for the sake of lndra and thus kill lndra's\n\nenemies? How can a person equal to everyone be partial to some\nand inimical toward others?\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (9.29) the Lord says, samo 'ham sa rva-bhute�u na\nme dve�yo\n\nsti na priyab,: \"I am equal to everyone. No one is dear to Me,\n\n'\n\nnor is anyone My enemy.\" In the previous canto, however, it has been\nobserved that the Lord sided with lndra by killing the demons on his account (hata-putra ditib, sakra-par�r:ti-graher:ta V�TJunii). Therefore, the\n\nLord was clearly partial to lndra, although He is the Supersoul in every­\n\none's heart. The soul is extremely dear to everyone, and similarly the\n\n", "SB7.1#p0031": "Text 2]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n3\n\nSupersoul is also dear to everyone. Thus there cannot be any faulty ac­\n\ntion on the part of the Supersoul. The Lord is always kind to all living\n\nentities, irrespective of form and situation, yet He took the side of lndra\n\njust like an ordinary friend. This was the subject of Parik�it Maharaja's\n\ninquiry. As a devotee of Lord Kr��a, he knew very well that Kr��a can­\n\nnot. be partial to anyone, but when he saw that Kr��a acted as the enemy\n\nof the demons, he was somewhat doubtful. Therefore he posed this question to Sukadeva Gosvami for a clear answer.\n\nA devotee cannot accept that Lord Vi��u has material qualifications.\n\nMaharaja Parik�it knew perfectly well that Lord Vi��u, being transcen­\n\ndental, has nothing to do with material qualities, but to confirm his con­\n\nviction he wanted to hear from the authority Sukadeva Gosvami. Srila\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura says, samasya katham va�amyam:\n\nsince the Lord is equally disposed toward everyone, how can He be par­\n\ntial? Priyasya katham asure§u prity-abhava/:1.. The Lord, being the\n\nSupersoul, is extremely dear to everyone. Why, then, should the Lord\ndisplay unsympathetic behavior toward the asuras? How is this impar­\n\ntial? SuhrdaS ca katham te§v asauhardam. Since the Lord says that He is\nsuhrdam saro.a-bhiiianiim, the well-wisher of all living entities, how\n\ncould He act with partiality by killing demons? These questions arose in\n\nthe heart of Parik�it Maharaja, and therefore he inquired from Sukadeva\nGosvami.\n\nTEXT2\n'f\n\n�: �: �f'l:�t�(1k�W\\': I\n�cCitJ�..� � ��g� ft: II � II\nna hy asyarthab, sura-gar:w.ibsak§an nib,Sreyasatmanab,\nnaivasurebhyo vidve§o\nnodvega§ cagur:w.sya hi\n\nna-not; hi-certainly; asya-His; arthab,-benefit, interest; sura­\n\ngary,aib,-with the demigods; sak§at-personally; nib,Sreyasa-of the\nhighest\n\nbliss;\n\natma nab,-whose\n\nnature;\n\nna-not;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nasurebhyab,-for the demons; vidve§ab,-envy; na-not; udvegab,-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0032": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\nfear; ca-and; agu� ya\n\n-\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. I\n\nwho possesses no material qualities; hi-cer­\n\ntainly.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Vi�r:tu Himself, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the\n\nreservoir of all pleasure. Therefore, what benefit would He derive\n\nfrom siding with the demigods? What interest would He fulfill in\n\nthis way? Since the Lord is transcendental, why should He fear the\n\nasuras, and how could He be envious of them?\nPURPORT\n\nWe should always remember the distinction between spiritual and material. That which is material is infected by material qualities, but these\nqualities cannot touch that which is spiritual, or transcendental. .Krt?�a is\nabsolute, whether He is in the material world or spiritual world. When\nwe see partiality in .Krt?�a, this vision is due to His external energy.\nOtherwise how could His enemies attain salvation after being killed by\nHim? Everyone who deals with the Supreme Personality of Godhead\ngradually acquires the qualities of the Lord. The more one advances in\nspiritual consciousness, the less he is affected by the duality of material\nqualities. The Supreme Lord, therefore, must certainly be freed from\nthese qualities. His enmity and friendship are external features presented by the material energy. He is always transcendental. He is absolute, whether He kills or bestows His favor.\nEnvy and friendship arise in one who is imperfect. We fear our\nenemies because in the material world we are always in need of help. The\nLord, however, does not need anyone's help, for He is dtmdrdma. The\nLord says in Bhagavad-gitii (9.26):\n\npatram pU§pam phalam toyam\nyo me bhaktya prayacchati\ntad aham bhakty-upahrtam\na.Sniimi prayatdtmanab,\n\"If a devotee offers Me with devotion a little leaf, a flower, fruit or\nwater, I shall accept it.\" Why does the Lord say this? Is He dependent on\n\n", "SB7.1#p0033": "Text3]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n5\n\nthe offering of the devotee? He is not actually dependent, hut He likes to\n\nhe dependent upon His devotee. This is His mercy. Similarly, He does not\nfear the asuras. Thus there is no question of partiality in the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTEXT3\n\n� Wf: @4(1'1111 -no�orgon'i, 3ffir 1\nij�1�(ij¥�h0'E14l(� II � II\n�:\n•\n\n-.:»\n\niti na!z, su17Ulhii-bhdga\nndraya�-gul)dn prati\nsaritSaya!z, su17Ulhiin jatas\ntad bhavaritS chettum arhati\niti-thus; na!z,-our; su-17Ulhii-bhdga-O glorious one; naraya�gul)dn-the qualities of Narayru;ta; prati-toward; saritSaya!z,-doubt;\n\nsu-17Ulhiin-very great; jata!z,-born; tat-that; bhavan-Your Lordship; chettum arhati-please dispel.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 greatly fortunate and learned brilun�a, whether Niriy� is\npartial or impartial has become a subject of great doubt. Kindly\ndispel my doubt with positive evidence that Niiriy�a is always\nneutral and equal to everyone.\nPURPORT\nSince Lord Narayai;}a is absolute, His transcendental qualities are described as one. Thus His punishments and His offerings of favor are both\nof the same value. Essentially, His inimical actions are not displays of enmity toward His so-called enemies, hut in the material field one thinks\nthat Kr�I;la is favorable to devotees and unfavorable to nondevotees.\nWhen Kr�I;la finally instructs in Bhagavad-gitd, saroa-dharman paritya­\n\njya rndm ekam sara�m vraja, this is meant not only for Arjuna but for\nevery living entity within this universe.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0034": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n6\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 1\n\nTEXTS 4-5\n\nr41'11fiitiifI\"'\n� 'it ¥1(10� ���� I\n� ll1�1��1'ti{I�Ri �tFt�f�� II � II\n;fRij 1Rli ����: I\n� f)QJtlq ;;R wd�� �: �II � II\nsn-r�ir uvaca\nsadhu pmam maharaja\nhares caritam adbhutam\nyad bhiigavata-miihiitmyarh\nbhagavad-bhakti-vardha!Wm\ngiyate paramarh pur_tyam\nr�ibhir naradadibhi�\nnatva kmliiya munaye\nkathay�ye hare� kathiim\nsn-r�i� uvaca-the sage Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; sadhu-ex­\n\ncellent; pmam-inquiry; mahii-raja-0 great King; hare�-of the\nSupreme Lord, Hari; caritam-activities; adbhutam-wonderful; yat­\n\nfrom which; bhiigavata-of the Lord's devotee (Prahlada); mahiitmyam-the\n\nglories;\n\nvardhanam-increasing;\n\nbhagavat-bhakti-devotion\ngiyate-is\n\nsung;\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\nparamam-foremost;\n\npur_tyam-pious; �ibhi�-by the sages; n.arada-adibhib.-headed by Sri\n\nNarada Muni; natva-after offering obeisances; k�r_ttiya-to .Kr�Qa\n\nDvaipayana Vyasa; munaye-the great sage; kathafo.ye-1 shall nar­\n\nrate; hare�-of Hari; kathiim-the topics.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Sukadeva Gosvimi said: My dear King, you have\n\nput before me an excellent question. Discourses concerning the\n\nactivities of the Lord, in which the glories of His devotees are also\n\nfound, are extremely pleasing to devotees. Such wonderful topics\n\n", "SB7.1#p0035": "Text6]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n7\n\nalways counteract the miseries of the materialistic way !lf life.\nTherefore great sages like Nirada always speak upon SrimadBhagavatam because it gives one the facility to hear and chant\nabout the wonderful activities of the Lord. Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto Srila Vyasadeva and then begin describing topics concerning the activities of Lord Hari.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse Sukadeva Gosviirni offers his respectful obeisances\n\nkmmya munaye, which means to l(r�Qa Dvaipayana Vyasa. One must\n\nfirst offer one's respectful obeisances to one's spiritual master. Sukadeva\n\nGosviirni's spiritual master is his father, Vyasadeva, and therefore he\nfirst offers his respectful obeisances to l(r�Qa Dvaipayana Vyasa and then\nbegins describing topics of Lord Hari.\n\nWhenever there is an opportunity to hear about the transcendental ac­\n\ntivities of the Lord, we must take it. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu recom­\n\nmends, kirtaniyab, sada harib,: one should always engage in kr�r:uz-katha\n\nby chanting and talking about l(r�Qa and hearing about Him. That is the\n\nonly occupation of a l(r�Qa conscious person.\n\nTEXT6\n\n�sfq �sott:it ¥t•l641( �: �: I\n\n(CC¥il*41gul¥i1NW �t JRr: II � II\nnirgur:w 'pi hy ajo 'vyakto\n\nbhagavan prakrteb- parab,\n\nsva-maya-gur:uzm aviSya\n\nbadhya-badhakatarh gatab,\n\nnirgur:uzb,-without material qualities; api-although; hi-certainly;\n\najab,-unborn; avyaktab,-unmanifest; bhagavan-the Supreme Lord;\n\nprakrteb,-to material nature; parab,-transcendental; sva-maya-of\n\nHis\n\nown\n\nenergy;\n\nbadhya-obligation;\ngatab,-accepts.\n\ngur:uzm-material\n\nqualities;\n\ntiviSya-entering;\n\nbadhakattim-the condition of being obliged;\n\n", "SB7.1#p0036": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n8\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi!}J}U, is always transcen­\n\ndental to material qualities, and therefore He is called nirgul}a, or\n\nwithout qualities. Because Be is unborn, Be does not have a ma­\n\nterial body to be subjected to attachment and hatred. Although the\nLord is always above material existence, through His spiritual\n\npotency He appeared and acted like an ordinary human being, accepting duties and obligations, apparently like a conditioned soul.\n\nPURPORT\nSo-called attachment, detachment and obligations pertain to the material nature, which is an emanation from the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, but whenever the Lord descends and acts in this material\nworld, He does so in His spiritual position. Although His activities materially appear different, spiritually they are absolute and nondifferent.\nThus it is an imposition upon the Supreme Lord to say that He is envious\nof anyone or friendly to anyone.\nIn Bhagavad-gita (9.11) the Lord clearly says, avajananti mam\nmiii)hii man�im tanum asritam: \"Fools deride Me when I descend in a\nhuman form.\" l(r!}Qa appears on this earth or within this universe without any change in His spiritual body or spiritual qualities. Indeed, He is\nnever influenced by the material qualities. He is always free from such\nqualities, but He appears to act under material influence. This under­\n\naropita, or an imposition. Therefore l(r!}Qa says, janma\nkarma ca me divyam: whatever He does, being always transcendental,\nhas nothing to do with material qualities. Eva m yo vetti tattvatab,: only\nstanding is\n\ndevotees can understand the truth of how He acts. The fact is that l(r!}Qa\nis never partial to anyone. He is always equal to everyone, but because of\nimperfect vision, influenced by material qualities, one imposes material\nqualities upon l(r!}Qa, and when one does so he becomes a miii)ha, a fool.\nWhen one can properly understand the truth, one becomes devoted and\n\nnirgw:za, free from material qualities. Simply by understanding the activities of l(r!}Qa one can become transcendental, and as soon as one is\ntranscendental he is fit to be transferred to the transcendental world.\n\nTyaktva deham punar janma naiti mam eti so 'rjuna: one who under-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0037": "Text7]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n9\n\nstands the activities of the Lord in truth is transferred to the spiritual\nworld after he gives up his material body.\nTEXT7\n\n� �� � Sli�wti�wtt !1GJ1: I\nWI � �•NS::I� �m � � Cll II � II\nsattvarh rajas tama iti\nprakrter natmarw gu�b,\nna te$(1.rh yugapad rdjan\nhrdsa ulldsa eva va\nsattvam-the\n\nmode of goodness;\n\ntamab,-the mode\n\nof ignorance;\n\nrajab,-the\n\niti-thus;\n\nmode of passwn;\n\nprakrte b,-of material\n\nnature; na-not; atmanab,-of the spirit soul; gu�b,-qualities; nanot;\n\nte$iim-of\n\nthem;\n\nyugapat-simultaneously;\n\nrajan-0 King;\n\nhrasaft-diminution; ulldsab,-prominence; eva-certainly; vii-or.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Parik�it, the material qualities-sattva-gur_ta, rajogur_ta and tamo-gur_ta-all belong to the material world arid do not\neven touch the Supreme Personality of Godhead. These three\ngur_tas cannot act by increasing or decreasing simultaneously.\nPURPORT\nThe original position of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is one of\n\nequality. There is no question of His being influenced by sattva-gu1)(l.\n\nrajo-gur:w or tamo-gu1)(l. for these material qualities cannot touch the\nSupreme Lord. The Lord is therefore called the supreme �vara. lsvarab,\n\nparamab, kr$7J-ab-: He is the supreme controller. He controls the material\nqualities (daivi hy e$(1. gur:wmayi mama maya). Mayadhyak$er:w\nprakrtift suyate: material nature (prakrti) works under His order. How,\nthen, can He he under the qualities of prakrti? Kr�I).a is never influenced\nby the material qualities. Therefore there is no question of partiality in\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0038": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n10\n\n[Canto 7' Ch. 1\n\nTEXTS\n\n��ij�����m�1\n� �«����II� II\njaya-kdle tu sattvasya\ndevar§in rajaso 'suran\ntamaso yak§a-rak§amsi\ntat-kiilanugu'{W 'bhajat\njaya-kiile-in the time of prominence; tu-indeed; sattvasya-of\n\ngoodness; deva-the demigods; r§in-and the sages; rajasa!t-of passion; asuran-the demons; tamasa!t-of ignorance; ya/cya-ra/cyamsi­\n\nthe Yak�as and Rak�asas; tat-kiila-anugu�!t-according to the particu­\n\nlar time; abhajat-fostered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the quality of goodness is prominent, the sages and\ndemigods flourish with the help of that quality, with which they\nare infused and surcharged by the Supreme Lord. Similarly, when\nthe mode of passion is prominent the demons flourish, and when\nignorance is prominent the Y�$ and Rak�asas flourish. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is present in everyone's heart,\nfostering the reactions of sattva-guJ.18, rajo-gu�a and tamo-gu�a.\n\"PURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is not partial to anyone. The\n\nconditioned soul is under the influence of the various modes of material\n\nnature, and behind material nature is the Supreme Personality of Godhead; but one's victory and loss under the influence of sattva-gu�. rajogu� and tamo-15U:� are reactions of these modes, not of the Supreme\n\nLord's partiality. Srila }iva Gosvami, in the Bhagavata-sandarbha, has\nclearly said:\n\nsattvadayo na santiSe\nyatra ca prakrta gul)ii!t\nsa suddha!t saroa-suddhebhya!t\npumiin adya!t prasidatu\n\n", "SB7.1#p0039": "Text 8]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n11\n\nhladini sandhini samvit\ntvayy ekii. sarva-sarilsthitau\nhlada-tapa-kari miSra\ntvayi rw gu1Jn-varjite\nAccording to this statemenr of the Bhiigavata-sandarbha, the Supreme\nLord, being always transcendental to the material qualities, is never\naffected by the influence of these qualities. This same characteristic is\nalso present in the living being, but because he is conditioned by material\nnature, even the pleasure potency of the Lord is manifested in the conditioned soul as troublesome. In the material world the pleasure enjoyed by\nthe conditioned soul is followed by many painful conditions. For instance, we have seen that in the two great wars, which were conducted by\nthe rajo-gu1Jn and tamo-gu1Jn, both parties were actually ruined. The\nGerman people declared war against the English to ruin them, but the\nresult was that both parties were ruined. Although the Allies were apparently victorious, at least on paper, actually neither of them were victorious. Therefore it should be concluded that the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is not partial to anyone. Everyone works under the influence\nof various modes of material nature, and when the various modes are\nprominent, the demigods or demons appear victorious under the influence of these modes.\nEveryone enjoys the fruits of his qualitative activities. This is also\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (14.11-13):\nsarva-dvare�u dehe 'smin\nprakii.Sa upajayate\njnanarh yada tada vidyad\nvivrddham sattvam ity uta\nlobha/:t pravrttir ammbha/:t\nkarmal).dm a.Sa1na/:t sprhii\nmjasy etani jayante\nvivrddhe bharatar�abha\napmkiiSo 'pmvrttiS ca\npmmiido moha eva ca\n\n", "SB7.1#p0040": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n12\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 1\n\ntamasy etani jayante\nvivrddhe kuru-nandana\n\"The manifestations of the modes of goodness can he experienced\nwhen all the gates of the body are illumined by knowledge.\n\n\"0 chief of the Bharatas, when there is an increase in the mode of passion, the symptoms of great attachment, uncontrollable desire, hankering, and intense endeavor develop.\n\n\"0 son of Kuru, when there is an increase in the mode of ignorance,\nmadness, illusion, inertia and darkness are manifested.\"\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is present in everyone's\nheart, simply gives the results of the increase in the various qualities, but\nHe is impartial. He supervises victory and loss, but He does not take part\nin them.\nThe various modes of material nature do not work all at once. The interactions of these modes are exactly like seasonal changes. Sometimes\nthere is an increment of rajo-gur:m, sometimes of tamo-gur:m and sometimes sattva-gur:m. Generally the demigods are surcharged with sattvagur:m, and therefore when the demons and the demigods fight, the\ndemigods are victorious because of the prominence of their sattva-gur:m\nqualities. However, this is not the partiality of the Supreme Lord.\n\nTEXT9\n\n�(tRf«t'IIM ('lfliji\"Sf AA�\n\nI\n\nNf( ��·�¥41�'11� mq�l �it��f: II <?..II\n..\n\njyotir-adir ivabhati\nsanghatiin na vivicyate\nvidanty atmanam dtma-stham\nmathitva kavayo 'ntata�\njyoti�-fi.re; adi�-and other elements; iva-just as; abhdti-appear; sanghatat-from the bodies of demigods and others; na-not;\nvivicyate-are distinguished; vidanti-perceive; dtmanam-the Supersoul; dtma-stham-situated in the heart; mathitva-by discerning;\nkavaya�-expert thinkers; antata�-within.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0041": "Text 9]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n13\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe all-pervading Personality of Godhead exists within the\nheart of every living being, and an expert thinker can perceive\nhow He is present there to a large or small extent. Just as one can\nunderstand the supply of fire in wood, the water in a waterpot, or\nthe sky within a pot, one can understand whether a living entity is\na demon or a demigod by understanding that living entity's devotional performances. A thoughtful man can understand how much\na person is favored by the Supreme Lord by seeing his actions.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita (10.41) the Lord says:\n\nyad yad vibhii.timat sattvam\nsrimad urjitam eva vd\n\ntat tad evavagaccha tvam\nmama tejo- 'msa-sambhavam\n\"Know that all beautiful, glorious and mighty creations spring from but\na spark of My splendor.\" We have the practical experience of seeing that\none person is able to do very wonderful things whereas another cannot\ndo those same things and cannot even do things that require only a little\ncommon sense. Therefore, how much a devotee has been favored by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead can be tested by the activities the devotee has performed. In Bhagavad-gitd (10.10) the Lord also says:\n\nte�am satata-yuktaruim\nbhajatam priti-puroakam\ndaddmi buddhi-yogam tam\nyena mdm upayanti te\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and who worship Me with love, I\ngive the understanding by which they can come to Me.\" This is very\npractical. A teacher instructs the student if the student is capable of taking more and more instructions. Otherwise, in spite of being instructed\nby the teacher, the student cannot make strides in his understanding.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0042": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n14\n\n(Canto 7, Ch.l\n\nThis has nothing to do with partiality. When l(r�I;ta says te§drit satatayuktanam bhajatdrit priti-puroakaml dadami buddhi-yogarit tam, this\n\nindicates that l(r�I).a is prepared to give bhakti-yoga to everyone, but one\nmust be capable of receiving it. That is the secret. Thus when a person\nexhibits wonderful devotional activities, a thoughtful man understands\nthat l(r�I).a has been more favorable to this devotee.\nThis is not difficult to understand, but envious persons do not accept\nthat l(r�I;ta has bestowed His favor upon a particular devotee in accordance with his advanced position. Such foolish persons become envious\nand try to minimize an advanced devotee's activities. That is not\nVai�I).avism. A Vai�I;tava should appreciate the service rendered to the\n\nLord by other Vai�I).avas. Therefore a Vai�I;tava is described in Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam as nirmatsara. Vai�I).avas are never envious of other\n\nVai�I;tavas or of anyone else, and therefore they are called nirmatsan'i�m satdm.\n\nAs Bhagavad-gitd informs us, one can understand how one is satu­\n\nrated with sattva-gulJa, rajo-gury,a or tamo�gury,a. In the examples given\nherewith, fire represents the mode of goodness. One can understand the\nconstitution of a container for wood, petrol or other inflammable sub­\n\nstances by the quantity of the fire. Similarly, water represents rajo-gur:m,\n\nthe mode of passion. A small skin and the vast Atlantic Ocean both contain water, and by seeing the quantity of water in a container one can\nunderstand the size of the container. The sky represents the mode of ignorance. The sky is present in a small earthen pot and also in outer space.\n\nThus by proper judgment one can see who is a devatd, or demigod, and\n\nwho is an asura, Yak�a or Rak�asa according to the quantities of sattvagury,a, rajo-gury,a and tamo-gury,a. One cannot judge whether a person is a\ndevatd, an asura or a Rak�asa by seeing him, but a sane man can under­\n\nstand this by the activities such a person performs. A general description\n\nis given in the Padma Purar:m: v��u-bhaktab, smrto daiva dsuras tadviparyayab,. A devotee of Lord Vi�I).u is a demigod, whereas an asura or\n\nYak�a is just the opposite. An asura is not a devotee of Lord Vi�I).u; in­\n\nstead, for his sense gratification he is a devotee of the demigods, bhiltas,\n\npretas and so on. Thus one can judge who is a devatd, who is a Rak�asa\n\nand who is an asura by how they conduct their activities.\nThe word\n\ndtmdnam in this verse means paramdtmdnam. The\n\n", "SB7.1#p0043": "Text 9)\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n15\n\nParamatma, or Supersoul, is situated in the core of everyone's heart (an­\n\ntatatt}. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitti (18.61). lsvarab, saroabhuttintirit hrd-de5e 'rjuna �!hati. The iSvara, the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, being situated in everyone's heart, gives directions to every­\n\none in terms of one's capabilities in taking the instructions. The instructions of Bhagavad-gitti are open to everyone,\n\nbut some people\n\nunderstand them properly, whereas others understand them so improperly that they cannot even believe in the existence of �!?�. al­\n\nthough reading �!?Qa's book. Although the Gitti says sri-bhagavtin\n\nuvtica, indicating that �!?Qa spoke, they cannot understand �!?Qa. This\n\nis due to their misfortune or incapability, which is caused by rajo-gur:ta\nand tamo-gur:ta, the modes of passion and ignorance. It is because of\nthese modes that they cannot even understand �!?Qa, whereas an ad­\n\nvanced devotee like Arjuna understands Him and glorifies Him, saying,\n\npararit brahma pararit dhtima pavitrarit paramarit bhavtin: \"You are the\n\nSupreme Brahman, the supreme abode and purifier.\" �!?Qa is open to\n\neveryone, but one needs the capability to understand Him.\n\nBy external features one cannot understand who is favored by �!?Qa\n\nand who is not. According to one's attitude, �!?Qa becomes one's direct\n\nadviser, or �!?Qa becomes unknown. This is not �!?Qa's partiality; it is\n\nHis response to one's ability to understand Him. According to one's\nreceptiveness-whether one be a devatti, asura, Yak!?a or Rak!?asa­\n\n�!?Qa's quality is proportionately exhibited. This proportionate exhibi­\n\ntion of �!?Qa's power is misunderstood by less intelligent men to be\n�!?Qa's partiality, but actually it is no such thing. �!?Qa is equal to\neveryone, and according to one's ability to receive the favor of �!?Qa,\n\none advances in �!?Qa consciousness. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti\nThakura gives a practical example in this connection. In the sky there are\n\nmany luminaries. At night, even in darkness, the moon is extremely\n\nbrilliant and can be directly perceived. The sun is also extremely\n\nbrilliant. When covered by clouds, however, these luminaries are not\n\ndistinctly visible. Similarly, the more one advances in sattva-gur:ta, the\n\nmore his brilliance is exhibited by devotional service, but the more one is\n\ncovered by rajo-gur:ta and tamo-gur:ta, the less visible his brilliance, for\n\nhe is covered by these qualities. The visibility of one's qualities does not\n\ndepend on the partiality of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; it is due\n\n", "SB7.1#p0044": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n16\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 1\n\nto various coverings in different proportions. Thus one can understand\nhow far he has advanced in terms of sattva-gur:w and how much he is\ncovered by rajo-gur:w and tamo-gur:w.\n\nTEXT 10\n\nmm: � 3'ffiq;{: qU\n�: ���\" 'P-iq), �FNI I\n� f4�t�\nft�W\\'eR:\n�ftl\\�'llut� ���t 11 � II\n\n�\n\no\n\nyada s isrk$u� pura atmaTUl� paro\nraja� srjaty e�a prthak sva-mayaya\nsattvam vicitrasu rirarilsur i.Svara�\nsa�yamar:ws tama irayaty asau\n\nyadd-when; sisrk$u�-desiring to create; pura�-material bodies;\natma M�-for\n\nthe living entities; para�-the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; raja�-the mode of passion; srjati-manifests; e�a�-He;\nprthak-separately, predominantly; sva-mayaya-by His own creative\nenergy; sattvam-the mode of goodness; vicitmsu-in various types of\nbodies; rirarilsu�-desiring to act; i.Soora�-the Personality of Godhead;\nsayi$.yamarya�-being about to conclude; ta ma�-the mode of ig­\n\nnorance; iraya ti- ca uses to rise; asau-that Supreme.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Supreme Personality of Godhead creates different\n\ntypes of bodies, offering a particular body to each living entity ac­\n\ncording to his character and fruitive actions, the Lord revives all\nthe qualities of material nature-sattva-gur.u-, rajo-gu:t;�a and tamogu:t;�a. Then, as the Supersoul, He enters each body and influences\n\nthe qualities of creation, maintenance and annihilation, using sat­\n\ntva-gu:t;�a for maintenance, rajo-gu:t;�a for creation and tamo-gu:t;�a\n\nfor annihilation.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0045": "Text ll)\n\nThe Supreme Lonl Is Equal to Everyone\n\n17\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough material nature is conducted by the three qualities sattva\ngur:m, rajo-gur:m and tanw-gur:m-nature is not independent. As the\nLord says in Bhagavad-gitd (9.10):\n-\n\n­\n\nmayiidhyak$er:m prakrtilt\nsilyate sa-caracaram\nhetuniinena kaunteya\njagad viparivartate\n\"This material nature is working under My direction, 0 son of Kunti,\nand it is producing all moving and unmoving beings. By its rule this\nmanifestation is created and annihilated again and again.\" The different\nchanges in the material world take place as actions and reactions of the\nthree gur:ms, but above the three gur:ms is their director, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. In the various types of bodies given to the living\nentities by material nature (yantrarW;lhiini mayaya), either sattva-gur:m,\n\nrajo-gur:m or tanw-gur:m is prominent. The body is produced by material\nnature according to the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTherefore it is said here, yada sisrk$ult pura atmanalt paralt, indicating\nthat the body is certainly created by the Lord. Karma1Jii daiva-netrer:m:\naccording to the karma of the living entity, a body is prepared under the\nSupreme Lord's supervision. Whether the body is of sattva-gur:m, rajo­\n\ngur:m or tanw-gur:m, everything is done by the direction of the Supreme\nLord through the agency of the external energy {prthak sva-mayaya). In\nthis way, in different types of bodies, the Lord (iSvara) gives directions\nas Paramatma, and again, to destroy the body, He employs the tanw­\n\ngur:m. This is the way the living entities receive different types of bodies.\nTEXT\n\nll\n\nm �\n\n�ro an�Pi '\n�\"l(j � �trfffl:\nII��II\nkdlam carantarh srjatiSa asrayarh\npradhiina-pumbhyarh nara-deva satya-krt\n\n", "SB7.1#p0046": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n18\nk alam -time;\n\ncarantam-moving;\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 1\n\nsrjati-creates;\n\n00�-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; asrayam -shelter; pradhiina-for the\n\nmaterial energy; pumbhyam-and the living entity; nara-deva-0\n\nruler of men; satya-true; krt-creator.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great King, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the con­\n\ntroller of the material and spiritual energies, who is certainly the\ncreator of the entire cosmos, creates the time factor to allow the\n\nmaterial energy and the living entity to act within the limits of\n\ntime. Thus the Supreme Personality is never under the time factor\n\nnor under the material energy.\n\nPURPORT\nOne should not think that the Lord is dependent on the time factor. He\n\nactually creates the situation by which material nature acts and by which\nthe conditioned soul is placed under material nature. Both the condi­\n\ntioned soul and the material nature act within the time factor, but the\n\nLord is not subject to the actions and reactions of time, for time has been\n\ncreated by Him. To be more clear, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura\n\nsays that creation, maintenance and annihilation are all under the\nsupreme will of the Lord.\n\nIn Bhagavad-gitti (4. 7) the Lord says:\n\nyada yada hi dharmasya\ngliinir bhavati bhiirata\nabhyutthiinam adharmasya\ntadatmanam srjamy aham\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 de­\n\nscendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I\n\ndescend Myself.\" Since Kr�Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is\n\nthe controller of everything, when He appears He is not within the\n\nlimitations of material time (janma karma ca me divyam). In this verse\nthe words kalam carantam srjansa asrayam indicate that although the\n\nLord acts within time, whether sattva-gury,a, rajo-gury,a or tamo-gury,a is\n\nprominent, one should not think that the Lord is under time's control.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0047": "Text 12]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n19\n\nTime is within His control, for He creates time to act in a certain way; He\nis not working under the control of time. The creation of the material\nworld is one of the Lord's pastimes. Everything is fully under His control. Since creation takes place when rajo-gur.m is prominent, the Lord\ncreates the necessary time to give facilities for rajo-gur.m. Similarly, He\nalso creates the necessary times for maintenance and annihilation. Thus\nthis verse establishes that the Lord is not under the limitations of time.\nAs stated in the Brahma-samhita, iSvarab, paramab, kr�r.mb,: K.r�Qa is\nthe supreme controller.\n\nSac-cid-ananda-vigrahab,: He\n\npossesses\n\na\n\nblissful, spiritual body. Aniidib,: He is not subordinate to anything. As\nthe Lord confirms in Bhagavad-gitii (7.7), mattab, parataram niinyat\nkiiicid asti dhanafijaya: \"0 conqueror of wealth [Arjuna], there is no\ntruth superior to Me.\" Nothing can be above K.r�Qa, for He is the con·\n\ntroller and creator of everything.\n\nThe Mayavadi philosophers say that this material world is mithya,\nfalse, and that one should therefore not bother about this mithyii creation\n(brahma satyam jagan mithya). But this is not correct. Here it is said,\nsatya-krt: whatever is created by the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nsatyam param, cannot be called mithyii. The cause of the creation is\nsatya, true, so how can the effect of the cause be mithya? The very word\nsatya-krt is used to establish that everything created by the Lord is factual, never false. The creation may be temporary, but it is not false.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n��t\n� Wl-.l'tifit���(f: I\n�wr-t.\nwf'Sflll\n�����'fili. swf;ruit��(i t: II�� I I\n�\n\n�\n\n�tijfiitft\n\n�\n\nya e�a riijann api kala iSitd\nsattvam suriinikam ivaidhayaty atab,\ntat-pratyanikiin asuriin sura-priyo\nrajas-tamaskiin prami�ty uru§raviib,\nyab,-which; e�ab,-this; riijan-0 King; api-even; kiilab,-time;\niSitii-the Supreme Lord;\n\nsattvam-the mode of goodness;\n\nsura-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0048": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n20\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 1\n\nanikam-numbers of demigods; iva-certainly; edhayati-causes to in­\n\ncrease; ata(l-hence; tat-pratyanikan-inimical to them; asuran-the\ndemons;\n\nsura-priya(l-being\n\nthe\n\nfriend of the demigods;\n\nraja(l­\n\ntamaskan-covered by passion and ignorance; prami!Wti-destoys; uru­\n\nsrava(l-whose glories are widespread.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, this time factor enhances the sattva-gu:t;ta. Thus al­\n\nthough the Supreme Lord is the controller, He favors the\ndemigods, who are mostly situated in sattva-gu1,1a. Then the\ndemons, who are influenced by tamo-guJ.18, are annihilated. The\n\nSupreme Lord induces the time factor to act in different ways, but\n\nHe is never partial. Rather, His activities are glorious, therefore\n\nHe is called Urusravi.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (9.29), samo 'ham sarva-bhute�u na\nme\n\ndve�yo 'sti na priya(l: \"I envy no one, nor am I partial to anyone. I am\n\nequal to all.\" The Supreme Personality of Godhead cannot be partial; He\n\nis always equal to everyone. Therefore when the demigods are favored\n\nand the demons killed, this is not His partiality but the influence of the\n\ntime factor. A good example in this regard is that an electrician connects\n\nboth a heater and a cooler to the same electrical energy. The cause of the\nheating and cooling is the electrician's manipulation of the electrical en­\n\nergy according to his desire, but factually the electrician has nothing to\n\ndo with causing heat or cold, nor with the enjoyment or suffering that\nresults.\n\nThere have been many historical incidents in which the Lord killed a\n\ndemon, but the demon attained a higher position by the mercy of the\n\nLord. Putana is an example. Putana's purpose was to kill Kr�J).a. Aho\n\nbaki yam stana-kala-kU!am. She approached the house of Nanda\nMaharaja with the purpose of killing Kr�J).a by smearing poison on her\n\nbreast, yet when she was killed she attained the highest position, achieving the status of Kr�J).a's mother. :l<r�J).a is so kind and impartial that be­\n\ncause he sucked Putana's breast, He .immediately accepted her as His\n\nmother. This superfluous activity of killing Putana did not diminish the\n\n", "SB7.1#p0049": "Text 13]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n21\n\nLord's impartiality. He is suhrdam sa roa- bh utiiruim the friend of every,\n\none. Therefore partiality cannot apply to the character of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who always maintains His position\n\nas\n\nthe\n\nsupreme controller. The Lord killed Putanii as an enemy, but because of\nHis being the supreme controller, she attained an exalted position as His\nmother. Srila Madhva Muni therefore remarks, kiile kiila-v�aye 'piSitii.\n\ndehadi-kiirar:uztvat suranikam iva sthitam sattvam. Ordinarily a murderer is hanged, and in the Manu-samhita it is said that a king bestows\nmercy upon a murderer by killing him, thus saving him from various\nkinds of suffering. Because of his sinful activities, such a murderer is\nkilled by the mercy of the king. Kt!?J.la, the supreme judge, deals with\nmatters in a similar way because He is the supreme controller. The conclusion, therefore, is that the Lord is always impartial and always very\nkind to all living entities.\nTEXT 13\n\n31�citG\\Uf;(f: �\"ftr�nn tJdifon 1\n\nsWtn 'R� �i{ ��R1�1'1� ll ��II\natraivodiihrtab, puroam\nitihasab, surar�ir:ui\npritya maha-kratau rajan\nprcchate 'jata-satrave\natra-in this connection; eva-certainly; udahrtab,-was recited;\npllroam-previously; itihasab,-an old story; sura-r�ir:uJ,-by the great\nsage Narada; pritya-with joy; maha-kratau-at the great Riijasftya\nsacrifice; rajan-0 King; prcc hate-to the inquiring; ajata-satraveMahiiraja Yudhi!?thira, who had no enemy.\nTRANSLATION\nFormerly, 0 King, when Maharaja Yudhi�!hira was performing\nthe Rijasiiya sacrifice, the great sage Nirada, responding to his inquiry, recited historical facts showing how the Supreme Personality of Godhead is always impartial, even when killing demons.\nIn this regard he gave a vivid example.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0050": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n22\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\nThis relates to how the Lord exhibited His impartiality even when kill­\n\ning Sisupala in the arena of the Rajasuya yajiia performed by Maharaja\n\nY udhi�thira.\n\nTEXTS 14-15\n\nq� � mn\n\nmt� �11\n�� ¥t•lii4M � ��: ������\nnRft;f tit;wJJiJ mn �((: ml\n� ftff�Ht¥twtl u;ft;d s.ro�tN('( 11��11\ndr§!vii mahiidbhutam riijii\nriijasilye mahii-kratau\nviisudeve bhagavati\nsiiyujyam cedibhu-bhujab,\ntatriisinam sura-r�im\nriijii piir.u},u-sutab, kratau\npapraccha vismita-manii\nmuniniim srovatiim idam\ndmva-after seeing; mahii-adbhutam-greatly wonderful; riijii-the\n\nKing; riijasilye-called Rajasiiya;\nviisudeve-into Vasudeva;\n\nmahii-kratau-at the great sacrifice;\n\nbhagavati-the Personality of Godhead;\n\nsiiyujyam-merging; cedibhu-bhujab,-of Sisupala, the King of Cedi;\n\ntatra-there;\n\nKing;\n\niisinam-seated;\n\nsura-r�im-Narada Muni;\n\nriijii-the\n\npiir.uJ,u-sutab,- Yudhi�thira, the son of PaQ.QU; kratau-at the\n\nsacrifice;\n\npapraccha-asked;\n\nvismita-maniib,-being\n\nstruck\n\nwith\n\nwonder; muniniim-in the presence of the sages; srovatiim-listening;\n\nidam-this\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, at the Rajasftya sacrifice, Maharaja YudhiHhira, the son\n\nof Maharaja Piil;l«;iu, personally saw Sisupala merge into the body of\nthe Supreme Lord, �J].a. Therefore, struck with wonder, he inquired about the reason for this from the great sage Narada, who\n\n", "SB7.1#p0051": "Text 16]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n23\n\nwas seated there. While he inquired, all the sages present also\nheard him ask his question.\n\nsri-yudh�!hira uvaca\naho aty-adbhutam hy etad\ndurlabhaikiintinam api\nvasudeve pare tattve\nprdptiS caidyasya vidvi§aft\nsn-yudh�!hiraft uvdca-Maharaja Yudhi�thira said; aho-oh; ati­\n\nadbhutam-very wonderful; hi-certainly; etat-this; durlabha-dif­\n\nficult to attain;\n\nekiintinam-for the transcendentalists; api-even;\n\nvdsudeve-in Vasudeva; pare-the supreme; tattve-Absolute Truth;\n\nprdptift-the attainment; caidyasya-of Sisupala; vid�aft-envious.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMah�ja Yudhi�thira inquired: It is very wonderful that the\ndemon Sisupila merged into the body of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead even though extremely envious. This sayujya-mukti is\nimpossible to attain even for great transcendentalists. How then\ndid the enemy of the LOrd attain it?\nPURPORT\nThere are two classes of transcendentalists-the jfliinis and the bhak­\n\ntas. The bhaktas do not aspire to merge into the existence of the Lord,\n\nbut the jfliinis do. Sisupala, however, was neither a jnanr nor a bhakta,\n\nyet simply by envy of the Lord he attained an exalted position by merg­\n\ning into the Lord's body. Certainly this was astonishing, and therefore\n\nMa haraja Yudhi�thira inquired about the cause for the Lord's mysterious\nmercy to Sisupala.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0052": "24\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. I\n\nTEXT 17\n\n'«<l�dfilil01+«: ri � cA � I\n¥(tF(f41�ttl �wft ft��qfu tnftrn: II��II\netad veditum icchama�\nsaroa eva vayam mune\nbhagavan-nindaya veno\ndvijais tamasi patita�\netat-this; veditum-to know; icchama�·-desire; sarve-all; eva certainly; vayam-we; mune-0 great sage; bhagavat-nindaya-because of blaspheming the Lord; vena�-Vena, the father of P:rthu\nMaharaja; dvijai�-by the brahmalJ-(lS; tamasi-into hell; pdtita�-was\nthrown.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great sage, we are all eager to know the cause for this mercy of\nformerly a king named Vena\n\nthe Lord. I have heard that\n\nblasphemed the Supreme Personality of Godhead and that all the\n\nbrihiiUU;la s consequently obliged him to go to hell. Sisupila should\n\nalso have been sent to hell. How then did he merge into the Lord's\n\nexistence?\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�+tEUEIWt: tm' QJft' Che¥t1'401� I\ntt'*tt+tlfl qiR� ((�44� �: 11��11\ndamagho�-suta� papa\narabhya kala-b�a\"{Uit\nsampraty ama�i gavinde\ndantavakra§ ca durmati�\ndamagho�-suta�-Si8upala, the son of Damaghol?ll; pdpa�-sinful;\ndrabhya-beginning; kala-b�\"Qiit-from the unclear speech of a\nchild; samprati-even until now; ama�i-envious; gavinde-toward\n\n", "SB7.1#p0053": "Text 19]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\nSri\n\ndantavakra�-Dantavakra;\n\nKr!?Qa;\n\nminded.\n\nca-also;\n\n25\n\ndurmati�-evil­\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the very beginning of his childhood, when he could not\n\neven speak properly, Sisupila, the most sinful son of Damagho�,\n\nbegan blaspheming the Lord, and he continued to be envious of\n\nSri �I,la until death. Similarly, his brother Dantavakra continued\n\nthe same habits.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nijqffl(Qf)(i''!J �G 'R'i0i(4'( I\nf� \"iiffit N1'1tti � PfN�ld\\kUt: n � ���\nsapator asakrd V�TJUrh\nyad brahma param avyayam\n\nsvitro na jato jihvayam\n\nniindham viviSatus tama�\n\nsapato�-of both Sisupala and Dantavakra, who were blaspheming;\n\nasakrt-repeatedly;\n\nparam-the\n\nvi§fJum-Lord\n\nSupreme\n\nBrahman;\n\nKr!?Qa;\n\nyat-which;\n\navyayam-without\n\nbrahma\n\ndiminution;\n\nsvitra�-white leprosy; na-not; jata�-appeared; jihvciyam-on the\n\ntongue; na-not; andham-dark; viviSatu�-they did enter; tama�­\n\nhell.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough these two men-Sisupala and Dantavakra-repeatedly\n\nblasphemed the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi�I,lU\n[�1,1a], the Supreme Brahman, they were quite healthy. Indeed,\n\ntheir tongues were not attacked by white leprosy, nor did they\n\nenter the darkest region of hellish life. We are certainly most\nsurprised by this.\n\nPURPORT\n\n(10.12)\n\nas follows:\nKr!?Qa is described by Arjuna in Bhagavad-gita\npararh brahma param dhama pavitrarh paramam bhavan. \"You are the\n\n", "SB7.1#p0054": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n26\n\n(Canto 7, Ch.l\n\nSupreme Brahman, the supreme abode and purifier.\" Herein this is confirmed.\n\nVi$r:turil yad brahma param avyayam. The Supreme Vi�QU is\n\n��Qa. ��Qa is the cause of Vi�QU, not vice versa. Similarly, Brahman is\n\nnot the cause of ��Qa; ��Qa is the cause of Brahman. Therefore ��Qa\nis the Parabrahman (yad brahma param avyayam).\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�il ¥t�ICIM ��I\n�mR �'INQ(�(\"I II� II\no\n\nkatharit tasmin bhagavati\n. duravagrahya-dhiimani\npa.Syatiirit saroa-lokiinarit\nlayam iyatur anjasa\nof\n\nkatham-how; tasmin-that; bhagavati-in the Supreme Personality\nGodhead;\n\nduravagrahya-difficult\n\nto\n\nattain;\n\ndhiimani-whose\n\nnature; pa.Syatiim-looked on; saroa-lokiinam-while all the people;\n\nlayam iyatu �-became absorbed; anjasd-easily.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHow was it possible for Sisupila and Dantavakra, in the presence\n\nof many exalted persons, to enter very easily into the body of\n�I_la, whose nature is difficult to attain?\nPURPORT\nSisupala\n\nand Dantavakra\n\nwere formerly Jaya\n\nand Vijaya, the\n\ndoorkeepers of VaikuQtha. Merging into the body of ��Qa was not their\n\nfinal destination. For some time they remained merged, and later they\nreceived the liberations of sanlpya and salokya, living on the same\n\nplanet as the Lord in the same bodily form. The sastras give evidence\n\nthat if one blasphemes the Supreme Lord, his punishment is to remain in\nhellish life for many millions of years more than one suffers by killing\n\nmany brahmar:tas. Sisupala, however, instead of entering hellish life, im­\n\nmediately and very easily received sayujya-mukti. That such a privilege\n\nhad been offered to Sisupala was not merely a story. Everyone saw it hap-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0055": "Text 22]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n27\n\npen; there was no scarcity of evidence. How did it happen? Maharaja\nYudhi��hira was very much surprised.\n\netad bhriimyati me buddhir\ndiparcir iva vayund\nbrnhy etad adbhutatamam\nbhagavan hy atra kii ra�J-am\netat-concerning this;\ndhift-intelligence;\n\nbhriimyati-is flickering; me-my;\n\ndipa-arcift-the flame of a candle;\n\nbud­\n\niva-like;\n\nviiyuna-by the wind; brnhi-please tell; etat-this; adbhutatamammost wonderful; bhagavan-possessing all knowledge; hi-indeed;\natra-here; kiira�J-am-the cause.\nTRANSLATION\nThis matter is undoubtedly very wonderful. Indeed, my intelligence has become disturbed, just as the flame of a candle is disturbed by a blowing wind. 0 Narada Muni, you know everything.\nKindly let me know the cause of this wonderful event.\nPURPORT\nThe Siistras enjoin, tad-vijiiiinartham sa gurum evabhigacchet: when\none is perplexed by the difficult problems of life, to solve them one must\napproach a guru like Narada or his representative in the disciplic succession. Maharaja Yudhi��hira therefore requested Narada to explain the\ncause for such a wonderful event.\nTEXT 22\n\n��(lq!Uitictl\"'\n(l(t(ij§l�\n\nan� ;nW ��: I\n\nijt: � �� St!G:f�J.41�ffi<:\\ �T: I I�� I I\n\n", "SB7.1#p0056": "Srunad-Bhigavabun\n\n28\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 1\n\nsri-badaraya�ir uvaca\nrajfuls tad vaca aka� ya\nniirado bhagavan r$i�\ntU$ta� praha tam abha$ya\ns�vatyiis tat-sada� katha�\nsri-badaraya�i� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; rajna�-of the\n\nKing (Yudhi�thira); tat-those; vaca�-words; aka�ya-after hearing;\n\nnarada�-Narada\n\nMuni;\n\nbhagavan-powerful;\n\nf$i�-sage;\n\ntU$!a�-being satisfied; praha-spoke; tam-him; abha$ya-after ad­\n\ndressing; s�vatya� tat-sada�-in the presence of the assembly members; katha�-the topics.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi said: After hearing the request of\n\nMaharaja Yudhi��hira, Niirada Muni, the most powerful spiritual\nmaster, who knew everything, was very pleased. Thus he replied in\n\nthe presence of everyone taking part in the yajria.\nTEXT 23\n\n�\"iff{��\n\nM;((Wl�i1(1�1(��\n3NIWlq(ill u��\n\nifi�iil('( I\n�trn� ����II\n\nsri-niirada uvaca\nnindana-stava-satkaranyakkiirartham kalevaram\npradhana-parayo rajann\navivekena kalpitam\nsri-niirada� uvaca-Sri Narada Muni said; nindana-blasphemy;\n\nstava-praise; satkara-honor; nyakkara-dishonor; artham-for the\npurpose of; kalevaram-body; pradhana-parayo�-of nature and the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; rajan-0 King; avivekena-without\ndiscrimination; kalpitam -created.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0057": "Text 24]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n29\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Sri Niiradaji said: 0 King, blasphemy and praise,\n\nchastisement and respect, are experienced because of ignorance.\n\nThe body of the conditioned soul is planned by the Lord for\n\nsuffering in the material world through the agency of the external\nenergy.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(18.61) it is said:\niSvarab, sarva-bhutaniim\nhrd-dese 'rjuna �!hati\nbhramayan sarva-bhutani\nyantrariil},hani mayaya\n\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is\ndirecting the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a\nmachine, made of material energy.\" A material body is manufactured by\nthe external energy according to the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The conditioned soul, being seated on this machine,\nwanders throughout the universe, and because of his bodily conception\nof life he only suffers. Actually the suffering of being blasphemed and\nthe enjoyment of being praised, the acceptance of a good welcome or of\nchastisement by harsh words, are felt in the material conception of life;\nbut since the body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is not material\nbut sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, He is unaffected by insults or greetings,\nblasphemy or prayers. Being always unaffected and complete, He does\nnot feel extra pleasure when offered nice prayers by the devotee, although the devotee benefits by offering prayers to the Lord. Indeed, the\nLord is very kind to His so-called enemy because one who always thinks\nof the Personality of Godhead as an enemy also benefits, although he\nthinks of the Lord adversely. If a conditioned soul, thinking of the Lord\nas an enemy or a friend, somehow or other becomes attached to the Lord,\nhe receives great benefit.\nTEXT 24\n\n�� �U6qlt'����' I\n4ttRiflt' � +{+{lf{flda- 'flfflci ������\n1m\n\n", "SB7.1#p0058": "30\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. I\n\nhirit.sa tad-abhimanena\ndar.uf,a-piiru§yayor yathii\nva�amyam iha bhataniim\nmamiiham iti parthiva\nhirit.sa-suffering; tat-of this; abhimiinena-by the false conception; dar.uf,a-par�yayo�-when there is punishment and chastisement;\nyathii-just as; va�amyam-misconception; iha-here ( in this body) ;\nbhataniim-of the living entities; mama-aham-mine and I; iti-thus;\nparthiva-0 lord of the earth.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear King, the conditioned soul, being in the bodily concep­\n\ntion of life, considers his body to he his self and considers every­\n\nthing in relationship with the body to he his. Because he has this\n\nwrong conception of life, he is subjected to dualities like praise\nand chastisement.\nPURPORT\nOnly when a conditioned soul accepts the body as himself does he feel\nthe effects of chastisement or praise. Then he determines one person to\n\nbe his enemy and another his friend and wants to chastise the enemy and\nwelcome the friend. This creation of friends and enemies is a result of\none's bodily conception of life.\n\nTEXT 25\n\nqf\\l'litsfil�l;itStial\\iflc:stlfUiwti �: 1\n� ;p.f��et�l�fluw.itsftct�: 1\nm.r ��•«fi rm � ������\"\nyan-nibaddho 'bhimiino 'yam\ntad-vadhiit prar:tiniim vadha�\ntathii na yasya kaivalyad\nabhimano 'khilatmana�\nparasya dama-kartur hi\nhirit.sa keniisy a kalpyate\n\n", "SB7.1#p0059": "Text 25]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n31\n\nyat-in which; nibaddhab,-bound; abhimanab,-false conception;\n\nayam-this; tat-of that (body); vadhat-from the annihilation; pra�inam-of the living beings; vadhab,-annihilation; tatoo-similarly;\nna-not; yasya-of whom; kaivalyat-because of being absolute, one\nwithout a second; abhimanaf,.-false conception; akhila-atmanab,-of\nthe Supersoul of all living entities; parasya-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;\n\ndama-kartub,-the\n\nsupreme\n\ncontroller;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nhimsa-harm; kena-how; asya-His; kalpyate-is performed.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBecause of the bodily conception of life, the conditioned soul\nthinks th�t when the body is annihilated the living being is annihilated. Lord Vi��m, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the\nsupreme controller, the Supersoul of all living entities. Because\nHe has no material body, He has no false conception of \"I and\nmine.\" It is therefore incorrect to think that He feels pleasure or\npain when blasphemed or offered prayers. This is impossible for\nHim. Thus He has no enemy and no friend. When He chastises the\ndemons it is for their good, and when He accepts the prayers of the\ndevotees it is for their good. He is affected neither by prayers nor\nby blasphemy.\nPURPORT\n\nBecause of being covered by material bodies, the conditioned souls, including even greatly learned scholars and falsely educated professors, all\nthink that as soon as the body is finished, everything is finished. This is\ndue to their bodily coneeption of life. _Kr�Qa has no such bodily concep­\n\ntion, nor is His body different from His self. Therefore, since .Kr�r:ta has\nno material conception of life, how can He be affected by material\n\nprayers and accusations? _Kr�Qa's body is described herewith as kaivalya,\n\nnondifferent from Himself. Since everyone has a material bodily conception of life, if _Kr�Qa had such a conception what would be the difference\nbetween _Kr�Qa and the conditioned soul?\n\n.Kr�Qa's instructions in\n\nBhagavad-gitii are accepted as final because He does not possess a material body. As soon as one has a material body he has four deficiencies,\n\nbut since _Kr�Qa does not possess a material body, He has no deficiencies.\n\nHe is always spiritually conscious and blissful. lsvarab, paramab, kr��b.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0060": "32\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 1\n\nsac-cid-ananda-vigrahab,: His form is eternal, blissful knowledge. Saccid-ananda-vigrahab,, ananda-cinmaya-rasa and kaivalya are the same.\nl<r!?I;ta can expand Himself as Paramiitmii in the core of everyone's\n\nheart. In Bhagavad-gita (13.3) this is confirmed. K�etrajnam capi mdm\n\nviddhi sarva-k$etre�u bharata: the Lord is the Paramiitmii-the dtmd or\n\nSuperself of all individual souls. Therefore it must naturally be concluded that He has no defective bodily conceptions. Although situated in\n\neveryone's body, He has no bodily conception of life. He is always free\nfrom such conceptions, and thus He cannot be affected by anything in\n\nrelation to the material body of the j'iva.\nl<r!?Qa says in Bhagavad-gitd (16.19):\n\ntan aham d�atab, kraran\nsarhsare�u naradhaman\nk$ipamy ajasram a.Subhan\nasu�v eva yon�u\n\"Those who are envious and mischievous, who are the lowest among\n\nmen, are cast by Me into the ocean of material existence, into various\ndemoniac species of life.\" Whenever the Lord punishes persons like\ndemons, however, such punishment is meant for the good of the condi­\n\ntioned soul. The conditioned soul, being envious of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, may accuse Him, saying, \"l<r!?Qa is bad, l<r!?Qa is a\n\nthief\" and so on, but l<r!?J:.la, being kind to all living entities, does not\n\nconsider such accusations. Instead, He takes account of the conditioned\nsoul's chanting of \"l<r!?Qa, l<r!?Qa\" so many times. He sometimes\npunishes such demons for one life by putting them in a lower species,\n\nbut then, when they have stopped accusing Him, they are liberated in the\nnext life because of chanting l<r!?Qa's name constantly. Blaspheming the\n\nSupreme Lord or His devotee is not at all good for the conditioned soul,\nbut l<r!?I;ta, being very kind, punishes the conditioned soul in one life for\n\nsuch sinful activities and then takes him back home, back to Godhead.\n\nThe vivid example for this is V:rtriisura, who was formerly Citraketu\n\nMaharaja, a great devotee. Because he derided Lord Siva, the foremost of\n\nall devotees, he had to accept the body of a demon called V:rtra, but then\nhe was taken back to Godhead. Thus when l<r!?Qa punishes a demon or\n\nconditioned soul, He stops that soul's habit of blaspheming Him, and\n\n", "SB7.1#p0061": "Text 26]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n33\n\nwhen the soul becomes completely pure, the Lord takes him back to\nGodhead.\nTEXT 26\n\n�411l(l�'l-ir.l f� � en 1\n�tl�llrWi C09;S::WI(����-����II\ntasmad vairanubandhena\nnirvairel)a bhayena vd\nsnehdt kdmena va yunjyat\nkathancin ne�te prthak\ntasmdt-therefore; vaira-anubandhena-by constant enmity; nirvairel)a-by devotion; bhayena-by fear; vd-or; snehat-from affection; kd�na-by lusty desires; m-or; yunjyat-one should concentrate; kathancit-somehow or other; na-not; il�ate-sees; prthaksomething else.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore by enmity or by devotional service, by fear, by affection or by lusty desire-by all of these or any one of them-if a\nconditioned soul somehow or other concentrates his mind upon\nthe Lord, the result is the same, for the Lord, because of His\nblissful position, is never affected by enmity or friendship.\nPURPORT\nFrom this verse one should not conclude that because ��Qa is\nunaffected by favorable prayers or unfavorable blasphemy one should\ntherefore blaspheme the Supreme Lord. This is not the regulative principle. Bhakti-yoga means dnukulyena kmuinu.Silanam: one should serve\n��Qa very favorably. This is the real injunction. Here it is said that although an enemy thinks of ��Qa unfavorably, the Lord is unaffected, by\nsuch antidevotional service. Thus He offers His benedictions even to Sisupala and similarly inimical conditioned souls. This does not mean,\nhowever, that one should be inimical toward the Lord. The stress is given\nto the favorable\n\nexecution\n\nof\n\nblasphemy of the Lord. It is said:\n\ndevotional service,\n\nnot purposeful\n\n", "SB7.1#p0062": "34\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 1\n\nnindiirit bhagavatab, sro-varits\ntat-parasya janasya va\ntato niipaiti yab, so 'pi\nyaty adhab, sukrtac cyutab,\nOne who hears blasphemy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His\ndevotees should immediately take action or should leave. Otherwise he\n\nwill be put into hellish life perpetually. There are many such injunctions.\n\nTherefore as a regulative principle one should not be unfavorable toward\nthe Lord but always favorably inclined toward Him.\n\nSisupala's achievement of oneness with the Supreme Lord was dif­\n\nferent because Jaya and Vijaya, from the very beginning of their ma­\n\nterial existence, were ordained to treat the Supreme Lord as an enemy\n\nfor three lives and then return home, back to Godhead. Jaya and Vijaya\n\ninwardly knew that K.r�I).a is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but\nthey purposely became His enemies to be delivered from material life.\n\nFrom the very beginning of their lives they thought of Lord K.r�I).a as an\n\nenemy, and even though blaspheming Lord K.r�I).a, they chanted the holy\n\nname of K.r�I).a constantly along with their inimical thoughts. Thus they\nwere purified because of chanting the holy name of K.r�I).a. It is to be\n\nunderstood that even a blasphemer can be freed from sinful activities by\n\nchanting the holy name of the Lord. Certainly, therefore, freedom is\nassured for a devotee who is always favorable to the service of the Lord.\n\nThis will be clear from the following verse. By rapt attention fixed upon\nK.r�I).a, one is purified, and thus one is delivered from material life.\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura has very nicely explained the\n\nword bhayena, which means \"by fear.\" When the gopis went to K.r�I).a in\nthe dead of night, they certainly feared chastisement by their relatives­\n\ntheir husbands, brothers and fathers-but nonetheless, not caring for\n\ntheir relatives, they went to K.r�I).a. There was certainly fear, but this\nfear could not check their devotional service to K.r�I).a.\n\nOne should not mistakenly think that Lord K.r�I).a must be worshiped\n\nby an inimical attitude like that of Sisupala. The injunction is\n\nanukulyasya graha�Jarit pratikulyasya varjanam: one should give up\n\nunfavorable activities and accept only favorable conditions in devotional\n\nservice. Generally, if one blasphemes the Supreme Personality of Godhead he is punished. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitti (16.19):\n\n", "SB7.1#p0063": "Text 26]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n35\n\ntan aharit dvi§ata� knlnin\nsarilsare�u naradhaman\n�ipamy ajasram a5ubhan\nasu�v eva yoni§u\nThere are many such injunctions. One should not try to worship Kr!Hla\n\nunfavorably; otherwise he must be punished, at least for one life, to be\n\npurified. As one should not try to be killed by embracing an enemy, a\n\ntiger or a snake, one should not blaspheme the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead and become His enemy in order to be put into hellish life.\n\nThe purpose of this verse is to emphasize that even the enemy of the\n\nLord can be delivered, not to speak of His friend. Srila Madhvacarya also\n\nsays in many ways that one should not blaspheme Lord Vigm through\none's mind, words or actions, for a blasphemer will go to hellish life\nalong with his forefathers.\n\nkarma� manasa mea\nyo dv�yad V�1Jum atyayam\nmajjanti pitaras tasya\nnarake sasvati� sama�\nIn Bhagavad-gita (16.19-20) the Lord says:\n\ntan aharit dv�ata� knlran\nsarilsare�u naradhamdn\n�ipamy ajasram a5ubhan\nasur�v eva yoni§u\nasurirh yonim apanna\nmik},ha janmani janmani\nmam aprapyaiva kaunteya\ntato yanty adhamam gatim\n\"Those who are envious and mischievous, who are the lowest among\n\nmen, are cast by Me into the ocean of material existence, into various\ndemoniac species of life. Attaining repeated birth amongst the species of\n\ndemoniac life, such persons can never approach Me. Gradually they sink\n\n", "SB7.1#p0064": "36\n\nSrbnad-Bhigava�\n\n(Canto 7, Ch.l\n\ndown to the most abominable type of existence.\" One who blasphemes\nthe Lord is put into a family of asuras, in which there is every chance of\nforgetting the service of the Lord. Lord �i?Q.a further states in\n\nBhagavad-gita (9.11-12):\navajananti mam mfl4hii\nmiin!.L§iril tanum asritam\nparam bhiivam ajananto\nmama bhUta-mahesvaram\n\nMJJ4has, rascals, blaspheme the Supreme Lord because He appears exactly like a human being. They do not know the unlimited opulence of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nmoghasa mogha-karma�\nmogha-jnana vicetasatJ,\nrak$asim asurim caiva\nprakrtim mohinim sritiitJ,\nAnything done by those who have taken the attitude of enemies will be\nba:ffied (mogha.sab}. If these enemies try to be liberated or to merge into\nthe existence of Brahman, if they desire to be elevated to the higher\nplanetary systems as karmis, or even if they desire to return home, back\nto Godhead, they will certainly be ba:ffied.\nAs for HiraQ.yakasipu, although he was extremely inimical toward the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, he always thought of his son, who was\na great devotee. Therefore by the grace of his son, Prahlada Maharaja,\nHiraQ.yakasipu was also delivered by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\nhirar:tyakaSipu§ capi\nbhagavan-nindaya tamatJ,\nvivak$ur atyagat sunotJ,\nprahladasyanubhiivatatJ,\nThe conclusion is that one should not give up pure devotional, service.\nFor one's own benefit, one should not imitate HiraQ.yakasipu or Sisupala.\nThis is not the way to achieve success.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0065": "Text 27]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n37\n\nTEXT 27\n\n� �\n\n��f:¥4q61fltqnt: I\n\n;r � �Rhtilit.. �fijitf.l� �re-: 11�\\911\nyathii vairanubandhena\nmartyas tan-mayatam iyat\nna tathii bhakti-yogena\niti me niScita matib,\n\nyathii-as; vaira-anubandhena-by constant enmity; martyab,-a\n\nperson; tat-mayatam-absorption in Him; iyat-may attain; na-not;\n\ntathii-in a like manner; bhakti-yogena-by devotional service; iti­\n\nthus; me-my; ni.Scita-dennite; matib,-opinion.\nTRANSLATION\n\nNirada Muni continued: By devotional service one cannot\nachieve such intense absorption in thought of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as one can through enmity towar d Him. That\nis my opinion.\nPURPORT\nSriman Narada Muni, the topmost pure devotee, praises Kn>Qa's\n\nenemies like Sisupala because their minds are always completely ab­\n\nsorbed in .Kr�Qa. Indeed, he thinks himself deficient in the inspiration of\nbeing feelingly absorbed in .Kr�Qa consciousness. This does not mean,\n\nhowever, that the enemies of .Kr�Qa are more elevated than .Kr�Qa's pure\ndevotees. In the Caitanya-caritamrta (Adi 5.205) .Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja\n\nGosvami also thinks of himself in such a humble way:\n\njagai madhiii haite muni se papi§!ha\npu�era ki!a haite muni se laghi§!ha\n\"I am a worse sinner than Jagai and Madhai and am even lower than the\n\nworms in the stool.\" A pure devotee always thinks himself more defi­\n\ncient than everyone else. If a devotee approaches Srimati RadhiirliQi to\n\noffer some service to .Kr�Qa, even Srimati Radharli.Qi thinks that the de­\n\nvotee is greater than She. Thus Narada Muni says that according to his\n\n", "SB7.1#p0066": "38\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l\n\nopinion the enemies of �!?Qa are better situated because they are fully\nabsorbed in thoughts of �!?Qa in terms of killing Him, just as a very\nlusty man always thinks of women and their association.\nThe essential point in this connection is that one should be fully absorbed in thoughts of �!?Qa, twenty-four hours a day. There are many\ndevotees in raga-marga, which is exhibited in V:rndavana. Whether in\ndiisya-rasa, sakhya-rasa, vatsalya-rasa or madhurya-rasa, all the devotees of �!?Qa are always overwhelmed by thoughts of �!?Qa. When\n�!?Qa is away from V:rndavana tending the cows in the forest, the gopis,\nin the madhurya-rasa, are always absorbed in thoughts of how �!?Qa\nwalks in the forest. The soles of His feet are so soft that the gopis would\nnot dare keep His lotus feet on their soft breasts. Indeed, they consider\ntheir breasts a very hard place for the lotus feet of �!?Qa, yet those lotus\nfeet wander in the forest, which is full of thorny plants. The gopis are\nabsorbed in such thoughts at home, although �!?Qa is away from them.\nSimilarly, when �!?Qa plays with His young friends, mother Yasoda is\nvery much disturbed by thoughts that �!?Qa, because of always playing\nand not taking His food properly, must be getting weak. These are examples of the exalted ecstasy felt in �!?Qa's service as manifested in\nV:rndavana. This service is indirectly praised by Narada Muni in this\nverse. Especially for the conditioned soul, Narada Muni recommends that\none somehow or other be absorbed in thoughts of �!?Qa, for that will\nsave one from all the dangers of material existence. Full absorption in\nthought of �!?Qa is the highest platform of bhakti-yoga.\nTEXTS 28-29\n\nm: q:ijf!Wtl �: te:41ttf ij+i�('{ I\n4<J'I'Itttli\\i1 � ij€((1�qijI(II�� II\n� iait �•ICIM +iltll+i�il �� I\n�\n'@tn4ilil(ijl{l�(�NW'ijttl II� Q..ll\nki!a!l pesaskrta ru ddha!l\nkzu!,yaydrh tam anusmaran\nsarhrambha-bhaya-yogena\nvindate tat-svarilpatdm\n\n", "SB7.1#p0067": "Text 29)\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n39\n\nevam kr�l)e bhagavati\nmiiya-manuja i:Svare\nvairer:uz pilta-piipmiinas\ntam apur anucintaya\nkitaft-the grassworm; pesaskrta-by a bee; ruddhaft-confined;\nku4yayam-in a hole in a wall; tam-that (bee); anusmaran-thinking\nof; samramb ha-bhaya-yogena-through intense fear and enmity; vindate-attains; tat-of that bee; sva- rilpatam-the same form; evamthus; kr�l)e-in ��Qa; bhagavati-the Personality of Godhead; miiya­\n\nmanuje-who appeared by His own energy in His eternal humanlike\nform; i:Svare-the Supreme; vairer:uz-by enmity; pilta-piipmiinaftthose purified of sins; tam-Him; lipuft-attained; anucintaya-by\nthinking of.\nTRANSLATION\nA grassworm confined in a hole of a wall by a bee always thinks\nof the bee in fear and enmity and later becomes a bee simply because of such remembrance. Similarly, if the conditioned souls\nsomehow or other think of ��a, who is sac-cid-ananda-vigraha,\nthey will become free from their sins. Whether thinking of Him as\ntheir worshipable Lord or an enemy, because of constantly thinking of Him they will regain their spiritual bodies.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita (4.10) the Lord says:\n\nvUa-raga-bhaya-krodlui\nman-maya miim upasritaft\nbahavo jfiiina-tapasd\npilta rnad-bluivam agataft\n\"Being freed from attachment, fear and anger, being fully absorbed in\nMe and taking refuge in Me, many, many persons in the past became\npurified by knowledge of Me-and thus they all attained transcendental\nlove for Me.\" There are two ways of constantly thinking of ��Q.a-as a\n\n", "SB7.1#p0068": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 1\n\ndevotee and as an enemy. A devotee, of course, by his knowledge and\ntapasya, becomes free from fear and anger and becomes a pure devotee.\n\nSimilarly, an enemy, although thinking of Kr!?� inimically, thinks of\n\nHim constantly and also becomes purified. This is confirmed elsewhere in\n\nBhagavad-gita (9.30), where the Lord says:\napi cet suduracaro\n\nbhajate mam ananya-bhak\nsadhur eva sa mantavyab,\nsamyag vyavasito hi sab,\n\"Even if one commits the most abominable actions, if he engages in\ndevotional service he is to be considered saintly because he is properly\n\nsituated.\" A devotee undoubtedly worships the Lord with rapt attention.\n\nSimilarly, if an enemy (suduracarab,) always thinks of Kr!?r;ta, he also be­\n\ncomes a purified devotee. The example given here concerns the\ngrassworm that becomes beelike because of constantly thinking of the\n\nbee that forces it to enter a hole. By always thinking of the bee in fear,\n\nthe grassworm starts to become a bee. This is a practical example. Lord\n\nKr!?r:t a appears within this material world for two purposes-paritrcl�ya\nsadhunam vinasaya ca dU$krtam: to protect the devotees and annihilate\nthe demons. The sadhus and devotees certainly think of the Lord always,\nbut dU$krns, the demons like Karilsa and Sisupala, also think of Kr!?r:ta in\n\nterms of killing Him. By thinking of Kr!?r;ta, both the demons and devotees attain liberation from the clutches of material maya.\n\nThis verse uses the word maya-manuje. When Kr!?r;ta, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, appears in His original spiritual potency\n(sambhavamy atma-mayaya), He is not forced to accept a form made by\n\nmaterial nature. Therefore the Lord is addressed as iSvara, the controller\n\nof maya. He is not controlled by maya. When a demon continuously\n\nthinks of Kr!?r:ta because of enmity toward Him, he is certainly freed\n\nfrom the sinful reactions of his life. To think of Kr!?r:ta in any way, in\nterms of His name, form, qualities, earaphernalia or anything pertaining\nto Him, is beneficial for everyone. Srr;tvatii m sva-kathab, kr$1J.ab. pu1Jya­\n\nsrava'(W-kirtanab,. Thinking of Kr!?r;ta, hearing the holy name of Kr!?r:ta or\n\nhearing the pastimes of Kr!?r;ta will make one pure, and then he will be­\n\ncome a devotee. Our Kr!?r;ta consciousness movement is therefore trying\n\n", "SB7.1#p0069": "Text 30)\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n41\n\nto introduce the system of somehow or other letting everyone hear the\nholy name of KT�Qa and take KT�Qa's prasada. Thus one will gradually\nbecome a devotee, and his life will be successful.\nTEXT 30\n\n� itti'At�l€\\iuq �� q;(: 1\n311� W{ � Cf�(a�ffl ;m: II� o II\nkiimdd dve�dd bhayat snehi.id\nyathii bhaktyesvare manatt\navesya tad-agham hitva\nbahavas tad-gatim gatatt\nI\n\nklimat-from\n\nlust;\n\ndve�dt-from\n\nhatred;\n\nb hayat -from\n\nfear;\n\nsnehiit-from affection; yathii-as well as; bhaktya-by devotion;\n�vare-in the Supreme; manatt-the mind; dvesya-absorbing; tatof that; agham-sin; hitoo-giving up; bahavatt-many; tat-of that;\ngatim-path of liberation; gatatt-attained.\nTRANSLATION\nMany, many persons have attained liberation simply by thinking\nof �1';\\a with great attention and giving up sinful activities. This\ngreat attention may be due to lusty desires, inimical feelings, fear,\naffection or devotional service. I shall now explain how one\nreceives �''.la's mercy simply by concentrating one's mind upon\nHim.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam (10.33.39):\n\nvikrU;litam vraja-vadhubhir idam ca v�Q.Ott\nsraddhiinvito 'nu5rouyad atha van:r.ayed yatt\nbhaktim pardm bhagavati pratilabhya kiimam\nhrd-rogam aSv apahinoty acirelJ.CL dhiratt\nIf a bona fide listener hears of KT�Qa's pastimes with the gopis, which\nseem to be lusty affairs, the lusty desires in his heart, which constitute\n\n", "SB7.1#p0070": "42\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 1\n\nthe heart disease of the conditioned soul, will be vanquished, and he will\n\nbecome a most exalted devotee of the Lord. If one who hears of the gopis'\n\nlusty behavior with _Kr�Qa becomes free from lusty desires, certainly the\n\ngopis who approached _Kr�Qa became free from all such desires.\n\nSimilarly, Sisupala and others who were very much envious of _Kr�Qa and\nwho constantly thought of _Kr�Qa became free from envy. Nanda\n\nMaharaja and mother Yasoda were fully absorbed in _Kr�Qa consciousness\n\nbecause of affection. When the mind is somehow or other fully absorbed\n\nin _Kr�Qa, the material part is very soon vanquished, and the spiritual\n\npart-attraction to _Kr�Qa-becomes manifest. This indirectly confirms\nthat if one thinks of _Kr�Qa enviously, simply because of thinking of\n\n_Kr�Qa he becomes free from all sinful reactions and thus becomes a pure\ndevotee. Examples of this are given in the following verse.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�: Chlitl'i(4l�if �'11�QIG\\tl �: I\n� �:i«���eAmntt��''\ngopya/:t kiimdd bhayat karil.so\ndve�iic caidyadayo nrpa/:t\nsambandhiid vmtaya/:t snehiid\nyuyam bhaktya vayam vibho\ngopya/:t-the gopis; klimat-out of lusty desires; bhayat-out of fear;\n\nkaril.sa/:t-King Karhsa; dve�at-out of envy; caidya adaya/:t\n-\n\n-\n\nSisupala\n\nand others; n rpa/:t-kings; sambandluit-out of kinship; vmtaya/:t-the\n\nV:r�Qis or the Y adavas; sneluit-out of affection; yilyam-you (the PaQ­\n\nc.lavas); bhaktya-by devotional service; vayam-we; vibho-0 great\nKing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Y!ldhi�!hira, the gopis by their lusty desires,\nKamsa by his fear, Sisupila and other kings by envy, the Yadus by\n\ntheir familial relationship with ��a, you P�\"avas by your great\naffection for ��' and we, the general devotees, by our devotional service, have obtained the mercy of ��a.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0071": "Text 32]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n43\n\nPURPORT\nDifferent persons achieve different types of mukti-sayujya, salokya,\nsdrilpya, sdmipya and sdr$#-according to their own intense desire,\nwhich is called bhava. Thus it is described here that the gopis, by their\nlusty desires, which were based upon their intense love for .Kr�Qa, became the most beloved devotees of the Lord. Although the gopis at\nV:rndiivana expressed their lusty desires in relationship with a paramour\n\n(parakiya-rasa), they actually had no lusty desires. This is significant of\nspiritual advancement. Their desires appeared lusty, but actually they\nwere not the lusty desires of the material world. Caitanya-caritamrta\ncompares the desires of the spiritual and material world to gold and iron.\nBoth gold and iron are metal, but there is a vast difference in their value.\nThe lusty desires of the gopis for .Kr�Qa are compared to gold, and material lusty desires are compared to iron.\nKarhsa and other enemies of .Kr�Qa merged into the existence of Brahman, but why should .Kr�Qa's friends and devotees have the same position? .Kr�Qa's devotees attain the association of the Lord as His constant\ncompanions, either in V:rndavana or in the VailmQ�ha planets. Similarly,\nalthough Narada Muni wanders in the three worlds, he has exalted devotion for NiirayaQa (aiSvaryamdn). The V:r�Qis and Yadus and the father\nand mother of .Kr�Qa in V:rndiivana all have familial relationships with\n.Kr�Qa; .Kr�Qa's foster father and mother in V:rndiivana, however, are\nmore exalted than Vasudeva and Devaki.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�sfq WI itwf: �Rq� � srRr I\n� rt;uc�ql�'l�R: � f.mr�ll��il\nkatamo 'pi na venal! syat\npaiicdndrh purn$arh prati\ntasmdt kenapy upayena\nmanab, kf$1J.e nivesayet\nkatamab, api-anyone; na-not; venab,-the atheistic King Vena;\nsyat-would adopt; paiicdndm-of the five (previously mentioned);\n\npu rn$am -the Supreme Personality of Godhead; prati-in regard to;\n\n", "SB7.1#p0072": "44\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 1\n\ntasmdt-therefore; keruipi-by any; upayena-means; manab,-the\n\nmind; kr��-in �f?Qa; nivesayet-one should fix.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSomehow or other, one must consider the form of Kr�I;Ul very\n\nseriously. Then, by one of the five different processes mentioned\nabove, one can return home, back to Godhead. Atheists like King\n\nVena, however, being unable to think of �:r;ta's form in any of\nthese five ways, cannot attain salvation. Therefore, one must somehow think of �:r;ta, whether in a friendly way or inimically.\nPURPORT\nlmpersonalists and atheists always try to circumvent the form of\n\n�f?Qa. Great politicians and philosophers of the modern age even try to\nbanish �f?Qa from Bhagavad-gitii. Consequently, for them there is no\n\nsalvation. But �f?Qa's enemies think, \"Here is �f?Qa, my enemy. I have\nto kill Him.\" They think of �f?Qa in His actual form, and thus they at­\n\ntain salvation. Devotees, therefore, who constantly think of �f?Qa's\n\nform, are certainly liberated. The only business of the Mayavadi atheists\n\nis to make �f?Qa formless, and consequently, because of this severe\n\noffense at the lotus feet of �f?Qa, they cannot expect salvation. Srila\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says in this connection: tena siSupaladi­\n\nbhinnab, pratikiila-bhavam didh�ur yena iva narakam yiititi bhavab,.\n\nExcept for Sisupala, those who go against the regulative principles cannot\n\nattain salvation and are surely destined for hellish life. The regulative\nprinciple is that one must always think of �f?Qa, whether as a friend or\n\nenemy.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n'llt'il� ct��q) f(W{t'4Sfi� � I\nqlti(sa'4a ftq{tfcisr�INh:q(�Jl II��II\nmatr-�vasreyo va5 caidyo\ndantavakra5 ca paTJ4,ava\npa�ada-pravarau v�r:wr\nvipra-sapat pada-cyutau\n\n", "SB7.1#p0073": "Text 34]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\nmatr-svasreya�-the son of the mother's sister (Sisupala); va�­\n\nyour; caidya'�-King Sisupala; dantavakra�-Dantavakra; ca-and;\n\npii1J4ava-O\n\nPa1.1<:lava;\n\npar§ada-pravarau-two\n\nexalted\n\nattendants;\n\n1li§��-of Vi�Qu; vipra-by brahmar:tas; Sdpdt-because of a curse;\n\npada-frorn their position in VaikuQ�ha; cyutau-fallen.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNaradl! Muni continued: 0 best of the PiJ;tc;lavas, your two\ncousins Sisupila and Dantavak.ra, the sons of your maternal aunt,\nwere formerly associates of Lord Vi!li�u, hut because they were\ncursed by brahm�as, they fell from Vaiku�tha to this material\nworld.\nPURPORT\nSisupala and Dantavakra were not ordinary demons, hut were for­\n\nmerly personal associates of Lord Vi�QU. They apparently fell to this ma­\n\nterial world, but actually they carne to assist the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead by nourishing His pastimes within this world.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�?�\n�: � � m �f«l«tfittt�: I\n� �1¥111'6 illctil� �: 11�\\ill\nsri-yudh�!hira uvaca\n\nkidrsa� kasya ro sapo\n\nhari-dasabhimar§ana�\n\na5raddheya imbhdti\n\nharer ekiintindm bhava�\n\nsn-yudh�!hira� uvaca-Maharaja Yudhi��hira said; kidr5a�-what\n\nkind of; kasya-whose; va-or; sapa�-curse; hari-dasa-the servant\nof Hari; abhimar§ana�-overcorning; a§raddheya�-incredible; im­\n\nas if;\n\nabhdti-appears;\n\nhare�-of Hari;\n\nekiintindm-of those ex­\n\nclusively devoted as exalted attendants; bhava�-birth.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0074": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. I\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Yudhi�!hira inquired: What kind of great curse could\n\naffect even liberated vi�':lu-bhaktas, and what sort of person could\n\ncurse even the Lord's associates? For unffinching devotees of the\n\nLord to fall again to this material world is impossible. I cannot\n\nbelieve this.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (8.16) the Lord clearly states, mdm upetya tu kaunteya punar janma na vidyate: one who is purified of material contamination and returns home, back to Godhead, does not return to this material\n\nworld. Elsewhere in Bhagavad-gitii (4.9) l(r�:Qa says:\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevam yo vetti tattvata!t\ntyaktvii deham punar janma\nnaiti mdm eti so 'rjuna\n\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" Maharaja\nYudhi�thira, therefore, was surprised that a pure devotee could return to\nthis material world. This is certainly a very important question.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n4JP..�I�919tf\n\n·�IM9tli( I\n\n�(4+ilw-lif(4¥41«6«J��\n\nII �'-\\11\n\ndehendriyasu-hinanam\nvaikur:t!ha-pura-viisiniim\ndeha-sambandha-sambaddham\netad akhyatum arhasi\ndeha-of a material body;\n\nindriya-material\n\nsenses;\n\nasu-life\n\nbreath; hiniiniim-of those devoid; vaikur:t!ha-pura-of Vaiku:Qtha;\nvasiniim-of the residents; deha-sambandha-in a material body; sambaddham-bondage; etat-this; akhyatum ar has i-please describe.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0075": "Text 35]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n47\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe bodies of the inhabitants of VaikuJ.l!ha are completely\nspiritual, having nothing to do with the material body, senses or\nlife air. Therefore, kindly explain how associates of the Personality of Godhead were cursed to descend in material bodies like\nordinary persons.\nPURPORT\nThis very significant question would be difficult for an ordinary person to answer, but Narada Muni, being an authority, could answer it.\n\netad\niikhyiitum arhasi: \"only you can explain the reason.\" From authoritative\n\nTherefore Maharaja Yudhi��hira inquired from him, saying,\n\nsources it can be discerned that associates of Lord Vi�I).u who descend\nfrom Vaikul).�ha do not actually fall. They come with the purpose of\nfulfilling the desire of the Lord, and their descent to this material world\nis comparable to that of the Lord. The Lord comes to this material world\nthrough the agency of His internal potency, and similarly, when a devotee or associate of the Lord descends to this material world, he does so\nthrough the action of the spiritual energy. Any pastime conducted by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is an arrangement by yogamiiyii, not\n\nmahiimii yii. Therefore it is to be understood that when Jaya and Vijaya\ndescended to this material world, they came because there was something\nto be done for the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Otherwise it is a fact\nthat no one falls from Vaikul).�ha.\nOf course, a living entity who desires\n\nsiiyujya-mukti remains in\n\nl<r�I.la's Brahman effulgence, which is dependent on l<r�J'.la's body\n\n(brahma1)1J hi prati§!hiiham). Such an impersonalist who takes shelter of\nthe Brahman effulgence must surely fall down. This is stated in the\n\nsiistra (Bhiig. 10.2.32):\nye 'nye 'ravindiik§a vimukta-miininas\ntvayy asta-bhiivad aviSuddha-buddhaya/:1\niiruhya krcchrer:u:t param padam tata/:1\npatanty adlw 'niidrta-y!L$mad-arighraya/:t\n\"0 Lord, the intelligence of those who think themselves liberated but\nwho have no devotion is impure. Even though they rise to the highest\n\n", "SB7.1#p0076": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7' Ch. 1\n\npoint of liberation by dint of severe penances and austerities, they are\n\nsure to fall down again into material existence, for they do not take\nshelter at Your lotus feet.\" The impersonalists cannot reach the\n\nVaikuQ.!ha planets to become associates of the Lord, and therefore, according to their desires, .Kr�?Q.a gives them sayujya-mukti. However,\n\nsince sayujya-mukti is partial mukti, they must fall again to this material\n\nworld. When it is said that the individual soul falls from Brahmaloka,\n\nthis applies to the impersonalist.\n\nFrom authoritative sources it is learned that Jaya and Vijaya were sent\n\nto this material world to fulfill the Lord's desire to fight. The Lord also\n\nsometimes wants to fight, but who can fight with the Lord but a very con­\n\nfidential devotee of the Lord? Jaya and Vijaya descended to this world to\n\nfulfill the Lord's desire. Therefore in each of their three births-first as\nHiraQ.yiik�?a and HiraQ.yakasipu, second as RavaQ.a and KumbhakarQa,\n\nand third as Sisupala and Dantavakra-the Lord personally killed them.\n\nIn other words, these associates of the Lord, Jaya and Vijaya, descended\nto the material world to serve the Lord by fulfilling His desire to fight.\n\nOtherwise, as Maharaja Y udhi�t�!hira says, a.Sraddheya ivabhdti: the state­\n\nment that a servant of the Lord could fall from VaikuQ!ha seems un­\n\nbelievable. How Jaya and Vijaya came to this material world is explained\n\nby Narada Muni as follows.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n���\n� QOf: � �$ IQ¢+41 I\n(1Wl�wtl(til iiPI� tlctwt!llf4( ����II\nsri-niirada uvaca\n\nekada brahmalJll� putrd\nv��u-lokam yadrcchaya\nsanandaniidayo jagmu§\ncaranto bhuoona-trayam\nsri-narada� uvaca-Sri Narada Muni said; ekada-once upon a time;\n\nbrahma\"{U1�-of Lord Brahma; putrd�-the\n\nVi�?Q.U;\n\nlokam-the\n\nplanet;\n\nyadrcchaya-by\n\nsons;\n\nv��u-of Lord\n\nchance;\n\nsanandana-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0077": "Text 37]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n49\n\nadaya�-Sanandana and the others; jagmu�-went; caranta�-travel­\n\ning about; bhuvana-trayam-the three worlds.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe great saint Narada said: Once upon a time when the four\nsons of Lord Brahma named Sanaka, Sanandana, Sanatana and\nSanat-kumara were wandering throughout the three worlds, they\ncame by chance to Vi��uloka.\nTEXT 37\n\nq--'fii�W\\1¥flm: �'fi1W{ �t:\nI\n�««:qqm Q:� � �1�61'( ll �\\SII\npaiica-$a44,hiiyanii,rbhiibhii�\npilroe$(im api purvaja�\ndig-viisasa� siSun matva\ndva�-sthau tan pratyU$edhatam\npaiica-$a!-dhii-five\n\nor six years;\n\nayana-approaching;\n\narbha­\n\nabhii�-like boys; pilrve$lim-the ancients of the universe (Marici and\n\nthe rest); api-even though; pilrva-ja�-born before; dik-viisasa�­\n\nbeing naked; siSiln-children; matvd-thinking; dva�-sthau-the two\n\ngate guards, Jaya and Vijaya; tan-them; pratyU$edhatam-forbade\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough these four great sages were older than Brahma's other\nsons like Marici, they appeared like small naked children only five\nor six years old. When Jaya and Vijaya saw them trying to enter\nVaiku�thaloka, these two gatekeepers, thinking them ordinary\nchildren, forbade them to enter.\nPURPORT\nIn this regard, Srila Madhvacarya says in his Tantra-sara:\ndva�-sthiiv ity anenadhikara-sthatvam uktam\n\n", "SB7.1#p0078": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n50\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 1\n\nadhikiira-sthitii.S caiva\nvimuktiiS ca dvidha janii/:1.\nv�7Ju-loka-sthitiis te�am\nvara-sapadi-yogina/:1.\nadhikiira-sthitam muktim\nniyataril prapnuvanti ca\nvimukty-anantaram te�am\nvara-sapadayo nanu\ndehendriyasu-yuktaS ca\npurvam pa§can na tair yuta/:1.\napy abhimanibhis te�am\ndevai/:1. sviitmo tamair yuta/:1.\nThe\n\npurport\n\nis\n\nthat\n\nthe\n\npersonal\n\nassociates\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nVi!?I).U\n\nin\n\nVaikul).thaloka are always liberated souls. Even if sometimes cursed or\nblessed, they are always liberated and never contaminated by the material modes of nature. Before their liberation to Vaikul).thaloka they\npossessed material bodies, but once they come to V aikul).tha they no\nlonger have them. Therefore even if the associates of Lord Vi!?I).U sometimes descend as if cursed, they are always liberated.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n����w;r�:l\n��l-1(f d�� � �fir�: I\n�� � 'll�n �,(1..,�: ����\"\na§apan kupitii evaril\nyuvam vasam na carhatha/:1.\nrajas-tamobhyam rahite\npada-mule madhudv�a/:1.\npap�!ham asurim yonim\nbaliSau yatam asv ata/:1.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0079": "Text\n\n39]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\na5apan-cursed;\n\nkupitab,-being\n\nfull\n\nof\n\nanger;\n\n51\n\nemm-thus;\n\nyuvam-you two; vdsam-residence; na-not; ca-and; arhathab,deserve; rajab,-tamobhyam-from passion and ignorance; rahite-free;\npada-mule-at the lotus feet; madhu-dv�ab,-of Vi�QU, the slayer of\nthe\n\nMadhu\n\ndemon;\n\npap�!ham-m'ost\n\nsinful;\n\ndsurim-demoniac;\n\nyonim-to a womb; baliSau-0 you two fools; yatam-go; iiSuquickly hereafter; atab,-therefore.\nTRANSLATION\nThus checked by the doorkeepers Jaya and Vijaya, Sanandana\nand the other great sages very angrily cursed them. \"You two\nfoolish doorkeepers,\" they said. \"Being agitated by the material\nqualities of passion and ignorance, you are unfit to live at the\nshelter of Madhudvi�a's lotus feet, which are free from such\nmodes. It would be better for you to go immediately to the material\nworld and take your birth in a family of most sinful asuras.\"\nTEXT\n\n39\n\n� m �tt'1d\\ q� � t;qlijfln I\nfi �'1J'\"'4fiNl f:1f+tJi4il� ilm614( ����II\nemm §aptau sm-bhamnat\npatantau tau krpalubhib,\nproktau punar janmabhir rom\ntribhir lokaya kalpatam\nevam-thus;\n\nsaptau-being\n\ncursed;\n\nsva-bhavanat-from\n\ntheir\n\nabode, VaikuQ!ha; patantau-falling down; tau-those two (Jaya and\nVijaya); krpalubhib,-by the merciful sages (Sanandana, etc.); proktau-addressed; punab,-again; janmabhib,-with births; rom-your;\ntribhib,-three; lokaya-for the position; kalpatam-let it be possible.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Jaya and Vijaya, thus cursed by the sages, were falling to\nthe material world, they were addressed as follows by the same\n\n", "SB7.1#p0080": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n52\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l\n\nsages, who were very kind to them. \"0 doorkeepers, after three\nbirths you will he able to return to your positions in Vaiku�lha,\nfor then the duration of the curse will have ended.\"\nTEXT 40\n\n�a it AA': � �€ii4\\'\"'*•P«o6i 1\n\nMW44iNt�m f((Wit\\its�«t6: 11\\loll\njajnate tau dite/:1. putrau\ndaitya-diinava-vanditau\nhira')-yakaSipur jye�!ho\nhiral)-ydk{;o 'nujas tata/:1.\njajnate-were born; tau-the two; dite/:1.-of Diti; putrau-the sons;\ndaitya-danava-by\n\nall\n\nthe\n\ndemons;\n\nvanditau-being\n\nworshiped;\n\nhira')-yaka.Sipu/:1.-Hirru;tyakasipu; jye�!ha/:1.-the elder; hira')-yd�/:1.HiraQyak�a; anuja/:1.-the younger; tata/:1.-thereafter.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThese two associates of the Lord-Jaya and Vijaya-later descended to the material world, taking birth as the two sons of Diti,\nHir�yak&Sipu being the elder and Hira�yilqa the younger. They\nwere very much respected by the Daityas and Dinavas [demoniac\nspecies].\nTEXT 41\n\nm fC(WOIEiiN�tftun ffl«'{qun 1\nfwql\\it l4U'll� NRm � �: 11\\l �II\nhato hira')-yakaSipur\nhari')-d simha-rapi')-d\nhira1)-yak$o dharoddhare\nbibhratd Sa.ukararh vapu/:1.\nhata/:1.-killed; hi ra')-yakaSipu/:1.-HiraQyakasipu; hari')-d-by Hari,\nVi�Qu; simha-rapi')-d-in the\n\nform of a lion\n\n(Lord Narasimha);\n\n", "SB7.1#p0081": "Text43]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\nhira�yak:saft-HiraQyak.�a;\n\ndhara-uddhare-to\n\nlift\n\n53\nthe\n\nearth;\n\nbibhratd-assuming; saukaram-the boarlike; vapuft-form.\nTRANSLATION\nAp�aring as N:rshhhadeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Hari, killed Hir�yaka8ipu. When the Lord delivered the\nplanet\n\nearth,\n\nwhich\n\nhad\n\nfallen\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nGarbhodaka\n\nOcean,\n\nHirar;t.yik� tried to hinder Him, and then the Lord, as Varaha,\nkilled Hirar;t.yik�.\nTEXT42\n\nKMEhN�: � � ifi\\Jctfil�( I\n'l�t<�it II\\l�II\n�·\n'\nhira�yakaSipuft putraril\nprahladam kesava-priyam\njigharilsur akaron nand\nyatana mrtyu-hetave\nhira�yakaSipult-Hiral)yakasipu;\n\n-\n\nputram-son;\n\nprahladam-\n\nPrahlada Maharaja; kesava priyam-the beloved devotee of Kesava;\njighamsuft-desirous\n\nof\n\nkilling;\n\nakarot-enacted;\n\nnand-various;\n\nyatanaft-tortures; mrtyu-death; hetave-to cause.\nTRANSLATION\nDesiring to kill his son Prahliida, who was a great devotee of\nLord Vi�r;t.u, Hirar;t.yaka8ipu tortured hhn in many ways.\nTEXT43\n\nij ri4(61t+tt{d � Q'i(�it( I\n....ct<ij:st� � \"'�il«\"dtqa: 11\\l�ll\ntam sa\n\nrva-bhiihitma-bhutam\n\npra5antaril sama-darsanam\n\n", "SB7.1#p0082": "54\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 1\n\nbhagavat-tejasii spmam\nnii.Saknod dhnntum udyamai�\ntam-Him; sarva-bhuta-iitma -bhutam-the soul in all entities; prasiintam-peaceful and without hatred, etc.; sama-darsanam-equal to\neveryone; bhagavat-tejasii-with the power of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; spr�ta m-protected; na-not; a§aknot-was able; hnn­\n\ntum-to kill; udyamai�-by great attempts and various weapons.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, the Supersoul of all living entities, is sober, peaceful\n\nand equal to everyone. Since the great devotee Prahlada was pro­\n\ntected by the Lord's potency, Hir�yaka8ipu was unable to kill\nhim, in spite of endeavoring to do so in various ways.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word saroa-bh!ltiitma-bhutam is very significant.\nlsvara� saroa-bhutiiniirh hrd-dese 'rjuna t�thnti: the Lord is equally\nsituated in the core of everyone's heart. Thus He cannot be envious of\nanyone or friendly to anyone; for Him everyone is the same. Although\nHe is sometimes seen to punish someone, this is exactly like a father's\npunishing his child for the child's welfare. The Supreme Lord's punishment is also a manifestation of the Lord's equality. Therefore the Lord is\ndescribed as pra5iintarh sama-darsanam. Although the Lord has to execute His will properly, He is equipoised in all circumstances. He is\nequally disposed toward everyone.\n\nTEXT44\n\n� � \\1ffi�T �faJ�i �:wit I\n�: t'+tifioi� riit�'«<NWfT 11\\l�ll\ntatas tau rii�asau jiitau\nkesinyiim viSrava�-sutau\nravar:w.� kumbhnkarr:w.§ ca\nsaroa-lokopatiipanau\n\n", "SB7.1#p0083": "Text 45]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n55\n\ntata�-thereafter; tau-the two doorkeepers (Jaya and Vijaya); rak�asau-demons; jatau-born;\n\nkesinyam-in the womb of Kesini;\n\nviSrava�-sutau-the sons of Visrava; rava��-RavaJ;�.a; kumbhakar��-Kumbhakarl).a;\n\nca-and;\n\nsaroa-loka-to\n\nall\n\npeople;\n\nupatapanau-giving misery.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the same Jaya and Vijaya, the two doorkeepers of\nLord Vi�t;tu, took birth as Rivat;ta and Kumbhakart;ta, begotten by\nVisravi in the womb of Kesini. They were extremely troublesome\nto all the people of the universe.\n\nTEXT 45\n\n� �) � ;:q�i4JiqU'fi� I\n(lqcftq '11� � ttl�li&�I(CI( rif 11\\l'-\\11\ntatrapi raghavo bhutva\nnyahanac chiipa-muktaye\nrama-viryam sroryasi tvam\nmarkaTJ4eya-mukhiit prabho\ntatra api-thereupon; raghava�-as Lord Ramacandra; bhutoomanifesting; nyahanat-killed; sapa-muktaye-for freedom from the\ncurse; rama-viryam-the prowess of Lord Rama; sro�yasi-will hear;\ntvam-you; markaTJ4eya-mukhat-from the lips of the sage Marka.J;l<;leya; prabho-0 lord.\nTRANSLATION\nNirada Muni continued: My dear King, just to relieve Jaya and\nVijaya of the brihmat;tas' curse, Lord Rimacandra appeared in\norder to kill Rivat;ta and Kumhhakart;ta. It will be better for you to\nhear\n\nnarrations\n\nMirkat;tc;leya.\n\nabout\n\nLord\n\nRimacandra's\n\nactivities\n\nfrom\n\n", "SB7.1#p0084": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n56\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT46\n\n� � fltqolk4\\ilt€itl1 (ICf 1\n� \\ttqf9IU'ffil iJ)WI\"4¥((1i�l 11\\l�ll\n\nmvr\n\ntiiv atra k§atriyau jatau\n\nmatr-�vasriitmajau tava\n\nadhunii sapa-ninnuktau\n\nkmta-cakra-hatiimhasau\n\ntau-the two; atra-here, in the third birth; k§atriyau-k§atriyas or\n\nkings; jatau-born; matr-svasr-atma-jau-the sons of the mother's\n\nsister; tava-your; adhunii-now; sapa-ninnuktau-freed from the\ncurse; kr�r:ra-cakra-by the disc weapon of ��Qa; hata-destroyed;\n\namhasau-whose sins.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn their third birth, the same Jaya and Vijaya appeared in a\n\nfamily of k�atriyas as your cousins, the sons of your aunt. Because\n\nLord K.r�J;ta has struck them with His disc, all their sinful reactions\nhave been destroyed, and now they are free from the curse.\n\nPURPORT\nIn their last birth, Jaya and Vijaya did not become demons or Rak­\n\n�asas. Instead they took birth in a very exalted k§atriya family related to\n��Qa's family. They became first cousins of Lord ��Qa and were prac­\n\ntically on an equal footing with Him. By personally killing them with His\nown disc, Lord ��Qa destroyed whatever sinful reactions were left in\n\nthem because of the curse of the brahmar:ras. Narada Muni explained to\n\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira that by entering ��Qa's body, Sisupala reentered\n\nVaikuQthaloka as the Lord's associate. Everyone had seen this incident.\n\nTEXT47\n\n�(I�'I�Jliur \\14Ui\\wt1'691{1QI€+1{11'( I\n;ffi\\ �: mf iil;fldf4�ql�l ll'd\\SII\n\n", "SB7.1#p0085": "Text 48]\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Equal to Everyone\n\n57\n\nvairiinubandha-tivre�\ndhyiineniicyuta-siitmatiim\nnitau punar hare/:1. par§varit\njagmatur ��u-piir�adau\nvaira-anubandha-bond of hatred; tivre� consisting of acute;\ndhyiinena-by meditation; acyuta-siitmatiim-to the effulgence of the\ninfallible Lord; nitau-attained; puna/:1.-again; hare/:1.-of Hari;\npiirsvam-the proximity; jagmatu/:1.-they reached; v��u-piir�adau-\n\nthe gatekeeper associates of Vi�?QU.\nTRANSLATION\nThese two associates of Lord Vi�J.lu-Jaya and Vijaya-maintained a feeling of enmity for a very long time. Because of always\nthinking of ��r,ta in this way, they regained the shelter of the\nLord, having returned home, back to Godhead.\nPURPORT\nWhatever their position, certainly Jaya and Vijaya always thought of\nl<r�?r;�a. Therefore at the end of the ma�la-lilii, these two associates of\nthe Lord returned to l<r�?r;�a. There is no difference between l<r�?r;�a's body\nand Narayar;�a's body. Therefore although they visibly entered the body\nof l<r�?J.la, they actually reentered Vaiku1.1thaloka as the doorkeepers of\nLord Vi�?J.lU. Through Lord l<rf?J.la's body, they returned to Vaikur;�tha, although they seemed to have attained siiyujya-mukti in l<r�?J.la's body.\nTEXT 48\n\n���\nm.n � � �+tl41•14Cl�f.t I\nilft it ¥ftl�;4;c SIIIC(�I�l�6lii'J�II\nsri-yudh�!hira uviica\nvidve�o dayite putre\nkatham iisin mahiitmani\nbrahi me bhagavan yena\nprahliidasyiicyutiitmatii\n\n", "SB7.1#p0086": "[Canto 7, Ch.l\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n58\n\nsn-yudh�!hira� uvaca-Maharaja\n\nYudhi�!hira\n\nsaid;\n\nvidve$0-�­\n\nhatred; dayite -for his own beloved; putre-son; katham-how; dsit­\n\nthere was; maha-atmani-the great soul, Prahlada; bruhi-please tell;\nme-unto\n\nme;\n\nbhagavan-0\n\nexalted\n\nsage;\n\nye na-by\n\nwhich;\n\nprahladasya-of Prahlada Maharaja; acyuta-to Acyuta; atmata­\n\ngreat attachment.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira inquired: 0 my lord, Niirada Muni, why\n\nwas there such enmity between Hirm;ayaka8ipu and his beloved son\n\nPrahliida Maharaja? How did Prahliida Maharaja become such a\ngreat devotee of Lord .Kn;l}.a? Kindly explain this to me.\nPURPORT\n\nAll the devotees of Lord Kr�Qa are called acyutatma because they\n\nfollow in the footsteps of Prahlada Maharaja. Acyuta refers to the infalli­\n\nble Lord Vi�Qu, whose heart is always infallible. Because the devotees are\nattached to the Infallible, they are called acyutatma.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Seventh Canto, First\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Supreme Lord Is\nEqual to Everyone. \"\n\n", "SB7.1#p0087": "CHAPTER TWO\n\nHir�yakaSipu, King of the Demons\nAs described in this chapter, after the annihilation of HiraQyiik�a,\n\nHiraQyiik�a's sons and his brother HiraQyakasipu were very much aggrieved. HiraQyakasipu reacted very sinfully by trying to diminish the\nreligious activities of people in general. However, he instructed his\nnephews about a history just to diminish their aggrievement.\nWhen the Supreme Personality of Godhead appeared as the boar and\nkilled HiraQyakasipu's brother HiraQyiik�a, HiraQyakasipu was very\nmuch aggrieved. In anger, he accused the Supreme Personality of Godhead of being partial to His devotees and derided the Lord's appearance\nas Varaha to kill his brother. He began to agitate all the demons and Rak�asas and disturb the ritualistic ceremonies of the peaceful sages and\nother inhabitants of earth. For want of the performance of yajna,\n\nsacrifice, the demigods began wandering unseen on earth.\nAfter finishing the ritualistic funeral ceremonies of his brother,\nHiraQyakasipu began speaking to his nephews, quoting from the sastras\nabout the truth of life. To pacify them, he spoke as follows: \"My dear\nnephews, for heroes to die before the enemy is glorious. According to\ntheir different fruitive activities, living entities come together within\nthis material world and are again separated by the laws of nature. We\nshould always know, however, that the spirit soul, which is different\nfrom the body, is eternal, inadjustable, pure, all-pervading and aware of\neverything. When bound by the material energy, the soul takes birth in\nhigher or lower species of life according to varying association and in this\nway receives various types of bodies in which to suffer or enjoy. One's\na:ffiiction by the conditions of material existence is the cause of happiness\nand distress; there are no other causes, and one should not be aggrieved\nupon seeing the superficial actions of karma.\"\nHiraQyakasipu then related a historical incident concerning a King\nSuyajiia who resided in the country named Usinara. When the King was\nkilled, his queens, overwhelmed with grief, received instructions, which\n\n59\n\n", "SB7.1#p0088": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n60\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nHiraQyakasipu quoted to his nephews. HiraQyakasipu related an account\nof a kulinga bird pierced by the arrow of a hunter while lamenting for\nhis wife, who had also been shot by the same hunter. By narrating these\nstories, HiraQyakasipu pacified his nephews and other relatives and\nrelieved them of lamentation. Thus having been pacified, Diti and\nRu�abhanu, HiraQyakasipu's mother and sister-in-law, engaged their\nminds in spiritual understanding.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��,.,\n\nRfZIA man sil�sa{Mwtl I\nK(WI4iN\\ � qtMQ4g11 �II� II\n\n'1Rt'if4\n\nsri-ndrada uvdca\nbhriitary evam vinihate\nhari� krcx)a-murtind\nhirar:tyakaSipu riijan\nparyatapyad r!L$ii sucii\nsri-naradab. uviica-Sri Narada Muni said; bhratari-when the\n\nbrother (HiraQyak�a ) ; evam-thus; vinihate-was killed; hari�-by\nHari; kra;la-murtind-in the form of the boar, Varaha;\nkaSipub,-HiraQyak.asipu;\n\nhirar:tyariijan-0 King; paryatapyat-was afflicted;\n\nr!L$ii - by anger; sucii- by grief.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Narada Muni said: My dear King Yudhi�thira, when Lord\n\nVi��u, in the form of Varaha, the boar, killed Hir�yak�a,\n\nHir�yak�a's brother Hir�yaka8ipu was extremely angry and\nbegan to lament.\n\nPURPORT\nYudhi�thira had inquired from Narada Muni why HiraQyakasipu was\nso envious of his own son Prahlada. Narada Muni began narrating the\n\n", "SB7.1#p0089": "Text3)\n\nHir�yaka.Sipu, King of the Demons\n\n61\n\nstory by explaining how Hiral)yakasipu had become a staunch enemy of\nLord Vi!?IJU.\nTEXT2\n\nq � �\n\ntuf: (1;:a:e<(�lwt«:\n\nI\n\ncil'41�et�\nR�'{Rq\"'«_!l�ll\naha cedarit �a pun:w/:l\nsa�ta-daSana-cchadal;\nkopojjvaladbhyam ca�urbhyarit\nnink$an dhumram ambaram\naha-said; ca-and; idam-this; �-with anger; pun:wl;-full;\nsa�!a-bitten; daSana-chada/;-whose lips; kopa-ujjvaladbhyamblazing with anger; ca�urbhyam-with eyes; niri�an-looking over;\ndhumram-smoky; ambaram-the sky.\nTRANSLATION\nFilled with rage and biting his lips, Hir�yaka.Sipu gazed at the\nsky with eyes that blazed in anger, making the whole sky smoky.\nThus he began to speak.\nPURPORT\nAs usual, the demon is envious of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nand inimical toward Him. These were Hiral).yaka8ipu's external bodily\nfeatures as he considered how to kill Lord Vi!?I)U and devastate His\nkingdom, VaikuiJthaloka.\nTEXT3\n\n•(le(rJtitt�l ��tcr:l\n��f!QR4 � �cUf.t((4ililiitl6\\ II � II\nkarola-da�!rogra-dr$!ya\ndU$prek$ya-bhrukup-mukhal;\nsulam udyamya sadasi\ndanavan idam abravit\n\n", "SB7.1#p0090": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n62\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nkarala-dari!.§!ra-with terrible teeth; ugra-dr�!ya-and fierce glance;\n\nd�pre�ya-horrible to see;\n\nbhru-ku!i-with frowning eyebrows;\n\nmukhab,-whose face; sa/am-trident; udyamya-raising; sadasi-in\n\nthe assembly; danavan-to the demons; idam-this; abravit-spoke.\n\nTRANSLATION\nExhibiting his terrible teeth,\n\nfierce glance\n\nand frowning\n\neyebrows, terrible to see, he took up his weapon, a trident, and\n\nthus began speaking to his associates, the assembled demons.\nTEXT 4-5\n\n� ¥If «J\"'CI��qJ �� � I\n\n�� � � � �11\\lll\nASIM� '111 �: �� ''\"''\"'�: I\nST!J(II\"'RI� �i� Mtf61ill@l '11 � II � II\nbho bho danava-daiteya\n\ndvimurdharils trya�a sambara\n\nsatabaho hayagnva\n\nnamuce paka ilvala\n\nvipracitte mama vacab,\n\npuloman sakunadayab,\n\nsroutanantararit sarve\n\nkriyatam asu rna ciram\n\nbhob,-0; bhob,-0; danava-daiteyab,-Danavas and Daityas; dvi­\n\nmurdhan-Dvimurdha (two-headed); tri-a�a-Tryak�?a (three-eyed);\n\nsambara-Sambara;\n\nsata-ooho-Satabahu\n\n(hundred-armed);\n\nhaya­\n\ngnva-Hayagriva (horse-headed); namuce-Namuci; paka-Paka; iltiala-Ilvala; vipracitte-Vipracitti; mama-my; vacab,-words; pulo­\n\nman-Puloma; sakuna-Sakuna; adayab,-and others; srouta-just\n\nhear; anantaram-after that; sarve-all; kriyatam-let it be done;\n\nasu-quickly; ma-do not; ciram-delay.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0091": "Text6]\n\nHiral_lyaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n63\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n, 0 Danavas and Daityas! 0 Dvimiirdha, Trya�a, Sambara and\n\nSatahahu! 0 Hayagriva, Namuci, Pika and llvala! 0 Vipracitti,\n\nPuloman, Sakuna and other demons! All of you, kindly hear me\n\nattentively and then act according to my words without delay.\nTEXT6\n\n(1qi�tRHt: �i\\1� it �: � I\nqtf'uisn'(tq � (1�WIICf4m: II � II\nsapatnair ghiitita/:1. �udrair\nbhrata me dayita/:1. suhrt\npar$TJ-i-grahe1Jll hariT}-d\nsameoopy upadhiivanai/:1.\nsapatnai/:1.-by the enemies•; ghiitita/:1.-killed; �udrai/:1.-insignificant in power; bhrata-brother; me-my; dayita/:1.-very dear; suhrtwell-wisher; pdi\"$TJ-i-grahe1J(L-attacking from the rear; hariT}-d-by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; samena-equal to everyone (both the\ndemigods\n\nand\n\ndemons);\n\napi-although;\n\nupadhiivanai/:1.-by\n\nthe\n\nworshipers, the demigods.\nTRANSLATION\nMy insignificant enemies the demigods have combined to kill my\n\nvery dear and obedient well-wisher, my brother Hiral_lyik�a. Al­\n\nthough the Supreme Lord, Vi�r.tu, is always equal to both of us­\n\nnamely, the demigods and the demons-this time, being devoutly\n\nworshiped by the demigods, He has taken their side and helped\n\nthem kill Hiral_lyik�a.\n\n*Both the demons and demigods understand the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead to be the supreme master, but the demigods follow the master\nwhereas the demons defy Him. Thus the demigods and demons are compared to the two co-wives of one husband. Each wife is the sapatni (cowife) of the other, and therefore the word sapatnai/:1. is used here.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0092": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n64\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(9.29), samo 'ham saroa-bhiiie�u: the\n\nLord is equal to all living entities. Since the demigods and demons are\nboth living entities, how is it possible that the Lord was partial to one\nclass of living beings and opposed to another? Actually it is not possible\nfor the Lord to be partial. Nonetheless, since the demigods, the devotees,\nalways strictly follow the Supreme Lord's orders, because of sincerity\nthey are victorious over the demons, who know that the Supreme Lord is\nVi!?I.J.U but do not follow His instructions. Because of constantly remembering the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Vi!?J')U, the demons\n\ngenerally attain siiyujya-mukti after death. The demon HiraQyaka.Sipu\naccused the Lord of being partial because the demigods worshiped Him,\nbut in fact the Lord, like the government, is not partial at all. The\ngovernment is not partial to any citizen, but if a citizen is law-abiding he\nreceives abundant opportunities from the state laws to live peacefully\nand fulfill his real interests.\n\nTEXTS 7-8\n\n�\n\n�\n\n���..·61�\n\n�'ti�wn4ift: 1\n\n�� 'IR��f.tl�(l<:+t\"t : II� II\n\n+t���N'Isftf.t� � ��01 � I\n31�r.4 �.f�q � it ��: II� II\ntasya tyakta-svabhiivasya\nghrr,ter miiyii-vanaukasab,\nbhajantam bhajamiinasya\nbiilasyeviisthiriitmanab,\nmac-chiila-bhinna-grivasya\nbhiiri1Jii rudhirer;a vai\nasrk-priyam tarpay�ye\nbhriitaram me gata-vyathab,\n\n(the Supreme Personality of Godhead) ; tyaktasvabhiivasya-who has given up His natural' position ( of being equal to\ntasya-of Him\n\n", "SB7.1#p0093": "Text 8]\n\nHir�yak&Sipu, King of the Demons\n\n65\n\neveryone); ghrrJeb-most abominable; maya-under the influence of\nthe illusory energy; vana-okasab,-behaving exactly like an animal in\nthe jungle; bhajdntam-unto the devotee engaged in devotional service;\nbhajamanasya-being worshiped; balasya-a child; iva-like; asthiraatmanab,-who is always restless and changing; mat-my; sula-by the\ntrident; bhinna-separated; gnvasya-whose neck; bhuri�-profuse;\nrudhire1Jil-by blood; vai-indeed; asrk-priyam-who was fond of\nblood; tarpay�ye-I shall please; bhrataram-brother; me-my; gatavyathab,-becoming peaceful myself.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead has given up His natural\ntendency of equality toward the demons and demigods. Although\nHe is the Supreme Person, now, influenced by maya, He has\nassumed the form of a boar to please His devotees, the demigods,\njust as a restless child leans toward someone. I shall therefore sever\nLord Vi�l).u's head from His trunk by my trident, and with the\nprofuse blood from His body I shall please my brother Hir�yak�,\nwho was so fond of sucking blood. Thus shall I too be peaceful.\nPURPORT\n\nThe defect of the demoniac mentality is expressed in this verse very\nclearly. HiraQyakasipu thought that Vif?I)U also becomes partial, like a\nchild whose mind is not steady or resolute. The Lord can change His\nmind at any time, Hiral)yakasipu thought, and therefore His words and\nactivities are like those of children. Actually, because the demons are\nordinary human beings, their minds change, and being materially conditioned, they think that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is conditioned also. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (9.11), avajananti maril\nmiiiJ,ha mamJ.$iril tanum asritam: \"Fools deride Me when I descend in a\nhuman form.\"\nDemons always think that Vif?QU can be killed. Therefore, being absorbed in thoughts of Vif?Qu's form to kill Him, at least they have the opportunity to think of Vif?QU unfavorably. Although they are not devotees,\ntheir thinking of Vif?QU is effective, and thus they generally attain sayujya-mukti. Because the demons consider the Supreme Lord an ordinary\n\n", "SB7.1#p0094": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n66\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nliving being, they think that they can kill Lord Vi!?QU as one might kill\nan ordinary person. Another fact disclosed herein is that demons are\nvery much fond of sucking blood. Indeed, all of them are meat-eaters\nand bloodsuckers.\nHiraQyakasipu accused the Supreme Lord of having a restless mind\nlike that of a small child who can be induced to do anything if simply\noffered some cakes and /ii4us. Indirectly, this indicates the true position\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(9.26):\npatram p�pam phalam toyam\nyo me bhaktya prayacchati\ntad aham bhakty-upahrtam\na.Snami prayatatmana}:t\n\"If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, fruit or water, I\nwill accept it.\" The Lord accepts the offerings of devotees because of\ntheir transcendental love. Because they are in love with the Supreme\nLord, they do not eat anything without offering it first to the Lord. The\nLord does not hanker for a small leaf or flower; He has enough to eat. Indeed, He is feeding all living entities. Nonetheless, because He is very\nmerciful and is bhakta-vatsala, very favorable to the devotees, He certainly eats whatever they offer Him with love and devotion. This quality\nshould not be misjudged to be childish. The highest quality of the\nSupreme Lord is that He is bhakta-vatsala; in other words, He is always\nextremely pleased with His devotees. As for the word maya, when used\nin reference to the dealings of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\nHis devotees, this word means \"affection.\" The actions of the Lord to\nfavor His devotees are not disqualifications but signs of His natural\naffection.\nAs for.rudhira, or the blood of Lord Vil?QU, since there is no possibility\nof severing Lord Vil?Qu's head from His body, there is no question of\nblood. But the garland that decorates Vil?QU's body is as red as blood.\nWhen the demons achieve sayujya-mukti and leave behind their sinful\nactivities, they are blessed by Vil?Qu's garland, which is red like blood.\nMter attaining sayujya-mukti, the demons are sometimes promoted to\nthe VaikuQtha world, where they receive the reward of the Lord's garland prasiida.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0095": "Text 10]\n\nHirw.tyaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n67\n\nTEXT9\n\n• �� WI! � qwt�qffl\n� �Cf?!'qf.:a A�SIIUI f«<�: II� II\ntasmin kute 'hite TUJ§!e\nkrtta-mule vanas-patau\nvifapii iva s�yanti\nv�r:tu-praTJii divaukasalt\ntasmin-when He; kzl!e-the most deceitful; ahite-enemy; TUJ§!e­\n\nis finished; krt ta- mule-having its roots cut off; vanas-patau-a tree;\n\nv#apalt-the branches and leaves; iva-like; s�yanti-dry up; V�TJUpraTJiilt-whose life is Lord Vi�Qu; diva-okasalt-the demigods.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the root of a tree is cut and the tree falls down, its\nbranches and twigs automatically dry up. Similarly, when I have\nkilled this diplomatic Vi�r;tu, the demigods, for whom Lord Vi�r;tu\nis the life and soul, will lose the source of their life and wither\naway.\nPURPORT\nThe difference between the demigods and the demons is here explained. The demigods always follow the instructions of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, whereas the demons simply plan to disturb or\nkill Him. Nevertheless, sometimes the demons very much appreciate the\nfull dependence of the demigods upon the mercy of the Lord. This is indirect glorification of the demigods by the demons.\nTEXT 10\n\n(llqtlij\n•\n\nlFf Tf\n\nittA�SI('(��1� I\n\n6tftq�((ti1W'IIqi46C(IMwt: II� oil\n\ntavad yata bhuvam yii,yam\nbrahma-�atra-samedhitam\n\n", "SB7.1#p0096": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n68\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nsudayadhvam tapo-yajfiasvadhyaya-vrata-danina�\ntdvat-as long as (I am engaged in the matter of killing Vi!?QU);\n\nyata-go; bhuvam-to the planet earth; yuyam-all of you; brahmak$atra-of\n\nthe\n\nbrahmaT)lJS\n\nand\n\nk$atriyas;\n\nsamedhitdm\n\n-\n\nmade\n\nprosperous by the activities (brahminical culture and Vedic government);\n\nsudayadhvam-just\n\ndestroy;\n\ntapa�-the\n\nperformers\n\nof\n\nausterities; yajfia-sacrifices; svadhyaya-study of Vedic knowledge;\nvrata-the regulative vows; danina�-and those giving charity.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile I am engaged in the business of killing Lord Vi��u, go\n\ndown to the planet earth, which is ftourishing due to brahminical\n\nculture and a k�atriya government. These people engage in\n\nausterity, sacrifice, Vedic study, regulative vows, and charity.\nDestroy all the people thus engaged!\n\nPURPORT\nHiraQyakasipu's main purpose was to disturb the demigods. He\nplanned first to kill Lord Vi!?QU so that with Lord Vi!?QU's death the\ndemigods would automatically weaken and die. Another of his plans was\n\nto disturb the residents of the planet earth. The peace and prosperity of\n\nthe residents of earth, and all the other planets, were maintained by the\n\nbrahmaT)lJS and k$atriyas. The Lord says in Bhagavad-gitd (4.13), ciiturva�yam maya smam gur:w-karma-vibhaga.Sa�: \"According to the three\n\nmodes of material nature and the work ascribed to them, the four divi­\n\nsions of human society were created by Me.\" On all the planets there are\n\ndifferent types of residents, but the Lord recommends, referring es­\n\npecially to the planet earth, which is inhabited by human beings, that\n\nsociety be divided into four va�-brahmar:w, k$atriya, vai.Sya and\n\nsudra. Before the advent of Lord Kr!?Qa on this earth, it is understood\n\nthat the earth was managed by the brahmaT)lJS and k$atriyas. The duty of\nthe brahmaT)lJS is to cultivate sama� (peacefulness), dama� (self­\n\ncontrol), titik$a (tolerance), satyam (truthfulness), saucam (cleanliness)\n\nand arjavam (simplicity), and then to advise the k$atriya kings how to\n\n", "SB7.1#p0097": "Text 10)\n\nHir�yaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n69\n\nrule the country or planet. Following the instructions of the brahmar:w.s,\nthe �atriyas should engage the populace in austerity, sacrifices, Vedic\nstudy and adherence. to the rules and regulations established by Vedic\nprinciples. They should also arrange for charity to be given to the\n\nbrahmar:w.s, sannyasis and temples. This is the godly arrangement of\nbrahminical culture.\nPeople are inclined to offer yajiia because unless sacrifices are offered\nthere will be insufficient rain (yajiiiid bhavati parjanya]J,), which will\nhamper agricultural activities\n\n(parjanyad anna-sambhavaM. By in­\n\ntroducing brahminical culture, therefore, a �atriya government should\nengage people in performing\n\nyajiia, studying the Vedas and giving\n\ncharity. Thus the people will receive their necessities for life very easily,\nand there will be no disturbances in society. In this regard, Lord Kt�1.1a\nsays in Bhagavad-gita (3.12):\n\n�,an bhogan hi vo deva\ndasyante yajiia-bhavitab,\ntair dattan apradiiyaibhyo\nyo bhurikte stena eva sab,\n\"In charge of the various necessities of life, the demigods, being satisfied\nby the performance of yajiia [sacrifice], supply all necessities to man.\nBut he who enjoys these gifts, without offering them to the demigods in\nreturn, is certainly a thief.\"\nThe demigods are authorized supplying agents who act on behalf of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�f.lu. Therefore, they must be\nsatisfied by the performance of prescribed yajiias. In the Vedas, there are\ndifferent kinds of yajiias prescribed for different kinds of demigods, but\nall are ultimately offered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. For one\nwho cannot understand what the Personality of Godhead is, sacrifice to\nthe demigods is recommended. According to the different material\nqualities of the persons concerned, different types of yajiias are recommended in the Vedas. Worship of different demigods is also on the same\nbasis-namely, according to different qualities. For example, the meateaters are recommended to worship the goddess Kali, the ghastly form of\nmaterial nature, and before the goddess the sacrifice of animals is\n\n", "SB7.1#p0098": "70\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nrecommended. But for those in the mode of goodness, the transcendental\nworship of Vi!;!QU is recommended. Ultimately, all yajiias are meant for\ngradual promotion to the transcendental position. For ordinary men, at\nleast five yajiias, known as paiica-mahii.yajna, are necessary.\nOne should know, however, that all the necessities of life that human\nsociety requires are supplied by the demigod agents of the Lord. No one\ncan manufacture anything. Consider, for example, all the eatables of\nhuman society. These eatables include grains, fruits, vegetables, milk\nand sugar for persons in the mode of goodness, and also eatables for the\nnonvegetarians, such as meats, none of which can be manufactured by\nmen. Then again, take for example, heat, light, water and air, which are\nalso necessities of life-none of them can be manufactured by human\nsociety. Without the Supreme Lord, there can be no profuse sunlight,\nmoonlight, rainfall or breeze, without which no one can live. Obviously,\nour life is dependent on supplies from the Lord. Even for our manufacturing enterprises, we require so many raw materials like metal,\nsulphur, mercury, manganese and so many essentials-all of which are\nsupplied by the agents of the Lord, with the purpose that we should make\nproper use of them to keep ourselves fit and healthy for the purpose of\nself-realization, leading to the ultimate goal of life, namely, liberation\nfrom the material struggle for existence. This aim of life is attained by\nperformance of yajiias. If we forget the purpose of human life and\nsimply take supplies from the agents of the Lord for sense gratification\nand become more and more entangled in material existence, which is not\nthe purpose of creation, certainly we become thieves, and therefore we\nare punished by the laws of material nature. A society of thieves can\nnever be happy, for they have no aim in life. The gross materialist\nthieves have no ultimate goal of life. They are simply directed to sense\ngratification; nor do they have knowledge of how to perform yajiias.\nLord Caitanya, however, inaugurated the easiest performance of yajna,\nnamely the saitkirtana-yajna, which can be performed by anyone in the\nworld who accepts the principles of .i(r!;!Qa consciousness.\nHirat;tyakasipu planned to kill the inhabitants of earth so that yajna\nwould stop and the demigods, being disturbed, would die automatically\nwhen Lord Vi!;!QU, the yajnesvara, was killed. These were the demoniac\nplans of HiraQyakasipu, who was expert in such activities.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0099": "Text II)\n\n71\n\nHir�yaka8ipu, King of the Demons\nTEXT 11\n\nfci�fl�f4tl'{il tt� ���: �'IF{ I\n�wd ��� =if �011( 1��11\nvi§JJ-ur dvija-kriya-mulo\n\nyajno dharmamayab, puman\n\ndeva1'$i-pitr-bhiltdnam\n\ndharmasya ca parayaJJ-am\nvi§JJ-ub.-Lord Vi�J;Iu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; dvija-of\nthe brahma1J.llS and �atriyas; kriya-mulab,-whose root is the performance of yajiia and the ritualistic ceremonies mentioned in the Vedas;\nyajiiab,-personified yajiia (Lord Vi�QU, who is known as the yajiia­\n\npur!L$a); dharma-mayab,-full of religious principles; pumdn-the\nSupreme Person; deva-r�i-of the demigods and great r�is like\nVyasadeva and Narada; pitr-of the forefathers; bhiltdnam-and of all\nother living entities; dharmasya-of the religious principles; ca-also;\nparayaJJ-am-the shelter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe basic principle of brahminical culture is to satisfy Lord\nVi�I).u, the personification of sacrificial and ritualistic ceremonies.\nLord Vi�I).U is the personified reservoir of all religious principles,\nand He is the shelter of all the demigods, the great pitas, and the\npeople in general. When the brilnnal).as are killed, no one will exist to encourage the k�atriyas to perform yajiias, and thus the\ndemigods, not being appeased by yajiia, will automatically die.\nPURPORT\nSince\n\nVi�J;Iu\n\nis\n\nthe\n\ncentral\n\npoint\n\nof\n\nbrahminical\n\nculture,\n\nHira.t;J.yakasipu's plan was to kill Vi�Qu, for if Vi�.t;J.u were killed,\nnaturally the brahminical culture would also be lost. With brahminical\nculture lost, yajiia would no longer be performed, and for want of yajiia\n\nthe regular distribution of rainfall would cease (yajfli.id bhavati parjanyab,} . Thus there would be disturbances all over the world, and\n\n", "SB7.1#p0100": "72\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nnaturally the demigods would he defeated. From this verse we get a clear\n\nindication of how human society is disturbed when the Vedic Aryan\n\ncivilization is killed and the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies performed by\nthe brahma7J.a5 are stopped. Kalau sudra-sambhava/:l: because the\npopulation of the modern world consists mostly of sudras, the brahminical culture is now lost and is extremely difficult to reestablish in a proper\nway. Therefore Lord Caitanya has recommended the chanting of the holy\nname of the Lord, which will revive brahminical culture very easily.\nharer nama harer nama\nharer niimaiva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha\nBecause of the increment in demoniac population, people have lost\nbrahminical culture. Nor is there a k:;atriya government. Instead, the\ngovernment is a democracy in which any sudra can he voted into taking\nup the governmental reigns and capture the power to rule. Because of the\npoisonous effects of Kali-yuga, the §astra (Bhag.\n\n12.2.13) says, da.syu­\n\npraye�u rajasu: the government will adopt the policies of dasyus, or\nplunderers. Thus there will he no instructions from the brahma1).a5, and\neven if there are brahminical instructions, there will be no k:;atriya\nrulers who can follow them. Aside from Satya-yuga, even formerly, in\nthe days when demons were flourishing, Hira1.1yaka8ipu planned to\ndestroy the brahminical culture and the k:;atriya government and thus\ncreate chaos all over the world. Although in Satya-yuga this plan was\nvery difficult to execute, in Kali-yuga, which is full of sudras and\ndemons, the brahminical culture is lost and can he revived only by the\nchanting of the maha-mantra. Therefore the ��1.1a consciousness movement, or the Hare ��1.1a movement, has been inaugurated to revive\nbrahminical culture very easily so that people may become happy and\n�aceful in this life and prepare for elevation in the next. In this regard,\nSrila Madhvacarya quotes this verse from the Brahma1J4a Purar:w:\nvipra-yajiiiidi-mulam tu\nharir ity asuram matam\nharir eva hi saroasya\nmulam samyan mato nrpa\n\n", "SB7.1#p0101": "Text 12]\n\nHir�yaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n73\n\n\"0 King, the demons think that Hari, Lord Vi�?QU, exists because of the\nbriihma1J-(JS and yajfi.a, hut factually Hari is the cause of everything including the brahmalJaS and yajna.\" Therefore, through the popularizing\nof hari-kirtana, or the sankirtana movement, the hrahminical culture\nand k§atriya government will automatically come hack, and people will\nhe extremely happy.\nTEXT 12\n\n������'JI•diti4C:\nij ij � � Q�1q4ij ��������II\nyatra yatra dvija gavo\nveda van:ulSrama-kriya�\ntam tam janapadam yata\nsandipayata vrscata\nyatra yatra-wherever; dvija�-the brahma1J-(JS; gaoo�-the protected cows; vedti�-the Vedic culture; 0011Ul-tiSrama-of the Aryan\ncivilization of four varlJaS and four asramas; kriya�-the activities; tam\ntam-that; jana-padam-to the city or town; yata-go; sandipayataset fire; vrscata-cut down (all the trees).\nTRANSLATION\nImmediately go wherever there is good protection for the cows\nand hrihmai].as and wherever the Vedas are studied in terms of the\nvar�rama principles. Set fire to those places and cut from the\nroots the trees there, which are the source of life.\nPURPORT\nThe picture of a proper human civilization is indirectly described\nhere. In a perfect human civilization there must he a class of men fully\ntrained as perfect brahmalJaS. Similarly, there must he �atriyas to rule\nthe country very nicely according to the injunctions of the sdstras, and\nthere must he vaiSyas who can protect the cows. The word gava� indicates that cows should he given protection. Because the Vedic civilization\nis lost, cows are not protected, hut instead indiscriminately killed in\nslaughterhouses. Such are the acts of demons. Therefore this is a\n\n", "SB7.1#p0102": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n74\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\ndemoniac civilization. The van:uJ.Srama-dharma mentioned here is essential for human civilization. Unless there is a brahmarJa to guide, a\nk§atriya to rule perfectly, and a perfect vaiSya to produce food and protect the cows, how will people live peacefully? It is impossible.\nAnother point is that trees also should be given protection. During its\nlifetime, a tree should not be cut for industrial enterprises. In Kali-yuga,\ntrees are indiscriminately and unnecessarily cut for industry, in particular for paper mills that manufacture a profuse quantity of paper for the\npublication of demoniac propaganda, nonsensical literature, huge quantities of newspapers and many other paper products. This is a sign of a\ndemoniac civilization. The cutting of trees is prohibited unless necessary\n\nkarmar:w 'nyatra loko 'yam\nkarma-bandhana/:t: \"Work done as a sacrifice for Lord Vi�Qu must be\n\nfor the service of Lord Vi�Qu. Yajiiii rthat\n\nperformed, otherwise work binds one to this material world.\" But if the\npaper mills stop producing paper, one may argue, how can our ISKCON\nliterature be published? The answer is that the paper mills should\nmanufacture paper only for the publication of ISKCON literature because ISKCON literature is published for the service of Lord Vi�Qu. This\nliterature clarifies our relationship with Lord Vi�QU, and therefore the\npublication of\nYajiiiirthat\n\nISKCON\n\nliterature\n\nis\n\nthe\n\nperformance\n\nof\n\nyajiia.\n\nkarmar:w 'nyatra loko 'yam karma-bandhana/:t. Yajiia must\n\nbe performed, as indicated by the superior authorities. The cutting of\ntrees simply to manufacture paper for the publication of unwanted\nliterature is the greatest sinful act.\nTEXT 13\n\n� ij �JM(ij'ili(l� �1((1lti�U I\n� � � �: �i(wtfil�t: II� �II\niti te bhartr-nirdesam\nadaya sirasadrta/:t\n\nkadanam\nvidadhu/:t kadana-priya/:t\n\ntatha prajanarit\n\niti-thus; te-they; b\nadiiya-receiving;\n\nhartr-of the master; nirdesam-the direction;\n\nsirasa-with\n\ntheir\n\nheads;\n\nadrta/:t-respecting;\n\n", "SB7.1#p0103": "Text 14]\n\nHir�yaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n75\n\ntathii-so also; prajanii m-of all the citizens; kadanam-persecution;\nvidadhub,-executed; kadana-priyab,-who are expert in persecuting\nothers.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the demons, being fond of disastrous activities, took\nHir�yaka8ipu's instructions on their heads with great respect and\noffered him obeisances. According to his directions, they engaged\nin envious activities directed against all living beings.\nPURPORT\nThe\n\nfollowers\n\nof demoniac principles,\n\nas\n\ndescribed here,\n\nare\n\nthoroughly envious of the general populace. In the present day, scientific\nadvancement exemplifies such envy. The discovery of nuclear energy has\nbeen disastrous to people in general because demons all over the world\nare manufacturing nuclear weapons. The word kadana-priyab, is very\nsignificant in this regard. The demoniac persons who want to kill the\nVedic culture are extremely envious of the feeble citizens, and they act in\nsuch a way that ultimately their discoveries will be inauspicious for\neveryone\n\n(jagat 'hitab-). The Sixteenth Chapter of Bhagavad-gita fully\no\n\nexplains how the demons engage in sinful activities for the destruction of\nthe populace.\nTEXT 14\n\n�OII+tqitf:ll;$n�l+ll��\n-�'ff� �: q�•nf;r\npura-grama-vrajodyanak$etraramiiSramakaran\n\nkhe!a-kharva!a-gh�ms\ndadahub- pattaniini ca\n\nca\n\npura-cities and towns; grama-villages; vraja-pasturing grounds;\nudyana-gardens; k$etra-agricultural fields; anima-natural forests;\nasrama-hermitages of saintly persons; akaran-and mines (that produce valuable metals to maintain brahminical culture); khe!a-farm\n\n", "SB7.1#p0104": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n76\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nvillages; kharva!a-mountain villages; ghl)§dn-the little villages of\ncowherds; ca-and; dadahub,-they burned; pattanani-the capitals;\nca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demons set fire to the cities, villages, pasturing grounds,\n\ncowpens, gardens, agricultural fields and natural forests. They\n\nburned the hermitages of the saintly persons, the important mines\n\nthat produced valuable metals, the residential quarters of the\n\nagriculturalists, the mountain villages, and the villages of the cow\nprotectors, the cowherd men. They also burned the government\n\ncapitals.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word udyana refers to places where trees are especially grown to\nproduce fruits and flowers, which are most important for human civilization. Kr�r:ta says in Bhagavad-gita (9.26):\n\npatram p�pam phalam toyam\nyo me bhaktya prayacchati\ntad aham bhakty-upahrtam\n·a.snami prayatatmanab.\n\"If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, fruit or water, I\nwill accept it.\" Fruits and flowers are very much pleasing to the Lord. If\none wants to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he can simply\noffer fruits and flowers, and the Lord will be pleased to accept them. Our\nonly duty is to please the Supreme Godhead (sarilsiddhir hari-to�rmm).\nWhatever we do and whatever our occupation, our main purpose should\n\nbe to please the Supreme Lord. All the paraphernalia mentioned in this\nverse is especially meant for the satisfaction of the Lord, not the satisfaction of one's senses. The government-indeed, the entire societyshould be structured in such a way that everyone can be trained to satisfy\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. But unfortunately, especially in\nthis age, na te vidub. svartha-gatim hi vi§JJ-um: people do not know that\nthe highest goal of human life is to please Lord Vi�QU. On the contrary,\nlike demons, they simply plan to kill Vi�QU and be happy by sense\ngratification.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0105": "Text 15]\n\nHiraJ;lyaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n77\n\nTEXT 15\n\nifiM«ctPt�f.ffilt: qsn�l(•fl�(l-l 1\n311�oqftf�-ifiM�(WfiUI�t: I\n� '(OII;:il' 51�;ri �reJlC!�: II� �II\nkecit khanitrair bibhidut£\nsetu-prakara-gopuriin\najivyams cicchidur vr�an\nkecit para.Su-par:rayat£\npradahan sara�ny eke\nprajanam jvalitolmukait£\nkecit-some of the demons; khanitrait£-with digging instruments;\nbibhidut£-broke to pieces; setu-bridges; priikiira-protective walls;\ngopuran-city gates; ajiryan-the source of livelihood; cicchidut£-cut\ndown; vr�an-trees; kecit-some; para.Su-par:rayat£-taking axes in\nhand; pradahan-burned down; sara�ni-the dwellings; eke-other\ndemons; prajaniim-of the citizens; jvalita-blazing; ulmukait£-with\nfirebrands.\nTRANSLATION\nSome of the demons took digging instruments and broke down\nthe bridges, the protective walls and the gates (gopuras] of the\ncities. Some took axes and began cutting the important trees that\nproduced mango, jackfruit and other sources of food. Some of the\ndemons took firebrands and set fire to the residential quarters of\nthe citizens.\nPURPORT\nThe cutting of trees is generally prohibited. In particular, trees that\nproduce nice fruit 'for the maintenance of human society should not be\ncut. In different countries there are different types of fruit trees. In\nIndia the mango and jackfruit trees are prominent, and in other places\nthere are mango trees, jackfruit trees, coconut trees and berry trees. Any\ntree that produces nice fruit for the maintenance of the people should not\n\nbe cut at all. This is a slistric injunction.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0106": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n78\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 16\n\n� R!IA itifi ��ir s::•a��: I\nf� �: q��q � ���fem: II� �II\n..\n\nevam viprakrte loke\ndaityendranucarair muhub,\ndivam devab, parityajya\nbhuvi c erur alak§itii b,\nevam-thus; viprakrte-being disturbed; loke-when all the people;\n\ndaitya-indra-anucaraib,-by the followers of HiraQyakasipu, the King\nof the Daityas; muhub,-again and again; divam-the heavenly planets;\ndevab,-the demigods; parityajya-giving up; bhuvi-on the planet\nearth; cerub,-wandered (to see the extent of the disturbances); alak�itiib,-unseen by the demons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus disturbed again and again by the unnatural occurrences\ncaused by the followers of Hirm;tyaka8ipu, all the people had to\ncease the activities of Vedic culture. Not receiving the results of\nyajiia, the demigods also became disturbed. They left their resi­\n\ndential quarters in the heavenly planets and, unobserved by the\n\ndemons, began wandering on the planet earth to see the disasters.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii, the performance of yajfia brings recipro­\n\ncal good fortune for both the human beings and the demigods. When the\nperformances of yajfia were stopped by the disturbances of the demons,\nthe demigods were naturally bereft of the results of yajfia and hampered\nin executing their respective duties. Therefore they came down to the\nplanet earth to see how people had become disturbed and to consider\nwhat to do.\n\nTEXT 17\n\nR('N44ir\\J��: ���� �:�: I\n� WG\\4ilt:.1Pt ��Wi�l�t�a:_ll �\"II\n\n", "SB7.1#p0107": "Text 19]\n\n79\n\nHirtu;�yak&Sipu, King of the Demons\nhiraTJyakaSipur bhratub,\n\nsamparetasya dub,khitab,\n\nkrtvd ka!odakadini\n\nbhratr-putran asantvayat\n\nhira7JyakaSipub,-Hirru;tyaka8ipu;\n\nbhratub,-of the brother;\n\nsam­\n\nparetasya-deceased; dub,khitab,-being very much distressed; krtvd­\n\nperforming;\n\nka!odaka-adini-ceremonies\n\nobserved\n\nafter a\n\nbhratr-putran-the sons of his brother; asantvayat-paci:fied.\n\ndeath;\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter performing the ritualistic observances for the death of his\nbrother, Hirtu;�yak&Sipu, being extremely unhappy, tried to pacify\nhis nephews.\n\nTEXTS 18-19\n\n� � �\\ijij�aq;f � I\n�•e•u4 � ��\"11�'(11��11\ntl 'iltl( �I'll� � :;:r � � I\n� ���·('\\� � �� 11��11\n..\n\nsakunim sambaram dhmim\nbhiiJasantapanam vrkam\n\nkalanabham mahanabham\n\nhariSma§rum athotkacam\n\ntan-mataram ru¢,bhanum\nditim ca jananim gira\n\nslak$�Jaya de5a-kala-jna\nidam aha janesvara\n\nsakunim-Sakuni; rombaram-Sambara;\n\nsantapanam-Bhutasanta.pana;\nnabha;\n\natha-as\n\nvrkam-V:rka;\n\nmahanabham-Mahanabha;\n\nwell\n\nas;\n\nutkacam-Utkaca;\n\n�abhanum-Ru�abhanu;\n\ndhr�#m-Dhr�!i; bhutakalanabham-Kala­\n\nhariSma§rum-Harismasru;\n\ntat-mataram-their\n\nmother;\n\nditim-Diti; ca-and; jananim-his own\n\n", "SB7.1#p0108": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n80\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nmother; gira-by words; sla�r:w-ya-very sweet; desa-kiila jna�-who\n-\n\nwas expert in understanding the time and situation; idam-this; ahasaid; jana-iSvara-0 King.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, Hir�yak.a8ipu was extremely angry, but since he was a\n\ngreat politician, he knew how to act acoonling to the time and\nsituation. With sweet words he began pacifying his nephews,\n\nwhose names were Sakuni,\n\nSambara, D�ti, Bhiitasantipana,\n\nVrka, Kilanibha, Mahanibha, Hari.Sma8ru and Utkaca. He also\nconsoled their mother, his sister-in-law, R�hinu, as well as his\n\nown mother, Diti. He spoke to them all as follows.\n\nTEXT 20\n\nIJ{ttl(0ll'hfit9J'(i<f/\"f\n\nt �: ��·�Mdi{ I\n� �q:�CN (�: lf�ofl\n\n3l\"lli'l\n\nsri-hirar:tyaka.Sipur uvdca\nambdmba he vadha� putni\nviram marhatha socitum\nripor abhimukhe slaghya�\nsuralJ.dm vadha ipsita�\nsri-hirar:tyaka.Sipu� uooca-Hira.Q.yaka8ipu said; amba amba-my\nmother, my mother; he-0; vadha�-my sister-in-law; putra�-0 sons\nof my brother; viram-the hero; md-not; arhatha-you deserve;\n5ocitum-to lament about; ripo�-of the enemy; abhimukhe-in front;\nsldghya�-glorious;\n\nsuralJ.dm-of\n\nthose\n\nwho\n\nare\n\nactually\n\ngreat;\n\nvadha�-killing; ipsita�-desired.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHir�yak.a8ipu said: My dear mother, sister-in-law and nephews,\n\nyou should not lament for the death of the great hero, for a hero's\ndeath in front of his enemy is glorious and desirable.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0109": "Text 21]\n\nHir�yak&Sipu, King of the Demons\n\n81\n\nbhiltaniim iha samvasab,\nprapayam iva suvrate\ndaivenaikatra nitanii m\nunnitdnii m sva-karmabhib,\nbhUtaniim-of all living entities; iha-in this material world; samvasab,-the living together; prapayam-in a place for drinking cold\nwater; iva-like; su-vrate-0 my gentle mother; daivena-by the\nsuperior\n\narrangement;\n\nekatra-in\n\none\n\nplace;\n\nnitdniim-of\n\nthose\n\nbrought; unnitaniim-of those led apart; sva-karmabhib,-by their own\nreactions.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear mother, in a restaurant or place for drinking cold\nwater, many travelers are brought together, and after drinking\nwater they continue to their respective destinations. Similarly, living entities join together in a family, and later, as a result of their\nown actions, they are led apart to their destinations.\nPURPORT\n\nprakrteb- kriyama{Uini\ngu1Jnib- karma�i sarva.Sab,\nahankara-vimilljhatma\nkartaham i ti manyate\n\"The bewildered soul, under the influence of the three modes of material\nnature, thinks himself the doer of activities, which are in actuality carried out by nature.\" (Bg.\n\n3.27) All living entities act exactly according\n\nto the directions of prakrti, material nature, because in the material\nworld we are fully under a higher control. All the living entities in this\nmaterial world have come here only because they wanted to be equal to\n\n", "SB7.1#p0110": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n82\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nK:r�?t;ta in enjoyment and have thus been sent here to be conditioned by\nmaterial nature in different degrees. In the material world a so-called\nfamily is a combination of several persons in one home to fulfill the\nterms of their imprisonment. As criminal prisoners scatter as soon as\ntheir terms are over and they are released, all of us who have temporarily\nassembled as family members will continue to our respective destinations. Another example given is that family members are like straws carried together by the waves of a river. Sometimes such straws mix\ntogether in whirlpools, and later, dispersed again by the same waves,\nthey float alone in the water.\nAlthough Hirat;tyakasipu was a demon, he had Vedic knowledge and\nunderstanding. Thus the advice given to his family members- his sisterin-law, mother and nephews-was quite sound. The demons are considered highly elevated in knowledge, but because they do not use their\ngood intelligence for the service of the Lord, they are called demons. The\ndemigods, however, act very intelligently to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is confirmed in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.13)\n\nas follows:\n\natab, pumbhir dvija-sre�{hii\nvan:zii§rama-vibhaga5ab,\nsvan�thitasya dharmasya\nsarilsiddhir hari-tlJ$a�J.Q.m\n\"0 best among the twiceborn, it is therefore concluded that the highest\nperfection one can achieve, by discharging his prescribed duties\n\n[dharma] according to caste divisions and orders of life, is to please the\n\nLord Hari.\" To become a demigod or to become godly, whatever one's occupation, one must satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nA� 3f�q: m:: �tt: ('(��q(: I\n\\-l�smmq;ft f� �� f�!JUI\"{ II� �ll\nnitya dtmiivyayab, suddhab,\nsarvagab, sarva-vit parab,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0111": "Text 22]\n\nHir81}yaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n83\n\ndhatte 'sav iitrrulno lirigarh\nmayaya visr jan gur.liin\nnityaft-eternal;\n\natma-spirit soul; aryayaft-inexhaustible; sud­\n\ndhaft-with no material tinge; sarva-ga �-qualified to go anywhere in\nthe material or spiritual worlds; sarva-vit-full of knowledge; parafttranscendental to material conditions;\natma,\n\nor\n\nliving\n\nbeing;\n\nasau-that\nlirigam-a body;\n\ndhatte-accepts;\n\natmanaft-of the self;\n\nmayaya-by the material energy; visrjan-creating; gu�n-various\nmaterial qualities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe spirit soul, the living entity, has no death, for he is eternal\nand inexhaustible. Being free from material contamination, he can\ngo anywhere in the material or spiritual worlds. He is fully aware\nand completely different from the material body, but because of\nbeing misled by misuse of his slight independence, he is obliged to\naccept subtle and gross bodies created by the material energy and\nthus be subjected to so-called material happiness and distress.\nTherefore, no one should lament for the passing of the spirit soul\nfrom the body.\nPURPORT\nHiraQyakasipu very intelligently described the position of the soul.\nThe soul is never the body, but is always completely different from the\n,body. Being eternal and inexhaustible, the soul has no death, but when\nthe same pure soul desires to enjoy the material world independently, he\nis placed under the conditions of material nature and must therefore accept a certain type of body and suffer the pains and pleasures thereof.\nThis is also described by Kr�J)a in Bhagavad-gita (13.22). KaralJllrh\n\ngulJll-sarigo 'sya sad-asad-yoni-janmasu: the living entity is born in different families or species of life because of being infected by the modes\nof material nature. When conditioned by material nature, the living entity must accept a certain type of body, which is offered by nature under\nthe direction of the Supreme Lord.\n\niSvaraft sarva-bhutanarh\nhrd-dese 'rjuna �!hati\n\n", "SB7.1#p0112": "84\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nbhramayan sarva-bhutani\nyantrarii4hani mayaya\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is\ndirecting the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a\nmachine, made of the material energy.\" (Bg.\n\n18.61) The body is just\n\nlike a machine, and according to the living entity's karma, he is offered a\nparticular type of machine to move here and there under the control of\nmaterial nature. This continues until he surrenders to the Supreme Personality of Godhead (mam eva ye prapadyante mayam etdril taranti te).\nUntil he surrenders, the conditioned soul is carried from life to life by\nthe arrangement of material nature.\n\nTEXT 23\n\nijffis{q �� � I\n:q� ��;r � �� �: 11��11\n\n��� sr��\n\nyathambhasa pracalatd\ntaravo 'pi cald iva\ncak§U§d bhramyamdl)ena\ndrsyate calativa bhu/:1.\nyatha-just as; ambhasa-by water; pracalatd-moving; tarava/:1.the trees (on the bank of the river); api-also; cald/:1.-moving; iva-as\nif; cak§U§a-by the eye; bhramyamdl)ena-moving; drsyate-is seen;\ncalati-moving; iva-as if; bhu/:1.-the ground.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of the movements of the water, the trees on the hank of\n\na river, when reflected on the water, seem to move. Similarly,\n\nwhen the eyes move because of some mental derangement, the\nland aopears to move also.\n\nPURPORT\nSometimes, because of mental derangement, the land appears to be\nmoving. A drunkard, for example, or a person with heart disease, some-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0113": "Text\n\n24)\n\nHira�yak&Sipu, King of the Demons\n\n85\n\ntimes feels that the land is moving. Similarly, the reflections of trees in a\nflowing river also appear to move. These are the actions of maya. Actually the living entity does not move (sthar:tur acalo yam). The living\nentity does not take birth or accept death, but because of the transient\nsubtle and gross bodies, the living entity appears to move from one place\nto another or be dead and gone forever. As the great Bengali Vai�Q.ava\npoet, Jagadananda Par:tQita, has said:\n\npiSiici paile yena mati-cchanna haya\nmdya-grasta jivera haya se bhava udaya\nAccording to this statement from the Prema-vivarta, when a living entity\nis conditioned by material nature, he is exactly like a person haunted by\na ghost. One should therefore understand the fixed position of the spirit\nsoul and how he is carried away by the waves of material nature to different bodies and different situations under lamentation and hankering.\nOne achieves the success of life when he understands the constitutional\nposition of his self and is undisturbed by the conditions created by material nature (prakrte� kriyamdTJdni gur:tai� karmdr:ti saroa.SaM.\nTEXT\n\n24\n\n�� gumi+tt¥4101 �N-�: � 1\n� ���+t�f � m�t(l �tr.R 11�\\lll\nevam gur:tair bhramyamdr:te\nmanasy avikala� pumdn\nyati tat-samyatam bhadre\nhy alingo lingavan iva\nevam-in this way; gur:tai�-by the modes of material nature;\n\nbhramyamdr:te-when shaken; manasi-the mind; avikala�-changeless; pumdn-the living entity; yati-approaches; tat-s amyatam-the\nsame condition of agitation as the mind; bhadre-0 my gentle mother;\nhi-indeed; alinga �-without a subtle or gross body; linga-vanpossessing a material body; iva-as if.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0114": "86\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the same way, 0 my gentle mother, when the mind is agitated\n\nby the movements of the modes of material nature, the living en­\n\ntity, although freed from all the different phases of the subtle and\n\ngross bodies, thinks that he has changed from one condition to\nanother.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.84.13):\n\nyasydtma-buddhib, kur:wpe tri-dhatuke\nsva-dhib, kalatrddi§u bhauma-ijya-dhib,\nyat-tirtha-buddhib, salile na karhicij\njane� abhifiie�u sa eva go-kharab,\n\"A human being who identifies the body made of three elements as the\nself, who considers the by-products of the body to be his kinsmen, who\nconsiders the land of his birth worshipable, and who goes to a place of\npilgrimage simply to bathe rather than to meet men of transcendental\nknowledge there, is to be considered like a cow or an ass.\" Although\nHiral).yakasipu was a great demon, he was not as foolish as the population\nof the modern world. Hiral).yakasipu had clear knowledge of the spirit\nsoul and the subtle and gross bodies, but now we are so degraded that\neveryone, including the exalted scientists, philosophers and other\nleaders, is under the bodily conception of life, which is condemned in the\n\nsiistras. Sa eva go-kharab,: such persons are nothing but cows and asses.\n\nHiral).yakasipu advised his family members that although the gross\nbody of his brother Hiral).yiik�?a was dead and they were aggrieved because of this, they should not lament for the great soul of Hiral).yiik�?a,\nwho had already attained his next destination. Atma, the spirit soul, is al­\n\nways unchanged (avikalab, pumiin). We are spirit souls, but when car­\n\nried away by mental activities (manodharma), we suffer from so-called\n\nmaterial conditions of life. This generally happens to nondevotees. Harav\n\nabhaktasya kuto mahad-gw;iib,: nondevotees may possess exalted ma­\n\nterial qualities, but because they are foolish they have no good qualifications. The designations of the conditioned soul in the material world are\n\n", "SB7.1#p0115": "Text 26)\n\n87\n\nHir�yaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\ndecorations of the dead body. The conditioned soul has no information of\nthe spirit and its exalted existence beyond the effects of the material\ncondition.\n\nTEXTS 25-26\n\n��u����\n�fSP:nfsA� A'�: ��: ����II\n���Ff;n�� �� �: �: I\n31�� � � f� � ����\"\ne$a at�-Vi]Hl�dso\nhy alirige liriga-bhavanii\ne$a priyapriyair yogo\nviyogab, ka�-saritsrtib.\nsambhava.S ca viniiSa.S ca\nsokaS ca vividhab, smrtab.\naviveka§ ca cinta ca\nvivekdsmrtir eva ca\nesab,-this;\n\na�-vipa�dsab,-bewilderment of the living being;\n\nhi-indeed; alirige-in that which does not possess a material body;\nlinga-bhavanii-accepting the material body to be the self; e$ab,-this;\npriya-with those who are very dear; apriyaib,-and with those who are\nnot dear (enemies, those not in the family, etc.); yogab,-connection;\nviyogab,-separation; ka�-the fruits of action; saritsrtib,-the material\n\ncondition\n\nof\n\nlife;\n\nsambhavab,-accepting\n\nviniiSab,-accepting death;\n\nca-and;\n\nbirth;\n\nca-and;\n\nsokab,-lamentation;\n\nca-and;\n\nvividhab,-varieties; smrtab,-mentioned in scripture; avivekab,-lack\nof\n\ndiscrimination;\n\nca-and;\n\ncinta-anxiety;\n\nca-also;\n\nviveka-of\n\nproper discrimination; asmrtib,-forgetfulness; eva-indeed; ca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn his bewildered state, the living entity, accepting the body and\nmind to be the self, considers some people to be his kinsmen and\n\n", "SB7.1#p0116": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n88\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nothers to be outsiders. Because of this misconception, he suffers.\n\nIndeed, the accumulation of such concocted material ideas is the\n\ncause of suffering and so-called happiness in the material world.\n\nThe conditioned soul thus situated must take birth in different\nspecies and work in various types of consciousness, thus creating\n\nnew bodies. This continued material life is called sarllsira. Birth,\n\ndeath, lamentation, foolishness and anxiety are due to such ma­\n\nterial considerations. Thus we sometimes come to a proper under­\n\nstanding and sometimes fall again to a wrong conception of life.\nTEXT 27\n\n3bii'\"9Aift�fqf�\n\n��R1'1( I\n� !RI�;ri ij� d fYtq'l\\fa ������\natrapy udiiharantimam\nitihasam purdtanam\n\nyamasya preta-bandhunam\n\nsamvadam tam nibodhata\n\natra-in\n\nthis\n\nconnection;\n\napi-indeed;\n\nudiiha ranti-they\n\ncite;\n\nimam-this; itihasam-history; purdtanam-very old; yamasya-of\nYamaraja, the superintendent of death, who gives judgment after death;\n\npreta-bandhunam-of the friends of a dead man; samoodam-discus­\n\nsion; tam-that; nibodhata-try to understand.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this regard, an example is given from an old history. This in­\n\nvolves a discourse between Yamarija and the friends of a dead\n\nperson. Please hear it attentively.\n\nPURPORT\nThe words itihasam puratanam mean \"an old history.\" The PuraT)aS\nare not chronologically recorded, but the incidents mentioned in the\n\nPuraT)aS are actual histories of bygone ages. Srimad-Bhagavatam is the\n\nMaha-purar:w., the essence of all the Pumr:w.s. The Mayavadi scholars do\n\n", "SB7.1#p0117": "Text 31]\n\nHiraJ.Iyaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n89\n\nnot accept the Puriiryas, but Srila Madhvacarya and all other authorities\n\naccept them as the authoritative histories of the world.\nTEXT 28\n\n�1�� � �:1\nmffll� � ijl€f�{ijaq•Q€1 ������\nu.Sinare�v abhud raja\nsuyajiia iti vi.Srutatt\nsapatnair nihato yuddhe\njiiiitayas tam upa.sata\nu.Sinare�u-in the state known as Usinara; abhat-there was; raja-a\n\nking; s uyajnatt-Suyajiia; iti-thus; vi.Srutatt-celebrated; sapatnaitt­\n\nby enemies; nihatatt-killed; yuddhe-in war; jiiiitayatt-the kinsmen; tam-him; upa.sata-sat around.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the state known as Usinara there was a celebrated king named\nSuyajfta. When the King was killed in battle by his enemies, his\nkinsmen sat down around the dead body and began to lament the\ndeath of their friend.\nTEXTS 29-31\n\nPt�noi«tw.+i\n�1\n:tid;.f4;s(�\n�������II\nw€tuf�� ��aj � �««¥( I\n�:�'!������oil\n�..�� � � id\nqffl' �: � �:ftcm:\n\nm:��mu�\n�\n\nQ(ij�q�it(iqlq€1�\n\nII� t l I\n\n", "SB7.1#p0118": "Srnnad-BhigavaUun\n\n90\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nviSin:ra-ratna-kavacarit\nvibhra:;!(ibhara7J-a-srajam\nsara-nirbhinna-hrdayam\nSa.yanam asrg-avilam\nprakin:ra-kesam dhvastak§am\nrabhasa da:>ta-dacchadam\nraja/:t-kur:t!ha-mukhambhojam\nchinnayudha-bhujam mrdhe\nu5inarendram vidhina tatha krtam\npatim mahi§ya/:t prasamik§ya du/:tkhita/:t\nhata/:t sma natheti karair uro bhr§am\nghnantyo muhus tat-padayor upapatan\nviSin:ra-scattered\n\nhere\n\nand\n\nthere;\n\nratna-made\n\nof\n\njewels;\n\nkavacam-protective armor; vibhra:;ta-fallen off; abhara1J-Q.-ornaments;\n\nsrajam-garlands;\n\nsara-nirbhinna-pierced\n\nby\n\narrows;\n\nhrdayam-the heart; saydnam-lying down; asrk-avilam-smeared\nwith blood; prakin:ra-kesam-his hair loosened and scattered; dhvastaak§am-his eyes obscured; rabhasa-with anger; da:>!a-bitten; dacchadam-his lips; raja/:t-kur:t!ha-covered with dust; mukha-ambhojam-his face, which had formerly resembled a lotus flower; chinnacut off; ayudha-bhujam-his arms and weapons; mrdhe-on the battlefield; u5inara-indram-the master of the state of Usinara; vidhinaby providence; tatha-thus; krtam-forced into this position; patimthe\n\nhusband;\n\ndu/:tkhitd/:t-very\n\nmahi§ya/:t-the\n\nqueens;\n\nmuch\n\nhata/:t-killed;\n\naggrieved;\n\nprasamik§ya-seeing;\nsma-certainly;\n\nnatha-0 husband; iti-thus; karai/:t-with the hands; ura/:t-the\nbreast;\n\nbhr§am-constantly;\n\nghnantya/:t-pounding;\n\nmuhu/:t-again\n\nand again; tat-padayo/:t-at the feet of the King; upapatan-fell down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis golden, bejeweled armor smashed, his ornaments and gar­\n\nlands fallen from their places, his hair scattered and his eyes\n\nlusterless, the slain King lay on the battlefield, his entire body\n\n", "SB7.1#p0119": "Text 32]\n\nHir�yaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n91\n\nsmeared with blood, his heart pierced by the arrows of the enemy.\nWhen he died he had wanted to show his prowess, and thus he had\nbitten his lips, and his teeth remained in that position. His\nbeautiful lotuslike face was now black and covered with dust from\nthe battlefield. His arms, with his sword and other weapons, were\ncut and broken. When the queens of the King of Usinara saw their\nhusband lying in that position, they began crying, \"0 lord, now\nthat you have been killed, we also have been killed.\" Repeating\nthese words again and again, they fell down, pounding their\nbreasts, at the feet of the dead King.\nPURPORT\nAs stated here, rabhasa �!a-dacchadam: the dead King, while fighting in anger, bit his lips to show his prowess, but nonetheless he was\nkilled by providence (vidhirui). This proves that we are controlled by\nhigher authorities; our personal power or endeavor is not always\nsupreme. We must therefore accept the position offered to us by the\norder of the Supreme.\nTEXT 32\n\nri�-��\nm�� q: ��Ul:\n�: �� �\nQ>iil� atltfi;:((wt�l N�rq' ������\n\n�\n\n\"\n\n\"\n\nrudatya uccair dayitanghri-parikajam\nsificantya asrai!t kuca-kurikumarur:wi!t\nvisrasta-kesabhara�tr. sucam nf1ldm\nsrjantya akrandanaya vilepire\nrudatya!t - crying; uccai!t-very loudly; dayita-of their beloved\nanghri-parikaja m-the lotus feet; sificantya!t -moistening;\nasrailt-with tears; kuca-kurikuma-arur:wi!t-which were red from the\nkurikuma covering their breasts; visrasta-scattered; kesa-hair;\nabhara�!t-and ornaments; sucam-grief; nf1ldm-of the people in\n\nhusband;\n\n", "SB7.1#p0120": "92\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\ngeneral; sdantya!t-creating; akrandanaya-by crying very pitiably;\nvilepire-began to lament.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs the queens loudly cried, their tears glided down their\n\nbreasts, becoming reddened by kmikuma powder, and fell upon\n\nthe lotus feet of their husband. Their hair became disarrayed,\n\ntheir ornaments fell, and in a way that evoked sympathy from the\n\nhearts of others, the queens began lamenting their husband's\ndeath.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n� mt=;tl'$(i0l-r 91: !flit\n� 3loffift t41tft'il�i � I\n�ijhfuon'lf« �: �\n�� it;{ � �: ����II\naho vidhatrakarur:tena nalt prabho\nbhavan prar:tito drg-agocararil da.Sam\nu.Sinara¢m asi vrttidalt pura\nkrto 'dhuna yena sucam vivardhanalt\naho-alas; vidhatra-by providence; akarur:tena-who is merciless;\nna!t-our; prabho-0 lord; bhavan-Your Lordship; prar:titalt-taken\naway; drk-of sight; agocaram-beyond the range; daSam-to a state;\nu.Sinara¢m-to the inhabitants of the state of Usinara; asi-you\nwere; vrtti-da!t-giving livelihood; pura-formerly; krtalt-finished;\nadhuna-now;\n\nyena-by\n\nwhom;\n\nsucam-of\n\nlamentation;\n\nvivardhanalt-increasing.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 lord, you have now been removed by cruel providence to a\n\nstate beyond our sight. You had previously sustained the liveli­\n\nhood of the inhabitants of Usinara, and thus they were happy, but\nyour condition now is the cause of their unhappiness.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0121": "Text 34]\n\nHirw;tyak&Sipu, King of the Demons\n\n93\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�WI cpf ��\n� ft;n � mt:q�;w � I\n��� em�:\n� f� � tfi�Rowll�\\/11\n�\n\ntooya krtajiiena ooyam mahi-pate\nkatham vina syama suhrttamena te\ntatranuyanam tava vira pddayo/:t\nsu.ST\"'i4atinam diSa yatra yasyasi\ntooya-you; krtajiiena-a most grateful personality; ooyam-we;\nmahi-pate-0 King; katham-how; vind-without; syama-shall exist; suhrt tamena-the best of our friends; te-o£ you; tatra-there;\n-\n\nanuyana m-the following; tava-o£ you; vira-0 hero; pddayo/:t-of\nthe lotus feet; su.ST\"'i4atinam-o£ those engaging in the service; diSaplease order; yatra-where; yasyasi-you will go.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, 0 hero, you were a very grateful husband and the most\n\nsincere friend of all of us. How shall we exist without you? 0 hero,\nwherever you are going, please direct us there so that we may\nfollow in your footsteps and engage again in your service. Let us\ngo along with you!\nPURPORT\nFormerly, a �atriya king was generally the husband of many wives,\nand after the death of the king, especially in the battlefield, all the\nqueens would agree to accept saha-marar:m, dying with the husband who\nwas their life. When Pa�c;lu Maharaja, the father of the Pa�c;lavas, died,\nhis two wives-namely, the mother of Yudhi!?!hira, Bhima and Arjuna\nand the mother of Nakula and Sahadeva-were both ready to die in the\nfire with their husband. Later, after a compromise was arranged, Kunti\nstayed alive to care for the little children, and the other wife, Madri, was\n\n", "SB7.1#p0122": "94\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nallowed to die with her husband. This system of saha-rnii rar_ta continued\nin India even until the time of British rule, but later it was discouraged,\nsince the attitude of wives gradually changed with the advancement of\nKali-yuga. Thus the system of saha-rniir ar.w has practically been\nabolished. Nevertheless, within the past fifty years I have seen the wife\nof a medical practitioner voluntarily accept death immediately when her\nhusband died. Both the husband and wife were taken in procession in the\nmourning cart. Such intense love of a chaste wife for her husband is a\nspecial case.\n\nTEXT 35\n\nrrci f?ieqffi..f � • � � 1\n31PI�;tf M6:i(¥4\"� 4W04ctt, II����\nevarit vilapatinii;rit vai\nparigrhya mrtarit patim\nanicchatiniirit nirhiiram\narko 'starit sannyavartata\nevam-thus; vilapatiniim-of the lamenting queens; vai-indeed;\nparigrhya-taking on their laps; mrtam-the dead; patim-husband;\nanicchatiniim-not desiring; nirhiiram-the carrying out of the body\nfor the funeral ceremony; arkalJ-the sun; astam-the setting position;\nsannyavartata-passed away.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe time was appropriate for the body to be burned, but the\n\nqueens, not allowing it to be taken away, continued lamenting for\nthe dead body, which they kept on their laps. In the meantime, the\nsun completed its movements for setting in the west.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic system, if a person dies during the daytime it is\ncustomary for his funeral ceremony to be performed before the sun sets,\nregardless of whether he is burned or buried, and if he dies at night the\nfuneral must be completed before the next sunrise. Apparently the\n\n", "SB7.1#p0123": "Text\n\n36]\n\nHir�yak&Sipu, King of the Demons\n\n95\n\nqueens continued lamenting for the dead body, the lump of matter, and\nwould not allow it to be taken away for burning. This illustrates the\nstrong grip of illusion among foolish persons who consider the body the\nself. Women are generally oonsidered less intelligent. Because of ignorance only, the queens thought of the dead body as their husband and\nsomehow or other thought that if the body were kept their husband\nwould remain with them. Such a conception of the self is certainly for gokhara\n\n-\n\ncows and asses. We have actually seen that sometimes when a\n\ncow's calf has died the milkman cheats the cow by presenting before her\nthe dead body of her calf. Thus the cow, who would not otherwise allow\nmilking, licks the dead body of the calf and allows herself to be milked.\nThis substantiates the description of the sdstra that a foolish man in the\nbodily concept of life is like a cow. Not only do foolish men and women\nconsider the body the self, but we have even seen that the dead body of a\nso-called yogi was kept for days by his disciples, who thought that their\nguru was in samadhi. When decomposition began and a bad smell unfortunately began to overwhelm the yogic power2 the disciples allowed the\ndead body of the so-called yogi to be burned. Thus the bodily concept of\nlife is extremely strong among foolish persons, who are compared to cows\nand asses. Nowadays, great scientists are trying to freeze dead bodies so\nthat in the future these frozen bodies may again be brought to life. The\nincident narrated by Hira�yakasipu from history must have taken place\nmillions of years ago because Hir�yaka8ipu lived millions of years ago\nand was even then quoting from history. Thus the incident occurred\nbefore Hir�yakasipu's lifetime, but the same ignorance in the bodily\nconcept of life is still prevalent, not only among laymen but even among\nscientists who think they will be able to revive frozen corpses.\nApparently the queens did not want to deliver the dead body for burning because they were afraid of dying with the dead body of their\nhusband.\nTEXT\n\n36\n\n�� qf(4J�{11( I\n� {11if.�rif � t111: ��: II�� II\n�\n\n�\n\ntatra ha preta-bandhunam\ntiSrutya paridevitam\n\n", "SB7.1#p0124": "96\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\naha tan balako bhiltva\nyamal; svayam upagatal;\ntatra-there; ha-certainly; preta-bandhunam-of the friends and\nrelatives of the dead King; asrutya-hearing; paridevitam-the loud\nlamentation (so loud that it could be heard from the planet of Yamaraja);\naha-said; tan-unto them (the lamenting queens); balakal;-a boy;\nbhiltva-becorning; yamal;-Yamaraja, the superintendent of death;\nsvayam-personally; upagatal;-after coming.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the queens were lamenting for the dead body of the King,\n\ntheir loud cries were heard even from the abode of Yamariija.\n\nAssuming the body of a boy, Yamarija personally approached the\n\nrelatives of the dead body and advised them as follows.\n\nPURPORT\nSometimes the living entity is forced to give up his body and enter\nanother one according to the judgment of Yamaraja. It is difficult,\nhowever, for the conditioned soul to enter another body unless the present dead body is annihilated through cremation or some other means.\nThe living being has attachment for the present body and does not want\nto enter another, and thus in the interim he remains a ghost. If a living\nbeing who has already left his body has been pious, Yamaraja, just to give\nhim relief, will give him another body. Since the living being in the body\nof the King had some attachment to his body, he was hovering as a ghost,\nand therefore Yamaraja, as a special consideration, approached the\nlamenting relatives to instruct them personally. Yamaraja approached\nthem as a child because a child is not restricted but is granted admittance\nanywhere, even to the palace of a king. Besides this, the child was speaking philosophy. People are very much interested in hearing philosophy\nwhen it is spoken by a child.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n� IJcl1\"'\n\n���\nPfq{!�df Jlctiftlt\\1 fcr�: I\n\n", "SB7.1#p0125": "Text 37]\n\n97\n\nHira1,1yaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\niRi\n\n�Sflild�Sf\n\n�f.{\n\n� M 31N it*t��q� 11�\\911\nsri-yama uvaca\n\naho ami$(im vayasadhikdruim\nvipruyatam loka-vidhim vimohab,\nyatragatas tatra gatam man�yam\nsvayam sadharma api socanty apdrtham\nsri-yamab, umca-Sri Yarnarlija said; aho-al as; amf$am-of these;\n\nvayasa-by age; adhikdnam-of those advanced; vipruyatam-seeing\n\nevery day;\n\nloka-vidhim-the law of nature (that everyone dies);\n\nvimohab,-the\n\nbewilderment;\n\nyatra-from\n\nwhere;\n\nagatab,-came;\n\ntatra-there; gatam-returned; man�yam-the man; svayam-them­\n\nselves; sa-dharmab,-similar in nature (prone to die); api-although;\n\nsocanti-they lament; apartham-uselessly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Yamarija said: Alas, how amazing it is! These persons, who\n\nare older than me, have full experience that hundreds and thou­\n\nsands of living entities have taken birth and died. Thus they\n\nshould understand that they also are apt to die, yet still they are\n\nbewildered. The conditioned soul comes from an unknown place\n\nand returns after death to that same unknown place. There is no\nexception to this rule, which is conducted by material nature.\nKnowing this, why do they uselessly lament?\nPURPORT\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (2.28):\navyaktadini bhutani\nvyakta-madhyani bharata\navyakta-nidharuiny eva\ntatra ka paridevarui\n\"All created beings are unmanifest in their beginning, manifest in their\n\ninterim state, and unmanifest again when they are annihilated. So what\n\nneed is there for lamentation?\"\n\n", "SB7.1#p0126": "98\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nAccepting that there are two classes of philosophers, one believing in\nthe existence of the soul and the other not believing in its existence,\nthere is no cause for lamentation in either case. Nonbelievers in the existence of the soul are called atheists by followers of Vedic wisdom. Yet\neven if for argument's sake we accept the atheistic theory, there is still\nno cause for lamentation. Apart from the separate existence of the soul,\nthe material elements remain unmanifested before creation. From this\nsubtle state of unmanifestation comes manifestation, just as from ether,\nair is generated; from air, fire is generated; from fire, water is generated; and from water, earth becomes manifested. From the earth, many\nvarieties of manifestations take place. For example, a big skyscraper is\nmanifested from the earth. When it is dismantled, the manifestation becomes again unmanifested and remains as atoms in the ultimate stage.\nThe law of conservation of energy remains, hut in the course of time\nthings are manifested and unmanifested-that is the difference. Then\nwhat cause is there for lamentation, in either manifestation or onmanifestation? Somehow or other, even in the unmanifested stage,\nthings are not lost. Both at the beginning and at the end, all elements\nremain unmanifested, and this does not make any real material\ndifference.\nIf we accept the Vedic conclusion as stated in the Bhagavad-gitii (antavanta ime dehiiM that these material bodies are perishable in due\ncourse of time (nityasyoktiib, sariri�M but that the soul is eternal, then\nwe must remember always that the body is like a dress; therefore why\nlament the changing of a dress? The material body has no factual existence in relation to the eternal soul. It is something like a dream. In a\ndream we may think of flying in the sky or sitting on a chariot as a king,\nbut when we wake up we can see that we are neither in the sky nor\nseated on the chariot. The Vedic wisdom encourages self-realization on\nthe basis of the none:lf:istence of the material body. Therefore, in either\ncase, whether one believes in the existence of the soul or one does not\nbelieve in the existence of the soul, there is no cause for lamentation for\nloss of the body.\nIn the Mahiibhiirata it is said, adarSa.niid ihiiyatab, puna§ ciidarsanarh\ngatab,. This statement could support the theory of the atheistic scientist\nthat the child in the womb of the mother has no life but is simply a lump\n\n", "SB7.1#p0127": "Text 38]\n\nHir�yak.a8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n99\n\nof matter. To follow this theory, if the lump of matter is aborted by a\nsurgical operation, no life is killed; the body of a child is like a tumor,\nand if a tumor is operated upon and thrown away, no sin is involved. The\nsame argument could be put forward in regard to the King and his\nqueens. The body of the King was manifested from an unmanifested\nsource, and again it became unmanifested from manifestation. Since the\nmanifestation exists only in the middle-between the two points of nomanifestation-why should one cry for the body manifested in the\ninterim?\nTEXT 38\n\n�\n\n�\n\n\\:l�T\n\ntl�\n\n�: fqq:+qf ;r RM�41¥i! I\n3(� 3N�\n\n��·�fit:\n« mJijt � � N qif ����II\n\naho vayarh dhanyatamd yad atra\ntyaktii/:t pitrbhyam na vicintayama/:t\nabha�yamdT)ii abala vrkiidibhi/:t\nsa ra�itii rak§ati yo hi garbhe\naho-alas; vayam-we; dhanya-tamd/:t-most fortunate; yat\n\n-\n\nbe\n\n­\n\ncause; atra-at the present moment; tyaktii/:t-left alone, without protection; pitrbhyam-by both father and mother;\n\nna-not;\n\nvicin­\n\ntayama/:t-worry; abha�yamdT)ii/:t-not being eaten; abala/:t-very\nweak; vrka-iid bhi/:t-by tigers and other ferocious animals; sa/:t-He\n(the Supreme Personality of Godhead); ra�itii\n\n-\n\nwill protect; rak§a,ti­\n\nhas protected; ya/:t-who; hi-indeed; garbhe-within the womb.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is wonderful that these elderly women do not have a higher\nsense of life than we do. Indeed, we are most fortunate, for although we are children and have been left to struggle in material\nlife, unprotected by father and mother, and although we are very\n\n", "SB7.1#p0128": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n100\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nweak, we have not been vanquished or eaten by ferocious animals.\n\nThus we have a finn belief that the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, who has given us protection even in the womb of the\nmother, will protect us everywhere.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii (18.61), iSvarat£ sarva-bhutiirulm hrd-dese\n'rjuna ti$thati: the Lord is present in the core of everyone's heart. Thus\nthe Lord gives protection to everyone and gives the different types of\nbodies the living entity wants to enjoy. Everything is done by the order\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore one should not lament\nthe birth and death of a living being, which have been arranged by the\n\n(15.15), sarvasya\nciiham hrdi sanniv�to mattat£ smrtir jfiiinam apohanam ca: \"I am\n\nSupreme Lord. Lord l(r�Qa says in Bhagavad-gitii\n\nseated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge\nand forgetfulness.\" One must act according to the direction of the Lord\nwithin the heart, but because the conditioned soul wants to act independently, the Lord gives him the facility to act and experience the reactions. The Lord says, sarva-dharmiin parityajya miim ekam Sara7J-am\n\nvraja: \"Give up all other duties and simply surrender unto Me.\" One\nwho does not abide by the orders of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nis given the facility to enjoy this material world. Instead of restricting\nhim, the Lord gives the conditioned soul the opportunity to enjoy so that\nby mature experience, after many, many births (bahurulm janmarulm\n\nante), he will understand that surrender to the lotus feet of Vasudeva is\nthe only duty of all living beings.\nTEXT 39\n\n�\n\n--��u\n\nq\\ifijl�'i�tl\n� �� ��iif�Pi<J � �: I\nij�NtJSU\n�l'4'1¥41!i1�� f.lme� q: ������\nya icchayesat£ srjatidam atyayo\nya eva rak$aty avalumpate ca yat£\n\n", "SB7.1#p0129": "Text 39]\n\nHiraJ;Iyaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n101\n\ntasyabalab, krU)anam ahur iSituS\ncaracararh nigraha-sarigrahe prabhub,\nyab,-who; icchaya-by His will (without being forced by anyone);\ni.Sab,-the supreme controller; srjati-creates; idam-this (material\nworld); aryayab,-remaining as He is (not having lost His own exis�ence\nbecause of having created so many material manifestations); yab,-who;\neva-indeed; rak$<lti-maintains; avalumpate-annihilates; ca-also;\nyab,-who; tasya-of Him; abalab,-0 poor women; krU)anam-the\nplaying; ahub,-they say; iSitub,-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; cara-acaram-moving and not moving; nigraha-in destruction;\nsarigrahe-or in protection; prabhub,-fully able.\nTRANSLATION\nThe boy addressed the women: 0 weak women! Only by the will\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is never diminished,\nis the entire world created, maintained and again annihilated. This\nis the verdict of the Vedic knowledge. This material creation, consisting of the moving and nonmoving, is exactly like His plaything.\nBeing the Supreme Lord, He is completely competent to destroy\nand protect.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this regard the queens might argue, \"If our husband was protected\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead when in the womb, why has he\nnot been given protection now?\" To this question the answer is, ya ic­\n\nchayesab, srjatidam avyayo ya eva ra�aty avalumpate ca yab,. One cannot argue with the activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\nLord is always free, and therefore He can protect and can also annihilate.\nHe is not our order carrier; whatever He likes He will do. Therefore He\nis the Supreme Lord. The Lord does not create this material world at anyone's request, and therefore He can annihilate everything merely by His\nwill. That is His supremacy. If one argues, \"Why does He act in this\nway?\" the answer is that He can do so because He is supreme. No one can\nquestion His activities. If one argues, \"What is the purpose of this sinful\ncreation and annihilation?\" the answer is that to prove His omnipotence\nHe can do anything, and no one can question Him. If He were answerable\n\n", "SB7.1#p0130": "102\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nto us concerning why He does something and why He does not, His\nsupremacy would be curtailed.\n\nTEXT 40\n\nqf't �� f� �\n� � � P4wt\"44Rr I\niiftct�4wtl�lsA ��ffl �\n�sfllgHI� rn WI � ll�o II\npathi cyutarh t�!hati d�!a-ra�itarh\ngrhe sthitarh tad-vihatam vina.Syati\njivaty aniitho 'pi tad-i�ito vane\ngrhe 'bhigupto 'sya hato na jivati\npathi-on the public road; cyutam-some possession dropped;\n�!hati-it remains; d�!a-ra�itam-protected by destiny; grhe-at\nhome; sthita m-although situated; tat-vihatam-struck by the will of\nthe Supreme; vina.Sya ti-it is lost; jivati\n\n-\n\nremains alive; aniitha� api­\n\nalthough without a protector; tat-i�ita�-being protected by the Lord;\nvqne-in the forest; grhe-at home; abh igupta�-well hidden and protected; asya-of this one; hata�-struck; na-not; jivati-lives.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes one loses his money on a public street, where everyone can see it, and yet his money is protected by destiny and not\nseen by others. Thus the man who lost it gets it back. On the other\n\nhand, if the Lord does not give protection, even money maintained\nvery securely at home is lost. H the Supreme Lord gives one pro­\n\ntection, even though one has no protector and is in the jungle, one\nremains alive, whereas a person well protected at home by relatives\n\nand others sometimes dies. no one being able to protect him.\nPURPORT\n\nThese are examples of the supremacy of the Lord. Our plans to protect\nor annihilate do not act, but whatever He thinks of doing actually hap-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0131": "Text41]\n\n103\n\nHir�yaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\npens. The examples given in this regard are practical. Everyone has had\nsuch practical experiences, and there are also many other clear examples.\nFor instance, Prahlada Maharaja said that a child is certainly dependent\non his father and mother, but in spite of their presence, the child is\nharassed in many ways. Sometimes, in spite of a supply of good medicine\nand an experienced physician, a patient does not survive. Therefore,\nsince everything is dependent on the free will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, our only duty is to surrender unto Him and seek His\nprotection.\nTEXT41\n\n� �f���ll� � if llClf'� ��: I\ni( � � �erN\n\n�g���q) ft � 11\\l �II\n\n�\n\nbhutiini tais tair nija-yoni-karmabhir\nbhavanti kale na bhavanti sarva5ab,\nna tatra hatma prakrtav api sthitas\ntasya gury,air anyatamo hi badhyate\nbhatani-all the bodies of the living entities; taib, taib,-their own respective; nija-yoni-causing their own bodies; karmabhib,-by past activities; bhavanti-appear; kale-in due course of time; na bhavantidisappear; sarva5ab,-in all respects; na-not; tatra-there; ha-indeed; dtmd-the soul; prakrtau\nthough;\n\nsthitab,-situated;\n\n-\n\nwithin this material world; api\n\ntasydb,-of her\n\n(the\n\nmaterial\n\n-\n\nal­\n\nenergy);\n\ngury,aib,-by different modes; anya-tama b,-most different; hi-indeed;\nbadhyate-is bound.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEvery conditioned soul receives a different type of body according to his work, and when the engagement is finished the body is\nfinished. Although the spirit soul is situated in subtle and gross\nmaterial bodies in different forms of life, he is not bound by them,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0132": "104\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nfor he is always understood to be completely different from the\nmanifested body.\nPURPORT\nHere it is very plainly explained that God is not responsible for the living entity's accepting different types of bodies. One has to accept a body\naccording to the laws of nature and one's own karma. Therefore the\nVedic injunction is that a person engaged in material activities should be\ngiven directions by which he can intelligently apply his activities to the\nservice of the Lord to become free from the material bondage of repeated\nbirth\n\nand death (sva-karma{U} tam abhyarcya siddhim vindati\nmdnava�). The Lord is always ready to give directions. Indeed, His\ndirections are elaborately given in Bhagavad-gitd. If we take advantage\nof these directions, then in spite of our being conditioned by the laws of\nmaterial nature, we shall become free to attain our original constitution\n\n(mdm eva ye prapadyante mdyam etdm taranti te). We should have firm\nfaith that the Lord is supreme and that if we surrender to Him, He will\ntake charge of us and indicate how we can get out of material life and\nreturn home, back to Godhead. Without such surrender, one is obliged to\naccept a certain type of body according to his karma, sometimes as an\nanimal, sometimes a demigod and so on. Although the body is obtained\nand lost in due course of time, the spirit soul does not actually mix with\nthe body, but is subjugated by the particular modes of nature with which\nhe is sinfully associated. Spiritual education changes one's consciousness\nso\n\nthat one simply carries out the orders of the Supreme Lord and be­\n\ncomes free from the influence of the modes of material nature.\n\nTEXT42\n\n� ri�\n\n�\n� �nitRI�4ft4ij � I\nw��:\n��i(:\n� � � A'1�41<1 ������\n�\n\nidam sariram pur!.L$asya mohajam\nyatha prthag bhautikam iyate grham\n\n", "SB7.1#p0133": "Text 43]\n\nHir�yaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n105\n\nyathaudakai/:1. parthiva-taijasair jana/:1.\nklilena jiito vikrto vina.Syati\nidam-this; sariram-body; pur!.l.§asya-of the conditioned soul;\nmoha-jam-born of ignorance;\n\nyatha-just\n\nas;\n\nprthak-separate;\n\nbhautikam-material; ry\"ate-is seen; grham-a house; yathd-just as;\nudakai/:1.-with water; parthiva-with earth; taijasai/:1.-and with fire;\n\njana/:1.-the conditioned soul; kdlena-in due course of time; jata/:1.born; vikrta/:1.-transformed; vina.Syati-is vanquished.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust as a householder, although diH'erent from the identity of\nhis house, thinks his house to be identical with him, so the conditioned soul, due to ignorance, accepts the body to be himself, although the body is actually diH'erent from the soul. This body is\nobtained through a combination of portions of earth, water and\n\nfire, and when the earth, water and fire are transformed in the\ncourse of time, the body is vanquished. The soul has nothing to do\nwith this creation and dissolution of the body.\nPURPORT\nWe transmigrate from one body to another in bodies that are products\nof our illusion, but as spirit souls we always exist separately from material, conditional life. The example given here is that a house or car is\nalways different from its owner, but because of attachment the conditioned soul thinks it to be identical with him. A car or house is actually\nmade of material elements; as long as the material elements combine\ntogether properly, the\n\ncar\n\nor house exists, and when they are dis­\n\nassembled the house or the car is disassembled. The spirit soul, however,\nalways remains as he is.\nTEXT 43\n\n�vu;wit\n\n� � �\n�� �'Rf: � �: I\n\n��:�;r�\n\n� � rigun�: tR: 11\\1�11\n\n", "SB7.1#p0134": "106\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nyathanalo OOrti.§U bhinna iyate\nyathanilo deha-gata� prthak sthita�\nyatha nabha� saroa-gatam na sajjate\ntatha pumiin saroa-gul}iiSraya� para�\nyatha-just as; anala�-the fire; OOrtl.§u-in wood; bhinna�separate; iyate-is perceived; yatha-just as; anila�-the air; dehagata�-within the body; prthak-separate; sthita�-situated; yathajust as; nabha�-the sky; saroa-gatam-all-pervading; na-not; sajjate-mix; tatha-similarly; pumiin-the living entity; saroa-gu�asraya�-although now the shelter of the modes of material nature;\npara�-transcendental to material contamination.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs fire, although situated in wood, is perceived to be different\n\nfrom the wood, as air, although situated within the mouth and\n\nnostrils, is perceived to be separate, and as the sky, although allpervading, never mixes with anything, so the living entity, al­\n\nthough now encaged within the material body, of which it is the\nsource, is separate from it.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita the Supreme Personality of Godhead has explained\nthat the material energy and spiritual energy both emanate from Him.\nThe material energy is described as me bhinna prakrtir �!adha. the\neight separated energies of the Lord. But although the eight gross and\nsubtle material energies-namely, earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego-are stated to be bhinna, separate from the Lord,\nactually they are not. As fire appears separate from wood and as the air\nflowing through the nostrils and mouth of the body appear separate from\nthe body, so the Paramatma, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, appears separate from the living being but is actually separate and not\nseparate simultaneouslr. This is the philosophy of acintya-bhedabhedatattva propounded by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. According to the reac­\n\ntions of karma, the living being appears separate from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but actually he is very intimately related with the\n\n", "SB7.1#p0135": "Text 44]\n\nHir�yaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n107\n\nLord. Consequently, even though we now seem neglected by the Lord,\nHe is actually always _alert to our activities. Under all circumstances,\ntherefore, we should simply depend on the supremacy of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and thus revive our intimate relationship with\nHim. We must depend upon the authority and control of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTEXT 44\n\n� �lf � � �'l��ft\"i.lt� I\n�: ��S�ct:ffi� 'f�iRJ�� 11\\l\\lllsuyajtw nanv ayam sete\nmlii;lha yam anu§ocatha\nya� srota yo 'nuvakteha\nsa na dr§yeta karhicit\nsuyajna�-the king named Suyajiia; nanu-indeed; ayam-this;\nsete-lies; mlii;lha�-0 foolish pfiople; yam-whom; anu§ocatha-you\ncry for; ya�-he who; srota-the hearer; ya�-he who; anuvakta-the\nspeaker; iha-in this world; sa�-he; na-not; dr§yeta-is visible;\nkarhicit-at any time.\nTRANSLATION\nYamarija continued: 0 lamenters, you are all fools! The person\nnamed Suyajiia, for whom you lament, is still lying before you and\nhas not gone anywhere. Then what is the cause for your lamentation? Previously he heard you and replied to you, but now, not\nfinding him, you are lamenting. This is contradictory behavior,\nfor you have never actually seen the person within the body who\nheard you and replied. There is no need for your lamentation, for\nthe body you have always seen is lying here.\nPURPORT\nThis instruction by Yamaraja in the form of a boy is understandable\neven for a common man. A common man who considers the body the self\n\n", "SB7.1#p0136": "108\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nis certainly comparable to an animal (yasyatma-buddhi!J kur:wpe tridhatuke ... sa eva go-khara!l}. But even a common man can understand\nthat after death a person is gone. Although the body is still there, a dead\nman's relatives lament that the person has gone away, for a common man\nsees the body but cannot see the soul. As described in Bhagavad-gitd,\ndehirw 'smin yatha dehe: the soul, the proprietor of the body, is within.\nAfter death, when the breath within the nostrils has stopped, one can\nunderstand that the person within the body, who was hearing and replying, has now gone. Therefore, in effect, the common man ooncludes that\nactually the spirit soul was different from the body and has now gone\naway. Thus even a common man, coming to his senses, can know that the\nreal person who was within the body and was hearing and replying was\nnever seen. For that which was never seen, what is the need of\nlamentation?\nTEXT45\n\n;{ '1\\n ;ud�:t'ffilti �SQft ��: 1\n\n��·�qiWfl�¥{1 {{�: ��ihll\\l�ll\nna srotd ndnuvaktayam\nmukhyo 'py atra mahan asu}J,\nyas tv ihendriyavdn atma\nsa canya}J, prar:w-dehayo!J\nna-not;\n\nsrotd-the listener;\n\nna-not;\n\nayam-this;\n\nmukhya!J-chief;\n\napi-although;\n\nanuvakta-the speaker;\natra-in this body;\n\nmahan-the great; asufJ-life air; ya!J-he who; tu-but; iha-in this\nbody; indriya-vdn-possessing all the sense organs; dtmd-the soul;\nsafJ-he; ca-and; anya}J,-different; prar:w-dehayo!J-from the life\nair and the material body.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the body the most important substance is the life air, but that\n\nalso is neither the listener nor the speaker. Beyond even the life\n\nair, the soul also can do nothing, for the Supersoul is actually the\n\ndirector, in cooperation with the individual soul. The Supersoul\n\n", "SB7.1#p0137": "Text46]\n\nHiral}yak&Sipu, King of the Demons\n\n109\n\nconducting the activities of the body is different from the body\nand living force.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead distinctly says in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(15.15),\n\nsaroasya caham hrdi sanniv�!o mattab, smrtir jnanam\napohanarit ca: \"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come\nremembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness.\" Although the dtmd, or\nsoul, is present in every material body (dehino 'smin yatha dehe), he is\nnot actually the chief person acting through the senses, mind and so on.\nThe soul can merely act in cooperation with the Supersoul because it is\nthe Supersoul who gives him directions to act or not to act (mattab, smrtir\n\njnanam apohanam ca). One cannot act without His sanction, for the\nSupersoul is upadra:;!{i, and anumantii, the witness and sanctioner. One\nwho studies carefully, under the direction of a bona fide spiritual master,\ncan understand the real knowledge that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is actually the conductor of all the activities of the individual soul,\nand the controller of their results as well. Although the individual soul\npossesses the indriyas, or senses, he is not actually the proprietor, for the\nproprietor is the Supersoul. Consequently the Supersoul is called\nllt�?ikesa, and the individual soul is advised by the direction of the\nSupersoul to surrender to Him and thus be happy (saroa-dharman\nparityajya mdm ekarit 5ara7Jarit vraja). Thus he can become immortal\nand be transferred to the spiritual kingdom, where he will achieve the\nhighest success of an eternal, blissful life of knowledge. In conclusion,\nthe individual soul is different from the body, senses, living force and\nthe airs within the body, and above him is the Supersoul, who gives the\nindividual soul all facilities. The individual soul who renders everything\nto the Supersoul lives very happily within the body.\nTEXT46\n\n��:ct¥t;flfetl1. Cli§*'Uq:ql.. �: I\n�hl�'5tf6 -.�«�•lfq � � ����II\nbhii.tendriya-mano-lirigan\ndehan uccdvacdn vibhub,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0138": "110\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nbhajaty utsrjati hy anyas\ntac capi svena tejasa\nbhiita-by the five material elements; indriya-the ten senses;\nmana?z,-and the mind; lirigdn-characterized; dehdn-gross material\nbodies; ucca - avacdn - high class and low class; vibh u?z, - the individual\nsoul, which is the lord of the body and senses; bhajati-achieves; utsr­\n\njati - gives up; hi-indeed; anya?z,-being different; tat-that; caapi-indeed; svena-by his own; tejasd-power of advanced\n\nalso;\n\nknowledge.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe five material elements, the ten senses and the mind all com­\n\nbine to form the various parts of the gross and subtle bodies. The\n\nliving entity comes in contact with his material bodies, whether\nhigh or low, and later gives them up by his personal prowess. This\nstrength can be perceived in a living entity's personal power to\npossess different types of bodies.\n\nPURPORT\nThe conditioned soul has knowledge, and if he wants to fully utilize\nthe gross and subtle bodies for his real advancement in life, he can do so.\nIt is therefore said here that by his high intelligence (svena tejasa), by\nthe superior power of superior knowledge achieved from the right\nsource-the spiritual master, or dca rya - he can give up his conditional\nlife in a material body and return home, back to Godhead. However, if he\nwants to keep himself in the darkness of this material world, he can do\nso. The Lord confirms this as follows in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(9.25):\n\nyiinti deva-vratd deviin\npitfn yiinti pitr-vrata?z,\nbhiitiini yiinti bhiitejya\nyanti mad-yajirw 'pi mdm\n\"Those who worship the demigods will take birth among the demigods;\nthose who worship ghosts and spirits will take birth among such beings;\n\n", "SB7.1#p0139": "Text 47)\n\nHir�yaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n111\n\nthose who worship ancestors go to the ancestors; and those who worship\nMe will live with Me.\"\nThe human form of body is valuable. One can use this body to go to\nthe higher planetary systems, to Pitrloka, or he can remain in this lower\nplanetary system, but if one tries he can also return home, back to Godhead. This prowess is given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead as\nthe Supersoul. Therefore the\n\nLord\n\nsays,\n\nmatta/l smrtir jnanam\n\napohanarit ca: \"From Me come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness.\" If one wants to receive real knowledge from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one can become free from bondage to repeated\nacceptance of material bodies. If one takes to the devotional service of the\nLord and surrenders unto Him, the Lord is prepared to give one directions by which to return home, back to Godhead, but if one foolishly\nwants to keep himself in darkness, he can continue in a life of material\nexistence.\nTEXT 47\n\n�NfltiMffl m-��� f.tii\"�Wlf( I\nm ��: � ...t�.�·n� ������\nyavallinganvito hy atma\ntavat k arma-nibandhanam\ntato viparyaya/l kleso\nmaya-yogo 'nuvartate\nyavat-as long as; linga-anvitaft,-cover ed by the subtle body; hiindeed; dtmii-the soul; tavat-that long; karma-of fruitive activities;\n\nni bandhanam-bondage ;\n\ntataft,-from\n\nthat;\n\nvipa.ryaya/1-reversal\n\n(wrongly thinking the body to be the self); klesaft,-misery; maya­\n\nyoga/1-a strong relationship with the external, illusory energy; anuva rtate-follows.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs long as the spirit soul is covered by the subtle body, consisting of the mind, intelligence and false ego, he is hound to the\nresults of his fruitive activities. Because of this covering, the spirit\n\n", "SB7.1#p0140": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nll2\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nsoul is connected with the material ene.:gy and must accordingly\nsuffer material conditions and reversals, continually, life after life.\n\nPURPORT\nThe living entity is hound by the subtle body, consisting of the mind,\nintelligence and false ego. At the time of death, therefore, the position of\nthe mind becomes the cause for the next body. As confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gitd (8.6), yam yam vapi smaran bhavam tyajaty ante\nkalevaram: at the time of death the mind sets the criteria for the spirit\nsoul's being carried to another type of body. If a living being resists the\ndictation of the mind and engages the mind in the loving service of the\nLord, the mind cannot degrade him. The duty of all human beings,\ntherefore, is to keep the mind always engaged at the lotus feet of the\nLord (sa vai manab. kmw.-padaravindayob.}. When the mind is engaged\nat the lotus feet of l(r�Qa, the intelligence is purified, and then the intelligence gets inspiration from the Supersoul\n\n(dadami buddhi-yogam\n\ntam). Thus the living entity makes progress toward liberation from material bondage. The individual living soul is subject to the laws of\nfruitive activity, but the Supersoul, Paramatma, is not affected by the\nfruitive activities of the individual soul. As confirmed in the Vedic\n\nUpan�, the Paramatma and the jivatmii, who are likened to two birds,\nare sitting in the body. The jivatmii is enjoying or suffering by eating the\nfruits of the bodily activities, but the Paramatma, who is free from such\nbondage, witnesses and sanctions the activities of the individual soul as\nthe individual soul desires.\n\nTEXT 48\n\n����:1\n� �: �: \"���' 'll1 11\\l�ll\nvitathabhinive5o yam\nyad gu�$V artha-drg-vacat£\nyatha manorathat£ svapnat£\nsaroam aindriyakam mr$ii\nvitatha-fruitless; abhinivesat£-the conception; ayam-this; yatin the modes of material nature; artha-as a fact; drk-\n\nwhich; gu�e$ u\n\n-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0141": "ll3\n\nHiraJ,lyak8Sipu, King of the Demons\n\nText 48]\n\nvaca�-the seeing and talking of; yatha-just as; manoratha�-a mental concoction (daydream); svapna�-a dream; sarvam-everything;\naindriyakam-produced by the senses; mr$11-false.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is fruitless to see and talk of the material modes of nature and\ntheir resultant so-called happiness and distress as if they were factual. When the mind wanders during the day and a man begins to\nthink himself extremely important, or when he dreams at night\nand sees a beautiful woman enjoying with him, these are merely\nfalse dreams. Similarly, the happiness and distress caused by the\nmaterial senses should be understood to be meaningless.\nPURPORT\nThe happiness and distress derived from the activities of the material\nsenses are not actual happiness and distress. Therefore Bhagavad-gita\nspeaks of happiness that is transcendental to the material conception of\nlife (sukham atyantikarh yat tad buddhi-grahyam atindriyam). When\nour\n\nsenses\n\nare\n\npurified\n\nof material\n\ncontamination,\n\nthey\n\nbecome\n\natindriya, transcendental senses, and when the transcendental senses are\nengaged in the service of the master of the senses, H:f�ikesa, one can\nderive real transcendental pleasure. Whatever distress or happiness we\nmanufacture by mental concoction through the subtle mind has no\nreality, but is simply a mental concoction. One should therefore not\nimagine so-called happiness through mental concoction. Rather, the best\ncourse is to engage the mind in the service of the Lord, H:f�ikesa, and\nthus feel real blissful life.\nThere is a Vedic statement apama-somam amrta abhilma apsarobhir\nviharama. With reference to such a conception, one wants to go to the\nheavenly planets to enjoy with the young girls there and drink somarasa. Such imaginary pleasure, however, has no value. As confirmed in\nBhagavad-gita\n\n(7.23),\n\nantavat tu phalarit te$drh tad bhavaty alpa­\n\nmedhasam: \"Men of small intelligence worship the demigods, and their\nfruits are limited and temporary.\" Even if by fruitive activity or worship\nof the demigods one is elevated to the higher planetary systems for sense\nenjoyment, his situation is condemned in Bhagavad-gita as antavat,\nperishable. The happiness one enjoys in this way is like the pleasure of\n\n", "SB7.1#p0142": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n114\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nembracing a young woman in a dream; for some time it may he pleasing,\n\nhut actually the basic principle is false. The mental concoctions of happi­\n\nness and distress in this material world are compared to dreams because\n\nof their falseness. All thoughts of obtaining happiness by using the ma­\n\nterial senses have a false background and therefore have no meaning.\nTEXT49\n\n� �rNMI �: 1\n� � q �¥{N: it4lletlf'IR 11\\l�ll\n3N f.t�¥4fit€4 �\n\natha nityam anityam m\n\nneha socanti tad-vida/:£\n\nniinyathii sakyate kartum\nsva-bhiiva/:1. socatiim iti\n\natha-therefore; nityam-the eternal spirit soul; anityam-the tem­\n\nporary material body; va-or; na-not; iha-in this world; socanti­\n\nthey lament for; tat-vida/:1.-those who are advanced in knowledge of the\n\nbody and soul; na-not; anyathii-otherwise; sakyate-is able; kartum-to do; sva-bhiiva/:1.-the nature; socatiim-of those prone to lam­\n\nentation; iti-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who have full knowledge of self-realization, who know\n\nvery well that the spirit soul is eternal whereas thebody is perisha­\n\nble, are not overwhelmed by lamentation. But persons who lack\nknowledge of self-realization certainly lament. Therefore it is dif­\n\nficult to educate a person in illusion.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the mimarilsa philosophers, everything is eternal, nitya,\n\nand according to the Sankhya philosophers everything is mithya, or\nanitya-impermanent. Nonetheless, without real knowledge of atma,\n\nthe soul, such philosophers must he bewildered and must continue to\nlament as sadras. Srila Sukadeva Gosvami therefore said to Parik�it\n\nMaharaja:\n\n", "SB7.1#p0143": "Text 50)\n\n115\n\nHir�yaka8ipu, King of the Demons\nsrotavyadini rajendra\nnroam santi sahasra5ab,\napa§yatam atma-tattvam\ngrhe�u grha-medhinam\n\n\"Those who are materially engrossed, being blind to knowledge of the\nultimate truth, have many subjects for hearing in human society, 0 Emperor.\"\n\n(Bhiig. 2.1.2) For ordinary persons engaged in material ac­\n\ntivities there are many, many subject matters to understand because such\npersons do not understand self-realization. One must therefore be educated in self-realization so that under any circumstances in life he will\nremain steady in his vows.\nTEXT 50\n\npK\\����q�UJf Mf4ijt�: I\n� � � fi fi · � 11'-\\ o II\nlubdhako vipine ka.Scit\npa�i�m nirmito 'ntakab,\nvitatya jalam vidadhe\ntatra tatra pralobhayan\nlubdhakab,-hunter;\n�i�m-of birds;\n\nvipine-in\n\nthe\n\nnirmitab,-appointed;\n\nforest;\n\nka.Scit-some;\n\nantakab,-killer;\n\npak­\n\nvitatya­\n\nspreading; jalam-a net; vidadhe-captured; tatra tatra-here and\nthere; pralobhayan-luring with food.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was once a hunter who lured birds with food and captured them after spreading a net. He lived as if appointed by death\npersonified as the killer of the birds.\nPURPORT\nThis is another incident from the histories.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0144": "ll6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 51\n\nt�Wfll� Q5l' �:q(ffl+t�ij I\n�: tfef\\ � i¥'44iwt stelN€11 II� t II\nkuliriga-mithunam tatra\nvicarat samadr§yata\ntayo/:t kulirigi sahasa\nlubdhakena pralobhita\nkuliriga-mithunam-a pair of (male and female) birds known as\nkuliriga; tatra-there (where the hunter was hunting); vicarat-wandering; samadrsyata-he saw; tayo/:t-of the pair; kuliizgi-the female\nbird; sahasd-suddenly; lubdhakena-by the hunter; pralobhitaallured.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile wandering in the forest, the hunter saw a pair of kulhiga\n\nbirds. Of the two, the female was captivated by the hunter's lure.\n\nTEXT 52\n«R{�ij nt:q(ij sqf �:\n\n�R��f.-.stdll\n�fef(ijj ij�J � �:f�: I\n����q: �: �111t �� ������\n..\n\nsasajjata sicas tantryam\nmah�ya/:t kala-yantrita\nkulirigas tam tathapanndm\nnink$ya bhrsa-du/:tkhita/:t\nsnehad akalpa/:t krpar:ta/:t\nkrpa1Jii,m paryadevayat\nsd-the female bird;\nasajjata-trapped; sica/:t-of the net;\ntantryam-in the rope; mah�ya/:t-0 queens; kdla-yantrita-being\nforced by time; kuliriga/:t-the male kuliriga bird; tam-her; tatha-in\nthat\ncondition;\ndpanndm-captured;\nnirik$ya-seeing;\nbhrsa-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0145": "Text 54]\n\nHir�yaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n117\n\ndu�khita�- very unhappy; snehat-out of affection; akalpa�-unahle\nto\n\ndo anything; krpa��-the poor bird; krpa�m-the poor wife;\n\nparyadevayat-began to lament for.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 queens of Suyajiia, the male kulbiga bird, seeing his wife put\ninto the greatest danger in the grip of Providence, became very\nunhappy. Because of affection, the poor bird, being unable to\nrelease her, began to lament for his wife.\nTEXT 53\n\n� 31€ti�on�: f(!A�IWI�I �: I\nm ¥U44�\\l:q�� ���fa' ����II\naho akarur:w deva�\nstriyakaru�ya vibhu�\nkrpa�m mdm anu.Socantya\ndinaya kim kari$yati\naho-alas; akaru��-most unkind; deva�-providence; striyawith my wife; akaru�ya-who is fully compassionate; vibhu�-the\nSupreme Lord; krpa�m-poor; mdm-me; anu.Socantya-lamenting\nfor; dinaya-poor; kim-what; kari$yati-shall do.\nTRANSLATION\nAlas, how merciless is Providence! My wife, unable to be helped\nby anyone, is in such an awkward position and lamenting for me.\nWhat will Providence gain by taking away this poor bird? What\nwill be the profit?\nTEXT 54\n\new:i � ¥d �: Ffi�Wil�¥1;{1 � it I\n��;r � �:��;r �l!tfl 11�\\lll\nkdmam nayatu mdril deva�\nkim ardhenatmano hi me\n\n", "SB7.1#p0146": "118\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\ndinena jivata du/:r.kham\nanena vidhurii)1.L$ii\nkamam-as He likes;\n\nnayatu-let Him take away; mam-me;\n\ndeva/:1.-the Supreme Lord; kim-what use; ardhena-with half; atmana/:1.-of the body; hi-indeed; me-my; dinena-poor; jioota-living; du/:r.kham-in suffering; anena-this; vidhura ay�a-having a\n-\n\nlifetime full of affliction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf unkind Providence takes away my wife, who is half my body,\n\nwhy should He not take me also? What is the use of my living with\n\nhalf of my body, bereaved by loss of my wife? What shall I gain in\n\nthis way?\n\nkatham tv ajata-pa�arits tan\nmatr-hinan bibharmy aham\nmanda bhagya/:1. prati�ante\n-\n\nn'Uje me mataram praja/:1.\nkatham-how; tu-but; ajata-pa�an-who have not grown wings to\nfly; tan-them; matr-hinan-bereft of their mother; bibharmi-shall\nmaintain; aham-1; manda-bhagya/:1.-very unfortunate; prati�ante­\n\nthey await; n'Uje-in the nest; me-my; mataram-their mother; praja/:1.-baby birds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe unfortunate baby birds, bereft of their mother, are waiting\n\nin the nest for her to feed them. They are still very small and have\n\nnot yet grown their wings. How shall I be able to maintain them?\nPURPORT\n\nThe bird is lamenting for the mother of his children because the\nmother naturally maintains and cares for the children. Yamaraja,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0147": "Text\n\n56)\n\nHirm:tyaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n119\n\nhowever, in the guise of a small boy, has already explained that although\nhis mother left him uncared for and wandering in the forest, the tigers\nand other ferocious animals had not eaten him. The real fact is that if the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead protects one, even though one be\nmotherless and fatherless, one can be maintained by the good will of the\nLord. Otherwise, if the Supreme Lord does not give one protection, one\nmust suffer in spite of the presence of his father and mother. Another\nexample is that sometimes a patient dies in spite of a good physician and\ngood medicine. Thus without the protection of the Lord one cannot live,\nwith or without parents.\nAnother point in this verse is that fathers and mothers have protective\nfeelings for their children even in bird and beast society, not to speak of\nhuman society. Kali-yuga, however, is so degraded that a father and\nmother even kill their children in the womb on the plea of their scientific\nknowledge that within the womb the child has no life. Prestigious medical practitioners give this opinion, and therefore the father and mother\nof this day kill their children within the womb. How degraded human\nsociety has become! Their scientific knowledge is so advanced that they\nthink that within the egg and the embryo there is no life. Now these socalled scientists are receiving Nobel Prizes for advancing the theory of\nchemical evolution. But if chemical combinations are the source of life,\nwhy don't the scientists manufacture something like an egg through\nchemistry and put it in an incubator so that a chicken will come out?\nWhat is their answer? With their scientific knowledge they are unable to\n\nBhagavad-gitd as\nmdyayapahrta-fiiiina�, fools whose real knowledge has been taken\n\ncreate even an egg. Such scientists are described in\n\naway. They are not men of knowledge, but they pose as scientists and\nphilosophers, although their so-called theoretical knowledge cannot produce practical results.\nTEXT\n\n� irew\n\n56\n\nweq�'imQ.\n\nfir;n��hlid(�qib64(\nij' � � m�: �\nf� �est� �: 11'-\\�11\n..\n\n", "SB7.1#p0148": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n120\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nevam kulingam vilapantam ardt\npriya-viyogaturam a.Sru-kar:t!/&am\nsa eva tam sakunikab, sarer:ta\nvivyiidha kiila-pmhito vilinab,\nevam-thus; kulingam-the bird; vilapantam-while lamenting;\ndrat-from a distance; priya-viyoga-because of the loss of his wife;\naturam-very aggrieved; a.Sru-kar:t!ham-with tears in the eyes; salthe (that hunter); eva-indeed; tam-him (the male bird); sakunikab,who could kill even a vulture; sarer:ta-by an arrow; vivyiidhapierced; kiila pmhitab,-being moved by time; vilinab,-hidden.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of the loss of his wife, the kuliilga bird lamented with\n\ntears in his eyes. Meanwhile, following the dictations of mature\n\ntime, the hunter, who was very carefully hidden in the distance,\n\nreleased his arrow, which pierced the body of the kuliilga bird and\n\nkilled him.\n\nTEXT 57\n•\n\n�\n\n���q� 3fl�ql�¥i�4;:tr: I\n� � ��W+tt: � �q�·�dq 11�\\911\nevam yuyam apa.Syantya\niitmiipayam abuddhayab,\nnainam prdpsyatha socantyab,\npatim va�a-satair api\n\neoom-thus;\n\nyuyam-you;\n\napa.Syantyab,-not\n\nseeing;\n\natma­\n\napayam-own death; abuddhayab,-0 ignorant ones; na-not; enamhim; priipsyatha-you will obtain; socantyab,-lamenting for; patimyour husband; va�a-sataib,-for a hundred years; api-even.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Yamaraja, in the guise of a small hoy, told all the queens:\n\nYou are all so foolish that you lament but do not see your own\n\n", "SB7.1#p0149": "Text\n\n58]\n\nHir�yak&Sipu, King of the Demons\n\n121\n\ndeath. AfBicted by a poor fund of knowledge, you do not know\nthat even if you lament for your dead husband for hundreds of\nyears, you will never get him back alive, and in the meantime your\nlives will be finished.\nPURPORT\n\nYamaraja once asked Maharaja Y udhi�thira, \"What is the most wonderful\n\nthing\n\nwithin\n\nthis\n\nworld?\"\n\n(Mahiibhiirata, Vana-parva 313.ll6):\n\nMaharaja\n\nY udhi�thira\n\nreplied\n\nahany ahani bhutiini\ngacchantiha yamalayam\nse¢-t& sthiivaram icchanti\nkim ascaryam atat& pararit\nHundreds and thousands of living entities meet death at every moment,\nbut a foolish living being nonetheless thinks himself deathless and does\nnot prepare for death. This is the most wonderful thing in this world.\nEveryone has to die because everyone is fully under the control of material nature, yet everyone thinks that he is independent, that whatever\nhe likes he can do, that he will never meet death but live forever, and so\non. So-called scientists are making various plans by which living entities\nin the future can live forever, but while they are thus pursuing such\nscientific knowledge, Yamaraja, in due course of time, will take them\naway from their business of so-called research.\nTEXT\n\n58\n\n15/tf&�Oq<fifif'9,tict/i(\n� �\n\n�\n\n$1!!4(M � W�6��: I\nitM: ij444M�¥44'-itf� ����II\n\nsri-hira�yakaSipur uvdca\nbdla evarit pravadati\nsaroe vismita-cetasat&\njiiii.tayo menire sarvam\nanityam ayathotthitam\n\n", "SB7.1#p0150": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n122\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nsn-hirar:tyakaSipu}J. uvaca-Sri Hir�yaka8ipu said;\n\nYamaraja in the form of a boy; evam-thus; pravadati\nvery\n\nphilosophically;\n\nsaroe-all;\n\nvismita-struck\n\n-\n\nbale-while\nwas speaking\n\nwith\n\nwonder;\n\ncetasa}J.-their hearts; jfidtaya}J.-the relatives; menire-they thought;\nsaroam-everything\n\nmaterial;\n\nanityam-temporary;\n\nthita m-arisen from temporary phenomena.\n\nayathii-ut­\n\nTRANSLATION\nHir�yaka8ipu said: While Yamarija, in the form of a small hoy,\n\nwas instructing all the relatives surrounding the dead body of\n\nSuyajiia, everyone was struck with wonder by his philosophical\nwords. They could understand that everything material is tempor­\n\nary, not continuing to exist.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (2.18). Antavanta ime dehii\nnityasyokta}J. saririr:taiJ.: the body is perishable, but the soul within the\nbody is imperishable. Therefore the duty of those advanced in knowledge\nin human society is to study the constitutional position of the imperishable soul and not waste the valuable time of human life in merely maintaining the body and not considering life's real responsibility. Every\nhuman being should try to understand how the spirit soul can be happy\nand where he can attain an eternal, blissful life of knowledge. Human\nbeings are meant to study these subject matters, not to be absorbed in\ncaring for the temporary body, which is sure to change. No one knows\nwhether he will receive a human body again; there is no guarantee, for\naccording to one's work one �y get any body, from that of a demigod to\nthat of a dog. In this regard, Srila Madhvacarya comments:\n\naham mamabhimanaditva-yathouham anityakam\nmahadadi yathottham ca\nnitya capi yathotthita\nasvatantraiva prakrtiiJ.\nsva-tantro nitya eva ca\n\n", "SB7.1#p0151": "Hirai].yaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\nText 60]\n\n123\n\nyathartha-bhilta§ ca para\neka eva janardana}:t\nOnly Janardana, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is ever existing,\nbut His creation, the material world, is temporary. Therefore everyone\nwho is captivated by the material energy and absorbed in thinking \"I am\nthis body, and everything belonging to this body is mine\" is in illusion.\nOne should think only of being eternally a part of Janiirdana, and one's\nendeavor in this material world, especially in this human form of life,\nshould be to attain the association of Janiirdana by going back home, back\nto Godhead.\nTEXT 59\n\n��ql�414\n�sft w;r�\n���\n\n�Sft;:ij(�4 I\n\n��«l'q(IMCfil( II�Q,II\n\nyama etad upakhyaya\ntatraiviintaradhiyata\njnatayo hi suyajiiasya\ncakrur yat samparayikam\nyama}:t-Yamariija in the form of a boy; etat-this; upakhyaya-instructing;\n\ntatra-there;\n\neva-indeed;\n\nantaradhiyata-disappeared;\n\njnataya}:t-the relatives; hi-indeed; suyajiiasya-of King Suyajiia;\ncakru}:t-performed;\n\nyat-which\n\nis;\n\nsamparayikam-the\n\nfuneral\n\nceremony.\nTRANSLATION\nMter instructing all the foolish relatives of Suyajiia, Yamaraja,\nin the form of a boy, disappeared from their vision. Then the relatives\n\nof\n\nKing\n\nceremonies.\n\nSuyajiia\n\nperformed\n\nthe\n\nritualistic\n\nfuneral\n\n", "SB7.1#p0152": "124\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\natab, socata mii yayam\nparam cdtmdnam eva oo\nka atmii kab- paro viitra\nsviyab, parakya eva oo\nsva-parabhinivesena\nvinajnanena dehinam\natab,-therefore; socata-lament for; ma-do not; yayam-all of\nyou; param-another; ca-and; litmlinam-yourself; eva-certainly;\nvii-or; kab,-who; dtmii-self; kab,-who; parab,-other; oo-or;\natra-in this material world; sviyab,-one's own; parakyab,-for others;\neva-indeed; vii-or; sva-para-abhinivesena-consisting of absorption\nin the bodily concept of oneself and others; vina-besides; ajnanenathe lack of knowledge; dehinam-of all the embodied living entities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore none of you should be aggrieved for the loss of the\n\nbody-whether your own or those of others. Only in ignorance\n\ndoes one make bodily distinctions, thinking \"Who am I? Who are\n\nthe others? What is mine? What is for others?\"\nPURPORT\n\nIn this material world, the conception of self-preservation is the first\nlaw of nature. According to this conception, one should be interested in\nhis personal safety and should then consider society, friendship, love,\nnationality, community and so on, which have all developed because of\nthe bodily conception of life and a lack of knowledge of the spirit soul.\nThis is called ajnana. As long as human society is in darkness and ignorance, men will continue to make huge arrangements in the bodily\nconception of life. This is described by Prahlada Maharaja as bharam. In\nthe materialistic conception, modern civilization makes enormous arrangements for huge roads, houses, mills and factories, and this is man's\nconception of the advancement of civilization. People do not know,\nhowever, that at any time they themselves may be kicked out of the scene\nand forced to accept bodies that have nothing to do with these enormous\nhouses, palaces, roads and automobiles. Therefore when Arjuna was\n\n", "SB7.1#p0153": "Text 60]\n\nHiraJ.lyaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n125\n\nthinking in terms of his bodily relationships with his kinsmen, K:r�J;ta\nimmediately chastised him, saying, kutas tva ka.Smalam idam v�ame\nsamupasthitam andrya-j�[am: \"This bodily conception of life is befitting the andryas, the non-Aryans, who are not advanced in knowledge.\"\nAn Aryan civilization is a civilization advanced in spiritual knowledge.\nNot merely by stamping oneself an Aryan does one become an Aryan. To\nkeep oneself in the deepest darkn�ss concerning seiritual knowledge and\nat the same time claim to he an Aryan is a non-Aryan position. In this\nconnection, Srila Madhvacarya quotes as follows from the Brahmavaivarta Purar:w:\nka atma ka� para iti dehady-ape�ya\nna hi dehadir atma syan\nna ca satrur udirita�\nato daihika-vrddhau va\nk$aye va kim prayojanam\nyas tu deha-gato jiva�\nsa hi nasam na gacchati\ntata� satru-vivrddhau ca\nsva-nase socanam kuta�\ndehadi-vyatiriktau tu\njivesau pratijanata\nata atma-vivrddhis tu\nvasudeve rati� sthira\n5atru-nasas tathajfiiinanaso ndnya� kathaiicana\n\nThe purport is that as long as we are in this human form of body, our\nduty is to understand the soul within the body. The body is not the self;\nwe are different from the body, and therefore there is no question of\nfriends, enemies or responsibilities in terms of the bodily conception of\nlife. One should not he very anxious about the body's changing from\nchildhood to boyhood, from boyhood to old age and then to apparent\n\n", "SB7.1#p0154": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n126\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 2\n\nannihilation. Rather, one should be very seriously concerned about the\nsoul within the body and how to release the soul from the material\n\nclutches. The living entity within the body is never annihilated;\n\ntherefore one should surely know that whether one has many friends or\n\nmany enemies, his friends cannot help him, and his enemies cannot do\n\nhim any harm. One should know that he is a spirit soul (aham\nbrahmiismi) and that the constitutional position of the soul is unaffected\n\nby the changes of the body. In all circumstances, everyone, as a spirit\nsoul, must be a devotee of Lord Vi!?QU and should not be concerned with\n\nbodily relationships, whether with friends or with enemies. One should\nknow that neither we ourselves nor our enemies in the bodily conception\n\nof life are ever killed.\n\nTEXT 61\n\n�{q\n\nif?IR\n\nWt ��qijqtfl fij6�1\"oq ��'fl I\n�it'��� R\"t14ili41(4( II�� II\n-.!)\n\nsri-narada uvaca\niti daitya-pater rokyaril\nditir iikan:tya sasn�ii\nputra-sokam �ar:ult tyaktro\ntattve cittam adhiirayat\nsn-narada/:t uroca -Sri Narada Muni said; iti-thus; daitya-pate/:t­\n\nof the King of the demons; viikyam-the speech; diti/:t-Diti, the mother\n\nof HiraQyak.a8ipu and HiraQyak!?a; iikan:tya-hearing; sa- sn�ii-with\nthe wife of HiraQyak!?a; putra-sokam - the great bereavement for her\n\nson, HiraQyak!?a; �r:ult-immediately; tyaktro-giving up; tattve-in\nthe real philosophy of life; cittam-heart; adhiirayat-engaged.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Narada Muni continued: Diti, the mother of Hir�yaka8ipu\n\nand Hir�yak�, heard the instructions of Hir�yak&Sipu along\n\nwith her daughter-in-law, Ru�hanu, Hir�yak�a's wife. She then\n\nforgot her g rief over her son's death and thus engaged her mind\nand attention in understanding the real philosophy of life.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0155": "Text 61]\n\nHir�yaka8ipu, King of the Demons\n\n127\n\nPURPORT\nWhen a relative dies one certainly becomes very much interested in\n\nphilosophy, but when the funeral ceremony is over one again becomes\nattentive to materialism. Even Daityas, who are materialistic persons,\nsometimes think of philosophy when some relative meets death. The\n\ntechnical term for this attitude of the materialistic person is smaSiinavairagya, or detachment in a cemetery or place of cremation. AP. con­\n\nfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii, four classes of men receive an understanding\n\nof spiritual life and God-arta (the distressed),jijnasu (the inquisitive),\n\nartharthi (one who desires material gains) and jfiiini (one who is search­\n\ning for knowledge). Especially when one is very much distressed by ma­\n\nterial conditions, one becomes interested in God. Therefore Kuntidevi\n\nsaid in her prayers to l(r�l).a that she preferred distress to a happy mood\n\nof life. In the material world, one who is happy forgets }(r�l).a, or God,\n\nbut sometimes, if one is actually pious but in distress, he remembers\n\nl(r�l).a. Queen Kuntidevi therefore preferred distress because it is an op­\n\nportunity for remembering l(r�l).a. When l(r�l).a was leaving Kuntidevi\nfor His own country, Kuntidevi regretfully said that she was better off in\ndistress because l(r�l).a was always present, whereas now that the Pal).­\n\n<;lavas were situated in their kingdom, l(r�l).a was going away. For a devo­\n\ntee, distress is an opportunity to remember the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead constantly.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Seventh Canto, Second\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"HiraiJyakaSipu, King of\nthe Derrwns. \"\n\n", "SB7.1#p0156": "CHAPTER THREE\n\nHiral).yakaSipu's\nPlan to Become Immortal\nThis chapter describes how HiraQ.yakasipu performed a severe type of\nausterity for material benefit, thus causing great distress throughout the\nuniverse. Even Lord Brahrna, the chief personality within this universe,\nbecame\n\nsomewhat\n\ndisturbed\n\nand\n\npersonally\n\nwent\n\nto\n\nsee\n\nwhy\n\nHiraQ.yakasipu was engaged in such a severe austerity.\nHiraQ.yakasipu wanted to become immortal. He wanted not to be conquered by anyone, not to be attacked by old age and disease, and not to be\nharassed by any opponent. Thus he wanted to become the absolute ruler\nof the entire universe. With this desire, he entered the valley of Mandara\nMountain and began practicing a severe type of austerity and meditation.\nSeeing HiraQ.yakasipu engaged in this austerity, the demigods returned\nto their respective homes, but while HiraQ.yakasipu was thus engaged, a\nkind of fire began blazing from his head, disturbing the entire universe\nand its inhabitants, including the birds, beasts and demigods. When all\nthe higher and lower planets became too hot to live on, the demigods,\nbeing disturbed, left their abodes in the higher planets and went to see\nLord Brahma, praying to him that he curtail this unnecessary heat. The\ndemigods disclosed to Lord Brahma HiraQ.yakasipu's ambition to become\nimmortal, overcoming his short duration of life, and to be the master of\nall the planetary systems, even Dhruvaloka.\nUpon hearing about the purpose of HiraQ.yakasipu's austere meditation, Lord Brahma, accompanied by the great sage Bllrgu and great personalities like Dak�, went to see HiraQ.yakasipu. He then sprinkled\nwater from his kamar:u;lalu, a type of waterpot, upon HiraQ.yakasipu's\nhead.\nHiraQ.yakasipu, the King of the Daityas, bowed down before Lord\nBrahma, the creator of this universe, offering respectful obeisances again\nand again and offering prayers. When Lord Brahma agreed to give him\nbenedictions, he prayed not be killed by any living entity, not to be killed\nin any place, covered or uncovered, not to die in the daytime or at night,\n129\n\n", "SB7.1#p0157": "(Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n130\n\nnot to be killed by any weapon, on land or in the air, and not to be killed\nby any human being, animal, demigod or any other entity, living or nonliving. He further prayed for supremacy over the entire universe and requested the eight yogic perfections, such as a�ima and laghima.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��\n\n(M'ii!Jltr'NI(I'l(t( I\n311€4ilifflsmta..6\\il�(l'3i <W.f� II � II\nft(UttilfiN'l\n\nsri-ndrada uviica\nhira�yakaSipil rajann\najeyam ajaramaram\natmanam apratidvandvam\neka-rajam vyadhitsata\n\nsri-narada/:t\n\nuvaca-Narada\n\nMuni\n\nsaid;\n\nhira�yakaSipu/:t-the\n\ndemoniac king HiraQ.yakasipu; rajan-0 King Yudhi�thira; ajeyamunconquerable by any enemy; ajara-without old age or disease;\namaram-immortal;\n\natmanam-himself;\n\napratidvandvam-without\n\nany rival or opponent; eka-rajam-the one king of the umverse;\nvyadhitsata-desired to become.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNarada Muni said to Maharaja Yudhi�!hira: The demoniac king\n\nHiral).yaka.Sipu wanted to be unconquerable and free from old age\nand dwindling of the body. He wanted to gain all the yogic perfec­\n\ntions like al).ima and laghima, to be deathless, and to be the only\nking of the entire universe, including Brahmaloka.\nPURPORT\nSuch\n\nare\n\nthe\n\ngoals of\n\nthe\n\nausterities\n\nperformed\n\nby\n\ndemons.\n\nHiraQ.yakasipu wanted to receive a benediction from Lord Brahma so that\n\n", "SB7.1#p0158": "Text3)\n\nHir�yaka8ipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\n131\n\nin the future he would be able to conquer Lord Brahma's abode.\n\nSimilarly, another demon received a benediction from Lord Siva but later\nwanted to kill Lord Siva through that same benediction. Thus self­\n\ninterested persons, by demoniac austerity, want to kill even their\nbenedictors, whereas the Vai�Qava wants to remain an ever-existing ser­\n\nvant of the Lord and never to occupy the post of the Lord. Through sayu­\n\njya-mukti, which is generally demanded by asuras, one merges into the\n\nexistence of the Lord, but although one sometimes thus achieves the goal\n\nof the theory of monism, one falls down again to struggle in material\nexistence.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�\n\n� 'l;:(((si\\IUf �q: WI�� I\n\n\\Ji���: ql�lfBI�mR: II � II\nsa tepe mandara-dro7Jyam\ntapab, parama-daru7Jam\nurdhva-bahur nabho-dr�tib.\npada�!/&iisritavanib,\n\nsab,-he (HiraQyakasipu); tepe-performed; mandara-dro1Jyam-in\n\na valley of Mandara Hill; tapab,-austerity; parama-most; ooru7Jamdifficult; urdhva-raising; bahub,-arms; nabhab,-toward the sky;\n\ndr�!ib,-his vision; pada-a�!ha-with the big toes of his feet;\nasrita-resting on; avanib,-the ground.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the valley of Mandara Hill, Hir�yaka8ipu began performing\nhis austerities by standing with his toes on the ground, keeping his\narms upward and looking toward the sky. This position was extremely difficult, but he accepted it as a means to attain perfection.\nTEXT3\n\ni;t!lc{l�Rr4T � 4*1Nl ��flt.: I\n�f�(dq(dQ4'1� �: �f;r ��� II � II\n\n", "SB7.1#p0159": "(Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n132\n\nja!d-didhitibhi reje\nsamvartarka ivarilSubhi/:t\ntasmims tapas tapyamane\ndeva/:t sthanani bhejire\nja!d-didhitibhi/:t-by the effulgence of the hair on his head; reje-was\nshining; samvarta-arka/:t-the sun at the time of destruction; iva-like;\narilSubhi/:t-by the beams; tasmin-when he (HiraQ.yakasipu); tapa/:tausterities; tapyamdne-was engaged in; deva/:t-all the demigods who\nwere wandering throughout the universe\n\nto see HiraQ.yakasipu's\n\ndemoniac activities; sthanani-to their own places; bhejire-returned.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the hair on Hirm;Iyaka.Sipu's head there emanated an\n\neffulgent light as brilliant and intolerable as the rays of the sun at\n\nthe time of dissolution. Seeing the performance of such austere\n\npenances, the demigods, who had been wandering throughout the\n\nplanets, now returned to their respective homes.\nTEXT4\n\n�: �: �Sfil(ijql'fi: I\n<04�l��� sn��•nf«t: II \\ill\n\n�\n\ntasya milrdhna/:t samudbhilta/:t\nsadhumo gnis tapomaya/:t\ntiryag ilrdhvam adho lokan\npratapad v�vag irita/:t\ntasya-his; milrdhna/:t-from the head; samudbhilta/:t - generated;\nsa- dhilma/:t-with\n\nsevere\n\nausterities;\n\ndownward;\n\nsmoke;\n\nagni/:t-fue;\n\ntiryak - sideways;\n\nlokan-all\n\nthe\n\nplanets;\n\ntapa/:t-maya/:t-because\n\nilrdhvam-upward;\nprdtapat - heated ;\n\nof\n\nadha/:tv�vak-all\n\naround; irita/:t-spreading .\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of Hirm;Iyaka.Sipu' s severe austerities, fire came from\n\nhis head, and this fire and its smoke spread throughout the sky,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0160": "Text6]\n\nHir�yaka8ipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\n133\n\nencompassing the upper and lower planets, which all became extremely hot.\nTEXTS\n\n-��;:�:t;:ij': (1(\\ql&� \\{: I\n\n�: (114il(ijm ����II� II\ncu�ubhur nady-udanvantafi,\nsadvipi.idriS caciila bhufi,\nnipetub, sagrahas tara\njajvalu5 ca diSo da.Sa\ncu�ubhufi,-became\n\nagitated;\n\nnadi-udanvantafi,-the rivers and\n\noceans; sa-dvipa-with the islands; adrib,-and mountains; cacalatrembled; bhufi,-the surface of the globe; nipetufi,-fell; sa-grahafi,with the planets; tarafi,-the stars; jajvalufi,-blazed; ca-also; diSafi,\nda.Sa-the ten directions.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of the power of his severe austerities, all the rivers and\noceans were agitated, the surface of the globe, with its mountains\nand islands, began trembling, and the stars and planets fell. All\ndirections were ablaze.\nTEXT6\n\n� m � €4@t \"\"�'� �: ijU: 1\n� �q�n•u«�� �� 1\n����qij• ijm AA�m ;r�q: 11 � 11\ntena tapta divarh tyaktva\nbrahmalokarh yayub, surafi,\ndhatre vijnapayam asur\ndeva-deva jagat-pate\ndaityendra-tapasa tapta\ndivi sthaturh na saknumafi,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0161": "134\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto7, Ch. 3\n\ntena-by that (fire of austerity); taptd�-burned; divam-their residential quarters in the upper planets; tyaktva-giving up; brahmalokam-to the planet where Lord Brahma lives; yayu�-went; surii�the demigods; dhiitre-unto the chief of this universe, Lord Brahma;\nvijiiiipayiim iisu�-submitted; deva-deva-0 chief of the demigods;\njagat-pate-0 master of the universe; daitya-indra-tapasii-by the\nsevere austerity performed by the King of the Daityas, Hirat;1yakasipu;\ntaptii�-roasted; divi-on the heavenly planets; sthiitum-to stay; nanot; saknuma�-we are able.\nTRANSLATION\nScorched and extremely disturbed because of Hir8J.1yaka8ipu's\nsevere penances, all the demigods left the planets where they\nreside and went to the planet of Lord BrahmS, where they informed the creator as follows: 0 lord of the demigods, 0 master of\nthe universe, because of the fire emanating from Hir8J.1yaka8ipu's\nhead as a result of his severe austerities, we have become so disturbed that we could not stay in our planets hut have come to you.\n\nTEXT7\n\n� •(N�I4 ����I\n\n6Wit�ICI'itfif� mm��: II \\911\ntasya copa§amarit bhuman\nvidhehi yadi manyase\nlokii na yiivan nan/cyyanti\nbali-hiiriis tavabhibhu�\ntasya-of this; ca-indeed; upa§amam-the cessation; bhuman-0\ngreat personality; vidhehi-please execute; yadi-if; manyase-you\nthink it right; lokii�-all the inhabitants of the various planets; nanot; yavat-as long as; nan/cyyanti-will be lost; bali-hiirii�-who are\nobedient to the worship; tava-of you; abhibhu�-0 chief of all the\numverse.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0162": "Text\n\n10]\n\n135\n\nBirau.tyakaSipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 great person, chief of the universe, if you think it proper,\nkindly stop these disturbances, meant to destroy everything,\nbefore all your obedient subjects are annihilated.\nTEXTS\n\n� � q-��it �� ijq: I\n� fck WI �r:a.6��1'4rA fwt�r:a.d4( II <= II\ntasyayam kila sankalpa.S\ncarato du.Scaram tapa/:t\nsnlyatam kim na viditas\ntavathiipi niveditam\ntasya-his; ayam-this; kila-indeed; sankalpa/:t-determination;\ncarata/:t-who\n\nis\n\nexecuting;\n\ndu.Scaram-very\n\ndifficult;\n\ntapa/:t­\n\nausterity; snlyatam-let it be heard; kim-what; na-not; vidita/:tknown; tava-of you; athiipi\n\n-\n\nstill; niveditam-submitted\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHirau_1yaka8ipu has undertaken a most severe type of austerity.\nAlthough his plan is not unknown to you, kindly listen as we submit his intentions.\nTEXTS\n\n9-10\n\n��:qd�< 6tit�··�IN;n I\n������:�M:stR'l\"'¥(11 �II\n� ii4�¥4l� 6ci1�tf(i¥41� I\n\nOf\n\n�ltJSic:¥4;(1{ Mftl�lffl\\l� 6$.11c:¥4'1: II �0 II\nsmva caracaram idam\ntapo-yoga-samadhina\nadhyaste sarva-dh�JJyebhya/:t\nparame�!hi nijiisanam\n\n", "SB7.1#p0163": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n136\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\ntad aham vardhamanena\ntapo-yoga-samddhioo\nkiilatmanos ca nityatvat\nsiidhayi§ye tatluitmanaiJ,\nsmoo-creating; cam-moving; acaram-and not moving; idamthis; tapa iJ,-of austerity;\n\nyoga-and mystic power; samddhioo-by\n\npracticing the trance; adhyaste-is situated in; sarva-dh��yebhyaiJ,than all the planets, including the heavenly planets; parame�!hi-Lord\nBrahma;\n\nnija-asa nam\n\n-\n\nhis own throne;\n\ntat-therefore;\n\naham-1;\n\nvard ha manena-by dint of increasing; tapaiJ,-austerity; yoga-mystic\npowers; samddhioo-and trance; kala-of time; atmanoiJ,-and of the\nsoul;\n\nca-and;\n\nnityatvat-from the eternality; siidhay�ye-shall\nachieve; tatlui-so much; atmanaiJ,-for my personal self.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The supreme person within this universe, Lord Brahmi, has\n\ngotten his exalted post by dint of severe austerities, mystic power\n\nand trance. Consequently, after creating the universe, he has be­\n\ncome the most worshipable demigod within it. Since I am eternal\nand time is eternal, I shall endeavor for such austerity, mystic\n\npower and trance for many, many births, and thus I shall occupy\nthe same post occupied by Lord Brahmi.\nPURPORT\n\nHiraQyakasipu's determination was to occu py the post of Lord\nBrahma, but this was impossible because Brahma has a long duration of\nlife. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (8.17), sahasra-yuga-paryantam\n\nahar yad brahmar:w viduiJ,: one thousand yugas equals one day of\nBrahma. The duration of Brahma's life is extremely great, and consequently it was impossible for HiraQyaka8ipu to occupy that post. None­\n\ntheless, his decision was that since the self ( atma) and time are both\neternal, if he could not occupy that post in one lifetime he would con­\n\ntinue to execute austerities life after life so that sometime he would be\nable to do so.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0164": "Text 11]\n\nHirllJ}.yaka8ipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\n137\n\nTEXT 11\n\n.\n\n31rl4�\nmt�S,'itf'-11\\�� I\n�: ��: Cf4iNI� ����flt:ll � �II\nanyathedam vidhii.sye 'ham\nayathii pilroam ojasa\nkim anyai� kiila-nirdhutai�\nkalpante vai$r:mvadibhi�\nanyathii-just the opposite; idam-this universe; vidhii.sye-shall\nmake; aham-1; ayathii\n\n-\n\ninappropriate; pilroam-as it was before;\n\nojasa-by dint of the power of my austerity; kim-what use; anyai�with other; kiila-nirdhuta*-vanquished in due course of time; kalpaante-at the end of the millennium; vai$r:mva-adibhi�-with planets\nlike Dhruvaloka or Vaikm_l!haloka.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By dint of my severe austerities, I shall reverse the results of\npious and impious activities. I shall overturn all the established\npractices within this world. Even Dhruvaloka will he vanquished at\nthe end of the millennium. Therefore, what is the use of it? I shall\nprefer to remain in the position of Brahmii.\"\nPURPORT\nHira.Q.yakasipu's demoniac determination was explained to Lord\nBrahma by the demigods, who informed him that Hira.Q.yakasipu wanted\nto overturn all the established principles. After executing severe\nausterities, people within this material world are promoted to the\nheavenly planets, but Hira.Q.yakasipu wanted them to be unhappy,\nsuffering because of the diplomatic feelings of the demigods, even in the\nheavenly planets. He wanted those who were harassed in this world by\nmaterial transactions to be unhappy for the same reason, even in the\nheavenly planets. Indeed, he wanted to introduce such harassment\neverywhere. One might ask how this would be possible, since the universal order has been established since time immemorial, but Hira.Q.yakasipu\n\n", "SB7.1#p0165": "138\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nwas proud to declare that he would be able to do everything by the power\nof his tapasya. He even wanted to make the Vai�Qavas' position insecure.\nThese are some of the symptoms of asuric determination.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n� � � �: q�'I•Ufu:l(l: I\nA�((11'1'{1( � � � 11��11\niti su.Sruma nirbandham\ntapa�) paramam iisthitabvidhatsvanantararh yuktarh\nsvayarh tri-bhuvanesvara\nlh-in this way; su.Sruma-we have heard; nirbandham-strong\ndetermination; tapa}J.-austerity; paramam-very severe; iisthital)\n\n-\n\nis\n\nsituated in; vidhatsva -please take steps; anantaram-as soon as possible;\n\nyuktam-befitting;\n\nsvayam-yourself;\n\ntri-bhuvana-iSvara-0\n\nmaster of the three worlds.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 lord, we have heard from reliable sources that in order to ob­\n\ntain your post, Hira�yaka.Sipu is now engaged in severe austerity.\n\nYou are the master of the three worlds. Please, without delay, take\nwhatever steps you deem appropriate.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the material world, a servant is provided for by the master but is always planning how to capture the master's post. There have been many\ninstances of this in history. Especially in India during the Mohammedan\nrule, many servants, by plans and devices, took over the posts of their\nmasters. It is learned from Caitanya literature that one big Zamindar,\nSubuddhi Raya, kept a Mohammedan boy as a servant. Of course, he\ntreated the boy as his own child, and sometimes, when the boy would\nsteal something, the master would chastise him by striking him with a\ncane. There was a mark on the boy's back from this chastisement. Later,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0166": "Text 13]\n\n139\n\nHiraJ.IyakaSipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\nafter that boy had by crooked means become Hussain Shah, Nawab of\nBengal, one day his wife saw the mark on his back and inquired about it.\nThe Nawab replied that in his childhood he had been a servant of Subuddhi Raya, who had punished him because of some mischievous activities.\nUpon hearing this, the Nawab's wife immediately became agitated and\nrequested her husband to kill Subuddhi Raya. Nawab Hussain Shah, of\ncourse, was very grateful to Subuddhi Raya and therefore refused to kill\nhim, but when his wife requested him to turn Subuddhi Raya into a\nMohammedan, the Nawab agreed. Taking some water from his waterpot,\nhe sprinkled it upon Subuddhi Raya and declared that Subuddhi Raya\nhad now become a Mohammedan. The point is that this Nawab had been\nan ordinary menial servant of Subuddhi Raya but was somehow or other\nable to occupy the supreme post of Nawab of Bengal. This is the material\nworld. Everyone is trying to become master through various devices, although everyone is servant of his senses. Following this system, a living\nentity, although servant of his senses, tries to become master of the\nwhole universe. HiraQyakasipu was a typical example of this, and\nBrahmii was informed by the demigods of his intentions.\n\nTEXT 13\n6'41Q;f fl��f ql(�gti �·��qij I\n�\n\n� � � fq�tlltl � ����\"\ntaviisanaril dvija-gavaril\nparame�!hyaril jagat-pate\nbhavaya sreyase bhutyai\n�emiiya vijayaya ca\n\ntava-your;\nbrahminical\n\niisanam-position\n\nculture\n\nor\n\nthe\n\non\n\nthe\n\nbrahma1J-as;\n\nthrone;\n\ndvija-of\n\ngavam-of\n\nthe\n\nthe\n\ncows;\n\nparame�!hyam-supreme; jagat-pate-0 master of the whole universe;\nbhavaya-for\n\nimprovement;\n\nsreyase-for\n\nthe ultimate happiness;\n\nbhutyai-for increasing the opulence; �emiiya-for the maintenance\nand good fortune; vijayaya-for the victory and increasing prestige;\nca-and.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0167": "140\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord Brahma, your position within this universe is certainly\n\nmost auspicious for everyone, especially the cows and hrahm�as.\n\nBrahminical culture and the protection of cows can be increasingly\n\nglorified, and thus all kinds of material happiness, opulence and\n\ngood fortune will automatically increase. But unfortunately, if\n\nHir�yakllSipu occupies your seat, everything will be lost.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the words dvija-gavarh parame�!hyam indicate the most\nexalted position of the brahmary,as, brahminical culture and the cows. In\nVedic culture, the welfare of the cows and the welfare of the brahmary,as\nare essential. Without a proper arrangement for developing brahminical\nculture and protecting cows, all the affairs of administration will go to\nhell. Being afraid that HiraQyakasipu would occupy the post of Brahma,\nall the demigods were extremely disturbed. HiraQyakasipu was a wellknown demon, and the demigods knew that if demons and Rak�asas were\nto occupy the supreme post, brahminical culture and protection of cows\nwould come to an end. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (5.29), the original\nproprietor of everything is Lord :Kr�1.1a\n\n( bhoktararh yajfia-tapasarh\n\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram). The Lord, therefore, knows particularly well\nhow to develop the material condition of the living entities within this\nmaterial world. In every univers� there is one Brahma engaged on behalf\nof Lord :Kr�1.1a, as confirmed in Srimad-Bhagavatam (tene brahma hrda\n\nya adi-kavaye). The principal creator in each brahmar.u)a is Lord\nBrahma, who imparts Vedic knowledge to his disciples and sons. On\nevery planet, the king or supreme controller must be a representative of\nBrahma. Therefore, if a Rak�asa, or demon, were situated in Brahma's\npost, then the entire arrangement of the universe, especially the protection of the brabminical culture and cows, would be ruined. All the\ndemigods anticipated this danger, and therefore they went to request\nLord Brahma to take immediate steps to thwart HiraQyakasipu's plan.\nIn the beginning of creation, Lord Brahma was attacked by two\ndemons-Madhu and Kai�abha-but :Kr�1.1a saved him. Therefore :Kr�1.1a\nis addressed as madhu-kai!abha-hantr. Now again, HiraQyakasipu was\ntrying to replace Brahma. The material world is so situated that even the\n\n", "SB7.1#p0168": "Text 14)\n\nHir81,lyaka8ipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\n141\n\nposition of Lord Brahma, not to speak of ordinary living entities, is\nsometimes in danger. Nonetheless, until the time of HiraJ).yakasipu, no\none had tried to replace Lord Brahma.Hiral)yakasipu, however, was such\na great demon that he maintained this ambition.\nThe word bhutyai means \"for increasing opulence,\" and the word\nsreyase refers to ultimately returning home, back to Godhead. In\nspiritual advancement, one's material position improves at the same time\nthat the path of liberation becomes clear and one is freed from material\nbondage. If one is situated in an opulent position in spiritual advancement, his opulence never decreases. Therefore such a spiritual benediction is called bhilti or vibhilti. l<r�:t;ta confirms this in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(10.41). Yad yad vibhiltimat sattvam ...mama tejo- 'msa-sambhavam:\n\nif a devotee advances in spiritual consciousness and thus becomes materially opulent also, his position is a special gift from the Lord. Such\nopulence is never to be considered material. At the present, especially on\nthis planet earth, the influence of Lord Brahma has decreased considerably, and the representatives of Hira:t;tyakasipu-the Rak�asas and\ndemons-have taken charge. Therefore there is no protection of\nbrahminical culture and cows, which are the basic prerequisites for all\nkinds of good fortune. This age is very dangerous because society is\nbeing managed by demons and Rak�asas.\nTEXT 14\n\ntftr A(llrq� ���li!flwtlf+i� I\nqfm � ���� 11�\\lll\niti vijfiiipito devair\nbhagavan atmabhur nrpa\nparito bhrgu-dalcyadyair\nyayau daitye5varasramam\niti-thus;\n\nvijfiiipita�-informed;\n\ndevai�-by\n\nall\n\nthe\n\ndemigods;\n\nbhagavan-the most powerful; atma-bhu�-Lord Brahma, who was\nborn from the lotus flower; nrpa-0 King; parita� -being surrounded;\nbhrgu-by B�gu; da/cya-Dak�a; adyai�-and others; yayau-went;\n\n", "SB7.1#p0169": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n142\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\ndaitya-iSvara-of HiraQyakasipu, the King of the Daityas; asramam-to\nthe place of austerity.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, being thus informed by the demigods, the most power­\n\nful Lord Brahm&, accompanied by Bhrgu, Dak�a and other great\n\nsages, immediately started for the place where Hirlll,lyak&Sipu was\n\nperforming his penances and austerities.\nPURPORT\nLord\n\nBrahma\n\nwas\n\nwaiting\n\nfor\n\nthe\n\naustent1es\n\nperformed\n\nby\n\nHiraQyakasipu to mature so that he could go there and offer benedictions\naccording to HiraQyakasipu's desire. Now, taking the opportunity of\nbeing accompanied by all the demigods and great saintly persons,\nBrahma went there to award him the benediction he desired.\nTEXTS 15-16\n\n� stRI;;uasi �1•q:u•�'l:q� :\nfqqlfwtilfiru�oi it��cui('l�i1toRPt ����II\n(fq;d ijqm- �� �� I\n�\n\n�� �: � �� t('I�I(Wi :\n\nII� �II\n\nna dadar§a praticchannam\nvalmika-tf':Ul-kicakai/:1.\npipilikiibhir acirry,am\nmedas-tvan-mamsa-sor:titam\ntapantam tapasa lokiin\nyathiibhrapihitam ravim\nvila�ya vismita/:r. praha\nhasams tam hamsa-vahana/:r.\nna-not; dadarsa\n\n-\n\nsaw; praticchannam-covered; valmika-by an\n\nanthill; tf':Ul-grass; kicakai/:r.-and bamboo sticks; pipilikii bhi/:r.-by\nthe ants; ticirry,am-eaten all around; meda/:r.-whose fat; took-skin;\n\n", "SB7.1#p0170": "Text 16]\n\nHir�yak&Sipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\n143\n\nmarilsa-the flesh; so�itam-and blood; tapantam-heating; tapasiiby a severe type of penance; lokiin-all the three worlds; yathii-just\nas; abhra-by clouds; apihitam-covered; ravim-the sun; vila�yaseeing; vismita�-struck with wonder; priiha-said; hasan-smiling;\ntam-to him;\n\nharilsa-viihana�-Lord Brahma, who rides a swan\n\nairplane.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma, who is carried by a swan airplane, at first could\nnot see where Hir�yakasipu was, for Hir�yak&Sipu's body was\ncovered by an anthill and by grass and bamboo sticks. Because\nHir�yak&Sipu had been there for a long time, the ants had\ndevoured his skin, fat, flesh and blood. Then Lord Brahmii and the\ndemigods spotted him, resembling a cloud-covered sun, heating\nall the world by his austerity. Struck with wonder, Lord Brahmii\nbegan to smile and then addressed him as follows.\nPURPORT\n\nThe living entity can live merely by his own power, without the help\nof skin, marrow, bone, blood and so on, because it is said, asarigo yam\npu�a�-the living entity has nothing to do with the material covering.\nHira1.1yakasipu performed a severe type of tapasya, austerity, for many\nlong years. Indeed, it is said that he performed the tapasya for one\nhundred heavenly years. Since one day of the demigods equals six of our\nmonths, certainly this was a very long time. By nature's own way, his\nbody had been almost consumed by earthworms, ants and other parasites,\nand therefore even Brahma was at first unable to see him. Later,\nhowever, Brahrna could ascertain where Hira1.1yakasipu was, and Brahma\nwas struck with wonder to see Hira1.1yakasipu's extraordinary power to\nexecute tapasya. Anyone would conclude that Hira1.1yakasipu was dead\nbecause his body was covered in so many ways, but Lord Brahma, the\nsupreme\n\nliving\n\nbeing\n\nin\n\nthis\n\nuniverse,\n\ncould\n\nunderstand\n\nthat\n\nHira1.1yakasipu was alive but covered by material elements.\nIt is also to be noted that although HiraQyakasipu performed this\nausterity for a long, long time, he was nonetheless known as a Daitya and\nRak!?asa. It will be seen from verses to follow that even great saintly persons could not perform such a severe type of austerity. Why then was he\n\n", "SB7.1#p0171": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n144\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\ncalled a R:tlq;asa and Daitya? It is because whatever he did was for his\nown sense gratification. His son Prahlada Maharaja was only five years\nold, and so what could Prahlada do? Yet simply by performing a little\ndevotional service according to the instructions of Narada Muni,\nPrahlada became so dear to the Lord that the Lord came to save him,\nwhereas Hira1.1yakasipu, in spite of all his austerities, was killed. This is\nthe difference between devotional service and all other methods of perfection. One who performs severe austerities for sense gratification is\nfearful to the entire world, whereas a devotee who performs even a slight\namount of devotional service is a friend to everyone (suhrdam sarva­\n\nbhiltiiniim). Since the Lord is the well-wisher of every living entity and\nsince a devotee assumes the qualities of the Lord, a devotee also acts for\neveryone's good fortune by performing devotional service. Thus although HiraJ.lyakasipu performed such a severe austerity, he remained a\nDaitya and a Rak�asa, whereas Prahlada Maharaja, although born of the\nsame Daitya father, became the most exalted devotee and was personally\nprotected by the Supreme Lord. Bhakti is therefore called sarvopiidhi­\n\nvinirmuktam, indicating that a devotee is freed from all material designations, and anyiibhi�itii-silnyam, situated in a transcendental position, free from all material desires.\n\nTEXT 17\n'J{tifflfq'R\n\\iMetMJ31{j � �:fu4)sfu �q I\nOO��smR fir:rffl1ft�it �: II� \\911\nsri-brahmoviica\nutti§!hotti§!ha bhadram te\ntapa/:1--siddho 'si kiiSyapa\nvarado 'ham anupriipto\nvriyatiim ipsito vara/:1sri-brahmii uviica-Lord Brahma said; utti§!ha-please get up; utti§tha get up; bhadram-good fortune; te-unto you; tapa/:1-siddha/:1--perfect in executing austerities; asi-you are; kiiSyapa-0\n-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0172": "Text 18)\n\n145\n\nHirm;tyaka8ipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\nson of Kasyapa;\n\nvara-daft-the\n\ngiver\n\nof\n\nbenediction;\n\naham-1;\n\nanupriiptaft-arrived; vriyatiim-let it be submitted; i'psitaft-desired;\n\nvaraft-benediction.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma said: 0 son of K.aSyapa Muni, please get up, please\nget up. All good fortune unto you. You are now perfect in the performance of your austerities, and therefore I may give you a\nbenediction. You may now ask from me whatever you desire, and I\nshall try to fulfill your wish.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Madhvacarya quotes from the Skanda Purar:rn, which says that\n\nHiraQyakasipu, having become a devotee of Lord Brahma, who is known\n\nas Hira1.1yagarbha, and having undergone a severe austerity to please\n\nhim, is also known as Hira1.1yaka. Rak!?asas and demons worship various\n\ndemigods, such as Lord Brahma and Lord Siva, just to take the post of\n\nthese demigods. This we have already explained in previous verses.\nTEXT 18\n\n��'itilrd � �\n�� I\n�� $fl1Jf1 U� � ����II\nadrak$am aham etam te\nhrt-siiram mahad-adbhutam\ndari!Sa-bhak$ita-dehasya\nprii1}ij hy asthi§u serate\nadrak$am-have personally seen; aham-1; etam-this; te-your;\n\nhrt-siiram-power of endurance; mahat-very great; adbhutam-won­\n\nderful; damsa-bhak$ita-eaten by worms and ants; dehasya-whose\n\nbody; prii1}iift-the life air; hi-indeed; asthi§u-in the bones; serateis taking shelter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have been very much astonished to see your endurance. In\nspite of being eaten and bitten by all kinds of worms and ants, you\n\n", "SB7.1#p0173": "[Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n146\n\nare keeping your life air circulating within your bones. Certainly\n\nthis is wonderful.\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears that the soul can exist even through the bones, as shown by\nthe personal example of Hira.Qyakasipu. When great yogis are in\n\nsamadhi, even when their bodies are buried and their skin, marrow,\nblood and so on have all been eaten, if only their bones remain they can\nexist in a transcendental position.\n\nVery recently an archaeologist\n\npublished findings indicating that Lord Christ, after being buried, was\nexhumed and that he then went to Kashmir. There have been many actual examples of yogis' being buried in trance and exhumed alive and in\ngood condition several hours later. A yogi can keep himself alive in a\ntranscendental state even if buried not only for many days but for many\nyears.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n���\n\n€fi�fiij\n\n�I\n\n�it���:��ll��ll\nnaitat pilroar$aya.S cakrur\nna kari$yanti ciipare\nnirambur dhiirayet priiT}iin\nko vai divya-samiib, satam\n\nna-not; etat- this; pilroa-r$ayab,-the sages before you, such as\nBbrgu; cakrub,-executed; na-nor; kari$yanti-will execute; caalso; apare -others; nirambub,-without drinking water; dhiirayetcan sustain; priiT}ii n-the life air; kab,- who; vai-indeed; divyasamiib,-celestial years; satam-one hundred.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven saintly persons like Bh:rgu, born previously, could not\n\nperform such severe austerities, nor will anyone in the future be\n\nable to do so. Who within these three worlds can sustain his life\n\nwithout even drinking water for one hundred celestial years?\n\n", "SB7.1#p0174": "Text 21]\n\nHir�yaka8ipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\n147\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears that even if a yogi does not drink a drop of water, he can\nlive for many, many years by the yogic process, though his outer body be\neaten by ants and moths.\n\nTEXT 20\n\noq�;r ij�;r �'ih�lll �;rf� I\nijcflM311 ¥Pm f�� Rre11;:a:;r ll�oll\nvyavasayena te 'nena\nd�kare� manasvinam\ntapo-ni$!hena bhavata\njito 'ham diti-nandana\nvyavasayena-by determination;\n\nte-your;\n\nanena-this;\n\nd�ka­\n\nre�-difficult to perform; manasvinam-even for great sages and\nsaintly\n\npersons;\n\ntapa/:t-ni$!hena-aimed\n\nbhavata-by you; jita/:t\n\n-\n\nat\n\nexecuting\n\nausterity;\n\nconquered; aham-I; diti-nandana-0 son of\n\nDiti.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear son of Diti, with your great determination and austerity\nyou have done what was impossible even for great saintly persons,\nand thus I have certainly been conquered by you.\nPURPORT\nIn regard to the �ord jita/:t,\n\nSrila Madhva Muni gives the following\n\nquotation from the Sabda-nin_taya: parabhutarh va.Sa-stharh ca jitabhid\n\nucyate budhai/:t. \"If one comes under someone else's control or is defeated by another, he is called jita/:t.\" HiraQyakasipu's austerity was so\ngreat and wonderful that even Lord Brahma agreed to be conquered by\nhim.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n� ���\"4 1\n• ij m� � � � ������\nmm\n\n3Ttf�:\n\n", "SB7.1#p0175": "148\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\ntatas ta iiS�ab sarva\ndadii my asura-purigava\nmartasya te hy amartasya\ndarsanam niiphalam mama\ntatab,-because of this; te-unto you; ii.S�ab,-benedictions; sarvab,all; dadiimi-1 shall give; asura-purigava-0 best of the asuras; martasya-of one who is destined to die; te-such as you; hi-indeed;\namartasya-of one who does not die; darsanam-the audience; nanot; aphalam-without results; mama-my.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of the asuras, fo� this reason I am now prepared to give\n\nyou all benedictions, according to your desire. I belong to the\ncelestial world of demigods, who do not die like human beings.\n\nTherefore, although you are subject to death, your audience with\nme will not go in vain.\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears that human beings and asuras are subject to death, whereas\ndemigods are not. The demigods who reside with Lord Brahma in\nSatyaloka go to Vaiku�thaloka in their present bodily constructions at\nthe time of the dissolution. Therefore although Hira�yakasipu had undergone severe austerities, Lord Brahma predicted that he had to die; he\ncould not become immortal or even gain equal status with the demigods.\nThe great austerities and penances he had performed for so many years\ncould not give him protection from death. This was foretold by Lord\nBrahma.\nTEXT 22\n\n�q ljffl\n\n��!i€<41�� �tllf� fq•ftM�: 1\n11��11\n��0'$@sri-niirada uvaca\n\nity uktvadi-bhavo devo\nbhak$itarigarh pipilikaib,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0176": "Text 23]\n\nBir81,lyaka8ipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\n149\n\nkamar:u}alu-jalenau�ad\n\ndivyenamogha-radhasa\n\nsri-narada/:1. uvaca-Sri Narada Muni said; iti-thus; uktoo-saying;\n\nadi�bhava/:1.-Lord Brahmli, the original living creature within this uni­\n\nverse;\n\ndeva/:1.-the\n\nHira�yak.asipu's body,\n\nprincipal\n\nwhich\n\ndemigod;\n\nhad been almost\n\nbha�ita-arigam­\n\ncompletely\n\neaten;\n\npipilikai/:1.-by the ants; kamar:u}alu-from the special waterpot in the\n\nhands\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nBrahmli;\n\njalena-by\n\nwater;\n\nau�at-sprinkled;\n\ndivyena-which was spiritual, not ordinary; amogha-without fail;\n\nradhasa-whose power.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Nirada Muni continued: After speaking these words to\nHir81,lyaka8ipu, Lord Brahma, the original being of this universe,\nwho is extremely powerful, sprinkled transcendental, infallible,\nspiritual water from his kamBI,l.,.alu upon Hir81,lyaka8ipu's body,\nwhich had been eaten away by ants and moths. Thus he enlivened\nHir81,lyaka8ipu.\nPURPORT\nLord Brahmli is the first created being within this universe and is em­\n\npowered by the Supreme Lord to create. Tene brahma hrda ya adikavaye: the adi-deva, or adi-kavi-the first living creature-was per­\n\nsonally taught by the Supreme Personality of Godhead through the heart.\n\nThere was no one to teach him, but since the Lord is situated within\nBrahma's heart, Brahmli was educated by the Lord Himself. Lord\n\nBrahmli, being especially empowered, is infallible in doing whatever he\nwants. This is the meaning of the word amogha-radhasa. He desired to\n\nrestore Hir�yakasipu's original body, and therefore, by sprinkling transcendental water from his waterpot, be immediately did so.\nTEXT 23\n\n6�eh\\:q��� �3llitilet�: 1\n(iqtqtJq(i¥Oq'il) ��;it �� I\ni3Rq6(ijft�t'il\n��: ������\n\n�\n\n", "SB7.1#p0177": "[Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n150\n\nsa tat kicaka-valmikiit\nsaha-ojo-baliinvital},\nsarvavayava-sampanno\nvajra-sarhhanano yuva\nutthitas tapta-hemabho\nvibhavasur ivaidhasal},\nsai},-Hiral')yakasipu; tat-that; kicaka-valmikiit-from the anthill\nand bamboo grove; sahal},-mental strength; ojal},-strength of the\nsenses; bala-and sufficient bodily strength; anvital},-endowed with;\nsarva-all;\n\navayava-the\n\nlimbs\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nbody;\n\ns\n\nampannal},- fully\n\nrestored; vaj ra -sarhhananal},-having a body as strong as a thunderbolt;\n\nyuva- young;\n\nutthital},-arisen;\n\ntapta-hema-abhal},-whose\n\nbodily\n\nluster became like molten gold; vibhavasuiJ,-fire; iva-like; edhasal},from fuel wood.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as he was sprinkled with the water from Lord Brahma's\n\nwaterpot, HiraJ;Iyaka8ipu arose, endowed with a full body with\n\nlimbs so strong that they could bear the striking of a thunderbolt.\n\nWith physical strength and a bodily luster resembling molten\n\ngold, he emerged from the anthill a completely young man, just as\nfire springs from fuel wood.\n\nPURPORT\nHiral')yakasipu was revitalized, so much so that his body was quite\ncompetent to tolerate the striking of thunderbolts. He was now a young\nman with a strong body and a very beautiful bodily luster resembling\nmolten gold. This is the rejuvenation that took place because of his\nsevere austerity and penance.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nf;r�q� �� t(\"(Cfi�Rq� I\n;r;nq f� � ����: 11��11\n�\n\n", "SB7.1#p0178": "Text 24]\n\nHir�yakaSipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\n151\n\nsa niri�yambare devam\nharilsa-vaham upasthitam\nnanama sirasa bhumau\ntad-darsana-mahotsavab.\nsab,-he (HiraQyakasipu); niri�ya-seeing; ambare-in the sky;\ndevam-the supreme demigod;\n\nhamsa-vaham-who rides a swan\n\nairplane; upasthitam-situated before him; nanama-offered obeisances; sirasa-with his head; bhumau-on the ground; tat-darsanaby seeing Lord Brahmii; maha-utsavab,-very much pleased.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Lord Brahma present before him in the sky, carried by\nhis swan airplane, Hirat;�yaka.Sipu was extremely pleased. He immediately fell Hat with his head on the ground and began to express his obligation to the lord.\nPURPORT\nLord l(r�Qa says in Bhagavad-gita (9.23-24):\nye 'py anya-devata-bhakta\nyajante sraddhayanvitab.\nte 'pi mam eva kaunteya\nyajanty avidhi-pilroakam\naham hi saroa-yajnanam\nbhokta ca prabhur eva ca\nna tu mam abhijananti\ntattvenata5 cyavanti te\n\"Whatever a man may sacrifice to other gods, 0 son of Kunti, is really\nmeant for Me alone, but it is offered without true understanding. I am\nthe only enjoyer and the only object of sacrifice. Those who do not recognize My true transcendental nature fall down.\"\nIn effect, l(r�Qa says, \"Persons engaged in the worship of demigods\nare not very intelligent, although such worship is indirectly offered to\n\n", "SB7.1#p0179": "152\n\nSrbnad-BbagavaUun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\nMe.\" For example, when a man pours water on the leaves and branches\nof a tree without pouring water on the root, he does so without sufficient\nknowledge or without observing regulative principles. The process of\nwatering a tree is to pour water on the root. Similarly, the process of rendering service to different parts of the body is to supply food to the\nstomach. The demigods are, so to speak, different officers and directors\nin the government of the Supreme Lord. One has to follow the laws made\nby the government, not by the officers or directors. Similarly, everyone is\nto offer his worship to the Supreme Lord only. That will automatically\nsatisfy the different officers and directors of the Lord. The officers and\ndirectors are engaged as representatives of the government, and to offer\nsome bribe to the officers and directors is illegal. This is stated in\n\nBhagavad-gita as avidhi-puroakam. In other words, i(rf?Qa does not approve the unnecessary worship of the demigods.\nIn Bhagavad-gita it is clearly stated that there are many types of yajna\nperformances recommended in the Vedic literatures, but actually all of\nthem are meant for satisfying the Supreme Lord. Yajna means Vif?QU. In\nthe Third Chapter of Bhagavad-gita it is clearly stated that one should\nwork only for satisfying Yajiia, or Vif?QU. The perfectional form of\nhuman civilization, known as va17)1]Srama-dharma, is specifically meant\nfor satisfying Vif?QU. Therefore, i(rf?Qa says, \"I am the enjoyer of all\nsacrifices because I am the supreme master.\" However, less intelligent\npersons, without knowing this fact, worship demigods for temporary\nbenefit. Therefore they fall down to material existence and do not\nachieve the desired goal of life. If, however, anyone has any material\ndesire to be fulfilled, he had better pray for it to the Supreme Lord\n(although that is not pure devotion), and he will thus achieve the desired\nresult.\nAlthough HiraQyakasipu offered his obeisances unto Lord Brahma, he\nwas strongly inimical toward Lord Vif?QU. This is the symptom of an\nasura. Asuras worship the demigods as being separate from the Lord, not\n\nknowing that all the demigods are powerful because of being servants of\nthe Lord. If the Supreme Lord were to withdraw the powers of the\ndemigods, the demigods would no longer be able to offer benedictions to\ntheir worshipers. The difference between a devotee and a nondevotee, or\nasura, is that a devotee knows that Lord Vif?QU is the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead and that everyone derives power from Him. Without\n\n", "SB7.1#p0180": "Text 25]\n\nHir8J.lyaka8ipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\n153\n\nworshiping the demigods for particular powers, a devotee worships Lord\nVi�IJ.u, knowing that if he desires a particular power he can get that\n\npower while acting as Lord Vi�IJ.u's devotee. Therefore in the siistra\n\n(Bhag. 2.3.10) it is recommended:\n\nakiima/:1. sarva-kiirrw va\nrrwkja-kiima udiira-dhi/:1.\ntivre� bhakti-yogena\nyajeta purwjarh param\n\"A person who has broader intelligence, whether he be full of material\n\ndesires, free from material desires, or desiring liberation, must by all\nmeans worship the supreme whole, the Personality of Godhead.\" Even if\na person has material desires, instead of worshiping the demigods he\n\nshould pray to the Supreme Lord so that his connection with the Supreme\nLord will be established and he will be saved from becoming a demon or\n\na nondevotee. In this regard, Srila Madhvacarya gives the following\nquotation from the Brahma-tarka:\n\neka-sthiinaika-kiiryatvad\nv��/:1. pradhiinyatas tathii\njivasya tad-adhinatvan\nna bhinnadhikrtam vaca/:1.\nSince Vi�QU is the Supreme, by worshiping Vi�IJ.U one can fulfill all one's\ndesires. There is no need to divert one's attention to any demigod.\n\nTEXT 25\n� su�d�:� ���I\n\n���=Rf flm 411%\\d\\�l•lul� ����II\nutthiiya praiijali/:1. prahva\nikjamii� drsa vibhum\nhar$dSru-pulakodbhedo\ngird gadgadayiigroiit\n\n", "SB7.1#p0181": "154\n\nSrUnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\nutthaya -getting up; pranjalib, -with folded hands; prahvab,-in a\n\nhumble manner; ik,sama�b,-seeing; drsa -with his eyes; vibhumthe supreme person within this universe; har$ a-of jubilation; a5ruwith tears; pulaka-with hairs standing on the body; udbhedab,-enlivened; gira -by words; gadgadaya-faltering; agroat-prayed.\nTRANSLATION\nThen, getting up from the ground and seeing Lord Brahma\n\nbefore him, the head of the Daityas was overwhelmed by jubila­\n\ntion. With tears in his eyes, his whole body shivering, he began\n\npraying in a humble mood, with folded hands and a faltering\n\nvoice, to satisfy Lord Brahmi.\n\nTEXTS 26-27\n\n'1{1(€(01./tflfir�\n�ij��a�iwt����MT� 1\n3Tfl404wt•l ��� ��Rr: ������II\n�� fsmn � ��f� �Rr 1\n�:('I+:Ht'il� �N � WA: II�\\911\n....\n\nsri-hiralJ.yakaSipur uvdca\nkalpante kdla-sf$!ena\nyo 'ndhena tamasavrtam\nabhivyanag jagad idam\nsvayanjyotib, sva-roci§a\natmana tri-vrta cedam\nsrjaty avati lumpati\nrajab,-sattva-tamo-dhamne\nparaya mahate namab,\nsri-hiraTJ.yakaSipub, uvaca-Hira1.1yakasipu said; kalpa- ante -at the\n\nend of every day of Lord Brahma; kdla- smena -created by the time factor; yab, -he who; andhe na\n\n-\n\nby dense darkness; tamasa -by ig-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0182": "Text 27]\n\nnorance;\n\nHir�yak&Sipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\navrtam-covered;\n\nabhivyanak-manifested;\n\n155\n\njagat-cosmic\n\nmanifestation; idam-this; svayam-jyoti�-sel£-effulgent; sva-roci§a­\n\nby his bodily rays; atmana-by himself; tri-vrta-conducted by the\n\nthree modes of material nature; ca-also; idam-this material world;\n\nsrjati-creates; avati-maintains; lumpati-annihilates; raja�-of the\nmode of passion; sattva-the mode of goodness; tama�-and the mode\nof ignorance;\n\ndha:mne-unto the supreme lord;\n\nparaya-unto the\n\nsupreme; mahate-unto the great; nama�-my respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto the supreme lord\nwithin this universe. At the end of each day of his life, the universe is fully covered with dense darkness by the influence of\ntime, and then again, during his next day, that self-effulgent lord,\nby his own effulgence, manifests, maintains and destroys the entire cosmic manifestation through the material energy, which is\ninvested with the three modes of material nature. He, Lord\nBrahma, is the shelter. of those modes of nature-sattva-gut:J.a,\nrajo-gut:ta and tamo-gut:ta.\nPURPORT\n\nThe words abhivyanag jagad idam refer to he who creates this cosmic\n\nmanifestation. The original creator is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, l(r�Q.a (janmady asya yataM; Lord Brahma is the secondary cre­\n\nator. When Lord Brahma is empowered by Lord l(r�Q.a as the engineer to\n\ncreate the phenomenal world, he becomes the supremely powerful\n\nfeature within this universe. The total material energy is created by\n\nl(r�Q.a, and later, taking advantage of all that has necessarily been cre­\n\nated, Lord Brahma engineers the entire phenomenal universe. At the end\n\nof Lord Brahma's day, everything up to Svargaloka is inundated with\nwater, and the next morning, when there is darkness in the universe,\n\nBrahma again brings the phenomenal manifestation into existence.\nTherefore he is described here as he who manifests this universe.\n\nTrin gu�n vnwti: Lord Brahma takes advantage of the three modes\n\nof material nature. Prakrti, material nature, is described here as tri-vrtii,\n\nthe source of the three material modes. Srila Madhvacarya comments in\n\n", "SB7.1#p0183": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n156\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\nthis connection that tri-vrta means prakrtya. Thus Lord _Kr�I;ta is the\noriginal creator, and Lord Brahma is the original engineer.\n\nTEXT28\n\n�\n\n�\n\n������\n\nSlltilf;os::q41Wil�f4\\f?l� �fui�\n\n����II\n\nnama adyaya bijaya\njfiiina-vijfiiina-milrtaye\nprar:wrulriya-mano-buddhivikarair vyaktim iy�e\nnamatt-I offer my respectful obeisances; adyaya-unto the original\nliving creature; bijaya-the seed of the cosmic manifestation; jfiiina-of\nknowledge; vijfiiina-and of practical application; milrtaye-unto the\ndeity or form; prary,a-of the life air; irulriya-of the senses; manattof the mind; buddhi-of the intelligence; vikaraitt-by transformations;\nvyaktim-manifestation; ry-�e-who has obtained.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my obeisances to the original personality within this uni­\n\nverse, Lord Brahmi, who is cognizant and who can apply his mind\n\nand realized intelligence in creating this cosmic manifestation. It is\nbecause of his activities that everything within the universe is visi­\n\nble. He is therefore the cause of all manifestations.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Vedanta-sutra begins by declaring that the Absolute Person is the\noriginal source of all creation (janmady asya yatatt}. One may ask\nwhether Lord Brahma is the Supreme Absolute Person. No, the Supreme\nAbsolute Person is _Kr�I;ta. Brahma receives his mind, intelligence, materials and everything else from _Kr�Qa, and then he becomes the secondary creator, the engineer of this universe. In this regard we may note\nthat the creation does not take place accidentally, because of the explosion of a chunk. Such nonsensical theories are not accepted by Vedic students. The first created living being is Brahma, who is endowed with\n\n", "SB7.1#p0184": "Text 29]\n\nHir&J,lyaka8ipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\n157\n\nperfect knowledge and intelligence by the Lord. As stated in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam, tene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye: although Brahmli is the\n\nfirst created being, he is not independent, for he receives help from the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead through his heart. There is no one but\nBrahmli at the time of creation, and therefore he receives his intelligence\n\ndirectly from t,he Lord through the heart. This has been discussed in the\n\nbeginning of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nLord Brahmli is described in this verse as the original cause of the cos­\n\nmic manifestation, and this applies to his position in the material world.\n\nThere are many, many such controllers, all of whom are created by the\nSupreme Lord, Vi!?J:.lU. This is illustrated by an incident described in\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta. When the Brahmli of this particular universe was\n\ninvited by �!?J:.la to Dvarakli, he thought that he was the only Brahmli.\n\nTherefore when �!?J:.la inquired from His servant which Brahmli was at\n\nthe door to visit, Lord Brahmli was surprised. He replied that of course\nLord Brahmli, the father of the four Kumliras, was waiting at the door.\n\nLater, Lord Brahmli asked �!?J:.la why He had inquired which Brahmli\n\nhad come. He was then informed that there are millions of other\n\nBrahmlis because there are millions of universes. �!?J:.la then called all\n\nthe Brahmlis, who immediately came to visit Him. The catur-mukha\n\nBrahmli, the four-headed Brahmli of this universe, thought himself a\nvery insignificant creature in the presence of so many Brahmlis with so\n\nmany heads. Thus although there is a Brahmli who is the engineer of\neach universe, �!?J:.la is the original source of all of them.\n\nTEXT 29\n�m\niil•a€1���\nmQt;r � tffir: 3fiilr-11� I\nf�\nm*rw«�aulf\n\n1ffint�\n\n�ij!JUIIij�U ������\n\ntvam iS�e jagatas tasthU§aS ca\nprdr:tena mukhyena pati/:1. prajanam\ncittasya cittair mana-indriyal)iim\npatir mahan bhuta-guT)ii.Sayesa/:1.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0185": "158\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\ntvam-you; iS�e-actually control; jagata}:t-of the moving being;\ntasth�a}:t-of the being that is dull or stationed in one place; ca-and;\nprii�Jena-by the living force; mukhyena-the origin of all activities;\npatiJ:r,-master; prajaniim-of all living entities; cittasya-of the mind;\ncittai}:t-by the consciousness; mana}:t-of the mind; indriya�m-and\nof the two kinds of senses (acting and knowledge-gathering); pati/:t-the\nmaster; mahan-great; bhuta-of the material elements; gu�Ja-and\nthe qualities of the material elements; asaya-of desires; iSa/:t-the\nsupreme master.\nTRANSLATION\nYour Lordship, being the origin of the life of this material\n\nworld, is the master and controller of the living entities, both mov­\n\ning and stationary, and you inspire their consciousness. You main­\n\ntain the mind and the acting and knowledge-acquiring senses, and\ntherefore you are the great controller of all the material elements\n\nand their qualities, and you are the controller of all desires.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse it is clearly indicated that the original source of everything is life. Brahma was instructed by the supreme life, l<.r�?Qa. l<.r�?Qa is\nthe supreme living entity (nityo nityaniim cetana.S cetaniiniim), and\nBrahma is also a living entity, but the original source of Brahma is\nl<.r�?Qa. Therefore l<.r�?Qa says in Bhagavad-gitii (7.7), matta/:t parataram\nniinyat kincid asti dhananjaya: \"0 Arjuna, there is no truth superior to\nMe.\" l<.r�?Qa is the original source of Brahma, who is the original source\nof this universe. Brahma is a representative of l<.r�?Qa, and therefore all\nthe qualities and activities of l<.ri?Qa are also present in Lord Brahma.\nTEXT 30\n\n� (i8��� ffl;ftPI\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�difstEfiNtlt =Tt I\n�Efi 3ll�'t �'ti:HJl'l�W�:\n\n�(�(1€¥{1 ll�oll\n\n", "SB7.1#p0186": "Text 30]\n\nHi�yaka8ipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\n159\n\ntvam sapta-tantiln vitarw�i tanvii\ntrayya catur-hotraka-vidyayii ca\ntvam eka iitmiitmavatiim anadir\nananta-para}J, kavir antariitmii\ntvam-you; sapta-tantun-the seven kinds of Vedic ritualistic\nceremonies, beginning from the agn�!oma-yajna; vitanO§ i-spread;\ntanva-by your body; trayya-the three Vedas; catu}J,-hotraka-of the\nfour kinds of Vedic priests, known as hotii, adhvaryu, brahma and\nudgiitii; v idyaya by the necessary knowledge; ca-also; tvam-you;\neka]J,-one; dtmii-the Supersoul; iitma-vatiim-of all living entities;\nanadi]J,-without beginning; ananta-para}J,-without end; kavi}J,-the\nsupreme mspuer; antal}, -ii tmii- the Supersoul within the core of the\n-\n\nheart.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear lord, by your form as the Vedas personified and\nthrough knowledge relating to the activities of all the yajiiic\nbrahmru;tas, you spread the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies of the\nseven kinds of sacrifices, headed by agni�!oma. Indeed, you inspire\nthe yajiiic brahmru;tas to perform the rituals mentioned in the\nthree Vedas. Being the Supreme Soul, the Supersoul of all living\nentities, you are beginningless, endless and omniscient, beyond\nthe limits of time and space.\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic ritualistic ceremonies, the knowledge thereof, and the person who agrees to perform them are inspired by the Supreme Soul. As\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii, matta}J, smrtir jnanam apohanam ca: from\nthe Lord come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness. The Supersoul is situated in everyone's heart (sarvasya cdham hrdi sanniv�!aiJ.,\n\ni.Svara}J, sarva-bhatiiniirh hrd-dese 'rjuna t�!hati), and when one is advanced in Vedic knowledge, the Supersoul gives him directions. Acting\nas Supersoul, the Lord gives inspiration to a suitable person to perform\nthe Vedic ritualistic ceremonies. In this connection, four classes of\n\nrtvik, are required. They are mentioned as hotii,\nadhvaryu, brahma and udgiitii.\n\npriests, known as\n\n", "SB7.1#p0187": "[Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n160\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�if �sPtf'lwil �;n;n-\n\n��Q���:\nf�A' I\n�� 3ffil�T q(�g'lt#t qU-\n\n� �� =i:1 �R 31mn II�� II\n\ntvam eva kalo 'nimi§o jananam\nayur lavady-avayavai� /cyi��i\nkuta-stha atma parame�thy ajo mahiims\ntvam jiva-lokasya ca }iva atma\ntvam-you;\n\neva-indeed;\n\nka/a�-unlimited\n\ntime;\n\nanimi.§a�­\n\nunblinking; jananam-of all living entities; ayu�-the duration of life;\nlava-adi-consisting\n\nof\n\nseconds,\n\nmoments,\n\nminutes\n\nand\n\nhours;\n\navayavai�-by different parts; /cyi��i-reduce; kuta-stha�-without\nbeing affected by anything; atma-the Supersoul; parame�thi-the\nSupreme Lord; aja�-the unborn; mahan-the great; tvam-you; jivalokasya-of this material world; ca-also; jiva�-the cause of life;\ndtma-the Supersoul.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my lord, Your Lordship is eternally awake, seeing everything\n\nthat happens. As eternal time, you reduce the duration of life for\nall living entities through your different parts, such as moments,\n\nseconds, minutes and hours. Nonetheless, you are unchanged,\n\nresting in one place as the Supersoul, witness and Supreme Lord,\n\nthe birthless, all-pervading controller who is the cause of life for\nall living entities.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word kuta-stha is very important. Although the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is situated everywhere, He is the\ncentral unchanging point. Isvara� sarva-bhiitanam hrd-dese\n\n'rjuna\n\nti§thati: the Lord is situated in full in the core of everyone's heart. As in­\n\ndicated in the Upani§ads by the word ekatvam, although there are\n\n", "SB7.1#p0188": "Text 32]\n\nHir�yak&Sipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\n161\n\nmillions and millions of living entities, the Lord is situated as the Supersoul in every one of them. Nonetheless, He is one in many. As stated in\nthe Brahma-samhita, advaitam acyutam aniidim ananta-nlpam: He has\nmany forms, yet they are advaita-one and unchanging. Since the Lord\nis all-pervading, He is also situated in eternal time. The living entities\nare described as parts and parcels of the Lord because He is the life and\nsoul of all living entities, being situated within their hearts as the an­\n\ntaryami, as enunciated by the philosophy of inconceivable oneness and\ndifference (acintya-bhedabheda). Since the living entities are part of\nGod, they are one in quality with the Lord, yet they are different from\nHim. The Supersoul, who inspires all living entities to act, is one and\nchangeless. There are varieties of subjects, objects and activities, yet the\nLord is one.\nTEXT 32\n\nqt\nwtN(+itm�· f.t'il?{ �f�fhfi+iM I\nAliT: �� �� wrt\nf((U�•t�sftt\nVRf�'m: 11��11\n�:\n\ntvattab, pararh niiparam apy anejad\nejac ca kiiicid vyatiriktam asti\nvidyab, kaliis te tanatxl.S ca sarvii\nhirar:tyagarbho 'si brhat tri pm hab-\n\ntvattab,-from\n\nyou;\n\nparam-higher;\n\nna-not;\n\naparam-lower;\n\napi-even; anejat-not moving; ejat-mov ing; ca-and; kiiicit-anything; vyatiriktam-separate; asti-there is; vidyab,-knowledge;\nkaliib,-its parts; te-o£ you; tanavab,-features of the body; ca-and;\nsarvab,-all; hirar:tya-garbhab,-the one who keeps the universe within\nhis abdomen; asi-you are;\n\nbrhat-greater than the greatest; tri­\n\npr�!hab--transcendental to the three modes of material nature.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere is nothing separate from you, whether it be better or\nlower, stationary or moving. The knowledge derived from the\n\n", "SB7.1#p0189": "(Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n162\n\nVedic literatures like the Upani�ads, and from all the sub-limbs of\nthe original Vedic knowledge, form your external body. You are\n\nHirru;tyagarbha, the reservoir of the universe, but nonetheless,\n\nbeing situated as the supreme controller, you are transcendental to\n\nthe material world, which consists of the three modes of material\n\nnature.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word param means \"the supreme cause,\" and aparam means\n\"the effect.\" The supreme cause is the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nand the effect is material nature. The living entities, both moving and\nnonmoving, are controlled by the Vedic instructions in art and science,\nand therefore they are all expansions of the external energy of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is the center as the Supersoul. The\n\nbrahma�, the universes, exist during the duration of a breath of the\nSupreme Lord (yasyaika-niSvasita-kalam athavalambya jivanti loma­\n\nvilaja jagad-a1J4a,-nathab-}. Thus they are also within the womb of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Maha-Vi�Qu. Nothing, therefore, is\nseparate from the Supreme Lord. This is the philosophy of acintya­\n\nbhedabheda-tattva.\nTEXT 33\n\n� R� ���( ��\n\n��SIIOI'iwtgtJi@4'{\nu mm � qj{ttgil\n3fo�'li 3lmfT\n\n�: �on ����II\n\nvyaktarh vibho sthulam idam sarirarh\nyenendriya-prar:w-mano-gu1Jiirhs tvam\nbhwik§e sthito dhamani parame�thye\navyakta atma pu�a/:1. purar:w/:1.\nvyaktam-manifested;\n\nvibho-0\n\nmy\n\nlord;\n\nsthulam-cosmic\n\nmanifestation; idam-this; sariram-external body; yena- by which;\n\nindriya-the senses; pra�a-the life air; mana/:1.-the mind; gu1Jiin -\n\n", "SB7.1#p0190": "Text 34]\n\nHir�yaka8ipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\n163\n\ntranscendental qualities; tvam-you; bhun�e-enjoy; sthita�-situated;\n\ndluimani-in your own abode; parame�!hye - the supreme;\n\navyakta�-not manifested through ordinary kfiowledge; atma-the\nsoul; puru�a�-the supreme person; pura�� - the oldest.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my lord, being changelessly situated in your own abode, you\n\nexpand your universal form within this cosmic manifestation, thus\nappearing to taste the material world. You are Brahman, the Supersoul, the oldest, the Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that the Absolute Truth appears in three features-namely,\nimpersonal Brahman, localized Supersoul and ultimately the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, .i(r�Qa. The cosmic manifestation is the gross\nmaterial body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who enjoys the\ntaste of the material mellows by expanding His parts and parcels, the living entities, who are qualitatively one with Him. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, however, is situated in the VaikuQ�ha planets,\nwhere He enjoys the spiritual mellows. Therefore the one Absolute\nTruth, Bhagavan, pervades all by His material cosmic manifestation, the\nspiritual Brahman effulgence, and His personal existence as the Supreme\nLord.\nTEXT 34\n\n31WCW'6lott'ffi�qu1\n\n��� ffil� I\nf-it�f'f.li:SRlitfil� � l{tf.{� �: 11�\\lll\nanantavyakta-rilpe�\nyenedam akhilam tatam\ncid-acic-chakti-yuktaya\ntasmai bhagavate nama�\n\nananta-avyakta-rilpe�-by\n\nthe\n\nunlimited,\n\nunmanifested\n\nform;\n\nyena-by which; idam-this; akhilam-total aggregate; tatam-expanded; cit-with spiritual; acit-and material; sakti- potency; yuk-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0191": "164\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\ntaya-unto he who is endowed; tasmai-unto him; bhagavate-unto\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; TUJmab,-I offer my respectful\nobeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme, who in\n\nhis unlimited, unmanifested form has expanded the cosmic\n\nmanifestation, the form of the totality of the universe. He\npossesses external and internal energies and the mixed energy\n\ncalled the marginal potency, which consists of all the living\n\nentities.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord is endowed with unlimited potencies (parasya saktir\nvividhaiva srilyate), which are summarized as three, namely external,\ninternal and marginal. The external potency manifests this material\nworld, the internal potency manifests the spiritual world, and the\nmarginal potency manifests the living entities, who are mixtures of internal and external. The living entity, being part and parcel of Parabrahman, is actually internal potency, but because of being in contact with\nthe material energy, he is an emanation of material and spiritual energies. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is above the material energy\nand is engaged in spiritual pastimes. The material energy is only an external manifestation of His pastimes.\nTEXT 35\n\n� G>l��flt4i�IW{ �wlf �4{ I\n\\(1.-q�fA:�-�� ����II\nyadi dasyasy abhimatan\nvaran me varadottama\nbhiltebhyas tvad-visr$tebhyo\nmrtyur rna bhun mama prabho\nyadi-if; dasyasi-you will give; abhimatan-the desired; varanbenedictions; me-unto me; varada-uttama-0 best of all benedictors;\nbhiltebhyab,-from living entities; tvat-by you; visf$!ebhyab,-who are\n\n", "SB7.1#p0192": "Text 36]\n\nHir�yak.Mipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\n165\n\ncreated; mrtyu�-death; rna-not; bhut-let there be; mama-my;\n\nprabho-0 my lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my lord, 0 best of the givers of benediction, if you will kindly\ngrant me the benediction I desire, please let me not meet death\nfrom any of the living entities created by you.\nPURPORT\nMter being created from the navel of Garbhodakasayi Vi�Qu, Lord\nBrahma, the original created living being within the universe, created\nmany other different types of living entities to reside in this universe.\nTherefore, from the beginning of creation, the living entities were born\nof a superior living entity. Ultimately, l(r�Qa is the supreme living being,\n\nthe father of all others. Aham bija-prada� pita: He is the seed-giving\nfather of all living entities.\nThus far, HiraQyakasipu has adored Lord Brahma as the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and has expected to become immortal by the\nbenediction of Lord Brahma. Now, however, having come to understand\nthat even Lord Brahma is not immortal because at the end of the millennium Lord Brahma will also die, HiraQyakasipu is very carefully asking\nhim for benedictions that will be almost as good as immortality. His first\nproposal is that he not be killed by any of the different forms of living\nentities created by Lord Brahma within this material world.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n�� �w:ll411�fq- :q'l�: I\n\" � � � ;M � 11��11\nnantar bahir diva naktam\nanyasmiid api ciiyudhai�\nna bhumau nambare mrtyur\nna narair na mrgai r api\nna-not; anta�-inside (the palace or home); bahi�-outside the\nhome; diva-during the daytime; naktam-during the night; anyasmat-from any others beyond Lord Brahma; api-even; ca-also;\n\n", "SB7.1#p0193": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n166\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\nayudhaib,-by any weapons used within this material world; na-nor;\n\nbhurnau-on the ground; na-not; ambare-in the sky; mrtyub,­\n\ndeath;\n\nna-not;\n\nanimal; api-also.\n\nnaraib,-by any men;\n\nna-nor; mrgaib,-by any\n\nTRANSLATION\nGrant me that I not die within any residence or outside any resi­\n\ndence, during the daytime or at night, nor on the ground or in the\n\nsky. Grant me that my death not he brought by any being other\n\nthan those created by you, nor by any weapon, nor by any human\n\nbeing or animal.\n\nPURPORT\nHiral).yakasipu was very much afraid of Vi�l).u's becoming an animal\n\nto kill him because his brother had been killed by Vi�QU when the Lord\n\ntook the shape of a boar. He was therefore very careful to guard against\nall kinds of animals. But even without taking the shape of an animal,\n\nVi�Qu could kill him by hurling His Sudarsana cakra, which can go any­\n\nwhere without the Lord's physical presence. Therefore Hiral).yakasipu\n\nwas careful to guard against all kinds of weapons. He guarded against all\n\nkinds of time, space and countries because he was afraid of being killed\n\nby someone else in another land. There are many other planets, higher\n\nand lower, and therefore he prayed for the benediction of not being\nkilled by any resident of any of these planets. There are three original\ndeities-Brahma, Vi�Qu and Mahe8vara. HiraQyakasipu knew that\n\nBrahma would not kill him, but he also wanted not to he killed by Lord\nVi�QU or Lord Siva. Consequently, he prayed for such a benediction.\n\nThus HiraQyakasipu thought himself securely protected from any kind\n\nof death caused by any living entity within this universe. He also\ncarefully guarded against natural death, which might take place within\n\nhis house or outside of the house.\n\nTEXTS 37-38\n\nfA4ijf�ctlwtf�qt\nt\\(lij(+t(\\(il: I\n�� �i ��q�4 :q �ffi:�l'( 11�\\SII\n���q1�f.rt ���14 �WI: I\nriPit� � � �� 11��11\n\n", "SB7.1#p0194": "Text 38]\n\nHir�yaka8ipu's Plan to Become Immortal\n\n167\n\nvyasubhir vii.sumadbhir oo\nsuriisura-mahoragai/:L\napratidvandvatarit yuddhe\naika-patyarit ca dehiniim\nsaroe�am loka-paliiniirit\n\nmahimanam yathatmana/:L\ntapo-yoga-prabhaoo�rit\nyan na �yati karhicit\nvyasubhib,-by things that have no life; vii-or; asumadbhib,-by entities that have life; oo-or; sura-by the demigods; asura-the\ndemons; maha-uragaib,-by the great serpents who live on the lower\nplanets; apratidvandvatam-without a rival; yuddhe-in battle; aikapatyam-supremacy; ca-and; dehiniim-over those who have material\nbodies; saroe�am-of all; loka-paliiniim -the predominating deities of\nall planets;\n\nmahimanam-the glory; yatha-just as; iitmanab,-of\n\nyourself; tapab,-yoga-prabhaoo�m-of those whose power is obtained\nby austerities and the practice of mystic yoga; yat-which; na-never;\n�yati-is destroyed; karhicit-at any time.\nTRANSLATION\nGrant me that I not meet death from any entity, living or nonliving. Grant me, further, that I not be killed by any demigod or\ndemon or by any great snake from the lower planets. Since no one\ncan kill you in the battlefield, you have no competitor. Therefore,\ngrant me the benediction that I too may have no rival. Give me sole\nlordship over all the living entities and presiding deities, and give\nme all the glories obtained by that position. Furthermore, give me\nall the mystic powers attained by long austerities and the practice\nof yoga, for these cannot be lost at any time.\nPURPORT\nLord Brahma obtained his supreme position due to long austerities and\npenances, mystic yoga, meditation and so on. HiraQ.yakasipu wanted a\nsimilar position. The ordinary powers achieved by mystic yoga,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0195": "168\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 3\n\naustent1es and other processes are sometimes vanquished, but the\npowers obtained by the mercy of the Lord are never vanquished.\nHira:r:tyakasipu, therefore, wanted a benediction that would never be\nvanquished.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Seventh Canto, Third\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Hirar:tyakaSipu 's Plan to\nBecome Immortal. \"\n\n", "SB7.1#p0196": "CHAPTER FOUR\n\nHir�yaka8ipu Terrorizes the Universe\nThis chapter fully describes how Hira�yakasipu obtained power from\n\nLord Brahma and misused it by harassing all the living entities within\n\nthis universe.\n\nBy severe austerities, Hir�yakasipu satisfied Lord Brahma and ob­\n\ntained the benedictions he desired. Mter he received these benedictions,\n\nhis body, which had been almost entirely consumed, was revived with\nfull beauty and a luster like gold. Nonetheless, he continued to be en­\n\nvious of Lord Vi��u, unable to forget Lord Vi��u's having killed his\n\nbrother. Hira�yakasipu conquered everyone in the ten directions and the\n\nthree worlds and brought all living entities, both demigods and asuras,\n\nunder his control. Becoming the master of all places, including the resi­\n\ndence of lndra, whom he had driven out, he began enjoying life in great\n\nluxury and thus became mad. All the demigods but Lord Vi��u, Lord\nBrahma and Lord Siva came under his control and began serving him,\n\nbut despite all his material power he was dissatisfied because he was al­\n\nways puffed up, proud of transgressing the Vedic regulations. All the\n\nbrahmar:ms were dissatisfied with him, and they cursed him with deter­\n\nmination. Eventually, all the living entities within the universe, repre­\n\nsented by the demigods and sages, prayed to the Supreme Lord for relief\nfrom Hira�yaka8ipu's rule.\n\nLord Vi��u informed the demigods that they and the other living en­\n\ntities\n\nwould\n\nbe\n\nsaved\n\nfrom\n\nthe\n\nfearful\n\nconditions\n\ncreated\n\nby\n\nHira�yakasipu. Since Hira�yakasipu was the oppressor of all the\n\ndemigods, the followers of the Vedas, the cows, the brahmar:ms and the\n\nreligious, saintly persons, and since he was envious of the Supreme Lord,\n\nhe would naturally be killed very soon. Hir�yakasipu's last exploit\n\nwould be to torment his own son Prahlada, who was a maha-bhiigavata,\n\nan exalted Vai��ava. Then his life would end. When the demigods were\n\nthus reassured by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, everyone was\n\nsatisfied,\n\nknowing\n\nthat\n\nthe\n\nmiseries\n\nHira�yakasipu would come to an end.\n169\n\ninflicted\n\nupon\n\nthem\n\nby\n\n", "SB7.1#p0197": "170\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nFinally, Narada Muni describes the\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\ncharacteristics\n\nof Prahlada\n\nMaharaja, the son of HiraQ.yakasipu, and describes how his father envied\nhis own qualified son. In this way the chapter ends.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n'J/1<11(� �\n\n� �: mfilf((o�•Ritit<?:� 1\nstliJ'Ei'Eiq(1 sftit �Hi�� � II � II\nsri-nii rada uvdca\nevam vrtab- sata-dhrtir\n\nhirar:tyakaSipor atha\npradat tat-tapasa prito\nvararhs tasya sudurlabhan\n\nsri-niiradab, uvac a-Sri Narada Muni said; evam-thus; vrtab-solicited;\n\nsata-dhrtib,-Lord Brahma;\n\nhirar:tyakaSipob,-of Hi:raQ.ya­\n\nkasipu; atha-then; pradiit-delivered; tat-his; tapasa-by the difficult austerities; pritab,-being pleased; vardn-benedictions; tasyaunto HiraQ.yakasipu; su-durlabhan-very rarely obtained.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNiirada Muni continued: Lord Brahma was very much satisfied\n\nby Hir�yaka8ipu's austerities, which were difficult to perform.\n\nTherefore, when solicited for benedictions, he indeed granted\nthem, although they were rarely to be achieved.\n\nTEXT2\n\n,ftlffil<fl\"'\n\n��:���em'{� I\n� �ij(l¥441\\·«f.l ��II� II\n\n", "SB7.1#p0198": "Text3 ]\n\nHiraJ;tyaka.Sipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n171\n\nsri-brahmovaca\ntateme durlabha/:t purhsarh\nyan vro-f$e varan mama\ntathapi vitaramy ariga\nvaran yadyapi durlabhan\nsri-brahma uvaca-Lord Brahma said; tata-0 dear son; ime-all\nthese; durlabha/:t-very rarely obtained; purhsam-by men; yanthose which; vro-f$e-you ask; varan-benedictions; mama-from me;\n\ntathapi\n\n- still; vitarami-1 shall deliver; ariga-0 Hiral)yakasipu;\n\nvaran-the\n\nbenedictions;\n\nyadyapi-although;\n\ndurlabhan-not\n\ngenerally available.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahmi said: 0 Hir&J;lyaka.Sipu, these benedictions for\nwhich you have asked are difficult to obtain for most men. Nonetheless, 0 my son, I shall grant you them although they are\ngenerally not available.\nPURPORT\nMaterial benedictions are not always exactly worthy of being called\nbenedictions. If one possesses more and more, a benediction itself may\nbecome a curse, for just as achieving material opulence in this material\nworld requires great strength and endeavor, maintaining it also requires\ngreat endeavor. Lord Brahma informed HiraQyakasipu that although he\nwas ready to offer him whatever he had asked, the result of the benedictions would be very difficult for HiraQyakasipu to maintain. Nonetheless,\nsince Brahma had promised, he wanted to grant all the benedictions\nasked. The word durlabhan indicates that one should not take benedictions one cannot enjoy peacefully.\nTEXT3\n\nm iift1lll \"·•�•�+t1�•a�it fen!: 1\n\\ftlfflst\\('E4iful �4+n�: ��: II � II\n\n", "SB7.1#p0199": "[Canto 7, Cb.4\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n172\n\ntato jagama bhagavan\namoghiinugralw vibhu�\npujito 'sura-varye{Ul\nstuyamiina� prajesvarai�\ntata�-thereafter; jagama-departed; bhagavan-the most powerful,\n\nLord Brahma;\n\namogha-without\n\nfailure;\n\nanugraha�-whose\n\nbenediction; vibhu�-the Supreme within this universe; pujita�-being\nworshiped; asura-varye{la-by the most exalted demon (HiraQyakasipu);\n\npraised;\n\nstayamiin a�-being\n\npraja-iSvarai�-by\n\nmany\n\ndemigods, the masters of different regions.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen\n\ndeparted,\n\nLonl\n\nBrahma,\n\nbeing\n\nwho\n\nworshiped\n\nawards\n\nby\n\nthe\n\ninfallible\nbest\n\nof\n\nbenedictions,\n\nthe\n\ndemons,\n\nHiraJ;tyaka8ipu, and being praised by great sages and saintly\npersons.\n\nTEXT4\n\nevam labdha-varo daityo\nbibhrad dhemamayam vapu�\nbhagavaty akarod dve$arh\nbhratur vadham anusmaran\nevam-thus;\n\nlabdha-vara�-having obtained\n\nhis desired boon;\n\ndaitya�-Hirar;tyakasipu; bibhrat -acquiring; hema-mayam-possessing the luster of gold; vapu�-a body; bhagavati-unto Lord Vil]QU, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; akarot-maintained; dve$am-envy;\nbhratu� vadham-the killing of his brother; anusmaran-always thinking of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demon HiraJ;tyaka8ipu, having thus been blessed by Lord\n\nBrahma and having acquired a lustrous golden body, continued to\n\n", "SB7.1#p0200": "Hir�yaka.Sipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\nText 7)\n\n173\n\nremember the death of his brother and therefore be envious of\nLord Vi�:�Q.u.\nPURPORT\n\nA demoniac person, in spite of acquiring all the opulences possible to\nobtain in this universe, continues to be envious of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXTS 5-7\n\nQ fit��\n: �n�;ft;J.�:1\n\n�*flt\\(¥4��•1 1if�tiWl(tli�\nII \"\\ II\nfet(=cti(OI�tl�lwrft� �(iqJiW( � I\n�:����I�\n�II� II\ntt�*fq<fif5cEf41 ��l+tlwftt� ft� I\n..\n\n� JletNii.\"SI'1i � � �\n\nII \\9 II\n\nsa vijitya di.Sa/:t sarod\nlokams ca trin mahiisura/:t\ndevasura-man�yendragandharva-ganuJ,oragan\nsiddha-cdra�-vidyadhran\nr�in pitr-patin maniln\nya�a-r�a/:t-pi.Sdcesan\npreta-bhilta-patin api\nsarva-sattva-patin jitvd\nva.Sam aniya vi.Sva-jit\njahara loka-palanam\nsthanani saha tejasa\nsa/:t-he (Hirai).yakasipu); vijitya-conquering; di.Sa/:t-the directions; sarro/:t-all; lokdn-planetary systems; ca-and; trin-three\n(upper, lower and middle); maha-asura/:t-the great demon; deva-the\ndemigods;\n\nasura-the demons;\n\nman�ya-of the human\n\nbeings;\n\n", "SB7.1#p0201": "174\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\nindra-the kings; gandharoa-the Gandharvas; garU(ia-the Garur;l.as;\nur agan-the great serpents; siddha-the Siddhas; cdra�-the\nCArar;tas; vidyadhran-the V idyadharas; r§in-the great sages and\nsaintly persons; pitr-patin-Yamaraja and the other leaders of the Pitas;\nmanan-all the different Manus; yak§a-the Yak�as; rak§a�-the Rak�asas; pi.Saca-oon-the leaders of Pisacaloka; preta-of the Pretas;\nbhata-and of the Bhutas; patin-the masters; api-also; sarva-sattvapatin-the masters of all the different planets; jitoo-conquering;\nva.Sam ani\"ya-bringing under control; viSva-jit-the conqueror of the\nwhole universe; jahara-usurped ; loka-palanam-of the demigods who\nmanage the universal affairs;\n\nsthanani-the places;\n\nsaha-with;\n\ntejasa-all their power.\nTRANSLATION\nHir�yaka.Sipu became the conqueror of the entire universe. In­\n\ndeed, that great demon conquered all the planets in the three\n\nworlds-upper, middle and lower-including the planets of the\nhuman beings, the Gandharvas, the Garu«;las, the great serpents,\nthe Siddhas, Csr�as and Vidyadharas, the great saints, Yamaraja,\n\nthe Manus, the Yak�s, the Rak�asas, the Pisacas and their masters,\n\nand the masters of the ghosts and Bhiitas. He defeated the rulers of\n\nall the other planets where there are living entities and brought\n\nthem under his control. Conquering the abodes of all, he seized\ntheir power and inftuence.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word garU(ia in this verse indicates that there are planets of great\nbirds like Garur;l.a. Similarly, the word uraga indicates that there are\nplanets of enormous serpents. Such a description of the various planets\nof the universe may challenge modern scientists who think that all\nplanets but this earth are vacant. These scientists claim to have launched\nexcursions to the moon, where they have found no living entities but\nonly big craters full of dust and stone, although in fact the moon is so\nbrilliant that it acts like the sun in illuminating the entire universe. Of\ncourse, it is not possible to convince modern scientists of the Vedic information about the universe. Nonetheless, we are not very much impressed\n\n", "SB7.1#p0202": "Text 8)\n\nHir�yaka.Sipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n175\n\nby the words of scientists who say that all other planets are vacant and\nthat only the earth is full of living entities.\nTEXTS\n\n� :ge+t'41�a � f,l�eq( 1\n� � fct\"di!fi4u 1\n\na�1iHe�l4(19fif�l(1�ef.t+td\\ II� II\ndevodyana-sriya j�!am\nadhyiiste sma tri-pi.§!apam\nmahendra-bhavanarit sii�n\nnirmitarit viSvakarma�\ntrailokya-la�my-ayatanam\nadhyuviisakhilarddhimat\n\ndeva-udyana-of the famous garden of the demigods; sriya-by the\nopulences;\n\nj�!am-enriched;\n\nadhyiiste\n\nsma-remained\n\nin;\n\ntri­\n\npi.§!apam-the higher planetary system, where various demigods live;\nmahendra-bhavanam-the palace of lndra,\nsii�at-directly;\n\nnirmitam-constructed;\n\nthe King of heaven;\nviSvakarma�-by\n\nthe\n\nfamous architect of the demigods, Visvakarmli; trailokya-of all the\nthree worlds; la�m i ayatanam\n-\n\n-\n\nthe residence of the goddess of for­\n\ntune; adhyuvasa-lived in; akhila-rddhi-mat-possessing the opulence\nof the entire universe.\nTRANSLATION\nHir�yaka.Sipu, who possessed all opulence, began residing in\nheaven, with its famous Nandana garden, which is enjoyed by the\ndemigods. In fact, he resided in the most opulent palace of lndra,\nthe King of heaven. The palace had been directly constructed by\nthe demigod architect Visvakarma and was as beautifully made as if\nthe goddess of fortune of the entire universe resided there.\nPURPORT\nFrom this description it appears that all the heavenly planets of the\nupper planetary system are thousands upon thousands of times more\n\n", "SB7.1#p0203": "(Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n176\n\nopul�nt than the lower planetary system in which we live. Visvakarma,\nthe famous heavenly architect, is known as the constructor of many wonderful buildings in the upper planets, where there are not only beautiful\nbuildings, but also many opulent gardens and parks, which are described\nas nandana-devodyana, gardens quite fit to be enjoyed by the demigods.\nThis description of the upper planetary system and its opulences is to be\nunderstood from authoritative scriptures like the Vedic literatures.\nTelescopes and the other imperfect instruments of scientists are inadequate for evaluating the upper planetary system. Although such\ninstruments are needed because the vision of the so-called scientists is\nimperfect, the instruments themselves are also imperfect. Therefore the\nupper planets cannot be appraised by imperfect men using imperfect\nman-made instruments. Direct information received from the Vedic\nliterature, however, is perfect, We therefore cannot accept the statement\nthat there are no opulent residences on planets other than this earth.\n\nTEXTS 9-12\n\nAg+�«lqi•U 'i(l'ii(CMI ijCJ: I\n� \"'Q�iGillf.\\ �: II � II\n�\n\n� �51�61wtl� q1f0411QwtiA :q 1\n\n�:\\wtf.l'it: �J�Hl'ffi!:J'iqR«I II� II\nif51�U��oq: \\1�4.,�4 �:I\n((l((liJ\\! qitl� �:��II� �II\n6f4r..q«Wli1'4Wt\n+nu��1\n'lCI'lwtl �fl6e1Eh �\n��sftlq;tllt�9;¥t: ij(IR�:\no\n\n\"'\n\n\"'\n\nSl61���64tvliSIQwt:\n\nII� �II\n\nyatra vidruma-sopanii\nmahii-marakata bhuvab,\nyatra sphii#ka-kwj,yani\nvaidurya-stambha-pariktayab,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0204": "Text 12]\n\nHirm.tyaka8ipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n177\n\nyatra citra-vitanani\npadmaragiisanani ca\npaya/:1.-phena-nibhii/:1. sayya\nmuktiidiima-paricchada/:1.\nkujadbhir nupurair devya/:1.\nsabda-yantya itas tata/:1.\nratna-sthali{;u pa§yanti\nsudati/:1. sundararh mukham\ntasmin mahendra-bhavane mahii-balo\nmahii-mana nirjita-loka eka-ra!\nreme 'bhivandyarighri-yuga/:1. suradibhi/:1,\npratapitair urjita-car:u}a-siisana/:1.\nyatra-where (the residential quarters of King lndra); vidrumasopana/:1.-steps made of coral; ma/ui-marakata/:1.-emerald; bhuva/:1,floors; yatra-where; splui#ka-crystal; k�yani-walls; vaidurya-of\nvaidurya stone; stambha-of pillars; pariktaya/:1,-lines; yatra-where;\ncitra-wonderful; vitanani-canopies; padmaraga-bedecked with\nrubies; ii.sanani-seats; ca-also; paya/:1.-of milk; phena-the foam;\nnibhii/:1,-just\nlike;\nsayya/:1,-beds;\nmuktadama-of\npearls;\nparicchada/:1,-having borders; k ujadbhi/:1.-jingling; nupurai/:1,-with\nankle bells; derya/:1,-celestial ladies; sabda-yantya/:1,-making sweet\nvibrations; ita/:!, tata/:1,-here and there; ratna-sthali{;u-in places\nbedecked with jewels and gems; pa§yanti-see; su-dati/:1.-having nice\nteeth; sundaram-very beautiful; mukham-faces; tasmin-in that;\nmahendra-bhavane-the residential quarters of the heavenly King;\nmahii-bala/:1.-the most powerful; ma/ui-mana/:1.-highly thoughtful;\nnirjita-loka/:1,-having everyone under his control; eka-rat-the powerful dictator; reme-enjoyed; abhivandya-worshiped; mighri-yuga/:1,whose two feet; sura-adibhi/:1,-by the demigods; pratapitai/:1,-being\ndisturbed; urjita-more than expected; car:u}a-severe; sii.sana/:1,whose ruling.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe steps of King lndra's residence were made of coral, the\nO.oor was bedecked with invaluable emeralds, the walls were of\n\n", "SB7.1#p0205": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n178\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\ncrystal, and the columns of vaidlirya stone. The wonderful\n\ncanopies were beautifully decorated, the seats were bedecked with\n\nrubies, and the silk bedding, as white as foam, was decorated with\npearls. The ladies of the palace, who were blessed with beautiful\n\nteeth and the inost wonderfully beautiful faces, walked here and\nthere in the palace, their ankle bells tinkling melodiously, and saw\n\ntheir own beautiful reflections in the gems. The demigods,\n\nhowever, being very much oppressed, had to bow down and offer\n\nobeisances at the\n\nfeet of Hirlll,lyak8Sipu, who\n\nchastised the\n\ndemigods very severely and for no reason. Thus Hirlll,lyaki!Sipu\n\nlived in the palace and severely ruled everyone.\nPURPORT\n\nHiraQ.yakasipu was so powerful in the heavenly planets that all the\n\ndemigods except Lord Brahma, Lord Siva and Lord Vi�!)U were forced to\nengage in his service. Indeed, they were afraid of being severely\npunished if they disobeyed him. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti has compared HiraiJyakasipu to Maharaja Vena, who was also atheistic and\nscornful of the ritualistic ceremonies mentioned in the Vedas. Yet\nMaharaja Vena was afraid of some of the great sages such as Bh�gu,\nwhereas HiraQ.yakasipu ruled in such a way that everyone feared him but\nLord Vi�!)u, Lord Brahma and Lord Siva. Hira!)yakasipu was so alert\nagainst being burnt to ashes by the anger of great sages like Bh�gu that\nby dint of austerity he surpassed their power and placed even them\nunder his subordination. It appears that even in the higher planetary\nsystems, to which people are promoted by pious activities, disturbances\nare created by asuras like Hira!)yakasipu. No one in the three worlds can\nlive in peace and prosperity without disturbance.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�\n\n'Ri �\n�t*I(IIWI�! I\n\n341(1al41�Wi41f0l�\n\n�«etil�lilil�lilei �II�� II\n\n", "SB7.1#p0206": "Text 13]\n\nHira1,1yaka8ipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n179\n\ntam anga mattarit madhunoru-gandhinii\nvivrtta-ttimrtik$am a§e�a-dh4r:Lya-pa/:t\nupasatopayana-pii\"(Libhir vinii\ntribhis tapo-yoga-balaujasarit padam\ntam-him (Hirru;tyakasipu); anga-0 dear King; mattam-intoxicated; madhunii-by wine; uru-gandhinii-strong-smelling; vivrttarol!ing; tdmra-ak$am-having eyes like copper; a§e�a-dh4TJya-pa/:tthe principal men of all the planets; upasata-worshiped; upayanafull with paraphernalia; piir:Libhi/:t-by their own hands; vinii-without;\ntribhi/:t-the three principal deities (Lord Vi�QU, Lord Brahma and Lord\nSiva); tapa/:t-of austerity; yoga-mystic power; bala-bodily strength;\nojasdm-and power of the senses; padam-the abode.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my dear King, Hira1,1yaka8ipu was always drunk on strong­\n\nsmelling wines and liquors, and therefore his coppery eyes were\n\nalways rolling. Nonetheless, because he had powerfully executed\n\ngreat austerities in mystic yoga, although he was abominable, all\n\nbut the three principal demigods-Lord Brahmii, Lord Siva and\n\nLord Vi�1,1u-personally worshiped him to please him by bringing\nhim various presentations with their own hands.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Skanda Purti\"(La there is this description: upayanarit dadu/:t\nsarve vinii devan hira\"(Lyaka}:t. HiraQyakasipu was so powerful that\neveryone but the three principal demigods-namely Lord Brahma, Lord\nSiva and Lord Vi�Qu-engaged in his service. Madhvacarya says, aditya\nvasavo rudras tri-vidha hi sura yata}:t. There are three kinds of\ndemigods-the Adityas, the Vasus and the Rudras-beneath whom are\nthe other demigods, like the Maruts and Sadhyas (marutaS caiva viSve ca\nsadhyas caiva ca tad-gatal:t}. Therefore all the demigods are called trip4!apa, and the same word tri applies to Lord Brahrna, Lord Siva and\nLord Vi�Qu.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0207": "(Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n180\n\nTEXT 14\n\ni5t�lWi\\IQWf¥{t�QI\n\n�\nftr•ell':tti�d'!i!��G>IG>�H\n� se}t�1s� a�������\\lll\n..\n\njagur mahendriisanam ojasa sthitam\nviSvavasus tumburur asmad-iidaya/:t\ngandharva-siddha r$ayo 'stuvan muhur\nvidyadharas cdpsarasa.S ca paTJ4,ava\njagu/:t-sung of the glories; mahendra-iisanam-the throne of King\nlndra; ojasa-by personal power; sthitam-situated on; viSvavasu/:tthe chief singer of the Gandharvas; tumburu/:t-another Gandharva\nsinger; asmat-iidaya/:t-including ourselves (Narada and others also\nglorified HiraQyaka8ipu); gandharva-the inhabitants of Gandharvaloka; siddha/:t-the inhabitants of Siddhaloka; f$aya/:t-the great sages\nand saintly persons;\nagain;\n\nastuvan-offered prayers;\n\nmuhu/:t-again and\n\nvidyadhara/:t-the inhabitants of Vidyadhara-loka; ca-and;\n\napsarasa/:t-the inhabitants of Apsaroloka; ca-and; paTJ4,ava-O descendant of PiiQQU.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Yudhi��hira, descendant of PiiJ;I9u, by dint of his\n\npersonal power, HiraJ,lyak&Sipu, being situated on the throne of\n\nKing lndra, controlled the inhabitants of all the other planets. The\ntwo Gandharvas Visvavasu and Tumburu,\n\nI myself and the\n\nVidyiidharas, Apsariis and sages all offered prayers to him again\n\nand again just to glorify him.\n\nPURPORT\nThe asuras sometimes become so powerful that they can engage even\nNarada Muni and similar devotees in their service. This does not mean\nthat Narada was subordinate to HiraQyakasipu. Sometimes, however, it\nso happens in this material world that great personalities, even great devotees, can also be controlled by the asuras.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0208": "Hir�yaka8ipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\nText 16)\n\n181\n\nTEXT 15\n\n���:�:1\n-�¥11wft � m �·�mll ����\nsa eva van:uJ.Sramibhi/:t\nkratubhir bhuri-da�ir:uzi/:1.\nijyamdrw havir-bhiigan\nagrahit svena tejasa\nsa/:t-he (HiraQyakasipu); eva-indeed; varr:uz-asramibhi/:1.-by persons who strictly followed the regulative principles of the four varr:uzs\nand four asramas; kratubhi/:t-by ritualistic ceremonies; bhuri-abundant; da�ir:uzi/:1.-offered with gifts; ijyamdna/:t-being worshiped;\nhavi/:t-bhiigan-the\n\nportions\n\nof\n\nthe\n\noblationsi\n\nagrahit-usurped;\n\nsvena-by his own; tejasii-prowess.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing worshiped by sacrifices offered with great gifts by those\nwho\n\nstrictly\n\nfollowed\n\nthe\n\nprinciples\n\nof\n\nvarf}.a\n\nand\n\niiSrama,\n\nHir�yaka8ipu, instead of offering shares of the oblations to the\ndemigods, accepted them himself.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n(1�1416: (1fta_1qi!4Jt ¥1lJ I\n(t1ll Efil¥1�1 ;lfcil ;n;n� �: II� �II\n�'f)�li'l)i41\n\nakma-pacya tasyas it\nsapta-dvipavati mahi\ntathii kiima-dughii gavo\nnanascarya-padam nabha/:t\nakr�ta-pacya-bearing grains without being cultivated or plowed;\ntasya-of HiraQyakasipu; iisit-was; sapta-dvipa-vati-consisting of\nseven islands; mahi-the earth; tathii-so much so; kiima-dughii/:t-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0209": "(Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n182\n\nwhich can deliver as much milk as one desires; gava�-cows; nandvarious; ascarya -padam-wonderful things; nabha�-the sky.\nTRANSLATION\nAs if in fear of Hir81,lyaka8ipu, the planet earth, which consists\n\nof seven islands, delivered food grains without being plowed.\n\nThus it resembled cows like the surabhi of the spiritual world or\n\nthe kama-dugha of heaven. The earth yielded sufficient food\n\ngrains, the cows supplied abundant milk, and outer space was\nbeautifully decorated with wonderful phenomena.\nTEXT 17\n\nOOI:fl(ij�q��fli�: I\ntil«<\\fid�(lflfiG>•I :\nII� �II\n\n«tiCMI�\n\nratniikaras ca ratnaugharhs\ntat-patnya.S cohur armibh*\n�ara -s idhu-ghrta - �audra\ndadhi-�iramrtodakii�\n\n­\n\nratnakara�-the seas and oceans; ca-and; ratna-oghan-various\nkinds of gems and valuable stones; tat-patnya�-the wives of the oceans\nand seas, namely the rivers; ca-also; ahu�-carried; urmibhi�-by\ntheir waves; �lira-the salt ocean; sidhu-the ocean of wine; ghrtathe ocean of clarified butter; �udra-the ocean of sugarcane juice;\ndadhi-the ocean of yogurt; �ira-the ocean of milk; amrta-and the\nvery sweet ocean; uda�-water.\nTRANSLATION\nBy the flowing of their waves, the various oceans of the uni­\n\nverse, along with their tributaries, the rivers, which are compared\n\nto their wives, supplied various kinds of gems and jewels for\n\nHir81,lyaka8ipu's use. These oceans were the oceans of salt water,\n\nsugarcane juice, wine, clarified butter, milk, yogurt, and sweet\n\nwater.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0210": "Text 18]\n\nHira:r_1yaka8ipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n183\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe water of the seas and oceans of this planet, of which we have ex­\n\nperience, are salty, but other planets within the universe contain oceans\n\nof sugarcane juice, liquor, ghee, milk and sweet water. The rivers are\n\nfiguratively described as wives of the oceans and seas because they glide\ndown to the oceans and seas as tributaries, like the wives attached to their\n\nhusbands. Modern scientists attempt excursions to other planets, but\nthey have no information of how many different types of oceans and seas\n\nthere are within the universe. According to their experience, the moon is\n\nfull of dust, but this does not explain how it gives us soothing rays from a\n\ndistance of millions of miles. As far as we are concerned, we follow the\n\nauthority of V yasadeva and Sukadeva Gosvami, who have described the\n\nuniversal situation according to the Vedic literature. These authorities\n\ndiffer from modern scientists who conclude from their imperfect sensual\n\nexperience that only this planet is inhabited by living beings whereas the\nother planets are all vacant or full of dust.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n� ituft�OSbi� � gtJfl'l�: I\n� �lifNI�I\"'Iit�\n\n� �II� �II\n\nsaili.i dror:tibhir iikrU}am\n\nsarvartU§u guTJ-iin drumii/:t\n\ndadhiira loka-piili.iniim\n\neka eva prthag guTJ-iin\n\nsaili.i/:t-the hills and mountains; dror:tibhi/:t-with the valleys between\n\nthem;\n\niikrU}am-pleasure\n\ngrounds\n\nfor\n\nHiral)yakasipu;\n\nsarva-all;\n\nrtU§u-in the seasons of the year; guTJ-iin-different qualities (fruits and\n\nflowers); drumii/:t-the plants and trees; dadhiira-executed; loka­\n\npiiliiniim-of the other demigods in charge of different departments of\nnatural\n\nactivity;\n\nguTJ-iin-qualities.\n\neka/:t-alone;\n\neva-indeed;\n\nprthak-different;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe valleys between the mountains became fields of pleasure\nfor Hira:r_Iyaka5ipu, by whose influence all the trees and plants\n\n", "SB7.1#p0211": "[Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n184\n\nproduced fruits and flowers profusely in all seasons. The qualities\n\nof pouring water, drying and burning, which are all qualities of\n\nthe three departmental heads of the universe-namely lndra, Viyu\nand Agni-were all directed by Hir&l}yaka8ipu alone, without\n\nassistance from the demigods.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said in the beginning of Srimad-Bhagavatam, tejo-vari-mrdiim\nyathii vinimayab,: this material world is conducted by fire, water and\nearth, which combine and take shape. Here it is mentioned that the three\nmodes of nature {prthag gur:uln) act under the direction of different\ndemigods. For example, King lndra is in charge of pouring water, the\ndemigod Vayu controls the air and dries up the water, whereas the\ndemigod controlling fire burns everything. Hiracyyaka8ipu, however, by\n\ndint of his austere performance of mystic yoga, became so powerful that\nhe alone took charge of everything, without assistance from the\ndemigods.\nTEXT 19\n\n�� P-tll�'it�Cii'm._f�,�l(� I\n4Nlq:Jiq � ;{IC{Q(I'{R!ij� : ����II\nsa ittham nirjita-kakub\neka-rtl(I vi§ayan priyan\nyathopajo�m bhuiijano\nnatrpyad ajitendriyab,\ns ab,-he\n\n(Hiral')yakasipu);\n\nittham-thus;\n\nnirjita-conquered;\n\nkakub-all directions within the universe; eka rat-the one emperor of\n-\n\nthe whole universe; v �ayan-material sense objects; priyan-very\npleasing; yatha-upaj�am-as much as possible; bhuiija nab,\n\n-\n\nenjoying ;\n\nna-did not; atrpyat-was satisfied; ajita indriyab,-being unable to\n-\n\ncontrol the senses.\nTRANSLATION\nIn spite of achieving the power to control in all directions and in\n\nspite of enjoying all types of dear sense gratification as much as\n\n", "SB7.1#p0212": "Text 20]\n\nHir81].yaka8ipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n185\n\npossible, Hir81].yaka8ipu was dissatisfied because instead of controlling his senses he remained their servant.\nPURPORT\nThis is an example of asuric life. Atheists can advance materially and\ncreate an extremely comfortable situation for the senses, hut because\nthey are controlled by the senses, they cannot he satisfied. This is the\neffect of modern civilization. Materialists are very much advanced in enjoying money and women, yet dissatisfaction prevails within human\nsociety because human society cannot he happy and peaceful without\n�!?I).a consciousness. As Jar as material sense gratification is concerned,\nmaterialists may go on increasing their enjoyment as far as they can\nimagine, hut because people in such a material condition are servants of\ntheir senses, they cannot he satisfied. HiraQyakasipu was a vivid example\nof this dissatisfied state of humanity.\nTEXT 20\n\nl(q�\\l�hr�l�\n\nta«l'f.01ij�M:rt I\n� � 04J\\qpt �ilt�llqiq9;1 : ll�oll\nevam aiSvarya-mattasya\ndrptasyocchastra-vartinatt\n\nkiilo mahan try\"atiyaya\nbrahma-sapam upey!.L§att\nevam-thus; aiSvarya-mattasya-of one who was intoxicated by opu­\n\nlences; drptasya -greatly proud; ut-sastra-va rtinatt -transgressing the\nregulative principles mentioned in the siistras; kiilatt-duration of time;\nmahan-a great; vyatiyaya -passed; brahma-sapam-a curse by exalted brahmar:ws; upey!.L§att-having obtained.\nTRANSLATION\nHir81].yaka8ipu thus passed a long time being very much proud\nof his opulences and transgressing the laws and regulations mentioned in the authoritative Sistras. He was therefore subjected to a\ncurse by the four Kumaras, who were great brihmlll].as.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0213": "186\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\nPURPORT\n\nThere have been many instances in which demons, after achieving\nmaterial opulences, have become extremely proud, so much so that they\nhave transgressed the laws and regulations given in the authoritative\n\nSdstras. Hiral).yakasipu acted in this way. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(16.23):\nya/:t siistra-vidhim utsrjya\nvartate kiima-kiirata/:t\nna sa siddhim aviipnoti\nna sukham na pariirh gatim\n\n\"He who discards scriptural injunctions and acts according to his own\nwhims attains neither perfection, nor happiness, nor the supreme\ndestination.\" The word siistra refers to that which controls our activities.\nWe cannot violate or transgress the laws and regulative principles mentioned in the siistras. Bhagavad-gitii repeatedly confirms this.\n\ntasmiic chiistrarh pramiir:ram te\nkiiryiikiirya-tyavasthitau\njnatvii siistra-vidhiinoktarh\nkarma kartum ihiirhasi\n\"One should understand what is duty and what is not duty by the regulations of the scriptures. Knowing such rules and regulations, one should\nact so that he may gradually be elevated.\" (Bg.\n\n16.24) One should act\n\naccording to the direction of the siistra, but the material energy is so\npowerful that as soon as one becomes materially opulent, he begins to\ntransgress the sastric laws. As soon as one transgresses the laws of siistra,\nhe immediately enters upon the path of destruction.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n6�!4G>O�Qf'€t\\41: � �: (1418Cf;l: I\n31W44'3118•\\tti((OU:\n\n� �9)<�9;6'{ II�� II\n\n", "SB7.1#p0214": "Text 21]\n\nHira�yakaSipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n187\n\ntasyogra-da1J4,a-samvigrui/:l.\nsaroe lokii/:1. sapalakii/:1.\nanyatralabdha-sara¢/:1.\nsaral)-am yayur acyutam\ntasya--;of him (Hiral).yakasipu); ugra-daTJ4,a-by the very fearful\nchastisement; samv ignti/:1.-disturbed; saroe-all; lokii/:1.-the planets;\nsa-palakii/:1.-with their principal rulers; anyatra-anywhere else;\nalabdha-not obtaining; sarar:W/:1. shelter; saral)-am-for shelter;\nyayu/:1.-approached; a<yutam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone, including the rulers of the various planets, was extremely distressed because of the severe punishment inflicted\nupon them by Hir�yak&Sipu. Fearful and disturbed, unable to\nfind any other shelter, they at last surrendered to the Supreme\nPersmiality of Godhead, Vi��u.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Kr�I).a says in Bhagavad-gitti (5.29):\nbhoktaram yajna-tapasam\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\nsuhrdam sarva-bhutanam\njnatvd mdm santim rcchati\n\n\"The sages, knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrifices and\nausterities, the Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods and the\nbenefactor and well-wisher of all living entities, attain peace from the\npangs of material miseries.\" The Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nKr�I).a, is actually the best friend of everyone. In a condition of distress\nor misery, one wants to seek shelter of a well-wishing friend. The wellwishing friend of the perfect order is Lord Sri Kr�I).a. Therefore all the\ninhabitants of the various planets, being unable to find any other shelter,\nwere obliged to seek shelter at the lotus feet of the supreme friend. If\nfrom the very beginning we seek shelter of the supreme friend, there\n\n", "SB7.1#p0215": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n188\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\nwill be no cause of danger. It is said that if a dog is swimming in the\nwater and one wants to cross the ocean by catching hold of the dog's tail,\ncertainly he is foolish. Similarly, if in distress one seeks shelter of a\ndemigod, he is foolish, for his efforts will be fruitless. In all circumstances, one should seek shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThen there will be no danger under any circumstances.\n\nTEXTS 22-23\n\nm wtq1s��4Sllc:IU &ft�SQ�: I\n�;r f.lq� �:4'\"41rtl;fls+tet: ������\n� � 4trelc:+llwt: Q+llf1(1Rf�s¥t81! I\n:gq(f\\�(-ftQ - �: ����II\ntasyai namo 'stu ka$thayai\nyatratrna harir iSvaraft\nyad gatva na nivartante\nsiintdft sannyiisirw 'maliift\niti te samyatatrnanaft\nsamiihita-dhiyo 'maliift\nupatasthur hr�ikesam\nvinidrii vayu-bhojaniift\n\ntasyai-unto that; namaft-our respectful obeisances; astu-let there\nbe;\n\nka$thayai-direction;\n\nyatra-wherein;\n\niitmii-the\n\nSupersoul;\n\nharift-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iSvaraft-the supreme\ncontroller; yat-which; gatvd-approaching; na-never; nivartantereturn;\n\nsiintdft-peaceful;\n\nsannyiisinaft-saintly\n\npersons\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nrenounced order of life; amaliift-pure; iti-thus; te-they; samyataiitmii naft\n\n-ha ing controlled minds; samiihita-steadied; dhiyaft-inv\n\ntelligences; amaliift-purified; upatasthuft-worshiped; hr�ike5am­\n\nthe master of the senses; vinidriift-without sleeping; vayu-bhojaniifteating only air.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0216": "Text 24]\n\nHirm;tyaka8ipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n189\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Let us offer our respectful obeisances unto that direction\nwhere the Supreme Personality of Godhead is situated, where\nthose purified souls in the renounced order of life, the great\nsaintly persons, go, and from which, having gone, they never\nreturn.\" Without sleep, fully controlling their minds, and living\non only their breath, the predominating deities of the various\nplanets began worshiping �ike8a with this meditation.\nPURPORT\nThe two words tasyai �!hayai are very significant. Everywhere, in\nevery direction, in every heart and in every atom, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is situated in His features as Brahman and\nParamatmli.. Then what is the purpose of saying tasyai �!}uiyai- \"in\nthat direction where Hari is situated\"? During HiraiJ.yakasipu's time, his\ninfluence was everywhere, but he could not force his influence into the\nplaces where the Supreme Personality of Godhead had His pastimes. For\nexample, on this earth there are such places as V:rndavana and Ayodhya,\nwhich are called dhamas. In the dhama, there is no influence from Kaliyuga or any demon. If one takes shelter of such a dhama, worship of the\nLord becomes very easy, and resultant spiritual advancement quickly\ntakes place. In fact, in India one may still go to V:rndavana and similar\nplaces to achieve the results of spiritual activities quickly.\nTEXT 24\n\n�tti¥41PI�'{GJUft � �:� I\nij'Cit:>�� �: � 11�\\lll\nte�iim iivirabhud m�i\narilpii megha-nib,svanii\nsanniidayanti kakubha/:1.\nsiidhilniim abhayarikari\nte�iim-in front of all of them; avirabhut-appeared; ro�i-a voice;\narilpii-without a form; megha-nib,svanii-resounding like the sound of\n\n", "SB7.1#p0217": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n190\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\na cloud; sannadayanti-causing to vibrate; kakubha�-all directions;\nsadhunam-of the saintly persons; abhayankari-driving away the\nfearful situation.\nTRANSLATION\nThen there appeared before them a transcendental sound vibra­\n\ntion, emanating from a personality not visible to material eyes. The\n\nvoice was as grave as the sound of a cloud, and it was very encouraging, driving away all fear.\n\nTEXTS 25-26\n\n� �: � +t�fl�d �: I\n� ft � �����II\n��d�i!t� G_l(l� ��441q«� tt1{ I\n��ctiRt44tftl m 61C1dc«t� ������\n�\n\nrna bhai§!a vibudha-sre�thd�\nsarve$('im bhadram astu va�\nmad-darianam hi bhutanam\nsarva-sreyopapattaye\njnatam etasya dauratmyam\ndaiteyapasadasya yat\ntasya santim kari§yami\nkalam tavat prati�ta\nrna-do not; bhai§ta-fear; vibudha-sre�thd�-0 best of learned persons; sarve�am-of all; bhadram-the good fortune; astu-let there be;\nva�-unto you; mat-dar§anam-the seeing of Me (or offering of prayers\nto Me or hearing about Me, all of which are absolute); hi-indeed;\nbhatanam-of all living entities; sarva-sreya-of all good fortune;\nupapattaye-for the attainment; jnatam-known;\ndauratmyam-the\n\nnefarious activities;\n\netasya-of this;\n\ndaiteya-apasadasya-of the\n\ngreat demon, HiraQyakasipu; yat-which; tasya-of this; santimcessation; kari§yami-1 shall make; kalam-time; tdvat-until that;\nprati�ata-just wait.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0218": "Text 27]\n\nHir�yaka.Sipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n191\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe voice of the Lord vibrated as follows: 0 best of learned persons, do not fear! I wish all good fortune to you. Become My devotees by hearing and chanting about Me and offering Me prayers,\nfor these are certainly meant to award benedictions to all living entities. I know all about the activities of Hira�yaka.Sipu and shall\nsurely stop them ver y soon. Please wait patiently until that time.\nPURPORT\nSometimes people are very much eager to see God. In considering the\nword mad-darianam, \"seeing Me,\" which is mentioned in this verse,\none should note that in Bhagavad-gitd the Lord says, bhaktya miim abhijanati. In other words, the ability to understand the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead or to see Him or talk with Him depends on one's advancement in devotional service, which is called bhakti. In bhakti there are\n\nnine different activities: sravar:wm kirtanam �TJ-0� smarar:wm padasevanam/ arcanam vandanam diisyam sakhyam atma-nivedanam. Be­\n\ncause all these devotional activities are absolute, there is no fundamental\ndifference between worshiping the Deity in the temple, seeing Him and\nchanting His glories. Indeed, all of these are ways of seeing Him, for\neverything done in devotional service is a means of direct contact with\nthe Lord. The vibration of the Lord's voice appeared in the presence of\nall the devotees, and although the person vibrating the sound was unseen\nto them, they were meeting or seeing the Lord because they were offering prayers and because the vibration of the Lord was present. Contrary\nto the laws of the material world, there is no difference between seeing\nthe Lord, offering prayers and hearing the transcendental vibration.\nPure devotees, therefore, are fully satisfied by glorifying the Lord. Such\nglorification is called kirtana. Performing kirtana and hearing the vibration of the sound Hare Kt�Qa is actually seeing the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead directly. One must realize this position, and then one will be\nable to understand the absolute nature of the Lord's activities.\nTEXT 27\n\n��� ����\n\\i{il+t� � �:��am! R-.�4� 11�\\911\n\n", "SB7.1#p0219": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n192\n\n[Canto 7, Cb. 4\n\nyada deve�u vede�u\ng�u vipre�u siidh�u\ndharme mayi ca vidve�ab,\nsa vd iiSu vina§yati\n\nyada-when; deve�u-unto the demigods; vede�u-unto the Vedic\nscriptures;\n\ng�u-unto\n\nthe\n\ncows;\n\nvipre�u-unto\n\nthe\n\nbrahmar:ws ;\n\nsiidh�u-unto the saintly persons; dharme-unto religious principles;\nmayi-unto Me,\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nca-and;\n\nvidve�!J,-envious; sab,-such a person; vai-indeed; iiSu-very soon;\nvina§yati-is vanquished.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen one is envious of the demigods, who represent the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, of the Vedas, which give all\nknowledge, of the cows, brahmBI).as, V ai![i:r;tavas and religious prin­\n\nciples, and ultimately of Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nhe and his civilization will be vanquished without delay.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�-(N SI�IRII4 ((4ij(U4 '4(1�'4� I\nSICI(14 � ai(�S� �a�ij¥( ����II\nnirvairaya pra.Siintaya\nsva-sutaya mahatmane\nprahradiiy a yada druhyed\ndhan�ye 'pi varorjitam\n\nnirvairaya-who is without enemies; pra.Santaya-very sober and\npeaceful; sva-sutaya-unto his own son; maha-iitmane-who is a great\ndevotee; prahradii ya-Prahlada Maharaja; yada\n\n- when; druhyet-will\n\ncommit violence; han�ye-I shall kill; api-although; vara-arjitamblessed by the boons of Lord Brahma.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0220": "Text 29]\n\nffirllt;J.yaka8ipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n193\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen ffirllt;J.yaka8ipu teases the great devotee Prahlida, his own\nson, who is peaceful and sober and who has no enemy, I shall kill\nffirllt;lyaka8ipu immediately, despite the benedictions of Brahmi.\nPURPORT\nOf all sinful activities, an offense to a pure devotee, or Vai�Qava, is the\n\nmost severe. An offense at the lotus feet of a Vaisnava is so disastrous\nthat Sri Caitanya Mahaprahhu has compared it to a �ad elephant that en­\n\nters a garden and causes great havoc by uprooting many plants and trees.\n\nIf one is an offender at the lotus feet of a brahmaTJ-(l or Vai�Qava, his\n\noffenses uproot all his auspicious activities. One should therefore very\n\ncarefully guard against committing va�TJ-(lva-aparadha, or offenses at\n\nthe lotus feet of a Vai�Qava. Here the Lord clearly says that although\n\nHiraQyakasipu had received benedictions from Lord Brahma, these\n\nbenedictions would be null and void as soon as he committed an offense\nat the lotus feet of Prahlada Maharaja, his own son. A Vai�Qava like\n\nPrahlada Maharaja is described herein as nirvaira, having no enemies.\n\nElsewhere in Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.25.21) it is said, ajata-Sa.travab,\n\nsantab, sadhavab, sadhu-bhi4a�b,: a devotee has no enemies, he is\n\npeaceful, he abides by the scriptures, and all his characteristics are\n\nsublime. A devotee does not create enmity with anyone, but if someone\nbecomes his enemy, that person will be vanquished by the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, despite whatever benedictions he may have received\nfrom other sources. HiraQyaka8ipu was certainly enjoying the fruitful\n\nresults of his austerities, but here the Lord says that as soon as he com­\n\nmitted an offense at the lotus feet of Prahlada Maharaja he would be\n\nruined. One's longevity, opulence, beauty, education and whatever else\n\none may possess as a result of pious activities cannot protect one if one\ncommits an offense at the lotus feet of a Vai�Qava. Despite whatever one\n\npossesses, if one offends the lotus feet of a Vai�Qava he will be\n\nvanquished.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n��\n� Jl•g(iUU (f S(1J1'R{ �ciiCht: I\n..414� •1(1)(•11 � � �����II\n\n", "SB7.1#p0221": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n194\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\nsri-ndrada uvaca\nity uktii loka-gurur:uJ,\ntarit praT_ULmya divaukasa!l\nnyavartanta gatodvegii\nmenire ciisurarit hatam\nsri-narada!l uviica-the great saint Narada Muni said; iti-thus;\nuktii!l-addressed; loka-gurur:uJ,-by the supreme spiritual master of\neveryone;\n\ntam-unto\n\ndivaukasa!l-all\n\nthe\n\nHim;\n\npraT_ULmya-offering\n\ndemigods;\n\nnyavartanta\n\n-\n\nobeisances;\n\nreturned;\n\ngata­\n\nudvega!l-relieved of all anxieties; menire-they considered; ca-also;\nasuram-the demon (HiraQyakasipu); hatam-killed.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great saint Narada Muni continued: When the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, the spiritual master of everyone, thus\nreassured all the demigods living in the heavenly planets, they\noffered their respectful obeisances unto Him and returned, confident that the demon Hir�yaka8ipu was now practically dead.\nPURPORT\nThe less intelligent men who are always busy worshiping the demigods\nshould note that when the demigods are harassed by the demons, they\napproach the Supreme Personality of Godhead for relief. Since the\ndemigods resort to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, why should the\nworshipers of the demigods not approach the Supreme Lord for whatever\nbenefits they desire? Srimad-Bhiigavatam (2.3.10) says:\nakiima!l sarva-kiimo oo\nmo�a-kiima udiira-dhi!l\ntivreT_UL bhakti-yogena\nyajeta pun.L{'arit param\n\"Whether one desires everything or nothing, or whether he desires to\nmerge into the existence of the Lord, he is intelligent only if he worships\nLord l(r�Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, by rendering tran-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0222": "Hir�yaka8ipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\nText 30)\n\n195\n\nscendental loving service.\" Whether one is a karmi, jnani or yogi, if one\nwants a particular benediction fulfilled, even if it be material, one should\napproach the Supreme Lord and pray to Him, for then it will be fulfilled.\nThere is no need to approach any demigod separately for the fulfillment\nof any desire.\nTEXT 30\n\n�: ��: q(IU'g�U: I\n!l&l(iSl(qt{j�..j g.Jt�t{g_ql('l�! II� oil\n\n�\n\n..\n\ntasya daitya-pate/:t putras\ncatvara/:t paramddbhuta/:t\nprahriido 'bhun mahams te�am\ngu�Jair mahad-upasaka/:t\ntasya-of him\nDaityas;\n\n(HiraQyaka5ipu);\n\nputra/:t-sons;\n\ndaitya-pate/:t-the King of the\n\ncatvara/:t-four;\n\nparama-adbhuta/:t-very\n\nqualified and wonderful; prahrada/:t-the one named Prahlada; abhutwas; mahan-the greatest; te�am-of all of them; gu�Jai/:t-with transcendental qualities; mahat-upasaka/:t-being an unalloyed devotee of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nHir�yaka8ipu had four wonderful, well-qualified sons, of\nwhom the one named Prahlada was the best. Indeed, Prahliida was\na reservoir of all transcendental qualities because he was\n\nan\n\nunalloyed devotee of the Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nyasyiisti bhaktir bhagavaty akincana\nsarvair gu�Jais tatra samiisate sura/:t\n\"In one who has unflinching devotional faith in Kt�Qa, all the good\nqualities of Kt�Q.a\n\nand the demigods\n\nare consistently manifest.\"\n\n", "SB7.1#p0223": "196\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\n(Bhag. 5.18.12) Prahlada Maharaja is praised herein for having all good\nqualities because of worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTherefore, a pure devotee, who has no motives, has all good qualities,\nmaterial and spiritual. If one is spiritually advanced, being a staunch,\nliberal devotee of the Lord, all good qualities are manifest in his body.\nOn the other hand, harav abhaktasya kuto mahad-gu1Jii/:t: if one is not a\ndevotee, even if he has some materially good qualities, they have no\nvalue. That is the verdict of the Vedas.\nTEXTS 31-32\n\n�: ik�«Pi'st: Q�Q..��ij�: I\n3ll�'lii4€Qt'(al'1lr4ifltqij(ij+\\ :\nII�� II\n\n�1Qii4�Q'1{114tft : fqqoi4(hti!4ffij: I\n�lqoi4ffi(� � ��+lli4'1: I\nfittn��q'3(;:ql@il +\\1'1(ij\"4t�i4�{1 : ����II\nbrahmar:tya/:t sila-sampanna/:t\nsatya-sandho jitendriya/:t\natmavat sarva-bhiltaniim\n\neka-priya-suhrttama/:t\ndasavat sannatdryanghri/:t\npitrood dina-vatsala/:t\nbhratrvat sad,.Se snigdho\ngu�v iSvara-bhavana/:t\nvidyartha-rilpa-janmal}.hyo\nmdna-stambha-vivarjita/:t\nbrahmar:tya/:t-cultured as a good brahmar:ta; sila-sampanna/:tpossessing all good qualities; satya-sandha/:t\n\n- determined to understand\n\nthe Absolute Truth; jita-indriya/:t-fully controlling the senses and\nmind; atma-vat-like the Supersoul; sarva-bhutaniim-of all living en­\n\n-\n\ntities; eka-priya-the one beloved; suhrt tama/:t-the best friend; dasavat-like a menial servant; sannata-always obedient; arya-anghri/:t­\n\n-\n\nat the lotus feet of great persons; pitr vat-exactly like a father; dina-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0224": "Hinu;tyaka8ipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\nText 32)\n\n197\n\nvatsala�-kind to the poor; bhratr-vat-exactly like a brother; sadrseto his equals; snigdha�-very affectionate; gul'U$u-unto the spiritual\nmasters; iSvara-bhavana�-who considered exactly like the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead;\nbeauty;\n\nvidya-education;\n\njanma-aristocracy\n\nor\n\nnobility;\n\nartha-riches;\n\nnlpa­\n\nd4hya�-endowed\n\nwith;\n\nmana-pride; stambha-impudence; vivarjita�-completely free from.\nTRANSLATION\n(The qualities of Mahirija Prahliida, the son of Hir8J,lyaka8ipu,\nare described herewith.] He was completely cultured as a qualified\n\nhrah:nuu:ta , having very good character and being determined to\nunderstand the Absolute Truth. He had full control of his senses\nand mind. Like the Supersoul, he was kind to every living entity\nand was the best friend of everyone. To respectable persons he\nacted exactly like a menial servant, to the poor he was like a father,\nto his equals he was attached like a sympathetic brother, and he\nconsidered his teachers, spiritual masters and older Godbrothers\nto he as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He was completely free from unnatural pride that might have arisen from his\ngood education, riches, beauty, aristocracy and so on.\nPURPORT\nThese are some of the qualifications of a Vai�Q.ava. A Vai�Q.ava is automatically a brahmar:ta because a Vai�Q.ava has all the good qualities of a\nbrahmar:ta.\nsamo damas tapa� saucarh\nk$antir arjavam eva ca\njnanam vijnanam astikyam\nbrahma-karma svabhava-jam\n\"Peacefulness,\n\nself-control,\n\nausterity,\n\npurity,\n\ntolerance,\n\nhonesty,\n\nwisdom, knowledge, and religiousness-these are the qualities by which\nthe brahmalJaS work.\" (Bg.\n\n18.42) These qualities are manifest in the\n\nbody of a Vai�Q.ava. Therefore a perfect Vai�Q.ava is also a perfect\nbrahmar:ta, as indicated here by the words brahma{l-ya� sila-sampanna�.\nA Vai�Q.ava is always determined to understand the Absolute Truth, and\n\n", "SB7.1#p0225": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n198\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\nto understand the Absolute Truth one needs to have full control over his\n\nsenses and mind. Prahlada Maharaja possessed all these qualities. A\nVai�I).ava is always a well-wisher to everyone. The six Gosvamis, for ex­\n\nample, are described in this way: dhiradhira-jana-priyau. They were\npopular with both the gentle and the ruffians. A Vai�I).ava must be equal\n\nto everyone, regardless of one's position. Atmavat: a Vai�I).ava should be\n\nlike Paramatma. lsvara� saroa-bhutaniim hrd-dese 'rjuna t4!hati.\nParamiitma does not hate anyone; indeed, He is in the heart of a\n\nbrahmar:uz, but he is also even in the heart of a pig. As the moon never\n\nrefuses to distribute its pleasing rays even to the home of a car:u)ala, a\n\nVai�I).ava never refuses to act for everyone's welfare. Therefore a\nVai�I).ava is always obedient to the spiritual master (arya). The word\n\narya refers to one who is advanced in knowledge. One who is deficient in\nknowledge cannot be called arya. At the present, however, the word\narya is used to refer to those who are godless. This is the unfortunate\nsituation of Kali-yuga.\n\nThe word guru refers to the spiritual master who initiates his disciple\n\ninto advancement in the science of .Kr�IJ.a, or _Kr�I).a consciousness, as\nstated\n\nby\n\nSrila\n\nVisvanatha\n\nCakravarti\n\n'fhakura\n\n(sri-bhagavan­\n\nmantropade§ake gurav ity arthaM.\nTEXT 33\n\n�f§:qPt:Jt o�(1..! fwr:m:\n� \"ri! ��q��... I\n�����·\\':\n\nsr�1'\"<1'il¥4l\n\n�\n\num�sw: II�� II\n\nnodvigna-citto tyasane�u ni�prha�\nsrute�u dr�!e�u gu��v avastu-drk\ndiintendriya-prar:w-sarira-dhi� sadii\npraSiinta-kamo rahitasuro 'sura�\nna-not;\n\ntyasane�u-in\n\nudvigna-agitated;\ndangerous\n\ncitta�-whose\n\nconditions;\n\nconsciOusness;\n\nni �prha� -without desire;\n\nsrute�u-in things heard of (especially elevation to heavenly planets be-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0226": "Text 34]\n\nHir�yaka8ipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n199\n\ncause of pious activities); dr�!e�u-as well as in temporal things seen;\n\ngu��u-the objects of sense gratification under the modes of material\nnature; avastu drk-seeing as if insubstantial; danta-controlling; indriya -the senses; pra�-the living force; sarira-the body; dhi/:1.and intelligence; sadd-always; praSanta-quieted ; kamab,-whose\nmaterial desires; rahita -completely devoid of; asurab,-demoniac\n-\n\nnature; asurab,-although born in a demoniac family.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Prahlida Maharaja was hom in a family of asuras, he\nhimself was not an asura but a great devotee of Lord V i�I!U· Unlike\nthe other asuras, he was never envious of V ai�l!avas. He was not\nagitated when put into danger, and he was neither directly nor indirectly interested in the fruitive activities described in the Vedas.\nIndeed, he considered everything material to be useless, and\ntherefore he was completely devoid of material desires. He always\ncontrolled his senses and life air, and being of steady intelligence\nand determination, he subdued all lusty desires.\nPURPORT\nFrom this verse we discover that a man is not qualified or disqualified\nsimply by birth. Prahlada Maharaja was an\n\nasura by birth, yet he\n\npossessed all the qualities of a perfect brahma� (brahmarJyab. sila­\n\nsampannab.). Anyone can become a fully qualified brahma� under the\ndirection of a spiritual master. Prahlada Maharaja provided a vivid example of how to think of the spiritual master and accept his directions\ncalmly.\nTEXT 34\n\n�4lfllqun � � mf�: I\nwt ��wttfq-4\\� �� ��� II� \\?II\nyasmin mahad-guTJd rajan\ngrhyante kavibhir muhub.\nna te 'dhuna pidhiyante\nyatha bhagavatiSvare\n\n", "SB7.1#p0227": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n200\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\nyasmin-in whom; mahat-gu�!l-exalted transcendental qualities;\n\nrajan-0 King; grhyante-are glorified; kavibhi!l-by persons who are\nthoughtful and advanced in knowledge; muhu!l-always; na-not; te­\n\nthese;\n\nadhu na-today;\n\nbhagavati-in\n\nthe\n\nsupreme controller.\n\npidhiyante-are obscured; yatha-just as;\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof Godhead;\n\niSvare-the\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, Prahlada Maharaja's good qualities are still glorified by\n\nlearned saints and Vai�J.lavas. As all good qualities are always found\nexisting in the Supreme Personality of Godhead, they also exist\nforever in His devotee Prahlida Maharaja.\nPURPORT\nFrom authoritative scripture it is learned that Prahlada Maharaja still\nlives in Vaikm:tthaloka as well as within this material world on the planet\n\nSutala. This transcendental quality of existing simultaneously in different places is another qualification of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Goloka eva nivasaty akhilatma-bhuta!l: the Lord appears in the\n\ncore of everyone's heart, yet He exists on His own planet, Goloka\nV:rndavana. A devotee acquires qualities almost the same as those of the\n\nLord because of unalloyed devotional service. Ordinary living beings\ncannot be so qualified, but a devotee can be qualified like the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, not in full but partially.\nTEXT 35\n\n� �•11?.41Q«J� �sfq- WI �q I\n�1;i sr�;a Fq�R lm�: II� \"\\II\nyam sadhu-gatha-sadasi\nnpavo pz sura nrpa\n.\n\n'\n\n.\n\npratimanaril prakurvanti\nkim utanye bhatxidrsa!l\nyam-whom; sadhu-gatha-sadasi-in an assembly where saintly persons gather or exalted characteristics are discussed; ripava!l-persons\n\n", "SB7.1#p0228": "Text 36]\n\nHir8I}.yak.a8ipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n201\n\nwho were supposed to have been Prahlada Maharaja's enemies (even\nsuch a devotee as Prahlada Maharaja had enemies, including even his\nown father);\n\napi-even;\n\nsura�-the demigods (the demigods are\n\nenemies of the demons, and since Prahlada Maharaja was born in a\nfamily of demons, the demigods should have been his enemies); nrpa-\n\n0 King Yudhi!?!hira; pratimanam-a substantial example of the best\namong the devotees; prakuroanti-they make; kim uta- what to speak\nof; anye-others; bhavadrsa�-exalted personalities such as yourself.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn any assembly where there are discourses about saints and devotees, 0 King Yudhi�!hira, even the enemies of the demons,\nnamely the demigods, what to speak of you, would cite Prahlada\nMaharaja as an example of a great devotee.\nTEXT 36\n\ng�(e'i�lt�'fi(I<:Pi ij� Q.�� I\ntnij�� llftcrffl � �� dij: II�G.II\ngu�ir alam asankhyeyair\nmahatmyam tasya silcyate\nvasudeve bhagavati\nyasya naisargiki rati�\ngu�i�-with spiritual qualities; a/am-what need; asankhyeyai�which are innumerable; mahatmyam-the greatness; tasya-of him\n(Prahlada Maharaja); silcyate-is indicated; vasudeve-to Lord Kr!?I)a,\nthe son of Vasudeva; bhagavati-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nyasya-of whom; naisargiki-natural; rati�-attachment.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWho could list the innumerable transcendental qualities of\nPrahlada Maharaja? He had unflinching faith in Vasudeva, Lord\n��a [the son of Vasudeva], and unalloyed devotion to Him. His\nattachment to Lord ��a was natural because of his previous\n\n", "SB7.1#p0229": "202\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\ndevotional service. Although his good qualities cannot be enumer­\n\nated, they prove that he was a great soul [mahatma].\nPURPORT\n\nIn his prayers to the ten incarnations, Jayadeva Gosvami says, kesava\ndhrta-narahari-rilpa jaya jagad-iSa hare. Prahlada Maharaja was a devotee of Lord N:rsirhha, who is Kesava, Kr�1.1a Himself. Therefore when\nthis verse says vasudeve bhagavati, one should understand that Prahlada\nMaharaja's attachment for N:rsirhhadeva was attachment for Kr�Qa,\nVasudeva, the son of Vasudeva. Prahlada Maharaja, therefore, is described as a great mahatma. As the Lord Himself confirms in Bhagavadgita (7.19):\n\nbahii.niim janmandm ante\njnanavan mam prapadyate\nvasudeva� sarvam iti\nsa mahatma sudurlabha�\n\n\"After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders unto Me, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is.\nSuch a great soul is very rare.\" A great devotee of Kr�Qa, the son of\nVasudeva, is a great soul very rarely to be found. Prahlada Maharaja's\nattachment for Kr�1.1a will be explained in the next verse. Kr�r.w-grahagrhitatma. Prahlada Maharaja's heart was always filled with thoughts of\nKr�Qa. Therefore Prahlada Maharaja is the ideal devotee in Kr�1.1a\nconsciOusness.\nTEXT 37\n\n���)!��') ifTif �Ci4ttfltil�qt I\n���� WI �� �tf{R� 11��11\nnyasta-kriljanalro balo\njcu;lavat tan-manastaya\nk�r.w-graha-grhitatma\nna veda jagad idrsam\nnyasta-having given up; krf4anaka�-all sportive activities or tendencies for childhood play; oola�-a boy; jcu;la vat\n-\n\n-\n\nas if dull, without\n\n", "SB7.1#p0230": "Text 37]\n\nHira:r.tyakasipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n203\n\nactivities; tat-manastaya-by being fully absorbed in \"Kr!?I.la; kmta­\n\ngraha-by \"Kr!?I)a, who is like a strong influence (like a graha, or planetary influence); grhita-atma-whose mind was fully attracted; na­\n\nnot; veda-understood; jagat-the entire material world; idrsam-like\nthis.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the very beginning of his childhood, Prahlida Maharaja\nwas uninterested in childish playthings. Indeed, he gave them up\naltogether and remained silent and dull, being fully absorbed in\n�:r.ta consciousness. Since his mind was always affected by Kr�:r.ta\nconsciousness, he could not understand how the world goes on\nbeing fully absorbed in the activities of sense gratification.\nPURPORT\nPrahlada Maharaja is the vivid example of a great person fully ab­\n\nsorbed in \"Kr!?I.la consciousness. In Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 8.274)\nit is said:\n\nsthavara-jarigama dekhe, na dekhe tara milrti\nsarvatra haya nija �!a-deva-sphilrti\nA fully \"Kr!?I)a conscious person, although situated in this material world,\n\ndoes not see anything but \"Kr!?I)a, anywhere and everywhere. This is the\n\nsign of a maha-bhiigavata. The maha-bhiigavata sees \"Kr!?I)a everywhere\n\nbecause of his attitude of pure love for \"Kr!?I)a. As confirmed in the\nBrahma-samhita (5.38):\npremaiijana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nsantab, sadaiva hrdaye$U vilokayanti\nyam syamasundaram acintya-gur:ta-svarilpam\ngovindam iidi-puffi$arh tam aham bhajami\n\"I worship the primeval Lord, Govinda, who is always seen by the devo­\n\ntee whose eyes are anointed with the pulp of love. He is seen in His eter­\n\nnal form of Syamasundara, situated within the heart of the devotee.\" An\n\nexalted devotee, or mahatma, who is rarely to be seen, remains fully\n\nconscious of \"Kr!?I.la and constantly sees the Lord within the core of his\n\n", "SB7.1#p0231": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n204\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\nheart. It is sometimes said that when one is influenced by evil stars like\nSaturn, Rahu or Ketu, he cannot make advancement in any prospective\nactivity. In just the opposite way, Prahlada Maharaja was influenced by\n��Q.a, the supreme planet, and thus he could not think of the material\n\nworld and live without ��Q.a consciousness. That is the sign of a mahii­\n\nbhagavata. Even if one is an enemy of ��Q.a, a mahii-bhagavata sees\n\nhim to be also engaged in ��Qa's service. Another crude example is that\n\neverything appears yellow to the jaundiced eye. Similarly, to a mahii­\n\nbhagavata, everyone but himself appears to be engaged in ��Qa's\n\nservice.\n\nPrahlada Maharaja is the approved mahii-bhagavata, the supreme de­\n\nvotee. In the previous verse it was stated that he had natural attachment\n\n(naisargik;; ratiM. The symptoms of such natural attachment for ��Qa\n\nare described in this verse. Although Prahlada Maharaja was only a boy,\n\nSri:mad-Bhagavatam\n(11.2.42), viraktir anyatra ca: the symptom of perfect ��Q.a conscious­\n\nhe had no interest in playing. As stated in\n\nness is that one loses interest in all material activities. For a small boy to\ngive up playing is impossible, but Prahlada Maharaja, being situated in\nfirst-class devotional service, was always absorbed in a trance of ��Qa\nconsciousness. Just as a materialistic person is always absorbed in\n\nthoughts of material gain, a mahii-bhagavata like Prahlada Maharaja is\nalways absorbed in thoughts of ��Qa.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n31tm: 't�?l�if.�: � � I\n�� �QT� tiffij-��: 11��11\niisi:nab. parya!ann a§nan\nsayanab, prapiban bruvan\nndnusandhatta etdni\ngovinda-parirambhitab.\niisi:nab,-while sitting; pa rya!an-while walking; a§nan-while eat­\n\ning; sayanab,-while lying down; prapiban -while drinking; bruvanwhile talking;\n\nna-not;\n\nanusandhatte-knew;\n\netdni-all these ac-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0232": "Text 39]\n\nHir�yaka8ipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n205\n\ntivities; govinda-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who enlivens\nthe senses; parirambhita!t-being embraced.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlada Maharaja was always absorbed in thought of �t;ta.\nThus, being always embraced by the Lord, he did not know how\nhis bodily necessities, such as sitting, walking, eating, lying down,\ndrinking and talking, were being automatically performed.\n\nPURPORT\nA small child, while being cared for by his mother, does not know how\nthe needs of the body for eating, sleeping, lying down, passing water and\nevacuating are being fulfilled. He is simply satisfied to be on the lap of\nhis mother. Similarly, Prahlada Maharaja was exactly like a small child,\nbeing cared for by Govinda. The necessary activities of his body were\nperformed without his knowledge. As a father and mother care for their\nchild, Govinda cared for Prahlada Maharaja, who remained always absorbed in thoughts of Govinda. This is Kr�Qa consciousness. Prahlada\nMaharaja is the vivid example of perfection in Kr�Qa consciousness.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n'fiM�M\n\n�f\"&N�I�il�: I\n'fif=qm ��lei<:\\ aromr 'fit'� II� �II\nkvacid rudati vaikur:tthacintd-sabala-cetana!t\nkvacid dhasati tac-cintdhlada udgiiyati kvacit\n\nkvacit-sometimes; rudati-cries; vaikur:ttha-cinta-by thoughts of\nKr�Qa; sabala-cetana!t-whose mind was bewildered; kvacit-sometimes; hasati-laughs; tat-cintii-by thoughts of Him; iihlada!t-being\njubilant; udgiiyati-chants very loudly; kvacit-sometimes.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0233": "(Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n206\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nBecause of advancement in ��a consciousness, he sometimes\ncried, sometimes laughed, sometimes expressed jubilation and\nsometimes sang loudly.\nPURPORT\nThis verse further clarifies the comparison of a devotee to a child. If a\n\nmother leaves her small child in his bed or cradle and goes away to attend\n\nto some family duties, the child immediately understands that his mother\n\nhas gone away, and therefore he cries. But as soon as the mother returns\n\nand cares for the child, the child laughs and becomes jubilant. Similarly,\n\nPrahlada Maharaja, being always absorbed in thoughts of l(r�Qa, some­\n\ntimes felt separation, thinking, \"Where is l(r�Qa ?\" This is explained by\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Sunyayitarh jagat sarvarh govinda-viraher:uz\nme.\n\nWhen an exalted devotee feels that l(r�Qa is invisible, having gone\n\naway, he cries in separation, and sometimes, when he sees that l(r�Qa has\n\nreturned to care for him, he laughs, just as a child sometimes laughs\nupon understanding that his mother is taking care of him. These\n\nsymptoms are called bhava. In The Nectar of Devotion, various bhavas,\n\necstatic conditions of a devotee, are fully described. These bhavas are\n\nvisible in the activities of a perfect devotee.\nTEXT 40\n\n�'ff�����q_l\nm��W'1Pi'ffi�rit4lsd=qiifil(\n\n� II� o II\n\nnadati kvacid utkar:t!ho\nvilajjo nrtyati kvacit\n\nkvacit tad-bhavana-yuktas\ntanmayo 'nucakara ha\n\nnadati-exclaims loudly (addressing the Lord, \"0 l(r�Qa\"); kvacit­\n\nsometimes;\n\nnrtyati-he\n\nbhavana\n\n-\n\nutkar:t!hab.-being\ndances;\n\nanxious;\n\nkvacit-sometimes;\n\nwith thoughts of l(r�Qa;\n\nvilajjab,-without\n\nshame;\n\nkvacit-sometimes;\n\nyuktab,-being absorbed;\n\ntat­\n\ntat­\n\nmayab,-thinking as if he had become l(r�Qa; anucakara-imitated;\n\nha-indeed.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0234": "Text 41]\n\nHir�yaka8ipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n207\n\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes, upon seeing the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nPrahlida Maharaja would loudly call in full anxiety. He sometimes\nlost his shyness in jubilation and began dancing in ecstasy, and\nsometimes, being fully absorbed in thoughts of ��a, he felt one­\n\nness and imitated the pastimes of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nPrahlada Maharaja sometimes felt that the Lord was far away from\nhim and therefore called Him loudly. When he saw that the Lord was\nbefore him, he was fully jubilant. Sometimes, thinking himself one with\nthe Supreme, he imitated the Lord's pastimes, and in separation from the\nLord he would sometimes show symptoms of madness. These feelings of\na devotee would not be appreciated by impersonalists. One must go\nfurther and further into spiritual understanding. The first realization is\nimpersonal Brahman, but one must go still further to realize Paramatma\nand eventually the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is worshiped\nby the transcendental feelings of a devotee in a relationship of santa,\ndasya, sakhya, vatsalya or miidhurya. Here the feelings of Prahlada\nMaharaja were in the mellow of vatsalya, filial love and affection. As a\nchild cries when left by his mother, when Prahlada Maharaja felt that the\nLord was away from him he began to cry (nadati). Again, a devotee like\n\nPrahlada sometimes sees that the Lord is coming from a long distance to\npacify him, like a mother responding to a child, saying, \"My dear child,\ndo not cry. I am coming.\" Then the devotee, without being ashamed due\nto his surroundings and circumstances, begins to dance, thinking, \"Here\nis my Lord! My Lord is coming!\" Thus the devotee, in full ecstasy, sometimes imitates the pastimes of the Lord, just as the cowherd boys used to\nimitate the behavior of the jungle animals. However, he does not actually\nbecome the Lord. Prahlada Maharaja achieved the spiritual ecstasies described herein by his advancement in spiritual understanding.\nTEXT 41\n\n'fi��eEh�� ij�qijf.t{f : 1\nam\"'(sco•t�•�6ree•�f�ij�:\n\nmn 11\n\n", "SB7.1#p0235": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n208\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\nkvacid utpulakas tll§rtim\naste sarilspar5a-nirortab\naspanda-prartayanandasalildmilite�arta b\non\n\nkvacit-sometimes; utpulakab,-with the hairs of his body standing\n\nend; t!J§rtim-completely silent; dste-remains; sarilsparsani rortab,-feeling great joy by contact with the Lord; aspanda-steady;\nprartaya ananda due to transcendental bliss from a relationship of\n-\n\n-\n\nlove; salila-filled with tears; ami/ita-half-closed; i�artab-whose\neyes.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSometimes, feeling the touch of the Lord's lotus hands, he be­\n\ncame spiritually jubilant and remained silent, his hairs standing on\n\nend and tears gliding down from his half-closed eyes because of\n\nhis love for the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen a devotee feels separation from the Lord, he becomes eager to\n\nsee where the Lord is, and sometimes when he feels pangs of separation,\n\ntears flow incessantly from his half-closed eyes. As stated by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu\n\nin His Si�ci§!aka, yugayitam nime$erta ca�U$0.\npravr$ayitam. The words ca�U$ii pravr$iiyitam refer to tears falling in­\n\ncessantly from the devotee's eyes. These symptoms, which appear in\n\npure devotional ecstasy, were visible in the body of Prahlada Maharaja.\nTEXT 42\n\nij'\n\n�sif�q�)�qt-\n\nffl�'4�Ifit;:!iA�\n�� 'Ri f;rif�c�.U Uii:«�� �:�4 � ����\"\nsa uttama-sloka-padiiravindayor\nni$evayakincana-sanga-labdhaya\ntanvan pararil nirortim atmano muhur\ndub,sanga-dinasya manab, samaril vyadhat\n\n", "SB7.1#p0236": "Text\n\n43]\n\nHir&J,lyak&Sipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\nsa?t-he (Prahlada Maharaja);\n\n209\n\nuttama-sloka-pada-aravindayo?t-to\n\nthe lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is worshiped\nby transcendental prayers; n�evaya-by constant service; akincana-of\ndevotees who have nothing to do with the material world; sanga-in the\nassociation; labdhaya-obtained; tanvan-expanding; pardm-highest;\nnirvrtim-bliss; atmana?t-of the spirit soul;\n\nmuhu?t-constantly;\n\ndu�nga-dinasya-of a person poor in spiritual understanding due to\nbad association; mana?t-the mind; samam-peaceful; ryadhat-made.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of his association with perfect, unalloyed devotees who\nhad nothing to do with anything material, Prahlada Maharaja constantly engaged in the service of the Lord's lotus feet. By seeing\nhis bodily features when he was in perfect ecstasy, persons very\npoor in spiritual understanding became purified. In other words,\nPrahlada Maharaja bestowed upon them transcendental bliss.\n\nPURPORT\nApparently Prahlada Maharaja was placed in circumstances in which\nhe was always tortured by his father. In such material conditions, one\ncannot have an undisturbed mind, but since bhakti is unconditional\n\n(ahaituky aprati ha ta), Prahlada Maharaja was never disturbed by the\n\nchastisements of HiraQyakasipu. On the contrary, the bodily symptoms\nof his ecstatic love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead turned the\nminds of his friends, who had also been born in atheistic families. Instead of being disturbed by the torments of his father, Prahlada influenced these friends and cleansed their minds. A devotee is never\ncontaminated by material conditions, but persons subjected to material\nconditions can become spiritually advanced and blissful upon seeing the\nbehavior of a pure devotee.\nTEXT\n\n43\n\n(I��:Tllltfetij 'tiil'flit '*'l�'tf.i I\nf�Cii��\n�'14iU��'41�¥t\\;\\ II 'l �II\n\n", "SB7.1#p0237": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n210\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\ntasmin maha-bhagavate\nmaha-bhage mahatmani\nhiral)-yakaSipil rajann\nakarod agham atmaje\n\ntasmin-unto him; maha-bhagavate- an exalted devotee of the Lord;\nfortunate; maha-atmani-whose mind was very\nbroad; hiral)-yakaSipub,-the demon HiraJ;Iyakasipu; rajan-0 King;\nakarot - performed; agham-very great sin; atma-je-to his own son.\nmaha-bhage -most\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King YudhiHhira, the demon HiraJ.lyak&Sipu tor­\n\nmented this exalted, for tunate devotee, although Prahlida was his\n\nown son.\n\nPURPORT\n\nWhen a demon like HiraJ;Iyakasipu, despite his elevated position due to\nsevere austerities, begins to tease a devotee, he begins falling down, and\nthe results of his austerities dwindle. One who oppresses a pure devotee\nloses all the results of his austerities, penances and pious activities. Since\nHiraJ;Iyakasipu was now inclined to chastise his most exalted devotee son,\nPrahlada Maharaja, his opulences began dwindling.\nTEXT 44\n\n�tt'Jf�(g{ �\n\n�if'i ��R=ii0•ait �� � u� 1\n4t�t�+t>51� � Niji<=Jd\\� � 11�\\lll\nsri-yudh�!hira uvaca\ndevar�a etad icchamo\nvediturh tava suvrata\nyad atmajaya suddhaya\npitadiit sadhave hy agham\nsri-yudh�!hirab, uvaca-Maharaja Yudhi��hira inquired; deva-r�e0 best saintly person among the demigods; etat-this; icchamab,-we\n\n", "SB7.1#p0238": "Text 45]\n\nHira�yaka8ipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n211\n\nwish; veditum-to know; tava-from you; su-vrata-having the deter­\n\nmination for spiritual advancement; yat-because; iitma-jaya-unto his\n\nown son; suddhiiya-who was pure and exalted; pita-the father,\nHira!)yakasipu;\n\nagham-trouble.\n\nadiit-gave;\n\nsiidhave-a\n\ngreat\n\nsaint;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Yudhi�!hira said: 0 best of the saints among the\ndemigods, 0 best of spiritual leaders, how did Hir�yaka8ipu give\nso much trouble to Prahlada Maharaja, the pure and exalted saint,\nalthough Prahlada was his own son? I wish to know about this subject from you.\nPURPORT\nTo know about the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the charac­\n\nteristics of His pure devotee, one must inquire from authorities like\n\nDevar�i Narada. One cannot inquire about transcendental subject matters\n\nfrom a layman. As stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam (3.25.25), satiirit\nprasangiin mama virya-saritvido bhavanti hrt-ka17_U1-rasiiyanii/:t kathii/:t:\nonly by association with devotees can one authoritatively understand the\n\nposition of the Lord and His devotees. A devotee like Narada Muni is ad­\n\ndressed as suvrata. Su means \"good,\" and vrata means \"vow.\" Thus the\n\nword suvrata refers to a person who has nothing to do with the material\n\nworld, which is always bad. One cannot understand anything spiritual\n\nfrom a materialistic scholar puffed up with academic knowledge. As\n\nstated in Bhagavad-gitii (18.55), bhaktyii miim abhijiiniiti: one must try\n\nto understand ��Qa by devotional service and from a devotee. Therefore\n\nYudhi��hira Maharaja was quite right in wanting to learn further about\n\nPrahlada Maharaja from Sri Narada Muni.\nTEXT 45\n\n� ���ft{(R:�ccfl�t:\naql�'f � MJT� �CCN'lq(l q1f1 11\\l�ll\n..\n\nputriin vipratikuliin sviin\npitara/:t putra-vatsaliift\n\n", "SB7.1#p0239": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n212\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 4\n\nupalabhante si�rtham\nnaivagham aparo yatha\nputran-sons; vipratikilldn-who act against the will of the father;\nsvdn-their own; pitarafJ-fathers; putra-vatsaldfl-being very affectionate to the children; upalabhante-chastise; sik$a-artham-to teach\nthem lessons; na-not; eva-indeed; agham-punishment; aparaflan enemy; yatha-like\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA father and mother are always affectionate to their children.\n\nWhen the children are disobedient the parents chastise them, not\ndue to enmity but only for the child's instruction and welfare.\n\nHow did HiraJ;Iyaka8ipu, the father of Prahliida Mahiiriija, chastise\nsuch a noble son? This is what I am eager to know.\nTEXT 46\n\n{'qijt*'�l1 �{ijlt�l1. g�«octijl1_ I\n� � ilill'il41� � SilO I\n�: �'(l( � rn � sttil�ij : 11\\l�ll\nkim utiinuva5an sadhums\ntadrsan guru-devatan\netat kautilhalam brahmann\nasmakam vidhama prabho\npitufl putraya yad dve§o\nmara�ya prayojitafl\nkim uta-much less;\n\nanuvaSiin-to obedient and perfect sons;\n\nsadhun-great devotees; tad,.San-of that sort; guru-devatiin-honoring the father as the Supreme Personality of Godhead; etat-this;\nkautilhalam-doubt;\n\nbrahman-0\n\nvidhama-dissipate;\n\nprabho-0\n\nmy\n\nbrahmaT)a;\nlord;\n\nasmakam-of\n\npitufl-of\n\nthe\n\nus;\n\nfather;\n\nputraya-unto the son; yat-which; dve§afl-envy; mara�ya-for\nkilling; prayojitafl\n\n-\n\napplied\n\n.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0240": "Text 46]\n\nHir�yak&Sipu Terrorizes the Universe\n\n213\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Yudhi�lhira further inquired: How was it possible for\na father to be so violent toward an exalted son who was obedient,\nwell-behaved and respectful to his father? 0 brahm�, 0 master,\nI have never heard of such a contradiction as an affectionate\nfather's punishing his noble son with the intention of killing him.\nKindly dissipate our doubts in this regard.\nPURPORT\nIn the history of human society, an affectionate father is rarely found\n\nto chastise a noble and devoted son. Therefore Maharaja Yudhi�thira\nwanted Nlirada Muni to dissipate his doubt.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Seventh Canto, Fourth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled, \"Hirar:tyakaSipu Terrorizes\nthe Universe. \"\n\n", "SB7.1#p0241": "CHAPTER FIVE\n\nPrahlada Maharaja,\nthe Saintly Son of Hir81}yaka8ipu\nPrahlada Maharaja did not carry out the orders of his teachers, for he\n\nwas always engaged in worshiping Lord Vif?QU. As described in this\n\nchapter, HiraQyakasipu tried to kill Prahlada Maharaja, even by having a\n\nsnake bite him and by putting him under the feet of elephants, yet he\nwas unsuccessful.\n\nHiraQyakasipu's spiritual master, Sukracarya, had two sons named\n\nSaQ9a and Amarka, to whom Prahlada Maharaja was entrusted for\n\neducation. Although the teachers tried to educate the boy Prahlada in\n\npolitics, economics and other material activities, he did not care for their\n\ninstructions. Instead, he continued to be a pure devotee. Prahlada\n\nMaharaja never liked the idea of discriminating between one's friends\n\nand enemies. Because he was spiritually inclined, he was equal toward\n\neveryone.\n\nOnce upon a time, HiraQyakasipu inquired from his son what the best\n\nthing was that he had learned from his teachers. Prahlada Maharaja\n\nreplied that a man engrossed in the material consciousness of duality,\n\nthinking, \"This is mine, and that belongs to my enemy,\" should give up\nhis householder life and go to the forest to worship the Supreme Lord.\n\nWhen HiraQyaka8ipu heard from his son about devotional service, he\n\ndecided that this small boy had been polluted by some friend in school.\n\nThus he advised the teachers to take care of the boy so that he would not\nbecome a Krf?Qa conscious devotee. However, when the teachers inquired\n\nfrom Prahlada Maharaja why he was going against their teachings,\n\nPrahlada Maharaja taught the teachers that the mentality of ownership is\n\nfalse and that he was therefore trying to become an unalloyed devotee of\nLord Vif?QU. The teachers, being very angry at this answer, chastised and\n\nthreatened the boy with many fearful conditions. They taught him to the\nbest of their ability and then brought him before his father.\n\nHiraQyakasipu affectionately took his son Prahlada on his lap and then\n\ninquired from him what the best thing was that he had learned from his\n215\n\n", "SB7.1#p0242": "216\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nteachers. As usual, Prahlada Maharaja began praising the nine processes\n\nof devotional service, such as srava1Jllm and kirtanam. Thus the King of\n\nthe demons, Hirai).yakasipu, being extremely angry, chastised the\n\nteachers, $aQ.�a and Amarka, for having wrongly trained Prahlada\n\nMaharaja. The so-called teachers informed the King that Prahlada\nMaharaja was automatically a devotee and did not listen to their instruc­\n\ntions. When they proved themselves innocent, Hira.Q.yakasipu inquired\n\nfrom Prahlada where he had learned v�JJu-bhakti. Prahlada Maharaja\n\nreplied that those who are attached to family life do not develop Kr�.Q.a\nconsciousness, either personally or collectively. Instead, they suffer re­\n\npeated birth and death in this material world and continue simply chew­\n\ning the chewed. Prahlada explained that the duty of every man is to take\nshelter of a pure devotee and thus become eligible to understand Kr�.Q.a\n\nconsciOusness.\n\nEnraged at this answer, Hirai).yakasipu threw Prahlada Maharaja from\n\nhis lap. Since Prahlada was so treacherous that he had become a devotee\nof Vi�.Q.u, who had killed his uncle Hirai).yak�a, Hira.Q.yakasipu asked his\n\nassistants to kill him. The assistants of Hira.Q.yakasipu struck Prahlada\n\nwith sharp weapons, threw him under the feet of elephants, subjected\nhim to hellish conditions, threw him from the peak of a mountain and\n\ntried to kill him in thousands of other ways, but they were unsuccessful.\n\nHira.Q.yakasipu therefore became increasingly afraid of his son Prahlada\n\nMaharaja and arrested him. The sons of Hirai).yakasipu's spiritual\nmaster, Sukraciirya, began teaching Prahlada in their own way, but\n\nPrahlada Maharaja did not accept their instructions. While the teachers\nwere absent from the classroom, Prahlada Maharaja began to preach\n\nKr�.Q.a consciousness in the school, and by his instructions all his class\n\nfriends, the sons of the demons, became devotees like him.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n'J/AT{q ��\n\nt{lij��ltlf•li411 tQ: �: �t!{: I\ntto�1qq1f ijffl �� �\\iftz(t� II � II\n\n", "SB7.1#p0243": "Text 2]\n\nPrahlid� the Saintly Son of Hir�yaka.Sipu\n\n217\n\nsri-ndrada uvdca\npaurohityaya bhagavan\nvrtab kavyab, kildsuraib,\n�ar:u/iimarkau sutau tasya\ndaitya-raja-grhantike\nsri-naradab, uvaca-the great saint Narada said; paurohityaya-to\n\nwork\n\nas , priest;\n\nbhagavan-the\n\nkavyab,-Sukracarya; kila-indeed;\n\nmost\n\npowerful;\n\nvrtab,-chosen;\n\nasuraib,-by the demons; �a1J4a,amarkau-.$ar;u,la and Amarka; sutau-sons; tasya-of him; daityaraja-of the King of the demons, Hirai).yakasipu; grha-antike-near the\n\nresidence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great saint Nirada Muni said: The demons, headed by\nHir�yaka.Sip�, accepted Sukricirya as their priest for ritualistic\nce remonies. Sukricirya's two sons, ��a and Amar k� lived near\n\nHirai.J.yaka.Sipu's palace.\n\nPURPORT\nThe beginning of the life story of Prahlada is recounted as follows.\n\nSukracarya became the priest of the atheists, especially Hiral).yakasipu,\n\nand thus his two sons, Sai).Qa and Amarka, resided near Hiral).yakasipu's\n\nresidence.\n\nSukracarya\n\nshould\n\nnot\n\nhave\n\nbecome\n\nthe\n\npriest\n\nof\n\nHiral).yakasipu because Hiral).yakasipu and his followers were all\n\natheists. A brahmar:w should become the priest of a person interested in\nthe advancement of spiritual culture. The very name Sukracarya,\n\nhowever, indicates a person interested in obtaining benefits for his sons\n\nand descendants, regardless of how the money comes. A real brahmar:w\nwould not become a priest for atheistic men.\n\nTEXT2\n\n� � snAd � � ;rtititMa:'{ I\nql&tllltl«d: ql�l'1;:tti����\"l1 II � II\n\n", "SB7.1#p0244": "(Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n218\n\ntau rajfiii prapitarh biilam\n\nprahliidam naya-kovidam\npiithayam asatuft. piit hyan\nanyaritS casura-balakdn\n\ntau-those\n\ntwo\n\n(SaQ.Qa\n\nand\n\nAmarka);\n\nrajfiii-by\n\nthe\n\nKing;\n\nprapitam-sent; bdlam-the boy; prahliidam-named Prahlada; nayakovidam-who was aware of moral principles; parhayam dsatuft.-instructed; parhyan-books of material knowledge; any an -other; caalso; asura-biilakdn-sons of the asuras.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlada Maharaja was already educated in devotional life, but\n\nwhen his father sent him to those two sons of Sukriciirya to be\n\neducated, they accepted him at their school along with the other\n\nsons of the asuras.\n\nyat tatra gurul).d proktarh\n\nsu§ruve 'nupapii!ha ca\nna sadhu manasa mene\nsva-parasad-grahaSrayam\n\nyat-which; tatra-there (in the school); gurul).d-by the teachers;\nproktam-instructed; su§ruve-heard; anupapiitha-recited; ca-and;\nna-not; sadhu-good; manasa-by the mind; mene-considered;\nsva-of one's own; para-and of others; asat-graha-by the bad philosophy; asrayam-which was supported.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlada certainly heard and recited the topics of politics and\n\neconomics taught by the teachers, hut he understood that political\n\nphilosophy involves considering someone a friend and someone\n\nelse an enemy, and thus he did not like it.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0245": "Text4]\n\nPrahlada, the Saintly Son of Hir�yaka8ipu\n\n219\n\nPURPORT\nPolitics involves accepting one group of men as enemies and another\ngroup as friends. Everything in politics is based on this philosophy, and\nthe entire world, especially at the present, is engrossed in it. The public\nis concerned with friendly countries and friendly groups or enemy countries and enemy groups, but as stated in Bhagavad-gitii, a learned person\ndoes not make distinctions between enemies and friends. Devotees, especially, do not create friends and enemies. A devotee sees that every living being is part and parcel of �f?Qa (mamaivdmso jiva-bhatatt}.\nTherefore a devotee treats friends and enemies equally by trying to educate them both in �f?Qa consciousness. Of course, atheistic men do not\nfollow the instructions of pure devotees, but instead consider a devotee\ntheir enemy. A devotee, however, never creates a situation of friendship\nand enmity. Although Prahlada Maharaja was obliged to hear the instructions of $aQQa and Amarka, he did not like the philosophy of\nfriends and enemies, which forms the basis of politics. He was not interested in this philosophy.\nTEXT4\n\nl('f41tJHI�, �¥tt+u(lc� qJO� I\n� � Cffif ¥1-=� m� �q'(W{ II � II\nekadiisura-rii! putram\nankam aropya par:u)ava\npapraccha kathyatarh vatsa\nmanyate sadhu yad bhavan\nekadii-once upon a time; asura-nit-the Emperor of the asuras;\nputram-his son; ankam-on the lap; aropya-placing; par:u)ava-0\nMaharaja Yudhir?�hira; papraccha-inquired; kathyatam-let it be told;\nvatsa-my dear son; manyate-considers; sadhu-the best; yat -that\nwhich; bhavan-your good self.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Yudhi�thira, once upon a time the King of the\ndemons, Hir�yaka8ipu, took his son Prahlada on his lap and very\n\n", "SB7.1#p0246": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n220\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\naffectionately inquired: My dear son, please let me know what you\nthink is the best of all the subjects you have studied from your\nteachers.\nPURPORT\nHiral).yakasipu did not ask his young son anything that would be very\ndifficult for him to answer; instead, he gave the boy a chance to speak\nplainly about whatever he thought might be best. Prahlada Maharaja, of\ncourse, being a perfect devotee, knew everything and could say what the\nbest part of life is. In the Vedas it is said, yasmin vijnate sarvam evaril\n\nvijnataril bhavati: if one properly understands God, he can understand\nany subject matter very nicely. Sometimes we have to challenge big\nscientists and philosophers, but by the grace of Kr�l).a we emerge successful. It is impossible, practically speaking, for ordinary men to\nchallenge scientists or philosophers concerning genuine knowledge, but a\ndevotee can challenge them because the best of everything is known to a\ndevotee by the grace of Kr�1,1a. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (l 0.11):\n\nte�iim eviinukampiirtham\naham ajnana-jaril tama/:1.\nruiSayiimy iitma-bhiiva-stho\njnana-dipena bhiisvatii\nKr�1,1a, who is situated in the core of everyone's heart as the Supersoul,\ndissipates all the ignorance from the heart of a devotee. As a special\nfavor, He enlightens the devotee with all knowledge by putting before\nhim the torch of light. Prahlada Maharaja, therefore, knew the best of\nknowledge, and when his father inquired from him, Prahlada gave him\nthat knowledge. Prahlada Maharaja was able to solve the most difficult\nparts of problems\n\nbecause of his advanced Kr�1,1a conscwusness.\n\nTherefore he replied as follows.\n\nTEXTS\n\n��\n����t\n� 6Jlfi:1t�q(q(1{JI(h{ I\n\n", "SB7.1#p0247": "Text 5]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hir8J)yaka8ipu\n\n221\n\nfmt�¥{qtd\n\n�\n� tRIT �'lR'Il� II� II\nsri-prahliida uvaca\n\ntat siidhu manye 'sura-mrya dehinam\nsadd samudvigna-dhiyam asad-grahiit\nhitvatma-patam grham andha-kupam\nmnam gato y ad dharim asrayeta\nsri-prahliida� uviica-Prahlada Maharaja replied; tat-that; siidhuvery good, or the best part of life; manye-I think; asura-varya-0\nKing of the asuras; dehinam\n\n-\n\nof persons who have accepted the ma­\n\nterial body; sadd-always; samudvigna-full of anxieties; dhiyamwhose intelligence; asat-grahiit-because of accepting the temporary\nbody or bodily relations as real (thinking \"I am this body, and everything belonging to this body is mine\"); hitvii-giving up; iitmapatam-the place where spiritual culture or self-realization is stopped;\ngrham-the bodily concept of life, or household life; andha-kupamwhich is nothing but a blind well (where there is no water but one nonetheless searches for water); vanam-to the forest; gata�-going; yatwhich; harim-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; asrayeta-may\ntake shelter of.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlida Mahirija replied: 0 best of the asuras, King of the\ndemons, as far as I have learned from my spiritual master, any person who has accepted a temporary body and temporary household\nlife is certainly embarrassed by anxiety because of having fallen in\na dark well where there is no water but only suffering. One should\ngive up this position and go to the forest [vana]. More clearly, one\nshould go to Vp�divana, where only ��� consciousness is prevalent, and should thus take shelter of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nPURPORT\nHirar:tyakasipu thought that Prahlada, being nothing but a small boy\nwith no actual experience, might reply with something pleasing but\n\n", "SB7.1#p0248": "222\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nnothing practical. Prahlada Maharaja, however, being an exalted devotee, had acquired all the qualities of education.\n\nyasyasti bhaktir bhagavaty akincanii\nsarvair gur:z,ais tatra samiisate sura�\nhariiv abhaktasya kuto mahad-gu�\nmanoratheniisati dhiivato bahi�\n\"One who has unflinching devotional faith in K:r�Q.a consistently\nmanifests all the good qualities of K:r�Q.a and the demigods. However, he\nwho has no devotion to the Supreme Personality of Godhead has no good\nqualifications because he is engaged by mental concoction in material existence, which is the external feature of the Lord.\" (Bhag.\n\n5.18.12) So­\n\ncalled educated philosophers and scientists who are simply on the mental\nplatform cannot distinguish between what is actually sat, eternal, and\nwhat is asat, temporary. The Vedic injunction is asato mii jyotir gama:\neveryone should give up the platform of temporary existence and approach the eternal platform. The soul is eternal, and topics concerning\nthe eternal soul are actually knowledge. Elsewhere it is said, apa§yatam\n\niitma-tattvam grhe§u grha-medhiniim : those who are attached to the\nbodily conception of life and who thus stick to life as a grhastha, or\nhouseholder, on the platform of material sense enjoyment, cannot see the\nwelfare of the eternal soul. Prahlada Maharaja confirmed this by saying\nthat if one wants success in life, he should immediately understand from\nthe right sources what his self-interest is and how he should mold his life\nin spiritual consciousness. One should understand himself to be part and\nparcel of K:r�Q.a and thus completely take shelter of His lotus feet for\nguaranteed spiritual success. Everyone in the material world is in the\nbodily conception, struggling hard for existence, life after life. Prahlada\nMaharaja therefore recommended that to stop this material condition of\n\nrepeated birth and death, one should go to the forest ( vana).\n\nIn the va17J-d.Srama system, one first becomes a brahmacari, then a\n\ngrhastha, a vanaprastha and finally a sannyasi. Going to the forest\nmeans accepting vanaprastha life, which is between grhastha life and\n\nsannyasa. As confirmed in the\n\nVi§ry,u Puriir:z,a\n\n(3.8.9),\n\nva17J-d.Sra­\n\nmaciiravata puru§er:uz para� pumiin vi§ry,ur ariidhyate: by accepting the\ninstitution of varr:z,a and iiSrama, one can very easily elevate himself to\n\n", "SB7.1#p0249": "Text6]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of HiraJ.lyaka.Sipu\n\n223\n\nthe platform of worshiping Vi�Qu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nOtherwise, if one remains in the bodily conception, one must rot within\nthis material world, and his life will be a failure. Society must have divisions of briihmaiJ-ll, /cyatriya, vai.Sya and sudra, and for spiritual advancement one must gradually develop as a brahmaciiri, grhastha,\nviinaprastha and sannyiisi. Prahlada Maharaja recommended that his\nfather accept viinaprastha life because as a grhastha he was becoming increasingly demoniac due to bodily attachment. Prahlada recommended to\nhis father that accepting viinaprastha life would be better than going\ndeeper and deeper into grham andha-kii.pam, the blind well of life as a\ngrhastha. In our .i(r�Qa consciousness movement we therefore invite all\nthe elderly persons of the world to come to V:rndavana and stay there in\nretired life, making advancement in spiritual consciOusness, .i(r�Qa\nconsciOusness.\nTEXT6\n\n�� \\1<ff<1\n�� �'IU ��lf: q(q�Qqtf(61: I\n� �f('l�lt:tf f� �f(flr: II � II\nsri-niirada uviica\nsrutvii putra-giro daityab,\npara-pa/cya-samiihitab,\njahiisa buddhir biilaniim\nbhidyate para-buddhibhib,\nsri-naradab, uviica-Narada Muni said;\n\nsrutoo-hearing;\n\ngirab,-the instructive words of his son; daityab,\n\n-\n\nputra­\n\nHiraQyakasipu; para­\n\npalcya-on the side of the enemy; samiihitab,-full of faith; jahiisalaughed; buddhib,-the intelligence; biilaniim-of small boys; bhidyate-is polluted; para-buddhibhib,-by instructions from the enemy's\ncamp.\nTRANSLATION\nNirada Muni continued: When Prahlida Mahirija spoke about\nthe path of self-realization in devotional service, thus being\n\n", "SB7.1#p0250": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n224\n\n[Canto7, Ch. 5\n\nfaithful to the camp of his father's enemies, Birat;tyaka8ipu, the\n\nKing of the demons, heard Prahlida's words and he laughingly\n\nsaid, \"Thus is the intelligence of children spoiled by the words of\n\nthe enemy.\"\n\nPURPORT\nHira�yakasipu, being a demon, would always consider Lord Vi��u and\nHis devotees to be his enemies. Therefore the word para-pa�a (\"on the\nside of the enemy\") is used here. Hira�yakasipu never agreed with the\nwords of Vi�QU, or Kr��a. Rather, he was angered by the intelligence of a\nVai��ava. Lord Vi�QU, Lord Kr��a, says, saroa-dhannan parityajya\n\nmdm ekam sara1J.(Lril vraja\n\n-\n\n\"Give up all other duties and surrender\n\nunto Me\" -but demons like HiraQyakasipu never agree to do this.\nTherefore Kr�Qa says:\n\nna mdril dl.L$krtino m!Uj,hab,\nprapadyante naradhamab,\nmayayapahrta-jnana\ndsuraril bhavam asritab,\n\"Those miscreants who are grossly foolish, lowest among mankind,\nwhose knowledge is stolen by illusion, and who partake of the atheistic\n\n7.15) The asurabhava, the atheistic nature, is directly represented by HiraQyakasipu.\nSuch persons, being m!Uj,ha and naradhama-fools and rascals, the\nnature of demons, do not surrender unto Me.\" (Bg.\n\nlowest of men-would never accept Vi�Qu as the Supreme and surrender\nto Him. HiraQyakasipu naturally became increasingly angry that his son\nPrahlada was being influenced by the camp of the enemies. He therefore\nasked that saintly persons like Narada not be allowed within the residential quarters of his son, for otherwise Prahlada would be further spoiled\nby V ai�Qava instructions.\nTEXT7\n\n�� iflit � �ffiml: I\nN�q�: m�s�� firQ� �?.11 II � II\n\n", "SB7.1#p0251": "Text 7]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hira1,1yaka8ipu\n\n225\n\nsamyag vidhdryatdm balo\n\nguru-gehe dvi-jatibhifl\nV�TJ.u-�aifl praticchannair\nna bhidyetdsya dhir yathd\nsamyak-completely;\n\nvidhdryatdm-let\n\nhim\n\nbe\n\nprotected;\n\nbalafl-this boy of tender age; guru-gehe-in the guru-kula, the place\nwhere children are sent to be instructed by the guru; dvi-jatibhifl-by\n\nbriihma1J.aS; V � TJ.u-pa �ifl-who are on the side of Vi�Qu;\npraticchannaifl-disguised in different dresses; na bhidyeta-may not\nbe influenced; asya-of him; dhifl-the intelligence; yathd-so that.\nTRANSLATION\nHir&J,lyak&Sipu advised his assistants: My dear demons, give\ncomplete protection to this boy at the guru-kula where he is instructed, so that his intelligence will not be further influenced by\nVai�J,18Vas who may go there in disguise.\nPURPORT\nIn our ��Qa consciousness movement, the tactic of dressing oneself\nlike an ordinary karmi is necessary because everyone in the demoniac\nkingdom is against the Vai�Qava teachings. l(r�Qa consciousness is not at\nall to the liking of the demons of the present age. As soon as they see a\nVai�Qava dressed in saffron garments with beads on his neck and tilaka\non his forehead, they are immediately irritated. They criticize the\nVai�Qavas by sarcastically saying Hare ��Qa, and some people also chant\nHare K:r�Qa sincerely. In either case, since Hare ��Qa is absolute,\nwhether one chants it jokingly or sincerely, it will have its effect. The\nVai�Qavas are pleased when the demons chant Hare ��Qa because this\nshows that the Hare ��Qa movement is taking ground. The greater\ndemons, like HiraQyakasipu, are always prepared to chastise the\nVai�Qavas, and they try to make arrangements so that Vai�Qavas will not\ncome to sell their books and preach ��Qa consciousness. Thus what was\ndone by HiraQyaka8ipu long, long ago is still being done. That is the way\nof materialistic life. Demons or materialists do not at all like the advancement of ��Qa consciousness, and they try to hinder it in many ways. Yet\n\n", "SB7.1#p0252": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n226\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nthe preachers of l(r�Qa consciousness must go forward- in their\nVai�Qava dress or any other dress-for the purpose of preaching.\ncaQakya PaQQita says that if an honest person deals with a great cheater,\nit is necessary for him to become a cheater also, not for the purpose of\ncheating but to make his preaching successful.\n\nTEXT8\n\ntt!C'u;ft�q•e:� 3f� ��q�Nf�: 1\n\n� 'MOl�I CO� �\"tz-.:.0� �:11 � II\ngrham iinitam ahilya\nprahriidam daitya-yajaka/:1.\npra.Sasya sla�TJ-lLYii vaca\nsamaprcchanta siimabhi/:1.\n\ngrham-to the place of the teachers (SaQQa and Amarka); iinitambrought; ahilya-calling; p mh riidam-Prahlada ; daitya-yajaka/:1.-the\npriests\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ndemon\n\nHiraQyakasipu;\n\npra5asya-by\n\npacifying;\n\nsla�TJ-lLyii-with a very mild; viici-voice; samaprcchanta-they questioned; samabhi/:1.-by very agreeable words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Hir�yaka8ipu's servants brought the boy Prahlida back\nto the guru-kula (the place where the brihmal}.as taught the boys),\nthe priests of the demons, �a�<;la and Amarka, pacified him. With\n\nvery mild voices and affectionate words, they inquired from him as\n\nfollows.\n\nPURPORT\nSaQQa and Amarka, the priests of the demons, were eager to know\nfrom Prahlada Maharaja who the Vai�Qavas were that came to instruct\nhim in l(r�Qa consciousness. Their purpose was to discover the names of\nthese Vai�Qavas. In the beginning they did not threaten the boy because\nwhen threatened he might not identify the real culprits. Therefore they\nvery mildly and peacefully inquired as follows.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0253": "Text\n\n10]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hir8J).yaka8ipu\n\n227\n\nTEXT9\n\n�«�����'11�1\n'IR�I91M iil\\'d+4�'f ��: II � II\nvatsa prahrii.da bhadram te\nsatyam kathaya rna mr$a\nbalan ati kutas tubhyam\ne$a buddhi-viparyayab,\nvatsa-0 dear son; prahrii.da-Prahlada; bhadram te-all blessings\nand good fortune unto you; satyam-the truth; kathaya-speak; rnado not; mr$d-a lie; balan ati-passing over the other demon boys;\nkutab,-from where; tubhyam-unto you; e$ab,-this; buddhi-of the\nintelligence; viparyayab,-polluti on.\nTRANSLATION\nDear son Prahlida, all peace and good fortune unto you. Kindly\ndo not speak lies; just reply with the truth. These boys you see are\nnot like you, for they do not speak in a deviant way. How have you\nlearned these .instructions?\n\nHow has your intelligence been\n\nspoiled in this way?\nPURPORT\nPrahlada Maharaja was still a boy, and therefore his teachers thought\nthat if they pacified the little boy he would immediately speak the truth,\nrevealing the secret of how the Vail?Q.avas came there to teach him lessons\nin devotional service. It was surprising, of course, that in the same school\nthe other boys of the Daityas were not polluted; only Prahlada Maharaja\nwas supposedly polluted by the instructions of the Vail?Q.avas. The main\nduty of the teachers was to inquire who those Vai�Q.avas were that came\nto teach Prahlada and spoil his intelligence.\nTEXT\n\n10\n\n��: � � � �Sll�l\n.\n\n\"\n\n.\n\n.\n\n�ffl �Efil'fiWiT �T te;w;a:;w II� o II\n\n", "SB7.1#p0254": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n228\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nbuddhi-bhedat£ para-krta\nutaho te svato 'bhavat\nbha�J-yatdm srotu-kamdndrit\ngurilTJ,dm kula-nandana\nbuddhi-bhedat£-pollution of the intelligence; para-krtat£-done by\nthe enemies; utdho-or; te-o£ you; svatat£-by yourself; abhavatwas; bha�J-yatdm-let it be told; srotu-kamdndm-to us, who are very\neager to hear about it; gunl1J-dm-all your teachers; kula-nandana-0\nbest of your family.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of your family, has this pollution of your intelligence\n\nbeen brought about by you or by the enemies? We are all your\nteachers and are very eager to hear about this. Please tell us the\n\ntruth.\n\nPURPORT\nPrahlada Maharaja's teachers were astonished that a small boy could\nspeak such exalted Vai�Qava philosophy. Therefore they inquired about\nthe Vai�Qavas who stealthily taught it to him, in order that these\nVai�Qavas might be arrested and killed in the presence of Prahlada's\nfather, HiraQyakasipu.\nTEXT 11\n\n� �..,\n\nsri-prahrdda uvdca\nparat£ sva§ cety asad-grahat£\npuritsam yan-mdyaya krtat£\nvimohita-dhiyarit dr§!as\ntasmai bhagavate namat£\nsri-prahradat£ uvdca-Prahlada Maharaja replied; parat£-an enemy;\nsvat£-a kinsman or friend; ca-also; iti-thus; asat-grahat£-material\nconception of life; puritsam-of persons; yat-of whom; mdyaya-by\n\n", "SB7.1#p0255": "Text 11]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of HiraJ.lyak.a8ipu\n\n229\n\nthe external energy; krtall-created; vimohita-bewildered; dhiyam­\n\nof those whose intelligence; d�!all-practically experienced; tasmai­\n\nunto Him; bhagavate-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; namalJ­\n\nmy respectful obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrahliida Mahirija replied: Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose external\nenergy has created the distinctions of \"my friend\" and \"my\nenemy\" by deluding the intelligence of men. Indeed, I am now actually experiencing this, although I have previously heard of it\nfrom authoritative sources.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (5.18):\n\nvidya-vinaya-sampanne\nbrahmaJJ£ gavi hastini\nsuni caiva svapake ca\npaTJ4,italJ sama-darsinalJ\n\"The humble sage, by virtue of true knowledge, sees with equal vision a\n\nlearned and gentle brahma7Ja, a cow, an elephant, a dog and a dog-eater\n[outcaste].\" PaTJ4italJ, those who are actually learned-the equipoised,\n\nadvanced devotees who have full knowledge of everything-do not see\n\nany living entity as an enemy or friend. Instead, with broader vision,\n\nthey see that everyone is part of _Kr�1;1a, as confirmed by Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu (jivera 'svarapa' haya-k�JJ£ra 'nitya-dasa?. Every liv­\n\ning entity, being part of the Supreme Lord, is meant to serve the Lord,\n\njust as every part of the body is meant to serve the whole body.\n\nAs servants of the Supreme Lord, all living entities are one, but a\n\nVai�J;tava, because of his natural humility, addresses every other living\nentity as prabhu. A Vai�J;tava sees other servants to be so advanced that\n\nhe has much to learn from them. Thus he accepts all other devotees of\n\nthe Lord as prabhus, masters. Although everyone is a servant of the\n\nLord, one Vai�Qava servant, because of humility, sees another servant as\n\n", "SB7.1#p0256": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n230\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nhis master. Understanding of the master begins from understanding of\nthe spiritual master.\nyasya prasadiid bhagavat-prasado\nyasyaprasadiin na gatib, kuto 'pi\n\"By the mercy of the spiritual master one receives the benediction of\nl(r�1,1a. Without the grace of the spiritual master, one cannot make any\nadvancement.\"\nsak$00-dharitvena samasta-sastrair\nuktas tathii bhii vyata eva sadbhib,\nkintu prabhor yab, priya eva tasya\nvande gurob, sri-cara1J.tiravindam\n\"The spiritual master is to be honored as much as the Supreme Lord because he is the most confidential servitor of the Lord. This is\nacknowledged in all revealed scriptures and followed by all authorities.\nTherefore I offer my respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of such a\nspiritual master, who is a bona fide representative of Sri Hari [l(r�l,la].\"\nThe spiritual master, the servant of God, is engaged in the most confidential service of the Lord, namely delivering all the conditioned souls\nfrom the clutches of maya, in which one thinks, \"This person is my\nenemy, and that one is my friend.\" Actually the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is the friend of all living entities, and all living entities are eternal servants of the Supreme Lord. Oneness is possible through this\nunderstanding, not through artificially thinking that every one of us is\nGod or equal to God. The true understanding is that God is the supreme\nmaster and that all of us are servants of the Supreme Lord and are\ntherefore on the same platform. This had already been taught to\nPrahlada Maharaja by his spiritual master, Narada, but Prahlada was\nnonetheless surprised by how a bewildered soul thinks one person his\nenemy and another his friend.\nAs long as one adheres to the philosophy of duality, thinking one person a friend and another an enemy, he should be understood to be in the\nclutches of maya. The Mayavadi philosopher who thinks that all living\nentities are God and are therefore one is also mistaken. No one is equal to\n\n", "SB7.1#p0257": "Text 12]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hirm;Iyak&Sipu\n\n231\n\nGod. The servant cannot be equal to the master. According to the\n\nVai�Qava philosophy, the master is one, and the servants are also one,\nbut the distinction between the master and servant must continue even\nin the liberated stage. In the conditioned stage we think that some living\nbeings are our friends whereas others are enemies, and thus we are in\nduality. In the liberated stage, however, the conception is that God is the\nmaster and that all living entities, being servants of God, are one.\nTEXT 12\n\n�m q?A1f4:ftf� I\n� � 6'-U94{l�fffftr �C(•I(tltc� II� �II\nU �&J3tHt:\n\nsa yadanuvrata� purilsarit\npa§u-buddhir vibhidyate\nanya e�a tathiinyo 'ham\niti bheda-gatasati\nsa�-that\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nyadd-when;\n\nanuvrata�-favorable or pleased; purilsam-of the conditioned souls;\npa§u-buddh*-the animalistic conception of life (\"I am the Supreme,\nand everyone is God\"); vibhidyate-is destroyed; anya�-another;\ne�a�-this; tathii-as well as; anya�-another; aham-1; iti-thus;\nbheda-distinction; gata-having; asati-which is disastrous.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Supreme Personality of Godhead is pleased with the\nliving entity because of his devotional service, one becomes a\n�4ita and does not make distinctions between enemies, friends\nand himself. Intelligently, he then thinks, \"Every one of us is an\neternal servant of God, and therefore we are not different from\none another.\"\nPURPORT\nWhen Prahlada Maharaja's teachers and demoniac father asked him\nhow his intelligence had been polluted, Prahlada Maharaja said, \"As far\nas I am concerned, my intelligence has not been polluted. Rather, by the\n\n", "SB7.1#p0258": "232\n\nSrrrnad-Bhagavauuu\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\ngrace of my spiritual master and by the grace of my Lord, Kr��a, I have\nnow learned that no one is my enemy and no one is my friend. We are all\nactually eternal servants of Kr��a, but under the influence of the external energy we think that we are separately situated from the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead as friends and enemies of one another. This\nmistaken idea has now been corrected, and therefore, unlike ordinary\nhuman beings, I no longer think that I am God and that others are my\nfriends and enemies. Now I am rightly thinking that everyone is an eternal servant of God and that our duty is to serve the supreme master, for\nthen we shall stand on the platform of oneness as servants.\"\nDemons think of everyone as a friend or enemy, but Vai��avas say\nthat since everyone is a servant of the Lord, everyone is on the same platform. Therefore a Vai��ava treats other living entities neither as friends\nnor as enemies, but instead tries to spread Kr��a consciousness, teaching\neveryone that we are all one as servants of the Supreme Lord but are\nuselessly wasting our valuable lives by creating nations, communities\nand other groups of friends and enemies. Everyone should come to the\nplatform of Kr��a consciousness and thus feel oneness as a servant of the\nLord. Although there are 8,400,000 species of life, a Vai��ava feels this\noneness. The\n\nlsopani$ad advises, ekatvam anupa.Syatab,. A devotee\n\nshould see the Supreme Personality of Godhead to be situated in everyone's heart and should also see every living entity as an eternal servant\nof the Lord. This vision is called ekatvam, oneness. Although there is a\nrelationship of master and servant, both master and servant are one because of their spiritual identity. This is also ekatvam. Thus the conception of ekatvam for the Vai��ava is different from that of the Mayavadi.\nHira�yakasipu asked Prahlada Maharaja how he had become antagonistic to his family. When a family member is killed by an enemy, all\nthe members of the family would naturally be inimical to the murderer,\nbut Hira�yakasipu saw that Prahlada had become friendly with the murderer. Therefore he asked, \"Who has created this kind of intelligence in\nyou? Have you developed this consciousness by yourself? Since you are a\nsmall boy, someone must have induced you to think this way.\" Prahlada\nMaharaja wanted to reply that an attitude favorable toward Vi��u can\ndevelop only when the Lord is favorable (sa yadiinuvratab.}. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii, l(r�Qa is the friend of everyone (suhrdam sarvabhiltiiniim jfiiitva miim santim rcchati). The Lord is never an enemy to\n\n", "SB7.1#p0259": "Text 12]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hirlll).yak&Sipu\n\n233\n\nany of the millions of living entities, but is always a friend to everyone.\n\nThis is true understanding. If one thinks that the Lord is an enemy, his\n\nintelligence is paS!-£-buddhi, the intelligence of an animal. He falsely\nthinks, \"I am different from my enemy, and my enemy is different from\nme. The enemy has done this, and therefore my duty is to kill him.\" This\n\nmisconception is described in this verse as bheda-gatasati. The actual\n\nfact is that everyone is a servant of the Lord, as confirmed in Caitanya­\n\ncaritiimrta by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu (jivera 'svarilpa' hayakn;T)era 'nitya-ddsa�. As servants of the Lord, we are one, and there can\n\nbe no questions of enmity or friendship. If one actually understands that\n\nevery one of us is a servant of the Lord, where is the question of enemy\nor friend?\n\nEveryone should be friendly for the service of the Lord. Everyone\n\nshould praise another's service to the Lord and not be proud of his own\nservice. This is the way of Vai�I).ava thinking, V aikui).tha thinking.\n\nThere may be rivalries and apparent competition between servants in\nperforming service, but in the Vaikui).tha planets the service of another\nservant is appreciated, not condemned. This is Vaikui).tha competition.\n\nThere is no question of enmity between servants. Everyone should be\nallowed to render service to the Lord to the best of his ability, and every­\n\none should appreciate the service of others. Such are the activities of\n\nVaikui).tha. Since everyone is a servant, everyone is on the same platform\n\nand is allowed to serve the Lord according to his ability. As confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (15.15), sarvasya ciiham hrdi sanniv�!o mattab, smrtir\njfiiinam apohanam ca: the Lord is situated in everyone's heart, giving\n\ndictation according to the attitude of the servant. However, the Lord\ngives different dictation to the nondevotees and devotees. The non­\n\ndevotees challenge the authority of the Supreme Lord, and therefore the\n\nLord dictates in such a way that the nondevotees forget the Lord's ser­\n\nvice, life after life, and are punished by the laws of nature. But when a\n\ndevotee very sincerely wants to render service to the Lord, the Lord dictates in a different way. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii (10.10):\n\nte�iim satata-yuktiiniim\nbhajatiim priti-pilrvakam\ndadiimi buddhi-yogam tam\nyena miim upayiinti te\n\n", "SB7.1#p0260": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n234\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give\nthe understanding by which they can come to Me.\" Everyone is actually a\nservant, not an enemy or friend, and everyone is working under different directions from the Lord, who directs each living entity according\nto his mentality.\nTEXT 13\n\n((tq{€CI�N���..tt!stilfllit �� I\nIV� �{;( �(�IR:;{t\nitflU!(�)� f¥r.ff� lt ���I�� II\n� � 31R'It\n\nsa e�a titmd sva-parety abuddhibhir\nduratyayanukramar:w nirapyate\nmuhyanti yad-vartmani veda-viidirw\nbrahmiidayo hy e�a bhinatti me matim\nsalt-He; e�aft-this; iitmii-Supersoul situated in everyone's heart;\nsva-para-this is my own business, and that is someone else's; iti-thus;\nabuddhibhift-by those who have such bad intelligence; duratyayavery difficult to follow;\n\nanukrama�ft-whose devotional service;\n\nnirapyate-is ascertained (by scriptures or the instructions of the\nspiritual\n\nmaster);\n\nmuhyanti-are\n\nbewildered;\n\nyat-of\n\nwhom;\n\nvartmani-on the path; veda-viidinaft-the followers of Vedic instructions; brahma-adayaft-the demigods, beginning from Lord Brahma;\nhi-indeed; e�aft-this one; bhinatti-changes; me-my; matim-intelligence.\nTRANSLATION\nPersons who always think in terms of \"enemy\" and \"friend\"\n\nare unable to ascertain the Supersoul within themselves. Not to\n\nspeak of them, even such exalted persons as Lord Brahma, who are\nfully\n\nconversant\n\nwith\n\nthe\n\nVedic\n\nliterature,\n\nare\n\nsometimes\n\nbewildered in following the principles of devotional service. The\nsame Supreme Personality of Godhead who has created this situa­\n\ntion has certainly given me the intelligence to take the side of your\n\nso-called enemy.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0261": "Text 14]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hir�yak&Sipu\n\n235\n\nPURPORT\nPrahlada Maharaja admitted frankly, \"My dear teachers, you wrongly\n\nthink that Lord Vi�QU is your enemy, but because He is favorable toward\n\nme, I understand that He is the friend of everyone. You may think that I\n\nhave taken the side of your enemy, ·but factually He has bestowed a great\n\nfavor upon me.\"\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�Jll*'tf�q� iiSI'{ ((ttt¥tl4itlQNt� I\n(l1fl it � �*fifiqiUltft;�stl ������\nyathii bhramyaty ayo brahman\nsvayam akar$a-sannidhau\ntathii me bhidyate ceta5\ncakra-piiTJ.er yadrcchaya\n\nyathii-just\n\nas;\n\nbhramyati-moves;\n\nayaft-iron;\n\nbrahman-0\n\nbrahmaT)aS; svayam-itself; iikar§a-of a magnet; sannidhau-in the\n\nproximity; tatoo-similarly; me-my; bhidyate-is changed; cetaft­\n\nconsciousness; cakra-piiTJ.eft-of Lord Vi�QU, who has a disc in His hand;\n\nyadrcchaya-simply by the will.\n<\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 brihm�as [teachers], as iron attracted by a magnetic stone\nmoves automatically toward the magnet, my consciousness, having\nbeen changed by His will, is attracted by Lord Vi�I).u, who carries a\ndisc in His hand. Thus I have no independence.\nPURPORT\nFor iron to be attracted by a magnet is natural. Similarly, for all living\n\nentities to be attracted toward ��Qa is natural, and therefore the Lord's\n\nreal name is ��Qa, meaning He who attracts everyone and everything.\n\nThe typical examples of such attraction are found in V:rndavana, where\n\neverything and everyone is attracted by ��Qa. The elderly persons like\n\nNanda Maharaja and Yasodadevi, the friends like Sr idama, Sudama and\n\n", "SB7.1#p0262": "236\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nthe other cowherd boys, the gopis like Srimati RadharaQi and Her asso­\n\nciates, and even the birds, beasts, cows and calves are attracted. The\n\nflowers and fruits in the gardens are attracted, the waves of the Yamuna\nare attracted, and the land, sky, trees, plants, animals and all other living\nbeings are attracted by Kr�J.la. This is the natural situation of everything\n\nin V:rndavana.\n\nJust contrary to the affairs of V:rndavana is the material world, where\n\nno one is attracted by Kr�1.1a and everyone is attracted by maya. This is\nthe difference between the spiritual and material worlds. HiraQyakasipu,\n\nwho was in the material world, was attracted by women and money,\n\nwhereas Prahlada Maharaja, being in his natural position, was attracted\n\nby Kr�J.la. In replying to HiraQyakasipu's question about why Prahlada\n\nMaharaja had a deviant view, Prahlada said that his view was not\ndeviant, for the natural position of everyone is to be attracted by Kr�J.la.\n\nHiraQyakasipu found this view deviant, Prahlada said, because of being\nunnaturally unattracted by Kr�J.la. HiraQyakasipu therefore needed\n\npurification.\n\nAs soon as one is purified of material contamination, he is again at­\n\ntracted by Kr�1.1a (saroopadhi-vinirmuktam tat-paratvena nirmalam). In\nthe material world, everyone is contaminated by the dirt of sense gra­\n\ntification and is acting according to different designations, sometimes as a\n\nhuman being, sometimes a beast, sometimes a demigod or tree, and so on.\n\nOne must be cleansed of all these designations. Then one will be\nnaturally attracted to Kr�J.la. The bhakti process purifies the living entity\nof all unnatural attractions. When one is purified he is attracted by Kr�1.1a\n\nand begins to serve Kr�1.1a instead of serving maya. This is his natural\n\nposition. A devotee is attracted by l(r�Qa, whereas a nondevotee, being\n\ncontaminated by the dirt of material enjoyment, is not. This is confirmed\nby the Lord in Bhagavad-gita (7 .28):\n\nye$arh tv anta-gatam papam\njananam puTJya-karmaT)dm\nte dvandva-moha-nirmukta\nbhajante mam drl}.ha-vrata/:1.\n\"Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life, whose\n\nsinful actions are completely eradicated and who are freed from the\n\n", "SB7.1#p0263": "Text 15]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hirau;tyaka.Sipu\n\n237\n\nduality of delusion, engage themselves in My service with determina­\n\ntion.\" One must be freed from all the sinful dirt of material existence.\n\nEveryone in this material world is contaminated by material desire. Unless one is free from all material desire (anyabhi�itd-sunyam), one\ncannot be attracted by Kr�J.la.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n� \\1<IR\ni((flqJ:IOI�+f4t R� �l'ffir: I\n(i ��if'«f: ��: 11��11\nsri-narad.a uvdca\n\netavad brahma1Jiiyoktvd\n\nvirarama maha-mati!t\n\ntam sannibhartsya kupita!t\nsudino raja-sevaka!t\n\nsri-narada!t\n\nuvdca-Narada\n\nMuni\n\nsaid;\n\netdvat-this\n\nmuch;\n\nbrahmar:uiya-unto the brahma�, the sons of Sukracarya; uktvii­\n\nspeaking; virarama-became silent; mahii-mati!t-Prahlada Maharaja,\n\nwho possessed\n\ngreat intelligence;\n\ntam-him (Prahlada Maharaja);\n\nsannibhartsya-chastising very harshly; kupita!t-being angry; su­\n\ndina!l-poor in thought, or very much aggrieved; raja-sevaka!t-the\nservants of King Hira1.1yakasipu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great saint Narada Muni continued: The great soul Prahlada\nMaharaja became silent after saying �his to his teachers, �au;t<;la and\n\nAmarka,\n\nthe\n\nseminal\n\nsons\n\nof\n\nSukricirya.\n\nThese\n\nso-called\n\nbrihmau;tas then became angry at him. Because they were servants\nof Hirau;tyaka.Sipu, they were very sorry, and to chastise Prahlada\nMaharaja they spoke as follows.\nPURPORT\nThe word sukra means \"semen.\" The sons of Sukracarya were\n\nbrahma� by birthright, but an actual brahmar:w is one who possesses\n\n", "SB7.1#p0264": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n238\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nthe brahminical gualities. The briihmar:ms SaJ;I(,la and Amarka, being\nseminal sons of Suk.racarya, did not actually possess real brahminical\nqualifications, for they engaged as servants of HiraJ;Iyakasipu. An actual\nbriihmary,a is very much satisfied to see anyone, not to speak of his disciple, become a devotee of Lord Kr!?J;Ia. Such briihmar:ms are meant to\nsatisfy the supreme master. A briihmary,a is strictly prohibited from becoming a servant of anyone else, for that is the business of dogs and\nsadras. A dog must satisfy his master, but a briihmary,a does not have to\nsatisfy anyone; he is simply meant to satisfy Kr!?J;Ia (iinukulyena\nkr$�nu5ilanam). That is the real qualification of a briihmary,a. Because\nSaJ;I<:fa and Amarka were seminal briihmar:ms and had become servants of\nsuch a master as Hiral)yakasipu, they unnecessarily wanted to chastise\nPrahlada Maharaja.\nTEXT 16\n\n311;il�euq'\n\n�ffi¥ttt�%(: I\n�1110 ri:i��s�tRijt �q: ����II\niiniyatiim are vetram\nasmiika m aya5askara/:t\nkuliirigiirasya durbz.uldhes\ncaturtho 'syodito dama/:t\niiniyatiim-let\n\nit\n\nbe\n\nbrought;\n\nare-oh;\n\nvetram-the\n\nstick;\n\nasmiikam-of us; aya5askara/:t-who is bringing defamation; kulaarigiirasya-of he who is like a cinder in the dynasty; durbz.uldhe/:thaving bad intelligence; caturtha/:t-the fourth; asya-for him;\nudita/:t-declared; dama/:t-punishment (the stick, argumentum ad\nbaculum).\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nOh, please b ring me a stick! This Prahlada is damaging our\n\nname and fame. Because of his had intelligence, he has become\n\nlike a cinder in the dynasty of the demons. Now he needs to he\ntreated by the fourth of the four kinds of political diplomacy.\nPURPORT\n\nIn political affairs, when a person disobediently agitates against the\ngovernment, four principles are used to suppress him-legal orders,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0265": "Text 17]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hir8J,lyaka8ipu\n\n239\n\npacification, the offer of a post, or, finally, weapons. When there are no\nother arguments, he is punished. In logic, this is called argumentum ad\nbaculum. When the two seminal brahmar:ws SaQ.Qa and Amarka failed to\nextract from Prahlada Maharaja the cause for his having opinions different from those of his father, they called for a stick with which to\nchastise him to satisfy their master, HiraQ.yaka.Sipu. Because Prahlada\nhad become a devotee, they considered him to be contaminated by bad\nintelligence and to be the worst descendant in the family of demons. As it\nis said, where ignorance is bliss, it is folly to be wise. In a society or\nfamily in which everyone is a demon, for someone to become a Vai!?Qava\nis certainly folly. Thus Prahlada Maharaja was charged with bad intelligence because he was among demons, including his teachers, who were\nsupposedly brahmar:ws.\nThe members of our �!?Qa consciousness movement are in a position\nsimilar to that of Prahlada l\\faharaja. All over the world, ninety-nine\npercent of the people are godless demons, and therefore our preaching of\n�!?Qa consciousness, following in the footsteps of Prahlada Maharaja, is\nalways hampered by many impediments. Because of their fault of being\ndevotees, the American boys who have sacrificed everything for preaching �!?Qa consciousness are charged with being members of the CIA.\nMoreover, the seminal brahmar:ws in India, who say that one can become\na brahma1J-ll only if born in a brahma1J-(l family, charge us with ruining\nthe Hindu system of religion. Of course, the fact is that one becomes a\nbrahmar:m by qualification. Because we are training Europeaqs and\nAmericans to become qualified and are awarding them brahminical\nstatus, we are being charged with destroying the Hindu religion. Nonetheless, confronting all kinds of difficulties, we must spread the �!?Qa\nconsciousness movement with great determination, like that of Prahlada\nMaharaja. In spite of being the son of the demon HiraQ.yakasipu,\nPrahlada never feared the chastisements of the seminal brahma1J-ll sons\nof a demoniac father.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�+.1�+4� ijfTffiStf ��'{: I\n�1lcMw:¥teq(iffcftJnwt� ��: 11 � \\911\ndaiteya-candana-vane\njato 'yam kar:t!aka-druma}J,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0266": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n240\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nyan-millonmilla-para§or\nv4r:tor niilayito 'rbhaka}J,\ndaiteya-of the demoniac family; candana-vane-in the sandalwood\nforest; jata}J,-born; ayam-this; kar:t!aka-druma}J,-thorn tree; yatof which; mula-of the roots; unmilla-in the cutting; para§o}J,-who is\nlike\n\nan\n\naxe;\n\nv4TJOIJ--of\n\nLord\n\nVi�Q.u;\n\nniilayita}J,-the\n\nhandle;\n\narbhaka}J,- boy.\nTRANSLATION\nThis rascal Prahlada has appeared like a thorn tree in a forest of\n\nsandalwood. To cut down sandalwood trees, an axe is needed, and\n\nthe wood of the thorn tree is very suitable for the handle of such\n\nan axe. Lord Vi��u is the axe for cutting down the sandalwood\n\nforest of the family of demons, and this Prahlada is the handle for\nthat axe.\n\nPURPORT\nThorn trees generally grow in deserted places, not in sandalwood\nforests, but the seminal brahmar.ws SaQ.<;la and Amarka compared the\ndynasty of the Daitya HiraQ.yakasipu to a sandalwood forest and compared Prahlada Maharaja to a hard, strong thorn tree that could provide\nthe handle of an axe. They compared Lord Vi�Q.u to the axe itself. An axe\nalone cannot cut a thorn tree; it needs a handle, which may be made of\nthe wood of a thorn tree. Thus the thorn tree of demoniac civilization can\nbe cut to pieces by the axe of v4r:tu-bhakti, devotional service to Lord\nKr�Q.a. Some of the members of the demoniac civilization, like Prahlada\nMaharaja, may become the handle for the axe, to assist Lord Vi�Q.u, and\nthus the entire forest of demoniac civilization can be cut to pieces.\n\niti tam vividhopayair\nbhi§ayarits tarjaniidibhi}J,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0267": "Text 18]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hir�yak&Sipu\n\n241\n\nprahradam grahayam dsa\n\ntri vargasyopapadanam\n-\n\niti-in this way; tam-him (Prahlada Maharaja); vividha-upayai/:tvarious\n\nmeans;\n\nbh� ayan-threatening;\n\ntarjana-ddibhi/:t-by\n\nchastisement,\n\nthreats,\n\netc.;\n\nprahradam-unto\n\nPrahlada Maharaja;\n\nby\n\ngrahayam dsa-taught; tri-vargasya-the three goals of life (the paths\nof\n\nreligion,\n\neconomic\n\ndevelopment\n\nupapadanam-scripture that presents.\n\nand\n\nsense\n\ngratification);\n\nTRANSLATION\n�«;;a and Amarka, the teachers of Prahlida Maharaja, chastised\nand threatened their disciple in various ways and began teaching\nhim about the paths of religion, economic development and sense\ngratification. This is the way they educated him.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the words prahradam grahayam dsa are important. The\nwords grahayam dsa literally mean that they tried to induce Prahlada\nMaharaja to accept the paths of dharma, artha and kama (religion,\neconomic development and sense gratification). People are generally\npreoccupied with these three concerns, without interest in the path of\nliberation. Hiral).yakasipu, the father of Prahlada Maharaja, was simply\ninterested in gold and sense enjoyment. The word hirar:tya means\n\"gold,\" and kaSipu refers to soft cushions and bedding on which people\nenjoy sense gratification. The word prahliida, however, refers to one\nwho is always joyful in understanding Brahman (brahma-bhata/:t\nprasanndtmd). Prahliida means prasanndtmd, always joyful. Prahlada\nwas always joyful in worshiping the Lord, but in accordance with the instructions of Hiral).yakasipu, the teachers were interested in teaching\nhim about material things. Materialistic persons think that the path of\nreligion is meant for improving their material conditions. The materialist\ngoes to a temple to worship many varieties of demigods just to receive\nsome benediction to improve his material life. He goes to a sddhu or socalled svdmi to take advantage of an easy method for achieving material\nopulence. In the name of religion, the so-called sddhus try to satisfy the\n\n", "SB7.1#p0268": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n242\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nsenses of the materialists by showing them shortcuts to material opulence. Sometimes they give some talisman or blessing. Sometimes they\nattract materialistic persons by producing gold. Then they declare themselves God, and foolish materialists are attracted to them for economic\ndevelopment. As a result of this process of cheating, others are reluctant\nto accept a religious process, and instead they advise people in ge�eral to\nwork for material advancement. This is going on all over the world. Not\nonly now but since time immemorial, no one is interested in mok§a,\nliberation.\n\nThere\n\nare\n\nfour\n\nprinciples-dharma\n\n(religion),\n\nartha\n\n(economic development), kama (sense gratification) and mok§a (liberation). People accept religion to become materially opulent. And why\nshould one be materially opulent? For sense gratification. Thus people\nprefer these three margas, the three paths of materialistic life. No one is\n\ninterested in liberation, and bhagavad-bhakti, devotional service to the\n\nLord, is above even liberation. Therefore the process of devotional service, Kn>Qa consciousness, is extremely difficult to understand. This will\nbe explained later by Prahlada Maharaja. The teachers $aQQa and\nAmarka tried to induce Prahlada Maharaja to accept the materialistic way\nof life, but actually their attempt was a failure.\n\ntata enarft gurur jfidtva\njfidta-jiieya-cat��ayam\n\ndaityendram dariayam lisa\n\nmatr-mr$�m alarikr tam\n\ntataft-thereafter;\n\nenam-him (Prahlada Maharaja); guruft-his\n\nteachers; jnatva-knowing; jnata-known; jiieya-which are to be\nknown; cah.l.$�ayam-the four diplomatic principles (siima, the process\nof pacifying; dana, the process of giving money in charity; bheda, the\nprinciple of dividing; and dar:uja, the principle of punishment); daityaindram-unto Hira.Qyakasipu, the King of the Daityas; dar5ayiim lisa-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0269": "Text 20]\n\nPrahlada, the Saintly Son of HiraJ;Iyaka.Sipu\n\n243\n\npresented; matr-mr�!am-being bathed by his mother; alarikrtamdecorated with ornaments.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter some time, the teachers �aJ;I4a and Amarka thought that\nPrahliida Maharaja was sufficiently educated in the diplomatic\naffairs of pacifying public leaders, appeasing them by giving them\nlucrative posts, dividing and ruling over them, and punishing\nthem in cases of disobedience. Then, one day, after Prahliida's\nmother had personally washed the boy and dressed him nicely with\nsufficient ornaments, they presented him before his father.\nPURPORT\nIt is essential for a student who is going to be a ruler or king to learn\nthe four diplomatic principles. There is always rivalry between a king\nand his citizens. Therefore, when a citizen agitates the public against the\nking, the duty of the king is to call him and try to pacify him with sweet\nwords, saying, \"You are very important in the state. Why should you disturb the public with some new cause for agitation?\" If the citizen is not\npacified, the king should then offer him some lucrative post as a governor or minister-any post that draws a high salary-so that he may be\nagreeable. If the enemy still goes on agitating the public, the king should\ntry to create dissension in the enemy's camp, but if he still continues, the\nking should employ argumentum oo baculum-severe punishment-by\nputting him in jail or placing him before a firing squad. The teachers appointed by HiraQyakasipu taught Prahlada Maharaja how to he a\ndiplomat so that he could rule over the citizens very nicely.\nTEXT 20\n\n�: qmf � !If�����: I\nqRcctiAI R� � q(+ii'uq f.ftf� II� II\no\n\npiidayo/:l patitam balam\npratinandyas�asura/:l\n\n", "SB7.1#p0270": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n244\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\npari§vajya ciram dorbhyam\nparamiim apa nirvrtim\n\npadayob,-at the feet; patitam-fallen; oo/am-the boy (Prahlada\nMaharaja); pratinandya-encouraging; asi§a-with blessings (\"My dear\nchild, may you live long and be happy\" and so on); asurab,-the demon\nHira�yakasipu; pari§vajya-embracing; ciram-for a long time due to\naffection; dorbhyam-with his two arms; paramiim-great; apa-obtained; nirvrtim-jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Hir�yaka8ipu saw that his child had fallen at his feet and\n\nwas offering obeisances, as an affectionate father he immediately\n\nbegan showering blessings upon the child and embraced him with\nboth arms. A father naturally feels happy to embrace his son, and\n\nHir�yaka8ipu became very happy in this way.\nTEXT 21\n\n311Uctlt'4llmt� �t.=t���el'ifq: 1\n31Tftfil'{ mQSII..stf� �Nm� II�� II\naropyarikam avaghroya\nmurdhany a.Sru-kalambubhib,\nasincan vikasad-vaktram\nidam aha yudh�!hira\n\naropya-placing; arikam-on the lap; avaghraya murdhani-smelling his head; a.Sru-of tears; kala-ambubhib,-with water from drops;\ndsincan-moistening; vikasat-vaktram-his smiling face; idam-this;\naha-said; yudh�!hira-0 Maharaja Yudhi�thira.\nTRANSLATION\nNarada\n\nMuni\n\ncontinued:\n\nMy\n\ndear\n\nKing\n\nYudhi�thira,\n\nHir�yaka8ipu seated Prahlada Maharaja on his lap and began\n\nsmelling his head. With affectionate tears gliding down from his\n\n", "SB7.1#p0271": "Text 22]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hi�yak.a8ipu\n\n245\n\neyes and moistening the child's smiling face, he spoke to his son as\nfollows.\nPURPORT\nIf a child or disciple falls at the feet of the father or spiritual master,\nthe superior responds by smelling the head of the subordinate.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n��Ulf�fir'J.�i!fr1\nSl�t�l��iji �mr �d Fiffll�¥4'( I\n\n-<Jt�ijl��i( ������i(ll\nhirar:tyaka.Sipur uvaca\nprahradaniicyatiirh tata .\nsvadhitam kificid uttamam\nkalenaitavatiiyu§man\nyad a§i�ad guror bhavan\nhirar:tyaka.Sipu/J. uvaca-King HiraQyakasipu said; prahrada-my\ndear\n\nPrahlada;\n\naniicyatam-let it\n\nsvadhitam-well learned;\n\nbe\n\ntold;\n\nkificit-something;\n\ntata-my\n\ndear\n\nson;\n\nuttamam-very nice;\n\nkalena etavata-for so much time; iiyu§man-0 long-lived one; yatwhich; a§i�at\n\n-\n\nhas learned; guroiJ,-from your teachers; bhavan­\n\nyoursel£.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHira�yak.a8ipu said: My dear Prahlida, my dear son, 0 longlived one, for so much time you have heard many things from\nyour teachers. Now please repeat to me whatever you think is the\nbest of that knowledge.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse, HiraQyakasipu inquires from his son what he has\nlearned from his guru. Prahlada Maharaja's gurus were of two kinds-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0272": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n246\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nSaQQ.a and Amarka, the sons of Sukracarya in the seminal disciplic succession, were the gurus appointed by his father, but his other guru was\nthe exalted Narada Muni, who had instructed Prahlada when Prahlada\nwas within the womb of his mother. Prahlada Maharaja responded to the\ninquiry of his father with the instructions he had received from his\nspiritual master, Narada. Thus there was again a difference of opinion\nbecause Prahlada Maharaja wanted to relate the best thing he had\nlearned from his spiritual master, whereas HiraQyakasipu expected to\nhear about the politics and diplomacy Prahlada had learned from SaQQ.a\nand Amarka. Now the dissension between the father and son became increasingly intense as Prahlada Maharaja began to say what he had\nlearned from his guru Narada Muni.\nTEXTS 23-24\n\n� �f'f\n...\n\nn..t.: c.. '\"'\n��ur �.('1-. .q..UJT: �•\nqfa>qwt1JI. 1\n�\n•\n\n� q� ���A� 11��11\n� �ijlfiRIJ R� llhfi��litqe�un 1\nfrR6 l14(f:C�4(1 �s�'RJ� II�IJII\nsri-prahrada uvaca\nsravar:wm kirtanarh V�twb.\nsmarar:wm pada-sevanam\narcanarh vandanam dasyam\nsakhyam dtma-nivedanam\niti purhsiirpitd V�TJ-D.U\nbhaktiS cen nava-la�a1}ii\nkriyeta bhagavaty addhii\ntan manye 'dhitam uttamam\nsn-prahradab. uviica-Prahlada Maharaja said; sravar:wm-hearing;\nkirtanam-chanting; v��wb.-of Lord Vi!?QU (not anyone else);\nsmarar:wm-remembering;\npada-sevanam-serving\nthe\nfeet;\narcanam-offering worship (with �Ol}aSopaciira, the sixteen kinds of\n\n", "SB7.1#p0273": "Text 24]\n\nPrahlada, the Saintly Son of Hirm:tyak&Sipu\n\n247\n\nparaphernalia); vandanam-offering prayers; dasyam-becoming the\nservant; sakhyam-becoming the best friend; atma-nivedanam-surrendering everything, whatever one has; iti-thus; purilsa arpitaoffered by the devotee; ci$�u-unto Lord Vi�QU (not to anyone else);\nbhaktift-devotional service; cet-if; nava-la�a�-possessing nine\ndifferent processes; kriyeta-one should perform; bhagavati-unto the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; addha-directly or completely; tatthat; manye-I consider; adhitam-learning; uttamam-topmost.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlada Maharaja said: Hearing and chanting about the transcendental holy name, form, qualities, paraphernalia and pastimes\nof Lord Vi�J.IU, remembering them, serving the lotus feet of the\nLord, offering the Lord respectful worship with sixteen types of\nparaphernalia, offering prayers to the Lord, becoming His servant,\nconsidering the Lord one's best friend, and surrendering everything unto Him (in other words, serving Him with the body, mind\nand words)-these nine processes are accepted as pure devotional\nservice. One who has dedicated his life to the service of �J.la\nthrough these nine methods should be understood to be the most\nlearned person, for he has acquired complete knowledge.\nPURPORT\nWhen Prahlada Maharaja was asked by his father to say something\nfrom whatever he had learned, he considered that what he had learned\nfrom his spiritual master was the best of all teachings whereas what he\nhad learned about diplomacy from his material teachers, SaQQ.a and\nAmarka,\n(Bhiig.\n\nwas useless. Bhaktift paresanubhavo viraktir anyatra ca\n\n11.2.42). This is the symptom of pure devotional service. A pure\n\ndevotee is interested only in devotional service, not in material affairs.\nTo execute devotional service, one should always engage in hearing and\nchanting about Kr�Qa, or Lord Vi�QU. The process of temple worship is\ncalled arcana. How to perform arcana will be explained herein. One\nshould have complete faith in the words of Kr�Qa, who says that He is the\ngreat well-wishing friend of everyone (suhrdarh sarva-bhutanam). A\ndevotee considers Kr�Qa the only friend. This is called sakhyam.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0274": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n248\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nPumsarpita v�r:wu. The word purilsa means \"by all living entities.\"\nThere are no distinctions permitting only a man or only a brahmar:w to\n\noffer devotional service to the Lord. Everyone can do so. As confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gitti (9.32), striyo vaiSyas tatha sudras te 'pi yanti param\ngatim: although women, vaiSyas and sudras are considered less intelli­\n\ngent, they also can become devotees and return home, back to Godhead.\n\nAfter performing sacrifices, sometimes a person engaged in fruitive\n\nactivity customarily offers the results to Vi�Qu. But here it is said,\n\nbhagavaty addha: one must directly offer everything to Vi�Qu. This is\n\ncalled sannyasa (not merely nyasa). A tridaT:U;li-sannyasi carries three\n\ndar:u)as, signifying kaya- marw-vakya\n\n-\n\nbody, mind and words. All of\n\nthese should be offered to Vi�Qu, and then one can begin devotional service. Fruitive workers first perform some pious activities and then for­\n\nmally or officially offer the results to Vi�Qu. The real devotee, however,\n\nfirst offers his surrender to :l<r�Qa with his body, mind and words and\n\nthen uses his body, mind and words for the service of :l<r�Qa as :l<r�Qa\ndesires.\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura gives the following explana­\n\ntion in his Tathya. The word sravar:w refers to giving aural reception to\n\nthe holy name and descriptions of the Lord's form, qualities, entourage\nand pastimes as explained in Srimad-Bhagavatam, Bhagavad-gita and\n\nsimilar authorized scriptures. Mter aurally receiving such messages, one\nshould\n\nmemorize\n\nthese\n\nvibrations\n\nand\n\nrepeat\n\nthem\n\n(kirtanam).\n\nSmarar:wm means trying to understand more and more about the\n\nSupreme Lord, and pada-sevanam means engaging oneself in serving\n\nthe lotus feet of the Lord according to the time and circumstances.\n\nArcanam means worshiping Lord Vi�QU as one does in the temple, and\nvandanam means offering respectful obeisances. Man-mana bhava\nmad-bhakto mad-yaji mam namaskuru.\nVandanam means\nnamaskuru-offering obeisances or offering prayers. Thinking oneself\n\nto be\n\nnitya-k�r:w-dasa, everlastingly a servant of K:r�Qa, is called\ndasyam, and sakhyam means being a well-wisher of :l<r�Qa. :l<r�Qa wants\n\neveryone to surrender unto Him because everyone is constitutionally His\nservant. Therefore, as a sincere friend of :l<r�Qa, one should preach this\nphilosophy, requesting everyone to surrender unto :l<r�Qa.\n\nAtmanivedanam means offering :l<r�Qa everything, including one's body,\n\nmind, intelligence and whatever one may possess.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0275": "Text 24]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hir�yaka8ipu\n\n249\n\nOne's sincere endeavor to perform these nine processes of devotional\nservice is technically called bhakti. The word addhii means \"directly.\"\nOne should not be like the karmis, who perform pious activities and then\nformally offer the results to Kr�J.la. That is karma-ka'J4a. One should not\naspire for the results of his pious activities, but should dedicate oneself\nfully and then act piously. In other words, one should act for the satisfaction of Lord Vi�J).U, not for the satisfaction of his own senses. That is the\nmeaning of the word addhii, \"directly.\"\n\nanyabhi�ita-silnyam\njnana-karmiidy-anavrtam\nanukillyena kn;'fJiinusilanaril bhaktir uttamd\n\"One should render transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord\nKr�J.la favorably and without desire for material profit or gain through\nfruitive activities or philosophical speculation. That is called pure devotional service.\" One should simply satisfy l(r�J).a, without being influenced by fruitive knowledge or fruitive activity.\nThe Gopala-tapani Upan� says that the word bhakti means engagement in the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nnot of anyone else. This Upani§ad describes that bhakti is the offering of\ndevotional service unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. To perform\ndevotional service, one should be relieved of the bodily conception of life\nand aspirations to be happy through elevation to the higher planetary\nsystems. In other words, work performed simply for the satisfaction of\nthe Supreme Lord, without any desire for material benefits, is called\n\nbhakti. Bhakti is also called ni§karma, or freedom from the results of\nfruitive activity. Bhakti and ni§karma are on the same platform, although devotional service and fruitive activity appear almost the same.\nThe nine different processes enunciated by Prahlada Maharaja, who\nlearned them from Narada Muni, may not all be required for the execution of devotional service; if a devotee performs only one of these nine\nwithout deviation, he can attain the mercy of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Sometimes it is found that when one performs one of the\nprocesses, other processes are mixed with it. That is not improper for a\ndevotee. When a devotee executes any one of the nine processes (nava-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0276": "250\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nla�IJ-d), this is sufficient; the other eight processes are included. Now\n\nlet us discuss these nine different processes.\n\n(1) Sravar:uzm. Hearing of the holy name of the Lord (sravar:uzm) is\n\nthe beginning of devotional service. Although any one of the nine pro­\n\ncesses is sufficient, in chronological order the hearing of the holy name of\n\nthe Lord is the beginning. Indeed, it is essential. As enunciated by Lord\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nceto-darpar:uz-mdrjanam: by chanting the\n\nholy name of the Lord, one is cleansed of the material conception of life,\n\nwhich is due to the dirty modes of material nature. When the dirt is\ncleansed from the core of one's heart, one can realize the form of the\n\niSva ra� parama� kr�r:uz� sac-cidananda-vigraha�. Thus by hearing the holy name of the Lord, one\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead\n\n-\n\ncomes to the platform of understanding the personal form of the Lord.\n\nMter realizing the Lord's form, one can realize the transcendental\n\nqualities of the Lord, and when one can understand His transcendental\nqualities one can understand the Lord's associates. In this way a devotee\n\nadvances further and further toward complete understanding of the\nLord as he awakens in realization of the Lord's holy name, transcenden­\n\ntal form and qualities, His paraphernalia, and everything pertaining to\nHim. Therefore the chronological process is sravar:uzrh kirtanarh vi$�o�.\n\nThis same process of chronological understanding holds true in chanting\n\nand remembering. When the chanting of the holy name, form, qualities\nand paraphernalia is heard from the mouth of a pure devotee, his hear­\n\ning and chanting are very pleasing. Srila Sanatana Gosvami has forbidden us to hear the chanting of an artificial devotee or nondevotee.\n\nHearing from the text of Srimad-Bhagavatam is considered the most\n\nimportant process of hearing. Srimad-Bhagavatam is full of transcen­\n\ndental c�anting of the holy name, and therefore the chanting and hear­\n\ning of Srimad-Bhagavatam are transcendentally full of mellows. The\ntranscendental holy name of the Lord may be heard and chanted accor­\n\ndingly to the attraction of the devotee. One may chant the holy name of\nLord 1\\r�:ga, or one may chant the holy name of Lord Rama or\n\nN:rsirhhadeva\n\n(ramadi-murti$u kala-niyamena ti$!han). The Lord has\n\ninnumerable forms and names, and devotees may meditate upon a par­\n\nticular form and chant the holy name according to his attraction. The\nbest course is to hear of the holy name, form and so on from a pure devo­\n\ntee of the same standard as oneself. In other words, one who is attached\n\n", "SB7.1#p0277": "Text 24)\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hir8J,lyaka8ipu\n\n251\n\nto �!?J;ta should chant and hear from other pure devotees who are also at­\n\ntached to Lord �!?Q.a. The same principle applies for devotees attracted\n\nby Lord Rama, Lord N:rsirhha and other forms of the Lord. Because\n\n�!?Q.a is the ultimate form of the Lord (kf$r;a.s tu bhagavan svayam), it\n\nis best to hear about Lord �!?Q.a's name, form and pastimes from a\n\nrealized devotee who is particularly attracted by the form of Lord �!?Q.a.\nIn Srimad-Bhdgavatam, great devotees like Sukadeva Gosvami have\n\nspecifically described Lord �!?Q.a's holy name, form and qualities. Unless\n\none hears about the holy name, form and qualities of the Lord, one can­\n\nnot clearly\n\nunderstand the other processes of devotional service.\n\nTherefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu recommends that one chant the holy\nname of �!?Q.a. Param vijayate sri-kmUl-sankirtanam. If one is fortu­\n\nnate enough to hear from the mouth of realized devotees, he is very\neasily successful on the path of devotional service. Therefore hearing of\n\nthe holy name, form and qualities of the Lord is essential.\nIn Srimad-Bhdgavatam (1.5.11) there is this verse:\n\ntad-vag-visargo janatiigha-viplavo\nyasmin prati-slokam abaddhavaty api\nniimany anantasya ya5o- 'nkitdni yat\n5ntvanti gayanti gntanti sadhava�\n\"Verses describing the name, form and qualities of Anantadeva, the un­\n\nlimited Supreme Lord, are able to vanquish all the sinful reactions of the\nentire world. Therefore even if such verses are improperly composed,\n\ndevotees hear them, describe them and accept them as bona fide and\n\nauthorized.\" In this connection, Sridhara Svami has remarked that a\n\npure devotee takes advantage of another pure devotee by trying to hear\n\nfrom him about the holy name, form and qualities of the Lord. If there is\nno such opportunity, he alone chants and hears the Lord's holy name.\n\n(2) Kirtanam. The hearing of the holy name has been described\n\nabove. Now let us try to understand the chanting of the holy name, which\n\nis the second item in the consecutive order. It is recommended that such\nchanting be performed very loudly. In Srimad-Bhdgavatam, Narada\n\nMuni says that without shame he began traveling all over the world,\n\nchanting the holy name of the Lord. Similarly, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nhas advised:\n\n", "SB7.1#p0278": "252\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\ntrr:uid api sunicena\ntaror api sah�{tund\namanina manadena\nkirtaniyab sadd harib\nA devotee can very peacefully chant the holy name of the Lord by behaving more humbly than the grass, being tolerant like a tree and offering\nrespects to everyone, without expecting honor from anyone else. Such\nqualifications make it easier to chant the holy name of the Lord. The process of transcendental chanting can be easily performed by anyone. Even\nif one is physically unfit, classified lower than others, devoid of material\nqualifications or not at all elevated in terms of pious activities, the chanting of the holy name is beneficial. An aristocratic birth, an advanced\neducation, beautiful bodily features, wealth and similar results of pious\nactivities are all unnecessary for advancement in spiritual life, for one\ncan very easily advance simply by chanting the holy name. It is understood from the authoritative source of Vedic literature that especially in\nthis age, Kali-yuga, people are generally short-living, extremely bad in\ntheir habits, and inclined to accept methods of devotional service that are\nnot bona fide. Moreover, they are always disturbed by material conditions, and they are mostly unfortunate. Under the circumstances, the\nperformance of other processes, such as yajna, dana, tapab and kriydsacrifices, charity and so on-are not at all possible. Therefore it is\nrecommended:\nharer nama harer nama\nharer namaiva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha\n\"In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is\nchanting of the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no\nother way. There is no other way.\" Simply by chanting the holy name of\nthe Lord, one advances perfectly in spiritual life. This is the best process\nfor success in life. In other ages, the chanting of the holy name is equally\npowerful, but especially in this age, Kali-yuga, it is most powerful.\nKirtanad eva kr�{taSya mukta-sangab pararh vrajet: simply by chanting\n\n", "SB7.1#p0279": "Text 24]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of HiraJ;Iyak&Sipu\n\n253\n\nthe holy name of K.r�t;ta, one is liberated and returns home, back to\nGodhead. Therefore, even if one is able to perform other processes of\ndevotional service, one must adopt the chanting of the holy name as the\nprincipal method of advancing in spiritual life. Yajnaib, sarikirtanaprayair yajanti hi sumedhasab,: those who are very sharp in their intelligence should adopt this process of chanting the holy names of the Lord.\nOne should not, however, manufacture different types of chanting. One\nshould adhere seriously to the chanting of the holy name as recom­\n\nmended in the scriptures: Hare K.r�t;ta, Hare K.r�t;ta, K.r�t;ta K.r�t;ta, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nWhile chanting the holy name of the Lord, one should be careful to\navoid ten offenses. From Sanat-kumara it is understood that even if a\nperson is a severe offender in many ways, he is freed from offensive life\nif he takes shelter of the Lord's holy name. Indeed, even if a human\nbeing is no better than a two-legged animal, he will be liberated if he\ntakes shelter of the holy name of the Lord. One should therefore be very\ncareful not to commit offenses at the lotus feet of the Lord's holy name.\nThe offenses are described as follows: (a) to blaspheme a devotee, especially a devotee engaged in broadcasting the glories of the holy name,\n(b) to consider the name of Lord Siva or any other demigod to be equally\nas powerful as the holy name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (no\none is equal to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, nor is anyone\nsuperior to Him), ( c) to disobey the instructions of the spiritual master,\n(d) to blaspheme the Vedic literatures and literatures compiled in pursuance of the Vedic literatures, (e) to comment that the glories of the\nholy name of the Lord are exaggerated, (/) to interpret the holy name in\na deviant way, (g) to commit sinful activities on the strength of chanting\nthe holy name, (h) to compare the chanting of the holy name to pious activities, (i) to instruct the glories of the holy name to a person who has\nno understanding of the chanting of the holy name, 0) not to awaken in\ntranscendental attachment for the chanting of the holy name, even after\nhearing all these scriptural injunctions.\nThere is no way to atone for any of these offenses. It is therefore\nrecommended that an offender at the feet of the holy name continue to\nchant the holy name twenty-four hours a day. Constant chanting of the\nholy name will make one free of offenses, and then he will gradually be\nelevated to the transcendental platform on which he can chant the pure\n\n", "SB7.1#p0280": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n254\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nholy name and thus become a lover of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead.\n\nIt is recommended that even if one commits offenses, one should con­\n\ntinue chanting the holy name. In other words, the chanting of the holy\nname makes one offenseless. In the hook Nama-kaumudi it is recommended that if one is an offender at the lotus feet of a Vai�Q.ava, he\n\nshould submit to that Vai�Q.ava and he excused; similarly, if one is an\noffender in chanting the holy name, he should submit to the holy name\nand thus he freed from his offenses. In this connection there is the\n\nfollowing statement, spoken by Dak�a to Lord Siva: \"I did not know the\n\nglories of your personality, and therefore I committed an offense at your\n\nlotus feet in the open assembly. You are so kind, however, that you did\n\nnot accept my offense. Instead, when I was falling down because of accusing you, you saved me by your merciful glance. You are most great.\n\nKindly excuse me and he satisfied with your own exalted qualities.\"\n\nOne should he very humble and meek to offer one's desires and chant\n\nprayers composed in glorification of the holy name, such as ayi muktakulair upa.sya manam and nivrtta-tar�air upagiyamaniid. One should\n\nchant such prayers to become free from offenses at the lotus feet of the\nholy name.\n\n(3) SmaralJ-O.m. After one regularly performs the processes of hearing\n\nand chanting and after the core of one's heart is cleansed, smaralJ-O.m,\nremembering,\n\nis\n\nrecommended.\n\nIn\n\nSukadeva Gosvami tells King Parik�it:\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam\n\n(2.1.11)\n\netan nirvidyamananam\n\nicchatam akuto-bhayam\n\nyoginam nrpa nin:titam\n\nharer namanZLkirtanam\n\n\"0 King, for great yogis who have completely renounced all material\n\nconnections, for those who desire all material enjoyment and for those\n\nwho are self-satisfied by dint of transcendental knowledge, constant\n\nchanting of the holy name of the Lord is recommended.\" According to\n\ndifferent relationships with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, there\n\nare varieties of namanukirtanam, chanting of the holy name, and thus\n\naccording to different relationships and mellows there are five kinds of\n\n", "SB7.1#p0281": "Text 24]\n\nPrahlada, the Saintly Son of Hir8J.1yaka8ipu\n\n255\n\nremembering. These are as follows: (a) conducting research into the\nworship of a particular form of the Lord, (b) concentrating the mind on\none subject and withdrawing the mind's activities of thinking, feeling\nand willing from all other subjects, (c) concentrating upon a particular\nform of the Lord (this is called meditation),\n\n(d) concentrating one's\n\nmind continuously on the form of the Lord (this is called dhruvanusmrti,\nor perfect meditation), and (e) awakening a likening for concentration\nupon a particular form (this is called samiidhi, or trance). Mental concentration upon particular pastimes of the Lord in particular circumstances is also called remembrance. Therefore samiidhi, trance, can be\npossible in five different ways in terms of one's relationship. Specifically,\nthe trance of devotees on the stage of neutrality is called mental\nconcentration.\n\n(4) Pada-sevanam. According to one's taste and strength, hearing,\nchanting and remembrance may be followed by p&la-sevanam. One obtains the perfection of remembering when one constantly thinks of the\nlotus feet of the Lord. Being intensely attached to thinking of the Lord's\nlotus feet is called p&la-sevanam. When one is particularly adherent to\nthe process of p&la-sevanam, this process gradually includes other processes, such as seeing the form of the Lord, touching the form of the\nLord, circumambulating the form or temple of the Lord, visiting such\nplaces as Jagannatha Puri, Dvaraka and Mathura to see the Lord's form,\nand bathing in the Ganges or Yamuna. Bathing in the Ganges and serving\na pure Vai�t;tava are also known as tadiya-upa.sanam. This is also piida­\n\nsevanam. The word tadiya means \"in relationship with the Lord.\" Service to the V ai�t;tava, Tulasi, Ganges and Yamuna are included in piida­\n\nsevanam. All these processes of p&la-sevanam help one advance in\nspiritual life very quickly.\n\n(5) Arcanam. After pada-sevanam comes the process of arcanam,\nworship of the Deity. If one is interested in the process of arcanam, one\nmust positively take shelter of a bona fide spiritual master and learn the\nprocess from him. There are many books for arcana, especially Narada­\n\npancaratra. In this age, the Pancartitra system is particularly recommended for arcana, Deity worship. There are two systems of ar,canathe bhagavata system and pancartitriki system. In the SrimadBhagavatam there is no recommendation of pancartitriki worship because in this Kali-yuga, even without Deity worship, everything can be\n\n", "SB7.1#p0282": "256\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nperfectly performed simply through hearing, chanting, remembering\nand worship of the lotus feet of the Lord. Rupa Gosvami states:\n\nsri-v��b. sraval)-e parik$id abhavad vaiyasakib. kirtane\nprahladab- smaral)-e tad-anghri-bhajane lak$miiJ, prthuiJ, pujane\nakrii.ras tv abhivandane kapi-patir diisye 'tha sakhye 'rjunaiJ,\nsarvasvdtma-nivedane balir abhii.t k�r:ulptir e�aril param\n\"Parik�it Maharaja attained salvation simply by hearing, and Sukadeva\n\nGosvlimi attained salvation simply by chanting. Prahlada Maharaja at­\n\ntained salvation by remembering the Lord. The goddess of fortune,\n\nLak�midevi, attained perfection by worshiping the Lord's lotus feet.\n\nP:rthu Maharaja attained salvation by worshiping the Deity of the Lord.\n.Akriira attained salvation by offering prayers, Hanuman by rendering\n\nservice, Arjuna by establishing friendship with the Lord, and Bali\nMaharaja by offering everything to the service of the Lord.\" All these\n\ngreat devotees served the Lord according to a particular process, but\nevery one of them attained salvation and became eligible to return home,\nback to Godhead. This is explained in Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nIt is therefore recommended that initiated devotees follow the\n\nprinciples of Narada-paiicaratra by worshiping the Deity in the temple.\n\nEspecially for householder devotees who are opulent in material posses­\n\nsions, the path of Deity worship is strongly recommended. An opulent\n\nhouseholder devotee who does not engage his hard-earned money in the\n\nservice of the Lord is called a miser. One should not engage paid\n\nbrahma7Jas to worship the Deity. If one does not personally worship the\n\nDeity but engages paid servants instead, he is considered lazy, and his\nworship of the Deity is called artificial. An opulent householder can col­\n\nlect luxurious paraphernalia for Deity worship, and consequently for\n\nhouseholder devotees the worship of the Deity is compulsory. In our\nl(:r�l).a\n\nconsciousness movement there\n\nare\n\nbrahmacaris, grhasthas,\n\nvanaprasthas and sannyas£s, but the Deity worship in the temple should\nbe performed especially by the householders. The brahmacaris can go\nwith the sannyas£s to preach, and the vanaprasthas should prepare\nthemselves for the next status of renounced life, sannyasa. Grhastha de­\n\nvotees, however, are generally engaged in material activities, and\n\ntherefore if they do not take to Deity worship, their falling down is\n\n", "SB7.1#p0283": "Text 24]\n\nPrahlada, the Saintly Son of Hirau:tyaka8ipu\n\n257\n\npositively assured. Deity worship means following the rules and regulations precisely. That will keep one steady in devotional service. Generally\nhouseholders have children, and then the wives of the householders\nshould be engaged in caring for the children, just as women acting as\nteachers care for the children in a nursery school.\n\nGrhastha devotees must adopt the arcana-vidhi, or Deity worship according to the suitable arrangements and directions given by the\nspiritual master. Regarding those unable to take to the Deity worship in\nthe temple, there is the following statement in the Agni Pura�. Any\nhouseholder devotee circumstantially unable to worship the Deity must\nat least see the Deity worship, and in this way he may achieve success\nalso. The special purpose of Deity worship is to keep oneself always pure\nand clean. Grhastha devotees should be actual examples of cleanliness.\nDeity worship should be continued along with hearing and chanting.\nTherefore every mantra is preceded by the word namab- In all the\n\nmantras there are specific potencies, of which the grhastha devotees\nmust take advantage. There are many mantras preceded by the word\n\nnamab,, but if one chants the holy name of the Lord, he receives the\nresult of chanting namab, many times. By chanting the holy name of the\nLord, one can reach the platform of love of Godhead. One might ask,\nthen what is the necessity of being initiated? The answer is that even\nthough the chanting of the holy name is sufficient to enable one to\nprogress in spiritual life to the standard of love of Godhead, one is nonetheless susceptible to contamination because of possessing a material\nbody. Consequently, special stress is given to the arcana-vidhi. One\nshould therefore regularly take advantage of both the bhiigavata process\nand piiicaratriki process.\nDeity worship has two divisions, namely pure and mixed with fruitive\nactivities. For one who is steady, Deity worship is compulsory. Observing\n\nthe various types of festivals, such as Sri ]anrnii§!ami, Rama-navami\n\nand Nrsimha-caturda.Si, is also included in the process of Deity worship.\nIn other words, it is compulsory for householder devotees to observe\nthese festivals.\nNow let us discuss the offenses in Deity worship. The following are\noffenses: (a) to enter the temple with shoes or being carried on a palanquin, (b) not to observe the prescribed festivals, (c) to avoid offering\nobeisances in front of the Deity, (d) to offer prayers in an unclean state,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0284": "258\n\nSrbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nnot having washed one's hands after eating, (e) to offer obeisances with\n\none hand, (/) to circumambulate directly in front of the Deity, (g) to\nspread one's legs before the Deity, (h) to sit before the Deity while hold­\n\ning one's ankles with one's hands, (i) to lie down before the Deity, {j) to\neat before the Deity, (k) to speak lies before the Deity, (0 to address\nsomeone loudly before the Deity, (m) to talk nonsense before the Deity,\n\n( n) to cry before the Deity, ( o) to argue before the Deity, (p) to chastise\nsomeone before the Deity, (q) to show someone favor before the Deity,\n\n(r) to use harsh words before the Deity, (s) to wear a woolen blanket\nbefore the Deity, (t) to blaspheme someone before the Deity, ( u) to worship someone else before the Deity, ( v) to use vulgar language before\nthe Deity, (w) to pass air before the Deity, (x) to avoid very opulent\nworship of the Deity, even though one is able to perform it, (y) to eat\nsomething not offered to the Deity, (z) to avoid offering fresh fruits to\nthe Deity according to the season, (aa) to offer food to the Deity which\nhas already been used or from which has first been given to others (in\nother words, food should not be distributed to anyone else until it has\nbeen offered to the Deity), (bb) to sit with one's back toward the Deity,\n\n( cc) to offer obeisances to someone else in front of the Deity, (dd) not to\nchant proper prayers when offering obeisances to the spiritual master,\n\n(ee) to praise oneself before the Deity, and (jJ) to blaspheme the\n\ndemigods. In the worship of the Deity, these thirty-two offenses should\nbe avoided.\nIn the Variiha Puriir:w the following offenses are mentioned:\n\n(a) to\n\neat in the house of a rich man, (b) to enter the Deity's room in the dark,\n\n( c) to worship the Deity without following the regulative principles,\n(d) to enter the temple without vibrating any sound, (e) to collect food\n\nthat has been seen by a dog, (/) to break silence while offering worship\nto the Deity, (g) to go to the toilet during the time of worshiping the\nDeity, (h) to offer incense without offering flowers, (i) to worship the\nDeity with forbidden flowers,\n\n{j) to begin worship without having\n\nwashed one's teeth, (k) to begin worship after sex, (l) to touch a lamp,\ndead body or a woman during her menstrual period, or to put on red or\nbluish clothing, unwashed clothing, the clothing of others or soiled\nclothing. Other offenses are to worship the Deity after seeing a dead\nbody, to pass air before the Deity, to show anger before the Deity, and to\nworship the Deity just after returning from a crematorium. Mter eating,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0285": "Text 24]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hir�yaka8ipu\n\n259\n\none should not worship the Deity until one has digested his food, nor\n\nshould one touch the Deity or engage in any Deity worship after eating\n\nsaffiower oil or hing. These are also offenses.\n\nIn other places, the following offenses are listed: (a) to be against the\n\nscriptural injunctions of the Vedic literature or to disrespect within one's\nheart the\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam while externally falsely accepting its\n\nprinciples, (b) to introduce differing sdstras, ( c) to chew pan and betel\n\nbefore the Deity, (d) to keep flowers for worship on the leaf of a castor\n\noil plant, (e) to worship the Deity in the afternoon, (j) to sit on the altar\n\nor to sit on the floor to worship the Deity (without a seat), (g) to touch\n\nthe Deity with the left hand while bathing the Deity, (h) to worship the\nDeity with a stale or used flower, (i) to spit while worshiping the Deity,\n\n(j) to advertise one's glory while worshiping the Deity, (k) to apply\ntilaka to one's forehead in a curved way, ((J to enter the temple without\nhaving washed one's feet, (m) to offer the Deity food rooked by an\nuninitiated person, (n) to worship the Deity and offer bhoga to the Deity\nwithin the vision of an uninitiated person or non-Vai�Qava, (o) to offer\nworship to the Deity without worshiping VaikuQ!ha deities like GaQe8a,\n\n(p) to worship the Deity while perspiring, (q) to refuse flowers offered\n\nto the Deity, (r) to take a vow or oath in the holy name of the Lord.\n\nIf one commits any of the above offenses, one must read at least one\n\nchapter of Bhagavad-gita. This is confirmed in the Skanda-Purar:uz,\n\nAvanti-kha�. Similarly, there is another injunction, stating that one\n\nwho reads the thousand names of Vi�Qu can be released from all\noffenses. In the same Skanda-Purar:uz, Reva-kha�, it is said that one\n\nwho recites prayers to tulasi or sows a tulasi seed is also freed from all\noffenses. Similarly, one who worships the salagrama-sila can also be\n\nrelieved of offenses. In the Brahma� Purar:uz it is said that one who\n\nworships Lord Vi�QU, whose four hands bear a conchshell, disc, lotus\n\nflower and club, can be relieved from the above offenses. In the Adi­\n\nvaraha Purar:uz it is said that a worshiper who has committed offenses\nmay fast for one day at the holy place known as Saukarava and then\n\nbathe in the Ganges.\n\nIn the process of worshiping the Deity it is sometimes enjoined that\n\none worship the Deity within the mind. In the Padma Purar:uz, Uttarakha�, it is said, \"All persons can generally worship within the mind.\"\nThe Gautamiya Tantra states, \"For a sannydsi who has no home,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0286": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n260\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nworship of the Deity within the mind is recommended.\" In the Naradapaiicaratra it is stated by Lord Narayat;ta that worship of the Deity within\nthe mind is called miinasa-piljii. One can become free from the four miseries by this method. Sometimes worship from the mind can he indepen­\n\ndently executed. According to the instruc!ion of Avirhotra Muni, one of\nthe nava-yogendras, as mentioned in Srimad-Bhagavatam, one may\n\nworship the Deity by chanting all the mantras. Eight kinds of Deities are\nmentioned in the §astra, and the mental Deity is one of them. In this\nregard, the following description is given in the Brahma-vaivarta\nPuriilJ,a.\nIn the city of Prati�thana-pura, long ago, there resided a brahmar:w\n\nwho was poverty-stricken hut innocent and not dissatisfied. One day he\nheard a discourse in an assembly of brahma1J-(lS concerning how to wor­\n\nship the Deity in the temple. In that meeting, he also heard that the Deity\nmay he worshiped within the mind. After this incident, the brahmar:w,\nhaving bathed in the Godavari River, began mentally worshiping the\nDeity. He would wash the temple within his mind, and then in his\nimagination he would bring water from all the sacred rivers in golden\nand silver waterpots. He collected all kinds of valuable paraphernalia for\nworship, and he worshiped the Deity very gorgeously, beginning from\n\nbathing the Deity and ending with offering arati. Thus he felt great hap­\n\npiness. After many years had passed in this way, one day within his mind\nhe cooked nice sweet rice with ghee to worship the Deity. He placed the\n\nsweet rice on a golden dish and offered it to Lord l(r�t;ta, hut he felt that\n\nthe sweet rice was very hot, and therefore he touched it with his finger.\nHe immediately felt that his finger had been burned by the hot sweet\nrice, and thus he began to lament. While the brahmar:w was in pain, Lord\nVi�t;tu in Vaikut;ttha began smiling, and the goddess of fortune inquired\nfrom the Lord why He was smiling. Lord Vi�t;tu then ordered His associates to bring the brahmar:w to Vaikut;ttha. Thus the brahmar:w attained\nthe liberation of samipya, the facility of living near the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n(6)\n\nVandanam. Although prayers are a part of Deity worship, they\n\nmay he considered separately like the other items, such as hearing and\n\nchanting, and therefore separate statements are given herewith. The\nLord has unlimited transcendental qualities and opulences, and one who\nfeels influenced by the Lord's qualities in various activities offers\n\n·\n\n", "SB7.1#p0287": "Text 24]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hirau;tyakaSipu\n\n261\n\nprayers to the Lord. In this way he becomes successful. In this connec­\n\ntion, the following are some of the offenses to be avoided: (a) to offer\nobeisances on one hand, (b) to offer obeisances with one's body covered,\n\n( c) to show one's back to the Deity, (d) to offer obeisances on the left\n\nside of the Deity, ( e) to offer obeisances very near the Deity.\n\n(7) Dasyam. There is the following statement in regard to assisting\n\nthe Lord as a servant. Mter many, many thousands of births, when one\n\ncomes to understand that he is an eternal servant of �!?Qa, one can\ndeliver others from this universe. If one simply continues to think that\nhe is an eternal servant of �!?Qa, even without performing any other\n\nprocess of devotional service, he can attain full success, for simply by\n\nthis feeling one can perform all nine processes of devotional service.\n\n(8) Sakhyam. In regard to worshiping the Lord as a friend, the\nAgastya-samhita states that a devotee engaged in performing devotional\nservice by srava�m and kirtanam sometimes wants to see the Lord per­\n\nsonally, and for this purpose he resides in the temple. Elsewhere there is\n\nthis statement: \"0 my Lord, Supreme Personality and eternal friend, al­\n\nthough You are full of bliss and knowledge, You have become the friend\n\nof the residents of V:rndavana. How fortunate are these devotees!\" In\n\nthis statement the word \"friend\" is specifically used to indicate intense\n\nlove. Friendship, therefore, is better than servitude. In the stage above\n\ndasya-rasa, the devotee accepts the Supreme Personality of Godhead as a\n\nfriend. This is not at all astonishing, for when a devotee is pure in heart\nthe opulence of his worship of the Deity diminishes as spontaneous love\n\nfot the Personality of Godhead is manifested. In this regard, Sridhara\n\nSvami mentions Sridama Vipra, who expressed to himself his feelings of\nobligation, thinking, \"Life after life, may I be connected with �!?Qa in\n\nthis friendly attitude.\"\n\n(9) Atma-nivedanam. The word iitma-nivedanam refers to the stage\n\nat which one who has no motive other than to serve the Lord surrenders\neverything to the Lord and performs his activities only to please the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Such a devotee is like a cow that is\n\ncared for by its master. When cared for by its master, a cow is not in\n\nanxiety over its maintenance. Such a cow is always devoted to its master,\n\nand it never acts independently, but only for the master's benefit. Some\ndevotees, therefore, consider dedication of the body to the Lord to be\n\natma-nivedanam, and as stated in the book known as Bhakti-viveka,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0288": "262\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nsometimes dedication of the soul to the Lord is called atma-nivedanam.\n\nThe best examples of atma-nivedanam are found in Bali Maharaja and\n\nAmbari�a Maharaja. Atma-nivedanam is also sometimes found in the\nbehavior of Rukmi¢devi at Dvaraka.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n{;(�®'�� ft:��f4i�i�� I\n��qffi� � 31��: 11�'-\\11\nniSamyaitat suta-vaco\nhirar:tyakaSipus tadii\nguru-putram uvdcedarh\n�a prasphuritadharal)\nniSamya-hearing; etat-this; suta-vacal)-speech from his son;\n\nhirar:tyakaSipui)-Hiraf.1yaka8ipu; tadii-at that time; guru-putram­\n\nunto the son of Sukracarya, his spiritual master; uvdca-spoke; idam­\n\nthis; �-with anger; prasphurita-trembling; adharal)-whose lips.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter hearing these words of devotional service from the mouth\nof his son Prahlida, HiraJ;tyaka8ipu was extremely angry. His lips\n�remhling, he spoke as follows to �m;tc1a, the son of his guru,\nSukricirya.\nTEXT 26\n\n� f?h�€1� � ��nmn 1\nan:m !IT� illil �mtr � II�� II\nbrahma-bandho kim etat te\nvipa�arh srayatdsatd\nasararh grahito halo\nmdm anadrtya durmate\nbrahma-bandho-0 unqualified son of a brahmar:ta; kim etat-what\n\nis this; te-by you; vipa�am-the party of my enemies; srayatd-tak-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0289": "Text 27]\n\ning\n\nPrahlada, the Saintly Son of Hirm:tyaka8ipu\n\nshelter\n\nof;\n\nasatd-most\n\nmischievous;\n\n263\n\nasdram-nonsense;\n\ngrahita�-taught; oola�-the boy; mam-me; aruidrtya-not caring\nfor; durmate-0 foolish teacher.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 unqualified, most heinous son of a brahmai_Ul, you have disobeyed my order and taken shelter of the party of my enemies.\nYou have taught this poor boy about devotional service! What is\nthis nonsense?\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse the word asaram, meaning, \"having no substance,\" is\nsignificant. For a demon there is no substance in the process of devotional service, but to a devotee devotional service is the only essential\nfactor in life. Since HiraQ.yakasipu did not like devotional service, the\nessence of life, he chastised Prahlada Maharaja's teachers with harsh\nwords.\nTEXT 27\n\n�6 �HU1:fcit �ifi �il;n��Ffur: I\n�...a���tj m Uti: qadMi�lfqq 11�\\911\nsanti hy asadhavo Joke\ndurmaitras chadma-vesir:uz�\nte�am udety agham kale\nroga� patakinam iva\nsanti-are; hi-indeed; asadhava�-dishonest persons; loke-within\nthis world; durmaitrd�-cheating friends; chadma-vesir;uz�-wearing\nfalse garbs; te�am-of all of them; udeti-arises; agham-the reaction\nof\n\nsinful\n\nlife;\n\nkale...:.i n\n\ndue\n\ncourse\n\nof\n\ntime;\n\nroga�-disease;\n\npatakinam-of sinful men; iva-like.\nTRANSLATION\nIn due course of time, various types of diseases are manifest in\nthose who are sinful. Similarly, in this world there are many\n\n", "SB7.1#p0290": "264\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\ndeceptive friends in false garbs, but eventually, because of their\n\nfalse behavior, their actual enmity becomes manifest.\nPURPORT\n\nBeing anxious about the education of his boy Prahlada, Hira.I).yaka8ipu\nwas very much dissatisfied. When Prahlada began teaching about devotional service, Hira.I).yakasipu immediately regarded the teachers as his\nenemies in the garb of friends. In this verse the words rogab patakinam\n\niva refer to disease, which is the most sinful and miserable of the conditions of material life (janma-mrtyu-jara-vyadhi). Disease is the\nsymptom of the body of a sinful person. The smrti-sastras say,\nbrahma-ha k:}aya-rogi syat\nsurapab syavadantakab\nsvan:w-hari tu kunakhi\ndu5carma guru-talpagab\nMurderers of brahma1J11S are later a:ffiicted by tuberculosis, drunkards\nbecome toothless, those who have stolen gold are a:ffiicted by diseased\nnails, and sinful men who have sexual connections with the wife of a\nsuperior are a:ffi cted by leprosy and similar skin diseases.\nTEXT28\n\n���5(�\nWI ��stonij WI tRSIOft<i\n\nwn � ��'j�rsr1 ,\nijijffl\"4 �� ��\nfwlt�+4� �:� � ;r: 11��11\n\nsri-guru-putra uvaca\nna mat-prar:titarit na para-prar:titarit\nsuto vadaty e$a tavendra-satro\nnaisargikiyarit matir asya rajan\nniyaccha manyurit kad adab sma ma nab\n\n", "SB7.1#p0291": "Text 29]\n\nPrahlida, the SaintlY. Son of Hir&l).yaka8ipu\n\n265\n\nsri-guru-putra/:1. uvaca-the son of Sukracarya, Hirat;1yaka8ipu's\nspiritual master, said; na-not; mat-pra{litam-educated by me; nanor; para-pra{litam-educated by anyone else; suta/:1.-the son\n(Prahlada); vadati-says; e�/:1.-this; tava-your; indra-satro-0\nenemy of King lndra; naisargiki-natural; iyam-this; mati/:1.-inclination; asya-of him; rajan-0 King; niyaccha-give up; manyumyour anger; kad-fault; adii/:1.-attribute; sma-indeed; mii-do not;\nna/:1.-unto us.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Sukricirya, Hira�yaka8ipu's spiritual master, said: 0\n\nenemy of King lndra, 0 King! Whatever your son Prahlida has\nsaid was not taught to him by me or �yone else. His spontaneous\n\ndevotional service has naturally developed in him. Therefore,\n\nplease give up your anger and do not unnecessarily accuse us. It is\nnot good to insult a brihm&l).a in this way.\nTEXT 29\n\n�ifTR \\ffi'il\n\n� 31�t \\{tf ��: � 1\n;r ��� €\\' iffls��R'tit �: II� �II\nsri-niirada uviica\nguru�ivarit pratiprokto\n\nbhuya ahasura /:1. sutam\n\nna ced guru-mukhiyarit te\nkuto 'bhadriisati mati/:1.\nsri-narada/:1. uvaca-Narada Muni said; guru�-by the teacher;\nevam-thus; pratiprokta/:1.-being answered; bhuya/:1.-again; ahasaid; asura/:1.-the great demon, Hirat;1yaka8ipu; sutam-unto his son;\nna-not; cet-if; guru-mukhi-issued from the mouth of your teacher;\niyam-this; te-your; kuta/:1.-from where; abhadra-0 inauspicious\none; asati-very bad; mati/:1.-inclination.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0292": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n266\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Narada Muni continued: When Hir&I].yaka8ipu received this\nreply from the teacher, he again addressed his son Prahlada.\nHir&I].yaka8ipu said: You rascal, most fallen of our family, if you\nhave not received this education from your teachers, where have\nyou gotten it?\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura explains that devotional service\n\nis actually bhadra san, not abhadra asati. In other words, knowledge of\ndevotional service can be neither inauspicious nor contrary to etiquette.\n\nTo learn devotional service is the duty of everyone. Therefore the spon­\n\ntaneous education of Prahlada Maharaja is supported as auspicious and\nperfect.\n\nTEXT 30\n���\"\n\n� � �a: ��i't ��\n\nf'Pifsf�ij �(!HII�P( I\nijf'4�\n��<ri\n\n�WT:\n\n�WT�fif<f�41Jffilf'( II� oil\n\nsri-prahrada uvcica\n\nmatir na k�r:w parata/:1. svato vci\n\nmitho 'bhipadyeta grha-vrataniim\n\nadiinta-gobhir vi.Satam tamisraril\n\npuna/:!. puna§ caroita-caroa�niim\n\nsri-prahrada/:1. uvcica-Prahlada Maharaja said; mati/:1.-inclination;\n\nna-never; kr�r:w-unto Lord Kr�J.la; parata/:1.-from the instructions of\n\nothers; svata/:1.-from their own understanding; oo-either; mitha/:1.­\n\nfrom combined effort; abhipadyeta-is developed; grha-vrataniim-of\npersons too addicted to the materialistic, bodily conception of life;\nadiinta-uncontrolled;\n\ngobhi/:1.-by the\n\nsenses;\n\nviSatam-entering;\n\ntamisram-hellish life; puna/:1.-again; puna/:1.-again; caroita-things\n\nalready chewed; caroa�niim-who are chewing.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0293": "Text 30]\n\nPrahlada, the Saintly Son of Hirar_tyak&Sipu\n\n267\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrahliida Maharaja replied:\n\nBecause\n\nof their uncontrolled\n\nsenses, persons too addicted to materialistic life make progress\ntoward hellish conditions and repeatedly chew that which has\nalready been chewed. Their inclinations toward �I;ta are never\naroused, either by the instructions of others, by their own efforts,\nor by a combination of both.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the words matir na kmJ.e refer to devotional service rendered to Kr��a. So-called politicians, erudite scholars and philosophers\nwho read Bhagavad-gita try to twist some meaning from it to suit their\nmaterial purposes, but their misunderstandings of Kr��a will not yield\nthem any profit. Because such politicians, philosophers and scholars are\ninterested in using Bhagavad-gita as a vehicle for adjusting things materially, for them constant thought of Kr��a, or Kr��a consciousness, is\nimpossible (matir na km:te). As stated in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(18.55),\n\nbhaktya mam abhijaniiti: only through devotional service can one\nunderstand Kr��a as He is. The so-called politicians and scholars think of\nKr��a as fictitious. The politician says that his i(r�Qa is different from\nthe i(r�Qa depicted in Bhagavad-gita. Even though he accepts Kr��a and\nRama as the Supreme he thinks of Rama and i(r�Qa as impersonal because he has no idea of service to i(r�Qa. Thus his only business is puna/:t\n\npuna§ ca rvita-ca rva�niim\n\n-\n\nchewing the\n\nchewed again and again. The\n\naim of such politicians and academic scholars is to enjoy this material\nworld with their bodily senses. Therefore it is clearly stated here that\nthose who are grha-vrata, whose only aim is to live comfortably with the\nbody in the material world, cannot understand Kr��a. The two expressions grha-vrata and carvita-carva�niim indicate that a materialistic\nperson tries to enjoy sense gratification in different bodily forms, life\nafter life, but is still unsatisfied. In the name of personalism, this ism or\nthat ism, such persons always remain attached to the materialistic way of\nlife. As stated in Bhagavad-gitd (2.44):\n\nbhogaiSvarya-prasaktaniim\ntayapahrta-cetasam\n\n", "SB7.1#p0294": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n268\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nvyavasayatmika buddhitt\nsamadhau na vidhiyate\n\n\"In the minds of those who are too attached to sense enjoyment and material opulence, and who are bewildered by such things, the resolute\ndetermination for devotional service to the Supreme Lord does not take\nplace.\" Those who are attached to material enjoyment cannot be fixed in\ndevotional service to the Lord. They cannot understand Bhagavan,\n.Kr�1.1a,\n\nor\n\nHis instruction,\n\nBhagavad-gitd.\n\nAddnta-gobhir viSatdm\n\ntamisram: their path actually leads toward hellish life.\nAs confirmed by J:{�abhadeva, mahat-sevdm dvaram ahur vimuktett:\none must try to understand .Kr�1.1a by serving a devotee. The word mahat\nrefers to a devotee.\nmahatmanas tu mam partha\ndaivim prakrtim asritatt\nbhajanty ananya-manaso\njfiiitva bhiltiidim aryayam\n\n\"0 son of P:rtha, those who are not deluded, the great souls, are under\n\nthe protection of the divine nature. They are fully engaged in devotional\nservice because they know Me as the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\noriginal and inexhaustible.\"\n\n(Bg. 9.13) A mahatma is one who is\n\nconstantly engaged in devotional service, twenty-four hours a day. As\nexplained in the following verses, unless one adheres to such a great personality, one cannot understand .Kr�1.1a. Hira1.1yakasipu wanted to know\nwhere Prahlada had gotten this .Kr�1.1a consciousness. Who had taught\nhim? Prahlada sarcastically replied, \"My dear father, persons like you\nnever understand .Kr�1.1a. One can understand .Kr�1.1a only by serving a\nmahat, a great soul. Those who try to adjust material conditions are said\nto be chewing the chewed. No one has been able to adjust material conditions, but life after life, generation after generation, people try and\nrepeatedly fail. Unless one is properly trained by a mahat-a mahatma,\nor unalloyed devotee of the Lord-there is no possibility of one's understanding .Kr�1.1a and His devotional service.\"\n\n", "SB7.1#p0295": "Text 31]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of HirBI;Iyaka8ipu\n\n269\n\nTEXT 31\n\n� ft f�\n�qf it itf��Wf: I\n31�\nll'fr�•irtrqr.�r�sqhr<��li\nqt: ll � � ll\nWf � ft§::\n\nna te vidub, svartha-gatirh hi vi§�Jurh\ndurasayii ye bahir-artha-miininab,\nandhii yathiindhair u pa niyamiiniis\nte 'piSa-tantryiim uru-damni baddhiib,\nna-not; te-they;\n\nvidub,-know; sva-artha-gatim-the ultimate\n\ngoal of life, or their own real interest; hi-indeed; V�IJum-Lord Vi�?I).U\nand His abode; durasayab,-being ambitious to enjoy this material\nworld; ye-who; bahib,-external sense objects; artha-miininab,-considering as valuable; andhiib,-persons who are blind; yathii-just as;\nandhaib,-by other blind men; upaniyamiiniib,-being led; te-they;\napi-although; iSa-tantryiim-to the ropes (laws) of material nature;\nuru-having very strong; diimni-cords; baddhiib,-bound.\nTRANSLATION\nPersons who are strongly entrapped by the consciousness of enjoying material life, and who have therefore accepted � their\nleader or guru a similar blind man attached to external sense objects, cannot understand that the goal of life is to return home,\nback to Godhead, and engage in the service of Lord Vi��u. As\nblind men guided by another blind man miss the right path and\nfall into a ditch, materially attached men led by another materially\nattached man are bound by the ropes of fruitive labor, which are\nmade of very strong cords, and they continue again and again in\nmaterialistic life, suffering the threefold miseries.\nPURPORT\nSince there must always be a difference of opinion between demons\nand devotees, HiraQ.yakasipu, when criticized by his son Prahlada\n\n", "SB7.1#p0296": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n270\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nMaharaja, should not have been surprised that Prahlada Maharaja dif­\n\nfered from his way of life. Nonetheless, HiraQyakasipu was extremely\n\nangry and wanted to rebuke his son for deriding his teacher or spiritual\n\nmaster, who had been born in the briihmar:m family of the great iiciirya\n\nSukracarya. The word sukra means \"semen,\" and iiciiry a refers to a\nteacher or guru. Hereditary gurus, or spiritual masters, have been ac­\n\ncepted everywhere since time immemorial, but Prahlada Maharaja\n\ndeclined to accept such a seminal guru or take instruction from him. An\n\nactual guru is srotriya, one who has heard or received perfect knowledge\nthrough\n\nparamparii, the disciplic succession. Therefore Prahlada\n\nMaharaja did not recognize a seminal spiritual master. Such spiritual\n\nmasters are not at all interested in Vi!?QU. Indeed, they are hopeful of\n\nmaterial\n\nsuccess\n\n(bahir-artha-miininah). The word bahih means\n.\n\n.\n\n\"external,\" artha means \"interest,\" and miinina means \"taking very\n\nseriously.\" Generally speaking, practically everyone is unaware of the\nspiritual world. The knowledge of the materialists is restricted within the\n\nfour-billion-mile limit of this material world, which is in the dark por­\n\ntion of the creation; they do not know that beyond the material world is\n\nthe spiritual world. Unless one is a devotee of the Lord, one cannot\n\nunderstand the existence of the spiritual world. Gurus, teachers, who are\n\nsimply interested in this material world are described in this verse as\n\nandha, blind. Such blind men may lead many other blind followers with­\n\nout true knowledge of material conditions, but they are not accepted by\n\ndevotees like Prahlada Maharaja. Such blind teachers, being interested in\n\nthe external, material world, are always bound by the strong ropes of\nmaterial nature.\n\nna�iim matis tavad urukramiirighrim\nsprsaty anarthiipagamo yad-arthal;\n\n", "SB7.1#p0297": "Text 32)\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hir81,lyaka8ipu\n\n271\n\nmahiyasam piida-rajo- 'bh�ekam\n\nn�kincaniiniim na vro-ita yavat\n\nna-not; e$iim-of these; matiQ-the consciousness; tiivat-that\n\nlong; urukrama-anghrim-the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who is famous for performing uncommon activities; sprsatidoes touch;\n\nanartha-of unwanted things;\n\napagamaQ-the disap­\n\npearance; yat-of which; arthaQ-the purpose; mahiyasiim-of the\ngreat souls (the mahiitrnis, or devotees); piida-rajaQ-by the dust of the\n\nlotus feet; abh�ekam-consecration; n�kincanii niim-of devotees who\nhave nothing to do with this material world; na-not; vro-ita-may ac­\n\ncept; yavat-as long as.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUnless they smear upon their bodies the dust of the lotus feet of\na Vai�:r_1ava completely freed from material contamination, persons\nvery much inclined toward materialistic life cannot be attached to\nthe lotus feet of the Lord, who is glorified for His uncommon activities. Only by becoming :Kr�:r.ta conscious and taking shelter at\nthe lotus feet of the Lord in this way can one be freed from material contamination.\nPURPORT\nBecoming Kr�1.1a conscious brings about anartha-apagamal}., the\n\ndisappearance of all anarthas, the miserable conditions we have unneces­\n\nsarily accepted. The material body is the basic principle of these un­\n\nwanted miserable conditions. The entire Vedic civilization is meant to\nrelieve one from these unwanted miseries, but persons bound by the laws\n\nof nature do not know the destination of life. As described in the pre­\n\nvious verse, iSa-tantryiim uru-diimni baddhiiQ: they are conditioned by\n\nthe three strong modes of material nature. The education that keeps the\nconditioned soul bound life after life is called materialistic education.\n\nSrila Bhaktivinoda 'fhakura has explained that materialistic education\n\nexpands the influence of maya. Such an education induces the condi­\n\ntioned soul to be increasingly attracted to materialistic life and to stray\nfurther and further away from liberation from unwanted miseries.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0298": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n272\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nOne may ask why highly educated persons do not take to .i(r�I;ta consciousness. The reason is explained in this verse. Unless one takes shelter\nof a bona fide, fully .i(r�Qa conscious spiritual master, there is no chance\nof understanding .i(r�Qa. The educators, scholars and big political leaders\nworshiped by millions of people cannot understand the goal of life and\ntake to .i(r�I;ta consciousness, for they have not accepted a bona fide\nspiritual master and the Vedas. Therefore in the Mw:u)aka Upan�ad\n\n(3.2.3) it is said, nayam dtmd pravacanena labhyo na medhaya na\nbahuna srutena: one cannot become self-realized simply by having an\nacademic\n\neducation,\n\nby\n\npresenting\n\nlectures\n\nin\n\nan\n\nerudite\n\nway\n\n(pravacanena labhya/:l), or by being an intelligent scientist who discovers many wonderful things. One cannot understand .i(r�Qa unless one\nis graced by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Only one who has surrendered to a pure devotee of .i(r�J;ta and taken the dust of his lotus feet\ncan understand .i(r�Qa. First one must understand how to get out of the\nclutches o.f maya. The only means is to become .i(r�J;ta conscious. And to\nbecome .i(r�Qa conscious very easily, one must take shelter of a realized\nsoul-a mahat, or mahatma-whose only interest is to engage in the service of the Supreme Lord. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii (9.13):\n\nmahiitmdnas tu mdril partha\ndaiviril prakrtim asritab\nbhajanty ananya-manaso\njiiiitva bhatadim aryayam\n\"0 son of P�tha, those who are not deluded, the great souls, are under\nthe protection of the divine nature. They are fully engaged in devotional\nservice because they know Me as the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\noriginal and inexhaustible.\" Therefore, to end the unwanted miseries of\nlife, one must become a devotee.\n\nyasyiisti bhaktir bhagavaty akiiicana\nsaroair gulJ.lli s tatra sa miisate suriib\n\"One who has unflinching devotional faith in .i(r�Qa consistently\nmanifests\n\nall\n\nthe\n\n(Bhag. 5.18.12)\n\ngood\n\nqualities\n\nof\n\n.i(r�J;ta\n\nand\n\nthe\n\ndemtgods. \"\n.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0299": "Text 33]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hiru;tyaka8ipu\n\n273\n\nyasya deve para bhaktir\nyathii deve tathii gurau\ntasyaite kathitii hy arthiil_t\npraka.Sante mahiitmanal_t\n\"Only unto those great souls who have implicit faith in both the Lord and\nthe spiritual master are all the imports of Vedic knowledge automatically\nrevealed.\" (Svetd.Svatara Upan� 6.23)\n\nyam eva�a vro.ute tena labhyas\ntasya� atma vivro.ute tanum svam\n\"The Lord is obtained only by one whom He Himself chooses. To such a\nperson He manifests His own form.\" (Mu1J4a,ka Upan�ad 3.2.3)\n\nThese are Vedic injunctions. One must take shelter of a self-realized\nspiritual master, not a materially educated scholar or politician. One\nmust take shelter of a n�kilicana, a person engaged in devotional service\nand free from material contamination. That is the way to return home,\nback to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n�)q«i �sf ���\\�I\n31�� �qtf.t� ¥t()6� II��II\nity uktvoparatam putram\nhira�yakaSipu �a\nandhikrtiitmd svotsmigan\nnirasyata mahi-tale\niti-thus; uktvii-speaking; uparatam-stopped; putra m-the son;\nhira�yaka.Sipu /.t-HiraQ.yakasipu; �a-with great anger; andhikrtaiitmii-made blind to self-realization; sva uts angat -from his lap;\nnirasyata-threw; mahi -tale upon the ground.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter Prahlida Maharaja had spoken in this way and become\nsilent, Hiru;tyaka8ipu, blinded by anger, threw him off his lap and\nonto the ground.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0300": "274\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nahiima�a-11L§av�!a!l\n�ayi-bhilta-locana!t\nvadhyatam asv ayarh vadhyo\nni!tsarayata nairrta!t\naha-he said; ama�a-indignation; 71L§d-and by severe anger;\na�!a!t-overpowered; �yi-bhilta-becoming exactly like red-hot\ncopper; locana!t-whose eyes; vadhyatam-let him be killed; asu-immediately; ayam-this; vadhya!t-who is to be killed; ni!tsarayatatake away; nairrta!t-0 demons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIndignant and angry, his reddish eyes like molten copper,\n\nHiraJ.1yaka8ipu said to his servants: 0 demons, take this hoy away\nfrom me! He deserves to be killed. Kill him as soon as possible!\n\nTEXT 35\n\nariit ��m�ftm��S\\1'1:1\n��ij: ��· N....rt�itt���RI ������\nayarh me bhratr-hii so yarh\nhitva svan suhrdo 'dhama!t\npitrvya-hantu!l p&lau yo\n�r:wr dasavad arcati\nayam-this; me-my; bhratr-hii-killer of the brother; sa!t-he;\nayam-this; hitoo-giving up; soon-own; suhrda!t-well-wishers;\nadhama!t-very low; pitrvya-hantu!t-of He who killed his uncle\n\n", "SB7.1#p0301": "Text 36]\n\nPrahliida, the Saintly Son of Hirlll,ly aka8ipu\n\n275\n\nHiral).yak�a; padau-at the two feet; ya�-he who; v��o�-of Lord\nVi�I).u; dasa-vat-like a servant; arcati-serves.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis boy Prahliida is the killer of my brother, for he has given\nup his family to engage in the devotional service of the enemy,\nLord Vi�J;lU, like a menial servant.\nPURPORT\nHiral).yakasipu considered his son Prahlada Maharaja to be the killer\nof his brother because Prahlada Maharaja was engaged in the devotional\nservice of Lord Vi�I).U. In other words, Prahlada Maharaja would be elevated to siirilpya liberation, and in that sense he resembled Lord Vi�I).U.\nTherefore Prahlada was to be killed by Hiral).yakasipu. Devotees,\nVai�I).avas, attain the liberations of siirilpya, salokya, Siir$# and siimipya,\nwhereas the Mayavadis are supposed to attain the liberation known as\nsayujya. Siiyujya-mukti, however, is not very secure, whereas siirilpyamukti, siilokya-mukti, siir�#-mukti and siimipya-mukti are most certain.\nAlthough the servants of Lord Vi�I).u, Narayal).a, in the Vaikul).!ha\nplanets are equally situated with the Lord, the devotees there know very\nwell that the Lord is the master whereas they are servants.\n\nv i§ �r vii siidhv asau kim nu\nka�yaty asamafijasa�\nsauhrdam dustyajam pitror\nahiid ya� pafica hiiyana �\n-\n\nvi§��-unto Vi�I).u; vii-either; siidhu-good; asau-this; kimwhether; nu-indeed; ka�yati-will do; asamafijasa�-not trustworthy; sauhrdam-affectionate relationship; dustyajam-difficult to\n\n", "SB7.1#p0302": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n276\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nrelinquish; pit ro�-of his father and mother; a hlit - gave up; ya�-he\nwho; panca-haya na� -only five years old.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Prahlida is only five years old, even at this young age\n\nhe has given up his affectionate relationship with his father and\n\nmother. Therefore, he is certainly untrustworthy. Indeed, it is not\nat all believable that he will behave well toward Vi��u.\n\nTEXT 37\n\nftc:�.,;qt{1,�\n��S�I'i�CC€ijJtsfur: I\nf�I\\'IC(ft �{c:tk&4eifsf�\n���Fmr��� ''�\"''\nqusc�q�\n\nparo 'py apatyam hita-krd yatha�.L§adham\n\nsva-dehajo 'py amayavat suto 'hita�\nchindyat tad angam yad utlitmano 'hitam\nSe$arh sukham jivati yad-vivarjanat\npara�-not belonging to the same group or family; api-although;\napatyam-a\n\nchild;\n\nhita-krt-who is beneficial;\n\nyatha-just\n\nas;\n\naf.L§adham-remedial herb; sva-deha-ja�-born of one's own body;\napi-although; amaya-vat-lik.e a disease; suta�-a son; ahita�-who\nis not a well-wisher; chindyat-one should cut off; tat-that; angampart of the body; yat-which; uta-indeed; litmana�-for the body;\nahitam-not beneficial; .Se$am-the balance; sukham-hap pily; jivatilives; yat-of which; vivarjanat-by cutting off.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough a medicinal herb, being born in the forest, does not\n\nbelong to the same category as a man, if beneficial it is kept very\n\ncarefully. Similarly, if someone outside one's family is favorable,\n\nhe should be given protection like a son. On the other hand, if a\nlimb of one's body is poisoned by disease, it must be amputated so\n\n", "SB7.1#p0303": "Text 38]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hira�yaka8ipu\n\n277\n\nthat the rest of the body may live happily. Similarly, even one's\nown son, if unfavorable, must be rejected, although born of one's\nown body.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu has instructed all devotees of the Lord to be\n\nhumbler than the grass and more tolerant than trees; otherwise there\n\nwill always he disturbances to their execution of devotional service. Here\n\nis a vivid example of how a devotee is disturbed by a nondevotee, even\n\nthough the nondevotee is an affectionate father. The material world is\n\nsuch that a nondevotee father becomes an enemy of a devotee son. Hav­\n\ning determined to kill even his son, Hiral).yakasipu gave the example of\namputating a part of one's body that has become septic and therefore in­\n\njurious to the rest of the body. The same example, of course, may also he\napplied\n\nto nondevotees. Ciil).akya Pai).Qita advises, tyaja durjanasarhsargam bhaja sadhu-samagamam. Devotees actually ser�ous about\n\nadvancing in spiritual life should give up the company of nondevotees\nand always keep company with devotees. To he too attached to material\n\nexistence is ignorance because material existence is temporary and\n\nmiserable. Therefore devotees who are determined to perform tapasya\n(penances and austerities) to realize the self, and who are determined to\n\nbecome advanced in spiritual consciousness, must give up the company\n\nof atheistic nondevotees. Prahlada Maharaja maintained an attitude of\nnoncooperation with the philosophy of his father, Hiral).yakasipu, yet he\n\nwas tolerant and humble. Hiral).yakasipu, however, being a nondevotee,\n\nwas so polluted that he was even prepared to kill his own son. He\njustified this by putting forward the logic of amputation.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n����: ���;oo�: I\ntJ(f8tl:R:\n\\l?!Uit�f'A�� II� �II\nsarvair upayair hantavya�\nsambhoja-5ayandsanai�\nsuhrl-linga-dhara� §atrur\nmuner d��m ivendriyam\n\n", "SB7.1#p0304": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n278\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nsa roaift-by all; upayaift-means; hantaryaft-must be killed;\nsambhoja-by eating; sayana-lying down; asanaift -by sitting; suhrtliriga-dharaft -who has assumed the role of a friend; satruft-an\nenemy; muneft-of a great sage; d�!am-uncontrollahle; iva-like;\n\nind riyam-the senses.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as uncontrolled senses are the enemies of all yogis engaged\n\nin advancing in spiritual life, this Prahliida, who appears to be a\nfriend, is an enemy because I canno t control him. Therefore this\nenemy, whether eating, sitting or sleeping, must be killed by all\n\nmeans.\n\nPURPORT\nHiraQyakasipu planned a campaign to kill Prahlada Maharaja. He\nwould kill his son by administering poison to him while he was eating, by\nmaking him sit in boiling oil, or by throwing him under the feet of an\nelephant while he was lying down. Thus HiraQyakasipu decided to kill\nhis innocent child, who was only five years old, simply because the hoy\nhad become a devotee of the Lord. This is the attitude of nondevotees\ntoward devotees.\n\nTEXTS 39-40\n\n�%f1� m� � � q�qaUN:\n��4i(l�l�l(ijiR�:\n����II\n��·n� �f�Rtcn�:l\n31Rft;( 'ql(wt61 ��: � ij�+f� 11\\/olf\n\"'\n\nnairrtas te samad�!d\nbhartrii vai sula-par:wya/:1.\ntigma-da��ra-karaldsyas\ntamra-sma.Sru-siroruhalt\nnadanto bhairavam niidam\nchindhi bhindhiti vadinaft\nasinam cahanan sulailt\nprahradam sarva-marmasu\n\n", "SB7.1#p0305": "Text41]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hirm;tyaka.Sipu\n\n279\n\nnairfld�-the demons; te-they; samad�!d�-being fully advised;\nbhartra-by their master; vai-indeed; sula-pii{Ulya�-having tridents\nin their hands; tigrna-very sharp; dariz§!ra-teeth; karala-and fearful; asyd�-faces; tamra-sma5ru-coppery mustaches; siroruha�-and\nhair on the head; nadanta�-vibrating; bhairavam-fearful; nadamsound; chindhi-chop;\nvadina�-speaking;\n\nbhindhi-divide into small parts; iti-thus;\n\nasinam-who\n\nwas\n\nsitting\n\nsilently;\n\nca-and;\n\nahanan-attacked; sulai�-with their tridents; prahradam-Prahlada\nMaharaja; sarva-marmasu-on the tender parts of the body.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demons [Rik�asas] , the servants of Hirm;tyaka.Sipu, thus\nbegan striking the tender parts of Prahlida Mahirija's body with\ntheir tridents. The demons all had fearful faces, sharp teeth and\nreddish, coppery beards and hair, and they appeared extremely\nthreatening. Making a tumultuous sound, shouting, \"Chop him\nup! Pierce him!\" they began striking Prahlida Maharaja, who sat\nsilently, meditating upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT41\n\n� ;(iii1A4ftt�� �CI�f����'lfir I\n\n�'ffil�'l��T 31Rhi�IA4�Cf �SRI: II�� II\npare brahmar:ty anirdesye\nbhagavaty akhilatmani\nyuktatmany aphalii asann\napur:tyasyeva sat-kriya�\n\npare-in the supreme; brahmar:ti-absolute; anirdesye-who is not\nperceivable by the senses; bhagavati-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; akhila-atmani-the Supersoul of everyone; yukta-atmani-on he\nwhose mind was engaged (Prahlada); apha/ii�-without effect; dsanwere; apur:tyasya-of a person who has no assets in pious activities;\niva-like; sat-kriya�-good activities (like the performance of sacrifices\nor austerities).\n\n", "SB7.1#p0306": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n280\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven though a person who has no assets in pious activities per­\n\nforms some good deed, it will have no result. Thus the weapons of\n\nthe demons had no tangible effects upon Prahliida Maharaja be­\n\ncause he was a devotee undisturbed by material conditions and\nfully engaged in meditating upon and serving the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, who is unchangeable, who cann ot be realized\n\nby the material senses, and who is the soul of the entire universe.\nPURPORT\n\nPrahlada Maharaja was constantly and fully engaged in thought of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. As it is said, govinda-parirambhitabPrahlada Maharaja engaged himself always in meditation, and thus he\nwas protected by Govinda. Just as a small child on the lap of his father or\nmother is fully protected, a devotee, in all conditions, is protected by the\nSupreme Lord. Does this mean that when Prahlada Maharaja was attacked by the demons, the Rak�?asas, Govinda was also attacked by the\ndemons? This is not possible. There have been many attempts by the\ndemons to hurt or kill the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but He cannot be injured by any material means because He is always in transcendence. Therefore the words pare brahma�Ji are used here. The demons,\n\nthe Rak�?asas, can neither see nor touch the Supreme Lord, although they\nmay superficially think that they are striking the Lord's transcendental\nbody with their material weapons. The Supreme Personality of Godhead\nis described in this verse as anirdesye. We cannot understand Him to be\nin a particular place, for He is all-pervasive. Moreover, He is akhiliitma,\nthe active principle of everything, even material weapons. Those who\ncannot understand the position of the Lord are unfortunate. They may\nthink that they can kill the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His devotee, but all their attempts will be futile. The Lord knows how to deal\nwith them.\nTEXT 42\n\n�sm • ��: qf(�ft(f: 1\n��\n\n(f($illqp•nAt� � ������\n\n", "SB7.1#p0307": "Text 44]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of H�yakaSipu\n\n281\n\nprayiise 'pahate tasmin\ndaityendra!J, pariSarikita!J,\ncakiira tad-vadhopdydn\nnirbandhena yudhi$!hira\nprayase-when\n\nthe\n\nendeavor;\n\napahate-futile;\n\ntasmin-that;\n\ndaitya-indra!J,-the King of the demons, HiraQyakasipu; pariSarikita!J,very much afraid (considering how the hoy was protected); cakdraexecuted;\n\ntat-vadha-updydn-various\n\nmeans\n\nfor\n\nkilling\n\nhim;\n\nnirbandhena-with determination; yudhi$!hira-O King Yudhi�!hira.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Yudhilll!hira, when all the attempts of the demons\nto kill Prahlida Mahirija were futile, the King of the demons,\nHir8J;lyaka8ipu, being most fearful, began contriving other means\nto kill him.\nTEXTS 43-44\n\n�n�� \"<5!4i;.}(f11�1�lqql(t�:\nI\n'll�lf¥1: (if;t(lQ� �: ��� �II\nR:+tiilt'..qfit(ir��:\nqcfu••'�tilm- 1\nWI ftNi � ���:\n\nWI� I\n\n� �� stm� ;u�qQij lnl�ll\ndig-gajair dandaSakendrair\nabhicdrdvapdtanai!J,\nmayabhi!J, sannirodhaiS ca\ngara-ddnair abhojanai!J,\nhima-vdyv-agni-salilai!J,\nparvatdkramaT)(Jir api\nna Sa.Sdka yadd hantum\napdpam asura!J, sutam\ncintdrh dirghatamdrh prdptas\ntat-karturh ndbhyapadyata\n\n", "SB7.1#p0308": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n282\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\ndik-gajaitt-by big elephants trained to smash anything under their\nfeet; danda-suka-indraitt-by the biting of the King's poisonous snakes;\nabhicara-by destructive spells; avapatanaitt-by causing to fall from\nthe top of a mountain; mdyabhitt-by conjuring tricks; sannirodhaittby imprisonment; ca-as well as; gara-danaitt-by administering\npoison; abhojanaitt-by starving; hima-by cold; vayu-wind; agnifire; salil.aitt-and water; parvata-akrama�JUitt-by crushing with big\nstones and hills; api-and also; na waka-was not able; yada-when;\nhantum-to kill; apapam-who was not at all sinful; asuratt-the\ndemon (HiraQ.yakasipu); sutam-his son; cintam-anxiety; dirghatamdm-long-standing; praptatt-obtained; tat-kartum-to do that;\nna-not; abhyapadyata-achieved\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHir�yaka8ipu could not kill his son by throwing him beneath\n\nthe feet of big elephants, throwing him among huge, fearful\n\nsnakes, employing destructive spells, hurling him from the top of\n\na hill, conjuring up illusory tricks, administering poison, starving\nhim, exposing him to severe cold, winds, fire and water, or throw­\n\ning heavy stones to crush him. When Hirm_tyaka8ipu found that he\ncould not in any way harm Prahlida, who was completely sinless,\n\nhe was in great anxiety about what to do next.\nTEXT 45\n\n� it trl� �qm� f;fffl(t : I\n\nij�rot�i�: ·�cr\n\n�11\\l�ll\n\ne�a me bahv-asadhukto\nvadhopayas ca nirmitatt\ntais tair drohair asad-dharmair\nmuktatt svenaiva tejasa\ne�att-this; me-of me; bahu-many; asadhu-uktatt-ill names;\nvadha upayatt-many\n-\n\nnirmitatt-devised ;\n\nvarieties of means\n\nto kill\n\nhim;\n\nca-and;\n\ntaitt-by those; taitt-by those; drohaitt-treach-\n\n", "SB7.1#p0309": "Text 46]\n\nPrahlada, the Saintly Son of HiraJ.lyaka8ipu\n\n283\n\neries; asat-dhannai/l-abominable actions; mukta/l-released; svenahis own; eva-indeed; tej asa-by prowess.\nTRANSLATION\nHiraJ.lyaka8ipu thought: I have used many ill names in chastising\nthis boy Prahlada and have devised many means of killing him, but\ndespite all my endeavors, he could not be killed. Indeed, he saved\nhimself by his own powers, without being affected in the least by\nthese treacheries and abominable actions.\nTEXT 46\n\n�iitm� � ����� 1\nwt R�UQ lts;rpf �:� �tr q: ������\nvartamarw 'vidure vai\nbiilo 'py ajatJ,a-dhir ayam\nna vismarati me 'rulryam\nsuna/J sepa iva prabhu!J\n\nrtamana /l-being situated; avidure-not very far away; val-mdeed; biila!J-a mere child; api-although; aj at)a d hi /l-co mplete\nfearlessness; aya m-this; na-not; vismarati-forgets; me-my;\narulryam-misbehavior; suna/J sepa/l-the curved tail of a dog; ivaexactly like; prabhu /l-being able or potent.\nva\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough he is very near to me and is merely a child, he is situated in complete fearlessness. He resembles a dog's curved tail,\nwhich can never be straightened, because he never forgets my\nmisbehavior and his connection with his master, Lord Vi�J.lu.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word suna/J means \"of a dog,\" and sepa means \"tail.\" The example is ordinary. However one may try to straighten a dog's tail, it is never\n\n", "SB7.1#p0310": "[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nSrima d-Bhagavatam\n\n284.\n\nstraight but always curved. Suna� sepa is also the name of the second son\nof Ajigarta. He was sold to Hari8candra, but he later took shelter of\nVisvamitra, Hari8candra's enemy, and never left his side.\n\nTEXT47\n\n31�404i�¥4leilS�flf_6f�S�R:\nwt9t�6fiilil� �� � ;{ iO 11�\\911\naprameyanubhavo yam\n\nakuta.Scid-bhayo 'mara�\n\nnanam etad-virodhena\n\nmrtyur me bhavita na ro\n\naprameya-unlimited; anubhava�-glory; ayam-this; akutaScit­\n\nbhaya�-ha ving\n\nno\n\nnzlnam-definitely;\n\nfear\n\nfrom\n\nany\n\nquarter;\n\namara�-immortal;\n\netat-virodhena-because of going against him;\n\nmrtyu�-death; me-my; bhavita-may be; na.-not; va-or.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI can see that this boy's strength is unlimited, for he has not\n\nfeared a ny of my punishments. He appears inimortal. Therefore,\n\nbecause of my enmity toward him, I shall die. Or maybe this will\nnot take place.\n\nTEXT48\n\n� 6N�41f��� I\n�-t�.ml A\"f�'ffi Wr it�: 11\\/�11\niti tac-cintaya kincin\n\nmlana-sriyam adho-mukham\n\nSa.1J{Iamarkav au§anasau\nvivikta iti hocatu�\n\niti-thus;\n\ntat- cintaya-with\n\nfull\n\nanxiety\n\nbecause\n\nof\n\nPrahlada\n\nMaharaja's position; kincit-somewhat; mlana.-lost; sriyam-bodily\nluster; adha�-mukham-his face downward; sa�-amarkau-Sa.Q.cJ.a\n\n", "SB7.1#p0311": "Text 49]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hi�yakaSipu\n\n285\n\nand Amarka; au§anasau-sons of Sukracarya; vivikte-in a secret\n\nplace; iti-thus; ha-indeed; llcatulJ-spoke.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThinking in this way, the King of the Daityas, morose and bereft\nof bodily luster, remained silent with his face downward. Then\n\n�_,a and Amarka, the two sons' of Sukricirya, spoke to him in\nsecret.\n\nTEXT 49\n\n��ifiWf �·ldlti ����11.\n;r � f:q� �� WW.f ��\n;r� ffi__;d !jOIG_l'1tfl: � ll'd�ll\nf�\n\n'.:!\n\njitam tvayaikena jagat-trayam bhruvor\nvijrmbha1J.Q.-trasta-samasta-dhi§7J-yapam\nna tasya cintyam tava niitha ca�vahe\nna vai siSunam gu1J.Q.-do§ayolJ padam\njitam-conquered; tvaya-by you; ekena-alone; jagat-trayam-the\n\nthree worlds; bhruvolJ-of the eyebrows; vijrmbha1J.Q.-by the expand­\n\ning; trasta-become afraid;\n\nsamasta-all; dhi§7J-yapam-the chief\n\npersons in every planet; na-not; tasya-from him; cintyam-to be\nanxious;· tava-of you; niitha-0 master; ca�vahe-we find; na-nor;\nvai-indeed; siSuniim-of children; gu1J.Q.-do$llyolJ-of a good quality or\n\nfault; pada m-the subject matter.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 lord, we know that when you simply move your eyebrows, all\nthe commanders of the various planets are most afraid. Without\nthe help of any assistant, you have conquered all the three worlds.\nTherefore, we do not find any reason for you to be morose and full\n\nof anxiety. As for Prahlida, he is nothing hut a child and cannot be\n\na cause of anxiety. Mter all, his bad or good qualities have no\nvalue.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0312": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n286\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 50\n.\n\n�\n\n� ('\n\nij\n\nqm:n� �ul��\n\n��\n\n� iRit WI q���� � I\n�f{� �t !!4�(11�\n�\n\ng�¥thl::f ��11'-\\oll\n\nimam tu pasair varu�ya baddhva\nnidhehi bhito na palayate yatha\nbuddhiS ca purilso vayasarya-sevaya\nyavad gurur bhargava agami§yati\nimam-this; tu-but; pasaib-by the ropes; varu�ya-of the\n\ndemigod known as VaruQ.a; baddhva-binding; nidhehi-keep (him);\nbhitab-being afraid; na-not; palayate-runs away; yatha-so that;\n\nbuddhib-the intelligence; ca-also; purilsab-of a man; vayasa-by\n\nincrease of age; arya-of experienced, advanced persons; sevaya-by\n\nthe service; yavat-until; gurub-our spiritual master; bhargavab­\n\nSukracarya; agami§yati-will come.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUntil the return of our spiritual master, Sukracarya, arrest this\n\nchild with the ropes of Varu�a so that he will not ftee in fear. In\n\nany case, by the time he is somewhat grown up and has assimilated\n\nour instructions or served our spiritual master, he will change in\nhis intelligence. Thus there need be no cause for anxiety.\nTEXT 51\n\nij�\n�I\n��l'ffi+t�l�\n� �--N�f!oql �� � �f� II'-\\� II\ntatheti guru-putroktam\nanujiiiiyedam abravit\ndharmo hy asyopade$!avyo\nrajiiiim yo grha-medhinam\n\n", "SB7.1#p0313": "Text 51]\n\nPrahlada, the Saintly Son of Hir8J.lyaka.Sipu\n\n287\n\ntathii-in this way; iti-thus; guru-putra-uktam-advised by Sar:t<;la\n\nand Amarka, the sons of Sukracarya; anujiidya-accepting; idam-this;\nabravit-said; dharmab,-the duty; hi-indeed; asya-unto Prahlada;\n\nupade�tavyab,-to be instructed; rajiidm-of the kings; yab,-which;\n\ngrha-medhiniim-who are interested in householder life.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMter hearing these instructions of �«;;a and Amarka, the sons\nof his spiritual master, Hir8J.lyaka.Sipu agreed and requested them\nto instruct Prahlada in that system of occupational duty which is\nfollowed by royal householder families.\nPURPORT\nHirll.Qyakasipu wanted Prahlada Maharaja to be trained as a diplomatic\n\nking in ruling the kingdom, the country or the world, but not to be ad­\n\nvised about renunciation or the renounced order of life. The word\n\ndharma here does not refer to some religious faith. As clearly stated,\ndharma hy asyopade�tavyo rajiidm yo grha-medhiniim. There are two\n\nkinds of royal families-one whose members are simply attached to\n\nhousehold life and the other consisting of rajar�is, kings who govern with\n\nruling power but are as good as great saints. Prahlada Maharaja wanted\n\nto become a rajar�i, whereas Hirar:tyaksipu wanted him to become a king\n\nattached to sense enjoyment (grha-medhiniim). Therefore in the Aryan\nsystem there is va17)ij§rama-dharma, by which everyone should be edu­\n\ncated according to his position in society's division of va� (brahmar:uz,\n\n�atriya, vaiSya and sadra)\nvanapra5tha and sannyasa).\n\nand\n\nasrama (brahmacarya, grhastha,\n\nA devotee purified by devotional service is always in the transcenden­\n\ntal position above the mundane qualities. Thus the difference between\n\nPrahlada Maharaja and Hirar:tyakasipu was that Hirar:tyakasipu wanted to\n\nkeep Prahlada in mundane attachment whereas Prahlada was above the\n\nmodes of material nature. As long as one is under the control of material\n\nnature, his occupational duty is different from that of a person not under\n\nsuch control. One's real dharma, or occupational duty, is described in\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (dharmam tu sa�ad bhagavat-prar:titam). As de­\n\nscribed to his order carriers by Dharmaraja, or Yamaraja, a living being\n\n", "SB7.1#p0314": "(Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n288\n\nis a spiritual identity, and therefore his occupational duty is also\nspiritual. The real dharma is that which is advised in Bhagavad-gitd:\nsaroa-dharman parityajya mam ekarh Sa.ra'!UJrh vraja. One must give up\none's material occupational duties, just as one must give up his material\nbody.\n\nWhatever\n\none's\n\noccupational duty,\n\neven\n\naccording\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nva�rama system, one must give it up and engage in one's spirit�al\n\nfunction. One's real dharma, or occupational duty, is explained by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. ]ivera 'svanlpa' haya-km;era 'nitya-dasa':\nevery living being is an eternal servant of �f?r;ta. That is one's real occupational duty .\n\ndharmam artharh ca kamarh ca\n\nnitararh canupilrvaSa.�\nprahradiiyocatil rajan\npra5ritdvanatdya ca\ndharmam-mundane occupational duty; artham-economic development;\n\nca-and;\n\nkamam-sense gratification;\n\nalways; ca-and; a n upilroa.Sa�\n\n-\n\nca-and;\n\nnitaram­\n\naccording to order, or from the begin­\n\nning to the end; prahradaya-unto Prahlada Maharaja; ilcatu�-they\nspoke; rajan-0 King; pra5rita-who was humble; avanatdya- and\nsubmissive; ca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThereafter, �«Ja and Amarka systematically and unceasingly\ntaught Prahlida Maharaja, who was very submissive and humble,\nabout mundane religion, economic development and sense\ngratification.\nPURPORT\nThere are four processes for human society-dharma, artha, kama\nand moh$a-and they culminate in liberation. Human society must\n\n", "SB7.1#p0315": "Text 53]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hirlll,.lyakaSipu\n\n289\n\nfollow a process of religion to advance, and on the basis of religion one\nshould try to develop his economic condition so that he can fulfill his\nneeds for sense gratification according to the religious rules and regulations. Then liberation from material bondage will be easier to attain.\nThat is the Vedic process. When one is above the stages of dharma,\n\nartha, kama and mok$a, one becomes a devotee. He is then on the platform from which he is guaranteed not to fall again to material existence\n\n(yad gatva na nivartante). As advised in Bhagavad-gita if one transcends these four processes and is actually liberated, one engages in\ndevotional service. Then he is guaranteed not to fall to material existence\nagam.\n\nTEXT 53\n\n� �'HI�¥tit ro�� I\nWI �l� � l :i.i(l�ffi�l( 11'��11\n\nW\n\n..\n\nyathii tri-vargam gurubhir\ndtmane upa5ik$itam\nna sadhu mene tac-chik$dm\ndvandvaramopava�itdm\nyathii-as; t ri-vargam-the three processes (religion, economic\ngurubhi�-by the teachers;\n\ndevelopment and sense gratification);\n\ndtmane-unto himself (Prahlada Maharaja); upa5ik$itam-instructed;\nna-not; sddhu-really good; mene-he considered; tat-sik$am-the\neducation in that;\n\ndvandva-ardma-by persons taking pleasure in\n\nduality (in material enmity and friendship); upava�itdm-which is\nprescribed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe teachers �4a and Amarka instructed Prahlida Mabirija in\nthe three kinds of material advancement called religion, economic\ndevelopment and sense gratification. Prahlida, however, being\nsituated above such instructions, �id not like them, for such instructions are based on the duality of worldly affairs, which involve one in a materialistic way of life marked by birth, death, old\nage and disease.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0316": "290\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\nThe entire world is interested in the materialistic way of life. Indeed,\n\npractically 99.9 percent of the people in the three worlds are uninterested in liberation or spiritual education. Only the devotees of the\n\nLord, headed by such great personalities as Prahlada Maharaja and\n\nNarada Muni, are interested in the real education of spiritual life. One\n\ncannot understand the principles of religion while staying on the ma­\n\nterial platform. Therefore one must follow these great personalities. As\n\nstated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam (6.3.20):\n\nsvayambhur niiradab, sambhub,\nkumiirab, kapilo manub,\n\nprahliido janako bhi$mo\n\nbalir vaiyasakir vayam\n\nOne must follow in the footsteps of such great personalities as Lord\n\nBrahma, Narada, Lord Siva, Kapila, Manu, the Kumaras, Prahlada\n\nMaharaja, Bhi�ma, Janaka, Bali Maharaja, Sukadeva Gosvami and\n\nYamaraja. Those interested in spiritual life should follow Prahlada\n\nMaharaja in rejecting the education of religion, economic development\nand sense gratification. One should be interested in spiritual education.\n\nTherefore the ��I).a consciousness movement is spreading all over the\n\nworld, following in the footsteps of Prahlada Maharaja, who did not like\n\nany of the materialistic education he received from his teachers.\nTEXT 54\n\n�:qpt: qmir �� I\n�ri� m�: ��: ����u\nyadacaryab, paravrtto\n\ngrhamedhiya-karmasu\n\nvayasyair balakais tatra\n\nsopahiltab, krta-�a�ib,\n\nyada-when; acaryab,-the teachers; paravrttab,-became engaged;\n\ngrha-medhiya-of household life; karmasu-in duties; vayasyaib,-by\n\n", "SB7.1#p0317": "Text 55]\n\nPrahlada, the Saintly Son of Hir8J,lyaka8ipu\n\n291\n\nhis friends of the same age; balakaib.-boys; tatra-there; sa(t.-he\n(Prahlada Maharaja); apahata(t.-called; krta-�a�i(t.-obtaining an\n\nopportune moment.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the teachers went home to attend to their household\naffairs, the students of the same age as Prahlada Maharaja would\ncall him to take the opportunity of leisure hours for play.\nPURPORT\nIn tiffin hours, the hours when the teachers were absent from the\nclassroom, the students called Prahlada Maharaja, wanting to play with\nhim. _AB will be seen from the following verses, however, Prahlada\nMaharaja was not very much interested in playing. Instead, he wanted to\nutilize every moment for advancing in l(r�Qa consciousness. Therefore,\nas indicated in this verse by the word krta-�a�i(t., at the opportune\nmoment when it was possible to preach about l(r�Qa consciOusness,\nPrahlada Maharaja used the time as follows.\nTEXT 55\n\n3N ��� ��T SJ�T{q if�\\:l: I\n�:q-\n\nf��!f rot smrl'� 11����\natha tan sla��ya vdca\npratyahuya maha-budha(t.\nuvaca vidvams tan-n�tham\nkrpaya prahasann iva\n\natha-then; tan-the class friends; sla��ya-with very pleasing;\nvdcd-speech;\n\npratyahuya-addressing;\n\nmaha-budha(t.-Prahlada\n\nMaharaja, who was highly learned and advanced in spiritual consciousness (maha means \"great,\" and budha means \"learned\"); uooca-said;\nvidvan-very\n\nlearned;\n\ntat-n�tham-the path\n\nof God realization;\n\nkrpaya-being merciful; prahasan-smiling; iva-like.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlida Maharaja, who was truly the supreme learned person,\nthen addressed his class friends in very sweet language. Smiling,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0318": "292\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nhe began to teach them about the uselessness of the materialistic\nway of life. Being very kind to them, he instructed them\n\nas\n\nfollows.\n\nPURPORT\nPrahlada Maharaja's smiling is very significant. The other students\nwere very much advanced in enjoying materialistic life through religion,\neconomic development and sense gratification, but Prahlada Maharaja\nlaughed at them, knowing that this was not actual happiness, for real\nhappiness is advancement in K:r�Qa consciousness. The duty of those who\nfollow in the footsteps of Prahlada Maharaja is to teach the entire world\nhow to be K:r�Qa conscious and thus be really happy. Materialistic persons\ntake to so-called religion to get some blessings so that they can improve\ntheir economic position and enjoy the material world through sense gratification. But devotees like Prahlada Maharaja laugh at how foolish they\nare to be busy in a temporary life without knowledge of the soul's\ntransmigration from one body to another. Materialistic persons are\nengaged in striving for temporary benefits, whereas persons advanced in\nspiritual knowledge, such as Prahlada Maharaja, are not interested in the\nmaterialistic way of life. Instead, they want to be elevated to an eternal\nlife of knowlege and bliss. Therefore, as K:r�Qa is always compassionate\nto the fallen souls, His servants, the devotees of Lord K:r�Qa, are also interested in educating the entire populace in K:r�Qa consciousness. The\nmistake of materialistic life is understood by devotees, and therefore\nthey smile upon it, considering it insignificant. Out of compassion,\nhowever, such devotees preach the gospel of Bhagavad-gitd all over the\nworld.\n\nte tu tad-gauravat saroe\ntyakta-krujii-paricchadab,\n\n", "SB7.1#p0319": "Text 57]\n\nPrahlida, the Saintly Son of Hir8J}yaka8ipu\n\n293\n\nbald ad�ita-dhiyo\n\ndvandvarameritehitai/:l\nparyupasata rajendra\ntan-nyasta-hrdaye�r:ui/:l\ntan aha karuJJ-O maitro\nmaha-bhagavato 'sura/:l\nte-they; tu-indeed; tat-gauravat-f1'om great respect for the words\nof Prahlada Maharaja (due to his being a devotee); saroe-all of them;\ntyakta-having given up; krit;/ii-paricchada/:l-toys for playing;\nbiild/:t-the boys; ad�ita-dhiya/:l-whose intelligence was not as\npolluted (as that of their fathers); dvandva-in duality; drama-of\nthose taking pleasure (the instructors, namely SaQQa and Amarka);\nirita-by the instructions; ihitai/:l-and actions; paryupasata-sat down\naround; raja-indra-0 King Yudhi�thira; tat-unto him; nyasta-having given up; hrdaya-i�r:ui/:l-their hearts and eyes; tan-unto them;\naha-spoke; karu1J.(J./:t-very merciful; maitra/:l-a real friend; mahabhdgavata/:l-a most exalted devotee; asura/:t-Prahlada Maharaja, although horn of an asura father.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Yudhi�thira, all the children were very much\naffectionate and respectful to Prahlida Mahirija, and because of\ntheir tender age they were not so polluted by the instructions and\nactions of their teachers, who were attached to condemned duality\nand bodily comfort. Thus the boys surrounded Prahlida Maharaja,\ngiving up their playthings, and sat down to hear him. Their hearts\nand eyes being fixed upon him, they looked at him with great earnestness. Prahlida Mahirija, although born in a demon family,\nwas an exalted devotee, and he desired their welfare. Thus he\nbegan instructing them about the futility of materialistic life.\nPURPORT\n\nThe words bald ad�ita-dhiya/:l indicate that the children, being of a\ntender age, were not as polluted by materialistic life as their fathers.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0320": "294\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 5\n\nPrahlada Maharaja, therefore, taking advantage of the innocence of his\nclass friends, began teaching them about the importance of spiritual life\n\nand the insignificance of materialistic life. Although the teachers SaQI;la\n\nand Amarka were instructing all the boys in the materialistic life of\nreligion, economic development and sense gratification, the boys were\n\nnot much polluted. Therefore, with great attention they wanted to hear\n\nfrom Prahlada Maharaja about �!?Qa consciousness. In our �!?I}.a con­\n\nsciousness movement, the guru-kula plays an extremely important part\n\nin our activities because right from childhood the boys at the guru-kula\nare instructed about �!?Qa consciousness. Thus they become steady\n\nwithin the cores of their hearts, and there is very little possibility that\nthey will be conquered by the modes of material nature when they are\n\nolder.\n\nThw end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Seventh Canto, Fifth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Prahliida Maharaja, the\nSaintly Son of Hirar:tyakaSipu. \"\n\n", "SB7.1#p0321": "Appendixes\n\n", "SB7.1#p0322": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prahhupada appeared in\n\nthis world in 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhakti­\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent devotional scholar and the founder of\n\nsixty-four Gaud.iya Mathas (Vedic institutes), liked this educated young\nrpan and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\n\nSrila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later (1933) at\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in\n\n1922, Srila Bh;lktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\n'fhakura requested Srila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge\n\nthrough the English language. In the years that followed, Srila Prahhu­\n\npada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad-gitd, assisted the Gaud.iya\nMatha in its work and, in 1944, Without assistance, started an English\n\nfortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and checked the\n\ngalley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and strug­\n\ngled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never\nstopped; it is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\n\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion,\n\nthe Gaud.iya V ai�1.1ava Society honored him in\n\n1947 with the title\n\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In 1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada\nretired from married life, and four years later\n\nhe\n\nadopted the\n\nvdnaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his studies and writ­\n\ning. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of Vrndavana, where he\n\nlived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\n\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and\nwriting. He accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At\n\nRadha-Damodara, Srila Prabhupada began work on his life's master­\n\npiece: a multivolume translation and commentary on the eighteen thou­\n\nsand verse Snmad-Bhiigavatam (Bhagavata Purar:ta). He also wrote\nEasy Journey to Other Planets.\nMter publishing three volumes of Bhagavatam, Srila Prabhupada\ncame to the United States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\nmaster. Since that time, His Divine Grace has written over forty volumes\nof authoritative translations, commentaries and summary studies of the\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n\n297\n\n", "SB7.1#p0323": "298\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila\n\nPrabhupada was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for Krishna Con­\n\nsciousness in July of 1966. Under his careful guidance, the Society has\n\ngrown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one\nhundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm communities.\n\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New V:rndavana, an experimental\n\nVedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew V:rndavana, now a thriving farm community of more than one thou­\n\nsand acres, his students have since founded several similar communities\n\nin the United States and abroad.\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\n\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\nDallas, Texas. The school began with 3 children in 1972, and by the\n\nbeginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\n\nSrila Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large inter­\n\nnational center at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also\n\nthe site for a planned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the\n\nmagnificent l(:r�Qa-Balarama Temple and International Guest House in\n\nV:rndavana, India. These are centers where Westerners can live to gain\n\nfirsthand experience of Vedic culture.\n\nSrila Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his\n\nbooks. Highly respected by the academic community for their authori­\n\ntativeness, depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks in\n\nnumerous college courses. His writings have been translated into eleven\n\nlanguages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972 ex­\n\nclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become the\n\nworld's largest publisher of books in the :field of Indian religion and phi­\n\nlosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada's most\n\nrecent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-com­\n\npleted by Srila Prabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali\nreligious classic Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada\n\nhas circled the globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to\n\nsix continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncontinues to write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library\n\nof Vedic philosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0324": "References\nThe purports of Snmad-Bhagavatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are specifically\ncited in this volume.\n\nAdi-varaha Purar.w, 259\nAgastya-sarhhita, 261\nBha gavad-gita, 2, 4, 5, 8, 11-12, 13, 15, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25-26, 29, 32,\n34-36,39,40,46,64,65,66,68,69,76, 78,81,83,97,98,100,106,\n108, 109,110-111, 112, 113,119, 122,127, 136,140, 141,151, 158,\n159, 186, 191, 197, 202, 211, 219, 220, 224, 229, 232, 233-234,\n236-237, 248, 267-268, 272, 288\n\nBhagavata-sandarbha, 10-11\nBhakti-viveka, 261-262\nBrahmaTJ4a Purar:uz, 72-73, 259\nBrahma-sarhhita, 19, 161, 203\nBrahma-tarka, 153\nBrahma-vaivarta Purar:uz, 125, 260\nCaitanya-caritamrta, 37, 43, 157, 203\nGautamiya Tantra, 259-260\nGopala-tapani Upani§ad, 249\n\n299\n\n", "SB7.1#p0325": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n300\n\nlsopani§ad, 232\nMahiibhiirata, 98, 121\nMur:u;k!ka Upani§ad, 272, 273\nManu-samhita, 21\nNama-kaumudi, 254\nNarada-paficaratra, 260\nPadma Purar:w, 14, 259\nPrema-vivarta, 85\nSi�!aka. 208\nSkanda Purar:w, 145, 179, 259\nSmrti-sastras, 264\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam, 41-42, 47-48, 72, 82, 86, ll5, 153, 157, 184, 193,\n194-195, 204, 211, 222, 247, 251, 254, 256, 272, 287, 290\n\nSvetasvatara Upani§ad, 273\nUpani§ads, 112, 160-161\nVaraha Purar:w, 258\nVedanta-sutra, 156\nVedas, 220, 222\nVi§�u Purar:w, 222-223\n\n", "SB7.1#p0326": "Glossary\nA\nAcirya-a spiritual master who teaches by example.\nSupreme Lord is inconceivably,\nsimultaneously one with His material and spiritual energies and different from them.\n\nAcintya-bhedibheda-tattva-the\n\nAl}.imi- yogic power to become as small as an atom.\nAntaryimi-the expansion of the Supreme Lord situated in everyone's\nheart (Supersoul).\n\nArati-a ceremony for greeting the Lord with offerings of food, lamps, fans,\nflowers and incense.\nArcana-the devotional practice of Deity worship.\nAsrama-a spiritual order of life.\nAsuras-atheistic demons.\nAtmirima-one who is self-satisfied, free from external material desires.\n\nAvatira-a descent of the Supreme Lord.\nB\nBhagavad-giti-the basic directions for spiritual life spoken by the Lord\nHimself.\nBhakta-a devotee.\nBhakti-yoga-linking with the Supreme Lord in ecstatic devotional service.\nBhiva-the preliminary stage of ecstatic love of God.\n\nBhiiti -opulence.\n\nBrahmacarya-celibate student life; the first order of Vedic spiritual life.\nBrahman-the Absolute Truth; especially, the impersonal aspect of the Absolute.\nBrihm8J.la-a person in the mode of goodness; first Vedic social order.\n\nD\nDasya-rasa-the servitor relationship with the Lord.\nDhima-ahode, place of residence; usually referring to the Lord's abodes.\nDharma-eternal occupational duty; religious principles.\nDu�lq-tis-miscreants.\n\n301\n\n", "SB7.1#p0327": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n302\n\nE\nEkada8i-a special fast day for increased remembrance of K{�Qa, which\ncomes on the eleventh day of both the waxing and waning moon.\n\nG\nGoloka (K\"t;taloka)-the highest spiritual planet, containing K{�Qa's personal abodes, Dvaraka, Mathura and Vrndavana.\n\nGopis-K{�Qa's cowherd girl friends, His most confidential servitors.\n\nGrhastha-regulated householder life; the second order of Vedic spiritual\nlife.\n\nGuru-a spiritual master or superior person.\n\nGuru-kula-school of Vedic learning; boys begin at the age of five and live\nas celibate\n\nstudents, guided by a spiritual master.\n\nH\nHare �t;ta mantra-See: Maha-mantra\n\nJ\nJivatma-the minute living entity, part and parcel of the Supreme Lord.\nJiva-tattva-the living entities, who are small parts of the Lord.\n\nK\nK.ali-yuga (Age of K.ali)-the present age, which is characterized by quarrel. It is last in the cycle of four, and began five thousand years ago.\n\nKaratalas-hand cymbals used in kirtana.\n\nK.arma-fruitive action, for which there is always reaction, good or bad.\n\nKarma-kiit;t4a-the section of the Vedas describing fruitive activities for\nelevation to a higher material position.\n\nK.armi-one �ho is satisfied with working hard for flickering sense\ngratification.\n\nK.irtana-chanling the glories of the Supreme Lord.\n\n�t;taloka-See: Goloka\n\n�atriyas-a warrior or administrator; the second Vedic social order.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0328": "Glossary\n\n303\n\nL\nLaghimi-the yogic power to become as light as a feather.\n\nM\nMidhurya-rasa-conjugal love relationship with the Lord.\nMahi-bhagavata-a pure devotee of the Lord.\nMahi-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance: Hare ��l}.a, Hare ��l}.a,\n��l}.a ��l}.a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare\nHare.\nMahimiyi-the illusory material energy of the Lord.\nMantra-a sound vibration that can deliver the mind from illusion.\nMathuri-Lord ��!}.a's abode, surrounding V:rndavana, where He took\nbirth and later returned to after performing His V:rndavana pastimes.\nMau�ala-lili-pastime of the Yadu dynasty's departure from the earth.\nMiyi-(ma-not; yd-this), illusion; forgetfulness of one's relationship\nwith ��l}.a.\nMiyividis-impersonal philosophers who say that the Lord cannot have a\ntranscendental body.\nMrdailga-a clay drum used for congregational chanting.\n\np\nPaiica-mahiyajiia-the five daily sacrifices performed by householders to\nbecome free from unintentionally committed sins.\nParakiya-rasa-the relationship between a married woman· and her\nparamour, particularly the relationship between ��l}.a and the damsels\nof V:rndavana.\nParampari-the chain of spiritual masters in disciplic succession.\nPralq-ti-the energy of the Supreme Lord.\nPrasida-food spiritualized by being offered to the Lord.\nPurii;J.as-Vedic histories of the universe in relation to the Supreme Lord\nand His devotees.\n\nR\nRiga-mirga-the path of spontaneous love of Godhead.\nRik�-man-eating demons.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0329": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n304\n\ns\nSac-cid-inanda-vigraha-the Lord's transcendental form, which is eternal,\nfull of knowledge and bliss.\n\nSidhu-a saintly man.\nSakhya-rasa-friend relationship with the Lord.\n\nSilokya-mukti-the liberation of residing on the same planet as the Lord.\nSamadhi-trance; mind :fixed on the Supreme.\n\nSimipya-mukti-the liberation of becoming a personal associate of the\n\nLord.\nSaritsira-the cycle of repeated birth and death.\n\nSankirtana-public chanting of the names of God, the approved yoga process for this age.\n\nSannyisa-renounced life; the fourth order of Vedic spiritual life.\n\n�!i-mukti-the liberation of having the same opulences as the Lord.\n\nSirupya-mukti-the liberation of getting a form similar to the Lord's.\nSastras-revealed scriptures.\n\nSiyujya-mukti-the liberation of merging into the existence of the Lord.\n\nSravm;uuil k.irtanam vi��ol;t-the devotional processes of hearing and\nchanting about Lord Vi�J}.u.\nSudra-a laborer; the fourth of the Vedic social orders.\n\nSviimi-one who controls his mind and senses; title of one in the renounced\norder of life.\n\nT\nTapasya-austerity; accepting some voluntary inconvenience for a higher\npurpose.\n\nTilaka-auspicious cla y marks that sanctify a devotee's body as a temple of\nthe Lord.\n\nv\nVaiku�tha-the spiritual world, where there is no anxiety.\n\nVai��va-a devotee of Lord Vi�I}.u, Kt�J}.a.\n\nVaiSyas-farmers and merchants; the third Vedic social order.\n\nVinaprastha-one who has retired from family life; the third order of Vedic\nspiritual life.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0330": "Glossary\n\n305\n\nVarJ,liSrama-the Vedic social system of four social and four spiritual orders.\nVitsalya-rasa-parental relationship with the Lord.\nVedas-the original revealed scriptures, first spoken by the Lord Himself.\nVibhiiti-the opulence and power of the Supreme Lord.\nVi!1J,1U, Lord-l(r�J;ta's first expansion for the creation and maintenance of\nthe material universes.\nVi!1J,1Uloka-the abode of Lord Vi!i!J;tU, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nVrndivana-:f<r!i!J;ta's personal abode, where He fully manifests His quality\nof sweetness.\nVyisadeva-l(r!;!J;ta's incarnation, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, for compiling\nthe Vedas.\n\ny\nYajiia-sacrifice, work done for the satisfaction of Lord Vi!i!J;tU.\nYogamiyi-the internal spiritual energy of the Lord.\nYogi-a transcendentalist who, in one way or another, is striving for union\nwith the Supreme.\nYugas-ages in the life of a universe, oreurring in a repeated cycle of four.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0331": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\nVowels\n\n3la alTa\n\n�l\n\nii 3'u �u=5flr�f\nq: e Q: ai an it au\n\n.:i\n\n0\n\n..:.. Ih (anusvdra)\n\n: Q. (visarga)\n\nConsonants\n\nGutturals:\n\nCfi ka\n\n�kha\n\nif ga\n\n't:1 gha\n\n� Iia\n\nPalatals:\n\n�ca\n\n� cha\n\n\\ifja\n\n\"jha\n\n5Jiia\n\nCerebrals:\n\neta\n\n?) tha\n\n�Qa\n\nG �ha\n\nfJl I,la\n\nDentals:\n\nata\n\n'-1 tha\n\n� da\n\n�dha.\n\n;{ na\n\nLabials:\n\nqpa\n\nq) pha\n\ni( ba\n\nl{ bha\n\n'I rna\n\nSemivowels:\n\n�ya\n\n�ra\n\n�la\n\nqva\n\nSibilants:\n\n�sa\n\nq' �a\n\n�sa\n\nAspirate:\n\n� ha\n\nS\n\n'\n\n(avagraha) - the apostrophe\n\nThe vowels above should be pronounced as follows:\n\na - like the a in organ or the u in but.\n\na - like the a in far but held twice as long as short a.\n\n- like the i in pin.\nlike the i in pique but held twice as long as short i.\nu - like the u in push.\nii\nlike the u in rule but held twice as long as short u.\n\ni\n\n-\n\n-\n\n307\n\n", "SB7.1#p0332": "308\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nr -like the ri in rim.\nf - like ree in reed.\n-like Hollowed by r (lr).\ne -like the e in they.\nai -like the ai in aisle.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in how.\nIh (anusvdra) -a resonant nasal like the n in the French word bon.\n\\:1 (visarga) - a final h-sound: a� is pronounced like aha; i� like ihi.\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\n\nk -as in kite\nkh-as in Eckhart\ng -as in give\ngh-as in dig-hard\n-as in sing\nc -as in chair\n\nil\n\nch - as in staunch-heart\n\nJ\n\n-as IDJOY\n\njh -as in hedgehog\nii - as in canyon\n! - as in tub\n!h - as in light-heart\n«;; - as in dove\nc;lha- as in red-hot\n\nJ.l -as rna (prepare to say\nthe r and say na) .\n\nCerebrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, but the\nfollowing dentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth:\n\nt -as in tub but with tongue against teeth.\nth -as in light-heart but with tongue against teeth.\nd - as in dove but with tongue against teeth.\ndh-as in red-hot but with tongue against teeth.\nn - as in nut but with tongue between teeth.\np -as m pme\nl - as in light\nph- as in uphill (not/)\n\nv - as in vine\n\nb - as in bird\n\ns (palatal) -as in thes in the German\nwordsprechen\ns (cerebral) -as thesh inshine\ns -as insun\nh -as in home\n\nbh-as in rub-hard\nm - as in mother\ny - as myes\nr -as in rnn\n\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, only a Bow­\n\ning of short and long (twice as long as the short) syllables.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0333": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete listing of the first and third lines of each of the �nskrit\npoetry verses and the first line of each Sanskrit prose verse of this volume of SrimadBluigavatam, arranged in English alphabetical order. In the first column the Sanskrit trans!iteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse\nreference and page number for each verse are to be found.\n\nA\nabha�yama� aba/4 vrkadibhi/1\nabhivyanag jagad idam\nadiinta-gobhir viSaliim tamisram\nadhunii Sdpa-nirmuktau\nadhyiiste sarva-dh�l).yebhya/1\nadrii�am aham etam te\ndha cedam ru¢ plln;l.a/1\ndhdma�-�civ�!a/1\naha tan balako bhulva\naho akaru(IO deva/1\naho amf$iim vayasadhikanam\naho aty-adbhutam hy etad\naho vayam dhanyatama yad atra\naho vidhatrcikarul).ena na/1 prabho\najivyams cicchidur v�n\nak�!a-pacyd tasyiisit\nambamba he vadhu/1 putn'i\nanantdvyakta-riipe(lll\nandha yathandhair upaniyamdnas\nandhikrtatmll svotsarigcin\nanicchatinam nirhiiram\naniyatdm are vetram\nanya e� tathanyo 'ham\nanyathedam vidhiisy e 'ham\nanyatrdlabdha-5ara�/l\naprameyanubhcivo 'yam\napratidvandvatam yuddhe\narcanam vandanam dasyam\naropyarikam avaghroya\na.fapan kupitd evam\n\n2.38\n\n99\n\n3.26\n\n154\n\n5.30\n\n266\n\n1.46\n\n56\n\n3.9\n\n135\n\n3.18\n\n145\n\n2.2\n\n61\n\n5.34\n\n274\n\n2.36\n\n95\n\n2.53\n\nll7\n\n2.37\n\n96\n\nl.l6\n\n23\n\n2.38\n\n99\n\n2.33\n\n92\n\n2.15\n\n77\n\n4.16\n\nasaram grahito balo\n4sin.a/l paryalann a.fnan\n4sinam cahanaii sulai/1\n4silican vikasad-vaktram\naspanda-pra(lllyiinandaa.Sroddheya iviibhii ti\nasrk-priyam tarpa�ye\nata/1 5ocata rna yuyam\natha nityam anityam vii\natha tan sla�(lllya vaca\n\n5.26\n\n262\n\n4.38\n\n204\n\n5.40\n\n278\n\n5.21\n\n244\n\n4.41\n\n207\n\n1.34\n\n45\n\n2.8\n\n64\n\n2.60\n\n123\n\n2.49\n\nll4\n\n5.55\n\n291\n\ndtmiinam apratidvandvam\natmanii tri-vrta cedam\natmavat sarva-bhutciniim\natraivodahrta/1 purvam\natrdpy udaharantimam\n\n3.1\n\n130\n\navesya tad-agham hitva\navivekaS ca cintd ca\nayam me bhratr-hii so 'yam\n\n3.27\n\n154\n\n4.31\n\n196\n\nl.l3\n\n21\n\n2.27\n\n88\n\n1.30\n\n41\n\n2.26\n\n87\n\n5.35\n\n274\n\n181\n\n2.20\n\n80\n\n3.24\n\n163\n\n5.31\n\n269\n\n5.33\n\n273\n\n2.35\n\n94\n\n5.16\n\n238\n\n5.12\n\n231\n\n3.ll\n\n137\n\n4.21\n\n186\n\n5.47\n\n284\n\n3.37\n\n166\n\n5.23\n\n246\n\n5.21\n\n244\n\n1.38\n\n50\n\nB\nba/4 �ita-dhiyo\nbala evam pravadati\nba/an ati kutas tubhyam\n\n5.56\n\n292\n\n2.58\n\n121\n\n5.9\n\n227\n\nbhagavan-nindayii vena\nbhagavat-tejasd sp�!am\nbhagavaty akarod dve�m\nbhajantam bhajamcinasya\n\nl.l7\n\n24\n\nbhajaty utsrjati hy anyas\nbhal).yatam srotu-kiimiinam\nbhaviiya sreyase bhatyai\nbho bho danava-daiteyci\nbhrotary evam vinihate\n\n309\n\n1.43\n\n53\n\n4.4\n\n172\n\n2.7\n\n64\n\n2.46\n\n109\n\n5.10\n\n227\n\n3.13\n\n139\n\n2.4\n\n62\n\n2.1\n\n60\n\n", "SB7.1#p0334": "310\n\nSrUnad-Bhagavabun\n\nbhrdtrvat sadr§e snigdho\nbhurik§e sthito dhamani parame�!hye\nbhutaruim iha saritvtisa/l\nbhilltini tais lair nija-yoni-karmabhir\nbhutebhyas tvad-vis�!ebhyo\nbhatendriya-mano-lirigdn\n\n4.32\n3.33\n2.21\n\n196\n\n2.41\n3.35\n\n103\n164\n\n2.46\n\n109\n\n5.26\n4.31\n\n262\n196\n57\n27\n\nbrahma-bandho kim etat te\nbrahmar.tya/l sila-sampanna/l\nbrUhi me bhagavan yena\nbhuhy etad adbhutatamam\nbuddhi-bheda/l para-krta\nbuddhiS ca purilso vayasdrya-sevayd\n\n1.48\n1.21\n5.10\n5.50\n\n162\n81\n\n227\n286\n\nc\ncakdra tad-vadhopaydn\nca�� bhramyamdr.tena\nchindydl tad angam yad utdtmano\ncid-acic-chakti-yuktaya\ncintdm dirghatamam prdptas\ncittasya cittair mana-indriyd(tdm\ncu�ubhur nady-udanvanta/l\n\n5.42\n2.23\n\n280\n84\n\n5.37\n\n276\n\n3.34\n\n163\n281\n\n5.44\n3.29\n3.5\n\n157\n133\n\nD\ndadhara loka-pdldruim\ndaiteya-candana-vane\ndaityendram dariaydm dsa\ndaityendra-tapasd taptd\ndaivenaikatra nitdruim\ndamag�a-suta/l papa\ndarilSa-bha�ita-dehasya\nddntendriya-prdr.ta-sarira-dhi/l sadd\nddsavat sannatdrydrighri/l\ndeha-sambandha-sambaddham\ndehendriydsu-hiruiruim\ndeva�a etad icchamo\ndeva�i-pitr-bhutanam\ndevtisura-man�yendradevodyana-sriya j�!am\n\n4.18\n5.17\n\n183\n\n5.19\n\n239\n242\n\n3.6\n2.21\n\n133\n81\n\n1.18\n\n24\n\n3.18\n\n145\n198\n\ndig-gajair dandaSilkendrair\ndig-vtisasa/l siSun matvd\ndinena jivatd du/lkham\ndivam deva/l parityajya\ndmva mahadbhutam rdjd\n\n5.43\n1.37\n2.54\n\n281\n49\n117\n\n2.16\n\n78\n22\n\n1.14\n\nE\nekadti brahmar.ta/l putrd\nekadtisura-rdl putram\n�a dtma-viparydso\ne� me bahv-asddhukto\ne�a priydpriyair yogo\n;tad bhrdmyati me buddhir\netad veditum icchama/l\netat kauruhalam brahmann\netdvad brdhma1_tdyoktvd\nevam aiSvarya-mattasya\nevam gur.tair bhrdmyamdr.te\nevam k�r.te bhagavati\nevam kulingam vilapantam drdl\nevam labdha-varo daityo\nevam saptau sva-bhavandt\nevam vilapatiruim vai\nevam viprakrte Joke\nevam vrta/l 5ata-dhrtir\nevam yayam apa5yantya\n\n1.36\n\n48\n\n5.4\n2.25\n\n219\n87\n\n5.45\n2.25\n\n282\n87\n\n1.21\n\n27\n24\n\n1.17\n4.46\n5.15\n4.20\n\n212\n237\n185\n\n2.24\n\n85\n\n1.29\n2.56\n4.4\n\n119\n172\n\n1.39\n\n51\n\n2.35\n2.16\n\n94\n78\n\n4.1\n2.57\n\n170\n120\n\n4.14\n\n180\n\n38\n\nG\n4.33\n4.32\n1.35\n\n196\n46\n\n2.11\n\n46\n210\n71\n\n4.5\n4.8\n\n175\n\n1.35\n4.44\n\ngandharva-siddha �ayo 'stuvan muhur\ngiyate paramarit pU1_tyam\ngopya/l kdmdd bhaydt kamso\ngrham dnilam ahUya\ngur.tair a/am asmikhyeyair\ngurur.taivam pratiprokto\nguru-putram uvdcedam\n\n1.5\n\n6\n\n1.31\n\n42\n\n5.8\n4.36\n\n226\n\n5.29\n5.25\n\n265\n262\n\nha�ru-pulakodbhedo\n\n3.25\n\n153\n\nhatd/l sma ndtheti karair uro bhr§am\nhato hira1_1yakaSipur\nhima-vdyv-agni-salilai/l\nhimsa tad-abhimdnena\nhirar.tyakaSipu/l putram\n\n2.31\n1.41\n\n89\n52\n\n5.44\n1.24\n\n281\n29\n\n1.42\n\n53\n\nH\n\n173\n\ndharmam artham ca kdmam ca\ndharme mayi ca vidve�/l\ndharmo hy asyopade�!avyo\n\n5.52\n4.27\n5.51\n\n288\n191\n286\n\ndhatre vijnapaydm dsur\ndhatte 'sdv dtmano lirigam\n\n3.6\n2.22\n\n133\n82\n\n201\n\n", "SB7.1#p0335": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nhira�yakaSiprl rdjan\nhira�yakaSiprl rdjann\nhira�yakaSiprl rdjann\nhira�yakaSipur bhratu/:1\nhira�yakaSipur jye�!ho\nhira�yd�o dharoddhdre\nhitvatma-pdtam grham andha-kapam\n\n2.1\n\n60\n\n3.1\n\n130\n\n4.43\n\n209\n\n2.17\n\n78\n\n1.40\n\n52\n\n1.41\n\n52\n\n5.5\n\n220\n\nI\nidam 5anram pu�asya mohajam\nijyamdno havir-bhdgan\nimam tu pasair va�ya baddh va\nindrasyarthe katham daityan\niti daitya-pater vakyam\niti naft sumahd-bhdga\niti purilsdrpitd v��u\niti su§ruma nirbandham\n\n2.42\n\n104\n\n4.15\n\n181\n\n5.50\n\n286\n\n1.1\n\n2\n\n2.61\n\n126\n\n1.3\n\n5\n\n311\nK\n\nka dtmd kaft para vdtra\nIra/am carantam srjatiSa asrayam\nkiilanabham mahdnabham\nkiildtmaiWS ca nityatvdt\nkiilenaitdvatdy�man\nkii lo mahan vyatiydya\nkalpante kiila-s�1ena\nkiimdd dve� bhayat snehdd\nkiimam nayatu mdm devaft\nkamar:u;lalu-jalenau�ad\nkardla-da�.trogra-d�!yd\nkatamo 'pi na venaft sydt\nkatham tasmin bhagavati\nkatham tv ajata-pa�ms tan\nkecit khanitrair bibhiduft\n\n5.24\n\n246\n\n3.12\n\n138\n\niti tac-cintayd kiii.cin\niti tam vividhopayair\niti te bhartr-nirde5am\niti te samyatdtmdnaft\n\n5.48\n\n284\n\n5.18\n\n240\n\niti vijMpito devair\nity uktd loka-guru�\nity uktvddi-bhavo devo\nity uktvoparatam putram\n\n3.14\n\n141\n\n4.29\n\n193\n\n3.22\n\n148\n\n5.33\n\n273\n\nkopojjvaladbhyam ca�urbhyam\nkriyeta bhagavaty addhd\nkrpa�m mdm anu5ocantyd\nk��-graha-grhltdtmd\n\n4.14\n\n180\n\nkrtva ka/odakddini\n�dra-sidhu-ghrta-�udrakrljadbhir nrlpurair devyaft\nkuldngarasya durbuddhes\n\n4.7\n\n173\n\n2.13\n\n74\n\n4.23\n\n188\n\nJ\njagur mahendrdsanam ojasd sthitani\njahdra loka-paldnam\njahdsa buddhir bdldnam\njajMte tau diteft putrau\nja!ii.-didhitibhi reje\njaya-kiile tu sattvasya\njighdrilsur akaron nand\njitam tvayaikena jagat-trayam bhruvor\njivaty andtho 'pi tad-i�ito vane\njMtam etasya daurdtmyaril\njMtayo hi suyajnasya\njnatayo menire sarvam\njyotir-ddir ivdbhdti\n\n5.6\n\n223\n\n1.40\n\n52\n\n3.3\n\n131\n\n1.8\n\n10\n\n1.42\n\n53\n\n5.49\n\n285\n\n2.40\n\n102\n\n4.26\n\n190\n\n2.59\n\n123\n\n2.58\n\n121\n\n1.9\n\n12\n\nkhe!a-kharva!a-ghosdms ca\nkidr§a!t kasya vd sdpa\nkim anyaih kiila-nirdhataift\nkim utdnuva5dn sddhrlrils\nki!a!l pe5askrta ruddhaft\n\nkuliirga-mithunaril tatra\nkulingas tdm tathdpanndm\nkrl!a-stha dtmd parame�!hy ajo mahdrils\nkvacid dhasati tac-cintdkvacid rudati vaiku�hakvacid utpulakas ��im\nkvacit tad-bhdvana-yuktas\n\n2.60\n\n123\n\n1.11\n\n17\n\n2.18\n\n79\n\n3.10\n\n135\n\n5.22\n\n245\n\n4.20\n\n185\n\n3.26\n\n154\n\n1.30\n\n41\n\n2.54\n\nll7\n\n3.22\n\n148\n\n2.3\n\n61\n\n1.32\n\n43\n\n1.20\n\n26\n\n2.55\n\nll8\n\n2.15\n\n77\n\n2.14\n\n75\n\n1.34\n\n45\n\n3.ll\n\n137\n\n4.46\n\n212\n\n1.28\n\n38\n\n2.2\n\n61\n\n5.24\n\n246\n\n2.53\n\nll7\n\n4.37\n\n202\n\n2.17\n\n78\n\n4.17\n\n182\n\n4.11\n\n176\n\n5.16\n\n238\n\n2.51\n\nll6\n\n2.52\n\nll6\n\n3.31\n\n160\n\n4.39\n\n205\n\n4.39\n\n205\n\n4.41\n\n207\n\n4.40\n\n206\n\nL\nlokii na ydvan na�yanti\nlubdhako vipine kaScit\n\n3.7\n\n134\n\n2.50\n\n115\n\n", "SB7.1#p0336": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n312\nM\nmac-chala-bhinna-gnvasya\nmad-darianam hi bhutiirulm\nmahendra-bhavanam sa�\nmahiyasdril pada-rajo- 'b�kam\n\n4.25\n2.8\n4.25\n4.8\n5.32\n\n190\n64\n190\n175\n270\n\nmanda-bhdgya� prati�nte\nmartasya te hy amartasya\nmatir na k�r;u� parata� svato tid\nmatr-�reyo va5 caidyo\nmayabhi� sannirodhaiS ca\nmuhyanti yad-vartmani veda-vadino\n\n2.55\n3.21\n5.30\n1.33\n5.43\n5.13\n\nll8\n148\n266\n44\n281\n234\n\nna bhumau rulmbare mrtyur\nna ced guru-mukhiyam te\nna dadaria praticchannam\nnadanto bhairavam ruidam\nnadali kvacid uJka(IJho\n\n3.36\n5.29\n3.15\n5.40\n4.40\n\n165\n265\n142\n278\n206\n\nna hy asy4rtha� sura-gal)ai�\nnainam propsyatha 5ocantya�\nnairrtas te sa�!d\nna�m matis tavad urukramanghrim\nnaisargikiyam matir asya rojan\n\n1.2\n2.57\n5.39\n5.32\n5.28\n\n3\n120\n278\n270\n264\n\nnaitat pU11Ja�ya5 cakrur\nnaivdsurebhyo vidve�\nnama 4dyaya bijdya\nna mat-pra�J.ilam na para-pTa{titaril\nnarulma sirasd bhiimau\n\n3.19\n1.2\n3.28\n5.28\n3.24\n\n146\n3\n156\n264\n150\n\nrulntar bahir diva naktam\nrulnusandhatta etdni\nrulnyathd 5akyate kartum\nna s4dhu manasd mene\nna s4dhu mene tac-chi�m\n\n3.36\n4.38\n2.49\n5.3\n5.53\n\n165\n204\nll4\n218\n289\n\nna Sa§dka yadd hantum\nna §rota rulnuvakldyam\nna tasya cintyaril lava ndlha c�he\nna tatha bhakti-yogena\nna tatra hdtmd prakrtav api sthitas\nna te 'dhund pidhiyante\nna te� yugapad rdjan\nna te vid� svartha-gatim hi v�(Wril\n\n5.44\n2.45\n5.49\n1.27\n2.41\n4.34\n1.7\n5.31\n\n281\n108\n285\n37\n103\n199\n9\n269\n\nrna bha�fa vibudha-sre�!l.a�\n\nN\n\nnatvd k�!Jijya munaye\nna vismarati me 'rulryam\nnindana-stava-satkaranipe� sagraMs tdni\nnirambur dharayet pniiJin\n\n1.5\n5.46\n1.23\n3.5\n3.19\n\n6\n283\n28\n133\n146\n\nnirgu1_10 'pi hy ajo 'vyaklo\nniroairdya pra54nldya\nniSamyaitat suta-vaco\nnitau punar hare� par5vam\nnitya dtmdvyaya� suddha�\n\n1.6\n4.28\n5.25\n1.47\n2.22\n\n7\n192\n262\n56\n82\n\nnodvigna-citto vyasane�u ni�prha�\nmlnam etad-virodhena\nnyasta-krit;lanako bdlo\nnyavartanta gatodvega\n\n4.33\n5.47\n4.37\n4.29\n\n198\n284\n202\n193\n\npadayo� patitari1 bdlam\npafica-�hdyarulrbhdbhd�\npiip�tham dsuriril yonim\npapraccha kathyatam vatsa\npapraccha vismita-marul\n\n5.20\n1.37\n1.38\n5.4\nl.lS\n\n243\n49\nso\n219\n22\n\npara� sva§ cety asad-groha�\nparasya dama-kartur hi\npare brah�y anirde§ye\npa�vajya ciram dorbhyam\nparito bhrgu-da�yair\n\nS.ll\n1.25\n5.41\n5.20\n3.14\n\n228\n30\n279\n243\n141\n\npara py apatyam hita-krd\npiiT$ada-parvarau v�1_10r\npii1\"$(1i-grdhel)a hari�Jij\nparyupdsata nijendra\npa§yatam saroa-lokarulm\n\n5.37\n1.33\n2.6\n5.57\n1.20\n\n276\n44\n63\n293\n26\n\npii!hay4m dsatu� pii!hydn\npathi cyutam ��hati �fa-�itam\npaurohityaya bhagavan\npaya�-phena-nibhd� 5ayya\npipilikabhir dciTI)aril\n\n5.2\n2.40\n5.1\n4.10\n3.15\n\n217\n102\n216\n176\n\npitara� putra-vatsa/4�\npitrvya-hantu� padau yo\npitu� pulniya yad dve�\nprddahali 5ara!Jijny eke\npnidat tat-tapasa prilo\npradhdna-parayo Tlijann\n\n4.45\n5.35\n4.46\n2.15\n4.1\n1.23\n\n2ll\n274\n212\n77\n170\n28\n\np\n\n'\n\n142\n\n", "SB7.1#p0337": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\n\nprahradam grahayam asa\nprahnidanUc:yalaril tdta\nprahradaya yada druhyed\nprahnidayocatu rajan\nprahrado 'bhU!t mahdrils te¢m\npraki�-ke5am dhvasta�\npral)endriya-mano-buddh i\npra.Sasya sla�naya vaca\npratimiinam prakurvanti\npraycise 'pahate tasmin\npritya mahd-kratau rajan\nproktau punar janmabhir vam\npiljito 'sura-varye�J.Q\npura-grama-vrajodyanaputra-5okam �� tyaktvci\n\n313\n\n5.18\n\n240\n\nsamsayaft sumahdii jcitas\n\n1.3\n\n5\n\n5.22\n\n245\n\nsamyag vidhdryatam balo\n\n5.7\n\n224\n\n4.28\n\n192\n\n48\n\n288\n\n5.1\n\n216\n\n4.30\n\n195\n\nsanandaruidayo jagmu5\n��markau sutau tasya\n5a�markav au5anasau\nsa niri�yambare devam\n\n1.36\n\n5.52\n\n5.48\n\n284\n\n3.24\n\nISO\n\nsanruidayanti kakubhaft\nsanti hy asadhavo loke\nsapatnair ghdtitaft �udrair\nsapatnair nihato yuddhe\nsapator asakrd v41J.um\n\n4.24\n\n189\n\n5.27\n\n263\n\n2.30\n\n89\n\n3.28\n\n156\n\n5.8\n\n226\n\n4.35\n\n200\n\n5.42\n\n280\n\nl.l3\n\n21\n\n1.39\n\n51\n\n4.3\n\n171\n\n2.14\n\n75\n\n2.61\n\n126\n\n2.6\n\n63\n\n2.28\n\n89\n\nl.l9\n\n25\n\n5ara-nirbhinna-hrdayam\nsarvair uptiyair hantavyaft\nsarva-sattva-patiii jitva\nsarvcivayava-sampanno\nsaroe¢m loka-palanam\n\n2.29\n\n89\n\n5.38\n\n277\n\n4.7\n\n173\n\n3.23\n\n149\n\n3.38\n\n166\n\nsasajjata sicas tantryam\nSalabaho hayagriva\nsa tat kicaka-valmikat\nsa tepe mandara-drol).yam\nsattvam rajas tama iti\n\n2.52\n\n116\n\nsattvam vicilrasu rirarilsur iSvaraft\nsauhrdaril dustyajam pilror\nsa uttama-sloka-padaravindayor\nsa vijitya diSaft sarvci\nsa yadanuvrataft purilsdm\n\nl.lO\n\n16\n\n5.36\n\n275\n\n4.42\n\n208\n\n4.5\n\n173\n\n5.12\n\n231\n\n4.6\n\n173\n\nR\nrajaft-k!UJ.!ha-mukhdmbhojaril\nrajaft-sattva-tamo-dhdmne\nrajas-tamobhyam rahite\nrajiias tad vaca akaTI).ya\nrama-viryam §roryasi tvaril\nratnakartiS ca ratnaughdrils\nratna-sthal�u pa§yanti\nrdva�J.Qft kumbhakaTI).a§ ca\nreme 'bhivandydr'rgh ri yugaft surddibhift\nripor abhimukhe sliighyaft\nrudatya uccair dayital'rghri-pankajam\n\n2.30\n\n89\n\n3.27\n\n154\n\n1.38\n\n50\n\n1.22\n\n27\n\n1.45\n\n55\n\n4.17\n\n182\n\n4.11\n\n176\n\n1.44\n\n54\n\n4.12\n\n176\n\n2.20\n\n80\n\n2.32\n\n91\n\ns\nsadhu p�!aril maharaja\nsa e� dtmii sva-parety abuddhibhir\nsa eva tam sakunikaft sarel).a\nsa eva vaTI).d§ramibhift\n\n1.4\n\n5aila drol).ibhir akru;lam\nsa ittham nirjita-kakub\n5akunim5ambaram dh��im\nsamaft priyaft suhrd brahman\nsambandhad v�l).ayaft snehad\nsambhava§ ca vinasa§ ca\nsampraty ama�i govinde\nsamrambha-bhaya-yogena\n\n6\n\n5.13\n\n234\n\n2.56\n\n119\n\n4.15\n\n181\n\n4.18\n\n183\n\n4.19\n\n184\n\n2.18\n\n79\n\nl.l\n\n2\n\n1.31\n\n42\n\n2.26\n\n87\n\nl.l8\n\n24\n\n1.28\n\n38\n\nsiddha-cara�J.Q-vidyadhran\nsla��J.Qya de5a-kala-jiia\nsnehad akalpaft krpa�J.Qft\nsnehdt kamena va yuiijyat\nsraval).aril kirtanam v41J.O!t\nSr!J.utdnantaram saroe\nsmva cardcaram idam\nsrutva putra-giro daityaft\nsroyatdril kim na viditas\nsudayadhvam tapo-yajiiasuhrl-lil'rga-dharaft satrur\nslllam udyamya sadasi\nsuyajiio nanv ayam §ete\nsva-miiya-gu�J.Qm aviSya\nsva-parabhinive§ena\n§vitro na jato jihvayam\n\n2.4\n\n62\n\n3.23\n\n149\n\n3.2\n\n131\n\n1.7\n\n9\n\n2.19\n\n79\n\n2.52\n\n116\n\n1.26\n\n33\n\n5.23\n\n246\n\n2.5\n\n62\n\n3.9\n\n135\n\n5.6\n\n223\n\n3.8\n\n135\n\n2.10\n\n67\n\n5.38\n\n277\n\n2.3\n\n61\n\n2.44\n\n107\n\n1.6\n\n7\n\n2.60\n\n123\n\nl.l9\n\n25\n\n", "SB7.1#p0338": "SrUnad-Bhagavabun\n\n314\n\ntalo jagdmo. bhagavdn\ntalo viparyaya!J kle5o\n\nT\ntad aham vardhamdnena\ntais tair drohair asad-dharmair\ntam anga mattam madhunoru-gandhinii\ntamaso yo�-rak$4rilsi\n\n3.10\n5.45\n4.13\n1.8\n\n135\n282\n178\n10\n\ntam sannibhartsya kupitafJ\ntam sarva-bhUldtma-bhiilam\ntam tam janapadam yata\ntdn aha karur:w mo.itro\n\n5.15\n1.43\n2.12\n5.57\n\n237\n53\n73\n293\n\ntan-mdtaram ru¥ibhdnum\ntanvan pardm nirvrtim dtmo.no muhur\ntapantam tapasd lokdn\ntapo-�!hena bhavatd\n\n2.19\n4.42\n3.16\n3.20\n\n208\n142\n147\n\ntapo-yoga-prabhdva�m\ntasmdd vairanubandhena\ntasmdt kendpy upayena\ntasmirils tapas tapyamdne\n\n3.38\n1.26\n1.32\n3.3\n\n166\n33\n43\n131\n\ntasmin kii.!e 'hite �!e\ntasmin mo.hd-bhagavate\ntasmin mo.hendra-bhavane mo.hd-balo\ntasyabald!J krf4anam ahur i.Situ5\n\n2.9\n4.43\n4.12\n2.39\n\n67\n209\n176\n100\n\ntasya copa§amo.m bhii.mo.n\ntasya daitya-pate!J putrdS\ntasyai namo 'stu �!hdyai\ntasya mii.rdhna!J samudbhiila!J\n\n3.7\n4.30\n4.22\n3.4\n\n134\n195\n188\n132\n\ntasya santim ka�yami\ntasya tyakta-svabhdvasya\ntasyayam kila satikalpa§\ntasyogra-dal)l;ia-samvignd!l\ntala enam gurur jiiiitvd\n\n4.26\n2.7\n3.8\n4.21\n5.19\n\n190\n64\n135\n186\n242\n\n/alas Ia as�!J sarvd\n/alas tau rd�au jatau\n\ntathd kdmo.-dughd gavo\ntathd me bhidyate cetaS\n\n3.21\n1.44\n4.2\n4.16\n5.14\n\n148\n54\n170\n181\n235\n\ntathd na yasya kaivalydd\ntathdpi vitardmy atiga\ntathd prajdndm kadanam\ntatheti guru-putroktam\n\n1.25\n4.2\n2.13\n5.51\n\n30\n170\n74\n286\n\ntdleme durlobhd!J purilsdril\n\n79\n\n4.3\n\n171\n\ntat-pratyanikdn asurdn sura-priyo\ntalra ha preta-bandhiindm\ntatrdnuyanam tava vira padayo!J\n\n2.47\n1.12\n2.36\n2.34\n\nIll\n19\n95\n93\n\ntatrdpi raghavo bhiilvd\nlalrdsinaril sura-r;>im\ntal sddhu mo.nye 'sura-varya dehindm\ntau rajiiii prapitam bdlam\ntavad ydta bhuvam yuyam\n\n1.45\n1.15\n5.5\n5.2\n2.10\n\n55\n22\n220\n217\n67\n\ntavdsanaril dvija-gavdm\ntdv atra �triyau jdtau\ntayo!J kulitigi sahasa\ntena taptd divam tyaktva\nte�m avirabhii.d vd�i\n\n3.13\n1.46\n2.51\n3.6\n4.24\n\n139\n56\n116\n133\n189\n\nte�m udety agham kale\nte tu tad-gauravdt sarve\ntigma�!ra-kardldsyds\ntiryag ii.rdhavam adho lokdn\n\n5.27\n5.56\n5.39\n3.4\n\n263\n292\n278\n132\n\ntrailokya-la�my-ayatanam\n�!all prdha tam ab�ya\ntvam eka dtmdtmo.vatdm anddir\ntvam eva kdlo 'nim�o jandniim\n\n4.8\n1.22\n3.30\n3.31\n\n175\n27\n158\n160\n\ntvam iS� jagatas tast� ca\ntvam sapta-tantii.n vita110$i tanvd\ntvatta!J param ndparam apy anejad\ntvaya krtajnena vayam mo.hi-pate\n\n3.29\n3.30\n3.32\n2.34\n\n157\n158\n161\n93\n\nupalabhante sik$artham\nupasatopdyana-pa(libhir vind\nupatasthur hr;>ike5am\nii.rdhva-bdhur nabho�#!J\n\n4.45\n4.13\n4.23\n3.2\n\n211\n178\n188\n131\n\nu$inard� asi vrttida!J purd\nu5inarendram vidhind tathd krtam\nu5inare� abhii.d rdjd\nutthdya praiijalifJ prahva\n\n2.33\n2.31\n2.28\n3.25\n\n92\n89\n89\n153\n\nutthitas tapta-hemdbho\nut�!�!ha bhadram te\nuvdca vidvdms tan-�!hdm\n\n3.23\n3.17\n5.55\n\n149\n144\n291\n\nu\n\n", "SB7.1#p0339": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nv\nvadhyatdm asv ayam vadhyo\nvairanubandha-tivn?(Ul\nvaire(Ul prlta-pdpmdnas\nva�amyam iha bhiiliindm\nvarado 'ham anupropto\nvartamdno 'vidare vai\nvasudeve bhagavati\nvasudeW bhagavati\nvas'fuieve pare tattve\nvatsa prahrdda bhadram te\nvayasyair bdlakais tatra\nvidanty dtmdnam dtma-stham\nvidhatsvanantaram yuktam\nvidve$o dayite putre\nvidya� kalds te tanava5 ca sarvd\nvidyartha-rilpa-jan.mdt/.hyo\nvilak$ya vismita� praha\nvimohita-dhiyam d�tas\nvipracitte mama vaca[l\nviSir(Ul-ratna-kavacam\nv�(Wr vd sddhv asau kim nu\nv��u-pa�i� praticchannair\n��r dvija-kriya-muw\nvisrasta-kesabhara�� sucam nf(ldrh\nvi.tapd iva 5U$yanti\nvitathdbhinive5o yam\nvitatya jdlam vidadhe\nryaktam vibho sthalam idam 5ariram\nryasubhir vasumadbhir vd\nryavasayena te 'nena\n\n5.34\n\n'\n274\n\n1.47\n\n56\n\n1.29\n\n38\n\n1.24\n\n29\n\n3.17\n\n144\n\n5.46\n\n283\n\n1.14\n\n22\n\n4.36\n\n201\n\n1.16\n\n23\n\n5.9\n\n227\n\n5.54\n\n290\n\n1.9\n\n12\n\n3.12\n\n138\n\n1.48\n\n57\n\n3.32\n\n161\n\n4.32\n\n196\n\n3.16\n\n142\n\n5.11\n\n228\n\n2.S\n\n62\n\n2.29\n\n89\n\nS.36\n\n275\n\nS.7\n\n224\n\n2.11\n\n7l\n\n2.32\n\n91\n\n2.9\n\n67\n\n2.48\n\n112\n\n2.SO\n\nllS\n\n3.33\n\n162\n\n3.37\n\n166\n\n3.20\n\n147\n\nS.S4\n\n290\n\n4.27\n\n191\n\ny\nyaddcarya� paravrtto\nyadd deve$U vede$U\n\nyadd sis�u� pura dtmana� paro\nyad iitmajdya suddhdya\nyad bhdgavata-mahdtmyam\nyad gatvd na nivartante\nyadi diisyasy abhimatan\nya e� rojann api kala iSitd\nya� srotd yo 'nuvakteha\nya icchaye5a[l srjatidam aryayo\nya�-�[1-pi.Sdcesan\nyama etad upakhyaya\nyamasya preta-bandhUntim\nyam sddhu-gathd-sadasi\nyan-mu.lonmula-para5or\nyan-nibaddho 'bhimdno yam\nyasmin mahad-� rojan\nyas tv ihendriyavdn dtmd\nyathd bhromyaty ayo brahman\nyathd manoratha� svapna�\nyathdmbhasa pracalata\nyathd nabha� sarva-gatam na sajjate\nyathdna/Q dd� bhinna �ate\nyathd tri-vargam gurubhir\nyathaudakaifl pdrthiva-taijasair jana�\nyathd vairdnubandhena\nyathopa�m bhurijano\nydti tat-sdmyatdrh bhadre\nyatra citra-vitdndni\nyatragatas tatra gatam manU$yam\nyatra sphd,tika-kzu!,yani\nyatra vidruma-sopdnd\nyatra yatra dvijd gavo\nyat tatra gurul)li proktam\nyaval liriganvito hy titmd\nyuktdtmany aphala dsann\n\n315\n1.10\n\n16\n\n4.44\n\n210\n\n1.4\n\n6\n\n4.22\n\n188\n\n3.35\n\n164\n\n1.12\n\n19\n\n2.44\n\n107\n\n2.39\n\n100\n\n4.6\n\n173\n\n2.59\n\n123\n\n2.27\n\n88\n\n4.35\n\n200\n\n5.17\n\n239\n\n1.25\n\n30\n\n4.34\n\n199\n\n2.45\n\n108\n\n5.14\n\n235\n\n2.48\n\n112\n\n2.23\n\n84\n\n2.43\n\nlOS\n\n2.43\n\nlOS\n\nS.S3\n\n289\n\n2.42\n\n104\n\n1.27\n\n37\n\n4.19\n\n184\n\n2.24\n\n85\n\n4.10\n\n176\n\n2.37\n\n96\n\n4.9\n\n176\n\n4.9\n\n176\n\n2.12\n\n73\n\n5.3\n\n218\n\n2.47\n\nlll\n\nS.4l\n\n279\n\n", "SB7.1#p0340": "General Index\nNumerals in boldface type indicate references to translations of the verses of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam.\n\nA\n\nAdityas as demigods, one of three kinds, 179\n\nAdi-vardha Purd� cited on Deity worship,\n\n259\n\nAbhyutthiinam adharmasya\nverse quoted, 18\n\nAdvaita, defined, 161\n\nAbsolute Truth\n\nAdvaitam acyutam anddim ananta-rilpam\n\nas acintya-bhediibheda-tattva, 162\n\nquoted, 161\n\nAgastya-samhitd, cited on worship, 261\n\ndevotee's determination to understand,\n\n197-198\n\nAge of Kali. See: Kali-yuga\nAgni, fire controlled by, 184\n\nfeatures of, three listed, 163\n\nAcintya-bhediibheda-tattva, 106, 161,\nActivities\n\nAgn�!Oma, 159\n\n162\n\nAhaituky apratihatd\nquoted, 209\n\nas gauge of character, 13-15\nof Lord independent, 101-102\n\nAham bija-prada� pita\n\nquoted, 165\nAham brahmasmi, 126\n\nsastra controls, 186\n\nSupersoul governs, 1�109\n\nAham hi sarva-yajnandm\nverse quoted, 151\n\nuncommon, Lord glorified by, 271\n\nwitnessed by Lord, 107\n\nAham mamabhimanddi\nverse quoted, 122\n\nActivities, fruitive\n\nAhankara-vimU4hiitmd\n\nbondage by reactions of, 111-112\n\nActivities, material, devotee loses interest in,\n\nverse quoted, 81\nAhany ahani bhutdni\n\nActivities, sinful\n\nAho baki yam stana-kala-kuJa,m\n\noffense to devotee as worst, 193\nActivities of devotional service, nine listed,\n\nAir\n\nAcyutiitmd, 58\n\nAir in mouth, living entity in body compared\n\nquoted, 268\nAdarsaruld ihiiyata�\n\nAjata-satrava� santa�\n\nPrahlada not interested in, 199\n\nverse quoted, 121\n\n204\n\nquoted, 20\n\nof demons, 73-74\n\norigin of, 98\n\nVayu controls, 184\n\n191\n\nto, 106\n\nAdiinta-gobhir viSatdm tamisram\n\nquoted, 193\n\nquoted, 98\n\nAdhikara-sthitdm muktim\n\nAjigarta, 284\nAkama� sarva-kamo vd\n\nAdhikara-sthitdS caiva\n\nAkruras tv abhivandane kapi-patir diisye 'tha\n\nverse quoted, 153\n\nverse quoted, 50\n\nverse quoted, 50\nAdhvaryu, 159\n\nsakhye 'rjuna�\n\nverse quoted, 256\n\n317\n\n", "SB7.1#p0341": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n318\n\nAmanina manadena\n\nAppearance of �Qa\n\nAmarka\nHiraJ;�yakasipu instructed by, 285-287\nPrahlada instructed by, 288-289, 294\n\nAprakiiSo 'pravrttiS ca\n\nverse quoted, 252\n\nAmbari�a Maharaja, atma-nivedanam exemplified by, 262\n\nAmputation, rejection of bad son compared to,\n276-277\n\nAnanda-cinmaya-rasa, 32\n\nAnger\n\ndevotees free of, 39-40\n\nof HiraJ;�yakasipu, 60-62, 80, 262, 270,\n273-274\nAnimals\n\nsacrifice of, 69-70\n\nslaughter of, demoniac, 73\n\nYamaraja undisturbed by, 119\n\nSee also: names of individual animals\nAnimals, foolish compared to, 86, 95 107108\nAnnihilation of the universe, Lord's omnipotence proven by, 101-102\n\nAntavanta ime deha.IJ\n\npurposes of, 40\n\nas transcendental, 40, 46-47\n\nverse quoted, 11-12\n\nArcanii See: Deity worship of the Lord\n\nArjuna, 93\nchastised by �Qa, 124-125\n�Qa understood by, 15\n\nAropita defined, 8\nArta, 127\n\nArtha. See: Economic development\nArtharthi, 127\n\nAryan as spiritually advanced, 125\n\nAsarigo yam pur�/J\nquoted, 143\n\nAsat defined, 222\nAruhya krcchre� param padam tatab\nverse quoted, 47\n\nAsuras. See: Demons, all entries\nAsurim yonim apanna\nverse quoted, 35\n\nAsvatantraiva prakrti/J\n\nverse quoted, 122-123\n\nquoted, 98, 122\n\nAta iitma vivrddhis tu\n\nquoted, 113\n\nAtab pumbhir dvija-sre�!hii\n\nAntavat tu phalam te�m\nAnukulyasya grahaT}mh priitikulyasya varjanam\nquoted, 34\n\nAnukulyena kmwnu\nquoted, 33, 238\n\nverse quoted, 249\n\nAnyabhila$ita-sunyam\nquoted, 144, 237\n\nverse quoted, 249\n\nApama-somam amrta abhuma apsarobhir\nvihariima\nquoted, 113\n\nAparam, 162\nApa§yatam iitma-tattvam\nquoted, 222\n\nverse quoted, 115\n\nApi cet suduriiciiro\n\nverse quoted, 40\n\nAppearance of �Qa\n\nBhagavad-gitii quoted on, 8, 18, 46\n\nverse quoted, 125\n\nverse quoted, 82\n\nAtheists\n\ndoomed, 36\nlamentation by, condemned, 9899\npriest of, 217\n\nsalvation escapes, 44\n\nsenses control, 185\nsurrender to �Qa shunned by,\n224\n\nSee also: Mayavadis, Lord's form ignored\nby, Pur� rejected by\n\nAtmiidefined, 136\n\nAtma-nivedanam (surrendering everything)\nas devotional process, 24 7\n\nexamples of, 262\nfully explained, 261-262\n\nAtmariima, Supreme Lord as, 4-5\nAto daihika-vrddhau vii\nverse quoted, 125\n\n", "SB7.1#p0342": "General Index\n\n319\n\nBhagavad-gitii, quotations from\n\nAusterity\n\nbenefit of, 137\n\ndemoniac and devotional, 144\nby demons, 130-131\n\nof Hira1_1yakasipu, 131-138, 142-143,\n144,146-147,148,150\n\nHira1_1yakasipu loses results of, 193\n\nAuthority, Lord known through, 211\nAvajananti mam mii4hii\nquoted, 8,65\n\nverse quoted, 36\n\nAvidhi-pilroakam, 152\n\nAvirhotra Muni, cited on Deity worship, 260\nAvyaktddini bhatani\nverse quoted, 97\n\non demigod worship as meant for �1_1a,\n151\non demigods worshiped by men of small in­\n\ntelligence, 113\non demons' defeat, 32,34-36\n\non destinations of different worshipers,\n110-111\non devotees enlightened by Lord, 220,\n233-234\non devotional service as means to understand �1_1a, 191,211,267\n\non devotional service of great souls, 268,\n272\non devotional service open to all, 248\n\nAvyakta-nidhanany eva\nverse quoted\nAyodhya as holy dhiima, 189\n\nB\n&havo jiiiina-tapasa\nverse quoted, 39\n&hunamjanmanam ante\nquoted, 100\n\nverse quoted, 202\nBali Maharaja, 290\n\ndtma-nivedanam exemplified by, 262\n\nBhagavad-bhakti defined, 242\nBhagavad-gita\n\ncited on energies emanating from �1_1a,\n106\ncited on pious men, four kinds of, 127\ncited on wise man, 219\n\non devotional service spoiled by sense enjoyment, 267-268\n\non devotional service's purifying power,\n40\non disregarding scripture, 186\n\non duty, understanding, 186\n\non fools' deriding �1_1a, 8,36,65\n\non happiness, transcendental, 113\non �1_1a, absorption in, 39\n\non �1.1a's appearance and activities,\n\n46\non �1_1a's splendor in creation, 13,141\n\non �1.1a's supremacy, 19,25-26,158\non Lord as director, supreme, 29\n\non Lord as proprietor and well-wisher, 140,\n232\non Lord in everyone's heart, 15,29, 32,\n100,109,159,233\non Lord's appearance, 18\n\ncited on yajna, importance of, 78\nLord's directions given in, 104\n\non Lord's equal disposition, 2,20,64\non material birth of living entity, 83\n\nmisunderstood because of influence of\n\non material body as perishable, 98, 122\non mind's position at death, 112\n\nmisunderstood by modern man, 44\n\non nature controlling activities, 81\n\nmisinterpreted by politician, etc., 267\nmodes, 15\n\nmisunderstood by sense enjoyers, 268\npreached all over the world, 292\n\non modes of nature, 11-12\n\non nature under �1_1a, 17\non offerings to �1_1a, 4, 66, 76\n\non brahmar:ws, qualities of, 197\n\non purification, 236-237\non sacrifice to demigods, 69\n\non Brahma's day, 136\non created beings manifested temporarily,\n\non society, divisions of, 68\n\nBhagavad-gitii, quotations from\n\n97\n\non sage's vision, 229\n\non soul as separate from body, 108\n\n", "SB7.1#p0343": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n320\n\nBhagavad-gitii, quotations from (continued)\n\nBhii.tyai defined, 141\n\non surrender by one in knowledge, 202\n\nBirds, kulinga, example of, 115-120\n\non surrender to �J;la absent in demons,\n\nBirds in tree, Paramatma and jivatma com-\n\n119,224\non Supersoul, 32\non surrender to �J;la, 5,288\non understanding given to devotees,\n\npared to, 112\nBlasphemy\n\n13\n\nBhiigavata-sandarbha quoted on Lord's transcendence, 10-11\n\nBhajanty ananya-manaso\nverse quoted, 268,272\nBhaktas, See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord,\n\nall entries\nBhakta-vatsala, 66\nBhakti defined, 249\nBhakti. See: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord\n\nBhakti/:t paresanubhavo, 247\nBhaktim param bhagavati pratilabhya kiimam\nverse quoted, 41\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura, cited on\ndevotional service, nine processes of,\n248\nBhaktivinoda Thakura, cited on materialistic\neducation, 273\n\nBhakti-viveka, cited on surrender to �J;la,\n261-262\n\nBhaktya mam abhijanati\nquoted, 191,211,267\n\nBhava defined, 43\nBhava examples of, 206\nBhogaiSvarya-prasaktanam\nverse quoted, 267-268\n\nBhoktiiram yajna-tapasam\nquoted, 140\nverse quoted, 187\n\nBhramayan sarva-bhii.tani\nverse quoted, 29, 84\nBbrgu\n\ncondemned, 32-36\nby Dantavakra, 25, 34\nthe Lord unaffected by, 29, 31, 32-33\npenalty for, 26, 32-36\nred�mption from, 34\nby Sisupala, 25, 34\nby Vena Maharaja, 24\nBlind leading blind, materialists compared to,\n269-270\nBoar, Lord, HiraJ;lyakasipu's brother killed by,\n166\nBodily conception of life\nconditioned souls suffer, 29, 30-31\ndoom in, 222-223\nSupreme Lord free from, 31-32\n\nSee also: Materialism\nBody, material\ncompared to machine, 84\nduring samadhi (trance), 146\nearth, water, fire, 105\n\nas\n\ngiving up by prowess, 110-111\nkarma causes, 104\nthe Lord awards, 100\nthe Lord controls, 16-17, 29\nthe Lord doesn't have, 31\nas machine, 29\nas\n\nmiserable, 271\n\nmistaken as self, 87-88\nsoul differs from, 83, 108, 143\nSupersoul differs from, 108-109\ntemporary, 122-123\nBody, spiritual, from thinking of �J;la, 39\nBrahma, Lord\nas\n\nadministrator of universe, 140\n\nbenedictions from, counteracted, 193\n\nHir3l;lyakasipu's austerities attracted, 142\n\nbirth of, 165\n\nVena feared, 178\n\nas\n\nBha.tani yanti bhutejya\nverse quoted, 110\nBhutas, Hir3l;lyakasipu conquers, 174\nBhu.tasantapana, 80\n\ncreator, empowered, 149, 155-157\n\nday and night of, 155\ndestiny at end of life of, 148\nfirst and foremost in universe, 149,\n156-157\n\n", "SB7.1#p0344": "General Index\nBrahmii, Lord\nHiraiJyakasipu a \"devotee \" of,145,151,\n154-156,165-167\n\n321\n\nBrahmar:r-ya/:1 sila-sampanna/:1\nquoted, 199\nBrahma-sarilhitii, quotations from\n\nHira�yakasipu benedicted by,170-172\n\non �Q.a seen by devotee, 203\n\nHiraQ.yakasipu's body restored by,\n\non �Q.a's transcendental nature, 19\n\n149-150\nHiral).yaka8ipu's death foretold by, 1<W\nHiraiJyakasipu served by all except, 178,\n179\n�Q.a saved, from demons,140\nqualifications for,136,167\nquoted on Hira�yakasipu, 145-1<W\nas \"supreme,\" 155-156, 157,158-165\nunder �Q.a,155-158\nuniverse engineered by,155-156\n\non Lord as one in many, 161\nBrahma satyaril jagan mithyii\nquoted, 19\nBrahma-tarka, quoted on demigod worship vs.\nVi�Q.u worship, 153\nBrahma-vaivarta PuriilJ,a\ncited on Deity worship within mind, 260\nquoted on duty of understanding soul,\n125\nBrahmins. See: Briihmar_ws\n\nwaterpot of,149\n\nc\n\nBrahma-bhilta/:1 prasanniitmi\nquoted, 241\nBrahmaciirya, society required,222-223\nBrahmajyoti. See: Brahman effulgence\nBrahman (impersonal Absolute)\nas all-pervasive,163\n\nCaitanya-caritiimrta, cited on Brabmii subordinate to ��a,157\nCaitanya-caritiimrta, quotations from\non desires, spiritual vs. material,43\n\n�Q.a causes, 26\n\non devotee's humility, 37\n\nrealization of, 207\n\non devotee's vision, 203\n\nBrahman,Supreme, �Q.a as,25-26\nBriihmar_ws (intellectuals)\nbogus,237-238,239\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\naciniya-bhediibheda-tattva taught by,106\ncited on humility and tolerance,277\n\nbona fide,217,237-239\n\ncited on offense to devotee, 193\n\nduties of, 68-69\n\nsarikirtana-yajna taught by, 70\n\nenvier of, is vanquished, 192\n\nCaitanya Mabaprabhu, quotations from\n\nkiller of,reaction for, 264\n\non chanting Lord's holy names, 72,\n\nKurniiras as,185\nqualities of, in Prahlada, 199\n\n251-252\non duty, 229, 233,288\n\nscarcity of,in Kali-yuga, 72\n\non ecstatic symptoms, 208\n\nsociety must protect,140-141\n\non hearing and chanting, 7\n\nVai��avas,197\n\non separation of devotee from �Q.a, 206\n\nas Vedic ritual performers,159\nBrahmiilJ4a defined,162\nBrahmiilJ4a PuriilJ,a\ncited on Deity worship, 259\nquoted on Hari as ultimate cause,72-73\nBrahman effulgence (brahmajyoti)\nimpersonalists fall from, 47-48\nSee also: Mayiiviidis, siiyujya-mukti\nattained by\nBrahmary.o hi prat�!hiiham, quoted,47\n\n�akya Pal).Qita\ncited on undercover preaching, 226\nquoted on association of devotees, 277\nCiira�as,17 4\nCatur-mukha, 157\nCatur-varr:r-yam maya smam\nquoted, 68\nCause, ultimate,as personal,156,158\nCeto-darpar:r-a-miirjanam\nquoted,250\n\n", "SB7.1#p0345": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n322\n\nChanting the Lord's holy names\nas absolute, 225, 250\nCaitanya Mahaprahhu recommends, 7, 72\nas devotee's occupation, 7\nfully explained, 247,251-254\nin humility advised, 252\n\ninitiation essential for, 257\nJaya and Vijaya purified by, 34\nfor Kali-yuga, 252-253\n\noffenses in, 253-254\n\nDadami buddhi-yogaril tam\nverse quoted, 13, 233\nDaityas, 52, 63\n\nHiraJ;Jyakasipu as King of, 285\nHiraJ;Jyakasipu as one of, 143-144, 154\nphilosophize over death, 127\n\nDaivl hy e�a gur:uzmayi\nquoted, 9\n\nqualifications, material, unnecessary for,\n\nDamagho�a, 25\n\nand seeing Lord as nondifferent, 191\n\nDantavakra\n\n252\n\nChewing the chewed, material life compared\nto, 267\n\nChild, Prahlada compared to, 205, 206\nChildren\ninnocence of, 293-294\n\nkilling of, in womb, 119\nLord's activities compared to those of,\n65-66\nphilosophy from, appreciated,96\n\nprotection of, by Lord alone, 103, 118-119\n\nChild unaware of source of bodily necessities,\ndevotee compared to, 280\n\nChrist, Lord, \"resurrection\" of, 146\n\nCIA, devotees said to work for, 239\n\nCitraketu Maharaja's liberation as example of\nthe Lord's mercy, 32\n\nCompassion, preaching as, 292\n\n,\n\n�a, quoted on Siva, 254\nDak� visits HiraJ;JyakaSipu, 142\nDanavas, 52,63\nthe Lord liberates, 26\nnot ordinary demon, 45\n\nDiisyam, 24 7\n\nDasyu-praye�u rajasu\n\nquoted, 72\nDeath\n\nbodies change at,96\n\ncause of, 88\n\ncertain for everyone, 97\ndemigods don't experience, like humans,\n\n148\n\nof demons generally means their liberation,\n64\nfuneral after, 94-95\n\nof hero as glorious, 80\n\nhumans subject to, 148\n\nmind's position at, 112\n\nCosmic manifestation. See: Brahma engineers;\n\npreparation for, neglected, 121\n\nDuration of; Universe, as Lord's body.\nCow protection, society must provide, 73\n\nsoul has none, 83\n\nsoul realized at, 108\n\nCreation, the\n\nof wife with husband, 93-94\n\n140-141\n\nof Suyajiia, 89\n\nby Brahma through i(r�J;Ja, 149, 156\n\nDehadi-vyatiriktau tu\n\nas Lord's pastime, 18-19\nas Lord's plaything, 101\n\nDehendriyasu-yukta.S ca\n\nelements manifested during, 98\n\npurpose of, not known by materialists, 70\n\nCreator, subordinate, Brahma as, 136, 149,\n\n156\n\nverse quoted, 50\n\nDehino 'smin yatha dehe\nquoted, 108, 109\n\nDeity worship of the Lord (arcana)\n\nD\nDadami buddhi-yogam tam\nquoted, 14, 112\n\nverse quoted, 125\n\nfully explained, 247,255-260\n\nhouseholders require, 256-257\noffenses in, 257-259\n\nspiritual master· essential for, 255\n\n", "SB7.1#p0346": "General Index\nDemigods\nas deathless,148\n\nDemons\n�J.la consciousness movement opposed\nby, 225-226\n\ndemons and Rak�as worship, 145\nearth visited by, 78\nenvier of, is vanquished,192\nHirai;�yakasipu chastised,178\nHirai;�yakasipu disturbed, 132, 134, 138,\n140\nas Hiral)yalq;a's enemies, 63-64\nkinds of, several named, 179\n\n323\n\n�J.la punishes, 2, 32, 34-36\nLord can't be hurt by, 280\nLord envied by, 173\nthe Lord's mercy on, 5, 20-21, 23, 24, 25,\n29,32,33, 34\nthe Lord thought mortal by, 65-66\nmaterial world as 99%, 239\n\nthe Lord as life and soul of,67\nthe Lord as shelter of, 71\nLord satisfied by, 82\n\nin mode of ignorance, 20\nin mode of passion, 10, 12\n\nthe Lord's favoring, 4\nas Lord's representatives, 152\nLord worshiped by, 194\n\npride of, 186\n\nPrahlada's family as, 299\nayujya mu kti attained by, 64, 65,66\n\ns\n\n-\n\nsociety destroyed by, 140-141\n\nin mode of goodness, 10, 12, 20\n\nsurrender to �J.la shunned by, 224\n\nmodes of nature controlled by, 184\n\nsymptoms of,13-15\n\nopulence of, described, 175-178\n\nworship in ignorance, 152\nSee also: Atheists\n\nqualities of, manifested in faithful, 272\nsacrifices offered to, 69-70\n\nDesires, material\n\nsymptoms of, 13-15\n\ndevotees above, 144\n\nworship of, as fruitless, 188\n\nof Hiral)yakasipu, 130, 136-138,\n\nworship of,condemned, 113-144,\n151-153\nSee also: names of individual demigods\nDemigods, quotations from\non brahminical culture and cow protection,\n140\non Hirai;�yaka8ipu,134-135, 138, 140\nDemons\nanimals and trees killed by, 73-74\n\n139-142\nLord fulfills,195\nvs. spiritual,43\nworship of the Lord for, preferred to\ndemigod worship, 153\nDetachment. See: Renunciation\nDetermination of Prahlada, 199\nDevaki, contrasted to Yasoda, 43\nDevotees of the Supreme Lord\n\nausterity by, 130-131, 144\n\nanger and fear absent in, 39-40\n\ndeath certain for,148\n\nassociation with nondevotees rejected by,\n\ndemigods differ from, 67\nas demigod worshipers, 145\n\ncontamination absent in, 209\n\nvs. devotees, 224, 225, 226\n\nvs. demons and nondevotees, 152, 224,\n\ndevotees sometimes controlled by, 180\n\n277\n\n225, 226, 278\n\ndevotional service destroys civilization of,\n\ndemons sometimes control, 180\n\n240\ndevotional service not appreciated by, 263\n\ndetermination needed by, 239\n\nduality besets, 234-235\n\nin disguise, 225-226\n\nenviousness of, 61,75\n\nenvier of, is vanquished, 192\n\nheavenly planets disturbed by, 178\n\nenvy absent in, 14\n\nholy places unaffected by, 189\n\nequal vision of, 219, 220, 231, 232-233\n\nintelligence of, 82\n\nhear and talk of �J.la, 7\n\ndevotional service as life of, 131, 263\n\n", "SB7.1#p0347": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n324\nDevotees of the Supreme Lord\n\n(continued)\n\nhumility, 229-230\nknow everything, 220\nas �1.1a's enemies, 48\nliberation,impersonal, rejected by, 23\nliberation attained by, 275\nthe Lord enlightens, 220, 233-234\nthe Lord protects, 280\nthe Lord's favoring, 13\nthe Lord understood by, alone,8\nmaterial desires absent in, 144\n\nDevotional service to the Supreme Lord\n\n(bhakti)\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura quoted on\nauspiciousness of,266\nVfi!davana epitomizes, 38\n\nDhdmas, spiritual advancement can be easy in,\n189\n\nDharmam tu sa�ad bhagavat-pra{titam\nquoted,287\n\nDhira.dhira-jana-priyau\nquoted,198\n\nnondevotees' attitude toward, 278\nofferings by,66\n\nDhr��i,80\n\nspiritual education sought by, 290\n\nDisciplic succession,guru appears in,\n\nspiritual world understood only by, 270\nsuccess assured for, 34-35\n\n270\nDisease as sinful reaction, 263-264\n\nsuffering ceases for, 272\n\nDiti\n\nsymptoms of,13-14\nas transcendental,144,287\nwell-wishers of everyone, 144\n\nDhruvaloka,13 7\n\nceases lamentation, 126\nHiral}.yakasipu consoles, 80\nDog's curved tail,Prahlada compared to,\n283-284\n\nworship by, 152-153\n\nSee also: Pure devotees of the Supreme\nLord; names of individual devotees\nDevotional service to the Supreme Lord\n\n(bhakti)\ndemoniac civilization cut down by, 240\n\nDog's help in crossing ocean,demigod worship\ncompared to,188\nDream\nbodily existence compared to, 98\nmaterial happiness compared to,113\n\nfor everyone,248\n\nDress, body compared to, 98\n\nfavorable vs. unfavorable,33-34,36\n\nDuality,material\nconditioned souls suffer,29-30\n\ngoodness heightens, 15-16\n�Q.a understood through,191, 211, 267\nliberation certain from, 275\nmaterialists avoid,242\nvs. mystic power,167-168\n\ndemons beset by, 234-235\nSee also: Bodily conception of life\nDuty\n\nnondevotees disturb,277\n\nBhagavatam quoted on, 287\nof brahmaT:�U and �atriya, 68-69,73\n\nperfectional examples of, 256\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu quoted on, 288\n\nof Prahlada Maharaja, 195-209\n\ndevotional service as, 266\nof engaging mind in �I}.a, 112\n\nprocess of,nine fully described, 247,\n248-262\npure,as desireless,249\npure,no falldown from,289\nby qualification,not favoritism, 13-15\nSa1.1«Ja accused of teaching about, 263\nas service always, 231\nas supreme perfection, 144\n\nunconditional, 209\n\nto know self within the body, 122,\n125-126\nto preach in footsteps of Prahlada, 292\n\nsdstra explains, 186\nsurrender to �I}.a as, 100, 103\n\nDva.�-sthdv ity anenddhikara-sthatvam uktam\nquoted,49\nDvimiirdha, 63\n\n", "SB7.1#p0348": "325\n\nGeneral Index\n\nF\n\nE\nEarth (element)\nas element of body, 105\norigin of, 98\nEarth planet\ndemigods visit, 78\nHiral}.yakasipu feared by, 182\nprosperity of, 68-70\ntime for, vs. demigod's time, 143\nEconomic development (artha), Prahlida instructed on, 288-290,294\nEcstatic symptoms of Prahlada, 206-208\nEducation\n\nFaith in �J}.a, good qualities follow, 195\nFalse ego as part of subtle body, 111-112\nFear\ndevotees free of, 39-40\ngopis unchecked by, 34\nof Hiral}.yakasipu, by Earth, 182\nof �J}.a can purify, 39-40, 41\nthe Lord free of, 4-5\nLord's voice drives away, 190\nPrahlada free of, 283-284\nFire\nAgni controls, 184\n\nmaterialistic, mdydexpanded by, 273\nof Prahlada, spontaneous, 266\n\nas element of body, 105\ngoodness represented by, 13-14\n\nspiritual, only devotees seek, 290\nEka-sthdnaika-kdryatvad\n\nFire in wood, living entity in body compared\n\nverse quoted, 153\nEkatvam anupa.Syata�\n\nto, 106\nFoodstuffs offered to the Lo�d, 66\n\nquoted, 232\n\norigin of, 98\n\nFoolishness, cause of, 88\n\nElements, material, as part of body, 110\nEnergies of Supreme Lord, 164\nEnergy, law of conservation of, 98\n\nFriends, false, Prahlada' s teachers regarded\nas,263-264\nFriendship with the Lord, as devotional process,261\n\nEnergy, material\nbodies created by, 83\nconditioned soul connected with, 111-112\nduality created by, 229\nthe Lord creates, 155-156\npower of, 186\n·\n\nas separate and not separate from the Lord\nsimultaneously, 106-107\nEnergy, spiritual, Lord and devotee descend\nby,47\nEnvy\ndevotees free of, 14\nthe Lord free of, 4-5,8\nliberation possible by, 23, 39-40, 42,\n57\npenalty for, 32\nEtan nirvidyamdndndm\nverse quoted, 254\nEther, origin of, 98\nEvam yo vetti tattvata�\nquoted, 8\n\nG\nGandharvas, 174\nGarbhodaka8ayi V�Qu, Brahmi born of,\n165\nGaruc;las, 17 4\nGautamiya Tantra, cited on Deity worship\nwithin mind, 259-260\nGhost(s)\nHiral}.yaka8ipu conquers, 174\nSuyajiia as,96\nGod. See: Supreme Lord\nGod realization\nall knowledge follows, 220\nchronological process of, 250\nSee also: �J}.a consciousness\nGoloka eva nivasaty akhildtma-bhrlta�\nquoted, 200\nGoloka Vp1davana. See: Vrndavana\n\n", "SB7.1#p0349": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n326\n\nGoodness, mode of (sattva-g�)\nbody maintained via, 16\n\nin demigods, 10, 14-15,20\n\ndevotional service aided by, 15\n\nsymptom of, 12\n\nHari8candra, 284\nHarisma8ru, 80\n\nHata-putra diti� sakra\n\nquoted, 2\nHearing about the Supreme Lord (srava�m)\nas devotional process, 247\n\nworship in, 70\n\nGopa.la-tapan'i Upan� cited on pure devo­\n\nfrom pure devotees recommended,\n\nGop'is\n\nfully explained, 250-251\n\ntional service, 249\n\nfear couldn't check, 34\n\npurity of, 41-43\nGosvanus, six, as well-wishers, 198\nGovernment\nby brahi'Tia{UJS and �atriyas, 68-69, 72\nin Kali-yuga, 72\n\nsaintly vs. materialistic families in, 287\nGovernment, impartial Lord compared to,\n64\n\nGovinda, as Prahlada's protector, 205, 280\n\nGrhastha-asrama (householder life)\ndanger in, 221, 222-223\n\nDeity worship essential for, 256-257\n\nGu�. See: Modes of material nature\nGuru. See: Spiritual master\nGuru-kula\ndefined, 226\n\nimportance of, 294\n\n250-251\n\nand seeing Lord as nondiflerent, 191\n\nvalue of, 6-7, 40-42\nHeavenly planets\nvia austerities, 137\n\ndemons disturb, 178\nopulence of, 175-178\n\nHell, materialists go to, 267,268\nHerb, protection for, protection of friend compared to, 276\n\nHetundnena kaunteya\nverse quoted, 17\nHindu religion, �Q.a consciousness movement accused of destroying, 239\n\nHiraQ.yagarbha, Supreme Lord as, 162\n\nHiraQ.yaka, 145\nHiraQ.yaka8ipu\n\nanger of, 60,62\n\nasks Brahmi for benediction, 165-167,\n\n168\n\nH\n\nas atheist like Vena, 178\n\nausterities by, 131-138,142-143, 144,\n\n145-147, 148, 150\n\nHappiness\n\nas �Q.a consciousness, 292\n\nmaterial, as concoction, 88,113-114\n\nmaterial, as trouble, 11\n\nmaterial, �Q.a forgotten in, 127\n\nof soul should be understood, 122\nby surrender to Supersoul, 109\nthieves can't achieve, 70\n\nHarav abhaktasya kuto mahad-guiJ.(i�\nquoted, 86, 196\n\nverse quoted, 222\n\nausterities by, length of, 143, 146\n\nausterities of, Brahma won by, 147-148\n\nbenedictions granted to, 170-172\n\nbody of, Brahmi restored, 149-150\nBrahma addressed as supreme by,\n\n155-156,158-165\n\nBrahmi foretells death of, 148\nas Brahma's devotee, 145, 151,154-156,\n\n165-167\n\nas Daitya, 143-144, 154-\n\nHarer nama harer nama·\n\ndelivered, 36\ndemigods disturbed by, 132,134,138,\n\nHarir eva hi sarvasya\n\ndemoniac ambitions of, 130, 136-138,\n\nverse quoted, 252\nverse quoted, 72\n\n140,187\n139-142\n\n", "SB7.1#p0350": "General Index\nHiraJ;�yaka8i pu\nas demon number one,2I7, 2I9, 22I,\n223-224\ndesires of,compromised,I65\ndestruction by order of,75-78\ndiplomatic training for Prahliida asked by,\n287\nfalldown of,2IO\nKumiiras curse,I85\nLord accused of partiality by,63-66\nname,meaning of,24I\nnephews pacified by,79-80\nofferings madeto,I80-I84\nPrahliida as best son of,I95\nPrahliida offended by,I93\n\n327\n\nHouseholder identifying with house,conditioned soul identifying with body compared to,I05\nHouseholders. See: Grhastha-asranJa\n�ike8a\npleasure from serving,II3\npredominating deities worship, I89\nSupersoul as,I09\nHuman beings\ndeath certain for,I48\ndemoniac,76\nin Kali-yuga,252\nHumility,Caitanya Mahiiprabhu instructs on,\n277\nHunter of birds,example of,II6-II7\n\nPrahliida thrown off lap of,273\nPrahlada tortured by,53-54\nPrahliida's death planned by,274278\nPrahliida undisturbed by,209,282\nprayers of,to Brahmii,I55-I56,\nI58-I67\nas R�asa,I43-I44\n\n�J;!Qa chastised by,262-265\n\nI\nIgnorance\nbodily concept as,95,I24-I25\nof conditioned soul,I05\ndemons worship in,I52\nLord dispels,220\nmaterial attachment as,277\nIgnorance,mode of (tarno-gu!Ul)\n\nsenses of,uncontrolled,I85\n\nbody destroyed via,I6-I7\n\nsoul described by, 83\n\nin demons,20\n\nsoul understood by,86\n\ndevotion covered by,I5\n\ntime of appearance of,95\n\nmisunderstanding caused by,I5\n\nuniverse conquered by,I74\n\nRiik!?asas and Yak!?as in,I0\n\nVi�?Q.U envied by,I72-I73\nVi!?Q.u's death planned by,65-7I\nHiraQ.ykaSipu,quotations from\non conquering universe,I36-I37\non devotees as enemies,223-225\nHir�yakaSipu.S cdpi\nverse quoted,36\nHiraQ.y�a killed by the Lord,53, 60,\n63\n\nllkuLa-Uipa-karinl�ra\n\nsymptoms of,I2\nIllusion\nbodies products of, 105\nbodily concept as,95,I23\neducation difficult due to,II4-ll5\nSee also: Maya\nIlvala,63\nlmpersonalists. See: Mayaviidis\nIncarnations of the Supreme Lord. See: Boar,\nLord; other nanles of individual incar-\n\nverse quoted,II\n\nnations\n\nHladini sandhini sanlvit\n\nIndia\nsaha-mdr� in,94\n\nverse quoted,II\nHoly name of the Lord\nas absolute, 225\nSee also: Chanting the Lord's holy names\nHotii, I59\n\ntrees of,prominent,77\nlndra\nHiraJ;�yakaSipu occupies throne of,I75,\nI80\n\n", "SB7.1#p0351": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n328\n\nJijnasu, 127\n\nlndra (continued)\nthe Lord favors,2\n\n]itab,defi.ned, 147\n\npalace of,177-178\n\n)iva Gosvami,quoted on Lord's transcendence,\n\nIntelligence\nconditional life abandoned through,llO\nof demon as inferior,95\nof demons,82\nas part of subtle body,1ll- l l2\nof Prahlada as steady,199\nSupersoul inspires, 112\nIntoxication by Hira�_�yaka8ipu, 179\n\nlsopani$ad, quoted on devotee's equal vision,\n232\n\nl$!dn bhogiin hi vo devii\nverse quoted,69\n\nlsvarab, paramab, kmwb.\n\nlO-ll\n\n]ivasya tad-adhinatviin\nverse quoted, 153\n\n]ivera 'svarilpa' haya\nquoted,229,233,288\n\nJnanam vijnanam astikyam\nverse quoted, 197\n\nJnanam yadii tadii vidyiid\nverse quoted,11\n\n]nanis\n\nimpersonal liberation desired by,23\nthe Lord approached by, 127\n\n]ii.dtvii Siistra-vidhiinaktam\nverse quoted, 186\n\nquoted, 9, 19,31\n\nlsvarab, sarva-bhii.tiiniiril\n\nK\n\nquoted, 15,54,159-160,198\nverse quoted,29,83-84, 100\n\nJ\nJagadananda Pa�_��ta,quoted on haunted conditioned soul,85\nJagai and Madhai, 37\n\n]agiii madhiii haite muiii se piipi$�ha\nverse quoted, 37\nJanaka, 290\nJanardana, Kr�1.1a as, 123\n\n]anmady asya yatab,\n\nKa iitmii kab, para iti dehiidy-ape�ayii\nverse quoted, 125\n\nKaivalya defined, 31-32\nKalanabha,80\n\nKalau nasty eva nasty eva\nverse quoted,252\n\nKalau sudra-sambhavab,\nquoted,72\nKali (goddess),worshi{l of,69-70\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali)\n\nquoted,156\n\nabortion in, ll9\nchanting recommended for,252-253\n\nquoted,8, 18\n\ngodless called iiryans in, 198\n\n]anma karma ca me divyam\n\ndhiimas unaffected by, 189\n\nverse quoted,46\n\ngovernment of sudras in,72\n\nquoted,264\n\ntree cutting in, 74\n\n]anma-mrtyu-jarii-vyiidh\nJaya and Vijaya\n\nsymptoms of,252\nwives' attitudes change in,94\n\nbirths of,48, 52,55-56\n\nKama. See: Sense gratification\n\n\"fall\" of,as the Lord's pastime, 47-48\n\nKamsa liberated by the Lord,42-43\n\nKumaras bless,51-52\nKumaras checked by,49\nKumaras curse,51\nliberated by the Lord,26, 34,56\nJayadeva Gosvami,quoted on Prahlada's attachment for Nrsimhadeva,202\n\nKaranam gu!la-saligo 'sya\nquoted,83\n\nKarma\nbody according to,l6-17,84, 104\n\nSee also: Activities,fruitive,bondage by\nreactions of\n\n", "SB7.1#p0352": "General Index\n\nKa17110J)i. daiva-netre�\nquoted, 17\nKarmal)ii manasa vaca\n\nverse quoted, 35\nKarmis, benedictions of,fulfilled by Lord, 195\n\n329\n\n�J;ta consciousness\nhappiness in, 292\n\nlust purified by, 41-42\nmaterial contamination vanquished by,\n271-273\n\nKesava dhrta-narahari-ni.pa\n\nmaterialists can't achieve, 267\nmind purified by, 42\n\nKe8ini,55\n\nPrahlada preaches,291-294\n\nKa.Syapa Muni, son of,145\nquoted, 202\n\nKetu, 204\nKilling\n\nnecessity of, 185,221\n\nPrahlada's absorption in, 203-�09\nPrahlada's perfection in, 205\n\nof birds by hunter, 115-120\n\nof briihmar:w, penalty for,264\n\nof child in womb, scientific theory on,\n\n98-99\nof HiraQYakasipu assured by Lord, 193\nof HiraJ;J.yak�a,60, 63\nof Suyajii.a,89\n\nKilling, attempted,of Prablada by\nHiraJ;J.yakasipu,282\n\nKilling,plan for,of Prahlada by\nHiraJ;J.yakasipu,27 4-278\n\nKilling,plan for,of Vi�QU,by HiraJ;J.yakaSipu,\n65-71\n\nKintu prabhor ya� priya eva tasya\nverse quoted,230\nKirtaniya� sadd hari�\nquoted, 7\n\npurifying power of,39-40\nwisdom via, 220\n\nSee also: Devotional service\n\n�J;ta consciousness Movement\n\nbrahminical culture revived by,72-73\n\ndemons oppose, 225-226,239\n\nguru-kula, importance to,294\n\nliterature of, 74\nmembers of,likened to Prahlada, 239\npurpose of, 40-41\n\nspiritual education advanced by, 290\n\n�Qadasa Kaviraja,humility of,37\n\n�Qa Dvaipayana Vyasa. See: Vyasadeva\nKr��-katha\n\n<;:aitanya Mahaprabhu recommends, 7\nSuk.adeva recommends, 6-7\n\nSee also: Chanting the Lord's holy names;\nHearing about the Supreme Lord\n\nKrishna: See: �Qa,Lord; Supreme Lord, all\nentries\n�Qa,Lord\n\nas Godhead's original form,251\nmaha-bhagavata sees, 203-204\n\nname, meaning of,235\n\nPrahlada's attachment to,201-202\n\nKr�� tu bhagavan svayam\nquoted, 251\n\nK�atriyas\n\n_\n\nduties of, 68-69, 73\n\nmarriag e of, 93\n\nscarcity of, in Kali-yuga, 72\n\nquoted on non-Aryans, 125\n\nK�ipdmy ajasram a5ubhan\n\nsense enjoyers can't understand, 268\n\nKuliriga birds killed by hunter,ll6-120\n\nremembered in distress, 127\n\nspiritual master reveals,272-273\n\nVrndavana residents attracted by,235-236\nSee also: Appearance of �Qa; Supreme\nLord, all entries\n\n�Qa consciousness\n\nabsolute value of,33, 37, 38,39, 40,\n41-42, 43, 44\nequal vision of, 232\n\nverse quoted, 32, 35\n\nKumaras\nfather of, 157\n\nHiraJ;J.yaka8ipu cursed by,185\n\nJaya and Vijaya blessed by,51-52\nJaya and Vijaya check,49\n\nJaya and Vijaya cursed by,51\nKuntidevi\ndistress preferred by, 127\n\n", "SB7.1#p0353": "Srnnad-Bhagavauuu\n\n330\nKunndevi (continued)\nP31).9avas cared for by, 93\n\nL\nLamentation\ncaused by taking body as self, 88\nfor death, condemned, 80, 83\nof Hiral).yakasipu, 60\n\nof kulinga bird, 11 7-120\nof queens condemned by Yamaraja,\n120-121\n\nLiving entities\nas �J?.a's servants, 231, 232-233\n\nLord as supreme among, 158,160-161\nLord in heart of all, 13, 29, 32, 54\nLord's equality toward, 2-3,54\nas Lord's external energy, 162\n\nLord's impartiality to, 64\n\nas Lord's marginal potency, 1 64.\n\nPrahlada 's kindness to, 197-198\n\nSee also: Soul; Souls, conditioned\nLobha!J pravrttir iirambha!J\nverse quoted, 11\n\nself-realized don't engage in, 114.\n\nLotus feet of the Lord\nby mercy of devotee, 271\n\nLand, apparent moving of, soul accepting\n\nPrahlada serves, 209\n\nfor Suyajiia, 89-96\nY amaraja condemns, 97-99,1 07-108\nbodies compared to, 84-85\n\nLiberation\nof Dantavakra and SiSupala, 26\nof demons, 4, 40,4.1-42\n\nmind engaged at, ll2\n\nLust\n\nof gopis not material, 43\n\n�J?.a consciousness purifies, 41-42\nPrahlada free of, 199\n\nof demons and devotees differ, 43\n\nM\n\nimpersonal, jfiiinis want, 23\nof Jaya and Vijaya, 5 6-57\n\nmaterialists uninterested in, 290\nMayavadis fail at, 44, 4 7-48\nreligion's goal, 288-289\n\ntypes of, five listed, 43, 275\n\nby understanding �J?.a, 8-9\n\nworship of Lord for, 153\n\nSee also: Mayavadis, sayujya-mukti\n\nLife air\n\nattained by\n\ninferior to soul, 1 0 8\n\no f Prahlada controlled, 199\n\nLiving entities\nall planets contain, 174-175,183\nas antimaterial, 143\n\nMachine, body compared to, 84\nMad elephant offense, 193\n\nMadhudvi\\Jll, name of �l}.a, 51\n\nMadhu-kai!abha-hantr, 140\nMadhvacarya\n\ncited on blasphemy, 35\n\ncited on demigods, three kinds of, 179\n\ncited on material nature, 155-156\n\nPuriil),as accepted by, 89\n\nMadhvacarya, quotations from\n\non going back to Godhead, 122-123\non Hari as ultimate cause, 72-73\non liberated souls, 49-50\n\nbodies accepted by, 83-84\n\non soul, understanding of, 125\nMadri, 93\nMahii-bhiigavata sees only Kr�J?.a everywhere,\n\ndelusion in, 139\n\nMahiibhiirata, quotations from\n\nduty of, 100, 229, 233\nfamily ties among, 81-82\n\nMahadiidi yathottham ca\n\ncontrolled by nature, 81-82\ndeath surprises, 121\n\ndevotional service purifies, 236-237\n\n- father of, �J?.a as, 165\n\n203-204\non soul as mystery, 98\n\non world's most wonderful thing, 121\nverse quoted, 122\n\n", "SB7.1#p0354": "General Index\n\n331\n\nMahamantra. See: Chanting the Lord's holy\n\nMaterialists\n\nnames\nMahanabha, 80\n\nSee also: Demons\nMaterial nature. See: Nature, material\n\nMaha.trna\n\nMaterial nature, modes of. See: Modes of material nature\n\nPrahlada as, 202\nservice to, 268\n\nMahdtmanas tu mam partha\nverse quoted, 268,272\n\nMahat-sevaril. dvaram ahur vimukte/:l\nquoted, 268\n\nMajjanti pitaras tasya\nverse quoted, 35\n\nMam aprapyaiva kaunteya\nverse quoted, 35\n\nMama tejo- 'ril.Sa-sambhavam\nquoted, 141\n\nMam eva ye prapadyante\nquoted, 84, 104\n\nMiinasa-pujii defined, 260\n\nMaterial world\nausterity advances one in, 137\ndemoniac, 99%, 239\ndemons control in, 180\ndevotees avoid, 211\ndevotees vs. nondevotees in, 277\nas dog-eat-dog, 138-141\nenjoyment attempted in, 100\nfamily members in, 82\nfire, water, and earth conduct, 184\n�Qa consciousness spoiled by enjoyment\nin, 267-268\n�Qa forgotten in, 127\nLord controls, 18-19,101,157\n\nMandara Hill, 131\n\nas Lord's external potency, 164\n\nMan-mana bhava mad-bhakto\n\nLord's incarnation in, 8, 18\n\nquoted, 248\n\nManu-samhitii, cited on capital punishment,\n21\n\nmaterialists' knowledge restricted to, 270\nMayavadis negate, 19\npleasure as pain in, 11\n\nMarklll}.�eya, 55\nMarriage, of k$atriyas, 93\n\nPrahlada resides in, and also VaikuQ�ha,\n200\n\nMaruts, 179\n\npurified souls never return to, 46\n\nMaterialism\n\nself-preservation in, 124\n\nPrahlada criticizes, 292-294\n\nsuffering from thinking body to be self, 88\n\nprinciples of, four listed, 242\n\nSupreme Lord above, 162\n\nSee also: Bodily conception of life\nMaterialists\nas blind leading blind, 269-270\ndevotional service shunned by, 242\nGltamisunderstood by, 15\nhell-bound, 267, 268\n�Qa consciousness as remedy for,\n271-272\nlife's goal escapes, 70\nLord to be worshiped by, 153\n\"partiality\" in �Qa seen by, 4-5, 8\nPrahlada contrasted to, 204\nsatisfaction lacking in, 185\nspiritual education avoided by, 290\nworship by, 241-242\n\nvs. Vrodavana, 236\n\nMatta/:l paratararil. nanyat\nquoted, 19, 158\n\nMatta/:l smrtir jfiiinam apohanaril. ca\nquoted, 159\n\nMaya\n\"affection\" as another meaning of, 66\nas \"all-attractive,\" 236\ndualism as, 230\nliving entity's apparent movement as, 85\nmaterialistic education expands, 271\nmonism as, 230-231\n\nMayiidhyak$e� prakrti/:l\nquoted, 9\nverse quoted, 17\n\n", "SB7.1#p0355": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n332\n\nMiiyii-grasta jlvera haya se bhiiva udaya\nverse quoted, 85\nMayavadis (impersonalists)\n\nLord's form ignored by, 44\nnegate world, 19\n\nPuriiJ:!as rejected by, 88-89\nsalvation eludes, 44,47-48\n\nsiiyajya-mukti attained by, 275\nSee also: Liberation, jiidnls want impersonal\n\nMayayapahrta-jiidnii�\nquoted, 119\n\nverse quoted, 224\n\nMeat eating\n\nas demoniac, 66\n\nsacrifice recommended for, 69-70\n\nMe bhinna pralqtir �!adhii\n\nModes of material nature (gu(UJS)\nmaterialists bound by, 273\n\nPrahlada above, 287\nsoul under, 104\nsymptoms of, 12\n\nas unreal, 113\nSee also: individual modes (goodness, pas­\n\nsion, and ignorance)\nMoghii.Sa mogha-karmii'(W\nverse quoted, 36\n\nMo�a. See: Liberation, all entries\n\nMoney, Lord alone can protect, 102\nMonism\ngoal of, 131\n\nMayavadi vs. Vai�J.lava, 232\nMoon, brightness of, compared to devotional\nbrilliance, 15\n\nquoted, 106\n\nMoon rays, devotee's magnanimity compared\n\nmetamorphosis in, 39-40\nof Prahlada, undisturbed, 279-280\n\nMother Ya8oda\nabove Devald, 43\n\nMeditation\n\nMellows, types of, five listed, 207\n\nMercy of the Lord obtained many ways, 42-43\nMerging with Supreme. See: Liberation of\nDantavakra and Sisupala, of demons;\n\n]naniS, impersonal liberation desired by\n\nMimiirilsii philosophers bewildered, 114\n\nMind\n\nat death, 112\nof Diti engaged in philosophy, 126-127\n\nto, 198\n\n�J.la enchants, 42\n�J.la worries, 38\n\nMllt;lha defined, 224\nMukti. See: Liberation, all entries\nMur.u;laka Upan�ad, quotations from\non Lord's revelation, 273\non self-realization, 272\n\nMystic power vs. power of devotional service,\n\n167-168\n\nillusion from, 86\n�J.la consciousness purifies, 42\nof Lord compared to child's, 65-66\n\nN\n\nof Prahlada, controlled, 197-198\n\nNa hi dehadir iitmd syiin\n\nsubtle body includes, 110, 111-112\n\nNakula, 93\n\nself accepted as, 87-88\n\nMithyii defined, 19\n\nModes of material nature (gu(UJS)\nBhagavad-gitii quoted on, 11-12\n\nverse quoted, 125\n\nNiima-kaumudi, cited on offenses, 254\nNa miiril dU$krtino mllt;lha�\nverse quoted, 224\n\nbirth according to, 83\n\nNamiiny anantasya ya.So-'rikitiini yat\n\ndemigods control, 184\n\nNamuci, 63\n\nBrahma engineers via, 155\ndevotees' children won't be conquered by,\n\n294\n\nLord above and beyond, 8-10, 11, 51, 162\n\nverse quoted, 251\n\nNanda Maharaja\n\nabove Vasudeva, 43\n�1.1a enchants, 42\n\n", "SB7.1#p0356": "General Index\nNandana garden, 175, 176\nNiradaMuni\ncited by Sukadeva as speaker on f{nl}.a, 7,\n21\ncited on chanting Lord's holy names, 251\nHiral}.yakasipu served by, 180\nhumility of, 37-38\nas Niriyal}.a's devotee, 43\nas Prahlida's spiritual master, 246\nquestioned about HiraQyakaSipu's violence,\n2ll-213\nas spiritual master, 27-28, 47, 211, 246\nNaradaMuni, quotations from\non bodily conception of life, 29-31\non Brahmi and Hiral}.yakaSipu, 14.9-151,\n154.\non Hiral}.yakaSipu, 130-134.,14.2-14.3\non f(nl}.a consciousness, absolute value of,\n33-37,39,4.1,4.2,4.4.\n\nNarada-pancariitra\n\ncited on Deity worship within mind,\n260\nas Deity worship guide, 255-256\nNaradhama defined, 224\nNiriyal}.a\nas NiradaMuni's Lord, 43\nSee also: Supreme Lord\n\nNa sa siddhim avdpnoti\nverse quoted, 186\n\nNasayamy atma-bhiiva-stho\nverse quoted, 220\n\nNa te vidufl svartha-gatim hi v��um\nquoted, 76\n\n333\n\nNayam iitmii pravacanena labhyo\nquoted, 272\n\nNectar of Devotion, The, bhiiva described in,\n206\n\nNindaril bhagavata!l s�vams\nverse quoted, 34\n\nNirgur:w. the Lord and devotees as, 8\nNirmatsariirJ.jjm satiim , devotees as, 14\nN�karma defined, 249\nNityasyo/da!l 5ariri�\nquoted, 98\n\nNityo nityiiniim cetana5 cetaniinim\n\nquoted, 158\nNondevotees\nvs. devotees, 152, 236, 278\ndevotees to avoid, 277\ngood qualities lacking in, 86, 222\nNrsirilhadeva, Lord\nchanting His name recommended,\n250-251\nHiral}.yakasipu killed by, 53\nas Knl}.a, 202\n\n0\nOceans, seven kinds of, named, 182-183\nOffenses to pure devotee, penalty for, 193\nOpulences\nof heaven described, 175-178\nof Hiral}.yakaSipu dwindle, 2 10\nmaintaining, difficulty of, 17 1\npride resulting from, 185-186\n\np\n\nNa tu miim abhijananti\n\nverse quoted, 151\nNature, material (prakrti)\ndevotees above, 144\nKali as form of, 69\nliving entities controlled by, 81-82, 9 7\nLord controls, 16-17,40\nthe Lord free of, 8, 9,40\ntime controls, 18-19\nSee also: Body, material\nNawab Hussain Shah as material success,\n138-139\n\nPada-sevanam. See: Serving the Lord's lotus\nfeet\n\nPadmaPur�\n\ncited on Deity worship within mind, 259\nquoted on devotees and demons, 14\nPaka, 63\nP3.Q�avas, 4.2\nP3.Q�u\ndeath of, 93\nYudhi��hira a descendant of, 180\n\n", "SB7.1#p0357": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n334\n\nParakiya-rasa, lust absent in, 43\nParam, 162\nParamatma. See: Supersoul\nPararh bhavam ajarw.nto\nverse quoted, 36\n\nPararh brahma pararh dhama\nquoted, 15, 25\n\nParam vijayate sn-kr��-sankirtarw.m\nquoted, 251\n\nParasya Saktir vividhaiva sruyate\nquoted, 164\nParikf?it Maharaja, quoted on \"partiality\" of\nLord, 2,4,5\n\nParitriilJ,iiya sadhunarh\nquoted, 40\n\nParjanyad anrw.-sambhava/:1\nquoted, 69\nPassion, mode of (rajo-gu�)\nbody created via, 16\n\nPrahlada Maharaja\ndemigods cite, as great devotee, 201\necstatic symptoms of, 206-208\nfamily ties abandoned by, 275, 276\n\nguru, seminal, rejected by, 270\nHiraQ.yakasipu offends, 193\nHiraQ.yakasipu plans to kill, 274-278\nas HiraQ.yakaSipu's best son, 195\nas HiraQ.yakasipu's enemy, 278\nHiraQ.yakasipu throws from lap, 273\n�Q.a consciousness movement members\ncompared to, 239\n�Q.a consciousness of, 203-209\nmeditation of undisturbed, 279-280\nmodes of nature transcended by, 287\nname, meaning of, 241\nNrsimhadeva worshiped by, 202\nplaying doesn't interest, 291\npurifies others, 209\n\ncreation facilitated by, 19\n\nqualities of, 197-199\n\nin demons, 10\n\nRiikf?8sas strike, 279\nreligion, etc., instructed to, 288-290, 294\n\ndevotion covered by, 15\nLord above, 51\n\nresidences of, 200\n\nmisunderstanding caused by, 15\n\nas $aQ.4a and Amarka's student, 218-219,\n\nsymptoms of, 12\nPastimes of �Q.a\n\n228\nsaved, 282-284\n\nPrahliida imitates, 207\n\nspiritual masters of, 245-246\n\npure devotees assist, 45, 47-48\n\nteachers of, \"chastise,\" 238, 239,\n240-242\n\nPatrarh p�parh phalam toyarh\nverse quoted, 4, 66, 76\nPhilosophy of devotion, 231\n\nPiSaci piiile yerw. mati-cchanrw. haya\nverse quoted, 85\nPitas, Vi�Q.U as shelter of, 71\nPleasure. See: Happiness\nPolitics\nas diplomacy, four levels of, 238-239, 243\n\"friends-and-enemies\" philosophy of,\n\ntied up, 286\ntortured by HiraQ.yaka8ipu, 53-54\nwisdom of, 220\nPrahlada Maharaja, quotations from\non body, planning for, 124\non �Q.a consciousness, necessity of, 221\non pure devotional service as king of\nknowledge, 247\non Supreme Lord, equal vision via, 229,\n231,234-235\n\n218-219\nPrahlada disliked, 218-219\nPower, mystic vs. devotional\nPrabhu defined, 229\nPrahlada Maharaja\nbodily necessities of, 205\ncited on Lord as sole protector, 103\ncompared to dog's curved tail, 283-284\n\nPrahliido janako bh�mo\nverse quoted, 290\n\nPrakrtefi kriyamaiJiini\nverse quoted, 81, 85\n\nPrakrti\nLord above, 9\nSee also: Nature, material\n\n", "SB7.1#p0358": "General Index\nPrasada, demons sometimes rewarded with,\n66\n\n335\n\nRajasiiya sacrifice, 21-22\n\nRajasy etani jayante\n\nPra.Stintam sama-dar5anam, Lord as, 54\nPraying (vandanam)\nas devotional process, 247\nfully explained, 260-261\nPreaching of �J?.a consciousness by Prahlida,\n291-294\n\nPremiii.jana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nverse quoted, 203\n\nPrema-vivarta, quoted on haunted conditioned\n\nverse quoted, 11\n\nRajo-gu7J.a. See: Passion, mode of\nRalqwa(s)\nas demigod worshipers, 145\nHiraJ?.yaka8ipu as, 143-144\nin mode of ignorance, 10\nPrahlada struck by, 279\nsociety destroyed by, 140-141\n\nR�aslm tisurlril. caiva\nverse quoted, 36\nRima, Lord, chanting name of, recommended,\n\nsoul, 85\nPride\nPrahlada devoid of, 197\ndue to opulence, 185-186\nPrisoners, joining and scattering of, family\nties compared to, 82\nProtection\nof Prahlada by Govinda, 280\nby Lord, 100, 102-103, 119\n\n250-251\n\nRamtidi-mur�u kala-niyamena t��han, 250\nRasas (Relationships with �J;�a) in\nVrndavana, 38, 43\nRivaJ?.a and KumbhakarQa, 55\nRegulative principles, penalty for disobeying,\n44\nReligion\n\nPuloman, 63\nPunishment for thieves, 70\n\nPuriir_las as authoritative histories, 88-89\nPure devotees of the Lord\ndescend, not fall\ngood qualities of, 195-196\nhumility of, 37\n\nmaterialistic, 242, 290, 292\nPrahlida instructed on, 288-290, 294\nRemembering the Lord (smarll{lam)\nas devotional process, 247\nfully explained, 254-255\nRenunciation\n\n�J?.a understood through, 268\n\nin cemetery, 127\n\nmaterial world never returned to by, 46\n\nPrahlida had no instructions on, 287\n\noffenses against, penalty for, 193\n\nSee also: Sannytisa\n\nPrahlada's association with, 209\n\nRitualistic ceremonies\n\nsatisfied, 191\n\nbrtihmaiJ.(lS perform, 159\n\nsurrender to, 271, 272\nvision of, 203-204\n\npurpose of, to satisfy Supreme Lord, 152\n\nin Vrndavana, 38\nPurification\nby �J?.a consciousness, 39-40, 236-237\n\nSee also: �Qa consciousness\nPur�era ki!a haite mulii se lagh��ha\nverse quoted, 37\n\nVena scorned, 178\nVi�QU as personification of, 71\nRivers, jewels supplied by, 182-183\n�abhadeva, quoted on serving devotees, 268\n\n�tvik, 159\nRudras, 179\nRukmiJ;ii, titma-nivedan am exemplified by,\n\nPiitana, Kr�J?.a liberated, 20-21\n\n262\nRu�hinu, 80, 126\n\nR\nRahu, 204\n\nRajar�i, Prahlada wants to become, 287\n\ns\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha, Lord as, 29, 32, 39\n\n", "SB7.1#p0359": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n336\nSacrifice\nHirliJ;lyakaSipu abolishes, 68-72\n\nSinkhya philosophers bewildered,114\nSaliklrtana, brahminical culture revived by,\n73\n\nHirliJ;lyakaSipu as object of,181\nISKCON literature publication as, 74\n\nSannyasa (renounced life)\nduty in,248\n\nSiidhur eva sa mantavya/.1\n\nin var!ldSramasociety, 222-223\n\nverse quoted,40\nSidhyas,179\nSahadeva,93\n\nSaha-marar:w, 93-94\nSahasra-yuga-paryan.tam\nquoted,136\n\nSar�#-mukt� devotees attain,275\nSarupya-mukti, devotees attain,275\nSarva-dharman parityajya\nquoted,5,100, 109,224,288\n\nSarva-dvare�u dehe 'smin\nverse quoted, 11\n\nSa�-dharitvena samasta Siistrair\n,\n\nverse quoted,230\n\nSarvasya caham hrdi sanniv4!a/.l\nquoted, 100,109,159,233\n\nSak.una,63\nSakuni,80\n\nSarvatra haya nija �!a-deva-spharti\n\nSalokya-mukti, devotees attain,275\nSalvation. See: Liberation\nSamadhi (trance)\n\nSarvopadhi-vinirmuktam, 144\n\nSalagrama-slla, offenses relieved by,259\n\nverse quoted,203\n,\n\nquoted,236\n\nSastra, HirliJ;lyak.asipu disregards, 185-186\n\nbody during, 146\nas personal relationship, 255\n\nSa suddha/.1 sarva-suddhebhya/.1\n\nsoul in,146\n\nSat defined,222\n\nyogis in,146\n\nSatahahu, 63\nSatam prasailgdn mama vlrya-samvido\n\nSambara, 63, 80\nSambhavamy atma-mayaya\nquoted,40\n\nSam&pya defined, 260\n�lpya-mukti, devotees attain, 275\nSarno damas tapa/.1 Sa.ucam\nverse quoted,197\n\nSarno 'ham sarva-bhute�u\nquoted,2,20,64\nSanatana Gosvimi,pseudo-devotee's chanting\ncondemned by,250\n\nverse quoted,10\n\nquoted,211\n\nSatru-nasas tathajnanaverse quoted, 125\n\nSattvadayo na.sannse\nverse quoted, 10\n\nSattva-gu� See: Goodness, mode of\nSaturn as evil star,204\nSatyalok.a,residents of, destiny of, 148\n\nSa vai mana/.1 km�a.-padaravindayo/.1\nquoted, 112\n\nSayujya-mukti\n\n$11J;l«Ja\n\nHirliJ;lyakaSipu chastises,262-264\n\ndanger in, 131\n\nHirliJ;lyakaSipu instructed by, 285-287\n\ndefined,23\n\nPrahlada instructed by,218-219,228,\n\nJaya and Vijaya surpass, 57\n\n288-289, 294\n$a1.1Q.a and Amark.a\n\"chastise \" Prahlada,238, 239,240-242\nfather of,217\n\nMayavadis attain,275\nas partial liberation,47-48\nScience,enviousness exe!llplified in, 75\nScientists\n\nPrahlada as student of, 218-219,228\n\nabortion rationalized by,98-99\n\nquoted on Prahlada's \"pollution,\"\n\nas fools, 119\n\n227-228\nas so-called brahmcu:ws, 237-238\n\nfreeze dead bodies,95\nheavenly planets beyond,176\n\n", "SB7.1#p0360": "General Index\n\nScientists\nignorance of, 183\nlife on planets, theory on, 174-175\nYamaraja interrupts research of, 121\nSelf-preservation, 124\nSelf-realization\nbasis for, according to Vedas, 98\nBhagavatam quoted on materialists' blindness to, 115\nlamentation stopped by, 114\nSee also: Krsna consciousness\nSense gratificati�n (kama)\nausterities for, demoniac, 144\ndevotional service spoiled by, 267-268\nHir�yaka8ipu enjoys, 184-185\nin material world, 203\nPrahlada instructed on, 288-290, 294\nas religion, 242\nSenses\nof body, ten, 110\nhappiness derived from, 113-114\nHir�yaka8ipu as servant of, 185\nLord not realized by, 280\nof materialists, uncontrolled, 267\nof Prahlada, controlled, 197-198, 199\nas yogi's enemies, 278\nSeparation from the Lord, ecstatic symptoms\nin, 206-208\nServing the Lord (dasyam)\nas devotional process, 247\nfully explained, 261\nServing the Lord's lotus feet {pada-sevana)\nas devotional process, 247\nfully explained, 255\n,\n\nSe�� sthavaram icchanti\n\n, verse quoted, 121\n\nSi�!aka, quoted on ecstatic symptoms, 208\n\nSisupala\nenvied the Lord, 23\nfather of, 25\nliberated by the Lord, 22-24, 26, 33-34,\n40, 42, 44, 48, 56\n\nas no ordinary demon, 45\nSiva, Lord\nbetrayed, 131\nOak� praises, 254\n\n337\n\nSiva, Lord\nas great personality, 290\nHir�yakasipu not served by, 178, 179\nSkan.da-Purdl)a\n\ncited on offenses in Deity worship, 259\nquoted on Hir�yakaSipu, 145\nquoted on Hir�yakasipu's power, 179\nSky, ignorance represented by, 13-14\nSky, unmixed with anything, living entity in\nbody compared to, 106\nSmara�m See: Remembering the Lord\nSmrti-sdstras, quoted on disease as sinful reaction, 264\nSociety, human\nbrdh� and cows to be protected by,\n.\n\n140-141\n\nin danger this age, 72, 141\n�Qa consciousness required in, 185\norganization of, 223, 288-289\nperfection of, 152\nprosperity of, 68-70\nva�rama-dharmaessential in, 74\nSoul\nbody differs from, 103-104, 105\ncovered by subtle body, 111-112\nHir�yaka8ipu understands, 86\nlamentation not dependent on existence of,\n98-99\n\nqualities of, 83\nrealized at death, 108\nin samddhi (trance), 146\nSupersoul superior to, 108\nunderstanding position of, 122, 125-126\nSouls, conditioned\nbodies accepted by, 103-104\nbody accepted as self by, 96, 105\nenjoyment facility given to, 100\nignorance of, 86-87\n�QB above, 31\n�Qa to be remembered by, somehow or\nother, 33, 34-36,37, 38, 39, 40,\n41-42,43,44\n\nLord's mercy on, 29, 32-33\nas manifest and unmanifest, 97\nsuffering of, 29-31\nthinking by, 230-231\n\n", "SB7.1#p0361": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n338\nSouls, conditioned\n\n(continued)\n\ntime controls,18\nSee also: Living entities,delusion in,as\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, quotations from\n\non bodily conception befitting cows and\nasses, 86\non chanting Lord's holy names,254\non creation,process of,157\n\nLord's external energy\n\nSouls,liberated\ndescend,not fall, 47-48,50\nSee also: Pure devotees of the Supreme\n\non devotees,sublime characteristics of,193\non devotional service,perfectional examples of,256\n\nLord\nSpecies of life calculated,232\n\non duty,material and spiritual,287\non elements of material world, 184\n\nSpirit as distinguished from matter,4\n\non government in Kali-yuga, 72\non great personalities,following in\nfootsteps of,290\n\nSpiritual life,opulence in, 141\nSpiritual master (guru)\n\nabove disciple,244-245, 197-198\n\non hearing about Lord, 251\non impersonal liberation,47-48\non �1.1a consciousness,symptom of,204\n\nbogus,241-242\n\nDeity worship requires, 255\n\nknowledge received from,109,110\n\non �1.1a's pastimes,purifying power of\n\n�1.1a understood via, 230,272-273\n\nhearing,41-42\n\nLord as,194\n\nas\n\non Lord understood through authority,211\n\nnecessary,27\n\non materialist's blindness to selfrealization,115\n\nPrahlada follows,199\n\nrespect for,7\nseminal,Prahlada rejects,270\n\nSpiritual world\ncompetition in,233\n\ndemons sometimes enter,after liberation,\n66\n\ndevastation of,planned,61\nland of no return,46-47\n\nas\n\nas\n\nLord's internal potency,164\n\non pure devotional service,247\n\n,\n\non qualities of devotee,195\non satisfying Lord as perfection,82\non worshiping �1.1a,194-195\n\no/imatiRadhara1.1i,humility of,37\n\nSri-v4r.w� sra� pari�id abhavad\nvaiyasaki/.J kirta�\n,\n\nverse quoted,256\n\n,\n\nquoted,40\n\nmaterialists unaware of,270\n\nSrr:r-vatam sva- katha� kr�l)a�\n\nrelationship between Lord and servants in,\n\nSrotavyiidini riijendra\n\nsoul travels through,83\n\nSthar..ur acalo yam\n\nPrahlada exists in,200\n275\n\nverse quoted, 115\n\nquoted,85\n\nSee also: Vrndavana\nSraval)am. �:Hearing about the Supreme\n\nSthavara-jarigama dekhe,\n\nSraval)am kirtanam v4r.w�\n\nStraws carried by waves,family members\n\nLord\n\n,\n\nquoted,191\n\nSreyase defined, 141\n\nSridhara Svami,cited on hearing about the\nLord,251\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nessential to hear,250\n\nfacility of,for spiritual topics,7\nas\n\nMahapuriir.w, 88\n\nverse quoted,203\n\ncompared to,82\n\nStrength,spiritual\n\nconditional life given up by,ll0-111\n\nof Prahlada,unlimited,284\n\nStriyo vaiSyas tatha sadras\n\nquoted,248\nSubtle body,soul covered by,111-112\nSubuddhiRaya,138-139\n\n", "SB7.1#p0362": "339\n\nGeneral Index\n�udar8ana cakra, potency of,166\nSudras\n\nphilosophers as,114\nworld predominated by,72\nSuffering\nof conditioned soul,29-31\ndevotional service ends,272\n\nfriend sought by one in,187\n\nKuntidevi prefers,127\nof materialists, inevitable, 269\n\nmisconception as cause of,88\n\nSuhrdam sarva-bhatanam\n,\n\nquoted,21,144,232,247\nverse quoted, 187\n\nSuk.adeva Gosvanu\nas authority\n\nquoted on discussing the Lord,6-7\n\nquoted on materialists' blindness to selfrealization, 114-115\n\nSukham atyantikam yat tad\n,\n\nquoted,113\n\nSukra defined,237\n\nSuk.racarya\natheists' priest, 217\nas Hira.I:�yakasipu's spiritual master, 262,\n265\n\nname of, 217,270\nsons of,217, 285\n\nSun,brightness of compared to devotional\nbrilliance,15\n\nSuni caiva svapake ca\n\n, verse quoted,229\nSanyayitam jagat sarvam\nquoted,206\n\nSupersoul (Paramiitmii)\nbody,within yet aloof,32,112\n\ndevotees and nondevotees directed differently by,233\n\nequally disposed,2-3,54\n\nSupersoul (Paramatma)\nas supreme director,14-15,108-109\nwise guided by,159\n\nSupreme Lord\nas absolute and transcendental,4-5,8,29,\n31-32,162\n\naccepting position given by,91\nas all-pervading,160-161,163,189,200\n\nappearance of. See: Appearance of �!}.a\napproaching,for benedictions,194-195\nauthorities give knowledge of,211\nauthority of, depending on, 107\n\nbodies not awarded by, 104\n\nBrahma empowered by,149,155-158\n\nBrahmii saved by, 140\n\nas brahminical culture's center,71-73\n\nas creator and controller,9,1 8-19,21,29,\n\n31,140,157,160,162\ndear to all,2-3,144,187,247\ndemigods represent,152\n\ndemons envy,173\n\ndevotee of,everyone must he, 126\ndistress reminds one of,127\nenergies of,164\n\nenvy of,penalty for,192\n\nas father of all,165\nfavor of,how known,13-14\n\nfights with devotees,48\n\nin heart of every being, 13,29, 32,54,\n159-161\nHirai:IyakaSipu accuses,of partiality,\n63-66\n\nHiral}.yakasipu envies,172-173\nignorance dispelled by,220\nimpartiality of, 2-5,8,9,10-11, 12,15,\n20-21,29,33, 54,63-64,\n232-233\n\nas impersonal Brahman,163\n\nkilling of,Hirai:IyakaSipu planned,65-71\n\nfunction of,160-161\n\nliving entities as servants of,83-84, 231,\n\nmaterial body controlled by,16-17\n\nmaterial body awarded by,16-17\n\nLord as, 163, 189\n\nas one and different from living being,106\nPrahlada compared to,197-198\nprowess given by,111\n\nrealization of,207\n\n232-233\n\nmaterial energy created by, 155-156\n\nas materially seen, 4-5,8\n\nmerciful to demons,5,20-21,23,24,25,\n29,32-33,34, 39-40, 41-42\n\n", "SB7.1#p0363": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n340\n\nSupreme Lord (cont inued)\n\nmercy of, Knl}.a understood by, 272\n\nnature controlled by,10, 17\n\nSurrender to Supreme Lord\nas devotional process, 261-262\nexamples of, 262\n\nmaterial life ended by, 104\nas only duty, 103\n\nomnipotency of,101-l02\nas one in many,160-161\n\nas only shelter,187-188\n\n\"partiality\" of,questions on, 2-5, 8\n\npastimes of. See: Pastimes of Knl}.a\nPrahliida never forgets,283\n\nPrahliida saved by,144\nPrahliida serves, 275\n\nPrahliida's faith in, 201-202\nas protector, 40, 54, 100, 102-103, ll9,\n\ntransmigration stopped by, 84\n\nSee also: Atma-nivedanam\n\nSutala, Prahliida lives on, 200\n\nSuyajiia\n\ndescription of, at death,90-91\n\nlamentation at death of, 89\n\n280\n\npunishes demons,2, 32, 34-36, 40\nreciprocates one's attitude, 15\n\nrelationships with, 207\n\nsacrifice to be offered to, 69-70, 74\n\nlamentation for, condemned by Yamariija,\n107-108\n\nSuyajii.a,queens of\nlamentation of, 91-96\n\nlamentation of,condemned,120-\n\nsatisfaction of, as pure devotional service,\n249\n\n121\nYamariija advises, 97-121\n\nseeing, as nondifferent from devotional ac­\n\nSuyajiia, relatives of, funeral performed by,\n\nseminal spiritual masters not interested in,\n270\n\nSva-kanna� tam abhyarcya\n\ntivities, 191\n\n123\n\nquoted,104\n\nspiritual master represents, 197, 230\n\nSvan�!hitasya dharmasya\n\nas supreme living entity, 158, 160-161\nas supreme truth, 158\n\nSvargaloka,155\n\nsupervisory capacity of,10, 12,29\n\nas time,160-161\ntime controlled by,18, 19, 20\n\nas V ariiha,60, 63\n\nVi�J}.U caused by, 26\n\nvoice of, compared to cloud,190\nin V:rndiivana,38\n\nverse quoted, 82\n\nSvayambhur ntirada� sambhu�\n,\n\nverse quoted,290\n\nSveta5vatara Upani$ad, quoted on Vedic\nknowledge revealed to faithful,\n273\n\nSyiimasundara, devotee sees,203\n\nweapon of,166\n\nT\n\nworship of,essential,153\n\nworship of,materialists urged to,153\n\nas Yajii.a,152\n\nTad aham bhakty-upahrtam\n\nas cosmic manifestation,163\n\nTadiya::Ypa.sanam, 255\nTad-vag-visargo janatagha-viplavo\n\nVedas as external,161-162\n\nTad-vijiian.ii rtham sa gurum evabhigacchet\n\nSupreme Lord,form of\n\nMayiiviidis ignore,44\nas spiritual,8, 29,31-32\n\nSurrender to Supreme Lord, I00\nBhagavad-gitaquoted on, 100,202\ndemons never, 224\n\nverse quoted, 4, 66, 76\n\nverse quoted, 251\n\nquoted, 27\n\nTair dattan apradayaibhyo\nverse quoted, 69\n\n", "SB7.1#p0364": "341\n\nGeneral Index\nTamasy etani jayante\nverse quoted, ll-12\n\nTrees\nimportance of, 76\n\nTamo-gu� See: Ignorance, mode of\nTan aham dvi¥zta/:l krilran\n\nprotection of, 74, 77\nTrees reflected on moving water, soul accept­\n\nverse quoted, 32, 35\nTapa.sya defined, 143\n\nTridar:u#-sannydsl, 248\n\nTasmiic chdstram prarniiJ:!.am te\n\nTrr:uW api sunlcena\n\nverse quoted, 186\nTasyaite kathita hy artha/:l\nverse quoted, 273\nTata/:l satru-vivrddhau ca\nverse quoted, 125\nTato ndpaiti ya/:l so 'pi\nverse quoted, 34\nTat tad evavagaccha tvam\n\ning bodies compared to, 84-85\n\nverse quoted, 252\nTryakf?3., 63\nTyaja durjana-samsargam\nquoted, 277\nTyaktva deham punar janma\nquoted, 8\nverse quoted, 46\n\nverse quoted, 13\nTe dvandva-moha-nirmuktd\n\nu\n\nverse quoted, 236\nTejo-vdri-mrdam yathd vinimaya/:l\nquoted, 184\nTene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye\nquoted, 149, 157\n\nUdgata, 159\nUniverse\nBrahma engineers, 155-156\nBrahma first and foremost in, 149,\n\nTe 'pi mdm eva kaunteya\nverse quoted, 151\n\n156-157\ndeities within, three original, 166\n\nTe�am evdnukampartham\n\nduration of, 162\n\nverse quoted, 220\nTe�am satata-yuktandm\n\nHirai;�yakasipu conquers, 174\n\nquoted, 13, 14, 233\nTime\nin higher planets vs. earth planet, 143\nas eternal, 136\nfuneral rites subject to, 94-95\nthe Lord creates and controls, 18-19\nSupreme Lord as, 160-161\nTivreJ:UL bhakti-yogena\nverse quoted, 153, 194\nTolerance, Caitanya Mahaprahhu instructs on,\n\nHira1.1yaka8ipu disturbed, 132-134\nas\n\nLord's body, 163\n\nUpan�ad, cited on Lord as Supersoul, 112,\n160-161\nUpayanam dadu/:l sarve\nquoted, 179\nUrusrava, name of ��J.la, 20\nUsinara, 89, 92\nUtkaca, 80\n\nv\n\n277\nTrance. See: Samadhi\n\nVaiku1.1tha. See: Spiritual world, all entries\n\nTranscendentalists. See: Devotees of the\n\nVa�J:Javas. See: Devotees of the Supreme\n\nTransmigration of the soul, mechanics of,\n\nVaiSyas, duties of, 73\nVanaprastha\n\nSupreme Lord; ]iiiinls\n\n16-17\nTree, uprooted, mourning demigods compared\nto, 67\n\nLord, all entries\n\nHirai;�yakasipu recommended for, 223\ninvitation to, 223\n\n", "SB7.1#p0365": "342\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nVanaprastha (continued)\nin var�rama society, 222-223\nVandanam. See: Praying\n\nVaraha, Lord, Hir�yak!?ll killed by, 53, 60\n\nVariiha Pu.ra�. cited on Deity worship, 258\nVar�ramlicliravata purU$e�\nquoted, 222\n\nVar�rama-dharma\n\nin Aryan system, 287\nlife cycle in, 222-223\n\nnecessity of, 73-74\npurpose of, 152\n\nSee also: names of individual orders\nVarul)a, ropes of, 286\n\nVasudeva, contrasted to Nanda Maharaja, 43\n\nVasudevaiJ, sarvam iti\nverse quoted, 202\n\nVasus, 179\n\nVatsalya rasa, 207\nVayu, 184\nVediinta-srltra, cited on creation's cause, 156\nVedas\nenvier of, vanquished, 192\nHir�yakasipu knows, 82\n\nI<r!!Q a consciousness attained through, 272\nas Lord's external body, 161-162\n\nVedic rituals. See: Ritualistic ceremonies\n\nVena Maharaja\n\ncondemned, 24\n\nHiraQyakasipu compared to, 178\nsalvation eludes, 44\n\nVidya-vinaya-sampanne\nverse quoted, 229\n\nVijaya. See: Jaya and Vijaya\n\nVisrava, 55\n\nVisvakarma, 175, 176\n\nVisvamitra, 284\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarli Thakura\n\ncited on ability to receive I<r!! Qa, 15\n\ncited on gop is' courage, 34\ncited on the Lord's supreme will, 18\n\nHir�yaka5ipu compared to Vena by, 178\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarli Thakura, quotations\nfrom\n\non devotional service as all-auspicious, 266\non equal disposition of the Lord, 3\n\non initiator guru, 198\n\non sinner's destiny, 44\n\nVita-raga-bhaya-krodha\nverse quoted, 39\n\nViva�ur atyagat srlnoiJ,\nverse quoted, 36\n\nVrka,80\n\nVrndavana\n\nas holy dhama, 189\n\nKr�Qa attracts all in, 235-236\n\nLord exists in, 200\n\nvs. material world, 236.\n\nrelationships with I<r!!Qa in, 38, 43, 235,\n\n236\nV�Qis, 43\n\nVrtrasura liberated by the Lord, 32\nVyasadeva\nas authority, 183\n\nas Sukadeva's spiritual master, 7\n\nVyavasayatmika buddhiiJ,\nverse quoted, 268\n\nVikri{li.tam vraja-vadhubhir idam ca v�r:wb.\n\nverse quoted, 41\nVipracitti, 63\n\nVipra-yajiiii.di-mulam tu\nverse quoted, 72\n\nViraktir anyatra ca\nquoted, 204\n\nVi�QU. See: Supreme Lord, all entries\n\nv��-bhaktaiJ, smrto daiva\nquoted, 14\n\nv��u Pu.ra� quoted on var�ramadharma, 222-223\n\nw\nWater\n\nas element of the body, 105\nlndra controls, 184\norigin of, 98\n\npassion represented by, 13-14\n\nWomen, ignorance of, 95\n\nWorld War II as defeat for everyone, 11\n\nWorship\n\nof demigods condemned, 113-114,\n151-153\n\n", "SB7.1#p0366": "General Index\n\nWorship\n\nby demons and Rak�as, 145\nby demons ignorant, 152\nby devotees, 152-153\n\nin dhamas, ease of, 189\n\nof HiraJ;�yakasipu, by demigods, 179, 181\n\nof �ikesa by predominating deities,\n\n189\n\nof Lord, good qualities come from, 196\n\n343\n\nYamaraja\nqueens' lamentation condemned by,\n120-121\nSuyajiia's relatives left by, 123\n\nY udhi��hira questioned by, 121\n\nYam evai$a vr�ute tena labhyas\nquoted, 273\n\nYam syamasundaram acintya-gu�-svarupam\nverse quoted, 203\n\nof Lord by demigods, 194\n\nYam yam vapi smaran bhavam\n\nby materialists, 241-242\n\nY anti deva-vratii devan\n\nof Lord fulfills all desires, 153\n\nby qualities, 69-70\nof Supreme Lord essential, 153\n\ny\n\nquoted, 112\n\nverse quoted, 110\n\nYantrara4hani mayayii\nquoted, 17\n\nYasmin vijnate sarvam evam vijliiitam bhavati\nquoted, 220\n\nYasoda. See: Mother Yasoda\n\nYada yada hi dharmasya\n\nYas tu deha-gato jiva/:1.\n\nYad gatva na nivartante\n\nYasya deva para bhaktir\n\nYad yad vibhutimat sattvam\n\nYasya prasiidiid bhagavat-prasiido\n\nverse quoted, 18\n\nquoted, 289\n\nquoted, 141\n\nverse quoted, 13\n\nYa{l sastra-vidhim utsrjya\nverse quoted, 186\n\nYajna. See: Ritualistic ceremonies, purpose of,\nto satisfy Supreme Lord\n\nverse quoted, 125\nverse quoted, 273\n\nquoted, 230\n\nYasyasti bhaktir bhagavaty akincanii\nquoted, 195, 272\n\nverse quoted, 222\n\nYasyiitma-buddhi/:1. ku�pe tri-dhatuke\nverse quoted, 86, 108\n\nYajiiiid bhavati parjanya/:1.\n\nYathartha-bhuta5 ca para\n\nYajnai{l sarikirtana-priiyair\n\nYat-tirtha-buddhi/:1. salile na karhicij\n\nYasyaika-niSvasita-kiilam athiivalambya\n\nYe 'nye 'ravinda�a vimukta-miininas\n\nYajnarthat karma�o 'nyatra\n\nYe 'py anya-devatii-bhaktii\n\nYajnesvara, Vi�J;�u as, 70\n\nYe$iim tv anta-gatam piipam\n\nquoted, 69,71\n\nquoted, 253\n\nquoted, 162\nquoted, 74\n\nYak�\nin mode of ignorance, 10\n\nin modes of ignorance and passion, 14\nYamaraja\ncited on occupational duty, 287-288\nHiraJ;�yakaSipu conquers, 174\n\nLord protects, 118-119\n\nqueens advised by, 97-121\n\nverse quoted 123\nverse quoted, 86\nverse quoted, 47\n\nverse quoted, 151\nverse quoted, 236\n\nYoga\n\nGod-centered vs. mystic, 167-168\n\nby HiraJ;�yakasipu, 179\npower from, 184\n\nYogi, dead, foolish compared to disciples of, 95\nYoginiirh nrpa nir�itarh\nverse quoted, 254\n\n", "SB7.1#p0367": "344\nYogis\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nbenedictions of, fulfilled by Lord, 195\nendurance of, 146-147\nin samadhi (trance), 146\nsenses, uncontrolled, as enemies of, 278\nYudhi��hira inquires about Hira.QyakaSipu,\n211-213\nYudhi��hira Maharaja, guotations from\non Dantavakra and Sisupala, 25-26\n\nYudhi��hira Maharaja, quotations from\n\non Hira.Qyakasipu and Prahlada Maharaja,\n58\non most wonderful thing in world, 121\non Sisupala, 2 3-24\non spiritual world's inhabitants, 46-47\nYugayitarit nime�e�\nquoted, 208\n\n", "SB7.1#p0368": "", "SB7.1#p0369": "SRlMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, an epic philosophical and\n\nliterary classic,\n\nholds a prominent position\n\nin\n\nIndia's voluminous written wisdom. The timeless\nwisdom of India is expressed in the Vedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human\n\nknowledge. Originally preserved through oral tradition the Vedas were first put into writing by Srila\nV yasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of God.\" After\ncompiling the Vedas, Srila Vyasadeva was inspired\n\nby his spiritual master, to present their profound\nessence in the form of Srimad-Bhagavatam. Known\n\n�s \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic literature,\"\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and authoritative exposition of Vedic knowledge.\nAfter wyiting the Bhagavatam, Vyasa taught it to\nhis son, Sukadeva Gosvami, who later spoke the\nBhagavatam to Maharaja Parik�?it in an assembly of\nsages on the bank of the sacred Ganges River. Although Maharaja Parik�?it was a great rajar�i (saintly\nking) and the emperor of the world, when he\nreceived notice of his death seven days in advance, he\nrenounced his entire kindgom and retired to the\nbank of the Ganges to seek spiritual enligh,tenment.\nThe questions of King Parik�?it and Sukadeva\nGosvami's illuminating answers, concerning everything from the nature of th,e self to the origin of the\nuniverse, are the basis of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nThis edition of Bhagavatam is the only complete\nEnglish translation with an elaborate and scholarly\ncommentary and it is the first edition widely available to the English-reading public. This work is the\nproduct of the scholarly and devotional effort of His\nDivine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His\nSanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with\nVedic culture combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nWith its comprehensive system of providing the\noriginal Sanskrit text, Roman transliteration, precise\nword-for-word equivalents, a lucid English translation and a comprehensive commentary, it will appeal\nto scholars, students and laymen alike. The entire\nmultivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta\nBook Trust, promises to occupy a significant place in\nthe intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern\nman for a long time to come.\n\n", "SB7.1#p0370": "What the reviewers say about the SrimadBhagavatam, by His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prahhupada:\n\"It has, been my great pleasure recently to have\n\nread the Srimad-Bhagavatam in the superb edition\nauthorized by A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada. I am sure this monumental work will go far to\n\nbring the sublime message of the Bhagavatam to\nnumerous Westerners who otherwise would miss this\nopportunity.\"\nDr. Alex Wayman\nProfessor of Sanskrit\nColumbia University\n\n\"Srimad-Bhagavatam is a valuable source material for several categories of readers. With its exhaustive plan of providing the original Sanskrit text,\nits\n\nRoman\n\ntransliteration,\n\nEnglish\n\nsynonyms,\n\nEnglish translation and elaborate commentary by a\nscholar and practitioner of philosophy, it cannot but\nbe attractive to serious students and schoLars of\nreligion and philosophy. I recommend this series to\nanyone as an important and useful reference work.\"\nProfessor C. P. Agrawal\nChairman\nDepartment of Humanities\nUniversity of Michigan\n\"The\n\nBhaktivedanta\n\nBook\n\nTrust\n\neditions\n\nof\n\nfamous religious classics of India with new translations and commentaries are an important addition to\nour expanding knowledge of spiritual India. The new\n\nedition of the Srimad-Bhagavatam is particularly\nwelcome.\"\nDr. John L. Mish\nChief, Oriental Division\nNew York Public Library\n\n", "SB7.1#p0371": "", "SB7.2#p0001": "ALL GLORY TO 5Rl GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�S�A-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\n�(I� '« ����qij(Oi41�ll�1�1+t(l'i€+t\\lf:q'ij:\n� mtttfl(cA€1� if�+(•�•«('41� �rnf) f� II\nnaivodvije para duratyaya-vaitara�Jyiis\ntvad-virya-gayana-mahiimrta-magna-cittafr,\nsoce tato vimukha-cetasa indriyarthamaya-sukhaya bharam udvahato vimilfjhiin\n\n(p. 257)\n\n", "SB7.2#p0002": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\nl}hagavad-gi:ta As It Is\n�rimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-7 (21 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri Isopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�J;ta Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�I;ta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr�I;ta, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nLife Comes from Life\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�I;ta\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr�J;ta Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nB��k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nThe Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB7.2#p0003": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nSeventh Canto\n\"The Science of God\"\n\n(Part Two-Chapters 6-10)\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports\n\nby\nHis Divine Grace\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "SB7.2#p0004": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1976 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-169353\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-87-0\n\nFirst printing, 1976: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "SB7.2#p0005": "Table of Contents\nPreface\n\nIX\n\nIntroduction\n\nxm\n\nCHAPTER SIX\n\nPrahlada Instructs His Demoniac\n�h�mm�\n\n1\n\nChapter Summary\n\n1\n\nTeach Every Child l<t�?Qa Consciousness\n\n2\n\nBodily Pleasure Is Available in Any Species of Life\n\n5\n\nEconomic Development Is Worthless\n\n7\n\nHow to Waste Your Life\n\n10\n\nThe Ropes of Family Affection\n\n13\n\nMoney Is Sweeter than Honey\n\n15\n\nThe Almighty Tongue and Genitals\n\n18\n\nEducated Cats and Dogs\n\n22\n\nDancing Dogs in the Hands of Women\n\n24\n\nTo the Atheist the Lord Appears Nonexistent\n\n29\n\nNothing Is Unobtainable for Devotees\n\n34\n\nSurrendering to l<t�?Qa Is Transcendental\n\n36\n\nTranscendental Knowledge Is Difficult to Understand\n\n38\n\nCHAPTER SEVEN\n\nWhat Prahlada Learned in the Womb\n\n41\n\nChapter Summa ry\n\n41\n\nThe Demigods Plunder the Demons\n\n45\n\nNarada Saves the Unborn Hero, Prahlada\n\n49\n\nPrahlada Hears from Narada While in the Womb\n\n53\n\nBoth the Lord and We Are Conscious Individuals\n\n61\n\nv\n\n", "SB7.2#p0006": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nVl\n\nHow to Extract the Spirit Soul\n\n64\n\nAll Sober Persons Should Search for the Soul\n\n65\n\nThe Chains of Polluted Intelligence\n\n75\n\nAccept and Serve the Bona Fide Guru\n\n81\n\nGoing to Hell Requires Great Endeavor\n\n93\n\nAttempts for Happiness Always Y ield Distress\n\n100\n\nToday's Actions Create Your Future Body\n\nlOS\n\nSeeing l(r�I}ll Everywhere Is the ffitimate Goal\n\n114\n\nCHAPTER EIGHT\n\nLord N�deva Slays the King of the\nDemons\n\n117\n\nChapter Summary\n\n117\n\nHira:Qyak.asipu Decides to Kill His Son Prahlada\n\n121\n\nPrahlada Preaches to His Father\n\n125\n\nIf God Is Everywhere, Why Can't I See Him\n\n132\n\nLord N.rsi:rhhadeva Emerges from a Pillar\n\n137\n\nDescription of Lord Nrsirhhadeva's Form\n\n141\n\nThe Lord Tears Hira:Qyak.a8ipu to Pieces\n\n149\n\nThe Demigods Offer Prayers to Lord Nrsi:rhhadeva\n\n158\n\nCHAPTER NINE\n\nPrahlada Pacifies Lord N�deva with\nPrayers\n\n181\n\nChapter Summary\n\n181\n\nPrahlada Approaches Lord Nrsirhhadeva\n\n188\n\nPrahlada's Prayers to the Lord\n\n192\n\nEven a Dog-eater Who Becomes a Devotee Is Exalted\n\n195\n\nThe Lord Incarnates for His Own Pleasure\n\n20 l\n\nSo-called Remedies Are Worse than the Diseases\n\n206\n\nScientists and Politicians Can Never Save Us\n\n210\n\n", "SB7.2#p0007": "Table of Contents\n\nvn\n\nFuture Happiness Is Only a Mirage\n\n222\n\nOur First Duty Is to Serve the Guru\n\n228\n\nThe Lord's Mystic Slumber\n\n237\n\nIn This Age the Lord Does Not Assert Himself\n\n247\n\nThe Senses Are like Many Wives\n\n252\n\nHelp Save the Fools and Rascals\n\n257\n\nMeditating in Seclusion Is Condemned\n\n260\n\nTolerate the Sex Itch, Avoid So Much Suffering\n\n262\n\nThe Lord Gives Up His Anger\n\n272\n\nDevotees Refuse Material Benefits\n\n276\n\nCHAPTER TEN\n\nPrahlada, the Best Among Exalted\nDevotees (Part I)\n\n279\n\nChapter Summary\n\n279\n\nDevotees Fear Materialistic Life\n\n282\n\nServing the Lord for Material Profit\n\n285\n\n_Kr�I;Ui Is Naturally Our Master\n\n288\n\nThe Lord Orders Prahlada to Rule the Demons\n\n295\n\nExalted Devotees Purify Entire Nations\n\n304\n\nLord Brahma Prays to Lord N:rsirilhadeva\n\n310\n\nThe Three Births of Jaya and V ijaya\n\n317\n\nAttentive Hearers Will Attain the Spiritual World\n\n328\n\nAppendixes\n\n331\n\nThe Author\n\n333\n\nReferences\n\n335\n\nGlossary\n\n337\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n343\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n345\n\nGeneral Index\n\n353\n\n", "SB7.2#p0008": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to particular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to\n\nSnmad­\n\nBhiigavatam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\n\nsociety, nay, on the entire energy of living beings. The need is felt by\ngr�at thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Snmad-Bhiigavatam\n\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the aphor­\n\nism of Vedanta philosophy (janmiidy asya yata/:1.} to establish the ideal of\na common cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of oblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts, education and economic development throughout the entire world. But there is\na pinprick somewhere in the social body at large, and therefore there are\nlarge-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is need of a\nclue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship and\n\nprosperity with a common cause. Snmad-Bhiigavatam will fill this need,\n\nfor it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the entire\nhuman society.\n\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student devotee Prahlada\nMaharaja in order to change the demonic face of society.\n\nkaumiira acaret prajiio\ndharmiin bhiigavatan iha\ndurlabham miin�am janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhiig. 7.6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything is\n\nIX\n\n", "SB7.2#p0009": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nX\n\nmerged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate source of\n\ncreation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ultimate\n\nsource of everything that be. This ultimate source is explained ra!ionally\nand authoritatively in the beautiful Bhagavatam or Srimad­\n\nB�avatam.\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\n\nwith Him and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the\n\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\n\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\nsimply by a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\n\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\n\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to convert others to accept God as a concrete principle.\n\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\n\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vedanta-sutra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to the\n\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\n\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\n\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly as with an ordinary\n\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\n\nsure to become a God realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\ncantos.\n\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos, because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\n\nSri ��f.la. One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\n\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\n\nsmall installments one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Snmad-Bhiigavatam, but still\n\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the thinkers and leaders of society\n\non the strength of the following statement of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\ntad-viig-visargo janatiigha-viplavo\nyasmin pratiSlokam abaddhavaty api\n\n", "SB7.2#p0010": "Preface\nniinuiny anantasya ya5o 'nkitiini yac\nchrr:tvanti gayanti grr:tanti sadhaval,t\n(Bhiig.\n\n1.5.11)\n\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the\nunlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring\nabout a revolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such\ntranscendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\n\nom tat sat\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\n", "SB7.2#p0011": "Introduction\n\n\"This Bhagavata Pura1J-(l is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\njust after the departure of Lord .Kr!?:r.ta to His own abode, accompanied by\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\ndense darkness of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\n\nPura1J-(l.\" (Srimad-Bhagavatam 1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the Vedas, ancient\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\npreserved through oral tra�tion, the Vedas were first put into writing\n\nfive thousand years ago by Srila Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\n\nGod.\" Mter compiling the Vedas, Vyasadeva set forth their essence in\n\nthe\n\naphorisms\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nVedanta-satras. Srimad-Bhagavatam is\n\nVyasadeva's commentary on his own Vedanta-sutras. It was written in\nthe maturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\nspiritual master. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\nliterature,\" Srimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and authoritative\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nMter compiling the B¥gavatam, Vyasa imyressed the synopsis of it\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva Gosvami. Sukadeva Gosvami subse­\n\nquently recited the entire Bhagavatam to Maharaja Parik�?it in an assem­\n\nbly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\nDelhi). Maharaja Parik�?it was the emperor of the world and was a great\n\nraja�i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\n\nwithin a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and retired to the bank\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\n'fhe Bhagavatam begins with Emperor Parik!?it's sober inquiry to\nSukadeva Gosvami:\n\"You are the spiritual master of great saints and\ndevotees. I am therefore begging you to show the\nway of perfection for all persons, and especially for\none who is about to die. Please let me know what a\nman should hear, chant, remember and worship,\nand also what he should not do. Please explain all\nthis to me.\"\n\nxm\n\n", "SB7.2#p0012": "XlV\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nSukadeva Gosvami's answer to this question, and numerous other\nquestions posed by Maharaja Parik�it, concerning everything from the\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\ndeath. The sa� Siita Gosvami, who was pr�ent on the bank of the\n\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvami first recited Srimad-Bhagavatam, later\nrepeated the Bhagavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest of\nNaimi�ai;Iya. Those sages, concerned about the spiritual welfare of the\npeople in general, had gathered to perform a long, continuous chain of\nsacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\nwisdom, Siita Gosvami repeated from memory the entire eighteen thousand verses of Srimad-Bhagavatam, as spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami to\n\nMaharaja Parik�it.\nThe reader of Srimad-Bhagavatam hears SUta Gosvami relate the\nquestions of Maharaja Parik�it and the answers of Sukadeva Gosvami.\nAlso, Siita Gosvami sometimes responds directly to questions put by\nSaunaka �i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at N�arai;Iya. One\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\nParik�it and Sukadeva Gosvami on the bank of the Ganges, and another\nat Naimi�rai;Iya between Siita Gosvami and the sages at Naimi�rai;Iya\nForest, headed by Saunaka ��i. Furthermore, while instructing King.\nPar�it, Sukadeva Gosvami often relates historical episodes and gives\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple Vidura. With this understanding of\nthe history of the Bhagavatam, the reader will easily be able to follow its\n\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since philosophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most important in the text,\none need only be attentive to the subject matter of Srimad-Bhagavatam\nto appreciate fully its profound message.\nThe translator of this edi.tion compares the Bhagavatam to sugar\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and\nrelishable. Therefore, to taste the sweetness of the Bhagavatam, one may\nbegin by reading any of its volumes. Mter such an introductory taste,\nhowever, the serious reader is best advised to go back to Volume One of\nthe First Canto and then proceed through the Bhagavat.am, volume after\nvolume, in its natural order.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0013": "Introduction\n\nXV\n\nThis edition of the Bhagavatam is the :first complete English translation of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\n:first widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prahhupiida, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship and intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhagavatam\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhagavatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world view. Students of literature will discover the\nBhagavatam to he a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psy­\n\nchology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhagavatam offers simple\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "SB7.2#p0014": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB7.2#p0015": "PLATE ONE\nWhen HiraQyakasipu, the King of the demons, went to Mandaracala\nmountain to execute severe austerities, in his absence the demigods,\nheaded by King lndra, made a great attempt to subdue all the demons in\nwarfare. When the leaders of the demons, who were being killed one\nafter another, saw the unprecedented exertion of the demigods in fighting, they began to flee, scattering themselves in all directions. Simply to\nprotect their lives, they hastily fled from their homes, wives, children,\nanimals and household paraphernalia. The victorious demigods plundered the palace of HiraQyakasipu and destroyed everything within it.\nThen lndra, King of heaven, arrested Prahlada's mother. As she was\nbeing led away, crying in fear like a small bird captured by a vulture, the\ngreat sage Narada appeared on the scene and saw her in that condition.\nNarada Muni said, \"0 lndra, King of the demigods, this woman is certainly sinless. You should not drag her off in this merciless way. You\nmust immediately release her.\" King lndra said, \"In the womb of this\nwoman, the wife of the demon HiraJ;Iyakasipu, is the seed of that great\ndemon. Therefore, let her remain in our custody until her child is\ndelivered, and then we shall release her.\" Narada Muni replied, \"The\nchild within this woman's womb is faultless and sinless. Indeed, he is a\ngreat devotee, a powerful servant of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore you will not be able to kill him.\"\n\n(pp. 43-48)\n\n", "SB7.2#p0016": "", "SB7.2#p0017": "PLATE TWO\nLord .l(r�Qa, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He\nhas an eternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no\nother origin, for He is the prime cause of all causes. In this material\nworld, to render service to the lotus feet of Govinda, and to see Him\neverywhere, is the only goal of life. (pp. 114-115)\n\n", "SB7.2#p0018": "", "SB7.2#p0019": "PLATE THREE\nWanting his son Prahlada to be trained as a ruthless diplomatic ruler,\nKing Hira1.1yakasipu sent him to school along with the sons of other\ndemons. Prahlada's teachers tried systematically and unceasingly to\nteach him about politics, economic development, sense gratification and\nother mundane topics, but the great devotee Prahlada did not like such\ninstructions, for they were based on the duality of worldly affairs.\nWhenever the teachers went home to attend to their household affairs,\nPrahlada Maharaja, who was the supremely learned person, would very\nkindly teach his class friends about the uselessness of the materialistic\nway of life. He explained the transcendental science of knowing the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, ��Qa, and requested his friends to\nengage in the Lord's devotional service, especially by chanting His holy\nnames. All the sons of the demons appreciated Prahlada's transcendental\ninstructions and took them very seriously. They rejected the materialistic\ninstructions given by their teachers. (pp. 1-119)\n\n", "SB7.2#p0020": "", "SB7.2#p0021": "PLATE FOUR\nWhen Prahlada's teachers observed that all the students were becoming advanced in Kr�J.la consciousness, they approached King\nHiral).yakasipu and described the situation. The King became extremely\nangry and decided to kill his son Prahlada. Cursing him again and again,\nHiral).yakasipu took up his sword and with great anger struct his fist\nagainst a nearby column. Then from within the pillar came a fearful\nsound, which appeared to crack the covering of the universe. At that\ntime the Supreme Personality of Godhead, exhibiting the wonderful,\nfearsome form of Lord N:rsirhhadeva, emerged from the pillar. Lord\nN:rsirhhadeva was half man and half lion. His angry eyes resembled\nmolten gold, His teeth were deadly, His nostrils and gaping mouth appeared like caves of a mountain, His jaws parted fearfully and His entire\nbody touched the sky. His neck was very short and thick, His chest\nbroad, His waist thin, and the hairs on His body as white as the rays of\nthe moon. His arms, spread in all directions, carried His conchshell, disc,\nclub, lotus and other weapons. The demon Hiral).yakasipu attacked\nN:rsirhhadeva with great force, but the Lord captured him and placed\nhim on His lap, supporting him with His thighs. Then, in the doorway of\nthe assembly hall, the Lord very easily tore the demon to pieces with the\nnails of His hand. Lord N:rsirhhadeva's mouth and mane were sprinkled\nwith drops of blood, and his fierce eyes, full of anger, were impossible to\nlook at. Licking the edge of His mouth with His tongue, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, N:rsirhhadeva, decorated with a garland of intestines taken from Hiral).yakasipu's abdomen, resembled a lion that has\njust killed an elephant. (pp. 120-150)\n\n", "SB7.2#p0022": "", "SB7.2#p0023": "PLATE FIVE\nAfter He had killed the great demon Hirru:tyakasipu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead Lord N.rsirhhadeva, who had many, many arms,\nthrew the demon's body aside and turned toward his soldiers. These\nsoldiers had come in thousands to battle Lord Nrsirhhadeva with raised\nweapons and were very faithful followers of Hirru:tyakasipu, but the Lord\nkilled all of them merely with the ends of His nails. The hair on\nNrsirhhadeva's head shook the clouds and scattered them here and there,\nHis glaring eyes stole the effulgence of the luminaries of the sky, and His\nbreathing agitated the seas and oceans. Because of His roaring, all the\nelephants in the world began to cry in fear. Airplanes were thrown into\nouter\n\nspace\n\nand\n\nthe\n\nupper\n\nplanetary\n\nsystem\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nhair\n\non\n\nNrsirhhadeva's head. Because of the pressure of the Lord's lotus feet, the\nearth appeared to slip from its position, and all the hills and mountains\nsprang up because of His intolerable force. Because of the Lord's bodily\neffulgence, both the sky and all directions diminished in their natural illumination. Manifesting a full effulgence and a fearsome countenance,\nLord Nrsirhhadeva exhibited His great anger, power and opulence.\n\n(pp. 151-154)\n\n", "SB7.2#p0024": "", "SB7.2#p0025": "PLATE SIX\nMter killing the soldiers of the demon Hirru,yakasipu, the Supreme\nLord Nrsirhhadeva sat down in the assembly hall on the excellent throne\nof the King. Lord Nrsirhhadeva appeared in such a fearsome form,\nhowever, that none of the demigods could directly approach Him. Lord\nBrahma then requested Prahlada Maharaja, who was standing very near\nhim: \"My dear son, Lord Nrsirhhadeva is extremely angry at your\ndemoniac father. Please go forward and appease the Lord.\" Although the\nexalted devotee Prahlada was only a little boy, he accepted Lord\nBrahma's words. He gradually proceeded toward Lord Nrsirhhadeva and\nfell down to offer his respectful obeisances with folded hands. When\nLord Nrsirhhadeva saw the small boy Prahlada Maharaja prostrated at\nthe soles of His lotus feet, He became most ecstatic in affection toward\nHis devotee. Raising Prahlada, the Lord placed His lotus hand upon the\nboy's head. By the touch of Lord Nrsirhhadeva's hand on his head,\nPrahlada was completely freed of all material contaminations and\ndesires, as if he had been thoroughly cleansed. Therefore he at one became transcendentally situated, and all the symptoms of ecstasy became\nmanifest in his body. His heart filled with love, and his eyes with tears,\nand thus he was able to completely capture the lotus feet of the Lord\nwithin the core of his heart. Prahlada Maharaja fixed his mind and sight\nupon Lord Nrsirhhadeva with full attention in complete trance. With a\nfixed mind, he began to offer prayers. (pp. 154-191)\n\n", "SB7.2#p0026": "", "SB7.2#p0027": "PLATE SEVEN\nLord Nrsirhhadeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, was greatly\npleased by the pure devotion of Prahlada Maharaja, and ordered him to\ntake charge of his father's kingdom. Thereafter, the inauguration of\nPrahlada Maharaja was performed by Lord Brahma in the presence of\nother saintly persons and demigods. Thus, as ordered by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Prahlada Maharaja was made the King of all the\ndemons and giants in the universe. Prahlada Maharaja was the most exalted devotee of the Lord, and never desired any kind of material opulence. Nonetheless, the Supreme Lord allowed him to enjoy the kingdom\ncreated by his father. Whenever and wherever there are peaceful,\nequipoised devotees who are well behaved and decorated with all good\nqualities, that place and the dynasties there, even if condemned, are\npurified. Those who follow Prahlada's example will naturally become\npure devotees of the Lord. He is the best example of a devotee, and\nothers should follow in his footsteps.\n\n(pp. 295-316)\n\n", "SB7.2#p0028": "", "SB7.2#p0029": "CHAPTER SIX\n\nPrahlada Instructs\nHis Demoniac Schoolmates\nThis chapter describes Prahlada Maharaja's instructions to his class\nfriends. In speaking to his friends, who were all sons of demons,\nPrahlada Maharaja stressed that every living entity, especially in human\nsociety, must be interested in spiritual realization from the very beginning of life. When human beings are children, they should be taught that\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the worshipahle Deity for everyone. One should not be very much interested in material enjoyment; instead, one should be satisfied with whatever material profits are easily\nobtainable, and because the duration of one's life is very short, one\nshould utilize every moment for spiritual advancement. One may\nwrongly think, \"In the beginning of our lives let us enjoy material\nfacilities, and in old age we may become Kr!?:Qa conscious.\" Such materialistic thoughts are always useless because in old age one cannot be\ntrained in the spiritual way of life. Therefore, from the very beginning\nof life, one should engage in devotional service\n\n(srava�m kirtanam\n\nv�ry,oM. This is the duty of all living entities. Material education is in­\n\nfected by the three modes of nature, but spiritual education, for which\nthere is a great need in human society, is transcendental. Prahlada\nMaharaja disclosed the secret of how he had received instructions from\nNarada Muni. By accepting the lotus feet of Prahlada Maharaja, who is in\n\nthe paramparii succession, one will be able to understand the mode of\nspiritual life. In accepting this mode of activity, there is no need for material qualifications.\n\nAfter Prahlada Maharaja's class friends had listened to Prahlada\nMaharaja, they inquired how he had become so learned and advanced. In\nthis way the chapter ends.\nTEXT I\n\n� \\ffi'if\n\"\n\n�'\"� 3(m� � lWFT� 1\n� � � �11�11\n1\n\n", "SB7.2#p0030": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n2\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\nsri-prahrada uvaca\nkaumdra dcaret prajno\ndharman bhiigavatiin iha\ndurlabham mdn�m janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\nsri-prahrada/:1. uvaca-Prahlada Maharaja said; kaumara/:1.-in the\ntender age of childhood; dcaret-should practice; prajiia/:1.-one who is\nintelligent;\n\ndharmdn-occupational duties;\n\nbhiigamtiin-which are\n\ndevotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iha-in this\nlife; durlabham-very rarely obtained; mdn�am-human; janmabirth;\n\ntat-that;\n\napi-even;\n\nadhruvam-impermanent, temporary;\n\nartha-dam-full of meaning.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahliida Maharaja said: One who is sufficiently intelligent\n\nshould use the human form of body from the very beginning of\nlife-in other words, from the tender age of childhood-to prac­\n\ntice the activities of devotional service, giving up all other engage­\n\nments. The human body is most rarely achieved, and although\n\ntemporary like other bodies, it is meaningful because in human\nlife one can perform devotional service. Even a slight amount of\n\nsincere devotional service can give one complete perfection.\nPURPORT\n\nThe whole purpose of Vedic civilization and of reading the Vedas is to\nattain the perfect stage of devotional service in the human form of life.\nAccording to the Vedic system, therefore, from the very beginning of life\nthe brah macarya system is introduced so that from one's very childhood-from the age of :five years-one can practice modifying one's\nhuman activities so as to engage perfectly in devotional service. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (2.40), svalpam apy asya dharmasya trayate\nmahato bhayat: \"Even a little advancement on this path can protect one\nfrom the most dangerous type of fear.\" Modern civilization, not referring to the verdicts of Vedic literature, is so cruel to the members of\nhuman society that instead of teaching children to become brah maciiris,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0031": "Text 2]\n\nPrahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\n3\n\nit teaches mothers to kill their children even in the womb, on the plea of\ncurbing the increase of population. And if by chance a child is saved, he\nis educated only for sense gratification. Gradually, throughout the entire\nworld, human society is losing interest in the perfection of life. Indeed,\nmen are living like cats and dogs, spoiling the duration of their human\nlives by actually preparing to transmigrate again to the degraded species\namong the 8,400,000 forms of life. The Kr�l).a consciousness movement\nis anxious to serve human society by teaching people to perform devotional service, which can save a human being from being degraded again\nto animal life. As already stated by Prahlada Maharaja, bhiigavata­\n\ndharma consists\n\nof sravar:uun kirtanarh\n\nv�r:w� smararyarh pada­\n\nsevanaml arcanarh vandanam diisyarh sakhyam iitma-nivedanam. In all\nthe schools, colleges and universities, and at home, all children and\nyouths should be taught to hear about the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In other words, they should be taught to hear the instructions of\n\nBhagavad-gitii, to put them into practice in their lives, and thus to become strong in devotional service, free from fear of being degraded to\nanimal life. Following bhiigavata-dharma has been made extremely easy\nin this age of Kali. The sastra says:\n\nharer nama harer nama\nharer namaiva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyathii\nOne need only chant the Hare Kr�l).a mahii-mantra. Everyone engaged in\nthe practice of chanting the Hare Kr�I).a mahii-mantra will be completely\ncleansed, from the core of his heart, and be saved from the cycle of birth\nand death.\n\nTEXT2\n\n��� �: �qijqO(¥( I\n� � fSN ��: �II �II\n� ft\n\nyathii hi pu�asyeha\nv�r:w� piidopasarparyam\n\n", "SB7.2#p0032": "SrUnad-BhigavabUD\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\nyad e� saroa-bhutandm\npriya atmesvara!t suhrt\nyatha-in order that; hi-indeed; pu�asya-of a living entity;\niha-here; v��!t-of Lord Vi�Qu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; pada-upasarpa�m-approaching the lotus feet; yat-because;\ne�a!t-this; saroa-bhiltandm-of all living entities; priya!t-the dear\none; atma-�vara!t-the master of the soul, the Supersoul; suhrt-the\nbest well-wisher and friend.\nTRANSLATION\nThe human form of life affords one a chance to return home,\n\nback to Godhead. Therefore every living entity, especially in the\nhuman form of life, must engage in devotional service to the lotus\nfeet of Lord Vi!j�U. This devotional service is natural because Lord\n\nVi!j�u, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the most beloved,\n\nthe master of the soul, and the well-wisher of all other living\n\nbeings.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (5.29):\nbhoktaram yajna-tapasam\nsaroa-loka-mahesvaram\nsuhrdam saroa-bhutandm\njnatvd mam santim rcchati\n\"The sages, knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrifices and\nausterities, the Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods and the\nbenefactor and well-wisher of all living entities, attain peace from the\npangs of material miseries.\" Simply by understanding these three\nfacts-that the Supreme Lord, Vi�Qu, is the proprietor of the entire creation, that He is the best well-wishing friend of all living entities, and\nthat He is the supreme enjoyer of everything-one becomes peaceful and\nhappy. For this transcendental happiness, the living entity has wandered\nthroughout the universe in different forms of life and different planetary systems, but because he has forgotten his intimate relationship\n\n", "SB7.2#p0033": "Text3]\n\nPrahlida lnstructa His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\n5\n\nwith Vi�QU, he has merely suffered, life after life. Therefore, the educational system in the human form of life should be so perfect that one will\nunderstand his intimate relationship with God, or Vi�Qu. Every living\nentity has an intimate relationship with God. One should therefore\nglorify the Lord in the adoration of santa-rasa or revive his eternal relationship with Vi�Qu as a servant in dasya-rasa, a friend in sakhya-rasa,\na parent in vatsalya-rasa or a conjugal lover in miidh urya-rasa. All these\nrelationships are on the platform of love. Vi�Qu is the center of love for\neveryone, and therefore the duty of everyone is to engage in the loving\nservice of the Lord. As stated by the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n(Bhiig. 3.25.38), ye�iim aham priya atmd suta.S ca sakha guru/:1. suhrdo\ndaivam �!am. In any form of life, we are related with Vi�Qu, who is the\nmost beloved, the Supersoul, son, friend and guru. Our eternal relationship with God can be revived in the human form of life, and that should\n\nbe the goal of education. Indeed, that is the perfection of life and the perfection of education.\n\nTEXT3\n\nwcwq��� � �c:�litwt �� 1\nri5J � �'U �:(cl&i�..\\1: II � II\nsukham aindriyakam daitya\ndeha-yogena dehinam\nsaroatra labhyate daivad\nyatha du/:tkham ayatnata/:1.\nsukham-happiness; aindriyakam-with reference to the material\nsenses; daitya/:1.-0 my dear friends born in demoniac families; dehayogena-because of possessing a particular type of material body;\ndehinam-of all embodied living entities; saroatra-everywhere (in any\nform of life); labhyate-is obtainable; daiva t-by a superior arrangement; yatha-just as; du/:tkham-unhappiness; ayatnata/:1.-without\nendeavor.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nPrahlida Maharaja continued: My dear friends born of\ndemoniac families, the happiness perceived with reference to the\n\n", "SB7.2#p0034": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n6\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\nsense objects by contact with the body can be obtained in any form\n\nof life, according to one's past fnrltive activities. Such happiness is\nautomatically\n\ndistress.\n\nobtained without endeavor,\n\njust\n\nas\n\nwe\n\nobtain\n\nPURPORT\nIn the material world, in any form of life, there is some so-called happiness and so-called distress. No one invites distress in order to suffer,\nbut still it comes. Similarly, even if we do not endeavor to obtain the advantages of material happiness, we shall obtain them automatically. This\nhappiness and distress are obtainable in any form of life, without endeavor. Thus there is no need to waste time and energy fighting against\ndistress or working very hard for happiness. Our only business in the\nhuman form of life should be to revive our relationship with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and thus become qualified to return\nhome, back to Godhead. Material happiness and distress come as soon as\nwe accept a material body, regardless of what form. We cannot avoid\nsuch happiness and distress under any circumstances. The best use of\nhuman life, therefore, lies in reviving our relationship with the Supreme\nLord, Vi�J).u.\n\nTEXT4\n\nij�Rfl WI A � 3ti�o4�: 'R1l_ I\nWI ij� � � Ut�\"'ii(Uil�it'( II \\l II\ntat-prayiiso na kartavyo\nyata ayur-vyayab, param\nna tathii vindate �emam\nmukunda-caral)iimbujam\ntat-for\n\nthat\n\n(sense\n\ngratification\n\nand\n\neconomic\n\ndevelopment);\n\nprayiisab,-endeavor; na-not; kartavyab,-to be done; yatab,-from\nwhich; ayub,-vyayab,-waste of the duration of life; param-only or\nultimately; na-nor; tathii-in that way; vindate-enjoys; �emamthe ultimate goal of life; mukunda-of the Supreme Personality of God-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0035": "Text 5)\n\nPrahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\nhead, who can deliver one from the material clutches;\n\n7\n\ncaraiJil-ambu­\n\njam-the lotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEndeavors merely for sense gratification or material happiness\nthrough economic development are not to be performed, for they\nresult only in a loss of time and energy, with no actual profit. H\none's endeavors are directed toward �Q.a consciousness, one can\nsurely attain the spiritual platform of self-realization. There is no\nsuch benefit from engaging oneself in economic development.\nPURPORT\nWe see materialistic persons busily engaged in economic development\nall day and all night, trying to increase their material opulence, but even\nif we suppose that they get some benefit from such endeavors, that does\nnot solve the real problem of their lives. Nor do they know what the real\nproblem of life is. This is due to a lack of spiritual education. Especially\nin the present age, every man is in darkness, in the bodily conception of\nlife, not knowing anything of the spirit soul and its needs. Misguided by\nthe blind leaders of society, people consider the body to be everything,\nand they are engaged in trying to keep the body materially comfortable.\nSuch a civilization is condemned because it does not lead humanity\ntoward knowing the real goal of life. People are simply wasting time and\nthe valuable gift of the human form because a human being who does not\ncultivate spiritual life but dies like the cats and dogs is degraded in his\nnext life. From human life, such a person is put into the cycle of continuous birth and death. Thus one loses the true benefit of human life,\nwhich is to become .l<r�?IJ.a conscious and solve life's problems.\nTEXTS\n\nmit �ij6 ��: �Ff ��6: I\nm m; � m� �1t.''���\ntato yateta ku.Salab,\n/cyemaya bhavam asritab,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0036": "8\n\nSrUnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\nsariram pauru§aril yavan\nna vipadyeta pU§kala.m\ntataft-therefore; yateta-should endeavor; ku5alaft-an intelligent\nman interested in the ultimate goal of life; k$emaya-for the real benefit\nof life, or for liberation from material bondage; bhavam asritaft-who is\nin material existence; sariram-the body; pauru§am-human; yavatas long as; na-not; vipadyeta-fails; pU§kalam-stout and strong.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, while in material existence [bhavarn asrita\\1.], a per­\n\nson fully competent to distinguish wrong from right must en­\n\ndeavor to achieve the highest goal of life as long as the body is\nstout and strong and is not embarrassed by dwindling.\nPURPORT\n\n\\\n\nAs stated by Prahlada Maharaja at the beginning of this chapter,\nkaumara iicaret prajiiaft. The word prajfia refers to one who is experienced and who can distinguish right from wrong. Such a person\nshould not waste his energy and valuable human lifetime simply working\nlike a cat or dog to develop his economic condition.\nFor one word in this verse there are two readings-bhavam asritaft\nand bhayam asritaft-but accepting the meaning of either of them will\nbring one to the same conclusion. Bhayam asritaft indicates that the materialistic way of life is always fearful because at every step there is\ndanger. Materialistic life is full of anxieties and fear\n\n(bhayam).\n\nSimilarly, accepting the reading bhavam asritaft, the word bhavam\nrefers to unnecessary trouble and problems. For want of Kr!?Qa consciousness, one is put into bhavam, being perpetually embarrassed by\nbirth, death, old age and disease. Thus one is surely full of anxieties.\nHuman society should be divided into a social system of brahmarJllS,\nk$atriyas, vaiSyas and sildras, but everyone can engage in devotional service. If one wants to live without devotional service, his status as a\nbrahmar)-a, /cyatriya, vaiSya or sildra certainly has no meaning. It is said,\nsthaniid bhr�taft patanty adhaft: whether one is in a higher or lower\ndivision, one certainly falls down for want of Kr!?Qa consciousness. A\n\n", "SB7.2#p0037": "Text6]\n\nPrahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\n9\n\nsane man, therefore, is always fearful of falling from his position. This is\na regulative principle. One should not fall from his exalted position. The\nhighest goal of life can be achieved as long as one's body is stout and\nstrong. We should therefore live in such a way that we keep ourselves always healthy and strong in mind and intelligence so that we can distinguish the goal of life from a life full of problems. A thoughtful man\nmust act in this way, learning to distinguish right from wrong, and thus\nattain the goal of life.\nTEXT6\n\n� tl� QI��G>� =i.ll����: I\nA��\n� ws;1:f suN(t�+t: 11 � 11\npuritso var$a-satam hy ayus\ntad-ardham cajitatmana/:t\nni§phalam yad asau ratryam\nsete 'ndham prapitas tama/:t\npuritsa/:t-of every human being; var$a-satam-one hundred years;\nhi-indeed; ayu/:t-duration of life; tat-of that; ardham-half ; caand; ajita-atmana/:t-of a person who is a servant of his senses;\nni§phalam-without profit, without meaning; yat-because ; a.sau-that\nperson; ratryam-at night; sete-sleeps; andham-ignorance (forgetting his body and soul); prapita/:t-being completely possessed of;\ntama/:t-darkness.\nTRANSLATION\nEvery human being has a maximum duration of life of one\nhundred years, but for one who cannot control his senses, half of\nthose years are completely lost because at night he sleeps twelve\nhours, being covered by ignorance. Therefore such a person has a\nlifetime of only fifty years.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Brahmii, a human being and an ant all live for one hundred\nyears, but their lifetimes of one hundred years are different from one\n\n", "SB7.2#p0038": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n10\n\n[Canto7, Cb. 6\n\nanother. This world is a relative world, and its relative moments of time\nare different. Thus the one hundred years of Brahma are not the same as\nthe one hundred years of a human being. From Bhagavad-gitd we\nunderstand that Brahma's daytime of twelve hours equals 4,300,000\ntimes\n\n1,000 years (sahasra-yuga-paryantam ahar yad brahmar:w\nvidub.). Thus the va�a-satam, or one hundred years, are relatively dif­\n\nferent according to time, person and circumstances. As far as human\nbeings are concerned, the calculation given here is right for the general\npublic. Although one has a maximum of one hundred years of life, by\nsleeping one loses fifty years. Eating, sleeping, sex life and fear are the\nfour bodily necessities, but to utilize the full duration of life a person\ndesiring to advance in spiritual consciousness must reduce these activities. That will give him an opportunity to fully use his lifetime.\nTEXT7\n\n� 'TF!'it �� ilfR�) � �ftt: I\n� ftl� �1€tl4m� �: ll � II\nmugdhasya balye kai.Sore\nkrUJ,ato yati vimsati�\njarayii grasta-dehasya\nyiity akalpasya viri!Sati�\nmugdhasya-of a person bewildered or not in perfect knowledge;\nbalye-in childhood; kai.Sore-in boyhood; kri¢1ta�-playing; yatipasses; viri1Sati�-twenty years; jaraya by invalidity; grastadehasya of a person overcome; yati-passes; aka lpasya -without\n-\n\n-\n\ndetermination,\n\nbeing\n\nunable\n\nto execute\n\neven material\n\nactivities;\n\nviri1Sati�-another twenty years.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the tender age of childhood, when everyone is bewildered,\n\none passes ten years. Similarly, in boyhood, engaged in sporting\nand playing, one passes another ten years. In this way, twenty years\n\nare wasted. Similarly, in old age, when one is an invalid, unable to\n\n", "SB7.2#p0039": "Text 8]\n\nPrahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\nII\n\nperform even material activities, one passes another twenty years\nwastefully.\nPURPORT\nWithout .Krr?J:.la consciousness, one wastes twenty years in childhood\nand boyhood and another twenty years in old age, when one cannot perform any material activities and is full of anxiety about what is to be\ndone by his sons and grandsons and how one's estate should be protected.\nHalf of these years are spent in sleep. Furthermore, one wastes another\nthirty years sleeping at night during the rest of his life. Thus seventy out\nof one hundred years are wasted by a person who does not know the aim\nof life and how to utilize this human form.\nTEXTS\n\n'(lWI � � =if i1J\\�Q1 I\n?t � � srq��uqtnkl ft 11 � 11\ndurapurer:m kamena\nmohena ca bali yasa\n\nSe$arh grhe$U saktasya\npramattasyapayati hi\ndu rapurer:m-which is never fulfilled; kamena-by a strong aspiration to enjoy the material world; mohena-by bewilderment; ca-also;\nbaliyasa-which is strong and formidable; Se$am-the remaining years\nof life; grhe$u-to family life; saktasya -of one who is too attached;\n\npramattasya-mad; apayati-wastefully pass; hi-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\nOne whose mind and senses are uncontrolled becomes increasingly attached to family life because of insatiable lusty desires\nand very strong illusion. In such a madman's life, the remaining\nyears are also wasted because even during those years he cannot\nengage himself in devotional service.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0040": "12\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the account of one hundred years of life. Although in this age a\nlifetime of one hundred years is generally not possible, even if one has\none hundred years, the calculation is that fifty years are wasted in sleeping, twenty years in childhood and boyhood, and twenty years in invalidity (jara-vyadhi). This leaves only a few more years, but because of\ntoo much attachment to household life, those years are also spent with no\npurpose, without God consciousness. Therefore, one should be trained to\nbe a perfect brahmacari in the beginning of life and then to be perfect in\nsense control, following the regulative principles, if one becomes a\nhouseholder. From household life one is ordered to accept vaooprastha\nlife and go to the forest and then accept sannydsa. That is the perfection\nof life. From the very beginning of life, those who are ajitendriya, who\ncannot control their senses, are educated only for sense gratification, as\nwe have seen in the Western countries. Thus the entire duration of a life\nof even one hundred years is wasted and misused, and at the time of\ndeath one transmigrates to another body, which may not be human . At\nthe end of one hundred years, one who has not acted as a human being in\na life of tapasya (austerity and penance) must certainly be embodied\nagain in a body like those of cats, dogs and hogs. Therefore this life of\nlusty desires and sense gratification is extremely risky.\nTEXT9\n\n..rt �! F..ij'ffiill�'il'1tt�6�: I\n\nit'400t�4f&�e(<r\n\n��II� II\n\nko grhe�u pumiin saktam\natmiioom ajitendriyab.\nsneha-pasair drtJ.hair lxuldham\nutsaheta vimocitum\n. kal}.-what; grhe�u-to household life; pumiin-man; saktam -very\nmuch attached; dtmiioom-his own self, the soul; ajita-indriyal].-who\nhas not conquered the senses; sneha-pasai l}.-by the ropes of affection;\n\ndrtJ,hail].-very strong; lxuldham-bound hand and foot; utsaheta-is\nable; vimocitum-to liberate from material bondage.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0041": "Text 9]\n\nPrahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\n13\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhat person too attached to household life due to being unable\nto control his senses can liberate himself? An attached householder is bound very strongly by ropes of affection for his family\n[wife, children and other relatives].\nPURPORT\nPrahlada Maharaja's first proposal was\n\nkaumara acaret praJno\n\ndharmiin bhiigavatdn iha: \"One who is sufficiently intelligent should\nuse the human form of body from the very beginning of life-in other\nwords, from the tender age of childhood-to practice the activities of\ndevotional\n\nservice,\n\ngiving\n\nup\n\nall\n\nother\n\nengagements.\"\n\nDharmiin\n\nbhiigavatan means the religious principle of reviving our relationship\nwith the Supreme Personality of Godhead. For this purpose l(r�.Q.a personally advises, sarva-dharmiin parityajya mam ekam sara�m vraja:\n\"Give up all other duties and surrender unto Me.\" While in the material\nworld we manufacture so many duties in the name of so many isms, but\nour actual duty is to free ourselves from the cycle of birth, death, old age\nand disease. For this purpose, one must first be liberated from material\nbondage, and especially from household life. Household life is actually a\nkind of license for a materially attached person by which to enjoy sense\ngratification under regulative principles. Otherwise there is no need of\nentering household life.\nBefore entering household life, one should be trained as a brahmacari,\nliving under the care of the guru, whose place is known as the guru-kula.\nBrah maciiri guru-kule vasan danto guror hitam (Bhiig.\n\n7.12.1). From\n\nthe very beginning, a brahmacari is trained to sacrifice everything for\nthe benefit of the guru. A brahmacari is advised to go begging alms door\nto door, addressing all women as mother, and whatever he collects goes to\nthe benefit of the guru. In this way he learns how to control his senses and sacrifice everything for the guru. When he is fully trained, if he\nlikes he is allowed to marry. Thus he is not an ordinary grhastha who has\nlearned only how to satisfy his senses. A trained grhastha can gradually\ngive up household life and go to the forest to become increasingly enlightened in spiritual life and at last take sannyasa. Prahlada Maharaja\nexplained to his father that to be freed from all material anxieties one\n\n", "SB7.2#p0042": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n14\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\nshould go to the forest. Hitviitma-piitam grham andha-kupam. One\n\nshould give up his household, which is a place for going further and\n\nfurther down into the darkest regions of material existence. The first ad­\n\nvice, therefore, is that one must give up household life {grham andha­\n\nkupam). However, if one prefers to remain in the dark well of household\n\nlife because of uncontrolled senses, he becomes increasingly entangled\nby ropes of affection for his wife, children, servants, house, money and\nso on. Such a person cannot attain liberation from material bondage.\n\nTherefore children should he taught from the very beginning of life to\n\nhe first-class brahmacaris. Then it will he possible for them to give up\n\nhousehold life in the future.\n\nTo return home, back to Godhead, one must he completely free from\n\nmaterial attachment. Therefore, bhakti-yoga means vairagya-vidya, the\nart that can help one develop a distaste for material enjoyment.\n\nvasudeve bhagavati\n\nbhakti-yogaft prayojitaft\njanayaty asu vairagyam\njfiiinam ca yad ahaitukam\n\"By rendering devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead, Sri\n\nKr�I}.a, one immediately acquires causeless knowledge and detachment\n\nfrom the world.\"\n\n(Bhag. 1.2. 7) If one engages in devotional service\n\nfrom. the beginning of life, he easily attains vairagya-vidya, or asakti,\n\ndetachment, and becomes jitendriya, the controller of his senses. One\nwho perfectly engages in devotional service is therefore called gosvami or\n\nsvami, master of the senses. Unless one is master of the senses, he should\nnot accept the renounced order of life, sannyasa. A strong inclination for\n\nsense enjoyment is the cause of the material body. Without full knowl­\n\nedge one cannot he unattached to material enjoyment, but as long as one\n\nis not in that position one is not fit to return home, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n.a� fcl��a: Sllut;itsfq � (ft«�: I\nq Jtluu�fi(: �g(ij�(: �� ��... II� o II\n\n", "SB7.2#p0043": "Text 10] Prahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\n15\n\nko nv artha-tmliim visrjet\nprd1}£bhyo 'pi ya ipsita]J.\nyam kriTJdty asubhi]J. pre�!hais\ntaskara]J. sevako varJik\nka]J.-who; nu-indeed; art ha-tr�TJdm-a strong desire to acquire\nmoney; visrjet-can give up; prdrJebhya]J. -than life; api-indeed;\nya]J.-which; ipsita/J.-more desired; yam-which; knfJdti-tries to acquire; asubhi]J.-with his own life; pre�!hai]J.-very dear; taskara]J.-a\nthief; sevaka]J.-a professional servant; varJik-a merchant.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMoney is so dear that one conceives of money as being sweeter\nthan honey. Therefore, who can give up the desire to accumulate\nmoney, especially in household life? Thieves, professional servants [soldiers] and merchants try to acquire money even by risking their very dear lives.\nPURPORT\nHow money can be dearer than life is indicated in this verse. Thieves\nmay enter the house of a rich man to steal money at the risk of their\nlives. Because of trespassing, they may be killed by guns or attacked by\nwatchdogs, but still they try to commit burglary. Why do they risk their\nlives? Only to get some money. Similarly, a professional soldier is\nrecruited into the army, and he accepts such service, with the risk of\ndying on the battlefield, only for the sake of money. In the same way,\nmerchants go from one country to another on boats at the risk of their\nlives, or they dive into the water of the sea to collect pearls and valuable\ngems. Thus it is practically proved-and everyone will admit-that\nmoney is sweeter than honey. One may risk everything to acquire\nmoney, and this is especially true of rich men who are too attached to\nhousehold life. Formerly, of course, the members of the higher castesthe brahmarJas, �atriyas and vai.Syas (everyone but the sildras)-were\ntrained in the guru-kula to adhere to a life of renunciation and sense\ncontrol by practicing brahmacarya and mystic yoga. Then they were\nallowed to enter household life. There have consequently been many\n\n", "SB7.2#p0044": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n16\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\ninstances in which great kings and emperors have given up household\nlife. Although they were extremely opulent and were the masters of\nkingdoms, they could give up all their possessions because they were\ntrained early as\n\nbrahmacaris. Prahlada Maharaja's advice is therefore\n\nvery appropriate:\n\nkaumara acaret prajfio\ndharman bhiigavatan iha\ndurlabham miin�am janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n\n\"One who is sufficiently intelligent should use the human form of body\nfrom the very beginning of life-in other words, from the tender age of\nchildhood-to practice the activities of devotional service, giving up all\nother engagements. The human body is most rarely achieved, and although temporary like other bodies, it is meaningful because in human\nlife one can perform devotional service. Even a slight amount of sincere\ndevotional service can give one complete perfection.\" Human society\nshould take advantage of this instruction.\n\nTEXTS ll-13\n\n� fil�l�l �ft:q�I�H\n\nq����\n� ��m«r: mwrr\nII� t II\n�(iUII¥4�('fiM'I:\n\n�:t�\"' �\n!1'1�q;fl�i�)���l{\n�\n\nI\n\n�If pn: �� 11��11\n�\n����:\n�\n�¥Ci<:J�q:a�lq 1\n�\n�+t�'ii\"C:\nN(��ij �W'ij+{t(: II� �II\ncpf\n\n", "SB7.2#p0045": "17\n\nText 13] Prahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\nkatham priyaya anukampitaya/:t\nsangam rahasyam rucirams ca mantran\nsuhrtsu tat-sneha-sita/:t siSunam\nkalak§araT)iim anurakta-citta/:t\nputran smarams ta duhitfr hrdayya\nbhrat[n svasfr va pitarau ca dinau\ngrhan manojnoru-paricchadams ca\nvrtns ca kulya/:t pa§u-bhrtya-vargan\ntyajeta koSas-krd ivehamana/:t\nkarmaTJ-i lobhad avitrpta-kama/:t\naupasthya-jaihvam bahu-manyamana/:t\nkatham virajyeta duranta-moha/:t\n\nkatham-how; priyaya/:t-of the dearmost wife; anukampitaya/:talways\n\naffectionate\n\nand\n\ncompassionate;\n\nsangam-the\n\nassociation;\n\nrahasyam-solitary; ruciran-very pleasing and acceptable; ca-and;\nmantran-instructions; suhrtsu-to the wife and children; tat-snehasita/:t-b eing bound by their affection; siSilnam-to the small children;\nkala-ak§araT)iim-speaking in broken language;\n\nanurakta-citta/:t-a\n\nperson whose mind is attracted; putran-the sons; smaran-thinking\nof; ta/:t-them; duhitt/:t-the daughters (married and staying at the\nhomes of their husbands); hrdayya/:t-always situated in the core of the\nheart; bhrat.fn-the brothers; svasf/:t va-or the sisters; pitarau-father\nand mother; ca-and; dinau-who in old age are mostly invalids;\ngrhan-household\n\naffairs;\n\nmanojfia-very\n\nattractive;\n\nuru-much;\n\nparicchadan-furniture; ca-and; vrtti/:t-big sources of income (industry, business); ca-and; kulya/:t-connected with the family; pa§uof animals (cows, elephants and other household animals); bhrtya-servants and maidservants; vargan-groups; tyajeta-can give up; kosa/:tkrt-the silkworm; iva-like; ihamana/:t-performing; karmaTJ-i-different\n\nactivities;\n\nlobhat-because\n\nkama/:t-whose\n\nincreasing\n\npleasure\n\nthe\n\nfrom\n\ndesires\n\ngenitals;\n\nmanyamana/:t-considering\n\nas\n\nof\n\ninsatiable\n\nare\n\nnot satisfied;\n\njaihvam-and\nvery\n\ndesires;\n\nthe\n\nimportant;\n\navitrpta­\n\naupasthya­\n\ntongue;\n\nbahu­\n\nkatham-how;\n\nvirajyeta-is able to give up; duranta-moha/:t-being in great illusion.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0046": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n18\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nHow can a person who is most affectionate to his family, the core\n\nof his heart being always filled with their pictures, give up their\n\nassociation? Specifically, a wife is always very kind and sym­\n\npathetic and always pleases her husband in a solitary place. Who\ncould give up the association of such a dear and affectionate wife?\n\nSmall children talk in broken language, very pleasing to hear, and\n\ntheir affectionate father always thinks of their sweet words. How\n\ncould he give up their association? One's elderly parents and one's\nsons and daughters are also very dear. A daughter is especially dear\n\nto her father, and while living at her husband's house she is always\n\nin his mind. Who could give up that association? Aside from this,\n\nin household affairs there are many decorated items of household\n\nfurniture, and there are also animals and servants. Who could give\nup such comforts? The attached householder is like a silkworm,\n\nwhich weaves a cocoon in which it becomes imprisoned, unable to\nget out. Simply for the satisfaction of two important senses-the\n\ngenitals and the tongue -one is bound by material conditions.\n\nHow can one escape?\n\nPURPORT\nIn household affairs the first attraction is the beautiful and pleasing\nwife, who increases household attraction more and more. One enjoys his\nwife with two prominent sense organs, namely the tongue and the\ngenitals. The wife speaks very sweetly. This is certainly an attraction.\nThen she prepares very palatable foods to satisfy the tongue, and when\nthe tongue is satisfied one gains strength in the other sense organs, especially the genitals. Thus the wife gives pleasure in sexual intercourse.\nHousehold life means sex life (yan maithuniidi-grhamedhi-sukham hi\ntuccham). This is encouraged by the tongue. Then there are children. A\nbaby gives pleasure by speaking sweet words in broken language, and\nwhen the sons and daughters are grown up one becomes involved in their\neducation and marriage. Then there are one's own father and mother to\nbe taken care of, and one also becomes concerned with the social atmosphere and with pleasing his brothers and sisters. A man becomes increasingly entangled in household affairs, so much so that leaving them\n\n", "SB7.2#p0047": "Text 14] Prahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\n19\n\nbecomes almost impossible. Thus the household becomes grham andhakupam, a dark well into which the man has fallen. For such a man to get\nout is extremely difficult unless he is helped by a strong person, the\nspiritual master, who helps the fallen person with the strong rope of\nspiritual instructions. A fallen person should take advantage of this rope,\nand then the spiritual master, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nKr�J.la, will take him out of the dark well.\nTEXT 14\n\ntf!Miilttq f� �·\n� !�� fffit Sf'R(:\nri;r\n�mr�:Rcnn�•u\nf;tftt;q� WI ���MI(I'i:\n\nII� \\lll\n\nkutumba-po$iiya viyan nijayur\nna budhyate 'rtham vihatarh pramatta/:t\nsarvatra tapa-tra ya-du/:tkhitatma\nnirvidyate na sva-kutumba-rama/:t\nkutumba-of family members; po$iiya-for the maintenance; viyatdeclining; nija-ayu/:t-his lifetime; na-not; budhyate-understands;\nartham-the interest or purpose of life; vihatam-spoiled; pramatta/:tbeing mad in material conditions; sarmtra-everywhere; tapa-trayaby the threefold miserable conditions (adhyatmika, adhidaivika and\nadhibautika) ; du/:tkhita-being distressed; atmii- himself; nirvidyate-becomes remorseful; na-not; sva-kutumba-rama/:t-enjoying simply\nby maintaining the members of the family.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who is too attached cannot understand that he is wasting his\nvaluable life for the maintenance of his family. He also fails to\nunderstand that the purpose of human life, a life suitable for\nrealization of the Absolute Truth, is being imperceptibly spoiled.\nHowever, he is very cleverly attentive to seeing that not a single\n\n", "SB7.2#p0048": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n20\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\nfarthing is lost by mismanagement. Thus a lthough an attached\n\nperson in material existence always suffers from threefold miseries, he does not develop a distaste for the way of material exis­\n\ntence.\n\nPURPORT\nA foolish man does not understand the values of human life, nor does\nhe understand how he is wasting his valuable life simply for the maintenance of his family members. He is expert in calculating the loss of\npounds, shillings and pence, but he is so foolish that he does not know\nhow much money he is losing, even according to material considerations.\ncai;lakya Pai;lQita gives the example that a moment of life cannot be\npurchased in exchange for millions of dollars. A foolish person, however,\nwastes such a valuable life without knowing how much he is losing, even\naccording to monetary calculations. Although a materialistic person is expert in calculating costs and doing business, he does not realize that he is\nmisusing his costly life for want of knowledge. Even though such a materialistic person is always suffering threefold miseries, he is not intelligent enough to cease his materialistic way of life.\nTEXT 15\n\n�\n\n���!�\n\n�\n\n�� 1{{�: I\n�l�tlfi-�if(ij-\n\nf«J�\n\n�fillit �ij t�T II� �II\n\nvitte�u nityabhini�!a-cetd\nvidvams ca do�arn para-vitta-hartu/:t\npretyeha vathapy ajitendriyas tad\na.Santa-kiimo harate ku!umbi\nvitte�u-in material wealth; nitya-abhiniv�!a-ceta/:t-whose mind is\nalways absorbed; vidoon\n\n-\n\nhaving learned; ca-also; do�m-the fault;\n\npara-vitta-hartu/:t-of one who steals the money of others by cheating or\nby transactions on the black market; pretya -after dying; iha-in this\n\n", "SB7.2#p0049": "Text 16] Prahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\n21\n\nmaterial world; va-or; athapi-still; ajita-indriya/:1.-because of being\nunable to control the senses; tat-that; a.Santa-kama/:1.-whose desires\nare unsatiated; ha rate-steals; kutumbi-too fond of his family.\nTRANSLATION\nIf a person too attached to the duties of family maintenance is\nunable to control his senses, the core of his heart is immersed in\nhow to accumulate money. Although he knows that one who takes\nthe wealth of others will be punished by the law of the government, and by the laws of Yamariija after death, he continues cheating others to acquire money.\nPURPORT\nEspecially in these days, people do not believe in a next life or in the\ncourt of Yamaraja and the various punishments of the sinful. But at least\none should know that one who cheats others to acquire money will be\npunished by the laws of the government. Nonetheless, people do not care\nabout the laws of this life or those governing the next. Despite whatever\nknowledge one has, one cannot stop his sinful activities if he is unable to\ncontrol his senses.\nTEXT 16\n\nN&:l�41�tt G�: �\n��)m;r���\n�:\n@4ql(��m;r�ll: Sfq�Q �1 fq�: ����II\nvidvan apittham danuja/:r. ku!umbam\npU§r:tan sva-lokaya na kalpate vai\nya/:r. sviya-parakya-vibhinna-bhavas\ntama/:r. prapadyeta yatha vimili;lha/:r.\nvidvan-knowing (the inconvenience of material existence, especially\nin household life); api-although; ittham-thus; danu-ja/:r.-0 sons of\ndemons; kU!umbam-the family members or extended family members\n\n", "SB7.2#p0050": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n22\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\n(like one's community, society, nation or union of nations); p�r:mn­\n\nproviding with all the necessities of life; sva-lokaya-in understanding\n\nhimself;\n\nna-not;\n\nkalpate-capable;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nya(z-he who;\n\nsviya-my own; parakya-belonging to others; vibhinna-separate;\n\nbhava(z-having a conception of life; tama(z-nothing hut darkness;\n\nprapadyeta-enters;\n\nyatha-just as;\n\neducation, or one who is like an animal.\n\nvimil4ha(z-a person without\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my friends, sons of demons! In this material world, even\n\nthose who are apparently advanced in education have the propen­\n\nsity to consider, \"This is mine, and that is for others.\" Thus they\n\nare\n\nalways engaged in providing the necessities of life to their\n\nfamilies in a limited conception of family life, just like uneducated\n\ncats and dogs. They are unable to take to spiritual knowledge; instead, they are bewildered and overcome by ignorance.\nPURPORT\n\nIn human society there are attempts to educate the human being, hut\n\nfor animal society there is no such system, nor are animals able to he\n\neducated. Therefore animals and unintelligent men are called vimil4ha,\nor ignorant, bewildered, whereas an educated person is called vidvan.\n\nThe real vidvan is one who tries to understand his own position within\n\nthis material world. For example, when Sanatana Gosvami submitted to\nthe lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprahhu, his first question was 'Ire\nami', 'Irene amaya jare tapa-traya'. In other words, he wanted to know\n\nhis constitutional position and why he was suffering from the threefold\n\nmiseries of material existence. This is the process of education. If one\ndoes not ask, \"Who am I? What is the goal of my life?\" hut instead\n\nfollows the same animal propensities as cats and dogs, what is the use of\n\nhis education? As discussed in the previous verse, a living being is en­\n\ntrapped by his fruitive activities, exactly like a silkworm trapped in its\n\nown cocoon. Foolish persons are generally encaged by their fruitive actions (karma) because of a strong desire to enjoy this material world.\n\nSuch attracted persons become involved in society, community and\n\nnation and waste their time, not having profited from having obtained\n\nhuman forms. Especially in this age, Kali-yuga, great leaders, politicians,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0051": "Text 18] Prahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\n23\n\nphilosophers and scientists are all engaged in foolish activities, thinking,\n\"This is mine, and this is yours.\" The scientists invent nuclear weapons\nand collaborate with the big leaders to protect the interests of their own\nnation or society. In this verse, however, it is clearly stated that despite\ntheir so-called advanced knowledge, they actually have the same mentality as cats and dogs. Ai5 cats, dogs and other animals, not knowing their\ntrue interest in life, become increasingly involved in ignorance, the socalled educated person who does not know his own self-interest or the\ntrue goal of life becomes increasingly involved in materialism. Therefore\nPrahlada Maharaja advises everyone to follow the principles of var­\n\nT)iiSrama-dharma. Specifically, at a certain point one must give up family\nlife and take to the renounced order of life to cultivate spiritual knowledge and thus become liberated. This is further discussed in the followmg verses.\nTEXTS 17-18\n\nyato na kaScit kva ca kutracid m\ndinab, svam atmanam alam samarthab,\nvimocitum kama-drsam viharakrU;la-mrgo yan-nigcujo visargab,\ntato viduriit parihrtya daityii\ndaitye�u sarigam �ayiitmake�u\nupeta niiriiyary,am iidi-devam\nsa mukta-sarigair �ito 'pavargab,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0052": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n24\nyata!l-because;\n\nna-never;\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\nka.Scit-anyone;\n\nkva-in any place;\n\nca-also; kutracit-at any time; oo-or; dina!l-having a poor fund of\nknowledge;\n\nsvam-own;\n\nsamartha!l-able;\n\natmanam-self;\n\nvirrwcitum-to\n\nliberate;\n\nalam-exceedingly;\nkama-drsam-of\n\nlusty\n\nwomen; vihara-in the sexual enjoyment; kru}ii-mrga!l-a playboy;\nyat-in whom; nig�!l-which is the shackle of material bondage;\nvisarga!l-the expansions of family relationships;\ncircumstances;\n\nvidurat-from\n\nfar\n\naway;\n\ntata!l-in such\n\nparihrtya-giving\n\nup;\n\ndaitya!l-0 my friends, sons of the demons; daitye�u-among the\ndemons; sarigam-association; v�aya-atma-ke�u-who are too addicted\nto sense enjoyment; upeta-one should approach; naniya�m-Lord\nNarayaQ.a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; adi-devam-the origin\nof all the demigods; sa!l-He; mukta-sarigai!l-by the association of\nliberated persons; �ita!l-desired; apavarga!l-the path of liberation.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear friends, 0 sons of the demons, it is certain that no one\n\nbereft of knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead has\nbeen able to liberate himself from material bondage at any time or\n\nin any country. Rather, those bereft of knowledge of the Lord are\n\nbound by the material laws. They are factually addicted to sense\n\ngratification, and their target is woman. Indeed, they are actually\n\nplaythings in the hands of attractive women. Victimized by such a\n\nconception of life, they become surrounded by children, grand­\n\nchildren and great-grandchildren, and thus they are shackled to\nmaterial bondage. Those who are very much addicted to this con­\n\nception of life are called demons. Therefore, although you are\n\nsons of demons, keep aloof from such persons and take shelter of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Niiriy�a, the origin of all\n\nthe demigods, because the ultimate goal for the devotees of\n\nNiiriy�a is liberation from the bondage of material existence.\nPURPORT\n\nPrahlada Maharaja has maintained the philosophical point of view that\none should give up the dark well of family life and go to the forest to take\nshelter of the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n(hitvatma-patam\n\ngrham\n\nandha-kupam\n\nvanam\n\ngato\n\nyad\n\ndharim\n\n", "SB7.2#p0053": "Text 19]\n\nPrahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\n25\n\nasrayeta). In this verse also, he stresses the same point. In the history of\nhuman society, no one, at any time or any place, has been liberated because of too much affection and attachment for his family. Even in those\nwho are apparently very educated, the same family attachment is there.\nThey cannot give up the association of their families, even in old age or\ninvalidity, for they are attached to sense enjoyment. As we have several\ntimes discussed, yan maithuniidi-grhamedhi-sukham hi tuccham: socalled householders are simply attracted by sexual enjoyment. Thus they\nkeep themselves shackled in family life, and furthermore they want\ntheir children to be shackled in the same way. Playing the parts of playboys in the hands of women, they glide down to the darkest regions of\nmaterial existence. Adanta-gobhir vi.Satam tamisram puna/:r, puna5\ncarvita-carval}dnam. Because they are unable to control their senses,\nthey continue a life of chewing the chewed and therefore descend to the\ndarkest material regions. One should give up the association of such\ndemons and adhere to the association of devotees. Thus one will be able\nto be liberated from material bondage.\n\nna hy acyutam priTJllyato\nbahv-ayaso 'suratmaja/:r,\natmatvat sarva-bhutanam\nsiddhatvad iha sarvata/:r,\nna-not; hi-indeed; acyutam-the infallible Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; priTJ(lyata/:r,-satisfying; bahu-much; ayasa/:r,-endeavor;\nasura-atma-ja/:r,-0 sons of demons; atmatvat-because of being intimately related as the Supersoul; sarva-bhutanam-of all living entities; siddhatvat-because of being established; iha-in this world;\nsarvata/:r,-in all directions, in all times and from all angles of vision.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear sons of demons, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nNiriy�a, is the original Supersoul, the father of all living entities.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0054": "26\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\nConsequently there are no impediments to pleasing Him or\n\nworshiping Him under any conditions, whether one be a child or\n\nan old man. The relationship between the living entities and the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is always a fact, and therefore\n\nthere is no difficulty in pleasing the Lord.\nPURPORT\n\nOne may ask, \"One is certainly very attached to family life, but if one\ngives up family life to be attached to the service of the Lord, one must\nundergo the same endeavor and trouble. Therefore, what is the benefit of\ntaking the trouble to engage in the service of the Lord?\" This is not a\nvalid objection. The Lord asserts in Bhagavad-gitii (14.4):\n\nsaroa-yon�u kaunteya\nmilrtayab, sambhavanti yab,\ntiisiirh brahma mahad yonir\naham bija-pradab, pita\n\"It should be understood that all species of life, 0 son of Kunti, are made\npossible by birth in this material nature, and that I am the seed-giving\nfather.\" The Supreme Lord, Naray�a, is the seed-giving father of all\nliving entities because the living entities are parts and parcels of the\nSupreme Lord (mamaivamso ... jiva-bhatab-}. As there is no difficulty in\nestablishing the intimate relationship between a father and son, there is\nno difficulty in reestablishing the natural, intimate relationship between\nNaraya�a and the living entities. Svalpam apy asya dharmasya trayate\n\nmahato bhayat: if one performs even very slight devotional service,\nNaray�a is always ready to save one from the greatest danger. The\ndefinite example is Ajamila. Ajamila separated himself from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead by performing many sinful activities\nand was condemned by Yamaraja to be very severely punished, but because at the time of death he chanted the name of Naraya�a, although he\nwas calling not for the Supreme Lord Naray�a but for his son named\nNaray�a, he was saved from the hands of Yamaraja. Therefore, pleasing\nNaray�a does not require as much endeavor as pleasing one's family,\ncommunity and nation. We have seen important political leaders killed\nfor a slight discrepancy in their behavior. Therefore pleasing one's\n\n", "SB7.2#p0055": "Text 23]\n\nPrahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\n27\n\nsociety, family, community and nation is extremely difficult. Pleasing\nNaray�a, however, is not at all difficult; it is very easy.\n\nOne's duty is to revive one's relationship with Naraya�a. A slight en­\n\ndeavor in this direction will make the attempt successful, whereas one\nwill never be successful in pleasing his so-called family, society and\n\nnation, even if one endeavors to sacrifice his life. The simple endeavor\ninvolved in the devotional service of srava!Jfl.rh kirtanarh v��b.. hearing\n\nand chanting the holy name of the Lord, can make one successful in\n\npleasing the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nhas therefore bestowed His blessin_gs by saying, pararh vijayate srik�!Jfl.-Sarikirtanam: \"All glories to Sri Kr!:!�a sarikirtanar' If one wants\n\nto derive the actual benefit from this human form, he must take to the\nchanting of the holy name of the Lord.\n\nTEXTS 20-23\n\n�! ;mrra��\n�� Fi� �q �ij � II� oil\n\ntrOO!\n\n� go��q � guroq-Rf�� (NT I\n�� � qu �\"' ifllfAT�SOlltr:\n\n����II\n\nst��•w¥4@� t�it�3tol � �'l..\n\n1\n\n�Qolflq'fif;(���f;r��)s{qq.�q�: II��II\niffl�ltl¥4�1Wi�@�q:\n¥lll1lll �ij:ri\nm\n..\n\npardvare�u bhiUe�u\nbrahmdnta-sthdvardd�u\nbhautike�u vikdre�u\nbhate� atha mahatsu ca\ngur:r-e�u gu!Jfl.-sdmye ca\ngu!Jfl.-vyatikare tathd\n\nI\n����II\n\n", "SB7.2#p0056": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n28\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\neka eva paro hy atmd\nbhagavan iSvaro 'vyayab.\npratyag-atma-svanlpe�\ndrsya-rupe� ca svayam\nvyapya-vyapaka-nirdesyo\nhy anirdesyo 'vikalpitab.\nkevalanubhavanandasvanlpab, paramesvarab.\nmdyayantarhitaiSvarya\niyate gu�-sargayii\npara-avare$u-in exalted or hellish conditions of life; bhute$u-in\nthe living beings; brahma-anta-ending with Lord Brahma; sthavaraiidi$u-beginning with the nonmoving forms of life, the trees and\nplants; bhautike$u-of the material elements; vikiire$u-in the transformations; bhute$u-in the five gross elements of material nature; athamoreover; mahatsu-in the mahat-tattva, the total material energy;\nca-also; gu�$u-in the modes of material nature; gu�-samye-in an\nequilibrium of material qualities; ca-and; gu�-vyatikare-in the\nuneven manifestation of the modes of material nature; tatha-as well;\nekab,-one; eva-only; parab,-transcendental; hi-indeed; litmd-the\noriginal source;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\niSvarab,-the controller; avyayab,-without deteriorating; pratyak-inner; iitma-svanlpe�-by His original constitutional position\n\nas\n\nthe\n\nSupersoul; drsya-nlpe�-by His visible forms; ca-also; svayampersonally; vyapya-pervaded; vyapaka-all-pervading; nirdesyab.to be described; hi-certainly; anirdesyab,-not to be described (because\nof\n\nfine,\n\nsubtle\n\nexistence);\n\navikalpitab,-without\n\ndifferentiation;\n\nkevala-only; anubhava-ananda-svanlpab,-whose form is blissful and\nfull of knowledge; parama-iSvarab,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the supreme ruler; mdyaya-by maya, the illusory energy;\nantarhita-covered; aiSvaryab,-whose unlimited opulence; iyate-is\nmistaken as; gu�-sargaya-the interaction of the material modes of\nnature.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0057": "Text 23] Prahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\n29\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, the supreme controller,\nwho is infallible and indefatigable, is present in different forms of\nlife, from the inert living beings [sthivara], such as the plants, to\nBrabma, the foremost created living being. He is also present in\nthe varieties of material creations and in the material elements, the\ntotal material energy and the modes of material nature [sattvagu:r_18, rajo-guJ].a and tamo-guJ].a], as well as the unmanifested material nature and the false ego. Although He is one, He is present\neverywhere, and He is also the transcendental Supersoul, the cause\nof all causes, who is present as the observer in the cores of the\nhearts of all living entities. He is indicated as that which is pervaded and as the all-pervading Supersoul, but actually He cannot\nbe indicated. He is changeless and undivided. He is simply perceived as the supreme sac-cid-inanda [eternity, knowledge and\nbliss]. Being covered by the curtain of the external energy, to the\natheist He appears nonexistent.\nPURPORT\nNot only is the Supreme Personality of Godhead present as the Supersoul of all living entities; at the same time, He pervades everything in\nthe entire creation. He exists in all circumstances and at all times. He exists in the heart of Lord Brahma and also in the cores of the hearts of the\nhogs, dogs, trees, plants and so on. He is present everywhere. He is\npresent not only in the heart of the living entity, but also in material\nthings, even in the atoms, protons and electrons being explored by material scientists.\nThe Lord is present in three features-as Brahman, Paramatma and\nBhagavan. Because He is present everywhere, He is described as sarvam\n\nkhalv idam brahma. Vi�r;tu exists beyond Brahman. Bhagavad-gitd confirms that Kr�r;ta, by His Brahman feature, is all-pervading (maya tatam\n\nidam saroam), but Brahman depends upon Kr�r;ta (brahmar.w hi\nprat�!haham). Without Kr�r;ta, there could be no existence of Brahman\nor Paramatma. Therefore, Bhagavan, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the ultimate realization of the Absolute Truth. Although He is\n\n", "SB7.2#p0058": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n30\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\npresent as the Paramatma in the core of everyone's heart, He is nonethe­\n\nless one, either as an individual or as the all-pervading Brahman.\n\nThe supreme cause is ��r;ta, and devotees who have surrendered to\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead can realize Him and His presence\n\nwithin the universe and within the atom (m:u;/iintara-stha-paramii:�tu­\n\ncayantara-stham). This realization is possible only for devotees who\n\nhave fully surrendered unto the lotus feet of the Lord; for others it is not\n\npossible. This is confirmed by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gita (7 .14):\n\ndaiv'i hy e�a gu�may'i\nmama maya duratyaya\nmam eva ye prapadyante\nmayam etam taranti te\nThe process of surrender in a devotional attitude is accepted by a fortu­\n\nnate living being. Mter wandering through many varieties of life on\n\nmany planetary systems, when one comes to the real understanding of\nthe Absolute Truth by the grace of a devotee, one surrenders to the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, as confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gita\n\n(bahunam janmanam ante jfli.inavan mam prapadyate).\n\nPrahlada Maharaja's class friends, who were born of Daitya families,\n\nthought that realizing the Absolute was extremely difficult. Indeed, we\nhave experience that many, many people say this very thing. Actually,\n\nhowever, this is not so. The Absolute, the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, is most intimately related to all living entities. Therefore if one\n\nunderstands the Vai�r;tava philosophy, which explains how He is present\n\neverywhere and how He acts everywhere, to worship the Supreme Lord\n\nor to realize Him is not at all difficult. Realization of the Lord, however,\n\nis possible only in the association of devotees. Therefore Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu,\n\nin\n\nHis\n\nteachings\n\nto\n\nRiipa\n\nGosvlimi\n\nsaid\n\n(Cc.\n\nMadhya 19.151):\nbrahmaTJ4a bhramite kona bhagyavan jiva\nguru-kr��-prasade paya bhakti-lata-bija\nThe living entity in the material condition wanders through many\nvarieties of life and many varieties of circumstances, but if he comes in\n\n", "SB7.2#p0059": "Text 24] Prahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\n31\n\ncontact with a pure devotee and is intelligent enough to take instructions\nfrom the pure devotee regarding the process of devotional service, he can\n\nunderstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the origin of Brahman\n\nand Paramatma, without difficulty. In this regard, Srila Madhvacarya\n\nsays:\n\nantarydmi pratyag-atma\nvyapta/:t kiilo hari/:t smrta/:t\nprakrtya tamasavrtatvat\nharer aiSvaryam na jfliiyate\nThe Lord is present as antarydmiin everyone's heart and is visible in the\n\nindividual soul covered by a body. Indeed, He is everywhere at every\n\ntime and every condition, but because He is covered by the curtain of\nmaterial energy, to an ordinary person there appears to be no God.\nTEXT 24\n\n��!���cr�l\n��A� � �: ������\ntasmat sarve�u bhute�u\ndayam kuruta sauhrdam\nbhavam dsuram unmucya\nyaya t�yaty adho�aja/:t\ntasmat-therefore;\n\nsarve�u-to\n\nall;\n\nbhute�u-living\n\nentitles;\n\ndayam-mercy; kuruta-show; sauhrdam-friendliness; bhavam-the\n\nattitude; asuram-of the demons (who separate friends and enemies);\nunmucya-giVmg\n\nup;\n\nyaya-by\n\nwhich;\n\nt�yati-is\n\nsatisfied;\n\nadho�aja/:t-the Supreme Lord, who is beyond the perception of the\n\nsenses.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, my dear young friends horn of demons, please act in\nsuch a way that the Supreme Lord, who is beyond the conception\nof material knowledge, will be satisfied. Give up your demoniac\n\n", "SB7.2#p0060": "32\n\nSrUnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\nnature and act without enmity or duality. Show mercy to all living\n\nentities by enlightening them in devotional service, thus becoming\n\ntheir well-wishers.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord says in Bhagatad-gitii (18.55), blmktyii miim abhijiiniiti\nyiiviin ya.S ciismi tattvata/:1.: \"One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is only by devotional service.\" Prahlada Maharaja\nultimately instructed his clas; friends, the sons of the demons, to accept\nthe process of devotional service by preaching the science of K.r�Qa consciousness to everyone. Preoching is the best service to the Lord. The\nLord will immediately be e�remely satisfied with one who engages in\nthis service of preaching K.rwa consciousness. This is confirmed by the\nLord Himself in Bhagavaa-gitii\n\n(18.69). Na ca tasman man�ye$u\nkaScin me priya-krttama/:1.: \"There is no servant in this world more dear\n\nto Me than he, nor will there ever be one more dear.\" If one sincerely\ntries his best to spread K.r�J.la consciousness by preaching the glories of\nthe Lord and His supremacy, even if he is imperfectly educated, he becomes the dearmost servant d the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This\nis blmkti. As one performs this service for humanity, without discrimination between friends and enemies, the Lord becomes satisfied, and the\nmission of one's life is fulfil]ed. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu therefore advised everyone to become a guru-devotee and preach l(r�Qa consciousness (yare dekiUL, tare kaiUL 'kmw!-upadesa). That is the easiest way to\nrealize the Supreme Persorality of Godhead. By such preaching, the\npreacher becomes satisfied, and those to whom he preaches are also\nsatisfied. This is the process of bringing peace and tranquility to the entire world.\n\nbhokttiram yajna-tapasam\nsaroa-loka-mahesvaram\nsuhrchm sarva-bhutiiniim\njfiitvii miim siintim rcchati\nOne is expected to understand these three formulas of knowledge concerning the Supreme Lord-that He is the supreme enjoyer, that He is\nthe proprietor of everythin�, and that He is the best well-wisher and\n\n", "SB7.2#p0061": "Text 25] Prahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\n33\n\nfriend of everyone. A preacher should personally understand these\ntruths and preach them to everyone. Then there will be peace and tranquility all over the world.\nThe word sauhrdam (\"friendliness\") is very significant in this verse.\nPeople are generally ignorant of l(r�Qa consciousness, and therefore to\nbecome their best well-wisher one should teach them about l(r�Qa consciousness without discrimination. Since the Supreme Lord, Vi�Qu, is\nsituated in the core of everyone's heart, every body is a temple of Vi�Qu.\nOne should not misuse this understanding as an excuse for such words as\ndaridra-niiraya�. H NarayaQa lives in the house of a daridra, a poor\nman, this does not mean that NarayaQa becomes poor. He lives everywhere-in the houses of the poor and those of the rich-but in all\ncircumstances He remains NarayaQa; to think that He becomes either\npoor or rich is a material calculation. He is always �cuj-aiSvarya-pur�,\nfull in six opulences, in all circumstances.\n\nTEXT 25\n�\n\n�\n\n'\n\nij� �VI' I�'I�R4�(f 3IRr\nIt �gor6;.JRt�u�� � ��: 1\n�;:r: f�� � C�itfi-ij;{\n�nt� :wl��'ffl� wt: ����II\nt�!e ca tatra kim alabhyam ananta iidye\nkim tair gu�-vyatikariid iha ye sva-siddhiil,t\ndharmiidayab kim agu�Jena ca kiiri�itena\nsaram j�am cara�yor upagayatam nal,t\nt�!e-when\n\nsatisfied;\n\nca-also;\n\ntatra-that;\n\nkim-what;\n\nala­\n\nbhyam-unobtainable; anante-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\niidye-the original source of everything, the cause of all causes; kimwhat need; tail,t-with them; gu�-vyatikarat-due to the actions of the\nmodes of material nature; iha-in this world; ye-which; sva-siddhiil,t-automatically achieved; dharma-adayal,t-the three principles\nof material advancement, namely religion, economic development and\nsense gratification; kim-what need; agu�Jena-with liberation into the\nSupreme;\n\nca-and;\n\nkiiri�itena-desired;\n\nsiiram-essence; j�am-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0062": "34\n\nSrbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\nrelishing; cara�Jayo!J,-of the two lotus feet of the Lord; upagiiyatdmwho glorify the qualities of the Lord; na!J,-of us.\nTRANSLATION\nNothing is unobtainable for devotees who have satisfied the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is the cause of all causes,\n\nthe original source of everything. The Lord is the reservoir of unlimited spiritual qualities. For devotees, therefore, who are tran­\n\nscendental to the modes of material nature, what is the use of\n\nfollowing the principles of religion, economic development, sense\n\ngratification and liberation, which are all automatically obtainable\nunder the influence of the modes of nature? We devotees always\n\nglorify the lotus feet of the Lord, and therefore we need not ask\nfor anything in terms of dharma, kima, artha and mo�\nPURPORT\n\nIn an advanced civilization, people are eager to be religious, to be\neconomically well situated, to satisfy their senses to the fullest extent,\nand at last to attain liberation. However, these are not to be magnified as\ndesirable. Indeed, for a devotee these are all very easily available.\n\nBilvamaitgala Thakura said, mukti!J, svayam mukulitiinjali sevate 'smiin\n\ndharmiirtha-kama-gataya!J. samaya-pratik$ii!J,. Liberation always stands\n\nat the door of a devotee, ready to carry out his orders. Material advancement in religion, economic development, sense gratification and liberation simply wait to serve a devotee at the first opportunity. A devotee is\nalready in a transcendental position; he does not need further qualifica­\n\ntions to be liberated. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (14.26), sa guTJiin\n\nsamatityaitiin brahma-bhuyiiya kalpate: a devotee is transcendental to\n\nthe actions and reactions of the three modes of material nature because\nhe is situated on the Brahman platform.\n\nPrahlada Maharaja said, agu�na ca karik$itena: if one is engaged in\n\nthe transcendental loving service of the lotus feet of the Lord, he does\nnot need anything in terms of\n\ndharma, artha, kiima or mok$a. In\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam, therefore, in the beginning of the transcendental\ndharma!J, projjhita-kaitavo 'tra. Dharma, artha,\nkama and mok$a are kaitava-false and unnecessary. NirmatsariirJiim,\n\nliterature, it is said,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0063": "Text 26]\n\nPrahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\n35\n\npersons who are completely transcendental to the material activities of\n\nseparateness, who make no distinction between \"mine\" and \"yours,''' but\n\nwho simply engage in the devotional service of the Lord, are actually fit\nto accept bhiigavata-dharrTUl (dharmiin bhagavatdn iha). Because they\nare ninnatsara, not jealous of anyone, they want to make others devo­\n\ntees, even their enemies. In this regard, Srila Madhvacarya remarks,\n\nkarilcyate molcya-gam api sukham niikarilcyato yathii. Devotees are not\n\ndesirous of any material happiness, including the happiness derived\nfrom liberation. This is called anyabhi/i4ita-sunyam jfiiina-kannady­\n\naniivrtam. Kann'is desire material happiness, and jfiiin'is desire libera­\n\ntion, but a devotee does not desire anything; he is simply satisfied by\n\nrendering transcendental loving service at the lotus feet of the Lord and\nglorifying Him everywhere by preaching, which is his life and soul.\nTEXT 26\n\n� � �i'tsfi:INijfWf;f\n�5f�ft��NNm�mtl\n� ij�<rc::� A••� ��\n�l�'il�of ��: tR� �: II��II\ndharmiirtha-kama iti yo 'bhihitas tri-varga\nik§a trayi naya-damau vividhii ca vdrta\nmanye tad etad akhilam nigamasya satyam\nsvdtmarpar:wm sva-suhrdaft paramasya pumsaft\ndharrTUl-religion; artha-economic development;\n\nlated\n\nsense\n\nprescribed;\n\ngratification;\n\niti-thus;\n\nyaft-which;\n\nkamaft-regu­\n\nabhihitaft­\n\ntri -vargaft-the group of three; i/cyd-self-realization;\ntr ayi-the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies; naya-logic; damau-and the\n\nscience of law and order; vividhii-varieties of; ca-also; vdrtd-occupational duties, or one's livelihood; manye-I consider; tat-them;\n\netat-these; akhilam-all; nigamasya-of the Vedas; satyam-truth;\nsva-atma -arpar:wm-the full surrendering of one's self; sva-suhrdaftunto the supreme friend; paramas ya-the ultimate; pumsaft-per­\n\nsonality.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0064": "36\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nReligion, economic development and sense gratification-these\n\nare described in the Vedas as tri-varga, or three ways to salvation.\n\nWithin these three categories are education and self-realization;\n\nritualistic ceremonies performed according to Vedic injunction;\n\nlogic; the science of law and order; and the various means of earn­\n\ning one's livelihood. These are the external subject matters of\n\nstudy in the Vedas, and therefore I consider them material.\n\nHowever, I consider surrender to the lotus feet of Lord V i�r;tu to\n\nbe transcendental.\n\nPURPORT\nThese instructions of Prahlada Maharaja stress the transcendental\nposition of devotional service. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (14.26):\n\nmiim ca yo 'vyabhiciirer:w\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gur:Uin samatityaitiin\nbrahma-bhuyiiya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in\nany circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and\nthus comes to the level of Brahman.\" One who fully engages in the devotional service of the Lord is immediately raised to the transcendental\nposition, which is the brahma-bhuta stage. Any education or activity not\non the brahma-bhuta platform, the platform of self-realization, is considered to be material, and Prahlada Maharaja says that anything material cannot be the Absolute Truth, for the Absolute Truth is on the\nspiritual platform. This is also confirmed by Lord i(r�Qa in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii (2.45), where He says, traigu'(tya-v�ayii veda nistraigu'(tyo\nbhaviirjuna: \"The Vedas mainly deal with the subject of the three modes\nof material nature. Rise above these modes, 0 Arjuna. Be transcendental\nto all of them.\" To act on the material platform, even if one's activities\nare sanctioned by the Vedas, is not the ultimate goal of life. The ultimate\ngoal of life is to stay on the spiritual platform, fully surrendered to the\n\nparama-purfL$a, the supreme person. This is the object of the human\nmission. In summary, the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies and injunctions\n\n", "SB7.2#p0065": "Text 27] Prahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\n37\n\nare not to be discounted; they are means of being promoted to the spiritual platform. But if one does not come to the spiritual platform, the\nVedic ceremonies are simply a waste of time. This is confirmed in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.8):\n\ndharma/:!. svanU§!hita/:1. puritsarh\nvi§vaksena-kathiisu ya/:1.\nnotpiidayed yadi ratirh\nsrama eva hi kevalam\n\"Duties [dharma] executed by men, regardless of occupation, are only so\nmuch useless labor if they do not provoke attraction for the message of\nthe Supreme Lord.\" If one very strictly performs the various duties of\nreligion but does not ultimately come to the platform of surrendering to\nthe Supreme Lord, his methods of attaining salvation or elevation are\nsimply a waste of time and energy.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�\n\n��\n�Rtlluit ;y��: � '11�1tf\n\n��\n\n�� lJtFHt���ga;yr-d\nmtif'q-��\"ija�R�f �nt_ 11�\\9 11\njnanarh tad etad amalarh duraviipam aha\nniiraya� nara-sakha/:1. kila niiradiiya\nekiintiniirh bhagavatas tad akificaniinii rh\npiidiiravinda-rajasapluta-dehiniirh syat\njoonam-knowledge; tat-that; etat-this; amalam-without material contamination; duravapam-very difficult to understand (without\n\nthe mercy of a devotee); aha-explained; niiraya�a/:1.-Lord Narayat;ta,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; nara-sakha/:1.-the friend of all\nliving entities (especially human beings); kila -ce rtainly; niir adiiya­\n\nunto the great sage Narada; ekiintiniim-of those who have surrendered\n\nexclusively to the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nbhagavata/:1.­\n\nof the\n\n(knowledge);\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof Godhead;\n\ntat-that\n\n", "SB7.2#p0066": "Srbnad-BhigavabUn\n\n38\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\nakincananam-who do not claim any material possessions; padaaravinda - of the lotus feet of the Lord; rajasa-by the dust; aplutabathed; dehinam-whose bodies; syat - is possible.\nTRANSLATION\nNiriy�, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the well-wisher\nand friend of all living entities, formerly explained this transcendental knowledge to the great saint Narada. Such knowledge is extremely difficult to understand without the mercy of a saintly\nperson like Narada, but everyone who has taken shelter of\nNarada's disciplic succession\n\ncan\n\nunderstand this confidential\n\nknowledge.\nPURPORT\nIt is stated here that this confidential knowledge is extremely difficult\nto understand, yet it is very easy to understand if one takes shelter of a\npure devotee. This confidential knowledge is also mentioned at the end of\nBhagavad-gua, where the Lord says, saroa-dharman parityajya mam\nekam sarar:uzm vraja: \"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me.\" This knowledge is an extremely confidential secret, but\nit can be understood if one approaches the Supreme Personality of Godhead through the bona fide agent, the spiritual master in the disciplic\nsuccession from Narada. Prahlada Maharaja wanted to impress upon the\nsons of the demons that although such knowledge can be understood only\nby a saintly person like Narada, they should not be disappointed, for if\none takes shelter of Narada instead of material teachers, this knowledge\nis possible to understand. Understanding does not depend upon high\nparentage. The living entity is certainly pure on the spiritual platform,\nand therefore anyone who attains the spiritual platform by the grace of\nthe spiritual master can also understand this confidential knowledge.\nTEXT 28\n\n��1 '44:11 � � Rj(IR� I\n� mtF«i m: �� �'4��o:tl(lll��ll\n..\n\nsrutam etan maya purvam\njiiiinam vijiiina-samyutam\n\n", "SB7.2#p0067": "Text\n\n30] Prahlida Instructs His Demoniac Schoolmates\n\n39\n\ndharmarh bhagavatarh suddham\nnii,radiid deva-dar§anii,t\nsrutam-heard;\n\netat-this;\n\nmaya-by\n\nme;\n\npurvam-formerly;\n\njnanam-confidential knowledge; vijnana-sarhyutam-combined with\nits\npractical\napplication;\ndharmam-transcendental\nreligi on;\nbhagavatam-in relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nsuddham-having nothing to do with material activities; nii,rada.t-from\nthe great saint Narada; deva-the Supreme Lord; dar§anii,t-who always\nsees.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlida Mahirija continued: I received this knowledge from\nthe great saint Nirada Muni, who is always engaged in devotional\nservice. This knowledge, which is called bhigavata-dharma, is\nfully scientific. It is based on logic and philosophy and is free from\nall material contamination.\n\nTEXTS 29-30\n\n��qg;;rr �:\n� � tftl � ;(\"�� f� �'{\n�61� ��sn+lri �-rt�tA it�u ������\n\n�f.=(f:�� 1tiififtl �: I\nfm..�;r: ij� «� �Nft:VJll��ll� II\no\n\nsri-daitya-putra ucub,\nprahrada tvarh vayarh capi\nnarte 'nyarh vidmahe gurum\netabhyam guru-putrabhyam\nbalanii,m api hiSvarau\nbalasyantab,pura-sthasya\nmahat-sango duranvayab,\nchindhi nab, samsayarh saumya\nsyac ced visrambha-kiirar:w.m\n\n", "SB7.2#p0068": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n40\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 6\n\nsri-daitya-putriib, acub,-the sons of the demons said; prahriida-0\n\ndear friend Prahlada; too.m-you; vayam-we; ca-and; api-also;\n\nna-not; rte-except; anyam-any other; vidmahe-know; gurum­\n\nsyiritual master; etabhyiim-these two; guru-putriibhyam-the sons of\n\nSukracarya; biilaniim-of little children; api-although; hi-indeed;\n\niSvarau-the two controllers; biilasya-of a child; antab,pura-sthasya­\n\nremaining inside the house or palace; mahat-sangab,-the association of\n\na great person like Narada; duranvayab,-very difficult; chindhiplease dispel; nab,-our; samsayam-doubt; saumya-0 gentle one;\n\nsyiit-there may be; cet-if; visrambha-kiiral)am-cause of faith (in\nyour words).\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sons of the demons replied: Dear Prahliida, neither you nor\n\nwe know any teacher or spiritual master other than ���a and\n\nAmarka, the sons of Sukriiciirya. Mter all, we are children and\n\nthey our controllers. For you especially, who always remain within\nthe palace, it is very difficult to associate with a great personality.\n\nDear friend, most gentle one, would you kindly explain how it was\npossible for you to hear Niirada? Kindly dispel our doubts in this\n\nregard.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Seventh Canto, Sixth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled, \"Prahliida Instructs His\nDemoniac Schoolmates. \"\n\n", "SB7.2#p0069": "CHAPTER SEVEN\n\nWhat Prahlada Learned in the Womb\nIn this chapter, to dissipate the doubts of his class friends, the sons of the\ndemons, Prahlada Maharaja states how, within the womb of his mother,\nhe had heard from the mouth of Narada Muni, who had instructed him\nin bhiigavata-dharma.\nWhen Hirru;tyakasipu left his kingdom and went to the mountain\nknown as Mandaracala to execute severe austerities, all the demons scattered. Hirru;tyakasipu's wife, Kayadhu, was pregnant at that time, and\nthe demigods, mistakenly thinking that she carried another demon in her\nwomb, arrested her. Their plan was that as soon as the child took birth\nthey would kill him. While they were taking Kayadhu to the heavenly\nplanets, they met Narada Muni, who stopped them from taking her away\nand took her to his asrama until Hira1;1yakasipu's return. In Narada\nMuni's asrama, Kayadhu prayed for the protection of the baby in her\nwomb, and Narada Muni reassured her and gave her instructions on\nspiritual knowledge. Taking advantage of those instructions, Prahlada\nMaharaja, although a small baby within the womb, listened very\ncarefully. The spirit soul is always apart from the material body. There is\nno change in the spiritual form of the living entity. Any person above the\nbodily conception of life is pure and can receive transcendental knowledge. This transcendental knowledge is devotional service, and Prahlada\nMaharaja, while living in the womb of his mother, received instructions\nin devotional service from Narada Muni. Any person engaged in the service of the Lord through the instructions of a bona fide spiritual master is\nimmediately liberated, and being free from the clutches of maya, he is\nrelieved of all ignorance and material desires. The duty of everyone is to\ntake shelter of the Supreme Lord and thus become free from all material\ndesires. Regardless of the material condition in which one is situated, one\ncan achieve this perfection. Devotional service is not dependent on the\nmaterial activities of austerity, penance, mystic yoga or piety. Even without such assets, one can achieve devotional service through the mercy of\na pure devotee.\n41\n\n", "SB7.2#p0070": "Srimad-Bbigavatam\n\n42\n\n(Canto 7, Cb. 7\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�T��\n\"\n\n�. \"\n�€l�WJ: _,.:.\n\"�'\n\n�\n�ijJ+u••q�.s�:\n1\n....\n\n� ij(�q'il'i: � �fifmt_ II t II\nsri-niirada uvaca\nevarit daitya-sutaib, pr�!o\nmahii-bhagavato 'surab,\numca tan smayamiinab,\nsmaran mad-anub�itam\nsri-niiradab, umca-the great saint Narada Muni said; evam-thus;\ndaitya-sutaib,-by the sons of the demons; pr�!aft-being questioned;\nmahii-bhagavatab,-the exalted devotee of the Lord; asurab,-born in a\nfamily of demons; uvaca-spoke; tan-unto them (the sons of the\ndemons);\n\nsmayamiinab,-smiling;\n\nsmaran-rememhering;\n\nmat­\n\nanub�itam-what was spoken by me.\nTRANSLATION\nNirada Muni said: Although Prahlida Maharaja was born in a\n\nfamily of asuras, he was the greatest of all devotees. Having thus\n\nbeen questioned by his class fr iends, the sons of the asuras, be\nremembered the words spoken to him by me and replied to his\n\nfriends as follows.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen he was in the womb of his mother, Prahlada Maharaja listened\nto the words of Narada Muni. One cannot imagine how the baby in\nembryo could hear Narada, hut this is spiritual life; progress in spiritual\nlife cannot be obstructed by any material condition. This is called\nahaituky apratihata. Reception of spiritual knowledge is never checked\nby any material condition. Thus Prahlada Maharaja, from his very childhood, spoke spiritual knowledge to his class friends, and certainly it was\neffective, although all of them were children.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0071": "Text3 )\n\nWhat Prahlida Learned in the Womb\nTEXT2\n\n�W..R: 'Jffl\nfqijft �� ij.m �;({(l:qel( 1\nW'll� qt :q�� �1Wlii41..SIRT II� II\nsri-prahrada uvtica\npitari prasthite 'smiikarit\ntapase mandaracalam\nyuddhodyamarit param cakrur\nvibudhii danavan prati\nsri-prahradaiJ uvtica-Prahlada Maharaja said;\ndemon father, Hira.Q.yakasipu;\n\nprasthi te-left for;\n\npitari-when the\nasmiikam-our;\n\ntapase-to execute austerities; mandara-acalam-the hill known as\nMandaracala; yuddha-udyamam-exertion of warfare; param-very\ngreat; cakruiJ-executed; vibudhii J-the demigods, headed by King\nlndra; danavan-the demons; prati-toward.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlida Maharaj a said: When our father, Hirm;tyak&Sipu, went\nto Mandaracala Mountain to execute severe austerities, in his absence the demigods, headed by King lndra, made a severe attempt\nto subdue all the demons in warfare.\n\nTEXT3\n\nfqti)f{l;�d{f(C( �� ��:I\nqA;f qrit� � ii41Qii41�tr: II � II\npipilikair ahir iva\nd�!ya lokopatapanaiJ\npapena papo bha�iti\n'\n\nvadanto vtisavadayab.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0072": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\npipili kai�-by small ants; ahiiJ.-a serpent; iva-like; d�!ya-thank\n\nheaven; loka-upatapana�-always oppressing everyone; papena-by\nhis own sinful activities; papa�-the sinful HiraJ;lyaka8ipu; abhak$ihas now been eaten; iti-thus; vadanta�-saying; vasava-adaya�-the\ndemigods, headed by King lndra.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Alas, as a serpent is eaten by small ants, so the troublesome\n\nHir�yaka8ipu, who always inflicted miseries upon all types of\n\npeople, has now been defeated by the reactions of his own sinful\nactivities.\" Saying this, the demigods, headed by King lndra, arranged to fight the demons.\n\nTEXTS 4-5\n\n��:\nijqi'IM'l�ltlld\n\"'�\n��\n�tfqr-(t: ij�•u61 ��: �\n. . -.. �.,II � II\n\n���'HU.,.l6:fw-q�qf(-.;.0i:Ji{ I\n;n��J�mqfm: � Sfliii�Cf: II � II\nte�am a ti balodyoga m\n\nniSamyas ura-ya thapa�\n\nvadhyamijna� surair bhita\ndudruvu� sarvato diSam\nkalatra-putra-vittaptan\n\ngrhan pa§u-paricchadan\nnavek$yamijr_uis tvarita�\nsaroe prar:w-panpsava�\nte�am-of the demigods, headed by King lndra; atibala-udyogam­\n\nthe\n\ngreat\n\nexertion\n\nand\n\nstrength;\n\nni.Samya-hearing\n\nof;\n\nasura­\n\nyathapa�-the great leaders of the demons; vadhyamijna�-being\n\n", "SB7.2#p0073": "What Prahlada Learned in the Womb\n\nText6]\n\n45\n\nkilled one after another; surai�-by the demigods; bhi\"ta�-afraid;\ndudruvu�-ran away; sarvata�-in all; di.Sam-directions; kalatrawives; putra-vitta-children and wealth; aptan- relatives; grhan­\n\n-\n\nhomes; pa.Su paricchadan-animals and paraphernalia of household\nlife; na-not; ave�yama��-seeing to; tvarita�-very hasty; sarveall of them; prar:ta-paripsava�-very much desiring to live.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the great leaders of the demons, who were being killed\none\n\nafter\n\nanother,\n\nsaw the unprecedented exertion\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ndemigods in fighting, they began to O.ee, scattering themselves in\nall directions. Simply to protect their lives, they hastily O.ed from\ntheir homes, wives, children, animals and household paraphernalia. Paying no heed to all these, the demons simply O.ed.\nTEXT6\n\n�q;r_ ��M<¥4¥tU ���1rr1: I\n�g (M¥ti(tff � 'PI :qm� II � II\nvyalumpan raja-sibiram\namara jaya-kan�ir:ta�\nindras tu raja-mahi§irh\nmatararh mama cagrahi\"t\nvyalumpan-plunde r ed;\n\nraja-sibiram-the palace of my father,\n\n-\n\nHiraQyakasipu; amara�-the demigods; jaya kan�ir:ta�-eager to be\nvictorious; indra�-the head of the demigods, King lndra; tu-but;\nraja-mahi§im-the Queen; mataram-mother; mama-my; ca-also;\nagrahit -captured.\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\nvictorious\n\ndemigods\n\nplundered\n\nthe\n\npalace\n\nof\n\nHir�yaka8ipu, the King of the demons, and destroyed everything\nwithin it. Then lndra, King of heaven, arrested my mother, the\nQueen.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0074": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n46\n\n[Canto7, Ch.7\n\nTEXT7\n\n+ttftrl:it �df t«lfflte I\n��ltlij(ijS(\n��� qfif II \\9 II\n\n;ft�'flwti\n\nniyamanam bhayodvignam\nrudatim kurarim iva\nyadrcchayagatas tatra\ndevar�ir dadrse pathi\nniyamiinam-being taken away; bhaya-udvignam-disturbed and\nfull of fear; rudatim-crying; kurarim iva-like a kurari (osprey);\nyadrcchaya-by chance; agatab-arrived; tatra-on the spot; devar�ib-the great saint Narada; dadrse-he saw; pathi-on the road.\nTRANSLATION\nAs she was being led away, crying in fear like a kurari captured\n\nby a vulture, the great sage Nirada, who at that time had no\n\nengagement, appeared on the scene and saw her in that condition.\nTEXTS\n\n� � �(Vi(�wtltlQ� I\ni!i i!i � m q�qRAR,. II � II\n\n50(\n\npriiha nainam sura-pate\nnetum arhasy anagasam\nmwica munca mahii-bhiiga\nsatim para-parigraham\npriiha-he said; na-not; eruim-this; sura-pate-0 King of the\ndemigods; netum-to drag away; arhasi-you deserve; anagasam-not\nat all sinful; munca mwica-release, release; mahii-bhiiga-0 greatly\nfortunate one; satim-chaste; para-parigraham-the wife of another\nperson.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0075": "Text\n\n9]\n\nWhat Prahlida Learned in the Womb\n\n47\n\nTRANSLATION\nNirada Muni said: 0 Indra, King of the demigods, this woman is\ncertainly sinless. You should not drag her off in this merciless way.\n\n0 greatly fortunate one, this chaste woman is the wife of another.\nYou must immediately release her.\n\nTEXT9\n�i!CIR\n�� � (j4¥tf?tttu �: 1\n�ai �� � iRJ: II� II\nsri-indra uvaca\niiste 'sya ja!hare viryam\nav�ahyam sura-dv�ab,\nasyatam yavat prasavam\nmo�ye 'rtha-padavim gatab,\nsri-indrab, uvaca-King lndra said; iiste-there is; asyab,-of her;\nja!hare-within the abdomen; viryam-the seed; av�ahyam-intolerable; sura-dv�ab,-of the enemy of the demigods; iisyatam-let her\nremain (in our prison); yavat-until; prasavam-the delivery of the\nchild; mo�ye-1 shall release; artha-padavim-the path of my object;\ngatab,-obtained.\nTRANSLATION\nKing lndra said: In the womb of this woman, the wife of the\ndemon Hirw;tyak&Sipu, is the seed of that great demon. Therefore,\nlet her remain in our custody until her child is delivered, and then\nwe shall release her .\nPURPORT\n\nlndra, the King of heaven, decided to arrest Prahlada Maharaja's\nmother because he thought that another demon, another Hira�yakasipu,\nwas within her womb. The best course, he thought, was to kill the child\nwhen the child was horn, and then the woman could he released.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0076": "48\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 10\n\n��\n3'Pi f;tf\\Cfi�tt: ��..'f�lfiitii!4� � I\n�� ;r $114?'1� 4�14iWi�l�if � II � II\no\n\nsri-niirada uviica\nayam n�kilb�a� sii�iin\nmaha-bhiigavato mahan\ntvayii na priipsyate samstham\nanantiinucaro bali\nsri-niirada� uviica- the great saint Narada Muni said; ayam-this\nn�kilb�a�-completely sinless; sii�tdirectly; maha-bhiigavata�-a saintly devotee; mahan-very great;\ntvayii-by you; na-not; priipsyate-will obtain; sarhstham-his\ndeath; ananta-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anucara�-a\n(child within the womb);\n\nservant; bali-extremely powerful.\nTRANSLATION\nNarada Muni replied: The child within this woman's womb is\nfaultless and sinless. Indeed, he is a great devotee, a powerful servant of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore you will\nnot he able to kill him.\nPURPORT\nThere have been many instances in which demons or nondevotees\nhave attempted to kill a devotee, but they have never been able to\ndestroy a great devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord\n\npromises in Bhagavad-gitii (9.31), kaunteya pratijiinihi name bhakta�\npra1J.(l§yati. This is a declaration by the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nthat His devotee cannot be killed by demons. Prahlada Maharaja is the\nvivid example of the truth of this promise. Narada Muni told the King of\nheaven, \"It would be impossible for you to kill the child, even though\nyou are demigods, and certainly it would be impossible for others.\"\n\n", "SB7.2#p0077": "Text\n\n11]\n\nWhat Prahlada Learned in the Womb\n\n49\n\nTEXT II\n\n(�9;'ffi(iji m� �·��tt� : ,\n����j q� ftct�ll��ll\nity uktas tam viluiyendro\n\ndevar$er miinayan vaca/:1.\nananta-priya-bhaktyainiim\nparikramya divam yayau\niti-thus;\n\nukta/:1.-addressed;\n\nindra/:1.-the King of heaven;\n\ntam-her;\n\nvihaya-releasing;\n\ndeva-r$e/:t-of the saint Narada Muni;\n\nmiinayan-honoring; vaca/:1.-the words; ananta-priya-for one who is\nvery dear to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhaktya-by devotion; eniim-this (woman); parikramya-circumambulating; divamto the heavenly planets; yayau-returned.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the great saint Narada Muni had thus spoken, King lndra,\nbeing respectful to Narada's words, immediately released my\nmother. Because of my being a devotee of the Lord, all the\ndemigods circumambulated her. Then they returned to their\ncelestial kingdom.\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough King lndra and the other demigods are exalted personalities,\nthey were so obedient to Narada Muni that King lndra immediately accepted Narada Muni's words concerning Prahlada Maharaja. This is\ncalled understanding by the parampara system. lndra and the demigods\ndid not know that a great devotee was in the womb of Kayadhu, the wife\nof Hira.Qyakasipu, but they accepted the authoritative statements of\nNarada Muni and immediately offered their respects to the devotee by\ncircumambulating the woman in whose womb he was living. To understand God and the devotee by the parampara system is the process of\nknowledge. There is no need to speculate about God and His devotee. One\nshould accept the statements of a bona fide devotee and thus try to\nunderstand.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0078": "50\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 12\n\nmit it 'iRt<'iN: �� �� I\n3ll�I�(\\Qtijj�� ���: 11��11\ntato me mataram r$i/:t\nsamaniya nijasrame\nasviisyeho$yatarh vatse\nyavat te bhartur agama/:t\ntata/:l-thereafter; me-my; mataram-mother; r�i/:t-the great saint\nNarada l.l�i; samanry-a-bringing; nija-asrame-to his own asrama;\nasvasya-giving her assurance; iha-here; �yatam-stay; vatse-my\ndear child; yavat-until; te-your; bhartu/:t-of the husband;\nagama/:t-the coming.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahliida Maharaja continued: The great saint Niirada Muni\n\nbrought my mother to his iiSrama and assured her of all protec­\n\ntion, saying, \"My dear child, please remain at my iiSrama until the\n\narrival of your husband.\"\n\nTEXT 13\n\nijif�eUM{ �d�(f� ('lltdhlt�l I\n� �t::lqRI�� � WI ;:� II� �II\ntathety avatsii:l devar�er\nantike sakuto-bhaya\nyavad daitya-patir ghorat\ntapaso na nyavartata\ntatha-so be it; iti-thus; avatsu-lived; deva-r�e/:t-Devar�i\nNarada; antike-near; sa-she (my mother); akuto-bhaya-without\nfear from any direction; yavat-as long as; daitya-pati/:t-my father,\nHirai).yakasipu, the lord of the demons; ghorat-from very severe;\ntapasa/:l-austerities; na-not; nyavartata-ceased.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0079": "Text 14]\n\nWhat Prahlida Learned in the Womb\n\n51\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter accepting the instructions of Devar�i Narada, my mother\nstayed in his care, without fear from any direction, as long as my\nfather, the King of the Daityas, had not become free from his\nsevere austerities.\nTEXT 14\n\nSllfif ql(� ij;f � � m 1\n3lt{t�Wt � ��'i01Slf.l� II� �II\nr$irh paryacarat tatra\n\nbhaktya paramaya sati\n\nantaroatni sva-garbhasya\n\nk$emii.yecchii-prasutaye\n\nf$im-unto Narada Muni; paryacarat-rendered service; tatrathere\n\n(in the asrama of Narada Muni) ; bhaktya- with devotion and\n\nfaith; paramaya-great; san-the faithful woman; antaroatni-pregnant;\n\nsva-garbhasya-of her e mbryo;\n\nk$emii.ya-for the welfare;\n\nicchii-according to desire; prasataye-for deliverance of the child.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy mother, being pregnant, desired the safety of her embryo\nand desired to gi ve birth after her husband's arrival. Thus she\nstayed at Niirada Muni's &Srama, where she rendered service unto\nNiirada Muni with great devotion.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam (9.19.17)\n\nmatra svasra duhitra m\nnaviviktasano bhavet\n\nbalamn indriya-gramo\n\nvidmmsam api kar$ati\n\n", "SB7.2#p0080": "52\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nOne should not remain in a secluded place with a woman, even one's\nmother, sister, or daughter. Nonetheless, although one is strictly\nprohibited from staying with a woman in a secluded place, Narada Muni\ngave shelter to Prahlada Maharaja's young mother, who rendered service\nto him with great devotion and faith. Does this mean that Narada Muni\ntransgressed the Vedic injunctions? Certainly he did not. Such injunctions are intended for mundane creatures, but Narada Muni is transcendental to mundane categories. Narada Muni is a great saint and is transcendentally situated. Therefore, although he was a young man, he could\ngive shelter to a young woman and accept her service. Haridasa 'fhakura\nalso spoke with a young woman, a prostitute, in the dead of night, but the\nwoman could not deviate his mind. Instead, she became a V ai�?I,lavi, a\npure devotee, by the benediction of Haridasa Thakura. Ordinary persons,\nhowever, should not imitate such highly elevated devotees. Ordinary\npersons must strictly observe the rules and regulations by staying aloof\nfrom the association of women. No one should imitate Narada Muni or\nHaridasa 'fhakura. It is said, vai$�vera kriya-mudra vijfie nii bujlmya.\nEven if a man is very advanced in learning, he cannot understand the\nbehavior of a V ai�?I,lava. Anyone can take shelter of a pure V ai�?I,lava,\nwithout fear. Therefore in the previous verse it has been distinctly said,\n\ndeva�er antike sakuto-blmya: Kayadhu, the mother of Prahlada\nMaharaja, stayed under the protection of Narada Muni without fear from\nany direction. Similarly, Narada Muni, in his transcendental position,\nstayed with the young woman without fear of deviation. Narada Muni,\nHaridasa 'fhakura and similar acaryas especially empowered to broadcast the glories of the Lord cannot be brought down to the material platform. Therefore one is strictly forbidden to think that the acarya is an\nordinary human being (gur!L§u nara-matib,).\nTEXT 15\n\n�: �fOI�(ij4t'tl: Sll�T{44�¥ft�: I\n\n��R� :q�t�W�II��II\nr$ib- karuTJ-ikas tasyab,\npradad ublmyam iSvarab,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0081": "Text 15]\n\nWhat Prahliida Learned in the Womb\n\n53\n\ndharmasya tattvarh jiiiinarh ca\nmam apy uddiSya nirmalam\n\nr$i!l-the great sage Narada Muni; karury.ika!l-naturally very affectionate or merciful to the fallen souls; tasya!l-to her; priidiit-gave instructions; ubhayam-both; iSvara!l-a powerful controller who can do\nwhatever he likes (Narada Muni); dharmasya-of religion; tattvamthe truth; jiiiinam-knowledge; ca-and; mam-me; api-especially;\nuddiSya-indicating; nirmalam-without material contamination.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNiirada Muni delivered his instructions both to me, who was\nwithin the womb, and to my mother, who was engaged in rendering him service. Because he is naturally extremely kind to the\nfallen souls, being in a transcendental position, he gave instructions on religion and transcendental knowledge. These instructions were free from all material contamination.\n\nPURPORT\n\nHere it is said, dharmasya tattvarh jiiiinarh ca ... nirmalam. The\nword nirmalam refers to spotless dharma, spotless religion -or, in other\nwords, bhiigavata-dharma. Ordinary ritualistic activities constitute contaminated religion, by which one benefits by developing material wealth\nand prosperity, but uncontaminated, pure religion consists of understanding one's relationship with God and acting accordingly, thus fulfilling the highest mission of life and returning home, back to Godhead.\nPrahlada Maharaja advised that one elevate oneself to the standard of\nbhiigavata-dharma from the very beginning of life (kaumara acaret\nprajfio dharman bhiigavatan iha). The Lord Himself also speaks of pure,\n\nuncontaminated religion when He says, sarva-darman parityajya mam\nekam sarary.arh vraja: \"Abandon all varieties of religion and just sur­\n\nrender unto Me.\" (Bg.\n\n18.66) One must understand one's relationship\n\nwith God and then\n\nact\n\naccordingly.\n\nBhiigavata-dharma means bhakti-yoga.\n\nThis\n\nis\n\nbhiigavata-dharma.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0082": "54\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nvasudeve bhagavati\n\nbhakti-yoga/:t prayojita/:t\njanayaty iiSu vairagyaril\njnanaril ca yad ahaitukam\n\n\"By rendering devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead, Sri\nK.r�J)a, one immediately acquires causeless knowledge and detachment\nfrom the world.\" (Bhag. 1.2.7) To be situated on the platform of pure\nreligion, one should perform bhakti-yoga in relationship with K.r�J)a,\nVasudeva.\nTEXT 16\n\n� ��� W�l 'll{lfitit(\\� I\n'!VJ�un�oo6 'It �WftctNt6J�: 11 � � 11\n..\n\ntat tu kiilasya dirghatvat\nstritvii n miitus tirodadhe\nf$huinugrhitaril mii ril\nniidhuniipy ajahat smrti/:t\n\ntat-that (instruction on religion and knowledge); tu-indeed;\nkalasya-of time; dirghatviit-because of the longness; stritviit-because of being a woman; miitu/:t-of my mother; tirodadhe-disappeared; f$i�-by the sage; anugrhitam-being blessed; miim-me;\nna-not; adhuna-today; api-even; ajahat-left; smrti/:t-the\nmemory (of Narada Muni's instructions).\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of the long duration of time that has passed and because\n\nof her being a woman and therefore less intelligent, my mother\n\nhas forgotten all those instructions; but the great sage Narada\n\nblessed me, and therefore I could not forget them.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (9.32) the Lord says:\n\n", "SB7.2#p0083": "Text\n\n17]\n\nWhat Prahliida Learned in the Womb\n\n55\n\nmarit hi partha vyapasritya\nye 'pi syul}, papa-yonayal}.\nstriyo vai.Syiis tathii sadriis\nte 'pi yanti pararit gatim\n\"0 son of P:rtha, those who take shelter in Me-though they be lowborn,\nwomen, vai.Syas [merchants] or sadras [workers] -can approach the\nsupreme destination.\" The word papa-yoni refers to those who are less\nthan sadras, but even though a woman may not be papa-yoni, because of\nbeing less intelligent she sometimes forgets devotional instructions. For\nthose who are strong enough, however, there is no question of forgetting.\nWomen are generally attached to material enjoyment, and because of this\ntendency they sometimes forget devotional instructions. But if even a\nwoman practices devotional service strictly, according to the rules and\nregulations, the statement by the Lord Himself that she can return to\nGodhead (te 'pi yanti pararit gatim) is not at all astonishing. One must\ntake shelter of the Lord and rigidly follow the rules and regulations.\nThen, regardless of what one is, one will return home, back to Godhead.\nPrahlada Maharaja's mother was more concerned with protecting the\nchild in the womb and was very anxious to see her husband return.\nTherefore she could not consider very seriously the sublime instructions\nof Narada Muni.\nTEXT\n\n17\n\n+t'EC<U+tN � � � \": I\n4\\ll(c(hn:�a: �'IRJSIWCi =itir� 11�\\911\nbhavatam api bhuyan me\nyadi sraddadhate vacal},\nvai.Saradi dhil}, sraddhiital},\nstri-balanarit ca me yathii\nbhavatam-of yourselves; api-also; bhuyat-it may be; me-of\nme;\n\nyadi-if;\n\nsraddadhate-you\n\nbelieve\n\nin;\n\nvacal},-the\n\nwords;\n\nvai.Saradi-of the most expert, or in relation with the Supreme Lord;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0084": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n56\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\ndhilt-intelligence; sraddhatalt-because of fum faith; stri-of women;\nbalanam-of small boys; ca-also; me-of me; yatha-just as.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlada Maharaja continued: My dear friends, if you can place\n\nyour faith in my words, simply by that faith you can also under­\n\nstand transcendental knowledge, just like me, although you are\nsmall children. Similarly, a woman can also understand transcen­\n\ndental knowledge and know what is spirit and what is matter.\nPURPORT\n\nThese words of Prahlada Maharaja are very important in regard to\nknowledge descending by the disciplic succession. Even when Prahlada\nMaharaja was a baby within the womb of his mother, he became fully\nconvinced of the existence of the supreme power because of hearing the\npowerful instructions of Narada and understood how to attain perfection\n\nin life by bhakti-yoga. These are the most important understandings in\nspiritual knowledge.\nyasya deve para bhaktir\n\nyatha deve tatha gurau\n\ntasyaite kathitii hy arthiilt\n\nprakiiSante mahatmanalt\n\n\"Unto those great souls who have implicit faith in both the Lord and the\nspiritual master, all the imports of Vedic knowledge are automatically\n\nrevealed.\" (SvetiiSvatara Upan�ad 6.23)\n\natalt sri-kmta-niimiidi\n\nna bhaved grahyam indriyailt\n\nsevonmukhe hi jihviidau\n\nsvayam eva sphuraty adalt\n\n\"No one can understand l(r�.Qa as He is by the blunt material senses. But\nHe reveals Himself to the devotees, being pleased with them for their\ntranscendental\nsindhu\n\n1.2.234)\n\nloving\n\nsemce\n\nunto\n\nHim.\"\n\n(Bhakti-rasiimrta­\n\n", "SB7.2#p0085": "Text 17)\n\nWhat Prahlada Learned in the Womb\n\n57\n\nbhaktyii miim abhijiiniiti\nyiiviin yru ciismi tattvata/:l\ntato miim tattvato jfliitvii\nvi.Sate tad-anantaram\n\n\"One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is only by devo­\n\ntional service. And when one is in full consciousness of the Supreme\n\nLord by such devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of God.\"\n(Bg.\n\n18.55)\n\nThese are Vedic instructions. One must have full faith in the words of\n\nthe spiritual master and similar faith in the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Then the real knowledge of iitmii and Paramatma and the distinc­\n\ntion between matter and spirit will be automatically revealed. This\niilma-tattva, or spiritual knowledge, will be revealed within the core of a\n\ndevotee's heart because of his having taken shelter of the lotus feet of a\nmahiijana such as Prahlada Maharaja.\n\nIn this verse the word bhuyiit may be understood to mean \"let there\n\nbe.\" Prahlada Maharaja offers his blessings to his class friends, saying,\n\"Also become faithful like me. Become bona fide Vai!?r;tavas.\" A devotee\n\nof the Lord desires for everyone to take to \"Kr!?r;ta consciousness. Unfor­\n\ntunately, however, people sometimes do not have staunch faith in the\nwords of the spiritual master who comes by the disciplic succession, and\n\ntherefore they are unable to understand transcendental knowledge. The\nspiritual master must be in the line of authorized disciplic succession,\n\nlike Prahlada Maharaja, who received the knowledge from Narada. If the\n\nclass friends of Prahlada Maharaja, the sons of demons, were to accept\n\nthe truth through Prahlada, they would certainly also become fully\naware of transcendental knowledge.\n\nThe words vai.Siiradi dhi/:l refer to intelligence concerning the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is extremely expert. The Lord has\ncreated wonderful universes by His expert knowledge. Unless one is ex­\n\ntremely expert, he cannot understand the expert management of the\nsupreme expert. One can understand, however, if one is fortunate\nenough to meet a bona fide spiritual master coming in the disciplic suc­\n\ncession from Lord Brahma, Lord Siva, Mother Lak!?mi or the Kumaras.\n\nThese four sampradiiyas, or disciplic successions of knowledge and tran­\n\nscendence, are called the Brahma-sampradaya, Rudra-sampradaya,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0086": "(Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n58\nSri-sampradaya,\n\nand\n\nKumara-sampradaya.\n\nSampradiiya-vihina\n\nye\n\nmantras te n�phala mata/:t. The knowledge of the Supreme received\n\nfrom such a sampradiiya, or disciplic succession, can give one enlighten­\n\nment. If one does not take to the path of disciplic succession, it is not\n\npossible for one to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If\n\none understands the Supreme Lord through devotional service with faith\n\nin the disciplic succession and then advances further, he awakens his\n\nnatural love for God, and then his success in life is assured.\nTEXT 18\n\ni$flliQH � ¥1RT � �� �: I\n\n�e1•ufltct\n\n�\n\n�¥H{M•u II� �II\n\njanmiidya/:t �cu;l ime bhaoo\n\ndma dehasya natmana/:t\n\nphalanam iva vrk$asya\nkalenesvara-murtina\n\njanma-adya/:t-beginning with birth; �at-the six (birth, existence,\n\ngrowth, transformation, dwindling and at last death); ime-all these;\n\nbhava/:t-different conditions of the body; dma/:t-seen; dehasya-of\n\nthe body; na-not; atmana/:t-of the soul; phalanam-of the fruits;\n\niva-like; vrk$asya-of a tree; kalena-in due course of time; iSvara­\n\nmilrtina-whose form is the ability to transform or control the bodily ac­\n\ntivities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust as the fruits and flowers of a tree in due course of time un­\n\ndergo six changes-birth, existence, growth,\n\ntransformation,\n\ndwindling and then death-the material body, which is obtained\n\nby the spirit soul under different circumstances, undergoes simi­\n\nlar changes. However, there are no such changes for the spirit\nsoul.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a very important verse in understanding the difference be­\n\ntween the spiritual soul and the material body. The soul is eternal, as\nstated in Bhagavad-gita (2.20):\n\n", "SB7.2#p0087": "Text 18]\n\nWhat Prahlida Learned in the Womb\n\n59\n\nna jayate mriyate vii kadacin\nniiyam bhutvii bhavitii vii na bhuya/:1.\najo nitya/:1. siiSvato 'yam puriir:w\nna hanyate hanyamiine sarire\n\"For the soul there is never birth nor death. Nor, having once been, does\nhe ever cease to be. He is unborn, eternal, ever-existing, undying and\nprimeval. He is not slain when the body is slain.\" The spirit soul is eternal, being freed from waste and change, which take place because of the\nmaterial body. The example of a tree and its fruits and flowers is very\nsimple and clear. A tree stands for many, many years, but with the\nseasonal changes its fruits and flowers undergo six transformations. The\nfoolish theory of modern chemists that life can be produced by chemical\ninteractions cannot be accepted as truth. The birth of a human being's\nmaterial body takes place due to a mixture of the ovum and semen, but\nthe history of birth is that although the ovum and semen mix together\nafter sex, there is not always pregnancy. Unless the soul enters the mixture, there is no possibility of pregnancy, but when the soul takes shelter\nof the mixture the body takes birth, exists, grows, transforms and dwindles, and ultimately it is vanquished. The fruits and flowers of a tree\nseasonally come and go, but the tree continues to stand. Similarly, the\ntransmigrating soul accepts various bodies, which undergo six transformations, but the soul remains permanently the same (ajo nitya/:1. siiSvato\n\n'yam puriir:w na hanyate hanyamiine sarire). The soul is eternal and\never existing, but the bodies accepted by the soul are changing.\nThere are two kinds of soul-the Supreme Soul (the Personality of\nGodhead) and the individual soul (the living entity). As various bodily\nchanges take place in the individual soul, different millenniums of creation take place in the Supreme Soul. In this regard, Madhvacarya says:\n\n$ar,l vikiirii/:1. sarirasya\nna vi$r:ws tad-gatasya ca\ntad-adhinam sariram ca\njfiiitvii tan mamatiim tyajet\nSince the body is the external feature of the soul, the soul is not dependent on the body; rather, the body is dependent on the soul. One who\n\n", "SB7.2#p0088": "60\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nunderstands this truth should not be very much anxious about the maintenance of his body. There is no possibility of maintaining the body permanently or eternally. Antavanta ime dehii nityasyoktiib, sariri7Jab-. This\n\nis the statement of Bhagavad-gita (2.18). The material body is antavat\n(perishable), but the soul within the body is eternal\n\n(nityasyoktab,\n\nsariri7Jab-). Lord Vi�:r;tu and the individual souls, who are part and parcel\nNityo nityanam cetana§ cetaniiniim. Lord\n\nof Him, are both eternal.\n\nVi�:r;tu is the chief living being, whereas the individual living entities are\nparts of Lord Vi�:r;tu. All the various grades of bodies-from the gigantic\nuniversal body to the small body of an ant-are perishable, but the\nSupersoul and the soul, being equal in quality, both exist eternally. This\nis further explained in the next verses.\n\nTEXTS 19-20\n\n3fR'II f�s-otrq: �t �: � 311�: I\n\n31�fsti:q: mq\"'��SQf(tlwtlt(t : II� �II\n\n.m:�¥�RSI:Iwtl�q;fi �: �:\n3ft tt�fliQ.,.Icr � � �� II� o II\niitma nityo 'vyayab, suddha\n\nekab, /cyetra-jiia asrayab,\navikriyab, sva-drg hetur\nvyapako 'sangy anavrtabetair dvadaSabhir vidvan\natmano la/cyarJaib, paraib,\naham mamety asad-bhiivam\ndehiidau mohajam tyajet\nalma-the spirit soul, the part of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nityab, -without birth or death; at-yayab,-with no possibility of\ndwindling; suddhab,-without the material contamination of attachment\n\nand detachment; ekab,-individual; /cy etra- jiiab, -who knows and is\n\n", "SB7.2#p0089": "Text 20]\n\nWhat Prahlida Learned in the Womb\n\n61\n\ntherefore different from the material body; asraya�-the original foundation; I avikriya�-not undergoing changes like the body;2 sva-drkself-illuminated;3 hetu�-the cause of all causes; vyapaka�-spreading\nthroughout the body in the form of consciousness; asarigi-not depending on the body (free to transmigrate from one body to another);\naniivrta�-not covered by material contamination; etai�-by all these;\ndvadaSabhi�-twelve; vidvan-a person who is not foolish but fully\naware of things as they are; atmana�-of the spirit soul; lak$af}ni�symptoms; parai�-transcendental;\n\naham-1\n\n(\"I\n\nam this body\");\n\nmama-mine (\"everything in relationship with this body is mine\");\niti-thus; asat-bhavam-a false conception of life; deha-adau-identifying oneself with the material body and then with one's wife, children,\nfamily, community, nation and so on; moha-jam-produced from illusory knowledge; tyajet-must give up.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Atmi\" refers to the Supreme Lord or the living entities. Both\nof them are spiritual, free from birth and death, free from\ndeterioration and free from material contamination. They are individual, they are the knowers of the external body, and they are\nthe foundation or shelter of everything. They are free from material change, they are self-illuminated, they are the cause of all\ncauses, and they are all-pervading. They have nothing to do with\nthe material body, and therefore they are always uncovered. With\nthese transcendental qualities, one who is actually learned must\ngive up the illusory conception of life, in which one thinks, \"I am\nthis material body, and everything in relationship with this body is\nmine.\"\n\n1 Without the shelter of the spirit soul, the material body cannot exist.\n2 As already explained, the fruits and flowers of a tree take birth, exist, grow,\n\ntransform, dwindle and die according to seasonal changes, but the tree, through\nall these changes, remains the same. Similarly, the iitmd is free from all changes.\n3 One does not need to make the soul prominent; it is automatically prominent.\n\nOne can very easily understand that in the living body there is a spiritual soul.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0090": "62\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitd (15.7) Lord l(r�J;la clearly says, mamaivarilSo jiva­\n\nloke jiva-bhuta/:t: \"All the living entities are part of Me.\" Therefore the\nliving entities are qualitatively the same as the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who is the leader, the Supreme among all the living entities. In\nthe Vedas it is said, nityo nityanam cetana.S cetananam: the Lord is the\nchief individual living entity, the leader of the subordinate living entities. Because the living entities are parts or samples of God, their\nqualities are not different from those of the Supreme Lord. The living\nentities have the same qualities as the Lord, just as a drop of sea water is\ncomposed of the same chemicals as the great sea itself. Thus there is oneness in quality but a difference in quantity. One can understand the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead by understanding the sample, the living\nentity, because all the qualities of God exist in a minute quantity in the\nliving entities. There is oneness, but God is great whereas the living entities are extremely small. A�r ary,iyan mahato mahiyan (Katha\n\nUpan�ad 1.2.20). The living entities are smaller than the atom, but God\n\nis greater than the greatest. Our conception of greatness may be represented by the sky because we think of the sky as being unlimitedly big,\nbut God is bigger than the sky. Similarly, we have knowledge that the\nliving entities are smaller than atoms, being one ten-thousandth the size\nof the tip of a hair, yet the quality of being the supreme cause of all\ncauses exists in the living entity as well as in the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Indeed, it is due to the presence of the living entity that the\nbody exists and bodily changes take place. Similarly, it is because the\nSupreme Lord is within this universe that the changes dictated by the\nmaterial laws occur.\nThe word eka/:t, meaning \"individual,\" is significant. As explained in\nBhagavad-gua (9.4), mat-sthani sarva-bhutani na caham te$V\navasthita/:t. Everything, material and spiritual, including earth, water,\n\nair, fue, sky and the living entities, exists on the platform of spirit soul.\nAlthough everything is an emanation from the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, one should not think that the Supreme Lord is dependent upon\nanything else.\nBoth God and the living entity are fully conscious. As living entities,\nwe are conscious of our bodily existence. Similarly, the Lord is conscious\n\n", "SB7.2#p0091": "Text 21]\n\nWhat Prahlida Learned in the Womb\n\n63\n\nVedas.\ndyault prthivi cantari�m. Vijnatdram adhikena vijaniyat.\nEkam evadvitiyam. Atma-jyotilt samrat;I ihovaca. Sa iman lokan asrjata.\nSatyam jnanam anantam. Asarigo hy ayam pu�alt. Pilrry,asya pilnJnm\nadiiya pilnJnm evava.Si$yate. All these Vedic injunctions prove that both\n\nof the gigantic cosmic manifestation. This is confirmed in the\nYasmin\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead and the minute soul are individual.\nOne is great, and the other is small, but both of them are the cause of all\ncauses-the corporally limited and the universally unlimited.\nWe should always remember that although we are equal to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in quality, we are never equal to Him in\nquantity. Persons with a small fund of intelligence, finding themselves\nequal in quality with God, foolishly think that they are equal in quantity\nalso. Their intelligence is called aviSuddha-buddhayalt-unpolished or\ncontaminated intelligence. When such persons, after endeavoring hard\nfor many, many lives to understand the supreme cause, are finally in actual\n\nknowledge\n\nof\n\nKr�I;J.a,\n\nVasudeva,\n\nthey\n\nsurrender\n\nunto\n\nHim\n\n(vasudevalt sarvam iti sa mahatma sudurlabhalt). Thus they become\ngreat ma hatmas, perfect souls. Hone is fortunate enough to understand\nhis relationship with God, knowing that God· is great (vibhu) whereas the\nliving entity is small (a�u), he is perfect in knowledge. The individual\nexists in darkness when he thinks that he is the material body and that\neverything in relationship with the material body belongs to him. This is\ncalled aham mama (janasya moho yam aham mameti). This is illusion.\nOne must give up his illusory conception and thus become fully aware of\neverything.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�of\n\n�\n\nJf�\n\n�:\n\n� �if� 311\"��1( I\n�'-llc:'i�lil� �\n('i41€+1fti( qqf6 � II�� II\nsvar�m yatha gravasu hema-karalt\n�etre�u yogais tad-abhijiia apnuyat\n�etre�u dehe�u tathatma-yogair\nadhyatma-vid brahma-gatim labheta\n\n", "SB7.2#p0092": "64\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nsva�m-gold; yatha-just as; gravasu-in the stones of gold ore;\nhema-ktira�-the expert who knows about gold; /cyetre�u-in the gold\nmines; yogai�-by various processes; tat-abhijiia�-an expert who can\nunderstand where gold is; tipnuyat-very easily obtains; /cyetre�uwithin the material fields; dehe�u-the human bodies and all the rest of\nthe 8,400,000 different bodily forms; tatha-similarly; titma-yogai�by spiritual processes; adhytitma-vit-one who is expert in understanding the distinction between spirit and matter; brahma-gatim-perfection in spiritual life; labheta-may obtain.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAn expert geologist can understand where there is gold and by\n\nvarious processes can extract it from the gold ore. Similarly, a\nspiritually advanced person can understand how the spiritual par­\n\nticle exists within the body, and thus by cultivating spiritual\n\nknowledge he can attain perfection in spiritual life. However, as\none who is not expert cannot understand where there is gold, a\n\nfoolish person who has not cultivated spiritual knowledge cannot\n\nunderstand how the spirit exists within the body.\n\nPURPORT\nHere is a very good example concerning spiritual understanding.\nFoolish rascals, including so-called jfliin'is, philosophers and scientists,\ncannot understand the existence of the soul within the body because they\nare lacking in spiritual knowledge. The Vedas enjoin, tad-vijfliintirtham\nsa gurum evabhigacchet: to understand spiritual knowledge, one must\napproach a bona fide spiritual master. Unless one has been trained in\ngeology, one cannot detect gold in stone. Similarly, unless one has been\ntrained by a spiritual master, he cannot understand what is spirit and\nwhat is matter. Here it is said, yogais tad-abhijiia�. This indicates that\none who has connected himself with spiritual knowledge can understand\nthat there is a spiritual soul within the body. However, one who is in an\nanimalistic conception of life and has no spiritual culture cannot understand. As an expert minerologist or geologist can understand where there\nis gold and can then invest his money to dig there and chemically separate the gold from the ore, an expert spiritualist can understand where\n\n", "SB7.2#p0093": "Text 22]\n\nWhat Prahlida Learned in the Womb\n\n65\n\nthe soul is within matter. One who has not been trained cannot distinguish between gold and stone. Similarly, fools and rascals who have\nnot learned from an expert spiritual master what is soul and what is matter cannot understand the existence of the soul within the body. To\nunderstand such knowledge, one must be trained in the mystic yoga\nsystem, or, finally, in the blw.kti-yoga system. As stated in Blwgavad­\n\ngitii (18.55), blw.ktya miim abhijanati. Unless one takes shelter of the\nblw.kti-yoga process, one cannot understand the existence of the soul\nwithin the body. Therefore Blwgavad-gitii begins by teaching:\ndehino 'smin yathii dehe\nkaumiiram yauvanam jara\ntathii dehiintara-praptir\ndhiras tatra na muhyati\n\"As the embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood to\n\nyouth to old age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. The\nself-realized soul is not bewildered by such a change.\" (Bg.\n\n2.13) Thus\n\nthe first instruction is that one should understand that the soul is within\nthe body and is transmigrating from one body to another. This is the\nbeginning of spiritual knowledge. Any person who is not expert in\nunderstanding this science or is unwilling to understand it remains in the\nbodily conception of life, or the animalistic conception of life, as con­\n\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam (yasyiitma-buddhi� kuT}ilpe tridhiituke ... sa eva go-k!w.raM. Every member of human society should\nclearly understand the instructions of Blwgavad-gitii, for only in this\n\nfumed\n\nin\n\nway can one be spiritually elevated and automatically give up the false,\nillusory knowledge by which one thinks, \"I am this body, and everything\n\nbelonging to this body is mine [alw.m mameti].\" This doggish conception\nshould be rejected immediately. One should be prepared to understand\nthe spirit soul and the supreme spirit, God, who are eternally related.\nThus one may return home, back to Godhead, having solved all the\nproblems of life.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nam �: !fl'ffil�tf � tt (Ieman: 1\nftm: tft>tfdloq�: �li\\iti: (1¥4�:qRl:_ II�� II\n\n", "SB7.2#p0094": "SrUn8d-Bhigavabun\n\n66\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nll§tau prakrtaya/:t proktiis\ntraya eva hi tad-gur:ui/:t\nvikiira/:t $oc}aSiicaryai/:t\npumiin eka/:t samanvayat\nll§tau-eight; prakrtaya/:t-material energies; prokta/:t-it is said;\ntraya/:t\n\n-\n\nmaterial\n\nthree ; eva-certainly; hi-indeed; tat-gur:ui/:t-the modes of\nenergy;\n\nacaryai/:t-by\n\nvikiirii /:t-transformations;\n\n$ocja§a-sixteen;\n\nthe authorities; p umiin-the living entity; eka/:t-one;\n\nsamanvayat-from conjunction.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's eight separated material energies, the three modes of\n\nmaterial nature and the sixteen transformations (the eleven senses\n\nand the five gross material elements like earth and water]-within\n\nall these, the one spiritual soul exists as the observer. Therefore all\nthe great iicaryas have concluded that the individual soul is condi­\n\ntioned by these material elements.\n\nPURPORT\nAs explained in the previous verse, k$etre$U dehe$u tathatma-yogair\n\nadhyatma-vid brahma-gatirit labheta: \"A spiritually advanced person\ncan understand how the spiritual particle exists within the body, and\nthus by cultivating spiritual knowledge he can attain perfection in spiritual life.\" The intelligent person who is expert in finding the self within\nthe body must understand the eight external energies, which are listed in\nBhagavad-gita (7 .4):\nbhumir apo 'nalo vayu/:t\nkharit mano buddhir eva ca\naharikiira itiyarit me\nbhinna prakrtir ll§tadha\n\"Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego-all\ntogether these eight comprise My separated material energies.\" Bhumi,\nearth, includes all the objects of sense perception-rilpa (form), rasa\n\n", "SB7.2#p0095": "Text 22]\n\nWhat Prahlada Learned in the Womb\n\n67\n\n(taste), gandha (smell), sabda (sound) and sparsa (touch). Within the\nearth are the fragrance of roses, the taste of sweet fruit, and whatever\n\nelse we want. As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.10.4), sarva-kamadugha mahi: the earth (mahi) contains all our requirements. Thus the\n\nobjects of sense perception are all present in bhilmi, or the earth. The\n\ngross material elements and subtle material elements (mind, intelligence\nand aharikara, false ego) constitute the total material energy.\nWithin the total material energy are the three material modes or\n\nqualities. These qualities-sattva-gu�, rajo-gu� and tamo-gu�­\n\nbelong not to the soul but to the material energy. It is because of the interaction of these three\n\nmaterial modes of nature that the five\n\nknowledge-gathering senses, the five working senses and their controller, the mind, are manifested. Then, according to these modes, the\nliving entity gets the opportunity to perform different types of karma\nwith different types of knowledge, thinking, feeling and willing. Thus\nthe bodily machine begins to work.\n\nThis has all been properly analyzed in siirikhya-yoga by the great\n\niiciiryas, especially by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kt�I).a, in\n\nHis incarnation as Devahiiti-putra Kapila. This is indicated here by the\n\nword iiciiryai!t. We need not follow anyone who is not an authorized\niiciirya. Aciiryaviin pu�o veda: one can understand the truth fully\nwhen he has taken shelter of an expert iiciirya.\n\nThe living entity is individual, but the body is a composition of many\nmaterial elements. This is proved by the fact that as soon as the living\nentity quits this combination of material elements, it becomes a mere\nconglomeration of matter. The matter is qualitatively one, and the spiritual soul is qualitatively one with the Supreme. The Supreme is one, and\nthe individual soul is one, but the individual soul is understood to be the\nmaster of the individual combination of material energy, whereas the\nSupreme Lord is the controller of the total material energy. The living\nentity is the master of his particular body, and according to his activities\nhe is subjected to different types of pains and pleasures. However, although the Supreme Person, the Paramiitmii, is also one, He is present as\nan individual in all the different bodies.\nThe material energy is in fact divided into twenty-four elements. The\nindividual soul, the owner of the individual body, is a twenty-fifth subject, and above everything is Lord Vi�I).u as Paramiitmii, the supreme\n\n", "SB7.2#p0096": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n68\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\ncontroller, who is the twenty-sixth subject. When one understands all of\nthese twenty-six subjects, he becomes adhyiitma-vit, an expert in understanding the distinction between matter and spirit. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (13.3), �etra-�etrafiiayor jiiiinam: understanding of the\n�etra (the constitution of the body) and of the individual soul and the\nSupersoul constitutes real jiiiina, or knowledge. Unless one ultimately\nunderstands that the Supreme Lord is eternally related with the individual soul, one's knowledge is imperfect. This is confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (7.19):\nbahilnam janmanam ante\n\njiiiinaviin mam prapadyate\nvasudevab, sarvam iti\nsa mahatma sudurlabhab,\n\"After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders unto Me, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is.\nSuch a great soul is very rare.\" Everything, material and spiritual, consists of various energies of Vasudeva, to whom the individual soul, the\nspiritual part of the Supreme Lord, is subordinate. Upon understanding\nthis perfect knowledge, one surrenders to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead (viisudevab, sarvam iti sa mahatma sudurlabhab-}.\nTEXT 23\n\n� ijt:f4E41fl � �RRJ h I\nam�:� i{ffl �tlffil_� II� �II\ndehas tu sarva-sanghiito\njagat tasthur iti dvidhii\natraiva mrgyab, purwjo\nneti netity atat tyajan\ndehab,-the body; tu-but; sarva-sanghiitab,-the combination of all\nthe twenty-four elements; jagat -seen to be moving; tasthub,-and\nstanding in one place; iti-thus; dvidhii-two kinds; atra eva-in this\nmatter; mrgyab,-to be searched for; purwjab,-the living entity, the\n\n", "SB7.2#p0097": "Text 23]\n\nWhat Prahlida Learned in the Womb\n\n69\n\nsoul; na-not; iti-thus; na-not; iti-thus; iti-in this way; atatwhat is not spirit; tyajan-giving up.\nTRANSLATION\nThere are two kinds of bodies for every individual soul-a gross\nbody made of five gross elements and a subtle body made of three\nsubtle elements. Within these bodies, however, is the spirit soul.\nOne must find the soul by analysis, saying, \"This is not it. This is\nnot it.\" Thus one must separate spirit from matter ..\nPURPORT\nAs previously stated, svar�m yatlui graoosu hema-kiira}:£ �etre�u\n\nyogais tad-abhijiia apnuyat. An expert in the study of soil can find out\nwhere gold is and then dig there. He can then analyze the stone and test\nthe gold with nitric acid. Similarly, one must analyze the whole body to\nfind within the body the spirit soul. In studying one's own body, one\nmust ask himself whether his head is his soul, his fingers are his soul, his\nhand is his soul, and so on. In this way, one must gradually reject all the\nmaterial elements and the combinations of material elements in the body.\nThen, if one is expert and follows the acarya, he can understand that he\nis the spiritual soul living within the body. The greatest acarya, Kr�I;ta,\nbegins His teachings in Bhagavad-gita by saying:\ndehino 'smin yatlui dehe\nkaumiiram yauvanam jara\ntatlui deluintara-praptir\ndhiras tatra na muhyati\n\"As the embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood to\nyouth to old age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. The\nself-realized soul is not bewildered by such a change.\" (Bg. 2.13) The\nspirit soul possesses the body and is within the body. This is the real\nanalysis. The soul never mixes with the bodily elements. Although the\nsoul is within the body, it is separate and always pure. One must analyze\nand understand his self. This is self-realization. Neti neti is the analytical\nprocess of rejecting matter. By expertly conducting such an analysis, one\n\n", "SB7.2#p0098": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n70\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\ncan understand where the soul is. One who is not expert, however, cannot distinguish gold from earth, nor the soul from the body.\nTEXT 24\n\n3(f'q�oqf{R:� N�·wii�Hfl�¥4'1\n((fti(IIQ...(1'flw.aR11�•�«((1�:\n,, � \\lll\nanvaya-vyatireke�\nvivekeno5atiitmanii\nsvarga-sthiina-samiimniiyair\nvimrsadbhir asatvaraib,\nanvaya-directly;\nmature\n\ndiscrimination;\n\nsvarga-creation;\n\nindirectly;\n\nvyatireke�-and\nu.Satii\n\n-\n\npurified;\n\nvivekena-by\n\niitmanii-with the mind;\n\nsthiina-maintenance;\n\nsamiimniiyaib,-and\n\nwith\n\ndestruction; vimrsadbhib,-by those making a serious analysis; asatvaraib,-very sober.\nTRANSLATION\nSober and expert persons should search for the spirit soul with\n\nminds purified through analytical study in terms of the soul's con­\n\nnection with and distinction from all things that undergo creation,\n\nmaintenance and destruction.\n\nPURPORT\nA sober person can study himself and distinguish the soul from the\nbody by analytical study. For example, when one considers his body-his\nhead, his hands and so on -one can certainly understand the difference\nbetween the spirit soul and the body. No one says, \"I head.\" Everyone\nsays, \"My head.\" Thus there are two entities-the head and \"1.\" They\nare not identical, although they appear to be one conglomeration.\nOne may argue, \"When we analyze the body we find a head, hands,\nlegs, a belly, blood, bones, urine, stool and so on, but after everything is\nconsidered, where is the existence of the soul?\" A sober man, however,\navails himself of this Vedic instruction:\n\n", "SB7.2#p0099": "Text 24]\n\nWhat Prah1ada Learned in the Womb\n\n71\n\nyato va imani bhiltiini jayante. yena jatiini jivanti. yat prayanty\nabhisariwiSanti.\n\ntad\n\nvijijnasasva.\n\ntad\n\nbrahmeti.\n\n( Taittiriya\n\nUpan�ad 3.1.1)\nThus he can understand that the head, hands, legs and indeed the entire\nbody have grown on the basis of the soul. If the soul is within, the body,\nhead, hands and legs grow, but otherwise they do not. A dead child does\nnot grow up, for the soul is not present. If by a careful analysis of the\nbody one still cannot find the existence of the soul, this is due to his ignorance. How can a gross man fully engaged in materialistic activities\nunderstand the soul, which is a small particle of spirit one tenthousandth the size of the tip of a hair? Such a person foolishly thinks\nthat the material body has grown from a combination of chemicals, although he cannot find them. The Vedas inform us, however, that chemical combinations do not constitute the living force; the living force is the\niitma and Paramatmii, and the body grows on the basis of that living\nforce. The fruit of a tree grows and undergoes six kinds of change because of the presence of the tree. If there were no tree, there could be no\nquestion of the growth and maturity of fruit. Therefore, beyond the existence of the body are the Paramatmii and iitma within the body. This is\nthe first understanding of spiritual knowledge explained in Bhagavadgitii. Dehino 'smin yathii dehe. The body exists because of the presence\nof the Supreme Lord and the }iva, which is part of the Lord. This is\nfurther explained by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gitii (9.4):\nmaya tatam idam sarvarh\njagad avyakta-milrtinii\nmat-sthiini sarva-bhutiini\nna caham te$V avasthita/:1,\n\"By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All\nbeings are in Me, but I am not in them.\" The Supreme Soul exists everywhere. The Vedas enjoin, sarvarh khalv idam brahma: everything is\nBrahman or an expansion of Brahman's energies. Sutre mar:ti-ga� iva:\neverything rests on the Lord, just like pearls strung together on a thread.\nThe thread is the principal Brahman. He is the supreme cause, the\n\n", "SB7.2#p0100": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n72\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nSupreme Lord upon whom everything rests (matta� parataram nanyat).\nThus we must study the atma and Paramatma-the individual soul and\nthe Supersoul-upon whom the entire material cosmic manifestation\nrests. This is explained by the Vedic statement ya to va imani bhutani\n\njayante. yena jatani jivanti.\nTEXT 25\n\n�lti(Oj �: �Wr �: I\n� ��� m��: �: tR: ������\nbuddher jagarar:w.m svapna�\ns�uptir iti vrttaya�\nta yenaiviinubhuyante\nso 'dhyak$a� pu�a� para�\nbuddhe�-of the intelligence; jagarar:w.m-the waking or active state\nof the gross senses; svapna�-dreaming (the activity of the senses without the gross body); s�upti�-deep sleep or cessation of all activities\n(although the living entity is the seer); iti-thus; vrttaya �-the various\ntti�-they;\nyena-by whom;\neva-indeed;\nanubhuyante-are perceived; sa�-that; adhya/cya�-overseer (who is different from the activities);\npu�a�-the enjoyer;\npara�transactions;\n\ntranscendental.\nTRANSLATION\nIntelligence\n\ncan\n\nbe perceived in three states of activity­\n\nwakefulness, dreaming and deep sleep. The person who perceives\n\nthese three is to be considered the original master, the ruler, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nWithout intelligence one cannot understand the direct activities of the\nsenses, nor can he understand dreaming or the cessation of all gross and\nsubtle activities. The seer and controller is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, the Supreme Soul, by whose direction the individual soul can\nunderstand when he is awake, when he is sleeping, and when he is com-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0101": "Text 26]\n\nWhat Prahlada Learned in the Womb\n\n73\n\npletely in trance. In Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(15.15) the Lord says, saroasya\nciiharit hrdi sannivi$!o mattaiJ, smrtirjnanam apohanam ca: \"I am seated\n\nin everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge and\nforgetfulness.\" The living entities are completely absorbed in the three\nstates of wakefulness, dreaming and deep sleep through their intelligence. This intelligence is supplied by the Supreme Personality of �odhead,\n\nwho\n\naccompanies\n\nthe\n\nindividual\n\nsoul\n\nas\n\na\n\nfriend.\n\nSrtla\n\nMadhvacarya says that the living entity is sometimes described as sattva­\n\nbuddhi when his intelligence acts directly to perceive pains and pleasures\nabove activities. There is a dreaming state in which understanding comes\nfrom the Supreme Personality of Godhead (mattaiJ, smrtir jnanam\n\napohanam ca). The Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Supersoul, is\nthe supreme controller, and under His direction the living entities are\nsubcontrollers. One must understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead with one's intelligence.\n\nTEXT 26\n\ntif'�m: ������: ���: ,\nmq'fl�� m�nt€41..� 11��11\nebhis tri-varr:uziiJ. paryastair\nbuddhi-bhedaiiJ, kriyodbhavaiiJ,\nsvarilpam iitmarw budhyed\ngandhair viiyum .iviinvayiit\nebhiiJ,-by these; tri-varr:uziiJ, -composed of the three modes of\nnature; paryastaiiJ,-completely rejected (due to not touching the living\nforce); buddhi-of intelligence; bhedaiiJ,-the differentiations; kriyiiudbhavaiiJ,-produced from different activities; svar upam -the constitutional position; iitmanaiJ, -of the self; budhyet-one should understand; ga ndhaiiJ,-by the aromas; viiyum-the air; iva-exactly like;\n\nanvayiit-from close connection.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs one can understand the presence of the air by the aromas it\ncarries, so, under the guidance of the Supreme Personality of\n\n", "SB7.2#p0102": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n74\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nGodhead, one can understand the living soul by these three divi­\n\nsions of intelligence. These three divisions, however, are not the\n\nsoul; they are constituted of the three modes and are born of ac­\n\ntivities.\n\nPURPORT\nAs already explained, there are three states to our existence, namely\n\nwakefulness, dreaming and deep sleep. In all three states, we have dif­\n\nferent experiences. Thus the soul is the observer of these three states.\n\nActually, the activities of the body are not the activities of the soul. The\nsoul is different from the body. Just as aromas are distinct from the ma­\n\nterial vehicle in which they are carried, the soul is unattached to material\n\nactivities. This analysis can be considered by a person who is fully under\n\nthe shelter of the lotus feet of the Supreme Lord. This is confirmed by\nthe Vedic injunction yrumin vijfiiite sarvam evaril vijfiiitaril bhavati. If\n\none can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one can auto­\n\nmatically understand everything else. Because of not taking shelter of\n\nthe Lord's lotus feet, even great scholars,, scientists, philosophers and\nreligionists are always bewildered. This is confirmed in Sr imad­\n\nBhagavatam (10.2.32):\nye 'nye 'ravindiik$a vimukta-maninru\ntvayy ruta-bhaviid avi.Suddha-buddhaya}J.\nEven though one may artificially think himself liberated from material\ncontamination, if he has not taken shelter of the Lord's lotus feet his in­\n\ntelligence is polluted. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii (3.42):\n\nindriyiiT}-i pariiTJy iihur\nindriyebhya}J. pararil mana}J.\nmanruru tu para buddhir\nyo buddhe}J. paratru tu sa}J.\nAbove the senses is the mind, above the mind is the intelligence, and\n\nabove the intelligence is the soul. Ultimately, when one's intelligence be­\n\ncomes clear through devotional service, one is situated in buddhi-yoga.\nThis also is explained in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(dadami buddhi-yogaril tam\n\n", "SB7.2#p0103": "Text 27]\n\nWhat Prahliida Learned in the Womb\n\n75\n\nyena mdm upayanti te). When devotional service develops and one's intelligence becomes clear, one can use his intelligence to return home,\nback to Godhead.\nTEXT 27\n\n1(6\\iil<l ft � go�df;tii �•n 1\n3f�tit�sfq �: � (€114� 11�\\911\n..\n\netad dvaro hi sarhsaro\nguT}11-karma-nibandhanal,t\najfiiina-millo 'partho 'pi\npurhsal,t soopna ivarpyate\netat-this; dvaral,t-whose door; hi-indeed; sarhsaral,t-material\nexistence, in which one suffers threefold miseries;\n\nguT}11-karma­\n\nnibandhanal,t-captivation by the three modes o.f material nature;\najfiiina-mulal,t-whose root is ignorance; aparthal,t-without factual\nmeaning; api-even; purhsal,t-of the living entity; soopnal,t-a dream;\niva -like; arpyate-is placed.\nTRANSLATION\nThrough polluted intelligence one is subjected to the modes of\nnature, and thus one is conditioned by material existence. Like a\ndreaming state in which one falsely suffers, material existence,\nwhich is due to ignorance, must be considered unwanted and temporary.\nPURPORT\n\nThe unwanted condition of temporary life is called ignorance. One can\nvery easily understand that the material body is temporary, for it is\ngenerated at a certain date and ends at a certain date, after undergoing\nthe six kinds of change, namely birth, death, growth, maintenance,\ntransformation and dwindling. This condition of the eternal soul is due to\nhis ignorance, and although it is temporary, it is unwanted. Because of\nignorance one is put into temporary bodies one after another. The spirit\nsoul, however, does not need to enter such temporary bodies. He does so\n\n", "SB7.2#p0104": "76\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nonly due to his ignorance or his forgetfulness of Kr!?Qa. Therefore in the\n\nhuman form of life, when one's intelligence is developed, one should\nchange his consciousness by trying to understand Kr!?Qa. Then one can be\n\nliberated. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii\n\nsays:\n\n(4.9), where the Lord\n\njan11UL kar11UL ca me divyam\nevam yo vetti tattvatab,\ntyaktvii dehnm punar jan11UL\nnaiti miim eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and ac­\n\ntivities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" Unless one under­\n\nstands Kr!?Qa and comes to Kr!?Qa consciousness, one must continue in\nmaterial bondage. To end this conditional life, one must surrender to the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Indeed, that is demanded by the\nSupreme Lord. Sarva-dhnrmiin parityajya miim ekam sarar:uzm vraja.\n\nAs advised by Maharaja �abhadeva, na siidhu 11UJ.nye yata iit11UJ.no\nyam asann api klesada iisa dehnb,. One must be intelligent enough to\n\nunderstand that although one's body is temporary and will not endure\n\nfor long, as long as one has a body he must undergo the pangs of material\n\nexistence. Therefore, if by good association, by the instructions of a bona\nfide spiritual master, one takes to Kr!?Qa consciousness, his conditional\n\nlife of material existence is vanquished, and his original consciousness,\n\nknown as Kr!?Qa consciousness, is revived. When one is Kr!?Qa conscious,\n\nhe can realize that material existence, whether one is awake or dreaming,\n\nis nothing but a dream and has no factual value. This realization is possi­\n\nble by the grace of the Supreme Lord. This grace is also present in the\nform of the instructions of Bhagavad-gitii. Therefore Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's mission is for everyone to engage in welfare activities to\n\nawaken the foolish living entity, especially in human society, so that he\nmay come to the platform of Kr!?Qa consciousness and benefit by libera­\n\ntion from conditional life.\n\nIn this connection, Srila Madhvacarya cites the following verses:\n\ndub,khn-rupo 'pi sarilsiiro\nbuddhi-purvam avapyate\n\n", "SB7.2#p0105": "Text 28]\n\nWhat Prahliida Learned in the Womb\n\n77\n\nyathii svapne siras chedam\nsvayarh krtvatmano va5a}J\ntato du}Jkham avapyeta\ntathii jagarito 'pi tu\njanann apy atmano du}Jkham\nava5as tu pravartate\nOne must realize that the material condition of life is full of distresses.\nOne can realize this with purified intelligence. When one's intelligence is\npurified, he can understand that unwanted, temporary, material life is\njust like a dream. Just as one suffers pain when his head is cut off in a\ndream, in ignorance one suffers not only while dreaming but also while\nawake. Without the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one\ncontinues in ignorance and is thus subjected to material distresses in\nvanous ways.\n\ntasmad bhavadbhi}J kartavyarh\nkarmaT}iirh tri-guT}iitmanam\nbija-nirhara.T)arh yoga}J\npravahoparamo dhiya}J\ntasmat-therefore; bhavadbhi}J-by your good selves; kartavyamto be done; karmaT}iim-of all material activities; tri-gury,a-atmanamconditioned by the three modes of material nature; bija-nirharaT)amburning of the seed; yoga}J-the process by which one can be linked\nwith the Supreme; pravaha-of the continuous current in the form of\nwakefulness, dreaming and deep sleep;\n\nuparama}J-the cessation;\n\ndhiya}J-of the intelligence.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, my dear friends, 0 sons of the demons, your duty is\nto take to ��a consciousness, which can burn the seed of fruitive\n\n", "SB7.2#p0106": "78\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nactivities artificially created by the modes of material nature and\nstop the flow of the intelligence in wakefulness, dreaming and\ndeep sleep. In other words, when one takes to ��a conscious­\n\nness, his ignorance is immediately dissipated.\nPURPORT\nThis is confirmed in Bhagavad-gilii (14.26):\n\nmiim ca yo 'vyabhicarery,a\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa guTJiin samatityaitiin\nbrahma-bhuyaya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in\nany circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and\nthus comes to the level of Brahman.\" By the practice of bhakti-yoga, one\nimmediately comes to the spiritual platform, transcendental to the actions and reactions of the three modes of material nature. The root of ignorance is material consciousness, which must be killed by spiritual consciousness, or .Kr��a consciousness. The word bija-nirharary,am refers to\nburning the root cause of material life to ashes. In the Medini dictionary,\n\nyoga is explained by its result: yoge 'purvartha-sampriiptau sarigatidhyana-yukt�u. When one is put into an awkward position because of\nignorance, the process by which one can be freed from this entanglement\nis called yoga. This is also called liberation. Muktir hitvanyathii-rilpam\n\nsvarilpery,a vyavasthiti/:t. Mukti means giving up one's position in ignorance or illusion, by which one thinks in a way contrary to his constitutional position. Returning to one's constitutional position is called\n\nmukti, and the process by which one does this is called yoga. Thus yoga\nis above karma, jiiiina and sankhya. Indeed, yoga is the ultimate goal of\nlife. .Kr��a therefore advised Arjuna to become a yogi (tasmiid yogi\n\nbhavarjuna). Lord .Kr��a further advised in Bhagavad-gitii that the\nfirst-class yogi is he who has come to the platform of devotional service.\nyoginiim api sarve�iim\nmad-gateniintariitmanii\n\n", "SB7.2#p0107": "Text 29]\n\nWhat Prahliida Learned in the Womb\n\n79\n\nsraddhavan bhajate yo miim\nsa me yuktatamo matab,\n\"Of all yogis, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping\nMe in transcendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in\n\nyoga and is the highest of all.\" (Bg. 6.47) Thus one who always thinks\nof l<.r!?J.la within the core of his heart is the best yogi. By practicing this\nbest of all yoga systems, one is liberated from the material condition.\nTEXT 29\n\n��: I\nW'ij� � tl1n mm ffir: ����II\n(fi\\qll1«1i�IOII+t4\n\ntatropaya-sahasra�m\nayam bhagavatoditab,\nyad iSvare bhagavati\nyatha yair afijasa ratib,\ntatra-in that connection (getting out of the entanglement of material\nconditioning); upaya-of processes; sahasra�m-of many thousands;\n\nayam-this; bhagavata uditab,-given by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; yat-which; iSvare-to the Lord; bhagavati-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; yatha-as much as; yaib,-by which; afijasaquickly; ratib,-attachment with love and affection.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOf the different processes recommended for disentanglement\nfrom material life, the one personally explained and accepted by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead should be considered allperfect. That process is the performance of duties by which love\nfor the Supreme Lord develops.\nPURPORT\n\nAmong the linking processes that elevate one from bondage to material contamination, the one recommended by the Supreme Personality\n\n", "SB7.2#p0108": "80\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nof Godhead should be accepted as the best. That process is clearly ex­\n\nin Bhagavad-gitii, where the Lord says, sarva-dharmiin\nparityajya miim ekarit sarar:w-m vraja: \"Abandon all varieties of religion\n\nplained\n\nand just surrender unto Me.\" This process is the best because the Lord\n\nassures, aharit tviirit sarva-piipebhyo mo�ay�yiimi mii suca/.1.: \"I shall\n\ndeliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" There is no need to be\nworried, for the Lord Himself assures that He will care for His devotee\nand save him from the reactions of sinful activities. Material bondage is a\nresult of sinful activity. Therefore, since the Lord assures that He will\ndissipate the results of fruitive material activities, there is no need to be\nworried. This process of understanding one's position as a spirit soul and\nthen engaging oneself in devotional service is therefore the best. The entire Vedic program is based on this principle, and one can understand it\nas recommended in the Vedas:\n\nyasya deve para bhaktir\nyathii deve tathii gurau\ntasyaite kathitii hy arthii/.1.\nprakiiSante mahiitmana/.1.\n\"Unto those great souls who have implicit faith in both the Lord and the\nspiritual master, all the imports of Vedic knowledge are automatically\nrevealed.\" (SvetiiSvatara Upan�ad 6.23) One must accept the pure de­\n\nvotee, the representative of God, as one's guru and then offer him all the\nrespects one would offer the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is the\nsecret of success. For one who adopts this method, the perfect process is\nrevealed. In this verse, the words yair aiijasii rati/.1. indicate that by offer­\n\ning service and surrendering to the spiritual master, one is elevated to\ndevotional service, and by performing devotional service one gradually\nbecomes attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Because of this\nattachment to the Lord, one can understand the Lord. In other words,\none can understand what the Lord's position is, what our position is and\nwhat our relationship is. All this can be understood very easily by the\n\nsimple method of bhakti-yoga. As soon as one is situated on the platform\n\nof bhakti-yoga, the root cause of one's suffering and material bondage is\n\ndestroyed. This is clearly explained in the next verse, which gives the\nsecret of success.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0109": "What Prahlada Learned in the Womb\n\nText 31]\n\n81\n\nTEXTS 30-31\n\n���;r :ot l\nQ;r �¥i'ffil'1¥il\"'(l� :ot II� II\n� ij��t14i :ot tf�gUAi� I\nij�qli(l'f!(iii�l'11���: II�� II\no\n\nguru-su.Sr!\"4aya bhaktya\nsarva-labdhiirpar:tena ca\nsarigena sadhu-bhaktaruim\ni.Svararadhanena ca\nsraddhaya tat-kathiiyarh ca\nkirtanair gur:w--karmar_uim\ntat-padiimburuha-dhyaruit\ntal-lirigek§arhaTJiidibhi/J\nguru-su.Sri4aya-by rendering service to the bona fide spiritual\nmaster; bhaktya-with faith and devotion; sarva-all; labdha-of material gains; arpar:tena-by offering (to the guru, or to Kpma through\nthe spiritual master); ca-and; sarigena-by the association; sadhubhaktaruim-of devotees and saintly persons; i.Svara-of the Supreme\nPersonality\n\nof Godhead;\n\naradhanena-by\n\nthe worship;\n\nca-and;\n\nsraddhaya-with great faith; tat-kathiiyam-in discourses about the\nLord; ca-and; kirtanai!J-by glorifications; gur:w--karmar_uim-of the\ntranscendental qualities and activities of the Lord; tat-His; padaamburuha-on the lotus feet;\nliriga-forms\n\n(Deities);\n\ndhyaruit-by meditation;\n\nil•$(1-ohserving;\n\ntat-His;\n\narhar:w--adibhi/J-and\n\nby\n\nworshiping.\nTRANSLATION\nOne musi accept the bona fide spiritual master and render service unto him with great devotion and faith. Whatever one has in\none's possession should be offered to the spiritual master, and in\nthe association of saintly persons and devotees one should worship\nthe Lord, hear the glories of the Lord with faith, glorify the\n\n", "SB7.2#p0110": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n82\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\ntranscendental qualities and activities of the Lord, always meditate\n\non the Lord's lotus feet, and worship the Deity of the Lord strictly\naccording to the injunctions of the sastra and guru.\nPURPORT\nIn the previous verse it has been said that the process which im­\n\nmediately increases one's love and affection for the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is the best of the many thousands of ways to become free\n\nfrom the entanglement of material existence. It is also said, dharmasya\n\ntattvarh nihitarh guhayam: actually the truth of religious principles is\n\nextremely confidential. Nonetheless, it can be understood very easily if\n\none actually adopts the principles of religion. As it is said, dharrnarh tu\n\nsa�iid bhagavat-prar_titam: the process of religion is enunciated by the\n\nSupreme Lord because He is the supreme authority. This is also indicated\n\nin the previous verse by the word bhagavatodita/:t. The injunctions or\ndirections of the Lord are infallible, and their benefits are fully assured.\n\nAccording to His directions, which are explained in this verse, the per­\n\nfect form of religion is bhakti-yoga.\n\nTo practice bhakti-yoga, one must first accept a bona fide spiritual\n\nmaster. Srila Riipa Gosvami, in his Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.74-75),\n\nadvises:\n\nguru-piidiSrayas tasmiit\nkr�r.ta-di�i-si�ar_tam\nviSrambher_ta guro/:t sevii\nsiidhu-vartmiinuvartanam\nsad-dharrna-prccha bhogiidityiiga/:t kr�r_tasya hetave\nOne's first duty is to accept a bona fide spiritual master. The student or\n\ndisciple should be very inquisitive; he should be eager to know the com­\n\nplete truth about eternal religion (saniitana-dharrna). The words guru­\n\nsu.S�ayii mean that one should personally serve the spiritual master by\n\ngiving him bodily comforts, helping him in bathing, dressing, sleeping,\n\neating and so on. This is called guru-su.S�ar_tam. A disciple should serve\n\nthe spiritual master as a menial servant, and whatever he has in his\n\n", "SB7.2#p0111": "What Prahliida Learned in the Womb\n\nText 32]\n\n83\n\npossession should be dedicated to the spiritual master. PriiTJCLir arthair\n\ndhiya vaca. Everyone has his life, his wealth, his intelligence and his\n\nwords, and all of them should be offered to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead through the via medium of the spiritual master. Everything\n\nshould be offered to the spiritual master as a matter of duty, but the\noffering should be made to the spiritual master with heart and soul, not\nartificially to gain material prestige. This offering is called arpaTJCL.\n\nMoreover, one should live among devotees, saintly persons, to learn the\n\netiquette and proper behavior of devotional service. Sri:la Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti Thakura remarks in this connection that whatever is offered\n\nto the spiritual master should be offered with love and affection, not for\n\nmaterial adoration. Similarly, it is recommended that one associate with\ndevotees, but there must be some discrimination. Actually, a sadhu, a\n\nsaintly person, must be saintly in his behavior (sadhavab, sad-acara!t}.\n\nUnless one adheres to the standard behavior, one's position as a sadhu, a\n\nsaintly person, is not complete. Therefore a Vair?r;tava, a sadhu, must\n\ncompletely adhere to the standard of behavior.\n\nSrtla Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti Thakura says that a Vair?r;tava, a person initiated into the\n\nVair?r;tava cult, should be offered the respect befitting a Vair?r;tava, which\n\nmeans that he should be offered service and prayers. However, one\nshould not associate with him if he is not a fit person with whom to associate.\n\nTEXT 32\n\ndb �! � �·��l'il� ��: I\n� \\{���ij: � � 11��11\nharib, sarve$u bhute$u\nbhagavan asta iSvarab,\niti bhutani manasa\nkamais taib, sadhu miinayet\nharib,-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nsarve$u-in\n\nall;\n\nbhilte$u-living entities; bhagavan-the supreme personality; iiste-is\n\nsituated; i.Svarab,-the supreme controller; iti-thus; bhutani-all liv­\n\ning entities; manasa-by such understanding; kamaib,-by desires;\ntaib,-those; sadhu miinayet-one should highly esteem.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0112": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n84\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne should always remember the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead in His localized representation as the Paramitmi, who is situ­\n\nated in the core of every living entity's heart. Thus one should\noffer respect to every living entity according to that living entity's\nposition or manifestation.\n\nPURPORT\nHari/:t saroe$U bhute$u. This statement is sometimes misunderstood by\nunscrupulous persons who wrongly conclude that because Hari, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, is situated in every living entity, every\nliving entity is therefore Hari. Such foolish persons do not distinguish\nbetween the atma and the Paramatma, who are situated in every body.\nThe atma is the living entity, and the Paramatma is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The individual living entity, however, is different\nfrom the Paramatma, the Supreme Lord. Therefore hari/:t saroe$U\nbhUte$u means that Hari is situated as Paramatma, not as atma, although\natma is a\n\npart of Paramatma. Offering respect to every living entity\n\nmeans offering respect to the Paramatma situated in every living entity.\nOne should not misunderstand every living entity to be the Paramatma.\nSometimes unscrupulous persons designate a living entity as daridranaraya�, svami-naraya�, this NarayaJ.la or that NarayaJ.la. One should\nclearly understand that although NarayaJ.la is situated in the core of the\nheart of every living entity, the living entity never becomes NarayaJ.la.\nTEXT 33\n\n�� A��if: �ij �� I\n41�'% lliTarRr � � U6: II� �II\n...\n\nevarh nirjita-$ru;l-vargai/:t\nkriyate bhaktir iSvare\nvasudeve bhagavati\nyaya samlabhyate rati/:t\nevam-thus; nirjita-subdued ; $a!-vargai/:t-by the six symptoms of\nthe senses (lusty desires, anger, greed, illusion, madness and jealousy);\n\n", "SB7.2#p0113": "Text 34]\n\nWhat Prahliida Learned in the Womb\n\n85\n\nkriyate-is rendered; bhaktift-devotional service; iSvare-unto the\ncontroller; vasudeve-to Lord Vasudeva; bhagava ti-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; yaya -by which; samlabhyate-is\nobtained; ratift -attachment.\nsupreme\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy these activities [as mentioned above] one is able to cut down\nthe influence of the enemies, namely lust, anger, greed, illusion,\nmadness and jealousy, and when thus situated, one can render service to the Lord. In this way one surely attains the platform of loving service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nAs mentioned in verses thirty and thirty-one, one's first duty is to approach the spiritual master, the representative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, to begin rendering service to him. Prahlada\nMaharaja proposed that from the very beginning of life (kaumiira acaret\n\nprajnaft) a small child should be trained to serve the spiritual master\nwhile living at the guru-kula. Brahmacan guru-kule vasan danto guror\n\nhitam (Bhag. 7.12.1). This is the beginning of spiritual life. Gurupiida.Srayaft, siidhu-vartmiinuvartanam, sad-dharma-prccha. By following the instructions of the guru and the sastras, the disciple attains the\nstage of devotional service and becomes unattached to possessions. What­\n\never he possesses he offers to the spiritual master, the guru, who engages\nhim in srava�ril kirtanaril v��!z. The disciple follows strictly and in\nthis way learns how to control his senses. Then, by using his pure intelligence, he gradually\n\n�mes a lover of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, as confirmed by Srila Riipa Gosvami (adau sraddha tataft siidhu­\n\nsanga!t}. In this way one's life becomes perfect, and his attachment for\nl<r�Qa becomes positively manifested. In that stage, he is situated in\necstasy, experiencing bhava and anubhava, as explained in the following\nverse.\n\nTEXT 34\n\nf.l�IRI •\n\ngt'IIWf�IW{\ncfNifiJf Jle1��fln PIR I\n\n", "SB7.2#p0114": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n86\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\n'Qc(IM(ql�llfil�\nm�ll6 �rn urn� ��� ���\nniSamya karmiiTJ.i gur:uJ,n atulyiin\nviryiiTJ.i lilii-tanubhi/:t krtiini\nyadiitihar$otpulakiiSru-gadgadam\nprotkaTJ.!ha udgayati rauti nrtyati\nni.Samya-hearing;\n\nkarmiiTJ.i-transcendental\n\nactivities;\n\ngur:uJ,n­\n\nspiritual qualities; atulyiin-uncommon (not generally visible in an\nordinary person); viryiiTJ.i-very powerful; lilii-tanubhi/:t-by different\npastime forms; krtani-performed; yadii-when; atihar$a-because of\ngreat jubilation;\n\nutpulaka-horripilation;\n\ngadgadam-faltering\n\nvoice;\n\na5ru-tears in the eyes;\n\nprotkaTJ.!ha/:t-with\n\nan\n\nopen\n\nvmce;\n\nudgayati-chants very loudly; rauti-cries; nrtyati-dances.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who is situated in devotional service is certainly the con­\n\ntroller of his senses, and thus he is a liberated person. When such a\n\nliberated person, the pure devotee, hears of the transcendental\n\nqualities and activities of the Lord's incarnations for the perfor­\n\nmance of various pastimes, his hair stands on end on his body,\n\ntears fall from his eyes, and in his spiritual realization his voice\n\nfalters. Sometimes he very openly dances, sometimes he sings\nloudly, and sometimes he cries. Thus he expresses his transcen­\n\ndental jubilation.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord's activities are uncommon. For example, when He appeared\nas Lord Ramacandra, He performed uncommon activities like bridging\nthe\n\nocean.\n\nSimilarly, when Lord .Kr�J;Ia\n\nappeared He raised the\n\nGovardhana Hill when He was only seven years of age. These are uncommon activities. Fools and rascals, who are not in the transcendental position, consider these uncommon activities of the Lord to be mythological,\nbut when the pure devotee, the liberated person, hears about these uncommon activities of the Lord, he immediately becomes ecstatic and exhibits the symptoms of chanting, dancing, and crying very loudly and\njubilantly. This is the difference between a devotee and a nondevotee.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0115": "Text 35]\n\nWhat Prahlida Learned in the Womb\n\n87\n\nTEXT 35\n\n*M((1��$6���•t�RI�� I\nq: 'Q(1;qMi � ill•l�q6\n'\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\n��\n\nyadii graha-grasta iva kvacid dhasaty\nakrandate dhyayati vandate janam\nmuhu/:t svasan vakti hare jagat-pate\nniirayary,ety atma-matir gata-trapa/:t\n\nyadii-when;\n\ngrnha-grasta/:t-haunted\n\nby\n\na\n\nghost;\n\niva-like;\n\nkvacit-sometimes; hasati-laughs; akrandate-cries loudly (remembering the transcendental qualities of the Lord); dhyayati-meditates;\nvandate-ofiers respects; janam-to all living entities (thinking all of\n\nthem to be engaged in the service of the Lord); muhu/:t-constantly;\nsvasan-breathing heavily; vakti-he speaks; hare-0 my Lord; jagatpate-0 master of the whole world; niiraya�-0 Lord Naraya.Q.a; iti­\n\nthus; atma-mati/:t-fully absorbed in thoughts of the Supreme Lord;\ngata-trapa/:t-without shame.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a devotee becomes like a person haunted by a ghost, he\nlaughs and very loudly chants about the qualities of the Lord.\nSometimes he sits to perform meditation, and he offers respects to\nevery living entity, considering him a devotee of the Lord. Constantly breathing very heavily, he becomes careless of social etiquette and loudly chants like a madman, \"Hare �r_ut, Hare\n�I]a! 0 my Lord, 0 master of the universe!\"\nPURPORT\nWhen one chants the holy name of the Lord in ecstasy, not caring for\noutward social conventions, it is to be understood that he is atma-mati.\nIn other words, his consciousness is turned toward the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0116": "Srirnad-Bhagavatam\n\n88\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 36\n\n�\n\n�+Uw-U*fiQ+i(iji1w-1:4-=I\n\nCfl$tiilij�l'tikH\n�\n+t��QI\n+tRfiSI�lltUI � 11��11\n�\"Aii!4f{(\n\ntada pumiin mukta-samasta-bandhanas\ntad-bhiiva-bhiivanukrtiiSayakrti/:t\nnirdagdha-bijanu.Sayo mahiyasa\nbhakti-prayoger:z,a samety adholcyajam\ntada-at that time; pumiin -the living entity; mukta-liberated;\nsamasta-bandhana/:t-from all material obstacles on the path of devotional service; tat-bhiiva-of the situation of the Supreme Lord's activities; bhiiva-by thinking; anukrta-made similar; asaya-akrti/:twhose mind and body; nirdagdha-completely burned up; bija-the\nseed\n\nor original cause of material existence; anu.Saya}:t-desire;\nmahiyasa-very powerful; bhakti-of devotional service; prayoger:z,aby the application; sameti -achieves ; adho/cyajam-the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, who is beyond the reach of the material mind and\nknowledge.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotee is then freed from all material contamination be­\n\ncause he constantly thinks of the Lord's pastimes and because his\nmind and body have been converted to spiritual qualities. Because\n\nof his intense devotional service, his ignorance, material con­\n\nsciousness and all kinds of material desires are completely burnt to\nashes. This is the stage at which one can achieve the shelter of the\n\nLord's lotus feet.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen a devotee is completely purified, he becomes anyabhiia§itasunya. In other words, all of his material desires become zero, being\nburnt to ashes, and he exists either as the Lord's servant, friend, father,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0117": "Text\n\n37]\n\nWhat Prahlida Learned in the Womb\n\n89\n\nmother or conjugal lover. Because one thinks constantly in this way,\n\none's present material body and mind are fully spiritualized, and the\n\nneeds of one's material body completely vanish from one's existence. An\n\niron rod put into a fire becomes warmer and warmer, and when it is red\nhot it is no longer an iron rod but fire. Similarly, when a devotee con­\n\nstantly engages in devotional service and thinks of the Lord in his\n\noriginal Kr�I.J.a consciousness, he no longer has any material activities, for\n\nhis body is spiritualized. Advancement in Kr�I.J.a consciousness is very\n\npowerful, and therefore even during this life such a devotee has\n\nachieved the shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord. This transcendental\n\necstatic existence of a devotee was completely exhibited by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. In this regard, Srila Madhviiciirya writes as follows:\n\ntad-bhiiva-bhiiva/:t tad yathii svariiparh bhakti/:t\nkecid bhaktii vinrtyanti giiyanti ca yathepsitam\nkecit lU$�1irh japanty eva kecit sobhaya-kiirir:w/:t\nThe ecstatic condition of devotional service was completely exhibited by\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who sometimes danced, sometimes cried,\n\nsometimes sang, sometimes remained silent, and sometimes chanted the\nholy name of the Lord. That is perfect spiritual existence.\n\nTEXT\n\n37\n\n��:\n�Tftot: 4�Rt+.titi�l6Wi4( I\n� QMqlult1{4 �� �� � W'Q� 11�\\911\nadhok$ajiilambham ihiiSubhiitmana/:t\nsaririr:ta/:t sarhsrti-cakra-siitanam\ntad brahma-nirviir:m-sukharh vidur budhiis\ntato bhajadhvarh hrdaye hrd-iSvaram\nadhok$aja-with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is beyond\n\nthe reach of\n\nthe materialistic\n\nmind or\n\nexperimental knowledge;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0118": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n90\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\ndla mbham-being constantly in contact; iha-in this material world;\na.Subha -atmana� - whose mind is materially contaminated; sariri1J11�of a living entity who has accepted a material body; sa rh.srti -of material\nexistence; cakra-the cycle; sdtanam-completely stopping; tat-that;\nbrahma-nirod1J11-connected with the Supreme Brahman, the Absolute\nTruth;\n\nsukham-transcendental\n\nbudhd�-those\n\nwho\n\nare\n\nhappiness;\n\nspiritually\n\nadvanced;\n\nvidu�-understand;\ntata�-therefore;\n\nbhajadhvam -engage in devotional service; hrdaye -within the core of\nthe heart; h rt- iSvaram -to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\nSupersoul within the heart.\nTRANSLATION\nThe real problem of life is the repetition of birth and death,\n\nwhich is like a wheel rolling repeatedly up and down. This wheel,\n\nhowever, completely stops when one is in touch with the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. In other words, by ·the transcendental\n\nbliss realized from constant engagement in devotional service, one\nis completely liberated from material existence. All learned men\nknow this. Therefore, my dear friends, 0 sons of the asuras, im­\n\nmediately begin meditating upon and worshiping the Supersoul\n\nwithin everyone's heart.\n\nPURPORT\nGenerally it is understood that by merging into the existence of Brahman, the impersonal feature of the Absolute Truth, one becomes completely happy. The words brahma-nirvd1J11 refer to connecting with the\nAbsolute Truth, who is realized in three features: brahmeti paramatmeti\n\nbhagavdn iti sabdyate. One feels brahma-sukha, spiritual happiness, by\nmerging into the impersonal Brahman because the brahmajyoti is the\neffulgence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Yasya prabhd\nprabhavato jagad-ar.uJ,a-ko#. Yasya prabhd, the impersonal Brahman,\nconsists of the rays of _Kr�I;Ia's transcendental body. Therefore whatever\ntranscendental bliss one feels from merging in Brahman is due to contact\nwith _Kr�I;Ia. Contact with _Kr�I;Ia is perfect brahma-sukha. When the\nmind is in touch with the impersonal Brahman one becomes satisfied, but\none must advance further to render service to the Supreme Personality\n\n", "SB7.2#p0119": "Text 37)\n\nWhat Prahlida Learned in the Womb\n\n91\n\nof Godhead, for one's remaining merged in the Brahman effulgence is\n\nnot always assured. As it is said, iiruhya krcchrer_La param padam tatab,\n\npatanty adho\n\n'niidrta-yU$mad-arighrayab,: one may merge in the\n\nBrahman feature of the Absolute Truth, but there is a chance that one\n\nmay fall because of not being acquainted with Adhok�aja, or Vasudeva.\n\nOf course, such brahma-sukha undoubtedly eliminates material happi­\n\nness, but when one advances through impersonal Brahman and localized\nParamatmii to approach the Supreme Personality of Godhead in relation­\n\nship with Him as a servant, friend, parent or conjugal lover, one's happi­\n\nness becomes all-pervading. Then one automatically feels transcendental\n\nbliss, just as one becomes happy seeing the shining of the moon. One ac­\n\nquires natural happiness upon seeing the moon, but when one can see the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, one's transcendental happiness in­\n\ncreases hundreds and thousands of times. As soon as one is very in­\n\ntimately connected with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one surely\n\nbecomes free from all material contamination. Ya nirvrtis tanu-bhrtiim.\n\nThis cessation of all material happiness is called nirvrti.or nirviir_La.· Srila\nRiipa Gosvami says in Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu (1.1.38):\nbrahmiinando bhaved e�a\ncet pariirdha-guT}-ikrtabnaiti bhakti-sukhiimbhodheb,\nparamiir_Lu-tuliim api\n\"If brahmiinanda, the bliss of merging in the Brahman effulgence, were\nmultiplied one hundred trillion times, it would still not equal even an\n\natomic fragment of the ocean of transcendental bliss felt in devotional\nservice.\n0\n\n,\n\nbrahma-bhutab, prasanniitmii\nna socati na kiiri�ti\nsamab, sarve�u bhute�u\nmad-bhaktim labhate pariim\n\"One who is transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme\nBrahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments nor desires to have\n\n", "SB7.2#p0120": "92\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nanything; he is equally disposed toward all living entities. In that state he\nattains pure devotional service unto the Lord.\" (Bg. 18.54) If one advances further from the brahma-nirvar.ta platform, one enters the stage\nof devotional service (mad-bhaktim labhate param). The word\nadho�ajalambham refers to keeping the mind always engaged in the\nAbsolute Truth, who is beyond the mind and material speculation. Sa vai\nmana/:£ kr�r.ta-padiiravindayo}:t. This is the result of Deity worship. By\nconstantly engaging in the service of the Lord and thinking of His lotus\nfeet, one is automatically freed from all material contamination. Thus the\nword brahma-nirvar.ta-sukham indicates that when one is in touch with\nthe Absolute Truth, material sense gratification is completely nullified.\nTEXT 38\n\n��41«� � � MS(€4(( �: I\n��u�+tW1:\n«<.��,�ft.rt\n('tl+tl;t(ij: ft W'ittl4t�: ����II\n\ncitsf<tsl�lQlS�(i(l���\n\nko 'ti-prayaso 'sura-balaka harer\n\nupasane sve hrdi chidravat sata/:t\nsvasyatmana/:t sakhyur a5e�a-dehinam\nsamanyata}:t kim v�ayopapadanai/:t\nka}:t-what; ati-prayasa}:t-di:ffi.cult endeavor; asura-balaka}:t-0\nsons of demons; hare/:t-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nupasane-in discharging the devotional service; sve-in one's own;\nhrdi-core of the heart; chidra-vat-just like the space; sata}:t-who always exists; svasya-of one's self or of the living entity; atmana/:t-of\nthe Supersoul; sakhyu}:t-of the well-wishing friend; a5e�a-unlimited;\ndehinam-of the embodied souls; samanyata}:t-generally; kim-what\nis the need; v�aya-upapadanai/:t-with activities delivering the objects\nof the senses for sense enjoyment.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my friends, sons of the asuras, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead in His Supersoul feature always exists within the cores of\n\n", "SB7.2#p0121": "Text 38]\n\nWhat Prahliida Learned in the Womb\n\n93\n\nthe hearts of all living entities. Indeed, He is the well-wisher and\nfriend of all living entities, and there is no difficulty in worshiping\nthe Lord. Why, then, should people not engage in His devotional\nservice? Why are they so addicted to unnecessarily producing artificial paraphernalia for sense gratification?\nPURPORT\nBecause the Personality of Godhead is supreme, no one is equal to\nHim, and no one is greater than Him. Nonetheless, if one is a devotee of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Lord is easily obtainable. The\nLord is compared to the sky because the sky is vast yet within the reach\nof all, not only of human beings but even of the animals. The Supreme\nLord, in His Paramatma feature, exists as the best well-wisher and\nfriend. As confirmed in the Vedas, sayujau sakhayau. The Lord, in His\nSupersoul feature, always stays in the heart along with the living entity.\nThe Lord is so friendly to the living entity that He remains within the\nheart so that one can always contact Him without difficulty. One can do\nthis simply by devotional service (srava�m kirtanam v�r:w!t smaranam\n\npada-sevanam). As soon as one hears of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (kr��-kirtana), one immediately comes in touch with the Lord. A\ndevotee immediately comes in touch with the Lord by any or all of the\nitems of devotional service:\n\nsrava�m kirtanam v�r:w!t\nsmara�m pada-sevanam\narcanam vandanam diisyam\nsakhyam iitma-nivedanam\nTherefore there is no difficulty in coming in contact with the Supreme\nLord (ko 'ti-prayasa!t}. On the other hand, going to hell requires great\nendeavor. If one wants to go to hell by illicit sex, meat-eating, gambling\nand intoxication, he must acquire so many things. For illicit sex he must\narrange for money for brothels, for meat-eating he must arrange for\nmany slaughterhouses, for gambling he must arrange for casinos and\nhotels, and for intoxication he must open many breweries. Clearly,\ntherefore, if one wants to go to hell he must endeavor very much, but if\nhe wants to return home, back to Godhead, there is no difficult endeavor.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0122": "[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n94\n\nTo go back to Godhead, one may live alone anywhere, in any condition,\nand simply sit down, meditate upon the Supersoul and chant and hear\nabout the Lord. Thus there is no difficulty in approaching the Lord.\nAdanta-gobhir viSatdrit tamisram. Because of inability to control the\nsenses, one must go through great endeavor to go to hell, but if one is\nsensible he can very easily obtain the favor of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead because the Lord is always with him. By the simple method of\nsravaiJilrit kirtanarit vi§7Jott, the Lord is satisfied. Indeed, the Lord says:\npatrarit p!.L$parit phalarit toyarit\nyo me bhaktya prayacchati\ntad aham bhakty-upahrtam\na§ndmi prayatdtmanatt\n\"Hone offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, fruit or water, I\nwill accept it.\" (Bg. 9.26) One can meditate upon the Lord anywhere\nand everywhere. Thus Prahlada Maharaja advised his friends, the sons\nof the demons, to take this path back home, back to Godhead, without\ndifficulty.\nTEXT 39\n\n� 'fijq: ij(ll<(ql\ntro � �:\n��:\n����:\n\n�:\n\n�f�����&li�: II�Q..II\n\nrdyatt kalatrarit pa§avatt sutadayo\ngrha mahi kunjara-ko5a-bhutayatt\nsarve 'rtha-kamatt �a1Jil-bharigurdyz.L$att\nkuroanti martyasya kiyat priyam calatt\nrdyatt-wealth;\n\nkalatram-one's\n\nwife\n\nand\n\nfeminine\n\nfriends;\n\npa§avatt-domestic animals like cows, horses, asses, cats and dogs; sutaadayatt-children and so on; grhatt-big buildings and residences;\nmahi-land; kunjara-elephants; krua-treasury house; bhiltayattand oth�r luxuries for sense gratification and material enjoyment;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0123": "Text 39]\n\nWhat Prahlada Learned in the Womb\n\n95\n\nsaroe-all; artha-economic development; kamatt-and sense gratification; ��-bhangura-perishable in a moment; iiy �a tt-of one whose\nduration of life; kuroanti-effect or bring; martyasya-of one who is\ndestined to die; kiyat-how much; priyam-pleasure; calatt-flickering\nand temporary.\nTRANSLATION\nOne's riches, beautiful wife and female friends, one's sons and\ndaughters, one's residence, one's domestic animals like cows,\nelephants and horses, one's treasury, economic development and\nsense gratification-indeed, even the lifetime in which one can enjoy all these material opulences-are certainly temporary and\nBickering. Since the opportunity of human life is temporary, what\nbenefit can these material opulences give to a sensible man who has\nunderstood himself to be eternal?\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse describes how the advocates of economic development are\nfrustrated by the laws of nature. As the previous verse asks,\n\nkim\nv�ayopapiidanaitt: what is the actual benefit of so-called economic\n\ndevelopment? The history of the world has factually proved that attempts to increase economic development for bodily comfort through the\nadvancement of material civilization have done nothing to remedy the\ninevitability of birth, death, old age and disease. Everyone has knowledge of huge empires throughout the history of the world-the Roman\nEmpire, the Moghul Empire, the British Empire and so on-but all the\nsocieties engaged in such economic development\n\n(saroe rtha-kamatt)\n'\n\nhave been frustrated by the laws of nature through periodic wars,\npestilence, famine and so on. Thus all their attempts have been flickering\nand temporary. In this verse, therefore, it is said, kuroanti martyasya\n\nkiyat priyaril calatt: one may be very proud of possessing a vast empire,\nbut such empires are impermanent; after one hundred or two hundred\nyears, everything is finished. All such positions of economic development, although created with great endeavor and hardship, are vanquished very soon. Therefore they have been described as calatt. An intelligent man should conclude that material economic development is not\nat all pleasing. The entire world is described in\n\nBhagavad-gitii as\n\n", "SB7.2#p0124": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n96\n\ndub,khalayam a.Sasvatam\n\n-\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nmiserable and temporary. Economic develop­\n\nment may be pleasing for some time, but it cannot endure. Thus many\n\nbig businessmen are now very morose because they are being harassed\n\nby various plundering governments. In conclusion, why should one\n\nwaste his time for so-called economic development, which is neither per­\n\nmanent nor pleasing to the soul?\n\nOn the other hand, our relationship with �!?I;J.a, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, is eternal. Nitya-siddha kr�r_u1-prema. The pure\nsouls are eternally in love with �!?I;J.a, and this permanent love, either as\n\na servant, a friend, a parent or a conjugal lover, is not at all difficult to\nrevive. Especially in this age, the concession is that simply by chanting\n\nthe Hare ��I;J.a\n\nmantra (harer nama harer nama harer namaiva\n\nkevalam) one revives his original relationship with God and thus be­\n\ncomes so happy that he does not want anything material. As enunciated\n\nby Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, na\n\ndhanam na janarh na sundarirh\n\nkavitarh va jagad-i.Sa kamaye. A very advanced devotee in ��I;J.a conRayab,\nkalatrarh pa.Savab, sutadayo grha mahi kufijara-ko5a-bhutayab,. The\n\nsciousness does not want riches, followers or possessions.\n\nsatisfaction of possessing material opulences, although perhaps of a dif­\n\nferent standard, is available even in the lives of dogs and hogs, who cannot revive their eternal relationship with �!?I;J.a. In human life, however,\n\nour eternal, dormant relationship with �!?I;J.a is possible to revive.\n\nTherefore Prahliida Maharaja has described this life as arthadam. Conse­\n\nquently, instead of wasting our time for economic development, which\ncannot give us any happiness, if we simply try to revive our eternal rela­\n\ntionship with �!?I;J.a, we will properly utilize our lives.\nTEXT40\n\nevarh hi lokab, kratubhib. krta ami\n�afo.T_Ulvab, satiSaya na nirmalab,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0125": "Text 40]\n\nWhat Prahlada Learned in the Womb\n\n97\n\ntasmad adr�!a-sruta-di4ar.mrh pararh\nbhaktyoktayesarh bhajatiitma-labdhaye\nevam-similarly (as earthly wealth and possessions are impermanent); hi-indeed; loka�-higher planetary systems like heaven, the\nmoon, the sun and Brahmaloka;\n\nkratubhi�-by performing great\n\nsacrifices; krta�-achieved; ami-all those; �y�r_mva�-perishable,\nimpermanent; satiSaya�-although more comfortable and pleasing;\nna-not; nirmala�-pure (free from disturbances); tasmat-therefore;\nadr�!a-sruta-never seen or heard; di4ar_mm-whose fault; param-the\nSupreme; bhaktya-with great devotional love; uktaya-as described in\nthe Vedic literature (not mixed with jiiiina or karma); �am-the\nSupreme Lord; bhajata-worship; atma-labdhaye-for self-realization.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is learned from Vedic literature that by performing great\nsacrifices\n\none may elevate himself to\n\nthe heavenly\n\nplanets.\n\nHowever, although life on the heavenly planets is hundreds and\nthousands of times more comfortable than life on earth, the\nheavenly planets are not pure (nirmalam], or free from the taint of\nmaterial existence. The heavenly planets are also temporary, and\ntherefore they are not the goal of life. The Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, however, has never been seen or heard to possess inebriety. Consequently, for your own benefit and self-realization,\nyou must worship the Lord with great devotion, as described in the\nrevealed scriptures.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita, �iiJe pu�Jye martya-lokarh viSanti. Even\nif one is promoted to the higher planetary systems by performing great\nsacrifices, which are accompanied by the sinful act of sacrificing animals,\nthe standard of happiness in Svargaloka is also not free of disturbances.\nThere is a similar struggle for existence even for the King of heaven,\nIndra. Thus there is no practical benefit in promoting oneself to the\nheavenly planets. Indeed, from the heavenly planets one must return to\nthis earth after one has exhausted the results of his pious activities. In\nthe Vedas it is said, tad yatheha karma-jito loka� �iyate evam evamutra\n\n", "SB7.2#p0126": "98\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\npuTJ-ya-jito loka/:1. k$iyata. As the material positions we acquire here by\nhard work are vanquished in due course of time, one's residence in the\nheavenly planets is also eventually vanquished. According to one's activities of piety in different degrees, one obtains different standards of\nlife, but none of them are permanent, and therefore they are all impure.\nConsequently, one should not endeavor to be promoted to the higher\nplanetary systems, only to return to this earth or descend still lower to\nthe hellish planets. To stop this cycl� of going up and coming down, one\nmust take to K.r�:.;ta consciousness. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu therefore\nsaid:\n\nbrahma1J4a bhramite kona bhiigyavan jiva\nguru-kr§TJ-U·prasade paya bhakti-lata-bija\n(Cc. Madhya 19.151)\nThe living entity is rotating in the cycle of birth and death, going sometimes to the higher planets and sometimes to the lower planets, but that\nis not the solution to the problems of life. But if by the grace of K.r�:.;ta\none is fortunate enough to meet a guru, a representative of K.r�J.la, one\ngets the clue to returning home, back to Godhead, having achieved selfrealization. This is what is actually desirable. Bhajatatma-labdhaye: one\nmust take to K.r�:.;ta consciousness for self-realization.\nTEXT 41\n\n� � �ur fcuilw-'il'\"tl('(ti'f(: 1\n�� �q4t('(+t1ft� ������II\nyad-artha iha karmaTJ-i\nvidvan-many asakrn nara/:1.\nkaroty ato viparyiisam\namogham vindate phalam\nyat-of which; arthe-for the purpose; iha-in this material world;\nkarmdfJ-i-many activities (in factories, industries, speculation and so\non); yidvat-advanced in knowledge; mdni-thinking himself to be;\nasakrt-again and again; nara/:1.-a person; karoti-performs; ata/:1.-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0127": "Text 42)\nfrom this;\n\nWhat Prahlida Learned in the Womb\n\n99\n\nvipa ryas am-the opposite; amogham-unfailingly; Vln­\n\ndate-achieves; phalam-result.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA materialistic person, thinking himself very advanced in intelligence, continually acts for economic development. But again and\nagain, as enunciated in the Vedas, he is frustrated by material activities, either in this life or in the next. Indeed, the results one\nobtains are inevitably the opposite of those one desires.\nPURPORT\nNo one has ever achieved the results he desired from material activities. On the contrary, everyone has been frustrated again and again.\nTherefore one must not waste his time in such material activities for sensual pleasure, either in this life or in the next. So many nationalists,\neconomists and other ambitious persons have tried for happiness, individually or collectively, but history proves that they have all been frustrated. In recent history we have seen many political leaders work hard\nfor individual and collective economic development, but they have all\nfailed. This is the law of nature, as clearly explained in the next verse.\nTEXT 42\n\n��:�an� � � �fflun 1\n��� �:�q-t16:1ttl:��: 11\\1�11\nsukhaya du/:l-kha-mok$aya\nsarikalpa iha karmiTJil/:1sadiipnotihayii du/:1-kham\nanihayii/:1- sukhavrta/:1sukhaya-for achieving happiness by a so-called higher standard of\nlife; du/:1-kha-mo�iiya-for becoming free from misery; sarikalpa/:1-the determination; iha-in this world; karmiTJil/:1--of the living entity\ntrying for economic development; sada-always; lipnoti-achieves;\n\nihaya-by\n\nactivity\n\nor\n\nambition;\n\ndu/:1-kham-only\n\nunhappiness;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0128": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n100\n\nanihdyab,\n\n-\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nand from not desiring economic development; sukha-by\n\nhappiness; avrtab. -covered.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this material world, every materialist desires to achieve happi­\n\nness and diminish his distress, and therefore he acts accordingly.\n\nActually, however, one is happy as long as one does not endeavor\nfor happiness; as soon as one hegins his activities for happiness,\n\nhis conditions of distress begin.\n\nPURPORT\nEvery conditioned soul is bound by the laws of material nature, as described in Bhagavad-gita (prakrteb. kriyamii�ni gu�ib. karmii�J.i\n\nsaT\"tJa.Sab.). Everyone has achieved a certain type of body given by material nature according to the instructions of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\niSvarab. sarva-bhiU<inam\nhrd-dese 'rjuna �!hati\nbhramayan sarva-bhutani\nyantrarii,(j.hani miiyaya\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is\ndirecting the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a\nmachine, made of the material energy.\" (Bg.\n\n18.61) The Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, the Supersoul, is present in everyone's heart, and as\nthe living entity desires, the Lord gives him facilities with which to work\naccording to his ambitions in different grades of bodies. The body is just\nlike an instrument by which the living entity moves according to false\ndesires for happiness and thus suffers the pangs of birth, death, old age\nand disease in different standards of life. Everyone begins his activities\nwith some plan and ambition, but actually, from the beginning of one's\nplan to the end, one does not derive any happiness. On the contrary, as\nsoon as one begins acting according to his plan, his life of distress immediately begins. Therefore, one should not be ambitious to dissipate the\nunhappy conditions of life, for one cannot do anything about them.\n\nAhankiira-vim;ujhdtmii kartaham iti manyate. Although one is acting\n\n", "SB7.2#p0129": "Text 43]\n\nWhat Prahlida Learned in the Womb\n\n101\n\naccording to false ambitions, he thinks he can improve his material conditions by his activities. The Vedas enjoin that one should not try to increase happiness or decrease distress, for this is futile. Tasyaiva heto!t\nprayateta kavida!t. One should work for self-realization, not for\neconomic development, which is impossible to improve. Without endeavor, one can get the amount of happiness and distress for which he is\ndestined, and one cannot change this. Therefore, it is better to use one's\ntime for advancement in the spiritual life of l<rr;;J.la consciousness. One\nshould not waste his valuable life as a human being. It is better to utilize\nthis life for developing l<rr;;J.la consciousness, without ambitions for socalled happiness.\nTEXT 43\n\n�··q�a �• �: 1\n� � � ql(cRl � ����qf« � ����II\nkamiin kamayate kamyair\nyad-artham iha pil�a!t\nsa vai dehas tu parakyo\nbhanguro yaty upaiti ca\nkcimiin-things\n\nfor\n\nsense\n\ngratification;\n\nkamayate-one\n\ndesires;\n\nkamyai!t-by different desirable actions; yat-of which; artham-for\nthe purpose; iha-in this material world; pil�a!t-the living entity;\nsalt-that; vai-indeed; deha!t-body; tu-but; parakya!t-belongs to\nothers (the dogs, vultures, etc.); bhangura!t-perishable; yati-goes\naway; upaiti-embraces the spirit soul; ca-and.\nTRANSLATION\nA living entity desires comfort for his body and makes many\nplans for this purpose, but actually the body is the property of\nothers. Indeed, the perishable body embraces the living entity and\nthen leaves him aside.\nPURPORT\nEveryone desires comfort for his body and tries to make a suitable\nsituation for this purpose, forgetting that the body is meant to be eaten\n\n", "SB7.2#p0130": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n102\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nby dogs, jackals or moths and thus turned into useless stool, ashes or\nearth. The living entity wastes his time in a futile attempt to gain material possessions for the comfort of one body after another.\nTEXT44\n\n�\n\n�� :1\n�il�r'lliitl� +4+4�m:qc:n:11�\\/11\nkim u vyavahitiipatya­\n\ndaragara dhanadaya�\n-\n\nrai.Ya-ko5a-gajamatyabhrtyaptii mamataspada�\nkim u-what to speak of; vyavahita-separated; apatya-children;\n\ndara-wives; agara-residences; dhana-wealth; adaya�-and so on;\nrai.Ya-kingdoms; kosa-treasuries; gaja-big elephants and horses;\namatya-IIDmsters;\n\nbhrtya-servants;\n\napta�-relatives;\n\nmamata­\n\naspada�-false seats or abodes of intimate relationship (\"mineness\").\nTRANSLATION\nSince the body itself is ultimately meant to become stool or\n\nearth, what is the meaning of the paraphernalia related to the\n\nbody, such as wives, residences, wealth, children, relatives, ser­\n\nvants, friends, kingdoms, treasuries, animals and ministers? They\n\nare also temporary. What more can be said about this?\nTEXT 45\n\nf�itiju�+4Wi��s: � �� W{�: 1\n11\\/�11\n�Q���iiWi�(�:\nkim etair atmanas tucchai�\nsaha dehena na5varai�\nanarthair artha-smikaSair\nnityananda-rasodadhe�\n\n", "SB7.2#p0131": "Text 46]\n\nWhat Prahlada Learned in the Womb\n\n103\n\nkim-what is the use; etaib,-with all these; dtmana?z,-for the real\nself; tucchaib,-which are most insignificant; saha-with; dehenathe\n\nbody;\n\nna5varai?z,-perishable;\n\nanarthaib,-unwanted;\n\nartha­\n\nsa rika.Saib,-appearing as if needed; nitya-dnanda-of eternal happiness; rasa-of the nectar; udadhe?z,-for the ocean.\nTRANSLATION\nAll this paraphernalia is very near and dear as long as the body\nexists, but as soon as the body is destroyed, all things related to the\nbody are also finished. Therefore, actually one has nothing to do\nwith them, but because of ignorance one accepts them as valuable.\nCompared to the ocean of eternal happiness, they are most insignificant. What is the use of such insignificant relationships for the\neternal living being?\nPURPORT\n\nKri?J.la consciousness, devotional service to Kri?J.la, is the ocean of eternal bliss. In comparison to this eternal bliss, the so-called happiness of\nsociety, friendship and love is simply useless and insignificant. One\nshould therefore not be attached to temporary things. One should take to\nKri?J.la consciousness and become eternally happy.\nTEXT 46\n\n��q(ll� �:f�SWf: I\n�lt€ti1Rteti(�ltJ f#i\"4444t� dfll: ������\nnirupyatdm iha svdrthab,\nkiyan deha-bhrto 'surdb,\nn�ekdd�v avasthasu\nkli.Syamdnasya karmabhib,\nnirupyatdm-let it be ascertained; iha-in this world; sva-artha?z,personal benefit; kiyan-how much; deha-bhrtab,-o� a living entity\nwho has a material body; asurdb,-0 sons of demons; n�eka-dd�ubeginning from the happiness derived from sex life; avasthasu-in\n\n", "SB7.2#p0132": "104\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\ntemporary conditions; kli.Syamanasya-of one who is suffering in severe\nhardships; kannabhi�-by his previous material activities.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear friends, 0 sons of the asuras, the living entity receives\n\ndifferent types of bodies according to his previous fruitive ac­\n\ntivities. Thus he is seen to suffer with reference to his particular\n\nbody in all conditions of life, beginning with his infusion into the\nwomb. Please tell me, therefore, after full consideration, what is\n\nthe living entity's actual interest in fruitive activities, which result\n\nin hardship and misery?\n\nPURPORT\nKannal}ii daiva-netre�J-a jantur dehopapattaye. The living entity\nreceives a particular type of body according to his karma, or fruitive activities. The material pleasure derived in the material world from one's\nparticular body is based on sexual pleasure: yan maithunii di-grhamedhisukham hi tuccham. The entire world is working so hard only for sexual\npleasure. To enjoy sexual pleasure and maintain the status quo of material life, one must work very hard, and because of such activities, one\nprepares himself another material body. Prahlada Maharaja places this\nmatter to his friends, the asuras, for their consideration. Asuras\ngenerally cannot understand that the objects of sexual pleasure, the socalled pleasure of materialistic life, depend on extremely hard labor.\nTEXT 47\n\nCh'*�·� �� ��qli!iiiM�I I\n��a�ij � �W�ct;1: II'J�II\nkarmarJy iirabhate deh;;\ndeheniitmanuvartinii\nkannabhis tanute deham\nubhayam tv avivekata�\nkarmarJi-material fruitive activities; iirabhate-begins; dehi-a living entity who has accepted a particular type of body; dehena-with that\n\n", "SB7.2#p0133": "Text 47]\n\nWhat Prahlida Learned in the Womb\n\n105\n\nbody; atma-anuvartina-which is received according to his desire and\npast activities; karmabhitt -by such material activities; tanute-he expands; deham-another body;\n\nubhayam -both of them; tu-indeed;\n\navivekatatt-due to ignorance.\nTRANSLATION\nThe living entity, who has received his present body because of\nhis past fruitive activity, may end the results of his actions in this\nlife, but this does not mean that he is liberated from bondage to\nmaterial bodies. The living entity receives one type of body, and by\nperforming actions with that body he creates another. Thus he\ntransmigrates from one body to another, through repeated birth\nand death, because of his gross ignorance.\nPURPORT\nThe living entity's evolution through different types of bodies is conducted automatically by the laws of nature in bodies other than those of\nhuman beings. In other words, by the laws of nature\n\n(prakrtett\n\nkriyamal)iini) the living entity �volves from lower grades of life to the\nhuman form. Because of his developed consciousness, however, the\nhuman being must understand the constitutional position of the living\nentity and understand why he must accept a material body. This chance\nis given to him by nature, but if he nonetheless acts like an animal, what\nis the benefit of his human life? In this life one must select the goal of\nlife and act accordingly. Having received instructions from the spiritual\nmaster and the siistra, one must be sufficiently intelligent. In the human\nform of life, one should not remain foolish and ignorant, but must inquire about his constitutional position. This is called athato brahma­\n\njijfiiisa. The human psychology gives rise to many questions, which\nvarious philosophers have considered and answered with various types of\nphilosophy based upon mental concoction. This is not the way of liberation.\n\nThe Vedic instructions say, tad-vijfiiinartham sa gurum\nevabhigacchet: to solve the problems of life, one must accept a spiritual\nmaster. Tasmad gurum prafXUlyeta jijnasutt sreya uttaniam: if one is actually serious in inquiring about the solution to material existence, one\nmust approach a bona fide guru.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0134": "106\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\ntad viddhi prar:tipatena\nparipra.Snena sevaya\nupade�yanti te jiiiinarh\njiiiininas tattva-darsinab,\n\"Just try to learn the truth by approaching a spiritual master. Inquire\nfrom him submissively and render service unto him. The self-realized\nsoul can impart knowledge unto you because he has seen the truth.\"\n(Bg. 4.34) One must approach a bona fide spiritual master by surrendering himself (prar:tipatena) and rendering service. An intelligent person\nmust inquire from the spiritual master about the goal of life. A bona fide\nspiritual master can answer all such questions because he has seen the\nreal truth. Even in ordinary activities, we first consider gain and loss,\nand then we act. Similarly, an intelligent person must consider the entire\nprocess of material existence and then act intelligently, following the\ndirections of the bona fide spiritual master.\nTEXT 48\n\n('14UG>ttl� �� �� ��: I\n�\\il('fl;ft(qy�lwt¥44\\(\n�� 11\\l�ll\ntasmiid arthaS ca karru'iS ca\ndharrru'iS ca yad-apasrayab,\nbhajatanihayatmiinam\naniharh harim iSvaram\ntasmiit-therefore; arthab,-ambitions for economic development;\nca-and; kdmiib,-ambitions for satisfaction of the senses; ca-also;\ndharmiib,-duties of religion; ca-and; yat-upon whom; apasrayab,dependent;\n\nbhajata-worship;\n\nanihaya-without desire for them;\n\natmiinam-the Supersoul; aniham-indifferent; harim-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; i.Svaram-the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nThe four principles of advancement in spiritual life-dharma,\n\nartha, kima and mok�a-all depend on the disposition of the\n\n", "SB7.2#p0135": "Text 49]\n\nWhat Prahlada Learned in the Womb\n\n107\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, my dear friends,\nfollow in the footsteps of devotees. Without desire, fully depend\nupon the disposition of the Supreme Lord, worship Him, the\nSupersoul, in devotiona l service.\nPURPORT\n\nThese are words of intelligence. Everyone should know that in every\nstage of life we are dependent upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTherefore the dharma, religion, which we accept should be that which is\nrecommended by Prahlada Maharaja- bhiigamta-dharma. This is the\ninstruction of l<rr;n;ta: sarva-dharmiin parityajya mam ekam sara�Jam\nvraja. To take shelter of the lotus feet of l<r�Qa means to act according to\nthe rules and regulations of bhiigavata-dharma, devotional service. As\nfar as economic development is concerned, we should discharge our occupational duties but fully depend on the lotus feet of the Lord for the\nresults. Karmar:r-y evadhikii.ras te mii phale�u kadacana: \"You have a\nright to perform your prescribed duty, but you are not entitled to the\nfruits of action.\" According to one's position, one should perform his\nduties, but for the results one should fully depend upon l<r�Qa.\nNarottama dasa 'fhakura sings that our only desire should be to perform\nthe duties of l<r�Qa consciousness. We should not be misled by the\nkarma-mimarhsa philosophy, which concludes that if we work seriously\nthe results will come automatically. This is not a fact. The ultimate result\ndepends upon the will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In devotional service, therefore, the devotee completely depends upon the Lord\nand honestly performs his occupational duties. Therefore Prahlada\nMaharaja advised his friends to depend completely on l<r�Qa and worship\nHim in devotional service.\nTEXT 49\n\n��fq �(fRf «f«r�it�: liPf: I\n\n���i[�: �p: � i5t1cf«ftt�t: ������\nsarve�am api bhiltaniim\n\nharir atmesvaratt priyatt\nbhiltair mahadbhitt sva-krtaitt\nkrtanam jiva-samjnitatt\n\n", "SB7.2#p0136": "108\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavauun\n\nsaroe$iim-of all; api-certainly; bhutanam-living entities; hari/:tthe Lord, who mitigates all the miseries of the living entity; atma-the\noriginal source of life; �vara/:t-the complete controller; priya/:L-the\ndear; bhutail}-by the separated energies, the five material elements;\nmahadbhi/:t-emanating from the total material energy, the mahattattva; sva-krtail}-which are manifested by Himself; krtanam-created; jiva-samjnital}-who is also known as the living entity, since the\nliving entities are expansions of His marginal energy.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, is the soul and the\n\nSupersoul of all living entities. Every living entity is a manifesta­\n\ntion of His energy in terms of the living soul and the material\n\nbody. Therefore the Lord is the most dear, and He is the supreme\n\ncontroller.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is manifested by His different\nenergies-the material energy, the spiritual energy and the marginal energy. He is the original source of all living entities in the material world,\nand He is situated in everyone's heart as the Supersoul. Although the living entity is the cause of his various types of bodies, the body is given by\nmaterial nature according to the order of the Lord.\n�varal} saroa-bhutanaril\nhrd-dese 'rjuna ti$!hati\nbhramayan saroa-bhutani\nyantrariUj.hani mayaya\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is\ndirecting the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a\nmachine, made of the material energy.\" (Bg.\n\n18.61) The body is just\n\nlike a machine, a car, in which the living entity is given a chance to sit\nand move according to his desire. The Lord is the original cause of the\nmaterial body and the soul, which is expanded by His marginal energy.\nThe Supreme Lord is the dearmost object of all living entities. Prahlada\nMaharaja therefore advised his class friends, the sons of the demons, to\ntake shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead again.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0137": "Text 52]\n\nWhat Prahliida Learned in the Womb\n\n109\n\nTEXT 50\n\n�)sW) � qf ll\\it � �if f{t I\n�U��.,.(of��������oll\ndevo 'suro man�yo va\nyak§o gandharva eva va\nbhajan mukunda-caral)-arit\nsvastimiin syad yathii vayam\n\ndevab,-a demigod; asurab,-a demon; man�yab,-a human being;\nva-or; yak§ab,-a Yak�a (a member of a demoniac species);\ngandharoab,-a Gandharva; eva-indeed; va-or; bhajan-rendering\nservice; mukunda-caral)-am-to the lotus feet of Mukunda, Lord Kt�I.la,\nwho can give liberation; svasti-man-full of all auspiciousness; syatbecomes; yathii-just as; vayam-we (Prahlada Maharaja).\nTRANSLATION\n\nIf a demigod, demon, human being, Y�' Gandharva or anyone within this universe renders service to the lotus feet of\nMukunda, who can deliver liberation, he is actually situated in the\nmost auspicious condition of life, exactly like us [the mahajanas,\nheaded by Prahlada Maharaja].\nPURPORT\nPrahlada Maharaja, by his living example, requested his friends to\nengage in devotional service. Whether in demigod society, asura society,\nhuman society or Gandharva society, every living entity should take\nshelter of the lotus feet of Mukunda and thus become perfect in good\nfortune.\n\nTEXTS 51-52\n\n� f� ��fl� ifl«�T: I\nsilol;wl� U��� WI � WI � II�� II\n\nWI� WI �if�W�mWI�=if I\n�� � ,f((� P4t\"';w¥( ������\n\n", "SB7.2#p0138": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n110\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nnalam dvijatvam devatvam\nr�itvam vdsurdtmaja/.l\nprir:w.naya mukundasya\nna vrttam na bahu-jnata\nna danam na tapo nejya\nna saucam na vratdni ca\npriyate 'malaya bhaktya\nharir anyad vU;lambanam\nna-not;\n\na/am-sufficient;\n\ndvijatvam-being\n\na\n\nperfect,\n\nhighly\n\nqualified brahmar:w.; devatvam-being a demigod; r�itvam-being a\nsaintly person; vd-or; asura-atma-ja/.l-0 descendants of asuras;\nprir:w.naya-for pleasing; mukundasya-of Mukunda, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; na vrttam-not good conduct; na-not; bahujnatd-vast learning; na-neither; danam-charity; na tapal,t-no\nausterity; na-nor; ijya-worship; na-nor; saucam-cleanliness; na\nvratani-nor execution of great vows; ca-also; priyate-is satisfied;\namalaya-by\n\nspotless;\n\nbhaktya-devotional\n\nservice;\n\nharil,t-the\n\nSupreme Lord; anyat-other things; vU;lambanam-only show.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear friends, 0 sons of the demons, you cannot please the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead by becoming perfect brihnuu}.as,\n\ndemigods or great saints or by becoming perfectly good in eti­\n\nquette or vast learning. None of these qualifications can awaken\nthe pleasure of the Lord. Nor by charity, austerity, sacrifice,\n\ncleanliness or vows can one satisfy the Lord. The Lord is pleased\nonly if one has unfiinching, unalloyed devotion to Him. Without\n\nsincere devotional service, everything is simply a show.\nPURPORT\n\nPrahlada Maharaja concludes that one can become perfect by serving\nthe Supreme Lord sincerely by all means. Material elevation to life as a\nbrahmar:w., demigod, r�i and so on are not causes for developing love of\nGodhead, but if one sincerely engages in the service of the Lord, his\n\n", "SB7.2#p0139": "Text\n\n53]\n\nWhat Prahliida Learned in the Womb\n\nIll\n\nKr!?l}.a consciousness is complete. This is confirmed in Blwgavad-gita\n\n(9.30):\n\napi cet suduracaro\nbhajate mam ananya-bhiik\nsadhur eva sa mantavya/:t\nsamyag vyavasito hi sa/:t\n\n\"Even if one commits the most abominable actions, if he is engaged in\ndevotional service he is to be considered saintly because he is properly\nsituated.\" To develop unalloyed love for Kr!?l}. a is the perfection of life.\nOther processes may be helpful, but if one does not develop his love for\nKr!?l}.a, these other processes are simply a waste of time.\n\ndharma/:t svan�!hita/:t purilsarh\nv�vaksena-kathasu ya/:t\nnotpadayed yadi ratim\nsrama eva hi kevalam\n\"Duties [dharma] executed by men, regardless of occupation, are only so\nmuch useless labor if they do not provoke attraction for the message of\nthe Supreme Lord.\"\n\n(Bhag. 1.2.8) The test of perfection is one's\n\nunalloyed devotion to the Lord.\n\nTEXT\n\n53\n\n�ro�rnm��:1\n3ffi�� ri� �61€¥twft� ����II\ntato harau blwgavati\nbhaktim kuruta danatxi/:t\natmaupamyena sarvatra\nsarva-bhutatmaniSvare\ntata/:t-therefore; harau-unto Lord Hari; blwgavati-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; bhaktim-devotional service; kuruta\n\n-\n\nexecute;\n\ndanava/:t-0 my dear friends, 0 sons of demons; atma-aupamyenajust as one's own self; sarvatra -everywhere; sarva-bhilta-atmaniwho is situated as the soul and Supersoul of all living entities; iSvareunto the Supreme Lord, the controller.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0140": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n112\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear friends, 0 sons of the demons, in the same favorable\n\nway that one sees himself and takes care of himself, take to devo­\n\ntional service to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\nis present everywhere as the Supersoul of all living entities.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word atmaupamyeoo refers to thinking others to be like oneself.\n\nOne\n\ncan\n\nvery intelligently conclude that without devotional service,\n\nwithout becoming Kr�1.1a conscious, one cannot be happy. Therefore the\nduty of all devotees is to preach Kr�1.1a consciousness everywhere all over\n\nthe world, because all living entities without Kr�1.1a consciousness are\n\nsuffering the pangs of material existence. To preach Kr�1.1a consciousness\nis the best welfare activity. Indeed, it is described by Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu as para-upakara, work for the true benefit of others. The\n\nactivities of para-upakara have been especially entrusted to those who\n\nhave taken birth in India as human beings.\n\nbharata-bhumite haila man�ya-janma yara\njanma sarthaka kari' kara para-upakara\n(Cc. Adi 9.41)\nThe entire world is suffering for want of l(r�Qa consciousness. Therefore\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu advised all human beings born in India to\n\nmake their lives perfect by l(r�Qa consciousness and then preach the\ngospel of l(r�Qa consciousness all over the world so that others may be­\n\ncome happy by executing the principles of l(r�Qa consciousness.\nTEXT 54\n\n��lfl �amJif« ftitl: �� ��: I\n��:m�m: «f;ij���Hthm:u��JII\ndaiteya ya/cya-ra/cyarhsi\nstriya/:t sudra vrajaukasa/:t\nkhaga mrga/:t papa-jiva/:t\nsanti hy acyutatam gata/:t\n\n", "SB7.2#p0141": "Text 54]\n\nWhat Prahlida Learned in the Womb\n\nll3\n\ndaiteya/:t-0 demons; ya/cya-ra/cyamsi -the living entities known as\nthe Yak!(laS and Rak!(lasas; striya/:t-women; sudra/:t-the laborer class;\n\nvraja okasa/:t-village cowherd men; khaga/:t-birds; mrga/:t-animals;\npapa-jiva/:t-sinful living entities; santi-can become; hi-certainly;\nacyutatam-the qualities of Acyuta, the Supreme Lord; gata/:t-oh-\n\ntained.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my friends, 0 sons of demons, everyone, including you (the\nYak� and\n\nRak�asas), the unintelligent women, siidras and\n\ncowherd men, the birds, the lower animals and the sinful living\nentities, can revive his original, eternal spiritual life and exist\nforever simply by accepting the principles of bhakti-yoga.\nPURPORT\n\nThe devotees are referred to as acyuta-gotra, or the dynasty of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord is called Acyuta, as indicated\nin Bhagavad-gita (senayor ubhayor madhye ratham sthapaya me\n\n'cyuta). The Lord is infallible in the material world because He is the\nsupreme spiritual person. Similarly, the jivas, who are part and parcel of\nthe Lord, can also become infallible. Although Prahlada's mother was in\nthe conditional state and was the wife of a demon, even Y ak!(las, Rak!?asas,\nwomen, sudras and even hi.[ds and other lower living entities can he elevated to the acyuta-gotra, the family of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That is the highest perfection. As Krf?I).a never falls, when we\nrevive our spiritual consciousness, Krf?I).a consciousness, we never fall\nagain to material existence. One should understand the position of the\nsupreme Acyuta, Kri?I).a, who says in Bhagavad-gita (4.9):\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevarh yo vetti tattvata/:t\ntyaktva deham punar janma\nnaiti mam eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, hut attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" One should understand Acyuta, the supreme infallible, and how we are related with Him,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0142": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n114\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nand one should take to the service of the Lord. This is the perfection of\nlife. Srila Madhvacarya says, acyutatdrh cyuti-varjanam. The word\n\nacyutatdm refers to one who never falls to this material world but always\n\nremains in the Vaikui:ttha world, fully engaged in the service of the\n\nLord.\n\nTEXT 55\n\nl(diCIIi4ct ���a:��: '«: ��: I\n���RtititN�� �� � ltt\\�11\netdvdn eva toke 'smin\n\npurhsa/:t svartlm/:t para/:t smrta/:t\n\nekiinta-blmktir govinde\n\nyat sarvatra tad-ik$arwm\n\netdvdn-this much; eva-certainly; loke asmin-in this material\n\nworld; purhsa/:t-of the living entity; sva-artlm/:t-the real self-interest;\n\npara/:t-transcendental; smrta/:t-regarded; ekiinta-blmkti/:t-unalloyed\n\ndevotional service; govinde-to Govinda; yat-which; sarvatra-everywhere; tat-ik$arwm-seeing the relationship with Govinda, K.r�?I:ta.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this material world, to render service to the lotus feet of\n\nGovinda, the cause of all causes, and to see Him everywhere, is the\n\nonly goal of life. This much alone is the ultimate goal of human\n\nlife, as explained by all the revealed scriptures.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse the words sarvatra tad-ik$a�m describe the highest per­\n\nfection of devotional\n\nservice, in which one sees everything with\n\nreference to Govinda's activities. The highly elevated devotee never sees\nanything unrelated to Govinda.\n\nsthavara-jarigama dekhe, nd dekhe tara murti\nsarvatra lmya nija i§!a-deva-sphurti\n\n", "SB7.2#p0143": "Text 55]\n\nWhat Prahlida Learned in the Womb\n\n115\n\n\"The maha-bhiigavata, the advanced devotee, certainly sees everything\nmobile and immobile, but he does not exactly see their forms. Rather,\neverywhere he immediately sees manifest the form of the Supreme\nLord.\" (Cc. Madhya 8.274) Even in this material world, a devotee does\nnot see materially manifested things; instead he sees Govinda in everything. When he sees a tree or a human being, a devotee sees them in relation to Govinda. Govindam iidi-pu�am: Govinda is the original source\nof everything.\n\niSvarab. paramab, kmuzb.\nsac-cid-iinanda-vigrahab.\nanadir iidir govindab,\nsarva-karal}n-karal}nm\n\"Kr��a, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an\neternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other\norigin, for He is the prime cause of all causes.\" (Brahma-samhita 5.1)\nThe test of a perfect devotee is that he sees Govinda everywhere in this\n\n(aru;liintara-stha-paramli�J-ucayantara-stham). This is the perfect vision of a devotee. It is therefore\n\nuniverse, even in every atomic particle\nsaid:\n\nnarayal}nm ayam dhirab,\n_paSyanti paramarthinab.\njagad dhanamayam lubdhab.\nkamukab. kaminimayam\nA devotee sees everyone and everything in relationship with Naray�a\n\n(narayal}nm ayam). Everything is an expansion of Naraya�a's energy.\nJust as those who are greedy see everything as a source of money-making\nand those who are lusty see everything as being conducive to sex, the\nmost perfect devotee, Prahlada Maharaja, saw Naray�a even within a\nstone column. This does not mean, however, that we must accept the\nwords\n\ndaridra-narayal}n, which have been manufactured by some\n\nunscrupulous person. One who actually envisions Naraya�a everywhere\nmakes no distinction between the poor and the rich. To single out the\n\ndaridra-naraya�J-aS, or poor Naraya�a, and reject the dhani-naraya�J-a,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0144": "116\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 7\n\nor rich Nariiyll.Qa, is not the vision of a devotee. Rather, that is the imperfect vision of materialistic persons.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Seventh Canto, Seventh\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"What Prahlada Learned\nin the Womb. \"\n\n", "SB7.2#p0145": "CHAPTER EIGHT\n\nLord N:rsi.rithadeva\nSlays the King of the Demons\nAs described in this chapter, Hirat;tyakasipu was ready to kill his own son\n\nPrahlada Maharaja, but the Supreme Personality of Godhead appeared in\n\nfront of the demon as Sri Nrke8ari, half lion and half man, and killed\n\nhim.\n\nFollowing the instructions of Prahlada Maharaja, all the sons of the\n\ndemons became attached to Lord Vi!:'J;tU, the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead. When this attachment became pronounced, their teachers, $at;tQa\n\nand Amarka, were very much afraid that the boys would become more\n\nand more devoted to the Lord. In a helpless condition, they approached\n\nHiraJ;tyakasipu and described in detail the effect of Prahlada's preaching.\nAfter hearing of this, Hirat;tyakasipu decided to kill his son Prahlada.\n\nHirai;tyakasipu was so angry that Prahlada Maharaja fell down at his feet\n\nand said many things just to pacify him, but he was unsuccessful in\nsatisfying his demoniac father. HiraJ;tyakasipu, as a typical demon, began\n\nto advertise himself as being greater than the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead,\n\nbut\n\nPrahlada\n\nMaharaja\n\nchallenged\n\nhim,\n\nsaying\n\nthat\n\nHirai;tyakasipu was not God, and began to glorify the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, declaring that the Lord is all-pervading, that every­\n\nthing is under Him, and that no one is equal to or greater than Him.\n\nThus he requested his father to be submissive to the omnipotent\nSupreme Lord.\n\nThe more Prahlada Maharaja glorified the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, the more angry and agitated the demon became. Hirat;tyaka8ipu\n\nasked his Vai!:'J;tava son whether his God existed within the columns of\nthe palace, and Prahlada Maharaja immediately accepted that since the\n\nLord is present everywhere, He was also present within the columns.\n\nWhen Hirat;tyakasipu heard this philosophy from his young son, he\n\nderided the boy's statement as just the talk of a child and forcefully\n\nstruck the pillar with his fist.\n\n117\n\n", "SB7.2#p0146": "118\n\nSrunad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nAs soon as Hirar;tyakasipu struck the column, there issued forth a\ntumultuous sound. At first Hirar;tyakasipu, the King of the demons, could\nnot see anything but the pillar, but to substantiate Prahlada's statements,\nthe Lord came out of the pillar in His wonderful incarnation as\nNarasimha, half lion and half man. Hirar;tyaka8ipu could immediately\nunderstand that the extraordinarily wonderful form of the Lord was\nsurely meant for his death, and thus he prepared to fight with the form\nof half lion and half man. The Lord performed His pastimes by fighting\nwith the demon for some time, and in the evening, on the border between day and night, the Lord captured the demon, threw him on His\nlap, and killed him by piercing his abdomen with His nails. The Lord not\nonly killed Hirar;tyakasipu, the King of the demons, but also killed many\nof his followers. When there was no one else to fight, the Lord, roaring\nwith anger, sat down on Hirar;tyaka8ipu's throne.\nThe entire universe was thus relieved of the rule of Hirar;tyakasipu,\nand everyone was jubilant in transcendental bliss. Then all the demigods,\nheaded by Lord Brahma, approached the Lord. These included the great\nsaintly persons, the Pitas, the Siddhas, the Vidyadharas, the Nagas, the\nManus, the prajapatis, the Gandharvas, the Ciirar;tas, the Yak�as, the\nKimpuru�as, the Vaitalikas, the Kinnaras and also many other varieties\nof beings in human form. All of them stood not far from the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and began offering their prayers unto the Lord,\nwhose spiritual effulgence was brilliant as He sat on the throne.\n\nsri-niirada uvaca\natha daitya-suta/:1, sarve\nsrutva tad-anuvarr:r-itam\njagrhur niravadyatvan\nnaiva gurv-anu§i�itam\nsri-nurada/:1, uvaca-Sr ! Narada Muni said; atka-thereupon; daityasuta/:1,-the sons of the demons (the class friends of Prahlada Maharaja);\n\n", "SB7.2#p0147": "Text2]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n119\n\nsarve-all; srutoo-hearing; tat-by him (Prahlada); anuvarr:tilamthe\n\nstatements\n\nabout\n\ndevotional\n\nlife;\n\njagrhu�-accepted;\n\nniravadyatvat-due to the supreme utility of that instruction; na-not;\neva-indeed;\n\nteachers.\n\nguru-anu5ik$itam-that\n\nwhich\n\nwas\n\ntaught\n\nby their\n\nTRANSLATION\nNarada Muni continued: All the sons of the demons appreciated\nthe transcendental instructions of Prahlada Maharaja and took\nthem very seriously. They rejected the materialistic instructions\ngiven by their teachers, ���a and Amarka.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is the effect of the preaching of a pure devotee like Prahlada\n\nMaharaja. If a devotee is quali£ed, sincere and serious about K.r�I.J.a con­\n\nsciousness and if he follows the instructions of a bona fide spiritual\n\nmaster, as Prahlada Maharaja did when preaching the instructions he\n\nhad received from Narada Muni, his preaching is effective. As it is said\nin the Sr£mad-Bhiigavatam (3.25.25):\n\nsatarit prasangan mama v£rya-saritvido\n\nbhavanti hrt-karr:ta-rasayana� katha�\n\nIf one tries to understand the discourses given by the sat, or pure devo­\n\ntees, those instructions will he very pleasing to the ear and appealing to\nthe heart. Thus if one is inspired to take to K.r�I.J.a consciousness and if\n\none practices the process in his life, he is surely successful in returning\n\nhome, back to Godhead. By the grace of Prahlada Maharaja, all his class\n\nfriends, the sons of the demons, became V ai�Qavas. They did not like\n\nhearing from their so-called teachers $aQ�a and Amarka, who were in­\n\nterested only in teaching them about diplomacy, politics, economic\ndevelopment and similar topics meant exclusively for sense gratilication.\nTEXT2\n\n311n�l�WI�'tf �.r..adRt(lt( I\n\n�q lft�Ra)� 311�l(tl{ �II� II\n\n", "SB7.2#p0148": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n120\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nathiicarya-sutas te�iirh\n\nbuddhim ekiinta-sarhsthitam\n\niila�ya bhitas tvarito\n\nrajna avedayad yatha\n\natka-thereupon; iicarya-sutab,-the son of Sukracarya; te�am-of\n\nthem (the sons of the demons); buddhim-the intelligence; ekiintasarhsthitam-fixed in one subject matter, devotional service; ala�ya­\n\nrealizing or seeing practically; bhitab,-being afraid; tvaritab,-as soon\nas possible; rajne-unto the King (Hira�yakasipu); iivedayat-submitted; yatha-fittingly.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen �ai.lc:ia and Amarka, the sons of Sukricarya, observed that\nall the students, the sons of the demons, were becoming advanced\nin �J.la consciousness because of the association of Prahlada\nMaharaja, they were afraid. They approached the King of the\ndemons and described the situation as it was.\nPURPORT\nThe words buddhim ekiinta-sarhsthitam indicate that as an effect of\n\nPrahlada Maharaja's preaching, the students who listened to him became\n\nfixed in the conclusion that Kr��a consciousness is the only object of\n\nhuman life. The fact is that anyone who associates with a pure devotee\n\nand follows his instructions becomes fixed in Kr��a consciousness and is\n\nnot disturbed by materialistic consciousness. The teachers particularly\n\nobserved this in their students, and therefore they were afraid because\n\nthe whole community of students was gradually becoming Kr��a conscious.\n\nTEXTS 3-4\n\ncQql���l\\1\"'1: � � � � I\n\n� �rn en� �'i6�t\"lt( 11 � 11\n�: q\"lir.l m� � 1\n�ttl�wtd �..d �fe¥t'4Rt46t( I\n�: q� (q 1QQ.-Sf)Rt�I(At: II \\l II\n\n", "SB7.2#p0149": "The Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\nText 4)\n\n121\n\nkopavesa-calad-gatra/:t\nputram hantum mano dadhe\nk�iptva paru�aya vaca\nprahradam atad-arhaf}-am\nahe�mar_La/:t papena\ntira§cinena ca/cy�a\npra§rayavanatam diintam\nbaddhanjalim avasthitam\nsarpa/:t padiihata iva\nsvasan prakrti-diiruf}-a/:t\n\nkopa-avesa-by a very angry mood; calat-trembling; gatra/:t-the\nwhole\n\nbody;\n\nputram-his\n\nson;\n\nhantum-to\n\nkill;\n\nmana/:t-mind;\n\ndadhe-fixed; /cyiptva-rebuking; par�aya-with very harsh; vacawords; prahradam-Prahlada Maharaja; a-tat-arhaf}-am-not fit to be\nchastised (due to his noble character and tender age); aha-said;\nf/cyamaiJ-ll/:t-looking at him in anger; papena-because of his sinful actlVIttes;\n\ntira§cinena-crooked;\n\nca/cy�a-with\n\neyes;\n\npra§raya­\n\navanatam-very gentle and mild; diintam-very restrained; baddha­\n\nafijalim-having folded hands; avasthitam -situated; sarpa/:t-a snake;\npada-ahata}:t-being trampled by the foot; iva-like; svasan-hissing;\nprakrti-by nature; daruf}-a/:t-very evil.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Hira�yakasipu understood the entire situation, he was extremely angry, so much so that his body trembled. Thus he finally\ndecided to kill his son Prahliida. Hira�yaka8ipu was by nature very\ncruel, and feeling insulted, he began hissing like a snake trampled\nupon by someone's foot. His son Prahliida was peaceful, mild and\ngentle, his senses were under control, and he stood before\nHira�yaka8ipu with folded hands. According to Prahlada's age and\nbehavior, he was not to be chastised. Yet with staring, crooked\neyes, Hir�yaka8ipu rebuked him with the following harsh words.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen one is impudent toward a highly authorized devotee, one is\npunished by the laws of nature. The duration of his life is diminished,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0150": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n122\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nand he loses the blessings of superior persons and the results of pious activities. Hir�yakasipu, for example, had achieved such great power in\nthe material world that he could subdue practically all the planetary\nsystems in the universe, including the heavenly planets (Svargaloka).\nYet now, because of his mistreatment of such a Vai�Q.ava as Prahlada\nMaharaja, all the results of his tapasya diminished. Ai3 stated in Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam (1 0.4.46):\n\nayu/:t sriyarh ya§o dharmarh\nlokiin asi§a eva ca\n\nhanti sreyarhsi sarviir:ti\n\npurhso mahad-atikrama/:t\n\n\"When one mistreats great souls, his life span, opulence, reputation,\nreligion, possessions and good fortune are all destroyed.\"\nTEXTS\n\n�\"{'14<tfit�'(iifllfl\n\nt §;R'ilij ��� I\n��ij;j)�!� if� �ttl�� II� II\nsri-hirar:tyakaSipur uviica\n\nhe durvinita mandatman\n\nkula-bheda-kariidhama\n\nstabdham mac-chiisanodvrttarh\nne$ye tviidya yama-k$ayam\n\nsri-hirar:tyakaSipu/:t uvaca-the blessed Hir�yaka8ipu said; he-0;\n\ndu rvinita-most impudent; manda-iitman-0 stupid fool; kula-bheda­\n\nkara-who are bringing about a disruption in the family; adhama-0\nlowest of mankind; stabdham-most obstinate; mat-siisana-from my\nruling;\n\nudvrttam-going astray;\n\nne$ye-I shall bring;\n\ntva-you;\n\nadya-today; yama-k$Uyam-to the place of Yamaraja, the superinten­\n\ndent of death.\nTRANSLATION\nHir�yaka.Sipu said: 0 most impudent, most unintelligent dis­\n\nruptor of the family, 0 lowest of mankind, you have violated my\n\n", "SB7.2#p0151": "Text 5]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n123\n\npower to rule you, and therefore you are an obstinate fool. Today I\nshall send you to the place of Yamaraja.\n\nPURPORT\n\nHiraJ;Iyakasipu condemned his Vai�?J;Iava son Prahlada for being\n\ndurvinita-ungentle,\n\nuncivilized,\n\nor\n\nimpudent.\n\nSrila\n\nVisvanatha\n\nCakravarti Thakura, however, has derived a meaning from this word\n\ndurvinita by the mercy of the goddess of learning, Sarasvati. He says that\ndu/:t refers to this material world. This is confirmed by Lord .Kr�?J;Ia in His\ninstruction in Bhagavad-gitii that this material world is du/:tkhiilayam,\nfull of material conditions. Vi means viSe$a, \"specifically,\" and nita\nmeans \"brought in.\" By the mercy of the Supreme Lord, Prahlada\n\nMaharaja was especially brought to this material world to teach people\n\nhow to get out of the material condition. Lord .Kr�?Qa says, yadii yadii hi\n\ndha rmasya glanir bhavati bhiirata. When the entire population, or part\n\nof it, becomes forgetful of its own duty, .Kr�?J;Ia comes. When .Kr�?Qa is not\n\npresent the devotee is present, but the mission is the same: to free the\n�r conditioned souls from the clutches of the maya that chastises them.\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura further explains that the word\n\nmandiitman means manda-very bad or very slow in spiritual realization. As stated in Srimad-Biuigavatam (1.1.10), manda/:t sumandamatayo manda-bluigya. Prahlada Maharaja is the guide of all the\nmandas, or bad living entities who are under the influence of maya. He\n\nis the benefactor even of the slow and bad living entities in this material\n\nworld. Kula-bheda-karadhama: by his actions, Prahlada Maharaja made\n\ngreat personalities who established big, big families seem insignificant.\n\nEveryone is interested in his own family and in making his dynasty\n\nfamous, but Prahlada Maharaja was so liberal that he made no distinction\n\nbetween one living entity and another. Therefore he was greater than the\n\ngreat prajapatis who established their dynasties. The word stabdham\n\nmeans obstinate. A devotee does not care for the instructions of the\n\nasuras. When they give instructions, he remains silent. A devotee cares\n\nabout the instructions of .Kr�?J;Ia, not those of demons or nondevotees. He\n\ndoes not give any respect to a demon, even though the demon be his\nfather. Mac-chiisanodvrttam: Prahlada Maharaja was disobedient to the\n\norders of his demoniac father. Yama-k$ayam: every conditioned soul is\nunder the control of Yamaraja, but HiraJ;Iyaka8ipu said that he considered\n\n", "SB7.2#p0152": "124\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nPrahlada Maharaja his deliverer, for Prahlada would stop\nHirru;tyakasipu's repetition of birth and death. Because Prahlada\nMaharaja, being a great devotee, was better than any yogi,\nHiraJ;trakasipu was to be brought among the society of bhakti-yogis.\nThus Srtla Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura has explained these words in\na very interesting way as they can be interpreted from the side of\nSarasvati, the mother of learning.\n\nkruddhasya yasya kampante\ntrayo loka/.t sahesvara/.t\ntasya me 'bhitavan mul)ha\nsasanarh kim balo 'tyaga/.t\nkruddhasya-when angered; yasya-he who; ka mpa nte -tremble;\ntraya/.t lo ka/.t -the three worlds; saha-�vara/.t-with their leaders;\ntasya-of that; me-of me (Hirru;tyakasipu); abhita-vat-without fear;\nmal)ha-rascal; sasanam-ruling order; kim-what; bala/.t-strength;\natyaga/.t-have overstepped.\nTRANSLATION\nMy son Prahliida, you rascal, you know that when I am angry all\n\nthe planets of the three worlds tremble, along with their chief\n\nrulers. By whose power has a rascal like you become so impudent\n\nthat you appear fearless and overstep my power to rule you?\nPURPORT\n\nThe relationship between a pure devotee and the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is extremely relishable. A devotee never claims to be very\npowerful himself; instead, he fully surrenders to the lotus feet of Kn•J;ta,\nbeing confident that in all dangerous conditions Kr�J;ta will protect His\ndevotee. Kr�J;ta Himself says in Bhagavad-gita (9.31), kaunteya prati­\n\njanihi na me bhakta/.t prar:w§yati: \"0 son of Kunti, declare boldly that\n\n", "SB7.2#p0153": "Text7]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n125\n\nMy devotee never perishes.\" The Lord requested Arjuna to declare this\ninstead of declaring it Himself because sometimes Kr!iil).a changes His\nview and therefore people might not believe Him. Thus Kr!iil).a asked Arjuna to declare that a devotee of the Lord is never vanquished.\nHiral).yakasipu was perplexed about how his five-year-old boy could be\nso fearless that he did not care for the order of his very great and powerful father. A devotee cannot execute the order of anyone except the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This is the position of a devotee.\nHiral).yakasipu could understand that this boy must have been very\npowerful, since the boy did not heed his orders. Hiral).yaka8ipu asked his\nson, kim bala/:t: \"How have you overcome my order? By whose strength\nhave you done this?\"\nTEXT7\n\n��\n11 lffif� �\n� � '''.14�1'( I\nql:sct�¥it M('51WIR �\n�� � � SIUfun: II \\9 II\n\"\"\n\nsri-prahrada uvaca\nna kevalam\nbhavata§ ca raja.n\nsa vai balam balinam capare$am\npare 'vare 'mi sthira-jatigamii ye\nbrahmadayo yena va5am prar:tita/:t\n\nme\n\nsri-prahrada/:t\n\nuvaca-Prahlada\n\nMaharaja\n\nreplied;\n\nkevala m-only; me-of me; bhavata/:t-of yourself; ca\n\n-\n\nna-not;\n\n-and; rajan-\n\nvai-indeed ; bala m strength; balinam-of\nthe strong; ca-and; apare$iim of others; pare -exalted; avaresubordinate; ami-those; sthira- jarigamii /:t-moving or nonmoving living entities; ye -who ; brah\n-adaya/:t -beginning from Lord Brahma;\nyena -by whom; va§am-under control; p r:tita/:t -brought.\n0 great King; sa/:t-he;\n\n-\n\nma\n\nra\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlada Maharaj a\n\nsaid:\n\nMy dear King,\n\nthe source of my\n\nstrength, of which you are asking, is also the source of yours.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0154": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n126\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nIndeed, the original source of all kinds of strength is one. He is\nnot only your strength or mine, but the only strength for every­\n\none. Without Him, no one can get any strength. Whether moving\nor not moving, superior or inferior, everyone, including Lord\n\nBrahma, is controlled by the strength of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nLord l(r�l).a says in Bhagavad-gita (10.41):\n\nyad yad vibhiltimat sattvarh\nsr'imad urjitam eva 00\ntat tad evavagaccha tvarh\nmama tejo- 'msa-sambhavam\n\"Know that all beautiful, glorious and mighty creations spring from but\na spark of My splendor.\" This is confirmed by Prahlada Maharaja. If one\nsees extraordinary strength or power anywhere, it is derived from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. To give an example, there are different\ngrades of fire, but all of them derive heat and light from the sun.\nSimilarly, all living entities, big or small, are dependent on the mercy of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. One's only duty is to surrender, for\none is a servant and cannot independently attain the position of master.\nOne can attain the position of master only by the mercy of the master,\nnot independently. Unless one understands this philosophy, he is still a\n\nmil4ha; in other words, he is not very intelligent. The mil4has, the asses\nwho do not have this intelligence, cannot surrender unto the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nUnderstanding the subordinate position of the living entity takes\nmillions of births, but when one is actually wise he surrenders unto the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord says in Bhagavad-gua\n\n(7.19):\nbahuniirh janmaniim ante\njfiiinavan miirh prapadyate\nvasudeva/:t sarvam iti\nsa mahatma sudurlabha/:t\n\n", "SB7.2#p0155": "Text 8]\n\n127\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n\"After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders unto Me, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is.\nSuch a great soul is very rare.\" Prahlada Maharaja was a great soul, a\nrTUlhiitrni , and therefore he completely surrendered unto the lotus feet of\n\nthe Lord. He was confident that :l<r!?t;ta would give him protection under\nall circumstances.\nTEXTS\n\n��: � �•.rtsm�)�:�:Q*4'1e�1€+11\n� �� �q: ��:\n���ii�M\nWJI��:a II c II\n\n�\n\nsa iSvaral_, kala urukrarrw 'sav\nojal_, sahal_, sattva-balendriyatmii\nsa eva vi.Svarh pararrul/.t sva-saktibhil_,\nsrjaty avaty atti gur:w.-trayesal_,\nsai_,-He\n\n(the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead);\n\niSvaral_,-the\n\nsupreme controller; kalal_,-the time factor; urukramal_,-the Lord,\nwhose every action is uncommon; asau-that one; ojal_,-the strength of\nthe senses; sahal_,-the strength of the mind; sattva-steadiness; balabodily strength; indriya-and of the senses themselves; atma-the very\nself; sai_,-He; eva-indeed; vi.Svam-the whole universe; pararrul/.tthe supreme; sva-saktibhil_,-by His multifarious transcendental potencies;\n\nsrJah-creates;\n\navati-maintains;\n\natti-winds\n\nup;\n\ngur:w.­\n\ntraya-iSal_,-the master of the material modes.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the supreme controller and time factor, is the power of the senses, the power of the\nmind, the power of the body, and the vital force of the senses. His\ninfluence is unlimited. He is the best of all living entities, the controller of the three modes of material nature. By His own power,\nHe creates this cosmic manifestation, maintains it and annihilates\nit also.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0156": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n128\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\n\nSince the material world is being moved by the three material modes\nand since the Lord is their master, the Lord can create, maintain and\ndestroy the material world.\nTEXT9\n\n\\il�l� li114N� ���:\n���;{ijf��: I\nsdsfiR11i\\l€¥iwt �'{it �\nm: iAwt�� � e'i(ul( II � II\njahy asurarh bhiivam imam tvam iitmana/:1.\nsamarh mano dhatsva na santi vidv�a/:1.\nrte ]itiid iitmana utpathe sthitiit\ntad dhi hy anantasya mahat samarhar:uzm\njahi-just give up; asuram-demoniac; bluivam-tendency; imamthis; tvam-you (my dear father); iitmana/:1.-of yourself; samamequal;\n\nmana/:1.-the\n\nmind;\n\ndhatsva-make;\n\nvidv�a/:1.-enemies; rte-except;\nmind;\n\nna-not;\n\nsanti-are;\n\njitiit-uncontrolled; iitmana/:1.-the\n\na\n\nutpathe-on the mistaken path of undesirable tendencies;\n\nsthitiit-being\n\nsituated;\n\ntat\n\nhi-that\n\n(mentality);\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nanantasya-of the unlimited Lord; mahat-the best; samarhar:uzmmethod of worship.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahliida Maharaja continued: My dear father, please give up\n\nyour demoniac mentality. Do not discriminate in your heart be­\n\ntween enemies and friends; make your mind equipoised toward\n\neveryone. Except for the uncontrolled and misguided mind, there\n\nis no enemy within this world. When one sees everyone on the\nplatform of equality, one then comes to the position of worshiping\n\nthe Lord perfectly.\n\nPURPORT\n\nUnless one is able to fix the mind at the lotus feet of the Lord, the\n\nmind is impossible to control. As Arjuna says in Bhagavad-gitii (6.34):\n\n", "SB7.2#p0157": "Text 10]\n\n129\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\ncancalam hi mana/:£ kr$TJ-a\npramathi balavad drr)ham\ntasyaham nigraham manye\nvayor iva sudWjkaram\n\"For the mind is restless, turbulent, obstinate and very strong, 0 �l?J.la,\nand to subdue it, it seems to me, is more difficult than controlling the\nwind.\" The only bona fide process for controlling the mind is to fix the\nmind by service to the Lord. We create enemies and friends according to\nthe dictation of the mind, but actually there are no enemies and friends.\n\nPar.u)ita/:L sama-darsina/:L. Sama/:L sarve$u bhiite$u mad-bhaktim labhate\nparam. To understand this is the preliminary condition for entering into\nthe kingdom of devotional service.\nTEXT 10\n\n((��� \"� � A��t �\n..\n\n� ������\n\nMijl�+t.n � � �\n�: �cUCst+M: �: �II� oil\ndasyiin pura $Wt na vijitya lumpato\nmanyanta eke sva-jita diSo daSa\njitatmano jnasya samasya dehinam\nsadho/:L sva-moha-prabhavab, kuta/:L pare\ndasyiin-plunderers; pu ra-in the beginning; $a!-six; na-not;\n\nvijitya-conquering;\n\nlumpata/:L-stealing\n\nall\n\none's\n\npossessions;\n\nmanyante -consider; eke -some; sva-jitab,-conquered ; diSa/:L daSathe ten directions; jita-atmanab,-one who has conquered the senses;\n\njnasya-learned; samas ya-equipoised; dehinam-to all living entities;\n\nsadhob,-of such a saintly person;\n\nsva-moha-pra bhava/:L-created by\n\none's own illusion; kuta/:L-where; pare -enemies or opposing elements.\nTRANSLATION\nIn former times there were many fools like you who did not\nconquer the six enemies that steal away the wealth of the body.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0158": "[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n130\n\nThese fools were very proud, thinking, \"I have conquered all\nenemies in all the ten directions.\" But if a person is victorious\n\nover the six enemies and is equipoised toward all living entities,\n\nfor him there are no enemies. Enemies are merely imagined by one\n\nin ignorance.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn this material world, everyone thinks that he has conquered his\nenemies, not understanding that his enemies are his uncontrolled mind\nand five senses (mana/:t $0-$!hiinindriyaTJi prakrti-sthiini kar$ati). In this\nmaterial world, everyone has become a servant of the senses. Originally\neveryone is a servant of Kr!?I.J.a, but in ignorance one forgets this, and\nthus one is engaged in the service of maya through lusty desires, anger,\ngreed, illusion, madness and jealousy. Everyone is actually dependent on\nthe reactions of material laws, but still one thinks himself independent\nand thinks that he has conquered all directions. In conclusion, one who\nthinks that he has many enemies is an ignorant man, whereas one who is\nin Kr!?I.J.a consciousness knows that there are no enemies but those within\noneself-the uncontrolled mind and senses.\nTEXT 11\n\n���\n�� '�d•tansm �sf<lq•5i ��41\n� ft: 'l;((l�qi_� �� fi\"R:: II� �II\nsri-hiraiJyaka.Sipur uviica\nvyaktam tvam martu-kamo 'si\nyo 'timatram vikatthase\n\nmumllr$1l1Jlim hi mandatman\n.\nnanu syur viklava gira/:t\nsri-hiraiJyaka.Sipu/:t\n\nuvaca-the\n\nvyaktam-evidently; tvam-you;\n\nblessed\n\nHiraQyaka8ipu\n\nsaid;\n\nmartu-kama/:t-desirous of death;\n\nasi-are; ya/:t -one who; atimatram-without limit; vikatthase-are\nboasting (as if you had conquered your senses whereas your father could\nnot do so); mumllr$1l1Jdm-of persons who are about to meet immediate\n\n", "SB7.2#p0159": "The Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\nText 12]\n\n131\n\ndeath; hi-indeed; manda-atman-0 unintelligent rascal; nanu-certainly; syub,-become; viklavab,-confused; girab,-the words.\nTRANSLATION\nHir�yaka8ipu replied: You rascal, you are trying to minimize\nmy value, as if you were better than me at controlling the senses.\nThis is over-intelligent. I can therefore understand that you desire\nto die at my hands, for this kind of nonsensical talk is indulged in\nby those about to die.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is said in Hitopadesa, upadeso hi murkhar:uJ,m prokopaya\n\nna\n\nsantaye. If good instructions are given to a foolish person, he does not\ntake advantage of them, but becomes more and more angry. Prahlada\nMaharaja's authorized instructions to his father were not accepted by\nHirai;J.yakasipu as truth; instead Hirai;J.yakasipu became increasingly\nangry at his great son, who was a pure devotee. This kind of difficulty always exists when a devotee preaches Kr!?J?.a consciousness to persons like\nHiraJ?.yakasipu, who are interested in money and women. (The word\nhirar:tya means \"gold,\" and ka§ipu refers to cushions or good bedding.)\nMoreover, a father does not like to be instructed by his son, especially if\nthe father is a demon. Prahlada Maharaja1s Vai!?J?.ava preaching to his\ndemoniac father was indirectly effective, for because of HiraJ?.yakasipu's\nexcessive\n\njealousy\n\nof\n\nKr!?J?.a\n\nand\n\nHis\n\ndevotee,\n\nhe\n\nwas\n\ninviting\n\nN.rsirhhadeva to kill him very quickly. Thus he was expediting his being\nkilled by the Lord Himself. Although Hirai;J.yaka8ipu was a demon, he is\ndescribed here by the added word sri. Why? The answer is that fortunately he had such a great devotee son as Prahlada Maharaja. Thus although he was a demon, he would attain salvation and return home, back\nto Godhead.\nTEXT 12\n\n�(+if�I q;:c:o¥11nit:if �'5ftlc(t�: I\n\n���m��W{� ������\nyas tvaya manda-bhiigyokto\nmad-anyo jagad-iSvarab,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0160": "132\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nkvasau yadi sa sarvatra\nkasmiit stambhe na drsyate\nya b.-the one who; tvaya-by you; manda-bhiigya-0 unfortunate\none; uktab.-described; mat-anyab.-besides me; jagat-iSvarab.-the\nsupreme controller of the universe;\n\nktu-where;\n\nasau-that one;\n\nyadi-if; sab.-He; sarvatra-everywhere (all-pervading); kasmiitwhy; stambhe-in the pillar before me; na drsyate-not seen.\nTRANSLATION\n0 most unfortunate Prahliida, you have always described a\n\nsupreme being other than me, a supreme being who is above\neverything, who is the controller of everyone, and who is all­\n\npervading. But where is He? If He is everywhere, then why is He\nnot present before me in this pillar?\n\nPURPORT\nDemons sometimes declare to a devotee that they cannot accept the existence of God because they cannot see Him. But what the demon does\nnot know is stated by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gita (7.25): naharh\nprakaSab. sarvasya yogamiiya-samii vrtab.. \"I am never manifest to the\nfoolish and unintelligent. For them I am covered by yogamiiya.\" The\nLord is open to being seen by devotees, but nondevotees cannot see Him.\nThe qualification for seeing God is stated in Brahma-sarhhita (5.38):\npremiinjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena santab. sadaiva hrdaye$u vilokayanti. A devotee who has developed a genuine love for l<.r�I:J.a can always see Him everywhere, whereas a demon, not having a clear understanding of the Supreme Lord, cannot see Him. When Hirai:J.yakasipu was\nthreatening to kill Prahlada Maharaja, Prahlada certainly saw the column standing before him and his father, and he saw that the Lord was\npresent in the pillar to encourage him not to fear his demoniac father's\nwords. The Lord was present to protect him. HiraQ.yakasipu marked\nPrahlada's observation and asked him, \"Where is your God?\" Prahlada\nMaharaja replied, \"He is everywhere.\" Then Hirai:J.yakasipu asked,\n\"Why is He not in this pillar before me?\" Thus in all circumstances the\ndevotee can always see the Supreme Lord, whereas the nondevotee cannot.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0161": "Text 13]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n133\n\nPrahlada Maharaja has here been addressed by his father as \"the most\nunfortunate.\" Hir:u;tyakasipu thought himself extremely fortunate hecause he possessed the property of the universe. Prahlada Maharaja, his\nlegitimate son, was to have inherited this vast property, hut because of\nhis impudence, he was going to die at his father's hands. Therefore the\ndemoniac father considered Prahlada the most unfortunate because\nPrahlada would not he able to inherit his property. Hirai;tyakasipu did\nnot know that Prahlad Maharaja was the most fortunate person within\nthe three worlds because Prahlada was protected by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such are the misunderstandings of demons. They do\nnot know that a devotee is protected by the Lord in all circumstances\n\n(kaunteya pratijanihi na me bhakta/:t praiJQ.Syati).\nTEXT 13\n\nits{� ftR: ihi�I((IN a- I\n�� C:R@CIQ � �(UI&ftf\"CQ6( II� �II\nso 'ham vikatthamiinasya\nsira/:t kayiid dharami te\ngopayeta haris tvadya\nyas te sara�Jilm ipsitam\nsa/:t-he; aham-1; vikatthamiinasya-who are speaking such nonsense; sira/:t-the head; kayat- from the body; harami-1 shall take\naway; te-of you; gopayeta-let Him protect; hari/:t-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tva- you; adya-now; ya/:t-He who; te-your;\n\nsara�Jilm- protector; ipsitam -desired.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause you are speaking so much nonsense, I shall now sever\nyour head from your body. Now let me see your most worshipahle\nGod come to protect you. I want to see it.\nPURPORT\nDemons always think that the God of the devotees is fictitious. They\nthink that there is no God and that the so-called religious feeling of\n\n", "SB7.2#p0162": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n134\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\ndevotion to God is but an opiate, a kind of illusion, like the illusions\nderived from LSD and opium. Hirru;tyakasipu did not believe Prahlada\nMaharaja when Prahlada asserted that his Lord is present everywhere.\nBecause Hirru;tyaka8ipu, as a typical demon, was convinced that there is\nno God and that no one could protect Prahlada, he felt encouraged to kill\nhis son. He challenged the idea that the devotee is always protected by\nthe Supreme Lord.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�'**\"�,.\n\n•\n\n•\n\nWI��:\n\nS�•zit�qRtJl q�ltt-1<1,\n� �ttl�IMile: (<lijf!WCI II � \\lll\nevam duruktair muhur ardayan n.L{iii\nsutam mahii-bhiigavatam mahiisura/:t\nkluu;lgam pragrhyotpatito variisaniit\nstambham tat&}iitibala/:t sva-mi.L{i#nii\n\nr\n\nevam-thus;\n\nduruktai/:t-by\n\nharsh\n\nwords;\n\nantly\n\nmuhu/:t-const\n\n;\n\na dayan-chastising; ri.L{iii-with unnecessary anger; sutam-his son;\n\n-\n\nmahii bhiigavatam-who was a most exalted devotee; mahii-asura/:tHirar;tyakasipu, the great demon; kluu;lgam\nup;\n\nutpatita/:t-having gotten\n\nthrone;\n\nstambham-the\n\nup;\n\ncolumn;\n\n-sword; pragrhya-taking\n\nvara-iisaniit-from\ntatii4a-struck;\n\nhis\n\nexalted\n\nati-bala/:t\n\n-very\n\nstrong; sva-mi.L{i#nii-by his fist.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing obsessed with anger, Hirm;Iyaka8ipu, who was very great\n\nin bodily strength, thus chastised his exalted devotee-son Prahlada\n\nwith harsh words. Cursing him again and again, Hirm;Iyaka8ipu\n\ntook up his sword, got up from his royal throne, and with great\nanger struck his fist against the column.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�if � �sRI¥fttton\n�\n�WCI'tctitl�( I\n\n", "SB7.2#p0163": "Text 16]\n\n135\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n� � � €'!1'511C(t�:\n� ����t+4f itfiR: II� �II\ntadaiva tasmin ninado 'tibh�at:W\nbabhilva yeniir:u;la-ka!(iham asphutat\nyam vai sva-dhi$r:tyopagatam tv ajiidaya/:1srutva sva-dharniityayam ariga menire\ntada-at\n\nthat\n\ntime;\n\neva-just;\n\ntasmin-within\n\n(the\n\npillar);\n\nninada/:1--a sound; ati-bh�ar:ta/:1--very fearful; babhilva-there was;\nyena\n\n-\n\nby\n\nwhich;\n\nar:u;la kataham-the\n\ncovering\n\n-\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nuniverse;\n\nasphutat -appeared to crack; yam-which; vai-indeed; sva-dhi$r:tyau\n\npagatam\n\n-\n\nreaching their respective abodes; tu-but; aja-iidaya/:1-­\n\nthe demigods, headed by Lord Brahma; sr utva -hearing; sva-dharna­\n\natyayam-the destruction of their abodes; ariga-my dear Yudhi��hira;\nmenire-thought.\nTRANSLATION\nThen from within the pillar came a fearful sound, which appeared\n\nto\n\ncrack\n\nthe covering of\n\nthe universe. 0 my dear\n\nYudhi��hira, this sound reached even the abodes of the demigods\nlike Lord Brahma, and when the demigods heard it, they thought,\n\"Oh, now our planets are being destroyed!\"\nPURPORT\nAs we sometimes become very much afraid at the sound of a thunderbolt, perhaps thinking that our houses will be destroyed, the great\ndemigods like Lord Brahma feared the thundering sound that came from\nthe pillar in front of Hirai.J.yakasipu.\nTEXT 16\n\n� A¥+4� ���m\n\nR�\n\nfW�����'J_ I\n�:Q'lWtf W( � �\n�tt'ifij�\nij(IR�cn: II t �II\n\n", "SB7.2#p0164": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n136\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nsa vikraman putra-vadhepsur ojasa\nniSamya nirhriidam apurvam adbhutam\nanta}J,-sabhiiyam na dadarsa tat-padam\nvitatrasur yena surari-yiltha-pa/:t\nsa}:t-he (Hirai).yakasipu); vikraman-exhibiting his prowess; putravadha ip su/:t-desirous of killing his own son; ojasa-with great\nstrength; niSamya-hearing; nirhriidam-the fierce sound; apllrvamnever heard before; adbhutam-very wonderful; anta/:t-sabhiiyam-\n\nwithin the jurisdiction of the great assembly; na-not; dadarsa-saw;\ntat-padam-the source of that tumultuous sound; vitatrasu}:t-became\nafraid; yena-by which sound; sura-ari-yutha-pa}J.-the other leaders\nof the demons (not only HiraQ.yakasipu).\nTRANSLATION\nWhile showing his extraordinary prowess, Hirw;tyaka§ipu, who\n\ndesired to kill his own son, heard that wonderful, tumultuous\n\nsound, which had never before been heard. Upon hearing the\nsound, the other leaders of the demons were afraid. None of them\n\ncould find the origin of that sound in the assembly.\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (7.8), Kr!?Q.a explains Himself by saying:\n\nraso 'ham apsu kaunteya\nprabhiismi sa§i suryayo/:t\nprar:wva/:t sarva-vede$u\nsabda}:t khe pau�m nf$U\n\"0 son of Kuntl [Arjuna], I am the taste of water, the light of the sun\nand the moon, the syllable om in the Vedic mantras; I am the sound in\nether and ability in man.\" Here the Lord exhibited His presence everywhere by the tumultuous sound in the sky (sabda}:t khe). The tumultuous\nthundering sound was proof of the Lord's presence. The demons like\nHiraQ.yakasipu could now realize the supreme ruling power of the Lord,\nand thus Hirai.J.yakasipu became afraid. However powerful a man may\nbe, he always fears the sound of a thunderbolt. Similarly, HiraQ.yakasipu\n\n", "SB7.2#p0165": "Text 17]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n137\n\nand all the demons who were his associates were extremely afraid because of the presence of the Supreme Lord in the form of sound, although they could not trace out the source of the sound.\nTEXT 17\n\n�\n\nf.f�{j {;{�����\n\notnffl��R�! �: I\n31t��ijtftlgij�qijt;l(�\n� ijl{lqf WI� Wf4ila'f' ����II\n\nsatyam vidhiitum nija-bhrtya-b�itam\nvyaptim ca bhute§v akhile§u catmanab,\nadrsyatatyadbhuta-rupam udvahan\nstambhe sabhayam na mrgam na manU§am\nsatyam-true;\n\nvidhatum-to\n\nprove;\n\nnija-bhrtya-b�itam-the\n\nwords of His own servant (Prahlada Maharaja, who had said that his\nLord is\n\npresent everywhere);\n\nvyaptim-the pervasion;\n\nca-and;\n\nbh llte§u-among the living entities and elements; akhile§u-all; ca­\n\nalso; atmanab,-of Himself; adrsyata-was seen; ati-very; adbhutawo nderful; rupam-form; udvahan -taking; stambhe-in the pillar;\nsabhayam-within the assembly; na-not; mrgam-an animal; nanor; manU§am-a human being.\nTRANSLATION\nTo prove that the statement of His servant Prahlada Maharaja\nwas substantial-in other words, to prove that the Supreme Lord is\npresent everywhere, even within the pillar of an assembly hallthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, exhibited a wonderful\nform never before seen. The form was neither that of a man nor\nthat of a lion. Thus the Lord appeared in His wonderful form in\nthe assembly hall.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen Hira:Q.yakasipu asked Prahlada Maharaja, \"Where is your Lord?\nIs He present in this pillar?\" Prahlada Maharaja fearlessly replied, \"Yes,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0166": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n138\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nmy Lord is present everywhere.\" Therefore, to convince Hiral).yakasipu\nthat the statement of Prahlada Maharaja was unmistakably true, the Lord\nappeared from the pillar. The Lord appeared as half lion and half man so\nthat Hiral).yakasipu could not understand whether the great giant was a\nlion or a human being. To substantiate Prahlada's statement, the Lord\nproved that His devotee, as declared in Bhagavad-gita, is never vanquished (kaunteya pratijanihi na me bhakta/:£ prar:z,a.Syati). Prahlada\nMaharaja's demoniac father had repeatedly threatened to kill Prahlada,\nbut Prahlada was confident that he could not be killed, since he was protected by the Supreme Lord. By appearing from the pillar, the Lord encouraged His devotee, saying in effect, \"Don't worry. I am present\nhere.\" By manifesting His form as N:rsirhhadeva, the Lord also preserved\nthe truth of Lord Brahma's promise that Hiral).yakasipu was not to be\nkilled by any animal or any man. The Lord appeared in a form that could\nnot be said to be fully a man or a lion.\nTEXT 18\n\n�\n\n�� qffift\n\n�ll'l\n\n� q�41�tlM�tFl�\n\n;nli � ;nfq wm m:vr-\n\n��\n\nf���;:m� 11��''\n\nsa sattvam enam parito vipa.Syan\nstambhasya madhyad anunirjihanam\nnayarit mrgo napi naro vicitram\naho kim etan nr-mrgendra-rupam\nsa}:£-he (Hiral).yakasipu, the King of the Daityas); sattvam-living\nbeing;\n\nenam-that;\n\nstambhasya-of\n\nthe\n\nparita}:£-all\n\naround;\n\npillar;\n\nmadhyat-from\n\nvipa§yan-looking;\nthe\n\nmidst;\n\nanunirjihanam-having come out; na-not; ayam-this; mrga/:£animal; na-not; api - indeed; nara}J-human being; vicitram - very\nwonderful; aho-alas; kim-what; etat-this; nr-mrga-indra-rilpamthe form of both a man and the king of the beasts, the lion.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0167": "Text 22]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n139\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Hir�yaka8ipu looked all around to find the source of the\nsound, that wonderful form of the Lord, which could not be ascertained· to be either a man or a lion, emerged from the pillar. In\namazement, Hir�yaka8ipu wondered, \"What is this creature that\nis half man and half lion?\"\nPURPORT\nA demon cannot calculate the unlimited potency of the Supreme Lord.\nAs stated in the Vedas, pariisya saktir vividhaim sruyate svabhiiviki\n\njfliina-bala-kriyii ca: the different potencies of the Lord are always\nworking as an automatic exhibition of His knowledge. For a demon it is\ncertainly wonderful that the form of a lion and the form of a man can be\nunited, since a demon has no experience of the inconceivable power for\nwhich the Supreme Lord is called \"all-powerful.\" Demons cannot understand the omnipotence of the Lord. They simply compare the Lord to one\nof them (avajiinanti miirh mikjhii miinU§frh tanum iiSritam). Mikjhas,\nrascals, think that K.r�Q.a is an ordinary human being who appears for the\nbenefit of other human beings. Pararh bhiivam ajiinanta�: fools, rascals\nand demons cannot realize the supreme potency of the Lord, but He can\ndo anything and everything; indeed, He can do whatever He likes. When\nHiraQ.yakasipu received benedictions from Lord Brahma, he thought that\nhe was safe, since he received the benediction that he would not be killed\neither by an animal or by a human being. He never thought that an\nanimal and human being would be combined so that demons like him\nwould be puzzled by such a form. This is the meaning of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead's omnipotence.\nTEXTS 19-22\n\nij��(llSJ((Il\nI\niRt6:��\nlRR� 11��11\nSRI�l'il�(:qO:giFf;f\n���\n\n����f�Qf.A�\n\n", "SB7.2#p0168": "140\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nmimiirhsamiinasya samutthito 'grato\nnrsimha-rilpas tad alam bhayanakam\npratapta-ciimikara-ca'J4a-locanarh\nsphurat sata-kesara-jrmbhitiinanam\nkariila-da�!rarh karaviila-caiicala�uriinta-jihvam bhruku!i-mukholbar:uzm\nstabdhordhva-karr:uzrh giri-kandariidbhutavyiittiisya-niisarh hanu-bheda-bh�ar:uzm\ndivi-sprsat kiiyam adirgha-pivaragrivoru-va�a/:t-sthalam alpa-madhyamam\ncandriimsu-gauraiS churitarh tanuruhair\nvi$vag bhujiinika-satarh nakhiiyudham\nduriisadam sarva-nijetariiyudhapraveka-vidriivita-daitya-diinavam\nmimiirhsamiinasya-of HiraQyakasipu, who was contemplating the\nwonderful form of the Lord; samutthita/:t- appeared; agrata/:t-in\nfront; nrsimha-rilpa/:t-the form of N:rsimhadeva (half lion and half\nman); tat-that; alam-extraordinarily; bhayiinakam-very fearful;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0169": "Text 22]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n141\n\npratapta-like molten; camikara-gold; ca�-locanam-having fierce\neyes;\n\nsphurat-flashing;\n\nsafa-kesara-by\n\nHis\n\nmane;\n\njrmbhita­\n\nananam-whose face was expanded; karala-deadly; da�!ram-with\na set of teeth; karavala-caiicala-waving like a sharp sword; /cyuraanta-and as sharp as a razor; jihvam-whose tongue;\n\nbhruku!i­\n\nmukha-due to His frowning face; ulba�m-dreadful; stabdhamotionless; urdhva-extending upward; kar�m-whose ears; girikandara-like the caves of a mountain; adbhuta-very wonderful;\ntyattasya-with a widely opened mouth; nasam-and nostrils; hanubheda-bhi$a�m-causing fear due to the separation of the jaws; divisprsat-touching\n\nthe\n\nsky;\n\nkayam-whose\n\nbody;\n\nadirgha-short;\n\npivara-fat; gri\"va-neck; uru-broad; va/cyab,-sthalam-chest; alpasmall; madhyamam-middle portion of the body; candra-amsu-like\nthe\n\nrays\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nmoon;\n\ngauraib,-whitish;\n\nchuritam-covered;\n\ntanuruhaib,-with hairs; vi$vak-in all directions; bhuja-of arms;\nanika-satam-with a hundred rows; nakha-having nails; ayudhamas fatal weapons; durasadam-very difficult to conquer; sarva-all;\nnija-personal; itara-and other; ayudha-of weapons; praveka-by\nuse of the best; vidravita-caused to run;\n\ndaitya-by whom the\n\ndemons; danavam-and the rogues (atheists).\n\nTRANSLATION\nHir�yaka.Sipu studied the form of the Lord, trying to decide\nwho the form of N:rsimhadeva standing before him was. The\nLord's form was extremely fearsome because of His angry eyes,\nwhich resembled molten gold; His shining mane, which expanded\nthe dimensions of His fearful face; His deadly teeth; and His\nrazor-sharp tongue, which moved about like a dueling sword. His\nears were erect and motionless, and His nostrils and gaping mouth\nappeared like caves of a mountain. His j aws parted fearfully, and\nHis entire body touched the sky. His neck was very short and\nthick, His chest broad, His waist thin, and the hairs on His body as\nwhite as the rays of the moon. His arms, which resembled flanks of\nsoldiers, spread in all directions as He killed the demons, rogues\nand atheists with His conchshell, disc, club, lotus and other natural\nweapons.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0170": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n142\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�\n\nit� (f(uit(i¥(tMWft\nCf\\1: �m� (1fiQ�Wf � 1\n\n� 84��q(l{ �\n� � � ��,g�: 11��11\nprayer:w- me 'yam hari�rumayinii\nvadha}:t smrto 'nena samudyatena kim\nevarh bruvarhs tv abhyapatad gadayudho\nnadan nrsimham prati daitya-kunjara}:t\np rayer:w--probably;\n\nme-of\n\nme;\n\nayam-this;\n\nthe\n\nhari�-by\n\nSupreme Lord; uru-mayinii-who possesses the great mystic power;\nvadha}:t-the\n\ndeath;\n\nsmrta}:t-planned;\n\nsamudyatena-endeavor;\nbruvan-murmuring;\n\nkim-what\n\ntu-indeed;\n\nuse;\n\nanena-with\nevam-in\n\nthis\n\nabhyapatat-attacked;\n\nthis;\nway;\ngada­\n\nayudha}:t-armed with his weapon, the club; nadan-loudly roaring;\nnr-simham-the Lord, appearing in the form of half lion and half man;\np rati-toward;\n\ndaitya-kwijara}:t-Hiral)yakasipu,\n\nelephant.\n\nwho was like an\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nHir�yaka8ipu\n\nmurmured\n\nto\n\nhimself,\n\n\"Lord\n\nVi�J.lU,\n\nwho\n\npossesses great mystic power, has made this plan to kill me, but\nwhat is the use of such an attempt? Who can fight with me?\"\n\nThinking like this and taking up his club, Hir8J.1yaka8ipu attacked\nthe Lord like an elephant.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn the jungle there are sometimes fights between lions and elephants.\nHere the Lord appeared like a lion, and Hira.Q.yakasipu, unafraid of the\nLord, attacked Him like an elephant. Generally the elephant is defeated\nby the lion, and therefore the comparis�n in this verse is appropriate.\nTEXT 24\n\nscaRJ\\itSll qfft: qq:an\n� �fQ\"iilftt (i)Sij((ijC:J\n\n", "SB7.2#p0171": "Text 24]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n143\n\nwr � fcfm � e'+li'AAf;r\n�m � � �(tAil� �: II� \\ill\nalak$ito 'gnau patita/:t patarigamo\nyathii. nrsimhaujasi so 'suras tadii\nna tad vicitram khalu sattva-dhiimani\nsva-tejasii yo nu puriipibat tama/:t\n\na\n\nlak$ita/:t-invisible;\n\npatangama/:t-an\nNrsirhhadeva;\n\nagnau-m\n\ninsect;\nojasi-in\n\nthe\n\nyathii.-just\nthe\n\nfire;\nas;\n\neffulgence;\n\npatita/:t-fallen;\n\nnrsimha-of\nsa/:t-he;\n\nLord\n\nasura/:t­\n\nHiraQyakasipu; tadii-at that time; na-not; tat-that; vicitram-wonderful; khalu-indeed; sattva-dhii.mani-in the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who is situated in pure goodness; sva-tejasa-by His own\neffulgence; ya/:t-He who (the Lord); nu-indeed; purii-formerly;\napibat-swallowed up; tama/:t-the darkness within the material creation.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as a small insect falls forcefully into a fire and the insignificant cre ature becomes invisible, when Hira.I.J.yak&Sipu attacked the\nLord, who was full of effulgence, Hira.I.J.yak&Sipu became invisible.\nThis is not at all astonishing, for the Lord is always situated in pure\ngoodness. Formerly, during creation, He entered the dark universe and illuminated it by His spiritual effulgence.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord is situated transcendentally, in pure goodness. The material\nworld is generally controlled by tamo-gur:w,, the quality of ignorance, but\nthe spiritual world, because of the presence of the Lord and His\neffulgence, is free from all contamination by darkness, passion or contaminated goodness. Although there is a tinge of goodness in this\nmaterial world in terms of the brahminical qualifications, such qualifications sometimes become invisible because of the strong prevalence of the\nmodes of passion and ignorance. But because the Lord is always transcendentally situated, the material modes of passion and ignorance cannot\n\n", "SB7.2#p0172": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n144\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\ntouch Him. Whenever the Lord is present, there cannot be any darkness\nfrom the mode of ignorance. It is stated in Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n( Madhya 22.31):\n\nkr�r:w - surya-sama, maya haya andhakara\nyahari kr�r:w. tahari nahi mayara adhikara\n\n\"Godhead is light. Nescience is darkness. Where there is Godhead there\nis no nescience.\" This material world is full of darkness and ignorance of\nspiritual life, but by bhakti-yoga this ignorance is dissipated. The Lord\nappeared because of the bhakti-yoga exhibited by Prahlada Maharaja,\nand as soon as the Lord appeared, the influence of Hiral).yakasipu's passion and ignorance was vanquished as the Lord's quality of pure goodness, or the Brahman effulgence, became prominent. In that prominent\neffulgence, Hirar:tyakasipu became invisible, or his influence became insignificant. An example illustrating how the darkness of the material\nworld is vanquished is given in the siistra. When Brahma was created\nfrom the lotus stem growing from the abdomen of Garbhodakasayi:\nVi!?QU, Lord Brahma saw everything to be dark, but when he received\nknowledge from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, everything became clear, as everything becomes clear when one comes from night to\nsunshine. The important point is that as long as we are in the material\nmodes of nature, we are always in darkness. This darkness cannot be dissipated without the presence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwhich is invoked by the practice of bhakti-yoga. Bhakti-yoga creates a\ntranscendental situation with no tinges of material contamination.\nTEXT 25\n\nij(l)sfitqt(l�('l\"'(tij(\\\n� � ��il�··�·\nd f'«¥¥Mi � •t(I\\IU\n� �� ������II\ntato\n\n'bhipadyabhyahanan mahiisuro\n\n�a nrsimham gadayoruvegaya\n\n", "SB7.2#p0173": "Text 26]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n145\n\ntam vikramantam sagadam gadiidharo\nmahoragam tarkrya-suto yathiigrahit\ntata!t-thereafter;\n\nabhipadya-attacking;\n\nabhyahanat-struck;\n\nmaha-asura!t-the great demon (HiraQyakasipu); rU$ii-with anger;\nnrsimham-Lord Nrsirhhadeva; gadaya-by his club; uru-vegayamoving with great force; tam-him (HiraQyakasipu); vikramantamshowing his prowess; sa -gadam-with his club; gadii-dhara!t-Lord\nNrsirhhadeva, who also holds a club in His hand; maha-uragam-a great\nsnake; tar/cyya-suta!t-GarucJ,a, the son of Tark�ya; yatha-just as;\n\nagrahit -captured.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, the great demon Hira.J)yakasipu, who was extremely\nangry, swiftly attacked Nrsimhadeva with his club and began to\nheat Him. Lord Nrsimhadeva, however, captured the great demon,\nalong with his club, just as Garu4a might capture a great snake.\nTEXT 26\n\n'���(ijaJ«U\n�4t'6�\n�··(k+(�t:\n31qM+crtfi6 ��EMftS+cU\nEIWI\"++ llmr riNwf014H ����II\n�\n\nsa tasya hastotkalitas tadiisuro\nvikru)ato yadvad ahir garutmata!t\nasiidhv amanyanta hrtaukaso 'mara\nghana-cchadii bharata sarva-dh�t:Lya-pa!t\nsa!t-he\n\n(HiraQyakasipu);\n\nhasta-from\n\nthe\n\nhands;\n\ntasya-of\n\nHim\n\nutkalita!t-slipped;\n\n(Lord\n\nNrsirhhadeva);\n\ntadii-at\n\nthat\n\ntime;\n\nasura!t-the King of the demons, HiraQyakasipu; vikru)ata!t-playing;\nyadvat-exactly\n\nlike;\n\nahi!t-a\n\nsnake;\n\ngarutmata!t-of\n\nGarucJ,a;\n\nasiidhu-not very good; amanyanta-considered; hrta-okasa!t-whose\nabodes\n\nwere\n\ntaken\n\nby\n\nHiraQyakasipu;\n\namara!t-the\n\ndemigods;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0174": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n146\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nghana-cchada�-situated behind a cover of clouds; bharata-0 great\n\n-\n\n-\n\nson of Bharata; s arva dhi$r:tya pa�-the rulers of the heavenly planets.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Yudhi��hira, 0 great son of Bharata, when Lord Nrsirhhadeva\n\ngave Hirru;Iyaka5ipu a chance to slip from His hand, just as Garu<;la\n\nsometimes plays with a snake and lets it slip from his mouth, the\n\ndemigods, who had lost their abodes and who were hiding behind\n\nthe clouds for fear of the demon, did not consider that incident\nvery good. Indeed, they were perturbed.\nPURPORT\nWhen Hirai).yakasipu was in the process of being killed by Lord\nN:rsimhadeva, the Lord gave the demon a chance to slip from His\nclutches. This incident was not very much appreciated by the demigods,\nfor they were greatly afraid of HiraJ;J.yakasipu. They knew that if somehow or other Hirai).yakasipu escaped from N:rsimhadeva's hands and saw\nthat the demigods were looking forward to his death with great pleasure,\nhe would take great revenge upon them. Therefore they were very much\nafraid.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nti�tilwtl f.t�c(\\�f-d\n4((ij&ifil �� �:\n(Cfl'q4ivfi\n�--(ijt41�h§l6\nS(t!Vm i'Rr'lm � II �\\911\ntam rnanyamiino nija-virya-satikitarh\nyad dhasta-mukto nrharirh rnahasura�\npunas tam asajjata kluu;lga-carrnar:ti\npragrhya vegena gata-sramo mrdhe\ntam-Him\nv\n\n(Lord\n\nN:rsimhadeva);\n\nrnanyamiina�-thinking;\n\nirya-satik itam-afraid of his prowess; yat\n\nnija­\n\n- because; hasta-mukta�­\n\nfreed from the clutches of the Lord; nr-harim -Lord N:rsimhadeva;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0175": "Text 28]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n147\n\nmaha-asura�-the great demon; puna�-again; tam-Him; iisajjataattacked; khru;lga-carmar:ti-his sword and shield; pragrhya-taking\nup; vegena-with great force; gata-srama�-his fatigue having gone;\n.\nmrdhe-in the battle.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Hira:r.tyakasipu was freed from the hands of N:rsimhadeva,\nhe falsely thought that the Lord was afraid of his prowess.\nTherefore, after taking a little rest from the fight, he took up his\nsword and shield and again attacked the Lord with great force.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen a sinful man enjoys material facilities, foolish people sometimes\nthink, \"How is it that this sinful man is enjoying whereas a pious man is\nsuffering?\" By the will of the Supreme, a sinful man is sometimes given\nthe chance to enjoy the material world as if he were not under the\nclutches of material nature, just so that he may be fooled. A sinful man\nwho acts against the laws of nature must be punished, but sometimes he\nis given a chance to play, exactly like Hirru:Iyakasipu when he was\nreleased from the hands of Nrsirhhadeva. Hira1.1yakasipu was destined to\nbe ultimately killed by Nrsirhhadeva, but just to see the fun, the Lord\ngave him a chance to slip from His hands.\nTEXT 28\n\na �..�.i\n\nw'it�ctJfif��(�..�q�'lf\n�R: I\n.\n\n:rt-=�\"ltr.�nlw6\n\n.\n\n�\n{'f(�W(tCNU(\n\nPtaftfe<tl\\i �\n\n�: ������\n\ntam syena-vegam sata-candra-vartmabhiS\ncarantam acchidram upary-adho hari�\nkrtvii!!a-hiisam kharam utsvanolbar:tam\nnimilitak$am jagrhe maha-jam�\ntam-him (HiraJ:.lyakasipu); syena-vegam-possessing the speed of a\nhawk; sata-candra-vartmabhi�-by the maneuvers of his sword and his\n\n", "SB7.2#p0176": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n148\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nshield, which was marked with a hundred moonlike spots; carantammoving; acchidram-without any weak spot; upari-adhab,-up and\ndown; harib,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; krtva-making;\na!!a-hasam-loud\n\nlaughter;\n\nkharam-extremely\n\nshrill;\n\nutsvana­\n\nulbar:wm-very fearful due to its great sound; nimilita-closed; ak�am-eyes; jagrhe-captured; maha-javab,-the greatly powerful Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nMaking a loud, shrill sound of laughter, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, Naraya�a, who is extremely strong and\n\npowerful, captured Hir�yaka8ipu, who was protecting himself\n\nwith his sword and shield, leaving no gaps open. With the speed of\na hawk, Hir�yaka8ipu moved sometimes in the sky and sometimes\non the earth, his eyes closed because of fear of N:rsimhadeva's\nlaughter.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n� � At\"lltl( {�GtJfit� tfe\\ll�ij� I\n\"\n\n{t4(i\\IN€il\n\n� �\n\n;r�tlttlfe 'Rit 'ftiRtti( ������\n\nv�vak sphurantam grahal)iituram harir\nvyalo yathakhum kuliSa�ata-tvacam\ndvary urum apatya dadara lilaya\nnakhair yathahim garu4o maha-v�am\nv�vak-all\n\naround;\n\nsphurantam-moving\n\nhis\n\nlimbs;\n\ngrahar:w­\n\naturam-affiicted because of being captured; harib,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, N.rsirilhadeva; vyalab,-a snake; yatha-just as;\nakhum-a mouse; kuliSa-a�ta-not cut even by the thunderbolt\nthrown by lndra; tvacam-whose skin; dvari-on the threshold of the\ndoor; urum-on His thigh; apatya-placing; dadara-pierced; lilayavery easily; nakhaib,-with the nails; yatha-just as; ahim-a snake;\ngaru�b,-Garu<Ja, the carrier of Lord Vi�r;t.u;\nvenomous.\n\nmaha -v�am-very\n\n", "SB7.2#p0177": "Text 30]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n149\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs a snake captures a mouse or Garm�a captures a very\nvenomous snake, Lord N:rsirhhadeva captured Hira�yak&Sipu, who\ncould not he pierced even by the thunderbolt of King lndra. As\nHira�yakasipu moved his limbs here, there and all around, very\nmuch afBicted at being captured, Lord N:rsiihhadeva placed the\ndemon on His lap, supporting him with His thighs, and in the\ndoorway of the assembly hall the Lord very easily tore the demon\nto pieces with the nails of His hand.\nPURPORT\nHiraQyakasipu had received from Lord Brahma the benediction that\nhe would not die on the land or in the sky. Therefore, to keep the promise of Lord Brahma intact, Nrsirhhadeva placed HiraQyakasipu's body on\nHis lap, which was neither land nor sky. HiraQyakasipu had received the\nbenediction that he would not die either during the day or at night.\nTherefore,\n\nto\n\nkeep\n\nthis\n\npromise\n\nof\n\nBrahma,\n\nthe\n\nLord\n\nkilled\n\nHiraQyakasipu in the evening, which is the end of day and the beginning\nof night but is neither day nor night. Hira.I).yakasipu had taken a\nbenediction from Lord Brahma that he would not die from any weapon\nor be killed by any person, dead or alive. Therefore, just to keep the\nword of Lord Brahma, Lord Nrsirhhadeva pierced HiraQyakasipu's body\nwith His nails, which were not weapons and were neither living nor\ndead. Indeed, the nails can be called dead, but at the same time they can\nbe said to be alive. To keep intact all of Lord Brahma's benedictions,\nLord Nrsirhhadeva paradoxically but very easily killed the great demon\nHiraQyakasipu.\nTEXT 30\n\n��¥1��\\\"qi!fi(lecM:ctwft\n�l'llit;n;ij �t�Ol� I\n31qJeiiflffil(iOI'\\I(litwt\n�;:sJ¥tte1 fa:q(�� m: ll � ll\n0\n\nsarhrambha-d�prek§ya-kanila-locarw\nvyattananiintarh vilihan sva-jihvaya\n\n", "SB7.2#p0178": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n150\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nasrg-laviiktarur:w.-kesaranano\nyathiintra-mali dvipa-hatyaya hari/:t\nsarhrambha-because of great anger; d�pre�a-very difficult to\nlook at;\n\nkarala-very\n\nfearful;\n\nlocana/:t-eyes;\n\nryatta-expanded;\n\nanana-antam-the edge of the mouth; vilihan-licking; sva-jihvayawith His tongue; asrk-lava-with spots of blood;\n\nakta-smeared;\n\narur:w.-reddish; kesara-mane; anana/:t-and face; yathii -just as;\nantra-mali-decorated with a garland of intestines; dvipa-hatyaya-by\nthe killing of an elephant; hari/:t-the lion.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Nrsimhadeva's mouth and mane were sprinkled with drops\n\nof blood, and His fierce eyes, full of anger, were impossible to look\n\nat. Licking the edge of His mouth with His tongue, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Nrsimhadeva, decorated with a garland of\n\nintestines taken from Hirm;tyaka5ipu's abdomen, resembled a lion\n\nthat has just killed an elephant.\n\nPURPORT\nThe hair on Lord Nrsirilhadeva's face, being sprinkled with drops of\nblood, was reddish and looked very beautiful. Lord Nrsirilhadeva pierced\nHiral).yakasipu's abdomen with His nails, pulled out the demon's intestines and wore them as a garland, which enhanced His beauty. Thus\nthe Lord became very fearsome, like a lion engaged in fighting an\nelephant.\n\nTEXT 31\n\nit(ctttit�qt�a<��\nfq� ���\"t(l�l!i� I\n� (1if�lli(C4�1(ijlq1filf'fc0�%5�� m�: ������\nnakharikurotpa!ita-hrt-saroruham\nvisrjya tasyanucaran udayudhiin\nahan samastan nakha-sastra-parJibhir\ndordar:u},a-yiltho 'nupathiin sahasra§a/:t\n\n", "SB7.2#p0179": "The Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\nText 31]\n\nnakha-ankura-by\n\nthe\n\npointed\n\nnails;\n\n151\n\nutpii!ita-torn\n\nout;\n\nhrt­\n\nsaroruham-whose heart, which was like a lotus flower; visrjya-leaving aside;\n\ntasya-of him;\n\nanucaran-the\n\nfollowers\n\n(soldiers and\n\nbodyguards); udayudhan-having raised weapons; ahan-He killed;\nsamastan-all;\n\nnakha-sastra-pii r:Libhib,-with\n\nweapons in His hands;\n\nHis\n\nnails\n\nand\n\nother\n\ndordafJ4a-yuthab,-having unlimited arms;\n\nanupathan-the attendants of HiraJ?.yakasipu; sahasra§ab,-by thousands.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who had many, many\narms, first uprooted Hir�yaka8ipu's heart and then threw him\naside and turned toward the demon's soldiers. These soldiers had\ncome in thousands to fight with Him with raised weapons and were\nvery faithful followers of Hir�yaka8ipu, but Lord N�sirhhadeva\nkilled all of them merely with the ends of His nails.\n\nPURPORT\nSince the creation of the material world, there have been two kinds of\nmen-the devas and the asuras. The devas are always faithful to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, whereas the asuras are always atheists\nwho defy the supremacy of the Lord. At the present moment, throughout\nthe entire world, the atheists are extremely numerous. They are trying to\nprove that there is no God and that everything takes place due to combinations and permutations of material elements. Thus the material\nworld is becoming more and more godless, and consequently everything\nis in a disturbed condition. If this continues, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead\n\nwill\n\ncertainly\n\ntake\n\naction,\n\nas\n\nHe\n\ndid\n\nin\n\nthe\n\ncase\n\nof\n\nHiraJ?.yakasipu. Within a second, HiraJ?.yakasipu and his followers were\ndestroyed, and similarly if this godless civilization continues, it will be\ndestroyed in a second, simply by the movement of one finger of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The demons should therefore be\ncareful and curtail their godless civilization. They should take advantage\nof the Krf?Q.a consciousness movement and become faithful to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead;\n\notherwise they are doomed.\n\nAs\n\nHiraQ.yakasipu was killed in a second, the godless civilization can be\ndestroyed at any moment.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0180": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n152\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�\"{ijt �:\n\nq(NdiO\n\n�¢'!fq!ilffi: 1\n��: �6WI ft��dl Rfitm fcl�: 11��11\nm�\n\n\\1)\n\nsa!iivadhiltii jalada/:t pariipatan\ngrahiiS ca tad-dmi-vim�!a-roci$a/:t\nambhodhaya/:t sviisa-hatii vicuk$ubhur\nnirhriida-bhita digibhii vicukru5u/:t\nsa!ii-by the hair on Lord N:rsirilhadeva's head; avadhuta/:t-shaken;\njalada/:t-the clouds; pariipatan\n\n-\n\nscattered;\n\ngrahii}:t\n\n-\n\nthe luminous\n\nplanets; ca-and; tat-dr$#-by His glaring glance; vim�!a-taken\naway; roci$a/:t-whose effulgence; ambhodhaya/:t-the water of the\noceans and seas; sviisa-hata/:t-being struck by Lord N:rsirhhadeva's\nbreathing;\n\nvicuk$ubhu/:t-became\n\nturbulent;\n\nfrightened by N:rsirilhadeva's roaring;\n\nnirhriida-bhitii/:t­\n\ndigibhii}:t-all the elephants\n\nguarding the quarters; vicukru5u/:t-cried out.\nTRANSLATION\nThe hair on N:rsimhadeva's head shook the clouds and scattered\n\nthem here and there, His glaring eyes stole the effulgence of the\nluminaries in the sky, and His breathing agitated the seas and\n\noceans. Because of His roaring, all the elephants in the world\n\nbegan to cry in fear.\n\nPURPORT\nAs the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii (10.41):\nyad yad vibhutimat sattvarh\nsrimad ilrjitam eva vii\ntat tad evavagaccha tvarh\nmama tejo- 'msa-sambhavam\n\"Know that all beautiful, glorious and mighty creations spring from but\na spark of My splendor.\" The illumination of the planets and stars in the\n\n", "SB7.2#p0181": "Text 33]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n153\n\nsky is but a partial manifestation of the Lord's effulgence. There are\nmany wonderful qualities of different living entities, but whatever extraordinary things exist are but part of the Lord's tejas, His illumination\nor brilliance. The deep waves of the seas and oceans and the many other\nwonders within the creation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead all\nbecome insignificant when the Lord, in His special feature, incarnates\nwithin this material world. Everything is insignificant in comparison to\nHis personal, all-defeating transcendental qualities.\nTEXT 33\n\nti1��eilMf?i441Wiftp1\nsltffl46 \\-tn � �fm I\n�: ft*!�qd(*!&tf �'\n��� � � ;r ��· H����\ndyaus tat-sa!otk§ipta-vimiina-sarikulii\nprotsarpata k§mii ca padii. bhipuj,itii\nsailii/:1, samutpetur am!L$ya ramhasii\ntat-tejasii kham kakubho na rejire\ndyau/:1,-outer space; tat-sa!ii-by His hair; 'utk§ipta-thrown up;\nvimiina-sarikula-filled with airplanes; p rotsarpata\n\n-\n\nslipped out of\n\nplace; k§mii-the planet earth; ca-also; pada-abhipuj,ita-distressed\ndue to the heavy weight of the lotus feet of the Lord; sailii/:1,-the hills\nand mountains; samutpetu/:1,-sprang up; am!L$ya-of that one (the\nLord);\n\nramhasa-due to the intolerable force;\n\ntat-tejasa-by His\n\neffulgence; kham-the sky; kakubha/:1,-the ten directions; na refiredid not shine.\nTRANSLATION\nAirplanes were thrown into outer space and the upper planetary\nsystem by the hair on N�simhadeva's head. Because of the pressure\nof the Lord's lotus feet, the earth appeared to slip from its position, and all the hills and mountains sprang up due to His intolerable force. Because of the Lord's bodily effulgence, both the sky\nand all directions diminished in their natural illumination.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0182": "154\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nThat there were airplanes flying in the sky long, long ago can he\n\nunderstood from this verse. Srimad-Bhagavatam was spoken five thou­\n\nsand years ago, and the statements of this verse prove that the symptoms\nof a very advanced civilization then existed, even in the upper planetary\nsystems, as well as in the lower planetary systems. Modern scientists and\nphilosophers foolishly explain that there was no civilization prior to three\nthousand years ago, hut the statement of this verse nullifies such whimsical judgments. The Vedic civilization existed millions and millions of\nyears ago. It existed since the creation of this universe, and it included\narrangements all over the universe with all the modern amenities and\neven more.\n\ntata/:t sabluiyam upav�!am uttame\nnrpasane sambhrta-tejasam vibhum\nalak§ita-dvairatham atyamar�m:Ulm\npracar:uJ,a-vaktram na babluija kaScana\ntata/:t-thereafter; sabhayam-in the assembly house; upav�!am­\n\nseated; uttame-on the best; nrpa-asane-throne (upon which King\nHiral).yakasipu used to sit);\n\nsambhrta-tejasam-in full effulgence;\n\nvibhum-the Supreme Lord; alak§ita-dvairatham-whose challenger or\nenemy was not seen; ati-very much; amar�a�m-fearsome (due to\nHis anger); praca r:uf,a-terrible; vaktram-face; na-not; babluijaworshiped; kaScana-anyone.\n\nTRANSLATION\nManifesting a full effulgence and a fearsome countenance, Lord\n\nNrsbhha, being very angry and finding no contestant to face His\n\npower and opulence, then sat down in the assembly hall on the ex-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0183": "Text 35]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n155\n\ncellent throne of the king. Because of fear and obedience, no one\ncould come forward to serve the Lord directly.\nPURPORT\nWhen the Lord sat on the throne of HiraQyakasipu, there was no one\n\nto protest; no enemy came forward on behalf of HiraQyakasipu to fight\n\nwith the Lord. This means that His supremacy was immediately accepted\n\nby the demons. Another point is that although HiraQyakasipu treated the\n\nLord as his bitterest enemy, he was the Lord's faithful servant in\n\nVaikUQtha, and therefore the Lord had no hesitation in sitting on the\n\nthrone that HiraQyakasipu had so laboriously created. Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti Thii.kura remarks in this connection that sometimes, with\n\ngreat care and attention, great saintly persons and �is offer the Lord\n\nvaluable seats dedicated with Vedic mantras and tantras, but still the\n\nLord does not sit upon those thrones. HiraQyakasipu, however, had for­\n\nmerly been Jaya, the doorkeeper at the VaikuQtha gate, and although he\n\nhad fallen because of the curse of the briihmar:rns and had gotten the\nnature of a demon, and although he had never offered anything to the\nLord as HiraQyakasipu, the Lord is so affectionate to His devotee and ser­\n\nvant that He nonetheless took pleasure in sitting on the throne that\nHiraQyakasipu had created. In this regard it is to be understood that a devotee is fortunate in any condition of his life.\nTEXT 35\n\n�t..<;tt(ii(�t..iiq{\n\n(;{�\n\n«+uR�� mun � � I\nstawi�·«�..re6awr.n\nq:\nt«�tt: II ��II\n31\\(..i:I..Cift:\n�('\n\nniSiimya loka-traya-TMStaka-jvaram\ntam iidi-daityam harir:Ui hatam mrdhe\nprahar�a-vegotkalitiinanii muhu/:t\nprasilna-Var$air vavr�u/:t sura-striya/:t\nniSiimya-hearing;\n\njvaram -the\n\nloka-traya-of\n\nheadache;\n\ntam-him;\n\nthe\n\nthree\n\niidi-the\n\nworlds;\n\noriginal;\n\nTMStakadaityam-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0184": "[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n156\n\ndemon; harirya-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; hatamkilled; mrdhe-in battle; prahar�a-vega-by an outburst of ecstasy;\nutkalita-ananab,-whose faces blossomed; muhub,-again and again;\n\nprasuna va� aib,-with showers of flowers; vavr�ub, -rained; sura-\n\nstriyab,\n\n-\n\nthe wives of the demigods.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHirm.tyak&Sipu had been exactly like a fever of meningitis in the\n\nhead of the three worlds. Thus when the wives of the demigods in\nthe heavenly planets saw that the great demon had been killed by\nthe personal hands of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, their\nfaces blossomed in great joy. The wives of the demigods again and\n\nagain showered flowers from heaven upon Lord Nrsimhadeva like\n\nrain.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n�\n\nmtwffcl�ll�\n\nf� �'IT« wnf�l1{ I\nij(IW1� 1\"\"1'Al� :::(rm:\n��tn wr�: RR: 11��11\ntada vimanavalibhir nabhastalam\ndidrk§atam sankulam lisa nakinam\nsuranaka dundubhayo 'tha jaghnire\ngandharva-mukhya nanrtur jagub, striyab,\n\ntada-at that time;\nairplanes;\n\nvimana-avalibhib,-with\n\nnabhastalam-the sky;\n\ndifferent types\n\nof\n\ndidrk§atam-desirous of seeing;\n\nsankulam-crowded; lisa-became; nakinam-of the demigods; suraanakab, -the drums of the demigods; dundubhayab,-the kettledrums;\n\natha-as well; jaghnire-were sounded;\nchiefs of Gandharvaloka;\n\ngandharva-mukhyab,-the\n\nnanrtub,-began to dance; jagub,-sang;\n\nstriyab,-heavenly society women.\nTRANSLATION\nAt lhat time, the airplanes of the demigods, who desired to see\n\nthe activities of the Supreme Lord, Narii.ym.ta, crowded the sky.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0185": "Text 39]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n157\n\nThe demigods began beating drums and kettledrums, and upon\nhearing them the angelic women began to dance, while the chiefs\nof the Gandharvas sang sweetly.\n\nTEXTS 37-39\n\nij�� A� �fitftm�: I\n�: fm: ftm R«JN(¥ftl�: 11�\\911\n�: sr�Rf qri't tt«t�N:l(iti(UU: 1\n\n��l(ij(ij�: ijt�:ll��ll\n� ���: �i ijiiWOG:i@� I\n� 'I'll����� � JIE4�1Jl� I\n(� il(�l� ;nfu�*t(t: ��---����II\n�:\n\ntatropavrajya vibudhii\nbrahmendra-giriSadaya�\nr$aya� pitara� siddhii\nvidyiidhara-mahoraga�\nmanava� prajanarit patayo\ngandharvapsara-ciirar:ui1:t\nyak$a� kimpurzl$iis tiita\nvetalii� saha-kinnarii�\nte vi$r.tu-piir$adii� sarve\nsunanda-kumudadaya�\nmilrdhni baddhiiiijali-pu!d\niisinarit tivra-tejasam\nuf,ire nara-sardularit\nniitiduracarii� prthak\ntatra-there (in the sky); upavrajya-coming (in their respective\nairplanes); vibudhii�-all the different demigods; brahml!-indra-giriSaadaya�-headed by Lord Brahma, King lndra and Lord Siva; r$aya�the great saintly sages; pitara�-the inhabitants of Pitrloka; siddhii�-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0186": "[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n158\n\nthe residents of Siddhaloka; vidyadhara-the residents of Vidyadharaloka; rnaha-uragab,-the residents of the planets where great serpents\nreside; rnanavab,-the Manus; prajaniim-of the living entities (on different planets); patayab,-the chiefs; gandharva-the residents of\nGandharvaloka; apsara-the residents of the angelic planet; cara1Jiib.the residents of CaraJ)aloka; ya�ab,-the Yak!?as; kimpur!J,$ab,-the\nKimpuru!?as; tata-0 dear one; vetalab,-the Vetalas; saha-kinnarab,along with the Kinnaras; te-they; vi§�u-par$adii.b,-the personal associates of Lord Vi!?J..lU (in the Vaiku.Q.thalokas); sarve-all; sunandakumuda-adayab,-headed by Sunanda and Kumuda; murdhni-on their\nheads; baddha-afijali-putab,-with folded hands; asinam-who was sitting\n\non\n\nthe\n\nthrone;\n\ntivra-tejasam-exposing\n\nHis\n\ngreat\n\nspiritual\n\neffulgence; £4ire-offered respectful worship; nara-sardulam-unto the\nLord, who had appeared as half man and half lion; na ati-duracarab,coming near; prthak-individually.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Yudhi�!hira, the demigods then approached the\n\nLord. They were headed by Lord BrahmS, King lndra and Lord\n\nSiva and included great saintly persons and the residents of\nPit:rloka,\n\nSiddhaloka,\n\nVidyiidhara-loka\n\nand the planet of the\n\nsnakes. The Manus approached, and so did the chiefs of various\n\nother\n\nplanets.\n\nThe\n\nangelic\n\ndancers\n\napproached,\n\nas\n\ndid\n\nthe\n\nGandharvas, the CiiraJ.las, the Yak�as, the inhabitants of Kin­\n\nnaraloka, the Vetiilas, the inhabitants of Kimpuru�a-loka, and the\npersonal servants of Vi�1,1u like Sunanda and Kumuda. All of them\ncame near the Lord, who glowed with intense light. They in­\n\ndividually offered their obeisances and prayers, their hands folded\n\nat their heads.\n\nTEXT 40\n\n�iiVI•n:or\n;fflt��\n\nF��it\n\nHM'ICl'PAA\nqfcf� I\nft� �mRI���:\n\n�� ���Sotl�t�� ll�oll\n\n", "SB7.2#p0187": "Text 40)\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n159\n\nsri-brahmoviica\nnato 'smy anantiiya duranta-saktaye\nvicitra-viryiiya pavitra-karmar:te\nviSvasya sarga-sthiti-samyamiin gur:tai/:t\nsva-lilayii sandadhate 'vyayiitmane\nsri-brahmii uviica-Lord Brahma said; nata/:t-bowed down; asmi-1\n\nam; anantiiya-unto the unlimited Lord; duranta-very difficult to find\nan end to; saktaye-who possesses different potencies; vicitra-viryiiyahaving varieties of prowess; pavitra-karmar:te-whose actions have no\nreaction (even though doing contrary things, He remains without contamination by the material modes); viSvasya-of the universe; sargacreation; sthiti-maintenance; samyamiin-and annihilation; gur:tai/:tby the material qualities; sva-lilayii-very easily; sandadhate-performs; avyaya-iitmane-whose personality never deteriorates.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahmii prayed: My Lord, You are unlimited, and You\npossess unending potencies. No one can estimate or calculate Your\nprowess and wonderful influence, for Your actions are never\npolluted by the material energy. Through the material qualities,\nYou very easily create the universe, maintain it and again annihilate it, yet You remain the same, without deterioration. I therefore\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\n\nThe activities of the Lord are always wonderful. His personal servants\nJaya and Vijaya were confidential friends, yet they were cursed, and they\naccepted bodies of demons. Again, in the family of one such demon,\nPrahlada Maharaja was caused to take birth to exhibit the behavior of an\nexalted devotee, and then the Lord accepted the body of N.rsimhadeva to\nkill that same demon, who by the Lord's own will had taken birth in a\ndemoniac family. Therefore, who can understand the Lord's transcendental activities? Not to speak of understanding the transcendental activities of the Lord, no one can understand even the activities of His\nservants. In Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 23.39) it is said, tiinra\nviikya, kriyii, mudrii vijneha nii bhujhaya: no one can understand the\n\n", "SB7.2#p0188": "160\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nactivities of the Lord's servants. Therefore, what to speak of the ac­\n\ntivities of the Lord? Who can understand how ��J;la is benefiting the en­\n\ntire world? The Lord is addressed as duranta-sakti because no one can\nunderstand His potencies and how He acts.\nTEXT 41\n\nr:it�� �\n\nit� �·W'(f�� m�uit�: ,\n� qJ�qqd � � �cffim 11��11\n\\:1\n\nsrf-rudra uvaca\nkopa-kalo yugantas te\nhato yam asuro 'lpaka/:t\n\ntat-sutarh pahy upasrtarh\n\nbhaktarh te bhakta-vatsala\n\nsrf-rudra/:t uvaca-Lord Siva offered his prayer; kopa-kala/:t-the\n\nright time for Your anger (for the purpose of annihilating the universe);\n\nyuga-anta/:t-the end of the millennium; te-by You; hata/:t-killed;\n\nayam-this; asura/:t-great demon; alpaka/:t-very insignificant; tatsutam-his son (Prahlada Maharaja); pahi-just protect; upasrtam­\n\nwho is surrendered and standing nearby; bhaktam - devotee; te-o£\n\nYour Lordship; bhakta-vatsala-0 my Lord, who are so affectionate to\nYour devotee.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva said: The end of the millennium is the time for Your\n\nanger. Now that this insignificant demon HiraJ.Iyaka8ipu has been\n\nkilled, 0 my Lord, who are naturally affectionate to Your devotee,\n\nkindly protect his son Prahlada Maharaja, who is standing nearby\nas Your fully surrendered devotee.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the creator of the material\n\nworld. There are three processes in creation-namely creation, mainte­\n\nnance and finally annihilation. During the period of annihilation, at the\n\n", "SB7.2#p0189": "Text 42]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n161\n\nend of each mille�nium, the Lord becomes angry, and the part of anger\n\nis played by Lord Siva, who is therefore called Rudra. When the Lord ap­\n\npeared in great anger to kill Hira.I).yaka8ipu, everyone was extremely\n\nafraid of the Lord's attitude, but Lord Siva, knowing very well that the\n\nLord's anger is also His lila, was not afraid. Lord Siva knew that he\n\nwould have to play the part of anger for the Lord. Kala means Lord Siva\n\n(Bhairava), and kopa refers to the Lord's anger. These words, combined\n\ntogether as kopa-kiila, refer to the end of each millennium. Actually the\nLord is always affectionate toward His devotees, even though He may ap­\n\npear very angry. Because He is aryayiitmii-because He never falls\ndown-even when angry the Lord is affectionate toward His devotees.\nTherefore Lord Siva reminded the Lord to act like an affectionate father\n\ntoward Prahlada Maharaja, who was standing by the Lord's side as an ex­\n\nalted, fully surrendered devotee.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n���\nJRttr-im: ��t;ntt�n Wf: �•·n\n�#flstil;:d�m �� �N\n'fil(ll!l� Awta.C::'lit WIN 'g� ij\niRti�ttf Wf ft: il!l'ffl �m': fiR:_ II�� II\nsri-indra uviica\npratyiinitiib, parama bhavatii triiyatii nab, sva-bhiigii\ndaityiikriintam hrdaya-kamalam tad-grham pratyabodhi\nkiila-grastam kiyad idam aho niitha su§�atiim te\nmuktis le$iiril na hi bahumatii niirasimhiiparaib, kim\nsri-indrab, u viica-l ndra, the King of heaven, said; pratyiinitii}:l,­\n\nrecovered;\n\nparama-0\n\nSupreme;\n\nbhavatii-by\n\nsacrifices;\n\ndaitya-iikriintam-affiicted\n\nYour\n\nLordship;\n\ndemon;\n\nhrdaya­\n\ntriiyatii-who are protecting; nab,-us; sva-bhiigiib,-shares in the\nby\n\nthe\n\nkamalam-the lotuslike cores of our hearts; tat-grham-which is ac­\n\ntually Your residence; pratyabodhi-it has been illuminated; kala-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0190": "162\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\ngrastam-devoured by time; kiyat-insignifi.cant; idam-this (world);\naho-alas; niitha-0 Lord; su.Sr-i4atam-for those who are always\nengaged in the service; te-o£ You; muktib,-liberation from material\nbondage; te�am-of them (the pure devotees); na-not; hi-indeed;\nbahumata-thought\n\nvery\n\nimportant;\n\nniira-simha-0\n\nLord\n\nNrsirilhadeva, half lion and half human being; aparaib, kim-then what\nis the use of other possessions.\nTRANSLATION\nKing lndra said: 0 Supreme Lord, You are our deliverer and\n\nprotector. Our shares of sacrifices, which are actually Yours, have\nbeen recovered from the demon by You. Because the demoniac\n\nking Hira�yaka8ipu was most fearsome, our hearts, which are\n\nYour permanent abode, were all overtaken by him. Now, by Your\npresence, the gloom and darkness in our hearts have been dissi­\n\npated. 0 Lord, for those who always engage in Your service, which\n\nis more exalted than liberation, all material opulence is insignifi­\n\ncant. They do not even care for liberation, not to speak of the\n\nbenefits of kama, artha and dharma.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn this material world there are two kinds of people-the devatas\n(demigods) and the asuras (demons). Although the demigods are attached to material enjoyment, they are devotees of the Lord who act according to the rules and regulations of the Vedic injunctions. During the\nreign of Hira.Qyakasipu, everyone was disturbed in the routine duties of\nVedic civilization. When Hira.Qyakasipu was killed, all the demigods,\nwho had always been disturbed by Hira.Qyakasipu, felt relief in their\ngeneral way of life.\nBecause the government in Kali-yuga is full of demons, the living conditions of devotees are always disturbed. Devotees cannot perform yajiia,\nand thus they cannot partake of the remnants of food offered in yajfia\nfor the worship of Lord V i!;l.QU. The hearts of the demigods are always\nfilled with fear of the demons, and therefore they cannot think of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The engagement of the demigods is to\nthink of the Lord always within the cores of their hearts. The Lord says\nin Bhagavad-gita (6.47):\n\n", "SB7.2#p0191": "The Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\nText43]\n\n163\n\nyoginiim api sarve�iirh\nmad gateniintariitmanii\nsraddhavan bhajate yo miirh\nsa me yuktatamo matal,t\n\"And of all yogiS, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping Me in transcendental loving service, is most intimately united with\nMe in yoga and is the highest of all.\" The demigods fully absorb themselves in meditation upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead to become\nperfect yogiS, but because of the presence of demons, their hearts are\nfilled with the activities of the demons. Thus their hearts, which are\nmeant to be the abode of the Supreme Lord, are practically occupied by\nthe demons. All the demigods felt relieved when Hira:Qyakasipu was\ndead, for they could easily think of the Lord. They could then receive the\nresults of sacrifices and become happy even though in the material\nworld.\n\nTEXT43\n\n��'3:\n� W�m: 'Wt'n� ��\n\n���(itfl€+4•16 ij� I\n� Astaa¥4fJW�tQ ��\n00·� !Wf��\"l: II'J �II\nsri-r�aya ilcu/.t\ntvarh nas tapal,t paramam attha yad iitma-tejo\nyenedam iidi-pur�iitma-gatarh sasarktha\ntad vipraluptam amuniidya sarar:tya-pala\nra�a-grhita-vap�ii punar anvamarhsthal,t\nsri-r�ayal,t\n\nucul,t- the\n\ngreat\n\nsages said;\n\ntvam- You;\n\nnal,t-our;\n\ntapal,t-austerity; paramam-topmost; altha-instructed; yat- which;\n\niitma-tejal,t- Your\n\nspiritual\n\npower;\n\nyena-by\n\nwhich;\n\nidam-this\n\n(material world); iidi-pur�a-0 supreme original Personality of Godhead; iitma-gatam-merged within Yourself; sasarktha-(You) created;\ntat-that\n\nprocess\n\nof\n\nausterity\n\nand\n\npenance;\n\nvipraluptam-stolen;\n\namunii-by that demon (Hira:Qyaka8ipu); adya-now; sarar:tya-pala-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0192": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n164\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\n0 supreme maintainer of those who need to be sheltered; rak$a-grhitavapU$ii\n\n-\n\nby Your body, which You accept to give protection; punal_t­\n\nagain; anvamarilsthiil_t-You have approved.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the saintly persons present offered their prayers in this way:\n0 Lord, 0 supreme maintainer of those sheltered at Your lotus\n\nfeet, 0 original Personality of Godhead, the process of austerity\n\nand penance, in which You instructed us before, is the spiritual\npower of Your very self. It is by austerity that You create the ma­\n\nterial world, which lies dormant within You. This austerity was\n\nalmost stopped by the activities of this demon, but now, by Your­\n\nself appearing in the form of N:rsimhadeva, which is meant just to\n\ngive us protection, and by killing this demon, You have again ap­\n\nproved the process of austerity.\n\nPURPORT\nThe living entities wandering within the jurisdiction of the 8,400,000\nspecies of life get the opportunity for self-realization in the human form\nand gradually in such other elevated forms as those of the demigods,\nKinnaras and Ciirat;tas, as will be described below. In the higher statuses\nof life, beginning from human life, the main duty is tapasya, or\nausterity. As l_{�bhadeva advised His sons, tapo divyarh putrakii yena\nsattvarh suddhyet. To rectify our material existence, austerity (tapasya)\nis absolutely necessary. However, when people in general come under the\ncontrol of a demon or a demoniac ruling power, they forget this process\nof tapasya and gradually also become demoniac. All the saintly persons,\nwho\n\nwere\n\ngenerally\n\nengaged\n\nin\n\nausterity,\n\nfelt\n\nrelieved\n\nwhen\n\nHirat;tyakasipu was killed by the Lord in the form of Nrsirilhadeva. They\nrealized that the original instruction concerning human life-that it is\nmeant for tapasya for self-realization-was reaffirmed by the Lord when\nHe killed Hirat;tyakasipu.\n\nTEXT44\n\n�0���\n\n� ;ftsf\\lWJ !I� �;@(���stttf� Rte1� 1\n\n", "SB7.2#p0193": "Text 44]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n165\n\n�l'((l'f(q��cmt � 311�(\n�;Jatr �SR'4e'44•i1� 11\\l�ll\nsri-pitara ilcu/;\nsraddhani no 'dhibubhuje prasabham tanujair\ndattiini tirtha-samaye 'py apibat tiliimbu\ntasyodaran nakha-vidin:m-vapad ya arcchat\ntasmai namo nrharaye 'khila-dharma-goptre\nsri-pitaral; ucul;-the inhabitants of Pitrloka said; sraddhani-the\nperformances of the sraddha ceremony (offering of food grains to dead\nforefathers by a particular process); na/;-our; adhibubhuje-enjoyed;\nprasabham-by force; tanujail;-by our sons and grandsons; dattiinioffered; tirtha-samaye-at the time of bathing in the holy places; apieven; apibat-drank; tila-ambu-offerings of water with sesame seeds;\ntasya-of the demon; udarat-from the abdomen; nakha-vidir7J,apierced by the nails of the hand; vapat-the skin of the intestines of\nwhich; yai;-He who (the Personality of Godhead); arcchat-obtained;\ntasmai-unto Him (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); nama/;-respectful obeisances; nr-haraye-who has appeared as half lion and half\nman\n\n(N-rhari);\n\nakhila-universal;\n\ndharma-religious\n\nprinciples;\n\ngoptre-who maintains.\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of Pitrloka prayed: Let us offer our respectful\nobeisances unto Lord Nrshilhadeva, the maintainer of the religious\nprinciples of the universe. He has killed Hir�yaka8ipu, the\ndemon who by force enjoyed all the offerings of the sraddha\nceremonies performed by our sons and grandsons on the anniversaries of our death and who drank the water with sesame seeds\noffered in holy places of pilgrimage. By killing this demon, 0\nLord, You have taken back all this stolen property from his abdomen by piercing it with Your nails. We therefore wish to offer our\nrespectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is the duty of all householders to offer food grains to all their\ndeparted forefathers, but during the time of HiraQyakasipu this process\n\n", "SB7.2#p0194": "166\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nwas stopped; no one would offer sraddha oblations of food grains to the\nforefathers with great respect. Thus when there is a demoniac rule,\neverything concerning the Vedic principles is turned upside down, all the\nreligious ceremonies of yajna are stopped, the resources meant to be\nspent for yajna are taken away by the demoniac government, everything\nbecomes chaotic, and consequently the entire world becomes hell itself.\nWhen the demons are killed by the presence of Nrsirhhadeva, everyone\nfeels comfortable, irrespective of the planet upon which he lives.\nTEXT 45\n\n� \\1i!l\n\n� ;ft ttffi'\n\n�qt�-\n\n�rftt\n�·•(ftflile...\n;wl'11(q �\net�ft�(R\n� � S(Qf6f: �� � 11��11\nsri-siddhii ilcu/:t\nyo no gatirh yoga-siddhiim asiidhur\nahiir�fd yoga-tapo-balena\nnand darpam tam nakhair vidadara\n\ntasmai tubhyarh prar;,ata/:t smo nrsimha\nsri-siddhii/:t ilcu/:t-the inhabitants of Siddhaloka said; ya/:t-the person who; na/:t-our; gatim-perf ection; yoga sidd ham-achieved by\n-\n\nmystic yoga; asiidhu/:t- m ost uncivilized and dishonest; ahar�it-stole\naway; yoga -of mysticism;\n\ntapa/:t-and austerities; balena-by the\n\npower; nand darpam-proud due to wealth, opulence and strength;\ntam-him; nakhai/:t-by the nails; vidadara-pierced; tasmai-unto\n\nhim; t ubhyam-unto You; prar;,atii/:t-bowed down; sma/:t-we are;\nnrsimha-0 Lord Nrsirhhadeva.\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of Siddhaloka prayed: 0 Lord N.rshhhadeva, be­\n\ncause we belong to Siddhaloka, we automatically achieve perfec­\n\ntion in all eight kinds of mystic power. Yet Hir�yaka5ipu was so\n\n", "SB7.2#p0195": "Text 46]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n167\n\ndishonest that by the strength of his power and austerity, he took\naway our powers. Thus he became very proud of his mystic\nstrength. Now, because this rogue has been killed by Your nails,\nwe offer our respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\nOn earth there are many yogis who can exhibit some feeble mystic\nJX>Wer by manufacturing pieces of gold like magic, but the inhabitants of\nthe planet Siddhaloka are actually extremely powerful in mysticism.\nThey can fly from one planet to another without airplanes. This is called\n\nlaghimii-siddhi. They can actually become very light and fly in the sky.\nBy a severe type of austerity, however, Hirai.J.yakasipu excelled all the inhabitants of Siddhaloka and created disturbances for them. The residents\nof Siddhaloka were also beaten by the powers of Hirai.J.yaka5ipu. Now\nthat HiraQyakasipu had been killed by the Lord, the inhabitants of Siddhaloka also felt relieved.\nTEXT 46\n\n�ttfetm\"RT �:\n\nftQf\n\n'ltp\\li(OI�I�I(f\n�Ttf�: I\n;tJiNG>ft\n� iR �\nqget'FI�\n� !IURil: � � 11\\l� II\nsri-vidyadhan'i ucu/:t\n\nvidyarh prthag dhiirar:w.yanuriiddhiim\nny�edhad ajno bala-virya-drpta/:t\nsa yena sarikhye pa.Suvad dhatas tam\nmaya-nrsimham prar:u;ttii/:t sma nityam\nsri-vidyadhara/:t ilcu/:t-the inhabitants of Vidyadhara-loka prayed;\nvidyam- mystic formulas (by which one can appear and disappear);\nprthak- separately ; dhiirar:u;tyii-by various meditations within the\nmind; anuriiddham-attained; ny�e dhat- stopped ; ajna/:t-this fool;\n\nbala-virya-drpta/:t-puffed up by bodily strength and his ability to\n\n", "SB7.2#p0196": "SrUnad-BhagavabUn\n\n168\n\nconquer\n\nanyone;\n\nsab,-he\n\n(Hinu;tyakasipu);\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\nyena-by\n\nwhom;\n\nsarikhye-in battle; pa§u-vat-exactly like an animal; hatab,-killed;\ntam-unto Him; maya-nrsimham-appearing as Lord N-rsimhadeva by\nthe influence of His own energy; pra�tab,-fallen; sma-certainly;\nnityam-eternally.\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of Vidyadhara-loka prayed: Our acquired power\n\nto appear and disappear in various ways according to varieties of\n\nmeditation was banned by that foolish HirllJ)yak&Sipu because of\n\nhis pride in his superior bodily strength and his ability to conquer\n\nothers. Now the Supreme Personality of Godhead has killed him\n\njust as if the demon were an animal. Unto that supreme pastime\nform of Lord N:rsimhadeva, we eternally offer our respectful obei­\n\nsances.\n\nTEXT47\n\n��:\n\niR � mf;r «mrTF-1 � ;r: I\n�:�� �'EIIwt� Wf'lt� � 11�\\911\nsri-niiga ilcubyena papena ratnani\nstri-ratnani hrtani nabtad-va�ab--pa!anenasam\ndattananda namo 'stu te\nsri-niigab, ucub,-the inhabitants of Nagaloka, who look like serpents,\nsaid;\n\nyena-by\n\n(Hira.Qyakasipu);\n\nwhich\n\nperson;\n\npapena-the\n\nratnani-the jewels on our heads;\n\nmost\n\nsinful\n\nstri-ratnani­\n\nbeautiful wives; hrtani-taken away; nab,-our; tat-his; va�ab-pa!anena-by the piercing of the chest; asam-of all the women (who\nwere kidnapped); datta-ananda-0 Lord, You are the source of the\npleasure; namab,-our respectful obeisances; astu-let there be; teunto You.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0197": "Text 48]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n169\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\ninhabitants\n\nof\n\nNagaloka\n\nsaid:\n\nThe\n\nmost\n\nsinful\n\nHir8J)yaka8ipu took away all the jewels on our hoods and all our\nbeautiful wives. Now, since his chest has been pierced by Your\nnails, You are the source of all pleasure to our wives. Thus we\ntogether offer our respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\n\nNo one is peaceful if his wealth and wife are forcibly taken away. All\nthe inhabitants of Nagaloka, which is situated below the earthly planetary system, were in great anxiety because their wealth had been stolen\nand their wives kidnapped by Hir�yaka8ipu. Now, Hir�yakasipu having been killed, their wealth and wives were returned, and their wives\n\nfelt satisfied. The inhabitants of various lokas, or planets, offered their\nrespectful obeisances unto the Lord because they were relieved by the\n\ndeath of Hir�yakasipu. Disturbances similar to those created by\nHira:Q.yakasipu are now taking place all over the world because of\n\ndemoniac governments. AB stated in the Twelfth Canto of SrimadBhiigavatam, the men of the governments of Kali-yuga will be no better\nthan rogues and plunderers. Thus the populace will be harassed on one\nside by scarcity of food and on another by heavy taxation by the government. In other words, the people in most parts of the world in this age\nare harassed by the ruling principles of Hira:Q.yakasipu.\nTEXT 48\n\n���\n\n�· �\n\n� f;t�Tftuit\nRRt�ww � qR'{ijij�: 1\nlNffl �: � aq4c;�t: rit\n�111 � Ni+l�IN fq(l1_ 11\\l�ll\nsri-manava ilcu/:t\nmanavo vayam tava nidesa-karir:w\nditijena deva paribhuta-setava/:t\n\n", "SB7.2#p0198": "[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n170\n\nbhaoota khala/:r. sa upasamhrta/:r. prabho\nkaravama te kim anu5adhi kirikaran\nsri-manaoo/:r. ucu/:r.-all the Manus offered their respectful obeisances\nby saying; manava/:r.-the leaders of the universal affairs (especially in\nconnection with giving knowledge to humanity about how to live lawfully under the protection of the Supreme Personality of Godhead);\nvayam-we; tam-of Your Lordship; nidesa-karir.uz/:r.-the carriers of\nthe orders; diti-jena-by Hirru;tyakasipu, the son of Diti; deva-0 Lord;\nparibhata-disregarded; setaoo/:r.-whose laws of morality concerning\nthe var1Jii.S rama system in human society; bhavata-by Your Lordship;\nkhala/:r.-the most\n\nenvious rascal;\n\nsa/:r.-he;\n\nprabho-0 Lord;\n\nkaravama-shall we do;\n\nupasamhrta/:r.-killed;\nte-Your;\n\nkim-what;\n\nanu5adhi-p1ease direct; kirikaran-Your eternal servants.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the Manus offered their prayers as follows: As Y our order\n\ncarriers, 0 Lord, we, the Manus, are the law-givers for human\n\nsociety, but because of the temporary supremacy of this great\ndemon, Hir�yaka.Sipu, our laws for maintaining vari_lasrama­\n\ndharma were destroyed. 0 Lord, now that You have killed this\n\ngreat demon, we are in our normal condition. Kindly order us,\n\nYour eternal servants, what to do now.\n\nPURPORT\nIn many places in Bhagavad-gita, the Supreme Lord, Kr�l).a, refers to\nthe var1J(iSrama-dharma of four varry.as and four asramas. He teaches\npeople about this oor1Jii.Srama-dharma so that all of human society can\nlive peacefully by observing the principles for the four social divisions\nand four spiritual divisions (varr.uz and asrama) and thus make advancement in spiritual knowledge. The Manus compiled the Manusamhitii The word samhita means Vedic knowledge, and manu indicates\nthat this knowledge is given by Manu. The Manus are sometimes incarnations of the Supreme Lord and sometimes empowered living entities.\nFormerly, many long years ago, Lord Kr�l).a instructed the sun-god. The\nManus are generally sons of the sun-god. Therefore, while speaking to\nArjuna about the importance of Bhagavad-gitd, Kr�l).a said, imam vivas-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0199": "Text49)\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n171\n\nvate yogarh proktavan aham avyayam vivasvan manave praha: \"This\n\ninstruction was given to Vivasvan, the sun-god, who in turn instructed\nhis son Manu.\" Manu gave the l�w known as Manu-sarhhita, which is\n\nfull of directions based on va�a and asrama concerning how to live as a\n\nhuman being. These are very scientific ways of life, but under the rule of\ndemons like Hirai.J.yakasipu, human society breaks all these systems of\nlaw and order and gradually becomes lower and lower. Thus there is no\n\npeace in the world. The conclusion is that if we want real peace and order\n\nin the human society, we must follow the principles laid down by the\nManu-samhita and confirmed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nKr�Qa.\n\nTEXT49\n�fl���\n\n�����·\n�if.� sm � �$1) f;rfqt: 1\n� � �Cilll Nii1'4� � �\n\\iltlrifte ��iscm�: I I \\l�l I\nsri-prajapataya ucu�\nprajesa vayarh te paresabhisma\nna yena praja vai srjamo n�iddfui�\nsa e$a tvaya bhinna-vak$a nu sete\njagan-mangalarh sattva-murte 'vatara�\nsri-prajapataya�\n\nllcu�-the great personalities who created the\n\nvarious living beings offered their prayers by saying; praja-iSa �-the\nprajapatis created by Lord Brahma, who have created generations of\n\nliving\n\nentities;\n\nvayam-we;\n\nte-o£\n\nYou;\n\npara-iSa-0\n\nSupreme\n\nLord; abhisf$!a�-born; na-not; yena-by whom (Hirai.J.yaka8ipu);\npraja�-living entities; vai-indeed; srjama�-we create; n�iddha�being forbidden; sa�-he (Hirai.J.yaka8ipu); e$a�-this; tvaya-by You;\nbhinna-vak$a�-whose chest .has been split; nu-indeed; sete-lies\n\ndown; jagat-mangalam-for the auspiciousness of the whole world;\nsattva-murte-in this transcendental form of pure goodness; avatara�­\n\nthis incarnation.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0200": "172\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe prajipatis offered their prayers\n\nlti\n\nfollows: 0 S upreme\n\nLord, Lord of even Brahmi and Siva, we, the prajapatis, were cre­\n\nated by You to execute Your orders, hut we were forbidden by\n\nHir�yak&Sipu to create any more good progeny. Now the demon\n\nis lying dead before us, his chest pierced by You. Let us therefore\noffer our respectful obeisances unto You, whose incarnation in\n\nthis form of pure goodness is meant for the welfare of the entire\n\nuniverse.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n����\n� � a-\n\nit!\"'lli•IQifit\n\n�iti�'4QI{ 4't4'i1Jhn iffl: 1\n« � wt'Rft � ((\\flfil&tf\nf\\u�qq@ : �ll � II� oil\nsri-gandlum)('i iicu/:t\nvayam vibho te TUL!a-nii!ya-gayakii\nyenatmasad virya-balaujasii krta/:t\nsa e�a nito bhavatii daSiim imam\nkim utpathastha/:t ku§a/iiya kalpate\nsri-gandharvii/:t acu}:t-the inhabitants of Gandharvaloka (who are\nusually engaged as musicians of the heavenly planets) said; vayam-we;\nvibho-0 Lord; te-Your; TUL!a-natya-giiyakii}:t-dancers and singers in\ndramatic performances; yeTUL-by whom; iitmasiit-under subjection;\nvirya-of his valor; bala-and bodily strength; ojasii-by the influence;\nkrta/:t-made (brought); sa/:t-he (Hirai,lyakasipu); e�a/:t-this; nita/:tbrought; bhavatii-by Your Lordship; daSiim imam-to this condition;\nkim-whether; utpathastha/:t-anyone who is an upstart; ku§a/iiya-for\nauspiciousness; kalpate-is capable.\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of Gandharvaloka prayed: Your Lordship, we\n\never engage in Your service by dancing and singing in dramatic\n\n", "SB7.2#p0201": "Text 51]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n173\n\nperformances, but this Hirm;tyaka8ipu, by the influence of his\nbodily strength and valor, brought us under his subjugation. Now\nhe has been brought to this low condition by Your Lordship. What\nbenefit\n\ncan\n\nresult from\n\nthe activities of such an upstart as\n\nHirm;tyaka8ipu?\nPURPORT\n\nBy being a very obedient servant of the Supreme Lord, one becomes\nextremely powerful in bodily strength, influence\n\nand effulgence,\n\nwhereas the fate of demoniac upstarts is ultimately to fall down like\nHiraQyakasipu. HiraQyakasipu and persons like him may he very powerful for some time, hut the obedient servants of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead like the demigods remain powerful always. They are victorious over the influence of HiraQyakasipu by the grace of the Supreme\nLord.\nTEXT 51\n\n�f11 �3:\n\n� \\ft�W,�� li�Cftt'ltf�ret: 1\n� m1(;;ut�t1W: 6+tl��t: II�� II\nsri-caraTJii ilcu/:t\nhare tavarighri-parikajam\nbhavapavargam asrita/:t\nyad e$a siidhu-hrc-chayas\ntvayasura/:t samiipita/:t\nsri-caraTJii/:t ucu/:t-the inhabitants of the CaraQa planet said; hare-0\nLord; tava-Your; arighri-parikajam-lotus feet; bhava-apavargamthe only shelter for becoming free from the contamination of material\nexistence; asrita/:t-sheltered at; yat-because; e$a/:t-this; siidhu-hrtsaya/:t-stake in the hearts of all honest persons; tvaya-by Your Lordship; asura/:t-the demon (HiraQyakasipu); samiipita/:t-fmished.\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of the Ciira:r;ta planet said: 0 Lord, because You\nhave destroyed the demon Hirm;tyaka8ipu, who was always a stake\n\n", "SB7.2#p0202": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n174\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nin the hearts of all honest men, we are now relieved, and we eter­\n\nnally take shelter of Your lotus feet, which award the conditioned\n\nsoul liberation from materialistic contamination.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead in His transcendental form of\nNarahari, N.rsirhhade�a, is always ready to kill the demons, who always\ncreate disturbances in the minds of honest devotees. To spread the Kr�I)a\nconsciousness movement, devotees have to face many dangers and impediments all over the world, but a faithful servant who preaches with\ngreat devotion to the Lord must know that Lord N.rsimhadeva is always\nhis protector.\nTEXT 52\n\n���\n\n444it!J'*t(Jl�'ft: df¥1� Q{6 � AA� snfqffl �� I\n���wtqR(Wi� � �\nWlm aq;ffir: q�j q��\n\n������\n\nsri-ya�a iicu/:t\nvayam anucara-mukhya/:t karmabhis te mano-jnais\nta iha diti-sutena priipitii vahakatvam\nsa tu jana-paritapam tat-krtam janata te\nnarahara upanita/:t paiicatam paiica-vimsa\nsri-ya�al:t\n\nuc u/:t-the\n\ninhabitants of\n\nthe\n\nyak�a planet prayed;\n\nvayam-we; anucara-mukhya/:t-the chief among Your many servants;\nka rmabhi/:t-by services; te-unto You; mano-jnai/:t-very pleasing;\n\nte-they; iha-at the present moment; diti-sutena-by Hiral)yakasipu,\nthe son of Diti; prapita/:t-forced to engage as; mhakatvam-the palanquin carriers; sa/:t-he; tu-but; jana-pa ritapam-the miserable condition of everyone; tat-krtam-caused by him; janatti-knowing; te-by\nYou; nara-hara-0 Lord in the form of N.rsimha; upanita/:t-is put to;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0203": "Text 53]\npancatam\n\n175\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n-death ; panca-vimsa-0 twenty-fifth principle (the con­\n\ntroller of the other twenty-four elements).\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of Y �loka prayed: 0 controller of the\ntwenty-four elements, we are considered the best servants of Your\nLordship because of rendering services pleasing to You, yet we\nengaged as palanquin carriers by the order of Hir�yaka8ipu, the\nson of Diti. 0 Lord in the form of Nrsbnhadeva, You know how\nthis demon gave trouble to everyone, but now You have killed\nhim, and his body is mixing with the five material elements.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord is the controller of the ten senses, the five material\nelements, the five sense objects, the mind, the intelligence, the false ego\nand the soul. Therefore He is addressed as panca-vimsa, the twenty-fifth\nelement. The inhabitants of the Yakt?a planet are supposed to be the best\nof all servants, but HiraQ.yakasipu engaged them as palanquin carriers.\nThe entire universe was in trouble because of Hiral).yakasipu, but now\nthat Hiral).yakasipu's body was mixing with the five material elementsearth,\n\nwater,\n\nfire,\n\nair\n\nand\n\nsky-everyone\n\nfelt\n\nrelief.\n\nUpon\n\nHiral).yakasipu's death, the Yakt?as were reinstated in their original service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus they felt obliged to the\nLord and offered their prayers.\nTEXT 53\n\n�J�� \\1i'3:\n� Ni•�l� ij +t«l�� (��: I\n3Pf • wtit ��: ·� ������\nsri-kimpur�a ilcu}:t\nvayam kimpur�iis tvam tu\nmahii-pur�a i.Svara/:t\nayam kupur�o TUl$!0\ndhik-krta/:t sadhubhir yada\n\n", "SB7.2#p0204": "sri-kimpu11L$fi/:l.\nvayam-we;\n\ninsignificant\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n176\n\nU.Cu/:1.-the\n\ninhabitants\n\nkimpu n.t$ii/:l.-the\nliving\n\nentities;\n\nof\n\ninhabitants\n\ntvam- Your\n\nKimpuru!?a-loka\nof\n\nsaid;\n\nKimpuru!?a-loka,\n\nLordship;\n\nor\n\ntu-however;\n\nmaha-pu �/:1.-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; L§vara/:1.-the\n\nsupreme controller;\nHirai;tyakasipu;\n\nayam-this ;\n\n�!a/:1.-slain;\n\nku-purU$a/:l.-most sinful person,\ndhik-krta /:1.-being\n\ncondemned;\n\nsddhubhi/:1.-by the saintly persons; yadii-when.\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of Kimpuru�-loka said: We are insignificant\n\nliving entities, and You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nthe supreme controller. Therefore how can we offer suitable\n\nprayers unto You? When this demon was condemned by devotees\nbecause they were disgusted with him, he was then killed by Y ou.\nPURPORT\nThe cause of the Supreme Lord's appearance upon this earth is stated\nin Bhagavad-gitii (4.7-8) by the Lord Himself:\n\nyadii yadii hi dharmasya\ngliinir bhavati bharata\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\ntadiitmiinam srjamy aham\nparitra�ya siidhilniim\nviniiSaya ca dU$krtiim\ndharma-samsthapaniirthaya\nsambhaviimi yuge yuge\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decrease in religious principles and a\npredominant rise in irreligion, at that time I descend Myself. To deliver\nthe pious and annihilate the miscreants, as well as to reestablish the principles of religion, I advent Myself, millennium after millennium.\" The\nLord appears in order to execute two kinds of activities-to kill the\ndemons and to protect the devotees. When the devotees are too disturbed\nby the demons, the Lord certainly appears in different incarnations to\ngive the devotees protection. The devotees following in the footsteps of\n\n", "SB7.2#p0205": "Text 54]\n\nThe Lonl Slays the King of the Demons\n\n177\n\nPrahlada Maharaja should not be disturbed by the demoniac activities of\nthe nondevotees. Rather, they should stick to their principles as sincere\nservants of the Lord and rest assured that the demoniac activities\ndirected against them will not be able to stop their devotional service.\nTEXT 54\n\n�\n\n��r�:\n�! �en��\n\ntftffi � Q �� I\n4(ijl't��\n� �\n�� ¥(ttq�qlf44: 11�\\lll\nsri-vaitalika ilcub,\nsabhiisu satre$U tavaTTULlaril ya§o\ngitva saparyaril TTULhatiril labluiTTULhe\nyas tam anai$id va§am e$a durjano\ndvi$!ya hatas te bhagavan yatluiTTULyab,\nsri-vaitalika!t\n\nilcub,-the\n\ninhabitants\n\nof\n\nv aitalika-loka\n\nsaid;\n\nsabhiisu-in great assemblies; satre$u-in the arenas of sacrifice; lavaYour; aTTULlam-without any spot of material c�ntamination; ya5ab,reputation; gitva-singing; saparyam-respectful position; TTULhatimgreat; labluiTTULhe-we achieved; yab,-he who; tam-that (respectful\nposition); anai$it-brought under;\n\nva§am-his control;\n\ne$ab,-this;\n\ndurjanab,-crooked person; dvi$tya-by great fortune; hatab,-killed;\nte-by You; bhagavan-0 Lord; yatlui-exactly like; aTTULyab,-a disease.\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of V aitalika-loka said: Dear Lonl, because of\nchanting Your spotless glories in great a ssemblies and arenas of\nsacrifice, we were accustomed to great respect from everyone. This\ndemon, however, usurped that position. Now, to our great fortune, You have killed this great demon, exactly a s one cures a\nchronic disease.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0206": "178\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 55\n\n�Ai'lla �:\n\n4tt¥fta\nf�'l�tiUII(ij�\nMm f€1W.a-.•3\"'rhn:\nlTcm � � �mit�\n\n� WIN A�itltl ;0 lN ����II\n\nsn-kinnara ucu!t\nvayam iSa kinnara-gal}iis tavanuga\nditijena vi${im amuniinukiiritaft\nbhavata hare sa vrjino 'vasadito\nnarasimha niitha vibhavaya no bhava\nsn-kinnaraft acub,-the inhabitants of the Kinnara planet said;\nvayam-we;\n\niSa-0 Lord;\n\nkinnara-gal)db,-the inhabitants of the\n\nKinnara planet; tava-Your; anugab,-faithful servants; diti-jena-by\nthe son of Diti; vi$#m-service without remuneration; amunii-by that;\nanukiiritab,-caused to perform; bhamta-by You; hare-0 Lord;\nsaft-he; vrjinaft-most sinful; avasaditaft-destroyed; narasimha-0\nLord N:rsirhhadeva; niitha-0 master; vibhavaya-for the happiness\nand opulence; naft-of us; bhava-You please he.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Kinnaras said: 0 supreme controller, we are ever-existing\n\nservants of Your Lordship, but instead of rendering service to You,\n\nwe were engaged by this demon in his service, constantly and with­\n\nout remuneration. This sinful man has now been killed by You.\n\nTherefore, 0 Lord Nrsimhadeva, our master, we offer our respectful obeisances unto You. Please continue to be our patron.\nTEXT 56\n\n�'fJ!IflltfifT �:\n\n�a:a:fht�iil<i\n\n�\n\nN ;r: � ri�cti\\lq I\n\n", "SB7.2#p0207": "Text 56]\n\nThe Lord Slays the King of the Demons\n\n179\n\nitsti � � «r fiht,8-\n\n�� f.wwt+t�SI(Iq fft: II�� II\nSri-V�TJ-U-pa�ada ilcub,\n\nadyaitad dhari-nara-rilpam adbhutarit te\ndr�!arit nab, saralJ,ada sarva-loka-sarma\nso 'yarit te vidhikara iSa vipra-saptas\ntasyedarit nidhanam anugrahiiya vidmab,\nsri-�TJ-u-par�adab,\n\nilcub,-the\n\nassociates\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nVi�x;tu\n\nin\n\nVaikux;t�haloka said; adya-today; etat-this; hari-nara-of half lion\nand half human being; rilpam-form; adbhutam-very wonderful;\nte-Your;\n\ndmam-seen;\n\nnab,-of us;\n\nsara�J-U-da-the everlasting\n\nbestower of shelter; sarva-loka-sarma-which brings good fortune to all\nthe various planets; sab,-he; ayam-this; te-o£ Your Lordship;\nvidhikarab,-order carrier (servant); iSa-0 Lord; vipra-saptab,-being\ncursed by the brahma1J,US; tasya-of him; idam-this; nidhanam-killing; anugrahiiya-for the special favor; vidmab,-we understand.\nTRANSLATION\nThe associates of Lord Vi�I;tU in Vaikui;tlha offered this prayer:\n0 Lord, our supreme giver of shelter, today we have seen Your\nwonderful form as Lord Nrshnhadeva, meant for the good fortune\nof all the world. 0 Lord, we can understand that Hir8I;lyaka8ipu\nwas the same Jaya who engaged in Y our service but was cursed by\nbriih�as and who thus received the body of a demon. We understand that his having now been killed is Your special mercy upon\nhim.\nPURPORT\nHirax;tyakasipu's coming to this earth and acting as the Lord's enemy\nwas prearranged. Jaya and Vijaya were cursed by the brahmalJ-US Sanaka,\nSanat-kumara, Sanandana and Sanatana because Jaya and Vijaya checked\nthese four Kumaras. The Lord accepted this cursing of His servants and\nagreed that they would have to go to the material world and would then\nreturn to Vaikux;ttha after serving the term of the curse. Jaya and Vijaya\nwere very much perturbed, but the Lord advised them to act as enemies,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0208": "180\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 8\n\nfor then they would return after three births; otherwise, ordinarily, they\nwould have to take seven births. With this authority, Jaya and Vijaya\n\nacted as the Lord's enemies, and now that these two were dead, all the\n\nVi!?Qudutas understood that the Lord's killing of HiraQyak.asipu was\nspecial mercy bestowed upon them.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Seventh Canto, Eighth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Lord Nrsimhadeva Slays\nthe King of the Demons. \"\n\n", "SB7.2#p0209": "CHAPTER NINE\n\nPrahlada Pacifies Lord\nN:rsirilhadeva with Prayers\nAs related in this chapter, Prahlada Maharaja, following the order of\nLord Brahma, pacified the Lord when the Lord was extremely angry\nafter having killed Hir�yaka8ipu.\nAfter Hiral).yakasipu was killed, the Lord continued to be very angry,\nand the demigods, headed by Lord Brahma, could not pacify Him. Even\nmother Lak!?mi, the goddess of fortune, the constant companion of\nNaray�a, could not dare come before Lord N.rsirhhadeva. Then Lord\nBrahma asked Prahlada Maharaja to go forward and pacify the Lord's\nanger. Prahlada Maharaja, being confident of the affection of his master,\nLord N:rsirhhadeva, was not afraid at all. He very gravely appeared\nbefore the Lord's lotus feet and offered Him respectful obeisances. Lord\nN:rsirhhadeva, being very much affectionate toward Prahlada Maharaja,\nput His hand on Prahlada's head, and because of being personally\ntouched by the Lord, Prahlada Maharaja immediately achieved brahmajoona, spiritual knowledge. Thus he offered his prayers to the Lord in\nfull spiritual knowledge and full devotional ecstasy. The instructions\ngiven by Prahlada Maharaja in the form of his prayers are as follows.\nPrahlada said, \"I am not proud of being able to offer prayers to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. I simply take shelter of the mercy of\nthe Lord, for without devotion one cannot appease Him. One cannot\nplease the Supreme Personality of Godhead simply by dint of high parentage or great opulence, learning, austerity, penance or mystic power. Indeed, these are never pleasing to the Supreme Lord, for nothing can\nplease Him but pure devotional service. Even if a nondevotee is a\nbriihmar:ut qualified with the twelve brahminical symptoms, he cannot be\nvery dear to the Lord, whereas if a person born in a family of dog-eaters\nis a devotee, the Lord can accept his prayers. The Lord does not need\nanyone's prayers, but if a devotee offers his prayers to the Lord, the devotee benefits greatly. Ignorant persons born in low families, therefore,\n181\n\n", "SB7.2#p0210": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n182\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\ncan sincerely offer heartfelt prayers to the Lord, and the Lord will accept\nthem. As soon as one offers his prayers to the Lord, he is immediately\nsituated on the Brahman platform.\nLord Nrsirhhadeva appeared for the benefit of all human society, not\nonly\n\nfor\n\nPrahlada's\n\npersonal\n\nbenefit.\n\nThe\n\nfierce\n\nform\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nNrsirhhadeva may appear most awful to a nondevotee, but to the devotee\n\nthe Lord is always affectionate as He is in other forms. Conditioned life\nin the material world is actually extremely fearful; indeed, a devotee is\nnot afraid of anything else. Fear of material existence is due to false ego.\n\nTherefore the ultimate goal of life for every living entity is to attain the\nposition of being servant of the servant of the Lord. The miserable condition of the living entities in the material world can be remedied only by\nthe mercy of the Lord. Although there are so-called material protectors\n\nlike Lord Brahma and the other demigods, or even one's own father, they\n\nare unable to do anything if one is neglected by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. However, one who has fully taken shelter of the Lord's lotus\nfeet can be saved from the onslaught of material nature. Therefore every\nliving entity should be unattracted by material so-called happiness and\nshould take shelter of the Lord by all means. That is the mission of\nhuman life. To be attracted by sense gratification is simply foolish.\nWhether one is a devotee of the Lord or is a nondevotee does not depend\nupon one's birth in a high or low family. Even Lord Brahma and the god­\n\ndess of fortune cannot achieve the full favor of the Lord, whereas a devo­\n\ntee can very easily attain such devotional service. The Lord's mercy is\nbestowed equally upon everyone, regardless of whether one is high or\nlow. Because Prahlada Maharaja was blessed by Narada Muni, Prahlada\nbecame a great devotee. The Lord always saves the devotee from impersonalists and voidists. The Lord is present in everyone's heart as the\nSupersoul to give the living being protection and all benefits. Thus the\n\nLord acts sometimes as the killer and sometimes as the protector. One\n\nshould not accuse the Lord for any discrepancies. It is His plan that we\nsee varieties of life within this material world. All of them are ultimately\nHis mercy.\nAlthough the entire cosmic manifestation is nondifferent, the material\n\nworld is nonetheless different from the spiritual world. Only by the\nmercy of the Supreme Lord can one understand how the wonderful material nature acts. For example, although Lord Brahma appeared from\n\n", "SB7.2#p0211": "Prahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n183\n\nthe lotus seat that had grown from the abdomen of Garbhodaka8ayi\nVi�I).u, he could not understand what to do after his appearance. He was\nattacked by two demons, Madhu and Kaitabha, who took away Vedic\nknowledge, but the Lord killed them and entrusted to Lord Brahma the\nVedic knowledge. Thus the Lord appears in every millennium in the\nsocieties of demigods, human beings, animals, saints and aquatics. All\nsuch incarnations are meant to protect the devotees and kill the demons,\nbut this killing and protecting does not reflect any sense of partiality on\nthe part of the Supreme Lord. The conditioned soul is always attracted by\nthe external energy. Therefore he is subjected to lust and greed, and he\nsuffers under the conditions of material nature. The Lord's causeless\nmercy toward His devotee is the only means by which to get out of material existence. Anyone engaged in glorifying the Lord's activities is always unafraid of this material world, whereas one who cannot glorify the\nLord in that way is subjected to all lamentation.\nThose interested in silently worshiping the Lord in solitary places may\nbe eligible for liberation themselves, but a pure devotee is always aggrieved to see others suffering. Therefore, not caring for his own liberation, he always engages in preaching by glorifying the Lord. Prahlada\nMaharaja, therefore, had tried to deliver his class friends by preaching\nand had never remained silent. Although being silent, observing\nausterities and penances, learning the Vedic literature, undergoing\nritualistic ceremonies, living in a solitary place and performing japa and\ntranscendental meditation are approved means of liberation, they are\nmeant for nondevotees or for cheaters who want to live at the expense of\nothers. A pure devotee, however, being freed from all such deceptive activities, is able to see the Lord face to face.\nThe atomic theory of the composition of the cosmic manifestation is\nnot factual. The Lord is the cause of everything, and therefore He is the\ncause of this creation. One should therefore always engage in devotional\nservice by offering respectful obeisances to the Lord, offering prayers,\nworking for the Lord, worshiping the Lord in the temple, always remembering the Lord and always hearing about His transcendental activities.\nWithout these six kinds of activity, one cannot attain to devotional serVIce.\nPrahlada Maharaja thus offered his prayers to the Supreme Lord, begging His mercy at every step. Lord N.rsimhadeva was pacified by\n\n", "SB7.2#p0212": "[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n184\n\nPrahlada Maharaja's prayers and wanted to give him benedictions by\n\nwhich Prahlada could procure all kinds of material facilities. Prahlada\n\nMaharaja, however, was not misled by material facilities. Rather, he\nwanted to remain always a servant of the servant of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n.\n\nttc�\n\n�{q�\n\nw�:\n\n�\n\nij'�\n\nifll()�:�u: 1\n\n��C1iA4�4(+4\n\n��II� II\n\nsri-ncirada uvaca\nevam suradayal]- sarve\nbrahma-rudra-pural]- sariiry\nnopaitum a§akan manyusamrambham suduriisadam\nsri-niiradal]- uviica-the great saintly sage Narada Muni said; evam­\n\nthus; sura-adayal]--the groups of demigods;\n\nsarve-all; brahma­\n\nrudra-pural]- sariiry-represented by Lord Brahma and Lord Siva; na­\n\nnot;\n\nupaitum-to\n\ngo\n\nbefore\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\na§akan-able;\n\nmanyu­\n\nsamrambham-in a completely angry mood; su-duriisadam-very dif­\n\nficult to approach (Lord N:rsirilhadeva).\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great saint Niirada Muni continued: The demigods, headed\n\nby Lord Brahma, Lord Siva and other great demigods, dared not\n\ncome forward before the Lord, who at that time was extremely\nangry.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Narottama dasa 'fhakura has sung in his Prema-bhakti-candrikii,\n\n'krodha' bhakta-dve�i-jane: anger should be used to punish a demon who\n\nis envious of devotees.\n\nKama,\n\nkrodha,\n\nlobha,\n\nmoha,\n\nmada and\n\nmiilsarya-lust, anger, greed, illusion, pride and envy-all have their\n\nproper use for the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His devotee. A\n\n", "SB7.2#p0213": "Text2]\n\nPrahliida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n185\n\ndevotee of the Lord cannot tolerate blasphemy of the Lord or His other\ndevotees, and the Lord also cannot tolerate blasphemy of a devotee. Thus\n\nLord Nrsirhhadeva, was so very angry that the great demigods like Lord\n\nBrahma and Lord Siva and even the goddess of fortune, who is the Lord's\n\nconstant companion, could not pacify Him, even after offering prayers of\nglorification and praise. No one was able to pacify the Lord in His anger,\n\nbut because the Lord was willing to exhibit His affection for Prahlada\nMaharaja, all the demigods and the others present before the Lord\n\npushed Prahlada Maharaja forward to pacify Him.\nTEXT2\n\n�� �: �Nffl ��ip ij �� 1\n� ��wit� �tm II� II\nsii�iil srib, pre�itii devair\n\ndr�!vii tam rnahad adbhutam\n\nadr�!iiSruta-pilrvatviit\n\nsii nopeyiiya sarikitii\n\nsii�iit-directly; srib,-the goddess of fortune; pre�itii-being re­\n\nquested to go forward before the Lord; devaib,-by all the demigods\n(headed by Lord Brahma and Lord Siva); dmva-after seeing; tam­\n\nHim (Lord Nrsirhhadeva); rnahat-very big; adbhutam-wonderful;\n\nadr�!a-never seen; a5ruta-never heard of; pilrvatviit-due to being\n\npreviously; sii-the goddess of fortune, Lakl?mi; na -not ; upeyiiyawent before the Lord; sarikitii-being very much afraid.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe goddess of fortune, Lak�miji, was requested to go before\nthe Lord by all the demigods present, who because of fear could\nnot do so. But even she had never seen such a wonderful and extraordinary form of the Lord, and thus she could not approach\nHim.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord has unlimited forms and bodily features (advaitam acyutam\n\naniidim ananta-rilpam). These are all situated in Vaikur;ttha, yet\n\n", "SB7.2#p0214": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n186\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nLak�midevi, the goddess of fortune, being inspired by l;;la-sakti, could\n\nnot appreciate this unprecedented form of the Lord. In this regard, Srila\nMadhvacarya recites the following verses from the Brahmar:uja Purar:w:\n\nad·masruta-pilroatviid\nanyaib, siidhiirar:wir janaib,\nnrsirhharh sankiteva srir\nloka-mohii yarw yayau\nprahriide caiva viitsalyadarsaniiya harer api\njnatvii manas tathii brahmii\nprahriidarh pre$ayat tadii\nekatraikasya viitsalyarh\nviSe$iid darsayed dharib,\navarasyiipi mohiiya\nkramer:wivapi vatsalab,\nIn other words, for the common men the form of the Lord as\nNrsimhadeva is certainly unseen and wonderful, but for a devotee like\n\nPrahlada Maharaja such a fearsome form of the Lord is not at all extraor­\n\ndinary. By the grace of the Lord, a devotee can very easily understand\n\nhow the Lord can appear in any form He likes. Therefore the devotee is\n\nnever afraid of such a form. Because of special favor bestowed upon\nPrahlada Maharaja, he remained silent and unafraid, even though all the\n\ndemigods,\n\nincluding\n\nN.rsimhadeva.\n\n(Bhag.\n\neven\n\nLak�midevi,\n\nNariiyar:ta-pariib,\n\nsarve\n\nwere\n\nna\n\nafraid\n\nof\n\nkuta§cana\n\nLord\n\nbibhyati\n\n6.17.28). Not only is a pure devotee of NariiyaQ.a like Prahlada\n\nMaharaja unafraid of any dangerous condition of material life, but also if\n\nthe Lord appears to mitigate the fear of a devotee, the devotee maintains\n\nhis status of fearlessness in all circumstances.\n\nTEXT3\n\n� a..�.¥11« Qt�a'lf.:ij� 1\ni<r SN�ft �fqi ifr«i � II � II\n\n", "SB7.2#p0215": "Text4]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n187\n\nprahriidarh pre�aytim lisa\nbrahmtivasthitam antike\nttita pra5amayopehi\nsva-pitre kupitarh prabhum\nprahriidam-Prahlada\nbrahmti-Lord\n\nBrahma;\n\npre�aytim\n\nMaharaja;\n\navasthitam-being\n\nlisa-requested;\n\nsituated;\n\nantike-very\n\nnear; tata-my dear son; pra5amaya-just try to appease; upehi-go\nnear;\n\nsva-pitre-because\n\nof\n\nyour\n\nfather's\n\ndemoniac\n\nactivities;\n\nkupitam-greatly angered; prabhum-the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter Lord Brahma requested Prahlada Maharaja, who was\nstanding very near him: My dear son, Lord N:rshh.hadeva is extremely angry at your demoniac father. Please go forward and appease the Lord.\nTEXT4\n\na� m ���ril(l'f 'l��: I\n� iFf �;r ;r;nq A�a���: II \\1 II\ntatheti sanakai rtijan\nmahti-bhiigavato 'rbhaka/:t\nupetya bhuvi ktiyena\nnantima vidhrtanjali/:£\ntathti-so be it; iti-thus accepting the words of Lord Brahma;\nsanakai/:£-very\n\nslowly;\n\nrajan-0\n\nKing\n\nbhiigavata/:t-the\n\ngreat,\n\nexalted\n\ndevotee\n\n(Yudhi�thira);\n(Prahlada\n\nmahti­\n\nMaharaja);\n\narbhaka/:t-although only a small boy; upetya-gradually going near;\nbhuvi-on the ground; ktiyena-by his body; nantima-offered respectful obeisances; vidhrta-anjali/:t-folding his hands.\nTRANSLATION\nNarada Muni continued: 0 King, although the exalted devotee\nPrahlada Maharaja was only a little boy, he accepted Lord Brahmii's\n\n", "SB7.2#p0216": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n188\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nwords. He gradually proceeded toward Lord Nrsi:rithadeva and fell\ndown to offer his respectful obeisances with folded hands.\nTEXTS\n\n!:111\n7'1��\n(Ctql�{e\n\n�\n'i·��\n\n<:'\n\n•\n\n�\n\nfctJ\\CJq ��: '§� q�:\na�tncq ��'lmi((� �1411'31\n��Rsr�� ��II'-\\ llj\nsva-pada-mule patitarh tam arbhakam\nvilokya deva/_1. krpaya paripluta/_1.\nutthiipya tac-chir�r:tY adadhiit karambujarh\nkaliihi-vitrasta-dhiyarh krtabhayam\nsva-pada-mule-at His lotus feet; patitam-fallen; tam-him\n(Prahlada Maharaja}; arbhakam-only a little boy; vilokya-seeing;\ndeva/_1.-Lord N.rsimhadeva; krpaya-out of His causeless mercy;\nparipluta/_1.-very much affiicted (in ecstasy); utthiipya- raising; tatsir�r:ti-on his head; adadhiit-placed; kara-ambujam-His lotus hand;\nkala-ahi-of the deadly snake of time, (which can cause immediate\ndeath); vit rasta afraid; dhiyam-to all of those whose minds; krtaabhayam-which causes fearlessness.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Nrsirilhadeva saw the small boy Prahliida Maharaja\n\nprostrated at the soles of His lotus feet, He became most ecstatic in\n\naffection toward His devotee. Raising Prahlada, the Lord placed\n\nHis lotus hand upon the boy's head because His hand is always\nready to create fearlessness in all of His devotees.\nPURPORT\n\nThe necessities of the material world are four-ahara, nidra, bhaya\nand maithuna (eating, sleeping, defending and mating). In this material\nworld, everyone is in fearful consciousness (sadii samudvigna-dhiyam),\nand the only means to make everyone fearless is K.r�1.1a consciousness.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0217": "Text6]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n189\n\nWhen Lord Nrsirhhadeva appeared, all the devotees became fearless. The\ndevotee's hope of becoming fearless is to chant the holy name of Lord\nNrsirhhadeva. Yato yato yami tato nrsimha/:t: wherever we go, we must\nalways think of Lord Nrsirhhadeva. Thus there will be no fear for the devotee of the Lord.\n\nTEXT6\n\nij�(��IRCiel�¥1:\n«qqf¥1�'tfi'«R��i(:\n�qV � f.Ji(l) �\n�=q�:\nf#i'I(��Jl�wt: II � II\n�\n\nsa tat-kara-sparsa-dhutakhiliiSubha/:t\nsapady abhivyakta-pariitma-darsana/:t\ntat-piida-padmam hrdi nirvrto dadhau\nhr$yat-tanu/:t klinna-hrd-a5ru-locana/:t\nsa/:t-he (Prahlada Maharaja); tat-kara-sparsa-because of being\ntouched on the head by the lotus hand of Nrsirhhadeva; dhuta-being\ncleansed; akhila-all; a§ubha/:t-inauspiciousness or material desires;\nsapadi-immediately; abhivyakta-manifested; para-iitma-darsana/:trealization\n\nof the Supreme Soul\n\n(spiritual knowledge);\n\ntat-piida­\n\npadmam-Lord Nrsimhadeva's lotus feet; hrdi-within the core of the\nheart;\n\nnirvrta/:t-full\n\nof\n\ntranscendental\n\nbliss;\n\ndadhau-captured;\n\nhr$yat-tanu/:t-having transcendental ecstatic bliss manifested in the\nbody;\n\nklinna-hrt-whose heart was softened due to transcendental\n\necstasy; a5ru-locana/:t-with tears in his eyes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy\n\nthe\n\ntouch\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nNrsirilhadeva's\n\nhand\n\non\n\nPrahlida\n\nMaharaja's head, Prahlida was completely freed of all material contaminations and desires, as if he had been thoroughly cleansed.\nTherefore he at once became transcendentally situated, and all the\nsymptoms of ecstasy became manifest in his body. His heart filled\nwith love, and his eyes with tears, and thus he was able to\n\n", "SB7.2#p0218": "190\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto7, Ch. 9\n\ncompletely capture the lotus feet of the Lord within the core of his\n\nheart.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (14.26):\n\nmiim ca yo 'vyabhicarer:w\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gu�n saTTULtityaitan\nbrahTTUL-bhilyaya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in\nany circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and\n\nthus comes to the level of Brahman.\" Elsewhere in Bhagavad-gita (9.32)\nthe Lord says:\n\nmiim hi partha vyapasritya\nye 'pi syu/:t piipa-yo naya/:t\nstriyo vaiSyas tatha sildras\nte 'pi yanti param gatim\n\"0 son of P.rtha, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower\nbirth-women, vaiSyas [merchants], as well as sildras [workers]-can\napproach the supreme destination.\"\nOn the strength of these verses from Bhagavad-gita, it is evident that\nalthough Prahlada Maharaja was born in a demoniac family and although\nvirtually demoniac blood flowed within his body, he was cleansed of all\nmaterial bodily contamination because of his exalted position as a devotee. In other words, such impediments on the spiritual path could not\nstop him from progressing, for he was directly in touch with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Those who are physically and mentally\ncontaminated by atheism cannot be situated on the transcendental platform, but as soon as one is freed from material contamination he is immediately fit to be situated in devotional service.\nTEXT7\n\n3f�iRf.tRlt�R+t'l�U Wi+tl�: I\n�'tiiJ:'='�I CfRT 6ft'a4(ijft'='�: II \\9 II\n\n", "SB7.2#p0219": "Text 8]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n191\n\nastaU$id dharim ekagramanasii susamahita/:1prema-gadgadaya viica\ntan-nyasta-hrdaye�ar:La/:1astaU$it-he began to offer prayers; harim-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ekagra-manasa-the mind being completely fixed\nupon the lotus feet of the Lord; su-samahita/:1--very attentive (without\ndiversion to any other subject); prema-gadgadaya-faltering because of\nfeeling transcendental bliss; viicii-with a voice; tat-nyasta-being fully\n\ndedicated to Him (Lord Nrsimhadeva); hrdaya-i�ar:z,a/:1--with heart and\nsight.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlada\n\nMaharaja\n\nfixed\n\nhis\n\nmind\n\nand\n\nsight\n\nupon\n\nLord\n\nN:rsirilhadeva with full attention in complete trance. With a fixed\nmind, he began to offer prayers in love with a faltering voice.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word susamahita/:1- means \"very attentive\" or \"fully fixed.\" The\n\nyoga-siddhi, mysSrimad-Bhagavatam (12.13.1),\ndhyaniivasthita-tad-gatena manasa pa§yanti yam yogina/:1-. One attains\n\nability to fix the mind in this way is a result of\ntic perfection.\n\nAs\n\nit is stated in\n\nyogic perfection when he is freed from all material diversions and his\nmind is fixed upon the lotus feet of the Lord. This is called\n\nsamiidhi or\n\ntrance. Prahlada Maharaja attained that stage beyond the senses. Because\nhe was engaged in service, he felt transcendentally situated, and\nnaturally his mind and attention became saturated in transcendence. In\nthat condition, he began to offer his prayers as follows.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0220": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n192\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nsri-prahriida uvaca\n\nbrahmiidaya/:t sura-gaT}Ai munayo 'tha siddha/:t\nsattvaikatana-gatayo vacasarh pravahai/:t\nnariidhiturh puru-guT,ULir adhunapi pipru/:t\nkim to�tum arhati sa me harir ugra-jate/:t\nsri-prahriida/:t uvaca-Prahlada Maharaja prayed; brahma-iidaya/:t­\n\nheaded by Lord Brahma; sura-gaT}Ai/:t-the inhabitants of the upper\n\nplanetary systems; munaya/:t-the great saintly persons; atha-as well\n(like the four Kumiiras and others); siddha/:t-who have attained perfec­\n\ntion or\n\nfull\n\nknowledge;\n\nsattva-to\n\nspiritual\n\nexistence;\n\nekatana­\n\ngataya/:t-who have taken without diversion to any material activities;\nvacasam-of descriptions or words; pravahai/:t-by streams; na-not;\nariidhitum-to\n\nsatisfy;\n\npuru-guT,ULi/:t-although\n\nfully\n\nqualified;\n\nadhuna-until now; api-even; pipru/:t-were able; kim-whether;\n\nto�tum-to become pleased; arhati-is able; sa/:t-He (the Lord); me­\n\nmy; hari/:t-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ugra-jate/:t-who am\n\nborn in an asuric family.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlada Maharaja prayed: How is it possible for me, who have\n\nbeen horn in a family of asuras, to offer suitable prayers to satisfy\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead? Even until now, all the\ndemigods, headed by Lord Brahmii, and all the saintly persons,\n\ncould not satisfy the Lord by streams of excellent words, although\nsuch persons are very qualified, being in the mode of goodness.\n\nThen what is to be said of me? I am not at all qualified.\nPURPORT\n\nA Vai!?Qava who is fully qualified to serve the Lord still thinks himself\n\nextremely low while offering prayers to the Lord.\n\nFor example,\n\nKr!?Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, the author of Caitanya-caritamrta, says:\njagai madhai haite muiii se pap�!ha\npu�era ki!a haite muiii se lagh�!ha\n\n(Cc. Adi 5.205)\n\n", "SB7.2#p0221": "Text 9]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n193\n\nThus he considers himself unqualified, lower than the worms in stool,\n\nand more sinful than Jagai and Madhai. A pure Vai�I;tava actually thinks\n\nof himself in this way. Similarly, although Prahlada Maharaja was a\npure, exalted Vai�Qava, he thought himself most unqualified to offer\n\nprayers to the Supreme Lord. Mahiijano yena gata/:t sa panthii/:t. Every\n\npure Vai�Qava should think like this. One should not be falsely proud of\n\nhis Vai�I;tava qualifications. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has therefore instructed us:\n\ntrr:uid api sunicena\ntaror iva sah�r:tunii\narniinina rniinadena\nkirtaniya/:t sada hari/:t\n\"One should chant the holy name of the Lord in a humble state of mind,\n\nthinking oneself lower than the straw in the street; one should be more\n\ntolerant than a tree, devoid of all sense of false prestige and should be\n\nready to offer all respect to others. In such a state of mind one can chant\nthe holy name of the Lord constantly.\" Unless one is meek and humble,\nto make progress in spiritual life is very difficult.\n\nmanye dhanabhijana-rilpa-tapa/:t-srutaujasleja/:t-prabhava-bala-paur�a-buddhi-yoga/:t\nnaradhanaya hi bhavanti parasya purhso\nbhaktya tuto�a bhagavan gaja-yutha-paya\nmanye-1 consider; dhana-riches; abhijana -aristocratic family;\n\nrilpa-personal\n\nbeauty;\n\nstudying the Vedas; oja/:t\n\ntapa/:t-austerity;\n\n-\n\nsruta-knowledge\n\nsensory prowess; leja/:t\n\n-\n\nfrom\n\nbodily effulgence;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0222": "194\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nprab hava-inBuence;\n\nbala-bodily\n\nstrength;\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\npaurft§a-diligence;\n\nbuddhi-intelligence; yoga�-mystic power; na-not; ariidhaniiyafor satisfying; hi-indeed; bhavanti-are; parasya-of the transcendent; purizsa�-Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhaktya-simply by\ndevotional service; tuto�a-was satisfied; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; gaja-yiltha-paya-unto the King of elephants\n(Gajendra).\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nPrahlada Maharaja continued: One may possess wealth, an\n\naristocratic family, beauty, austerity, education, sensory expertise,\n\nluster, influence, physical strength, diligence, intelligence and\nmystic yogic power, but I think that even by all these qualifications\none cannot satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead. However,\n\none can satisfy the Lord simply by devotional service. Gajendra did\nthis, and thus the Lord was satisfied with him.\nPURPORT\n\nNo kind of material qualification is the means for satisfying the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. AB stated in Bhagavad-gita, only by\ndevotional service can the Lord be known ( bhaktya miim abhijaniiti).\nUnless the Lord is pleased by the service of a devotee, the Lord does not\nreveal Himself (niiham prakiiSa� sarvasya yoga-maya-samavrta�). This\nis the verdict of all sastras. Neither by speculation nor by material\nqualifications can one understand or approach the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n� R\\'i:sgul�l((d��Wil+lql((ld�MQ(f41� � � I\n� (li(fif6+i-?t�\"'ti\\mt1�mui�«�WI {1\\R+ilwt: II� oil\n\"'\n\nviprad dvi-�<Uj-gur:ta-yutad aravinda-niibhapadaravinda-vimukhat svapacam var�!ham\nmanye tad-arpita-mano-vacanehitarthaprar:tam puniiti sa kulam na tu bhurimana�\n\n", "SB7.2#p0223": "Prahlida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\nText 10]\n\n195\n\nviprat-than a brahmar:r-a; dvi-$a!-gur:r-a-yutat-qualified with twelve\nbrahminical qualities;* aravinda-nabha-Lord V i�Qu, who has a lotus\ngrowing from His navel; pada-aravinda-to the lotus feet of the Lord;\nvimukhat-not interested in devotional service; sva-pacam-one born\nin a low family, or a dog-eater; vari$tham-more glorious; manye-I\nconsider; tat-arpita-surrendered unto the lotus feet of the Lord;\nmana\"-his mind; vacana-words; ;;hila-every endeavor; arthawealth; prar:r-am-and life; punati-purifies; sa\"-he (the devotee);\nkulam-his family; na-not; tu-but; bhurimana\"-one who falsely\nthinks himself to be in a prestigious position.\nTRANSLATION\nIf a brihma�a has all twelve of the brahminical qualifications [as\nthey are stated in the book called Sanat-sujata] but is not a devotee\nand is averse to the lotus feet of the Lord, he is certainly lower\nthan a devotee who is a dog-eater but who has dedicated everything-mind, words, activities, wealth and life-to the Supreme\nLord. Such a devotee is better than such a brahmaJ.Ia because the\ndevotee\n\ncan\n\npurify his\n\nwhole family,\n\nwhereas\n\nthe so-called\n\nbrih�a in a position of false prestige cannot purify even himself.\nPURPORT\nHere is a statement by Prahlada Maharaja, one of the twelve authorities, regarding the distinction between a devotee and a brahmar:r-a expert\nin karma-kar:r-l)a, or Vedic ritualistic ceremonies. There are four varr:r-as\nand four asramas, which divide human society, but the central principle\nis to become a first-class pure devotee. It is said in the Hari-bhaktisudhodaya:\nbhagavad-bhakti-hinasya\njati\" sastram japas tapa\"\n\n*These are the twelve qualities of a perfect brahmar:uz: following religious principles, speaking truthfully, controlling the senses by undergoing austerities and\npenances, being free from jealousy, being intelligent, being tolerant, creating no\nenemies, performing yajiia, giving charity, being steady, being well versed in\nVedic study, and observing vows.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0224": "196\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\napra�yaiva dehasya\nma�nam loka-ranjanam\n\"If one is born in a high family like that of a brahma�Jn, k$atriya or\nvai.Sya but is not a devotee of the Lord, all his good quali£.cations as a\nbrahma�Jn, k$atriya or vai.Sya are null and void. Indeed, they are considered decorations of a dead body.\"\nIn this verse Prahlada Maharaja speaks of the vipras, the learned\nbrahma�. The learned brahma�Jn is considered best among the divisions of brahma�Jn, k$atriya, vai.Sya and siidra, but a devotee born in a\nlow car:u)iila family is better than such brahma�, not to speak of the\nk$atriyas, vai.Syas and others. A devotee is better than anyone, for he is\nin the transcendental position on the Brahman platform.\nmam ca yo vyabhicarelJ,(L\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa guryiin samatityaitan\nbrahma-bhuyaya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in\nany circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and\nthus comes to the level of Brahman.\" (Bg.\n\n14.26) The twelve qualities of\n\na first-class brahma�Jn, as stated in the book called Sanat-sujata, are as\nfollows:\njnanam ca satyam ca dama/:t srutam ca\nhy amatsaryam hr'is titik$anasuya\nyajnas ca diinam ca dhrti/:t sama§ ca\nmaha-vrata dvadaSa brahma�ya\nThe European and American devotees in the Kr!?l.la consciousness movement are sometimes accepted as brahmarJ.as, but the so-called caste\nbrahma� are very much envious of them. In answer to such envy,\nPrahlada Maharaja says that one who has been born in a brahmarJ.a\nfamily but is falsely proud of his prestigious position cannot even purify\nhimself, not to speak of his family, whereas if a car:u)iila, a lowborn person, is a devotee and has fully surrendered unto the lotus feet of the\nLord, he can purify his entire family. We have had actual experience of\n\n", "SB7.2#p0225": "Prahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\nText II]\n\n197\n\nhow Americans and Europeans, because of their full Kr!?I:Ia consciousness, have purified their whole families, so much so that a mother of a\ndevotee, at the time of her death, inquired about Kr!?I:Ia with her last\nbreath. Therefore it is theoretically true and has been practically proven\nthat a devotee can give the best service to his family, his community, his\nsociety and his nation. The foolish accuse a devotee of following the principle of escapism, but actually the fact is that a devotee is the right person to elevate his family. A devotee engages everything in the service of\nthe Lord, and therefore he is always exalted.\nTEXT 11\n\n��:��1\n� iif\"U�PI�: �oft� I\n� �rit �ij f� �\niji!Ql�+i� !lktQ(CI� � ��: II��II\nnaiviitmanab, prabhur ayarh nija-liibha-pilrr:to\nmiinarh janiid avidi.L$(lb, karulJ-0 vrr:tite\nyad yaj jano bhagavate vidadhita miinarh\ntac ciitmane prati-mukhasya yathii mukha-srib,\n\nna-nor;\n\neva-certainly;\n\niitmanab,-for\n\nHis\n\npersonal\n\nbenefit;\n\nprabhub,-Lord; ayam-this; nija-labha-pilrr:tab--is always satisfied in\nHimself (He does not need to be satisfied by the service of others);\nmiinam-respect; janiit-from a person; avidU$ab,-who does not know\nthat the aim of life is to please the Supreme Lord; karur:tab--(the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead), who is so kind to this foolish, ignorant\nperson;\n\nvrr:tite-accepts;\n\nyat\n\nyat-whatever;\n\njanab,-a\n\nperson;\n\nbhagavate-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vidadhita-may\noffer; miinam-worship; tat-that; ca-indeed; iitmane-for his own\nbenefit; prati-mukhasya-of the reflection of the face in the mirror;\nyathii-just as; mukha-srib,-the decoration of the face.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is always fully satisfied in Himself. Therefore when something is\n\n", "SB7.2#p0226": "198\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\noffered to Him, the offering, by the Lord's mercy, is for the\n\nbenefit of the devotee, for the Lord does not need service from\n\nanyone. To give an example, if one's face is decorated, the reflection of one's face in a mirror is also seen to be decorated.\nPURPORT\n\nIn bhakti-yoga it is recommended that a devotee follow nine principles: sravaiJllm kirtanam v��b. smaraiJllm pada-sevanaml arcanam\n\nvandanam diisyam sakhyam iitma-nivedanam. This service of glorifying the Lord by hearing, chanting and so on is not, of course, meant for\nthe benefit of the Lord; this devotional service is recommended for the\nbenefit of the devotee. The Lord is always glorious, whether the devotee\nglorifies Him or not, but if the devotee engages in glorifying the Lord,\nthe devotee himself automatically becomes glorious. Ceto-darJXLIJUmiirjanam bhava-malui-diivagni-nirvaJXLIJllm. By glorifying the Lord\nconstantly, the living entity becomes purified in the core of his heart, and\nthus he can understand that he does not belong to the material world but\nis a spirit soul whose actual activity is to advance in Kn;Qa consciousness\nso that he may become free from the material clutches. Thus the blazing\nfire of material existence is immediately extinguished\n\n( bhava-malui­\n\ndiivagni-nirviiJXLIJllm). A foolish person is amazed that ��Qa orders,\nsarva-dharmiin JXLrilyajya miim ekam saraiJllm vraja: \"Abandon all\nvarieties of religious activities and just surrender unto Me.\" Some foolish\nscholars even say that this is too much to demand. But this demand is not\nfor the benefit of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; rather, it is for\nthe benefit of human society. If human beings individually and collectively surrender everything to the Supreme Personality of Godhead in\nfull ��Qa consciousness, all of human society will benefit. One who does\nnot dedicate everything to the Supreme Lord is described in this verse as\n\navid�a, a rascal. In Bhagavad-gitii (7.15), the Lord Himself speaks in\nthe same way:\n\nna miim d�krtino mii41uift\npraJXLdyante nariidhamiib,\nmiiyayiiJXLhrta-jfiiinii\niisuram bluivam asritab,\n\n\"Those miscreants who are grossly foolish, lowest among mankind,\nwhose knowledge is stolen by illusion, and who partake of the atheistic\n\n", "SB7.2#p0227": "Text 12]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n199\n\nnature of demons, do not surrender unto Me.\" Because of ignorance and\nmisfortune, the atheists and the naradhamas, the lowest of men, do not\nsurrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore although\nthe Supreme Lord, Kr!?Qa, is full in Himself, He appears in different\nyugas to demand the surrender of the conditioned souls so that they will\nbenefit by becoming free from the material clutches. In conclusion, the\nmore we engage in Kr!?Qa consciousness and render service unto the\nLord, the more we benefit. Kr!?Qa does not need service from any of us.\nTEXT 12\n·\n\n(14tiC\\' fct•lijRtfiif ��\n6'4t�+tW1T qft�WP'I?.tlflw:tlt( I\n;fF:it� go1Ne•hf�S1�!:\n� � ft �·Wit�� ������\n\ntasmiid aham vigata-viklava iSvarasya\nsarviilmanti mahi grr:uimi yatha mani$am\nnico 'jaya gur:w-visargam anuprav�!al.t\npuyeta yena hi pumiin anuvarr:tilena\n\ntasmdt-therefore; aham-1; vigata-viklaval_t-having given up contemplation of being unfit; iSvarasya-of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; sarva-atmanii-in full surrender; mahi-glory; grr:tami-1\nshall chant or describe; yatha mani$am-according to my intelligence;\nnica/.t-although lowborn (my father being a great demon, devoid of all\ngood qualities); ajaya-because of ignorance; gur:w-visargam-the material world (wherein the living entity takes birth according to the contamination of the modes of nature); anuprav�!a/.t-entered into;\npuyeta-may be purified; yena-by which (the glory of the Lord); hiindeed; pumiin-a person; anuvarr:tilena-being chanted or recited.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, although I was born in a demoniac family, I may\nwithout a doubt offer prayers to the Lord with full endeavor, as far\nas my intelligence allows. Anyone who has been forced by\n\n", "SB7.2#p0228": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n200\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nignorance to enter the material world may be purified of material\nlife if he offers prayers to the Lord and hears the Lord's glories.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is clearly understood that a devotee does not need to be born in a\nvery high family, to be rich, to be aristocratic or to be very beautiful.\nNone of these qualifications will engage one in devotional service. With\ndevotion one should feel, \"God is great, and I am very small. Therefore\nmy duty is to offer my prayers to the Lord.\" Only on this basis can one\nunderstand and render service to the Lord. As the Lord says in\n\nBhagavad-gua (18.55):\nbhaktya mam abhijanati\nyavan ya.S ciismi tattvata/:t\ntato mam tattvato jiiiitva\nviSate tad-anantaram\n\"One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is only by devotional service. And when one is in full consciousness of the Supreme\nLord by such devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of God.\" Thus\nPrahlada Maharaja decided to offer his best prayers to the Lord, without\nconsideration of his material position.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n� �'T ftN�(t{(let �\niUAti(��q;r��: I\n�N � �(tl�ij(CCI!t �\nfcrstl� �m �(ti461(: II�� II\nsarve hy ami vidhi-kariis tava sattva-dhamno\nbrahmadayo vayam ivesa na codvijanta/:t\n�emaya bhutaya utatma-sukhaya ciisya\nvikrU)itam bhagavato mciravatarai/:t\nsarve-all; hi-certainly; ami-these; vidhi-kara/:t-executors of orders; tava- Your; sattva-d hamna/:t\n\n-\n\nbeing always situated in the tran-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0229": "Text 14]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n201\n\nscendental world; brahma-adayab,-the demigods, headed by Lord\nBrahma; vayam-we; iva-like; iSa-0 my Lord; na-not; ca-and;\nudvijantab,-who are afraid (of Your fearful appearance); �emiiya-for\nthe protection; bhataye-for the increase; uta-it is said; almasukhaya-for personal satisfaction by such pastimes; ca-also; asyaof this (material world); vikr-f4itam-manifested; bhagavatab,-o£ Your\nLordship; rucira-very pleasing; avataraib,-by Your incarnations.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, all the demigods, headed by Lord Brahma, are sincere servants of Your Lordship, who are situated in a transcendental position. Therefore they are not like us\n\n[ Prahlada and his\n\nfather, the demon Hira�yakasipu] . Your appearance in this fearsome form is Your pastime for Your own pleasure. Such an incarnation is always meant for the protection and improvement of the\nuniverse.\nPURPORT\n\nPrahlada Maharaja wanted to assert that his father and the other members of his family were all unfortunate because they were demoniac,\nwhereas the devotees of the Lord are always fortunate because they are\nalways ready to follow the orders of the Lord. When the Supreme Lord\nappears in this material world in His various incarnations, He performs\ntwo functions-saving the devotee and vanquishing the demon\n(paritrar_liiya sadhunarh vinasaya ca d�krtam). Lord N:rsirilhadeva, for\nexample, appeared for the protection of His devotee. Such pastimes as\nthose of N:rsimhadeva are certainly not meant to create a fearful situation\nfor the devotees, but nonetheless the devotees, being very simple and\nfaithful, were afraid of the fierce incarnation of the Lord. Therefore\nPrahlada Maharaja, in the following prayer, requests the Lord to give up\nHis anger.\nTEXT 14\n\n������\n\n� � '�W�l I\n�� r..trar�: srRP:rfw:(l �\n����i:(4lt:� 11�\\lll\n\n", "SB7.2#p0230": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n202\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\ntad yaccha manyum asura.S ca hatas tvayadya\nmodeta sadhur api vrscika-sarpa-hatyii\nlokiiS ca nirvrtim itab, pratiyanti sarve\nrupam nrsimha vibhayaya janab, smaranti\n\ntat-therefore;\n\nyaccha-kindly give up;\n\nmanyum-Your anger;\n\nasurab,-my father, Hirai).yakasipu, the great demon; ca-also; hatab,killed; tvaya-by You; adya-today; modeta-take pleasure; sadhub,\napi-even a saintly person; vrscika-sarpa-hatya-by killing a snake or a\nscorpion;\n\nlokiib,-all the\n\nplanets;\n\nca-indeed;\n\nnirvrtim-pleasure;\n\nitab,-have achieved; pratiyanti-are waiting (for pacification of Your\nanger); sarve-all of them;\n\nrilpam-this form;\n\nnrsimha-0 Lord\n\nN:rsimhadeva; vibhayaya-for mitigating their fear; janiib,-all the\npeople of the universe; smaranti-will remember.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord N.rsimhadeva, please, therefore, cease Your anger now\n\nthat my father, the great demon Hirru;tyaka8ipu, has been killed.\nSince even saintly persons take pleasure in the killing of a scor­\n\npion or a snake, all the worlds have achieved great satisfaction be­\n\ncause of the death of this demon. Now they are confident of their\n\nhappiness, and they will always remember Your auspicious incarnation in order to he free from fear.\n\nPURPORT\nThe most important point in this verse is that although saintly persons\nnever desire the killing of any living entity, they take pleasure in the\nkilling\n\nof\n\nenvious\n\nliving\n\nentities\n\nlike\n\nsnakes\n\nand\n\nscorpions.\n\nHirai).yakasipu was killed because he was worse than a snake or a scorpion, and therefore everyone was happy. Now there was no need for the\nLord to be angry. The devotees can always remember the form of\nN:rsimhadeva when they are in danger, and therefore the appearance of\nN:rsirhhadeva was not at all inauspicious. The Lord's appearance is always worshipable and auspicious for all sane persons and devotees.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0231": "Text 15)\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n203\n\nTEXT 15\n\nwnt MitQC�� �sRut�litifil�ftii§i�9t�m¥�«1SI(�i€(\n\n�ij�(fi�(4:11�-ffli!(CIISI€( II� �II\n\n311;s('l\\�{:\n\nniiham bibhemy ajita te 'tibhayanakiisyajihvarka-netra-bhruku!f-rabhasogra-da�!rdt\nantra-sraja/.t-k$ataja-kesara-sariku-kar�n\nnirhrada-bhfta-digibhiid ari-bhin-nakhagrat\nna-not; aham-1; bibhemi-am afraid; ajita-0 supreme victorious\nperson, who are never conquered by anyone; te-Your; ati-very much;\nbhayanaka-fearful;\n\niis ya -mouth;\n\njihva-tongue; arka-netra-eyes\n\nshining like the sun; bhruku!f-frowning brows; rabhasa-strong;\nugra-da�!rdt-ferocious teeth; dntra-sraja/.t-garlanded by intestines;\n\nk$ataja-bloody;\n\nkesara-manes;\n\nsariku-kar�t-wedgelike\n\nears;\n\nnirhrada-by a roaring sound (caused by You); bhfta-frightened;\ndigibhat-from which even the great elephants; ari-bhit-piercing the\nenemy; nakha agrat-the tips of whose nails.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, who are never conquered by anyone, I am certainly not\nafraid of Your ferocious mouth and tongue, Your eyes bright like\nthe sun or Your frowning eyebrows. I do not fear Your sharp,\npinching teeth, Your garland of intestines, Your mane soaked with\nblood,\n\nor Your\n\nhigh,\n\nwedgelike\n\nears.\n\nNor do I fear Your\n\ntumultuous roaring, which makes elephants flee to distant places,\nor Your nails, which are meant to kill Your enemies.\nPURPORT\nLord N.rsirhhadeva's fierce appearance was certainly most dangerous\nfor the nondevotees, but for Prahlada Maharaja such a fearful appearance was not at all disturbing. The lion is very fearsome for other\n\n", "SB7.2#p0232": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n204\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nanimals, but its cubs are not at all afraid of the lion. The water of the sea\nis certainly dreadful for all living entities on the land, but within the sea\neven the small fish is unafraid. Why? Because the small fish has taken\nshelter of the big ocean. It is said that although great elephants are taken\naway by the flooding waters of the river, the small fish swim opposite the\ncurrent. Therefore although the Lord sometimes assumes a fierce appearance to kill the dU$krns, the devotees worship Him. Ke5ava dhrtanara-hari-rilpa jaya jagadiSa hare. The devotee always takes pleasure in\nworshiping the Lord and glorifying the Lord in any form, either pleasing\nor fierce.\nTEXT 16\n\n�� f)qotct�e� �:m)JJ-\n\n4et<\"titi'M.:� JR«ri�: 1\n\nq: (4€h4fli�ij�'i �e,m{J\n\n!fuitsqct•l�(Uj � � � II� �II\n\ntrasto 'smy aharh krpa�Ja-vatsala du/:I.Sahograsarhsiira-cakra-kadaniid grasatiirh prar:tlta/:t\nbaddha/:t sva-karmabhir u.Sattama te 'nghri-millarh\nprlto 'pavarga-sara!Jarh hvayase kadii nu\ntrasta/:t-frightened; asmi-am; aham-1; krpar:ta-vatsala-0 my\nLord, who are so kind to the fallen souls (who have no spiritual knowledge); du/:l.saha-intolerable; ugra-ferocious; sarhsiira-cakra-of the\ncycle of birth and death; kadaniit-from such a miserable condition;\ngrasatiim-among other conditioned souls, who devour one another;\nprar:tlta/:t-being\n\nthrown;\n\nbaddha/:t-bound;\n\nsva-karmabhi/:t-the\n\ncourse by the reactions of my own activities; u.Sattama-0 great insurmountable; te-Your; arighri-millam-to the soles of the lotus feet;\nprita/:t-being pleased (with me); apavarga-sarar:tam-which are the\nshelter meant for liberation from this horrible condition of material existence; hvayase-You will call (me); kadii-when; nu-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\n0 most powerful, insurmountable Lord, who are kind to the\n\nfallen souls, I have been put into the association of demons as a\n\n", "SB7.2#p0233": "Text 17]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n205\n\nresult of my activities, and therefore I am very much afraid of my\ncondition of life within this material world. When will that\nmoment come when You will call me to the shelter of Your lotus\nfeet, which are the ultimate goal for liberation from conditional\nlife?\nPURPORT\nBeing in the material world is certainly miserable, but certainly when\none is put into the association of asuras, or atheistic men, it is intolerably\nso. One may ask why the living entity is put into the material world. Indeed, sometimes foolish people deride the Lord for having put them\nhere. Actually, everyone is put into conditional life according to his\n\nkarma. Therefore Prahlada Maharaja, representing all the other conditioned souls, admits that he was put into life among the asuras because of\nthe results of his karma. The Lord is known as krpar:ta-vatsala because\nHe is extremely kind to the conditioned souls. As stated in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii, therefore, the Lord appears whenever there are discrepancies in the\n(yada yada hi dharrnasya glanir\nbhavati bharata ... tadatmiinarh srjiimy aham). The Lord is extremely\n\nexecution of religious principles\n\nanxious to deliver the conditioned souls, and therefore He instructs all of\nus to return home, back to Godhead (sarva-dharmiin parityajya miim\nekarh sarar:tarh vraja). Thus Prahlada Maharaja expected that the Lord,\nby His kindness, would call him again to the shelter of His lotus feet. In\nother words, everyone should be eager to return home, back to Godhead,\ntaking shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord and thus being fully trained in\nKr�I)a consciousness.\nTEXT 17\n\n�1Wnfit4�4ht4�·�;:q�i't4ilficwtl Qifit�4\\� ��·n•n 1\n�:� � �Rct+lijPJ\\41(\n��lt(R��.n•r(ll�\\911\nyasmiit priyapriya-viyoga-sarhyoga-janmasokiigninii sakala-yon�u dahyamiina/.t\ndu/.tkha�adharh tad api du/.tkham atad-dhiyaharh\nbhuman bhramiimi vada me lava diisya-yogam\n\n", "SB7.2#p0234": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n206\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nyasmat-because of which (because of existing in the material world);\npriya-pleasing;\n\napriya-not\n\npleasing;\n\nviyoga-by\n\nseparation;\n\nsamyoga-and combination; janma-whose birth; soka-agnina-by the\nfire\n\nof\n\nlamentation;\n\nsakala-yon�u-in\n\nany\n\ntype\n\nof\n\nbody;\n\ndahyamana/:t-being burned; du}:tkha-aWJadham-remedial measures\nfor miserable life; tat-that; api-also; du}:tkham-suffering; a-tatdhiya-by accepting the body as the seU; aham-I; bhuman-0 great\none; bhramami-am wandering (within the cycle of birth and death);\nvada-kindly instruct; me-unto me; tava-Your; dasya-yogam-activities of service.\nTRANSLATION\n0 great one, 0 Supreme Lord, because of combination with\n\npleasing and displeasing circumstances and because of separation\n\nfrom them, one is placed in a most regrettable position, within\n\nheavenly or hellish planets, as if burning in a fire of lamentation.\n\nAlthough there are many remedies by which to get out of misera­\n\nble life, any such remedies in the material world are more misera­\n\nble than the miseries themselves. Therefore I think that the only\n\nremedy is to engage in Your service. Kindly instruct me in such\nservice.\n\nPURPORT\nPrahlada Maharaja aspired to engage in the service of the lotus feet of\nthe Lord. After the death of his father, who was materially very opulent,\nPrahlada would have inherited his father's property, which extended\nthroughout the world, but Prahlada Maharaja was not inclined to accept\nsuch material opulence, for whether one is in the heavenly or hellish\nplanets or is a rich or a poor man's son, material conditions are everywhere. Therefore no condition of life is at all pleasing. If one wants the\nuncontaminated pleasure of blissful life, he must engage himseU in the\ntranscendental loving service of the Lord. Material opulence may be\nsomewhat pleasing for the time being, but to come to that temporary\npleasing condition one must work extremely hard. When a poor man is\nrich he may be better situated, but to come to that position he had to accept many miseries. The fact is that in material life, whether one is\nmiserable or happy, both conditions are miserable. If one actually wants\n\n", "SB7.2#p0235": "Text 18]\n\nPrahlida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n207\n\nhappy, blissful life, one must become Kr��a conscious and constantly\nengage in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. That is the real\nremedy. The entire world is under the illusion that people will be happy\nby advancing in materialistic measures to counteract the miseries of conditional life, but this attempt will never be successful. Humanity must be\ntrained to engage in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. That is\nthe purpose of the Kr�I;Ia consciousness movement. There can be no happiness in changing one's material conditions, for everywhere there is\ntrouble and misery.\nTEXT 18\n\n�fir� ��: qWt<tlttl\n�'\\el�l(ijq � AA!ii�Rn: 1\n31StR6a���lUI gurfcl� ij q((�•IR�t(1Qf: II� �II\n...\n\nso 'ham priyasya suhrda/:1- paradevatiiyii\nlfla-kathiis tava nrsimha virinca-gitii/:1anjas titarmy anugr�an gu�-vipramukto\ndurga�i te pada-yugalaya-hamsa-satiga/:1sa/:1--that; aham-I (Prahlada Maharaja); priyasya-of the dearmost; suhrda/:1--well-wisher; paradevatiiyii/:1--of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; lilii-kathii/:1--narrations of the pastimes; tavaYour; nrsimha-0 my Lord Nrsimhadeva; virinca-gitii/:1--given by Lord\nBrahma by the disciplic succession; anja/:1--easily; titarmi-I shall\ncross; anugr�n-constantly describing; gu�-by the modes of material\n\nnature;\n\nvipramukta/:1--specifically\n\nbeing\n\nuncontaminated;\n\ndurgii�i-all miserable conditions of life; te-of You; pada-yugaiilaya-fully absorbed in meditation on the lotus feet; hamsa-satiga/:1-having the association of the hamsas, or liberated persons (who have no\nconnection with material activities).\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord N:rsimhadeva, by engaging in Your transcendental\nloving service in the association of devotees who are liberated\n\n", "SB7.2#p0236": "208\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nsouls (haritsas], I shall become completely uncontaminated by the\n\nassociation of the three modes of material nature and be able to\n\nchant the glories of Your Lordship, who are so dear to me. I shall\n\nchant Your glories, following exactly in the footsteps of Lord\nBrahmi and his disciplic succession. In this way I shall undoubtedly be able to cross the ocean of nescience.\n\nPURPORT\nA devotee's life and duty are very well explained herein. As soon as a\ndevotee can chant the holy name and glories of the Supreme Lord, he\ncertainly comes to the liberated position. Attachment for glorifying the\nLord by hearing and chanting the holy name and activities of the Lord\n\n(srava�m kirtanam v��!t) certainly brings one to the position where\nmaterial contamination is absent. One should chant the bona fide songs\nreceived from the disciplic succession. In Bhagavad-gita it is said that\nthe chanting is powerful when one follows the disciplic succession (evam\n\nparampard-prdptam imam rdjar�ayo vidub,). Manufacturing many ways\nof chanting will never be effective. However, chanting the song or the\nnarration left by the previous\n\nacaryas (mahajarw yena gata/:t sa\n\npantha/:t} is extremely effective, and this process is very easy. Therefore\nin this verse Prahlada Maharaja uses the word anja/:t (\"easily\"). Accepting the thoughts of exalted authorities through disciplic succession is certainly much easier than the method of mental speculation, by which one\ntries to invent some means to understand the Absolute Truth. The best\nprocess is to accept the instructions of the previous acaryas and follow\nthem. Then God realization and self-realization become extremely easy.\nBy following this easy method, one is liberated from the contamination of\nthe material modes of nature, and thus one can certainly cross the ocean\nof nescience, in which there are many miserable conditions. By following\nin the footsteps of the great acaryas, one associates with the hamsas or\n\nparamahamsas, those who are completely freed from material contamination. Indeed, by following the instructions of the acaryas one is always freed from all material contamination, and thus one's life becomes\nsuccessful, for one reaches the goal of life. This material world is miserable, regardless of one's standard of life. Of this there is no doubt. Attempts to mitigate the miseries of material existence by material methods\nwill never be successful. One must take to l<.r!?�a consciousness to become\n\n", "SB7.2#p0237": "Text 19]\n\nPrahlida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n209\n\nreally happy; otherwise happiness is impossible. One might say that becoming advanced in spiritual life also involves tapasya, voluntary acceptance of some inconvenience. However, such inconvenience is not as\ndangerous as material attempts to mitigate all miseries.\nTEXT 19\n\n���rm�\n• \"'4141((W\\;qRf �.U:\n� 6diRffCi� ('It!'�!� Rlit�af��Nt<�IWfl'( l����\nbalasya neha sara�J-Urh pitarau nrsimha\nniirtasya cagadam udanvati majjato naul;,\ntaptasya tat-pratividhir ya ihaiijase�fas\ntavad vibho tanu-bhrtarh tvad-upek$itaniim\nbalasya-of a little child; na-not; iha-in this world; sara�J-Umshelter (protection); pitarau-the father and mother; nrsirhha-0 my\nLord N�;sirilhadeva; na-neither; artasya-of a person suffering from\nsome disease; ca-also; agadam-medicine; udanvati-in the water of\nthe ocean; majjatal;,-of a person who is drowning; naul;,-the boat;\ntaptasya-of a person suffering from a condition of material misery; tatpratividhi/:t-the counteraction (invented for stopping the suffering of\nmaterial existence); yal;,-that which; iha-in this material world;\nafijasa-very easily; �!a/:t-accepted (as a remedy); tavat-similarly;\nvibho-0 my Lord, 0 Supreme; tanu-bhrtam-of the living entities who\nhave accepted material bodies; tvat-upek$itaniim-who are neglected by\nYou and not accepted by You.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord Nrsirithadeva, 0 Supreme, because of a bodily conception of life, embodied souls neglected and not cared for by You\ncannot do anything for their betterment. Whatever remedies they\naccept, although perhaps temporarily beneficial, are certainly impermanent. For example, a father and mother cannot protect their\n\n", "SB7.2#p0238": "210\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nchild, a physician and medicine cannot relieve a suffering patient,\nand a boat on the ocean cannot protect a drowning man.\n\nPURPORT\nThrough parental care, through remedies for different kinds of disease, and through means of protection on the water, in the air and on\nland, there is always an endeavor for relief from various kinds of suffering in the material world, but none of them are guaranteed measures for\nprotection. They may be beneficial temporarily, but they afford no permanent benefit. Despite the presence of a father and mother, a child cannot be protected from accidental death, disease and various other\nmiseries. No one can help, including the parents. Ultimately the shelter\nis the Lord, and one who takes shelter of the Lord is protected. This is\nguaranteed. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii (9.31), kaunteya\npratijiinihi na me bhakta/:t pra1)ciyati: \"0 son of Kunti, declare it boldly\nthat My devotee never perishes.\" Therefore, unless one is protected by\nthe mercy of the Lord, no remedial measure can act effectively. One\nshould consequently depend fully on the causeless mercy of the Lord. Although as a matter of routine duty one must of course accept other\nremedial measures, no one can protect one who is neglected by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In this material world, everyone is trying to counteract the onslaught of material nature, but everyone is\nultimately fully controlled by material nature. Therefore even though\nso-called philosophers and scientists try to surmount the onslaught of\nmaterial nature, they have not been able to do so. Kr!?Q.a says in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (13.9) that the real sufferings of the material world are\nfour-janma-mrtyu-jarii-vyiidhi (birth, death, old age and disease). In\nthe history of the world, no one has been successful in conquering these\nmiseries imposed by material nature. Prakrte/:t kriyamii1J(ini gurJai/:t kar­\n\nmiir:ti sarva.Sa/:t. Nature (prakrti) is so strong that no one can overcome\nher stringent laws. So-called scientists, philosophers, religionists and\npoliticians should therefore conclude that they cannot offer facilities to\nthe people in general. They should make vigorous propaganda to awaken\nthe populace and raise them to the platform of Kr!?Q.a consciousness. Our\nhumble attempt to propagate the Kr!?Q.a consciousness movement all over\nthe world is the only remedy that can bring about a peaceful and happy\nlife. We can never be happy without the mercy of the Supreme Lord\n\n", "SB7.2#p0239": "Text 20]\n\nPrahlida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n211\n\n(tvad-upek$itanam). If we keep displeasing our supreme father, we shall\n\nnever be happy within this material world, in either the upper or lower\nplanetary systems.\nTEXT 20\n\n�Att4fl � it-1 :q � �\n��� ��q(: qUC(l\nll'N: ��fa' �iifi(<4¥1N:\n�911R€1(ij(f{q� lm{: (<4�q� ll�o II\n....\n\nyasmin yato yarhi yena ca yasya yasmiid\nyasmai yatha yad uta yas tv apara/.1- paro vii\nbhava/.1- karoti vikaroti prthak svabhava/.1saiicoditas tad akhilarh bhavata/.1- svarilpam\nyasmin-in any condition of life;\n\nyata/.1--because of anything;\n\nyarhi-at any time (past, present or future); yena-by something; caalso; yasya-in relationship with anyone; yasmat-from any causal\nrepresentative; yasmai-unto anyone (without discrimination in regard\nto place, person or time); yatha-in any manner; yat-whatever it may\nbe; uta-certainly; ya/.1--anyone who; tu-but; apara/.1--the other;\npara/.1--the supreme; vii -or; bhava/.1--being; karoti-does; vikarotichanges; prthak-separate; svabhava/.1--nature (under the influence of\ndifferent modes of material nature); sancodita/.1--being influenced;\ntat-that; akhilam-all; bhavata/.1--of Your Lordship; svarilpam­\n\nemanated from Your different energies.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, everyone in this material world is under the\nmodes of material nature, being influenced by goodness, passion\nand ignorance. Everyone-from the greatest personality, Lord\nBrahmi, down to the small ant-works under the influence of\nthese modes. Therefore everyone in this material world is influenced by Your energy. The cause for which they work, the place\nwhere they work, the time when they work, the matter due to\nwhich they work, the goal of life they have considered final, and\n\n", "SB7.2#p0240": "212\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nthe process for obtaining this goal-all are nothing but manifesta­\n\ntions of Your energy. In deed, since the energy and energetic are\n\nidentical, all of them are but manifestations of You.\n\nPURPORT\nWhether one thinks himself protected by his parents, by the government, by some place or by some other cause, everything is due to the\nvarious potencies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Everything\nthat is done, whether in the higher, middle or lower planetary systems, is\ndue to the supervision or control of the Supreme Lord. It is therefore\nsaid, karmar:uJ, daiva-netrery,a jantur dehopapattaye. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Supersoul within the core of everyone's heart,\ngives inspirations for action according to one's mentality. All of these\nmentalities are merely facilities given by l(r�Qa to the person acting.\nBhagavad-gitti therefore says, matta/:1, smrtir jnanam apohanam ca:\neveryone works according to the inspiration given by the Supersoul. Because everyone has a different goal of life, everyone acts differently, as\nguided by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThe words yasmin yato yarhi yena ca yasya yasmat indicate that all\nactivities, whatever they may be, are but different features of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. All of them are created by the living\nentity and fulfilled by the mercy of the Lord. Although all such activities\nare nondifferent from the Lord, the Lord nonetheless directs, sarvadharman parityajya mam ekam sarary,am vraja: \"Give up all other\nduties and surrender unto Me.\" When we accept this direction from the\nLord, we can actually become happy. As long as we work according to our\nmaterial senses we are in material life, but as soon as we act according to\nthe real, transcendental direction of the Lord, our position is spiritual.\nThe activities of bhakti, devotional service, are directly under the control\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Narada-paiicaratra states:\n\nsarvopadhi-vinirmuktam\ntat-paratvena nirmalam\nhr$ikery,a hr$ikesasevanam bhaktir ucyate\n\n", "SB7.2#p0241": "Text 21]\n\nPrahliida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n213\n\nWhen one gives up materially designated positions and works directly\nunder the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one's spiritual life is\nrevived. This is described as svanlpena avasthiti, being situated in one's\noriginal constitutional position. This is the real description of mukti, or\nliberation from material bondage.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n� I{WI: � d'Pi �:\n\n� �ra.6gun�qij-. �: 1\niJ;(l¥44 �(GI�lfii6wft6�il(\n4('(1Nifi&t:;jf citsRI6�i:t�: II�� II\nmaya manab, srjati karmama yam baliyab,\nkalena codita-gur_Uinumatena pumsab,\nchandomayam yad ajayarpita-$cxjaSaram\nsamsara-cakram aja ko 'titaret tvad-anyab,\nmaya-the external energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nmanab,-the\n\nmind;*\n\nsuah-creates;\n\nkarma-mayam-producing\n\nhundreds and thousands of desires and acting accordingly; bal;;yab,-extremely powerful, insurmountable; kalena-by time; codita-gut:tawhose three modes of material nature are agitated; anumatena-permitted by the mercy of the glance (time); pumsab,-of the plenary portion,\nLord Vi�I}.u, the expansion of Lord Kr�Qa; chandab,-mayam-chieHy influenced by the directions in the Vedas; yat-which ; ajaya-because of\ndark ignorance; arpita-offered; $cxJaSa-sixteen; aram-the spokes;\nsamsara-cakram-the wheel of repeated birth and death in different\nspecies of life; aja-0 unborn Lord; kab,-who (is there); atitaret-able\nto get out; tvat-anyab,-without taking shelter at Your lotus feet.\n\n*The mind is always planning how to remain in the material world and struggle\nfor existence. It is the chief part of the subtle body, which consists of the mind,\nintelligence and false ego.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0242": "214\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, 0 supreme eternal, by expanding Your plenary portion\nYou have created the subtle bodies of the living entities through\nthe agency of Your external energy, which is agitated by time.\nThus the mind entraps the living entity in unlimited varieties of\ndesires to be fulfilled by the Vedic directions of karma-k�«;la\n[fruitive activity] and the sixteen elements. Who can get free from\nthis entanglement unless he takes shelter at Your lotus feet?\n\nPURPORT\nIf the hand of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is present in\neverything, where is the question of being liberated from material encagement to spiritual, blissful life? Indeed, it is a fact that Kr�I).a is the\nsource of everything, as we understand from Kr�I).a Himself in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (aham saroasya prabhava/:t). All the activities in both the\nspiritual and material world are certainly conducted by the orders of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead through the agency of either the material or spiritual nature. As further confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (9.10),\n\nmayiidhyak$er:w prakrti/:t silyate sacaracaram: without the direction of\nthe Supreme Lord, material nature cannot do anything; it cannot act independently. Therefore, in the beginning the living entity wanted to enjoy the material energy, and to give the living entity all facility, Kr�I).a,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, created this material world and\ngave the living entity the facility to concoct different ideas and plans\nthrough the mind. These facilities offered by the Lord to the living entity\nconstitute the sixteen kinds of perverted support in terms of the\nknowledge-gathering senses, the working senses, the mind and the five\nmaterial elements. The wheel of repeated birth and death is created by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, but to direct the bewildered living\nentity in progress toward liberation according to varied stages of advancement, different directions are given in the Vedas (chandomayam).\nIf one wants to be elevated to the higher planetary systems, he may\nfollow the Vedic directions. As the Lord states in Bhagavad-gitii (9.25):\n\nyanti deva-vrata devan\npit[n yanti pitr-vratii/:t\n\n", "SB7.2#p0243": "Text 22]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n215\n\nbhlltani yanti bhutejya\nyanti mad-yajino 'pi miim\n\"Those who worship the demigods will take birth among the demigods;\n\nthose who worship ghosts and spirits will take birth among such beings;\n\nthose who worship ancestors go to the ancestors; and those who worship\nMe will live with Me.\" The real purpose of the Vedas is to direct one back\n\nhome, back to Godhead, but the living entity, not knowing the real goal\n\nof his life, wants to go sometimes here and sometimes there and do some­\n\ntimes this and sometimes that. In this way he wanders throughout the\nentire universe, imprisoned in various species and thus engaging in\nvarious activities for which he must suffer the reactions. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu therefore says:\n\nbrahmiir:u)a bhramite kona bhiigyaviin jiva\nguru-kr�r:w--prasiide paya bhakti-lata-bija\n(Cc. Madhya 19.151)\nThe fallen, conditioned living entity, trapped by the external energy,\n\nloiters in the material world, but if by good fortune he meets a bona fide\nrepresentative of the Lord who gives him the seed of devotional service,\n\nand if he takes advantage of such a guru, or representative of God, he\nreceives the bhakti-lata-bija, the seed of devotional service. If he prop­\n\nerly cultivates l<.r�I;ta consciousness, he is then gradually elevated to the\n\nspiritual world. The ultimate conclusion is that one must surrender to the\n\nprinciples of bhakti-yoga, for then one will gradually attain liberation.\n\nNo other method of liberation from the material struggle is at all possi­\n\nble.\n\nTEXT 22\n� �� ft f.t€tl�f�Rt�: �m\n\ncmt4�t<��q�tNQ•i�Mi: I\n� �qt!'i��� tft'Sijl�\nf.tGc{16ii¥{1W1844A Fflft � ������\nsa tvarh hi nitya-vijitiitma-gur:w-/:1. sva-dhiimnii\nkiilo va5i-krta-visrjya-visarga-sakti/:l.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0244": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n216\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\ncakre vis-mam ajayesvara �cx;la.Siire\nni§pU;lyamiinam upakar�a vibho prapannam\nsalt-that one (the supreme independent person who, through His external energy, has created the material mind, which is the cause of all\nsuffering in this material world); tvam-You (are); hi-indeed; nityaeternally; vijita-iitma-conquered; gu�!t-whose property of the intelligence; sva-dhiimnii-by Your personal spiritual energy; kiila!t-the\ntime element (which creates and annihilates); va5i-krta-brought under\nYour control;\n\nvisr.jya-by which all effects; visarga-and causes;\nsakti!t-the energy; cakre-in the wheel of time (the repetition of birth\nand death); vismam-being thrown; ajayii-by Your external energy,\nthe mode of ignorance; iSvara-0 supreme controller; �cx;la.Sa-are-with\nsixteen spokes (the five material elements, the ten senses, and the leader\nof the senses, namely the mind);\n\nni§pU;lyamiinam-being crushed\n\n(under that wheel); upakar�a-kindly take me (to the shelter of Your\nlotus feet);\n\nvibho-0 supreme great; prapannam-who am fully sur­\n\nrendered unto You.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, 0 supreme great, You have created this materiai\n\nworld of sixteen constituents, but You are transcendental to their\n\nmaterial qualities. In other words, these material qualities are\n\nunder Your full control, and You are never conquered by them.\n\nTherefore the time element is Your representation. My Lord, 0\nSupreme, no one can conquer You. As for me, however, I am being\n\ncrushed by the wheel of time, and therefore I surrender fully unto\nYou. Now kindly take me under the protection of Your lotus feet.\nPURPORT\nThe wheel of material miseries is also a creation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but He is not under the control of the material energy. Rather, He is the controller of the material energy, whereas we, the\nliving entities, are under its control. When we give up our constitutional\npositiop.\n\n(jivera 'svarilpa' haya-kr�r:tera 'nitya-diisa ), the Supreme\n'\n\nPersonality of Godhead creates this material energy and her influence\n\n", "SB7.2#p0245": "Text 22]\n\nPrahliida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n217\n\nover the conditioned soul. Therefore He is the Supreme, and only He can\ndeliver the conditioned soul from the onslaught of material nature (mam\n\neva ye prapadyante mayam etarh taranti te). Maya, the external energy,\ncontinuously imposes upon the conditioned souls the suffering of the\nthreefold miseries of this material world. Therefore, in the previous\nverse, Prahlada Maharaja prayed to the Lord, \"But for Your Lordship, no\none can save me.\" Prahlada Maharaja has also explained that a child's\nprotectors, his parents, cannot save the child from the onslaught of birth\nand death, nor can medicine and a physician save one from death, nor\ncan a boat or similar means of protection save a person drowning in the\nwater, for everything is controlled by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore suffering humanity must surrender to Kp;n;ta, as Kr�I.J.a\nHimself demands in the last instruction of Bhagavad-gita (18.66):\n\nsarva-dharman parityajya\nmam ekam sara�rh vraja\naham tviirh sarva-piipebhyo\nmo�ay�yami rna suca}:r,\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall\ndeliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" All of human society\nmust take advantage of this offer and thus be saved by Kr�I.J.a from the\ndanger of being crushed by the wheel of time, the wheel of past, present\nand future.\nThe word\n\nn�puJ,yamanam (\"being crushed\") is very significant.\n\nEvery living entity in the material condition is actually being crushed\nagain and again, and to be saved from this position one must take shelter\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Then one will be happy. The\nword prapannam is also very significant, for unless one fully surrenders\nto the Supreme Lord one cannot be saved from being crushed. A criminal\nis put in prison and punished by the government, but the same government, if it likes, can release the criminal from imprisoned life. Similarly,\nwe must know conclusively that our material condition of suffering has\nbeen allotted to us by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and if we\nwant to be saved from this suffering, we must appeal to the same controller. Thus one can be saved from this material condition.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0246": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n218\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 23\n\nAAmnsRcc��v��:������.uSl1(\n�·s\"WW'4C�Wi\"'d·: iN(1(1Q�'1f�\nfct�llt;c •: � « ijf.R�u ����ll\nt!t �tn\n\ndma maya divi vibho 'khila-dhi$r,tya-paniim\nayu/:£ sriyo vibhava icchati yan jano yam\nye 'smat pitu/:t kupita-hasa-vijrmbhita-bhriivisphurjitena lulita/:t sa tu te nirasta/:t\ndf$!ii/:t-have been seen practically; maya-by me; divi-in the\nhigher planetary systems; vibho-0 my Lord; akhila-all; dhi$r,tyapaniim-of the chiefs of different states or planets; ayu/:t-the duration\nof life; sriya/:t-the opulences; vibhava/:£-glories, influence; icchatidesire; yan-all of which; jana/:t ayam-these people in general; yeall of which (duration of life, opulence, etc.); asmat pitu/:t-of our\nfather, Hira�Jyakasipu; kupita-hasa-by his critical laughing when\nangry;\n\nvijrmbhita-being\n\nexpanded;\n\nbhnl-of\n\nthe\n\neyebrows;\n\nvisphurjitena-simply by the feature; lulita/:t-pulled down or finished;\nsa/:t-he (my father); tu-but; te-by You; nirasta/:£-completely vanquished.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, people in general want to he elevated to the\n\nhigher planetary systems for a long duration of life, opulence and\n\nenjoyment, hut I have seen all of these through the activities of my\n\nfather. When my father was angry and he laughed sarcastically at\n\nthe demigods, they were immediately vanquished simply by seeing\nthe movements of his eyebrows. Yet my father, who was so power­\n\nful, has now been vanquished by You within a moment.\nPURPORT\n\nWithin this material world, one should understand by practical experience the value of material opulence, longevity and influence. We\n\n", "SB7.2#p0247": "Text 24]\n\n219\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\nhave actual experience that even on this planet there have been many\ngreat politicians\n\nand\n\nmilitary\n\ncommanders\n\nlike Napolean,\n\nHitler,\n\nShubhash Chandra Bose and Gandhi, but as soon as their lives were\nfinished, their popularity, influence and everything else were finished\nalso. Prahlada Maharaja formerly gathered the same experience by\nseeing the activities of Hirai).yaka8ipu, his great father. Therefore\nPrahlada Maharaja did not give any importance to anything in this material world. No one can maintain his body or material achievements\nforever. A Vaif;!:Q.ava can understand that nothing within this material\nworld, not even that which is powerful, opulent or influential, can endure. At any time such things may be vanquished. And who can vanquish them? The Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore one should\nconclusively understand that no one is greater than the Supreme Great.\nSince the Supreme Great demands, sarva-dharman parityajya mam\nekarh sarar:wm vraja, every intelligent man must agree to this proposal.\n\nOne must surrender unto the Lord to be saved from the wheel of\nrepeated birth, death, old age and disease.\n\nTEXT 24\nij4114\\¥(6�tl61¥t(41�.nsif\n�: Nti�S(4¥t1Nft� I\n\n�1fil � At.§Rsiji�M¥�01\n\n��¥{wtlqwt4¥tf��\n\nll�\\lll\n\ntasmiid amils tanu-bhrtam aham iiS�o )na\niiyu/:t sriyarh vibhavam aindriyam iivirificyiit\nnecchiimi te vilulitiin uruvikramer:w\nkiiliitmanopanaya miirh nija-bhrtya-piirsvam\n\ntasmiit-therefore; amu/:t-all those (opulences); tanu-bhrtiim-with\nreference to living entities possessing material bodies; aham-1; iiS�a/:t\najna/:t-knowing well the results of such benedictions; iiyu/:t-a long\nduration of life; sriyam-material opulences; vibhavam-influence and\nglories; aindriyam-all meant for sense gratification;\n\niivirificyiit­\n\nbeginning from Lord Brahma (down to the small ant);\n\nna-not;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0248": "220\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nicchiimi-I want; te- by You; vilulitan-subject to be finished; uruvikramery.a-who are extremely powerful; kala-atmana-as the master\nof the time factor; upanaya-kindly take to; mam-me; nija-bhrtyaparsvam-the association of Your faithful servant, Your devotee.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, now I have complete experience concerning the\n\nworldly opulence, mystic power, longevity and other material\n\npleasures enjoyed by all living entities, from Lord Brahma down to\n\nthe ant. As powerful time, You destroy them all. Therefore, be­\n\ncause of my experience, I do not wish to possess them. My dear\n\nLord, I request You to place me in touch with Your pure devotee\nand let me serve him as a sincere servant.\nPURPORT\nBy studying Srimad-Bhiigavatam, every intelligent man can get experience like that of Prahlada Maharaja through the historical incidents\nmentioned in this great literature of spiritual knowledge. By following in\nthe footsteps of Prahlada Maharaja, one should gain thorough experience\nthat all material opulence is perishable at every moment. Even this body,\nfor which we try to acquire so many sensual pleasures, may perish at any\ntime. The soul, however, is eternal.\n\nNa hanyate hanyamane sanre:\n\nthe soul is never vanquished, even when the body is destroyed. An intelligent man, therefore, should care for the happiness of the spirit soul,\nnot of the body. Even if one receives a body with a long duration of life,\nlike those of Lord Brahma and the other great demigods, it will also be\ndestroyed, and therefore an intelligent man should be concerned with the\nimperishable spirit soul.\nTo save oneself, one must take shelter of a pure devotee. Narottama\n\ndasa 'fhakura therefore says, c/u'i4iya\n\nva�ry.ava-seva nistara payeche\n\nkeba. H one wants to save himself from material nature's onslaughts,\nwhich arise because of the material body, one must become Kr!?.Q.a con­\n\nscious and try to fully understand Kr!?.Q.a. As stated in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(4.9), janma karma ca me divyam evam yo vetti tattvata/:t. One should\n\nunderstand Kr!?.Q.a in truth, and this one can do only by serving a pure\ndevotee. Thus Prahlada Maharaja prays that Lord N:rsirilhadeva place\n\n", "SB7.2#p0249": "Text\n\n25]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n221\n\nhim in touch with a pure devotee and servant instead of awarding him\nmaterial opulence. Every intelligent man within this material world must\nfollow Prahlada Maharaja. Mahiijano yena gata/:1. sa panthii/:1.. Prahlada\nMaharaja did not want to enjoy the estate left by his father; rather, he\nwanted to become a servant of the servant of the Lord. The illusory\nhuman civilization that perpetually endeavors for happiness through material advancement is rejected by Prahlada Maharaja and those who\nstrictly follow in his footsteps.\nThere are different types of material opulence, known technically as\n\nbhukti, mukti and siddhi. Bhukti refers to being situated in a very good\nposition, like a position with the demigods in the higher planetary\nsystems, where one can enjoy material sense gratification to the greatest\nextent. Mukti refers to being disgusted with material advancement and\nthus desiring to become one with the Supreme. Siddhi refers to executing\na severe type of meditation, like that of the yogis, to attain eight kinds of\nperfection (a�ima, laghima, mahima, etc.). All who desire some material advancement through bhukti, mukti or siddhi are punishable in\ndue course of time, and they return to material activities. Prahlada\nMaharaja rejected them all; he simply wanted to engage as an apprentice\nunder the guidance of a pure devotee.\nTEXT\n\n25\n\nt'511M: ���<tftot�t:\n� ctiS?4\"Ji�t(i� f�:\nf.tf({Q� Wlij � ��ii1Rt �\n�\n\n.\n\n\"\"\n\n\"\"\n\n:r�CfilnT'ir:rl\"'-=rt>; �: �'i�..§:(l't: ����II\nkutrasi§a/:1. sruti-sukhii mrgatr��i-nlpa/:1.\nkvedam kalevaram a§e�a-rujam viroha/:1.\nnirvidyate na tu jano yad apiti vidviin\nkiimanalam madhu-lavai/:1. samayan durapai/:1.\nkutra-where; as�a/:1.-benedictions; sruti-sukhii/:1.-simply pleasing\nto hear of; mrgatr��i-nlpa/:1.-exactly like a mirage in the desert; kvawhere; idam-this; kalevaram-body; a§e�a-unlimited; rujiim-of\n\n", "SB7.2#p0250": "222\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\ndiseases; viroha�-the place for generating; niroidyate-become satiated; na-not; tu-but; jana�-people in general; yat api-although;\niti-thus; vidvan-so-called learned philosophers, scientists and politicians; kama-analam-the blazing fire of lusty desires; madhu-lavai�with drops of honey (happiness); samayan-controlling; durapai�very difficult to obtain.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this material world, every living entity desires some future\n\nhappiness, which is exactly like a mirage in the desert. Where is\nwater in the desert, or, in other words, where is happiness in this\n\nmaterial world? As for this body, what is its value? It is merely a\nsource of various diseases. The so-called philosophers, scientists\n\nand politicians know this very well, hut nonetheless they aspire for\n\ntemporary happiness. Happiness is very difficult to obtain, hut he­\n\ncause they are unable to control their senses, they run after the so­\n\ncalled happiness of the material world and never come to the right\n\nconclusion.\n\nPURPORT\nThere is a song in the Bengali language which states, \"I constructed\nthis home for happiness, but unfortunately there was a fire, and everything has now been burnt to ashes.\" This illustrates the nature of material happiness. Everyone knows it, but nonetheless one plans to hear or\nthink something very pleasing. Unfortunately, all of one's plans are annihilated in due course of time. There were many politicians who planned empires, supremacy and control of the world, but in due time all\ntheir plans and empires-and even the politicians themselves-were\nvanquished. Everyone should take lessons from Prahlada Maharaja about\nhow we are engaged in so-called temporary happiness through bodily exercises for sense enjoyment. All of us repeatedly make plans, which are\nall repeatedly frustrated. Therefore one should stop such planmaking.\nAs one cannot stop a blazing fire by constantly pouring ghee upon it,\none cannot satisfy oneself by increasing plans for sense enjoyment. The\nblazing fire is bhava-mahii-diivagni, the forest fire of material existence.\nThis forest fire occurs automatically, without endeavor. We want to be\n\n", "SB7.2#p0251": "Text 26)\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n223\n\nhappy in the material world, but this will never be possible; we shall\n\nsimply increase the blazing fire of desires. Our desires cannot be satisfied\n\nby illusory thoughts and plans; rather, we have to follow the instructions\n\nof Lord l(r�Qa: sarva-dharrniin parityajya rnii m ekam sarar:w.m vraja.\n\nThen we shall be happy. Otherwise, in the name of happiness, we shall\ncontinue to suffer miserable conditions.\n\nTEXT 26\n\nm�:S(llq��sm�\n�mn��� t1�1a�•q1\n;r ;malt ;r « � ;r��\n\n� flsfctt�: mfu �: �:U� �II\n..\n\nkvaham raja�-prabhava iSa tamo 'dhike 'smin\njata� suretara-kule kva taviinukampii\n\nna brahmar:to na tu bhavasya na vai rarniiyii\n\nyan me 'rpita� sirasi padma-kara� prasiida�\n\nkva-where; aham-I (am); raja�-prabhava�-being born in a body\n\nfull of passion; iSa-0 my Lord; tama�-the mode of ignorance;\n\nadhike-surpassing in; asmin-in this; jata�-born; sura-itara-kule­\n\nin a family of atheists or demons (who are subordinate to the devotees);\nkva-where;\n\nlava-Your;\n\nanukampa-causeless\n\nmercy;\n\nna-not;\n\nbrahmar:w.�-of Lord Brahma; na-not; tu-but; bhavasya-of Lord\n\nSiva; na-nor; vai-even; rarnii yii�-of the goddess of fortune; yat­\n\nwhich; me-of me; arpita�-offered; sirasi-on the head; padma­\n\nkara�-lotus hand; prasiida�-the symbol of mercy.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, 0 Supreme, because I was horn in a family full of\n\nthe hellish material qualities of passion and ignorance, what is my\n\nposition? And what is to be said of Your causeless mercy, which\n\nwas never offered even to Lord Brahmi, Lord Siva or the goddess\n\nof fortune, Lak�mi? You never put Your lotus hand upon their\nheads, but You have put it upon mine.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0252": "224\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nPrahlada Maharaja was surprised at the causeless mercy of the\n\nSupreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, for although Prahlada was\n\nborn in a demoniac family and although the Lord had never before\nplaced His lotus hand on the head of Brahma, Siva or the goddess of for­\n\ntune, His constant companion, Lord N.rsimhadeva kindly placed His hand\n\non the head of Prahlada. This is the meaning of causeless mercy. The\n\ncauseless mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead may be bestowed\n\nupon anyone, regardless of his position in this material world. Everyone\n\nis eligible to worship the Supreme Lord, irrespective of his material position. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (14.26):\nnuim ca yo 'vyabhicarer:w\n\nbhakti yogena sevate\nsa gu�an samatityaitan\nbrahma-bhuyaya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in\n\nany circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and\n\nthus comes to the level of Brahman.\" Anyone who engages in continuous\ndevotional service to the Lord is situated in the spiritual world and has\n\nnothing to do with the material qualities (sattva-gur:w, rajo-gur:w and\n\ntamo-gur:w).\n\nBecause Prahlada Maharaja was situated on the spiritual platform, he\n\nhad nothing to do with his body, which had been born of the modes of\npassion and ignorance. The symptoms of passion and ignorance are described in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.19) as lust and hankering\n\n(tada\n\nrajas tamo-bhava� kiima-lobhiidaya§ ca ye). Prahlada Maharaja, being a\n\ngreat devotee, thought the body born of his father to be born of passion\n\nand ignorance, but because Prahlada was fully engaged in the service of\n\nthe Lord, his body did not belong to the material world. The pure\n\nVai�?J.lava's body is spiritualized even in this life. For example, when iron\nis put into a fire it becomes red-hot and is no longer iron but fire.\n\nSimilarly, the so-called material bodies of devotees who fully engage in\n\nthe devotional service of the Lord, being constantly in the fire of spiritual\nlife, .have nothing to do with matter, but are spiritualized.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0253": "Text 27]\n\nPrahlida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n225\n\nSrtla Madhvacarya remarks that the goddess of fortune, the mother of\n\nthe universe, could not get mercy similar to that which was offered to\n\nPrahlada Maharaja, for although the goddess of fortune is always a con­\n\nstant companion of the Supreme Lord, the Lord is more inclined to His\n\ndevotees. In other words, devotional service is so great that when it is\n\noffered even by those born in low families, the Lord accepts it as being\n\nmore valuable than the service offered by the goddess of fortune. Lord\nBrahma, King lndra and the other demigods living in the upper plan­\n\netary systems are situated in a different spirit of consciousness, and\ntherefore they are sometimes troubled by demons, but a devotee, even if\n\nsituated in the lower planets, enjoys life in Kr�:Q.a consciousness under\n\nany circumstances. Parata� svata� karmata�: as he acts himself, as he is\n\ninstructed by others or as he performs his material activities, he enjoys\nlife in every respect. In this regard, Madhvacarya quotes the following\nverses, which are mentioned in the Brahma-tarka:\nsri-brahma-brahmivindraditri-katat stri-puru-$!Utii�\ntad anye ca kramadeva\nsadii muktau smrtav api\nhari-bhaktau ca taj-jfiane\nsukhe ca niyamena tu\nparata� svata� karmato vii\nna kathaficit tad anyathii\n\nTEXT 27\n\n� q(l�('lRr� WG ���4�� �I\n4��:q• t\\(<lUft� tt\n\n�:\n\nqcu��q�� ;r q(l�@4'{_ ����II\nnai$a paravara-matir bhavato nanu syaj\njantor yathiitma-suhrdo jagatas tathiipi\n\n", "SB7.2#p0254": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n226\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nsarilsevaya surataror iva te prasada/:t\n\nsevanuriipam udayo na paravaratvam\n\nna-not; e$ii-this; para-avara-of higher or lower; mati/:t-such\n\ndiscrimination; bhavata/:t-of Your Lordship; nanu-indeed; syat­\n\nthere can be; janto/:t-of ordinary living entities; yatha-as; atmasuhrda/:t-of one who is the friend; jagata/:t-of the whole material\n\nworld; tathapi-but still (there is such a demonstration of intimacy or\n\ndifference); sarilsevaya-according to the degree of service rendered by\n\nthe devotee; surataroh iva-like that of the desire tree in Vaikunthaloka\n(which offers fruits �ccording to the desire of the devotee); te·� Your;\n\nprasada/:t-benediction or blessing; seva-anuriipam-according to the\ncategory of service one renders to the Lord; udaya/:t-manifestation;\n\nna-not; para-avaratvam-discrimination due to higher or lower levels.\nTRANSLATION\nUnlike an ordinary living entity, my Lord, You do not discrimi­\n\nnate between friends and enemies, the favorable and the unfavora­\n\nble, because for You there is no conception of higher and lower.\n\nNonetheless, You offer Your benedictions according to the level of\n\none's service, exactly as a desire trect delivers fruits according to\none's desires and makes no distinction between the lower and the\n\nhigher.\n\nIn Bhagavad-gita\n\nPURPORT\n\n(4.11) the Lord clearly says, ye yatha mam\n\nprapadyante tarils tathaiva bhajamy aham: \"As one surrenders to Me, I\n\nreward him accordingly.\" As stated by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, jivera\n\n'svariipa' haya-kr$r_tera 'nitya-dii.sa ': every living being is an eternal\n\nservant of l(r�J;ta. According to the service the living entity renders, he\nautomatically receives benedictions from l(r�I;ta, who does not make dis­\n\ntinctions, thinking, \"Here is a person in an intimate relationship with\nMe, and here is a person I dislike.\" l(r�I;ta advises everyone to surrender\n\nto Him (sarva-dharman parityajya mam ekam sara�m vraja). One's\n\nrelationship with the Supreme Lord is in proportion to that surrender\nand the service one renders unto the Lord. Thus throughout the entire\n\nworld the higher or lower positions of the living entities are selected by\n\nthe living entities themselves. If one is inclined to dictate that the Lord\n\n", "SB7.2#p0255": "Text 28]\n\nPrahlida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n227\n\ngrant something, one receives benedictions according to his desires. If\none wants to be elevated to the higher planetary systems, the heavenly\nplanets, he can be promoted to the place he desires, and if one wants to\nremain a hog or a pig on earth, the Lord fulfills that desire also.\nTherefore, one's position is determined by one's desires; the Lord is not\nresponsible for the higher or lower grades of our existence. This is\nfurther explained quite definitely in Bhagavad-gua (9.25) by the Lord\nHimself:\n\nyanti deva-vrata devan\npittn yanti pitr-vratal],\nbhiltani yanti bhatejya\nyanti mad-yajino 'pi mam\nSome people want to be promoted to the heavenly planets, some want to\nbe promoted to Pit.rloka, and some want to remain on earth, but if one is\ninterested in returning home, back to Godhead, he can be promoted\nthere also. According to the demands of a particular devotee, he receives\na result by the grace of the Lord. The Lord does not discriminate, thinking, \"Here is a person favorable to Me, and here is a person who is not\nfavorable.\" Rather, He fulfills the desires of everyone. Therefore the\n\nsiistras enjoin:\nakiimal], sarva-kamo va\nmo�a-kiima udara-dhil},\ntivre� bhakti-yogena\nyajeta pu�am param\n\"Whether one is without desire [the condition of the devotees], or is\ndesirous of all fruitive results, or is after liberation, one should with all\nefforts try to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead for complete\n\n(Bhag. 2.3.10) According to one's position, whether as a devotee, a karmi or a jfiiini, whatperfection, culminating in Knwa consciousness.\"\n\never one wants one can get if one fully engages in the service of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n� iif;{ f.iqRni sr+t�uf(t't\n��: �q(f �Qfl(l\n..\n\n", "SB7.2#p0256": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n228\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\n�' ��tzil'(t:\nits{���(fef���ctl'( II�� II\n\n��·�'4(11�\n\nevam janam nipalitam prabhavahi-kupe\n\nkamabhikamam anu ya/:t prapalan prasarigat\n\nkrtvalmasat surar$i� blwgavan grhita/:t\n\nso 'ham kalham nu visrje lava bhrtya-sevam\n\nevam-thus;\n\njanam-people\n\nin\n\ngeneral;\n\nnipatilam-fallen;\n\nprabhava-of material existence; ahi-kupe-in a blind well full of\n\nsnakes; kama-abhikiimam-desiring the sense objects; anu-following;\n\nya/:t-the person who; prapalan-falling down (in this condition);\n\nprasarigal-because of bad association or increased associatjon with ma­\n\nterial desires; krlva almasal-causing me (to acquire spiritual qualities\nlike himself, Sri Narada); sura-r$i�-by the great saintly person\n(Narada); blwgavan-0 my Lord; grhita/:t-accepted; sa/:t-that per­\n\nson; aham-1; kalham-how; nu-indeed; visrje-can give up; lavaYour; bhrtya-sevam-the service of Your pure devotee.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, because of\nmy association with material desires, one after another, I was\ngradually falling into a blind well full of snakes, following the\ngeneral populace. But Your servant Narada Muni kindly accepted\nme as his disciple and instructed me how to achieve this transcendental position. Therefore, my first duty is to serve him. How\ncould I leave his service?\nPURPORT\nAs will be seen in later verses, even though Prahlada Maharaja was\n\ndirectly offered all the benedictions he might have desired, he refused to\naccept such offerings from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. On the\n\ncontrary, he asked the Lord to engage him in the service of His servant\nNarada Muni. This is the symptom of a pure devotee. One should serve\n\nthe spiritual master first. It is not that one should bypass the spiritual\nmaster and desire to serve the Supreme Lord. This is not the principle\nfor a Vait>Q.ava. Narottama dasa Thiikura says:\n\n", "SB7.2#p0257": "Text 29]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n229\n\ntaridera cara� sevi bhakta-sane vasa\njaname janame haya, ei abhi�a\nOne should not be anxious to offer direct service to the Lord. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu advised that one become a servant of the servant of the ser­\n\nvant of the Lord\n\n(gopi-bhartu/:l paila-kamalayor ddsa-ddsanudasa/:l}.\n\nThis is the process for approaching the Supreme Lord. The first service\n\nshould be rendered to the spiritual master so that by his mercy one can\n\napproach the Supreme Personality of Godhead to render service. While\n\nteaching Rupa Gosvami, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, guru-kr��­\n\nprasiide paya bhakti-lata-bija: one can achieve the seed of devotional\nservice by the mercy of the guru, the spiritual master, and then by the\nmercy of Kr!?l).a. This is the secret of success. First one should try to\n\nplease the spiritual master, and then one should attempt to please the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura also\n\nsays,\n\nyasya prasadad bhagavat-prasado. One should not attempt to\n\nplease the Supreme Personality of Godhead by concoction. One must first\n\nbe prepared to serve the spiritual master, and when one is qualified he is\nautomatically offered the platform of direct service to the Lord.\n\nTherefore Prahlada Maharaja proposed that he engage in the service of\nNarada Muni. He never proposed that he engage directly in the service of\n\nthe Lord. This is the right conclusion. Therefore he said, so 'ham katham\n\nnu visrje tava bhrtya-sevam: \"How can I give up the service of my spiri­\n\ntual master, who has favored me in such a way that I am now able to see\n\nYou face to face?\" Prahlada Maharaja prayed to the Lord that he might\ncontinue to engage in the service of his spiritual master, Narada Muni.\n\nTEXT 29\n+ldUUI«Jut+t\"fifl\n\n.\n\nfq'ij��\n\n����f�l\n� !11lU ii(\\l�(ijft�­\n\n���q(qit�ctrofq\n\n11��11\n\nmat-prdfJ,a-rakjar:tam ananta pitur vadhaS ca\nmanye sva-bhrtya-r�i-vakyam rtarh vidhatum\n\n", "SB7.2#p0258": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n230\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nkha4gam pragrhya yad avocad asad-vidhitsus\ntviim iSvaro mad-aparo 'vatu kam hariimi\nmat priiry,a-ra�ar:tam-saving my life; ananta-0 unlimited one,\n-\n\nreservoir of unlimited transcendental qualities; pitub,-of my father;\nvadhab, ca-and killing; manye-I consider;\n\nsva-bhrtya-of Your\n\nunalloyed servants; r�i-vakyam-and the words of the great saint\nNarada;\n\nrtam-true;\n\nvidhiitum-to\n\nprove;\n\nkha4gam-sword;\n\npragrhya-taking in hand; yat-since; avocat-my father said; asatvidhitsub,-desiring to act very impiously; loom-You; iSvarab,-any\nsupreme controller; mat-aparab,\n\n-\n\nother than me; avatu-let him save;\n\nkam-your head; hariimi-I shall now separate.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, 0 unlimited reservoir of transcendental qualities, You\n\nhave killed my father, Hir�yakaSipu, and saved me from his\nsword. He had said very angrily, \"H there is any supreme con­\n\ntroller other than me, let Him save you. I shall now sever your\n\nhead from your body.\" Therefore I think that both in saving me\n\nand in killing him, You have acted just to prove true the words of\nYour devotee. There is no other cause.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (9.29) the Lord says:\nsamo\n\n'ham sarva-bhute�u\n\nna me dve�yo 'sti na priyab,\nye bhajanti tu .miim bhaktyii\nmayi te te�u ciipy aham\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is undoubtedly equal to everyone.\nHe has no friend and no enemy, but as one desires benefits from the\nLord, the Lord is very pleased to award them. The lower and higher positions of different living entities are due to their desires, for the Lord,\nbeing\n\nequal\n\nto\n\nall,\n\nfulfills\n\neveryone's\n\ndesires.\n\nThe\n\nkilling\n\nof\n\nHira.Q.yakasipu and saving of Prahlada Maharaja also strictly followed\nthis law of the supreme controller's activities. When Prahlada's mother,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0259": "Text 30]\n\nPrahliida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n231\n\nHirru;tyaka8ipu's wife, Kayadhu, was under the protection of Narada, she\nprayed for the protection of her son from the enemy, and Narada Muni\ngave assurance that Prahlada Maharaja would always be saved from the\nenemy's hands. Thus when HiraQyakasipu was going to kill Prahlada\nMaharaja, the Lord saved Prahlada to fulfill His promise in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii (kaunteya pratijanihi na me bhakta/:t pral).aSyati) and to prove true\nthe words of Narada. The Lord can ful£ll many purposes through one action. Thus the killing of HiraQyakasipu and the saving of Prahlada were\nenacted simultaneously to prove the truthfulness of the Lord's devotee\nand the fidelity of the Lord Himself to His own purpose. The Lord acts\nonly to satisfy the desires of His devotees; otherwise He has nothing to\ndo. AB confirmed in the Vedic language, na tasya karyam karar:rnm ca\n\nvidyate: the Lord has nothing to do personally, for everything is done\nthrough His different potencies (parasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate). The\nLord has multifarious energies, through which everything is done. Thus\nwhen He personally does something, it is only to satisfy His devotee. The\nLord is known as bhakta-vatsala because He very much favors His devoted servant.\n\nTEXT 30\n\nI(Cfi@4�if '&ftl�¥tU'q � �¥11tlW{f� : �•lct�f<i ��� I\n� g�� fYt�:t+uq�<\n� 'ij(tlfQij(ijG;�54lq!: II� oil\nekas tvam eva jagad etam am!.£$ya yat tvam\niidy-antayo/:t prthag avasyasi madhyata5 ca\nsr�!vii gur_ta-vyatikaram nija-miiyayedam\nniineva tair avasitas tad anuprav�!a/:t\neka/:t-one; tvam-You; eva-only; jagat-the cosmic manifestation;\netam-this; am!.£$ya-of that (the whole universe); yat-since; tvamYou; iidi-in the beginning; antayo/:t-at the end; prthak-separately;\navasyasi-exist (as the cause); madhyata/:t ca-also in the middle (the\nduration between the beginning and end); s mva-creating; gur:rn­\n\nvyatikaram-the transformation of the three modes of material nature;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0260": "232\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nnija-mayaya-by Your own external energy; idam-this; nand ivamany varieties; taib,-by them (the modes); avasitab,-experienced; tat-that; anuprav i$tab,-entering into.\n\nlike\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You a lone manifest Yourself as the entire cosmic\n\nmanifestation, for You existed before the creation, You exist after\nthe annihilation, and You are the maintainer between the begin­\n\nning and the end. All this is done by Your external energy through\n\nactions and reactions of the three modes of material nature.\n\nTherefore whatever exists-externally and internally-is You\n\nalone.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in the Brahma-samhita (5.35):\n\neko 'py asau racayiturh jagad-ar:u)a-ko#rh\nyac-chaktir asti jagad-ar:u)a-caya yad-antabar:u}iintara-stha-paramar:tu-cayantara-stharh\ngovindam iidi-purl.L{'arh tam aharh bhajami\n\"1 worship the Personality of Godhead, Govinda, who, by one of His\n\nplenary portions, enters the existence of every universe and every atomic\nparticle and thus unlimitedly manifests His infinite energy all over the\nmaterial creation.\" To create this cosmic manifestation, Govinda, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, expands His external energy and thus\nenters everything in the universe, including the atomic particles. In this\nway He exists in the entire cosmic manifestation. Therefore the activities\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead in maintaining His devotees are\ntranscendental, not material. He exists in everything as the cause and\neffect, yet He is separate, existing beyond this cosmic manifestation. This\nis also confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (9.4):\n\nmaya tatam idam sarvarh\njagad avyakta-murtina\nmat-sthani sarva-bhutani\nna caharh le$V avasthitab,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0261": "Text 31]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n233\n\nThe entire cosmic manifestation is but an expansion of the Lord's energy; everything rests in Him, yet He exists separately, beyond creation,\nmaintenance and annihilation. The varieties of creation are performed\nby His external energy. Because the energy and energetic are one, everything is one (saroam khalv idam brahma). Therefore without Kr�J;ta, the\nParabrahman, nothing can exist. The difference between the material\nand spiritual worlds is that His external energy is manifested in the material world whereas His spiritual energy exists in the spiritual world.\nBoth energies, however, belong to the Supreme Lord, and therefore in a\nhigher sense there is no exhibition of material energy because everything\nis spiritual energy. The energy in which the Lord's all-pervasiveness is\nnot realized is called material. Otherwise, everything is spiritual.\nTherefore Prahlada prays, ekas tvam eva jagad etam: \"Y ou are everything.\"\n\ntvam va idam sadasad !Sa bhavams tato 'nyo\nmaya yad iitma-para-buddhir iyam hy aparthii\nyad yasya janma nidhanam sthitir ilcya�am ca\ntad vaitad eva vasukiilavad �!i-tarvo{t\ntvam-You; oo-either; idam-the whole universe; sat-asat-consisting of cause and effect (You are the cause, and Your energy is the\neffect); iSa-0 my Lord, the supreme controller; bhavan- Yourself;\ntata{l,-from the universe; anyaft,-separately situated (the creation is\nmade by the Lord, yet He remains separate from the creation); mayathe energy that appears as a separate creation; yat-of which; atmapara-buddhib,-the conception of one's own and another's; iyam-this;\nhi-indeed; aparthii-has no meaning (everything is Your Lordship,\nand therefore there is no hope for understanding \"my\" and \"your\");\nyat-the substance from which; yasya-of which; janma-creation;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0262": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n234\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nnidhanam-annihilation; sthiti�- maintenance; i�a�am- manifestation; ca-and; tat-that; va-or; etat-this; eva-certainly; vasukiila­\n\nvat-like the quality of being the earth and, beyond that, the subtle ele­\n\nment of the earth (smell) ; ll$!i-taroo/t-the seed (the cause ) and the tree\n\n(the effect of the cause ) .\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, the entire\n\ncosmic creation is caused by You, and the cosmic manifestation is\n\nan effect of Your energy. Although the entire cosmos is but You\nalone, You keep Yourself aloof from it. The conception of \"mine\nand yours,\" is certainly a type of illusion (maya] because every­\n\nthing is an emanation from You and is therefore not different\nfrom You. Indeed, the cosmic manifestation is nondifferent from\n\nYou, and the annihilation is also caused by You. This relationship\nbetween Your Lordship and the cosmos is illustrated by the exam­\n\nple of the seed and the tree, or the subtle cause and the gross\nmanifestation.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita (7.10) the Lord says:\n\nbijam mam saroa-bhutanam\nviddhi partha sanatanam\n\"0 son of P:rtha, know that I am the original seed of all existences.\" In\nthe Vedic literature it is said, iSavasyam idam sarvam, yato va imani\n\nbhatani jayante and saroarh khalv idam brahma. All this Vedic information indicates that there is only one God and that there is nothing else but\nHim. The Mayavadi: philosophers explain this in their own way, but the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead asserts the truth that He is everything\nand yet is separate from everything. This is the philosophy of\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu,\n\nwhich is called\n\nSri\n\nacintya-bhediibheda-tattva.\n\nEverything is one, the Supreme Lord, yet everything is separate from the\nLord. This is the understanding of oneness and difference.\nThe example given in this regard- vasukiilavad ll$#-taroo{!,-is very\neasy to understand. Everything exists in time, yet there are different\n\n", "SB7.2#p0263": "Text 31]\n\nPrahlida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n235\n\nphases of the time factor-present, past and future. Present, past and\n\nfuture are one. Every day we can experience the time factor as morning,\nnoon and evening, and although morning is different from noon, which\n\nis different from evening, all of them taken together are one. The time\n\nfactor is the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but the Lord\n\nis separate from the time factor. Everything is created, maintained and\n\nannihilated by time, but the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead,\nhas no beginning and no end. He is nitya(l sasvata(l\n\n-\n\neternal, perma­\n\nnent. Everything passes through time's phases of present, past and\n\nfuture, yet the Lord is always the same. Thus there is undoubtedly a dif­\n\nference between the Lord and the cosmic manifestation, but actually they\n\nare not different. Accepting them to be different is called avidya, ig­\n\nnorance.\n\nTrue oneness, however, is not equivalent to the conception of the\n\nMayavadis. The true understanding is that the differences are manifested\n\nby the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The seed is\n\nmanifested as a tree, which displays varieties in its trunk, branches,\n\nleaves, flowers and fruits. Srila Bhaktivinoda 'fhakura has therefore\n\nsung, kesava tuya jagata vicitra: \"My dear Lord, Your creation is full of\n\nvarieties.\" The varieties are one and at the same time different. This is\nthe philosophy of acintya-bhedabheda-tattva. The conclusion given in\nBrahma-samhita is this:\n\nzsvara(l parama(l kmw.(l\nsac-cid-iinanda-vigraha(l\nanadir adir govinda(l\nsarva-kararJ.a-kararJ.am\n\"l(r�l).a, known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an eternal,\n\nblissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other origin, for\n\nHe is the prime cause of all causes.\" Because the Lord is the supreme\n\ncause, everything is one with Him, but when we consider varieties, we\nfind that one thing is different from another.\n\nWe may conclude, therefore, that there is no difference between one\n\nthing and another, yet in varieties there are differences. In this regard,\n\nMadhvacarya gives an example concerning a tree and a tree in fire. Both\n\ntrees are the same, but they look different because of the time factor. The\n\n", "SB7.2#p0264": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n236\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\ntime factor is under the control of the Supreme Lord, and therefore the\nSupreme Lord is different from time. An advanced devotee consequently\ndoes not distinguish between happiness and distress. As stated in\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (10.14.8):\n\ntat te 'nukampiirh susamik$0-miiiJO\nbhunjana evatma-krtam vipiikam\nWhen a devotee is in a condition of so-called distress, he considers it a\ngift or blessing from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When a devotee is always thus situated in Kr!?l)a consciousness in any condition of life,\n\nhe is described as mukti-pade sa diiya-bhak, a perfect candidate for\nreturning home,\n\nback to Godhead.\n\nThe word\n\ndiiya-bhak means\n\n\"inheritance.\" A son inherits the property of his father. Similarly, when\nthe devotee is fully Kr!?l)a conscious, undisturbed by dualities, he is sure\nthat he will return home, back to Godhead, just as one inherits his\nfather's property.\nTEXT 32\n\n;44�t(+u�'4M \\1ttFl Pt��t4i'4�\n�IRI f.Htij(ct� �: I\n� ��·u€+tf;ccilij�� �WI ij �)WI guri��,i\\\"11 ��II\nnyasyedam atmani jagad vilayambu-madhye\nse�etmana nija-sukhanubhavo nirihal,t\nyogena milita-drg-atma-nipita-nidras\nturye sthito na tu tamo na guiJdrhS ca ywi�e\nnyasya-throwing; idam-this; atmani-in Your own self; jagatcosmic manifestation created by You;\n\nvilaya-ambu-madhye-in the\n\nCausal Ocean, in which everything is preserved in a state of reserved en­\n\nergy; se�e- You act as if sleeping;\n\natmana-by Yourself; nija-Your\nsukha anubhaml,t- experiencing the state of spiritual\nbliss; ni riha l,t, - appearing to be doing nothing; yogena- by the mystic\nown personal;\n\n-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0265": "Text 32]\n\nPrahlida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n237\n\npower; milita-drk-the eyes appearing closed; atma-by a manifestation\nof Yourself; nipita-prevented; nidrab,-whose sleeping; turye-in the\ntranscendental stage; sthitab,-keeping (Yourself); na-not; tu-but;\ntamab,-the material condition of sleeping; na-nor; gu�n-the material modes; ca-and; yun�e-do You engage Yourself in.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, after the annihilation the creative energy is kept in You, who appear to sleep\nwith half-closed eyes. Actually, however, You do not sleep like an\nordinary human being, for You are always in a transcendental\nstage, beyond the creation of the material world, and You always\nfeel transcendental bliss. As Kiru;todakasayi Vi�Q.u, You thus\nremain in Your transcendental status, not touching material objects. Although You appear to sleep, this sleeping is distinct from\nsleeping in ignorance.\nPURPORT\n\nAs explained very clearly in the Brahma-samhita (5.47):\nyab, kara�rr:tava-jale bhajati sma yoganidram ananta-jagad-ar:uja-sa-roma-kilpab,\nadhara-saktim avalambya param sva-milrtim\ngovindam adi-purU!)arh tam aham bhajami\n\"I worship the primeval Lord Govinda, who lies down in the Causal\n\nOcean in His plenary portion as Maha-Vi�I.J.u, with all the universes\ngenerating from the pores of hair on His transcendental body, and who\naccepts the mystic slumber of eternity.\" The adi-purU!)a, the original\nSupreme Personality of Godhead-Kr�I.J.a, Govinda-expands Himself as\nMaha-Vi�I.J.u. Mter the annihilation of this cosmic manifestation, He\nkeeps Himself in transcendental bliss. The word yoga-nidram is used in\nreference to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One should understand that this nidra, or sleep, is not like our nidra in the mode of ignorance. The Lord is always situated in transcendence. He is sac-cid-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0266": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n238\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nananda-eternally in bliss-and thus He is not disturbed by sleep like\nordinary human beings. It should be understood that the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead is in transcendental bliss in all stages. Srila\n\nMadhvacarya concisely states that the Lord is turya-sthita/:t, always situ­\n\nated in transcendence. In transcendence there is no such thing as\njagararya-nidra s � upti-wakefulness, sleep and deep sleep.\n-\n\nThe practice of yoga is similar to the yoga-nidra of Maha-Vi�I)u. Yogis\n\nare advised to keep their eyes half closed, but this state is not at all one of\n\nsleep, although imitation yogis, especially in the modern age, manifest\ntheir so-called yoga by sleeping. In the sastra, yoga is described as\ndhyanavasthita, a state of full meditation, but this is meditation upon the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Dhyanavasthita-tad-gatena manasa:\n\nthe mind should always be situated ·at the lotus feet of the Lord. Yoga\n\npractice does not mean sleeping. The mind should always be actively\n\nfixed at the lotus feet of the Lord. Then one's practice of yoga will be\nsuccessful.\n\nTEXT 33\n\nm � q� r;.ljf�R��·�·\n��f1�ijstt;RI�UJ att�l14f.\n31J:¥t�wtRJ �wtt<t fCr(¥iffl+u\\t�� ��ii49'+i(l;<;i�4f_l ��II\ntasyaiva te vapur idam nija-kala-saktya\nsaficodita-prakrti-dharmarya atma-gill}.ham\nambhasy ananta-sayanad viramat-samadher\nnabher abhut sva-kaTJ.ika-va!avan-mahabjam\ntasya-of that Supreme Personality of Godhead; eva-certainly; te­\n\no£ You; vapu/:t-the cosmic body; idam-this (universe); nija-kalasaktya-by\n\nthe\n\npotent\n\ntime\n\nfactor;\n\nsaficodita-agitated ;\n\nprakrti­\n\ndharmarya}:t-of Him, by whom the three gulJ.as, or qualities of material\n\nnature; atma-gill}.ham-dormant in Yourself; ambhasi-in the water\n\nknown as the Causal Ocean; ananta-sayanat-from the bed known as\nAnanta\n\n(another feature of Yourself);\n\nviramat-samadhe/:t-having\n\n", "SB7.2#p0267": "Text 33]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n239\n\nawakened from the samiidhi (yogic trance); niibheb,-from the navel;\nabhat-appeared; sva-kaiJikii-from the seed; vaJa-vat-like the great\nbanyan tree; maha-abjam-the great lotus of the worlds (has similarly\ngrown).\nTRANSLATION\nThis cosmic manifestation, the material world, is also Your body.\n\nThis total lump of matter is agitated by Your potent energy known\nas\n\nkala-sakti, and thus the three modes of material nature are\n\nmanifested. You awaken from the bed of Se�, Ananta, and from\n\nYour navel a small transcendental seed is generated. It is from this\nseed that the lotus flower of the gigantic universe is manifested,\n\nexactly as a banyan tree grows from a small seed.\nPURPORT\n\nThe three different forms of Maha-Vi�Qu-namely KaraQodakasayi:\nVi�Qu, Garbhodakasayi: Vi�Qu and K�rrodakasayi: Vi�Qu, who are the\norigin of creation and maintenance-are gradually being described.\nFrom Maha-Vi�Qu, Garbhodakasayi: Vi�Qu is generated, and from\nGarbhodaka8ay1 Vi�Qu, �rrodakasayi: Vi�Qu gradually expands. Thus\nMaha-Vi�Qu is the original cause of Garbhodakasayi: Vi�Qu, and from\nGarbhodakasayi: Vi�Qu comes the lotus flower from which Lord Brahma\nis manifested. Thus the original cause of everything is Vi�Qu, and consequently the cosmic manifestation is not different from Vi�Qu. This is\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (10.8), wherein J.<.r�Qa says, aham saroasya\nprabhavo mattab, sarvam pravartate: \"I am the source of all spiritual and\nmaterial worlds. Everything emanates from Me.\" Garbhodakasayi: Vi�Qu\nis an expansion of KaraQodakasayi: Vi�Qu, who is an expansion of\nSatikar�aQa. In this way, J.<.r�Qa is ultimately the cause of all causes\n\n(sarva-kiiraiJa-kiiraiJam). The conclusion is that both the material world\nand spiritual world are considered to be the body of the Supreme Lord.\nWe can understand that the material body is caused by the spiritual body\nand is therefore an expansion of the spiritual body. Thus when one takes\nup spiritual activities, one's entire material body is spiritualized.\nSimilarly, in this material world, when the J.<.r�Qa consciousness movement expands, the entire material world becomes spiritualized. AJ5 long\n\n", "SB7.2#p0268": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n240\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nas we do not realize this, we live in the material world, but when we are\nfully Kr�r.ta conscious we live not in the material world but in the spiritual world.\nTEXT 34\n\n�en �N«fls q�q'4tf'4tif..\n\n�til1�'41�+4f.t m� « cmfci� 1\n\nifiN��·�H14itij M+i�iit.U\n�� llfitUJ(Ne� eft� H�\\lH\ntat-sambhaval;, kavir ato 'nyad apciyamiinas\ntviirh bijam iitmani tatarh sa bahir vicintya\nniivindad abda-§atam apsu nimajjamiino\njiite 'rikure katham uhopalabheta bijam\n\ntat-sambhaval;,-who was generated from that lotus flower; kavil;,he who can understand the subtle cause of creation (Lord Brahma);\natal;,-from that (lotus); anyat-anything else; apciyamiinal;,-not\nable to see; tviim-Your Lordship; bijam-the cause of the lotus;\niitmani-in himself; tatam-expanded; sal;,-he (Lord Brahma); bahil;,\nv icin t)n -considering to be external; na-not; avindat-understood\n\n(You); abda-satam-for a hundred years according to the demigods;*\napsu-in the water;\n\nimajjamiinal;,-diving; jate arikure-when the\n\nn\n\nseed fructifies and is manifested as a creeper; katham-how; uha-0\nmy Lord; upalabheta-one can perceive; bijam-the seed that has\nalready fructified.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom that great lotus flower, Brahmii was generated, hut\nBrahmii certainly could see nothing hut the lotus. Therefore,\nthinking You to he outside, Lord Brahmii dove into the water and\nattempted to find the source of the lotus for one hundred years. He\ncould find no trace of You, however, for when a seed fructifies, the\noriginal seed cannot he seen.\n\n*One day for the demigods equals six of our months.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0269": "Text 35]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n241\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the description of the cosmic manifestation. The development\nof the cosmic manifestation is like the fructification of a seed. When cotton is transformed into thread, the cotton is no longer visible, and when\nthe thread is woven into cloth, the thread is no longer visible. Similarly,\nit is perfectly correct that when the seed that had generated from the\nnavel of Garbhodakasayi Vi�Qu became manifested as the cosmic creation, one could no longer understand where the cause of the cosmic\nmanifestation is. Modern scientists have tried to explain the origin of\ncreation by a chunk theory, but no one can explain how such a chunk\nmight have burst. The Vedic literature, however, explains clearly that\nthe total material energy was agitated by the three modes of material\nnature because of the glance of the Supreme Lord. In other words, in\nterms of the chunk theory, the bursting of the chunk was caused by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Thus one must accept the supreme\ncause, Lord Vi�QU, as the cause of all causes.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n���¥i�Md<IH� 31lf��\n�W(�t4t14QI tfftg('fl� : I\n��1¥41�¥4�� � ��q\n�f�41�14¥4� mnt � 11�'-\\11\n\n�\n\nsa tv atma-yonir ativismita asrito 'bjarit\nkalena tivra-tapasa pariSuddha-bhaval_t\ntvam atmanzsa bhuvi gandham ivatisu�marit\nbhutendriyasayamaye vitatarit dadarsa\nsal_t-he (Lord Brahma); tu-but; atma-yoni/.t-who is born without\na mother (directly begotten by the father, Lord Vi�I).u); ati-vismital_tvery much surprised (not finding the source of his birth); asrital_t-situated on; abjam-the lotus; kalena-in due course of time; tivratapasa-by severe austerities; pariSuddha-bhaml_t-being completely\npurified; tvam-You; atmani-in his body and existence; zsa-0 my\nLord; bhuvi -within the earth; gandham-aroma; iva-like; ati-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0270": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n242\n\nsu�mam-very subtle;\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nbhuta-indriya-composed of elements and\n\nsenses; asaya-maye-and that filled with desires (the mind) ; vitatamspread out; dadarsa-found.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Brahma, who is celebrated as atma-yoni, having been born\n\nwithout a mother, was struck with wonder. Thus he took shelter of\nthe lotus flower, and when he had been purified after undergoing\n\nsevere austerities for many hundreds of years, he could see that\n\nthe cause of all causes, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, was\nspread throughout his own body and senses, just as aroma, al­\n\nthough very subtle, is perceived in the earth.\nPURPORT\n\nHere the statement of self-realization aharh brahmiismi, which is interpreted by the Mayavada philosophy to mean \"I am the Supreme\nLord,\" is explained. The Supreme Lord is the original seed of everything\n(janmady asya yatal;,.\npravartate).\n\nThus\n\nthe\n\naharh\n\nsarvasya\n\nSupreme\n\nLord\n\nprabhavo\nextends\n\nmattal;,\n\nsarvarh\n\neverywhere,\n\neven\n\nthroughout our bodies, because our bodies are made of material energy,\nwhich is the Lord's separated energy. One should realize that since the\nSupreme Lord spreads throughout one's body and since the individual\nsoul is a part of the Supreme Lord, everything is Brahman (sarvarh khalv\nidam brahma). This realization was achieved by Lord Brahma after he\n\nwas purified, and it is possible for everyone. When one is completely in\nknowledge of aharh brahmiismi, he thinks, \"I am part of the Supreme\nLord, my body is made of His material energy, and therefore I have no\nseparate existence. Yet although the Supreme Lord is spread everywhere,\nHe is different from me.\" This is the philosophy of acintya-bhediibhedatattva. An example given in this regard is that of the aroma within the\nearth. In the earth there are aromas and colors, but one cannot see them.\nActually we find that when flowers grow from the earth, they appear\nwith different colors and aromas, which they have certainly gathered\nfrom the earth, although in the earth we cannot see them. Similarly, the\nSupreme Lord, by His different energies, spreads throughout one's body\nand soul, although we cannot see Him. An intelligent man, however, can\nsee the Supreme Lord existing everywhere. Ar:ufiintara-stha-paramiir:w-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0271": "Text\n\n36]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n243\n\ncayiintara-stham: the Lord is within the universe and within the atom by\nHis different energies. This is the real vision of the Supreme Lord for the\nintelligent man. Brahmii, the first created being, became the most intelligent person by his tapasya, austerity, and thus he came to this realization. We must therefore take all knowledge from Brahmii, who became\nperfect by his tapasya.\nTEXT\n\n�\n\n36\n\nm;t�i\\wttef�m:�\nI\n;fl'\"'Qir:nQo:rihnrot;pf...,Wil\"¥t..,(O'\"I'ft'l9!tl�\n('\n\n\"'\n\n�1{\n�NJ6Qf\"4q\nqT ���(iqq(q JR RftJJ: 11��11\nevarh sahasra-vadaniitighri-siraf:t-karoruniisiidya-karr:w-nayaniibharar:uJ,yudha4hyam\nmiiyiimayarh sad-upalak$ita-sannivesarh\nd·mva mahii-purU$am iipa mudam virinca/:t\nevam-in this way; sahasra-thousands and thousands; vadanafaces; atighri-feet; sira/:t-heads; kara-hands; uru-thighs; niisaiidya-noses, etc.; karr:w-ears; nayana-eyes; iibharar:w-varieties of\nornaments; iiyudha-varieties of weapons; #hyam-endowed with;\nmayii-mayam-all\n\ndemonstrated\n\nby\n\nunlimited\n\npotency;\n\nsat­\n\nupalak$ita-appearing in different symptoms; sannivesam-combined\ntogether; dmva-seeing; mahii-puTU$am-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; iipa-achieved; mudam-transcendental bliss; virinca/:tLord Brahmii.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahm& could then see You possessing thousands and\nthousands of faces, feet, heads, hands, thighs, noses, ears and eyes.\nYou were very nicely dressed, being decorated and bedecked with\nvarieties of ornaments and weapons. Seeing You in the form of\nLord Vi�J;lu, Your symptoms and form being transcendental, Your\nlegs extending from the lower planets, Lord Brahmii achieved\ntranscendental bliss.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0272": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n244\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\n\nLord Brahma, being completely pure, could see the original form of\n\nthe Lord as Vi�J.lu, having many thousands of faces and forms. This pro­\n\ncess is called self-realization. Genuine self-realization consists not of per­\n\nceiving the impersonal effulgence of the Lord, but seeing face to face the\n\ntranscendental form of the Lord. Af3 distinctly mentioned here, Lord\nBrahma saw the Supreme Lord as\n\nmaha-puri.L§a, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. Arjuna also saw Kr�1.1a in this same way. Therefore\n\nhe told the Lord, pararh brahma pararh dhama pavitrarh paramarh\n\nbhavan puTU§arh sasvatam divyam: \"You are the Supreme Brahman, the\n\nultimate, the supreme abode and purifier, the Absolute Truth and the\neternal divine person.\" The Lord is parama-puri.L§a, the supreme form.\n\nPur!.L§arh sasvatam: He is everlastingly the supreme enjoyer. It is not that\n\nthe impersonal Brahman assumes a form; on the contrary, the imper­\n\nsonal Brahman effulgence is an emanation from the supreme form of the\nLord. Upon being purified, Brahma could see the supreme form of the\n\nLord. The impersonal Brahman cannot have heads, noses, ears, hands\n\nand legs. This is not possible, for these are attributes of the Lord's form.\nThe word\n\nmiiyamayam means \"spiritual knowledge.\" This is exMayamayarh jfiana-svarilpam. The word\n\nplained by Madhvacarya.\n\nmiiyamayam, describing the Lord's form, should not be taken to mean\n\nillusion. Rather, the Lord's form is factual, and seeing this form is the\n\nBhagavad-gita:\nbahilniirh janmaruim ante jnanavan miirh prapadyate. The word\njnanavan refers to one who is perfectly in knowledge. Such a person can\nresult of perfect knowledge. This is confirmed in\n\nsee the Personality of Godhead, and therefore he surrenders unto the\n\nLord. The Lord's being symptomized by a face, nose, ears and so on is\neternal. Without such a form, no one can be blissful. The Lord, however,\n\nis sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, as stated in the sastra\n\n(zsviiTab, paramab,\nkm:w,b, sac-cid-ananda-vigraha!t). When one is in perfect transcendental bliss, he can see the Lord's supreme form (vigraha). In this regard,\n\nSrila Madhvacarya says:\n\ngandhakhya devata yadvat\nprthivirh vyapya ti$!hati\nevarh vyaptarh jagad vi$1Jurh\nbrahmiitma-stham dadarsa ha\n\n", "SB7.2#p0273": "Text 37)\n\nPrahlida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n245\n\nLord Brahma saw that as aromas and colors spread throughout the earth,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead pervades the cosmic manifestation\nin a subtle form.\nTEXT 37\n\n�� ¥4!:1·�f\\l(��ti f{ �{\n�(l�� ¥t��!¥4l�qt I\nf\"ctl�tt....!fa•toti!f\n\n��!f\n\n��f����� ''�\"''\n\ntasmai bhavan haya-siras tanuvarh hi bibhrad\nveda-druhiiv atibalau madhu-kaitabhakhyau\nhatvanayac chruti-gar:ziims ca rajas tama§ ca\nsattvarh tava priyatamiirh tanum iimananti\ntasmai-unto Lord Brahma; bhavan-Your Lordship; haya-siraiJ,having the head and neck of a horse; tanuvam-the incarnation; hi-indeed; bibhrat-accepting; veda-druhau-two demons who were against\nthe Vedic principles; ati-balau-extremely powerful; madhu-kai!abhaakhyau-known as Madhu and Kaitahha; hatoo-killing; anayatdelivered; sruti-gar:ziin-all the different Vedas (Sarna, Yajur, IJ.g and\nAtharva); ca-and; rajaiJ, tamaiJ, ca-by representing the modes of passion and ignorance; sattvam-pure transcendental goodness; lavaYour; priya-tamiim-most dear; tanum-form\n\n( as Hayagriva ) ; iima­\n\nnanti-they honor.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, when You appeared as Hayagriva, with the head of\na horse, You killed two demons known as Madhu and Kaitabha,\nwho were full of the modes of passion and ignorance. Then You\ndelivered the Vedic knowledge to Lord Brahmii. For this reason,\nall the great saints accept Your forms as transcendental, untinged\nby material qualities.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead in His transcendental form is always ready to give protection to His devotees. As mentioned herein, the\n\n", "SB7.2#p0274": "246\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch 9\n.\n\nLord in the form of Hayagriva killed two demons named Madhu and\nKaitabha when they attacked Lord Brahma. Modern demons think that\n\nSrimadBhiigavatam we understand that the first living creature created by the\nthere was no life in the beginning of creation, but from\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead was Lord Brahma, who is full of Vedic\nunderstanding. Unfortunately, those entrusted with distributing Vedic\nknowledge, such as the devotees engaged in spreading l(r�I;ta consciousness, may sometimes be attacked by demons, but they must rest assured\nthat demoniac attacks will not be able to harm them, for the Lord is always prepared to give them protection. The Vedas provide the knowl­\n\nedge by which we can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n(vedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedya�). The devotees of the Lord are al­\n\nways ready to spread knowledge by which one may understand the Lord\nthrough l(r�J;ta consciousness, hut the demons, being unable to understand the Supreme Lord, are full of ignorance and passion. Thus the\nLord, whose form is transcendental, is always ready to kill the demons.\nBy culturing the mode of goodness, one can understand the position of\nthe transcendental Lord and how the Lord is always prepared to remove\nall obstacles on the path of understanding Him.\nIn summary, whenever the Lord incarnates, He appears in His original\n\ntranscendental form. AB the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii (4. 7):\n\nyadii yadii hi dharmasya\ngliinir bhavati bhiirata\nabhyutthiinam adharmasya\ntadiitmiinarh srjiimy aham\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendent of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I\ndescend Myself.\" It is simply foolish to think of the Lord as being\noriginally impersonal hut accepting a material body when He appears as a\npersonal incarnation. Whenever the Lord appears, He appears in His\noriginal transcendental form, which is spiritual and blissful. But unintelligent men, such as the Mayavadis, cannot understand the transcendental form of the Lord, and therefore the Lord chastises them by\n\nsaying, avajiinanti miirh miU)hii miin�irh tanum ii.Sritam: \"Fools deride\n\n", "SB7.2#p0275": "Text 38)\n\n247\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\nMe when I descend in the human form.\" Whenever the Lord appears,\nwhether as a fish, a tortoise, a hog or any other form, one should understand that He maintains His transcendental position and that His only\nbusiness, as stated here, is hatva-to kill the demons. The Lord appears\nin order to protect the devotees and kill the demons (paritrar:uJ,ya\n\nsiidhuniim viniiSaya ca d�krtam). Since the demons are always ready to\noppose Vedic civilization, they are sure to be killed by the transcendental\nform of the Lord.\nTEXT 38\n\n�\n\n�RN'lf��qfefflt�� f�«�i5ftldldl� I\n\\:1� 'i���, m« �·n3t\"\n�:�1��m�S11«� ���lll\n\nittham nr-tiryag-r$i-deva-j�avatarair\nlokan vibhavayasi hamsi jagat pratipiin\ndharmam maha-pu�a pasi yuganuvrttam\nchanna/:t kalau yad abhavas tri-yugo 'tha sa tvam\nittham-in this way; nr-like a human being (such as Lord K_r�r;ta and\nLord Ramacandra); tiryak-like animals (such as the boar); !'\"$i-as a\ngreat saint (Parasuriima); deva-as demigods; jhU$a-as an aquatic\n(such as the fish and tortoise); avatarai/:t-by such different incarnations; lokan-all the different planetary systems; vibhavayasi- You\nprotect; hamsi- You (sometimes) kill; jagat pratipiin-persons who\nhave simply created trouble in this world; dharmam-the principles of\nreligion; maha-pur�a-0 great personality; pasi- You protect; yugaanuvrttam-according\n\nto\n\nthe\n\ndifferent\n\nmillenniums;\n\nchanna/:t­\n\ncovered; kalau-in the age of Kali; yat-since; abhava/:t-have been\n(and will be in the future);\n\ntri-yuga/:t-named Triyuga;\n\natha­\n\ntherefore; sa/:t-the same personality; tvam- You.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, my Lord, You appear in various incarnations as a\nhuman being,\n\nan\n\nanimal, a great saint, a demigod, a fish or a\n\n", "SB7.2#p0276": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n248\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\ntortoise, thus maintaining the entire creation in different plan­\n\netary systems and killing the demoniac principles. According to\n\nthe age, 0 my Lord, You protect the principles of religion. In the\n\nage of Kali, however, You do not assert Yourself as the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, and therefore You are known as Triyuga,\n\nor the Lord who appears in three yugas.\nPURPORT\n\nAs the Lord appeared just to maintain Lord Brahma from the attack of\n\nMadhu and Kaitahha, He also appeared to protect the great devotee\n\nPrahlada Maharaja. Similarly, Lord Caitanya appeared in order to protect\n\nthe fallen souls of Kali-yuga. There are four yugas, or millennilliQs­\n\nSatya, Treta, Dvapara and Kali. In all the yugas but Kali-yuga, the Lord\nappears in various incarnations and asserts Himself as the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, hut although Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprahhu, who\n\nappears in Kali-yuga, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He never\nasserted f!imself\n\nas\n\nsuch. On the contrary, whenever Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprahhu was addressed as being as good as .Kr��a, He blocked His\n\nears with His hands, denying His identity with .Kr��a, because He was\nplaying the part of a devotee. Lord Caitanya knew that in Kali-yuga there\n\nwould he many bogus incarnations pretending to he God, and therefore\n\nHe avoided asserting Himself as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprahhu is accepted as the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, however, in many Vedic literatures, especially in Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam (11.5.32):\n\nkr!}r:ta-vanJarh tvi.!jakr!}r:tarh\nsiirigoparigastra-piir!jadam\nyajiiai� sarikirtana-priiyair\nyajanti hi sumedhasa�\nIn Kali-yuga, intelligent men worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the form of Sri Caitanya Mahaprahhu, who is always accom­\n\neanied by His associates such as Nityananda, Advaita, Gadadhara and\n\nSrivasa. The entire .Kr��a consciousness movement is based on the principles of the\n\nsarikirtana movement inaugurated by Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprahhu. Therefore one who tries to understand the Supreme Per-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0277": "Text 39]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n249\n\nsonality of Godhead through the medium of the sarikirtana movement\nknows everything perfectly. He is sumedhas, a person with substantial\nintelligence.\nTEXT 39\n\n�ij.-i(..(ijq �� Wf06..1¥t\n�������\n�'fUJRi\nqil��\n({�� ({Cf ��fa fer'Niftf �:II� �I I\nnaitan manas tava kathiisu vikur:t!ha-natha\nsampriyate durita-dU$!am asadhu tivram\nkamaturarh harya-soka-bhayai$a7}-iirtarh\ntasmin katharh tava gatirh vimrsami dinab,\nna-certainly\nkathiisu-in\n\nnot;\n\netat-this;\n\ntranscendental\n\ntopics;\n\nmanab,-mind;\n\ntava-Your;\n\nvikur:ttha-natha-0\n\nLord\n\nof\n\nVaiku1.1�ha, where there is no anxiety; sampriyate-is pacified or interested in; durita-by sinful activities; d!L$!am-polluted; asadhudishonest; tivram-very difficult to control; kama aturam-always full\n-\n\nof different desires and lusty propensities; har�a-soka-sometimes by\njubilation and sometimes by distress; bhaya-and sometimes by fear;\ne�T}-ii-and by desiring; artam-distressed; tasmin-in that mental\nstatus; katham-how; tava-Your; gatim-transcendental activities;\nvimrsami-1 shall consider and try to understand; dinab,-who am most\nfallen and poor.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord of the Vaikul).�ha planets, where there is no\nanxiety, my mind is extremely sinful and lusty, being sometimes\nso-called happy and sometimes so-called distressed. My mind is\nfull of lamentation and fear, and it always seeks more and more\nmoney. Thus it has become most polluted and is never satisfied in\ntopics concerning You. I am therefore most fallen and poor. In\nsuch a status of life, how shall I be able to discuss Your activities?\n\n", "SB7.2#p0278": "250\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nHere Prahlada Maharaja represents himself as a common man, although he actually has nothing to do with this material world. Prahlada is\nalways situated in the VaikuQ.tha planets of the spiritual world, but on\nbehalf of the fallen souls he asks how, when his mind is always disturbed\nby material things, he can discuss the transcendental position of the\nLord. The mind becomes sinful because we are always engaged in sinful\nactivities. Anything not connected with l(r�I).a consciousness should be\nunderstood to be sinful. Indeed, l(r�I).a demands in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(18.66):\nsarva-dharmiin parityajya\nmdm ekarh sarar:mrh vraja\naham tvarh sarva-papebhyo\nmok$ayi§yami md suca�\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall\ndeliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" As soon as one surrenders unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, l(r�Q.a, l(r�I).a immediately relieves one of the reactions of sinful activities. Therefore one\nwho is not surrendered to the lotus feet of the Lord should be understood\nto be sinful, foolish, degraded among men and bereft of all real knowledge because of atheistic propensities. This is confirmed in Bhagavad­\n\ngita (7.15):\n\nna mdrh d�krtino mii4ha�\npradyante naradhamd�\nmayayapahrta-jfiiina\nasurarh bhavam asrita�\nTherefore, especially in this age of Kali, the mind must be cleansed, and\nthis is possible only by the chanting of the Hare l(r�I).a maha-mantra.\n\nCeto-darpar:m-marjanam. In this age, the process of chanting the Hare\nl(r�I).a maha-mantra is the only method by which to cleanse the sinful\nmind. When the mind is completely cleansed of all sinful reactions, one\ncan then understand his duty in the human form of life. The l(r�I).a con­\n\nsciousness movement is meant to educate sinful men so that they may become pious simply by chanting the Hare l(r�I).a maha-mantra.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0279": "Text 40]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n251\n\nharer niiT1U1 harer niiT1U1\nharer niiT1Uliva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha\n\nTo cleanse the heart so that one may become sober and wise in this age of\nKali, there is no value to any method other than the chanting of the Hare\n\nKr!?I).a T1Ulha-mantra. Prahlada Maharaja has confirmed this process in\nprevious verses. Tvad-virya-gaya1Ul-T1Ulhamrta-mag1Ul-cittal;. Prahlada\n\nfurther confirms that if one's mind is always absorbed in thought of\nKr!?I).a, that very qualification will purify one and keep one purified always. To understand the Lord and His activities, one must free his mind\nfrom all contamination of the material world, and this one can achieve by\nsimply chanting the Lord's holy name. Thus one becomes free from all\nmaterial bondage.\n\nTEXT 40\n\nftri�at� w��Rt ��\nftr-itsw-tHI�g�t �� ,�q_ I\nEllUO�!Il�ffi:q���: � (Cf���;Q 11\\loll\n('\n\n\"'\n\njihvaikato 'cyuta vikar�ati miivitrpta\nsi.Sno 'nyatas tvag-udaram sravafJ,(lrh kuta§cit\nghrar:w 'nyata§ capala-drk kva ca karT1U1-saktir\nbahvya/.t sapatnya iva geha-patim luTUlnti\n\njihvii-the tongue; ekatal;-to one side; acyuta-0 my infallible\nLord;\n\nvikar�ati-attracts;\n\nmil-me;\n\navitrptii-not\n\nbeing\n\nsatisfied;\n\nsiSIUl/.t-the genitals; anyatal;-to another side; tvak-the skin (for\ntouching a soft thing); udaram-the belly (for various types of food);\nsravafJ-(lm-the ear (for hearing some sweet music); kuta§cit-to some\n\nother side; ghriifJ-(1/.t-the nose (for smelling); anyatal;-to still another\nside; capala-drk-the restless eyesight; kva ca-somewhere; karT1U1saktil;-the active senses;\n\nbahvya/.t-many;\n\nsa-patnyal;-co- wives;\n\niva-like; geha-patim-a householder; /uTUlnti-annihilate.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0280": "252\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, 0 infallible one, my position is like that of a per­\n\nson who has many wives, all trying to attract him in their own way.\n\nFor example, the tongue is attracted to palatable dishes, the\ngenitals to sex with an attractive woman, and the sense of touch to\n\ncontact with soft things. The belly, although filled, still wants to\n\neat more, and the ear, not attempting to hear about You, is\n\ngenerally attracted to cinema songs. The sense of smell is attracted\nto yet another side, the restless eyes are attracted to scenes of sense\n\ngratification, and the active senses are attracted elsewhere. In this\n\nway I am certainly embarrassed.\n\nPURPORT\nThe human form of life is meant for God realization, but this process,\n\nwhich be gins with sravar:w-m kirtanarh vi$ry,oft-hearing and chanting of\nthe holy name of the Lord-is disturbed as long as our senses are ma­\n\nterially attracted. Therefore devotional service means purifying the\nsenses. In the conditioned state our senses are covered by material sense\n\ngratification, and as long as one is not trained in purifying the senses, one\n\ncannot become a devotee. In our Kr�1.1a consciousness movement,\ntherefore, we advise from the very beginning that one restrict the ac­\n\ntivities of the senses, especially the tongue, which is described by Srila\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura as most greedy and unconquerable. To stop this\n\nattraction of the tongue, one is authoritatively advised not to accept meat\n\nor similar uneatable things nor to allow the tongue to hanker to drink or\nsmoke. Even the drinking of tea and coffee is not permitted. Similarly,\n\nthe genitals must be restricted from illicit sex. Without such restraint of\nthe senses, one cannot make advancement in Kr�1.1a consciousness. The\n\nonly method of controlling the senses is to chant and hear the holy name\nof the Lord; otherwise, one will always be disturbed, as a householder\n\nwith more than one wife would be disturbed by them for sense gratification.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0281": "Text 41]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n253\n\nevaril sva-karma-patitaril bhava-vaitara�yam\nanyonya-janma-marar:zii,Sana-bhita-bhitam\npa.Syaii janaril sva-para-vigraha-vaira-maitraril\nhanteti paracara piprhi mwJ,ham adya\nevam-in this way; sva-karma-patitam-fallen because of the reactions of one's own material activities; bhava-compared to the world of\nnescience (birth, death, old age and disease); vaitara�yam-in the river\nknown as Vaitariu;li (which lies in front of the doorway of Yamaraja, the\nsuperintendant of death); anya/:t anya-one after another; janmabirth;\n\nmara�-death;\n\nasana-different\n\ntypes\n\nof\n\neating;\n\nbhita­\n\nbhitam-being exceedingly afraid; pa.Syan-seeing; janam-the living\nentity; sva-one's own; para-of others; vigraha-in the body; vairamaitram-considering friendship and enmity; hanta-alas; iti-in this\nway; paracara-0 You, who are on the other side of the river of death;\npi\"prhi-kindly save us all (from this dangerous condition); mwJ,hamwe are all foolish, bereft of spiritual knowledge; adya-today (because\nYou are personally present here).\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, You are always transcendentally situated on the\nother side of the river of death, but because of the reactions of our\nown activities, we are suffering on this side. Indeed, we have fallen\ninto this river and are repeatedly suffering the pains of birth and\ndeath and eating horrible things. Now kindly look upon us-not\nonly upon me but also upon all others who are suffering-and by\nYour causeless mercy and compassion, deliver us and maintain us.\nPURPORT\n\nPrahlada Maharaja, a pure Vai�I).ava, prays to the Lord not only for\nhimself but for all other suffering living entities. There are two classes of\nVai�I).avas-the bhajananand'is and go�thy-anand'is. The bhajananand'is\nworship the Lord only for their own personal benefit,\n\nbut the\n\n", "SB7.2#p0282": "254\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\ngo�!hy-anandis try to elevate all others to Kr�J;la consciousness so that\n\nthey may be saved. Fools who cannot perceive repeated birth and death\n\nand the other miseries of materialistic life cannot be sure of what will\n\nhappen to them in their next birth. Indeed, these foolish, materially con­\n\ntaminated rascals have manufactured an irresponsible way of life that\ndoes not consider the next life. They do not know that according to one's\nown activities, one receives a body selected from 8,400,000 species.\nThese rascals have been described in Bhagavad-gita\n\nas\n\nd�krtino\n\nmiil}.hal},. Nondevotees, those who are not Kr�I;la conscious, must engage\n\nin sinful activities, and therefore they are miil}.has-fools and rascals.\n\nThey are such fools that they do not know what will happen to them in\n\ntheir next life. Although they see varieties of living creatures eating\nabominable things-pigs eating stool, crocodiles eating all kinds of flesh,\n\nand so on-they do not realize that they themselves, because of their\n\npractice of eating all kinds of nonsense in this life, will be destined to eat\n\nthe most abominable things in their next life. A Vai�Qava is always afraid\n\nof such an abominable life, and to free himself from such horrible condi­\n\ntions, he engages himself in the devotional service of the Lord. The Lord\nis compassionate to them, and therefore He appears for their benefit.\nyada yada hi dharmasya\ngliinir bhaooti bharata\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\ntadatmanam srjamy aham\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 de­\n\nscendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I\ndescend Myself.\" (Bg.\n\n4. 7) The Lord is always ready to help the fallen\n\nsouls, but because they are fools and rascals, they do not take to :Kr�I;la\nconsciousness and abide by the instructions of Kr�Qa. Therefore although\n\nSri Caitanya Mahliprabhu is personally the Supreme Lord, :Kr�J;la, He\n\ncomes as a devotee to preach the :Kr�Qa consciousness movement. Yare\ndekha, tare kaha 'k�ry,a'-upadesa. One must therefore become a sincere\n\nservant of Kr�J;la. Amara ajiidya\n\nguru haiid tara' ei desa (Cc.\n\nMadhya 7.128). One should become a guru and spread :Kr�Qa consciousness all over the world, simply by preaching the teachings of Bhagavadgita.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0283": "Text 42)\n\nPrahliida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n255\n\nTEXT 42\n\n� � asRC1�(\\ �·�� SI�l«\n�i3oq=n:�l�mru) �q��')qtft: I\n..\n\n� � �(��( 3lldit.-li\n��� fJA\\llwtlwt�Wiat 9{: 11\\l�ll\nko nv atra te 'khila-guro bhagavan prayiisa\nuttiirar_te 'sya bhava-sambhava-lopa-heto/:t\nmill).he$u vai mahad-anugraha iirta-bandho\nkim tena te priya-janiin anusevatiirh na/:t\n\nka/:t-what is that; nu-indeed; atra-in this matter; te-o£ Your\nLordship; akhila-guro-0 supreme spiritual master of the entire creation;\n\nbhagavan-0\n\nprayiisa/:t-endeavor;\n\nSupreme\n\nLord,\n\n0\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nuttiirar_te-for the deliverance of these fallen\n\nsouls; asya-of this; bhava-sambhava-o£ creation and maintenance;\nlopa-and of annihilation; heto/:t-of the cause; mill).he$u-unto the\nfoolish persons rotting in this material world; vai-indeed; mahatanugraha/:t-compassion by the Supreme; iirta-bandho-0 friend of the\nsuffering living entities; kim-what is the difficulty; tena-with that;\nte-o£ Your Lordship;\n\npriya-janiin-the dear persons\n\n(devotees);\n\nanusevatiim-of those always engaged in serving; na/:t-like us (who are\n\nso engaged).\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, original spiritual master of the entire world, what is the difficulty for You, who\nmanage the affairs of the universe, in delivering the fallen souls\nengaged in Your devotional service? You are the friend of all\nsuffering humanity, and for great personalities it is necessary to\nshow mercy to the foolish. Therefore I think that You will show\nYour causeless mercy to persons like us, who engage in Your service.\nPURPORT\n\nHere the words priya-janiin anusevatiirh na/:t indicate that the\nSupreme Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is very favorable to\n\n", "SB7.2#p0284": "256\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch 9\n.\n\ndevotees who act according to the instructions of His own pure devotee.\n\nIn other words, one must become the servant of the servant of the ser­\n\nvant of the Lord. If one wants to become the servant of the Lord directly,\nthis is not as fruitful as engaging in the service of the Lord's servant.\n\nThis is the direction of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who shows us the way\n\nto become gopi-bhartu/:t pada-kamalayor diisa-diisiinudasa/:t. One should\nnot be proud of becoming directly the servant of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. Rather, one must seek a pure devotee, a servant of\n\nthe Lord, and engage oneself in the service of such a servant. The more\n\none becomes the servant of the servant, the more one becomes perfect in\n\ndevotional service. This is also the injunction of Bhagavad-gitii: evarh\n\nparamparii-priiptam imam riijar�ayo vidu/:t. One can understand the\nscience of the Supreme Personality of Godhead simply by the paramparii\nsystem. In this regard, Srila Narottama dasa 'fhakura says, tiilidera\ncara� sevi bhakta-sane vasa: \"Let me serve the lotus feet of the devotees of the Lord, and let me live with devotees.\" ]aname janame haya, ei\nabhi�a. Following Narottama dasa Thakura, one should aspire to be a\n\nservant of the Lord's servant, life after life. Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura\nalso sings, tumi ta' !hiikura, tomiira kukura, baliyii jiinaha more: \"0 my\n\nLord, 0 V ai!?Qava, please consider me your dog.\" One must become the\n\ndog of a Vai!?Qava, a pure devotee, for a pure devotee can deliver K.r!?I.Ia\nwithout difficulty. Kr�� se tomiira, kr�� dite para. K.r!?I.Ia is the prop­\n\nerty of His pure devotee, and if we take shelter of a pure devotee, he can\n\ndeliver K.r!?I.Ia very easily. Prahlada wants to engage in the service of a\n\ndevotee, and therefore he prays to Kr!?f.la, \"My dear Lord, kindly give me\n\nthe shelter of Your very dear devotee so that I may engage in his service\nand\n\nYou may then be pleased.\"\nMad-bhakta-piljabhyadhikii\n(Bhiig. 11.19.21). The Lord says, \"Engaging in the service of My devo­\n\ntee is better than trying to engage in My devotional service.\"\n\nAnother significant point in this verse is that by devotional service\n\nPrahlada Maharaja does not want to benefit alone. Rather, he prays to the\n\nLord that all of us fallen souls in this material world may, by the grace of\n\nthe Lord, engage in the service of His servant and thus be delivered. The\n\ngrace of the Lord is not at all difficult for the Lord to bestow, and thus\nPrahlada Maharaja wants to save the whole world by spreading K.r!?I.Ia\nconsciousness.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0285": "Prahlida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\nText 43]\n\n257\n\nTEXT43\n\n�cit� '« !i(�44q6(1Rfl*4il4•n4wt+l(l'l6+1\\IM�:\n�m�fl(ct�6Q��+�141ij(ctl4 lffi!mfi � 11\\l�ll\nnaivodvije para duratyaya-vaitarar:tyiis\ntvad-v'irya-gayana-mahamrta-magna-citta/:L\nsoce tato vimukha-cetasa indriyarthamaya-sukhaya bharam udvahato vimiiljhan\n\nna-not; eva-ce rtainly; udvije-I am disturbed or afraid; para-0\nSupreme;\n\nduratyaya-insurmountable\n\nor\n\nvery\n\ndifficult\n\nto\n\ncross;\n\nvaitarar:tyli/:L-of the Vaitara1,1i, the river of the material world; tvatv'irya-of Your Lordship's glories and activities; gayana-from chant­\n\ning or distributing; maha-amrta-in the great ocean of nectarean spiritual bliss; magna-citta/:L-whose consciousness is absorbed; soce-I am\nsimply lamenting; tata/:L-from that; vimukha-cetasa/:L-the fools and\nrascals who are bereft of Knu;ta consciousness; indriya-artha-in sense\ngratification;\n\nmaya-sukhaya-for\n\ntemporary,\n\nillusory\n\nhappiness;\n\nbharam-the false burden or responsibility (of maintaining one's\nfamily, society and nation and elaborate arrangements for that purpose);\nudvahata/:L-who are lifting (by making grand plans for this arrangement); vimiil)han-although all of them are nothing but fools and rascals (I am thinking of them also).\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 best of the great personalities, I am not at all afraid of material\nexistence, for wherever I stay I am fully absorbed in thoughts of\nYour glories and activities. My concern is only for the fools and\nrascals who are making elaborate plans for material happiness and\nmaintaining their families, societies and countries. I am simply\nconcerned with love for them.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0286": "258\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nThroughout the entire world, everyone is making big, big plans to adjust the miseries of the material world, and this is true at present, in the\npast and in the future. Nonetheless, although they make elaborate political, social and cultural plans, they have all been described herein as\nvimW;lha-fools. The material world has been described in Bhagavadgitii as dul_r.khiilayam a.Sii.Svatam-temporary and miserable-but these\nfools are trying to turn the material world into sukhiilayam, a place of\nhappiness, not knowing how everything acts by the arrangement of material nature, which works in her own way.\nprakrtel_r. kriyamiir:uJ,ni\ngur:mil_r. karmii�i sarva.Sal_r.\naharikiira-vimW;lhiitmii\nkartiiham iti manyate\n\"The bewildered spirit soul, under the influence of the three modes of\nmaterial nature, thinks himself to be the doer of activities that are in ac­\n\ntuality carried out by nature.\" (Bg. 3.27)\n\nThere is a plan for material nature, personally known as Durga, to\npunish the demons. Although the asuras, the godless demons, struggle\nfor existence, they are directly attacked by the goddess Durga, who is\nwell equipped with ten hands with different types of weapons to punish\nthem. She is carried by her lion carrier, or the modes of passion and ignorance. Everyone struggles very hard to fight through the modes of passion and ignorance and conquer material nature, but at the end everyone\nis vanquished by nature's laws.\nThere is a river known as Vaitar�i between the material and spiritual\nworlds, and one must cross this river to reach the other side, or the spiritual world. This is an extremely difficult task. As the Lord says in\nBhagavad-gitii (7.14), daivi hy e�ii gur:mmayi mama maya duratyayii:\n\n\"This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material\nnature, is difficult to overcome.\" The same word duratyaya, meaning\n\"very difficult,\" is used here. Therefore one cannot surpass the stringent\nlaws of material nature except by the mercy of the Supreme Lord. Nonetheless, although all materialists are baffied in their plans, they try again\nand again to become happy in this material world. Therefore they have\n\n", "SB7.2#p0287": "Text 44)\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Pra yers\n\n259\n\nbeen described as vima4ha-fust-class fools. AE for Prahlada Maharaja,\nhe was not at all unhappy, for although he was in the material world, he\nwas full of K.rf?Qa consciousness. Those who are K.rf?Qa conscious, trying\nto serve the Lord, are not unhappy, whereas one who has no assets in\nK.rf?Qa consciousness and is struggling for existence is not only foolish\nbut extremely unhappy also. Prahlada Maharaja was happy and unhappy\nsimultaneously. He felt happiness and transcendental bliss because of his\nbeing K.rf?Qa conscious, yet he felt great unhappiness for the fools and\nrascals who make elaborate plans to be happy in this material world.\nTEXT 44\n\n� �tt a;A: �fii&RfiifiiiT\n\n��fm:Wf�:l\n�<IIM(I44 tNUIIMWf �\n���liUi<ftS�� ll'cl'clll\nprilyer:w. deva munayalJ, sva-vimukti-kilmil\nmaunarh caranti vijane na parartha-ni$!hiilJ\nnaitan vihiiya krpwliin vimumu/cya eko\nnilnyarh tvad asya sarar:w.rit bhramato 'nupa§ye\nprayer:w.-generally, in almost all cases; deva-0 my Lord;\nmunayalJ,-the great saintly persons; sva-personal, own; vimuktikamalJ,-ambitious for liberation from this material world; maunamsilently; caranti-they wander (in places like the Himalayan forests,\nwhere they have no touch with the activities of the materialists);\nv�ane-in solitary places; na-not; para-artha-ni$!hiilJ-interested in\nworking for others by giving them the benefit of the K.rr?Qa consciousness\nmovement, by enlightening them with K.rr?Qa consciousness; na-not;\nelan-these; vihiiya-leaving aside; krpar:uin-fools and rascals\n(engaged in materialistic activity who do not know the benefit of the\nhuman form of life); vimumu/cye-1 desire to be liberated and to return\nhome, back to Godhead; ekalJ,-alone; na-not; anyam -other; tvatbut for You; asya-of this; sa rar:w.m -shelter; bhramatalJ,-of the living entity rotating and wandering throughout the material universes;\nanupa§ye-do I see.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0288": "260\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord Nrsi:rhhadeva, I see that there are many saintly persons indeed, but they are interested only in their own deliverance.\nNot caring for the big cities and towns, they go to the Himalayas or\nthe forest to meditate with vows of silence [mauna-vrata]. They are\nnot interested in delivering others. As for me, however, I do not\nwish to be liberated alone, leaving aside all these poor fools and\nrascals. I know that without .Kr��a consciousness, without taking\nshelter of Your lotus feet, one cannot be happy. Therefore I wish\nto bring them back to shelter at Your lotus feet.\nPURPORT\nThis is the decision of the Vai�I).ava, the pure devotee of the Lord. For\nhimself he has no problems, even if he has to stay in this material world,\nbecause his only business is to remain in Kr�J.la consciousness. The Kr�J.la\nconscious person can go even to hell and still be happy. Therefore\n\nPrahlada Maharaja said, naivodvije para duratyaya-vaitararJyii/.t: \"0\nbest of the great personalities, I am not at all afraid of material existence.\" The pure devotee is never unhappy in any condition of life. This\n\nis confirmed in Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(6.17.28):\n\nniiriiyarJa-parii/.t sarve\n\nna kuta.Scana bibhyati\n\nsvargiipavarga-narake$V\n\napi tulyartha-darsina/.t\n\n\"Devotees solely engaged in the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Narayal).a, never fear any condition of life. For\nthem the heavenly planets, liberation and the hellish planets are all the\nsame, for such devotees are interested only in the service of the Lord.\"\nFor a devotee, being situated in the heavenly planets and being in the\nhellish planets are equal, for a devotee lives neither in heaven nor in hell\nbut with Kr�J.la in the spiritual world. The secret of success for the devo­\n\ntee is not understood by the karmis and jfliinis. Karmis therefore try to\nbe happy by material adjustment, and jfliinis want to be happy by becom­\n\ning one with the Supreme. The devotee has no such interest. He is not interested in so-called meditation in the HiiiJalayas or the forest. Rather,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0289": "Text 45]\n\nPrahlida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n261\n\nhis interest is in the busiest part of the world, where he teaches people\nl(r�:Q.a consciousness. The K{�:Q.a consciousness movement was started for\n\nthis purpose. We do not teach one to meditate in a secluded place just so\n\nthat one may show that he has become very much advanced and may be\n\nproud of his so-called transcendental meditation, although he engages in\n\nall sorts of foolish materialistic activity. A Vai�:Q.ava like Prahlada\n\nMaharaja is not interested in such a bluff of spiritual advancement.\n\nRather, he is interested in enlightening people in Kr�l).a consciousness\n\nbecause that is the only way for them to become happy. Prahlada\nMaharaja says clearly, nanyam tvad asya saraf}.am bhramato 'nupciye:\n\n\"I know that without Kr�l).a consciousness, without taking shelter of\n\nYour lotus feet, one cannot be happy.\" One wanders within the universe,\nlife after life, but by the grace of a devotee, a servant of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, one can get the clue to Kr�l).a consciousness and then not\n\nonly become happy in this world but also return home, back to Godhead.\nThat is the real target in life. The members of the Kr�l).a consciousness\n\nmovement are not at all interested in so-called meditation in the\nHimalayas or the forest, where one will only make a show of meditation,\n\nnor are they interested in opening many schools for yoga and meditation\n\nin the cities. Rather, every member of the Kr�:Q.a consciousness move­\n\nment is interested in going door to door to try to convince people about\nthe teachings of Bhagavad-gitii As It Is, the teachings of Lord Caitanya.\n\nThat is the purpose of the Hare Kr�l).a movement. The members of the\nKr�l).a consciousness movement must be fully convinced that without\n\nKr�l).a one cannot be happy. Thus the Kr�l).a conscious person avoids all\n\nkinds of pseudo spiritualists, transcendentalists, meditators, monists,\n\nphilosophers and philanthropists.\n\nTEXT 45\n\n�����\nEP{��Wi '!M�Rill �:�:� I\nttqf.:ij ���:�:\n4i'\\Rti:i ttW�R1Gi � �: 11\\l�ll\n..\n\nyan maithuniidi-grhamedhi-sukham hi tuccham\nka'J4,uyanena karayor iva du/:tkha-du/:tkham\n\n", "SB7.2#p0290": "262\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\ntrpyanti neha krpar:ui bahu-du/:tkha-bhiija/:t\nkar:u)utivan manasijarh vi¥Lheta dhira/:t\nyat-that which (is meant for material sense gratification); maithunaadi-represented by talking of sex, reading sexual literature or enjoying\nsex life (at home or outside, as in a club); grhamedhi-sukham-all types\nof material happiness based on attachment to family, society, friendship,\netc.; hi-indeed; tuccham-insignificant; kar:u)ayanena-with the itching; karayo/:t-of the two hands (to relieve the itching); iva-like;\ndu/:tkha-du/:tkham-difierent types of unhappiness (into which one is\nput after such itching sense gratification); trpyanti-become satisfied;\nna-never; iha-in material sense gratification; krpa�u'i/:t-the foolish\npersons; bahu-du/:tkha-bhiija/:t-subjected to various types of material\nunhappiness; kar:u)uti-vat-if one can learn from such itching; manasijam-which is simply a mental concoction (actually there is no happiness); v�aheta-and tolerates (such itching); dhira/:t-(he can become)\na most perfect, sober person.\nTRANSLATION\nSex life is compared to the rubbing of two hands to relieve an\n\nitch. Grhamedhis, so-called grhasthas who have no spiritual\nknowledge, think that this itching is the greatest platform of hap­\n\npiness, although actually it is a source of distress. The krp�, the\nfools who are just the opposite of brihm81_las, are not satisfied by\n\nrepeated sensuous enjoyment. Those who are dhira, however, who\n\nare sober and who tolerate this itching, are not subjected to the\nsufferings of fools and rascals.\n\nPURPORT\n\nMaterialists think that sexual indulgence is the greatest happiness in\nthis material world, and therefore they make elaborate plans to satisfy\ntheir senses, especially the genitals. This is generally found everywhere,\nand specifically found in the Western world, where there are regular arrangements to satisfy sex life in different ways. Actually, however, this\nhas not made anyone happy. Even the hippies, who have given up all the\nmaterialistic comforts of their fathers and grandfathers, cannot give up\nthe sensational happiness of sex life. Such persons are described here as\n\n", "SB7.2#p0291": "Text 46]\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n263\n\nkrpar:ws, misers. The human form of life is a great asset, for in this life\none can ful£11 the goal of existence. Unfortunately, however, because of\na lack of education and culture, people are victimized by the false happiness of sex life. Prahlada Maharaja therefore advises one not to be misled\nby this civilization of sense gratification, and especially not by sex life.\nRather, one should be sober, avoid sense gratification and be K.r!?r;ta conscious. The lusty person, who is compared to a foolish miser, never gets\nhappiness by sense gratification. The influence of material nature is very\n\ndifficult to surpass, but as stated by K.r!?r;ta in Bhagavad-gitd (7.14), mam\n\neva ye prapadyante, mayam etdrh taranti te: if one voluntarily submits\nto the lotus feet of K.r!?r;ta, he can be saved very easily.\nIn reference to the low-grade happiness of sex life, Yamunacarya says\nin this connection:\n\nyadavadhi mama ceta/:t kmw.-padaravinde\nnava-nava-rasa-dhamanudyata rantum asit\ntadavadhi bata ndri-sarigame smaryamane\nbhavati mukha-vikara/:t s�!u n�!hivanarh ca\n\"Since I have been engaged in the transcendental loving service of\nK.r!?r;ta, realizing ever-new pleasure in Him, whenever I think of sex\npleasure, I spit at the thought, and my lips curl with distaste.\"\nYamunacarya had formerly been a great king who enjoyed sexual happiness in various ways, but since he later engaged himself in the service of\nthe Lord, he enjoyed spiritual bliss and hated to think of sex life. If sexual thoughts came to him, he would spit with disgust.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n�'1EHt'laacits�4'1 �•(0t(l00lilq(1'41� 3llqC4;�:\n!(A': 1ft� ij' ���IUif\ncrnrt �C4�6 Wf � Q C(l£i:44Etil'1(1 1�� II\nmauna-vrata-sruta-tapo- 'dhyayana-sva-dharmavyakhya-raho-japa-samadhaya apavargya/:t\npraya/:t pararh pu�a te tv ajitendriya,_w,m\nvarta bhavanty uta na vatra tu dambhikanam\n\n", "SB7.2#p0292": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n264\nmauna-silence;\n\nausterity;\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nvrata-vows; sruta-Vedic knowledge;\n\nadhyayana-study of\n\nscripture;\n\ntapa/:t­\n\nsva-dharma-executing\n\nvarT}ii.Srama-dharma; tyakhya-explaining the sastras; raha/:t-living\n\nin a solitary place; japa-chanting or reciting mantras; samiidhaya/:t­\n\nremaining in trance; apavargya/:t-these are ten types of activities for\n\nadvancing on the path of liberation; praya/:t-generally; param-the\n\nonly means; pur�a-0 my Lord; te-all of them; tu-but; ajitaindriyar:tam-of persons who cannot control the senses; varta:/:t-means\n\nof living; bhavanti-are; uta-so it is said; na-not; va-or; atra-in\n\nthis connection; tu-but; dambhikanam-of persons who are falsely\n\nproud.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, there are ten prescribed\n\nmethods on the path to liberation-to remain silent, not to speak\n\nto anyone, to observe vows, to amass all kinds of Vedic knowledge,\n\nto undergo austerities, to study the Vedas and other Vedic\n\nliteratures, to execute the duties of var'.lasrama-dharma, to explain\nthe sastras, to stay in a solitary place, to chant mantras silently, and\n\nto he absorbed in trance. These different methods for liberation\n\nare generally only a professional practice and means of livelihood\nfor those who have not conquered their senses. Because such per­\n\nsons are falsely proud, these procedures may not he successful.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (6.1.15):\nkecit kevalaya bhaktya\n\nvasudeva-paraya1J11/:t\n\nagharh dhunmnti kartsnyena\nniharam iva bhaskara/:t\n\n\"Only a rare person who has adopted complete, unalloyed devotional ser­\n\nvice to Kr!?I;ta can uproot the weeds of sinful actions with no possibility\nthat they will revive. He can do this simply by discharging devotional\n\nservice, just as the sun can immediately dissipate fog by its rays.\" The\n\n", "SB7.2#p0293": "Text 46]\n\nPrahliida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n265\n\nreal purpose of human life is to attain liberation from material entangle­\n\nment. Such liberation may be achieved by many methods (tapasa\nbrahmacaryer:w- samena ca damena ca), but all of them mor,e or less\n\ndepend on tapasya, austerity, which begins with celibacy. Sukadeva\n\nGosvami says that those who are viisudeva-parayar:w-, who have fully\n\nsurrendered to the lotus feet of Lord Vasudeva, �!?I.J.a, automatically\n\nachieve the results of mauna (silence), vrata (vows) and other such\nmethods simply by discharging devotional service. In other words, these\n\nmethods are not so powerful. If one takes to devotional serivce, all of\n\nthem are very easily performed.\n\nMauna, for example, does. not mean that one should just stop speak­\n\ning. The tongue is meant for speaking, although sometimes, to make a\n\nbig show, a person remains silent. There are many who observe silence\nsome day in a week. Vai�?I.J.avas, however, do not observe such silence.\n\nSilence means not speaking foolishly. Speakers at assemblies, con­\n\nferences and meetings generally speak foolishly like toads. This is de­\n\nscribed by Srtla Riipa Gosvami as vaco vegam. One who wants to say\n\nsomething can show himself to be a big orator, but rather than go on\nspeaking nonsense, better to remain silent. This method of silence,\n\ntherefore, is recommended for persons very attached to speaking non­\n\nsense. One who is not a devotee must speak nonsensically because he does\nnot have the power to speak about the glories of �f?I.J.a. Thus whatever\n\nhe says is influenced by the illusory energy and is compared to the croak­\n\ning of a frog. One who speaks about the glories of the Lord, however, has\n\nno need to be silent. Caitanya Mahaprabhu recommends, kirtaniya/:t sada\nhari/:t: one should go on chanting the glories of the Lord twenty-four\n\nhours a day. There is no question of becoming mauna, or silent.\n\nThe ten processes for liberation or improvement on the path of libera­\n\ntion are not meant for the devotees. Kevalaya bhaktya: if one simply\n\nengages in devotional service to the Lord, all ten methods of liberation\n\nare automatically observed. Prahlada Maharaja's proposal is that such\n\nprocesses may be recommended for the ajitendriya, those who cannot\n\nconquer their senses. Devotees, however, have already conquered their\n\nsenses. Sarvopadhi-vinirmuktam tat-paratvena nirmalam: a devotee is\n\nalready freed from material contamination.\nSarasvati Thakura therefore said:\n\nSrtla Bhaktisiddhanta\n\n", "SB7.2#p0294": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n266\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\ndll{i!a ma1Ul! tumi kisera va��va? prat�t/uira tare, nirjanera ghare,\ntava hariniima kevala kaitava\n\nThere are many who like to chant the Hare K.r�J.la mantra in a silent,\nsolitary place, but if one is not interested in preaching, talking constantly\nto the nondevotees, the influence of the modes of nature is very difficult\nto surpass. Therefore unless one is extremely advanced in K.r�J.la consciousness, one should not imitate Haridasa Thakura, who had no other\nbusiness than chanting the holy name always, twenty-four hours a day.\nPrahlada Maharaja does not condemn such a process; he accepts it, but\nwithout active service to the Lord, simply by such methods one generally\ncannot attain liberation. One cannot attain liberation simply by false\npride.\nTEXT 47\n\n� � (1�(1� � �\n\"liii(INi!f ;r '4114�'*'\n�: (1'WQit4Sf �\"\" � �\n�qfcfilq ��:�� ll\\l\\911\n..\n\nrupe ime sad-asati tava veda-sme\nbijarikuriiv iva 1Ul ciinyad arilpakasya\nyuktii/:t samak§am ubhayatra vicak§ante tvii rh\nyoge1Ul vahnim iva diirU{iu niinyata/:t syiit\nrupe-in the forms; ime-these two; sat-asati-the cause and the\neffect; tava-Your; veda-sme-explained in the Vedas; bija-arikurauthe seed and the sprout; iva-like; 1Ul-never; ca-also; anyat-any\nother; arupakasya-of You, who possess no material form; yuktii/:tthose engaged in Your devotional service; samak§am-before the very\neyes;\n\nubhayatra-in\n\nboth\n\nways\n\n(spiritually\n\nvicak§ante-can actually see;\n\ntviim-You;\n\nmethod of devotional service;\n\nvahnim-fire;\n\nand\n\nmaterially);\n\nyoge1Ul-simply by the\niva-like;\n\ndiirU{iu-in\n\nwood; 1Ul-not; anyata/:t-from any other means; syiit-it is possible.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0295": "Text\n\n48]\n\n267\n\nPrahlilda Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\nTRANSLATION\n\nBy authorized Vedic knowledge one can see that the forms of\ncause and effect in the cosmic\n\nmanifestation belong to the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, for the cosmic manifestation is\nHis energy. Both cause and effect are nothing but energies of the\nLord. Therefore, 0 my Lord, just as a wise man, by considering\ncause and effect, can see how fire pervades wood, those engaged in\ndevotional service understand how You are both the cause and\neffect.\nPURPORT\n\nAs described in previous verses, many so-called students of spiritual\n\nunderstanding follow the ten different methods known as mauna-vrata­\n\nsruta-tapo- 'dhyayana-sva-dharma-vyakhya-raho-japa-sarniidhaya/:t.\n\nThese may be very attractive, but by following such methods, one cannot\nactually understand the real cause and effect and the original cause of\n\neverything (janrniid y asya yata/:t). The original source of everything is\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself (sarva-kiira�J.a-kiira�J.am).\n\nThis original source of everything is ICr!?r;ta, the supreme ruler. lsvara/:t\n\nparama/:t kr��J.a/:t sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha/:t. He has His eternal spiritual\n(bijarh rruirh sarvabhiltiiniim). Whatever manifestations exist, their cause is the Supreme\n\nform. Indeed, He is the root of everything\n\nPersonality of Godhead. This cannot be understood by so-called silence\nor by any other hodgepodge method. The supreme cause can be under­\n\nstood only by devotional service, as stated in Bhagavad-gitii (bhaktyii\n\nrruim abhijiiniiti). Elsewhere in Snmad-Bhagavatam (11.14.21), the\n\nSupreme Godhead personally says, bhaktyaham ekaya grahya/:t: one can\nunderstand the original cause of all causes, the Supreme Person, only by\ndevotional service, not by show-bottle exhibitionism.\n\n·\n\nTEXT 48\n\n� il19;dic«Mf«G>'!'li'SI:\n\n,..�·tor wt N«>s'�ttr\n� � ijgaft ftgiJf� �\n� �qtq��mf��'J:. 11\\l�ll\n\n", "SB7.2#p0296": "[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nSri mad-Bhiigavatam\n\n268\n\ntvam vayur agnir avanir viyad ambu miitra/.l\np ra rumdriyar:ti hrdayam cid anugrahaS ca\nsarvam tvam eva sagur:w vigul)a5 ca bhilman\nnanyat tvad asty api mano-vacasa niruktam\n.\n\ntvam-You (are); vayu/.l-air; agni/.l-fue; aooni/.t-earth; viyatsky; ambu-water; matra/.l-the sense objects; prar:ta-the life airs;\nindriyar:ti-the\n\nsenses;\n\nhrdayam-the\n\nmind;\n\ncit-consciousness;\n\nanugraha/.l ca-and false ego or the demigods; sarvam-everything;\ntvam-You; eva-only; sa-gur:ta/.t-material nature with its three\nmodes; vigur:ta/.t-the spiritual spark and Supersoul, which are beyond\nmaterial nature;\nanyat-other;\n\nca-and;\n\ntvat-than\n\nbhilman-0 my great Lord; na-not;\nYou;\n\nasti-is;\n\napi-although;\n\nmana/.l­\n\nvacasa-by mind and words; niruktam-everything manifested.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Supreme Lord, You are actually the air, the earth, fire, sky and\n\nwater. You are the objects of sense perception, the life airs, the five\n\nsenses, the mind, consciousness and false ego. Indeed, You are\n\neverything, subtle and gross. The material elements and anything\n\nexpressed, either by the words or by the mind, are nothing but\nYou.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the all-pervasive conception of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, which explains how He spreads everywhere and anywhere.\n\nSarvam khalv idam brahma: everything is Brahman-the Supreme\nBrahman, Kri?Qa. Nothing exists without Him. As the Lord says in\n\nBhagavad-gita (9.4):\nmaya tatam idam sarvam\njagad avyakta-milrtina\nmat-sthani sarva-bhiltani\nna caham te$V avasthita/.l\n\"I exist everywhere, and everything exists in Me, yet I am not visible\n\neverywhere.\" The Lord can be visible only through devotional service.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0297": "Text 49]\n\nPrahlida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n269\n\nTatra ti$thami narada yatra gayanti mad-bhaktii/:L: the Supreme Lord\n\nstays only where His devotees chant His glories.\nTEXT 49\n\n� gun Wf �fur.ft �«IG\\�f if\n� �:!(ll(fll: ����tit:\n31lt4W{I�;:a � �G\\frij-{{ mirci�� �Ntft fcro��ii�II��II\nnaite gu� na gurJirw mahad-iidayo ye\nsarve mana/:L prabhrtaya/:L sahadeva-martyii/:L\niilly-antavanta urugaya villanti hi tviim\nevarit vimrsya sudhiyo viramanti sabdiit\n\nna-neither; �te-all these; gu�/:t-three qualities of material\nnature; na-nor; gurJina/:L-the predominating deities of the three\nmodes of material nature (namely Lord Brahma, the predominating deity\nof passion, and Lord Siva, the predominating deity of ignorance);\nmahat-iidaya}:t-the five elements, the senses and the sense objects;\nye-those which; sarve-all; mana/:t-the mind; prabhrtaya}:t-and so\non; saha-deva-martya}:t-with the demigods and the mortal human\nbeings; iidi-anta-vanta}:t-who all have a beginning and end; urugaya0 Supreme Lord, who are glorified by all saintly persons; villantiunderstand;\nhi-indeed;\ntviim- Your\nLordship;\nevam-thus;\nvimrsya-considering; sudhiya/:L-all wise men; viramanti-cease;\nsabdiit-from studying or understanding the Vedas.\nTRANSLATION\nNeither the three modes of material nature [sattva-gu1,;1a, rajogul,;la and tamo-gu1,;1a], nor the predominating deities controlling\nthese three modes, nor the five gross elements, nor the mind, nor\nthe demigods nor the human beings can understand Your Lordship, for they are all subjected to birth and annihilation. Considering this, the spiritually advanced have taken to devotional service.\nSuch wise men hardly bother with Vedic study. Instead, they\nengage themselves in practical devotional service.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0298": "270\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in several places, bhaktyii nuim abhijaniiti: only by devotional service can the Supreme Lord be understood. The intelligent person, the devotee, does not bother much about the practices mentioned in\ntext 46 (mauna-vrata-sruta-tapo- 'dhyayana-sva-dharma). Mter understanding the Supreme Lord through devotional service, such devotees are\nno longer interested in studies of the Vedas. Indeed, this is confirmed in\nthe Vedas also. The Vedas say, kim arthii vayam adhye�yiimahe kim\n\narthii vayam va�yiimahe. What is the use of studying so many Vedic\nliteratures? What is the use of explaining them in different ways?\n\nVayam va�yiimahe. No one needs to study any more Vedic literatures,\nnor does anyone need to describe them by philosophical speculation.\n\nBhagavad-gitii (2.52) also says:\n\nyadii te moha-kalilarh\nbuddhir vyatita�yati\ntadii gantiisi nirvedarh\nsrotavyasya srutasya ca\nWhen one understands the Supreme Personality of Godhead by executing devotional service, one ceases the practice of studying the Vedic\nliterature. Elsewhere it is said, iiriidhito yadi haris tapasii tata/.1- kim. If\none can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead and engage in\nHis service, there is no more need of severe austerities, penances and so\non. However, if after performing severe austerities and penances one\ndoes not understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, such practices\nare useless.\nTEXT 50\n\n��ijs� WJ�t:�-�t:\n� '��): � ��\"\"l_,<illft'( I\nijij-rp;n m-� �fu 'R� trti\n� �: tRq{«iRfi �� II� II\no\n\ntat te 'rhattama nama/.1- stuti-karma-piljii/.1karma smrtiS cara�yo/.1- srava�rh kathiiyiim\n\n", "SB7.2#p0299": "Prahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\nText 50]\n\n271\n\nsarhsevayii tvayi vineti �cu)-arigayii kim\nbhaktirh jana/:1, paramaharhsa-gatau labheta\ntat-therefore;\nworshipable\n\nte-unto\n\npersons;\n\nYou;\n\narhat-tama-0\n\nnama/:1,-respectful\n\nsupreme\n\nobeisances;\n\nof\n\nall\n\nstuti-karma­\n\npujii/:1,-worshiping Your Lordship by offering prayers and other devotional activities; karma-activities being dedicated to You; smrti/:1,-constant remembrance; carar:tayo/:1,-of Your lotus feet; sravar:tam-always\nhearing; kathiiyiim-in topics (about You); sarhsevayii-such devotional\nservice; tvayi-unto You; vinii-without; iti-thus; �a!-arigayii-having six\n\ndifferent parts;\n\njana/:1,-a\n\nperson;\n\nkim-how;\n\nbhaktim-devotional\n\nparamaharhsa-gatau-obtainable\n\nservice;\nby\n\nthe\n\nparamaharhsa; labheta-may attain.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, the best of all\npersons to whom prayers are offered, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You because without rendering six kinds of devotional\nservice unto You-offering prayers, dedicating all the results of\nactivities,\n\nworshiping You,\n\nworking on Your\n\nbehalf, always\n\nremembering Your lotus feet and hearing about Your glorieswho can achieve that which is meant for the paramahamsas?\nPURPORT\n\nThe Vedas enjoin: niiyam iitmii pravacanena labhyo na medhayii na\nbahunii srutena. One cannot understand the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead simply by studying the Vedas and offering prayers. Only by the\ngrace of the Supreme Lord can one understand Him. The process of\nunderstanding the Lord, therefore, is bhakti. Without bhakti, simply\nfollowing the Vedic injunctions to understand the Absolute Truth will\nnot be helpful at all. The process of bhakti is understood by the\nparamaharhsa, one who has accepted the essence of everything. The\nresults of bhakti are reserved for such a paramaharhsa, and this stage\ncannot be obtained by any Vedic process other than devotional service.\nOther processes, such as jnana and yoga, can be successful only when\nmixed with bhakti. When we speak of jnana-yoga, karma-yoga and\n\n", "SB7.2#p0300": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n272\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\ndhyana-yoga the word yoga indicates bhakti. Bhakti-yoga, or buddhiyoga, executed with intelligence and full knowledge, is the only suc­\n\ncessful method for going back home, back to Godhead. If one wants to be\n\nliberated from the pangs of material existence, he should take to devo­\n\ntional service for quick attainment of this goal.\nTEXT 51\n\n��� iffl'if\n\ni(ijl�l\\frqdguft �� �WI f.fgUT: I\nSJm\n\nSIUT<i SIT�\n\n�d'l9iOO'RI' II�� II\n\nsri-narada uviica\netavad varrJ-ila-gurJ-o\nbhaktya bhaktena nirguf_Ul/:1.\nprahradam praT_Ultarh prito\nyata-manyur ab�ata\nsri-narada/:1. uvaca-Sri: Narada Muni said;\n\netavat-up to this;\n\nvarT}-ita-described; guf_Ul/:1.- transcendental qualities; bhaktya-with\n\ndevotion; bhaktena-by the devotee (Prahlada Maharaja); nirguf_Ul/:1.the\n\ntranscendental\n\nLord;\n\nprahradam-unto\n\nPrahlada\n\nMaharaja;\n\npraT_Ultam-who was surrendered at the lotus feet of the Lord; prita/:1.­\n\nbeing pleased; yata-manyu/:1.-controlling the anger; ab�ata-began\n\nto speak (as follows).\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe great saint Niirada said: Thus Lord N:rshnhadeva was\n\npacified by the devotee Prahliida Maharaja with prayers offered\n\nfrom the transcendental platform. The Lord gave up His anger,\nand being very kind to Prahliida, who was offering prostrated\n\nobeisances, He spoke as follows.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word nirguf_Ul is important. The Mayavadi: philosophers accept the\n\nAbsolute Truth as nirguf_Ul or nirakara. The word nirguf_Ul refers to one\n\nwho possesses no material qualities. The Lord, being full of spiritual\n\nqualities, gave up all His anger and spoke to Prahlada.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0301": "Text 52]\n\n273\n\nPrahliida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\nTEXT 52\n\n�ij�/<#/�<i/*1\n� lf� �t ij 3ftcrls{ ij�u�� 1\n\nift !'If�� �VI�� 11'-\\�11\nsn-bhagavan uvaca\nprahriida bhadra bhadram te\npruo 'ham te 'surottama\nvaram v��vabhimatam\nkama-pilro 'smy aham nr�am\nsri-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;\nprahriida-0 My dear Prahlada; bhadra-you are so gentle; bhadram­\n\nall good fortune; te-unto you; pruab,-pleased; aham-1 ( am) ; te­\n\nunto You; asura-uttama-0 best devotee in the family of asuras\n(atheists);\n\nvaram-benediction;\n\nabhimatam-desired;\n\nvr��va-just\n\nask\n\n(from\n\nMe);\n\nkama-pilrab,-who fulfills everyone's desire;\n\nasmi-am; aham-1; nr�m-of all men.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: My dear Prahliida,\nmost gentle one, best of the family of the asuras, all good fortune\nunto you. I am ver y much pleased with you. It is My pastime to\nfulfill the desires of all living beings, and therefore you may ask\nfrom Me any benediction that you desire to be fulfilled.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is known as bhakta-vatsala, the\nSupreme Personality who is very much affectionate to His devotees. It is\nnot very extraordinary that the Lord offered His devotee all benedictions.\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said in effect, \"I fulfill the desires\nof everyone. Since you are My devotee, whatever you want for yourself\nwill naturally be given, but if you pray for anyone else, that prayer also\nwill be fulfilled.\" Thus if we approach the Supreme Lord or His devotee,\nor if we are blessed by a devotee, naturally we will automatically achieve\nthe benedictions of the Supreme Lord. Yasya prasiidiid bhagavat-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0302": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n274\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nprasiida/:1.. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says that if one pleases\n\nthe Vai�1.1ava spiritual master, all of one's desires will be fulfilled.\n\nmam aprirJata ay�man\n\ndar§anarit durlabharit hi me\n\ndr�!va marit na punar jantur\n\natmanarit taptum arhati\n\nmam-Me;\n\nPrahlada;\n\naprit:ULta/:£-not\n\ndar§anam-seeing;\n\npleasing;\n\nay�man....,.O\n\ndurlabham-very\n\nrare;\n\nlong-living\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nme-of Me; dr�!va-after seeing; mam-Me; na-not; puna/:1.-again;\n\njantu/:1.-the living entity; atmanam-for himself; taptum-to lament;\narhati-deserves.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Prahlada, may you live a long time. One cannot appreci­\n\nate or understand Me without pleasing Me, but one who has seen\n\nor pleased Me has nothing more for which to lament for his own\n\nsatisfaction.\n\nPURPORT\n\nOne cannot be happy under any circumstances unless one pleases the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, but one who has learned how to please\n\nthe Supreme Lord need no longer lament for his material condition.\nTEXT 54\n\nmvr� �'-Pif ittt: ('lci¥tl4w:t �n\\\"R: I\n�'lt't(l¥11'1 Qii4i6141Ntti� 11��11\nprirJanti hy atha marit dhira/:1.\nsarva-bhavena sadhava/:1.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0303": "Text 54]\n\nPrahlida Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n275\n\nsreyas-kiimii maha-bhiiga\nsarvasam iiSi§am patim\nprir:mnti-try to please; hi-indeed; atha-because of this; miimMe; dhira�-those who are sober and most intelligent; sarva-bhavenain all respects, in different modes of devotional service; sadhava�-persons who are very well behaved (perfect in all respects); sreyaskiimii�-desiring the best benefit in life; maha-bhiiga-0 you who are\nso fortunate; sarviisam-of all; asi§am-kinds of benedictions; patimthe master (Me).\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Prahlida, you are very fortunate. Please know from Me\nthat those who are very wise and highly elevated try to please Me in\nall different modes of mellows, for I am the only person who can\nfulfill all the desires of everyone.\nPURPORT\n\nThe words dhira� sarva-bhavena do not mean \"in whichever way you\nlike.\" Bhava is the preliminary condition of love of Godhead.\nathiisaktis tato bhavas\ntata� premiibhyudaiicati\nsadhakiinam ayarh premr:m�\npradurbhave bhavet krama�\n(Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu 1.4.16)\nThe bhava stage is the final division before one reaches love of Godhead.\nThe word sarva-bhava means that one can love the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead in different transcendental modes of mellows, beginning\nwith diisya, sakhya, vatsalya and madhurya. In the santa stage, one is\non the border of loving service to the Lord. Pure love of Godhead hegins\nfrom diisya and develops to sakhya, vatsalya and then madhurya. Still,\nin any of these five mellows one can render loving service to the Supreme\nLord. Since our main business is to love the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one can render service from any of the above-mentioned platforms\nof love.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0304": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n276\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 55\n\n�iff� 'J'<rrf\n\n�� 3f�'�Rfsfq �.st�h-�: '\ni(lifiiMt�l{ � � (IIW\\tW=ij'f: 11�'-\\ II\nsri-narada uviica\nevam pralobhyam.ilno 'pi\nvarair loka-pralobhanai/:t\nekiintitvad bhagavati\nnaicchat tan asurottama/:t\nsri-niirada/:t\n\nuviica-the\n\ngreat\n\nsaint Narada\n\nsaid;\n\nevam-thus ;\n\npra lo bhyam.ilna/:t -being allured or induced; api-although; varai/:t­\n\nby benedictions; loka-of the world; pralobhanai/:t-by different kinds\nof\n\nallurements;\n\nekiintitvat-because\n\nof\n\nbeing solely\n\nsurrendered;\n\nbhagavati - unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; na aicchat-did\n\nnot want; tan-those benedictions; asura-uttama/:t-Prahlada Maharaja,\nthe best of the family of asuras.\nTRANSLATION\nNarada Muni said: Prahlada Maharaja was the best person in the\n\nfamily of asuras, who always aspire for material happiness. None­\n\ntheless, although allured by the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nwho offered him all benedictions for material happiness, because\n\nof his unalloyed �:r:ta consciousness he did not want to take any\nmaterial benefit for sense gratification.\nPURPORT\nPure devotees like Prahlada Maharaja and Dhruva Maharaja do not\naspire for any material benefit at any stage of devotional service. When\nthe Lord was present before Dhruva Maharaja, Dhruva did not want to\ntake any material benefit from the Lord: sviimin krtartho 'smi varam na\nyiice. AB a pure devotee, he could not ask the Lord for any material\n\nbenefit. In this regard, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu instructed us:\n\n", "SB7.2#p0305": "Text 55)\n\nPrahlada Pacifies the Lord with Prayers\n\n277\n\nna dhanam na janam na sundarim\nkavitam vii jagad-iSa kamaye\nmama janmam 1anmaniSvare\nbhavatad bhaktir ahaituki tvayi\n\"0 my Lord, Jagadisa, I do not pray for benedictions by which to achieve\nmaterial wealth, popularity or beauty. My only desire is to serve You.\nKindly engage me in the service of the servant of Your servant.\"\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Seventh Canto, Ninth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Prahliida Pacifies Lord\nNrsimhadeva with Prayers. \"\n\n", "SB7.2#p0306": "CHAPTER TEN\n\nPrahlada, the Best\nAmong Exalted Devotees\nThis chapter describes how the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nN:rsimhadeva disappeared, after pleasing Prahlada Maharaja. It also de­\n\nscribes a benediction given by Lord Siva.\n\nLord N:rsimhadeva wanted to bestow benedictions upon Prahlada\n\nMaharaja, one after another, but Prahlada Maharaja, thinking them im­\n\npediments on the path of spiritual progress, did not accept any of them.\n\nInstead, he fully surrendered at the Lord's lotus feet. He said: \"If anyone\nengaged in the devotional service of the Lord prays for personal sense\n\ngratification, he cannot be called a pure devotee or even a devotee. He\nmay be called only a merchant engaged in the business of give and take.\n\nSimilarly, a master who wants to please his servant after taking service\n\nfrom him is also not a real master.\" Prahlada Maharaja, therefore, did\nnot ask anything from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Rather, he\nsaid that if the Lord wanted to give him a benediction, he wanted the\n\nLord to assure him that he would never be induced to take any benedic­\n\ntions for the sake of material desires. Exchanges of devotional service for\nlusty desires are always very prominent. As soon as lusty desires awaken,\n\none's senses, mind, life, soul, religious principles, patience, intelligence,\n\nshyness, beauty, strength, memory and truthfulness are all vanquished.\nOne can render unalloyed devotional service only when there are no ma­\n\nterial desires in one's mind.\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead was greatly pleased with\n\nPrahlada Maharaja for his unalloyed devotion, yet the Lord provided him\n\none material benediction-that he would be perfectly happy in this world\nand live his next life in Vaikui;ltha. The Lord gave him the benediction\n\nthat he would be the king of this material world until the end of the\nmanvantara millennium and that although in this material world, he\n\nwould have the facility to hear the glories of the Lord and depend fully\non the Lord, performing service to Him in uncontaminated bhakti-yoga.\n279\n\n", "SB7.2#p0307": "[Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n280\n\nThe Lord advised Prahlada to perform sacrifices through bhakti-yoga,\n\nfor this is the duty of a king.\n\nPrahlada Maharaja accepted whatever the Lord had offered him, and\n\nhe prayed for the Lord to deliver his father. In response to this prayer,\n\nthe Lord assured him that in the family of such a pure devotee as he, not\nonly the devotee's father but his forefathers for twenty-one generations\n\nare liberated. The Lord also asked Prahlada to perform the ritualistic\n\nceremonies appropriate after his father's death.\n\nThen Lord Brahma, who was also present, offered many prayers to the\n\nLord, expressing his obligation to the Lord for having offered benedic­\n\ntions to Prahlada Maharaja. The Lord advised Lord Brahma not to offer\nbenedictions to asuras as he had to HiraQyakasipu, for such benedictions\n\nindulge them. Then Lord N:rsirhhadeva disappeared. On that day,\n\nPrahlada Maharaja was installed on the throne of the world by Lord\nBrahma and Sukracarya.\n\nThus Narada Muni described the character of Prahlada Maharaja for\n\nYudhi�thira Maharaja, and he further described the killing of RavaQa by\nLord Ramacandra and the killing of Sisupala and Dantavakra in\n\nDvapara-yuga. Sisupala, of course, had merged into the existence of the\n\nLord\n\nand\n\nthus\n\nachieved\n\nsayujya-mukti.\n\nNarada\n\nMuni\n\npraised\n\nYudhi�thira Maharaja because the Supreme Lord, l(:r�Qa, was the greatest\n\nwell-wisher and friend of the PaQQavas and almost always stayed in their\n\nhouse. Thus the fortune of the PaQQavas was greater than that of\n\nPrahlada Maharaja.\n\nLater, Narada Muni described how the demon Maya Danava con­\n\nstructed Tripura for the demons, who became very powerful and de­\n\nfeated the demigods. Because of this defeat, Lord Rudra, Siva, dis­\n\nmantled Tripura; thus he became famous as Tripurari. For this, Rudra is\n\nvery much appreciated and worshiped by the demigods. This narration\n\noccurs at the end of the chapter.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0308": "Text I]\n\nPrahlada, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n281\n\nsri-niirada uvaca\nbhakti-yogasya tat sarvam\nantariiyatayiirbhaka/:t\nmanyamiino hr�ikesam\nsmayamiina uviica ha\nsri-niirada/:t uviica-Narada Muni said; bhakti-yogasya-of the principles of devotional service; tat-those (blessings or benedictions offered\nby Lord\n\nN:rsirilhadeva);\n\nsarvam-each\n\nand\n\nevery\n\none\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\nantariiyataya-because of being impediments (on the path of bhaktiyoga);\n\narbhaka/:t-Prahlada\n\nmanyamiina/:t-considering;\n\nMaharaja,\n\nalthough\n\nhr�ike5am-unto\n\nLord\n\nonly\n\na\n\nboy;\n\nN:rsirilhadeva;\n\nsmayamiina/:t-smiling; uviica-said; ha-in the past.\nTRANSLATION\nThe saint Narada Muni continued: Although Prahlada Maharaja\nwas only a boy, when he heard the benedictions offered by Lord\nN:rsirilhadeva he considered them impediments on the path of\ndevotional service. Thus he smiled very mildly and spoke as\nfollows.\nPURPORT\n\nMaterial achievements are not the ultimate goal of devotional service.\nThe ultimate goal of devotional service is love of Godhead. Therefore although Prahlada Maharaja, Dhruva Maharaja, Ambar�a Maharaja,\nYudhi�!hira Maharaja and many devotee kings were materially very opulent, they accepted their material opulence in the service of the Lord, not\nfor their personal sense gratification. Of course, possessing material opulence is always fearful because under the influence of material opulence\none may be misdirected from devotional service. Nonetheless, a pure devotee (anyiibhi�itii-silnyam) is never misdirected by material opulence. On the contrary, whatever he possesses he engages one hundred\npercent in the service of the Lord. When one is allured by material\npossessions, they are considered to be given by maya, but when one uses\nmaterial possessions fully for service, they are considered God's gifts, or\nfacilities offered by K:r�:Q.a for enhancing one's devotional service.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0309": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n282\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\nsri-prahrada uvaca\nrna rnarh pralobhayotpattya\n\nsaktarh kame�u tair varai!t\ntat-smiga-bhito nirvir:tr;,o\nmumu�us tvam upiiSrita!t\nsri-prahrada!t uvaca-Prahlada Maharaja said (to the Supreme Personality of Godhead); rna-please do not; rnam-me; pralobhayaallure; utpattya-because of my birth (in a demoniac family); saktam(1 am already) attached; kame�u-to material enjoyment; tai!t-by all\nthose; varai!t-henedictions of material possessions; tat-sariga-bhita!tbeing afraid\n\nof\n\nsuch\n\nmaterial association;\n\nnirvir:tr:ta!t-completely\n\ndetached from material desires; mumu�u!t-desiring to he liberated\nfrom\n\nmaterial\n\nconditions\n\nof\n\nlife;\n\ntvam-unto\n\nYour\n\nlotus\n\nfeet;\n\nupiiSrita!t-1 have taken shelter.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlada Maharaja said: My dear Lord, 0 Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, because I\n\nwas\n\nborn in an atheistic family I am\n\nnaturally attached to material enjoyment. Therefore, kindly do not\n\ntempt me with these illusions. I am very much afraid of material\nconditions, and I desire to be liberated from materialistic life. It is\n\nfor this reason that I have taken shelter of Your lotus feet.\nPURPORT\n\nMaterialistic life means attachment to the body and everything in relationship to the body. This attachment is based on lusty desires for sense\ngratification, specifically sexual enjoyment.\n\nKamais tais tair hrta­\n\njoona!t: when one is too attached to material enjoyment, he is bereft of\nall knowledge (hrta-joona!l}. As stated in Bhagavad-gita, those who are\nattached to material enjoyment are mostly inclined to worship the\n\n", "SB7.2#p0310": "Text 3]\n\nPrahlida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n283\n\ndemigods to procure various material opulences. They are especially at­\n\ntached to worship of the goddess Durga and Lord Siva because this transcendental couple can offer their devotees all material\n\nopulence.\n\nPrahlada Maharaja, however, was detached from all material enjoyment.\n\nHe therefore took shelter of the lotus feet of Lord N:rsirilhadeva, and not\n\nthe feet of any demigod. It is to be understood that if one really wants\n\nrelease from this material world, from the threefold miseries and from\n\njanma-mrtyu-jara-vyadhi (birth, death, old age and disease), one must\n\ntake shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for without the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead one cannot get release from ma­\n\nterialistic life. Atheistic men are very much attached to material enjoyment. Therefore if they get some opportunity to achieve more and more\nmaterial enjoyment, they take it. Prahlada Maharaja, however, was very\n\ncareful in this regard. Although born of a materialistic father, because he\nwas a devotee he had no material desires (anyabhila$ita-silnyam).\n\nbhrtya-lak$af.Ul-jijfiiisur\nbhaktarit karne$V acodayat\nbhavan saritsara-bije$u\nhrdaya-granthi$u prabho\nbhrtya-lak$ar:w.-jijfiiisu!t-desiring to exhibit the symptoms of a pure\n\ndevotee; bhaktam-the devotee; kame$u-in the material world, where\nlusty desires predominate; acodayat-has sent; bhavan-Your Lord­\n\nship; saritsara-bije$u-the root cause of being present in this material\n\nworld; hrdaya-granthi$u-which (desire for material enjoyment) is in\nthe cores of the hearts of all conditioned souls; prabho-0 my worshipable Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my worshipahle Lord, because the seed of lusty desires, which\nis the root cause of material existence, is within the core of\n\n", "SB7.2#p0311": "284\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.IO\n\neveryone's heart, You have sent me to this material world to exhibit the symptoms of a pure devotee.\n\nPURPORT\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu has given considerable discussion about\nnitya-siddha and sadhana-siddha devotees. Nitya-siddha devotees come\nfrom VaikllQtha to this material world to teach, by their personal example, how to become a devotee. The living entities in this material world\ncan take lessons from such nitya-siddha devotees and thus become inclined to return home, back to Godhead. A nitya-siddha devotee comes\nfrom VaikllQtha upon the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nand shows by his example how to become a pure devotee (anyabhila$itasilnyam). In spite of coming to this material world, the nitya-siddha devotee is never attracted by the allurements of material enjoyment. A\nperfect example is Prahlada Maharaja, who was a nitya-siddha, a\n\nmaha-bhiigavata devotee. Although Prahlada was born in the family of\nHirai;tyakasipu, an atheist, he was never attached to any kind of\nmaterialistic enjoyment. Desiring to exhibit the symptoms of a pure devotee, the Lord tried to induce Prahlada Maharaja to take material\nbenedictions, but Prahlada Maharaja did not accept them. On the contrary, by his personal example he showed the symptoms of a pure\ndevotee. In other words, the Lord Himself has no desire to send His pure\ndevotee to this material world, nor does a devotee have any material\npurpose in coming. When the Lord Himself appears as an incarnation\nwithin this material world, He is not allured by the material atmosphere,\nand He has nothing to do with material activity, yet by His example He\nteaches the common man how to become a devotee. Similarly, a devotee\nwho comes here in accordance with the order of the Supreme Lord shows\nby his personal behavior how to become a pure devotee. A pure devotee,\ntherefore, is a practical example for all living entities, including Lord\nBrahma.\n\nTEXT4\n� asm� m ·���'lwt:\n\n1\n\n�30ftrtl3li�II�Wl��:��CJ� 11�11\n'\n\n", "SB7.2#p0312": "Text 4]\n\nPrahlida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n285\n\nniinyathii te 'khila-guro\ngha!eta karuT}iitmanalJ,\nyas ta iiSi$a asiiste\nna sa bhrtyalJ, sa vai var_tik\nna-not; anyathii-otherwise; te-o£ You; akhila-guro-0 supreme\ninstructor of the entire creation; ghateta-such a thing can happen;\n\nkaruT}ii-atmanalJ,-the Supreme Person, who is extremely kind to His\ndevotees;\n\nyalJ,-any person who;\n\nte-from You;\n\niiSi$alJ,-material\n\nbenefits; ii.Saste-desires (in exchange for serving You); na-not; salJ,such a person; bhrtyalJ,-a servitor; salJ,-such a person; vai-indeed;\n\nvar_tik-a merchant (who wants to get material profit from his business).\nTRANSLATION\nOtherwise, 0 my Lord, 0 supreme instructor of the entire\nworld, You are so kind to Your devotee that You could not induce\nhim to do something unbeneficial for him. On the other hand, one\nwho desires some material benefit in exchange for devotional service cannot be Your pure devotee. Indeed, he is no better than a\nmerchant who wants profit in exchange for service.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is sometimes found that one comes to a devotee or a temple of the\nLord just to get some material benefit. Such a person is described here as\na mercantile man. Bhagavad-gitii speaks of iirto jijnasur arthiirthi. The\nword iirta refers to one who is physically distressed, and arthiirthi refers\nto one in need of money. Such persons are forced to approach the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead for mitigation of their distress or to get\nsome money by the benediction of the Lord. They have been described as\n\nsukrti, pious, because in their distress or need for money they have approached the Supreme Lord. Unless one is pious, one cannot approach\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. However, although a pious man\nmay receive some material benefit, one who is concerned with material\nbenefits cannot be a pure devotee. When a pure devotee receives material\nopulences, this is not because of his pious activity but for the service of\nthe Lord. When one engages in devotional service, one is automatically\n\n", "SB7.2#p0313": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n286\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.IO\n\npious. Therefore, a pure devotee is anyabhila$ita-silnyam. He has no\ndesire for material profit, nor does the Lord induce him to try to profit\nmaterially. When a devotee needs something, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead supplies it (yoga-�emarh vahamy aham).\nSometimes materialists go to a temple to offer flowers and fruit to the\nLord because they have learned from Bhagavad-gita that if a devotee\noffers some flowers and fruits, the Lord accepts them. In Bhagavad-gita\n\n(9.26) the Lord says:\n\npatram pU$parh phalam toyam\nyo me bhaktya prayacchati\ntad aham bhakty-upahrtam\na§nami prayatatmana�\n\"If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, fruit or water, I\nwill accept it.\" Thus a man with a mercantile mentality thinks that if he\ncan get some material benefit, like a large amount of money, simply by\noffering a little fruit and flower, this is good business. Such persons are\nnot accepted as pure devotees. Because their desires are not purified,\nthey are still mercantile men, even though they go to temples to make a\nshow of being devotees. Sarvopadhi-vinirmuktam tat-paratvena nir­\n\nmalam: only when one is fully freed from material desires can one be\npurified, and only in that purified state can one serve the Lord. Hr$'ikena\n\nhr§ikesa-sevanam bhaktir ucyate. This is the pure devotional platform.\nTEXTS\n\n311�1�1wtlwt'��:��� �: I\n... � �: (q1+llf'i\"4(� uRI =qtf'�:tt � \"\nasasano na vai bhrtya�\nsvaminy asi§a atmana�\nna svami bhrtyata� svamyam\nicchan yo rati casi§a�\nasasana�-a person who desires (in exchange for service ) ; na-not;\nvai-indeed; bhrtya�-a qualified servant or pure devotee of the Lord;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0314": "Text 5]\n\nPrahlida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n287\n\nsvamini-from the master; as�a?t-material benefit; iitmana?t-for\n\npersonal sense gratification; na-nor; svami-the master; bhrtyata?t­\n\nfrom the servant; svamyam-the prestigious position of being the\n\nmaster; icchan-desiring; ya?t-any such master who; rati-bestows;\nca-also; as�a?t-material profit.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA servant who desires material profits from his master is certainly not a qualified servant or pure devotee. Similarly, a master\nwho bestows benedictions upon his servant because of a desire to\nmaintain a prestigious position as master is also not a pure master.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (7.20), kiimais tais tair hrta-jnana?t\nprapadyante 'nya-devata?t. \"Those whose minds are distorted by material desires surrender unto demigods.\" A demigod cannot become\n\nmaster, for the real master is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\n\ndemigods, to keep their prestigious positions, bestow upon their\nworshipers whatever benedictions the worshipers want. For example,\n\nonce it was found that an asura took a benediction from Lord Siva by\n\nwhich the asura would be able to kill someone simply by placing his\nhands on that person's head. Such benedictions are possible to receive\n\nfrom the demigods. If one worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nhowever, the Lord will never offer him such condemned benedictions.\nOn the contrary, it is said in the\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (10.88.8),\nyasyaham anugrhnami ha�ye tad-dhanam sanai?t. If one is too ma­\n\nterialistic but at the same time wants to be a servant of the Supreme\n\nLord, the Lord, because of His supreme compassion for the devotee,\ntakes away all his material opulences and obliges him to be a pure devo­\n\ntee of the Lord. Prahlada Maharaja distinguishes between the pure devo­\n\ntee and the pure master. The Lord is the pure master, the supreme\n\nmaster, whereas an unalloyed devotee with no material motives is the\npure servant. One who has materialistic motivations cannot become a\n\nservant, and one who unnecessarily bestows benedictions upon his servant to keep his own prestigious position is not a real master.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0315": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n288\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. I 0\n\nTEXT6\n\n31{ ���'i�i(�� � {.Cll•ttwtq1�: I\n;n;=tritetctJtl(�\nmffititf'tct II � II\naluuh tv akiimas tvad-bhaktas\ntvarit ca sviimy anapasraya/:1.\nniinyathehiivayor artho\nraja-sevakayor iva\n\naham-as far as I am concerned; tu-indeed; akiima/:1.-without material desire; tvat-bhakta/:1.-fully attached to You without motivation;\ntvam ca- Your Lordship also; sviimi-the real master; anapasraya/:1.without motivation (You do not become the master with motivation);\nna-not; anyathii-without being in such a relationship as master and\nservant; iha-here; iivayo/:1.-our; artha/:1.-any motivation (the Lord is\nthe pure master, and Prahlada Maharaja is the pure devotee with no materialistic motivation); raja-of a king; sevakayo/:1.-and the servitor;\niva-like Gust as a king exacts taxes for the benefit of the servant or the\ncitizens pay taxes for the benefit of the king).\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, I am Your unmotivated servant, and You are my\n\neternal master. There is no need of our being anything other than\nmaster and servanL You are naturally my master, and I\n\nam\n\nnaturally Your servant. We have no other relationship.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, jivera 'svarupa' haya-kmwra 'nitya­\n\ndii.s a : every living being is eternally a servant of the Supreme Lord,\n'\n\nKr�Q.a. Lord Kr�Q.a says in Bhagavad-gitii (5.29), bhoktararit yajnatapasarit sarva-loka-mahe§varam: \"I am the proprietor of all planets,\nand I am the supreme enjoyer.\" This is the natural position of the Lord,\nand the natural position of the living being is to surrender unto Him\n(sarva-dharmiin parityajya miim ekarit sarar:w-rit vraja). If this relationship continues, then real happiness exists eternally between the master\nand servant. Unfortunately, when this eternal relationship is disturbed,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0316": "Text 7]\n\nPrah1ada, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n289\n\nthe living entity wants to become separately happy and thinks that the\n\nmaster is his order supplier. In this way there cannot be happiness. Nor\n\nshould the master cater to the desires of the servant. If he does, he is not\n\nthe real master. The real master commands, \"You must do this,\" and the\n\nreal servant immediately obeys the order. Unless this relationship be­\n\ntween the Supreme Lord and the subordinate living entity is established,\nthere can be no real happiness. The living entity is asraya, always subor­\n\ndinate, and the Supreme Personality of Godhead is v�aya, the supreme\n\nobjective, the goal of life. Unfortunate persons trapped in this material\n\nworld do not know this. Na te vidu/:t svartha-gatim hi v�r:tum: illusioned\n\nby the material energy, everyone in this material world is unaware that\n\nthe only aim of life is to approach Lord Vi��u.\n\naradhananam sarve�am\nV�IJ-Or aradhanaril param\ntasmat parataram devi\ntadiyaniim samarcanam\nIn the Padma Puriir:ta Lord Siva explains to his wife, Parvati:, the goddess\n\nDurga, that the highest goal of life is to satisfy Lord Vi��u, who can be\nsatisfied only when His servant is satisfied. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\ntherefore teaches, gopi-bhartu/:t pada-kamalayor dasa-dasanudasa/:t.\n\nOne must become a servant of the servant. Prahlada Maharaja also\n\nprayed to Lord N.rsimhadeva that he might be engaged as the servant of\n\nthe Lord's servant. This is the prescribed method of devotional service.\n\nAs soon as a devotee wants the Supreme Personality of Godhead to be his\n\norder supplier, the Lord immediately refuses to become the master of\n\nsuch a motivated devotee. In Bhagavad-gita (4.11) the Lord says, ye\n\nyatha mam prapadyante tams tathaiva bhajamy aham. \"As one surren­\n\nders unto Me, I reward him accordingly.\" Materialistic persons are\n\ngenerally inclined to material profits. As long as one continues in such an\n\nadulterated position, he does not receive the benefit of returning home,\nback to Godhead.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0317": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n290\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\nyadi diisyasi me kiimiin\nvararhs tvam varadar$abha\nkiimiinam hrdy asamroham\nbhavatas tu vr� varam\nyadi-if;\n\ndasyasi-want\n\nto\n\ngive;\n\nme-me;\n\nkiimiin-anything\n\ndesirable; varan-as Your benediction; tvam-You; varada-r§abha-0\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who can give any benediction;\n\nkiimanam-of all desires for material happiness; hrdi-within the core\n\nof my heart; asamroham-no growth; bhavatab,-from You; tu-then;\nvr�-I pray for; varam-such a benediction.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, best of the givers of benediction, if You at all want to\n\nbestow a desirable benediction upon me, then I pray from Your\n\nLordship that within the core of my heart there be no material\n\ndesires.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu taught us how to pray for benedictions\n\nfrom the Lord. He said:\n\nna dhanam na janam na sundarim\nkavitam va jagad i.Sa kiimaye\n-\n\nmama janmam 1anmani.Svare\nbhavatad bhaktir ahaituki tvayi\n\"0 my Lord, I do not want from You any amount of wealth, nor many\n\nfollowers, nor a beautiful wife, for these are all materialistic desires. But\n\nif I have to ask You for any benediction, I pray that in whatever forms of\nlife I may take my birth, under any circumstances, I will not be bereft of\nYour transcendental devotional service.\" Devotees are always on the\npositive platform, in contrast to the Mayavadis, who want to make every­\n\nthing impersonal or void. One cannot remain void (sunyavadi); rather,\n\none must possess something. Therefore, the devotee, on the positive side,\n\nwants to possess something, and this possession is very nicely described\n\nby Prahlada Maharaja, who says, \"If I must take some benediction from\n\n", "SB7.2#p0318": "Text 8]\n\nPrahliida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n291\n\nYou, I pray that within the core of my heart there may be no material\ndesires.\" The desire to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead is not\nat all material.\nTEXTS\n\n�Tfur �: mur 3lmn �1 �ftr: 1\n�: it��:�:��;m�� � ,,� ''\nindriyar_ti mana/:r, priir_ta\niitmii dharmo dhrtir mati/:r,\nhri/:r- sris teja/:r, smrti/:r- satyarh\nyasya na5yanti janmanii\nindriyar_ti-the senses; mana/:r,-the mind; prii r_ta/:r- -the life air;\n\niitmii-the body; dharma /:r,-religion; dhrti/:r, -patience; mati/:r,-intelli­\n\nhri/:r,-shyness; sri/:r,-opulence; teja/:r,-strength; smrti/:r,satyam-truthfulness; yasya-of which lusty desires;\nna5yanti-are vanquished; janmanii-from the very beginning of birth.\n\ngence;\n\nmemory;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, because of lusty desires from the very beginning of\none's birth, the functions of one's senses, mind, life, body,\nreligion,\n\npatience,\n\nintelligence,\n\nshyness,\n\nopulence,\n\nstrength,\n\nmemory and truthfulness are vanquished.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam, kiimarh hrd-rogam. Materialistic\nlife means that one is affiicted by a formidable disease called lusty desire.\nLiberation means freedom from lusty desires because it is only due to\nsuch desires that one must accept repeated birth and death. As long as\none's lusty desires are unfulfilled, one must take birth after birth to\nfulfill them. Because of material desires, therefore, one performs various\ntypes of activities and receives various types of bodies with which to try\nto fulfill desires that are never satisfied. The only remedy is to take to\ndevotional service, which begins when one is free from all material\ndesires.\n\nAnyabhi�itii-silnyam.\n\nAnya-abhi�itii means\n\n\"material\n\n", "SB7.2#p0319": "292\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch.IO\n\ndesire,\" and sunyam means \"free from.\" The �iritual soul has spiritual\nactivities and spiritual desires, as described by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu:\n\nmama janmani janmaniSvare bhavatad\n\nbhaktir\n\nahaituki\n\ntvayi.\n\nUnalloyed devotion to the service of the Lord is the only spiritual desire.\nTo fulfill this spiritual desire, however, one must be free from all ma­\n\nterial desires. Desirelessness means freedom from material desires. This\n\nis described by Srila Rupa Gosvami as anyabhilii$ ta-sunyam. AE soon as\n\none has material desires, one loses his spiritual identity. Then all the\n\nparaphernalia of one's life, including one's senses, body, religion,\n\npatience and intelligence, are deviated from one's original �l?J).a con­\n\nsciousness. AE soon as one has material desires, one cannot properly use\n\nhis senses, intelligence, mind and so on for the satisfaction of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Mayavadi philosophers want to become\n\nimpersonal, senseless and mindless, but that is not possible. The living\nentity must be living, always existing with desires, ambitions and so on.\n\nThese should be purified, however, so that one can desire spiritually and\n\nbe spiritually ambitious, without material contamination. In every living\nentity these propensities exist because he is a living entity. When ma­\n\nterially contaminated, however, one is put into the hands of material\nmisery {janma-mrtyu-jara-vyadhi). If one wants to stop repeated birth\n\nand death, one must take to the devotional service of the Lord.\n\nsarvopadhi-vinirmuktam\ntat-paratvena nirmalam\nhr�iker:w hr�ikdasevanam bhaktir ucyate\n\"Bhakti, or devotional service, means engaging all our senses in the ser­\n\nvice of the Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of all\n\nthe senses. When the spirit soul renders service unto the Supreme, there\n\nare two side effects. One is freed from all material designations, and,\nsimply by being employed in the service of the Lord, one's senses are\npurified.\"\n\nTEXT9\n\nfq�����Mdl{ 1\n�ft �\"'6UEfiltf 'i•lit�l� Eli� II � II\n\n", "SB7.2#p0320": "Text 10]\n\nPrahlada, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n293\n\nvimuncati yadii kaman\n\nmdnavo manasi sthitiin\n\ntarhy eva pur.u}arikiilcya\nbhagavattviiya kalpate\nvimuncati-gives up; yadii-whenever; kamiin-all material desires;\n\nmdnava�-human society; manasi-within the mind; sthitiin-situ­\n\nated; tarhi-at that time only; eva-indeed; pur.u}arika-a/cya-0 lotus­\n\neyed Lord; bhagavattviiya-to be equally as opulent as the Lord;\nkalpate -becomes eligible.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, when a human being is able to give up all the material desires in his mind, he becomes eligible to possess wealth\nand opulence like Yours.\nPURPORT\n\nAtheistic men sometimes criticize a devotee by saying, \"If you do not\n\nwant to take any benediction from the Lord and if the servant of the Lord\n\nis as opulent as the Lord Himself, why do you ask for the benediction of\nbeing engaged as the Lord's servant?\" Sridhara Svami comments,\n\nbhagavattviiya bhagavat-samdn ai.Svaryiiya. Bhagavattva, becoming\n\nas good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, does not mean becoming\n\none with Him or equal to Him, although in the spiritual world the ser­\n\nvant is equally as opulent as the master. The servant of the Lord is\nengaged in the service of the Lord as a servant, friend, father, mother or\n\nconjugal lover, all of whom are equally as opulent as the Lord. This is\nacintya-bhediibheda-tattva. The master and servant are different yet\n\nequal in opulence. This is the meaning of simultaneous difference from\n\nthe Supreme Lord and oneness with Him.\nTEXT 10\n\na:P Wlif � � � +t'l�'lit I\n(�S@tf(mlr q0t -ron� II� o II\nom namo bhagavate tubhyarh\n\npurU§iiya mahatmane\n\n", "SB7.2#p0321": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n294\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.IO\n\nharaye 'dbhuta-simhiiya\nbrahTTUlr:te paramiitTTUlne\nom-0 my Lord, 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead; naTTUl.b.-1 offer\n\nbhagavate-unto the Supreme Person;\ntubhyam-unto You; pur�ya-unto the Supreme Person; TTUlluiatTTUlne-unto the Supreme Soul, or the Supersoul; haraye-unto the\nLord, who vanquishes all the miseries of devotees; adbhuta-simhiiya­\n\nmy respectful obeisances;\n\nunto Your wonderful lionlike form as N:rsimhadeva; brahTTUlr:te-unto\nthe Supreme Brahman; paraTTUl-t'itTTUlne-unto the Supreme Soul.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, full of six opulences, 0 Supreme Person! 0\n\nSupreme Soul, killer of all miseries! 0 Supreme Person in the\nform of a wonderful lion and man, let me offer my respectful obei­\n\nsances unto You.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the previous verse Prahlada Maharaja has explained that a devotee\ncan achieve the platform of\n\nbhagavattva, being as good as the Supreme\n\nPerson, but this does not mean that the devotee loses his position as a servant. A pure servant of the Lord, although as opulent as the Lord, is still\nmeant to offer respectful obeisances to the Lord in service. Prahlada\nMaharaja was engaged in pacifying the Lord, and therefore he did not\nconsider himself equal to the Lord. He defmed his position as a servant\nand offered respectful obeisances unto the Lord.\nTEXT 11\n\n��\n\n�������\n31(�(ijij$ff31 � it �:\n�\nl(w:c(;:ij�6�;{\n�zyl(lll� �����''\n....\n\n", "SB7.2#p0322": "Text 11]\n\nPrahlad� the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n295\n\nsn-bhagavan uvaca\nnaikantirw me rnayi jatv ihaS�a\nasasate 'mutra ca ye bhavad-vidha/:1.\ntathapi rnanmntaram etad atra\ndaitye§varaTJii m anubhwi�va blwgan\nsri-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; nanot; ekantina/:1.-unalloyed, without desires except for the one desire for\ndevotional service; me-from Me; rnayi-unto Me; jatu-any time;\niha-within this material world; ii.S�a/:1.-benedictions; ruasate-intent\ndesire; amutra-in the next life; ca-and; ye-all such devotees who;\nbhavat-vidha/:1.-like you; tathapi-still; rnanvantaram-the duration\nof time until the end of the life of one Manu; etat-this; atra-within\nthis material world; daitya-iSvaraTJiim-of the opulences of materialistic\npersons; anubhuri�va-you can enjoy; bhogan-all material opulences.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: My dear Prahlada, a\ndevotee like you never desires any kind of material opulences,\neither in this life or in the next. Nonetheless, I order you to enjoy\nthe opulences of the demons in this material world, acting as their\nking until the end of the duration of time occupied by Manu.\nPURPORT\nOne Manu lives for a duration of time calculated to be an agg regate of\nseventy-one yuga cycles, each of which equals 4,300,000 years. Although atheistic men like to enjoy material opulences and they endeavor\nwith great energy to build big residences, roads, cities and factories, unfortunately they cannot live more than eighty, ninety or at the utmost\none hundred years. Although the materialist exerts so much energy to\ncreate a kingdom of hallucinations, he is unable to enjoy it for more than\na few years. However, because Prahlada Maharaja was a devotee, the\nLord allowed him to enjoy material opulence as the king of the materialists.\n\nPrahlada\n\nMaharaja\n\nhad\n\ntaken\n\nbirth\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nfamily\n\nof\n\nHirai).yakasipu, who was the topmost materialist, and since Prahlada was\nthe bona fide heir of his father, the Supreme Lord allowed him to enjoy\n\n", "SB7.2#p0323": "[Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n296\n\nthe kingdom created by his father for so many years that no materialist\ncould calculate them. A devotee does not have to desire material opulence, but if he is a pure devotee, there is ample opportunity for him to\nenjoy material happiness also, without personal endeavor. Therefore,\neveryone is advised to take to devotional service under all circumstances.\nIf one desires material opulence, he can also become a pure devotee, and\n\nhis desires will be fulfilled. It is stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (2. 3.10):\nakiima� sarva-kiimo m\n\nmo/cya-kiima udiira-dhi�\n\ntivre� bhakti-yogena\n\nyajeta punL$arh param\n\n\"Whether one desires everything or nothing, or whether he desires to\nmerge into the existence of the Lord, he is intelligent only if he worships\nLord K_r�:t;ta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, by rendering transcendental loving service.\"\nTEXT 12\n\n� �¥UOI: fir�l�tt� ,nqa€tif.t R� 1\n�'<(N�,..ro\n�!I\n�� itiR � d � ������\n\n�\n\nkathii madiyii j�amii�� priyiis tvam\niivesya miim iitmani santam ekam\n\nsarve$u bhiile$V adhiyajnam iSarh\n\nyajasva yogena ca karma hinvan\n\nkathii�-messages\n\nj�amiir:ta�-always\n\nor\n\ninstructions;\n\nhearing\n\nor\n\npleasing; tvam-yourself; iivesya\n\nmad iyii�-given\n\ncontemplating;\n\nby\n\nMe;\n\npriyii�-extremely\n\n- being fully absorbed in; miim-Me;\n\niitmani-within the core of your heart; santa m -existing; ekam-one\n(the same Supreme Soul); sarve$u-in all; bhiile$u-living entities;\n\nadhiyajnam-the enjoyer of all ritualistic ceremonies;\n\niSam-the\n\n", "SB7.2#p0324": "Text 13]\n\nPrahlida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n297\n\nSupreme Lord; yajasva-worship; yogena-by bhakti-yoga, devotional\nservice; ca-also; karma-fruitive activities; hinvan-giving up.\nTRANSLATION\nIt does not matter that you are in the material world. You should\nalways, continuously, hear the instructions and messages given by\nMe and always he absorbed in thought of Me, for I am the Supersoul existing in the core of everyone's heart. Therefore, give up\nfruitive activities and worship Me.\nPURPORT\nWhen a devotee becomes materially very opulent, one should not\nthink that he is enjoying the results of his fruitive activities. A devotee in\nthis material world uses all material opulences for the service of the Lord\nbecause he is planning how to serve the Lord with these opulences, as advised by the Lord Himself. Whatever material opulence is within his\npossession he engages to expand the glories and service of the Lord. A\ndevotee never performs any fruitive or ritualistic ceremony to enjoy the\nresults of such karma. Rather, a devotee knows that karma-kiir:uf,a is\nmeant for the less intelligent man. Narottama dasa Thakura says in his\n\nPrema-bhakti-candrikii, karma-kiir:uJ,a, jfiii na-kiiw).a, kevala v�era\nbhiir:uf,a: both karma-kar:uJ,a and jiiiina-kiir:uf,a-fruitive activities and\nspeculation about the Supreme Lord-are like pots of poison. One who is\nattracted to\n\nkarma-kar.uja and jfiiina-kar:uJ,a spoils his existence as a\n\nhuman being. Therefore a devotee is never interested in karma-kiir:uJ,a or\n\njfiiina-kiiw).a, but is simply interested in favorable service to the Lord\n(anukulyena kmuinu.Silanam), or cultivation of spiritual activities in\ndevotional service.\nTEXT 13\n\n,��if\n���\n\nwui\n\n�••ftai\n\n��tlftl\n\nftml\n\n��: llt�ll\n\n", "SB7.2#p0325": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n298\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\nblwgena pur:tyam ku5alena papam\nkalevaram kiila-javena hitva\nkirtim viSuddhii.m sura-loka-gitam\nvitaya miim e$yasi mukta-bandhab.\nblwgena-by feelings of material happiness; pur:tyam-pious ac­\n\ntivities or their results; ku5alena-by acting piously (devotional service\n\nis the best of all pious activities); papam-all kinds of reactions to im­\n\npious activities; kalevaram-the material body; kiila-javena-by the\n\nmost powerful time factor;\n\nhitoo-giving up;\n\nkirtim-reputation;\n\nviSuddhii.m-transcendental or fully purified; sura-loka-gitam-praised\n\neven in the heavenly planets; vitiiya-spreading all through the universe; miim-unto Me; e$yasi-you will come back; mukta-bandhal}.­\n\nbeing liberated from all bondage.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Prahlida, while you are in this material world you will\n\nexhaust all the reactions of pious activity by feeling happiness, and\nby acting piously you will neutralize impious activity. Because of\nthe powerful time factor, you will give up your body, but the\n\nglories of your activities will be sung in the upper planetary\n\nsystems, and being fully freed from all bondage, you will return\nhome, back to Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura says: evam prahliidasyaritSena\nsadhana-siddhatvam nitya-siddhatvam ca na r adadivaj jiieyam. There\nare two classes of devotees-the sadhana-siddha and the nitya-siddha.\nPrahlada Maharaja is a mixed siddha; that is, he is perfect partly because\nof executing devotional service and partly because of eternal perfection.\n\nThus he is compared to such devotees as Narada. Formerly, Narada Muni\nwas the son of a maidservant, and therefore in his next birth he attained\n\nperfection (sadhana-siddhi) because of having executed devotional ser­\n\nvice. Yet he is also a nitya-siddha because he never forgets the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nThe word ku§alena is very important. One should live in the material\n\nworld very expertly. The material world is known as the world of duality\n\n", "SB7.2#p0326": "Text 14]\n\nPrahliida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n299\n\nbecause one sometimes has to act impiously and sometimes has to act\npiously. Although one does not want to act impiously, the world is so\nfashioned that there is always danger\n\n(padam padam yad vipadiim).\n\nThus even when performing devotional service a devotee has to create\nmany enemies. Prahlada Maharaja himself had experience of this, for\neven his father became his enemy. A devotee should expertly manage to\nthink always of the Supreme Lord so that the reactions of suffering cannot touch him. This is the expert management of papa-pur:tya -pious\nand impious activities. An exalted devotee like Prahlada Maharaja is\n\njivan-mukta; he is liberated even in this very life in the material body.\nTEXT14\n\n� � ctit��;J�U � ·n�flt< �= 1\n\nm �'If :q �%1� d� !18��11 ��II\nya etat kirtayen mahyam\ntvaya gitam idam nara/:t\ntvam ca mam ca smaran kale\nkarma-bandhat pramucyate\nya/:t-anyone who; etat-this activity; ki rtayet -chants; mahyamunto Me; tvaya -by you; guam-prayers offered; idam-this; nara/:thuman being; tvam-you; ca-as well as; mam ca\n\n- Me also; smaran­\n\nrememhering; kale-in due course of time; karma-bandhat-from the\nbondage of material activities; pramuqate -becomes free.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who always remembers your activities and My activities also,\nand who chants the prayers you have offered, becomes free, in due\ncourse of time, from the reactions of material activities.\nPURPORT\nHere it is stated that anyone who chants and hears about the activities\nof Prahlada Maharaja and, in relationship with Prahlada's activities, the\nactivities of Nrsirhhadeva, gradually becomes free from all the bondage\nof fruitjve activities. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (2.15, 2.56):\n\n", "SB7.2#p0327": "300\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\nyam hi na vyathayanty ete\npu�am pu�ar$abha\nsama-du/:tkha-sukham dhiram\nso 'mrtatvaya kalpate\n\"0 best among men [Arjuna], the person who is not disturbed by happi­\n\nness and distress and is steady in both is certainly eligible for liberation.\"\ndu/:tkhe$v anudvigna-manii/:t\nsukhe$u vigata-sprha/:t\nvita-raga-bhaya-krodha/:t\nsthita-dhir munir ucyate\n\n\"One who is not disturbed in spite of the threefold miseries, who is not\nelated when there is happiness, and who is free from attachment, fear\nand anger, is called a sage of steady mind.\" A devotee should not be aggrieved in an awkward position, nor should he feel extraordinarily happy\nin material opulence. This is the way of expert management of material\nlife. Because a devotee knows how to manage expertly, he is called jiva nmukta. As Riipa Gosvami explains in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu:\nihii yasya harer diisye\nkarma7Jij manasii girii\nnikhiliisv apy avasthiisu\njivan-mukta/:t sa ucyate\n\n\"A person acting in Kr!?Qa consciousness (or, in other words, in the service of Kr!?Qa) with his body, mind, intelligence and words is a liberated\nperson even within this material world, although he may be engaged in\nmany so-called material activities.\" Because of constantly engaging in\ndevotional service, in any condition of life, a devotee is free from all material bondage.\nbhakti/:t puniiti man-ni$!hii\nsva-piikan api sambhavat\n\n\"Even one born in a family of meat-eaters is purified if he engages in\ndevotional service.\" (Bhag. 11.14.21) Sril� }iva Gosvami cites this verse\n\n", "SB7.2#p0328": "Text 17)\n\nPrahlida,\n\nthe Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n301\n\nin logically supporting that anyone who chants about the pure life and\nactivities of Prahlada Maharaja is freed from the reactions of material activities.\nTEXTS\n\n15-17\n\n��\ntR Cl� � � ...qffi( I\nqi\\f:.��f�nn ltmq�§j�� �� ll � ���\nN4Jq-t�tt: � ij'�� � I\n���'A�� -.:tl€4'41� ����I I\n��Mn lt �if �I{ ��(I<\\€lid\\ I\ntqu1'4�� 11 �\\911\n�sqltt·ete�i\\t\nsri-prahrada uvaca\nvararh varaya etat te\nvaradesan mahesvara\nyad anindat pita me\ntvam avidviiril.s teja aiSvaram\nviddhamaryasaya/:t sa�t\nsarva-loka-gurum prabhum\nbhratr-heti mr$a-dr$#s\ntvad-bhakte mayi caghavan\ntasmat pita me puyeta\ndurantad dustarad aghat\npiltas te 'pariga-sariulf$!as\ntada krpar:w-vatsala\nsri-prahrada/:t uvac a- Prahlada Maharaja said; varam-benediction;\n\nvaraye-I pray; etat-this; te-from You; varada-iSat-the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, who offers benedictions even to such exalted\ndemigods as Brahma and Siva; maha-iSvara-0 my Supreme Lord;\n\nyat-that; anindat-v ilifi. ed; pita-father; me-my; tvam-You; avid­\n\nvan-without knowledge of; teja/:t-strength; aiSvaram-supremacy;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0329": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n302\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\nviddha-being polluted; amar�a-with anger; asaya�-within the\nheart; sdk$<it-directly; sarva-loka-gurum-unto the supreme spiritual\nmaster of all living beings; prabhum-unto the supreme master; bhratrha-the killer of his brother; iti-thus; mr�a-d�#�-falsely envious\nbecause of a false conception; tvat-bhakte-unto Your devotee; mayiunto me; ca-and; agha-van-who committed heavily sinful activities;\ntasmat-from that; pita-father; me-my; pilyeta-may be purified;\ndurantdt-very great; dustarat-difficult to pass over; aghat-from all\nsinful activities; pilta�-(although he was)\n\npurified;\n\nte-o£ You;\n\napari�-a-by the glance over him; sariulr�!a�-being looked at; tada-at\nthat time; krpa�Ja-vatsala-0 You who are merciful to the materialistic.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlida Maharaja said: 0 Supreme Lord, because You are so\n\nmerciful to the fallen souls, I ask You for only one benediction. I\n\nknow that my father, at the time of his death, had already been\n\npurified by Your glance upon him, but because of his ignorance of\n\nYour beautiful power and supremacy, he was unnecessarily angry\nat You, falsely thinking that You were the killer of his brother.\n\nThus he directly blasphemed Your Lordship, the spiritual master\n\nof all living beings, and committed heavily sinful activities\ndirected against me, Your devotee. I wish that he be excused for\n\nthese sinful activities.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough Hirar.tyakasipu was purified as soon as he came in contact\nwith the Lord's lap and the Lord saw him, Prahlada Maharaja still\nwanted to hear from the Lord's own mouth that his father had been\npurified by the Lord's causeless mercy. Prahlada Maharaja offered this\nprayer to the Lord for the sake of his father. As a Vai�r.tava son, despite\nall the inconveniences imposed upon him by his father, he could not\nforget his father's affection.\nTEXT 18\n\n�11�\n\n�:mrfu: f'«fl �: �N: m: �SWN I\n��� � \\llml��q-;f: ����II\n\n", "SB7.2#p0330": "Text 19]\n\nPrahlida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n303\n\nsri-bhagavan uviica\ntri/:t-saptabhi/:t pita puta/:t\npitrbhi/:t saha te 'nagha\nyat siidho 'sya kule jato\nbhavan vai kula-piivana/:t\nsri-bhagavan uviica-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; tri/:tsaptabhi/:t-seven multiplied by three (that is to say, twenty-one);\npita-father; pilta/:t-purified; pitrbhi/:t-with your forefathers; sahaall together; te-your; anagha-0 most sinless personality (Prahlada\nMaharaja); yat-beca use; siidho-0 great saintly person; asya-of this\nperson; kule-in the dynasty; jiita/:t-took birth; bhavan\n\n-\n\nyou; vai­\n\nindeed; kula-piivana/:t-the purifier of the whole dynasty.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: My dear Prah lada, 0\nmost pure, 0 great saintly person, your father has been purified,\nalong with twenty-one forefathers in your family. Because you\nwere hor n in this family, the entire dynasty has been purified.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word tri/:t-saptabhi/:t means seven multiplied by three. In one's\nfamily one can count back four or five generations-to one's greatgrandfather or even one's great-grandfather's father-but since the\nLord mentions twenty-one forefathers, this indicates that the benediction\nexpands to other families also. Before the present family in which one\nhas taken birth, one must have been born in other families. Thus when a\nVai�1.1ava takes birth in a family, by the grace of the Lord he purifies not\nonly that family but also the faffiilies of his previous births.\nTEXT 19\n\n� � � �: Sl�l�: ��: I\nm�: ('IW(I\"i41(1�� 'l�sN �: II� �II\nyatra yatra ca mad-bhaktii/:t\npra5anta/:t sama-darsina/:t\n\n", "SB7.2#p0331": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n304\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\nsiidhava/:1. samudacariis\nte puyante 'pi kika!ii/:1.\nyatra yatra-wherever and whenever; ca-also; mat-bhaktii/:1.-My\ndevotees; pra.Siintii/:1. -extreme!y peaceful; sama-darsina/:1. -equipoised;\nsiidhava/:1.-decorated with all good qualities; samudaciirii/:1.-equally\nmagnanimous; te-all of them; puyante-are purified; api-even;\nkika!ii/:1.-a degraded country or the inhabitants of such a place.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhenever and wherever there are peaceful, equipoised devotees\n\nwho are well behaved and decorated with all good qualities, that\n\nplace and the dynasties there, even if condemned, are purified.\nPURPORT\n\nWherever exalted devotees stay, not only they and their dynasties but\nthe entire country is purified.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�Cf� WI ((«{'� \\{6!11�t f�� I\na�� �� ¥t'AI4�•16�m: II� II\no\n\nsaroiitmanii na himsanti\nbhuta-griime$u kincana\nucciivace$U daityendra\nmad-bhiiva-vigata-sprhii/:1.\nsarva-iitmanii-in all respects, even in the modes of anger and\njealousy; na-never; himsanti-they are envious; bhuta-grame$Uamong all species of life; kincana-toward any one of them; uccaavace$u-the lower and higher living entities; daitya-indra-0 my dear\nPrahlada, King of the Daityas; mat-bhiiva-because of devotional service unto Me; vigata\nand greed.\n\n-\n\ngiven up; sprhii/:1.-all material modes of anger\n\n", "SB7.2#p0332": "Text 21]\n\nPrahlada, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n305\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Prahlada, King of the Daityas, because of being attached\nto devotional service to Me, My devotee does not distinguish between lower and higher living entities. In all respects, he is never\njealous of anyone.\nTEXT 21\n\n��itt �@li+t�ttat: 1\n����ffisr� ������\n\"'\n\nbhavanti pur�a loke\n\nmad-bhaktii.s tvam anuvratal},\n\nbhavan me khalu bhaktanam\nsarve�am pratinlpa-dhrk\n\nbhavanti-become; pur�ab,-persons; loke-in this world; mat­\n\nbhaktab,-My pure devotees; tvam-you; anuvratab,-following in your\n\nfootsteps; bhavan-you; me-My; khalu-indeed; bhaktanam-of all\n\ndevotees; sarve�am-in different mellows; pratirupa-dhrk-tangible\n\nexample.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who follow your example will naturally become My pure\ndevotees. You are the best example of My devotee, and others\nshould follow in your footsteps.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this connection, Srila Madhvacarya quotes a verse from the Skanda\n\nPururJ.a:\n\nrte tu tattvikan devan\n\nnaradadirhs tathaiva ca\n\nprahradad uttamab, ko nu\n\nV�TJ.u-bhaktau jagat-traye\n\n", "SB7.2#p0333": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n306\n\n[Canto7, Ch.IO\n\nThere are many, many devotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nand they have been enumerated in Srimad-Bhagavatam\nfollows:\n\n(6.3.20) as\n\nsvayambhur naradab, sambhu!t\nkumarab, kapilo manub,\n\nprahlado janako bhi§mo\n\nbalir vaiyasakir vayam\n\nOf the twelve authorized devotees-Lord Brahma, Narada, Lord Siva,\n\nKapila, Manu and so on-Prahlada Maharaja is understood to be the best\nexample.\n\nkuru tvam preta-krtyani\n\npitub, piltasya sarva.Sab,\n\nmad-ariga-sparsanenariga\n\nlokiin yasyati suprajab,\n\nkuru-perform; tvam-you; preta-krtyani-the ritualistic ceremony\n\nperformed\n\nafter\n\ndeath;\n\npitub,-of\n\nyour\n\nfather;\n\npiltasya-already\n\npurified; sarva§ab,-in all respects; mat-ariga-My body; sparsanena­\n\nby touching; ariga-My dear child; lokan-to planets; yasyati-he will\n\nbe elevated; su-prajab,-to become a devotee-citizen.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear child, your father has already been purified just by the\n\ntouch of My body at the time of his death. Nonetheless, the duty of\n\na son is to perform the sriddha ritualistic ceremony after his\n\nfather's death so that his father may be promoted to a planetary\nsystem where he may become a good citizen and devotee.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this regard, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says that although\n\nHiraQyakasipu was already purified, he had to take birth on a higher\n\n", "SB7.2#p0334": "Text 23]\n\nPrahlida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n307\n\nplanetary system to become a devotee again. Prahlada Maharaja was advised to perform the ritualistic ceremony as a matter of etiquette, for the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead under no circumstances wants to stop\nthe regulative principles. Madhva Muni also instructs:\nmadhu-kai!abhau bhakty-abhava\ndurau bhagavato mrtau\ntama eva kramiid aptau\nbhaktya ced yo harim yayau\nWhen the demons Madhu and Kaitabha were killed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\ntheir kinsmen\n\nalso observed the\n\nritualistic\n\nceremonies so that these demons could return home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 23\n\nfqstf :q- �W\\'41Rru� iffilc:nRfq : I\n�m 'lwt«tld � mur 'R�: ����II\npitryam ca sthanam at�!ha\nyathoktam brahmaviidibhi/:£\nmayy avesya manas tata\nkuru karmiir),i mat-para/:£\npitryam-paternal; ca-also; stluinam-place, throne; at�!ha-sit\nupon; yatha-uktam-as described; brahmaviidibhi/:1,-by the followers\nof Vedic civilization; mayi-unto Me; avesya-being fully absorbed;\nmana/:1,-the mind; tata-My dear boy; kuru-just execute; karmar:tithe regulative duties; mat-para/:1,-just for the sake of My work.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter performing the ritualistic ceremonies, take charge of your\nfather's kingdom. Sit upon the throne and do not be disturbed by\nmaterialistic activities. Please keep your mind fixed upon Me.\nWithout transgressing the injunctions of the Vedas, as a matter of\nformality you may perform your particular duties.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0335": "308\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.IO\n\nPURPORT\nWhen one becomes a devotee, he no longer has any duty to the Vedic\nregulative principles. One has many duties to perform, but if one becomes fully devoted to the Lord, he no longer has any such obligations.\n\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.41):\n\ndevar�i-bhiltiipta-nrr:liirh pitfr:ziirh\n\nna kilikaro niiyam rry,i ca riijan\n\nsaroiitmanii ya� sara1J(lrh sarar:tyarh\n\ngato mukundarh parihrtya kartam\n\nOne who has fully surrendered to the lotus feet of the Lord is no longer a\ndebtor to his forefathers, the great sages, human society, the common\nman or any living entity.\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead nonetheless advised Prahlada\nMaharaja to follow the regulative principles, for since he was going to be\nthe king, others would follow his example. Thus Lord Nrsimhadeva advised Prahlada Maharaja to engage in his political duties so that people\nwould become the Lord's devotees.\n\nyad yad iicarati sre�!has\ntat tad evetaro jana�\n\nsa yat pramiilJllrh kurute\nlokas tad anuvartate\n\n\"Whatever action a great man performs, common men follow. And\nwhatever standards he sets by exemplary acts, all the world pursues.\"\n(Bg.\n\n3.21) One should not be attached to any materialistic activities, but\n\na devotee may perform such activities as an example to show the common\nman that one should not deviate from the Vedic injunctions.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n��\n�sfq ({� � f���f� 1\n� ¥4•1�1'{ (f:ifastfqmit ft'lflf�tfll: ������\n\n", "SB7.2#p0336": "Text 25]\n\nPrahliida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n309\n\nsri-niirada uvaca\nprahriido 'pi tathii cakre\npitur yat siimparayikam\nyathiiha bhagaviin rajann\nabh�ikto dvijiitibhi/:1sri-niirada/:1- uooca- Narada Muni said; prahriida/:1-- Prahlada\napi- also; tathii-in that way; cakre-executed; pitu/:1- of\nhis father; yat-whatever; siimparayi kam-ritualistic ceremonies performed after death; yathii-even as; aha-order; b hagaviin-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; rajan-0 King Yudhi�thira;\nabh�ikta/:1--he was enthroned in the kingdom; dvi-jatibhi/:1--by the\nbriihmary,as present.\nMaharaja;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Niirada Muni continued: Thus, as the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead ordered, Prahliida Maharaja performed the ritualistic\nceremonies for his father. 0 King Yudhi�thira, he was then enthroned in the kingdom of Hir�yaka8ipu, as directed by the\nbriihm�as.\nPURPORT\nIt is essential that society be divided into four groups of men­\n\nbrahmary,as, /cyatriyas, vaiSyas and sudras. Here we see that although\nPrahlada was perfect in every respect, he nonetheless followed the instructions of the brahmar:tas who performed the Vedic rituals. Therefore\nin society there must be a very intelligent class of leaders who are well\nversed in the Vedic knowledge so that they can guide the entire populace\nto follow the Vedic principles and thus gradually become most perfect\nand eligible to return home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 25\n\nSI914JW(4 qt i11n ;mft � I\n��nt:qfffif�: sm��lli�:u����\nprasiida-sumukham dr�!vii\nbrahmii naraharim harim\n\n", "SB7.2#p0337": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n310\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.IO\n\nstutvii vagbhi/:1, pavitriibhi/:1,\npriiha deviidibhir vrta/:L\nprasiida-sumukham-whose face was bright because the Supreme\nLord was pleased; dmoo-seeing this situation; brahmii-Lord Brahma;\nnara-harim-unto Lord N.rsimhadeva; harim-the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead;\n\nstutvii-offering prayers;\n\nvagbhi/:1,-by transcendental\n\nwords; pavitriibhi/:1,-without any material contamination; priiha-addressed (the Lord); deva-iidibhi/:1,-by other demigods; vrta/:1,-surrounded.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Brahmii, surrounded by the other demigods, was bright­\n\nfaced because the Lord was pleased. Thus he offered prayers to the\nLord with transcendental words.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�r�\n\n�q��IM\n��+114'1 \\� I\n��f.l�: tnititi!fittW:�flq\"ltSij�: ������\nsri-brahmoviica\ndeva-deviikhiliidhyak§a\nbhilta-bhiivana piirvaja\nd�!yii te nihata/:1, piip o\nloka-santiipano 'sural],\n·\n\nsri-brahmii uviica-Lord Brahma said; deva-deva-0 my Lord, Lord\nof all the demigods; akhila-adhyak§a-owner of the whole universe;\n\nbhilta-bhiivana-0 cause of all living entities; piirva-ja-0 original\nPersonality of Godhead; d�!yii-by Your example or because of our good\nfortune; te-by You; nihata/:1,-killed; piipa/:1,-most sinful; lokasa ntiipana/:1,-giving trouble to the entire universe; asura/:1,-the demon\nHiraJ.lyakasipu.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Brahmi said: 0 Supreme Lord of all lords, proprietor of\n\nthe entire universe, 0 henedictor of all living entities, 0 original\n\n", "SB7.2#p0338": "Text 28]\n\nPrahliida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n311\n\nperson [adi-puru�a], because of our good fortune You have now\nkilled this sinful demon, who was giving trouble to the entire universe.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word purvaja is described in Bhagavad-gitii (10.8): aharh sarvasya prabhavo mattab, saroarh pravartate. All the demigods, including\nLord Brahma, are manifested from the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTherefore the original person, the cause of all causes, is Govinda, the\n\nadi-pur7.J¥Lm.\nTEXT 27\n\n�sm��;r��P�-: 1\n6it�•tdlitq:\n��fwt•t+tl\"t� 11�\\911\nyo 'sau labdha-varo matto\nna vadhyo mama sr$!ibhift\ntapo-yoga-balonnaddhaft\nsamasta-nigamiin ahan\nyab,-the person who; asau-he (Hira.J;lyaka8ipu); labdha-varaftbeing given the extraordinary benediction;\n\nmattalJ,-from me; na\n\nvadhyalJ,-not to be killed; mama sr$!ibhilJ,-by any living being created\nby me; tapalJ,-yoga-bala-by austerity, mystic power and strength;\nunnaddhaft-thus being very proud; samasta-all; nigamiin- Vedic injunctions; ahan-disregarded, transgressed.\nTRANSLATION\nThis demon, Hir�yak&Sipu, received from me the benediction\nthat he would not be killed by any living being within my creation.\nWith this assurance and with strength derived from austerities and\nmystic power, he became excessively proud and transgressed all\nthe Vedic injunctions.\nTEXT 28\n\n� �: «t��(Tlll•lqijl��: I\nmt f�cft ��'fl�tff «fii�)s� II�(; II\n\n", "SB7.2#p0339": "Srirnad-Bhagavatam\n\n312\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\nd�!ya tat-tanaya/:t sadhur\nmahi.i.-bhiigavato 'rbhaka/:t\ntvaya vimocito mrtyor\nd�!ya tvarh samito 'dhunii\nd�!ya-by fortune; tat-tanaya/:t-his son; sadhu/:t-who is a great\nsaintly\n\nperson;\n\nmahi.i.-bhiigavata/:t-a great and exalted devotee;\n\narbhaka/:t-although a child; tvaya-by Your Lordship; vimocita/:treleased; m rtyo/:t- from the clutches of death; d�!ya-also by great fortune; tvam samita/:t-perfectly under Your shelter; adhunii-now.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy great fortune, Hir�yaka8ipu' s son Prahlida Maharaja has\n\nnow been released from death, for although he is a child, he is an\nexalted devotee. Now he is fully under the protection of Your lotus\nfeet.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n�����n ��:\nrim� ��•«•�<:� �m�: ������\netad vapus te bhagavan\ndhyayata/:t paramiltmana/:t\nsarvato goptr santrasan\nmrtyor api jighi.i.rhsata/:£\netat-this; vapu/:t-body; te-Your; bhagavan-0 Supreme Personality of Godhead; dhyayata/:t-those who meditate upon; paramadtmana/:t-of\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPerson;\n\nsarvata/:t-from\n\neverywhere;\n\ngoptr-the protector; santrasat-from all kinds of fear; mrtyo/:£ apieven from fear of death; jighi.i.rhsata/:t-if one is envied by an enemy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, You are the\n\nSupreme Soul. Hone meditates upon Your transcendental body,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0340": "Text 30]\n\nPrahlada, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n313\n\nYou naturally protect him from all sources of fear, even the imminent danger of death.\nPURPORT\n\nEveryone is sure to die, for no one is excused from the hands of death,\nwhich is but a feature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (mrtyub,\nsarva-hara5 caham). When one becomes a devotee, however, he is not\ndestined to die according to a limited duration of life. Everyone has a\nlimited duration of life, but a devotee's lifetime can be extended by the\nmercy of the Supreme Lord, who is able to nullify the results of one's\nkarma. Karmary,i nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhajam. This is the statement\n\nof Brahma-samhita (5.54). A devotee is not under the laws of karma.\n\nTherefore even a devotee's scheduled death can be avoided by the causeless mercy of the Supreme Lord. God protects the devotee even from the\nextreme danger of death.\nTEXT 30\n\n��\n\nq� ��Tud ij' �: �� I\ntR:\n�R-'Ithn+i�d � ll�oll\nsri-bhagavan uvaca\nmaivam viblw 'surary,Um te\npradeyab, padma-sambhava\nvarab, krilra-nisargary,Um\nahinam amrtam yatha\nsri-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead replied (to\nBrahma);\n\nma-do\n\nnot;\n\nevam-thus;\n\nviblw-0\n\ngreat\n\nperson;\n\nasurary,Um-unto the demons; te-by you; pradeyab, -bestow benedictions; padma-sambhava-0 Lord Brahma, born from the lotus flower;\nvarab,-benediction; krilra-nisargary,Um-persons who are by nature\nvery cruel and jealous; ahinam-to snakes; amrtam-nectar or milk;\nyatha-just as.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0341": "[Canto7, Ch.10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n314\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead replied: My dear Lord Brahma, 0\n\ngreat lord born from the lotus Hower, just as it is dangerous to\nfeed milk to a snake, so it is dangerous to give benedictions to\n\ndemons, who are by nature ferocious and jealous. I warn you not\nto give such benedictions to any demon again.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n���\n\n��iifl lfll�lw-(I'Ji�ij!IW' � db I\n31m: ri\"{ffl;rt 'lfit�: '«ltfg;n II�� II\nsri-niirada uvaca\nity uktvii bhagavan rajarhs\nlata§ cantardadhe hari/:t\nadrsya/:t sarva-bhiltaniiril\npiljita/:t parame�!hinii\nsri-narada/:t\n\nuvaca-Narada\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme\n\nMuni\n\nsaid;\n\nYudhi�!hira; tata/:t-from that place;\npeared;\n\niti\n\nuktva-saying this;\n\nPersonality of Godhead;\n\nhari/:t-the Lord;\n\nrajan-0 King\n\nca-also; antardadhe-disap­\n\nad,.Sya/:t-without being visible;\n\nsarva­\n\nbhiltaniim-by all kinds of living entities; piljita}:t-being worshiped;\nparame�!hina-by Lord Brahma.\nTRANSLATION\nNirada Muni continued: 0 King Yudhi�jilhira, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, who is not visible to an ordinary human\n\nbeing, spoke in this way, instructing Lord Brahmii. Then, being\nworshiped by Brahm&, the Lord disappeared from that place.\nTEXT 32\n\n�: ��'t.� ftmn � mfg;t'( I\n\n1f.i 31'��w� +t•liif�Cfi�T: ������\n\n", "SB7.2#p0342": "Text 33]\n\nPrahlad� the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n315\n\ntata/.t sampujya sirasa\n\nvavan.de parame$!hinam\n\nbhavarit prajapatin devan\n\nprahrado bhagavat-kalii/.t\n\ntata/.t-thereafter; sampujya-worshiping; sirasa-by bowing the\n\nhead; vavan.de-offered prayers; parame$!hinam-to Lord Brahma;\n\nbhavam-to Lord Siva; prajapatin-to the great demigods entrusted\n\nwith increasing the population; devan-to all the great demigods;\n\nprahrada/.t-Prahlada Maharaja; bhagamt-kalii/.t-influential parts of\n\nthe Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlada Maharaja then worshiped and offered prayers to all the\n\ndemigods, such as Br� Siva and the prajiipatis, who are all\n\nparts of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n��J:\n\n��fi{: ��fwml: �6WI: I\n�� �� � 5f�lti\\lilitnt_ '{�II��II\ntata/.t kavyiidibhi/.t sardharit\nmunibhi/.t kamaliisana/.t\n\ndaityanarit danavanarit ca\n\nprahradam akarot patim\n\ntata/.t-thereafter;\n\nsardham-and\n\nwith;\n\nkavya-iidibhi/.t-with\nmunibhi/.t-great\n\nSukracarya\n\nsaintly\n\nand\n\npersons;\n\nothers;\n\nkamala­\n\nasana/.t-Lord Brahma; daityanam-of all the demons; danavanam­\n\nof all the giants; ca-and; prahradam-Prahlada Maharaja; akarot­\n\ncreated; patim-the master or king.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, along with Sukriiciirya and other great saints, Lord\n\nBrahmii, whose seat is on the lotus flower, made Prahlada the king\nof all the demons and giants in the universe.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0343": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n316\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.IO\n\nPURPORT\nBy the grace of Lord N-rsirhhadeva, Prahlada Maharaja became a\ngreater king than his father, HiraJ;lyaka8ipu. Prahlada's inauguration\nwas performed by Lord Brahma in the presence of other saintly persons\nand demigods.\nTEXT 34\n\nSIRt\"t;t� mit �en: � q(+URJtt: l\n�litlf.t � (l:ji;:jfflltt: SIRt\\Ni�u ll�\\lll\npratinandya tato deva/:L\nprayujya paramiiSi$a/:L\nsva-dhamiini yayu riijan\nbrahmiidya/:L pratipujita/:L\npratinandya-congratulating;\n\ntata/:L-thereafter;\n\ndeva/:L-all\n\nthe\n\ndemigods; prayujya-having offered; parama-asi$a/:L-exalted benedictions; sva-dhamii ni-to their respective abodes;\n\nyayu/:L-returned;\n\nriijan-0 King Yudhi�thira; brahma-iidyii/:L-all the demigods, headed\nby\n\nLord\n\nBrahma;\n\npratipujitii/:L-being\n\nthoroughly\n\nworshiped\n\n(by\n\nPrahlada Maharaja).\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Yudhi!}lhira, after all the demigods, headed by Lord\n\nBrahma, were properly worshiped by Prahlada Maharaja, they\n\noffered Prahlada their utmost benedictions and then returned to\ntheir respective abodes.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n���r�:�!ltfm�:,\n� � man �� m m ������\nevarh ca piir�adau vi$7Jo/:L\nputratvarh priipitau dite/:L\nhrdi sthitena hariTJ-ii\nvaira-bhavena tau hatau\n\n", "SB7.2#p0344": "Text 36]\n\nPrahlada, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n317\n\nevam-in this way; ca-also; par�adau-the two personal associates;\n\nvi§��-of Lord Vi�Qu; putratvam-becoming the sons; prapitau-hav­\n\ning gotten; dite�-of Diti; hrdi-within the core of the heart; sthitena­\n\nbeing situated; hari�-by the Supreme Lord; vaira-bhavena-by con­\n\nceiving as an enemy; tau-both of them; hatau-were killed.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus the two associates of Lord Vi�t;tu who had become\nHir&t;lyak� and Hir8t;J.yaka8ipu, the sons of Diti, were both killed.\nBy illusion they had thought that the Supreme Lord, who is situated in everyone's heart, was their enemy.\nPURPORT\n\nThe discourse concerning Lord N:rsirhhadeva and Prahlada Maharaja\n\nbegan when Maharaja Yudhi�thira asked Narada how Sisupala had\n\nmerged into the body of l(:r�Qa. Sisupala and Dantavakra were the same\n\nHiraQyak�a and HiraQyakasipu. Here Narada Muni is relating how in\nthree different births the associates of Lord Vi�QU were killed by Lord\n\nVi�Qu\n\nHimself.\n\nHiraQyakasipu.\n\nFirst\n\nthey\n\nwere\n\nthe\n\ndemons\n\nHiraQyak�a\n\nand\n\nTEXT 36\n\n�� fcmniR �� ffl �: I\n,.....utC(�un�, m (It �m: ������\npuna.S ca vipra-sapena\nra/cyasau tau babhuvatu�\nkumbhakarr:w-daSa-grivau\nhatau tau rama-vikramai�\npuna�-again;\nbrahmaf)-(l,S;\n\nca-also;\n\nra/cyasau-the\n\nbabhuvatu�-incarnated\n\nas;\n\nvipra-sapena-being\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nkumbhakarr:ta-daSa-grivau-known\n\nas\n\ntwo\n\nRak�asas;\n\ncursed\n\ntau-both\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\nKumbhakarQa and the ten-headed RavaQa (in their next birth); hatau­\n\nthey also were killed; tau-both of them; rama-vikramai�-by the extraordinary strength of Lord Ramacandra.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0345": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n318\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing cursed by the brihm�as, the same two associates took\n\nbirth again as Kumhhakar� and the ten-headed Rav�a. These\n\ntwo Riik� were killed by Lord Ra macandra's extraordinary\npower.\n\nTEXT 37\n\nQ � f��� (1*'114� : I\n� �� � Sll'fiwt�rit.lll�\"ll\nsayanau yudhi nirbhinnahrdayau rama-Siiyakaib,\ntac-cittau jahatur deham\nyatha praktana-janmani\nsayanau-being laid down; yudhi-on the battlefield; nirbhinnabeing pierced; hrdayau-in the core of the heart; rama-sayakaib,-by\nthe arrows of Lord Ramacandra; tat-cittau-thinking or being conscious\nof Lord Ramacandra; jahatub,-gave up; deham-body; yatha-even\nas; praktana-janmani-in their previous births.\nTRANSLATION\nPierced by the arrows of Lord Riimacandra, both Kumhhakart;ta\n\nand Rav�a lay on the ground and left their bodies, fully absorbed\n\nin thought of the Lord, just as they had in their previous births as\n\nHir�yiik� and Hir�yaka8ipu.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n��\n\n�1 fttgq1e�m1 1\n\n.u ��'li� �� ��: ������\ntav ihatha punar jatau\nsiSupala-ka1\"11$a-jau\nharau vairanubandhena\npa§yatas te samiyatub,\n\n", "SB7.2#p0346": "Text 39]\n\nPrahlada, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n319\n\ntau-both of them; iha-in this human society; atha-in this way;\n\npuna!J.-again; jatau-took their births; siSupata-Sisupala; ka�a­\n\njau-Dantavakra; harau-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nvaira-anubandhena-by the bondage of considering the Lord an enemy;\n\npa§yatab,-were looking on; te-while you; samiyatub,-merged or\nwent into the lotus feet of the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey both took birth again in human society as Sisupala and\n\nDantavakra and continued in the same enmity toward the Lord. It\n\nis they who merged into the body of the Lord in your presence.\nPURPORT\n\nVairanubandhena. Acting like the Lord's enemy is also beneficial for\n\nthe living entity. KarniUl dve�ad bhayat snehiid. Whether in lusty desire,\n\nanger, fear or envy of the Lord, somehow or other, as recommended by\nSrila Riipa Gosvami (tasmat kenapy upayena), one should become at­\n\ntached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead and ultimately achieve the\n\ngoal of returning home, back to Godhead. What, then, is to be said of one\nwho is related to the Supreme Personality of Godhead as a servant,\n\nfriend, father, mother or conjugal lover?\n\nTEXT 39\n\n�� � � �r.n itaRf�: 1\niill�;:a <tt:J�i41• qit?;: q��<tl �II� �II\n\n�:\n\nenab, pilrva-krtarit yat tad\nrajanab, kr�1Jn-Vairi1Jn!J.\n\njahus te 'nte tad-atmanab,\nkitab- pesaskrto yatha\n\nenab,-this sinful activity (of blaspheming the Supreme Lord); pilrva­\n\nkrtam-executed in previous births; yat-which; tat-that; rajanab,­\n\nkings; kr�1Jn-vairi1Jnb--always acting as enemies of Kr!?Qa; jahub,-gave\n\nup; te-all of them; ante-at the time of death; tat-atmanab,-attaining\n\n", "SB7.2#p0347": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n320\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.IO\n\nthe same spiritual body and form; ki!aiJ.-a worm; pe§askrtaiJ.-(captured by) a black drone; yatha-just like.\nTRANSLATION\nNot only Sisupala and Dantavakra but also many, many other\n\nkings who acted as enemies of ��a attained salvation at the time\n\nof death. Because they thought of the Lord, they received spiritual\n\nbodies and forms the same as His, just as worms captured by a\nblack drone obtain the same type of body as the drone.\nPURPORT\n\nThe mystery of yogic meditation is explained here. Real yogis always\nmeditate on the form of Vif?I.J.U within their hearts. Consequently, at the\ntime of death they give up their bodies while thinking of the form of\nVif?I.J.U and thus attain Vif?Quloka, Vaikui.J.thaloka, where they receive\nbodily features the same as those of the Lord. From the Sixth Canto we\nhave already learned that when the Vif?Qudutas came from Vaikui.J.tha to\ndeliver Ajamila, they looked exactly like Vif?I.J.U, with four hands and the\nsame features as Vif?I.J.U. Therefore, we may conclude that if one practices\nthinking of Vif?I.J.U and is fully absorbed in thinking of Him at the time of\ndeath, one returns home, back to Godhead. Even enemies of l<.rf?I.J.a who\nthought of Krf?I.J.a in fear\n\n(bhaya), such as King Kamsa, received bodies\n\nin a spiritual identity similar to that of the Lord.\nTEXT40\n\n� � �tmft �1\n\n'«'l�Pl((l I\nWfll�tUi(� : � «(ijM� ��: 11\\loll\nyatha yatha bhagavato\nbhaktya paramayabhidii\nnrpas caidyiidayaiJ, siitmy(un\nhares tac-cintayii yayuiJ,\n\nyatha yatha-just as; bhagavataiJ,-of the Supreme Personality of\nbhaktya-by devotional service; paramayii-supreme;\nabhidd-incessantly thinking of such activities; nrpaiJ,-kings; caidya-\n\nGodhead;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0348": "Text 40]\n\nPrahlida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n321\n\nadayalt-Sisupala, Dantavakra and others; satmyam-the same form;\n\nharelt-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tat-cintaya-by constantly thinking of Him; yayult-returned home, back to Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nBy devotional service, pure devotees who incessantly think of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead receive l_?odies similar to His.\nThis is known as siriipya-mukti. Although Sisupila, Dantavakra\nand other kings thought of K.n;1,;1a as an enemy, they also achieved\nthe same result.\nPURPORT\n\nIn Caitanya-caritamrta, in connection with Lord Caitanya's instruc­\n\ntions to Sanatana Gosvami, it is explained that a devotee should exter­\n\nnally execute his routine devotional service in a regular way but should\n\nalways inwardly think of the particular mellow in which he is attracted to\n\nthe service of the Lord. This constant thought of the Lord makes the de­\n\nvotee eligible to return home, back to Godhead. AB stated in Bhagavad­\n\ngita (4.9), tyaktva deham punar janma naiti miim eti: after giving up his\n\nbody, a devotee does not again receive a material body, but goes back to\n\nGodhead and receives a spiritual body resembling those of the Lord's\n\neternal associates whose activities he followed. However the devotee likes\n\nto serve the Lord, he may constantly think of the Lord's associates-the\n\ncowherd boys, the gopis, the Lord's father and mother, His servants and\nthe trees, land, animals, plants and water in the Lord's abode. Because of\nconstantly thinking of these features, one acquires a transcendental posi­\n\ntion. Kings like Sisupala, Dantavakra, Karhsa, Pam.u;lraka, Narakasura\nand\n\nSalva\n\nwere\n\nMadhvacarya:\n\nall\n\nsimilarly\n\ndelivered.\n\nThis\n\nis\n\nconfirmed\n\nby\n\npaur:ujrake narake caiva\n\nsalve karhse ca rukmir:ti\n\nav�!as tu harer bhaktas\ntad-bhaktya harim apire\nPam;1d.raka, Narakasura, Salva and Karilsa were all inimical toward the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, but because all these kings constantly\nthought of Him, they achieved the same liberation-sarupya-mukti. The\n\n", "SB7.2#p0349": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n322\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\njfiiina-bhakta, the devotee who follows the path of jfiii na, also attains the\n\nsame destination. If even the enemies of the Lord achieve salvation by\nconstantly thinking about the Lord, what is to be said of pure devotees\nwho always engage in the Lord's service and who think of nothing but\n\nthe Lord in every activity?\n\nTEXT41\n\n311�16 m� ��flit� cnmc�•i. 1\n'(44-it't\\(1(\\\"lf ��: �u�¥tN � ll'«l�ll\nakhyatam saroam etat te\nyan miim tvam paripr�!aviin\ndamagho�a-sutiidiniim\n\nhare/:t siitmyam api dv�iim\n\nakhyatam-described;\n\nsarvam-everything;\n\netat-this;\n\nte-unto\n\nyou; yat-whatever; miim-unto me; tvam-you; paripmavan-inquired; damagh0$a-suta-iid'iniim-of the son of DamaghQ!?a (Sisupala)\n\nand others; hare/:t-of the Lord; siitmyam-equal bodily features; api­\n\neven; dv�iim-although they were inimical.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEverything you asked me about how Sisupala and others at­\n\ntained salvation although they were inimical has now been ex­\n\nplained to you by me.\n\nTEXT42\n\n\"\"uq«>q� � � ��: I\n31'4(11(�1 � q� ttstlfa.���: 11\\l�ll\n\n-ro\n\ne�ii brahmar_tya-devasya\nkr�r_tasya ca mahatmana/:t\navatiira-katha pur_tyii\nvadho yatriidi-daityayo/:t\ne�ii-all this; brahmar_tya-devasya-of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, who is worshiped by all brahmar_tas; kr�r_tasya-of �!?r;ta, the\n\n", "SB7.2#p0350": "Text 42]\n\nPrahlid� the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n323\n\noriginal Supreme Personality of Godhead; ca-also; maha-atmanab,the\n\nSupersoul;\n\namtara-katha-narrations\n\nabout His\n\nincarnations;\n\npu�ya-pious, purifying; vadhab,-killing; yatra -wherein; adi-in\nthe\n\nbeginning\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nmillennium;\n\ndaityayob,-of\n\nthe\n\ndemons\n\n(Hirai.Iyak�a and Hirai.Iyakasipu).\nTRANSLATION\nIn this narration about �1].� the Supreme Personality of Godhead, various expansions or incarnations of the Lord have been\ndescribed, and the killing of the two demons Hir81].yak� and\nHir81].yaka8ipu has also been described.\nPURPORT\nAmtaras, or incarnations, are expansions of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead-l<r�r;ta, Govinda.\nadvaitam acyutam aniidim ananta-nlpam\nadyam pura�-pur�arh nava-yaumnarh ca\nvede$u durlabham adurlabham atma-bhaktau\ngovindam adi-pur�arh tam aham bhajami\n\n\"I worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda, who is the\noriginal person-nondual, infallible, and without beginning. Although\nHe expands into unlimited forms, He is still the original, and although\nHe is the oldest person, He always appears as a fresh youth. Such eternal,\nblissful and all-knowing forms of the Lord cannot be understood by the\nacademic wisdom of the Vedas, but they are always manifest to pure,\nunalloyed devotees.\" ( Brahma-samhita 5.33) The Brahma-samhita describes the avataras. Indeed, all the avataras are described in the\nauthentic scriptures. No one can become an avatara, or incarnation, although this has become fashionable in the age of Kali. The avataras are\ndescribed in the authentic scriptures (sastras) , and therefore before one\nrisks accepting a pretender as an avatara, one should refer to the sdstras.\nThe sdstras say everywhere that Kr�Q.a is the original Personality of Godhead and that He has innumerable avataras, or incarnations. Elsewhere\nin the Brahma-samhita it is said, ramadi-murti$u kalii-niyamena\n\n", "SB7.2#p0351": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n324\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. l 0\n\nl�!han: Rama, Nrsimha, Varaha and many others are consecutive expan­\n\nsions of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Mter Kr��a comes\n\nBalarama, after Balarama is Sankar��a, then Aniruddha, Pradyumna,\n\nNaraya�a and then the puTl.L§a-avataras-Maha-Vi��u, Garbhodakasayi\n\nVi��u and �irodakasayi Vi��u. All of them are avataras.\n\nOne must hear about the avataras. Narrations about such avataras are\n\ncalled avatara-kathii, the narrations of Kr��a's expansions. Hearing and\n\nchanting these narrations is completely pious. Sr�vatarh sva-kathii/:t\nkr��/:t pu�ya-srava�-kirtana/:t. One who hears and chants can become\npu�ya, purified of material contamination.\n\nWhenever there are references to the avataras, religious principles are\n\nestablished, and demons who are against Kr��a are killed. The Kr��a\n\nconsciousness movement is spreading all over the world with two aims­\n\nto establish Kf. �a as the Supreme Personality of Godhead and to kill all\nthe\n\npretenders\n\nwho\n\nfalsely present themselves as\n\navataras.\n\nThe\n\npreachers of the Kr��a consciousness movement must carry this convic­\n\ntion very carefully within their hearts and kill the demons who in many\ntactful ways vilify the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr��a. If we\n\ntake shelter of Nrsimhadeva and Prahlada Maharaja, it will be easier to\n\nkill the demons who are against Kr��a and to thus reestablish Kr��a's\nsupremacy. Kr��as tu bhagavan svayam: Kr��a is the Supreme Lord, the\noriginal Lord. Prahlada Maharaja is our guru, and Kr��a is our worshipa­\n\nble God. As advised by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, guru-k\"0�-prasiide\n\npaya bhakti-lata-bija. If we can be successful in getting the mercy of\nPrahlada Maharaja and also that of Nrsimhadeva, then our Kr��a con­\n\nsciousness movement will be extremely successful.\n\nThe demon Hira�yakasipu had so many ways to try to become God\n\nhimself, but although Prahlada Maharaja was chastised and threatened\n\nin many ways, he rigidly refused to accept his powerful demoniac father\n\nas God. Following in the footsteps of Prahlada Maharaja, we should reject\nall the rascals who pretend to be God. We must accept Kr��a and His incarnations, and no one else.\n\nTEXTS 43-44\n\nSICI'(@I§4Ra ¥i(l¥tl•li4� :!il I\n¥tRfi(ti;f �� �'fldr �� � �: II'J �II\n\n", "SB7.2#p0352": "Text 44]\n\nPrahlada, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n��iM��Qt�t&$\n\n325\n\ngar-� I\n\nq(lif4�1i ('.lfWltWlf � 0�t�41 � ll\\/\\/11\nprahrada.syanucaritarh\nmaha-bhiigavatasya ca\nbhaktir jnanarh virakti.S ca\nyatharthyarh casya vai hare/:£\nsarga-sthity-apyayesasya\ngur:w-kamuinuvar�Jnnam\nparavare�arh sthananarh\nkalena vyatyayo mahan\nprahrada.sya -of Prahlada Maharaja;\n(understood\n\nby\n\nreading\n\nor\n\nanucaritam -characteristics\n\ndescribing\n\nhis\n\nactivities);\n\nmaha­\n\nbhiigavatasya-of the great and exalted devotee; ca-also; bhakti/:tdevotional service unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; joonamcomplete knowledge of the Transcendence (Brahman, Paramatma and\nBhagavan); virakti/:t-renunciation of material existence; ca-also;\nyatharthyam-just to understand each of them perfectly; ca-and;\nasya-of this; vai-indeed; hare/:t-always in reference to the Supreme\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nsarga-of\n\ncreation;\n\nsthiti-maintenance;\n\naP.Yaya-and annihilation; iSasya-of the master (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); gu�Jn-of the transcendental qualities and opulences; karma-and activities; anuvar�Jnnam-description within the\ndisciplic succession;* para-avare�am-of different types of living entities known as demigods and demons; sthananam-of the various\nplanets or places to live; kalena-in due course of time; vyatyaya/:t-the\nannihilation of everything; mahan-although very great.\nTRANSLATION\nThis narration describes the characteristics of the great and exalted devotee Prahlada Maharaja, his staunch devotional service,\n*The word anu means \"after.\" Authorized persons do not create anything;\nrather, they follow the previous iicaryas.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0353": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n326\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\nhis perfect knowledge, and his perfect detachment from material\n\ncontamination. It also describes the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead as the cause of creation, maintenance and annihilation.\n\nPrahliida Maharaja, in his prayers, has described the transcenden­\n\ntal qualities of the Lord and has also described how the various\n\nabodes of the demigods and demons, regardless of how materially\nopulent, are destroyed by the mere direction of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is filled with descriptions of the characteristics of\nvarious devotees, with reference to the service of the Lord. This Vedic\n\nliterature is called Bhiigavatam because it deals with the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead and His devotee. By studying Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nunder the direction of the bona fide spiritual master, one can perfectly\nunderstand the science of ���a, the nature of the material and spiritual\n\nworlds, and the aim of life. Srimad-Bhiigavatam amalarit purdT_Ulm.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the spotless Vedic literature, as we have dis­\n\ncussed in the beginning of Srimad-Bhiigaootam. Therefore, simply by\n\nunderstanding Srimad-Bhiigavatam, one can understand the science of\n\nthe activities of the devotees, the activities of the demons, the permanent\n\nabode and the temporary abode. Through Snmad-Bhiigavatam, everything is perfectly known.\nTEXT45\n\n� �ltlq61wtl � llllql;4wt � I\n311�����'DVM+wiftlfht'4i+1�16:II\\l'-\\11\ndhamw bhiigaootanam ca\n\nbhagavan yena gamyate\n\nakhyane 'smin samamnatam\nadhyatmikam a.Se�ata/:t\n\ndharma/:t-religious principles;\n\nbhiigaootanam-of the devotees;\n\nca-and; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; yena-by\nwhich� gamyate-one can understand; akhyane-in the narration;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0354": "Text46]\n\nPrahlida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n327\n\nasmin-this; samamnatam-is perfectly described; adhyatrnikamtranscendence; a§e�atat£-without reservations.\nTRANSLATION\nThe principles of religion by which one can actually understand\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead are called bhiigavata-dharma.\nIn this narration, therefore, which deals with these principles, actual transcendence is properly described.\nPURPORT\nThrough the principles of religion, one can understand the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Brahman (the impersonal feature of the\nSupreme Lord) and Paramatma (the localized aspect of the Lord). When\none is well conversant with all these principles, he becomes a devotee and\n\nperforms bhiigavata-dharma. Prahlada Maharaja, the spiritual master in\nthe line of disciplic succession, advised that this bhiigavata-dharma be\n\ninstructed to students from the very beginning of their education\n\n(kaumara iicaret prajfl.o dharman bhiigavatan iha). To understand the\n\nscience of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the real purpose of\neducation. Srava1Jllrh kirtanarh v�r:wt£. One must simply hear about and\n\ndescribe Lord Vi�QU and His various incarnations. This narration concerning Prahlada Maharaja and Lord N:rsirhhadeva, therefore, has properly described spiritual, transcendental subjects.\nTEXT46\n\n� fH'IiiR.wt14 AqftcfNtqtj� I\n..a��,,�. � dqt4fiiu�6 11\\l�ll\n\n�\n\nya etat pur:tyam akhyanarh\n\nv�r:wr viryopabrmhitam\nkirtayec chraddhaya srutva\nkarma-pasair vimucyate\n\nyat£-anyone who; etat-this; pur:tyam-pious; akhyanam-narration;\n\nv�r:tot£-of\n\nLord\n\nVi�Qu;\n\nvirya-the\n\nsupreme\n\npower;\n\n", "SB7.2#p0355": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n328\n\nupabrrohitam-in which is described;\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\nkirtayet-chants or repeats;\n\nsraddhaya-with great faith; srutva-after properly hearing (from the\nright source); karma-pasaift-from the bondage of fruitive activities;\nvimucyate-becomes liberated.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who hears and chants this narration about the omnipotence\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�r;tu, is certainly liber­\n\nated from material bondage without fail.\nTEXT 47\n\n� � 1311R�tt� 4ti\\ �1�t\n..\n\n����\\tlqcc�. S�tRJ: q%�\n�\n����+i:sr� � m � �\n.\n\n�it�ll\\l\\911\netad ya iidi-pur�asya mrgendra-lilam\ndaityendra-yiltha-pa-vadham prayataft pa!heta\ndaityatmajasya ca satiirh pravarasya pu7Jyam\nsrutviinubhavam akuto-bhayam eti lokam\netat-this narration;\n\nyaft-anyone who;\n\nadi-pur�asya-of the\n\noriginal Personality of Godhead; mrga-indra-lilam-pastimes as a lion\nand human being combined; daitya-indra-of the King of the demons;\nyiltha-pa-as strong as an elephant; vadham-the killing; prayataftwith great attention; pa!heta-reads; daitya-iitma-jasya-of Prahlada\nMaharaja, the son of the demon; ca-also; satiim-among elevated devotees;\n\npravarasya-the\n\nbest;\n\npuTJyam-pious;\n\nsrutvii-hearing;\n\nanubhavam-the activities; akutaft-bhayam-where there is no fear\nanywhere or at any time; eli-reaches; lokam-the spiritual world.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlada Maharaja was the best among exalted devotees. Anyone\n\nwho with great attention hears this narration concerning the ac­\n\ntivities of Prahlada Maharaja, the killing of Hirar;tyak&Sipu, and the\n\n", "SB7.2#p0356": "Text 47]\n\nPrahlada, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n32.9\n\nactivities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, N:rsimhadeva,\nsurely reaches the spiritual world, where there is no anxiety.\n\nThus end the Bhaktive�nta purports of the Seventh Canto, Tenth\nChapter, First Part, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Prahliida, the\nBest Among Exalted Devotees. \"\nCONTINUED IN TilE NEXT VOLUME\n\n", "SB7.2#p0357": "Appendixes\n\n", "SB7.2#p0358": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prahhupada appeared in\n\nthis world in 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami:, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhakti­\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati:, a prominent devotional scholar and the founder of\nsixty-four Gau<Ji:ya Mathas (Vedic institutes), liked this educated young\nman and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\n\nSri:la Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later (1933) at\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in\n\n1922, Sri:la Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nThakura requested Sri:la Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge\n\nthrough the English language. In the years that followed, Sri:la Prahhu­\n\npada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad-gitd, assisted the Gau<Ji:ya\n\nMatha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance, started an English\n\nfortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and checked the\n\ngalley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and strug­\n\ngled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never\n\nstopped; it is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\n\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion,\n\nthe Gau<Ji:ya Vaif?r;tava Society honored him in\n\n194 7 with the title\n\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In 1950, at the age of fifty-four, Sri:la Prabhupada\n\nretired from married life,\n\nand four years later\n\nhe adopted the\n\nvanaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his studies and writ­\n\ning. Sri:la Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of V:rndavana, where he\n\nlived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and\nwriting. He accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At\n\nRadha-Damodara, Sri:la Prabhupada began work on his lif�'s master­\n\npiece: a multivolume translation and commentary on the eighteen thou­\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (Bhagavata Purar;a). He also wrote\nEasy Journey to Other Planets.\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhagavatam, Srila Prabhupada\ncame to the United States, in 1965 to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\n,\nsand verse\n\nmaster. Since that time, His Divine Grace has written over forty volumes\n\nof authoritative translations, commentaries and summary studies of the\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n\n333\n\n", "SB7.2#p0359": "334\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila\n\nPrabhupada was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\n\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for Krishna Con­\n\nsciousness in July of 1966. Under his careful guidance, the Society has\n\ngrown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one\nhundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm communities.\n\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New V:rndavana, an experimental\n\nVedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew V:rndavana, now a thriving farm community of more than one thou­\n\nsand acres, his students have since founded several similar communities\n\nin the United States and abroad.\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\n\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\nDallas, Texas. The school began with 3 children in 1972, and by the\n\nbeginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\n\nSrila Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large inter­\n\nnational center at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also\n\nthe site for a planned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the\nmagnificent K:r�?I;Ia-Balarama Temple and International Guest House in\n\nV:rndavana, India. These are centers where Westerners can live to gain\nfirsthand experience of Vedic culture.\n\nSrila Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his\n\nbooks. Highly respected by the academic community for their authori­\n\ntativeness, depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks in\n\nnumerous college courses. His writings have been translated into eleven\n\nlanguages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972 ex­\n\nclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become the\nworld's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and phi­\n\nlosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada's most\nrecent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-com­\n\npleted by Srila �rabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali\nreligious classic Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada\n\nhas circled the globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to\nsix continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncontinues to write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library\n\nof Vedic philosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0360": "References\nThe purports of Srimad-Bhagavatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are specifically\ncited in this volume.\n\nBhagavad-gitd, 2, 4, 10, 26, 29, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 48, 53, 54-55, 57,\n58-59,60,62,65,66,68, 69, 71, 73, 74,74-75,76,78,78-79,80,\n91-92, 94, 95-96, 97, 100, 106, 108, 111, 113, 124-125, 126,\n126-127,128-129,132,136,138,152,162-163,170-171,176,190,\n194,196,198-199,200,205,208,210,212,214,214-215,217,220,\n224,226,227,230,231,232,234,239,244,246,250,254,256,258,\n263,267,268,270,282-283,285,286,287,288,289,299-300,300,\n308, 311, 321\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, 56, 82, 91, 275, 284, 300\nBrahma1J4,a Purar:za, 186\nBrahma-samhitd, 115, 132, 232, 235, 237, 313, 323, 323-324\nBrahma-tarka, 225\nCaitanya-caritdmrta, 30, 98, 112, 114-115, 144, 159-160, 192, 215, 254,\n288, 321\n\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya, 195-196\nHitopadeSa, 131\nKa!ha Upan�ad, 62\nManu-samhita, 170\n\n335\n\n", "SB7.2#p0361": "336\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nNarada-paiicardtra, 212\nPadma PurWJ,a, 289\nSkanda PuralJ.a, 305\n\nSrimad-Bhaga�am,S, 13,14,34-35,37,51,54,65,67,74,85, 111,119,\n122,123,169,186,191,224,227,236,246,248,256,260,264,267,\n287' 291, 296, 300, 306, 308\n\nSvetd.S�ra Upan�ad, 56, 80\nTaitiriya Upan� 71\n\n", "SB7.2#p0362": "Glossary\nA\nAcirya-a spiritual master who teaches by example.\nAnuhhiva-the bodily symptoms of ecstatic love for Kri?Q.a.\nArati-a ceremony for greeting the Lord with offerings of food, lamps, fans,\nflowers and incense.\nArcana-the devotional practice of Deity worship.\nArtha-economic development.\nAsrama-a spiritual order of life.\nAsuras-atheistic demons.\nAtmi-the self (the body, the mind, or the soul).\nAvatira-a descent of the Supreme 'Lord.\n\nB\nBhagavad-giti-the basic directions for spiritual life spoken by the Lord\nHimself.\nBhigavata-dhanna-religious principles enunciated by the Supreme Lord.\nBhakta-a devotee.\nBhakti-pure devotional service to Lord Kri?Q.a.\nBhakti-yoga-linking with the Supreme Lord in ecstatic devotional service.\nBhiva-the preliminary stage of ecstatic love of God.\nBrahmacarya-celibate student life; the first order of Vedic spiritual life.\nBrahman-the Absolute Truth; especially the impersonal aspect of the\nAbsolute.\nBrilmuu;la-a person in the mode of goodness; first Vedic social order.\n\nD\nDhanna-eternal occupational duty; religious principles.\n\nE\nEkid&Si-a special fast day for increased remembrance of Kri?Q.a, which\ncomes on the eleventh day of both the waxing and waning moon.\n\n337\n\n", "SB7.2#p0363": "338\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nG\n\nGoloka (Kn-;taloka) -the highest spiritual planet, containing l(r�I;la's personal abodes, Dvaraka, Mathura and V:rndavana.\n\nGopis-l(r�I;la's cowherd girl friends who are His most confidential\nservitors.\n\nGrhamedhis- materialistic householders.\n\nGrhastha-regulated householder life; the second order of Vedic spiritual\nlife.\n\nGuru-a spiritual master or superior person.\n\nH\nHare Kn-;ta mantra-See: Mahii-mantra\n\nJ\nJiva-tattva-the living entities, who are small parts of the Lord.\nJiiina-theoretical knowledge.\n\nJiiini-one who cultivates knowledge by empirical speculation.\n\nK\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali) -the present age, which is characterized by quarrel. It is last in the cycle of four, and began five thousand years ago.\n\nKama-lust.\n\nKaratilas-hand cymbals used in kirtana.\n\nKarma-fruitive action, for which there is always reaction, good or bad.\n\nKarma-kiJ;t«Ja-a section of the Vedas concerning elevation to the heavenly\nplanets.\n\nKarmi-one who is satisfied with working hard for flickering sense\ngratification.\n\nKirtana-chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord.\n\nKn-;taloka-See: Goloka\n\n�triyas-a warrior or administrator; the second Vedic social order.\n\nL\nLila-pastimes.\n\nLila-Sakti-the energy of l(r�I;la which helps to enact His pastimes.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0364": "Glossary\n\n339\n\nM\nMahi-bhigavata-a pure devotee of the Lord.\nMahijana-the Lord's authorized devotee who by his teachings and behavior\nestablishes the true purpose of religious principles.\nMahi-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance:\nHare Kt�I).a, Hare Kt�I).a, Kt�I).a Kt�I).a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare\nRama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nMantra-a sound vibrati on that can deliver the mind from illusion.\nMathuri-Lord Kt�I).a's abode, surrounding V:rndavana, where He took\nbirth and later returned to after performing His V:rndavana ·pastimes.\nMiyi-(ma-not; ya-this), illusion; forgetfulness of one's relationship\nwith Kt�I).a.\nMiyividis- impersonal philosophers who say that the Lord cannot have a\ntranscendental body.\nMfdaitga-a clay drum used for congregational chanting.\n\np\nParamahatbsa-the topmost class of devotees.\nParamitmi-the Supersoul, an expansion of the Supreme Lord situated in\nevery living entity's heart and in every atom.\nParampari-the chain of spiritual masters in disciplic succession.\nPrasida-food spiritualized by being offered to the Lord.\n\nR\nRikfasas man-eating demons.\n�i-a great sage.\ns\nSac-cid-inanda-vigraha-the Lord's transcendental form, which is eternal,\nfull of knowledge and bliss.\nSiiikhya-the analytical study of matter and spirit.\nSaitkirtana-public chanting of the names of God, the approved yoga process for this age.\nSannyisa-renounced life; the fourth order of Vedic spiritual life.\nSastras-revealed scriptures.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0365": "340\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nSriddha-ritualistic ceremony of offering oblations to one's deceased ancestors to free them from possible hellish conditions in their next lives.\n\nSravu;uuh kirtanam vif:r.to.l;t-the devotional processes of hearing and\n·\n\nchanting about Lord Vi�l)u.\n\nSiidra-a laborer; the fourth of the Vedic social orders.\n\nSvimi-one who controls his mind and senses; title of one in the renounced\norder of life.\n\nT\nTantras-Vedic literatures consisting mostly of dialogues between Lord Siva\nand Durga.\n\nTapasya-austerity; accepting some voluntary inconvenience for a higher\npurpose.\n\nTilaka-auspicious clay marks that sanctify a devotee's body as a temple of\nthe Lord.\n\nv\nVaikw;tJha-the spiritual world, where there is no anxiety.\nVai,�va-a devotee of Lord Vi�I)U, or :1\\r�J.la.\n\nVai8yas-farmers and merchants; the third Vedic social order.\n\nVinaprastha-one who has retired from family life; the third order of Vedic\nspiritual life.\n\nVar�-the four occupational divisions of society: the intellectual class, the\n\nadministrative class, the mercantile and agricultural class, and the\n\nlaborer class.\n\nVar�rama-the Vedic social system of four social and four spiritual\norders.\n\nVedas-the original revealed scriptures, first spoken by the Lord Himself.\n\nVif:r.tU, Lord-l\\r�1.1a's first expansion for the creation and maintenance of\nthe material universes.\n\nVit:r.tudiitas-the messengers of Lord Vi�I)U who come to take perfected devotees back to the spiritual world at the time of death.\n\nVrndivana-:1\\r�J.la's personal abode, where He fully manifests His quality\nof sweetness.\n\nVyisad eva-l\\r�1.1a's incarnation, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, for compiling\nthe Vedas.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0366": "Glossary\n\n341\n\ny\nYaj:iia-sacrifice, work done for the satisfaction of Lord Vif?QU.\nYamarija-the demigod in charge of punishing sinful human beings after\ndeath.\nYoga-nidri-the mystic slumber of Lord Vif?QU.\nYogi-a transcendentalist who, in one way or another, is striving for union\nwith the Supreme.\nYugas-ages in the life of a universe, occurring in a repeated cycle of four.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0367": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\nVawels\n\nala alTa\n\nti 3'u �u �r �f\n� e Q: ai an it au\n\n�i\n\n��\n.:.. Ih\n\n0\n\n(a nusvara)\n\n: � (visarga)\n\nConsonants\n\nGutturals:\n\nCfi ka\n\n�kha\n\nif ga\n\n'E1 gha\n\ne ila\n\nPalatals:\n\n;;:rca\n\n� cha\n\n�ja\n\n\"'jha\n\n5fna\n\nCerebrals:\n\nG!a\n\n?; tha\n\n�Qa\n\nG Qha\n\n01 Qa\n\nDentals:\n\na ta\n\n'.f tha\n\n�da\n\n�dha\n\n;:::r na\n\nLabials:\n\nqpa\n\n�pha\n\nif ba\n\nll bha\n\n'I rna\n\nSemivowels:\n\n�y a\n\n�ra\n\n�la\n\nqva\n\nSibilants:\n\n�sa\n\n��\n\n�sa\n\nAspirate:\n\n� ha\n\nS\n\n'\n\n(avagraha) - the apostrophe\n\nThe vowels above should be pronounced as follows:\n\na - like the a in organ or the u in but.\n\na - like the a in far but held twice as long as short a.\n\n- like the i in pin.\n- like the i in pique but held twice as long as short i.\nu - like the u in push.\nii - like the u in rule but held twice as long as short u.\n343\n\n", "SB7.2#p0368": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n344\n:r\n\n- like the ri in rim.\n\nr - like ree in reed.\n- like l followed by r (lr).\ne - like the e in they.\n\nai - like the ai in aisle.\no - like the o in go.\nau - like the ow in how.\nm (anusvdra)\n\n- a resonant nasal like the n in the French word bon.\n\n� (visarga) - a final h-sound: ab, is pronounced like aha; ib,like ihi.\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\nk - as in kite\n\njh - as in hedgehog\n\nkh- as in Eckhart\n\nft\n\ng - as in give\n\nt - as in tub\n\ngh- as in dig-hard\n\nth - as in light-heart\n\nil.\n\n- as in sing\n\n- as in canyon\n\n9 - as in dove\n\nc - as in chair\n\nl;lha- as in red-hot\n\nch - as in staunch-heart\n\nQ.\n\nJ\n\n- as rna (prepare to say\nthe r and say na) .\n\n- as m JOY\n\nCerehrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, hut the\nfollowing dentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth:\n\nt - as in tub but with tongue against teeth.\nth - as in light-heart but with tongue against teeth.\nd - as in dove but with tongue against teeth.\ndh- as in red-hot but with tongue against teeth.\nn - as in nut but with tongue between teeth.\np - as m pme\n\nl\n\nph- as in uphill (not f)\n\nv - as m vme\n\nb - as in bird\n\ns (palatal) - as in the s in the German\n\nbh- as in rub-hard\nm - as in mother\ny - as myes\nr\n\n- as in run\n\n- as in light\n\nword sprechen\n� (cerebral) - as the sh in shine\n\ns - as in sun\nh -as in home\n\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, only a flow­\n\ning of short and long (twice as long as the short) syllables.\n\n", "SB7.2#p0369": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete listing of the first and third lines of each of the\n�nskirt poetry verses and the first line of each Sanskrit prose verse of this volume of\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, arranged in English alphabetical order. In the first column the\nSanskrit transliteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the\nchapter-verse references and page number for each verse are to be found.\n\nA\n7.37\nadho�ajalambham ihaSubhatmana/:1\n89\n185\n9.2\nadmasruta-puroatvat\nad[3ya/:t saroa-bhii.taniim\n10.31 314\n8.17 137\nad[3yatatyadbhuta-rii.pam udvahan\nadyaitad dhari-nara-rii.pam adbhutam te 8.56 179\n\nady-antavanta urugaya vidanti hi\naham mamety asad-bhavam\naham tv akamas tvad-bhaktas\nahan samastan nakha-5astra-pa(libhir\nahe�mal)ll/:1 papena\najnana-mii.lo 'partho 'pi\nakhyane 'smin samamniitam\nakhyatam saroam etat te\nala�ita-dvairatham atyama�l)llril\nala4ito gnau patita/:1 patarigamo\nala�ya bhrtas tvarito\nambhasy ananta-5ayanad viramatambhodhaya/:1 Svtisa-hata vicu4ubhur\nananta-priya-bhaktyainiim\nanarthair artha-sarikd.Sair\narijas titarmy anugrl)lln gw:w-vipram\nanta/:1-sabhayam na dadar5a tatantarvatnl sva-garbhasya\nantra-sraja/:t-�taja-ke5ara-smikuanvaya-vyatirekel)ll\nasadhv amanyanta hrtaukaso 'mara\nd.Stisano na vai bhrtya/:1\nasrg-lavaktaru1)(1-ke5aranano\n\n9.49\n\n269\n\n7.20\n\n60\n\n10.6\n\n288\n\n8.31\n\n!50\n\n8.4\n\n121\n\n7.27\n\n75\n\n10.45\n\n326\n\n10.41\n\n322\n\n8.34\n\n154\n\n8.24\n\n143\n\n8.2\n\n120\n\n9.33\n\n238\n\n8.32\n\n152\n\n7.11\n\n49\n\n7.45\n\n102\n\n9.18\n\n207\n\n8.16\n\n136\n\n7.14\n\n51\n\n9.15\n\n203\n\n7.24\n\n70\n\n8.26\n\n145\n\n10.5\n\n286\n\n8.30\n\nISO\n\n�.tau prakrtaya/:1 prokttis\nasta�id dharim ekiigratiste 'sya ]a/hare vlryam\nd.Svtisye�yatam valSe\nasyatam yavat prasavaril\nathacarya-sutas te�am\natha daitya-suta/:1 saroe\natma nityo 'vyaya/:1 suddha\natmatvat saroa-bhii.taniim\natmaupamyena saroatra\natraiva mrgya/:1 pu�o\naupasthya-jaihvam bahu-manyaman\navatara-katha pur_r.ya\navikriya/:1 sva-drg hetur\nayam kupur�o �!0\nayam ni§kilb�/:1 sa�n\n\n7.22\n\n66\n\n9.7\n\n191\n\n7.9\n\n47\n\n7.12\n\n50\n\n7.9\n\n47\n\n8.2\n\n120\n\n8.1\n\n118\n\n7.19\n\n60\n\n6.19\n\n25\n\n7.53\n\nIll\n\n7.23\n\n68\n\n6.13\n\n17\n\n10.42\n\n322\n\n7.19\n\n60\n\n8.53\n\n175\n\n7.10\n\n<Ul\n\n9.16\n\n204\n\nB\nbaddha/:1 sva-karmabhir u5attama\nbaddhanjalim avasthitam\nbalasya neha 5aral)llm pitarau\nbalasyanta/:tpura-sthasya\nbhajan mukunda-caral)llril\nbhajatanrhayatmanam\nbhaktir jnanam viraktiS ca\nbhakti-yogasya tat saroam\nbhautike�u vikare�u\nbhava/:1 karoti vikaroti prthak\nbhavam tisuram unmucya\nbhavam prajapatfn devan\n\n345\n\n8.4\n\n121\n\n9.19\n\n209\n\n6.30\n\n39\n\n7.50\n\n109\n\n7.-u!\n\n106\n\n10.43\n\n325\n\n10.1\n\n281\n\n6.20\n\n27\n\n9.20\n\n211\n\n6.24\n\n31\n\n10.32\n\n315\n\n", "SB7.2#p0370": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n34.6\n\nbhaviin me khalu bhaktandm\nbhaviin sarilsdra-bije�u\nbhavanti pu� loke\nbhavalti hare sa vrjin.o 'vasddito\nbhavata khala� sa upasamhrta� prabho\nbhavattim api bhayan me\nbhogena p�yaril ku5alena papam\nbhratr-heti m�-c0.!is\nbhrtya-�-jijMsur\nbhrUair mahadbhi� sva-krtai�\nbija-nirhara{laril yoga�\nbrahmadaya� sura-ga(lii munayo 'tha\nbuddhe r jagara{laril svap�\n\n10.21\n\n305\n\ndmva mdm na punar janlur\n\n9.53\n\n274\n\n10.3\n\n283\n\nduMha�ham tad api d�kham\ndurapilret:Ul kamena\ndurasadam sarva-nijetaro-yudha\n\n9.17\n\n205\n\n6.8\n\n11\n\n8.22\n\n140\n\ndurlabham md�ril jaT111lJ\ndvary Urum apatya daddra lilaya\ndyaus tal-sa/Qt�ipta-vimdna-sarikula\n\n6.12\n\n16\n\n8.29\n\n148\n\n8.33\n\n153\n\n7.26\n\n73\n\n10.21\n\n305\n\n8.55\n\n178\n\n8.48\n\n170\n\n7.17\n\n55\n\n10.13\n\n298\n\n10.16\n\n301\n\n10.3\n\n283\n\n7.49\n\n107\n\n7.28\n\n77\n\n9.8\n\n192\n\n7.25\n\n72\n\nc\ncakre vismam ajaye5vara �re\ncandromsu-gaurai.S churitaril\nchandomayam yad ajayarpitachindhi na� sarii.Sayam saumya\n\n9.22\n\n216\n\n8.22\n\n140\n\n9.21\n\n213\n\n6.30\n\n39\n\nD\ndaiteya y�a-�msi\ndaityandril danavdndril ca\ndaityamajasya ca saltiril pravarasya\ndamag�-sutadlndril\ndasyan puro �!l na vijitya lumpato\n\n7.54\n\n112\n\n10.33\n\n315\n\n10.47\n\n328\n\n10.41\n\n322\n\n8.10\n\n129\n\ndehas tu saroa-asarighato\n\n7.23\n\ndeva-devdkhiladhy�\n\n10.26\n\n310\n\ndevo 'suro man�yo vd\n\n7.50\n\n109\n\n68\n\ndharmtidaya� kim ag�na ca\n\n6.25\n\n33\n\ndharmaril bhagavalaril suddham\n\n6.28\n\n39\n\ndharmam maha-p� pasi yugan\ndharmasya tallvaril jfliinaril ca\ndharmiirtha-kama iti yo 'bhihitas\ndharma bhagavaltindril ca\n�!YO. tal-tanaya� sadhur\n�!YO. te ni� papo\ndivi-spr!at kayam adlrgha-plvarac0.ta maya divi vibho 'khila-\n\n9.38\n\n247\n\n7.15\n\n53\n\n6.26\n\n35\n\n10.45\n\n326\n\n10.28\n\n312\n\n10.26\n\n310\n\n8.21\n\n140\n\n9.23\n\n218\n\nE\nebhis tri-var{Uli� paryastair\neka eva paro hy 6.lmd\nekanta-bhaktir govinde\nekantindril bhagavatas tad\nekantitvdd bhagavati\nekas tvam eva jogad etam am�ya\nena� purva-krtam yat tad\ne�a brahma!lya-devasya\nettibhyam guru-putrobhyam\netad dvaro hi sarilsdro\netad vapus te bhagavan\netad ya adi-pu�ya mrgendraetair dvadaSabhir vidvdn\neltivad va�-gu!'O\neltivdn eva loke 'smin\nevaril bruvarils tv abhyapatad\nevaril ca pa�u V�!'Q�\nevaril daitya-sutai� p�!O\nevaril duruktair muhur ardayan �a\nevaril hi loka� kratubhi� krlti ami\nevaril janari1 nipatitaril\nevaril nirjita-�-vargai�\nevaril pralobhyamdn.o 'pi\nevam sahasra-vadantirighri-sira�evaril suradaya� saroe\nevaril sva-karma-patitam bhava-\n\n6.21\n\n28\n\n7.55\n\n114\n\n6.27\n\n37\n\n9.55\n\n276\n\n9.30\n\n231\n\n10.39\n\n319\n\n1o.42\n\n322\n\n6.29\n\n39\n\n7.27\n\n75\n\n10.29\n\n312\n\n10.47\n\n328\n\n7.20\n\n60\n\n9.51\n\n272\n\n7.55\n\n114\n\n8.23\n\n142\n\n10.35\n\n316\n\n7.1\n\n42\n\n8.14\n\n134\n\n7.40\n\n96\n\n9.28\n\n228\n\n7.33\n\n84\n\n9.55\n\n276\n\n9.36\n\n243\n\n9.1\n\n184\n\n9.41\n\n253\n\n9.40\n\n251\n\n8.13\n\n133\n\nG\nghrO.!tQ 'nyatiiS capala-drk kva ca\ngopayeta haris tvddya\n\n", "SB7.2#p0371": "347\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\ngrhiin manojiioru-paricchadams ca\ngu(le�U gu{Ul-sdmye ca\nguru-su.i�ya bhaktya\n\n6.12\n\n17\n\n6.21\n\n27\n\n7.30\n\n81\n\nH\nharau vairanubandhena\nharaye 'dbhuta-simhiiya\nhare tavdnghri-pankajaril\nhari/1 sarve�u bhate�u\n\n10.38\n\n318\n\n10.10\n\n294\n\n8.51\n\n173\n\n7.32\n\n83\n\nkarala-da�.tram karavd/a-caiicalakarmabhis tanule deham\nkarmti1;1y arabhate de hi\nkaroty ato viparyasam\nkathii madiya j�ma(lCll:l priyas tvam\nkatham priyaya anukampitaya/1\nkaumara acaret projiio\nkevalanubhavdnandakhaq.gam pragrhya yad avocad asadkhaq.garil pragrhyotpatito varosanat\nkhaga mrga/1 papa-jivd/1\nkim etair atmanas tucchai/1\n·\n\nhatvdnayac chruti-ga(tdms ca rajas\nhe durvinita mandatman\nhrdi sthilena hari(td\nhri/1 sris teja/1 smrti/1 satyam\n\n9.37\n\n245\n\n8.5\n\n122\n\n10.35\n\n316\n\n10.8\n\n291\n\nI\nindras tu raja-mah�im\nindriyal)i mana/1 pra(la\niti bhiUdni manasd\nittham nr-tiryag-�i-devaity uktas tam vihiiyendro\nity uktvd bhagavdn rojarils\n\n7.6\n\n45\n\n10.8\n\n291\n\n7.32\n\n83\n\n9.38\n\n247\n\n7.11\n\n49\n\n10.31\n\n314\n\nJ\njagrhur niravadyatvdn\njahus te 'nte tad-atmana/1\njahy asuram bhiivam imam tvam\njanmadya/1 � ime bhiivd\njaraya grasta-dehasya\njihvaikato 'cyuta vikaryati mavitrpta\njitatmano jiiasya samasya dehinam\njiiiinam tad etad amalaril duravdpam\n\n8.1\n\n118\n\n10.39\n\n319\n\n8.9\n\n128\n\n7.18\n\n58\n\n6.7\n\n10\n\n9.40\n\n251\n\n8.10\n\n129\n\n6.27\n\n37\n\nK\nkala-grastam kiyad idam aho natha\nkalatra-putra-vittaptan\nkamanam hrdy asamroham\nkaman kamayate kamyair\nkamaturam ha�-5oka-\n\nkim u vyavahitapatyakirtayec chraddhaya srutvd\nkirtim viSuddhiim sura-loka-giUim\nko grhe�u puman saktam\nko nv artha-�(tdm visrjet\nko nv atra te 'khila-guro bhagavan\nkopa-kalo yugantas te\nkopavesa-calad-gatra/1\nko 'ti-prayliso 'sura-balaka harer\nkrtvdtmasat sura�i(td bhagavan\nkrtvdna-hiisam kharam utsvano/.bw:uzm\nkruddhasya yasya kampante\n�emaya bhiilaya utatma-sukhiiya\n�tre�u dehe�u tathiitma-yogair\n�iptvd pa�aya vaca\nkumbhakar(la-daSa-gnvau\nkuru tvaril preta-krtyani\nkutras�/1 sruti-sukhii mrgat�ni/ru!umba-pc¢ya viyan nijdyur\nkvdham raja/1-prabhava iSa tamo\nkvdsau yadi sa sarvalra\n\n8.42\n\n161\n44\n\n10.7\n\n290\n\n7.43\n\n101\n\n9.39\n\n249\n\n140\n104\n\n7.47\n\n104\n\n7.41\n\n98\n\n10.12\n\n296\n\n6.11\n\n17\n\n6.1\n\n2\n\n6.23\n\n28\n\n9.29\n\n230\n\n8.14\n\n134\n\n7.54\n\n112\n\n7.45\n\n102\n\n7.44\n\n102\n\n10.46\n\n327\n\n10.13\n\n298\n\n6.9\n\n12\n\n6.10\n\n15\n\n9.42\n\n255\n\n8.41\n\n160\n\n8.3\n\n121\n\n7.38\n\n92\n\n9.28\n\n228\n\n8.28\n\n147\n\n8.6\n\n124\n\n9.13\n\n200\n\n7.21\n\n63\n\n8.3\n\n121\n\n10.36\n\n317\n\n10.22\n\n306\n\n9.25\n\n221\n\n6.14\n\n19\n\n9.26\n\n223\n\n8.12\n\n132\n\n9.14\n\n202\n\nL\nlokas ca nirvrtim ita/1 pratiyanti\n\n7.5\n\n8.20\n7.47\n\nM\nmad-ariga-sparianenariga\nmaivam vibho 'suro(tdm te\n\n10.22\n\n306\n\n10.30\n\n313\n\n", "SB7.2#p0372": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n34.8\n\n282\n274\n157\n169\n281\n\nmd mdrir. pralobhayotpattyii\nmdm apriiJllla d�man\nmana� prajdniirir. paJayo\nmanavo vayarir. lava nide5a-kiirirw\nmanyamdrw h�ikeSarir.\n\n10.2\n9.53\n8.38\n8.48\n10.1\n\nmanye dhanabhijana-ropa-lapa�manye tad-arpila- marwmanye tad etad akhilarir. nigamasya\nmal-p�-ra�m ananta pitur\nmauna-vrata-sruta-lapo-'dhyayana-\n\n193\n9.9\n9.10 194\n35\n6.26\n9.29 229\n9.46 263\n\nmdyii mana� sr.jali karmamayarir.\nmayamayarir. sad-upa/ak,ilamayaydntarhitaiSvarya\nmayy dvesya manas tdta\nmimdrir.samdnasya samutthito 'grato\n\n9.21\n9.36\n6.23\n10.23\n8.19\n\nmiil/.he�u vai mahad-anugraha drta\nmugdhasya bdlye kaiSore\nmuhu� 5vasan vakli hare jagat-pate\nmumaryU{Iarir. hi manddtman\nmuiica muiica maha-bhaga\nmUrdhni baddhaiijali-pu{a\n\n9.42 255\n6.7\n10\n7.35\n87\n8.11 130\n7.8\n46\n8.39 157\n\n213\n243\n28\n307\n140\n\nN\nna brahma(W na tu bhavasya na vai\nna ddnarir. na lapo nejyd\nnaharir. bibhemy ajila te\nna hy acyutarir. priiJllyato\nnaikiintirw me mayi jdtv ihaS�\n\n9.26 223\n7.52 110\n9.15 203\n25\n6.19\n10.11 295\n\n� pamvara-matir bhavato nanu\nnaitan manas lava kathdsu vik�hanaitdn vihaya krpar:Wn vimumuk,a\nnaite g� na gu(lirw mahad-adayo\nnaivdtmana� prabhur ayarir. nija-\n\n9.27 225\n9.39 249\n9.44 259\n9.49 269\n9.11 197\n\nnaivodvije para duratyaya-vailara!ly\nna kevalarir. me bhavalaS ca mjan\nnakharikurotpd#ta-hrt-saroruharir.\nniilarir. dvijatvarir. devatvam\n\n9.43 257\n125\n8.7\n8.31 150\n7.51 110\n\nnand da.rparll tam nakhair vidadara\nnanyatha te 'khila-guro\nndnyathehavayor artho\n\n8.45\n10.4\n10.6\n\n166\n285\n288\n\nnaradhanaya hi bhavanli parasya\nnaradhiturir. puru-gw:uzir adhunapi\nna svdmi bhrtyatal_l svdmyam\nna tad vicitrarir. khalu sattva-dhaman\nna tatha vindate �marir.\n\n9.9\n9.8\n10.5\n8.24\n6.4\n\n193\n192\n286\n143\n6\n\nnato smy anantaya duranta-saklaye\nnavek,yamd(Uis tvaritd�\nnavindad abda-5alam apsu nimajja\nnayarir. mrgo napi naro vicitram\nnecchami te vilulitdn uruvikrameiJll\n\n8.40\n7.5\n9.34\n8.18\n9.24\n\n159\n44\n240\n138\n219\n\nnico }ayii gw:uz-visargam\nnirdagdha-bijanu5ayo mahiyasd\nnirupyatdm iha svdrtha�\nnirvidyate na tu jarw yad apiti\nniSamya karmd(li g�n atulyiin\n\n9.12\n7.36\n7.46\n9.25\n7.34\n\n199\n88\n103\n221\n86\n\nniSdmya loka-traya-mastaka-jvararir.\nnrsimha-ropas tad alarir.\n�kad�v avasthdsu\n�phalarir. yad asau rotryarir.\n\n8.35 155\n8.19 140\n7.46 103\n6.6\n9\n\nnry-amanarir. bhayodvignarir.\nrwpaitum a5akan manyunrpas caidyadaya� sdtmyarir.\nnyasyedam dtmani jagad vilayambu-\n\n7.7\n46\n184\n9.1\n10.40 320\n9.32 236\n\n0\nom namo bhagavate tubhyarir.\n\n10.10\n\n293\n\np\npdpena pdpo 'bhak,iti\nparavare� sthananarir.\nparavare�u bhUte�u\npare 'vare 'mi sthira-jaligamd ye\npa§yaii janarir. sva-para-vigraha-\n\n7.3\n43\n10.44 325\n,6.20\n27\n125\n8.7\n9.41 253\n\nphaldnam iva vrk,asya\npipilikair ahir iva\npilari prasthite 'smakarir.\npitryarir. ca sthannm dt�!ha\npraha nainarir. sura-pate\npraharya-vegotkalitdnana muh�\n\n7.18\n58\n7.3\n43\n7.2\n43\n10.23 307\n7.8\n46\n8.35 155\n\n", "SB7.2#p0373": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nprahrada bhadra bhadraril te\nprahradam piU{Ialam prito\nprahradam pre$<Iydm dsa\nprahrada.syanucaritam\nprahrada tvam vayam cdpi\nprahrddo 'pi tathd cakre\nprajesa vayam te paresabhis�ta\nprasada-sumukham dmoo\npratapta-cdmikara-caru;la-locanarh\npratinandya tato devd�\npratyag-dtma-svarupe�\npratydnitd� parama bhavata trdyatd\npraya� param pu� te\nprdye� deva mun.aya� svapraye� me yam hari(IOrumdyind\nprema-gadgadaya vdca\npretyeha viithdpy ajitendriyas tad\npri�ndya mukundasya\npn�nti hy atha mam dhira�\npriyate'malaya bhako/d\npuritso va�-Satarh hy ayus\npuna5 ca vipra-Sdpena\npunas tam dsajjata khatjga-carma�\npiltas te 'pdnga-samd�!as\nputrdn smararhs td duhittr hrdayya\n\n9.52\n\n273\n\n9.51\n\n272\n\n9.3\n\n187\n\n1Q.43\n\n325\n\n6.29\n\n39\n\n10.24\n\n309\n\n8.49\n\n171\n\n10.25\n\n309\n\n8.20\n\n140\n\n10.34\n\n316\n\n6.22\n\n28\n\n8.42\n\n161\n\n9.46\n\n263\n\n9.44\n\n259\n\n8.23\n\n142\n\n9.7\n\n191\n\n6.15\n\n20\n\n7.51\n\nIIO\n\n9.54\n\n274\n\n7.52\n\nIIO\n\n6.6\n\n9\n\n10.36\n\n317\n\n8.27\n\n146\n\n10.17\n\n301\n\n6.12\n\n17\n\nR\nrdjya-koSa-gajdmdtyardya� kalatram pa5ava� sutdday o\n�ya� pilara� siddhd\n�i� kdnu:tikas tasyd�\n�im paryacarat tatra\n�i(U].nugrhitam mam\nrte }itdd dtmana utpathe sthitdt\nrope ime sad-asati lava veda-s�!e\n\n7.44\n\n102\n\n7.39\n\n94\n\n8.37\n\n157\n\n7.15\n\n52\n\n7.14\n\n51\n\n7.16\n\n54\n\n8.9\n\n128\n\n9.47\n\n266\n\ns\nsabhdsu satre$U tavdma/am ya5o\nsaddpnotihaya duMham\n\n8.54\n\n177\n\n7.42\n\n99\n\nsadha� samudacdnis\nsa e$<1 nito bhavald daSdm imam\nsa e$<1 tvayd bhinna-va/qd nu 5ete\nsa eva viSvam parama� sva-saktibhi�\n5aild� samutpetur am�ya ramhasd\nsa iSvara� kala urukramo 'sdv\nsd�dt sri� pre$itd devair\nsamrambha-d�prekrya-kardla-locano\nsarhsevayd surataror iva te prasada�\nsarhsevayd tvayi vineti $1l4-migayd\nscuigena sddhu-bhaktdndm\nsarga-sthity-apyaye5asya\n5ariram pau�am yavan\nsaroarh tvam eva sagu(IO vig� ca\nsarvdtmand na himsanti\nsarvato goptr santnisdn\nsarvatra labhyate daivdd\nsarvatra tdpa-traya-duMhitdtmd\nsaroe hy ami vidhi-kanis tava sattvasaroe'rtha-kdmd� k$<1�saroe$(lm api bhilldndm\nsaroe$u bhille$V adhiyajliam iSam\nsa sattvam enam parito vipa5yan\nsa tasya hastotkalitas taddsuro\nsa tat-kara-spar5a-dhutakhildSubha�\nsa!dvadh!Ud jaladd� pardpatan\nsa tu jana-paritdpam tat-krtam jdnata\nsa tvarh hi nitya-vijitdtma-g�� svasa tv dtma-yon.ir ativismita asrilo\nsatyam vidhdtum nija-bhrtyasa vai dehas tu parakyo\nsa vikraman putra-vadhepsur ojasd\n5aydnau yudhi n.irbhinnasa yena sankhye pa5uvad dhatas tam\nSe$<1m grhe$u saktasya\nsneha-pd5air drr)hair baddham\n5oce tato vimukha-cetasa indriyartha\nso 'ham priyasya suhrda� paradevat\nso 'ham vikatthamdnasya\nso yam te vidhikara iSa vipra-5aptas\nsrdddhdn.i no 'dhibubhuje prasabham\n\n349\n10.19\n\n304\n\n8.50\n\n172\n\n8.49\n\n171\n\n8.8\n\n127\n\n8.33\n\n153\n\n8.8\n\n127\n\n9.2\n\n185\n\n8.30\n\n149\n\n9.27\n\n226\n\n9.50\n\n271\n\n7.30\n\n81\n\n10.44\n\n325\n\n6.5\n\n8\n\n9.48\n\n268\n\n10.20\n\n304\n\n10.29\n\n312\n\n6.3\n\n5\n\n6.14\n\n19\n\n9.13\n\n200\n\n7.39\n\n94\n\n7.49\n\n107\n\n10.12\n\n296\n\n8.18\n\n138\n\n8.26\n\n145\n\n9.6\n\n189\n\n8.32\n\n152\n\n8.52\n\n174\n\n9.22\n\n215\n\n9.35\n\n241\n\n8.17\n\n137\n\n7.43\n\n101\n\n8.16\n\n136\n\n10.37\n\n318\n\n8.46\n\n167\n\n6.8\n\nll\n\n6.9\n\n12\n\n9.43\n\n257\n\n9.18\n\n207\n\n8.13\n\n133\n\n8.56\n\n179\n\n8.44\n\n165\n\n", "SB7.2#p0374": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n350\nsraddhaya tal-kathiiyam ca\nsreyas-kama mahii-bhaga\nsmva gU{Ia-vyatikarnril nijasrutam elan maya purvam\nstabdham mac-chiisanodvrtlam\nstabdhordhva-kar7Jllrh girislutvti vagbhi� pavitrabhi�\nsuhrtsu tat-sneha-sita� siSunam\nsukham aindriyakam dailya\nsukhaya du�kha-mo/qaya\nsuranaka dundubhayo '1ha jaghnire\nsva-dhamani yayil rajan\nsva-pada-mrlle patitam tam arbhakam\nsvarga-slhiina-samdmnayair\nsvar7JL1m yathii gravasu hema-kara�\nsvarupam almano budhyed\nsvasyatmana� sakhyur a5e�a-dehinam\n\n7.31\n\n81\n\n9.54\n\n275\n\n9.30\n\n231\n\n6.28\n\n38\n\n8.5\n\n122\n\ntad-��-ptllanenasam\ntad vipraluplam amunadya Saffl(lya\ntad yaccha manyum asurnS ca hatas\ntam manyamdno nija-virya-5alikitam\ntam syena-vegam Sala-candra-vartma\ntam vikramamam sagadam\ntapo-yoga-balonnaddha�\ntaplasya tat-pratividhir ya\ntarhy eva pur_u!arika�\ntasmad ad111a-sruta-d� param\ntasmad aham vigata-viklava iSvarasya\ntasmad amils tanu-bhrtam aham as�o\ntasmad arthas ca kamas ca\ntasmad bhavadbhi� kartavyam\ntasmai bhavan haya-siras tanuvam\ntasinat pita me puyeta\ntasmiit sarve�u bhute�u\n\n9.33\n\n238\n\n8.6\n\n124\n\n8.44\n\n165\n\n10.33\n\n315\n\n8.34\n\n154\n315\n\n8.21\n\n140\n\ntala� sampujya sirasa\n\n10.32\n\n10.25\n\n310\n\ntala pra5amayopehi\n\n9.3\n\n187\n\n6.11\n\n17\n\ntalhiipi manvantaram etad alra\ntatheti 5anakai rajan\ntalhely avatsid deva�r\n\n10.11\n\n295\n\n9.4\n\n187\n\n7.13\n\n50\n\n6.3\n\n5\n\n7.42\n\n99\n\n8.36\n\n156\n\ntato 'bhipadyabhyahanan mahiisuro\n\n8.25\n\n144\n\n10.34\n\n316\n\ntato harau bhagavati\n\n7.53\n\n111\n\ntato me mdtaram 11i�\ntato vidurat parih,-tya dailya\ntato yateta ku5ala�\n\n7.12\n\n50\n\n6.18\n\n23\n\n6.5\n\n7\n\ntal-padamburuha-dhyanal\ntat-pada-padmam hrdi nirvrto dadhau\ntat-prayaso na kartavyo\ntatropavrajya vibudhii\ntatropaya-sahasra!Uim\n\n7.31\n\n81\n\n9.6\n\n189\n\n9.5\n\n188\n\n7.24\n\n70\n\n7.21\n\n63\n\n7.26\n\n73\n\n7.38\n\n92\n\nT\ntac-cittau jahatur deham\ntadaiva tasmin ninada 'ti-bh�l;IO\ntada pumdn mukta-samasta-bandhan\ntada vimanavalibhir nabhastalam\ntad brahma-nirva(la-sukham vidur\n\ntasyaiva te vapur idam nija-kalatasya me 'bhuavan miil/.ha\ntasyodaran nakha-vidir7Jll-vaptid ya\ntala� kavyadibhi� so.rdham\ntala� sabhiiyam upav�lam uttame\n\n10.37\n\n318\n\n8.15\n\n135\n\n7.36\n\n88\n\n8.36\n\n156\n\n7.37\n\n89\n\n8.47\n\n168\n\n8.43\n\n163\n\n9.14\n\n202\n\n8.27\n\n146\n\n8.28\n\n147\n\n8.25\n\n145\n\n10.27\n\n311\n\n9.19\n\n209\n\n10.9\n\n293\n\n7.40\n\n97\n\n9.12\n\n199\n\n9.24\n\n219\n\n7.48\n\n106\n\n7.28\n\n77\n\n9.37\n\n245\n\n10.17\n\n301\n\n6.24\n\n31\n\ntat-sambhava� kavir ato 'nyad\ntal-sanga-bhito nirvi(ll;IO\ntal-sutam pahy upasrtam\ntat te 'rhattama nama� sluti-kannatat tu kalasya dirghatval\n\n6.4\n\n6\n\n8.37\n\n157\n\n7.29\n\n79\n\n9.34\n\n240\n\n10.2\n\n282\n\n8.41\n\n160\n\n9.50\n\n270\n\n7.16\n\n54\n\ntav ihiilha punar jalau\nIa yenaivanubhuyante\nte�m atibalodyogam\nte v�(lu-pa�� sarve\nlrasto 'smy aham krpa(la-vatsala\n\n10.38\n\ntri�-saptabhi� pita puta�\ntrpyanti neha krpa!Ui bahu-duMha�fe ca tatra kim alabhyam anama\nloom atmani.Sa bhuvi gandham\n\n10.18\n\n303\n\n9.45\n\n262\n\n6.25\n\n33\n\n9.35\n\n241\n\nloom ca mdm ca smaran kale\nlvam nas tapa� paramam iitlha yad\nlvam va idam sadasad iSa bharoms\nlvam vayur agnir avanir viyad ambu\n\n10.14\n\n299\n\nlvaya na prapsyate samslhii m\nlvaya vimocito mrtyor\nlyajeta koSas-krd ivehamana�\n\n318\n'\n\n7.25\n\n72\n\n7.4\n\n44\n\n8.39\n\n157\n\n9.16\n\n204\n\n8.43\n\n163\n\n9.31\n\n233\n\n9.48\n\n268\n\n7.10\n\n48\n\n10.28\n\n312\n\n6.13\n\n17\n\n", "SB7.2#p0375": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\n\nu\nuccavace$u daityendra\nupeta naraya(Ulm tidi-devam\nupetya bhuvi kayen.a\nu.tthdpya tac-chir$r.tY adadhdt kardm\nuvdca tan smayaman.a/1.\n\nyad-artha iha karmal_l.i\n\n10.20 304\n23\n6.18\n187\n9.4\n188\n9.5\n42\n7.1\n\nv\n7.4\n44\n7.17\n55\n10.30 313\n10.15 301\n9.52 273\n\nvadhyamana/1. surair bhitd\nvaiSaradi dhi/1. sraddhdta/1.\nvara/1. krora-nisargaf.tdm\nvaram varaya etat te\nvaram Vrr.ti$vdbhimatam\n\nyadatihaT¥JtpulakaSru-gadgadaril\nyad e� stidhu-hrc-chayas\nyad e� saroa-bhUtdnam\nyadi dasyasi me kamdn\nyad iSvare bhagavati\nyadrcchayagatas tatra\nyad yaj jano bhagavate vidadhita\nyad yasya janma nidhan.am sthilir\nya etat kirtayen mahyam\nya etat pur.tyam akhyanaril\nya/1. sviya-parakya-vibhinna-bhdvas\nyak$6./1. kimpu� tdta\n\n84\n174\n178\n175\n172\n\nvdsudeve bhagavati\nvayam anucara-mukhya/1. karmabhis\nvayam iSa kinn.ara-gaf.tds tavdnuga\nvayam kimpu�ds tvaril tu\nvayam vibho te na!a-Till!ya-gayaka\n\n7.33\n8.52\n8.55\n8.53\n8.50\n\nviddhdmar$dSaya/J. sak$dt\n\n10.16 301\n6.16\n21\n8.46 167\n7.22\n66\n6.17\n23\n\nyam krif.tdty asubhi/1. pre$!hais\nyam vai sva-dhi$r.tyopagatam\nyan maithuntidi-grhamedhi-sukharil\nyasmat priyapriya-viyoga-samyogayasmin yato yarhi yen.a ca yasya\n\nvidvan apittham danuja/1. kufumbam\nvidyam prthag dhdra(Ulyanurtiddhdm\nvikara/J.�aryai/1.\nvimocituril kama-drStim vihdra-\n\nyas ta as� asaste\nyas tam an.aisid va5am e� durjano\nyas tvaya manda-bhdgyokto\nyathdha bhagavdn rajann\nyathd hi pu�yeha\n\nvimuiicati yada kaman\nviprtid dvi-�-gu(Ul-yuttid aravindavisvak sphuranJam grahaf.tdturaril harir\nviSvasya sarga-sthiti-samyaman\nvitte$u nityabhinivis!a-ceta\nvyaktam tvam martu-kamo 'si\nvyalumpan raja-sibiram\nvyapya-vyapaka-nirdesyo\n\n10.9\n9.10\n8.29\n8.40\n6.15\n\n293\n194\n148\n159\n20\n\n8.11\n7.6\n6.22\n\n130\n45\n28\n\nyathd yathd bhagavato\nyato n.a kaScit kva ca ku.tracid vd\nyatra yatra ca mad-bhakta/1.\nyat stidho 'sya kule jato\nyavad daitya-patir ghorat\nyena pdpena ratndni\n\nye 'smat pitu/1. kupita-hdsayogen.a milita-drg-dtma-nipita-nidras\n\ny\nyada graha-grasta iva kvacid dhasaty\nyad anindat pita me\n\nyo no gatim yoga-siddhdm asddhur\n\n7.35\n87\n10.15 301\n\nyo 'sau labdha-varo matto\nyuddhodyamam param cakrur\nyukta/1. sama�m ubhayatra\n\n351\n\n7.41\n98\n7.34\n86\n8.51 173\n6.2\n4\n10.7\n290\n7.29\n79\n7.7\n9.11\n9.31\n10.14\n10.46\n6.16\n\n46\n197\n233\n299\n327\n21\n\n8.38 157\n6.10\n15\n8.15 135\n9.45\n9.17\n9.20\n10.4\n8.54\n\n261\n205\n211\n285\n177\n\n8.12 131\n10.24 309'\n3\n6.2\n10.40 320\n23\n6.17\n10.19 303\n10.18 303\n7.13\n50\n8.47 168\n9.23 218\n9.32 236\n8.45 166\n10.27 311\n7.2\n43\n9.47 266\n\n", "SB7.2#p0376": "General Index\nNumerals in boldface type indicate references to translations of the verses of Srtmad­\n\nBhagavatam.\n\nA\n\nActivity (Activities)\n\nyoga as topmost, 78\n\nAbhyutthanam adharmasya\n\nActivities, material\n\nfutility of, 99-100, 101\n\nverse quoted, 176, 246, 254\nAbsolute Truth\ndisciplic succession reveals, 208\nfeatures of, three listed, 29-30, 90, 327\n�I,la as, 29-30\n\nas punishable, 220\n\nspiritual activities vs., 36-37\nSee also: Karma\n\nAcyuta-gotra\n\ndefined, 113\n\nmaterialists neglect, 19 -20\nMayavadis misunderstand, 235, 272\nas one and different, 234-235\npurifying power of, 92\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\n\nActyutatdril cyuti-varjanam\nquoted, 114\n\nrealization of, 29-31\n\nAdiinta-gobhir viSatdm tamisram\nverse quoted, 25\n\nvia spiritual master, 67, 106\n\nAdhara-saktim avalambya param sva-murtim\n\nreligious principles reveal, 327\nas transcendental activity, 36-37\n\nAcarya. See: Spiritual master, all entries\n\nverse quoted, 237\n\nAdhydtma-vit\n\nAcaryavan purz�o veda\nquoted, 67\n\nAcintya-bhediibheda-tattva\ndefined,234,242\n\nLord and living beings as, 293\nActivity (Activities)\nof civilization, four listed, 34\ndesires determine, 291\n\nof devotees inconceivable, 159\nfruitive. See: Fruitive activities\n\ndefined,68\n\nSee also: Transcendentalists\n\nAdr$!d§ruta-purvatvdd\nverse quoted, 186\n\nAdvaita, Lord, with Lord Caitanya, 248\n\nAdvaitam acyutam anddim ananta-rupam\nverse quoted, 323\n\nAge of Kali. See: Kali-yuga\nAhaituky apratihata\nquoted, 42\n\nof �1,1a. See: Pastimes of Knl,lll\n\nAham sarvasya prabhavo\n\nmaterial. See: Activities, material\n\nAham tvam sarva-papebhyo\n\nLord controls, 211-212, 214\n\nquoted, 214, 239, 242, 311\nquoted, 80\n\nof Nrsimhadeva as liberating, 299,\n300-301, 328\npious and impious, 299\npious vs. �I,la conscious, 97-98\nof Prablada as liberating, 299, 300-301,\n\nverse quoted, 217\n\nAharikdra itlyam me\nverse quoted, 66\nAharikdra-vimil{lhatma\nquoted, 100\n\n328\nsinful, as punishable, 21\nstates of, three listed, 72-74, 78\n\nverse quoted, 258\n\nAhara defined, 188\n\n353\n\n", "SB7.2#p0377": "3\"54\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nAnnihilation of the universe\n\nAirplanes 5,000 years ago, 154\n\nby Lord's anger,161\n\nAjamila\n\nchanting NarayaJ;�a's name saved,26\n\nby Siva, 161\n\nVi�J;�udiitas saved,320\n\nA�r a�iyan mahato mahiyan\nquoted,62\n\nAjo nitya?l sasvato yam pur�\nquoted, 59\n\nAntaryami pratyag-atmii\nverse quoted, 31\n\nAkama?l sarva-kamo vd\n\nverse quoted,227,296\n\nAntavanta ime deha\nquoted,60\n\nAmiinirui miinadena\n\nverse quoted, 193\n\nAnukulyena kr��nuquoted, 297\n\nAmara ajnaya guru hana ttira' ei de5a\nverse quoted,254\n\nAnxiety\n\nAm�a Maharaja\n\nin material life, 8\n\nopulence used by,281\n\nin old age, 11\n\nsense gratification rejected by, 281\n\nAnyabhi�ita-sii.n yam\n\nAmericans\n\nquoted,35,88,281,283,384,286,291\n\nas brtihmaT).(lS, 196-197\nas devotees, 196-197\n\nAntidir tidir govinda?l\n\nverse quoted, llS, 235\n\nAnanta as Lord's bed,239\nAncestors, worship of, 215\n\nAr.u)tintara-stha-paramiilJ,u.-cayantara-stham\n\n292\n\n•\n\nApi cet suduracaro\n\nverse quoted, 111\n\nAppearance of �J;la (Descent)\n\nliberation by understanding,76\n\nas Nrsimhadeva,137, 138,139\n\npurpose of, 123, 176, 199, 201,205,245,\n\nquoted,30, 115,242,243\nverse quoted,232\n\nApraT).(lSyaiva dehasya\n\ncure for,85\n\nArtidhananaril sarve�ril\n\nHiraJ;�yakasipu in,134\n\nArcanaril vandanaril dti.syam\n\nof Lord as transcendental,161\n\nArjuna\n\nAnger\n\nby demons toward devotees,137\nas ignorance,130\n\nof Nrsirhhadeva,184, 185\n\nSiva �s, 161\n\nspiritual,184, 185\n\nuniverse annihilated by Lord's, 161\n\nAnimals\n\n246-247,254\n\nverse quoted, 196\n\nverse quoted, 289\n\nverse quoted,3,93,198\nGod realization by,244\n\nquoted on l(r�J;ta's identity, 244\n\nArpa�\n\ndefined,83\nSee also: Spiritual master,service to\n\nattachment to,18\n\nArtha\n\nhappiness of, 96\n\nhuman beings vs.,96, 105\n\nSee also: Economic development\nArto jijnasur artharthi\n\npeople becoming, 3, 7,12\n\nAruhya krcchre� pararil padam tata?t\n\nSee also: names of individual animals\n\nAsango hy ayaril pur�?�\n\ndevotional service for,113\n\nmaterialists compared to, 22-23\n\nsacrifice of,97\n\nAniruddha, Lord,as �J;ta's expansion,324\nAnnihilation of the universe\n\nLord controls,8, 159, 160-161\n\nLord sanctions,106-107\n\nquoted, 285\n\nquoted, 91\n\nquoted,63\n\nAssociation of devotees. See: Devotees of the\nSupreme Lord, association of\n\n", "SB7.2#p0378": "355\n\nGeneral Index\nAsuras\ndefined,151,162,205,258\n\nSee also: Atheists; Demons,all entries\nAta!l sn-km.w-namadi\nverse quoted,56\n\nAthasaktis tato bhavas\n\nAusterity\nfor self -realization, 164\nspiritual life requires,209\nAuthority (Authorities)\nAbsolute Truth understood via, 208\non devotional service, 306\n\nverse quoted,275\n\nin disciplic succession, 325n\n\nquoted, 105\n\nPrahlada as, 195\n\nAthato brahma-jijM.sii\nAtheists\ndevotees criticized by,293\nGod's laws ignored by, 21\nLord concealed from, 29, 31\nmaterial pleasure pursued by, 283,295\nas polluted, 190\n\nLord as supreme, 82\n\nAvajananti mam mil4ha\nquoted,139,246\n\nAvarasyapi rrwhaya\nverse quoted, 186\n\nAvataras\n\nbona fide vs. bogus, 323,324\n\nsuffering increased by,205\n\ndefined,323\n\ntheory by,151\n\nhearing about,324\n\nworld overrun by,151\n\nSee also: Demons\nAtma. See: Soul\nAtma-jyot* samrtu;l ihovaca\nquoted,63\n\nAtma-tattva\n\ndefined, 57\n\nSee also: Knowledge,transcendental\nAtoms\nLord pervades,29\n\npun.cya-, 324\nreligious principles upheld by,324\n\nSee also: Incarnations of the Supreme Lord\nAvidya\ndefined,235\n\nSee also: Ignorance\nAvi§f.ds tu harer bhaktas\nverse quoted, 321\n\nAyu!l sriyam ya5o dharmam\nverse quoted, 122\n\nsoul smaller than, 62\nAttachment,material\nto body, 282\nby demigods,162\nto family life,11-12,13-14,18-22,23,\n24-25\nto genitals,18\nto money, 15, 19-20\nto tongue,18\n\nSee also: Desire,material\n\nAusterity\nBrahma purified by, 242-243\ndemons destroy,164\ndevotional service surpasses,270\nby Hirai.IYak.asipu,43, 51,311\nhuman life for,164\nliberation requires, 264-265\nas Lord's power,164\n\nB\nBahunarit janmanam ante\nquoted, 30, 244\nverse quoted,68, 126\nBalarama,Lord,as ��I.la's expansion,\n324\n\nBalavan indriya-grarrw\nverse quoted,51\n\nBeing,living. See: Living entities\nBengali song,quoted on material happiness,\n222\n\nBhagavad-bhakti-hinasya\nverse quoted, 195\n\nBhagavad-gita\nSee also: Bhagavad-g'itii, cited; Bhagavadgitii, quotations from\n\nneed for, 164\n\nin education, 3\n\noffenses spoil,122\n\nvalue ofknowing,65\n\n", "SB7.2#p0379": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n356\nBhagavad-gitii, cited\n\non demigod worshipers,282-283\non material world,95-96,123\non van,ulSrama-dharma, 170\n\nBhagavad-gitii, quotations from\n\nBhagavad-gitii, quotations from\non Lord known by devotional service,32,\n56-57,194,200\non Lord protecting devotees,48, 124,138,\n\non Brahman's basis,29\n\n210,231\non Lord rewarding surrender,226,289\n\non Brahma's day,10\n\non Lord's descent,purpose of,176,205,\n\non conditioned souls,100, 258\n\n246,254\n\non demigod worshipers,287\n\non Lord's material energies,66\n\non destiny by desire,227\n\non Lord's parts and parcels,62\non Lord's power,126,152\n\non devotees as transcendental,34, 36, 190,\n196,224\non devotees going back to Godhead,321\non devotional service,value of,2, Ill\non devotional service as topmost yoga,\n78-79\non devotional service surpassing Vedic\n\non Lord vs. creation,62\non Manus in disciplic succession,171\non materialists worshiping i(r�Qa, 285\non material world as suffering,210,258\non mind as uncontrollable,129\non miscreants,four types of,198-199\n\non disciplic succession, 208, 256\n\non modes of nature,258\non nature under �Qa,214\n\non equanimity in devotees,300\n\non offerings Lord accepts,94,286\n\nknowledge,270\n\non fools shunning surrender,250\n\non preachers,�Qa conscious,32\n\non Godhead accessible to everyone,55,190\n\non salvation by surrender, 263\n\non happiness,transcendental,91-92\n\non self-realization by bhakti-yoga, 65\n\non heavenly planets,falling from, 97\n\non soul's nature,58-59\n\non intelligence,mind and senses,74\n\non soul vs. body,58-59,69,7l\n\non knowing �Qa, 220\n\non spiritual master,106\n\non �Qa as enjoyer,proprietor,friend,4,\n\non Supersoul,212\n\n32\non �Qa as master,288\n\non surrender to �Qa,30,38,53,68,80,\n126-127,217,244,250\n\non �Qa consciousness as transcendental\n\non teaching by example,308\n\nactivity,78\non liberation,eligibility for,299-300\n\non transcendental knowledge,68\non transcending Vedic rituals,36\n\non liberation by knowing �Qa,76,ll3\n\non transmigration of the soul,65\n\non Lord as all-pervading,29,268,136\n\non worship,types of,214-215\n\non Lord as equally disposed,230\n\non yogi, topmost,78-79,163\n\non Lord as father,26\n\nBhagavan. See: Supreme Lord\n\non Lord as infallible, ll3\n\nBhdgavata-dharma\n\non Lord as invisible to atheists,132\n\ndefined,53,107,327\n\non Lord as original seed,234\n\nprocesses of,3\n\non Lord as source of everything,214, 239,\n3ll\non Lord as Supersoul,73\non Lord as sustainer,7l\non Lord as within and without,232,233\non Lord directing living entity, 100,108\n\nas transcendental knowledge,39\n\nSee also: Education,�Qa consciousness in\nBhagavatam. See: Srimad-Bhagavatam\nBhajananandis defined,253\nBhaktas. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord,\nall entries\n\n", "SB7.2#p0380": "General Index\nBhakti. See: Devotional service; �Qa conSCIOusness\nBhakti� punati. man-n�!ha\nquoted, 300\nBhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu, cited on pure devotees,284\nBhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu, quotations from\non bliss,devotional vs. impersonal, 91\non devotees as liberated souls,300\non Lord revealed to devotees, 56\non love of God, 275\n\nBljam mam sarva-bhutanam\nquoted, 234,267\nBilvamangala 'fhakura,quoted on devotees as\ntranscendental, 34\nBirds in devotional service, 113\nBirth\nfreedom from, 98\nas\n\nBhaktivinoda 'fhakura,quotations from\n\nnature's law, 95\n\nrepetition of, 3, 7, 13,90, 105\nsoul causes,59\nBirth and death,repeated. See: Transmigra­\n\non spiritual master,service to,82\nBhaktivinoda 'fhakura,cited on tongue,\n252\n\n357\n\ntion of the soul\nBlasphemy as intolerable,184-185\nBliss\nBrahma in, 243\n\non creation's variety,235\n\ndevotional service as, 91,103, 206-207\n\non serving pure devotees,256\n\ndevotional vs. impersonal, 91\n\nBhakti-yoga. See: Devotional service to the\n\n�Qa consciousness as, 103, 207\n\nSupreme Lord; Kr�r;r.a consciousness\nBhaktyaham ekaya grahya�\nquoted,267\n\nLord in, 237, 238\n\nBhaktya mam abhijaruiti\nquoted,32,65, 194,267,270\nverse quoted,57, 200\nBharata, descendant of, 146\nBharata-bhumite haila man�ya-janma yara\nverse quoted, 112\nBhava\ndefined,275\nSee also: Love of God\nBhaya\n\nLord's form as, 244, 246\nPrahlada in, 259\nSee also: Happiness\nBodily concept of life\nas doom, 209-210\nas ignorance, 7,65\nas\n\nillusion, 61, 63,65\n\npsychology of, 61, 63\nSee also: Duality, material; Materialism\nBody material\nattachment to,282\nas bad bargain, 101-103\n\ndefined,188\n\ncause of,14\n\nSee also: Fear\n\nchanges of,six listed,58-59, 75\n\nBhoktaram yajna-tapasam\n\ndemands of, four listed,10\n\nquoted, 288\n\nby desire, 291\n\nverse quoted,4,32\n\nas desire machine,100,108\n\nBhramayan sarva-bhutani\nverse quoted,100,108\nBhukti\n\ndevotees freed from,321\ndevotional service spiritualizes,89, 224,\n239\n\ndefined,221\n\nas disease,222\n\nSee also: Sense gratification\n\ndistress according to,6\n\nBhamir apo 'nalo vayu�\nverse quoted,66\nBhatani yanti bhutejya\nverse quoted,215,227\n\nenemies within, 130\nfate of, 101-102\nby fruitive activity, 105\nas God's temple,33\n\n", "SB7.2#p0381": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n358\n\nBody material (continued)\ngross and subtle, 69\n\nhappiness according to, 5-6\n\nhuman, as special, 2\nby karma, 67,104\n\nBrahmii, Lord\n\nPrahliida's good fortune excelled, 223, 224\nprayed to Nrsirilhadeva, 159,310-313\n\nquoted on Nrsirilhadeva and Prahliida, 187\n\nself-realization by, 243, 244\n\nliving entity causes, 62-63\n\nVi��u seen by, 243, 244,245\nBrahma-bhii.ta/:l prasannatmii\n\nLord sanctions, 108\n\nBrahmacari guru-kule\n\nLord pervades, 242, 243\nLord powers, 127\nvia nature, 108\n\nsoul vs., 58, 59-60,61, 62-63,64-65,\n66,67-68,69-70,71,74,220\nsubtle, 214\ntree's fruits compared to, 58-59, 7l\nBody of the Supreme Lord\n\nBrahma-samhita quoted on, 115\nas everything, 239\nas\n\nlimitless, 185\n\nrays of, 90\nas\n\ntranscendental, 312\n\nuniverse as, 62-63\nBose, Shubhash Chandra, death defeated, 291\nBrahmii, Lord\nausterity purified, 242, 243\n\nas\n\nauthority, 306\n\nin bliss, 243\n\nat creation's dawn, 240,242, 243\nday of, calculated, 10\n\nas demigod, 135\nas\n\ndevotee, 201\n\ndevotee's status vs., 225\nin disciplic succession, 57,207-208\n\nverse quoted, 91-92\nquoted, 13,85\n\nBrahmacaris\nkings trained as, 15-16\ntraining for, 13-14\n\nBrahmacarya\n\nfor children, 2-3, 12-13\n\nfor higher castes, 15-16\n\nBrahmajyoti. See: Brahman effulgence\nBrahman (Impersonal Absolute)\ndefined, 90\nhappiness in, 90-91\nLord as basis of, 29, 90-91\nas Lord's energy, 7l\nreligious principies reveal, 327\n\nSee also: Brahman effulgence; Liberation\nBrahman, Supreme\nLord as, 71-72, 233, 268\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nBrahmiinando bhaved e�a\nverse quoted, 91\n\nBrahmarJa(s) (Intellectuals)\ncaste, 195, 196-197\ndevotees vs. caste, 195, 196\n\nas first created being, 246\n\ndisqualification for, 8\n\nfollowing, recommended, 242-243\n\nguru-kula for, 15\n\nfrom Garbhodaka8iiyi Vi��u, 144,239-240\n\nJaya and Vijaya cursed by, 179\n\nHir�yakasipu blessed by, 149,311\n\nas material qualification, 110\n\n��a above, 172, 311\nlife span of, vs. human life span, lO\n\nqualities of, twelve listed, 195n\n\nLord enlightened, 144\n\nlotus flower bore, 314-315\n\nunder modes of nature, 211\nNrsimhadeva frightened, 184, 185\nNrsirilhadeva preserved promise by, 138,\n139,149\nPrahliida enthroned by, 315, 316\n\nPrahliida followed, 309\nsocial status of, 196\nsociety guided by, 309\nWesterners as, 196-197\n\nBrahnu'ilJ4a bhramite kona bhagyavan jiva\nverse quoted, 30, 98,215\n\nBrahmaTJ4a PurarJa, quoted on N�simhadeva\nand Prahliida, 186\n\n", "SB7.2#p0382": "General Index\n\n359\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nBrahman effulgence\ndanger in, 9 1\n\nassociates of, 248\n\nhappiness in, 9 1\n\nBhiigavatam predicted, 248\n\nLord emanates, 2 44\n\nin devotee role, 248,254\n\no f Nrsimhadeva, HiraJ?.yakasipu over­\n\necstasy of, 89\n�Qa consciousness via, 26 1\n\nwhelmed by, 143\nas transcendental, 144\n\nSee also: Brahman (Impersonal Absolute);\n\nmission of, 76\nphilosophy of, 234\nas preacher, 254\n\nLiberation\n\nBrah� hi pr�!haham\nquoted, 29\n\nRiipa Gosvami instructed by, 30\nSanatana Gosvami instructed by, 321\n\nBrahma-samhita, quotations from\n\nSanatana Gosvami questioned, 22\n\non devotees as transcendental, 313\n\nsankirtana started by, 248-249\n\non �Qa as original person, 323\non �Qa's expansions, 323-324\n\nwise men worship, 249\n\non Lord as all-pervading, 232\non Lord as creator and controller, 115,235\non Lord as Maha-V�Qu, 237\non seeing God, qualification for, 132\n\nBrahma-sampradtiya, 57\nBrahma-tarka, quoted on devotee's good fortune, 225\n\nas Supreme Lord, 254\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, quotations from\non chanting in humility, 193\non chanting Lord's holy names, 27\non devotional service via guru and �Qa,\n98,215\non glorifying �Qa, 265\non living entities as Lord's servants, 226,\n\nBrahmeti paramatmeti\n\n288\n\nquoted, 90\n\non mercy of �Qa and guru, 324\n\nBrahmins. See: Brahma�\n\non preaching �Qa consciousness, 32, 112\n\nBritish Empire, nature's laws foiled, 95\n\non pure devotee's association, 30-31\n\nBuddhi-yoga\n\non pure devotional service, 276 -277,290,\n\ndefined, 27 1-272\n\n292\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord, all entries\n\nc\n\non renouncing material happiness, 96\non serving Lord's servants, 256,289\nCiiQakya PW?-Qita, cited on human life's value,\n20\n\nCancalam hi mana/J kr�\"(Ul\nCaitanya-caritamrta, cited on devotee's relationship with �Qa, 32 1\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta, quotations from\non devotee's activities as inconceivable,\n159-160\non devotional service via spiritual master,\n215\non Godhead dispelling darkness, 144\non �Qadasa Kaviraja, 192\non preaching �Qa consciousness,\n254\non pure devotee's vision, ll4-ll5\n\nverse quoted, 129\n\nCa1J4ala defined, 196\nCiiraJ?.as prayed to Nrsimhadeva, 173\nCaste system. See: Van:uiSrama-dharma\nCelibacy. See: Brahmacari\n\nCeto-darpa\"(Ul-marjanam bhava-mahadiivagni-nirvdpa\"(Ulm\nquoted, 198\n\nChfit),iya va�\"(Ulva-seva nistara prayeche keba\nquoted, 220\nChanting the Lord's holy names\nAjamila saved by, 26\n\n", "SB7.2#p0383": "Srimad-Bhigavatarn\n\n360\n\nChanting the Lord's holy names (continued)\nwith devotees recommended, 265\nvia disciplic succession, 208\necstatic symptoms in, 87\n\nCreation, the\noneness and variety in, 234, 235,236\nprocesses in, three listed, 160\n\nfear dispelled by, 189\n\nD\n\nhappiness by, 96\n\nby Haridasa 'fhakura, 266\nin humility, 192, 193\nfor Kali-yuga, 3\nliberation by, 208\n\nDadami buddhi-yogam tam\nquoted, 74-75\nDaityas\n\npurifying power of, 3,250-251\n\nking of, 305\n\nsense gratification disturbs, 252\n\nPrahlada's classmates as, 30\n\nsenses controlled by, 252\nspiritual world via, 94\nsuccess by, 27\nOteating for money, 21\nChildhood\n\nSee also: Demons, king of\nDaivi hy e$1i gur:uzmayi\nquoted, 258\nverse quoted, 30\nDantavakra\n\nmaterial life wastes, I 0-11\n\nHir�yakasipu as, 317\n\nspiritual life in, 85\n\nliberation of, 319-321\n\nOtildren\n\nDaridra-nlin'iyar:uz as misconception, 33,84,\n\nattachment to, 18\n\n115-116\n\nbrahmacaryafor, 2,12-14\n\nDark well, materialistic household life as, 14,\n\ndevotional serivce for, 2-3\nspiritual education for, 327\n\nDeath\n\nChunk theory of creation, refuted and revised,\n241\nCivilization, human\n\n19\nAjamila saved at, 26\nconditioned souls subject to, 253, 254\ndevotees protected from, 312-313\n\nactivities of, four listed, 34\n\nfreedom from repeated, 98\n\n5,000 years ago, 154\nin ignorance, 7\n\nLord above, 253\nLord as, 313\n\nnature foils material, 95\n\nas nature's law, 95\n\nsense gratification in, 262-263\n\nPrahlada protected from, 312\n\nwarning for godless, 151\n\nrepetition of, 3,7,13,90, 105\nsaints relish demon's, 202\n\nSee also: Society, human\nConsciousness\nstates of, three listed, 72-73,7 4, 78, 238\nSee also: Kr��a consciousness\nCosmic manifestation. See: Creation, the; Material world, Universe\nCreation, the\nfor austerity, 164\nBrahma at dawn of, 240, 242, 243\n\nyogis transcend, 320\nDehino 'smin yatha de he\nquoted, 71\nverse quoted, 65, 69\nDeity worship of the Supreme Lord\npurification by, 92\nrecommended, 82\nDemigod(s)\n\nLord beyond, 237\n\ndemons vs., 42-45, 48\n\nLord creates and controls, 12 7, 160-161,\n\nas\n\n232,241\nLord pervades, 29, 30-31,71-72\n\ndevotees, 201\n\ndevotee's status vs., 223, 224, 225\ndevotional service for, 109\n\n", "SB7.2#p0384": "361\n\nGeneral Index\nDemigod(s)\nin goodness,192\n\nDemons\npeace destroyed by,171\n\nHiral}.yakasipu conquered,218\n\npillar sound scared,136\n\nHiral}.yakasipu feared by,146\n\nPrahlada horn among, 159, 190,191,199,\n\nking of,47\n\n223, 224, 282, 283\n\n��a ahove,287,311,326\n\nPrahlada converted sons of,ll9, 120\n\nLord inconceivable to, 269\nas materially attached, 162\n\nPrahlada ruled, 315\n\nas material qualification, no\n\nreligion scorned by,133-134\n\npreaching to, 131\n\nN:rsimhadeva frightened, 184,185\n\nsacrifices disturbed by,162,164\n\nN:rsimhadeva honored by,156\nN:rsimhadeva honored wives of,157\n\nsex life enslaves, 104\nsurrendered to N:rsimhadeva,155\n\npillar sound terrorized,135\n\nsurrender shunned by, 198-199, 250\n\nPrahlada prayed to, 315\n\ntypes of, four listed, 198-199\n\nPrahlada's mother circumambulated by, 49\n\nwarning for, 151\n\nquoted on Hiral}.yakasipu,44\n\nworld ruined by,166\n\nself-realization for, 164\nas topmost yog�, 163\n\nworship disturbed by,162\n\nworshipers of, 282-283, 187\nworship of, 215\n\nSee also: names of individual demigods.\n\nSee also: Atheists\nDesire(s), material\nactivities according to,291\nbody according to,14,291\nbody driven by,100\n\nDemons\nausterity destroyed by, 164\n\nas bondage, ll-12,22,214\n\nBhagavatam refutes,246\n\ndevotees free of,35, 88,89,283\n\ndemigods vs.,43-45,48\n\ndevotional service purifies, 291-292,\n\ndevotees disdain, 123\n\n296\nas false,100-101\n\ndevotees misunderstood by, 133\ndevotees vs., 131, 157, 162, 174, 176, 246,\n247,324\n\nfreedom from, 222-223\nas ignorance, 130\n\nin devotional service,109,ll3\n\nlife ruined by,291,292\n\ndevotional service unstoppable by,177\n\nliving entities designated by, 230\n\nas doomed,254\n\nLord Caitanya rejected, 290\n\nDurga punishes,258\n\nLord fulfills,226,227,231,273,275,\n\nenvy in,314\nGod denied by,132,133-134\n\n296\nPrahlada free of,283\n\ngovernment run by,162\n\npure devotees free of,286\n\nking of,45,51\n\nrenunciation of, 293\n\n��a conscious preachers vanquish,324\n\nsex as basis of,282\n\nLord fools,147\n\nsoul's transmigration due to, 291\n\nLord invisible to, 132\n\nspiritual desire vs., 292\n\nLord kills, 176,201,245,246,247,326\nLord misunderstood by,139\n\nSee also: Lust\nDetachment. See: Renunciation\n\nmaterialists as,24-25\n\nDevar�i-bhruapta- nri)Ml.-pitroam\n\nnature punishes, 258\nN:rsirhhadeva kills,174\n\nDevas\n\nin passion and ignorance,245\n\nverse quoted, 308\ndefined, 151\n\n", "SB7.2#p0385": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n362\n\nDevatas\n\n(continued)\n\nSee also: Demigods; Devotees of the\nSupreme Lord\nDevatas\ndefined, 162\nSee also: Demigods\nDevotee(s) of the Supreme Lord\n\nDev:otee(s) of the Supreme Lord\nLord fulfills desires of, 226,227,230,\n231,273\nLord protects, 48, 80, 124-125, 174,176,\n201,210,230,231,246,247,\n312-313\nLord purifies, 287\n\nactivities of, as inconceivable, 159\n\nLord realized by, 30-31, 56\n\nassociation of. See: Devotees of the\n\nLord seen by, 132\n\nSupreme Lord, association of\natheists criticize, 293\n\nLord's forms understood by, 186,203,204\nmaterialistic, 289\n\nblasphemers punished by, 184, 185\n\nmaterial life shunned by, 254\n\nBrahma as, 201\ncaste brahmar_r.as vs., 195,196\n\nmaterial world disinterests, 219\n\nclasses of, two listed, 253-254,298\n\nnondevotees vs., 86,265\n\ndemigods as, 201\n\nNrsimhadeva dispels fear by, 188, 189,\n\ndemigods' status surpassed by, 224,225\ndemons disdained by, 123\n\nMayavadis vs., 290-291\n\n202\nNrsimhadeva frightened, 201\n\ndemons misunderstand, 133\n\nNrsimhadeva protects, 133\n\ndemons vs., 131,151,162, 174,176,245,\n\nopulence used by, 297\n\n246,247,324\n\nas opulent as �:Q.a, 293,294\n\ndepend on �:Q.a, 107\n\nparamparii reveals, 49\n\nas desireless, 227, 283\n\nPrahlada's classmates became, 199\n\ndesire service, 35,290-291,305\n\npreaching duty of, 122\n\ndevotional service benefits, 198,199\n\npurification of, 88-89\n\nenvy absent in, 305\n\npurifying power of, 195,196-197,304\n\nequanimity in, 300\n\nqualification for, 289\n\nas expert managers, 289-299\n\nrituals shunned by, 297\n\nfamily purified by, 303, 304\n\nrituals surpassed by, 308\n\nas fearless, 186\n\nas sense controlled, 85-86, 265\n\nfools criticize, 197\n\nas servants par excellence, 197\n\nfruitive activities shunned by, 297\n\nserve spiritual master, 82-83,85\n\ngood fortune of, 225\n\n\"spiritualists\" avoided by, 260,261\n\nhumility vital for, 200\n\nspiritual residence of, 224,260,261\n\njnanis misunderstand, 260\nkarmis misunderstand, 260\n\nas topmost yogis, 78-79\n\nknowledge revealed to, 56-57\n\nas transcendental, 34,35-36, 190,196,\n\nknowledge spread by, 246\n\nas teachers, 260-261, 308\n\n207-208,313\n\n�!).a's associates followed by, 321\n\nVedas surpassed by, 269,270\n\nas liberated souls, 207, 300\n\nWesterners as, 196-197\n\nliberation surpassed by, 265\n\nSee also: Pure devotees of the Supreme\nLord; names of individual devotees\n\nLord attained by, 93\n\nLord Caitanya played part of, 248, 254\nLord favors, 155, 161,173,231,255-256,\n268-269,273,286\n\nDevotees of the Supreme Lord, association of\nchanting Hare �!).a advised in, 266\ndiscrimination advised in, 83\n\n", "SB7.2#p0386": "General Index\nDevotees of the Supreme Lord, association of\nGod realization by,30-31\n\n363\n\nDevotional service to the Supreme Lord\nmaterialists in,285, 286\n\nliberation by,25\n\nmaterialists neglect,11-12\n\npurifying power of,207-208\nrecommended,83\n\nmind controlled by,128, 129\n\nsuccess by,208\nDevotional service to the Supreme Lord\n(Bhakti)\nas all-auspicious,109\n\nas\n\nnatural,4\n\nopulence used in,281\nperfection of, 114-115\nPrahlada chose,206,220, 221\npreaching as best,32\n\nausterity surpassed by, 270\n\nprerequisite for,129,190\n\nauthorities on, 306\n\nprocesses of. See: Devotional service to the\n\nbenefit of,292\nas\n\nbliss,91,103,206-207\n\nSupreme Lord,processes of\npure,286\n\nbody spiritualized by,224\n\nas\n\nfor children,2, 3\n\npurifying power of,88- 89,198, 208,252,\n\npure devotee's solace,260-261\n\ndefined,292\n\n264,300\n\ndemons cannot stop,177\n\nas saving grace, 111\n\ndesire purified by, 291-292,296\n\nself-realization by,64-65,80\n\ndetachment by, 13-14,54\n\nsense gratification vs., 93-94\n\nfor devotee's benefit,197-198, 199\n\nsenses purified by,292\n\ndevotees desire,35, 290-291,305\nas duty, 4, 82-83\nas easy,93-94\n\nvia spiritual master,82-83,215,228, 229\n\nas\n\nessential,8\n\nfor everyone,ll3\nfamily life vs.,26-27\n\nsociety needs, 112, 206-207\nsuccess in,80\nsuffering cured by,206, 207\nsuperexcellence of,162\nas transcendental,34-35,78-79,144,291\n\ngoal of, 281\n\ntransmigration ended by,90\n\nhappiness as, 112, 288-289\n\nvalue of,2-3,14,26-27,224,225\n\nfor human beings,2-3,4-5, 13,16\nhumility vital for,200,255\n\nVedas surpassed by,269, 270\nas\n\nwelfare work,32-33\n\nignorance dispelled by,143\n\nwise men practice,269, 270\n\nintelligence purified by,74-75\n\nwomen eligible for,55\n\nkinds of,six listed,271\n\nyoga culminates in,271,272\n\nknowledge by,54\nvia l(n;Q.a and guru, 98\nliberation by,90, 212-213,214, 215,272,\n321, 322\nliberation surpassed by,162, 264-265\n\nSee also: l(n;Q.a consciousness\nDevotional service to the Supreme Lord,processes\n\nof\n\nfor devotee's benefit,197-198, 199\nLord's association via,93\n\nLord controls,212\n\nDhani-ndraya� defined,115-116\n\nLord satisfied by,II0, 194\n\nDharma\n\nLord understood by,32,56-57,80, 93-94,\n194,200,267,268-269,270\nlove of God by, 110-111\nmaterial conditions cannot stop,190\nmaterial happiness vs., 103\n\nLord sanctions,106-107\nSee also: Religion; Religious principles;\nVan:uJ,Srama-dharma\nDharma-sarilsthapandrthaya\nverse quoted,176\n\n", "SB7.2#p0387": "364\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nDharma� svan�!hita� pumsaril\n\nDu!Jkhalayam a5aivatam\n\nDharmasya tattvaril nihitam guhayam\n\nDu�kha-rupo 'pi samsaro\n\nverse quoted,37, Ill\n\nquoted, 82\nDhruva Maharaja\nopulence used by,281\nas pure devotee,276\nsense gratification rejected by, 281\n\nDhyaniivasthita-tad-gatena manasii pa§yanti\nyam yogina�\nquoted, 191\n\nDhyana-yoga, bhakti-yoga completes,\n\n271-272\nDisciples. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\nDisciplic succession (s)\nAbsolute Truth via,208\nBrahma in,57\nchanting according to,208\ndevotees understood via,49\nfour listed, 57-58\nGod realization via,49,208,257\nknowledge by,38, 49,57-58\nKumliras in, 57-58\nLak.�mi in,57-58\nas misunderstood, 57\nNarada in,38\nPrahlada in, 57, 327\nself-realization via,208\nSiva in, 57\nspiritual master in,57\nDisease\nbody as,222\nlife wasted by, 12\nas nature's law, 13, 95\nDistress. See: Suffering\nDreaming\nactivities in, 73\nmaterial life as,75, 76-77\nDuality, material\nas ignorance,235,236\nas illusion,234\nLord above,226\nmind creates, 128, 130\npure devotees above,236\nworld as,298-299\nSee als<J: Bodily concept of life\n\nquoted,96, 258\n\nverse quoted, 76-77\n\nDu�khe�v anu.dvigna- mana�\n\nverse quoted, 300\nDurga,Goddess\ndemons punished by,258\nmaterialists worship,283\nParvati as, 289\nvisage of,258\n\nDurlabharil miin�aril janma\nverse quoted,16\n\n� krtis\n\ndefined, 204\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\n�fa mana! tumi kisera va��va?\n\nverse quoted,265-266\nDuty\ndevotional service as,4, 82-83\nof householders to forefathers,165\nfor human beings and up, 164\nof human life,13,27,164\nin ��a consciousness, 107\nperfection of, Ill\npreaching as, 112\nof son for dead father,306\nto spiritual master, 85\nsurrender to ��a as,126\nultimate,36-37\n\nE\nEarth (Element), sense perceptions included\nin,66-67\nEarth planet\nheavenly planets vs.,97-98\nN�imhadeva convulsed,153\nyogis of,vs. Siddhas,167\nEconomic development\nas dead end,95-96\ndevotees surpass,34\ndevotional service transcends,36\nLord sanctions,106-107\nnature's laws foil, 95,99\nself-realization vs., 101\n\n", "SB7.2#p0388": "General Index\nEconomic development\nas\n\ntime waster, 7-8\n\nEducation\n\n365\n\nEnergy (Energies) of the Supreme Lord\nLord's work done by, 231, 232, 233\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 233\n\ndevotional service crowns, 36\n\ntypes of, three listed, 108\n\nas hearing about �Qa, 3\nfor human beings, 3, 5, 16\n\nvariety caused by, 235\n\n�Qa consciousness in, 327\nmaterial, as sense gratification, 3, 12\nmaterial vs, spiritual, 2-3, 22-23\nneed for spiritual, 7\n\nworld controlled by, 211-212\nEnergy, material\nbody as Lord's, 242\nliving entities exploit, 214\nliving entities under, 216\n\npurpose of, 5\n\nLord controls, 214, 216\n\nin Western countries, 12\n\nas Lord's veil, 29, 31\n\nEgo, false, Lord controls, 175\n\nEkatraikasya vatsalyam\nverse quoted, 186\n\nEko 'py asau racayitum jagad-a�J.()a-kotim\nverse quoted, 232\nElectrons, Lord pervades, 29\nElements, material\n\ntypes of, eight listed, 66\nEnjoyment, material\natheists pursue, 283\ndemigods attached to, 162\ndemigod worshipers want, 282-283\nfor demons treacherous, 147\nby fallen souls perverted, 214\n\nin atheist's theory, 151\n\nas ignorance, 282\n\nfive listed, 175\ngross and subtle, 67, 69\n\nwomen attached to, 55\n\nliving entities exploit, 214\nLord controls, 175\n\nPrahlada shunned, 282, 283\nSee also: Happiness, material\nEnvy\n\nLord within, 29\n\nin caste briihma'(la.S, 196\n\nnumber of, 67\n\ncure for, 85\n\nSee also: Energy, material; Nature, material\n\nin demons, 314\n\nElephants\n\ndevotees free of, 305\nin HiraQyakasipu, 131, 202\n\nlions defeat, 142, 150\n\nas ignor�ce, 130\n\nNrsimhadeva terrified, 152, 203\n\ntoward �!}.a consciousness movement,\n196\n\nElephant vs. lion, HiraQyakasipu vs.\nNrsirhhadeva compared to, 142, 150\nEnemy (Enemies)\nJaya and Vijaya played Lord's, 179\nof �Qa as liberated, 319-322\nmind as, 128, 130\nmind concocts, 129, 130\nsenses as, 130\n\nEuropeans\nas briihma'(la.S, 196-197\nas devotees, 196-197\n\nEvam parampara-priiptam\nquoted, 208, 256\n\nEvam vyaptam jagad v��;�-um\nverse quoted, 244\n\nEnergy, sense gratification wastes, 6-7\n\nEvolution, animal vs. human, 105\n\nEnergy (Energies) of the Supreme Lord\nas all-pervading, 242-243\n\nExpansions of the Supreme Lord. See:\nSupreme Lord, expansions of, listed\n\nfor creation, 214, 232\n\nF\n\nexternal, as Lord's veil, 29, 31\nexternal, eight listed, 66\nas\n\nlimitless, 232, 233\n\nFaith\nknowledge by, 56, 57-58\n\n", "SB7.2#p0389": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n366\nFaith (continued)\nin �Qa,56\n.\n\nin spiritual master,56-57,80\n\nFamily,devotee purifies, 195, 196-197,303,\n\n304\n\nFamily life\nattachment to, ll-12, 13-14, 18-22, 23,\n\nFruitive activities\ndevotees shun, 297\nfortune according to, 5-6\nfreedom from,77-78, 80,299, 300-301\nfor material desires,214\nas\n\nsuffering, 104\n\nSee also: Activities,material; Karma\n\n24--25\n\nG\n\nas dark well,14, 19\ndetachment from,13-14,24-25\ndevotional service vs.,26-27\nsense control for,ll-12\n\nas sense gratification,13 ,24--25\nas\n\nsex life,18, 24--25\n\nSee also: Grhasthas; Householders; Householders, materialistic\n\nFamine as nature's law,95\nFear\n\nhy demigods toward demons,162\n\nby demigods toward N�imhadeva,184,\n185\n\ndevotees free of,186\ndevotees protected from, 312-313\nby devotees toward N�imhadeva,201\n\n�J;la consciousness dispels,2, 3, 188, 189\nLord's incarnations dispel,202\nin material life, 8-9\n\nN�imhadeva dispels devotee's,188\nPrahlada free of,186,203\n\nFish incarnation as transcendental,246-247\n\nFlower shower for N�imhadeva,156\n\nFoodstuffs offered to the Lord. See: Prasada\nForm of the Supreme Lord\nas\nas\n\nabsolute and transcendental,246, 247\nblissful, 243, 244\n\nBrahman effulgence from,244\nBrahmii saw,243, 244\n\ndevotees understand,186, 203,204\nas eternal,244\nas limitless, 185\n\nMayavadis misunderstand,246\nas N�irilhadeva,137, 139\nin sound,136-137\n\nFruitive activities\n\nGadadhara with Lord Caitanya,248\n\nGambling,hell by,93\nGandha defined,67\n\nGandhiikhya devata yadvat\nverse quoted,244\n\nGandharvas\nin devotional service, I 09\nN�imhadeva honored by, 157\nprayed to N�irilhadeva,172-173\n\nGandhi,death defeated,219\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�?Qu\nas avatara, 324\n\nBrahma from, 144,239,240, 241,242\ncosmos from,241\n\nGaruQa. vs. snake, NJ;simhadeva vs.\nHirRJ;lyakasipu compared to,145, 146,\n149\nGenitals\n\nfamily life indulges,18\n\nmaterialists indulge, 262, 263\n\nGeologist,transcendentalist compared to, 64,\n\n69\n\nGhosts,worship of,251\nGod. See: Supreme Lord\nGoddess of fortune\n\nN�imhadeva frightened, 185, 186\n\nPrahlada luckier than,223, 224\nSee also: Lak�?mi,Goddess\n\nGoddess of learning. See: Sarasvati,Goddess\nGodhead. See: Spiritual world; Supreme Lord\nGod realization\nby Arjuna,244\n\nby devotional service,56-58, 80\n\nvia disciplic succession, 208, 256\n\nbody according to,104-- 105\n\ngoodness promotes,246\n\nbondage to,22,46-47\n\nheavenly elevation vs.,97-98\n\n", "SB7.2#p0390": "General Index\nGod realization\nhuman life for, 252\nliberation surpassed by, 267\n\n367\n\nGuru\ndefined, 215\n\nby Lord's grace, 271\n\nLord as, 5\nSee also: Spiritual master, all entries\n\nvia paramparii, 49\n\nGuru-kr��-prasade paya bhakti-lata-blja\n\nby pleasing Kr��a, 274\nby preaching ��a consciousness, 32\nvia pure devotee's association, 30-31\n\nquoted, 98, 229, 324\nverse quoted, 30,215\n\nGuru-kula\n\nvia religious principles, 327\n\ndefined, 13\n\nvia sankirtana, 248\nsense gratification disturbs, 252\n\nfor higher castes, 15\n\nin sound, 136\nby surrender, 30\nvia Vedas, 246\nSee also: Devotional service, Lord under­\n\nGuru-paJa.Sraya� sadhuquoted, 85\n\nGuru-paJa.Srayas tasmdt\nverse quoted, 82\n\nH\n\nstood by; ��a consciousness\nGoodness, mode of\ndemigods in, 192\nGod realization promoted by, 246\n\nHanti sreyarilsi sarva(ti\n\nignorance and passion overwhelm, 143\n\nHappiness\n\nverse quoted, 122\n\nGoodness, pure vs. impure, 143\n\nBrahman realization, 90-91\n\nGopl-bhartu!£ pada-kamalayor dasadasanudasaft\n\nby chanting Hare ��a, 96\n\nquoted, 229, 256, 289\n\nGopls, devotees follow, 321\n��hy-anandls\ndefined, 253-254\n\nas devotional service, 91, 112, 288-289\nformula for, 4\nin heavenly planets, 97\nof jiiiinls, 260\nof karmls, 260\n\nSee also: Preachers, ��a conscious\nGosvaml defined, 14\n\nas Kr��a consciousness, 112, 206, 207,\n\nGovardhana Hill, ��a raised, 86\n\nby Lord's mercy, 210-211\n\nGovernment\n\nmaterial. See: Happiness, material\n\nin Kali-yuga demoniac, 162, 169\npunishes swindlers, 21\nsacrifices stopped by demoniac, 166\n\n208,209,210-211,259,260,261\n\nmaterialists lack, 100-101,258\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 96, 103\nparadox of, 100\nby pleasing Kr��a, 274\n\nGreed\ncure for, 85\n\nsex as false, 262\n\nas ignorance, 130\n\nby surrender to ��a 212,217\n\nGrhamedhis, sex life adored by, 262\nGrhastha-asrama\npreparation for, 13-16\n\nSee also: Family life, all entries; Householders\n\nGrhasthas\n\ntranscendental, 90-91\nworld lacks, 222, 258,259\n\nSee also: Bliss\nHappiness, material\nanimals enjoy, 96\nas destined, 5-6, 101\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 13-16\n\ndevotees reject, 35\n\nSee also: Family life; Householders, all entries\n\nDhruva rejected, 276\n\ndevotional service vs., 103\n\n", "SB7.2#p0391": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n368\n\nHappiness, material (continued)\nas distress, I00\n\nHeavenly planets\nearth vs., 97-98\n\nfutility of, 222\n\nelevation to, 214-215,218-219\n\nas illusory, 99-100, 101,206,207,222,\n223\n\nfalling from, 97-98\n\n�!}.a consciousness vs., 103\n\nhappiness in, 97\n\nPrahlada rejected, 276\n\nHiraJ;�yakasipu promoted to, 306-307\n\npure devotees reject, 96\npure devotees utilize, 296\n\nforefathers promoted to, 306-307\n\nHiraJ;�yaka8ipu terrorized, 122\nas impure, 97\n\nsex as basis of, 104\n\nking of, 45\n\nspiritual happiness vs., 96, 103\nas temporary, 222, 223\n\nlife as temporary in, 97-98\n\nas time waster, 6-7\n\nSee also: Enjoyment, material; Pleasure,\nmaterial\nHare �!}.a mantra\n\nhappiness via, 96\nfor Kali-yuga, 250-251\n\nlove of God via, 96\nfor purification, 250\n\nSee also: Chanting the Lord's holy names\nHare �!}.a movement. See: ��!}.a consciousness movement\n\nHarer nama harer nama\nquoted, 96\nverse quoted, 3, 251\n\nHari-bhaktau ca taj-jiiiin e\nverse quoted, 225\n\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya, quoted on good\nqualifications, material vs. spiritual,\n195-196\nHaridasa Thiikura\n\nPrahlada glorified in, 298\nvia sacrifice, 97\nHell\nby sense indulgence, 94\nby sinful activity, 93\nHimalayan Mountains, meditators retreat to,\n260\nHippies, renunciation incomplete by, 262\n\nHira�yadefined, 131\nHiraJ;�yakasipu\nin anger, 134\nausterities by, 43,51,311\nBrahmii blessed, 149,311\ncharacter of, 121, 122, 166\nDantavakra as, 317\ndemigods conquered by, 218\ndemigods feared, 146\nas demon No.1, 45,51\nenvy in, 131,202\nfalse confidence of, 147\nfeared Nrsimhadeva, 148\n\nimitating, forbidden, 52, 266\n\nas Jaya, 155,179\n\nas transcendental, 52\n\nLord's effulgence overwhelmed, 143\n\nHayagnva, Lord, demons killed by, 245, 2�\n\nLord's mercy on, 179\n\nHealth, value of good, 8-9\n\nManus overruled by, 170\n\nHearing about the Supreme Lord\n\nas materialist No. 1, 295\n\necstasy of, 86\neducation for, 3\n\nmeningitis compared to, 156\nmother of, 317\n\nas life's purpose, 327\n\nmystic power of, 167,311\n\nLord's association by, 93\n\nNagaloka plundered by, 169\n\nfrom pure devotees, 119\n\nname of, meaning of, 131\n\nrecommended, 81\n\nNrsimhadeva dethroned, 155\n\nsense gratification disturbs, 252\n\nNrsimhadeva killed, 149,150, 151,230,\n231\n\nspiritual world via, 94\n\n", "SB7.2#p0392": "369\n\nGeneral Index\nHiraQ.yakasipu\nN:rsirhhadeva killed soldiers of, 151\n\nN:rsirilhadeva mystified, 141\n\nHouseholders,materialistic\nfate of,24-25\n\nliberation inaccessible to, 13-14,24-25\n\nN:rsirilhadeva purified,302, 306\n\nLord saves, 19\n\npillar sound scared,136\n\nsense control lacking in, 13-14,2 1, 25\n\nN:rsirhhadeva toyed with, 146, 147\npower of,122, 124, 149, 167, 168, 218,\n\n219,311\n\nas money-grubbers,15, 21\n\nsilkworms compared to,18\nspiritual master saves,19\n\nPrahlada condemned by, 122-123\n\nHr�ikel')a hr�ikesa-\n\nPrahlada misunderstood by, 133\n\nHuman beings\n\nPrahlada mistreated by, 122\n\nPrahlada's advice rejected by, 131\nPrahlada saved,124, 131 ,303\n\nPrahlada's power perplexed, 125\n\nprajapatis' service hampered by, 172\n\nRavaQ.a as,318\n\nverse quoted, 212, 292\nanimal life awaits degraded,3, 7, 12\nanimals,vs.,96, 105\n\nausterity for,164\n\ndevotional service for,2-3 ,4 -5 ,13-14,\n16,109\n\nsaints relished death of,202\n\nduty of,13, 27\n\nSiddhas conquered by, 167\n\nfreedom for,293\n\nsalvation for,131\n\nuniverse plagued by, 156\n\nVedic culture disturbed by, 162, 171\n\nVidyadharas conquered by, 168\nwife of, 49, 230-231\n\nYak�as' service degraded by, 175\n\nHiraQ.yakasipu, quotations from\n\non God's whereabouts,132, 133\n\non Prahlada as rascal,122, 124, 131\n\nHiraQ.yak�a\n\nKumbhakarQ.a as,318\nmother of,317\n\nSisupala as, 317\n\nHitler,death defeated, 219\n\neducation for, 3, 5, 22-23\n\nGod realization for, 252\n\nkarma and jiian.a ruin,297\n\n�Q.a consciousness for,101\n\nlife span of,9-10\n\nlife span of, vs. Brahma's life span, 9-10\nLord inconceivable to, 269\nLord vs.,237-238\n\nmorality applies to,8-9\n\nself-realization for, 164\n\nspiritual master for,105-106\n\nSee also: Souls, conditioned\n\nHusband. See: Marriage\n\nHitopadesa, quoted on fools angered by good\nadvice,131\n\nHitvatma-patarit grham andha-kupam\nquoted,14, 24-25\n\nHog incarnation as transcendental, 246-247\n\nHoly name of the Lord. See: Otanting the\n\nLord's holy names; Supreme Lord, appropriate entries\n\nHouseholders\n\nduty to forefathers for, 165\n\nSee also: Family life; Grhasthas, all entries\n\nHouseholders, materialistic\n\nanimals compared to,22-23\n\nI\nIgnorance\n\nbodily concept of life as, 7\n\ncivilization in, 7\n\nconditioned souls in,63, 75-77\n\ndevotional service dispels, 88, 144\nduality as, 235\n\nenemies imagined by, 130\n\n�Q.a consciousness dispels,78\nleaders in, 7\n\nLord dispels, 76-77, 143\n\nmaterialists in,22- 23 , 254\n\n", "SB7.2#p0393": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n370\nIgnorance\n\n(continued)\n\nmaterial life as, 75, 76-77\n\nIncarnations of the Supreme Lord\nSee also: Avataras; names of individual in­\n\ncarnations\n\nmaterial relationships as, 103\n\nmdya as, 130\n\nmode of. See: Ignorance, mode of\nmodes of nature as, I44\n\nIndra, King, 149\nas\n\ndemigods' king, 47\n\ndemons vs., 43-44\n\nsense gratification as, 282\n\ndevotee's status vs., 225\n\nsleep as, 9-10\n\nas heaven's king, 45\n\nsoul's transmigration as, 75-76, 105\n\nlife as struggle for, 97\n\nsurrender forbidden by, 199\n\nSee also: Illusion\nIgnorance, mode of\n\ndemons in, 245-146\nsleep in, 237\nas\n\nstruggle, 258\n\nsymptoms of, 224\nworld controlled by 143\n\nlha yasya harer dasye\nverse quoted, 300\nIllusion\n\nNarada obeyed by, 49\nPrahlada's mother arrested by, 45-47\nprayed to N�imhadeva, 162\nquoted on Prahlada's mother with child, 47\n\nlndriya�J.i para�J.y ahur\nverse quoted, 74\nInsanity\ncure for, 85\nas ignorance, 130\nIntelligence\nactivity states of, three listed, 72\n\nbodily concept of life as, 61, 63, 65\n\n�Q.a consciousness revives, 78\n\ndemons condemn religion as, 133-134\n\nLord controls, 175\n\ndevotional service dispels, 85\n\nLord understood by, 73\n\nduality as, 234\n\nmaterialists lack, 20\n\nas ignorance, 130\n\nmind and senses vs., 74\n\nmaterial happiness as, 207, 222, 223\n\nof monists small, 63\n\nmaterialists in, 11, 289, 295\n\npolluted, 74-75\n\nworld in, 207\n\nSee also: Maya\n\nImam vivasvate yogarh\nquoted, 170-171\nIncarnations of the Supreme Lord\nas absolute and transcendental, 245,\n\n246-147\ndevotees protected by, 176\nfear dispelled by, 202\nas Hayagriva, 245-246\nhearing about, 86, 327\nin Kali-yuga, 248\nas Kapila, 67\nManus as, 170\npower of, 153\npurpose of, 201\nteach by example, 284\nuniverse maintained by, 247-248\n\npurification of, 74-75\npurpose of human, 2\nsoul perceived by, 74\nworshiping Kr�Q.a as, 296\n\n.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness.\nSee: �Q.a consciousness movement\nIntoxication\nhell by, 93\n�Q.a consciousness movement forbids, 252\nIron rod in fire\nbody in devotional service compared to,\n\n224\ndevotee in devotional service compared to,\n\n89\nIrreligion, Lord vanquishes, 176\n\nlsavasyam idam sarvam\nquoted, 234\n\n", "SB7.2#p0394": "General Index\nISKCON. See: i(r�J)a consciousness movement\nlsvara/:1 pa.rama/:1 kmuz/:1\nquoted,244, 267\nverse quoted,115,235\n\nlsvarab, sarva-bhutiiniim\nverse quoted,100,108\n\nJ\nJagad dhanamayam lubdhii/:1\nverse quoted,115\nJaglii and Madhlii, i(r�J)adasa Kaviraja compares himself to, 192-193\n\n]agiii miidhiii haite muiii se piipi$!ha\nverse quoted, 192\n\n]aname janame haya, ei abhilii§a\nverse quoted,228-229,256\n\n]iinann apy iitmaTW du/:r.kham\nverse quoted, 77\n\n]anasya moho yam aham mameti\nquoted, 63\n\n]anayaty iiSu vairiigyaril\nverse quoted, 14,54\n\n371\n\n]iiiin a\n\ndefined,68\n\nyoga above, 78\nSee also: Knowledge; Knowledge,transcendental\n\n]iiii na-bhakta\ndefined, 322\nliberation for,322\n\nJ iiiina-kiinda\ndevotees shun, 297\nlife spoiled by,297\n\n]iiiinam ca satyam ca dama/:1 srutam ca\nverse quoted, 196\n\n]iiiina-yoga, bhakti-yoga completes,271-272\n]iiiinis\ndesire of,35\nhappiness of,260\nsoul misunderstood by, 64\n\nSee also: Mayavadis Om personalists); Philosophers,speculative\n\n]iiiitvii manas tathii brahmii\nverse quoted,186\n\n]anmiidy asya yata/:1\n\nK\n\nverse quoted,242,267\n\n]anma karma ca me divyam\nquoted, 220\nverse quoted, 76, 113\n\nKai!abha demon\nHayagriva killed,245-246\n\n]anma-mrtyu-jarii-vyiidhi\n\npurification of, 307\n\nquoted,210,283,292\n\nKalau nasty eva nasty eva\n\n]anma siirthaka kari' kara para-upakiira\nverse quoted, 112\n\nverse quoted, 3,251\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali)\n\nJaya, Hiral)yakasipu as,155,179\n\nbogus avatiiras in,323,324\n\nJaya and Vijaya\n\ngovernment demoniac in,162,169\n\nin i(r�l)a's pastimes,159, 179\nKumaras cursed,179\nLord counseled,179-180\nJealousy. See: Envy\n]iva Gosvami, cited on chanting Prahlada's\npastimes,300-301\n\n]ivas\n\nignorance in,7\nLord's incarnation in,24 7-248\npanacea for,3,250,251\npeople oppressed in,169\n\nKama\ndefined,184\nLord sanctions,106-107\n\nperfection for,113\n\nSee also: Living entities; Soul; Souls,conditioned\n\n]ivera 'svarupa' haya-kr$7J.era 'nitya-diisa'\nquoted,216,226,228\n\nSee also: Lust; Sense gratification\nKiimiid dve$iid bhayiit snehiid\nquoted, 319\n\nKamais tais tair hrta-jiiiinii/:1\nquoted,282,287\n\n", "SB7.2#p0395": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n372\nKamsa, King\nfeared ��Qa, 320\nliberation of, 320,321-322\nKarik$ate mok$a-gam api\nquoted,35\nKapila, Lord, as authority, 306\nKarar.todakasayi Vi�r.tu\nLord as, 237\nfrom SaJikar�aQa,239\n\"sleep\" of, 237\nSee also: Maha-Vi�Qu\n\nKaumdra dcaret prajiio\nverse quoted,16\nKaunteya pratijanihi\nquoted,48, 124, 133,138,210,231\nKayadhu\nhusband of, 49\nNarada protected, 230-231\nson of,52\nSee also: Prahlada's mother, all entries\n'Ke ami', 'kene amaya jare tapa-traya'\nquoted, 22\nKecid bhakta vinrtyanti\n\nKarma\n\nbody according to, 67, 104\nbondage to, 22\n\nlife as, 205\nLord dissolves, 313\nnondevotees ignorant of, 254\nyoga above, 78\nSee also: Activities, material; Fruitive activities\nKarma-kiir_uja\n\nverse quoted, 89\nKecit t�l'_lim japanty eva\nverse quoted, 89\nKesava dhrta-nara-hari-rii.pa jaya jagadiSa\nhare\nquoted,204\nKimpuru�as prayed to NJ;\"Sirhhadeva,176\nKing(s)\nbrahmacarya training for, 15-16\n\ndefined, 195,214\n\ndetachment by, 15-16\n\ndevotees shun, 297\n\nPrahlada as,295-296,305, 309,315,\n\nlife spoiled by, 297\nSee also: Fruitive activities; Ritualistic\nceremomes\nKarma-kiir_uja, jiidna-kiir_uja, kevala visera\nbha'.l(la\nquoted, 297\nKarma-mimdrizsa philosophy as misconception, 107\nKarmal'_ld daiva-netrel'_la\nquoted, 104, 212\nKarmd7_li nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhajam\nquoted, 313\nKarma'.ly evadhikiiras te\nquoted,107\nKarma-yoga, bhakti-yoga completes,\n271-272\nKarmis (Fruitive workers)\ndesire of, 35\nhappiness of, 260\nSee also: Materialists; Nondevotees\nKa.Sipu defined, 131\nKaumdra acaret prajno\nquoted, 13, 53, 85,327\n\n316\nSee also: K�atriyas\nKing of heaven. See: lndra,King, all entries\nKinnaras prayed to NJ;\"Sirhhadeva, 178\nKnowledge\nvia Bhagavatam, 326\nby devotional service, 14,54\nvia disciplic succession, 57-58\nfrom �Qa,73\nmaterialists lack, 19-20,22-23\nvia paramparii, 49\nrenunciation by, 14\nspeculative,as futile, 208\nas surrender to ��Qa,68, 126-127\nKnowledge, transcendental\nvia Bhagavatam, 220, 326\nby bhakti-yoga, 65\nfor devotees, 56-57\ndevotees spread, 246\nby disciplic succession,38\nby faith,56-57\nmaterial conditions cannot stop,42\nas misunderstood, 57\n\n", "SB7.2#p0396": "373\n\nGeneral Index\nKnowledge, transcendental\n\nKr�l).a consciousness\n\nvia pure devotees, 38\n\nneed for,7, 76,97-98, 112,220-221,263\n\nsoul understood by,64\n\nof pure devotees,114-115\n\nvia spiritual master,38\n\npurifying power of, 88-89,251\n\nsubjects of,twenty-six listed,66-67\n\nself-realization by,97-98\n\nas surrender to Kr�Qa, 244\n\nsense gratification vs.,96\n\nvan:uiSrama-dharma facilitates, 170\n\nsenses controlled in,252\n\nfor women,56\n\nsin dispelled by, 250\n\nKrishna. See: Kr�Qa,Lord; Supreme Lord\nKrishna consciousness. See: Kr�Qa consciousness\n\nsociety benefited by, 198\nsoul freed by, 199\nvia spiritual master, 76, 326\nspiritual world by, 215,239-240\n\nKrodha\ndefined, 184\n\nas transcendental,78, 144\n\nSee also: Anger\n\nas yoga's perfection,79\n\nKr�Qa,Lord\nas Absolute Truth, 29-31\n\nyoga vs.,260, 261\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\n\nactivities of. See: Pastimes of �Qa\ndevotees follow associates of, 321\n\nLord\nKr�Qa consciousness movement\n\nas original cause,239\n\ncaste briihmaiJas envy, 196\n\nas original person, 323, 324\n\nas mankind's hope, 151, 210\n\nquoted on surrender to Him, 13\n\nNrsirilhadeva protects, 174\n\nSee also: Appearance of Kr�Qa (Descent);\n\npreachers in. See: Preachers,Kr�l).a con-\n\nPastimes of Kr�Qa; Supreme Lord,\nall entries\nKr�Qa consciousness\n\nsciOus\nas preaching movement,260-261\npurpose of,207,250,260-261, 324\n\nbenefit of, 119, 120\n\nsarikfrtana as basis of,248-249\n\nvia Bhagavatam, 326\n\nspiritual power of,239\n\nas bliss, 103, 206-207\n\nsuccess formula for, 324\n\nduty in, 107\n\nvalue of,3\n\necstatic symptoms of,86-87\nin education,327\nas eternal,113\n\nKr�l).adasa Kaviraja Gosvami,quoted on himself, 192-193\nKr�TJ-a-kfrtana\n\nfallen souls ignore,254\n\ndefined,93\n\nfear absent in,188-189\n\nSee also: Chanting the Lord's holy names;\nHearing about the Supreme Lord\n\nfreedom by,76\nhappiness as, 112, 206-207,208-209,210\nheavenly elevation vs. 97-98\nignorance dispelled by,78, 144\nintelligence revived by,78\nintrospection in, 130\nliberation by, 76\nas life's purpose,101\nvia Lord Caitanya, 261\nlust spoils, 292\n\nKr�TJ-a se tomiira, kr�TJ-a dite para\nquoted, 256\nKr�TJaS tu bhagaviin svayam\nquoted, 324\nKr�TJ-a-silrya-sama, miiyii haya andhakiira\nverse quoted, 144\nKr��Ja-var�Jaril tv4akr�TJ-aril\n\nverse quoted, 248\nK�atriyas\n\nmaterial happiness vs.,103\n\ndisqualification for,8\n\nmeditation vs., 260-261\n\nguru-kula for, 15\n\n", "SB7.2#p0397": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n374\nK�atriyas\n\n(continued)\n\nsocial status of,196\n\nK�etra-k§etrajnayor jiianam\n\nquoted,68\n\nLiberation\nfor conditioned souls,174, 215\nof Dantavakra,319-321\n\ndefined,291\n\nK�etre�u dehe§u tathatma-yogair\n\nby devotee's association,25\n\nK§il)e pur_tye martya-lokam viSanti\n\nby devotional service,90-91,213,215,\n\n�irodakasayi Vi�I).u as avatara, 324\n\ndevotional service surpasses,36, 162, 265\n\nquoted, 66\n\nquoted, 97\n\nKumaras\n\nin disciplic succession,57\n\nJaya and Vijaya cursed by,179\nnames of, 179\n\nKumara-sampradaya, 58\n\nKumbhakarJ;la\n\nas HiraJ;�y�a,318\nRama killed,318\n\nKumuda,158\n\nKurari captured by vulture,Prahlada's mother\ncompared to,46\n\nL\nLaghima-siddhi, Siddhas possess, 167\n\nLak�mi,Goddess\n\nin disciplic succession, 57\n\nPrahlada luckier than,223-224\n\nSee also: Goddess of Fortune,all entries\n\nLaugther of Nrsirhhadeva, 148\n\nLaw(s) of nature\n\nconditioned souls bonds by, 100,130\n\ndemons punished by, 147,258\n\neconomic development foiled by, 95,99\n\nempires foiled by, 95\n\nfamine as,95\nfour hard-and-fast, 95, 100, 210\nLord's mercy suspends, 258\n\npunish offenders to pure devotees,121\nwar as,95\n\nSee also: Nature,material\n\nLaws of the Supreme Lord,atheists ignore,21\n\nLeaders,government,in ignorance,7\nLiberation\n\nausterity needed for,264\nbogus,74\n\nby chanting Lord's holy names,208\n\ndevotees surpass,34-35,265\n272,321,322\n\neligibility for,300\n\nfrom fruitive activities,299, 300-301\nfor HiraJ;�yakasipu,131\n\nhuman life for,265\n\nfor jiiana-bhakta, 322\n\nof Karhsa, 320, 321-322\n\nby �I).a consciousness,76, 113\n\nLord's enemies attained,319-322\n\nLord's lotus feet as,174, 205, 214\n\nlove of God as,82\n\nmaterialists cannot attain,14,24-25\nfrom material world,283\n\nmeditators seek,260\n\nmethods for,ten listed,264\nof Narakasura,321-322\n\nvia Nrsimhadeva-katha, 299, 328\nof PaUJ;i(Jraka,321-322\n\nvia Prahlada-katha, 299, 300-301,328\nof Salva, 321-322\n\nfor sensualists,264\n\nof Sisupala, 317,319-322\n\nvia spiritual master,106\n\nby surrender to �I).a,217\nVedas for,215\n\nyogaas,78\n\nLife\n\nanimal vs. human, 105\n\nduty in, 13-14,27, 164\n\ngoal of,78,105-106,ll3-114,120,289\n\nfor God realization,252\n\nhealth's value for,8-9\nin validity wastes, 12\n\nkarma and jiiana ruin, 297\n\nliberation for human,264-265\nlust ruins,291, 292\n\nmaterial. See: Life,material\n\nmaterialist's span of,295\n\n", "SB7.2#p0398": "General Index\n\n375\n\nLiving entities\n\nLife\n\ndevotional service frees, 98\n\nmaterialists waste, 7,I O-Il, 12,I9-20,\n\ndevotional service purifies, 198\n\n22\n\nembodied, IOI,I04\n\nmoney dearer to materialist than, I5; 2I\nmorality for human, 8-9\n\nevolution of, I05\n\noversleeping wastes, 9,10-ll\n\nidentity of, 198\n\nperfection of, 12,32,85, I09,ll0-ll1,\n\nLord above, I27\nLord directs, 2ll-2I2\n\nll3-ll4\n\nLord fulfills desires of, 100\n\npurpose of, 2-3, 4,5-6, 13-16,I9-20,\n\nLord's energy exploited by, 214\n\n36-37,53,76,96\nsoul causes, 59,62, 71\n\nas Lord's parts and parcels, 25-26, 108\n\nspans of, relative, 9-lO\n\nas Lord's servants, 227,288-289\n\nspecies of. See: Species of life\n\nLord vs., 59-63,67-68,73\n\nsuccess in, 56\n\nLord within, 25,29,30-31,93, lOO,I08\nManus as empowered, 170\n\nvalue of human, I9-20, 263\n\nmind entraps, 2I4\n\nLife, material\nas body consciousness 282\n\nNaraya�a vs., 84\n\nas dead end, 95\n\nnature's laws control, 130\n\ndevotees shun, 254\n\nParamatma vs., 67-68, 73, 84\n\nas dream, 75-76\n\npure vs. polluted, 292\n\nduality of, 6\n\nrespect for all, 84,87\n\nas fearful, 8-9\n\nsize of, 62\n\nas foolishness, I9-20\n\nspecies of, number of, 164\nsubtle body of, 214\n\nfreedom from, 76, 79-80, lOS,205,\n\nsuffering of, 4-5,IOO\n\n206-207,283\nfutility of, 218-219\n\nas transcendental, 6I,62-63\n\nin heavenly planets, 97\n\nuniverse entraps, 215\nSee also: Soul; Souls, conditioned\n\nas ignorance, 75, 77\nas illusion, II\n\nLobha\ndefined, 184\n\nas karma, 204-205\n\nSee also: Greed\n\nas lust, 283, 291\nopulences in, three listed, 221\n\nLogic, devotional service transcends, 36\n\nPrahlada rejected, 220,282, 283\n\nLokas\ndefined, 169\n\nproblems of, 8-9,90\n\nSee also: Universe\n\nsex as basis of, 104,282\nas sinful, 80\n\nLord Caitanya. See: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nspiritual life vs., 212\n\nLotus feet of the Supreme Lord\nas all-auspicious, I09\n\nas suffering, 75, 77,IOO,206-207,\n2I6-2I7,222-223,253-254\nas waste, I O-Il, 12\n\n_\n\ndependence on, 107\nas liberation, I74, 205,2I4\n\nLions, elephants defeated by, 142,I50\n\nmeditation on, 82, 238\n\nLiving entities\n\nmind pacified at, 128-129\n\nbodies sustained by, 62\n\nPrahlada at, 127,I89-I90\n\nconsciousness states of, 72-73\n\npure devotees at, 124\n\nas dependent, 126\n\npurifying power of, 92\n\ndesires designate, 230\n\nself-realization via, 74\n\n", "SB7.2#p0399": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n376\n\nLotus feet of the Supreme Lord (continued)\n\nMadhvacarya, quotations from\n\nshelter at, 88, 216\n\non liberation of �Qa's enemies, 32 1-322\n\ntrance via, 191\n\non Lord as all-pervading, 244\n\nLotus flower, Brahma on, 239,240,242,314,\n\non Lord Caitanya's ecstasy, 89\non material life, 76-77\n\n315\n\non Nrsirilhadeva and Prahlada, 186\n\nLove of God\n\nbhava precedes, 275\n\non Supersoul, 3 1\n\nby chanting Hare ��Qa, 96\n\nMahajana, Prahlada as, 57, 109\n\nby devotional service, llO-l l, 28 1\n\nMahajano yena gata/:t sa pantha/:t\nquoted, 193, 208, 221\n\nas liberation, 82\nas\n\nlife's perfection, ll1\n\nMaha-mantra. See: Chanting the Lord's holy\nnames; Hare ��Qa mantra\n\nrelationships in, 5\ntypes of, four listed, 96\n\nSee also: Rasas (Relationships with ��Qa)\nLSD illusion, demons liken religious ecstasy\n\nMaharaja Yudhi��hira. See: Yudhi��hira\nMaharaja\n\nMahatmii( s)\ndefined, 63, 127\n\nto, 134\n\nPrahlada as, 127\n\nLust\n\nsurrender to ��Qa, 63\n\ndanger of, ll-12\nin heart, 283-284\n\nMaha-Vi�QU\n\n�Qa consciousness ruined by, 292\n\nas avatara, 324\n\nlife ruined by, 291, 292\n\nforms of, three listed, 239\n\nmaterial life due to, 283, 291\n\nSee also: Desire, material; Sex life\n\nSee also: KaraQodakasayi Vi�Qu\nMaithuna\ndefined, 188\n\nM\n\nSee also: Sex life\nMamaivarii.So j'iva-loke\nquoted, 62\n\nMada\n\nMama janmani janman'iSvare\n\ndefined, 184\n\nquoted, 292\n\nSee also: Pride\n\nverse quoted, 277, 290\n\nMad-bhakta-piljabhyadhikii\nquoted, 256\nMadhu demon\n\nMam ca yo 'vyabhiciirer:ra\nverse quoted, 36, 78, 190, 196, 224\nMam eva ye prapadyante\n\nHayagriva killed, 245-246\n\nquoted, 217, 263\n\npurification of, 307\n\nverse quoted, 30\n\nMadhu-kai!abhau bhakty-abava\nverse quoted, 307\nMadhvacarya, cited\non creation's oneness and variety, 235-236\non living entity, 73\non Lord as transcendental, 238\non Prahlada's good fortune, 225\nMadhvacarya, quotations from\non devotees as transcendental, 35\non devotee's good fortune, 225\non liberated souls, l l4\n\nMam hi partha vyapasritya\nverse quoted, 55,190\nMan. See: Human beings\n\nMana/:t ��!han'indriyar_ti\nquoted, 130\n\nManasas tu para buddhir\nverse quoted, 74\n\nManda/:t sumanda-matayo\nquoted, 123\nMandaracala Mountain, HiraQyakasipu at,\n43\n\n", "SB7.2#p0400": "377\n\nGeneral Index\n\nManu(s)\n\nas authority, 306\nin disciplic succession, 171\nfather of, 170\n\nHira�yakasipu overruled, 170\nidentified, 170\nlife span of, 295\nprayed to Nrsimhadeva, 170\nas society's law-givers, 170\nManu-sarhhita\n\nidentified, 170\n\nvar�rama-dharma in, 170\n\nMarriage\n\ntraining for, 13-14\nwife's charm in, 18\n\nMaterialism\n\nas body consciousness, 282\n\nPrahlada rejected, 220, 221\nsex as basis of, 282\nSee also: Life, material; Material world\nMaterialists\nAbsolute Truth neglected by, 19-20\nas demons, 25\nin devotional service, 285, 286\n\nas failures, 99\n\nas fools, 257, 258\n\nMaterial nature. See: Nature, material\nMaterial nature, modes of. See: Modes of material nature\nMaterial world\n\natheists overrunning, 151\n\nfor austerity, 164\nbondage to, 22\n\nas dangerous, 299\ndemons ruin, 166\n\ndevotees callous to, 219\nduality in, 6, 289-299\n\nas fearful, 188\n\nas foreign, 198\n\nfreedom from, 283\n\nhappiness absent in, 100,222, 258, 259\nin ignorance, 144\nin illusion, 207\n\nfor living entity's exploitation, 214\nLord beyond, 237-238\n\nLord creates and controls, 127,159, 160,\n211-212,216\nLord illuminates, 143\nunder modes of nature, 143, 211-212\nnecessities of, four listed, 188\n\npeople in, two kinds of, 151, 162\n\nPrahlada callous to, 219,260,261\n\nhappiness eludes, 100, 258-259\n\nprotection lacking in, 209-210, 217\n\nin illusion, 289,295\n\nriver border of, 258\n\nknowledge absent in, 20,22- 23\n\nsex life as basis of, l 04\n\nin ignorance, 22-23, 254\n\nintelligence absent in, 20\nlife span of, 295\n\nlife wasted by, 7, 10-11, 12,19-20,\n22- 23\n\nas relative, lO\n\nsenses rule, 130\n\nspiritual world vs., 143,233,239-240,\n\n258,259\n\nas suffering, 95-96,205,206, 208,210,\n\n217,258,259,283\n\nmoney blinds, 19-20\n\nsense gratification baffies, 222-223\nsex life adored by, 262\nsilkworms compared to, 22\n\nspiritual world beyond, 289\n\nsuffering of, 20\n\ntemple worship by, 285, 286\n\nwomen control, 24-25\n\nworship demigods, 282-283, 287\n\nSee also: Karmis (Fruitive workers); Nondevotees\nMaterial life. See: Life, material\n\nMatra svasra duhitrii vii\nverse quoted, 51\nMiitsarya\ndefined, 184\nSee also: Envy\nMat-sthiini sarva- bhutiini\n\nverse quoted, 71,232,268\n\nMatta!l paratararh nanyat\nquoted, 72,212\n\nMatta!l smrtir jnanam apohanarh ca\nquoted, 73, 212\n\n", "SB7.2#p0401": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n378\n\nMatter. See: Energy, material; Nature, material\n\nAfauna,defined,265\nAfaya\ndefined, 217\nas ignorance, 130\n\nMercy of the Supreme Lord\non conditioned souls, 123, 205\nfor everyone, 224\nGod realization by, 271\nhappiness by, 210\non Hiral).yakasipu, 179\n\nmaterial opulence as, 281\n\nignorance dispelled by, 76, 77\n\nas punisher, 123\nas suffering, 217\n\nKr�l).a consciousness movement's success\n\nSee also: Illusion; Material world; Nature,\n\nliving entities dependent on, 126\n\nby,324\n\nmaterial\n\nnature's laws suspended by, 258\n\nAfayiidhya�er;.a prakrti�\nquoted, 214\nAfaya tatam idam sarvam\nquoted, 29\nverse quoted, 71, 232, 268\n\nMerging with the Supreme. See: ]iidnfs;\n\nMayavadis (lmpersonalists)\nAbsolute Truth misunderstood by, 235,\n\n272\ndevotees vs., 290-291\n\nLiberation; Mayavadis\nMind\nbondage to, 214\ndevotional service controls, 129\nduality created by, 129, 130\nas enemy, 128, 130\nintelligence and senses vs., 74\nLord controls, 175\n\nLord's form misunderstood by, 246\n\nLord powers, 127\n\nnegation by, 292\n\nmeditation for, 238\n\nself-realization misunderstood by, 242\n\nSee also: ]iianfs\nAfayayapahrta-jnana\nverse quoted, 198\nMeat-eating\nhell by, 93\n�l).a consciousness movement forbids,\n\n252\n\npurification of, 251\nsin pollutes, 249\nin trance, 191\nMisery. See: Suffering\n\nAfoda\ndefined, 184\nSee also: lllusion\nModes of material nature\n\nMedini dictionary, quoted on yoga,78\n\nBrahman effulgence above, 144\n\nMeditation\n\nBrahma under, 211\n\ndemons disturb demigods', 162\n\nconditioned souls under, 258\n\n�l).a consciousness vs.,26(t -261\n\nas darkness, 144\n\non Lord's lotus feet, 82, 238\nfor mind, 238\n\ndevotees surpass, 34, 190, 196, 208, 224\ndivisions of, 67\n\nfor mystic powers, 221\n\nfreedom from, 78\n\non Supersoul, 90, 94\n\nLord above, 127, 143-144,216\n\non Vi�I).U, 320\n\nLord manifests, 239\n\nby yogis, 320\n\nLord pervades, 29\n\nMeningitis, Hiral).yakasipu compared to, 156\n\nsenses according to, 67\n\nMental speculation, See: Knowledge, specula­\n\nworld under, 143, 211-212, 232\n\ntive, as futile\nMerchants\nmoney dearer than life to, 15\n\nSee also: VaiSyas\n\nSee also: Nature, material; individual\nmodes (goodness,passion, ignorance}\nMoghul Empire, nature's laws foiled, 95\n\n", "SB7.2#p0402": "General Index\nMo�a\n\nLord sanctions, 106\n\nSee also: Liberation\nMoney\n\n379\n\nNagas prayed to\n\nrsimhadeva, 169\n\nNaham praka.Sab, sarvasya\nquoted, 132, 194\n\nNa hanyate hanyamane sarire\n\nattachment to, 15,19-21\ncheating for, 21\n\nNaiti bhakti-sukhambhodhe/:t\n\nmaterialists blinded by, 19-20\n\nNa mam du�krtino mii41uib­\n\nlife risked for, 15,21\n\nSee also: Opulence, material\n\nMonists\n\nquoted, 220\nverse quoted, 91\nverse quoted, 198, 250\nNames of God. See: Chanting the Lord's holy\n\nintelligence of, 63\n\nSee also: ]nan Is; Mayavadis Omper­\n\nnames\nNapoleon, death defeated, 218,219\nNaradaMuni\n\nsonalists)\n\nMrtyub,sarva-hara.S caham\nquoted, 313\n\nas authority, 306\nimitating, forbidden, 52\n\nlndra submitted to, 49\nLord kept promise of, 230-231\n\nMii4has\ndefined, 126\nLord misunderstood by, 139\nMukti\ndefined, 78,213,221\n\nSee also: Liberation, all entries\nMuktib, svayam mukulitaiijali sevate 'sman\nquoted, 34\n\nMuktir hitvanyatha-rupam\n\nPrahlada compared to, 298\n\nPrahlada instructed by, 39,42, 53,54, 56,\n119, 228\n\nwith Prahlada's mother, 49-51, 52,53,\n230-231\nas spiritual master, 38\nas transcendental, 52, 53\n\nNarada Muni, quotations from\n\nquoted, 78\nMysticism. See: ��!).a consciousness; Medita­\n\non demigods fearing Nrsirilhadeva,\n\ntion; Yogis\nMystic power\n\non Hiral).yakasipu and Prahlada, 121\n\nof Hiral).yakasipu, 167,311\n\n184-185\n\nonMadhu and Kai!ahha demons, 307\n\nlaghima-siddhi as, 167\n\non Nrsirilhadeva and Prahlada, 187,188,\n\ntrance as, 191\n\non Prahlada, 42, 48, 276,281,309\n\nof Siddhas, 166, 167\n\ntypes of, number of, 221\nof Vidyadharas, 168\n\nMystic yoga. See:Mystic power; Yoga\n\nN\n\n189, 190,191\n\non Prahlada's classmates' conversion, 119\non Prahlada 's mother, 4 7\n\non �ai).Qa and Amarka's anxiety, 120\n\nNarada-paiicarlitra, quoted on spiritual life,\nrevival of, 212-213\n\nNaradhamas\nNa ca tasman man�ye�u\nquoted, 32\n\nNa dhanam na janam na sundarim\nquoted, 96\nverse quoted, 277,290\nNagaloka\n\nHiraQyakasipu plundered, 169\nlocation of, 169\n\ndefined, 199\n\nSee also: Atheists; Demons; Materialists\nNarakasura, liberation of, 321-322\nNarayal).a, Lord\nas absolute and transcendental, 33\nas Ajamila's savior, 26\n\ndaridra vs. dhani\nas father of all, 25-26\n\n", "SB7.2#p0403": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n380\n\nNarayar_tam ayam dhira� (continued)\nas �!}a's expansion, 324\nas living entity vs.,84\nrelationship with,26\nas well-wisher,38\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nNaraya,_,am ayam dhirc'i�\nverse quoted,liS\n\nNarayar_ta-parii� sarve\nquoted,186\nverse quoted,260\narottama dasa Thakura,cited on Kr�l}a consciousness,107\nNarottama dasa Thakura,quotations from\non anger,spiritual,184\n\nNityasyoktal), sarirar_ta�\nquoted, 60\n\nNityo nityaniim cetana5 cetanc'inc'im\nquoted,60,62\nNon devotees\ndevotees vs., 86,123,176, 26S\n\nkarma ignored by,2S4\nSee also: Materialists\nNotpadayed yadi ratim\nverse quoted, 37,Ill\nNrsirilhadeva,Lord,131\nas absolute and transcendental,\n143\n. anger of,184\nappearance of,cause of,144\n\non karma-kar_t(ia and jii.dna-kar_t(ia, 297\n\nBrahma prayed to, 159, 310-313\n\non Kr�l}a consciousness,need for,220\n\nBrahma's promise preserved by,138,139,\n\non serving Lord's servants, 229, 2S6\n\nNa siidhu manye yata c'itmano yam\nquoted,76\n\nNa tasya karyam karar_tam ca vidyate\nquoted, 231\n\nNa te vidu� svdrtha-gatim hi vi$r_tum\nquoted, 289\nNature,material\nbody via,108\n\n149\nCaral}as prayed to,173-174\ndemigods feared, 184-185\ndemigods honored,157\ndemons surrendered to, ISS\ndevotees frightened by, 201\nas devotee's shelter,164, 17 4, 188, 202,\n324\nEarth convulsed by, 153\n\nconditioned souls under, 66, 210,217\n\nelephants terrified by,IS2\n\ndemons punished by,2S8\n\nemergence of,from pillar,137,139\n\nDurga as,2S8\n\nflower shower for, 156\n\nKr�l}a above,214\n\nGandharvas honored, IS7\n\nas mother, 26\n\nGandharvas prayed to,172-173\n\nSee also: Body,material; Laws of nature;\n\nHare Kr�J:.la movement protected by,\n\nModes of material nature\n\nNayam c'itmd pravacanena labhyo\nquoted, 271\n\nNidrii\n\n174\nHiral}yakasipu dethroned by,ISS\nHiraQyakasipu feared,148\nHiraQyakasipu fooled by,146, 147\n\ndefined,188\n\nSee also: Sleep\nNikhilasv apy avasthiis u\nverse quoted,300\nityananda,Lord,with Lord Caitanya,248\nitya-siddhas\n\nHiraQyakasipu mystified by, 141\nHiraQyakasipu overwhelmed by effulgence\nof,143\nHiral}yakasipu purified by, 302,306\nHira.Q.yakasipu vs., 142, 143, 145-151\nIndra prayed to, 162\n\ndefined,284,298\n\nkilled Hira.Q.yakasipu, 149, 150, 151,\n\nsiidhana-siddhas vs.,284\nSee also: Pure devotees of the Supreme\n\nkilled Hira.Q.yakasipu's soldiers,151\n\nLord; Souls,liberated\n\n230-231\nkills demons,lSI\n\n", "SB7.2#p0404": "General Index\nNrsirilhadeva, Lord, 131\n\nKimpuru�as prayed to, I 76\n\nKinnaras prayed to, 178\n\nas l<f�J.la's expansion, 324\nlaughter of, 148\n\nliberation by glorifying, 299, 328\n\nManus prayed to, 170\n\nmission of, 201\n\nNiij.>;as prayed to, 169\nPitas prayed to, 165\n\npower of, 152, 154-155, 159\n\n381\n\nOpium illusion, demons liken religious ecstasy\nto, 134\n\nOpulence, material\n\nAmbari�a used, 281\n\natheists indulge, 295\n\ndanger of, 281\n\ndemigod worshipers want, 282-283\n\ndevotees use, 297\n\ndevotional service uses, 281\nDhruva used, 281\nas God's gift, 281\n\nPrahlada favored by, 188, 223-224\n\nLord Caitanya rejected, 290\n\nPrahlada prayed to, 192, 271, 290, 302\n\npure devotees use, 281, 285\n\nPrahlada pacified, 272\n\nPrahlada purified by, 189-190\nPrahlada unafraid of, 203\nPrajapatis prayed to, 172\n\nprotects preachers, 174\n\nPrahlada used, 281, 295-296\n\nYudhi��hira used, 281\nSee also: Money\n\nOpulence, spiritual, renunciation for, 293\n\nquoted on Prahlada's good fortune, 273,\n\np\n\n275\nreligious principles recovered by, 165\nsacrifices rescued by, 162, 165\n\nsaints prayed to, 164\n\nSiddhas prayed to, 166-167\n\nPadma Puriir.ta, quoted on life's goal,\n289\nPain. See: Suffering\n\nSiva prayed to, 160\n\nPar.u;litii{l sama-darsina{l\n\nVidyadharas prayed to, 168\n\nParabrahman. See: Brahman, Supreme\n\nVaitalikas prayed to, 177\n\nvisage of, 141, 150, 152, 154, 203\n\nVi�J.lu's associates prayed to, 179\nYak�as prayed to, 175\n\nNrsimham sarikiteva srir\nverse quoted, 186\n\nquoted, 129\n\nParamatma. See: Supersoul\nParam bhiivam ajiinanta{l\nquoted, 139\n\nParam brahma param dhiima\nquoted, 244\n\nParamparii See: Disciplic succession, all en­\n\n0\nOffenses\n\ntries\nParam vijayate sri kmra-sarikirtanam\nquoted, 27\n\nbad effects of, 122\n\nPariisya saktirvividhaiva sruyate\n\nto pure devotees, 121-122\n\nParata{l svata{l karmato vii\n\nby HiraJ.�yakasipu to Prahlada, 121\n\nOfferings to �J.la� 94\n\nOld age\n\nanxiety in, 11\n\nmaterial life wastes, lO-ll, 12\n\nas nature's law, 13, 95\n\nOneness. See: ]nanis; Liberation; Mayavadis;\nMonists\n\nquoted, 139, 231\n\nverse quoted, 225\n\nParitriirJiiya siidhuniim\nquoted, 201, 247\n\nverse quoted, 176\n\nParvati\n\nas Durga, 289\n\nhusband of, 289\n\n", "SB7.2#p0405": "382\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nPassion, mode of\n\nPoliticians\n\ndemons in, 245\n\nfailure of modern, 99\n\nas struggle, 258\n\nsense gratification baffles, 222\n\nsymptoms of, 224\n\nSee also: Leaders, government, in ig­\n\nPastimes of �!).a\n\nnorance\n\nin anger, 161\n\nPolitics. See: Government\nPower\n\nfools misunderstand, 86\nat Govardhana Hill, 86\n\nof HiraQyakasipu, 122, 124,149,167,\n\nhearing of, 86\nas inconceivable, 159\n\n168,218,311\n\nJaya and Vijaya in, 159, 179\n\nof Nrsimhadeva, 152-155,159\nof Prahlada over Hiral).yakasipu, 125\n\nliberation by understanding, 76,113\n\nof Supreme Lord, 126, 127,148, 152,\n\npurifying power of, 88\nas transcendental, 86,159\n\nPatram p�pam phalam toyam\nverse quoted, 94,286\nPaul).4raka, liberation of, 321-322\n\n159,218,219\n\nSee also: Mystic power\nPradyumna, Lord, as i(r�l).a's expansion, 324\nPrahlada Maharaja\nas authority, 195,306\n\nPaur:u;lrake narake caiva\n\nin bliss, 259\n\nverse quoted, 321\nPeace\n\nbody of, 224\n\ndemons destroy, 171\ndisturbances to domestic, 169\nformula for, 4,32-33\n\nborn among demons, 42,159, 190,191,\n199,223,224,282,283,295\ncharacter of, 121\nclassmates converted by, 119,120\n\nvan:rasrama-dharma provides, 170\nPenance. See: Austerity\n\nclassmates instructed by, 31-32,42,\n\nPeople\n\ncompassion of, 253,255,257, 260-261,\n\n56-115\n\nin Kali-yuga oppressed, 169\n\nSee also: Human beings\nPhilosophers, speculative\nas bewildered, 74\nmind misleads, 105\nnature controls, 210\n\n302\nas conditioned soul's savior, 123\nas desireless, 283\nas devotee's shelter, 324\ndevotional service chosen by, 206,220,\n221,256\n\nsense gratification baffles, 222\n\nin disci plic succession, 57\n\nsoul misunderstood by, 64-65\n\necstatic symptoms in, 189-190\n\nSee also: ]fliinis; Mayavadis; Monists\nPhilosophy of Lord Caitanya, 234\nPillar\n\nas equally disposed, 123\nas fearless, 186, 203\nfollowing, recommended, 221,222,324\n\nfearful sound from, 135,136,137\n\ngood fortune of, 223,224,225\n\nHiral).yakasipu struck, 134\n\nas\n\nNrsirilhadeva emerged from, 139\n\nheavenly planets glorify, 298\n\nPitas prayed to Nrsirilhadeva, 165\nPlanets. See: Universe\n\nhappy and unhappy, 259\n\nHiraQyakasipu condemned, 122-123\nHiraQyakasipu mistreated, 121,122\n\nPleasure. See: Bliss; Happiness\n\nHiral).yakasipu misunderstood, 133\n\nPleasure, material\n\nHiraQyakasipu perplexed by power of, 125\n\nas temporary, 220\n\nHiral).yakasipu rejected advice of, 131\n\nSee also: Happiness, material\n\nas Hiral).yakasipu's savior, 124,131, 303\n\n", "SB7.2#p0406": "383\n\nGeneral Index\nPrahlada Maharaja\nhumility of, 192,201,249, 250\n\nas king, 295-296,305,309,315,316\nas liberated soul, 299\n\nliberation by glorifying, 299,300-301,\n\n328\n\nLord blessed, 295-296,298,307\n\nLord protected, 48,127,132, 133, 138,\n\n230-231,312\nat Lord's lotus feet, 127\nLord's mission for, 284\nas mahiijana, 57, 109\nas mahatma, 127\n\nPrahlada Maharaja, quotations from\non Brahma's vision of Vi�IJU, 243\non childhood, spiritual life in, 85\n\non demigods vs. demons, 45\non devotees as transcendental, 34\n\non devotee's purification, 88\n\non devotional service, 79,90,109-110,\n\n112-114\n\non equanimity, 128,130\n\non fruitive activities, 104\n\non Hayagriva incarnation, 245\non heavenly elevation vs. God realization,\n\n97\n\nmaterialism rejected by, 220, 221,276,\n\non HiraQyakasipu, 43\n\nmaterial world disinterested, 219,260\n\non household life, detachment from, 13,\n\n281,282,283\n\nmission of, 123\n\nas mixed siddha, 298\n\nmother of. See: Kayadhu; Prahlada's\nmother\n\nNarada compared to, 298\n\nNarada instructed, 42,53,54,56,119,\n\n228,229\n\non householders, materialistic, 13,18-22\n\n24\n\non human life for devotional service, 2,\n\n13,15\n\non intelligence, 72,74,75\non knowledge by faith, 56\n\non knowledge via spiritual master, 38-39\non �!Ja, dependence on, 106-107\n\nNrsirhhadeva favored, 188,223\n\non Kr�IJa and guru, 81\n\nNrsirhhadeva purified, 189\n\non liberation, 264\n\nNrsirhhadeva pacified by, 272\n\nNrsirhhadeva's appearance caused by, 144\nopulence used by, 281,295-296\nprayed to demigods, 315\n\nprayed to Nrsirhhadeva, 192,271,290,\n\n302\n\npreaching potency of, 119,120, 131\nas\n\npure devotee, 42,48, 131, 160,276,\n\n284,288,289,305,306,325-326\n\non Kr�IJa consciousness, 77\non life as duty, 4,8\n\non life wasted, 10-11\n\non Lord as creator and controller, 232,\n\n234,239,267\n\non Lord as desire fulfiller, 226\n\non Lord as power source, 125-126,127\n\non Lord as Self-satisfied, 197-198\n\nrituals performed by, 309\n\non Lord satisfied by devotional service, 194\non Lord's energy, 211\non Lord's incarnations, 247\n\nSaiJI}.a and Amarka feared, 120\n\non material body, 101\n\npure devotees sought by, 220-221,256\nin samiidhi (trance), 191\n\nas spiritual master, 324,327\n\nteaches by example, 305,306, 308, 324\n\nas transcendental, 189,190, 191,250,\n\n325-326\nin womb, 48, 49,53,55, 56\nyogis excelled by, 124\nPrahlada Maharaja, quotations from\non briihmar\n.tas vs. devotees, 195\n\non Lord's sleeping, 237\n\non material happiness, 2-7, 95,100\non materialists, 99\n\non material relationships, 102-103\non money, 15\non Narada, 38-39, 228\n\non Nrsimhadeva's visage, 203\non praying to God, 199-200\n\non pure devotee's ecstasy, 86-87\n\n", "SB7.2#p0407": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n384\n\nPrahlada Maharaja, quotations from (continued)\n\nPrayers\n\non religion, transcendental, 36\n\nby Pitas for Nrsimhadeva, 165\n\non senses' demands, 252\n\nby prajiipatis for Nrsirilhadeva, 172\n\non sex life, 262\n\nby Prahlada for Nrsirilhadeva, 192, 271\n\non soul vs. body, 58, 61, 64, 66, 69, 70\n\nby Prahlada to Nrsirilhadeva, 290, 302\n\non Supersoul (Paramatma), 25, 29, 84,\n\npurifying power of, 199-200\n\n108\non transmigration of the soul, 105\n\nby saints for Nrsirilhadeva, 164\n\nPrahliido janako bh�rrw\nverse quoted, 306\nPrahlada's mother\nas conditioned soul, 113\n\nby �iddhas for Nrsirilhadeva, 166-167\nby Siva for Nrsirilhadeva, 160\nby Vaitalikas for Nrsimhadeva, 177\nby Vidyadharas for Nrsirilhadeva, 168\nby Vi�J.lu's associates for Nrsimhadeva,\n\n179\n\ndemigods circumambulated, 49\nlndra arrested, 45-47\nwith Narada, 49-51, 52, 53\nPrahlada protected by, 55\n\nPrahriidiid uttama/:1 ko nu\nverse quoted, 49\n\nPrahriid.e caiva vcitsalyaverse quoted, 186\n\nPrajapatis\nHiraJ.lyakasipu forbid progeny by, 172\nPrahlada excelled, 123\nPrahlada prayed to, 315\nprayed to Nrsirilhadeva, 172\n\nPrakrte/:1 kriyamal)oiini\n\nby Yak�as for Nrsirilhadeva, 175\nPreacher(s), Kr�J.la conscious\nas dearmost to Kr�J.la, 32\ndemons vanquished by, 324\nLord Caitanya as, 254\nNrsirilhadeva protects, 174\nPrahlada as, 119,120\npure devotees as, 219\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nPure devotees of the Supreme Lord\nPreaching of Kr�Qa consciousness\nto demons, 131\nas devotee's duty, 112\n\nquoted, 100,105,210\n\nGod realization by, 32\n\nverse quoted, 258\n\nLord Caitanya quoted on, 112\n\nPrakrti.See: Nature, material\nPrakrtya tamasavrtatvat\nverse quoted, 31\n\nPriiT).air arthair dhiyii viicii\nquoted, 83\n\nPrar).Uva/:1 sarva-vede�u\nverse quoted, 136\n\nPrasada, demons deprive devotees of, 162\nPrayers\n\nby Prahlada, 119, 120, 131\nby pure devotee, 119,120\nas supreme service, 32\nas topmost welfare work, 112\nPregnancy, soul causes, 59\n\nPrema-bhakti-candrikii , quoted on anger,\nspiritual, 184\n\nPremaiijana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nquoted, 132\n\nby Brahma for Nrsirilhadeva, 159,\n\n310-313\n\nPride, devotional service spoiled by, 256\nProtection\n\nby CaraJ.laS for Nrsirilhadeva, 173-174\n\nof Kayadhu by Narada, 230-231\n\nby Gandharvas for Nrsirilhadeva, 172\n\nby Kr�J.la. See: Protection by the Supreme\n\nby lndra for Nrsirilhadeva, 162\nby Kirnpuru�as for Nrsimhadeva, 176\nby Kinnaras for Nrsimhadeva, 178\nby Manus for Nrsimhadeva, 170\nby Nagas for Nrsirilhadeva, 169\n\nLord\nfor Prahlada by his mother, 55\nworld cannot provide, 209-210, 217\nProtection by the Supreme Lord\ndemons challenge, 134\n\n", "SB7.2#p0408": "385\n\nGeneral Index\nProtection by the Supreme Lord\nfor devotees, 48, 80, 124, 174, 176-177,\n201,210,230,231,247,312-313\nas Nrsirilhadeva, 164\nfor Prahlada, 48, 127, 132, 133, 138,\n230-231,312\n\nPure devotee(s) of the Supreme Lord\nPrahlada sought, 220-221,256\npreaching potency of, 119, 120\nsalvation via, 220-221\nsarupya-mukti attained by, 321, 322\nserve spiritual master, 229\n\nfor preachers, 174\n\nservice as solace for, 260\n\nfor religious principles, 176,248\nas sole shelter, 210,216-217\n\nservice to, 256\nas spiritual master, 80\n\nsurrender assures, 217\n\nteach by example, 284\n\nProtons, Lord pervades, 29\nPunishment\nfor blasphemers, 184-185\n\nvarr:ui5rama-dharma surpassed by,\n195-197\nPurification\n\nof demons by Durga, 258\n\nof Brahma, 242\n\nby government, 21\n\nby bogus brahma�J.a.S, 195\n\nby maya, 123\nby nature's laws, 258\n\nby chanting Hare �Qa, 3,251\nby Deity worship, 92\n\nfor offenders to pure devotees, 121-122\n\nof desire, 291-292\n\nfor sinners, 147\n\nof devotees, 8, 89, 287\n\nby Yamaraja, 21\nPure devotee(s) of the Supreme Lord\nbody of, 224\nas desireless, 286, 287\nDhruva as, 276\ndisqualification for, 285, 286, 287\nabove duality, 236\necstatic symptoms in, 86-87, 89\n\nvia devotees, 210,304\nby devotional service, 89, 198,207-208,\n252, 264-265\nof family by devotee, 195, 196-197, 303,\n304\nby hearing about avataras, 324\nof HiraQyakasipu, 302,303,306-307\nof intelligence, 74\n\nas happy anywhere, 260\n\nfor Kali-yuga, 250\n\nhearing from, 119 120\n\nKr�Qa consciousness as, 250\n\nhumility of, 192-193\n\nvia Lord's pastimes, 88\n\nimitating, forbidden, 52\n\nof mind, 250\n\nknowledge via, 38\n�Qa conscious vision by, 114-115\nas liberated souls, 86\nLord fulfills desires of, 296\n\nof Prahlada by Nrsirilhadeva, 189-190\nby prayer, 199-200\nof senses, 292\nPurf$era kita haite muiii se lagh�!ha\n\nLord known via, 220-221\n\nverse quoted, 192\n\nLord protects, 48, 124-125\n\nPilr�J.a.Sya pur1_Wm tidiiya\nquoted, 63\n\nat Lord's lotus feet, 124\nLord's mission for, 284\n\nPu1U$a-avataras, three Vi�Qus listed, 324\n\nas Lord's servants, 294\n\nPurll¥1ril sasvataril divyam\nquoted, 244\n\nmaterial happiness rejected by, 96\nnitya-siddha vs. sadhana-siddha, 284\noffenses to, 121-122\n\nR\n\nopulence used by, 281, 285\nPrahlada as, 42,48, 131, 160,276,284,\n288,289,305,306,325-326\n\nRajo-gu1_W. See: Passion, mode of\nRak�asas in devotional service, 113\n\n", "SB7.2#p0409": "Srunad-Bhigavabun\n\n386\nRama, Lord\n\nactivity of, 86\nas 1\\n;Q.a's expansion, 324\n\nKumbhakarJ.la and RavaJ.la killed by, 318\nRamadi-milrt�u kala-niyamena t�{han\nquoted, 323-324\n\nRasa defined, 66-67\nRasa(s) (Relationship(s) with �J.la)\n\nCaitanya-caritamrtacited on, 321\n\nReligious principles\n\nLord protects, 176, 248\n\nLord revealed by, 327\n\nNrsirilhadeva recovered, 165\n\nParamatma revealed by, 327\n\nSee also: Ritualistic ceremonies\n\nRenounced order. See: Sannyasa\n\nRenunciation\n\nby devotional service, 14, 54\n\ndasya-, 5\n\nby kings, 15-16\n\nin fear, 320\n\nof material desire, 293\nof sex life, 263\n\nas enemy, 319,320\n\nhappiness in, 91\nmiidhurya-, 5\nsakhya-, 5\nsanta-, 5\n\nby surrender, 226\ntypes of, five listed, 5, 88-89, 275\nvatsalya-, 5\n\nby knowledge, 14\n\nfor spiritual opulence, 293\n\ntraining for, 15-16\n\nby Yamunacarya, 263\n\nSee also: Sannyasa; Sense control\n\nRitualistic ceremonies\n\ndemigods perform, 162\n\nRaso 'ham apsu kaunteya\n\ndevotees shun, 297\n\nRava1.1a\n\ndevotional service transcends, 36-37\n\nverse quoted, 136\n\nas Hira1.1yakasipu, 318\n\nRama killed, 318\n\nRaya{t kalatram pa.Sava{t sutiidayo\n\nquoted, 96\nRegulative principles. See: Religious principles; Ritualistic ceremonies\n\nReincarnation. See: Transmigration of the soul\n\nRelationships\n\ndevotees surpass, 308\n\nLord upholds, 307, 308\n\nPrahlada performed, 309\n\nsriiddha, 165, 166,306-307\n\nRoman Empire, nature's laws foiled, 95\n�abhadeva Maharaja, quotations from\non austerity, 164\n\non material life as misery, 75, 76\n\n��i as material qualification, 110\n\nwith Kr�Q.a. See: Rasas\n\n�te tu tattvikan devan\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 96,103\n\nRudra, Siva as, 161\n\ndemons scorn, 133-134\n\nRules and regulations. See: Religious prin­\n\nLord dictates, 82\n\nRilpa defined, 66\n\nmaterial, as ignorance, I 03\n\nReligion\n\ndevotional service transcends, 36\nperfection of, 82\n\npure vs. impure. 53\nReligious principles\n\navataras uphold, 324\n\nbenefit of, 55\n\nverse quoted, 305\n\nRudra-samprooaya, 57\n\nciples; Ritualistic ceremonies\n\nRupa Gosvami, Lord Caitanya instructed, 30,\n229\nRiipa Gosvami, quotations from\non attraction to �J.la, 319\n\non bliss, devotional vs. impersonal, 91\n\nBrahman revealed by, 327\n\non devotees as liberated souls, 300\n\ndevotees transcend, 34-35\n\non pure desire, 292\n\nbrahmar:tas uphold, 309\n\nLord dictates, 82\n\non love of God, 85\n\non spiritual master, service to, 82\n\n", "SB7.2#p0410": "General Index\nRiipa Gosvami, quotations from\non talking nonsense,265\n\n387\n\nSaints\n. See also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\nSalva,liberation of, 321-322\n\ns\nSabda defined,67\nSac-cid-ananda defined,29\nSacrifice ( s)\nby brahmacari, 13\ndemons disturb,162, 166\nfor forefathers,165\nfor heavenly planets,97\n\nSalvation. See: Liberation\nSamadhi (Trance)\nvia Lord's lotus feet, 191\nmind in, 191\nas mystic perfection, 191\nPrahlada in,191\nSama-dul;kha-sukham dhiram\nverse quoted,300\nSarna/; sarve�u bhute�u\n\nNrsirilhadeva rescued,162, 165\n\nquoted, 129\n\nSee also: Ritualistic ceremonies\n\nverse quoted,91\n\n$a4-aiSvarya-prlr\"(la, NarayaQ.a as,33\n\nSamhita defined, 170\n\nSadii samudvigna-dhiyam\n\nSarno 'ham sarva-bhute�u\n\nquoted, 188\nSad-dharma-prccha bhogadiverse quoted,82\nSadhakanam ayam premr:uz/:1\nverse quoted,275\nSadhana-siddhas\n\nverse quoted,230\nSampradaya\ndefined,57\nSee also: Disciplic succession, all entries\nSampradaya-vihinii ye\nquoted, 58\n\ndefined,284,298\n\nSamsara. See: Transmigration of the soul\n\nnitya-siddhas vs., 284\nSee also: Pure devotees of the Supreme\n\nSanatana Gosvami\n\nLord; Souls,liberated\nSadhava/:lsad-iiciirii/:1\nquoted, 83\nSadhu\ndefined,83\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord, all\nentries\nSadhur eva sa mantavya/:1\nverse quoted, 111\n$a4 vikarii/:1 5arirasya\nverse quoted,59\nSa gul)iin samatityaitiin\nverse quoted, 36,78,190,196,224\nSahasra-yuga-paryantam\nquoted,10\nSa imiin lokan asrjata\nquoted,63\nSaints\n\nLord Caitanya instructed, 321\nquoted on self-realization,22\nSanat-sujata, quoted on brahmal).a 's qualities,\n195\n��Qa and Amarka\nfather of,40, 120\nPrahlada feared by,120\nPrahlada's classmates rejected,119\nas Prahlada's teachers, 40\ntopics taught by,119\nSailkar�aQ.a, Lord\nKaranodakasayi Vi�Q.u from,239\nas Kr�Q.a expansions,324\nSankhya,yogaabove, 78\nSarikhya-yoga\nLord propounded,67\nsubject matter of,66-67\nSarikirtana\nGod realization via, 248-249\n\nHiraQ.yakasipu's death relished by,202\n\nKr�Q.a consciousness movement based on,\n\nprayed to Nrsi.mhadeva,164\n\n248\nLord Caitanya started,248\n\nsalvation sought by,260\n\n", "SB7.2#p0411": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n388\n\nSarikirtana (continued)\nSee also: OJ.anting the Lord's holy names\nSannyiisa (Renounced life)\n\nScientists, material\nlife as chemicals to, 59\nnature controls, 210\n\nas life's culmination, 12-13\n\nsense gratification baffles, 222\n\nprerequisite for, 14\n\nsoul misunderstood by, 64\n\nSarasvati, Goddess, Visvanatha inspired by,\n123\n\nSarupya-mukti\ndefined, 321\npure devotees attain, 321\n\nSarva-dharrruin parityajya\nquoted, 13,38,53, 76,80,107,198,205,\n212,219,223,226,288\n\nverse quoted, 217,250\n\nSarva-kama-dugha mahi\nquoted, 67\n\nSarva-kara�Ja-kara�m\nquoted, 239,267\n\nSarvaril. khalv idaril. brahma\nquoted 29,71, 233, 234, 242\n\nSarvasya ciiharil. hrdi sannivi$!o\n\nSelf. See: Soul; Souls, conditioned\nSelf-realization\nausterity for, 164\nby bhakti-yoga, 65\nby Brah ma, 244\nby devotional service, 36, 80\nvia disciplic succession, 208\neconomic development vs., 101\nfor human beings and up, 164\nimpersonal vs. personal, 244\nby ��Qa consciousness, 7, 97\nvia Lord's lotus feet, 74\nMayavadis misunderstand, 242\nprocess of, 69-70, 7l\nvia spiritual master, 69,98\n\nSee also: God realization; ��Qa consciousness\n\nquoted, 73\n\nSarviitmanii ya?t sara�Jaril. Sara� yam\nverse quoted, 308\n\nSarvatra haya nija i$!a-deva-sphiirti\nverse quoted, 114\n\nSarva-yoni$u kaunteya\nverse quoted, 26\n\nSarvopiid hi-vinirmuktaril.\n\nSenayor ubhayor madhye\nquoted, ll3\nSense control\nby brahmaciiri, 13-14\nby devotional service, 13-14\nfor family life, 11-12\nmaterialists lack, 13-14,21, 24-25\n\nquoted, 286\n\nsense gratification vs., 12\n\nverse quoted, 212, 292\n\ntraining for, 15\n\nSastras. See: Vedas; names of individual\nscriptures\nSatiiril. prasarigiin mama virya-saril.vido\nquoted, ll9\n\nSattva-gu�. See: Goodness, mode of\nSatyaril. jnanam anantam\nquoted, 63\n\nSa vai mana?t kr$�a-p:u:Iaravindayo?t\nquoted, 92\n\nSa yat prarrui�ril. kurute\nverse quoted, 308\nScientists, material\n\nSee also: Renunciation\nSense(s)\ndemands of, 252\ndevotees control, 85,86, 265\ndevotional service purifies, 252,292\nas enemies, 130\nhell by uncontrolled, 94\nintelligence and mind vs., 74\n�Qa consciousness controls, 252\nfor living entity's exploitation, 214\nLord controls, 175\nLord powers, 127\n\nas bewildered, 74\n\nmaterialists indulge, 262,263\n\nBhagavatam refutes, 154\n\nmodes of nature control, 67\n\nchunk theory of, 241\n\ntongue as wildest, 242\n\n", "SB7.2#p0412": "389\n\nGeneral Index\nSense(s)\nworld ruled by, 130\n\nSiddhas\n\nmystic powers of, 167\n\nSee also: Body, material\n\nSense gratification\n\nAmbari�a rejected, 281\n\ncivilization pervaded by, 262-263\n\nprayed to Nr.;imhadeva, 166-167\nSiddhi\n\ndefined, 221\nSee also: Mystic power\n\ncure for, 92\n\nSilkworm weaving cocoon, materialists com­\n\ndevotees surpass, 34\n\nSin\n\nas dead end, 95-96\n\ndevotional service transcends, 36\n\npared to, 18, 22\n\nanimal sacrifice as, 97\n\nDhruva rejected, 281\n\ndevotional service uproots, 264\n\nGod realization disturbed by, 252\n\nLord punishes, 147\n\nin education, 3, 12\n\nhousehold life as, 13-14, 25\n��J;la consciousness vs., 96\nmaterialism as, 282\n\n��J;la consciousness dispels, 250\n\nmind polluted by, 249, 250\n\nperpetuation of, 21\n\nsurrender absolves, 80, 250\n\nmaterialists baffied by, 222\n\nSisupiila\n\nas time waster, 6-7\n\nSiva, Lord\n\nPrahlada rejected, 281\nsense control vs., 12\n\nas troublesome, 93, 262\n\nYudhi�!hira rejected, 281\n\nSee also: Body, material; Desire, material;\nFruitive activites; Happiness, ma­\n\nterial; Life, material\n\nServants of God. See: Devotees of the Supreme\nLord\n\nService to God. See: Devotional service to the\nSupreme Lord\n\nSe�a, Lord as, 239\n\nSevonmukhe hi jihvadau\nverse quoted, 56\n\nSex life\n\nbondgae to, 104\n\ndemons slave for, 104\n\nfamily life as, 18, 24-25\nhell by illicit, 93\n\nHira1.1yiik�a as, 317\n\nliberation of, 317, 319-322\n\nas annihilation's anger, 161\n\nas authority, 306\n\nin disciplic succession, 57\n��J;la above, 172\n\nmaterialists worship, 283, 287\nNrsimhadeva frightened, 184\n\nPrahlada luckier than, 223, 224\n\nprayed to Nrsirhhadeva, 160\n\nquoted on life's goal, 289\nas Rudra, 161\n\nwife of, 289\n\nSky, Lord compared to, 62,93\nSleep\n\nactivities in, 72\n\ndivine vs. human, 237\nlife wasted in, 9, 10-ll\n\nyoga degrading to, 238\n\n��J;la consciousness movement forbids il-\n\nSnake capturing mouse, Nrsirhhadeva captur­\n\nmaterialism based on, 282\n\nSnakes and scorpions, HiraJ;lyakasipu com­\n\nlicit, 252\n\nmaterialists adore, 262\nas suffering, 262\n\nworld revolves around, 104\n\nSee also: Desire, material; Lust\n\nSiddhas\n\nHira1.1yakasipu conqured, 167\n\ning HiraJ;lyakasipu compared to, 149\n\npared to, 202\n\nSociety, human\n\nbriihmar_�,as guide, 309\n\ndegradation in, 2-3\n\ndevotional service need in, 209\neducation for, 22-23\n\n", "SB7.2#p0413": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n390\nSociety, human (continued)\n\n��a consciousness benefits, 3,198\nlaw-givers for, 170\nLord Caitanya's mission in, 76\npeace formula for, 171\n\nvarr:uJSrama-dharma organizes, 8,170,\n195,309\n\nSee also: Civilization, human\nSoldiers, money dearer than life to, 15\nSong, Bengali, quoted on material happiness,\n222\n\nSoul(s), conditioned\ntime controls, 216\nunder Yamaraja, 123\nSoul(s), liberated\nclasses of, two listed, 298\ndevotees as, 208, 300\nas infallible, 113\n\nnitya-siddha vs. sadhana-siddha, 284\nPrahlada as, 299\npure devotees as, 86\nSound\nLord's presence realized in, 136-137\n\nSoul\nas active, 292\nbirth caused by, 59\nbody vs., 58, 59,61, 62,64, 65,66, 67,\n69, 70, 71,74, 220\n\nconditioned. See: Souls, conditioned\n\npillar, as fearful, 135, 136-137\nSound, transcendental. See: Chanting the\nLord's holy names; Hare ��a mantra\n\nSparsa defined, 67\nSpecies of life\n\nas desirous, 292\n\nevolution through, 3,7,105\n\nfools misunderstand, 64\n\nfather of all, 26\n\nintelligence perceives, 74\n\nliving entities trapped among, 215\n\ni(r��a consciousness frees, 198\n\nLord within, 29\nnumber of, 3,164,254\n\nliberated. See: Souls, liberated\nlife caused by, 59,62,71\n\nSpirit. See: Soul; Spiritual world; Supreme\n\nLord as source of, 108\n\nLord\nSpiritual knowledge. See: Knowledge, tran­\n\nLord controls, 175\nmaterialists neglect, 7\npregnancy caused by, 59\n\nscendental\nSpiritual life\n\npure vs. polluted, 292\n\nadvancement in, 10,106\n\nsize of, 62,71\n\nausterity required in, 209\n\nSupreme Soul vs. 59, 67-68, 71,73\n\nbogus vs. bona fide, 261\n\ntranscendentalists understand, 64, 66\n\nin childhood, 85\n\ntransmigration of. See: Transmigration of\nthe soul\n\nSee also: Living entities\nSoul(s), conditioned\n\nhumility vital for, 193\nmaterial conditions cannot stop, 42\nmaterial life vs., 212\nneed for, 7\n\nas bewildered, I 00\ndeath awaits, 253, 254\n\nperfection of, 89\n\ndevotional service frees, 98, 215\n\nworld ignorant of, 144\n\nas helpless, 210\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\n\nignorance by, 63,75\ni(r��a consciousness ignored by, 254\nLord delivers, 123,174, 205,217\n\nrevival of, 213\n\nLorC:; ��a consciousness\nSpiritual master (Guru)\n\nbrahmaciiri serves, 13\n\nnature controls, 66, 100,216-217,258\n\ndevotees serve, 81, 82,85\n\nPrahlada kind to, 123, 253\n\ndevotional service via, 83,215, 228-229\n\nPrahlada's mother as, 113\n\nin disciplic succession, 57\n\nsurrender frees, 198, 215\n\ndisqualification for, 287, 289\n\n", "SB7.2#p0414": "391\n\nGeneral Index\nSpiritual master (Guru)\n\nSrimad-Blui.gavatam\n\nname of, meaning of, 326\n\nfaith in, 56,80\n\nmaterialists refuted by, 154\nas transcendental, 326\n\nhouseholders saved by,19\n\nKr�J.la consciousness via,76,326\nas �1.1a's representative,98\n\nliberation via,105\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam, quotations from\n\nLord as,255, 287,302\n\non authorities on devotional service, 306\non bodily concept of life,65\n\nNarada as,38-39\n\non conditioned suls,123\n\nPrahlada as,324, 327\n\non devotees as transcendental, 34-35,236\n\nqualification for,289\n\non devotional service,purifying power of,\n\non brahmaciiri serving guru, 13\n\nas misunderstood, 57\n\non devotees as fearless, 186\n\nneed for,64, 105-106\n\non devotees surpassing Vedic rituals,308\n\npure devotee as,80\n\n264,300\n\nresidence of,13\n\non duty,perfection of, 37, 111\n\nself-realization via,69,98\nservice to,81, 82,85,106,229,273-274\n\non earth (element),67\n\nas transcendental,52\n\non God realization by devotional service,\n267\n\ntruth via, 67, 106\n\non hearing from pure devotees, 119\n\nSpiritual world\n\non liberation, bogus, 74\n\ndevotees live in, 224, 260\n\non Lord blessing devotee, 287\non lust,291\n\nby hearing about Nrsiriihadeva,328\nby hearing about Prahlada,328\n\non knowledge and detachment by devo-\n\nby Kr�J.la consciousness,215,240\n\ntional service,14,54\n\nmaterialists cannot attain,289\n\nvs. material world,144,233,239,258\n\non Lord as supreme person,5\n\nas transcendental,143\n\non Lord fulfilling desires, 227\n\nyogis attain, 320\nSraddhavan bhajate yo mam\n\non passion and ignorance,224\n\noneness and difference in,293\n\non Lord Caitanya's incarnation, 248\n\nreturning to,14,65,95, 98,119, 321\n\non offending great souls,122\n\non pure devotees as equally disposed,260\n\nverse quoted, 79, 163\n\non serving devotees,256\n\nSravar:uzm kirtanam v���\n\non women,restricted association with,\n\nquoted,27,85,93,208,252,327\nverse quoted,3,93,198\n\nSri-brahma-bhrahmivindriidi\nverse quoted,225\n\nSridhara Svami,quoted on equal opulence\nwith Kr�J.la,293\n\nSrimad-Blui.gavatam\nSee also: Snmad-Bhiigavatam, quotations\nfrom\ncited on first created being,246\n\ncited on government in Kali-yuga,169\n\ndated, 154\n\nknowledge via,220,326\n\n�J.la consciousness via,326\n\n51-52\n\n,\n\non worshiping �J.la,296\n\non yogic trance,191\n\n�ri-sampradaya, 57-58\n\nSrivasa with Lord Caitanya, 248\n\nSr�Jvatam sva- kathii� kr�r:uzb.\nquoted, 324\n\nSthiiniid bhr�!(il}. patanty adhal}.\nquoted, 8\n\nSthiivara-jarigama dekhe, nii dekhe tara murti\nverse quoted, 114\n\nStrength. See: Power\n\nStriyo vaiSyas tatha sudras\nverse quoted, 55,190\n\n", "SB7.2#p0415": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n392\n\n�ubtle body. See: Intelligence; Mind\nSadras\n\nin devotional service,113\ndisqualification for,8\n\nGodhead accessible to,190\n\nguru-kula excluded,15\n\nas lowborn,55\nsocial status of,196\n\nSuffering\n\nSupersoul (Paramatma)\nsoul vs.,71,72\n\nas well-wisher,93\n\nworship of,90\n\nSupreme Brahman. See: Brahman, Supreme\nSupreme Lord\n\nas absolute and transcendental,61,143,\n153,159,237\n\nactivities controlled by, 212,214\n\natheists increase,205\nas destined,6, 100-101\n\nas Acyuta,113\n\nfruitive activities as, 104\n\nas Ananta,239\n\ndevotional service cures,80, 206\nby living entities,4-5,100\nLord creates, 216,217\n\nas Adhok�aja,91\n\nas all-pervading,232, 242,243, 245,267\nappearance of. See: Appearance of ��l).a\n(Descent)\n\nmaterial life as,75, 100,206, 217,222,\n\nas authority,82\nas bhakta-vatsala, 231,273\n\nmaya as, 217\n\nin bliss,237, 238\n\nmaterial happiness as,100\n253,254,258\n\nblasphemers punished by,185\n\nsense gratification as,262\n\nbody of. See: Body of the Supreme Lord\n\nsoul's transmigration as, 217\n\nBrahma enlightened by,144\nas Brahman's basis,29-31,90\nBrahma saw,243\n\nsex life as,262\n\ntypes of,four listed,210\n\nworld as,95-96,205,206, 208,210,\n216-217,258,283\n\nSuhrdam sarva-bhutaniim\n\nverse quoted,4,32\n\nSukracarya\n\nPrahlada enthroned by,315\n\nsons of,40,120\nSumedhas\n\ndefined,249\n\nSee also: Wise man\n\nSun,Lord compared to,126\n\nSun-god,Lord instructed,170-171\nSunanda,158\n\nSupersoul (Paramiitma)\nas all-pervading,29, 30-31\n\nin heart of all,90, 92-93, 100, 212,297\n\nbody sanctioned by,108\n\nBrahma under,172, 311\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu as,254\nas cause of all causes,29 30,34,71-72,\n-\n\nll4, 115,214,234, 235,239, 241,\n242,267, 311\n\nconditioned souls delivered by,217\nas creator and controller,57,71,72, 73,\n100,108, 115,126,127,159,\n160-161,175,211-212,216,\n\n232,239, 326\n\ndarkness dispelled by,143, 144\nas dearmost friend,108\nas death,313\nas deathless,253\n\ndemigods under,287,311,326\n\nknowledge of,57\n\ndemons cannot see,29, 132\n\nLord as,5,25,29, 30-31,73,84,92,\n100,107,108,112,212,297\n\ndemons killed by, 176,201,245,246,326\n\nliving entity vs.,67,68,73,84\nas living force,71\n\nmeditation on, 91,94\n\nreligious principles reveal,327\n\ndemons deny,132,133-134\ndemons fooled by,147,173\n\ndemons misunderstand,139\ndependence on,I 06-l07\n\ndesires fulfilled by,227,230,273, 275, 296\n\n", "SB7.2#p0416": "393\n\nGeneral Index\nSupreme Lord\nas detached, 230,231\n\ndevotees as opulent as, 293, 294\n\ndevotee's desires fulfilled by, 226, 231,\n273\n\ndevotees favored by, 155,160, 173,231,\n256,269,273,286\n\ndevotees purified by\n\n,\n\nf87\n\ndevotees realize, 30-v-1, 56, 93, 132\n\ndevotional service controlled by, 212\n\ndevotional service reveals, 31-32,93,194,\n200,267,268,269,270\n\ndevotional service satisfies, 110, 194\neffulgence of. See: Brahman effulgence;\nSupreme Lord, power of\n\nenergies of. See: Energies of the Supreme\nL ord\n\nSupreme Lord\nliving entities as servants of, 226,227,\n288-289\n\nliving entities directed by, 212\n\nvs. living entities, 59-60,62,67, 73\n\nliving entity's desires fulfilled by, 100\nlotus feet of. See: Lotus feet of the\nSupreme Lord\n\nlove for. See: Love of God\nas Maha-pur�a, 244\n\nas Maha-Vi��u, 237, 238\n\nmaterialists worship, 285, 286\n\nmercy of. See: Mercy of the Supreme Lord\n\nas Mukunda, 109\n\nNarada's promise kept by, 230-231\n\nas Naraya�a, 148, 156\n\nnature under, 214,216\n\nas enjoyer, 4, 32\n\nofferings acceptable to, 286\n\nexpansions of, listed, 324\n\nas omnipresent, 136, 137-138\n\nas equally disposed, 226-227, 230-231\n\nfaith in, 56,57\n\nas father of all, 25-26\nfools deride, 205\n\nform of. See: Form of the Supreme Lord\n\nas Govinda, liS, 235,311, 323\nguru represents, 98\n\nhearing about. See: Hearing about the\nSupreme Lord\n\nin heart of all, 33, 73,84, 93, 100,212,\n297\n\nas omnipotent, 139\n\nas one and different, 232,234, 235, 242\n\nas Parabrahman, 233\n\nparampara reveals, 49\n\npastimes of. See: Pastimes of Kr��a\n\npleasing, 32,100\n\npower of, 126, 127, 148, 152, 159, 218\nPrahlada blessed by, 295-296,298, 307\nas\n\nproprietor, 4, 32\n\nprotection by. See: Protection by the\nSupreme Lord\n\nhouseholders saved by, 19\n\npunishes sinners, 147\n\nincarnations of. See: Avataras; Incarna-\n\npure devotional service satisfies, 289\n\nhuman beings vs, 237\n\ntions of the Supreme Lord\n\npure devotees reveal, 220\n\npurifying power of, 91\n\nas inconceivable, 269\nas infallible, 161\n\nrelationships with. See: Rasas\n\nirreligion vanquished by, 176\n\nrituals upheld by, 307, 308\n\nintelligence reveals, 73\n\nJaya and Vijaya counseled by, 179\n\nJaya and Vijaya played enemies of,\n180\nas Kara�odakasayi Vi��u, 237\nkarma dissolved by, 313\n\nreligion dictated by, 82\n\nrewards surrender, 226,289\n\nas sac-cid-iinanda, 29\n\nas sanctioner, 106-107\n\nas Self -satisfied, 197-198, 199\n\nserving servants of, 228-229,255-256\n\nas Se�a, 239\n\nlaws of. See: Laws of the Supreme Lord\n\nabove Siva, 172\n\nas limitless, 185\n\n\"sleep\" of 237\n\nliberation by understanding, 76,113\n\nsky compared to, 62, 93\n\n", "SB7.2#p0417": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n394\nSupreme Lord (continued)\nas\n\nsoul's source, 108\n\nsound reveals, 136\n\nas freedom, 76, 80, 199\n\nwithin species, 29\n\nGod realization by, 30\nhappiness by, 212, 217\n\nas spiritual master, 255,287,302\nsuffering created by, 216\n\nignorance forbids, 199\n\nsun compared to, 126\n\nas knowledge, 38,68,127,244\n\nsun-god instructed by, 170\nas\n\nSupersoul, 5, 25,29,30-31, 72,84,\n92-93,100,107,108,112,212,\n297\n\nas\n\nsupreme being, 4,5,93,127,219,288,\n289,294,312,323,324\n\nsurrender to. See: Surrender to the\nSupreme Lord\nteaches by example, 284\nabove time, 234-235\nas time, 127,216,220\ntransmigration supervised by, 214\nas Triyuga, 248\n·\n\nSurrender to the Supreme Lord\nfools do not, 126,198-199\n\nas twenty-fifth element, 175\nas Vasudeva, 68\nas Vi�Q.u, 4-5\nas\n\nwell-wisher, 4,32, 38,93\n\nas within and without, 232,234,242-243\n\nworship of. See: Deity worship of the\n\nSupreme Lord; Worship, of Lord\n\nSee also: �Q.a, Lord; NarayaQ.a, Lord;\n\nSupersoul (Paramatma); names of\nindividual forms and incarnations\n\nSupreme Lord, quotations from\non demons as envious, 314\non dharma, 107\n\n��Q.a quoted on, 13\nas\n\nlife's goal, 36-37\n\nas living being's function, 288\nLord rewards, 226,289\nby mahiitrrnis, 63\nneed for, 217,219\nprotection assured by, 217\nrarity of, 127\nas real religion, 53\nsalvation by, 217,250,263\nas transcendental, 36\n\nSiUre ma1_1.i-ga1Jd iva\nquoted, 71\n\nSvalpam apy asya dharmasya\nquoted, 2, 26\n\nSvami defined, 14\n\nSvami-naraya�JQ as misconception, 84\n\nSvargaloka. See: Heavenly planets, all entries\nSvargapavarga-narake$V\nverse quoted, 260\n\nSvar�JQril yatha gravasu hema-kara/:1.\nquoted, 69\n\nSvayambhur narada/:1. sambhu/:1.\nverse quoted, 306\n\nSvetasvatara Upani$ad, quoted on knowledge\nby faith, 56,80\n\non foolish impersonalists, 246-247\n\nT\n\non mission of His appearance, 123\non Prahlada, 295,298\non surrender to Him, 76,198, 199, 212,\n213,226\non yogi, 78-79\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. See:\nSupreme Lord\n\nSuras. See: Demigods\nSurrender to the Supreme Lord\nbenefit of, 197-198, 199\ndebts dissolved by, 308\nas duty, 36-37, 126\n\nTad-adhinam sarlram ca\nverse quoted, 59\n\nTada gantasi nirvedam\nverse quoted, 270\n\nTad aham bhakty-upahrtam\nverse quoted, 94,286\n\nTad anye ca kramadeva\nverse quoted, 225\n\nTada rajas tamo-bhava/:1.\nquoted, 224\n\n", "SB7.2#p0418": "395\n\nGeneral Index\nTadiivadhi bata ruirl-sarigame smaryamdne\nverse quoted,263\n\nTad-bluiva-bluiva/.1. tad yatlui-svarrlpam\nbhakti/.1.\nquoted, 89\n\nTad viddhi praf.!.ipiitena\nverse quoted, 106\n\nTat tad eviivagaccha tvam\nverse quoted,126, 152\n\nTat te 'nukampam susamlk$amdf.!.O\nquoted,236\n\nTava hariruima kevala kaitava\nverse quoted, 265-266\nTeacher, spiritual. See: Briihmaf.!.a5; Spiritual\nmaster\n\nTad-vijiiiiniirtham sa gurum eviibhigacchet\nquoted, 64, 105\n\nTaittiriya Upani{;ad, quoted on soul vs. body,\n7l\n\nTama eva kramiid iiptau\nverse quoted,307\n\nTamo-guf.!.a. See: Ignorance, mode of\nTiilidera caraf.!Q sevi bhakta-sane vasa\nverse quoted,229, 256\n\nTarira viikya, kriyii, mudrii vijiieha rui\nbhujhaya\nquoted, 159\n\nTapasii brahmacaryef.!Q\nquoted,265\n\nTapasya\ndefined,12,164,209,243,265\n\nSee also: Austerity\nTapa divyam putrakii yena sattvam\nquoted,164\n\nTiisiim brahma mahad yonir\nverse quoted, 26\n\nTasmiid gurum prapadyeta\nquoted, 105\n\nTasmdt keruipy upayena\nquoted, 319\n\nTasmiit parataram devi\nverse quoted, 289\n\nTasyiiham nigraham manye\nverse quoted,129\n\nTasyaite kathitii hy artlui/.1.\nverse quoted,56, 80\n\nTat lui deluintara-praptir\nverse quoted,65, 69\n\nTato du/.l.kham aviipyeta\nverse quoted,77\n\nTato mdm tattvato jiiitvii\nverse quoted, 57, 200\n\nTatra ti{;!luimi ruirada\nquoted, 269\n\nTe 'pi yanti pariim gatim\nquoted, 55\nThieves, money dearer than life to, 15\nTime\nconditioned souls under,216\ndemigod vs. Earth, 240n\nLord above,235\nLord as, 127, 216, 220\npiety exhausted by, 98\nsense gratification wastes,6- 7, 99\n\nTivref.!.a bhakti-yogena\nverse quoted,227,296\nTongue\nfamily life indulges, 18\n��1_1a consciousness tames,\n252\nTortoise incarnation as transcendental,\n246-247\n\nTraiguf.!.ya-vi{;ayii veda\nquoted, 36\nTrance.See:Samddhi\nTranscendentalist\ngeologist compared to,64, 69\nsoul understood by, 66\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\n]iiiinls; Miiyiiviid ls (Impersonalists); Yogis\nTransmigration of the soul\ninto animal species, 3,7, 12\nchanges by, 59\nfreedom from,3,13,90, 98\nby ignorance,75-76, 105\nLord supervises,214\nby lust,291\nneed to understand,65\nas suffering, 217\nTree's fruits and flowers, body compared to,\n58,71\n\n", "SB7.2#p0419": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n396\nTr!J,dd api sunicena\nverse quoted, 193\n\nTruth. See: Ahlolute Truth\n\nTumi ta ,.!hakura, tomdra kukura,\n\nVarnasrama-dharma\ngoal of, 195-196\nHira.Q.yakasipu disrupted, 170\n\nquoted, 256\n\nknowledge in, 170\nin Manu-samhita, 170\n\nverse quoted, 76, 113, 321\n\nsociety organized by, 170, 195-196\n\nTyaktva delwm punar janma\n\nu\nUnhappiness. See: Suffering\nUniverse\n\nannihilation of. See: Annihilation of the\nurn verse\n\npeace provided by, 170, 171\nSee also: Brahmacaris; Brahma(UlS;\n\nGrhasthas; K�atriyas; Sannycisa;\n\nSudras; VaiSyas; Vanaprastlw;\nVedic culture\n\nVasudeva� sarvam iti\n\nquoted, 63, 68, 126\nverse quoted, 68\n\ncivilization pervades, 154\ncreator and controller of, 57, 71-72, 216,\n239, 24 7-248\nHiraJ.Iyakasipu plagued, 156\nliving entities trapped in, 214\n\nVasudeve bhagavati\nverse quoted, 14, 54\n\nVedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedya�\nquoted, 246\n\nVedas\n\nLord illuminates, 143\n\navataras verified by, 323\n\nas Lord's body, 62\n\ndevotees surpass, 269\n\nSee also: Creation, the; Material world\n\ndevotional service surpasses, 270\nGod realization via, 246\n\nverse quoted, 106\n\nfor liberation, 214-215\n\nquoted, 131\n\nsubjects in, material, 36\n\nUpadek$yanti te jiiii.nam\nUpadeso hi murkhar:uim\n\nv\nVaikmgha. See: Spiritual world\nVairagya-vidya\ndefined, 14\n\nSee also: Renunciation\n\nVai�Q.avas: See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\nVai,s(Ulvera kriya-mudra\nquoted, 52\n\nVaiSyas\n\npurpose of, 2, 214\nVede�u durlabham adurlabham atma-bhaktau\nverse quoted, 323\nVedic culture\nHiraJ.Iyakasipu disturbed, 162, 170\npurpose of, 2\nas timeless, 154\n\nSee also: Varnasrama-dharma\n\nVedic injunctions. See: Ritualistic ceremonies;\nVedas\n\nVedic rituals. See: Ritualistic ceremonies\n\nVidya. See: Knowledge; Knowledge, transcendental\n\ndisqualification for, 8\nGodhead accessible to, 190\nguru-kula for, 15\n\nVidyadharas\nHira.Q.yakasipu conquered, 168\n\nas lowborn, 55\n\nmystic power of, 168\n\nsocial status of, 196\n\nprayed to Nrsimhadeva, 168\n\nVaitalikas prayed to Nrsirilhadeva, 177\nVaitaraQi River, location of, 258\n\nVanaprastha (Retired life), residence for, 12\n\nVaraha, Lord, as ��!)a's expansion, 324\n\nVijiiii.taram adhikena vijaniycit\nquoted, 63\nVipras\ndefined, 196\n\n", "SB7.2#p0420": "397\n\nGeneral Index\nVipras\nSee also: Briihma1Jas\n\nWise man\n\nVishnu,Lord. See: Supreme Lord\n\ndefined,22,127\nin devotional service, 269\n\nVision,material vs. spiritual,115\n\nsees Lord everywhere, 243\n\nVi�J:�u,Lord. See: Garbhodakasayi Vi�J.lu;\nK�irodakasayi Vi�J:�u; KaraJ:�odakasayi\nVi�J.lu; Maha-Vi�J.lu; Supersoul\n(Paramatma); Supreme Lord\nVi�J.ludiitas\n\nworships Kr�J.la,296\nworships Lord Caitanya,248\nWomen\nassociation with,restricted,52\nin devotional service,55,113\n\nAjamila saved by,320\n\nGodhead accessible to,190\n\nbodily features of,320\nDantavakra as,319\n\nin knowledge,56\nas less intelligent,54, 55,113\nas lowborn, 55\n\nas Hira1.1yak�a and Hira1.1yakasipu,\n317\n\nmaterialists controlled by,24-25\n\nVi�J:�u's associate(s)\n\nas Kumhhakar1.1a and RavaJ.la,318\nprayed to Nrsirhhadeva,179\n\nin marriage,18\nWork. See: Fruitive activities; Karma\nWorkers. See: Fruitive workers; Sadras\n\nSisupala as,319\n\nWorld,material. See: Material world; Uni-\n\nverse quoted,82\n\nWorship\n\nViSrambher:w guro/.1 sevd\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura,cited\non Lord favoring devotees,155\n\nverse\nof ancestors, 215\nof demigods,215,282-283,287\n\non Prahlada,123\n\ndemons disturb,162\n\non serving spiritual master,83\n\nof ghosts,215\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura,quotations\n\nof Lord by devotees, 204\n\nfrom\non Hira1.1yakasipu, 306-307\n\nof Lord in perfection, 128\n\non Prahlada,298\n\nby materialists,285, 286\n\non �J.la via guru, 228-229\n\non serving spiritual master,274\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura,Sarasvati inspired,123\n\nVita-raga-bhaya-krodha/.1\n\nof Lord recommended,82, 83,93, 97,\n107,215,224,227,296\nas Supersoul,90\n\nSee also: Deity worship of the Supreme\n\nLord\n\ny\n\nverse quoted,300\nVivasvan,Lord instructed,170-171\nVivasvdn manave priiha\n\nquoted, 171\n\nYada te moha-kalilam\n\nverse quoted, 270\n\nw\n\nYadavadhi mama ceta/:1 kr�r:w-padaravinde\n\nverse quoted,263\n\nYada yada hi dharmasya\n\nWar as nature's law,95\nWealth. See: Money; Opulence,material\nWestern countries\nmiseducation in,12\nsex life gluts, 262\n\nWife. See: Marriage; Women\n\nquoted,123,205\nverse quoted,176,246,254\n\nyad yad iicarati sre�!has\n\nverse quoted,308\n\nYad yad vibhiitimat sattvam\n\nverse quoted,126,152\n\n", "SB7.2#p0421": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n398\n\nYahari kmta, tahari nahi mayara adhikara\nverse quoted, 144\nYa� karar:uJrrJ-ava-jale bhajati sma yoga\nverse quoted, 237\nYak�as\nin devotional service, 109, 113\nHira�yakasipu degraded service of, 175\nprayed to Nrsirilhadeva, 175\n\nYajna. See: Ritualistic ceremonies\nYajnai� sarikirtana-prayair\nverse quoted, 248\nYajnru ca diinam ca dhrt* 5amai ca\nverse quoted, 196\nYamaraja\nAjamila saved from, 26\n\nconditioned souls under, 123\n\nHir�yakasipu threatened Prahlada with,\n\n123\npunishes swindlers, 21\n\nYam hi na vyathayanty ete\nverse quoted, 300\nYamunacarya\nquoted on sex life, 263\nrenounced sex life, 263\n\nYa nirvrtis tanu-bhrtam\nquoted, 91\nYan maithunadi-grhamedhi-sukham hi\ntuccham\nquoted, 18, 25, 104\nYanti deva-vrata devan\nverse quoted, 214-215, 227\nYare dekha, tare kaha 'kr�rJU'-upade5a\nquoted, 32\nverse quoted, 254\nYasmin dyau� prthivi cantari�am\nquoted, 63\nYasmin vijn.ate sarvam evam vijnataril. bhavati\nquoted, 74\nY asya deve para bhaktir\nverse quoted, 56, 80\nYasyaham anugrhnami\nquoted, 287\nYasya prabha prabhavato jagad-a.TJ4a-ko!i\nquoted, 90\n\nYasya prasadiid bhagavat-prasiido\nquoted, 229, 273-274\n\nY asyatrna-buddhi� kurJ-ape tri-dhatuke\nquoted, 65\nYatha svapne sirru chedam\nverse quoted, 77\nYato va imani bhutani jayante\nquoted, 71, 234\nY at prayanty abhisamviSanti\nquoted, 71\nYe bhajanti tu mam bhaktya\nverse quoted, 230\nYena jatani jivanti\nquoted, 72\nYe 'nye 'ravindii�a vimukta-maninas\nquoted, 74\nYe�am aham priya atma sutru ca\nquoted, 5\nYe yatha mam prapadyante\nquoted, 226, 289\nYoga\nas bhakti, 272\nbogus vs. bona fide, 238\nknowledge by, 65\n��a consciousness vs., 261\nas liberation, 78\nas life's goal, 78\nmystic, for higher castes, 15\ntopmost system of, 79\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord; Kr��a consciousness; YogiS\nYoga-�emam vahamy a ham\nquoted, 286\nYoga-nidrii, Maha-Vi��u in, 237\nYoga-siddhi\ndefined, 191\nSee also: Mystic power\nYoge 'purvartha-sampraptau\nquoted, 78\nYog;;(s)\nbogus vs. bona fide, 238\ndeath transcended by, 320\ndemigods as topmost, 163\ndevotees as topmost, 79\nof Earth vs. Sidd haloka, 167\nmeditate on Vi��u, 320\nmystic meditation of, 221\nPrahlada as topmost, 124\n\n", "SB7.2#p0422": "General Index\nYoginam api sarve$(im\nverse quoted 78-79, 163\nYudhi��a Maharaja\n\n399\n\nYudhi��hira Maharaja\n\nsense gratification rejected by, 281\n\nYugas\n\nforefather of, 146\n\nnames of, 248\n\nNarada addressed, 135, 158, 309\n\ncycle of, duration of, 295\n\nopulence used by, 281\n\n", "SB7.2#p0423": "", "SB7.2#p0424": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, an epic philosophical and\nliterary\n\nclassic,\n\nholds\n\na prominent\n\nposition\n\nin\n\nIndia's voluminous written wisdom. The timeless\nwisdom of India is expressed in the Vedas, ancient\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human\nknowledge. Originally preserved through oral tr_adition, the Vedas were first put into writing by Srila\nVyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of God.\" After\ncompiling the Vedas, Srila Vyasadeva was inspired\nby his spiritual maste� to present their profound\nessence in the form of Srimad-Bhagavatam. Known\na_s \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic literature,\"\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and au­\n\nthoritative exposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nAfter wyiting the Bhiigavatam, Vyasa taught it to\nhis son, Sukadeva Gosvarm who later spoke the\nBhagavatam to Maharaja Parik�it in an assembly of\nsages on the bank of the sacred Ganges River. Although Maharaja Pariqit was a great rii.jar�i (saintly\nking) and the emperor of the world, when he\nreceived notice of his death seven days in advance, he\nrenounced his entire kindgom and retired to the\nbank of the Ganges to seek spiritual enligh,tenment.\nThe questions of King Parik�it and Sukadeva\nGosvami's illuminating answers, concerning everything from the nature of th_e self to the origin of the\nuniverse, are the basis of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nThis edition of Bhagavatam is the only complete\n\nEnglish translation with an elaborate and scholarly\ncommentary and it is the first edition widely available to the English-reading public. This work is the\nproduct of the scholarly and devotional effort of His\nDivine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world s most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His\nSanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with\nVedic culture combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nWith its comprehensive system of providing the\noriginal Sanskrit text, Roman transliteration precise\nword-for-word equivalents, a lucid English translation and a comprehensive commentary, it will appeal\n·\n\nto scholars students and laymen alike. The entire\nmultivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta\nBook Trust, promises to occupy a significant place in\nthe intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern\nman for a long time to come.\n\n·-\n\n", "SB7.2#p0425": "What the reviewers say about the SnmadBhagavatam, by His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada:\n\"It has been my great pleasure recently to have\n\nread the Srimad-Bhagavatam in the superb edition\nauthorized by A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada. I am sure this monumental work will go far to\nbring the sublime message of the\n\nBhagavatam to\n\nnumerous Westerners who otherwise would miss this\nopportunity.\"\n\nDr. Alex Wayman\nProfessor of Sanskrit\nColumbia University\n\n\"Srimad-Bhagavatam is a valuable source material for several categories of readers. With its exhaustive plan of providing the original Sanskrit text,\nits\n\nRoman\n\ntransliteration,\n\nEnglish\n\nsynonyms,\n\nEnglish translation and elaborate commentary by a\nscholar and practitioner of philosophy, it cannot but\n\nbe attractive to serious students and scholars of\nreligion and philosophy. I recommend this series to\nanyone as an important and useful reference work.\"\nProfessor C. P. Agrawal\nChairman\nDepartment of Humanities\n·\n\n\"The\n\nBhaktivedanta\n\nUniversity of Michigan\nBook\n\nTrust\n\neditions\n\nof\n\nfamous religious classics of India with new translations and commentaries are an important addition to\nour expanding kl}owledge of spiritual India. The new\nedition of the\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam is particularly\n\nwelcome.\"\n\nDr. John L. Mish\nChief, Oriental Division\nNew York Public Library\n\n", "SB7.2#p0426": "", "SB7.3#p0001": "ALL GLORY TO SRT GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\nqN mr � � .r��: m-��: 1\n�� a� � � ;ro�� II\npatram tv atra niruktam vai\nkavibhib, patra-vittamaib,\nharir evaika urvi.Sa\nyan-mayam vai caracaram (p.l81)\n\n", "SB7.3#p0002": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\n$rimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-8 (24 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri Isopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�:r:ta Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�:r:ta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\nDialectic Spiritualism-A Vedic View of Western Philosophy (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr�:r;ta, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nLife Comes from Life\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�:r:ta\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr�:r:ta Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nB��k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nThe Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB7.3#p0003": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nSeventh Canto\n\"The Science of God\"\n\n(Part Three -Chapters 10-15)\nWith the Origi nal Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports\nby\n\nHis Divine Grace\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "SB7.3#p0004": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1976 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-169353\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-89-7\n\nFirst printing, 1976: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "SB7.3#p0005": "Table of Contents\nPreface\n\nzx\n\nIntroduction\n\nxm\n\nCHAPTER TEN\n\nPrahlada, the Best Among Exalted\nDevotees (Part ll)\n\n1\n\nChapter Summary\n\n1\n\nThe Absolute Truth Is a Person\n\n3\n\nThe Demoniac Genius, Maya Danava\n\n8\n\nMan Proposes, Kr�1.1a Disposes\n\n14\n\nCHAPTER ELEVEN\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\n21\n\nChapter Summary\n\n21\n\nOur Eternal Occupational Duty\n\n24\n\nThe Qualifications of a Human Being\n\n32\n\nThe Intellectual, Administrative, Mercantile and\n36\n\nWorker Oasses\nChaste Women: A Social Necessity\n\n46\n\nHow to Divide Society\n\n55\n\nCHAPTER TWELVE\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Spiritual Classes\n\n57\n\nChapter Summary\n\n57\n\nBrahmacari Life: Living under the Care of a Guru\n\n59\n\nWomen Are like Fire, Men Are the Butter\n\n65\n\nUnderstanding Vedic Knowledge Is Real Education\n\n70\n\nVanaprastha Life: Preparing to Meet Death\n\n74\n\nv\n\n", "SB7.3#p0006": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\nCHAPTER THIRTEEN\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n85\n\nChapter Summary\n\n85\n\nThe Renounced Order of Life\n\n87\n\nAvoid Reading Mundane Literature\n\n92\n\nPrahlada's Conversation with a Perfect Sage\n\n97\n\nOnly Humans Can Choose Their Next Body\n\n108\n\nSense Enjoyment Is Simply Imaginary\n\n113\n\nThe Threefold Miseries\n\n119\n\nThe Bee and Python Are Excellent Teachers\n\n126\n\nThose Who Know Retire from the Illusion\n\n135\n\nCHAPTER FOURTEEN\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n139\n\nChapter Summary\n\n139\n\nHow Householders Can Obtain Liberation\n\n141\n\nPlain Living, High Thinking\n\n147\n\nTreat Animals like Your Own Children\n\n154\n\nThe Real Value of the Wife's Body\n\n160\n\nDistributing Prasada, Spiritual Food\n\n166\n\nISKCON Centers Benefit Everyone\n\n175\n\nEverything Must Be Given to Kt�I;Ia\n\n181\n\nCHAPTER FIFTEEN\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n195\n\nChapter Summary\n\n195\n\nOffering Food to the Lord and His Devotees\n\n203\n\nSlaughtering Animals for Religion and Food\n\n207\n\nThe Five Branches of Pseudoreligion\n\n209\n\nHow to Transcend Economic Endeavor\n\n213\n\nGreed: The Merciless Taskmaster\n\n217\n\n", "SB7.3#p0007": "Table of Contents\n\nvu\n\nThe Guru Is Life's Greatest Asset\n\n223\n\nThe Yoga Process\n\n229\n\nBreaking Spiritual Regulations Is Intolerable\n\n240\n\nThe Mercy of the Spiritual Master\n\n249\n\nWhy You Cannot Remain in the Heavenly Planets\n\n258\n\nWhat Is Reality?\n\n267\n\nThe Ultimate Self-interest\n\n276\n\nNarada Muni's Previous Lives\n\n281\n\nKr�I).a Lived with the Pal).gavas Just like an Ordinary\nHuman Being\n\n288\n\nAppendixes\nThe Author\n\n297\n\nReferences\n\n299\n\nGlossary\n\n301\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n307\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n309\n\nGeneral Index\n\n317\n\n", "SB7.3#p0008": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\n\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to par­\n\nticular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\n\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\n\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\n\nsociety, nay, on the entire energy of living beings. The need is felt by\ngreat thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Snmad-Bhiigavatam\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the aphor­\n\nism of Vedanta philosophy {janmiidy asya yatab,} to establish the ideal of\na common cause.\n\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of obli­\n\nvion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts, educa­\n\ntion and economic development throughout the entire world. But there is\na pinprick somewhere in the social body at large, and therefore there are\n\nlarge-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is need of a\n\nclue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship and\nprosperity with a common cause. Srimad-Bhiigavatam will fill this need,\n\nfor it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the entire\n\nhuman society.\n\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student devotee Prahlada\n\nMaharaja in order to change the demonic face of society.\n\nkaumiira acaret prajfio\ndharmiin bhiigavatdn iha\ndurlabham miini.L$arh janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhiig. 7. 6. 1 )\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\n\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\n\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything is\n\n", "SB7.3#p0009": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nX\n\nmerged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate source of\n\ncreation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ultimate\n\nsource of everything that be. This ultimate source is explained rationally\n\nand\n\nauthoritatively in the beautiful Bhagavatam or SrimadBhiigavatam.\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\nwith Him and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the\n\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\n\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\nsimply by a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\n\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\n\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to convert others to accept God as a concrete principle.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\n\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vedanta-sutra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to the\n\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly as with an ordinary\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\n\nsure to become a God realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\n\ncantos.\n\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos, because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\n\nSri �!?I,la. One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\n\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\n\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\n\nsmall installments one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Srimad-Bhiigavatam, but still\n\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the thinkers and leaders of society\n\non the strength of the following statement of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\n\ntad-vag-visargo janatagha-viplavo\nyasmin pratiSlokam abaddhavaty api\n\n", "SB7.3#p0010": "Preface\n\nxz\n\nniimany ananta.sya ya.So 'nkitiini yac\nch!?Jvanti gayanti g!1Janti siidhava/:t\n(Bhag.\n\n1.5.11)\n\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the\nunlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring\nabout a revolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such\ntranscendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\n\nom tat sat\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\n", "SB7.3#p0011": "Introduction\n\n\"This Bhagavata Purar:w is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\n\njust after the departure of Lord .i(r�:Q.a to His o� abode, accompanied by\n\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\ndense darkness of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\n\nPurar:w.\" (Snmad-Bhagavatam 1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the Vedas, ancient\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\npreserved through oral tradition, the Vedas were first put into writing\n\nfive thousand years ago by Srila Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\n\nGod.\" After compiling the Vedas, Vyasadeva set forth their essence in\n\nthe\n\naphorisms\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nVedi.inta-satras.\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam is\n\nVyasadeva's commentary on his own Vedi.inta-siltras. It was written in\nthe maturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\nspiritual masJer. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\nliterature,\" Snmad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and authoritative\n\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nAfter compiling the B�Jiigavatam, Vyasa imyressed the synopsis of it\n\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva Gosvami. Sukadeva Gosvami subse­\n\nquently recited the entire Bhagavatam to Maharaja Parik�it in an assem­\n\nbly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\n\nDelhi). Maharaja Parik�it was the emperor of the world and was a great\n\nraja�i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\n\nwithin a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and retired to the hank\n\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\n\n'!fie\n\nBhagavatam hegins with Emperor Parik�it's sober inquiry to\n\nSukadeva Gosvami:\n\n\"You are the spiritual master of great saints and\n\ndevotees. I am therefore begging you to show the\nway of perfection for all persons, and especially for\n\none who is about to die. Please let me know what a\nman should hear, chant, remember and worship,\n\nand also what he should not do. Please explain all\nthis to me.\"\n\nXlU\n\n", "SB7.3#p0012": "XlV\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nSukadeva Gosvami's answer to this question, and numerous other\nquestions posed by Maharaja Parik�it, concerning everything from the\n\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\ndeath. The � Suta Gosvami, who was pr�ent on the bank of the\n\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvami first recited Srimad-Bhiigavatam, later\n\nrepeated the Bhiigavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest of\n\nNaimi�aJ.lya. Those sages, concerned about the spiritual welfare of the\n\npeople in general, had gathered to perform a long, continuous chain of\n\nsacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\nwisdom, Suta Gosvami repeated from memory the entire eighteen thou­\n\nsand verses of Srimad-Bhagavatam, as spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami to\n\nMaharaja Parik�it.\n\nThe reader of Srimad-Bhagavatam hears SUta Gosvami relate the\n\nquestions of Maharaja Parik�it and the answers of Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nAlso, Suta Gosvami sometimes responds directly to questions put by\nSaunaka �i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at Naimi�araJ.lya. One\n\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\n\nParik�it and Sukadeva Gosvami on the bank of the Ganges, and another\n\nat Naimi�aJ.lya between Suta Gosvami and the sages at Naimi�raJ.lya\n\nForest, headed by Saunaka :B.�i. Furthermore, while instructing King\n\nParik�it, Sukadeva Gosvami often relates historical episodes and gives\n\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\n\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple Vidura. With this understanding of\nthe history of the Bhiigavatam, the reader will easily be able to follow its\n\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since philo­\n\nsophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most important in the text,\n\none need only be attentive to the subject matter of Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nto appreciate fully its profound message.\nThe translator of this edition compares the Bhagavatam to sugar\n\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and\nrelishable. Therefore, to taste the sweetness of the Bhiigavatam, one may\n\nbegin by reading any of its volumes. Mter such an introductory taste,\n\nhowever, the serious reader is best advised to go back to Volume One of\n\nthe First Canto and then proceed through the Bhiigavatam, volume after\nvolume, in its natural order.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0013": "Introduction\n\nXV\n\nThis edition of the Bhii.gavatam is the first complete English translation of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\nfirst widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prahhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship and intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhii.gavatam\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhii.gavatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world view. Students of literature will discover the\n\nBhii.gavatam to he a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psychology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhii.gavatam offers simple\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "SB7.3#p0014": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB7.3#p0015": "PLATE ONE\nThousands of years ago, Yudhi�thira Maharaja was the most exalted\nand respected king of India. During a great gathering of sages, he took\nthe opportunity to inquire from the exalted saint Narada Muni about the\nprinciples of the eternal religious system, by which one can attain the\nultimate goal of life. Narada Muni, the supreme spiritual master of\nhuman society, instructed King Yudhi�thira on the behavior of perfect\npersons, the organization of the perfect society, and ideal family life. He\ntaught the path of spiritual liberati�n leading to the understanding of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr�J.la. Maharaja Yudhi�thira thus\n\nlearned everything from the descriptions of Narada Muni. Mter hearing\nthese instructions, he felt great pleasure from within his heart, and in\ngreat ecstasy, love and affection, he worshiped Lord l(r�I).a. (pp. 23-292)\n\n", "SB7.3#p0016": "", "SB7.3#p0017": "PLATE TWO\nWhen the planets of the demigods were attacked by the demoniac\nsoldiers of Maya Danava, the rulers of those planets appealed to Lord\n\nSiva for protection. \"Do not be afraid,\" Lord Siva assured the demigods,\nand then he attacked and killed the demons with a barrage of fiery ar­\n\nrows. But Maya Danava, who was extremely powerful by dint of his\nmystic yoga practice, brought the demons back to life by dropping them\ninto a nectar-filled well he had created. When the dead bodies of the\ndemons came in touch with the nectar, their bodies became invincible to\nthunderbolts. Endowed with great strength, they got up like lightning\npenetrating clouds.\n\n(pp. 9-12)\n\n", "SB7.3#p0018": "", "SB7.3#p0019": "PLATE THREE\nMaya Danava, the great leader of the demons, prepared three invisible\nresidences and gave them to the demons. These dwellings resembled\nairplanes made of gold, silver and iron, and they contained uncommon\nparaphernalia, which enabled the demons to remain invisible. Taking\nadvantage of this opportunity, the demons began to attack the three planetary systems. Seeing this great disturbance, the Supreme Lord l(r�J).a, by\nHis own personal potency (consisting of religion, knowledge, renunciation, opulence, austerity, education and activities) equipped Lord Siva\nwith all the necessary paraphernalia, such as a chariot, a charioteer, a\nflag, horses, elephants, a bow, a shield and an arrow. When Lord Siva\nwas fully equipped in this way, he sat down on the chariot with his arrows and bow to fight with the demons. The most powerful Lord Siva\nthen joined the arrows to his bow, and at noon he set fire to all three residences of the demons and thus destroyed them. (pp. 8-17)\n\n", "SB7.3#p0020": "", "SB7.3#p0021": "PLATE FOUR\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead has created many residential\nplaces like the bodies of human beings, animals, birds, saints and\ndemigods. In all of these innumerable bodily forms, the Lord resides\nwith the living beings as Paramatma, the Supersoul. The Supersoul in\nevery body gives intelligence to the individual soul according to his\ncapacity for understanding. Therefore, the Supersoul is the chief within\nthe body. The Supersoul is manifested to the individual soul according to\nthe\n\nindividual's\n\ncomparative\n\ndevelopment,\n\nknowledge,\n\nausterity,\n\npenance and so on. The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart,\nand is directing the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on\na machine, made of the material energy. One who sees the Supersoul,\nLord Vi�Qu, accompanying the individual soul in all bodies and who\nunderstands that neither the soul nor the Supersoul is ever destroyed, actually sees, and he therefore gradually advances toward spiritual perfection.\n\n(pp. 185-188)\n\n", "SB7.3#p0022": "", "SB7.3#p0023": "PLATE FIVE\nPrahlada Maharaja, the most dear servitor of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, once went out touring the universe with some of his confidential associates just to study the nature of saintly persons. Thus he arrived at the bank of the Kaveri, where there was a mountain known as\nSahya. There he found a great saintly person who was lying on the\nground, covered with dirt and dust, but who was deeply spiritually advanced. Neither by that saintly person's activities, by his bodily features,\nby his words, nor by the symptoms of his cultural status could people\nunderstand whether he was the same person they had known. The great\ndevotee Prahlada Maharaja, in order to understand him, inquired why he\nhad ceased taking part in all materialistic activities. The sage explained\nthat material existence is illusory and that real happiness can be achieved\nby retiring from materialistic activities and absorbing oneself in selfrealization.\n\n(pp. 98-13 7)\n\n", "SB7.3#p0024": "", "SB7.3#p0025": "PLATE SIX\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Kr!?t:ta, is the master of all\nother living entities and of the material nature. Kr!?t:ta, who is known as\nGovinda, is the supreme controller. He has an eternal, blissful, spiritual\nbody. He is the origin of all. He has no other origin, but He is the prime\ncause of all causes. One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is\nonly by devotional service. And when one is in full consciousness of the\nSupreme Lord Kr!?t:ta by such devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of\nGod. (p. 267)\n\n", "SB7.3#p0026": "", "SB7.3#p0027": "PLATE SEVEN\nLong, long ago, Narada Muni existed as the Gandharva known as\nUpabarhaJ;Ia. With his beautiful face, pleasing, attractive bodily structure, and decorations of flower garlands and sandalwood pulp, he was\nmost pleasing to the women in his city, and thus he was bewildered, always feeling lusty desires. Once there was a sankirtana festival to glorify\nthe Supreme Lord in an assembly of the demigods, and the Gandharvas\nand Apsaras were invited by the prajapatis to take part in it. At that\nfestival, Upabarha1;1a, surrounded by lusty women, began singing ordinary songs. Because of this, the prajapatis, the great demigods in charge\nof the affairs of the universe, forcefully cursed him with these words:\n\"Because you have committed an offense, may you immediately become\na siidra, devoid of beauty.\" (pp. 281-285)\n\n", "SB7.3#p0028": "", "SB7.3#p0029": "CHAPTER TEN\n\nPrahlada, the Best\nAmong Exalted Devotees\n(continued from the prev ious volume)\n\nTEXT48\n\n�\n\n-\n\niRI\n\n�illtl\n� � �sfii�RI I\n� �!(1911€1(1<i\\Rt ij�\n� qt iR1 t��QIMI'( 11\\l�ll\n\nyayam nr-loke bata bhuri-bhiiga\nlokam punana munayo 'bhiyanti\nye�am grhan avasatiti sak¢d\ngfu),ham param brahma man�ya-lirigam\nyuyam-all of you (the Piil:�<;lavas); nr-loke-within this material\nworld; bata-however; bhuri-bhiigatt-extremely fortunate; lokamall the planets; punanatt-who can purify; munayatt-great saintly persons; abhiyanti-almost always come to visit; ye�am-of whom;\ngrhan-the house; avasati-resides in; iti-thus; sa�-directly;\ngfu),ham-very confidential; param brahma-the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; manU§)'a-lirigam-appearing just like a human being.\nTRANSLATION\nNirada Muni continued: My dear Maharaja Yudhi�!hira, all of\nyou [the Pil].�avas] are extremely fortunate, for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, :Kn;t;ta, lives in your palace just like a human\nbeing. Great saintly persons know this very well, and therefore\nthey constantly visit this house.\n\n1\n\n", "SB7.3#p0030": "Srunad-Bhagavabun\n\n2\n\n[Canto7, Ch.lO\n\nPURPORT\n\nMter hearing about the activities of Prahlada Maharaja, a pure devo­\n\ntee should he very anxious to follow in his footsteps, but such a devotee\n\nmight he disappointed, thinking that not every devotee can come to the\n\nstandard of Prahlada Maharaja. This is the nature of a pure devotee; he\nalways thinks himself to he the lowest, to be incompetent and unqualified. Thus after hearing the narration of Prahlada Maharaja's ac­\n\ntivities, Maharaja Yudhi�thira, who was on the same standard of\ndevotional service as Prahlada, might have been thinking of his own\n\nhumble position. Narada Muni, however, could U:nderstand Maharaja\nYudhi�thira's mind, and therefore he immediately encouraged him by\n\nsaying that the Piil;lQavas were not less fortunate; they were as good as\n\nPrahlada Maharaja because although Lord Nrsimhadeva appeared for\n\nPrahlada, the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His original form as\n\n.i(r�Qa was always living with the PaQQavas. Although the PaQQavas, be­\n\ncause of the influence of .i(r�Qa's yogamaya, could not think of their for­\n\ntunate position, every saintly person, including the great sage Narada,\ncould understand it, and therefore they constantly visited Maharaja\n\nYudhi�thira.\n\nAny pure devotee who is constantly conscious of .i(r�Qa is naturally\n\nvery fortunate. The word nr-loke, meaning \"within the material world,\"\n\nindicates that before the PiiQQavas there had been many, many devotees,\n\nsuch as the descendants of the Yadu dynasty and Vasi�tha, Marici,\n\nKasyapa, Lord Brahma and Lord Siva, who were all extremely fortunate.\n\nThe PiiQQavas, however, were better than all of them because .i(r�Qa\n\nHimself lived with them constantly. Narada Muni therefore specifically\n\nmentioned that within this material world (nr-loke) the PaQQavas were\n\nthe most fortunate.\n\nTEXT 49\n\n��;::c(!44f.c::ctGJij�\\{Rf:\nfiN: m CJ: � \"'��\n3lR10� AA� �� 11��11\n�\n\nen\n\n3Tti\n\n;m\n\n", "SB7.3#p0031": "Text 49]\n\nPrahlida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n3\n\nsa va ayam brahTTUl TTUlhad-vimrgyakaivalya-nirvfir:w.-sukhanubhilti/:1.\npriya/:1. suhrd va/:1. khalu matuleya\natmarhar:tiyo vidhi-krd guru.S ca\nsa/:1.-that (Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr!?Qa); oo-also;\nayam - this ; brahTTUl-the impersonal Brahman (which is an emanation\nfrom Kr!?Qa); TTUlhat-by great personalities; vimrgya-searched for;\n\nkaivalya-oneness;\n\nnirvar:ta-sukha-of\n\ntranscendental\n\nhappiness;\n\nanubhilti/:1.-the source of practical experience; priya/:1.-very, very\ndear; suhrt-well-wisher; va/:1. -of you; khalu-indeed; matuleya/:1.the son of a maternal uncle; atma-exactly like body and soul together;\narhar:to/a/:1.-worshipable (because He is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead); vidhi-krt-(yet He serves you as ) an order carrier; guru/:1.your supreme advisor; ca-as well.\nTRANSLATION\nThe impersonal Brahman is _Kr��a Himself because _Kr��a is the\nsource of the impersonal Brahman. He is the origin of the transcendental bliss sought by great saintly persons, yet He, the\nSupreme Person, is your most dear friend and constant wellwisher and is intimately related to you as the son of your maternal\nuncle. Indeed, He is always like your body and soul. He is\nworshipahle, yet He acts as your servant and sometimes as your\nspiritual master.\nPURPORT\n\nThere is always a difference of opinion about the Absolute Truth. One\nclass of transcendentalists concludes that the Absolute Truth is impersonal, and another class concludes that the Absolute Truth is a person. In\n\nBhagavad-gita, the Absolute Truth is accepted as the Supreme Person.\nIndeed, that Supreme\n\nPerson Himself,\n\nLord Kr!?Qa, instructs in\n\nBhagavad-gita, brahTTUlr:to hi prati§!haham, TTUltta/:1. parataram nanyat.\n\"The impersonal Brahman is My partial manifestation, and there is no\ntruth superior to Me.\" That same Kr!?Qa, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, acted as the supreme friend and relative of the PiiQQavas, and\n\n", "SB7.3#p0032": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n4\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\nsometimes He even acted as their servant by carrying a letter from the\n\nPal).�avas to Dhrtara!?tra and Duryodhana. Because Kr!?:Q.a was the well-wisher of the Pal).�avas, He also acted as guru by becoming the spiritual\n\nmaster of Arjuna. Arjuna accepted Kr!?J.la as his spiritual master (si$yas\n\nte 'ham sadhi miim tviim prapannam), and Kr!?J.la sometimes chastised\na.Socyiin anva..Socas tvam prajfiiiviidims ca b/u\"4ase: \"While speaking learned words, you are mourning\nfor what is not worthy of grief.\" The Lord also said, kutas tva ka.Smalam\nidam vi$ame samupasthitam: \"My dear Arjuna, how have these im­\n\nhim. For example, the Lord said,\n\npurities come upon you?\" Such was the intimate relationship between\n\nthe Pal).�avas and Kr!?J.la. In the same way, a pure devotee of the Lord is\n\nalways with Kr!?J.la through thick and thin; his way of life is Kr!?J.la. This\nis the statement of the authority Sri Narada Muni.\nTEXT 50\n\n';f � � l(qqij\\i(R\\4\\\"\n� f\\NT q�q)q� I\n\n� '«*4N\\Ii4wt �:\nst4\\(((f(a, � eI€Cf(fi qRI: \"� o\"\nna yasya siik§ad bhava-padmajadibhi\nrilpam dhiya vastutayopavan:titam\nmaunena bhaktyopa§amena piljita/:1.\nprasidatiim e�a sa siitvatiim pati/:1.\nna-not;\n\nyasya-of whom; sa/cyat-directly; bhava-Lord Siva;\n\npadma-ja-Lord Brahma (born from the lotus); adibhi/:1.-by them and\nothers also; rilpam-the form; dhiyii-even by meditation; vastutayti­\n\nfundamentally; upavan:titam-described and perceived; maunena-by\n\nsamadhi,\n\ndeep\n\nmeditation;\n\nbhaktyii-by\n\ndevotional\n\nservice;\n\nupa§amena-by renunciation; piljita/:1.-worshiped; prasidatiim-may\n\nHe be pleased; e�a/:1.-this; sa/:1.-He; siitvatiim-of the great devotees;\n\npati/:1.-the master.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nExalted persons like Lord Siva and Lord Brahmi could not\n\nproperly describe the truth of the Supreme Personality of God-\n\n", "SB7.3#p0033": "Text 51]\n\nPrahlida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n5\n\nhead, ��t;ta. May the Lord, who is always worshiped as the protec­\n\ntor of all devotees by great saints who observe vows of silence,\n\nmeditation,\n\nwith us.\n\ndevotional service\n\nand renunciation,\n\nbe\n\npleased\n\nPURPORT\nThe Absolute Truth is sought by different persons in different ways,\nyet He remains inconceivable. Nonetheless, devotees like the Plit;tQavas,\nthe gopis, the cowherd boys, Mother Yasodli, Nanda Maharaja and all the\ninhabitants of V:rndavana do not need to practice conventional processes\nof meditation to attain the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for He\nremains with them through thick and thin. Therefore a saint like\nNarada, understanding the difference between transcendentalists and\npure devotees, always prays that the Lord will be pleased with him.\nTEXT 51\n\n� � ¥ftli!4lf'(l:st.-o�(twft({ f«ij �: I\n\n�\n\n��\n\n�� �wtlwtt{1'41Mwt111��11\n\nsa e$a bhagavan riijan\nvyatanod vihatam ya5ab,\npurii rudrasya devasya\nmayeniinanta-miiyinii\nsab, e$ab, bhagavan -t he same Personality of Godhead, K:r�t;ta, who is\nParabrahman; riijan -my dear King; tyata not-expanded; vihataml,ost; ya5ab,-reputation; purii-formerly in history; rud rasya of Lord\n-\n\nSiva (the most powerful among the demigods); devasya-the demigod;\nmayena-by a demon named Maya; ananta-unlimited;\n\nmayinii­\n\npossessing technical knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Yudhi��hira, long, long ago in history, a demon\n\nknown as Maya Dinava, who was very expert in technical knowl­\n\nedge, reduced the reputation of Lord Siva. In that situation, ��t;ta,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, saved Lord Siva.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0034": "Srunad-Bhigavabun\n\n6\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\nPURPORT\nLord Siva is known as Mahadeva, the most exalted demigod. Thus\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura says that although Lord Brahma did not\nknow the glories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Siva could\n\nhave known them. This historical incident proves that Lord Siva derives\npower from Lord Knn;�a, the Parabrahman.\nTEXT 52\n(I'517'f1\"1\n\n• ·��sm••a:1ffi«: 1\n� :;(tqMijl �: '#)uJl\"ilit;r�ll��II\nrajoviica\n\nkasmin karmar_ti devasya\n\nmayo 'han jagad-i.Situ/:t\n\nyatha copacita kirti/:t\n\nkm�enanena kathyatam\n\nraja uviica-King Yudhi�thira inquired; kasmin-for what reason;\n\nkarmar_ti-by which activities; devasya-of Lord Mahadeva (Siva);\n\nmaya/:t-the\n\ngreat\n\ndemon\n\nMaya\n\nDanava;\n\nahan-vanquished;\n\njagat-i.Situ/:t-of Lord Siva, who controls the power of the material en­\n\nergy and is the husband of Durgadevi; yatha-just as; ca-and;\nupacitii-again expanded; kirti/:t-reputation; kr$r_tena-by Lord .Kr�J;Ia;\nanena-this; kathyatam-please describe.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMahirija Yudhi�lhir� said: For what reason did the demon Maya\n\nDinav� vanquish Lord Siva's reputation? How did Lord ��a save\n\nLord Siva and expand his reputation again? Kindly describe these\n\nincidents.\n\nTEXT 53\n\n�q��\nf.t�ij(\n¥tlf�'1i\n\n�q��q �: I\nq(¥11�1� � �(11J�Uq9j: ����II\n�\n\n", "SB7.3#p0035": "Text 55]\n\nPrahliida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n7\n\nsri-niirada uvaca\nnirjita asura devair\nyudhy anerwpabrmhitai/:t\nmayiniirh paramiiciiryarh\nmayam sara�m ayayu/:t\nsn-narada/:t uvaca-Sri Narada Muni said; nirjita/:t-being defeated;\n\nasura/:t-all the demons; devai/:t-by the demigods; yudhi-in battle;\nanena-by\n\nLord\n\nK{�:Q.a;\n\nupabrmhitai/:t-increased\n\nin\n\npower;\n\nmayinam-of all the demons; parama-acaryam-the best and largest;\n\nmayam-unto Maya Danava; sara�m-shelter; ayayu/:t-took.\nTRANSLATION\n\nNirada Muni said: When the demigods, who are always powerful\nby the mercy of Lord Kn;t.ta, fought with the asuras, the asuras\nwere defeated, and therefore they took shelter of Maya Danava, the\ngreatest of the demons.\nTEXTS 54-55\n\nu\n\nf.f� �f(ij\\61) �Q(llle'TFti:\n\n��q•�4�•i't•n �qf�:\n\n''��''\n\nijlfq��s�·��� e)'tii�\"ii. ij�� l\n� ;nijttlq: ���t: \"����\nsa nirmiiya puras tisro\nhaimi-raupyayasir vibhu/:t\ndurla�yapaya-samyoga\ndurvitarkya-paricchadii/:t\ntabhis te 'sura-seniinyo\nlokarils trin se5varan nrpa\n\nsmaranto nasayarh cakru/:t\npilrva-vairam ala�ita/:t\nsa/:t-that\n\n(great demon Maya Danava);\n\nnirmiiya-constructing;\n\npura/:t-big residences; tisra/:t-three; haimi-made of gold; raupya-\n\n", "SB7.3#p0036": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n8\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\nmade of silver; dya.sib,-made of iron; vibhub,-very great, powerful;\n\ndurla\"v'a-immeasurable;\n\napaya-samyogab,-whose\n\nmovements\n\nin\n\ncoming and going; durvitarkya-uncommon; paricchadab,-possessing\n\nparaphernalia; tabhib,-by all of them (the three residences, which\nresembled airplanes); te-they; a.sura-send-anyab,-the commanders of\n\nthe asuras; lokiin trin-the three worlds; sa-iSvaran-with their chief\nrulers; nrpa-my dear King Yudhi�thira; smarantab,-remembering;\nI'UiSayam cakrub,-began to annihilate; puroa-former; vmram-en­\n\nmity; ala�itdb,-unseen by anyone else.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaya Dinava, the great leader of the demons, prepared three in­\n\nvisible residences and gave them to the demons. These dwellings\n\nresembled airplanes made of gold, silver and iron, and they con­\n\ntained uncommon paraphernalia. My dear King Yudhi�thira, be­\n\ncause of these three dwellings the commanders of the demons\nremained invisible to the demigods. Taking advantage of this opportunity, the demons, remembering their former enmity, began\n\nto vanquish the three worlds-the upper, middle and lower plan­\n\netary systems.\n\nTEXT 56\n\n� ihro it$T a-qT�� WRIT: I\n\n;nft ft(ijl!iiEfil.-(ct Awmft�(���: 11'-\\�II\ntata.s te se5vard lokii\n\nupasadyesvaram natafl\n\ntrahi na.s tavakiin deva\nvina§!dms tripuralayaib,\ntatab,-thereafter; te-they (the demigods); sa-iSvarafl-with their\n\nrulers; lokiib--the planets; upasddya-approaching; iSvaram-Lord\nSiva; natdb,-fell down in surrender; trdhi-please save; nab,-us;\n\ntdvakiin-near and dear to you and very frightened; deva-0 Lord;\n\nvina§!dn-almost finished; tripura-alayaib,-by the demons dwelling in\n\nthose three planes.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0037": "Text 58]\n\nPrahlida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n9\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, when the demons had begun to destroy the higher\nplanetary systems, the rulers of those planets went to Lord Siva,\nfully surrendered unto him and said: Dear Lord, we demigods living in the three worlds are about to be vanquished. We are your\nfollowers. Kindly save us.\nTEXT 57\n\n3T�U ¥ftl�lritl �ftr WJf;q: I\n� � � �� oqiRI ll'-\\�ll\nathiinugrhya bhagaviin\nmii bha�teti suran vibhub,\nSa.ram dhan�i sandhiiya\npure�v astram vyamuncata\natka-thereafter; anugrhya-just to show them favor; bhagaviinthe most powerful; mii-do not; bha�ta-be afraid; iti- thus; suran­\n\nunto the demigods; vibhub,-Lord Siva; saram-arrows; dhan�i-on\nthe bow; sandhiiya-fixing; pure�u-at those three residences occupied\nby the demons; astram-weapons; vyamuiicata-released\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe most powerful and able Lord Siva reassured them and said,\n\"Do not be afraid.\" He then fixed his arrow s to his bow and\nreleased them toward the three residences occupied by the\ndemons.\nTEXT 58\n\nmsftl�u1i �;r �: f.l4+tq81� I\n•\"\"\n\n�1 +t�\n....,� (ffm(i71C(I(T\n\n\"\"\n\nwtlffi;:ij � �: ����II\n\ntato 'gni-van:ui �ava\nutpetub, surya-ma1J4,auit\nyathii mayukha-sandohii\nnadrsyanta puro yatab,\n\n", "SB7.3#p0038": "Srunad-Bhagavabun\n\n10\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. I 0\n\ntata�-thereafter; agni-va71ld�-as brilliant as fire; �ava�-arrows;\nutpetu�-released; surya-ma�lat-from the sun globe; yathd-just\nas; mayukha-sandoha�-beams of light; na adrsyanta-could not be\nseen; pura�-the three resid�nces;\ncovered by the arrows of Lord Siva).\n\nyata�-because of this (being\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe arrows released by Lord Siva appeared like fiery beams\n\nemanating from the sun globe and covered the three residential\nairplanes, which could then no longer be seen.\nTEXT 59\n\na:��:��:��«: 1\n�'N �(l�•ft 'A: ��sfit� II�Q..II\ntai� spma vyasava� sarve\nnipetu� sma puraukasa�\n\ntan anrya maha-yogi\n\nmaya� kupa-rase '�ipat\ntai�-by those (fiery arrows); spr�td�-being attacked or being\ntouched; vyasava�-without life; saroe-all the demons; nipetu�-fell\ndown; sma-formerly;\n\npura-okasa�-being the inhabitants of the\n\nabove-mentioned three residential airplanes; tan-all of them; dniyabringing; maha-yogi-the great mystic; maya�-Maya Danava; kuparase-in the well of nectar (created by the great mystic Maya); a�ipatput.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAttacked by Lord Siva's golden arrows, all the demoniac inhabi­\n\ntants of those three dwellings lost their lives and fell down. Then\n\nthe great mystic Maya Dinava dropped the demons into a nectarean\nwell that he had created.\n\nPURPORT\nThe asuras are generally extremely powerful because of their mystic\n\nyogic power. However, as Lord Krt?Q.a says in Bhagavad-gita (6.47):\n\n", "SB7.3#p0039": "Text 60]\n\nPrahlida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n11\n\nyoginam api sarve�m\nmad-gateruintaratmarui\nsraddhii:van bhajate yo miim\nsa me yuktatamo mata/.t\n\"Of all yogiS, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping\nMe in transcendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in\n\nyoga and is the highest of all.\" The actual purpose of mystic yoga is to\nconcentrate one's attention fully on the Personality of Godhead, _Kr�Qa,\nand always think of Him (mad-gatenantaratmana). To attain such perfection, one must undergo a certain process-ha!ha-yoga-and through\nthis yoga system the practitioner achieves some uncommon mystic\npower. The asuras, however, instead of becoming devotees of _Kr�Qa,\nutilize this mystic power for their personal sense gratification. Maya\nDanava, for example, is mentioned here as maha-yogi, a great mystic,\nbut his business was to help the asuras. Nowadays we are actually seeing\nthat there are some yogis who cater to the senses of materialists, and\n. there are imposters who advertise themselves as God. Maya Danava was\nsuch a person, a god among the demons, and he could perform some\nwonderful feats, one of which is described here: he made a well filled\nwith nectar and dipped the asuras into that nectarean well. This nectar\nwas known as mrta-sanjivayitari, for it could bring a dead body to life.\nMrta-sanjivayitari is also an Ayur-vedic preparation. It is a kind of liquor that invigorates even a person on the verge of death.\n\nTEXT 60\n\nfu:;:t���\n\n�h4QI(I\n\na:q��lt�<\\� �� �\n\n·�: I\nm: ll�oll\n\nsiddhamrta-rasa-spr�!(i\nvajra-sara mahaujasa/.t\nuttasthur megha-dalana\nvaidyuta iva vahnaya/.t\nsiddha-amrta-rasa-spma/.t-the demons, thus being touched by the\npowerful mystic nectarean liquid; vajra-sara/.t-their bodies becoming\ninvincible to thunderbolts;\n\nmaha-ojasa/.t-being extremely strong;\n\n", "SB7.3#p0040": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n12\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.10\n\nuttasthu�-again got up; megha-dalana�-that which goes through the\nclouds; vaidyuta�-lightning (which penetrates the clouds); iva-like;\nvahnaya�-fiery.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the dead bodies of the demons came in touch with the\nnectar, their bodies became invincible to thunderbolts. Endowed\nwith great strength, they got up like lightning penetrating clouds.\nTEXT 61\n\nN�l� lf\\lij�cA A'i'1�cb 'ttf'lr:Nl¥( I\n\n� �tf�t�{ij'lqP�¥4�qt�a_ II� �II\nvilokya bhagna-sankalpam\nvimanaskarit vr�a-dhvajam\ntadayam bhagavan v�r:r-us\ntatropdyam akalpayat\nvilokya-seeing; bhagna-sankalpam-disappointed; vimanaskamextremely unhappy; vr�a-dhvajam-Lord Siva; tada-at that time;\nayam-this; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; v�r:r-u�Lord Vi�I).u; tatra-ahout the well of nectar; upayam-means (how to\nstop it); akalpayat-considered.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Lord\n\nSiva very much aggrieved and disappointed, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi��u, considered how to\nstop this nuisance created by Maya Danava.\nTEXT 62\n\n�ltm� ;mt � f�q ft ffl: I\n� � � �(1\\ql4ld qqT 11��11\nvatsa.S casit tada brahma\nsvayarit v�r:r-ur ayam hi gau�\n\n", "SB7.3#p0041": "Text 63]\n\n13\n\nPrahlida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\npraviSya tripuram kiile\nrasa-kupamrtam papau\nvatsa�-a\n\ncalf;\n\nca-also;\n\nasit-became;\n\ntadii-at\n\nthat\n\ntime;\n\nbrahma-Lord Brahmli; svayam-personally; v��u�-Lord Vi!?J;lU, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; ayam-this; hi-indeed; gau�-a\ncow; praviSya-entering; tri-puram-the three residences; kiile-at\nnoon; rasa-kilpa-amrtam-the nectar contained in that well; papaudrank.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Lord Brahma became a calf and Lord Vi�r;tu a cow, and at\nnoon they entered the residences and drank all the nectar in the\nwell.\nTEXT 63\n\n� m q�rat ;r �\"'44ilwu : 1\n� � �� �QqaeaPI� � 1\n� �: �n�l�t�(�t•lfl\" ��II G.� II\nte 'sura hy api pa§yanto\nna nya{>edhan vimohita�\ntad vijfiiiya maha-yogi\nrasa-palan idam jagau\nsmayan viSoka� sokiirtan\nsmaran daiva-gatim ca tam\nte-those; asurd�-demons; hi-indeed; api-although; pa§yanta�\n-seeing (the calf and cow drinking the nectar); na-not; nya{>edhanforbade them; vimohita�-being bewildered by illusion; tat vijfiiiyaknowing this fully; maha-yogi-the great mystic Maya Danava; rasapalan-unto the demons who guarded the nectar; idam-this; jagausaid; smayan-being bewildered; viSoka�-not being very unhappy;\nsoka-artan-greatly lamenting; smaran-remembering; daiva-gatimspiritual power; ca-also; tdm-that.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0042": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n14\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demons could see the calf and cow, but because of the illusion created by the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the demons could not forbid them. The great mystic Maya\nDinava became aware that the calf and cow were drinking the\nnectar, and he could understand this to be the unseen power of\nprovidence. Thus he spoke to the demons, who were grievously\nlamenting.\nTEXT 64\n\n��wro��i{Sftit���;r I\n31m{;fi��f�i����: 11�\\lll\ndevo 'suro naro 'nyo oo\n\nne5varo 'stiha kaScana\natmano 'nyasya 00 d�!arh\ndaivenapohiturh dvayob,\ndevab,-the\n\nanya b,\n\n-\n\ndemigods;\n\nasurab,-the\n\ndemons;\n\nnarab,-humans;\n\nor anyone else; vd-either; na-not; L§varab,-the supreme\n\ncontroller; asti-is; iha-in this world; kaScana-anyone; dtmanaiJ,one's\n\nown;\n\nanyasya-another s;\n'\n\nvii-either;\n\nd�!am\n\n-\n\ndestiny;\n\ndaivena-which is given by the Supreme Lord; apohitum-to undo;\n\ndvayo b,-of both of them.\nTRANSLATION\nMaya Oinava said: What has been destined by the Supreme Lord\nfor oneself, for others, or for both oneself and others cannot be\nundone anywhere or by anyone, whether one be a demigod, a\ndemon, a human being or anyone else.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord is one-_Kr�:Q.a, the v�ry,u-tattva. .Kr�:Q.a expands\nHimself into v�ry,u-tattva personal expansions (svdmsa), who control\neverything. Maya Danava said, \"However I plan, you plan or both of us\nplan, the Lord has planned what is to happen. No one's plan will be sue-\n\n", "SB7.3#p0043": "Text 66]\n\nPrahlida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n15\n\ncessful without His sanction.\" We may make our own various plans, but\n\nunless they are sanctioned by the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nVi!?QU, they will never be successful. Hundreds and millions of plans are\n\nmade by all kinds of living entities, but without the sanction of the\n\nSupreme Lord they are futile.\n\nTEXT 65-66\n\naNt��Nfiflf:��:�m:sn�� 1\n��lwtN«t��Ptttlfsti�:\n\"�\"'\"\n\n�������\n��\n\n�+ll�l�\n\nI\n\n�� ��q��\n\n����II\n\nathiisau saktibhi!l svabhi!l\n\nsambho!l pradhanikam vyadhat\n\ndharma-joona-virakty-rddhitapo-vidya-kriyadibhi!l\n\nratham sillam dhvajam vahan\ndhanur varma-saradi yat\n\nsannaddho ratham tisthaya\nsaram dhanur upadade\n\natka-thereafter; asau-He (Lord Kr!?Qa); saktibhi!l-by His poten­\n\ncies; svabhi!l-personal; sambho!l-of Lord Siva; pradluinikam-ingredients;\n\nvyadhat-created;\n\nvirakti-renunciation;\n\ndharma-religion;\n\nrddhi-opulence;\n\njoona-knowledge;\n\ntapa!l-austerity;\n\nvidyti­\n\neducation; kriyti-activities; adibhi!l-by all these and other transcendental opulences; ratham-chariot; sutam-charioteer; dhvajam-B.ag;\n\nooluin-horses and elephants; dhanu!l-bow; oorma-shield; sara­\n\nadi-arrows\n\nand\n\nso\n\nsannaddha!l-equipped;\n\non;\n\nyat-everything\n\nthat\n\nwas\n\nrequired;\n\nratham-on the chariot; tistluiya-seated;\n\nsaram-arrow; dhanu!l-unto the bow; upadade-joined.\nTRANSLATION\n\nNiirada Muni continued: Thereafter, Lord �'.la, by His own\npersonal potency, consisting of religion, knowledge, renunciation,\n\n", "SB7.3#p0044": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n16\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.IO\n\nopulence, austerity, education and activities, equipped Lord Siva\nwith all\n\nthe\n\ncharioteer, a\n\nnecessary\n\nparaphernalia,\n\nsuch\n\nas\n\na\n\nchariot,\n\na\n\nflag, horses, elephants, a bow, a shield and arrows.\n\nWhen Lord Siva was fully equipped in this way, he sat down on the\nchariot with his arrows and bow to fight with the demons.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (12.13.16): va�rya:rxiruirh yatha\n\n5ambhub: Lord Siva is the best of the Vai�?J;tavas, the devotees of Lord\n\n}_(fi?J;ta. Indeed, he is one of the mahajanas, the twelve authorities on\n\nVaii?J;taVa philosophy (svayambhur ruiradab sambhub kumiirab kapi/o\n\nmanub, etc.). Lord i(r�?I;ta is always prepared to help all the mahajanas\nand devotees in every resp«?Ct (kaunteya pratijanihi na me bhaktab\nprar:uziyati). Although Lord Siva is very powerful, he lost a battle to the\nasuras, and therefore he was morose and disappointed. However, because\nhe is one of the chief devotees of the Lord, the Lord personally equipped\nhim with all the paraphernalia for war. The devotee, therefore, must\n\nserve the Lord sincerely, and :Kr�?I;ta is always in the background to protect him and, if need be, to equip him fully to fight with his enemy. For\ndevotees there is no scarcity of knowledge or material requisites for\nspreading the :Kr�?I;ta consciousness movement.\nTEXT 67\n\n� � � �sfuf��: I\n� � �'\"''\n\nro� t5riU � 11 G.�u\n\n5ararh dhanW}i sandhaya\nmuhurte 'bhijinsvarab\ndadaha tena durbhedya\nharo 'tha tripuro nrpa\nsamm-the\n\narrows;\n\ndhanW}i-on\n\nthe\n\nbow;\n\nsandhaya-joining\n\ntogether; muhurte abhijiti-at noon; iSvamb-Lord Siva; daddha-set\n\nafire; tena-by them (the arrows); durbhedyab-very difficult to\n\n", "SB7.3#p0045": "Text\n\n68]\n\nPrahlida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n17\n\npierce; hara�-Lord Siva; atha-in this way; tri-pura�-the three residences of the demons; nrpa-0\n\nKing Yudhi�?thira.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Yudhi�thira, the most powerful Lord Siva joined\n\nthe arrows to his bow, and at noon he set fire to all three residences\nof the demons and thus destroyed them.\nTEXT\n\n68\n\nAA t.-�¥fttl :-t(Fehuwt�R'I�: l\n�fiiN�ut � twfl��: l\n\n31cfl�®g(e:t\n\nWl'm�W•('I(\\•ton: ll��ll\n\ndivi dundubhayo nedur\nvimiina-Sata-sarikula�\ndeva�i-pitr-siddhesii\njayeti kusumotkarai�\n\naviikirafi jagur hma\n\nnanrtu5 ciipsaro-ga1Jii,�\n\ndivi-in the sky; dundubhaya�-kettledrums; nedu�-vibrated;\n\nvimiina-of airplanes; sata-hundreds and thousands; sarikula�-en­\n\ndowed; deva-r�i-all the demigods and saints; pitr-the residents of\n\nPitrloka; siddha-the residents of Siddhaloka; 00�-all the great per­\n\nsonalities; jaya iti-vibrated the chant \"let there be victory\"; kusumautkaraih-various kinds of flowers; aviikiran-showered on the head of\n\nLord siva; jagu�-chanted;\n\nhr�!ii�-in great pleasure;\n\nnanrtu�­\n\ndanced; ca-and; apsara�-ga1Jd,�-the beautiful women of the heavenly\n\nplanets.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeated in their airplanes in the sky, the inhabitants of the higher\n\nplanetary systems beat many kettledrums. The demigods, saints,\n\nPitas, Siddhas and various great personalities showered flowers on\n\n", "SB7.3#p0046": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n18\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.IO\n\nthe head of Lord Siva, wishing him all victory, and the Apsaris\n\nbegan to chant and dance with great pleasure.\n\nevam\n\ndagdhva puras tisro\n\nbhagavan pura-ha nrpa\nbrahmadibhitt stilyamanatt\nsvam dhama pratyapadyata\nevam-thus;\n\ndagdhoo-burning to ashes; puratt tisratt-the three\n\nresidences of the demons; bhagavan-the supreme powerful; puraha-who annihilated the residences of the asuras; nrpa-0 King\nYudhif:lthira; brahma-adibhitt-by Lord Brahma and other demigods;\nstilyamanatt-being worshiped; svam-to his own; dhama-abode;\npratyapadyata-returned.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Yudhi,thira, thus Lord Siva is known as Tripurari, the\n\nannihilator of the three dwellings of the demons, because he burnt\n\nthese dwellings to ashes. Being worshiped by the demigods,\nheaded by Lord Brahmi, Lord Siva returned to his own abode.\n\nTEXT 70\n\n��\\ifl;:q@\n\n�:\n\nNC\"'ttiW\\$\n\nit'NtfUr\n\n(qifltltll\n\n�ctittl.;:twt: I\n\n�t'TatW4!Af�·-\n\n� �IW\\l\"ttqt�� � ll\\9o II\nevam vidhany asya harett sva-miiyaya\nvU;lambamiinasya nr-lokam atmanatt\nvirya�i gitany r$ibhir jagad-guror\nlokam punanany aparam vadami kim\n\n", "SB7.3#p0047": "Text 70]\n\nPrahlida, the Best Among Exalted Devotees\n\n19\n\nevam v idluini-in this way; asya-of :Kr�r;ta; hareb,-of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead; sva-mayaya-by His transcendental potencies;\n\nvi4ambamanasya-acting like an ordinary human being; nr-lokam­\n\nwithin human society; atmanab,-of Him; virya�i-transcendental ac­\n\ntivities; gitani-narrations; r�ibhib,-by great saintly persons; jagatgurob,-of the supreme master;\n\nlokam-all the planetary systems;\n\npunanani-purifying; aparam-what else; vadiimi kim-can I say.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, Sri Kr��a, appeared as a human being, yet He performed many uncommon and wonderful pastimes by His own\npotency. How can I say more about His activities than what has\nalready been said by great saintly persons? Everyone\n\ncan\n\nhe\n\npurified by His activities, simply by hearing about them from the\nright source.\nPURPORT\nBhagavad-gita and all the Vedic literatures fully explain that the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, :Kr�r;ta, appears in human society as an\n\nordinary human being but acts very uncommonly for the well-being of\n\nthe entire world. One should not be influenced by the illusory energy and\n\nthink Lord Kr�Qa to be an ordinary human being. Those who really seek\n\nthe Absolute Truth come to the understanding that Kr�Qa is everything\n\n(vasudevab, sarvam iti). Such great souls are very rare. Nonetheless, if\n\none studies the entire Bhagavad-gita as it is, Kr�Qa is very easy to under­\n\nstand. The Kr�Qa consciousness movement is just trying to make :Kr�r;ta\n\nknown all over the world as the Supreme Personality of Godhead (kr��\n\ntu bhagavdn svayam). If people take this movement seriously, their lives\n\nas human beings will be successful.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Seventh Canto, Tenth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Prahlada, the Best Among\nExalted Devotees. \"\n\n", "SB7.3#p0048": "CHAPTER ELEVEN\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classe\nThis chapter describes the general principles by following which a\nhuman being, and specifically one who is interested in advancing in\nspiritual life, can become perfect.\nBy hearing about the characteristics of Prahlada Maharaja, Maharaja\nYudhif?thira became extremely pleased. Now he inquired from Narada\nMuni about the actual religion of a human being and about special\ncharacteristics of van:uJ.Srama-dharma, which marks the highest status\nof human civilization. When Maharaja Yudhir?thira asked Narada Muni\nabout these matters, Narada Muni stopped giving his own statements and\nquoted statements by Lord Naraya1;1a, for He is the supreme authority for\ngiving religious codes (dharmarh tu sak$ad bhagavat-prar:titam). Every\nhuman being is expected to acquire thirty qualities, such as truthfulness,\nmercy and austerity. The process of following the principles of religion is\nknown as sanatana-dharma, the eternal religious system.\nThe van:uJ.Srama system delineates the divisions of\n\nbrahmar:w,\nk$atriya, vaiSya and sildra. It also sets forth the system of sarhskii ras.\nThe garbhadhana sarhskara, the ceremony for begetting a child, must be\nobserved by the higher section of people, namely the dvijas. One who\nfollows the garbhadhana sarhskiira system is actually twiceborn, but\nthose who do not, who deviate from the principles of van:uJ.Sramadharma, are called dvija-bandhus. The principal occupations for a\nbrahmar:w are worshiping the Deity, teaching others how to worship the\nDeity, studying the Vedic literatures, teaching the Vedic literatures, accepting charity from others and again giving charity to others. A\n\nbrahmar:w should make his livelihood from these six occupational duties.\nThe duty of a k$atriya is to give protection to the citizens and levy taxes\nupon them, but he is forbidden to tax the brahmar:tas. The members of\nthe �f?J;la consciousness movement should therefore be exempt from\ngovernment taxation. K�atriyas may tax everyone but the brahmar:tas.\n\nVaiSyas should cultivate the land, produce food grains and protect the\n21\n\n", "SB7.3#p0049": "22\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n(Canto 7, Ch.ll\n\ncows, whereas the siidras, who by quality never become brahmar:uzs,\n\nk$atriyas or vaiSyas, should serve the three higher classes and he\nsatisfied. Other means of livelihood are also prescribed for the\n\nbrahmar:uzs, and these are four\n\n-\n\nsalina, yayavara, sila, and unchana.\n\nEach of these occupational duties is successively better.\nOne who is in a lower grade of social life cannot accept the profession\nof a higher class unless necessary. In times of emergency, all the classes\nhut the k§atriyas may accept professional duties of others. The means of\nlivelihood known as rta (silonchana), amrta (ayacita), mrta (yacna),\npramrta ( ka� a�) , and satyanrta (va�ijya) may he accepted by everyone hut the k§atriyas. For a brahma� or a k$atriya, engaging in the service of the vaiSyas or siidras is considered the profession of dogs.\nNarada Muni also described that the symptom of a brahma� is controlled senses, the symptoms of a k§atriya are power and fame, the\nsymptom of a vaiSya is service to the brahmar:uzs and k§atriyas, and the\nsymptom of a siidra is service to the three higher classes. The qualification for a woman is to he a very faithful and chaste wife. In this way,\nNarada Muni described the characteristics of higher and lower grades of\npeople and recommended that one follow the principles o{ his caste or his\nhereditary occupation. One cannot suddenly give up a profession to\nwhich he is accustomed, and therefore it is recommended that one gradually he awakened. The symptoms of brahmar:uzs, k§atriyas, vaiSyas, and\n\nsiidras are very important, and therefore one should he designated only\nby these symptoms, and not by birth. Designation by birth is strictly forhidden by Narada Muni and all great personalities.\n\n�('EI'IIJIUq\n\nfi¥411�&{;:r:\n\n�u a�q(tjf(,p.q<n\n� l{_�({twt4 �: II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\nsrutvehitarh siidhu sabha-sabhajitam\nmahattamiigra�ya urukramatmanafl\n\n", "SB7.3#p0050": "The Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\nText2]\n\n23\n\nyudh�!hiro daitya-pater mudanvita/:l\npapraccha bhuyas tanayam svayambhuva/:l\nsri-suka/:l uroca-Sri Sukadeva\n\nGosvami said;\n\nsrutro-hearing;\n\n;;hitam-the narration; sadhu sabha-sabluijitam-which is discussed in\n\nassemblies of great devotees like Lord Brahma and Lord Siva; mahattama-agra�ya/:l-the\n\nbest\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nsaintly\n\npersons\n\n(Yudhi�?thira);\n\nurukrama-atmana/:l-of he (Prahlada Maharaja) whose mind is always\n\nengaged upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who always acts uncommonly;\n\nyudh�!hira/:l-King\n\nYudhi�?thira;\n\ndaitya-pate/:l-of the\n\nmaster of the demons; muda-anvitab,-in a pleasing mood; papraccha­\n\ninquired; bhuya/:l-again; tanayam-unto the son; svayambhuvab,-of\nLord Brahma.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: After hearing about the activities\n\nand character of Prahlida Mahirija, which are adored and dis­\n\ncussed among great personalities like Lord Brahmi and Lord Siva,\n\nYudhi�!hira Maharaja, the most respectful king among exalted\n\npersonalities, again inquired from the great saint Nirada Muni in a\nmood of great pleasure.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�m �\n\n� �t�f+i�stN � � �WflijWf'( 1\nCJUil'i+41*41($i � �� � II� II\nsri-yudh�!hira UOOca\nbhagavan srotum icchami\nnr� dharmam sanatanam\nva�ra macara-yutam\nyat puman vindate param\nsri-yudh�!hirab, uvaca-Maharaja Yudhi�?thira inquired; bhagavan-\n\n0 my lord; srotum-to hear; icchami-1 wish; n�m-of human\n\nsociety; dharmam-the occupational duties; santitanam-common and\n\n", "SB7.3#p0051": "24\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.ll\n\neternal (for everyone); va11Ul-dSrama-acdra-yutam-based on the principles of the four divisions of society and the four divisions of spiritual\nadvancement;\n\nyat-from\n\nwhich;\n\npuman-the\n\npeople in\n\ngeneral;\n\nvindate-can enjoy very peacefully; param-the supreme knowledge\n(by which one can attain devotional service).\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira said: My dear lord, I wish to hear from\n\nyou about the principles of religion by which one can attain the\n\nultimate goal of life -devotional service. I wish to hear about the\ngeneral occupational duties of human society and the system of\n\nsocial and spiritual advancement known as var�rama-dharma.\nPURPORT\n\nSanatana-dharma means devotional service. The word sanlitana\nrefers to that which is eternal, which does not change but continues in all\ncircumstances. We have several times explained what the eternal occupational duty of the living being is. Indeed, it has been explained by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. ]ivera 'svarilpa' haya-km:�era 'nitya-dasa': the\nreal occupational duty of the living entity is to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Even if one prefers to deviate from this principle he\nremains a servant because that is his eternal position; but one serves\nmaya, the illusory, material energy. The Kr!?I;Ul consciousness move­\n\nment, therefore, is an attempt to guide human society to serving the Personality of Godhead instead of serving the material world with no real\nprofit. Our actual experience is that every man, animal, bird and beastindeed, every living entity-is engaged in rendering service. Even\nthough one's body or one's superficial religion may change, every living\nentity is always engaged in the service of someone. Therefore, the mentality of service is called the eternal occupational duty. This eternal occupational duty can be organized through the institution of van:uJ,§rama,\nin which there are four va11U15 (brahmar:uz, �ya, vaiSya and sadra)\nand four asramas (brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa).\nThus, Yudhi�?thira Maharaja inquired from Narada Muni about the principles of sanlitana-dharma for the benefit of human society.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0052": "Text4]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classe\n\n25\n\nTEXT3\n��m: meM14J�:st:\n\nq(llf8it: I\n\nWf1i(f � -��: II � II\nbhavan prajapate � sak$ad\natmaja� parame$!hina�\nsutanarh sammato brahmarhs\ntapo-yoga-samadhibhi�\n\nbhavan-Your Lordship; prajapate�-of Prajapati (Lord Brahma);\nsak$at-direct1y; atma-ja�-the son; parame$!hina�-of the supreme\nperson within this universe (Lord Brahma); sutanam-of all the sons;\nsammata�-agreed upon\n\nas\n\nbrahma1J,a5;\n\nausterity;\n\ntapa�-by\n\nthe\n\nbest;\n\nbrahman-0\n\nyoga-by\n\nbest\n\nmystic\n\nof the\npractice;\n\nsamadhibhi�-and by trance or meditation (in all respects, you are the\nbest).\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of the hrih�, you are directly the son of Prajipati\n[Lord Brahmi]. Because of your austerities, mystic yoga and\ntrance, you are considered the best of all of Lord Brahmi's sons.\nTEXT4\nifl(tt(Ujq(l ron \\:Pf !l'i �\n\n�: 1\n�: �: �li'(ll@lfi:\\1 if � II \\lll\nnara ya�-para vipra\ndharmam guhyam param vidu�\nkaru�� sadhava� santas\ntvad-vidha na tathapare\nnaraya�-para�-those who are always devoted to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, NariiyaJ.la; vipra�-the best of the brahma1J,a5;\ndharmam-religious\n\nprinciple;\n\nguhyam-the\n\nmost\n\nconfidential;\n\nparam-supreme; vidu�-know; karu��-such persons are very\n\n", "SB7.3#p0053": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n26\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.ll\n\nmerciful (being devotees); sadhava!l-whose behavior is very exalted;\n\nsanta!l-peaceful; tvat-vidha!l-like Your Honor; na-not; tatha-so;\napare-others (followers of methods other than devotional service).\nTRANSLATION\n\nNo one is superior to you in peaceful life and mercy, and no one\n\nknows better than you how to execute devotional service or how to\nbecome the best of the brih�as. Therefore, you know all the\nprinciples of confidential religious life, and no one knows them\n\nbetter than you.\n\nPURPORT\nY udhi�?thira Maharaja knew that Narada Muni is the supreme spiritual\n\nmaster of human society who can teach the path of spiritual liberation\n\nleading to the understanding of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nActually, it is for this purpose that Narada Muni compiled his Bhaktisatra\n\nand gave directions in the Narada-paficaratra. To learn about\n\nreligious principles and the perfection of life, one must take instruction\n\nfrom the disciplic succession of Narada Muni. Our .Kr�?.Q.a consciousness\n\nmovement is directly in the line of the Brahma-sampradaya. Narada\n\nMuni received instructions from Lord Brahma and in turn transmitted\nthe instructions to Vyasadeva. Vyasadeva instructed his son Sukadeva\n\nGosvami, who spoke Srimad-Bhagavatam. The Kr!?.Q.a consciousness\nmovement is based on Srimad-Bhagavatam and Bhagavad-gitd. Because\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam was spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami and Bhagavad­\n\ngitd was spoken by Krf?.Q.a, there is no difference between them. If we\n\nstrictly follow the principle of disciplic succession, we are certainly on\n\nthe right path of spiritual liberation, or eternal engagement in devotional\n\nsei'Vlce.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�Cf \\JciR\n�� et•twwi \\446a� 1\ne-ww\n....,lijr!l\n� lil\n\n.\n\n�\n\n�\n\nwtl(l�Uifl(iil�'� II � II\n..::1\n\n", "SB7.3#p0054": "Text6]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\n27\n\nsn-niirada uvdca\nootva bhagavate 'jaya\nlokaniim dharma-setave\nva�ye saniitaoorit dharmam\nniirayaiJ,a mukhac ch rutam\n-\n\nsri-niirada/:1- uvaca -Sri Narada Muni said; ootoo-offering my obeisances; bhagavate-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ajayaever existing, never horn; lokanam-throughout the entire universe;\ndharma-setave-who protects religious principles; va�ye-I shall explain; saniitaoom-eternal; dharmam-occupational duty; niirayary.amukhat-from the mouth of NariiyaJ;Ia; srutam-which I have heard.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Niirada Muni said: Mter first offering my obeisances unto\nLord ��I;�&, the protector of the religious principles of all living\nentities, let me explain the principles of the eternal religious\nsystem, of which I have heard from the mouth of Niiriyai;J.a.\nPURPORT\nThe word aja refers to Ktt?I;ta, who explains in Bhagavad-gua (4.6),\najo 'pi sann atyaydtmd: \"I am ever existing, and thus I never take birth.\nThere is no change in My existence.\"\nTEXT6\n\n�SC(ffl�l�¥4;11� �tei�IR4i ij �: I\nelEtilwti �SQII� � 'IG\\�1� II � II\nyo 'vatiryatmano 'mseoo\ndii�ayar:tyam tu dharmata/:£\nlokaniim svastaye 'dhyaste\ntapo badarika.Srame\nya/:1--He who (Lord NariiyaJ;Ia); avatirya-adventing; dtmaoo/:1--of\nHimself; amseoo-with a part (Nara); dii�yar:tyam-in the womb of\n\n", "SB7.3#p0055": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n28\n\n[Canto7, Ch.ll\n\n�ylll).i, the daughter of Maharaja Dak�?a; tu-indeed; dharmata/:1.from Dharma Maharaja; lokandm-of all people; svastaye-for the\nbenefit of; adhyaste-executes; tapa/:1.-austerity; badarikii.Srame-in\nthe place known as Badarikasrama.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Niriy�a, along with His partial manifestation Nara, ap­\n\npeared in this world through the daughter of Oak� Mahirija\nknown as Mdrti. He was begotten by Dharma Mahirija for the\n\nbenefit of all living entities. Even now, He is still engaged in executing great austerities near the place known as Badariki.Srama.\nTEXT7\n\n�� ft: ...,q,;ij��a:¥1ttl rn: ,\n\n� � � ml� �ronsm� II \\9 II\ndharma-mulam hi bhagavan\n\nsarva-vedamayo hari/:1.\nsmrtam ca tad-vidiim rajan\n\nyena ctitmti prasidati\ndharma-millam-the\n\nroot\n\nof\n\nreligious\n\nprinciples;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sarva-veda-maya/:1.the essence of all Vedic knowledge; hari/:1.-the Supreme Being; smrtam\nca-and the scriptures; tat-vidiim-of those who know the Supreme\nLord; rajan-0 King; yena-by which (religious principle); ca-also;\ntitmti-the soul, mind, body and everything; prasidati-become fully\nsatisfied.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Being, the Personality of Godhead, is the essence\n\nof all Vedic knowledge, the root of all religious principles, and the\n\nmemory of great authorities. 0 King Yudhi,lhira, this principle of\n\nreligion is to be understood as evidence. On the basis of this\n\nreligious principle, everything is satisfied, including one's mind,\nsoul and even one's body.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0056": "Text 7]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\n29\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated by Y amaraja, dharmarh tu siik¢,d bhagamt-prar:titam.\nYamaraja, the representative of the Lord who takes care of the living\nbeings after their death, gives his verdict as to how and when the living\nbeing will change his body. He is the authority, and he says that the\nreligious principles consist of the codes and laws given by God. No one\ncan manufacture religion, an� therefore manufactured religious systems\nare rejected by the followers of the Vedic principles. In Bhagamd-gitii\n(15.15) it is said, vedaiS ca saroair aham eva vedya�: Vedic knowledge\nmeans to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, :l<rt?J.la.\nTherefore, whether one speaks of the Vedas, scriptures, religion or the\nprinciples of everyone's occupational duty, all of them must aim at\nunderstanding :l<rt?J.la, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. SnmadBhagamtam (1.2.6) therefore concludes:\n\nsa mi purhsiirh paro dharmo\nyato bhaktir adho�aje\nahaituky apratihatii\nyayiitmii suprasidati\nIn other words, religious principles aim at learning how to render transcendental loving service to the Lord. That service must be unmotivated\nand unchecked by material conditions. Then human society will be\nhappy in all respects.\nThe smrti, the scriptures following the principles of Vedic knowledge,\nare considered the evidence of Vedic principles. There are twenty different types of scripture for following religious principles, and among\nthem the scriptures of Manu and Yajiiavalkya are considered to be allpervading authorities. In the Yajiiavalkya-smrti it is said:\n\nsruti-smrti-sadaciira�\nsvasya ca priyam atmana�\nsamyak sankalpaja� kamo\ndharma-malam idarh smrtam\nOne should learn human behavior from sruti, the Vedas, and from smrti,\nthe scriptures following the Vedic principles. Srila Riipa Gosvami in hls\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu says:\n\n", "SB7.3#p0057": "SrUnad-Bhigavabun\n\n30\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. ll\n\nsruti-smrti-purii1Jii,dipancariitra-vidhim vinii\naikiintiki harer bhaktir\nutpiitiiyaiva kalpate\nThe purport is that to become a devotee one must follow the principles\n\nlaid down in sruti and smrti. One must follow the codes of the Punir:ws\n\nand the piincariitriki-vidhi. One cannot be a pure devotee without follow­\n\ning the sruti and smrti, and the sruti and smrti without devotional service\n\ncannot lead one to the perfection of life.\n\nTherefore, from all the evidence the conclusion is that without bhakti,\n\ndevotional service, there is no question of religious principles. God is the\n\ncentral figure in the performance of religious principles. Almost\neverthing going on in this world as religion is devoid of any idea of devo­\n\ntional service and is therefore condemned by the verdict of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam. Without devotional service, so-called religious principles\nare only cheating.\n\nTEXTS 8-12\n\n���: �f(M4tft��: I\n3lftm ilt�it.f ��Hctl\"il� 3t1:iq( II� II\n�: � � 411�ftq(¥(: �: I\n\n� Flq4�t� 'llwt'41�'4N4� II� It\n31•ntua.: ijFhnan ��� �: 1\nijGql�¥4� : urn � qpfi � �oil\n'Nui� ����:I\n��ii41:CwtM((lW (R044'41€'4(1'4�1( II��II\nWflll'lli 'fU ��: �l'ff ('lflG\\1(6: I\n-������II\nsatyam daya tapa/:t saucarh\ntiti�e� samo dama/:t\nahirhsa brahmacaryam ca\ntyaga/:t svadhyaya arjavam\n\n", "SB7.3#p0058": "Text 12]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\n31\n\nsanto�b, samadrk-sevd\ngramyehoparamab, §anaib,\nnroam viparyayehek¢,\nmaunam atma-vimar§anam\nanniidyadeb, samvibhago\nbhiltebhya.S ca yatharhatab,\nte�v atma-devata-buddhib,\nsutaram nr�u pa1J4a,va\nsravar:mm kirtanam casya\nsmarar:mm mahatam gateb,\nsevejyavanatir dasyam\nsakhyam iitma-samarpar:mm\nnroam ayam paro dharmab,\nsarve�am samudahrtabtririlSal-la�ar:mvan rajan\nsarviitmii yena �yati\nsatyam-speaking the truth without distortion or deviation; dayasympathy to everyone suffering; tapab,-austerities (such as observing\nfasts at least twice in a month on the day of Ekadasi); saucam-cleanliness (bathing regularly at least twice a day, morning and evening, and\nremembering to chant the holy name of God); titi�a-toleration (being\nunagitated by seasonal changes or inconvenient circumstances); ik¢,­\n\ndistinguishing between good and bad; samab,-control of the mind (not\nallowing the mind to act whimsically); damab,-control of the senses\n(not allowing the senses to act without control); ahimsa-nonviolence\n(not\n\nsubjecting\n\nany\n\nliving\n\nentity\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nthreefold\n\nmiseries);\n\nbrahmacaryam-continence or abstaining from misuse of one's semen\n(not indulging in sex with women other than one's own wife and not\nhaving sex with one's own wife when sex is forbidden, like during the\nperiod of menstruation); ca-and; tyagab,-giving in charity at least\nfifty percent of one's income; svadhyayab,-reading of transcendental\n\nliteratures like Bhagavad-gitii, Snmad-Bhagavatam, Ramayar:m and\n\nMahabharata (or, for those not in Vedic culture, reading of the Bible or\n\n", "SB7.3#p0059": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n32\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.ll\n\nKoran); dryavam-simplicity (freedom from mental duplicity);\nsanto.,sa�-being satisfied with that which is available without severe endeavor; samadrk-seva-rendering service to saintly persons who make\nno distinctions between one living being and another and who see every\nliving being as a spirit soul (pa�itd� sama-dariinaM; griimya-ihauparama�-not taking part in so-called philanthropic activities;\nSanai�-gradually; nnwm-in human society; viparyaya-iha-the unnecessary activities; ik$a-discussing; maunam-being grave and\nsilent; dtma-into the self; vimarianam-research (as to whether one is\nthe body or the soul); anna-adya-ade�-of food and drink, etc.;\nsamvibhaga�-equal distribution; bhatebhya�-to different living entities; ca-also; yatha-arhata�-as befitting; te�u-all living entities;\natma-devata-buddhi�-accepting as the self or the demigods; sutardm-preliminarily; nr�u-among all human beings; pa1J4,ava-O\nMaharaja Yudhi��hira; srava�m-hearing; kirtanam-chanting; caalso; asya-of Him (the Lord); smara�m-remembering (His words\nand activities); mahatam-of great saintly persons; gate�-who is the\nshelter; sevd-service; ijyd-worship; aronati�-offering obeisances;\nddsyam-accepting the service; sakhyam-to consider as a friend;\ndtma-samarpa�m-surrendering one's whole self; nroam-of all\nhuman beings; ayam-this; para�-the supermost; dharma�religious principle; saroe¢m-of all; samudahrta�-described fully;\ntrimsat-lak$a�-van-possessing thirty characteristics; rajan-0 King;\nsarva-atma-the Supreme Lord, the Supersoul of all; yena-by which;\nt�yati-is satisfied.\nTRANSLATION\nThese are the general principles to be followed by all human\n\nbeings: truthfulness, mercy, austerity (observing fasts on certain\n\ndays of the month), bathing twice a day, tolerance, discrimination\n\nbetween right and wrong, control of the mind, control of the\nsenses,\n\nnonviolence,\n\ncelibacy,\n\nsimplicity, satisfaction,\n\ncharity,\n\nreading\n\nof\n\nscripture,\n\nrendering service to saintly persons,\n\ngradually taking leave of unnecessary engagements, observing the\n\nfutility of the unnecessary activities of human society, remaining\n\nsilent and grave and avoiding unnecessary talk, considering\n\nwhether one is the body or the soul, distributing food equally to\nall living entities (both men and\n\nanimals), seeing every soul\n\n", "SB7.3#p0060": "Text 12]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\n33\n\n(especially in the human form) as a part of the Supreme Lord,\nhearing about the activities and instructions given by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead (who is the shelter of the saintly persons),\nchanting about these activities and instructions, always remembering these activities and instructions, trying to render service,\nperforming worship, offering obeisances, becoming a servant, becoming a friend, and surrendering one's whole self. 0 King\nYudhi,lhira, these thirty qualifications must be acquired in the\nhuman form of life. Simply by acquiring these qualifications, one\ncan satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nIn order that human beings be distinct from the animals, the great\nsaint Narada recommends that every human being be educated in terms\nof the above-mentioned thirty qualifications. Nowadays there is propaganda everywhere, all over the world, for a secular state, a state interested only in mundane activities. But if the citizens of the state are not\neducated in the above-mentioned good qualities, how can there be happiness? For example, if the total populace is untruthful, how can the state\nbe happy? Therefore, without consideration of one's belonging to a sectarian religion, whether Hindu, Muslim, Christian, Buddhist or any\nother sect, everyone should be taught to become truthful. Similarly,\neveryone should be taught to be merciful, and everyone should observe\nfasting on certain days of the month. Everyone should bathe twice a day,\ncleanse his teeth and body externally, and cleanse his mind internally by\nremembering the holy name of the Lord. The Lord is one, whether one is\nHindu, Muslim or Christian. Therefore, one should chant the holy name\nof the Lord, regardless of differences in linguistic pronunciation. Also,\neveryone should be taught to be very careful not to discharge semen unnecessarily. This is very important for all human beings. If semen is not\ndischarged unnecessarily, one becomes extremely strong in memory,\ndetermination, activity and the vitality of one's bodily energy. Everyone\nshould also be taught to be simple in thought and feeling and satisfied in\nbody and mind. These are the general qualifications of a human being.\nThere is no question of a secular state or an ecclesiastical state. Unless\none is educated in the above-mentioned thirty qualities, there cannot be\nany peace. Ultimately it is recommended:\n\n", "SB7.3#p0061": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.ll\n\nsravalJllrh kirtanarh casya\nsmaralJllm mahatiim gate/:1sevejyavanatir ddsyam\nsakhyam dtma-samarpalJllm\n\nEveryone should become a devotee of the Lord, because by becoming a\ndevotee of the Lord one automatically acquires the other qualities.\nyasydsti bhaktir bhagavaty akincand\nsarvair gulJllis tatra samdsate sura/:1harav abhaktasya kuto mahad-gu1Jii,\nmanorathendsati dhdooto bahi/:1-\n\n\"In one who has unflinching devotional service to Kr�Q.a, all the good\nqualities of Kr�J}.a and the demigods are consistently manifest. However,\nhe who has no devotion to the Supreme Personality of Godhead has no\ngood qualifications because he is engaged by mental concoction in material existence, which is the external feature of the Lord.\"\n(Bhdg. 5.18.12) Our Kr�J}.a consciousness movement, therefore, is allembracing. Human civilization should take it very seriously and practice\nits principles for the peace of the world.\nTEXT 13\n\n6\\EiiiO �SIIfil� :� �����I\n\n(litll�wtf(IWCIM M'mR ��\n�fll.nqf(Rtwtf fiAI��ron:\n\nI\nII�� I I\n\nsamskdra yatravicchinnd/:1sa dvijo 'jo jagdda yam\nijyddhyayana-dandni\nvihitiini dvijanmandm\njanma-karmavaddtiindm\nkriyas casrama-coditii/:1-\n\nsamskdrd/:1--reformatory processes; yatra -wherein; avicchinnd/:1-without interruption; sa/:1--such a person; dvi-ja/:1--twiceborn; aja/:1--\n\n", "SB7.3#p0062": "Text 13]\nLord\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\nBrahma;\n\njagada-sanctioned;\n\nyam-who;\n\n35\n\nijya-worshiping;\n\nadhyayana-studies of the Vedas; danani-and charity; vihitaniprescribed;\n\ndvi-janmanlim-of persons who are called twiceborn;\n\njanma-by\n\nbirth;\n\nkarma-and\n\nactivities;\n\navadataruim-who\n\nare\n\npurified; kriya�-activities; ca-also; asrama-coditalt-recommended\nfor the four asramas.\nTRANSLATION\nThose who have been reformed by the garbhidhiina ceremony\nand other prescribed reformatory methods, performed with Vedic\nmantras and without interruption, and who have been approved by\n\nLord Brahmi, are dvijas, or twiceborn. Such br�as, k�triyas\nand vaisyas, purified by their family traditions and by their\nbehavior, should worship the Lord, study the Vedas and give\ncharity. In this system, they should follow the principles of the\nfour iSramas (brahmacarya, �hastha, vinaprastha and sannyisa].\nPURPORT\nMter giving a general list of thirty qualifications for one's behavior,\nNarada Muni now describes the principles of the four va'1W-5 and four\nasramas. A human being must be trained in the above-mentioned thirty\nqualities; otherwise, he is not even a human being. Then, among such\nqualified persons, the van:uJSrama process should be introduced. In the\nvan:uJSrama system, the first ceremony for purification is.garbhadhana,\nwhich is performed with mantras at the time of sex for propagating a\ngood child. One who uses sex life not for sensual pleasures but only to\nbeget children according to the reformatory method is also accepted as a\nbrahrnacari. One should not waste semen on sensual pleasure, violating\nthe principles of Vedic life. Restraint in sex is possible, however, only\nwhen the populace is trained in the above-mentioned thirty qualities;\notherwise, it is not possible. Even if one is born in a family of dvijas, or\ntwiceborn, if they have not followed the reformatory process he is called\na dvija-bandhu-not one of the twiceborn, but a friend of the twiceborn.\nThe whole purpose of this system is to create good population. As stated\nin Bhagavad-gitli, when women are polluted the populace is van:wsankara, and when the van:w-sankara population increases, the situation\nof the entire world becomes hellish. Therefore, all the Vedic literatures\n\n", "SB7.3#p0063": "36\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 11\n\nstrongly warn against creating va�-sarikara population. When there is\nva�-sarikara population, the people cannot be properly controlled for\npeace and prosperity, regardless of great legislative assemblies, parliaments and similar bodies.\nTEXT 14\n\nfcUI�I\\qq;uc:_1f.t ,C'\"4(CIIstRnf(: I\nuit �: �l•ii\"Qd�sot iO th(l�flr: II � �II\nviprasyadhyayaniidini\n�cu;l-anyasyapratigraha/:1.\nrajii.o vrtti/:1. praja-goptur\naviprad vd karadibhi/:1.\nviprasya-of the brahmar:m; adhyayana-adini-reading the Vedas,\netc; �-six (to study the Vedas, to teach the Vedas, to worship the\nDeity, to teach others how to worship, to accept charity and to give\ncharity); anyasya-of those other than the brahmar:ms (the �atriyas);\napratigroha/:1.-without accepting charity from others (the �atriyas may\nexecute the five other occupational duties prescribed for the\nbrahmar:ms); rajiia/:1.-of the �triya; vrtti/:1.-the means of livelihood;\npraja-goptu/:1.-who maintain the subjects; aviprdt-from those who are\nnot brahmar:ms; vd-or; kara-adibhi/:1.-by levying revenue taxes,\ncustoms duties, fines for punishment, etc.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFor a hrihmu;ta there are six occupational duties. A k,atriya\nshould not accept charity, hut he may perform the other five of\nthese duties. A king or qatriya is not allowed to levy taxes on\nhr�as, hut he may make his livelihood by levying minimal\ntaxes, customs duties, and penalty fines upon his other subjects.\nPURPORT\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura explains the position of brahmar:ms\nand �triyas as follows. Brahmar:ms have six occupational duties, of\nwhich three are compulsory-namely, studying the Vedas, worshiping\n\n", "SB7.3#p0064": "Text 15]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\n37\n\nthe Deity and giving charity. By teaching, by inducing others to worship\nthe Deity, and by accepting gifts, the briihmar:ws receive the necessities\n\nof life. This is also confirmed in the Manu-samhitii:\n���rh tu karma�m asya\ntri�i karmii�i jivikii\nyajaniidhyiipane caiva\n\nviSulldhiic ca pratigraha/.1.\nOf the six occupational duties of the briihmar:ws, three are compulsorynamely, worship of the Deity, study of the Vedas and the giving of\n\ncharity. In exchange, a briihma� should receive charity, and this should\n\nbe his means of livelihood. A briihma� cannot take up any professional\noccupational duty for his livelihood. The siistras especially stress that if\n\none claims to be a briihma� he cannot engage in the service of anyone\nelse; otherwise he at once falls from his position and becomes a sadra.\n\nSrtla Riipa Gosvlimi and Sanatana Gosvami belonged to a very respectful\n\nfamily, but because they engaged in the service of Nawab Hussain\n\nShah-not even as ordinary clerks, but as ministers-they were\n\nostracized from brahminical society. Indeed, they became like Moham­\n\nmedans and even changed their names. Unless a briihma� is very pure,\n\nhe cannot accept charity from others. Charity should be given to those\nwho are pure. Even if one is born in a family of briihmar:ws, if one acts as\n\na sadra one cannot accept charity, for this is strictly prohibited. Although\nthe �triyas are almost as qualified as the briihmar:ws, even they cannot\n\naccept charity. This is strictly prohibited in this verse by the word\n\napratigraha. What to speak of the lower social orders, even the �triyas\n\nmust not accept charity. The king or government may levy taxes upon\nthe citi�ens in various ways-by revenue duties, customs duties, realiza­\n\ntion of fines, and so on-provided the king is able to give full protection\n\nto his subjects to assure the security of their life and property. Unless he\n\nis able to give protection, he cannot levy taxes. However, a king must not\nlevy any tax upon the briihmar:ws and the V ai�t;�.avas fully engaged in\n\nKr�t;�.a consciousness.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�� ��: � � JRttet�r: 1\n� mt� ��� (Cttfli.O �\nllt�ll\n\n", "SB7.3#p0065": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n38\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 11\n\nvaiSyas tu vdrta-vrtti� syan\nnityaril brahma-kuliinuga�\nsudrasya dvija-su§rU§a\nvrttiS ca svdmino bhavet\nvaiSya�-the\n\nmercantile\n\ncommunity;\n\ntu-indeed;\n\nvdrtti-vrtti�­\n\nengaged in agriculture, cow protection, and trade; syat-must be;\nnityam-always; brahma-kula-anuga�-following the directions of the\nbrahmar;as; sudrasya-of the fourth-grade persons, the workers; dvijasu§rU§a-the service of the three higher sections (the brahmar;as,\nk$atriyas\n\nand\n\nvaiSyas);\n\nvrtti�-means\n\nof\n\nlivelihood;\n\nca-and;\n\nsvamina�-of the master; bhavet-he must be.\nTRANSLATION\nThe mercantile community should always follow the directions\n\nof the brihmm;tas and engage in such occupational duties as\n\nagriculture, trade, and protection of cows. For the sudras the only\n\nduty is to accept a master from a higher social order and engage in\n\nhis service.\n\nTEXT 16\n\ncrnrt f%f=vrt �R.Slwtqi�WHf\\IJ\\50wt( I\nP4sttRt�� wrnt ;it�� ������\nvarta vicitra salinayayavara-silonchanam\nvipra-vrttiS caturdheyam\nsreyasi cottarottara\nvdrtti-the\n\noccupational\n\nmeans\n\nof\n\nlivelihood\n\nfor\n\nthe\n\nvaiSya\n\n(agriculture, COW protection, and trade); vicitrti-VariOUS types; salinalivelihood achieved without effort; ytiytioora-going to the field to beg\nfor some paddy; sila-picking up the grains left in the field by the\nproprietor; unchanam-picking up the grains that have fallen from bags\nin shops; vipra-vrtti�-the means of livelihood for the brahmar;as;\ncaturdha-four different kinds; iyam-this; sreyasi-better; ca-also;\nuttara-uttara-the latter compared to the former.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0066": "Text\n\n17]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\n39\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs an alternative, a briibmaJ:ta may also take to the vaisya's oc­\n\ncupational duty of agriculture, cow protection, or trade. He may\ndepend on that which he has received without begging, he may beg\nin the paddy field every day, he may collect paddy left in a field by\nits proprietor, or he may collect food grains left here and there in\nthe shops of grain dealers. .These are four means of livelihood that\nmay also be adopted by brihmBI}.as. Among these four, each of\nthem in succession is better than the one preceding it.\nPURPORT\nA brahmaT,U.L is sometimes offered land and cows in charity, and thus\n\nfor his livelihood he may act in the same way as a vai.Sya, by cultivating\nland, giving protection to cows and trading off his surpluses. A better\nprocess, however, is to pick up grains from a field or from a dealer's shop\nwithout begging.\nTEXT\n\n17\n\n� ;{Rrqf tM'l;wlqR\\ ��: I\n� �MW'4'41q� �� ri�r: II� \\91 I\njaghanyo nottarruirh. vrttim\nanapadi bhajen nara�\nrte rajanyam apatsu\nsarve�m api sarva5a�\njaghanya�-low (person); na-not; uttarruim-high; vrttim-means\nof livelihood; anapadi-when there is no social upheaval; bhajet-may\naccept; nara�-a man; rte-except; rajanyam-the profession of the\n�atriyas; apatsu-at times of emergency; sarve�am-of everyone in\nevery status of life; api-certainly; sarva.Sa�-all professions or occupational duties.\nTRANSLATION\nExcept in a time of emergency, lower persons should not accept\nthe occupational duties of those who are higher. When there is\nsuch an emergency, of course, everyone but the k�atriya may accept the means of livelihood of others.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0067": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. II\n\nPURPORT\nThe occupational duty of a brahmar:w should not he accepted by per­\n\nsons in lower social orders, especially vaiSyas and sudras. For example,\n\nan occupational duty of the brahmar:w is to teach Vedic knowledge, but\n\nunless there is an emergency, this professional duty should not he ac­\n\ncepted by the �triyas, vaiSyas or sudras. Even a �atriya cannot accept\n\nthe duties of a brahmar:w unless there is an emergency, and then even if\n\nhe does so he should not accept charity from anyone else. Sometimes\n\nbrahmar;tas pro test against our I\\r!?I,la consciousness movement for creating brahmar;tas from Europeans, or, in other words, from mlecchas and\nyavanas. This movement, however, is here supported in SnmadBhiigavatam. At the present moment, society is in a chaotic condition,\n\nand everyone has given up the cultivation of spiritual life, which is especially meant for the brahmar;tas. Because spiritual culture has been\n\nstopped all over the world, there is now an emergency, and therefore it is\n\nnow time to train those who are considered lower and condemned, so that\n\nthey may become briihmar;tas and take up the work of spiritual progress.\n\nThe spiritual progress of human society has been stopped, and this\nshould he considered an emergency. Here is solid support from Narada\nMuni of the movement known as I\\r!?I,la consciousness.\n\nTEXTS I8-20\n\n'JIMI'l<tl� � � !J�;J en I\n��Cl�\"'fq en WI � �14:1wt II� �II\n�ISt�Nte !(t�+i'ld ���'liM I\n�« fifetttl'&5tl �����II� 'II\ntc€tll� � enfU1\\l\"q lfl'lMffl4:1�iil� I\n� ijf � fetit �If �M(tl'( 1\nri�� fur: ��+i�l �: II� o II\nrtamrtiibhyam jiveta\nmrtena pramrtena vii\nsatyanrtabhyam api m\nna sva-vrttya kadiicana\n\n", "SB7.3#p0068": "Text 20]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\n41\n\nrtam uncha.Silam proktam\namrtam yad ayacitam\nmrtam tu nitya-yaciiii syat\npramrtam kar�ar:w.m smrtam\nsatyanrtam ca vdr:tijyam\nsva-vrttir nica-sevanam\nvarjayet tam sada vipro\nrajanya§ ca jugupsitdm\nsarva-vedamayo viprab,\nsarva-devamayo nrpab,\nrta-amrtabhyam-of the means of livelihood known as rta and amrta;\njiveta-one may live; mrtena-by the profession of mrta; pramrtena\nvd-or by the profession of pramrta; satyanrtabhyam api-even by the\nprofession of satyanrta; va-or; na-never; sva-vrttya-by the profession of the dogs; kadacana-at any time; rtam-rta; uncha.Silam-the\nlivelihood of collecting grains left in the field or marketplace; proktamit is said; amrtam-the profession of amrta; yat-which; ayacitamobtained without begging from anyone else; mrtam-the profession of\nmrta; tu-but; nitya-yaciiii-begging grains every day from the farmers; syat-should be; pramrtam-the pramrta means of livelihood;\nkar�r:w.m-tilling\n\nthe\n\nfield;\n\nsmrtam-it\n\nis\n\nso\n\nremembered;\n\nsatyanrtam-the occupation of satyanrta; ca-and; var:tijyam-trade;\nsva-vrttib,-the occupation of the dogs; nica-semnam-the service of\nlow persons (the vaiSyas and siidras); varjayet-sbould give up; tamthat (the profession of the dogs);sada-always; viprab,-the brahmar:w.;\nrajanyab, ca-and the �triya; jugupsitdm-very abominable; sarvaveda-mayab,-learned in all the Vedic understandings; viprab,-the\nbrahmar:w.; sarva-deva-mayab,-the embodiment of all the demigods;\nnrpab,-the �atriya or king.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn time of emergency, one may accept any of the various types of\nprofessions known as fla, amfla, mfla, pramrta and satyilqta, hut\none should not at any time accept the profession of a dog. The\nprofession of uiicha8ila, collecting grains from the field, is called\n\n", "SB7.3#p0069": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 11\n\nfla· Collecting without begging is called amrta, begging grains is\ncalled mrta, tilling the ground is called pramrta, and trade is called\n\nsatyiilq'ta. Engaging in the service of low-grade persons, however,\n\nis\n\ncalled sva-Vftti, the profession of\n\nthe dogs. Specifically,\n\nbrihii18J}.as and qatriyas should not engage in the low and abomi­\n\nnable service of siidras. Briihma'Q&S should be well acquainted with\n\nall the Vedic knowledge, and k�atriyas should be well acquainted\n\nwith the worship of demigods.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (4.13), catur-van;,yam maya smam gur:wkarma-vibhaga5aiJ,: the four divisions of human society were created by\nthe Supreme Lord according to the three modes of material nature and\nthe work ascribed to them. Formerly, the principle of dividing human\nsociety into four sections- b rahmar:w, k$a,triya, vai.Sya and sadra-was\nstrictly followed, but because of gradual neglect of the van;,iiSrama principles, varTJ,a-salikara population developed, and the entire institution\nhas now been lost. In this age of Kali, practically everyone is a sadra\n\n(kalau sadra-sambhavaiJ,), and finding anyone who is a brahmar:w,\nk$a,triya or ooi.Sya is very difficult. Although the Krf?Qa consciousness\nmovement is a movement of brahmar:ws and Vai�?Qavas, it is trying to reestablish the divine van;,iiSrama institution, for without this division of\nsociety there cannot be peace and prosperity anywhere.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n� �: �� �1\": ��usfet\"' 1\n� <(�I��\n���II�� II\nsamo damas tapab- §aucam\nsant�b- k¢ntir arjavam\njnanam dayacyutiitmatvam\nsatyam ca brahma-lak$ar:wm\nsamaiJ,-control of the mind; damaiJ,-control of the senses; tapaiJ,austerity and penance; saucam-cleanliness; sant�IJ,-satisfaction;\n\n·\n\n", "SB7.3#p0070": "Text 22]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\n43\n\n/cyantib,-forgiveness (being unagitated by anger); arjavam-simplicity;\ndaya-mercy;\nacyuta-atmatvam-accepting\njfiiinam-knowledge;\noneself as an eternal servant of the Lord; satyam-truthfulness; caalso; brahma-lak$ar:wm-the symptoms of a brahmar:w.\nTRANSLATION\nThe symptoms of a briihnu;la are control of the mind, control of\nthe\n\nsenses,\n\nausterity\n\nand\n\npenance,\n\ncleanliness,\n\nsatisfaction,\n\nforgiveness, simplicity, knowledge, mercy, truthfulness, and complete surrender to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the institution of varT)iiSrama-dharma, the symptoms of a\nbrahmar:w, lcyatriya, vaiSya, sadra, brahmacari, grhastha, vanaprastha,\nand sannyasi are all described. The ultimate aim is acyutatmatvam-to\nthink always of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kri?I;la, or Vi�?J;lU.\nTo make advancement in Kri?I;la consciousness, one has to become a\nbrahmar:w, with the above-mentioned symptoms.\nTEXT 22\n\n� tM ��lllilR�: � I\nJI\"Pt(IT 31'tm:� � :q �steaJIIl¥( ������\nsauryam viryam dhrtis tejas\ntyaga.S catmajayab, /cyama\nbrahmaTJyata prasadaS ca\nsatyam ca /cyatra-la/cyar:wm\nsauryam-power in battle; viryam-being unconquerable; dhrtib-patience (even in reverses, a /cyatriya is very grave); tejab,-ability to\ndefeat others; tyagab,-giving charity; ca-and; atma-jayab,-not\nbeing overwhelmed by bodily necessities; k,sama-forgiveness;\nbrahmaTJyata-faithfulness to the brahminical principles; prasadab,jolliness in any condition of life; ca-and; satyam ca-and truthfulness;\nk$atra-lak$ar:wm-these are the symptoms of a k,satriya.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0071": "44\n\nSrunad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.ll\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo be influential in battle, unconquerable, patient, challenging\n\nand charitable, to control the bodily necessities, to be forgiving, to\n\nbe attached to the brahminical nature and to be always jolly and\ntruthful-these are the symptoms of the k�atriya.\nTEXT 23\n\n��\n\n¥1RfiRsiq�qfti1� I\n\n3f1 ffilCftiJltl¥4•\nwt�. \"��1{_ ����II\n:. f;��. \"\ndeva-guro-acyute bhaktis\ntri-varga-paripo$a1J.llm\nastikyam udyamo nityam\nnaipur:tyam vaiSya-la�alJ.llm\ndeva-guru-acyute-unto the demigods, the spiritual master and Lord\nVi�r;tu; bhaktib,-engagement in devotional service; tri-varga-of the\nthre� pri�ciples of pious life (religio�, econo c develo�m�nt and se�se\n.\ngratificatiOn); panpo§alJ.ll\nm-executlOn; asnkyam-fruth lD the scnptures, the spiritual master and the Supreme Lord; udyamab,-active;\nnityam-without cessation, continuously;\nnaipur:tyam -expertise;\nva iSya-la�alJ.llm - the symptoms of a vaiSya.\n\n�\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing always devoted to the demigods, the spiritual master and\n\nthe Supreme Lord, Vi�I}.u; endeavoring for advancement in\n\nreligious principles, economic development and sense gratification\n\n[dharma, artha and kama]; believing in the words of the spiritual\n\nmaster and scripture; and always endeavoring with expertise in\n\nearning money-these are the sympioms of the vaisya.\nTEXT 24\n\n�� *'f�r: � oo ((fli1c;:q¥41t�n 1\n31¥(���� � � m�� \"�\\l\"\n\n", "SB7.3#p0072": "Text 25]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\n45\n\nsudrasya sannatib, saucam\nseva svdminy amayaya\namantra-yajno hy asteyam\n\nsatyam go-vipra-ra�r:w,m\n\nsiidrasya-of the sudra (the fourth grade of man in society, the\n\nworker); sannatib,-obedience to the higher classes (the brahmar:w,s,\n�triyas and vaiSyas); saucam-cleanliness; sevd-service; svdmini­\n\nto the\n\nmaster\n\nwho\n\nmaintains him;\n\namayaya-without duplicity;\n\namantra-yajnab,-performance of sacrifices simply by offering obei­\n\nsances (without mantras); hi-certainly; asteyam-practicing not to\n\nsteal; satyam-truthfulness; go-co ws; vipra-brahmar:w,s; ra�r:w,m\n\n-protecting.\nTRANSLATION\nOffering obeisances to the higher sections of society [the\nbrihma'}as, k!jiatriyas and vaisyas], being always very clean, being\nfree from duplicity, serving one's master, performing sacrifices\nwithout uttering mantras, not stealing, always speaking the truth\nand giving all protection to the cows and brihmaJ;l&S-these are the\nsymptoms of the sftdra.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIt is everyone's experience that workers or servants are generally accustomed to stealing. A first-class servant is one who does not steal. Here\n\nit is recommended that a first-class sudra must remain very clean, must\nnot steal or speak lies, and must always render service to his master. A\n\nsiidra may attend sacrifices and Vedic ritualistic ceremonies along with\n\nhis master, but he should not utter the mantras, for these may be uttered\nonly by the members of the higher sections of society. Unless one is completely pure and has been raised to the standard of a brahmar:uz, �triya\nor vaiSya-in other words, unless one is dvija, twiceborn-the chanting\n\nof mantras will not be fruitful.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n� :q qf<t�lwtf � I\n�tRtlf f� � 11�'-\\11\n\n", "SB7.3#p0073": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n46\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 11\n\ns�m ca pati-devanam\ntac-chwr�anukulata\ntad-bandhU$V anuvrttiS ca\nnityam tad-vrata-dhara�J-Um\nstriQ.dm-of women; ca-also; pati-devandm-who have accepted\ntheir husbands as worshipable; tat-sw�-readiness to render service\nto her husband; anukulata-being favorably disposed towards her husband; tat-bandhU$u-unto the friends and relatives of the husband;\n\nanuvrttib-being similarly disposed (to treat them well for the satisfaction\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nhusband);\n\nca-and;\n\nnityam-regularly;\n\ntat-vrata­\n\ndhara�J-Um-accepting the vows of the husband or acting exactly as the\nhusband acts.\nTRANSLATION\nTo render service to the husband, to be always favorably dis­\n\nposed toward the husband, to be equally well disposed toward the\nhusband's relatives and friends, and to follow the vows of the husband-these are the four principles to be followed by women de­\n\nscribed as chaste.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is very important for peaceful householder life that a woman follow\nthe vow of her husband. Any disagreement with the husband's vow will\ndisrupt family life. In this regard, <::a.Q k.ya PaJ}.Qita gives a very valuable\ninstruction: dampatyob kalaho ndsti tatra srib svayam agatab. When\nthere are no fights between husband and wife, the goddess of fortune\nautomatically comes to the home. A woman's education should be conducted along the lines indicated in this verse. The basic principle for a\nchaste woman is to be always favorably disposed toward her husband. In\n\nBhagavad-gita (1.40) it is said, stri§u dU$!(isU mr��a jayate varlJ-Usarikarab: if the women are polluted, there will be varlJ-U-sarikara\npopulation. In modern terms, the var1J,U-sarikara are the hippies, who do\nnot follow any regulative injunctions. Another explanation is that when\nthe population is var1J,U-sarikara, no one can know who is on what platform. The varQ.d§rama system scientifically divides society into four\n\n", "SB7.3#p0074": "Text 27]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\n47\n\nva� and four ii.Sramas, but in van:w-smikara society there are no such\ndistinctions, and no one can know who is who. In such a society, no one\ncan distinguish between a briihmaTJlL, a /cyatriya, a vaiSya and a sildra.\nFor peace and happiness in the material world, the van:uJSrama institution must be introduced. The symptoms of one's activities must be\ndefined, and one must be educated accordingly. Then spiritual advancement will automatically be possible.\nTEXTS 26-27\n\n�'ll�wtl �\n\n'l''IU:Cwt4d�:\nI\n������\n� :q +tNat � qR¥teqf(�SG>t\n,\n...�(iiittcc�: � mar � :q\n�:{{�:fsl�:�����q�II�\\Sil\nsammiirjanopalepabhyiirh\ngrha-mal){l.ana-vartanai/:t\nsvayarh ca mar:u.J,ita nityarh\nparimma-paricchadii\nkamair ucciivacai/:t stidhvi\npra.Sraye1Jll. damena ca\nviikyai/:t satyai/:t priyai/:t preml}ii\nkale kale bhajet patim\nsammiirja na-by cleaning; upalepabhya m-by smearing with water\nor other cleansing liquids; grha-the household; mal){l.ana-decorating;\nvartanai/:t-remaining at home and engaged in such duties; svayampersonally;\n\nca-also;\n\nmar:u.1ita-fi.nely\n\ndressed;\n\nn ityam -always;\n\nparimma-cleansed; paricchadii-garments and household utensils;\nkiimai/:t-according to the desires of the husband; ucca-avacai/:t-both\ngreat and small; stidhvi-a chaste woman; pra.Sraye 1Jll.-with modesty;\ndamena-by controlling the senses; ca-also; vakyai/:t-by speech;\n\nsatyai/:t - tru thful; priyai/:t-very pleasing; preml}ii-with love; kale\nkale-at appropriate times; bhajet-should worship; patim-her hus­\n\nband.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0075": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nA chaste woman must dress nicely and decorate herself with\n\ngolden ornaments for the pleasure of her husband. Always wear­\n\ning clean and attractive garments, she should sweep and clean the\n\nhousehold with water and other liquids so that the entire house is\n\nalways pure and clean. She should collect the household parapher­\n\nnalia and keep the house always aromatic with incense and flowers\n\nand must be ready to execute the desires of her husband. Being\n\nmodest and truthful, controlling her senses, and speaking in sweet\nwords, a chaste woman should engage in the service of her hus­\n\nband with love, according to time and circumstances.\nTEXT28\n\n4dtte� � • fsttt('l�ct1\\ 1\n31st•rq• w�: �qf6'�qqf<ld �������\nsant'LL§!iilolupii dal¢\ndharma-jfiii priya-satya-viik\napramattii suci/:t snigdhii\npatim tv apatitam bhajet\nsant!J.§[.d-always satisfied; alolupii-without being greedy; da/¢very expert in serving; dharma-jiiii-fully conversant with religious\nprinciples;\n\npriya-pleasing;\n\nsatya-truthful;\n\nviik-in\n\nspeaking;\n\napramattii-attentive in service to her husband; suci/:t-always clean\nand\n\npure;\n\nsnigdhii-affectionate;\n\npatim-the\n\nhusband;\n\ntu-but;\n\napatitam-who is not fallen; bhajet-should worship.\nTRANSLATION\nA chaste woman should not he greedy, but satisfied in all\n\ncircumstances. She must be very expert in handling household\naffairs and should be fully conversant with religious principles.\n\nShe should speak pleasingly and truthfully and should be very\ncareful and always clean and pure. Thus a chaste woman should\n\nengage with affection in the service of a husband who is not fallen.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0076": "Text 29]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\n49\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the injunction of Yajiiavalkya, an authority on religious\n\nprinciples, asuddhe/:t samprati�yo hi mahiipataka-dll$ita/:t. One is con­\n\nsidered contaminated by the reactions of great sinful activities when one\n\nhas not been purified according to the methods of the daSa-vidhiisarilskiira. In Bhagavad-gitii, however, the Lord says, na miim d�krtino\nmiil)hii/:t prapadyante naradhamii/:t: \"Those miscreants who do not surrender unto Me are the lowest of mankind.\" The word naradhama\nmeans \"nondevotee.\" Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu also said, yei bhaje sei\nlxu;la, abhakta-h'ina, chiira. Anyone who is a devotee is sinless. One\nwho is not a devotee, however, is the most fallen and condemned. It is\nrecommended, therefore, that a chaste wife not associate with a fallen\n\nhusband. A fallen husband is one who is addicted to the four principles\n\nof sinful activity-namely illicit sex, meat-eating, gambling and intoxi­\n\ncation. Specifically, if one is not a soul surrendered to the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, he is understood to he contaminated. Thus a chaste\n\nwoman is advised not to agree to serve such a husband. It is not that a\n\nchaste woman should he like a slave while her husband is naradhama,\n\nthe lowest of men. Although the duties of a woman are different from\n\nthose of a man, a chaste woman is not meant to serve a fallen husband. If\n\nher husband is fallen, it is recommended that she give up his association.\n\nGiving up the association of her husband does not mean, however, that a\nwoman should marry again and thus indulge in prostitution. If a chaste\n\nwoman unfortunately marries a husband who is fallen, she should live\n\nseparately from him. Similarly, a husband can separate himself from a\n\nwoman who is not chaste according to the description of the sastra. The\n\nconclusion is that a husband should he a pure Vai�:Q.ava and that a woman\nshould he a chaste wife with all the symptoms described in this regard.\n\nThen both of them will he happy and make spiritual progress in l(r�:Q.a\n\nconscwusness.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n��tf����l\n(lf� �Ji%i � �Ref � ����\"\nya patim hari-bhiivena\nbhajet sr'ir iva tat-para\n\n", "SB7.3#p0077": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n50\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. II\n\nhary atmanii harer loke\n-\n\npatya srir iva modate\n\nya-any woman who; patim-her husband; hari -blui vena -mentally\n\naccepting him as equal to Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nbhajet-worships or renders service to; sri/:l iva-exactly like the god­\n\ndess of fortune; tat-para-being devoted; hari-atmana-completely ab­\n\nsorbed in thoughts of Hari; hare/:l loke-in the spiritual world, the\n\nVaiklll).tha planets; patya-with her husband; sn/:l iva-exactly like the\n\ngoddess of fortune; modate-enjoys spiritual, eternal life.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe woman who engages in the service of her husband, follow­\n\ning stricdy in the footsteps of the goddess of fortune, surely\n\nreturns home, back to Godhead, with her devotee husband, and\nlives very happily in the Vaiku1.1!ha planets.\nPURPORT\nThe faithfulness of the goddess of fortune is the ideal for a chaste\n\nwoman.\n\nThe\n\nBrahma-samhita\n\n(5.29)\n\nsays,\n\nla�mi-sahasra-sata­\n\nsambhrama-sevyamiinam. In the Vaiku1.1tha planets, Lord Vi�I).u is\n\nworshiped by many, many thousands of goddesses of fortune, and in\n\nGoloka V:rndavana, Lord K:r�1.1a is worshiped by many, many thousands\n\nof gopis, all of whom are goddesses of fortune. A woman should serve\n\nher husband as faithfully as the goddess of fortune. A man should be an\n\nideal servant of the Lord, and a woman should be an ideal wife like the\n\ngoddess of fortune. Then both husband and wife will be so faithful and\nstrong that by acting together they will return home, back to Godhead,\nwithout a doubt. In this regard, Srila Madhvacarya gives this opinion:\nharir asmin sthita iti\n\nstri{ldm bhartari bluivanii\n\nsi§ya{ldm ca gurau nity am\n\nsadra{ldm brahmar_Uidi§u\n\nbhrtyanam svamini tatlui\nhari-bluiva udirita/:l\n\n", "SB7.3#p0078": "Text 30]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\n51\n\nA woman should think of her husband as the Supreme Lord. Similarly, a\ndisciple should think of the spiritual master as the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, a sudra should think of a brahmar:w as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and a servant should think of his master as the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In this way, all of them will automatically become devotees of the Lord. In other words, by thinking this\nway, all of them will become l<r!?t;�.a conscious.\n\nTEXT 30\n\ntRI: ('lt�tdl-wf ij��t�tl �� I\nac;ft(IOII¥44141'fl�::ill..�tt('llflr;m{_ II� oil\nvrtti/:1. sankara-jatiniim\n\ntat-tat-kula-krta bhavet\nacaura�m apapaniim\nantyajantevasayiniim\nvrtti/:1.-occupational duty; sa nkara-jatiniim-of the mixed classes of\nmen\n\n(those other than the four divisions);\n\ntat-tat-according to\n\ntheir\n\nrespective;\n\nbhavet-should\n\nacaura�m-not\n\nkula- krta-family\nthieves\n\nby\n\ntradition;\n\nprofession;\n\nantyaja-lower classes; ante vasayinii m\n\nr,lala.\n\napapaniim-not\n\n-kno\n\nwn\n\nbe;\n\nsinful;\n\nas antevasayi or ca�-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmong the mixed classes known as sailkara, those who are not\nthieves are known as antevasiyi or �«;;iilas [dog-eaters] , and they\nalso have their hereditary customs.\nPURPORT\nThe four principal divisions of society- brahmar:w, �triya, vaiSya\nand sadra-have been defined, and now there is a description of the\nantyaja, the mixed classes. Among the mixed classes, there are two divisions-pratilomaja and anulomaja. H a woman of a high caste marries a\nman of a lower caste, their union is called pratilo. If a woman of a low\n\n", "SB7.3#p0079": "Srunad-Bhigavabun\n\n52\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 11\n\ncaste, however, marries a man of a higher caste, their union is called\nanulo. The members of such dynasties have their traditional duties as\nbarbers, washermen and so on. Among the antyajas, those who are still\nsomewhat pure in that they do not steal and are not addicted to meateating, drinking, illicit sex and gambling are called antevasayi. Among\npeople of the lower classes, intermarriage and the drinking of wine are\nallowed, for these people do not recognize such conduct as sinful among\nthemselves.\n\nTEXT 31\n\nsmr: �lt4Nit«1 � �1 � � 1\n\n�G>dlan � (I'Stw-�� � � � II�� II\npraya/:t sva-bhava-vihito\nnroam dharmo yuge yuge\nveda-drgbhi/:t smrto rajan\npretya ceha ca sarma-krt\n\npraya/:t-generally;\n\nsva-bhava-vihita/:t-prescribed,\n\naccording\n\nto\n\none's material modes of nature; nroam-of human society; dharma/:tthe occupational duty; yuge yuge-in every age; veda-drgbhi/:t-by\n\n­\n\nbrtlhmar:r-as well conversant in the Vedic knowledge; smrta/:t-recog\n\nnized; rajan-0 King; pretya-after death; ca-and; iha-here ( in this\n\nbody) ; ca-also; sarma-krt-auspicious.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, briihmlll].as well conversant in Vedic knowledge\n\nhave given their verdict that in every age [yuga] the conduct of\ndifferent sections of people according to their material modes of\n\nnature is auspicious both in this life and after death.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita (3.35) it is said, sreyan sva-dharmo vigu�/:t paradharmiit svan�!hitat: \"It is far better to discharge one's prescribed\n\"duties, even though they may be faulty, than another's duties.\" The\nantyajas, the men of the lower classes, are accustomed to stealing, drinking and illicit sex, but that is not considered sinful. For example, if a\n\n", "SB7.3#p0080": "Text 34]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\n53\n\ntiger kills a man, this is not sinful but if a man kills another man, this is\nconsidered sinful, and the killer is hanged. What is a daily affair among\nthe animals is a sinful act in human society. Thus according to the\nsymptoms of higher and lower sections of society, there are different\nvarieties of occupational duties. According to the experts in Vedic knowledge, these duties are prescribed in terms of the age concerned.\n\nvrttya sva-bhiiva-krtaya\nvartamanab, sva-karma-krt\nhitva sva-bhiiva-jam karma\n§anair nirgur:tatiim iyat\nvrttya-with the profession; sva-bhiiva-krtaya-performed according\nto one's modes of material nature; vartanuinab,-existing; sva-karmakrt-executing his own work; hitva-giving up; sva-bhiiva-jam-born\nfrom one's own modes of nature; karma-activities; sanaib,-gradually;\nnirgur:tatam-transcendental position; iyat-may attain.\nTRANSLATION\n\nH one acts in his profession according to his position in the\nmodes of nature and gradually gives up these activities, he attains\nthe ni�kiima stage.\nPURPORT\n\nIf one gradually gives up his hereditary customs and duties and tries to\nserve the Supreme Personality of Godhead in his natural position, he is\ngradually able to become free from these activities, and he attains the\nstage of n�kama, freedom from material desires.\nTEXTS 33-34\n\n�1;i li: � � A�61fit41� I\n;r��= ��m=q-� ������\n\n", "SB7.3#p0081": "54\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.ll\n\n� Efit¥u�ltf m ifil¥41wtl¥4f6�1!1� I\nN(�(f � (tliii'IN€1( Elit¥4f4wotflt: ll�\\lll\nupyamiiruuh muhu/:t �etrarh\nsvayarh niroiryatdm iyiit\nna kalpate puna/:t sUtyai\nuptarh bijarh ca na§yati\nevarh kamasayarh cittarh\nkamiindm atisevaya\nvirajyeta yatha rajann\nagnivat karna-bindubhi/:t\nupyamiinam-being cultivated; muhu/:t-again and again; �etrama field; svayam-itself; niroiryatam-barrenness; iyat-may obtain; na\nkalpate-is not suitable; puna/:t-again; sutyai-for growing further\nharvests; uptam-sown; bijam-the seed; ca·-and; na§yati-is spoiled;\nevam-in this way; kama-asayam-full of lusty desires; cittam-the\ncore of the heart; kiimiiruim-of the desirable objects; ati-sevaya-by\nenjoyment over and over again; virajyeta-may become detached;\nyatha-just as; rajan-0 King; agni-vat-a fire; karna-bindubhi/:t-by\nsmall drops of clarified butter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, if an agricultural field is cultivated again and\n\nagain, the power of its production decreases, and whatever seeds\nare sown there are lost. Just as drops of ghee on a fire never ex­\n\ntinguish the fire hut a flood of ghee will, similarly, overindulgence\nin lusty desires mitigates such desires entirely.\n\nPURPORT\nH one continuously sprinkles drops of ghee on a fire, the fire will not\nbe extinguished, but if one suddenly puts a lump of ghee on a fire, the\nfire may possibly be extinguished entirely. Similarly, those who are too\nsinful and have thus been born in the lower classes are allowed to enjoy\nsinful activities fully, for thus there is a chance that these activities will\nbecome detestful to them, and they will get the opportunity to be\npurified.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0082": "Text 35]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Social Classes\n\n55\n\nTEXT 35\n� �-� �\n\n� if4Urtfitoq�4i( I\n\n�GO;q�1A � ��if��������\nyasya yal lak$al)n.ril proktam\npurilso van:uibhivyanjakam\nyad anyatrapi drsyeta\ntat tenaiva vinirdiSet\nyasya-of whom; yat-which; lak$al)n.m-symptom; proktam-described (above); purilsa/:t-of a person; varl)n.-abhivyanjakam-indicating the classification (brahmal)n., k$atriya, vaiSya, siidra, etc.); yat-if;\nanyatra-elsewhere; api-also; drsyeta-is seen; tat-that; tena-by\nthat symptom; eva-certainly; vinirdiSet-one should designate.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf one shows the symptoms of being a br�a, k�atriya, vaisya\nor siidra, as described above, even if he has appeared in a different\nclass, he should be accepted according to those symptoms of\nclassification.\nPURPORT\nHerein it is clearly stated by Narada Muni that one should not be accepted as a brahmal)n., k$atriya, vaiSya or siidra according to birth, for\nalthough this is going on now, it is not accepted by the siistras. As stated\nin Bhagavad-gita\n\n(4.13), catur-vanJyam maya sr,;!aril gul)n.-karma­\n\nvibhagaSa./:t. Thus the four divisions of society-brahmar:w, k$atriya,\nvaiSya and siidra-are to be ascertained according to qualities and activities. If one was born in a brahmal)n. family and has acquired the\nbrahminical qualifications, he is to be accepted as a brahmar:w; otherwise, he should be considered a brahma-bandhu. Similarly, if a siidra acquires the qualities of a brahmal)n., although he was born in a siidra\nfamily' he is not a siidra; because he has developed the qualities of a\nbrahmal)n., he should be accepted as a brahmar:w. The Kr�I).a consciousness movement is meant to develop these brahminical qualities. Regardless of the community in which one was born, if one develops the\nqualities of a brahmal)n. he should be accepted as a brahmal)n., and he\n\n", "SB7.3#p0083": "56\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.ll\n\nthen may be offered the order of sannyasa. Unless one is qualified in\nterms of the brahminical symptoms, one cannot take sannyasa. In designating a person a brahmar:w, �atriya, vaiSya or sudra, birth is not the\nessential symptom. This understanding is very important. Herein Narada\nMuni distinctly says that one may be accepted according to the caste of\nhis birth if he has the corresponding qualifications, but otherwise he\nshould not. One who has attained the qualifications of a\n\nbrahmar:w,\n\nregardless of where he was born, should be accepted as a brahmar:w.\n\nSimilarly, if one has developed the qualities of a sudra or a caTJ4iila,\n\nregardless of where he was born, he should be accepted in terms of those\nsymptoms.\n\nThw erul the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Seventh Canto, Eleventh\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Perfect Society: Four\nSocial Classes.\"\n\n", "SB7.3#p0084": "CHAPTER TWELVE\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Spiritual Classes\nThis chapter particularly describes the brahmacari and the person in the\nvanaprastha stage, and it also gives a general description of the four\nasramas- brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa. In the\nprevious chapter, the great saint Narada Muni has described the var�\ninstitution of society, and now, in this chapter, he will describe the stages\nof spiritual advancement in the four asramas, which are known as\nbrahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa.\nThe brahmacari should live under the care of the true spiritual\nmaster, giving him sincere respect and obeisances, acting as his menial\nservant, and always carrying out his order. The brahmacari should\nengage himself in spiritual activities and study the Vedic literature under\nthe direction of the spiritual master. According to the brahmacarya\nsystem, he should dress with a belt, deerskin, and matted hair and should\n\nbear a dar:u;la, waterpot and sacred thread. He should collect alms daily in\n\nthe morning, and in the evening whatever alms he has collected he\nshould offer to the spiritual master. A brahmacari should accept prasada\nupon the order of the spiritual master, and if the spiritual master sometimes forgets to order the disciple to eat, the disciple should not take\nprasada on his own initiative; rather, he should fast. The brahmacari\nshould be trained to be satisfied with eating what is absolutely necessary,\nhe should be very expert in executing responsibilities, he should be\nfaithful, and he should control his senses and try to avoid the association\nof women as far as possible. A brahmacari should very strictly abstain\nfrom living with women and should not meet with grhasthas and those\ntoo addicted to women. Nor should a brahmacari speak in a lonely place\nwith a woman.\nMter completing one's education as a brahmacari in this way, one\n\nshould give dak$i� an offering of gratitude, to one's guru, and then one\nmay leave for home and accept the next asrama-the grhasthaasrama-or else one may continue in the brahmacarya-asrama without\nadulteration. The duties for the grhastha-asrama and brahmacarya57\n\n", "SB7.3#p0085": "(Canto 7, Ch. 12\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n58\n\nasrama, as well as the duties for sannyasts, are prescribed in the sastras.\n\nA grhastha is not meant to enjoy sex life without restriction. Indeed, the\nwhole purpose of Vedic life is to become free from sexual indulgence. All\nthe asramas are recognized for spiritual progress, and therefore although\n\nthe grhastha-asrama gives a kind of license for sex life for a certain\n\ntime, it does not allow unrestricted sex life. Therefore, in grhastha life\n\nalso, there is no illicit sex. A grhastha should not accept a woman for sexual enjoyment. Wasting semen is also illicit sex.\n\nAfter the grhastha-asrama is another asrama, known as vanaprastha,\n\nwhich is midway between grhastha and sannyasa. A person in the\n\nvanaprastha order is restricted in eating food grains and forbidden to eat\n\nfruits that have not ripened on the tree. Nor should he cook food with\n\nfire, although he is allowed to eat caru, grains that have been offered in a\nsacrificial fire. He may also eat fruits and grains that have grown\n\nnaturally. Living in a thatched cottage, the vanaprastha should endure\n\nall kinds of heat and cold. He should not cut his nails or hair, and he\nshould give up cleaning his body and teeth. He should wear tree hark, ac­\n\ncept a daTJl)n, and practice life in the forest, taking a vow to live there\n\nfor twelve years, eight years, four years, two years or at least one year. At\nlast, when because of old age he can no longer perform the activities of a\nvanaprastha, he should gradually stop everything and in this way give\n\nup his body.\nTEXT I\n\n��\nil*::qiu - �ij;:((toJ1 ��� I\n\n3TI1�1ijqli(T� gU ijti��: II � ll\nsri-narada uvaca\n\nbrahmaciiri guru-kule\n\nvasan danto guror hitam\n\nacaran dasavan nico\n\ngurau sudrt;lha-sauhrdaft\n\nsri-naradab,\n\nuvaca-Sri\n\nNarada\n\nMuni\n\nsaid;\n\nbrahmacari-a\n\nbrahmacari, a student living at the residence of the guru; guru-kule-at\n\nthe residence of the guru;\n\nvas an-by\n\nliving; dantab,-continuously\n\n", "SB7.3#p0086": "Text3]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Spiritual Classes\n\n59\n\npracticing control of the senses; guro/t hitam-only for the benefit of the\nguru (not for one's personal benefit); cicaran-practicing; ddsa-vatvery humbly, like a slave; nica/t-submissive, obedient; gurau-unto\nthe spiritual master; su-dnlha-firmly; sauhrdaft-in friendship or\ngood will.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNirada Muni said: A student should practice completely rontrolling his senses. He should be submissive and should have an attitude of firm friendship for the spiritual master. With a great\nvow, the brahmaciri should live at the guru-kula, only for the\nbenefit of the guru.\n\nsayam pratar upasita\nguro-agny-arka-surottaman\nsandhye ubhe ca yata-vag\njapan brahma samahitaft\nsayam-in the evening; prata/t-in the morning; upasita-he should\nworship; guru-the spiritual master; agni-the fire (by a fire sacrifice);\narka-the sun; sura-uttaman-and Lord Vii?I;tU, Puru�?ottama, the best\nof personalities; sandhye-morning and evening; ubhe-both; caalso;\n\nyata-vak-without talking, being silent; japan-murmuring;\n\nbrahma-the Gayatri mantra; samahitaft-being fully absorbed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt both junctions of day and night, namely, in the early morning and in the evening, he should be fully absorbed in thoughts of\nthe spiritual master, fire, the sun-god and Lord Vi��u and by\nchanting the Giyatri mantra he should worship them.\nTEXT3\n\n•�J4AEiht1(1 g<lu((l� ��(1: 1\n�Sqijl� � � ftmn � II �II\n\n", "SB7.3#p0087": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n60\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 12\n\nchandiimsy adhiyita guror\niihata.S cet suyantritaft\nupakrame 'vasiine ca\ncara�u sirasii namet\nchandiimsi-mantras in the Vedas, like the Hare Kr�1.1a mahii-mantra\nand the Gayatri mantra; adhiyita-one should chant or read regularly;\n\ngurofi,-from the spiritual master; ahutafi,-being addressed or called\n(by him); cet-if; su-yantritafi,-faithful, well behaved; upakrame-in\nthe beginning; avasiine-at the end (of reading Vedic mantras); caalso; cara�u-at the lotus feet; sirasii-by the head; namet-one\nshould offer obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing called by the spiritual master, the student should study\n\nthe Vedic mantras regularly. Every day, before beginning his\n\nstudies and at the end of his studies, the disciple should respect­\n\nfully offer obeisances unto the spiritual master.\nTEXT4\n\nq(CfleINlWC€1Rdm illI!li(o:g4i¥t0'6((� I\n�lrt?fta � �¥iff� II � II\nmekhaliijina-viisiirhsi\njata-daTJ4a-kamaTJ4alun\nbibhryiid upavitarh ca\ndarbha-piiTJir yathoditam\n\nmekhalii-a belt made of straw; ajina-msamsi-garments made of\ndeerskin; jata-matted hair; daTJ4a-a rod; kamaTJ4alun-and a waterpot known as a kamaTJ4alu; bibhryiit-he (the brahmaciir i) should\nregularly carry or wear; upavitam ca-and a sacred thread; darbhapiiTJift-taking purified ku§a in his hand; yathii uditam-as recommended in the siistras.\nTRANSLATION\nCarrying pure ku8a grass in his hand, the brahiiUlC8ri should\n\ndress regularly with a belt of straw and with deerskin garments. He\n\n", "SB7.3#p0088": "Text6]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Spiritual Classes\n\n61\n\nshould wear matted hair, carry a rod and waterpot and be decorated with a sacred thread, as recommended in the Sistras.\nTEXTS\n\n!fl<t� � ��I\n- ��Rft ;it�� '�if� II'\"\\ II\n\n�\n\nsayam prata.S cared bhaik§yam\ngurave tan nivedayet\n\nbhunfita yady anujnato\nno ced upavaset kvacit\nsayam-in the evening; pratab,-in the morning; caret-should go\nout; bhaik§yam-to collect alms; gurave-unto the spiritual master;\ntat-all that he collects; nivedayet-should offer; bhunjita-he should\neat; yadi-if; anujnatab,-ordered (by the spiritual master); no-otherwise; cet-if; upavaset-should observe fasting; kvacit-sometimes.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmaciri should go out morning and evening to collect\nalms, and he should offer all that he collects to the spiritual master.\nHe should eat only if ordered to take food by the spiritual master;\notherwise, if the spiritual master does not give this order, he may\nsometimes have to fast.\nTEXT6\n\nPfil6111�: ����:I\n� 04et� � �f.t�€t! \"f II � II\nsu.Silo mita-bhug dak§ab,\nsraddadhano jitendriyab,\nyavad-artham vyavaharet\nstr�u stri-nirjite$U ca\nsu-silab,-very polite and well behaved; mita-bhuk-eating only exactly what he needs, neither more nor less; dak§ab,-expert or without\n\n", "SB7.3#p0089": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n62\n\n[Canto7, Ch. 12\n\nlaziness, always busy; sraddadhaoo�-possessing full faith in the instructions of the Sdstra and the spiritual master; jita-indriya�-having\nfull control over the senses; yavat-artham-as much\n\nas\n\nryavaharet-should\n\nwomen;\n\nbehave\n\nexternally;\n\nstri�m-unto\n\nnecessary;\nstri­\n\nnirjite$ u -men who are henpecked, controlled by women; ca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA brahmaciri should be quite well behaved and gentle and\nshould not eat or collect more than necessary. He must always be\nactive and expert, fully believing in the instructions of the spiritual master and the Sistra. Fully controlling his senses, he should\nassociate only as much as necessary with women or those controlled by women.\n\nPURPORT\n\nA brahmacari should be very careful not to mix with women or with\nmen addicted to women. Although when he goes out to beg alms it is\nnecessary to talk with women and with men very much attached to\nwomen, this association should be very short, and he should talk with\nthem only about begging alms, and not more. A brahmacari should be\nvery careful in associating with men who are attached to women.\n\nT EXT 7\n\n� !114�1•1�1'll\n\n�: I\n\n��1fUt �(;( «�A �: II \\9 II\nvarjayet pramadii.-gatham\nagrhastho brhad-vrata�\nindriyaTJi pramathini\nharanty api yater mana�\nvarjayet-must give up; pramadii.-gatham-talking with women;\nagrhastha�-a person who has not accepted the grhastha-asrama (a\nbrahmacari or sannyasi); brhat-vrata�-invariably observing the vow\nof celibacy; indriyd�Ji-the senses; pramathini-almost always unconquerable; haranti-take away; api-even; yate�-of the sannydsi;\nmaoo�-the mind.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0090": "Text 8]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Spiritual Classes\n\n63\n\nTRANSLATION\nA brahll18C8ri, or one who has not accepted the g�hastha-asrama\n[family life], must rigidly avoid talking with women or about\nwomen, for the senses are so powerful that they may agitate even\nthe mind of a sannyasi, a member of the renounced order of life.\n\nPURPORT\nBrahmacarya essentially means the vow not to marry but to observe\nstrict celibacy\n\n( brhad-vrata). A brahmacari or sannyii.si should avoid\n\ntalking with women or reading literature concerning talks between man\nand woinan. The injunction restricting association with women is the\nbasic principle of spiritual life. Associating or talking with women is\nnever advised in any of the Vedic literatures. The entire Vedic system\nteaches one to avoid sex life so that one may gradually progress from\nbrahmacarya to grhastha, from grhastha to viinaprastha, and from\nvanaprastha to sannyii.sa and thus give up material enjoyment, which is\nthe original cause of bondage to this material world. The word brhadvrata refers to one who has decided not to marry, or in other words, not\nto indulge in sex life throughout his entire life.\n\nTEXTS\n\niMtst�u�;il\"t��q;u+44StWI�( I\n!}�flt��f(vflt: Ef;l(�'itl€4lWil � II � II\nkesa-prasiitlhanonmardasnapaniibhyanjaniidikam\nguru-strwhir yuvatibhib,\nkarayen niitmano yum\nkesa-prasiitlhana-brushing\n\nthe\n\nhair;\n\nunmarda-massaging the\n\nbody; snapana-bathing; abhyanjana-iitlikam-massaging the body\nwith oil and so on; guru-stribhib,-by the wife of the spiritual master;\nyuvatibhib,-very young; karayet-should allow to do; na-never;\niitmanab,-for personal service; yuoo-if the student is a young man.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0091": "64\n\nSrUnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nH the wife of the spiritual master is young, a young hrahmacari\n\nshould not allow her to care for his hair, massage his body with oil,\nor bathe him with affection like a mother.\nPURPORT\n\nThe relationship between the student or disciple and the wife of the\nspiritual master or teacher is like that between son and mother. A mother\nsometimes cares for her son by combing his hair, massaging his body\nwith oil, or bathing him. Similarly, the wife of the teacher is also a\nmother (guru-patni), and therefore she may also care for the disciple in a\nmotherly way. If the wife of the teacher is a young woman, however, a\nyoung brahmacari should not allow such a mother to touch him. This is\nstrictly prohibited. There are seven kinds of mothers:\n\natma-miit a guro� patni\nbrahmar_ti raja-patnikd\ndhenur dhatri tatha prthvi\nsaptaitd miitara� smrta�\nThese mothers are the original mother, the wife of the teacher or spiritual master, the wife of a brahmar_ta, the king's wife, the cow, the nurse\nand the earth. Unnecessary association with women, even with one's\nmother, sister or daughter, is strictly prohibited. This is human civilization. A civilization that allows men to mix unrestrictedly with women is\nan animal civilization. In Kali-yuga, people are extremely liberal, hut\nmixing with women and talking with them as equals actually constitutes\nan uncivilized way of life.\n\nTEXT9\n\nif�fr.t: � WID� �(tf+ite+t: � I\n�� � \\iiUIG> fOIG>I � II � II\n..\n\nnanv agni� pramadii nama\nghrta-kumbha-sama� puman\nsutam api raho jahyad\nanyada yavad-artha-krt\n\n", "SB7.3#p0092": "Text 10]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Spiritual Classes\n\n65\n\nnanu-certainly; agnib.-the fire; pramada-the woman (one who\nbewilders the mind of man); nama-the very name; ghrta-kumbha-a\npot of butter; samab.-like; puman-a man; sutdm api-even one's\ndaughter; rahab.-in a secluded place; jahyat-one must not associate\nwith; anyada-with other women also; yamt-as much as; artha-krtrequired.\nTRANSLATION\nWoman is compared to fire, and man is compared to a butter pot.\nTherefore a man should avoid associating even with his own\ndaughter in a secluded place. Similarly, he should also avoid association with other women. One should associate with wom en only\nfor important business and not otherwise.\nPURPORT\n\nIf a butter pot and fire are kept together, the butter within the pot will\ncertainly melt. Woman is compared to fire, and man is compared to a\nbutter pot. However advanced one may be in restraining the senses, it is\nalmost impossible for a man to keep himself controlled in the presence of\na woman, even if she is his own daughter, mother or sister. Indeed, his\nmind is agitated even if one is in the renounced order of life. Therefore,\nVedic civilization carefully restricts mingling between men and women.\nIf one cannot understand the basic principle of restraining association\nbetween man and woman, he is to be considered an animal. That is the\npurport of this verse.\nTEXT 10\n\n�14((1¥tl(flt(¥\\t�: I\n�� �m � ��:ll�oll\n\n���l€+4wtl\n\nkalpayitvatmana yavad\nabhasam idam iSvarab.\ndmitam tamn na viramet\ntato hy asya viparyayab.\nkalpayitva-ascertaining\n\npositively;\n\natmana-by\n\nself-realization;\n\nyavat-as long as; abhasam-reflection (of the original body and\n\n", "SB7.3#p0093": "66\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 12\n\nsenses); idam-this (the body and senses); iSvara�-completely independent of illusion; dvaitam-duality; tiivat-for that long; na-does\nnot; viramet-see; tata�-by such duality; hi-indeed; asya-of the\nperson; viparyaya�-counteraction.\nTRANSLATION\nAs long as a living entity is not completely self-realized-as long\n\nas he is not independent of the misconception of identifying with\n\nhis body, which is nothing but a reflection of the original body and\n\nsenses-he cannot be relieved of the conception of duality, which\n\nis epitomized by the duality between man and woman. Thus there\nis every chance that he will fall down because his intelligence is\n\nbewildered.\n\nPURPORT\nHere is another important warning that a man must save himself from\nattraction to woman. Until one is self-realized, fully independent of the\nillusory conception of the material body, the duality of man and woman\nmust undoubtedly continue, but when one is actually self-realized this\ndistinction ceases.\n\nvidya-vinaya-sampanne\nbrahmar.re gavi hastini\nsuni caiva svapake ca\npaTJ4,ita� sa ma-da rsina�\n\"The humble sage, by virtue of true knowledge, sees with equal vision a\nlearned and gentle brahmar:w, a cow, an elephant, a dog and a dog-eater\n[outcaste].\" (Bg.\n\n5.18) On the spiritual platform, the learned person not\n\nonly gives up the duality of man and woman, but also gives up the\nduality of man and animal. This is the test of self-realization. One must\nrealize perfectly that the living being is spirit soul but is tasting various\ntypes of material bodies. One may theoretically understand this, but\nwhen one has practical realization, then he actually becomes a pafJ4ita,\none who knows. Until that time, the duality continues, and the conception of man and woman also continues. In this stage, one should be extremely careful about mixing with women. No one should think himself\nperfect and forget the sastric instruction that one should be very careful\n\n", "SB7.3#p0094": "Text 11]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Spiritual Classes\n\n67\n\nabout associating even with his daughter, mother or sister, not to speak\nof other women. Srila Madhvacarya cites the following sloka.s in this\nregard:\n\nbahutvenaiva vasturuim\nyathiirtha-jnanam ucyate\nadvaita-jfiiinam ity etad\ndvaita-jfiiinam tad-anyathii\nyathii jfiiinam tathii vastu\nyathii vastus tathii matitt\nnaiva jfiiiruirthayor bhedas\ntata ekatva-vedanam\nUnity in variety is real knowledge, and therefore giving up variety ar­\n\ntificially does not reflect perfect knowledge of monism. According to the\nacintya-bhediibheda philosophy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, there are\n\nvarieties, but all of them constitute one unit. Such knowledge is knowledge of perfect oneness.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n�� •mrt@ 'I� �I\n4lC�@d�: II� �II\ngqRifif�q;c\netat sarvam grhasthasya\nsamiimruilam yater api\nguru-vrttir vikalpena\ngrhasthasyartu-gaminatt\netat-this;\n\nsarvam-all;\n\nsamdmruitam-described;\n\ngrhasthasya-of\n\nyatett api-even\n\nof\n\na\n\nthe\n\nhouseholder;\n\nperson in the\n\nrenounced order; guru-vrttitt vikalpena-to follow the orders of the\n\nspiritual master; grhasthasya-of the householder; rtu-gaminatt-accepting sex only during the period favorable for procreation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll the rules and regulations apply equally to the householder\nand the sannyiisi, the member of the renounced order of life. The\n\n", "SB7.3#p0095": "68\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 12\n\ng:rhastha, however, is given pennissbn by the spiritual master to\nindulge in sex during the period favorable for procreation.\nPURPORT\nIt is sometimes misunderstood that a grhastha, a householder, is permitted to indulge in sex at any time. This is a wrong conception of\n\ngrhastha life. In spiritual life, whether one is a grhastha, vanaprastha,\nsannyasi or brahmacdri, everyone is under the control of the spiritual\nmaster. For brahmacdris and sannyasfs there are strong restrictions on\nsexual indulgence. Similarly, there are strong restrictions for grhasthas.\nGrhasthas should indulge in sex life only in accordance with the order of\nthe guru. Therefore it is mentioned here that one must follow the orders\nof the spiritual master (guru-vrttir vikalpena). When the spiritual master\norders, the grhastha may accept sex life. This is confirmed in Bhagavadgitd (7.11). Dharrnaviruddlw bhute�u kamo 'smi: indulgence in sex life\nwithout disobedience to the religious rules and regulations constitutes a\nreligious principle. The grhastha is allowed to indulge in sex life during\nthe period favorable for procreation and in accordance with the spiritual\nmaster's order. H the spiritual master's orders allow a grhastha to engage\nin sex life at a particular time, then the grhastha may do so; otherwise, if\nthe spiritual master orders against it, the grhastha should abstain. The\n\ngrhastha must obtain permission from the spiritual master to observe the\nritualistic ceremony of garbhadhana-saritskara. Then he may approach\nhis wife to beget children, otherwise not. A brahma7Ja generally remains\na brahmacari throughout his entire life, but although some brahma7Jas\nbecome grhasthas and indulge in sex life, they do so under the complete\ncontrol of the spiritual master. The /cyatriya is allowed to marry more\nthan one wife, but this also must be in accordance with the instructions\nof the spiritual master. It is not that because one is a grhastha he may\nmarry as many times as he likes and indulge in sex life as he likes. This\nis not spiritual life. In spiritual life, one must conduct one's whole life\nunder the guidance of the guru. Only one who executes his spiritual life\nunder the direction of the spiritual master can achieve the mercy of\nKr�f.la. Yasya prasadiid bhagavat-prasiida/.t. If one desires to advance in\nspiritual life but he acts whimsically, not following the orders of the\nspiritual master, he has no shelter. Yasyaprasddin na gati/.t kuto 'pi.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0096": "Text 14]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Spiritual Oasses\n\n69\n\nWithout the spiritual master's order, even the grhastlw should not indulge in sex life.\nTEXT 12\n\n315twtl+4�tit....(W'Icte(ctlf'lwi \"1 1\n�eqi�Eiild�4�if 1&(4�1: II� �II\nanjanabhyanjanonmardastry-avalekhiimi$am madhu\nsrag-gandlw-lepalankararhs\ntyajeyur ye brhad-vratal],\nanjana-oint ment or powder for decorating the eyes; abhyanjanamassaging the head; unmarda\n\n-\n\nmassaging the body; stri-avaleklw-to\n\nglance over a woman or to paint a woman's picture; ami.$am-meateating; madhu-drinking liquor or honey; srak-decorating the body\nwith garlands of flowers; gand/w-lepa-smearing the body with scented\nointment; alarikaran-decorating the body with ornaments; tyajeyul],must give up; ye\n\n-\n\nthose who; brlwt-vratal],-have taken the vow of\n\ncelibacy.\nTRANSLATION\nBrahmac8ris or g:rhasthas who have taken the vow of celibacy as\ndescribed above should not indulge in the following: applying\npowder or ointment to the eyes, massaging the head with oil,\nmassaging the body with the hands, seeing a woman or painting a\nwoman's picture, eating meat, drinking wine, decorating the body\nwith flower garlands, smearing scented ointment on the body, or\ndecorating the body with ornaments. These they should give up.\nTEXTS 13-14\n\n��� � �s'lft�41ct�Qf � I\n5I1ft Qjj\\qfZt't( � � llt�ll\n� ct(¥ta••«� gU: �1'1 ��= 1\n� q;i � ���� �� 11�\\lll\n\n", "SB7.3#p0097": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n70\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l2\n\n�itvaivam guru-kule\ndvijo �huyavabudhyaca\ntrayim sangopan�adam\nyavad-artham yatha-balam\ndattva varam anujiiiito\nguro� kamam yadiSvara�\ngrham vanam va praviSet\npravrajet tatra va vaset\n�itoo-residing; evam-in this way; guru-kule-under the care of\nthe spiritual master;\n\nd vi-ja�-the twiceborn, namely the brahmar:w,s,\nk§atriyas and vaiSyas; adhuya -studying Vedic literature; avabudhyaunderstanding it properly; ca-and; trayi m-the Vedic literatures; saanga-along with supplementary parts; upan�adam-as well as the\nUpan�; yavat- artham - as far as possible; yatha-balam-as far as\none can, according to one's ability; dattva -giving; varam-remuneration; anujiiiit a�-being asked; guro�-of the spiritual master;\nkamam-desires; yadi-if; i:Svara� -capable; grham-household life;\nvanam-retired life; oo-either; praviSet-one should enter; pravrajet\n-or get out of; tatra-there; oo-either; vaset-should reside.\nTRANSLATION\nAccording to the rules and regulations mentioned above, one\n\nwho is twicebom, namely a hrihm�a, k�atriya or vaisya, should\n\nreside in the guru-kula under the care of the spiritual master.\n\nThere he should study and leam all the Vedic literatures along\n\nwith their supplements and the Upani�ds, according to his ability\n\nand power to study. If possible, the student or disciple should\n\nreward the spiritual master with the remuneration the spiritual\nmaster requests, and then, following the master's order, the disciple should leave and accept one of the other asramas, namely the\n\ng:rhastha-iSrama, vanaprastha-asrama or sannyisa-iSrama,\n\ndesires.\n\nas\n\nhe\n\nPURPORT\nTo study the\n\nVedas and understand them, of course, requires some\n\nspecial intelligence, but the members of the three higher sections of\n\n", "SB7.3#p0098": "Text 15]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Spiritual Classes\n\n71\n\nsociety-namely the brahma�, �atriyas and vaiSyas-must learn the\n\nVedic literatures according. to their capability and power to understand.\n\nIn other words, studying the Vedic literatures is compulsory for everyone\nbut the sadras and antyajas. The Vedic literature gives the knowledge\nthat can lead one to understand the Absolute Truth-Brahman,\n\nParamatma or Bhagavan. Guru-kula, or the reformatory educational in­\n\nstitution, should be used only to understand Vedic knowledge. At the\n\npresent time there are many educational institutions for training and\n\ntechnology, but such knowledge has nothing to do with understanding of\nthe Absolute Truth. Technology, therefore, is meant for the siidras,\n\nwhereas the Vedas are meant for the dvijas. Consequently this verse\n\nstates, dvijo 'dhuyavabudhya ca trayim sangopan�adam. At the present\n\ntime, in the age of Kali, practically everyone is a sadra, and no one is a\n\ndvija. Therefore the condition of society has very much deteriorated.\n\nAnother point to be observed from this verse is that from the\n\nbrahmacari-asrama one may accept the sannyasa-asrama, vanaprasthaasrama or grhastha-asrama. It is not compulsory for a brahmacari to become a grhastha. Because the ultimate aim is to understand the Absolute\nTruth, there is no necessity of going through all the different asramas.\nThus one may proceed to the sannyasa-asrama directly from the\nbrahmacari-asrama. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura accepted\nthe sannyasa-asrama directly from the brahmacari-asrama. In other\nwords, His Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura did not\n\nthink it compulsory to accept the grhastha-asrama or vanaprastha­\n\nasrama.\nTEXT 15\n\n3Pft !l(lf41€ttf.t � ri-(6&:4\\l� I\n�: �'11'1f¥r: q�<stRi !f� II� �II\nagna u gurav atmani ca\n\nsarva-bhilte�v adho�ajam\nbhiltail_t sva-dhamabhil_t pa§yed\naprav�!arh prav�tavat\nagnau-in the fire; gurau-in the spiritual master; atmani-in one's\n\nself; ca-also; sarva-bhilte�u-in every living entity; adho�ajam-the\n\n", "SB7.3#p0099": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n72\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 12\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who cannot be seen or perceived with\nthe material eyes or other material senses; bhu.tai�-with all living entities;\n\nsva-dhdmab hi�-along with His Lordship's paraphernalia;\npa.S yet one should see; aprav�!am-not entered; prav�!a-vat-also\n-\n\nentered.\nTRANSLATION\nOne should realize that in the fire, in the spiritual master, in\n\none's seH and in all living entities-in all circumstances and condi­\n\ntions-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nVi�I;J.u,\n\nhas\n\nsimultaneously entered and not entered. He is situated externally\nand internally as the full controller of everything.\nPURPORT\nRealization of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's omnipresence is\nthe perfect realization of the Absolute Truth to be attained through the\nstudy of the Vedic literatures. AB stated in the Brahma-samhitii (5.35),\n\na1J4dntara-stha-paramiiry,u-cayiintara-stham: the Lord is situated within\nthe universe, within the heart of every living entity and also within the\natom. We should understand that whenever the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is present, He is present with all His paraphernalia, including\nHis name, form, associates and servants. The living entity is part and\nparcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and thus one should\nunderstand that since the Supreme Lord has entered the atom, the living\nentities are also there. One must accept the inconceivable quality of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, for no one can understand from the\nmaterial point of view how the Lord is all-pervasive and yet is situated in\nHis own abode, Goloka V:rndavana. This realization is possible if one\nstrictly follows the regulative princiP.les of\n\niiSrama (brahmaciiri,\ngrhastha, viinaprastha and sannyasa). Srtla Madhvacarya says in this\n\nregard:\n\naprav�!a� sarva-gata�\nprav�!a-5 tv anurilpaviin\nevam dvi-rilpo bhagavan\nharir eko janiirdana�\n\n", "SB7.3#p0100": "Text 16]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Spiritual Classes\n\n73\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, in His original form, has not entered everything (apravi§tab,), but in His impersonal form He has entered (pravi§[ab-}. Thus He has entered and not entered simultaneously.\nThis is also explained in Bhagavad-gitii (9.4), wherein the Lord says:\n\nmaya tatam idam sarvam\njagad avyakta-milrtinii\nmat-sthiini sarva-bhutiini\nna ciiham te$V amsthitab,\n\"By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All\nbeings are in Me, but I am not in them.\" The Lord can defy Himself.\nThus there is variety in unity (ekatvam bahutvam).\nTEXT 16\n\n�fiN) ��� �lwtSI� qf(l�(\\ I\n�<fw-4f<6N�: � ;nlllN'liUM u � ���\nevam vidho brahmaciir i\nviinaprastho yatir grhi\ncaran vidita-vijnanab,\nparam brahmiidhigacchati\nevam vidhab,-in this way; brahmaciiri-whether one is a\nbrahmaciiri; viinaprasthab,-or one is in the viinaprastha-asrama;\nyatib,-or in the sannyiisa-asrama; grhi-or in the grhastha-asrama;\nca ran- by practice of self-realization and understanding of the Absolute\nTruth; v idita-vijnanab,-fully conversant with the science of the Absolute Truth; param-the Supreme; brahma-the Absolute Truth;\nadhigacchati-one can understand.\nTRANSLATION\nBy practicing in this way, whether one be in the brahmaciriiiSrama, grhastha-iSrama, vinaprastha-iSrama or sannyiisa-iiSrama,\none must always realize the all-pervading presence of the Supreme\n\n", "SB7.3#p0101": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n74\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 12\n\nLord, for in this way it is possible to understand the Absolute\n\nTruth.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is the beginning of self-realization. One must first understand\nhow Brahman is present everywhere and how He is acting. This education is called brahma-jijfliisa and is the real concern of human life. Without such knowledge, one cannot claim to be a human being; rather, he\nremains in the animal kingdom. As it is said, sa eva go-khara/:1.: without\nsuch knowledge, one is no better than a cow or an ass.\nTEXT 17\n\nf�lorf!Mij� I\n�1Wll�l� afWl•i\"'utflte1��ij'( ������\n\nifiWl$1�� ��\n\nviinaprasthasya valcyyami\nniyaman muni-sammatiin\nyan asthaya munir gacched\nr$i-lokam uhanjasa\nvanaprasthasya-of a person in the viinaprastha-asrama (retired\nlife); valcyyami-1 shall now explain; niyaman-the rules and regulations; muni-sammatan-which are recognized by great munis, philosophers and saintly persons; yan-which; asthaya-being situated in, or\npracticing; muni/:1.-a saintly person; gacchet-is promoted; r$i-lokamto the planetary system where the seers and munis go (Maharloka);\nuha-0 King; anjasa-without difficulty.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, I shall now describe the qualifications for a viinaprastha,\n\none who has retired from family life. By rigidly following the\nrules and regulations for the viinaprastha, one can easily be elevated to the upper planetary system known as Maharloka.\nTEXT 18\n\n'f)!q�-i� :qt���le\\1: 1\n3lfircf•�l¥i tn �q*fFII60'c:( II� �II\n\nwt\n\n", "SB7.3#p0102": "Text 19]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Spiritual Classes\n\n75\n\nna kma-pacyam a.Sniyad\nakmam ropy akiilatal;.\nagni-pakvam athamam td\narka-pakvam utdharet\n\nna-not;\n\nkma-pacyam - grains\n\ngrown\n\nby tilling of\n\nthe\n\nfield;\n\na§niyat-one should eat; akmam-grains that have grown without tilling of the field; ca-and; api-also; akii latal;.-ripened untimely; agnipakvam-grains prepared by being cooked in fire; atha-as well as;\namam-mango; td-either; arka-pak vam-food ripened naturally by\nthe sunshine; uta-it is so enjoined; aharet-the vanaprastha should\neat.\nTRANSLATION\nA person in vinaprastha life should not eat grains grown by tilling of the fields. He should also not eat grains that have grown\nwithout tilling of the field but are not fully ripe. Nor should a\nvinaprastha eat grains cooked in fire. Indeed, he should eat only\nfruit ripened by the sunshine.\nTEXT 19\n\n������I'{Rei� �f� I\n�;A' wRS'illQ �=if qf(���({ II� �II\nvanyai.S caru-purcx;laSan\nnirvapet kiila-coditdn\n\nlabdhe nave nave 'nnadye\npurar:tam ca parityajet\n\nva nyai l;. - by fruits and grains produced in the forest without cultivation; caru-grains to be offered in a fire sacrifice; purO(iaSan-the cakes\nprepared from caru; nirvapet-one should execute; kiila-coditan-that\nwhich has grown naturally; labdhe-on obtaining; nave-new; nave\nanna-adye- newly produced food grains; p ura r:ta m-the stock of old\ngrains; ca-and; pa rityajet-one should give up.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0103": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n76\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nA vinaprastha should prepare cakes to be offered in sacrifice\n\nfrom fruits and grains grown naturally in the forest. When he ob­\n\ntains some new grains, he should give up his old stock of grains.\n\nTEXT20\n\n� �I(UII4Wi �·�� I\n• R'4'41U1Net'fi'fil<tq�... � lJ�oiJ\nagny-artham eva sarar:wm\nutajam vadri-kandaram\nsrayeta hima-vayv-agniva�iirkiitapa-$ii! svayam\n\nagni-the fire; artham-to keep; eva-only; sarar:wm-a cottage;\nuta-jam -made of grass; vii-or; adri-kandaram-a cave in a mountain; srayeta -the viinaprastha should take shelter of; hima-snow;\nooyu-wind; agni-fire; va�a-rain; arka-of the sun; iitapa-shining; $ii!-enduring; svayam-personally .\nTRANSLATION\nA vinaprastha should prepare a thatched cottage or take shelter\n\nof a cave in a mountain only to keep the sacred fire, but he should\n\npersonally practice enduring snowfall, wind, fire, rain and the\nshining of the sun.\n\nTEXT21\n\n��(1q;c(CI��,R�tf.t �if � I\n��it (OiS�CNi�t�qf(��l'{ II�� II\nkesa-roma-nakha-sma5rumalani ja#lo dadhat\n\nkamar.u)alv-ajine dar.u)avalkalagni-paricchadiin\n\nkesa-hair on the head; roma-hair on the body; nakha-nails;\nsma5ru-moustache; malani-and dirt on the body; jatilab,-with mat-\n\n", "SB7.3#p0104": "Text 23]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Spiritual Oasses\n\n77\n\nted locks of hair; dadhat-one should keep; kamaTJ4,alu-a waterpot;\najine-and a deerskin; daTJ4,a-rod; valkala-the bark of a tree; agnifire; paricchadan-garments.\nTRANSLATION\nThe vinaprastha should wear matted locks of hair on his head\nand let his body hair, nails and moustache grow. He should not\ncleanse his body of dirt. He should keep a waterpot, deerskin and\nrod, wear the bark of a tree as a covering, and use garments colored like fire.\nTEXT 22\n\n� cffl\" �t&l(twtit en �it afwf: 1\nl1fi en � � f%� �: ������\n\n'\n\ncared vane dvadaSabdiin\n�!au va caturo munib,\ndvav ekam va yathii buddhir\nna vipadyeta krcchratab,\ncaret-should remain; vane-in the forest; dvadaSa-abdiin-twelve\nyears;\n\n�tau-for\n\neight\n\nyears;\n\nVIi-either;\n\nmunib,-a saintly, thoughtful man;\n\ncaturab,-four\n\ndvau-two;\n\nekam-one;\n\nyears;\nva­\n\neither; yathii-as well as; buddhib,-intelligence; na-not; vipadyetabewildered; krcchratab,-because of hard austerities.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing very thoughtful, a vinaprastha should remain in the\nforest for twelve years, eight years, four years, two years or at least\none year. He should behave in such a way that he will not be disturbed or troubled by too much austerity.\nTEXT 23\n\n��� I\natt;cftftJep;ci en �lri itfta.wtijwtt����� �11\n\n401(1�: ((lfsti401t�f\n\n", "SB7.3#p0105": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n78\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 12\n\nyadii.kalpa/:1. sva-kriyayam\nvyadhibhir jarayathavii\nanvi�ikyam vii vidyayarh\nkuryad a1UJSanadikam\nyadii-when; akalpa/:1.-unable to act; sva-kriyayam-in one's own\nprescribed duties; vyadhibhi}J.-because of disease; jaraya-or because\nof old age; athavii-either; anvi�ikyam-in spiritual advancement;\nvii-or; vidyayam-in the advancement of knowledge; kuryat-one\nmust do; a1UJSana-adikam-not take sufficient food.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen because of disease or old age one is unable to perform his\n\nprescribed duties for advancement in spiritual consciousness or\nstudy of the Vedas, he should practice fasting, not taking any food.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n3CI�+t�\\tl'l6i11Uctr 4��Utilil€il(l'( I\n••�! .. �... �«-: 11�\\ill\natmany agnin samaropya\nsannyasyaharh mamatmatam\nkarary,e§u nyaset samyak\nsmighatarh tu yatharhata/:1.\natmani-in one's self; agnin\nsamaropya-properly\n\n-\n\nthe fire elements within the body;\n\nplacing; sannyasya-giving up;\n\naham-false\n\nidentity; mama-false conception; atmatam-of the body's being one's\nself or one's own; karary,e§u-in the five elements that cause the material\nbody; nyaset-one should merge; samyak-completely; sarighatamcombination; tu-but; yatha-a rhata/:1.-as it befits.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe should properly place the fire element in his own self and in\n\nthis way give up bodily affinity, by which one thinks the body to be\n\n", "SB7.3#p0106": "Text\n\n25]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Spiritual Classes\n\n79\n\none's self or one's own. One should gradually merge the material\nbody into the five elements [earth, water, fire, air and sky).\nPURPORT\nThe body is an effect of a cause, namely the five material elements\n(earth, water, fire, air and sky). In other words, one should know perfectly well that the material body is nothing but a combination of the five\nelements. This knowledge constitutes merging of the material body and\nthe five material elements. Merging into Brahman in perfect knowledge\nmeans understanding perfectly that one is not the body but a spiritual\nsoul.\nTEXT\n\n25\n\n� �C�Pil �lQIQf��:t(\"llOI+tl�¥i€U( I\n\nacq_qq�\"4\\41M � � �t�l'fJ44(\n\n������\n\nkhe khiini vayau ni.Srosarits\ntejab,s ii-:;mar:w-m atmavan\napsv asrk-sle�ma-puyani\n�itau se�arh ya thodbhav am\nkhe-in the sky; khiini-all the holes of the body; vayau-in the air;\nni.Svasan -all the different airs moving within the body (prar:w- , apana,\n\netc.); tejab,su-in fire; �miir:w-m-the heat of the body; atma-van-a\nperson who knows the self; apsu-in water; asrk-blood; sle�mamucus; puyani-and urine; �itau-in the earth; se�m-the remaining (namely skin, bones and the other hard things in the body); yathaudbhavam-wherefrom all of them grew.\nTRANSLATION\nA sober, self-realized person who has full knowledge should\nmerge the various parts of the body in their original sources. The\nholes in the body are caused by the sky, the process of breathing is\ncaused by the air, the heat of the body is caused by fire, and semen,\nblood and mucus are caused by water. The hard substances, like\nskin, muscle and bone, are caused by earth. In this way all the\n\n", "SB7.3#p0107": "80\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 12\n\nconstituents of the body are caused by various elements, and they\n\nshould he merged again into those elements.\nPURPORT\n\nTo he self-realized, one must understand the original sources of the\nvarious elements of the body. The body is a combination of skin, bone,\nmuscle, blood, semen, urine, stool, heat, breath and so on, which all come\nfrom earth, water, fire, air and sky. One must he well conversant with\nthe sources of all the bodily constituents. Then one becomes a selfrealized person, or atmavan, one who knows the self.\n\nTEXTS 26-28\n\nii4Ntt\\41 6ii4'fi+AIf'l;{ � � I\n- tWn CAftl @qw Sllilqijl ����II\n�����1(1.114 �r.t�� I\nq �6'11�'1 W�'11'*'1€+1M�II��II\n�����RI�filf.l�,��\n� $1�6(11 ��mot ftRft � 11��11\nvacam agnau savaktavyam\nindre sil]XLrh karav api\npadiini gatya vayasi\nratyopastham prajdJXLtau\nmrtyau payurh visargarh ca\nyatha-sthanam vinirdiSet\ndi/cyu srotrarh sa-nadena\nSJXLrsenadhyatmani tvacam\nriipar:ti calcy�a rajan\njyo�y abhinivesayet\napsu pracetasa jihvam\nghreyair ghrar:tarh lcyitau nyaset\nvcicam-speech; agnau-in the fire-god (the personified god controlling fire); sa-vaktavyam-with the subject matter of speaking; indre-\n\n", "SB7.3#p0108": "Text\n\n30]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Spiritual Oasses\n\n81\n\nunto King lndra; silpam-craftsmanship or the capacity to work with the\nhands; karau-as well as the hands; api-indeed; padani-the legs;\ngatya-with the power to move; vayasi-unto Lord Vi��u; ratya-sexual desire; upastham-with the genitals; prajapatau-unto Prajapati;\nmrtyau-unto the demigod known\n\nas\n\n�tyu; payum-the rectum;\n\nvisargam-with its activity, evacuation; ca-also; yatha-sthanam-in\nthe proper place; vinirdiSet-one should indicate; di/cyu-unto different\ndirections; srotram-the aural sense; sa-nadena-with sound vibration;\nsparsena-with touch; adhyatmani-unto the wind-god; tvacam-the\nsense of touch; rupa�i-form; ca/cy�a-with eyesight; rajan-0 King;\njyot�i-in the sun; abhinivesayet-one should endow; apsu-unto\nwater; pracetasa-with the demigod known as Varu�a; jihvam-the\ntongue; ghreyai�-with the object of smell; ghra�m-the power to\nsmell; /cyitau-in the earth; nyaset-one should give.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, the object of speech, along with the sense of speech\n[the tongue], should be bestowed upon fire. Craftsmanship and the\ntwo hands should be given to the demigod lndra. The power of\nmovement and the legs should be given to Lord Vi�:r_J.u. Sensual\npleasure, along with the genitals, should be bestowed upon\nPrajapati. The rectum, with the power of evacuation, should be\nbestowed, in its proper place, unto �tyu. The aural instrument,\nalong with sound vibration, should be given to the deities presiding over the directions. The instrument of touch, along with the\nsense objects of touch, should be given to Vayu. Form, with the\npower of sight, should be bestowed upon the sun. The tongue,\nalong with the demigod Varu:r_J.a, should be bestowed upon water,\nand the power of smell, along with the two Asvini-kumira\ndemigods, should be bestowed upon the earth.\nTEXTS 29-30\n\n� 'I�� !It '11�: � �\n'filtllkl'41€+1911 � 4f((lt+fij1&41 I\n� � � g.q�� � ������\n\n", "SB7.3#p0109": "82\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 12\n\n�r.Rt\".a�Rt�(tewn�'\n� � g tfi(oq:ffiS?i( :q ffiJ_ II� oil\nmano manorathaiS candre\nbuddhim bodhyai/:t kavau pare\nkarmiir:ty adhyiitmanii rudre\nyad-aham mamatii-kriyii\nsattvena cittam �etra-jne\ngur:tair vaikiirikam pare\napsu k$itim apo jyo�y\nado viiyau nabhasy amum\n\nkft!asthe tac ca mahati\ntad avyakte '�are ca tat\n\nmana/:t-the mind; manorathail,t-along with material desires;\ncandre-unto Candra, the mood demigod; buddhim-intelligence;\nbodhyai/:t-with the subject matter of intelligence; kavau pare-unto\nthe supreme learned person, Lord Brahma; karmar:ti-material activities; adhyiitmanii-with false ego; rudre-unto Lord Siva (Rudra);\nyat-wherein; aham-I am the material body; mamatii-everything\nbelonging to the material body is mine; kriyii-such activities; sattvena-along with the existential conception; cittam-consciousness; �etrajne-unto the individual soul; gur:tai/:t-along with the material activities conducted by the material qualities; vaikiirikam-the living entities under the influence of the material modes; pare-in the Supreme\nBeing; apsu-in the water; �itim-the earth; apa/:t-the water;\njyo�i-in the luminaries, specifically in the sun; ada/:t-brightness;\nviiyau-in the air; nabhasi-in the sky; amum-that; kil!asthe-in the\nmaterialistic conception of life; tat-that; ca-also; mahati-in the\nmahat-tattva, the total material energy; tat-that; avyakte-in the nonmanifested; a�re-in the Supersoul; ca-also; tat-that\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe mind, along with all material desires, should be merged in\n\nthe moon demigod. All the subject matters of intelligence, along\n\nwith the intelligence itself, should be placed in Lord Brahma. False\n\n", "SB7.3#p0110": "Text 31]\n\nThe Perfect Society: Four Spiritual Classes\n\n83\n\nego, which is under the influence of the material modes of nature\nand which induces one to think, \"I am this body, and everything\nconnected with this body is mine,\" should be merged, along with\nmaterial activities, in Rudra, the predominating deity of false ego.\nMaterial consciousness, along with the goal of thought, should be\nmerged in the individual living being, and the demigods acting\nunder the modes of material nature should be merged, along with\nthe perverted living being, into the Supreme Being. The earth\nshould be merged in water, water in the brightness of the sun, this\nbrightness into the air, the air into the sky, the sky into the false\nego, the false ego into the total material energy, the total material\nenergy into the unmanifested ingredients [the pradhina feature of\nthe material energy], and at last the ingredient feature of material\nmanifestation into the Supersoul.\nTEXT 31\n\nM\"IISI'I�N(I¥( I\n'lff41:41S1f � �.rtfitf(�: 11��11\n�-«<�if+U;i\n\nity ak$aratayiitmiinam\ncin-miitram a1X.lSe$itam\njiiiitviidvayo 'tha viramed\ndagdha-yonir ioonala/:t\niti-thus; ak,Mratayii-because of being spiritual; iitmiinam-oneself\n(the individual soul); cit-miitram-completely spiritual;\n\na1X.lSe$itam­\n\nthe remaining balance (after the material elements are merged, one after\nanother, into the original Supersoul); jfiiitvii-understanding; advaya/:t\n-without differentiation, or of the same quality as the Paramiitmii;\natha-thus;\n\nviramet-one\n\nshould\n\ncease\n\nfrom\n\nmaterial\n\nexistence;\n\ndagdha-yoni/:r,-whose source (the wood) has burnt up; iva-like;\n\nanala/:r,-flames\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the material designations have thus merged into their\nrespective material elements, the living beings, who are all\nultimately completely spiritual, being one in quality with the\n\n", "SB7.3#p0111": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n84\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 12\n\nSupreme Being, should cease from material existence, as flames\ncease when the wood in which they are burning is consumed.\n\nWhen the material body is returned to its various material ele­\n\nments, only the spiritual being remains. This spiritual being is\n\nBrahman and is equal in quality with Parabrahman.\n\nThw end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Seventh Canto, Twelfth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Perfect Society: Four\nSpiritual Classes. \"\n\n", "SB7.3#p0112": "CHAPTER THIRTEEN\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\nThis\n\nThirteenth\n\nChapter\n\ndescribes\n\nthe\n\nregulative\n\nprinciples\n\nfor\n\nsannyasis and also describes the history of an avadhuta. It concludes\n\nwith a description of perfection for the student in spiritual advancement.\n\nSri Narada Muni has been describing the symptoms of various\n\nasramas and van:uzs. Now, in this chapter, he specifically describes the\n\nregulative principles to be followed by sannyasis. Mter retiring from\nfamily life, one should accept the status of viinaprastha, in which he\nmust formally accept the body as his means of existence but gradually\n\nforget the bodily necessities of life. Mter viinaprastha life, having left\n\nhome, one should travel to different places as a sannyasi. Without bodily\n\ncomforts and free from dependence on anyone with respect to bodily\nnecessities, one should travel everywhere, wearing almost nothing or ac­\n\ntually walking naked. Without association with ordinary human society,\n\none should beg alms and always be satisfied in himself. One should be a\n\nfriend to every living entity and be very peaceful in Kr��a consciousness.\n\nA sannyiisi should travel alone in this way, not caring for life or death,\n\nwaiting for the time when he will leave his material body. He should not\nindulge in unnecessary books or adopt professions like astrology, nor\nshould he try to become a great orator. He should also give up the path of\n\nunnecessary argument and should not depend on anyone under any\ncircumstances. He should not try to allure people into becoming his disci­\n\nples just so that the number of his disciples may increase. He should give\n\nup the habit of reading many books as a means of livelihood, and he\n\nshould not attempt to increase the number of temples and ma!has, or\nmonasteries. When a sannyasi thus becomes completely independent,\n\npeaceful and equipoised, he can select the destination he desires after\n\ndeath and follow the principles by which to reach that destination. Al­\n\nthough fully learned, he should always remain silent, like a dumb person, and travel like a restless child.\n\nIn this regard, Narada Muni described a meeting between Prahlada\n\nand a saintly person who had adopted the mode of life of a python. In this\n\n85\n\n", "SB7.3#p0113": "SrUn8d-Bhigavabun\n\n86\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nway he described the symptoms of a paramahamsa. A person who has at­\n\ntained the paramahamsa stage knows very well the distinction between\nmatter and spirit. He is not at all interested in gratifying the material\nsenses, for he is always deriving pleasure from devotional service to the\nLord. He is not very anxious to protect his material body. Being satisfied\nwith whatever he attains by the grace of the Lord, he is completely independent of material happiness and distress, and thus he is transcendental\nto all regulative principles. Sometimes he accepts severe austerities, and\nsometimes he accepts material opulence. His only concern is to satisfy\n_Kr�:r;ta, and for that purpose he can do anything and everything, without\nreference to the regulative principles. He is never to he equated with materialistic men, nor is he subject to the judgments of such men.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��\n\n�� q�� Wml•��A�t: I\nII�Efi(ISINf\\r-n\n���fll�¥( II � II\nsri-narada uvaca\n\nkalpas tv evaril parivrajya\ndeha-matriiva5e�itab,\n\ngramaika-riitra-vidhina\n\nnirape�a5 caren mahim\n\nsri naradab, umca-Sri: Narada Muni said; kalpab,-a person who is\n-\n\ncompetent to undergo the austerities of sannyiisa, the renounced order of\nlife, or to prosecute studies in transcendental knowledge; tu-hut;\n\nevam-in this way (as described previously); parivrajya-fully under­\n\nstanding his spiritual identity and thus traveling from one place to\nanother;\n\ndeha-matra-keeping only the body;\n\ngriima-in a village;\n\neka-one only;\n\nava5e�itab,-at last;\n\nriitra-of passing a night;\n\nvidhina-in the process; nirape�b,-without dependence on any material thing; caret-should move from one place to another; mahim-on\nthe earth.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0114": "Text3]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n87\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Nirada Muni said: A person able to cultivate spiritual knowledge should renounce all material connections, and merely keeping the body inhabitable, he should travel from one place to\nanother, passing only one night in each village. In this way, without dependence in regard to the needs of the body, the sannyisi\nshould travel all over the world.\nTEXT2\n\n�ill'!� em:r: �·(hu�r�;i em{\n\n1\n\n�WI����,(�(\\��� II� II\nbibhryad yady asau vdsab,\nkaupiniicchada1Ulril param\ntyaktaril 1Ul lirigad dar:u;liider\nanyat kiiicid aniipad i\nbibhryat-one should use; yad i-if; asau-a person in the renounced\norder; txisab,-a garment or covering; kaupi1Ul-a loincloth �ust to\ncover the private parts); iicchada1Ulm-for covering; param-that\nmuch only; tyaktam-given up; 1U1-not; lirigat-than the distinguishing marks of a sannyasi; da � adeb,-like the rod (trida�); anyatother; kincit-anything; aniipadi-in ordinary undisturbed times.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nA person in the renounced order of life may try to avoid even a\ndress to cover himself. If he wears anything at all, it should be only\na loincloth, and when there is no necessity, a sannyisi should not\neven accept a d8J.1<;fa. A sannyisi should avoid carrying anything\nbut a d8J.1<;fa and �<;lalu.\nTEXT3\n\n� � :q� f¥1�(lc:+il(t•ilswm��: 1\n\n�6(\\(�(;:fl\n\n'1l(litU(q(iUl: II � II\n\n", "SB7.3#p0115": "[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n88\n\neka eva cared bhi�ur\ntitmiirtimo 'napasraya/:t\nsarva-bhuta-suhrc-chanto\nnarayarJ.a-parayarJ.a/:t\neka/:t-alone; eva-only; caret-can move; bhi�u/:t-a sannyasi taking alms; titma-tirtima/:t-fully satisfied in the self; anapasraya/:twithout depending on anything; sarva-bhuta-suhrt-becoming a wellwisher of all living entities; stinta/:t-completely peaceful; ntirayarJ.aparayarJ.a/:t-becoming absolutely dependent on Narayat;�.a and becoming\nHis devotee.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe sannyisi, completely satisfied in the self, should live on\n\nalms begged from door to door. Not being dependent on any per­\n\nson or any place, he should always be a friendly well-wisher to all\n\nliving beings and be a peaceful, unalloyed devotee of Niriyw;ta. In\n\nthis way he should move from one place to another.\nTEXT4\n\nq��·�(l AW .n: (ii(ifl� I\n311€+U;f � � Q «�Sf Q'�Q' q� II \\l II\n..\n\npa§yed titmany ado viSvam\npare sad-asato 'ryaye\natmtinam ca param brahma\nsarvatra sad-asan-maye\npa§yet-one should see; atmani-in the Supreme Soul; ada/:t-this;\nviSvam-universe; pare-beyond; sat-asata/:t-the creation or cause of\ncreation; aryaye-in the Absolute, which is free from deterioration;\ntitmiinam-himself;\n\nca-also; param-the supreme;\n\nbrahma-ab­\n\nsolute; sa nx1tra-everywhere; sat-asat-in the cause and in the effect;\nmaye-all-pervading.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe sannyisi should always try to see the Supreme pervading\n\neverything and see everything, including this universe, resting on\nthe Supreme.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0116": "Text 5]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n89\n\nsupti-prabodhayo�sandhav\natmarw gatim atma-drk\npa.Syan bandham ca rrwk§am ca\nmaya-matram na vastuta�\nsupti-in the state of unconsciousness; prabodhayo�-and in the state\nof\n\nconsciousness;\n\nsandhau-in\n\nthe\n\nstate\n\nof\n\nmarginal\n\nexistence;\n\natmana�-of oneself; gati m-the movement; atma-drk-one who can\nactually see the self; pa.Syan-always trying to see or understand;\nbandham-the conditional state of life; ca-and; rrwk§am-the liberated state of life; ca-also; maya-matra m-only illusion; na-not;\n\nvastuta�-in fact.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring unconsciousness and consciousness, and between the\ntwo, he should try to understand the self and be fully situated in\nthe self. In this way, he should realize that the conditional and\nliberated stages of life are only illusory and not actually factual.\nWith such a higher understanding, he should see only the Absolute Truth pervading everything.\n\nPURPORT\nThe unconscious state is nothing but ignorance, darkness or material\nexistence, and in the conscious state one is awake. The marginal state,\nbetween consciousness and unconsciousness, has no permanent existence. Therefore one who is advanced in understanding the self should\nunderstand that unconsciousness and consciousness are but illusions, for\nthey fundamentally do not exist. Only the Supreme Absolute Truth exists. AE confirmed by the Lord in Bhagavad-gita (9.4):\n\nmaya tatam idam sarvarh\njagad avyakta milrtina\n-\n\n", "SB7.3#p0117": "90\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l3\n\nmat-sthiini saroa-bhutani\nna caham te§v avasthitab,\n\"By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All\nbeings are in Me, but I am not in them.\" Everything exists on the basis of\nKr!?�;ta's impersonal feature; nothing can exist without Kr!?�;ta. Therefore\nthe advanced devotee of Kr!?I;ta can see the Lord everywhere, without illusion.\nTEXT6\n\nwtiPiwt� �� � � J\\Nd'( I\nm qt std\\� \\'{� 51��� II � II\nniibhinanded dhruvam mrtyum\nadhruvam viisya jivitam\nkiilam param pratik§eta\nbhiltiiniim prabhavapyayam\nna-not;\n\nabhinandet-one\n\nshould\n\npraise;\n\ndhruvam-sure;\n\nmrtyum-death; adhruvam-not sure; vii-either; asya-of this body;\njivitam-the duration of life; kiilam-eternal time; param-supreme;\npratik§eta-one must observe;\n\nbhiltiiniim-of the living\n\nentities;\n\nprabhava-manifestation; apyayam-disappearance.\nTRANSLATION\nSince the material body is sure to be vanquished and the dura­\n\ntion of one's life is not fixed, neither death nor life is to be\npraised. Rather, one should observe the eternal time factor, in\n\nwhich the living entity manifests himself and disappears.\nPURPORT\n\nThe living entities in the material world, not only at the present but\nalso in the past, have been involved in trying to solve the problem of\nbirth and death. Some stress death and point to the illusory existence of\neverything material, whereas others stress life, trying to preserve it per-\n\n", "SB7.3#p0118": "The Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\nText7]\n\n91\n\npetually and enjoy it to the best of their ability. Both of them are fools\n\nand rascals. It is advised that one observe the eternal time factor, which\nis the cause of the material body's appearance and disappearance, and\n\nthat one observe the living entity's entanglement in this time factor. Srila\nBhaktivinoda Thakura therefore sings in his Gitavali:\naruidi karama-phale,\n\npadi 'bhavarrJava-jale,\n\ntaribare na dekhi upaya\nOne should observe the activities of eternal time, which is the cause of\nbirth and death. Before the creation of the present millennium, the liv­\n\ning entities were under the influence of the time factor, and within the\ntime factor the material world comes into existence and is again anni­\n\nhilated. Bhiitva bhutva praliyate. Being under the control of the time\n\nfactor, the living entities appear and die, life after life. This time factor\n\nis the impersonal representation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nwho gives the living entities conditioned by material nature a chance to\n\nemerge from this nature by surrendering to Him.\n\nTEXT7\n\nwtR1\"4Jit! � ;(tq'5ft�6 �� I\n��((�l(f�nt,(tEfi\\;qV��;J� II \\9 ll\nniisac-chastre$u sajjeta\nnopajiveta jivikam\nvada-vadams tyajet tarkan\n\npak$am kamca na samsrayet\n\nna-not; asat-sastre$u-literature like newspapers, novels, dramas\n\nand fiction; sajjeta-one should be attached or should indulge in reading; na-nor; upajiveta-one should try to live; jivikam-upon some\n\nprofessional literary career; vada-vadan-unnecessary arguments on\n\ndifferent aspects of philosophy; tyajet-one should give up; tarkanarguments\n\nand\n\ncounterarguments;\n\npak$am-faction;\n\nna-not; samsrayet-should take shelter of.\n\nkarhca-any;\n\n", "SB7.3#p0119": "92\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nLiterature that is a useless waste of time-in other words,\n\nliterature without spiritual benefit-should be rejected. One\nshould not become a professional teacher as a means of earning\n\none's livelihood, nor should one indulge in arguments and\n\ncounterarguments. Nor should one take shelter of any cause or\n\nfaction.\n\nPURPORT\nA person desiring to advance in spiritual understanding should be ex­\n\ntremely careful to avoid reading ordinary literature. The world is full of\n\nordinary literature that creates unnecessary agitation in the mind. Such\nliterature, including newspapers, dramas, novels and magazines, is fac­\n\ntually not meant for advancement in spiritual knowledge. Indeed, it has\n\nbeen described as a place of enjoyment for crows (tad vayasarh tirtham).\n\nAnyone advancing in spiritual knowledge must reject such literature.\n\nFurthermore, one should not concern oneself with the conclusions of\n\nvarious logicians or philosophers. Of course, those who preach sometimes\n\nneed to argue with the contentions of opponents, but as much as possible\n\none should avoid an argumentative attitude. In this connection, Srtla\nMadhvacarya says:\n\naprayojana-pa�rh na samsrayet\nndprayojana-pak}i syan\nna vrtha si.§ya-bandha-krt\nna codasina� sastraT,ti\nna viruddhani cabhyaset\nna vyakhyayopajiveta\nna ni.§iddhan samacaret\nevam-bhilto yatir yati\ntad-eka-saraTJ-0 harim\n..There is no need to take shelter of unnecessary literature or concern\noneself with many so-called philosophers and thinkers who are useless\n\nfor spiritual advancement. Nor should one accept a disciple for the sake\n\nof fashion or popularity. One should be callous to these so-called sastras,\n\n", "SB7.3#p0120": "Text 8]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n93\n\nneither opposing nor favoring them, and one should not earn one's livelihood by taking money for explaining siistra. A sannyiisi must always be\nneutral and seek the means to advance in spiritual life, taking full\nshelter under the lotus feet of the Lord.\"\nTEXTS\n\nf\\lc:ql-.�'llfir ��T��<( ifF{ I\nWI ����•aq�ij ..,(¥'l(l� m�\"�\"\nWI\n\nna si$yiin anubadhnita\ngranthiin naivabhyased bahun\nna vyakhyam upayufijita\nniirambhiin iirabhet kvacit\nna-not; si$yan-disciples; anubadhnita-one should induce for material benefit; granthan-unnecessary literatures; na-not; eva-certainly; abhyaset-should try to understand or cultivate; bahun-many;\nna-nor; vyakhyiim-discourses; upayufijita-should make as a means\nof livelihood; na-nor; arambhan-unnecessary opulences; iirabhetshould attempt to incre,ase; kvacit-at any time.\nTRANSLATION\nA sannyisi must not present allurements of material benefits to\ngather many disciples, nor should he unnecessarily read many\nbooks or give discourses as a means of livelihood. He must never\nattempt to increase material opulences unnecessarily.\nPURPORT\nSo-called sviimis and yogis generally make disciples by alluring them\nwith material benefits. There are many so-called gurus who attract disciples by promising to cure their diseases or increase their material opulence by manufacturing gold. These are lucrative allurements for unintelligent men. A sannyiisi is prohibited from making disciples through\nsuch material allurements. Sannyiisis sometimes indulge in material\nopulence by unnecessarily constructing many temples and monasteries,\nbut actually such endeavors should be avoided. Temples and monasteries\n\n", "SB7.3#p0121": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n94\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nshould be constructed for the preaching of spiritual consciousness or\nKr�J.la consciousness, not to provide Iree hotels for persons who are\n\nuseful for neither material nor spiritual purposes. Temples and monas­\n\nteries should be strictly off limits to worthless clubs of crazy men. In the\nl(r�Qa consciousness movement we welcome everyone who agrees at least\n\nto follow the movement's regulative principles-no illicit sex, no intoxi­\n\ncation, no meat-eating and no gambling. In the temples and monasteries,\n\ngatherings of unnecessary, rejected, lazy fellows should be strictly dis­\n\nallowed. The temples and monasteries should be used exclusively by devotees who are serious about spiritual advancement in l(r�Qa conscious­\n\nness. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura explains the word arambhan\n\nas meaning ma!}uldi-vyaparan, which means \"attempts to construct\n\ntemples and monasteries.\" The first business of the sannyasi is to preach\nl(r�Qa consciousness, hut if, by the grace of l(r�Qa, faciiities are availa­\n\nble, then he may construct temples and monasteries to give shelter to the\n\nserious students of l(r�Qa consciousness. Otherwise such temples and\nmonasteries are not needed.\n\nTEXT9\n\n\\if�·f!q6)€'t;U I\n\\II������� II� II\n\nWI\n\n��: 00\n\nna yater asrama/:t prayo\ndharma-hetur mahatmana/:t\nSiintasya sama-cittasya\n\nbibhryad uta vti tyajet\n\nna-not; yate/:t-of the sannyasi; asrama/:t-the symbolic dress (with\n\ndary4a and kamary4alu); praya/:t-almost always; dharma-hetu/:t-the\n\ncause of advancement in spiritual life; maha-atmana/:t-who is factually\n\nexalted and advanced; santasya-who is peaceful; sama-cittasya-who\n\nhas attained the stage of being equipoised; bibhryat-one may accept\n(such symbolic signs); uta-indeed; vti-or; tyajet-one may give up.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA peaceful, equipoised person who is factually advanced in\n\nspiritual consciousness does not need to accept the symbols of a\n\n", "SB7.3#p0122": "Text 10]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n95\n\nsannyas1, such as the trida�4a and ka�4alu. According to\nnecessity, he may sometimes accept those symbols and sometimes\nreject them.\nPURPORT\n\nThere are four stages of the renounced order of life-ku!icaka,\n\nparivrajakiiciirya and paramaharilsa. Herein, SrimadBhiigavatam considers the paramaharilsas among the sannyiisis. The\nMayavadi impersonalist sannyiisis cannot attain the paramaharilsa stage.\nbahiidaka,\n\nThis is because of their impersonal conception of the Absolute Truth.\n\nBrahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan iti sabdyate. The Absolute Truth is\nbhagaviin, or realization of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, is meant for the paramaharilsas. Indeed, Srimad-Bhiigavatam itself is meant for the paramahamsas\n(paramo nirmatsariir:tiiril satam). Unless one is in the paramaharilsa\nstage, he is not eligible to understand the Srimad-Bhiigavatam. For\nparamaharilsas, or sannyiisis in the Vai�Qava order, preaching is the first\nduty. To preach, such sannyiisis may accept the symbols of sannyiisa,\nsuch as the dar:uja and kamar:uJ,alu, or sometimes they may not.\nGenerally the V ai�Qava sannyiisis, being paramaharilsas, are automatically called biibiijis, and they do not carry a kamar:ujalu or dar:uja.\nSuch a sannyiisi is free to accept or reject the marks of sannyiisa. His\nperceived in three stages, of which\n\nonly thought is \"Where is there an opportunity to spread :Kr�Qa consciousness?\" Sometimes the :Kr�Qa consciousness movement sends its\n\nrepresentative sannyiisis to foreign countries where the dar:uJ,a and\nkamar:uJ,alu are not very much appreciated. We send our preachers in ordinary dress to introduce our books and philosophy. Our only concern is\nto attract people to :Kr�Qa consciousness. We may do this in the dress of\n\nsannyiisis or in the regular dress of gentlemen. Our only concern is to\n\nspread interest in :Kr�Qa consciousness.\nTEXT 10\n\n3l0ll�ret\\1 ott�I� �$4i'(lifl� I\n•\n\n� �\nc-::::.�Tn' II� II\n$1€f{€fi4((1�4i\nl\"' � � :rm\n((�14\"fliH(\no\n\navyakta-lirigo vyaktiirtho\nmani$y unmatta-biilavat\n\n", "SB7.3#p0123": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n96\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nkavir mii.kavad dtmanam\nsa dmya dariayen n!7}iim\navyakta-linga�-whose symptoms of sannyasa are unmanifested;\nvyakta-artha�-whose purpose is manifested; man�i-such a great\nsaintly person; unmatta-restless; bala-vat-like a boy; kavi�-a great\npoet or orator; muka-vat-like a dumb man; dtnuinam-himself; sa�he; dr§!yd-by example; darsayet-should present; n!7}ii m-to human\nsociety.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlthough a saintly person may not expose himself to the vision\n\nof human society, by his behavior his purpose is disclosed. To\n\nhuman society he should present himself like a restless child, and\n\nalthough he is the greatest thoughtful orator, he should present\nhimself like a dumb man.\n\nPURPORT\nA great personality very much advanced in Kr�:Q.a consciousness may\nnot expose himself by· the signs of a sannyasi. To cover himself, he may\nlive like a restless child or a dumb person, although he·is the greatest\norator or poet.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n31'11'iG\\IC�+if¥tRI�R:i �t( I\nSICIG\\� :q � fl�(lijitl� :q II��II\n#..\n\natrapy udaharantimam\nitihiisam puratanam\nprahriidasya ca samvadam\nmuner ajagarasya ca\natra-herein;\nudaharanti-the\nthis;\n\napi-although\n\nnot\n\nlearned\n\nrecite\n\nitihiisam-historical\n\nsages\n\nincident;\n\nexposed\nas\n\nan\n\nto\n\ncommon\n\nexample;\n\npurdtanam-very,\n\neyes;\n\nimam­\n\nvery\n\nold;\n\nprahradasya-of Prahlada Maharaja; ca-also; samvddam-conversation; mune�-of the great saintly person; ajagarasya-who took the\nprofession of a python; ca-also.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0124": "Text 13]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n97\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs a historical example of this, learned sages recite the story of\nan ancient discussion between Prahlida Maharaja and a great\nsaintly person who was feeding himself like a python.\nPURPORT\n\nThe saintly person met by Prahlada\n\nMaharaja was undergoing\n\najagara-vrtti, the living conditions of a python, which does not go any­\n\nwhere but sits in one place for years and eats whatever is automatically\navailable. Prahlada Maharaja, along with his associates, met this great\nsaint and spoke to him as fo llows.\n\nTEXTS 12-13\n\nij � '4(tq� � (f�(fl�f;( I\nII� �II\n(ijt(q$�«�fl•(«<+reij'5t\n� Jl••P«<=\\4� �mN�� ,\n!ij)�: etiRiq�: Sl�� fl4li:IRSitU II� �II\n\"\n\ntam sayanam dharopasthe\nkaveryam sahya-sanuni\nrajas-valais tanu-desair\nnigii4hcimala-tejasam\ndadarsa lokan vicaran\nloka-tattva-vivitsa ya\nvrto 'matyaitt katipayaitt\nprahriido bhagavat-priyatt\n\ntam-that (saintly person); sayiinam -lying down; dhara-upastheon the ground; kaveryam-on the bank of the River Kaveri; sahyascinu ni -on\n\na ridge of the mountain known as Sahya; rajatt-valaitt­\n\ncovered with dust and dirt; tanu-desaitt-with all the parts of the body;\nnigill},ha-very grave and deep;\n\namala-spotless;\n\ntejasam-whose\n\n", "SB7.3#p0125": "Srunad-Bhigavabun\n\n98\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l3\n\nspiritual power; dadaria-he saw; lokiin-to all the different planets;\nvicaran-traveling;\n\nloka-tattva-the\n\nnature\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nliving\n\nbeings\n\n(especially those who are trying to advance in ��1;1a consciousness);\nvivitsaya-to try to understand; vrta�-surrounded; amatyai�-by\nroyal associates; katipayai�-a few; prahrada�-Maharaja Prahlada;\nbhagavat-priya�-who is always very, very dear to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlida Maharaja, the most dear servitor of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, once went out touring the universe with\n\nsome of his confidential associates just to study the nature of\n\nsaintly persons. Thus he arrived at the bank of the Kaveri, where\n\nthere was a mountain known as Sahya. There he found a great\n\nsaintly person who was lying on the ground, covered with dirt and\n\ndust, but who was deeply spiritually advanced.\nTEXT 14\n\n.�ontf<lfit� ��¥�:I\n;r fit'(� ���il�;r�:q-11��11\nkarmar:uJkrtibhir vdcd\nlirigair va17)dSramiidibhi�\nna vidanti jand yam vai\nso 'sav iti na veti ca\nkarmar:uJ-by activities; akrtibhi�-by bodily features; vdca-by\nwords; lirigai�-by symptoms; va�-asrama-pertaining to the particular material and spiritual divisions of va� and asrama; adibhi�and by other symptoms; na vidanti-could not understand; jand�people in general; yam-whom; vai-indeed; sa�-whether that person; asau-was the same person; iti-thus; na-not; oo-or; iti-thus;\nca-also.\nTRANSLATION\nNeither by that saintly person's activities, by his bodily features,\n\nby his words nor by the symptoms of his v�asrama status could\n\n", "SB7.3#p0126": "Text 15]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n99\n\npeople understand whether he was the same person they had\nknown.\nPURPORT\n\nThe inhabitants of that particular place on the bank of the Kaveri in\nthe valley of the mountain known as Sahya were unable to understand\nwhether that saint was the same man they had known. It is therefore\nsaid, va�r:uzvera kriya mudra vijne nd bhujhaya. A highly advanced\nVai�Q.ava lives in such a way that no one can understand what he is or\nwhat he was. Nor should attempts be made to understand the past of a\nVai�Q.ava. Without asking the saintly person about his previous life,\nPrahlada Maharaja immediately offered him respectful obeisances.\nTEXT 15\n\nij�fitf\\let�\n:ftmu��l\nRfq-�l((l+ltli:tfl�:\n11��11\ntam natvabhyarcya vidhivat\npiidayo/:t sirasa sprsan\nvivitsur idam apra�in\nmaha-bhagavato 'sura/:t\ntam-him (the saintly person); natva-after offering obeisances\nunto; abhyarcya-and worshiping; vidhi-vat-in terms of the rules and\nregulations of etiquette; padayo/:t-the lotus feet of the saintly person;\nsirasa-with the head; spr5an-touching; vivitsu/:t-desiring to know\nabout him (the saintly person); idam-the following words; apra�uinquired; maha-bhagavata/:t-the very advanced devotee of the Lord;\nasura/:t-although born in an asura family.\nTRANSLATION\nThe advanced devotee Prahliida Maharaja duly worshiped and\noffered obeisances to the saintly person who had adopted a\npython's means of livelihood. After thus worshiping the saintly\nperson and touching his own head to the saint's lotus feet,\nPrahliida Maharaja, in order to understand him, inquired very\nsubmissively as follows.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0127": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n100\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nTEXTS 16-17\n\n� � tftqr.:i � �•lt�l;:q� ����II\nf\" �iltl44etijf � N'itiijlfitC I\n�fflwtf ��s��etl�Wf�� 11�\\911\nbibhar�i kayarh pivanarh\nsodya1TUJ bhogavan yathii\nvittarh caivodyamavatiirh\nbhogo vittavatam iha\n\nbhoginam khalu delw 'yam\npiva bhavati nanyathii\nbibhar�i-you are maintaining; kayam-a body; pivanam-fat; sa­\n\nudyamab,-one who endeavors; bhogavan-one who enjoys; yathii-as;\n\nvittam-money; ca-also; eva-certainly; udyama-vatam-of persons\n\nalways engaged in economic development; bhogab,-sense gratification;\n\nvitta-vatam-for persons who possess considerable wealth; iha-in this\n\nworld; blwginam-of the enjoyers, karmis; khalu-indeed; dehab,body;\n\nayam-this;\n\nanyathii-otherwise.\n\npiva-very\n\nfat;\n\nbhavati-becomes;\n\nna-not;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the saintly person to be quite fat, Prahlada Maharaja said:\n\nMy dear sir, you undergo no endeavor to earn your livelihood, but\n\nyou have a stout body, exactly like that of a materialistic enjoyer. I\n\nknow that if one is very rich and has nothing to do, he becomes ex­\n\ntremely fat by eating and sleeping and performing no work.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati 'fhakura did not like his disciples to\n\nbecome very fat in the course of time. He would become very anxious\n\nupon seeing his fat disciples becoming bhogis, or enjoyers of the senses.\n\nThis attitude is herewith confirmed by Prahlada Maharaja, who was\nsurprised to see a saintly person adopting ajagara-vrtti and becoming\n\nvery fat. In the material world also, we generally see that when a man\n\n", "SB7.3#p0128": "Text 18]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n101\n\nwho is poor and skinny gradually endeavors to earn money through business or some other means and he then gets the money, he enjoys the\nsenses to his satisfaction. By enjoying the senses one becomes fat.\nTherefore in spiritual advancement becoming fat is not at all satisfactory.\nTEXT 18\n\n� ��....� fit�tt¥4�\niRr.l G 00 � � �: I\nSJ+i1fl•;flSt� � m �:\n� �(t(ija:C( ;r: � � II� �II\n;r\n\nna te sayiinasya nirudyamasya\nbrahman nu hartho yata eva bhoga}J,\nabhogino 'yam tava vipra deha}J,\npivii yatas tad vada nab, �amam cet\nna-not; te-o£ you; sayiinasya-lying down; nirudyamasya-with\n\n­\n\nout activities; brahman-0 saintly person; nu-indeed; ha-it is evident; artha}J,-money; yata}J,-from which; eva-indeed; bhogab,sense enjoyment; abhoginab,-of one who is not engaged in sense enjoyment; ayam-this; tava-your; vipra-0 learned briihmar:w; deha}J,body; pivii-fat; yata}J,\n\n-\n\nhow is it; tat-that fact; vada-kindly tell;\n\nnab,-us; �amam-excuse; cet-if I have asked an impudent question.\nTRANSLATION\n0 brihnuu;ta, fully in knowledge of transcendence, you have\nnothing to do, and therefore you are lying down. It is also understood that you have no money for sense enjoyment. How then has\nyour body become so fat? Under the circumstances, if you do not\nconsider my question impudent, kindly explain how this has happened.\nPURPORT\nGenerally those engaged in spiritual advancement take food only once,\neither in the afternoon or in the evening. If one takes food only once,\nnaturally he does not become fat. The learned sage, however, was quite\n\n", "SB7.3#p0129": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n102\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nfat, and therefore Prahlada Maharaja was very much surprised. Because\nof being experienced in self-realization, a transcendentalist certainly becomes bright-faced. And one who is advanced in self-realization must be\nconsidered to possess the body of a brahmar:w.. Because the bright-faced\nsaintly person was lying down and not working and yet was quite fat,\nPrahlada Maharaja was puzzled and wanted to question him about this.\nTEXT 19\n\n�:�f;t�Uitifi��:�: I\n\n��:d�6()�61fq � 11�,11\nkavi� kalpo nipur:w.-drk\ncitra-priya-katha� sama�\nlokasya kuroata� karma\nse$e tad-vik$itapi vii\n\nkavi�-very\n\nlearned;\n\nkalpa�-expert;\n\nnipur:w.-drk-intelligent;\n\ncitra-priya-katha�-able to speak palatable words that are pleasing to\nthe heart; sama�-equipoised; lokasya-of the people in general;\nkuroata�-engaged in; karma-fruitive work; 5e$e-you lie down; tatvik$ita-seeing them all; api-although; vii-either.\nTRANSLATION\nYour Honor appears learned, expert and intelligent in every\n\nway. You can speak very well, saying things that are pleasing to the\nheart. You see that people in general are engaged in fruitive activities, yet you are lying here inactive.\nPURPORT\n\nPrahlada Maharaja studied the bodily features of the saintly person,\nand through the saint's physiognomy Prahlada Maharaja could understand that he was intelligent and expert, although he was lying down and\nnot doing anything. Prahlada was naturally inquisitive about why he was\nlying there inactive.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0130": "Text 21]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n103\n\nTEXT 20\n\n��\n\n� � �tt�qRI;u\n\nqf(czit +46:1Uf.H I\n\nsri-niirada uvaca\nsa ittham daitya-patinii\nparipmo mahii-muni/:l\nsmayamiinas tam abhyaha\ntad-vag-amrta-yantrita/:l\nsri-naradaJ:r, uvaca-the great saint Narada Muni said; sa/:r,-that\nsaintly person (lying down); ittham-in this way; daitya-patina-by the\nKing of the Daityas (Prahlada Maharaja); paripma/:l-being sufficiently\nquestioned; mahii-muni/:r,-the great saintly person; smayamiiM/:r,smiling; tam-unto him (Prahlada Maharaja); abhyaha-prepared to\ngive answers; tat-viik-of his words; amrta-yantrita/:r,-being captivated\nby the nectar.\nTRANSLATION\nNiirada Muni continued: When the saintly person was thus\nquestioned by Prahlida Maharaja, the King of the Daityas, he was\ncaptivated by this shower of nectarean words, and he replied to the\ninquisitiveness of Prahlada Maharaja with a smiling face.\nTEXT 21\n\n��\n\n�«&ii0+4tl� lTciFl ;w;qPt('l'+(ij: I\n� q(44:i(iulf qi(lrif�k� II�� II\nsri-brahmar:w uviica\nvededam asura-sre�!ha\nbhaviin TUlnV iirya-sammata/:r,\nihoparamayor nfr).dm\npadiiny adhyiitma-ca��ii\n\n", "SB7.3#p0131": "Srunad-Bhigavauun\n\n104\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nsn-brahma:r.w� uvaca-the brahmary,a replied; veda-know very\nwell; idam-all these things; asura-sre�!ha-0 best of the asuras;\nbhavan-you; nanu-indeed; arya-sammata�-whose activities are approved by civilized men; iha-of inclination; uparamayo�-of decreasing;\n\nn�m-of the people in general; padani-different stages;\n\nadhyatma ca��a-by transcendental eyes.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe saintly hriih� said: 0 best of the asuras, Prahlida\n\nMahirija, who are recognized by advanced and civilized men, you\n\nare aware of the different stages of life because of your inherent\n\ntranscendental eyes, with which you can see a man's character and\n\nthus know clearly the results of acceptance and rejection of things\n\nas they are\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nA pure devotee like Prahlada Maharaja can understand the minds of\nothers because of his pure vision in devotional service. A devotee like\nPrahlada Maharaja can study another man's character without difficulty.\nTEXT 22\n\n� ¥1tliiUW(Id: � I\n� �eqi(U;f� i41\"<1¥1eiiH( ����II\n\n� ;il(lqUfl\n\nyasya naraya� devo\nbhagavan hrd-gata� sada\nbhaktya kevalayajnanarh\ndhunoti dhvantam arkavat\nyasya-of whom; narayary,a� deva�-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Naraya:t;�.a; bhagavan-the Lord; hrt-gata�-in the core of the\nheart; sada-always; bhaktya-by devotional service; kevalaya-alone;\najfliirUl m-ignorance;\n\ndhunoti-cleans;\n\ndhvantam-darkness;\n\narka­\n\nvat -as the sun.\nTRANSLATION\nNiriy�, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is full of\n\nall opulences, is predominant within the core of your heart he-\n\n", "SB7.3#p0132": "Text 23]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n105\n\ncause of your being a pure devotee. He always drives away all the\ndarkness of ignorance, as the sun drives away the darkness of the\nuniverse.\nPURPORT\n\nThe words bhaktya kevalaya indicate that simply by executing devo­\n\ntional service one can become full of all knowledge. K.r�I;ta is the master\n\nof all knowledge (aiSvaryasya samagrasya viryasya ya.Sasab, sriyab,).\n\nThe Lord is situated in everyone's heart (iSvarab, sarva-bhiltandm hrddese 'rjuna t4thati), and when the Lord is pleased with a devotee, the\n\nLord instructs him. Only to the devotees, however, does the Lord give in­\n\nstructions by which to advance further and further in devotional service.\n\nTo others, the nondevotees, the Lord gives instructions according to the\nmanner of their surrender. The pure devotee is described by the words\nbhaktya kevalayii. Srtla Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura explains that\n\nbhaktya kevalaya means jnana-ka1111(j(Jy-amiSraya, \"unmixed with\n\nfruitive activities or speculative knowledge.\" Simply surrendering at the\n\nlotus feet is the cause of all a devotee's enlightenment and awareness.\nTEXT 23\n\n� \\'It WHM€4 ��\n�wtlttoft� ft ¥4€41WCI€4WC1 ?Jf4:fll�l\n\nI\n\n����II\n\ntathapi brumahe pra.Snams\ntava rajan yatha-srutam\nsamblui§ary,iyo hi bhavan\natmanab, suddhim icchata\ntathapi-still; brumahe-I shall answer; pra.Sndn-all the questions;\n\ntava-your; rajan-0 King; yatha-srutam-as I have learned by hear­\n\ning from the authorities; samblui§ary,iyab,-fit for being addressed; hiindeed; bhavan-you; atmanab,-of the self; suddhim-purification;\nicchata-by one who desires.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, although you know everything, you have posed\nsome questions, which I shall try to answer according to what I\n\n", "SB7.3#p0133": "106\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch.l3\n\nhave learned by hearing from authorities. I cannot remain silent in\n\nthis regard, for a personality like you is just fit to be spoken to by\none who desires self-purification.\n\nPURPORT\nA saintly person doesn't wish to speak to anyone and everyone, and he\nis therefore grave and silent. Generally a common man does not need to\nbe advised. Unless one is prepared to take instructions, it is said that a\nsaintly person should not address him, although sometimes, because of\ngreat kindness, a saintly person speaks to ordinary men. As for Prahlada\nMaharaja, however, since he was not a common, ordinary man, whatever\nquestions he posed would have to be answered, even by a great and exalted personality. Therefore the saintly brahmar:w did not remain silent,\nbut began to answer. These answers, however, were not concocted by\nhim. This is indicated by the words yatha-srutam, meaning \"as I have\nheard from the authorities.\" In the parampard system, when the questions are bona fide the answers are bona fide. No one should attempt to\ncreate or manufacture answers. One must refer to the sdstras and give\nanswers according to Vedic understanding. The words yatha-srutam\nrefer to Vedic knowledge. The Vedas are known as sruti because this\nknowledge is received from authorities. The statements of the Vedas are\nknown as sruti-pramar:w. One should quote evidence from the srutithe Vedas or Vedic literature-and then one's statements will be correct.\nOtherwise one's words will proceed from mental concoction.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n� +ICICII�I �: 'i�(\\tfqt I\n\n• 'il�tunst wtlwtlttlM! �: ������\ntr�r:wya bhava-vahinya\nyogyaib, kiimair apuryaya\nkarmar_ti karyamdr.tO 'ham\nndnd-yoni.§u yojitab,\n\nt�r:wya\n\n-because of material desires; bhava-vahinya -under the\n\nsway of the material laws of nature;\n\nyogyaib,-as it is befitting;\n\n", "SB7.3#p0134": "Text 24)\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\nkdmai/:1.-by material\nanother;\n\ndesires;\n\nkarma�i-activities;\n\napuryaya-without end,\n\n107\n\none\n\nafter\n\nkdryama�/:1.-constantly being com­\n\npelled to perform; aham-I; nana-yon�u-in various forms of life;\nyojita/:1.-engaged in the struggle for existence.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of insatiable material desires, I was being carried away\nby the waves of material nature's laws, and thus I was engaging in\ndifferent activities, struggling for existence in various forms of\nlife.\nPURPORT\nAs long as a living entity wants to fulfill various types of material\n\ndesire, he must continuously change from one body to accept another.\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura explains that as a small piece of\ngrass falls in a river and is tossed about with different types of wood and\ntree branches, the living entity floats in the ocean of material existence\nand is dashed and tossed amidst material conditions. This is called the\nstruggle for existence. One kind of fruitive activity causes the living\nbeing to take one form of body, and because of actions performed in that\nbody, another body is created. One must therefore stop these material activities, and the chance to do so is given in the human form of life.\nSpecifically, our energy to act should be engaged in the service of the\nLord, for then materialistic activities will automatically stop. One must\nfulfill one's desires by surrendering unto the Supreme Lord, for He\nknows how to fulfill_ them. Even though one may have material desires,\none should therefore engage in the devotional service of the Lord. That\nwill purify one's struggle for existence.\nakama/:1. saroa-kamo va\nmok§a-kdma udara-dhi/:1.\nlivre� bhakti-yogena\nyajeta purU§aril param\n\"A person who has broader intelligence, whether he be full of all ma­\n\nterial desire, without any material desire, or desiring liberation, must by\nall means worship the supreme whole, the Personality of Godhead.\"\n(Bhiig. 2.3.10)\n\n", "SB7.3#p0135": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n108\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nanyabhilii§ ta-silnyam\njfiiina-karmiidy-anavrtam\niinukillyena kmuinusilanarh bhaktir· uttamii\n\"One should render transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord\nKr�J).a favorably and without desire for material profit or gain through\nfruitive activities or philosophical speculation. That is called pure devotional service.\" (Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu 1.1.11)\nTEXT 25\n\n4t441 Jl•fll4 !Rft«<:\n\ndf1nilt.._ l\n\n(Ct¥rtQ'4tNt�:t miff � � ���'-\\11\nyadrcchaya lokam imam\nprapita/:t karmabhir bhraman\nsvargapavargayor doorarh\ntira§ciirh punar asya ca\nyadrcchaya -carried by the waves of material nature; lokamhuman form; imam-this; prapita/:t-achieved; karmabhi/:t-by the influence of different fruitive activities; bhraman-wandering from one\nform of life to another; svarga-to the heavenly planets; apavargayo/:tto liberation;\n\ndooram-the gate;\n\ntira5cam-1ower species of life;\n\npuna/:t-again; asya-of the human beings; ca-and.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the course of the evolutionary process, which is caused by\n\nfruitive activities due to undesirable material sense gratification, I\n\nhave received this human form of life, which can lead to the\nheavenly planets, to liberation, to the lower species, or to rebirth\n\namong human beings.\n\nPURPORT\nAll living entities within this material world are undergoing the cycle\nof birth and death according to the laws of nature. This struggle of birth\n\n", "SB7.3#p0136": "Text 25]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n109\n\nand death in different species may be called the evolutionary process, but\nin the Western world it has been wrongly explained. Darwin's theory of\nevolution from animal to man is incomplete because the theory does not\npresent the reverse condition, namely evolution from man to animal. In\nthis verse, however, evolution has been very well explained on the\nstrength of Vedic authority. Human life, which is obtained in the course\nof the evolutionary process, is a chance for elevation (svargiipavarga) or\nfor degradation (tira5ciim punar asya ca). If one uses this human form\nof life properly, he can elevate himself to the higher planetary systems,\nwhere material happiness is many thousands of times better than on this\nplanet, or one may cultivate knowledge by which to become free from\nthe evolutionary process and be reinstated in one's original spiritual life.\nThis is called apavarga, or liberation.\nMaterial life is called pavarga because here we are subject to five different states of suffering, represented by the letters pa, pha, ba, bha and\nma. Pa means pariSrama, very hard labor. Pha means phena, or foam\nfrom the mouth. For example, sometimes we see a horse foaming at the\nmouth with heavy labor. Ba means byarthatii, disappointment. In spite\nof so much hard labor, at the end we find disappointment. Bha means\n\nbhaya, or fear. In material life, one is always in the blazing fire of fear,\nsince no one knows what will happen next. Finally, ma means mrtyu, or\ndeath. When one attempts to nullify these five different statuses of life­\n\npa, pha, ba, bha and ma-one achieves apavarga, or liberation from the\npunishment of material existence.\nThe word tira5ciim refers to degraded life. Human life, of course, provides an opportunity for the best living conditions. As Western people\nthink, from the monkeys come the human beings, who are more comfortably situated. However, if one does not utilize his human life for svarga\nor apavarga, he falls again to the degraded life of animals like dogs and\nhogs. Therefore a sane human being must consider whether he will elevate himself to the higher planets, prepare to free himself from the\nevolutionary process, or travel again through the evolutionary process in\nhigher and lower grades of life. If one works piously one may be elevated\nto the higher planetary systems or achieve liberation and return home,\nback to Godhead, but otherwise one may be degraded to a life as a dog, a\nhog and so on. As explained in Bhagavad-gitii (9.25), yiinti deva-vratii\n\ndeviin. Those interested in being elevated to the higher planetary\n\n", "SB7.3#p0137": "llO\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nsystems (Devaloka or Svargaloka) must prepare to do so. Similarly, if one\nwants liberation and wants to return home, back to Godhead, he should\nprepare himself for that purpose.\nOur :Kr!?I;�.a consciousness movement is therefore the highest movement for the benediction of human society because this movement is\nteaching people how to go back home, back to Godhead. In Bhagavad­\n\ngitd (13.22) it is clearly stated that different forms of life are obtained by\nassociation with the three modes of material nature (kara�rh gu�­\n\nsarigo 'sya sad-asad-yoni-janmasu). According to one's association with\nthe material qualities of goodness, passion and ignorance in this life, in\none's next life one receives an appropriate body. Modern civilization does\nnot know that because of varied association in material nature, the living\nentity, although eternal, is placed in different diseased conditions known\nas the many species of life. Modern civilization is unaware of the laws of\nnature.\n\nprakrte/:t kriyamar_uini\ngu�i/:t karmarJi sarva.Sa/:t\naharikara-vimUt;lhatmd\nkartaham iti manyate\n\"The bewildered spirit soul, under the influence of the three modes of\nmaterial nature, thinks himself the performer of activities that are in actuality carried out by nature.\" (Bg.\n\n3.27) Every living entity is under\n\nthe full control of the stringent laws of material nature, but rascals think\nthemselves independent. Actually, however, they cannot be independent.\nThis is foolishness. A foolish civilization is extremely risky, and\ntherefore the Kr!?J;la consciousness movement is trying to make people\naware of their fully dependent condition under the stringent laws of\nnature and is trying to save them from being victimized by strong maya,\nwhich is :Kr!?I;�.a's external energy. Behind the material laws is the\nsupreme\n\ncontroller,\n:Kr!?I;la\n(mayadhya�� prakrti/:t silyate\nsacardcaram). Therefore if one surrenders unto Kr!?J).a (mam eva ye\nprapadyante mayam etdrh taranti te), one may immediately be freed\nfrom the control of external nature (sa gur_uin samatityaitdn brahmabhuyaya kalpate). This should be the aim of life.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0138": "Text 26]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\nIll\n\nTEXT 26\n\nvnA ((t:q<ftwtf =if t\\(Cflttl..�•uq��� 1\n\n•�qt�sm�1(u·����\ntatrapi dam-patinilrit ca\nsukhayanyapanuttaye\nkarmiiTJi kuroatiirit dr�!vii\nnivrtto 'smi viparyayam\ntatra-there; api-also; dam-patinilm-of men and women united by\nmarriage; ca-and; sukhaya-for the sake of pleasure, specifically the\npleasure of sex life; anya-apanuttaye-for avoiding misery; karmiiTJifruitive activities; kurvatam-always engaged in; dr�!vii-by observing;\nnivrtta� asmi-1 have now ceased (from such activities); viparyayamthe opposite.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this human form of life, a man and women unite for the sensual pleasure of sex, but by actual experience we have observed\nthat none of them are happy. Therefore, seeing the contrary\nresults, I have stopped taking part in materialistic activities.\nPURPORT\nAs stated by Prahlada Maharaja, yan maithuruidi-grhamedhi-sukham\n\nhi tuccham Man and woman both seek sexual enjoyment, and when they\nare united by the ritualistic ceremony of marriage, they are happy for\nsome time, but finally there is dissension, and thus there are so many\ncases of separation and divorce. Although every man and woman is actually eager to enjoy life through sexual unity, the result is disunity and\ndistress. Marriage is recommended to give men and women a concession\nfor restricted sex life, which is also recommended in Bhagavad-gita by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Dharmaviruddho bhute�u kamo\n'smi: sex life not against the principles of religion is Kr��a. Every living\nentity is always eager to enjoy sex life because materialistic life consists\nof eating, sleeping, sex and fear. In animal life, eating, sleeping, sexual\n\n", "SB7.3#p0139": "112\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nenjoyment and fear cannot be regulated, but for human society the plan\nis that although men, like animals, must be allowed to eat, sleep, enjoy\nsex and take protection from fear, they must be regulated. The Vedic\nplan for eating recommends that one take yajna-si.§ta,, or prasada, food\noffered to �f?:r;ta. Yajna-si.§!d§inab, santo mucyante saroa-kilbi.§aib,: \"The\ndevotees of the Lord are released from all kinds of sins because they eat\nfood that is offered first for sacrifice.\" (Bg.\n\n3.13) In material life, one\n\ncommits sinful activities, especially in eating, and because of sinful activities one is condemned by nature's laws to accept another body, which\nis imposed as punishment. Sex and eating are essential, and therefore\nthey are offered to human society under Vedic restrictions so that according to the Vedic injunctions people may eat, sleep, enjoy sex, be protected\nfrom fearful life and gradually be elevated and liberated from the\npunishment of material existence. Thus the Vedic injunctions for marriage offer a concession to human society, the idea being that a man and\nwoman united in a ritualistic marriage ceremony should help one\nanother advance in spiritual life. Unfortunately, especially in this age,\nmen and women unite for unrestricted sexual enjoyment. Thus they are\nvictimized, being obliged to take rebirth in the forms of animals to fulfill\ntheir animalistic propensities. The Vedic injunctions therefore warn,\n\nnayam deho deha-bhiijam nrloke /ca§!an kaman arhate viJ!,-bhujam ye.\nOne should not enjoy sex life like hogs, and eat everything, even to the\nlimit of stool. A human being should eat prasiida offered to the Deity and\nshould enjoy sex life according to the Vedic injunctions. He should\nengage himself in the business of �f?:r;ta consciousness, he should save\nhimself from the fearful condition of material existence, and he should\nsleep only to recover from fatigue due to working hard.\nThe learned brahmar:uz said that since everything is misused by\nfruitive workers, he had retired from all fruitive activities.\n\nsukham asyatmano rilpam\nsarvehoparatis tanub,\n\n", "SB7.3#p0140": "The Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\nText 27]\n\n113\n\nmana/:1,-sarilsparsajan dmva\nbhogan svapsyami saritviSan\nsukham-happiness; asya-of him; iitma na/:1,-of the living entity;\nrupam-the natural position;\n\nsarva-all; iha-material activities;\n\nuparati f!-co mpletely stopping; tanu/:1,-the medium of its manifestation; mana/:1, sarilspa rsa jan -produced from demands for sense gra-\n\n-\n\ntification; dmva-after seeing; bhogan-sense enjoyment; svapsyamiI am sitting silently, thinking deeply about these material activities;\n\nsa mv iSan -entering into such activities.\nTRANSLATION\nThe actual form of life for the living entities is one of spiritual\nhappiness, which is real happiness. This happiness can be achieved\nonly when one stops all materialistic activities. Material sense enjoyment is simply imagination. Therefore, considering this subject\nmatter, I have ceased from all material activities and am lying down\nhere.\nPURPORT\nThe difference between the philosophy of the Mayiiviidis and that of\nthe Vai�r;tavas is explained herein. Both the Mayiiviidis and Vai�r;t avas\nknow that in materialistic activities there is no happiness. The Miiyiiviidi\nphilosophers, therefore, adhering to the slogan brahma satyarit jagan\n\nmithya, want to refrain from false, materialistic activities. They want to\nstop all activities and merge in the Supreme Brahman. According to the\nVai�r;tava philosophy, however, if one simply ceases from materialistic\nactivity one cannot remain inactive for very long, and therefore everyone\nshould engage himself in spiritual activities, which will solve the\nproblem of suffering in this material world. It is said, therefore, that although the Mayiiviidi philosophers strive to refrain from materialistic activities and merge in Brahman, and although they may actually merge in\nthe Brahman existence, for want of activity they fall down again into materialistic activity\n\n(aruhya krcchrer;,a pararit padarit tata/:1, pa.tanty\n\nadha/:1,). Thus the so-called renouncer, unable to remain in meditation\nupon Brahman, returns to materialistic activities by opening hospitals\n\n", "SB7.3#p0141": "[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nll4\n\nand schools and so on. Therefore, simply cultivating knowledge that materialistic activities cannot give one happiness, and that one should consequently cease from such activities, is insufficient. One should cease\nfrom materialistic activities and take up spiritual activities. Then the\nsolution to the problem will be achieved. Spiritual activities are activities\n\nperformed\n\naccording\n\nto\n\nthe\n\norder\n\nof\n\nKr�Qa\n\n(anukulyena\n\nkmliinu.Silanam). If one does whatever Kr�Qa says, his activities are not\nmaterial. For example, when Arjuna fought in response to the order of\nl(r�Qa, his activities were not material. Fighting for sense gratification is\na materialistic activity, but :fighting by the order of l(r�Qa is spiritual. By\nspiritual activities one becomes eligible to go back home, back to Godhead, and then enjoy blissful life eternally. Here, in the material world,\never�hing is but a mental concoction that will never give us real happiness. The practical solution, therefore, is to cease from materialistic activities and engage in spiritual activities. Yajiiiirtlu'U karmaTJO 'nyatra\nloko\n\n)mn karma-bandhana}:t. If one works for the sake of pleasing the\n\nSupreme Lord-Yajiia, or Vi�Qu-one is in liberated life. If one fails to\ndo so, however, he remains in a life of bondage.\nTEXT 28\n\n�ij«J€+191: ��� N�� � � I\nRf*tstlii('(Rt �� EftO'ilsftRt �(tRti( ����II\nity etad atmana}:t svartham\nsantarh vismrtya vai puman\nvicitram asati dvaite\nghoram apnoti samsrtim\niti-in this way; etat-a person materially conditioned; atmana}:t-of\nhis self; sva-artham-own interest; santam-existing within oneself;\nvismrtya-forgetting;\nvicitrtim-attractive\n\nvai-indeed;\n\npuman-the\n\nliving\n\nentity;\n\nfalse varieties;\n\nasati-in the\n\nmaterial\n\nworld;\n\ndvaite-other than the self; ghortim-very fearful (due to continuous\nacceptance of birth\n\nand death);\n\nsarhsrtim-in material existence.\n\napnoti-one becomes entangled;\n\n", "SB7.3#p0142": "Text 29]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n115\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the conditioned soul living within the body forgets\nhis self-interest because he identifies himself with the body. Because the body is material, his natural tendency is to be attracted\nby the varieties of the material world. Thus the living entity\nsuffers the miseries of material existence.\nPURPORT\n\nEveryone is trying to be happy because, as explained in the previous\nverse, sukham asyiitmano rilparh saroehoparatis tanu/:t: when the living\nentity is in his original spiritual form, he is happy by nature. There is no\nquestion of miseries for the spiritual being. As �!?Qa is always happy,\nthe living entities, who are His parts and parcels, are also happy by\nnature, but because of being put within this material world and forgetting their eternal relationship with �!?Qa, they have forgotten their real\nnature. Because every one of us is a part of �!?Qa, we have a very affectionate relationship with Him, but because we have forgotten our identities and are considering the body to be the self, we are affiicted by all\nthe troubles of birth, death, old age and disease. This misconception in\nmaterialistic life continues unless and until one comes to understand his\nrelationship with �!?Qa. The happiness sought by the conditioned soul is\ncertainly only illusion, as explained in the next verse.\n\njalarh tad-udbhavai.S channarh\nhitvajfio jala-kamyaya\nmrgatr�TJ.dm upiidhavet\ntathanyatrartha-drk svata/:t\njalam-water;\n\ntat-udbhavai/:t-by grass grown from that water;\n\nchannam-covered; hitva-giving up; ajiia/:t-a foolish animal; jalakamyaya-desiring\n\nto\n\ndrink\n\nwater;\n\nmrgatr�TJ.dm-a\n\nrmrage;\n\n", "SB7.3#p0143": "Srunad-Bhagavabun\n\n116\nupadhave -ru ns\n\nt\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nafter; tathd-similarly; anyatra-somewhere else;\n\nartha-drk-self-interested; svata�-in himself.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust as a deer, because of ignorance, cannot see the water within\n\na well covered by grass, hut runs after water elsewhere, the living\n\nentity covered by the material body does not see the happiness\n\nwithin himself, but runs after happiness in the material world.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is an accurate example depicting how the living entity, because of\nlack of knowledge, runs after happiness outside his own self. When one\nunderstands his real identity as a spiritual being, he can understand the\nsupreme spiritual being, l(r�Qa, and the real happiness exchanged between l(r�Qa and one's self. It is very interesting to note how this verse\npoints to the body's growth from the spirit soul. The modern materialistic scientist thinks that life grows from matter, but actually the\nfact is that matter grows from life. The life, or the spiritual soul, is compared herein to water, from which clumps of matter grow in the form of\ngrass. One who is ignorant of scientific knowledge of the spirit soul does\nnot look inside the body to find happiness in the soul; instead, he goes\noutside to search for happiness, just as a deer without knowledge of the\nwater beneath the grass goes out to the desert to find water. The l(r�Qa\nconsciousness movement is trying to remove the ignorance of misled\nhuman beings who are trying to find water outside the jurisdiction of\nlife. Raso vai sa�. Raso 'ham apsu kaunteya. The taste of water is l(r�Qa.\nTo quench one's thirst, one must taste water by association with l(r�Qa.\nThis is the Vedic injunction.\n\nTEXT30\n\n�Cif4>f41�Cij�((��:\n\n��:\n\nI\ntR€11�4 '*41'il�l� fiRT �: t;ijt: flm: II� II\no\n\ndehadibhir daiva-tantrair\n\niitmana� sukham ihata�\n\n", "SB7.3#p0144": "Text 30]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n117\n\ndub,khiityayam caniSasya\nkriya moghiib- krtab- krtab,\ndeha-iidibhib,-with the body, mind, ego and intelligence; daivatantraib,-under the control of superior power; iitmanab,-of the self;\nsukham-happiness;\n\nihatab,-searching\n\nafter;\n\ndub,kha-atyayam­\n\ndiminution of miserable conditions; ca-also; aniSasya-of the living\nentity fully under the control of material nature; kriyiib,-plans and activities; moghiib- krtiib, krtiib,-become ba:ffie d again and again.\nTRANSLATION\nThe living entity tries to achieve happiness and rid himself of\nthe causes of distress, but because the various bodies of the living\nentities are under the full control of material nature, all his plans\n\nin different bodies, one after another, are ultimately bafBed.\nPURPORT\n\nBecause the materialist is in gross ignorance of how the laws of material nature act upon him as a result of his fruitive activity, he\nmistakenly plans to enjoy bodily comfort in the human form of life\nthrough so-called economic development, through pious activities for\nelevation to the higher planetary systems, and in many other ways, but\nfactually he becomes a victim of the reactions of his fruitive activities.\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is situated as the Supersoul within\nthe cores of the hearts of all living entities. As the Lord says in\nBhagavad-gitii (15.15):\nsaroasya ciiham hrdi sanniv�to\nmattab, smrtir jfiiinam apohanam ca\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance,\nknowledge and forgetfulness.\" The desires and activities of the living\nbeing are observed by the Supersoul, who is the upadr�!ii, the overseer,\nand who orders material nature to fulfill the various desires of the living\nbeing. As clearly stated in Bhagavad-gitii (18.61):\n\n", "SB7.3#p0145": "118\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\niSvara/:l saroa-bhiltaniiril\nhrd-dese 'rjuna ti§!hati\nbhramayan saroa-bhiltani\nyantrarilljhani mayaya\nThe Lord is situated in everyone's heart, and as one desires, the Lord\ngives one various types of bodies, which are like machines. Riding on\nsuch a machine, the living entity wanders throughout the universe,\nunder the control of material nature and its modes. Thus the living being\nis not at all free to act, but is fully under the control of material nature,\nwhich is fully under the control of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nAF. soon as a living entity is victimized by material desires to lord it\nover material nature, he is subjected to the control of material nature,\nwhich is supervised by the Supreme Soul. The result is that one again\nand again makes plans and is baffled, but as foolish as he is he cannot see\nthe cause of his bafflement. This cause is distinctly stated in Bhagavadgita: because one has not surrendered to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, he must work under the control of material nature and its\nstringent laws\n\n(daiv'i hy e$d gurJamay'i mama maya duratyaya). The\n\nonly means of becoming free from this entanglement is to surrender to\nthe Supreme Lord. In the human form of life, the living entity must accept this instruction from the Supreme Person, K{f?r;ta: saroa-dharman\n\nparityajya mam ekaril sararJaril vraja. \"Do not plan to achieve happiness\nand drive away distress. You will never be successful. Simply surrender\nunto Me.\" Unfortunately, however, the living entity does not accept the\nSupreme Lord's clearly stated instructions from Bhagavad-gita, and thus\nhe becomes a perpetual captive of the laws of material nature.\n\nYajnarthat karmaiJO 'nyatra loko yam karma-bandhana/:l: if one\ndoes not act for the satisfaction of K{f?r;ta, who is known as Vif?r;tu or\nY ajiia, he must be entangled in the reactions of fruitive activities. These\nreactions are called papa and pu�ya\n\n-\n\nsinful and pious. By pious ac­\n\ntivities one is elevated to the higher planetary systems, and by impious\nactivities one is degraded to lower species of life, in which he is punished\nby the laws of nature. In the lower species of life there is an evolutionary\nprocess, and when the term of the living entity's imprisonment or\npunishment in the lower species is finished, he is again offered a human\nform and given a chance to decide for himself which way he should plan.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0146": "Text 31]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\nll9\n\nIf he again misses the opportunity, he is again put into the cycle of birth\nand death, going sometimes higher and sometimes lower, turning on the\n\nsarilsara-cakra, the wheel of material existence. As a wheel sometimes\ngoes up and sometimes comes down, the stringent laws of material nature\nmake the living entity in material existence sometimes happy and sometimes distressed. How he suffers in the cycle of happiness and distress is\ndescribed in the next verse.\nTEXT 31\n\n311'141Rli••Rflt:�N�� •fiiM( I\n.,�q�:�:��,,��ll\nadhyatmikiidibhir du/:tkhair\navimuktasya karhicit\nmartyasya krcchropanatair\narthai/:1. kamai/:1. kriyeta kim\nadhyatmika-adibhi/:1.-adhyatmika, adhidaivika and adhibhautika;\ndu/:l.khai/:1.-by the threefold miseries of material life; avimuktasya-of\none who is not freed from such miserable conditions (or one who is subjected to birth, death, old age and disease); karhicit-sometimes ;\n\nmartyasya-of the living entity subjected to death; krcchraupanatai/:1.-things obtained because of severe miseries; arthai/:1.-even\nif some benefit is derived; kamai/:1.-which can fulfill one's material\ndesires; kriyeta -what do they do; kim-and what is the value of such\nhappiness.\nTRANSLATION\nMaterialistic activities are always mixed with three kinds of\nmiserable conditions-adhyatmika, adhidaivika and adhibautika.\nTherefore, even if one achieves some success by performing such\nactivities, what is the benefit of this success? One is still subjected\nto birth, death, old age, disease and the reactions of his fruitive activities.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to the materialistic way of life, if a poor man, after laboring\nvery, very hard, gets some material profit at the end of his life, he is\n\n", "SB7.3#p0147": "120\n\nSrunad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nconsidered a success, even though he again dies while suffering the\nthreefold miseries-adhyatmika adhidaivika and adhibhautika. No one\n,\n\ncan escape the threefold miseries of materialistic life, namely miseries\npertaining to the body and mind, miseries pertaining to the difficulties\nimposed by society, community, nation and other living entities, and\nmiseries inflicted upon us by natural disturbances from earthquakes,\nfamines, droughts, floods, epidemics, and so on. If one works very hard,\nsuffering the threefold miseries, and then is successful in getting some\nsmall benefit, what is the value of this benefit? Besides that, even if a\nkanni is successful in accumulating some material wealth, he still cannot\nenjoy it, for he must die in bereavement. I have even seen a dying man\nbegging a medical attendant to increase his life by four years so that he\ncould complete his material plans. Of course, the medical man was unsuccessful in expanding the life of the man, who therefore died in great\nbereavement. Everyone must die in this way, and after one's mental condition is taken into account by the laws of material nature, he is given\nanother chance to fulfill his desires in a different body. Material plans for\nmaterial happiness have no value, but under the spell of the illusory energy we consider them extremely valuable. There were many politicians,\nsocial reformers and philosophers who died very miserably, without\nderiving any practical value from their material plans. Therefore, a sane\nand sensible man never desires to work hard under the conditions of\nthreefold miseries, only to die in disappointment.\nTEXT 32\n\nq�1f+i �P�I\"'I'f�ijl€+1wm{ I\n41�la>e�l4M�Joif �siltN�·ftwtl¥( 11 � � 11\n·\n\npa.Syami dhaninam klesam\nlubdhanam ajitatmanam\nbhayad alabdha-nidra�m\nsarooto 'bhiviSarikiniim\npa.Syami-I can practically see; dhaniniim-of persons who are very\nrich; kle5am-the miseries; lubdhaniim-who are extremely greedy;\najita-atmaniim-who are victims of their senses; bhayat-because of\n\n", "SB7.3#p0148": "Text 32]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n121\n\nfear; alabdha-nidra1}iim-who are suffering from insomnia; sarvata�from all sides; abhiviSanki niim\n\n-\n\nbeing particularly afraid.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe briihma�a continued: I am actually seeing how a rich man,\nwho is a victim of his senses, is very greedy to accumulate wealth,\nand therefore suffers from insomnia due to fear from all sides,\ndespite his wealth and opulence.\nPURPORT\nGreedy capitalists accumulate wealth under so many miserable conditions, the result being that because they collect money by questionable\nmeans, their minds are always agitated. Thus they are unable to sleep at\nnight, and they have to take pills for mental tranquility to invite sleep.\nAnd sometimes even the pills are a failure. Consequently the result of\nhaving accumulated money by so much labor is certainly not happiness,\nbut only distress. What is the value of acquiring a comfortable position if\none's mind is always disturbed? Narottarna dasa 'fhakura has therefore\nsung:\n\nsarhsara-bi.§anale,\ndibaniSi hiya jvale,\njzu}iiite nii kainu upaya\n\"I am suffering from the poisonous effect of material enjoyment. Thus\nmy heart is always burning and is almost on the verge of failure.\" The\nresult of the greedy capitalist's unnecessary accumulation of wealth is\nthat he must suffer from a blazing fire of anxiety and always be concerned with how to save his money and invest it properly to get more and\nmore. Such a life is certainly not very happy, but because of the spell of\nthe illusory energy, materialistic persons engage in such activities.\nAs far as our .Kr�IJ.a consciousness movement is concerned, we are getting money naturally, by the grace of God, by selling our literature. This\nliterature is not sold fpr our sense gratification; to spread the .Kr�IJ.a con­\n\nsciousness movement we need so many things, and .Kr�IJ.a is therefore\nsupplying us the requisite money to advance this mission. The mission of\n.Kr�IJ.a is to spread .Kr�IJ.a consciousness all over the world, and for this\n\n", "SB7.3#p0149": "122\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\npurpose we naturally must have sufficient money. Therefore, according\n\nto the advice of Srila Riipa Gosvami Prahhupada, we should not give up\n\nattachment to money that can spread the l(r�Qa consciousness movement.\nSrila Riipa Gosvami says in his Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.256):\n\nprapancikataya buddhya\nhari-sambandhi-vastuna/:t\nmumu�ubhi/:t parityago\nvairagyam phalgu kathyate\n\"When persons eager to achieve liberation renounce things which are re­\n\nlated to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, though they are material,\n\nthis is called incomplete renunciation.\" Money that can help in spreading\nthe l(r�Qa consciousness movement is not a part of the material world,\nand we should not give it up, thinking that it is material. Srila Riipa\n\nGosvami advises:\n\nandsaktasya v�ayan\nyatharham upayufijata/:t\nnirbandha}:t kmm-sambandhe\nyuktam vairagyam ucyate\n\"When one is not attached to anything, hut at the same time accepts\n\neverything in relation to l(r�Qa, one is rightly situated above possessive­\n\nness.\" (Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu 1.2.255) Money is undoubtedly coming\n\nin great quantities, hut we should not he attached to this money for sense\n\ngratification; every cent should he spent for spreading the l(r�Qa con­\n\nsciousness movement, not for sense gratification. There is danger for a\npreacher when he receives great quantities of money, for as soon as he\n\nspends even a single cent of the collection for his personal sense\n\ngratification, he becomes a fallen victim. The preachers of the l(r�Qa con­\n\nsciousness movement should he extremely careful not to misuse the im­\n\nmense quantities of money needed to spread this movement. Let us not\nmake this money the cause of our distress; it should he used for l(r�Qa,\n\nand that will cause our eternal happiness. Money is Lak�mi, or the god­\n\ndess of fortune, the companion of NarayaQa. Lak�miji must always\n\nremain with NarayaQa, and then there need he no fear of degradation.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0150": "Text 33]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n123\n\nTEXT 33\n\n�.m�r: �: (qlif'11€Ci1&q� :\nI\n31Mwt: �: �� -��t(.ll��ll\nrajata.S cauratab satrob\n\nsva-janiit pa.Su-pak§itab\narthibhyab kalatab svasrniin\nnityarit pral}iirthavad bhayam\nrajatab-from the government; cauratab-from thieves and rogues;\nsatrob-from enemies; sva-janiit-from relatives; pa.Su-pak§itab-from\nanimals and birds; arthibhyab-from beggars and persons seeking\ncharity; kalatab-from the time factor; svasrniit-as well as from one's\nself; nityam-always; prar:w-artha-vat-for one who has life or money;\nbhayam-fear.\nTRANSLATION\nThose who are considered materially powerful and rich are always full of anxieties because of governmental laws, thiev\n\nT\n\nand\n\nrogues, enemies, family members, animals, birds, persons seeking\ncharity, the inevitable time factor and even their own selves. Thus\nthey are invariably afraid.\nPURPORT\nThe word svasrniit means \"from one's self.\" Because of attachment for\nmoney, the richest person is even afraid of himself. He fears that he may\nhave locked his money in an unsafe manner or might have committed\nsome mistake. Aside from the government and its income tax and aside\nfrom thieves, even a rich man's own relatives are always thinking of how\nto take advantage of him and take away his money. Sometimes these relatives are described as\n\nsva-janaka-dasyu, which means \"rogues and\n\nthieves in the guise of relatives.\" Therefore, there is no need to accumulate wealth or unnecessarily endeavor for more and more money. The\nreal business of life is to ask \"Who am I?\" and to understand one's self.\nOne should understand the position of the living entity in this material\nworld and understand how to return home, back to Godhead.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0151": "124\n\nSrirnad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l3\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�..tlC¥t4stU\\il(ltli��:\nI\n41�u�+rrt�mt�: 11��11\n5oka-moha-bhaya-krodharaga-klaibya-sramadaya/:r.\nyan-mulii/:1. syur nrr_uirh jahyat\nsprham prii1]iirthayor budha/:r.\nsoka-lamentation; moha-illusion;\n\nbhaya-fear; krodha-anger;\nklaibya poverty; srama-unnecessary labor;\niidaya/:1.-and so on; yat-mulii/:1. -the original cause of all these; syu/:1.become; nrr_uim of human beings; jahyiit -should give up; sprhamthe desire; priiryn,-for bodily strength or prestige; arthayo/:1.-and acraga-attachment;\n\n-\n\n-\n\ncumulating money; budha/:1.-an intelligent person.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThose in human society who are intelligent should give up the\noriginal cause of lamentation, illusion, fear, anger, attachment,\npoverty and unnecessary labor. The original cause of all of these is\nthe desire for unnecessary prestige and money.\nPURPORT\nHere is the difference between Vedic civilization and the modern\ndemoniac civilization. Vedic civilization concerned itself with how to\nachieve self-realization, and for this purpose one was recommended to\nhave a small income to maintain body and soul together. The society was\ndivided into briihmary.as, k$atriyas, vaiSyas and sadras, and the members\nof this society would limit their endeavors to meeting their minimum\ndemands. The briihmary.as, in particular, would have no material desires.\nBecause the k$atriyas had to rule the people, it was necessary for them to\nhave money and prestige. But the vaiSyas were satisfied with agricultural\nproduce and milk from the cow, and if by chance there were excess,\ntrade was allowed. The sadras were also happy, for they would get food\nand shelter from the three higher classes. In the demoniac civilization of\nthe present day, however, there is no question of\n\nbriihmary.as or\n\n", "SB7.3#p0152": "Text 34]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n125\n\n�atriyas; there are only so-called workers and a flourishing mercantile\n\nclass who have no goal in life.\n\nAccording to Vedic civilization, the ultimate perfection of life is to take\n\nsannyasa, but at the present moment people do not know why sannyasa\n\nis accepted. Because of misunderstanding, they think that one accepts\n\nsannyasa to escape social responsibilities. But one does not accept\nsannyasa to escape from responsibility to society. Generally one accepts\nsannyasa at the fourth stage of spiritual life. One begins as a brahmacari\nthen becomes a grhastha, a vanaprastha and finally a sannyasi to take\n\nadvantage of the duration of one's life by engaging oneself fully in selfrealization. Sannytisa does not mean begging from door to door to ac­\n\ncumulate money for sense gratification. However, because in Kali-yuga\npeople are more or less prone to sense gratification, immature sannyasa\n\nis not recommended. Srila Rupa Gosvami writes in his Nectar of Instruc­\n\ntion (2):\n\natyahara/:1. prayasa5 ca\nprajalpo niyamiigraha/:1.\njana-sanga5 ca laulyaril ca\n�cu;lbhir bhaktir vin.aSyati\n\n\"One's devotional service is spoiled when he becomes too entangled in\n\nthe following six activities: (l) eating more than necessary or collecting\n\nmore funds than required;\n\n(2) overendeavoring for mundane things\n(3) talking unnecessarily about mun­\n\nthat are very difficult to obtain;\n\ndane subject matters; (4) practicing the scriptural rules and regulations\nonly for the sake of following them and not for the sake of spiritual ad­\n\nvancement, or rejecting the rules and regulations of the scriptures and\nworking independently or whimsically;\n\n(5) associating with worldly­\n\nminded persons who are not interested in _Kr�t;�.a consciousness; and\n\n(6) being greedy for mundane achievements.\" A sannydsi should have\n\nan institution meant to preach _Kr�t;�.a consciousness; he need not accumulate money for himself. We recommend that as soon as money ac­\n\ncumulates in our _Kr�t;�.a consciousness movement, fifty per cent of it\n\nshould be invested in printing books, and fifty per cent for expenditures,\nespecially in establishing centers all over the world. The managers of the\n\n_Kr�t;�.a consciousness movement should be extremely cautious in regard\n\nto this point. Otherwise money will be the cause of lamentation, illusion,\n\n", "SB7.3#p0153": "Sr0nad-Bhagavabun\n\n126\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nfear, anger, material attachment, material poverty, and unnecessary\nhard work. When I was alone in V.rndavana, I never attempted to construct mathiis or temples; rather, I was fully satisfied with the small\namount of money I could gather by selling Back to Godhead, and thus I\nwould provide for myself and also print the literature. When I went to\nforeign countries, I lived according to the same principle, hut when\nEuropeans and Americans began to give money profusely, I started temples and Deity worship. The same principle should still he followed.\nWhatever money is collected should he spent for _Kr��a, and not a\nfarthing for sense gratification. This is the Bhiigavata principle.\nTEXT 35\n\n�m �s� ��11\n�uni qfhiN :q smrr ttF�ttl �������\nmadhukiira-maha-sarpau\nloke 'smin rw guruttamau\nvairagyam parit�am ca\npriiptii yac-chilcyaya vayam\nmadhukiira-bees that go from flower to flower to collect honey;\nmaha sarpau-the big snake (the python, which does not move from\n-\n\none place to another); loke-in the world; asmin-this; na?t-our;\nguru-spiritual masters; uttamau-first-class; vairagyam-renunciation; parit�am ca-and satisfaction; priiptii?t\nby whose instruction; vayam-we\n\n-\n\nohtained; yat-sik.:;aya­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe bee and the python are two excellent spiritual masters who\n\ngive us exemplary instructions regarding how to be satisfied by\n\ncollecting only a little and how to stay in one place and not move.\nTEXT 36\n\nf«Fr: ��: f�aJij) lt ��I\nt��n1 � ft� ti�IQirttl ((�qM'( II��II\n\n", "SB7.3#p0154": "Text 37]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n127\n\nviraga/:t sarva-kamebhya/:t\n\nsi�ito me madhu-vratat\nkrcchraptarh madhuvad vittarh\nhatvapy anyo haret patim\n\nviraga/:t-detachment; sarva-kamebhya/:t-from all material desires;\nsi�ita/:t-has been taught; me-unto me; madhu-vratat-from the\nbumblebee; krcchra-with great difficulties; aptam-acquired; madhuvat-as\n\ngood as honey (\"money is honey\"); vittam -money ; hatva­\n\nkilling; api-even; anya/:t-another; haret-takes away; patim-the\nowner.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the bumblebee I have learned to be unattached to accumulating money, for although money is as good as honey, anyone can kill its owner and take it away.\n\nPURPORT\nThe honey gathered in the comb is taken away by force. Therefore one\nwho accumulates money should realize that he may be harassed by the\ngovernment or by thieves or even killed by enemies. Especially in this\nage of Kali-yuga, it is said that instead of protecting the money of the\ncitizens, the government itself will take away the money with the force of\nlaw. The learned brahmar:w had therefore decided that he should not accumulate any money. One should own as much as he immediately needs.\nThere is no need to keep a big balance at hand, along with the fear that it\nmay be plundered by the government or by thieves.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�\": qRG!I�¥41 ttt-emq;wijlc:� 11\n;it� �{If;\\\" 'lmtf� ��1'1. 11�\\911\naniha/:t parit�!iitmii\nyadrcchopanatiid aham\n\n", "SB7.3#p0155": "128\n\nSrUnad-BhagavabUn\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l3\n\nno cec chaye bahv-ahani\nmahahir iva satt vavan\nanihab.-with no desire to possess more; parit1J,$Ja,-very satisfied;\natmd -self;\n\nyadrccha-in its own way, without endeavor; upanatiil­\n\nby things brought in by possession; aham-I; no-not; cet-if so;\n5aye-I lie down; bahu-many; ahani-days; maha-ahib.-a python;\niva-like; sattva-van-enduring.\nTRANSLATION\nI do not endeavor to get anything, but am satisfied with whatever\n\nis achieved in its own way. H I do not get anything, I am patient\n\nand unagitated like a python and lie down in this way for many\ndays.\n\nPURPORT\nOne should learn detachment from the bumblebees, for they collect\ndrops of honey here and there and keep it in their honeycomb, but then\nsomeone comes and by force takes all the honey away, leaving the\nbumblebees with nothing. Therefore one should learn from the\nbumblebee not to keep more money than one needs. Similarly, one\nshould learn from the python to stay in one place for many, many days\nwithout food and then eat only if something comes in its own way. Thus\nthe learned brahmar:w gave instructions gained from two creatures,\nnamely the bumblebee and the python.\n\nTEXT 38\n\nWiM((C!Ci��l{ft���·a:�l�tfl I\n� l{Rguitq.ij ��Wf� ffi� I\n'.lt:&:�q� � �v'flii::t�ijlJ:. 1\nri *A#itl?.l ftf� f��ttt'i0tll����\nkvacid alpam kvacid bhuri\nbhuiije 'nnam svadv asvadu va\nkvacid bhuri gur:wpetam\ngur:w-hinam uta kvacit\n\n", "SB7.3#p0156": "Text 39]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n129\n\nsraddhayopahrtam kvapi\nkadii.c n mdna-varjitam\nbhunje bhuktvatha kasmirilS cid\ndiva naktam yadrcchaya\nkvacit-sometimes; alpam-very little; kvacit-sometimes; bhuri-a\ngreat\n\nquantity;\n\nbhunje-I\n\neat;\n\nannam-food;\n\nsvadu-palatahle;\n\nasvadu-stale; vd-either; kvacit-sometimes; bhuri-great; gur:mupetam-a nice flavor; gur:uz-hinam-without flavor; uta-whether;\nkvacit-sometimes; sraddhaya-respectfully; upahrtam-brought by\nsomeone;\n\nkvapi-sometimes;\n\nkadiic it-sometimes;\n\nmana-varjitam­\n\noffered without respect; bhunje-I eat; bhuktva-after eating; atha-as\nsuch; kasmin cit-sometimes, in some place; dim-during the daytime;\nnaktam-or at night; yadrcchaya-as it is available.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes I eat a very small quantity and sometimes a great\nquantity. Sometimes the food is very palatable, and sometimes it is\nstale. Sometimes prasida is offered with great respect, and sometimes food is given neglectfully. Sometimes I eat during the day\nand sometimes at night. Thus I eat what is easily available.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n� §;te+�Mtf ;:ftt '4�e4'4 qr 1\n'4eSt41G>N � �\" �� 11�'111\nk$aumam dukulam ajinam\nciram valkalam eva va\nvase 'nyad api sampraptam\nd�ta-bhuk t�ta-dhir aham\nk$aumam-clothing\n\nmade\n\nof\n\nlinen;\n\ndukiilam-silk\n\nor\n\ncotton;\n\najinam-deerskin; dram-loincloth; valkalam-bark; eva-as it is;\nvii-either; vase-I put on; anyat-something else; api-although;\n\n", "SB7.3#p0157": "130\n\nSrimad-Bhigava tam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nsamprdptam-as available; d�!a-bhuk-because of destiny; �!asatisfied; dh ib,-mind ; aham-1 am.\nTRANSLATION\nTo cover my body I use whatever is available, whether it be\n\nlinen, silk, cotton, bark or deerskin, according to my destiny, and\nI am fully satisfied and unagitated.\n\nTEXT40\n\nfliN'4§� �� ��'t�ij I\n� SIIQ(C(q�� m �1 ��TII�oll\n....\n\nkvacic chaye dharopasthe\ntr1J-a-pa11JiiSma-bhasmasu\nkvacit priisada-paryarike\nkaSipau va parecchaya\n\nkvacit-sometimes; saye-1 lie down; dhara-upasthe-on the surface\nof the earth; trl)n-on grass; parl)n-leaves; a5ma-stone; bhasmasuor a pile of ashes; kvacit-sometimes; priisada-in palaces; paryarikeon a first-class bedstead; ka5ipau-on a pillow; vii-either; para-of\nanother; i cc haya-by the wish.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes I lie on the surface of the earth, sometimes on leaves,\n\ngrass or stone, sometimes on a pile of ashes, or sometimes, by the\n\nwill of others, in a palace on a first-class bed with pillows.\nPURPORT\n\nThe learned brahmal)n 's description indicates different types of\nbirths, for one lies down according to one's body. Sometimes one takes\nbirth as an animal and sometimes as a king. When he takes birth as an\nanimal he must lie down on the ground, and when he takes birth as a\nking or a very rich man he is allowed to lie in first-class rooms in huge\npalaces decorated with beds and other furniture. Such facilities are not\navailable, however, at the sweet will of the living entity; rather, they are\n\n", "SB7.3#p0158": "Text 41]\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n131\n\navailable by the supreme will (parecchaya), or by the arrangement of\n\nmaya. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (18.61):\n\niSvara� sarva-bhiiianam\nhrd-dese 'rjuna t�!hati\nbhriimayan sarva-bhutiini\nyantrarill;lhiini mayaya\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is\ndirecting the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a\nmachine, made of the material energy.\" The living entity, according to\nhis material desires, receives different types of bodies, which are nothing\nhut machines offered by material nature according to the order of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. By the will of the Supreme, one must\ntake different bodies with different means for lying down.\nTEXT 41\n\n����: ijqRfl: �;WOI��: I\n�itm�-R m R�ctRil � ftll1 11 � � ,,\n....\n\nkvacit sniit o 'nuliptiiriga�\nsuviisii� sragvy alarikrta�\nrathebhiiSvaiS care kvapi\ndig-vasa grahavad vibho\nkvacit-sometimes; sniita� -hathing very nicely; anulipta-arigab,with sandalwood pulp smeared all over the body; su-viisiib,-dressing\nwith very nice garments; sragvi-decorated with garlands of flowers;\nalarikrta�-hedecked with various types of ornaments; ratha-on a\nchariot; ibha-on an elephant; a5vai�-or on the hack of a horse;\n\ncare-I wander; kvapi-sometimes; dik-00sii�-completely naked;\ngraha vat-as if haunted by a ghost; vibho-0 lord.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my lord, sometimes l bathe myself very nicely, smear sandalwood pulp all over my body, put on a Hower garland, and dress in\n\n", "SB7.3#p0159": "132\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nfine garments and ornaments. Then I travel like a king on the back\n\nof an elephant or on a chariot or horse. Sometimes, however, I\n\ntravel naked, like a person haunted by a ghost.\nTEXT42\n\n;n(AAW(:q���� I\n� �� 341'1� ��� 'l(l�+tfir 11\\l�U\nnaham ninde na ca staumi\nsva-bluiva-vi§amam janam\nete$iiffl sreya asiise\nutaikiitmyam maluitmani\n\nna-not; aham-1; ninde-blaspheme; na-nor; ca-also; staumipraise; sva-bluiva-whose nature; vi§amam-contradictory; janam-a\nliving entity or human being; ete$iim-of all of them; sreya�-the ultimate benefit; asiise-1 pray for; uta-indeed; aikatmyam-oneness;\nmalui-atmani-in the Supersoul, the Parabrahman (K.r�I;la).\nTRANSLATION\nDifferent people are of different mentalities. Therefore it is not\n\nmy business either to praise them or to blaspheme them. I only\n\ndesire their welfare, hoping that they will agree to become one\nwith the Supersoul, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, �r.ta.\nPURPORT\n\nAs soon as one comes to the platform of bhakti-yoga, one understands\nfully the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva, is the goal of life\n(vasudeva� sarvam iti sa mahatma sudurlabhaM. This is the instruction\nof all the Vedic literature (vedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedya� sarva\ndharmiin parityajya miim ekam sarar:tam vraja). There is no use in\npraising someone for material qualifications or blaspheming him for material disqualifications. In the material world, good and bad have no\nmeaning because if one is good he may be elevated to a higher planetary\nsystem and if one is bad he may be degraded to the lower planetary\nsystems. People of different mentalities are sometimes elevated and\n\n", "SB7.3#p0160": "Text 43)\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n133\n\nsometimes degraded, but this is not the goal of life. Rather, the goal of\nlife is to become free from elevation and degradation and take to �!;>Qa\nconsciousness. Therefore a saintly person does not discriminate between\nthat which is supposedly good and supposedly bad; rather, he desires for\neveryone to be happy in �!:'Qa consciousness, which is the ultimate goal\nof life.\nTEXT 43\n\nNEtiC!cf �INWl at�� I\nq;ft fi1R� F:O d lfRM�� 11\\l�ll\nvikalpam juhuyiic cittau\ntam manasy artha-vibhrame\nmano vaikarike hutva\ntam mayayam juhoty anu\nvikalpam-discrimination (between good and bad, one person and\nanother, one nation and another, and all similar discrimination);\njuhuyat-one should offer as oblations; cittau-in the fire of consciousness;\n\ntam-that\n\nconsciousness;\n\nmanasi-in\n\nthe\n\nmind;\n\nartha­\n\nvibhrame-the root of all acceptance and rejection; mana�-that mind;\nvaikarike-in false ego, identification of oneself with matter; huttxioffering as oblations; tam-this false ego; mayayam-in the total material energy; juhoti-offers as oblations; anu-following this principle.\nTRANSLATION\nThe mental concoction of discrimination between good and had\nshould be accepted as one unit and then invested in the mind,\nwhich should then be invested in the false ego. The false ego\nshould be invested in the total material energy. This is the process\nof fighting false discrimination.\nPURPORT\nThis verse describes how a yogi can become free from material affection. Because of material attraction, a karmi cannot see himself. ]iiiinis\ncan\n\ndiscriminate between matter and spirit, but the yogis, the best of\n\n", "SB7.3#p0161": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n134\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nwhom are the bhakti-yogis, want to return home, back to Godhead. The\nkannis are completely in illusion, the jiidnis are neither in illusion nor in\npositive knowledge, but the yogis, especially the bhakti-yogis, are completely on the spiritual platform. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(14.26):\n\nmarh ca yo 'vyabhicarer:za\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gu�n samatityaitdn\n\nbrahma-bhuyaya kalpate\n.. One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down\nunder any circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature\nand thus comes to the level of Brahman.\" Thus a devotee's position is\nsecure. A devotee is at once elevated to the spiritual platform. Others,\nsuch as jiidnis and hatha-yogis, can only gradually ascend to the spiritual\nplatform by nullifying their material discrimination on the platform of\n\npsychology and nullifying the false ego, by which one thinks, .. 1 am this\n\nbody, a product of matter.\" One must merge the false ego into the total\nmaterial energy and merge the total material energy into the supreme\nenergetic. This is the process of becoming free from material attraction.\nTEXT44\n\n31Ri41�4{�l � 'lltri�§ttl( (1�t::s:.._af-1: I\nmf;r6itmqq_� �: ''\\l'd II\natmanubhatau tam mayam\njuhuydt satya-drri munib,\ntato niriho viramet\nsvdnubhaty-atmani sthitab,\ndtma-anubhiltau-unto self-realization;\n\ntam-that;\n\nmaydm-the\n\nfalse ego of material existence; juhuyat-should offer as an oblation;\nsatya-d rk-one who has actually realized the ultimate truth;\n\nsuch a thoughtful person;\n\nmunib,­\n\ntatab,-because of this self-realization;\n\nnirihab,-without material desires; viramet-one must completely retire\nfrom\n\nmaterial\n\nactivities;\n\nsva-anubhuti-atmani-in\n\nsthitab,-thus being situated.\n\nself-realization;\n\n", "SB7.3#p0162": "Text45)\n\nThe Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\n135\n\nTRANSLATION\nA learned, thoughtful person must realize that material existence is illusion. This is possible only by self-realization. A selfrealized person, who has actually seen the truth, should retire\nfrom all material activities, being situated in self-realization.\nPURPORT\nBy an analytical study of the entire constitution of the body, one can\nsurely come to the conclusion that the soul is different from all the\nbody's material constituents, such as earth, water, fire and air. Thus the\ndifference between the body and soul can be realized by a person who is\nthoughtful ( man� ' or muni), and after this realization of the individual\nspirit soul one can very easily understand the supreme spirit soul. If one\nthus realizes that the individual soul is subordinate to the supreme spirit\nsoul, he achieves self-realization. As explained in the Thirteenth Chapter\nof Bhagavad-gita, there are two souls within the body. The body is called\n\n�etra, and there are two �tra-jfias, or occupants of the body, namely\nthe Supersoul (Paramatma) and the individual soul. The Supersoul and\nthe individual soul are like two birds sitting on the same tree (the material body). One bird, the individual, forgetful bird, is eating the fruit\nof the tree, not caring for the instructions of the other bird, which is only\na witness to the activities of the first bird, who is his friend. When the\nforgetful bird comes to understand the supreme friend who is always\nwith him and trying to give him guidance in different bodies, he takes\nshelter at the lotus feet of that supreme bird. As explained in the yoga\nprocess,\n\ndhyanavasthita-tad-gatena manasa pa.Syanti yam yogina/:1..\n\nWhen one actually becomes a perfect yog', by meditation he can see the\nsupreme friend and surrender unto Him. This is the beginning of\n\nbhakti-yoga, or actual life in K.r!?t;ta consciousness.\nTEXT45\n\n((4l€+4t'f 'I� � �� . tr� I\n� ilfll(il�l(trl'l. ft lltrcrffi: ����II\nsvatma-vrttam mayettham te\nsuguptam api var�J-itam\n\n", "SB7.3#p0163": "136\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nvyapetam loka-sastriibhyam\nbhavan hi bhagavat-para}J.\nsva-dtma-vrttam-the information of the history of self-realization;\n\nmaya\n\n-by me; ittham-in this way; te-unto you; su-guptam-ex­\n\ntremely confidential; api-although; va�itam-explained; vyapetam­\n\nwithout; loka-sdstriibhyam-the opinion of the common man or common\nliteratures; bhavan-your good self; hi-indeed;\n\nbhagavat-para}J.­\n\nhaving fully realized the Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahliida Maharaja, you are certainly a self-realized soul and a\n\ndevotee of the Supreme Lord. You do not care for public opinion\n\nor so-called scriptures. For this reason I have described to you\n\nwithout hesitation the history of my self-realization.\nPURPORT\n\nA person who is actually a devotee of Kr�Qa does not care about socalled public opinion and Vedic or philosophical literatures. Prahlada\nMaharaja, who is such a devotee, always defied the false instructions of\nhis father and the so-called teachers who were appointed to teach him.\nInstead, he simply followed the instructions of Narada Muni, his guru,\nand thus he always remained a stalwart devotee. This is the nature\nof an intelligent devotee. The Srimad-Bhiigavatam instructs,\n\nyajnai/:1.\n\nsarik'irtana-prayair yajanti hi sumedhasa/:1.. One who is actually very in­\n\ntelligent must join the Kr�Qa consciousness movement, realizing his own\nself as an eternal servant of Kr�Qa, and thus practice constant chanting of\nthe holy name of the Lord-Hare Kr�Qa, Hare Kr�Qa, Kr�Qa Kr�Qa, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nTEXT 46\n\n$m:� ';ffl\"if\n� q�� � �: ���: I\n'l�N�Cll mr: 3ft�3TT�Srtp.ft �����II\n\n", "SB7.3#p0164": "The Behavior of a Perfect Person\n\nText 46]\n\n137\n\nsri-niirada uvdca\ndharmam paramahamsyam vai\nmune/:1. srutvdsuresvara/:1.\npujayitva tata/:1. prita\namantrya prayayau grham\nsri-narada/:1. uvaca-Sri Narada Muni said; dharmam-the occupational duty; paramahamsyam-of the paramahamsas, the most perfect\nhuman beings; vai-indeed; mune/:1.-from the saintly person; srutoothus\n\nhearing;\n\nMaharaja;\n\nasura-L5vara/:l.-the\n\nKing\n\npujayitva-by worshiping\n\nthe\n\nthe\n\nasuras,\n\nPrahlada\n\nsaintly\n\nperson;\n\ntata/:1.­\n\nof\n\nthereafter; prita/:1.-being very pleased; amantrya-taking permission;\nprayayau-left that place; grham-for his home.\nTRANSLATION\nNirada Muni continued: Mter P rahliida Maharaja, the King of\nthe demons, heard these instructions from the saint, he understood the occupational duties of a perfect person [paramaharilsa].\nThus he duly worshiped the sa?-nt, took his permission and then\nleft for his own home.\nPURPORT\nAs quoted in Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 8.128), Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu said:\nkiba vipra, kiba nyasi, sudra kene naya\nyei kmUI-tattva-vetta sei 'guru' haya\nA guru, or spiritual master, can be anyone who is well conversant with\n\nthe science of Kr�r;ta. Therefore although Prahlada Maharaja was a\ngrhastha ruling over the demons, he was a paramaharhsa, the best of\nhuman beings, and thus he is our guru. In the list of gurus, or authorities, Prahlada Maharaja's name is therefore mentioned:\nsvayambhur narada/:1. sambhu/:1.\nkumara/:1. kapilo manu/:�.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0165": "138\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 13\n\nprahliido janako bh�mo\nbalir vaiyasakir vayam\n·(Bhag.\n\n6.3.20)\n\nThe conclusion is that a paramahamsa is an exalted devotee (bhagavatpriya). Such a paramahamsa may be in any stage of life-brahi1ULCdri',\n\ngrhastha, vanaprastha or sannyasa-and be equally liberated and ex­\n\nalted.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Seventh Canto, Thirteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Behavior of a Perfect\nPerson.\"\n\n", "SB7.3#p0166": "CHAPTER FOURTEEN\n\nIdeal Family Life\nThis chapter describes the occupational duties of the householder according to the time, the country and the performer. When Yudhi!;l!hira\nMaharaja became very much inquisitive about the occupational duties for\nthe householder, Narada Muni advised him that a grlmstha 's first duty is\nto he fully dependent on Vasudeva, Kr!:'I;J.a, and to try to satisfy Him in all\nrespects by executing one's prescribed devotional service. This devotional service will depend on the instructions of authorities and the association of devotees who are actually engaged in devotional service. The\nbeginning of devotional service is sravar_w,m, or hearing. One must hear\nfrom the mouths of realized souls. In this way the grlmstha 's attraction to\nhis wife and children will gradually he reduced.\nAB for the maintenance of his family, a grlmstha, while earning what\nhe requires for his living, must he very conscientious and must not undergo extraordinary endeavor simply to accumulate money and unnecessarily increase in material comforts. Although a grlmstha should\nexternally he very active in earning his livelih�od, he should internally\nhe situated as a fully self-realized person, without attachment for material gains. His dealings with family members or friends should he performed simply to fulfill their purpose; one should not he extravagantly\nengaged in this way. Instructions from family members and society\nshould be accepted superficially, but in essence the grlmstha should he\nengaged in occupational duties advised by the spiritual master and Siistra.\nSpecifically a grlmstha should engage in agricultural activities to earn\nmoney. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii (18.44), kr�i-go-rak§ya-viir_tijyamagriculture, cow protection and trade-are special duties of grlmstlms. If\nby chance or by the grace of the Lord more money comes, it should he\nproperly engaged for the Kr!:'I;J.a consciousness movement. One should not\nbe eager to earn more money simply for sensual pleasure. A grlmstha\nshould always remember that one who is endeavoring to accumulate\nmore money than necessary is to he considered a thief and is punishable\nby the laws of nature.\n139\n\n", "SB7.3#p0167": "140\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch 14\n.\n\nA grhastha should be very much affectionate toward lower animals,\n\nbirds and bees, treating them exactly like his own children. A grhastha\nshould not indulge in killing animals or birds for sense gratification. He\nshould provide the necessities of life even to the dogs and the lowest\ncreatures and should not exploit others for sense gratification. Factually,\n\naccording to the instructions of Srimad-Bhagavatam, every grhastha is a\ngreat communist who provides the means of living for everyone. What­\n\never a grhastha may possess he should equally distribute to all living en­\n\ntities, without discrimination. The best process is to distribute prasada.\n\nA grhastha should not be very much attached to his wife; he should\n\nengage even his own wife in serving a guest with all attention. Whatever\n\nmoney a grhastha accumulates by the grace of God he should spend in\n\nfive activities, namely worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nreceiving Vai��avas and saintly persons, distributing prasada to the\n\ngeneral public and to all living entities, offering prasada to his\n\nforefathers, and also offering prasada to his own self. Grhasthas should\n\nalways be ready to worship everyone as mentioned above. The grhastha\nshould not eat anything not offered to the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead. As it is said in the Bhagavoo-gita (3.13), yajfia-s�!asina/.t santo\n\nmucyante sarva-kilb�ai/.t: \"The devotees of the Lord are released from\n\nall kinds of sins because they eat food that is offered first for sacrifice.\"\n\nThe grhastha should also visit the holy places of pilgrimage mentioned in\nthe Pura�J-0.5. In this way he should fully engage in worshiping the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead for the benefit of his family, his society,\nhis country, and humanity at large.\nTEXT 1\n\n� �\n\n��q�AA;n� �a1 1\n��VIA i{_f( qmft ���: II � ll\nsri-yudh�!hira uviica\ngrhastha etam padaviril\nvidhina yena canjasa\nyayad deva-r$e bruhi\nmad,.So grha-mii{lha-dhi/.t\n\n", "SB7.3#p0168": "Text 1]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n141\n\nsri-yudh�thira� uvaca-Yudhi!?thira Maharaja said; grhastha�-a\nperson living with his family; etam-this (the process mentioned in the\nprevious chapter); padavim-position of liberation; vidhina-according\nto the instructions of Vedic scripture;\n\nyena-by which; ca-also;\n\nanjasa-easily; yayat-may get; deva-r$e-O great sage among the\ndemigods; bruhi-kindly explain; madrsa�-such as me; grha-miilJ,hadhi�-completely ignorant of the goal of life.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Yudhi��hira inquired from Nirada Muni: 0 my lord, 0\ngreat sage, kindly explain how we who are staying at home without\nknowledge of the goal of life may also easily attain liberation, according to the instructions of the Vedas.\nPURPORT\nIn the previous chapters the great sage Narada has explained how a\nbrahmacari, a vanaprastha and a sannyii.si should act. He first explained\nthe dealings of a brahmacari, vanaprastha and sannyii.si because these\nthree asramas, or statuses of life, are extremely important for fulfillment\nof the goal of life. One should note that in the brahmacari-asrama,\nvanaprastha-asrama and sannyii.sa-asrama there is no scope for sex life,\nwhereas sex is allowed in grhastha life under regulations. Narada Muni,\ntherefore, first described brahmacarya, vanaprastha and sannyii.sa hecause he wanted to stress that sex is not at all necessary, although one\nwho absolutely requires it is allowed to enter grhastha life, or household\nlife, which is also regulated by the sastras and guru. Yudhi!?thira\nMaharaja could understand all this. Therefore, as a grhastha, he presented himself as grha-miilJ,ha-dhi�, one who is completely ignorant of\nthe goal of life. A person who remains a householder in family life is certainly ignorant of life's goal; he is not very much advanced in intelligence. As soon as possible, one should give up his so-called comfortable\nlife at home and prepare to undergo austerity, or tapasya. Tapo divyam\nputrakii. According to the instructions given by �abhadeva to His sons,\nwe should not create a so-called comfortable situation, but must prepare\nto undergo austerity. This is how a human being should actually live to\nfulfill life's ultimate goal.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0169": "SrUnad-Bhigavabun\n\n142\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT2\n\n��\nazt&:�q�{(t (liijf.:4�u ��9'4�f.imn 1\n\nqtij«.ql\\iuj ����qld\\(f '�'llwfiwt II � II\nsri-niirada uvaca\ngrhe�v aoosthito rajan\nkriya/:t kurvan yathocita/:t\nvasudevarpar:w.m sak¢-d\nupa.sua maha-munin\nsri-narada/:t uvaca-Sri Narada Muni replied; grhe�u-at home;\navasthita/:t-staying (a householder generally stays home with his wife\nand children); rajan-0 King; kriya/:t-activities; kurvan-perform­\n\ning; yathocita/:t-suitable (as instructed by the guru and siistra);\nvasudeva-unto\n\nLord\n\nVasudeva;\n\narpar:w.m-dedicating;\n\nsa�at­\n\ndirectly; upiisita-should worship; maha-munin-the great devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nNirada Muni replied: My dear King, those who stay at home as\n\nhouseholders must act to earn their livelihood, and instead of try­\n\ning to enjoy the results of their work themselves, they should offer\n\nthese results to �:r.ua, Vasudeva. How to satisfy Vasudeva in this\n\nlife can be perfectly understood through the association of great\n\ndevotees of the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nThe format for grhastha life should be dedication to the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. In Bhagavad-gita (6.1) it is said:\n\nanasrita/:t karma-phalam\nkaryarh karma karoti ya/:t\nsa sannyiisi ca yogi ca\nna ni ragni r na cakriya/:t\n\n", "SB7.3#p0170": "Ideal Family Life\n\nText 4]\n\n143\n\n\"One who is unattached to the fruits of his work and who works as he is\nobligated is in the renounced order of life, and he is the true mystic, not\nhe who lights no fire and performs no work.\" Whether one acts as a\nbrahmacarf, grhastha, vanaprastha or sannyiisf, he must act only for the\n\nsatisfaction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva-l<r�J.la,\nthe son of Vasudeva. This should be the principle for everyone's life.\nNarada Muni has already described the principles of life for a\nbrahmacarf, vanaprastha and sannyiisf, and now he is describing how a\n\ngrhastha should live. The basic principle is to satisfy the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead.\nThe science of satisfying the Supreme Lord can be learned as de­\n\nscribed here: sa�iid upa.sua rnaha-munfn. The word rnaha-munfn\nrefers to great saintly persons or devotees. Saintly persons are generally\n\nknown as munis, or thoughtful-philosophers concerned with transcen­\n\ndental subject matters, and rnaha-munfn refers to those who have not\nonly thoroughly studied the goal of life but who are actually engaged in\n\nsatisfying the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva. These persons\nare known as devotees. Unless one associates with devotees, one cannot\n\nlearn the science of viisudevarpa7J.a, or dedicating one's life to Vasudeva,\nl<r�J.la, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nIn India the principles of this science were followed strictly. Even fifty\nyears ago, I saw that in the villages of Bengal and the suburbs of\n\nCalcutta, people engaged in hearing Srirnad-Bhiigavatam daily when all\n\ntheir activities ended, or at least in the evening before going to bed.\n\nEveryone would hear the Bhiigavatam. Bhiigavata classes were held in\n\nevery village, and thus people had the advantage of hearing SnmadBhiigavatam, which describes everything about the aim of life-libera­\n\ntion or salvation. This will be clearly explained in the next verses.\n\nTEXTS 3-4\n\nSillkl�effl�OI'Ii!4(11(�'41'l(14(_\n�lwtl\n�'41�RJ;Qq�llw-(fl;:fwtffil': II � II\n�qt;s;r�: ���11� I\nfcm�q� � ����: II � II\n\n", "SB7.3#p0171": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n144\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 14\n\nsr\"!lvan bhagavato 'bhilcy�m\navaUira-kathamrtam\nsraddadhano yatha-kalam\nupa§iinta-janavrta/:t\nsat-sarigiic chanakai/:t sangam\niitma-jiiyiitmajiidi$u\nvimuiicen mucyamiine�u\nsvayarh svapnavcul utthita/:t\nSr\"!�-OOn-hearing;\n\nbhagavata}:t-of the Lord; abhilcy�m-always;\n\navatiira-of the incarnations; katha-narrations; amrtam-the nectar;\nsraddadhana}:t-being very faithful in hearing about the Supreme Personality of Godhead; yatha-kiilam-according to time (generally a\n\ngrhastha can find time in the evening or in the afternoon); upa§iintaavrta/:tbeing surrounded; sat-sarigiit-from such good association; sanakai/:tgradually; sangam-association; atma-in the body; jaya-wife; iitmaja-iidi$u-as well as in children; vimuiicet-one should get free from the\n\ncompletely relieved of material activities; jana-by persons;\n\nattachment for such association; mucyamiine�u-being severed (from\nhim);\n\nsooyam-personally;\n\nsvapna-vat-like a dream;\n\nutthita/:t­\n\nawakened.\nTRANSLATION\nA grhastha must associate again and again with saintly persons,\n\nand with great respect he must hear the nectar of the activities of\nthe Supreme Lord and His incarnations as these activities are de­\n\nscribed in Srimad-Bhigavatam and other Pur8J;las. Thus one\n\nshould gradually become detached from affection for his wife and\nchildren, exactly like a man awakening from a dream.\nPURPORT\nThe l(r�:Q.a consciousness movement has been established to give\n\ngrhasthas all over the world an opportunity to hear Srimcul-Bhagavatam\nand Bhagavcul-gitii specifically. The process, as described in many ways,\nis one of hearing and chanting (sr\"!lvatiirh sva-katha/:t kr��/:t pu\"!lyasrava�-kirtana/:t). Everyone, especially the grhasthas, who are mlll)hadhi, ignorant about the goal of life, should be given opportunities to hear\n\n", "SB7.3#p0172": "Text 4]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n145\n\nabout Kt�J.la. Simply by hearing, by attending lectures in the different\ncenters of the Kt�J.la consciousness movement, where topics of Kt�J.la\n\nfrom Bhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam are discussed, they will be\n\npurified of their sinful inclination for constant indulgence in illicit sex,\nmeat-eating, intoxication and gambling, which have all become prominent in modern days. Thus they can be raised to the status of light.\n\nPuTJya-srava�-kirtana�. Simply by joining the kirtana-Hare Kt�J.la,\n\nHare Kt�J.la, Kt�J.la Kt�J.la, Hare Hare/ Hare llama, Hare llama, llama\n\nllama, Hare Hare-and by hearing about Kt�J.la from Bhagavad-gita,\n\none must be purified, especially if he also takes prasiida. This is all going\non in the Kt�J.la consciousness movement.\n\nAnother specific description here is srrJvan bhagavato 'bhi/cy�m\navatara-kathamrtam. It is not that because one has once finished\nBhagavad-gita he should not hear it again. The word abhi/cyrJam is very\n\nimportant. We should hear again and again. There is no question of stopping: even if one has read these topics many times, he should go on read­\n\ning again and again because bhagavat-katha, the W<?rds spoken by Kt�J.la\n\nand spoken by Kt�J.la's devotees about Kt�J.la, are amrtam, nectar. The\nmore one drinks this amrtam, the more he advances in his eternal life.\n\nThe human form of life is meant for liberation, but unfortunately,\n\ndue to the influence of Kali-yuga, every day the grhasthas are working\nhard like asses. Early in the morning they rise and travel even a hundred\nmiles away to earn bread. Especially in the Western countries, I have\nseen that people awaken at five o'clock to go to offices and factories to\nearn their livelihood. People in Calcutta and Bombay also do this every\nday. They work very hard in the office or factory, and again they spend\nthree or four hours in transportation returning home. Then they retire at\nten o'clock and again rise early in the morning to go to their offices and\n\nfactories. This kind of hard labor is described in the sastras as the life of\n\npigs and stool-eaters. Nayarit deho deha-bhajam nrloke �!an kaman\n\narhate vU}.-bhujam ye: \"Of all living entities who have accepted material\n\nbodies in this world, one who has been awarded this human form should\nnot work hard day and night simply for sense gratification, which is\navailable even for dogs and hogs that eat stool.\" (Bhag. 5.5.1) One must\n\nfind some time for hearing Srimad-Bhagavatam and\n\nBhagavad-gita.\n\nThis is Vedic culture. One should work eight hours at the most to earn\nhis livelihood, and either in the afternoon or in the evening a householder should associate with devotees to hear about the incarnations of\n\n", "SB7.3#p0173": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n146\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 14\n\nKr�1.1a and His activities and thus be gradually liberated from the\nclutches of maya. However, instead of finding time to hear about Kr�J.la,\nthe householders, after working hard in offices and factories, find time to\ngo to a restaurant or a club where instead of hearing about Kr�J.la and His\nactivities they are very much pleased to hear about the political activities\nof demons and nondevotees and to enjoy sex, wine, women and meat and\nin this way waste their time. This is not grhastha life, but demoniac life.\nThe Kr�1.1a consciousness movement, however, with its centers all over\nthe world, gives such fallen and condemned persons an opportunity to\nhear about Kr�J.la.\nIn a dream we form a society of friendship and love, and when we\nawaken we see that it has ceased to exist. Similarly, one's gross society,\nfamily and love are also a dream, and this dream will be over as soon as\none dies. Therefore, whether one is dreaming in a subtle way or a gross\nway, these dreams are all false and temporary. One's real.business is to\nunderstand that one is soul (aham brahmasmi) and that his activities\nshould therefore be different. Then one can be happy.\n\nbrahma-bhiita/:t prasannatma\nna socati na karik$ati\nsama/:t saroe�u bhiite�u\nmad-bhaktim labhate param\n\"One who is transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme\nBrahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments nor desires to have\nanything; he is equally disposed toward all living entities. In that state he\nattains pure devotional service unto Me.\" (Bg.\n\n18.54) One who is\n\nengaged in devotional service can very easily be liberated from the\ndream of materialistic life.\nTEXTS\n\n�q1ijh{t � � � qf�: I\nFffil � q;r � ;reri �� II \"\\ II\nyavad-artham upasino\ndehe gehe ca par:u)ita/:t\n\n", "SB7.3#p0174": "Text 5]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n147\n\nvirakto raktavat tatra\nnr-loke naratam nyaset\n\nyavat-artham-as much endeavor for one's livelihood as necessary;\n\nupasina�-earning; dehe-in the body; gehe-in family matters; ca­\n\nalso; par:u)ita�-one who is learned; virakta�-not at all attached;\n\nrakta-vat-as if very much attached; tatra-in this; nr-loke-human\n\nsociety; naratam-the human form of life; nyaset-one should depict.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile working to earn his livelihood as much as necessary to\nmaintain body and soul together, one who is actually learned\nshould live in human society unattached to family affairs , although\nexternally appearing very much attached.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is the picture of ideal family life. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nasked Ramananda Raya about the goal of life, Ramananda Raya described\n\nit in different ways, according to the recommendations of the revealed\nscriptures, and finally Sri Ramananda Raya explained that one may stay\n\nin his own position, whether as a brahma\"(Ul, a sudra, a sannyasi or what­\n\never, but one must try to inquire about life's gval (athato brahma­\n\njijnasa). This is the proper utilization of the human form of life. When\n\none misuses the gift of the human form by unnecessarily indulging in\n\nthe animal propensities of eating, sleeping, mating and defending and\n\ndoes not try to get out of the clutches of maya, which subjects one to\n\nrepeated birth, death, old age and disease, one is again punished by being\n\nforced to descend to the lower species and undergo evolution according to\n\nthe laws of nature. Prakrte� kriyamar)iin i gu\"(Uli� karmar:ti sarva§a�.\n\nBeing completely under the grip of material nature, the living entity\nmust evolve again from the lower species to the higher species until he at\nlast returns to human life and gets the chance to be freed from the ma­\n\nterial clutches. A wise man, however, learns from the sastras and guru\nthat we living entities are all eternal but are put into troublesome conditions because of associating with different modes under the laws of ma­\n\nterial nature. He therefore concludes that in the human form of life he\n\n", "SB7.3#p0175": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n148\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l4\n\nshould not endeavor for unnecessary necessities, but should live a very\nsimple life, just maintaining body and soul together. Certainly one requires some means of livelihood, and according to one's van:rn and\nasrama this means of livelihood is prescribed in the sastras. One should\nbe satisfied with this. Therefore, instead of hankering for more and more\nmoney, a sincere devotee of the Lord tries to invent some ways to earn\nhis livelihood, and when he does so Kr!?Qa helps him. Earning one's\nlivelihood, therefore, is not a problem. The real problem is how to get\nfree from the bondage of birth, death and old age. Attaining this\nfreedom, and not inventing unnecessary necessities, is the basic principle\nof Vedic civilization. One should be satisfied with whatever means of life\ncomes automatically. The modern materialistic civilization is just the opposite of the ideal civilization. Every day the so-called leaders of modern\nsociety invent something contributing to a cumbersome way of life that\nimplicates people more and more in the cycle of birth, death, old age and\ndisease.\nTEXT6\n\nftt'RI�:\n\nmr0 � �: �s� I\nq��fa:�s��la'fl�6�: II� II\njMtaya� pitarau putrii\nbhriitara� suhrdo 'pare\nyad vadanti yad icchanti\nciinumodeta nirmama�\njiiiitaya�-relatives,\n\nfamily\n\nmother; putrii�-children;\napare\n\n-\n\nmembers;\n\npitarau\n\nbhriitara�-brothers;\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nfather\n\nand\n\nsuhrda�-friends;\n\nand others; yat-whatever; vadanti-they suggest (in regard to\n\none's means of livelihood); yat\n\n-\n\nwhatever; icchanti-they wish; ca­\n\nand; anumodeta-he should agree; nirmama�-but without taking\nthem seriously.\nTRANSLATION\nAn intelligent man in human society should make his own\n\nprogram of activities very simple. If there are suggestions from his\n\n", "SB7.3#p0176": "Ideal Family Life\n\nText 7)\n\n149\n\nfriends, children, parents, brothers or anyone else, he should externally agree, saying, \"Yes, that is all right,\" but internally he\nshould be determined not to create a cumbersome life in which the\npurpose of life will not be fulfilled.\n\ndivyam blutuTTULm ciintarik$am\nvittam acyuta-nirmitam\ntat sarvam upayufijiina\netat kuryiit svato budlut}:£\ndivyam-easily\n\nobtained\n\nbecause\n\nblutuTTULm-obtained\n\nfrom\n\nthe\n\niintarik$am-obtained\n\nby\n\nchance;\n\nof\n\nrainfall\n\nmines\n\nand\n\nvittam-all\n\nfrom\n\nthe\n\nsea;\n\nthe\n\nsky;\n\nca-and;\n\nproperty;\n\nacyutanirmitam-created by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tat-those\nthings; sarvam-all; upayufijiina-utilizing (for all human society or all\nliving beings);\n\netat-this\n\n(maintaining\n\nbody\n\nand soul together);\n\nkuryiit-one must do; svata}:l,-obtained of itself, without extra endeavor; budlut}:l,-the intelligent person.\nTRANSLATION\nThe natural products created by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead should be utilized to maintain the bodies and souls of all\nliving entities. The necessities of life are of three types: those produced from the sky [from rainfall], from the earth [from the\nmines, the seas or the fields), and from the atmosphere [that which\nis obtained suddenly and unexpectedly).\nPURPORT\nWe living entities in different forms are all children of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, as confirmed by the Lord in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(14.4):\n\n", "SB7.3#p0177": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n150\n\n(Canto 7, Ch.l4\n\nsaroa-yon�u kaunteya\nmilrtaya/.t sambhavanti ya/.t\ntasaril brahma mahad-yonir\naham bija-prada/.t pita\n\"It should be understood that all species of life, 0 son of Kunti, are made\n\npossible by birth in this material nature, and that I am the seed-giving\n\nfather.\" The Supreme Lord, i(r�J;La, is the father of all living entities in\n\ndifferent species and forms. One who is intelligent can see that all living\n\nentities in the 8,400,000 bodily forms are part of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead and are His sons. Everything within the material and\n\nspiritual worlds is the property of the Supreme Lord (iSavasyam idam\n\nsaroam), and therefore everything has a relationship with Him. Srila\n\nRupa Gosviimi says in this regard:\n\nprapancikataya buddhya\nhari-sambandhi-vastuna/.t\nmumu�ubhi/.t parityago\nvairiigyaril phalgu kathyate\n••One\n\nwho\n\nrejects\n\nanything\n\nwithout\n\nknowledge\n\nship to i(r�Q.a is incomplete in his renunciation.\"\n\nof\n\nits\n\nrelation­\n\n(Bhakti-rasamrta­\n\nsindhu 1.2.256) Although Mayavadi philosophers say that the material\n\ncreation is false, actually it is not false; it is factual, but the idea that\n\neverything belongs to human society is false. Everything belongs to the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, for everything is created by Him. All\n\nliving entities, being the Lord's sons, His eternal parts and parcels, have\n\nthe right to use their father's property by nature's arrangement. As\n\nstated in the Upan�ads, tena tyaktena bhunjitha rna grdha/.t kasya svid\n\ndhanam. Everyone should be satisfied with the things allotted him by the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; no one should encroach upon another's\nrights or property.\n\nIn Bhagavad-gita it is said:\n\nannad bhavanti bhutani\nparjanyad anna-sambhava/.t\nyajnad bhavati parjanyo\nyajna/.t karma-samudbhava/.t\n\n", "SB7.3#p0178": "Text\n\n8]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n151\n\n\"All living bodies subsist on food grains, which are produced from rains.\nRains are produced by performance of yajiia [sacrifice], and yajiia is\nborn of prescribed duties.\" (Bg.\n\n3.14) When food grains are sufficiently\n\nproduced, both animals and human beings can be nourished without difficulty for their maintenance. This is nature's arrangement. Prakrte/:t\n\nkriyamiif}iini gurJai/:t karmiir:ti sarva.Sa/:t. Everyone is acting under the influence of material nature, and only fools think they can improve upon\nwhat God has created. The householders are specifically responsible for\nseeing that the laws of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are maintained, without fighting between men, communities, societies or nations.\nHuman society should properly utilize the gifts of God, especially the\nfood grains that grow because of rain falling from the sky. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii, yajnad bhavati parjanya/:t. So that rainfall will be reguYajiias were pre­\n\nlated, humanity should perform yajiias, sacrifices.\n\nviously performed with offerings of oblations of ghee and food grains,\nbut in this age, of course, this is no longer possible, for the production of\nghee and food grains has diminished because of the sinful life of human\nsociety. However, people should take to l(r�I}.a consciousness and chant\n\nmantra, as recommended in the siistras (yajiiai/:t\nsmikirtana-prayair yajanti hi sumedhasa/:t). If people throughout the\n\nthe Hare l(r�I}.a\n\nworld take to the l(r�I}.a consciousness movement and chant the easy\nsound vibration of the transcendental name and fame of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, there will be no scarcity of rainfall; consequently food grains, fruits and flowers will be properly produced, and all\nthe necessities of life will be easily obtained. Grhasthas, or householders,\nshould take the responsibility for organizing such natural production. It\nis therefore said, tasyaiva heto/:t prayateta kovida/:t. An intelligent person\nshould try to spread l(r�I}.a consciousness through the chanting of the\nholy name of the Lord, and all the necessities of life will automatically\nfollow.\nTEXTS\n\n�Cfi{ ��iii������ I\n��sf��«� ��ifij II �II\nyavad bhriyeta jathararh\ntiivat svatvarh hi dehiniim\n\n", "SB7.3#p0179": "152\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 14\n\nadhikam yo 'bhimanyeta\nsa steno dar:ufam arhati\nyavat-as much as; bhriyeta-may be filled; jatharam-the stomach;\ntavat-that much; svatvam-proprietorship; hi-indeed; dehinam-of\nthe living entities; adhikam-more than that; ya?t-anyone who;\na bhimanyeta-may\n\naccept;\n\nsa?t-he;\n\nstena?t-a\n\nthief;\n\ndar:ufam­\n\npunishment; arhati-deserves.\nTRANSLATION\nOne may claim proprietorship to as much wealth as required to\n\nmaintain body and soul together, but one who desires proprietor­\n\nship over more than that must be considered a thief, and he\ndeserves to be punished by the laws of nature.\n\nPURPORT\nBy God's favor we sometimes get large quantities of food grains or\nsuddenly receive some contribution or unexpected profit in business. In\nthis way we may get more money than needed. So, how should that be\nspent? There is no need to accumulate money in the bank merely to in­\n\ncrease one's bank balance. Such a mentality is described in Bhagavadgita (16.13) as asuric, demoniac.\nidam adya maya labdham\n\nimam prapsye manoratham\nidam astidam api me\nbhav�yati punar dhanam\n\"The demoniac person thinks, 'So much wealth do I have today, and I\nwill gain more according to my schemes. So much is mine now, and it\nwill increase in the future, more and more.' \" The asura is concerned\nwith how much wealth he has in the bank today and how it will increase\ntomorrow, but unrestricted accumulation of wealth is not permitted\neither by the sastra or, in the modern age, by the government. Actually,\nif one has more than one requires for his necessities, the extra money\nshould be spent for Kr�Q.a. According to the Vedic civilization. it should\n\n", "SB7.3#p0180": "Text 8]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n153\n\nall be given to the K{�Qa consciousness movement, as ordered by the\nLord Himself in Bhagavad-gita (9.27):\n\nyat kar0$i yad aSniisi\n\nyaj juho�i dadiis yat\n\nyat tapasyasi kaunteya\n\ntat ku�va mad-arpar:wm\n\n\"0 son of Kunti, all that you do, all that you eat, all that you offer and\n\ngive away, as well as all austerities that you may perform, should be done\n\nas an offering unto Me.\" Grhasthas should spend extra money only for\nthe K{�Qa consciousness movement.\n\nThe grhasthas should give contributions for constructing temples of\n\nthe Supreme Lord and for preaching of Srimad Bhagavad-gita, or _Kr�Qa\nconsciousness, all over the world. Srr:tvan bhagavato 'bhi�r:wm avatarakatha\"f!lrtam. In the sastras\n\n-\n\nthe Purar:tas and other Vedic literatures­\n\nthere are so many narrations describing the transcendental activities of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, and everyone should hear them\n\nagain and again. For example, even if we read the entire Bhagavad-gitil\n\nevery day, all eighteen chapters, in each reading we shall find a new explanation. That is the nature of transcendental literature. The K{�Qa consciousness movement therefore affords one an opportunity to spend his\nextra earnings for the benefit of all human society by expanding _Kr�Qa\nconsciousness. In India especially we see hundreds and thousands of temples that were constructed by the wealthy men of society who did not\nwant to be called thieves and be punished.\nThis verse is very important. AB stated here, one who accumulates\nmore money than needed is a thief, and by the laws of nature he will be\npunished. One who acquires more money than necessary becomes\ndesirous of enjoying material comforts more and more. Materialists are\ninventing so many artificial necessities, and those who have money,\nbeing allured by such artificial necessities, try to accumulate money to\npossess more and more. This is the idea of modern economic development. Everyone is engaged in earning money, and the money is kept in\nthe bank, which then offers money to the public. In this cycle of activities, everyone is engaged in getting more and more money, and\ntherefore the ideal goal of human life is being lost. Concisely, it may be\n\n", "SB7.3#p0181": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n154\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l4\n\nsaid that everyone is a thief and is liable to be punished. Punishment by\nthe laws of nature takes place in the cycle of birth and death. No one dies\nfully satisfied by the fulfillment of material desires, for that is not possible. Therefore at the time of one's death one is very sorry, being unable\nto fulfill his desires. By the laws of nature one is then offered another\nbody to fulfill his unsatisfied desires, and upon taking birth again, accepting another material body, one voluntarily accepts the threefold miseries of life.\nTEXT9\n\nI\n'I··ij��•l+i�:\n�: �����i�ll�ll\nmrgo�!ra-khara-markakhusarisrp khaga-ma�illii �\niitmana� putravat pa.Syet\ntair e�iim antararh kiyat\nU§!ra-camels;\n\nkhara-asses;\n\nmarka-monkeys;\n\narisrp-snakes;\n\nkhaga-birds;\n\nma�ikii� -ffies;\n\nmrga-deer;\nakhu-mice;\n\ns\n\niitmana�-of one's self; putra-vat-like the sons; pa.Syet-one should\nsee; tai�-with those sons; e�am-of these animals; antaram-difference; kiyat-how little.\nTRANSLATION\nOne should treat animals such as deer, camels, asses, monkeys,\n\nmice, snakes, birds and Hies exactly like one's own son. How little\n\ndifference there ac tually is between children and these innocent\nanimals.\n\nPURPORT\nOne who is in Kr!?I).a consciousness understands that there is no difference between the animals and the innocent children in one's home.\nEven in ordinary life, it is our practical experience that a household dog\nor cat is regarded on the same level as one's children, without any envy.\nLike children, the unintelligent animals are also sons of the Supreme\n\n", "SB7.3#p0182": "Text 10]\n\n155\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\nPersonality of Godhead, and therefore a l(r�1;1a conscious person, even\nthough a householder, should not discriminate between children and\npoor animals. Unfortunately, modern society has devised many means\nfor killing animals in different forms of life. For example, in the\nagricultural fields there may be many mice, flies and other creatures that\ndisturb production, and sometimes they are killed by pesticides. In this\nverse, however, such killing is forbidden. Every living entity should be\nnourished by the food given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nHuman society should not consider itself the only enjoyer of all the properties of God; rather, men should understand that all the other animals\nalso have a claim to God's property. In this verse even the snake is mentioned, indicating that a householder should not be envious even of a\nsnake. If everyone is fully satisfied by eating food that is a gift from the\nLord, why should there be envy between one living being and another?\nIn modern days people are very much inclined toward communistic ideas\nof society, but we do not think that there can be any better communistic\nidea than that which is explained in this verse of Snmad-Bhiigavatam.\nEven in the communistic countries the poor animals are killed without\nconsideration, although they also should have the right to take their\nallotted food with which to live.\nTEXT 10\n\n�ir iflRit��ul ·�I\n�� t{¥.(1�� tM(cilqqlfa.c:t'( II� II\no\n\ntri-vargam niitikrcchref.Ul\nbhajeta grha-medhy api\nyathii-desam yathii-kiilam\nyavad-daivopapaditam\ntri-vargam-three principles, namely religiosity, economic development and sense gratification; na-not; ati-krcchref.Ul-by very severe\nendeavor; bhajeta-should execute; grha-medhr-a person interested\nonly in family life; api-although; yathii-desam-according to the\nplace; yathii-kiilam-according to the time; yavat-as much as; daivaby the grace of the Lord; upapaditam-obtained.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0183": "156\n\nSrUnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven if one is a householder rather than a brahmaciiri, a\n\nsannyasi or a viinaprastha, one should not endeavor very hard for\nreligiosity, economic development or satisfaction of the senses.\n\nEven in householder life, one should he satisfied to maintain body\nand soul together with whatever is available with minimum en­\n\ndeavor, according to place and time, by the grace of the Lord. One\n\nshould not engage oneself in ugra-karma.\nPURPORT\n\nIn human life there are four principles to be fulfilled-dhanna,\n\nartha, kama and mok§a (religion, economic development, sense gratifica­\n\ntion, and liberation). First one should be religious, observing various\nrules and regulations, and then one must earn some money for\nmaintenance of his family and the satisfaction of his senses. The\nmost important ceremony for sense gratification is marriage because sexual intercourse is one of the principal necessities of the material body.\nYan maithuniidi-grhamedhi-sukham hi tuccham. Although sexual inter­\n\ncourse is not a very exalted requisite in life, both animals and men require some sense gratification because of material propensities. One\nshould be satisfied with married life and not expend energy for extra\nsense gratification or sex life.\nAs for economic development, the responsibility for this should be en­\n\ntrusted mainly to the vaiSyas and grhasthas. Human society should be\n\ndivided into van:z,as and iiSramas-brahmar:m, k§atriya, vaiSya, sudra,\n\nbrahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa. Economic develop­\n\nment is necessary for grhasthas. Brahmar:m grhasthas should be satisfied\n\nwith a life of adhyayana, adhyapana, yajana and yajana-being\nlearned scholars, teaching others to be scholars, learning how to worship\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�I).u, and also teaching others\n\nhow to worship Lord Vi�I).u, or even the demigods. A brahmar:m should\ndo this without remuneration, but he is allowed to accept charity from a\n\nperson whom he teaches how to be a human being. As for the k§atriyas,\n\nthey are supposed to be the kings of the land, and the land should be dis­\n\ntributed to the vaiSyas for agricultural activities, cow protection and\n\ntrade. Sudras must work; sometimes they should engage in occupational\n\n", "SB7.3#p0184": "Text\n\nll]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n157\n\nduties as cloth manufacturers, weavers, blacksmiths, goldsmiths, brasssmiths, and so on, or else they should engage in hard labor to produce\nfood grains.\nThese are the different occupational duties by which men should earn\ntheir livelihood, and in this way human society should be simple. At the\npresent moment, however, everyone is engaged in technological advancement, which is described in Bhagavad-gitii as ugra-ka rma-ex\n\n­\n\ntremely severe endeavor. This ugra-karma is the cause of agitation\nwithin the human mind. Men are engaging in many sinful activities and\nbecoming degraded by opening slaughterhouses, breweries and cigarette\nfactories, as well as nightclubs and other establishments for sense enjoyment. In this way they are spoiling their lives. In all of these activities, of\ncourse, householders are involved, and therefore it is advised here, with\nthe use of the word api, that even though one is a householder, one\nshould not engage himself in severe hardships. One's means of livelihood\nshould be extremely simple. As for those who are not grhasthas-the\n\nbrahmaciiris, viinaprasthas and sannyiisiS-they don't have to do anything but strive for advancement in spiritual life. This means that three\nfourths of the entire population should stop sense gratification and\nsimply be engaged in the advancement of Kr�Q.a consciousness. Only one\nfourth of the population should be grhastha, and that should be according to laws of restricted sense gratification. The grhasthas, viinaprasthas,\n\nbrahmaciiriS and sannyiisiS should endeavor together with their total energy to become Kr�Q.a conscious. This type of civilization is called daiva­\n\nvanJiiSrama. One of the objectives of the Kr�Q.a consciousness movement\nis to establish this daiva-varr:uJ.Srama, but not to encourage so-called\n\nvanJiiS rama without scientifically organized endeavor by human society.\nTEXT ll\n\n3T1+.11Etl ijs;Huf�\"lf:\n\n..\n\n��I\n31�€fii'11�'4W\\l � � (Cl�CI�(I �: II t �II\nii.Sviighiinte 'vasayibhyab,\nkiimiin sariwibhajed yathii\napy ekiim iitmano diiriim\nn�iim svatva-graho yatab,\n\n", "SB7.3#p0185": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n158\n\n(Canto 7, Ch.l4\n\na-even up to; sva-the dog; agha-sinful animals or living entities;\nante avasayibhya�-unto the car_u!alas, the lowest of men (dog-eaters\nand hog-eaters); kaman-the necessities of life; sariwibhajet-should\ndivide; yatha-as much as (deserved); api-even; ekam-one;\natmana�-own; daram-the wife; nr�m-of the people in general;\nsvatva-graha�-the wife is accepted as being identical with one's self;\nyata�-because of which.\nTRANSLATION\nDogs, fallen persons and untouchables, including ca:r_t«;fiilas (dog­\n\neaters], should all be maintained with their proper necessities,\n\nwhich should be contributed by the householders. Even one's wife\n\nat home, with whom one is most intimately attached, should be\n\noffered for the reception of guests and people in general.\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough in modern society the dog is accepted as part of one's household paraphernalia, in the Vedic system of household life the dog is untouchable; as mentioned here, a dog may be maintained with proper\nfood, but it cannot be allowed to enter one's house, what to speak of the\nbedroom. Outcastes or untouchable car_u!alas should also be provided\nwith the necessities for life. The word used in this connection is yatha,\nwhich means \"as much as deserved.\" The outcastes should not be given\nmoney with which to indulge in more than they need, for otherwise they\nwill misuse it. At the present moment, for example, low-class men are\ngenerally paid quite amply, but instead of using their money to cultivate\nknowledge and advance in life, such low-class men use their extra money\nfor wine-drinking and similar sinful activities. As mentioned in\nBhagavad-gita\n\n(4.13),\n\ncatur-varr:tyarh\n\nmaya\n\nsr�!arh\n\ngu7_U1-karma­\n\nvibhiiga5a�: there must be four divisions of human society according to\nthe work and qualities of men. Men with the lowest qualities cannot do\nany work that requires higher intelligence. However, although such a\ndivision of men must exist according to their quality and work, it is suggested herewith that everyone must have the necessities of life. The communists of the present day are in favor of supplying the necessities of life\nto everyone, but they consider only the human beings and not the lower\nanimals. The Bhiigavatam 's principles are so broad, however, that it\n\n", "SB7.3#p0186": "Ideal Family Life\n\nText 12]\n\n159\n\nrecommends that the necessities of life be supplied to everyone, man or\nanimal, regardless of good or bad qualities.\nThe idea of giving even one's wife to the service of the public is that\none's intimate relationship with his wife, or one's excessive attachment\nfor his wife, by which one thinks his wife to be his better half or to be\nidentical with himself, must gradually be given up. As formerly suggested, the idea of ownership, even of one's family, must be abandoned.\nThe dream of material life is the cause of bondage in the cycle of birth\nand death, and therefore one should give up this dream. Consequently,\nin the human form of life one's attachment for his wife should be given\nup, as suggested herein.\nTEXT 12\n\n���SilUll�lf! � fqij{ �I\nm�f�lfhr��umnmr: ������\njahyad yad-arthe sviin priil}iin\nhanyiid vii pitararil gurum\ntasyiiril svatvaril striyaril jahyiid\nyas tena hy ajito jita/:t\njahyiit-one may give up; yat-arthe-for whom; soon-one's own;\npriil}iin-life; hanyiit-one may kill; vii-or; pitaram-the father;\ngurum-the teacher or spiritual master; tasyiim-unto her; sootvamownership; striyam-unto the wife; jahyat-one must give up; ya/:tone who (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); tena-by him; hi-indeed; ajita/;-cannot be conquered; jita/;-conquered.\nTRANSLATION\nOne so seriously considers one's wife to be his own that he\nsometimes kills himself for her or kills others, including even his\nparents or his spiritual master or teacher. Therefore if one can\ngive up his attachment to such a wife, he conquers the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who is never conquered by anyone.\nPURPORT\n\nEvery husband is too much attached to his wife. Therefore, to give up\none's connection with his wife is extremely difficult, but if one can\n\n", "SB7.3#p0187": "160\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavauuu\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.14\n\nsomehow or other give it up for the service of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, then the Lord Himself, although not able to be conquered by\nanyone, comes very much under the control of the devotee. And if the\nLord is pleased with a devotee, what is there that is unobtainable? Why\nshould one not give up his affection for his wife and children and take\nshelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead? Where is the loss of anything material? Householder life means attachment for one's wife,\nwhereas sannyiisa means detachment from one's wife and attachment to\nKr��a.\nTEXT 13\n\ntfllfit._444f;m� � � 4i��(4( I\nf1Ht{t�d�t4l�t ttil�¥41�1 wt�@R: II����\nkrmi-vU;l-bhasma-ni§!hdntam\nkvedam tuccham kalevaram\nkva tadiya-ratir bhdrya\nkvayam atma nabhaS-chadi}:t\nkrmi-insects, germs;\n\nvi!-stool; bhasma-ashes; ni§!ha-attach­\n\nment; antam-at the end; kva-what is; idam-this (body); tucchamvery insignificant; kalevaram-material tabernacle; kva-what is that;\ntadiya-rati}:t-attraction for that body; bhdrya-wife; kva ayam-what\nis the value of this body; atma-the Supreme Soul; nabha}:t-chadi/:tall-pervading like the sky.\nTRANSLATION\nThrough proper deliberation, one should give up attraction to\nhis wife's body because that body will ultimately be transformed\ninto small insects, stool or ashes. What is the value of this insignificant body? How much greater is the Supreme Being, who is allpervading like the sky?\nPURPORT\nHere also, the same point is stressed: one should give up attachment\nfor his wife-or, in other words, for sex life. If one is intelligent, he can\n\n", "SB7.3#p0188": "Text 14]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n161\n\nthink of his wife's body as nothing but a lump of matter that will\nultimately be transformed into small insects, stool or ashes. In different\nsocieties there are different ways of dealing with the human body at the\ntime of the funeral ceremony. In some societies the body is given to the\nvultures to be eaten, and therefore the body ultimately turns to vulture\nstool. Sometimes the body is merely abandoned, and in that case the body\nis consumed by small insects. In some societies the body is immediately\nburned after death, and thus it becomes as�es. In any case, if one intelligently considers the constitution of the body and the soul beyond it, what\nis the value of the body? Antavanta ime dehii nityasyoktab, saririiJ-llb-:\nthe body may perish at any moment, but the soul is eternal. If one gives\nup attachment for the body and increases his attachment for the spirit\nsoul, his life is successful. It is merely a matter of deliberation.\nTEXT 14\n\nm:t4,,'4Rit�: +tqfF!: tR1¥4t�-w: 1\n� � �iii19'Sil�t: �41 ¥4�tfl444td:_ II� \\lll\nsiddhair yajiii:va.S�!(irthaib,\nkalpayed vrttim atmanab,\nse$e svatvam tyajan prajiiab,\npadavim mahatam iyat\nsiddhaib,-things obtained by the grace of the Lord; yajiid-avaS�!aarthaib,-things obtained after a sacrifice is offered to the Lord or after\nthe recommended paiica-silnd yajiia is performed; kalpayet -one\nshould consider; vrttim-the means of livelihood; atmanab,-for the\nself; se$e-at the end; svatvam-so-called proprietorship over one's\nwife, children, home, business and so on; tyajan-giving up; prajiiab,those who are wise; padavim-the position; mahatam-of the great personalities who are fully satisfied in spiritual consciousness; iyat -should\nachieve.\nTRANSLATION\nAn intelligent person should be satisfied with eating prasida\n[food offered to the Lord] or with performing the five different\n\n", "SB7.3#p0189": "162\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.14\n\nkinds of yajfta [paiica-sftni]. By such activities, one can give up attachment for the body and so-called proprietorship with reference\nto the body. When one is able to do this, he is finnly fixed in the\nposition of a mahatma.\nPURPORT\nNature already has an arrangement to feed us. By the order of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, there is an arrangement for eatables\nfor every living entity within the 8,400,000 forms of life. Eko bahuniim\nyo vidadhati kaman. Every living entity has to eat something, and in fact\nthe necessities for his life have already been provided by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. The Lord has provided food for both the\nelephant and the ant. All living beings are living at the cost of the\nSupreme Lord, and therefore one who is intelligent should not work very\nhard for material comforts. Rather, one should save his energy for advancing in Kr!?Q.a consciousness. All created things in the sky, in the air,\non land and in the sea belong to the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nand every living being is provided with food. Therefore one should not\nbe very much anxious about economic development and unnecessarily\nwaste time and energy with the risk of falling down in the cycle of birth\nand death.\nTEXT 15\n\nCoctl-rftwt � N�wtl�lwt+t;<:t«_ l\n(Citit4ltlijf?t�wt •'- � � 11�'-\\11\n...\n\ndevan r�in nr-bhutani\npittn iitmanam anvaham\nsva-vrttyagata-vittena\nyajeta puT\"ZL!jam prthak\ndeviin-unto the demigods; r�m-unto the great sages; nr-unto\nhuman society; bhiltani-unto the living entities in general; pittn-unto\nthe forefathers; iitmanam-one's self or the Supreme Self; anvahamdaily; sva-vrttya-by one's means of livelihood; agata- vittena - money\nthat automatically comes; yajeta-one should worship; puT\"ZL!jam-the\nperson situated in everyone's heart; prthak - separately.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0190": "Ideal Family Life\n\nText 16]\n\n163\n\nTRANSLATION\nEvery day, one should worship the Supreme Being who is situated in everyone's heart, and on this basis one should separately\nworship the demigods, the saintly persons, ordinary human beings\nand living entities, one's forefathers and one's self. In this way one\nis able to worship the Supreme Being in the core of everyone's\nheart.\nTEXT 16\n\n�Gk+t;flsNEfiiOQt:.�: �il(ij+q�: I\n�(ld�tM RN;n atftl(t?uP{;u � 11 ��II\nyarhy atmarw 'dhikiiradya/.1.\nsarva/.1. syur yajiia-sampada/.1.\nvaitanikena vidhina\nagni-hotradina yajet\nyarhi-when;\n\na.tmana/.1.-of one's self;\n\nadhikii ra-a.dya/.1.-things\n\npossessed by him under full control; sarro/.1.-everything; syu/.1.-becomes; yajiia-sampada/.1.-paraphernalia for performing yajiia, or the\nmeans for pleasing the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vaitanikenawith authorized books that direct the performance of yajiia; vidhinaaccording\n\nto\n\nregulative principles;\n\nagni - hotra-adina by offering\n-\n\nsacrifices to the fire, etc.; yajet-one should worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen one is enriched with we8lth and knowledge which are\nunder his full control and by means of which he can perform yajiia\nor please the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one must perform\nsacrifices, offering oblations to the fire according to the directions\nof the sastras. In this way one should worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nIf a grhastha, or householder, is sufficiently educated in Vedic knowledge and has become sufficiently rich to offer worship to please the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, he must perform yajiias as directed by\n\n", "SB7.3#p0191": "164\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.14\n\nthe authorized scriptures. Bhagavad-gita (3.9) clearly says, yajfiiirthat\n\nkarmai)O 'nyatra loko 'yam karma-bandhana/:t: everyone may be\n\nengaged in his occupational duties, but the result of these duties should\nbe offered for sacrifice to satisfy the Supreme Lord. If one is fortunate\nenough to possess transcendental knowledge as well as the money with\nwhich to perform sacrifices, one must do it according to the directions\n\ngiven in the siistras. It is said in Srimad-Bhagavatam (12.3.52):\n\nkrte yad dhyayato v�r:turh\ntretayarh yajato makhai/:t\ndvapare paricaryayarh\nkalau tad dhari-kirtaniit\nThe entire Vedic civilization aims at satisfying the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. This was possible in Satya-yuga by meditation upon the\nSupreme Lord within the core of one's heart and in Treta-yuga by the\nperformance of costly yajfias. The same goal could be achieved in\n\nDvapara-yuga by worship of the Lord in the temple, and in this age of\n\nKali one can achieve the same goal by performing salikirtana-yajiia.\n\nTherefore one who has education and wealth must use them to satisfy the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead by helping the sarikirtana movement\n\nthat has already begun-the Hare Kr�Qa movement, or Kr�Qa consciousness movement. All educated and wealthy persons must join this movement, since money and education are meant for service to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. If money and education are not engaged in the\nservice of the Lord, these valuable assets must be engaged in the service\n\nof maya. The education of so-called scientists, philosophers and poets is\n\nnow engaged in the service of maya, and the wealth of the rich is also\n\nengaged in maya's service. The service of maya, however, creates a\n\nchaotic condition in the world. Therefore the wealthy man and the educated man should sacrifice their knowledge and opulence by dedicating\n\nthem for the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord and joining this salikirtana\nmovement (yajiiai/:t sarikirtana-prayair yajanti hi sumedhasal:t}.\nTEXT\n\n17\n\n� �·��t\"(14�itiffli, I\n� (Fftn Uji;:tt'\" Rsta4 �: II� \\911\n\nit vfil��\n\n", "SB7.3#p0192": "Text 17]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n165\n\nna hy agni-mukhato ymn vai\nbhagavan saroa-yajiia-bhuk\nijyeta havi$a rajan\nyatha vipra-mukhe hutai/:1,\nna-not; hi-indeed; agni-fire; mukhata/:1,-from the mouth or the\n\nflames; ayam-this; vai-certainly; bhagavan-Lord Sri l(r�Qa; sarva­\n\nyajiia bhuk-the enjoyer of the results of all kinds of sacrifices; ijyetais worshiped; havi$a-by offering of clarified butter; rajan-0 King;\nyatha-as much as; vipra-mukhe-through the mouth of a brahmar:w,;\nhutai/:1,-by offering him first-class food.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri ��J.la, is the enjoyer\nof sacrificial offerings. Yet although His Lordship eats the oblations offered in the fire, my dear King, He is still more satisfied\nwhen nice food made of grains and ghee is offered to Him through\nthe mouths of qualified hrahm8J.las.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gua (3.9), yajiiarthat karmaTJO 'nyatra loko\nyam karma-bandhana/:1,: all fruitive activities should be performed for\n\nsacrifice, which should he directed toward pleasing l(r�Qa. As stated\n\nelsewhere in Bhagavad-gua (5.29), bhoktaram yajiia-tapasam sarva­\n\nloka-mahesvaram: He is the Supreme Lord and enjoyer of everything.\n\nHowever, although sacrifice may he offered to please l(r�Qa, He is more\n\npleased when grains and ghee, instead of being offered in the fire, are\n\nprepared as prasada and distributed, first to the brahmar:w,s and then to\nothers. This system pleases l(r�Qa more than anything else. Furthermore,\n\nat the present time there is very little chance to offer sacrifices by pour­\n\ning oblations of food grains and ghee into the fire. Especially in India,\n\nthere is practically no ghee; for everything that should he done with\n\nghee, people use a certain type of oil preparation. Oil, however, is never\n\nrecommended for offering in a sacrificial fire. In Kali-yuga, the available\n\nquantity of food grains and ghee is gradually diminishing, and people are\nembarrassed that they cannot produce sufficient ghee and food grains.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0193": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n166\n\n(Canto 7, Ch.14\n\nUnder the circumstances, the Sdstras enjoin, yajiiai/:1. sarikirtana prayair\n-\n\nyajanti hi sumedhasa/:1.: in this age, those who are intellectual offer\nyajiia, or perform sacrifices, through the sarikirtana movement. Everyone should join the sarikirtana movement, offering to the fire of this\nmovement the oblations of his knowledge and riches. In our sarikirtana\nmovement, or Hare �!?I;ta movement, we offer sumptuous prasada to the\nDeity and later distribute the same prasada to the brahmar:ws, the\nVai!?I;tavas and then to the people in general. �!?I;ta's prasada is offered\nto the brahmar:ws and Vai!?I;tavas, and the prasada of the brahmar:ws and\nVai!?Qavas is offered to the general populace. This kind of sacrificechanting of the Hare �!?I;ta mantra and distribution of prasada-is the\nmost perfect and bona fide way of offering sacrifice for the pleasure of\nYajiia, or Vi!?QU.\nTEXT 18\n\n� liltlllot«o�! ¥t�ita:s �: 1\nW: ••a��;i �' ..,..au-.� 11 t ���\ntasmiid brahmar:w-deve$u\nmartyadi$u yatharhata/:1.\ntais tai/:1. kamair yajasvainarh\nk$etra-jiiam brahma7Jijn anu\ntasmat-therefore; brahmar:w-deve$u-through the brahmar:ws and\nthe demigods; martya-adi$u-through ordinary human beings and other\nliving entities; yatha arhata/:1.-according to your ability; tai/:1. tai/:1.-\n\nwith all those; kamai/:1.-various objects of enjoyment such as sumptuous\nfood, flower garlands, sandalwood paste, etc.; yajasva-you should worship; enam-this; k$etra jiiam-Supreme Lord situated in the hearts of\n-\n\nall beings; brahma7Jijn-the brahmar:ws; anu-after.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, my dear King, first offer prasida unto the brahmai;J.as\n\nand the demigods, and after sumptuously feeding them you may\ndistribute prasida to other living entities acco rding to your ability.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0194": "Ideal Family Life\n\nText 19]\n\n167\n\nIn this way you will he able to worship all living entities-or, in\nother words, the supreme living entity within every living entity.\nPURPORT\n\nTo distribute prasada to all living entities, the process is that we must\nfirst offer prasada to the brahrruu:tas and the V ai�l)avas, for the demigods\nare represented by the brahrrtar:ws. In this way the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, who is situated in everyone's heart, will be worshiped. This\nis the Vedic system of offering prasiida. Whenever there is a ceremony\nfor distribution of\n\nprasada,\n\nthe prasiida is offered first to the\n\nbrahrrta1Jas, then to the children and old men, then to the women, and\nthen to animals like dogs and other domestic animals. When it is said that\nNariiyaQ.a, the Supreme Being, is situated in everyone's heart, this does\nnot mean that everyone has become Nariiyal)a or that a particular poor\nman has become Nariiyal)a. Such a conclusion is rejected herein.\nTEXT 19\n\n�((q�qajW 'llfu � �: I\n� � � � fit:qttlillt�ll\nkuryiid apara-pak§iyarit\nmasi praW}tha-pade dvija}J,\nsraddharit pitror yatha-vittarit\ntad-bandhilniirit ca vittavan\nkuryat-one should perform; apara-pak§iyam-during the fortnight\nof the dark moon; masi-in the month of Asvina (October-November);\npraW}!ha-pade-in the month of Bhadra (August-September); dvijaiJ,-twiceborn; sriiddham-oblations; pitro}J,-unto the forefathers;\nyatha-vittam-according to one's means of income; tat-bandhilniim\nca-as well as relatives of forefathers; vitta-van-one who is sufficiently\nrich.\nTRANSLATION\nA brahma�a who is sufficiently rich must offer oblations to the\nforefathers during the dark-moon fortnight in the latter part of\nthe month of Bhiid.ra. Similarly, he should offer oblations to the\n\n", "SB7.3#p0195": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n168\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l4\n\nrelatives of the forefathers during the mahiilayii ceremonies in the\n\nmonth of Asvina.*\n\nTEXTS 20-23\n\n� � � �Jlqi� �wtttit I\n'*t�l\"�q(lt � ii\\IG>�i � � II� oil\nq<i\\�1�1 �qif Wf'4¥qlifq � I\n'qijij�Sqtt!\"'� � ftrftR ijtfl II�� II\nitA� RRI� ifE41(1\\ifil('('mlt I\n� �� � ���trilf«<' 11��11\nG:IG>'4ttl'l�(llill ��� �: I\nf�� � Gf�J;j(Oitfltl�... II�� II\nayane �uve kuryiid\nvyatipdle dina-k$aye\ncandriidityoparage ca\ndvadaSyam sravalJ.e§U ca\ntrtiyayam sukla-pak$e\nnammyam atha kartike\ncatasr§v apy a§!akiisu\nhemante siSire tatha\nmaghe ca sita-saptamyam\nmagha-raka-samagame\nrakaya canumatya ca\nmiisark$ar:ti yutany api\ndvadaSyam anuriidha syac\nchramr:tas tisra uttara/:t\ntisn;v ekadaSi viisu\njanmark$a-sror:ta-yoga-yuk\n*The mahalaya festivals are observed on the fifteenth day of the dark fortnight of the\nmonth of Asvina and mark the last day of the Vedic lunar year.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0196": "Text 23]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n169\n\nayane-on the day when the sun begins to move north, or Makarasailkranti, and on the day when the sun begins to move south, or\nKarkata-sailkranti; v�uve-on the Me�a-saiikranti and on the Tulasailkranti; kuryiit-one should perform; ryatipate-in the yoga named\nVyatipata; dina-�aye-on that day in which three tithis are combined;\ncandra-aditya-uparage-at the time of the eclipse of either the moon or\nthe sun; ca-and also; dvada.Syam srava�$u-on the twelfth lunar day\nand in the na�atra named Srava.Q.a; ca-and; trtiyiiyiim-on the\nAk�aya-t:rtiya day; sukla-pa�e-in the bright fortnight of the month;\nnavamyiim-on the ninth lunar day; atha-also; kiirtike-in the month\nof Kartika (October-November); catasr$u-on the four; api-also;\na$!akiisu-on the �takas; hemante-before the winter season; siSirein the winter season; tathii-and also; maghe-in the month of Magha\n(January-February); ca-and; sita-saptamyiim-on the seventh lunar\nday of the bright fortnight; maghii-riikii-samagame-in the conjunction\nof Magha-na�atra and the full-moon day; riikaya-with a day of the\ncompletely full moon; ca-and; anumatya-with a full-moon day when\nthe moon is slightly less than completely full; ca-and; miisa-r�ii�Jithe na�atras that are the sources of the names of the various months;\nyutiini-are conjoined; api-also; dviidaSyiim-on the twelfth lunar\nday; anuradhii-the nak$atra named Anuradha; syiit-may occur;\nsrava�Jary-the na�atra named Srava.Q.a; tisrary-the three (na�atras);\nuttariiry-the na�atras named Uttara (Uttara-phalguni, Uttara�aQ.ha and\nUttara-bhadrapada); tisr$u-on three; ekiidaSi-the eleventh lunar day;\nvii-or; iisu-on these; janma-r�a-of one's own janma-na�atra, or\nbirth star; sro�Ja-of Srava.Q.a-na�atra; yoga-by a conjunction; yukhaving.\nTRANSLATION\nOne should perform the sriddha ceremony on the Makara­\n\nsailkrinti (the day when the sun hegins to move north] or on the\n\nKarkata-sailkrinti (the day when the sun hegins to move south].\n\nOne should also perform this ceremony on the Me�-sailkrinti day\n\nand the Tuli-sarik.rinti day, in the yoga named Vyatipita, on that\n\nday in which three lunar tithis are conjoined, during an eclipse of\n\neither the moon or the sun, on the twelfth lunar day, and in the\n\nSrav�a-nak�atra. One should perform this ceremony on the\nAk�aya-tfliyi day, on the ninth lunar day of the bright fortnight of\n\n", "SB7.3#p0197": "170\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 14\n\nthe month of Kartika, on the four ��as in the winter season and\ncool season, on the seventh lunar day of the bright fortnight of the\nmonth of Magha, during the conjunction of Magha-nak�atra and\nthe full-moon day, and on the days when the moon is completely\nfull, or not quite completely full, when these days are conjoined\nwith the nak�atras from which the names of certain months are\nderived. One should also perform the sriddha ceremony on the\ntwelfth lunar day when it is in conjunction with any of the\nnak�atras named Anuradha, Sravm;ta, Uttara-phalguni, Ut�4ha\nor Uttara-bhiidrapadii. Again, one should perform this ceremony\nwhen the eleventh lunar day is in conjunction with either Uttaraphalguni, Uttar.c;lha or Uttara-bhiidrapadii. Finally, one should\nperform this ceremony on days conjoined with one's own birth\nstar Uanma-nak�tra] or with SravaJ;la-nak�atra.\nPURPORT\nThe word ayana means \"path\" or \"going.\" The six months when the\nsun moves toward the north are called uttarayaTJ-CL, or the northern path,\nand the six months when it moves south are called dalcyi1}iiyana, or the\nsouthern path. These are mentioned in Bhagavad-gita (8.24-25). The\nfirst day when the sun begins to move north and enter the zodiacal sign\nof Capricorn is called Makara-sankranti, and the first day when the sun\nbegins to move south and enter the sign of Cancer is called Karka�asankranti. On these two days of the year, one should perform the\n\nsraddha ceremony.\nVi�uva, or Vi�uva-sankranti, means Me�a-sankranti, or the day on\nwhich the sun enters the sign Aries. Tula-sankranti is the day on which\nthe sun enters the sign Libra. Both of these days occur only once within a\nyear. The word yoga refers to a certain relationship between the sun and\nmoon as they move in the sky. There are twenty-seven different degrees\nof yoga, of which the seventeenth is called Vyatipata. On the day when\nthis occurs, one should perform the sraddha ceremony. A tithi, or lunar\nday, consists of the distance between the longitude of the sun and that of\nthe moon. Sometimes a tithi is less than twenty-four hours. When it\nstarts after sunrise on a certain day and ends before the sunrise of the\nfollowing day, the previous tithi and the following tithi both \"touch\" the\n\n", "SB7.3#p0198": "Text 24]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n171\n\ntwenty-four-hour day between the sunrises. This is called tryaha-sparsa,\n\nor a day touched by some portion of three tithis.\n\nSrila Jiva Gosvami has given quotations from many sastras stating that\n\nthe sraddha ceremony of oblations to the forefathers should not be per­\n\nformed on Ekadasi tithi. When the tithi of the death anniversary falls on\nthe Ekadasi day, the sraddha ceremony should be held not on Ekadasi\n\nbut on the next day, or dvadaSi. In the Brahma-vaivarta Purar:w it is\nsaid:\n\nye kurvanti mahipiila\n\nsraddham caikiida.Si-dine\n\ntrayas te narakam yanti\n\ndata bhokta ca preraka�\n\nIf one performs the sriiddha ceremony of oblations to the forefathers on\n\nthe Ekadasi tithi, then the performer, the forefathers for whom the\n\nsriiddha is observed, and the purohita, or the family priest who encourages the ceremony, all go to hell.\n\nTEXT 24\nij � �: Clil�\n\n� ��: I\n\n� ij'�f�'4Wl�! Witsm� �If: II� \\ill\nta ete sreyasa� kala\n\nnr�m sreyo-vivardhanii�\n\nkuryat sarviitmanaite�u\n\nsreyo 'rrwgham tad-a�a�\n\nte-therefore; ete-all these (descriptions of astronomical calcula­\n\ntions); sreyasa�-of auspiciousness; kiila�-times; nr�m-for human\n\nbeings; sreya�-auspiciousness; vivardhanii�-increase; kuryiit-one\nshould perform;\n\nsarva-atmanii-by other activities (not only the\n\nsriiddha ceremony);\nauspiciousness;\n\nete�u-in\n\narrwgham-and\n\nay�a�-of the duration of life.\n\nthese\n\n(seasons);\n\nsuccess;\n\ntat-of\n\nsreya�-(causing)\na\n\nhuman being;\n\n", "SB7.3#p0199": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n172\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll of these seasonal times are considered extremely auspicious\n\nfor humanity. At such times, one should perform all auspicious ac­\n\ntivities, for by such activities a human being attains success in his\n\nshort duration of life.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen one comes to the human form of life through natural evolution,\none must then take the responsibility for further progress. As stated in\nBhagavad-gitii (9.25), yiinti deva-vratii deviin: one who worships the\ndemigods can be promoted to their planets. Yanti mad-yajino 'pi miim:\nand if one practices devotional service to the Lord, he goes back home,\nback to Godhead. In the human form of life, therefore, one is meant to\nact auspiciously in order to return home, back to Godhead. Devotional\nservice, however, does not depend on material conditions. Ahaituky\napratihatii. Of course, for those who are engaged in fruitive activities on\nthe material platform, the times and seasons mentioned above are extremely congenial.\n\ne�u sniinam japo lwmo\nvratam deva-dvijarcanam\npitr-deva-nr-bhutebhyo\nyad dattam tad dhy ana.Svaram\ne�u-in all these (seasonal times); sniinam-bathing in the Ganges,\nYamuna or any other sacred places; japab,-chanting; homab,-performing fire sacrifices; vratam-executing vows; deva-the Supreme Lord;\ndvija-arcanam-worshiping the briihmaTJO.S or Vai�Qavas; pitr-unto\nthe forefathers;\n\ndeva-demigods;\n\nnr-human\n\nbeings in\n\ngeneral;\n\nbhiltebhyab,-and all other living entities; yat-whatever; dattamoffered; tat-that; hi-indeed; ana.Svaram-permanently beneficial.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0200": "Text 26]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n173\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring these periods of seasonal change, if one bathes in the\nGanges, in the Yamuna or in another sacred place, if one chants,\noffers fire sacrifices or executes vows, or if one worships the\nSupreme Lord, the brihmaJ]as, the forefathers, the demigods and\nthe living entities in general, whatever he gives in charity yields a\npermanently beneficial result.\nTEXT 26\n.\n\n'\"'\n\n('(Wil«i� ilfttntn 3£��1�4iwt(ij'f1 I\n\n�<t4E\"'t ll<IT�IJ\n\nd�� WfJ ����II\n\nsamskara-kalo jayaya\napatyasyiitmanas tathii\npreta-samsthii mrtaha.S ca\nkarmar:ty abhyudaye nrpa\namsk ara-kii la/:t-at the proper time indicated for Vedic reformatory\nperformances; jayaya/:t-for the wife; apatyasya-for the children;\niitmana/:t-and one's own self; tathii-as well as; preta-samsthiifuneral ceremonies; mrta-aha/:t-annual death ceremonies; ca-and;\nkarmar:ti -of fruitive activity; ab hyuda ye-for furtherance; nrpa-0\nKing.\ns\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Yudhi�!hira, at the time prescribed for reformatory\nritualistic ceremonies for one's self, one's wife or one's children,\nor during funeral ceremonies and annual death ceremonies, one\nmust perform the auspicious ceremonies mentioned above in\norder to flourish in fruitive activities.\nPURPORT\nThe Vedas recommend many ritualistic ceremonies to be performed\nwith one's wife, on the birthdays of one's children, or during funeral\nceremonies, and there are also personal reformatory methods like initiation. These must be observed according to time and circumstances and\n\n", "SB7.3#p0201": "SrUnad-Bhagavabun\n\n174\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 14\n\nthe directions of the sastra. Bhagavad-gitti strongly recommends, jootva\nsastra-vidhiinoktam: everything must be performed as indicated in the\nsastras. For Kali-yuga, the sastras enjoin that sarikirtana-yajna be performed always: kirtaniya/:£ sadii hari}:£. All the ritualistic ceremonies\nrecommended in the sastras must he yreceded and followed by\nsarikirtana. This is the recommendation of Srila ]iva Gosvami.\nTEXTS 27-28\n\nc.�u\"*'�m � 1\n'if����: � � � 11�\\911\n\n3N\n\nfirM( +t•tCiffl\n\neci���(l:q( 1\n\n�\n\n;mror� �q)Htn��� ������\n\n� '\n\natha destin pravak§ytimi\ndharmiidi-sreya-tivahiin\nsa vai puiJyatamo desa/:t\nsat-patram yatra labhyate\nbimbam bhagavato yatra\nsarvam etac cariicaram\nyatra ha brtihma�JU-kulam\ntapo-vidyti-daytinvitam\natha-thereafter; destin-places;\ndharma-iidi-religious\n\npravak§ytimi-I shall describe;\n\nperformances,\n\netc.;\n\nsreya-auspiciousness;\n\ntivahii.n-which can bring; sa/:£-that; vai-indeed; puiJya-tama}:£-the\n\nmost sacred; desa/:t-place; sat-patram-a Vai�Qava; yatra-wherein ;\nlabhyate-is\n\navailable;\n\nbimbam-the\n\nDeity\n\n(in\n\nthe\n\ntemple);\n\nbhagavata}:£-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (who is the support); yatra-where; sarvam etat-of this entire cosmic manifestation;\ncara-acaram-with all the moving and nonmoving living entities;\nyatra-wherein;\nbrtihma�JUS;\n\nha-indeed;\n\ntapa/:£-austerities;\n\nanvitam-endowed with.\n\nbrtihma�JU-kulam-association\nvidyti-education;\n\nwith\n\ndayti-mercy;\n\n", "SB7.3#p0202": "Text 29]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n175\n\nTRANSLATION\nNarada Muni continued: Now I shall describe the places where\nreligious performances may be well executed. Any place where a\nV ai�folava is available is an excellent place for all auspicious activities. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the support of this\nentire cosmic manifestation, with all its moving and nonmoving\nliving entities, and the temple where the Deity of the Lord is installed is a most sacred place. Furthermore, places where learned\nbrahm�as observe Vedic principles by means of austerity, education and mercy are also most auspicious and sacred.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse it is indicated that a Vai:;;Qava temple where the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, �:;;Qa, is worshiped, and where V ai:;;Qavas are\nengaged in the service of the Lord, is the best sacred place for performing any religious ceremonies. At the present day, especially in big, big\ncities, people live in small apartments and are not able to establish a\nDeity or temple. Under the circumstances, therefore, the centers and\ntemples being established by the expanding �:;;Qa consciousness movement are the best sacred places for performing religious ceremonies. Although people in general are no longer interested in religious ceremonies\nor Deity worship, the �:;;Qa consciousness movement gives everyone the\nchance to advance in spiritual life by becoming �:;;Qa conscious.\nTEXT 29\n\n�����:���\n� •ttl�tl W{Q: � :q �: 11��11\nyatra yatra harer area\n\nsa desa� sreyasam padam\n\nyatra garigiidayo nadya�\n\npura7Je$U ea viSruta�\n\nyatra yatra-wherever; hare�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, �:;;Qa; area-the Deity is worshiped; sa�-that; desa�-place,\n\n", "SB7.3#p0203": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n176\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l4\n\ncountry or neighborhood; sreyasam-of all auspiciousness; padam-the\nplace; yatra-wherever; ganga-adaya�-like the Ganges, Yamuna,\nNarmada\n\nand\n\nKaveri;\n\nnadya�-sacred\n\nrivers;\n\nPuralJaS (supplementary Vedic literature);\n\npural}£�u-in\n\nthe\n\nca-also; viSruta�-are\n\ncelebrated.\nTRANSLATION\nAuspicious indeed are the places where there is a temple of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�l,;la, in which He is duly\n\nworshiped, and also the places where there flow the celebrated\nsacred rivers mentioned in the Puriil,;las, the supplementary Vedic\n\nliteratures. Anything spiritual done there is certainly very effec­\n\ntive.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are many atheists who oppose the worship of the Deity of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in the temple. In this verse, however, it\nis authoritatively stated that any place where the Deity is worshiped is\ntranscendental; it does not belong to the material world. It is also said\nthat the forest is in the mode of goodness, and therefore those who want\nto cultivate spiritual life are advised to go to the forest (vanam gato yad\ndharim asrayeta). But one should not go to the forest simply to live like a\nmonkey. Monkeys and other ferocious animals also live in the forest, but\na person who goes to the forest for spiritual culture must accept the lotus\nfeet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as shelter (vanam gato yad\ndharim asrayeta). One should not be satisfied simply to go to the forest;\none must take shelter of the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. In this age, therefore, since it is impossible to go to the forest\nfor spiritual culture, one is recommended to live in the temple community as a devotee, regularly worship the Deity, follow the regulative\nprinciples and thus make the place like Vaikm_l!ha. The forest may be in\ngoodness, the cities and villages in passion, and the brothels, hotels and\nrestaurants in ignorance, but when one lives in the temple community he\nlives in vaikm;t!ha. Therefore it is said here, sreyasam padam: it is the\nbest, most auspicious place.\nIn many places throughout the world we are constructing communities\nto give shelter to devotees and worship the Deity in the temple. The\nDeity cannot be worshiped except by devotees. Temple worshipers who\n\n", "SB7.3#p0204": "Text 33]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n177\n\nfail to give importance to the devotees are third class. They are kani$!haadhikiiris in the lower stage of spiritual life. AB it is said in SrimadBhiigavatam (11.2.47):\n\narcayam eva haraye\npujam ya/:t sraddhayehate\nna tad-bhakte$u canye$u\nsa bhakta/:t prakrta/:£ smrta/:£\n\"A person who is very faithfully engaged in the worship of the Deity in\nthe temple but does not know how to behave toward devotees or people in\n\ngeneral is called a prak rta bhakta, or kani$!ha-adhikiiri.\" Therefore, in\n-\n\nthe temple there must be the Deity of the Lord, and the Lord should be\nworshiped by the devotees. This combination of the devotees and the\nDeity creates a first-class transcendental place.\n\nAside from this, if a grhastha devotee worships the salagrama-silii, or\n\nthe form of the Deity at home, his home also becomes a very great place.\nIt was therefore customary for members of the three higher classes­\n\nthe brahmar:ws, k$atriyas and vaiSyas-to worship the\nsalagrama-sila, or a small Deity of Radha-Kr�Qa or Sita-Rama in each\nnamely\n\nand every home. This made everything auspicious. But now they have\ngiven up the Deity worship. Men have become modernized and are consequently indulging in all sorts of sinful activities, and therefore they are\nextremely unhappy.\nAccording\n\nto\n\nVedic\n\ncivilization, therefore,\n\nthe holy places\n\nof\n\npilgrimage are considered most sacred, and still there are hundreds and\nthousands of holy places like Jagannatha Puri, V�ndavana, Hardwar,\nRamesvara, Prayaga and Mathura. India is the place for worshiping or\nfor cultivating spiritual life. The Kr�Qa consciousness movement invites\neveryone from all over the world, without discrimination as to caste or\ncreed, to come to its centers and cultivate spiritual life perfectly.\nTEXTS 30-33\n\n� �(l<(lf.t �SII�G:tf�tl� I\n� fP-1�: �: �: ll�oll\n\n", "SB7.3#p0205": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n178\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 14\n\n�firf �;i �: st111«fSl.l �� I\n\ncfi(IUIQt 11�) � f.l.-�((6.qt II�� I I\nwtmtiOIT�� ;r� m61(1'f1��: I\n�: ������\n� ��� (I'SiritlwoS('fe\n� �6'fl � «��fflll lt I\n11\\61.-a.tal'l Fm(f �q�l'fl ��: I\n� �6: � �N��: 11��''\nsararilsi pU$karadini\nk$etrar:ty arhiiSritany uta\nkuruk$etrarh gaya-sira�\nprayaga� pulahiiSramn�\nnaimi$arh phalgunam setu�\nprabhaso 'tha ku5a-sthali\nviiriiTJUSi madhu-puri\npampa bindu-saras tatha\nniirayaTJiiSramo nanda\nsita-ramasramadaya�\nsaroe kulacalii rajan\nmnhendra-mnlayadaya�\nete pur:tyatama desa\nharer arcasritas ca ye\netan de§an ni$eveta\nsreyas-kamo hy abhik$7JU5a�\ndharmo hy atrehita� purilsarh\nsahasradhi-phalodaya�\nsararilsi-lak.es ;\n\npU$kara-adini-such as Pu!?kara; k$etrar:ti-sacred\n\nplaces {like Kuruk!?etra, Gayiik!?etra and Jagannatha Puri); arha-for\nworshipable, saintly persons; asritani-places of shelter; uta-celebrated; kuruk$etram-a particular sacred place (dharmn-k$etra); gaya­\n\nsira�-the place known as Gaya, where Gayasura took shelter of the\n\n", "SB7.3#p0206": "Ideal Family Life\n\nText 33]\n\n179\n\nlotus feet of Lord Vi�r;tu; prayaga�-Allahabad, at the confluence of the\ntwo sacred rivers Ganges and Yamuna; pulaha-asrama�-the residence\nof Pulaha Muni; naim�m-the place known as Naimi�iirar;tya (near\nLucknow); phalgunam-the place where the Phiilgu River flows;\nsetu�-Setubandha, where Lord Riimacandra constructed a bridge between India and Lanka; prabhasa�-Prabhasak�etra; atha-as well as;\nku.Sa-sthali-Dvaravati,\n\nor\n\nDvaraka;\n\noora�i-Benares;\n\nmadhu­\n\npuri-Mathura; pampa-a place where there is a lake called Pampa;\nbindu-sara�-the place where Bindu-sarovara is situated; tatlui-there;\nniiraya�-asrama�-known\n\nas\n\nBadarikasrama;\n\nnanda-the\n\nplace\n\nwhere the Nanda River flows; sita-rama-of Lord Riimacandra and\nmother Sita; asrama-adaya�-places of shelter like Citrakiita; sarveall (such places); kulacala�-hilly tracts of land; rajan-0 King;\nmahendra-known as Mahendra; malaya-adaya�-and others, like\nMalayacala;\n\nete-all\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\npu�ya-tama�-extremely\n\nsacred;\n\ndesa�-places; hare�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; arcaasrita�-places where the Deity of Radha-��Qa is worshiped (such as\nbig American cities like New York, Los Angeles and San Francisco, and\nEuropean cities like London and Paris, or wherever there are centers of\n��Qa consciousness); ca-as well as; ye-those which; etan destin-all\nthese countries; ni$eveta-should worship or visit; 8reya�-kama�-one\nwho desires auspiciousness; hi-indeed; abhi��a�-again and again;\ndharma�-religious activities; hi-from which; atra-in these places;\nihita�-performed; puritsam-of the persons;\n\nsahasra-adhi-more\n\nthan a thousand times; phala-udaya�-efiective.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sacred lakes like Pu�jkara and places where saintly persons\nlive, like Kuruk�jetra, Gayi, Prayiga, Pulahasrama, Naimiljirru_tya,\nthe banks of the Philgu River, Setuhandha, Prabhasa, Dvii.rak.i,\nVariii.J.asi,\n\nMathur&,\n\nPampa,\n\nBindu-sarovara,\n\nBadarikasrama\n\n[Narayru_tasrama], the places where the Nandi River flows, the\nplaces where Lord Ramacandra and mother Sita took shelter, such\n\nas Citrak.iita, and also the hilly tracts of land known as Mahendra\n\nand Malaya-all of these are to be considered most pious and\nsacred. Similarly, places outside India where there are centers of\nthe\n\n��a consciousness movement and where Radha-��a\n\n", "SB7.3#p0207": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n180\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l4\n\nDeities are worshiped must all be visited and worshiped by those\n\nwho want to be spiritually advanced. One who intends to advance\n\nin spiritual life may visit all these places and perform ritualistic\n\nceremonies to get results a thousand times better than the results\nof the same activities performed in any other place.\nPURPORT\nIn these verses and in verse twenty-nine, stress is given to one point:\n\nharer arcasritas ca ye or harer area, In other words, any place where the\n\nDeity of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is worshiped by devotees is\n\nmost significant. The Kr!?I).a consciousness movement is giving the\npopulation of the entire world a chance to take advantage of l(r�I).a con­\n\nsciousness through the ISKCON centers, where one may perform Deity\nworship and chant the Hare l(r!;>I).a mahii-mantra and in this way obtain\n\nresults with effectiveness increased a thousand times. This constitutes\n\nthe best welfare activity for human society. This was Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's mission as it was predicted by Him in the Caitanyabhiigavata (Antya 4.126):\nprthivite ache yata nagari.idi-grama\nsarvatra praciira haibe mora nama\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprahhu wanted the Hare l(r�I).a movement, with in­\n\nstalled Deities, to spread to every village and town in the world, so that\n\neveryone in the world might take advantage of this movement and be­\n\ncome all-auspicious in spiritual life. Without spiritual life, nothing is\nausptcwus.\n\nMoghasa\n\nmogha-karmar:w\n\nmogha-jnana\n\nvicetasab,\n\n(Bg. 9.12). No one can become successful in fruitive activities or specu­\n\nlative knowledge without being l(r!;>I).a conscious. As recommended in the\n\nsiistras, everyone should be very eagerly interested in taking part in the\nl(r�I).a consciousness movement and understanding the value of spiritual\n\nlife.\n\nTEXT 34\n\ntmf �sr f� � 'If�: q1stf?t�q: 1\n-� �� � � ������II\n\n", "SB7.3#p0208": "Text 34)\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n181\n\npatram tv atra niruktam vai\nkavibhi/:t patra-vittamai/:t\nharir evaika urviSa\nyan-mayam vai caracaram\npatram-the true person to whom charity must be given; tu-but;\natra-in the world; niruktam-decided; vai-indeed; kavibhi/:t-by\nlearned scholars; patra-vittamai/:t-who are expert in finding the actual\nperson to whom charity must be given; hari/:t-the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; eva-indeed; eka/:t-only one; urvi-iSa-0 King of the\nearth; yat-mayam-in whom everything is resting; vai-from whom\neverything is coming; cara-acaram-all that is moving or nonmoving\nwithin this universe.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King of the earth, it has been decided by expert, learned\n\nscholars that only the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr��a, in\nwhom all that is moving or nonmoving within this universe is resting and from whom everything is coming, is the best person to\nwhom everything must be given.\nPURPORT\nWhenever we perform some religious act in. terms of dharma, artha,\nkama and mo/cya, we must perform it according to the time, place and\nperson (kala, desa, patra). Narada Muni has already described the desa\n(place) and kala (time). The kala has been described in verses twenty\nthrough twenty-four, beginning with the words ayane vi§uve kuryad\nvyatipiite dina-/cyaye. And the places for giving charity or performing\nritualistic ceremonies have been described in verses thirty through\nthirty-three, beginning with sararilsi p�karadini /cyetraT_I.y arhaSritany\n\nuta. Now, to whom everything must be given is decided in this verse.\nHarir evaika urviSa yan-mayam vai caracaram. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, l(r�Qa, is the root of everything, and therefore He is\nthe best patra, or person, to whom everything must be given. In\n\nBhagavad-gita (5.29) it is said:\nbhoktaram yajna-tapasam\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\n\n", "SB7.3#p0209": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n182\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 14\n\nsuhrdam saroa-bhiltaniim\njfliitva miim santim rcchati\nIf one wants to enjoy real peace and prosperity, he should give everything to Kr�J;ta, who is the real enjoyer, real friend and real proprietor. It\nis therefore said:\n\nyatha taror mula-n�ecanena\ntrpyanti tat-skandha-bhujopa§akhaiJ,\npraTJOpaharac ca yathendriyal}iim\ntathaiva sarvarhar:wm acyutejya\n(Bhag. 4.31.14)\nBy worshiping or satisfying Acyuta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�J;ta, one can satisfy everyone, just as one can water the\nbranches, leaves and flowers of a tree simply by watering its root or as\none satisfies all the senses of the body by giving food to the stomach.\nTherefore, a devotee simply offers everything to the Supreme Personality of Godhead to receive the best results of charity, religious performances, sense gratification and even liberation (dharma, artha,\n\nkama, mok$a).\nTEXT 35\n\n�qf� � � ij;f ��� I\n���\n\n'RJ:\n\nqi'SI6�1��t: II ��II\n\ndeva�y-arhatsu vai satsu\ntatra brahmatmajad�u\nrajan yad agra-pujayam\nmatab, patratayacyutab,\ndeva-r�i-among the demigods and great saintly persons, including\narhatsu-the most venerable and worshipable per­\n\nNarada Muni;\n\nsonalities; vai-indeed; satsu-the great devotees; tatra-there (at the\nRajasiiya-yajiia); brahma-atma-jad�u-and the sons of Lord Brahmii\n(such as Sanaka, Sanandana, Sanat and Saniitana); rajan-0 King; yat-\n\n", "SB7.3#p0210": "Text 36]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n183\n\nfrom whom; agra-piljayam-the first to be worshiped; matab,-deci­\n\nsion; patrataya-selected as the best person to preside over the\n\nRajasiiya-yajiia; acyutab,-Kr!?Qa.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Yudhi�lhira, the demigods, many great sages and saints\nincluding even the four sons of Lord Brahma, and I myself were\npresent at your Rajasiiya sacrificial ceremony, but when there was\na question of who should be the first person worshiped, everyone\ndecided upon Lord �t;ta, the Supreme Person.\nPURPORT\nThis is a reference to the Rajasiiya sacrifice performed by Maharaja\n\nYudhil?thira. In that meeting there was a great turmoil over selecting the\nbest person to be worshiped first. Everyone decided to worship Sri Kr!?Qa.\n\nThe only protest came from Sisupala, and because of his vehement opposition he was killed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\njiva-rasibhir aki11.Ul\n\nar:u)a-ko§anghripo mahan\n\ntan-millatviid acyutejya\nsarva-jivatma -tarpaiJ.llm\njiva-rasibhib,-by millions and millions of living entities; aki17_U1b,­\n\nfilled up or spread over; ar:u)a-ko5a-the whole universe; anghripab,­\n\nlike a tree; mahan-very, very great; tat-millatvat-because of being\n\nthe root of this tree; acyuta-ijya-worship of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; sarva-of all; jiva-atma-living entities; tarpaiJ.llm-satisfac-\n\ntion.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe entire universe, which is full of living entities, is like a tree\nwhose root is the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nAcyuta\n\n", "SB7.3#p0211": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n184\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 14\n\n[��a]. Therefore simply by worshiping Lord Kr��a one can worship all living entities.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita (10.8) the Lord says:\n\naham saroasya prabhavo\nmattab, saroam pravartate\niti matvii bhajante miim\nbudhii bhiiva-samanvitab,\n\"I am the source of all spiritual and material worlds. Everything ema­\n\nnates from Me. The wise who perfectly know this engage in My devotional service and worship Me with all their hearts.\" People are very\nmuch anxious to give service to other living entities, especially to the\npoor, but although they have manufactured many ways to give such\nhelp, actually they are expert in killing the poor living entities. This sort\nof service or mercy is not recommended in the Vedic wisdom. As stated\n\nin a previous verse, it has been decided (niruktam) by expert saintly per­\n\nsons that Kr�Qa is the root of everything and that worshiping Kr�Qa is\nworshiping everyone, just as supplying water to the root of a tree means\nsatisfying all of its branches and twigs.\nAnother point is that this universe is full of living entities from top to\n\nbottom, on every planet �iva-rasibhir akirr:taM. Modern scientists and\nso-called scholars think that there are no living entities on planets other\n\nthan this one. Recently they have said that they have gone to the moon\n\nbut did not find any living entities there. But Srimad-Bhiigavatam and\nthe other Vedic literatures do not agree with this foolish conception.\n\nThere are living entities everywhere, not only one or two but jiva­\n\nrasibhib,\n\n-\n\nmany millions of living entities. Even on the sun there are liv­\n\ning entities, although it is a firey planet. The chief living entity on the\n\n(imam vivasvate yogam proktavan aham\natyayam). All the different planets are filled with different types of liv­\n\nsun is called Vivasvan\n\ning entities according to different living conditions. To suggest that only\nthis planet is filled with living entities and that others are vacant is\nfoolish. This betrays a lack of real knowledge.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0212": "Text 37]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n185\n\nTEXT 37\n\nS(ICR4itwt p -Af64•zfq�� : I\n� � � � � .mu�\\911\npurur:ty anena sr§!dni\nnr-tiryag-r§i-devatab,\nset e jivena ruper:ta\npure§u purU§O hy asau\npurdr:ti-residential places or bodies; anena-by Him (the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead); sf§!dni-among those creations; nr-man;\ntiryak-other than human beings (animals, birds, etc); r§i-saintly persons; devatab,-and demigods; sete-lies down; jivena-with the living\nentities; ruper:ta-in the form of Paramatma; pure§u-within these residential places or bodies; purU§aft-the Supreme Lord; hi-indeed;\nasau-He (the Personality of Godhead).\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead has created many residential places like the bodies of human beings, animals, birds, saints\nand demigods. In all of these innumerable bodily forms, the Lord\nresides with the living being as Paramatmi. Thus He is known as\nthe puru�avatara.\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gua\n\n(18.61) it is said:\niSvarab, sarva-bhUtanam\nhrd-de5e 'rjuna ti§thati\nbhrurru1yan sarva-bhutani\nyantrariiljhani mayaya\n\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is\ndirecting the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a\nmachine, made of the material energy.\" The living entity, who is part\nand parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, exists on the mercy of\n\n", "SB7.3#p0213": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n186\n\n(Canto 7, Ch.l4\n\nthe Lord, who is always with him in any form of body. The living entity\ndesires a particular type of material enjoyment, and thus the Lord supplies him with a body, which is like a machine. Just to keep him alive in\nthat body, the Lord remains with him as the pun�a (�irodaka8ayi\nVi�:Q.u). This is also confirmed in Brahma-samhitii (5.35):\n\neko 'py asau racayitum jagad-aTJI)a-ko#m\nyac-chaktir asti jagad-ar.u;la-caya yad-anta/.t\nar:ujdntara-stha-paramii�:tu-cayantara-stham\ngovindam adi-pu�am tam aham bhajami\n\"I worship the Personality of Godhead, Govinda, who enters the exis­\n\ntence of every universe and every atom by one of His plenary portions\nand thus manifests His infinite energy throughout the material creation.\" The living entity, being part and parcel of the Lord, is known as\n}iva. The Supreme Lord pu�a remains with the }iva to enable him to\nenjoy material facilities.\nTEXT 38\n\n� ¥ftlqt;u�(iji� � I\n� qN ft � �lqlwtl€¥1 � \"�'\"\nte$v eva bhagaviin rajams\ntaratamyena vartate\ntasmiit patram hi purU$o\nyavan iitmii yatheyate\nte$u-among the different types of bodies (demigod, human, animal,\nbird, etc.); eva-indeed; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His Paramatma feature; rajan-0 King; tiiratamyena-comparatively, more or less; vartate-is situated; tasmiit-therefore;\npatram-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPerson;\n\nhi-indeed; pu�a/.t-Paramatma;\n\nyaviin-as far as; iitmii-the degree of understanding; yathii-development of austerity and penance; iyate-is manifest.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Yudhi�!hira, the Supersoul in every body gives intelli­\n\ngence to the individual soul according to his capacity for under-\n\n", "SB7.3#p0214": "Text 38]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n187\n\nstanding. Therefore the Supersoul is the chief within the body.\nThe Supersoul is manifested to the individual soul according to\nthe individual's comparative development of knowledge, austerity,\npenance and so on.\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gita (15.15) it is said, TTUlttal;. smrtir jfliinam apohanam\n\nca: the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His localized aspect gives in­\n\ntelligence to the individual soul as far as he is able to grasp it. Therefore\n\nwe find the individual soul in different high and low positions. A living\n\nentity with the body of a bird or beast cannot take instructions from the\n\nSupreme Soul as adequately as an advanced human being. Thus there are\n\ngradations of bodily forms. In human society, the perfect brahTTUlT_Ul is\nsupposed to be the most advanced in spiritual consciousness, and further\n\nadvanced than the brahTTUlr:ta is the Vail?I}.ava. Therefore the best persons\n\nare the Vail?I}.avas and Vi!?I}.U. When charity is to be given, one should\ntake instruction from Bhagavad-gita (17.20):\n\ndiitavyam iti yad diinam\ndiyate 'nupakiirir:te\ndese kale ca patre ca\ntad diinam sattvikam smrtam\n\"That gift which is given out of duty, at the proper time and place, to a\n\nworthy person, and without expectation of return, is considered to be\ncharity in the mode of goodness.\" One should give charity to the\n\nbrahTTUlT_UlS and Vail?I}.avas, for thus the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nwill be worshiped. In this connection, Srila Madhvacarya comments:\n\nbrahmadi-sthavarante$u\nna viSe$0 hare/;. kvacit\nvyakti-matra-viSe$eT_Ul\ntaratamyarh vadanti ca\nBeginning from Brahma down to the ant, everyone is conducted by the\nSu�rsoul (iSvaral;. sarva-bhiltanarh hrd-dese 'rjuna ti$!hati). But because of a particular person's advancement in spiritual consciousness, he\n\n", "SB7.3#p0215": "188\n\nSrunad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l4\n\nis considered to be important. Therefore, the brahmar:w Vai�I;tava is important, and, above all, the Supersoul, the Personality of Godhead, is the\nmost important personality.\nTEXT 39\n\nqt � tiNt -Ionqq\\(lwtlf¥t6f � I\niE�If':!l �t fiRN ��: im ����II\ndmva te$arh mitho nr�m\navajnaniitmatiim nrpa\ntretiidi$u harer area\nkriyayai kavibhi/:1- krta\ndmoo-after practically seeing; te$am-among the brahmar:uu; and\n\nVai�I;tavas; mitha/:1,-mutually; n�m-of human society; avajnana­\n\niitmatiim-the mutually disrespectful behavior; nrpa-0 King; tretaiidi$u-beginning from Treta-yuga; hare/:1,-of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead; area-the Deity worship (in the temple); kriyayai-for the\npurpose of introducing the method of worship; kavibhi/:1,-by learned\npersons; krta-has been done.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, when great sages and saintly persons saw\n\nmutually disrespectful dealings at the beginning of Treta-yuga,\n\nDeity worship in the temple was introduced with all paraphernalia.\nPURPORT\nAs it is said in Srimad-Bhagavatam (12.3.52):\n\nkrte yad dhyayato vi$1Jurh\ntretayam yajato makhai/:1dvapare pariearyayam\nkalau tad dhari-kirtanii t\n\"Whatever result one obtained in Satya-yuga by meditating on Vi�J;tu, in\nTreta-yuga by performing sacrifices and in Dvapara-yuga by serving the\n\n", "SB7.3#p0216": "Text 39]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n189\n\nLord's lotus feet one can also obtain in Kali-yuga simply by chanting the\n\nHare Kr!?r;ta mahii-mantra.\" In Satya-yuga, every person was spiritually\n\nadvanced, and there was no envy between great personalities. Gradually,\nhowever, because of material contamination with the advance of the\n\nages, disrespectful dealings appeared even among brahmaT)aS and\n\nVai!?r;tavas. Actually, an advanced Vai!?r;tava is to be respected more than\n\nVi!?r;tu. As stated in the Padma Purar:w, aradhananam sarve$iirh v�r:wr\naradhanam param: of all kinds of worship, worship of Lord Vi!?QU is the\n\nbest. Tasmat parataram devi tadiyanam samarcanam: and recom­\n\nmended more than worship of Vi!?QU is worship of the Vai!?r;tava.\n\nFormerly, all activities were performed in connection with Vi!?QU, but\n\nafter Satya-yuga there were symptoms of disrespectful dealings among\nVai!?r;tavas. Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura has said that a Vai!?r;tava is he\n\nwho has helped others become Vai!?r;tavas. An example of one who has\nconverted many others into Vai!?r;tavas is Narada Muni. A powerful\n\nVai!?r;tava who has converted others into Vai!?r;tavas is to be worshiped,\n\nbut because of material contamination, sometimes such an exalted\n\nVai!?r;tava is disrespected by other, minor Vai!?r;tavas. When great saintly\n\npersons saw this contamination, they introduced worship of the Deity in\n\nthe temple. This began in Treta-yuga and was especially prominent in\n\nDvapara-yuga (dvapare paricaryayam) . But in Kali-yuga, worship of the\n\nDeity is being neglected. Therefore chanting of the Hare Kr!?r;ta mantra is\n\nmore powerful than Deity worship. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu set a prac­\n\ntical example in that He did not establish any temples or Deities, but He\nprofusely introduced the saitkirtana movement. Therefore Kr!?r;ta con­\n\nsciousness preachers should give more stress to the saitkirtana move­\n\nment, especially by distributing transcendental literature more and\n\nmore. This helps the saitkirtana movement. Whenever there is a\n\npossibility to worship the Deity, we may establish many centers, but\ngenerally we should give more stress to the distribution of transcendental\n\nliterature, for this will be more effective in converting people to Kr!?r;ta\n\nconsciousness.\n\nIt is said in Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.47):\narcayam eva haraye\n\npujam ya/.t sraddhayehate\n\n", "SB7.3#p0217": "190\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 14\n\nna tad-bhakte$u canye$u\nsa bhakta/.t prakrta/.t smrta/.t\n\"A person who is very faithfully engaged in the worship of the Deity in\n\nthe temple but does not know how to behave toward devotees or people in\n\ngeneral is called a prakrta-bhakta, or kani§tha-adhikiiri.\" A prakrta de­\n\nvotee, or neophyte devotee, is still on the material platform. He certainly\n\nengages in worshiping the Deity, but he cannot appreciate the activities\n\nof a pure devotee. It has actually been seen that even an authorized devo­\n\ntee who is engaged in the service of the Lord by preaching the mission of\n\nKr!?l).a consciousness is sometimes criticized by neophyte devotees. Such\nneophytes are described by Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura: saroa­\n\nprarJ-i-sammiinaniisamarthaniim avajfiii spardhiidimatam tu bhagavatpratimaiva patram ity aha. For those who cannot properly appreciate the\n\nactivities of authorized devotees, Deity worship is the only way for spiritual advancement. In the Caitanya-caritamrta (Antya 7.11) it is clearly\n\nsaid, kT'$1_1,a-sakti vinii nahe tara pravartana: without being authorized by\nKr!?lJ. a, one cannot preach the holy name of the Lord throughout the entire world. Nevertheless, a devotee who does so is criticized by neophyte\n\ndevotees, kani§tha-adhikiiris , who are on the lower stages of devotional\n\nservice. For them, Deity worship is strongly recommended.\nTEXT 40\n\n6¢1�f � � �q (fq4�r I\naqf{{ij aqf((IN • ��'4&-41'( ll�o II\ntato 'rcayam harim kecit\nsartliraddhaya saparyaya\nupasata upastapi\nniirthadii pu�a-dvi§am\ntata/.t-thereafter; arcayam-the Deity; harim-who is the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead (the form of the Lord being identical with the\nLord); kecit-someone; sartliraddhaya-with great faith; saparyaya­\n\nand with the required paraphernalia; upasate-worships; upastii api-\n\n", "SB7.3#p0218": "Ideal Family Life\n\nText41]\n\n191\n\nalthough worshiping the Deity (with faith and regularity); na-not;\nartha-da-beneficial; pu�a-dv�am-for those who are envious of\nLord Vi�Qu and His devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes a neophyte devotee offers all the paraphernalia for\nworshiping the Lord, and he factually worships the Lord as the\nDeity, but because he is envious of the authorized devotees of Lord\nVi�l).u, the Lord is never satisfied with his devotional service.\nPURPORT\n\nDeity worship is especially meant for purifying the neophyte devotees.\nActually, however, preaching is more important. In Bhagavad-gita\n\n(18.69) it is said, na ca tasman man�ye$U kaScin me priya-krttama�: if\n\none wants to be recognized by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he\nmust preach the glories of the Lord. One who worships the Deity must\ntherefore be extremely respectful to preachers;\n\notherwise simply\n\nworshiping the Deity will keep one in the lower stage of devotion.\nTEXT41\n\n�fq � trnsi ;mroi fer{: I\n� �� �������U\\ltll\npu�e$V api rajendra\nsupatrarh brahmar:wm vidu�\ntapasa vidyaya t�tya\ndhatte vedam hares tanum\npu�e$u-among persons; api-indeed; raja-indra-0 best of kings;\nsu-patram-the best person; brahmar:wm-the qualified brahmar:w;\nvidu�-one should know; tapasa-due to austerity; vidyaya-education; t�tya-and satisfaction; dhatte-he assumes; vedam-the transcendental\n\nknowledge\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nVeda;\n\nhare�-of\n\nPersonality of Godhead; tanum-body, or representation.\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\n", "SB7.3#p0219": "Srimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n192\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l4\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, of all persons a qualified briihmm:ta must be accepted\n\nas\n\nthe best within this material world because such a\n\nbriihmm:ta, by practicing austerity, Vedic studies and satisfaction,\nbecomes the counterpart body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nFrom the Vedas we learn that the Personality of Godhead is the\nSupreme Person. Every living entity is an individual person, and the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Knn;ta, is the Supreme Person. A\nbrahmar:w who is well versed in Vedic knowledge and fully conversant\nwith transcendental matters becomes a representative of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, and therefore one should worship such a\nbrahmar:w or Vai�1.1ava. A Vai�1.1ava is superior to a brahmar:w because\nwhereas a brahmar:w �ows that he is Brahman, not matter, a Vai�1.1ava\nknows that he is not only Brahman but also an eternal servant of the\nSupreme Brahman. Therefore, worship of a Vai�1.1ava is superior to worship of the Deity in the temple. Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says,\n\ns�ad dharitvena samasta-sastrai!t: in all the scriptures the spiritual\nmaster, who is the best of the brahmar:ws, the best of the Vai�1.1avas, is\nconsidered to be as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This\ndoes not mean, however, that the Vai�1.1ava thinks himself God, for this is\n·\n\nblasphemous. Although a brahmar:wor Vai�1.1ava is worshiped as being as\ngood as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, such a devotee always\nremains a faithful servant of the Lord and never tries to enjoy the\nprestige that might accrue to him from being the Supreme Lord's representative.\nTEXT 42\n\n� ;m(Of1 (li&f;:fjjWI� lit'IIG\\I€4iwt: I\n\n�: ql(((�('l �ctif � � ll\\1 �II\nnanv asya brahmal}il rajan\nkr�r:wsya jagad-atmana!t\npunantaft pada-rajasa\ntri-lokirit daivatarit mahat\n\n", "SB7.3#p0220": "Text 42]\n\nIdeal Family Life\n\n193\n\nnanu-but; asya-by Him; brahrru:u:tiib,-the qualified brahma:r:tas;\n\nrajan-0 King; kr��ya-by Lord Kr�Q.a, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; jagat-atmanab,-who is the life and soul of the whole creation;\n\npunantab,-sanctifying; pada-rajasa-by the dust of their lotus feet;\n\ntri-lokim-the three worlds; daivatam-worshipable; mahat-most exalted.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Yudhi �thira, the brahm�as, especially those\nengaged in preaching the glories of the Lord throughout the entire world, are recognized and worshiped by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the heart and soul of all creation . The\nbrahm�as, by their preaching, sanctify the three worlds with the\ndust of their lotus feet, and thus they are worshipable even for\nKr�t.ta.\nPURPORT\n\nAs admitted by Lord Kr�I).a in Bhagavad-gita (18.69), na ca tasrrtiin\n\nman�ye�u kaScin me priya-krttamab,. The brahma� preach the cult of\n\nKr�Q.a consciousness all around the world, and therefore, although they\n\nworship Kr�I).a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Lord also rec­\n\nognizes them\n\nas\n\nworshipable. The relationship is reciprocal. The\n\nbrahma� want to worship Kr�I).a, and similarly Kr�I).a wants to worship\n\nthe brahma�. In conclusion, therefore, brahma� and Vai�Q.avas who\n\nare engaged in preaching the glories of the Lord must be worshiped by\n\nreligionists, philosophers and people in general. At the Rajasuya-yajiia of\n\nMaharaja Yudhi�!hira, many hundreds and thousands of brahma�\n\nwere present, yet Kr�I).a was selected to be worshiped first. Therefore,\n\nKr�I).a is always the Supreme Person, but by His causeless mercy He recognizes the brahma� as dearmost to Him.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Seventh Canto, Fourteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Ideal Family Life.\"\n\n", "SB7.3#p0221": "CHAPTER FIFTEEN\n\nInstructions for\nCivilized Human Beings\nThe summary of the Fifteenth Chapter is as follows. In the previous\n\nchapter, Sri Narada Muni proved the importance of the brahmar:m in\nsociety. Now, in this chapter, he will show the differences between different grades of brahmary,as. Among the brahmary,as, some are house­\n\nholders and are mostly attached to fruitive activities or the betterment of\n\nsocial conditions. Above them, however, are brahmary,as who are very\n\nmuch attracted by austerities and penances and who retire from family\n\nlife. They are known as vanaprastluts. Other brahmary,as are very much\n\ninterested in studying the Vedas and explaining the purport of the Vedas\n\nto others. Such brahmary,as are called brahmacari.s. And still other\n\nbrahmary,as are interested in different types of yoga, especially bhakti­\n\nyoga and jiiiina-yoga. Such brahmary,as are mostly sannyasi.s, members\n\nof the renounced order of life.\n\nAs far as householders are concerned, they engage in different types of\n\nscriptural activities, especially in offering oblations to their forefathers\nand giving as charity to other brahmary,as the paraphernalia engaged in\nsuch sacrifices. Generally the charity is given to sannyasi.s, brahmary,as in\n\nthe renounced order of life. If such a sannyasi is not available, the\n\ncharity is given to brahmar:m householders engaged in fruitive activities.\n\nOne should not make very elaborate arrangements to perform the\n\nsriiddha ceremony of offering oblations to one's forefathers. The best\n\nprocess for the sriiddha ceremony is to distribute bhagavata-prasada\n(remnants of food that has first been offered to l(r�I;la) to all of one's\n\nforefathers and relatives. This makes a first-class sriiddha ceremony. In\nthe sriiddha ceremony there is no need to offer meat or eat meat. Unnec­\n\nessary killing of animals must be avoided. Those who are in the lower\n\ngrades of society prefer to perform sacrifices by killing animals, but one\nwho is advanced in knowledge must avoid such unnecessary violence.\n\nBrahmary,as should execute their regulative duties in worshiping Lord\n\nVi�J;lu. Those who are advanced in knowledge of religious principles\n195\n\n", "SB7.3#p0222": "196\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nmust avoid five kinds of irreligion, known as vidharma, para-dharma,\ndharmabhasa, upadharma and chala-dharma. One must act according\nto the religious principles that suit his constitutional position; it is not\nthat everyone must adhere to the same type of religion. A general principle is that a poor man should not unnecessarily endeavor for economic\ndevelopment. One who refrains from such endeavors but who engages in\ndevotional service is most auspicious.\nOne who is not satisfied with the mind must fall to degradation. One\nmust conquer lusty desires, anger, greed, fear, lamentation, illusion,\nfright, unnecessary talks on material subjects, violence, the four miseries\nof material existence, and the three material qualities. That is the objective of human life. One who has no faith in the spiritual master, who is\nidentical with Sri }(r�t;ta, cannot get any benefit from reading siistra. One\nshould never consider the spiritual master an ordinary human being,\neven though the members of the spiritual master's family may think of\nhim as such. Meditation and other processes of austerity are useful only\nif they help in advancement toward }(r�t;ta consciousness; otherwise,\nthey are simply a waste of time and labor. For those who are not devotees, such meditation and austerity cause falldown.\nEvery householder should be very careful because even though a\nhouseholder may try to conquer the senses, he becomes a victim to the\nassociation of relatives and falls down. Thus a grhastha must become a\nvanaprastha or sannyasi, live in a secluded place, and be satisfied with\nfood gotten by begging from door to door. He must chant the omkiira\nmantra or Hare }(r�t;ta mantra, and in this way he will perceive transcendental bliss within himself. Mter taking sannyasa, however, if one\nreturns to grhastha life, he is called a vanUisi, which means \"one who\neats his own vomit.\" Such a person is shameless. A householder should\nnot give up the ritualistic ceremonies, and a sannyasf should not live in\nsociety. If a sannyasf is agitated by the senses, he is a cheater influenced\nby the modes of passion and ignorance. When one assumes a role in\ngoodness by starting philanthropic and altruistic activities, such activities\nbecome impediments on the path of devotional service.\nThe best process for advancing in devotional service is to abide by the\norders of the spiritual master, for only by his direction can one conquer\nthe senses. Unless one is completely l(r�Qa conscious, there is a chance of\nfalling down. Of course, in performing ritualistic ceremonies and other\nfruitive activities there are also many dangers at every moment. Fruitive\n\n", "SB7.3#p0223": "Text 1]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n197\n\nactivities have been divided into twelve portions. Because of performing\n\nfruitive activities, which are called the path of dharma, one has to accept\n\nthe cycle of birth and death, but when one takes the path of mo�a, or\n\nliberation, which is described in Bhagavad-gitii as arcanii-miirga, one\n\ncan get relief from the cycle of birth and death. The Vedas describe these\n\ntwo paths as pitr-yana and deva-yana. Those who follow the paths of\n\npitr-yana and deva-yana are never bewildered, even while in the ma­\n\nterial body. A monistic philosopher who gradually develops control of the\n\nsenses understands that the objective of all the different asramas, the\n\nstatuses of life, is salvation. One must live and act according to siistras.\n\nIf one who is performing the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies becomes a\n\ndevotee, even if he is a grhastha, he can receive the causeless mercy of\n\n.i(r�t;J.a. The objective of a devotee is to return home, back to Godhead.\n\nSuch a devotee, even though not performing ritualistic ceremonies, ad­\n\nvances in spiritual consciousness by the supreme will of the Personality\n\nof Godhead. One may actually become successful in spiritual conscious­\n\nness by the mercy of devotees, or one may fall from spiritual conscious­\n\nness by being disrespectful to devotees. In this regard, Narada Muni\nnarrated the history of how he had fallen from the Gandharva kingdom,\nhow he was born in a\n\nsildra family, and how by serving exalted\nbrahmary,as he become the son of Lord Brahma and was reinstated in his\n\ntranscendental position. Mter narrating all these stories, Narada Muni\npraised the mercy received from the Lord by the Pat;J.Qavas. Maharaja\n\nYudhi�thira, after hearing from Narada, become ecstatic in love of\n.i(r�t;J.a, and then Narada Muni left that place and returned to his own\n\nplace. Thus Sukadeva Gosvami, having described various descendants of\n\nthe daughters of Dak�a, ends the Seventh Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nTEXT 1\nPJfti:rrR�\n\nflhfifwlgt ft:�: �� �tilf.:lgr � 1\n��s;lf 5A� � !{lli\\ti)•r�l: II � II\nsri-niirada uviica\nkarma-n��hii dvijab, kecit\ntapo-n��hii nrpiipare\n\n", "SB7.3#p0224": "198\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nsvadhyaye 'nye pravacane\nkecana jiiiina-yogayo/.t\nsn-naradal_t uvaca-Narada Muni said; karrTUl-ni§!ha/.t-attached to\nritualistic ceremonies (according to one's social status as a brahmaT.UJ,\n�triya, vaiSya or sudra); dvi-ja/.t-the twiceborn (especially the\nbrahmaT.UJS); kecit-some; tapa /.t-ni§!ha/.t -very much attached to\nausterities and penances; nrpa-0 King; apare-others; svddhyaye-in\nstudying Vedic literature; anye-others; pravacane-delivering\nspeeches on Vedic literature; kecana-some; jfiiina-yogayol_t-in culturing knowledge and practicing bhakti-yoga.\nTRANSLATION\nNirada Muni continued: My dear King, some briih� are\n\nvery much attached to fruitive activities, some are attached to\nausterities and penances, and still others study the Vedic literature,\nwhereas some, although very few, cultivate knowledge and practice different yogas, especially bhakti-yoga.\nTEXT2\n\n(IIWWM$!P.. �·o�'l(�lwt�f't'ii§{tll\n\n� ='-f ij�¥U� �lft\\ij�+il) q¥-41�: II � II\njfiiina-ni§!haya deyani\nkavyany anantyam icchata\ndaive ca tad-abhave syad\nitarebhyo yatharhatal_t\njiiiina-ni§!haya-to the impersonalist or the transcendentalist desiring\nto merge into the Supreme; deyani-to be given in charity; kavydniingredients offered to the forefathers as oblations; dnantyam libera\ntion from material bondage; icchata-by a person desiring; daive-the\ningredients to be offered to the demigods; ca-also; tat-abhave-in the\nabsence of such advanced transcendentalists; sydt-it should be done;\nitarebhya/.t-to others (namely, those addicted to fruitive activities);\nyatha-arhatal_t -comparatively or with discrimination.\n-\n\n­\n\n", "SB7.3#p0225": "Text 2]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n199\n\nTRANSLATION\nA person desiring liberation for his forefathers or himself\nshould give charity to a br�a who adheres to impersonal\nmonism Unana-ni�tha]. In the absence of such an advanced\nbriihmat;�a, charity may be given to a briihm&t;l& addicted to fruitive\nactivities [karma-kiit;lc}a].\n\nPURPORT\nThere are two processes by which to get free from material bondage.\nOne involves jfidna-kli:TJ4a and karma-kiir.u)a, and the other involves\n\nupasana-kiir_u)a. Vai�1;1avas never want to merge into the existence of the\nSupreme; rather, they want to be everlastingly servants of the Lord to\nrender loving service unto Him. In this verse the words\n\niinantyam\nicchatii refer to persons who desire to achieve liberation from material\n\nbondage and merge into the existence of the Lord. Devotees, however,\nwhose objective is to associate personally with the Lord, have no desire\nto accept the activities of\n\nkarma-kiir_u)a or jfidna-kiir.u)a, for pure\nkarma-kiir.u)a and jfidna-kiir_u)a.\nAnyiibhila$itii-silnyam jfidna-karmiidy-anavrtam. In pure devotional\nservice there is not even a pinch of jfidna or karma. Consequently, when\nVai�Qavas distribute charity, they do not need to find a briihma1}11 performing the activities of jfidna-kiir.u)a or karma-kiir:uj.a. The best exam­\n\ndevotional service is above both\n\nple in this regard is provided by Advaita Gosvami, who, after performing\nthe\n\nsriiddha ceremony for his father, offered charity to Haridasa\n\n'fhakura, although it was known to everyone that Haridasa 'fhakura was\nborn in a Mohammedan family, not a briihma1}11 family, and was not interested in the activities of jfidna-kiir_u)a or karma-kiir_u)a.\nCharity, therefore, should be given to the first-class transcendentalist,\nthe devotee, because the siistras recommend:\n\nmuktiinam api siddhanam\nndriiya1}11-paraya1}11}.\nsudurlabhal}. pra5iintiitmii\nko!i$v api maha-mune\n\"0 great sage, among many millions who are liberated and perfect in\nknowledge of liberation, one may be a devotee of Lord NarayaQa, or\n\n", "SB7.3#p0226": "SrHnad-Bhagavauuu\n\n200\n\n(Canto 7, Ch.l5\n\n.i(r�Qa. Such devotees, who are fully peaceful, are extremely rare.\"\n(Bhiig.\n\n6.14.5) A Vai�Qava is in a higher position than a jiiiini, and\n\ntherefore Advaita Acarya selected Haridasa Thakura to be the person to\naccept His charity. The Supreme Lord also says:\nna me 'bhakta.S catur-vedi\nmad-bhakta� sva-paca� priya�\ntasmai deyam tato grahyam\nsa ca pujyo yatha hy aham\n\"Even though a person is a very learned scholar of the Sanskrit Vedic\nliteratures, he is not accepted as My devotee unless he is pure in devotional service. However, even though a person is born in a family of dogeaters, he is very dear to Me if he is a pure devotee who has no motive to\nenjoy fruitive activity or mental speculation. Indeed, all respect should\nbe given to him, and whatever he offers should be accepted. Such\ndevotees are as worshipable as I\n\nam.\"\n\n(Hari-bhakti-vilasa l 0.127)\n\nTherefore, even if not born in a brahmar:m family, a devotee, because of\nhis devotion to the Lord, is above all kinds of brahmar:ms, whether they\nbe karma-kiir)4is or jiiiina-kafJ4is.\nIn this regard, it may be mentioned that brahmar:ms in Vrndavana\nwho are karma-kiir)4is and jiiiina-kafJ4is sometimes decline to accept invitations to our temple because our temple is known as the arigareji temple, or \"Anglican temple.\" But in accordance with the evidence given in\nthe §astra and the example set by Advaita Acarya, we give prasada to devotees regardless of whether they come from India, Europe or America.\nIt is the conclusion of the siistra that instead of feeding many jiiiina­\n\nkiir)4;; or karma-kafJ4;; brahmar:ms, it is better to feed a pure Vai�Qava,\n\nregardless of where he comes from. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii (9.30):\n\napi cet suduriiciir o\nbhajate miim ananya-bhak\nsadhur eva sa mantavya�\nsamyag vyavasito hi sa�\n\"Even if one commits the most abominable actions, if he is engaged in\ndevotional service he is to be considered saintly because he is properly\n\n", "SB7.3#p0227": "Text3]\n\n201\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\nsituated.\" Thus it doesn't matter whether a devotee comes from a\nbrahmarJ.a family or non-brahmarJ.a family; if he is fully devoted to\n\n��I).a, he is a sadhu.\n\nTEXT3\n\n� �it Avm sft��'$1414:« t�t 1\n��Wi.rosA� �N(ij(( II� II\ndvau daive pitr-karye trin\nekaikam ubhayatra vii\nbhojayet susamrddho 'pi\nsraddhe kuryan na vistaram\ndvau-two; daive-during the period when oblations are offered to\n\nthe demigods; pitr-karye-in the sraddha ceremony, in which oblations\n\nare offered to the forefathers;\n\ntrin-three;\n\neka-one;\n\nekam-one;\n\nubhayatra-for both occasions; vii-either; bhojayet-one should feed;\n\nsu-samrddha� api-even though one is very rich; sraddhe-when offer­\n\ning oblations to the forefathers; kuryat-one should do; na-not;\nvistaram-very expensive arrangements.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the period for offering oblations to the demigods, one\nshould invite only two brahma�as, and while offering oblations to\nthe forefathers, one may invite three brahm�as. Or, in either\ncase, only one briihm�a will suffice. Even though one is very opu­\n\nlent, he should not endeavor to invite more brahm�as or make\nvarious expensive arrangements on those occasions.\nPURPORT\nAs we have already mentioned, Srila Advaita Acarya, during the\n\ngenerally observed ceremony to offer oblations to the forefathers, invited\n\nonly Haridasa Thakura. Thus He followed this principle: na me 'bhakta§\ncatur-vedi mad-bhakta� sva-paca� priya�. The Lord says, \"It is not\n\nnecessary that one become very expert in Vedic knowledge before he can\nbecome My bhakta, or devotee. Even if one is born in a family of dog­\n\neaters, he can become My devotee and be very dear to Me, in spite of\n\n", "SB7.3#p0228": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n202\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nhaving taken birth in such a family. Therefore, offerings should be given\nto My devotee, and whatever My devotee has offered Me should be accepted.\"\n\nFollowing\n\nthis principle, one\n\nshould\n\ninvite a first-class\n\nbrahmar:w or Vaif?Q.ava-a realized soul-and feed him while observing\nthe sraddha ceremony to offer oblations to one's forefathers.\n\nTEXT4\n\n�••Jlf�'liS:OfOiqlsu(onf;t � t\n�,��mr���-.•.to••'l''\\1''\ndesa-kiilocita-sraddhadravya-pdtrarhar:uJ,ni ca\nsamyag bhavanti naitani\nvistardt sva-janarpal}Ait\nde5a-place;\n\nkiila-time;\n\nita-proper;\n\nuc\n\nsraddhd-respect;\n\ndravya-ingredients; patra-a suitable person; arhar:uJ,ni-paraphernalia for worship; ca-and; samyak-proper ; bhavanti-are; na-not;\netani-all these; vistarat-due to expansion; sva-jana-arpal}Ait-or due\nto inviting relatives.\n\nTRANSLATION\nH one arranges to feed many brihmiiJ.las or relatives during the\n\nsriiddha ceremony' there will be discrepancies in the time, place,\n\nrespectability and ingredients, the person to be worshiped, and the\nmethod of offering worship.\n\nPURPORT\nNarada Muni has prohibited unnecessarily gorgeous arrangements to\nfeed relatives or brahmaTJ-as during the sraddha ceremony. Those who\nare materially opulent spend lavishly during this ceremony. Indians\nspend especially lavishly on three occasions-at the birth of a child, at\nmarriage and while observing the sraddha ceremony-but the sastras\nprohibit\n\nthe\n\nexcessive\n\nexpenditures\n\ninvolved\n\nin\n\ninviting\n\nbrahma7J.a5 and relatives, especially during the sraddha ceremony.\n\nmany\n\n", "SB7.3#p0229": "Text\n\n6]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n203\n\nTEXTS\n\n�� � q��R�ct<t(l\n�A�m�ihl¥t!!fltlq¥( II� II\ndese kiile ca samprapte\nmuny-annaril hari-daivatam\nsradd haya vidhivat patre\nnyastaril kiirnadhug ak.:;ayam\ndese-in a proper place, namely a holy place of pilgrimage; kiile-at\nan auspicious\n\ntime;\n\nca-also;\n\nsamprapte-when available;\n\nmuni­\n\nannam-foodstuffs prepared with ghee and suitable to be eaten by great\nsaintly persons; hari-daivatam-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari; sraddhaya-with love and affection; vidhi-vat-according\nto the directions of the spiritual master and the Siistras; patre-unto the\nsuitable person; nyastam-if it is so offered; kiimadhuk-becomes a\nsource of prosperity; ak.:;ayam-everlasting .\nTRANSLATION\nWhen one gets the opportunity of a suitable auspicious time and\nplace, one should, with love, offer food prepared with ghee to the\nDeity of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and then offer the\nprasida to a suitable person -a Vai��ava or briihm�a. This will he\nthe cause of everlasting prosperity.\n\nTEXT6\n\n� 311�Wl (q�wtl� � I\n� 4N¥t�;:q�� ri ffil_ �� II � II\ndevar�i-pitr-bhutebhya\natmane sva-janaya ca\n·\n\nannaril sarilvibhajan pa§yet\nsarvaril tat pu�tmakam\n\ndeva-unto the demigods; r�i-saintly persons; pitr-forefathers;\nbhatebhya�-the living entities in general; atmane-relatives; sva-\n\n", "SB7.3#p0230": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n204\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\njanaya-family members and friends; ca-and; annam-foodstuff\n(prasada); samvibhajan-ofiering ; pa.Syet-one should see; sarvamall; tat-them; pu�a-at makam-related to the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne should offer prasada to the demigods, the saintly persons,\n\none's forefathers, the people in general, one's family members,\n\none's relatives and one's friends, seeing them all as devotees of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nAs mentioned above, it is recommended that everyone distribute\n\nprasada, considering every living being a part and parcel of the Supreme\nLord. Even in feeding the poor, one should distribute prasada. In Kali­\n\nyuga there\n\nis\n\na\n\nscarcity\n\nof\n\nfood\n\nalmost every year,\n\nand thus\n\nphilanthropists spend lavishly to feed the poor. For this they invent the\n\nterm daridra-narayar:z,a-seva. This is prohibited. One should distribute\n\nsumptuous prasada, considering everyone a part of the Supreme Lord,\n\nbut one should not juggle words to make a poor man Naraylll).a. Everyone\n\nis related to the Supreme Lord, but one should not mistakenly think that·\n\nbecause one is related to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he has be­\n\ncome the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Naraya1;1a. Such a Mayavada\n\nphilosophy is extremely dangerous, especially for a devotee. Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu has therefore strictly forbidden us to associate with\n\nMayavadi philosophers. Mayavadi-bha$ya sunile haya sarva-nasa: if\n\none associates with the Mayavada philosophy, his devotional life is\n\ndoomed.\n\nna dadyad am�am sraddhe\nna cadyad dharma-tattvavit\nmuny-annai/:t syat para pritir\nyatha na pa.Su-himsaya\n\n", "SB7.3#p0231": "Text 8]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n205\n\nna-never; dadyat-should offer; am�am-meat, fish, eggs and so\non; sraddhe-in the performance of the sraddlw ceremony; na-nor;\nca-also; adyat-one should eat personally; dlwrma-tattva-vit-one\nwho is actually learned in regard to religious activities; muni-annai!tby preparations made with ghee for saintly persons; syat-should be;\npara-first-class; priti!t-satisfaction; yatha-for the forefathers and\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; na-not; pa§u-himsaya-by killing animals unnecessarily.\nTRANSLATION\nA person fully aware of religious principles should never offer\nanything like meat, eggs or fish in the sraddha ceremony, and even\nif one is a k�atriya, he himself should not eat such things. When\nsuitable food prepared with ghee is offered to saintly persons, the\nfunction is pleasing to the forefathers and the Supreme Lord, who\nare never pleased when animals are killed in the name of sacrifice.\nTEXTS\n\n���t�U qit � � Q�fti+4§614( I\n� �� l{� ¥t;{lql?�l�lil� �: I I � I I\nnaitadrsa!t paro dlwrmo\nnroam sad-dlwrmam icchatam\nnyaso daTJ4,asya bhate$u\nmano-v ak-kayajas ya ya!t\n\nna-never; etadr§a!t-like this; para!t-a supreme or superior;\nd/wrma!t-religion;\n\nnroam-of\n\npersons;\n\nsat-dlwrmam-superior\n\nreligion; icclwtam-being desirous of; nyasa!t-giving up; daTJ4,asyacausing trouble because of envy; bhilte$u-unto the living entities;\nmana!t-in terms of the mind; vak-words; kaya jasya-and body;\n-\n\nya!t-which.\nTRANSLATION\nPersons who want to advance in superior religion are advised to\ngive up all envy of other living entities, whether in relationship to\nthe body, words or mind. There is no religion superior to this.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0232": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n206\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT9\n\n� d¥4�1� � =tnf.t;il �iliN�¥41: 1\n3fl€¥44�¥4its;fm � ill1'1(lfq� II � II\neke kannamayan yajfiiin\njfiiinirw yajiia-vittamdl},\natma-samyamane 'niha\njuhvati jfiiina-dipite\neke-some; kanna-mayan-resulting in a reaction (such as the kill­\n\ning of animals); yajfiiin - sacrifices; jfiiininal}.-persons advanced in\n\nknowledge; yajiia-vit-tamdl}.-who know perfectly well the purpose of\nsacrifice; atma-samyamane-by self-control; an ihal}.-who are without\n\nmaterial desires; juhvati-execute sacrifice; jfiiina-dipite - enlightened\n\nin perfect knowledge.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of an awakening of spiritual knowledge, those who are\n\nintelligent in regard to sacrifice, who are actually aware of\n\nreligious principles and who are free from material desires, con­\n\ntrol the self in the fire of spiritual knowledge, or,knowledge of the\n\nAbsolute Truth. They may give up the process of ritualistic\nceremonies.\n\nPURPORT\nPeople are generally very much interested in karrna-kiiTJ4a ritualistic\nceremonies for elevation to the higher planetary systems, but when one\nawakens his spiritual knowledge, he becomes uninterested in such elevation and engages himself fully in jfiiina-yajiia to find the objective of\nlife. The objective of life is to stop completely the miseries of birth and\ndeath and to return home, back to Godhead. When one cultivates knowledge for this purpose, he is considered to be on a higher platform than\none who is engaged in kanna-yajiia, or fruitive activities.\nTEXT 10\n\ns::ot�a� qt � � 1\n� ¥41Wfl (9'tlli\\<l� �\"'�� II� oil\n\n", "SB7.3#p0233": "Text 11]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n207\n\ndravya-yajnair ya�yamar:wm\ndmva bhutani bibhyati\ne$a makarur:to hnnyad\nataj-jno hy asu-trp dhruvam\ndravya-yajnaift-with animals and other eatable things; ya�ya­\n\nmar:wm-the person engaged in such sacrifices; dr$[vii-by seeing;\nbhiltani-the living entities (animals); bibhyati-become afraid; e$aftthis person (the performer of sacrifice); rna-us; akarur:wft-who is inhumane and merciless; hnnyiit-will kill; a-tat-jnaft-most ignorant;\nhi-indeed; asu-trp-who is most satisfied by killing others; dhruvamcertainly.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing the person engaged in performing the sacrifice,\nanimals meant to be sacrificed are extremely afraid, thinking,\n\"This merciless performer of sacrifices, being ignorant of the purpose of sacrifice and being most satisfied by killing others, will\nsurely kill us.\"\nPURPORT\nAnimal sacrifice in the name of religion is current practically all over\nthe world in every established religion. It is said that Lord Jesus Christ,\nwhen twelve years old, was shocked to see the Jews sacrificing birds and\nanimals in the synagogues and that he therefore rejected the Jewish\nsystem of religion and started the religious system of Christianity, adhering to the Old Testament commandment \"Thou shalt not kill.\" At the\npresent day, however, not only are animals killed in the name of\nsacrifice, but the killing of animals has increased enormously because of\nthe increasing number of slaughterhouses. Slaughtering animals, either\nfor religion or for food, is most abominable and is condemned herein.\nUnless one is merciless, one cannot sacrifice animals, either in the name\nof religion or for food.\nTEXT 11\n\n� (c(tqq �;( (\".44ift;flfq �� I\n�sm: t4<1tN€it�rltRictit: �:II�� II\n..\n\n", "SB7.3#p0234": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n208\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\ntasmiid daivopapannena\nmuny-anneniipi dharmavit\nsant�!o 'har aha/:t kuryan\nnitya-naimittiki/:t kriya/:t\ntasrniit-therefore; daiva-upapannena-obtainable very easily by the\n\ngrace of the Lord; muni-annena-with food (prepared in ghee and\n\noffered to the Supreme Lord); api-indeed; dharma-vit-one who is ac­\n\ntually advanced in religious principles; sant�!a/:t-very happily; aha/:t\naha/:t\n\n-\n\nday after day; kuryat-one should perform; nitya-naimittiki/:t­\n\nregular and occasional; kriya/:t-duties.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, day by day, one who is actually aware of religious\n\nprinciples and is not heinously envious of poor animals should\n\nhappily perform daily sacrifices and those for certain occasions\n\nwith whatever food is available easily by the grace of the Lord.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word dharmavit, meaning \"one who knows the actual purpose of\n\nreligion,\" is very significant. As explained in Bhagavad-gita (18.66),\nsarva-dharman parityajya mam ekam sara�m vraja: becoming K.r�J;la\n\nconscious is the topmost stage in understanding of religious principles.\n\nOne who reaches this stage performs the arcana process in devotional\nservice. Anyone, whether a grhastha or a sannyasi, can keep small\n\nDeities of the Lord suitably packed or, if possible, installed, and thus\nworship the Deities of Radha-K.r�J;la, Sita-Rama, Lak�mi-Naraya:J;la, Lord\n\nJagannatha or Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by offering food prepared in\nghee and then offering the sanctified prasada to the forefathers,\n\ndemigods and other living entities as a matter of routine daily work. All\nthe centers of our K.r�J;la consciousness movement have Deity worship\n\nprograms very nicely going on in which food is offered to the Deity and\ndistributed to the first-class brahma� and Vai�J;lavas and even to the\npeople in general. This performance of sacrifice brings complete satisfac­\n\ntion. The members of the K.r�J;la consciousness movement engage daily in\nsuch transcendental activities. Thus in our K.r�J;la consciousness move­\n\nment there is no question at all of killing animals.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0235": "Text 12]\n\n209\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\nTEXT 12\n\n�: �� 311lfRI � �: I\n��:��Q_�II��II\nvidharrna� para - dharma§ ca\nabhasa upama chala�\nadharrna-Sdkha� pancema\n\ndharrna-jiio 'dharmavat tyajet\nvidharma�-irreligion;\n\npara-dharma�-religious principles prac­\n\nticed by others; ca-and; abluisa�-pretentious religious principles;\nupama-principles that appear religious but are not; chala�-a cheating\nreligion; adharma-sakha�-which are different branches of irreligion;\npaiica-five; ima�-these; dharma-jfl.a�-one who is aware of religious\nprinciples; adharma-vat-accepting them as irreligious; tyajet-should\ngtve up.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThere are five branches of irreligion, appropriately known as irreligion (vidharma], religious principles for which one is unfit\n[para-dh arma], pretentious religion (ibhisa], analogical religion\n(upadharma] and cheating religion (chala-dharma]. One who is\naware of real religious life must abandon these five as irreligious.\nPURPORT\nAny religious principles opposed to the principle of surrendering to\nthe lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�Q.a, are to be\nconsidered religious principles of irregularity or cheating, and one who is\nactually interested in religion must give them up. One should simply\nfollow the instructions of Kr�1,1a and surrender unto Him. To do this, of\ncourse, one needs very good intelligence, which may be awakened after\nmany, many births through good association with devotees and the practice of Kr�1,1a consciousness. Everything but the principle of religion\nrecommended by Kr� Q.a- sa roa- dhar ma n parityajya\nsaralJllrh vraja-should be given up as irreligion.\n\nmam\n\nekam\n\n", "SB7.3#p0236": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n210\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�ft�:����(J: I\n��ql(f4\"'6l���:ll��ll\ndharma-biidho vidharma/.t syat\npara-dharmo 'nya-codita/.t\nupadharmas tu pakhar.u)o\ndambho va sabda-bhic chala/.t\ndharma-biidha/.t-obstructs the execution of one's own religious principles; vidharma/.t-against the principles of religion; syat-should be;\npara-dharma/.t-imitating religious systems for which one is unfit;\nanya codita/.t-which is introduced by someone else; upadharma/.t-\n\nconcocted religious principles; tu-indeed; pakhaTJ()a/.t-by one who is\nagainst the principles of Vedas, standard scriptures; dambha/.t-who is\nfalsely proud; va-or; sabda-bhit-by word jugglery; chala/.t-a cheating religious system.\nTRANSLATION\nReligious principles that obstruct one from following his own\n\nreligion are called vidharma. Religious principles introduced by\n\nothers are called para-dharma. A new type of religion created by\none who is falsely proud and who opposes the principles of the\n\nVedas is called upadharma. And interpretation by one's jugglery of\nwords is called chala-dharma.\n\nPURPORT\nTo create a new type of dharma has become fashionable in this age.\nSo-called svamfs and yogis support that one may follow any type of\nreligious system, according to one's own choice, because all systems are\nultimately the same. In Srimad-Bhiigavatam, however, such fashionable\nideas are called vidharma because they go against one's own religious\nsystem. The real religious system is described by the Supreme Personality of Godhead: sarva-dharman parityajya mam ekam sarar:wm\nvraja. The real religious system is that of surrender to the lotus feet of\nthe Lord. In the Sixth Canto of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, in connection with\n\n", "SB7.3#p0237": "Text 14)\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n211\n\nAjamila's deliveranre, Yamaraja says, dharmam tu sa�iid bhagavatprar:titam: real religion is that which is given by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, just as real law is that which is given by the government. No\none can manufacture actual law at home, nor can one manufacture actual\nreligion. Elsewhere it is said, sa vai purilsam paro dharmo yato bhaktir\nadho�je: the real religious system is that which leads one to become a\ndevotee of the Supreme Lord. Therefore, anything opposed to this\nreligious system of progressive I<{�J.la consciousness is called vidharma,\npara-dharma,\n\nupadharma\n\nor\n\nchala-dharma.\n\nMisinterpretation\n\nof\n\nBhagavad-gita is chala-dharma. When I<{�J.la directly says something\nand some rascal interprets it to mean something different, this is chaladharma-a religious system of cheating-or sabda-bhit, a jugglery of\nwords. One should be extremely careful to avoid these various types of\ncheating systems of religion.\nTEXT 14\n\n�MI��� �: �f+¥t�l+tR1l m� �I\n11 � \\lll\n�·w�HNffl �: � �: !1�11�\nyas tv icchaya krta/:t pumbhir\nabhaso hy asramat prthak\nsva-bhava-vihito dharma/:£\nkasya ne§!a/:t pra.Siintaye\nya/:t-that which; tu-indeed; icchaya-whimsically; krta/:t-conducted; pumbhi/:t-by persons; abhasa/:t-dim reflection; hi-indeed;\nasramat-from one's own order of life; prthak-different; sva-bhavaaccording to one's own nature; vihita/:t-regulated; dharma/:t-religious principle; kasya-in what respect; na-not; i§!a/:t-capable;\npra§antaye-for relieving all kinds of distress.\nTRANSLATION\nA pretentious religious\n\nsystem\n\nmanufactured by one who\n\nwillfully neglects the prescribed duties of his order of life is called\nibhasa [a dim reflection or false similarity). But if one performs\nthe prescribed duties for his particular iSrama or varQ.a, why are\nthey not sufficient to mitigate all material distresses?\n\n", "SB7.3#p0238": "212\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nPURPORT\nIt is indicated here that everyone should strictly follow the principles\nof va� and asrama as given in the §astra. In the Vi§�u Pura� (3.8.9)\nit is said:\n\nva�ramdciiravatd\npu11L§e� para/:t pumdn\nvi§�ur aradhyate pantha\nndnyat tat-tO$(L-kiira�m\nOne should focus upon the destination for progress, which is to become\n}(rf?:r;ta conscious. This is the aim and end of all varryn.s and asramas.\nHowever, if Vif?:r;tu is not worshiped, the followers of the va�rama institution manufacture some concocted God Thus it has now become\n.\n\nfashionable for any rascal or fool to be elected God, and there are many\nmissionaries who have concocted their own gods, giving up their relationship with the real God In Bhagavad-gita it is clearly said that one\n.\n\nwho worships the demigods has lost his intelligence. Nonetheless we find\nthat even an illiterate person who has lost all intelligence is elected God,\nand although he has a temple, it has meat-eating sannyasis, and many\npolluted activities go on there. This type of religious system, which\nmisguides its poor followers, is strictly forbidden. Such pretentious\nreligions should be stopped altogether.\nThe original system is that a brahma� should actually become a\nbrahma�; he should not only take birth in a brahma� family, but\nmust also be qualified. Also, even if one is not born in a brahma�\nfamily but has brahminical qualifications, he must be considered a\n\nbrahma�. By strictly following this system, one can be happy without\nextra endeavor. Sva-bhava-vihito dharma/:t kruya ne$!a/:t pra§antaye.\nThe real aim of life is to mitigate distress, and one can do this very easily\nby following the principles of §astra.\n\nTEXT\n\n15\n\n-N � � erNWIT ��\n31ift(1�� �lftq � II� '-\\II\n\n", "SB7.3#p0239": "Text 15]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n213\n\ndhannartham api neheta\n\nyatrartham vadhano dhanam\n\nanihanihamanasya\nmahaher iva vrttidii\ndhanna-artham-in religion or economic development; api-indeed;\n\nna-not; iheta-should try to obtain; yatra-artham-just to maintain\n\nthe body and soul together; vii-either; adhana/:t-one who has no\nwealth; dhanam-money; aniha-the desirelessness; anihamanasya­\n\nof a person who does not endeavor even to earn his livelihood; mahaahe/:t-the great serpent known as the python; iva-like; vrtti-da­\n\nwhich obtains its livelihood without endeavor.\nTRANSLATION\n\nEven if a man is poor, he should not endeavor to improve his\neconomic condition just to maintain his body and soul together or\nto become a famous religionist. Just as a great python, although\nlying in one place, not endeavoring for its livelihood, gets the food\nit needs to maintain body and soul, one who is desireless also obtains his livelihood without endeavor.\nPURPORT\nHuman life is simply meant for developing .Kr��;ta consciousness. One\n\nneed not even try to earn a livelihood to maintain body and soul together.\n\nThis is illustrated here by the example of the great python, which lies in\none place, never going here and there to earn a livelihood to maintain it­\n\nself, and yet is maintained by the grace of the Lord. As advised by\n\nNarada Muni (Bhag.\n\n1.5.18), tasyaiva heto/:t prayateta kavida/:t: one\n\nshduld simply endeavor to increase his .Kr��;ta consciousness. One should\n\nnot desire to do anything else, even to earn his livelihood. There are\n\nmany, many examples of this attitude. Madhavendra Puri, for instance,\n\nwould never go to anyone to ask for food. Sukadeva Gosvami has also\nsaid, kasmad bhajanti kavayo dhana-dunnadandhan. Why should one\n\napproach a person who is blind with wealth? Rather, one should depend\non .Kr��;ta, and He will give everything. All the members of our .Kr��;ta\n\nconsciousness movement, whether they be grhasthas or sannyas£s,\n\n", "SB7.3#p0240": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n214\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nshould try to spread the Krl?Qa consciousness movement with determination, and Krl?Qa will supply all necessities. The process of ajagara-vrtti,\nthe means of livelihood of a python, is very much appreciated in this\nregard. Even though one may be very poor, he should simply try to advance in Krl?Qa consciousness and not endeavor to earn his livelihood.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n(1� f.lut� �l€+11U� t\\� I\n·�����: 11��11\nsantU§tasya nirihasya\nsvatmaramasya yat sukham\nkutas tat kama-lobhena\ndhavato 'rthehaya di.Sa/:1.\nsantU§tasya-of one who is fully satisfied in Krl?Qa consciousness;\nninhasya-who does not endeavor for his livelihood; sva-own; atmaaramasya-who\n\nis\n\nself-satisfied;\n\nyat-that;\n\nsukham-happiness;\n\nkuta/:1.-where; tat-such happiness; kama-lobhena-impelled by lust\nand greed; dhavata/:1.-of one who is wandering here and there;\n\n-\n\nartha ihaya-with a desire for accumulating wealth; di.Sa/:1.-in all\ndirections.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who is content and satisfied and who links his activities with\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead residing in everyone's heart\n\nenjoys transcendental happiness without endeavoring for his\n\nlivelihood. Where is such happiness for a materialistic man who is\nimpelled by lust and greed and who therefore wanders in all direc­\n\ntions with a desire to accumulate wealth?\n\nTEXT 17\n\n� (iitlf!'4i«: wn: �l':t¥4�· �: 1\n\n�ci(l4i\"GEil�4it �'flqlif�q�: � II� �II\n\n", "SB7.3#p0241": "Text 18]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n215\n\nsadii santU$ta-manasatt\nsarvii,tt sivamaya diSatt\nsarkara-kar:ttakadibhyo\nyathopanat-padatt sivam\n\nsadii -always; santU$ta-manasatt-for a person who is self-satisfied;\nsarvii,tt-everything; siva-mayatt-auspicious; diSatt-in all directions;\nsarkara-from pebbles; kar:ttaka-adibhyatt-and thorns, etc.; yathaas; upanat-padatt-for a person who has suitable shoes; sivam-there is\nno danger (auspicious).\nTRANSLATION\nFor a person who has suitable shoes on his feet, there is no\ndanger even when he walks on pebbles and thorns. For him,\neverything is auspicious. Similarly, for one who is always selfsatisfied there is no distress; indeed, he feels happiness everywhere.\nTEXT 18\n\n�: ifi;r tn u� t4d<tiN tnRun 1\n���ltl¥1cfll41{ ��q��� �: II� �II\nsantU$tatt kena vii rajan\nna vartetapi varirJ-ii\naupasthya-jaihvya-kiirpar:tyad\ngrha-paliiyate janatt\n\nsantU$tatt-a person who is always self-satisfied; kena-why; vii-or;\nrajan-0 King; na-not; varteta-should live (happily); api-even;\n\nvarirJ-ii-by drinking water; aupasthya-due to the genitals; jaihvyaand the tongue; karpar:tyiit-because of a wretched or miserly condition;\ngrha-paliiyate-he becomes exactly like a household dog; janatt-such a\n\nperson.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, a self-satisfied person can be happy even with\nonly drinking water. However, one who is driven by the senses, especially by the tongue and genitals, must accept the position of a\nhousehold dog to satisfy his senses.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0242": "[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n216\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the sdstras, a brahmar:uz, or a cultured person in Kr�J;la\nconsciousness, will not enter anyone's service to maintain body and soul\ntogether, and especially not for satisfaction of the senses. A true\nbrahmar:uz is always satisfied. Even if he has nothing to eat, he can drink\na little water and be satisfied. This is only a matter of practice. Unfortunately, however, no one is educated in how to be satisfied in selfrealization. As explained above, a devotee is always satisfied because he\nfeels the presence of the Supersoul within his heart and thinks of Him\ntwenty-four hours a day. That is real satisfaction. A devotee is never\ndriven by the dictations of the tongue and genitals, and thus he is never\nvictimized by the laws of material nature.\nTEXT 19\n\n31(4�� � ��T m.tl � �: I\n-����le!�'i qr.i ��� II�� II\nasantu.:;!asya viprasya\ntejo vidya tapo ya5ab,\nsravantmdriya-laulyena\njiidnam caivavakiryate\nasantu.:;!flsya-of one who is not self-satisfied; viprasya-of such a\nbrahmar:uz;\n\ntejab,-strength;\n\nvidya-education;\n\ntapab,-austerity;\n\nya5ab,-fame; sravanti-dwindle; indriya-of the senses; laulyenabecause\n\nof\n\ngreed;\n\njiidnam-knowledge;\n\nca-.and;\n\neva-certainly;\n\navakiryate-gradually vanishes.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of greed for the sake of the senses, the spiritual\n\nstrength, education, austerity and reputation of a devotee or\n\nhr�a who is not self-satisfied dwindle, and his knowledge\ngradually vanishes.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n¥1'1@1;:6 ft �� siN�ijffiJ}� I\n...\n\n��il�mcn��wr:\n\nll�oll\n\n", "SB7.3#p0243": "Text 21]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n217\n\nkamasyantam hi �ut-trl)bhyam\nkrodha.syaitat phalodayat\njano yati na lobha.sya\njitva bhuktva diSo bhuva/:t\nkamasya-of the desire for sense gratification or the urgent needs of\nthe body; antam-end; hi-indeed; �ut-trl)bhyam-by one who is very\nhungry or thirsty; krodha.sya-of anger; etat-this; phala-udayat-by\nventing chastisement and its reaction; jana/:t-a person; yati-crosses\nover; na-not; lobha.sya-greed; jitva-conquering; bhuktva-enj oy ing; diSa/:t-all directions; bhuva/:t-of the globe.\nTRANSLATION\nThe strong bodily desires and needs of a person disturbed by\nhunger and thirst are certainly satisfied when he eats. Similarly, if\none becomes very angry, that anger is satisfied by chastisement and\nits reaction. But as for greed, even if a greedy person has conquered all the directions of the world or has enjoyed everything in\nthe world, still he will not be satisfied.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gua\n\n(3.37) it is stated that lust, anger and greed are the\n\ncauses of the conditioned soul's bondage in this material world. Kama\ne�a krodha e�a rajo-gur.ta-samudbhava/:t. When strong lusty desires for\nsense gratification are unfulfilled, one becomes angry. This anger can be\nsatisfied when one chastises his enemy, but when there is an increase in\nlobha, or greed, which is the greatest enemy caused by rajo-gur.ta, the\nmode of passion, how can one advance in l(r�I;ta consciousness?\nIf one is very greedy to enhance his l(r�Q.a consciousness, this is a\ngreat boon. Tatra laulyam ekalam mulam. This is the best path available.\nTEXT 21\n\nqfOI\\!1 '1tCI1 (1�....!$1: 4�� : I\n(f(((1�64fl\n3Rr.al'rn{ qr�: II�� II\npar:u)ita bahavo rajan\nbahu-jflii/:t saril.Saya-cchida/:t\n\n", "SB7.3#p0244": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n218\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nsadasas patayo 'py eke\n\nasant�dt patanty adha}:t\n\npar.uJ,ita/:t-very learned scholars; bahava}:t-many; rajan-0 King\n\n(Yudhi�thira); bahu-jna/:t-persons with varied experience; samsaya­\n\ncchida/:t-expert in legal advice; sadasa/:t pataya/:t-persons eligible to\n\nbecome presidents of learned assemblies; api-even; eke-by one dis­\n\nqualification; asanto§dt-simply by dissatisfaction or greed; patantifall down; adha/:t-into hellish conditions of life.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Yudhi�thira, many persons with varied experience,\n\ny legal advisers, many learned scholars and many persons eli­\n\nman\n\ngible to become presidents of learned assemblies fall down into\nhellish life because of not being satisfied with their positions.\nPURPORT\nFor spiritual advancement, one should be materially satisfied, for if\n\none is not materially satisfied, his greed for material development will\n\nresult in the frustration of his spiritual advancement. There are two\nthings that nullify all good qualities. One is poverty. Daridra-do�;o gur:m­\n\nrasi-nasi. If one is poverty-stricken, all his good qualities become null\n\nand void. Similarly, if one becomes too greedy, his good qualifications are\n\nlost. Therefore the adjustment is that one should not be poverty-stricken,\n\nbut one must try to be fully satisfied with the bare necessities of life and\n\nnot be greedy. For a devotee to be satisfied with the bare necessities is\n\ntherefore the best advice for spiritual advancement. Learned authorities\nin devotional life consequently advise that one not endeavor to increase\n\nthe number of temples and mathas. Such activities can be undertaken\nonly by devotees experienced in propagating the l<r�1.1a consciousness\n\nmovement. All the acaryas in South India, especially Sri: Ramanujacarya,\n\nconstructed many big temples, and in North India all the Gosvamis of\nV:rndavana constructed large temples. Srtla Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatl\n'fhakura also constructed large centers, known as Gau«Ji:ya Mathas.\n\nTherefore temple construction is not bad, provided proper care is taken\nfor the propagation of l<r�1.1a consciousness. Even if such endeavors are\n\n", "SB7.3#p0245": "Text 22]\n\n219\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\nconsidered greedy, the greed is to satisfy Kr�?Qa, and therefore these are\n\n_\n\nspiritual activities.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nsretiCfl�-<( m fiN i$1'4fet€4*n<t_ I\n1Pft.m,n � ¥Jti �IC4'4tQW1d\\ ����II\nasankalpdj jayet kilmam\n\n·\n\nkrodham kdma-vivarjaniit\n\narthanarthek$aya lobham\n\nbhayam tattvavamarsaniit\n\nasankalpat-by\n\ndetermination;\n\njayet-one\n\nshould\n\nconquer;\n\nktimam-lusty desire; krodham-anger; kama-vivarjaniit-by giving\n\nup the objective of sense desire; artha-accumulation of wealth;\n\nanartha-a cause of trouble; ik§aya-by considering; lobham-greed;\nbhayam-fear; tattva-the truth; avamarsaniit-by considering.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBy making plans with determination, one should give up lusty\ndesires for sense gratification. Similarly, by giving up envy one\nshould conquer anger, by discussing the disadvantages of\n\nac­\n\ncumulating wealth one should give up greed, and by discussing the\ntruth one should give up fear.\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura has suggested how one can con­\n\nquer lusty desires for sense gratification. One cannot give up thinking of\nwomen, for thinking in this way is natural; even while walking on the\n\nstreet, one will see so many women. However, if one is determined not to\n\nlive with a woman, even while seeing a woman he will not become lusty.\n\nIf one is determined not to have sex, he can automatically conquer lusty\ndesires. The example given in this regard is that even if one is hungry, if\n\non a particular day he is determined to observe fasting, he can naturally\n\nconquer the disturbances of hunger and thirst. If one is determined not\n\n", "SB7.3#p0246": "220\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7' Ch. 15\n\nto be envious of anyone, he can naturally conquer anger. Similarly, one\ncan give up the desire to accumulate wealth simply by considering how\ndifficult it is to protect the money in one's possession. If one keeps a large\namount of cash with him, he is always anxious about keeping it properly.\nThus if one discusses the disadvantages of accumulating wealth, he can\nnaturally give up business without difficulty.\n\nTEXT 23\n\nlll;qli1J'f� it4i'iltl � �«lff I\nqltlli6(1qli �;rftm 4iliUQ;ft(lfT ������\niinvik$ikya soka-mohau\ndambham mahad-upasaya\nyogantariiyiin maunena\nhimsam kiimiidy-anihaya\niinvik$ikya-by deliberation upon material and spiritual subject matters; soka-lamentation; mohau-and illusion; dambham-false pride;\nmahat -a Vai�1,1ava; upasayii-by serving; yoga-antariiyiin-obstacles\non the path of yoga; maunena-by silence; himsiim-envy; kiimaiilli-for sense gratification; anihaya-without endeavor.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy discussing spiritual knowledge one can conquer lamentation\n\nand illusion, by serving a great devotee one can become prideless,\n\nby keeping silent one can avoid obstacles on the path of mystic\nyoga, and simply by stopping sense gratification one can conquer\n\nenvy.\n\nPURPORT\nIf one's son has died, one may certainly be affected by lamentation and\nillusion and cry for the dead son, but one may overcome lamentation and\nillusion by considering the verses of Bhagavad-gitii.\njatasya hi dhruvo mrtyur\ndhruvam janma mrtasya ca\n\n", "SB7.3#p0247": "Text 24]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n221\n\nAF. the soul transmigrates, one who has taken birth must give up the\npresent body, and then he must certainly accept another body. This\nshould be no cause for lamentation. Therefore Lord Kr�r;ta says, dhiras\ntatra na muhyati: one who is dhira, or sober, who is learned in philosophy and established in knowledge, cannot be unhappy over the\ntransmigration of the soul.\n\nkrpaya bhUtajam du/:tkham\ndaivam jahyat samadhina\natmajarit yoga-viryelJil\nnidram sattva-n�evaya\nkrpaya-by being merciful to all other living entities; bhuta-jambecause of other living entities; du/:tkham-suffering; daivam-sufferings imposed by providence; jahyat-one should give up; samadhinaby trance or meditation; dtma-jam-sufferings due to the body and\nmind; yoga-viryelJa-by practicing hatha-yoga, pral)iiyama and so\nforth; nidram-sleeping; sattva-n�evaya-by developing brahminical\nqualifications or the mode of goodness.\nTRANSLATION\nBy good behavior and freedom from envy one should counteract\nsufferings due to other living entities, by meditation in trance one\nshould counteract sufferings due to providence, and by practicing\nhatha-yoga, prii).iyima and so forth one should counteract sufferings due to the body and mind. Similarly, by developing the mode\nof goodness, especially in regard to eating, one should conquer\nsleep.\nPURPORT\nBy practice, one should avoid eating in such a way that other living entities will be disturbed and suffer. Since I suffer when pinched or killed\n\n", "SB7.3#p0248": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n222\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l5\n\nby others, I should not attempt to pinch or kill any other living entity.\nPeople do not know that because of killing innocent animals they themselves will have to suffer severe reactions from material nature. Any\ncountry where people indulge in unnecessary killing of animals will have\nto suffer from wars and pestilence imposed by material nature. Comparing one's own suffering to the suffering of others, therefore, one should\nbe kind to all living entities. One cannot avoid the sufferings inflicted by\nprovidence, and therefore when suffering comes one should fully absorb\noneself in chanting the Hare Kr�Q.a mantra. One can avoid sufferings\nfrom the body and mind by practicing mystic /ta!ha-yoga.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�tf\n\n� � �qij�:rt � I\n\n���gU��������II\nrajas ta1l'UIS ca sattvena\nsattvam coJXISamena ca\netat sarvam gurau bhaktya\npu�o hy anjasa jayet\nraja/:£ tama/:t-the modes\nsattvena\n\n-\n\nof passion\n\nand ignorance;\n\nca-and;\n\nby developing the mode of goodness; sattvam-the mode of\n\ngoodness; ca-also; uJXISamena-by giving up attachment; ca-and;\netat-these; sarvam-all; gurau-unto the spiritual master; bhaktyaby rendering service in devotion; pu�a/:t-a person; hi-indeed;\n\nanjasii-easily; jayet-can conquer.\nTRANSLATION\nOne must conquer the modes of passion and ignorance by\n\ndeveloping the mode of goodness, and then one must become\ndetached from the mode of goodness by promoting oneself to the\nplatform of suddha-sattva. All this can be automatically done if one\n\nengages in the service of the spiritual master with faith and devo­\n\ntion. In this way one can conquer the influence of the modes of\n\nnature.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0249": "Text\n\n26]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n223\n\nPURPORT\n\nJust by treating the root cause of an ailment, one can ronquer all\nbodily pains and sufferings. Similarly, if one is devoted and faithful to\nthe spiritual master, he can conquer the influence of sattva-gur:w, rajogur:w and tamo-gur:w very easily. YogiS and jnaniS practice in many ways\nto conquer the senses, but the bhakta immediately attains the mercy of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead through the mercy of the spiritual\nmaster. Yasya prasiidiid bhagavat-prasiido. If the spiritual master is\nfavorably inclined, one naturally receives the mercy of the Supreme\nLord, and by the mercy of the Supreme Lord one immediately becomes\ntranscendental, conquering all the influences of sattva-gur:w, rajo-gur:w\nand tamo-gur:w within this material world. This is confirmed in\nBhagavad-gitii (sa gu�n samatityaitiin brahma-bhuyaya kalpate). If\none is a pure devotee acting under the directions of the guru, one easily\ngets the mercy of the Supreme Lord and thus becomes immediately situated on the transcendental platform. This is explained in the next verse.\nTEXT\n\n26\n\n� Q�\n\n�fu �((Jq� glT I\nq�4tet�'T: � �� � t�H�n�� ����II\nyasya sii�iid bhagavati\njnana-dipa-prade gurau\nmartyasad-dhi}J, srutam tasya\nsarvarh kunjara-saucavat\n\nyasya-one who; sii�iit-directly; bhagavati-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; jnana dipa prade\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwho enlightens with the torch\n\nof knowledge; gurau-unto the spiritual master; martya-asat-dhi}J,considers the spiritual master to be like an ordinary human being and\nmaintains such an unfavorable attitude; srutam-Vedic knowledge;\ntasya-for him; sarvam-everyt hing; kunjara-sauca-vat-like the bath\nof an elephant in a lake.\nTRANSLATION\nThe spiritual master should be considered to he directly the\nSupreme Lord because he gives transcendental knowledge for\n\n", "SB7.3#p0250": "224\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nenlightenment. Consequently, for one who maintains the material\n\nconception that the spiritual master is an ordinary human being,\n\neverything is frustrated. His enlightenment and his Vedic studies\nand knowledge are like the bathing of an elephant.\nPURPORT\nIt is recommended that one honor the spiritual master as being on\n\nSa�\ndharitvena samasta-sastraib,. This is enjoined in every scripture.\nAcaryaril mam vijaniyat. One should consider the acarya to be as good as\n\nan equal status with the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. In spite of all these instructions, if\none considers the spiritual master an ordinary human being, one is\ndoomed. His study of the Vedas and his austerities and penances for enlightenment are all useless, like the bathing of an elephant. An elephant\nbathes in a lake quite thoroughly, but as soon as it comes on the shore it\ntakes some dust from the ground and strews it over its body. Thus there\nis no meaning to the elephant's bath. One may argue by saying that since\nthe spiritual master's relatives and the men of his neighborhood consider\nhim an ordinary human being, what is the fault on the part of the disciple who considers the spiritual master an ordinary human being? This\nwill be answered in the next verse, but the injunction is that the spiritual\nmaster should never be considered an ordinary man. One should strictly\nadhere to the instructions of the spiritual master, for if he is pleased, certainly the Supreme Personality of Godhead is pleased. Yasya prasadad\n\nbhagarot-prasado yasyaprasadan na gatib, kuto 'pi.\n\ne�a vai bhagavan sa�t\npradhana-pu�esvarab,\nyoge§varair vimrgyarighrir\nloko yam manyate naram\ne�ab, -this; vai-indeed; bhagavan-Supreme Personality of Godhead; sak$at-directly; pradhana the chief cause of the material\n-\n\n", "SB7.3#p0251": "Text 27]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n225\n\nnature; pu�-of all living entities or of the pun.L§iivatara, Lord\nVi�1.1u;\n\niSvara�-the\n\nsupreme\n\ncontroller;\n\nyoga-iSvarai�-by\n\ngreat\n\nsaintly persons, yogis; vimrgya-mighri�-Lord .Kr�1.1a's lotus feet, which\nare sought; loka�-people in general; yam-Him; manyate-consider;\nnaram-a human being.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord �I].a, is the master\nof all other living entities and of the material nature. His lotus feet\nare\n\nsought and worshiped by great saintly persons like Vyiisa.\n\nNonetheless, there are fools who consider Lord �I].a an ordinary\nhuman being.\nPURPORT\nThe example of Lord .Kr�1.1a's being the Supreme Personality of Godhead is appropriate in regard to understanding the spiritual master. The\nspiritual master is called sevaka-bhagaviin, the servitor Personality of\nGodhead, and .Kr�1.1a is called sevya-bhagaviin, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead who is to be worshiped. The spiritual master is the worshiper\nGod, whereas the Supreme Personality of Godhead, .l<r�J.la, is the\nworshipable God. This is the difference between the spiritual master and\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nAnother point: Bhagavad-guii, which constitutes the instructions of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, is presented by the spiritual master\nas it is, without deviation. Therefore the Absolute Truth is present in the\nspiritual master. As clearly stated in Text 26, jiiiina-dipa-prade. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead gives real knowledge to the entire\nworld, and the spiritual master, as the representative of the Supreme\nGodhead, carries the message throughout the world. Therefore, on the\nabsolute platform, there is no difference between the spiritual master\nand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If someone considers the\nSupreme Personality-.l<r�1.1a or Lord Ramacandra- to be an ordinary\nhuman being, this does not mean that the Lord becomes an ordinary\nhuman being. Similarly, if the family members of the spiritual master,\nwho is the bona fide representative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, consider the spiritual master an ordinary human being, this does\nnot mean that he becomes an ordinary human being. The spiritual\n\n", "SB7.3#p0252": "[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n226\n\nmaster is as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore\none who is very serious about spiritual advancement must regard the\nspiritual master in this way. Even a slight deviation from this understanding can create disaster in the disciple's Vedic studies and austerities.\nTEXT 28\n\n\"��ietea••� : W1i f.ttt+4:;fl��n '\n��;it �q��9;: ��1! \"�(;IJ\n...\n\n�a4-varga-samyamaikiintii�\nsaroii niyama-codanii�\ntad-anta yadi rw yogan\navaheyu� sramiivaha�\n�at-varga-the six elements, namely the five working senses and the\nmind; samyama-ekiintii�-the ultimate aim of subjugating; saroii�-all\nsuch activities;\n\nniyama-codanii�-the regulative principles further\n\nmeant for controlling the senses and mind; tat-antii�-the ultimate goal\nof such activities; yadi-if; rw-not; yogan-the positive link with the\nSupreme; avaheyu�-did lead to; srama-avaha�-a waste of time and\nlabor.\nTRANSLATION\nRitualistic ceremonies, regulative principles, austerities and the\n\npractice of yoga are all meant to control the senses and mind, but\n\neven after one is able to control the senses and mind, if he does not\n\ncome to the point of meditation upon the Supreme Lord, all such\nactivities are simply labor in frustration.\nPURPORT\n\nOne may argue that one may achieve the ultimate goal of life-realization of the Supersoul-by practicing the yoga system and ritualistic\nperformances according to the Vedic principles, even without staunch\ndevotion to the spiritual master. The actual fact, however, is that by\npracticing yoga one must come to the platform of meditating upon the\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead.\n\nAs\n\nstated\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nscriptures,\n\n", "SB7.3#p0253": "Text 29]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n227\n\ndhyiinavasthita-tad-gatena manasii pa.Syanti yam yogina/:t: a person in\n\nmeditation achieves the perfection of yoga practice when he can see the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. By various practices, one may come to\nthe point of controlling the senses, but simply controlling the senses does\nnot bring one to a substantial conclusion. However, by staunch faith in\nthe spiritual master and the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one not\nonly controls the senses but also realizes the Supreme Lord.\n\nyasya deve para bhaktir\nyathii deve tathii gurau\ntasyaite kathitii hy arthii/:t\nprakiiSante mahiitmana/:t\n\"Only unto those great souls who have implicit faith in both the Lord and\nthe spiritual master are all the imports of the Vedic knowledge\n\nautomatically revealed.\" (Svetasvatara Upani§ad 6.23) It is further\n\nstated, t�yeyam sarva-bhiiiitmii guru-su.Srfl$aya and taranty afijo\n\nbhaviirr_w,vam. Simply by rendering service to the spiritual master, one\n\ncrosses the ocean of nescience and returns horne, back to Godhead. Thus\nhe gradually sees the Supreme Lord face to face and enjoys life in association with the Lord. The ultimate goal of yoga is to come in contact\n\nwith the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Unless this point is achieved,\n\none's so-called yoga practice is simply labor without any benefit.\n\nTEXT 29\n� -� �'-Jt ti�Pl WI fir�fu I\n\n319Ni� �: � t@fil!\n\n�tiiQ�: I I�� II\n\nyathii viirtiidayo hy arthii\nyogasyartham na bibhrati\nanarthiiya bhaveyu/:t sma\npilrtam i§tam tathiisata/:t\nyathii -as; viirta iidaya}:t-activities like occupational or professional\n-\n\nduties; hi-certainly; arthii/:t-income (from such occupational duties);\n\nyogasya\n\n-\n\nof mystic power for self-realization; artham -benefit; na-\n\n", "SB7.3#p0254": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n228\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nnot; bibhrati-help; anarthaya-without value (binding one to repeated\nbirth and death); bhaveyu�-they are; sma-at all times; pilrtam\n�!am-ritualistic Vedic ceremonies; tatha-similarly; asata�-of a materialistic nondevotee.\nTRANSLATION\nAs professional activities or business profits cannot help one in\n\nspiritual advancement but are a source of material entanglement,\n\nthe Vedic ritualistic ceremonies cannot help anyone who is not a\n\ndevotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nIf one becomes very rich through his professional activities, through\ntrade or through agriculture, this does not mean that he is spiritually advanced. To be spiritually advanced is different from being materially\nrich. Although the purpose of life is to become spiritually rich, unfortunate men, misguided as they are, are always engaged in trying to become\nmaterially rich. Such material engagements, however, do not help one in\nthe actual ful£llment of the human mission. On the contrary, material\nengagements lead one to be attracted to many unnecessary necessities,\nwhich are accompanied by the risk that one may be born in a degraded\ncondition. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (14.18):\n\nilrdhvam gacchanti sattva-stha\nmadhye �thanti rajasa�\njaghanya-gur:w-vrtti-stha\nadho gacchanti tamasa�\n\"Those situated in the mode of goodness gradually go upward to the\nhigher planets; those in the mode of passion live on the earthly planets;\nand those in the mode of ignorance go down to the hellish worlds.\" Especially in this Kali-yuga, material advancement means degradation and\nattraction to many unwanted necessities that create a low mentality.\nTherefore, jaghanya-gur:w-vrtti-stha: since people are contaminated by\nthe lower qualities, they will lead their next lives either as animals or in\nother degraded forms of life. Making a show of religion without \"Kr�I;J.a\nconsciousness may make one popular in the estimation of unintelligent\n\n", "SB7.3#p0255": "Text 30)\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n229\n\nmen, but factually such a materialistic display of spiritual advancement\ndoes not help one at all; it will not prevent one from missing the goal of\nlife.\nTEXT 30\n\n1lf't1�fct'51� �: �TAI:�sqfu(c: 1\n� fctfctitiij(Oft ��NijWWt: ll�oll\nya.S citta-vijaye yattabsyan nib,sarigo 'parigralmbeko vivikta-sarar:w\nbhik§ur bhaik§ya-mitasanabyab,-one who; citta-vijaye-conquering the mind; yattab,-is\nengaged; syat-must be; nib,sarigab,-without contaminated association;\naparigrahab,-without being dependent (on the family); ekab,-alone;\nvivikta-sara�b,-taking shelter of a solitary place; bhik§ub--a\nrenounced person; bhaik§ya-by begging alms just to maintain the\nbody; mita-a.Sanab,-frugal in eating.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who desires to conquer the mind must leave the company of\nhis family and live in a solitary place, free from contaminated association. To maintain the body and soul together, he should beg as\nmuch as he needs for the bare necessities of life.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is the process for conquering the agitation of the mind. One is\nrecommended to take leave of his family and live alone, maintaining\nbody and soul together by begging alms and eating only as much as\nneeded to keep himself alive. Without such a process, one cannot conquer lusty desires. Sannyasa means accepting a life of begging, which\nmakes one automatically very humble and meek and free from lusty\ndesires. In this regard, the following verse appears in the Smrti\nliterature:\ndvandvahatasya garhasthyam\ndhyana-bharigadi-karar:wm\n\n", "SB7.3#p0256": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n230\n\n(Canto 7' Ch. 15\n\nlak$ayitva grhi SJX1.$!am\nsannyased aviciirayan\nIn this world of duality, family life is the cause that spoils one's spiritual\nlife or meditation. Specifically understanding this fact, one should accept\nthe order of sannyasa without hesitation.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n\" � � Ull;:4�1tqlftwt'flf+t'l: I\n� � � <tf4111Ql<t�t liTfirnf II�� II\ndese sucau same rajan\nsamsthapyasanam atmana/:t\nsthiram sukham samam tasminn\nasitarjv-ariga om iti\ndese-in a place; sucau-very sacred; same-lev el; rajan-0 King;\nsams thapya-placing; asanam-on the seat; atmana/:t-one's self;\nsthiram-very steady; sukham-comfortahly; samam-equipoised;\ntasmin-on that sitting place; asita-one should sit down; rju-ariga/:tthe body perpendicularly straight; om-The Vedic mantra praT)lLva;\niti-in this way.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, in a sacred and holy place of pilgrimage one\n\nshould select a place in which to perform yoga. The place must be\n\nlevel and not too high or low. There one should sit very comforta­\n\nbly, being steady and equipoised, keeping his body straight, and\nthus begin chanting the Vedic pr�va.\nPURPORT\nGenerally the chanting of om is recommended because in the beginning one cannot understand the Personality of Godhead. As stated in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.11):\n\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\ntattvam yaj jiianam advayam\n\n", "SB7.3#p0257": "Text 31]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n231\n\nbrahmeti paramiitmeti\nbhagavan iti sabdyate\n\"Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this non­\n\ndual substance Brahman, Paramatma or Bhagavan.\" Unless one is fully\n\nconvinced of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one has the tendency\nto become an impersonalist yogi searching for the Supreme Lord within\n\nthe core of his heart (dhyanavasthita-tad-gatena manasa pa§yanti yam\nyogina/:1,}. Here the chanting of omkara is recommended because in the\n\nbeginning of transcendental realization, instead of chanting the Hare\nK:r�J;ta maha-mantra, one may chant omkiira (pra�va). There is no dif­\n\nference between the Hare K:r�J;ta maha-mantra and omkiira because both\n\nof them are sound representations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Pra�vab sarva-vede$U. In all Vedic literatures, the sound vibra­\n\ntion omkara is the beginning. Om namo bhagavate vasudevaya. The dif­\n\nference between chanting omkiira and chanting the Hare K:r�J;ta mantra\n\nis that the Hare K:r�J;ta mantra may be chanted without consideration of\n\nthe place or the sitting arrangements recommended in Bhagavad-gua\n\n(6.11):\n\nsucau dese prati$!hapya\nsthiram asanam atmana/:1\nnaty-ucchritam natinicam\ncailiijina-ku§ottaram\n\n\"To practice yoga, one should go to a secluded place and should lay ku§a\n\ngrass on the ground and then cover it with a deerskin and a soft cloth.\n\nThe seat should neither be too high nor too low and should be situated in\na sacred place.\" The Hare K:r�J;ta mantra may be chanted by anyone,\n\nwithout consideration of the place or how one sits. Sri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu has openly declared, niyamitab smara� na kiila/:1. In chanting\n\nthe Hare Kr�Qa maha-mantra there are no particular injunctions regard­\n\ning one's sitting place. The injunction niyamitab smara� na kiilab\n\nincludes desa, kala and patra-place, time and the individual. Therefore\nanyone may chant the Hare K:r�J;ta mantra, without consideration of the\n\ntime and place. Especially in this age, Kali-yuga, it is very difficult to find\n\na suitable place according to the recommendations of Bhagavad-gua. The\n\nHare K:r�J;ta maha-mantra, however, may be chanted at any place and\n\nany time, and this will bring results very quickly. Yet even while\n\n", "SB7.3#p0258": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n232\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nchanting the Hare Kr!?J.la mantra one may observe regulative principles.\nThus while sitting and chanting one may keep his body straight, and this\nwill help one in the chanting process; otherwise one may feel sleepy.\nTEXTS 32-33\n\nsti•Uql;ft 9N�I( \\(fWC��ci: I\n44N\"''WC�&'t(� (4W\\1(100Wta... : ����ll\n\n� � f-1:� '191: •t+tCd � I\n� aqt(€il � �tll\"3�� : ������\npriirJii,panau sannirundhyiit\npilra-kumbhaka-recakai/:t\nyiivan manas tyajet kiimiin\nsva-niisiigra-nirik§ar:w/:t\nyato yato ni/:tsarati\nmana/:t kiima-hataril bhramat\ntatas tata upahrtya\nhrdi rundhyiic chanair budha/:t\n\npriir:u;t-incoming\n\nbreath;\n\napanau-outgoing\n\nbreath;\n\nsanni­\n\nrundhyiit-should stop; pilra-kumbhaka-recakai/:t-by inhaling, exhaling and holding, which are technically known as pilraka, kumbhaka and\n\nrecaka; yiivat-so long; mana/:t-the mind; tyajet-should give up;\nkiimin-all material desires; sva-one's own; niisa-agra-the tip of the\nnose;\n\nnirik§ar:w/:t-looking\n\nat;\n\nyata/:t yata/:t -from whatever and\n\nwherever; ni/:tsarati-withdraws; mana/:t-the mind; kiima-hatambeing defeated by lusty desires; bhramat-wandering; tata/:t tata/:tfrom here and there; upahrtya-a fter bringing it back; hrdi-within\n\nthe core of the heart; rundhyiit-should arrest (the mind); sanai/:tgradually, by practice; budha/:t-a learned yogi.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile continuously staring at the tip of the nose, a learned yogi\npractices the breathing exercises through the technical means\n\n", "SB7.3#p0259": "Text 33]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n233\n\nknown as piiraka, kumhhaka and recaka-controlling inhalation\nand exhalation and then stopping them both. In this way the yogi\nrestricts his mind from material attachments and gives up all men­\n\ntal desires. As soon as the mind, being defeated by lusty desires,\ndrifts toward feelings of sense gratification, the yogi should immediately bring it back and arrest it within the core of his heart.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe practice of yoga is concisely explained herein. When this practice\nof yoga is perfect, one sees the Supersoul, the Paramiitma feature of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, within the core of one's heart.\nHowever, in Bhagavad-gitd (6.47) the Supreme Lord says:\n\nyoginiim api saroe�am\nmad-gateniintaratmanii\nsraddhavan bhajate yo mam\nsa me yuktatamo matal)\n\"Of all yogis, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping\nMe in transcendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in\n\nyoga and is the highest of all.\" A devotee can immediately become a perfect yogi because he practices keeping Kr!!Q.a constantly within the core\nof his heart. This is another way to practice yoga easily. The Lord says:\nman-manii bhava mad-bhakto\nmad-yaji: mam namaskuru\n\"Always think of Me and become My devotee. Worship Me and offer\nyour homage unto Me.\" (Bg.\n\n18.65) If one practices devotional service\n\nby always keeping Kr!!Q.a within the core of his heart (man-maniil)), he\nimmediately becomes a first-class yogi. Furthermore, keeping Kr!!Q.a\nwithin the mind is not a difficult task for the devotee. For an ordinary\nman in the bodily concept of life, the practice of yoga may be helpful,\nbut one who immediately takes to devotional service can immediately become a perfect yogi without difficulty.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0260": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n234\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 34\n\nQ\\C44f�@6J�Ri ilfile;uwhlel �: I\n� � f.l� �ift:litifqf;� II� ijll\nevam abhyasyata.S cittam\nkalenalpiyasa yate/:t\naniSam tasya nirvar:wm\nyaty anindhana-vahnivat\nevam-in this way; abhyasyata/:t-of the person practicing this yoga\nsystem; cittam-the heart; kalena-in due course of time; alpiyasavery shortly; yate/:t-of the person practicing yoga; aniSam-without\ncessation; tasya-of him; ni�m-purification from all material contamination; yati-reaches; anindhana-without flame or smoke; vahnivat-like a fire.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the yogi regularly practices in this way, in a short time his\n\nheart becomes fixed and free from disturbance, like a fire without\n\nflames or smoke.\n\nPURPORT\nNirvar:ta means the cessation of all material desires. Sometimes\ndesirelessness is understood to imply an end to the workings of the mind,\nbut this is not possible. The living entity has senses, and if the senses\nstopped working, the living entity would no longer be a living entity; he\nwould be exactly like stone or wood. This is not possible. Because he is\nliving, he is nitya and cetana\n\n-\n\netern ally sentient. For those who are not\n\nvery advanced, the practice of yoga is recommended in order to stop the\nmind from being agitated by material desires, but if one fixes his mind\non the lotus feet of K{�J.la, his mind naturally becomes peaceful very\nsoon. This peace is described in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(5.29):\n\nbhoktaram yajfia-tapasam\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\nsuhrdam sarva-bhiiianam\njfiiiJv a mam santim rcchati\n\n", "SB7.3#p0261": "Text\n\n35]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n235\n\nH one can understand K{�Qa as the supreme enjoyer, the supreme\nproprietor of everything, and the supreme friend of everyone, one is\nestablished in peace and is free from material agitation. However, for one\nwho cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the practice of yoga is recommended.\n\n35\n4iltelf<f�(W\\I�:( Sl\\lliktRctetRt � I\nfiW itlllij(C4Yie �� iii� ����II\nTEXT\n\nkamddibhir anaviddharh\npra.Santiikhila-vrtti yat\ncittarh brahma-sukha-spr�!arh\nnaivott�!heta karhicit\nkama-adibhil£-by various lusty desires; aruividdham-unaffected;\npra.Santa-calm and peaceful; akhila-vrtti-in every respect, or in all\nactivities;\n\nyat-that which;\n\ncittam-consciousness;\n\nbrahma-sukha­\n\nspr�!am-being situated on the transcendental platform in eternal bliss;\nna-not; eva-indeed; utt�!heta-can come out; karhicit-at any time.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen one's consciousness is uncontaminated by material lusty\ndesires, it becomes calm and peaceful in all activities, for one is\nsituated in eternal blissful life. Once situated on that platform, one\ndoes not return to materialistic activities.\nPURPORT\nBrahma-sukha-spr�!am is also described in Bhagavad-gita (18.54):\nbrahma-bhuta!t prasanruitma\nna socati na kank$ati\nsama!t sarve�u bhille�u\nmad-bhaktim labhate param\n\n", "SB7.3#p0262": "Srnnad-Bhigavauun\n\n236\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\n\"One who is transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme\nBrahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments nor desires to have\nanything; he is equally disposed toward every living entity. In this situation, he hegins transcendental activities, or devotional service to the\nLord.\" Generally, once elevated to the transcendental platform of\n\nbrahma-sukha, transcendental bliss, one never comes down. But if one\ndoes not engage in devotional service, there is a chance of his returning\n\nto the material platform. A ruhya krcchrery,a pararil padam tata/:£ patanty\nadho 'niidrta-yu§mad-anghraya/:£: one may rise to the platform of\n\nbrahma-sukha, transcendental bliss, but even from that platform one\nmay fall down to the material platform if he does not engage himself in\ndevotional service.\nTEXT36\n\n�=���ftRtt��: I\n\n� � fflfi�: � � ����q51q: ����II\nya/:£ pravrajya grhdt purvam\ntri-vargavapandt puna/:£\nyadi seveta tan bhik$u/:£\n\nsa vai vantd.Sy apatrapa/:1.\nya/:£-one who; pravrajya-being finished for good and leaving for\nthe forest (being situated in transcendental bliss); grhdt-from home;\npurvam-at first; tri-varga-the three principles of religion, economic\ndevelopment and sense gratification; avapandt-from the field in which\nthey are sown; puna/:£-again; yadi-if; seveta-should accept; tanmaterialistic\n\nactivities;\n\nbhik$u/:£-a person who has accepted the\n\nsannyasa order; sa/:£-that person; vai-indeed; vanta-asi-one who\neats his own vomit; apatrapa/:£-without shame.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who accepts the sannyiisa order gives up the three prin­\n\nciples of materialistic activities in which one indulges in the field\n\nof household life- namely religion, economic development and\nsense gratification. One who first accepts sannyiisa but then returns\n\n", "SB7.3#p0263": "Text 37]\n\n237\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\nto such materialistic activities is to be called a vintiSi, or one who\neats his own vomit. He is indeed a shameless person.\nPURPORT\nMaterialistic activities are regulated by the institution of oon:uJSramadharma. Without van:uJSrama-dharma, materialistic activities constitute\nanimal life. Yet even in human life, while observing the principles of\nva� and iiSrama-briihmaTJ.Q,, k$atriya, vaiSya, sudra, brah macarya,\ngrhastha,\n\nvdnaprastha and sannyasa-one must ultimately accept\n\nsannyasa, the renounced order, for only by the renounced order can one\nbe situated in brahma-sukha, or transcendental bliss. In brahma-sukha\none is no longer attracted by lusty desires. Indeed, when one is no longer\ndisturbed, especially by lusty desires for sexual indulgence, he is fit to\nbecome a sannyasi. Otherwise, one should not accept the sannyasa order.\nIf one accepts sannyasa at an immature stage, there is every possibility\nof his being attracted by women and lusty desires and thus again becoming a so-called grhastha or a victim of women. Such a person is most\nshameless, and he is called viintiiSi, or one who eats that which he has\nalready vomited. He certainly leads a condemned life. In our l(r�Qa consciousness movement it is advised, therefore, that the sannyasis and\nbrahmaciiris keep strictly aloof from the association of women so that\nthere will be no chance of their falling down again as victims of lusty\ndesires.\nTEXT 37\n\n�: �: � ifR'll � �'f't�ftU\\ I\n� l(wt'41€44QI� �lli4t� �'In\n\n11�\"''\n\nyai� soo-deha� smrto 'niitmii\nmartyo vi!-krmi-bhasmaoot\nta enam iitmasdt krtvd\nsliighayanti hy asattamii�\nyai�-by sannyasis who; soo-deha�-own body; smrta�-consider;\naniitmi-different from the soul; martya�-subjected to death; vi!becoming\n\nstool;\n\nkrmi-worms;\n\nbhasma-vat-or\n\nashes;\n\nte-such\n\n", "SB7.3#p0264": "238\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\npersons; enam-this body; iitmasiit krtvii-again identifying with the\nself; sliighayanti-glorify as very important; hi-indeed; asat-tamiib,the greatest rascals.\nTRANSLATION\nSannyiisis who first consider that the body is subject to death,\n\nwhen it will be transformed into stool, worms or ashes, but who\n\nagain give importance to the body and glorify it as the self, are to\n\nbe considered the greatest rascals.\n\nPURPORT\nA sannyiisi is one who has clearly understood, through advancement\nin knowledge, that Brahman-he, the person himself-is the soul, not\nthe body. One who has this understanding may take sannyiisa, for\nhe is situated in the \"aham brahmiism?' position. Brahma-bhutab,\nprasanniitmii na socati na kiin�ati. Such a person, who no longer\nlaments or hankers to maintain his body and who can accept all living entities as spirit souls, can then enter the devotional service of the Lord. If\none does not enter the devotional service of the Lord but artificially considers himself Brahman or Narayal).a, not perfectly understanding that\nthe soul and body are different, one certainly falls down (patanty\nadhab-). Such a person again gives importance to the body. There are\nmany sannyiisis in India who stress the importance of the body. Some of\nthem give special importance to the body of the poor man, accepting him\nas daridra-niiriiya�, as if Narayal).a had a material body. Many other\nsannyiisis stress the importance of the social position of the body as a\nbriihma�, �atriya, vaiSya or siidra. Such sannyiisis are considered the\ngreatest rascals (asattamab-). They are shameless because they have not\nyet understood the difference between the body and the soul and instead\nhave accepted the body of a briihma� to be a briihma�. Brahmanism\n(briihmar:tya) consists of the knowledge of Brahman. But actually the\nbody of a briihma� is not Brahman. Similarly, the body is neither rich\nnor poor. If the body of a poor man were daridra-niiriiya�, this would\nmean that the body of a rich man, on the contrary, must be dhaniniiriiya�. Therefore sannyiisis who do not know the meaning of\nNarayal).a, those who regard the body as Brahman or as Nariiyal).a, are\n\n", "SB7.3#p0265": "Text 39]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n239\n\ndescribed here as asattamii�, the most abominable rascals. Following the\nbodily concept of life, such sannyasis make various programs to serve\nthe body. They conduct farcical missions consisting of so-called religious\nactivities meant to mislead all of human society. These sannyasis have\nbeen described herein as apatrapa� and asattarrui�-shameless and\nfallen from spiritual life.\nTEXTS\n\n38-39\n\n'l� f¥�l�ttn �Ht�1•il ttiRN I\nrn� Sllfi�iU f�f(f.o�<-\"Sl�al II ��II\n3(1�qlq(1'(1 �� ��C\"''\"fl: I\n��·t1M{Gf(ijlaq�61a•.-q�\nII��II\ngrhasthasya kriya-tyago\nvrata-tyago va!or api\ntapasvino grama-sevii\nbhi/cyor irulriya-lolata\niiSramiipasada hy ete\nkhalv iiSrama-vUjambana�\ndeva-maya-vimil4hams tan\nupe/cyetanukampaya\ngrhasthasya-for a person situated in householder life;\n\nkriya­\n\ntyaga�-to give up the duty of a householder; vrata-tyaga�-to give up\nvows and austerity; va!o�-for a brahTTUlCari; api-also; tapasvina�for a vanaprastha, one who has adopted a life of austerities; gramaseva-to live in a village and serve the people therein; bhilcyo�-for a\nsannyasi who lived by begging alms; irulriya-lolata-addicted to sense\nenjoyment; iiSrama-of the spiritual orders of life; apasada�-the\nmost abominable; hi-indeed; ete-all these; khalu-indeed; iiSramavUjambanii�-imitating and therefore cheating the different spiritual\norders; deva-maya-vimil4han-who are bewildered by the external energy of the Supreme Lord; tan-them; upe/cyeta-one should reject and\nnot accept as genuine; anukampaya-or by compassion (teach them real\nlife).\n\n", "SB7.3#p0266": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n24.0\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l5\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is abominable for a person living in the grhastha-asrama to\n\ngive up the regulative principles, for a brahmacir:i not to follow\n\nthe brahmaciri vows while living under the care of the guru, for a\nvinaprastha to live in the village and engage in so-called social ac­\n\ntivities, or for a sannyasi to be addicted to sense gratification. One\n\nwho acts in this way is to be considered the lowest renegade. Such a\npretender is bewildered by the external energy of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, and one should either reject him from\nany position, or taking compassion upon him, teach him, if possible, to resume his original position.\n\nPURPORT\nWe have repeatedly stressed that human culture does not begin unless\none takes to the principles of varr_ui§rama-dharma. Although grhastha\nlife is a concession for the enjoyment of sex, one cannot enjoy sex without following the rules and regulations of householder life. Furthermore,\nas already instructed, a brahmaca ri must live under the care of the guru:\nbrahmacari guru-kule vasan danto guror hitam. If a brahmacari does\nnot live under the care of the guru, if a vanaprastha engages in ordinary\nactivities, or if a sannyasi is greedy and eats meat, eggs and all kinds of\nnonsense for the satisfaction of his tongue, he is a cheater and should immediately be rejected as unimportant. Such persons should be shown\ncompassion, and if one has sufficient strength one should teach them to\nstop them from following the wrong path in life. Otherwise one should\nreject them and pay them no attention.\nTEXT40\n\n-•�•n;f�m�qt,•-.!6•'�: 1\nPtifll•;:cwt � �t �liM ��: II \\lo II\natmanam ced vijaniyat\nparam jfiiina-dhutasaya/:t\nkim icchan kasya vti hetor\ndeham p�r:W-ti lampa!a/:t\ndtmdnam-the\n\nunderstand;\n\nsoul and the Supersoul;\n\ncet-if;\n\nvijaniyat-can\n\nparam-who are transcendental, beyond this material\n\n", "SB7.3#p0267": "Text41]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n241\n\nworld; jnana-by knowledge; dhuta-asayaJ:r,-one who has cleansed his\nconsciousness;\n\nkim-what;\n\nicchan-desiring\n\nmaterial\n\ncomforts;\n\nkasya-for whom; oo-or; hetoJ:r,-for what reason; deham-the material body; p��ti-he maintains; lampa!a/:r.-being unlawfully addicted to sense gratification.\nTRANSLATION\nThe human form of body is meant for understanding the self\nand the Supreme Self, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, both\nof whom are transcendentally situated. H both of them can be\nunderstood when one is purified by advanced knowledge, for what\nreason and for whom does a foolish, greedy person maintain the\nbody for sense gratification?\nPURPORT\nOf course, everyone in this material world is interested in maintaining\nthe body for sense gratification, but by cultivating knowledge one should\ngradually understand that the body is not the self. Both the soul and the\nSupersoul are transcendental to the material world. This is to be understood in the human form of life, especially when one takes sannyiisa. A\nsannyiisi, one who has understood the self, should be engaged in elevating the self and associating with the Superself. Our Kt�I.J.a consciousness\nmovement is meant for elevating the living being for promotion back\nhome, back to Godhead. Seeking such elevation is one's duty in the\nhuman form of life. Unless one performs this duty, why should one\nmaintain the body? Especially if a sannyiisi not only maintains the body\nby ordinary means but does everything to maintain the body, including\neven eating meat and other abominable things, he must be a lampa!a/:t, a\ngreedy person simply engaged in sense gratification. A sannyiisi must\nspecifically remove himself from the urges of the tongue, belly and\ngenitals, which disturb one as long as one is not fully aware that the body\nis separate from the soul.\nTEXT41\n\n���·to•\n(�l;w41t-t � (�'4( I\n\n3111: m\n\n", "SB7.3#p0268": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n242\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nct�ir.t � mu.t :;Jf i_�\n� m �'i1�q!( ll����\nahu� sarirarit ratham indriya�J-i\nhayan abhi$un mana indriye§am\nvartmani matra dh�a�J-ti,rit ca satarit\nsattvarit brhad bandhuram iSa-sr$!am\nahu�-it\n\nis\n\nindriya�J-i-the\nmana�-the\n\nsaid;\n\nsariram-the\n\nbody;\n\nsenses;\n\nhayan-the\n\nhorses;\n\nmind;\n\nindriya-of\n\nthe\n\nratham-the\n\nsenses;\n\nchariot;\n\nabhi$un-the\n\nreins;\n\niSam-the\n\nmaster;\n\nvartmani-the destinations; matra�-the sense objects; dh�a�J-ti,m-the\nintelligence; ca-and; sutam-the chariot driver; sattvam-consciousness; brhat-great ; bandhuram-bondage; iSa-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sr$!am-created.\nTRANSLATION\nTranscendentalists who are advanced in knowledge compare the\n\nbody, which is made by the order of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, to a chariot. The senses are like the horses; the mind,\n\nthe master of the senses, is like the reins; the objects of the senses\nare the destinations; intelligence is the chariot driver; and con­\n\nsciousness, which spreads throughout the body, is the cause of\nbondage in this material world.\n\nPURPORT\n\nFor a bewildered person in the materialistic way of life, the body, the\nmind and the senses, which are engaged in sense gratification, are the\ncause of bondage to repeated birth, death, old age and disease. But for\none who is advanced in spiritual knowledge, the same body, senses and\nmind are the cause of liberation. This is confirmed in the Ka!ha\n\nUpa n�ad (1.3.3-4,9) as follows:\natmanarit rathinarit viddhi\nsarirarit ratham eva ca\nbuddhirit tu sarathirit viddhi\nmana� pragraham eva ca\n\n", "SB7.3#p0269": "Text 41]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n243\n\nindriyiir_ti hayiin iihur\nv�ayiims te$u gocariin\nso 'dhvana/:1. param iipnoti\ntad v�r_t0/:1. paramarh padam\nThe soul is the-occupant of the chariot of the body, of which the driver is\nthe intelligence. The mind is the determination to reach the destination,\nthe senses are the horses, and the sense objects are also included in that\nactivity. Thus one can reach the destination, Vi�J.lu, who is paramarh\n\npadam, the supreme goal of life. In conditioned life the consciousness in\nthe body is the cause of bondage, but the same consciousness, when\ntransformed into Kr�J.la consciousness, becomes the cause for one's\nreturning home, back to Godhead.\nThe human body, therefore, may be used in two ways-for going to\nthe darkest regions of ignorance or for going forward, back home, back\nto Godhead. To go back to Godhead, the path is mahat-sevii, to accept the\nself-realized spiritual master. Mahat-seviirh dviiram iihur vimukte/:1.. For\nliberation, one should accept the direction of authorized devotees who\ncan actually endow one with perfect knowledge. On the other hand,\n\ntamo-dviirarh y0$itiirh sarigi-sangam: if one wants to go to the darkest\nregions of material existence, one may continue to associate with persons\nwho are attached to women (y0$itiirh sarigi-sangam). The word y0$it\nmeans \"woman.\" Persons who are too materialistic are attached to\nwomen.\nIt is said, therefore, iitmiinarh rathinarh viddhi sarirarh ratham eva\n\nca. The body is just like a chariot or car in which one may go anywhere.\nOne may drive well, or else one may drive whimsically, in which case it is\nquite possible that he may have an accident and fall into a ditch. In other\nwords, if one takes directions from the experienced spiritual master one\ncan\n\ngo back home, back to Godhead; otherwise, one may return to the\n\ncycle of birth and death. Therefore Kr�J.la personally advises:\n\na§raddadhiinii/:1. puTU$ii\ndharmasyiisya parantapa\napriipya miirh nivartante\nmrtyu-samsiira-vartmani\n\n", "SB7.3#p0270": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n244\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\n\"Those who are not faithful on the path of devotional service cannot attain Me, 0 conqueror of foes, but return to birth and death in this material world.\" (Bg.\n\n9.3) The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kt�Q.a,\n\npersonally gives instructions on how one can return home, back to God\n\n­\n\nhead, but if one does not care to listen to His instructions, the result will\nbe that one will never go back to Godhead, but will continue life in this\nmiserable condition of repeated birth and death in material existence\n\n(mrtyu-sarilsara-vartmani).\nThe advice of experienced transcendentalists, therefore, is that the\nbody be fully engaged for achieving the ultimate goal of life (svartha­\n\ngatim). The real interest or goal of life is to return home, back to God\n\n­\n\nhead. To enable one to fulfill this purpose, there are so many Vedic\nliteratures, including Vedanta-siltra, the Upan�ads, Bhagavad-gua,\n\nMahabharata and the Ramayar:w. One should take lessons from these\nVedic literatures and learn how to practice nivrtti-marga. Then one's life\nwill be perfect. The body is important as long as it has consciousness.\nWithout consciousness, the body is merely a lump of matter. Therefore,\nto return home, back to Godhead, one must change his consciousness\nfrom material consciousness to Kt�Q.a consciousness. One's consciousness\nis the cause of material bondage, but if this consciousness is purified by\n\nbhakti-yoga, one can then understand the falsity of his upddhi, his\ndesignations as Indian, American, Hindu, Muslim, Christian and so on.\n\nSaroopddhi-vinirmuktam tat-paratvena nirmalam. One must forget\nthese designations and use this consciousness only for the service of\nKt�Q.a. Therefore if one takes advantage of the Kt�Q.a consciOusness\nmovement, his life is certainly successful.\nTEXT42\n\nQ\n\n\\'SIIUI¥(1ifq1ifqr\n\n�sfll¥414 � =if � I\n\nqff � 3J1IICt �\n\n�t G �� � �m����\n\na�m da.Sa-prar:wm adharma-dharmau\ncakre 'bhimanam rathinam ca jivam\n\n", "SB7.3#p0271": "Text 42]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n245\n\ndhanur hi tasya prar:wvam pathanti\nsaram tu fivam param eva laJ�yam\na�am-the spokes (on the chariot wheel); daSa-ten; prar:wm-the\nten kinds of air flowing\n\nwithin the body;\n\nadharma-irreligion;\n\ndharmau-religion (two sides of the wheel, up and down); cakre-in\nthe wheel; abhimanam-false identification; rathinam-the charioteer\nor master of the body; ca-also; jivam-the living entity; dhanuft-the\nbow; hi-indeed; tasya-his; prar:wvam-the Vedic mantra omkara;\npathanti -it is said; saram-an arrow; tu-but; jivam-the living entity; param-the Supreme Lord; eva-indeed; la�yam-the target.\nTRANSLATION\nThe ten kinds of air acting within the body are compared to the\nspokes of the chariot's wheels, and the top and bottom of the\nwheel itself are called religion and irreligion. The living entity in\nthe bodily concept of life is the owner of the chariot. The Vedic\nmantra pr�ava is the bow, the pure living entity himself is the arrow, and the target is the Supreme Being.\nPURPORT\nTen kinds of life air always flow within the material body. They are\ncalled prar:w, apana, samana, vyana, udana, naga, kilrma, krkala,\ndevadatta and dhanaiijaya. They are compared here to the spokes of the\nchariot's wheels. The life air is the energy for all of a living being's activities, which are sometimes religious and sometimes irreligious. Thus\nreligion and irreligion are said to be the upper and lower portions of the\nchariot's wheels. When the living entity decides to go back home, back to\nGodhead, his target is Lord Vi�:Qu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nIn the conditioned state of life, one does not understand that the goal of\nlife is the Supreme Lord. Na te viduft svartha-gatim hi v4r:tum durasaya\nye bahir-artha-maninaft. The living entity tries to be happy within this\nmaterial world, not understanding the target of his life. When he is\npurified, however, he gives up his bodily conception of life and his false\nidentity as belonging to a certain community, a certain nation, a certain\nsociety, a certain family and so on (sarvopadhi-vinirmuktam tat-\n\n", "SB7.3#p0272": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n24.6\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nparatvena nirmalam). Then he takes the arrow of his purified life, and\nwith the help of the bow-the transcendental chanting of prarJava, or\n\nthe Hare ��J.la mantra-he throws himself toward the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead.\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura has commented that because the\n\nwords \"bow\" and \"arrow\" are used in this verse, one might argue that\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead and the living entity have become\n\nenemies. However, although the Supreme Personality of Godhead may\n\nbecome the so-called enemy of the living being, this is His chivalrous\n\npleasure. For example, the Lord fought with Bhi�ma, and when Bhi�ma\n\npierced the Lord's body on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra, this was a kind\nof humor or relationship, of which there are twelve. When the condi­\n\ntioned soul tries to reach the Lord by hurling an arrow at Him, the Lord\n\ntakes pleasure, and the living entity gains the profit of going back home,\n\nback to Godhead. Another example given in this regard is that Arjuna, as\n\na result of piercing the iidhara-mina, or the fish within the cakra,\n\nachieved the valuable gain of Draupadi. Similarly, if with the arrow of\nchanting the holy name of the Lord one pierces Lord Vi�1.1u's lotus feet,\n\nby dint of performing this heroic activity of devotional service one\nreceives the benefit of returning home, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXTS 43-44\n\n� t'l5f �� if� llli �: I\n�S'4'ilwflSQ.ll l :;.r �lO fm � q: II�� II\n�: �: � ij�'4�'4'41(� : I\n�:�: ij\"((:fSitl��: 'If�������\nmgo dve�a.S ca lobha.S ca\nsoka-mohau bhayaril mada�\nmano\n\n'vamano 'suya ca\n\nmaya himsa ca matsara�\nraja� pramiida� �un-nidra\nsatravas tv evam adaya�\nrajas-tama�-prakrtayaiJ.\nsattva-prakrtaya� kvacit\n\n", "SB7.3#p0273": "Text 44]\n\nraga�-attachment;\nca-also;\n\n247\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\ndve�a�-hostility;\n\nsoka-lamentation;\n\nca-also;\n\nlobha�-greed;\n\nmohau-illusion;\n\nbhayam-fear;\n\nmada�-madness; mana�-false prestige; ammana�-insult; asuyafmding fault with others; ca-also; maya-deception; hirhsa-envy;\nca-also;\n\nmatsara�-intolerance;\n\nraja�-passion;\n\npramada�­\n\nbewilderment; �ut-hunger; nidra-sleep; .Satrava�-enemies; tuindeed; emm adaya�-even other such conceptions of life; raja�tama�-because\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nconception\n\nof\n\npassion\n\nand\n\nignorance;\n\nprakrtaya�-causes; sattm-because of the conception of goodness;\nprakrtaya�-causes; kvacit-sometimes.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the conditioned stage, one's conceptions of life are sometimes\npolluted by passion and ignorance, which are exhibited by attachment, hostility, greed, lamentation, illusion, fear, madness, false\nprestige, insults, fault-finding, deception, envy, intolerance, passion, bewilderment, hunger and sleep. All of these are enemies.\nSometimes one's conceptions are also polluted by goodness.\nPURPORT\n\nThe actual aim of life is to go back home, back to Godhead, but there\nare many hindrances created by the three modes of material.naturesometimes by a combination of rajo-gur:w and tamo-gur:w, the modes of\npassion and ignorance, and sometimes by the mode of goodness. In the\nmaterial world, even if one is a philanthropist, a nationalist and a good\nman according to materialistic estimations, these conceptions of life form\na hindrance to spiritual advancement. How much more of a hindrance,\nthen, are hostility, greed, illusion, lamentation and too much attachment\nto material enjoyment? To progress toward the target of Vi�I;tu, which is\nour real self-interest, one must become very powerful in conquering\nthese various hindrances or enemies. In other words, one should not be\nattached to being a good man or a bad man in this material world.\nIn this material world, so-called goodness and badness are the same\nbecause they consist of the three modes of material nature. One must\ntranscend this material nature. Even the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies\nconsist of the three modes of material nature. Therefore K.r�I;ta advised\nArjuna:\n\n", "SB7.3#p0274": "248\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\ntraigur:tya-�aya veda\nnistraigur:tyo bhavarjuna\nnirdvandvo nitya-sattva-stho\nniryoga-k§ema atmavan\n\"The Vedas mainly deal with the subject of the three modes of material\n\nnature. Rise above these modes, 0 Arjuna. Be transcendental to all of\n\nthem. Be free from all dualities and from all anxieties for gain and\n\nsafety, and be established in the self.\"\n\n(Bg.\n\n2.45) Elsewhere in\n\nBhagavad-gita the Lord says, urdhvam gacchanti sattva-sthaiJ,: if one\n\nbecomes a very good person-in other words, if one is in the mode of\n\ngoodness-he may be elevated to the higher planetary systems.\n\nSimilarly, if one is infected by rajo-gur:ta and tamo-gur:ta, he may remain\nin this world or go down to the animal kingdom. But all of these situa­\n\ntions are hindrances on the path of spiritual salvation. Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu therefore says:\n\nbrahma1J4a bhramite kona bhiigyavan jiva\nguru-k�r:ta-prasade paya bhakti-lata-bija\nIf one is fortunate enough to transcend all this so-called goodness and\n\nbadness and come to the platform of devotional service by the mercy of\n_Kr�l}.a and the guru, his life becomes successful. In this regard, one must\nbe very bold so that he can conquer these enemies of _Kr�l}.a conscious­\n\nness. Not caring for the good and bad of this material world, one must\n\nboldly propagate _Kr�l}.a consciousness.\n\nTEXT 45\n\n44l!ii'St4il'l�441€¥i!i�ilq4*'f\nl'\n��\nq-q '1Rs�(Ult�;c41 M�l64(\n\";nfl444�$1'l� �!:\n(ql;c�dt aq�lt{f � f?l�ij-.1€( 1\\l�ll\nyavan nr-kaya-ratham atma-va5opakalparit\ndhatte gari§!ha-caralJdrcanaya ni.Satam\n\n", "SB7.3#p0275": "Text 45]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n249\n\njfiiindsim acyuta-balo dadhad asta-satru�\nsvananda-tU§!a u_paSanta idam vijahyat\nyavat-as long as; nr-kaya-this human form of body; ratham-considered to be a chariot; atma-va5a-dependent upon one's own control;\nupakalpam-in which there are many other subordinate parts; dhatteone possesses; gari$!ha-carary,a-the lotus feet of the superiors (namely\nthe spiritual master and his predecessors); arcanaya-by serving;\nniSatam-sharpened; jfiiina-asim-the sword or weapon of knowledge;\nacyuta-bala�-by the transcendental strength of Kr�?t;ta; dadhat-holding; asta-5atru�-unti1 the enemy is defeated; sva-ananda-tU§!a�being fully self-satisfied by transcendental bliss; u_paSanta�-the consciousness being cleansed of all material contamination; idam-this\nbody; vijahyat-one should give up.\nTRANSLATION\nAs long as one has to accept a material body, �th its different\nparts and paraphernalia, which are not fully under one's control,\none must have the lotus feet of his superiors, namely his spiritual\nmaster and the spiritual master's predecessors. By their mercy,\none can sharpen the sword of knowledge, and with the power of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead's mercy one must then conquer the enemies mentioned above. In this way, the devotee\nshould be able to merge into his own transcendental bliss, and\nthen he may give up his body and resume his spiritual identity.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita (4.9) the Lord says:\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevam yo vetti tattvata�\ntyaktva deham punar janma\nnaiti mam eti so rjuna\n'\n\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this\n\n", "SB7.3#p0276": "Srunad-Bhigavabun\n\n250\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nmaterial world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" This is the\nhighest perfection of life, and the human body is meant for this purpose.\n\nIt is said in Srimad-Bhiigavatam (11.20.17):\n\nnr-deham adyarh sulabharh sudurlabharh\nplavarh sukalparh guru-kan:uulhdram\nmayanukulena nabhasvateritarh\npuman bhavabdhirh na taret sa atma-hd\nThis human form of body is a most valuable boat, and the spiritual\n\nmaster is the captain, guru-kan:uuJharam, to guide the boat in plying\n\nacross the ocean of nescience. The instruction of .Kr!?Q.a is a favorable\nbreeze. One must use all these facilities to cross over the ocean of nescience. Since the spiritual master is the captain, one must serve the\nspiritual master very sincerely so that by his mercy one will be able to get\nthe mercy of the Supreme Lord.\n\nA significant word here is acyuta-bala�. The spiritual master is cer­\n\ntainly very merciful to his disciples, and consequently by satisfying him\n\na devotee gets strength from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu therefore says, guru-kmw-prasade paya bhakti­\n\nlata-bija: one must first please the spiritual master, and then one auto­\n\nmatically pleases .Kr!?Q.a and gets the strength with which to cross the\nocean of nescience. If one seriously desires to return home, back to Godhead, one must therefore become strong enough by pleasing the spiritual\nmaster, for thus one gets the weapon with which to conquer the enemy,\n\nand one also gets the grace of .Kr!?Q.a. Simply getting the weapon of jnana\nis insufficient. One must sharpen the weapon by serving the spiritual\nmaster and adhering to his instructions. Then the candidate will get the\nmercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In general warfare one\nmust take help from his chariot and horses in order to conquer his\nenemy, and after conquering his enemies he may give up the chariot and\nits paraphernalia. Similarly, as long as one has a human body, one should\nfully use it to obtain the highest perfection of life, namely going back\nhome, back to Godhead.\nThe perfection of knowledge is certainly to become transcendentally\n\nsituated (brahma-bhata). As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (18.54):\n\n", "SB7.3#p0277": "Text 45]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n251\n\nbrahma-bhiita/:t prasanniitmii\nna socati na karik$ati\nsama/:t saroe§u bhilte§u\nmad-bhaktim labhate pariim\n\"One who is transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme\nBrahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments nor desires to have\nanything; he is equally disposed toward all living entities. In that state he\nattains pure devotional service.\" Simply by cultivating knowledge as the\nimpersonalists do, one cannot get out of the clutches of maya. One must\nattain the platform of bhakti.\nbhaktyii miim abhijanati\nyavan ya5 ciismi tattvata/:t\ntato miim tattvato jfiiitvii\nviSate tad-anantaram\n\"One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is only by devotional service. And when one is in full consciousness of the Supreme\nLord by such devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of God.\"\n(Bg.\n\n18.55) Unless one has attained the stage of devotional service and\n\nthe mercy of the spiritual master and Kr�:r,.a, there is a possibility that\none may fall down and again accept a material body. Therefore Kr�:r,.a\nstresses in Bhagavad-gitii (4.9):\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevam yo vetti tattvata/:t\ntyaktva deham punar janma\nnaiti miim eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\"\nThe word tattvata/:t, meaning \"in reality,\" is very important. Tato\nmiim tattvato jfiiitvii. Unless one understands Kr�:r,.a in truth by the\nmercy of the spiritual master, one is not free to give up his material\nbody. As it is said, iiruhya krcchrelJa param padam tata/:t patanty adho\n\n", "SB7.3#p0278": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n252\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\n'niidrta-y!.L§mad-arighraya�: if one neglects to serve the lotus feet of\n\nKt�?I.J.a, one cannot become free from the material clutches simply by\n\nknowledge. Even if one attains the stage of brahma-padam, merging in\n\nBrahman, without bhakti he is prone to fall down. One must be very\ncareful in regard to the danger of falling down again into material bon­\n\ndage. The only insurance is to come to the stage of bhakti, from which\n\none is sure not to fall. Then one is free from the activities of the material\nworld. In summary, as stated by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, one must get\n\nin touch with a bona fide spiritual master coming in the parampara of\n\nKr!:ii.J.a consciousness, for by his mercy and instructions one is able to get\n\nstrength from Kr!:ii.J.a. Thus one engages in devotional service and attains\nthe ultimate goal of life, the lotus feet of Vi!;ii.J.U.\n\nSignificant in this verse are the words jnanasim acyuta-bala�.\n\n]nanasim, the sword of knowledge, is given by Kt�?I.J.a, and when one\n\nserves the guru and Kt�?I.J.a in order to hold the sword of Kt�?I.J.a's instruc­\n\ntions, Balarama gives one strength. Balarama is Nityananda. Vrajendra­\n\nnandana yei, saci-suta haila sei, balarama ha-ila nitai. This bala­\n\nBalarama-comes with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and both of Them are\nso\n\nmerciful that in this age of Kali one may very easily take shelter of\n\nTheir lotus feet. They come especially to deliver the fallen souls of this\n\nage. Papi tapi yata chila, hari-name uddharila. Their weapon is\nsankirtana, hari-nama. Thus one should accept the sword of knowledge\n\nfrom Kt�?I.J.a and be strong with the mercy of Balarama. We are therefore\n\nworshiping Kt!:ii.J.a-Balarama in V:rndavana. In the Mw:u;laka Upani$ad\n\n(3.2.4) it is said:\n\nnayam atma bala-hinena labhyo\nna ca pramadiit tapaso vapy alirigat\netair upayair yatate yas tu vidvarhs\ntasyai$a atma viSate brahma-dhama\nOne cannot attain the goal of life without the mercy of Balarama. Sri\nNarottama dasa 'fhakura therefore says, nitaiyera karuryii habe, vraje\nradha-kmUL\n\npabe:\n\nwhen\n\none\n\nreceives\n\nthe\n\nmercy\n\nof\n\nBalarama,\n\nNityananda, one can attain the lotus feet of Radha and Kt�?I.J.a very easily.\nse sambandha nahi yara,\n\nbrtha janma gela tara,\n\nvidya-kule hi karibe tara\n\n", "SB7.3#p0279": "Text 46]\n\n253\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\nH one has no connection with Nitai, Balarama, then even though one is a\nvery learned scholar or jnani or has taken birth in a very respectable\nfamily, these assets will not help him. We must therefore conquer the\nenemies of .Kr!?I.J.a consciousness with the strength received from\nBalarama.\nTEXT 46\n\n�Sl'l'l'IQ�f;��\n��R'A�fwrf� I\n� �: Qt��(tqfj ��\n({Ql('f4 \\i�i�+tif �qf� II \\i �II\nnocet pramattam asad-indriya-vaji-silia\nnitvotpatharh v�aya-dasy!L$u nik$ipanti\nte dasyava� sahaya-siUam amurh tamo 'ndhe\nsarhsara-kupa uru-mrtyu-bhaye k$ipanti\nnocet-if we do not follow the instructions of Acyuta, Kr!?I.J.a, and do\nnot take shelter of Balarama; pramattam-careless, inattentive; asatwhich are always prone to material consciousness; indriya-the senses;\nvaji-acting as the horses; siltli�-the chariot driver (intelligence);\nnitro-bringing;\n\nutpatham-to\n\nthe\n\nroadway\n\nof\n\nmaterial\n\ndesire;\n\nv�aya-the sense objects; dasy!L$u-in the hands of the plunderers;\nnik$ipanti-throw; te-those; dasyava�-plunderers; sa-with; hayasiltam-the horses and chariot driver; amum-all of them; tama�dark; andhe-blind; sarhsara-kupe-into the well of material existence;\nuru-great; mrtyu-bhaye-fear of death; k$ipanti-throw\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOtherwise, if one does not take shelter of Acyuta and Baladeva,\nthen the senses, acting as the horses, and the intelligence, acting as\nthe driver, both being prone to material contamination, inattentively bring the body, which acts as the chariot, to the path of sense\ngratification. When one is thus attracted again by the rogues of\nvi�ya-eating, sleeping and mating-the horses\n\nand chariot\n\n", "SB7.3#p0280": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n254\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\ndriver are thrown into the blinding dark well of material exis­\n\ntence, and one is again put into a dangerous and extremely fearful\n\nsituation of repeated birth and death.\n\nPURPORT\nWithout the protection of Gaura-Nitai-Kr!?:Q.a and Balarama-one\n\ncannot get out of the dark well of ignorance in material existence. This is\nindicated here by the word nocet, which means that one will always\n\nremain in the dark well of material existence. The living entity must get\nstrength from Nitai-Gaura, or Kr!?:Q.a-Balarama. Without the mercy of\n\nNitai-Gaura, there is no way to come out of this dark well of ignorance.\nAs stated in the Caitanya-caritdmrta (Adi\n\n1.2):\n\nvande sri-kmza-caitanyanityanandau sahoditau\nga!U)odaye p�pavantau\ncitrau sandau tamo-nudau\n\"I offer my respectful obeisances unto Sri Kr!?:Q.a Caitanya and Lord\n\nNityananda, who are like the sun and moon. They have arisen\nsimultaneously on the horizon of GauQ.a to dissipate the darkness of ig­\n\nnorance and thus wonderfully bestow benediction upon all.\" This ma­\n\nterial world is a dark well of ignorance. The fallen soul in this dark well\n\nmust take shelter of the lotus feet of Gaura-Nitai, for thus he can· easily\n\nemerge from material existence. Without Their strength, simply at­\n\ntempting to get out of the clutches of matter by speculative knowledge\n\nwill be insufficient.\n\nTEXT47\n\n����f�d��l\n3nct�a � fWI�'lt�{lSJtij'( 11\\l�ll\npravrttam ca nivrttam ca\ndvi-vidham karma vaidikam\navartate pravrttena\nnivrttenasnute 'mrtam\n\n", "SB7.3#p0281": "Text 47]\n\n255\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\npravrttam-inclination for material enjoyment; ca-and; nivrttamcessation of material enjoyment;\n\nca-and;\n\nnivrttena-but\n\nactivities;\n\ndvi-vidham-these two\n\nvarieties; karma-of activities; vaidikam-recommended in the Vedas;\navartate-one travels up and down through the cycle of sari'Lsdra;\npravrttena-by an inclination for enjoying material activities;\nby\n\nceasing\n\nsuch\n\na.Snute-one\n\nenjoys;\n\namrtam-eternal life.\nTRANSLATION\nAccording to the Vedas, there are two kinds of activitiespravrtti and nivrtti. Pravrtti activities involve raising oneself from\n\na lower to a higher condition of materialistic life, whereas nivrtti\nmeans the cessation of material desire. Through prav:rtti activities\n\none suffers from material entanglement, hut by nivrtti activities\n\none is purified and becomes fit to enjoy eternal, blissful life.\nPURPORT\n\nAs confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (16. 7), pravrttirh ca nivrttirh ca jana\nna vidur iisuru/:t: the asuras, nondevotees, cannot distinguish between\npravrtti and nivrtti. Whatever they like they do. Such persons think\nthemselves independent of the strong material nature, and therefore\nthey are irresponsible and do not care to act piously. Indeed, they do not\n\ndistinguish between pious and impious activity. Bhakti, of course, does\nnot depend\n\non pious or impious activity. As stated in\n\nBhiigavatam (1.2.6):\n\nSrimad­\n\nsa vai purh.sarh paro dharmo\nyato bhaktir adhok}aje\nahaituky apratihata\nyayatma suprasidati\n\"The supreme occupation [dharma] for all humanity is that by which\nmen can attain to loving devotional service unto the transcendent Lord.\nSuch devotional service must be unmotivated and uninterrupted in order\nto completely satisfy the self.\" Nonetheless, those who act piously have a\nbetter chance to become devotees. As Kr!?�a says in\n\nBhagavad-gita\n\n(7.16), catur-vidha bhajante mdrh janaft, sukrtino 'rjuna: \"0 Arjuna,\n\n", "SB7.3#p0282": "256\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nfour kinds of pious men render devotional service unto Me.\" One who\ntakes to devotional service, even with some material motive, is considered pious, and because he has come to K{f?J.la, he will gradually come\nto the stage of bhakti. Then, like Dhruva Maharaja, he will refuse to accept any material benediction from the Lord (svamin krtartho 'smi\nvaram na yace). Therefore, even if one is materially inclined, one may\ntake to the shelter of the lotus feet of K{f?J.la and Balarama, or Gaura and\nNitai, so that he will very soon be purified of all material desires\n(k$ipram bhavati dharrniitmi sa.Svac chantim nigacchati). Al; soon as one\nis freed from inclinations toward pious and impious activities, he becomes a perfect candidate for returning home, back to Godhead.\nTEXTS 48-49\n\n� �0444f{ ��4lfil�l'.W1f� I\n�tr tvft�relf 'itr«+il\\4 '&1: wr: 11\\l�ll\n�� q� � S1Ff�'4 =if I\n\\(i ij(I��IU¥4\\ql:sfto�ufa.� 11\\l�ll\nhimsram dravyamayam kiimyam\nagni-hotrady-a.Santidam\ndariaS ca purry,amiis a.S ca\ncaturmiisyam pa.Su/:t suta/:t\netad i$tam pravrttakhyam\nhutam prahutam eva ca\npurtam suralayaramakupafivyadi-lak§ar:mm\nhimsram-a system of killing and sacrificing animals;\n\ndravya­\n\nmayam-requiring much paraphernalia; kiimyam-full of unlimited\nmaterial desires; agni-hotra-adi-ritualistic ceremonies such as the\nagni-hotra-yajiia; a.Siinti-dam-causing anxieties; darsa/:t-the darsa\nritualistic ceremony; ca-and; pilrry,amiisa/:t-the pilrry,amiisa ritualistic\nceremony; ca-also; ciiturmasyam-observing four months of regulative principles; pa.Su/:t-the ceremony of sacrificing animals or pa.Suyajiia; suta/:t-the soma-yajiia; etat-of all this; i.$tam-the goal;\n\n", "SB7.3#p0283": "Text 51]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n257\n\npravrtta-akhyam-known as material attachment; hutam-Vaisvadeva,\nan incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; prahutama ceremony called BaliharaQ.a; eva-indeed; ca-also; purtam-for the\nbenefit of the public; sura-alaya-constructing temples for demigods;\naruma-resting houses and gardens; kupa-digging wells; ajivya-adiactivities like distributing food and water; la�ry.am-symptoms.\nTRANSLATION\nThe ritualistic ceremonies and sacrifices known as agni-hotrayajiia, darS&-yajiia, plirJ;Iamisa-yajiia, ciiturmasya-yajiia, pa8u-yajiia\nand soma-yajiia are all symptomized by the killing of animals and\nthe burning of many valuables, especially food grains, all for the\nfulfillment of material desires and the creation of anxiety. Performing such sacrifices, worshiping Vaisvadeva, and performing\nthe ceremony of Balihar&J;la, which all supposedly constitute the\ngoal of life, as well as constructing temples for demigods, building\nresting houses and gardens, digging wells for the distribution of\nwater, establishing booths for the distribution of food, and performing activities for public welfare-these are all symptomized\nby attachment to material desires.\n\nTEXTS 50-51\n\n�¢'Cffi�lf � ufSRq�: I\n31� if��� �1:1: 11'-\\oll\n311i �ij dij \\'iro Nqot�l;f �: I\n1!.;�9113� �1 � iffltl� 11'-\\�11\ndravya-su�ma-vipakaS ca\ndhumo ratrir apa�aya/:t\nayanarit da�iryam somo\ndarsa O!}adhi-virudha/:t\nannarit reta iti �me§a\npitr-yanarit punar-bhava/:t\nekaikaSyenanupurvarit\nbhlltva bhlltveha jayate\n\n", "SB7.3#p0284": "258\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\ndravya-sii,/cyma-vipakab,-the paraphernalia offered as oblations in\nthe :fire, such as food grains mixed with ghee; ca-and; dhumab,turned to smoke, or the demigod in charge of smoke; ratrib,-the\ndemigod in charge of night; apa�ayab,-in the dark fortnight of the\nmoon; ayanam-the demigod in charge of the passing of the sun;\nda�i�Jam-in the southern zone; somab,-the moon; dar§ab,-returning; �adhi-plant life (on the surface of the earth); virudhab,-vegetation in general (the birth of lamentation); annam-food grains; retab,semen; iti-in this way; �ma-iSa-0 King Yudhi!?thira, lord of the\nearth; pitr-yanam-the way of taking birth from the father's semen;\npunab,-bhavab,-again and again; eka-ekaSyena-one after another;\nanupilrvam-successively, according to the gradation; bhutva-taking\nbirth; bhatva-again taking birth; iha-in this material world; jayateone exists in the materialistic way of life.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Yudhi�thira, when oblations of ghee and food\n\ngrains like barley and sesame are offered in sacrifice, they turn\n\ninto celestial smoke, which carries one to successively higher\nplanetary systems like the kingdoms of Dhumi, Ratri, 1\\r�I;t.apak�,\n\nDak�ii;tam and ultimately the moon. Then, however, the perfor­\n\nmers of sacrifice descend again to earth to become herbs, creepers,\n\nvegetables and food grains. These are eaten by different living entities and turned to semen, which is injected into female bodies.\n\nThus one takes birth again and again.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is explained in Bhagavad-gitd (9.21):\nte tam bhuktva svarga-lokam viSalam\n\n�ir:te pur:tye martya-lokam viSanti\nevam trayi-dha rmam anuprapanna\ngatagatam kama-kama labhante\n\"When those who follow the pravrtti-marga have enjoyed heavenly\nsense pleasure, they return to this mortal planet again. Thus, through\nthe Vedic principles, they achieve only flickering happiness.\" Following\n\n", "SB7.3#p0285": "Text 52]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n259\n\nthe pravrtti-marga, the living entity who desires to be promoted to the\nhigher planetary systems performs sacrifices regularly, and how he goes\nup and comes down again is described here in Srimad-Bhiigavatam, as\n\nwell as in Bhagavad-gilii. It is also said, traigur:tya-�aya veda/:l: \"The\n\nVedas deal mainly with the three modes of material nature.\" The Vedas,\n\nespecially three Vedas, namely Sarna, Yajur and 1J.k, vividly describe this\nprocess of ascending to the higher planets and returning. But Kr�I).a ad­\n\nvises Arjuna, traigur:tya-v�aya veda nistraigur:tyo bhavarjuna: one has\n\nto transcend these three modes of material nature, and then one will be\nreleased from the cycle of birth and death. Otherwise, although one may\nbe promoted to a higher planetary system such as Candraloka, one must\n\nagain come down (k$ir:te pur:tye martya-lokam viSanti). Mter one's enjoy­\n\nment due to pious activities is finished, one must return to this planet in\nrainfall and first take birth as a plant or creeper, which is eaten by\nvarious animals, including human beings, and turned to semen. This\nsemen is injected into the female body, and thus the living entity takes\nbirth. Those who return to earth in this way take birth especially in\nhigher families like those of brahmalJaS.\n\nIt may be remarked in this connection that even the modern so-called\nscientists who are going to the moon are not able to stay there, but are\nreturning to their laboratories. Therefore, whether one goes to the moon\nby modern mechanical arrangements or by performing pious activities,\none must return to earth. That is clearly stated in this verse and explained in\n\nBhagavad-gila. Even if one goes to the higher planetary\n\nsystems (yanti deva-vrata devan), one's place there is not secure; one\n\nmust return to martya-loka. Abrahma-bhuvanal loka/:l punar avartino\n\n'rjuna: aside from the moon, even if one goes to Brahrnaloka, one must\nYam prapya na nivartante tad dhama paramam mama: but if\n\nreturn.\n\none goes back horne, back to Godhead, he need not return to this material\nworld.\nTEXT 52\n\nf-.1••R�u·u4: mR: ���: 1\n(H:�! F¥�·��1. '(wt� � ��� ���\nn�ekadi-sma§anantai/:l\nsarhskarai/:l samskrto dvija/:l\n\n", "SB7.3#p0286": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n260\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nindriye§u kriya-yajfidn\njfidna4dpe§u juhvati\nni§eka-adi-the\n\nbeginning\n\nof\n\nlife\n\n(the\n\npurificatory\n\nprocess\n\nof\n\ngarbhadhana, performed when the father begets a child by discharging\nsemen into the womb of the mother); sma§ana-antai�-and at death,\nwhen the body is put into a crematorium and burnt to ashes;\nsarhskarai�-by such purificatory processes; samskrta�-purified; dvija�-a\n\ntwiceborn\n\nbrahmaT.UL;\n\nindriye§u-into\n\nthe\n\nsenses;\n\nkriya­\n\nyajfidn-activities and sacrifices (which elevate one to a higher planetary\nsystem); jfidna-dipe§u-by enlightenment in real knowledge; juhvatioffers.\nTRANSLATION\nA twiceborn brihm8J].a [dvija] gains his life by the grace of his\n\nparents\n\nthrough\n\nthe\n\nprocess\n\nof\n\npurification\n\nknown\n\nas\n\ngarbhidhina. There are also other processes of purification, until\nthe end of life, when the funeral ceremony [antye,Ji-kriyi] is per­\n\nformed. Thus in due course a qualified brihm81].8 becomes unin­\n\nterested in materialistic activities and sacrifices, but he offers the\n\nsensual sacrifices, in full knowledge, into the working senses,\n\nwhich are illuminated by the fire of knowledge.\nPURPORT\n\nThose interested in materialistic activities remain in the cycle of birth\nand death. Pravrtti-marga, or the inclination to stay in the material\nworld to enjoy varieties of sense gratification, has been explained in the\nprevious verse. Now, in this verse, it is explained that one who has perfect brahminical knowledge rejects the process of elevation to higher\nplanets and accepts nivrtti-miirga; in other words, he prepares himself to\ngo back home, back to Godhead. Those who are not brahmaT.ULS but\natheists do not know what is pravrtti-miirga or nivrtti-miirga; they\nsimply want to obtain pleasure at any cost. Our K{f?I,la consciousness\nmovement is therefore training devotees to give up the pravrtti-miirga\nand accept the nivrtti-miirga in order to return home, back to Godhead.\nThis is a little difficult to understand, but it is very easy if one takes to\nK{f?I,la consciousness seriously and tries to understand K{f?J,la. A K{f?I,la\n\n", "SB7.3#p0287": "Text 53]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n261\n\nconscious person can understand that performing yajiia according to the\nkarma-kiiTJ4a system is a useless waste of time and that merely giving up\nthe karma-kiiTJ4a and accepting the process of speculation is also\nunfruitful. Therefore Narottama dasa Thakura has sung in his Premabhakti-candrikii:\nkarma-kiil'J4a, jiiiina-kal'J4a,\n\nkevala v�era bhanda\n\n'amrta' baliya yeba khaya\nniinii yoni sada phire,\nkadarya bhak§ar,ta kare,\ntara janma adha/:t-pate yaya\nA life of karma-kaTJ4a or jiiiina-kar:tl}a is like a poison pot, and one who\n\ntakes to such a life is doomed. In the karma-kiil'J4a system, one is\ndestined to accept birth and death again and again. Similarly, with jiiiinakal'J4a one falls down again to this material world. Only worship of the\nSupreme Person offers one the safety of going back home, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 53\n���ur ��� m �•.R$ �= 1\n!i�R ��mA' <l'iltt� � � I\n311Rfir�� � � Q ���Wti¥( II\"\\� II\nindriyary,i manasy armau\nvaci vaikarikam mana/:t\nviicam varr,ta-samdmniiy e\ntam omkare svare nyaset\nomkiiram bindau niide tam\ntam tu prar:te mahaty amum\nindriyar:ti-the senses (acting and knowledge-gathering); manasi-in\nthe mind; urmau-in the waves of acceptance and rejection; viici-in\nthe words;\n\nvaikarikam-infected by changes; mana/:t-the mind;\n\nvacam-the\n\nwords;\n\nvarr:ta-samdmniiye-in\n\nthe\n\naggregate\n\nof\n\nall\n\nalphabets; tam-that (aggregate of all alphabets); omkare-in the concise form of omkara; svare-in the vibration; nyaset-one should give\n\n", "SB7.3#p0288": "262\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nup; omkaram-the concise sound vibration; bindau-in the point of\n\nomkara; nade-in the sound vibration; tam-that; tam-that (sound\nvibration); tu-indeed; priilJ,e-in the life air; mahati-unto the\n\nSupreme; amum-the living entity.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe mind is always agitated by waves of acceptance and rejec­\n\ntion. Therefore all the activities of the senses should be offered\n\ninto the mind, which should be offered into one's words. Then\none's words should be offered into the aggregate of all alphabets,\n\nwhich should be offered into the concise form omkara. Omkara\n\nshould be offered into the point hindu, hindu into the vibration of\nsound, and that vibration into the life air. Then the living entity,\n\nwho is all that remains, should be placed in Brahman, the\n\nSupreme. This is the process of sacrifice.\nPURPORT\n\nThe mind is always agitated by acceptance and rejection, which are\ncompared to mental waves that are constantly tossing. The living entity is\n\nfloating in the waves of material existence because of his forgetfulness.\n\nSrila Bhak.tivinoda Thakura has therefore sung in his Guiivali: miche\n\nmayiira va.Se, yiiccha bhese ', khiiccha hiib!.U),ubu, bhiii. \"My dear mind,\n\nunder the influence of maya you are being carried away by the waves of\nrejection and acceptance. Simply take shelter of :Kr�f.la.\" ]iva kmuz-diisa,\n\nei viSviisa, karle ta' iira du/:tkha niii: if we simply regard the lotus feet of\n\n:Kr�1.1a as our ultimate shelter, we shall be saved from all these waves of\n\nmiiyii, which are variously exhibited as mental and sensual activities and\n\nthe agitation of rejection and acceptance. Kr�1.1a instructs in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii (18.66):\n\nsarva-dharmiin parityajya\nmii m ekam sarar:uzm vraja\naham tviim sarva-piipebhyo\nmo�afo.yiimi mii suca/:t\n\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall\n\ndeliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" Therefore if we simply\n\n", "SB7.3#p0289": "Text 54]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n263\n\nplace ourselves at the lotus feet of Kt�I).a by taking to Kt�I).a conscious­\n\nness and keeping always in touch with Him by chanting the Hare Kt�I).a\n\nmantra, we need not take much trouble in arranging to return to the\n\nspiritual world. By the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, this is very\neasy.\n\nharer nama harer nama\nharer namaiva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyathii\n\nTEXT 54\n\natHn � � !It;: 1Jft (lf.fit:q( � I\nfcl\"fi\\'s� m: Stl�\\'ij4 �1Q'l�ttH( ����II\nagni/:£ silryo diva prahr;,al}\nsuklo rakottaram sva-ra!\nvi.Svo 'tha taijasal} prajfias\nturya atma samanvayat\nagnil}-fire; silrya/:£-sun; diva-day; prahr;,al}-the end of the day;\n\nsuklal}-the bright fortnight of the moon; raka-the full moon at the\n\nend of the §ukla-pa�a; uttaram-the period when the sun passes to the\nnorth; sva-ra!-the Supreme Brahman or Lord Brahmii; vi.Sva/:£-gross\n\ndesignation; atha-Brahmaloka, the ultimate in material enjoyment;\n\ntaijasal}-subtle designation; prajiia�-the witness in the causal desig­\n\nnation; turya/:£-transcendental; atma-the soul; samanvayat-as a\nnatural consequence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn his path of ascent, the progressive living entity enters the\ndifferent worlds of fire, the sun, the day, the end of the day, the\nbright fortnight, the full moon, and the passing of the sun in the\nnorth, along with their presiding demigods. When he enters\nBrahmaloka, he enjoys life for many millions of years, and finally\n\n", "SB7.3#p0290": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n264\n\n[Canto 7' Ch. 15\n\nhis material designation comes to an end. He then comes to a subtle\ndesignation, from which he attains the causal designation, witness­\n\ning all previous states. Upon the annihilation of this causal state,\n\nhe attains his pure state, in which he identifies with the Supersoul.\n\nIn this way the living entity becomes transcendental.\nTEXT 55\n\n��t;cfll<\n\nsnriro \\{<:ttl�\\�: 1\n\n3TR1N��I·6l<:lfl iRI<:¥4Wt �Ref�� II��II\ndeva-yanam idam prahur\nbhiitva bhiitvanupurtJa.Sab,\natma-yajy upa§antatma\nhy atma-stho na nivartate\ndeva-yanam-the process of elevation known as deva-yana; idamon this (path); prahub,-it is said; bhuttxi bhiitva-having repeated\nbirth; anupuroa5ab,-consecutively; atma-yaji-one who is eager for\nself-realization;\n\nupa§anta-atmii-completely free from all material\n\ndesires; hi-indeed; atma-sthab,-situated in his own self; na-not;\nnivartate-does return.\nTRANSLATION\nThis gradual process of elevation for self-realization is meant\n\nfor those who are truly aware of the Absolute Truth. After repeated birth on this path, which is known as deva-yina, one attains\n\nthese consecutive stages. One who is completely free from all ma­\n\nterial desires, being situated in the self, need not traverse the path\nof repeated birth and death.\n\nTEXT 56\n\n� f�ctliil¥4�� ilaJZifqij I\n�a�o1 �� � �sfq WI�� 11��11\n\n�\n\nya ete pitr-devanam\nayane veda-nirmite\n\n", "SB7.3#p0291": "Text 57]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n265\n\nsastrelJ.ll cak$U$ii veda\njana-stho 'pi na muhyati\nya�-one who; ete-on this path (as repommended above); pitrdevanam-known as pitr-yana and deva-yana; ayane-on this path;\nveda-nirmite-recommended in the Vedas; sastreiJ.ll-by regular study\nof the scriptures; C�IJ,$a-by enlightened eyes; veda-is fully aware;\njana-stha�-a person situated in a material body; api-even though;\nna-never; muhyati-is bewildered.\nTRANSLATION\nEven though situated in a material body, one who is fully aware\nof the paths known as pitr-yina and deva-yin� and who thus\nopens his eyes in terms of Vedic knowledge, is never bewildered in\nthis material world.\nPURPORT\n\nAcaryavan pur�J,$o veda: one who is guided by the bona fide spiritual\nmaster knows everything as stated in the Vedas, which set forth the standard of infallible knowledge. As recommended in Bhagavad-gitd,\nacaryopasanam: one must approach the acarya for real knowledge. Tadvijfuiniirtham sa gurum evabhigacchet: one must approach the acarya,\nfor then one will receive perfect knowledge. When guided by the spiritual master, one attains the ultimate goal of life.\nTEXT 57\n\n31t�tq.-a � � ;cf((ra : wroit('f:. '\n\n�����.n������\\911\nadav ante jananam sad\nbahir anta� paravaram\njfiiinam jfieyam vaco vacyam\ntamo jyotis tv ayam svayam\nadau-in the beginning; ante-at the end; jananam-of all living\nentities; sat-always existing; bahi�-externally; anta�-internally;\npara-transcendental;\navaram-material;\njfiiinam-knowledge;\n\n", "SB7.3#p0292": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n266\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\njneyam-the objective; vacab.-expression; oocyam-the ultimate object; tamab.-darkness; jyotib.-light; tu-indeed; ayam-this one (the\nSupreme Lord); svayam-Himself.\nTRANSLATION\nHe who exists internally and externally, at the beginning and\n\nend of everything and of all living beings, as that which is enjoya­\n\nble and as the enjoyer of everything, superior and inferior, is the\n\nSupreme Truth. He always exists as knowledge and the object of\n\nknowledge, as expression and the object of understanding, as\ndarkness and as light. Thus He, the Supreme Lord, is everything.\nPURPORT\nHere the Vedic aphorism saroam khalv idam brahma is explained. It is\nalso explained in the catub.-sloki Bhagavatam. Aham emsam evagre.\nThe Supreme Lord existed in the beginning, He exists after the creation\nand maintains everything, and after destruction everything merges in\nHim, as stated in Bhagavad-gita (prakrtim yanti mamikam). Thus the\nSupreme Lord is actually everything. In the conditioned state, we are\nbewildered in our understanding, but in the perfect stage of liberation\nwe can understand that Kr!?J:.la is the cause of everything.\niSvarab. paramab. kr�r:tab.\n\nsac-cid-ananda-vigrahab.\nanadir adir govindab.\ns aroa karar:w karar:wm\n-\n\n-\n\n\"Kr!?J:.la, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an\neternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other\norigin, for He is the prime cause of all causes.\" (Bs.\nfection of knowledge.\n\n5.1) This is the per­\n\nTEXT 58\n\n3l�sA �·uel���w�: 1\n\n��f�\n\n�� 11��11\n\n", "SB7.3#p0293": "Text 58]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n267\n\nabadhito 'pi hy abhaso\nyatha vastutaya smrta/:1.\ndurghata,tvad aindriyakam\ntadvad artha-vikalpitam\nabadhita/:1.-rejected;\n\napi-although;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nabhasa/:1.-a\n\nreflection; yatha-as; vastutaya-a form of reality; smrta/:1.-accepted;\ndurgha!atvat-because of being very difficult to prove the reality;\naindriyakam-knowledge derived from the senses; tadvat-similarly;\nartha-reality; vikalpitam-speculated or doubtful.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough one may consider the reflection of the sun from a mirror to be false, it has its factual existence. Accordingly, to prove by\nspeculative knowledge that there is no reality would be extremely\ndifficult.\nPURPORT\n\nThe impersonalists try to prove that the varieties in the vision of the\nempiric philosopher are false. The impersonalist philosophy, vivartavada, generally cites the acceptance of a rope to be a snake as an example\nof this fact. According to this example, the varieties within our vision are\nfalse, just as a rope seen to be a snake is false. The Vai�Q.avas say,\nhowever, that although the idea that the rope is a snake is false, the\nsnake is not false; one has exPerience of a snake in reality, and therefore\nhe knows that although the representation of the rope as a snake is false\nor illusory, there is a snake in reality. Similarly, this world, which is full\nof varieties, is not false; it is a reflection of the reality in the V aikUQ.tha\nworld, the spiritual world.\nThe reflection of the sun from a mirror is nothing but light within\ndarkness. Thus although it is not exactly sunlight, without the sunlight\nthe reflection would be impossible. Similarly, the varieties of this world\nwould be impossible unless there were a real prototype in the spiritual\nworld. The Mayavadi philosopher cannot understand this, but a real philosopher must be convinced that light is not possible at all without a\nbackground of sunlight. Thus the jugglery of words used by the\n\n", "SB7.3#p0294": "268\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nMayavadi philosopher to prove that this material world is false may\namaze inexperienced children, but a man with full knowledge knows\nperfectly well that there cannot be any existence without _Kr�:r;ta.\nTherefore a Vai�:r;tava insists on the platform of somehow or other accepting _Kr�:r;ta (tasmat kenapy upayeoo maoob- kr$r:te nivesayet).\nWhen we raise our unmixed faith to the lotus feet of _Kr�:r;ta, every­\n\nthing is revealed. _Kr�:r;ta also says in Bhagavad-gitii (7.1):\n\nmayy iisakta-maniib- partha\nyogam yunjan mad-asrayabasamsayam samagram mam\nyathii jnasyasi tac chrou\n\"Now hear, 0 son of P:rtha [Arjuna], how by practicing yoga in full consciousness of Me, with mind attached to Me, you can know Me in full,\nfree from doubt.\" Simply by raising one's staunch faith in _Kr�:r;ta and His\ninstructions, one can understand reality without a doubt (asamsayam\nsamagram mam). One can understand how _Kr�:r;ta's material and spiritual energies are working and how He is present everywhere although\neverything is not Him. This philosophy of acintya-bhediibheda, inconceivable oneness and difference, is the perfect philosophy enunciated by\nthe Vai�:r;tavas. Everything is an emanation from _Kr�:r;ta, but it is not that\neverything must therefore be worshiped. Speculative knowledge cannot\ngive us reality as it is, but will continue to be nefariously imperfect. Socalled scientists try to prove that there is no God and that everything is\nhappening because of the laws of nature, but this is imperfect knowledge\nbecause nothing can work unless directed by the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. This is explained in Bhagavad-gua (9.10) by the Lord Himself:\n\nmayiidhyak$er;n prakrtibsuyate sacariicaram\nhetuniineoo kaunteya\njagad viparivartate\n\"This material nature is working under My direction, 0 son of Kunti,\nand it is producing all moving and unmoving beings. By its rule this\n\n", "SB7.3#p0295": "Text\n\n59]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n269\n\nrpanifestation is created and annihilated again and again.\" In this regard,\nSrila Madhvacarya gives this note:\ndurgha!atvad arthatvena\nparamesvarer:uziva kalpitam. The background of everything is the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva. Vasudevab, saroam iti sa\n\nmahatma sudurlabhab,. This can be understood by a mahatma who is\nperfect in knowledge. Such a mahatmii is rarely seen.\n\n59\n\nTEXT\n\nf?4�tG.'huf+t(l�m1fTWJ�'11Nft: 1\nWI{{� �sfq WI� iftf�61 'l'flll� �II\n....\n\n�ity-adinam iharthanam\nchaya na katamiipi hi\nna s anghato vikaro 'pi\nna prthari nanvito mr�\n�iti-adinam-of the five elements, beginning with the earth; iha-in\nthis world; arthanam-of those five elements; chaya-shadow; naneither; katamii-which of them; api-indeed; hi-certainly; na-nor;\nsanghatab,-combination; vikarab,-transformation; api-although; na\nprthak-nor separated; na anvitab,\n\n-\n\nnor inherent in; m�a-all these\n\ntheories are without substance.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this world there are five elements-namely earth, water, fire,\nair and ether-but the body is not a reflection of them, nor a combination or transformation of them. Because the body and its ingredients are neither distinct nor\n\namalgamated, all such theories\n\nare insubstantial.\nPURPORT\n\nA forest is certainly a transformation of the earth, but one tree does\nnot depend on another tree; if one is cut down, this does not mean that\nthe others are cut down. Therefore, the forest is neither a combination\nnor a transformation of the trees. The best explanation is given by .Kt!?l}.a\nHimself:\n\n", "SB7.3#p0296": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n270\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nmaya tatam idam sarvam\njagad avyakta-milrtina\nmat-sthiini sarva-bhiltani\nna caham te�v avasthitab-\n\n\"By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All\n\nbeings are in Me, hut I am not in them.\" (Bg.\n\n9.4) Everything is an ex­\n\npansion of ��I;la's energy. As it is said, parasya Sa.ktir vividhaiva\n\nsrilyate: the Lord has multi-energies, which are expressed in different\n\nways. The energies are existing, and the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead also exists simultaneously; because everything is His energy, He is\nsimultaneously one with everything and different from everything. Thus\n\nour speculative theories that atma, the living force, is a combination of\n\nmatter, that matter is a transformation of the soul, or that the body is\n\npart of the soul are all insubstantial.\n\nSince all the Lord's energies are simultaneously existing, one must\n\nunderstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. But although He is\n\neverything, He is not present in everything. The Lord must he worshiped\n\nin His original form as ��J).a. He can also present Himself in any one of\n\nHis various expanded energies. When we worship the Deity of the Lord\n\nin the temple, the Deity appears to he stone or wood. Now, because the\n\nSupreme Lord does not have a material body, He is not stone or wood, yet\nstone and wood are not different from Him. Thus by worshiping stone or\n\nwood we get no result, hut when the stone and wood are represented in\n\nthe Lord's original form, by worshiping the Deity we get the desired\nresult. This is supported by Sri Caitanya Mahiiprahhu's philosophy,\nacintya-bhedabheda, which explains how the Lord can present Himself\n\neverywhere and anywhere in a form of His energy to accept service from\n\nthe devotee.\n\nTEXT\n\n�iiti'SI\n\nICf�Fcf;u I\n���fi4;:;q91f��s;:ffir: II� II\n\n�scrtff��\nWi\n\n60\n.\n\no\n\ndhiitavo 'vayavitvac ca\ntan-matravayavair vina\n\n", "SB7.3#p0297": "Text 61]\n\n271\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\nna syur hy asaty avayaviny\nasann avayavo 'ntatal)\n\ndha.tavaiJ,-the five elements; avayavitoot-being the cause of the\nbodily conception; ca-and; tat-nuitra-the sense objects (sound, taste,\ntouch, etc.); avayavail)-the subtle parts; vina-without; na-not;\nsyul)-can exist; hi-indeed; asati-unreal; avayavini-in the formation of the body; asan-not existing; avayaval)-the part of the body;\nantatal)-at the end.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause the body is formed of the five elements, it cannot exist\nwithout the subtle sense objects. Therefore, since the body is false,\nthe sense objects are also naturally false or temporary.\nTEXT 61\n\n�1({ 61t�M'I«tlqf{ �«fir�: I\niifTA€((tlcn���� n�tu\nsyat sadrsya-bhramas tavad\nvikalpe sati vastunal)\njagrat-sviipau yatha svapne\ntatha vidhi-n4edhatii\nsyat-it\n\nso\n\nbecomes;\n\nsadrsya-similarity;\n\nbhramal)-mistake;\n\ntiivat-as long as; vikalpe-in separation; sati-the part; vastunal)from the substance; jagrat-waking; svapau-sleeping; yatha-as;\nsvapne-in a dream; tatha-similarly; vidhi-n4edhata-the regulative\nprinciples, consisting of injunctions and prohibitions.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a substance and its parts are separated, the acceptance\nof similarity between one and the other is called illusion. While\ndreaming,\n\none\n\ncreates\n\na\n\nseparation\n\nbetween\n\nthe\n\nexistences\n\ncalled wakefulness and sleep. It is in such a state of mind that the\n\n", "SB7.3#p0298": "272\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nregulative principles of the scriptures, consisting of injunctions\nand prohibitions, are recommended.\nPURPORT\nIn material existence there are many regulative principles and formalities. If material existence is temporary or false, this does not mean\nthat the spiritual world, although similar, is also false. That one's material body is false or temporary does not mean that the body of the\nSupreme Lord is also false or temporary. The spiritual world is real, and\nthe material world is similar to it. For example, in the desert we sometimes find a mirage, but although the water in a mirage is false, this does\nnot mean that there is no water in reality; water exists, but not in the\ndesert. Similarly, nothing real is in this material world, but reality is in\nthe �piritual world. The Lord's form and His abode-Goloka V:rndavana\nin the Vaikm;ttha planets-are eternal realities.\nFrom Bhagavad-gita we understand that there is another prakrti, or\nnature, which is real. This is explained by the Lord Himself in the Eighth\nChapter of Bhagavad-gita (8.19-21):\n\nbhata-groma/:t sa evayam\nbhutva bhatva praliyate\nrotry-agame 'va5a/:t partha\nprabhavaty ahar-agame\nparas tasmdt tu bhavo 'nyo\n'vyakto 'vyaktdt sandtana/:t\nya/:t sa sarve�u bhate�u\nna.Syatsu na vina.Syati\navyakto ·�ara ity uktas\ntam ahu/:t paramdm gatim\nyam prapya na nivartante\ntad dhama paramam mama\n\" Again and again the day of Brahma comes, and all living beings are active; and again the night falls, 0 Partha, and they are helplessly dissolved. Yet there is another nature, which is eternal and is transcendental\n\n", "SB7.3#p0299": "Text 62)\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n273\n\nto this manifested and unmanifested matter. It is supreme and is never\nannihilated. When all in this world is annihilated, that part remains as it\nis. That supreme abode is called unmanifested and infallible, and it is the\nsupreme destination. When one goes there, he never comes hack. That is\nMy supreme abode.\" The material world is a reflection of the spiritual\nworld. The material world is temporary or false, hut the spiritual world\nis an eternal reality.\n\nbhavadvaitam kriyadvaitam\ndravyadvaitam tathatmana/.t\nvartayan svanubhutyeha\ntrin svapnan dhunute muni/.t\nbhava-advaitam-oneness\n\nin\n\none's\n\nconception\n\nof\n\nlife;\n\nkriya­\n\nadvaitam-oneness in activities; dravya-advaitam-oneness in different paraphernalia; tatha -as well as; dtmana/.t-of the soul; vartayan-considering; sva-one's own; anubhii.tya-according to realization; iha-in this material world; trin-the three; svapnan-living conditions\n\n(wakefulness,\n\ndreaming\n\nand\n\nsleep);\n\ndhunute-gives\n\nup;\n\nmuni/.t-the philosopher or speculator.\nTRANSLATION\nMter\n\nconsidering\n\nthe\n\noneness\n\nof\n\nexistence,\n\nactivity\n\nand\n\nparaphernalia and after realizing the self to be different from all\nactions and reactions, the mental speculator [muni), according to\nhis own realization, gives up the three states of wakefulness,\ndreaming and sleep.\n\nPURPORT\nThe three words bhavadvaita, kriyadvaita and dravyadvaita are explained in the following verses. However, one has to give up all the nonduality of philosophical life in the material world and rome to the actual\nlife of reality in the spiritual world in order to attain perfection.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0300": "274\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 63\n\n¥14'¥1(0ICI�iftli(�;f\nq&fW'(ft� I\n3f��� fct¥(!q� llFn(ij a�1t ������\nkii.rya-kii.rar:w-vastv-aikyadarianarh pa!a-tantuvat\navastutvad vikalpasya\nbhavadvaitarh tad ucyate\nkarya-the result or effect; kii.rar:w-the cause; vastu-suhstance;\naikya-oneness; darianam-observation; pa{a-the cloth; tantu-the\nthread; vat-like; avastutvat-because of being ultimately unreality;\nvikalpasya-of differentiation;\n\nbhava-advaitam-the\n\nconception of\n\noneness; tat ucyate-that is called.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen one understands that result and cause are one and that\n\nduality is ultimately unreal, like the idea that the threads of a cloth\n\nare different from the cloth itself, one reaches the conception of\noneness called hhividvaita.\n\nTEXT 64\n\n� QfUt q� m�� ridijll�'f_ 1\n'4�lCII'fi�fq: � f�ij ��tt1t 11�\\?11\nyad brahmar:ti pare sak{;at\nsarva-karma-samarpar:wm\nmano-vak-tanubhi/:L partha\nkriyiidvaitarh tad ucyate\nyat-that which; brahmar:ti-in the Supreme Brahman; pare-transcendental;\n\nsak{;at-directly;\n\nsamarpar:wm-dedication;\n\nsarva-of\n\nall;\n\nmana}:t-by the mind;\n\nkarma-activities;\nvak-the words;\n\ntan ubhi/:L-and the body; partha-0 Maharaja Yudhi�thira;\nadvaitam-oneness in activities; tat ucyate-it is called.\n\nkriya­\n\n", "SB7.3#p0301": "Text 65]\n\nInstructions for Qvilized Human Beings\n\n275\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Yudhi�lhira [Pirtha], when all the activities one performs with his mind, words and body are dedicated directly to the\nservice of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one reaches oneness of activities, called kriyadvaita.\nPURPORT\nThe Kr�J).a consciousness movement is teaching people how to come to\nthe stage of dedicating everything to the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. :Kr�I.J.a says in Bhagavad-gila (9.27):\nyat kar()$i yad a.Snasi\nyaj ju�i dadiis yat\nyat tapasyasi kaunteya\ntat kurtl.§va mad-arpa7Jam\n\"0 son of Kunti, all that you do, all that you eat, all that you offer and\ngive away, as well as all austerities that you may perform, should be done\nas an offering unto Me.\" If whatever we do, whatever we eat, whatever\nwe think and whatever we plan is for the advancement of the :Kr�I.J.a consciousness movement, this is oneness. There is no difference between\nchanting for Kr�J).a consciousness and working for Kr�J).a consciousness.\nOn the transcendental platform, they are one. But we must be guided by\nthe spiritual master about this oneness; we should not manufacture our\nown oneness.\nTEXT 65\n\n3W+NII�IWIC('\\';nl{;lrrt ««flttl'( I\n� �m �� 6�6 11,'-\\11\natma-jaya-sutadinam\nanye$drh saroa-dehinam\n\n·\n\nyat svartha kamayor aikyam\n-\n\ndravyadvaitam tad ucyate\ndtma-of\n\none's\n\nself;\n\njaya-wife;\n\nsuta-adinam-and\n\nchildren;\n\nanye$dm-of one's relatives, etc.; saroa-dehinam-of all other living\n\n", "SB7.3#p0302": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n276\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nent1t1es; yat-whatever; sva-artha-kamayofi,-of one's ultimate goal\nand benefit; ai kyam-oneness; dravya advaitam\n-\n\n-\n\noneness of interest;\n\ntat ucyate-it is called.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the ultimate goal and interest of one's self, one's wife,\n\none's children, one's relatives and all other embodied living\n\nbeings is one, this is called dravyiidvaita, or oneness of interest.\n\nPURPORT\nThe actual interest of all living entities-indeed, the goal of life-is to\nreturn home, back to Godhead. This is the interest of one's own self,\none's wife, one's children, one's disciples and one's friends, relatives,\ncountrymen and all humanity. The :Kr�?f.la consciousness movement can\ngive directions for management by which everyone can partake in :Kr�?f.la\nconscious activities and reach the ultimate goal, which is known as\n\nsvartha-gatim. This objective of everyone's interest is Vi�?f.lU, but because\npeople do not know this (na te viduft svdrtha-gatim hi v�ry,um), they are\nmaking various plans by which to fulfill so many concocted interests in\nlife. The :Kr�?f.la consciousness movement is trying to bring everyone to\nthe highest interest. The process may be differently named, but if the\naim is one, people should follow it to achieve the ultimate goal in life.\nUnfortunately, people are thinking of different interests, and blind\nleaders are misleading them. Everyone is trying to reach the goal of complete happiness materially; because people do not know what complete\nhappiness is, they are materially diverted toward different interests.\n\nTEXT 66\n\nq�mfq��iR��� I\n� � �qifUr em itl�(itlqR ����I I\nyad yasya viin�iddham syad\nyena yatra yato nrpa\nsa teneheta karyary,i\nnaro niinyair aniipadi\n\n", "SB7.3#p0303": "Text 67]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n277\n\nyat-whatever; yasya-of a man; oo-either; ani.§iddham-not forbidden; syat-it is so;\n\nye na-by which means; yatra-in place and\n\ntime; yata�-from which; nrpa-0 King; sa�-such a person; lenaby such a process; iheta-should perform; karya�i-prescribed activities; nara�-a person; na-not; anya i�-by other ways; anapadiin the absence of danger.\nTRANSLATION\nIn normal conditions, in the absence of danger, 0 King\nYudhi�!hira, a man should perform his prescribed activities according to his status of life with the things, endeavors, process and\nliving place that are not forbidden for him, and not by any other\nmeans.\nPURPORT\nThis instruction is given for men in all statuses of life. Generally\nsociety\n\nis divided into brahma�. /cyatriyas, vaiSyas, sadras,\nbrahmacarf.s, vanaprasthas, sannyds'is and grhasthas. Everyone must act\n\naccording to his position and try to please the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, for that will make one's life successful. This was instructed in\nNaimi�arai).ya:\n\nata� pumbhir dvija-sre$!ha\nvan:z,QSrama-vibhaga5a�\nsvanU$!hitasya dharmasya\nsamsiddhir hari-lO$U�m\n\"0 best among the twiceborn, it is therefore concluded that the highest\nperfection one\n\ncan\n\nachieve,\n\nby discharging his prescribed duties\n\n[dharma] according to caste divisions and order of life, is to please the\n\nLord Hari.\" (Bhag. 1.2.13) Everyone should act according to his occupa­\n\ntional duties just to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Then\neveryone will be happy.\nTEXT 67\n\n���� ita_1:ffiJ�R: �fir: I\n��Jiij� ��(ijJ:Htl'tlf WR:II,\\911\n....\n\n", "SB7.3#p0304": "278\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\netair anyaiS ca vedoktair\nvartamiinab, sva-kannabhib,\ngrhe 'py asya gatim yayad\nrajarils tad-bhakti-bhari narab,\netaib,-by these ways;\n\nanayib,-by other ways; ca-and; veda­\n\nu ktaib,-as directed in the Vedic literatures; vartamiinab. abiding; svakannabhib,-by one's occupational duties; grhe api-even at home;\n:-\n\nasya-of Lord Kr�J.la; gatim-destination; yayat-can reach; rajan-0\nKing;\n\ntat-bhakti-bhak-who\n\nrenders\n\ndevotional\n\nservice\n\nunto\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; narab,-any person.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, one should perform his occupational duties according\nto these instructions, as well as other instructions given in the\nVedic literature, just to remain a devotee of Lord �t;ta. Thus,\neven while at home, one will be able to reach the destination.\n\nPURPORT\nThe ultimate goal of life is V i�Qu, Kr�J.la. Therefore, either by Vedic\nregulative principles or by materialistic activities, if one tries to reach the\ndestination of Kr�J.la, that is the perfection of life. Kr�J.la should he the\ntarget; everyone should try to reach Kr�Qa, from any position of life.\nKr�J.la accepts service from anyone. The Lord says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(9.32):\nmiim hi partha vyapasritya\nye 'pi syub, papa-yonayab,\nstriyo vaiSyas tatha sudras\nte 'pi yanti param gatim\n\"0 son of P:rtha, those who take shelter in Me, though they he of lower\nbirth-women, vaiSyas [merchants], as well as sudras [workers]-can\napproach the supreme destination.\" It does not matter what one's position is; if one aims at reaching Kr�J.la by performing his occupational\nduty under the direction of the spiritual master, his life is successful. It\nis not that only sannyasis, vanaprasthas and brahmacaris can reach\n\n", "SB7.3#p0305": "Text 68]\n\n279\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n.Kr!?:r;ta. A grhastha, a householder, can also reach .Kr!?Qa, provided he becomes a pure devotee without material desires. An example of this is\ncited in the next verse.\nTEXT 68\n\n�\n\nft Tf� �T�1Ql(otl\\�«<I€¥4WJ:\nJill):\n\n1RTq�q·�q��qql\nil(l(tftf1�6R\\�q�; � 11,�11\n\nyatha hi yuyam nrpa-deva dustyajad\napad-gal'}iid uttaratatmana� prabho�\nyat-pada-parikeruha-sevaya bhavan\nahar�in nirjita-dig-gaja� kratiln\nyatha-as; hi-indeed; yuyam-all of you (PaQ<}.avas); nrpa-deva0 lord of the kings, human beings and demigods; dustyajat-insurmountable; dpat-dangerous conditions; ga�t-from all;\nescaped;\n\natmana�-own;\n\nprabho�-of\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\nuttaratayat-pada­\n\nparikeruha-whose lotus feet; sevaya-by serving; bhavan-yourself;\nahar�il-performed; nirjita-defeating; dik-gaja�-the most powerful\nenemies, who were like elephants; kratiln-ritualistic ceremonies.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Yudhi�lhira, because of your service to the Supreme\nLord, all of you P�4avas defeated the greatest dangers posed by\nnumerous kings and demigods. By serving the lotus feet of �I;ta,\nyou conquered great enemies, who were like elephants, and thus\nyou collected ingredients for sacrifice. By His grace, may you be\ndelivered from material involvement.\nPURPORT\nPlacing himself as an ordinary householder, Maharaja Yudhi�?!hira inquired from Narada Muni how a grha-mil(lha-dh;;, a person who is entangled in household life and who thus continues to remain a fool, can be\n\n", "SB7.3#p0306": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n280\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\ndelivered. Narada Muni encouraged Maharaja Y udhi!?thira by saying,\n\"You are already on the safe side because you, along with your entire\nfamily, have become a pure devotee of Kr!?�a.\" By Kr!?�a's grace, the\nP��avas conquered in the Battle of Kuruk!?etra and were saved from\nmany dangers posed not only by kings but sometimes even by the\ndemigods. Thus they are a practical example of how to live in security\nand safety by the grace of Kr!?�a. Everyone should follow the example of\nthe Pa��avas, who showed how to be saved by the grace of Kr!?�a. Our\nKr!?�a consciousness movement is intended to teach how everyone can\nlive peacefully in this material world and at the end of life return home,\nback to Godhead. In the material world there are always dangers at every\nstep {padam padam yad vipadam na te$dm). Nonetheless, if one takes\nshelter of Kr!?�a without hesitation and keeps under the shelter of Kr!?�a,\nhe can easily cross the ocean of nescience. SamiiSrita ye pada-pallavaplavam mahat-padam puiJya-ya5o murare/:l. To the devotee, this great\nocean of nescience becomes like a puddle of water in the hoofprint of a\ncow. A pure devotee, without embarrassing himself by trying for elevation in so many ways, stays in the safest position as a servant of Kr!?�a,\nand thus his life is eternally safe without a doubt.\nTEXT 69\n\n3(( � � � aqiltur: 1\nwtiWI<i\\� '4Ciilfi�\\t � ijijwt(f: II����\naham purabhavam ka5cid\ngandharoa upabarha�Ja/:l\nndmndt'ite maha-kalpe\ngandharva'Jdm susammata/:l\naham-1 myself; pura-formerly;\n\nabhavam-existed as;\n\nkaScit\n\ngandharoa/:l-one of the denizens of Gandharvaloka; upabarha�Ja/:lUpabarh�a;\n\nnamna-by the name; ante-long, long ago; maha­\n\nkalpe-in a life of Brahma, which is known as a maha-kalpa;\ngandharvalJdm-among the Gandharvas; su-sammata/:l-a very respectable person.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0307": "Text 70]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n281\n\nTRANSLATION\nLong, long ago, in another mahi-kalpa [millennium of Brahmi],\nI existed as the Gandharva known as Upabarhru;ta. I was very respected by the other Gandharvas.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Narada Muni is giving a practical example from his past life. For­\n\nmerly, during the previous lifetime of Lord Brahma, Narada Muni was\none of the denizens of Gandharvaloka, but unfortunately, as will be ex­\n\nplained, he fell from his exalted position in Gandharvaloka, where the\n\ninhabitants are extremely beautiful and expert in singing, to become a\n\nsadra. Nonetheless, because of his association with devotees, he became\n\nmore fortunate than he was in Gandharvaloka. Even though cursed by\n\nthe prajiipatis to become a sadra, in his next life he became the son of\nLord Brahma.\n\nThe word mahii.-kalpe is described by Srila Madhvacarya as atita­\n\nbrahma-kalpe. Brahma dies at the end of a life of many millions of years.\n\nThe day of Brahma is described in Bhagavad-gitii (8.17):\nsahasra-yuga-paryantam\nahar yad brahmar:w vidu�\nriitrirh yuga-sahasriintiirh\nte\n\n'ho-riitra-vido janii�\n\n\"By human calculation, a thousand ages taken together is the duration of\n\nBrahma's one day. And such also is the duration of his night.\" Bhagavan\n\nSri ��r;ta can remember incidents from millions of years ago. Similarly,\nHis pure devotee like Narada Muni can also remember incidents from a\n\npast life millions and millions of years ago.\nTEXT 70\n\nI\n\"'q�'4.18ttl�«lq..�fir�«o�twt:\n� fSftlrit � �: (CC�(e+q� : ll\"oll\nrapa-pesala-miidhuryasaugandhya-priya-darsana�\n\n", "SB7.3#p0308": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n282\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.IS\n\nstri1Jiim priyatamo nityam\nmatta� sva-pura-lampaJa�\nnlpa-beauty; pe.Sala-formation of the body; madhurya-attractiveness; saugandhya-very fragrant, being decorated with various\nflower garlands and sandalwood pulp; priya-darsana�-very beautiful\nto see; stri1Jiim-of the women; priya-tama�-naturally attracted;\nnityam-daily; matta�-proud like a madman; sva-pura-in his own\ncity; lampa!a�-very much attached to women because of lusty desires.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI had a beautiful face and a pleasing, attractive bodily structure.\n\nDecorated with flower garlands and sandalwood pulp, I was most\n\npleasing to the women of my city. Thus I was bewildered, always\nfeeling lusty desires.\n\nPURPORT\nFrom the description of the beauty of Niirada Muni when he was one\nof the denizens of Gandharvaloka, it appears that everyone on that planet\nis extremely beautiful and pleasing and always decorated with flowers\nand sandalwood. UpabarhaJ.la was Narada Muni's name previously.\nUpabarhal).a was specifically expert in decorating himself to attract the\nattention of women, and thus he became a playboy, as described in the\nnext verse. To be a playboy in this life is unfortunate because too much\nattraction to women will lead one to fall into the association of sildras,\nwho can easily take advantage of mingling with women without restriction. In this present age of Kali, when people are manda� sumandamataya�-very bad because of a sildra mentality-such free mingling is\nprominent.\n\nAmong\n\nthe\n\nhigher\n\nclasses-briihma�,\n\n�triya\n\nand\n\nvaiSya-there is no chance for men to mingle with women freely, but in\nthe sildra community such mingling is open. Because there is no cultural\neducation in this age of Kali, everyone is spiritually untrained, and\neveryone is therefore to be considered sildra (a5uddha� sildra-kalpii hi\nbrahmaTJii� kali-sambhavaM. When all the people become si11lras, certainly they are very bad (manda� sumanda-matayaM. Thus they\nmanufacture their own way of life, with the result that they gradually\n\n", "SB7.3#p0309": "Text 71]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n283\n\nbecome unfortunate (manda-bhagya/:t}, and furthermore they are al­\n\nways disturbed by various circumstances.\nTEXT 71\n\n� ij q;:\\tifM(Qf '1'11 : I\n�\nftsqflfl¥t(R:•ntiN•n�� ll\\9� 11\n�\n\nekada deva-satre tu\ngandharvapsarasam gaTJii/:£\nupahuta viSva-srgbhir\nhari-gathopagayane\nekadti-once upon a time;\n\ndeva-satre-in an assembly of the\n\ndemigods; tu-indeed; gandharva-of the inhabitants of Gandharvaloka;\n\napsarasam-and the inhabitants of Apsaroloka; gaTJii/:t-all;\n\nupahilta/:£-were invited; viSva-srgbhi/:t-by the great demigods known\n\nas the prajapatis; hari-gatha-upagayane-on an occasion of kirtana for\nglorifying the Supreme Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce there was a sailkirtana festival to glorify the Supreme Lord\nin an assembly of the demigods, and the Gandharvas and Ap saris\nwere invited by the prajapatis to take part in it.\nPURPORT\nSankirtana means chanting of the holy name of the Lord. The Hare\n\nKr�I.J.a movement is not a new movement as people sometimes mistakenly\nthink. The Hare Kr�1.1a movement is present in every millennium of Lord\n\nBrahmii's life, and the holy name is chanted in all the higher planetary\nsystems, including Brahmaloka and Candraloka,\n\nnot to speak\n\nof\n\nGandharvaloka and Apsaroloka. The sarikirtana movement that was\n\nstarted in this world five hundred years ago by Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu\nis therefore not a new movement. Sometimes, because of our bad luck,\n\nthis movement is stopped, but Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu and His servants\n\nagain start the movement for the benefit of the entire word or, indeed,\nthe entire universe.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0310": "284\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 72\n\n31( ;c •n4(dfG\\&:1. �Tflt: q-fttij) qij: 1\n�� ASQq�((l�\n\nWi ��(1�(11 I\nW � $,001¥41� WI!�: tlt'Cewt: II\\S�II\naham ca gayams tad-vidvan\nstribhi� parivrto gata�\n\njiiiitvii viSva-srjas tan me\nhelanam sepur ojasa\n\nyahi tvam siidratiim asu\n\nna§!a-sri� krta-helana�\n\naham-I myself; ca-and; gayan-singing the glories of other\n\ndemigods rather than those of the Lord; tat-vidvan-knowing very well\n\nthe art of singing; stribhi�-by women; parivrta�-being surrounded;\n\ngata�-went there; jiiiitoo-knowing well; viSva srja�\n\n-\n\n- the prajapatis,\n\nto whom the management of universal affairs was entrusted; tat-the attitude of my singing; me-my; helanam-negligence; sepu�\nojasa-with great force;\n\nyahi-become;\n\nasu-immediately;\n\nOO§!a-devoid\n\nsiidra;\n\ntva m-you;\nof;\n\n- cursed;\n\nsiidratiim-a\n\nsri�-beauty;\n\nkrta­\n\nhelana�-because of transgressing the etiquette.\nTRANSLATION\nNiirada Muni continued: Being invited to that festival, I also\n\njoined, and, surrounded by women, I began musically singing the\nglories of the demigods. Because of this, the prajapatis, the great\n\ndemigods in charge of the affairs of the universe, forcefully\n\ncursed me with these words: \"Because you have committed an\n\noffense, may you immediately become a sudra, devoid of beauty.\"\nPURPORT\nAs far as kirtana is concerned, the sastras say, sravar:wm kirtanam\n\nvi$ry,o�: one should chant the glories of the Supreme Lord and the holy\n\nname of the Supreme Lord. This is clearly stated. Sravar:wm kirtanam\n\n", "SB7.3#p0311": "Text 73]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n285\n\nv��b,: one should chant about and glorify Lord V i�1,1u, not any demigod.\n\nUnfortunately, there are foolish persons who invent some process of\n\nkirtana on the basis of a demigod's name. This is an offense. Kirtana\n\nmeans glorifying the Supreme Lord, not any demigod. Sometimes people\n\ninvent Kali-kirtana or Siva-kirtana, and even big sannydsis in the\n\nMayavada school say that one may chant any name and still get the same\nresult. But here we find that millions and millions of years ago, when\n\nNarada Muni was a Gandharva, he neglected the order to glorify the\nLord, and being mad in the association of women, he began to chant\n\notherwise. Thus he was cursed to become a siidra. His :first offense was\nthat he went to join the sankirtana party in the company of lusty women,\n\nand another offense was that he considered ordinary songs, like cinema\n\nsongs and other such songs, to be equal to sankirtana. For this offense he\n\nwas punished with becoming a siidra.\n\nTEXT 73\n\n614(l�l¥ti �i vnN iUA4lfa.wtl'( I\n1'{1�·�•· mmst illl,;�(l'( ������\ntavad diisyam aham jajiie\ntatriipi brahma-viidiniim\n\nsl.lS�ayiinU§arige�\n\npriipto 'ham brahma-putratiim\n\ntdoo.t-since being cursed; diisyam-in the womb of a maidservant;\n\naham-I;\n\njajiie-took\n\nbirth;\n\ntatrapi-although\n\n(being\n\na\n\nsiidra);\n\nbrahma-vadiniim-unto persons well conversant with the Vedic knowl­\n\nedge; sl.lS�aya-by rendering service; ani.L§arige�-simultaneously;\n\npriiptab,-obtained; aham-I; brahma-putratiim-a birth as the son of\n\nLord Brahma (in this life).\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough I took birth as a siidra from the womb of a maidservant, I engaged in the service of V ai�J.lavas who were well-versed in\nVedic knowledge. Consequently, in this life I got the opportunity\nto take birth as the son of Lord Brahma.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0312": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n286\n\n[Canto 7, Ch.l5\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead says in Bhagavad-gitii (9.32):\n\nmam hi partha vyapasritya\nye 'pi syu!t piipa-yonaya!t\nstriyo vai.Syas tathii sadras\nte 'pi yanti param gatim\n\"0 son of P:rtha, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower\n\nbirth-women, vai.Syas [merchants], as well as sadras [workers]-can\n\napproach the supreme destination.\" It doesn't matter whether a person is\n\nborn as a sadra, a woman or a vai.Sya; if he associates with devotees\n\nrepeatedly or always (sadhu-sarigena), he can be elevated to the highest\n\nperfection. Narada Muni is explaining this in relation to his own life. The\n\nsankirtana movement is important, for regardless of whether one is a\nsadra, vai.Sya, mleccha, yavana or whatever, if one associates with a\n\npure devotee, follows his instructions and serves the pure devotee, his\n\nlife is successful. This is bhakti. Anukulyena kmliinu5ilanam. Bhakti\n\nconsists\n\nof\n\nserving\n\nK:r�Qa\n\nand\n\nHis\n\ndevotees\n\nvery\n\nfavorably.\n\nAnyabhilii§ita-sunyam. If one has no desire other than to serve K:r�Q.a\n\nand His devotee, then his life is successful. This is explained by Narada\nMuni through this practical example from his own life.\nTEXT 74\n\n� ·n���1 �: qfq;mJWf: 1\nPit.� q«Ahi�(1• W441fij'1fltl( 11\"\\lll\ndharmas te grha-medhiyo\nvan:tita!t papa-nasana!t\ngrhastho yena padavim\nafijasa nyasinam iyat\ndharma!t-that religious process; te-to you; grha-medhiya!t-al­\n\nthough attached to household life; van:tita!t-explained (by me); papanasana!t-the destruction of sinful reactions; grhastha!t-a person in\n\nhousehold life; yena-by which; padavim-the position; aiijasa-very\n\n", "SB7.3#p0313": "Text 75]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n287\n\neasily; nyasiniim-of those in the renounced order of life; iyat-can obtain.\nTRANSLATION\nThe process of chanting the holy name of the Lord is so powerful that by this chanting even householders (g:rhasthas] can very\neasily gain the ultimate result achieved by persons in the\nrenounced order. Maharaja Yudhi�!hira, I have now explained to\nyou that process of religion.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a confirmation of the l(rr;u;ta consciousness movement. Anyone\nwho takes part in this movement, regardless of what he is, can gain the\ntopmost result achieved by a perfect sannyasi, namely brahma-jnana\n(spiritual knowledge). Even more important, he can advance in devotional service. Maharaja Yudhi�thira thought that because he was a\ngrhastha there was no hope of his being liberated, and therefore he\nasked Narada Muni how he could get out of material entanglement. But\nNarada Muni, citing a practical example from his own life, established\nthat by associating with devotees and chanting the Hare Kr��Ja mantra,\nany man in any condition of life can achieve the highest perfection without a doubt.\nTEXT 75\n\nTf �t 'RI l{R'fttn\nitet���l\nim �cawtacc«m �\n\n� qt Q �qfq� ll\\9ltll\n\nyuyarh nr-loke bata bhuri-bhaga\nlokarh puniinii munayo 'bhiyanti\nye$iirh grhan avasatUi sak$ad\nga4ham pararh brahma manU$ya-lirigam\n\nyayam -all of you Pii�JQavas; nr-loke-in this material world; bataindeed; bhuri-bhiiga!t-extremely fortunate; lokam-all the planets of\n\n", "SB7.3#p0314": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n288\n\n(Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nthe universe; pu nana�-who can purify; munaya�-great saintly per­\n\nsons; abhiyanti-come to visit G ust like ordinary persons); ye§dm-of\nwhom; grhan-the house of the Pal).�avas; avasati-resides; iti-thus;\n�at-directly; giilj,ham-very confidential; param-transcendental;\nbrahma-the Parabrahman, .Kr�I).a; manU$ya-lirigam-as if an ordinary\nhuman being.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Maharaja Yudhi�thira, you PiiJ;I«Javas are so very fortu­\n\nnate in this world that many, many great saints, who can purify all\n\nthe planets of the universe, come to your house just like ordinary\n\nvisitors. Furthermore, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\n�J.la, is living confidentially with you in your house, just like\n\nyour brother.\n\nPURPORT\nHere is a statement exalting a Vai�I).ava. In human society, a\nbrahmar:w is the most respected person. A brahmar:w is one who can\nunderstand Brahman, the impersonal Brahman, but hardly ever can one\nunderstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is described by\nArjuna in Bhagavad-gita as pararh brahma. A brahmar:w may be extremely fortunate in having achieved brahma-jfuina, but the P[I).�avas\nwere so exalted that the Parabrahman, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, was living in their house like an ordinary human being. The word\nbhuri-bhaga� indicates that the Pal).�avas were in a still higher position\nthan brahmacaris and brahma�. In the following verses, Narada Muni\nrepeatedly glorifies the position of the Pal).�avas.\nTEXT 76\n\n« ffl\n\n31� iR1\n\n'4Cfftut\n\n�f.Ftlulij\\CII�:\nfilq: � �: � '41d�4\n3fkq,(own f�'W! �� ll\\9�11\nsa va ayarh brahma mahad-vimrgyakaivalya-nirvar:w-sukhanubhati�\npriya� suhrd va� khalu matuleya\natmarhar:tiyo vidhi-krd guru.S ca\n\n", "SB7.3#p0315": "Text 76]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n289\n\nsalt-that Supreme Personality of Godhead; va-either; ayam��I;la; brahma-the Supreme Brahman; mahat-vimrgya-sought by\ngreat, great saintly persons (devotees of ��I;la); kaivalya-nirvar:wsukha-of liberation and transcendental bliss;\n\nanubhatilt-for the\n\nrealization; priyalt-very dear; suhrt-the well-wisher; valt-of all of\nyou Piii).Qavas; khalu-famous as; matuleyalt-the son of your maternal\nuncle; atma-heart and soul; arha�iyalt-the most worshipable person;\nvidhi- krt-giving direction; gurult-your spiritual master; ca-and.\nTRANSLATION\nHow wonderful it is that the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nthe Parabrahman, K.n;�a, who is sought by great, great sages for\nthe sake of liberation and transcendental bliss, is acting as your\nbest well-wisher, your friend, your cousin, your heart and soul,\nyour worshipable director, and your spiritual master.\nPURPORT\n\n��J;la can become the director and spiritual master of anyone who is\nserious about getting the mercy of ��J;la. The Lord sends the spiritual\nmaster to train a devotee, and when the devotee is advanced, the Lord\nacts as the spiritual master within his heart.\nte�am satata-yuktarui:m\nbhajatam priti-purvakam\ndadiimi buddhi-yogam tam\nyena mam upayanti te\n\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worhip Me with love, I give\nthe understanding by which they can come to Me.\" ��I;la does not become the direct spiritual master unless one is fully trained by His representative spiritual master. Therefore, as we have already discussed, the\nLord's representative spiritual master should not be considered an ordinary human being. The representative spiritual master never gives any\nfalse knowledge to his disciple, but only perfect knowledge. Thus he is\nthe representative of ��J;la. ��J;la helps as the guru, or spiritual master,\nfrom within and from without. From without He helps the devotee as His\n\n", "SB7.3#p0316": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n290\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nrepresentative, and from within He talks personally with the pure devotee and gives him instructions by which he may return home, back to\nGodhead.\nTEXT 77\n\nwt �\n\n�li(;:cq'l•�n\n� Ntn �d6q)q;:cfU'1a� I\n�llri� '{,mr:\n\nsn:t1(eH�q « ijlffiri' qfu: II\\9\\911\n\nnn yasya s�iid blu.Lva-padmajiidibhi\nrupam dhiya vastutayopavanJ-itam\nmaunenn blu.Lktyopa.Samenn pujita/:L\nprasidatam e$a sa satvatam pati/:L\nnn-not; yasya-of whom (Lord Sri ��Qa); sa�at-directly;\nbhava-by Lord Siva; padma-ja-iidibhi/:L-Lord Brahma and others;\nrllpam-the form; dhiya-by meditation; vastutaya-factually;\nupavanJ-itam-could be explained; maunenn-by silence; blu.Lktya-by\ndevotional service; upa.Samenn-by finishing all material activities;\npujita/:L-one who is so worshiped; prasidatam-may be pleased with us;\ne$a/:L-this; sa}:t-the same Personality of Godhead; satvatam-of the\ndevotees; pati}:t-who is the maintainer, master and guide.\nTRANSLATION\nPresent here now is the same Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nwhose true form cannot be understood even by such great per­\n\nsonalities as Lord Brahmi and Lord Siva. He is realized by devotees\n\nbecause of their unflinching surrender. May that same Personality\n\nof Godhead, who is the maintainer of His devotees and who is\nworshiped by silence, by devotional service and by cessation of ma­\n\nterial activities, be pleased with us.\n\nPURPORT\n\nLord ��Qa is not properly understood even by such exalted personalities as Lord Siva and Lord Brahma, what to speak of ordinary men,\n\n", "SB7.3#p0317": "Text 78]\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\n\n291\n\nbut by His causeless mercy He bestows the benediction of devotion upon\n\nHis devotees, who can thus understand .Kr!?J;la as He is. Bhaktya miim\nabhijanati yawn yai clismi tattvatab,. No one within this universe can\n\nunderstand l<r!?I;la in truth, but if one engages in devotional service one\n\ncan understand Him perfectly well. This is also confirmed by the Lord in\n\nthe Seventh Chapter of Bhagavad-gitti (7.1):\n\nmayy lisakta-manab, partha\nyogam yuiijan mad-asrayab,\nasamsayam samagram miim\nyatha jiiasyasi tac chrou\n\"Now, hear, 0 son of P�tha [Arjuna], how by practicing yoga in full\n\nconsciousness of Me, with mind attached to Me, you can know Me in full,\n\nfree from doubt.\" Lord l<r!?J;la Himself teaches how one can understand\n\nHim perfectly well, without a doubt. Not only the Pal}«;lavas but everyone\nwho sincerely accepts the instructions of .Kr!?I;la\n\ncan\n\nunderstand the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead as He is. Mter instructing Yudhi!?thira\n\nMaharaja, Narada Muni prays for the Lord's blessings that He be pleased\n\nwith everyone and that everyone become perfect in God consciousness\n\nand return home, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 78\n\n��\n� ��rfou � �lf �m: 1\n\\-lf�I'4R\"I um�: � � �'4�,<-\"S: ll\\9�ll\nsri-suka uvaca\niti devar�ir:ul proktam\nniSamya bharatar�abhab,\npujayam lisa suprftab,\nk�lJilm ca prema-vihvalab,\nsri-sukab- u mca\n\n-\n\nSr i Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti\n\n-\n\nthus; deva-r�ina­\n\nby the great saint (Narada Muni); proktam-described; niSamya-hear­\n\ning;\n\nbharata-r�abhab,-the\n\nbest\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ndescendants\n\nin\n\nBharata\n\nMaharaja's dynasty, namely Maharaja Yudhi!?thira; pujayam lisa-\n\n", "SB7.3#p0318": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n292\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nworshiped; su-pritab,-being extremely pleased; kmuzm-unto Lord\n\nKrt?Qa; ca-also; prema-vihvalab,-in the ecstasy of love of Krt?J?.a.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi said: Maharaja Yudhi�lhira, the best\n\nmember of the Bharata dynasty, thus learned everything from the\ndescriptions of Niirada Muni. Mter hearing these instructions, he\n\nfelt great pleasure from within his heart, and in great ecstasy, love\n\nand affection, he worshiped Lord �J;la.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is natural that when someone belonging to one's family circle is\n\nunderstood to be very great, one becomes ecstatic in love, thinking, \"Oh,\n\nsuch a great personality is our relative!\" When Sri Krt?Qa, who was\n\nalready known to the PaQQ.avas, was further described by Narada Muni\nto be the Supreme Personality of Godhead, naturally the PaQQavas were\n\namazed, thinking, \"The Supreme Personality of Godhead is with us as\n\nour cousin!\" Certainly their ecstasy was extraordinary.\n\nTEXT 79\n\n��!Qllfriq �: SAlrT uf'if: I\n\n�� � qt ;m qt�: wrfqf�: ll\\9�11\nkr?r:w-parthav upiimantrya\npuji tab, prayayau munib,\nsrutvii kr?r:wril param brahma\npiirthab, parama-vismitab,\nkmza-Lord\n\nKrt?Qa;\n\nparthau-and\n\nMaharaja\n\nYudhit?!hira;\n\nupamantrya-bidding farewell; pujitab,-being worshiped by them;\n\nprayayau-left (that place); munib,-Narada Muni; srutva-after hear­\n\ning; kr$r:wm-about Krt?:Q.a; param brahma -as the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead; piirthab,-Maharaja Yudhit?!hira;\ncame most amazed.\n\nparama-vismitab,-be­\n\n", "SB7.3#p0319": "Text 80]\n\n293\n\nInstructions for Civilized Human Beings\nTRANSLATION\n\nNarada\n\nMuni,\n\nbeing\n\nworshiped\n\nby\n\nK.r�J;Ia\n\nand\n\nMaharaja\n\nYudhi�thira, bade them farewell and went away. Yudhi�thira\nMaharaja, having heard that K.r�J;Ia, his cousin, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, was struck with wonder.\nPURPORT\n\nMter hearing the conversation between Narada and Yudhi!?thira, if\none still has any doubts about .l<rf?J;la's being the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, one should immediately give them up. Asamsayam sarnagram.\nWithout any doubt and without any defect, one should understand .l<rf?J;la\nto he the Supreme Personality of Godhead and thus surrender at His\nlotus feet. Ordinary persons do not do this, even after hearing all the\nVedas, but if one is fortunate, although it may he even after many, many\nbirths, he comes to this conclusion (bahuruim janmaruim ante jfiiinavan\nmdm prapadyate).\n\nTEXT 80\n\n� <uaJJt�UI'f;IT ij w4m: ��Tfflffl: 1\n�tlltJ�lflm �� � ��u: ll�oll\niti dii�ayar:tinam te\nprthag vamsa/:t prakirtita/:t\ndevasura-man�yadya\nloka yatra caracara/:t\niti-thus; dii�yar:tinam-of the daughters of Maharaja Dakf?a, like\nAditi and Diti; te-to you; prthak-separately; vamsa/:t-the dynasties;\nprakirtita/:t-described (by me); deva-the demigods; asura-demons;\nman�ya-and human beings; adya/:t-and so on; loka/:t-all the planets within the universe; yatra-wherein; cara-acara/:t-moving and\nnonmoving living entities.\nTRANSLATION\nOn all the planets within this universe, the varieties of living entities, moving and nonmoving, including the demigods, demons\nand human beings, were all generated from the daughters of\n\n", "SB7.3#p0320": "294\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 7, Ch. 15\n\nMahirija Dak� I have now described them and their different\ndynasties.\nThw end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Seventh Canto, Fifteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Instructions for Civilized\nHuman Beings. \"\n\n-Completed on the night of Vaisakhi Sukla Ekadasi, the tenth of May,\n1976, in the temple of the Paiicatattva, New Navadvipa (Honolulu), by\nthe mercy of sri-kmta-caitanya prabhu nityananda sri-advaita\ngadiidhara srivasadi-gaura-bhakta-vrrufa. Thus we may happily chant\nHare l(r�Qa, Hare l(r�Qa, l(r�Qa J(r�Qa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare\nRama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\n\nEND OF TilE SEVENTH CANTO\n\n", "SB7.3#p0321": "Appendixes\n\n", "SB7.3#p0322": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prahhupada appeared in\n\nthis world in 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhakti­\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent devotional scholar and the founder of\n\nsixty-four GauQiya Mathas (Vedic institutes), liked this educated young\n\nrpan and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\nSrila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later (1933) at\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in\n\n1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nThakura requested Srila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge\n\nthrough the English language. In the years that followed, Srila Prabhu­\n\npada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad-gitd, assisted the GauQiya\n\nMatha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance, started an English\n\nfortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and checked the\n\ngalley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and strug­\n\ngled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never\nstopped; it is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\n\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion,\n\nthe GauQiya V ai�Qava Society honored him in\n\n1947 with the title\n\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In 1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada\n\nretired from married life, and four years later he adopted the\n\nvdnaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his studies and writ­\n\ning. Srila Prahhupada traveled to the holy city of Vrndavana, where he\n\nlived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\n\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and\nwriting. He accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At\n\nRadha-Damodara, Srila Prahhupada began work on his life's master­\n\npiece: a multivolume translation and com.!Jlentary on the eighteen thou­\n\nsand verse Srimad-Bhiigavatam (Bhiigavata Purary,a). He also wrote\nEasy Journey to Other Planets.\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhiigavatam, Srila Prabhupada\ncame to the United States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\nmaster. Since that time, His Divine Grace has written over forty volumes\nof authoritative translations, commentaries and summary studies of the\n\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n\n297\n\n", "SB7.3#p0323": "298\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila\nPrabhupada was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for Krishna Con­\n\nsciousness in July of 1966. Under his careful guidance, the Society has\ngrown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one\nhundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm communities.\n\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New Vrndavana, an experimental\n\nVedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew Vrndavana, now a thriving farm community of more than one thou­\n\nsand acres, his students have since founded several similar communities\n\nin the United States and abroad.\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\n\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\nDallas, Texas. The school began with 3 children in 1972, and by the\nbeginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\n\nSrila Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large inter­\n\nnational center at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also\n\nthe site for a planned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the\nmagnificent l(r�Qa-Balarama Temple and International Guest House in\n\nVrndavana, India. These are centers where Westerners can live to gain\nfirsthand experience of Vedic culture.\nSrila Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his\n\nbooks. Highly respected by the academic community for their authori­\n\ntativeness, depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks in\n\nnumerous college courses. His writings have been translated into eleven\n\nlanguages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972 ex­\n\nclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become the\nworld's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and phi­\n\nlosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada's most\n\nrecent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-com­\n\npleted by Srila �rabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali\nreligious classic Sri Caitanya-caritdmrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada\n\nhas circled the globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to\n\nsix continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada\ncontinues to write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library\nof Vedic philosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0324": "References\nhag\n\nThe purports of Snmad-B\navatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are specifically\ncited in this volume:\n\nB\n\nhagavad-gita, 10-11, 27, 29, 42, 46, 49, 52, 55, 66, 68, 73, 89-90, 109,\n110,111,112,117,117-118,131,134,135,139,140,142-143,146,\n149-150,150-151,151, 152,153, 157,158, 164,165,170,172,174,\n180,181-182,184,185,187,191,193,200-201,208,217,220,223,\n228,231,233,234,235-236,243-244,248,249-250,250-251,251,\n255,255-256,258,262,265,266,268,268-269,270,272-273,275,\n278, 281, 286, 288, 291\n\nBhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu, 29-30, 108, 122, 150\nBrahma-samhita, 50, 72, 186, 266\nBrahma-vaivarta Pumr:m, 171\nCaitanya-bhagavata, 180\nCaitanya-caritiimrta, 137, 190, 254\nGuavali, 91, 262\nHari-bhakti-vilasa, 200\nKa!ha Upani§ad, 242-243\nManu-samhita, 37\nMur:ujaka Upani§ad, 252\nPadma Purar;a, 189\n299\n\n", "SB7.3#p0325": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n300\n\nPrema-bhakti-carulrikii, 261\nSmrti-sastras, 229-230\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 16, 29, 34, 107, 136, 137-138, 145, 164, 177, 182,\n188-189,189-190,199-200,210-211,213,230-231,250,255,266,\n277\n\nSvetasvatara Upan�ad, 227\nUpan�ads, 150\nv��u Pura�. 212\nYajiiavalkya-smrti, 29\n\n", "SB7.3#p0326": "Glossary\nA\nAcirya-a spiritual master who teaches by example.\nAjagara-vrtti-the life pattern of a python.\n\nAntyajas-one of the seven mixed castes lower than siidra.\n\nArali-a ceremony for greeting the Lord with offerings of food, lamps,\nfans, flowers and incense.\nArcana-the devotional process of Deity worship.\nArtha-economic development.\nAsrama-the four spiritual orders of life: celibate student, householder,\nretired life and renounced life.\n\n�taka-the eighth day after the full moon.\nAsuras-atheistic demons.\n\nAvatiira-a descent of the Supreme Lord.\nB\nBiibaji-one who dwells alone\n\nm\n\nausterities and penance.\n\none place,\n\nperforming severe\n\nBahudaka-the second stage of the sannyiisa order, in which one begs\nfrom door to door.\nBhagavad-gita-the basic directions for spiritual life spoken by the\nLord Himself.\n\nBhakta-a devotee.\nBhakti-yoga-linking with the Supreme Lord by devotional service.\n\nBrahma-bandhu-one who has taken birth in a brahmar:m family but\nlacks brahminical qualifications.\n\nBrahmacarya-celibate student life; the first order of Vedic spiritual\n·\n\nlife.\nBrahma-jijiiiisii-irtquiry into the Absolute Truth.\nBrahman-the Absolute Truth; especially the impersonal aspect of the\nAbsolute.\nBriihiJUll.la-one wise in the Vedas, who can guide society; the first\nVedic social order.\n\n301\n\n", "SB7.3#p0327": "302\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nc\nCm;t«J.ila-lowborn person accustomed to filthy habits such as dogeating.\nD\n\nDaJ,tcJ.a-a staff carried by those in the renounced orders of life.\nDa.Sa-vidha-samskira-ten Vedic rituals performed for the purification\nof children from the time of conception to early childhood.\nDharma-eternal occupational duty; religious principles.\nE\n\nEkiida8i-a special fast day for increased remembrance of Kr!?:r;ta, which\ncomes on the eleventh day of both the waxing and waning moon.\nG\n\nGhee-clarified butter.\nGoloka (�t;taloka) -the highest spiritual planet, containing Kr!?:r;ta's\npersonal abodes Dvaraka, Mathura and V:rndavana.\nGopis-Krl?:r;ta's cowherd girl friends; His most confidential servitors.\nGosviimi- (go-senses; svdmi-controller), title of one in the sannydsa\norder.\nGrhastha-regulated householder life; the second order of Vedic spiritual life.\nGuru-a spiritual master.\nGuru-kula-the school of Vedic learning; boys begin at the age of five\nand live as celibate students, guided by a spiritual master.\n\nH\nHare �t;ta mantra-See: Malui-mantra\n\nJ\nJiva-tattva-the living entities, atomic parts of the Lord.\nJiiiina-k&t;t«J.a-the Upan�ad portion of the Vedas containing knowledge\nof Brahman, spirit.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0328": "Glossary\n\n303\n\nK\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali) -the present age, which is characterized by\nquarrel. It is last in the cycle of four, and began five thousand years\nago.\nKama-lust.\nKanuu_t4alu-water pot carried by sannyasis.\nKaratalas-hand cymbals used in kirtana.\nKarma-fruitive action, for which there is always reaction, good or bad.\nKarma-k8r}.4a-section of the Vedas prescribing fruitive activities for\nelevation to a higher material position.\nKarmi-a person satisfied with working hard for flickering sense\ngratification.\nKirtana-chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord.\n�:r.taloka-See: Goloka\n�atriyas-a warrior or administrator; the second Vedic social order.\nKuticak.a-the first stage of the sannyasa order; the kuficaka lives in a\nhut ·nearby his village and his family brings him food.\n\nM\nMaha-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance:\nHare l<r!?:r;ta, Hare l<r!?:r;ta, l<r!?:r;ta l<r!?:r;ta, Hare Hare\nHare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare\nMahatma-a self-realized soul.\nMantra-a sound vibration that can deliver the mind from illusion.\nMathas-monasteries.\nMathura-Lord l<r!?:r;ta's abode, surrounding V:rndavana, where He took\nbirth and later returned to after performing His V:rndavana\npastimes.\nMaya- (rna-not; ya-this), illusion; forgetfulness of one's relationship with l<r!?:r;ta.\nMiyavadis-impersonal philosophers who say that the Lord cannot have\na transcendental body.\nMlecchas-meat -eaters.\nMok�a-liberation into the spiritual effulgence surrounding the Lord.\nMrdanga-a clay drum used for congregational chanting.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0329": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n304\n\np\nPiiicaritriki-vidhi-rules\nPaiicaratra samhitas.\n\nand\n\nregulations as found in the\n\n108\n\nParamaharilsa-the highest stage of the sannyasa order; a topmost devotee of the Lord.\n\nParampari-the chain of spiritual masters in disciplic succession.\n\nParivrijakicArya-the third stage of the sannyasa order; the parivrajakiicarya constantly travels throughout the world, preaching the\nglories of the Lord.\n\nPradhina-the total material energy in its unmanifest state.\n\nPriJ.liyima-control of the breathing process; performed in ll§!dnga\n\nyoga.\n\nPrasida-food spiritualized by being offered to the Lord.\n\nPuriJ.las-Vedic supplementary histories in relation to the Supreme\nLord and His devotees.\n\ns\nSac-cid-inanda-vigraha-the Lord's transcendental form, which is\n\neternal, full of knowledge and bliss.\n\nSalagrima-sili-the Supreme Lord in the form of a black stone,\nworshiped by brahrruu:ws.\n\nSaitkirtana-public chanting of the names of God, the approved yoga\nprocess for this age.\n\nSannyisa�renounced life; the fourth order of Vedic spiritual life.\nSastras-revealed scriptures.\n\n�mrti-supplementary explanations of the Vedas.\n\nSriddha-ceremony performed to release one's forefathers from hellish\nconditions of life.\n\nSravar,uub kirtanam vi!ji�O�- the devotional processes of hearing and\n\nchanting about Lord Vi�r;tu.\n\nSruti-the original Veda, given to Brahma by the Lord.\n\nSiidra-a laborer; the fourth of the Vedic social orders.\n\nS vimi-one who controls his mind and senses; title of one\nrenounced order of life.\n\nm\n\nthe\n\n", "SB7.3#p0330": "Glossary\n\n305\n\nT\nTapasya-austerity; accepting some voluntary inconvenience for a\nhigher purpose.\nTilaka-auspicious clay marks that sanctify a devotee's body as a temple\nof the Lord.\n\nu\nUpisani-km;uJ.a-section of the Vedas prescribing worship of demigods\nfor fruitive results.\n\nv\nVaiku�lha-the spiritual world, where there is no anxiety.\nVai��ava-a devotee of Lord V i�Qu, K{�Qa.\nVaisyas-farmers and merchants; the third Vedic social order.\nViinaprastha-one who has retired from family life; the third order of\nVedic spiritual life.\nV�a-the four occupational divisions of society: the intellectual class,\nthe administrative class, the mercantile and agricultural class, and\nthe laborer class.\nVar�-saitkara-children born of parents who did not follow Vedic\nrules for procreation or purification.\nVar')iSrama-the Vedic social system of four social and four spiritual\norders.\nVedas-the original revealed scriptures, first spoken by the Lord Himself.\nVi��u, Lord-K{�Qa's first expansion for the creation and maintenance\nof the material universes.\nVi�?�u-tattva-personal expansions of the Lord.\nVrndivana-K{�Qa's personal abode, where He fully manifests His\nquality of sweetness.\n\ny\nYajiia-sacrifice; work done for the satisfaction of Lord Vi�Qu.\nYavanas-lowborn persons who do not follow Vedic regulations.\nYogamiyi-internal spiritual potency of the Lord.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0331": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n306\n\nYogi-a transcendentalist who, in one way or another, is striving for\nunion with the Supreme.\nYugas-ages in the life of a universe, occurring in a repeated cycle of\nfour.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0332": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\nVawels\n\na:(a atfa\n\nii �u �u �\nq: e Q: ai afr o it au\n\nl:i\n\n��\n.!. rh\n\n(anusvara)\n\nr\n\n�f\n\n: }:1 (visarga)\n\nConsonants\nGutturals:\n\nCfika\n\n� kha\n\nlf ga\n\n� gha\n\ne ria\n\nPalatals:\n\n�ca\n\n�cha\n\n::if ja\n\n\"jha\n\n5fiia\n\nCerebrals:\n\n�ta\n\n?) tha\n\n� <Ja\n\nG <Jha\n\nOT J.la\n\nDentals:\n\na'ta\n\n'-1' tha\n\n� da\n\n�dha\n\n;::J na\n\nLabials:\n\nqpa\n\n�pha\n\ni( ba\n\nll bha\n\ni( ma\n\nSemivowels:\n\n�ya\n\n�ra\n\n{!lla\n\nqva\n\nSibilants:\n\n�Sa\n\n\"�\n\n�sa\n\nAspirate:\n\n� ha\n\nS\n\n'\n\n(avagraha) -the apostrophe\n\nThe vowels above should be pronounced as follows:\n\na - like the a in organ or the u in but.\nlike the a in far but held twice as long as short a.\n- like the i in pin.\n- like the i in pique but held twice as long as short i.\nu - like the u in push.\nu like the u in rule but held twice as long as short u.\n\na\n\n-\n\n-\n\n307\n\n", "SB7.3#p0333": "308\n\nSrimad -Bhigavatam\n\n:r - like the ri in rim.\nr -like ree in reed.\n\n-like Hollowed by r (lr).\ne - like the e in they.\nai - like the ai in aisle.\no - like the o in go.\nau - like the ow in how.\nIh (anusvdra)\n\n-a resonant nasal like the n in the French word bon.\nl:t (visarga) -a final h-sound: al1is pronounced like aha; il1like ihi.\n\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\n\nk - as in kite\nkh-as in Eckhart\n\njh - as in hedgehog\nii - as in canyon\n\ng -as in give\ngh--:- as in dig-hard\n\n! - as in tub\n\n-as in sing\nc -as in chair\nch - as in staunch-heart\nil\n\nj\n\n-as in joy\n\n!h - as in light-heart\n«;; -as in dove\n«;lha- as in red-hot\nQ\n\n- as rna (prepare to say\nthe r and say na) .\n\nCerebrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, but the\nfollowing dentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth:\n\nt -as in tub but with tongue against teeth.\nth -as in light-heart but with tongue against teeth.\nd -as in dove but with tongue against teeth.\ndh- as in red-hot but with tongue against teeth.\nn -as in nut but with tongue between teeth.\np - as in pine\nl -as in light\nph- as in uphill (not/)\n\nv -asm mne\n\nb\n\ns (palatal) -as in the s in the German\n\n- as in bird\n\nbh-as in rub-hard\nm - as in mother\ny -asmyes\nr - as in run\n\nword sprechen\nf? (cerebral) -as the sh in shine\n\ns -as in sun\nh -as in home\n\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, only a flow­\n\ning of short and long (twice as long as the short) syllables.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0334": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete listing ?f the first and third lines of each of the\nSanskrit poetry verses of this volume of Srimad-Bhagavatam, arranged in English\nalphabetical order. The first column gives the Sanskrit transliteration, and the second and\nthird columns, respectively, list the chapter-verse reference and page number for each\nverse.\n\nA\ntibadhito 'pi hy tibhtiso\nabhogino yam lava vipra deha[l\nticaran dtisavan nico\nacaurti{itim aptiptintim\ntiddv ante jantintim sad\nadharma-sakhd[l paiicemti\nadhikam yo 'bhimanyeta\nadhyatmiktidibhir du[lkhair\nag=u gurciv dtmani ca\nagni[l suryo diva prcih=[l\n\n15.58\n\n267\n\n13.18\n\n101\n\n12.1\n\n58\n\n11.30\n\n51\n\n15.57\n\n265\n\n15.12\n\n209\n\n14.8\n\n152\n\n13.31\n\n119\n\n12.15\n\n71\n\n15.54\n\n263\n\nagni-pakvam athdmam va\nagny-artham eva 5ar0{U111\naham ca gayams tad-vidvan\naham purcibhavam kaScid\nahimsa brahmacaryam ca\n\n12.18\n\n75\n\n12.20\n\n76\n\n15.72\n\n284\n\n15.69\n\n280\n\n11.8\n\n30\n\nahu[l 5ariram rat ham indriyril)-i\na�am daSa-prci!J(lm adharma-dharmau\namantra-yajii.o hy asteyom\naTUlrthdya bhaveyu[l sma\naniha[l pari�!dtmd\n\n15.41\n\n242\n\n15.42\n\n244\n\n11.24\n\n45\n\nanihdnihamtinasya\naniSam tasya nirvii!J(lm\naiijantibhyaiijanonmardaannadytide[l samvibhdgo\nanTUlm reta iti �me.ia\nan=m samvibhajan pa5yet\ntinvi�ikyam va vidyaytim\nanvi�ikyti soka-mohau\napramatta suci[l snigdhd\napsu �itim apo jyoti§y\napsu pracetasti jihvam\napsv asrk-5/e�ma-puytini\n\n15.29\n\n227\n\n13.37\n\n127\n\n15.15\n\n213\n\n15.34\n\n234\n\n12.12\n\n69\n\n11.10\n\n31\n\n15.51\n\n257\n\n15.6\n\n203\n\n12.27\n\n78\n\n15.22\n\n219\n\n11.28\n\n48\n\n12.30\n\n82\n\n12.28\n\n80\n\n12.25\n\n79\n\napy ekam dtmano ddrcim\narthd=rthe�ya lobham\narthibhya[l kalata[l svasmtin\nasariko.lptij jayet kamam\nasant�{aSya viprasya\nasramtipasadd hy ete\nastikyam udyamo nityam\ntiSvdghdnte 'vasayibhya[l\natha deStin prava�ytimi\n\n14.11\n\n157\n\n15.22\n\n219\n\n13.33\n\n123\n\n15.23\n\n220\n\n15.19\n\n216\n\n15.39\n\n239\n\n11.23\n\n44\n\n14.11\n\n157\n\n14,27\n\n174\n\nathdnugrhya bhagavan\nathtisau saktibhi[l svabhi[l\ntitma=[l putravat pa5yet\natmajam yoga-virye!W\ndtma-jtiya-sutadintim\n\n10.57\n\n9\n\n10.65\n\n15\n\n14.9\n\n154\n\n15.24\n\n221\n\n15.65\n\n275\n\ntitmtiTUlm ca param brahma\natmti=m ced vijtiniyat\natmano 'nyasya vti di§fam\ntitmtinubhatau tam mtiyrim\ndtmany agnin samtiropya\n\n13.4\n\n88\n\n15.40\n\n240\n\natma-samyamane 'nihd\natma-yajy upaStinttitmti\natrcipy uddharantimam\naupasthya-jaihvya-karpal)-ytid\navakiraii jagur �!ti\navartate pravrtte=\navastutvad vikalpasya\navyakta-lingo vyaktartho\nayane vi§uve kuryad\naya=m da�i!Wm soma\n\n10.64\n\n14\n\n13.44\n\n134\n\n12.24\n\n78\n\n15.9\n\n206\n\n15.55\n\n264\n\n13.11\n\n96\n\n15.18\n\n215\n\n10.68\n\n17\n\n15.47\n\n254\n\n15.63\n\n274\n\n13.10\n\n95\n\n14.20\n\n168\n\n15.50\n\n257\n\nB\nbhagavan srotum icchdmi\nbhaktya kevalayajna=m\n\n309\n\n11.2\n\n23\n\n13.22\n\n104\n\n", "SB7.3#p0335": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n310\nbhdvddvaitam kriyddvaitam\nbhavdn prajtipate!J sd�\nbhaydd alabdha-nidra¢m\nbhoginam khalu deho yam\nbhojayet susamrddho 'pi\nbhunje bhuktvdtha kasmiril.! cid\nbhuiijUa yady anujnato\nbhiltai!t sva-dhdmabhi!J pa.Syed\nbibhar# kayam pivdnam\nbibhryad upavilam ca\nbibhrydd yady asau vtisa/.t\nbimbam bhagavato yatra\nbrahmacari guru-kule\nbrahmadibhi!t stayamana!t\nbrahma(lyatd prasddaS ca\n\n15.62\n\n273\n\ndevo 'suro naro 'nyo vd\n\n10.64\n\n14\n\n11.3\n\n25\n\ndhanur hi tasya pral)avaril pa!hanti\ndhanna-badho vidhanna!J sydt\ndhanna-jnana-virakty-rddhidhannam piiramahamsyam vai\n\n15.42\n\n245\n\n15.13\n\n210\n\n13.32\n\n120\n\n13.17\n\n100\n\n15.3\n\n201\n\n13.38\n\n129\n\n12.5\n\n61\n\n12.15\n\n71\n\n13.16\n\n100\n\n12.4\n\n60\n\n13.2\n\n87\n\n14.28\n\n174\n\n12.1\n\n58\n\n10.69\n\n18\n\n11.22\n\n43\n\nc\ncandradityoparage ca\ncaran vidita-vijnana!t\ncared vane dvddaSabddn\ncatas�v apy �fakasu\nchandarilsy adhiyila guror\ncittam brahma-sukha-sp�!aril\n\n14.20\n\n168\n\n12.16\n\n73\n\n12.22\n\n77\n\n14.21\n\n168\n\n12.3\n\n60\n\n15.35\n\n235\n\ndhanna-miilam hi bhagavdn\ndharmartham api neheta\ndharmas te grha-medhiyo\ndharmo hy atrehita!t pumsam\ndhdtavo 'vayavitvdc ca\ndi�u srotam sanddena\ndivi dundubhayo nedur\ndivyam bhaumam cantari�am\ndravya-s�ma-vipiikaS ca\ndravya-yajiiair ya�yamd(laril\ndmt't'i te�am mitho nr¢m\ndu!tkhdtyayam caniSasya\ndurgha_tatvdd aindriyakam\ndurla�yiipiiya-samyoga\ndvddaSyam anuradhd syiic\ndvaitam tavan na viramet\ndvau daive pitr-karye trin\ndvav ekam vd yathd buddhir\n\n10.65\n\n15\n\n13.46\n\n137\n\n11.7\n\n28\n\n15.15\n\n213\n\n15.74\n\n286\n\n14.33\n\n178\n\n15.60\n\n270\n\n12.27\n\n80\n\n10.68\n\n17\n\n14.7\n\n149\n\n15.50\n\n257\n\n15.10\n\n207\n\n14.39\n\n188\n\n13.30\n\n117\n\n15.58\n\n267\n\n10.54\n\n7\n\n14.23\n\n168\n\n12.10\n\n65\n\n15.3\n\n201\n\n12.22\n\n77\n\nekada deva-satre tu\neka eva cared bhi�ur\nekaikaSyenanupurvam\neke kannamayan yajnan\neko vivikta-5ara(l0\n\n15.71\n\n283\n\ne� makaru(lO hanyad\ne� vai bhagavdn sd�t\ne�u sndnam japo homo\netad i$!am pravrttakhyam\netair anyaiS ca vedoktair\n\nD\ndadaha tena durbhedya\n\n10.67\n\n16\n\ndadar§a lokan vicaran\n\n13.13\n\n97\n\ndaive ca tad-abhdve syad\ndarSa5 ca pUT(lamdsaS ca\ndattvd varam anujnato\n\n15.2\n\n198\n\n15.48\n\n256\n\n12.14\n\n70\n\ndehddibhir daiva-tantrair\ndesa-kalocita-sraddhdde5e kale ca samprdpte\nde5e sucau same rdjan\ndeva-gurv-acyute bhaktis\ndeva-maya-vimllt)hdms tan\ndevdn �in nr-bhlltiini\ndeva�i-pitr-bhatebhya\ndeva�i-pitr-siddhesa\ndeva�y-arhatsu vai satsu\ndevdsura-man�yadya\ndeva-yanam idam prahur\n\n13.30\n\n116\n\n15.4\n\n202\n\n15.5\n\n203\n\n15.31\n\n230\n\n11.23\n\n44\n\n15.39\n\n239\n\n14.15\n\n162\n\n15.6\n\n203\n\n10.68\n\n17\n\n14.35\n\n182\n\n15.80\n\n293\n\n15.55\n\n264\n\nE\n\netdn deStin ni$eveta\netat sarvam grhasthasya\netat sarvam gurau bhaktya\nete pu(lyatama desa\nete�am sreya iiSdse\nevam abhyasyata5 cittam\n\n13.3\n\n88\n\n15.51\n\n257\n\n15.9\n\n206\n\n15.30\n\n229\n\n15.10\n\n207\n\n15.27\n\n224\n\n14.25\n\n172\n\n15.49\n\n256\n\n15.67\n\n278\n\n14.33\n\n178\n\n12.11\n\n67\n\n15.25\n\n222\n\n14.33\n\n178\n\n13.42\n\n132\n\n15.34\n\n234\n\n", "SB7.3#p0336": "311\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\nevam dagdhtid puras tisro\nevam kamiiSayam cittam\nevam vidhyany asya hare !I sva-mayaya\nevam vidho brahmacari\n\n10.69\n11.34\n10.70\n12.16\n\n18\n54\n18\n73\n\nG\ngramaika-ratra-vidhina\ngrham vanam tid praviSet\ngrhastha etam padavim\ngrhasthasya kriya-tyago\ngrhastho yena padavim\n\n13.1\n86\n12.14\n70\n14.1\n140\n15.38 239\n15.74 286\n\ngrhe 'py asya gatim yayad\ngrhe�v avasthita rajan\nguru-stribhir yuvatibhi!J\nguru-vrttir vikalpena\n\n15.67 278\n14.2\n142\n12.8\n63\n12.11\n67\n\nH\nharir evaika urvoo\nhary atmana harer loke\nhimsram dravyamayam kamyam\nhittid sva-bhava-jam karma\n\n14.34 181\n11.29 50\n15.48 256\n11.32\n53\n\nI\nihoparamayor nl'l)iim\nijyadhyayana-danani\nijyeta hav�a rajan\nindriya� manasy urmau\nindriya� pramathini\n\n13.21 103\n11.13\n34\n14.17 165\n15.53 261\n12.7\n62\n\nindriye�u kriya-yajfliin\niti da�aya(tinam te\niti deva�il)ii proktam\nity a�aratayatmaoom\nity etad atmana!J svartham\n\n15.52\n15.80\n15.78\n12.31\n13.28\n\n260\n293\n291\n83\n114\n\n11.17\n15.61\n14.12\n13.29\n11.13\n15.20\n14.36\n\n39\n271\n159\n115\n34\n217\n183\n\nJ\njaghanyo nottamam vrttim\njiigrat-svdpau yatha svapne\njahyad yad-arthe stidn pral)iin\njalam tad-udbhavaiS chanTUJril\njanma-karmavadatanam\njano yati oo lobhasya\njiva-rasibhir akir(ta\n\n11.21\njnanam dayacyutdlmatvam\n15.57\njfliinam jiieyam vaco vacyam\n15.2\njfliina-�!haya deyani\njfliiruisim acyuta-balo dadhad asta-5atru!l15.45\n14.6\njfliitaya!J pitarau putra\n12.31\njfliitvadvayo 'tha viramed\n15.72\njfliitpti viSva-sr.jas tan me\n\n42\n265\n198\n249\n148\n83\n284\n\nK\nkalam param prati�ta\nkalpas tv evam parivrajya\nkalpayitvdtmana yavad\nkamadibhir anaviddham\nkamair uccavaccai!J stidhvi\n\n13.6\n90\n13.1\n86\n65\n12.10\n15.35 235\n47\n11.27\n\nkamar:u;lalv-ajine daf.l4akamasyantam hi �u.t-trr;lbhyam\nkara��u nyaset samyak\nkarmal)iikrtibhir vaca\nkarma� karyamar:w 'ham\n\n12.21\n76\n15.20 217\n12.24\n78\n13.14\n98\n13.24 106\n\nkarma� kurvatam dmtid\nkarma-n�!ha dvija!J kecit\nkarma(ty adhyatmana rudre\nkarui)Ji!J stidhava!l santtis\nkarya-kara(ta-vastv-aikya\n\n13.26 111\n15.1\n197\n12.29\n82\n11.4\n25\n15.63 274\n\nkasmin karma� devasya\nkavi!l kalpo nipu(ta-drk\nkavir makavad atmanam\nkesa-prasadhanonmardakesa-roma-nakha-sma§ru-\n\n10.52\n6\n13.19 102\n13.10\n96\n12.8\n63\n12.21\n76\n\nkhe khani tidyau niSvdsams\nkim icchan kasya tid hetor\nkrcchraptam madhuvad vittam\nkrmi-vi{l-bhasma-n�!hantam\nkrpaya bhatajam du!ikham\nk�(ta-ptirthav upamantrya\n\n12.25\n15.40\n13.36\n14.13\n15.24\n15.79\n\n79\n240\n127\n160\n221\n292\n\n�umam dukulam ajinam\n�ity-adinam iharthanam\nkuru�etram gaya-sira!J\nkuryad apara-pa�iyam\nkuryat sarvdtmanai te�u\nku.tas tat kama-lobhena\nkll!asthe tac ca mahati\n\n13.39\n15.59\n14.30\n14.19\n14.24\n15.16\n12.30\n\n129\n269\n178\n167\nl7l\n214\n82\n\n", "SB7.3#p0337": "312\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nkvacic chaye dharopasthe\nkvacid alpam kvacid bhari\nkvacid bhari gut.wpetam\nkvacit prdsdda-paryalike\nkvacit sndto nuliptdliga�\nkva tadiya-ratir bhiirya\n\n13.40\n13.38\n13.38\n13.40\n13.41\n14.13\n\n'\n\n130\n128\n128\n130\n131\n160\n\nL\n12.19\n11.6\n13.19\n\nlabdhe nave nave 'nnadye\nlokdnam svastaye 'dhyaste\nlokasya kurvata� karma\n\n75\n27\n102\n\nM\nmadhukara-rnalui.-sarpau\nmaghe ca sita-saptamydril\nmana�-sarilsparia-jan �!vd\nmarw marwrathaiS candre\nmarw vaikarike hutvd\n\n13.35 126\n14.22 168\n13.27 ll3\n12.29\n82\n13.43 133\n\nmano-vak-tanubhi� partha\nmdrw 'vamdrw 'sllyd ca\nmartydsad-dhi� srulariltasya\nmartyasya krcchropanatair\nmaunena bhaktyopa§amena plljitafi\n\n15.64\n15.43\n15.26\n13.31\n10.50\n\nmaunena bhaktyopa§amena plljitafl\nmayindm paramdcaryam\nmekhaldjina-vdsdrilsi\nm nra�{Wm upddh4vet\n\n15.77 290\n10.53\n7\n12.4\n60\n13.29 ll5\n\nmnr�tra-khara-markakhumrtam tu nitya-ydciid sydl\nmrtyau pdyurilvisargarilca\nmuny-annai� sydl pard prilir\n\n14.9\n154\n11.19\n41\n12.27\n80\n15.7\n204\n\n274\n246\n223\n119\n4\n\nN\n\nndmndtite mahii-kalpe\nnanv agni� pramada nama\nnanv asya brahmw:ui rdjan\nnardya(lll-pard viprd\nnardya�ramo nandd\n\n15.69 280\n12.9\n64\n14.42 192\n11.4\n25\n14.32 178\n\nndsac-chdstre�u sajjeta\nna sanghdto vikaro 'pi\nna s�ydn anubadnUa\nna syur hy asaty avayaviny\nna te saydnasya nirudyamasya\n\n12.7\n91\n15.59 269\n13.8\n93\n15.60 271\n13.18 101\n\nnatvd bhagavate 'jdya\nna vidanti jand yam vai\nna vyakhyam upayunjita\nna yasya sdk¢.d bhava-padmajddibhi\nna yasya sd�ad bhava-padmajadibhi\n\nll.5\n27\n13.14\n98\n13.8\n93\n10.50\n4\n15.77 290\n\nna yater asrama� prdyo\nnirjitd asurd devair\n1W cec chaye bahv-ahdni\n\n13.9\n94\n10.53\n7\n15.52 259\n13.37 128\n\nrwcet pramattam asad-indriya-vdji-slltd\nnroam ayaril paro dha�\nnroam viparyayehek¢\nnydso da�ya bh�u\n\n15.46\n11.11\n11.9\n15.8\n\n253\n31\n31\n205\n\n15.53\n\n261\n\n�kddi-sma5anantai�\n\n0\nomkaram bindau ndde tam\n\np\npaddni gatya vayasi\npa�itd bahavo rdjan\npa5ya mi dhaninam klesam\npa§yan bandham ca mo� ca\n\n12.26\n80\n15.21 217\n13.32 120\n13.5\n89\n\nnabhinanded dhruvaril mrtyum\nna dadydd dm� srdddhe\nndharil ninde na ca staumi\nna hy agni-mukhato yam vai\n\n12.6\n15.7\n13.42\n14.17\n\n90\n204\n132\n165\n\npa5yed atmany ado viSvam\npdlrariltv atra niruktaril vai\npitr-deva-nr-bhatebhyo\nprahrddasy ca samvddam\n\n13.4\n88\n14.34 181\n14.25 172\n13.ll\n96\n\nnaim� phiilgunam setufl\nnaitddrSa� paro dharma\nna kalpate puna!� slllyai\nna kma-pacyam a5niydd\n\n14.31\n15.8\n11.33\n12.18\n\n178\n205\n54\n75\n\nprd{Wpdnau sannirundhyat\npraviSya tripuram kale\npravrttaril ca nivrtlaril ca\nprdya� sva-bhiiva-vihito\n\n15.32 232\n13\n10.62\n15.47 254\n11.31\n52\n\n", "SB7.3#p0338": "313\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\npreta-samstha mrtahaS ca\npriya!t suhrd va!J. khalu miituleya\npriya!J. suhrd va!t khalu miituleya\npUjayam lisa supnta!J.\npiijayitvd. tatalt prUa\n\n14.26\n10.49\n15.76\n15.78\n13.46\n\n173\n3\n288\n291\n137\n\nsa nirmdya puras tisro\nsannaddho ratham dsthaya\nsantasya sama-cittasya\nsa�!t samadrk-seva\nsa�tn!t kena oo rojan\n\n10.54\n10.66\n13.9\n11.9\n15.18\n\npunanta!t pada-rajasa\npuror;r.y anena s�{dni\npura rudrasya devasya\npii.rtam surolayaromap��v api rajendra\n\n14.42 192\n14.37 !l:lS\n10.51\n�\n15.49 256\n14.41 191\n\nsa�{dlolupa dal¢\nsanl�fnsya nirihasya\nsant�.to 'har aha!t kuryan\n5aram dhan�i sandhaya\n5aram dhan�i sandhaya\n\n11.28\n48\n15.16 214\n15.11 208\n10.57\n9\n10.67\n16\n\nsaromsi p�kariidini\nsarkarii -ka$kadibhyo\nsarva-bhrlta-suhrc-chanlo\nsarva-vedamayo vipra!t\nsarve kulacala rojan\n\n14.30\n15.17\n13.3\n11.20\n14.32\n\nStistrer;r.a ca��a veda\n\nsa teneheta karyar;r.i\nsat-sangac chanakai!t sangam\nsattvena cittam �etra-jfle\nsatyam daya tapalt 5aucam\n\n15.56 265\n15.66 276\n144\n14.4\n12.29\n82\n11.8\n30\n\nsatyanrtam ca oor;r.ijyam\nsatyanrtabhyam api oo\n5auryam viryam dhrtis tejas\nsa oo ayam brahma mahad-vimrgyasa oo ayam brahma mahad-vimrgya-\n\n11.20\n41\n11.18\n40\n11.22\n43\n10.49\n3\n15.76 288\n\nsa vai pur;r.yatamo desalt\nsayam pratar uptisita\nsayam pro.taS cared bhai�yaril.\n� svatvam tyajan prajflo.!t\n5ete jivena rU.per;r.a\n\n14.27\n12.2\n12.5\n14.14\n14.37\n\nsevejyavanatir dtisyam\nsiddhair yajnava5i${drthai!t\nsiddhamrta-rasa-sp�!d\nsmaranto nasayam cakru!J.\nsmayarnanas tam abhyaha\n\n11.12\n31\n14.14 161\n10.60\n11\n10.55\n7\n13.20 103\n\nsmayan viSoka!t 5okartan\nsmrtam ca tad-vidtim rojan\nsodyamo bhogavan yatha\nsoka-moha-bhaya-krodhasraddadhano yatha-kalam\nsriidham pitror yatha-vittaril.\n\n10.63\n11.7\n13.16\n13.34\n14.3\n14.19\n\nR\nrogo dve� ca lobhaS ca\nraja!J. pramada!J. �un-nidrii\nrojan yad agra-pajayam\nrajas-tama!J.-prakrtaya!J.\nrajas tama5 ca sattvena\n\n15.43\n15.44\n14.35\n15.44\n15.25\n\n246\n246\n182\n246\n222\n\nrajas-valais tanil-de5air\nriijataS caurata!t Satro!t\nriijno vrtti!t prajd-goptur\nraka ya canumatya ca\nratham srltam dhvajam oohan\n\n97\n13.12\n13.33 123\n36\n11.14\n14.22 168\n10.66\n15\n\nrathebho.SvaiS care koopi\nrtamrtabhyam jiveta\nrtam uiichaSilam. proklam\nrte rojanyam apatsu\nni.par;r.i c��a riijan\nriJpa-pe5ala-madhurya-\n\n13.41 131\n11.18\n40\n11.19\n41\n39\n11.17\n12.28\n80\n15.70 281\n\ns\nsada sant�tn-manasa!t\nsadasas patayo 'py eke\n\n�-varga-samyamaikanla!t\nsa e�a bhagavan rii jan\nsa ittham daitya-patina\nsamb�r;r.iyo hi bhavan\n\n15.17\n15.21\n15.28\n10.51\n13.20\n13.23\n\nsamskara-kalo jdyaya\nsamrnarjanopalepabhyam\n5amo damas tapa!t 5aucaril.\nsamskaro yatravicchinna!t\nsamyag bhavanti naitani\nsandhye ubhe ca yata-vag\n\n14.26 173\n47\n11.26\n11.21\n42\n34\n11.13\n202\n15.4\n59\n12.2\n\n215\n218\n226\n5\n103\n105\n\n7\n15\n94\n31\n215\n\n178\n215\n88\n41\n178\n\n174\n59\n61\n161\n185\n\n13\n28\n100\n124\n144\n167\n\n", "SB7.3#p0339": "314\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nsraddhaya vidhivaJ piilre\nsraddhayopahrtam kvapi\nsrova(lllm kirtanam casya\nsrovantindriya-laulyena\nsroyeta hima-vayv-agni-\n\n15.5\n203\n13.38 129\nll.ll\n31\n15.19 216\n12.20\n76\n\ntapasa vidyaya t�.tya\ntapasvirw grama-seva\ntasmiid brahma(lll-deve�u\ntasmiid daivopapannena\ntasmat pii.tram hip�\n\n14.41\n15.38\n14.18\nIS. II\n14.38\n\nsrog-gandha-lepa.lamkarams\ns�van bhagavata 'bhik$(1llm\nsrutva k�(lllril param brahma\nsrutvehitam sadhu sabha-sabhajitam\nsthiram sukham samaril tasminn\n\n12.12\n14.3\n15.79\nll.l\n15.31\n\ntasyam svaJvam striyam jahydll.\ntathapi briUnahe pro5ndrils\ntatas tala upii.hrtya\ntatas te seivara loka\ntala 'gni-var(lli �va\n\n14.12 159\n13.23 lOS\n15.33 232\n10.56\n8\n10.58\n9\n\nstri(ldm ca pati-devanam\nstril}iim priyatamo nityam\nsiidrosya dvija-su.i�a\nsiidrasya sannati/:1 Saucaril\nsukham asyatmarw rilparil\n\n11.25\n46\n15.70 282\n38\nll.IS\n45\n11.24\n13.27 ll2\n\ntato niriho viramet\ntato 'rcayam harim kecit\ntatrapi dam-patinam ca\ntat sarvam upayuiijana\ntavad dasyam aham jajiie\nte dasyava/:1 sahaya-sUtam amuril tamo\n\n13.44\n14.40\n13.26\n14.7\n15.73\n15.46\n\nsupti-prabhodhayo/:1 sandhav\nsu.iilo mita-bhug dak$a/:1\nsu.i�yan�cuige(lll\nsutam api roho jahyad\nsutanam sammato brahmarils\nsva-bhava-vihito dharma/:1\n\n13.5\n89\n12.6\n61\n15.73 285\n12.9\n64\n11.3\n25\n15.14 2ll\n\nte 'sura hy api paiyanto\ntesv atma-devata-buddhi/:1\n�v eva bhagavan rajarils\ntis�v ekadaSi vasu\ntrahi nas tavakan deva\ntroyim sangopan�m\n\n13\n10.63\n31\nll.l2\n14.38 186\n14.23 168\n10.56\n8\n12.13\n70\n\nsvadhyaye 'nye pravacane\nsvargapavargayor dvararil\nsvatma-vrttaril mayettham\nsva-vrttyagata-vittena\nsvayam ca I\"Tia{U,lita nityam\nsyat sadr§ya-bhramas tavad\n\n15.1\n198\n13.25 108\n13.45 135\n14.15 162\n47\n11.26\n15.61 271\n\ntretad�u harer area\ntrimsal-lak$a(lllvan rajan\ntri-vargam natilq-cchre(lll\n�(lllya bhava-vahinya\ntrt�yayam sukla-pak$e\ntyaktam na liligad da'J4Mer\n\n14.39 188\nll.l2\n31\n14.10 ISS\n13.24 106\n14.21 168\n13.2\n87\n\n69\n144\n292\n22\n230\n\nT\ntabhis te 'sura-senanyo\ntad-anta yadi rw yogan\ntadayam bhagavan v�r:ws\ntad-bandh�v anuvrttiS ca\n\n7\n10.55\n15.28 226\n10.61\n12\n11.25\n46\n\ntad vijnaya maha-yogi\nta enam atmasat krtva\nta ete sreyasa/:1 kala\ntai/:1 sp�!d vyasava/:1 sarve\n\n10.63\n13\n15.37 237\n14.24 l7l\n10.59\n10\n\ntais tai/:1 kamair yajasvainam\ntam natvabhyarcya vidhivat\ntam 5ayanam dharopasthe\ntan aniya maha-yogi\ntan-mii.laivad acyutejya\n\n14.18 166\n13.15\n99\n13.12\n97\n10.59\n10\n14.36 183\n\n191\n239\n166\n208\n186\n\n134\n190\nIll\n149\n285\n253\n\nu\nupadharmas tu pa.khaiJI!o\nupahata viSva-srgbhir\nupakrome 'vasane ca\nupa.sata upastapi\nupyamanam muhu/:1 k$etram\n�itvaivam guru-kule\nuttasthii.r megha-dalana\n\n15.13 210\n15.71 283\n12.3\n60\n14.40 190\n11.33\n54\n12.13\n70\n10.60\nII\n\nv\nvacam agnau savaktavyam\nvacam var(lll-samamnaye\nvada-vadarils tyajet tarkan\nvairagyam pari�m ca\n\n12.16\n80\n15.53 261\n91\n12.7\n13.35 126\n\n", "SB7.3#p0340": "315\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\nvai.Syas tu txirta-vrtti� syan\nvaitiinikena vidhina\n�ye sancitanaril dharmaril\ntxikyai� satyai� priyai� premi)Ji\ntxinaprasthasya va�yami\nvanyaiS caru-purot;laSan\ntxirai)Jisi madhu-puri\nvarjayet pramada-gatham\nvarjayet tciril sada vipro\nvari)JiSramcicara-yutaril\ntxirtd vicitra salinavartayan stxinubhwyeha\nvartmcini mcitra dh�ril ca sillaril\nvase 'nyad api sampraptaril\nvcisudetxirpa(Ulril sci�ad\nvatsaS ccisit tadti brahmci\nveda-drgbhi� smrto rajan\nvededam asura-5re$!ha\nvicitrcim asati dvaite\nvidharma� para-dharma§ ca\nvikalparil juhuyac cittau\nvilokya bhagna-satikalparil\nvimuiicen mucyamcine$U\nviprasyadhyayanadini\nvipra-vrttiS caturdheyaril\nviraga� sarva-kamebhya�\nvirajyeta yatha rajann\nvirakto raktavat tatra\nvirya(li gittiny �ibhir jagad-guror\nviSvo 'tha taijasa� prajiins\nvittaril caivodyamavataril\nvivitsur idam apra�in\nvrto 'matyai� katipayai�\nvrtti� salikara-jatinciril\nvrttya sva-bhava-krtaya\nvyapetaril loka-Scistrabhyaril\n\n11.15\n\n38\n\n14.16\n\n163\n\nll.5\n\n27\n\n11.27\n\n47\n\n12.17\n\n74\n\n12.19\n\n75\n\n14.31\n\n178\n\n12.7\n\n62\n\n11.20\n\n41\n\n11.2\n\n23\n\n11.16\n\n38\n\n15.62\n\n273\n\n15.41\n\n242\n\n13.39\n\n129\n\n14.2\n\n142\n\n10.62\n\n12\n\n11.31\n\n52\n\n13.21\n\n103\n\n13.28\n\nll4\n\n15.12\n\n209\n\n13.43\n\n133\n\n10.61\n\n12\n\n14.4\n\n144\n\n11.14\n\n36\n\n11.16\n\n38\n\n13.36\n\n127\n\n11.34\n\n54\n\n14.5\n\n147\n\n10.70\n\n18\n\n15.54\n\n263\n\n13.17\n\n100\n\n13.15\n\n99\n\n13.13\n\n97\n\n11.30\n\n51\n\n11.32\n\n53\n\n13.45\n\n136\n\ny\nyadakalpa� sva-kriyayaril\nyad anyatrapi dr§yeta\nyad brahma(li pare sci�cit\nyadi seveta tan bhi�u�\n\n12.23\n\n108\n\nyadrcchaya lokam imam\nyad vadanti yad icchanti\nyad yasya txin�iddharil syad\nya ete pitr-detxinam\nyahi tvaril sildratam asu\n\n13.25\n\nya� pravrajya grhat purvaril\nyai� sva-deha� smrto 'natmci\nyan cisthaya munir gacched\nyan-mu.la� syur nri)Jiril jahyat\nya patiril hari-bhavena\n\n15.36\n\n236\n\n15.37\n\n237\n\nyarhy atmano 'dhikarcidya�\nya5 citta-vijaye yatta�\nyas tv icchaya /rrtO):I pumbhir\nyasya nciraya� devo\nyasya sa�ad bhagavati\n\n14.16\n\n163\n\n15.30\n\n229\n\n15.14\n\n2ll\n\nyasya yal la�a(Ulril proktaril\nyatha copacitci kirti�\nyatha-desaril yatha-kalam\nyatha hi yuyaril nrpa-deva dustyajad\nyatha mayukha-sandoha\nyatha txirtadayo hy artha\nyato yato ni�arati\nyat-pada-pankeruha-sevaya bhavan\nyatra garigadayo nadya�\nyatra ha brahl1lll(Ul-kularil\nyatra yatra harer area\nyat stxirtha-kamayor aikyaril\nyavad-artharil vyavaharet\nyavad-artham upasino\nyavad bhriyeta ja!hararil\nyavcid deva-�e brahi\nyavan manas tyajet kamcin\nyavan nr-kaya-ratham atma-va5oye$ciril grhan avasatiti sak$ad\nye$tiril grhan avasatiti sci�\nyogantarayan maunena\nyogesvarair vimrgyarighrir\nyo 'vatiryatmano 'rilSena\n\n14.6\n\n148\n\n15.66\n\n276\n\n15.56\n\n264\n\n15.72\n\n284\n\n12.17\n\n74\n\n13.34\n\n124\n\n11.29\n\n49\n\n13.22\n\n104\n\n15.26\n\n223\n\n11.35\n\n55\n\n10.52\n\n6\n\n14.10\n\n155\n\n15.68\n\n279\n\n10.58\n\n9\n\n15.29\n\n227\n\n15.33\n\n232\n\n15.68\n\n279\n\n14.29\n\n175\n\n14.28\n\n174\n\n14.29\n\n175\n\n15.65\n\n275\n\n12.6\n\n61\n\n14.5\n\n146\n\n14.8\n\n151\n\n14.1\n\n140\n\n15.32\n\n232\n\n15.45\n\n248\n\n1o.48\n15.75\n\n287\n\n15.23\n\n220\n\n15.27\n\n224\n\n11.6\n\n27\n\n11.1\n\n23\n\n78\n\n11.35\n\n55\n\n15.64\n\n274\n\n15.36\n\n236\n\nyudh�!hiro daitya-pater mudanvita�\nyuyaril nr-loke bata bhuri-bhaga\nyuyaril nr-loke bata bhuri-bhaga\n\n10.48\n\n1\n\n15.75\n\n287\n\n", "SB7.3#p0341": "General Index\nNumerals in boldface type indicate references to translations of the verses of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam.\n\nA\n\nActivities\nspiritual vs. material,113-114\n\nAbhasa defined,209, 211\n\ntranscending material,53\nin Vedas, two types listed,255\n\nAbrahma-bhuvanallokii /.J\nquoted, 259\n\nActivities,material\n\nbrahmar:uz renounces,260\ndevotional service stops,107\n\nAbsolute Truth\nas all-pervading,89, 90\neducation neglects,7 l\n\nfour listed,111-112\n\nfeatures of,three listed,71,231\n\nfreedom from,235\n\nillusion vs. 89\n\nfutility of,ll9\n\nimpersonal vs. personal conception of,3\nas inconceivable,5\n\nMayiivadis fall to,113\nmerged in Rudra,83\nas miserable,ll9-120\n\n�J;Ia as,3,19\nfor paramaharil.sas, 95\n\nMayiiviidis misconceive,95\n\nsaintly person renounced,Ill, ll3\nspiritual activities vs.,ll3- l l 4\n\npreliminary realization of,73-74\n\nwise man renounces,135\n\nSee also: Fruitive activities\n\nspiritual master embodies,225\nVedasreveal,71,72\n\nAdvaita Gosviimi,Haridiisa 'fhiikura favored\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\n\nby,199,200,201\n\nAcarya. See: Spiritual master\n\nAdvaita-jnanam ity etad\n\nAcaryam mam vijaniyat\n\nverse quoted,67\n\nquoted,224\n\nAge of Kali. See: Kali-yuga\n\nAcaryavdn purr�o veda\n\nAhaituky apratihata\n\nquoted, 265\n\nquoted,172\n\nAcintya-bhediibheda philosophy,defined,67\n\nverse quoted, 29,255\n\nA ham brahmasmi\n\nActivities\nof devotees,176,233\n\nquoted,146,238\nA ham sarvasya prabhavo\n\nfruitive. See: Fruitive activities\nfruitive vs. devotional,172\n\nverse quoted,184\nA ham tvdm sarva-papebhyo\nverse quoted, 262\n\nof Hare �J;Ia movement,145,166,180,\n208\n\nAharikiira. See: Ego,false\n\nof householders,236\nof �J;Ia. See: Pastimes of ��J;Ia\n\nAharikii ra-vimiU;l/uitmd\nverse quoted,110\n\nas Lord's potency,15-16\npious and impious,109,118\n\nAir(s)\nas bodily constituent,79-80\n\nof saints,5\nsinful,49,145,157\n\nin body,ten listed,245\n\n317\n\n", "SB7.3#p0342": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n318\n\nAirplanes\nMaya Danava gifted demons with, 8\nSiva vanquished demons', 17, 18\n\nAiSvaryasya samagrasya\nquoted, 105\n\nAjagara-vrtti, defined, 97\n\nAnimal slaughter\nas abominable, 207\nHare �1.1a movement forbids, 208\nnature punishes, 222\nin religion, 207\n\"sacrifice,\" 205, 207\nin society, 155\n\nas\n\nAjamila, 211\n\nAjo 'pi sann avyayatma\n\nAnnad bhavanti bhatani\n\nAkama/:l sarva-karoo m\n\nAntavanta ime deha\n\nquoted, 27\n\nverse quoted, 150-151\n\nverse quoted, 107\nAlms\nbrahmacari begs, 61\nsannyasi begs, 88\nAmericans as devotees, 126,200\n\nAnadi karama-phale,\njale,\n\npadi 'bhavar�va-\n\nquoted, 91\n\nAnadir adir gQVinda!l\nverse quoted, 266\n\nAnasaktasya v�yan\nverse quoted, 122\n\nAnasrita!l karma-phalam\n\nverse quoted, 142-143\n\nATJ4antara-stha-pararnii.l).u-cayantara-stham\nquoted, 72\nverse quoted, 186\nAnger\nlust causes, 217\nrenunciation of, 219-220\n\"Anglican temple\" in Vrndavana, 200\nAnimals\ndevotees respect, 154-155\nevolution to and from, 108-109,147\nfear slaughter, 207\nas God's children, 154-155\nhuman beings above, 33,52-53, 112,187\nas low birth, 130\nnature feeds, 151\npeople becoming, 112\nprasada to, 167\npropensities of, four listed, 147\nsense gratification for, 145,156\nas servants, 24\n\nSee also: Names of individual animals\n\nquoted, 161\n\nAntyajas\n\nVedic study optional for, 7l\nSee also: Society, human, mixed marriages\nm\n\nAnukalyena kmumuquoted, ll4,286\nverse quoted, I 08\n\nAnulomaja\n\ndefined, 51-52\n\nSee also: Marriage\n\nAnxiety of materialist, 121, 123\n\nAnyabhi�ita-sanyam\nquoted, 199,286\nverse quoted, 108\n\nApi cet suduracaro\n\nverse quoted, 200\nAppearance of �1.1a in human society,\n19\n\nAprapya mam nivartante\nverse quoted, 243\n\nAprav�!a� sarva-gata�\n\nverse quoted, 72\nApsaras\nsarikirtana by, 283\nSiva honored by, 17-18\n\nAradhananam saroe�m\nquoted, 189\n\nArcand. See: Deity worship of the Supreme\nLord; Devotional service to the\nSupreme Lord, arcana process in\n\nArcayam eva haraye\n\nverse quoted, 177,189-190\nAries sign in srt'iddha ceremony calculation,\n170\n\n", "SB7.3#p0343": "319\n\nGeneral Index\nArjuna\n\n�\"Q.a instructed, 4\n\nas spiritual soldier, 114\n\nArrows of Siva vanquished demons, 9, 10, 17\n\nArtha\n\ndefined, 156\n\nSee also: Economic development\nAruhya krcchre� param padam tata�\nquoted, 113, 236, 251-252\nAsarit.Sayam samagram mam\nquoted, 268\nverse quoted, 268, 291\nA5ocyan anva5ocas tvam\nquoted, 4\nASradda hand� puru¥i\nverse quoted, 243\nAsramas\naim of all, 71, 73-74\nafter guru-kule, 70, 71\nfor spiritual life, 157\nthree most important, 141\ntypes of, four listed, 24, 35, 72, 125\nSee also: Names qf individual asramas\n(brahmacarya, grhastha,\nvdnaprastha, sannyasa)\nAss\n\nignorant person compared to, 74\n\nKali-yugagrhasthacompared to, 145\n\nAssociation of devotees. See: Devotees of the\nSupreme Lord, association of\n\nASuddha� sudra-kalpd hi\nquoted, 282\nAsuddhe/:l samprati\"-Jyo hi\nquoted, 49\nAsuras. See: Atheists; Demons, Nondevotees\nASvini-kumaras, 81\n\nAta� pumbhir dvija-sre�fha/:l\nverse quoted, 277\nAthato brahma-jijiidsd\nquoted, 147\n\nAtheists\n\nDeity worship opposed by, 176\nSee also: Demons; Mayavadis, Nondevotees\nAtma-mdtd guro� patni\nverse quoted, 64\n\nAtmanam rathinam viddhi\nquoted, 243\nverse quoted, 242\nAtom, Lord within, 72, 186\n\nAttachment, material\nto body renounced, 161, 162\nto money, 121-122, 123\n\nto wife renounced, 159, 160-161\nSee also: Desires, material\n\nAtyahara/:l prayasa5 ca\nverse quoted, 125\n\nAusterity\n\nas brahminical symptom, 43\nfor human beings, 141\nas Lord's potency, 15-16\nby Naraya\"Q.a, 28\npurpose of, 153\n\nby vdnaprastha, 76\n\nAuthority (Authorities)\n\ncited on temple construction, 218\n\nmahajanas as, 16\nparamparaas, 106\nPrahlada as, 137\nsdstraas, 173-174\n\non Vai�\"Q.ava philosophy, 16\n\nVedas as, 106, 109\n\nAvai�\"Q.avas. See: Atheists; Nondevotees\n\nAvidya. See: Ignorance\nAvyakto 'k.Jara ity uktas\nverse quoted, 272\n\nAyur-vedic medicine, Maya Danava's nectar\nas, 11\n\nB\nBack to Godhead magazine as author's livelihood, 126\nBad and good. See: Duality, material\nBadarikasrama\n\nNarayaQa at, 28\nas sacred place, 179\n\nBahundm janmandm ante\nquoted, 293\nBahutvenaiva vastundm\nverse quoted, 67\n\n", "SB7.3#p0344": "320\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nBalarima, Lord, mercy of, as necessity, 252\n\nBee as spiritual master, 126, 128\n\nBegging\n\nby brahmacari, 61, 62\nby sannyasi, 88\nBeing, living. See: Living entities; Souls, conditioned\nBengal followed Bhagavata science, until\nrecently, 143\nBhagavad-gild\nSee also: Bhagavad-gild, cited; Bhagavadgrtd, quotations from\nBhagavatam compared to, 26\nas ever fresh, 145,153\nfunds for preaching, 153\nHare Kn;�a movement based on, 26\nKn;�a known via, 19\nKn;�a spoke, 26\nrascals misinterpret, 211\nvia spiritual master, 225\nvalue of hearing, 145\nBhagavad-gild, cited\non Absolute Truth, 3\non demigod worshipers, 212\non Kn;�a's identity, 19\non population pollution, 35\non soul vs. Supersoul, 135\non sun's path, 170\non technology, 157\nBhagavad-gitd, quotations from\non acarya'svalue, 265\non birth and death, 220\non Brahma's day, 281\non charity in goodness, 187\non conditioned souls under nature's laws,\nllO,ll8\non demoniac mentality, 152\non devotees, fallen, 243-244\non devotees as pious, 255-256\non devotees as saintly, 200-201\non devotees as transcendental, 134,223\non devotional service open to everyone,\n278,286\non elevation to higher planets, 109-110\non faith in Kn;�a, 268\non food offered to Kn;�a, 112\n\nBhagavad-gild, quotations from\non heavenly planets, falling from, 258\non human society, 42, 55,158\non knowing Kn;�a's activities, 249-250\non Kn;�a as Absolute Truth, 3\non Kn;�a as birthless, 27\non Kn;�a as origin of species, 150\non Kn;�a as source of everything, 184\non Kn;�a as Vedas' goal, 29\non l(n;Qa conscious religion, 208\non Lord as creation's resting place, 266\non Lord as enjoyer, 165\non Lord as enjoyer, proprietor, friend,\n181-182\non Lord as within and without, 73,89-90,\n270\non Lord in heart, ll7-ll8, 131,185\non Lord known by devotional service, 291\non Lord supervising living entities,\nll7-118, 131\non material world vs. spiritual world,\n272-273\non modes of nature as Vedas' subject, 248\non nature's subsistence plan, 150-151\non nature under Kn;�a, 268-269\non nondevotees, 49,255\non occupational duties, 52\non offering everything to Kn;�a, 153, 275\non peace formula, 234-235\non population pollution, 46\non preacher, Kn;�a conscious, 191, 1'13\non renunciation, true and false, 142-143\non sacrifice to Kn;�a, 164,165\non §astra as authority, 174\non sex life, 68, 111-112\non species according to nature's modes, 110\non spiritual life as essential, 180\non spiritual vision, 66\non Supersoul as intelligence's source, 187\non surrender as salvation, 262\non transcendental happiness, 146,\n235-236,251\non transmigration according to nature's\nmodes, 228\non worship, God vs. demigod, 172\non yoga practice place, 231\n\n", "SB7.3#p0345": "321\n\nGeneral Index\n\non yogis in devotion as topmost, 10-11,\n233\nBhagavan\ndefined, 95\n\nparamaha.rilsas realize, 95\nSee also: Supreme Lord\n\nBhagavatam. See: Srimad-Bhagavatam\nBhagavata principle(s)\nIndia followed, until recently, 143\non life's necessities, 158-159\nin money matters, 124-126\n\nBhagavat-kathd\ndefined, 145\n\nSee also: Hearing about the Supreme Lord\n\nBhaktas. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\n\nBhakti\n\nBhrtyanam svdmini tathd\nverse quoted, 50\n\nBhilta-gramall sa evayam\nverse quoted, 272\nBhiltva bhii.tva praliyate\nquoted, 91\n\nBindu-sarovara as sacred place, 179\nBirds sitting in tree, soul and Supersoul in\nbody compared to, 135\nBirth\nanimal vs. king, 130\n\nbrahma'f.Ul not judged by, 212\n\ndeath follows, 221\ndevotees not judged by, 200,201\nfreedom from, 264\nBirth and death. See: Transmigration of the\nsoul\n\ndefined, 30\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord; �!}.a consciousness\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\nquoted on pure devotional service,\n108\nquoted on renunciation, 122, 150\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati 'fhakura\nasramas undertaken by' 71\n\nBliss\ndevotee in, 249\nLord as basis of, 3\nsaints seek, 3\ntranscendental, 236\n\nSee also: Happiness\n\nBlood as bodily constituent, 79, 80\nBodily concept of life\nby conditioned souls, ll5\n\nfattiness disliked by, 100\n\ndetachment from, 78-79\n\ntemple construction by, 218\n\nas illusory, 66\n\nBhakti-siltra\n\nauthor of, 26\npurpose of, 26\nBhaktivinoda 'fhakura\ncited on V�J}.ava, 189\nquoted on material existence, 91\nquoted on mind in maya, 262\n\nBhakti-yoga. See : Devotional service to the\nSupreme Lord; �!}.a consciousness\n\nBhaktya mam abhijaruiti\nquoted, 291\nverse quoted, 251\n\nBhogis defined, 100\n\nBhoktaram yajna-tapasam\nquoted, 165\nverse quoted, 181-182, 234\n\nBhramayan saroa-bhii.trini\nverse quoted, 118\n\nliving entity in, 245\nmerged in Rudra, 83\n\nSee also: Duality, material\n\nBody, material\nairs in, ten listed, 245\nchariot compared to, 242 243, 245,\n-\n\n253-254\ncleanliness for, 32, 33\ndesire causes, 107, ll7, 118, 120, 131,\n154\ndetachment from, 78-79, 249\nas doomed, 90-91\nelements of, 79-80, 135\nenjoyment according to, 186\nas false, 271\nfate of, 161\nhuman, as valuable, 250\nliving entity limited by, 187\n\n", "SB7.3#p0346": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n322\n\nBody,material (continued)\nliving standard according to,130-131\nas Lord's residence,185, 186-187\nLord supplies,117-118,130-131\n\nBrahmacari(s)\n\nspiritual master's relationship with,\n\n59-62,70\n\nwomen avoided by,62,63\n\nas machine,118,131,185-186\n\nBrahmactiri guru-ku.le\n\nnature's laws award, 120,154\n\nBrahmacarya (student life)\nasrama choices beyond,70, 71\n\nas misery,154\nvia modes of nature,110\n\noccupants of,two listed,135\nas perverted reflection,66\n\nquoted,240\n\ndefined,63\n\nsex life forbidden in,141\n\nas punishment,112\nsannyasi callous to,87\n\nin var�rama-dharma, 24,35\nBrahmtidi-stluivartinte�u\n\nsex life needed by,156\n\nBrahman (impersonal Absolute),71\nas all-pervading,74\n\nsatisfaction for,28\n\nsinful activities produce,112\n\nas soul's vehicle,243\n\nsoul vs., 84, 116,135,161\n\ntime controls,90-91\n\ntranscendentalist renounces,78-80\nBombay,people work like asses in, 145\nBrabma,Lord\nas calf, 13\n\nday of,calculated,281\n\ndvijas approved by,35\n\nintelligence sacrificed to,82\n�!}.a bewilders,290\n\nas Narada's father,25,285\n\nverse quoted,187\n\nbrahmar:w knows, 192\n\nLord as basis of,3\n\nmerging with,79,113\n\nBrahman,Supreme\n\ndevotees serve, 192\n\nMayavadis aspire to, 113\nrealization of,symptoms of, 146, 251\n\nsacrifice for,262\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nBrtihmar:w(s) (intellectuals)\n\nbody of,as advanced, 102\n\nas brahmactiri, 68\n\nas Narada's spiritual master,26\n\nBrahman known by,192\n\nPrahlada adored by,23\nas prajdpati, 25\n\nas dear to �1}.3,165,193\n\nP�Q.avas luckier than,2,4-5\n\nSiva above,6\n\nSiva honored by,18\n\nSupersoul above,187\n\nBrahma-bhii.ta/:1. prasanniitmd\nquoted,238\n\nverse quoted,146,235-236,251\n\nBrahmacari(s)\nbnihmar:w as,68\n\nconduct for,59,60,62-64,69\ndress for,60-61\n\ncharity to,156,187, 199\n\ncited on occupational duties,52\n\ndemigods represented by, 167\nas desireless, 124\n\ndevotees above, 200\n\nEuropeans as,40\n\ngrhasthas as,156\nguru-kula for,70\n\nHare �!}.a movement members as,42\n\nHare �!}.a movement protested by,40\nLord represented by,192\n\nduties for,59-64, 157\n\nLord worshiped via,187\nmaterial activities renounced by,260\n\npure parent as,35\n\noccupational duties for,35,36- 37,39, 40,\n\nincorrigible,condemned,240\n\nresidence for,59\n\nNarada as,26\n\n42,156,167-168\n\n", "SB7.3#p0347": "323\n\nGeneral Index\nBriihmar:uz(s) (intellectuals)\nPrahlada's saintly friend as, 101-102, 106,\n112\npr�to,165,166,167,203,208\nas preachers, 193\nprofessions forbidden to,37\n\nBrahmins. See:Briihmar:uzs\nBu.ddhim tu sarathiril viddhi\nverse quoted,242\nBuddhist as sectarian designation, 33\nButter pot and fire, man and woman compared\nto,65\n\npurification of, 260\nby qualification-not birth,55-56\n\nc\n\nas rare in Kali-yuga,42\nrituals performed by,167-168\nRiipa and Sanatana ostracized by,37\nas sacred places,175\nsanctifying power of,193\n\nCaitanya-bhiigavata, quoted on J(r�Qa consciousness worldwide, 180\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta, quotations from\non Lord Caitanya and Lord Nityananda,\n254\n\nas satisfied,216\nsocial status of,187\nat sraddh a ceremony,201, 202\nsymptoms of,43,175,192\nas tax-exempt,37\ntypes of, 198\n\non preachers authorized by �Qa,190\non spiritual master,137\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nSee also: Caitanya Mahaprabhu,quotations\n\nVai�1.13vas above,187,192\n\nfrom\nHare J(r�Qa movement as mission of, 180\n\nin vaiSya role,39\n\nphilosophy of,67\n\nin van:uiSrama-dharma, 24,35\n\nas preacher's example,189\n\nVedas studied by,70,71\n\nwith Ramananda Raya,147\n\nas worshipful,192,193\n\nsanklrtana started by' 189\n\nBrahmiir){la bhramite kona bhagyavan jlva\nverse quoted,248\n\nBrahma� hi prat�!hdham\nquoted,3\n\nBrahma-sarilhita, quotations from\non goddesses of fortune worshiping �Qa,\n50\non �Qa as cause of all causes,266\non Lord as all-pervading,72\non Lord as pu�iivatiira, 186\nBrahma-sampradaya,Hare J(r�Qa movement\nin,26\n\nBrahma satyaril jagan mithya\n\nworship of,208\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu,quotations from\non chanting Hare �Qa,231\non devotees as sinless,49\non devotional service via guru and J(r�Qa,\n248\non �Qa consciousness worldwide,180\non �Qa via spiritual master,250\non living entities as Lord's servants,24\non May�vada philosophy as dangerous,204\non spiritual master, 137\nCalcutta\n\nBhagavata science followed in,until\n\nquoted,113\n\nBrahma-vaivarta Purar:uz, quoted on sraddha\nceremony on Ekadasi,171\n\nBhramayan sarva-bhruani\nverse quoted,185\n\nBrahmeti paramiitmeti\nquoted,95\nverse quoted,230-231\n\nrecently,143\npeople work like asses in,145\nCalf and cow drank nectar well dry, 13, 14\nCiiQakya PaQ<Pta,quoted on family life, 46\nCancer sign in sraddha ceremony calculation,\n170\n\nCar_ujalas\ndefined, 158\n\n", "SB7.3#p0348": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n324\nCar.u;liilas (continued)\n\nCivilization, human\n\nmoney misused by, 158\n\nignorance in modem, IIO\n\nCapitalists. See: Materialists\n\nCapricorn sign, in sniddha ceremony calculation, 170\n\npeace for, 34\nVedic vs. modem, 124, 148\nwoman's association restricted in, 64\n\nCaste system. See: Var�rama-dharma\nCatur-va�yaril maya s�larh\n\nSee also: Society, human\nOeanliness\n\nquoted, 42, 55, 158\n\nas brahminical symptom, 43\n\nCatur-vidhii bhajante mam\n\nfor human beings, 32, 33\n\nquoted, 255-256\n\nOothing. See: Dress\n\nCelibacy. See: Brahmacari; Brahmacarya\n\nCommunism, spiritual vs. material, 155\n\nChanting the Lord's holy names\n\nConsciousness\n\nby grhasthas, 287\n\nbondage to material, 242, 243, 244\n\nby intelligent person, 136\n\nillusory states of, 89, 273\n\nin ISKCON centers, 180\n\nSee also: �J;ta consciousness\n\n�J;ta consciousness by, 151\n\nCosmic manifestation. See: Material world;\n\nmind cleansed by, 33\nas nonsectarian, 33\n\nCow\n\nUniverse\n\npower of, 287\n\nignorant person compared to, 74\n\nprosperity by, 151\n\nas mother, 64\n\npurification by, 145\n\nprotection of. See: Cow protection\n\nrainfall by, 151\n\nCowherd boys as pure devotees, 5\n\nSee also: Hare �J;ta mantra; Sankirtana\nChariot, body compared to, 242 243, 245,\n-\n\n253-254\n\nCow protection\nby brdh� 39\nas vaiSya 's duty, 38, 39, 156\n,\n\nCharity\nauspicious conditions for, 173\n\nD\n\nby brahma�, 36-37\nto brahma�, 39, 156, 187, 199\nto devotees, 199\n\nDadami buddhi-yogam tam\n\ndvijas give, 35\n\nverse quoted, 289\n\nin goodness, 187\n\nDaivl hy e$d gu1)lUT!ayi\n\nk,satriyasforbidden, 36, 37, 40\nto pure people, 37\nto V aif1J;tavas, 187\nChildren\nanimals compared to, 154-155\ngarbhadhana purifies, 35\nprasada to, 167\nChristian as sectarian designation, 33\nChristianity as anti-animal-slaughter, 207\nCities\n\nquoted, 118\nDak11a's daughter(s), 28\nuniversal population generated by,\n293-294\n\nDampatyo!t kalaho ndsti\nquoted, 46\nDar.u;la for sannyasl, 87, 94-95\nDaridra-� gu�-rasi-nas1\nquoted, 218\nDaridra-ndraya�-sevd as word jugglery, 204\n\nin passion, 176\n\nDarwin's evolution theory incomplete, 109\n\nSee also: Names of individual cities\n\nDatavyam iti yad danam\n\nCitrakiita as sacred place, 179\n\nverse quoted, 187\n\n", "SB7.3#p0349": "General Index\nDeath\n\nbirth follows,221\n\ndesires frustrated by, 154\n\nfreedom from,264\nlife vs.,90-91\n\nmaterialist defeated by,ll9-120\nDeerskin\nfor brahmacdri, 60\nfor viiTUJprastha, 77\n\nDeity worship of the Supreme Lord (arcana)\natheists oppose,176\nauthor started, 126\n\nby briihmaf.UJS, 36-37\n\nchanting Hare .Kn;J:J.a vs.,189\n\nby devotees,176,177,180\n\nfor Dvapara-yuga,164,188-189\nby grhastha, 208\n\nin ISKCON centers,179-180\nin Kali-yuga neglected,189\nas �mi-NarayaJ:J.a,208\nas Lord Caitanya,208\n\nLord Jagannatha,208\n\n325\n\nDemigods\n\nSee also: Names of individual demigods\n\nDemons\ndemigods vs.,7-9\nLord above,14\nLord's illusory energy bafHed,14\n\nMaya Danava as greatest among,7\nMaya Danava gifted,8\nMaya Danava revived, 11,12\n\nmentality of,152\n\nmoney misused by,152,153\n\nmystic power misused by, 11\nnectar well revived, 11,12\nPrahlada ruled,137\n\nSiva vs.,9,10,16-18\nSee also: Atheists; Nondevotees\n\nDesa defined,181\n\nDese kale ca patre ca\n\nverse quoted,187\n\nDesire of saintly person,133\nDesires, material\n\nfor neophytes essential,190,191\n\nbody according to,107,117,118, 120,\n131,154\n\npreaching vs.,189,191\n\ndeath frustrates,154\n\nas\n\nprasiida in,112,203,208\n\nas Radha-Kr�J:J.a,177,179-180,208\n\nas\n\nsacrifice,208\n\nin salagrama-sila, 177\nby sannyasi, 208\n\nas Sita-Rama, 177,208\n\nsociety neglects,175,177\n\ntemple for,177\n\nTreta-yuga began, 188,189\nVai��va worship vs.,192\n\nDemigods\n\nbrahmaf.UJS represent,167\n\ndemons vs.,7-9\n\nLord above,14\n\nunder modes of nature,83\nprasiida to,166\n\n�enses and sense objects sacrificed to, 81\n\nbrahmaf.UJS free of,124\n\nfreedom from,53,235\n\nrenunciation of,124,219\n\nritualistic ceremonies for,257\n\nsuffering caused by, 124\nsurrender purifies,107\n\nSee also: Attachment,material; Lust\n\nDetachment. See: Renunciation\n\nDevaloka. See: Heavenly planets\nDevas. See: Demigods\nDevotee(s) of the Supreme Lord\nactivities of,176,233\n\nanimals respected by, 154-155\n\nBhaktivinoda cited on,189\n\nbirth irrelevant for judging,200,201\n\nin bliss,249\n\nSiva best among,6\n\nabove brahfflaT).(JS, 187, 192,200\ncharity to, 199\n\nSiva's protection begged by,9\n\nenlightenment for,105\n\nSiva honored by,17-18\n\nworship of,condemned,212\n\nDeity worship by, 176, 177, 180\n\nfate of fallen, 244\n\n", "SB7.3#p0350": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n326\n\nDevotee(s) of the Supreme Lord (continued)\ngoodness areompanies,34\n\nhappiness of,214, 215, 216\n\nas inscrutable,99\n\nabovejndn�,200,223\n\nliberation surpass ed by,199,200\n\nDevotional service to the Supreme Lord\n\n(Bhakti)\n\neducation used in,164\n\neveryone eligible for,278,286\nfruitive activities vs.,172\nvia guru and Kn;J;J.a, 248\n\nLord \"conquered\" by, 159-160\n\nknowledge by,105\n\nLord protects,5, 16\n\nLord revealed by, 251, 291\n\nLord instructs,104-105\n\nas liberation,26\n\nLord realized by, 290-291\n\nmaterial activities stopped by, 107\n\nmaterialist vs., 214\n\nPiiJ;J.�avas in,279\npure, 108,146,199\n\nLord satisfied by, 143\nMayavadis vs., 113\n\nNarada expert at, 26\n\nabove nature's laws, 216\n\npurifying power of, 107\n\nnondevotees vs.,49, 105\n\nvia religious principles,24\n\nneophyte vs. advanced, 189,190,191\n\nas religion's goal, 29,30\n\nas pious,255-256\n\nas sandtana-dharma, 24\n\npublic opinion disinterests,136\n\nas unconditional,255\n\npr�to,166,167,200,203\nqualifications for,30\nas rare,199-200\n\nas sacred place,175\n\nas sadhu, 201\nas saintly, 200-201\n\nas satisfied,216, 218\n\nas sinless,49\n\nSiva as topmost,16\n\nspiritual vision of,204\n\nas topmost yoga, ll\n\nwealth used in,164\n\nwife given up for,159-160\nfor wise men, 184\n\nDharma\n\ndefined,156\n\nfalse,210, 211\n\nSee also: Religion; Religious principles;\nVan:ullrama-dharma\n\nDharma Maharaja,28\n\nas Supreme Brahman's servants, 192\n\nDharmam tu sah.Jiid bhagavat-pr�itam\n\ntemple for,176\n\nDharmaviruddho bhiite�u\n\nas tax-exempt,37\n\nas topmost yog�. 11,233\nas transcendental,134\n\nworship by, 182\n\nas worshipful, 192, 193\n\nyog� vs., 223\nSee also: Pure devotees of the Supreme\n\nLord; names of individual devotees\n\nDevotees of the Supreme Lord, association of\nhearing about Kn;J;J.a in,14 4, 145-146\nvalue of, 143,209\n\nDevotional service to the Supreme Lord\n\n(bhakti)\n\nactivities spoiling,six listed,125\n\narcana process in,208\n\nvia disciplic succession,26\n\nquoted, 29, 211\n\nquoted,68,Ill\n\nDhenur dhatri tathii prthvi\nverse quoted,64\n\nDhira defined,221\nDhiras tatra na muhyati\nquoted, 221\n\nDhrtarii�!ra,4\n\nDhyandvasthita-tad-gatena manasa pa§yanti\nyam yogina/:1\nquoted, 135,227,231\n\nDisciples. See: Brahmacarn: Devotees of the\nSupreme Lord; Dvijas\n\nDisciplic succession (parampara)\nas authority,106\n\ndevotional service via, 26\n\n", "SB7.3#p0351": "327\n\nGeneral Index\nDisciplic succession (Parampara)\nliberation via,26\nNarada in,26\nDisease overtakes vdnaprastha, 78\nDistress. See: Suffering\nDogs\nhouseholders maintain,158\nprasiida to,167\nas untouchable,158\nDream\nas illusion,271\nmaterial life as,146, 159\nDress\nfor brahmacari, 60-61\nfor i(r��a conscious preachers,94-95\nof saintly person,130\nfor sannyasi, 87\nfor vdnaprastha, 77\nDuality,material\nconditioned souls affiicted by,66\n\n�;;defined,171\nDvandvahatasya garhasthyaril.\nverse quoted,229-230\nDvapara-yuga,Deity worship for,164,\n188-189\nDvapare paricaryayaril.\nquoted,189\nverse quoted, 164,188-189\nDvaraka as sacred place,179\nDvija-bandhu defined,35\nDvijas\ndefined,35\nduties of,35\n}ULU-yuga lacks,71\nmantra chanting by,45\nremunerate spiritual master,70\nresidence for,70\nVedas studied by,70, 71\nSee also: Brahmar.ws; K$atriyas; V aiSyas\n\nE\n\nas futile, 132-133\nmind concocts,132\nrenunciation of,133, 143\nself-realization free of,66\nsex epitomizes,66\nas unreal,274\nSee also: Bodily concept of life\nDuryodhana,4\nDuty (duties)\nfor brahmacari, 59-64, 157\nfor brahmar.ws, 35, 36-37, 39, 40,42,\n156,167-168\nof dvijas, 35\n\nEarth (element) as bodily constituent,\n79-80\nEarth planet\nlife's necessities from,149\nas mother,64\nspiritual emergency on,40\nEconomic development\nfor grhasthas, 156\nlife wasted on, 153,162\nEducation\ndevotional service uses, 164\n\nemergencies change, 39-40, 41\n\nfor human beings,32-33, 74\n\nof householders, 142-174\n\nas Lord's potency,17-18\n\nof human being, 24,172,277, 278\n\nmaya misuses,164\n\nfor k$atriyas, 35, 42, 156\n\ntechnological,as incomplete,71\n\nperfection of,277,278\nfor sannyasi, 87-96, 157\nfor sudras, 38, 156-157\ntranscending material,53\nfor vaiSyas, 35, 38, 39, 156\nfor viinaprastha, 76-78\nvarr:uJ,Srama-dharma organizes, 24\nfor wife,46, 48, 49,50-51\nSee also: Occupations\n\nfor wife,46\nEgo,false\nmerged in Rudra,82-83\nunder modes of nature,82-83\nrenunciation of,133, 134\nEkadasi day,sraddha ceremony forbidden on,\n171\nEko bahanam. yo vidadhdti kaman\nquoted, 162\n\n", "SB7.3#p0352": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n328\n\nEko 'py asau racayitumjagad-�fim\nverse quoted,186\nElements, material\nin body,78-80, 135\n\nmerged in pradhana, 83\n\ntypes of, five listed,79, 80, 269\nSee also: Energy, material; Nature, ma­\n\nterial; names of individual elements\n\nEnergy, material\n\nas illusory,24\nmerged in pradhana, 83\n\nSee also: Elements, material; Nature, material\n\nEnergy of the Supreme Lord\ndemons baffled by,14\nexternal, llO\n\nillusory, conceals�I}.a,19\n\nEnjoyment, material\nbody for,186\n\nfreedom from,63\n\nas imaginary,113-ll4\n\nin sex life,ll1-ll2\n\nSee also: Desire, material; Happiness, material; Lust\n\nEntity, individual. See: Living entity\nEnvy\n\nreal religion free of, 205, 208\nrenunciation of,219-220\n\nEtair upayair yatate yas tu vidvarhs\nverse quoted,252\n\nEuropeans\n\nas brdhmar_tas, 40\n\nas devotees,126 ,200\nEvam-bhato yatir yati\nverse quoted,92\n\nEvam dvi-nlpo bhagavan\nverse quoted, 72\nEvam trayi-dharmam anuprapannd\n\nF\nFaith\nin�I}.a,268\nin spiritual master reveals knowledge, 227\nFalse ego. See: Ego, false\n\nFamily life\nCal}.akya Pal}.c,l.ita quoted on,46\n\ndetachment from,144, 146,147, 159\npeace for,46\n\nrelatives as rogues in,123\n\nrenunciation of,229, 230\n\nritualistic ceremonies for,173\nwife's duty in, 46, 48, 49,50\nSee also: Grhastha-iiSrama; Grhasthas;\nFasting\n\nMarriage\n\nby brahmacari, 61\nfor human beings,32, 33\n\nhunger and thirst conquered by,219\nby vdnaprastha, 78\n\nFear\n\nin animals for slaughter,207\nmaterialist in, 109,121, 123\nrenunciation of,219\n\nFire\nas bodily constituent, 79-80\n\nbrahmacari's meditation on, 59\n\nLord within and without,72\nwoman compared to,65\n\nFlower shower for Siva,17-18\nFood\n\nfor brahmacari, 61\nas God's gift,155,162\n\nfor human beings,ll2\nin Kali-yuga scarce,165 ,204\nnature provides,151,162\n\npython eats available,128\n\nverse quoted,258\n\nsaintly person eats available,129\n\npunishment by,147\n\nsurplus, as God's grace,152\n\nVedic vs. Western concept of,108-109\n\nin Vedic culture,112\n\nEvolution\nby fruitive activities,108-109\nas transmigration cycle,ll8-ll9\n\nSee also: Transmigration of the soul\n\nsinful society lacks,151\n\nfor sraddha ceremony prescribed,205\nfor vdnaprastha, 75, 76\n\nSee also: Prasada\n\n", "SB7.3#p0353": "General Index\n\nFoodstuffs offered to the Supreme Lord. See:\nPrasada\n\n329\n\nGoal of life. See: Life, goal of\nGod\nfools pose as, 212\n\nForest\nin goodness, 176\nfor monkeys, 176\nfor spiritual life, 176\n\nForgiveness as brahminical symptom, 43\nForm of the Supreme Lord, original, 2\nFruitive activities\nbody by, 107-108\n\nSee also: �Q.a, Lord; Supreme Lord\nGod consciousness. See: Krsna consciousness\n...\nGoddess(es) of Fortune\nfamily graced by, 46\ngopisas, 50\nLord worshiped by, 50\nmoney as, 122\n\nbondage to, 117-118\n\nas wife's ideal, 50\n\nevolution by, 109\n\nSee also: Lak11mi, Goddess\nGodhead. See: Spiritual world; Supreme Lord\n\nmaterialist controlled by, ll7, ll8\n\nGod realization\n\ndevotional service vs., 172\n\nritualistic ceremonies for, 173\nfor sacrifice, 165\n\nhuman life for, 241\nself-realization accompanies, 116, 135\n\nSee also: Activities, material\n\nsymptoms of, 146\nSee also: �Q.a consciousness\n\nG\nGambling\nHare �Q.a movement forbids, 94\nas sinful, 49, 145\nGandharva(s)\n\nNarada as, 281, 282, 284, 285\n\nsankirtana by, 283\n\nGanges River as auspicious bathing place, 173\nGarbhiidhdna ceremony\n\nprogeny purified by, 35\nspiritual master sanctions, 68\n\nin va�rama-dharma, 35\nGau�iya Ma�has, 218\nGau4odaye p�pavantau\nverse quoted, 254\nGaura-Nitai, mercy of, 254\nGayii as sacred place, 179\n\nGayatri mantra chanted by brahmacari, 59\nGhee\nIndia lacks, 165\n\nprasdda with, 203, 205, 208\n\nGhee dousing fire, sin dousing desire compared to, 54\nGuavali\n\n\"Gods.\" See: Demigods\nGoloka Vrndavana. See: Vrndavana\nGood and bad. See: Duality, material\nGoodness, greed and poverty nullify, 218\nGoodness, mode of\ncharity in, 187\neating in, conquers sleep, 221\nforest in, 176\nGop is\nas goddesses of fortune, 50\nas pure devotees, 5\nGosviimis of Vrndavana, 218\nSee also: Names of individual gosvamis\nGovernment\nin Kali-yuga corrupt, 127\ntaxes levied by, 37\nwealth restricted by, 152\nGreed\nas insatiable, 217\n\nrenunciation of, 219\n\nspiritual life ruined by, 218\nspiritual vs. material, 217, 218-219\nGrhastha(s)\nbrahmar.tas as, 156\nchanting the Lord's holy names by, 287\n\nquoted on material existence, 91\n\nconduct for celibate, 69\n\nquoted on mind in maya, 262\n\nDeity worship by, 208\n\n", "SB7.3#p0354": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n330\nGrhastha(s) (continued)\nincorrigible, condemned, 240\n\nmoney surplus for �J}.a by, 152-153\nPrahlada as, 137\nsex restricted for, 68\n\nHappiness, material\nas illusory, 115\n\nSee also: Fnjoyment, material\nHarav abhaktasya kuto mahad-gul)d\n\nspiritual master governs, 141\n\nverse quoted, 34\nHardwar as holy place, 177\n\nin var¢5rama-dharma, 24, 35\n\nHare �J}.a mantra\n\nYudhi��hira as, 141\n\nDeity worship vs. chanting, 189\n\nSee also: Family life; Householders; Mar­\n\nISKCON centers enhance chanting, 180\n\nriage\n\nfor Kali-yuga, 189\n\nGrhastha-asrama (household life)\nbrahmacaris forego, 63\n\nprosperity by chanting, 151\nrelieves suffering, 222\n\n�J}.a as center of, 142-143\n\nritualistic injunctions don't apply to, 231\n\nsannyasa vs., 160, 236-237\n\nas topmost sacrifice, 166\n\nsex restricted in, 141\n\nSee also: Chanting the Lord's holy names\n\nvoluntary, 71\n\nHare �J}.a movement. See: ��J}.a conscious­\n\nas\n\nSee also: Family life; Householders; Mar-\n\nness movement\n\nHarer nama harer nama\n\nriage\n\nGu�. See: Modes of material nature\nGuru. See: Spiritual master, all entries\nGuru-kr��-prasiide paya bhakti-lata-bija\nquoted, 250\n\nverse quoted, 263\n\nHari-bhakti:vilasa, quoted, on pure devotees,\n200\nHaridasa Thakura\n\nverse quoted, 248\n\nGuru-kula\nas brahmacari's residence, 59\ngraduation from, 70\npurpose of, 71\n\nAdvaita Gosvami favored, 119, 200, 201\nas Mohammedan, 199\n\nHarir asmin sthita iti\nverse quoted, 50\nHearing about the Supreme Lord\n\nfor twiceborn, 70\n\nin devotee's association, 144, 145,\n145-146\n\nH\nHappiness\n\nenlightenment by, 145\nby grhastha, 144-145, 145-146\nHare �J}.a movement for, 145, 146\n\nconditioned souls pursue, ll6, ll7, 118\n\nliberation by, 145-146\n\nof devotee, 214, 215, 216\n\npurifying power of, 1 9, 145\n\ngoodness essential for, 33\n\nsin dispelled by, 145\n\nfor marriage, 49\nmaterialist lacks, 214\nfor society, 29, 47\nas\n\nsoul's nature, 115, 116\n\nVedic culture as, 145\nHeavenly planets\nelevation to, 1 08, 109-110\nfalling from, 258-259\n\nby spiritual activity, 146\n\nhappiness in, 109\n\nspiritual vs. material, ll3-114\nby varl)dSrama-dharma, 47\n\nby karma-�, 206\n\nSee also: Bliss\nHappiness, material\nfutility of, ll9-120\nin heavenly planets, 109\n\nMaya Danava's demons attacked, 9\nby pious activities, 118\nsacrifices for, discouraged, 258-259\nHell, sraddha ceremony abusers hound for,\n171\n\n", "SB7.3#p0355": "General Index\nHetuniinena kaunteya\n\nverse quoted, 268-269\n\nHindu as sectarian designation, 33\nHippies as var(la-sari.kara, 46\n\nHoly name of the Lord. See: Chanting the\nLord's holy names; Hare l(r�Q.a mantra;\n\n331\n\nHuman beings\nvarr:uJSrama-dharma for, 35\nSee also: Life, human; Souls, conditioned\nHuman life. See: Life, human\nHuman society. See: Society, human\nHusbands. See: Family life; Grhastha(s);\n\nSupreme Lord, appropriate entries\n\nGrhastha-asrama; Householders; Mar­\n\nHoly places. See: Sacred places\n\nriage\n\nHoney, money compared to, 127, 128\nHouseholders\n\nI\n\nactivities of, 236\n\nconduct for, 148-149\n\ndogs maintained by, 158\n\nduties for, 142-174\nHare �Q.a movement benefits, 144-146\nhearing about �Q.a by, 144, 145-146\n\nin ignorance, 141, 144\n\nin Kali-yuga asslike, 145\n\nlaws of God upheld by, 151\nsacrifices by, 163-164\n\nsalagrama-sild worship by, 177\n\nsinful activities by, 157\n\n/dam adya maya labdham\nverse quoted, 152\n/dam astidam api me\nverse quoted, 152\n\nIgnorance\n\nconditioned souls in, 116\ngrhastha in, 141, 144\n\nHare �Q.a movement dispels, 116\nLord dispels, 104-105\nmaterialist i.Jl, 117\n\nmodern civilization in, 110\n\nwork of, offered to �Q.a, 142\n\nnondevotees in, 255\n\nSee also: Family life; Grhastha; Grhastha­\n\nunconsciousness as, 89\nSee also: illusion\n\nworship by, 163-164\n\nasrama; Marriage\nHuman beings\nanimalistic, 64, 65, 74\n\nabove animals, 33, 52-53, 112, 187\nausterity for, 141\n\ncleanliness for, 32, 33\nduty of, 172\n\nevolution to and from, 108-110, 147\n\nfasting for, 32, 33\nfat, as sense indulgers, 100-101\n\nfood for, 112\n\nheaven awaits pious, 109\n\n�Q.a consciousness for, 112\nl(r�Q.a played part of, 1, 19\n\nLord above, 14\n\nlow-class, misuse money, 158\nnature feeds, 151\nprinciples for, listed, 32-33\n\nsense gratification minimized for, 156\nas servants, 24\n\nsex indulgence degrades, 111, 112\n\nIgnorance, mode of\nplaces in, 176\n\nsymptoms of, 247\n\nIllusion\n\ndemons baffied by Lord's, 14\ndreaming as, 271\nkarmis in, 133-134\n\nknowledge conquers, 220\n\nmaterial happiness as, 115\n\nmaterialist in, 121\n\nmaterial life as, 135\n\ntruth vs., 89-90\ntypes of, two listed, 89\nSee also: Ignorance; Maya\n\nImam vivasvate yogam\nquoted, 184\n\nlmpersonalists. See: Mayavadis\nIndia\n\nlicaryas in, built temples, 218\n\nBhagavata science followed in, until\nrecently, 143\n\n", "SB7.3#p0356": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n332\nIndia (continued)\n\nceremonies celebrated in, three listed, 202\nghee lacking in, 165\n\n]iitasya hi dhruvo mrtyur\nquoted, 220\n\nholy places in, 177\n\nJesus Christ, Lord, Jews' animal \"sacrificing\"\nrejected by, 207\n\nspiritual life advanced in, 177\n\nJews, Christ rejected animal \"sacrificing\" by,\n.\n207\n\nprasada to devotees from, 200\ntemples in, 153\nlndra, King, manual prowess sacrificed to, 81\n\nlndriydlJ.i hayan iihur\nverse quoted, 243\n\nIntelligence\ndemigod worshipers lack., 212\nduality bewilders, 66\nsacrificed to Brahma, 82\nSupersoul supplies, 186-187\nsurrender requires, 209\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness. See: Kn;I;�a consciousness movement\nIntoxication\nHare Kn;I;�a movement prohibits, 94\nby lower classes, 52\nas sinful, 49, 145\n\ndefined, 186\n\nSee also: Living entities; Soul; Souls, conditioned\nJiva Gosvimi\n\ncited on sankirtana and Vedic rituals, 174\n\ncited on sraddha ceremony, 171\n\n]iva kr��-dasa, ei viSVIisa\nquoted, 262\n\n]ivera 'svarupa' haya-kr�J;�era 'nitya-diisa'\nquoted, 24\n\n]fiiina. See: Knowledge\n\n]iiiina-kaTJ4a\n\ndevotees reject, 199\nlife ruined by, 261\n\n]fiii nis\n\ndevotees above, 200, 223\n\nIrreligion, types of, five listed, 209\n\nlsavd.syam idam sarvam\n\nperceptive power, 133-134\nstatus of, 133-134\n\nSee also: Mayividis\n\nquoted, 150\nISKCON. See: Krsna consciousness movement\nlivara!l para\n\n]iva\n\n�·k��!l\n\n]iiiitvd siistra-vidhanoktam\nquoted, 174\n\nverse quoted, 266\n\nK\n\nlsvara!l sarva-bhr1.t4rui.ril\nquoted, 105, 187\nverse quoted, ll8, 131, 185\n\nlti matva bhajante mam\nverse quoted, 184\n\nKala defined, 181\n\nKalau nasty eva nasty eva\nverse quoted, 263\n\nJ\n\nKalau sudra-sambhava!l\nquoted, 42\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali)\n\nJagannitha, Lord, worship of, 208\n\nDeity worship neglected in, 189\n\nJagannitha Puri as holy place, 177\n\nfood scarce in, 165, 204\n\n]aghanya-gu�-vrtti-stha\nquoted, 228\nverse quoted, 228\n\n]ana-sailga5 ca laulyam ca\n\ngovernment corrupt in, 127\n\ngrhasthas asslike in, 145\n\nHare Kn;I;�a mantra for, 189\npopulation degraded in, 42, 64, 71\n\nverse quoted, 125\n\nsankirtanafor, 164, 166, 174\n\nverse quoted, 249-250\n\nvarr:ld§rama-dharma lost in, 42\n\n]anma karma ca me diryam\n\nsannydsa cautioned in, 125\n\n", "SB7.3#p0357": "General Index\n\nKama\n\ndefined, 156\n\nSee also: Desires, material; Lust; Sense\ngratification\n\nKama e$(L krodha e�a\nquoted, 217\n\nKama$lu for sannyasi, 87, 95\nKan�!ha-adhikaris defined, 176-177, 190\nKarar:wm gur:w-sarigo 'sya\nquoted, llO\n\nKarma-ka$\n\ndevotees reject, 199\nfor �eavenly elevation, 206\nlife ruined by, 261\n\nKarma-kaTJ4a, ftiiina-kaTJ4a,\nv�erabha$\n\nkevala\n\nverse quoted, 261\n\nKarma-yajfla\n\ndefined, 206\nSee also: Activities, material\nKarmis (fruitive workers). See: Materialists\n\nKasmiidbhajanti kavayo dhana-du.rmadandhan\n\nquoted, 213\nKa.Syapa, Pil;l9avas luckier than, 2\nKa!ha Upan�ad, quoted on body as soul's\nvehicle, 242-243\n\nKaunteya pratijanihi\n\nquoted, 16\nKaveri River, Prahlada and saint at, 98, 99\n\nKiba vipra, kiba nyasi, sildra kene naya\n\nverse quoted, 137\nKilling of animals. See: Animal slaughter\nKing(s)\nas high birth, 130\nprotection by, 37\nrevenue for, 37\n\nSee also: K�atriyas\nKirtana. See: Chanting the Lord's holy names;\nHare �Qa mantra; Sankirtana\nKirtaniya� sada hari�\n\nquoted, 174\nKnowledge\nauthoritative vs. concocted, 106\nas brahminical symptom, 43\nby devotional service, 105\n\n333\n\nKnowledge\nby faith in spiritual master, 227\nillusion conquered by, 220\nlamentation conquered by, 220-221\nliberation by, 109\nas Lord's potency, 15, 105\nrenunciation for, 87\nfor self-realization, 80\nvia spiritual master, 249, 265\nKrishna. See: �Qa,Lord; Supreme Lord\nKrishna consciousness. See: �Qa consciousness\n�Qa,Lord\nas Absolute Truth, 3, 19\nArjuna instructed by, 4\nas God, 14, 19,293\ngopis worship, 50\nwith Pil;l4avas, 1, 2, 3-4, 288\nSee also: Supreme Lord\n�Qa consciousness\nadvancement in, 43\nby chanting Hare �Qa, 151\neconomic benefits of, 151\ngreed helps or hinders, 217\nhuman life for, ll2, 133, 162, 213, 214\nof intelligent people, 136\nmarriage in, 48, 49, 50-51\nas necessary, 180\nas real religion, 208-211\nself-sufficiency of, 213-214\nservice attitude culminates in, 51\n�Qa conscious movement\nactivities of, 145, 166,180, 208\nanimal slaughter forbidden in, 208\n\"briihmar:uJS\" protest, 40\nin Brahma-sampradaya, 26\neducation used by, 164\neligibility for, 94\nfor grhasthas, 144-146\ngrhasthas donate to, 153\nfor hearing about �Qa, 144-146\nignorance dispelled by, ll6\n��Qa provides for, 16, 121, 213-214\nas Lord Caitanya's mission, 180\nmanagers of, advised, 125-126\nmembers of, status of, 42\n\n", "SB7.3#p0358": "Srunad-Bhigavabun\n\n334\n\nL\n\n�Qa conscious movement (continued)\nmoney surplus meant for,152-153\nmoney used by,121-122,125-126,164\npeace via,42\npeople should join,164,166\npreachers of. See: Preachers,�Qa conscious\npurpose of, 19, 24, 55, 95, 110\nregulative principles of,94\nas sankirtana, 164\n\nsannyasiS in, 95\nscriptural basis of, 26,40\nsociety benefits by,110,153,180\n\nLa�ayitva grhi s��\nverse quoted, 229-230\n�l?mi,�dess\nmoney as,122\nas NarayaQ.a's companion,122\n\nSee also: Goddess(es) of fortune\n�l?mi-NarayaQa worship, 208\n\n�mi-sahasra-Sata-sambhramasetyamdnam\nquoted,50\nLamentation conquered by knowledge,\n220-221\n\nspiritual life advanced by,175,177,180\ntemples in,93-94,175,179-180\n\nvaJ1Ui5rama-dharma propagated by, 42,\n157\nworld prosperity via,151\n\nLaw, true and false, 211\nLaw(s) of nature\nbody awarded by,120,154\ndevotees above,216\n\n�Qa Dvaipayana Vyasa. See: Vyasadeva\n\nignorance of,110\n\nK�� tu bhagavan svayam\n\n�Qa controls,110\n\nquoted,19\n\nKrte yad dhyayato vi$�uril\nverse �oted,164,188-189\n\nK�ya(s)\n\nanimal food forbidden to,in sraddha\nceremony,205\n\nliving entities under,110\nmaterialist under,117, 118\npunishment by, 147,153,154\ntransmigration as,108-110\n\nSee also: Nature,material\nLaws of the Supreme Lord\n\ncharity forbidden to,36, 37,40\n\nhouseholders uphold, 151\n\nduties of,35, 42, 156\n\nas religion's basis,29\n\nguru-kula for,70\nin marriage,68\n\nLiberation\ndevotees surpass, 199-200\n\nopulence required by, 124\n\ndevotional service as, 26\n\nas rare in Kali-yuga,42\n\nvia disciplic succession, 26\n\nrevenue for,36\n\nfor forefathers,199\n\nsymptoms of,44\n\nby hearing about�Q.a,145-146\n\nin var�rama-dharma, 24,35\n\nhuman life for,145\n\nVedas studied by,70, 71\nSee also: Kings\nK�i� pu�ye martya-lokaril viSanti\n\nby knowledge, 109\n\nquoted, 259\n\nK�ipraril bhavati dha rrniitmi\nquoted,256\n�irodakasayi Vif?Qu,as pu�vatara, 186\n\nfrom material life, 146\nfrom maya, 145-146\nvia Narada, 26\nby spiritual activity,113-114\n\nSee also: ]iianiS, Mayavadis\nLibra sign in sraddha ceremony calculation,\n\nKurukf?etra as sacred place,179\n\nKu.ia grass, brahmactiriS carry,60\nKutas tva kaSmalam idam\nquoted,4\n\n170\nLife\n\nasramas spanning, 124-125\ndeath vs., 90-91\n\n", "SB7.3#p0359": "335\n\nGeneral Index\nLife\n\nLiterature\n\ngoal of, 24, 110,206,212,276, 278\nmaterial. See: Life, material\nmaterialists waste, 146\nnecessities of, 149\n\nHare �1,1a movement spread by, 121\ntranscendental, as ever fresh, 153\ntranscendentalist rejects material, 92\nLiving entity (living entities)\n\nperfection of, in Vedic culture, 125\n\nin bodily concept of life, 245\n\npurpose of, 123,143\nreal and unreal, 89\n\nbody limits, 187\nas Brahman, 84\n\nspecies of. See: Species of life\n\nas dependent, 110\n\nspiritual vs. material, 113-114\nLife, human\nchoices in, 109\nconduct for, 147-148\nduty of, 172,277, 278\neconomic development wastes, 153, 162\neducation for, 74\n\nduty of, 24\nelevation to transcendence by, 263-264\nLord above, 15,131,135, 192\nLord feeds, 162\nas Lord's parts and parcels, 115,150,\n185-186,204\n\nevolution to and from, 108-110, 118-119\n\nas Lord's servants, 24\nLord \"vs.,\" 246\n\nfor God realization, 241\nkarma and jiiiina ruin, 261\n\nLord within and without, 72\nin material world, 107, 108-110\n\nfor �1,1a consciousness, 213,214,\n249-250\n\nmaya above, 131\nnature above, 108,100,147,151\nas servants, 24\n\nfor liberation, 145\nprinciples of, four listed, 156\npurpose of, 107\n\nsex life desired by, 111\nas spirit souls, 66, 83-84\n\nfor self-realization, 241\n\non sun, 184\n\nsense gratification spoils, 145,147,241\n\nSupersoul supervises, 117-118,185-186\n\nsuccess for, 19\nvalue of, 250\n\nunder time, 90-91\ntransmigration of, 107\n\nSee also: Human beings\n\nuniverse pervaded by, 184\n\nLife, material\nactivities of, four listed, 111-112\n\nSee also: Soul; Souls, conditioned\nLogic, mundane, transcendentalist avoids, 92\n\nbondage to, 159,253-254\n\nLord Caitanya. See: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\ndefined, 108, 109\n\nLotus feet of the Supreme Lord\n\ndream, 146,159\n\nsaints worship, 225\n\nas fearful, 109,112\n\nsannyasi seeks, 93\n\nfreedom from, 146,199\n\nas shelter, 176\n\nas\n\nas illusion, 135\nproblems of, four listed, 115,148\n\nsurrender at, 105\nLust\n\nrenunciation of, 83-84\n\nanger from, 217\n\nas sinful, 112\n\nrenunciation of, 219\n\nspiritual life vs., 113-114\n\nSee also: Desires, material; Sex life\n\nas struggle, 107\nas suffering, 109,119-120, 255\n\nM\n\nSee also: Material world\nLiterature\ndistribution of transcendental, 189\n\nMad-gatendntardtmand\nquoted, 11\n\n", "SB7.3#p0360": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n336\n\nMidhavendra Puri,renunciation by, 213\n\nMadhvacirya,quotations from\n\non God consciousness,50-51\n\non Lord as background of everything,269\n\non Lord as within and without,72-73\non sannyam'duty,93\non Soul of all souls,187-188\non unity in diversity,67\n\nMahajana(s)\n\nMarici,P�Qavas luckier than,2\n\nMarriage\n\nbrahmacaris reject,63\nhappiness for,49\n\nhusband's duty in,49,50\n\nhusband vs. wife in,49\n��a conscious,48, 49,50-51\n\n�atriya in,68\n\nmixed,among classes, 51-52\n\ndefined,16\n\nas sense gratification,156\nsex indulgence ruins,Ill\n\nSee also: Pure devotees of the Supreme\n\nVedic vs. modern,lll-ll2\nwife's duty in,46, 48, 49,50, 51\n\nLord protects,16\nSiva as, 16\nLord\n\nMaha-mantra. See: Chanting the Lord's holy\nnames; Hare��a mantra\nMaharaja Nanda as pure devotee, 5\n\nMaharaja Yudhi��hira. See: Yudhi��hira,\nMaharaja\n\nMaharloka,vanaprastha promoted to,74\nMahatma, qualifications for,161-162\nMahat-sevdril dvaram iihur vimukte}_l\nquoted, 243\n\nMahendra Hills as sacred place,179\nMalaya Hills as sacred place,179\n\nspiritual destiny for,50\n\nSee also: Family life; Grhastha(s);\nGrhastha-asrama; Householders\nMaterialism. See: Bodily concept of life; Life,\nmaterial,Material world\n\nMaterialists\n\nactivities of,as self-defeating,ll7-118\n\nas animallike,145\n\ndeath defeats,ll9-l20\n\ndevotee vs.,214\nas fat,100-101\n\nMllm ca yo 'vyabhiciirer:w\n\nin fear,121, 123\ngoodness absent in,34\n\nMam eva ye prapadyante\n\nin ignorance, 117\n\nverse quoted,134\n\nquoted,llO\n\nhappiness absent in,214\n\nin illusion,121,133\n\nverse quoted,278,286\n\nlife wasted by,146\nas moneygrubbers,121, 123,153\n\nquoted, 282\n\nsleep evades,121\n\nMam hi partha vyapasritya\nMan. See: Human beings\nMandii}_l sumanda-matayal_l\nMan-manti bhava mad-bhakto\nquoted,233\n\nMantra(s)\ndvijas chant,45\nat garbhadhana ceremony,35\nGayatri,59\n\nprar:wva, 245, 246\n\nat procreation,35\n\nSee also: Chanting the Lord's holy names;\nHare�� mantra\nManu-samhita, quoted on briihmar:w 's duties,\n37\n\nnature controls,ll7-118\nsenses victimize,121\n\nsuffering of,121, 123\n\n'yogu\" cater to,ll\n\nSee also: Atheists; Demons; Nondevotees\nMaterial life. See: Life,material; Material\nworld\n\nMaterial nature. See: Nature,material\n\nMaterial nature,modes of. See: Modes of material nature\n\nMaterial world\n\nbondage to,63\n\ndetachment from,273\n\n-elements in,five listed,269\n\n", "SB7.3#p0361": "General Index\n\nMaterial world\nfattiness as \"success\" in, 100-101\nhappiness for, 47\nliving entity, 107, 108-110\nMayavadis deny, 150, 267-268\npeace for, 47\nspiritual world vs., 272-273\ntime controls, 91\nvar�-sarikara ruins, 35-36\nMa!/ws\ndefined, 126\nGauc;l.iya, 218\nSee also: Temples\nMathura as holy place, 177, 179\nMat-sthani sarva-bhutdni\nverse quoted, 73, 90, 270\nMatta!J parataram nanyat\nquoted, 3\nMatta!J smrtir jnanam apohallarit ca\nquoted, 187\nMaya\ndefined, 24, 110\neducation misused for, 164\nliberation from, 145-146\nabove living entity, 130-131\nmind in, 262\nmiseries from, 147\nmoney misused for, 164\nphilosophers in, 164\nrebellious souls serve, 24\nscientists in, 164\nsurrender as salvation from, 262\nSee also: Ignorance; illusion; Life, material;\nMaterial world; Nature, material\n'\nMaya Danava\nas\n\ndemon No. 1, 7\n\ndemons gifted by, 8\ndemons revived by, 10, 11, 12\nmystic power of, 11\nquoted on God's will, 14\nSiva hafBed, 5, 12\nMayiidhya�e� prakrti!J\nquoted, 110\nverse quoted, 268-269\nMayanukillena nabhasvateritam\nverse quoted, 250\n\n337\n\nMaya tatam idam sarvam\nverse quoted, 73, 89, 270\nMayavddi-blld$ya sunile haya sarva-nasa\nquoted, 204\nMayavadis (impersonalists)\nBrahman sought by, 113\nas\n\ndangerous, 204\n\nLord Caitanya warned against, 204\nparamahamsas excel, 95\nVai�Q.avas vs., 113\nworld denied by, 150, 267-268\nSee also: ]M.nis\n\nMayy asakta-mana!J partha\nverse quoted, 268, 291\nMeat eating\ncelibates forbidden, 69\nHare �Q.a movement forbids, 94\nas sinful, 49, 145\nSee also: Animal slaughter\nMeditation\non Brahman unfulfilling, 113-114\nfor Satya-yuga, 164, 188\non Supersoul, 135\non Supreme Lord, 226\nby yogi, 135\nMen. See: Human beings\nMerchants: See: VaiSyas\nMercy\nas brahminical symptom, 43\nas human quality, 32, 33\nMercy of the Supreme Lord\ndevotional service by, 248\nliving entities at, 185-186\nvia spiritual master, 68, 223, 224, 250\nMerging with the Supreme. See: Brahman,\nmerging with; Mayavadis\nMiche mayara va5e, yaccha bhese'\nquoted, 262\nMind\nbrdhma� control, 43\ncleanliness for, 33\nduality concocted by, 133\nof materialist disturbed, 121\nin maya, 262\nmerged in moon god, 82\nsatisfaction for, 28\n\n", "SB7.3#p0362": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n338\nMind (continued)\nsenses agitate,63, 65, 262\ntechnology disturbs,157\n\nyoga controls,226\n\nMisery. See: Suffering\n\nModes of material nature\n\nbody according to,110\n\nconditioned souls under,110,118,247\ndemigods under,83\ndevotees surpass,134\nfalse ego under,82-83\noccupations according to,52, 53\nservice to spiritual master conquers,222,\n223\n\nsocial classes according to,42\nspecies according to,110\ntransmigration according to,228\ntypes of,three listed,110\nas Vedas' subject,248\n\nSee also: Nature,material; individual\n\nmodes (�oodness, passion, ig­\n\nnorance}\n\nMogha.Sa mogha-karmii�\nquoted,180\n\nMohammedan (s)\nHaridisa 'fhakura as, 199\nRiipa and Sanatana as,37\n\nMo�\n\nMoney\nin renunciation,122\nsense gratification misuses,122,125\nsurplus,to Kn!Q.a,152-153\nin Vedic culture,124-126\nSee also: Opulence,material\n\nMonism,perfect and imperfect,67\n\nMonists. See: ]iiiinis; Mayavadis\nMonkeys,forest for,176\nMonth\nof Asvina,167-168, 168n\nof Bhadra,167\nof Kartika,169-170\nof Magha,169-170\nMoon\n\nday of,calculated,170-171\n\nin Vedic ritual calculations,167, 168n\nMoon-god,mind merged in,82\nMothers,types of,seven listed,64\nMother Yasoda as pure devotee,5\n\nMrta-sanjivayitari\n\nas Ayur-vedic medicine,11\ndemons revived by,11\n\nMrtyu, rectum sacrificed to,81\n\nMrtyu-sarilsdra-vartmani\nquoted,244\n\nMuktdndm api siddhiindril\nverse quoted,199-200\n\nSee also: Liberation\n\nMukti. See: Liberation\nMumu�ubhib, partiyago\n\nauthor prudent with,126\n\nMu�ka Upan�ad, quoted on Balarama's\n\ndefined,156\n\nMoney\n\ndemons misuse,152\ndetachment toward,127\nin devotional service,164\nfor Hare Kn!Q.a movement,121-122,\n125-126\nas honeylike,127, 128\nKali-yuga government extorts,127\n\n�atriyas require,124\n\nas�mi,122\n\nlow-class men misuse,158\nmaterialist enslaved by,121, 123,153\n\nmaya misuses,164\nminimal,needed,127,128\npreachers advised on, 121-122\n\nverse quoted,122,150\nmercy as necessity, 252\n\nMunis\ndefined,143\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nPhilosophers; Saints\n\nMiirti as NarayaQ.a's mother, 28\nMuslim as sectarian designation, 33\n\nMysticism. See: ��Q.a consciousness; Mystic\n\npower; Yogis\nMystic Jiower\n\ndemons misuse,11\n\nha!ha-yc¥5a for,11\n\nof Maya Danava,11\nMystic yoga. See: Mystic power; Yoga\n\n", "SB7.3#p0363": "339\n\nGeneral Index\nN\n\nNaradaMuni, quotations from\n\nNa ca tasmiin manuv-e�u\n\non �atriya 's qualities, 44\n\nNa codasina/:l sastriil_li\n\non man and woman, 65, 66\non marriage, spiritual destiny for, 50\n\nquoted, 191, 193\nverse quoted, 92\n\nNaimi�aral}.ya as sacred place, 179\n\nNaiva jiiaruirthayor bhedas\nverse quoted, 67\n\non ��a rescuing Siva, 15-16\non life's purpose, 213\n\nonMaya Danava & demons vs. Siva &\ndemigods, 5, 7-10, 12-18\n\non mixed marriages, 51\n\nNa mii m d�krtino mu{lha/:J\n\non occupational duties, 36, 38,39, 41-42\n\nNa me 'bhakta.S catur-vedi\n\non P�Qavas, 1\non Prahlada and saint, 137\n\nquoted, 49\n\nquoted, 201\n\nverse quoted, 200\nNames of God. See: Chanting the Lord's holy\nnames; Hare ��a mantra; Supreme\n\nLord, appropriate entries\nNana yoni sadii phire,\nkadarya bha�al)a\nkare\nverse quoted, 261\nNandaMaharaja as pure devotee, 5\nNanda River as sacred place, 179\n\nNiiprayojana-pa�i syiin\nverse quoted, 92\n\nNara, \"parents\" of, 28\nNaradaMuni\n\nSee also: Narada Muni, quotations from\n\non occupation by qualification, 55\n\non prajiipati 's curse, 284\n\non sacred places, 175,176, 179-180\n\non sannyiisa, 87-96\n\non sadra 's qualities, 45\n\non Supersoul (Paramatma), 185, 186-187\non Supreme Lord, 3,4-5\non vai.Sya 's qualities, 44\n\non wife's duties, 46, 48\non worshiping ��a, 181, 183-184\n\nNiirado.-paficariitra, purpose of, 26\n\nNaraya�a, Lord, 88\n\nausterities by, 28\n\nat Badarikasrama, 28\nin heart of all, 167\n\nas Brahma's disciple, 26\n\n��a as, 104\n\nin disciplic succession, 26\n\n\"parents\" of, 28\n\nPrahlada instructed by, 136\n\nreligious principles delivered by, 27\n\nscriptures by, two listed, 26\n\nNarottama dasa 'fhakura, quotations from\non karma-� and jiii.ina -kiir:u;la, 261\n\nas Brahma's son, 25, 285\n\nas Gandharva, 281,282,284, 285\n\nprajiipatis cursed, 284\n\nas spiritual master, 26\nas sadra, 284,285\nas Vai��ava, 189\n\nVyasadeva instructed by, 26\n\nNaradaMuni, quotations from\non brahmacarya, 59-64\n\nas �mi's lord, 122\npoor, as misconception, 167, 204\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\n\non material life, 121\n\non Radha-Kr�� via Nityananda's mercy,\n252\n\nNa tad-bhakte�u ciinye�u\n\nverse quoted, 177, 189-190\n\non briihmal)aS, 43, 192,193, 198\n\nNa te vidu/:l sviirtha-gatim hi v��um\n\non dvijas, 35\non household life, 142,144, 14 7-149,\n\nNature, material (prakrti)\nanimal slaughter punished by, 222\n\non Deity worship, 188,191\n\n152,154,156,158-163,173\n\non human life, principles for, 32-33\n\nquoted, 245, 276\n\nbody under, 117-118\n\nfood provided by, 151, 162\n\n", "SB7.3#p0364": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n340\n\nNature, material (prakrti) (continued)\nfreedom from, no\nliving entities under, 91, ll7-ll8, 147,\n\nNon devotees\nSee also: Atheists; Demons; Materialists,\nMayavadis\n\n151\nLord above, 118, 150, 151, 225,268\n\nNr-deham tidyam sulabham sudurlabham\n\nmaterialist under, 117\n\nNrsirilhadeva, Lord, appeared for Prahlada, 2\n\nverse quoted, 250\n\nSee also: Body, material; Elements, ma­\n\n0\n\nterial; Energy, material; Laws of\nnature; Modes of material nature\n\nNaty-ucchritam natinicam\nverse quoted, 231\n\nNa vyii.khyayopajiveta\nverse quoted, 92\nNawab Hussain Shah, Riipa and Sanatana employed by, 37\n\nNayam titmti bala-ninena labhyo\nverse quoted, 252\n\nNayam deho deha-bhtijtim nrloke\nquoted, 112, 145\n\nNectar of Instruction, quoted on activities\nspoiling devotional service, 125\nNectar well\ncalf and cow drank dry, 13,14\ndemons revived by, 10,12\n\nNirbandha� kmUJ.-sambandhe\nverse quoted, 122\n\nNirdvandvo nitya-sattva-stho\nverse quoted, 248\nN�ktimadefined, 53\nNitai-Gaura, mercy of, 254\n\nNittiiyera karuT)d habe, vraje riidhd-kr�1Ja\n\nptibe\n\nquoted, 252\nNityananda, Lord, Radba-�Q.a via mercy of,\n252\n\nNiyamita� smara� na kti�\nquoted, 231\nNon devotees\ndevotees vs., 49, 105\ngoodness absent in, 34\n\nOccupation(s)\nbirth irrelevant to, 55, 56\nfor brtihmal)aS, 36-37, 39, 40, 42\nof \"dogs, \" 42\nemergencies change, 39, 40, 41\nof lower classes, 52\nfor mixed marriage families, 52\nmodes of nature determine, 52,53\nLy qualification, 55,56\nservice as eternal, 24\nfor vaiSyas, 38,39\n\nvarl)ii.Srama-dharma organizes, 24\nSee also: Duty; Varl)ii.Srama-dharma;\nnames of individual varl)aS\n(briihmal)aS, �atriyas, vaiSyas,\nsudras)\nOld age, viinaprastha overtaken by, 78\nOld men, prastida to, 167\nOld Testament commands nonviolence, 207\nom namo bhagavate vtisudevtiya\nquoted, 231\nOneness. See: Monism\nOneness and difference of the Lord and the\nliving entities, 72, 73, 83-84, 204\nOpulence, as Lord's potency, 15-16\nOpulence, material\n\nbhogis misuse, 93\nmaterialists pursue, 153\nrenunciation of, 219,220\nfor srtiddha ceremony restricted, 202\nSee also: Money\n\nin ignorance, 255\nLord's reciprocation with, 105\n\np\n\nas sinners, 49\nsurrender shunned by, 49\nVedic rituals futile for, 228\n\nPadam padam yad vipadtim na te�m\nquoted, 280\n\n", "SB7.3#p0365": "General Index\nPadma Purlif.l.a, quoted on worshiping V�!].u,\n189\n\nPain. See: Suffering\n\nPampa as sacred place, 179\n\nPdricariitriki-vidhi, following, recommended,\n30\n\nPru;t�avas\n\nin devotional service, 279\n\ngood fortune of, 1, 2, 288\n\nas �!].a's kinsmen, 3-4,288,289\n\nas pure devotees, 5\n\nsaints visit(ed), 1, 2, 288\n\n341\n\nPeople\nVai�l}.avas and Vi�I].U as best, 187, 188\n\nSee also: Human beings\n\nPhalgu River as sacred place, 179\n\nPhilosophers\n\nsaints as, 143\nso-called, in maya, 164\n\nso-called, as useless for spiritual life, 92\n\nPhilosophy\nauthorities on V�l].ava, 16\nof Lord Caitanya, 67\n\nof Mayavadis dangerous, 204\n\nyogamaya covered, 2\nPar;u;lita\n\nPigs, Kali-yuga workers compared to, 145\n\nSee also: Wise man\nPtipi tiip'i yata chila, hari-ndme uddharila\n\nPlanets. See: Universe\nPleasure. See: Bliss; Enjoyment, material;\n\nParabrahman. See: Brahman, Supreme\n\nPopulation\n\ndefined, 66\n\nquoted, 252\n\nParamaharilsa\n\nPrahlada as, 137\n\nas transcendental, 138\n\nParamiilma. See: Supersoul\nParamparii See: Disciplic succession\nParas tasmdt tu bhavo 'nyo\nverse quoted, 272\n\nParasya saktir vividhaiva snlyate\nquoted, 270\n\nPassion, mode of (rajo-gurn)\n\nMayavadi vs. Vai�l].avas, 113\n\nPitas, Siva honored by, 17-18\n\nHappiness; Happiness, material\n\n�a's daughters generated universal,\n293-294\n\nlower class, 52\n\nvarrn-sankara, 35-36, 46-47\n\nunder var�rama-dharma, 35, 157\n\nSee also: Civilization, human; Society,\nPower\n\nhuman\n\nof chanting the Lord's holy names, 287\n\nof providence, 14\nof Siva from �!].a, 6\n\ncities in, 176\ngreed in, 217\n\nof Supreme Lord, 14-16\n\nPastimes of �!].a\n\nPrahhas as sacred place, 179\n\nsymptoms of, 247\n\npurifying power of, 19\nas transcendental, 19\n\nvalue of knowing, 249-250\n\nPa.tra defined, 181\nPavarga defmed, 109\n\nPeace\n\nfor family,46\n\ngoodness essential for, 34\nvia Hare �!].a movement, 34\n\nvia van:ui§rama-dharma, 42, 47\nfor world, 47\n\nPenance. See: Austerity\n\nSee also: Mystic power\n\nPradhan.a merged in Supersoul, 83\nPrahlada Maharaja\n\nBrahma adores, 23\n\nfollowing, recommended, 2\nas grhastha, 137\n\nas Narada's disciple, 136\n\nN:rsirilhadeva appeared for, 2\n\nas paramaharilsa, 137\n\nas pure devotee, 2, 104-105,136\n\nquoted on saintly person, 100-102\n\nquoted on sex life, 111\nsaint charmed by, 103\n\n", "SB7.3#p0366": "Srunad-Bhigavabun\n\n342\nPrahlada Maharaja (continued)\nsaint discovered by, 98\nsaint puzzled, 100,102\nsaint worshiped by, 99,137\nSiva adores, 23\nas spiritual master, 137\nspiritual vision of, 104\n\nPrahliido janako bh�mo\n� erse '{Uoted, 138\n\nPrajdpati. (s)\n\nBrahmii as,25\nNiirada cursed by, 284\nsensual pleasure sacrificed to, 81\n�� bhahta defined, 177, 190\n-\n\nPrakrte� kriyama�i\n\nquoted, 147, 15 1\nverse quoted, llO\nPrakrti. See: Nature, material\n\nPrakrtim yanti mam ekam\nquoted 266\n\nPra�va� sarva-vede�u\nquoted, 231\n\nPrii.r:Wpahariic ca yathendriya�\nverse quoted, 182\n\nPrapancikataya buddhya\n\nverse quoted, 122, 150\n\nPrasada (Food offered to ���a), 161\nfor brahma�, 203,208\n\nin Deity worship, ll2,203,208\nfor devotees, 200,203,208\ndistribution of, 165, 166, 167, 200,203,\n204,208\n\nwith ghee, 203,205,208\nfor human beings, 112\npurifying power of, ll2, 145\nfor saint, 129\n\nPratilomaja\n\ndefined, 5 1\n\nSe e also: Marriage\nPravrttim ca nivrttim ca\n\nquoted, 255\nPrayaga as holy place, 177,179\nPreacher(s), ��a conscious\nbrahma� as, 193\nin civilian dress, 95\nconduct for, 92\n\nPreacher(s), �Q.a conscious\nDeity worshiper vs., 189, 19 1\n�Q.a empowers, 190\nliterature distribution by, 189\nLord recognizes, 19 1,193\nmoney advice to, 121- 122\nPreaching �Q.a consciousness\ndonations for, 153\nas sannyasi s duty, 94, 95, 125\ntemples for, 93-94\nPrema-bhakti-candrika, quoted on karmaka1J4a and jfiiina-kal){la, 26 1\nProprietorship, true and false, 150, 155, 162\nProtection by king, 37\nProtection by the Supreme Lord\nfor devotees, 5, 16\nfor Hare �Q.a movement, 16\nfor mahajanas, 16\nfor religious principles, 27\n'\n\nPrthivite ache yata nagaradi-grama\n\nverse quoted, 180\nPulahiisrama as sacred place, 179\nPunishment\nbodyas,ll2\n\nby evolution, 147\nfor impious activities, ll8\nby nature's laws, 147, 154\n\nPu�ya-srava�-kirtana�\nquoted, 145\n\nPur�, 176\n\nfollowing, recommended, 30\nsubject matter in, 144, 153\nPure devotee(s) of the Supreme Lord\ncowherd boys as, 5\ngopisas, 5\n\nhumility of, 2\nLord instructs, within heart, 289, 290\nas loyal to �Q.a, 4\nNanda as, 5\nneophytes vs., 189, 190, 191\nPiiQ.Qavas as, 5\nPrahliida as, 2, 104-105,136\npurity of, 105, 200\n\nsannyasi as, 88\n\nspiritual vision of, 89-90\nas transcendental, 223\n\n", "SB7.3#p0367": "343\n\nGeneral Index\n\nPure devotee(s) of the Supreme Lord\ntranscendentalists vs.,5\n\nRatriril yuga-sahasrdntdril\n\nVrndavana's residents as,5\noda as,5\nPur cation\n\nRatry-agame 'va.Sa� partha\n\n�\n\nrahmar.ra, 260\nby chanting the Lord's holy names,\n145\nby devotional service,107\nby garbhadhana ceremony,35\nby hearing about Kn;I;�a, 19,145\nby prasada, 112,145\n\nverse quoted,281\nverse quoted,272\nReincarnation. See: Transmigration of the soul\nRelationship(s)\nof brahmacarito spiritual master,59-62\nof Piii;ll,lavas to i(n;Qa,3-4,288,289\nsannydsirenounces material,87\nReligion\nanimal slaughter in,207\nenvy absent in real,205,208\n\nvia saints,105-106\nof sex life,35\n\nas God's laws,29\n\nof sin, 49\n\nas Lord's potency,15\n\nby var�rama-dharma, 35\nby Vedic culture,112\nSee also: i(n;Qa consciousness\n\nmodern,condemned,30\n\nPuru¥ivatdra, Lord as,185,186\n\nLord as basis of,28,29,30\nmanufactured,condemned,29\nas necessary,156\nsectarian,as irrelevant,33\n\nPu�kara as sacred place,179\n\nsurrender as real,209,210\n\nPython\n\ntrue and false,30,209-211,212\n\nliving conditions of,97\nsaint living like,97,99\nas self-satisfied,128\nas spiritual master,126,128\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord\nReligious principles\ndevotional service as goal of,29,30\ndevotional service via, 24\n\nR\nRadhii-��Qa\nvia Nityiinanda's mercy,252\nworship of,177,179-180,208\nRain\nby chanting Hare i(n;Qa,151\nfrom sacrifice,151\nRajasiiya sacrifice\n��Qa glorified at,183,193\nby Yudhi�!hira, 183,193\n\nas God's laws, 29\n��Qa consciousness as topmost,208211\nLord protects,27\nNarada expert on,26\nNiiriiyaQa delivered,27\nsex life according to,68, 111-122\nfor time,place and person,181\nRenunciation\nof anger,219-220\nof bodily attachment,161\n\nRiima,Lord,at Citrakii�a,179\n\nby bumblebee,127,128\nof duality, 133-134\n\nRiimiinanda Raya\ncited on life's goal,147\n\nof envy,219-220\nof family life,159,160,229,230\n\nRajo-gui}JJ. See: Passion,mode of\n\nwith Lord Caitanya,147\n\nof fear,219\n\nRiimiinujiicarya,218\n\nof greed,219,220\n\nRiimesvara as holy place,177\n\nfor knowledge,87\n\nRasa 'ham apsu kaunteya\nquoted,116\n\nas Lord's potency, 15\nof lusty desire,219,220\n\n", "SB7.3#p0368": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n344\n\ns\n\nRenunciation (continued)\nby Madhavendra Puri, 213\nMayavAdis vs. Va�I,Ulva, ll3\n\nSacred place (s)\n\nin money matters,122,127\n\nbrahmar;r.as as,175\n\nby saint,127-132\nby sannyasi, 87-88, 93-95\n\nin India, 177,179\nISKCON centers as,179-180\n\nof sense gratification,219\n\nfor ritualistic ceremonies,175, 179-180\n\nof sex life,160,219\n\nspiritual life advanced by,180\n\nof wealth,219, 220\n\ntemple as,175, 176, 177\n\nof wife,159, 160-161\n\nVai�J;J.ava as,175\n\nSee also: Sannyasa\n\nfor yoga practice, 230, 231\n\nRitualistic ceremony (Ritualistic ceremonies)\nanimal killing in,257\n\nSacred thread, brahmacaris wear,60-61\nSacrifice(s)\n\nby brahmCJI.UlS, 167-168\n\nanimal slaughter in name of,205, 207\n\nbrahmar;r.as at sraddha, 201, 202\nfor family life,173\n\nchanting Hare �J;J.a as best,166\nDeity worship as,208\n\nfor forefathers,201\n\nfruitive activities for,165\n\nfor fruitive activities,173\n\nwith ghee and grains,151,165\n\ngarbhadhana, 35, 68\n\nfor heavenly elevation discouraged,258\n\nby Indians,202\n\nby householder,163-164\nto �J;J.a,164,165\n\nmahiilayii, 167-168, 168n\nmarriageas,ll1\n\npafica-sii.nii, 161-162\n\nfor material desires,257\n\nprasada distribution as best,166\n\nmoon calculated in,167, 168n,169-\n\nrain from,151\n\n170\nfor nondevotees futile,228\n\nRajasuya. See: Rajasuya sacrifice\nbysankirtana, 164,166\n\nfor procreation, 35\n\nof senses and sense objects to demigods,81\n\nsacred places for,175, 179-180\n\nfor Supreme Brahman,262\n\nsari.kirtana required at,174\n\nby vanaprastha, 16\nfor yugas, 164,188-189\n\nfor sense gratification,156\nsraddha, 169-170, 171,202\nstars calculated in,169-170\nsun calculated in,179, 170-171\ntime and place important to,202\nwise men surpass,206\nSee also: Sacrifices\n�hadeva, quoted on austerity, 141\n\nSee also: Ritualistic ceremonies\nSadhu\ndefined, 201\nSee also: Devotee(s) of the Supreme Lord\nSadhur eva sa mantavya/.t\nverse quoted,200\nSa gul}iin samatityaitan\nquoted, l lO,223\n\nRudra,sacrifices to,82-83\nRules and regulations. See: Religious prin­\n\nverse quoted,134\n\nciples; Ritualistic ceremonies\n\nSahasra-yuga-pra yantam\n\nRupa Gosvami\nbrahmar;r.as ostracized, 37\nquoted on activities spoiling devotional service,125\nquoted on renunciation, 122, 150\n\nverse quoted,281\nSahya Mountain,Prahlada and saint at,98-99\nSaintly person (Prahlada's acquaintance)\nanimals' examples followed by,126-128\nbodily symptoms of,102\n\n", "SB7.3#p0369": "General Index\nSaintly person, quotations from\n\nas brahmal)a, 102, 106, 112\n\ndress of, 130\n\nas equally disposed, 132\n\nas fat, 100-102\n\nfruitive activities renounced by, ll2,\nl l3-114\nas inscrutable, 99\nPrahlada charmed, 103\n\nPrahlada discovered, 98-99\n\nPrahlada puzzled by, 100-102\n\nPrahlada worshiped, 99, 137\nin pythonlike state, 97, 99\n\nrenunciation by, 127, 131-132\n\nas well-wisher, 132-133\n\nSaintly person, quotations from\non human life, 108, Ill\n\non materialists, 121, 123\n\non Prahlada, 104--106, 136\nSaints\nactivities of, 5\n\nbliss sought by, 3\n\nas grave, 106\n\nLord's lotus feet worshiped by, 225\n\nP�d,avas visited by, I, 2, 288\nas philosophers, 143\npurification via, I06\nas silent, 106\n\nSiva honored by, 17-18\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nPure devotees of the Supreme Lord\nSa�ad dharitvena samasta Stistrai�\nquoted, 192, 224\n\nSalagramjz-sila worship by grhastha, 177\nSalvation See: Liberation\n\nJ\n\nSarna� sarve�u bhr:Ue�u\nverse quoted, 146, 235-236, 251\nSamasrita ye pada-pallava-plavam\nquoted, 280\nSampradiiya. See: Disciplic succession\nSamsara-b�nale,\ndibaniSi hiya jvale\nquoted, 121\nSamsara-cakra\ndefined, 119\nSee also: Transmigration of the soul\n\n345\n\nSanatana-dharma defined, 24\nSanatana Gosvami, brahma� ostracized, 37\nSankirtana\nby Apsaras, 283\nby Gandharvas, 283\nHare �Q.a movement as, 164\nfor Kali-yuga, 164, 166, 174\nLord Caitanya started, 189\nVedic rituals require, 174\nSee also: Chanting the Lord's holy names;\n�Q.a consciousness movement\n$a�(lii m tu karma(liim asya\nverse quoted, 37\nSannyiisa (renounced life)\nbogus vs. bona fide, 125\nfrom brahmacarya to, 71\nhousehold life vs., 160, 236-237\nin Kali-yuga risky, 125\nas life's perfection, 125\nqualification for, 56\nsex life forbidden in, 141\nstages of, four listed, 95\nsymbols of, as optional, 94--95\nin varniiSrama-dharma, 24, 35\nSannyiisi (s)\nbogus vs. bona fide, 93\nconduct of, 88, 96\nDeity worship by, 208\ndress of, 87\nduties of, 87-96, 157\nfallen, condemned, 236-23 7, 238-239\nin Hare �Q.a movement, 95\nidentified, 63\nlivelihood for, 88\nMayavadi vs. Vai�Q.ava, 95\nas preacher, 94, 95, 125\nas pure devotee, 88\nrenunciation by, 87, 88, 92-95\nself-realization for, 89\nspiritual vision of, 88, 89\nas traveler, 87, 88\nwomen avoided by, 63\nSarva-dharmiin parityajya\nquoted, 118, 132, 208-210\nverse quoted, 262\n\n", "SB7.3#p0370": "346\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nSarvam khalv idam brahma\nquoted,266\nSarvasya cdham hrdi sanni�!O\nquoted, 117\nSarvatra pracara haibe mora nama\nverse quoted,180\nSarva-yon�u kaunteya\nverse quoted, 150\nSarvopadhi-vininnuktam\nquoted, 245-246\nSa sannyasi ca yogi ca\nverse quoted, 142-143\nSastras (scriptures). See: Vedas; names of\nindividual scriptures\nSatisfaction\nas brahminical symptom,43\nas human quality, 32, 33\nSattva-gu� See: Goodness, mode of\nSatya-yuga\nfor meditation, 164,188\nas spiritually advanced,189\nSa vai purilsdm paro dharmo\nquoted, 211\nverse quoted,29,255\nScientists,material\nBhagavatam refutes, 184\nlife misunderstood by, 116\nin maya, 164\nSecular state as misconception, 33\nSelf. See: Living entity; Soul; Souls, conditioned\nSelf-realization\nadvancement symptoms in, 101-102\nBrahman realization begins, 74\nby chanting Hare �Qa, 136\nduality absent in,66\nelevation to,263-264\nGod realization accompanied by, 116, 135\nhuman life for, 123,241\nknowledge for,80\nby sannyasi, 89\nvalue of, 135\nas Vedic culture's goal, 124\nSee also: �Qa consciousness\nSemen\nas bodily constituent,79-80\n\nSemen\nvalue of, 33\nSense control by brahmacari, 59\nSense gratification\nfor animals, 145,156\nbondage to,253-254\nfattiness signifies,100-101\nhuman life spoiled by, 145, 147,241\nmarriage as, 156\nminimal, needed, 156\nmoney misused for, 122,125-126\nmystic power misused for,11\nrenunciation of, 219\n\nSee also: Body, material; Desires,material;\nLife,material\nSenses\nbondage to,215,216,253-254\nbrtihmar_uJS control,43\nfat people indulge,100-101\nmaterialist victimized by, 121\nmind agitated by, 63,65,262\ntranscendentalist renounces, 81\nServants of God. See: Devotees of the Supreme\nLord\nService to God. See: Devotional service to the\nSupreme Lord\nbrthd janma\nSe sambandha nahi yara,\ngela tara\nquoted, 252\nSetubanda as sacred place, 179\nSevaka-bhagavan, spiritual master as, 225\nSevejyavanatir ddsyam\nverse quoted, 34\nSevya-bhagavdn,��Qaas,225\nSex life\nasramas forbidding,141\nas bodily demand, 156\nbrahmacaris reject, 63\nas distressful,1ll-112\nduality epitomized by,66\ngarbhddhdna purifies, 35\ngood qualities control, 35\nfor grhastha restricted, 68, 141\nillicit. See: Sex life, illicit\nliving beings eager for, 111\nin marriage, 111-112\n\n", "SB7.3#p0371": "General Index\nSex life\n\nfor procreation, 35,68\nreligious principles regulate, 1 11-112\nrenunciation of, 160,219\n\nspiritual master sanctions, 68\nas unnecessary, 141\nVedic culture minimizes,63, 65\n\nSee also: Attachment, material; Desires,\nmaterial; Lust\n\nSex life, illicit\nHare �Qa movement forbids, 94\nby lower classes, 52\nas sinful, 49,145\n\nShah, Nawab Hussain, Riipa and Saniitana employed by, 37\n\nShower of flowers for Siva, 17-18\nSiddhas honored Siva, 17-18\n\nSimplicity\n\nas brahminical symptom, 43\n\nSin\n\nas human quality, 32, 33\nbody caused by, 112\n\n347\n\nSiva, Lord\n�Qa saved,5, 15-16\nas Mahadeva,6\nas mahdjana, 16\n\nMaya Danava baffled,5, 12\n\nPii.Q<Javas luckier than, 2,4-5\nPrahlada adored by, 23\nas topmost Vai�Qava, 16\nas Tripurari, 18\n\nSky\nas bodily constituent, 79, 80\nlife's necessities from, 149\nSleep\n\narrangements for, relative to birth,\n\n130-13 1\neating in goodness conquers,221\n\nmaterialists miss,121\npurpose of, 112\n\nSociety, human\n\nanimal slaughter in, 155\n\nbnihmarJ.a's status in, 187\nDeity worship neglected in, 175, 177\n\ndevotees free of,49\nhearing about �Qa dispels,145\n\ndivisions of, four listed,42, 51, 55,156\n\npunishment for, 118\n\nfood scarce in sinful, 15 1\n\nprasada absolves,1 12\nas relative, 52-53\n\ndogs maintained in,158\n\ndvijas lacking in Kali-yuga,71\n\nin society, 157\n\nhappiness for, 29\nHare l<.rl?J:�a movement benefits, 24, 1 10,\n\nwine-drinking as, 158\n\nleaders of modern, condemned, 148\n\ntypes of, four listed,49, 145\n\n�isupala,K.r�J:�a killed, 183\n\n153,180\nLord's appearance in, 19\n\nSi$val).dril ca gurau nityaril\n\nmixed marriages in, 51-52\n\nSi$yas te 'ham Siidhi mam tvam prapannam\n\nNarada teaches, 26\nproprietorship misunderstood by, 150,155\n\nverse quoted, 50\n\nquoted, 4\n\nSita at Citrakiita, 179\n\nSita-Rama worship, 117, 208\nSiva, Lord\n\nmodes of nature in, 42\n\nsannyiisi anonymous in,96\nsinful activities in, 157\n\nspiritual emergency in, 40\n\ndemigods begged protection of, 9\n\nvarrJ.a-salikara confounds,47\nvar�rama-dharma organizes, 24,46-4\n. 7,\n\ndemons' airplanes vanquished by, 17, 18\n\nVedic culture purifies, 1 12\n\nabOve Brahma,6\n\ndemigods honored, 17-18\ndemons vs., 9, 10, 16-18\n\nFlower shower for, 17-18\n�Qa above,6\n\n�l).a bewilders,290\n\n157\n\nVedic vs. modern, 124-125\n\nSee also: Civilization, human\n\nSo 'dhvana� param iipnoti\nverse quoted, 243\n\n", "SB7.3#p0372": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n348\nSoul\nbody as vehicle for, 243\n\nbody vs., 84, 116, 135, 161\n\nSpiritual life\nsociety has abandoned, 40\nspiritual master governs, 68\n\nas happy, 115, 116\n\nvan:uJ.Srama-dharma advances, 47\n\nidentification with, 79, 135, 146\n\nwhimsical action ruins, 68\n\nliving entity as, 66,83-84\n\nwomen's association restricted in, 63\n\nsatisfaction for, 28\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\n\nscientists misunderstand, 116\nSupersoul above, 135, 186-187\nSee also: Living entity\nSouls, conditioned\nduality afflicts, 66\n\nLord; ��a consciousness\nSpiritual master (Guru)\nAbsolute Truth present in, 225\nbee as, 126-128\n.\nbrahmacii.ri's relationship to, 59-62, 70\n\nhappiness eludes, 116, 117\n\nas captain of the ship, 250\n\nin ignorance, 116\n\ndevotional service via, 248\n\nunder modes of nature, 110,247\n\ndisciple remunerates, 70\n\nnature controls, 91, 117-118\n\nas good as ��a, 192, 223-224\n\nsuffering of, 115, 117-119\n\ngrhastha governed by, 141\n\nsurrender frees, 91, 118\n\nknowledge via, 227, 249, 265\n\nunder time, 90-91\n\nLord as, 3, 4\nLord's mercy via, 68, 223, 224, 250, 252\n\ntransmigration plagues, 90-91\n\nSee also: Living entities; Soul\n\nSpecies of life\nas diseased conditions, 110\nlower, as punishment, 118, 147\n\nLord within and without, 72\nmaterial conception of, as doom, 224,\n225-226\nNarada as, 26\n\nby modes of nature, 110\n\nas necessary, 249, 250, 252, 265\n\nnumber of, 150, 162\n\nPrahlada as, 137\n\norigin of, 150\nSpirit. See: Soul; Spiritual world; Supreme\nLord\n\nSpiritualists. See: Devotees of the Supreme\n\nLord; ]nanis; Mayavadis; Transcenden­\n\ntalists; Yogis\nSpiritual life\nasramas in, four listed, 124-125, 138\n\npython as, 126, 128\nservice to, conquers nature's modes, 222,\n223\nsex sanctioned by, 68\nspiritual life governed by, 68\nsuperexcellent status of, 192\nwife of, as brahmacari'smother, 64\nSpiritual world\n\nfattiness hampers, 101\n\nas marriage's goal, 50\n\nforest for, 176\n\nmaterial world vs., 272-273\n\ngreed ruins, 218\nHare ��a movement advances, 175, 177,\n\ntemple as, 176\n\nSraddha ceremony\n\n180\n\ndevotees needed at, 202\n\nIndia advances, 177\n\non Ekadasi forbidden, 171\n\nkan�!ha-adhikiiris in, 176-177\nmarriage in, 111-112\n\nfood prescriptions for, 205\nopulence restricted for, 202\n\nmaterial life vs., 113-114\n\nperformance time for, 169-170\n\nmealtime for, 101\n\nworship at, 202\n\nas necessary, 180\nsacred places advance, 180\n\nSraddhavan bhajate yo md1h\nverse quoted, 11, 233\n\n", "SB7.3#p0373": "General Index\n\n349\n\nSravUJ).Q.lh kirtan.aril casya\n\nS�u dU§!dsu oor�!'Wya\n\nSravUJ).Q.lh kirtan.aril v��!l\n\nStriyo vaiSyas tatha sudras\n\nverse quoted,34\n\nquoted, 284-285\n\nSreydn sva-dharmo vigu{U}!l\nquoted,52\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nSee also: Srimad-Bhdgavatam, quotations\nfrom\n\nBhagavad-gltd compared to,26\ncited on false dharma, 210\n\ncited on life's necessities,158-159\ncommunism God-centered in, 155\n\nSupreme Lord; Dvijas\n\nSubtle body. See: Intelligence; Mind\n\nSucau dese pr�!hdpya\nverse quoted, 231\n\nSudra(s)\nbrdhma{U} degraded to,37\nduty for,38\n\nlivelihood for,124\n\nKali-yuga population as,42, 7l\n\nNarada as, 284, 285\n\nscientists refuted by,184\n\nsymptoms of,4 5\n\noccupations for,156-157\n\nsubject matter of,143,144\n\ntechnology for, 7l\n\nvalue of hearing,143,145\n\nVedic study optional for, 7l\n\nSukadeva spoke,26\n\nSrimad-Bhdgavatam, quotations from\n\non Absolute Truth,three features of,\n\n230-231\non authorities on lCn;Q.a consciousness,\n137-138\n\non desires fulfilled by worshiping God,107\n\non devotees as rare,199-200\n\nin var�rama-dharma, 24\n\nSudurlabha!l pra5dntdtmd\nverse quoted,199-200\n\nSuffering\n\nof conditioned souls,115, 118\n\nHare lCn;Q.a mantra relieves,222\nmaterial desire causes,124\n\nof materialist,121, 123\n\non devotional service as unconditional,\n\nmaterial life as,109,119-120,255\n\non goodness in devotees only, 34\n\nsoul free of,115\n\n255\n\non human body as valuable boat, 250\non kan.�!ha-adhikdris, 177, 189-190\n\nsex indulgence results in,111, 112\nspiritual activity cures,113\n\ntypes of, three listed,119\n\non lCn;Q.a consciousness for intelligent\n\nyoga relieves,222\nSuhrdam sarva-bhutdndril\n\non occupational duty, perfection of,277\n\nSukadeva Gosvarm\n\npeople,136\non life's purpose, 213\n\non religion as devotional service, 29\non religion as God's law, 210-211\n\non sacrifices for yugas, 164,188-189\n\non sense gratification unbecoming human\nlife,145\n\n,\n\nverse quoted, 278, 186\nStudents. See: Brahmacdrls; Devotees of the\n\nHare lCn;Q.a movement based on, 26,40\nfor paramaharilsas, 95\n\"religion\" condemned by, 30\n\n,\n\nquoted, 46\n\non Siva as topmost devotee, 16\n\non worshiping lCn;Qa, 182\n\nSrnvatdril sva-katha!l kr�{U}!l\nquoted,144\n\nStars in Vedic rituals,170\n\nverse quoted,181-182,234\n\nBhdgavatam spoken by, 26\n\nV yasadeva instructed,26\n\nSukadeva Gosvami,quotations from\non depending on lCn;Qa, 213\n\non Narada and Yudhi��hira, 23\n\non Yudhi��hira, 292\nSun\n\nform sacrificed to, 81\n\nliving entities on, 184\n\nLord compared to, 10 4-105\n\n", "SB7.3#p0374": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n352\n\nSvayambhur ruirada[l §ambhu[l (continued)\nverse quoted,137\n\nSvetaSvatara Upan� quoted on Vedic\nknowledge via spiritual master,227\n\nT\nTad-vijnanartharh sa gurum evabhigacchet\nquoted, 265\n\nTamo-dvdram P.itam sllligi-sangam\nquoted, 243\n\nTamo-gul)ll. See: Ignorance,mode of\n\nTemple(s)\nfor devotees,176\nfunds for building,153\nHare Kr�Q.a,175,179-180\nin India,153\nas preaching centers,93-94\nsacred place,175, 176, 177\nas transcendental,176, 177\n\nas\n\nas\n\nVailmQ.tha,176\n\nTena tyaktena bhuiijithii\nquoted, 150\n\nTe$iirh satata-yuktiin.lim\nverse quoted, 289\n\nT�yadefined,141\n\nTe tam bhuktva svarga-lokam viStilam\n\nTaranty aiijo bhavd.n;lavam\n\nverse quoted, 258\nThief,miser as, 153\n\nquoted,227\n\nTasam brahma mahad-yonir\nverse quoted,150\n\nTasmai deyam tato grifhyam\nverse quoted,200\n\nTasmiit keruipy upayena\nquoted, 268\n\nTasmiit parataram devi\nquoted,189\n\nTime\nbody under,90-91\nconditioned souls under,91\nLord as, 91\ntransmigration caused by,91\nworld under,91\n\nTithi defined,170\nTivre� bhakti-yogena\n\nTasyaite kathita hyarthii[l\n\nverse quoted,107\n\nverse quoted, 227\n\nTraigu�ya-vi$ayii veda\n\nquoted,151,213\n\nverse quoted,248\n\nTasyaiva heto[lprayaleta kov�\nTato rna.m tattvato jnatva\nverse quoted,251\n\nTatra laulyam ekalam mulam\nquoted, 217\nTaxes\n\nbrah� exempt from,37\n�atriyas levy,36\nV�l}llvas exempt from,37\nTeacher,spiritual. See: Brah�; Spiritual\nmaster\nTechnology\n\nquoted,259\nTranscendentalist(s)\nbodily conception renounced by,82-83\nbody of advanced,102\nbody renounced by,78-80\nimpersonal vs. personal,3\nmealtime for,101\npure devotees vs.,5\nrenounces senses,81\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nJnaniS; Mayavadis; YogiS\nTransmigration of the soul\n\nmind disturbed by,157\n\ninto animal life,112\n\nfor sudras, 7l\n\nconditioned souls plagued by,90-91\n\nTemple(s)\n\"Anglican,\" in Vflldavana,200\n\nby desire,107\nknowledge of,conquers lamentation,\n\nconstruction of, cautioned,218\n\n220-221\nby modes of nature,228\n\nfor Deity worship,177\n\nas nature's law,110\n\nauthor founded, 126\n\n", "SB7.3#p0375": "General Index\nTransmigration of the soul\ntime causes, 91\nYamaraja supervises, 29\n\nSee also: Evolution\nTrayaha-spar� defined,170-171\nTrayas te narakam yanti\nverse quoted,171\nTree, universe compared to, 183-184\nTreta-yuga\nDeity worship began in, 188, 1 89\nsacrifice for, 1 64, 188\nTruth. See: Absolute Truth\nTruthfulness\n\n353\n\nv�!Wvdnclm yatha sambhu�\nquoted, 1 6\nVai�Q.avas. See: Devotees o f the Supreme\nLord\n\nVa�!Wvera kriya mudra vijne na bhujhaya\nquoted, 99\n\nVaiSya(s)\nbrahma!W in role of,39\nguru-kula for, 70\nlivelihood for, 124\noccupational duties for, 35,38, 39, 156\nas rare in .Kali-yuga, 42\nsymptoms of, 44\n\nas brahminical symptom, 43\n\nas human quality,32,33\n\nT�yeyam sarva-bhu tatmii\nquoted, 227\n\nin var�rama-dharma, 24, 35\n\nVedas studied by, 70, 7 l\nvanam gato yad dharim asrayeta\nquoted, 176\n\nTyaktva deham punar janma\nverse quoted, 251\n\nVanaprastha (retired life)\nausterity in,76\nconduct for,77\n\nu\n\ndiet for,75,76\ndress for,77\n\nUgra-karma defined, 157\n\nduty in,76-78,157\n\nUnhappiness. See: Suffering\nUniverse\n\nfalldown in,240\n\nDak�a's daughters generated population of,\n\nMaharloka rewards rigid,74\nas optional,70,71\nresidence for, 76, 77\n\n293-294\nliving entities pervade,1 84\n\nsacrifice in, 76\n\nLord pervades, 72,89-90, 1 86\n\nsex life forbidden in, 141\n\nLord sustains, 88\nMaya Danava's demons ravaged, 8\n\nin van:ullrama-dharma, 24, 35\n\nas treelike,183-184\n\nVedas studied in, 78\nVande sn-kr�!W-caitanyaverse quoted, 254\n\nUpan�ad\ndvijas study,70\n\nVaraQ.asi as sacred place,179\n\nquoted on human quota, 1 50\n\nf.!pasana-kal){la, 199\nUrdhvam gacchanti sattva-stha�\nquoted, 248\nverse quoted, 228\n\nv\nV adanti tat tattva-vidas\nverse quoted, 230-231\nVaikm:ttha. See: Spiritual world\n\nVairagya. See: Renunciation\n\nVar!W5\nby qualification-not birth,55, 56\ntypes of,four listed, 24\n\nSee also: Occupations; names of individual\nvar!W5 (brahma!WS, �atriyas,\nvaiSyas, sudras)\nVar!W-sarikara\nhippies as, 46\nin .Kali-yuga, 42\nsociety confounded by, 47\nwayward women produce,35, 46\nworld ruined by, 35-36\n\n", "SB7.3#p0376": "354\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nVar!JdSramdcaravatti\nverse quoted,212\n\nVar!JdSrama-dharma\n\ngarbhadhiinaceremony in,35\ngoal of,43,212\n\nhappiness by,47\n\nHare �Q.a movement propagates,42,157\n\nhigher classes in,three listed,177\nfor human beings,35\n\nKali-yuga lacks,42\nLord created,42\npeace by,42,47\n\npurification by,35\n\nsociety organized by,24, 46-47, 157\n\nSee also: Brahmacarya; Briihmaf.UJS;\nGrhastha; K�atriyas; Sannyasa;\nSudras; VaiSyas; Van.aprastha;\n\nVedic culture\npurpose of,124-12S,148,164\nsex life minimized in, 63,65\n\nsocial divisions in,four listed,124\nsociety purified by,112\n\nwealth offered to �Q.a in, 1S2-153\n\nSee also: Var!Ul5rama-dharma\n\nVedic rituals. See: Ritualistic ceremonies;\nSacrifices\n\nVidharma defined,209,210\nVidyti See: Knowledge\nVidya-vin.aya-sampanne\nverse quoted,66\n\nVishnu, Lord. See: Supreme Lord\nVi�Q.u, Lord. See: K�irodakasayi Vi�Q.u;\nNarayaQ.a,Lord; Supreme Lord\n\nVedic culture\nVarUQ.a,81\n\nv��u Pura� quoted on var!JdSramadharma, 212\nv��ur aradhyate pantha\n\nVasudeva, 143\n\nv��u-tattva as Kr�Q.a's expansions, 14\n\nVasi��a,PaQ.«Ja,vas luckier than, 2\n\nVasudeva!t saroam iti\n\nquoted, 19,132,269\n\nverse quoted, 212\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura,cited\n\n:\n\non Brahma and Siva 6\n\nVayu,touch sacrificed to,81\nVedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedya!t\n\non brahma� and �atriyas, 36-37\non Lord \"vs.\" living entities,246\n\nVedas\n\non renunciation of sense gratification, 219\n\nquoted, 29, 132\n\nAbsolute Truth revealed in,71,72\n\nactivities in,two types listed,255\nas authority,106,109\n\nbrahmacaris study,60\n\nbriihma�study,36,37\ndevotees surpass,136\n\non material life, 107\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura,quotations\nfrom\n\non neophyte devotees,190\non overendeavoring,94\n\non pure devotee, lOS\non spiritual master's status,192\n\ndvijas study,35, 70\n�Q.a as goal of,29\n\nVisvasvan\nsun ruled by,184\n\nvdn.aprasthas study,78\nSee also: names of individual Vedic\nliteratures\n\nVomit eater,fallen sannyasias, 236-237\n\nmodes of nature as subject of,248\n\nVedic culture\ndogs in,158\nfood in,112\n\nas hearing about �Q.a,145\n\nmarriage in,112\nmoney in, 124\n\nprasada distribution in,167\n\nSee also: Sun-god\n\nVrajendra-n.andan.a yei, 5aci-suta haila sei\nquoted, 252\n\nVrndavana\n\"Anglican temple\" in,200\nauthor in, 126\ngopiSworship �Q.a in, SO\nas holy place, 177\n\nas Lord's abode,72\n\nresidents of,as pure devotees,5\n\n", "SB7.3#p0377": "355\n\nGeneral Index\nVyakti-matra-viSe�IJ.ll\n\nWorld,material. See: Material world; Uni­\n\nVyasadeva\n\nWorship\n\nverse quoted, 187\n\nNarada instructed,26\n\nSukadeva instructed by,26\n\nw\n\nWar\n\nas animal slaughter's consequence, 222\n\nparaphernalia for,16\n\nWater as bodily constituent, 79, 80\nWatering a tree's root, worshiping �Qa com­\n\nverse\n\nof briihmaiJ.IlS 192,193\nof Deity. See: Deity worship of the\n\nSupreme Lord\nof demigods condemned, 212\n\nby devotees,182\nby dvijas, 35\n\nvia Gayatri mantra, 59\nby goddesses of fortune,50\nGod vs. demigod, 172\n\npared to,182,184\nWaterpot\n\nof Lord and living beings,163, 166-167,\n\nWealth. See: Money; Opulence,material\n\nof Lord as protector,5\nof Lord by householder,l63-164\n\nfor brahmaciiri, 60-61\nfor viinaprastha, 77\n\nWell of nectar. See: Nectar well\n\nWestern world\n\nevolution misunderstood in,109\npeople work like asses in, 145\n\nWife. See: Family life; Marriage; Women\nWine\n\ncelibates forbidden,69\n\nlower classes drink,52,158\n\nWise man\n\nof �Qa by gopis, 50\n183-184\n\nof Lord recommended,107,181, 182,\n\n183-184\nof saint by Prahlada,99, 137\nby saints,5\nof Siva by demigods,17-18\nat sriiddha ceremony,202\n\nofVai�Qava,189,192,193\nofVi�QU,50,189\n\ndevotional service for,184\n\nduality discarded by, 66\nas �Qa conscious,136\n\nlife's goal sought by,206\n\nmaterial desire renounced by, 124\n\ny\nYadu dynasty, Pa.Q\"avas luckier than, 2\n\nYa?t sa sarve�u bhute�u\nverse quoted, 272\n\nmaterial life rejected by, 135\n\nYajaniidhyapane caiva\n\nassociation of,given up,219\nassociation with, restricted, 66-67\n\nY ajiidd bhavati parjanya?t\n\nchastity for, 46, 48, 49\n\nYajnai?t sankirtana-prayair\n\nduties for married, 46, 48, 49,50-51\n\nYajnarthat karmar:w 'nyatra\n\nin mixed marriage,51-52\n\nYajna. See: Sacrifice; Ritualistic ceremony\nYajfia-s�!ii5 na� santo\n\nWoman (Women)\n\nbrahmaciiris avoid, 62, 63\n\ndevotional service open to, 278, 286\n\ngoddess of fortune as ideal,50\n\nprasada to,167\nsannyasi avoids, 63\nvariJ.ll-sankara from polluted, 35, 46\nWork. See: Activities; Activities, material;\nFruitive activities; Occupations\n\nverse quoted, 37\nquoted, 151\n\nverse quoted, 150-151\nquoted,136,151,164, 166\nquoted, 114, 118,164, 165\n\nquoted, 112\n\nYajiiavalkya, quoted on sin, 49\n\nYamaraja\n\nquoted on religion as God's laws, 29, 211\n\n", "SB7.3#p0378": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n356\nYamariija (continued)\n\nsouls' transmigration supervised by, 29\n\nYam prapya na nivartante\nquoted, 259\n\nverse quoted, 272\n\nYamlllli River as auspicious bathing place,\n173\n\nYan maithunadi-grhamedhi-sukham hi tuccham\n\nYoga\n\ndevotional service as topmost, 11\n\nha!ha, for mystic power, 11\n\nmind controlled by, 226\n\nplace to practice, 230, 231\n\npurpose of mystic, 11\n\nrules for practicing, 232-233\nsuffering relieved by, 222\n\nYanti deva-vratd devan\n\nSee also: �J}.a consciousness; Yogis\nYogamaya, P�Qavas covered by, 2\nYoginam api sarve�am\n\nYanti mad-yajino 'pi mam\n\nYogu\n\nquoted, 111,156\n\nquoted, 109,172,259\nquoted, 172\n\nYa8oda, Mother, as pure devotee, 5\n\nverse quoted, 11,233\n\nbhakti- vs. ha!ha-, 134\n\nbogus, 11,210\n\nYasya deve para bhaktir\n\ndevotees as topmost, 11, 233\n\nYasya prasadad bhagavat-prasdda�\n\nmeditation by, 135\n\nverse quoted, 227\n\nquoted, 68, 223,224\n\nYasyaprasadan na gati� kuto 'pi\nquoted, 68\n\nYasyasti bhaktir bhagavaty akincana\nverse quoted, 34\n\nYathajM.nam tatha vastu\nverse quoted, 67\n\nYatha taror mii.la-n�canena\nverse quoted, 182\n\nYat kar�i yad a§nasi\n\nverse quoted, 153,275\n\nYat tapasyasi kaunteya\n\nverse quoted, 153,275\n\nYei bhaje sei bcu;la, abhakta-hina, chara\nquoted, 49\n\nYei kmw-tattva-vetta sei 'guru' haya\nverse quoted, 137\n\nYe kurvanti mahipala\nverse quoted, 171\n\ndevotees vs., 223\n\nsurrender by, 135\nas\n\ntranscendental, 134\n\nYudhi�pnra Maharaja\n\ngood fortune of, I, 2,288\n\nas grhastha, 141\n\ni(r�J}.a worshiped by, 292\n\nquoted on Maya Danava, Siva and i(r�J}.a,\n6\nquoted on Narada, 25, 26\n\nRajasiiya sacrifice by, 183, 193\nSukadeva praises, 23\n\nYugas\n\nsacrifices according to, 164, 188-189\n\nSee also: names of individual yugas\n\nz\nZodiac in sraddha ceremony calculation, 170\n\n", "SB7.3#p0379": "", "SB7.3#p0380": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, an epic philosophical and\nliterary classic, holds a prominent position in\nIndia's voluminous written wisdom. The timeless\n\nwisdom of India is expressed in the Vedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human\nknowledge. Originally preserved through oral trJ�dition, the Vedas were first put into writing by Srila\nVyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of God.\" Mter\n\ncompiling the Vedas, Srila Vyasadeva was inspired\nby his spiritual master to present their profound\n\nessence in the form of Srimad-Bhagavatam. Known\n�s \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic literature,\"\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and authoritative exposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nMter w;iting the Bhagavatam, Vyasa taught it to\n\nhis son, Sukadeva Gosvlimi, who later spoke the\nBhagavatam to Maharaja Parik�?it in an assembly of\nsages on the bank of the sacred Ganges River. Although Maharaja Parik!iit was a great rajar�i (saintly\n\nking) and the emperor of the world, when he\n\nreceived notice of his death seven days in advance, he\nrenounced his entire kindgom and retired to the\n\nbank of the Ganges to seek spiritual enlightenment.\nThe questions of King Parik�?it and Sukadeva\n\nGosvlimi's illuminating answers, concerning everything from the nature of th_e self to the origin of the\nuniverse, are the basis of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nThis edition of Bhagavatam is the only complete\nEnglish translation with an elaborate and scholarly\n\ncommentary, and it is the first edition widely avail­\n\nable to the English-reading public. This work is the\n\nproduct of the scholarly and devotional effort of His\nDivine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhu­\n\npada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His\n\nSanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with\nVedic culture combine to reveal to the West a mag­\n\nnificent exposition of this important classic.\nWith i�s comprehensive system of providing the\noriginal Sanskrit text, Roman transliteration, precise\n\nword-for-word equivalents, a lucid English transla­\n\ntion and a comprehensive commentary, it will appeal\nto scholars, students and laymen alike. The entire\n\nmultivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta\nBook Trust, promises to occupy a significant place in\nthe intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern\nman for a long time to come.\n\n", "SB7.3#p0381": "'\n\nl\n\nWhat the reVlewers say about the SrrmadBhagavatam, by His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prahhupada:\n\"It has been my great pleasure recently to have\n\nread the S�imad-Bhagavatam in the superb edition\nauthorized by A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada. I am sure this monumental work will go far to\n\nbring the sublime message of the Bhagavatam to\n\nnumerous Westerners who otherwise would miss this\nopportunity.\"\n\nDr. Alex Wayman\nProfessor of Sanskrit\nColumbia University\n\n\"Srimad-Bhagavatam is a valuable source material for several categories of readers. With its exhaustive plan of providing the original Sanskrit text,\nits\n\nRoman\n\ntransliteration,\n\nEnglish\n\nsynonyms,\n\nEnglish translation and elaborate commentary by a\nscholar and practitioner of philosophy, it cannot but\n\nbe attractive to serious students and scholars of\nreligion and philosophy. I recommend this series to\nanyone as an important and useful reference work.\"\nProfessor C. P. Agrawal\nChairman\nDepartment of Humanities\nUniversity of Michigan\n\"The\n\nBhaktivedanta\n\nBook\n\nTrust\n\neditions\n\nof\n\nfamous religious classics of India with new translations and commentaries are an important addition to\nour expanding kl}owledge of spiritual India. The new\nedition of the\nwelcome.\"\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is particularly\nDr. John L. Mish\nChief, Oriental Division\nNew York Public Library\n\n", "SB7.3#p0382": "", "SB8.1#p0001": "ALL GLORY TO SRT GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\n�WI srf�+\"lfltf ���Ill fffi'� I\nWI�: ���tf fwrertot�dft� II\nsattvena pratilabhyaya\nna�karmye\"!Ul vipa.Scitii\nnama� kaivalya-niithiiya\n\nnirvii\"!Ul-sukha-sariwide (p. 84)\n\n", "SB8.1#p0002": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupiida\nl}hagavad-gitii As It Is\n�rimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-8 (24 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritalll{ta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri Isopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\n.Kr�IJ.a Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\n.Kr�IJ.a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\nDialectic Spiritualism-A Vedic View of Western Philosophy\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\n.Kr�IJ.a, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nLife Comes from Life\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to .Kr�IJ.a\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to .Kr�IJ.a Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nB��k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA complete catalog is available upon request\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB8.1#p0003": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nEighth Canto\n\"Withdrawal of the Cosmic Creations\"\n\n(Part One-Chapters 1-8)\nWith the Onginal Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports\nby\n\nHis Divine Grace\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York ·Los Angeles· London ·Bombay\n\n", "SB8.1#p0004": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1976 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-169353\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-90-0\n\nFirst printing, 1976: 20,000 copies\n\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "SB8.1#p0005": "Table of Contents\n�fure\n\n�\n\nIntroduction\n\nxm\n\nCHAPTER ONE\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\nI\n\nChapter Summary\n\n1\n\nHow to Confirm an Incarnation of God\n\n4\n\nReal National Leaders Renounce Sense Gratification\n\n8\n\nPerfect Communism: Everything Belongs to the Supreme\n\n11\n\nMental Conreptions Cannot Limit God\n\n18\n\nThe Supreme Teacher of Human Society\n\n26\n\nCHAPTER TWO\n\nThe Elephant Gajendra's Crisis\n\n41\n\nChapter Summary\n\n41\n\nThe Waves of the Ocean of Milk Produre Emeralds\n\n43\n\nTrikii�a Mountain's Heavenly Atmosphere\n\n47\n\nGajendra's Pursuit of Sense Gratification\n\n53\n\nA Crocodile Ruins Gajendra's Illusory Enjoyment\n\n58\n\nGajendra Surrenders to the Supreme Controller\n\n64\n\nCHAPTER THREE\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\n69\n\nChapter Summary\n\n69\n\nGajendra Remembers a Mantra from His Previous Life\n\n7l\n\nThe lnconreivable Supreme Artist\n\n79\n\nBhakti-yoga: Pure Spiritual Activity\n\n85\n\nv\n\n", "SB8.1#p0006": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nVl\n\nThe Only Shelter for All Transcendentalists\n\n92\n\nKp;;I,la Gives Whatever a Living Entity Wants\n\n101\n\nThe Struggle for Existence Is Due to Ignorance\n\nI 08\n\nLord Hari Rescues Gajendra\n\nliS\n\nCHAPTER FOUR\n\nGajendra Returns to the Spiritual World\n\n121\n\nChapter Summary\n\n121\n\nKing Hiihii's Life as a Crocodile\n\n124\n\nGajendra Regains His Spiritual Body\n\n132\n\nCHAPTER FIVE\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\nfor Protection\n\n143\n\nChapter Summary\n\n143\n\nThe Lord's Qualities Are Impossible to Count\n\n147\n\nDurviisii Muni Curses the Demigods\n\n153\n\nSvetadvi:pa, the Lord's Abode in the Ocean of Milk\n\n164\n\nThe Mental Wheel of Birth and Death\n\n174\n\n��I,la's Illusory Energy\n\n177\n\nWhy the Moon Is Not a Desert\n\n182\n\nThe Greatest Scholars Reject This Temporary World\n\n190\n\n��I,la Consciousness Satisfies Everyone\n\n199\n\nCHAPTER SIX\n\nThe Demigods and Demons\nDeclare a Truce\n\n203\n\nChapter Summary\n\n203\n\nThe Crystal-Clear Personal Beauty of the Lord\n\n208\n\nBhakti-yoga: Direct Access to the Supreme\n\n214\n\n", "SB8.1#p0007": "Table of Contents\n\nvn\n\nThe Diplomatic Logic of the Snake and the Mouse\n\n225\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Uproot Mandara Mountain\n\n234\n\nThe Lord Transports Mandara Mountain\n\n237\n\nCHAPTER SEVEN\n,\n\nLord Siva Saves the Universe\nby Drinking Poison\n\n241\n\nChapter Summary\n\n241\n\nDemons Must Always Disagree with Demigods\n\n243\n\nThe Appearance of Kiirma, the Tortoise Incarnation\n\n248\n\nThe Supreme Lord, Ajita, Churns the Milk Ocean\n\n255\n\nThe Demigods Offer Prayers to Lord Siva\n\n260\n\nInimitable Lord Siva Reduces and Drinks the Poison\n\n278\n\nCHAPTER EIGHT\n\nThe Churning of the Milk Ocean\n\n285\n\nChapter Summary\n\n285\n\nThe Appearance of Lak�midevi, the Goddess of Fortune\n\n292\n\nLak�midevi Chooses a Husband\n\n302\n\nDhanvantari Appears, with a Jug of Nectar\n\n312\n\nThe First Concern of a Nondevotee\n\n317\n\nThe Mohini Incarnation\n\n321\n\nAppendixes\n\n323\n\nThe Author\n\n325\n\nReferences\n\n327\n\nGlossary\n\n329\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n335\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n337\n\nGeneral Index\n\n347\n\n", "SB8.1#p0008": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to particular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\n\nsociety, nay, on the entire energy of living beings. The need is felt by\n\ngreat thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the aphor­\n\nism of Vedanta philosophy (janmady asya yata/:t) to establish the ideal of\na common cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of oblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts, education and economic development throughout the entire world. But there is\na pinprick somewhere in the social body at large, and therefore there are\nlarge-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is need of a\nclue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship and\nprosperity with a common cause. Srimad-Bhiigavatam will fill this need,\n\nfor it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the entire\nhuman society.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student devotee Prahlada\nMaharaja in order to change the demonic face of society.\n\nkaumara acaret priijiio\ndharman bhiigavatiin iha\ndurlabharh manU$arh janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhiig. 7 .6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything is\n\nIX\n\n", "SB8.1#p0009": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nX\n\nmerged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate source of\ncreation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ultimate\n\nsource of everything that be. This ultimate source is explained rationally\n\nand\n\nauthoritatively\n\nBhiigavatam.\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nbeautiful\n\nBhagavatam\n\nor\n\nSnmad­\n\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\nwith Him and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the\n\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\n\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\nsimply by a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\n\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to con­\n\nvert others to accept God as a concrete principle.\n\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\n\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vedanta-siUra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to the\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\n\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly as with an ordinary\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\n\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\n\nsure to become a God realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\n\ncantos.\n\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos, because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\n\nSri �f?�a. One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\n\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\nsmall installments one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Snmad-Bhagavatam, but still\n\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the think�rs and leaders of society\non the strength of the following statement of Snmad-Bhiigavatam.\ntad-vag-visargo janatagha-viplavo\n\nyasmin prati.Slokam abaddhavaty api\n\n", "SB8.1#p0010": "Preface\n\nXl\n\nruimany anantasya ya§o 'nkitani yac\nchrrJvanti gayanti grrJanti siidhava/.t\n(Bhiig.\n\n1.5.11)\n\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the\nunlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring\nabout a revolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such\ntranscendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\n\nOm tat sat\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\n", "SB8.1#p0011": "Introduction\n\n\"This Bhiigavata Puriir:ta is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\njust after the departure of Lord Kr�IJ.a to His own abode, accompanied by\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\ndense darkness of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\n\nPurar:w.\" (Srimad-Bhiigavatam 1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the\n\nVedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\n\npreserved through oral tradition, the Vedas were first put into writing\nfive thousand years ago by Srila Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\n\nVedas, Vyasadeva set forth their essence in\nVediinta-sUtras. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is\nVyasadeva's commentary on his own Vediinta-sutras. It was written in\nGod.\" After compiling the\n\nthe\n\naphorisms\n\nknown as\n\nthe maturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\nspiritual master. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\n\nliterature,\" Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the most complete and authoritative\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nAfter compiling the B�avatam, Vyasa impressed the synopsis of it\n\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva Gosvami. Sukadeva Gosvami subse­\n\nquently recited the entire Bhiigavatam to Maharaja Parik�it in an assem­\n\nbly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\nDelhi). Maharaja Parik�it was the emperor of the world and was a great\n\nriijar$i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\n\nwithin a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and retired to the bank\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\n\nThe Bhiigavatam begins with Emperor Parik�it's sober inquiry to\nSukadeva Gosvami:\n\"You are the spiritual master of great saints and\ndevotees. I am therefore begging you to show the\nway of perfection for all persons, and especially for\none who is about to die. Please let me know what a\nman should hear, chant, remember and worship,\nand also what he should not do. Please explain all\nthis to me.\"\n\nxm\n\n", "SB8.1#p0012": "xw\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nSukadeva Gosvami's answer to this question, and numerous other\n\nquestions posed by Maharaja Parik�it, concerning everything from the\n\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\n\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\n\ndeath. The sa�e Suta Gosvami, who was pr�sent on the bank of the\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvami first recited Srimad-Bhiigavatam, later\n\nrepeated the Bluigavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest of\n\nNaimi�ara�ya. Those sages, concerned about the spiritual welfare of the\n\npeople in general, had gathered to perform a long, continuous chain of\nsacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\n\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\n\nwisdom, Suta Gosvami repeated from memory the entire eighteen thou­\n\nsand verses of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, as spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami to\nMaharaja Parik�it.\n\nThe reader of Srimad-Bhiigavatam hears Suta Gosvami relate the\n\nquestions of Maharaja Parik�it and the answers of Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nAlso, Suta Gosvami sometimes responds directly to questions put by\n\nSaunaka ��i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at Naimi�ara�ya. One\n\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\nParik�it and Sukadeva Gosvami on the bank of the Ganges, and another\n\nat Naimi�ar�ya between Suta Gosvami and the sages at Naimi�ara�ya\n\nForest, headed by Saunaka ��i. Furthermore, while instructing King\nParik�it, Sukadeva Gosvami often relates historical episodes and gives\n\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple Vidura. With this understanding of\n\nthe history of the Bhiigavatam, the reader will easily be able to follow its\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since philo­\n\nsophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most important in the text,\n\none need only be attentive to the subject matter of Srimad-Biuigavatam\n\nto appreciate fully its profound message.\n\nThe translator of this edition compares the Bhiigavatam to sugar\n\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and\n\nrelishable. Therefore, to taste the sweetness of the Bhiigavatam, one may\n\nbegin by reading any of its volumes. Mter such an introductory taste,\n\nhowever, the serious reader is best advised to go back to Volume One of\nthe First Canto and then proceed through the Bhiigavatam, volume after\n\nvolume, in its natural order.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0013": "Introduction\n\nXV\n\nThis edition of the Bhiigavatam is the first complete English translation of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\nfirst widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship and intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\n\"\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhagavatam\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhiigavatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world view. Students of literature will discover the\n\nBhiigavatam to be a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psychology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhiigavatam offers simple\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "SB8.1#p0014": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB8.1#p0015": "PLATE ONE\nBy the arrangement of providence, a strong crocodile once became\nangry at Gajendra, the King of the elephants, and attacked his leg in the\nwater. Pulling one another in and out of the water, the powerful elephant\nand the crocodile fought for one thousand years. Because of being pulled\ninto the water and fighting for many long years, Gajendra became\ndiminished in his mental, physical and sensual strength. The crocodile,\non the contrary, being an animal of the water, increased in enthusiasm,\nphysical strength and sensual power. At last, Gajendra saw that he was\nhelpless, and he prayed to the Lord for release. Understanding the\nelephant's awkward condition, and moved by his heartfelt prayers, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Narayar:ta, who lives everywhere, appeared before Gajendra accompanied by the demigods, who were also\noffering prayers to Him. Gajendra had been forcefully captured by the\ncrocodile in the water and was feeling acute pain, but when he saw that\nNarayar:ta, wielding His disc, was coming in the sky on the back of\nGaru�a, he immediately took a lotus flower in his trunk, and with great\ndifficulty due to his painful condition, he uttered the following words:\n\"0 my Lord, Narayar:ta, master of the universe, 0 Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You.\"\n\n(pp. 58-118)\n\n", "SB8.1#p0016": "", "SB8.1#p0017": "PLATE TWO\nSeeing Gajendra in such an aggrieved position, the unborn Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Hari, immediately got down from the back of\nGaru�a by His causeless mercy and pulled the King of the elephants,\nalong with the crocodile, out of the water. Then, in the presence of all the\ndemigods, the Lord severed the crocodile's mouth from its body with His\ndisc, thus freeing Gajendra. At once the crocodile assumed a very\nbeautiful form as a Gandharva. In his previous life he had been King\nHiihii, the best of the Gandharvas, but Devala Muni cursed him to become a crocodile. Now, having been delivered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he regained his original form. Gajendra's good\nfortune was even greater, for he had been touched directly by the hands\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and this immediately freed him\nof all material ignorance and bondage. Thus he received the salvation of\n\nsiinlpya-mukti, by which he achieved the same bodily features as the\nLord, being dressed in yellow garments and possessing four hands.\n\n(pp. 120-126)\n\n", "SB8.1#p0018": "", "SB8.1#p0019": "PLATE THREE\nGajendra, the King of the elephants, had formerly been a Vai�r:Iava\nking of the country known as Par:I�ya, which is in the province of Dra\"i�a (South India). In his previous life he was known as lndradyumna\nMaharaja. lndradyumna had retired from family life and gone to the\nMalaya Hills, where he had a small cottage for his asrama. He wore matted locks on his head and always engaged in austerities. Once, while observing a vow of silence, he was fully engaged in the worship of the Lord\nand absorbed in the ecstasy of love of Godhead when the great sage\nAgastya Muni arrived, surrounded by his disciples. When the muni saw\nthat King lndradyumna remained silent and did not follow the etiquette\nof offering him a reception, he became very angry and spoke this curse\nagainst the King: \"This King lndradyumna is not at all gentle. Being low\nand uneducated, he has insulted a bnihmar:ta. May he therefore enter the\nregion of darkness and receive the dull, dumb body of an elephant.\"\n\n(pp. 127-130)\n\n", "SB8.1#p0020": "", "SB8.1#p0021": "PLATE FOUR\nThe demigods and the demons made an armistice between them, arranging to produce nectar by churning the ocean of milk with Mandara\nMountain.\n\nThereafter,\n\nwith great\n\nstrength,\n\nthe\n\ndemons\n\nand\n\nthe\n\ndemigods, who were all very powerful and who had long, stout arms,\nuprooted Mandara Mountain. Crying very loudly, they brought it toward\nthe ocean of milk. However, Mount Mandara was solid gold and thus extremely heavy, and because of conveying the great mountain for a long\ndistance, King Indra, Maharaja Bali and their associates became fatigued.\nSuddenly, the mountain slipped from their hands, fell down and\nsmashed many demigods and demons. Most of them were killed, and the\nsurvivors were frustrated and disheartened, their arms, thighs and\nshoulders being broken. Therefore the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwho knows everything, appeared there on the back of His carrier,\nGaru�a. Observing that most of the demons and demigods had been\ncrushed by the falling of the mountain, the Lord glanced over them and\nbrought them back to life. Thus they became free from grief, and they\neven had no bruises on their bodies. Then the Lord very easily lifted\nMount Mandara with one hand and placed it on the back of Garu�a.\n\n(pp. 233-237)\n\n", "SB8.1#p0022": "", "SB8.1#p0023": "PLATE FIVE\nAppearing like another great mountain, the Lord manifested Himself\non the summit of Mount Mandara and held it with one hand. Then the\ndemigods and the demons worked almost madly for the nectar, encouraged by the Lord, who was above and below the mountain and who\nhad entered the demigods, the demons, the mountain itself, and the great\nthousand-headed serpent, Vasuki. The entire ocean became turbulent\nfrom the violent churning, and the fish, tortoises and snakes became\nmost agitated. While the ocean was being churned in this way, it first\nproduced a fiercely dangerous poison called hiilahala. When that uncontrollable poison was forcefully spreading up and down in all directions, all the demigods, along with the Lord Himself, approached Lord\n\nSiva. Feeling unsheltered and afraid, they sought shelter of him. They\npleaded, \"0 greatest of all demigods, 0 Supersoul of all living entities\nand cause of happiness and prosperity, we have come to the shelter of\nyour lotus feet. Now please save us from this fiery poison, which is\nspreading all over the three worlds.\" When Lord Siva, who is dedicated\n\nto auspicious, benevolent work for humanity, saw that the living entities\nwere extremely disturbed by the poison, he became very compassionate.\nThus he took the whole quantity of poison in his palm and drank it. The\n\nfew drops of poison that scattered from Lord Siva's hand were drunk by\nmany insects, snakes and plants, who became the first scorpions, cobras,\npoisonous drugs and other poisonous living entities in the world.\n\n(pp. 252-278)\n\n", "SB8.1#p0024": "", "SB8.1#p0025": "PLATE SIX\nThe goddess of fortune, Rama, appeared like electricity, surpassing\nthe lightning that might illuminate a marble mountain. Because of her\nexquisite beauty and her glories, everyone, including the demigods, the\ndemons and the human beings, desired her. They were attracted because\nshe is the source of all opulences, and thus they each worshiped her with\ntheir own special presentations: a suitable sitting place from lndra; pure\nwater in golden waterpots from the Ganges and the Yamuna personified;\nall the herbs needed for installing the Deity from the land personified;\nmilk, yogurt, ghee, urine and cow dung from the cows; everything produced during springtime from spring personified; flower garlands surrounded by bumblebees from V aruQ.a; various decorative ornaments\nfrom V isvakarma; a necklace from Sarasvati; a lotus flower from Lord\nBrahma; and earrings from the inhabitants of Nagaloka. The great sages\nperformed the bathing ceremony while the Gandharvas chanted allauspicious Vedic mantras and the professional dancers danced and sang.\nThe clouds personified blew conchshells and bugles, beat various drums,\nand played flutes and stringed instruments. And the great elephants carried big water jugs full of Ganges water and bathed the goddess of fortune, to the accompaniment of Vedic mantras chanted by learned\nbrahmar:tas. (pp. 292-300)\n\n", "SB8.1#p0026": "", "SB8.1#p0027": "PLATE SEVEN\nWhile the sons of Kasyapa, both demons and demigods, were engaged\nin churning the ocean of milk, a very wonderful male person appeared,\ncarrying a jug filled to the top with nectar. He was as strongly built as a\nlion; his arms were long, stout and strong; his neck, which was marked\nwith three lines, resembled a conchshell; his eyes were reddish; and his\ncomplexion was blackish. He was very young, he was garlanded with\nflowers, and his entire body was fully decorated with various ornaments.\nHe was dressed in yellow garments, and from his ears hung brightly\npolished earrings made of pearls. The tips of his hair were anointed with\noil, and his chest was very broad. His body had all good features, and he\nwas decorated with bangles. His name was Dhanvantari, a plenary portion of a plenary portion of Lord Vif?J.lU. It is he who inaugurated the\nscience of medicine in the universe, and it is he who very quickly cures\nthe diseases of the ever-diseased living entities simply by His fame personified. As one of the demigods, he is permitted to take a share in\nsacrifices, and only because of him do the demigods achieve a long duration of life.\n\n(pp. 312-314)\n\n", "SB8.1#p0028": "", "SB8.1#p0029": "CHAPTER ONE\n\nThe Manus,\nAdministrators of the Universe\nFirst of all, let me offer my humble, respectful obeisances unto the lotus\nfeet of my spiritual master, His Divine Grace Sri Srimad Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Gosvami Prabhupada. Sometime in the year 1935 when His\n\nDivine Grace was staying at Radha-kw;u�la, I went to see him from Bom­\n\nbay. At that time, he gave me many important instructions in regard to\nconstructing temples and publishing books. He personally told me that\n\npublishing books is more important than constructing temples. Of\n\ncourse, those same instructions remained within my mind for many\n\nyears. In 1944 I began publishing my Back to Godhead, and when I\n\nretired from family life in 1958 I began publishing Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nin Delhi. When three parts of Snmad-Bhagavatam had been published\n\nin India, I then started for the United States of America on the thirteenth\nof August, 1965.\n\nI am continuously trying to publish books, as suggested by my spiritual master. Now, in this year, 1976, I have' completed the Seventh Canto\n\nof Srimad-Bhagavatam, and a summary of the Tenth Canto has already\n\nbeen published as KmUl, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Still, the\n\nEighth Canto, Ninth Canto, Tenth Canto, Eleventh Canto and Twelfth\nCanto are yet to be published. On this occasion, therefore, I am praying\n\nto my spiritual master to give me strength to finish this work. I am\nneither a great scholar nor a great devotee; I am simply a humble servant\nof my spiritual master, and to the best of my ability I am trying to please\nhim by publishing these books, with the cooperation of my disciples in\nAmerica. Fortunately, scholars all over the world are appreciating these\n\n�ublications. Let us cooperatively publish more and more volumes of\nSrimad-Bhagavatam just to please His Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Thakura.\n\nThis First Chapter of the Eighth Canto may be summarized as a description of four Manus, namely Svayambhuva, Svaroci!?a, Uttama and\n1\n\n", "SB8.1#p0030": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n2\n\n[Canto 8, Ch.l\n\nTamasa. Mter hearing descriptions of the dynasty of Svayambhuva\n\nManu until the end of the Seventh Canto, Maharaja Parik�it desired to\n\nknow about other Manus. He desired to understand how the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead descends-not only in the past but at the present\n\nand in the future-and how He acts in various pastimes as Manu. Since\n\nParik�it Maharaja was eager to know all this, Sukadeva Gosvami gradu­\n\nally described all the Manus, beginning with the six Manus who had appeared in the past.\n\nThe first Manu was Svayambhuva Manu. His two daughters, namely\n\nAkiiti and Devahiiti, gave birth to two sons, named Yajiia and Kapila re­\n\nspectively. Because Sukadeva Gosvami had already described the ac­\n\ntivities of Kapila in the Third Canto, he now described the activities of\n\nYajiia. The original Manu, along with his wife, Satariipa, went into the\n\nforest to practice austerities on the bank of the River Sunanda. They\npracticed austerities for a hundred years, and then Manu, in a trance,\n\nformed prayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Rak�asas and\nasuras\n\nthen attempted to devour him, but Yajiia, accompanied by his sons\n\nthe Y amas and the demigods, killed them. Then Yajiia personally took\nthe post of Indra, the King of the heavenly planets.\n\nThe second Manu, whose name was Svaroci�a, was the son of Agni,\n\nand His sons were headed by Dyumat, Su�eQa and Roci�mat. In the age of\n\nthis Manu, Rocana became Indra, the ruler of the heavenly planets, and\n\nthere were many demigods, headed by Tu�ita. There were also many\n\nsaintly persons, such as Urja and Stambha. Among them was Vedasira,\n\nwhose wife, Tuf?ita, gave birth to Vibhu. Vibhu instructed eighty-eight\nthousand drq,ha-vratas, or saintly persons, on self-control and austerity.\nUttama, the son of Priyavrata, was the third Manu. Among his sons\n\nwere Pavana, S:riijaya and Yajiiahotra. During the reign of this Manu, the\nsons of Vasi�tha, headed by Pramada, became the seven saintly persons.\n\nThe Satyas, Devasrutas and Bhadras became the demigods, and Satyajit\nbecame Indra. From the womb of Sun:rta, the wife of Dharma, the Lord\nappeared as Satyasena, and He killed all the Yak�as and Rak�asas who\n\nwere fighting with Satyajit.\n\nTamasa, the brother of the third Manu, was the fourth Manu, and he\n\nhad ten sons, including P:rthu, Khyati, Nara and Ketu. During his reign,\n\nthe Satyakas, Haris, Viras and others were demigods, the seven great\n\nsaints were headed by Jyotirdhama, and Trisikha became Indra.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0031": "Text 2]\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n3\n\nHarimedha begot a son named Hari in the womb of his wife HariQL This\nHari, an incarnation of God, saved the devotee Gajendra. This incident is\ndescribed as gajendra-mo�afL(l. At the end of this chapter, Parik�it\nMaharaja particularly asks about this incident.\nTEXT l\n\n��\n�At:uet�� git �� �(d(l�g�n I\n�51' N� � �tn�� ;r: II � II\nsri-riijoviica\nsviiyambhuvasyeha guro\nvamso 'yam vistariic chruta/.t\nyatra viSva-srjam sargo\nmanun anyiin vadasva na/.t\nsrHaJa\n\nuviica-the\n\nKing\n\n(Maharaja\n\nPariksit)\n\nsaid;\n\nsviiyambhuvasya-of the great personality Svayambhuva Manu; iha­\n\nin this connection; guro-0 my spiritual master; vamsa/.t-dynasty;\nayam-this; vistariit -e xtensively; sruta/.t-I have heard (from you);\nyatra- wherein; vi§va-srjam-of the great personalities known as the\nprajiipatis, such as Marici; sarga/.t-creation, involving the birth of\n\nmany sons and grandsons from the daughters of Manu; manun-Manus;\nanyiin-other; vadasva-kindly describe; na/.t-to us.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik�it said: 0 my lord, my spiritual master, now I have\nfully heard from Your Grace about the dynasty of Sviiyamhhuva\nManu. But there are also other Manus, and I want to hear about\ntheir dynasties. Kindly describe them to us.\nTEXT2\n\ntt�� � �'fifUr :rt tt�: I\n�R �� ;mm{';r ;(t q� srpr�n'( II � II\n\n", "SB8.1#p0032": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n4\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. l\n\nmanvantare harer janma\nkarmiir;ti ca mahiyasa/:t\ngrr;tanti kavayo brahmarhs\ntani no vada srr;tvatam\nmanvantare-during the change of manvantaras (one Manu following\n\nanother); hare/:t-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; janma-ap­\n\npearance;\n\nkarmar;ti-and\n\nactivities;\n\nca-also;\n\nmahiyasa/:t-of\n\nthe\n\nsupremely glorified; grr;tanti-describe; kavaya/:£-the great learned\n\npersons who have perfect intelligence; brahman-0 learned brahmar;ta\n(Sukadeva Gosvami); tani-all of them; na/:£-to us; vada-please de­\n\nscribe; srr;tvatam-who are very eager to hear.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 learned briihmm;ta, Sukadeva Gosv8mi, the great learned per­\n\nsons who are completely intelligent describe the activities and ap­\n\npearance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead during the\n\nvarious manvantaras. We are very eager to hear about these narrations. Kindly describe them.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead has different varieties of incar­\n\nnations,\n\nincluding\n\nthe\n\ngur;ta-avataras,\n\nmanvantara-avataras,\n\nlila­\n\navataras and yuga-avataras, all of which are described in the sastras.\nWithout reference to the siistras there can be no question of accepting\nanyone as an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTherefore, as especially mentioned here, grr;tanti kavaya/:t: the descrip­\n\ntions of various incarnations are accepted by great learned scholars with\nperfect intelligence. At the present time, especially in India, so many rascals are claiming to be incarnations, and people are being misled.\n\nTherefore, the identity of an incarnation should be confirmed by the de­\n\nscriptions of the siistras and by wonderful activities. As described in this\nverse by the word mahiyasa/:t, the activities of an incarnation are not ordinary magic or jugglery, but are wonderful activities. Thus any incarna­\n\ntion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead must be supported by the\n\nstatements of the sastra and must actually perform wonderful activities.\n\nParik�it Maharaja was eager to hear about the Manus of different ages.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0033": "Text 3]\n\n5\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\nThere are fourteen Manus during a day of Brahma, and the age of each\nManu lasts for seventy-one yugas. Thus there are thousands of Manus\nduring the life of Brahma.\nTEXT3\n\n�r�..;:ij�\n\n�qU�� : ,\n�� �t ua�s;r�� en II � II\nyad yasminn antare brahman\nbhagavan viSva-bhavana�\nkrtavan kurute karta\nhy atite 'nagate 'dya va\nyat-whatever activities;\n\nyasmin-in a particular age;\n\nantare­\n\nmanvantara; brahman-0 great brahmaT},Q,; bhagavan - the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead; viSva- bhavana�-who has created this cosmic\n\nmanifestation; krtavan - has done; kurute-is doing; kartd-and will\n\ndo; hi-indeed; atite-in the past; anagate-in the future; adya-at\nthe present; va-either.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 learned brahma�a, kindly describe to us whatever activities\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who created this cosmic\nmanifestation, has performed in the past manvantaras, is performing at present, and will perform in the future manvantaras.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita the Supreme Personality of Godhead said that both\nHe and the other living entities present on the battlefield had existed in\nthe past, they existed at present, and they would continue to exist in the\nfuture. Past, present and future always exist, both for the Supreme Personality of Godhead and for ordinary living entities. Nityo nityanam\ncetana§ cetananam. Both the Lord and the living entities are eternal and\nsentient, but the difference is that the Lord is unlimited whereas the living entities are limited. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the creator of everything, and although the living entities are not created but\nexist with the Lord eternally, their bodies are created, whereas the\n\n", "SB8.1#p0034": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n6\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 1\n\nSupreme Lord's body is never created. There is no difference between\nthe Supreme Lord and His body, but the conditioned soul, although eter­\n\nnal, is different from his body.\n\nTEXT4\n\n��'f'R\n�•sr�rn.t= � ����: 1\n� tlif�ij{ �51' ��.U :;:J( �lW:\nII IJ II\n\"\n\nsri-r$ir uvaca\nmanavo 'smin vyatita/J, $a!\nkalpe svayambhuvadaya}J,\niidyas te kathito yatra\ndeviidinarh ca sambhava}J,\nsri-r$i/J, uvaca-the great saint Sukadeva Gosvami said; manava/J,­\n\nManus; asmin-during this period (one day of Brahma); vyatita}J,already past; $a!-six;\n\nkalpe-in this duration of Brahma's day;\n\nsvayambhuva-Svayambhuva Manu; adaya}J,-and others; iidya}J,-the\nfirst one (Svayambhuva); te-unto you; kathita}J,-1 have already described; yatra-wherein; deva-adinam-of all the demigods; ca-also;\nsambhava}J,-the appearance.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: In the present kalpa there have already\n\nbeen six Manus. I have described to you Svayamhhuva Manu and\nthe appearance of many demigods. In this kalpa of BrahmS,\n\nSvayambhuva is the first Manu.\n\nTEXTS\n\n3fT��� :;:J( ��51'� � �: I\n\\if�ijlwttq«>�u� �tlt41.-�6f tyij: II � II\nakiltyarh devahiityarh ca\nduhitros tasya vai mano}J,\n\n", "SB8.1#p0035": "Text6]\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n7\n\ndharma-jfidnopadesiirtham\nbhagaviin putratiirh gata/:t\niikiltyiim-from the womb of Akuti; devahutyiim ca-and from the\nwomb of Devahuti; duhitro/:t-of the two daughters; tasya-of him;\nvai-indeed;\n\nmano}:t-of\n\nSvayambhuva\n\nManu;\n\ndharma-religion;\n\njnana-and knowledge; upadesa-artham-for instructing; bhagaviinthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; putratiim-sonhood under Akuti\nand Devahuti; gata}:t-accepted.\nTRANSLATION\nSvayambhuva Manu had two daughters, named Akiiti and\nDevahiiti. From their wombs, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nappeared as two sons named Yajiiamftrti and Kapila respectively.\nThese sons were entrusted with preaching about religion and\nknowledge.\nPURPORT\nDevahuti's son was known as Kapila, and Akuti's son was known as\nYajiiamftrti. Both of Them taught about religion and philosophical\nknowledge.\nTEXT6\n\ni\"� � lltl�: 4iNe�U�t4Fd't6'{ I\n�� �·��lrtf� �ifl4il< tm II � II\nkrtarh purii bhagavata/:t\nkapilasyanuvar7Jitam\nakhyiisye bhagavan yajiio\nyac cakara kurildvaha\nkrtam-already done; pu rii\n\nPersonality of Godhead;\nanuvarrJitam-fully\n\n-\n\nbefore ; bhagavata}:t-of the Supreme\n\nkapilasya-Kapila, the son of Devahuti;\n\ndescribed;\n\ndescribe\n\nnow;\n\ncakara-executed;\n\nkuru­\n\nakhyiisye-1\n\nshall\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; yajiia/:t-of the name\n\nYajiiapati or Yajiiamftrti;\n\nyat-whatever;\n\nudvaha-0 best of the Kurus.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0036": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n8\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. I\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of the Kurus, I have already described [in the Third\n\nCanto] the activities of Kapila, the son of Devahiiti. Now I shall describe the activities of Yajiiapati, the son of Akiiti.\nTEXT7\n\n�: �tlNt� fl�RI: m.t: I\nR� �ti ijq� � �;pnf� II \\9 II\nviraktab, kama-bhoge$U\n\nsatanlpa-patib, prabhub,\n\nvisrjya rajyam tapase\n\nsabharyo vanam aviSat\n\nviraktab,-without attachment; kama-bhoge$u-in sense gratification\n\n(in grhastha life); satanlpa-patib,-the husband of Satarupa, namely\n\nSvayambhuva Manu; prabhub,-who was the master or king of the\n\nworld;\n\nvisrjya-after\n\nrenouncing\n\ntotally;\n\nrajyam-his\n\nkingdom;\n\ntapase-for practicing austerities; sa-bharyab,-with his wife; vanamthe forest; aviSat-entered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSviiyambhuva Manu, the husband of Satariipii, was by nature not\nat all attached to enjoyment of the senses. Thus he gave up his\nkingdom of sense enjoyment and entered the forest with his wife\nto practice austerities.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (4.2), evam parampara-praptam imam\n\nrajar$ayo vidub,: \"The supreme science was thus received through the\n\nchain of disciplic succession, and the saintly kings understood it in that\n\nway.\" All the Manus were perfect kings. They were rajar$is. In other\nwords, although they held posts as kings of the world, they were as good\n\nas great saints. Svayambhuva Manu, for example, was the emperor of the\n\nworld, yet he had no desire for sense gratification. This is the meaning of\n\nmonarchy. The king of the country or the emperor of the empire must be\n\nso trained that by nature he renounces sense gratification. It is not that\n\n", "SB8.1#p0037": "Text 8]\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n9\n\nbecause one becomes king he should unnecessarily spend money for\n\nsense gratification. As soon as kings became degraded, spending money\n\nfor sense gratification, they were lost. Similarly, at the present moment,\n\nmonarchy having been lost, the people have created democracy, which is\n\nalso failing. Now, by the laws of nature, the time is coming when dic­\n\ntatorship will put the citizens into more and more difficulty. If the king\n\nor dictator individually, or the members of the government collectively,\ncannot maintain the state or kingdom according to the rules of Manusamhitii, certainly their government will not endure.\nTEXTS\n\n�tiT �d �� �� �'l� I\nijtt{l{t;rntit mfll<:+trt4ti lll� II � II\nsunandiiyiim var$a-satam\npadaikena bhuvam sprsan\ntapyamiinas tapo ghoram\nidam anviiha bhiirata\nsunandiiyiim-on the bank of the River Sunanda; var$a-satam-for\n\none hundred years; pada-ekena-on one leg; bhuvam-the earth;\nsprsa n -touching; tapyamiinalt-he performed austerities; tapalt­\n\nausterities; ghoram-very severe; idam-the following; anviiha-and\n\nspoke; bhiirata-0 scion of Bharata.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 scion of Bharata, after Svayamhhuva Manu had thus entered\nthe forest with his wife, he stood on one leg on the bank of the\nRiver Sunanda, and in this way, with only one leg touching the\nearth, he performed great austerities for one hundred years.\nWhile performing these austerities, he spoke as follows.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura comments that the word anviiha\n\nmeans that he chanted or murmured to himself, not that he lectured to\n\nanyone.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0038": "Srnnad-Bhagavauun\n\n10\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. l\n\nTEXT9\n\n��\n\nitW� ��a- fffi m� ��ij WI � I\n�l �ffi�sf�d� ��:II� II\nsri-manur uviica\nyena cetayate viSvarh\nviSvarh cetayate na yam\nyo jagarti sayane 'smin\nnayarh tam veda veda sa�\nsri-manu� uvaca-Svayambhuva Manu chanted; yena-by whom\n(the Personality of Godhead); cetayate-is brought into animation;\nviSvam-the whole universe; viSvam-the whole universe (the material\nworld); cetaya1e-animates; na-not; yam-He whom; ya�-He who;\njagarti-is always awake (watching all activities); sayane-while sleeping; asmin-in this body; na-not; ayam-this living entity; tamHim; veda-knows; veda-knows; sa�-He.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Manu said: The supreme living being has created this material world o1 animation; it is not that He was created by this material world. When everything is silent, the Supreme Being sta ys\nawake as a witn ess. The living entity does not know Him, but He\nknows everything.\nPURPORT\nHere is a distinction between the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\nthe living entities. Nityo nityanarh cetana5 cetananam. According to the\nVedic version, the Lord is the supreme eternal, the supreme living being.\nThe difference between the Supreme Being and the ordinary living being\nis that when this material world is annihilated, all the living entities\nremain silent in oblivion, in a dreaming or unconscious condition,\nwhereas the Supreme Being stays awake as the witness of everything.\nThis material world is created, it stays for some time, and then it is an-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0039": "Text 10]\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n11\n\nnihilated. Throughout these changes, however, the Supreme Being\nremains awake. In the material condition of all living entities, there are\nthree stages of dreaming. When the material world is awake and put in\nworking order, this is a kind of dream, a waking dream. When the living\nentities go to sleep, they dream again. And when unconscious at the time\nof annihilation, when this material world is unmanifested, they enter\nanother stage of dreaming. At any stage in the material world, therefore,\nthey are all dreaming. In the spiritual world, however, everything is\nawake.\nTEXT 10\n\n3TR���m��f*f��·���:jf� 1\nij'l�'li��T�:��f��\nIIZoll\natmavasyam idam viSvam\nyat kincij jagatyam jagat\ntena tyaktena bhunjithii\nma grdha/:t kasya svid dhanam\natma-the Supersoul; avasyam-living everywhere; idam-this universe; viSvam-all universes, all places; yat-whatever; kincit-everything that exists; jagatyam-in this world, everywhere; jagat-everything, animate and inanimate;\nbhunjithii/:t-you may enjoy;\n\ntena-by Him;\n\ntyaktena-allotted;\n\nrna-do not; grdha/:t-accept;\n\nkasya\n\nsvit-of anyone else; dhanam-the property.\nTRANSLATION\nWithin this universe, the Supreme Personality of Godhead in\nHis Supersoul feature is present everywhere, wherever there are\nanimate or inanimate beings. Therefore, one should accept only\nthat which is allotted to him; one should not desire to infringe\nupon the property of others.\nPURPORT\nHaving described the situation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nas transcendental, Svayambhuva Manu, for the instruction of the sons\n\n", "SB8.1#p0040": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n12\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 1\n\nand grandsons in his dynasty, is now describing all the property of the\nuniverse as belonging to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Manu's\ninstructions are not only for his own sons and grandsons, but for all of\nhuman society. The word \"man\" -or, in Sanskrit, man U$ya-has been\nderived from the name Manu, for all the members of human society are\ndescendants of the original Manu. Manu is also mentioned in Bhagavadgitii (4.1), where the Lord says:\nimam vivasvate yogam\nproktaviin aham atyayam\nvivasviin manave priiha\nmanur ik$vakave 'bravit\n\"1 instructed this imperishable science of yoga to the sun-god, Vivasvan,\nand Vivasvan instructed it to Manu, the father of mankind, and Manu in\nturn instructed it to Ik�vaku.\" Svayambhuva Manu and Vaivasvata\nManu have similar duties. Vaivasvata Manu was born of the sun-god,\nVivasvan, and his son was Ik�vaku, the King of the earth. Since Manu is\nunderstood to be the original father of humanity, human society should\nfollow his instructions.\nSvayambhuva Manu instructs that whatever exists, not only in the\nspiritual world but even within this material world, is the property of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is present everywhere as the\nSuperconsciousness. .Af3 confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (13.3), k$etra-jfiam\n\nciipi miim viddhi sarva-k$etre$u bhiirata: in every field-in other words,\nin every body-the Supreme Lord is existing as the Supersoul. The in­\n\ndividual soul is given a body in which to live and act according to the instructions of the Supreme Person, and therefore the Supreme Person\nalso exists within every body. We should not think that we are independent; rather, we should understand that we are allotted a certain portion\nof the total property of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThis understanding will lead to perfect communism. Communists\nthink in terms of their own nations, but the spiritual communism instructed here is not only nationwide but universal. Nothing belongs to\nany nation or any individual person; everything belongs to the Supreme\nPersonality of GOdhead. That is the meaning of this verse. Atmiiviisyam\n\nidam vi.Svam: whatever exists within this universe is the property of the\n\n", "SB8.1#p0041": "Text 10)\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n13\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The modern communistic theory, and\nalso the idea of the United Nations, can be reformed-indeed, rectifiedby the understanding that everything belongs to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord is not a creation of our intelligence;\nrather, He has created us. Atmavasyam idam viSvam. lsavasyam idam\n\nsarvam. This universal communism can solve all the problems of the\nworld.\nOne should learn from the Vedic literature that one's body is also not\nthe property of the individual soul, but is given to the individual soul according to his karma. Karmal)ii daiva-netrer:ta jantur dehopapattaye.\nThe 8,400,000 different bodily forms are machines given to the individual soul. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (18.61):\n\niSvarab, sarva-bhutanam\nhrd-dese 'rjuna t4thati\nbhramayan sarva-bhutani\nyantrariil/,hani mayaya\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is\ndirecting the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a\nmachine, made of the material energy.\" The Lord, as the Supersoul, sits\nin everyone's heart and observes the various desires of the individual\nsoul. The Lord is so merciful that He gives the living entity the opportunity to enjoy varieties of desires in suitable bodies, which are nothing\nbut machines (yantraril{:lhani mayaya). These machines are manufactured by the material ingredients of the external energy, and thus the\nliving entity enjoys or suffers according to his desires. This opportunity\nis given by the Supersoul.\nEverything belongs to the Supreme, and therefore one should not\nusurp another's property. We have a tendency to manufacture many\nthings. Especially nowadays, we are building skyscrapers and developing\nother material facilities. We should know, however, that the ingredients\nof the skyscrapers and machines cannot be manufactured by anyone but\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. The whole world is nothing but a\ncombination of the five material elements\n\n(tejo-viiri-mrdam yatha\n\nvinimayab-}. A skyscraper is a transformation of earth, water and fire.\n\nEarth and water are combined and burnt into bricks by fire, and a\n\n", "SB8.1#p0042": "14\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavauun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 1\n\nskyscraper is essentially a tall construction of bricks. Although the bricks\n\nmay be manufactured by man, the ingredients of the bricks are not. Of\n\ncourse, man, as a manufacturer, may accept a salary from the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. That is stated here: tena tyaktena bhunjitha�.\nOne may construct a big skyscraper, but neither the constructor, the\nmerchant nor the worker can claim proprietorship. Proprietorship\nbelongs to the person who has spent for the building. The Supreme Personality of Godhead has manufactured water, earth, air, fire and the sky,\nand one can use these and take a salary (tena tyaktena bhunjitha�).\nHowever, one cannot claim proprietorship. This is perfect communism.\nOur tendency to construct great buildings should be used only for constructing large and valuable temples in which to install the Deity of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Then our desire for construction will\nbe fulfilled.\nSince all property belongs to the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\neverything should be offered to the Lord, and we should take only\nprasiida (tena tyaktena bhunjithii�). We should not fight among ourselves to take more than we need. As Narada said to Maharaja\nYudhi�thira:\nyavad bhriyeta ja!haram\ntiivat svatvam hi dehiniim\nadhikam yo 'bhimanyeta\nsa steno dar:u)am arhati\n\"One may claim proprietorship to as much wealth as required to maintain body and soul together, but one who desires proprietorship over\nmore than that must be considered a thief, and he deserves to be\n\npunished by the laws of nature.\" (Bhiig.\n\n7.14.8) Of course, we need to\n\nbe maintained in eating, sleeping, mating and defending (iihara-nidriibhaya-maithuna), but since the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, has provided these necessities of life for the birds and bees, why\nnot for mankind? There is no need for economic development; everything is provided. Therefore one should understand that everything\nbelongs to ��J;ta, and with this idea, one may take prasiida. However, if\none interferes with the allotments of others, he is a thief. We should not\naccept more than what we actually need. Therefore, if by chance we get\n\n", "SB8.1#p0043": "Text 11]\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n15\n\nan abundance of money, we should always consider that it belongs to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In Kr�1.1a consciousness we are getting\nsufficient money, but we should never think that the money belongs to\nus; it belongs to the Supreme Personality of Godhead and should be\nequally distributed to the workers, the devotees. No devotee should claim\nthat any money or property belongs to him. If one thinks that any portion\nof property of this huge universe belongs to anyone, he is to be considered a thief and is punishable by the laws of nature. Daivi hy e$ii\ngur:wmayi mama maya duratyayii: no one can surpass the vigilance of\nmaterial nature or hide his intentions from material nature. If human\nsociety unlawfully claims that the property of the universe, either partially or wholly, belongs to mankind, all of human society will be cursed\nas a society of thieves and will be punished by the laws of nature.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n� �� it �tr� � it f�;;rfu I\nij 4flf;{�� � �q� 11��11\nyam pa.Syati na pa.Syantam\ncak§ur yasya na ri$yati\ntam bhilta-nilayam devam\nsuparr:tam upadhiivata\nyam-He who; pa.Syati-the living entity sees; na-not; pa.Syantam-although always seeing; cak§u�-eye; yasya-whose; na-never;\nri$yati -diminishes; tam-Him; bhilta-nilayam-the original source of\nall living entities; devam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nsuparr:wm-who\n\naccompanies\n\nthe\n\nliving\n\nentity\n\nas\n\na\n\nfriend;\n\nupadhiivata -everyone should worship.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the Supreme Personality of Godhead constantly\nwatches the activities of the world, no one sees Him. However, one\nshould not think that because no one sees Him, He does not see,\nfor His power to see is never diminished. Therefore, everyone\n\n", "SB8.1#p0044": "16\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. I\n\nshould worship the Supersoul, who always stays with the individual soul as a friend.\n\nPURPORT\nOffering prayers to ��!).a, Srimati: Kunti:devi, the mother of the\n\nPal).�avas, said, alak§yam sarva-bhutaniim antar bahir avasthitam:\n\n\"��!).a, Y ou reside both inside and outside of everything, yet the unin­\n\ntelligent conditioned souls cannot see You.\" In Bhagavad-gita it is said\n\nthat one can see the Supreme Personality of Godhead through jfiiina­\n\ncak§U$ab,, eyes of knowledge. He who opens these eyes of knowledge is\n\ncalled a spiritual master. Thus we offer our prayers to the spiritual\nmaster with the following sloka:\n\nom ajfiiina-timirandhasya\njfiiinaiijana-salakaya\nca/cyur unmilitam yena\ntasmai sri-gurave namab,\n\"I offer my respectful obeisances unto my spiritual master, who with the\n\ntorchlight of knowledge has opened my eyes, which were blinded by\n\nthe darkness of ignorance.\" ( Gautamiya Tantra) The guru's task is to\nopen the disciple's eyes of knowledge. When the disciple is awakened\n\nfrom ignorance to knowledge, he can see the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead everywhere because the Lord actually is everywhere.\n\nAr:u},antara-stha-paramiir:tu-cayantara-stham. The Lord resides within\n\nthis universe, He resides within the hearts of all living entities, and He\n\nresides even within the atom. Because we lack perfect knowledge, we\ncannot see God, but a little deliberation can help us to see God every­\n\nwhere. This requires training. With a little deliberation, even the most\ndegraded person can perceive the presence of God. If we take into ac­\n\ncount whose property is the vast ocean, whose property is the vast land,\n\nhow the sky exists, how the numberless millions of stars and planets are\n\nset in the sky, who has made this universe and whose property it is, we\n\nshould certainly come to the conclusion that there is a proprietor of\neverything. When we claim proprietorship over a certain piece of land,\n\nwhether individually or for our families or nations, we should also con­\n\nsider how we became the proprietors. The land was there before our\n\n", "SB8.1#p0045": "Text 11]\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n17\n\nbirth, before we came to the land. How did it become our property? Such\ndeliberation will help us understand that there is a supreme proprietor of\neverything-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThe Supreme Godhead is always awake. In the conditioned stage we\nforget things because we change our bodies, but because the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead does not change His body, He remembers past,\n\npresent and future. Kr!?:t;�.a says in Bhagavad-gitii (4.1), imam vivasvate\n\nyogarh proktaviin aham avyayam: \"I spoke this science of GodBhagavad-gitii-to the sun-god at least forty million years ago.\" When\n\nArjuna inquired from Kr!?:t;�.a how He could remember incidents that had\ntaken place so long ago, the Lord answered that Arjuna was also present\nat that time. Because Arjuna is Kr!?:t;�.a's friend, wherever Kr!?:t;�.a goes, Arjuna goes. But the difference is that Kr!?:t;�.a remembers everything,\nwhereas the living entity like Arjuna, being a minute particle of the\nSupreme Lord, forgets. Therefore it is said, the Lord's vigilance is never\n\ndiminished. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (15.15). Saroasya\n\nciiharh hrdi sanniv�!o mattal; smrtir jfiiinam apohanarh ca: the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead in His Paramatma feature is always present\nwithin the hearts of all living entities, and from Him come memory,\nknowledge and forgetfulness. This is also indicated in this verse by the\n\nword suparr:tam, which means \"friend.\" In the Svetasvatara Upan�ad\n\n(4.6) it is therefore said, dvii suparr:tii sayujii sakhiiyii samiinarh vr/cyarh\npa�asvajiite: two birds are sitting on the same tree as friends. One bird\n\nis eating the fruit of the tree, and the other is simply observing. This observing bird is always present as a friend to the eating bird and giving\nhim remembrance of things he wanted to do. Thus if we take into account the Supreme Personality of Godhead in our daily affairs, we can\nsee Him or at least perceive His presence everywhere.\nThe words ca/cyur yasya na �yati mean that although we cannot see\n\nHim, this does not mean that He cannot see us. Nor does He die when the\ncosmic manifestation is annihilated. The example is given in this connection that the sunshine is present when the sun is present, but when the\nsun is not present, or when we cannot see the sun, this does not mean\nthat the sun is lost. The sun is there, but we cannot see it. Similarly, although we cannot see the Supreme Personality of Godhead in our present\ndarkness, our lack of knowledge, He is always present, seeing our ac­\n\ntivities. As the Paramatma, He is the witness and adviser (upadr�!ii and\n\n", "SB8.1#p0046": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n18\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 1\n\nanumanta). Therefore, by following the instructions of the spiritual\nmaster and studying authorized literatures, one can understand that God\nis present before us, seeing everything, although we have no eyes with\nwhich to see Him.\nTEXT 12\n\n��;qt �ti � �: trU �� i[ft:: I\nw���q�ft��������ll\n\n�\n\nna yasyady-antau madhyam ca\nsvaft paro nantaram bahift\nviSvasyamuni yad yasmiid\nviSvam ca tad rtarit mahat\n\nna-neither; yasya-of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); adi-a beginning; antau-end; madhyam-middle; ca-also;\nsvaft-own; paraf,.-others; na-nor; antaram-inside; bahift-outside; viSvasya-of the whole cosmic manifestation; amuni-all such\nconsiderations; yat-whose form; yasmat-from He who is the cause of\neverything; viSvam-the whole universe; ca-and; tat-all of them;\nrtam-truth; mahat-very, very great.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead has no beginning, no end\n\nand no middle. Nor does He belong to a particular person or\n\nnation. He has no inside or outside. The dualities found within this\n\nmaterial world, such as beginning and end, mine and theirs, are all\nabsent from the personality of the Supreme Lord. The universe,\n\nwhich emanates from Him, is another feature of the Lord.\n\nTherefore the Supreme Lord is the ultimate truth, and He is complete in greatness.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr!?J.la, ts described m the\n\nBrahma sa mhit a (5.1):\n-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0047": "Text 13]\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n19\n\niSvarab, paramab, kr��Jabsac-cid-ananda-vigrahab,\naniidir adir gavindab,\nsarva-kiira�Ja-kara�Jam\n\"l<t�I,J.a, known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an eternal,\nblissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other origin, for\nHe is the prime cause of all causes.\" For the Lord's existence there is no\ncause, for He is the cause of everything. He is in everything (maya tatam\n\nidam sarvam), He is expanded in everything, but He is not everything.\nHe is acintya-bhediibheda, simultaneously one and different. That is explained in this verse. In the material condition we have a conception of\nbeginning, end and middle, but for the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nthere are no such things. The universal cosmic manifestation is also the\n\nvir&J,-rupa that was shown to Arjuna in Bhagavad-gita. Therefore, since\nthe Lord is present everywhere and all the time, He is the Absolute\nTruth and the greatest. He is complete in greatness. God is great, and\nhow He is great is explained here.\nTEXT 13\n\nfq�: �6 �:\n�: (q4�� : �: I\n�� 'Sf.-flt'4:st�.n�+t�ffiI\nffl R'4t0<\\� f;RT� � II� �II\n�\n\nsa viSva-kayab, puru-hilta iSab,\nsatyab, svayam-jyotir ajab, pura�Jabdhatte 'sya janmady-ajayatma-saktya\ntam vidyayodasya niriha iiste\nsab,-that Supreme Personality of Godhead; viSva-kayab,-the total\nform of the universe (the whole universe is the external body of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead); puru-hiltab,-known by so many\nnames; iSab,-the supreme controller (with full power); satyab,-the\nultimate truth;\n\nsvayam-personally;\n\njyotib, -self-effulgent; ajab,-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0048": "20\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 1\n\nunborn, beginningless; pura�?J.-the oldest; dhatte-He performs;\nasya-of this universe; janma-adi-the creation, maintenance and an­\n\nnihilation; ajaya-by His external energy; atma-saktya-by His per­\n\nsonal potency; tam-that external material energy; vidyaya-by His\nspiritual potency; udasya-giving up; niriha?J.-without any desire or\n\nactivity; aste-He is existing (untouched by the material energy).\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe entire cosmic manifestation is the body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Absolute Truth, who has millions of\nnames and unlimited potencies. He is self-effulgent, unborn and\nchangeless. He is the beginning of everything, but He has no\nbeginning. Because He has created this cosmic manifestation by\nHis external energy, the universe appears to be created, maintained and annihilated by Him. Nonetheless, He remains inactive\nin His spiritual energy and is untouched by the activities of the\nmaterial energy.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu says in His Sik$d$!aka, namnam akari\n\nbahudha nija-sarva-sakti?J.: the Supreme Personality of Godhead has\n\nmany names, which are all nondifferent from the Supreme Person. This\nis spiritual existence. By chanting the Hare Kr�Qa maha-mantra, consist­\n\ning of names of the Supreme Lord, we find that the name has all the\npotencies of the person. The Lord's activities are many, and according to\nHis activities He has many names. He appeared as the son of mother\nYasoda, and also as the son of mother Devaki, and therefore He is named\n\nand Yasoda-nandana. Parasya saktir vividhaiva\nsrilyate: the Lord has a multitude of energies, and therefore He acts in\nmultifarious ways. Yet He has a particular name. The sastras recommend\nDevaki-nandana\n\nwhich names we should chant, such as Hare Kr�Qa, Hare Kr�Qa, Kr�r:ta\nKr�r:ta, Hare Hare. It is not that we have to search for some name or\nmanufacture one. Rather, we must follow the saintly persons and the\n\nsastras in chanting His holy name.\n\nAlthough the material and spiritual energies both belong to the Lord,\nHe is impossible to understand as long as we are in the material energy.\n\nAnd when we come to the spiritual energy, He is very easy to know. As\n\n", "SB8.1#p0049": "Text 14)\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n21\n\n( 1. 7. 23): TI'Uiyam vyudasya cic-chaktya\nkaivalye sthita atmani. Although the external energy belongs to the\nLord, when one is in the external energy (mama TI'Uiya duratyaya) He is\n\nstated in Sri mad-Bhiigavatam\n\nvery difficult to understand. However, when one comes to the spiritual\nenergy, one can understand Him. Therefore in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(18.55) it\n\nis said, bhaktya TI'Uim abhijanati yavan ya.S casmi tattvata/:z.: one who\n\nwants to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead in reality must\n\ntake to the platform of bhakti, or .Kr�I.J.a consciousness. This bhakti consists of various activities (srava�am kirtanam v��o/:z. smara�m\n\npada­\n\nsevanaml arcanam vandanam dasyam sakhyam atma-nivedanam), and\n\nto understand the Lord one must take to this path of devotional service.\nEven though the people of the world have forgotten God and may say\nthat God is dead, this is not a fact. One can understand God when one\ntakes to the .Kr�I.J.a consciousness movement, and thus one can be happy.\nTEXT 14\n\n3M�\n\nSlltt�:\n\nifi+itoft� ���(f� I\n..\n\n�� ft ��: sntils;ft&f WiQ� II t 'd II\nathiigre r�aya/:z. karTI'Ul�ihante 'karma-hetave\nihaTI'Uino hi pu�al:z.\nprayo 'niham prapadyate\n\natha -therefore; agre -in the beginning; r�aya/:z.-all learned r�is,\nsaintly\n\npersons;\n\nkarTI'Ul�i-fruitive\n\nact1v1t1es;\n\nihante-execute;\n\nakarma-freedom from fruitive results; hetave-for the purpose of;\n\nihamana/:z.-engaging in such activities; hi-indeed; pur�al:z.-a per­\n\npraya l:z.-almost\nprapadyate-attains.\n\nson;\n\nalways;\n\naniham-liberation\n\nfrom\n\nkarma;\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, to enable people to reach the stage of activities that\nare not tinged by fruitive results, great saints first engage people\nin fruitive activities, for unless one hegins by perfonning activities\nas\n\nrecommended in the siistras, one cannot reach the stage of\n\nliberation, or activities that produce no reactions.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0050": "22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (3.9) Lord :Kr�IJ.a advises, yajfiiirthiit karmar.w\n'nyatra loko 'yam karma-bandhana/:t: \"Work done as a sacrifice for\nVi�I).u has to be performed, otherwise work binds one to this material\nworld.\" Generally, everyone is attracted to hard labor for becoming\nhappy in this material world, but although various activities are going on\nall over the world simply for the sake of happiness, unfortunately only\nproblems are being created from such fruitive activities. Therefore it is\nadvised that active persons engage in activities of :Kr�IJ.a consciousness,\nwhich are called yajfia, because then they will gradually come to the platform of devotional service. Yajfia means Lord Vi�I).u, the yajfia-puffi$a,\nthe enjoyer of all sacrifices (bhoktararh yajfia-tapasarh sarva-loka­\n\nmahesvaram). The Supreme Personality of Godhead is actually the enjoyer, and therefore if we begin our activities for His satisfaction, we will\ngradually lose our taste for material activities.\nSiita Gosvami declared to the great assembly of sages at Naimi�arlli).ya:\n\nata/:t pumbhir dvija-sre�!hii\nvarr:tasrama-vibhaga§a/:t\nsvan�!hitasya dharmasya\nsarhsiddhir hari-to�ar:tam\n\"0 best among the twiceborn, it is concluded that the highest perfection\none can achieve, by discharging his prescribed duties [dharma] according to caste divisions and order of life, is to please the Lord Hari.\"\n\n(Bhag. 1.2.13) According to Vedic principles, everyone must act accordto his classification as brahmar:ta, �atriya, vaiSya, sudra,\nbrahmacari, grhastha, vanaprastha or sannyasi. Everyone should\n\ning\n\nprogress toward perfection by acting in such a way that :Kr�IJ.a will be\npleased (sarhsiddhir hari-t�ar:tam). One cannot please :Kr�IJ.a by sitting\nidly; one must act according to the directions of the spiritual master for\nthe sake of pleasing the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and then one\nwill_gradually come to the stage of pure devotional service. As confirmed\nin Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.5.12):\n\nna�karmyam apy acyuta-bhiiva-varjitarh\nna sobhate jfiiinam alarh nirafijanam\n\n", "SB8.1#p0051": "Text 14]\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n23\n\n\"Knowledge of self-realization, even though freed from all material\naffinity, does not look well if devoid of a conception of the Infallible\n[God].\" ]fiiinis recommend that one adopt na�karmya by not doing anything but simply meditating and thinking of Brahman, but this is impossible unless one realizes Parabrahman, l<r�I.J.a. If there is no l<r�I.J.a\nconsciousness, any kind of activity, be it philanthropic, political or social,\nsimply causes karma-bandhana, bondage to material work.\nAs long as one is entangled in karma-bandhana, one must accept different types of bodies that spoil the human form of facility. Therefore, in\nBhagavad-gitii (6.3) karma-yoga is recommended:\niiruru/cyor muner yogam\nkarma kiirar:tam ucyate\nyogarwjhasya tasyaiva\nsama/:t kiirar:tam ucyate\n\n\"For one who is a neophyte in the yoga system, work is said to be the\nmeans; and for one who has already attained to yoga, cessation of all material activities is said to be the means.\" Nonetheless:\nkarmendriyiir:ti sarhyamya\nya iiste manasii smaran\nindriyiirthiin vimwjhatmii\nmithyaciira/:t sa ucyate\n\n\"One who restrains the senses and organs of action, but whose mind\ndwells on sense objects, certainly deludes himself and is called a pretender.\" (Bg. 3.6) One should act for Kr�I.J.a very seriously in order to\nbecome fully .Kr�I.J.a conscious and should not sit down to imitate\nsuch great personalities as Haridasa Thakura. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Thakura condemned such imitation. He said:\nd�!a mana! tumi kisera va�r:tava?\nprat�!hiira tare,\nnirjanera ghare,\ntava hari-niima kevala kaitava.\n\n\"My dear mind, what kind of devotee are you? Simply for cheap adoration, you sit in a solitary place and pretend to chant the Hare l<r�I.J.a\n\n", "SB8.1#p0052": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n24\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 1\n\nmaha-mantra, but this is all cheating.\" Recently at Mayapur an Mrican\ndevotee wanted to imitate Haridasa Thakura, but after fifteen days he\nbecame restless and went away. Do not suddenly try to imitate Haridasa\n'fhakura. Engage yourself in ��I).a conscious activities, and gradually\nyou will come to the stage of liberation (muktir hitviinyatha rilparil\nsvarilper,m vyavasthitib,).\nTEXT 15\n\n�ij ��tm WI ft � f�a- I\n3Tl�'t�� 1l1Jfl� �Fmt(\\f;ij �� Ql(ll ��II\nihate bhagaviin iSo\nna hi tatra visajjate\niitma-liibhena pilrT}iirtho\nnavasidanti ye 'nu tam\nihate-engages in activities of creation, maintenance and annihilation; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, ��I).a; iSab,-the\nsupreme controller; na-not; hi-indeed; tatra-in such activities;\nvisajjate-He becomes entangled; atma-labhena-because of His own\ngain; pilrr:ta-arthab,-who is self-satisfied; na-not; avasidanti-are\ndisheartened; ye-persons who; anu-follow; tam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is full in opulence by His\n\nown gain, yet He acts as the creator, maintainer and annihilator of\n\nthis material world. In spite of acting in that way, He is never en­\n\ntangled. Hence devotees who follow in His footsteps are also never\nentangled.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii (3.9), yajiiiirthat karmar:w 'nyatra loko\n'yam karma-bandhanab,: \"Work done as a sacrifice for Vi�I).u has to be\nperformed, otherwise work binds one to this material world.\" If we do\nnot act in ��I).a consciousness we shall be entangled, like silkworms in\n\n", "SB8.1#p0053": "Text 15)\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n25\n\ncocoons. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr!?Q.a, appears in order\nto teach us how to work so that we will not be entangled in this material\nworld. Our real problem is that we are entangled in materialistic activities, and because we are conditioned, our struggle continues through\npunishment in material existence in one body after another in different\nforms of life. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitfi (15.7):\n\nmamaivarh.So fiva-loke\njioo-bhuta� saniitana�\nmana� $0-$!hanindriyfir:ti\nprakrti-sthani kar$ati\n\"The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal, fragmental\nparts. Due to conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the six\nsenses, which include the mind.\" The living entities are actually minute\nforms who are part and parcel of the Supreme Lord. The Supreme Lord\nis full in everything, and the small particles of the Lord are also\noriginally qualified like Him, but because of their minute existence, they\nare infected by material attraction and thus entangled. We must\ntherefore follow the instructions of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nand then, like Kr!?Q.a, who is never entangled by His material activities of\ncreation, maintenance and annihilation, we will have nothing for which\nto lament (niivasidanti ye 'nu tam). Kr!?l).a personally gives instructions\nin Bhagavad-gitfi, and anyone who follows these instructions is liberated.\nFollowing Kr!?Q.a's instructions is possible when one is a devotee, for\nKr!?l).a instructs that one should become a devotee. Man-manii bhava\n\nmad-bhakto mad-yaji miirh namaskuru: \"Always think of Me and become My devotee. Worship Me and offer your homage unto Me.\"\n(Bg.\n\n18.65) Always thinking of Kr!?Q.a means chanting the Hare Kr!?Q.a\n\nmantra, but unless one is an initiated devotee he cannot do this. As soon\nas one becomes a devotee, he engages in Deity worship (mad-yaji). A devotee's business is to offer obeisances to the Lord and the spiritual master\nconstantly. This principle is the recognized way to come to the platform\nof bhakti. As soon as one comes to this platform, he gradually understands the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and simply by understanding Kr!?l).a one is liberated from material bondage.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0054": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n26\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. I\n\nTEXT 16\n\nf;r�fij �\nfo:mf�q �'{;r�:q')f�� I\n�� fu�d f��ijf�\nmi\nsrqQST���'qf.f� II �G. II\nijm��tt;f\n\ntam ihamiinam nirahankrtam budham\nniras�am purr:wm ananya-coditam\nnffi si/cyayantam nija-vartma-samsthitam\nprabhum prapadye 'khila-dharma-bhavanam\ntam-unto the same Supreme Personality of Godhead; ihamiinamwho is acting for our benefit; nirahankrtam-who is without entanglement or desire for gain; budham-who is completely in knowledge;\nniras�am-without desires to enjoy the fruits of His activities; purr:wm\n-who is full and therefore has no need to fulfill desires; ananya-by\nothers; coditam-induced or inspired;\n\nnfn-all of human society;\n\nsi/cyayantam-to teach (the real path of life); nija-vartma-His own\npersonal way of life; samsthitam-to establish (without deviation);\nprabhum-unto the Supreme Lord; prapadye-1 request everyone to\nsurrender;\n\nakhila-dharma-bhavanam-who\n\nis\n\nthe\n\nmaster\n\nof\n\nall\n\nreligious principles or the occupational duties for a human being.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, ��l).a, works just like an\n\nordinary human being, yet He does not desire to enjoy the fruits\n\nof work. He is full in knowledge, free from material desires and\n\ndiversions, and completely independent. As the supreme teacher\nof human society, He teaches His own way of activities, and thus\n\nHe inaugurates the real path of religion. I request everyone to\nfollow Him.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the sum and substance of our Kr�Qa consciousness movement.\nWe are simply requesting human society to follow in the footsteps of the\n\n", "SB8.1#p0055": "Text 16)\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n27\n\nteacher of Bhagavad-gita. Follow the instructions of Bhagavad-gita As It\n\nIs, and your life will be successful. That is the summary of the Kr�1.1a\n\nconsciousness movement. The organizer of the Kr�1.1a consciousness\n\nmovement is teaching everyone how to follow Lord Ramacandra, how to\n\nfollow Lord Kr�1.1a, and how to follow Sri Caitariya Mahiiprabhu. In this\nmaterial world, we need a leader for a monarchy or good government.\n\nLord Sri Ramacandra, by His practical example, showed how to live for\n\nthe benefit of all human society. He fought with demons like Rava1,1a, He\n\ncarried out the orders of His father, and He remained the faithful hus­\n\nband of mother Sita. Thus there is no comparison to Lord Ramacandra's\nacting as an ideal king. Indeed, people still hanker for rama-rajya, a\ngovernment conducted like that of Lord Ramacandra. Similarly, al­\n\nthough Lord Kr�1.1a is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He taught\n\nHis disciple and devotee Arjuna how to lead a life ending in going back\n\nhome, back to Godhead (tyaktva deham punar janma naiti mam eti so\n\n'rjuna). All teachings-political, economic, social, religious, cultural and\n\nphilosophical-are to be found in Bhagavad-gita. One only has to follow\n\nthem strictly. The Supreme Personality of Godhead also comes as Lord\n\nCaitanya just to play the part of a pure devotee. Thus the Lord teaches us\n\nin different ways just to make our lives successful, and Sviiyambhuva\nManu requests us to follow Him.\n\nSvayambhuva Manu is the leader of mankind, and he has given a book\ncalled Manu-samhita to guide human society. Herein he directs us to\n\nfollow the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His different incarnations.\nThese incarnations are described in Vedic literature, and Jayadeva\n\nGosviimi has described ten important incarnations in summary (kesava\n\ndhrta-mina-sarira jaya jagad-iSa hare, kesava dhrta-nara-hari-nlpa\njaya jagad-iSa hare, kesava dhrta-buddha-sarira jaya jagad-iSa hare,\n\netc.). Svayambhuva Manu instructs us to follow the instructions of God's\nincarnations, especially Kr�1.1a's instructions of Bhagavad-gita As It Is.\nAppreciating bhakti-marga as instructed by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya thus depicted the activities of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu:\n\nvairagya-vidya-nija-bhakti-yogasi�artham ekafr, pur�afr, purar:w-J:r,\nsri-kr$r:m-caitanya-sarira-dhari\nkrpambudhir yas tam aham prapadye\n\n", "SB8.1#p0056": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n28\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 1\n\n\"Let me take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr�Q.a,\n\nwho has descended in the form of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to teach us\n\nreal knowledge, His devotional service, and detachment from whatever\n\ndoes not foster Kr�Q.a consciousness. He has descended because He is an\nocean of transcendental mercy. Let me surrender unto His lotus feet.\"\n\n(Caitanya-candrodaya-nataka 6.74) In this age of Kali, people cannot\n\nfollow the instructions of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and\n\ntherefore the Lord Himself takes the part of Sri Kr�Q.a Caitanya to teach\n\npersonally how to become Kr�Q.a conscious. He asks everyone to follow\nHim and to become a guru to deliver the fallen souls 'of Kali-yuga.\n\nyare dekha, tare kaha 'kr§7J-a'-upadesa\namara ajiiiiya guru haiiii tara' ei desa\n\"Instruct everyone to follow the orders of Lord Sri Kr�Q.a as they are\n\ngiven in Bhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam. In this way become a\nspiritual\n\nmaster\n\nand\n\ntry\n\nto\n\nliberate\n\neveryone\n\nin\n\nthis\n\nland.\"\n\n(Cc. Madhya 7.128) The coherent purpose of Lord Ramacandra, Lord\n\nKr�Q.a and Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is to teach human society how to\n\nbe happy by following the instructions of the Supreme Lord.\nTEXT 17\n\n�Cfi �<IR\n�fu if.=itqf;f� otn�� ijl{TIWf.. I\n-qtgu ;.rt�l;r( i5fl��q�q;{_ � II � \\911\nsri-suka uvaca\niti mantropan�adarh\nvyaharantarh samahitam\ndmvasura yatudhana\njagdhum abhyadravan �udha\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti -thus; mantraupan i§adam-the Vedic mantra (uttered by Svayambhuva Manu);\n\nvyaharantam-taught or chanted; samahitam-concentrated the mind\n\n", "SB8.1#p0057": "Text 18)\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n29\n\n(without being agitated by material conditions); dr�!vd-upon seeing\n(him); asura�-the demons; yatudhana�-the Rak�asas; jagdhumdesired to devour; abhyadravan-running very fast; lcyudha-to satisfy\ntheir appetite.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: Svayamhhuva Manu was thus in a\n\ntrance, chanting the mantras of Vedic instruction known as the\nUpani�ads. Upon seeing him, the Riik�asas and asuras, being very\n\nhungry, wanted to devour him. Therefore they ran after him with\n\ngreat speed.\n\nTEXT 18\n\nffl�Frf«al'f. qJ�� ��: �fRit m: I\n� q,{�l\n&:;\n:;;._�{'\n\" Pw..\n�llH\nf.t,.t�rnlm� l�1tt��\nII� �II\n\"'\n\ntams tathavasitan vi/cyya\nyajfia� sarva-gato hari�\nyamai� parivrto devair\nhatvii.Sasat tri-v�!apam\ntan-the demons and Rak�asas; tatha-in that way; avasitan-who\nwere determined to devour Svayambhuva Manu; vik§ya-upon observing; yajfia�-Lord Vi�J).u, known as Yajiia; sarva-gata�-who is seated\nin everyone's heart; hari�-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nyamai�-with His sons named the Yamas; parivrta�-surrounded;\ndevai�-by the demigods; hatva-after killing (the demons); a§asatruled (taking the post of Indra); tri-v�!apam-the heavenly planets.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Lord, V i��u, who sits in everyone's heart, appear­\n\ning as Yajiiapati, observed that the Rak�asas and demons were\ngoing to devour Svayamhhuva Manu. Thus the Lord, accompanied\n\nby His sons named the Yamas and by all the other demigods, killed\n\nthe demons and Rak�asas. He then took the post of lndra and\n\nbegan to rule the heavenly kingdom.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0058": "30\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe various names of the demigods-Lord Brahma, Lord Siva, Lord\nIndra and so on-are not per:s.onal names; they are names of different\nposts. In this regard, we understand that Lord Vi�1,1u sometimes becomes\nBrahma or Indra when there is no suitable person to occupy these posts.\nTEXT 19\n\n�)f� f�'ht�f! ���: wfl� I\n���amf��sr�� :qt��n: ''����\nsvaroc�o dvitfyas tu\n\nmanur agne/:t suto 'bhavat\n\ndyumat-s�e�-roc�mat\npramukhas tasya catmaja/:t\n\nsooroc�a/:t-Svaroci�a; dvitiya/:t-the second; tu-indeed; manu/:tManu; agne/:t-of Agni; suta/:t-the son; abhavat-became; dyumatDyumat; s�e�-Su�e1,1a; roc�mat-Roci�mat; pramukluiJ:r,-beginning with them; tasya-of him (Svaroci�a); ca-also; atma-ja/:t sons.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Agni named Svaroci�a became the second Manu. His\nseveral sons were headed by Dyumat, Su�e1.1a and Roci�mat.\nPURPORT\nmanvantararit manur deva\nmanu-putra/:t suresvara/:t\nr�ayo 'msavatara5 ca\nhare/:t �a4 vidham ucyate\n\nThere are many incarnations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nManu, the manu-putra/:t (the sons of Manu), the king of the heavenly\nplanets, and the seven great sages are all partial incarnations of the\nSupreme Lord. Manu himself, his sons Priyavrata and Uttanapada, the\n\n", "SB8.1#p0059": "Text 21]\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n31\n\ndemigods created by Dak�a, and the r�is like Marici were all partial incarnations of the Lord during the reign of Svayambhuva Manu. During that\ntime, the incarnation of the Lord as Yajiia took charge of ruling the\n\nheavenly planets. The next Manu was Svaroci�a. The Manus and the\nsages and demigods are further described in the following eleven verses.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n��� u:q-;r�m� �en� Q�q: I\n����: � SfWit �t�wr: ll�oll\ntatrendro rocanas tv asid\ndevas ca t�itadayab,\nurja-stambhadayab, sapta\nr�ayo brahma-viidinab,\ntatra-in this manvantara; indrab,-Indra; rocanab,-Rocana, the\n\nson of Yajiia; tu-but; dsit-became; devab,-demigods; ca-also;\nt�ita-adayab,-Tu�ita and others;\n\nadayab,-and others; sapta-seven;\nviidinab,\n\n-\n\nurja-Urja;\nr�ayab,\n\n-\n\nall faithful devotees.\n\nstambha-Stambha ;\n\ngreat saints; brahma­\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the reign of Sviiroci�a, the post of lndra was assumed by\nRocana, the son of Yajfta. Tu�ita and others became the principal\ndemigods, and Urja, Stambha and others became the seven saints.\nAll of them were faithful devotees of the Lord.\nTEXT 21\n\n�� �4:BJ((1�ftm ;w{ �� I\nm iii' ij'ffl � A�ffilf��: II�� II\nr�es tu veda.Sirasas\nt�ita nama patny abhat\ntasyam jajiie tato devo\nvibhur ity abhiviSrutab,\n\n", "SB8.1#p0060": "[Canto 8, Ch. 1\n\nSrbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n32\n\nr�eb,-of the saintly person;\n\ntu-indeed;\n\nvedaSirasab,-Vedasira;\n\nnama-named;\n\npatni-the\n\nwife;\n\nt�ita-Tu�ita;\n\nabhut-begat;\n\ntasyam-in her (womb); jajiie-took birth; tatab,-thereafter; devab,the Lord; vibhub,-Vibhu; iti-thus; abhivi.Srutab,-celebrated as.\nTRANSLATION\nVeda8ira was a very celebrated r�i. From the womb of his wife,\n\nwhose name was Tu�ita, came the avatiira named Vibhu.\nTEXT 22\n\n3f!I�RI�� � it\n\n�: I\n\n31;:� �� ��l(iiGI�Tftor: ������\n�!asiti-sahasrar:ti\nmunayo ye dhrta-vratiib,\nanva.Sik§an vratam tasya\nkaumara-brahmacarir:tab.\n�!dSiti-eighty-eight;\nsaintly\n\npersons;\n\nanva.Sik§an-took\n\nsahasrar:t i-thousand;\n\nye-those\n\nwho;\n\ninstructions;\n\nmu nayab,-great\n\ndhrta-vratab,-fixed\n\nvratam-vows;\n\nin\n\ntasya-from\n\nvows;\nhim\n\n(Vibhu); kaumdra-who was unmarried; brahmaca rir:tab.-and fixed in\nthe brahmaciiri stage of life.\nTRANSLATION\nVibhu remained a brahmaciiri and never married throughout his\n\nlife. From him, eighty-eight thousand other saintly persons took\n\nlessons on self-control, austerity and similar behavior.\nTEXT 23\n\nt�f'ltf � ;nq f��) lG: I\nqq;r: � tf�lm�� wrt ����II\ntrtiya uttamo nama\npriyavrata-suto manub,\n\n", "SB8.1#p0061": "Text 25]\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n33\n\npavana/:t srnjayo yajnahotradyas tat-suta nrpa\ntrt iyal)-the third; utta ma i) -Uttama; nama-named; priyavrataof King Priyavrata; suta/:t-the son; manu/:t-he became the Manu;\n\npavana i)-Pavana; srnjaya/:t-S:rnjaya; yajnahotra-adya/:t-Yajiiahotra\n\nand others; tat-suta/:t-the sons of Uttama; nrpa-0 King.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, the third Manu,\n\nUttama,\n\nwas\n\nthe\n\nson of King\n\nPriyavrata. Among the sons of this Manu were Pavana, Srftjaya and\n\nYajiiahotra.\nTEXT 24\n\ncrf«g�Wftlt: �R �:\n\n31\"��1�: I\n\n���lOO����� 11��11\nvasi$tha-tanaya/:t sapta\nr�aya/:t pramadii.daya/:t\nsatya vedaSruta bhadra\ndeva indras tu satyajit\nvasi$tha-tanaya/:t-the sons of Vasi�tha; sapta-seven; r�aya/:t-the\nsages; pramada-adaya/:t-headed by Pramada; satya/:t-the Satyas;\nvedaSruta/:t-Vedasrutas;\n\nbhadra/:t-Bhadras;\n\ndeva/:t-demigods;\n\nindra/:t-the King of heaven; tu-but; satyajit-Satyajit\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the reign of the third Manu, Pramada and other sons of\nVasi!?!ha became the seven sages. The Satyas, Veda8rutas and\nBhadras became demigods, and Satyajit was selected to be Indra,\nthe King of heaven.\nTEXT 25\n\n�� i.� � lltFT�SI''tl�'l: I\n�� � �.w;n((t iimn �d: �u: 11 �'-\\11\n\n", "SB8.1#p0062": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n34\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 1\n\ndharmasya sunrtayarh tu\nbhagavan pu�ottama/:t\nsatyasena iti khyato\njata/:t satyavratai/:t saha\ndharmasya-of the demigod in charge of religion; sunrtayam-in the\nwomb of his wife named Sun:rta; tu-indeed; bhagavan-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; purU$a-uttama/:t-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;\n\nsatyasena/:t-Satyasena;\n\niti-thus;\n\nkhyata/:t-celeb rated;\n\njata/:t-took birth; satyavratai/:t-the Satyavr atas; saha-with.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this manvantara, the Supreme Personality of Godhead ap­\n\npeared from the womb of Siin�tii, who was the wife of Dharma, the\n\ndemigod in charge of religion. The Lord was celebrated as\n\nSatyasena, and He appeared with other demigods, known as the\nSatyavratas.\n\nTEXT 26\n\nijf��:�el91(1ffl\n\n�� 1\n\n- \\641Uif�� ij���: ������\nso 'nrta-vrata-du/:t§ilan\nasato yak$a-rak$asan\nbhuta-druho bhuta-ga1Jii,rh.S\ncavadhit satyajit-sakha/:t\nsa/:t-He (Satyasena); anrta-vrata-who are fond of speaking lies;\ndu/:t§ilan-m isbehaved; asata/:t-miscreant; yak$a-rak$asan-Yak::;as\nand Rak::;asas; bhata-druha/:t-who are always against the progress of\nother living beings; bhata-ga1Jii,n-the ghostly living entities; ca-also;\navadhit-killed; satyajit-sakha/:t-with His friend Satyajit.\nTRANSLATION\nSatyasena, along with His friend Satyajit, who was the King of\n\nheaven, lndra, killed all the untruthful, impious and misbehaved\n\n", "SB8.1#p0063": "Text 28]\n\n35\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\nYak�as, Rak�asas and ghostly living entities, who gave pains to\nother living beings.\nTEXT 27\n\n�� ��� '�• � ffl't�n 1\n'l�: �Rrwh:: ��RIT � �ijijJ: II�\\911\ncaturtha uttama-bhrata\nmanur namna ca taTTUlSa/:t\nprthu/:t khyatir nara/:t ketur\nity adya daSa tat-suta/:t\ncaturtha-the fourth Manu; uttama-bhrata-the brother of Uttama;\nmanu/:t-became the Manu; namna-celebrated by the name; ca-also;\ntamasa/:t-Tamasa; prthu/:t-P:rthu; khyati/:t-K.hyiiti; nara/:t-Nara;\nketu/:t-Ketu; iti-thus; adya/:t-headed by; daSa-ten; tat-suta/:tsons of Tamasa Manu.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brother of the third Manu, Uttama, was celebrated by the\nname Tiimasa, and he became the fourth Manu. Tiimasa had ten\nsons, headed by P:rthu, Khyiiti, Nara and Ketu.\nTEXT 28\n\n�� tfl�T �t�Tf�� ��: I\n����: ijl{ Sfllt��ijsrij'� 11��11\n���\n\n.\n\nsatyakii harayo vrra\ndevas tri.Sikha iSvara/:t\njyotirdhamadaya/:t sapta\nr$ayas taTTUlSe 'ntare\nsatyakii/:t-the Satyakas; haraya/:t-the Haris; vrra/:t-the Viras;\ndeva/:t-the\n\ndemigods;\n\ntri.Sikha/:t-Trisikha;\n\niSvara/:t-the\n\nKing\n\nof\n\nheaven; jyotirdhama-adaya/:t-headed by the celebrated Jyotirdhiima;\nsapta-seven; r$aya/:t-sages; taTTUlSe-the reign of Tamasa Manu;\nantare-within.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0064": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n36\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the reign of Tamasa Manu, among the demigods were\n\nthe Satyak.as, Haris and Viras. The heavenly King, lndra, was\nTrisikha.\n\nThe\n\nJyotirdhiima.\n\nsages\n\nin\n\nsaptar�i-dhama\n\nwere\n\nheaded\n\nby\n\nTEXT 29\n\n�' �'[�m ;nq rc.��;{� W!tt ,\n;rnn � ��<o Fl�u �� �m 11��11\neleva vaidhrtayo nama\nvidhrtes tanayd nrpa\nTta$!d� kiilena yair veda\nvidhrta� svena tejasa\ndeva�-the demigods; vaidhrtaya�-the Vaidhttis; nama-by the\nname; vidhrte�-of Vidhtti; tanayd�-who were the sons; nrpa-0\nKing; M$!d�-were lost; kiilena-by the influence of time; yai�-by\nwhom; veda�-the Vedas; vidhrtd�-were protected; svena-by their\nown; tejasd-power.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, in the Tamasa manvantara the sons of V idh:rti, who were\n\nknown as the V aidh:rtis, also became demigods. Since in course of\n\ntime the Vedic authority was lost, these demigods, by their own\npowers, protected the Vedic authority.\nPURPORT\nIn the Tamasa manvantara there were two kinds of demigods, and one\nof them was known as the Vaidhttis. The duty of the demigods is to protect the authority of the Vedas. The word devatd refers to one who carries the authority of the Vedas, whereas Riik�?asas are those who defy the\nVedic authority. If the authority of the Vedas is lost, the entire universe\nbecomes chaotic. Therefore, it is the duty of the demigods, as well as\nkings and aides of governments, to give full protection to the Vedic authority; otherwise human society will be in a chaotic condition in which\nthere cannot be peace or prosperity.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0065": "Text 31)\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n37\n\nTEXT 30\n\n� � lltfcf1�ftwlf �AA�: I\n�ftR��1�61 � � lilf..qm Jf�l� II� II\no\n\ntatrapi jajne bhagavan\nharirJ-yam harimedhasa/:t\nharir ity ahrto yena\ngajendro mocito grahat\ntatrapi-in that period; jajne-appeared; bhagavan-the Supreme\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nharirJ-yam-in\n\nharimedhasa/:t-begotten\nahrta/:t-called;\n\nby\n\nyena-by\n\nthe\n\nHarimedhii.;\n\nwhom;\n\nwomb\n\nof\n\nhari/:t-Hari;\n\ngaja-indra/:t-the\n\nHariJ?.i;\niti-thus;\n\nKing\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nelephants; mocita/:t-was freed; grahat-from the mouth of a crocodile.\nTRANSLATION\nAlso in this manvantara, the Supreme Lord, Vi�I_m, took birth\nfrom the womb of Haril}.i, the wife of Harimedhii, and He was\nknown as Hari. Hari saved His devotee Gajendra, the King of the\nelephants, from the mouth of a crocodile.\nTEXT 31\n\n�(l;#t((f\"'\nilld\\(1�01 �� � ���1'1� �I\n�� �qffl' m�'l�ll��ll\nsri-rajovaca\nbadarayar:w etat te\nsrotum icchamahe vayam\nharir yatha gaja-patim\ngraha-grastam amumucat\nsn-raJa\n\nuvaca-King\n\nParik�it\n\nsaid;\n\nbadarayarJ-e-0\n\nson\n\nof\n\nBadarayaJ?.a (Vyasadeva); etat-this; te-from you; srotum icchamahe-desire to hear;\n\nvayam-we;\n\nhari/:t-the Lord Hari;\n\nyatha-the\n\n", "SB8.1#p0066": "38\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n(Canto\n\n8, Ch. 1\n\nmanner in which; gaja-patim-the King of the elephants; grahagrastam-when attacked by the crocodile; amumucat-delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik�it said: My lord, Badariiy8J.li, we wish to hear from\n\nyou in detail how the King of the elephants, when attacked by a\ncrocodile, was delivered by Hari.\n\nTEXT\n\n32\n\n6�4iltlij �� !r� � ��;f �l1� I\n� ���� ¥1•1'4li=4Wfl db ����II\ntat-kathiisu mahat pur:tyam\ndhanyam svastyayanarit subham\nyatra yatrottama§loko\nbhagavan giyate hari/:t\ntat-kathiisu-in those narrations; mahat-great; pur:tyam-pious;\ndhanyam-glorious;\n\nsvastyayanam-auspicious;\n\nsubham-all good;\n\nyatra-whenever; yatra-wherever; uttama§lokalJ,-the Lord, who is\nknown\n\nas\n\nUttamasloka\n\n(He\n\nwho\n\nis\n\ndescribed\n\nby\n\ntranscendental\n\nliterature); bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; gryate-is\nglorified; harib,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nAny literature or narration in which the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, Utbuna5loka, is described and glorified is certainly great,\n\npure, glorious, auspicious and all good.\nPURPORT\n\nThe �f?I.J.a consciousness movement is spreading all over the world\ns!mply by describing �f?I.J.a. We have published many books, including\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta in seventeen volumes, four hundred pages each,\nas well as !Jhagavad-gita and The Nectar of Devotion. We are also\npublishing Srimad-Bhiigavatam in sixty volumes. Wherever a speaker\nholds discourses from these books and an audience hears him, this will\n\n", "SB8.1#p0067": "Text 33]\n\nThe Manus, Administrators of the Universe\n\n39\n\ncreate a good and auspicious situation. Therefore the preaching of Kr�Qa\n\nconsciousness must be done very carefully by the members of the 'Kr�t;ta\n\nconsciousness movement, especially the sannyasis. This will create an\nauspicious atmosphere.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n��\nlR'f�q � ij if�w.rfiir:\nswilqf� �� ��: I\n�R fei!IH srf�\n\n�\n\n��t��������ll\nsri-silta uvaca\nparik$itaivarh sa tu biidarayaTJ-i�\nprayopav�tena kathiisu codita�\nuvaca vipra� pratinandya parthivarh\nmuda muninarh sadasi sma 5ntvatam\nsri-silta� uvaca-Sri Suta Gosvami said; parik$ita-by Maharaja\n\nParik�it; evam-thus; sa�-he; tu-indeed; badara yaT}-i�\n\n-\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami; praya-upav�tena-Parik�it Maharaja, who was awaiting impending death; kathiisu-by the words; codita�-being encouraged;\n\nuvaca-spoke; vipra�-0 brahmaT}-aS; pratinandya-after congratulat­\n\ning;\n\nparthivam-Maharaja\n\nParik�it;\n\nmuda-with\n\ngreat\n\npleasure;\n\nmuninam-o£ great sages; sadasi-in the assembly; sma-indeed;\n\nsr7J-vatam-who desired to hear.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Siita Gosvimi said: 0 brahmru;tas, when Parik�it Maharaja,\n\nwho was awaiting impending death, thus requested Sukadeva\n\nGosvimi to speak, Sukadeva Gosvimi, encouraged by the King's\n\nwords, offered respect to the King and spoke with great pleasure\n\nin the assembly of sages, who desired to hear him.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, First\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Manus, Administrators of the Universe. \"\n\n", "SB8.1#p0068": "..\n\nCHAPTER TWO\n\nThe Elephant Gajendra's Crisis\nThe Second, Third and Fourth Chapters of this canto describe how the\nLord, during the reign of the fourth Manu, gave protection to the King of\nthe elephants. As described in this Second Chapter, when the King of the\nelephants, along with his female elephants, was enjoying in the water, a\ncrocodile suddenly attacked him, and the elephant surrendered to the\nlotus feet of the Personality of Godhead for protection.\nIn the midst of the ocean of milk, there is a very high and beautiful\nmountain that has an altitude of ten thousand yojanas, or eighty thousand miles. This mountain is known as Trikiita. In a valley of Trikiita\nthere is a nice garden named �tumat, which was constructed by VaruQa,\nand in that area there is a very nice lake. Once the chief of the elephants,\nalong with female elephants, went to enjoy bathing in that lake, and they\ndisturbed the inhabitants of the water. Because of this, the chief crocodile in that water, who was very powerful, immediately attacked the\nelephant's leg. Thus there ensued a great fight between the elephant and\nthe crocodile. This fight continued for one thousand years. Neither the\nelephant nor the crocodile died, but since they were in the water, the\nelephant gradually became weak whereas the power of the crocodile increased more and more. Thus the crocodile became more and more encouraged. Then the elephant, being helpless and seeing that there was no\nother way for his protection, sought shelter at the lotus feet of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 1\n\n� iffl'i1\n\n- fttft� (liil�tt �ij ftr�: I\n��: ���6Ufi.�6: II � II\nsrr-suka uviica\nasid girivaro rajams\ntrikuta iti viSruta!l,\n41\n\n", "SB8.1#p0069": "42\n\nSrbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 2\n\nk$irodenavrta� sriman\nyojanayutam ucchrita�\n\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; asit-there was; girivara�-a very big mountain; rajan-0 King; tri-kuta�- Trikuta; itithus; viSruta�-celebrated; k$ira-udena-by the ocean of milk;\navrta�-surrounded; srimiin-very beautiful; yojana-a measurement\nof eight miles; ayutam-ten thousand; ucchrita�-very high.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: My dear King, there is a very large\nmountain called Trikuta. It is ten thousand yojanas [eighty thousand miles] high. Being surrounded by the ocean of milk, it is very\nbeautifully situated.\nTEXTS 2-3\n\nfflCm fcl�: tp:ftfi, fsr�: �: �f-IN� 1\n�: � u=qtr...,� �m�: 11 � 11\n�� �: � �':UdNM�: I\nI I � II\n-.1-.I@R'Sijfg��flqf �Uillm�\ntiivatii vi.strta� paryak\ntribhi/:t srftgai/:t payo-nidhim\ndiSa/:t kham rocayann aste\nraupyayasa-hirar:tmayai/:t\nanyaiS ca kakubha� sarvii\nratna-dhatu-vicitritai�\nniina-druma-lata-gulmair\n\nni r.gho�air ni rjha rambhasam\n\ntiivata-in that way; vi.strta�-length and breadth (eighty thousand\nmiles); paryak-all around; tribhi�-with three; srrigai�-peaks;\npaya�-nidhim-situated on an island in the ocean of milk; diSa/:1,-all\n\n", "SB8.1#p0070": "Text4]\ndirections;\n\n43\n\nThe Elephant Gajendra's Crisis\nkham-the\n\nraupya-made\n\nof\n\nsky;\n\nsilver;\n\nrocayan-pleasing;\n\nayasa-iron;\n\naste-standing;\n\nhira�mayaib,-and\n\ngold;\n\nanyaib,-with other peaks; ca-also; kakubhab,-directions; sarvab,all; ratna-with jewels; dhatu-and minerals; vicitritaib,-decorated\nvery nicely; nana-with various; druma-lata-trees and creepers;\ngulmaib,-and shrubs; nirgho$aib,-with the sounds of; nirjharawaterfalls; ambhasam-of water.\nTRANSLATION\nThe length and breadth of the mountain are of the same\nmeasurement [eighty thousand miles]. Its three principal peaks,\nwhich are made of iron, silver and gold, beautify all directions and\nthe sky. The mountain also has other peaks, which are full of\njewels and minerals and are decorated with nice trees, creepers and\nshrubs. The sounds of the waterfalls on the mountain create a\npleasing vibration. In this way the mountain stands, increasing the\nbeauty of all directions.\nTEXT4\n\nij' ��Rtf�:��q�&fi\\fit : I\n\n.URI �ij� � ���flr: II \\l II\nsa cavanijyamanarighrib,\nsamantat paya-urmibhib,\nkaroti syamalam bhumirh\nharin-marakatasmabhib,\n\nsab,-that mountain; ca-also; avanijyamana-arighrib,-whose foot is\nalways washed; samantat-all around; payab,-urmibhib,-by waves of\nmilk; karoti-makes; syamalam-dark green; bhumim-ground;\nharit-green; marakata-with emerald; a5mabhi/l-stones.\nTRANSLATION\nThe ground at the foot of the mountain is always washed by\nwaves of milk that produce emeralds all around in the eight direc-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0071": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 2\n\ntions [north, south, east, west and the directions midway between\nthem).\n\nPURPORT\n\nFrom Snmad-Bhiigavatam we understand that there are various\noceans. Somewhere there is an ocean filled with milk, somewhere an\nocean of liquor, an ocean of ghee, an ocean of oil, and an ocean of sweet\nwater. Thus there are different varieties of oceans within this universe.\nThe modern scientists, who have only limited experience, cannot defy\nthese statements; they cannot give us full information about any planet,\neven the planet on which we live. From this verse, however, we can\nunderstand that if the valleys of some mountains are washed with milk,\nthis produces emeralds. No one has the ability to imitate the activities of\nmaterial nature as conducted by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXTS\n\nf«:;:;;ei(OI•I..�FcfQt�m:\n\nI\n\nf?hast((t«itf�� �(i(�e€fi�: II � II\nsiddha-cara�a-gandharvair\nvidyiidhara-mahoragai/:t\nkinnarair apsarobhiS ca\nkrU;ladbhir j�!a-kandara/:t\nsidd ha -by the inhabitants of Siddhaloka; cara�-the inhabitants of\nCara1,1aloka;\n\ngandharvai/:t-the\n\ninhabitants\n\nof\n\nGandharvaloka;\n\nvidyiidhara-the inhabitants of Vidyadhara-loka; maha - uragai/:t\n\n-the\n\ninhabitants of the serpent loka; kinnarai/:t -the Kinnaras; apsarobhi/:t­\n\nthe Apsaras; ca-and; krU;ladbhi/:t-who were engaged in sporting;\n\nj�!a-enjoyed; kandara/:t-the caves.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of the higher planets-the Siddhas, Ciirat:tas,\n\nGandharvas, Vidyadharas, serpents, Kinnaras and Apsaras-go to\n\nthat mountain to sport. Thus all the caves of the mountain are full\n\nof these denizens of the heavenly planets.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0072": "The Elephant Gajendra's Crisis\n\nText6]\n\n45\n\nPURPORT\n\nAs ordinary men may play in the salty ocean, the inhabitants of the\nhigher planetary systems go to the ocean of milk. They float in the ocean\nof milk and also enjoy various sports within the caves of Trikiita Mountain.\nTEXT6\n\n�\n\nij•f\\t'1(1'il�g('i'4tftr1 I\n\n� ��: �fq;t: q«:ltt�TII �II\nyatra sarigita-sannadair\nnadad-guham amar�aya\nabhigarjanti haraya�\nslaghina� para-sankaya\nyatra-in that mountain (Trikiita); sarigita-of singing; sannadai�-with the vibrations; nadat-resounding; guham -the caves;\namar�aya- because of unbearable anger or envy; abhigarjanti-roar;\nharaya� -the lions; slaghina�-being very proud of their strength;\npara -sankaya- because of suspecting another lion.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of the resounding vibrations of the denizens of heaven\nsinging in the caves, the lions there, being very proud of their\nstrength, roar with unbearable envy, thinking that another lion is\nroaring in that way.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the higher planetary systems, there are not only different types of\nhuman beings, but also animals like lions and elephants. There are trees,\nand the land is made of emeralds. Such is the creation of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura has sung in this\nregard, kesava! tuya jagata vicitra: \"My Lord Kesava, Your creation is\ncolorful and full of varieties.\" Geologists, botanists and other so-called\nscientists speculate about other planetary systems, but being unable to\n\n", "SB8.1#p0073": "46\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch 2\n.\n\nestimate the varieties on other planets, they falsely imagine that all planets but this one are vacant, uninhabited, and full of dust. Although they\ncannot even estimate the varieties existing throughout the universe, they\nare very proud of their knowledge, and they are accepted as learned by\n\npersons of a similar caliber. As described in Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(2.3.19), sva-vif},-variiho$!ra-kharai� sarhstuta� purU$a� pa§u�: ma­\n\nterialistic leaders are praised by dogs, hogs, camels and asses, and they\nthemselves are also big animals. One should not be satisfied with the\nknowledge imparted by a big animal. Rather, one must take knowledge\n\nfrom a perfect person like Sukadeva Gosviimi. Mahiijano yena gata� sa\n\npanthii�: our duty is to follow the instructions of the mahiijanas. There\nare twelve mahajanas, and Sukadeva Gosviimi is one of them.\nsvayambhar niirada� sambhu�\nkumara� kapilo manu�\nprahliido janako bhi$mo\nbalir vaiyasakir vayam\n(Bhag. 6.3.20)\n\nVaiyasaki is Sukadeva Gosviimi. Whatever he says we consider to be factual. That is perfect knowledge.\n\nTEXT7\n\n\"tl\"'I('Ittq'§l:mte�il�¥�r:\n\nN=:t&'itJU��w��: II \\9 II\nniiniirar:tya-pa5u-vratasa1ikula-dror:ty-alankrta�\ncitra-druma-surodyanakalakar:t!ha-viharigama�\n\nniinii-with varieties of; arar:tya-pa5u -jung1e animals; vrata-with\n\na multitude; sankula-filled; dror:ti-with valleys; alankrta�-very\n\nbeautifully decorated; citra-with varieties of; druma-trees; suraudyana-in gardens maintained by the demigods; kalakar:t!ha-sweetly\n\nchirping; viharigama�-birds\n\n.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0074": "The Elephant Gajendra's Crisis\n\nText 8)\n\n47\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe valleys beneath Trikiita Mountain are beautifully decorated\nby many varieties of jungle animals, and in the trees, which are\nmaintained in gardens by the demigods, varieties of birds chirp\nwith sweet voices.\nTEXTS\n\nQR�QU��: ���fill���: I\n�+i\\+i%5iwtl'tl��IW4M���:\nII� II\nsarit-sarobhir acchodai/:t\npulinair mal).i-valukai/:t\ndeva-stri-majjaniimodasaurabhambv-anilair yuta/:t\nsarit-with rivers;\ncrystal-clear\n\nwater;\n\nsarobhi/:t-and lakes;\npulinai/:t - beaches;\n\nacc\n\nhodai/:t-filled with\n\nmal).i-with\n\nsmall\n\ngems;\n\nvalukai/:t-resembling grains of sand; deva-stri-of the damsels of the\ndemigods;\n\nmajjana-by\n\nbathing\n\n(in\n\nthat\n\nwater);\n\namoda-bodily\n\nfragrance; saurabha-very fragrant; ambu-with the water; anilai/:tand the air; yuta/:t -enriched (the atmosphere of Trikiita Mountain).\nTRANSLATION\nTrikiita Mountain has many lakes and rivers, with beaches\ncovered by small gems resembling grains of sand. The water is as\nclear as crystal, and when the demigod damsels bathe in it, their\nbodies lend fragrance to the water and the breeze, thus enriching\nthe atmosphere.\nPURPORT\nEven in the material world, there are many grades of living entities.\nThe human beings on earth generally cover themselves with external\nfragrances to stop their bad bodily odors, but here we find that because of\nthe bodily fragrance of the demigod damsels, the rivers, the lakes, the\nbreeze and the entire atmosphere of Trikiita Mountain also become\n\n", "SB8.1#p0075": "48\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 2\n\nfragrant. Since the bodies of the damsels in the upper planetary systems\nare so beautiful, we can just- imagine how beautifully formed are the\nbodies of the Vaikui.J.tha damsels or the damsels in V:rndavana, the gopis.\n\ntasya dror:t-yiim bhagavato\nvarur:t-asya mahiitmana/:t\nudyiinam rtuman nama\niikruJ,am sura-yo�itam\nsarvato 'lankrtam divyair\nnitya-p�pa-phala-drumai/:t\nmandiirai/:t parijataiS ca\npiitalii.Soka-campakai/:t\nciltai/:t piyalai/:t panasair\niimrair iimriitakair api\nkramukair niirikelaiS ca\nkharjilrair bijapilrakai/:t\nmadhukai/:t siila-tiilaiS ca\ntamiilair asaniirjunai/:t\n\n", "SB8.1#p0076": "Text 13)\n\nThe Elephant Gajendra's Crisis\n\n49\n\nari$!0f;lumbara-pla�air\nvatai/:L kimsuka-candanai/:L\npicumardai/:L kovidiirai/:L\nsaralai/:L sura-darubhi/:L\ndrii�e�u-rambha-jambubhir\nbadary-a�abhayamalai/:L\ntasya-of that mountain (Trikuta);\nbhagavata/:L-of the great personality;\nVaru1,1a;\n\nmaha-iitmana/:L-who\n\nis\n\na\n\na\n\ndro�yam-in\nvaru�ya-the\n\ngreat\n\ndevotee\n\nof\n\nvalley;\ndemigod\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\nudyanam-a garden; rtumat-�tumat; nama-of the name;\nakrf4am-a place of sporting pastimes; sura-y0$itam-of the damsels of\nthe demigods; saroata/:L-everywhere; alari krtam-beautifully decorated; divyai/:L-pertaining to the demigods; nitya-always; p U$pa-of\nflowers; pha la-and fruits; drumai/:L-by trees; mandarai/:L-mandara;\nparijatai/:L-parijata;\nca- also;\npii!ala-pii!ala;\na§oka-a§oka;\ncampakai/:L-campaka; cutai/:L-cuta fruits; piyalai/:L-piyala fruits;\npanasai/:L-panasa fruits; amrai/:L-mangoes; iimriitakai/:L-sour fruits\ncalled iimriitaka; api-also; kramukai/:L-kramuka fruits; narikelai/:Lcoconut trees; ca-and; kharju rai/:L-date trees; bijapurakai/:Lpomegranates; madhukai/:L-madhuka fruits; sala-talai/:L-palm fruits;\nca-and; tamiilai/:L-tamiila trees; asana-asana trees; arjunai/:Larjuna trees; ari�!a-ari�!a fruits; l4umbara-big l4umbara trees;\npla�ai/:L-pla�a trees; va!ai/:L-banyan trees; kimsuka-red flowers\nwith no scent; candanai/:L-sandalwood trees; picumardai/:L-picumarda\nflowers; kovidarai/:L-kovidiira fruits; saralai/:L-sarala trees; suradiirubhi/:L-sura-diiru trees;\ndrii�a-grapes;\ni�u/:t-sugarcane;\nrambha-bananas; jambubhi/:L-jambu fruits; badari-badari fruits;\na�a-a�a fruits; abhaya-abhaya fruits; iimalai/:L-iimalaki, a sour\nfruit.\nTRANSLATION\nIn a valley of Trikiita Mountain there was a garden called\n.f;ttumat. This garden belonged to the great devotee Varu�a and was\na sporting place for the damsels of the demigods. Flowers and\nfruits grew there in all seasons. Among them were mandaras,\n\n", "SB8.1#p0077": "Srnnad-BhagavaUun\n\n50\nparijatas,\n\npa!alas,\n\na8okas,\n\ncampakas,\n\nciitas,\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 2\npiyalas,\n\npanasas,\n\nmangoes, amratakas, kramukas, coconut trees, date trees and\n\npomegranates. There were madhukas, palm trees, tamalas, asanas,\n\narjunas, ari�!as, u<,lumharas, plak�as, banyan trees, khhSukas and\n\nsandalwood trees. There were also picumardas, kovidaras, saralas,\nsura-darus, grapes, sugarcane, bananas, jamhu, badaris, ak�as,\n\nabhayas and amalakis.\n\nTEXTS 14-19\n\nfiR�: ������it �ijqitRf't: I\n��: �� ���������\n'\"'(�qe€fil��fw:r�\n1\n'l�qif�i �� �e\\({�: II�'-\\II\n�\n(e�t(lliSef� :qtta�: ij'R�(,q\n1\n�f!(\\t�1_�ie��Q4(\nII�G,II\n...\n\n�\n\n�¥'0qe�:q��:tR:\n\nI\n\nEMMI�d«wtewt'lq���ei�d¥(\n\nll ��II\n\n·\n���\n��&::\n���+1�\ndt'.\\11 � • .,�\n.... ���\n\n� II� �II\n&'f:\n\ni�: ���: ftrft�: ¢11�: I\n��: ��fu;fitt���af�: 11��11\n���R� m�Kmf�: 1\nbilvaib, lwpitthair jambirair\nvrto bhalliitakiidibhib,\ntasmin sarab, suvipulam\nlasat-kiincana-parikajam\nkumudotpala-kahliirasatapatra-sriyorjitam\nmatta-$a!-pada-nirghU$!arh\nsakuntaiS ca kala-svanaib,\n\n", "SB8.1#p0078": "The Elephant Gajendra's Crisis\n\nText 19)\n\n51\n\nhamsa-karar.u;lavakirr:rnm\ncakriihvai/:t siirasair api\njalakukkuta-koyWf#datyuha-kula-kujitam\nmatsya-kacchapa-saiiciiracalat-padma-raja/:t-paya/:t\nkadamba-vetasa-nalanipa-vafijulakair vrtam\nkundai/:t kurubakiiSokai/:t\nsir�ai/:t kutajerigudai/:t\nkubjakai/:t svarr:rn-yuthibhir\nniiga-punnaga-jatibhi/:t\nmallika-satapatraiS ca\nmadhavi-jalakadibhi/:t\nsobhitarh tira-jaiS ciinyair\nnityartubhir alam drumai/:t\nbilvai/:t-bilva trees; kapitthai/:t-kapittha trees; jambirai/:t-jambira\ntrees;\n\nvrta/:t-surrounded\n\nby;\n\nbhalliitaka-iidibhi/:t-bhalliitaka and\n\nother trees; tasmin-in that garden; sara/:t-a lake; su-vipulam-which\nwas very large; lasat-shining; kaficana-golden; parika-jam-filled\nwith lotus flowers;\n\nkumuda-of kumuda flowers;\n\nutpala-utpala\n\nflowers; kahliira-kahliira flowers; satapatra-and satapatra flowers;\nsriya-with the beauty; urjitam-excellent; matta-intoxicated; $atpada-bees; nirghU$!am-hummed; sakuntai/:t-with the chirping of\nbirds;\n\nca-and; kala-svanai/:t-whose songs were very melodious;\n\nhamsa-swans;\n\nkiirar.u;lava-karar.u;lavas;\n\ncakriihvai/:t-cakriivakas;\nkukkuta-water\n\nsiirasai/:t-cranes;\n\nchickens;\n\niikirr:rnm-crowded\n\nwith;\n\napi-as well as;\n\njala­\n\nkoyWf!i-koyWf!is;\n\ndatyuha-datyuhas;\n\nkula-Bocks of; kiijitam-murmured; matsya-o£ the fish; kacchapaand tortoises; saiiciira-because of the movements; calat-agitating;\npadma-of the lotuses; raja/:t-by the pollen; paya/:t-the water (.was\ndecorated);\n\nkadamba-kadambas;\n\nvetasa-vetasas;\n\nnala-nalas;\n\n", "SB8.1#p0079": "52\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 2\n\nnipa-nipas;\nvafijulakail;-vafijulakas;\nvrtam-surrounded\nby;\nkundail;-kundas; kurubaka-kurubakas; a§okai/;-aSokas; siri$ail;siri$as; kil!aja-kiltajas; irigudail;-irigudas; ' kubjakail;-kubjakas;\nsvarr:w-yuthibhil; -svarr:u;t-yilthfs; naga-nagas; punnaga-punnagas;\njatibhil;-jatfs; mallika-mallikas; satapatrail;-satapatras; ca-also;\nmiidhavi-miidhavfs; jalakadibhil;-jalakas; sobhitam-adorned; tirajail;-growing on the banks; ca-and; anyail;-others; nitya-rtubhil;in all seasons; a/am-abundantly; drumail;-with trees (bearing flowers\nand fruits).\nTRANSLATION\nIn that garden there was a very large lake filled with shining\n\ngolden lotus flowers and the flowers known as kumuda, kahlara,\n\nutpala and satapatra, which added excellent beauty to the moun­\n\ntain. There were also bilva, kapittha, jambira and bhallataka trees.\n\nIntoxicated bumblebees drank honey and hummed with the chirp­\n\ning of the birds, whose songs were very melodious. The lake was\n\ncrowded with swans, kiiraJ.l9avas, cakriivakas, cranes, and flocks of\n\nwater chickens, datyiihas, koy�tis and other murmuring birds.\n\nBecause of the agitating movements of the fish and tortoises, the\nwater was decorated with pollen that had fallen from the lotus\n\nflowers. The lake was surrounded by kadamba flowers, vetasa\n\nflowers, nalas, nipas, vafijulakas, kundas, kurubakas, a8okas,\nsiri�as, kutajas, irigudas, kubjakas, svarJ.la-yftthis, nagas, pun­\n\nnagas, jatis, mallikas, satapatras, jalakas and madhavi-latas. The\nbanks were also abundantly adorned with varieties of trees that\nyielded flowers and fruits in all seasons. Thus the entire mountain\nstood gloriously decorated.\n\nPURPORT\nJudging from the exhaustive description of the lakes and rivers on\nTrikiita Mountain, on earth there is no comparison to their superexcellence. On other planets, however, there are many such wonders. For\ninstance, we understand that there are two million different types of\n\ntrees, and not all of them are exhibited on earth. Snmad-Bhagavatam\npresents the total knowledge of the affairs of the universe. It not only describes this universe, but also takes into account the spiritual world\n\n", "SB8.1#p0080": "Text 21]\n\nThe Elephant Gajendra's Crisis\n\n53\n\nbeyond the universe. No one can challenge the Srirood-Bhagavatam 's\ndescriptions of the material and spiritual worlds. The attempts to go from\nthe earth to the moon have failed, but the people of earth can understand\nwhat exists on other planets. There is no need of imagination; one may\n\ntake actual knowledge from Srirood-Bhagavatam and be satisfied.\nTEXT 20\n\nij'��wrwn�:\n\n�cro\n\n���\n\n��\n\n����\nf€«�11�g(!q ����qmWl_ ll' II\no\n\ntatraikada tad-giri-kananiiSrayab,\n\nkarer:tubhir varar:ta-yiltha-pa§ caran\n\nsakar:ttakarh kicaka-ver:tu-vetravad\n\nviSala-gulmarh prarujan vanaspatin\n\ntatra-therein; ekada-once upon a time; tat-giri-of that mountain\n\n(Trikuta); kanana-asrayab,-who lives in the forest; karer:tubhib,-ac­\n\ncompanied by female elephants; viirar:ta-yiltha-pab,-the leader of the\nelephants; caran-while wandering (toward the lake); sa-kar:ttakam-a\n\nplace full of thorns; kicaka-ver:tu-vetra-vat-with plants and creepers of\ndifferent names; viSala-gulmam-many thickets; prarujan-breaking;\nvanab,-patin-trees and plants.\nTRANSLATION\nThe leader of the elephants who lived in the forest of the mountain Trikuta once wandered toward the lake with his female\nelephants. He broke many plants, creepers, thickets and trees, not\ncaring for their piercing thorns.\nTEXT 21\n\n�tit\n\n��\n��� Olfl�: �: I\n\n", "SB8.1#p0081": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n54\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 2\n\n¥t�{·n�R �\n��:\nyad-gandha-matrad dharayo gajendrii\nvyaghriidayo vyiila-mrgab, sakluuJgab,\nmahoragiiS ciipi bhayad dravanti\nsagaura-kr�r:Ui!t sarabhiiS camaryab,\nyat-gandha-miitriit-simply by the scent of that elephant; harayab,lions;\n\ngaja-indriib,-other\n\nanimals\n\nlike\n\ntigers;\n\nelephants;\n\nvyaghra-iidayab,-ferocious\n\nvyala-mrgab,-other\n\nferocious\n\nanimals;\n\nsa­\n\nkluuJgab,-rhinoceroses; mahii-uragiib,-big, big serpents; ca-also;\napi-indeed; bhayiit-because of fear; dravanti-running away; sawith;\n\ngaura-kr�r:Uift-some of them white,\n\nsome of them black;\n\nsarabhiib,-sarabhas; camaryab,-also camarfs.\nTRANSLATION\nSimply by catching scent of that elephant, all the other\n\nelephants, the tigers and the other ferocious animals, such as lions,\n\nrhinoceroses, great serpents and black and white sarabhas, fled in\n\nfear. The camari deer also fled.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n����\nffl�\"Q0�h?H'!�¥till�\natrifSr � �t: �tJ��lftaT\ntt(\\a�'oa II��II\nfit\n\nq-oo\n\nvrka variihii mah�ar�a-salyii\ngopuccha-siiliivrka-marka!iiS ca\nanyatra �udrii hari1}iib, sa§iidaya§\ncaranty abhitii yad-anugraher:r-a\nvrkiib,-foxes;\n\nvariihiib,-boars;\n\nsalyab,-porcupines;\n\nmah�a-bu:ffaloes;\n\ngopuccha-a type of deer;\n\nr�a-bears;\n\nsiiliivrka-wolves;\n\n", "SB8.1#p0082": "The Elephant Gajendra's Crisis\n\nText 24]\n\n55\n\nmarkata�-monkeys; ca-and; anyatra-elsewhere; k$udra�-small\nanimals; harir:W�-deer; sa.Sa-adaya�-rabbits and others; caranti­\n\n)\n\nroaming (in the forest ; abhrta�-without fear; yat-anugraher:w-by\nthe mercy of that elephant.\nTRANSLATION\nBy the mercy of this elephant, animals like the foxes, wolves,\nbuffaloes, hears, boars, gopucchas, porcupines, monkeys, rabbits,\nthe other deer and many other small animals loitered elsewhere in\nthe forest. They were not afraid of him.\nPURPORT\nAll the animals were practically controlled by this elephant, yet although they could move without fear, because of respect they did not\nstand before him.\nTEXTS 23-24\n\n«\n\n���: emf�: ��fir�\n'!Ill\n\no\\\n\n+ti(���<+t<a�n\nmft rrft;an qft�: st!i6444{\n\nf.{,otf+tloftSfat��i(l�: II�� II\n«\"Usfwt�\n����\nf�frq{(lati(N��aJUI:\n'(({:\n\n�iR (ttlf{ijtrt �\n6i1ii4<l+tle+t¥.tl•+t({ aij1{_ tt�\\lll\n\nsa gharma-tapta� karibhi� karer:tubhir\nvrto madacyut-karabhair anudruta�\ngirim garimr:W parita� prakampayan\nni§evyamdTJO 'likulair mada.Sanai�\nsaro 'nilam pmikaja-rer:tu-ril:jitam\njighran viduran mada-vihvalek$ar:w�\n\n", "SB8.1#p0083": "Srimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n56\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 2\n\nvrta!t sva-yuthena tr$iirditena tat\nsarovariibhyiisam athagamad drutam\nsalt-he (the leader of the elephants); gharma-tapta!t-perspiring;\nkaribhi!t-by other elephants; karer:tubhi!t-as well as female elephants;\nvrta!t-surrounded;\n\nmada-cyut-liquor dripping from his mouth;\n\nkarabhai!t-by small elephants; anudruta!t-was followed; girim-that\nmountain; garim1J,ii-by the weight of the body; parita!t-all around;\nprakampayan-causing to tremble; ni$eryamiir:ta!t-being served; alikulai!t-by\n\nthe\n\nbumblebees;\n\nmada-a.Sanai!t-who\n\ndrank\n\nhoney;\n\nsara!t-from the lake; anilam-the breeze; parikaja-rer:tu-ril$itamcarrying the dust from the lotus flowers; jighran-smelling; viduriitfrom a distance; mada-vihvala-being intoxicated; ik$ar:ta!t-whose\nvision; vrta!t-surrounded; sva-yuthena-by his own associates; tr$iiarditena-who were affiicted by thirst; tat-that; sarovara-abhyiisamto the bank of the lake; atha-thus; agamat-went; drutam-very\nsoon.\nTRANSLATION\nSurrounded by the herd's other elephants, including females,\nand followed by the young ones , Gajapati, the leader of the\nelephants, made Trikiita Mountain tremble all around because of\nthe weight of his body. He was perspiring, liquor dripped from his\nmouth, and his vision was overwhelmed by intoxication. He was\nbeing served by bumblebees who drank honey, and from a\ndistance he could smell the dust of the lotus flowers, which was\ncarried from the lake by the breeze. Thus surrounded by his associates, who were afBicted by thirst, he soon arrived at the bank of\nthe lake.\nTEXT 25\n\nf%m� 6Mostflttl+!! ��\n�'1l�N�1�q��Mt(\nqqT f;l� r��'�'�';:jq�: �q:qrifttmq: II �'-\\11\n\n", "SB8.1#p0084": "Text\n\n26)\n\nThe Elephant Gajendra's Crisis\n\n57\n\nvigahya tasminn amrtambu nirmalam\nhemaravindotpala-re�u-1\"fl$itam\npapau nikamam nija-p�karoddhrtam\natmanam adbhi/:t snapayan gata-klama/:t\nvigahya-entering; tasmin-into the lake; amrta-ambu-water as\npure as nectar; nirmalam-crystal clear; hema-very cold; aravindautpala-from the lilies and lotuses; re�u-with the dust; rU$itamwhich was mixed; papau-he drank; nikamam-until fully satisfied;\nnija-own; p�kara-uddhrtam-drawing with his trunk; atmanamhimself; adbhi/:t-with water; snapayan-bathing thoroughly; gataklama/:t-was relieved of all fatigue.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King of the elephants entered the lake, bathed thoroughly\nand was relieved of his fatigue. Then, with the aid of his trunk, he\ndrank the cold, clear, nectarean water, which was mixed with the\ndust of lotus flowers and water lilies, until he was fully satisfied.\nTEXT\n\n«\n\n26\n\n���il�n€hO¥ifll­\n\nf.\\\"qp:p-4���� � I\niuft �: €h�f� ��\n;n�\n\n�� ��� 11��11\n\nsa p�kare�ddhrta-sikarambubhir\nnipayayan saritsnapayan yatha grhi\nghr�i kare�u/:t karabhams ca durmado\nniica§!a krcchram krpa� 'ja-mayaya\nsa/:t-he (the leader of the elephants); p�kare�-with his trunk;\nuddhrta-by drawing out; sikara-ambubhi/:t-and sprinkling the water;\nnipayayan-causing them to drink; saritsnapayan-and bathing them;\nyatha-as; grhi-a householder; ghroi-always kind (to the members\nof\n\nhis\n\nfamily);\n\nkare�u/:t-to\n\nhis\n\nwives,\n\nthe\n\nfemale\n\nelephants;\n\n", "SB8.1#p0085": "58\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 2\n\nkarabhan-to the children; ca-as well as; durmada�-who is too attached to the members of his family; na-not; ilcll$!a-considered;\nkrcchram-hardship;\n\nkrpa��-being without spiritual knowledge;\n\naja-mayaya -because of the influence of the external, illusory energy of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nLike a human being who lacks spiritual knowledge and is too at­\n\ntached to the members of his family, the elephant, being illusioned\n\nby the external energy of Kr�1,1a, had his wives and children bathe\n\nand drink the water. Indeed, he raised water from the lake with his\ntrunk and sprayed it over them. He did not mind the hard labor involved in this endeavor.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nij\n\n��q ���ta.Jt\n�if�M� ���\n�� �;f iRil �\n�?.l(q� msreifil �� 11�\\911\nijS)\"\n\ntam tatra ka.Scin nrpa daiva-codito\ngraho baliyams cara� rU§iigrahit\nyadrcchayaivam vyasanam gato gajo\nyatha-balam so 'tibalo vicakrame\n\ntam-him (Gajendra); tatra-there (in the water); kaScit-someone ;\nnrpa-0 King; daiva codita �-inspired by providence; graha �-cro\n-\n\ncodile;\n\nbaliyan -very powerful;\n\ncara�-his foot;\n\n­\n\nrU§d-angrily;\n\nagrahit-captured; yadrcchaya -occurring due to providence; evamsuch;\n\nvyasanam-a\n\ndangerous\n\ngaja �-the elephant; yat ha balam\n-\n\nposition;\n-\n\ngata�-having obtained;\n\naccording to his strength; sa�-he;\n\nati-bala�-with great endeavor; vicakrame-tried to get out.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBy the arrangement of providence, 0 King, a strong crocodile\n\nwas angry at the elephant and attacked the elephant's leg in the\n\n", "SB8.1#p0086": "Text 29]\n\nThe Elephant Gajendra's Crisis\n\n59\n\nwater. The elephant was certainly strong, and he tried his best to\nget free from this danger sent by providence.\nTEXT 28\n\n�qf« �il\nfcltwot•uof � if� I\n���wrfevitsq� �:\nl{lf��l�ld4ti � :q'mfl_ II '<�II\n��\n\ntathiiturarh yutha-patirh kareT,Ulvo\nvikr$yamd7,Ulrh tarasa baliyasa\nvicukru.Sur dina-dhiyo 'pare gajaiJ,\npar�r:ti-grahas tarayiturh na casakan\ntatha-then; aturam-that grave condition; yutha-patim-the leader\nof the elephants; kareT,Ulva/:t-his wives;\n\nvikr�yamdT,Ulm-being at­\n\ntacked; tarasa-by the strength; baliyasa-by the strength (of the crocodile); vicukrusu/:t-began to cry; dina-dhiya/:t-who were less intelligent; apare-the other; gajaiJ,-elephants; pdr$r:ti-graha/:t-grasping\nhim from behind; tarayitum-to free; na-not; ca-also; a5akanwere able.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, seeing Gajendra in that grave condition, his wives\nfelt very, very sorry and began to cry. The other elephants wanted\nto help Gajendra, but because of the crocodile's great strength,\nthey could not rescue him by grasping him from behind.\nTEXT 29\n\nf;(��t[ffl��titfttq\\t�\"'t(w-i:l�ffl ifft�: I\n�: m �il�Wl �'Tqij\n«mop:nf�:{l{�llm:\n\n11 � Q,ll\n\n", "SB8.1#p0087": "60\n\nSrirnad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 2\n\nniyudhyator evam ibhendra-nakrayor\nvikar$ator antarato bahir mitha/:t\nsama/:t sahasram ryagaman mahi-pate\nsaprary,ayo5 citram amarilsatamara/:t\nniyudhyatol;-fighting;\nelephant;\n\nantaratal;-in the water;\n\nibha-indra-of the\n\nevam-in this way;\n\nnakrayol;-and\n\nthe\n\ncrocodile;\n\nvikar$atol;-pulling;\n\nbahi/:t-outside the water;\n\nmithal;-one\n\nanother; sama/:t-years; sahasram-one thousand; ryagaman-passed;\nmahi-pate-0 King; sa-prary,ayol;-both alive;\n\ncitram-wonderful;\n\namarilsata-considered; amara/:t-the demigods.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, the elephant and the crocodile fought in this way, pull­\n\ning one another in and out of the water, for one thousand years.\n\nUpon seeing the fight, the demigods were very surprised.\n\ntato gajendrasya mano-balaujasam\nkalena dirgher:ta mahan abhud ryaya/:t\nvikr$yamar:tasya jale 'vasidato\nviparyayo 'bhut sakalam jalaukasal;\ntata/:t-thereafter; gaja-indrasya-of the King of the elephants;\nmanal;-of the strength of enthusiasm; bala-the physical strength;\nojasam-and the strength of the senses; kalena-because of years of\nfighting;\n\ndirghery,a,-prolonged;\n\nmahan-great;\n\nabhut-became;\n\nvyayal;-the expenditure; vikr$yamar:tasya-who was being pulled (by\nthe crocodile); }ale-into the water (a foreign place); avasidata/:treduced (mental, physical and sensory strength); viparyayal;-the op-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0088": "Text 30]\n\nThe Elephant Gajendra's Crisis\n\n61\n\nposite; abhUt-became; sakalam-all of them; ja la-okasa b,- the crocodile, whose home is the water.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, because of being pulled into the water and fighting\nfor many long years, the elephant became diminished in his mental, physical and sensual strength. The crocodile, on the contrary,\nbeing an animal of the water, increased in enthusiasm, physical\nstrength and sensual power.\nPURPORT\nIn the fighting between the elephant and the crocodile, the difference\nwas that although the elephant was extremely powerful, he was in a\nforeign place, in the water. During one thousand years of fighting, he\ncould not get any food, and under the circumstances his bodily strength\ndiminished, and because his bodily strength diminished, his mind also\nbecame weak and his senses less powerful. The crocodile, however, being\nan animal of the water, had no difficulties. He was getting food and was\ntherefore getting mental strength and sensual encouragement. Thus\nwhile the elephant became reduced in strength, the crocodile became\nmore and more powerful. Now, from this we may take the lesson that in\nour fight with maya we should not be in a position in which our strength,\nenthusiasm and senses will be unable to fight vigorously. Our K.r�I.J.a consciousness movement has actually declared war against the illusory energy, in which all the living entities are rotting in a false understanding\nof civilization. The soldiers in this K.r�I.J.a consciousness movement must\nalways possess physical strength, enthusiasm and sensual power. To keep\nthemselves fit, they must therefore place themselves in a normal condition of life. What constitutes a normal condition will not be the same for\neveryone, and therefore there are divisions of varr:uiSrama-brahma�,\n�atriya, vaiSya, siidra, brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa. Especially in this age, Kali-yuga, it is advised that no one take\nsannyasa.\na§vamedham gavalambham\nsannyasam pala-paitrkam\n\n", "SB8.1#p0089": "62\n\nSrbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 2\n\ndevarer:w sutotpattim\nkalau paiica vivarjayet\n(Brahma-vaivarta Purana)\nFrom this we can understand that in this age the sannyasa-asrama is\n\nforbidden because people are not strong. Sri: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nshowed us an example in taking sannyasa at the age of twenty-four\n\nyears, but even Sarvabhauma Bhattaciirya advised Sri: Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu to be extremely careful because He had taken sannyasa at an\nearly age. For preaching we give young boys sannyiisa, but actually it is\n\nbeing experienced that they are not fit for sannyasa. There is no harm,\n\nhowever, if one thinks that he is unfit for sannyiisa; if he is very much\n\nagitated sexually, he should go to the asrama where sex is allowed,\n\nnamely the grhastha-asrama. That one has been found to be very weak\n\nin one place does not mean that he should stop fighting the crocodile of\nmaya. One should take shelter of the lotus feet of K.r�l)a, as we shall see\n\nGajendra do, and at the same time one can be a grhastha if he is satisfied\n\nwith sexual indulgence. There is no need to give up the fight. Sri:\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu therefore recommended, sthane sthita/:t sruti­\n\ngatam tanu-vari-marwbhi/:t. One may stay in whichever asrama is suit­\n\nable for him; it is not essential that one take sannyasa. If one is sexually\nagitated, he can enter the grhastha-asrama. But one must continue fight­\n\ning. For one who is not in a transcendental position, to take sannyiisa ar­\n\ntificially is not a very great credit. If sannyiisa is not suitable, one may\n\nenter the grhastha-asrama and fight maya with great strength. But one\nshould not give up the fighting and go away.\nTEXT 31\n\n� f(��: � � ij�\n� � ftlm t�t'l)0t�r 1\narql(tt'I�'IN��\nf�\n��'It �'Ntl-\"lfqa� II�� II\nittham gajendra/:t sa yadapa sarikatam\nprar:tasya dehi viva§o yadrcchaya\n\n", "SB8.1#p0090": "Text 31]\n\nThe Elephant Gajendra's Crisis\n\n63\n\napiirayann iitma-vimok$ar:te cirarh\ndadhyiiv imam buddhim athiibhyapadyata\nittham-in this way; gaja-indrab,-the King of the elephants; sab,he; yadii-when; iipa-obtained; sarikatam-such a dangerous position; priir:tasya-of life; dehi-who is embodied; viva.Sab,-circumstantially helpless; yadrcchayii-by the will of providence; apiirayanbeing unable; iitma-vimok$ar:te-to save himself; ciram-for a long\ntime; dad hyau-began to think seriously; imam-this; buddhim-decision; atha-thereupon; abhyapadyata- reached.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the King of the elephants saw that he was under the\nclutches of the crocodile by the will of providence and, being embodied and circumstantially helpless, could not save himself from\ndanger, he was extremely afraid of being killed. He consequently\nthought for a long time and finally reached the following decision.\nPURPORT\nEveryone in the material world is engaged in a struggle for existence.\nEveryone tries to save himself from danger, but when one is unable to\nsave himself, if he is pious, he then takes shelter of the lotus feet of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(7.16):\ncatur-vidhii bhajante mam\njaniib, sukrtino 'rjuna\niirto jijfiiisur arthiirthi\njfiiini ca bharatar$abha\nFour kinds of pious men-namely, one who is in danger, one who is in\nneed of money, one who is searching for knowledge and one who is inquisitive-begin to take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nin order to be saved or to advance. The King of the elephants, in his condition of danger, decided to seek shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord.\nMter considerable thought, he intelligently arrived at this correct decision. Such a decision is not reached by a sinful man. Therefore in\n\n", "SB8.1#p0091": "64\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 2\n\nBhagavad-gitci it is said that those who are pious (sukrti) can decide that\nin a dangerous or awkward condition one should seek shelter of the lotus\nfeet of l<.r�J.la.\nTEXT 32\n\n;r �it �\n\n3TTQ� �:\niQ: ��: srqq� mf� 1\n\nmtor � ftNT�l� :q � �Pt � 'HltiOI( ������\nna mcim ime jiiiitaya aturarh gaja�\nkuta� karir:tya� prabhavanti mocitum\ngraher:ta pasena vidhcitur avrto\n'py aharh ca tam yami pararh parayartQ.m\n\nn.a-not; mcim-me; ime-all these; jiicitaya�-friends and relatives\n(the other elephants); aturam-in my distress; gajci�-the elephant;\nkuta�-how; karir:tya�-my wives; prabhavanti-are able; mocitumto deliver (from this dangerous position); graher:ta-by the crocodile;\npasena-by the network of ropes; vidhcitu�-of providence; avrta�captured; api-although (I am in such a position); aham-1; ca-also;\ntam-that (Supreme Personality of Godhead); yami-take shelter of;\nparam-who is transcendental; parayar:tam-and who is the shelter of\neven the exalted demigods like Brahma and Siva.\nTRANSLATION\nThe other elephants, who are my friends and relatives, could not\n\nrescue me from this danger. What then to speak of my wives?\n\nThey cannot do anything. It is by the will of providence that I have\nbeen attacked by this crocodile, and therefore I shall seek shelter\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is always the shelter\nof everyone, even of great personalities.\nPURPORT\n\nThis material world is described as padarh padarh yad vipadcim,\nwhich means that at every step there is danger. A fool wrongly thinks\n\n", "SB8.1#p0092": "Text 33]\n\nThe Elephant Gajendra's Crisis\n\n65\n\nthat he is happy in this material world, but in fact he is not, for one who\nthinks that way is only illusioned. At every step, at every moment, there\nis danger. In modern civilization one thinks that if he has a nice home\nand a nice car his life is perfect. In the Western countries, especially in\nAmerica, it is very nice to possess a good car, but as soon as one is on the\nroad, there is danger because at any moment an accident may take place\nand one will be killed. The record actually shows that so many people die\nin such accidents. Therefore if we actually think that this material world\nis a very happy place, this is our ignorance. Real knowledge is that this\nmaterial world is full of danger. We may struggle for existence as far as\nour intelligence allows and may try to take care of ourselves, but unless\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�Qa, ultimately saves us from\ndanger, our attempts will be useless. Therefore Prahlada Maharaja says:\n\nbalasya neha sara�m pitarau nrsimha\nnartasya ciigadam udanooti majjato nau/:t\ntaptasya tat-pratividhir ya ihanjase�!as\ntavad vibho tanu-bhrtam tvad-upe/cyitanam\n\n(Bhag. 7.9.19)\n\nWe may invent so many ways to be happy or to counteract the dangers of\nthis material world, but unless our attempts are sanctioned by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, they will never make us happy. Those\nwho try to be happy without taking shelter of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead are miif)has, rascals. Na mam d�krtino miif)ha/:t prapadyante\n\nnaradhamal). Those who are the lowest of men refuse to take to Kr�Qa\nconsciousness because they think that they will be able to protect themselves without Kr�Qa's care. This is their mistake. The decision of the\nKing of the elephants, Gajendra, was correct. In such a dangerous position, he sought shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 33\ntr: ��m ilf�s�� fffit\n\nS(=qo��·����) � 1\nqm srq-..;f qf� ���: SNl*tl(ai �� 11��11\n\n", "SB8.1#p0093": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n66\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 2\n\nya/:1. ka.Scaneso balino 'ntakoragat\npracar:u;la-vegad abhidhavato bhrsam\nbhitaril prapannaril paripati yad-bhayan\nmrtyu/:1. pradhavaty arar:w-m tam imahi\nya/:1.-He who (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); ka.Scanasomeone;\n\niSa/:1.-the\n\nsupreme\n\ncontroller;\n\nbalina/:1.-very powerful;\n\nantaka-uragat-from the great serpent of time, which brings death;\npracar:u;la-vegat-whose force is fearful; abhidhavata/:1.-who is chasing; bhrsam-endlessly (every hour and every minute); bhitam-one\nwho is afraid of death; prapannam-who is surrendered (to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead); paripati-He protects; yat-bhayatfrom fear of the Lord; mrtyu/:1.-death itself; pradhavati-runs away;\narar:w-m-the actual shelter of everyone; tam-unto Him; imahi-I surrender or take shelter.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is certainly not known to\n\neveryone, but He is very powerful and influential. Therefore, al­\n\nthough the serpent of eternal time, which is fearful in force,\n\nendlessly chases everyone, ready to swallow him, if one who fears\nthis serpent seeks shelter of the Lord, the Lord gives him protec­\n\ntion, for even death runs away in fear of the Lord. I therefore sur­\n\nrender unto Him, the great and powerful supreme authority who\n\nis the actual shelter of ever yone.\n\nPURPORT\nOne who is intelligent understands that there i.s a great and supreme\nauthority above everything. That great authority appears in different incarnations to save the innocent from disturbances. As confirmed in\nBhagavad-gita (4.8), paritra�Jfiya sadhilnam vinasaya ca d�krtam: the\nLord appears in His various incarnations for two purposes-to annihilate\nthe d�krti, the sinful, and to protect His devotees. The King of the\nelephants decided to surrender unto Him. This is intelligent. One must\nknow that great Supreme Personality of Godhead and surrender unto\nHim. The Lord comes personally to instruct us how to be happy, and only\n\n", "SB8.1#p0094": "Text 33)\n\nThe Elephant Gajendra' s Crisis\n\n67\n\nfools and rascals do not see by intelligence this supreme authority, the\nSupreme Person. In the sruti-mantra it is said:\n\nbhf!;iismiid viita/:t pavate\nbhf!;odeti surya/:t\nbhf!;asmiid agniS candra§ ca\nmrtyur dhavati pancama/:t\n( Taittiriya Upani$ad 2.8)\nIt is out of fear of the Supreme Personality of Godhead that the wind is\nblowing, that the sun is distributing heat and light, and that death is\nchasing everyone. Thus there is a supreme controller, as confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gita (9 .l 0): mayadhyakfte1Jn prakrti/:t suyate sacaracaram.\nThis material manifestation is working so well because of the supreme\ncontroller. Any intelligent person, therefore, can understand that there\nis a supreme controller. Furthermore, the supreme controller Himself\nappears as Lord _Kr�I_la, as Lord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu and as Lord\nRiimacandra to give us instructions and to show us by example how to\nsurrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Yet those who are\n\nd�krti, the lowest of men, do not surrender (na miim d�krtino mil4ha/:t\nprapadyante naradhamii/:t).\nIn Bhagavad-gita the Lord clearly says, mrtyu/:t sarva-hara§ caham:\n\"I am all-devouring death.\" Thus mrtyu, or death, is the representative\nwho takes everything away from the living entity who has accepted a material body. No one can say, \"I do not fear death.\" This is a false proposition. Everyone fears death. However, one who seeks shelter of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead can be saved from death. One may\nargue, \"Does the devotee not die?\" The answer is that a devotee certainly must give up his body, for the body is material. The difference is,\nhowever, that for one who surrenders to _Kr�I).a fully and who is protected by _Kr�Qa, the present body is his last; he will not again receive a\nmaterial body to be subjected to death. This is assured in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(4.9). Tyaktva deham punar janma naiti miim eti so 'rjuna: a devotee,\nafter giving up his body, does not accept a material body, but returns\nhome, back to Godhead. We are always in danger because at any moment\ndeath can take place. It is not that only Gajendra, the King of the\n\n", "SB8.1#p0095": "68\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 2\n\nelephants, was afraid of death. Everyone should fear death because\n\neveryone is caught by the crocodile of eternal time and may die at any\n\nmoment. The best course, therefore, is to seek shelter of l(r�Q.a, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and be saved from the struggle for ex­\n\nistence in this material world, in which one repeatedly takes birth and\n\ndies. To reach this understanding is the ultimate goal of life.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Second\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Elephant Gajendra's\nCruns. \"\n.\n\n.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0096": "CHAPTER THREE\n\nGajendra's Pra yers of Surrender\nIn this chapter, the prayers by Gajendra, the King of the elephants, are\ndescribed. It appears that the King of the elephants was formerly a\nhuman being known as lndradyumna and that he learned a prayer to the\nSupreme Lord. Fortunately he remembered that prayer and began to\nchant it to himself. First he offered his respectful obeisances to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and because of his awkward position in\nhaving been attacked by the crocodile, he expressed his inability to recite\n\nprayers nicely. Nonetheless, he tried to chant the mantra and expressed\nhimself in appropriate words as follows.\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the cause of all causes, the\noriginal person from whom everything has emanated. He is the root\ncause of this cosmic manifestation, and the entire cosmos rests in Him,\nyet He is transcendental, for He does everything in relation to the material world through His external energy. He is eternally situated in the\nspiritual world-in VaikUI).tha or Goloka V:rndavana-where He engages\nin His eternal pastimes. The material world is a product of His external\nenergy, or material nature, which works under His direction. It is thus\nthat creation, maintenance and annihilation take place. The Lord exists\nat all times. This is extremely difficult for a nondevotee to understand.\nAlthough the transcendental Supreme Personality of Godhead is perceivable by everyone, only the pure devotees perceive His presence and\nactivities. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is completely free from\nmaterial birth, death, old age and disease. Indeed, if anyone in this material world takes shelter of Him, he also becomes situated in that transcendental position. For the satisfaction of the devotee\n\n(paritrii1).dya\n\nsadhuniim), the Lord appears and exhibits His activities. His appearance,\n\ndisappearance and other pastimes are not at all material. One who knows\nthis secret can enter the kingdom of God. In the Lord, all opposing elements are adjusted. The Lord is situated in everyone's heart. He is the\ncontroller of everything, He is the witness of all activities, and He is the\noriginal source of all living entities. Indeed, all living entities are parts of\n\n69\n\n", "SB8.1#p0097": "70\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 8, Ch 3\n.\n\nHim, for He is the origin of Maha-Vi�l}.u, who is the source of the living\n\nentities within this material world. The Lord can observe the activities of\nour senses, which can work and achieve material results because of His\nmercy. Although He is the original source of everything, He is untouched by any of His by-products. In this way He is like a gold mine,\n\nwhich is the source of gold in ornaments and yet is different from the or­\n\nnaments themselves. The Lord is worshiped by the method prescribed in\nthe Pancaratras. He is the source of our knowledge, and He can give us\n\nliberation. Therefore it is our duty to understand Him according to the\n\ninstructions of devotees, in particular the spiritual master. Although for\nus the mode of goodness is covered, by following the instructions of\nsaintly persons and the spiritual master we can be freed from material\n\nclutches.\n\n\"The self-effulgent material form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is adored by nondevotees, His impersonal form is adored by those\n\nadvanced in spiritual knowledge, and His feature as the localized\nSupersoul is appreciated by yogis. But His original form as a person is\n\nunderstood only by devotees. That Supreme Personality of Godhead is\ncompetent to dissipate the darkness of the conditioned soul through His\ninstructions in\n\nBhagavad-gitii.\n\nHe is the ocean of transcendental\n\nqualities and can be understood only by liberated persons freed from the\n\nbodily concept of life. By His causeless mercy, the Lord can rescue the\n\nconditioned soul from the material clutches and enable him to return\n\nhome, back to Godhead, to become His personal associate. Nonetheless, a\npure devotee does not aspire to go back to Godhead; he is simply satisfied\nwith executing his service in this material world. A pure devotee does not\nask anything from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. His only prayer\nis to be freed from the material conception of life and to be engaged in\nthe Lord's transcendental loving service.\"\n\nIn this way the King of the elephants, Gajendra, offered prayers\n\ndirectly to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, without mistaking Him\nfor one of the demigods. None of the demigods came to see him, not even\nBrahma or Siva. Rather, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Narayal}.a,\nseated on GarUI;la, personally appeared before him. Gajendra, by lifting\nhis trunk, offered obeisances to the Lord, and the Lord immediately\n\npulled him from the water along with the crocodile who had captured his\nleg. Then the Lord killed the crocodile and thus rescued Gajendra.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0098": "Text 1]\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\n71\n\nTEXT 1\n\nrit�rq�T�CIR\n�� otfeJRtffl ��� ijltNTtf � �� I\n�q q� � SJllllf.=¥i'\"4�Ntf� I I � II\nsri-badaraya�ir uvaca\nevam vyavasito buddhya\nsamddhaya mano hrdi\njajiipa paramam japyam\npriig-janmany anu§ilcyitam\nsri-badariiya�ib, uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosviimi said; evam-thus;\nvyavasitab,-,fixed; buddhyii-by intelligence; samddhaya-for concentration; manab,-the mind; hrdi-in consciousness or in the heart;\n\njajiipa-he chanted; paramam-a supreme; japyam-mantra he had\nlearned from great devotees; priik-janmani-in his previous birth;\n\nanu§ilcyitam-practiced.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi continued: Thereafter, the King of the\n\nelephants, Gajendra, fixed his mind in his heart with perfect intel­\n\nligence and chanted a mantra which he had learned in his previous\n\nbirth as lndradyumna and which he remembered by the grace of\n\n�1].8.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSuch remembrance is described in Bhagavad-gitii (6.43-44):\n\ntatra tam buddhi-samyogam\nlabhate paurva-dehikam\nyatate ca tato bhuyab,\nsamsiddhau kuru-nandana\npurviibhyasena tenaiva\nhriyate hy ava§o 'pi sab,\nIn these verses it is assured that even if a person engaged in devotional\nservice falls down, he is not degraded, but is placed in a position in which\n\n", "SB8.1#p0099": "72\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nhe will in due course of time remember the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As explained later, Gajendra was formerly King lndradyurnna, and\nsomehow or other in his next life he became King of the elephants. Now\nGajendra was in danger, and although he was in a body other than that of\na human being, he remembered the stotra he had ohanted in his previous\nlife. Yatate ca tato bhuya/.t samsiddhau kuru-nandana. To enable one to\nachieve perfection, Kr�I).a gives one the chance to remember Him again.\nThis is proved here, for although the King of the elephants, Gajendra,\nwas put in danger, this was a chance for him to remember his previous\ndevotional activities so that he could immediately be rescued by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nIt is imperative, therefore, that all devotees in Kr�I).a consciousness\npractice chanting some mantra. Certainly one should chant the Hare\nKr�I).a mantra, which is the maha-mantra, or great mantra, and also one\nshould practice chanting cintamar:ti-prakara-sadmasu or the Nrsirhha\nstrotra (ito nrsimha}_t parato nrsimho yato yato yami tato nrsimha/.t).\nEvery devotee should practice in order to chant some mantra perfectly so\nthat even though he may be imperfect in spiritual consciousness in this\nlife, in his next life he will not forget Kr�I).a consciousness, even if he becomes an animal. Of course, ; devotee should try to perfect his Kr�I).a\nconsciousness in this life, for simply by understanding Kr�I).a and His instructions, after giving up this body one can return horne, back to Godhead. Even if there is some falldown, practice of Kr�I).a consciousness\nnever goes in vain. For example, Ajarnila, in .his boyhood, practiced\nchanting the name of Narayal).a under the direction of his father, but\nlater, in his youth, he fell down and became a drunkard, woman-hunter,\nrogue and thief. Nonetheless, because of chanting the name of Niiriiyal).a\nfor the purpose of calling his son, whom he had named Niiriiyal).a, he became advanced, even though he was involved in sinful activities.\nTherefore, we should not forget the chanting of the Hare Kr�I).a mantra\nunder any circumstances. It will help us in the greatest danger, as we\nfind in the life of Gajendra.\n\nTEXT2\n\n��Si�\n\n3fl 91ijt +r��ij � �ij �ij��q� I\n�qp;nf�'T�\nq��l{flf�'Pm: II � II\n\n", "SB8.1#p0100": "73\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\nText 2)\n\nsri-gajendra uviica\n\nom namo bhagavate tasrnai\n\nyata etac cid-atrnakam\npurU!Jayadi-bijaya\nparesayabhidhimahi\n\nsri-gajendra/:t uviica-Gajendra, the King of elephants, said; om-0\n\nmy Lord; narna/:t-1 offer my respectful obeisances unto You;\nbhagavate-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tasrnai-unto\nHim; yata/:t-from whom; etat-this body and the material manifestation; cit-atrnakam-is moving due to consciousness (the spirit soul);\npurU!Jaya-unto the Supreme Person; adi-bijaya-who is the origin or\nroot cause of everything; para-iSaya-who is supreme, transcendental\nand worshipable for such exalted persons as Brahma and Siva;\nabhidhirnahi let me meditate upon Him.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King of the elephants, Gajendra, said: I offer my respectful\nobeisances\n\nunto\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Person,\n\nVasudeva\n\n[om\n\nnamo\n\nbhagavate vasudevaya). Because of Him this material body acts due\nto the presence of spirit, and He is therefore the root cause of\neverY.:one. He is worshipable for such exalted persons as Brahms\nand Siva, and He has entered the heart of every living being. Let\nme meditate upon Him.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse the words etac cid-atrnakam are very important. The material body certainly consists only of material elements, but when one\nawakens to Kr�I).a conscious understanding, the body is no longer material but spiritual. The material body is meant for sense enjoyment,\nwhereas the spiritual body engages in the transcendental loving service\nof the Lord. Therefore, a devotee who engages in the service of the\nSupreme Lord and who constantly thinks of Him should never be considered to have a material body. It is therefore enjoined, gurU!Ju nararnati/:t: one should stop thinking of the spiritual master as an ordinary\nhuman being with a material body. Arcye V�IJUU silii-dhi/:t: everyone\n\n", "SB8.1#p0101": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n74\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nknows that the Deity in the temple is made of stone, but to think that the\n\nDeity is merely stone is an offense. Similarly, to think that the body of\n\nthe spiritual master consists of material ingredients is offensive. Atheists\nthink that devotees foolishly worship a stone statue as God and an ordi­\n\nnary man as the guru. The fact is, however, that by the grace of K{!?1.1a's\n\nomnipotence, the so-called stone statue of the Deity is directly the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and the body of the spiritual master is\n\ndirectly spiritual. A pure devotee who is engaged in unalloyed devotional\n\nservice should be understood to be situated on the transcendental platform\n\n(sa gw:u'in samatityaitiin brahma-bhuyaya kalpate). Let us\n\ntherefore offer our obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nby whose mercy so-called material things also become spiritual when\nthey are engaged in spiritual activity.\n\nOmkara (pra�va) is the symbolic sound representation of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Om tat sad iti nirdeso brahma� tri­\n\nvidha� smrta�: the three words om tat sat immediately invoke the\nSupreme Person. Therefore K{!?Q.a says that He is omkara in all the Vedic\nmantras (pra�va� sarva-vede$u). The Vedic mantras are pronounced\nbeginning with omkara to indicate immediately the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Srimad-Bhagavatam, for example, begins with the words\nom namo bhagavate vasudevaya. There is no difference between the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva, and omkara (pra�va). We\nshould be careful to understand that omkara does not indicate anything\nnirakara, or formless. Indeed, this verse immediately says, om nq_mo\nbhagavate. Bhagavan is a person. Thus omkiira is the representation of\nthe Supreme Person. Orhkara is not meant to be impersonal, as the\nMayavadi philosophers consider it to be. This is distinctly expressed here\n\nby the word pu�aya. The supreme truth addressed by omkara is\n\npu�a, the Supreme Person; He is not impersonal. Unless He is a per­\n\nson, how can He control the great, stalwart controllers of this universe?\n\nLord Vi!?Q.U, Lord Brahma and Lord Siva are the supreme controller� of\n\nthis universe, but Lord Vi!?Q.U is offered obeisances even by Lord Siva\n\nand Lord Brahma. Therefore this verse uses the word paresaya, which\n\nindicates that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is worshiped by ex­\n\nalted demigods. Paresaya means parame5vara. Lord Brahma and Lord\n\nSiva are iSvaras, great controllers, but Lord Vi!?Q.U is paramesvara, the\nsupreme controller.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0102": "Gajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\nText3)\n\n75\n\nTEXT3\n\n��� �({�� ��� � � �� I\n��q������� II� II\nyasminn idam yata§ cedam\nyenedam ya idam svayam\nyo 'smat parasmac ca paras\ntam prapadye svayambhuvam\nyasmin-the basic platform on which; idam-the universe rests;\nyataft-the\n\ningredients from which;\n\nmanifestation\n\nis\n\nproduced;\n\nyena-by\n\nca-and;\n\nidam-the\n\ncosmic\n\nwhom;\n\nidam-this\n\ncosmic\n\nmanifestation is created and maintained; yaft-He who; idam-this material world; svayam-is Himself; yaft-He who; asmat-from the\neffect (this material world); parasmat-from the cause; ca-and;\nparaft-transcendental or different; tam-unto Him; prapadye-I surrender; svayambhuvam-unto the supreme self-sufficient.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Godhead is the supreme platform on which everything rests, the ingredient by which everything has been produced, and the person who has created and is the only cause of this\ncosmic manifestation. Nonetheless, He is different from the cause\nand the result. I surrender unto Him, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who is self-sufficient in everything.\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (9.4) the Lord says, maya tatam idam sarvarh jagad\navyakta-milrtinii: \"I am the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but\neverything rests upon My energy, just as an earthen pot rests on the\nearth.\" The place where an earthen pot rests is also earth. Then again,\nthe earthen pot is manufactured by a potter, whose body is a product of\nearth. The potter's wheel with which the pot is made is an expansion of\nearth, and the ingredients from which the pot are made are also earth. As\n\n", "SB8.1#p0103": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n76\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nconfirmed in the sruti-mantra, yato vii imani bhatani jayante. yena\njiitani jivanti. yat prayanty abhisamviSanti. The original cause of everything is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and after being annihi­\n\nlated, everything enters into Him (prakrtim yanti miimikiim). Thus the\n\nSupreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead-Lord Ramacandra or Lord\n��1,1a-is the original cause of everything.\niSvaratt paramatt kr$TJatt\nsac-cid-ananda-vigrahatt\naniidir iidir govindatt\nsarva-kiiraT)-a-kiiraT)-am\n\"��J.la, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an\neternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other\n\norigin, for He is the prime cause of all causes.\" (Brahma-samhitii 5.1)\n\nThe Lord is the cause for everything, but there is no cause for Him.\nSarvam khalv idam brahma. Mat-sthiini sarva-bhatani na caham te$V\navasthitatt. Although He is everything, His personality is different from\nthe cosmic manifestation.\n\nTEXT4\n\n���� mmlf�\ntfif� fqm� fli :q ffil_ Rm� I\n31i?l(ti6.... �� �\nij' 3T��ij ijf 'rom: II \\l II\nq:\n\nyatt sviitmanidam nija-mayayarpitam\nkvacid vibhiitam kva ca tat tirohitam\naviddha-drk sak$y ubhayam tad ik$ate\nsa iitma-millo 'vatu miim pariit-paratt\nyatt-the Supreme Personality of Godhead who; sva-iitmani-in\nHim; idam-this cosmic manifestation; nija-miiyaya-by His own\npotency; arpitam-invested; kvacit-sometimes, at the beginning of a\nkalpa; vib hiitam-it is manifested; kva ca-sometimes, during dissolu-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0104": "Text 5)\n\n77\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\ntion; tat-that(manifestation); tirohitam-not visible; aviddha-drkHe sees everything (in all these circumstances); sak$i-the witness;\nubhayam-both (manifestation and annihilation);\n\ntat ik$ate-sees\n\neverything, without loss of sight; sa�-that Supreme Personality of Godhead; atma-mula�-sel£-sufficient, having no other cause; avatuplease give protection; mam-unto me; parat-para�-He is transcendental to transcendental, or above all transcendence.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, by expanding His own\nenergy, keeps this cosmic manifestation visible and again sometimes renders it invisible. He is both the supreme cause and the\nsupreme result, the observer and the witness, in all circumstances.\nThus He is transcendental to everything. May that Supreme Personality of Godhead give me protection.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead has multipotencies (parasya\nsaktir vividhaiva snlyate). Therefore, as soon as He likes, He uses one of\nHis potencies, and by that expansion He creates this cosmic manifestation. Again, when the cosmic manifestation is annihilated, it rests in\nHim. Nonetheless, He is infallibly the supreme observer. Under any\ncircumstances, the Supreme Lord is changeless. He is simply a witness\nand is aloof from all creation and annihilation.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� q��� '#)�{ij�i)\n� � :q ���G! I\nij4f�G;I(:(t*{\nq�;f it4lt\n���\n\nqR:sf�� AlJ;: II �II\n\nkalena paiicatvam ite$U krtsna§o\nloke$u pale$u ca sarva-helu$u\ntamas tadasid gahanam gabhiram\nyas tasya pare 'bhivirajate vibhu�\n\n", "SB8.1#p0105": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n78\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nkalena-in due course of time (after millions and millions of years);\n\npaiicatvam\n\n-\n\nwhen\n\ntransformations;\nmanifestation;\n\neverything\n\nillusory\n\nkrtsna.Sa b.-with\n\nis\n\nannihilated;\n\neverything\n\nwithin\n\nite�u-all\n\nthis\n\ncosmic\n\nloke�u-all the planets, or everything that exists;\n\npale�u-maintainers like Lord Brahma; ca-also; sarva-het�u-all\ncausative existences; tama b.-great darkness; tada-then; asit-was;\n\ngahanam-very dense; g abhira m-very deep; yab.-the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead who; tasya-this dark situation; piire-over and\n\nabove; a bhivirajate-exists or shines; vibhub.-the Supreme.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn due course of time, when all the causative and effective\n\nmanifestations of the universe, including the planets and their\ndirectors and maintainers, are annihilated, there is a situation of\n\ndense darkness. Above this darkness, however, is the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. I take shelter of His lotus feet.\nPURPORT\n\nFrom the Vedic mantras we understand that the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead is above everything. He is supreme, above all the demigods,\n\nincluding Lord Brahma and Lord Siva. He is the supreme controller.\n\nWhen everything disappears by the influence of His energy, the cosmic\n\nsituation is one of dense darkness. The Supreme Lord, however, is the\n\nsunshine, as confirmed in the Vedic mantras: iiditya-van:wm tamasab.\n\nparastiit. In our daily experience, when we on earth are in the darkness\n\nof night, the sun is always luminous somewhere in the sky. Similarly, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the supreme sun, always remains\n\nluminous, even when the entire cosmic manifestation is annihilated in\n\ndue course of time.\n\nTEXT6\n\nWf � �qt SfltP.I: � tq-\n\n��: �: citsm •I�Rdt( I\n\n�\n\n�mffl'��ffl\n�«��qur: � �Tctd\n\nII � II\n\n", "SB8.1#p0106": "Gajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\nText 6)\n\n79\n\nna yasya deva r�ayab. padam vidur\njantub. punab. ko 'rhati gantum iritum\nyatha na!asyakrtibhir vice�!ato\nduratyayanukrama1J£Lb. sa mavatu\nna-neither; yasya-He of whom; devab. -the demigods; r�ayab.great sages; padam-position; vidub,-can understand; jant u/:t\n\n-\n\nunin­\n\ntelligent living beings like animals; punab,-again; kab,-who; arhatiis able; gantum-to enter into the knowledge; iritum-or to express by\nwords;\n\nyatha\n\n-\n\nas ;\n\nna!asya-of\n\nthe\n\nartist;\n\nakrtibhi/:t-by bodily\n\nfeatures; vice�!ata b,-dancing in different ways; d uratyaya -very difficult; anukrama1J£Lb.-His movements; sab,-that Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; rna-unto me; avatu-may give His protection.\nTRANSLATION\nAn artist onstage, being covered by attractive dresses and dancing with different movements, is not understood by his audience;\nsimilarly, the activities and features of the supreme artist cannot\nhe understood even by the demigods or great sages, and certainly\nnot by those who are unintelligent like animals. Neither the\ndemigods and sages nor the unintelligent can understand the\nfeatures of the Lord, nor can they express in words His actual position. May that Supreme Personality of Godhead give me protection.\nPURPORT\nA similar understanding was expressed by Kuntidevi. The Supreme\nLord exists everywhere, within and without. He even exists within the\nheart. Sarvasya caham hrdi sanniv�!o. lsvarab. sarva-bhutanam hrd­\n\ndese rjuna t�!hati. Thus it is indicated that one can find the Supreme\n'\n\nLord within one's heart. There are many, many yogis trying to find Him.\n\nDhyanavasthita-tad-gatena manasa pa§yanti yam yogina/:t. Nonetheless, even great yogis, demigods, saints and sages have been unable to\nunderstand the bodily features of that great artist, nor could they understand the meaning of His movements. What then is to be said of ordinary\nspeculators like the so-called philosophers of this material world? For\nthem He is impossible to understand. Therefore we must accept the\n\n", "SB8.1#p0107": "80\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nstatements given by the Supreme when He kindly incarnates to instruct\n\nus. We must simply accept the word of Lord Ramacandra, Lord Kr�:Q.a\n\nand Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and follow in Their footsteps. Then it\n\nmay be possible for us to know the purpose of Their incarnations.\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevam yo vetti tattvata�\ntyaktva deham punar janma\nnaiti mam eti so 'rjuna\n(Bg. 4.9)\n\nIf by the Lord's grace one can understand Him, one will immediately be\n\ndelivered, even within his material body. The material body will no\n\nlonger have any function, and whatever activities take place with the\nbody will be activities of ��:Q.a consciousness. In this way one may give\n\nup his body and return home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT7\n\n���q�N�\n�U*fi('ltl �: U('I'N�: I\neffl\n�ffl��m ���: � it qfij: II \\9 II\n\n:q(��\n...���\n\ndidrk§avo yasya padam sumarigalam\nvimukta-sariga munaya� susadhava�\ncaranty aloka-vratam avra�m vane\nbhatatma-bhata� suhrda� sa me gati�\ndidrk§ava�-those who desire to see (the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead); yasya-of Him; padam-the lotus feet; su-marigalam-all­\n\nauspicious; vimukta-sariga�-persons who are completely disinfected of\nmaterial conditions; munaya�-great sages; su-sadhava�-those who\n\nare highly elevated in spiritual consciousness; caranti-practice ; alokavratam-vows of brahmacarya, vanaprastha or sannyasa; avra�m­\n\nwithout any fault; vane-in the forest; bhata-atma-bhata�-those who\n\nare equal to all living entities; suhrda�-those who are friends to every-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0108": "Text 9]\n\n81\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\none; sa�-that same Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nme-my;\n\ngati� -destination.\nTRANSLATION\nRenunciants and great sages who see all living beings equally,\nwho are friendly to everyone and who flawlessly practice in the\nforest the vows of brahmacarya, vanaprastha and sannyiisa desire\nto see the all-auspicious lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. May that same Supreme Personality of Godhead be my\ndestination.\nPURPORT\n\ng\n\nThis verse describes the qualifications for devotees or persons hi hly\nelevated in spiritual consciousness. Devotees are always equal to everyone, seeing no distinction between lower and higher classes. Par:u;lita�\nsama-darsina�. They look upon everyone as a spirit soul who is part and\nparcel of the Supreme Lord. Thus they are competent to search for the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Understanding that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the friend of everyone (suhrdam sarva­\n\nbhutiiniim), they act as friends of everyone on behalf of the Supreme\nLord. Making no distinction between one nation and another or one community and another, they preach Kr�:Qa consciousness, the teachings of\n\nBhagavad-gitii, everywhere. Thus they are competent to see the lotus\nfeet of the Lord. Such preachers in :Kr�:Qa consciousness are called\n\nparamaharitsas. As indicated by the word vimukta-sanga, they have\nnothing to do with material conditions. One must take shelter of such a\ndevotee in order to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXTS 8-9\n\n�f�� ��'f�q]\n� ;n� g�\"f �q \"\nij� �t(t(�=hlqFf ;.r:\n�� 6lril�l���0f6\nII� II\n� i(f{: q'«lltl �s;r;:ct�l'ffi� I\n3l�qp•ih.i�qltl i(f{ 311�dQt II � II\n\n", "SB8.1#p0109": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n82\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nna vidyate yasya ca janma karma va\nna nama-rilpe gur:m-do$a eva va\ntathapi lokapyaya-sambhavaya yab,\nsva-mayaya tany anukalam rcchati\ntasmai namab, paresaya\nbrahmar:te 'nanta-saktaye\narilpayoru-rilpaya\nnama ascarya-karmar:te\nna-not; vidyate-there is; yasya-of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); ca-also; janma-birth; karma-activities; vaor; na-nor; nama-rilpe-any material name or material form; gur:mqualities;\n\ndo�ab,-fault;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nva-either;\n\ntathapi-still;\n\nloka-of this cosmic manifestation; apyaya-who is the destruction;\nsambhavaya-and creation; yab,-He who; sva-mayaya-by His own\npotency;\n\ntani-activities;\n\nanukalam-eternally;\n\nrcchati-accepts;\n\ntasmai-unto Him; nama!£-I offer my obeisances; para-transcendental; iSaya-who is the supreme controller; brahma�e-who is the\nSupreme Brahman (Parabrahman); ananta-saktaye-with unlimited\npotency; arilpaya-possessing no material form; uru-rilpaya-possessing various forms as incarnations; namab,-I offer my obeisances;\nascarya-karma�e-whose activities are wonderful.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead has no material birth, ac­\n\ntivities, name, form, qualities or faults. To fulfill the purpose for\n\nwhich this material world is created and destroyed, He comes in\nthe form of a human being like Lord Rama or Lord �I;ta by His\n\noriginal internal potency. He has immense potency, and in various\n\nforms, all free from material contamination, He acts wonderfully.\n\nHe is therefore the Supreme Brahman. I offer my respects to Him.\nPURPORT\nIn the V��u Purar:m it is said, gu�ms ca do$ams ca mune vyatita\nsamasta-kalya�a-gu�mako hi. The Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n", "SB8.1#p0110": "Text\n\n10)\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\n83\n\nhas no material form, qualities or faults. He is spiritual and is the only\nreservoir of all spiritual qualities. AB stated in Bhagavad-gita (4.8) by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, paritra1Jiiya siidhuniirh vinasaya\nca d't.l§krtam. The Lord's activities of saving the devotees and annihilating the demons are transcendental. Anyone annihilated by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead gets the same result as a devotee who is protected\nby the Lord; both of them are transcendentally promoted. The only difference is that a devotee goes directly to the spiritual planets and becomes an associate of the Supreme Lord, whereas demons are promoted\nto brahmaloka, the impersonal effulgence of the Lord. Both of them,\nhowever, are transcendentally promoted. The Lord's killing or annihilating of the demons is not exactly like the killing of this material world.\nAlthough He appears to act within the modes of material nature, He is\n\nnirgu�, above the modes of nature. His name is not material; otherwise\nhow could one get liberation by chanting Hare l(r�Qa, Hare Rama? The\nnames of the Lord like Rama and Kr!?Qa are nondifferent from the person\nRama and Kr�IJ.a. Thus by chanting the Hare l(r�Qa mantra one constantly associates with Rama and l(r�Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore becomes liberated. A practical example is Ajamila,\nwho always remained transcendental to his activities simply by chanting\nthe name NarayaQa. If this was true of Ajamila, what is to be said of the\nSupreme Lord? When the Lord comes to this material world, He does not\nbecome a product of matter. This is confirmed throughout Bhagavad­\n\ngita (janma-karma ca me divyam, avajananti marh mfu)ha� miinU$irh\ntanum asritam). Therefore, when the Supreme Personality of Godhead-Rama or Kr!?IJ.a-descends to act transcendentally for our benefit,\nwe should not consider Him an ordinary human being. When the Lord\ncomes, He does so on the basis of His spiritual potency (sambhaviimy\n\niitma-mayayii). Because He is not forced to come by the material energy,\nHe is always transcendental. One should not consider the Supreme Lord\nan ordinary human being. Material names and forms are contaminated,\nbut spiritual name and spiritual form are transcendental.\nTEXT\n\n10\n\n� 311�¥ist(Aft\n\nmf� 'R'IR'Iif I\n;pft tim � 44�«�a«t+tA II� II\no\n\n", "SB8.1#p0111": "84\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nnama atma-pradipaya\nsa/cyir:ze paramatmane\nnamo gira m viduraya\nmanasa§ cetasam api\nnama(!.-I offer my respectful obeisances; atma pradipaya-unto He\n-\n\nwho is self-effulgent or who gives enlightenment to the living entities;\n\nsa/cyir:z,e-who is situated in everyone's heart as a witness; paramaatmane-unto the Supreme Soul, the Supersoul; nama(!.-I offer my respectful obeisances; giram-by words; vidilraya-who is impossible to\nreach; manasab,-by the mind; cetasam-or by consciousness; apieven.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, the self-effulgent Supersoul, who is the witness in\neveryone's heart, who enlightens the individual soul and who can­\n\nnot be reached by exercises of the mind, words or consciousness.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, .i(r�I}.a, cannot be understood by\nthe individual soul through mental, physical or intellectual exercises. It\nis by the grace of the Supreme Personality of Godhead that the individual\nsoul is enlightened. Therefore, the Lord is described here as atma­\n\npradipa. The Lord is like the sun, which illuminates everything and\ncannot be illuminated by anyone. Therefore, if one is serious about\nunderstanding the Supreme, one must receive enlightenment from Him,\nas instructed in Bhagavad-gita. One cannot understand the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead by one's mental, physical or intellectual powers.\nTEXT ll\n\n�W{ ��+�1� ���OT ftqf� I\nwt�: ct��� fwrcrtot�@f� II� � II\nsattvena pratilabhyaya\nnai$karmyeruL vipa§cita\n\n", "SB8.1#p0112": "Text 11)\n\n85\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\nnama/:t kaivalya-niithiiya\nnirvar:w-sukha-samvUle\n\nsattvena-by pure devotional service;\n\np rati-labhyaya\n\n-\n\nunto the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is achieved by such devotional activities; na�karmye�a-by transcendental activities; vipa§cita-by persons who are sufficiently learned; nama/:t-1 offer my respectful obeisances; kaivalya-nathaya-unto the master of the transcendental world;\nnirva�a-for one completely freed from material activities; sukha-of\nhappiness; sariwUle-who is the bestower.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is realized by pure devotees who act in the transcendental existence of bhakti-yoga. He is\nthe bestower of uncontaminated happiness and is the master of the\ntranscendental world. Therefore I offer my respect unto Him.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita, the Supreme Personality of Godhead can\nbe understood only by devotional service. Bhaktya mam abhijanati\nyavan ya§ casmi tattvata/:t. If one wants to know the Supreme Personality of Godhead in truth, one must take to the activities of devotional\nservice. These activities are called sattva or suddha-sattva. In the material world, activities of goodness, which are symptomatic of a pure\nbrahmar:w, are appreciated. But the activities of devotional service are\nsuddha-sattva; in other words, they are on the transcendental platform.\nOnly by devotional service can one understand the Supreme.\nDevotional service is called na�karmya. Mere negation of material activity will not endure. Na�karmyam apy acyuta-bhiiva-varjitam. Unless\none performs activities with reference to Kr�1.1a consciousness, cessation\nof material activities will not be helpful. In hopes of achieving\nna�karmya, freedom from material action, many highly elevated sannyasz.s stopped their activities, yet they failed and returned to the material platform to act as materialistic persons. But once one is engaged in\nthe spiritual activities of bhakti-yoga, one does not fall down. Our Kr�1.1a\nconsciousness movement is therefore an attempt to engage everyone always in spiritual activity, by which one becomes transcendental to\n\n", "SB8.1#p0113": "86\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch 3\n.\n\nmaterial actions. The spiritual activities of bhnkti-miirga-sravary,arh\nkirtanarh v�tw� smarary,arh pada-sevanam- lead one to understand the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, as stated here, sattvena\npratilabhyaya na�karmyery,a vipa§cita: \"The Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is realized by pure devotees who act in the transcendental existence of bhnkti-yoga.\"\n\nThe Gopala-tapani Upan�ad (15) says, bhaktir asya bhnjanarh tad\n\niluimutropadhi-nairasyenaivam�min manasa� kalpanam etad eva ca\nna�karmyam. This is a definition of na�karmya. One acts in\nna�karmya when he fully engages in Kr�J.la conscious activities without\nmaterial desires to enjoy, either here or in the upper planetary systems,\nin the present life or in a future life (ihn-amutra). Anyabhi�ita­\n\nsunyam. When one is freed from all contamination and he acts in devotional service under the direction of the spiritual master, one is on the\nplatform of na�karma. By such transcendental devotional service, the\nLord is served. I offer my respectful obei�ances unto Him.\nTEXT 12\n\nWJq: ijr..ijp;r �tr �ltr g� I\n\nR�tr ijl�Itt W{ql �iflt( � II � �II\nnama� santaya ghoraya\nmi141uiya gury,a-dhnrmiTJ£\nnirviSe�aya samyaya\nnamo fiiina-ghanaya ca\nnama�-all obeisances; santaya-unto He who is above all material\nqualities and completely peaceful, or unto Vasudeva, the Supersoul in\nevery living entity; ghoraya -unto the fierce forms of the Lord like\nJamadagnya and Nrsirhhadeva; m i141uiya- the form of the Lord as an\nanimal, such as the boar;\n\ngu�a-dharmiT}£-who accepts different\nqualities within the material world; ni rviSe�aya- who is without material qualities, being fully spiritual; samyaya-Lord Buddha, the form\nof nirvary,a, wherein the material qualities stop; nama�-I offer my respectful obeisances; jfiilna g ha naya- who is knowledge or the imper-\n\nsonal Brahman; ca-also.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0114": "Text 12]\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\n87\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances to Lord Vasudeva, who is allpervading, to the Lord's fierce form as Lord N:rshhhadeva, to the\nLord's form as an animal [Lord Varahadeva], to Lord Dattitreya,\nwho preached impersonalism, to Lord Buddha, and to all the other\nincarnations. I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Lord, who\nhas no material qualities but who accepts the three qualities goodness, passion and ignorance within this material world. I also offer\nmy\n\nrespectful\n\nobeisances\n\nunto\n\nthe\n\nimpersonal\n\nBrahman\n\neffulgence.\nPURPORT\nIn the previous verses it has been described that although the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead has no material form, He accepts innumerable\n\nforms to favor His devotees and kill the demons. As stated in Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, there are so many incarnations of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead that they are like the waves of a river. The waves of a river\n\nflow incessantly, and no one can count how many waves there are.\n\nSimilarly, no one can calculate when and how the different incarnations\n\nof the Lord appear according to the necessities of time, place and candi­\n\ndates. The Lord appears perpetually. As l(r�:Q.a says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(4.7):\nyada yada hi dharmasya\nglanir bhavati bharata\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\ntadatmanam srjamy aham\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I\n\ndescend Myself.\" In the material world there is always the possibility of\ndeviation from l(r�:Q.a consciousness, and therefore Kr�:Q.a and His devotees always act in various forms to curb such godlessness.\n\nEven impersonalists who stress the knowledge feature of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead want to merge in the effulgence of the Lord.\nTherefore, here the word jnana-ghanaya indicates that for atheists who\n\ndisbelieve in the form and existence of the Lord, all these various incar­\n\nnations appear. Since the Lord comes to teach in so many forms, no one\n\n", "SB8.1#p0115": "88\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\ncan say that there is no God. The word jfiiina-ghanaya is especially used\nhere to refer to those whose knowledge has become solidified by dint of\ntheir searching for the Lord through speculative philosophical understanding.\n\nSuperficial knowledge\n\nis\n\nuseless for\n\nunderstanding\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, but when one's knowledge becomes\nextremely intense and deep, one understands Vasudeva (vasudeva/:t\nsarvam iti sa mahatma sudurlabha/:t). A jfiiini attains this stage after\nmany, many births. Therefore the word jfiiina-ghanaya is used here.\nThe word santaya indicates that Lord Vasudeva is situated in everyone's\nheart but does not act with the living entity. 1mpersonalist jfiiinis realize\nVasudeva when they are fully mature in knowledge (vasudeva/:t sarvam\niti sa mahatma sudurlabha/:t).\nTEXT 13\n\n��tr ;r�� ���Ttl mf� I\n�tfl���N\n\n�Sii�\n\n�:\n\nII� �II\n\nk§etra-jfiiiya namas tubhyam\nsarvadhyak§aya sak§iiJ-e\npunl$ayatma-mulaya\nmula-prakrtaye nama/:t\nk§etra-jfiiiya-unto the one who knows everything of the external\nbody; nama/:t-1 offer my respectful obeisances; tubhyam-unto You;\nsarva-everything; adhyak§aya-who are superintending, managing;\nsiik§iiJ-e-who are the witness, Paramatma, or antarytimi; purU§iiyathe Supreme Person; atma-mulaya-who are the original source of\neverything; mula-prakrtaye-unto the purfl$a-avatara, the origin of\nprakrti and pradhana; nama/:t-1 offer my respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\nI beg to offer my respectful obeisances unto You, who are the\n\nSupersoul, the superintendent of everything, and the witness of\n\nall that occurs. You are the Supreme Person, the origin of material\nnature and of the total material energy. You are also the owner of\n\nthe material body. Therefore, You are the supreme complete. I\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0116": "Text 13]\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\n89\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita (13.3) the Lord says, lcyetra-jfiam capi mam viddhi\nsarva-k$etre$U bharata: \"0 scion of Bharata, you should understand that\nI am also the knower in all bodies.\" Every one of us is thinking, \"I am\nthis body\" or \"This is my body,\" but actually the truth is different. Our\nbodies are given to us by the supreme proprietor. The living entity, who\nis also lcyetra-jfia, or the knower of the body, is not the body's only\nproprietor; the actual proprietor of the body is the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, who is the supreme lcyetra-jfia. For example, we may rent\nand occupy a house, but actually the owner of the house is the landlord.\nSimilarly, we may be allotted a certain type of body as a facility with\nwhich to enjoy this material world, but the actual proprietor of the body\nis the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is called sarvadhyalcya because everything in the material world works under His supervision.\nThis is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(9.10), wherein the Lord says,\nmayadhyak$e�a prakrti� suyate sacaracaram: \"This material nature,\n\nworking under My direction, 0 son of Kunti, is producing all moving and\nunmoving beings.\" From\n\nprakrti, or material nature, come so many\n\nvarieties of living entities, including aquatics, plants, trees, insects,\nbirds, animals, human beings and demigods. Prakrti is the mother, and\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the father\n\n(aham bija-prada�\npita).\nPrakrti can give us material bodies, but as spirit souls we are parts and\nparcels of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gita (15.7): mamaivaril.So jiva-loke jiva-bhata� sanatana�.\nThe living entity, being part and parcel of God, is not a product of this\nmaterial world. Therefore the Lord is described in this verse as atmamula, the original source of everything. He is the seed of all existences\n\n(bijam mam sarva-bhatanam). In Bhagavad-grta (14.4) the Lord says:\nsarva-yon�u kaunteya\nT[t!lrtaya� sambhavanti ya�\ntasam brahma mahad yonir\naham bija-prada� pita\n\"It should be understood that all living entities, in all species of life, 0\nson of Kunti, are made possible by birth in this material nature, and that\nI am the seed-giving father.\" Plants, trees, insects, aquatics, demigods,\n\n", "SB8.1#p0117": "90\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nbeasts, birds and all other living entities are sons or parts and parcels of\n\nthe Supreme Lord, but because they are struggling with different mentalities, they have been given different types of bodies\n\n(mana�\n\n$Cl$!hanindriyiiTJi prakrti-sthani kar$ati) . Thus they have become sons of\nprakrti, or material nature, which is impregnated by the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. Every living entity in this material world is strug­\n\ngling for existence, and the only salvation or relief from the cycle of\n\nbirth and death in the evolutionary process is full surrender. This is indicated by the word nama�, \"I offer my respectful obeisances unto You.\"\nTEXT 14\n\nri*��� I\n\n�f;���\n\n3lij61�31lfql�Ft �Ft a ;(ij: II t 'dll\nsaroendriya-gurJa-drll$!re\nsaroa-pratyaya-hetave\nasata cchayayoktaya\nsad-abhasaya te nama�\nsaroa-indriya-gurJa-drll$!re-unto the seer of all objectives pursued\nby the senses; saroa-pratyaya-hetave-who is the solution to all doubts\n\n(and without whose help one cannot solve all doubts and inabilities);\n\nasata-with the manifestation of unreality or illusion; chayaya-be­\n\ncause of the resemblance; uktaya -called; sat-of reality; abhasayaunto the reflection; te-unto You; nama�-I offer my respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You are the observer of all the objectives of the senses.\n\nWithout Your mercy, there is no possibility of solving the problem\n\nof doubts. The material world is just like a shadow resembling\n\nYou. Indeed, one accepts this material world as real because it gives\na glimpse of Your existence.\n\nPURPORT\n\nTo paraphrase this verse: \"The objectives of sensual activities are actually observed by You. Without Your direction, the living entity cannot\n\n", "SB8.1#p0118": "Text 15]\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\ntake even a step forward. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gitd\n\n91\n\n(15.15),\n\nsaroasya caham hrdi sannivi§!o matta}J, smrtir jiianam apohanam ca.\n\nYou are situated in everyone's heart, and only from You come\n\nremembrance and forgetfulness. Chayeva yasya bhuvanani bibharti\ndurga. The living entity under the clutches of maya wants to enjoy this\n\nmaterial world, but unless You give him directions and remind him, he\n\ncannot make progress in pursuing his shadowy objective in life. The con­\n\nditioned soul wrongly progresses toward the wrong objective, life after\n\nlife, and he is reminded of that objective by You. In one life the condi­\n\ntioned soul desires to progress toward a certain objective, but after his\nbody changes, he forgets everything. Nonetheless, my Lord, because he\n\nwanted to enjoy something of this world, You remind him of this in his\n\nnext birth. Matta}], smrtir jiianam apohanam ca. Because the conditioned\n\nsoul wants to forget You, by Your grace You give him opportunities, life\n\nafter life, by which he can almost perpetually forget You. Therefore You\n\nare eternally the director of the conditioned souls. It is because You are\n\nthe original cause of everything that everything appears real. The ulti­\n\nmate reality is Your Lordship, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. I\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You.\"\n\nThe word saroa-pratyaya-hetave is explained by Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti 'fhakura, who says that a result gives one a glimpse of its\ncause. For example, since an earthen pot is the result of the actions of a\n\npotter, by seeing the earthen pot one can guess at the existence of the\npotter. Similarly, this material world resembles the spiritual world, and\n\nany intelligent person can guess how it is acting. As explained in\n\nBhagavad-gita, mayadhyak§er:w- prakrti}J, suyate sa-caracaram. The ac­\n\ntivities of the material world suggest that behind them is the superintendence of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n;p{t\n\n�sf�Chi(Ui1�\nf��ltl1@16i'.fii(UfPt\n\nQiilltl+iliill:q+i(IUliill:q\n;pfts'Atrt�\n\nq(l:qoutr II� �II\n\nnamo namas te 'khila-kara1)iiya\nni§kara1)iiyadbhuta-kara1)iiya\n\n", "SB8.1#p0119": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n92\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nsaroagamamruiya-maharr:ta:vaya\nnamo 'pavargaya pariiyarJiiya\nnama�-1 offer my respectful obeisances; nama�-again I offer my\n\nakhila kiira rJii ya -unto the\nsupreme cause of everything; n�kiira'Jiiya-unto You who are causeless; adbhuta- kiira rJiiya -the wonderful cause of everything; saroaall; agama-iimruiya-unto the source of the paramparii system of all\nVedic knowledge; mahii-arrJaviiya -the great ocean of knowledge, or\nrespectful\n\nobeisances;\n\nte-unto\n\nYou;\n\n-\n\nthe great ocean wherein all the rivers of knowledge merge; nama�-1\noffer my obeisances; apavargaya-unto You who can give deliverance or\nliberation; para-aya'Jiiya-the shelter of all transcendentalists.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You are the cause of all causes, but You Yourself have\n\nno cause. Therefore You are the wonderful cause of everything. I\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You, who are the shelter of the\n\nVedic knowledge contained in the Sistras like the Paiicariitras and\n\nVediinta-sfttra, which are Your representations, and who are the\n\nsource of the paramparii system. Because it is You who can give\n\nliberation, You are the only shelter for all transcendentalists. Let\nme offer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is described herein as the wonderful cause. He is wonderful in the sense that although there may be\nunlimited emanations from the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead\n\n(janmiidy asya yataM, He always remains complete (purrJasya purr:wm\niidiiya pilrrJam eviiva.S�yate). In our experience in the material world, if\nwe have a bank balance of one million dollars, as we withdraw money\nfrom the bank the balance gradually diminishes until it becomes nil.\nHowever, the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, is so complete\nthat although innumerable Personalities of Godhead expand from Him,\nHe remains the same Supreme Personality of Godhead. Pil1\"'Ja5ya\n\npilrrJam iidiiya pilrrJam eviiva.S�yate. Therefore He is the wonderful\ncause. Govindam adi-pur�am tam aham bhajami.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0120": "Text 15]\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\n93\n\niSvarab, paramab, kr�lJO.b.\nsac-cid-ananda-vigrahab,\naniidir adir govindab,\nsarva-karalJO.-karalJO.m\n\"l(r�J;J.a, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an\neternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other\norigin, for He is the prime cause of all causes.\" (Brahma-samhitii 5.1)\nEven in this material world, we can understand that the sun has existed for millions of years and has given off heat and light since its creation, yet the sun still retains its power and never changes. What then is\nto be said of the supreme cause, param brahma, l(r�J;J.a? Everything\nemanates from Him perpetually, yet He maintains His original form\n\n(sac-cid-ananda-vigrahab,). l(r�J;J.a personally says in Bhagavad-gita\n(10.8), mattab, sarvam pravartate: \"Everything emanates from Me.\"\nEverything emanates from l(r�J;J.a eternally, yet He is the same l(r�J;J.a and\ndoes not change. Therefore He is the shelter of all transcendentalists who\nare eager to get free from material bondage.\nEveryone must take shelter of l(r�J;J.a. It is therefore advised:\n\nakamab, sarva-kamo va\nmolcya-kama udiira-dhib,\ntivrelJO. bhakti-yogena\nyajeta pun.L$aril. param\n\"Whether one desires everything or nothing or desires to merge into the\nexistence of the Lord, he is intelligent only if he worships Lord l(r�J;J.a,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, by rendering transcendental loving\nservice.\" (Bhag. 2.3.10) Param brahma, the Supreme Lord, and param\n\ndhama, the supreme repose, is l(r�J;J.a. Therefore anyone who desires\nanything-whether he be a karmi, a jiidni or a yogi-should try to perceive the Supreme Personality of Godhead very seriously, and all of his\ndesires will be fulfilled. The Lord says, ye yatha mam prapadyante tams\ntathaiva bhajamy aham: \"As the living entities surrender unto Me, I\nreward them accordingly.\" Even the karmiwho wants everything for his\nenjoyment can get it from l(r�J;J.a. For l(r�J;J.a, supplying what he wants is\n\n", "SB8.1#p0121": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n94\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nnot at all difficult. Actually, however, one should worship l(r�I,la, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, for the sake of getting liberation.\n\nVedai§ ca saroair aham eva vedya/:t. By studying the Vedic literature,\none should understand l(r�I).a. As confirmed here, saroagamamnayamahan:mvaya. He is the ocean, and all Vedic knowledge flows toward\nHim.\n\nTherefore,\n\nintelligent\n\ntranscendentalists take\n\nshelter of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead (sarva-dharman parityajya mam ekam\n\nsarar:uzm vraja). This is the ultimate goal.\nTEXT 16\n\ngu�Rf�f�'W-l\n(l����ij'ii..QI�\n�'\"Cfiwf�\nf¥tfJtijlfi'4((14SICh�\n\n'l¥4Wiilfil II�� II\n\ngu�ra�i-cchanna-cid-Wjmapaya\ntat-lcyobha-vispharjita-manasaya\nna�karmya-bhavena vivarjitagamasvayam-prakaSaya namas karomi\ngur:uz-by the three gur:uzs, the modes of material nature (sattva, rajas\nand tamas); ara�i-by ara�i wood; channa-covered; cit-of knowledge; U$mapaya-unto He whose fire; tat-lcyobha-of the agitation of\nthe modes of material nature; vispharjita- outside; manasliya-unto He\nwhose mind; na�karmya-bhavena-because of the stage of spiritual\nunderstanding; vivarjita-in those who give up; agama-Vedic prins vayam-personally; p rakaSaya -unto He who is manifest;\nnama/:t karomi-I offer my respectful obeisances.\n\nciples;\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, as the fire in arm;ti wood is covered, You and Your un­\n\nlimited knowledge are covered by the material modes of nature.\n\nYour mind, however, is not attentive to the activities of the modes\n\nof nature. Those who are advanced in spiritual knowledge are not\nsubject\n\nto\n\nthe regulative principles\n\ndirected\n\nin\n\nthe Vedic\n\n", "SB8.1#p0122": "Text 16]\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\n95\n\nliteratures. Because such advanced souls are transcendental, You\npersonally appear in their pure minds. Therefore I offer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gita (10.11) it is said:\n\nte�am evanukampartham\naham ajfiiina-jam tarnal],\nniiSayamy atma-bhava-stho\njfiiina-dipena bhasvata\nFor a devotee who has taken the lotus feet of the Lord within his heart,\nthe Lord gives spiritual enlightenment, known as jfiiina-dipa, by special\nmercy from within. This jiiiina-dipa is compared to the fire hidden\nwithin arar:ti wood. To perform fire sacrifices, great sages previously did\nnot ignite a fire directly; the fire would be invoked from arar:ti wood.\nSimilarly, all living entities are covered by the modes of material nature,\nand the fire of knowledge can be ignited only by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead when one takes Him within one's heart. Sa vai mana�], kr�r:ta­\n\npadaravindayol],. If one takes seriously the lotus feet of l<r!?IJ.a, who is\nseated within one's heart, the Lord eradicates all ignorance. By the torch\nof knowledge, one immediately understands everything properly by the\nspecial mercy of the Supreme Lord and becomes self-realized. In other\nwords, although a devotee may externally not be very well educated, because of his devotional service the Supreme Personality of Godhead gives\nhim enlightenment from within. If the Lord gives enlightenment from\nwithin, how can one be in ignorance? Therefore the allegation of the\nMayavadis that the devotional path is for the unintelligent or uneducated\nis untrue.\n\nyasyasti bhaktir bhagavaty akincana\nsarvair gur:tais tatra samasate sural],\n(Bhag. 5.18.12)\nIf one becomes an unalloyed devotee of the Supreme Lord, he automatically manifests all good qualities. Such a devotee is above the\n\n", "SB8.1#p0123": "[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n96\n\ninstructions of the Vedas. He is a paramaharhsa. Even without going\nthrough the Vedic literature, a devotee becomes pure and enlightened by\nthe mercy of the Lord. \"Therefore, my Lord,\" the devotee says, \"I offer\nmy respectful obeisances unto You.\"\nTEXT 17\n\n�t�S(q�ey�m�llt\n� ��ow.t �set�til 1\n� ��;rfu SRftij*illlt� �� m � ���\\911\nmadrk prapanna-pa5u-pasa-vimok§a1}iiya\nmuktiiya bhilri-karuT}iiya namo 'layiiya\nsviirh.Sena sarva-tanu-bhrn-manasi pratitapratyag-drse bhagavate brhate namas te\nmadrk-like me; prapanna-surrendered; pa§u-an animal; piiSafrom entanglement; vimok§aT}iiya-unto He who releases; muktayaunto the Supreme, who is untouched by the contamination of material\nnature; bhilri-karuT}iiya-who are unlimitedly merciful; namab,-I\noffer my respectful obeisances; alayaya-who are never inattentive or\n\n(\n\n)\n\nidle for the purpose of my deliverance ; sva-arh.Sena-by Your partial\nfeature as Paramatma; sarva-of all; tanu-bhrt-the living entities embodied in material nature; manasi-in the mind; pratita-who are\n\n(\n\n)\n\nacknowledged; pratyak-drse-as the direct observer of all activities ;\nbhagavate-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; brhate-who are\nunlimited; namab,-I offer my respectful obeisances; te-unto You.\nTRANSLATION\nSince an animal such as I has surrendered unto You, who are\n\nsupremely liberated, certainly You will release me from this\ndangerous position. Indeed, being extremely merciful, You inces­\n\nsantly try to deliver me. By your partial feature as Paramatma, You\n\nare situated in the hearts of all embodied beings. You are celebrated as direct transcendental knowledge, and You are unlimited.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0124": "Text 17]\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\n97\n\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nThe words brhate namas te have been explained by Srila Visvanatha\nCakravarti Thakura: brhate sri-kmliiya. The Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is Kr�l)a. There are many tattvas, such as v47J-u-tattva, }ivatattoo and sakti-tattva, but above everything is the v47J-u-tattva, which is\nall-pervading. ·This all-pervading feature of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is explained in Bhagavad-gita (10.42), wherein the Lord says:\n\nathava bahunaitena\nkim jfiiitena tavarjuna\nvi§Jabhyaham idam krtsnam\nekarilSena sthito jagat\n\"But what need is there, Arjuna, for all this detailed knowledge? With a\nsingle fragment of Myself I pervade and support this entire universe.\"\nThus Kr�1.1a says that the entire material world is maintained by His partial representation as Paramatma. The Lord enters every universe as\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�l)u and then expands Himself as �irodakasayi Vi�l)u\nto enter the hearts of all living entities and even enter the atoms.\nAr:ujantara-stha-paramii7J-u-cayantara-stham. Every universe is full of\natoms, and the Lord is not only within the universe but also within the\natoms. Thus within every atom the Supreme Lord exists in His Vi�I)U\nfeature as Paramatma, but all the v47J-u-tattvas emanate from Kr�l)a. As\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gita (10.2), aham adir hi devanam: ��J;J.a is the\nadi, or beginning, of the devas of this material world-Brahma, Vi�I)U\nand Mahesvara. Therefore He is described here as bhagavate brhate.\nEveryone is bhagavan-everyone possesses opulence-but Kr�1.1a is\nbrhan bhagavan, the possessor of unlimited opulence. Isvara� parama�\nkr$TJ-a�. Kr�1.1a is the origin of everyone. Aharh sarvasya prabhava�.\nEven Brahma, Vi�I)U and Mahesvara come from .Kr�l)a. Matta�\nparatararh nanyat kincid asti dhanafijaya: there is no personality\nsuperior to Kr�l)a. Therefore Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura says that\nbhagavate brhate means \"unto Sri Kr�l)a.\"\n\n", "SB8.1#p0125": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n98\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nIn this material world, everyone is a pa§u, an animal, because of the\nbodily conception of life.\n\nyasyatma-buddhi� kur:wpe tri-dhatuke\nsva-dhi� kalatrad�u bhauma ijya-dhi�\nyat tirtha-buddhi� salile na karhicij\njane$V abhijfie$U sa eva go-khara�\n\"A human being who identifies the body made of three elements as the\nself, who considers the by-products of the body to he his kinsmen, who\nconsiders the land of his birth to he worshipahle, and who goes to a place\nof pilgrimage simply to bathe rather than to meet men of transcendental\nknowledge\n\nthere\n\nis\n\nto\n\nhe\n\nconsidered\n\nlike\n\na\n\ncow\n\nor\n\nan\n\nass.\"\n\n(Bhiig. 10.84.13) Practically everyone, therefore, is a pa§u, an animal,\nand everyone is attacked by the crocodile of material existence. Not only\nthe King of the elephants hut every one of us is being attacked by the\ncrocodile and is suffering the consequences.\nOnly Kr�r:ta can deliver us from this material existence. Indeed, He is\nalways trying to deliver us. Isvara� sarva-bhutanarh hrd-dese\n\n'rjuna\n�!hati. He is within our hearts and is not at all inattentive. His only aim\n\nis to deliver us from material life. It is not that He becomes attentive to\nus only when we offer prayers to Him. Even before we offer our prayers,\nHe incessantly tries to deliver us. He is never lazy in regard to our\ndeliverance. Therefore this verse says, bhuri-karur:Wya namo 'layaya. It\nis the causeless mercy of the Supreme Lord that He always tries to bring\nus back home, hack to Godhead. God is liberated, and He tries to make us\nliberated, hut although He is constantly trying, we refuse to accept His\ninstructions\n\n(sarva-dharman parityajya mam ekam sarar:wm vraja).\n\nNonetheless, He has not become angry. Therefore He is described here as\n\nbhuri-karur:Wya, unlimitedly merciful in delivering us from this miserable material condition of life and taking us hack home, hack to Godhead.\nTEXT 18\n\n3fl�'il€+4\\il84l\\i�Q ��suqont� gui(11\\·�'4�6N 1\n\n", "SB8.1#p0126": "Gajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\nText 18]\n\n99\n\nf!WiiE+If4: � qf�TRm\nijiwtl€44� �� Wf+l (� II ��II\niitmiitma-japta-grha-vitta-jane$u saktair\ndU$prapa1}iiya gur;za-sariga-vivarjitaya\nmuktatmabhi/:t sva-hrdaye paribhavitaya\njiiii niitmane bhagavate nama iSvaraya\niitma-the mind and body; atma ja -sons and daughters; apta-\n\nfriends and relatives; grha -home, community, society and nation;\n\nvitta -wealth; jane$u-to various servants and assistants; saktai/:t-by\nthose who are too attached; dU$pr a pa1}iiya -unto You, who are very difficult to achieve; gur;za-sariga -by the three modes of material nature;\n\nvivarj itaya\n\n-\n\nwho are not contaminated; mukta-atmabhi/:t-by persons\n\nwho are already liberated; sva-h rdaye -within the core of the heart;\n\npa ribhavitaya -unto You, who are always meditated upon; jiiiinaatmane-the reservoir of all enlightenment; bhagavate -unto the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; nama/:t-I offer my respectful obeisances; iSvaraya-unto the supreme controller.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, those who are completely freed from material contamination always meditate upon You within the cores of their\nhearts. You are extremely difficult to attain for those like me who\nare too attached to mental concoction, home, relatives, friends,\nmoney, servants and assistants. You are the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, uncontaminated by the modes of nature. You are the\nreservoir of all enlightenment, the supreme controller. I therefore\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\nAlthough the Supreme Personality of Godhead comes into the material\nworld, He is unaffected by the modes of material nature. This is confirmed in !sopani$ad. Apapa-viddham: He is not contaminated. This\nsame fact is described here. Gur;za-sariga-vivarjitiiya. Although the\n\n", "SB8.1#p0127": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n100\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead appears as an incarnation within this\nmaterial world, He is unaffected by the modes of material nature. As\n\n( 9.11), avajananti miim mu(j,hii miin�im\ntanum asritam: foolish men with insufficient knowledge deride the Per­\n\nstated in Bhagavad-gitii\n\nsonality of Godhead because He appears just like a human being.\nTherefore the Supreme Personality of Godhead can be understood only\nby\n\nthe muktiitmii, the liberated soul. Muktiitmabhib, sva-hrdaye\nparibhiivitaya: only the liberated person can constantly think of Kr�J.la.\nSuch a person is the greatest of all yogis.\n\nyoginiim api saroe�iim\nmad-gateniintariitmanii\nsraddhiiviin bhajate yo miim\nsa me yuktatamo matab,\n\"Of all yogis, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping\nMe in transcendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in\n\nyoga and is the highest of all.\" (Bg. 6.47)\nTEXT 19\n\n�\n\n���\\lll\n� � ����\n\n� �� �fit �(+\\��\nq it�� f�� 11��11\nyam dharma-kamartha-vimukti�kiimii\nbhajanta �tam gatim iipnuvanti\nkim cas�o raty api deham aryayam\nkarotu me 'dabhra-dayo vimo�ar:r-am\nyam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead who; dharma-kiima­\n\na rtha-vimukti-kamiib, -persons who desire the four principles of\nreligion, economic development,\n\nsense gratification and salvation;\n\nbhajantab,-by worshiping; �!tim-the objective; gatim-destination;\niipnuvanti-can achieve; kim-what to speak of; ca-also; as�ab,-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0128": "Text 19]\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\n101\n\nother benedictions; rati-He bestows; api-even; deham-a body;\naryayam-spiritual; karotu-may He bestow benediction; me-unto\nme; adabhra-dayab,\n\n-\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is un­\n\nlimitedly merciful; vimok$a�m-liberation from the present danger\nand from the material world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead, those\nwho are interested in the four principles of religion, economic\ndevelopment, sense gratification and liberation obtain from Him\nwhat they desire. What then is to be said of other benedictions? Indeed, sometimes the Lord gives a spiritual body to such ambitious\nworshipers. May that Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is unlimitedly merciful, bestow upon me the benediction of liberation\nfrom this present danger and from the materialistic way of life.\n\nPURPORT\nSome men within this material world are akiimi, free from material\ndesire, some are ambitious to get more and more material profit, and\nsome desire fulfillment in religious life, economic development, sense\ngratification and finally liberation.\nakiimab, sarva-kiimo va\nmok$a-kama udara-dhib,\ntivre� bhakti-yogena\nyajeta pu�am param\n(Bhag.\n\n2.3.10)\n\nIt is recommended that whatever one's position-whether one demands\nno material profit, all material profit or ultimately liberation-one\nshould offer his obedient devotional service to the Lord, and one will get\nwhat he desires. Kr�Qa is so kind. Ye yatha mam prapadyante tams\ntathaiva bhajamy aham. The Lord reciprocates. Whatever even an ordinary living entity wants, Kr�Qa gives. Kr�Qa is situated in everyone's\nheart, and He gives that which is desired by the living entity.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0129": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n102\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\niSvara/.1. sarva-bhatanam\nhrd-dese 'rjuna ti§!hati\nbhramayan sarva-bhutani\nyanrra�hanimayaya\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is\ndirecting the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a\nmachine, made of the material energy.\" (Bg.\n\n18.61) The Lord gives\n\neveryone an opportunity to fulfill his ambitions. Even such a devotee as\nDhruva Maharaja wanted the material benediction of a kingdom greater\nthan that of his father, and although he received a spiritual body, he also\ngot the kingdom, for the Supreme Personality of Godhead does not disappoint anyone who takes shelter of His lotus feet. Therefore, since\nGajendra, King of the elephants, had surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead to get free from the present danger and, indirectly,\nfrom the present danger of materialistic life, why should the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead not fulfill his desire?\n\nTEXTS 20-21\n\n���;r Cfi��S{§� it �\n31�t(�ij\n\n��\n\n�\n\nmt\n\n;m\n�\n+tOtl\"ffi+UutIR+tefitfltl•l�¥(\n\nI\n\n31�f.i:4\n\n�+R�+twtRt+tld\ntfft'(ul+ft\\t II�� II\n\nekantino yasya na kancanartham\nvafichanti ye vai bhagavat-prapanna/.1.\naty-adbhutam tac-caritam sumangalam\ngayanta ananda-samudra-magna/.1.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0130": "Text 21]\n\n103\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\ntam a�ararit brahma pararit paresam\navyaktam iidhyatmika-yoga-gamyam\natindriyam sil�mam ivatiduram\nanantam iidyarit paripun:w-m uje\nekantinab,-unalloyed devotees (who have no desire other than Kr��a\nconsciousness); yasya-the Lord, of whom; na-not; kancana-some;\nartham-benediction;\nvai-indeed;\n\nvanchanti-desire;\n\nye-those devotees who;\n\nbhagavat-prapannab,-fully surrendered unto the lotus\n\nfeet of the Lord; ati-adbhutam-which are wonderful; tat-caritam-the\nactivities of the Lord; su-mangalam-and very auspicious (to hear);\n\ngayantab,-by chanting and hearing; ananda-of transcendental bliss;\nsamudra-in the ocean; magnab,-who are immersed; tam-unto Him;\na�aram-eternally existing; brahma-the Supreme;\n\nparam-tran­\n\nscendental;\n\npersonalities;\n\npara-�am-the\n\nLord\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nsupreme\n\natyaktam-invisible or not able to be realized by the mind and senses;\niidhyatmika-transcendental; yoga-by\n\nbhakti-yoga, devotional ser­\n\nvice; gamyam-obtainable (bhaktya mam abhijanati); ati-indriyambeyond the perception of material senses; s�mam-minute; iva-like;\nati-duram-very far away; anantam-unlimited; iidyam-the original\ncause of everything; paripun:w-m-completely full;\n\nuje-1 offer my\n\nobeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nUnalloyed devotees, who have no desire other than to serve the\nLord, worship Him in full surrender and always hear and chant\nabout His activities, which are most wonderful and auspicious.\nThus they always merge in an ocean of transcendental bliss. Such\ndevotees never ask the Lord for any benediction. I, however, am in\ndanger. Thus I pray to that Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\nis eternally existing, who is invisible, who is the Lord of all great\npersonalities, such as Brahmi, and who is available only by transcendental bhakti-yoga. Being extremely subtle, He is beyond the\nreach of my senses and transcendental to all external realization.\nHe is unlimited, He is the original cause, and He is completely full\nin everything. I offer my obeisances unto Him.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0131": "104\n\nSrbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nPURPORT\n\nanyabhi�ita-sanyam\njfiiina-karmiidy-anavrtam\nanukalyena kmuinusilanarh bhaktir uttama\n(Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu 1.1.11)\n\"One should render transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord\n\n��I).a favorably and without desire for material profit or gain through\n\nfruitive activities or philosophical speculation. That is called pure devo­\n\ntional service.\" Unalloyed devotees have nothing to ask from the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, but Gajendra, the King of the\nelephants, was circumstantially asking for an immediate benediction be­\n\ncause he had no other way to be rescued. Sometimes, when there is no al­\n\nternative, a pure devotee, being fully dependent on the mercy of the\n\nSupreme Lord, prays for some benediction. But in such a prayer there is\n\nalso regret. One who always hears and chants about the transcendental\n\npastimes of the Lord is always situated on a platform on which he has\n\nnothing to ask in terms of material benefits. Unless one is a completely\n\npure devotee, one cannot enjoy the transcendental bliss derived from\nchanting and dancing in the ecstasy of the sarikirtana movement. Such\n\necstasy is not possible for an ordinary devotee. Lord Sri Caitanya Mahii­\n\nprabhu showed us how one can enjoy transcendental bliss simply by\nchanting, hearing and dancing in ecstasy. This is bhakti-yoga. Therefore\n\nthe King of the elephants, Gajendra, said, iidhyiitmika-yoga-gamyam,\nindicating that unless one is situated on this transcendental platform, one\ncannot approach the Supreme Lord. The benediction of being able to ap­\n\nproach the Lord can be achieved after many, many births, yet Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahiiprabhu has awarded this benediction to everyone, even to\n\nthe fallen souls who have no heritage of anything in spiritual life. That is\n\nactually being seen in the l(r�I).a consciousness movement. Therefore the\npath of bhakti-yoga is the spotless process by which to approach the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Bhaktyiiham ekayii grahya/:1.: only\n\nthrough devotional service can one approach the Supreme Lord. The\nLord says in Bhagavad-gitd (7.1):\n\nmayy asakta-manal; piirtha\n\nyogarh yunjan mad-iiSraya/:1.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0132": "Text 24]\n\nGaj e ndra' s Praye rs of Surrender\n\n105\n\nasarhSayam samagram mam\nyathii jnasyasi tac chrou\n\n\"Now hear, 0 son of P:rtha [Arjuna], how by practicing yoga in full consciousness of Me, with mind attached to Me, you can know Me in full,\nfree from doubt.\" Simply by being attached to K:r�t;la consciousness and\nby thinking of the lotus feet of K:r�t;la constantly, one can fully understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, without a doubt.\n\nTEXTS 22-24\n� iiSIIG\\�\n\n� � it��tRRT: I\n� �tn� � �: 11��11\nttttlf.ftwil�: mtJ•i+Hijtl\n�t=ij' �tii�Qid:_ ((t(lfqif:\n(f�T\n�t� gUf�tJtit\n�f%�'1: � ijfu:�: II�� II\n�\n\n��\n.._,.. ���l�'f.1�\n.... �\n.... , ....'fuit .... �Fl .... �:\n\"'fP.i gUf: � .... w;r �\n��\":\n�\n�\n\nq\n\n11�\\lll\n\nyasya brahmiidayo deva\nveda lokiiS caracara/:t\nnama-riipa-vibhedena\nphalgvya ca kalaya krta/:t\nyathiirci§o 'gne/:t savitur gabhastayo\nniryanti samyanty asakrt sva-roci§a/:t\ntathii yato 'yam gur:ta-sampravaho\nbuddhir mana/:t khii ni sarira-sarga/:t\nsa vai na deviisura-martya-tiryari\nna stri na �ar:u;lho na pumdn na jantu/:t\n\n", "SB8.1#p0133": "[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n106\n\nnayarit guTJlll:t karma na san na casan\nn�edha-se�o jayauul a5e�a/:t\nyasya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead who;\n\nbrahma­\n\nadaya/:t-the great demigods, headed by Lord Brahmii; devaf:t-and\nother demigods; veda/:t-the Vedic knowledge; loka/:t-different personalities; cara-acara/:t-the moving and the nonmoving (like trees and\nplants);\n\nnama-rupa-of\n\ndifferent\n\nnames\n\nand\n\ndifferent\n\nforms;\n\nvibhedena-by such divisions; phalgvya-who are less important; caalso; kalaya-by the parts; krta/:t-created; yatha-as; arc�a/:t-the\nsparks; agne/:t-of fire; savitu/:t-from the sun; gabhastaya/:t-the shining particles; niryanti-emanate from; samyanti-and enter into;\nasakrt-again and again; sva-roci�a/:t-as parts and parcels; tathasimilarly; yata/:t-the Personality of Godhead from whom; ayam-this;\ngu1Jll-sampravaha/:t-continuous manifestation of the different modes of\nnature; buddhi/:t mana/:t-the intelligence and mind; khani-the senses;\nsarira-of the body (gross and subtle); sarga/:t-the divisions; sa/:t-that\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; vai-indeed; na-is not; devademigod; asura-demon; martya-human being; tiryak-bird or beast;\nna-neither; stri-woman; na-nor; �a�/:t-neuter; na-neither;\npuman-man; na-nor; jantu/:t-living being or animal; na ayam-nor\nis He; guTJll/:t-material quality; karma-fruitive activity; na-is not;\nsat-manifestation;\n\nna-nor;\n\nca-also;\n\nasat-nonmanifestation;\n\nn�edha-of the discrimination of neti neti (\"not this, not this\");\nse�alt-He is the end; jayatat-all glories unto Him; a5e�alt-who is unlimited.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead creates His minor parts\nand parcels, the jiva-tattva, beginning with Lord Brahma, the\ndemigods and the expansions of Vedic knowledge [Sarna, �g,\nYajur and Atharva) and including all other living entities, moving\nand nonmoving, with their different names and characteristics. As\nthe sparks of a fire or the shining rays of the sun emanate from\ntheir source and merge into it again and again, the mind, the intelligence, the senses, the gross and subtle material bodies, and the\ncontinuous transformations of the different modes of nature all\n\n", "SB8.1#p0134": "Text 25]\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\n107\n\nemanate from the Lord and again merge into Him. He is neither\ndemigod nor demon, neither human nor bird or beast. He is not\nwoman, man, or neuter, nor is He an animal. He is not a material\nquality, a fruitive activity, a manifestation or nonmanifestation. He\nis the last word in the discrimination of \"not this, not this,\" and\nHe is unlimited. All glories to the Supreme Personality of Godhead!\nPURPORT\nThis is a summary description of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's unlimited potency. That supreme one is acting in different phases\nby manifesting His parts and parcels, which are all simultaneously differently situated by His different potencies (parasya saktir vividhaiva\n\nsrilyate). Each and every potency is acting quite naturally (svabhaviki\njfiiina-bala-kriya ca). Therefore the Lord is unlimited. Na tat-sama.S\ncabhyadhikaS ca drsyate: nothing is equal to Him, nor is anything\ngreater than Him. Although He manifests Himself in so many ways, personally He has nothing to do (na tasya karyam karar;w.m ca vidyate), for\neverything is done by expansions of His unlimited energies.\nTEXT 25\n\n�JTF4� ;nm«l*fll\n\ntt­\n\n+iw:ij4R����\n�fq �� WI � fWr��cnT�\n\n+il� 11��11\n\njijivi§e naham ihamuya kim\nantar bahiS cavrtayebha-yonya\nicchami kalena na yasya viplavas\ntasyatma-lokavarar;w.sya mo�am\njijivi§e-wish to live long; na-not; aham-1; iha-in this life;\namuya-or in the next life (I do not wish to live upon being saved from\nthis dangerous position); kim-what is the value; anta�-internally;\nbahi�-externally; ca-and; avrtaya-covered by ignorance; ibha­\n\nyo nya-in this birth as an elephant; icchami-1 desire; kalena-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0135": "108\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nbecause of the influence of time; na-there is not; yasya-of which;\nviplava�-annihilation; tasya-that; atma-loka-avara�ya-froin the\ncovering of self-realization; mok§am-liberation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI do not wish to live anymore after I am released from the attack\n\nof the crocodile. What is the use of an elephant's body covered ex­\n\nternally and internally by ignorance? I simply desire eternal\n\nliberation from the covering of ignorance. That covering is not\ndestroyed by the influence of time.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this material world, every living entity is covered by the darkness\nof ignorance. Therefore the Vedas enjoin that one should approach the\nSupreme Lord through the spiritual master, who is described and offered\nprayers in the Gautamiya-tantra as follows:\nom ajiiiina-timirandhasya\njiiiinliiijana-salakaya\ncak§ur unmilitam yena\ntasmai sri-gurave nama�\n\"I offer my respectful obeisances unto my spiritual master, who with the\ntorchlight of knowledge has opened my eyes, which were blinded by the\ndarkness of ignorance.\" Although one may struggle for existence in this\nmaterial world, to live forever is impossible. One must understand,\nhowever, that this struggle for existence is due to ignorance, for otherwise every living being is an eternal part of the Supreme Lord. There is\nno need to live as an elephant or man, American or Indian; one should\ndesire only to achieve liberation from the cycle of birth and death. Because of ignorance, we consider every life offered by nature to be happy\nand pleasing, but in the degraded life within this material world, from\nthe life of Lord Brahma down to that of an ant, no one can actually be\nhappy. We are making so many plans to live happily, but there cannot be\nany happiness in this material world, however we may try to make a permanent settlement in this life or that.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0136": "Text 26]\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\n109\n\nTEXT 26\n\nm� ft� ft�� �JQ�(((14( 1\nft�q� ilm �IJRflsm qt � II� �II\nso 'ham vi.Sva-srjam vi.Svam\navi.Svam vi.Sva-vedasam\nvi.Sviitmiinam ajam brahma\nprar:wto 'smi param padam\nsa�-that; aham-1 (the person desiring release from material life);\nvi.Sva-srjam-unto He who has created this cosmic manifestation;\nvi.Svam-who is Himself the whole cosmic presentation; avi.Svam-al­\n\nthough He is transcendental to the cosmic manifestation; vi.Svavedasam-who is the knower or ingredient of this universal manifestation; vi.Sva-atmiinam-the soul of the universe; ajam-who is never\nborn, eternally existing; brahma-the Supreme; prar:wta� asmi-1 offer\nmy respectful obeisances; param-who is transcendental; padam-the\nshelter.\nTRANSLATION\nNow, fully desiring release from material life, I offer my respectful obeisances unto that Supreme Person who is the creator\nof the universe, who is Himself the form of the universe and who\nis nonetheless transcendental to this cosmic manifestation. He is\nthe supreme knower of everything in this world, the Supersoul of\nthe universe. He is the unborn, supremely situated Lord. I offer\nmy respectful obeisances unto Him.\nPURPORT\n\nSometimes when bhakti-yoga, Kr�Qa consciousness, is preached to the\ncommon man, people argue, \"Where is Kr�Qa? Where is God? Can you\nshow Him to us?\" In this verse the answer is given that if we are sufficiently intelligent, we must know that there is someone who has created\nthe entire cosmic manifestation, who has supplied and has become the ingredients for this cosmic manifestation, who is eternally existing, but\nwho is not within the cosmic manifestation. Simply on the basis of this\n\n", "SB8.1#p0137": "110\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nsuggestion, one am offer respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Lord.\nThis is the beginning of devotional life.\nTEXT 27\n\n�iR:�oft � �•IN'llf?tij I\n�fit;�)� srq�i!R1 ��ijW1ffls�l( 11�\\911\nyoga-randhita-kanniiTJ.O\nhrdi yoga-vibhavite\nyogino yam prapa§yanti\nyogesam tam nato 'smy aham\nyoga-randhita-kanniir:w- � - persons whose reactions to fruitive activities have been burnt up by bhakti-yoga; h rdi -within the core of the\nheart;\n\nyoga-vibhavite-completely\n\npurified\n\nand\n\nclean;\n\nyogina�­\n\nmystics who are competent; yam-unto the Personality of Godhead who;\nprapa§yanti-directly see; yoga-�am-unto that Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, the master of all mystic yoga; tam-unto Him; nata�\nasmi-offering obeisances; aham-1.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme, the Super­\n\nsoul, the master of all mystic yoga, who is seen in the core of the\n\nheart by perfect mystics when they are completely purified and\nfreed from the reactions of fruitive activity by practicing bhaktiyoga.\nPURPORT\n\nThe King of the elephants, Gajendra, simply accepted that there must\nbe someone who has created this cosmic manifestation and has supplied\nits ingredients. This should be admitted by everyone, even the most\ndetermined atheists. Why, then, do the nondevotees and ath�ists not admit this? The reason is that they are polluted by the reactions of their\nfruitive activities. One must be freed from all the dirt accumulated\nwithin the heart due to fruitive activities performed one after another.\nOne must wash off this dirt by practicing bhakti-yoga. Yoga-randhita-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0138": "Text 28)\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\n111\n\nkamw:r:w./:1,. As long as one is covered by material nature's modes of ig­\n\nnorance and passion, there is no possibility of understanding the\nSupreme Lord. Tadii rajas-tamo-blui:vii/:1, kiima-lobhiidaya§ ca ye. When\n\none is freed from the modes of ignorance and passion, one becomes free\nfrom the lowest qualities-klima and lobha, lust and greed.\n\nNowadays there are so many yoga schools to encourage people in\n\ndeveloping their lusty desires and greed through the practice of yoga.\n\nPeople are therefore very much fond of so-called yoga practice. The ac­\n\ntual practice of yoga, however, is described here. As authoritatively\nstated in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam (12.13.1), dhyaniivasthita-tad-gatena\n\nmanasii pa§yanti yam yogina/:1,: a yogi is one who always meditates on\n\nthe lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is also confirmed in the Brahma-samhitii (5.38):\n\npremiinjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nsanta/:£ sadaiva hrdaye$u vilokayanti\n\nyam syiimasundaram acintya-gur:w.-svarilpam\ngovindam iidi-puffi$am tam aham bhajami\n\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is Syamasundara, ��I;J.a\n\nHimself, with inconceivable innumerable attributes, whom the pure de­\n\nvotees see in their heart of hearts with the eye of devotion tinged with\nthe salve of love.\" The bhakti-yogi constantly sees Syamasundara­\n\nbeautiful Lord ��I;J.a with His blackish bodily hue. Because the King of\n\nthe elephants, Gajendra, thought himself an ordinary animal, he thought\nhimself unfit to see the Lord. In his humility, he thought that he could\n\nnot practice yoga. In other words, how can those who are like animals in\nthe bodily concept of life, and who have no purity of consciousness, prac­\n\ntice yoga? In the present day, people who have no control over their\nsenses, who have no understanding of philosophy and who do not follow\n\nreligious principles or rules and regulations are nonetheless pretending\n\nto be yogis. This is the greatest anomaly in the practice of mystic yoga.\nTEXT 28\n\nw:rm\n\n��tf+iijfU�·-\n\nm���IJfltt\n\n", "SB8.1#p0139": "(Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n112\n\nS{q'S(ql�ltt\n\n�(e:ij�j'ffi�\n\nCfif��IOII+i;wtQJ�if\n\n����II\n\nnamo namas tubhyam asahya-vegasakti-trayayakhila- dhi-gur.taya\n\nprapanna-palaya duranta-saktaye\nkad-indriyaTJiim anavapya-vartmane\n\nnamaft-1 offer my respectful obeisances; namaft-again I offer my\nrespectful\n\nobeisances;\n\nvega-forces;\n\ntubhyam-unto\n\nYou;\n\nasahya-formidable;\n\nsakti-trayaya-unto the Supreme\n\nPerson,\n\nwho has\n\nthreefold potencies; akhila-of the universe; dhi-for the intelligence;\ngur.tdya-who appears as the sense objects; prapanna-palaya-unto the\nSupreme, who gives shelter to the surrendered; durant a saktay e-who\n-\n\npossesses energies very difficult to overcome; kat- i ndriya TJdm- by persons unable to control their senses; anavapya-who is unattainable;\nvartmane-on the path.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You are the controller of formidable strength in three\n\nkinds of energy. You appear as the reservoir of all sense pleasure\n\nand the protector of the surrendered souls. You possess unlimited\n\nenergy, but You are unapproachable by those who are unable to\n\ncontrol their senses. I offer my respectful obeisances unto You\nagain and again.\n\nPURPORT\nAttachment, greed and lust are three formidable forces that prevent\none from concentrating upon the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. These forces act because the Supreme Lord does not like to be\nrealized by nondevotees and atheists. However, when one surrenders\nunto the lotus feet of the Lord, these impediments are withdrawn, and\none can realize the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore the Lord\nis the protector of the surrendered soul. One cannot become a devotee\nuntil one surrenders unto the Lord's lotus feet. Then the Lord gives one\nthe intelligence from within by which one can return home, back to Godhead.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0140": "Text 29]\n\n113\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\nTEXT 29\n\n;w.f ?fc:: �� 4'60'*'11(� � I\nij ��� ����Rtf+tffls��4( II�Q..II\nnayam veda svam atmiinam\n\nyac-chaktyaham-dhiya hatam\ntam duratyaya-mahatmyam\nbhagavantam ito 'smy aham\nna-not;\n\nayam-people\n\nin\n\ngeneral;\n\nveda-know;\n\nsvam-own;\n\natmanam-identity; yat-saktya-by whose influence; aham-I am independent; dhiya-by this intelligence; hatam-defeated or covered;\ntam-unto Him; duratyaya-difficult to understand; mahatmyamwhose glories; bhagavantam-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nita�-taking shelter; asmi aham-1 am.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, by whose illusory energy the jiva, who is part and\nparcel of God, forgets his real identity because of the bodily concept of life. I take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwhose glories are difficult to understand.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita,\n\nevery living entity-regardless of\n\nwhether he be human, demigod, anirrial, bird, bee or whatever-is part\nand parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord and the living entity are intimately related like father and son. Unfortunately, because of material contact, the living entity forgets this and wants to enjoy\nthe material world independently, according to his own plan. This illusion (maya) is very difficult to surmount. Maya covers the living entity\nbecause of his willingness to forget the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nand make his own plan to enjoy this material world. As long as this contamination continues, the conditioned soul will be unable to understand\nhis real identity and will perpetually continue under illusion, life after\nlife. Ato grha-�etra-sutapta-vittair janasya moho yam aham mameti\n\n", "SB8.1#p0141": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nll4\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\n(Bhag. 5.5.8). As long as the living entity is not enlightened so that he\n\nmay understand his real position, he will be attracted to materialistic life,\n\nto house, country or field, to society, sons, family, community, bank\n\nbalance and so on. Covered by all this, he will continue to think, \"I am\n\nthis body, and everything related to this body is mine.\" This materialistic\n\nconception of life is extremely difficult to surmount, but one who surren­\n\nders to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as did Gajendra, the King of\nthe elephants, comes to enlightenment on the Brahman platform.\nbrahma-bhata/:t prasannatmii\nna socati na karik$ati\nsama/:t sarve$u bhate$u\nmad-bhaktim labhate param\n\n\"One who is transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme\n\nBrahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments nor desires to have\n\nanything; he is equally disposed toward all living entities. In that state he\nattains pure devotional service unto Me.\" (Bg.\n\n18.54) Since a devotee is\n\ncompletely on the Brahman platform, he is not jealous of any other living\nentity (sama/:t sarve$u bhate$u).\n\nTEXT 30\n\n,ff� �\n\n��\n\n�v;qqfii(�d��\"\niHRIG:�l ����f�: I\n�� ����ffif((4�,�€1t�\na;JTR(4�1¥i(¥i�1mofiro�� 11 � 11\no\n\nsri-suka uviica\nevam gajendram upavan:tita-nirviSe$arh\nbrahmiidayo vividha-liriga-bhidiibhimiina/:t\nnaite yadopasasrpur nikhiliitmakatvat\ntatrakhiliimara-mayo harir aviriisit\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sr i Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-in this way;\n\ngajendram-unto the King of the elephants, Gajendra; upavan:tita-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0142": "Text 30]\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\n115\n\nwhose description; nirvi.Se�am-not directed to any particular person\n(but to the Supreme, although he did not know who the Suyreme is);\nbrahma-adayatt-the demigods, beginning with Brahmii, Siva, lndra\n\nand Candra; vividha-varieties; linga-bhida-with separate forms;\n\nabhimanatt-considering themselves separate authorities; na-not;\nete-all of them; yada-when; upasasrputt-approached;\n\nnikhila­\n\nsoul of everyone;\n\namara­\n\natmakatvat-because the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the Supertatra-there;\n\nakhila-of the universe;\n\nmayatt-consisting of the demigods (who are only external parts of the\n\nbody); haritt-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who can take away\n\neverything; avirdsit-appeared (before the elephant).\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi continued:\n\nWhen the King of the\n\nelephants was describing the supreme authority, without mention­\n\ning any particular person, he did not invoke the demigods, headed\nby Lord Brahm&, Lord Siva, lndra and Candra. Thus none of them\n\napproached him. However, because Lord Hari is the Supersoul,\n\nPuru�ottama, the Personality of Godhead, He appeared before\nGajendra.\n\nPURPORT\n\nFrom the description of Gajendra, he apparently was aiming at the\n\nsupreme authority although he did not know who the supreme authority\nis. He conjectured, \"There is a supreme authority who is above everything.\" Under the circumstances, the Lord's various expansions, such as\n\nLord Brahmii, Lord Siva, Candra and lndra, all thought, \"Gajendra is not\nasking our help. He is asking the help of the Supreme, who is above all of\nus.\" As Gajendra has described, the Supreme Lord has various parts and\nparcels, including the demigods, human beings and animals, all covered\nby separate forms. Although the demigods are in charge of maintaining\n\ndifferent aspects of the universe, Gajendra thought that they were unable to rescue him. Harim vina naiva mrtim taranti: no one can rescue\nanyone from the dangers of birth, death, old age and disease. It is only\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead who can rescue one from the\ndangers of material existence. Therefore an intelligent person, to get free\n\nfrom this dangerous existence, approaches the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, not any demigod. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(7.20),\n\n", "SB8.1#p0143": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n116\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nkamais tais tair hrta-jfiiinii� prapadyante 'nya-deva.ta�: those who are\nunintelligent approach the various demigods for temporary material\nbenefits. Actually, however, these demigods cannot rescue the living entity from the dangers of material existence. Like other living entities, the\ndemigods are merely external parts of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's transcendental body. As stated in the Vedic mantras, sa atmii\n\narigany anya devata�. Within the body is the atma, the soul, whereas\nthe various parts of the body like the hands and legs are external.\nSimilarly, the atma of the entire cosmic manifestation is Naraya:Q.a, Lord\nVi�:Q.u, and all the demigods, human beings and other living entities are\nparts of His body.\nIt may also be concluded that since a tree lives on the strength of its\nroot and when the root is nourished with water all the parts of the tree\nare nourished, one should worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwho is the original root of everything. Although the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is very difficult to approach, He is very near to us because He\nlives within our hearts. As soon as the Lord understands that one is seeking His favor by fully surrendering, naturally He immediately takes action. Therefore although the demigods did not come to the aid of Gajendra, the Supreme Personality of Godhead immediately appeared\nbefore him because of his fervent prayer. This does not mean that the\ndemigods were angry with Gajendra, for actually when Lord Vi�:Q.u is\nworshiped, all the other demigods are also worshiped. Yasmin tu$!e jagat\n\ntU§tam: if the Supreme Personality of Godhead is satisfied, everyone is\nsatisfied.\n\nyatha taror milla-n4ecanena\ntrpyanti tat-skandha-bhujopa.Sakha�\nprar:wpaharac ca yathendriya'fJlim\ntathaiva sarvarhar:uzm acyutejya\n\"As pouring water on the root of a tree energizes the trunk, branches,\ntwigs and everything else, and as supplying food to the stomach enlivens\nthe senses and limbs of the body, so simply worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead through devotional service automatically satisfies the\ndemigods, who are parts of that Supreme Personality.\" (Bhiig. 4.31.14)\n\nWhen the Supreme Personality of Godhead is worshiped, all the\ndemigods are satisfied.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0144": "117\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\nText 31]\n\nTEXT 31\n\nij t�«lduqe�lf \\llltfii(qRn\n\n�;f � fij'�: 'R �J:: I\n�it;( � «�A�S\"�tifl�W��: 11��11\ntam tadvad artam upalabhya jagan-nivasab,\nstotram niSamya divijaib, saha samstuvadbhib,\nchandomayena ganujena samuhyamanaS\ncakrayudho 'bhyagamad iiSu yato gajendrab,\ntam-unto him (Gajendra); tadvat-in that way; artam-who was\nvery\n\ndepressed\n\n(because\n\nof\n\nbeing\n\nattacked\n\nby\n\nthe\n\ncrocodile);\n\nupalabhya-understanding; jagat-nivasab,-the Lord, who exists everywhere; stotram-the prayer; niSamya-hearing; divijaib,-the denizens\nof the heavenly planets; saha-with; samstuvadbhib,-who were offering their prayers also; chandomayena-with the speed He desired;\ngaru{iena-by Garu<;la; samuhyamanab,-being carried; cakra-carrying\n\nHis\n\ndisc;\n\nayudhab,-and\n\nother\n\nweapons,\n\nlike\n\nthe\n\nclub;\n\nabhyagamat-arrived; iiSu-immediately; yatab,-where; gajendrab,the King of the elephants, Gajendra, was situated.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter understanding the awkward condition of Gajendra, who\nhad offered his prayers, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nHari, who lives everywhere, appeared with the demigods, who\nwere offering prayers to Him. Carrying His disc and other\nweapons, He appeared there on the back of His carrier, Garuc1a,\nwith great speed, according to His desire. Thus He appeared\nbefore Gajendra.\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura specifically hints that since\nGajendra was in such a difficult position and was praying for the mercy\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the demigods, who could have\nimmediately gone to his rescue, hesitated to go there. Since they\n\n", "SB8.1#p0145": "118\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nconsidered Gajendra's prayer to be directed toward the Lord, they felt\noffended, and this in itself was offensive. Consequently, when the Lord\nwent there, they also went and offered prayers to the Lord so that their\noffense might be excused.\nTEXT 32\n\n��:�� �Rf311�\nq� � � � aqi'EI'q4¥(\n�'-'li�Eti( f��­\n\n�anRcteg(t �WI.� 11�'<11\n\nso 'nta�-sarasy urubalena grhita arto\ndmva garutrnati harim kha upatta-cakram\nut�ipya sambuja-karam giram aha krcchran\nnaraya1J,iikhila-guro bhagavan narnas te\nsa�-he (Gajendra); anta�-sarasi-in the water; uru-balena-with\ngreat force; grhita�-who had been captured by the crocodile; arta�and severely suffering; dmva-upon seeing; garutrnati-on the back of\nGaru<Ja; harim-the Lord; khe-in the sky; upatta-cakram-wielding\nHis disc; ut�ipya-raising; sa-ambuja-karam-his trunk, along with a\nlotus flower; giram aha-uttered the words; krcchrat-with great difficulty (because of his precarious position); naraya�-0 my Lord\nNariiyru;ta; akhila-guro-0 universal Lord; bhagavan-0 Supreme Personality of Godhead; narna/:t te-l offer my respectful obeisances unto\nYou.\nTRANSLATION\nGajendra had been forcefully captured by the crocodile in the\n\nwater and was feeling acute pain, but when he saw that Niiray�a,\n\nwielding His disc, was coming in the sky on the back of Garu4&, he\n\nimmediately took a lotus flower in his trunk, and with great dif­\n\nficulty due to his painful condition, he uttered the following\n\nwords: \"0 my Lord, NiirayaJ;la, master of the universe, 0 Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, I offer my respectful obeisances unto\nYou.\"\n\n", "SB8.1#p0146": "Text 33)\n\nGajendra's Prayers of Surrender\n\n119\n\nPURPORT\nThe King of the elephants was so very eager to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead that when he saw the Lord corning in the sky, with\ngreat pain and in a feeble voice he offered respect to the Lord. A devotee\ndoes not consider a dangerous position to be dangerous, for in such a\ndangerous position he can fervently pray to the Lord in great ecstasy.\nThus a devotee regards danger as a good opportunity. Tat te 'nukampiirh\nsusamik$amd1Jah. When a devotee is in great danger, he sees that danger\nto be the great mercy of the Lord because it is an opportunity to think of\nthe Lord very sincerely and with undiverted attention. Tat te\n'nukampam susamik$amano bhwijana evatma-krtam vipakam\n(Bhag. 10.14.8). He does not accuse the Supreme Personality of Godhead for having let His devotee fall into such a dangerous condition.\nRather, he considers that dangerous condition to be due to his past\nmisdeeds and takes it as an opportunity to pray to the Lord and offer\nthanks for having been given such an opportunity. When a devotee lives\nin this way, his salvation-his going back horne, back to Godhead-is\nguaranteed. We can see this to be true from the example of Gajendra,\nwho anxiously prayed to the Lord and thus received an immediate chance\nto return horne, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 33\n\na �� .n��\"�n Q�tC1JT�\nQtll�·� �= t;q�l%54(\"R\n\n!lmt��H1���\n\nQq�t«<f ����tftiJT11J:_ II��II\n\ntam vik$ya pif),itam aja/:t sahasavatirya\nsa-graham asu sarasa/:t krpayojjahara\ngrahad vipii#ta-mukhad ariTJI'i gajendrarh\nsampa.Syatarh harir amum ucad ucchriyaTJI'im\ntam-him (Gajendra); vik$ya-after seeing (in that condition);\npif)itam-who was very aggrieved; aja/:t-the unborn, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sahasa-all of a sudden; avatirya-getti�g down\n(from the back of Garuqa); sa-graham-with the crocodile; asu-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0147": "120\n\nSrnnad-BhagavaUun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 3\n\nimmediately; sarasaft-from the water; krpaya-out of great mercy;\nujjahiira-took out; grahiit-from the crocodile; vipa# ta-separated;\nmukhiit-from the mouth; ari�-with the disc; gajendramGajendra; sampa§yatam-who were looking on; hari�-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; amum-him (Gajendra); ucat-saved;\nucchriyar:tam-in the presence of all the demigods.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, seeing Gajendra in such an aggrieved position, the\n\nunborn Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, immediately got\n\ndown from the back of Garu9a by His causeless mercy and pulled\n\nthe King of the elephants, along with the crocodile, out of the\nwater. Then, in the presence of all the demigods, who were look­\n\ning on, the Lord severed the crocodile's mouth from its body with\n\nHis disc. In this way He saved Gajendra, the King of the elephants.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Third\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Gajendra's Prayers of\nSurrender. \"\n\n", "SB8.1#p0148": "CHAPTER FOUR\n\nGajendra Returns to the Spiritual World\nThis Fourth Chapter describes the previous birth of Gajendra and the\ncrocodile. It tells how the crocodile became a Gandharva and how\nGajendra became an associate of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThere was a king on the Gandharva planet whose name was Huhii.\nOnce this King Hiihii was enjoying with women in the water, and while\nenjoying he pulled the leg of Devala ��i, who was also taking a bath in\nthe water. Upon this, the sage became very angry and immediately\ncursed him to become a crocodile. King Huhii was very sorry when\ncursed in that way, and he begged pardon from the sage, who in compassion gave him the benediction that he would be freed when Gajendra was\ndelivered by the Personality of Godhead. Thus the crocodile was\ndelivered when killed by Narayal).a.\nWhen Gajendra, by the mercy of the Lord, became one of the Lord's\nassociates in Vaikul).tha, he got four hands. This achievement is called\nsiirilpya-mukti, or the liberation of receiving a spiritual body exactly like\n\nthat of Narayal).a. Gajendra, in his previous birth, had been a great devotee of Lord Vi�t;tu. His name was lndradyumna, and he was the King of\nthe Tamila country. Following the Vedic principles, this King retired\nfrom family life and constructed a small cottage in the Malayacala Hills,\nwhere he always worshiped the Supreme Personality of Godhead in\nsilence. Agastya �i, along with many disciples, once approached King\nlndradyumna's asrama, but because the King was meditating on the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, he could not receive Agastya ��i properly. Thus the r�i became very angry and cursed the King to become a\ndull elephant. In accordance with this curse, the King was born as an\nelephant, and he forgot all about his previous activities in devotional service. Nonetheless, in his birth as a� elephant, when he was dangerously\nattacked by the crocodile, he remembered his past life in devotional service and remembered a prayer he had learned in that life. Because of this\nprayer, he again received the mercy of the Lord. Thus he was\n\n121\n\n", "SB8.1#p0149": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n122\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 4\n\nimmediately delivered, and he became one of the Lord's four-handed\n\nassociates.\n\nSukadeva Gosvami ends this chapter by describing the good fortune of\n\nthe elephant. Sukadeva Gosviimi says that by hearing the narration of\nGajendra's deliverance, one can also get the opportunity to be delivered.\n\nSukadeva Gosvami vividly describes this, and thus the chapter ends.\nTEXT 1\n\n��\n\nili�lwt�U•I+n: I\nm: �ij�{ �{F�: d m: II � II\n�€1A•I '(�\n\n�\n\n..\n\nsri-suka uviica\ntadii devar$i-gandharva\nbrahmesiina-purogamii�\nmumucu� kusumasiirarh\nsarhsanta� karma tad dhare�\nsri-suka� uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; tadii-at that time\n\n(when Gajendra was delivered); deva-r$i-gandharvii�-the demigods,\n\nsages and Gandharvas;\n\nBrahma and Lord Siva;\n\nbrahma-iSana-purogama�-headed by Lord\nmumucu�-showered;\n\nkusuma-iisiiram-a\n\ncovering of flowers; sarhsanta�-while praising; karma-transcendental activity; tat-that (gajendra-mok§ar:ta); hare/:t-of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi said: When the Lord delivered Gajendra,\nKing of the elephants, all the demigods, sages and Gandharvas,\n\nheaded by Brahma and S iva, praised this activity of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and showered flowers upon both the Lord\nand Gajendra.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is evident from this chapter that great sages like Devala ��i, Narada\n\nMuni and Agastya Muni will sometimes curse someone. The curse of\n\n", "SB8.1#p0150": "123\n\nGajendra Returns to the Spiritual World\n\nText 4]\n\nsuch a personality, however, is in fact a benediction. Both the crocodile,\nwho had been a Gandharva in his previous life, and Gajendra, who had\nbeen a king named lndradyumna, were cursed, but both of them\nbenefited. lndradyumna, in his birth as an elephant, attained salvation\nand became a personal associate of the Lord in Vaiku1.1�ha, and the crocodile regained his status as a Gandharva. We find evidence in many\nplaces that the curse of a great saint or devotee is not a curse but a\nbenediction.\nTEXT2\n\n���;:��tit f�� � ;r��: I\n��R'JTT: f��: ���� II � II\nnedur dundubhayo divya\ngandharva nanrtur jagu�\nr$aya.S cara�� siddhas\ntU$!uvu� purU$ottamam\nnedu�-vibrated; dundubhaya�-kettledrums; divya�-in the sky\nof the higher planetary system; gandharvt'i�-residents of Gandharvaloka; nanrtu�-danced; jagu�-and sang; r$aya�-all the saintly sages;\ncara��-the inhabitants of the CaraJ.la planet; sidd1ui�-the inhabitants\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nSiddha\n\nplanet;\n\ntU$!uvu�-offered\n\nprayers;\n\npurU$a­\n\nuttamam-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Puru�ottama, the\nbest of males.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was a beating of kettledrums in the heavenly planets, the\ninhabitants of Gandharvaloka began to dance and sing, while great\nsages and the inhabitants of Ciira:J).aloka and Siddhaloka offered\nprayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Puru�ottama.\nTEXTS 3-4\n\n��T �: « � ijl:f! •Hm���� I\n('\n('\n� ��� �if;:��: II � II\n\"'\n\n", "SB8.1#p0151": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n124\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 4\n\nRffin'=ltij���'{O�� I\n311TP·Hf �\\ill'l tl��gUJ«��� II \\l I I\n�;;r\n\nyo 'sau graha� sa vai sadya�\nparamascarya-rilpa-dhrk\nmukto devala-sapena\nhuhilr gandharva-sattama�\nprar:wmya sirasadhiSam\nuttama-slokam avyayam\nagayata ya8o-dhama\nkirtanya-gur:w-sat-katham\n\nya�-he who; asau-that; graha�-became a crocodile; sa�-he;\nvai-indeed; sadya�-immediately; parama-very nice; iiScaryawonderful; rilpa-dhrk-possessing the form (of his original Gandharva\nposition); mukta�-was delivered; devala-sapena-by the cursing of\nDevala \"{{�i; huhil�-whose name was formerly Hmn1; gandharva-sattama�-the best of Gandharvaloka; prar:wmya-offering his obeisances; sirasa-by the head; adhiSam-unto the supreme master; uttama-s lokam-who is worshiped by the choicest verses; avyayam-who\n\nis the supreme eternal; agayata-he began to chant; ya§a�-dhama-the\nglories of the Lord; kirtanya-gur:w-sat-katham-whose transcendental\npastimes and qualities are glorious.\nTRANSLATION\nThe best of the Gandharvas, King Hftln1, having been cursed by\n\nDevala Muni, had become a crocodile. Now, having been delivered\n\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he assumed a very\n\nbeautiful form as a Gandharva. Understanding by whose mercy\n\nthis had happened, he immediately offered his respectful obei­\n\nsances with his head and began chanting prayers just suitable for\n\nthe transcendental Lord, the supreme eternal, who is worshiped by\nthe choicest verses.\n\nPURPORT\nThe story of how the Gandharva had become a crocodile will be described later. The curse by which the Gandharva took this position was\n\n", "SB8.1#p0152": "Text6)\n\nGajendra Returns to the Spiritual World\n\n125\n\nactually a blessing, not a curse. One should not be displeased when a\nsaintly person curses someone, for his curse, indirectly, is a blessing. The\nGandharva had the mentality of an inhabitant of the celestial planetary\nsystem, and for him to become an associate of the Supreme Lord would\nhave taken millions of long years. However, because he was cursed by\nDevala ��i, he became a crocodile and in only one life was fortunate\nenough to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead face to face and be\npromoted to the spiritual world to become one of the Lord's associates.\nSimilarly, Gajendra was also delivered by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead when he was freed from the curse of Agastya Muni.\nTEXTS\n\nij)�� � qfUiit=tr SIIJTRf 61{_ I\n���ffl'���l{ifl.-ij�f?fi�: II� II\nso 'nukampita iSena\nparikramya prar_r,amya tam\nlokasya pa§yato lokarh\nsvam agan mukta-kilb4a�\nsa�-he (King Hlihu); anukampita�-being favored; iSena -by the\nSupreme Lord; parikramya-circumambulating; p rar:wmya-offering\nhis obeisances; tam-unto Him; lokasya\n\n-\n\nall the demigods and men;\n\npa§yata�-while seeing; lokam-to the planet; svam-his own; agatwent back; mukta-being delivered; kilb4a�-from the reactions of his\nsm.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nHaving been favored by the causeless mercy of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and having regained his original form,\nKing Huhu circumambulated the Lord and offered his obeisances.\nThen, in the presence of all the demigods, headed by Brahma, he\nreturned to Gandharvaloka. He had been freed of all sinful reactions.\nTEXT6\n\n�� li•l�<:�q�tl{ TSJ��il;:1-liffif_ I\nmm �� � q1cFnm�Qtt�: II � II\n\n", "SB8.1#p0153": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n126\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 4\n\ngajendro bhagavat-sparsad\nvimukto 'jfiii,na-bandhaniit\nprapto bhagavato rupam\npita-vasa§ catur-bhujab,\ngajendrab,\n\n-\n\nthe King of the elephants, Gajendra; bhagavat-sparsat­\n\nbecause of being touched by the hand of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; vimuktab,-was immediately freed; ajfiii,na-bandhaniit-from\nall kinds of ignorance, especially the bodily concept of life; praptab,­\n\nbhagavatab,-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nrupam-the same bodily features; pita-vasab,-wearing yellow garments; catub,-bhujab,-and four-handed, with conchshell, disc, club and\nachieved;\n\nlotus.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Gajendra, King of the elephants, had been touched\n\ndirectly by the hands of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he\n\nwas immediately freed of all material ignorance and bondage. Thus\n\nhe received the salvation of siirupya-mukti, in which he achieved\nthe same bodily features as the Lord, being dressed in yellow garments and possessing four hands.\n\nPURPORT\nIf one is favored by the Supreme Personality of Godhead by having his\ngross body touched by the Lord, his body turns into a spiritual body, and\nhe can go back home, back to Godhead. Gajendra assumed a spiritual\nbody when his body was touched by the Lord. Similarly, Dhruva\nMaharaja assumed his spiritual body in this way. Arcanii-paddhati, daily\nworship of the Deity, provides an opportunity to touch the body of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and thus it enables one to be fortunate\nenough to get a spiritual body and go back to Godhead. Not only by\ntouching the body of the Supreme Lord, but simply by hearing about His\npastimes, chanting His glories, touching His feet and offering worshipin other words, by serving the Lord somehow or other-one is purified of\nmaterial contamination. This is the result of touching the Supreme Lord.\nOne who is a pure devotee (anyabhi�ita-sunyam), who acts according\n\n", "SB8.1#p0154": "Text 8)\n\nGajendra Returns to the Spiritual World\n\n127\n\nto the siistra and the words of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, certainly becomes purified. Like Gajendra, he assumes a spiritual body and\nreturns home, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT7\nij\"\n\n� �\"�� �' �T �fel�'{: I\n\n�� �fij � tq�ij�Of: II \\911\nsa vai pilrvam abhiid raja\npar:u)yo dravi(la-sattamab,\nindradyumna iti khyato\nv��u-vrata-paraya�b,\nsab,-this elephant (Gajendra);\n\nvai-indeed; pilrvam-formerly;\n\nabhut-was; raja-a king; pa�{iyab,-of the country known as Pa.Q.Qya;\ndravi(la-sat-tamab,-the best of those born in DraviQa-desa, South India;\nindradyumnab,-by\nkhyatab,-celebrated;\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nMaharaja\n\nlndradyumna;\n\niti-thus;\n\nv��u-vrata-paraya�b,-who was a first-class\n\nVai�.Q.ava, always engaged in the service of the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis Gajendra had formerly been a Vai!j1,1ava and the king of the\ncountry known as PSJ,l<;lya, which is in the province of Dravi<;la\n[South India). In his previous life, he was known as lndradyumna\nMaharaja.\nTEXTS\nij\" ���T�'t�\n\ntLfur�i«r\n\n3TK'{eft'i_\n\n���\n\n�I\n\n�ijTS�ij\n«�l'{ffi i����'{: II � II\n\n��CRt\n\n\"'\n\n.\n\nC'\n\nsa ekadiiradhana-kala atmaviin\ngrhita-mauna-vrata iSvararh harim\n\n", "SB8.1#p0155": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n128\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 4\n\njata-dharas tapasa apluto 'cyutarh\nsamarcayam asa kulacaliiSrama/:1.\nsa/:1.-that\n\nlndradyumna\n\nMaharaja;\n\nekada-once\n\nupon\n\naradhana-kale-at the time of worshiping the Deity;\n\na\n\ntime;\n\natmavan­\n\nengaged in devotional service in meditation with great attention;\ngrhit a-taken; mauna-vrata/:1.-the vow of silence (not talking with\nanyone); iSvaram-the supreme controller; harim-the Personality of\nGodhead; jata-dhara/:1.-with matted locks; tapasa/:1.-always engaged in\nausterity; apluta/:1.-always merged in love for the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; acyutam-the infallible Lord; samarcayam asa-was\nworshiping; kulacala-asrama/:1.-he made his asrama in Kulacala (the\nMalaya Hills).\nTRANSLATION\nlndradyumna Maharaja retired from family life and went to the\n\nMalaya Hills, where he had a small cottage for his asrama. He wore\n\nmatted locks on his head and always engaged in austerities. Once,\n\nwhile observing a vow of silence, he was fully engaged in the wor­\n\nship of the Lord and absorbed in the ecstasy of love of Godhead.\nTEXT9\n\n��T qsr illl� uA:\n\n�'ltilllF.0tiit101: qftf�: I\n� ��<� �T'Ital�uuR�\n���qm�N�Cfiltf\n\n� II � II\n\nyadrcchaya tatra maha-ya.Sa muni/:1.\nsamagamac ch�ya-gar:wi/:1. pariSrita/:1.\ntam vi�ya ti4�im akrtarha�ikam\nrahasy upasinam r$iS cukopa ha\nyadrcchaya-out of his own will (without being invited); tatrathere; maha-ya.Sa/:1.-very celebrated, well-known; muni/:1.-Agastya\nMuni;\n\nsamagamat-arrived;\n\ns�ya-gar:wi/:1.-by\n\nhis\n\ndisciples;\n\n", "SB8.1#p0156": "Text\n\n10)\n\n129\n\nGajendra Returns to the Spiritual World\n\npariSritab,-surrounded;\n\ntam-him;\n\nakrta-arha�-adikam-without\n\nvi/cyya-seeing; t��im-silent;\n\noffering\n\na\n\nrespectful\n\nreception;\n\nrahasi-in a secluded place; upasinam-sitting in meditation; r�ib,-the\ngreat sage; cukopa-became very angry; ha-it so happened.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Indradyumna Maharaja was engaged in ecstatic meditation, worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the great\nsage Agastya Muni arrived there, surrounded by his disciples.\nWhen the Muni saw that Maharaja Indradyumna, who was sitting\nin a secluded place, remained silent and did not follow the etiquette of offering him a reception, he was very angry.\nTEXT\n\nawr\n\n�\n\n10\n\n�N'iii\\1�-\n\n�tf\n�lti�� I\n�sn�� N-�m �\n�qt �: �lffif: � �II� oil\ntasrnd imam siipam adiid asadhur\nayam duriitmakrta-buddhir adya\nvipravamanta viSatam tamisram\nyatha gajab, stabdha-matib, sa eva\ntasmai-unto Maharaja lndradyumna; imam-this; sapam-curse;\nadiit-he gave; asiidhub,-not at all gentle; ayam-this; duriitmddegraded soul; akrta-without education; buddhib,-his intelligence;\nadya-now; vipra-of a brahma�; avamanta-insulter; viSatam-let\nhim\n\nenter;\n\ntamisram-darkness;\n\nyatha-as;\n\ngajab,-an elephant;\n\nstabdha-matib,-possessing blunt intelligence; sab,-he; eva-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\nAgastya Muni then spoke this curse against the King: This King\nIndradyumna is not at all gentle. Being low and uneducated, he has\n\n", "SB8.1#p0157": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n130\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 4\n\ninsulted a briihmai,la. May he therefore enter the region of dark­\n\nness and receive the dull, dumb body of an elephant.\n\nPURPORT\nAn elephant is very strong, it has a very big body, and it can work\nvery hard and eat a large quantity of food, but its intelligence is not at all\ncommensurate with its size and strength. Thus in spite of so much bodily\nstrength, the elephant works as a menial servant for a human being.\nAgastya Muni thought it wise to curse the King to become an elephant\nbecause the powerful King did not receive Agastya Muni as one is obliged\nto receive a brahmnl')-a. Yet although Agastya Muni cursed Maharaja\nlndradyumna to become an elephant, the curse was indirectly a benediction, for by undergoing one life as an elephant, lndradyumna Maharaja\nended the reactions for all the sins of his previous life. Immediately after\nthe expiry of the elephant's life, he was promoted to Vaiku1,1thaloka to\nbecome a personal associate of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nNaraya1,1a, in a body exactly like that of the Lord. This is called sarilpyamukti.\nTEXTS 11-12\n\nr4twn �\n�tf �tffi iRf(S'f�t(l '\\T.I�trcrfi4'r.71'l 'Iq �tt:\n.\n\n'\"'\n\n'\"'\n\n�QitsN @ff(ff«\n��H� II� �II\n3WA�t �� �;ftfiHIR�fu'fer.lTfuw:l'n{ I\n«-49fl�� ����: 11� �11\nsri-suka uvaca\nevam saptva gato 'gastyo\nbhagavan nrpa sanuga/:1indradyumno 'pi rajar�ir\ndi§tam tad upadharayan\napanna/:1- kaufijarim yonim\natmn-smrti-vinasinim\nhary-arcananubhavena\nyad-gajatve 'py anusmrti/:1-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0158": "Text 12)\n\n131\n\nGajendra Returns to the Spiritual World\n\nsri-sukab, uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-thus; saptva­\n\nafter\n\ncursing;\n\ngatab,-left\n\nthat\n\nplace;\n\nagastyab,-Agastya\n\nMuni;\n\nbhagavan-so powerful; nrpa-0 King; sa-anugab,-with his asso­\n\nciates; indradyumnab,-King lndradyumna; api-also; rdjar$ib,-al­\n\nthough he was a rajar$i; di$tam-because of past deeds; tat-that curse;\nupadhdrayan-considering;\n\napannab,-got;\n\nkaunjarim-of\n\nan\n\nelephant; yonim-the species; dtma-smrti-remembrance of one's iden­\n\ntity; vinasinim-which destroys; hari-the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead; arcana-anubhavena-because of worshiping; yat-that; gajatve\n-in the body of an elephant; api-although; anusmrtib,-the oppor­\n\ntunity to remember his past devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: My dear King, after Agastya Muni\n\nhad thus cursed King lndradyumna, the Muni left that place along\n\nwith his disciples. Since the King was a devotee, he accepted\n\nAgastya Muni's curse as welcome because it was the desire of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, although in his next\n\nlife he got the body of an elephant, because of devotional service\nhe remembered how to worship and offer prayers to the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThis is the unique position of a devotee of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. Although the King was cursed, he welcomed the curse because\n\na devotee is always aware that nothing can happen without the desire of\n\nthe Supreme Lord. Although the King was not at fault, Agastya Muni\ncursed him, and when this happened the King considered it to be due to\nhis past misdeeds. Tat te 'nukampamsusamik$amar:tab- (Bhag.\n\n10.14.8).\n\nThis is a practical example of how a devotee thinks. He regards any\nreverses in life as blessings of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTherefore, instead of being agitated by such reverses, he continues his\n\nactivities of devotional service, and Kr��a takes care of him and enables\nhim to be promoted to the spiritual world, back to Godhead. If a devotee\nhas to suffer the reactions of his past misdeeds, the Supreme Lord ar­\n\nranges for him to be given only a token of these reactions, and_yery soon\n\nhe is freed from all the reactions of material contamination. One should\n\n", "SB8.1#p0159": "132\n\nSrimad-Bhag avatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 4\n\ntherefore adhere to devotional service, and the Lord Himself will very\nsoon see to one's promotion to the spiritual world. A devotee should not\nhe disturbed by unfortunate circumstances, but must continue his regular program, depending on the Lord for everything. The word\nupadhii.rayan, \"considering,\" is very significant in this verse. This word\nindicates that a devotee knows what is what; he understands what is happening in material, conditional life.\nTEXT 13\n\n�� �(J q���lll�;ffiq- q�fff ilf'fflwt 9;�:\n\n���q�ft�lwt-\n\n�� �Cfii il��I(:C;flStffi(_ II�� II\n\nevam virrwlcyya gaja-yutha-pam abja-nabhas\ntenapi par�ada-gatim gamitena yukta�\ngandharva-siddha-vibudhair upagiyamiinakarmiidbhutam sva-bhavanam garw)iisano 'gat\nevam-thus; virrw/cyya-delivering; gaja-yutha-pam-the King of\nthe elephants, Gajendra; abja-niibha�-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, from whose navel sprouts a lotus flower; tena-by him\n(Gajendra); api-also; par�ada-gatim-the position of the Lord's associate; gamitena-who had already gotten; yukta?z,-accompanied;\ngandharva-by the denizens of Gandharvaloka; siddha-the denizens\nof Siddhaloka; vibudhai�-and by all great learned sages;\nupagiyamiina-were being glorified; karma-whose transcendental activities; adbhutam-all-wonderful; sva-bhavanam-to His own abode;\ngarU{ia-iisana�-sitting on the back of Garm�a; agat-returned.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon delivering the King of the elephants from the clutches of\nthe crocodile, and from material existence, which resembles a crocodile, the Lord awarded him the status of sarftpya-mukti. In the\n\npresence of the Gandharvas, the Siddhas and the other demigods,\n\n", "SB8.1#p0160": "Text 13]\n\nGajendra Returns to the Spiritual World\n\n133\n\nwho were praising the Lord for His wonderful transcendental activities, the Lord, sitting on the back of His carrier, Garu«;la,\nreturned to His all-wonderful abode and took Gajendra with Him.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word vimok$ya is significant. For a devotee, mok$a or\nmukti-salvation-means getting the position of the Lord's associate.\nThe impersonalists are satisfied to get the liberation of merging in the\n\nBrahman effulgence, but for a devotee, mukti (liberation) means not to\n\nmerge in the effulgence of the Lord, but to be directly promoted to the\nVaikuJ.ltha planets and to become an associate of the Lord. In this regard,\n\nthere is a relevant verse in Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.14.8):\n\ntat te 'nukamparh susamik$amar:w\nbhunjana evatma-krtarh vipakam\nhrd-vag-vapurbhir vidadhan namas te\njiveta yo mukti-pade sa daya-bhak\n\"One who seeks Your compassion and thus tolerates all kinds of adverse\n\nconditions due to the karma of his past deeds, who engages always in\nYour devotional service with his mind, words and body, and who always\noffers obeisances unto You, is certainly a bona fide candidate for liberation.\" A devotee who tolerates everything in this material world and\n\npatiently executes his devotional service can become mukti-pade sa\n\ndaya-bhak, a bona fide candidate for liberation. The word daya-bhak\n\nrefers to a hereditary right to the Lord's mercy. A devotee must simply\nengage in devotional service, not caring about material situations. Then\nhe automatically becomes a rightful candidate for promotion to\nVaikuJ.lthaloka. The devotee who renders unalloyed service to the Lord\ngets the right to be promoted to V aikuJ.lthaloka, just as a son inherits the\nproperty of his father.\nWhen a devotee gets liberation, he becomes free from material contamination and engages as a servant of the Lord. This is explained in\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (2.10.6): muktir hitvfinyatha nlparh svanlper:w\nvyavasthiti/:1,. The word svanlpa refers to sfinlpya-mukti-going back\n\nhome, back to Godhead, and remaining the Lord's eternal associate, having regained a spiritual body exactly resembling that of the Lord, with\n\n", "SB8.1#p0161": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n134\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 4\n\nfour hands, holding the sarikha, cakra, gada and padma. The difference\nbetween the mukti of the impersonalist and that of the devotee is that the\ndevotee is immediately appointed an eternal servant of the Lord, whereas\nthe\n\nimpersonalist,\n\nalthough\n\nmerging\n\nin\n\nthe\n\neffulgence\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nbrahmajyoti, is still insecure and therefore generally falls again to this\nmaterial world. Aruhya krcchreT)lL param padam tata� patanty adho\n\n'nadrta-y�mad-arighraya� (Bhag.\n\n10.2.32). Although the imper­\n\nsonalist rises to the Brahman effulgence and enters into that effulgence,\nhe has no engagement in the service of the Lord, and therefore he is\nagain attracted to materialistic philanthropic activities. Thus he comes\ndown to open hospitals and educational institutions, feed poor men and\nperform similar materialistic activities, which the impersonalist thinks\nare more precious than serving the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nAnadrta-y�mad-arighraya�. The impersonalists do not think that the\nservice of the Lord is more valuable than serving the poor man or starting a school or hospital. Although they say brahma satyam jagan\n\nmithya-\"Brahman is real, and the material world is false\" -they are\nnonetheless very eager to serve the false material world and neglect the\nservice of the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�ful) �\n�'� ��m���\n� tr� �re�'�\n1:'\n§;:W;mt �C[t( �1{. II� �II\n\n�mt::r\n\n•\n\netan maha-raja taverito maya\nkmliinubhavo gaja-raja-mok{;aT)am\nsvargyam ya§asyam kali-kalrrta$apaham\ndu�vapna-nasam kuru-varya sr�vatam\netat-this; maha-raja-0 King Parik�it; tava-unto you; irita�-described; maya-by me; kr$7)a-anubhava�-the unlimited potency of\nLord Kr��a (by which He can deliver a devotee); gaja-raja-mok{;aT)am­\n\ndelivering the King of the elephants; svargyam-giving elevation to\n\n", "SB8.1#p0162": "Text 15)\n\nGajendra Returns to the Spiritual World\n\n135\n\nhigher planetary systems; ya.Sasyam-increasing one's reputation as a\ndevotee; kali-kal11UZ$a-apaham-diminishing the contamination of the\nKali-yuga; du(lsvapna-nasam-counteracting the causes of bad dreams;\nkuru-varya-0 best among the Kurus; srr:tvatam-of persons who hear\nthis narration.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Parik�it, I have now described the wonderful\npower of �J].a, as displayed when the Lord delivered the King of\nthe elephants. 0 best of the Kuru dynasty, those who hear this narration become fit to be promoted to the higher planetary systems.\nSimply because of hearing this narration, they gain a reputation as\ndevotees, they are unaffected by the contamination of Kali-yuga,\nand they never see bad dreams.\nTEXT 15\n\n��l3\"dt1.-����T'fl f��: I\n�t�:\n\nm��\n\n�:���� 11��11\n\nyathanukirtayanty etac\nchreyas-kama dvijataya!t\nsucaya!t pratar utthaya\ndu(tsvapnady-upa§antaye\nyatha-without deviation; anukirtayanti-they chant; etat-this\nnarration of the deliverance of Gajendra; sreya!l,-kama!l,-persons who\ndesire their own auspiciOusness; dvi-jataya!l,-the twiceborn\n(brahmar:tas, �atriyas and vaiSyas); sucaya!l,-especially the\nbrahmar:tas, who are always clean; prata!l,-in the morning; utthayaafter getting up from sleep; du(lsvapna-adi-beginning with sleeping\nbadly at night; upa.Santaye-to counteract all troublesome positions.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, after getting up from bed in the morning, those who\ndesire their own welfare -especially the briihmaJ].as, k�atriyas,\nvaisyas and in particular the briihm8J].a Vai�t:tavas-should chant\n\n", "SB8.1#p0163": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n136\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 4\n\nthis narration as it is, without deviation, to counteract the troubles\nof had dreams.\nPURPORT\nEvery verse in the Vedic literature, especially in the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam and Bhagavad-gitii, is a Vedic mantra. Here the words\nyathiinukirtayanti are used to recommend that this literature be pre­\n\nsented as it is. Unscrupulous persons, however, deviate from the actual\nnarration and interpret the text in their own way with grammatical jug­\n\nglery. Such deviations are to be avoided. This is a Vedic injunction supported by Sukadeva Gosvami, one of the mahajanas, or authorities. He\n\nsays, yathiinukirtayanti: one should recite the mantra as it is, without\n\ndeviation, for then one will be eligible to rise to the platform of all good\nfortune. Sukadeva Gosvami especially recommends that those who are\n\nbriihmar.r-as (sucayaM recite all these mantras after rising from bed in\n\nthe morning.\n\nBecause of sinful activities, at night we have bad dreams, which are\n\nvery troublesome. Indeed, Maharaja Yudhi�thira was obliged to see hell\nbecause of a slight deviation from devotional service to the Lord.\n\nTherefore, du�vapna-bad dreams-occur because of sinful activities.\n\nA devotee sometimes accepts a sinful person as his disciple, and to coun­\n\nteract the sinful reactions he accepts from the disciple, he has to see a bad.\ndream. Nonetheless, the spiritual master is so kind that in spite of having\nbad dreams due to the sinful disciple, he accepts this troublesome busi­\n\nness for the deliverance of the victims of Kali-yuga. Mter initiation,\n\ntherefore, a disciple should be extremely careful not to commit again any\n\nsinful act that might cause difficulties for himself and the spiritual\n\nmaster. Before the Deity, before the fire, before the spiritual master and­\n\nbefore the V ai�J.!avas, the honest disciple promises to refrain from all\nsinful activity. Therefore he must not again commit sinful acts and thus\ncreate a troublesome situation.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�ft: smn �t �mr 1\n����rtf ���� Ritll��ll\n\n���\n\n", "SB8.1#p0164": "Text 24]\n\n137\n\nGajendr a Returns to the Spiritual World\nidam aha hari}J, prito\ngajendram kuru-sattama\nsro-vatam sarva-bhutaniim\nsarva-bhuta-mayo vibhu}J,\n\nidam-this; aha-said; hari}J,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\npritaiJ,-being pleased; gajendram-unto Gajendra; kuru-sat-tama-0\nbest of the Kuru dynasty; sr�vatam-hearing; sarva-bhutaniim-in the\npresence of everyone; sarva-bhuta-maya}J,-all-pervading Personality\nof Godhead; vibhu}J,-the great.\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of the Kuru dynasty, the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, the Supersoul of everyone, being thus pleased, addressed\nGajendra in the presence of everyone there. He spoke the following blessings.\nTEXTS 17-24\n\n�ttwr<rr�\n1\nit ijf ro :q ��� fflf«i��\nifflit��· � ij(ql((ql'l. II t \\911\n�llfunf;r NtOlfT� il�oft � f�� I\n�m� it fif1.f '=11'1 �ifmq � � II �<=II\n����lj 'IT�� ctmn� � I\n� 'tl�ti ijqol 'Hfit� 11��11\n\n��44���\n���1\nqtof WW�fit �4 Sl&�tf � II� II\n'f\"���(l&IQ(efm�: � it I\n���!F'Tfir i_� � ��1�1\\1¥( �� ��II\n� �tt44otrfi �Nstl'l. �q� I\n��:\nelq�qqq(({q ������\no\n\n", "SB8.1#p0165": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n138\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 4\n\nqwt �m � 'idew-a.'l ru6!:4l(Ulf( I\n� Bm�ija �it'it� '\"� 11��11\n\n��·IP'IlqHisrr.:a �: ijij+UN6H I\n�RI \"\"�Of �q;6 �Sl'(itsftcl�lq_II� \\lll\nsri-bhagaviin uviica\nye miim tviim ca sara§ cedam\ngiri-kandara-kananam\nvetra-kicaka-ve�Jilniim\ngulmiini sura-piidapiin\nspigii�Jimiini dh�IJyiini\nbrahmar,w me sivasya ca\n�irodam me priyam dhiima\nsveta-dviparh ca bhiisvaram\n!\n\nsrivatsam kaustubham miiliim\ngadiim kaumodakim mama\nsudarsanam piincajanyam\nsupar�Jam patagesvaram\nse$arh ca mat-kaliim su�miirh\nsriyam devim mad-asrayam\nbrahmar:mm niiradam r$irh\nbhavam prahradam eva ca\n\nmatsya-kurma-varahadyair\n'\navataraifi, krtani me\nkarmii�Jy ananta-pu�Jyani\nsuryam sorrtam hutasanam\nprar:mvam saty?m avyaktam\ngo-vipran dliarmam avyayam\nda�aya�Jir dharma-patnib,\nsoma-ka§yapayor api\n\n", "SB8.1#p0166": "Text 24)\n\nGajendra Returns to the Spiritual World\n\n139\n\ngarigarh sarasvatirh nandiim\nkalindim sita-viira�Jam\ndhruvam brahma-r�in sapta\npur:tya-slokiims ca manaviin\nuttha yapara-riitrante\nprayata/:t susamahitii/:t\n\nsmaranti mama rupar:ti\n\nmucyante te 'mhaso 'khilat\nsri-bhagavan uviica-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; ye­\n\nthose who; miim-Me; tvam-you; ca-also; sara/:t-lake; ca-also;\nidam-this;\n\ngiri-hill\n\nkananam-gardens;\n\n(Trikuta\n\nvetra-of\n\nMountain);\n\ncane;\n\nkandara-caves;\n\nkicaka-hollow\n\nbamboo;\n\nver:tilnam-and of another kind of bamboo; gulmani-clusters; sura­\n\npadapan-celestial\n\ndh�r:tyani-abodes;\n\ntrees;\n\nsrrigar:ti-the\n\nbrahma�Ja/:t-of\n\npeaks;\n\nLord\n\nBrahma;\n\nimani-these;\nme-of\n\nMe;\n\nsivasya-of Lord Siva; ca-also; �ira-udam-the ocean of milk; me­\n\nMy; priyam-very dear; dhiima-place; sveta-dvipam-known as the\n\nwhite island; ca-also; bhasvaram-always brilliant with spiritual rays;\nsrivatsam-the mark named Srivatsa;\n\ngem;\n\nmiilam-garland;\n\nKaumodaki;\n\nmama-My;\n\njanyam-conchshell\n\nkaustubham-the Kaustubha\n\ngadam-club;\n\nkaumodakim-known\n\nsudarsanam-Sudarsana\n\nnamed\n\nPaiicajanya;\n\ndisc;\n\nas\n\npafica­\n\nsuparJJam-Garu�a;\n\npataga-iSvaram-the king of all birds; se�am-the resting place Se�a\n\nNaga; ca-and; mat-kalam-My expanded part; sil�miim-very sub­\n\ntle; sriyam devim-the goddess of fortune; mat-iiSrayam-all dependent upon Me; brahmar:tam-Lord Brahma; naradam r�im-the great\nsaint Narada Muni; bhavam-Lord Siva; prahriidam eva ca-as well as\nPrahlada; matsya-the Matsya incarnation; kurma-the Kurma incarnation; variiha-the boar incarnation; iidyai/:t-and so on; avatarai/:t­\n\nby different incarnations; krtani-done; me-My; karmii r:ti-activities;\nananta-unlimited;\n\npur:tyiini-auspicious, pious; suryam-the sun­\n\ngod; somam-the moon-god; hutii§anam-the fire-god; pra7Javam-the\n\norhkiira mantra; satyam-the Absolute Truth; aryaktam-the total material energy; go-vipran-the cows and brahmar:tas; dharmam-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0167": "140\n\ndevotional\n\nservice;\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 4\n\naryayam-never\n\ndiilcyaya�ib,-the\n\nending;\n\ndaughters of Dak�a; dharma-patnib,-bona fide wives; soma-of the\nmoon-god;\n\nka.Syapayob,-and of the great r$i Kasyapa;\n\napi-also;\n\ngangam-the River Ganges; sarasvatim-the River Sarasvati; nandam-the River Nanda; kalindim-the River Yamuna; sita-vara�mthe elephant Airavata; dhruvam-Dhruva Maharaja; brahma-r$ingreat r$is; sapta-seven; pu�ya-slokan-extremely pious; ca-and;\nmanavan-human beings; utthaya-getting up; apara-ratra-ante-at\nthe end of the night; prayatab,-being very careful; su-samahitab-with concentrated minds; smaranti-remember; mama-My; rupa� iforms; mucyante-are delivered; te-such persons; amhasab,-from\nsinful reactions; akhilat-of all kinds.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Freed from all sinful\n\nreactions are those who rise from bed at the end of night, early in\n\nthe morning, and fully concentrate their minds with great atten­\n\ntion upon My form; your form; this lake; this mountain; the\ncaves; the gardens; the cane plants; the bamboo plants; the\ncelestial trees; the residential quarters of Me, Lord Brahmii and\n\nLord Siva; the three peaks of Trikii�a Mountain, made of gold,\n\nsilver and iron; My very pleasing abode [the ocean of milk]; the\nwhite island, Svetadvipa, which is always brilliant with spiritual\nrays; My mark of Srivatsa; the Kaustuhha gem; My Vaijayanti gar­\n\nland; My club, Kaumodaki; My Sudarsana disc and Piiiicajanya\n\nconchshell; My hearer, GarU«;la, the king of the birds; My bed, Se�a\n\nNaga; My expansion of energy the goddess of fortune; Lord\n\nBrahmii; Niirada Muni; Lord Siva; Prahliida; My incarnations like\nMatsya, Kiirma and Variiha; My unlimited all-auspicious activities,\n\nwhich yield piety to he who hears them; the sun; the moon; fire;\n\nthe mantra mhkiira; the Absolute Truth; the total material energy;\nthe cows and hriihma1,1as; devotional service; the wives of Soma\n\nand Ka8yapa, who are all daughters of King Dak�a; the Rivers\n\nGanges, Sarasvati, Nandii and Yamuna [Kalindi]; the elephant\nAiriivata; Dhruva Maharaja; the seven r�is; and the pious human\n\nbeings.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0168": "Text 26)\n\nGajendra Returns to the Spiritual World\n\n141\n\nTEXT 25\n\n� 'If �d��WlWilfi· � f;r�q� I\n� snull�lf�� �fil � � 11�'-\\II\nye marh stuvanty anenariga\npratibudhya niSatyaye\nte$iirh pra1Jii,tyaye caharh\ndadami vipularh gatim\nye-those who; mam-unto Me; stuvanti-offer prayers; anena-in\nthis way; ariga-0 King; pratibudhya-getting up; niSa-atyaye-at the\nend of night; te$iim-for them; pra1)11-atyaye-at the time of death;\n\nca- also; aham-1; dadami-give; vip ulam-the eternal, unlimited;\ngatim-transferral to the spiritual world.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear devotee, unto those who rise from bed at the end of\nnight and offer Me the prayers offered by you, I give an eternal\nresidence in the spiritual world at the end of their lives.\nTEXT 26\n\n��\n\n�lfl� �ij:SJrolf(� ���I\n������\n�qri'� 11��11\nsri-suka uvaca\nity adiSya hr$ikesa/:L\npradhmaya jalajottamam\nhar$ayan vibudhanikam\naruroha khagadhipam\nsri-suka/:L uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosviimi said; iti-thus; adiSya- advisi ng; hr$ike5a/:L-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, known as\nH:r�ikesa; pradhmaya-blowing; jala-ja-uttamam-the conchshell, the\n\n", "SB8.1#p0169": "142\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 4\n\nbest of the aquatics; har�ayan-pleasing; vibudha-anikam-the host of\n\ndemigods, headed by Lord Brahrna and Lord Siva; aruroha-got up;\nkhaga-adhipam-on the back of Garu�a.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: Mter giving this instruction,\n\nthe Lord, who is known as Hr�ikesa, bugled with His Pancajanya\n\nconchshell, in this way pleasing all the demigods, headed by Lord\n\nBrahmii. Then He mounted the hack of His carrier, Garu\"a.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Fourth\n\nChapter, of the Srirnad-Bhagavatarn, entitled \"Gajendra Returns to the\nSpiritual World.\"\n\n", "SB8.1#p0170": "CHAPTER FIVE\n\nThe Demigods Appeal\nto the Lord for Protection\nThis chapter describes the fifth and sixth Manus, and it also describes the\nprayers of the demigods and the curse of Durvasa Muni.\n\nThe brother of Tamasa, the fourth Manu, who has previously been de­\n\nscribed, was the fifth Manu, Raivata. The sons of Raivata included\n\nArjuna, Bali and Vindhya. During the reign of this Manu, lndra, the\n\nKing of heaven, was known as Vibhu. Among the demigods were the\n\nBhiitarayas, and among the seven r�is were Hira.Q.yaroma, Vedasira and\nUrdhvabahu. The r�i known as Subhra, by his wife, Viku.Q.tha, gave birth\n\nto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vaikut;ttha. This Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead manifested a Vaiku1,1tha planet at the request of\nRamadevi. His power and activities are mentioned in the Third Canto.\n\nThe sixth Manu was Cak�u�a, the son of Cak�u Manu. Among the sons\n\nof the sixth Manu were Piiru, Piiru�a and Sudyumna. During the reign\nof this Manu, Mantradruma was lndra, the King of the heavenly planets.\n\nAmong the demigods were the Apyas, and among the seven r�is were\n\nHavi�man\n\nand\n\nViraka.\n\nThe\n\nwife\n\nof\n\nVairaja,\n\nwhose\n\nname\n\nwas\n\nDevasambhiiti, gave birth to Ajita, an incarnation of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. This Ajita, taking the shape of a tortoise and hold­\n\ning the mountain known as Mandara on His back, churned the ocean and\nproduced nectar for the demigods.\n\nMaharaja Parik�it was very eager to hear about the churning of the\n\nocean, and therefore Sukadeva Gosvami began to explain to him how the\n\ndemigods, having been cursed by Durvasa Muni, were defeated in battle\n\nby the asuras. When the demigods were deprived of their heavenly\nkingdom, they went to the assembly house of Lord Brahma and informed\n\nLord Brahma of what had happened. Then Brahrna, along with all the\n\ndemigods, went to the shore of the ocean of milk and offered prayers to\nK�irodakasayi Vi�.Q.u.\n\n143\n\n", "SB8.1#p0171": ". [Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n144\n\nTEXT 1\n\n,ft��CfR\nu:t..��qij� €t \":\n\n�Ef'11�'1'( 1\n\nq��oj � -rot �� � II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\nrajann uditam etat te\nhare� karmagha-nasanam\n\ngajendra-molcyar.zam pur:tyam\nraivatam tv antaram srr:tu\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva\n\nGosvami\n\nsaid;\n\nrajan-0\n\nKing;\n\nuditam-already described; etat-this; te-unto you; hare�-of the\n\nLord; karma-activity; agha-nasanam-by hearing which one can be\n\nfreed\n\nfrom\n\nall\n\nmisfortune;\n\ngajendra-mok.,mr.zam-deliverance\n\nof\n\nGajendra, the King of the elephants; pur:tyam-very pious to hear and\n\ndescribe; raivatam-about Raivata Manu; tu-but; antaram-in this\n\nmillennium; srr:tu-kindly hear from me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: 0 King, I have described to you\n\nthe pastime of Gajendra-mok�al)a, which is most pious to hear. By\n\nhearing of such activities of the Lord, one can be freed from all\nsinful reactions. Now please listen as I describe Raivata Manu.\nTEXT2\n\nq9(ijt �Hit ;nq �q�: I\nilMM..�ttli(t({t� ijijl (1�'1f(cf'it: II � II\npaficamo raivato nama\nmanus tamnsa-sodara�\nbali-vindhyadayas tasya\nsuta harjuna-purvaka�\npaficama�-the :fifth;\n\nraivata�-Raivata;\n\nnama-by the\n\nname;\n\nmanu�-Manu; tamnsa-sodara�-the brother of Tamasa Manu; bali-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0172": "Text4]\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n145\n\nBali; vindhya-Vindhya; adaya�-and so on; tasya-his; sutd�-sons;\nha-certainly; arjuna-Arjuna; purvaka�-heading all the sons.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brother of Tiimasa Manu was the fifth Manu, named Raivata.\nHis sons were headed by Arjuna, Bali and Vindhya.\nTEXT3\n\n�: Wlllll1 �:1\nR(IR4i\\+u «�(I �iiiC(tfl f�: 11 � 11\nvibhur indra� sura-gar:u'i\nrajan bhutarayadaya�\nhirartyaroma vedaSira\nurdhvabahv-adayo dvija�\nvibhu�-Vibhu;\ndemigods;\nBhutarayas;\n\nindra�-the King of heaven;\n\nrlijan-0\n\nKing;\n\nbhutaraya-adaya�-headed\n\nhirartyaroma-Hiral).yaroma;\n\nurdhvabahu-Urdhvabahu;\n\nsura-gar:u'i�-the\n\nadaya� -and\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nvedaSira-Vedasira;\nothers;\n\ndvija�-the\n\nbrahmartas or r�is who occupied the seven planets.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, in the millennium of Raivata Manu the King of heaven\nwas known as Vibhu, among the demigods were the Bhutarayas,\nand among the seven brahmal).as who occupied the seven planets\nwere HirQJ).yaromii, Veda5irii and Urdhvahiihu.\nTEXT4\n\nm firtu01 �� ��: tJ{�: '\n�: (<lf.hw�l �Wit �rm� 11 \\l 11\npatni vikurt!hli subhrasya\nvaikurt!hai� sura-sattamai�\n\n", "SB8.1#p0173": "146\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\ntayo/:1, sva-kalayii jajiie\nvaikur.ttho bhagaviin svayam\npatni-the wife; vikur_t!/ui-named VikuQtha; subhrasya-of\nSubhra; vaikur.tthai/:1,-with the VaikuQthas; sura-sat-tamai/:1,demigods; tayo/:1,-by VikuQtha and Subhra; sva-kalaya-with plenary\nexpansions; jajiie-appeared; vaikur.ttha/:1,-the Lord; bhagaviin-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; svayam-personally.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the combination of Subhra and his wife, Viku:t:�thii, there\nappeared the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vaiku:t:�tha, along\nwith demigods who were His personal plenary expansions.\nTEXTS\n\n�:�����q�: I\n� � � �sttt€h1Rt� II� ll\nvaikur.ttha/:t kalpito yena\nloko loka-namaskrta/:1,\nramayii priirthyamiinena\ndevyii tat-priya-kamyayii\nvaikur.ttha/:1,-a VaikuQtha planet; kalpita/:1,-was constructed; yenaby whom; loka/:1,-planet; loka-namaskrta/:t-worshiped by all people;\nramaya-by Rama, the goddess of fortune; priirthyamiinena-being so\nrequested; devya-by the goddess; tat-her; priya-kiimyaya-just to\nplease.\nTRANSLATION\nJust to please the goddess of fortune, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Vaiku:t:�tha, at her request, created another Vaiku:t:�tha\nplanet, which is worshiped by everyone.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura remarks here that this\nVaikuQtha planet, like Srimad-Bhiigavatam, appears and is said to be\n\n", "SB8.1#p0174": "Text6\n\n]\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n147\n\nborn or created, but both Srimad-Bhagavatam and VaikuQ.!ha eternally\nexist beyond the material universes, which are enveloped by eight kinds\nof coverings. As described in the Second Canto, Lord Brahmii saw\nVaikuQ.!ha before the creation of the universe. Virariighava Acarya mentions that this VaikuQ.!ha is within the universe. It is situated above the\nmountain known as Lokaloka. This planet is worshiped by everyone.\nTEXT6\n\n6�1�¥11�: � �IJfl� 4(4il�t�U I\n¥i'�h11 �0[� Fr� � ��ol� gufl'{ II � II\n..\n\ntasyanubhavaft kathito\ngu� ca paramodayalt\nbhauman rer:tun sa vimame\nyo v�r:tar varr:tayed gu1J-dn\ntasya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead appearing as\n\nVaikuQ.tha; anubhavaft-great activities; kathitaft-were explained;\n\ngu1J-dft-transcendental qualities; ca-also; parama-udayaft-greatly\nglorious;\n\nbhauman-earthly;\n\nrer:tlln-particles;\n\nsalt-someone;\n\nvimame-can count; yaft-such a person; v�r:taft-of Lord Vi�Q.u;\nvarr:tayet-can count; gur:tdn-the transcendental qualities.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the great activities and transcendental qualities of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead's various incarnations are wonderfully described, sometimes we are unable to understand them.\nYet everything is possible for Lord Vi�J.lU. If one could count the\natoms of the universe, then he could count the qualities of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. But no one can count the atoms\nof the universe, nor can anyone count the transcendental qualities\nof the Lord.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord's glorious activities referred to in this connection took place\nafter His personal bodyguards Jaya and Vijaya became Daityas, having\n\n", "SB8.1#p0175": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n148\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nbeen cursed by the great sages Sanaka, SaniUana, Sanat-kumara and\nSanandana. Jaya, as Hira.Qyiik�a, had to fight with Varahadeva, and that\nsame Varahadeva is mentioned in regard to the Raivata millennium. The\nfighting, however, took place during the reign of the first Manu,\nSvayambhuva. Therefore according to some authorities there are two\nVariihas. According to others, however, Varaha appeared during the\nregime of Svayambhuva Manu and stayed in the water until that of\nRaivata Manu. Some may doubt that this could be possible, but the\nanswer is that everything is possible. If one could count the atoms within\nthe universe, one could count the qualities of Lord Vi�J,lu. But the atoms\nof the universe are impossible for anyone to count, and similarly no one\ncan count the transcendental qualities of the Lord.\nTEXT7\n'\"'\n\n�\n\n��: ��� ;mt er �: I\n�\\�'f�ilsrU{Clt���:\n11\\SII\n'm�\n\n�U$!ha5 ca ca�W}a}:t putra5\ncii�W}o nama vai manu}:t\npilru-pilrW}a-sudyumnapramukhiiS cii�W}iitmaja}:t\n�U$!hal:t-the sixth; ca-and; ca�W}a}:t-of Cak�u; putra}:t-the son;\n\nm\n\ncii�W}a}:t-Cak!(!u!(!a; nama-named; vai-indeed;\nanu}:t-Manu;\np ru- ru; p\na\nru�a; sudyumna-Sudyumna ; pramukhii}:t­\n\nil\n\nPu\n\nilTW}\n\n-\n\nPu\n\nheaded by; cii�W}a-iitma-ja}:t-the sons of Cak�u�a.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Cak�u known as Cak�u�a was the sixth Manu. He had\n\nmany sons, headed by Piiru, Piiru�a and Sudyumna.\nTEXTS\n\n�� +4w:sJ4+4� � 311C41�41 qon: I\nf[wt4(ij?l � ��fu�: II � II\n\n", "SB8.1#p0176": "Text9]\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n149\n\nindro mantradrumas tatra\ndeva apyadayo gar:ui/:t\nmunayas tatra vai rajan\nhavi§mad-virakadaya/:t\nindra/:t-the\n\nKing\n\nof\n\nheaven;\n\nmantradruma/:t-known\n\nas\n\nMantradruma; tatra-in that sixth manvantara; deva/:t-the demigods;\napya-adaya/:t-the\n\nApyas\n\nand\n\nothers;\n\ngar:ui/:t-that\n\nassembly;\n\nmunaya/:t-the seven sages; tatra-there; vai-indeed; rajan-0 King;\nhavi§mat-of the name Havi�man; viraka-adaya/:t-Viraka and others.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the reign of cak�u�a Manu, the King of heaven was\nknown as Mantradruma. Among the demigods were the Apyas, and\namong the great sages were Havi�miin and Viraka.\nTEXT9\n\n� �'ff.JT ���i:it�I¥1CJ({ wr: I\n� ill'l ¥f&l�l4�il i3ltRI: tffir: II � II\ntatrapi devasambhiityarh\nvairajasyabhavat suta/:t\najito nama bhagaviin\namsena jagata/:t pati/:t\ntatra api-again in that sixth manvantara; devasambhutyam-by\nDevasambhuti; vairajasya-by her husband, Vairaja; abhavat-there\nwas; suta/:t-a son; ajita/:t nama-by the name Ajita; bhagavan-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; amsena-partially; jagata/:t pati/:tthe master of the universe.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this sixth manvantara millennium, Lord Vi�J;m, the master of\nthe universe, appeared in His partial expansion. He was begotten\nby V airaja in the womb of his wife, Devasambhuti, and His name\nwas Ajita.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0177": "150\n\nSrbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 10\n\n��mijnurr�Wfl'\nWllltuit� ��f: ��Qui q�: II� II\no\n\npayodhim yena nirmathya\nsuraT}iim sadhita sudha\nbhramamar.w 'mbhasi dhrta/:t\nkurma-rupeTJQ. mandara/:t\npayodhim-the ocean of milk; yena-by whom; nirmathya-by\nchurning; suraT}iim-of the demigods; sadhita-produced; sudha-nectar; bhramamil7Ja/:t-moving here and there; ambhasi-within the\nwater; dhrta/:t-was staying; kurma-rupeTJQ.-in the form of a tortoise;\nmandara/:t-the mountain known as Mandara.\nTRANSLATION\nBy churning the ocean of milk, Ajita produced nectar for the\n\ndemigods. In the form of a tortoise, He moved here and there,\n\ncarrying on His back the great mountain known as Mandara.\nTEXTS ll-12\n\nm o:arJ::,\"'\n\n;m;qNa-: �(Qitl(: 1\n�� � �� ��'Rt 11��11\n�ij ij�: � fqi��q �: I\n� ¥(r(C«J: d �� 'R+ilgij'( II� �II\n\n� ¥1tli:fijl\n\nsri-rajovaca\nyatha bhagavata brahman\nmathita/:t lcyira-sagara/:t\nyad-artham va yata§ cadrim\ndadharambucaratmana\nyathamrtam surai/:t praptam\nkim canyad abhavat tata/:t\n\n", "SB8.1#p0178": "The Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\nText 13]\n\n151\n\netad bhagavata� karma\nvadasva paramiidbhutam\nsri-raja uviica-King Parik�it inquired; yathii-as; bhagavata-by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; brahman-0 learned briihma�J-Q,;\nmathita�-churned; �ira-sagara�-the ocean of milk; yat-arthamwhat was the purpose;\n\nvii-either; yata�-wherefrom, for what\n\nreason; ca-and; adrim-the mountain (Mandara ) ; dadhii ra-was staying;\n\nthe\n\nambucara-iitmanii-in\n\nform\n\nof\n\na\n\ntortoise;\n\nyathii -as;\n\namrtam-nectar; surai�-by the demigods; priiptam-was achieved;\nkim-what;\n\nca-and;\n\nanyat-other;\n\nabhavat-became;\n\ntata�­\n\nthereafter; etat-all these; bhagavata�-of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;\n\nkarma-pastimes,\n\nactivities;\n\nvadasva-kindly\n\ndescribe;\n\nparama-adbhutam-because they are so wonderful.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik�it inquired: 0 great briihma�a, Sukadeva Gosvimi,\n\nwhy and how did Lord Vi��u churn the ocean of milk? For what\n\nreason did He stay in the water as a tortoise and hold up Mandara\n\nMountain? How did the demigods obtain the nectar, and what\nother things were produced from the churning of the ocean?\n\nKindly describe all these wonderful activities of the Lord.\nTEXT 13\n\n� � 'ltfin 'IrruiT tA: I\n\n;nf�li'Rf it R� W�� �'tfflf� II�� II\ntvayii sarikathyamiinena\nmahimnii siitvatiim pate�\nniititrpyati me cittam\nsuciram tiipa-tiipitam\ntvaya-by\n\nYour\n\nHoliness;\n\nsarikathyamiinena-being\n\ndescribed;\n\nmahimnii-by all the glories; siitvatiim pate�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of the devotees; na-not; ati-trpyati-is\nsufficiently satisfied; me-my; cittam-heart; suciram-for such a long\ntime; tapa-by miseries; tiipitam-being distressed.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0179": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n152\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy heart, which is disturbed by the three miserable conditions\nof material life, is not yet sated with hearing you describe the\nglorious activities of the Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the master of the devotees.\nTEXT 14\n\n�rr ro\"'f\n\n� ¥t•t�tit� �wit m.n 1\n3l'flf;r� ����� SF�rtiir II� \\?II\nsri-siiJa uvaca\n\nsampr$to bhagavan evarh\n\ndvaipayana-suto dvija/:t\n\nabhinandya harer viryam\n\nabhyd.ca$turh pracakrame\n\nsri-suta/:t uvaca-Sri Siita Gosvami said; sampr$ta/:t\ntioned;\n\nbhagavan\n\n-\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami;\n\nevam\n\n-\n\nthus ;\n\n-\n\nbeing ques­\n\ndvaipayana­\n\ns uta/:t-the son of Vyasadeva; dvi-ja/:t-0 brahmarJaS assembled here;\nabhinandya\n\n-\n\nco ngratulating Maharaja Parikl?it; hare/:t viryam-the glo­\n\nries of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; abhyticU$tum-to describe;\npracakrame -endeavored.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Siita Gosviimi said: 0 learned briihma�as assembled here at\nSukadeva Gosviimi, the son of Dvaipayana,\n\nNaimi�iir�ya, when\n\nwas thus questioned by the King, he congratulated the King and\nthen endeavored to describe further the glories of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTEXTS 15-16\n\n��\n\nUSij��cn �q,;n: f����: 1\nf((1(1ql f.RRffl wiJR1Q)(W041 �: 11�'-\\11\n\n11�\n\n", "SB8.1#p0180": "The Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\nText 16)\n\n153\n\ntro�·:�jq;r ����� � I\nfwl:'ll'lillll�Sf �ft'\"lr<::tr: �trt: II�� II\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nyadii yuddhe 'surair deva\n\nbadhyamanii}J sitayudhai}J\n\ngatasavo nipatita\n\nnotti§theran sma bhuriSa}J\n\nyadii durvasa}J sapena\n\nsendra lokas trayo nrpa\n\nni}J§rikas cabhavarits tatra\nnesur ijyadaya}J kriya}J\n\nsri-suka}J uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; yadii-when; yud­\n\ndhe-in the fighting; asurai}J-by the demons; deva}J-the demigods;\n\nbadhyamanii}J-beseiged; sita-ayudhai}J-by serpent weapons; gata­\n\nasava}J-almost dead; nipatita}J-some of them having fallen; na-not;\n\nutti§!heran-got up again; sma-so became; bhuriSa}J-the majority of\n\nthem; yadii-when; durvasa}J-of Durvasa Muni; sapena-with the\n\ncurse; sa-indra}J-with Indra; loka}J traya}J-the three worlds; nrpa-\n\n0\n\nKing;\n\nni}J§rika}J-without\n\nany\n\nmaterial\n\nopulence;\n\nca-also;\n\nabhavan-became; tatra-at that time; nesu}J-could not be performed; ijya-adaya/J-sacrifices; kriya/J-ritualistic ceremonies.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: When the asuras, with their serpent\n\nweapons, severely attacked the demigods in a fight, many of the\n\ndemigods fell and lost their lives. Indeed, they could not be\n\nrevived. At that time, 0 King, the demigods had been cursed by\nDurviisa Muni,\n\nthe three worlds\n\nwere poverty-stricken, and\n\ntherefore ritualistic ceremonies could not be performed. The\n\neffects of this were very serious.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIt is described that while Durvasa Muni was passing on the road, he\n\nsaw lndra on the back of his elephant and was pleased to offer lndra a\n\n", "SB8.1#p0181": "154\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\ngarland from his own neck. lndra, however, being too puffed up, took\nthe garland, and without respect for Durvasa Muni, he placed it on the\ntrunk of his carrier elephant. The elephant, being an animal, could not\nunderstand the value of the garland, and thus the elephant threw the\ngarland between its legs and smashed it. Seeing this insulting behavior,\nDurvasa Muni immediately cursed lndra to be poverty-stricken, bereft of\nall material opulence. Thus the demigods, afHicted on one side by the\nfighting demons and on the other by the curse of Durvasa Muni, lost all\nthe material opulences in the three worlds.\nTo be extremely opulent in materialistic advancement is sometimes\nvery risky. The materially opulent person does not care about anyone,\nand thus he commits offenses to great personalities, such as devotees and\ngreat saints. This is the way of material opulence. As described by\nSukadeva Gosvami, dhana-durmadandha: too much wealth makes one\nblind. This happens even to lndra in his heavenly kingdom, and what to\nspeak of others in this material world? When one is materially opulent,\nhe should learn to be sober and well-behaved toward Vai�J;lavas and\nsaintly persons; otherwise he will fall down.\n\nTEXTS 17-18\n\nf.t�1�66\\ Wf(UIT 1ft��: I\nWfl\\�tl����te;ffl Rf;(f'� II� �II\nm � 511U� ��: 1\nri A��: 5f0Ril: q�g� II� �II\nniSiimyaitat sura-gaTJii,\nnu2hendra-varu1Jii,daya�\nniidhyagacchan svayam nu2ntrair\nnu2ntrayanto viniScitam\ntato brahnu2-sabham jagmur\nmeror murdhani sarva.Sa�\nsarvam vijfiiipayam cakru�\nprar:r-ata� parame$thine\n\n", "SB8.1#p0182": "The Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\nText 20)\n\nniSamya-hearing;\ndemigods;\nother\n\ndemigods;\n\nsonally;\n\netat-this\n\nincident;\n\nmaha-indra-King lndra;\nna-not;\n\nmantrai!J,-by\n\n155\n\nsura-garyii!J,-all\n\nthe\n\n:Varu�J-U-adaya!J,-Varul).a and\n\nadhyagacchan-reached;\ndeliberation;\n\nsvayam-per­\n\nmantrayanta!J,-discussing;\n\nvini§citam-a real conclusion; tata!J,-thereupon; brahma-sabham-to\nthe assembly of Lord Brahma; jagmu!J,-they went; mero!J,-of Sumeru\nMountain; murdhani-on the top; sarva.Sa!J,-all of them; sarvameverything; vijnapayam cakru!J,-they informed; pra�J-Utu!J,-offered\nobeisances; parame�!hine-unto Lord Brahma.\nTRANSLATION\nLord lndra, Varu�a and the other demigods, seeing their lives in\nsuch a state, consulted among themselves, but they could not find\nany solution. Then all the demigods assembled and went together\nto the peak of Sumeru Mountain. There, in the assembly of Lord\nBrahmii, they fell down to offer Lord Brahms their obeisances, and\nthen they informed him of all the incidents that had taken place.\n\nTEXTS 19-20\n\nfet�tif��1&41�(''{ f;n�M•IetSUU'{ I\nilitilit+tl·�stltiWI�IWit\nfcfi:\nII� �II\nQ+tiR�wt +twmt �� �\n�i:tlil��ei:tG\\� �� �ffi:\nll�oll\n«\n\nsa\n\nvilokyendra-vayv-adrn\nni!J.sattvan vigata-prabhan\n\nlokan amangala-prayan\nasuran ayatha vibhu!J,\nsamahitena manasa\nsarilsmaran pur�am param\nuvacotphulla-vadano\ndevan sa bhagavan para!J,\n\n", "SB8.1#p0183": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n156\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nsa�-Lord Brahmii; vilokya-looking over; indra-vayu-adin-all the\n\ndemigods, headed by Lord lndra and Vayu; ni�attvan-bereft of all\n\nspiritual potency; vigata-prabhan-bereft of all effulgence; lokan-all\nthe\n\nthree\n\nworlds;\n\nammigala-prayan-merged\n\ninto\n\nmisfortune;\n\nasuran-all the demons; ayatha�-flourishing; vibhu�-Lord Brahma,\n\nthe supreme within this material world; samahitena-by full adjust­\n\nment; manasa-of the mind; sarhsmaran-remembering again and\n\nagain;\n\npuru,sam-the\n\nuvaca-said;\n\nSupreme\n\nPerson;\n\nparam-transcendental;\n\nutphulla-vadana�-bright-faced;\n\ndevan-unto\n\nthe\n\ndemigods; sa�-he; bhagavan-the most powerful; para�-of the\ndemigods.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing that the demigods were bereft of all influence and\n\nstrength and that the three worlds were consequently devoid of\nauspiciousness, and upon seeing that the demigods were in an\n\nawkward position whereas all the demons were flourishing, Lord\nBrahmii, who is above all the demigods and who is most powerful,\n\nconcentrated his mind on the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nThus being encouraged, he became bright-faced and spoke to the\n\ndemigods as follows.\n\nPURPORT\n\nMter hearing from the demigods the real situation, Lord Brahma was\n\nvery much concerned because the demons were unnecessarily so powerful. When demons become powerful, the entire world is placed in an\nawkward position because demons are simply interested in their own\nsense gratification and not in the welfare of the world. Demigods or de­\n\nvotees, however, are concerned with the welfare of all living beings. Srila\nRiipa Gosviim1, for example, left his ministership and went to V:rndavana\n\nfor the benefit of the entire world (lokanarh hita-kari�JQ,u). This is the\n\nnature of a saintly person or demigod. Even impersonalists think of the\n\nwelfare of all people. Thus Brahmii was very much concerned at seeing\n\nthe demons in power.\n\n•\n\n�\n\n", "SB8.1#p0184": "Text 22]\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n157\n\naharit bhavo yuyam atho 'suradayo\nmanU$ya-tiryag-druma-gharma-jataya/:t\nyasyiivatiiriimsa-kalii-visarjitii\nvrajiima sarve sara1Jilrit tam avyayam\naham-l; bhava/:t-Lord Siva; yilyam-all of you demigods; atho­\n\nas well as; asura - adaya/:t-demons and others; manU$ya-the human\nbeings; tiryak-the animals; druma_:_the trees and plants; gharmajataya/:t-as well as the insects and germs born of perspiration; yasya­\n\nof whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead) ; avatiira-of the pu�a\nincarnation; amsa-of His part and parcel, the gu1J11-avatara, Brahma;\nkala-of Brahma's sons; visarjitii/:t-produced by the generation; vrajama-we shall go; sarve-all of us; sara1Jilm-unto the shelter; tamunto the Supreme; avyayam-the inexhaustible.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma said: I, Lord Siva, all of you demigods, the\n\ndemons, the living entities born of perspiration, the living beings\n\nborn of eggs, the trees and plants sprouting from the earth, and\nthe\n\nliving entities born\n\nfrom embryos-all come\n\nfrom the\n\nSupreme Lord, from His incarnation of rajo-gu:r;ta [Lord Brahma,\n\nthe gu:r;ta-avatiira] and from the great sages [:r�is] who are part of\n\nme. Let us therefore go to the Supreme Lord and take shelter of\n\nHis lotus feet.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSome creatures are born from embryos, some from perspiration, and\nsome from seeds. In this way, all living entities emanate from the gu1J11avatiira of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Ultimately, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is the shelter of all living entities.\nTEXT 22\n\n\"��\"��\n;ftq�aft�l<(oft�q�:\n\n", "SB8.1#p0185": "158\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\n�Rqf<t«te•rPl\n�\n� �:��m � ������\nna yasya vadhyo na ca ra�ar:tiyo\nnope�ar:tiyadarar:tiya-pa�a/:t\ntathiipi sarga-sthiti-sarhyamiirtharh\ndhatte raja/:t-sattva-tamarhsi kale\nna-not; yasya -by whom\n\n(the Lord); vadhya /:t-anyone is to be\n\nkilled; na-nor; ca-also; ra�w,iya /:t-anyone is to be protected; nanor;\n\nupe�ar:tiya-to be neglected; iidarar:tiya-to be worshiped;\ntat hapi -still; sarga creation; sthiti -maintenance;\nsarhyama -and annihilation; artham-for the sake of; dhatte-He accepts; raja/:t -passion; sattva -goodness; tamiirhsi-and ignorance;\n\npa�a/:t -part;\n\n-\n\nkale-in due course of time.\nTRANSLATION\nFor the Supreme Personality of Godhead there is no one to he\n\nkilled, no one to he protected, no one to he neglected and no one\nto he worshiped. Nonetheless, for the sake of creation, mainte­\n\nnance and annihilation according to time, He accepts different\n\nforms as incarnations either in the mode of goodness, the mode of\npassion or the mode of ignorance.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse explains that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is equal\nto everyone. This is con£rmed by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(9.29):\nsamo 'ham sarva-bhilte�u\nna me dve�yo 'sti na priya/:t\nye bhajanti tu miirh bhaktyii\nmayi te te�u ciipy aham\n\"I envy no one, nor am I partial to anyone. I am equal to all. But whoever\n\nrenders service unto Me in devotion is a friend, is in Me, and I am also a\nfriend to him.\" Although the Lord is impartial, He gives special attention\nto His devotees. Therefore the Lord says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(4.8):\n\n", "SB8.1#p0186": "Text 23)\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n159\n\nparitra�ya sadhunam\nvinasaya ca d�krtam\ndharma-sarhsthapanarthaya\nsambhavami yuge yuge\n\"To deliver the pious and to annihilate the miscreants, as well as to reestablish the principles of religion, I advent Myself millennium after\nmillennium.\" The Lord has nothing to do with anyone's protection or\ndestruction, but for the creation, maintenance and annihilation of this\nmaterial world He apparently has to act either in goodness, in passion or\nin darkness. Actually, however, He is unaffected by these modes of material nature. He is the Supreme Lord of everyone. As a king sometimes\npunishes or rewards someone to maintain law and order, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, although having nothing to do with the activities\nof this material world, sometimes appears as various incarnations according to the time, place and object.\n\nTEXT 23\naW � � f�ql�wtaJIJ(:\n\n�������\n� if\\iflq: ��ai ��\n�� t:�t ��ijusp;r: ������\nayam ca tasya sthiti-palana-�ar:m/:1.\nsattvam j�ar:msya bhavaya dehinam\ntasmad vrajama/:1. sara�m jagad-gurum\nsvanam sa no dhasyati sam sura-priya/:1.\nayam-this period; ca-also; tasya-of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;\n\nsthiti-palana-�ar:ta/:1.-the time for maintenance, or for\n\nestablishing His rule; sattvam-the mode of goodness; j�ar:msya-accepting (now, without waiting); bhavaya-for the increased development or establishment; dehinam-of all living entities who accept material bodies; tasmat-therefore;\n\nvrajama/:1.-let\n\nus take; sarar:mm­\n\nshelter; jagat-gurum-at the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who is the universal teacher; svanam-His own persons;\n\n", "SB8.1#p0187": "160\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nsab.-He (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); nab--unto us;\ndhasyati-will give; sam-the good fortune we need; sura-priyab.-because He is naturally very dear to the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nNow is the time to invoke the mode of goodness of the living entities who have accepted material bodies. The mode of goodness is\nmeant to establish the Supreme Lord's rule, which will maintain\nthe existence of the creation. Therefore, this is the opportune\nmoment to take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nBecause He is naturally very kind and dear to the demigods, He\nwill certainly bestow good fortune upon us.\nPURPORT\n\nThe material world is conducted by the three modes of nature, namely\nsattva-gu1J11, rajo-gu1J11 and tamo-gu1J11. By rajo-gu1J11 everything\nmaterial is created, by sattva-gu1J11 everything material is maintained\nproperly, and by tamo-gu1J11, when the creation is improperly situated,\neverything is destroyed.\nFrom this verse we can understand the situation of Kali-yuga, through\nwhich we are now passing. Just before the beginning of Kali-yuga-or,\nin other words, at the end of Dvapara-yuga-Lord Sri Kr!?.l).a appeared\nand left His instructions in the form of Bhagavad-gitii, in which He\nasked all living entities to surrender unto Him. Since the beginning of\nKali-yuga, however, people have practically been unable to surrender to\nthe lotus feet of Kr!?.l).a, and therefore, after some five thousand years,\nKr!?.l).a came again as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu just to teach the entire\nworld how to surrender unto Him, unto Sri Kr!?.l).a, and thus be purified.\nSurrendering unto the lotus feet of Kr!?.l).a means achieving complete\npurification. Kr!?.l).a says in Bhagavad-gitii (18.66):\n\nsarva-dharmiin parityajya\nmiim ekam sara1Jilrh vraja\naham tviirh sarva-pilpebhyo\nmok$afo.yami mil sucab.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0188": "Text 23)\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n161\n\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall\n\ndeliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" Thus as soon as one\n\nsurrenders unto the lotus feet of K.r�Q.a, one certainly becomes free from\nall contamination.\n\nKali-yuga is full of contamination. This is described in the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam (12.3.51):\n\nkaler do$a-nidhe rajann\nasti hy eko mahan gur:w/:1,\nkirtanad eva kmtasya\nmukta-smiga/:1, param vrajet\nThis age of Kali is full of unlimited faults. Indeed, it is just like an ocean\n\n(do$a-nidhi). But there is one chance, one opportunity.\nKirtanad eva kr$r:wsya mukta-sanga/:1, param vrajet: simply by chanting\nthe Hare K.r�Q.a mantra, one can be freed from the contamination of\n\nof faults\n\nKali-yuga and, in his original spiritual body, can return home, back to\n\nGodhead. This is the opportunity of Kali-yuga.\n\nWhen K.r�1,1a appeared, He gave His orders, and when Kr�Q.a Himself\n\nappeared as a devotee, as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, He showed us the\n\npath by which to cross the ocean of Kali-yuga. That is the path of the\nHare K.r�Q.a movement. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared, He\n\nushered in the era for the smikirtana movement. It is also said that for\nten thousand years this era will continue. This means that simply by ac­\n\ncepting the sarikirtana movement and chanting the Hare K.r�Q.a mahii­\n\nmantra, the fallen souls of this Kali-yuga will be delivered. Mter the\n\nBattle of Kuruk�etra, at which Bhagavad-gita was spoken, Kali-yuga\ncontinues for 432,000 years, of which only 5,000 years have passed.\n\nThus there is still a balance of 427,000 years to come. Of these 427,000\nyears, the 10,000 years of the sarikirtana movement inaugurated by Sri\nCaitanya Mahiiprabhu 500 years ago provide the opportunity for the\n\nfallen souls of Kali-yuga to take to the K.r�Q.a consciousness movement,\n\nchant the Hare K.r�Q.a mahii-mantra and thus be delivered from the\nclutches of material existence and return home, back to Godhead.\n\nChanting of the Hare l(r�Q.a mahii-mantra is potent always, but it is\nespecially potent in this age of Kali. Therefore Sukadeva Gosvami, while\n\n", "SB8.1#p0189": "162\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch 5\n.\n\ninstructing Maharaja Parik�it, stressed this chanting of the Hare l(r�I).a\n\nmantra.\n\nkaler do�a-nidhe rajann\nasti hy eko mahan guTJ-a/:t\nkirtaniid eva km:wsya\nmukta-sanga/:t pararh vrajet\n\n\"My dear King, although Kali-yuga is full of faults, there is still one\n\ngood quality about this age. It is that simply by chanting the Hare l(r�I).a\n\nmaha-mantra, one can become free from material bondage and be pro­\n\nmoted to the transcendental kingdom.\" (Bhag.\n\n12.3.51) Those who have\n\naccepted the task of spreading the Hare }(r�I).a maha-mantra in full\nl(r�I).a consciousness should take this opportunity to deliver people very\n\neasily from the clutches of material existence. Our duty, therefore, is to\nfollow the instructions of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and preach the l(r�I).a\n\nconsciousness movement all over the world very sincerely. This is the\nbest welfare activity for the peace and prosperity of human society.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's movement consists of spreading kr�TJ-asarikirtana. Pararh vijayate sri-kr�rJ-a-sarikirtanam: \"All glories to the\nSri l(r�I).a sarikirtanar' Why is it so glorious? This has also been explained by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Ceto-darpar:w,-marjanam: by the\nchanting of the Hare l(r�I).a maha-mantra, one's heart is cleansed. The\nwhole difficulty is that in this age of Kali there is no sattva-gur:w, and no\n\nclearance of the heart, and therefore people are making the mistake of\n\nidentifying with their bodies. Even the big philosophers and scientists\nwith whom we deal are practically all under the impression that they are\n\ntheir bodies. The other day we were discussing a prominent philosopher,\nThomas Huxley, who was proud of being an Englishman. This means\n\nthat he was in the bodily conception of life. Everywhere we find this\n\nsame misunderstanding. As soon as one is in the bodily conception of\n\nlife, one is nothing but an animal like a cat or a dog (sa eva go-khara/:t).\n\nThus the most dangerous of the dirty things within our hearts is this\nmisidentification of the body as the self. Under the influence of this mis­\n\nunderstanding, one thinks, \"I am this body. I am an Englishman. I am an\nIndian. I am an American. I am Hindu. I am Muslim.\" This misconception is the strongest impediment, and it must be removed. That is the in­\n\nstruction of Bhagavad-gita and of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Indeed,\n\nBhagavad-gita begins with this instruction:\n\n\\\n\n", "SB8.1#p0190": "Text 23]\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n163\n\ndehino 'smin yatha dehe\nkaumararh yauvanarh jara\ntatha dehantara-praptir\ndhiras tatra na muhyati\n\"As the embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood to\nyouth to old age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. The\nself-realized soul is not bewildered by such a change.\" (Bg. 2.13) Although the soul is within the body, nevertheless, because of misunderstanding and animal propensities one accepts the body as the self.\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu therefore\n\nsays,\n\nceto-darpary,a-marjanam. To\n\ncleanse the core of the heart, which is full of misunderstanding, is possi­\n\nble only through sri-kr$ry,a-sarikirtana. The leaders of the l(r�l).a con­\n\nsciousness movement should very seriously take this opportunity to be\nkind to the fallen souls by delivering them from the misunderstanding of\nmaterialistic life.\nOne cannot be happy in any way within this material world. As stated\n\nin Bhagavad-gita (8.16):\n\nabrahma-bhuvanal loka/:1.\npunar avartino 'rjuna\n\"From the highest planet in this material world down to the lowest, all\nare places of misery wherein repeated birth and death take place.\"\nTherefore, not to speak of going to the moon, even if one is promoted to\nthe highest planetary system, Brahmaloka, there cannot be any happiness in this material world. If one actually wants happiness, one must go\nto the spiritual world. The material world is characterized by a struggle\nfor existence, and survival of the fittest is a well-known principle, but\nthe poor souls of this material world do not know what is survival and\nwho is fit. Survival does not mean that one should die; survival means\nthat one should not die, but should enjoy an everlastingly blissful life of\nknowledge. This is survival. The l(r�l).a consciousness movement is\nmeant to make every person fit for survival. Indeed, it is meant to stop\n\nthe struggle for existence. The Srimad-Bhiigavatam and Bhagavad-gita\ngive definite directions on how to stop the struggle for existence and how\n\nto survive in eternal life. The sarikirtana movement, therefore, is a great\n\n", "SB8.1#p0191": "164\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nopportunity. Simply by hearing Bhagavad-gitii and chanting the Hare\nl(r�Qa mahii-mantra, one becomes completely purified. Thus the struggle for existence ceases, and one goes back home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 24\n\n��fi�\n\n� ��: ������\n31M6� � � �: q� 11����\nsri-suka uviica\nity a b/u'i§ya suriin vedhii�\nsaha devair arindama\najitasya padarh sak§aj\njagama tamasa� param\nsri-suka� uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; ab/u'i§yatalking; suriin-unto the demigods; vedhii�-Lord Brahma, who is the\nhead of this universe and who gives everyone good sense in Vedic knowledge; saha-with; deva*-the demigods; arim-dama-0 Maharaja\nParik�it, subduer of all kinds of enemies (such as the senses); ajitasyaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; padam-to the place; siik§iitdirectly; jagama-went; tamasa�-the world of darkness; paramtranscendental to, beyond.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, subduer of all enemies, after Lord Brahmii\nfinished speaking to the demigods, he took them with him to the\nabode of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, which is beyond\nthis material world. The Lord's abode is on an island called\nSvetadvipa, which is situated in the ocean of milk.\nPURPORT\n\nMaharaja Parik�it is addressed here as arindama, \"subduer of all\nenemies.\" Not only do we have enemies outside of our bodies, but within\n\n", "SB8.1#p0192": "Text 24)\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n165\n\nour bodies there are many enemies, such as lusty desires, anger and\n\ngreed. Maharaja Parik�it is specifically addressed as arindama because in\n\nhis political life he was able to subdue all kinds of enemies, and even\n\nthough he was a young king, as soon as he heard that he was going to die\n\nwithin seven days, he immediately left his kingdom. He did not follow\n\nthe dictates of enemies within his body, such as lust, greed and anger. He\n\nwas not at all angry with the muni 's son who had cursed him. Rather, he\n\naccepted the curse and prepared for his death in the association of\n\nSukadeva Gosvami. Death is inevitable; no one can surpass the force of\ndeath. Therefore Maharaja Parik�it, while fully alive, wanted to hear\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam. He is consequently addressed here as arindama.\nAnother word, sura-priya, is also significant. Although Kt�Qa, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, is equal toward everyone, He is es­\n\npecially inclined toward His devotees (ye bhajanti tu rruirh bhaktya mayi\n\nte te$U ciipy aham). The devotees are all demigods. There are two kinds\n\nof men within this world. One is called the deva, and the other is called\n\nthe asura. The Padma Purii�Jn states:\n\ndvau bhuta-sargau loke 'smin\ndaiva iisura eva ca\nvi$r_tu-bhakta/:t smrto daiva\niisuras tad-viparyaya/:t\nAnyone who is a devotee of Lord Kt�Qa is called a deva, and others, even\n\nthough they may be devotees of demigods, are called asuras. RiivaQa, for\n\nexample, was a great devotee of Lord Siva, but he is described as an\nasura. Similarly, Hira:Q.yakasipu is described as a great devotee of Lord\n\nBrahma, yet he was also an asura. Therefore, only the devotee of Lord\n\nVi�:Q.u is called sura, not asura. Lord Kt�:Q.a is very much pleased with\nHis devotees, even if they are not on the topmost stage of devotional service. Even on the lower stages of devotional service one is transcenden­\n\ntal, and if one continues with devotional life, he continues to be a deva or\n\nsura. If one continues in this way, l(r�:Q.a will always be pleased with him\n\nand will give him all instructions so that he may very easily return home,\n\nback to Godhead.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0193": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n166\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nConcerning ajitasya padam, the abode of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead in the milk ocean of this material world, Srila V isvanatha\n\nCakravarti Thakura says: padam k$irodadhi-stha-svetadvipam tamasa?t\n\nprakrte?t param. The island known as Svetadvipa, which is in the ocean\nof milk, is transcendental. It has nothing to do with this material world.\nA city government may have a rest house where the governor and important government officers stay. Such a rest house is not an ordinary house.\n\nSimilarly, although Svetadvipa, which is in the ocean of milk, is in this\nmaterial world, it is param padam, transcendental.\nTEXT 25\n\n�� �q: I\n�M+tif\\6 �eftwil���: ������\n���\n\ntatradr$!a-svarilpiiya\nsruta-pilrviiya vai prabhu?t\nstutim abrilta daivibhir\ngirbhis tv avahitendriya?t\ntatra-there (at the Lord's abode known as Svetadvipa); adf$!a­\n\nsvarilpiiya-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who was not seen\n\neven by Lord Brahma; sruta-pilrviiya-but who was heard about from\nthe\n\nVedas;\n\nvai-indeed; prabhu?t-Lord Brahma;\n\nstutim-prayers\n\nderived from Vedic literature; abr ilta-performed; daivibhi/:t-by\nprayers mentioned in the Vedic literature or offered by persons strictly\nfollowing Vedic principles; girbhi?t-by such sound vibrations or songs;\n\ntu- then; avahita-indriya?t-fixed in mind, without deviation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThere (at Svetadvipa], Lord Brahmii offered prayers to the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, even though he had never seen\n\nthe Supreme Lord. Simply because Lord Brahmii had heard about\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead from Vedic literature, with a\n\nfixed mind he offered the Lord prayers as written or approved by\n\nVedic literature.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0194": "Text 25]\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n167\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said that when Brahma and the other demigods go to see the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in Svetadvipa, they cannot directly see\n\nHim, but their prayers are heard by the Lord, and the needful action is\n\ntaken. This we have seen in many instances. The word sruta-puroaya is\n\nsignificant. We get experience by directly seeing or by hearing. If it is not\n\npossible to see someone directly, we can hear about him from authentic\n\nsources. Sometimes people ask whether we can show them God. This is\n\nludicrous. It is not necessary for one to see God before he can accept God.\n\nOur sensory perception is always incomplete. Therefore, even if we see\n\nGod, we may not be able to understand Him. When .Kr�IJ.a was on earth,\n\nmany, many people saw Him but could not understand that He is the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Avajananti marh miifj,ha man�irh\ntanum asritam. Even though the rascals and fools saw .Kr�IJ.a personally,\n\nthey could not understand that He is the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead. Even upon seeing God personally, one who is unfortunate cannot\nunderstand Him. Therefore we have to hear about God, l<t�IJ.a, from the\n\nauthentic Vedic literature and from persons who understand the Vedic\nversion properly. Even though Brahma had not seen the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead before, he was confident that the Lord was there in\n\nSvetadvipa. Thus he took the opportunity to go there and offer prayers to\n\nthe Lord.\n\nThese prayers were not ordinary concocted prayers. Prayers must be\n\napproved by Vedic literature, as indicated in this verse by the words\ndaivibhir girbhi�. In our l<t�IJ.a consciousness movement we do not allow\n\nany song that has not been approved or sung by bona fide devotees. We\n\ncannot allow cinema songs to be sung in the temple. We generally sing\ntwo songs. One is sri-kr�r:ta-caitanya prabhu nityananda sri-advaita\ngadadhara snvasadi-gaura-bhakta-vrnda. This is bona fide. It is always\n\nmentioned in the Caitanya-caritamrta, and it is accepted by the acaryas.\n\nThe other, of course, is the maha-mantra-Hare .Kr�IJ.a, Hare .Kr�IJ.a,\n\n.Kr�IJ.a .Kr�IJ.a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare\nHare. We may also sing the songs of Narottama dasa Thakura,\nBhaktivinoda Thakura and Locana dasa Thakura, but these two songs­\n\n\"sri-kr�r:ta-caitanya\" and the Hare l<t�IJ.a maha-mantra-are sufficient\n\nto please the Supreme Personality of Godhead, although we cannot see\n\n", "SB8.1#p0195": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n168\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nHim. Seeing the Lord is not as important as appreciating Him from the\nauthentic literature or the authentic statements of authorized persons.\nTEXT 26\n\n�'ifl�M'iif\n•\n\n��q� �\n..\n\nM'Ch�¥4�� I\n��m�\n��t ���Jl(l{ II�� II\nsri-brahmavdca\navikriyarh satyam anantam iidyarh\nguha-sayarh ni$kalam apratarkyam\nmarw- 'grayanarh vacasaniruktarh\nnamamahe deva-vararh vare�yam\nsri-brahma uvdca-Lord Brahmii said; avikriyam-unto the Personality of Godhead, who never changes (as opposed to material existence);\n\nsatyam-the eternal supreme truth;\n\nanantam-unlimited;\n\niidyam-the original cause of all causes; guha-sayam-present in\neveryone's\n\nheart;\n\nni$kalam-without\n\nany\n\ndecrease\n\nin\n\npotency;\n\napratarkyam-inconceivable, not within the jurisdiction of material\narguments; mana!l,-agrayanam-more quick than the mind, inconceivable to mental speculation; vacasa-by jugglery of words; aniruktam-indescribable; namamahe-all of us demigods offer our respectful obeisances; deva-varam-unto the Supreme Lord, who is not\nequalled or surpassed by anyone; vare�yam-the supreme worshipable,\nwho is worshiped by the Gayatri mantra.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma said: 0 Supreme Lord, 0 changeless, unlimited\nsupreme truth. You are the origin of everything. Being allpervading, You are in everyone's heart and also in the atom. You\nhave no material qualities. Indeed, You are inconceivable. The\nmind cannot catch You by speculation, and words fail to describe\n\n", "SB8.1#p0196": "The Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\nText 26]\n\n169\n\nYou. You are the supreme master of everyone, and therefore You\nare worshipahle for everyone. We offer our respectful obeisances\nunto You.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is not anything of material creation. Everything material must change from one form to another-for\nexample, from earth to earthen pot and from earthen pot to earth again.\nAll our creations are temporary, impermanent. The Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, however, is eternal, and similarly the living entities, who\nare parts of Him, are also eternal (mamaivaril.So jiva-loke jiva-bhuta�\n\nsanatanaM. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is sanatana, eternal,\nand the individual living entities are also eternal. The difference is that\n��.Q.a, or God, is the supreme eternal, whereas the individual souls are\n\nBhagavad-gitii (13.3),\nk§etrajfiam capi mam viddhi sarva-k§etre$u bharata. Although the Lord\n\nminute,\n\nfragmental\n\neternals.\n\nAs stated in\n\nis a living being and the individual souls are living beings, the Supreme\nLord, unlike the individual souls, is vibhu, all-pervading, and ananta,\nunlimited. The Lord is the cause of everything. The living entities are innumerable, but the Lord is one. No one is greater than Him, and no one\nis equal to Him. Thus the Lord is the supreme worshipable object, as\nunderstood from the Vedic mantras (na tat-sama§ cabhyadhikaS ca\n\ndrsyate). The Lord is supreme because no one can evaluate Him by mental speculation or jugglery of words. The Lord can travel more quickly\nthan the mind. In the sruti-mantras of lsopani$ad it is said:\n\nanejad ekam manaso javiyo\nnainad deva iipnuvan purvam UT$Ut\ntad dhavato 'nyan atyeti ti$that\ntasminn apo matarisva dadhati\n\"Although fixed in His abode, the Personality of Godhead is swifter than\nthe mind and can overcome all others running. The powerful demigods\ncannot approach Him. Although in one place, He controls those who supply the air and rain. He surpasses all in excellence.\" (lsopani$ad 4) Thus\nthe Supreme is never to be equaled by the subordinate living entities.\nBecause the Lord is situated in everyone's heart and the individual living entity is not, never should the individual living entity be equated\n\n", "SB8.1#p0197": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n170\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nwith the Supreme Lord. In Bhagavad-gitii (15.15) the Lord says,\nsaroasya ciiham hrdi sanniv�!a�: \"I am situated in everyone's heart.\"\nThis does not mean, however, that everyone is equal to the Lord. In the\n\nsruti-mantras it is also said, hrdi hy ayam atma prat�!hita�. In the\nbeginning of Srimad-Bhiigavatam it is said, satyam param dhimahi. The\nVedic mantras say, satyam jfiiinam anantam and n�kalam n�kriyam\nsiintam niravadyam. God is supreme. Although naturally He does not do\nanything, He is doing everything. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii:\nmaya tatam idam saroam\njagad avyakta-murtinii\nmat-sthiini saroa-bhatani\nna ciiham te$v avasthita�\n\"By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All\n\nbeings are in Me, but I am not in them.\" (Bg. 9.4)\n\nmayiidhya/cyer:uz. prakrti�\nsayate sacariicaram\nhetuniinena kaunteya\njagad viparivartate\n\"This material nature, working under My direction, 0 son of Kuntl, is\nproducing all moving and unmoving beings. By its rule this manifestation is created and annihilated again and again.\" (Bg. 9.10) Thus although the Lord is silent in His abode, He is doing everything through\nHis different energies (parasya saktir vividhaiva srayate) .\n\nAll the Vedic mantras, or sruti-mantras, are included in this verse\n\nspoken by Lord Brahma, for Brahma and his followers, the Brahmasampradaya, understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead through\nthe paramparii system. We have to gain understanding through the\nwords of our predecessors. There are twelve mahiijanas, or authorities,\nof whom Brahma is one.\n\nsvayambhar niirada� sambhu�\nkumiira� kapilo manu/:!,\n\n", "SB8.1#p0198": "Text 27]\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n171\n\nprahlado janako bhi{imo\nbalir vaiyasakir vayam\n\n(Bhag. 6.3.20)\n\nWe belong to the disciplic succession of Brahmii, and therefore we are\nknown as the Brahma-sampradaya. As the demigods follow Lord Brahma\nto understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, we also have to\nfollow the authorities of the parampara system to understand the Lord.\nTEXT 27\n\nRtri'�\n\nsn�Jf'{wn�-n­\n\n�m��\nSAR�tfi � if �\n�t � � if� ''�\"''\nvipa.Scitarh prar:m-mano-dhiyatmaniim\narthendriyabhasam anidram avrar:mm\nchayatapau yatra na grdhra-pa�au\ntam a�ararh kham tri-yugarh vrajamahe\nvipa.Scitam-unto the omniscient; prar:m-how the living force is\nworking; manaft-how the mind is working; dhiya-how the intelligence is working; atmaniim-of all living entities; artha-the objects of\nthe senses; indriya-the senses; abhasam-knowledge; anidram-always awake and free from ignorance; avrar:mm-without a material\nbody subject to pains and pleasures; chaya-atapau-the shelter for all\nwho are suffering from ignorance; yatra-wherein; na-not; grdhrapa�au-partiality toward any living being;\n\ntam-unto Him;\n\nak­\n\n�aram-infallible; kham-all-pervading like the sky; tri-yugam-appearing with six opulences in three yugas (Satya, Tretii and Dvapara);\nvrajamahe-1 take shelter.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead directly and indirectly\nknows how everything, including the living force, mind and\n\n", "SB8.1#p0199": "172\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nintelligence, is working under His control. He is the illuminator of\n\neverything and has no ignorance. He does not have a material body\nsubject to the reactions of previous activities, and He is free from\n\nthe ignorance of partiality and materialistic education. I therefore\n\ntake shelter of the lotus feet of the Supreme Lord, who is eternal,\nall-pervading and as great as the sky and who appears with six opulences in three yugas [Satya, Treta and Dvapara].\nPURPORT\nIn the beginning of Srimad-Bhagavatam the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is described in this way: janmiidy asya yato 'nvayad itarata.S\n\ncarthe�v abhijna�. The Lord is the origin of all emanations, and He\n\ndirectly and indirectly knows everything about all the activities within\n\nHis creation. Therefore the Lord is addressed here as vipa.Scitam, one\n\nwho is full of all knowledge or who knows everything. The Lord is the\nSupreme Soul, and He knows everything about the living entities and\ntheir senses.\n\nThe word anidram, meaning \"always awake and free from ig­\n\nnorance,\" is very important in this verse. As stated in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(15.15), matta� smrtir jnanam apohanam ca: it is the Lord who gives in­\n\ntelligence to everyone and who causes everyone to forget. There are\nmillions and millions of living entities, and the Lord gives them directions. Therefore He has no time to sleep, and He is never in ignorance of\nour activities. The Lord is the witness of everything; He sees what we are\ndoing at every moment. The Lord is not covered by a body resulting from\n\nkarma. Our bodies are formed as a result of our past deeds (karmal)ii\ndaiva-netre1J.(l.), but the Supreme Personality of Godhead does not have a\nmaterial body, and therefore He has no avidya, ignorance. He does not\nsleep, but is always alert and awake.\nThe Supreme Lord is described as tri-yuga because although He appeared variously in Satya-yuga, Treta-yuga and Dvapara-yuga, when He\nappeared in Kali-yuga He never declared Himself the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nkr�7J.a-var7J.am tv�akr�r:w-m\nsangopangastra-par�adam\n\n", "SB8.1#p0200": "Text 28]\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n173\n\nThe Lord appears in Kali-yuga as a devotee. Thus although He is Kr�1.1a,\nHe chants the Hare Kr�1.1a mantra like a devotee. Still, SrimadBhagavatam (11.5.32) recommends:\nyajfiai� sankirtana-pra yair\nyajanti hi sumedhasa�\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, whose complexion is not black like that of\nKr�1.1a but is golden (tvi$akr�r:w-m), is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is accompanied by associates like Nityananda, Advaita,\nGadadhara and Srivasa. Those who are sufficiently intelligent worship\nthis Supreme Personality of Godhead by performing sankirtana-yajfia.\nIn this incarnation, the Supreme Lord declares Himself not to be the\nSupreme Lord, and therefore He is known as Tri-yuga.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�i ���of\n¥44hf4\nq98��'\nfct��¥4f!�ill\nf;r;nflt\n�\n\n.\n\n�a'\n\n....\n\n!(qQ II �G II\n\najasya cakrarh tv ajayeryamar:w-rh\nmanomayarh pancadaSaram ii.Su\ntri-nabhi vidyuc-calam �!a-nemi\nyad-a/cyam ahus tam rtarh prapadye\n\najasya-of the living being; cakram-the wheel (the cycle of birth\nand death in this material world); tu-but; ajaya-by the external energy of the Supreme Lord; iryamar:w-m-going around with great force;\nmana�-mayam-which is nothing but a mental creation depending\nchiefly on the mind; pmicadaSa-fifteen; aram-possessing spokes;\nii.Su-very quick; tri-nabhi-having three naves (the three modes of\nmaterial nature); vidyut-like electricity; calam-moving; �!a-nemimade of eight fellies (the eight external energies of the Lord- bhumir\napo 'nalo vayu�, etc.); yat-who; a/cyam-the hub; ahub,-they say;\n\n", "SB8.1#p0201": "174\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\ntam-unto Him; rtam-the fact; prapadye-let us offer our respectful\nobeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the cycle of material activities, the material body resembles\n\nthe wheel of a mental chariot. The ten senses [five for working and\n\nfive for gathering knowledge] and the five life airs within the body\nform the fifteen spokes of the chariot's wheel. The thr�e modes of\nnature [goodness, passion and ignorance] are its center of ac­\n\ntivities, and the eight ingredients of nature [earth, water, fire, air,\n\nsky, mind, intelligence and false ego] comprise the rim of the\n\nwheel. The external, material energy moves this wheel like electri­\n\ncal energy. Thus the wheel revolves very quickly around its hub or\n\ncentral support, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the\nSupersoul and the ultimate truth. We offer our respectful obeisances unto Him.\n\nPURPORT\nThe cycle of repeated birth and death is figuratively described herein.\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii (7.5):\n\napareyam itas tv anyam\nprakrtim viddhi me param\njiva-bhutam maha-baho\nyayedam dharyate jagat\nThe entire world is going on because the living entity, who is part and\nparcel of the Supreme Lord, is utilizing the material energy. Under the\nclutches of the material energy, the jiviitmii is revolving on the wheel of\nbirth and death under the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The central point is the Supersoul. As explained in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(18.61):\niSvara� sarva-bhutanam\nhrd-dese 'rjuna ti$thati\nbhramayan sarva-bhiitani\nyantrarik)hani mayaya\n\n", "SB8.1#p0202": "Text 29]\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n175\n\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is\ndirecting the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a\nmachine, made of the material energy.\" The material body of the living\nentity is a result of the conditioned soul's activities, and because the supporter is the Supersoul, the Supersoul is the true reality. Every one of us,\ntherefore, should offer respectful obeisances to this central reality. One\nshould not be misguided by the activities of this material world and\nforget the central point, the Absolute Truth. That is the instruction given\nhere by Lord Brahma.\nTEXT 29\n\n��of ��: � �c::itf.fi+iotl'ffi+i;wW'(t'{I�\n\n�\n\n3TRU�m�iRuq'l�\n\n�it;r\n\n�m: 11� ���\n\nya eka-van:tam tamasa/:1, param tad\nalokam avyaktam ananta-param\nasam cakaropasuparrJ-am enam\nupasate yoga-rathena dhira/:1,\nya/:1,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead who; eka-van:tam-absolute, situated in pure goodness; tamasa/:1,-to the darkness of the material world; param-transcendental; tat-that; alokam-who cannot\nbe\n\nseen;\n\navyaktam-not\n\nmanifested;\n\nananta param -unlimited,\n-\n\nbeyond the measurement of material time and space; iisiim cakarasituated; upa-supan:tam-on the back of Garm�.a; enam-Him;\nupasate-worship ;\n\nyoga-rathena-by the vehicle of mystic yoga;\n\ndhird/:1,-persons who are sober, undisturbed by material agitation.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is situated in pure goodness (suddha-sattva), and therefore He is eka-varJ].a-the mhkiira\n[praJ].ava]. Because the Lord is beyond the cosmic manifestation,\nwhich is considered to be darkness, He is not visible to material\n\n", "SB8.1#p0203": "Srnnad-Bhagavauuu\n\n176\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\neyes. Nonetheless, He is not separated from us by time or space,\nbut is present everywhere. Seated on IDs carrier, Garu<;la, He is\nworshiped by means of mystical yogic power by those who have\nachieved freedom from agitation. Let us all offer our respectful\nobeisances unto ffim.\nPURPORT\nSattvarh viSuddharh vasudeva-sabditam (Bhiig.\n\n4.3.23). In this ma­\n\nterial world, the three modes of material nature-goodness, passion and\nignorance-prevail. Among these three, goodness is the platform of\nknowledge, and passion brings about a mixture of knowledge and ignorance, but the mode of ignorance is full of darkness. Therefore the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is beyond darkness and passion. He is\non the platform where goodness or knowledge is not disturbed by passion\n\nand ignorance. This is called the vasudeva platform. It is on this platform\nof vasudeva that Vasudeva, or .Kr�:.;ta, can appear. Thus .Kr�IJ.a appeared\n\non this planet as the son of Vasudeva. Because the Lord is situated\nbeyond the three modes of material nature, He is unseen by those who\n\nare dominated by these three modes. One must therefore become dhira,\n\nor undisturbed by the modes of material nature. The process of yoga may\nbe practiced by one who is free from the agitation of these modes.\n\nTherefore yoga is defined in this way: yoga indriya-sarhyama/:l. As pre­\n\nviously explained, we are disturbed by the indriyas, or senses. Moreover,\n\nwe are agitated by the three modes of material nature, which are imposed\nupon us by the external energy. In conditional life, the living entity\nmoves turbulently in the whirlpool of birth and death, hut when one is\n\nsituated on the transcendental platform of viSuddha-sattva, pure goodness, he can see the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who sits on the\n\nback of GaruQ.a. Lord Brahma offers his respectful obeisances unto that\nSupreme Lord.\n\nTEXT 30\nWI �\n\n��Rffir�ftt ijttlf\n\n������I\n�\n\n�mm�oi\n���\n\n��\n\n\\'{� �� ���II� ell\n\n", "SB8.1#p0204": "The Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\nText 30)\n\n177\n\nna yasya kaScatititarti mayam\nyaya jarw muhyati veda nartham\ntam nirjitatmatma-guT)ilrh paresam\nnamiima bhute�u samarh carantam\nna-not; yasya-of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead);\nkaSca-anyone; atititarti-is able to overcome; mayam-the illusory\nenergy; yaya-by whom (by the illusory energy); jana�-people in\ngeneral; muhyati-become bewildered; veda-understand; na-not;\nartham-the aim of life; tam-unto Him (the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead); nirjita-completely controlling; iitmii-the living entities;\natma-gury,am-and His external energy; para-iSam-the Lord, who is\ntranscendentally situated; namiima-we offer our respectful obeisances;\nbhute�u-unto\n\nall\n\nliving\n\nbeings;\n\nsamam-equally\n\nsituated,\n\nor\n\nequipoised; carantam-controlling or ruling them.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one can overcome the Supreme Personality of Godhead's illusory energy (maya), which is so strong that it bewilders everyone, making one lose the sense to understand the aim of life. That\nsame maya, however, is subdued by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who rules everyone and who is equally disposed toward\nall living entities. Let us offer our obeisances unto Him.\nPURPORT\nThe prowess of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�IJ.u, certainly\ncontrols all living entities, so much so that the living entities have forgotten the aim of life. Na te vidu� svartha-gatirh hi vi§r:tum: the living entities have forgotten that the aim of life is to go back home, back to Godhead. The external energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead gives\nall conditioned souls what appears to be an opportunity to be happy\nwithin this material world, hut that is maya; in other words, it is a dream\nthat is never to he fulfilled. Thus every living being is illusioned by the\nexternal\n\nenergy of\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nLord.\n\nThat illusory energy\n\nis\n\nundoubtedly very strong, hut she is fully under the control of the transcendental person who is described in this verse as pare§am, the transcendental Lord. The Lord is not a part of the material creation, hut is\n\n", "SB8.1#p0205": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n178\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nbeyond the creation. Therefore, not only does He control the conditioned\nsouls through His external energy, but He also controls the external energy itself. Bhagavad-gitd clearly says that the strong material energy\ncontrols everyone and that getting out of her control is extremely difficult. That controlling energy belongs to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead and works under His control. The living entities, however,\nbeing subdued by the material energy, have forgotten the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n� � ��S(t(�'4\n�?ttt\n\n��\n\nma- ;r �\"ll��\n\n�Sijt(QT\n\nijiql\n\niffwijufcf: 1\n\n�\n��T;r�: II� � II\n\nime vayam yat-priyayaiva tanva\nsattvena sma bahir-antar-avib,\ngatim na sak§mam r$aya.S ca vidmahe\nkuto 'suradya itara-pradhanab,\nime-these; vayam-we (the demigods ) ; yat-to whom; priyaydappearing very near and dear; eva-certainly; tanva-the material\nbody; sattvena-by the mode of goodness; Sf$!db,-created; bahib,-antab,-avib,-although fully aware, internally and externally; gatimdestination; na-not; sak§mam-very subtle; f$ayab,-great saintly\n\npersons; ca-also; vidmahe-understand; kutab,-how; asura-adyab,the demons and atheists; itara-who are insignificant in their identities;\npradhanab,-although they are leaders of their own societies.\nTRANSLATION\nSince our bodies are made of sattva-gul).a, we, the demigods, are\n\ninternally and externally situated in goodness. All the great saints\nare also situated in that way. Therefore, if even we cannot under­\n\nstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, what is to be said of\n\nthose who are most insignificant in their bodily constitutions,\n\nbeing situated in the modes of passion and ignorance? How can\n\n", "SB8.1#p0206": "Text 32]\n\n179\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\nthey understand the Lord? Let us offer our respectful obeisances\nunto Him.\nPURPORT\nAtheists and demons cannot understand the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, although He is situated within everyone. For them the Lord\nfinally appears in the form of death, as confirmed in Bhagavad- gitti\n\n(mrtyub, sarva-hara§ caham). Atheists think that they are independent,\nand therefore they do not care about the supremacy of the Lord, yet the\nLord asserts His supremacy when He overcomes them as death. At the\ntime of death, their attempts to use their so-called scientific knowledge\nand philosophical speculation to deny the supremacy of the Lord cannot\nwork. Hira1,1yakasipu, for example, was an exalted representative of the\natheistic class of men. He always challenged the existence of God, and\nthus he became inimical even toward his own son. Everyone was afraid\nof\n\nHira1,1yakasipu's\n\natheistic\n\nprinciples.\n\nNonetheless,\n\nwhen\n\nLord\n\nN:rsimhadeva appeared in order to kill him, Hira1,1yakasipu's atheistic\nprinciples could not save him. Lord N:rsimhadeva killed Hira1,1yakasipu\nand took away all his power, influence and pride. Atheistic men,\nhowever, never understand how everything they create is annihilated.\nThe Supersoul is situated within them, hut because of the predominance\nof the modes of passion and ignorance, they cannot understand the\nsupremacy of the Lord. Even the demigods, the devotees, who are transcendentally situated or situated on the platform of goodness, are not\nfully aware of the qualities and position of the Lord. How then can the\ndemons and atheists understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead? It\nis not possible. Therefore, to gain this understanding, the demigods,\nheaded by Lord Brahma, offered their respectful obeisances to the Lord.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n", "SB8.1#p0207": "180\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\np&lau mahiyam sva-krtaiva yasya\ncatur-vidho yatra hi bhuta-sarga/:1,\nsa vai mahii-pll�a iitma-tantra/:1,\nprasidatiim brahma mahii-vibhuti/:1,\npiidau-His lotus feet; mahi-the earth; iyam -this; sva-krta-created by Himself; eva-indeed; yasya-of whom; catu/:1,-vidha/:1,-of\nfour kinds of living entities; yatra -wherein; hi-indeed; bhutasarga/:1, -material creation; sa/:1,-He; vai -indeed; mahii-pilr U$a/:l the\nSupreme Person; iitma-tantra/:1, -self-sufficient; prasidatiim-may He\nbe merciful to us; brahma-the greatest; mahii-vibhuti/:1,-with unlimited potency.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn this earth there are four kinds of living entities, who are all\n\ncreated by Him. The material creation rests on His lotus feet. He is\n\nthe great Supreme Person, full of opulence and power. May He be\npleased with us.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe word mahi refers to the five material elements-earth, water, air,\nfire and sky-which rest upon the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Mahat-padam pur:tya-ya.So muriire/:1,. The mahat-tattva, the\ntotal material energy, rests on His lotus feet, for the cosmic manifestation\nis but another opulence of the Lord. In this cosmic manifestation there\nare four kinds of living entities- jariiyu-ja (those born from embryos),\nar:uf,a-ja (those born from eggs), sveda-ja (those born from perspiration),\nand udbhij-ja (those born from seeds). Everything is generated from the\nLord, as confirmed in the Vediinta-siltra (janmiidy asya yata/:1,). No one\nis independent, but the Supreme Soul is completely independent. ]anmiid y asya yato 'nvayiid itarata.S ciirthe§v abhijiia/:1, sva-rii!. The word\nsva-rii! means \"independent.\" We are dependent, whereas the Supreme\nLord is completely independent. Therefore the Supreme Lord is the\ngreatest of all. Even Lord Brahmii, who created the cosmic manifestation,\nis but another opulence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The material creation is activated by the Lord, and therefore the Lord is not a\npart of the material creation. The Lord exists in His original, spiritual\n\n", "SB8.1#p0208": "Text 33]\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n181\n\nposition. The universal form of the Lord, vai raja m u rti ts another\n-\n\n,\n\nfeature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 33\n\n�\n\n��\n\n��\n\nft{�� iiiT�g;� �'lH\nit�tN1SttlR<lclelrmT�:\n\n�m ;r: � ���Tf�: ������\n\nambhas tu yad-reta udara-viryam\nsidhyanti jivanty uta vardhamana/:t\nloka yato 'thakhila-loka-pala/:t\n\nprasidatam na/:t sa maha-vibhati/:t\nambha}:t-the masses of water seen on this planet or on others; tubut; yat-reta}:t-His semen; udara-viryam-so powerful; sidhyantiare generated; jivanti-live; uta-indeed;\n\nvardhamana/:t-flourish;\n\nloka}:t-all the three worlds; yata}:t-from which; atha-also; akhilaloka-palii}:t-all the demigods throughout the universe; prasidatiimmay be pleased;, na/:t-upon us; sa}:t-He; mahii-vibhati/:t-a person\nwith unlimited potency.\nTRANSLATION\nThe entire cosmic manifestation has emerged from water, and it\n\nis because of water that all living entities endure, live and develop.\n\nThis water is nothing hut the semen of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Therefore, may the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nwho has such great potency, he pleased with us.\nPURPORT\n\nDespite the theories of so-called scientists, the vast quantities of water\non this planet and on other planets are not created by a mixture of hydrogen and oxygen. Rather, the water is sometimes explained to be the\nperspiration and sometimes the semen of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. It is from water that all living entities emerge, and because of\n\n", "SB8.1#p0209": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n182\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nwater they live and grow. If there were no water, all life would cease.\nWater is the source of life for everyone. Therefore, by the grace of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, we have so much water all over the\nworld.\n\nTEX:T 34\n\nmij �\n\nw\n\nij\"'\"-.\n\nriij\n\n��m tit �� �: 1\n� W{tll;d ${�: st\"\\1flilf\nsm�t WI: « 'l�m-�: II�'JII\n-\n\nsomam mano yasya samiimananti\ndivaukasam yo balam andha ayu/:t\niSo naganam prajana/:t prajanam\nprasidatiim na/:t sa maha-vibhuti/:t\nsomam-the moon; manalJ,-the mind; yasya-of whom (of the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead);\n\nsamiimananti-they\n\nsay;\n\ndivaukasiim-of the denizens of the upper planetary systems; ya/:t\n\n­\n\nwho; balam-the strength; andha/:t-the food grains; ayulJ,-the duration of life; iSalJ,-the Supreme Lord; naganiim-of the trees; prajana/:t\n-the\n\nsource\n\nof\n\nbreeding;\n\nprajiiniim-of\n\nall\n\nliving\n\nentities;\n\nprasidatiim-may He be pleased; nalJ,-upon us; sa/:t-that Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; maha-vibhuti/:t-the source of all opulences.\nTRANSLATION\nSoma, the moon, is the source of food grains, strength and\n\nlongevity for all the demigods. He is also the master of all vegeta­\n\ntion and the source of generation for all living entities. As stated\n\nby learned scholars, the moon is the mind of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. May that Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nthe source of all opulences, he pleased with us.\nPURPORT\n\nSoma, the predominating deity of the moon, is the source of food\ngrains and therefore the source of strength even for the celestial beings,\n\n", "SB8.1#p0210": "Text 35)\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n183\n\nthe demigods. He is the vital force for all vegetation. Unfortunately,\nmodern so-called scientists, who do not fully understand the moon, describe the moon as being full of deserts. Since the moon is the source for\nour vegetation, how can the moon be a desert? The moonshine is the\nvital force for all vegetation, and therefore we cannot possibly accept that\nthe moon is a desert.\nTEXT 35\n\n31P�� � � �mt�G\\t\n�:\n\nfst��I�IIJ'$Mf'l���t I\n\n�:����\nsmr� ;r: � �l{Rr: ������\nagnir mukham yasya tu jata-veda\njata/:t kriya-kar:u)a-nimitta-janma\nantal)-samudre 'nupacan sva-dhatan\nprasidatam na/:t sa maha-vibhatil)\nagni/:t-frre; mukham-the mouth through which the Supreme Per­\n\n/:t\n\nsonality of Godhead eats; yasya-of whom; tu-but; jata-veda -the\n\n/:t\n\nproducer of wealth or of all necessities of life; juta -produced; kriyakar:u)a-ritualistic ceremonies;\n\nnimitta-for the sake of;\n\njanma­\n\nformed for this reason; anta/:t-samudre-within the depths of the ocean;\nanupacan-always digesting; sva-dhatun-all elements; prasidatammay\n\nbe\n\npleased;\n\nna/:t-upon\n\nus;\n\nsal)-He;\n\nmaha-vibhuti/:t-the\n\nsupremely powerful.\nTRANSLATION\nFire, which is born for the sake of accepting oblations in\nritualistic ceremonies, is the mouth of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Fire exists within the depths of the ocean to produce\nwealth, and fire is also present in the abdomen to digest food and\nproduce various secretions for the maintenance of the body. May\nthat supremely powerful Personality of Godhead be pleased with\nus.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0211": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n184\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nyac-ca/cyur asit taraT,�-ir deva-yiinarh\ntrayimayo brahma1,1-a e§a dhi§1,1-yam\ndviirarh ca mukter amrtarh ca mrtyu}:t\nprasidatiim nab- sa mahii-vibhuti/:t\nyat-that which; ca/cyu}:t-eye; asit-became; tara1,1-i}J,-the sun-god;\ndeva-yiin am- the predominating deity for the path of deliverance for\nthe demigods; trayi-maya}:t- for the sake of guidance in karma-kii1,1-rja\nVedic knowledge; brahma1,1-a}J,-of the supreme truth; e§a/:t-this;\n\ndhi§1,1-yam-the place for realization; dviiram ca- as well as the gateway; mukte}:t-for liberation; amrtam-the path of eternal life; ca-as\nwell as; m rtyu}:t- the cause of death; prasidatiim-may He be pleased;\nna}:t-upon us; sa/:t-that Supreme Personality of Godhead; mahiivibhuti/:t- the all-powerful.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sun-god marks the path of liberation, which is called\narciradi-vartma. He is the chief source for understanding of the\nVedas, he is the abode where the Absolute Truth can be worshiped,\nHe is the gateway to liberation, and he is the source of eternal life\nas well as the cause of death. The sun-god is the eye of the Lord.\nMay that Supreme Lord, who is supremely opulent, he pleased\nwith us.\nPURPORT\n\nThe sun-god is considered to be the chief of the demigods. He is also\nconsidered to be the demigod who watches the northern side of the universe. He gives help for understanding the Vedas. As confirmed in\n\nBrahma-samhitii (5.52):\n\n", "SB8.1#p0212": "Text 37]\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n185\n\nyac-ca/cyur e$a savita sakala-grahiir)iirit\nraja samasta-sura-murtir a5e$a-teja/:t\nyasyajfiaya bhramati saritbhrta-kala-cakro\ngovindam adi-purU$arit tam aharit bhajami\n\"The sun, full of infinite effulgence, is the king of all the planets and the\nimage of the good soul. The sun is like the eye of the Supreme Lord. I\nadore the primeval Lord Govinda, in pursuance of whose order the sun\nperforms his journey, mounting the wheel of time.\" The sun is actually\nthe eye of the Lord. In the Vedic mantras it is said that unless the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead sees, no one can see. Unless there is\nsunlight, no living entity on any planet can see. Therefore the sun is considered to be the eye of the Supreme Lord. That is confirmed here by the\nwords yac-ca/cyur ilsit and in the Brahma-sarithita by the words yac-cak$Ur e$a savitil. The word savita means the sun-god.\n\nTEXT 37\n�\n\n�1Ulf\nsno�: � ���� �:\n�m ���l!!;n �\n�\n\n3Rt�f wt: � ��: ll�\\911\nprar)iid abhud yasya caracarar:r-am\nprar:r-a/:t saho balam oja§ ca vayu/:t\nanvilsma samrajam ivanuga vayarit\nprasidatarit na/:t sa mahii-vibhuti/:t\nprar:r-at-from the vital force; abhut-generated; yasya-of whom;\ncara-acarar:r-am-of\n\nall\n\nliving\n\nentities,\n\nmoving\n\nand\n\nnonmoving;\n\nprar:r-a/:t-the vital force; saha/:t-the basic principle of life; balamstrength; oja/:t-the vital force; ca-and; vayu/:t-the air; anvilsmafollow;\n\nsamrajam-an\n\nemperor;\n\niva-like;\n\nanuga/:t-followers;\n\nvayam-all of us; prasidatam-may be pleased; na/:t-upon us; sa/:tHe; mahii-vibhiUi/:t-the supremely powerful.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0213": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n186\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll living entities, moving and nonmoving, receive their vital\n\nforce, their bodily strength and their very lives from the air. All of\n\nus follow the air for our vital force, exactly as servants follow an\n\nemperor. The vital force of air is generated from the original vital\n\nforce of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. May that Supreme\nLord be pleased with us.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n�������fwr\nSNif\\1� \\Ci � �: I\n���16\\IU(�:\nSIQ�ijf Cf: ij ��: II� �II\nsrotriid di.So yasya hrdaS ca khani\nprajajfiire kham purU$asya na bhya�\nprarJendriyatmiisu-sarira-keta�\nprasfdatam na� sa maha-vibhuti�\nsrotrat-from\n\nthe\n\nears;\n\ndi.Sa�-different\n\ndirections;\n\nyasya-of\n\nwhom; hrda�-from the heart; ca-also; khani-the holes of the body;\nprajajfiire-generated; kham-the sky; pur�asya-of the Supreme\nPerson; nabhyal;,-from the navel; pra rJa-of the life force; indriyasenses; atma-mind; asu-vital force; sarira-and body; keta�-the\nshelter; prasidatam-may be pleased; na�-upon us; sa�-He; mahavibhuti�-the supremely powerful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMay the supremely powerful Personality of Godhead be pleased\n\nwith us. The different directions are generated from His ears, the\n\nholes of the body come from His heart, and the vital force, the\nsenses, the mind, the air within the body, and the ether, which is\nthe shelter of the body, come from His navel.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0214": "The Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\nText 40)\n\n187\n\nTEXT 39\n\niRiJ;q�..�fij��m\n\nSRm:T­\n\n�fitmn mun� ftfft9(: I\n�����ll'Pit �(!: qi:\n3f� ;n � ��: II�Q,II\ne\n\n\"\n\nbalan mahendras tri-daSa� prasadan\nmanyor giriSo dhi$a1Jiid viriiica�\nkhebhyas tu chandamsy r$ayo me9-hrata� ka�\nprasfdatarh na� sa maha-vibhuti�\nbalat-by His strength; maha-indra�-King lndra became possible;\ntri-da§a�-as\n\nwell as the demigods; prasadat-by satisfaction;\nmanyo�-by anger; giri-1Sa�-Lord Siva; dhi$a1J)it-from sober intelligence; viriiica�-Lord Brahma; khebhya�-from the bodily holes; tuas well as; chandamsi-Vedic mantras; r$aya�-great saintly persons;\nme9-hrata�-from the genitals; ka�-the prajapatis; prasfdatam-may\nbe pleased; na�-upon us; sa�-He; maha-vibhuti�-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who has extraordinary power.\nTRANSLATION\nMahendra, the King of Heaven, was generated from the prowess\n\nof the Lord, the demigods were generated from the mercy of the\n\nLord, Lord Siva was generated from the anger of the Lord, and\n\nLord Brahmii from His sober intelligence. The Vedic mantras were\ngenerated from the bodily holes of the Lord, and the great saints\nand prajiipatis were generated\n\nfrom His\n\nsupremely powerful Lord be pleased with us.\n\ngenitals.\n\nTEXT 40\n\nf\\tij(@tttttl('l'l\n\n(ijwUfa:<tU Wits� I\n\nMay that\n\n", "SB8.1#p0215": "188\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nQN� �Stij(ijj MlRl<t:\nst<fl<(ijf ;r: « �WI�: 11\\loll\nsrir va�asa/:t pitaraS chiiyayiisan\ndharrna/:t staniid itara/:t pf$!hato 'bhut\ndyaur yasya sir�r:w 'psaraso vihiiriit\nprasidatiirh na/:t sa mahii-vibhuti/:t\nsri/:t-the goddess of fortune; va�asa/:t-from His chest; pitara/:tthe inhabitants of Pit:rloka; chiiyayii-from His shadow; iisan-became\npossible; dharma/:t-the principle of religion; staniit-from His bosom;\nitara/:t-irreligion (the opposite of dharma); pr�thata/:t-from the back;\nabhut-became possible;\n\ndyau/:t-the heavenly planets;\n\nyasya-of\n\nwhom; sir�r:w/:t-from the top of the head; apsarasa/:t-the inhabitants\nof Apsaroloka; vihiiriit-by His sense enjoyment; prasidatiim-kindly\nbe pleased; na/:t-upon us; sa/:t-He (the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead); mahii-vibhuti/:t-the greatest in all prowess.\nTRANSLATION\nThe goddess of fortune was generated from His chest, the in­\n\nhabitants of Pitrloka from His shadow, religion from His bosom,\n\nand irreligion [the opposite of religion] from His back. The\n\nheavenly planets were generated from the top of His head, and the\nApsaras from His sense enjoyment. May that supremely powerful\nPersonality of Godhead be pleased with us.\nTEXT41\n\nFoft�q:q w gd\n� 31� �����\n�sem<ift::�\nmft({m ;r: « ���: 11\\l� 11\n\"\n\nvipro mukhiid brahma ca yasya guhyam\nriijanya asid bhujayor balam ca\nilrvor vi4 ojo 'nghrir aveda-sudrau\nprasidatiim na/:t sa mahii-vibhuti/:t\n\n", "SB8.1#p0216": "The Demigods Appeal to the ftord\n\nText 42)\n\n189\n\nvipra�-the brahmar:ws; mukhat-from His mouth; brahma-the\nVedic literatures; ca-also; yasya-of whom; guhyam-from His confidential knowledge; rajanya�-the /cyatriyas; asit-became possible;\nbhujayo�-from His arms; balam ca-as well as bodily strength; urvo�-from the thighs; vi.t-vaiSyas; oja�-and their expert productive\nknowledge; anghri�-from His feet; aveda-those who are beyond the\njurisdiction\n\nof\n\nVedic\n\nprasidatam-may\n\nbe\n\nknowledge;\npleased;\n\nsudrau-the\n\nna�-upon\n\nus;\n\nworker\n\nclass;\n\nsa�-He;\n\nmaha­\n\nvibhuti�-the supremely powerful Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmai).as and Vedic knowledge come from the mouth of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, the k�atriyas and bodily\nstrength come from His arms, the vaisyas and their expert knowledge in productivity and wealth come from His thighs, and the\nsiidras, who are outside of Vedic knowledge, come from His feet.\nMay that Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is full in prowess,\nbe pleased with us.\nTEXT 42\n\nitit� 5frf-� g;fij­\n\n��= q�oq: mWJ �=\nwiP:hn �¥�� ctiR\"i:\nSIQld3ti WJ: « l(��fij: 11\\l�ll\n'.:)\n\nlobho 'dharat prttir upary abhild dyutir\nnasta� pa§avya� sparsena kama�\nbhruvor yama� pa/cyma-bhavas tu kala�\nprasidatam na� sa maha-vibhuti�\nlobha�-greed;\n\nadharat-from the lower lip;\n\npriti�-affection;\n\nupari-from the upper lip; abhut-became possible; dyuti�-bodily\nluster; nasta�-from the nose; pa§avya�-:fit for the animals; sparsena-by the touch; kama�-lusty desires; bhruvo�-from the eyebrows;\nyama�-Yamaraja\neyelashes;\n\ntu-but;\n\nbecame\n\npossible;\n\nkala�-eternal\n\npalcyma-bhava�-from\ntime,\n\nwhich\n\nbrings\n\nthe\n\ndeath;\n\n", "SB8.1#p0217": "(Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad·-Bhagavatam\n\n190\n\nprasidatam-be pleased; na�-upon us; sa�-He; ma1ui-vibhuti�-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who has great prowess.\nTRANSLATION\nGreed is generated from His lower lip, affection from His upper\n\nlip, bodily luster from His nose, animalistic lusty desires from His\n\nsense of touch, Yamariija from His eyebrows, and eternal time\nfrom His eyelashes. May that Supreme Lord be pleased with us.\nTEXT 43\n\n� �: � gCJTtf;:q�\n�nihT'fP:nfcm:ar�f;6\nq �\n��'NN\nsr� W�: Q' �Wn{«r: 11\\1�11\ndravyam vaya� karma gur:uin viSe$arh\nyad-yogamaya-vihitan vadanti\nyad durvibluivyarh prabudluipabadharh\nprasfdatarh na� sa malui-vibhuti�\ndravyam-the five elements of the material world;\n\nvaya�-time;\n\nkarma-fruitive activities; gu(Uln-the three modes of material nature;\nviSe$am-the varieties caused by combinations of the twenty-three elements; yat-that which; yoga-maya-by the Lord's creative potency;\nvihitan-all done; vadanti-all learned men say; yat durvibluivyamwhich\n\nis\n\nactually\n\nextremely\n\ndifficult\n\nto\n\nunderstand;\n\nprabudha­\n\napabadham-rejected by the learned, by those who are fully aware;\nprasidatam-may\n\nbe\n\npleased;\n\nna�-upon\n\nus;\n\nsa�-He;\n\nmalui­\n\nvibhuti�-the controller of everything.\nTRANSLATION\nAll learned men say that the five elements, eternal time, fruitive\n\nactivity, the three modes of material nature, and the varieties pro­\n\nduced by these modes are all creations of yogamayii. This material\n\nworld is therefore extremely difficult to understand, but those\n\n", "SB8.1#p0218": "Text 43]\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n191\n\nwho are highly learned have rejected it. May the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the controller of everything, he\npleased with us.\nPURPORT\nThe word durvibhavyam is very important in this verse. No one can\nunderstand how everything is happening in this material world by the\narrangement of the Supreme Personality of Godhead through His material energies. Al5 stated in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(9.10), mayadhya/cye1Ja\n\nprakrti/:t silyate sacariicaram: everything is actually happening under\nthe direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This much we can\nlearn, but how it is happening is extremely difficult to understand. We\ncannot\n\neven\n\nunderstand\n\nhow\n\nthe\n\naffairs\n\nwithin\n\nour\n\nbody\n\nare\n\nsystematically taking place. The body is a small universe, and since we\ncannot understand how things are happening in this small universe, how\ncan we understand the affairs of the bigger universe? Actually this universe is very difficult to understand, yet learned sages have advised, as\nKr�t:J.a has also advised, that this material world is du/:tkhiilayam\nruasvatam; in other words, it is a place of misery and temporality. One\nmust give up this world and go back home, back to the Personality of\nGodhead. Materialists may argue, \"If this material world and its affairs\nare impossible to understand, how can we reject it?\" The answer is provided by the word prabudhapabadham. We have to reject this material\nworld because it is rejected by those who are learned in Vedic wisdom.\nEven though we cannot understand what this material world is, we\nshould be ready to reject it in accordance with the advice of learned persons, especially the advice of Kr�I.ta. Kr�t:J.a says:\nmiim upetya punar janma\ndu/:tkhiilayam ruasvatam\nniipnuvanti mahatmiina/:t\nsaritsiddhirh paramiirh gata/:t\n\"Mter attaining Me, the great souls, who are yogis in devotion, never\nreturn to this temporary world, which is full of miseries, because they\nhave attained the highest perfection.\" (Bg.\n\n8.15) One has to return\n\nhome, back to Godhead, for this is the highest perfection of life. To go\n\n", "SB8.1#p0219": "192\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nback to Godhead means to reject this material world. Although we cannot\nunderstand the functions of this material world and whether it is good\nfor us or bad for us, in accordance with the advice of the supreme authority we must reject it and go back home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 44\n\n�� �\n\n����\n\n�t<t�ll�mtfhn��tit\n� 'Wn<f�� !fufll� �qfiftll ;r�� II'JCJII\nnama 'stu tasma upa§anta-saktaye\nsviiriijya-labha-pratipuritiitmane\ngu1Je$U miiyii-racite$U vrttibhir\nna sajjamaniiya nabhasvad-utaye\n\nnama�-our respectful obeisances; astu-let there be; tasmai-unto\nHim; upa§anta-saktaye-who does not endeavor to achieve anything\nelse, who is free from restlessness; sviiriijya-completely independent;\nlabha-of all gains; p ra tipurita-fully achieved; iitmane-unto the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; gu �$u-of the material world, which\nis moving because of the three modes of nature; mayii-racite$ u-things\ncreated by the external energy; vrttibhi�-by such activities of the\nsenses; na sajjama niiya-one who does not become attached, or one who\nis above material pains and pleasures; nabhasvat-the air; utaye-unto\nthe Lord, who has created this material world as His pastime.\nTRANSLATION\nLet us offer our respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, who is completely silent, free from endeavor,\n\nand completely satisfied by His own achievements. He is not attached to the activities of the material world through His senses.\n\nIndeed, in performing His pastimes in this material world, He is\n\njust like the unattached air.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0220": "Text 45)\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n193\n\nPURPORT\n\nWe can simply understand that behind the activities of material nature\nis the Supreme Lord, by whose indications everything takes place, although we cannot see Him. Even without seeing Him, we should offer\nHim our respectful obeisances. We should know that He is complete.\nEverything is done systematically by His energies (parasya saktir\nvividhaiva sruyate), and therefore He has nothing to do (na tasya\nkaryarh karar:w-rh ca vidyate). As indicated here by the word upa§antasaktaye, His different energies act, but although He sets these energies in\n\naction, He Himself has nothing to do. He is not attached to anything, for\nHe is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, let us offer our respectful obeisances unto Him.\nTEXT 45\n\n;if ��rotlfii{���IJffTR� I\n31�Ri �ta{Ulf �d ij- ����II \\l'-\\11\n« �\n\nsa tvarh no darsayatmanam\nasmat-karar:w--gocaram\nprapannanam didr/cyu1JAirh\nsasmitarh te mukhambujam\n\nsa�-He (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); tvam-You are my\nLord; na�-to us; darsaya-be visible; atmanam-in Your original\nform;\n\nas mat-karar:w--goca ra m -appreciable\n\nby our direct senses, es­\n\npecially by our eyes; prapannanam-we are all surrendered unto You;\ndidr/cyul}-lim -yet we wish to see You; sasmitam -smiling; te-Your;\nmukha-amb u jam -lotuslike face.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, we are surrendered unto\nYou, yet we wish to see You. Please make Your original form and\nsmiling lotus face visible to our eyes and appreciable to our other\nsenses.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0221": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n194\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\nThe devotees are always eager to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His original form, with His smiling lotuslike face. They are not\ninterested in experiencing the impersonal form. The Lord has both impersonal and personal features. The impersonalists have no idea of the\npersonal feature of the Lord, but Lord Brahma and the members of his\ndisciplic succession want to see the Lord in His personal form. Without a\npersonal form there can be no question of a smiling face, which is clearly\nindicated here by the words sasmitam te mukhiimbujam. Those who are\nin the Vai�Q.ava sampradaya of Brahma always want to see the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. They are eager to realize the Lord's personal\nfeature, not the impersonal feature. AB clearly stated here, asmat­\n\nkarar:w.-gocaram: the personal feature of the Lord can be directly perceived by our senses.\nTEXT 46\n\nij�: ��+4·�6 �: � m� wifl 1\nd � � �·l�i(ij<( .URJ ft ����II\ntais tai� sveccha-bhutai rupai�\nkale kale svayarh vibho\nkarma durvi$aharh yan no\nbhagavarhs tat karoti hi\ntai� - by such appearances; taib,-by such incarnations; sva-icchabhutaib,-all appearing by Your personal sweet will; r upa i b,-by factual\nforms;\n\nkale kale-in different millenniums;\n\nsvayam-personally;\n\nvibho-0 Supreme; karma-activities; durvi$aham-uncommon\n\n(un­\n\nable to be enacted by anyone else) ; yat-that which; na�-unto us;\n\nbhagavan -the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tat -that; karotiexecutes; hi-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, by Your sweet will\n\nYou appear in various incarnations, millennium after millennium,\n\nand act wonderfully, performing uncommon activities that would\n\nhe impossible for us.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0222": "195\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\nText 47)\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (4. 7):\n\nyadii yadii hi dharmasya\ngliinir bhavati bharata\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\ntadiitmanam srjamy aham\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I\ndescend Myself.\" Thus it is not imagination but a fact that the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, by His sweet will, appears in different incarnations, such as Matsya, Kiirma, Varaha, N:rsimha, Vamana, Parasurama,\nRamacandra, Balarama, Buddha and many other forms. Devotees are always eager to see one of the Lord's innumerable forms. It is said that just\nas no one can count how many waves there are in the sea, no one can\ncount the forms of the Lord. This does not mean, however, that anyone\ncan claim to be a form of the Lord and be acceptable as an incarnation.\nThe incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead must be accepted in terms of the descriptions found in the siistras. Lord Brahma is\neager to see the incarnation of the Lord, or the original source of all incarnations; he is not eager to see an imposter. The incarnation's activities\nare proof of His identity. All the incarnations described in the siistras act\nwonderfully (kesava dhrta-mina-sarira jaya jagadi.Sa hare). It is only by\nthe personal sweet will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead that He\nappears and disappears, and only fortunate devotees can expect to see\nHim face to face.\n\nTEXT 47\n\n�IJ( �fUr ft��;r � I\n\n�;ri M'tttRtt;ri WI �TfiRi � 11\\l\\911\nklesa-bhury-alpa-siirii�J-i\nkarmii�J-i viphalani vii\ndehinam v�ayartanam\nna tathaivarpitam tvayi\n\nklesa-hardship; bhuri\nresult;\n\n-\n\nvery much; alpa- very little; siirii�J-i-good\n\nkarmii7J,i-activities;\n\nviphaliini-frustration ;\n\nvii-either;\n\n", "SB8.1#p0223": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n196\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\ndehiniim-of persons; v�aya-artaniim-who are eager to enjoy the material world; na-not; tatha-like that; eva-indeed; arpitam-dedicated; tvayi-unto Your Lordship.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKarmis are always anxious to accumulate wealth for their sense\n\ngratification, but for that purpose they must work very hard. Yet\neven though they work hard, the results are not satisfying. Indeed,\n\nsometimes their work results only in frustration. But devotees\n\nwho have dedicated their lives to the service of the Lord can\n\nachieve substantial results without working very hard. These\nresults exceed the devotee's expectations.\nPURPORT\n\nWe can practically see how the devotees who have dedicated their lives\nfor the service of the Lord in the Kr!?:Q.a consciousness movement are getting immense opportunities for the service of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead without working very hard. The Kr!?:Q.a consciousness movement actually started with only forty rupees, but now it has more than\nforty crores worth of property, and all this opulence has been achieved\nwithin eight or ten years. No karmi can expect to improve his business so\nswiftly, and besides that, whatever a karmi acquires is temporary and\nsometimes frustrating. In Kr!?:Q.a consciousness, however, everything is\nencouraging and improving. The \"Kr!?:Q.a consciousness movement is not\nvery popular with the karm'is because this movement'recommends that\none refrain from illicit sex, meat-eating, gambling and intoxication.\nThese are restrictions that karm'is very much dislike. Nonetheless, in the\npresence of so many enemies, this movement is progressing, going forward without impediments. If the devotees continue to spread this movement, dedicating life and soul to the lotus feet of Kr!?:Q.a, no one will be\nable to check it. The movement will go forward without limits. Chant\nHare Kr!?:Q.al\n\nTEXT 48\n\n.t{tsfq ��lQ(Ifif6: I\n�� �q�aq « �R'fl �ffl {{�: ����II\n;nerij:\n\n", "SB8.1#p0224": "Text 48)\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n197\n\nnavama/:£ karma-kalpo 'pi\nviphalayesvararpita/:£\nkalpate pur�asyaiva\nsa hy atma dayito hita/:£\nna-not; avama/:t-very little, or insignificant; karma-activities;\n\nkalpa/:t-rightly executed; api-even; viphalaya-go in vain; iSvara­\n\narpita/:£-because of being dedicated to the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead; kalpate-it is so accepted; pu�asya-of all persons; eva-indeed; sa/:t-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; hi-certainly; atma­\n\nthe Supersoul, the supreme father; dayita/:t-extremely dear; hita/:tbeneficial.\nTRANSLATION\nActivities dedicated to the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\neven if performed in small measure, never go in vain. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, being the supreme father, is\nnaturally very dear and always ready to act for the good of the living entities.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita (2.40), the Lord says svalpam apy asya dharmasya\ntrayate mahato bhayat: this dharma, devotional service, is so important\n\nthat even if performed to a very small, almost negligible extent, it can\ngive one the supreme result. There are many instances in the history of\n\nthe world in which even a slight service rendered to the Lord has saved a\nliving entity from the greatest danger. Ajamila, for example, was saved\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead from the greatest danger, that of\ngoing to hell. He was saved simply because he chanted the name\nNaray�a at the end of his life. When Ajamila chanted this holy name of\n\nthe Lord, Naray�a, he did not chant knowingly; actually he was calling\nhis youngest son, whose name was NiiriiyaQ.a.\n\nNonetheless, Lord\n\nNaraya1,1a took this chanting seriously, and thus Ajamila achieved the\nresult of ante narayal)a-smrti/:£, remembering NarliyaQ.a at the end of\n\nlife. If one somehow or other remembers the holy name of Naraya1,1a,\n\nKr!?Qa or Rama at the end of life, he immediately achieves the transcendental result of going back home, back to Godhead.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0225": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n198\n\n[Canto 8, Ch 5\n.\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is actually the only object of our\nlove. As long as we are in this material world we have so many desires to\nfulfill, but when we come in touch with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, we immediately become perfect and fully satisfied, just as a child is\nfully satisfied when he comes to the lap of his mother. Dhruva Maharaja\nwent to the forest to achieve some material result by austerity and\npenance, but when he actually saw the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nhe said, \"I do not want any material benediction. I am completely\nsatisfied.\" Even if one wants some material benefit from serving the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, this can be achieved extremely easily,\nwithout hard labor. Therefore the siistra recommends:\n\nakama� sarva-kamo vii\nmolcya-kama udara-dhi�\ntivre� bhakti-yogena\nyajeta pu�arh param\n\"Whether one desires everything or nothing or desires to merge into the\nexistence_of the Lord, he is intelligent only if he worships Lord Kr�Q.a,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, by rendering transcendental loving\nservice.\" (Bhiig.\n\n2.3.10) Even if one has material desires, one can un­\n\ndoubtedly achieve what he wants by rendering service to the Lord.\n\nTEXT 49\nq� � �q\\��ro�fwfi\n\nrn�ffi��� 1\n\n�ql{R:N;f Frwrr: «ffi'fl€'1Wt� ft ll'd�ll\nyatha hi skandha-sakhaniirh\ntaror muliivasecanam\nevam aradhanarh vi$7Joft\nsarve$iim atmana5 ca hi\nyatha-as; hi-indeed; skandha-of the trunk; sakhaniim-and of\nthe branches; tarob,-of a tree; mula-the root; avasecanam-watering; evam-in this way; aradhanam-worship; vi$ �b,-of Lord Vi�Q.u;\n\nsa rve$iim-of everyone; atmanab,-of the Supersoul; ca-also; hi-indeed.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0226": "Text 49]\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n199\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen one pours water on the root of a tree, the trunk and\nbranches of the tree are automatically pleased. Similarly, when one\nbecomes a devotee of Lord Vi�:r;tu, everyone is served, for the Lord\nis the Supersoul of everyone.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in the Padma PuriirJa:\n\niiriidhaniiniirh sarve�iirh\nvi§�r iiriidhanarh param\ntasmiit paratararh devi\ntadiyiiniirh samarcanam\n\"Of all types of worship, worship of Lord Vi�QU is best, and better than\n\nthe worship of Lord Vi�QU is the worship of His devotee, the Vai�Qava.\"\nThere are many demigods worshiped by people who are attached to material desires (kamais tais tair hrta-jfiiinii/:r. prapadyante 'nya-devatii/:r.}.\n\nBecause people are embarrassed by so many material desires, they wor­\n\nship Lord Siva, Lord Brahma, the goddess Kall, Durga, GaQesa and Siirya\n\nto achieve different results. However, one can achieve all these results\n\nsimultaneously just by worshiping Lord Vi�QU. As stated elsewhere in\nthe Bhagavatam (4.31.14):\n\nyathii taror miila-ni§ecanena\ntrpyanti tat-skandha-bhujopa§iikhiiJ:r,\nprii�pahiiriic ca yathendriyii1J(irh\ntathaiva sarviirharJam acyutejya\n\"Just by pouring water on the root of a tree, one nourishes its trunk and\n\nall of its branches, fruits and flowers, and just by supplying food to the\nstomach, one satisfies all the limbs of the body. Similarly, by worshiping\n\nLord Vi�Qu one can satisfy everyone.\" Kr�Qa consciousness is not a sec­\n\ntarian religious movement. Rather, it is meant for all-embracing welfare\n\nactivities for the world. One can enter this movement without dis­\n\ncrimination in terms of caste, creed, religion or nationality. If one is\ntrained to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�Qa, who is\n\n", "SB8.1#p0227": "200\n\nSrimad-Bhag_avatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 5\n\nthe origin of vi§�u-tattva, one can become fully satisfied and perfect in\nall respects.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n��;tf'f;J�Ttl\n\n�6��'1��� I\n\nf�un1f g�� ���P.t � ��II� II\no\n\nnamas tubhyam anantiiya\ndurvitarkyatma-karmar.te\nnirgu�ya gu�esaya\nsattva-sthaya ca sampratam\nnama�-all obeisances; tu bhyam-unto You, my Lord; anantayawho are everlasting, transcending the three phases of time (past, present\nand future ); durvitarkya-iitma-karmar.te-unto You, who perform inconceivable activities; nirgu�ya-which are all transcendental, free\nfrom the inebriety of material qualities; gu� iSiiya-unto You, who\n-\n\ncontrol the three modes of material nature; sattva-sthaya-who are in\nfavor of the material quality of goodness; ca- also; siimpratam-at present.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy Lord, all obeisances unto You, who are eternal, beyond\n\ntime's limits of past, present and future. You are inconceivable in\n\nYour activities, You are the master of the three modes of material\nnature, and, being transcendental to all material qualities, You are\nfree from material contamination. You are the controller of all\n\nthree of the modes of nature, but at the present You are in favor of\n\nthe quality of goodness. Let us offer our respectful obeisances\nunto You.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead controls the material activities\n, manifested by the three modes of material nature. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii, nirgu�m gu�-bhoktr ca: the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is always transcendental to the material qualities (sattva-gu�,\n\nrajo-gu� and tamo-gu�), but nonetheless He is their controller. The\n\n", "SB8.1#p0228": "Text 50)\n\nThe Demigods Appeal to the Lord\n\n201\n\nLord manifests Himself in three features-as Brahma, Vi�1,1u and\nMahesvara-to control these three qualities. He personally takes charge\nof sattva-gu�Ja as Lord Vi�1,1u, and He ent�usts the charge of rajo-gu�Ja\nand tamo-gu�Ja to Lord Brahma and Lord Siva. illtimately, however, He\nis the controller of all three gu�JaS. Lord Brahma, expressing his appreciation, said that because Lord Vi�1,1u had now taken charge of the activities of goodness, there was every hope that the demigods would be\nsuccessful in fulfilling their desires. The demigods were harassed by the\ndemons, who were infested with tamo-gu�Ja. However, as Lord Brahma\nhas previously described, since the time of sattva-gu�Ja had now arrived,\nthe demigods could naturally expect to fulfill their desires. The demigods\nare supposedly well advanced in knowledge, yet they could not understand the ki:wwledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore\nthe Lord is addressed here as anantaya. Although Lord Brahma knows\npast, present and future, he is unable to understand the unlimited\nknowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Fifth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Demigods Appeal to\nthe Lord for Protection. \"\n\n", "SB8.1#p0229": "CHAPTER SIX\n\nThe Demigods\nand Demons Declare a Truce\nThis chapter describes how the Lord appeared before the demigods when\nthey offered Him their prayers. Following the advice of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, the demigods executed a truce with the demons\nfor the purpose of churning nectar from the sea.\nBecause of the prayers offered by the demigods in the previous\nchapter, Lord K�irodakasayi Vi��u was pleased with the demigods, and\nthus He appeared before them. The demigods were almost blinded by His\ntranscendental bodily effulgence. At first, therefore, they could not even\nsee any part of His body. Mter some time, however, when Brahma could\nsee the Lord, he, along with Lord Siva, began to offer the Lord prayers.\n\nLord Brahma said: \"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, being\nbeyond birth and death, is eternal. He has no material qualities. Yet He is\nthe ocean of unlimited auspicious qualities. He is subtler than the most\nsubtle, He is invisible, and His form is inconceivable. He is worshipable\nfor all the demigods. Innumerable universes exist within His form, and\ntherefore He is never separated from these universes by time, space or\n\ncircumstances. He is the chief and the pradhana. Although He is the\n\nbeginning, the middle and the end of the material creation, the idea of\npantheism conceived by Mayavadi: philosophers has no validity. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead controls the entire material manifestation through His subordinate agent, the external energy. Because of His\ninconceivable transcendental position, He is always the master of the material energy. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, in His various\nforms, is always present even within this material world, but the material qualities cannot touch Him. One can understand His position only\n\nby His instructions, as given in Bhagavad-gita.\" As stated in Bhagavad­\n\ngita ( l 0.10), dadiimi buddhi-yogam tam. Buddhi-yoga means bhaktiyoga. Only through the process of bhakti-yoga can one understand the\n\nSupreme Lord.\n\n203\n\n", "SB8.1#p0230": "204\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\nWhen offered prayers by Lord Siva and Lord Brahma, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead was pleased. Thus He gave appropriate instructions to all the demigods. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is\nknown as Ajita, unconquerable, advised the demigods to make a peace\nproposal to the demons, so that after formulating a truce, the demigods\nand demons could churn the ocean of milk. The rope would be the biggest serpent, known as Vasuki, and the churning rod would be Mandara\nMountain. Poison would also be produced from the churning, but it\nwould be taken by Lord S iva, and so there would be no need to fear it.\nMany other attractive things would be generated by the churning, but\nthe Lord warned the demigods not to be captivated by such things. Nor\nshould the demigods be angry if there were some disturbances. After advising the demigods in this way, the Lord disappeared from the scene.\nFollowing the instructions of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\ndemigods established a peace with Maharaja Bali, the King of the\ndemons. Then both the demons and the demigods started for the ocean,\ntaking Mandara Mountain with them. Because of the great heaviness of\nthe mountain, the demigods and demons became fatigued, and some of\nthem actually died. Then the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�Qu,\nappeared there on the back of His carrier, Garuc;la, and by His mercy He\nbrought these demigods and demons back to life. The Lord then lifted\nthe mountain with one of His hands and placed it on the back of Garuc;la.\nThe Lord sat on the mountain and was carried to the spot of the churning\nby Garuc;la, who placed the mountain in the middle of the sea. Then the\nLord asked Garuc;la to leave that place because as long as Garuc;la was\npresent, Vasuki could not come there.\nTEXT 1\n\nsittJ,<fi �i!(R\n\n�� ��n ��qf.{ �tm�: 1\nij•wUfJi(� ('(�\"'(1it\\i1T�g;fa: II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\nevam stutaft sura-gar_tair\nbhagaviin harir fSvaraft\n\n", "SB8.1#p0231": "]\n\nText2\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\n205\n\nle$iim avirabhild rajan\n\nsahasrarkodaya-d yuti/:t\n\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-in this way;\n\nstuta/:t-being worshiped by prayers; sura-ga�i/:t-by the demigods;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; hari/:t-the van­\n\nquisher of all inauspiciousness;\n\niSvara/:t-the supreme controller;\n\nle$iim-in front of Lord Brahma and all the demigods; avirabhilt-ap­\n\npeared there; rajan-0 King (Parik�it); sahasra-of thousands; arkaof suns; udaya-like the rising; dyuti/:t-His effulgence.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said: 0 King Parik�it, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, being thus worshiped with prayers by\nthe demigods and Lord Brahma, appeared before them. His bodily\neffulgence resembled the simultaneous rising of thousands of\nsuns.\nTEXT2\n\n�� � � �q(: !fffl�: I\n;nq�4\"(4 f�: �I{T�ijt;f � iijl �W{ '��''\ntenaiva sahasa sarve\n\ndeva/:t pratihatek$a1Jii/:t\n\nnapa§yan kharit diSa/:t k$au1}-im\natmanarit ca kuto vibhum\n\ntena eva-because of this; sahasa-all of a sudden; sarve-all;\n\ndeva/:t-the demigods; pratihata-ik$a1Jii/:t-their vision being b locked;\n\nna-not; apa§yan-could see; kham-the sky; diSa/:t-the directions;\n\nk$au1}-im-land; atmanam ca-also themselves; kuta/:t-and where is\n\nthe question of seeing; vibhum-the Supreme Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe VISion of all the demigods was blocked by the Lord's\neffulgence. Thus they could see neither the sky, the directions, the\n\n", "SB8.1#p0232": "[Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n206\n\nland, nor even themselves, what to speak of seeing the Lord, who\nwas present before them.\nTEXTS 3-7\nt'-&:. \"'\n\n...,.\nteu�� �tlif41..tg>l «� �\n(ff � I\n•\n\n'ii�il���l'{ II � II\naWIFfC\\l�;r\n���qenm:.t 1\nSJ��i!41Wt � ����'{II'd II\n�'(l{fUrf� ��+t�t � �mntt.. 1\n��;ptleti:ticil�mU{CII•�l¥( II � II\n'iil�ti:ti�lqif4et4{1(���f�\n1\n�(Qtf�,fi �({i�t�ftt.ll �II\niji(�l-tiRfil: ��#l���'tlffietl'{ I\nij!T;r �sti\\1( : �: ��q 'f('{ I\n._L_ �\n��\n\"\n«ett+t-tiltlf:\n«lii �·:ufl·����\nil�:\nII \\9 I I\n\n� �(i:tid�lft�f\n\n•\n\nviriiico bhagaviin dmva\nsaha sarve7J-a tiirh tanum\nsvacchiim marakata-syiimiirh\nkaiija-garbhiirur:te�aTJiim\ntapta-hemavadiitena\nlasat-kau§eya-viisasii\nprasanna-ciiru-sarviirigirh\nsumukhim sundara-bhruvam\nmahii-mar:ti-kirztena\nkeyuriibhyarh ca bh�itiim\nkarTJfibhara7J-a-nirbhiitakapola-sri-mukhiimbujiim\nkiiicikaliipa-valayahiira-nilpura-sobhitiim\n\n", "SB8.1#p0233": "Text 7]\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\n207\n\nkau.stubhii.bhara1Jiirh lak$mirh\nbibhratirh vana-malinim\nsudarsanadibhi/:t svastrair\n\nmurtimadbhir upasitam\n\nti.L§!ava deva-pravara/:t\n\nsa5arva/:t purU§arh param\n\nsarvamara-gar:tai/:t sakarh\n\nsarvarigair avanirh gataif:t\n\nvirinca}:t-Lord\n\nBrahma;\n\nbhagavan-who\n\nis\n\nalso\n\naddressed\n\nas\n\nbhagavan because of his powerful position; dr�!va-by seeing; saha­\n\nwith; sarver:ta-Lord Siva; tam-unto the Supreme Lord; tanum-His\ntranscendental\n\nform;\n\nsvacchii.m-without\n\nmaterial\n\ncontamination;\n\nmarakata-syamam-with a bodily luster like the light of a blue gem;\n\nkaiija-garbha-arur:ta-ik�a1Jiim-with pinkish eyes like the womb of a\n\nlotus flower; tapta-hema-avadatena-with a luster like that of molten\n\ngold; lasat-shining; kau§eya-vasasa-dressed in yellow silk garments;\n\nprasanna-caru-sarva-arigim-all the parts of whose body were graceful\n\nand very\n\nbeautiful;\n\nsu-mukhim-with a\n\nsmiling face;\n\nsundara­\n\nbhruvam-whose eyebrows were very beautifully situated; maha-mar:ti­\n\nkiritena-with a helmet bedecked with valuable jewels; keyurabhyam ca\n\nbh�itam-decorated with all kinds of ornaments; karna-abharar:tanirbhata-illuminated by the rays of the jewels on His ears; kapolawith cheeks; sri-mukha-ambujam-whose beautiful lotuslike face;\n\nkaiici-kalapa-valaya-ornaments like the belt on the waist and bangles\n\non the hands; hii.ra-nupura-with a necklace on the chest and ankle\nbells on the legs; sobhitam-all beautifully set; kau.stubhaabhara1Jii,m-whose chest was decorated with the Kaustubha gem;\nlak$mim-the goddess of fortune;\nbibhratim-moving;\nvanamalinim-with flower garlands; sudarsana-adibhif:t-bearing the\nSudarsana cakra and others; sva-astrai/:t-with His weapons; mur­\n\ntimadbhi/:t-in His original form; upasitam-being worshiped;\nli.L§!dva-satisfied; deva-pravara/:t-the chief of the demigods; sasarva}:t-with Lord Siva; purU§am param-the Supreme Personality;\nsarva-amara-gar:tai/:t-accompanied by all the demigods; sakam-with;\n\nsarva-arigai/:t-with all the parts of the body; avanim-on the ground;\ngatai/:t-prostrated.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0234": "[Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n208\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahmii, along with Lord Siva, saw the crystal-clear per­\n\nsonal beauty of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose\nblackish body resembles a marakata gem, whose eyes are reddish\n\nlike the depths of a lotus, who is dressed with garments that are\n\nyellow like molten gold, and whose entire body is attractively\n\ndecorated.\n\nThey\n\nsaw\n\nHis beautiful,\n\nsmiling,\n\nlotuslike\n\nface,\n\ncrowned by a helmet bedecked with valuable jewels. The Lord has\n\nattractive eyebrows, and His cheeks are adorned with earrings.\n\nLord Brahmii and Lord Siva saw the belt on the Lord's waist, the\n\nbangles on His arms, the necklace on His chest, and the ankle bells\n\non His legs. The Lord is bedecked with flower garlands, His neck is\n\ndecorated with the Kaustubha gem, and He carries with Him the\n\ngoddess of fortune and His personal weapons, like His disc and\n\nclub. When Lord Brahmii, along with Lord Siva and the other\n\ndemigods, thus saw the form of the Lord, they all immediately fell\n\nto the ground, offering their obeisances.\nTEXTS\n\n��irm\n\n3Tijffif�;:��w.ffi�'ITlfl�OWt\nt;rcrium�� 1\n31Uft�f1Jfifsq��if\n�+IRT� �\n;:r��� II � II\nsri-brahmoviica\najiita-janma-.sthiti-samyamiiyiigu�ya nirviiiJa-sukhiir7Javiiya\na�r a7Jimne 'pariga�Jya-dhiimne\nmahiinubhiiviiya namo namas te\nsri-brahmii\n\nviica -Lord\n\nu\n\nBrahmii\n\nsaid;\n\najiita-janma-sthiti-\n\nsamyamiiya-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is never\nborn but whose appearance in different incarnations never ceases;\nagu�ya-never affected by the material modes of nature (sattva-gu1Ja,\n\n", "SB8.1#p0235": "Text 8)\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\n209\n\nrajo-gur:w and tamo-gur:w); ni rva r:w-sukha-arr:wvaya-unto the ocean\nof eternal bliss, beyond material existence; ar:w!£ ary,imne-smaller than\nthe atom; aparigary,ya-dhiimne-whose bodily features are never to be\nconceived by material speculation; maha-anubhiivaya -whose existence\nis inconceivable; namafl,-offering our obeisances; namafl,-again offering our obeisances; te-unto You.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma said: Although You are never horn, Your appearance and disappearance as an incarnation never cease. You are\nalways free from the material qualities, and You are the shelter of\ntranscendental bliss resembling an ocean. Eternally existing in\nYour transcendental form, You are the supreme subtle of the most\nextremely subtle. We therefore offer our respectful obeisances\nunto You, the Supreme, ,:·hose existence is inconceivable.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (4.6):\n\najo 'pi sann avyayatrrui\nbhutanam i:§varo 'pi san\nprakrtim svam adh�thaya\nsambhavamy atma-rruiyaya\n\"Although I am unborn and My transcendental body never deteriorates,\nand although I am the Lord of all sentient beings, I still appear in every\nmillennium in My original transcendental form.\" In the following verse\nin Bhagavad-gita (4.7), the Lord says:\n\nyada yada hi dharmasya\nglanir bhavati bharata\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\ntadatrruinam srjamy aham\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I\ndescend Myself.\" Thus although the Supreme Lord is unborn, there is no\n\n", "SB8.1#p0236": "210\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\ncessation to His appearance in different forms as incarnations like Lord\nKr�t:ta and Lord Rama. Since His incarnations are eternal, the various activities performed by these incarnations are also eternal. The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead does not appear because He is forced to do so by\nkarma like ordinary living entities who are forced to accept a certain type\nof body. It is to be understood that the Lord's body and activities are all\ntranscendental, being free from the contamination of the material modes\nof nature. These pastimes are transcendental bliss to the Lord. The word\naparigar.tya-dhamne is very significant. There is no limit to the Lord's\nappearance in different incarnations. All of these incarnations are eternal, blissful and full of knowledge.\n\nrilpam tavaitat pur�ar�abhejyam\nsreyo 'rthibhir vaidika-tantriker.ta\nyogena dhata}:t saha nas tri-lokiin\npa§yamy am�minn u ha viSva-milrtau\nrilpam-form; tava-Your; e tat-this; pu�a-r�abha-0 best of all\npersonalities; ijyam-worshipable; sreya}:t-ultimate auspiciousness;\narthibhi}:t-by persons who desire; vaidika-under the direction of\nVedic instructions; tantriker.ta-realized by followers of Tantras, like\nNarada-paficaratra; yogena-by practice of mystic yoga; dhata}:t-0\nsupreme director; saha-with; na}:t-us (the demigods); tri-lokiincontrolling the three worlds; pa§yami-we see directly; am�min-in\nYou; u-oh; ha-completely manifested; viSva-milrtau-in You, who\nhave the universal form.\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of persons, 0 supreme director, those who actually aspire\n\nfor supreme good fortune worship this form of Your Lordship ac-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0237": "Text 10)\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\n211\n\ncording to the Vedic Tantras. My Lord, we can see all the three\nworlds in You.\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic\n\nmantras say: yasmin vijfiiite sarvam evam vijfiiitam\n\nbhavati. When the devotee sees the Supreme Personality of Godhead by\nhis meditation, or when he sees the Lord personally, face to face, he becomes aware of everything within this universe. Indeed, nothing is\nunknown to him. Everything within this material world is fully\nmanifested to a devotee who has seen the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(4.34) therefore advises:\ntad viddhi prar:tipiitena\nparipra§nena sevayii\nupadek$yanti te jfiiinam\njnaninas tattva-darsina/:t\n\n\"Just try to learn the truth by approaching a spiritual master. Inquire\nfrom him submissively and render service unto him. The self-realized\nsoul can impart knowledge unto you because he has seen the truth.\"\nLord Brahma is one of these self-realized authorities\n\n(svayambhur\nniirada/:t sambhu/:t kumara/:t kapilo manu/:t). One must therefore accept\n\nthe disciplic succession from Lord Brahma, and then one can understand\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead in fullness. Here the word viSva­\n\nmilrtau indicates that everything exists in the form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One who is able to worship Him can see everything\nin Him and see Him in everything.\nTEXT 10\n\n� 3l'Rfut: �f;_r il�;.r 3lTdffl:\n\n��t� 3lRft��ill<:'ij� I\n�tt'ilfa:(rijl �� i(��\n�\n\n\"'\n\n��\n\nt:r(:\n\nq(�� II� oil\n\ntvayy agra iisit tvayi madhya iisit\ntvayy anta aszd idam atma-tantre\n\n", "SB8.1#p0238": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n212\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\ntvam iidir anto jagato 'sya madhyarh\nghatasya mrtsneva para� parasmiit\ntvayi-unto You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; agre -in the\nbeginning; lisit-there was; tvayi-unto You; madhye-in the middle;\nasit-there was; tvayi-unto You; ante-in the end; asit-there was;\nidam-all of this cosmic manifestation; atma-tantre-fully under Your\ncontrol;\n\ntvam-Your\n\nLordship;\n\niidi�-beginning;\n\nanta� -end;\n\njagata�-of the cosmic manifestation; asya-of this; madhyam-middle; gha!asya-of an earthen pot; mrtsna iva-like the earth; para�transcendental; pa ra smiit\n\n-\n\nbecause of being the chief.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, who are always fully independent, this entire cos­\n\nmic manifestation arises from You, rests upon You and ends in\n\nYou. Your Lordship is the beginning, sustenance and end of every­\n\nthing, like the earth, which is the cause of an earthen pot, which\n\nsupports the pot, and to which the pot, when broken, finally\nreturns.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n�� 4il44k¥{f�� ��\nf.f�t� m� ���: 1\nq�f;:� �� � ll;ftfq-oil\ngoro��of mf�cn II� �II\ntvarh miiyayatmiiSrayaya svayedarh\nnirmiiya viSvarh tad-anupravi§ta�\npa§yanti yukta manasa manl§ir:w\ngu1JC1-vyavaye 'py agu1JC1rh vipa§cita�\ntvam-Your Lordship; miiyaya-by Your eternal energy; atmaasrayaya-whose existence is under Your shelter; svaya-emanated\n\nnirmiiya-for the sake of creating;\nviSvam-the entire universe; tat-into it; anupravi5!a�-You enter;\n\nfrom\n\nYourself;\n\nidam-this;\n\n", "SB8.1#p0239": "Text 11]\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\npa§yanti-they see; yukta �\n\n-\n\n213\n\npersons in touch with You; manasa\n\n-\n\nby\n\nan elevated mind; man�i(W�-people with advanced consciousness;\ngu(W-of material qualities; ryavaye\nthough;\n\nagu(Wm-still\n\nuntouched\n\n-\n\nin the transformation; ap i\nby\n\nthe\n\nmaterial\n\n-\n\nal\n\n­\n\nqualities;\n\nvipa.Scita�-those who are fully aware of the truth of §astra.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Supreme, You are independent in Your self and do not take\nhelp from others. Through Your own potency, You create this cosmic manifestation and enter into it. Those who are advanced in\nKr�1,1a consciousness, who are fully in knowledge of the authoritative sastra, and who, through the practice of bhakti-yoga, are\ncleansed of all material contamination, can see with clear minds\nthat although You exist within the transformations of the material\nqualities, Your presence is untouched by these qualities.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (9.10):\n\nmayadhyak§e!W prakrt*\nsilyate sacaracaram\nhetunanena kaunteya\njagad viparivartate\n\"This material nature, working under My direction, 0 son of Kunti, is\nproducing all moving and unmoving beings. By its rule this manifestation is created and annihilated again and again.\" The material energy\ncreates, maintains and devastates the entire cosmic manifestation because of directions given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\nenters this universe as Garbhodakasiiyi V if?J).U but is untouched by the\nmaterial qualities. In Bhagavad-gua the Lord refers to maya, the external energy, which creates this material world, as mama maya, \"My energy,\" because this energy works under the full control of the Lord.\nThese facts can be realized only by those who are well versed in Vedic\nknowledge and advanced in Krf?J).a consciousness.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0240": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n214\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 12\n\n;;r?;(lfql{��d :q ill!\ntJ;o;;r��q;r :q �� I\nt:' p\n;;rti(�t 3frl:4tfr�Q\nT� �err\n!1� �� �� �if� ����II\n.... �<:'\n\n..\n\n\"\n\n•\n\nyathiignim edhasy amrtarh ca g�u\nbhuvy annam ambildyamane ca vrttim\nyogair manU$yii adhiyanti hi tvarh\ngurJe$U buddhya kavayo vadanti\nyatha-as; agnim-fire; edhasi-in wood; amrtam-milk, which is\nlike nectar; ca-and; go$u-from cows; bhuvi-on the ground; annam-food grains; ambu-water; udyamane-in enterprise; ca-also; vrttim-livelihood;\n\nyogai�-by practice of bhakti-yoga;\n\nmanU$yii�­\n\nhuman beings; adhiyanti-achieve; hi-indeed; tvam-You; gur:te$Uin the material modes of nature; buddhya-by intelligence; kavaya�great personalities; vadanti-say.\nTRANSLATION\nAs one can derive fire from wood, milk from the milk hag of the\n\ncow, food grains and water from the land, and prosperity in one's\n\nlivelihood from industrial enterprises, so, by the practice of\n\nhhakti-yoga, even within this material world, one can achieve Your\n\nfavor or intelligently approach You. Those who are pious all affirm\n\nthis.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough the Supreme Personality of Godhead is nirgur:ta, not to be\nfound within this material world, the entire material world is pervaded\nby Him, as stated in Bhagavad-gita (maya tatam idarh sarvam). The material world is nothing but an expansion of the Lord's material energy,\nand the entire cosmic manifestation rests upon Him (mat-sthani sarvabhiUani). Nonetheless, the Supreme Lord cannot be found here (na\ncaharh te$V avasthitaM. A devotee, however, can see the Supreme Personality of Godhead through the practice of bhakti-yoga. One ordinarily\ndoes not begin to practice bhakti-yoga unless he has practiced it in pre-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0241": "Text 12)\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\n215\n\nvious births. Moreover, one can begin bhakti-yoga only by the mercy of\n\nGuru-kr�r:w.-prasi.ide paya bhakti-latabija. The seed of devotional service is obtainable by the mercy of guru,\n\nthe spiritual master and Kr��a.\n\nthe spiritual master, and Kr��a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nOnly by the practice of bhakti-yoga can one achieve the favor of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and see Him face to face (premiiiijana­\n\ncchurita-bhakti-vilocanena santa/:£ sadaiva hrdaye�u vilokayanti). One\ncannot see the Lord by other methods, such as karma, jnana or yoga.\nUnder the direction of the spiritual master, one must cultivate bhakti­\n\nyoga (sravar:w.m kirtanam v�r:wl:t smarar:w.m pada-sevanam). Then,\neven within this material world, although the Lord is not visible, a devotee can see Him. This is confirmed in Bhagavad$fta (bhaktya miim\n\nabhijanati yavan ya§ casmi tattvatal:t} and in Srimad-Bhagavatam\n(bhaktyaham ekaya grahya/:t). Thus by dexotional service one can\nachieve the favor of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, although He is\nnot visible or understandable to materialistic persons.\nIn this verse, the cultivation of bhakti-yoga is compared to many material activities. By friction one can get fire from wood, by digging the\nearth one can get food grains and water, and by agitating the milk bag of\nthe cow one can get nectarean milk. Milk is compared to nectar, which\none can drink to become immortal. Of course, simply drinking milk will\nnot make one immortal, but it can increase the duration of one's life. In\nmodern civilization, men do not think milk to be important, and\ntherefore they do not live very long. Although in this age men can live\nup to one hundred years, their duration of life is reduced because they do\nnot drink large quantities of milk. This is a sign of Kali-yuga. In Kaliyuga, instead of drinking milk, people prefer to slaughter an animal and\neat its flesh. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, in His instructions of\n\nBhagavad-gitii, advises go-ra�ya, which means cow protection. The cow\nshould be protected, milk should be drawn from the cows, and this milk\nshould be prepared in various ways. One should take ample milk, and\nthus one can prolong one's life, develop his brain, execute devotional\nservice, and ultimately attain the favor of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. As it is essential to get food grains and water by digging the\nearth, it is also essential to give protection to the cows and take nectarean\nmilk from their milk bags.\nThe people of this age are inclined toward industrial enterprises for\n\n", "SB8.1#p0242": "216\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\ncomfortable living, but they refuse to endeavor to execute devotional\nservice, by which they can achieve the ultimate goal of life by returning\nhome, back to Godhead. Unfortunately, as it is said, na te vidu� svartha­\n\ngatim hi vi§r:tum durasaya ye bahir-artha-manina�. People without\nspiritual education do not know that the ultimate goal of life is to go back\nhome, back to Godhead. Forgetting this aim of life, they are working\nvery hard in disappointment and frustration (moghasa mogha-karmaTJO\n\nmogha-jiiiina vicetasaM. The so-called vaiSyas\n\n-\n\nthe industrialists or\n\nbusinessmen-are involved in big, big industrial enterprises, but they\nare not interested in food grains and milk. However, as indicated here,\nby digging for water, even in the desert, we can produce food grains;\nwhen we produce food grains and vegetables, we can give protection to\nthe cows; while giving protection to the cows, we can draw from them\nabundant quantities of milk; and by getting enough milk and combining\nit with food grains and vegetables, we can prepare hundreds of nectarean\nfoods. We can happily eat this food and thus avoid industrial enterprises\nand joblessness.\nAgriculture and cow protection are the way to become sinless and thus\nbe attracted to devotional service. Those who are sinful cannot be attracted by devotional service. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (7 .28):\n\nye�am tv anta-gatam papam\njananam pur:tya-karmar:tam\nte dvandva-moha-nirmukta\nbhajante mam drQ,ha-vrata/:1,\n\"Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life, whose\nsinful actions are completely eradicated and who are freed from the\nduality of delusion, engage themselves in My service with determination.\" The majority of people in this age of Kali are sinful, short-living,\nunfortunate and disturbed (manda� sumanda-matayo manda-bhiigya\n\nhy upadrutaM. For them, Caitanya Mahiiprabhu has advised:\nharer nama harer nama\nharer namaiva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha\n\n", "SB8.1#p0243": "Text 13)\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\n217\n\n\"In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is\nchanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no\nother way. There is no other way.\"\nTEXT 13\n\na �i q� wwt ijJJ�\nql\n\nij(t�...,���\n..,.\ntRIT\n\n��\n\n1'1'iij'iQ\n\nrr�T �1�\n\nij'ef\n\n� �llf+i'�: II t �II\n\ntam tviirh vayarh niitha samujjihanarh\nsaroja-nabhaticirepsitartham\ndmva gata nirvrtam adya sarve\ngaja davarta iva garigam ambha}:t\ntam-0 Lord; tviim-Your Lordship; vayam- all of us; niitha-0\nsamujjihanam-now appearing before us with all glories;\nsaroja-niibha-0 Lord, whose navel resembles a lotus flower, or from\nmaster;\n\nwhose navel grows a lotus flower; ati-cira-for an extremely long time;\nrpsita-desiring; artham-for the ultimate goal of life; dmoo-seeing;\ngata/:t -in our vision; nirvrtam-transcendental happiness; adyatoday; sarve-all of us; gaja/:t- elephants; dava-arta}:t-being affiicted\nin a forest fire; iva-like; garigam ambha}:t-with water from the\nGanges.\nTRANSLATION\nElephants afBicted by a forest fire become very happy when they\nget water from the Ganges. Similarly, 0 my Lord, from whose\nnavel grows a lotus flower, since You have now appeared before us,\nwe have become transcendentally happy. By seeing Your Lordship,\nwhom we have desired to see for a very long time, we have\nachieved our ultimate goal in life.\nPURPORT\nThe devotees of the Lord are always very eager to see the Supreme\nLord face to face, but they do not demand that the Lord come before\n\n", "SB8.1#p0244": "218\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\nthem, for a pure devotee considers such a demand to be contrary to devo­\n\ntional service. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu teaches this lesson in His\n\nSi�ii$!aka. Adarsaniin marma-hatiirh karotu vii. The devotee is always\n\neager to see the Lord face to face, but if he is brokenhearted because he\ncannot see the Lord, even life after life, he will never command the Lord\n\nto appear. This is a sign of pure devotion. Therefore in this verse we find\nthe word ati-cira-psita-artham, meaning that the devotee aspires for a\n\nlong, long time to see the Lord. If the Lord, by His own pleasure, appears\n\nbefore the devotee, the devotee feels extremely happy, as Dhruva\nMaharaja felt when he personally saw the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead. When Dhruva Maharaja saw the Lord, he had no desire to ask the\n\nLord for any benediction. Indeed, simply by seeing the Lord, Dhruva\nMaharaja felt so satisfied that he did not want to ask the Lord for any\n\nbenediction (sviimin krtartho 'smi vararh na yace). A pure devotee,\n\nwhether able or unable to see the Lord, always engages in the Lord's\n\ndevotional service, always hoping that at some time the Lord may be\n\npleased to appear before him so that he can see the Lord face to face.\nTEXT 14\n\nFl����\n\nq�� '{I({�� I\n��\n��(k¥4'{\n\nf?t en��.:�'l��OJ: II� \\lll\n\nsa tvarh vidhatsviikhila-loka-piilii\nvayarh yad arthiis tava piida-mulam\nsamiigatiis te bahir-antar-iitman\nkim viinya-vijiiiipyam aSe!}a-sii�i1}1l/:t\nsa}:£- that; tvam-Your Lordship; vidhatsva-kindly do the needful;\nakhila-loka-piilii/:t-the demigods, directors of different departments of\nthis universe; vayam- all of us; yat-that which; arthii/:t-purpose;\ntava-at Your Lordship's; piida millam- lotus feet; samiigatii/:t-we\nhave arrived; te-unto You; bahi/:t-anta/:t-iitman-0 Supersoul of\n-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0245": "Text 15]\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\neveryone, 0 constant internal and external witness; kim\n\n-\n\n219\n\nwhat; vd­\n\neither; anya-vijiiiipyam-we have to inform You; aSe§a-sa�i�b,-the\nwitness and knower of everything.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, we, the various demigods, the directors of this universe, have come to Your lotus feet. Please fulfill the purpose for\nwhich we have come. You are the witness of everything, from\nwithin and without. Nothing is unknown to You, and therefore it\nis unnecessary to inform You again of anything.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gfta\n\n(13.3), k§etra-jiiam capi mam viddhi\n\nsarva-�etre§u bharata. The individual souls are proprietors of their individual bodies, but the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the proprietor of all bodies. Since He is the witness of everyone's body, nothing is\nunknown to Him. He knows what we need. Our duty, therefore, is to\nexecute devotional service sincerely, under the direction of the spiritual\nmaster. l(r�Q.a, by His grace, will supply whatever we need in executing\nour devotional service. In the l(r�Q.a consciousness movement, we simply\nhave to execute the order of l(r�Q.a and guru. Then all necessities will be\nsupplied by l(r�Q.a, even if we do not ask for them.\nTEXT 15\n\n31( ftlfur� ijU� it\n�q�d I\n���ft�\nf� q'T Ff�� 11'-�FqllRJT\nfq�� � ;if ��q¥4?.4� ����II\naham giritras ca suradayo ye\ndak§adayo 'gner iva ketavas te\nkim va vidamesa prthag-vibhata\nvidhatsva sam no dvija-deva-mantram\n\n", "SB8.1#p0246": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n220\naham-1\n\n(Lord Brahma);\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\ngiritra!t-Lord Siva;\n\nca-also;\n\nsura­\n\nadaya!t-all the demigods; ye-as we are; dak$a-adaya!t-headed by\n\nMaharaja Dak�a; agne!t-of fire; iva-like; ketava!t-sparks; te-o£\n\nYou; kim-what; va-either; vidiima-can we understand; iSa-0 my\nLord;\n\nprthak-vibhata!t-independently\n\nof\n\nYou;\n\nvidhatsva-kindly\n\nbestow upon us; sam-good fortune; na!t-our; dvija-deva-mantram­\n\nthe means of deliverance suitable for the brahmar:ws and demigods.\nTRANSLATION\n\nI (Lord Brahmii], Lord Siva and all the demigods, accompanied\n\nby the prajiipatis like Dak�a, are nothing hut sparks illuminated by\n\nYou, who are the original fire. Since we are particles of You, what\n\ncan\n\nwe understand about our welfare? 0 Supreme Lord, please\n\ngive us the means of deliverance that is suitable for the hriihmaJ.las\nand demigods.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse, the word dvija-deva-mantram is very important. The\n\nword mantra means \"that which delivers one from the material world.\"\n\nOnly the dvijas (the brahmar:tas) and the devas (the demigods) can be\n\ndelivered from material existence by the instructions of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Whatever is spoken by the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead is a mantra and is suitable for delivering the conditioned\nsouls from mental speculation. The conditioned souls are engaged in a\nstruggle for existence (mana!t $a§!han'indriyar:ti prakrti-sthani kar$ati).\n\nDeliverance from this struggle constitutes the highest benefit, but unless\n\none gets a mantra from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, deliverance\n\nis impossible. The beginning mantra is the Gayatri mantra. Therefore,\nafter purification, when one is qualified to become a brahmar:ta (dvija),\n\nhe is offered the Gayatri mantra. Simply by chanting the Gayatri mantra,\n\none can be delivered. This mantra, however, is suitable only for the\n\nbrahmar:tas and demigods. In Kali-yuga, we are all in a very difficult\n\nposition, in which we need a suitable mantra that can deliver us from the\ndangers of this age. Therefore the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in\n\nHis incarnation as Lord Caitanya, gives us the Hare Kr�I.J.a mantra.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0247": "Text 16]\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\n221\n\nharer nama harer nama\n\nharer namaiva kevalam\n\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\n\nnasty eva gatir anyathii\n\n\"In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is\n\nchanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no\n\nother way. There is no other way.\" In His Si�(4ta,ka, Lord Caitanya\n\nsays, pararit vijaycr.te sri-kf$TJ,Q,-Salikirtanam: \"All glories to the chanting\nof sri-km1-a-sankirtanaf' The mahii-mantra-Hare K:r�t:ta, Hare K:r�t:ta,\n\nK:r�t:ta K:r�t;ta, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare\n\nHare-is directly chanted by the Lord Himself, who gives us this mantra\n\nfor deliverance.\n\nWe cannot invent any means to be delivered from the dangers of ma­\n\nterial existence. Here, even the demigods, such as Lord Brahma and Lord\nSiva, and the prajiipatis, such as Dak�a, are said to be like illuminating\n\nsparks in the presence of the Supreme Lord, who is compared to a great\nfire. Sparks are beautiful as long as they are in the fire. Similarly, we\n\nhave to remain in the association of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nand always engage in devotional service, for then we shall always be\n\nbrilliant and illuminating. As soon as we fall from the service of the\n\nLord, our brilliance and illumination will immediately be extinguished,\n\nor at least stopped for some time. When we living entities, who are like\n\nsparks of the original fire, the Supreme Lord, fall into a material condi­\n\ntion, we must take the mantra from the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nas it is offered by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. By chanting this Hare K:r�t:ta\n\nmantra, we shall be delivered from all the difficulties of this material\nworld.\n\nTEXT 16\n'1>it�<n \\JciR\n\n��\n\nAA�Tf��\n\n��ti �I\ni:f� �ttll�T fttu\nq:J��et3«'14ihi�WI_ II� �II\nf�lf\n\nijtrt\n\n", "SB8.1#p0248": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n222\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nevarh virincadibhir Ujitas tad\n\nvijnaya te$arh hrdayarh yathaiva\n\njagada jimuta-gabhiraya gira\n\nbaddhanjalin sarhvrta-sarva-karakan\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami: said; evam-thus; virifica­\n\nadibhi/:t-by all the demigods, headed by Lord Brahma; Ujita/:t-being\n\nworshiped; tat vijfiaya-understanding the expectation; te$am-of all of\n\nthem;\n\nhrdayam-the core of the heart;\n\nyatha-as;\n\neva-indeed;\n\njagada-replied; jimilta-gabhiraya-like the sound of clouds; gira-by\n\nwords; baddha-anjalin-unto the demigods, who stood with folded\nhands; samvrta-restrained; sarva-all; karakan-senses.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: When the Lord was thus offered\n\nprayers by the demigods, headed by Lord Brahmii, He understood\nthe purpose for which they had approached Him. Therefore, in a\n\ndeep voice that resembled the rumbling of clouds, the Lord\n\nreplied to the demigods, who all stood there attentively with\nfolded hands.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�� ���{ijMPij� ���: I\nft��r.fl� �;:���·n�fu: 11�\\911\neka evesvaras tasmin\n\nsura-karye sures vara/:t\n\nvihartu-kamas tan aha\nsamudronmathanadibhi/:t\neka/:t-alone; eva-indeed; i§vara/:t-the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; tasmin-in that; sura-karye-the activities of the demigods;\n\nsura-iSvara/:t-the Lord of the demigods, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; vihartu-to enjoy pastimes; kama/:t-desiring; tan-unto the\n\n", "SB8.1#p0249": "Text 19]\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\n223\n\ndemigods; aha- said; samudra-unmathana-adibhib,-by activities of\nchurning the ocean.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of\n\nthe demigods, was capable of performing the activities of the\ndemigods by Himself, He wanted to enjoy pastimes in churning\n\nthe ocean. Therefore He spoke as follows.\nTEXT 18\n\n�f{f['tfff!:C1\"1\n�w-6 ilnit � t � � lflf� I\n\n'l?J6Fffrn: �� � f{: � � tiU: II�� II\nsri-bhagavan uvaca\nhanta brahmann aho sambho\n\nhe deva mama bha$itam\nsrr:tutavahitab, sarve\nsreyo vab, syad yatha surab,\nsri-bhagavan uvaca -the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;\nhanta -;-addres s ing them; brahman aho-0 Lord Brahma; sambho-0\n\nLord Siva; he-0; devab,\n\n-\n\ndemigods; mama-My; bhd$ita m -state\n\n­\n\nment; srr:tuta-hear; avahitab, -with great attention; sarve-all of you;\n\nsreyab,-good fortune; vab,-for all of you; syat- shall be; yatha\n\n-\n\nas;\n\nsurab,-for the demigods.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: 0 Lord Brahms,\n\nLord Siva and other demigods, please hear Me with great attention,\n\nfor what I say will bring good fortune for all of you.\nTEXT 19\n\n� �������\n•.�..·�·ztl���� q) lW �= 11��11\n\n", "SB8.1#p0250": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n224\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\nyata danava-daiteyais\n\ntavat sandhir vidhiyatam\n\nkiilenanugrhitais tair\n\nyavad vo bhava atmana�\n\nyata-just execute; danava-with the demons; daiteyai�-and the\n\nasuras;\n\ntavat-so\n\nkalena-by\n\na\n\nlong;\n\nfavorable\n\nsandhi�-a\ntime\n\n(or\n\ntruce;\n\nvidhiyatam-execute;\n\nkavyena-by\n\nSukracarya);\n\nanugrhitai�-receiving benedictions; ta*-with them; yavat-as long\n\nas; va�-of you; bhava�-good fortune; atmana�-of yourselves.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs long as you are not flourishing, you should make a truce with\n\nthe demons and asuras, who are now being favored by time.\nPURPORT\n\nOne word in this verse has two readings-kiilena and kiivyena.\n\nKalena means \"favored by time,\" and kavyena means \"favored by\n\nSukracarya,\" Sukracarya being the spiritual master of the Daityas. The\n\ndemons and Daityas were favored in both ways, and therefore the\ndemigods were advised by the Supreme Lord to execute a truce for the\n\ntime being, until time favored them.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n3R�s(q- R: �: Q\"Rr ��t� I\n31ft�� �rn �� q�eff iT�: II� II\no\n\narayo 'pi hi sandheya�\n\nsati kiiryartha-gaurave\n\nahi-m�ikavad deva\n\nhy arthasya padavirh gatai�\n\naraya�-enemies; api-although; hi-indeed; sandheya�-eligible\n\nfor a truce; sati-being so; kiirya-artha-gaurave-in the matter of an\n\n", "SB8.1#p0251": "Text 21]\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\n225\n\nm�ika-mouse; vat-like; deva�-0\narthasya-of interest; padavim-position;\n\nimportant duty; ahi-snake;\ndemigods;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\ngatai�-so being.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 demigods, fulfilling one's own interests is so important that\none may even have to make a truce with one's enemies. For the\nsake of one's self-interest, one has to act according to the logic of\nthe snake and the mouse.\nPURPORT\n\nA snake and a mouse were once caught in a basket. Now, since the\nmouse is food for the snake, this was a good opportunity for the snake.\nHowever, since both of them were caught in the basket, even if the snake\nate the mouse, the snake would not be able to get out. Therefore, the\nsnake thought it wise to make a truce with the mouse and ask the mouse\nto make a hole in the basket so that both of them could get out. The\nsnake's intention was that after the mouse made the hole, the snake\nwould eat the mouse and escape from the basket through the hole. This is\ncalled the logic of the snake and the mouse.\nTEXT 21\n\n�Rq,� q�: �����I\n�����SlRl ������''\namrtotpadane yatna�\nkriyatam avilambitam\nyasya pitasya vai jantur\nmrtyu-grasto 'maro bhavet\namrta-utpadane-in\ngenerating\nnectar;\nyatna� -endeavor;\nkriyatam-do; avilambitam-without delay; yasya-of which nectar;\npitasya-anyone who drinks; vai-indeed; jantu�-living entity;\nmrtyu-grasta�-although in imminent danger of death; amara�-immortal; bhavet-can become.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0252": "226\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nImmediately endeavor to produce nectar, which a person who is\n\nabout to die may drink to become immortal.\nTEXTS 22-23\n\n� aftit�m �i ��1ot�mtt':ft: ,\n���t�t it:t��tQ �m�f�����''\n� �tn �en f�����ct�an 1\n-��f;:ij ��� � 'fi�: 11��11\n/cyiptva lcyirodadhau sarva\nvirul-lflJa-lataU!jadhi/:t\nmanthanam mandaram krtva\nnetram krtva tu vasukim\nsahayena maya deva\nnirmanthadhvam atandritii/:t\nkle5a-bhajo bhav�yanti\ndaitya yuyam phala-graha/:t\nlcyiptva-putting; k�ira-udadhau-in the ocean of milk; sarva/:t-all\nkinds of; virut-creepers; tr!W-grass; lata-vegetables; aU!jadhi/:tand drugs; manthanam-the churning rod; mandaram-Mandara\nMountain; krtva-making; netram-the churning rope; krtva-making; tu-but; vasukim-the snake Vasuki; sahayena-with a helper;\nmaya-by Me; deva/:t-all the demigods; nirmanthadhvam-go on\nchurning;\n\natandrita/:t-very\n\ncarefully,\n\nwithout\n\ndiversion;\n\nkle5a­\n\nbhaja/:t-sharetakers of sufferings; bhav�yanti-will be; daitya/:t-the\ndemons; yuyam-but all of you; phala-graha/:t-gainers of the actual\nresult.\nTRANSLATION\n0 demigods, cast into the ocean of milk all kinds of vegetables,\n\ngrass, creepers and drugs. Then, with My help, making Mandara\nMountain the churning rod and Vasuki the rope for churning,\n\n", "SB8.1#p0253": "Text 25)\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\n227\n\nchurn the ocean of milk with undiverted attention. Thus the\ndemons will be engaged in labor, but you, the demigods, will gain\nthe actual result, the nectar produced from the ocean.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that when different kinds of drugs, creepers, grass and\nvegetables are put into this milk and the milk is churned, as milk is\nchurned for butter, the active principles of the vegetables and drugs mix\nwith the milk, and the result is nectar.\nTEXT 24\n\n,_q 6<:\\�+il<:�� �R\\�0\"�t: tro: I\nWI �il'of fij'-tOrQ ijCf�t: m;:ce{�U ��Til� ld II\nyuyam tad anu1TWdadhvam\nyad icchanty asuri.i� sura�\nna samrambher:m sidhyanti\n\nsarvi.irthi.i� si.intvayi.i yathi.i\nyuyam-all of you; tat-that; anu1TWdadhvam-should accept; yatwhatever;\n\nicchanti-they\n\ndemigods;\n\nna-not;\n\nsid hyanti-are\n\nvery\n\ndesire;\n\nasuri.i�-the\n\ndemons;\n\nsuri.i�-0\n\nbeing\n\nagitated\n\nin\n\nanger;\n\ndesired\n\nends;\n\nsamrambher:m-by\nsuccessful;\n\nsarva-arthi.i�-all\n\nsi.intvaya-by peaceful execution; yathi.i-as.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear demigods, with patience and peace everything can be\ndone, but if one is agitated b y anger, the goal is not achieved.\nTherefore, whatever the demons ask, agree to their proposal.\nTEXT 25\n\nWI �� �w;��ll m��N�lffi� I\n\n�:�WI cn�um:��ijq�!l''��''\n\n", "SB8.1#p0254": "228\n\nSri mad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\nbhetavyam kiilakil!ad\n\nna\n\nv�aj jaladhi-sambhavat\nlobha/:t kiiryo na vo jatu\nro$a/:t kamas tu vastU$U\nna -not; bhetavyam -should be afraid; kalakil!iit-of kiilakil!a;\nv�at -from the poison; ja l adhi -from the ocean of milk; sambhavatwhich will appear; lobha/:1.-greed; kiirya/:1.-execution; na -not; va/:1.unto you; jaJu-at any time; ro$a/:t-anger; kiima/:1.-lust; tu -and;\n\nvastU$u-in the products.\nTRANSLATION\nA poison known as kiilakuta will he generated from the ocean of\n\nmilk, hut you should not fear it. And when various products are\n\nchurned from the ocean, you should not he greedy for them or\nanxious to obtain them, nor should you he angry.\nPURPORT\n\nIt appears that by the churning process many things would be generated from the ocean of milk, including poison, valuable gems, nectar and\nmany beautiful women. The demigods were advised, however, not to be\ngreedy for the gems or beautiful women, but to wait patiently for the\nnectar. The real purpose was to get the nectar.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n:;ft� <1i ij'<ir'if\n\n�Rr ����f�tr llf(Cfl't ����: I\nijqaqw:ij�� ���0r<::�lRTit'<R: II� G. II\nsri-suka uvaca\niti devan samadiSya\nbhagavan purU$ottama/:t\nte$iim antardadhe rajan\nsvacchanda-gatir zsvara/:t\n\n", "SB8.1#p0255": "Text\n\n28]\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\n229\n\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri S ukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; devan-all\nthe demigods;\n\nsamadiSya-advising;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; purU$a-uttama�-the best of all persons; le$iimfrom them; antardadhe-disappeared; rajan-0 King; svaccharulafree; gati�-whose movements; iSvara�-the Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: 0 King Parik�it, after advising\n\nthe demigods in this way, the independent Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, the best of all living entities, disappeared from their\n\npresence.\n\nTEXT\n\n27\n\n3l1l �\n\n�� ��li f�: I\nlR���: �� �q��ij�H l\"\\911\natha tasmai bhagavate\nnamaskrtya pitamaha�\nbhava§ ca jagmatu� svarh svarh\ndhamopeyur balirh sura�\n\natha-after this; tasmai-unto Him; bhagavate-unto the Supreme\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nnamaskrtya-offering\n\nobeisances; pitamaha�-Lord Brahma; bhava� ca-as well as Lord Siva; jagmatu�­\n\nreturned; svam svam-to their own; dhama-abodes; upeyu�-approached; balim-King Bali; sura�-al1 the other demigods.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Lord Brahmii and Lord Siva, after offering their respectful\n\nobeisances to the Lord, returned to their abodes. All the demigods\nthen approached Maharaja Bali.\n\nTEXT\n\n28\n\nqRT�Qfij�:ql���Wil�Ciil't\nI\n;:���� siftftf: �\\:lfqJT�l�� ll ��II\n...\n\n", "SB8.1#p0256": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n230\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\ndmvarin apy asamyattan\njata-k§obhiin sva-niiyakiin\nny�edhad daitya-rat slokya/:t\nsandhi-vigraha-kiilavit\ndr$!Vii-observing; arin-the enemies; api-although; asamyattiinwithout any endeavor to fight; jata-k§obhan-who became agitated; svaniiyakiin-his own captains and commanders; ny�edhat-prevented;\ndaitya-rat-the Emperor of the Daityas, Maharaja Bali; slokya/:t-very\nrespectable and prominent; sandhi-for making negotiations; vigrahaas well as for fighting; kala-the time; vit-completely aware of.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Bali, a most celebrated king of the demons, knew very\n\nwell when to make peace and when to fight. Thus although his\n\ncommanders and captains were agitated and were about to kill the\n\ndemigods, Maharaja Bali, seeing that the demigods were coming to\n\nhim without a militant attitude, forbade his commanders to kill\n\nthem.\n\nVedic\n\nPURPORT\netiquette\n\nenJoms:\n\ngrhe\n\nsatrum\n\napi\n\npriiptam\n\nviSvastam\n\nakutobhayam. When enemies come to their opponent's place, they\nshould be received in such a way that they will forget that there is\nanimosity between the two parties. Bali Maharaja was well conversant\nwith the arts of peacemaking and fighting. Thus he received the\ndemigods very well, although his commanders and captains were agitated. This kind of treatment was prevalent even during the fight between the Par;u;lavas and the Kurus. During the day, the Pa1,1cJavas and\nKurus would fight with the utmost strength, and when the day was over\nthey would go to each other's camps as friends and be received as such.\nDuring such friendly meetings, one enemy would offer anything the\nother enemy wanted. That was the system.\nTEXT 29\n\nij ��f;r�T�iT� gf{ �TW�?.jq: I\nf�T '«f:P.IT �! �'Hlqlil'l'i_ ������\n\n", "SB8.1#p0257": "Text 30]\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\n231\n\nte vairocanim asinarh\nguptarh casura-yutha-pai/:t\nsriya pararnaya }U$!arh\njitaSe$am upagarnan\nte-all the demigods; vairocanim-unto Baliraja, the son of Virocana;\nasinam-sitting down; guptam-well protected; ca-and; asura-yutha­\n\npai/:t-by\n\nthe\n\ncommanders\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nasuras;\n\nsriya-by\n\nopulence;\n\npararnaya-supreme; }U$tam-blessed; jita-a5e$am-who became the\nproprietor of all the worlds; upagarnan-approached.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods approached Bali Maharaja, the son of Virocana,\nand sat down near him. Bali Maharaja was protected by the commanders of the demons and was most opulent, having conquered\nall the universes.\nTEXT 30\n\n�t=�:��up;JT�RT �fllffi��: I\n3f+\"l{� ffi{_ � ftrf� �(i-.f'q'il(l_ II� oil\nrnahendra/:t slak$ �Jnya vaca\nsantvayitva rnaha-rnati/:t\nabhyabhii$ata tat sarvarh\nsik$itarh purU$Ottarniit\nmaha-indra/:t-the King of heaven, lndra; slak$�Jnya-very mild;\nvaca-by words; santvayitva -pleasi n g Bali Maharaja very much;\n\nrnaha mati/:t-the most intelligent person; abhyabhii$ata-addressed;\ntat-that; sa rvam everything; sik$itam-that was learned; purU$auttamat-from Lord Vi!?r;tu.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter pleasing Bali Maharaja with mild words, Lord Indra, the\nKing of the demigods, who was most intelligent, very politely submitted all the proposals he had learned from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi�t;tu.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0258": "Srimad -Bhiigavatam\n\n232\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�:;:rn �� ij;n;it itSWtf4qn 1\n\n�sf�;rf'{� it :q f.l�ft.r;{: II�� II\ntat tv arocata daityasya\ntatranye ye 'suradhipa/:1,\nsambaro 'ri$!anemiS ca\nye ca tripura-vasina/:1,\n\ntat-all\n\nthose\n\nwords;\n\ntu- but;\n\narocata-were\n\nvery\n\npleasing;\n\ndaityasya-to Bali Maharaja; tatra-as well as; anye-others; ye-who\n\nwere; asura-adhipa/:1,-the chiefs of the asuras; sambara/:1,\n\n-\n\nSambara;\n\nari$!anemi/:t-Ari�tanemi; ca-also; ye-others who; ca-and; tripuravasina/:1,-all the residents of Tripura.\nTRANSLATION\nThe proposals submitted by King lndra were immediately ac­\n\ncepted by Bali Maharaja and his assistants, headed by Samhara and\n\nAri�tanemi, and by all the other residents of Tripura.\nPURPORT\n\nIt appears from this verse that politics, diplomacy, the propensity to\ncheat, and everything that we find in this world in individual and social\nnegotiations between two parties are also present in the upper planetary\n\nsystems. The demigods went to Bali Maharaja with the proposal to\nmanufacture nectar, and the Daityas, the demons, immediately accepted\nit, thinking that since the demigods were already weak, when the nectar\nwas produced the demons would take it from them and use it for their\nown purposes. The demigods, of course, had similar intentions. The only\ndifference is that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi�r.m, was\n\non the side of the demigods because the demigods were His devotees,\nwhereas the demons did not care about Lord Vi�.Q.U. All over the universe\nthere are two parties-the Vi�.Q.U party, or God-conscious party, and the\ngodless party. The godless party is never happy or victorious, but the\nGod-conscious party is always happy and victorious.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0259": "Text 32]\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\n233\n\nTEXT 32\n\nijijf �WT! im �fq� ���H I\nm �q\n��if �q ������\ntato devasura/:t krtva\nsamvidam krta-sauhrda/:t\nudyamam paramam cakrur\n\namrtarthe parantapa\ntata/:t-thereafter; deva-asura/:t-both the demons and the demigods;\n\nkrt va-e xecuting ; samvidam-indicating; krta-sauhrda/:t\n\n-\n\nan armistice\n\nbetween them; udyamam-enterprise; paramam-supreme; cakru/:tthey did; amrta-arthe-for the sake of nectar; parantapa-0 Maharaja\nParik�?it, chastiser of enemies.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, chastiser of enemies, the demigods and the\ndemons thereafter made an armistice between them. Then, with\ngreat enterprise, they arranged to produce nectar, as proposed by\nLord lndra.\nPURPORT\nThe word samvidam is significant in this verse. The demigods and\ndemons both agreed to stop fighting, at least for the time being, and en­\n\ndeavored to produce nectar. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura notes\nin this connection:\nsamvid yuddhe pratijnayam\n\nacare namni to$ar:£e\nsambha$a7JE kriyakare\nsariketa-jnanayor api\nThe word samvit is variously used to mean \"in fighting,\" \"in promising,\"\n\n\"for\n\nsatisfying,\"\n\n\"in\n\n\"indication,\" and \"knowledge.\"\n\naddressing,\"\n\n\"by\n\npractical\n\naction,\"\n\n", "SB8.1#p0260": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n234\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 33\n\nijij�� ���filftm�m�To.t ��T: I\n� �N Fl;:!l: �: ttft�: 11��11\ntatas te mandara-girim\nojasotpii!ya durmada�\nnadanta udadhim ninyu�\nsakta� parigha-bahava�\n\ntata�-thereafter; te-all the demigods and demons; mandaragirim-Mandara Mountain; ojasa-with great strength; utpii!ya-extracting; durmada�-very powerful and competent; nadanta-cried\nvery loudly; udadhim-toward the ocean; ninyu�-brought; sakta�very strong; parigha-bahava�-having long, strong arms.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThereafter, with great s trength, the demons and demigods, who\n\nwere all very powerful and who had long, stout arms, uprooted\n\nMandara Mountain. Crying very loudly, they brought it toward the\n\nocean of milk.\n\ndura-bharodvaha-sriintii�\nsakra-vairocanadaya�\napiirayantas tam vOf)hum\nviva§a vijahu� pathi\n\ndura-for a great distance; bhara-udvaha-by carrying the great\nload; sriintii�-being fatigued; sakra-King lndra; vairocanaadaya�-and Maharaja Bali (the son of Virocana) and others;\napiirayanta�-being unable; tam-the mountain; vO!)hum-to bear;\nviva.Sii�-being unable; vijahu�-gave up; pathi-on the way.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0261": "Text 36)\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\n235\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of conveying the great mountain for a long distance,\nKing Indra, Maharaja Bali and the other demigods and demons hecame fatigued. Being unable to carry the mountain, they left it on\nthe way.\nTEXT 35\n\nf;rq-��\n\nfitfuij=;f �q�l�fol_ I\n��mm:r ��m +n�IJf ����: 11����\nnipatan sa giris tatra\nbahiln amara-danavan\ncilr7Jayam asa mahata\nbhare7Ja kanakacala�\nnipatan-falling down; sa�-that; giri�-mountain; tatra-there;\n\nbahun-many;\n\namara-danavan-demigods and demons;\n\ncilr7J,ayam\n\nasa-were smashed; mahata-by great; bhare7J,a-weight; kanakaaca la�\n\n-\n\nthe golden mountain known as Mandara.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe mountain known as Mandara, which was extremely heavy,\nbeing made of gold, fell and smashed many demigods and demons.\nPURPORT\nBy constitution, gold is heavier than stone. Since Mandara Mountain\nwas made of gold and was therefore heavier than stone, the demigods\nand demons could not properly carry it to the ocean of milk.\nTEXT 36\n\"'\n\n+1�1{9f6T +I���� I\n+{qqt�;r � ���: 11��11\ntarits tatha blwgna-manaso\nbhagna-bahilru-kandharan\n\n", "SB8.1#p0262": "236\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\nvijMya bhagavarhs tatra\nbabh uva garul},a dhvaja/:t\n-\n\ntan-all the demigods and demons; tatha-thereafter;\nmanasa}:t-being brokenhearted;\n\nbhagna­\n\nb hagna-bah u-with broken arms;\n\nilru-thighs;\nkandharan- and\nshoulders;\nvijMya-know ing;\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�:r.m; tatra-there;\nba bh ilva-appeared; garwf,a-dhvaja/:t-being carried on Garuqa.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods and demons were frustrated and disheartened,\n\nand their arms, thighs and shoulders were broken. Therefore the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who knows everything, appeared there on the back of His carrier, Garm;la.\nTEXT 37\n\nffTRqtmtfFiftq�f;:q�C}�l�ltfttt'l, 1\n�� �1tP:Wm.:r AJ<i� f;{$n;tp:O 11�1.911\ngiri-pata-vin�p�!an\nvilokyamara-danavan\nik§aya jivayam asa\nnirjaran ni rvral)iin yatha\ngiri-pata-because of the falling of Mandara Mountain; vin�p�!ancrushed; vilo /ry\"a-obse rving; amara-the demigods; danavan-and\nthe demons; ik§aya-simply by His glance; jivayam asa-brought back\nto life; nirjaran-without aggrievement; nirvra�n ..!. without bruises;\n\nyatha-as.\nTRANSLATION\nObserving that most of the demons and the demigods had been\n\ncrushed by the falling of the mountain, the Lord glanced over\n\nthem and brought them back to life. Thus they became free from\ngrief, and they even had no bruises on their bodies.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0263": "Text 38]\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\n237\n\nTEXT 38\n\n�� �� tre� �ij�� ��� I\n3fT�lQ' SflP:rtcrf;� f!UW�{iJ: II�� II\ngirim caropya garwje\nhastenaikena lilaya\naruhya prayayav abdhim\nsuriisura-gar:wir vrta/:t\ngirim-the mountain; ca-also; aropya-placing; ganu;le-on the\nback of Garu�a; hastena-by the hand; ekena-one; lilaya-very easily\nas His pastime; aruhya-getting on; prayayau-He went; abdhim-to\nthe ocean of milk; sura-asura-gar:wi/:t-by the demigods and asuras;\nvrta/:t-surrounded.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord very easily lifted the mountain with one hand and\nplaced it on the back of Garuc;la. Then, He too got on the back of\nGaruc;la and went to the ocean of milk, surrounded by the\ndemigods and demons.\nPURPORT\nHere is proof of the omnipotence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is above everyone. There are two classes of living entitiesthe demons and the demigods-and the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nis above them both. The demons believe in the \"chance\" theory of creation, whereas the demigods believe in creation by the hand of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The omnipotence of the Supreme Lord\nis proved here, for simply with one hand He lifted Mandara Mountain,\nthe demigods and the demons, placed them on the back of Garu�a and\nbrought them to the ocean of milk. Now, the demigods, the devotees,\nwould immediately accept this incident, knowing that the Lord can lift\nanything, however heavy it might be. But although demons were also\ncarried along with the demigods, demons, upon hearing of this incident,\nwould say that it is mythological. But if God is all-powerful, why would it\n\n", "SB8.1#p0264": "238\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 6\n\nbe difficult for Him to lift a mountain? Since He is floating innumerable\nplanets with many hundreds and thousands of Mandara Mountains, why\ncan't He lift one of them with His hand? This is not mythology, but the\ndifference between the believers and the faithless is that the devotees accept the incidents mentioned in the Vedic literatures to be true, whereas\nthe demons simply argue and label all these historical incidents\nmythology. Demons would prefer to explain that everything happening\nin the cosmic manifestation takes place by chance, but demigods, or devotees, never consider anything to be chance. Rather, they know that\neverything is an arrangement of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThat is the difference between the demigods and the demons.\nTEXT 39\n\n�trfllff ��({_�qo{: '«rnf �: I\n;;rq{���� �ftOJT ij' f.£6�: ����II\navaropya girim skandhat\nsuparr,w/:t patatarit vara/:t\nyayau jalanta utsrjya\nharilJ(i sa visarjita/:t\navaropya-unloading; girim-the mountain; skandhat-from his\nshoulder; suparr,w/:t-Garu�a; patatam-of all the birds; vara/:t-the\nbiggest or most powerful; yayau-went; jala-ante-where the water is;\nutsriya-placing; harilJ(i-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nsa/:t-he (Garu�a); visarjita/:t-discharged from that place.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, GarU«;la, the chief of birds, unloaded Mandara\n\nMountain from his shoulder and brought it near the water. Then\n\nhe was asked by the Lord to leave that place, and he left.\nPURPORT\n\nGaru�a was asked by the Lord to leave that place because the snake\nVasuki, who was to be used as the rope for churning, could not go there\nin the presence of Garu�a. Garu�a, the carrier of Lord V i��u, is not a\n\n", "SB8.1#p0265": "Text 39]\n\nThe Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce\n\n239\n\nvegetarian. He eats big snakes. Vasuki, being a great snake, would be\n\nnatural food for Garuc;la, the chief of birds. Lord Vi!?I.lU therefore asked\n\nGaruQ.a to leave so that Vasuki could be brought to churn the ocean with\nMandara Mountain, which was to be used as the churning rod. These are\n\nthe wonderful arrangements of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nNothing· takes place by accident. Carrying Mandara Mountain on the\n\nback of a bird and putting it in its right position might be difficult for\n\nanyone, whether demigod or demon, but for the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead everything is possible, as shown by this pastime. The Lord had\nno difficulty lifting the mountain with one hand, and GaruQ.a, His car­\n\nrier, carried all the demons and demigods together by the grace of the\n\nSupreme Lord. The Lord is known as Yogesvara, the master of all mystic\n\npower, because of His omnipotence. If He likes, He can make anything\n\nlighter than cotton or heavier than the universe. Those who do not\n\nbelieve in the activities of the Lord cannot explain how things happen.\n\nUsing words like \"accident,\" they take shelter of ideas that are un­\n\nbelievable. Nothing is accidental. Everything is done by the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, as the Lord Himself confirms in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(9.10). Mayadhya/cyer:w prakrti/:t silyate sacaracaram. Whatever actions\n\nand reactions occur within the cosmic manifestation all take place under\nthe superintendence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. However,\n\nbecause the demons do not understand the potency of the Lord, when\nwonderful things are done, the demons think that they are accidental.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Sixth\nChapter,\n\nof the Srimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nDemons Declare a Truce. \"\n\nentitled \"The Demigods and\n\n", "SB8.1#p0266": "CHAPTER SEVEN\n\nLord Siva Saves the Universe\nby Drinking Poison\n\nThe summary of the Seventh Chapter is as follows. AI; described in this\n\nchapter, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, appearing in His incarna­\n\ntion as a tortoise, dove deep into the ocean to carry Mandara Mountain on\nHis back. At first the churning of the ocean produced kalakuta poison.\n\nEveryone feared this poison, but Lord Siva satisfied them by drinking it.\nWith the understanding that when the nectar was generated from the\n\nchurning they would share it equally, the demigods and the demons\nbrought Vasuki to be used as the rope for the churning rod. By the ex­\n\npert arrangement of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the demons\n\nheld the snake near the mouth, whereas the demigods held the tail of the\n\ngreat snake. Then, with great endeavor, they began pulling the snake in\n\nboth directions. Because the churning rod, Mandara Mountain, was very\n\nheavy and was not held by any support in the water, it sank into the\nocean, and in this way the prowess of both the demons and the demigods\n\nwas vanquished. The Supreme Personality of Godhead then appeared in\n\nthe form of a tortoise and supported Mandara Mountain on His back.\n\nThen the churning resumed with great force. As a result of the churn­\n\ning, a huge amount of poison was produced. The prajapatis, seeing no\n\none else to save them, approached Lord Siva and offered him prayers full\n\nof truth. Lord Siva is called Asuto!?a because he is very pleased if one is a\ndevotee. Therefore he easily agreed to drink all the poison generated by\n\nthe churning. The goddess Durga, Bhavani, the wife of Lord Siva, was\n\nnot at all disturbed when Lord Siva agreed to drink the poison, for she\n\nknew Lord Siva's prowess. Indeed, she expressed her pleasure at this\n\nagreement. Then Lord Siva gathered the devastating poison, which was\n\neverywhere. He took it in his hand and drank it. Mter he drank the\n\npoison, his neck became bluish. A small quantity of the poison dropped\n\nfrom his hands to the ground, and it is because of this poison that there\n\nare poisonous snakes, scorpions, toxic plants and other poisonous things\nin this world.\n\n241\n\n", "SB8.1#p0267": "242\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�l�<fi �\n\n� wtllHT��?tf 'ti�tiR tJTWqiq_ I\nqfteft;;r ma ijm'i_ �51+{� ��qijl: 1\n� Wl�*ll �T?.f ���II � ll\nsri-suka uvaca\nte niiga-rajam amantrya\nphala-bhagena vasukim\npariviya girau tasmin\nnetram abdhirh mudanvita/:1,\narebhire sura yatta\namrtarthe kuradvaha\nsri-suka/:1, uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; te-all of them (the\n\ndemigods and the demons); niiga-rajam-the king of the Nagas, snakes;\namantrya-inviting, or requesting; phala-bhagena-by promising a\nshare of the nectar; vasukim-the snake Vasuki; pariviya-encircling;\ngirau-Mandara Mountain; tasmin-unto it; netram-the churning\nrope; abdhim-the ocean of milk; muda anvita/:1,-all surcharged with\ngreat pleasure; arebhire-began to act; sura/:1,-the demigods; yatta/:1,with great endeavor; amrta-arthe-for gaining nectar; kuru-udvaha-0\nKing Parik�it, best of the Kurus.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: 0 best of the Kurus, Maharaja Parik�it,\n\nthe demigods and demons summoned Vasuki, king of the ser­\n\npents, requesting him to come and promising to give him a share\n\nof the nectar. They coiled Vasuki around Mandara Mountain as a\nchurning rope, and with great pleasure they endeavored to pro­\n\nduce nectar by churning the ocean of milk.\nTEXT2\n\nm: ���� \\4' �l�(flSlftf'i_ II � II\n\n", "SB8.1#p0268": "Lord Siva Saves the Universe\n\nText3]\n\n243\n\nharib, purastaj jagrhe\npilrvarh deviis tato 'bhavan\n\nharib,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Ajita; purastat-from\nthe front; jagrhe-took; pilrvam-at first; deoob,-the demigods;\ntatab,-thereafter; abhavan-took the front portion of Vasuki.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead, Ajita, grasped the front portion of\n\nthe snake, and then the demigods followed.\nTEXT3\n\nij�� ��t{t{�t l{m����� 1\n� p � ���q�'l_ I\n� ...\n\n��tntJ��-l;t{?(t: ��Hn �t=ll�T+l: II � II\ntan naicchan daitya-patayo\nmaha-purW}a-ce�#tam\nna grhr:timo vayam puccham\naher arigam amarigalam\nsvadhyaya-sruta-sampannab,\nprakhyata janma-karmabhib,\n\ntat-that arrangement; na aicchan-not liking; daitya-patayab,-the\nleaders of the demons; maha-purW}a-of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; ce�#tam-attempt; na-not; grhr:timab,-shall take; vayamall of us (the Daityas); puccham-the tail; aheb,-of the serpent;\narigam-part of the body; ama ligalam-inauspicious\ninferior;\nsvadhyaya -with Vedic study; sruta-and Vedic knowled ge; sampannab--fully equipped; p rakhyatab,-prominent; janma-karmabhib,-by\n,\n\nbirth and activities.\nTRANSLATION\nThe leaders of the demons thought it unwise to hold the tail, the\n\ninauspicious portion of the snake. Instead, they wanted to hold the\n\n", "SB8.1#p0269": "244\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nfront, which had been taken by the Personality of Godhead and\nthe demigods, because that portion was auspicious and glorious.\n\nThus the demons, on the plea that they were all highly advanced\n\nstudents of Vedic knowledge and were all famous for their birth\n\nand activities, protested that they wanted to hold the front of the\nsnake.\n\nPURPORT\nThe demons thought that the front of the snake was auspicious and\nthat catching hold of that portion would be more chivalrous. Moreover,\nDaityas must always do the opposite of the demigods. That is their\nnature. We have actually seen this in relation to our _Kr�Q.a consciousness\nmovement. We are advocating cow protection and encouraging people to\ndrink more milk and eat palatable preparations made of milk, but the\ndemons, just to protest such proposals, are claiming that they are advanced in scientific knowledge, as described here by the words\nsviidhyaya-sruta-sampan11ii/:t. They say that according to their scientific\n\nway, they have discovered that milk is dangerous and that the beef obtained by killing cows is very nutritious. This difference of opinion will\nalways continue. Indeed, it has existed since days of yore. Millions of\nyears ago, there was the same competition. The demons, as a result of\ntheir so-called Vedic study, preferred to hold the side of the snake near\nthe mouth. The Supreme Personality of Godhead thought it wise to catch\nhold of the dangerous part of the snake and allow the demons to hold the\ntail, which was not dangerous, but because of a competitive desire, the\ndemons thought it wise to hold the snake near the mouth. If the\ndemigods were going to drink poison, the demons would resolve, \"Why\nshould we not share the poison and die gloriously by drinking it?\"\nIn regard to the words svadhyaya-sruta-sampanl1ii/:t prakhyata\njanma-karmabhi/:t, another question may be raised. If one is actually\n\neducated in Vedic knowledge, is famous for performing prescribed activities and has been born in a great aristocratic family, why should he be\ncalled a demon? The answer is that one may be highly educated and may\nhave been born in an aristocratic family, but if he is godless, if he does\nnot listen to the instructions of God, then he is a demon. There are many\nexamples in history of men like HiraQ.yakasipu, RavaQ.a and Karhsa who\nwere well educated, who were born in aristocratic families and who were\n\n", "SB8.1#p0270": "Lord Siva Saves the Universe\n\nText 4]\n\n245\n\nvery powerful and chivalrous in fighting, but who, because of deriding\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, were called Rak�asas, or demons.\nOne may be very well educated, but if he has no sense of .Kr�1,1a consciousness, no obedience to the Supreme Lord, he is a demon. That is described by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gitii (7.15):\n\nna mam dU§krtino mii4hii/:£\nprapadyante nariidhama/:1.\nmayayapahrta-jfiiina\nasuram bhavam asrita/:1.\n\"Those miscreants who are grossly foolish, lowest among mankind,\nwhose knowledge is stolen by illusion, and who partake of the atheistic\nnature of demons, do not surrender unto Me.\" Asuram bhavam refers to\nnot accepting the existence of God or the transcendental instructions of\nthe Personality of Godhead. Bhagavad-gita clearly consists of transcendental instructions imparted directly by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. But asuras, instead of accepting these instructions directly, make\ncommentaries according to their own whimsical ways and mislead everyone, without profit even for themselves. One should therefore be very\ncareful of demoniac, godless persons. According to the words of Lord\n.Kr�1,1a, even if a godless demon is very well educated, he must be considered a mii4ha, naradhama and mayayapahrta-jfiiina.\n\nTEXT4\n\n�Rr �ulf f�Hfl��l't �Cftf ��r{t�: I\n\n��IUI{t f�� �:ed iffi;J � ij'l�: II 16 II\niti �r:tim sthitan daityan\nvilokya pu�ottama/:1.\nsmayamiino vtsr}yiigram\npuccham jagraha samara/:£\n\niti-thus; t�r:tim-silently; sthitan-staying; daityan-the demons;\n\nilokya-seeing;\n\nv\n\npurU§a-uttama/:1.-the\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nsmayamiina/:1.-smiling; vi$rjya-giving up; agram-the front portion\n\n", "SB8.1#p0271": "246\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nof the snake; puccham-the rear portion; jagraha-grasped;\n\nsa­\n\namara�-with the demigods.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the demons remained silent, opposing the desire of the\n\ndemigods. Seeing the demons and understanding their motive, the\n\nPersonality of Godhead smiled. Without discussion, He immediately accepted their proposal by grasping the tail of the snake,\n\nand the demigods followed Him.\n\nTEXTS\n\ni<:���f?lmrn� � ��q�;n: 1\n�;:�: q� tl� 3l�<:IN tftltf;tf� II � II\nkrta-sthana-vibhagas ta\nevam ka5yapa-nandana�\nmamanthu� paramarh yatta\namrtartham payo-nidhim\nkrta-adjusting; sthana-vibhaga�-the division of the places they\nwere to hold; te-they; evam-in this way; kaSyapa-nandana�-the\nsons of Kasyapa (both the demigods and the demons); mamanthu�churned; paramam-with great; yatta�-endeavor; amrta-arthamfor getting nectar; paya�-nidhim-the ocean of milk.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter thus adjusting how the snake was to be held, the sons of\n\nKaSyapa, both demigods and demons, began their activities, desir­\n\ning to get nectar by churning the ocean of milk.\nTEXT6\n\n��sur� «tsf��;nmit trrtfTSN�� I\n�.llfmofisfq ;rf�flliWnq q-{0��� II � II\nmathyamiine 'n:tave so 'drir\nanadharo hy apo 'viSat\n\n", "SB8.1#p0272": "Text7)\n\n247\n\nLord Siva Saves the Universe\n\ndhriyamar:w 'pi balibhir\ngauravat par:uJ,u-nandana\nmathyamiine- while the churning was going on; ar�ave-in the\nocean of milk; sa�-that; adri�-hill; anadluira�-without being supported by anything; hi-indeed; apa�- in the water; aviSat-drowned;\ndhriyamii��-captured; api-although; balibhi�-by the powerful\ndemigods and demons; gauravat-from being very heavy; par:uJ,u-nandana-0 son of PID).qu (Maharaja Parik�it).\nTRANSLATION\n0 son of the P�4u dynasty, when Mandara Mountain was thus\n\nbeing used as a churning rod in the ocean of milk, it had no sup­\n\nport, and therefore although held by the strong hands of the\ndemigods and demons, it sank into the water.\nTEXT7\n\n� ijfiw.PIJf�WR{: qf�l��f�tr: I\n� �m� � ��-;nftf��'Ttrm I I \\S II\nte sunirvi��-manasa�\nparimlana-mukha-sriya�\nasan sva-pau�e TUl$!e\ndaiveniitibaliyasa\n\nte-all of them (the demigods and demons); sunirvil:tr.m-manasab,their minds being very disappointed; parimlana-dried up; mukhasriya b,-the beauty of their faces; asan-became; sva pau�e- with\ntheir own prowess; TUl$!e-being lost; daivena-by a providential arrangement; ati-baliyasa which is always stronger than anything else.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause the mountain had been sunk by the strength of provi­\n\ndence, the demigods and demons were disappointed, and their\nfaces seemed to shrivel.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0273": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n248\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nTEXTS\n\nf��q �N ��\n��sfe«��flR:tf;�·u\niffi tr�: ��� ��\nSlFm m� filf�t� II l II\nvilokya vighnesa-vidhim tadesvaro\nduranta-viryo 'vitathii.bhisandhi/:1,\nkrtva vapu/:1, kacchapam adbhutam mahat\npraviSya toyam girim ujjahii.r a\nvilokya-observing; vighna-the obstruction (the sinking of the\nmountain); iSa-vidhim-by the providential arrangement; tada-then;\niSvara/:1,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; duranta-virya/:1,-inconceivably powerful; avitatha-infallible; abhisandhi/:1,-whose determination;\n\nkrtvd-expanding;\n\nadbhutam-wonderful;\n\nvapu/:1,-body;\n\nmahat-very\n\nkacchapam-tortoise;\n\ngreat;\n\npraviSya-entering;\n\ntoyam-the water; girim-the mountain (Mandara); ujjahara-lifted.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the situation that had been created by the will of the\n\nSupreme, the unlimitedly powerful Lord, whose determination is\n\ninfallible, took the wonderful shape of a tortoise, entered the\n\nwater, and lifted the great Mandara Mountain.\nPURPORT\n\nHere is evidence that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the\nsupreme controller of everything. As we have previously described,\nthere are two classes of men-the demons and the demigods-but\nneither of them are supremely powerful. Everyone has experienced that\nhindrances are imposed upon us by the supreme power. The demons\nregard these hindrances as mere accidents or chance, but devotees accept\nthem to be acts of the supreme ruler. When faced with hindrances,\ntherefore, devotees pray to the Lord. Tat te 'nukampam susamilcyamar:w\n\n", "SB8.1#p0274": "Text9\n\n]\n\nLord\n\nSiva Saves the Universe\n\n249\n\nbhuiijiina eviitma-krtarit vipiikam. Devotees endure hindrances, accepting them to be caused by the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\nregarding them as benedictions. Demons, however, being unable to\nunderstand the supreme controller, regard such hindrances as accidental.\nHere, of course, the Supreme Personality of Godhead was present personally. It was by His will that there were hindrances, and by His will\nthose hindrances were removed. The Lord appeared as a tortoise to support the great mountain. K�itir iha vipulatare tava t�!hati pmhe. The\nLord held the great mountain on His back. Kesava dhrta-kurma-sarira\njaya jagadiSa hare. Dangers can be created by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, and they can also be removed by Him. This is known to devotees, but demons cannot understand it.\nTEXT9\n\n�ij ql�'lf ��R� �wt:\n�l fWfl1f�� Wf�!\n�\n\n�� � ��trbtc:fSI�I t\"tq (enqu �Ff. II Q,. II\n\ntam utthitam vi�ya kulacalarit puna/:t\nsamudyatii nirmathiturit suriisurii/:t\n. dadhara pmhena sa la�a-yojanaprastiiri1)ii dvipa iviiparo mahan\n\ntam-that\n\nmountain;\n\nutthitam-lifted;\n\nvi�ya-observing;\n\nkulacalam-known as Mandara; puna/:t-again ; samudyatii/:t-enlivened; nirmathitum-to churn the ocean of milk; sura-asurii/:t-the\ndemigods and the demons; dadhara-carried; pmhena-by the back;\nsa/:t-the Supreme Lord; la�a-yojana-one hundred thousand yojanas\n(eight hundred thousand miles); prastiiri1)ii- extending; dvipa/:t-a big\nisland; iva-like; apara/:t-another; mahan-very big.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the demigods and demons saw that Mandara Mountain\nhad been lifted, they were enlivened and encouraged to begin\n\n", "SB8.1#p0275": "250\n\nS rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nchurning again. The mountain rested on the back of the great tortoise, which extended for eight hundred thousand miles like a\nlarge island.\nTEXT 10\n\ntJOt!��i����f'«f\nqfu;t'{;:(f f� Wt:\nf.r;r�\n�R�il��\n�its��wtqsr��:\n\nII� II\no\n\nsurasurendrair bhuja-virya-vepitam\nparibhramantam girim ariga pr$!hata/:t\nbibhrat tad-avartanam adi-kacchapo\nmene 'riga-ka1J4uyanam aprameya/:t\nsura-asura-indrai/:t-by the leaders of the demons and the demigods;\nbhuja-virya-by the strength of their arms; vepitam-moving;\nparibhramantam-rotating; girim-the mountain; ariga-0 Maharaja\nParik�it; p f$!hata/:t-on His back; bibhrat-bore; tat-of that;\navartanam-the rotating; adi-kacchapa/:t-as the supreme original tortoise; mene-considered; ariga-ka'J4uyanam-as pleasing scratching of\nthe body; aprameya/:t-unlimited.\n\nI\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, when the demigods and demons, by the strength of\ntheir arms, rotated Mandara Mountain on the back of the extraordinary tortoise, the tortoise accepted the rolling of the mountain\nas a means of scratching His body, and thus He felt a pleasing sensation.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is always the unlimited. Although the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in His body as a tortoise,\nheld on His back the largest of mountains, Mandara-parvata, He did not\nfeel any inconvenience. On the contrary, He apparently felt some itching, and thus the rotation of the mountain was certainly very pleasing.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0276": "Text 11]\n\n251\n\nLord Siva Saves the Universe\nTEXT 11\n\nij1flijUW{lfe{��\n\n� � �w���\n�� �qttiJlt� �?!;nit�i[l�q-: II��II\n�itif\ntathasuran aviSad iisurer:w\nruper:w te$iirh bala-viryam irayan\nuddipayan deva-ga1Jii,rhS ca V�TJ-ur\ndaivena niigendram abodha-rupa�\ntatha-thereafter;\n\nasuran-unto\n\nthe\n\ndemons;\n\niiviSat-entered;\n\niisurer:w-by the quality of passion; ruper:w-in such a form; te$iim-of\nthem;\n\nbala-viryam-strength\n\nuddipayan-encouraging;\n\nand\n\nenergy;\n\ndeva-ga1Jii,n-the\n\nirayan-increasing;\ndemigods;\n\nca-also;\n\nV�7Ju�-Lord Vi��u; daivena-by the feature of goodness; niigaindram-unto the King of the serpents, Vasuki; abodha-rapa�-by the\nquality of ignorance.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Lord Vi�J.lU entered the demons as the quality of\n\npassion, the demigods as the quality of goodness, and Vasuki as the\n\nquality of ignorance to encourage them and increase their various\n\ntypes of strength and energy.\n\nPURPORT\n\nEveryone in this material world is under the different modes of material nature. There were three different parties in the churning of\nMandara Mountain-the demigods, who were in the mode of goodness,\nthe demons, who were in the mode of passion, and the snake Vasuki, who\nwas in the mode of ignorance. Since they were all becoming tired (Vasuki\nso much so that he was almost going to die ) , Lord Vi��u, to encourage\nthem to continue the work of churning the ocean, entered into them\n\n", "SB8.1#p0277": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n252\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\naccording to their respective modes of nature-goodness, passion and ignorance.\nTEXT 12\n\n:rot�\n�\n\nmftu�wll\n�� ij'�i[l�: I\n\nij� �fer il�������: W{;{l�!: 11��11\nupary agendram giri-r&;l ivanya\nakramya hastena sahasra-bahu�\ntasthau divi brahma-bhavendra-mukhyair\nabhi$tuvadbhi� sumano- 'bhivma�\nupari-on the top of; agendram-the big mountain; giri-rat-the\nking of mountains; iva-like; anya�-another; akramya-catching;\nhastena-by one hand; sahasra-bahu�-exhibiting thousands of hands;\n\ntasthau-situated; divi-in the sky; brahma-Lord Brahmii; bhavaLord Siva; indra-the King of heaven; mukhyai�-headed by;\nabhi$tuvadbhi�-ofiered prayers to the Lord; sumana�-by flowers;\nabhivr$!a�-being showered.\nTRANSLATION\nManifesting Himself with thousands of hands, the Lord then ap­\n\npeared on the summit of Mandara Mountain, like another great\nmountain, and held Mandara Mountain with one hand. In the up­\n\nper planetary systems, Lord Brahma and Lord Siva, along with\n\nlndra, King of heaven, and other demigods, offered prayers to the\n\nLord and showered flowers upon Him.\nPURPORT\n\nTo balance Mandara Mountain while it was being pulled from both\nsides, the Lord Himself apyeared on its summit like another great mountain. Lord Brahmii, Lord Siva and King lndra then expanded themselves\nand showered flowers on the Lord.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0278": "Text\n\n14]\n\n253\n\nLord Siva Saves the Universe\nTEXT\n\n13\n\nm1:1��'\"'1\n\n��tit:\n� � mm:t�n �iff�: 1\n\n��-,:f �m ���rm\n'I�\n�fl«J�iJ'( II�� II\nupary adha§ catmani gotra-netrayol_t\nparer,ta te praviSata samedhita/.t\nmnmnnthur abdhirh tarasa mndotka!ii\nmahadrir:uJ, /cyobhita-nakra-cakram\nu\n\npari-upward;\n\nadha/.t\n\nca-and\n\ndownward;\n\natmani-unto\n\nthe\n\ndemons and demigods; gotra-netrayol_t-unto the mountain and Vasuki,\nwho was used as a rope; parer,ta-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nte-they; priivi.Satii-entering them; samedhital_t-sufficiently agitated;\nmnmnnthul_t-churned; abdhim-the ocean of milk; tarasa-with great\nstrength; mnda-utka!ii/.t\n\n-\n\nbeing mad; mnha-adrir:uJ,-with the great\n\nMandara Mountain; /cyobhita-agitated; nakra-cakram-all the alligators in the water.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods and demons worked almost madly for the nectar,\n\nencouraged by the Lord, who was above and below the mountain\nand who had entered the demigods, the demons, Vasuki and the\nmountain itself. Because of the strength of the demigods and\ndemons, the ocean of milk was so powerfully agitated that all the\nalligators in the water were very much perturbed. Nonetheless the\nchurning of the ocean continued in this way.\nTEXT 14\n\n31�m��ctil�t���«lSWf:\nq1ifq�l�tt�(!�\\\"SI�41\n\"'<:-\n\n��Tf�\\-tt: � ��Wl. II �� II\n\n", "SB8.1#p0279": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n254\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nahindra-sahasra-kathora-drri-mukhasvasagni-dhumiihata-varcaso 'sura�\npauloma-kaleya-balilvaladayo\ndavagni-dagdhii� sarala ivabhavan\nahindra-of the King of serpents; sahasra-by thousands; kathoravery, very hard; drk-all directions; mukha-by the mouth; §vasabreathing;\n\nagni-fi.re\n\ncoming out;\n\ndhuma-smoke;\n\nahata-being\n\naffected; varcasa�-by the rays; asura�-the demons; paulomaPauloma; kaleya-Kaleya; bali-Bali; ilvala-llvala; adaya�-headed\nby; dava-agni-by a forest fire; dagdhii�-burned; saralii�-sarala\ntrees; iva-like; abhavan-all of them became.\nTRANSLATION\nViisuki had thousands of eyes and mouths. From his mouths he\n\nbreathed smoke and blazing fire, which affected the demons,\n\nheaded by Pauloma, Kaleya, Bali and Ilvala. Thus the demons, who\n\nappeared like sarala trees burned by a forest fire, gradually became\npowerless.\n\nTEXT 15\n\nijT:imftRcUt{ijSI111Wl.\n'{;JJlir{��ij(�:)-��1¥119{\n('\n\n�tr=�m\n\nq�:\n\nq;ry\n\n�JOO��C�m: II� '-\\II\n\ndevams ca tac-chvasa-sikhii-hata-prabhiin\ndhumrambara-srag-vara-kaficukananan\nsamabhyavar$an bhagavad-va§a ghana\nvavu� samudrormy-upagik)ha-vayava�\ndevan-all the demigods; ca-also; tat-of Vasuki; svasa-from the\nbreathing; sikhii-by the flames; hata-being affected; prabhiin-their\nbodily luster; dhumra-smoky; ambara-dress; srak-vara-excellent\ngarlands; kaiicuka-armaments; ananan-and faces; samabhyavar$an-suffi.ciently\n\nrained;\n\nbhagavat-va§a�-under\n\nthe\n\ncontrol\n\nof\n\nthe\n\n", "SB8.1#p0280": "Text\n\nLord Siva Saves the Universe\n\n17]\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead;\n\nghand�-clouds;\n\n255\n\nvavu�-blew;\n\nsamudra-of the ocean of milk; urmi-from the waves; upagul)habearing fragments of water; vayava�-breez es .\nTRANSLATION\nBecause the demigods were also affected by the blazing breath of\n\nVasuki, their bodily lusters diminished, and their garments, gar­\n\nlands, weapons and faces were blackened by smoke. However, by\n\nthe grace of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, clouds appeared\non the sea, pouring torrents of rain, and breezes blew, carrying\n\nparticles of water from the sea waves, to give the demigods relief.\nTEXT 16\n\n��q'wm( � f���<'4�t��: t\n�tNT WI �cr fWl1i��: �II� �II\nmathyamiindt tatha sindhor\ndevasura-varutha-pai�\nyada sudha na jayeta\n\nnirmamanthajita� svayam\nmat hyamiindt -su:ffi.ciently being churned;\n\ntatha-in this\n\nway;\n\nsindho�-from the ocean of milk; deva-of the demigods; asura-and\nthe demons; varntha-pai�-by the best; yada-when; sudha-nectar;\nna\n\njayeta - did not come out; nirmamantha-churned; ajita� - the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Ajita; svaya m -personally .\nTRANSLATION\nWhen nectar did not come from the ocean of milk, despite so\n\nmuch endeavor by the best of the demigods and demons, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Ajita, personally began to churn\nthe ocean.\n\nTEXT 17\n\nittm�: ��qftN: efiUlAW<i�'g·\n��u�mia�eti�: �� ��: 1\n\n", "SB8.1#p0281": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n256\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\n�Wr��tr����\n\n.,\n'1�'1 �� !ffufitfti'�rot�t �m::II\n\nmegha-syama� kanaka-paridhi� kar7Ja-vidyota-vidyun\nmurdhni bhrajad-vilulita-kaca� srag-dharo rakta-netra�\njaitrair dorbhir jagad-abhaya-dair danda.Sukam grhitva\nmathnan mathna pratigirir ivasobhatatho dhrtadri�\nmegha- syama�-blackish like a cloud; kanaka-paridhi�-wearing\nyellow garments; karTJa-on the ears; vidyota-vidyut-whose earrings\nshone like lightning;\nvilulita-disheveled;\n\nmurdhni-on the head;\nkaca�-whose\n\nhair;\n\nbhrajat-gleaming;\n\nsrak-dhara�-wearing a\n\nflower garland; rakta-netra�-with red eyes; jaitrai�-with victorious;\ndorbhi�-with arms; jagat-to the universe; abhaya-dai�-which give\nfearlessness; danda.Sukam-the snake (Vasuki); grhitoo-after taking;\nmathnan-churning; mathna-by the churning rod (Mandara Mountain);\n\npratigiri�-another mountain;\n\niva-like;\n\na§obhata-He ap­\n\npeared; atho-then; dhrta-adri�-havi n g taken the mountain.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord appeared like a blackish cloud. He was dressed with\nyellow garments, His earrings shone on His ears like lightning,\nand His hair spread over His shoulders. He wore a garland of\nflowers, and His eyes were pinkish. With His strong, glorious\narms, which award fearlessness throughout the universe, He took\nhold of Vasuki and began churning the ocean, using Mandara\nMountain as a churning rod. When engaged in this way, the Lord\nappeared like a beautifully situated mountain named lndranila.\nTEXT 18\n\n�������\n'\"'\n\n.\n\n�ifur\n\n����!Rf: I\n\n��lrijq'ht);:qif;���'n({\n\nr�nromre���a: ������\n\n", "SB8.1#p0282": "Lord Siva Saves the Universe\n\nText 19]\n\n257\n\nnirmathyamiinad udadher abhad vi§am\nmaholbar:tarh halahalahvam agrata�\nsambhriinta-minonmakarahi-kacchapiit\ntimi-dvipa-graha-timirigiliikuliit\nnirmathyamiiniit-while the activities of churning were going on;\nudadhe�-from the ocean; abhzU-there was; v i§am- poison; mahiiulbar:tam-very\n\nfierce;\n\nhiilahala-ahvam-by\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nhiilahala;\n\nagrata�-at first; sambhriinta -agitated and going here and there;\nmina-various kinds of fish; unmakara-sharks; ahi-different kinds\nof snakes; kacchapiit-and many kinds of tortoises; timi-whales;\n\ndvipa-water elephants; graha-crocodiles; timirigila-whales that can\nswallow whales; iikuliit -oeing very much agitated.\nTRANSLATION\nThe fish, sharks, tortoises and snakes were most agitated and\n\nperturbed. The entire ocean became turbulent, and even the large\n\naquatic animals like whales, water elephants, crocodiles and\n\ntimhigila fish [large whales that can swallow small whales] came to\n\nthe surface. While the ocean was being churned in this way, it first\nproduced a fiercely dangerous poison called halahala.\nTEXT 19\n\n�'ifif �ro f�q�if\nfqijq�\nl' qG\\ij�3fRr\n'<>\n\nl{Mn �iilt m�w ��u\nam-�um �uf �fut{l{ II� �II\ntad ugra-vegam di.Si di.Sy upary adho\nvisarpad utsarpad asahyam aprati\nbhitii� prajii dudruvur ariga sesvarii\naralcyyamiir:tii� sarar:tarh sadiiSivam\ntat-that; ugra-vegam-very fierce and potent poison; di.Si di.Si-in\nall directions; upari-upward; adha�-downward; v isarpat -curling;\n\n", "SB8.1#p0283": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n258\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nutsarpat-going upward; asahyam-unbearable; aprati-uncontrolla­\n\nble; bhitab,-being very much afraid; prajab,-the residents of all the\nworlds; dudruvub,-moved here and there; anga-0 Maharaja Parik�it;\n\nsa-iSvarab,-with the Supreme Lord; ara/cyyama1JA],b,-not being protected; sara�m-shelter; sadaSivam-unto the lotus feet of Lord Siva.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, when that uncontrollable poison was forcefully spread­\n\ning up and down in all directions, all the demigods, along with the\nLord\n\nHimself,\n\napproached\n\nLord\n\nSiva\n\n[Sada.Siva].\n\nFeeling\n\nunsheltered and very much afraid, they sought shelter of him.\nPURPORT\n\nOne may question that since the Supreme Personality of Godhead was\n\npersonally present, why did He accompany all the demigods and people\n\nin general to take shelter of Lord Sadasiva, instead of intervening Himself. In this connection Srila Madhvaciirya warns:\n\nrudrasya ya§aso 'rthaya\nsvayam v��J-ur v�am vibhub.\nna saiijahre samartho 'pi\nvayum coce pra§antaye\nLord Vi�I).u was competent to rectify the situation, but in order to give\ncredit to Lord Siva, who later drank all the poison and kept it in his neck,\nLord Vi�I).u did not take action.\n\nTEXT 20\n\nf�TcPt ij �qq� f��tfl\nlWt �otnfmnt u� 1\n\n3f1ijR�q�ij{� ��nut �ijftr�: srUtg;: II� II\no\n\nvilokya tam deva-varam tri-lokya\nbhavaya devyabhimatarh muninam\n\n", "SB8.1#p0284": "259\n\nLord Siva Saves the Universe\n\nText 21]\n\nasinam adrav apavarga-hetos\ntapo j�ar:uun stutibhi/:t prar,temu/:t\nvilokya-observing;\n\ntam-him;\n\ndeva-varam-the\n\nbest\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ndemigods; tri-lokya/:t-of the three worlds; bhavaya-for the flourishing;\n\ndevya-with\n\nhis\n\nwife,\n\nBhavani;\n\nabhirnatam-accepted\n\nby;\n\nmuniniim-great saintly persons; asinam-sitting together; adraufrom the top of Kailasa Hill; apavarga-heto�-desiring liberation;\ntapa/:t-in austerity; j�ar,tam-being served by them; stutibhi/:t-by\nprayers; prar,temu/:t-offered their respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods observed Lord Siva sitting on the summit of\n\nKailiisa Hill with his wife, Bhavani, for the auspicious development\nof the three worlds. He was being worshiped by great saintly per­\n\nsons desiring liberation. The demigods offered him their obeisances and prayers with great respect.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�\"JfTW� 3i�:\n\n�� �t�er �m�� �omCR 1\n5(TR: wt: �?lf������l� mra_II� Z II\nsri-prajapataya acu/:t\ndeva-deva rnaha-deva\nbhatatrnan bhata-bhavana\ntrahi na/:t sarar,tapanniirhs\ntrailokya-dahanad v�at\nsri-prajapataya/:t ucu/:t-the prajapatis said;\n\ndeva-deva-0 Lord\n\nMahadeva, best of the demigods; rnaha-deva-0 great demigod; bhata\n\n­\n\natrnan-0 life and soul of everyone in this world; bhuta-bhavana-0\nthe cause of the happiness and flourishing of all of them; trahi-deliver;\nna/:t-us; sarar,ta-apanniin-who have taken shelter at your lotus feet;\ntrailokya-of the three worlds; dahanat-which is causing the burning;\nv�at-from this poison.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0285": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n260\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe prajapatis said: 0 greatest of all demigods, Mahadeva,\n\nSupersoul of all living entities and cause of their happiness and\n\nprosperity, we have come to the shelter of your lotus feet. Now\n\nplease save us from this fiery poison, which is spreading all over\nthe three worlds.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSince Lord Siva is in charge of annihilation, why should he be approached for protection, which is given by Lord Vigm? Lord Brahma\ncreates, and Lord Siva annihilates, but both Lord Brahma and Lord Siva\nare incarnations of Lord Vi�I,lu and are known as saktyavesa-avataras.\nThey are endowed with a special power like that of Lord Vi�I,lu, who is\nactually all-pervading in their activities. Therefore whenever prayers for\n\nprotection are offered to Lord Siva, actually Lord Vi�I,lu is indicated, for\notherwise Lord Siva is meant for destruction. Lord Siva is one of the\niSvaras, or the controllers known as saktyavesa-avataras. Therefore he\ncan be addressed as having the qualities of Lord Vi�I,lu.\nTEXT 22\n\n�m: ij�'Jf•la ��u �l:lli1�1: 1\nd ���f..([ i��: W{�tmt ��t{ II��II\ntvam eka/:t sarva-jagata\niSvaro bandha-mok$ayo/:t\ntam tvam arcanti ku.Salii}:t\nprapannarti-hararh gurum\ntvam eka/:t-Your Lordship is indeed; sarva-jagata/:t-of the three\nworlds; iSvara}:t-the controller; bandha-mok$ayo}:t-of both bondage\nand liberation; tam-that controller; tvam arcanti-worship you;\nku.Sala/:t-persons who want good fortune; prapanna-arti-haram-who\ncan mitigate all the distresses of a sheltered devotee; gurum-you who\nact as a good advisor to all fallen souls.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0286": "261\n\nLord Siva Saves the Universe\n\nText 23]\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 lord, you are the cause of bondage and liberation of the en­\n\ntire universe because you are its ruler. Those who are advanced in\n\nspiritual consciousness surrender unto you, and therefore you are\n\nthe cause of mitigating their distresses, and you are also the cause\nof their liberation. We therefore worship Your Lordship.\nPURPORT\nActually Lord Vi�JJ.U maintains and accomplishes all good fortune. If\n\none has to take shelter of Lord Vi�JJ.u, why should the demigods take\n\nshelter of Lord Siva? They did so because Lord Vi�JJ.U acts through Lord\n\nSiva in the creation of the material world. Lord Siva acts on behalf of\nLord Vi�JJ.u. When the Lord says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(14.4) that He is the\n\nfather of all living entities (aham bija-pradab, pita), this refers to actions\n\nperformed by Lord Vi�JJ.U through Lord Siva. Lord Vi�JJ.U is always unattached to material activities, and when material activities are to be per­\n\nformed, Lord Vi�JJ.U performs them through Lord Siva. Lord Siva is\n\ntherefore worshiped on the level of Lord Vi�JJ.U. When Lord Vi�JJ.U is untouched by the external energy He is Lord Vi�JJ.u, but when He is in\n\ntouch with the external energy, He appears in His feature as Lord Siva.\n\nTEXT 23\n\ng� ���ffll �r��ttcttttrf�cnit 1\n����� ��iim�ftttn� 11��11\n....\n\ngu�-mayya sva-saktyasya\nsarga-sthity-apyayan vibho\ndhatse yada sva-drg bhuman\nbrahma-v�r:tu-sivabhidham\ng u�- mayya -acting in three modes of activity; sva-saktya-by the\nexternal energy of Your Lordship; asya-of this material world; sarga­\n\nsthiti-apyayan-creation, maintenance and annihilation; vibho-0\nlord; dhatse you execute; yada-when; sva-drk you manifest\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0287": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n262\nyourself;\n\nbhuman-0 great one;\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nbrahma-vi$ry,u-siva-abhidham-as\n\nLord Brahma, Lord Vi�1,1u or Lord Siva.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 lord, you are self-effulgent and supreme. You create this ma­\n\nterial world by your personal energy, and you assume the names\nBrahma, Vi�:r;J.U and Mahesvara when you act in creation, mainte­\n\nnance and annihilation.\n\nPURPORT\nThis prayer is actually offered to Lord Vi�1,1u, the pur!J,$a, who in His\n\nincarnations as the gury,a-avataras assumes the names Brahma, Vi�1,1u\n\nand Mahesvara.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n� q •H;i g� ����\n�Rtijf�tifl1'@11���'41 m :jfl'(�t��: ����II\ntvarh brahma paramarh guhyam\nsad-asad-bhava-bhavanam\nnana-saktibhir abhatas\ntvam dtmd jagad-iSvara/:t\ntvam-Your Lordship; brahma-impersonal Brahman; paramam­\n\nsupreme; guhyam-confidential; sat-asat-bhava-bhavanam-the cause\nof varieties of creation, its cause and effect; nana-saktibhi?t-with\nvarieties of potencies; abhata/:t-manifest; tvam-you are; dtmd-the\n\nSupersoul; jagat- iSvara /:t-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou are the cause of all causes, the self-effulgent, inconceivable,\n\nimpersonal Brahman, which\n\nis originally Parahrahman. You\n\nmanifest various potencies in this cosmic manifestation.\nPURPORT\n\nThis prayer is offered to the impersonal Brahman, which consists of\n\nthe effulgent rays of Parabrahman. Parahrahman is the Supreme Per-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0288": "Lord Siva Saves the Universe\n\nText 26)\n\n263\n\nsonality of Godhead (param brahma param dhiima pavitram paramam\nbhavan). When Lord Siva is worshiped as Parabrahman, the worship is\nmeant for Lord V i�:Q.U.\nTEXT 25\n\n��\n\n�f;t�tf���\n\n!flol���olfgiJl: �:\n.\n�\n���: stiQ\": ���cr :q ���t�aJ� � f3rtt;;l'i�Ra ������\ntvam sabda-yonir jagad-adir iitmii\npriir:tedriya-dravya-gur:ta/:£ svabhiiva/:£\nkala/:£ kratu/:£ satyam rtam ca dharmas\ntvayy a�aram yat tri-vrd-amananti\ntvam- Your Lordship; sabda-yoni/:£-the origin and source of Vedic\nliterature; jagat adib,-the original cause of material creation; iitmiithe soul; priir:t a- the living force; indriya-the senses; dravya-the\nmaterial elements; gur:ta/:£-the three qualities; sva-bhiivab,-material\nnature; kiila/:£-eternal time; kratu b,-sacri:fice; satyam-truth; rtamtruthfulness; ca-and; dharma/:£-two different types of religion;\ntvayi-unto you; a�aram-the original syllable, omkiira; yat- that\nwhich; tri-vrt- consisting of the letters a, u and m; amananti-they say.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 lord, you are the original source of Vedic literature. You are\n\nthe original cause of material creation, the life force, the senses,\nthe five elements, the three modes and the mahat-tattva. You are\n\neternal time, determination and the two religious systems called\ntruth [satya] and truthfulness [rta]. You are the shelter of the syllable om, which consists of three letters \"a-u-rn.\"\nTEXT 26\n\n3lfiJQ� �Sf(4<?;�C4�T\n�ftt R��q(S_ffi�� I\n\n", "SB8.1#p0289": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n264\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\n� rrffi �sf���fEHfk+iwtt\nf�� � �ij;f �� 11��11\nagnir mukham te 'khila-devatatmii\nk�itim vidur loka-bhavarighri-paitkajam\nkalam gatim te 'khila-devatatmano\ndiSa.S ca karr:uzu rasanam jalesam\nagnib,-fire; mukham-mouth; te-o£ Your Lordship; akhila-devataatmii-the origin of all demigods; �itim-the surface of the globe;\nvidub,-they know; loka-bhava-0 origin of all planets; arighri-pa�ikajam-your lotus feet; kalam-eternal time; gatim-progress; te-o£\nYour Lordship; akhila-devata-atmanab,-the total aggregate of all the\ndemigods;\n\ndiSab,-all\n\ndirections;\n\nca-and;\n\nkarr:uzu-your\n\nears;\n\nrasanam-taste; jala- iSam-the demigod controller of the water.\nTRANSLATION\n0 father of all planets, learned scholars know that fire is your\n\nmouth, the surface of the globe is your lotus feet, eternal time is\n\nyour movement, all the directions are your ears, and Varu�a,\nmaster of the waters, is your tongue.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the sruti-mantras it is said, agnib, sa rva-devat ab, : \"Fire is the aggregate of all demigods.\" Agni is the mouth of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. It is through Agni, or fire, that the Lord accepts all sacrificial\noblations.\nTEXT 27\n\n�� ;J�\n�� �� � � �:\n\nnabhir nabhas te svasanam nabhasvan\nsilrya.S ca ca�il�i jalam sma retab,\n\n", "SB8.1#p0290": "Lord Siva Saves the Universe\n\nText 28]\n\n265\n\nparavariitrrui.Srayar:u:un t aviitmii\nsomo mano dyaur bhagavan siras te\nnabhib,-navel;\nnabhab,-the sky;\nte-o£\nYour\nLordship;\nsvas anam-breathing; nabhasvan-the air; suryab, ca-and the sun\nglobe; c ak§u1ft$ i-your eyes; jalam-the water; sma-indeed; retab,semen; para-avara-iitma-asrayar:wm-the shel ter of all living entities,\nlow and high; tava-your;\n\niitmii-s elf ; somab,-the moon; manab,­\n\nmind; dyaub,-the higher planetary systems; bhagavan-0 Your Lordship; sirab,-head; te-o£ you.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 lord, the sky is your navel, the air is your breathing, the sun\n\nis your eyes, and the water is your semen. You are the shelter of all\n\nkinds of living entities, high and low. The god of the moon is your\nmind, and the upper planetary system is your head.\n\nkuk§ib- samudrii girayo 'sthi-sangha\nromiiTJ-i sarvaU$adhi-virudhas te\nchandaritsi sii�iit tava sapta dhiitavas\ntrayi-mayatman hrdayam sarva-dharmab,\nkuk§ib,-abdomen; samudrab,-the oceans; girayab,-the mountains;\nasthi-bones; sanghiib, - combination; romiiTJ-i-the hairs of the body;\nsarva-all; aU$adhi- drugs; viru dhab,- plants and creepers; te-your;\n\nmantras; sii�iit-dir ectly; tava-your; saptaseven; dhat av ab,-lay ers of the body; trayi-maya-iitman-0 three\nVedas personified; hrdayam- cor e of the heart; sarva-dharmab,-all\nchandamsi-Vedic\n\nkinds of religion.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0291": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n266\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 lord, you are the three Vedas personified. The seven seas are\nyour abdomen, and the mountains are your bones. All drugs,\ncreepers and vegetables are the hairs on your body, the Vedic\nmantras like Gayatri are the seven layers of your body, and the\nVedic religious system is the core of your heart.\nTEXT 29\n\nq�\nq�qf;t'fa>(ij�til\n�fi���q:\n�� ��;n� q�'il�+ia��\n�\n���Mftr� 11��11\nmukhani pancopan�adas tavesa\n\nyais triritSad-�tottara-mantra-varga�\n\nyat tac chivakhyam paramiitma-tattvam\ndeva svayam-jyotir avasthitis te\n\nmukhani-faces;\n\npanca-five;\n\nupan�ada�-Vedic\n\nliteratures;\n\ntava-your; iSa-0 lord; yai�-by which; triritSat-�ta-uttara-mantra­\n\nvarga�-in the category of thirty-eight important Vedic mantras; yat­\n\nthat; tat-as it is; siva-akhyam-celebrated by the name Siva; parama­\n\natma-tattvam-which ascertain the truth about Paramatma; deva-0\nlord; svayam-jyotib--self-illuminated; avasthitib--situation; te-o£\nYour Lordship.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 lord, the five important Vedic mantras are represented by\nyour five faces, from which the thirty-eight most celebrated Vedic\nmantras have been generated. Your Lordship, being celebrated as\nLord\n\nSiva, is self-illuminated. You are directly situated as the\n\nsupreme truth, known as Paramatma.\nPURPORT\n\nThe five mantras mentioned in this connection are as follows:\n\n(l) Puru§a, (2) Aghora, (3) Sadyojata, (4)\n\nVamadeva, and (5) !sana.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0292": "Lord Siva Saves the Universe\n\nText 30)\n\n267\n\nThese :five TrUlntras are within the category of thirty-eight special Vedic\n\nTrUlntras chanted by Lord Siva, who is therefore celebrated as Siva or\n\nMahadeva. Another reason why Lord Siva is called Siva, which means\n\n\"all-auspicious,\" is that he is self-illuminated, exactly like Lord Vi�I:tU,\n\nwho is the Paramatma. Because Lord Siva is directly an incarnation of\n\nLord Vi�I:tu, he is situated as Lord Vi�I:tu's direct representative. This fact\n\nis corroborated by a Vedic mantra: patim vi.Svasyatmesvaram susvatam\nsivam acyutam. The Supersoul is called by many names, of which\n\nMahesvara, Siva and Acyuta are especially mentioned.\nTEXT 30\n\n�i(i\nij\"\"��'ltm 1\nijf<ottk'IWJ:\n\n�i�aJT\n�;:(l'lil � :m-: �: II� o II\n\nchaya tv adharmormi§u yair visargo\nnetra-trayam sattva-rajas-tamarhsi\nsankhyutTrUlna� sastra-krtas tavek�a\nchandoTrUlyo deva r�i� pura;r:w�\nchaya-shadow;\n\nreligion, like\n\ntu-but; adharma-urmi§u-in the waves of ir­\n\nkaTrUl,\n\nkrodha,\n\nlobha and\n\nmoha;\n\nyai�-by which;\n\nvisarga�-so many varieties of creation; netra-trayam-three eyes;\n\nsattva-goodness; raja�-passion; tamarhsi-and darkness; sankhya­\n\norigin of all Vedic literatures; §astra-scriptures;\nkrtab,-made; tava-by you; i�d-simply by glancing; chandab,­\n\nat TrUl nab,-the\n\nTrUlyab,-full of Vedic verses; deva-0 lord; r$ib,-all Vedic literatures;\n\npurar:wb,-and the Purd1JUS, the supplementary Vedas.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 lord, your shadow is seen in irreligion, which brings about\n\nvarieties of irreligious creations. The three modes of nature­\n\ngoodness, passion and ignorance-are your three eyes. All the\nVedic literatures, which are full of verses, are emanations from\n\n", "SB8.1#p0293": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n268\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nyou because their compilers wrote the various scriptures after\nreceiving your glance.\nTEXT 31\n\nij\n\n�lfhllRCI�il€ti'tWiNR�to�..�IRI(\n�: tR � ��\n«� WI � ;m M&t�G\\( II� � II\n\nWI\n\nna\n\nte giri-trakhila-loka-pala­\n\nvirifica-vaikurJtha-surendra-gamyam\njyoti/:1. param yatra rajas tama§ ca\nsattvam na yad brahma nirasta-bhedam\nn.a-not; te-o£ Your Lordship; giri-tra-0 King of the mountains;\nakhila-loka-pala-all the directors of departments of material activities;\nvirifica-Lord Brahma; vaikuTJtha-Lord Vi�I.m; sura-indra-the King\nof\n\nheaven;\n\ngamyam-they\n\ncan\n\nunderstand;\n\njyoti/:1.-effulgence;\n\nparam-transcendental; yatra-wherein; raja/:1.-the mode of passion;\ntama/:1. ca-and the mode of ignorance; sattvam-the mode of goodness;\nn.a-not;\n\nyat\n\nbrahma-which\n\nis\n\nimpersonal\n\nBrahman;\n\nnirasta­\n\nbhedam-without distinction between demigods and human beings.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord Girisa, since the impersonal Brahman effulgence is transcendental to the material modes of goodness, passion and ignorance, the various directors of this material world certainly\ncannot appreciate it or even know where it is. It is not understandable even to Lord Brahma, Lord Vi�t:�u or the King of heaven,\nMahendra.\nPURPORT\n\nThe brahmajyoti is actually the effulgence of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. As stated in Brahma-samhita (5.40):\n\n", "SB8.1#p0294": "Text 31]\n\nLord Siva Saves the Universe\n\n269\n\nyasya prabhii prablwvato jagad-ar:uJ,a-kotikoti$v a.Se�a-vasudhiidi-vibhuti-bhinnam\ntad brahma ni$kalam anantam a.Se�a-bhutarh\ngovindam adi-pu11L$arh tam alwrh blwjami\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is endowed with great\n\npower. The glowing effulgence of His transcendental form is the imper­\n\nsonal Brahman, which is absolute, complete and unlimited and which\n\ndisplays the varieties of countless planets, with their different opulences,\n\nin millions and millions of universes.\" Although the impersonal feature\n\nof the Absolute is an expansion of the rays of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, He does not need to take care of the impersonalists who enter\n\nthe brahmajyoti. Kr�1.1a says in Bhagavad-gita (9.4), maya tatam idarh\nsarvarh jagad avyakta-milrtinii: \"In My impersonal feature I pervade\n\nthis entire universe.\" Thus the avyakta-milrti, the impersonal feature, is\n\ncertainly an expansion of Kr�1.1a's energy. Mayavadis, who prefer to\n\nmerge into this Brahman effulgence, worship Lord Siva. The mantras\nreferred to in text\n\n29 are called mukhiini paiicopani$adas tavesa.\n\nMayavadis take all these mantras seriously in worshiping Lord Siva.\n\nThese mantras are as follows:\n\n(1) tat pur�aya vidmahe santyai,\n(2) mahii-devaya dhimahi vidyayai, (3) tan no rudra}J, prati$thiiyai,\n(4) pracodayat dhrtyai, (5) aghorebhyas tamii ., (6) atlw\nghorebhyo mohii .. , (7) aghorebhyo ra�a ... , (8) aghoratarebhyo\nnidra ... , (9) sarvebhya}J, sarva-vyadhyai, (10) sarva-sarvebhyo\nmrtyave, (ll) namas te 'stu �udhii ..., (12) rudra-rilpebhyas\ntmlii .. , (13) vamadevaya raja . . , (14) jye�thiiya sviihii ...,\n(15) sre�thiiya ratyai, (16) rudraya kalya,_,yai, (17) kiilaya kiimii ...\n(18) kala-vikara,_,aya sandhinyai, (19) bala-vikara1'_£dya kriya ...,\n(20) baliiya vrddhyai, (21) balacchaya ...' (22) pramatlwniiya\ndhiitryai, (23) sarva-bhuta-damaniiya bhrama,_,yai, (24) mana}J,so�iTJyai, (25) unmaniiya jvara\n., (26) sadyojiitarh prapadyami siddhyai, (27) sadyojataya vai nama�}, rddhyai, (28) bhave dityai,\n(29) abhave la�myai, (30) niitiblwve medhii ..., (31) bhajasva miirh\nkiintyai,\n(32) bhava svadhii\n, (33) udblwvaya prabhii ... ,\n(34) iSana}J, sarva-vidyanarh sa5inyai, (35) iSvara}J, sarva-bhutaniim\nabhaya-dii ... , (36) brahmadhipatir brahmaTJodhipatir brahman\nbrahme�!a-dii ...'(37) sivo me astu maricyai, (38) sadiiSiva}J, jvalinyai.\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\n'\n\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0295": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n270\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nThe impersonal Brahman is unknown even to the other directors of\n\nthe material creation, including Lord Brahma, Lord lndra and even Lord\n\nVi�J.1u. This does not mean, however, that Lord Vi�1.1u is not omniscient.\n\nLord Vi�1.1u is omniscient, but He does not need to understand what is\ngoing on in His all-pervading expansion. Therefore in Bhagavad-gitii the\n\nLord says that although everything is an expansion of Him (maya tatam\n\nidam sarvam), He does not need to take care of everything (na ciiharh\nte§v avasthitaM, since there are various directors like Lord Brahma,\n\nLord Siva and lndra.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�f,r��leti(IQ���ij�: ��q: �� WI ffi{ � I\n� �'fRiitd�-\n\nf;�re�·�(cttil ���II� �II\n\niit\n\nkiimiidhvara-tripura-kiilagariidy-anekabhuta-druha/:t k§apayata/:t stutaye na tat te\nyas tv anta-kiila idam iitma-krtarh sva-netravahni-sphulinga-sikhaya bhasitarh na veda\nkiima-adhvara-sacrifices for sense gratification (like Dak�a-yajiia,\n\nthe\n\nsacrifices\n\nperformed\n\nby Dak�a);\n\ntripura-the\n\ndemon\n\nnamed\n\nTripurasura; kalagara-Kalagara; iidi-and others; aneka-many;\nbhilta-druha}:t-who are meant for giving trouble to the living entities;\nk§apayata]J,-being engaged in their destruction; stutaye-your prayer;\n\nna-not; tat-that; te-speaking to you; ya/:t tu-because; anta-kiile­\n\nat the time of annihilation; idam-in this material world; iitma-krtam­\n\ndone by yourself; sva-netra-by your eyes; vahni-sphulinga-sikhayii­\n\nby the sparks of fire; bhasitam-burned to ashes; na veda-1 do not\nknow how it is happening.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen annihilation is performed by the flames and sparks\n\nemanating from your eyes, the entire creation is burned to ashes.\n\nNonetheless, you do not know how this happens. What then is to\n\n", "SB8.1#p0296": "Text 33]\n\nLord Siva Saves the Universe\n\n271\n\nbe said of your destroying the Dak�a-yajiia, Tripuriisura and the\n\nkiilakii!S poison? Such activities cannot be subject matters for\nprayers offered to you.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSince Lord Siva considers the great acts he performs to be very unimportant, what was to be said of counteracting the strong poison produced\nby the churning? The demigods indirectly prayed that Lord Siva coun­\n\nteract the kalaku!a poison, which was spreading throughout the universe.\nTEXT 33\n\nit �+HI�!}()� Nf;ijijl�fRR \"f.ll(;ijQ�� ��I\n�t=ij ��q()� FR:d ���\n� '{;:J�ffl+lm:� ��H II��II\n\"'\n\n.\n\n�\n\nye tv atma-riima-gurubhir hrdi cintitiirighridvandvarit carantam umayii tapasiibhitaptam\nkatthanta ugra-parWjarh niratarit sma.Siine\nte nunam utim avidarhs tava hiita-lajja/:t\nye-persons who; tu-indeed; iitma-riima-gurubhi/:t-by those who\nare self-satisfied and who are considered to be spiritual masters of the\nworld; hrdi-within the heart; cintita-arighri-dvandvam-thinking of\nyour two lotus feet; carantam-moving; umaya-with your consort,\nUma; tapasii abhitaptam-highly advanced through practice of austerity\nand penance; katthante-criticize your acts; ugra-parWjam-not a gentle person; niratam-always; sma§ane-in the crematorium; te-such\npersons; nunam-indeed; utim-such activities; avidan-not knowing;\ntava-your activities; hiita-lajjii/:t-shameless.\nTRANSLATION\nExalted, self-satisfied persons who preach to the entire world\n\nthink of your lotus feet constantly within their hearts. However,\n\n", "SB8.1#p0297": "272\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nwhen persons who do not know your austerity see you moving\n\nwith Uma, they misunderstand you to he lusty, or when they see\n\nyou wandering in the crematorium they mistakenly think that you\n\nare ferocious and envious. Certainly they are shameless. They cannot understand your activities.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Siva is the topmost Vai�l.laVa (vai$�vanarh yatha sambhuM. It\n\nis therefore said, vai§IJilvera kriya-mudra vifiie na bujhaya. Even the\n\nmost intelligent person cannot understand what a Vai�1.1ava like Lord\n\nSiva is doing or how he is acting. Those who are conquered by lusty\ndesires and anger cannot estimate the glories of Lord Siva, whose posi­\n\ntion is always transcendental. In all the activities associated with lusty\n\ndesires, Lord Siva is an implement of atma-rama. Ordinary persons,\n\ntherefore, should not try to understand Lord Siva and his activities. One\n\nwho tries to criticize the activities of Lord Siva is shameless.\n\nTEXT 34\n\nijij_ � ij ��: �ij: �\n�: �qtp{� S[�'\"ij �:\n'ItA·��: f�gij ij� �;;[ f!\nij\"\"��f%� 3Tfcf ijf�411'1'I_ II� \\ll I\ntat tasya te sad-asato/:£ parata/:£ parasya\nnafija/:£ svanlpa-gamane prabhavanti bhumna/:£\nbrahmiidaya/:£ kim uta sarhstavane vayarh tu\ntat-sarga-sarga-vi§aya api sakti-matram\ntat-therefore; tasya-o£ that; te-o£ Your Lordship; sat-asato/:£-o£\n\nthe living entities, moving and not moving; parata/:t-transcendentally\n\nsituated; parasya-very difficult to understand; na-nor; afija/:£-as it\nis; svarllpa-gamane-to approach your reality; prabhavanti-it is possible;\n\nbhumna/:t-0 great one; brahma-adaya/:£-even such persons as\n\nLord Brahmii; kim uta-what to speak of others; sarhstavane-in offer­\n\ning prayers; vayam tu-as far as we are concerned; tat-of you; sarga-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0298": "Text 35]\n\n273\n\nLord Siva Saves the Universe\n\nsarga-vi$aya� -creations\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ncreation;\n\napi-although;\n\nsakti­\n\nmatram- to our ability.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven personalities like Lord Brahmii and other demigods cannot\n\nunderstand your position, for you are beyond the moving and\n\nnonmoving creation. Since no one can understand you in truth,\n\nhow can one offer you prayers? It is impossible. As far as we are\n\nconcerned, we are creatures of Lord Brahma's creation. Under the\n\ncircumstances, therefore, we cannot offer you adequate prayers,\n\nbut as far as our ability allows, we have expressed our feelings.\nTEXT 35\n\n�ffil: qt Sf�� WI q( � �� I\n'ii\"fl� � �� otf����Of: II� \"\\II\netat pararit prapa§yamo\nna\n\npararit te mahesvara\n\nmrc;lanaya hi lokasya\nvyaktis te 'vyakta-karmar_ta�\netat-all these things; param-transcendental; prapa§yama�-we\ncan see; na-not; param-the actual transcendental position; te-o£\nYour Lordship; maha-i.Svara-0 great ruler; mrc;lanaya-for the happiness; hi-indeed; lokasya-of all the world; vyakti�-manifested; teo£ Your Lordship; avyakta-karmar_ta�-whose activities are unknown to\neveryone.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 greatest of all rulers, your actual identity is impossible for us\n\nto understand. As far as we can see, your presence brings flourish­\n\ning happiness to everyone. Beyond this, no one can appreciate\n\nyour activities. We can see this much, and nothing more.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen the demigods offered these prayers to Lord Siva, their inner\npurpose was to please him so that he would rectify the disturbing\n\n", "SB8.1#p0299": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n274\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nsituation created by the halahala poison. As stated in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(7.20), kiimais tais tair hrta-jnanii/:t prapadyante 'nya-devatii/:t: when\n\none worships demigods, this is certainly because of deep-rooted desires\nhe wants fulfilled by the mercy of those demigods. People are generally\nattached to the worship of demigods for some motive.\nTEXT 36\n\nl>j(J� �T.f\n\n�tr o� �nm ,;q� ��: 1\n��§� � �'fl( W f5(lllq_ II�� II\nsri-suka uviica\ntad vi�ya vyasanarh tasarh\nkrpaya bhrsa-pujita/:t\nsarva-bhuta-suhrd deva\nidam aha satirh priyam\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; tat-this situation;\nvi�ya -seeing; ryasanam-danger ous; tasam-of all the demigods;\nkrpaya -out of compassion; bhrsa-pujita/:t -greatly aggrieved; sarvabhuta-suhrt-the friend of all living entities; deva/:t-Mahadeva;\nidam-this; aha-said; satim-unto Satidevi; pri yam-his very dear\nwife.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila\n\nS ukadeva\n\nGosv8mi\n\ncontinu ed:\n\nLord S iva\n\nis\n\nalways\n\nbenevolent toward all living entities. When he saw that the living\n\nentities were very much disturbed by the poison, which was\n\nspreading everywhere, he was very compassionate. Thus he spoke\nto his eternal consort, Sati, as follows.\n\nTEXT 37\n\nWfm�\n\n31� ila\" �a� !I� � �� 1\n�?.IWil��lij_ ���qf�·Rf4( II�\\911\n\n", "SB8.1#p0300": "Lord Siva Saves the Universe\n\nText 38)\n\n275\n\nsri-siva uvaca\naho bata bhavany etat\nprajiiniim pa5ya vaiSasam\n�iroda-mathanodbhiltiit\n\nkalakutad upasthitam\nsri-siva/:!. uvaca-Sri Siva said; aho bata-how pitiable; bhavani-my\n\ndear wife, Bhavani; etat-this situation; prajiiniim-of all living en­\n\ntities; pa5ya-just see; vaiSasam-very dangerous; �ira-uda-of the\nocean\n\nof\n\nmilk;\n\nmathana- udbhiltiit-produced\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nchurning;\n\nkalakutiit-because of the production of poison; upasthitam-the pres­\n\nent situation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva said: My dear Bhavani, just see how all these living en­\n\ntities have been placed in danger because of the poison produced\nfrom the churning of the ocean of milk.\nTEXT 38\n\n3IRtf Sf(Ujq{tQI_WfT AA��� � � I\n�R m� � �f{q•ewt( ����\"\nasiim priir:w-paripsilniim\nvidheyam abhayam hi me\netiiviin hi prabhor artho\nyad dina-paripalanam\n\niisiim-all of these living entities; priir:w-paripsilniim-very strongly\ndesiring to protect their lives; vidheyam-something must he done;\nabhayam-safety; hi-indeed; me-by me; etiiviin-this much; hiindeed; prabho/:1,-of the master; artha/:1,-duty; yat-that which; dinaparipiilanam-to give protection to suffering humanity.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is my duty to give protection and safety to all living entities\n\nstruggling for existence. Certainly it is the duty of the master to\nprotect his suffering dependents.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0301": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n276\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 39\n\n�: �: snfiif;r: qtf;:a �: �: 1\nil\\{��! � ¥flf«ij�'�'\"\";,p.n II ��II\nprarJai/:t svai/:1, prar:tina/:1, panti\nsadhava/:1, �ar.ta-bharigurai/:1,\nbaddha-vaire$u bhute$u\nmohite$v atma-mayaya\npriir:tai /:1,-by lives; svai/:1,-their own; prar:tina/:1,-other living entities; panti-protect; sadhava /:1, -devotees; �arJa-bharigurai/:1, -temporary;\n\nbaddha-vaire$u-unnecessarily\n\nengaged\n\nin\n\nanimosity;\n\nbhute$u-unto living entities; mohite$u -bewildered; atma-mayayaby the external energy of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nPeople in general, being bewildered by the illusory energy of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, are always engaged in\n\nanimosity toward one another. But devotees, even at the risk of\ntheir own temporary lives, try to save them.\nPURPORT\nThis is the characteristic of a V ai�J.lava. Para-du/:tkha-du/:tkhi: a\nVai�J.lava is always unhappy to see the conditioned souls unhappy. Otherwise, he would have no business teaching them how to become happy. In\nmaterialistic life, people must certainly engage in activities of animosity.\nMaterialistic life is therefore compared to sarhsara-davanala, a blazing\n\nforest fire that automatically takes place. Lord Siva and his followers in\n\nthe parampara system try to save people from this dangerous condition\nof materialistic life. This is the duty of devotees following the principles\nof Lord Siva and belonging to the Rudra-sampradaya. There are four\nVai�J.lava sampradayas, and the Rudra-sampradaya is one of them because Lord Siva (Rudra) is the best of the V ai�J.lavas ( vai$1)-aviiniirh yatha\n\nsambhu/:t). Indeed, as we shall see, Lord Siva drank all the poison for the\nbenefit of humanity.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0302": "Text 41)\n\nLord Siva Saves the Universe\n\n277\n\nTEXT 40\n\n�: tqttal � �\"' sim' m: ,\n� � �. SIT�st ij�(l�(: I\n�� ;R �� � �ffiHd it 11\\loll\npurhsa� krpayato bhadre\nsarviitrru'i priyate hari�\nprite harau bhagavati\npriye 'ham sacariicara�\ntasrniid idam garam bhunje\nprajiiniim svastir astu me\npurhsa�-with a person; krpayata�-engaged in benevolent activities; bhadre-0 most gentle Bhavani; sarva-iitrru'i-the Supersoul;\npriyate-becomes pleased; hari�-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nprite-because of His pleasure;\n\nharau-the Supreme Lord, Hari;\n\nbhagavati-the Personality of Godhead; priye-also become pleased;\naham-1; sa-cara-acara�-with all others, moving and nonmoving;\ntasrruit-therefore; idam-this; garam-poison; bhufije-let me drink;\nprajiiniim-of the living entities; svasti�-welfare; astu-let there be;\nme-by me.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear gentle wife Bhaviini, when one performs benevolent ac­\n\ntivities for others, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, is\n\nvery pleased. And when the Lord is pleased, I am also pleased,\nalong with all other living creatures. Therefore, let me drink this\n\npoison, for all the living entities may thus become happy because\nof me.\nTEXT 41\n\n��<n�\n��� lllT�;ff\n� m ��+ul:il\n\nN�: I\n\nSflfli4�1�1a: 11\\l � 11\n\n", "SB8.1#p0303": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n278\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nsri:-suka uviica\nevam amantrya bhagavan\nbhavani:m viSva-bhavana/:1,\ntad vi$am jagdhum arebhe\nprabhava-jtiiinvamodata\nsri:-suka/:1, uviica-Sr i: S ukadeva Gosvami said; evam-in this way;\n,\namantrya-ad dressing; bhagavan-Lord Siva; bhavani:m-Bhavani:;\nviSva-bhavana/:1,-the well-wisher of all the universe; tat vi$am-that\npoison; jagdhum-to drink;\n\narebhe-began; prabhava-jtiii -mother\n\nBhavani:, who perfectly knew the capability of Lord Siva; anvamodata­\n\ngave her permission.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvami continued: Mter informing Bhavani in\n\nthis way, Lord Siva began to drink the poison, and Bhavani, who\nknew perfectly well the capabilities of Lord Siva, gave him her per­\n\nmission to do so.\n\nTEXT 42\n\nifi(dJ}ti�tt � �� � 1\n3l�tr.=�: �'{tiT +{�Wf: 11��11\nmr:\n\ntata/:1, karatali:-krtya\nvyapi haliihalam vi$am\nabha�ayan maha-deva/:1,\nkrpaya bhuta-bhavana/:1,\ntata/:1,-thereafter;\nwidespread;\n\nkaratali:-krtya-taking\n\nhalahalam-ca lled\n\nhalahala;\n\nin his\n\nhand;\n\nvi.$am-poison;\n\nvyapiabha­\n\n�ayat-drank; maha-deva/:1,-Lord Siva; krpaya-out of compassion;\nbhuta-bhavana/:1,-for the welfare of all living entities.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter,\n\nLord\n\nSiva,\n\nwho\n\nis\n\ndedicated\n\nto\n\nauspicious,\n\nbenevolent work for humanity, compassionately took the whole\n\nquantity of poison in his palm and drank it.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0304": "Text 44)\n\nLord Siva Saves the Universe\n\n279\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough there was such a great quantity of poison that it spread all\n\nover the universe, Lord Siva had such great power that he reduced the\n\npoison to a small quantity so that he could hold it in his palm. One should\n\nnot try to imitate Lord Siva. Lord Siva can do whatever he likes, but\nthose who try to imitate Lord Siva by smoking gaiija and other poisonous\n\nthings will certainly be killed because of such activities.\n\nTEXT 43\n\n�N cl��� �� iif�iji(!¥4'4: I\niiSQ�I( � e:ft� � �� 11��11\ntasyapi darsayam asa\nsva-viryam jala-kal�a/:t\nyac cakiira gale nilam\ntac ca siidhor vibhil$ar:tam\ntasya-of Lord Siva;\n\napi-also;\n\ndarsayam asa-exhibited;\n\nsva­\n\nviryam-its own potency; jala-kal�a/:t-that poison born of the\n\nwater; yat-which; cakara-made; gale-on the neck; nilam-bluish\n\nline; tat\n\n-\n\nornament.\n\nthat; ca-also; siidho/:t-of the saintly person; vibhil$ar:wm­\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs if in defamation, the poison born from the ocean of milk\n\nmanifested its potency by marking Lord Siva's neck with a bluish\n\nline. That line, however, is now accepted as an ornament of the\n\nLord.\n\nTEXT 44\n\nijt� �ijidlq\"' �: swM �: I\n'«� (lft �T�R'f;J! 11\\l'JII\ntapyante loka-tiipena\nsadhava/:t praya§o janii/:t\nparamiiriidhanam tad dhi\npurfL$asyakhiliitmana/:t\n\n", "SB8.1#p0305": "280\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\ntapyante-voluntarily suffer; loka-tape na-because of the suffering\nof people in general; sadhava�-saintly persons; praya§a�\n\n-\n\nalmost al­\n\nways; jana�-such persons; parama-aradhanam-the topmost method\nof worshiping; tat-that activity;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\npurU§asya-of the\n\nSupreme Person; akhila-atmana�-who is the Supersoul of everyone.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is said that great personalities almost always accept voluntary\n\nsuffering because of the suffering of people in general. This is\n\nconsidered the highest method of worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is present in everyone's heart.\nPURPORT\n\nHere is an explanation of how those engaged in activities for the\nwelfare of others are very quickly recognized by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (18.68-69), ya\nidam paramam guhyam mad-bhakte$V abhidhasyati .\n\n.\n\n. na ca tasman\n\nmanU§ye$U kaScin me priya-krttama�: \"One who preaches the message\nof Bhagavad-gita to My devotees is most dear to Me. No one can excel\nhim in satisfying Me by worship.\" There are different kinds of welfare\nactivities in this material world, but the supreme welfare activity is the\nspreading of :l<r�I;ta consciousness. Other welfare activities cannot be\neffective, for the laws of nature and the results of karma cannot be\nchecked. It is by destiny, or the laws of karma, that one must suffer or\nenjoy. For instance, if one is given a court order, he must accept it,\nwhether it brings suffering or profit. Similarly, everyone is under obligations to karma and it reactions. No one can change this. Therefore the\n§astra says:\ntasyaiva heto� prayateta kovido\nna labhyate yad bhramatam upary adha�\n(Bhiig.\n\n1.5.18)\n\nOne should endeavor for that which is never obtained by wandering up\nand down the universe as a result of the reactions of karma. What is\nthat? One should endeavor to become :l<r�I;ta conscious. If one tries to\nspread :l<r�I;ta consciousness all over the world, he should be understood\n\n", "SB8.1#p0306": "Text 45]\n\nLord Siva Saves the Universe\n\n281\n\nto be performing the best welfare activity. The Lord is automatically\nvery pleased with him. If the Lord is pleased with him, what is left for\nhim to achieve? If one has been recognized by the Lord, even if he does\nnot ask the Lord for anything, the Lord, who is within everyone, supplies\nhim whatever he wants. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (te$drh\n\nnityabhiyuktaruim yoga-k$emam vahamy aham). Again, as stated here,\ntapyante loka-tapena sadhava� praya.So jana�. The best welfare activity\nis raising people to the platform of l(r�t;ta consciousness, since the conditioned souls are suffering only for want of l(r�t;ta consciousness. The\nLord Himself also comes to mitigate the suffering of humanity.\n\nyada yada hi dharmasya\nglanir bhavati bharata\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\ntadatmanam srjamy aham\nparitrar:uJya sadhunam\nvinasaya ca d�krtam\ndharma-samsthaparuirthaya\nsambhavami yuge yuge\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I\ndescend Myself. To deliver the pious and to annihilate the miscreants, as\nwell as to reestablish the principles of religion, I advent Myself millennium\n\nafter\n\nmillennium.\"\n\n(Bg. 4. 7 -8)\n\nAll\n\nthe\n\nsastras conclude,\n\ntherefore, that spreading the l(r�t;ta consciousness movement is the best\nwelfare activity in the world. Because of the ultimate benefit this bestows\nupon people in general, the Lord very quickly recognizes such service\nperformed by a devotee.\n\nTEXT 45\n\nf;t�ll � ij��Cl�iil� il�: I\n� i:J�� ifiRl �� m� ll'd�''\nniSamya karma tac chambhor\ndeva-devasya mU;lh�a�\n\n", "SB8.1#p0307": "282\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 7\n\npraj a diik{;ayar:ti brahmii\n\nvaikur:t!ha§ ca sa§amsire\nniSamya-after hearing; karma-the act;\n\ntat-that; sambhob,-of\n\nLord Siva; deva-devasya-who is worshipable even for the demigods;\nmU;ih�ab,-he who bestows great benedictions upon people in general;\n\nprajab,-the people in general; diik{;ayar:ti-Bhavani, the daughter of\nDak�a;\n\nbrahmii-Lord Brahma; vaikur:t!hab- ca-Lord Vi�Qu also;\n\nsa§amsire-praised very much.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing of this act, everyone, including Bhavani [the\n\ndaughter of Maharaja Dak�a), Lord Brahma, Lord Vi�I;J.u, and the\n\npeople in general, very highly praised this deed performed by\n\nLord Siva, who is worshiped by the demigods and who bestows\nbenedictions upon the people.\n\nTEXT 46\n\nSl��fqiffl: ttW�� �f��: � �� I\ntflf�R��\"lfl ���� �sq1: 11\\l�ll\npraskannam pibatab, par:ter\nyat kincij jagr·hub, sma tat\nvrscikiihi-vi§a�adhyo\n\ndandaSukas ca ye 'pare\npraskannam-scattered here and there; pibatab,-of Lord Siva while\n\ndrinking; par:teb--from the palm;\n\nyat-which; kincit-very little;\n\njagrhub,-took the opportunity to drink;\n\nsma-indeed;\n\ntat-that;\n\nvrscika-the scorpions; ahi-the cobras; vi$a-a�adhyab,-poisonous\ndrugs;\n\ndandaSukii/:L ca-and animals whose bites are poisonous; ye­\n\nwho; apare-other living entities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nScorpions, cobras, poisonous drugs and other animals whose\nbites are poisonous took the opportunity to drink whatever little\n\n", "SB8.1#p0308": "Text 46]\n\nLord Siva Saves the Universe\n\n283\n\npoison had fallen and scattered from Lord Siva's hand while he was\ndrinking.\nPURPORT\nMosquitoes, jackals, dogs and other varieties of dandaSuka, or animals\n\nwhose bites are poisonous, drank the poison of the samudra-manthana,\n\nthe churned ocean, since it was available after it fell from the palms of\n\nLord Siva.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Seventh\n\nChapter, of the Sri:mad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Lord Siva Saves the\nUniverse by Drinking Poison. \"\n\n", "SB8.1#p0309": "CHAPTER EIGHT\n\nThe Churning of the Milk Ocean\nThis chapter describes how the goddess of fortune appeared during the\nchurning of the ocean of milk and how she accepted Lord Vi�QU as her\n\nhusband. At; described later in the chapter, when Dhanvantari appeared\nwith a pot of nectar the demons immediately snatched it from him, hut\nLord Vi�QU appeared as the incarnation Mohini, the most beautiful\n\nwoman in the world, just to captivate the demons and save the nectar for\n\nthe demigods.\n\nAfter Lord Siva drank all the poison, both the demigods and demons\n\ntook courage and resumed their activities of churning. Because of this\nchurning, first a surabhi cow was produced. Great saintly persons ac­\n\ncepted this cow to derive clarified butter from its milk and offer this\nclarified butter in oblations for great sacrifices. Thereafter, a horse\nnamed Uccai}:lsrava was generated. This horse was taken by Bali\n\nMaharaja. Then there appeared Airavata and other elephants that could\n\ngo anywhere in any direction, and she-elephants also appeared. The gem\nknown as Kaustubha was also generated, and Lord Vi�I).u took that gem\n\nand placed it on His chest. Thereafter, a parijata flower and the Apsaras,\n\nthe most beautiful women in the universe, were generated. Then the\n\ngoddess of fortune, Lak�mi, appeared. The demigods, great sages,\n\nGandharvas and others offered her their respectful worship. The goddess\n\nof fortune could not find anyone to accept as her husband. At last she\nselected Lord Vi�QU to be her master. Lord Vi�Qu gave her a place to stay\n\neverlastingly at His chest. Because of this combination of Lak�mi and\n\nNaraya1;1a, all who were present, including the demigods and people in\n\ngeneral, were very pleased. The demons, however, being neglected by\nthe goddess of fortune, were very depressed. Then Varur;ti, the goddess\n\nof drinking, was generated, and by the order of Lord Vi�Qu the demons\n\naccepted her. Then the demons and demigods, with renewed energy,\n\nbegan to churn again. This time a partial incarnation of Lord Vi�I).u\n\ncalled Dhanvantari appeared. He was very beautiful, and he carried a jug\ncontaining nectar. The demons immediately snatched the jug from\n285\n\n", "SB8.1#p0310": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n286\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\nDhanvantari's hand and began to run away, and the demigods, being\n\nvery morose, took shelter of Vi�r:tu. After the demons snatched the jug\n\nfrom Dhanvantari, they began to fight among themselves. Lord Vi�r:tu\n\nsolaced the demigods, who therefore did not fight, but remained silent.\nWhile the fighting was going on among the demons, the Lord Himself\n\nappeared as the incarnation Mohini:, the most beautiful woman in the\n\numverse.\n\nTEXT l\n\n��<fi ;gqr'i{\n\nf{lij it� Tnilll SI�S'f�WRT: I\n�!!��n f�� m1:1t;ft ��s� II � II\nsri-suka uviica\n\npile gare vr$iiriker:w-\n\npritiis te 'mara-danava/:t\n\nmamanthus tarasa sindhurit\nhavirdhani tato 'bhavat\n\nsri-suka/:t uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami: said; pite-was drunk;\n\ngare-when the poison; vr$a-ariker:w--by Lord Siva, who sits on a bull;\nprita/:t-being\n\npleased;\n\nte-all\n\ndanava}:t-and the demons;\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\namara-the\n\nmamanthu/:t-again began\n\ndemigods;\n\nto churn;\n\ntarasa-with great force; sindhum-the ocean of milk; havirdhani-the\nsurabhi cow, who is the source of clarified butter; tata}:t-from that\n\nchurning; abhavat-was generated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: Upon Lord Siva's drinking the\n\npoison, both the demigods and the demons, being very pleased,\n\nbegan to churn the ocean with renewed vigor. As a result of this,\nthere appeared a cow known as surabhi.\nPURPORT\n\nThe surabhi cow is described as havirdhani, the source of butter. But­\n\nter, when clarified by melting, produces ghee, or clarified butter, which\n\n", "SB8.1#p0311": "The Churning of the Milk Ocean\n\nText 2]\n\n287\n\nis inevitably necessary for performing great ritualistic sacrifices. As\nstated in Bhagavad-gita (18.5), yajiia-dana-tapa/:t-karma na tyajyarh\n\nkaryam eva tat: sacrifice, charity and austerity are essential to keep\nhuman society perfect in peace and prosperity. Yajiia, the performance\nof sacrifice, is essential; to perform yajiia, clarified butter is absolutely\nnecessary; and to get clarified butter, milk is necessary. Milk is produced\nwhen there are sufficient cows. Therefore in Bhagavad-gita (18.44), cow\nprotection\n\nis\n\nrecommended\n\n(kr$i-go-rak$ya-var:ti}yarh vaiSya-karma\n\nsvabhava-jam).\nTEXT2\n\nffl���\n�simcnf�: 1\n�� ��lwt� it� �cA � II � II\ntam agni-hotrim r$ayo\njagrhur brahma-vadina/:t\nyajiiasya deva-yanasya\nmedhyaya havi$e nrpa\ntam-that cow; agni-ho trim- absolutely necessary for the production\nof yogurt, milk and ghee to offer as oblations in the fire; r$aya /:t - sages\nwho\n\nperform\n\nsuch\n\nsacrifices;\n\njagrhu/:t-took in charge; brahma­\n\nvadina/:t-because such sages know the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies;\nyajiiasya-of sacrifice; deva-yanasya-which fulfills the desire to be\nelevated\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nhigher\n\nplanetary\n\nsystems\n\nand\n\nto\n\nBrahmaloka;\n\nmedhyaya-fit for offering oblations; havi$e-for the sake of pure\nclarified butter; nrpa-0 King.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�?it, great sages who were completely aware of the\nVedic ritualistic ceremonies took charge of that surahhi cow,\nwhich produced all the yogurt, milk and ghee absolutely necessary\nfor offering oblations into the fire. They did this just for the sake\nof pure ghee, which they wanted for the performance of sacrifices\nto elevate themselves to the higher planetary systems, up to\nBrahmaloka.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0312": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n288\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\n\nSurabhi cows are generally found on the Vaikm).tha planets. As described in Brahma-samhitii,\n\nLord K.r�1,1a,\n\non His\n\nplanet,\n\nGoloka\n\nV:rndavana, engages in tending the surabhi cows (surabhir abhipiilayan­\n\ntam). These cows are the Lord's pet animals. From the surabhi cows one\ncan take as much milk as one needs, and one may milk these cows as\nmany times as he desires. In other words, the surabhi cow can yield milk\nunlimitedly. Milk is necessary for the performance of yajfia. Sages know\nhow to use milk to elevate human society to the perfection of life. Since\ncow protection is recommended everywhere in the siistras, the brahma­\n\nvadis took charge of the surabhi cow, in which the demons were not very\ninterested.\nTEXT3\n....\n\n����: 1\n6�;:qfe-: ��f :qi � ��� II � II\n\nmr i3Sif:'.llcn ;m{\n\ntata uccail).Sravii niima\nhayo 'bhilc candra-piir:uJ,ura/:t\ntasmin bali/:t sprhiim cakre\nnendra f.Svara-si/cyayii\ntatab,-thereafter; uccail).Sravii/:t niima-by the name Uccai}:J.Sravii;\ncandra-pii'J4u ra l)-being as\nwhite as the moon; tasmin-unto it; ba/ib,-Maharaja Bali; sprhiim\ncakre-desired to possess; na-not; indra/:t-the King of the demigods;\nf.Svara-si/cyaya-by the previous advice of the Lord.\nhaya/:t-a horse; abhut-was generated;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, a horse named Uccail,tsravii, which was as white as\n\nthe moon, was generated. Bali Maharaja desired to possess this\n\nhorse, and lndra, the King of heaven, did not protest, for he had\npreviously been so advised by the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0313": "The Churning of the Milk Ocean\n\nText 5]\n\n289\n\nTEXT4\n\n(ffl �Tm ;nq\n\n��� fi«A�a: I\n��ffl: �i«1W��'1Cfal �� II � II.\ntata airavato nama\nvararJEndro vinirgata�\ndantaiS caturbhi� svetadrer\nharan bhagavato mahim\n\ntata�-thereafter; airavata� nama-of the name Airavata; oora�indra�-the king of elephants; vinirgata�-was generated; dantai�with its tusks; caturbhi�-four; §veta -white; adre� -of the mountain;\nharan-defying; bhagavata�-of Lord Siva; mahim-the glories.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the next result of the churning, the king of elephants,\n\nnamed Airiivata, was generated. This elephant was white, and with\nits four tusks it defied the glories of Kailiisa Mountain, the\n\nglorious abode of Lord Siva.\n\nTEXTS\n\"'\n\n�\n\n\"\"\n\n�:I\n�)sir��� II'-\\ II\n\nQ\\�:t€4UII���et ��\n\nairava/)iidayas tv �!au\ndig-gaja abhavaril.s tata�\nabhramu-prabhrtayo '$!aU ca\nkarir:tyas tv abhavan nrpa\nairavar:ta-adaya�-headed by Airav�a; tu-but; �tau-eight; dikgaja� -elephants that could go in any direction; abhavan-were generated; tata�-thereafter; abhramu-prabhrtaya� -headed by the sheelephant named Abhramu; �!au-eight; ca-also; kari r:tya�-female\nelephants; tu-indeed; abhavan-also generated; nrpa-0 King.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0314": "290\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, 0 King, eight great elephants, which could go in any\n\ndirection, were generated. They were headed by Airava1_1a. Eight\n\nshe-elephants, headed by Abhramu, were also generated.\nPURPORT\n\nThe names of the eight elephants were Airav�a, PuJ.l.Qarika, Vamana,\nKumuda, Aiijana, Pu�padanta, Sarvabhauma and Supratika.\nTEXT6\n\nchl�+tl�tl� «'f q'f�l·il �:\n.lflJil �'Rf � q�S��Ut �ft: I\n\nm� -n�: ij��1iiw���� ,\n\n\\W��;fl�s�:���Fr�?:JPlq'f'lll �II\nkaustubhakhyam abhild ratnarit\npadmariigo mahodadheb,\ntasmin ma�u sprharit cakre\nvak$o- 'lankara7JE haril)\ntato 'bhavat parijatab,\nsura-loka-vibh�a�m\npurayaty arthino yo 'rthail)\nsa.Svad bhuvi yatha bhavan\n\nkaustubha-akhyam-known as Kaustubha; abhut-was generated;\nvaluable gem; padmaragab,-another gem, named\nPadmaraga; maha-udadheb,-from that great ocean of milk; tasminthat; ma�u-jewel; sprhiim cakre-desired to possess; vak$ab,alankarar:r-e-to decorate His chest; harib,-the Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tatab,-thereafter; abhavat-was generated;\nparijatab,-the celestial flower named parijata; sura-loka-vibh�a�mwhich decorates the heavenly planets; purayati-fulfil ls; arthinab,giving persons desiring material wealth; yab,-that which; arthaib,-by\nwhat is desired; sa.Svat-always; bhuvi-on this planet; yatha- as;\nbhavan-Your Lordship (Maharaja Parik�it).\nratnam-a\n\n", "SB8.1#p0315": "Text 8]\n\nThe Churning of the Milk Ocean\n\n291\n\nTRANSLATION\nGenerated thereafter from the great ocean were the celebrated\ngems Kaustubha-ma�i and Padmaraga-m�i. Lord Vi��u, to decorate His chest, desired to possess them. Generated next was the\nparijata flower, which decorates the celestial planets. 0 King, as\nyou fulfill the desires of everyone on this planet by fulfilling all\nambitions, the parijata fulfills the desires of everyone.\nTEXT7\n\n(ffl��� \\iflCil M\\Ch�Od'l : ijq�: I\n�: �lilt �il��cR: II \\9 I I\ntata.S capsaraso jata\nn�ka-kar:tthya/:t suvasasa/:t\nramar:tya/:t svargir:tarh valgugati-lilavalokanai/:t\ntata/:t-thereafter; ca-also; apsa rasa/:t-the residents of Apsaroloka;\njata/:t-were generated; n�ka-kar:tthya/:t-decorated with golden\nnecklaces; su-vasasa/:t-dressed with fine clothing; ramar:tya/:t-extremely beautiful and attractive; svargir:tdm-of the inhabitants of the\nheavenly planets; valgu-gati-lila-avalokanai/:t-moving very softly,\nthey attract everyone's heart.\nTRANSLATION\nNext there appeared the Apsariis [who are used as prostitutes on\nthe heavenly planets]. They were fully decorated with golden ornaments and lockets and were dressed in fine and attractive\nclothing. The Apsariis move very slowly in an attractive style that\nbewilders the inhabitants of the heavenly planets.\nTEXTS\n\n(ffl�m:� � �\"' �·•q�q�• 1\n��ttRI'l �: ��ttl P��m�;ft tfqJI I�t 1\n\n", "SB8.1#p0316": "292\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\ntata.S cavirabhill sa�ac\n\nchri ramii bhagavat-para\n\nranjayanti diSa� kantya\n\nvidyut saudamani yatha\n\ntata�-thereafter;\n\nca-and;\n\navirabhiit-manifested;\n\nsii�iit­\n\ndirectly; sri-the goddess of fortune; rama-known as Rama; bhagavat­\n\npara-absolutely inclined to be possessed by the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; ranjayanti-illuminating; diSa�-all directions; kantya-by\n\nluster; vidyut-lightning; saudamani-Saudiimani; yatha-as.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThen there appeared the goddess of fortune, Ramii, who is ab­\n\nsolutely dedicated to being enjoyed by the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. She appeared like electricity, surpassing the lightning\nthat might illuminate a marble mountain.\nPURPORT\nSri means opulence . .i(r�1,1a is the owner of a:ll opulences.\nblwktararh yajna-tapasarh\n\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\n\nsuhrdam sarva-bhiltaniirh\n\njnatva miirh santim rcchati\n\nThis peace formula for the world is given in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(5.29).\n\nWhen people know that the Supreme Lord, l(r�Qa, is the supreme en­\n\njoyer, the supreme proprietor and the most intimate well-wishing friend\nof all living entities, peace and prosperity will ensue a:ll over the world.\n\nUnfortunately, the conditioned souls, being placed into illusion by the\n\nexternal energy of the Lord, want to fight with one another, and\n\ntherefore peace is disturbed. The first prerequisite for peace is that all\nthe wealth presented by Sri, the goddess of fortune, be offered to the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Everyone should give up his false\n\nproprietorship over worldly possessions and offer everything to l(r�1,1a.\nThis is the teaching of the .i(r�1,1a consciousness movement.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0317": "]\n\nText9\n\n293\n\nThe Churning of the Milk Ocean\nTEXT9\n\nm �: � � (1ij(lij(+tl..t4U I\n\n�iJG:I�t4;,t40l+trnt� :\n\nII � II\n\ntasyam cakru/:t sprham saroe\nsasurasura-manava/:t\nrilpaudarya-vayo-va�amahima�ipta-cetasa/:t\n\ntasyam-unto her; cakru/:t\n\n-\n\ndid; sprham-desire; saroe-everyone;\n\nsa-sura-asura-manava/:t-the demigods, the demons and the human\n\nbeings; rilpa-a udarya -by the exquisite beauty and bodily features;\nvaya/:t-youth ; va�-complexion;\n\nmahima-glories; a�ipta-agi­\n\ntated; cetasa fr,-their minds.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of her exquisite beauty, her bodily features, her youth,\nher\n\ncomplexion\n\nand\n\nher\n\nglories,\n\neveryone,\n\nincluding\n\nthe\n\ndemigods, the demons and the human beings, desired her. They\nwere attracted because she is the source of all opulences.\nPURPORT\nWho in this world does not want to possess wealth, beauty and the\nsocial respectability that come from these opulences? People generally\ndesire material enjoyment, material opulence and the association of\naristocratic family members (bhogaiSvarya-prasaktanam). Material enjoyment entails money, beauty and the reputation they bring, which can\nall be achieved by the mercy of the goddess of fortune. The goddess of\nfortune, however, never remains alone. As indicated in the previous\nverse by the word bhagavat-para, she is the property of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and is enjoyable only by Him. If one wants the\nfavor of the goddess of fortune, mother Lak!?mi, because she is by nature\nbhagavat-para one must keep her with Naray�a. The devotees who al­\n\nways engage in the service of Naraya1.1a (naraya�-paraya�) can easily\n\n", "SB8.1#p0318": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n294\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\nachieve the favor of the goddess of fortune without a doubt, but materialists who try to get the favor of the goddess of fortune only to possess\nher for personal enjoyment are frustrated. Theirs is not a good policy.\nThe celebrated demon RavaJ).a, for example, wanted to deprive Ramacandra of Lak�mi, Sita, and thus be victorious, but the result was just the\nopposite. Sita, of course, was taken by force by Lord Ramacandra, and\nRavaJ).a and his entire material empire were vanquished. The goddess of\nfortune is desirable for everyone, including human beings, but one\nshould understand that the goddess of fortune is the exclusive property\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One cannot achieve the mercy of\nthe goddess of fortune unless one prays both to her and to the supreme\nenjoyer, the Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 10\n\n3ffifwt'l� � ��� I\n��: ij'f(��gl �i�� �� II � II\n�\n\no\n\ntasyii asanam iininye\nmahendro mahad-adbhutam\nmurtimatya/:t saric-chre$!hii\nhema-kumbhair jalarh suci\ntasyii/:t-for her; iisanam-a sitting place; iininye-brought; mahiiind ra /:t the King of heaven, lndra; mahat-glorious; adbhutam-wonderful; murti-matya/:t-accepting forms; sarit-sre$!hii/:t-the best of\n-\n\nvarious sacred waters;\n\nhema-golden;\n\nkumbhai/:t-with waterpots;\n\njalam-water; suc i -pure.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King of heaven, lndra, brought a suitable sitting place for\n\nthe goddess of fortune. All the rivers of sacred water, such as the\nGanges and Yamuna, personified themselves, and each of them\n\nbrought pure water in golden waterpots for mother Lak�mi, the\ngoddess of fortune.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0319": "The Churning of the Milk Ocean\n\nText 11]\n\n295\n\nTEXT 11\n\n�� �(I((� �'NT: 1\nttR: q93 tOOfiUJ � 'fWUW II Z Z II\nabhi$ecanikii bhumir\naharat sakala�adhi/J,\ngava/J, pafica pavitriir:ti\nvasanto madhu-miidhavau\nabhi$ecanika/J,-parapherna1ia required for installing the Deity;\nbhumi/J,-the land; aharat-collected; sakala-all kinds of; a�adhi/J,drugs and herbs; gava/J,-the cows; pafica-five different varieties of\nproducts from the cow, namely milk, yogurt, clarified butter, cow dung\nand cow\n\nurine;\n\npavitriir:ti-uncontaminated ;\n\nvasanta/J,-personified\n\nspringtime; madhu-miidhavau-flowers and fruits produced during\nspring, or in the months of Caitra and Vaisakha.\nTRANSLATION\nThe land became a person and collected all the drugs and herbs\nneeded for installing the Deity. The cows delivered five products,\nnamely milk, yogurt, ghee, urine and cow dung, and spring personified collected everything produced in spring, during the\nmonths of Caitra and Vaisiikha [April and May).\nPURPORT\n\nPafica-gavya, the five products received from the cow, namely milk,\nyogurt, ghee, cow dung and cow urine, are required in all ritualistic\nceremonies performed according to the Vedic directions. Cow urine and\ncow dung are uncontaminated, and since even the urine and dung of a\ncow are important, we can just imagine how important this animal is for\nhuman civilization. Therefore the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nl<r!?l).a, directly advocates go-rak$ya, the protection of cows. Civilized\nmen who follow the system of vany'iSrama, especially those of the vaiSya\nclass, who engage in agriculture and trade, must give protection to the\n\ncows. Unfortunately, because people in Kali-yuga are mandii/J,, all bad,\n\n", "SB8.1#p0320": "Srnnad-Bhagavauun\n\n296\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\nand s u manda matayal; misled by false conceptions of life, they are kill-\n\n,\n\ning cows in the thousands. Therefore they are unfortunate in spiritual\nconsciousness, and nature disturbs them in so many ways, especially\nthrough incurable diseases like cancer and through frequent wars and\namong nations. AB long as human society continues to allow cows to be\nregularly killed in slaughterhouses, there cannot be any question of\npeace and prosperity.\nTEXT 12\n\n�� q�f� I\n� - �� WI�: 11��11\n\n¥A:\n\nr$ayal; kalpayam cakrur\nabhi$ekam yatha-vidhi\njagur bhadrar:ti gandharva\nnatya.S ca nanrtur jagul;\nf$ayal;-the great sages; kalpayam cakrul;-executed; abhi$ekamthe abhi$eka ceremony, which is required during the installation of the\nDeity; yatha-vidhi-as directed in the authorized scriptures; jagu/;chanted Vedic mantras; bhadrar:ti-all good fortune; gandharval;-and\nthe inhabitants of Gandharvaloka;\n\nnatyal;-the women who were\n\nprofessional dancers; ca-also; nanrtul;-very nicely danced on the occasion; jagul;-and sang authorized songs prescribed in the Vedas.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sages performed the bathing ceremony of the goddess\n\nof fortune as directed in the authorized script ures, the Gandharvas\n\nchanted all-auspicious Vedic mant ras, and the professional women\n\ndancers very nicely danced and sang authorized songs prescribed\n\nin the Vedas.\n\nTEXT 13\n\niAt\n�qo•�u(l:itli�·n� ,\n�� ���'!jqlUI� :�II��II\n\n", "SB8.1#p0321": "297\n\nThe Churning of the Milk Ocean\n\nText 14)\n\nmegha mrdariga-par:wvamurajanaka-gomukhiin\nvyaniidayan sarikha-ve r,tuvir,tds tumula- nibsvaniin\nmegha�-personified\n\nclouds;\n\nmrdariga-drums;\n\npar:wva-ket­\n\ntledrums; mu raja-another kind of drum; iinaka-another type of\ndrum; gomukhiin-a type of bugle; vya niida yan-vibrated; sarikhaconchshells;\n\nve r,tu-B.utes;\n\nvi1J.(i�-stringed\n\ninstruments;\n\ntumula­\n\ntumultuous; nibsvaniin-vibration.\nTRANSLATION\nThe clouds in personified form heat various types of drums,\nknown as �datigas, p&:J.avas, murajas and anakas. They also blew\nconchshells and bugles known as gomukhas and played flutes and\nstringed instruments. The combined sound of these instruments\nwas tumultuous.\nTEXT 14\n\n(ffflSf'IMNi(cff f�� q'1(� �I\n��: \\ut��: ij_'ffiiCI���: 11�\\lll\ntato 'bh44icur devirh\nsriyarh padma-kariirh satim\ndigibhii� pllrr,ta-kalaSai�\nsllkta-viikyair dvijeritai�\ntata�-thereafter; abh44icu�-poured all-auspicious water on the\nbody; devim-the goddess of fortune; sriyam-very beautiful; padma­\n\nkariim-with a lotus in her hand; satim-she who is most chaste, not\nknowing anyone but the Supreme Personality of Godhead; digibhii�the great elephants; pllrr,ta-kalaSai�-by completely full waterjugs;\nsukta-vakyai�-with Vedic mantras; dvi-ja-by brahmar,tas; iritai�chanted.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, the great elephants from all the directions carried\nbig water jugs full of Ganges water and bathed the goddess of\n\n", "SB8.1#p0322": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n298\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\nfortune, to the acc ompaniment of Vedic mantras chanted by\n\nlearned hrahmllJ)as. While thus being bathed, the goddess of for­\n\ntune maintained her original style, with a lotus flower in her hand,\n\nand she appeared very beautiful. The goddess of fortune is the\nmost chaste, for she does not know anyone hut the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead.\n\nI\n\nPURPORT\nThe goddess of fortune, Lak!?mi, is described in this verse as sriyam,\nwhich means that she has six opulences-wealth, strength, influence,\nbeauty, knowledge and renunciation. These opulences are received from\nthe goddess of fortune. Lak!?mi is addressed here as devi, the goddess, because in Vaik�tha she supplies all opulences to the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead and His devotees, who in this way enjoy natural life in the\nVaiku1.1tha planets. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is pleased with\nHis consort, the goddess of fortune, who carries a lotus flower in her\nhand. Mother Lak!?mi is described in this verse as san, the supremely\nchaste, because she never diverts her attention from the Supreme Personality of Godhead to anyone else.\n\nTEXT 15\n\ntfffl��mm �u� 1\n�: ��ll�1���--��������\n\n�:\n\nsamudra/:t pita-kau§eyaviisasi samupiiharat\nvarur:rn/:t srajam vaijayannm\nmadhunii matta-$a!padiim\nsamudra}:t-the ocean; pita-kau§eya-yellow silk; viisasi-both the\nupper and lower portions of a garment; samupiiharat-presented;\nvarur:rn/:t-the predominating deity of the water; srajam-garland; vaijayantim-the most decorated and the biggest; madhunii-with honey;\nmatta-drunken; $a!-padii m-bumblebees, which have six legs.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0323": "The Churning of the Milk Ocean\n\nText 16]\n\n299\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe ocean, which is the source of all valuable jewels, supplied\nthe upper and lower portions of a yellow- silken garment. The predominating deity of the water, Varul).a, presented flower garlands\nsurrounded by six-legged bumblebees, drunken with honey.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen bathing the Deity in the abhi$eka ceremony with various liquids, such as milk, honey, yogurt, ghee, cow dung and cow urine, it is\ncustomary to supply yellow garments. In this way the abhi$eka ceremony\nfor the goddess of fortune was performed according to the regular Vedic\nprinciples.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�uuf;t f�fur A\"- �tmr: 1\n�� ��' q�) �illf � 11��11\nbh�ar:liini vicitra7Ji\nvi.Svakamlii prajapati/:t\nharam sarasvati padmam\najo niigiiS ca kuTJ4,ale\nbh�a1J(ini-varieties of ornaments; vicitrarJi-all very nicely decorated; vi.Svakarma prajapati/:t-Visvakarma, one of the prajapatis, the\nsons of Lord Brahma who generate progeny;\n\nharam-garland or\n\nnecklace; sarasvatf-the goddess of education; padmam-a lotus flower;\naja/:t-Lord Brahma; niiga/:t ca-the inhabitants of Nagaloka; kuTJ4,ale-two earrings.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVisvakarmii, one of the prajapatis, supplied varieties of decorated ornaments. The goddess of learning, Sarasvati, supplied a\nnecklace, Lord Brahma supplied a lotus flower, and the inhabitants\nof Nagaloka supplied earrings.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0324": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n300\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 17\n\n��@'1��1�qe\nil�ctfll'tif � 41fUiil I\n:q:qw; m ijl!ficfteto\\!e\n�� � � 11�\\911\n\nffl!':\n\ntata� krta-svastyayanotpala-srajam\nnadad-dvirephiim parigrhya piir:tinii\ncaciila vaktram sukapola-kur.u)alam\nsavrU)a-hiisam dadhati su.Sobhanam\ntata�-thereafter; krta-svastyayanii-being worshiped regularly by\nritualistic ceremonies; utpala-srajam-a garland of\n\nall-auspicious\n\nlotuses; nadat-humming; dvirephiim-surrounded by bumblebees;\n\nparigrhya-capturing ; piir:tinii-by the hand; caciila-went on;\nvaktram-face; su-kapola-kur.u)alam-her cheeks decorated with earrings; sa-vruJ,a-hiisam-smiling with shyness; dadhati-expanding; susobhanam -her natural beauty.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, mother Lak�mi, the goddess of fortune, having\nbeen properly celebrated with an auspicious ritualistic ceremony,\nbegan moving about, holding in her hand a garland of lotus\nflowers, which were surrounded by humming bumblebees. Smiling with shyness, her cheeks decorated by her earrings, she looked\nextremely beautiful.\nPURPORT\nThe goddess of fortune, mother Lak�miji, accepted the ocean of milk\nas her father, but she perpetually rests on the bosom of Naniyai.J.a. She\noffers benedictions even to Lord Brahma and other living entities in this\nmaterial world, yet she is transcendental to all material qualities. Although she appeared to have been born of the ocean of milk, she immediately resorted to her eternal place on the bosom of Narayai).a.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0325": "Text 19]\n\nThe Churning of the Milk Ocean\n\n301\n\nTEXT 18\n\n� :qrl'��u ijlj\n�t\n*t�Yii�� I\n\nijij(ijffl 'l��(!g��dfefij�ffl �ft�ij1:4 m �T 11 ��II\nstana-dvayam catikrsodari samam\nnirantaram candana-kurikumo�itam\ntatas tato nupura-valgu sifijitair\nvisarpati hema-lateva sa babhau\nstana-dvayam-her two breasts; ca -also; ati-krsa-udari-the mid­\n\ndle portion of her body being very thin; samam-equally; nirantaramconstantly; candana-kurikuma-with sandalwood pulp and kurikuma, a\nreddish powder;\n\nuk$itam- smear ed;\n\ntataiJ, tataiJ,-here and there;\n\nnupu ra -of ankle bells; valgu-very beautiful; sifijitaiiJ,- with the light\n\nresounding; vismpati-walking; hema-latii-a golden creeper; waexactly like; sii-the goddess of fortune; babhau-appeared.\nTRANSLATION\nHer two breasts, which were symmetrical and nicely situated,\nwere covered with sandalwood pulp and kuilkuma powder, and\nher waist was very thin. As she walked here and there, her ankle\nbells jingling softly, she appeared like a creeper of gold.\nTEXT 19\n\n�e1�:q\"'6(\nA«QftkftY� :\n� � �fit*ttRQmiJlll. 1\n\ni{�IJ(�fq�:q·Ja:� Y�l;qfcl� ����II\nvilokayanti niravadyam atmanaiJ,\npadam dhruvam cavyabhicari-sad-gulJ-(lm\n\n", "SB8.1#p0326": "302\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\ngandharva-siddhasura-yak§a-ctira�traipi$!apeytidi$u ntinvavindata\nvi lokayan ti-observing, examining; niravadyam-without any fault;\ntitmana�-for herself; padam-position; dhruvam-eternal; ca-also;\n\narya bhicari-sat-gu� m-without any change of qualities; gandharvaamong the inhabitants of Gandharvaloka; siddha-the inhabitants of\nSiddhaloka; asura-the demons; yak§a-the Yak�?as; ctira�-the inhabitants of Cara�aloka; traipi$!apeya-adi$u-and among the demigods;\nna-not; anvavindata-could accept any one of them.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile walking among the Gandharvas, Yak�as, asuras, Siddhas,\n\nCiiral).as and denizens of heaven, Lak�midevi, the goddess of for­\n\ntune, was scrutinizingly examining them, hut she could not find\nanyone naturally endowed with all good qualities. None of them\n\nwas devoid of faults, and therefore she could not take shelter of\n\nany of them.\n\nPURPORT\nThe goddess of fortune, Lak�?midevi, having been generated from the\nocean of milk, was the daughter of the ocean. Thus she was allowed to\nselect her own husband in a svayarhvara ceremony. She examined every\none of the candidates, but she could not find anyone suitably qualified to\nbe her shelter. In other words, Naraya�a, the natural husband of Lak�?mi,\ncannot be superseded by anyone in this material world.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n;@ rit w ;J ��\n\n� '!if� Wij ;J (11;�\nI\n�'\"'tis:f(ij� ;J ctit¥tf.IJ�:\n� ��: � qW-��: ll�oll\nnunarh tapo yasya na manyu-nirjayo\njfiiinarh kvacit tac ca na sariga-varjitam\n\n", "SB8.1#p0327": "Text 21]\n\nThe Churning of the Milk Ocean\n\n303\n\nka.Sin maharits tasya na ktima-nirjaya/.t\nsa iSvara/.t kim parato vyapiiSraya/.t\nnunam-certainly; tapa/.t-austerity; yasya-of someone; na-not;\nmanyu-anger; ni rjaya/.t -conquered; jiidnam-knowledge; kvacit-in\nsome saintly person; tat-that; ca-also; na-not; sariga-varjitamwithout the contamination of association; kaScit-someone; mahan-a\ntasya-his; na-not; kama-material\nnirjaya/.t-conquered; sa/.t-such a person; i.Svara/.t-controller; kim-how can he be; parata/.t-of others; vyapiiSraya/.t-under\nvery great exalted person;\n\ndesires;\n\nthe control.\nTRANSLATION\nThe goddess of fortune, examining the assembly, thought in\nthis way: Someone who has undergone great austerity has not yet\nconquered anger. Someone possesses knowledge, but he has not\nconquered material desires. Someone is a very great personality,\nbut he cannot conquer lusty desires. Even a great personality\ndepends on something else. How, then, can he be the supreme\ncontroller?\nPURPORT\nHere is an attempt to find the supreme controller, or iSvara. Everyone\nmay be accepted as an iSvara, or controller, but still such controllers are\ncontrolled by others. For example, one may have undergone severe\nausterities but still be under the control of anger. By a scrutinizing\nanalysis, we find that everyone is controlled by something else. No one,\ntherefore, can be the true controller but the Supreme Personality of Godhead, l<r!?t:ta. This is supported by the sastras. Isvara/.t parama/.t kr�r:w/.t:\n\nthe supreme controller is Kr!?t:ta. Kr!?t:ta is never controlled by anyone, for\nHe is the controller of everyone (sarva-karar:w-karar:wm).\nTEXT 21\n\n�: � ij;y WI ��\n�:tfi��;r;r���.�\n\n", "SB8.1#p0328": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n304\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\ntft� � �ms��m�\n\n� ft fil:ijRT gut{tWct�: II�� II\n\ndharma/:t kvacit tatra na bhiita-sauhrdam\ntyiiga/:t kvacit tatra na mukti-kara1J(Lm\nviryam na pumso 'sty aja-vega-n�krtam\nna hi dvitiyo gu1J(L-sanga-varjita/:t\ndharma/:t-religion; kvacit-one may have full knowledge of; tatratherein; na-not; bhuta-sauhrdam-friendship with other living entities; tyaga/:t-renunciation; kvacit-one may possess; tatra-therein;\nna-not; mukti-kara1J(Lm-the cause of liberation; viryam-power;\nna-not; pumsa/:t-of any person; asti-there may be; aja-vegan�krtam-no release from the power of time; na-nor; hi-indeed;\ndvitiya/:t-the second one; gu1J(L-sanga-varjita/:t-completely freed from\nthe contamination of the modes of nature.\nTRANSLATION\nSomeone may possess full knowledge of religion but still not be\n\nkind to all living entities.\n\nIn someone, whether human or\n\ndemigod, there may be renunciation, but that is not the cause of\n\nliberation. Someone may possess great power and yet be unable to\ncheck\n\nthe\n\npower\n\nof\n\neternal\n\ntime.\n\nSomeone\n\nelse\n\nmay\n\nhave\n\nrenounced attachment to the material world, yet he cannot com­\n\npare to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, no one is\n\ncompletely freed from the influence of the material modes of\nnature.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe statement dharma/:t kvacit tatra na bhuta-sauhrdam is very important in this verse. We actually see that there are many Hindus,\nMuslims, Christians, Buddhists and religionists of other cults who adhere\nto their religious principles very nicely but are not equal to all living entities. Indeed, although they profess to be very religious, they kill poor\nanimals. Such religion has no meaning. Srimad-Bhiigavatam (1.2.8)\nsays:\n\n", "SB8.1#p0329": "Text 22)\n\nThe Churning of the Milk Ocean\n\n305\n\ndharma� svanU$!hita� purhsarit\nvi{;vaksena-kathasu ya�\nnotpadayed yadi ratirit\nsrama eva hi kevalam\nOne may be very expert in following the religious principles of his own\nsect, but if he has no tendency to love the Supreme Personality of Godhead, his observance of religious principles is simply a waste of time.\nOne must develop a sense of loving Vasudeva (vasudeva� sarvam iti sa\n\nmahatma sudurlabhaM. The sign of a devotee is that he is a friend to\neveryone (suhrdarit sarva-bhutanam). A devotee will never allow a poor\nanimal to be killed in the name of religion. This is the difference between\na superficially religious person and a devotee of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead.\nWe find that there have been many great heroes in history, but they\ncould not escape from the cruel hands of death. Even the greatest hero\ncannot escape from the ruling power of the Supreme Personality of Godhead when l<.rf?l.la comes as death. That is described by Krf?l.la Himself:\n\nmrtyu� sarva-hara5 caham. The Lord, appearing as death, takes away a\nhero's so-called power. Even Hira1,1yakasipu could not be saved when\nNrsirhhadeva appeared before him as death. One's material strength is\nnothing before the strength of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n�:qN�I�ij ft ���\n�� ��� 'l 4tt+tl9j't : I\n� �\n\n�\n\n�Sctt+tl�:\n\n�: �� 'l ��ft� 11��11\n\nkvacic cirayur na hi sila-marigalarit\nkvacit tad apy asti na vedyam ayU$a�\nyatrobhayarit kutra ca so 'py amarigala�\nsumarigala� kaSca na kank$ate hi mam\nkvacit -someone; cira ayu� -has a long duration of life; na-not;\n-\n\nhi-indeed; sila-marigalam-good behavior or auspiciousness; kvacit-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0330": "[Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n306\n\nsomeone; tat api-although possessing good behavior; asti-is; nanot; vedyam ay l.l§a�-aware of the duration of life; yatra ubhayam-if\nthere are both (behavior and auspiciousness); kufra-somewhere; caalso;\n\nsa�-that\n\nperson;\n\napi-although;\n\namangala�-a\n\nlittle\n\nin­\n\nauspicious in some other detail; su-mangala�-auspicious in every\nrespect;\n\nkaSca-someone;\n\nna-n'ot;\n\nkarik,sate-desires; hi-indeed;\n\nmam-me.\nTRANSLATION\nSomeone may have longevity but not have auspiciousness or\n\ngood behavior. Someone may have both auspiciousness and good\n\nbehavior, but the duration of his life is not fixed. Although such\ndemigods as Lord Siva have eternal life, they have inauspicious\n\nhabits like living in crematoriums. And even if others are well\nqualified in all respects, they are not devotees of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n��TOlfflJ=qtft���tR ��Wlij�IJll�� I\n�\nq{\n�cfg���ij\n�\n\n�'IT ���\n\n�aJij\\f� 11��11\n\nevam vimrsyavyabhicari-sad-gur:tair\n\nvaram nijaikaSrayatayiigur:tasrayam\n\nvavre varam sarva-gur:tair apek,sitam\nrama mukundam nirapek,sam rpsitam\n\nevam-in this way; vimrsya-after full deliberation; avyabhicari-satgu r:tai�-with extraordinary transcendental qualities; varam-superior;\nnija-eka-asrayataya-because of possessing all good qualities without\n\ndepending on others; agur:ta-asrayam-the reservoir of all transcendental\n\nqualities;\n\nvavre-accepted;\n\ngu r:tai�-with\n\nrama-the\n\nall\n\ngoddess\n\nvaram-as\n\ntranscendental\nof\n\nfortune;\n\nqualities;\n\na\n\nbridegroom;\n\nsarva­\n\napek,sitam-qualified;\n\nmukundam-unto\n\nMukunda;\n\nnirapek,sam-although He did not wait for her; rpsitam-the most\ndesirable.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0331": "Text 24)\n\nThe Churning of the Milk Ocean\n\n307\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami continued: In this way, after full delibera­\n\ntion, the goddess of fortune accepted Mukunda as her husband he­\n\ncause although He is independent and not in want of her, He\npossesses all transcendental qualities and mystic powers and is\ntherefore the most desirable.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Mukunda, is self-sufficient.\nSince He is fully independent, He was not in want of the support or association of Lakr;;midevi. Nonetheless, Lakr;;midevi, the goddess of fortune,\naccepted Him as her husband.\nTEXT 24\n\n�m� �� Wltt��un�i\nmq����ftroq�ll(\n(f� f;f1:1A � �: ��\n����(ht�iiWl � 11��11\ntasyarhsa-desa u.Satirh nava-kaiija-miiliirh\nmadyan-madhuvrata-vanltha-giropaghlL;S!lim\ntasthau nidhaya nikate tad-ura/:t sva-dhama\nsavruJ,a-hasa-vikasan-nayanena yata\n\n(\n\n)\n\ntasya-of Him the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; arhsa-dese­\n\na\n\non the shoulders; u.Satim-very beautiful; nav -new; kafija-maliimgarland of lotus flowers; miidyat-maddened; madhuvrata-varutha-of\nbumblebees; gira -with the vibrating; upaghlL;Stam-surrounded by\ntheir humming; tasthau-remained; n idhaya\n\n- after placing the gar­\n\nland; n ikate-nearby; tat-urab,-the bosom of the Lord; sva-dhamaher real resort; sa-vr i4a-has a-smiling with shyness; vikasat\ning; nayanena\n\n- with the eyes; yata-so situated.\n\n- glitter­\n\nTRANSLATION\nApproaching the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the goddess\n\nof fortune placed upon His shoulders the garland of newly grown\n\n", "SB8.1#p0332": "308\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\nlotus flowers, which was surrounded by humming bumblebees\n\nsearching for honey. Then, expecting to get a place on the bosom\n\nof the Lord, she remained standing by His side, her face smiling in\n\nshyness.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�ur�m�ijl$1��\n�f;rertij'+f�U(( \"� f�:\n��: �: SJ�n: ij'm� tim�\n�� rmtr� �fflo� ���'\"'��\ntasya� sriyas tri-jagato janalro jananya\nva�o niviisam akarot paramarh vibhute�\nsri� sva� praja� sakarur:tena niri�ar:tena\nyatra sthitaidhayata siidhipatirhs tri-lokiin\nt asya�-of her; sriya�-the goddess of fortune; tri-jagata�-of the\nthree worlds; janaka�-the father; jananya�-of the mother; va�a�bosom; niviisam-residence; akarot-made; paramam-supreme;\nvibhute�-of the opulent; sri�-the goddess of fortune; sva�-own;\npraja�-descendants;\nsa-karur:tena-with favorable mercy;\nmri�ar:tena-by glancing over; yatra-wherein; sthita- staying;\naidhayata-increased ; sa-adhipa tin-with the great directors and\nleaders; tri-lokiin-the three worlds.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the father of the three\n\nworlds, and His bosom is the residence of mother Lak.�mi, the god­\n\ndess of fortune, the proprietor of all opulences. The goddess of\n\nfortune, by her favorable and merciful glance, can increase the\n\nopulence of the three worlds, along with their inhabitants and\n\ntheir directors, the demigods.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the desire of Lak!?midevi, the goddess of fortune, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead made His bosom her residence so that\n\n", "SB8.1#p0333": "Text 27]\n\nThe Churning of the Milk Ocean\n\n309\n\nby her glance she could favor everyone, including the demigods and ordinary human beings. In other words, since the goddess of fortune stays\non the bosom of Nariiya.l).a, she naturally sees any devotee who worships\nNariiya.l).a. When the goddess of fortune understands that a devotee is in\nfavor of devotional service to Nariiya.l).a, she is naturally inclined to bless\nthe devotee with all opulences. The karmis try to receive the favor and\nmercy of Lakf?mi, but because they are not devotees of Nariiya.l).a, their\nopulence is flickering. The opulence of devotees who are attached to the\nservice of Naraya.l).a is not like the opulence of karmis. The opulence of\ndevotees is as permanent as the opulence of Nariiya.l).a Himself.\nTEXT 26\n\n��i\\·liff cnf� 'l?I: �:I\n�� m!Jff �t illcrnt� II�GII\nsankha-tilrya-mrdanganiirh\nviiditrii1J-ii rh prthu/:t svana/:t\ndeviinugiiniirh sastrir:tiirh\nnrtyatiirh gayatiim abhut\nsarikha-conchshells;\nferent types of drums;\n\ntilrya-bugles;\n\nmrdaligiiniim-and of dif­\n\nviiditrii1J-iim-of the musical instruments;\n\nprthu/:t-very great; svana/:t-sound; deva-anuganiim-the inhabitants\nof the upper planets like the Gandharvas and Ciira.l).as, who follow the\ndemigods; sa-strir:ulm-as along with their own wives; nrtyatiim­\n\ngi\n\nengaged in dancing; giiyatiim-sin ng; abhut-became.\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of Gandharvaloka and Car�aloka then took the\nopportunity to play their musical instruments, such as conchshells, bugles and drums. They began dancing and singing along\nwith their wives.\nTEXT 27\n\nJtlll�s:•fl\\·ilu�u: � A• � 1\n��SN��: f>qqfifu{: II �\\911\n\n", "SB8.1#p0334": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n310\n\n[Canto �' Ch. 8\n\nbrahma-rudrarigiro-mukhya/:1,\nsarve viSva-srjo vibhum\nU;lire 'vitathair mantrais\ntal-lingai/:1, pU$pa-var$ir:tab,\nbrahma-Lord Brahma; rudra-Lord Siva; arigira/:1,-the great sage\n\nAil.gira Muni; mukhya/:1,-headed by; sarve-all of them; viSva-srja/:1,the directors of universal management; vibhum-the very great per­\n\nsonality; U;lire-worshiped; avitathai/:1,-real; mantrai/:1,-by chanting;\n\ntat-lingai/:1,-worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead; pU$pa­\n\nvar$ir:wb,-throwing flowers like showers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahmii, Lord Siva, the great sage Angirii, and similar\n\ndirectors of universal management showered flowers and chanted\nmantras indicating the transcendental glories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 28\n\nfw:t•��)f�QT �;;n: �q�: �n 1\n��gul�qr;{T �� f�fij 'R� 11��11\nsriyavalokita deva/:1,\nsaprajiipataya}:t prajii}:t\nS'iliidi-gur:w-sampannii\nlebhire nirvrtirh pariim\nsriya-by the goddess of fortune, Lak�mi; avalokita/:1,-being seen\nfavorably with mercy; devii/:1,-all the demigods; sa-prajiipataya/:1,-with\nall the prajiipatis; prajii}:t-and their generations; S'ila-iidi-gur:wsampannii}:t-all blessed with good behavior and good characteristics;\nlebhire-achieved; nirvrtim-satisfaction; pariim-the ultimate.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the demigods, along with the prajiipatis and their descen­\n\ndants, being blessed by Lak�miji's glance upon them, were im-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0335": "Text 30)\nmediately\n\nThe Churning of the Milk Ocean\nenriched\n\nwith\n\ngood\n\nbehavior\n\nand\n\n3ll\ntranscendental\n\nqualities. Thus they were very much satisfied.\nTEXT 29\n\nf;r:ij� itr31ff u�� f�rn �1ff: 1\n�� �it�m �+�T if����n 11��11\nnibsattva lolupa rajan\nnirudyoga gata-trapa/:t\nyada copek§ita lak§mya\nbabhuvur daitya-danava/:t\nnibsattva/:t-without\n\nstrength;\n\nlolupa/:t-very\n\ngreedy;\n\nrajan-0\n\nKing; nirudyoga/:t-frustrated; gata-trapa/:t-shameless; yada-when;\nca-also; upek$ita/:t-neg1ected; lak§mya-by the goddess of fortune;\nbabhuvu/:t-they became; daitya-danava/:t-the demons and Rak�asas.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, because of being neglected by the goddess of fortune,\nthe demons and Rak�asas were depressed, bewildered and frustrated, and thus they became shameless.\nTEXT 30\n\n3l�T«T� CffilllT ��1 � ���;n 1\n3T� iif��m �\n6:�� � II� II\no\n\nathasid varur:ti devi\nkanya kamala-locana\nasura jagrhus tam vai\nharer anumatena te\natka-thereafter (after the appearance of the goddess of fortune);\nasit-there was; varur:ti-Viirut:J,i; devi-the demigoddess who controls\ndrunkards;\n\nkanya-a\n\nasura/:t-the\n\ndemons;\n\nyoung\n\ngirl;\n\nkamala-locana-lotus-eyed;\n\njagrhu/:t-accepted;\n\ntam-her;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\n", "SB8.1#p0336": "[Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n312\n\nhareb,-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anumatena-by the\norder; te-they (the demons).\nTRANSLATION\nNext appeared V�ul).i, the lotus-eyed goddess who controls\n\ndrunkards. With the permission of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, K_r�I).S, the demons, headed by Bali Maharaja, took\npossession of this young girl.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n������ Cfil��q(�nr: 1\n�Rm�tlm\n\n�'ft\n\nq(��}f! II�� II\n\nathodadher mathyamiinat\nktiSyapair amrtarthibhib,\nudat�than maharaja\npun.L§ab- paramiidbhutab,\natha-thereafter;\n\nudadheb,-from\n\nmathyamiinat-while\n\nbeing churned;\n\nthe\n\nocean\n\nof\n\nmilk;\n\nktiSyapaib,-by the\n\nsons of\n\nKasyapa, namely the demigods and the demons; amrta-arthibhib,anxious to get nectar from the churning; udat�that-there appeared;\nmaharaja-0 King; purU$ab,-a\nadbhutab,-wonderful.\n\nmale\n\nperson;\n\nparama-highly;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, thereafter, while the sons of Ka.Syapa, both demons and\n\ndemigods, were engaged in churning the ocean of milk, a very\n\nwonderful male person appeared.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n��qm�o�:\n�trl���IJf:\n\n��iftq)�fit�: I\n�rcr) ���\\{f'ffl: II�� II\n\n", "SB8.1#p0337": "Text 33]\n\nThe Churning of the Milk Ocean\n\n313\n\ndirgha-pivara-dor-dalJ4,aJ_,\nkambu-grivo 'rul)e/cya�}_,\nsyamalas taru�}_, sragvi\nsarvabhara�-bhll$ita}_,\ndirgha-long; pivara-stout and strong; dol_,-da1J4,al_,-the arms;\nkambu-like a conchshell; grival_,-the neck; aru�a-i/cya�l_,-reddish\neyes; syamalal_,-blackish complexion; taru�l_,-very young; sragviwearing a flower garland; sarva-all; abhara�-with ornaments;\nbhll$ita}_, -decorated.\nTRANSLATION\nHe was strongly built; his arms were long, stout and strong; his\nneck, which was marked with three lines, resembled a conchshell;\nhis eyes were reddish; and his complexion was blackish. He was\nvery young, he was garlanded with flowers, and his entire body was\nfully decorated with various ornaments.\nTEXT 33\n\ntft�Tm '1���: ij�TQJ��: I\nf��f�mrcr���: �fVIiq: 1\n3{�(11��� f� �'«1: 11��11\npita-vasa mahoraska}_,\nsumr$ta-ma�i-kulJ4,alaJ_,\nsnigdha-kuncita-kesantasubhagal_, simha-vikrama}_,\namrtapu�-kalasam\nbibhrad valaya-bhll$ita}_,\npita-vasal_,-wearing yellow garments;\nvery\n\nbroad;\n\nmaha-uraskal_,-his chest\n\nsu-mr$!a-ma�i-ku1J4,alab,-whose\n\nearrings\n\nwere\n\nwell\n\npolished and made of pearls; snigdha-polished; kuncita-ke5a-curling\nhair; anta-at the end; su-bhagal_,-separated and beautiful; simhavikramal_,-strong like a lion; amrta-with nectar; ap!l�-filled to the\n\n", "SB8.1#p0338": "314\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatarn\n\ntop;\n\nbibhrat-moving;\n\nkalasam-a jar;\nbh�ita/:t-decorated.\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\nvalaya-with\n\nbangles;\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe was dressed in yellow garments and wore brightly polished\n\nearrings made of pearls. The tips of his hair were anointed with\noil, and his chest was very broad. His body had all good features,\n\nhe was stout and strong like a lion, and he was decorated with\nbangles. In his hand he carried a jug filled to the top with nectar.\nTEXT 34\n\n� � �lftf�n �-=n�tf�oit��j��:\n\n1\n\n�ftftfu �RJ 3TT���Jtr�Cfi II� \\JII\n\"\n\nsa vai bhagavata/:t sii�iid\nV��Jflr amsiimsa-sambhava/:t\ndhanvantarir iti khyiita\niiyur-veda-drg ijya-bhiik\nsa/:t-he; vai-indeed; bhagavata/:t-of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; sii�iit-directly; V�I:W·/:t-of Lord Vi�r.m ; amsa-amsa­\n\nsambhava/:t-incarnation of the plenary portion of a plenary portion;\ndhanvantari/:t-Dhanvantari; iti-thus; khyiita/:t-celebrated; iiyu/:t­\n\nveda-d rk -fu lly conversant in the medical science; ijya-bhiik-one of\nthe demigods eligible to share the benefits of sacrifices.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis person was Dhanvantari, a plenary portion of a plenary\n\nportion of Lord Vi�J,IU. He was very conversant with the science of\n\nmedicine, and as one of the demigods he was permitted to take a\n\nshare in sacrifices.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Madhvacarya remarks:\n\nte�iirh satyiic ciilaniirtharh\nharir dhanvantarir vibhu/:t\n\n", "SB8.1#p0339": "Text 36)\n\nThe Churning of the Milk Ocean\n\n315\n\nsamartho 'py asura�rh tu\nsva-hastiid amucat sudham\nDhanvantari, who was carrying the jug containing nectar, was a plenary\nincarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but although he was\nvery strong, the asuras were able to take the jug of nectar from his\nhands.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�R.5T�Tij�H � �� ���ffl�� I\n�: ij'�t['� � ij((il�t-=1. 11��1 1\ntam alokyasura� sarve\nkalasarh camrtabhrtam\nlipsanta� sarva-vastuni\nkalasarh tarasaharan\ntam-him;\n\nalokya-seeing;\n\nasura�-the demons;\n\nsarve-all of\n\nthem; kalasam-the container of nectar; ca-also; amrta-abhrtamfilled with nectar; lipsanta�-desiring strongly; sarva-vastuni-all objects; kalasam-the jug; tarasa-immediately; aharan-snatched away.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing Dhanvantari carrying the jug of nectar,\n\nthe\n\ndemons, desiring the jug and its contents, immediately snatched it\naway by force.\nTEXT 36\n\n��sij��mr��s�m�\n1\nR�m �T &ft ��IJTI{R�: II�� II\nniyamane 'surais tasmin\nkalase 'mrta-bhajane\nv�aTJ-r:m-manaso deva\nharirh sarar:mm ayayu�\nniyamane-being carried; asurai�-by the demons; tasmin-that;\nkalase-jug; amrta b hajane-containing nectar; v�aTJ-r:m-manasa�-\n\n", "SB8.1#p0340": "[Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n316\n\naggrieved in mind; deva�-all the demigods; harim-unto the Supreme\nLord; sarar:uzm-to take shelter; ayay u�- went\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the jug of nectar was carried off by the demons, the\n\ndemigods were morose. Thus they sought shelter at the lotus feet\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari.\nTEXT 37\n\n�fu ij�;=q�tit�tr ���i� I\n\"'� fflills� er: m�it �tn 11 �\\911\niti tad-dainyam alokya\nbhagavan bhrtya-kama-krt\nrna khidyata mitho 'rtham va�\nsiidhafo.ye sva-mayaya\nltt-m this way; tat-of the demigods; dainyam-moroseness;\nbhagavan- the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nbh rtya ka ma-k rt- who is always ready to fulfill the desires of His servants; rna khidyata-do not be aggrieved; mitha�-by a quarrel;\nartham-to get nectar; va�-for all of you; siidhayi§ye-I shall execute; sva-rnayaya-by My own energy.\nalokya-seeing;\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who always desires\n\nto fulfill the ambitions of His devotees, saw that the demigods were\nmorose, He said to them, \"Do not be aggrieved. By My own energy\n\nI shall bewilder the demons by creating a quarrel among them. In\nthis way I shall fulfill your desire to have the nectar.\"\nTEXT 38\n\nf�: ilif�'tf � ij��ij(1'( I\n31( \\Ci'lt t.� ;r � ;r �flrnl spit II ��II\n\n", "SB8.1#p0341": "Text 40]\n\n317\n\nThe Churning of the Milk Ocean\nmitha/:t kalir abhut te�am\ntad-arthe tar$a-cetasam\naham pilroam aham pilrvam\nna tvam na tvam iti prabho\n\nmitha/:t-among\n\nthemselves;\n\nkali/:t-disagreement\n\nand\n\nquarrel;\n\nabhut-there was; te�am-of all of them; tat-arthe-for the sake of\nnectar; tar�a-cetasam-bewildered in heart and soul by the illusory energy of Vi�:t;Iu; aham-1; pilrvam-first; aham-1; pilrvam-first;\nna-not; tvam-you; na-not; tvam-you; iti-thus; prabho-0 King.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, a quarrel then arose among the demons over who would\nget the nectar first. Each of them said, \"You cannot drink it first. I\nmust drink it first. Me first, not you!\"\nPURPORT\nThis is the symptom of demons. The first concern of a nondevotee is\nhow to enjoy his personal sense gratification at once, whereas the devotee's first concern is to satisfy the Lord. This is the distinction between\nthe nondevotee and the devotee. In this material world, since most people\nare nondevotees, they regularly compete, fight, disagree and war among\nthemselves, for everyone wants to enjoy and satisfy his own senses.\nTherefore, unless such demons become Kr�:t;Ia conscious and are trained\nto satisfy the senses of the Lord, there can be no question of peace in\nhuman society or any society, even that of the demigods. The demigods\nand devotees, however, always surrender to the lotus feet of the Lord,\nand thus the Lord is always anxious to satisfy their ambitions. While the\ndemons fight to satisfy their own senses, devotees engage in devotional\nservice to satisfy the senses of the Lord. The members of the Kr�:t;Ia consciousness movement must be alert in regard to this point, and then their\npreaching of the Kr�:t;Ia consciousness movement will be successful.\nTEXTS 39-40\n\n�so: � �� � «�lttl«�tl:\nijSittl•l\n\n�q�NI'�'4 �:\n\n", "SB8.1#p0342": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n318\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\n�Rf �I..SI� � �� IJII64\\fi(t: I\n��st•R�I1. U� �l�6�e(11'l8�: ll�oll\ndeva� svarh bluigam arhanti\nye tulyayasa-hetava�\nsatra-yaga ivaitasminn\ne$a dharma� sanatana�\niti svan pratyU$edhan vai\ndaiteya jata-matsara�\ndurbala� prabalan rajan\ngrhita-kalasan muhu�\ndeva�-the demigods; svam bluigam-their own share; arhantideserve to take; ye-all of them who; tulya-ayasa-hetava�-who made\nan equal endeavor;\niva-similarly;\nreligion;\n\nsatra-yage-in the performance of sacrifices;\n\netasmin-in\n\nthis\n\nsanatana�-eternal;\n\nmatter;\n\niti-thus;\n\ne$a�-this;\n\ndharma�­\n\nsvan-among\n\nthemselves;\n\npratyU$edhan-forbade one another; vai-indeed; daiteya�-the sons\nof\n\nDiti;\n\njata-matsara�-envious;\n\ndurbala�-weak;\n\nprabalan-by\n\nforce; rajan-0 King; grhita-possessing; kalasan-the jug containing\nnectar; muhu�-constantly.\nTRANSLATION\nSome of the demons said, \"All the demigods have taken part in\n\nchurning the ocean of milk. Now, as everyone has an equal right to\n\npartake in any public sacrifice, according to the eternal religious\n\nsystem it is befitting that the demigods now have a share of the\n\nnectar.\" 0 King, in this way the weaker demons forbade the\nstronger demons to take the nectar.\n\nPURPORT\n\nDesiring to take the nectar, those among the demons who were less\nstrong spoke in favor of the demigods. The weaker Daityas naturally\npleaded on behalf of the demigods to stop the stronger Daityas from\n\n", "SB8.1#p0343": "Text 46]\n\n319\n\nThe Churning of the Milk Ocean\n\ndrinking the nectar without sharing it. In this way, disagreement and\ntrouble arose as they forbade one another to drink the nectar.\n\nTEXTS 41-46\n\n1(6M'IRI� f�: ��<\\TS�R: I\nti'tA��� � q�61{_ 11\\l� II\n��� ��tf��l\nij¥((Wf!ifillt�uf\nijf.h'il�OSfijiWfWf'{ 11\\l�ll\n\nif4�iifwtM�'\\1�Wf�Wh�fl<\\(1{\n\nI\n\n'l��ij��Q;Iitrof��Wf'{ 11\\l �II\n'{ I\n� ij���UI ¥4\\�tij��\niji'iif.h061+t(U(\n��� 11\\l\\lll\n1\nf.hl�tta SfM�('tl(!J�Wit(IJfwt�('{ II'J�II\neR\"i'6NHI�f����l('tliif�l�t\n1\n��m:ij f.fit+«�l4iti{ �: ,,\\1�11\nF���eefle�Ae��)q\n\netasminn antare v��ut£\nsarvopaya-vid iSvarat£\nyo$id-rupam anirde§yarh\ndadhiira paramiidbhutam\nprek$a�iyotpala-syuTTUlrh\nsarvavayava-sundaram\nsamana-kar�bhara�rh\nsukapolonnasilnanam\nnava-yauvana-nirvrttastana-bhiira-krsodaram\nmukhiimodanuraktalijhankarodvigna-locanam\n\n", "SB8.1#p0344": "320\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 8\n\nbibhrat sukesa-bharer:w\nmalam utphulla-mallikiim\nsugriva-kar:t!habharar:w m\nsu-bhujangada-bhi4itam\nvirajambara-samvitanitamba-dvipa-sobhaya\nkiiiicya pravilasad-valgucalac-carar:w-nupuram\nsavrU;la-smita-vik$iptabhru-vilasavalokanail;\ndaitya-yutha-pa-cetal;su\nkamam uddipayan muhul;\netasmin antare-after this incident; v�r:tu/;-Lord Vi�I).u; sarvaupaya-vit-one who knows how to deal with different situations;\niSvaral;-the supreme controller; yO§it-rupam-the form of a beautiful\nwoman; anirdesyam-no one could ascertain who She was; dadharaassumed; parama-supremely; adbhutam-wonderful; prek$ar:tiyapleasing to look at; utpala-syamam-blackish like a newly grown lotus;\nsarva-all; avayava-parts of the body; sundaram-very beautiful;\nsamana-equally adjusted; karr:w-abharar:wm-ornaments on the ears;\nsu-kapola-very beautiful cheeks; unnasa-ananam-a raised nose on\nHer face; nava-yauvana-newly youthful; nirvrtta-stana-breasts not\nagitated; bhara-weight; krsa-very lean and thin; udaram-waist;\nmukha-face; amoda-creating pleasure; anurakta-attracted; alibumblebees; jhankara-making a humming sound; udvigna-from\n\nanxiety; locanam-Her eyes; bibhrat-moving; su-kesa-bharer:w-by\nthe weight of beautiful hair; rna/am-with a flower garland; utphullamallikam-made of fully grown mallika flowers; su-griva-a nice neck;\nkar:t!ha-abharar:tam-ornamented with beautiful jewelry; su-bhujavery beautiful arms; arigada-bhi4itam-decorated with bangles; virajaambara-very clean cloth; samvita-spread; nitamba-breast; dvipaappearing like an island; sobhaya-by such beauty; kancya-the belt on\nthe waist; pravilasat-spreading over; valgu-very beautiful; calatcarar:w-nupuram-moving ankle bells; sa-vrU;la-smita-smiling with\n\n", "SB8.1#p0345": "Text 46)\n\nThe Churning of the Milk Ocean\n\n321\n\nshyness; vik$ipta-glancing; bhru-vilasa-activities of the eyebrows;\navalokanaift-glancing over;\n\ndaitya-yutha-pa-the leaders\n\nof the\n\ndemons; cetaftsu-in the core of the heart; kamam-lusty desire;\nuddipayat-awakening; muhuft-constantly.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�:Q.u, who can counteract any unfavorable situation, then assumed the form of an extremely beautiful woman. This incarnation as a woman, Mohinimiirti, was most pleasing to the mind. Her complexion resembled\nin color a newly grown blackish lotus, and every part of Her body\nwas beautifully situated. Her ears were equally decorated with earrings, Her cheeks were very beautiful, Her nose was raised and\nHer face full of youthful luster. Her large breasts made Her waist\nseem very thin. Attracted by the aroma of Her face and body,\nbumblebees hummed around Her, and thus Her eyes were restless.\nHer hair, which was extremely beautiful, was garlanded with\nmallikii flowers. Her attractively constructed neck was decorated\nwith a necklace and other ornaments, Her arms were decorated\nwith bangles, Her body was covered with a clean sari, and Her\nbreasts seemed like islands in an ocean of beauty. Her legs were\ndecorated with ankle bells. Because of the movements of Her\neyebrows as She smiled with shyness and glanced over the demons,\nall the demons were saturated with lusty desires, and every one of\nthem desired to possess Her.\nPURPORT\n\nBecause of the Supreme Lord's assuming the form of a beautiful\n\nwoman to arouse the lusty desires of the demons, a description of Her\ncomplete beauty is given here.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Eighth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Churning of the Milk\nOcean.\"\n\n", "SB8.1#p0346": "Appendixes\n\n", "SB8.1#p0347": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prahhupada appeared in\n\nt,his world in 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami:, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhakti­\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati:, a prominent devotional scholar and the founder of\nsixty-four Gau�i:ya Ma�has (Vedic institutes), liked this educated young\nman and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\n\nSrila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later (1933) at\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in\n\n1922, Sri:la Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\n'fhakura requested Sri:la Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge\n\nthrough the English language. In the years that followed, Srila Prahhu­\n\npada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad-gitd, assisted the Gau�iya\n\nMa�ha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance, started an English\n\nfortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and checked the\ngalley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and strug­\n\ngled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never\n\nstopped; it is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\n\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion,\n\nthe Gau�i:ya V ai�Qava Society honored him in\n\n194 7 with the title\n\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In 1950, at the age of fifty-four, Sri:la Prabhupada\n\nretired from married life, and four years later he adopted the\n\nvanaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his studies and writ­\n\ning. Sri:la Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of V:rndavana, where he\n\nlived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and\nwriting. He accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At\n\nRadha-Damodara, Srila Prabhupada began work on his life's master­\n\npiece: a mult!volume translation and commentary on the eighteen thou­\n\nsand verse\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (Bhagavata Purary,a). He also wrote\nEasy Journey to Other Planets.\nMter publishing three volumes of Bhagavatam, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncame to the United States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\n\nmaster. Since that time, His Divine Grace has written over forty volumes\n\nof authoritative translations, commentaries and summary studies of the\n\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n\n325\n\n", "SB8.1#p0348": "326\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila\n\nPrabhupiida was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\n\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for Krishna Con­\n\nsciousness in July of 1966. Under his careful guidance, the Society has\ngrown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one\nhundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm communities.\n\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupiida created New V:rndiivana, an experimental\n\nVedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew V:rndavana, now a thriving farm community of more than one thou­\n\nsand acres, his students have since founded several similar communities\nin the United States and abroad.\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\n\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\n\nDallas, Texas. The school began with 3 children in 1972, and by the\n\nbe ginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\n\nSrila Prabhupiida has also inspired the construction of a large inter­\n\nnational center at Sridhiima Mayiipur in West Bengal, India, which is also\n\nthe site for a planned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the\n\nmagnificent K:r�Qa-Balarama Temple and International Guest House in\n\nV:rndiivana, India. These are centers where Westerners can live to gain\n\nfirsthand experience of Vedic culture.\n\nSrila Prabhupiida's most significant contribution, however, is his\n\nbooks. Highly respected by the academic community for their authori­\n\ntativeness, depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks in\nnumerous college courses. His writings have been translated into eleven\nlanguages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972 ex­\n\nclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become the\n\nworld's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and phi­\n\nlosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupiida's most\nrecent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-com­\n\npleted by Srila Prabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali\nreligious classic Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\n,\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupiida\n\nhas circled the globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to\nsix continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupiida\n\ncontinues to write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library\nof Vedic philosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0349": "References\nThe purports of Srimad-Bhagavatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are specifically\ncited in this volume:\n\nBhagavad-gita, 5, 8, 12, 13, 16, 17, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 63, 64, 66, 67, 71,\n75, 80, 83, 85, 87, 89, 91, 93, 95, 97, 100, 102, 104-105, 113, 114,\n\n115-116,158,158-159,160-161,163,169,170,172,174,174-175,\n178,179,191,195,197,200,209, 211, 213,214, 215, 216,219, 239,\n245, 261, 269, 270, 274, 280, 281, 287, 292\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, 104\nBrahma-samhita, 18-19, 76, 93, 111, 184-185, 268-269, 288\nBrahma-vaivarta Purar:w, 61-62\nCaitanya-candrodaya-na!aka, 28\nCaitanya-caritamrta, 28\nGautamiya Tantra, 16, 108\nGopala-tapani Upan�ad, 86\nIsopan�ad, 99, 169\nPadma Purar:w, 165, 199\nSik$�!aka, 20, 218, 221\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 14, 21, 22, 22-23, 44, 46, 65, 87, 93, 95, 98, 101,\n\n111,113-114,116,119,131,133,134,161,162,170-171,172-173,\n176, 198, 199, 215, 280, 304-305\n327\n\n", "SB8.1#p0350": "328\n\nSvetasvatara Upan�ad, 17\nTaittiriya Upan�ad, 67\nV�r:tu Purar:ta, 82\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n", "SB8.1#p0351": "Glossary\nA\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by example.\nArati-a ceremony for greeting the Lord with offerings of food, lamps,\nfans, flowers and incense.\nArcana-the devotional process of Deity worship.\nAsrama-the four spiritual orders of life: celibate student, householder,\nretired life and renounced life.\nAsuras-atheistic demons.\nAvatiira-a descent of the Supreme Lord.\n\nB\nBhagavad-gitii-the basic directions for spiritual life spoken by the\nLord Himself.\nBhakta-a devotee.\nBhakti-miirga-the path of developing devotion to Kr�Qa.\nBhakti-yoga-linking with the Supreme Lord by devotional service.\nBrahmacarya-celibate student life; the first order of Vedic spiritual\nlife.\nBrahman-the Absolute Truth; especially the impersonal aspect of the\nAbsolute.\nBriihmllJ;la-one wise in the Vedas who can guide society; the first Vedic\nsocial order.\n\nc\nCakra-the wheel held by Lord V i�QU.\n\nDevas-demigods.\n\nD\n\nDharma-eternal occupational duty; religious principles.\nDvijas- brahmaiJ-OS.\n\nE\nEkadasi-a special fast day for increased remembrance of Kr�Qa, which\ncomes on the eleventh day of both the waxing and waning moon.\n\n329\n\n", "SB8.1#p0352": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n330\n\nG\nGada-the club held by Lord Vi�f.lu.\n\nGoloka (K_r�l).aloka)-the highest spiritual planet, containing l<.r�f.la's\npersonal abodes, Dvaraka, Mathura and V�ndavana.\n\nGopis-l<.r�f.la's cowherd girl friends who are His most confidential\nservitors.\n\nG:rhastha-regulated householder life; the second order of Vedic spiritual life.\n\nGul).a-avatiiras-the three incarnations of Vi�f.lU who control the three\n\nmodes of material nature; Vi�f.lU controls goodness, Brahma passion\n\nand Siva ignorance.\n\nGuru-a spiritual master.\n\nH\nHare Kr�l).a mantra-See: Malta-mantra\n\nJ\nJiva-tattva-the living entities, atomic parts of the Lord.\n\nJiviitmii-the infinitesimal soul, the living entity.\n\nJiiana-knowledge of matter, spirit and the controller of both.\n\nK\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali)-the present age, which is characterized by\nquarrel. It is last in the cycle of four, and began five thousand years\n\nago.\n\nKaratiilas-hand cymbals used in krrtana.\n\nKarma-fruitive action, for which there is always reaction, good or bad.\n\nKarmi-a person satisfied with working hard for flickering sense\ngratification.\n\nKirtana-chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord.\nKr�l).aloka-See: Goloka\n\n�atriyas-a warrior or administrator; the second Vedic social order.\n\nL\nLilii-avatiiras-innumerable incarnations of the Lord who descend to\nthe material world to display spiritual pastimes.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0353": "Glossary\n\n331\n\nM\nMahajanas-great souls, spiritual authorities.\nMaha-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance:\nHare Kr�l,la, Hare Kr�l).a, Kr�1,1a Kr�l).a, Hare Hare\nHare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nMahat-tattva-the total material energy.\nMantra-a sound vibration that can deliver the mind from illusion.\nManvantara-avatiiras-the Manu incarnations, administrators of the\numverse.\nMathura-Lord Kr�1,1a's abode, surrounding V:rndavana, where He took\nbirth and later returned to after performing His V:rndavana\npastimes.\nMaya-(ma-not; ya-this), illusion; forgetfulness of one's relationship with Kr�1,1a.\nMayavadis-impersonal philosophers who say that the Lord cannot have\na transcendental body.\nMfdailga-a clay drum used for congregational chanting.\nMuni-a great thinker.\n\nN\nNirguJ.Ia-transcendental to the modes of material nature; free from all\nmaterial contamination.\n\np\nPadma-the lotus flower held by Lord Vi�1,1u.\nParamaharilsa-the highest stage of the sannyasa order; a topmost devotee of the Lord.\nParampara-the chain of spiritual masters in disciplic succession.\nPrajapatis-the demigods in charge of populating the universe.\nPrasada-the Lord's mercy; anything first offered to the Lord and then\nutilized by His devotees.\nPuru!ja-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the supreme enjoyer.\n\nR\n.J,l.�jis-great sages.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0354": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n332\n\ns\nSac-cid-iinanda-vigraha-the Lord's transcendental form, which 1s\neternal, full of knowledge and bliss.\n\nSakti-tattva-the various energies of the Lord.\n\nSampradiiya-a chain of spiritual masters.\n\nSailkha-the conchshell held by Lord Vi�l)U.\n\nSankirtana-public chanting of the names of God, the approved yoga\nprocess for this age.\n\nSannyiisa-renounced life; the fourth order of Vedic spiritual life.\n\nSiistras-revealed scriptures.\n\nSravat:�am kirtanam vi�t:�o�-the devotional processes of hearing and\nchanting about Lord V i�l)u.\n\nSruti-mantra-the hymns of the Vedas and Upan�ads.\n\nStotra-a prayer.\n\nSudra-a laborer; the fourth of the Vedic social orders.\n\nSviimi-one who controls his mind and senses; title of one\nrenounced order of life.\n\nm\n\nthe\n\nT\nTantras-Vedic literatures consisting mostly of dialogues between Lord\nSiva and Durga.\n\nTapasya-austerity; accepting some voluntary inconvenience for a\nhigher purpose.\n\nTattvas-the Absolute Truth's multifarious categories.\n\nTilaka-auspicious clay marks that sanctify a devotee's body as a temple\nof the Lord.\n\nv\nVaikut:�lha-the spiritual world.\n\nVai�t:�ava-a devotee of Lord Vi�QU, Kr�l)a.\n\nVaisyas-farmers and merchants; the third Vedic social order.\n\nViinaprastha-one who has retired from family life; the third order of\nVedic spiritual life.\n\nVart:�asrama-the Vedic social system of four social and four spiritual\norders.\n\nVedas-the original revealed scriptures, first spoken by the Lord Himself.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0355": "Glossary\n\n333\n\nViriit-riipa-the all-pervading universal form of the Lord.\nVi�1,1u, Lord-Kr�f.la's first expansion for the creation and maintenance\nof the material universes.\nVi�1,1u-tattva-personal expansions of the Lord which are equal in\npower to Him.\nV:rndiivana-Kr�J'.la's personal abode, where He fully manifests His\nquality of sweetness.\nVyiisadeva-Kr�f.la's incarnation, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, for compiling the Vedas.\n\ny\nYajiia-sacrifice; work done for the satisfaction of Lord Vi�f.lu.\nYoga-the process of linking with the Supreme.\nYogamiiyii-internal spiritual potency of the Lord.\nYogi-a transcendentalist who, in one way or another, is striving for\nunion with the Supreme.\nYuga-avatiiras- the four incarnations of the Lord which appear in the\nfour yugas or millenniums to prescribe the appropriate method of\nspiritual realization for that age.\nYugas-ages in the life of a universe, occurring in a repeated cycle of\nfour.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0356": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\nVowels\n\nl: i ii 3'u �u�rstrr\n�� � e � ai an 31) au\n\na{ a atfa\n\n0\n\n..!. rh\n\n(anusvara)\n\n: }:1 (vi.sarga)\n\nConsonants\nGutturals:\n\nCfi ka\n\n� kha\n\nrr ga\n\n'E:( gha\n\n� Iia\n\nPalatals:\n\n�ca\n\n� cha\n\n�ja\n\n� jha\n\n5{ iia\n\nCerebrals:\n\nG ta\n\n� tha\n\n:S �a\n\nG �ha\n\ntJT !).a\n\nDentals:\n\na ta\n\ntT tha\n\n� da\n\n�dha\n\n;:r' na\n\nLabials:\n\nqpa\n\n�pha\n\nif ba\n\n+{ bha\n\n� rna\n\nSemivowels:\n\nif ya\n\n� ra\n\n� la\n\nqva\n\nSibilants:\n\n:u sa\n\nq �a\n\n�sa\n\nAspirate:\n\n� ha\n\nS\n\n'\n\n(avagraha)\n\n-\n\nthe apostrophe\n\nThe vowels above should be pronounced as follows:\n\na - like the a in organ or the u in but.\na - like the a in far but held twice as long as short a.\n- like the i in pin.\n- like the i in pique but held twice as long as short i.\nu - like the u in push.\nu like the u in rule but held twice as long as short u.\n-\n\n335\n\n", "SB8.1#p0357": "336\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n- like the ri in rim.\n- like ree in reed.\n-like lfollowed by r (lr).\ne -like the e in they.\nai - like the ai in aisle.\no - like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in how.\nrh (anusvdra) -a resonant nasal like the n in the French word bon.\n}:t (visarga) -a final h-sound: ab,is pronounced like aha; ib,like ihi.\n\nt\n\nr\n\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\n\nk - as in kite\nkh-as in Eckhart\ng - as in give\ngh-as in dig-hard\niJ. - as in sing\nc -as in chair\nch- as in staunch-heart\nj -as in joy\n\njh - as in hedgehog\nii - as in canyon\n! -as in tub\n!h - as in light-heart\n� - as in dove\n�ha- as in red-hot\n� -as rna (prepare to say\nthe r and say na) .\n\nCerebrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, but the\n\nfollowing dentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth:\n\nt -as in tub but with tongue against teeth.\nth - as in light-heart but with tongue against teeth.\nd -as in dove but with tongue against teeth.\ndh-as in red-hot but with tongue against teeth.\nn - as in nut but with tongue between teeth.\np -as in pine\n1 -as in �ght\nph-as in uphill (not f)\nv - as in vine\ns (palatal} - as in the s in the German\nb -as in bird\nbh-as in rub-hard\nword sprechen\n� (cerehr:Jl) -as the sh in shine\nm -as in mother\ns -asmsun\ny - asmyes\nr - as in run\nh -as in home\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, only a flow­\n\ning of short and long (twice as long as the short) syllables.\n\n", "SB8.1#p0358": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete listing gf the first and third lines of each of the\nSanskrit poetry verses of this volume of Srimad-Bhagavatam, arranged in English\nalphabetical order. The first column gives the Sanskrit transliteration, and the second and\nthird columns, respectively, list the chapter-verse reference and page number for each\nverse.\n\nA\nabha�ayan maha-deva/1\nabhigarjanti haraya/1\nabhinandya harer viryam\nabh�ecanikii bhiimir\nabhramu-prabhrtayo ·�!au\nabhyab�ata tat sarvam\ntidyas te kathito yatra\nagayata yCISo-dhama\nagnir mukham te 'khila-devatatmti\nagnir mukham yasya tu jata-veda\naham bhavo yiiyam atho 'suradayo\naham giritra$ ca suradayo ye\naham piirvam aham piirvam\nahi-m�ikavad deva\nahindra-sahasra-ka!hora-dpi-mukhaaho bata bhavany etat\nairava(lddayas tv �!au\najasya cakram tv ajayeryamti(Ulm\najata-janma-sthiti-samyamayaajitasya padam sa�aj\najito nama bhagavtin\nakhytisye bhagavan yajno\nakiityam devahiitytim ca\nambhas tu yad-reta udara-viryam\namfltipiiT(Ul-kalasam\namrtotptidane yatna/1\na(tOr ar,timne 'parigar,tya-dhamne\nanta/1-samudre 'nupacan sva-dhatiin\nanvCISi�an vratam tasya\nanvtisma samrajam ivanuga vayam\n\n7.42\n\n278\n\n2.6\n\n45\n\n5.14\n\n152\n\n8.11\n\n295\n\n8.5\n\n289\n\n6.30\n\n231\n\n1.4\n\n6\n\n4.4\n\n124\n\n7.26\n\n264\n\n5.35\n\n183\n\n5.21\n\n157\n\n6.15\n\n220\n\n8.38\n\n317\n\n6.20\n\n224\n\n7.14\n\n254\n\n7.37\n\n275\n\n8.5\n\n289\n\n5.28\n\n173\n\n6.8\n\n208\n\n5.24\n\n164\n\n5.9\n\n149\n\n1.6\n\n7\n\n1.5\n\n6\n\n5.33\n\n181\n\n8.33\n\n313\n\n6.21\n\n225\n\n6.8\n\n208\n\n5.35\n\n183\n\n1.22\n\n32\n\n5.37\n\n185\n\nanyaiS ca kakubha/1 sarod\nanyatra �udra hari¢/1 sCISadayCIS\napanna/1 kawijarim yonim\naparayann atma-vimo�a(le ciram\naparayantas tam IXK/.hum\narayo 'pi hi sandheya/1\narebhire sura yattti\na�/O<;lumbara-pla�air\naruhya prayaya vabdhim\nariipayoru-riipdya\ntisam cakiiropasupar(Ulm enam\nasam pra(Ul-paripsiintim\ntisan sva-paur�e �!e\nasatti cchayayoktaya\ntisid girivaro rajams\ntisinam adrav apavarga-hetos\n�.ttiSiti-sahasrtir,ti\nasura jagrhus tam vai\nathtisid vtirur,ti devi\natha tasmai bhagavate\n\n2.3\n\n42\n\n2.22\n\n54\n\n4.12\n\n130\n\n2.31\n\n63\n\n6.34\n\n234\n\n6.20\n\n224\n\n7.1\n\n242\n\n2.12\n\n49\n\n6.38\n\n237\n\n3.9\n\n82\n\n5.29\n\n175\n\n7.38\n\n275\n\n7.7\n\n247\n\n3.14\n\n90\n\n2.1\n\n41\n\n7.20\n\n259\n\n1.22\n\n32\n\n8.30\n\n311\n\n8.30\n\n311\n\n6.27\n\n229\n\nathdgre r1Clya/:l karmtir,ti\nathodadher mathyamtintit\natindriyam s�mam ivtitidaram\natma-ltibhena piir(ldrtho\n\n1.14\n\n21\n\n8.31\n\n312\n\n3.21\n\n103\n\n1.15\n\n24\n\natmtitma-japta-grha-vitta-jane�u saktair\natmtivtisyam idam viSvam\naty-adbhutam tac-caritam sumarigalam\navaropya girim skandhat\n\n3.18\n\n99\n\naviddha-drk sa�y ubhayam tad-i�ate\navikriyam satyam anantam adyam\nayam ca tasya sthiti-palana-�a(Ul/1\n\n337\n\n1.10\n\n11\n\n3.20\n\n102\n\n6.39\n\n238\n\n3.4\n\n76\n\n5.26\n\n168\n\n5.23\n\n159\n\n", "SB8.1#p0359": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n338\nB\nbddaraya[Ul etat te\nbaddha-vaire�u bhute�u\nba/an 11Ulhendras tri-da.iafl prasdddn\nbali-vindhyadayas tasya\nbhauman re(lun sa vii1Ulme\n\n1.31\n\n37\n\n7.39\n\n276\n\n5.39\n\n187\n\n5.2\n\n144\n\n5.6\n\n147\n\nbhava§ ca jagmatufl svaril svaril\nbh�a�ni vicitrd(li.\nbibhrat sukesa-bhdre[Ul\nbibhrat tad-avartanam ddi-kacchapo\nbhitafl prajd dudruvur ariga sesvard\n\n6.27\n\n229\n\nbhitaril prapannaril paripati yad-bhayan\nbhrai1Ulmd(l0 'mbhasi dhrtafl\nbhruvor yai1Ulfl pa�ma-bhavas tu kalafl\nbhuta-druho bhuta-ga�ms\nbilvaifl kapitthair jambirair\nbrahmiidayafl kim uta sarilstavane\nbrahmii[Ulril ndradam rsiril\nbrahi1Ul-rudrarigiro-mukhyafl\n\n8.16\n\n299\n\n8.44\n\n320\n\n7.10\n\n250\n\n7.19\n\n257\n\n2.33\n\n66\n\n5.10\n\n150\n\n5.42\n\n189\n\n1.26\n\n34\n\n2.14\n\n50\n\n7.34\n\n272\n\n4.20\n\n138\n\n8.27\n\n310\n\nc\ncacala vaktraril sukapola-kuTJ4,alam\ncandoi1Ulyena garru;lena samuhyamana§\ncaranty aloka-vratam avra[Ulril vane\ncaturtha u.ttama-bhrata\nchanddrilsi sd�iit tava sapta dhdtavas\nchdydtapau yatra na grdhra-pa�au\nchdya tv adharmormi$u yair vis argo\ncitra-drui1Ul-surodyana\ncUr[Ulyam dsa 11Ulhata\ncataifl piyalaifl panasair\n\n8.17\n\n300\n\n3.31\n\n117\n\n3.7\n\n80\n\n1.27\n\n35\n\n7.28\n\n265\n\n5.27\n\n171\n\n7.30\n\n267\n\n2.7\n\n46\n\n6.35\n\n235\n\n2.11\n\n48\n\nD\ndadhdra pr$1hena sa la�a-yojanadaitya-yutha-pa-cetaflsu\nda�aya(lir dhari7Ul-patnifl\ndantaiS caturbhifl svetadrer\ndehinamvi$ayartandril\ndeva-deva 11Ulhd-deva\ndevdfl svaril bhdgam arhanti\ndevams ca tac-chvasa-sikhd-hata-\n\n7.9\n\n249\n\n8.46\n\n320\n\n4.22\n\n138\n\n8.4\n\n289\n\n5.47\n\n195\n\n7.21\n\n259\n\n8.39\n\n318\n\n7.15\n\n254\n\n8.26\ndevdnuganaril sastri�ril\ndeva-stri-majjanamoda\n2.8\ndeva vaidhrtayo ndi1Ul\n1.29\ndhanvantarir iti khyata\n8.34\ndhari7Ulfl kvacit tatra na bhuta-sauhrdam 8.21\n\ndhari7Ul-jiianopadesartham\ndhari7UlSya sunrtayamtu\ndhatse yadd sva-drg bhui1Uln\ndhatte 'sya janmddy-ajayatma-saktya\ndhriyama(lO 'pi balibhir\ndhruvaril brahi1Ul-f$in sapta\ndidr�avo yasya padaril sUI7Ulrigalam\ndigibhdfl pur(la-kalaSaifl\ndirgha-pivara-dor-daTJ4,afl\ndiSafl khamrocayann dste\ndra�e�u-rambhd-jambubhir\ndravyaril vayafl kari7Ul gu�n viSesaril\ndmva gata nirvrtam adya sarve\ndr$1vdrin apy asarilyattdli\ndmvasura yatudhdna\ndara-bhdrodvaha-srantafl\ndurba/afl praba/an rajan\ndvararil ca mukter amrtaril ca mrtyufl\ndyaur yasya sirs(lO 'psaraso vihdrdt\ndyui1Ult-s�e[Ul-roci$mat\n\n309\n47\n36\n314\n304\n\n1.5\n\n7\n\n1.25\n\n34\n\n7.23\n\n261\n\n1.13\n\n19\n\n7.6\n\n247\n\n4.23\n\n139\n\n3.7\n\n80\n\n8.14\n\n297\n\n8.32\n\n313\n\n2.2\n\n42\n\n2.13\n\n49\n\n5.43\n\n190\n\n6.13\n\n217\n\n6.28\n\n229\n\n1.17\n\n28\n\n6.34\n\n234\n\n8.40\n\n318\n\n5.36\n\n184\n\n5.40\n\n188\n\n1.19\n\n30\n\n6.17\n\n222\n\nE\neka evesvaras tasmin\nekantino yasya na kancanartham\netad bhagavatafl kari1Ul\netan 11Ulhd-raja taverito 11UlYd\netasminn antare vi$(lufl\netat pararil prapa§yamo\netdvdn hi prabhor artho\nevam di1Ulntrya bhagavdn\nevam drddhanaril vi$(10/:t\nevaril gajendram upavar(lita-nirviSe�aril\nevaril saptvd gato gastyo\nevaril stutafl sura-ga[Ulir\nevaril vimo�ya gaja-yutha-pam\nevaril vimf$yavyabhicari-sad-gu(lair\n\n3.20\n\n102\n\n5.12\n\n151\n\n4.14\n\n134\n\n8.41\n\n319\n\n7.35\n\n273\n\n7.38\n\n275\n\n7.41\n\n278\n\n5.49\n\n198\n\n3.30\n\n114\n\n4.11\n\n130\n\n6.1\n\n204\n\n4.13\n\n132\n\n8.23\n\n306\n\n", "SB8.1#p0360": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nevaril virilicadibhir u;litas tad\nevaril vyavasito buddhya\n\n6.16\n3.1\n\n222\n7l\n\nG\ngajendra-mo�aiJllril pu(lyaril\ngajendro bhagavat-sparsad\ngandharva-siddhasura-ya�a-caraiJll gandharva-siddha-vibudhair\ngangaril sarasvatiril nandaril\ngatdsavo nipatild\ngatiril na sil�mdm �aya5 ca vidmahe\ngava/:1 palica pavitra(li\nghro.i kare(lu/:1 karabhams ca durmado\ngiriril caropya ganu/.e\n\n130\n149\n\n5.34\n\n182\n\niti devan samadiSya\niti mantropani$adaril\niti svdn praty�edhan vai\niti tad-dainyam alokya\n\n6.26\n1.17\n8.40\n8.37\n\n228\n28\n318\n316\n\n5.15\n\n153\n\n245\n\n178\n\n8.11\n\n295\n\niti ti4(1iril sthitan daityan\nittham gajendra/:1 sa yaddpa sarika!aril\nity ab�ya suran vedha/:1\nity adiSya h�ikesa/:1\n\n7.4\n\n5.31\n\n2.23\ngirirh garim(ld parita/:1 prakampayan\n6.37\ngiri-pata-vini$pi$.tdn\ngrahad vipa#ta-mukhad ari(ld gajendraril 3.33\n2.32\ngraheiJll pasena vidhatur avrto\n\n55\n236\n119\n64\n\n1.2\n\n4\n\n7.23\n3.16\n5.44\n\n261\n94\n192\n\nH\n2.16\n6.18\n8.16\n7.2\n1.30\n\n51\n223\n299\n243\n37\n\n1.31\n4.26\n4.12\n5.3\n\n37\n141\n130\n145\n\n3.25\n4.16\n8.27\n1.14\n1.15\n6.37\n\n107\n137\n310\n21\n24\n236\n\nI\nicchami kalena na yasya viplavas\nidam aha hari/:1 prito\nu;lire 'vitathair mantrais\nlhamano hi pur�a/:1\n!hate bhagavan iSo\ni�aya jivayam asa\n\n4.11\n5.8\n\n126\n302\n132\n139\n\n57\n\nhar�ayan vibudhanikam\nhary-arcandnubhavena\nhira(lyaromd vedo.Sira\n\n178\n127\n\n4.6\n8.19\n4.13\n4.23\n\n237\n\nharir yatha gaja-patiril\n\n5.31\n4.7\n\n144\n\n6.38\n\nharilsa-karaT:U;lavakiriJll ril\nhanta brahmann aho sambho\nhararil sarasvati padmam\nhari/:1 purastaj jagrhe\nharir ity ahrto yena\n\nime vayaril yat-priyayaiva tanvd\nindradyumna iti khyato\nindradyumno 'pi rajar�ir\nindro mantradrumas tatra\niSo nnganaril prajana/:1 prajanaril\n\n5.1\n\n2.26\n\ngroanti kavayo brahmarils\nguiJll-mayya sva-saktyasya\ngu(ldra(li-cchanna-cid-�mapaya\ngu(le�U maya-racite�u vrttibhir\n\n339\n\n2.31\n\n62\n\n5.24\n\n164\n\n4.26\n\n141\n\nJ\njagada jimilla-gabhiraya giro\njagur bhadra(li gandharoa\njaitrair dorbhir jagad-abhaya-dair\njajapa paramaril japyaril\njalakukkuta-koy�li\n\n6.16\n\n222\n\n8.12\n7.17\n\n296\n\n3.1\n2.16\n\n7l\n51\n\njald-dharas tapasa apluto 'cyutaril\njijivi$e naham ihamuya kim\njyoti/:1 pararil yatra rajas lamaS ca\njyotirdhamadaya/:1 sapta\n\n4.8\n3.25\n7.31\n1.28\n\n128\n107\n\n2.17\n7.25\n7.26\n\n51\n263\n\n6.19\n3.5\n\n224\n77\n\n5.48\nkalpate pu�asyaiva\nkamadhvara-tripura-kalagarady-aneka- 7.32\n6.6\nkalicikala.pa-valaya8.45\nkalicya pravilasad-valgu5.46\nkarma durvi$aharil yan no\n\n197\n270\n206\n320\n194\n\n4.21\n6.5\n2.4\n8.20\n7.33\n\n138\n206\n43\n303\n271\n\n256\n\n268\n35\n\nK\nkadamba-vetasa-nalakala/:1 kratu/:1 satyam rtaril ca dharmas\nkalaril gatiril te 'khila-devatatmano\nkalenanugrhitais tair\nkalena palicatvam ite�u lqtsna.So\n\nkarmd(ly ananta-pu(lyani\nkar(ldbhara(la-nirbhatakaroti syamala.ril bhilmiril\nkoSin maharils tasya na kama-nirjaya/:1\nkatthanta ugra-par�aril nirataril\n\n264\n\n", "SB8.1#p0361": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n340\nkaustubhdbhara(W.m lak$mim\nkaustubhdkhyam abhrlLi rntnam\nkhebhyas tu chandiimsy l\"$ayo\nkim casi$o raty api deham avyayam\nkim va vi.damesa prthag-vibhdta\nkinnarair apsarobhiS ca\nklesa-bhdjo bhavi$yanti\nklesa-bhury-alpa-sara(ti\nkramukair narikelaiS ca\nkrtam pura bhagavata�\nkrta-sthdna-vibhagas ta\nkrtavan kurute karta\nkrtva vapu� kacchapam adbhutam\nk$etra-jnaya namas tubhyam\nk$iptva k$irodadhau sarva\nk$iroda-mathanodbhutat\nk$irodam me priyam dhama\nk$irodenavrta� sriman\nkubjakai�svar(ta-yuthibhir\nkuk$i�samudra girayo 'sthi-sarighd\nkumudotpala-kahlara\nkundai�kurubakasokai?t\nkvacic cirayur na hi sila-marigalam\n\n6.6\n\n207\n\n8.6\n\n290\n\n5.39\n\n187\n\n3.19\n\n100\n\n6.15\n\n220\n\n2.5\n\n44\n\n6.23\n\n226\n\n5.47\n\n195\n\n2.11\n\n48\n\n1.6\n\n7\n\n7.5\n\n246\n\n1.3\n\n5\n\n7.8\n\n248\n\n3.13\n\n88\n\n6.22\n\n226\n\n7.37\n\n275\n\n4.18\n\n138\n\n2.1\n\n42\n\n2.18\n\n51\n\n7.28\n\n265\n\n2.15\n\n50\n\n2.18\n\n51\n\n8.22\n\n305\n\nL\nlipsanta?t sarva-vastuni\nlobha�karyo na vo jatu\nlobho 'dharat pritir upary abhrlLi dyutir\nlokan amarigala-prayan\nlokasya pa5yato lokam\nloka yato 'thakhila-loka-pala�\n\nmahoragas capi bhayad dravanti\nrna khidyata mitho 'rtham va�\nmallika-satapatraiS ca\nmamanthu� paramam yatta\n\nmanthdnam mandaram krtva\nmathyamanat tathd sindhor\nmathyamane 'r(tave so 'drir\nmatsya-kacchapa-saiicara\nmatsya-kurma-varahddyair\nmatla-$a!-pada-nirghU$fam\nmanvantare harer janma\nmeghd mrdanga-pa(tavamegha-syama�kanaka-paridhi�kar(tamitha� kalir abhut le$dm\n\n7.13\n\n253\n\n8.1\n\n286\n\n1.4\n\n6\n\n2.10\n\n48\n\n5.26\n\n168\n\n6.22\n\n226\n\n7.16\n\n255\n\n7.6\n\n246\n\n2.17\n\n51\n\n4.21\n\n138\n\n2.15\n\n50\n\n1.2\n\n4\n\n8.13\n\n297\n\n7.17\n\n256\n\n8.38\n\n317\n\n7.35\nmrr;lanaya hi lokasya\n7.29\nmukhani paiicopani$adas tavesa\nmuktatmabhi�sva-hrdaye pari bhavitaya 3.18\n4.3\nmukto devala-sapena\n\nmumucu?t kusumasaram\nmunayas tatra vai rajan\nmwtimatya?t saric-chre$!M\nmukhamodanuraktali-\n\n4.1\n\n273\n266\n99\n124\n122\n\n5.8\n\n149\n\n8.10\n\n294\n\n8.43\n\n319\n\nN\n8.35\n\n315\n\n6.25\n\n228\n\n5.42\n\n189\n\n5.19\n\n155\n\n4.5\n\n125\n\n5.33\n\n181\n\nM\nmadhukai�sala-talaiS ca\nmadrk prapanna-pa5u-pasamaha-ma(ti-kiri!ena\nmahendra�slak$(taya vaca\n\nmamanthur abdhim tarasa madotkata\nmamanthus tarasa sindhum\nmanavo 'smin vyatita��\nmandiirai�parijataiS ca\nmano- 'grayanam vacasaniruktam\n\n2.12\n\n48\n\n3.17\n\n96\n\n6.5\n\n206\n\n6.30\n\n231\n\n2.21\n\n54\n\n8.37\n\n316\n\n2.19\n\n51\n\n7.5\n\n246\n\nna bhetavyam kalakU!dd\nnabhir nabhas te svasanam nabhasvan\nruuianta udadhim ninyu�\nnadhyagacchan svayam mantrair\nna grh(timo vayam puceham\nnai$karmya-bhavena vivarjitagamanaite yadapasasrpur nikhilatmakatvat\nnama atma-pradipaya\nnama�kaivalya-nathaya\nnama�santaya ghoraya\nna mam ime jnataya aturam gaja?t\nnama-rupa-vibhedena\nnamas tubhyam anantaya\nnamo giram viduroya\nnamo namas te 'khila-kara(W.ya\nnamo namas tubhyam asahya-vega-\n\n6.25\n\n228\n\n7.27\n\n264\n\n6.33\n\n234\n\n5.17\n\n154\n\n7.3\n\n243\n\n3.16\n\n94\n\n3.30\n\n114\n\n3.10\n\n84\n\n3.11\n\n85\n\n3.12\n\n86\n\n2.32\n\n64\n\n3.22\n\n105\n\n5.50\n\n200\n\n3.10\n\n84\n\n3.15\n\n91\n\n3.28\n\n112\n\n", "SB8.1#p0362": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\n\nnamo 'stu tasma upa5an.ta-saktaye\nndnd-druma-lata-gulmair\nndndrartya-pa5u-vratanana-saktibhir abhatas\nnapa5yan kham diSa/1 �aurtim\nna sarilrambhe(Ul sidhyanti\n�!till kalena yair veda\nna te giri-trakhila-loka-pcilandtitrpyati me cittaril\nndvama/1 karma-kalpo 'pi\nnava-yauvana-nirvrttana vidyate yasya ca janma karma vti\nnayaril gu(Ul/1 karma na san na ctisan\nnayaril veda svam atmanaril\nna yasya deva �aya/1 padaril vidur\n\n5.44\n\n192\n\n2.3\n\n42\n\n2.7\n\n46\n\n7.24\n\n262\n\n6.2\n\n205\n\n6.24\n\n227\n\n1.29\n\n36\n\n7.31\n\n268\n\n5.13\n\n151\n\n5.48\n\n197\n\n8.43\n\n319\n\n3.8\n\n82\n\n3.24\n\n106\n\n3.29\n\n113\n\n3.6\n\n79\n\nna yasyady-antau madhyaril ca\nna yasya kaScatititarti mayaril\nna yasya vadhyo na ca ra�artiyo\nnedur dundubhayo divya\nni/lsattva lolupa rajan\n\n1.12\n\n18\n\n5.30\n\n177\n\n5.22\n\n158\n\n4.2\n\n123\n\n8.29\n\n311\n\nni/ISrikaS cabhavarils tatra\nnipatan sa giris tatra\nnirgu(lliya gurtesaya\nnirmathyamanad udadher abhad v�aril\nnirviSe$liya samyaya\nniSamyaitat sura-ga(lli\n\n5.16\n\n153\n\n6.35\n\n235\n\n5.50\n\n200\n\n7.18\n\n257\n\n3.12\n\n86\n\n5.17\n\n154\n\nniSamya karma tac chambhor\n7.45\nniyamane 'surais tasmin\n8.36\n2.29\nniyudhyator evam ibhendra-nakrayor\nnfii. si�ayantaril nija-vartma-sarilsthitaril 1.16\nnunam tapo yasya na manyu-nirjayo\n8.20\nnyasedhad daitya-rti! s/okya/1\n6.28\n\n281\n315\n60\n26\n302\n\n3.2\n\npauloma-kaleya-balilva/adayo\npavana/1 srfi}ayo yajfiapayodhiril yena nirmathya\npicumardai/1 kovidarai/1\npita-vasa mahoraska/1\npite gare v�anke(Ul\npraja da�ayarti brahma\npro!llid abhad yasya carticara(lliril\nprli(Uli/1 svai/1 prti(lina/1 pcin.ti\npra(Ulmya sirasadhiSam\npra(Ulvaril satyam avyaktaril\nprtirtendriyatmtisu-5arira-keta/l\nprapanndndril didr�u(lliril\nprapanna-pciliiya duranta-saktaye\nprlipto bhagavato rllparil\nprasanna-caru-sarvcitigiril\npraskannaril pibata/1 parter\npre�artiyotpala-syamaril\nprite harau bhagavati\nprthu/1 khyatir nara/1 ketur\npurilsa/1 krpayato bhadre\npllrayaty arthino yo 'rthai/1\npllru-pllrU$a-sudyumnapuTU$liyadi-bljaya\npuTU$liyatma-muliiya\npurvam devas tato 'bhavan\n\n7.27\n\n265\n\n1.33\n\n39\n\n7.1\n\n242\n\n6.11\n\n212\n\n5.4\n\n145\n\n7.14\n\n254\n\n1.23\n\n33\n\n5.10\n\n150\n\n2.13\n\n49\n\n8.33\n\n313\n\n8.1\n\n286\n\n7.45\n\n282\n\n5.37\n\n185\n\n7.39\n\n276\n\n4.4\n\n124\n\n4.22\n\n138\n\n5.38\n\n186\n\n5.45\n\n193\n\n3.28\n\n112\n\n4.6\n\n126\n\n6.4\n\n206\n\n7.46\n\n282\n\n8.42\n\n319\n\n7.40\n\n277\n\n1.27\n\n35\n\n7.40\n\n277\n\n8.6\n\n290\n\n5.7\n\n148\n\n3.2\n\n73\n\n3.13\n7.2\n\n243\n\n88\n\nR\n\n73\n\np\npcidau mahiyam sva-krtaiva yasya\npaficamo raivato nama\npapau nikamam nija-pU$karoddhrtam\nparamaradhanam tad dhi\n\nparavaratrruiSraya(Ulril tavatma\npari�itaivaril sa tu badaraya(li/1\npariviya girau tasmin\npa5yanti yuktti manasa man�i(IO\npatni viku(llha subhrasya\n\n230\n\n0\nom namo bhagavate tasmai\n\n341\n\n5.32\n\n180\n\n5.2\n\n144\n\n2.25\n\n57\n\n7.44\n\n279\n\nrojann uditam etat te\nramartya/1 svargi(llim valguramaya prlirthyamanena\nrafijayanti diSa/1 kan.tya\n�aya/1 kalpayafi cakrur\n�aya5 cara(lli/1 siddhtis\n�es tu veda-sirasas\nrllparil tavaitat puTU$aT$abhejyam\nrilpaudarya-vayo-vaT(Ul-\n\n5.1\n\n144\n\n8.7\n\n291\n\n5.5\n\n146\n\n8.8\n\n292\n\n8.12\n\n296\n\n4.2\n\n123\n\n1.21\n\n31\n\n6.9\n\n210\n\n8.9\n\n293\n\n", "SB8.1#p0363": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n342\n\ns\nsa ciivanijyamiiruir'rghri�\nsa ekadiiriidhana-lro.la iitmaviin\nsa gharma-tapta� karibhi� kare{lubhir\nsahiiyena maya devii\nsaka{ltakam kicaka-ve{lu-vetravad\n\n2.4\n\n43\n\n4.8\n\n127\n\n2.23\n\n55\n\n6.23\n\n226\n\n2.20\n\n53\n\nsamabhyavar�an bhagavad-va5ii ghana\nsamiigatii.s te bahir-antar-iitman\nsamiihitena manasii\nsamii� sahasram vyagaman mahi-pate\nsamiina-kar{ldbhara(Ulril\n\n7.15\n\n254\n\n6.14\n\n218\n\n5.20\n\n155\n\n2.29\n\n60\n\n8.42\n\n319\n\n5ambaro '�tanemi.S ca\nsambhriinta-mirwnmakariihi-kacchapiit\nsampmo bhagaviin evam\nsamudra� pita-kau§eyasarikha-turya-mrdarigiiniiril\n\n6.31\n\n232\n\n7.18\n\n257\n\n5.14\n\n152\n\nsiirikhyiitmana� sii.stra-krtas tave�ii\nsa p�kare{!Oddhrta-sikariimbubhir\nsarit-sarobhir acchodai�\nsaro 'nilam parikaja-re{lu-�itam\nsarva-bhata-suhrd deva\n\n8.15\n\n298\n\n8.26\n\n309\n\n7.30\n\n267\n\n2.26\n\n57\n\n2.8\n\n47\n\n2.24\n\n55\n\n7.36\n\n274\n\n3.15\n\n92\n\nsaroiigamiimnii ya-mahiir(Ulviiya\nsarviimara-ga(Uli� siikam\nsaroam vijiiiipayiim cakru�\nsarvato 'larikrtam divyair\nsarverrdriya-gu(Ul-dr�tre\n\n6.7\n\n207\n\n5.18\n\n154\n\n2.10\n\n48\n\n3.14\n\n90\n\n��haS ca ca��a� putra5\n\n5.7\n\n148\n\nsatrayaga ivaitasminn\nsattvena pratilabhyiiya\nsa tvam rw darsayiitmiinam\nsa tvam vidhatsviikhila-loka-pii lii\n\n8.39\n\n318\n\n3.11\n\n85\n\n5.45\n\n193\n\n6.14\n\n218\n\n1.28\n\n35\n\n1.25\n\n34\n\nsatyalro. harayo virii\nsatyasena iti khyiito\nsatyii vedaSrutii bhadrii\nsa vai bhagavata� sii�dd\nsa vai mahii-pur�a iitma-tantra�\nsa vai na devii.sura-martya-tiryarisa vai purvam abhad riiji\nsa vilokyerrdra-viiyv-ddin\nsa vi.Sva-lro.ya� puru-huta iSa�\nse�am ca mat-kaliim s�miim\n\n1.24\n\n33\n\n8.34\n\n314\n\n5.32\n\n180\n\nsavrU;la-smita-vi�iptii\nsiddha-ciira(Ul-garrdharoair\nsi/iidi-gu(Ul-Sampannii\nsmaranti mama ni.pii{li\nsmayamiirw visrjyagram\nsnigdha-kuiicita-kesiintasobhitam tira-jai.S canyair\nso 'ham vi.Sva-srjam vi.Svam\nsomam marw yasya samiim ananti\nso 'nrtavrata-du�iliin\nso 'nta�-sarasy urubalena grhita iirto\nso 'nukampita iSena\nsri� svii� prajii� sakaru{lena niri�{lena\nsrir va�asa� pitaraS chiiyayii.san\nsrivatsam kaustubham miiliim\nsriyii paramayii j�tam\nsriyiivalokitii devii�\nsrrigii{limiini dh4{1yiini\nSf{lutiivahitii� sarve\nSf{lvaliiril sarva-bhutiiniiril\nsrotrdd di.So yasya hrda§ ca khii ni\nstana-dvayam ciitikr§odari samam\nstutim abni.ta daivibhir\nsucaya� priitar uJthiiya\nsudarianddibhi� svii.strair\nsudarianam piiiicajanyam\nsugriva-ka{lthiibhara(Ulril\nsunandiiyiim var�a-satam\nsurii.surerrdrair bhuja-virya-tJ!?pitam\nsvacchiim marakata-syamiim\n\n8.46\n\n320\n\n2.5\n\n44\n\n8.28\n\n310\n\n4.24\n\n139\n\n7.4\n\n245\n\n8.33\n\n313\n\n2.19\n\n51\n\n3.26\n\n109\n\n5.34\n\n182\n\n1.26\n\n34\n\n3.32\n\nll8\n\n4.5\n\n125\n\n8.25\n\n308\n\n5.40\n\n188\n\n4.19\n\n138\n\n6.29\n\n231\n\n8.28\n\n310\n\n4.18\n\n138\n\n6.18\n\n223\n\n4.16\n\n137\n\n5.38\n\n186\n\n8.18\n\n301\n\n5.25\n\n166\n\n4.15\n\n135\n\n6.7\n\n207\n\n4.19\n\n138\n\n8.44\n\n320\n\n1.8\n\n9\n\n7.10\n\n250\n\n6.3\n\n206\n\n7.3\nsvddhyaya-sruta-sampannii�\n3.17\nsviimsena sarva-tanu-bhrn-manasi\nsvargyam ya5asyam kali-kal� paham 4.14\n1.19\nsviirociso dvitiyas tu\n1.1\nsviiyambhuvasyeha guro\n8.32\nsyiimalas taru(Ul� sragvi\n\n243\n%\n134\n30\n3\n313\n\n3.24\n\n105\n\n4.7\n\n127\n\n5.19\n\n155\n\ntadii deva�i-garrdharvii\n\n4.1\n\n122\n\n1.13\n\n19\n\ntad ugra-vegam di.Si di.Sy upary adho\n\n7.19\n\n257\n\n4.20\n\n138\n\ntad vi�ya vyasanam tiisiril\n\n7.36\n\n274\n\nT\n\n", "SB8.1#p0364": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\ntad v4am jagdhum arebhe\ntais taift svecchii-bhutai rapaift\ntam agni-hotrim �ayo\ntam a�aram brahma param pare5am\ntam alokyasuraft sarve\nlamas tadiisid gahanam gabhiram\ntam bhata-nilayam devam\ntam duratyaya-miihiitmyam\ntam ihamiinam niraharikrtam budham\ntam nirjitatmiitma-gu�J.am paresam\ntiirils tathii bhogna-manaso\ntiirils tathiivasitiin vi�ya\ntam tadvad iirtam upa.labhya jagantam tatra kaScin nrpa daiva-codito\ntam tvam arcanti ku5ala!t\n\n7.41\n\n278\n\n5.46\n\n194\n\n8.2\n\n287\n\n3.21\n\n103\n\n8.35\n\n315\n\n3.5\n\n77\n\n1.11\n\n15\n\n3.29\n\n113\n\n1.16\n\n26\n\n5.30\n\n177\n\n6.36\n\n235\n\n1.18\n\n29\n\n3.31\n\n117\n\n2.27\n\n58\n\n7.22\n\n260\n\n6.13\n\n217\n\n7.9\n\n249\n\n3.33\n\n119\n\n4.9\n\n128\n\n7.3\n\n243\n\n6.4\ntapta-hemiivadiitena\ntapyamanas tapo ghoram\n1.8\n7.44\ntapyante loka-tiipena\ntasmiid idam garam bhunje\n7.40\ntasmii d vrajama!t sara(lam jagad-gurum 5.23\n\n206\n\ntam tviim vayam natha samujjihiinam\ntam utthitam vi�ya kuliicalaril punaft\ntam vi�ya piditam aja!t sahasavatirya\ntam vi�ya t�(lim akrtarha(lddikam\ntan naicchan daitya-patayo\n\n9\n279\n277\n159\n\ntasmii imam siipam adad asadhur\ntasmai nama!t paresdya\ntasmin bali!t $rhiim cakre\ntasmin maiJ.llu sprhiim cakre\ntasmin sara!t suvipulam\n\n4.10\n\n129\n\n3.9\n\n82\n\ntasthau divi brahma-bhavendratasthau nidhiiya nika.te tad-ural! svatasya asanam aninye\ntasya dro(lyiim bhagavato\ntasya!t sriyas tri-jagato janako jananya\n\n7.12\n\n252\n\n8.24\n\n307\n\ntasyam cakruft sprhiim sarve\ntasyam jajne tato devo\ntasyarilsa-desa u5atim nava-kanjatasyanubhiiva!t kathito\ntasyapi dar5ayam asa\ntata airavato nama\n\n8.3\n\n228\n\n8.6\n\n290\n\n2.14\n\n50\n\n8.10\n\n294\n\n2.9\n\n48\n\n8.25\n\n308\n\n8.9\n\n293\n\n1.21\n\n31\n\n8.24\n\n307\n\n5.6\n\n147\n\n7.43\n\n279\n\n8.4\n\n289\n\ntata!t karatali-krtya\ntata!t krta-svastyayarwtpala-srajaril\ntataS ciipsaraso }iitii\ntata5 cavirabhat sii�iic\ntatas tato nupura-valgu sinjitair\ntatas te mandara-girim\ntala ucchaiftSravii nama\ntathiipi lokiipyaya-sambhaviiya yaft\ntathiipi sarga-sthiti-samyamiirtham\ntathiisuriin iiviSad iisureiJ.ll\ntathiituram yatha-patim kare�J.avo\ntathii yato )-am gu�J.a-sampraviiho\ntat-kathiisu mahat pu(lyam\ntato 'bhavat parijata/:1\ntato 'bh44icur devim\ntato brahma-sabhiim jagmur\ntato deviisuraft krtvii\ntato gajendrasya marw-balaujasiim\ntatriid�ta-svarapaya\ntatraikada tad-giri-kiinanasraya/:1\ntatrapi devasambhatyam\ntatrapi jajne bhagaviin\ntatrendro rocanas tv iisid\ntat tasya te sad-asatoft parata/:1 parasya\ntat tv arocata daityasya\ntiivatii vistrta!t paryak\ntayo!t sva-kalaya jajne\nte naga-riijam iimantryn\ntenaiva sahasii sarve\ntena tyaktena bhunjithii\nle$iim antarda dhe riijan\nle$iim avirabhiid riijan\nte$am prii(liityaye caham\nte sunirvi(I�J.a-manasa/:1\nte vairocanim iisinam\ntrahi naft 5ara(liipannarils\ntri-nabhi vidyuc-calam U$!a-nemi\ntrtiya uttamo nama\nIU$.tiiva deva-pravara/:1\ntvam iidir anto jagato 'sya madhyam\ntvam brahma paramam guhyam\n\n343\n7.42\n\n278\n\n8.17\n\n300\n\n8.7\n\n291\n\n8.8\n\n292\n\n8.18\n\n301\n\n6.33\n\n234\n\n8.3\n\n288\n\n3.8\n\n82\n\n5.22\n\n158\n\n7.11\n\n251\n\n2.28\n\n59\n\n3.23\n\n105\n\n1.32\n\n38\n\n8.6\n\n290\n\n8.14\n\n297\n\n5.18\n\n154\n\n6.32\n\n233\n\n2.30\n\n60\n\n5.25\n\n166\n\n2.20\n\n53\n\n5.9\n\n149\n\n1.30\n\n37\n\n1.20\n\n31\n\n7.34\n\n272\n\n6.31\n\n232\n\n2.2\n\n42\n\n5.4\n\n146\n\n7.1\n\n242\n\n6.2\n\n205\n\n1.10\n\n11\n\n6.26\n\n228\n\n6.1\n\n205\n\n4.25\n\n141\n\n7.7\n\n247\n\n6.29\n\n231\n\n7.21\n\n259\n\n5.28\n\n173\n\n1.23\n\n32\n\n6.7\n\n207\n\n6.10\n\n212\n\n7.24\n\n262\n\n", "SB8.1#p0365": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n344\ntvam eka� sarva-jagata\ntvam mayayatmd.i'rayaya svayedaril\ntvam sabda-yonir jagad-adir alma\ntvaya sankathyamanena\ntvayy agra asit tvayi madhya asit\n\n7.22\n\n260\n\n6.11\n\n212\n\n7.25\n\n263\n\n5.13\n\n151\n\n6.10\n\n211\n\nu\nudat�than maharaja\nuddrpayan deva-ga(tdms ca �(tur\nudyamam paramam cakrur\nudyanam rtuman nama\nupary adhaS catmani gotra-netrayo�\nupary agendram giri-ra4 ivanya\nurja-stambhadaya� sapta\nilrvor vU;l ojo 'nghrir aveda-sudrau\nut�ipya sambuja-karam giram aha\nutthayapara-ratrante\nuvaca vipra� pratinandya parthivam\nuvacotphulla-vadano\n\n8.31\n\n312\n\n7.11\n\n251\n\n6.32\n\n233\n\n2.9\n\n48\n\n7.13\n\n253\n\n7.12\n\n252\n\n1.20\n\n31\n\n5.41\n\n188\n\n3.32\n\n118\n\n4.24\n\n139\n\n1.33\n\n39\n\n5.20\n\n155\n\nv\nvaiku(l!ha� kalpito yena\nvas�tha-tanaya� sapta\nvarul)a� srajam vaijayantim\nvavre varam sarva-gul)air ape�itam\nvetra-kicaka-ve(tilnam\nvibhur indra� sura-ga(td\nvicukru5ur dina-dhiyo 'pare gaja�\nvigahya tasminn amrtambu nirmalam\nvihartu kamas tan aha\nvijMya bhagavaril.s tatra\nvik�yama(tasya jale 'vasidato\nvilokayanti niravadyam atmana�\nvilokya tam deva-varam tri-lokya\nvilokya vighne5a-vidhim tadesvaro\nvipa.Scitam pral)a-mano-dhiyatmanam\nvipravamanta viSatam tamisram\nvipro mukhad brahma ca yasya guhyam\nvirajambara-samvitavirakta� kama-b/wge$U\nviriiico bhagavan d�!vd\nviryam na puril.so 'sty aja-vega-�krtam\n\n5.5\n\n146\n\n1.24\n\n33\n\n8.15\n\n298\n\n8.23\n\n306\n\n4.17\n\n138\n\n5.3\n\n145\n\n2.28\n\n59\n\n2.25\n\n57\n\n6.17\n\n222\n\n6.36\n\n236\n\n2.30\n\n60\n\n8.19\n\n301\n\n7.20\n\n258\n\n7.8\n\n248\n\n5.27\n\n171\n\n4.10\n\n129\n\n5.41\n\n188\n\n8.45\n\n320\n\n1.7\n\n8\n\n6.3\n\n206\n\n8.21\n\n304\n\n8.36\n\nv�a(tl)a-manaso deva\nvisrjya rajyam tapase\nviSvasyamuni yad yasmad\nviSvatmanam ajam brahma\nvrka varaha mah�ar�a-salya\nv,.Scikahi-v�a�adhyo\nvrta� sva-yilthena �arditena tat\nvyanadayan sarikha-ve(tU-\n\n315\n\n1.7\n\n8\n\n1.12\n\n18\n\n3.26\n\n109\n\n2.22\n\n54\n\n7.46\n\n282\n\n2.24\n\n56\n\n8.13\n\n297\n\n7.43\n\n279\n\ny\nyac cakara gale nilam\nyac-ca�ur asit tara(tir deva-yanam\nyada cope�ita la�mya\nyada durvasa� sapena\nyad-artham va yata5 cadrim\n\n5.36\n\n184\n\n8.29\n\n311\n\n5.16\n\n153\n\n5.11\n\n150\n\nyada sudha na jayeta\n7.16\nyada yuddhe 'surair deva\n5.15\nyad-durvibhavyam prabhudhapabadham 5.43\nyad-gandha-matrad dharayo gajendra\n2.21\nyadrcchayaivam vyasanam gato gajo\n2.27\nyadrcchaya tatra maha-ya5a muni�\nyad yasminn antare brahman\nye eka-varl)am tamasa� param tad\nya� kaScaneso balino 'ntakoragat\nya� svatmanidam nija-mayayarpitam\nyajfUJ.sya deva-yanasya\nyamai� parivrto devair\nyam dharma-kamartha-vimukti-kama\nyam pa.Syati na pa.Syantam\nyasminn idam yataS cedam\nyas tv anta-kala idam atma-krtam svayasya brahmddayo deva\nyasya pitasya vai jantur\nyasyavataramsa-kala-visarjita\nyata danava-daiteyais\nyatha bhagavata brahman\nyathagnim edhasy amrtam ca go$U\nyatha hi skandha-sakhanam\nyatha na!asyakrtibhir vice$!ato\nyathamrtam surai� praptam\nyathanukirtayanty etac\n\n4.9\n\n255\n153\n190\n54\n58\n128\n\n1.3\n\n5\n\n5.29\n\n175\n\n2.33\n\n66\n\n3.4\n\n76\n\n8.2\n\n287\n\n1.18\n3.19\n\n100\n\n29\n\n1.11\n\nIS\n\n3.3\n\n75\n\n7.32\n\n270\n\n3.22\n\n105\n\n6.21\n\n225\n\n5.21\n\n157\n\n6.19\n\n224\n\n5.11\n\n150\n\n6.12\n\n214\n\n5.49\n\n198\n\n3.6\n\n79\n\n5.12\n\n150\n\n4.15\n\n135\n\n", "SB8.1#p0366": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nyatharc�o 'gne� savitur gabhastayo\nyatra sarilgita-sannddair\nyatra vi.Sva-srjam sargo\nyatra yatrottama.Sioko\nyatrobhayam kulra ca so 'py amarigala�\nyat tac chivakhyam paramatma-tattvam\nyayau jalanta utsrjya\nye m6.m stuvanty anendriga\nye mam tvam ca sara$ cedam\nyena cetayate vi.Svam\n\n3.23\n\n105\n\n2.6\n\n45\n\n1.1\n\n3\n\n1.32\n\n38\n\n8.22\n\n305\n\n7.29\n\n266\n\n6.39\n\n238\n\n4.25\n\n141\n\n4.17\n\n138\n\n1.9\n\n10\n\nye tv atma-rama-gurubhir hrdi\nyogair manu,�ya adhiyanti hi tvam\nyoga-randhita-karrnd�\nyogena dhata� saha nas tri-lokiin\nyogino yam prapo.Syanti\nyo jagarti sayane 'smin\nyo�Ul-rapam anirdesyam\nyo 'smat parasmdc ca paras\nyo 'sau graha� sa vai sadya�\nyayam tad anumodadhvam\n\n345\n7.33\n\n271\n\n6.12\n\n214\n\n3.27\n\n110\n\n6.9\n\n210\n\n3.27\n\n110\n\n1.9\n\n10\n\n8.41\n\n319\n\n3.3\n\n75\n\n4.3\n\n124\n\n6.24\n\n227\n\n", "SB8.1#p0367": "General Index\nNumerals in boldface type indicate references to translations of the verses of Snmad­\n\nBhagavatam.\n\nAge of Kali. See: Kali-yuga\nAgni\nas fire,264\nas Lord's mouth, 264\nas Sviiroci�a Manu's father, 30\nAgn* sarva-devata�\nquoted, 264\nAgriculture. See: Cow protection; Food;\nVaiSyas\nAham adir hi devanam\nquoted, 97\nAham blja-prada� pita\nquoted, 89,261\nAham sarvasya prabhava�\nquoted, 97\nA ham tvaril. sarva-piipebhyo\nverse quoted, 160\nAir(s)\nin body wheel, 174\nfrom God, 186\nliving entities sustained by, 186\nas Lord's breathing, 265\nAiraval).a, 290\nAiravata (elephant king), 289\nAjamila, NarayaQ.a's name saved, 72,83,197\nAjo 'pi sann aryayatma\nverse quoted, 209\nA kama� sarva-kamo va\nverse quoted, 93, 101,198\nAkiiti, 7, 8\nAla�yaril. sarva-bhutanam\nquoted, 16\nAmara ajiiiiy a guru hana tara' ei desa\nverse quoted, 28\nAnadir adir govinda�\nverse quoted, 19,76,93\nA�-ja, defined, 180\nAr:u;lantara-stha-paramdiJ.u-cayantara-stham\nquoted, 16, 97\nAnejad ekaril. manaso javiyo\nverse quoted, 169\n\nA\nAbh4eka ceremony\nfor goddess of fortune, 299\ningredients for, 299\nAbhramu, 290\nAbhyutthanam adharmasya\nverse quoted, 87,195,209,281\nAbrahma-bhuvanalloka�\nquoted, 163\nAbsolute Truth\nLord as, 19,20, 175\nas personal, 74\nspiritual master sees, 211\nSee also: Reality; Supreme Lord\nAcarya. See: Spiritual master, all entries\nAcintya-bhedabheda, defined, 19\nActivities\nfruitive. See: Fruitive activities\nof l<f�Q.a. See: Incarnations of the Supreme\nLord; Pastimes of the Supreme Lord\nin l<f�l).a consciousness, 22\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 22, 85\nActivities, material\nbondage to, 22,25\nimpersonalist falls to, 134\nspiritual activities vs., 22,85\nby Vi�l).u via Siva, 261\nSee also: Fruitive activities; Karma\nAdarsanan marma-hataril. karotu va\nquoted, 218\nAdhikaril. yo 'bhimanyeta\nverse quoted, 14\nAditya-var�ril. tamasa� parastdt\nquoted, 78\nAdvaita, Lord, as Caitanya's associate, 173\nMrican devotee in Mayapura, 24\nAgastya Muni\ncurse by, as benediction, 122-123,130\nlndradyumna neglected, 129, 130\nquoted on lndradyumna, 129-130\n\n347\n\n", "SB8.1#p0368": "348\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nAnger as self-defeating, 227\nAilgira, 31 o\nAnimals\non higher planets, 45\nhumans under bodily conception as, 98,\n162\nmaterialists as, 46\nin milk ocean disturbed, 253, 257\npoisonous, drank poison, 282-283\nof Trikiita Mountain, 45, 4 7, 52-56\nSee also: names of specific animals\nAnimal slaughter\ndevotees shun, 305\nin Kali-yuga, 215\nnatural reactions to, 296\npeace prevented by, 296\nby sectarian religionists, 304, 305\nsociety ruined by, 296\nAnnihilation of the universe\nas darkness, 78\nli� entities at, 10, l l\nby Siva, 260,270\nAnte IU'irayar:w-smrti�\nquoted, 197\nAnukulyena kmui.nuverse quoted, 104\nAnyabhili4ita-sunyam\nquoted, 86,126\nverse quoted, 104\nApareyam itas tv anyam\nverse quoted, 174\nAppearance of the Supreme Lord (descent)\nat Dvapara-yuga's end, 160\nin Kali-yuga as devotee, 172-173\nby Lord's will, 194, 195\npurposes of, 25,66,87,159,160,195,\n210,281\nas sunlike, 205\nas transcendental, 83, 210\nSee also: Avatiiras; Incarnations of the\nSupreme Lord\nApsaras, 44\nin heavenly planets, 291\nfrom Lord's universal form, 188\nfrom milk ocean, 291\n\n�yas,149\n\nAriidhandndm sarve�am\nverse quoted, 199\nAra�i wood, living entities compared to, 95\nArcana. See: Deity worship of the Supreme\nLord\n\nArcanam vandanam diisyam\nverse quoted, 21\nArcanii-paddhati, defined, 126\nArcira, 184\nArciradi-vartma, defined, 184\nArcye V�(UlU silii-dh*\nquoted, 73\nAri�tanemi, 232\nArjuna, 19\nJ(r�Q.a instructed, 27\n�Q.a VB., 17\nArjuna, son of Raivata Manu, 145\nArtist, Lord compared to, 79\nArto jijiiiisur artharthi\nverse quoted, 63\nAruhya krcchrer:w param padam tata�\nquoted, 134\nAruru�or muner yogam\nverse quoted, 23\nAsamsayam samagram mam\nverse <J.U oted, 105\nASrama(s)\nas battle positions, 61,62\nof lndradyumna, 128\nSee also: Grhastha; Sannyasa\nAsuras. See: Atheists; Demons; Nondevotees;\nRak�asas\nASvamedham gavalambham\nverse quoted, 61-62\nAta� pumbhir dvija-sre�tha\nverse quoted, 22\nAthavii bahunaitena\nverse quoted, 97\nAtheist(s)\nCreator denied by, 110\nas demons, 244\ndevotee's worship misunderstood by, 74\nHir&Q.yaka8ipu as, 179\nincarnations of God enlighten, 87\n_\n\n", "SB8.1#p0369": "General Index\nAtheist(s)\nLord bafll.es, 112, 179\nin passion and ignorance, 179\n\nSee also: Demons\nAtma\ndefined,116\nSee also: Living entity; Soul\nAto grha-�etra-sutapta-vittair\nquoted, 113-114\nAtom, Lord within, 16, 97\nAttachment, material\nLord free of, 192, 193\nas Lord's concealing energy, 112\nSee also: Bodily conception of life; Desires,\nmaterial\nAusterity (Austerities)\nas essential, 287\nbylndradyumna,128\nby Svllyambhuva Manu,9\nAuthority (Authorities)\nBrahmll as,211\nhearing about the Lord from,167\nLord as,66, 115\nLord revealed via, 167, 170-171\nVedas as, 36, 167\nSee also: Disciplic succession; Mahiijanas\nAva��vas. See: Atheists; Nondevotees\n\nAvajiinanti miim miU;lhii/:l\nquoted, 83, 100, 167\nAvatiira(s)\ngu�-. 157, 262\nsaktyiivesa-, 260\ntypes of, four listed, 4\n\nVibhu as,32\nSee also: Appearance of the Supreme Lord;\nIncarnations of the Supreme Lord\nAvidya. See: Ignorance\n\nB\nBalasya neha sara�m pitarau nrsimha\nverse quoted,65\nBali, son of Raivata Manu,145\nBali MahArAja\ndemigods approached,229-231\n\n349\n\nBali Maharaja\n\n_\n\nas demon king, 230-231, 312\nlndra's truce proposals accepted by,232\nUccail)Srava claimed by,288\nBattle of Kuruk�etra, Bhagavad-gitii spoken\nat, 161\nBeing, living. See: Living entities; Souls, conditioned\nBhadras,33\n\nBhagavad-gitii\nSee also: Bhagavad-gitii, cited; Bhagavadgitii, quotations from\nas auspicious,38-39\ndemons misinterpret,245\nfollowing,recommended,25, 27\nas Kr�1.1a's instructions, 25, 26-27, 27, 245\nas Lord's surrender request, 160\nvalue of,164\nBhagavad-gitii, cited\non Lord and living entities, 5, 113\non material energy as insurmountable, 178\non maya energy, 213\non seeing God, 16\nBhagavad-gitii, quotations from\non conditioned souls, 25\non cow protection, 215, 287\non death, 67\non demigod worshipers,274\non demons, 245\non devotee, 25, 67\non devotional service, 21, 85, 197\non fools mocking God, 100\non incarnations of God, 66\non karma-yoga, 23\non knowing �1.1a as liberation, 80\non �J.la as original god, 97\non �J.la conscious yoga, 105\non Kr�1.1a remembering everything, 17\non living entities as Lord's parts and parcels, 89\non living entities in body machines, 13\non living entity under material energy,175\non Lord above modes of nature, 200\non Lord and nature as father and mother,\n\n89\n\n", "SB8.1#p0370": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n350\n\nBhagavad-gitci, quotations from (continued)\n\non Lord as all-pervading,97, 170, 214,269\non Lord as basis of everything,75\non Lord as body's knower, 12, 89\non Lord as death, 179\non Lord as equally disposed, 158\non Lord as father of all,261\n\non Lord as source of all,93\non Lord enlightening devotees,95\non Lord in heart, 17,91, 102,170,172,\n175\non Lord's activities as transcendental,83\non Lord's appearance (descent), 87, 195,\n209\non Lord's detachment,270\n\non Lord's mission in world, 159,281\non Lord supplying all needs,281\non Lord vs.living entities, 169,219\non Manu in disciplic succession, 12\non material world as miserable,163\non nature under Lord's direction,89,91,\n170,213,239\non peace formula,292\non pious people taking to devotional service,63, 216\non preaching, 280\non remembering �l}a,71-72\non sacrifice,charity, austerity, 287\non sages rejecting material world, 191\non saintly kings in disciplic succession, 8\non soul above bodily conception, 162\non spiritual master, 211\non supreme controller,67\non surrender to �l}a, 160-161\non transcendental realization, 114\non work for Vi�l}u,22,24\non world under Lord's direction, 191\non yogis in devotion as best, 100\nBhagavan.See: Supreme Lord\nBhagavatam. See: Srimad-Bhagavatam\nBhaktas. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord,\n\nall entries\nBhakti. See: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord; �l}a consciousness\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, quoted on pure\ndevotional service, 104\n\nBhaktir asya bhajanam\nquoted,86\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura,quoted on\nmind,23\nBhaktivinoda 'fhakura\nquoted on the creation,45\nsongs of, 167\nBhakti-yoga. See: Devotional service to the\nSupreme Lord; �l}a consciousness\n\nBhaktyaham ekaya grahya/:t\nquoted, 104,215\n\nBhaktya mam abhijandti\n\nquoted,21,85, 215\nBhavani\nas Dak�a's daughter,282\nas Siva's wife,259, 275, 277, 278\n\nBh�asmad agniS candra.S ca\nverse quoted,67\n\nBh�asmad vata/:t pavate\nverse quoted, 67\n\nBhogaiSvarya-prasaktanam\nquoted, 293\n\nBhoktaram yajiia-tapasam\nquoted, 22\nverse quoted, 292\n\nBhramayan sarva-bhatani\n\nverse quoted, 102,174\nBhiitarayas,145\n\nBijam mam sarva-bhatanam\n\nquoted, 89\nBirds, Garul,la chief of,238-239\nBirds in tree,soul and Supersoul in body compared to,17\nBirth,types of,four listed,157, 180\nBirth and death,repeated\nsurrender stops,90\nas wheellike, 174\nBliss\nLord as,209\npure devotees in, I 03\nin sarikirtana, 104\nBodily conception of life\nas animalistic,98,162\ncondemned, 162\nliving entity in,113\nphilosophers in, 162\n\n", "SB8.1#p0371": "General Index\nBodily conception of life\nscientists in, 162\nsurrender dispels, 114\nSee also: Duality, material\nBody, material\nas desire machine, 13\nfire in, 183\nas incomprehensible, 191\nkarma causes, 13, 23, 172,210\nas mortal, 67\nproprietors of, two listed, 89,219\nas punishment, 25\nsoul and Supersoul in, 12,13\nsoul vs., 116,162-163\nspiritualization of, 73,80,126\nas wheel-like, 17 4\nBody of the Supreme Lord\nbeauty of, 208\ncosmos as, 20\ndemigods dazzled by, 205-206,208\nas eternal, 5-6\npurifying power of, 126\nas sunlike, 205\nas transcendental, 210\nSee also: Form of the Supreme Lord; Universal form of the Supreme Lord\nBrahma, Lord, 299\nas authority, 211\nBrahman beyond, 270\nas creator, 260\nas demigods' chief, 122, 125, 142,156\ndemigods sought help of, 155,156\ndisciplic succession from, 170-171,194,\n211\nas fallible, 306\nas gu�-avatara, 157,262\nLord above, 73, 74, 78,103, liS, 157,\n180,201,220\nLord honored by, 208,252\nfrom Lord's universal form, 187\nManus in day of, 5, 6\npassion mode controlled by, 201\nas a post, 30\nprayed to the Supreme Lord, 166-200,\n209-214,217,219-220\nquoted on the Supreme Lord, 157,209\n\nBrahma, Lord\n\n351\n\nas saktyavesa-avatara, 260\nSiva beyond, 273\nSiva praised by, 282\nat Svetadvipa, 164,166\nVaiku1,1�ha seen by, 147\nBrahma-bhatal,l prasanndtmd\nverse quoted, 114\nBrahmacari, Vibhu as, 32\nBrahmajyoti\ndefined, 268\nimpersonalists enter, 269\nSee also: Brahman effulgence\nBrahmaloka\ndefined, 83\nSee also: Brahmajyoti; Brahman effulgence\nBrahman (impersonal Absolute)\nbeyond Brahma, 270\ndefined,270\nbeyond lndra, 270\n�1,1a above, 23\nas Parabrahman's effulgence, 262\nVi�1,1u disinterested in, 270\nSee also: Brahmajyoti; Brahman effulgence\nBrahman, Supreme\nLord as, 82\ntranscendentalist realizes, 114\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nBrahma� (intellectuals)\nas dvijas, 220\nGayatri mantra for, 220\nfrom Lord's universal form, 189\nmantra recitation for, 135-136\nBrahman effulgence\nimpersonalists aspire to, 87, 134\nimpersonalists fall from, 134\nas transcendental, 268\nSee also: Brahmajyoti; Brahman (impersonal Absolute); Liberation\nBrahman platform, devotee on, 114\nBrahma-samhita, quotations from\non bhakti-yogi seeing �1,1a, 111\non �1,1a as cause of all causes, 19,76,93\non Lord's effulgence, 269\non sun, 184-185\non surabhi cows, 288\n\n", "SB8.1#p0372": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n352\n\nBrahma-sampradaya,171\n\nBrahma satyaril jagan mithya\nquoted, 134\nBrahma-vaivarta Purd.r_ul, quoted on sannyasa\nin Kali-yuga, 62\nBrahmayan sarva-bhatani\nverse quoted, 13\nBrahmins. See: BrahmaT.UJS\nBuddha, Lord, as incarnation of God,87\nBuddhists as sectarian, 304\nBuilding construction, material vs. spiritual,\n\n13-14\n\nButter clarified. See: Ghee\n\nc\nCaitanya-candrodaya-n(i!aka, quoted on Lord\nCaitanya, 28\nCaitanya-caritamrta\nas auspicious, 38-39\ncited on �Q.a conscious song, 167\nquoted on preaching �Q.a consciousness,\n\n28\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nassociates of, 173\nas ecstasy's example, 104\n\nfollowing, recommended, 27, 28\n\nas God, 173, 221\n\nHare �Q.a mantra delivered by, 221\n\nKali-yuga enlightened by, 28, 161, 162\nas merciful to fallen souls,104\nmission of, 67\nin pure devote role, 27\nsarikirtana started by,161\nas sannyasi, 62\nSarvabhauma cautioned,62\nsurrender taught by, 160\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, quotations from\n\non chanting the Lord's holy names, 217,\n\n221\n\non devotee's pure vision, 218\non God's names,20\non position and duty, 62\non preaching �Q.a consciousness, 28\non sarikirtana, 162, 221\nCak�u, 148\n\nCa�ur unmilitaril yena\nverse quoted,16, 108\nCandra,115\nCar accidents in Western countries, 65\nCir&Q.as, 44\nas fallible,302\nLak�mi-NarayaQ.a honored by,\n309\nCaste system. See: Var�rama-dharma\n\nCatur-vidha bhajante mdril\nverse quoted, 63\nCeto-darpaiJil.-mdrjanaril\nquoted, 162, 163\n\"Chance\" theory of creation as demoniac, 237,\n\n239\n\nChanting the Lord's holy names\nAjAmila saved by, 72, 197\nfor Kali-yuga, 217\n\nby pure devotee, 103\n\nas sole shelter, 217, 221\n\nSee also: Hare �Q.a mantra; Sarikirtana\nChariot wheel\nbirth and death compared to,1 74\nbody compared to,174\n\nCharity as essential, 287\n\nChayeva yasya bhuvanani bibharti durga\nquoted, 91\nChristians as sectarian, 304\nCintamar;�i-prakara-sadmasu\nquoted, 72\nCintlimarJ.i prayer recommended, 72\nCivilization human\ncow vital for, 295\nin illusion, 65\nmilk neglected by,215\nmodern, shortens life, 215\nSee also: Society, human\nClouds personified honored goddess of fortune,297\nCommunism, spiritual vs. material, 12, 13\nConditioned souls. See: Souls,conditioned\nConstruction, building, material vs. spiritual,\n\n13-14\n\nCosmic manifestation. See: Creation, the; Material world; Universe\n\n", "SB8.1#p0373": "General Index\nCow\nin civilization vital, 295\ndemons misuse, 244\nghee from, 286,287\n\nproducts from, five listed, 295\nprotection of. See : Cow protection\nslaughter of. See: Animal slaughter\nsurabhi. See: Surabhi cows\nCow protection\nas essential, 215\n\nHare �!)a movement promotes, 244\nLord advocates, 295\nmilk supply dependent on, 287\n\nscriptures recommend, 288\nas vaiSya's duty, 295\nin van:uJ,§rama-dharma., 295\nCreation, the\nrests on Lord's lotus feet, 180\ntheories of, two listed, 237\nas variegated, 45\nfrom water, 181\n\nSee also: Material world; Universe\nCrocodile\nGajendra attacked by, 58-61,63,64\nGajendra captured by, ll8\nGajendra saved from, 37,38\nas Gandharva, 123,124\nas Hiihti, 124\nLord killed, ll8\nmaterial life compared to, 98,132\nmaya compared to, 61\ntime compared to, 68\nwater helped, 61\nCurse\nby Agastya on lndradyumna, 129-130,\n131\nby Devala on Hiihii, 124\nby devotees as benediction, 122-123\nby Durviisa on lndra, 154\nby muni 's son on Parik�it, 165\nby sages as benediction, 122-123, 124-125\n\nD\n\nDaityas\nJaya and Vijaya as, 147\n\n353\n\nDaityas\nas SukrilcArya's disciples, 224\nweak vs. strong, 318-319\nSee also: Demons\n\nDaivi hy e�il gu�mayi\n\nquoted, 15\nDak�a, 31\ndaughter of, 282\nas prajilpati, 220\nDak�a-yajiia, 271\nDattatreya, Lord, 87\nDdya-bhak defined, 133\nDeath\ndevotee surpasses, 67\nas fearsome, 67-68\nas invincible, 165,305\nLord as, 67,179,305\nLord feared by, 67\nremembering Lord at, 197\nsalvation from, 67-68\nDehino 'smin yath4 dehe\nverse quoted, 163\nDeity worship of the Supreme Lord (arcana)\nabh�eka ceremony in, 299\natheists misunderstand, 74\nby devotee, 25\nspiritual power of, 126\nas transcendental, 74\n\nDemigods\nBali approached by, 229-231\nBrahmil heads, 122, 125, 142, 156\nBrahma's help sought by, 155, 156\nduring a.k�u� Manu, 149\nwith demons in truce expedition, 233-238\ndemons vs., 153, 156, 201,224,\n226-227,230-233,237,243,\n245 , 246, 248-249\ndevotees as, 165\nDurviisil cursed, 153\nfunction of, 115\nGajendra bypassed, ll5,ll7\nGayatri mantra for, 220\ngoddess of fortune blessed, 310-311\nin goodness, 178, 179,251\nhuman beings vs., 45,47-48\n\n", "SB8.1#p0374": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n354\nDemigods (continued)\n\nlamented nectar theft, 316\n\nLord above, 78,79,115,157,169,178,\n\n179,201\n\nDemons\n\ndemigods vs., 153,156, 201,224,\n226-227,230-233,237,243,\n\n245,246,248-249\n\nLord advised, in demon battle, 224-228\n\ndevotees vs., 83,165,249,317\n\nLord favors, 160,232\n\nHare :Kr�1,1a movement vs., 244\n\nLord consoled, 316\n\nLord honored by, 122,123,132-133,\n252,310\nLord relieved, 255\n\ngoddess of fortune frustrated, 311\n\nLord baffies, 179,232\n\nLord denied by, 237,239\n\nLord misunderstood by, 249\n\nLord revived, 236,251\n\nLOrd pacified, 246\n\nfrom Lord's universal form, 187\n\nMandara Mountain smashed, 235-236\n\nLord's body dazzled, 205-206,208\nMandara Mountain smashed, 235-236\nmilk ocean as playground of, 45\n\nmilk ocean churned by, 242,246,253,\n255,286,312\nmoon sustains, 182,183\n\nLord revived, 236,251\n\nmilk ocean churned by, 242,246, 253,\n255,286,312\nMohini captivated, 321\n\nnectar stolen by, 315,316\nin passion, 251\n\nprayed to the Lord, 117,123\n\nqualifications of, 245\n\nduring Raivata Manu, 145\n\nquoted on nectar, 317,318\n\nprayed to Siva, 260-268,270-273\n\nSiva's help sought by, 258-261, 271\nsun-god heads, 184\n\nsurrender to the Lord, 317\n\nduring Svaroci�a Manu, 31\nat Svetadvipa, 164,166,167\n\nduring Tamasa Manu, 36\n\nat Trikiita Mountain, 44-45,45,47,\n47-48,49\n\nduring Uttama Manu, 33\nViisuki disturbed, 255\nVedas protected by, 36\nas world welfare workers, 156\nworship toward, 274\nworship toward, vs. Vi�1,1u worship, 199\nSee also: names of specific demigods\nDemocracy as failing, 9\nDemons\nBali heads, 230-231,312\nBhagavad-gitd misinterpreted by, 245\n\n\"chance\" theory by, 237,239\nchurning positions protested by, 243,246\ncows misused by, 244\nwith demigods in truce expedition,\n233-238\n\nquarreled over nectar, 317,318- 319\nsuffering misunderstood by, 248\n\nsurabhi cow neglected by, 288\n\nsurrender shunned by, 67,245\n\ntime initially favored, 224\n\nVaru1,1i claimed by, 312\n\nVasuki weakened, 254\nVedas rejected by, 238\nweak vs. strong, 318-319\n\nworld disturbed by, 156\nSee also: Atheists; Non devotees\nDesires\ndevotional service fulfills, 101,\n\n198\n\nLord fulfills, 93,101,198\nfor opulences, 293\n\nparijata flower fulfills, 291\n\nDesires, material\nbody according to, 13\ndemigod worship for, 274\nLord free of, 26\nSiva above, 272\n\nSee also: Attachment, material; Lust\n\nDetachment. See: Renunciation\nDevahiiti, 7,8\n\n", "SB8.1#p0375": "General Index\nDevala �i\ncurse by,as benediction, 122\nHiihii cursed by, 124\n\nDevare� sutotpattim\nverse quoted, 62\n\nDevas\ndefined, 165\nSee also: Demigods; Devotees of the\nSupreme Lord\nDevasambhiiti,149\n\nDevaUl\n\ndefined,36\nSee also: Demigods\nDevotee(s) of the Supreme Lord\nanimal slaughter shunned by,305\non Brahman platform,114\nconditioned souls taught by,276\ncurse by,as benediction,122-123\ndanger as mercy to,119\ndeath surpassed by,67\nDeity worship by,25\nas demigods,165\ndemons vs.,83,165,249,317\ndepends on the Lord,132\nduty of,25,276\nas equally disposed,81\nas fortunate,293-294\ngoddess of fortune blesses,309\nHare _Kr�1,1a mantra for, 25\nin Hare �1,1a movement,61\nimpersonalists vs.,134\nkarma tolerated by,133\nkarmis vs., 196, 309\nin knowledge,132\nliberation for,133-134\nLord enlightens,96\nLord favors,158,165,232\nLord played part of,173\nLord protects,67\nLord seen by,211\nLord's form enchants,194,195\nat Lord's lotus feet,81\nLord's mercy on,131\nLord's will understood by, 237-238, 249\nmantras vital for,72\n\n355\n\nDevotee(s) of the Supreme Lord\nnondevotees vs., 317\nas preachers, 81\nas propertyless,15\npure vision of,218\nreligionists vs.,305\nsalvation awaits,119\nsin avoided by,136\nsuffering counteracted by,276\nsuffering understood by,249\nas surrendered souls,112,317\ntolerates reverses,131,132\nas transcendental,165\nVedas accepted by,238\nas world welfare workers,156\nSee also: Pure devotees of the Supreme\nLord; names of specific devotees\nDevotional service to the Supreme Lord\n\n(bhakti-yoga)\nas chanting and dancing,104\ndesires fulfilled by,101,198\nas duty, 219\nfruitive activities vs.,22,110\nimpersonalists neglect,134\nin Kali-yuga avoided,216\nliberation by,24\nLord known by, 21,85-86,103-104,215\nLord seen by,215\nas Lord's mercy, 215\nMayavii.dis misunderstand,95\nas necessity, 221\npious people eligible for, 216\npure,22,104,114\npurifying power of,213\nqualifications for,216\nremembering �1,1a by,72,131\nvia spiritual master,215,219\nas transcendental,86, 165\nvalue of, 197\nas yoga's perfection,100\nDhanvantari\nbeauty of,313, 314\ndemons stole nectar from,315\ndress of,313, 314\nas medical scientist,314\n\n", "SB8.1#p0376": "356\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nDhanvantari (continued)\n\nfrom milk ocean,312-314\nas nectar carrier,315\nDharma as religion demigod,34\nDharma. See: Religion, Varr:uJSrama-dharma\n\nDuty\n\nDharma� svan�thita� purilsdril\n\ndevotional service as, 219\nof Hare ��Q.a movement,162,219\npleasing ��I)a as,22\npreaching as,162\nDviipara-yuga,Lord appeared in,160,172\n\nDharma-sarilsthdpaniirthaya\n\nDva supa11Jd sayuja sakhaya samdnaril\nvrk$am pa�asvajiite\n\nDhira defined,176\n\nDvau bhuta-sargau wke 'smin\n\nverse quoted,305\n\nverse quoted,159, 281\n\nDhruva Maharaja\nLord blessed,102, 126\nLord seen by,198, 218\n\nDhyiiniivasthita-tad-gatena manasii pa§yanti\nyam yoginaiJ\n\nquoted,79, Ill\nDictatorship in near future,9\nDisciples. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\nDisciplic succession (s)\nfromBrahma,170-171,194, 2ll\nnumber of, 276\nsaintly kings in,8\nfrom Siva, 276\nSee also: Authority\nDisease,cow killing causes, 296\nDistress. See: Suffering\nDraviQa province,127\nDream(s)\nbad,136\nmaterial life as,ll,177\nof Dhanvantari,313, 314\nof the Lord,208\nDuality,material\nLord free of,18\nSee also: Bodily conception of life\n\nDu�khalayam a.Sasvatam\n\nquoted, 191\nDurga,goddess,199\nDurvasa Muni,lndra cursed by, 153-154\n\n�krti\n\ndefined,66\nSee also: Atheists; Demons\n\n�fa mana! tumi kisera va�(lava?\nquoted, 23\nDuty\nof devotees,25, 276\n\nquoted,17\n\nverse quoted,165\n\nDvijas as brahma(UIS, 220\n\nE\nEarth planet\nfood from,216\nin universal perspective, 52\nEarth to earthen pot,Lord to creation compared to,75,212\nEconomic development as needless, 14\nEducation,godless,as demoniac,244\nEffulgence,Brahman. See:Brahman\neffulgence\nElements,material\nin body wheel,174\nLord manufactures,13-14\ntypes of,five listed,14,180\n\nSee also: names of specific elements\n\nElephants\ngoddess of fortune bathed by,297-298\nlndradyumna as,130, 131\nas less intelligent,130\nfrom milk ocean,289, 290\nElephants,King of. See: Airiivata; Gajendra\nEnemies\netiquette among,off battlefield,230\ninternal and external,165\ntruce logic among,225\nEnergy, material\nas insurmountable,177\nSee also: Elements,material; Maya;\nNature,material\nEnergy (Energies) of the Supreme Lord\nas all-pervading,269\ncosmos rests on, 75,77\n\n", "SB8.1#p0377": "General Index\n\nEnergy (Energies) of the Supreme Lord\nexternal, 213, 261, 292\n\nillusory, covers conditioned soul, 113\nas limitless, 107, 112\nLord's work done by, 170, 193\nmaterial vs. spiritual,20, 21\n\nSeeauo:A!aya; Yogamaya\nEnjoyment, material, objects of, three listed,\n\n293\n\n357\n\nForm of the Supreme Lord\nas transcendental, 209\nSeeauo: Body of the Supreme Lord; Universal form of the Supreme Lord\nFortune, goddess of. See: Goddess of fortune\nFruitive activities\n\ndevotional service excels, 22\n\nfreedom from, no\n\nEntity,individual. See: Living entity\n\nSeeauo: Activities, material\nFruitive workers. See: Karmis; Materialists\n\nEvaril parampard-prdptam\n\nFruits of Trikfi!a Mountain, 49-50,52\n\nquoted, 8\n\nG\n\nF\n\nGadildhara as Caitanya's associate, 173\nFamily\nof elephant king, 58\nlndradyumna renounced,128\nSeeauo: Grhastha\nFear\nof death, 68\nof elephant king by animals, 54\nFire\nAgni as,264\nin body, 183\nLord compared to, 220\nas Lord's mouth, 183,264\n\nmaterial life compared to, 276\n\nGajapati. See: Gajendra\nGajendra (elephant King)\nchanting about, recommended, 135-136\ncrocodile attacked,58-61,63,64\ncrocodile captured,118\ndemigods bypassed by,115,117\nas fearsome,54\nfl.ower shower for,122\nHari saved, 37,38\n\nhearing about, recommended, 135\nhumility of, 111\n\nin illusion, 58\nas lndradyumna, 71, 72, 123, 127\n\nin ocean, 183\n\nas intoxicated,56\n\npdrijdta, 291\n\nLord liberated,126,132\nLord rescued,117,118,120\n\nfor sacrifices, 95, 183, 264\nFlowers\nof Trikuta Mountain, 49-50,52,56\nFlower shower\nfor Lak�mi-Nilrilylll;la, 310\nfor the Lord, 252\nfor the Lord and Gajendra, 122\nFood\nfrom earth, 216\nfire digests,183\nfrom milk, 216\nmoonshine sustains,182, 183\nForm of the Supreme Lord\ndevotees eager to see, 194, 195\nimpersonal vs. personal, 194\nas lotuslike, 194\n\nin lake bath, 57-58\n\nLord's shelter sought by, 63,64\n\nin meditation on the supreme,71, 72, 73\nas merciful, 55\npast life of, 72, 123, 127\nprayed to the Lord,73,75,77-79,81,\n82,84-86,88,90,92,94-96,\n99,101,103,106-107,\n108-110,112,113,118\nquoted on Supreme Lord, 73\nsdrupya-mukti attained by, 126,132\nsurrendered to �J;la, 66,75,96-97,\n\n102\nat Trikuta Mountain, 53,56\nwater weakened,61\n\n", "SB8.1#p0378": "358\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\nGandharva(s), 44\ncrocodile as, 123,124\n\nGoddess of fortune\nas Lord's consort, 298,307-308,\n\n308-309\n\nas fallible, 302\ngoddess of fortune served by, 296\nHiihii reinstated as, 124, 125\nLak�mi-NarayaQ.a honored by, 309\nLord honored by, 123, 132-133\nGaQ.esa, 199\n\nas Lord's property, 292,293,294\nfrom Lord's universal form, 188\nmaterialists frustrated by, 294\nfrom milk ocean, 292, 300,302\nfrom NarayaQ.a, 293,300,302\n\nGanges River served goddess of fortune, 294\n\nopulence from, 293, 298,308\n\nGaiija as poisonous, 279\n\nquoted on living entities as controlled, 303\nsages served, 296\n\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�Q.u, Lord as, 97,213\nGarul,la\nas bird king, 238-239\nas Lord's carrier, 117,120, 133,142,\n176,236,237\n\nsvayariwara ceremony for, 302\nas transcendental, 300\nVaikuQ.tha pleased, 146\n\nLord sent away, 238\n\nYamuna served, 294\nGoddess of learning, 299\n\nMandara Mountain carried by, 237-238\n\nGodhead. See: Spiritual world; Supreme Lord\n\nas snake eater, 239\n\nGod realization\n\nas Vasuki's natural enemy, 239\n\nGautamiya Tantra, quoted on spiritual\nmaster, 16, 108\nGayatri mantra\nfor brahma1:U15, 220\nfor demigods, 220\n\nabove self-realization, 23\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord; Kr�Q.a consciousness\n\"Gods.\" See: Demigods\nGold\nMandara Mountain made of, 235\n\nas Lord's bodily layers, 266\n\non Trikiita Mountain, 43\n\nGems from milk ocean, 228,291\n\nGoodness, mode of\ndemigods in, 178, 179, 251\n\nGhee\nfrom cow, 286,287\n\nin Kali-yuga lacking, 162\n\ndefined, 286\n\nas knowledge, 176\n\nfor sacrifices, 286-287,287\n\nas maintenance, 160\nVi!IQ.U controls, 201\n\nGoal of life. See: Life, goal of\nGod. See: Supreme Lord\nGoddess of fortune\nabh4eka ceremony for, 299\nas all-attractive, 293, 294\nbeauty of, 293,298,300,301\nas chaste, 298\ndemigods blessed by, 310-311\ndemons frustrated by, 311\ndevotees blessed by, 309\nelephants bathed, 297-298\nGandharvas chanted for, 296\nGanges served, 294\nhusband of, 307\nlndra served, 294\n\nGopiila-tapani Upani$ad, quoted on\nnai$karmya, 86\nGopis, beauty of, 48\nGovernment\nmodern, doomed, 9\nspiritual responsibility of, 36\n\nGavindam iidi-pu�am tam aham bhajami\nquoted, 92\nGreed\nas Lord's concealing energy, 112\nfrom Lord's universal form, 190\n\nGrhastha\nsex life for, 62\nSee also: Family\n\n", "SB8.1#p0379": "General Index\nGrhe satrum api praptam\nquoted, 230\nGu�-avatara, Brahma as, 157� 2 62\nGul)dms ca �ams ca mune tyatita\nquoted, 82\nGurws. See: Modes of material nature\nGuru. See: Spiritual master\nGuru-kr��-prasiide pdya bhakti-lata-blja\nquoted, 215\n\nH\nHappiness\nfruitive activities lack, 22\nvia the Lord, 218\nin material world absent, 108,163\nSee also: Bliss; Enjoyment, material\nHare Kr�I.J.a mantra\nCaitanya delivered, 221\nfor devotees, 25\nas essential, 72\nfor Kali-yuga, 161-162, 221\nliberation by, 83\npotency of, 20,161-162\nsiistras recommend, 20\nas song in Hare �I.J.a movement, 167\nSee also: Chanting the Lord's holy names;\nNames of the Supreme Lord;\nSariklrtana movement\nHare �I}.a movement. See: Kr�I.J.a consciousness movement\nHarer ndma harer nama\nverse quoted, 217,221\nHari, Lord, Gajendra saved by, 37, 38\nHaridasa 'fhakura, imitating, condemned, 23,\n24\nHarimedhii, 37\nHarim vind naiva mrtim taranti\nquoted, 115\nHaril;li, 37\nHaris, 36\nHavi�man, 149\nHearing about the Supreme Lord\nby pure devotee, 103\nseeing Lord vs., 167\n\n359\n\nHearing about the Supreme Lord\nsins absolved by, 144\nfrom Vedic authority, 166, 167\nHeaven, King of. See: lndra, King\nHeavenly planets\nanimals on, 45\nApsaras in, 291\nelevation to, 287\nlandscape of, 45\nfrom Lord's universal form, 188\nresidents of. See: Demigods\nwomen beautiful in, 47-48\nHell, Yudhi�thira saw, 136\nHetundnena kaunteya\nverse quoted, 170,213\nHindus as sectarian, 304\nHirai.J.yakasipu\nas usura, 165\nas atheist No. 1, 179\nas educated demon, 244\nNrsimhadeva killed, 179,305\nHirai.J.yak�a\nJaya as, 148\nas Variiha's opponent, 148\nHirai.J.yaromii, 145\nHoly name of the Lord. See: Chanting the\nLord's holy names; Hare �I.J.a mantra;\nNames of the Supreme Lord; Supreme\nLord, appropriate entries\nHouseholders. See: Family; Grhastha\nHrd-vag-vapurbhir vidadhan namas te\nverse quoted, 133\nHiihii, King\nas crocodile, 124\nDevala cursed, 124\nGandharva status regained by, 124, 125\nLord merciful to, 124, 125\nprayed to the Lord, 124\nHuman being(s)\nanimalistic, 98\ndemigods vs., 45,47\nin Kali-yuga degraded, 216,295-296\nopulences desired by, 293\npious, turn to God, 63,216\ntypes of, three listed, 101\n\n", "SB8.1#p0380": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n360\n\nHuman being(s) (continued)\ntypes of,two listed,165\nSee also: Living entites; Souls,conditioned\nHuman society. See: Society,human\nHuxley,Thomas,in bodily conception of life,\n162\n\nI\nIgnorance\nliving entity in,108\nLord dispels,95\nLord free of,172\nspiritual master dispels,108\nworld in,108\nSee also: Illusion\nIgnorance,mode of\natheists under,179\nas darkness,176\nas destruction,160\nLord incomprehensible via,111\nSiva controls,201\nVasuki in,251\nIk�vAku,King,12\nIllusion\ncivilization in, 65\nconditioned soul in, 113,292\nelephant king in,58\nSee also: Maya\nllvala,254\nImam vivasvate yogam\nverse quoted, 12,17\nImmortality, nectar for,226\nlmpersonalists. See: MAyAvAdis\nlncarnation(s) of the Supreme Lord\natheists enlightened by,87\nas Caitanya, 67,80, 221\nas eternal,210\nfollowing,recommended,27,28\nfor Kali-yuga, 173\nas�J;Ia,67\nLord revealed by, 80\nManus as,30\nMarici as,31\nin modes of nature,158, 159\nas Mohini,321\n\nlncarnation(s) of the Supreme Lord\nnine listed,195\nas numberless,87,195,210\npurposes of, 66\nas�acandra,67,80,82,210\nsastras verify,4,195\nseven sages as,30\nas transcendental, 100,147\ntypes of,four listed,4\nby will of the Lord,194, 195\nas woman,321\nas wonderful,194, 195\n\nSee also: Appearance of the Supreme Lord;\nAvataras; names of specific incarna­\n\ntions\nlndra,King,ll5\n\nBali concurred with,232\nBrahman beyond, 270\nDurvasA cursed,153-154\ngoddess of fortune served by,294\nLord honored by,252\nfrom Lord's universal form,187\nMantradruma as,149\nas a post,30\nRocana as,31\nSatyajit as,33, 34\nTrisikha as,36\nVibhu as,145\nVi�l,lUas,30\nlndradyumna,King\nAgastya cursed, 129-130, 131\nAgastya neglected by,129,\n130\nausterities by,128\ncurse as blessing to, 131\nin ecstatic worship,128,129\nas elephant,130, 131\nGajendra as,71, 72,123,127\nrenounced family,128\nsalvation attained by, 123\nIndriyarthan vimr:u;lhatma\nverse quoted, 23\nIndustry,big,condemned,216\nInternational Society for i(r�J;Ia consciousness.\nSee:�1,1a consciousness movement\nIntoxication of elephant king,56\n\n", "SB8.1#p0381": "361\n\nGeneral Index\n\nIrreligion\nas Lord's shadow, 267\nfrom Lord's universal form, 188\nIsavasyam idam sarvam\nquoted, 13\nISKCON. See: Kr�1.1a consciousness movement\n\nIsopan�ad\n\nquoted on Lord's purity, 99\nquoted on Lord's supremacy, 169\nIsvara defined, 260,303\n\nIsvara!l paramafl kmr.afl\n\nquoted, 97,303\nverse quoted, 19,76, 93\n\nIsvarafl sarva-bhutiiniiril\n\nquoted, 79, 98\nverse quoted, 13, 102, 174\n\nIto nrsirilhafl parato nrsirilho\nquoted, 72\n\nJ\n]anmddy asya yatafl\nquoted, 92, 180\n\n]anmddy asya yato 'nvayiid itarata$ ciirthe$V\nabhijnafl sva-riit\nquoted, 172,180\n\n]anma karma ca me divyam\n\nquoted, 83\nverse quoted, 80\nJariiyu-ja defined, 180\nJaya and Vijaya, KumAras cursed, 147-148\nJaya as HiraJ;Iylk�a, 148\nJayadeva Gosvami, quoted on Lord's incarnations, 27\n]iva. See: Living entity; Soul; Souls, conditioned\n\n]iva-bhutiiril mahii-baho\nverse quoted, 174\n\n]iva-tattva defined, 106\n]Tiiina. See: Knowledge\n]Tiiina-cak,su,m� defined, 16\n]nanis\n\nas impractical, 23\nVasudeva known by, ultimately, 88\nSee also: Mayavadis; Philosophers\nJyotirdhama, 36\n\nK\nKailiisa as Siva's abode, 259, 289\n\nKalau nasty eva nasty eva\nverse quoted, 217,221\n\nKaler do$a-nidhe riijann\n\nverse quoted, 161, 162\nKaleya, 254\nKali, goddess, 199\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali)\nanimal slaughter in, 215\nCaitanya enlightened, 28, 161\nchanting the Lord's names for, 217\nas contaminated, 161\ndevotee incarnation for, 172-173\ndevotional service avoided in, 216\nduration of, 161\nHare Kr�J;Ia mantra for, 162,221\npeople degraded in, 216,295-296\nsankirtana saves, 161\nsannyiisarisky in, 62\nspiritual master merciful to, 136\nsurrender difficult in, 160\nsymptom of, 215\nKama defined, 111\n\nKamais tais tair hrta-jiiiinifl\n\nquoted, 116,274\nKamsa as educated demon, 244\nKapila, Lord\nas Devahuti's son, 7, 8\nsubjects taught by, 7\n\nKarma\n\nbody according to, 13,23, 172,210\nas destiny law, 280\ndevotee tolerates, 133\nliving entities under, 210\nLord above, 210\nSee also: Activities, material; Fruitive activities\nKarma-bandhana defined, 23\n\nKarma� daiva-netreJ;W.\nquoted, 13,172\n\nKarma-yoga, Bhagavad-gitii recommends,\n\n23\n\nKarmendriytiT:�i sarilyamya\nverse quoted, 23\n\n", "SB8.1#p0382": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n362\n\nKarmis (fruitive workers)\ndevotees vs., 196, 309\nHare �!}.a movement disliked by, 196\nSee also: Materialists; Nondevotees\nKaSyapa, 246, 312\nKaustubha-mal}.i, 291\nKesava dhrta-buddha-sarira\nquoted, 27\nKesava dhrta-karma-sarira\nquoted, 249\nKesava dhrta-mina-sarira\nquoted, 27, 195\nKesava dhrta-nara-hari-nlpa\nquoted, 27\nKesava! tuya jagat vicitra\nquoted, 45\nKetu, 35\nKhyati, 35\nKilling, animal. See: Animal slaughter\nKing(s)\nin disciplic succession, 8\n\n�!}.a, Lord\nmission of, 66\n\nin Vp1davana, 288\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord, all entries\n�!}.a consciousness\n\nas life's purpose, 281\n\nmantras sustain, 72\n\nas na�karmya, 85\npeace by, 317\n\npreaching. See: Preaching �Qa consciousness\nsociety needs, 317\nvalue of, 72\nas welfare work, 280\n\nyoga in, 105\n�Qa consciousness movement\nbooks published by, 38\n\nCaitanya's blessing on, 104\ncow protection promoted by, 244\ndemons vs., 244\n\nduty of, 162,219\n\nLord compared to, 159\n\nGod known via, 21\n\nspiritual responsibility of, 36\n\nleaders of, advised, 162\n\nsaintly vs. sinful, 8-9\n\nkarmis dislike, 196\n\nKing of heaven. See: lndra, King\n\nmayavs., 61\n\nKing of the elephants. See: Airiivata; Gajendra\n\nmembers of, advised, 61,317\nmessage of, 26-27,292\nmilk promoted by, 244\nas nonsectarian, 199\n\nKinnaras, 44\n\nKirtana. See: Otanting the Lord's holy names;\nSarikirtana movement\nKirtanad eva kmUJ.Sya\nquoted, 161, 162\nverse quoted, 161\nKnowledge\nin Bhagavatam complete, 52-53\ndevotee in, 132\ngoodness as, 176\nvia the Lord, 211\nperfect and imperfect, 46\nvia spiritual master, 16\nof VAsudeva as perfection,\n\n88\n\nKrishna. See: �!}.a, Lord; Supreme Lord\nKrishna consciousness. See: �!}.a consciousness\n\nKr�i-go-ra�ya-vd�Jijyam\nquoted, 287\n\nopulence of, 196\nprogress of, 196\npurpose of, 85-86, 162\n\nsannyasis in, 39\nsongs in, 167\nSee also: Sarikirtana movement\nKr�TJ.a-var�Jam tv�a.kr�TJ.am\nverse quoted, 172\nK�atriyas\nfrom Lord's universal form,\n189\nSee also: Kings\nK�etra-jiiam capi mam viddhi\nquoted, 12,89,169,219\nJ4irodaka8ayi Vi�J;�u, Lord as, 97\nK�itir iti vipulatare tava t�!hati pmhe\nquoted, 249\n\n", "SB8.1#p0383": "General Index\nKumaras, Jaya and Vijaya cursed by, 147-148\nKuntidevi, quoted on �Q.a within and without, 16\nKuru�etra, Battle of, Bhagavad-gitii spoken\nat, 161\nKurus, PAQ.Q.avas vs., 230\n\nL\nLalc.�mi, goddess. See: Goddess of fortune\nLamentation of demigods after nectar theft,\n316\nLand personified, served goddess of fortune,\n295\nLaws of nature\nsociety under, 15\n\nSee also: Karma; Nature, material\nLearning, goddess of, 299\nLiberation\nby chanting Hare �Q.a, 83\nby devotional service, 24\nby following J(r�Q.a's instructions, 25\nof Gajendra by the Lord, 126\nimpersonal vs. personal, 134\nby knowing �Q.a, 25,72,80,94,98\nvia the Lord, 261\nvia sun-god, 184\nLife\naim of, 177\ngoal of, 68,216,218\nmilk prolongs, 215\nin modern civilization short, 215\nperfection of, 191\nspecies of. See: Species of life\nsuccess in, 27\nin VaikuQ.�a, 298\nwater sustains, 181, 182\nLife, material\nas crocodilelike, 98, 1 32\nas dream, 11,177\nas firelike, 276\nspiritual life vs., 163\nLions of Trilc.ii�a Mountain, 45\nLiving entities\nair sustains, 186\nat annihilation of universe, 10,11\n\n363\n\nLiving entities\nin bodily conception, 113\nclasses of, two listed, 237\nas controlled, 303, 304, 305\nas dependent, 180,303\nas eternal, 5,6,108\nas fallible, 306\nin ignorance, 108\nkarma above, 210\nLord as source of, 157,180\nLord directs, 91,101-102\nas Lord's parts and parcels, 25,89-90,108,\n113\nLord vs., 5-6,10, 11,15, 17,169-170,\n172,180,210,219,221,237,304\nin maya, 91\nmodes of nature above, 95, 304\nnature above, 174\ntypes of, four listed, 157, 180\nwater sustains, 181, 182\nSee also: Human beings; Soul; Souls, conditioned\n\nLobha\n\ndefined, 111\nSee also: Greed\nLocana dasa 'fhalc.ura, 167\nLokilolc.a Mountain, 147\nLord Caitanya. See: Caitanya Mahaprahhu\nLotus feet of the Supreme Lord\ncosmos rests on, 180\ndevotees at, 8 1\nsages aspire to, 81\nas shelter, 62,63\nLove of God\nreligion as, 305\nas sole satisfaction, 198\nLust\nas Lord's concealing energy, 112\nfrom Lord's universal form, 190\nSee also: Desire, material; Sex life\n\nM\nMadhvacarya\nquoted on Dhanvantari and demons,\n314-315\n\n", "SB8.1#p0384": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n364\nMadhvacarya (continued)\nquoted on Vi�I,lU and Siva, 258\n\nMahajaoo(s)\n\ndefined, 170\nnumber of, 170\nSukadeva as, 46\nSee also: Authorities; Disciplic succession\n\nMahdjano yeoo gata� sa pantha�\nquoted, 46\n\nMaha-mantra. See: Olanting the Lord's holy\nnames; Hare J(nll,la mantra\nMaharaja Parik�it. See: Parik�it MahArAja\nMahAraja Yudhi��hira. See: Yudhi��a\nMaharaja\n\nMahat-padarit pu�ya-ya§fr-murare�\nquoted, 180\n\nMahat-tattva defined, 180\nMahendra. See: lndra, King\n\nMalaya Hills, 128\n\nMamaivamso jiva-loke\nquoted, 89, 169\nverse quoted, 25\n\nMama maya duratyaya\nquoted, 21\n\nMam upetya puoor janma\n\nverse quoted, 191\nMan. See: Human beings\n\nMana� ��fhdnindriy�i\nquoted, 90, 220\nverse quoted, 25\n\nManda/:! sumanda-matayo\n\nquoted, 216\nMandara Mountain\nas churning rod, 226, 239, 242, 247, 256\ndemons and demigods smashed by,\n235-236\ndemons and demigods struggled with,\n234-235\nGaruQa. carried, 237-238\nas golden, 235\nLord lifted, 237\nLord steadied, 252\nLord Tortoise carried, 150, 151\nLord Tortoise lifted, 248-249\nLord Tortoise pleased by churning of, 250\nunder milk ocean, 247\n\nMankind. See: Human beings; Society, human\n\nMan-mana bhava mad-bhakto\nquoted, 25\n\nMantra(s)\nBhagavad-gita as, 136\nBhagavatam as, 136\nfor brahma� to recite, 135-136\n\nconditioned souls saved by, 220\ndefined, 220\nfor devotees vital, 72\nGayatri. See: Gayatri mantra\nHare ��1,1a. See: Hare ��I,la mantra\n}(nll,la consciousness survives on, 72\nin Lord's universal form, 266-267\nrascals misinterpret, 136\nSiva chants, 267\nfor Siva worship, 38listed, 269\nVedas as, 136\nMantradruma, 149\nManu(s)\nin Brahma's day, 5, 6\nCak�u�a, 148, 149\nas human society's forefather, 12\nlife span of, 5\nas Lord's partial incarnations, 30\nRaivata, 145, 148\nas saintly kings, 8\nSvAroci�a, 31\nSvayambhuva. See: Svayambhuva Manu\nTamasa, 35, 36, 145\nUttama, 33\nVaivasvata, 12\n\nManu-sarithitd\n\nas essential for government, 9\nfor human society, 27\nManvantararh manur deva\nverse quoted, 30\nMarici, 31\nMaterial body. See: Body, material\nMaterial energy. See: Fnergy, material\nMaterialism. See: Life, material; Material\nworld\nMaterialists\nas animals, 46\ngoddess of fortune frustrates, 294\nsages vs., 191\n\n", "SB8.1#p0385": "General Index\nMaterialists\n\nSee also: Atheists; Karmis; Nondevotees;\nSouls,conditioned\n\nMaterial life. See: Life,material\n\nMaterial nature. See: Nature,material\n\nMaterial nature,modes of. See: Modes of material nature\n\nMaterial world\n\nas dangerous,63,64-65,67-68\ndemons disturb,156\ndirectors of,268\n\nhappiness absent in,108\nin ignorance,108\n\nimpersonalists deny,134\n\nas incomprehensible,191\n\nLord directs,191\n\nLord incarnates in,159\n\n365\n\nMaya\n\nwar on, 61\n\nworld created by, 213\n\nSee also: Illusion; Material world; Nature,\nmaterial\n\nMayadhya�er;.a prakrt*\n\nquoted,67,89,91,191,239\nverse quoted,170,213\n\nMayam tyudasya cic-chaktya\n\nquoted, 21\nMayapura,Mrican devotee in,24\n\nMaya tatam idam sarvam\n\nquoted,19,75,214,269\nverse quoted,170\n\nMayiivadis (impersonalists)\n\nbrahmajyotientered by,269\nbrahmajyoti dissatisfies,134\n\nmantras save,220\nmaya creates,213\n\ndevotees vs.,134\n\nmodes of nature conduct,160, 251\npeople in,three types listed, 101\n\nliberation for,134\n\nas shadow reality,90\n\nquoted on material world,134\n\nas miserable,163,191\n\nsages reject,191\n\nspiritual planet in,166\nspiritual world vs.,11,91\n\nas temporary, 10-11,191\nyoga maya's creations in, 190\n\nSee also: Annihilation of the universe;\nCreation,the; Universe\n\nMat-sthani sarva-bhutani\nquoted, 76, 214\n\nverse quoted,170\n\nMatta!� parataram nanyat\nquoted,97\n\nMatta� sarvam pravartate\nquoted, 93\n\nMatta� smrtir jnanam apohanam ca\nquoted,91,172\n\nMatter. See: Energy,material; Nature,material\n\nMaya\n\nconditioned soul in,113,178\nHare KnQ.a movement vs.,61\nliving entity in,91\nLord controls, 176,177, 178\n\ndevotional service misunderstood by, 95,\n134\n\nLord's effulgence sought by, 87\n\nom misunderstood by, 74\n\nworld denied by, 134\nworship Siva, 269\n\nSee also: ]ndnis; Philosophers\nMayayapahrta-jnana\nverse quoted,245\n\nMayy asakta-mana� partha\nverse quoted,104-105\n\nMedicine,Dhanvantari expert in,314\n\nMeditation(s)\nfor absolving sins, 140\nby Gajendra on the Lord,73\nyogiin, 111\nMen. See: H uman beings\nMental speculators. See: ]nanis; Mayavildis;\nPhilosophers\nMercy of the Supreme Lord\nbhakti-yoga as, 215\non devotee,131\n\ndevotee sees danger as, 119\non Hiihii,124, 125\nas limitless,98,101\npure devotee at,104\n\n", "SB8.1#p0386": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n366\nMercy of the Supreme Lord\nself-realization by, 96\n\n(continued)\n\nMerging with the Supreme. See: Brahman\n\neffulgence, impersonalists aspire to;\n\nMilk\n\nLiberation; Mayavadis\n\ncivilization neglects, 215\n\ncow protection supplies, 287\n\nfood from, 216\n\nHare Kr�Q.a movement promotes, 244\nlife prolonged by, 215\n\nas nectarean necessity, 216\n\nLord incarnates in, 158,159,201\nas Lord's eyes, 267\n\nworld conducted by, 160, 251\n\nSee also: Nature, material; specific modes\n(goodness, passion, ignorance)\nMogha.Sa mogha-karmar:w\nquoted, 216\n\nMohini-murti\n\nbeauty of, 321\n\ndemons desired, 321\ndress of, 321\n\nfor sacrifices, 287, 288\nsociety needs, 288\n\nMo�a. See: Liberation, all entries\n\nfrom surabhi cows unlimited, 288\n\nMilk, ocean of\n\nAiravata from, 289\n\nAjita churned, 150\n\nanimals in, disturbed, 253,257\nApsaras from, 291\n\ndemigods play on, 45\ndemons and demigods churned, 242,246,\n253,255,286,312\n\nMonarchy\n\nas good government, 27\n\nas lost in time, 9\nSee also: Government; Kings\nMoney as �Q.a's property, 15\nMonists. See: ]firinis; Mayavadis\n\nMonth\n\nof Caitra, 295\nof Vaisakha, 295\n\nMoon\n\ndemigods sustained by, 182, 183\n\nDhanvantari from, 312-314\nelephants from, 289,290\n\ngems from, 228,291\n\ngoddess of fortune from, 292, 300, 302\n\nLord churned, 255-256\nMandara Mountain sank in, 24 7\n\nnectar from, 150,151,227,228\nparijata flower from, 291\npoison from, 228,257,279\nsurabhi cow from, 286\nSvetadvipa in, 164\nTrikiita Mountain in, 42,43\nUccail,ISrava from, 288\nViiruQ.i from, 312\nwealth from, 228\nwomen from, 228\n\nMisery. See: Suffering\nModes of material nature\n\nin body wheel, 17 4\nBrahman effulgence above, 268\nliving entities under, 95,304\nLord above, 12, 16, 82 83, 99 100 , 176,\n200,209\n-\n\nModes of material nature\n\n-\n\nearth trips to, as failures, 53\nfood sustained by light of, 183\nas Lord's mind, 182,265\n\nscientists misunderstand,\n\n183\nMrtyult sarva-hara.S criham\nquoted, 67, 179,305\nMii4has defined, 65\nMuktiitmii defined, 100\nMuktamabhilt sva-hrdaye paribhiivitaya\nquoted, 100\nMukti. See: Liberation, all entries\nMuktir hitvanyatha rupam\nquoted, 24,133\nMuslims as sectarian, 304\n\nMysticism. See: �Q.a consciousness; Meditation; Yogis\n\nMystics. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nSages; Supreme Lord, as mystic master;\nTranscendentalists; Yogis\nMythology, demons brand God's omnipotence\nas,\n\n237\n\n", "SB8.1#p0387": "General Index\n\n367\n\nN\n\nNa tasya kiiryam kara�m ca vidyate\n\nNa ciiham le$V avasthitah\n\nNa tat-sarna$ ciibhyadhikaS ca drsyate\n\nNa ca tasmiin manU$ye$U\n\nNa te vidu/:1. sviirtha-gatim hi vi$�um\n\nquoted, 107, 193\n\nquoted, 214,270\n\nquoted, 280\n\nNagas, 299\n\nNaimi�aral).ya, 22\n\nNai$karmya\n\ndefined, 85\n\nas impractical without �l).a consciousness, 23\n\nNai$karmyam apy acyuta-bhiiva-varjitam\nquoted, 22,85\n\nNa miim dU$krtino mat;lhii/:1.\nquoted, 65,67\n\nverse quoted, 245\n\nNames of the Supreme Lord\nfor creation, maintenance, annihilation,\n262\nas God Himself, 83\npastimes according to, 20\npotency of, 20\n\nSee also: Olanting the Lord's holy names;\nHare ��l).a mantra; Supreme Lord,\nspecific names\nNiimniim akiiri bahudhii nija-sarva-5akti/:t\nquoted, 20\n\nNiipnuvanti mahiitmiina/:1.\nverse quoted, 191\n\nNara, 35\nNarada Muni\n\ncurse by, as benediction, 122-123\nquoted on proprietorship, 14\nNarayaJ;�a, Lord\nAjarnila saved by name of, 72, 83, 197\nGajendra rescued by, 118\nas Lak�mi's lord, 293, 300, 302, 309\nas soul of universe, 116\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nNarottama dasa 'fhakura, songs of,\n\n167\n\nNa saiijahre samartho 'pi\nverse quoted, 258\n\nNasayiimy iitma-bhiiva-stho\nverse quoted, 95\n\nquoted, 107,169\n\nquoted, 177,216\nNature, material\nas inimitable, 44\n\nliving entity under, 174\n\nLord above, 44, 89,170, 193,213,239\nas mother, 89\n\nSee also: Body, material; Elements, material; Modes of material nature\nNectar\ndemons quarreled over, 317, 318- 319\ndemons stole, 315, 316\nDhanvantari carried, 315\nfor immortality, 226\n\nmilk compared to, 216\n\nfrom milk ocean, 150, 151, 227, 228\n\nNectar of Devotion as auspicious, 38-39\nNirgu� defined, 83\nNirgu� gu�-bhoktr ca\n\nquoted, 200\nNityananda, Lord, as Caitanya's associate, 173\n\nNityo nityiiniim cetana§ cetaniiniim\nquoted, 5, 10\n\nNondevotees\n\ncreator denied by, 110\n\ndevotees vs., 317\n\nLord disfavors, 112\n\nsense gratification pursued by, 317\nSee also: Atheists; Demons; Materialists\n\nNotpadayed yadi ratim\n\nverse quoted, 305\nNrsirilhadeva, Lord, HiraJ;�yakasipu killed by,\n\n179, 305\n\nNrsimha prayer recommended, 72\n\n0\nOcean(s)\nfire in, 183\ngoddess of fortune served by, 299\nin universe, 44\nOcean of milk. See: Milk, ocean of\n\n", "SB8.1#p0388": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n368\n\nOffenses\nto Deity,74\nby demigods during Gajendra's plight,118\nto spiritual master,74\nom (kara)\nletters in,263\n\nParamesvara defined,74\n\nLord as,175, 263\nas Lord's sound representation, 74\nMayilvildis misunderstand, 74\nVedic mantras begun by, 74\nom ajiidna-timirandhasya\nverse quoted, 16,108\n\nParijata flower,291\n\nom namo bhagavate viisudevaya\n\nquoted,73, 74\nom tat sad iti nirdeso\nquoted, 74\n\nOneness. See: ]iidnis; Liberation; Mayilvildis\nOpulence\ndevotee's vs. karmi's, 309\nfrom goddess of fortune,293, 298,308\nas Lord's property,292\nOpulence,material\nof demigods lost to demons, 154\npeople desire, 293\nas risky,154\nSee also: Gold; Money; Wealth\n\np\nPadma. Puriir;ta\nquoted on devas vs. asuras, 165\nquoted on worship, 199\nPadmariga-mal)i,291\nPain. See: Suffering\n\nPlftcajanya conchshell,142\nPancariitras, 92\nPAI}.�avas,Kurus vs.,230\nPar,u;lita� sama-darsina�\nquoted, 81\nPAI}.�ya,127\nParabrahman\nLord as, 23,262\nSee also: Brahman,Supreme\nParamatmil. See: Supersoul\nParam brahma param dhiima\nquoted, 263\n\nParamparii See: Disciplic succession\nParam vijayate sri-kr�r:w-sankirtanam\n\nquoted, 162, 221\nParasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate\n\nquoted,20, 77,107,193\nParik�it Maharaja,enemies subdued by, 165\nParik�it Maharaja,quotations from\non elephant king,38\non Lord Tortoise in milk ocean,151\non Manus,3\nParitrar_u'iya sadhunam\nquoted, 66, 83\nverse quoted,159, 281\nPassion,mode of\natheists in,179\nBrahma controls,201\nas creation,160\ndemons in,251\nas knowledge and ignorance,176\nLord incomprehensible via,111\nPastimes of the Supreme Lord\nhearing about. See: Hearing about the\nSupreme Lord\nnames of the Lord according to, 20\nas transcendental, 83,210\nPa5u defined, 98\nPatim vi.Svasyatmesvaram\n\nquoted, 267\nPauloma,254\nPavana,33\nPeace\ncow killing prevents, 296\nformula for, 292\nby �l)a consciousness, 317\nfor society, 287\nPenance. See: Austerity\nPerception, sensory,hearing vs. seeing, 167\nPersons. See: Human beings; Living entities;\nSouls,conditioned\nPhilosophers\nin bodily conception,162\nLord bafBes, 79\nSee also: ]nanis; Mayilvildis\nPitas, 188\n\n", "SB8.1#p0389": "General Index\nPlanets. See: Earth planet; Heavenly planets;\nUniverse\nPleasure. See: Bliss; Enjoyment, material;\nHappiness\nPoison\nganja as, 279\nfrom milk ocean, 228,257,279\npo isonous animals drank, 282\nSiva drank, 278,286\nSiva dropped, 283\nSiva marked by, 279\nspread everywhere, 258,260, 271, 274,\n279\n\nPolitics\nas universal, 232\nSee also: Government\nPrahliida Maharaja, quoted on Lord as sole\nshelter, 65\nPrahliido janako bh�mo\nverse quoted, 46, 171\nPrajapatis, 220\nfrom Lord's universal form, 187\nquoted on Lord Mahadeva, 260\nVisvakarmli as, 299\nPrakrti\ndefined, 89\nSee also: Nature, material\nPrakrtim svdm adhi$!haya\nverse quoted, 209\nPrakrtim yanti mamikam\nquoted, 76\nPramada, 33\nPrar;ava� sarva-vede$u\nquoted, 74\nPrar:wpaharac ca yathendriya1;tdm\nverse quoted, 116, 199\nPrayers\napproved vs. concocted, 167\nby Brahma for the Lord, 166-200,\n209-214,217,219-220\nby demigods for the Lord, ll7,123\nby demigods forSiva, 260-268, 270-273\nby Gajendra for the Lord, 73,75,77-79,\n81,82,84-86,88,90,92,\n94-96,99,101,103,106-110,\nll2,ll3,ll8,141\n\n369\n\nPrayers\n\nby Hiihii for the Lord, 124\nPreachers, �I,la conscious\ncommon man's challenge to, 109\nas dear to the Lord, 280\nas paramaharilsas, 81\nPreaching �I,la consciousness\nbenefit of, 280\nCaitanya quoted on, 28\nas carefully done, 39\nas duty, 162\n\nsannyasa for, 62\nsuccess formula for, 317\nas topmost welfare work, 162, 280\nPremanjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nquoted, 215\nverse quoted, 111\nPriyavrata, 30,33\nProprietorship\nsubordinate vs. supreme, 89, 219\ntrue and false, 12-17, 292\nProtection\nbySiva,275\nfor Vedic authority, 36\nby Vi�I,lU viaSiva, 260\nProtection by the Supreme Lord\nfor devotees, 67-68\nviaSiva, 260\nas sole shelter, 64-65, 66-67\nfor surrendered souls, 112\nPrthu, 35\nPunishment\nbody as, 25\nby nature's laws, 14, 15\nPure devotee(s) of the Supreme Lord\nin bliss, 103\nCaitanya in role of, 27\nchant and dance in ecstasy, 104\nhear about the Lord, 104\nLord realized by, 85\nLord seen by, 111\nat Lord's mercy, 104\nas pararnaharilsa, 95\npure vision of, 218\nsanklrtana relished by, 104\nspiritual destination of, 126-127\n\n", "SB8.1#p0390": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n370\n\nPure devotee(s) of the Supreme Lord (continued)\n\nReligion\n\nsurrender to the Lord,103-104\n\ndemigod of,34\n\nas transcendental,73-74\n\nas following Kr�Qa,26\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\nPurification\n\nas Lord's heart,266\nfrom Lord's universal form,188\n\nby bhakti-yoga, 110,213\n\nas love of God,305\n\nby chanting Hare �Qa,161\n\nsectarian,condemned,305\n\nby Deity worship,126\nby sankirtana, 161\n\nsystems of,two listed,263\nRemembering the Supreme Lord\n\nsurrender as,160-161\nParr:r.asya pilrr:r.am adaya\nquoted,92\nPiiru,148\nPuru�a,148\nParoabhyasena tenaiva\nquoted,71\n\nR\nRajar�is defined,8\nRajo-gur:w. See: Passion,mode of\nRak�asas\ndefined,245\ndevatiis vs.,36\nLord killed,29, 34-35\nSvayambhuva Manu chased by, 29\nRama,goddess. See: Goddess of fortune\nRamacandra,Lord\nas cause of all causes,76\nas ideal king,27\nas incarnation, 80, 82, 210\nmission of,67\nSita saved by,294\ntaught by example,27\nRama-rajya defined,27\nRavaQa,27\nas asura, 165\nas educated demon, 244\nRama defeated,294\nReality\nLord as,90-91\nSupersoul as,175\nSee also: Absolute Truth\nReincarnation. See: Birth and death,repeated\nReligion\nbogus vs. bona fide,304-305\n\nat death,197\nby devotional service,72,131\nRenounced order. See: Sannyiisa\nRenunciation\nby lndradyumna,128\nof sense gratification,8\nby Svayambhuva Manu,8, 9\n\nSee also: Sannyiisa\nRitualistic ceremonies\ncow products for,295\nfire for,183\nfor marriage,302\n\nsvayamvara, 302\nSee also: Sacrifices\nRivers,sacred. See: Ganges River; Yamuna\nRiver\nRocana,31\nI:l�ayo 'msavatdrai ca\nverse quoted,30\nR�umat garden,49-50, 52\nRudrasya yaiaso 'rathaya\nverse quoted, 258\nRupa Gosvami as world welfare worker,\n156\n\ns\nSa dtmd arigany anya devatab,\nquoted,116\nSac-cid-dnanda-vigrahab,\nquoted 93\nSacrifice(s)\nas essential,287\nfire for,95,264\nghee for,286-287,287\nfor heavenly elevation,287\nmilk for,287, 288\n\n", "SB8.1#p0391": "General Index\nSacrifice(s)\n\nas work for V�I).U, 22, 24\nSee also: Ritualistic ceremonies\nSiidhus. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nSages; Saints\nSages\ncurse by, as benediction,122-123,\n124-125\ngoddess of fortune served by, 296\nLord baffies,79\nLord's lotus feet sought by, 81\nmaterialists vs.,191\n\nmilk used by, 288\nsurabhi cow protected by,287, 288\nworld rejected by,191\nSages, seven great\nduring Cak�u�a Manu, 149\nas Lord's partial incarnations, 30-31\nduring Raivata Manu, 145\nduring SvAroc�a Manu,31\nduring Timasa Manu,36\nduring Uttama Manu,33\nSa gu{ldn samatityaitlin\nquoted, 74\n\nSaints\nfrom Lord's universal form,187\nSiva worshiped by, 259\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\n\nSages\n,\nSaktyavesa-avatlira\nBrahmA as, 260\nSiva as, 260\nSalvation. See: Liberation\nSamafi sarve�u bhate�u\nquoted, l l 4\nverse quoted,114\nSamartho 'py asura{Uim tu\nverse quoted, 314-315\nSambara, 232\nSambh�ar;�e kriyakare\nverse quoted, 233\nSambhavamy atma-mayaya\nquoted, 83\nSarno 'ham saroa-bhate�\nverse quoted, 158\nSampradaya. See: Disciplic succession\n\n371\n\nSamsiddhir hari-t�ar;wm\nquoted, 22\nSamvid yuddhe pratijnayam\nverse quoted, 233\nSankirtana movement\nas blissful,104\nCaitanya quoted on, 221\nCaitanya started,161,162\nKali-yuga saved by,161,162\npure devotee relishes, 104\npurifying power of, 161, 162\nworship by,173\nSee also: Chanting the Lord's holy names;\nHare �1.1a mantra; Kr�1.1a consciousness movement\nSannyasa (renounced life)\nCaitanya in, 62\nin Kali-yuga risky, 62\nfor preaching, 62\npremature,condemned,62\nsex forbidden in, 62\nSannyasiS\nin Hare �1.1a movement,39\nna4karmya dissatisfied, 85\nSarasvati, goddess,299\nSarapya-mukti\ndefined, 130,133\nGajendra attained, 126, 132\nSArvabhauma BhaUAcArya\nCaitanya cautioned by, 62\nquoted on Caitanya,27-28\nSarva-dharman parityajya\nquoted, 94, 98\nverse quoted,160\nSaroa-karar;w-karar;wm\nquoted,303\nSaroam khalv idam brahma\nquoted, 76\nSarvasya caham hrdi sanniv4.to\nquoted,17, 79,91,170\nSaroa-yon4u kaunteya\nverse quoted, 89\nSastras. See: Veda.s; names of individual\nVedic scriptures\nSatanipa, 8\nSati,274\n\n", "SB8.1#p0392": "Srimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n372\n\nSattva-gu� See: Goodness, mode of\nSattvarh viSuddham vasudeva-sabditam\nquoted, 176\nSatyajit, 33,34\nSatyakas, 36\nSatyas, 33\nSatyasena, Lord, 34\nSatyavratas, 34\nSatya-yuga, Lord appeared in, 172\nSa vai mana� km,w-padiiravindayo�\nquoted, 95\nScientists, material\nin bodily conception, 162\nas limited, 44, 45-46\nmoon misunderstood by, 183\nuniverse misunderstood by, 45-46\nwater misunderstood by, 181\nSelf. See: Soul; Souls, conditioned\nSelf-realization\nGod realization above, 23\nby Lord's mercy, 96\nSee also: ��a consciousness\nSense gratification\nnondevotees pursue, 317\nsaintly king renounces, 8-9\nSee also: Body, material; Desire, material;\nEnjoyment, material; Fruitive activities; Life, material\nSenses\nin body wheel, 17 4\nLord perceivable by, 194\nSerpents. See: Snakes\nServants of God. See: Devotees of the Supreme\nLord\nService to God. See: Devotional service to the\nSupreme Lord\nSex life\nfor grhastha, 62\nSee also: Desire, material; Lust\nShower of flowers. See: Flower shower\nSiddhas\nas fallible, 302\nLord honored by, 123, 132-133\nat Trikiita Mountain, 44-45\nSik$�taka,\notations from\non devotee's pure vision, 218\n\nqu\n\nSik$�!aka, quotations from\non God's names, 20\non sankirtana, 221\n\nSins\nof devotee minimized by the Lord, 131\ndisciple avoids, 136\n\nof disciple trouble spiritual master, 136\nhearing Lord's activities absolves, 144\nlndradyumna freed of, 130\nmeditations for absolution of, 140\nnightmares caused by, 136\nsurrender absolves, 161\nSua\nas Rama's wife, 27\nRama saved, 294\nSiva, Lord\nabode of, 289\nas annihilator, 260, 270\nBrahma praised, 282\nBrahma puzzled by, 273\nas compassionate, 274, 276,277-278\nconsort of, 274\ndemigods prayed to, 260-268,270-273\ndemigods sought help of, 258-261, 271\ndisciplic succession from, 276\nas fallible, 306\nignorance mode controlled by, 201\nimitating, condemned, 279\nas incomprehensible, 271-273\nLord above, 73, 74, 78, 115, 157,220\nLord honored by, 208,252\nfrom Lord's universal form, 187\nas Mahadeva, 260, 267\nmantras chanted by, 267\nMayavadis worship, 269\nname of, meaning of, 267\npoison dropped by, 283\npoison drunk by, 278,286\npoison marked, 279\nas a post, 30\nas protector, 275\nquoted on milk ocean poison, 275\nquoted on worship, 199\nas Rudra, 276\nas Sadasiva, 258\nsaints worshiped, 250\n\n", "SB8.1#p0393": "General Index\nSiva, Lord\nas saktyavesa-avatara, 260\nshameless persons misunderstand, 272\nas topmost Vai�Q.ava, 272\nas transcendental, 272-273\nVi�Q.u glorified, 258,282\nas Vi�Q.u's representative, 260, 261, 263,\n\n267\nwife of, 250,277\nSky as Lord's navel, 265\nSleep, Lord free of, 172\nSnake and mouse logic, 225\nSnakes\nGaruQJi eats, 239\nVasuki king of, 242\nSociety, human\ncow slaughter ruins, 296\n\nK.r�Q.a consciousness need by, 317\nManu as forefather of, 12\nmilk necessary for, 288\nnature's laws control, 15\npeace for, 287\n\nSvayambhuva Manu as leader of, 27\nVedas vital for, 36\nSee also: Civilization, human\nSoma, 182\nSongs in Hare �J:.la movement, 167\nSoul\nbody VB., 116, 162-163\nLord enlightens, 84\nSupersoul vs., 12, 13\nSee also: Living entity\nSouls, conditioned\ndevotees teach, 276\nas forgetful, 17\nin illusion, 113, 292\nLord directs, 91\nLord vs., 5-6\nmantras save, 220\nin maya, 113, 177\nsuffering of, 25, 281\nSee also: Living entities\nSouls, liberated, know �Qa, 100\nSound, transcendental. See: Otanting the\nLord's holy names; Mantras; Names of\nthe Supreme Lord\n\n373\n\nSparks to fire, living entities to Lord compared\nto, 220\nSpecies of life\nnumber of, 13\norigin of, 89\nSpeculative philosophers. See: ]Minis;\nMayavadis; Philosophers\nSpirit. See: Soul; Spiritual world; Supreme\nLord\nSpiritual life\nmaterial life vs., 163\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord; K.r�J:.la consciousness\nSpiritual master {guru)\nAbsolute Truth seen by, 211\natheists misunderstand, 7 4\nbhakti-yoga via, 215\ndevotional service via, 219\ndisciple's sins trouble, 136\nignorance dispelled by, 108\nknowledge via, 16\nas merciful to Kali-yuga's victims,\n\n136\nas necessary,\n\n22\n\nnightmares endured by, 136\nas transcendental, 74\nVedas recommend, 108\nSpiritual world\nBrahma saw, 147\nlife in, 298\nmaterial world vs., 11,\n\n91\nwomen beautiful in, 48\nSpring personified served goddess of fortune,\n\n295\n\nSraddhavan bhajate yo maril\nverse quoted, 100\nSravar;wril kirtanaril V�IJ.Ofi\n\nquoted, 86, 215\nverse quoted, 21\nSri, goddess. See: Goddess of fortune\nSri defined, 292\nSn-kr$r;w-caitanya prabhu nityananda\nquoted, 167\nSn-kr$r;w-caitanya-sarira-dhari\nverse quoted, 27\n\n", "SB8.1#p0394": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n374\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nSee also: Srimad-Bhagavatam, quotations\nfrom\nas auspicious, 38-39\ncited on Lord's incarnations,87\n\ncited on oceans in universe,44\nas eternal,147\nknowledge complete in, 52\nas mantras, 136\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam quotations from\non animalistic human beings, 46, 98\non desires fulfilled by worshiping �!).a,\n\n93,101,198\non devotee seeing danger as Lord's mercy,\n\n119\non devotee's good qualities, 95\non devotee's liberation, 133\non devotee's perseverance, 131\n\non devotional service revealing God, 215\n\non God realization, 22\n\non Hare �!).a mantra, 161, 162\n\non impersonalists falling from\n\nbrahmajyoti, 134\non Kali-yuga, 161\n\non life's purpose, 280\n\non living entity in bodily conception,\n\n113-114\non Lord as origin of all, 172\non Lord as sole shelter, 65\n\non Lord's energies,21\non Lord's incarnation for Kali-yuga,\n\n173\non Lord's supremacy,170\non mahajanas, 46,170-171\non siirupya-mukti, 133\n\non sectarian religion,304-305\non Vasudeva consciousness, 176\non worshiping the Lord as satisfying everyone, 116, 199\non yogi ll1\nSri vasa as Caitanya's associate, 173\nSrnjaya,33\n,\n\nSruti-mantras. See: Vedas; names of individual Vedic literatures\nStambha,31\n\nSthane sthitab, sruti-gatam tanu-vanmanobhib,\nquoted, 62\nSubhra, 146\nSuddha-sattva defined, 85, 175\nSadrasfrom Lord's universal form, 189\nSudyumna, 148\nSuffering\nof conditioned souls, 281\n\ndemons misunderstand, 248\ndevotees combat, 276\n\ndevotees understand,249\n\nworld as, 163, 191\nSuhrdam sarva-bhutiiniim\nquoted, 81,305\nverse quoted, 292\nSukadeva Gosvami\ncited on briihma� reciting mantras, 136\nas mahajana, 46\n\nSukadeva Gosvami,quotations from\non demigods vs. demons, 153\n\non Gajendra, 71\non Gajendra, demigods,and the Lord,ll5,\n122\non Gajendra-mok�a pastime, 144\non Hare �!).a mantra, 162\n\non Indradyumna, 131\non Lord answering demigods,222\n\non Lord appearing to demigods,205\n\non Lord disappearing from demigods,229\non Mukunda and goddess of fortune,307\non Siva,274,278\non Supreme Lord, 142\non surabhi cow,286\non Svayambhuva Manu,6\non Svayambhuva Manu and Ralqasas, 29\non Trikiita Mountain, 42\non Vasuki churning milk ocean,242\non wealth, 154\n\nSukracarya, 224\nSumeru Mountain, Brahma and demigods met\nat, 155\nSun\nLord compared to, 17, 78,84, 93, 106\nLord's appearance compared to,205\n\n", "SB8.1#p0395": "General Index\nSun\nas Lord's eyes,265\nvision sustained by,185\nSee also: Sun-god\nSunanda River,9\nSun-god\n\n375\n\nSupreme Lord\nbody of. See: Body of the Supreme Lord\nBrahma awed by,208\nBrahman disinterests,270\nBrahma prayed to,166-200,209-214,\n217,219-220\n\nas demigods' chief,184\nin disciplic succession,12\n\nBrahma under,74,78,97,103, ll5,157,\n180,201,220\n\nliberation via,184\n\nCaitanya as, 173\n\nas Lord's eye,184\n\nas cause of all causes,19,76,93, I 03,ll6,\n\nVedas known via,184\nSee also: Sun\n\nas complete whole,92\n\n168,172,180,262-263\n\nSiin{ta,34\n\nconditioned souls directed by, 91\n\nSupersoul (Paramatma)\n\nconditioned souls vs.,5-6\nas controller,74,76,78,106-107,191,\n\nas friendly witness, 13,16, 17\nin heart of all, 16, 17\nLord as,12,17,84,88,96, 97, 98,109,\nllO,ll5, 137,175,179,199,267\nnames of,three listed, 267\nas reality, 175\nsoul vs.,12,13\n\n212,213,214,248,261,303\ncow protection advocated by,295\nas creator,5,10,20,24,76,77,\n106-107,212,213,214,262,\n263\ncrocodile killed by,120\n\nSupreme Brahman. See: Brahman,Supreme;\n\nas death,67,179,305\n\nSupreme Lord\nSupreme Lord\n\ndeath fears, 67\n\nabode of,164\n\ndemigods advised by,in demon battle,\n224-228\n\nas Absolute Truth, 19,175\n\ndemigods consoled by,316\n\nas acintya-bhedabheda, 19\nas Ajita,149,150,243,255\n\ndemigods honored,252,310\n\nas all-pervading, ll,12,16,18, 19,79,\n\ndemigods prayed to,117\n\n88,97-98,168,169,170,172,176,\n214,219,270\n\nappearance of. See: Appearance of the\nSupreme Lord\nArjuna instructed by,27\nArjuna vs.,17\nas artist,79\natheists baffied by, 112, 179\natheists deny, llO\nin atom, 168\nauthorities reveal,167,170-171\nas authority,66, liS\nbeauty of,256\nBhagavad-gitii as instructions of,245\nas birthless,20, 83,109, 209\nas bliss,209\n\ndemigods favored by,160, 232\n\ndemigods relieved by,255\ndemigods revived by,251\ndemigods under,78,79,ll5,157, 169,\n178,179,201\ndemons and demigods revived by,236\ndemons thwarted by, 179,232\ndemons deny,237,239\ndemons misunderstand, 249\ndemons pacified by,246\ndemons revived by, 251\ndesires fulfilled by,93,101,198\nas detached, 192, 193, 270\nas Devaki-nandana,20\ndevotee depends on,132\ndevotee enlightened by,96\ndevotee favored by,158,165,232\n\n", "SB8.1#p0396": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n376\n\nSupreme Lord\n\n(continued)\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nin devotee role, 173\ndevotee sees, 211\n\nignorance dispelled by, 95\nimpersonal feature of. See: Brahman (im­\n\ndevotee understands, 237, 238, 249\ndevotional service reveals, 21,85-86,\n\npersonal Absolute); Brahman\neffulgence\nincarnations of. See: Incarnations of the\nSupreme Lord\nas inconceivable, 168\nas independent, 180,212-213,307\nas in visible, 15, 17\n\n103-104,215\n\nDhruva blessed by, 102,126\nDhruva saw, 198,218\ndress of, 208\nduality absent in, 18\nduty toward, 22\nenergy of. See: Energy of the Supreme\nLord\nas enjoyer, 22, 294\nas equally disposed, 158\nas eternal, 5,17,169,172,200\nas father of all, 89,197,261, 264,308\nas firelike, 220\nflower shower for, 122\nfollowing, recommended, 25,26, 27, 28\nform of. See: Form of the Supreme Lord\nas friend of all, 292\nGajendra liberated by, 126,132\nGajendra prayed to, 73,75,77-79, 81,\n\n82,84-86,88,90,92,94-96,\n99,101,103,106-110,112,\n113,118\nGajendra rescued by, 37,38,117,118,\n120\nGajendra sought shelter of, 63, 64,66\nas Garbhodaka8Ayi Vi�Qu, 213\nGaru.,la sent away by, 238\ngems worn by, 291\nas goddess of fortune's master, 292, 293,\n294,298,307,307-308,308,309\nas Govinda, 19,269\nhappiness via, 218\nHare �Qa movement reveals, 21\nas Hari, 37,38\nhearing about. See: Hearing about the\nSupreme Lord\nin heart of all, 13,16,29, 79,84, 91,95,\n\n97,101,116,170,175\nin human role, 26, 83,100\nignorance absent in, 172\n\nas Kapila, 7\nkarma under, 210\nas kinglike, 159\nknowledge via, 211\nliberated soul knows, 100\nliberation via, 25,72, 80, 93-94,261\nas limitless, 18, 19,20, 96, 103,\n\n106-107,147,250\n\nliving entities directed by, 91,101\nas living entities' source, 157,180\nliving entities vs., 5 6 , 10, 11,15,17,\n-\n\n169,170,172,180,210,219,221,\n237,304\n\nlotus feet of. See: Lotus feet of the\nSupreme Lord\nMandara Mountain lifted by, 237\nMandara Mountain steadied by, 252\nmaya under, 177, 178\nmercy of. See: Mercy of the Supreme Lord\nmilk ocean churned by, 255-256\nmodes of nature under, 200,210\nas Mukunda, 307\nas mystic master, 110\nnames of. See: Names of the Supreme Lord\nas NarayaQa, 118\nnature under, 44, 89, 170, 193, 213, 239\nas nirgu(Ul. 83,214\nnondevotees deny, 110\nnondevotees disfavored by, 112\nas omnipotent, 237,239\nas omniscient, 171-172,201,219,236,\n\n270\n\nom represents, 74,263\n\nas one and different, 19\nopulence of, 172,180,292\n\n", "SB8.1#p0397": "377\n\nGeneral Index\nSupreme Lord\n\nas origin of species, 89\nas Parabrahman, 23, 262\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nas Syamasundara,\n\n111\n\nteaches by example, 26,27\n\nas Paramii.tmii.. See: Supreme Lord, as\n\ntime under, 200\n\nparts and parcels of, 25,106-107,\n\n99-100,103,106-107,109,147,\n148,159,168,176, 177' 200, 210,\n213,307\ntranscendentalists seek, 93\ntranscendental touch of, 126\nas Tri-yuga, 172, 173\n\nSupersoul\n\n116\n\npastimes of. See: Pastimes of the Supreme\nLord\n\nphilosophers baffied by, 79\n\npious people seek, 63\npleasing, as life's purpose, 281\npreacher dear to, 280\n\nas transcendental, 20, 24,25, 83,84, 87,\n\ntruce advised by, in demon-demigod battle,\n\n224-225\n\nas proprietor, 12-17,89,292\n\nuniversal form of. See: Universal form of\n\nSupreme Lord\npure devotees realize, 85\npure devotees see, 111\n\nuniverse from, 18,109\n\nas Uttama8loka, 38\n\nas reality, 90-91\n\nVasuki revived by, 251\n\nprotection by. See: Protection by the\n\nRiik�asas killed by, 29,34-35\nremembering. See: Remembering the\nSupreme Lord\n\nremembers everything, 17\n\nsages baffied by, 79\nas Satyasena, 34\n\nseeing, everywhere, 16\nseeing, face to face, 211, 218\nsenses can perceive, 194\n\nSiva awed by, 208\n\nSiva glorified by, 258,282\nSiva represents, 260,261,263,\n\n267\n\nSiva under, 74, 78,115,157,220\nas sole shelter, 64-65,66-67, 92, 98, 116,\n\n157,265\n\nsoul enlightened by, 84\n\nas sunlike, 17, 78,84, 93,106\nas Supersoul, 11,12,13,16, 84,88,96,\n\n97, 98,109,110,115,137, 175,\n179,199,267\nsupplies all needs, 219,281\nas Supreme Brahman, 82\nas supreme person, 97\n\nsurrender to. See: Surrender to the\nSupreme Lord\n\nthe Supreme Lord\n\nas Vaikul)t}la, 146\nas Vasudeva, 73,87,176,305\nVedas from, 263,267-268\n\nVedas reveal, 94\nv4�u-tattvas from, 97\nweapons of. See: Weapons of the Supreme\nLord\n\nwill of, 249\nas witness,\n\n219\n\nworship of. See: Deity worship of the\n\nSupreme Lord; Worship, of Lord\n\nrecommended\nas Ya8odii-nandana, 20\nas Yogesvara, 239\n\nyog� baffied by, 79\nSee also: Brahman, Supreme; �J.la, Lord;\nNarayal)a, Lord\nSupreme Lord, quotations from\non demigods, 223\non demons' bewilderment, 316\non devotee, 25\n\non devotional service revealing God,\n\n215\n\non meditations absolving sinful reactions,\n\n140\n\non sages rejecting material world,\n\n191\n\n", "SB8.1#p0398": "378\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. See:\nSupreme Lord\nSura\ndefined,165\n\nSee also: Demigods; Devotees of the\nSupreme Lord\nSurabhi cows\n�1,1a tends,288\nfrom milk ocean,286, 287\nmilk unlimited from,288\nSurrender to the Supreme Lord\nBhagavad-gitd instructs,160\nbodily conception dispelled by, 114\nCaitanya taught, 160\nby demigods, 317\ndemons shun,67,245\nby devotees, 317\nby Gajendra,66, 75, 96, 101\nas intelligent,66, 67\nin Kali-yuga difficult,160\nLord rewards,93-94\nLord teaches,67\nas protection,112\nby pure devotees,103, 104\nas purification, 160\nas relief, 90\nsins absolved by,160-161\nSurvival principle,material vs. spiritual, 163\nSiirya, 199\nSiita Gosvann\nquoted on ParikliJit and Sukadeva, 39\nquoted on perfection of duty, 22\nSvabhaviki jnana-bala-kriya ca\nquoted,107\nSvalpam apy asya dharmasya\nquoted,197\nSvamin krtartho 'smi varam na yace\nquoted, 218\nSvan�.thitasya dharmasya\nverse quoted, 22\n�vargaloka. See: Heavenly planets,all entries\nSva-vi4-variih0$!ra-kharai/:l\nquoted,46\nSvayambhilr narada/:l sambhu/1\nquoted, 170,211\nverse quoted,46\n\nSvliyambhuva Manu\nausterities by,9\ndaughters of,7\nas first Manu,6\nas mankind's leader,27\nquoted on Supreme being,10\n\nRlik�asas chased,29\nas renunciant,8, 9\nin trance,29\nwife of,8\nSvayamvara ceremony for goddess of fortune,\n302\nSveda-ja defined, 180\nSvetadvipa\nBrahmli and demigods at,164,\n166\nlocation of,164, 166\nas Lord's abode,164, 166\nas transcendental, 166\nSvetasvatara Upan�ad, quotations from\non Lord's energies, 170\non soul and Supersoul,17\non Supreme Lord,169\n\nT\nTada rajas-tamo-bhava/1\nquoted, 111\nTad brahma n�kalam anantam a5e�a-bhiltam\nverse quoted, 269\nTad dhavato 'nyan atyeti �!hat\nverse quoted,169\nTad viddhi pra�ipa.tena\nverse quoted, 211\nTaittiriya Upan�ad, quoted on Lord's\nsupremacy,67\nTamo-gu�. See: Ignorance,mode of\nTapasya. See: Austerity\nTaptasya tat-pratividhir ya ihaiijase�!as\nverse quoted,65\nTiisiim brahma mahad yonir\nverse quoted,89\nTasmat parataram devi\nverse quoted,199\nTasyaiva heto/1 prayateta kovido\nquoted, 280\n\n", "SB8.1#p0399": "General Index\n\n379\n\nTathd dehdntara-priiptir\nverse quoted, 163\nTatra tam buddhi-samyagam\nverse quoted, 71\n\nTrees\n\nTat te 'nukampam susami�amiir:uzh\nquoted, 119, 131,248\nverse quoted, 133\nTattvas, types of, three listed, 97\nTeacher, spiritual. See: Briihmar;tas; Spiritual\nmaster\nTe dvandva-moha-nirmuktii\n\nTreta-yuga, Lord appeared in,172\n\nverse quoted,216\n\nTejo-viiri-mrdiim yathii vinimaya�\nquoted, 13\nTe�iim eviinukampiirtham\nverse quoted, 95\nTe�am nityabhiyuktiinam\nquoted, 281\nTe�am satyac calanartham\nverse quoted, 314-315\nThree worlds. See: Universe\nTime\ndemons initially favored by, 224\nas fearsome, 66\nLord above, 200\nas Lord's movement, 264\nfrom Lord's universal form, 190\nuniverse under, 78\nTimingila fish defined, 257\nTivrer:uz bhakti-yogena\nverse quoted, 93, 101, 198\nTortoise, Lord\nMandara Mountain carried by, 150,151\nMandara Mountain lifted by, 248-249\nMandara Mountain's churning pleased,\n250\nsize of, 250\nTranscendentalists\nLord approachable by, 104\nLord sought by, 93\nSupreme Brahman realized by, 114\nabove Vedic injunctions, 94-95\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nJ;ianis; MayAvadis; Yogis\nTransmigration of the soul. See: Birth and\ndeath, repeated\n\non higher planets, 45\non Triku�a Mountain,4 7,49-50, 52\ntypes of, number of, 52\nTrikt1\\a Mountain\nanimals of, 45,47,52,53,54,55,56\nbeauty of, 42, 43, 47,49-50, 52\ndemigods at, 44,45,47,4 7-48, 49\nelephant king at, 53,56\nflowers of, 49-50,52,56\nfruits of, 49-50,52\nlocation of, 42\nsize of, 42,43\ntrees of, 47,49-50,52\nwealth of, 42, 43, 47\nTripura, 232\nTripuriisura, 271\nTrisikha, 36\nTruce\ndemons and demigods agreed to, 232-233\nLord advised, 224-225\nTruth. See: Absolute Truth\nTu�ita, 31, 32\n\nTyaktvii deham punar janma\nquoted, 27, 67\nverse quoted, 80\n\nu\nUccai}.lsrava, 288\n\nUdbhij-ja defined, 180\n\nUma,272\nUnhappiness. See: Suffering\nUnited Nations under God consciousness, 13\nUniversal form of the Supreme Lord, 181\nabdomen of, 266\nanger of, 187\nApsariis from,188\narms of, 189\nhack of, 188\nbodily layers of, 266\nbones of, 266\nbosom of, 188\nBrahma from, 187\n\nbriihmar;tas from,189\n\n", "SB8.1#p0400": "380\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nUniversal form of the Supreme Lord (continued)\nbreathing of, 265\n\nchest of, 188\ndemigods from, 187\nears of, 186,264\neyebrows of, 190\n\neyelashes of, 190\n\neyes of, 184,185, 265,267\nfaces of, 266\n\nfeet of, 189,264\ngenitals of, 187\ngoddess of fortune from, 188\ngreed from, 190\n\nhairs of, 266\n\nUniversal form of the Supreme Lord\nvital force of, 186\n\nY amaraja from, 190\nSee also: Body of the Supreme Lord; Form\nUniverse\n\nof the Supreme Lord\n\nannihilation of. See: Annihilation of the\numverse\n\nBhagavatam reveals, 52-53\ncontrollers of, three listed, 7 4\nas covered, 147\nas incomprehensible, 191\nLord in, 11,18,20,109, 116\n\noceans in, 44\n\nhead of, 188,265\n\npolitics pervades, 232\n\nheavenly planets from, 188\n\ntime destroys, 78\nVaikuJ;ltha planet in, 147\n\nheart of, 186,266\n\nintelligence of, 187\nirreligion from, 188\n\n�atriyas from, 189\n\nlips of, 190\n\nlust from, 190\n\nMahendra from, 187\nmercy of, 187\n\nmind of, 182,265\n\nmouth of, 183,189,264\nmovement of, 264\n\nscientists misunderstand, 45-46\n\nVi�1;1u expansions in, 97\n\nSee also: Material world\nUpade�yanti te jiilinam\nverse quoted, 211\nUpan�ads, 29\n\nOrdhvabahu, 145\nOrja, 31\nUttanapada, 30\n\nv\n\nnavel of, 186,265\n\nnose of, 190\nPitas from, 188\n\nprajapatis from, 187\nprowess of, 187\n\nreligion from, 188\nsaints from, 187\nsemen of, 181,265\n\nsense enjoyment of, 188\n\nshadow of, 188,267\nSiva from, 187\nsiidras from, 189\nthighs of, 189\ntime from, 190\ntongue of, 264\ntouch sense of, 190\n\nvaiSyasfrom, 189\nVedas from, 187,189\n\nVaikuJ;ltha. See: Spiritual world\nVaiku1;1tha planet in universe,\n\n147\nVairagya. See: Renunciation\nVairagya-vidya-nija-bhakti-yogaverse quoted, 27\n\nVairaja, 149\n\nVairaja-murti defined, 181\nVa�(lavii.nam yatha sambhu!J\nquoted, 272, 276\nVai�1;1avas. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\nVa�(lavera kriya-mudrii. vijiie nd bujhaya\nquoted, 272\nVaiSyas\ncow protection by, 295\nfrom Lord's universal form, 189\n\n", "SB8.1#p0401": "General Index\n\n381\n\nVaiSyas\n\nVedas\n\nmodern,condemned,2 16\nVarahadeva,Lord, 87\nauthorities debate over,148\nEUr�yak�a fought,148\nVar�rama-dharma\ncow protection in,295\ndivisions of,eight listed,61\nSee also: Brahma�J�.�S; Grhastha;\nK$atriyas; Sannyasa; Sadras;\nVaiSyas; Vedic culture\nVarm�a\ngoddess of fortune served by,299\nas Lord's tongue,264\nVarm�i,312\n\nsociety needs, 36\nspiritual master recommended in,108\nsun-god reveals,184\ntranscendentalists surpass,94\nSee also: names of specific Vedic literatures\nVedasira,32,145\nVedasrutas,33\nVedic culture\nduty in,22\netiquette among enemies in,230\nVedic rituals. See: Ritualistic ceremonies\nVibhu\nas brahmacari, 32\ndisciples of,32\nas lndra,145\nparents of,32\nVibhu defined,169\nVidhrti,36\nVidya. See: Knowledge\nVidyadharas,44\nViku1,1tha,146\nVindhya,145\nViraka,149\nViraraghava Acarya,cited on VaikUI,l!ha\nplanet in universe,147\nViras,36\nVirocana,231\nVision, sunlight sustains,185\nVi�1,1u,Lord. See: Garbhodaka84yi Vi�1,1u;\n}4irodaka8ayi Vi�1,1u; Naraya1,1a,Lord;\nSupersoul; Supreme Lord\nVi$\"(1-U-bhakta� smrto daiva\nverse quoted, 165\nVi$�u Pura�, quoted on Lord's qualities,\n82-83\nVi$\"(1-U-tattva\nas all-pervading,97\n�1,1a as origin of,199-200\nVi$tabhyaham idam krtsnam\nverse quoted,97\nViSuddha-sattva defined,176\nViSvakarma,299\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura, cited\non cause and effect,91\n\nVasi��ha, 33\nVasudeva, 176\nVasudeva� sarvam iti\nquoted, 88, 305\nVasudeva platform,176\nVAsuki\nas churning rope,226, 228,242, 256\ndemigods disturbed by,255\ndemons weakened by,254\nas GaruQJi's natural prey,239\nin ignorance,251\nLord revived,251\nas serpent king,242\nVedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedya�\nquoted,94\nVedanta-sutra, quoted on Lord as source of\nall, 180\nVedas\nas authority,167\ndemigods protect,36\ndemons reject, 238\ndevotees accept, 238\nfour listed,106\n��I,la revealed by,94\nfrom the Lord,263, 267-268\nfrom Lord's universal form,187,\n189\nas mantras, 136\nom begins,74\nrascals misinterpret, 136\n\n", "SB8.1#p0402": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n382\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura, cited (continued)\non Gajendra, demigods, and the Lord, 117\non Svayambhuva Manu, 9\non Vaiku1,1tha and Bhagavatam, 146-147\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura, quotations\nfrom\non Lord as limitless, 97\non \"sariwidam, \"233\non Svetadvipa, 166\nVivasvan\nin disciplic succession, 12\nSee also: Sun-god, all entries\nVivasvan manave praha\n\nverse quoted, 12\nVrndavana\nKr�1,1a in, 288\nRiipa Gosvami in, 156\nsurabhi cows in, 288\n\nWoman (Women)\nof Vaiku1,1tha, 48\nof Vrndavana, 48\nWork. See: Activities; Fruitive activities;\nKarma\n\nWorld. See: Earth planet; Material world\nWorship\ntoward demigods, 274\nGod vs. demigod, 116,199\nof the Lord recommended, 94,116,169,\n\n193,198,199,211\n\nby preaching as best, 280\nby sarikirtana, 173\nof Siva by Mayavadis, 269\nVai�l,l8Va vs. Vi�l,lU, 199\nof Vi�1,1u via Siva, 260,261, 263\nSee also: Deity worship of the Supreme\nLord\n\ny\n\nw\nWar\ncow killing causes, 296\non maya, 61\nWater\ncosmos from, 181\nelephant and crocodile in, 58, 60, 61\nlife sustained by, 181, 182\nas Lord's semen, 181,265\nscientists misunderstand, 181\nWatering a tree's root, worshiping the Lord\ncompared to, 116,199\nWealth\nof Hare Kr�1,1a movement, 196\nas Lord's property, 292\nfrom milk ocean, 228\nof Trikiita Mountain, 42,43,47\nSee also: Opulence; Opulence, material\nWeapon(s) of the Supreme Lord\ndisc, ll7, 120\ntwo listed, 208\nWestern countries as car crazy, 65\nWoman (Women)\nof higher planets, 48\nLord incarnated as, 321\nfrom milk ocean, 228\n\nYac-ca�ur e�a savita sakala-grahanaril\n\nverse quoted, 185\n\nYada yada hi dharmasya\n\nverse quoted, 87,195,209,281\n\nYa idam paramam guhyam\n\nquoted, 280\n\nYajiia\n\ndefined, 22\nSee also: Ritualistic ceremonies; Sacrifices;\nnames of specific yajiias\n\nYajiia, Lord\nas Akiiti's son, 7,8\naslndra, 29\nsubjects taught by, 7\n\nYajiia-diina-tapa�-karma\n\nquoted, 287\nYajiiahotra, 33\n\nYajiiai� sarikirtana-prayair\n\nverse quoted, 173\n\nYajiiarthat karma� 'nyatra\n\nquoted, 22, 24\nYak�as\nSatyasena killed, 34-35\nas fallible, 302\nYamaraja from Lord's universal form, 190\n\n", "SB8.1#p0403": "383\n\nGeneral Index\nYamas,29\n\nYam syamasundaram acintya-gu�svarupam\nverse quoted, 111\nYamuna River served goddess of fortune,294\n\nYantrarw.Ihdni mayayii\nquoted, 13\n\nYare dekha, tare kaha 'kr��'-upadesa\nverse quoted, 28\n\nYasmin �.te jagat �tam\nquoted, 116\n\nYasmin vijnate sarvam evam vijnatam\nquoted, 211\n\nYasyajnaya bhramati sambhrta-kala-cakro\n\nYe bhajanti tu. mam bhaktya\nquoted, 165\nverse quoted, 158\n\nYe�iim tv anta-gatam piipam\nverse quoted, 216\n\nYe yathii mam prapadyante\nquoted, 93, 101\n\nYoga\nbogus vs. bona fide, 21, 111\nof devotion best, 100\nin ��Q.a consciousness, 104\nmystic, anomalous nowadays, 111\nas sense control, 176\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\n\nverse quoted, 185\n\nYasya prabha prabhavato jagad-ar:u.Ia- ko#verse quoted, 269\n\nYasyiisti bhaktir bhagavaty akiiicand\n\nLord\n\nYoga indriya-samyama/:1\nquoted, 176\n\nYogamaya, creations of, in material world,\n190\n\nquoted, 95\n\nYasyiitma-buddhi}:£ ku�pe tri-dhatuke\n\nYogiirw.Ihasya tasyaiva\n\nverse quoted, 98\n\nverse quoted, 23\n\nYatate ca tato bhuyal;t\n\nYoginam api sarve�dm\n\nquoted, 72\nverse quoted, 7l\n\nverse quoted, 100\n\nYogiS\n\nYatha taror mula-n�ecanena\n\nbogus, condemned, 111\n\nverse quoted, 116, 199\n\nin devotion best, 100\nLord baffles, 79\n\nYato vii imani bhutiini jdyante\nquoted, 76\n\nYat tirtha-buddhi}:£ salile na karhicij\nverse quoted, 98\n\nYavad bhriyeta jatharam\nverse quoted, 14\n\nin meditation, 111\nYudhi�thira Maharaja, hell vision for, 136\n\nYugas\nLord's appearances in, 172\nin Manu's life, 5\n\n", "SB8.1#p0404": "", "SB8.2#p0001": "ALL GLORY TO $Rl GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\nq ���q�i\\i\\lq��.I�+MIR:1�fll(ija:Q� ����I\n\nfu�����\n�� � �{�f.t1�;f � II\nyad yujyate 'su-vasu-karma-marw-vacobhir\ndehatmajad�u nrbhis tad asat prthaktviit\ntair eva sad bhavati yat kriyate 'prthaktviit\nsarvasya tad bhamti mula-n�ecanarh yat\n\n(p. 24)\n\n", "SB8.2#p0002": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\n�hagavad-gita As It Is\n�imad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-8 (24 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritalll{ta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri Isopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�I).a Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�I).a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\nDialectic Spiritualism-A Vedic View of Western Philosophy\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr�I).a, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nLife Comes from Life\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�I).a\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr�I).a Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nB��k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA\n\ncomplete catalogue is availahle upon request\n\nThe Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB8.2#p0003": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nEighth Canto\n\"Withdrawal of the Cosmic Creations\"\n\n(Part Two-Chapters 9-16)\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports\nby\nHis Divine Grace\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· los Angeles· london· Bombay\n\n", "SB8.2#p0004": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1976 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-169353\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-91-9\n\nFirst printing, 1976: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "SB8.2#p0005": "Table of Contents\nix\n\nPreface\nIntroduction\n\n.xm\n\nCHAPTER NINE\n\nThe Lord Incarnates as Mohini-miirti\n\n1\n\nChapter Summary\n\n1\n\nMohini's Transcendental Beauty Entices the Demons\n\n3\n\nThe Supreme Lord, Mohini, Explains Female Exploitation\n\n8\n\nMaterialistic Hopes and Activities Are Always Baffled\n\n25\n\nCHAPTER TEN\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods and the\n\nDemo�\n\n27\n\nChapter Summary\n\n27\n\nDescription of the Opposing Armies\n\n31\n\nThe Impossibility of a Four-day Moon Excursion\n\n49\n\nThe Demons Resort to Mystical Warfare\n\n53\n\nVi!?r.tU Thwarts the Demons' lllusory Tactics\n\n60\n\nCHAPTER ELEVEN\n\nKing lndra Annihilates the Demo�\n\n-\n\n63\n\nChapter Summary\n\n63\n\nThe Futility of Mechanical Space Travel\n\n67\n\nThe Mysterious Demon Namuci\n\n84\n\nlndra Kills Namuci with Foam\n\n91\n\nv\n\n", "SB8.2#p0006": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nVl\n\nCHAPTER TWELVE\nThe Mohini-miirti Incarnation Bewilders\nLordSiva\n\n97\n\nChapter Summary\n\n97\n\nThe Supreme Controller of All Controllers\n\n100\n\nEverything Expands from Lord Sri ��l}.a\n\n106\n\nSiva Asks to See the Lord's Form as a Woman\n\n116\n\nLord Vi�QU Manifests Himself as Mohini-miirti\n\n121\n\nMale and Female Attraction Increases Life's Illusions\n\n125\n\nSiva Acknowledges Defeat by the Lord's Internal Potency\n\n135\n\n��Qa's Devotees Are Never Vanquished\n\n145\n\nCHAPTER THIRTEEN\n\nDescription of Future Manus\n\n147\n\nChapter Summary\n\n14 7\n\nThe Vedic Literatures See Far into the Future\n\n154\n\nCHAPTER FOURTEEN\n\nThe System of Universal Management\n\n171\n\nChapter Summary\n\n171\n\nThe Human Being's Eternal Occupational Duty\n\n174\n\nWhy Philosophers Fail\n\n180\n\nCHAPTER FIFTEEN\n\nBali Maharaja Conquers the Heavenly\nI?Lwnets\n\n183\n\nChapter Summary\n\n183\n\nDescription of lndrapuri, Capital of the Heavenly Planets\n\n191\n\nThe Door to Self-realization: Pleasing the Guru\n\n202\n\n", "SB8.2#p0007": "Table of Contents\n\nvn\n\nCHAPTER SIXTEEN\n\nExecuting the Payo-vrata Process\nof Worship\n\n209\n\nChapter Summary\n\n209\n\nTranscendental Household Life\n\n212\n\nThe Supreme Controller Favors His Devotees\n\n220\n\nThe Spirit Soul Is Completely Different from the Body\n\n224\n\nThe Necessity of Accepting a Spiritual Master\n\n232\n\nThe Pay o-vrata Devotional Process Explained\n\n235\n\nWhy the \"Many Paths, Same Result\" Philosophy Is False\n\n260\n\nAppendixes\n\n263\n\nThe Author\n\n265\n\nReferences\n\n267\n\nGlossary\n\n269\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n275\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n277\n\nGeneral Index\n\n287\n\n", "SB8.2#p0008": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to particular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\n\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to SrimadBhiigaootam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\nsociety, nay, on the entire energy of living beings. The need is felt by\n\ngreat thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the aphor­\n\nism of Vedanta philosophy (janmii dy asya yatab-} to establish the ideal of\na common cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of oblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts, education and economic development throughout the entire world. But there is\na pinprick somewhere in the social body at large, and therefore there are\nlarge-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is need of a\nclue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship and\n\nprosperity with a common cause. Srimad-Bhiigaootam will fill this need,\n\nfor it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the entire\nhuman society.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigaootam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student devotee Prahlada\nMaharaja in order to change the demonic face of society.\n\nkaumiira iicaret prajiio\ndharmiin bhiigaootan iha\ndurlabham miinl.L$arh janma\ntad apy adhruoom arthadam\n(Bhiig. 7 .6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything is\n\n", "SB8.2#p0009": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nX\n\nmerged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate source of\n\ncreation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ultimate\nsource of everything that be. This ultimate source is explained rationally\nand\n\nauthoritatively\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nbeautiful\n\nBhagavatam\n\nor\n\nSnmad­\n\nBhiigavatam.\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\n\nwith Him and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the\n\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\n\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\nsimply by .a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\n\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to con­\n\nvert others to accept God as a concrete principle.\n\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\n\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vediinta-sutra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyiisadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to the\n\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\n\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\n\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly as with an ordinary\n\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\n\nsure to become a God realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\ncantos.\n\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos, because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\n\nSri ��1_1a. One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\n\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\n\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\nsmall installments one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Snmad-Bhiigavatam, but still\n\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the thinkers and leaders of society\n\non the strength of the following statement of Snmad-Bhiigavatam.\n\ntad-viig-visargo janatiigha-viplavo\nyasmin pratiSlokam abaddhavaty api\n\n", "SB8.2#p0010": "Preface\n\nXl\n\nniimiiny anantasya ya.So 'nkitani yac\nchrr:tvanti gayanti grr:tanti si.idhava}:!,\n(Bhag. 1.5.11)\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the\nunlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring\nabout a revolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such\ntranscendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\n\nOm tat sat\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\n", "SB8.2#p0011": "Introduction\n\"This Bhiigavata Pural}-a is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\n\njust after the departure of Lord :Kr!?r;ta to His own abode, accompanied by\n\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\n\ndense darkness of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\n\nPuraf}-a.\" (Srimad-Bhiigavatam 1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the\n\nVedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\n\npreserved through oral tradition, the Vedas were first put into writing\n\nfive thousand years ago by Srila Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\n\nGod.\" After compiling the Vedas, Vyasadeva se! forth their essence in\nthe\n\naphorisms\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nVedanta-siliras. Snmad-Bhiigavatam\n\nis\n\nVyasadeva's commentary on his own Vedanta-siltras. It was written in\n\nthe maturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\n\nspiritual mas_ter. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\n\nliterature,\" Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the most complete and authoritative\n\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nAfter compiling the Bhagavatam, Vyasa impressed the synopsis of it\n\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva Gosvami. Sukadeva Gosvami subse­\n\nquently recited the entire Bhagavatam to Maharaja Parik!?it in an assem­\n\nbly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\n\nDelhi). Maharaja Parik!?it was the emperor of the world and was a great\n\nrajar�i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\n\nwithin a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and retired to the bank\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\n\nThe\n\nBhagavatam begins with Emperor Parik!?it's sober inquiry to\n\nSukadeva Gosvami: \"You are the spiritual master of great saints and de­\n\nvotees. I am therefore begging you to show the way of perfection for all\n\npersons, and especially for one who is about to die. Please let me know\n\nwhat a man should hear, chant, remember and worship, and also what he\n\nshould not do. Please explain all this to me.\"\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi's answer to this question, and numerous other\n\nquestions posed by Maharaja Parik!?it, concerning everything from the\n\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\n\nxm\n\n", "SB8.2#p0012": ".nv\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\n\ndeath. The sage Siita Gosvami, who was pr�ent on the bank of the\n\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvami first recited Srimad-Bhiigavatam, later\n\nrepeated the Bhiigavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest of\n\nNairnir,;iira:r;1ya. Those sages, concerned about the spiritual welfare of the\n\npeople in general, had gathered to perform a long, continuous chain of\n\nsacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\n\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\nwisdom, Siita Gosvami repeated from memory the entire eighteen thou­\n\nsand verses of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, as spoken by Sukadeva Gosviirni to\nMaharaja Parikr,;it.\n\nThe reader of Srimad-Bhiigavatam hears Siita Gosviirni relate the\n\nquestions of Maharaja Parikr,;it and the answers of Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nAlso, Siita Gosviirni sometimes responds directly to questions put by\nSaunaka �i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at Nairnir,;iira:r;1ya. One\n\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\nParikr,;it and Sukadeva Gosvami on the bank of the Ganges, and another\n\nat Nairnir,;ara:r;1ya between Siita Gosviirni and the sages at Naimir,;iira:r;1ya\nForest, he,aded by Saunaka I,tr,;i. Furthermore, while instructing King\n\nParikr,;it, Sukadeva Gosvami often relates historical episodes and gives\n\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\n\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple Vidura. With this understanding of\n\nthe history of the Bhiigavatam, the reader will easily be able to follow its\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since philo­\n\nsophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most important in the text,\n\none need only be attentive to the subject matter of Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nto appreciate fully its profound message.\n\nThe translator of this edition compares the Bhiigavatam to sugar\n\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and\n\nrelishable. Therefore, to taste the sweetness of the Bhiigavatam, one may\n\nbegin by reading any of its volumes. Mter such an introductory taste,\n\nhowever, the serious reader is best advised to go back to Volume One of\nthe First Canto and then proceed through the Bhiigavatam, volume after\n\nvolume, in its natural order.\n\nThis edition of the Bhiigavatam is the first complete English transla­\n\ntion of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\n\nfirst widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\n\n", "SB8.2#p0013": "Introduction\n\nXV\n\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship and intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhagavatam\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhagavatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world view. Students of literature will discover the\n\nBhagavatam to be a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psychology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhagavatam offers simple\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "SB8.2#p0014": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nFounder-Aciirya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB8.2#p0015": "PLATE ONE\nHaving taken possession of the container of nectar, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in the beguiling form of Mohin1, smiled slightly and\nsaid, \"My dear demons, if you accept whatever I may do, whether honest\nor dishonest, then I can take responsibility for dividing the nectar among\nyou.\" Because the chiefs of the demons were not very expert in deciding\nthings, upon hearing the sweet words of Mohin1-murti they immediately\nassented. Thus Mohini-murti, wearing a most beautiful sari and tinkling\nankle bells, entered the lavishly decorated arena. She walked very slowly\nbecause of Her big, low hips, and Her eyes moved restlessly due to\nyouthful pride. Her breasts were like water jugs, Her thighs resembled\nthe trunks of elephants and She carried a waterpot in Her hand. Her attractive nose and cheeks and Her ears, adorned with golden earrings,\nmade Her face very beautiful. As She moved, Her sari's border on Her\nbreasts moved slightly aside. When the demigods and demons saw these\nbeautiful features of Mohin1-murti, who was glancing at them and\nslightly smiling, they were all completely enchanted.\n\nHaving thus\n\nbewildered the demons with Her sweet words and charming beauty,\nMohin1-mlirti fulfilled Her plan by distributing all the nectar to the\ndemigods, freeing them from invalidity, old age and death. (pp. 11-17)\n\n", "SB8.2#p0016": "", "SB8.2#p0017": "PLATE TWO\nRahu, the demon who causes eclipses of the sun and moon, covered\nhimself with the dress of a demigod and thus entered the assembly of the\ndemigods and drank nectar without being detected by anyone, even by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. The moon and the sun, however,\nbecause of permanent animosity toward Rahu, understood the situation.\nThus Rahu was detected. Then the Supreme Lord, Hari ( Mohini: } , using\nHis disc, which was sharp like a razor, at once cut off Rahu 's head. When\nRahu's head was severed from his body, his body immediately died, but\nhis head, having been touched by the nectar, became\n\n(pp. 20-21)\n\nimmortal.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0018": "", "SB8.2#p0019": "PLATE THREE\nWhen the demigods could find no way to counteract the activities of\nthe demons, they wholeheartedly meditated upon Lord Vii?I).U, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and the creator of the universe. Immediately the Lord became visible to the demigods. With eyes resembling the petals of a newly blossomed lotus, He appeared before them\nsitting on the back of Garu�a, spreading His lotus feet over Garu�a's\nshoulders. He was dressed in yellow and decorated with the Kaustubha\ngem, an invaluable helmet and brilliant earrings. He was holding various\nweapons in His eight hands. As the dangers of a dream cease when the\ndreamer awakens, the illusions created by the jugglery of the demons\nwere vanquished by the transcendental prowess of Lord Vi�?I).U as soon as\nHe entered the battlefield. But the demons were undaunted. Suddenly,\nthe demon Kalanemi, seeing the Supreme Lord on the battlefield, took up\n\nhis trident and prepared to discharge it at Garu�a's head. (pp. 58-61)\n\n", "SB8.2#p0020": "", "SB8.2#p0021": "PLATE FOUR\nAfter hearing how the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, had appeared in the form of a woman, capti';'ated the demons and enabled the\n\ndemigods\n\nto\n\ndrink\n\nnectar,\n\nLord Siva\n\nwent to\n\nthe\n\nplace\n\nwhere\n\nMadhusfidana, the Lord, resides. Accompanied by his wife, Uma,\n\nLord Siva went there to see the Lord's form of a woman. The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead welcomed Lord Siva and Umii with great respect,\n\nand after being seated comfortably, Lord Siva duly worshiped the Lord\nand smilingly spoke as follows: \"My Lord, I have seen all kinds of incarnations You have exhibited by Your transcendental qualities, but I have\nnever seen Your form of a beautiful young woman. My Lord, please show\nme that form of Yours, which You showed to the demons to captivate\nthem completely and in this way enable the demigods to drink nectar. I\n\nam very eager to see that form.\" When Lord Vi!?l)U heard Siva's request,\n\nHe smiled with gravity and replied as follows: \"0 Siva, you have pleased\n\nMe by your worship, and now I shall show you My form of a beautiful\nwoman, which is very much appreciated by those who are lusty. Since\nyou want to see that form, I shall now reveal it in your presence.\"\n\n(pp. 98-119)\n\n", "SB8.2#p0022": "", "SB8.2#p0023": "PLATE FIVE\nThose who are known as the impersonalist Vedantists regard �!?!).a as\nthe impersonal Brahman. Others, known as Mimarhsaka philosophers,\nregard Him as religion. The Sankhya philosophers regard Him as the\ntranscendental person who is beyond prakrti and puru-$a and who is the\ncontroller of even the demigods. Although these realizations are all partially true, it is only followers of the codes of devotional service known as\nthe Paiicaratras who can know �!?!).a completely-as the beloved\ncowherd boy of Vrndavana, who is always engaging in wonderful\npastimes with His dear devotees, and whose unparalleled beauty attracts\neveryone in the three worlds. (pp. 11 0-111)\n\n", "SB8.2#p0024": "", "SB8.2#p0025": "PLATE SIX\nDesiring to conquer lndra, the King of heaven, Bali Maharaja performed a special ritualistic ceremony called Visvajit.\n\nWhen ghee\n\n(clarified butter) was offered in the fire of sacrifice, there appeared from\nthe fire a celestial chariot covered with gold and silk. There also appeared\nyellow horses like those of lndra, a flag marked with a lion, a gilded bow,\ntwo quivers of infallible\n\narrows and celestial armor.\n\nThen\n\nBali\n\nMaharaja's grandfather Prahlada M�haraja offered Bali a garland of\nflowers that would never fade, and Sukracarya gave him a conchshell.\n\n(pp. 186-188)\n\n", "SB8.2#p0026": "", "SB8.2#p0027": "PLATE SEVEN\nWhen Bali Maharaja assembled his own soldiers and the demon chiefs,\n\nwho were equal to him in strength, opulence and beauty, they appeared\nas if they would swallow the sky and burn all directions with their vision.\n\nMter thus gathering the demoniac soldiers, Bali Maharaja departed for\n\nthe opulent capital of lndra. Indeed, he seemed to make the entire sur­\n\nface of the world tremble. Upon reaching the abode of Indra, Bali\n\nMaharaja assembled his soldiers outside the city's walls and sounded the\n\nconchshell given him by his spiritual master, Sukracarya, thus creating a\n\nfearful situation for the women protected by lndra. Seeing Bali's in­\n\ndefatigable endeavor and understanding his motive, King lndra was\n\nstruck with wonder.\n\n(pp. 190-199)\n\n", "SB8.2#p0028": "", "SB8.2#p0029": "CHAPTER NINE\n\nThe Lord Incarnates as Mohini-miirti\nThis chapter describes how the demons, being enchanted by the beauty\n\nof the Mohini form, agreed to hand over the container of nectar to\nMohinidevi, who tactfully delivered it to the demigods.\n\nWhen the demons got possession of the container of nectar, an ex­\n\ntraordinarily beautiful young woman appeared before them. All the\ndemons became captivated by the young woman's beauty and became at­\n\ntached to Her. Now, because the demons were fighting among themselves\n\nto possess the nectar, they selected this beautiful woman as a mediator to\nsettle their quarrel. Taking advantage of their weakness in this regard,\n\nMohini, the incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, got the\n\ndemons to promise that whatever decision She might give, they would\nnot refuse to accept it. When the demons made this promise, the\n\nbeautiful woman, Mohini-miirti, had the demigods and demons sit in dif­\n\nferent lines so that She could distribute the nectar. She knew that the\n\ndemons were quite unfit to drink the nectar. Therefore, by cheating\nthem She distributed all the nectar to the demigods. When the demons\nsaw this cheating of Mohini-miirti, they remained silent. But one demon,\n\nnamed Rahu, dressed himself like a demigod and sat down in the line of\nthe demigods. He sat beside the sun and the moon. When the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead understood how Rahu was cheating, He im­\n\nmediately cut off the demon's head. Rahu, however, had already tasted\n\nthe nectar, and therefore although his head was severed, he remained\n\nalive. After the demigods finished drinking the nectar, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead assumed His own form. Sukadeva Gosvami ends this\n\nchapter by describing how powerful is the chanting of the holy names,\npastimes and paraphernalia of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT I\n\n��\n�1�«1suu: qN ((f'ij�'ffiQiw : 1\n\"q;:«t �qiuun�•� �1:u: � 11 � 11\nI\n\n", "SB8.2#p0030": "[Canto 8, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n2\n\nsri-suka uviica\n\nte 'nyonyato 'surab. piilram\n\nharantas tyakta-sauhrdab.\n\n/cyipanto dasyu-dharmiir.za\n\nayantim dadrsub. striyam\n\nsri-sukab. uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said;\n\nte-the demons;\n\nanyonyatab.-among themselves; asurab.-the demons; patram-the\n\ncontainer of nectar; harantab.-snatching from one another; tyakta­\n\nsauhrdab.-became inimical toward one another; /cyipantab.-sometimes\nthrowing;\n\ndasyu-dharmiir:tab.-sometimes\n\nsnatching\n\nlike\n\nrobbers;\n\nayantim-coming forward; dadrsutz,-saw; striyam-a very beautiful\n\nand attractive woman.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: Thereafter, the demons became inimi­\n\ncal toward one another. Throwing and snatching the container of\n\nnectar, they gave up their friendly relationship. Meanwhile, they\n\nsaw a very beautiful young woman coming forward toward them.\nTEXT2\n\n� �fl \\111 31� � wR CA: I\n� � mqfu�� qSI'iifS'l6�U II� II\naho nlpam aho dhama\n\naho asya navam vayab.\n\niti te tam abhidrutya\n\npapracchur jata-hrc-chayab.\n\naho-how wonderful; nlpam-Her beauty; aho-how wonderful;\n\ndluima-Her bodily luster;\n\nnavam-new;\n\naho-how wonderful; asyab.-of Her;\n\nvayatz,-beautiful\n\nage;\n\niti-in this way;\n\nte-those\n\ndemons; tam-unto the beautiful woman; abhidrutya-going before\n\nHer hastily; papracchub.-inquired from Her; jata-hrt-sayab.-their\n\nhearts being filled with lust to enjoy Her.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0031": "Text3]\n\nThe Lord Incarnates as Mohini-mflrti\n\n3\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing the beautiful woman, the demons said, \"Alas, how\nwonderful is Her beauty, how wonderful the luster of Her body,\nand how wonderful the beauty of Her youthful age!\" Speaking in\nthis way, they quickly approached Her, full of lusty desires to enjoy Her, and began to inquire from Her in many ways.\nTEXT3\n\n'ii� Qqt;slijtfif��f*M4ifclfQ I\n\n� � � qJ«<N 'Rim ;r: II � II\nka tvam kanja-paliiSa�i\nkuto va kim ciki�asi\nkasyasi vada vamoru\nmathnativa maniirhs i na/:L\n\nka-who; tvam-are You; kanja-paliiSa-a�i-having eyes like the\npetals of a lotus; kuta/:L-from where; va-either; kim ciki�asi-what is\nthe purpose for which You have come here; kasya-of whom; asi-do\nYou belong; vada-kindly tell us; vama-uru-0 You whose thighs are\nextraordinarily beautiful; mathnati-agitating; iva-like; maniirhsiwithin our minds; na/:£-our.\nTRANSLATION\n0 wonderfully beautiful girl, You have such nice eyes, resembling the petals of a lotus flower. Who are You? Where do You\ncome from? What is Your purpose in coming here, and to whom\ndo You belong? 0 You whose thighs are extraordinarily beautiful,\nour minds are becoming agitated simply because of seeing You.\nPURPO.RT\nThe demons inquired from the wonderfully beautiful girl, \"To whom\ndo You belong?\" A woman is supposed to belong to her father before her\nmarriage, to her husband after her marriage, and to her grown sons in\n\n", "SB8.2#p0032": "[Canto 8, Ch. 9\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavauun\n\nher old age. In regard to this inquiry, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti\n\n'fhakura says that the question \"To whom do You belong?\" means\n\"Whose daughter are You?\" Since the demons could understand that the\n\nbeautiful girl was still unmarried, every one of them desired to marry\n\nHer. Thus they inquired, \"Whose daughter are You?\"\n\nTEXT4\n\n���: ftr.(tl��: I\nwtiW!\\CfT \\ill;i\\¥1-lf iffl �: II v II\niT\n\n�\n\nna vayarh tvamarair daityailt\nsiddha-gandharoa-carar:w-ilt\nnaspr�!a-pilroarh janimo\nlokesaiS ca kuto nrbhilt\nna-it\n\ndemigods;\n\nis\n\nnot;\n\nvayam-we;\n\ndaityailt-by\n\nthe\n\ntva-unto\n\ndemons;\n\nYou;\n\namarailt-by the\n\nsiddha-by\n\nthe\n\nSiddhas;\n\ngandharoa-by the Gandharvas; cara�ailt-and by the Carai).as; na­\n\nnot; aspma-pilroam-never enjoyed or touched by anyone; janimalt­\n\nknow exactly; loka iSailt-by the various directors of the universe; ca-\n\nalso; kutalt-what to speak of; nrbhilt -by human society.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhat to speak of human beings, even the demigods, demons,\n\nSiddhas, Gandharvas, Ciirm:tas and the various directors of the uni­\n\nverse, the Prajipatis, have never touched You before. It is not that\nwe are unable to understand Your identity.\n\n··\n\nPURPORT\nEven the asuras observed the etiquette that no one should address a\n\nmarried woman with lust. The great analyst C3.Qakya PaQ.d.ita says,\n\nmatrvat para-diire�u: one should consider another's wife to be one's\n\nmother. The asuras, the demons, took it for granted that the beautiful\nyoung woman, Mohini-miirti, who had arrived before them, was cer­\n\ntainly not married. Therefore they assumed that no one in the world, in-\n\n", "SB8.2#p0033": "Text 6]\n\nThe Lord Incarnates as Mohini-miirti\n\n5\n\neluding the demigods, the Gandharvas, the CaraQas and the Siddhas, had\never touched Her. The demons knew that the young girl was unmarried,\nand therefore they dared to address Her. They supposed that the young\ngirl, Mohini-miirti, had come there to find a husband among all those\npresent (the Daityas, the demigods, the Gandharvas and so on).\n\nnilnarh tvarh vidhinii subhrub,\npre$itdsi sariri1Jii,m\nsarvendriya-manab,-pritirh\nvidhiiturh saghrr:tena kim\nnilnam-indeed; tvam-You; vidhinii-by Providence; su-bhrub,-0\nYou with the beautiful eyebrows; pre$itii-sent; asi-certainly You are\nso; saririr:r-am-of all embodied living entities; sa rva-all; indriya-of\nthe senses;\n\nmanab,-and of the mind; pritim-what is pleasing;\n\nvidhiitum-to administer; sa-ghroena-by Your causeless mercy; kimwhether.\nTRANSLATION\n0 beautiful girl with beautiful eyebrows, certainly Providence,\nby His causeless mercy, has sent You to please the senses and minds\nof all of us. Is this not a fact?\n\nsii tvarh nab, spardhamiiniiniim\n\neka-vastuni miinini\njfiiitiniirh baddha-vairiiiJiir h\nsam vidhatsva sumadhyame\n\n", "SB8.2#p0034": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n6\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 9\n\nsd-as such You are; tvam-Your good self; nab,-of all of us\ndemons; spardhamiiniiniim-of those who are becoming increasingly inimical; eka-vastuni-in one subject matter (the container of nectar);\nmiinini-0 You who are most beautiful in Your prestigious position;\njfiiitindm-among\n\nour\n\nfamily\n\nmembers;\n\nbaddha-vairdr:ulm-in­\n\ncreasingly becoming enemies; sam-auspiciousness; vidhatsva-must\nexecute; su-madhyarne-0 beautiful thin-waisted woman.\nTRANSLATION\nWe are now all engaged in enmity among ourselves because of\n\nthis one subject matter-the container of nectar. Although we\n\nhave been born in the same family, we are becoming increasingly\n\ninimical. 0 thin-waisted woman, who are so beautiful in Your\n\nprestigious position, we therefore request You to favor us by settling our dispute.\n\nPURPORT\nThe demons understood that the beautiful woman had attracted the attention of them all. Therefore they unanimously requested Her to become the arbiter to settle their dispute.\nTEXT 7\n\n�� ii'W4((1�1( WRR: filil�ttl: I\nFtfliij(q �q·�•11 � � � � '' \\9 ''\nvayam kaSyapa-dayadii\nbhratarab, krta-pau�ab,\nvibhajasva yatha-nyayam\nnaiva bhedo yatha bhavet\nvayam-all of us; ka§yapa-dayadiib,-descendants of Ka.Syapa Muni;\nbhratarab,-we are all brothers; krta-pau�ab,-who are all able and\ncompetent; vibhajasva-just divide; yatha-nyayam-according to law;\nna-not;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nshould so become.\n\nbhedab,-partiality;\n\nyatha-as;\n\nbhavet­\n\n", "SB8.2#p0035": "Text\n\n9]\n\nThe Lord Incarnates as Mohini-miirti\n\n7\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll of us, both demons and demigods, have been born of the\nsame father, KaSyapa, and thus we are related as brothers. But now\nwe are exhibiting our personal prowess in dissension. Therefore\nwe request You to settle our dispute and divide the nectar equally\namong us.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�qlt(f�6) �M¥fi4l�Aa:liR: I\n�\n�fitoq•if4a,At�..iilifi(( 11 � 11\nity upamantrito daityair\nmdyli-yo�id-vapur hari/:t\nprahasya rucirliparigair\nniri�nn idam abravit\niti-thus; upamantrita/:t -being fervently requested; daityai/:t-by\nthe demons; mayli-yo�it -the illusory woman; vapu/:t hari /:t -the incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; prahasya-smiling;\nrucira-beautiful;\n\naparigai/:t-by\n\nexhibiting\n\nattractive\n\nfeminine\n\nfeatures; niri�an-looking at them; idam-these words; abravit-said.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving thus been requested by the demons, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who had assumed the form of a beautiful\nwoman, began to smile. Looking at them with attractive feminine\ngestures, She spoke as follows.\n\nTEXT9\n\n��l€fltliifl'*l\n� Cfi\"Wq�l4l�U i� 'IN �: I\nR.m qN«t �cm'fwftt �41ft� ft II \\ II\nsri-bhagavan uvlica\nkatham kaSyapa-dayadii/:t\npumscalyam mayi sarigata/:t\n\n", "SB8.2#p0036": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n8\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 9\n\nviSviisaril par:u/.ito jdtu\n\nkiimin�u na yati hi\nsr i-bhagavan uviica-the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the\nform of Mohini-miirti said; katham-how is it so; kaSyapa-dayiidiil}.you are all descendants\n\nof Ka8yapa Muni; pumscalyam-unto a\n\nprostitute who agitates the minds of men; mayi-unto Me; sangatal}.you come in My association; viSrosam-faith; par:u/.ital}.-those who are\nlearned; jatu-at any time; kamin�u-unto a woman; na-never;\nyati-takes place; hi-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, in the form of Mohini,\n\ntold the demons: 0 sons of KaSyapa Muni, I am only a prostitute.\n\nHow is it that you have so much faith in Me? A learned person\nnever puts his faith in a woman.\n\nPURPORT\nCfu;lakya Pa1�u�ita, the great politician and moral instructor, said,\nviSvaso naiva kartavyal}. str�u raja-kule$U ca: \"Never put your faith in a\nwoman or a politician.\" Thus the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\nwas pretending to be a woman, warned the demons against putting so\nmuch faith in Her, for She had appeared as an attractive woman\nultimately to cheat them. Indirectly disclosing the purpose for which She\nhad appeared before them, She said to the sons of Kasyapa, \"How is this?\nYou were all born of a great r$i, yet you are putting your faith in a\nwoman who is loitering here and there like a prostitute, unprotected by\nfather or husband. Women in general should not be trusted, and what to\nspeak of a woman loitering like a prostitute?\" The word kamini is significant in this connection. Women, especially beautiful young women,\ninvoke the dormant lusty desires of a man. Therefore, according to\n\nManu-samhita, every woman should be protected, either by her husband, by her father or by her grown sons. Without such protection, a\nwoman will be exploited. Indeed, women like to be exploited by men. As\nsoon as a woman is exploited by a man, she becomes a common\nprostitute. This is explained by Mohini-miirti, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0037": "Text 11]\n\nThe Lord Incarnates as Mohini-miirti\n\n9\n\nTEXT 10\n\n�� � � �ftuft;ri uU111: I\n�tfJFM�tfit � �RN;<f61i( II� 11\no\n\nsalavrka� strUJ,am ca\nsvairir:tiniim sura-dv�ab.\nsakhyany ahur anityani\nnutnam niltnam vicinvatam\nsalavrkdr:tdm-of monkeys, jackals and dogs; striTJdm ca-and of\n\nwomen; svairir:tiniim-especially women who are independent; sura­\n\ndv�ab,-0 demons; sakhyani-friendship; ahub,-it is said; anityani­\n\ntemporary; niltnam-new friends; niltnam-new friends; vicinvatam­\n\nall of whom are thinking.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 demons, as monkeys, jackals and dogs are unsteady in their\nsexual relationships and want newer and newer friends every day,\nwomen who live independently seek new friends daily. Friendship\nwith such a woman is never permanent. This is the opinion of\nlearned scholars.\nTEXT 11\n\n� iS?IR\n� � ��ij(ij�t 3Tt��suu: 1\n\n���\n\nq�lil6¥11� ������\n\nsri-suka uvaca\niti te �velitais tasya\nasvasta-manaso 'surab,\njahasur bhava-gambhiram\ndadu§ camrta-bhajanam\nsri-sukab, uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; te-those\n\ndemons; �velitaib,-by speaking as if jokingly; tasyab,-of Mohini­\n\nmiirti; asvasta-grateful, with faith; manasab,-their minds; asuro./.1.­\n\nall\n\nthe\n\ndemons;\n\njahasub,-laughed;\n\nbhava-gambhiram-although\n\n", "SB8.2#p0038": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n10\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 9\n\nMohini-mlirti was full of gravity; dadu!t-delivered; ca-also; amrtabhiijaTUlm-the rontainer of nectar.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: Mter the demons heard the\n\nwords of Mohini-miirti, who had spoken as if jokingly, they were\n\nall very confident. They laughed with gravity, and ultimately they\n\ndelivered the container of nectar into Her hands.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Personality of Godhead in His form of Mohini was certainly not\njoking but talking seriously, with gravity. The demons, however, being\ncaptivated by Mohini-mwti's bodily features, took Her words as a joke\nand confidently delivered the rontainer of nectar into Her hands. Thus\nMohini-mlirti resembles Lord Buddha, who appeared sammohiiy a suradv�am-to cheat the asuras. The word sura-dv�am refers to those who\nare envious of the demigods or devotees. Sometimes an incarnation of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead cheats the atheists. Thus we see here\nthat although Mohini-miirti was speaking factually to the asuras, the\nasuras took Her words to be facetious. Indeed, they were so confident of\n\nMohini-miirti's honesty that they immediately delivered the container of\nnectar into Her hands, as if they would allow Her to do with the nectar\nwhatever She liked, whether She distributed it, threw it away or drank it\nHerself without giving it to them.\nTEXT 12\n\nmft\n\n�2'l€CII'l�;f �ft�'f �qf��T fim I\n� ffi � �'*1911 i!f1\n�qtJJ eft� ij1in� II� �II\n\ntato grh\"itvamrta-bhiijaTUlm hari r\n\nbab� �at-smita-sobhaya gi ra\nyady abhyupetam kva ca sadhv asadhu va\nkrtam maya vo vibhaje sudhiim imam\n\n", "SB8.2#p0039": "Text 13]\n\nThe Lord Incarnates as Mohini-miirti\n\n11\n\ntataft-thereafter; grhitva-taking possession of; amrta-bhajanamthe pot containing the nectar; harift-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, in the form of Mohini; bab/u4a-spoke; i:,sat-slightly;\nsmita-sobhaya gira-with smiling beauty and by words; yadi-if;\nabhyupetam-promised to be accepted; kva ca-whatever it may be;\nsadhu asadhu va-whether honest or dishonest; krtam maya-is done\nby Me; vaft-unto you; vibhaje-I shall give you the proper share;\nsudham-nectar; imam-this.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, having taken\npossession of the container of nectar, smiled slightly and spoke in\nattractive words. She said: My dear demons, if you accept whatever\nI may do, whether honest or dishonest, then I can take responsibility for dividing the nectar among you.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead cannot abide by anyone's dictation. Whatever He does is absolute. The demons, of course, were deluded\nby the illusory potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and thus\nMohini-mfirti got them to promise that whatever She would do they\nwould accept.\nTEXT 13\n\n(€tl��l(d �l ��it!(�tctr: I\n31Sf441UI�i(��\nij�c:�;:<:(4Qij II�� II\nity abhivyahrtam tasya\naka�yasura-pu�avaft\naprarnar:w.-vidas tasyas\ntat tathety anvamamsata\niti-thus; abhivyahrtam-the words that were spoken; tasyaft-Her;\naka�ya-after hearing; asura-pu�avaft-the chiefs of the demons;\napramar:w.-vidaft-because they were all foolish; tasyaft-of Her; tat-\n\n", "SB8.2#p0040": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n12\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 9\n\nthose words; tatha-let it be so; iti-thus; anvamarilsata -agreed to accept.\nTRANSLATION\nThe chiefs of the demons were not very expert in deciding\nthings. Upon hearing the sweet words of Mohini-miirti, they immediately assented. \"Yes,\" they answered. \"What You have said is\nall right.\" Thus the demons agreed to accept Her decision.\nTEXTS 14-15\n\n�'W.f �(a(IWfl �� � (�'ll'R�'( I\n��� tftftsr�: ����Wfl f�: II� �II\n·�\n-.&:.\n\"' \"' •\n�fll\nq�:tltt crmr,eq���n-1\n,...\n\n�\n('! 1\n\nm snfcf��� 3flll�6H ������\nathopo�ya krta-snana\nhutva ca hav�analam\ndattva go-vipra-bhutebhya/:1,\nkrta-svastyayana dvijai/:1,\nyathopajo�arh vasarilsi\nparidhayahatani te\nku5e�u praviSan sarve\nprag-agre�v abhibh�ita/:1,\n\natka-thereafter; upo�ya -observing a fast; krta-snana/:1, -perf orm\n\n­\n\ning bathing; hutva-offering oblations; ca-also; hav�a-with clarified\nbutter; analam-into the fire; dattva-giving in charity; go-viprabhiltebhya/:1,-unto the cows, brahmar:ws and living beings in general;\nkrta-svastyayana/:1,-performing ritualistic ceremonies; dvijai/:1,-as dic­\n\ntated by the brahmar:ws; yatha-upajo�am-according to one's taste;\nvasa msi-garment s; paridhay a-p utting on; ahatani-first-class and\n\nnew; te-all of them; ku5e�u-on seats made of ku5a grass; praviSansitting\n\non\n\nthem;\n\nsarve-all\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\nprak-agre�u-facing\n\nab hibh�ita/:1,-pro perly decorated with ornaments.\n\neast;\n\n", "SB8.2#p0041": "Text\n\n17]\n\nThe Lord Incarnates as Mohini-mdrti\n\n13\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods and demons then observed a fast. Mter bathing,\nthey offered clarified butter and oblations into the fire and gave\ncharity to the cows and to the brahma�as and members of the\nother orders of society, namely the k�triyas, vaisyas and siidras,\nwho were all rewarded as they deserved. Thereafter, the demigods\nand demons performed ritualistic ceremonies under the directions\nof the brah�. Then they dressed themselves with new garments according to their own choice, decorated their bodies with\nornaments, and sat facing east on seats made of kusa grass.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Vedas enj oin that for every ritualistic ceremony one must first become clean by bathing either in the water of the Ganges or Yamuna or in\nthe sea. Then one may perform the ritualistic ceremony and offer\nclarified butter into the fire. In this verse the words paridluiya ahatani\nare especially significant. A sannyiisi or a person about to perform a\nritualistic ceremony should not dress himself in clothing sewn with a\nneedle.\nTEXTS\n\n16-17\n\nst••\"tqfcie� �� �fd�!! � 1\n��ij�ll�lti � �lle!tiG.l..i: II� �II\n\nmoil�•==QT\n\nij1 �\n\n�o..�NfSt<twt\n\nfWt(ij._l WQqlfui('-Ufci�\\1\n\nII�\\91 1\n\np rali-m ukhe�upav�!e�u\nsure�u ditije�u ca\ndhupamodita-saliiyam\nj�!iiyam malya-dipakai�\ntasyam narendra karablwrur u5ad-d�kulasro�i-ta!ii,lasa-gatir mada-vihvalii�i\n\n", "SB8.2#p0042": "14\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 9\n\nsa kujati kanaka-nupura-sinjitena\nkumbha-stani kalasa-pii:rJ-ir athavive§a\nprak-mukhe$u-facing east; upavi$!e$u-were sitting on their respective seats; sure$u-all the demigods; diti-je$u\n\n-the demons; ca-als ;\no\n\ndhupa-amodita-saliiyam-in the arena, which was full of the smoke of\nincense; }U$!dyam-fully decorated; malya-dipakaib,-with flower garlands and lamps; tasyam-in that arena; nara-indra-0 King; karabhailrub,-having thighs resembling the trunks of elephants; u5at-dukilladressed with a very beautiful sari; sro�i-tata-because of big hips;\nalasa-gatib,-stepping very slowly;\n\nmada-vihvala-ak$i-whose eyes\n\nwere restless because of youthful pride; sa-She; kiljati-tinkling;\nkanaka-nilpura-of golden ankle bells; sinjitena-with the sound;\nkumbha-stani-a woman whose breasts were like water jugs; kalasapa�ib,-holding a waterpot in Her hand; atha-thus; avive5a-entered\nthe arena.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, as the demigods and demons sat facing east in an arena\n\nfully decorated with flower garlands and lamps and fragrant with\n\nthe smoke of incense, that woman, dressed in a most beautiful sari,\n\nHer ankle bells tinkling, entered the arena, walking very slowly\n\nbecause of Her big, low hips. Her eyes were restless due to\nyouthful pride, Her breasts were like water jugs, Her thighs\n\nresembled the trunks of elephants, and She carried a waterpot in\nHer hand.\n\nTEXT 18\n\naf����,�'qi\"'Uf�IQI'fi-il�qf(�f q(�€4(11(.*41( I\n�,q �.,,(i�\n�� R•lfe6(6�qft••RII'U It <=II\ntam sri-sakhim kanaka-kuTJ4a,la-caru-ka�nasa-kapola-vadanam para-devatakhyam\nsamvik$ya sammumuhur utsmita-vik$a�na\ndevasura vigalita-stana-pat!ikantam\n\n", "SB8.2#p0043": "Text 19]\n\nThe Lord Incarnates as Mohini-miirti\n\n15\n\ntam-unto Her; sri-sakhim-appearing like a personal associate of the\n\ngoddess of fortune; kanaka-kur:u)ala-with golden earrings; cdru-very\nbeautiful; ka�-ears; ndsd-nose; kapola-cheeks; vadandm-face;\n\npara-devata-akhyam-the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead,\nappearing in that form; samvi�ya-looking at Her; sammumuhufi,-all\n\nof them became enchanted; utsmita-slightly smiling; vi�ar:tenaglancing over them; deva-asurafi,-all the demigods and demons;\n\nvigalita-stana-pa!#ka-antam-the border of the sari on the breasts\n\nmoved slightly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHer attractive nose and cheeks and Her ears, adorned with\ngolden earrings, made Her face very beautiful. As She moved, Her\nsari's border on Her breasts moved slightly aside. When the\ndemigods and demons saw these beautiful features of Mohinimiirti, who was glancing at them and slightly smiling, they were all\ncompletely enchanted.\nPURPORT\nSrtla Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura remarks here that Mohini-miirti\n\nis the Supreme Personality of Godhead in a feminine form and that the\n\ngoddess of fortune is Her associate. This form assumed by the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead challenged the goddess of fortune. The goddess of\n\nfortune is beautiful, but if the Lord accepts the form of a woman, He\n\nsurpasses the goddess of fortune in beauty. It is not that the goddess of\n\nfortune, being female, is the most beautiful. The Lord is so beautiful that\n\nHe can excel any beautiful goddess of fortune by assuming a female\nform.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nat� � ecrtutlfili4 � 1\n� i511f<I;Neawwi •nrt �+ii5t(�(t: 11 � ���\nasura{tdm sudha-danam\n\nsarpa{tdm iva dumayam\n\nmatva jati-nrsamsandm\n\nna tam vyabhajad acyutab-\n\n", "SB8.2#p0044": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n16\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 9\n\nasurd{uim-of the demons; sudhd-ddnam-giving of the nectar;\nsarpd�m-of snakes; iva-like; durnayam-miscalculation; matvathinking like that; jati-nrsarilsandm-of those who are by nature very\nenvious; na-not; tam-the nectar; ryabhajat-delivered the share;\nacyuta�-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who never falls down.\nTRANSLATION\nDemons are by nature crooked like snakes. Therefore, to dis­\n\ntribute a share of the nectar to them was not at all feasible, since\nthis would be as dangerous as supplying milk to a snake. Consider­\n\ning this, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who never falls\ndown, did not deliver a share of nectar to the demons.\nPURPORT\nIt is said, sarpa� krara� khala� krara� sarpat kraratara� khala�:\n\n\"The snake is very crooked and envious, and so also is a person like a\ndemon.\" Mantra�hi-va§a� sarpa� khala� kena nivaryate: \"One can\nbring a snake under control with mantras, herbs and drugs, but an envious and crooked person cannot be brought under control by any\nmeans.\" Considering this logic, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nthought it unwise to distribute nectar to the demons.\nTEXT 20\n\n�� � q���'fi ��: I\n(ffwiN�\\Ictt•ue � � � qfl!ll � II\n\"'\n\no\n\nkalpayitva prthak panktir\nubhaye¢rh jagat-pati�\ntams copavesayam asa\nsve�u sve�u ca pankt4u\nkalpayitva-after\n\narranging;\n\nprthak\n\npankti�-different\n\nseats;\n\nubhaye�am-of both the demigods and the demons; jagat-pati�-the\nmaster of the universe; tan-all of them; ca-and; upavesayam dsa-\n\n", "SB8.2#p0045": "Text 21]\n\nThe Lord Incarnates as Mohini-miirti\n\n17\n\nseated; sve�u sve�u-in their own places; ca-also; parik/i$u-all in\norder.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nas\n\nMohini-miirti, the\n\nmaster of the universe, arranged separate lines of sitting places\nand seated the demigods and demons according to their positions.\nTEXT 21\n\n��•...z\"auw\n\nif!ll4;osqe�: 1\n�''l qail44t•ue \"10'l�td � 11� � 11\ndaityan grhita-kalaso\nvancayann upasancarai/:£\ndura-sthan payayam dsa\njara-mrtyu-hararh sudham\ndaityan-the demons; grhita-kalasal)-the Lord, who bore the container of nectar; vancayan-by cheating; upasancarai/:£-with sweet\nwords; dura-sthan-the demigods, who were sitting at a distant place;\npayayam dsa-made them drink; jara-mrtyu-haram-which can counteract invalidity, old age and death; sudham-such nectar.\nTRANSLATION\nTaking the container of nectar in Her hands, She first approached the demons, satisfied them with sweet words and thus\ncheated them of their share of the nectar. Then She administered\nthe nectar to the demigods, who were sitting at a distant place, to\nmake them free from invalidity, old age and death.\nPURPORT\nMohini-mfirti, the Personality of Godhead, gave the demigods seats at\na distance. Then She approached the demons and spoke with them very\ngraciously, so that they thought themselves very fortunate to talk with\nHer. Since Mohini-mfirti had seated the demigods at a distant place, the\n\n", "SB8.2#p0046": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n18\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 9\n\ndemons thought that the demigods would get only a little of the nectar\nand that Mohini-miirti was so pleased with the demons that She would\ngive the demons all the nectar. The words vancayann upasancarai/:t indicate that the Lord's whole policy was to cheat the demons simply by\nspeaking sweet words. The Lord's intention was to distribute the nectar\nonly to the demigods.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n� q�: e&f44'4tJ(I: � � I\n�ft&fte�('I�(U ��� ����II\nte piilayanta/:t samayam\nasura/:t sva-krtam nrpa\nt�TJim iisan krta-snehii/:t\nstri-vivada-jugupsaya\nte-the\n\ndemons;\n\npiilayanta/:t-keeping\n\nin\n\norder;\n\nsamayam­\n\nequilibrium; asuni/:t-the demons; sva-krtam-made by them; nrpa-0\nKing; �1Jim iisan-remained silent; krta-snehii/:t-because of having\ndeveloped attachment to Mohini-miirti; stri-viviida-disagreeing with a\nwoman; jugupsaya-because of thinking such an action as abominable.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, since the demons had promised to accept whatever the\n\nwoman did, whether just or unjust, now, to keep this promise, to\nshow their equilibrium and to save themselves from fighting with\na woman, they remained silent.\nTEXT 23\n\n�t f)('lmtSfU144U stUfli'N144.1(1(t: I\n'l!'fi�Wf � ;it�: �IR f?lrli444( II�� II\ntasyam krtatipra7Jaya/:t\npra7Jayiipaya-katara/:t\nbahu-manena cabaddhii\nnocu/:t kincana vipriyam\n\n", "SB8.2#p0047": "Text 24]\n\nThe Lord Incarnates as Mohini-miirti\n\n19\n\ntasyam-of Mohini-mlirti; krta-ati-pra�yab,-hecause of staunch\nfriendship; pra�ya-apaya-katarab,-being afraid that their friendship\nwith Her would be broken; bahu-miinena-by great respect and honor;\nca-also; abaddhab,-being too attached to Her; na-not; ilcub, -they\nsaid; kiricana-even the slightest thing; vipriyam-by which Mohinimftrti might be displeased with them.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demons had developed affection for Mohini-mftrti and a\nkind of faith in Her, and they were afraid of disturbing their relationship. Therefore they showed respect and honor to Her words\nand did not say anything that might disturb their friendship with\nHer.\nPURPORT\nThe demons were so captivated by the tricks and friendly words of\nMohini-mftrti that although the demigods were served first, the demons\nwere pacified merely by sweet words. The Lord said to the demons, \"The\ndemigods are very miserly and are excessively anxious to take the nectar\nfirst. So let them have it first. Since you are not like them you can wait a\nlittle longer. You are all heroes and are so pleased with Me. It is better for\nyou to wait until after the demigods drink.\"\nTEXT 24\n\n�CifeWSifij�:\n(Citrl��CI·� I\n�: it'f¥4N'4-.Wl1Eil� � �: 11�\\lll\ndeva-linga-praticchannab,\nsvarbhanur deva-sarilsadi\npravi$!ab. somam apibac\ncandrarkabhyam ca silcitab,\ndeva-linga-praticchannab, -covering himself with the dress of a\ndemigod; svarbhanub,-Rahu (who attacks and eclipses the sun and\nmoon); deva-sarilsadi-in the group of the demigods; pravi.$tab.-hav\n\n­\n\ning entered; somam-the nectar; apibat-drank; candra-arkabhyamby both the moon and the sun; ca-and; silci tab.\n\n- was pointed out.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0048": "20\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nRalm, the demon who causes eclipses of the sun and moon,\n\ncovered himself with the dress of a demigod and thus entered the\nassembly of the demigods and drank nectar without being detected\n\nby anyone, even by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\n\nmoon and the sun, however, because of permanent animosity\n\ntoward Riilm, understood the situation. Thus Rahu was detected.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Mohini-miirti, was able to\nbewilder all the demons, but Rahu was so clever that he was not\nbewildered. Rahu could understand that Mohini-miirti was cheating the\ndemons, and therefore he changed his dress, disguised himself as a\ndemigod, and sat down in the assembly of the demigods. Here one may\nask why the Supreme Personality of Godhead could not detect Rahu. The\nreason is that the Lord wanted to show the effects of drinking nectar.\nThis will be revealed in the following verses. The moon and sun,\nhowever, were always alert in regard to Rahu. Thus when Rahu entered\nthe assembly of the demigods, the moon and sun immediately detected\nhim, and then the Supreme Personality of Godhead also became aware of\nhim.\nTEXT 25\n\n� �� � fir.Rf: ftR: I\nc�Ua� ..-t.-\\l'd WA1S1Ndl� ll�'-\\11\ncakrer:w �ura-dharer:w\njahara pibata/:L sira/:L\nharis tasya kabandhas tu\nsudhayiiplavito 'patat\ncakrer:w-by the disc; �ura-dluirer:w-which was sharp like a razor;\njaluira-cut off; pibata/:L- while drinking nectar; sira/:t-the head;\nhari/:t-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tasya-of that Rahu;\nkabandha/:L tu-but the headless body; s udhaya-by the nectar;\naplavita/:L-without being touched; apatat-immediately fell dead.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0049": "Text 26]\n\nThe Lord Incarnates as Mohini-miirti\n\n21\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, using His disc,\nwhich was sharp like a razor, at once cut off Riilm's head. When\nRahu's head was severed from his body, the body, being untouched by the nectar, could not survive.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen the Personality of Godhead, Mohini-miirti, severed Rahu's head\nfrom his body, the head remained alive although the body died. Rahu\nhad been drinking nectar through his mouth, and before the nectar entered his body, his head was cut off. Thus Rahu's head remained alive\nwhereas the body died. This wonderful act performed by the Lord was\nmeant to show that nectar is miraculous ambrosia.\nTEXT 26\n\n� ;ft<:�ii'Sit IC¥1�'K'f<T\\ I\n� �fiit � �oo: ����''\nsiras tv amaratarh nitam\najo graham acik.lpat\nyas tu parvar:ti candrarkav\nabhidhiivati vaira-dhil},\nsiral},-the head; tu-of course; amaratam-immortality; nitamhaving obtained; ajai},-Lord Brahma; graham-as one of the planets;\nacikfpat-recognized; yal},-the same Rahu; tu-indeed; parvar:ti-during the periods of the full moon and dark moon; candra-arkau-both\nthe moon and the sun; abhidhiivati-chases; vaira-dhil},-because of\nanimosity.\nTRANSLATION\nRalm's head, however, having been touched by the nectar, became immortal. Thus Lord Brahma accepted Rahu's head as one of\nthe planets. Since Riilm is an eternal enemy of the moon and the\nsun, he always tries to attack them on the nights of the full moon\nand the dark moon.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0050": "22\n\nSrUnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nSince Rahu had become immortal, Lord Brahma accepted him as one\nof the gralu:Ls, or planets, like the moon and the sun. Rahu, however,\nbeing an eternal enemy of the moon and sun, attacks them periodically\nduring the nights of the full moon and the dark moon.\n\nTEXT 27\n\ntf\\ijSfl�� � �l4itti'4Wf: I\n�61i4t\\l JJU1f � � � tft: ����II\n..\n\npita-praye 'mrte devair\nbhagaviin loka-bhiivana/.1.\npa.Syatiim asurendriil}-iim\nsvam rilpam jagrhe hari/.1.\npita-praye\n\n- when almost finished being drunk; amrte-the nectar;\n\ndevai /.1.-by the demigods; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead as Mohini-mfuti; loka-bhiivana/.1.-the maintainer and well-wisher\nof the three worlds; pa.Syatiim-in the presence of; asura-indriil}-iimall the demons, with their chiefs; svam-own; rilpam-form; jagrhemanifested; hari/.1.-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the best friend and\n\nwell-wisher of the three worlds. Thus when the demigods had\n\nalmost finished drinking the nectar, the Lord, in the presence of\nall the demons, disclosed His original form.\nTEXT 28\n\n(4ij�ij4it(JS��A.CNI:I\nijSUfld �t: Cfi(JSij$(4��li(ql�liJ :'IqOU't ��: ����II\n� UOU(41UU:\n\n", "SB8.2#p0051": "Text 28)\n\nThe Lord Incarnates as Mohini-miirti\n\n23\n\nevam surasura-ga1Jii}; sama-desa-kalahetv-artha-karma-matayo 'pi phale vikalpal;\ntatramrtam sura-ga1Jii} ; phalam aiijasapur\nyat-pada -;·xuikaja-rajal;-sraya1Jiin na daityal;\nevam-thus; sura-the demigods; asura-ga1Jii/:t-and the demons;\nama -equal; desa -place; kala-time; hetu-cause; artha-objective;\nkarma-activities; mataya /;-ambition; 'api-although one; phale-in\nthe result; vikalpal;-not equal; tatra-thereupon; amrtam-nectar;\nsura-ga1Jii} ;-the demigods; phalam the result; aiijas a-easily, totally\nor directly; dpu/;-achieved; yat -because of; pada-panka ja-of the\ns\n\n-\n\nlotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; rajal;-of the saffron\ndust; srayaTJiit-because of receiving benedictions or taking shelter;\nna-not; daityal;-the demons.\nTRANSLATION\nThe place, the time, the cause, the purpose, the activity and the\nambition were all the same for both the demigods and the demons,\nbut the demigods achieved one result and the demons another. Because the demigods are always under the shelter of the dust of the\nLord's lotus feet, they could very easily drink the nectar and get its\nresult. The demons, however, not having sought shelter at the\nlotus feet of the Lord, were unable to achieve the result they\ndesired.\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gita (4.11) it is said, ye yatha mam prapadyante tams\ntathaiva bhajamy aham: the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the\nsupreme judge who rewards or punishes different persons according to\ntheir surrender unto His lotus feet. Therefore it can actually be seen that\nalthough karmis and bhaktas may work in the same place, at the same\ntime, with the same energy and with the same ambition, they achieve\ndifferent results. The karmis transmigrate through different bodies in\nthe cycle of birth and death, sometimes going upward and sometimes\ndownward, thus suffering the results of their actions in the karma­\n\ncakra, the cycle of birth and death. The devotees, however, because of\nfully surrendering at the lotus feet of the Lord, are never baffied in their\nattempts. Although externally they work almost like the karmis, the\n\n", "SB8.2#p0052": "24\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch 9\n.\n\ndevotees go back home, back to Godhead, and achieve success in every\neffort. The demons or atheists have faith in their own endeavors, but although they work very hard day and night, they cannot get any more\nthan their destiny. The devotees, however, can surpass the reactions of\n\nkarma and achieve wonderful results, even without effort. It is also said,\nphaleTUJ pariciyate: one's success or defeat in any activity is understood\nby its result. There are many karmis in the dress of devotees, but the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead can detect their purpose. The karmis\nwant to use the property of the Lord for their selfish sense gratification,\nbut a devotee endeavors to use the Lord's property for God's service.\n\nTherefore a devotee is always distinct from the karmis, although the\n\nkarmis may dress like devotees. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (3.9),\nyajnarthiit karmar:w 'nyatra loko 'yam karma-bandhaTUJ/:t. One who\n\nworks for Lord Vi�?l.lU is free from this material world, and after giving\n\nup his body he goes back home, back to Godhead. A karmi, however, al­\n\nthough externally working like a devotee, is entangled in his nondevotional activity, and thus he suffers the tribulations of material existence.\n\nThus from the results achieved by the karmis and devotees, one can\nunderstand the presence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\nacts differently for the karmis and jnanis than for the devotees. The\n\nauthor of Sri Caitanya-caritiimrta therefore says:\n\nkr�r:ta-bhakta-n�kama, ataeva 'santa'\nbhukti-mukti-siddhi-kami-sakali 'a.Santa'\nThe karmis who desire sense gratification, the jnanis who aspire for the\n\nliberation of merging into the existence of the Supreme, and the yogis\nwho seek material success in mystic power are all restless, and ultimately\nthey are baffied. But the devotee, who does not expect any personal\nbenefit and whose only ambition is to spread the glories of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, is blessed with all the auspicious results of\n\nbhakti-yoga, without hard labor.\n\nTEXT 29\n\nq ��st\\ctud¥twt1ct\"41f¥1�··E'Iilf4>S �flt(ij((id_ �*'41d\\ I\n\n", "SB8.2#p0053": "Text 29]\n\nThe Lord Incarnates as Mohini-mftrti\n\n25\n\nyad yujyate 'su-vasu-kanna-mano-vacobhir\ndehatmajadi§u nrbhis tad asat prthaktvat\ntair eva sad bhavati yat kriyate 'prthaktvat\nsarvasya tad bhamti mula-ni§ecanam yat\nyat-whatever; yujyate-is performed; asu-for the protection of\none's life; vasu-protection of wealth; kanna-activities; manaft-by\nthe acts of the mind; vacobhift-by the acts of words; deha-atma-jaadi§u-for the sake of one's personal body or family, etc., with reference\nto the body; nrbhift-by the human beings; tat-that; asat-impermanent, transient; prthaktvat-because of separation from the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; taift-by the same activities; eva-indeed; sat\nbhavati-becomes factual and permanent; yat-which; kriyate-is performed; aprthaktvat-because of nonseparation; sa rvasya-for everyone; tat bhavati-becomes beneficial; mula-ni§ecanam-exactly like\npouring water on the root of a tree; yat-which.\nTRANSLATION\nIn human society there are various activities performed for the\nprotection of one's wealth and life by one's words, one's mind and\none's actions, but they are all performed for one's personal or\nextended sense gratification with reference to the body. All these\nactivities are bafHed because of being separate from devotional\nservice. But when the same activities are performed for the\nsatisfaction of the Lord, the beneficial results are distributed to\neveryone, just as water poured on the root of a tree is distributed\nthroughout the entire tree.\nPURPORT\nThis is the distinction between materialistic activities and activities\nperformed in Kr�IJ.a consciousness. The entire world is active, and this\nincludes the karmis, the jnanis, the yogis and the bhaktas. However, all\nactivities except those of the bhaktas, the devotees, end in baffiement and\n\n", "SB8.2#p0054": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n26\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 9\n\na waste of time and energy. Mogha.Sa mogha-karmar:w mogha-jfuina\nvicetasab,: if one is not a devotee, his hopes, his activities and his knowl­\n\nedge are all baffied. A nondevotee works for his personal sense gratifica­\n\ntion or for the sense gratification of his family, society, community or\n\nnation, but because all such activities are separate from the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, they are considered asat. The word asat means\n\nbad or temporary, and sat means permanent and good. Activities per­\n\nformed for the satisfaction of Krf?�a are permanent and good, but asat\n\nactivity, although sometimes celebrated as philanthropy, altruism,\n\nnationalism, this \"ism\" or that \"ism,\" will never produce any permanent result and is therefore all bad. Even a little work done in Krf?�a con­\n\nsciousness is a permanent asset and is all-good because it is done for\n\nKrf?�a, the all-good Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is everyone's\nfriend (suhrdam saroa-bhutdniim). The Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead is the only enjoyer and proprietor of everything (bhoktaram yajnatapasdm saroa-loka-mahesvaram). Therefore any activity performed for\n\nthe Supreme Lord is permanent. As a result of such activities, the per­\n\nformer is immediately recognized. Na ca tasman man�ye�u kaScin me\npriya-krttamab,. Such a devotee, because of full knowledge of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, is immediately transcendental, al­\n\nthough he may superficially appear to be engaged in materialistic ac­\n\ntivities. The only distinction between materialistic activity and spiritual\nactivity is that material activity is performed only to satisfy one's own\n\nsenses whereas spiritual activity is meant to satisfy the transcendental\n\nsenses of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. By spiritual activity\neveryone factually benefits, whereas by materialistic activity no one\nbenefits and instead one becomes entangled in the laws of karma.\n\nThus eruls the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Ninth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Lord Incarnates as\nMohini-milrti.\n\n\"\n\n", "SB8.2#p0055": "CHAPTER TEN\n\nThe Battle Between\nthe Demigods and the Demons\nThe summary of Chapter Ten is as follows. Because of envy, the fight between the demons and the demigods continued. When the demigods were\nalmost defeated by demoniac maneuvers and became morose, Lord Vi!?QU\nappeared among them.\nBoth the demigods and the demons are expert in activities involving\nthe material energy, but the demigods are devotees of the Lord, whereas\nthe demons are just the opposite. The demigods and demons churned the\nocean of milk to get nectar from it, but the demons, not being devotees of\nthe Lord, could derive no profit. Mter feeding nectar to the demigods,\nLord Vi!?QU returned to His abode on the back of Garu�a, but the\ndemons, being most aggrieved, again declared war against the demigods.\nBali Maharaja, the son of Virocana, became the commander in chief of\nthe demons. In the beginning of the battle, the demigods prepared to\ndefeat the demons. lndra, King of heaven, fought with Bali, and other\ndemigods, like Vayu, Agni and V arur;ta, fought against other leaders of\nthe demons. In this fight the demons were defeated, and to save themselves from death they began to manifest many illusions through material maneuvers, killing many soldiers on the side of the demigods. The\ndemigods, finding no other recourse, surrendered again to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Vif?r;tu, who then appeared and counteracted all\nthe illusions presented by the jugglery of the demons. Heroes among the\ndemons such as Kalanemi, Mali, Sumali and Malyavan fought the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and were all killed by the Lord. The\ndemigods were thus freed from all dangers.\nTEXT 1\n\n��\n\n� «Jwtct�a*u ifiA\\4(41� � 1\n�: • �If CIIU�q(l91('41: II � II\n\"'\n\n27\n\n", "SB8.2#p0056": "28\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 10\n\nsri-suka uvaca\niti danava-daiteya\nruivindann amrtarh nrpa\nyukta/:t karmaTJ-i yattiiS ca\nviisudeva-pararimukha/:t\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; danavadaiteya/:t-the asuras and the demons; na-not; avindan-achieved\n(the desired result); amrtam-nectar; nrpa-0 King; yukta/:t-all being\ncombined; karmaTJ-i-in the churning; yatta/:t-engaged with full attention and effort; ca-and; viisu.deva-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, l(r�:t;ta; pararimukha/:t-because of being nondevotees.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosv8mi said: 0 King, the demons and Daityas all\n\nengaged with full attention and effort in churning the ocean, but\nbecause they were not devotees of Vasudeva, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, ��t.J.a, they were not able to drink the nectar.\nTEXT2\n\n��'4�€'!1Pl(i (I'Sf;qi�N�I ((t4il;u(l� I\n� ri� � t1�'6cUCit: II � II\nsadhayitvamrtarh rajan\npayayitva svakan suran\npa,Syatarh sarva-bhiltaruirh\nyayau ganu;la-vahana/:t\nsadhayitva-after executing; amrtam-generation of the nectar;\nrajan-0 King; payayitva-and feeding; svakan-to His own devotees;\nsuran-to the demigods; pa,Syatam-in the presence of; sarvabhiltaruim-all living entities; yayau-went away; garulja-vahana/:tthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, carried by Garu�a.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, after the Supreme Personality of Godhead had brought\n\nto completion the affairs of churning the ocean and feeding the\n\n", "SB8.2#p0057": "Text4]\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\n29\n\nnectar to the demigods, who are His dear devotees, He left the\npresence of them all and was carried by GarU«;la to His own abode.\nTEXT3\n\nq(Plf( qt � �R1.,�.,u I\n31fM¥41U11 ��ilft.-st�t4€tl�T: II �II\n\n(fqt1.,1\n\nsapatnaniirh pariim rddhim\ndmva te diti-nandana(t\namr§yamii�Jii utpetur\ndevan pratyudyatayudhii(t\nsapatnaniim-of their\nrddhim-opulence;\n\nrivals,\n\nthe demigods;\n\ndmva-observing;\n\nte-all\n\npardm-the\nof\n\nthem;\n\nbest;\n\nditi-nan­\n\ndana(t-the sons of Diti, the Daityas; amr§yamiiiJ(i(t-being intolerant;\nutpetu(t-ran\n\ntoward\n\n�ust to create\n\na\n\ndisturbance);\n\ndeoon-the\n\ndemigods; pratyudyata-ayudhii(t-their weapons raised.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the victory of the demigods, the demons became intolerant of their superior opulence. Thus they began to march\ntoward the demigods with raised weapons.\nTEXT4\n\nmr: �H � � tft�f\\«n: I\n!If�:\nfll4wrRitUiq�l'ln: II \\l II\ntata(t sura-ga�Jii!t saroe\nsudhaya pitayaidhita(t\npratisamyuyudhu(t sastrair\nniirayary,a-padiiSraya(t\ntata(l,-thereafter; sura-gaiJ(i(t-the demigods; saroe-all of them;\nsudhaya-by the nectar; pitaya-which had been drunk; edhitii(tbeing\n\nenlivened\n\nby\n\nsuch\n\ndrinking;\n\npratisarhyuyudhu(t-they\n\n", "SB8.2#p0058": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n30\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 10\n\ncounterattacked the demons; sastraib,-by regular weapons; naraya�pada-asrayab,-their real weapon being shelter at the lotus feet of\nNarliya�a.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, being enlivened because of drinking the nectar, the\n\ndemigods, who are always at the shelter of the lotus feet of\n\nNiiray�a, used their various weapons to counterattack the demons\nin a fighting spirit.\n\nTEXTS\n\n��·til 911'1 �: q(ft'='I�UJ: I\ntl\\il�'='ii[if U�\\t!l&l U'i(�UI: II '-\\ II\nfi\n\ntatra daivasuro nama\nra�b. parama-diiru�b.\nrodhasy udanvato rajarhs\ntumulo roma-har$a�b.\ntatra-there (at the beach of the ocean of milk);\ndemigods;\n\nasurab,-the\n\ndemons;\n\nnama-as\n\nthey\n\nare\n\ndaiva-the\ncelebrated;\n\nra�b,-fighting; parama-very much; diiru�b,-fierce; rodhasi-on\nthe beach of the sea; udanvatab,-of the ocean of milk; rajan-0 King;\ntumulab,-tumultuous; roma-har$a�b,-hair standing on the body.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, a fierce battle on the beach of the ocean of milk ensued\n\nbetween the demigods and the demons. The fighting was so terri­\n\nble that simply hearing about it would make the hair on one's body\n\nstand on end.\n\nTEXT6\n\n(1'11�-4 Q� ('i(&\\il'lwtif � I\n\n(1fil(11tUMNilt.Jtft.���:\ntatranyonyarh sapatnii.s te\nsamrabdha-manaso ra�\n\n.\n\nII � II\n\n", "SB8.2#p0059": "Text7]\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\n31\n\nsamiisiidyasibhir bar,ulir\nnijaghnur vividhayudhaiiJ,\ntatra-thereupon; anyonyam-one another; sapatnaiJ,-all of them\nbecoming fighters;\n\nte-they; samrabdha-very angry;\n\nwithin their minds; ra�-in that battle; samiisiidya\n\nmanasaiJ,­\n\n- getting the op­\n\nportunity to fight between themselves; asibhiiJ,-with swords; bar:taib-with\n\narrows;\n\nnijaghnuiJ,-began\n\nto\n\nbeat\n\none\n\nanother;\n\nvividha­\n\nayudhaiiJ,-with varieties of weapons.\nTRANSLATION\nBoth parties in that fight were extremely angry at heart, and in\nenmity they beat one another with swords, arrows and varieties of\nother weapons.\nPURPORT\nThere are always two kinds of men in this universe, not only on this\nplanet but also in higher planetary systems. All the kings dominating\nplanets like the sun and moon also have enemies like Rahu. It is because\nof occasional attacks upon the sun and moon by Rahu that eclipses take\nplace. The fighting between the demons and demigods is perpetual; it\ncannot be stopped unless intelligent persons from both sides take to\n:Kr�Q.a consciousness.\nTEXT7\n\n'K���i ilili44Ruli\n\n4itFt I\n�JQ�q��f � M(<twfl� II \\9 II\nsaitkha-tilrya-mrdarigaruirh\nbhen-(lamari�rh mahan\nhasty-a5va-ratha-pattiruirh\nnadatarh nisvano 'bhavat\nsankha-of conchshells; tilrya\ndrums;\n\nbheri-of\n\n-great\n\nand\n\nbugles;\n\ntumultuous;\n\n-of big bugles; m darigaruim-and of\nr\n\n(lamari�m-of\nhasti-of\n\nkettledrums;\n\nelephants;\n\na5va-of\n\nmahan\n\nhorses;\n\nratha-pattinam-of fighters on chariots or on the ground; nadatam-all\n\n", "SB8.2#p0060": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n32\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 10\n\nof them making sounds together; nisvana\"-a tumultuous sound;\nabhavat-so became.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sounds of the conchshells, bugles, drums, bheris and\n\nc.Jamaris\n\n[kettledrums], as well as the sounds made by the\n\nelephants, horses and soldiers, who were both on chariots and on\n\nfoot, were tumultuous.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� (�fll�tsl �: � �: I\n� �1«1�: eqe�;:ij � II <: II\nrathirw rathibhis tatra\npattibhi\" saha pattaya\"\nhayii hayair ibhaS cebhai\"\nsamasajjanta samyuge\nrathina\"-fighters on chariots; rathibhi\"-with the charioteers of the\nenemy; tatra-in the battlefield; pattibhi\"-with the infantry soldiers;\nsaha-with; pattaya\"-the infantry of the enemy soldiers; hayii\"-the\nhorses; hayai\"-with the enemy's soldiers; ibhii\"-the soldiers fighting\non the backs of ele phants; ca-and; ibhai\"-with the enemy's soldiers\non the backs of elephants; samasajjanta-began to fight together on an\nequal level; samyuge-on the battlefield.\nTRANSLATION\nOn that battlefield, the charioteers fought with the opposing\n\ncharioteers, the infantry soldiers with the opposing infantry, the\n\nsoldiers on horseback with the opposing soldiers on horseback,\n\nand the soldiers on the backs of elephants with the enemy soldiers\n\non elephants. In this way, the fighting took place between equals.\nTEXT9\n\nq: �Mra.a: �ft<q� m: �l: 1\n� •ftUJ��(lfq��ft��: II ' II\n\n", "SB8.2#p0061": "Text 12]\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\n33\n\nu.wai/:1 kecid ibhai/:1 kecid\napare yuyudhu/:1 kharai/:1\nkecid gaura-mukhair r�air\ndvipibhir haribhir bha!Q,/:1\n\nU§!rai/:1-on the backs of camels; kecit-some persons; ibhai/:1-on the\nbacks of elephants; kecit-some persons; apare-others; yuyudhu/:1engaged in fighting; kharai/:1-on the backs of asses; kecit-some persons; gaura-mukhai/:1-on white-faced monkeys; r�ai/:t-on red-faced\nmonkeys; dvipibhi/:1-on the backs of tigers; haribhi/:1-on the backs of\nlions; bhata/:1-all the soldiers engaged in this way.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSome soldiers fought on the backs of camels, some on the hacks\nof elephants, some on asses, some on white-faced and red-faced\nmonkeys, some on tigers and some on lions. In this way, they all\nengaged in fighting.\n\ngrdhrai/:1 kankair bakair anye\nsyena-bhiisais timingilai/:1\nsarabhair mah�i/:1 kluujgair\ngo-vr$air gavayaru�i/:1\nsivabhir akhubhi/:1 kecit\nkrkalasai/:1 sa§air narai/:1\n\n", "SB8.2#p0062": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n34\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 10\n\nbastair eke kmw-sarair\nhamsair anye ca sukaraib,\nanye jala-sthala-khagaib,\nsattvair vikrta-vigrahaib,\nsenayor ubhayo rajan\nvivi.Sus te 'grato 'gratab,\ngrdhraib,-on the backs of vultures; karikaib,-on the backs of eagles;\nbakaib,-on the backs of ducks; anye-others; syena-on the backs of\nhawks; bhasaib,-on the backs of bhasas; timirigilaib,-on the backs of\nbig fish known as timirigilas; sarabhaib,-on the backs of sarabhas;\nmahi§aib,-on the backs of buffalo;\n\nk/uulgaib,-on the backs of\n\nrhinoceroses; go-on the backs of cows; vr�aib,-on the backs of bulls;\ngavaya-arury.aib,-on the backs of gavayas and arury.as; sivabhib,-on\nthe backs of jackals; akhubhib,-on the backs of big rats; kecit-some\npersons; krkalasaib,-on the backs of big lizards; sa§aib,-on the backs\nof big rabbits; naraib,-on the backs of human beings; bastaib,-on the\nbacks of goats; eke-some; k�ry.a-saraib,-on the backs of black deer;\nharhsaib,-on the backs of swans; anye-others; ca-also; sukaraib,on the backs of boars; anye-others; jala-sthala-khagaib,-animals\nmoving on the water, on land and in the sky; sattvaib,-by creatures\nbeing used as vehicles; vikrta-are deformed; vigrahaib,-by such\nanimals whose bodies;\n\nsenayob,-of the two parties\n\nof\n\nsoldiers;\n\nubhayob,-of both; rajan-0 King; vivi.Sub,-entered; te-all of them;\nagratab, agratab,-going forward face to face.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, some soldiers fought on the backs of vultures, eagles,\n\nducks, hawks and bhiisa birds. Some fought on the backs of\n\ntimi:rigilas, which can devour huge whales, some on the backs of\n\n8arabhas, and some on buffalo, rhinoceroses, cows, bulls, jungle\n\ncows and aru�. Others fought on the backs of jackals, rats,\n\nlizards, rabbits, human beings, goats, black deer, swans and boars.\n\nIn this way, mounted on animals of the water, land and sky, in­\n\ncluding animals with deformed bodies, both armies faced each\n\nother and went forward.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0063": "Text 15]\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\n35\n\nTEXTS 13-15\n\nf�Siliflifq� O�\"iiHiq� : ft:tdl+t�: I\n�4:aG>�4f�ili�l-«:\nI I�� I I\n\n���ihtitUJn-��M��:\nI\n���: �: wmt�(r�fit: ���\\111\n�G>I;fcttt1(11i \\i4M lfi q���;w I\n�����II\n�d€ff�+tt�fw:�i<::etfil'if\n..\n\ncitra-dhvaja-patai rtijann\natapatrai/:t sitamalai/:t\nmaha-dhanair vajra-dar.u;lair\nvyajanair barha-camarai/:t\nvatoddhiltottaro���air\narcirbhir varma-bh�a�i/:t\nsphuradbhir viSadai/:t sastrai/:t\nsutararh surya-ra5mibhi/:t\ndeva-danava-virti�rh\ndhvajinyau par:u)u-nandana\nrejatur vira-malabhir\nyadasam iva siigarau\ncitra-dhvaja-patai/:t-with very nicely decorated Hags and canopies;\nrajan-0 King; atapatrai/:t-with umbrellas for protection from the\nsunshine; sita-amalai/:t-most of them very clean and white; mahadhanai/:t-by very valuable; vajra-dar.u;lai/:t-with rods made of valuable\njewels and pearls; vyajanai/:t-with fans; barha-camarai/:t-with other\nfans made of peacock feathers; vata-uddhuta-Happing with the breeze;\nuttara-���ai/:t-with upper and lower garments; arcirbhi/:t-by the\neffulgence;\n\nvarma-bh�a�i/:t-with\n\nsphuradbhi/:t-shining;\n\nviSadai/:t-sharp\n\nornaments\n\nand\n\nand\n\nsastrai/:t-with\n\nclean;\n\nshields;\n\nweapons; sutardm-excessively; silrya-ra§mibhi/:t-with the dazzling illumination of the sunshine; deva-danava-virti�m-of all the heroes of\n\n", "SB8.2#p0064": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n36\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 10\n\nthe parties of both the demons and the demigods; dhvajinyau-the two\nparties of soldiers, each one bearing his own flag; par:uJ,u-nandana-0\ndescendant of Maharaja PaQ�u; rejatu�-distinctly recognized; viramalabhi�\n\n-\n\nwith garlands used by heroes; yadasam-of aquatics; iva­\n\njust like; sagarau-two oceans.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, 0 descendant of Maharaja PiJ:14u, the soldiers of both\n\nthe demigods and demons were decorated by canopies, colorful\nflags, and umbrellas with handles made of valuable jewels and\n\npearls. They were further decorated by fans made of peacock\n\nfeathers and by other fans also. The soldiers, their upper and\n\nlower garments waving in the breeze, naturally looked very\n\nbeautiful, and in the light of the glittering sunshine their shields,\n\nornaments and sharp, clean weapons appeared dazzling. Thus the\nranks of soldiers seemed like two oceans with bands of aquatics.\nTEXTS 16-18\n\n�tl=it;\\1 ilre: m �St!(lod =it'{qRI: I\n��ij ;nq � ��������\n��te_mfil4i\\qij ��q� !lit I\n31srm��\nt�ttlwtt(td� II�\"II\n31tR:i<t(iji Nttlwtl•-lf ��twtlifitN� : I\n1!41eot�lltwt0?w4 � :q-i: � ������\nvairocarw bali� sarikhye\nso 'suraTJ(im camil-pati�\nyanam vaihayasam nama\nkama-gam maya-nirmitam\nsaroa-sangramikopetam\nsarvascaryamayam prabho\napratarkyam anirdesyam\ndrsyamdnam adar§anam\n\n", "SB8.2#p0065": "The Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\nText 24]\n\n37\n\nasthitas tad vimaniigryam\nsarviinikiidhipair vrta/:t\nbiila-vyajana-chatragryai\nreje candra ivodaye\nvairocana/:t-the son of Virocana; ba/i/:t-Maharaja Bali; sarikhye-in\nthe battle; sa/:t-he, so celebrated; asura�m-of the demons; camupati/:t-commander in chief;\n\nyanam-airplane; vaihayasam-called\n\nVaihayasa; nama-by the name; kama-gam-able to fly anywhere he\ndesired;\n\nmaya-nirmitam-made by the demon Maya;\n\nsarva-all;\n\nsangramika-upetam-equipped with all kinds of weapons required for\n\nfighting with all different types of enemies; sarva-ascarya-mayamwonderful\n\nin\n\ninexplicable;\n\nevery\n\nrespect;\n\nKing;\n\nprabho-0\n\nd\n\napratarkyam­\n\ndrsyamanam-sometimes\n\nanir esyam-indescribable;\n\nvisible; adarsanam-sometimes not visible; asthita/:t-being seated on\nsuch;\n\ntat-that;\n\nvimana-agryam-excellent\n\nairplane;\n\nsarva-all;\n\nanika-adhipai/:t-by the commanders of soldiers; vrta/:t-surrounded;\nbala-vyajana-chatra-agryai/:t-protected\n\nby\n\nbeautifully\n\ndecorated\n\numbrellas and the best of camaras; reje-brilliantly situated; candra/:tthe moon; iva-like;\n\nudaye-at the time of rising in the evening.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFor that battle the most celebrated commander in chief,\nMaharaja Bali, son of Virocana, was seated on a wonderful airplane\nnamed V aihayasa. 0 King, this beautifully decorated airplane had\nbeen manufactured by the demon Maya and was equipped with\nweapons for all types of combat. It was inconceivable and indescribable. Indeed, it was sometimes visible and sometimes not.\nSeated in this airplane under a beautiful protective umbrella and\nbeing fanned by the best of ciimaras, Maharaja Bali, surrounded by\n\nmmanders, appeared just like the moon rising\n\nhis captains and co\n\nin the evening, illuminating all directions.\nTEXTS 19-24\n\n��ijl �� '«fqlSW(: I\n�: � if1Uft �SI�M�fl(lU ����II\n\n", "SB8.2#p0066": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch.IO\n\n� �•e•u�� ��e:\nfif�� '4'i4�ll Pf(t�;r: II� II\n�: ��fijo: � �lil��f¥1: 1\n���\"�����ll�:ll��ll\n31ftitsRe..fll� 'A� �um: 1\n� qtet+liifil�tl\n�RI�'4:;ltlf(t: ����II\n....\n� ....\n1fl\ngr�qr: � \"fR� �� q;r: I\n�� �ij �� � Ftilt61+IO: ����II\n�lf(lf;qlR: 'lli(\\fl4ti('41W{ I\nq�Qqilsfffl'filfleFiM\\�61� 11�\\111\no\n\ntasyasan saroato yanair\nyathanam patayo 'surab,\nnamucib, sambaro bar:w\nvipracittir ayomukhab,\ndvimurdha kalanabho 'tha\nprahetir hetir ilvalab,\nsakunir bhatasantapo\nvajrada�!ro virocanab,\nhayagrivab, 5ariku5irab,\nkapilo meghadundubhib,\ntarakaS cakradrk sumbho\nniSumbho jambha utkalab,\nari$!0 'ri$!anemiS ca\nmaya§ ca tripuradhipab,\nanye pauloma-kiileya\nnivatakavacadayab,\nalabdha-bhiigab, somasya\nkevalam klesa-bhiiginab,\n\n", "SB8.2#p0067": "The Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\nText 24]\n\n39\n\nsaroa ete ralJlL-mukhe\n\nbahu.So nirjitamara/:1.\n\nsimha-nadiin vimuncanta/:1.\n\nsankhan dadhmur maha-raviin\n\ndmva sapa.tnan utsiktan\n\nbalabhit kupito bhrsam\n\ntasya-of\n\nhim\n\n(Maharaja\n\nBali);\n\nasan-situated;\n\nsaroata/:1.­\n\nasura/:1.-demons;\n\nnamuci/:1.­\n\nall around; yanai/:1.-by different vehicles; yilthanam-of the sol­\n\ndiers;\n\npataya/:1.-the\n\ncommanders;\n\nNamuci; sambara/:1.-Sambara; OOTJlL/:1.-BiiQa; vipracitti/:1.-Vipracitti;\nayomukha/:1.-Ayomukha;\n\n.Kalanabha;\nllvala;\n\natha-also;\n\ndvimurdha-Dvimlirdha;\n\npraheti/:1.-Praheti;\n\nsakuni/:1.-Sakuni;\n\ndarh.§p-a/:1.-Vajradaril�tra;\n\nHayagriva;\n\nkiilanabha/:1.­\n\nheti/:1.-Heti;\n\nbhutasantapa/:1.-Bhutasantapa;\n\nvirocana/:1.-Virocana;\n\nsanku.Sira/:1.-Sailkusira;\n\nilvala/:1.-\n\nvajra-\n\nhayagriva/:1.-\n\nkapila/:1.-Kapila;\n\nmegha­\n\ndundubhi/:1.-Meghadundubhi; taraka/:1.-Taraka; cakradrk-Cakradrk;\n\nsumbha/:1.-Sumbha;\nutkala/:1.-Utkala;\n\nand;\n\nniSumbha/:1.-Nisumbha;\n\nari�!a/:1.-Ari�ta;\n\njambha/:1.-Jambha;\n\na�!tJnemi/:1.-Ari�tanemi;\n\nmaya/:1. ca-and Maya; tripuradhipa/:1.-Tripuradhipa;\n\nothers;\n\npauloma-kaleya/:1.-the\n\nsons\n\nnivatakavaca-adaya/:1.-Nivatakavaca\n\nof Puloma\n\nand\n\nother\n\nand\n\nthe\n\ndemons;\n\nca­\n\nanye­\n\nKaleyas;\n\nalabdha­\n\nbhaga/:1.-all unable to take a share; somasya-of the nectar; kevalam­\n\nmerely; klesa-bhagina/:1.-the demons took a share of the labor; saroe­\n\nall of them; ete-the demons; rar:uz-mukhe-in the front of the battle;\nbahu.Sa/:1.-by\n\nexcessive\n\nstrength;\n\nnirjita-amara/:1.-being\n\nvery\n\ntroublesome to the demigods; simha-nadiin-vibrations like those of\n\nlions;\n\nvimuncanta/:1.-uttering;\n\nsankhan-conchshells;\n\ndadhmu/:1.­\n\nblew; maha-ravan-making a tumultuous sound; dr�!oo-after seeing;\nsapatnan-their rivals;\n\nutsiktan-ferocious;\n\nbalabhit-(Lord lndra)\n\nbeing afraid of the strength; kupita/:1.-having become angry; bhrsam­\n\nextremely.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSurrounding Maharaja Bali on all sides were the commanders\nand captains of the demons, sitting on their respective chariots.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0068": "40\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 10\n\nAmong them were the following demons: Namuci, Samhara, Bal).a,\n\nVipracitti, Ayomukha,\n\nDvimiirdha,\n\nKilanabha, Praheti, Heti,\n\n�lvala, Sakuni, Bhiitasantapa, Vajrada��ra, Virocana, H�agriva,\n\nSalikusirii, Kapila, Meghadundubhi, Taraka, Cakrad:rk, Sumhha,\n\nNisumhha, Jamhha, Utkala, Ari��' Ari��nemi, Tripuradhipa,\n\nMaya, the sons of Puloma, the Kileyas and Nivatakavaca. All of\n\nthese demons had been deprived of their share of the nectar and\n\nhad shared merely in the labor of churning the ocean. Now, they\n\nfought against the demigods, and to encourage their armies, they\nmade a tumultuous sound like the roaring of lions and blew loudly\n\non conchshells. Balahhit, Lord lndra, upon seeing this situation of\nhis ferocious rivals, became extremely angry.\nTEXT 25\n\nitucl� fG\\tttf(li+U� : �� ��\nI\n<:'\n\"\n�\n���Off\\:q\"1��: ������\nairavatam dik-karir:tam\nanll)ha/:1. su5ubhe sva-rii!\nyathii sravat-prasravar:tam\nudayadrim ahar-pati/:1.\nairavatam-Airiivata; dik-karir:tam-the great elephant who could go\neverywhere; anll)ha/:1,-mounted on; su5ubhe-became very beautiful to\nsee; sva-rat -Indra; yathii-just as; sravat-flowing; prasravar:tamwaves of wine; udaya-adrim-on Udayagiri; aha/:1.-pati/:1.-the sun.\nTRANSLATION\nSitting on Airavata, an elephant who can go anywhere and who\n\nholds water and wine in reserve for showering, Lord lndra looked\n\njust like the sun rising from Udayagiri, where there are reservoirs\nof water.\n\nPURPORT\nOn the top of the mountain called Udayagiri are large lakes from\nwhich water continuously pours in waterfalls. Similarly, lndra's carrier,\n\n", "SB8.2#p0069": "Text 27)\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\n41\n\nAiravata, holds water and wine in reserve and showers it in the direction\nof Lord lndra. Thus lndra, King of heaven, sitting on the back of\nAiravata, appeared like the brilliant sun rising above Udayagiri.\nTEXT 26\n\n��m �� ;n;�rcn(�: 1\nil•q1e1: �ii•i0l€ftt!4M!!4�n� : II�G.II\ntasyiisan sarvato devii\nniinii-viiha-dhvajayudhii/:t\nlokapiila/:t saha-gar:wir\nviiyv-agni-varur:uJ,daya/:t\ntasya-of\ndevii/:t-all\n\nLord\n\nlndra;\n\nthe demigods;\n\niisan -situated;\n\nsarvata/:t-all\n\naround;\n\nniinii-viiha-with varieties of earners;\n\ndhvaja-iiyudhii/:t-and with flags and weapons; loka-piilii/:t-all the\nchiefs of various higher planetary systems; saha-with; gar:wi/:t -their\nassociates; viiyu-the demigod controlling air; agni-the demigod controlling fire; varur:w-the demigod controlling water; a da ya/:t-all of\nthem surrounding Lord lndra.\nTRANSLATION\nSurrounding Lord lndra, King of heaven, were the demigods,\nseated on various types of vehicles and decorated with flags and\nweapons. Present among them were Vayu, Agni, VaruJ.la and other\nrulers of various planets, along with their associates.\nTEXT 27\n\n�S�ril¥1�4(1� f� '111f¥1�: I\n3ll'tl�l mr;ffls� m�: 11�\\911\nte 'nyonyam abhisamsrtya\n�ipanto marmabhir mitha/:t\nahvayanto vi.Santo 'gre\nyuyudhur dvandva-yodhina/:t\n\n", "SB8.2#p0070": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n42\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 10\n\nte-all of them (the demigods and the demons); anyonyam-one\nanother; abhisamsrtya-having come forward face to face; �ipantab,chastising one another; marmabhib, mithab,-with much pain to the\ncores of the hearts of one another; ahvayantab,-addressing one\nanother; viSantab,-having entered the battlefield; agre-in front;\nyuyudhub,-fought; dvandva-yodhinab,-two combatants chose each\nother.\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\ndemigods\n\nand demons came before\n\neach other\n\nand\n\nreproached one another with words piercing to the heart. Then\n\nthey drew near and began fighting face to face in pairs.\nTEXT 28\n\n� \"re�1 (11(�01 !Jitsm 1\ncr� �RI•u9;roq�;ft mt;.\"51�Riwtl l����\nyuyodha balir indreruz\ntarakerJa guho 'syata\nvaruTJO hetinayudhyan\nmitro rajan prahetina\nyuyodha-fought; balib,-Mahara:ja Bali; indreruz-with King lndra;\ntarakeruz-with Taraka; guhab,-Karttikeya; asyata-engaged in fighting; varuruzb,-the demigod Varu1;1a; hetina-with Heti; ayudhyatfought one another;\n\nmitrab,-the demigod Mitra; rajan-0 King;\n\nprahetina-with Praheti.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, Maharaja Bali fought with lndra, Karttikeya with\n\nTiiraka, Varul}a with Heti, and Mitra with Praheti.\nTEXT 29\n\n� ��91 R- �91 � 1\n� fi� �l' � ij fcm:vr: ����II\n\n·\n\n", "SB8.2#p0071": "Text 31]\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\n43\n\nyamas tu kalanabhena\n\nvi.Svakarmii mayena vai\n\nsambaro yuyudhe l1Ja$!rii\nsavitra tu virocanab,\ntu-indeed;\n\nyamab,-Yamaraja;\n\nvi.Svakarmii-Visvakarma;\n\nyuyudhe-fought;\n\nsambarab,-Sambara;\n\nsavitra-with\nVirocana.\n\nthe\n\nkalanabhena-with\n\nmayena-with\n\nsun-god;\n\ntu-indeed;\n\nMaya;\n\nKalanabha;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nl1Ja$!ra-with\n\nvirocanab,-the\n\nTva��a;\n\ndemon\n\nTRANSLATION\nYamaraja fought with Kilanahha, Visvakarma with Maya Danava,\n\nTv�ta with Samhara, and the sun-god with Virocana.\nTEXTS 30-31\n\n;w��;il �un 1\n� il'�if i(lQf�: m � II� II\n� � � m�n �ifm �sfiWi: I\n���� �� ��TII��II\n\n3(q(l�ij-.\n\no\n\naparajitena namucir\na§vinau w·$aparva�\nsuryo bali-sutair devo\nbaTJU-jye$!haib, satena ca\nrahu� ca tatha somab,\npulomna yuyudhe 'nilab,\nni.Sumbha-sumbhayor devi\nbhadrakali tarasvini\naparajitena-with the demigod Aparajita;\n\nnamucib,-the demon\n\nNamuci; a5vinau-the ASvini brothers; vr$aparva�-with the demon\n\nV:r�aparva; suryab,-the sun-god; bali-sutaib,-with the sons of Bali;\n\ndevab,-the god; baTJU jye$!haib,-the chief of whom is Ba:r;ta; satena-\n\nnumbering one\n\nhundred;\n\nca-and;\n\nrahu�a-by Rahu;\n\nca-also;\n\n", "SB8.2#p0072": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n44\ntathii-as\n\nwell\n\nyuyudhe-fought;\n\nas;\n\nsoma�-the\n\nanila�-the\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 10\n\nmoon-god;\n\ndemigod Anila,\n\npulomna-Puloma;\nwho\n\ncontrols\n\nair;\n\nniSumbha-the demon Nisumbha; sumbhayo �-with Sumhha; devi­\n\nthe goddess Durg a; bhadrakali-Bhadra Kali; tarasvini-extremely\npowerful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigod Apariijita fought with Namuci, and the two Asvini­\n\nkumiira brothers fought with V�aparvii. The sun-god fought with\n\nthe one hundred sons of Maharaja Bali, headed by Bil;la, and the\nmoon-god fought with Riihu. The demigod controlling air fought\n\nwith Pulomii, and Sumbha and Nisumbha fought the supremely\npowerful material energy, Durgiidevi, who is called Bhadra Kiili.\nTEXTS 32-34\n\ntttl�ftl� � 'lfnul ftnn�: I\n�:\n\n�\n\n�l11fq�til�(� ����,,\n\n��'f� � � �f�: � I\nmqfij��u\n\n....;.\nt1�1\n\n�\n\n���: ������\n\n�\n� ��\n\"'\n�cu��:\n���'f-4�1Sll(l\n: I\n\nfm'�� �q �: itiNq: � 11�\\lll\nvr�iikapis tu jambhena\nmah�er_w, vibhiivasu�\nilvala� saha vatapir\nbrahma-putrair arindama\nkamadevena durma�a\nutkalo matrbhi� saha\nbrhaspatiS co§anasa\nnaraker_w, sanaiScara�\nmaruto nivatakavaca*\nkiileyair vasavo 'mara�\n\n", "SB8.2#p0073": "Text 35]\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\n45\n\nviSvedeviis tu paulomai\n\nrudra/:1, krodhava§ai/:1, saha\n\nvr�akapi/:1.-Lord\n\nSiva;\n\ntu-indeed;\n\njambhena-with\n\nJambha;\n\nbrother,\n\nbrahma­\n\nmah�e�-with Mahi�asura; vibhavasu/:1,-the fire-god; ilvala/:1,-the\n\ndemon\n\nIlvala;\n\nsaha vatapi/:1,-with\n\nhis\n\nVatapi;\n\nputrai/:1,-with the sons of Brahma, such as Vasi�tha; arim-dama-0\n\nMaharaja\n\nKamadeva;\n\nParik�it,\n\nsuppressor\n\nmatrbhi/:1, saha-with the\n\nbrhaspati/:1,-the\n\nSukracarya;\n\nof\n\ndurma�a/:1,-Durmar�a;\ndemigod\n\nenemies;\n\ndemigoddesses\nB:rhaspati;\n\nnarake�-with\n\nthe\n\nkamadevena-with\n\nutkala/:1,-the\nknown\n\nca-and;\n\ndemon\n\ndemon\n\nas the\n\nknown\n\nUtkala;\n\nMat:rkas;\n\nu.Sanasa-with\nas\n\nNaraka;\n\nsanai.Scara/:1,-the demigod Sani, or Saturn; maruta/:1,-the demigods of\nair; nivatakavacai/:1,-with the demon Nivatakavaca; kaleyai/:1,-with the\n\nKalakeyas;\n\nvasava/:1,\n\nVisvedeva demigods;\n\namara/:1,-the\ntu-indeed;\n\nVasus\n\nfought;\n\nvi.Svedeva/:1,-the\n\npaulomai/:1,-with the Paulomas;\n\nrudra/:1,-the eleven Rudras; krodhava§ai/:1, saha-with the Krodhavasa\n\ndemons.\n\nTRANSLATION\n, 0 Maharaja Parik�it, suppressor of enemies [Arindama], Lord\nSiva fought with Jamhha, and Vihhavasu fought with Mahi�asura.\nIlvala, along with his brother Vatapi, fought the sons of Lord\nBrahmii. Durmar� fought with Cupid, the demon Utkala with the\nMat:rka demigoddesses, B:rhaspati with Sukriiciirya, and Sanaiscara\n[Saturn] with Narakasura. The Maruts fought Nivatakavaca, the\nVasus fought the Kalakeya demons, the Visvedeva demigods\nfought the Pauloma demons, and the Rudras fought the\nKrodhavaSa demons, who were victims of anger.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�iilf.�t!U: �\n� � :q ��•nwtn 1\natt4l;41¥tterq\nM:Jt�<tiilm\n�•ftqq��I(IM«nR: ����ll\n\nij'\n\n", "SB8.2#p0074": "46\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch.IO\n\nta evam ajav asura/:£ surendra\ndvandvena samhatya ca yudhyamanii/:£\nanyonyam asadya nijaghnur ojasa\nj�avas ti��-sarasi-tomarai/:£\nte-all of them; evam-in this way; ajau -on the battlefield;\nasural)-the demons; sura-indra/:£-and the demigods; dvandvenatwo by two; samhatya -mixing together; ca-and; yudhyamanii/:£engaged in fighting; anyonyam-with one another; asadya-approaching; nijaghnui)-slashed with weapons and killed; ojasa-with great\nstrength; j�ava/:£ -ev eryone desiring victory; ti�� -sharp ; sarawith arrows; asi-with swords; tomarai/:£- with lances.\nTRANSLATION\nAll of these demigods and demons assembled on the battlefield\n\nwith a fighting spirit and attacked one another with great strength.\n\nAll of them desiring victory, they fought in pairs, hitting one\nanother severely with sharpened arrows, swords and lances.\nTEXT 36\n\n��*lflitl�fiqfN:\n���: sn��\n�:�: miD:\nijflri'��r�mf��: ������\nbhu§ur:ujibhiS cakra-gada�!i-paHiSai/:£\nsakty-ulmukail) prasa-para§vadhair api\nnistrimsa-bhallai/:£ parighail) samudgarai/:£\nsabhindipalaiS ca sirarhsi cicchidu/:£\nbhu5ur:u}ibhii)-with weapons called bhu5ur:u}i; cakra-with discs;\ngada-with clubs; r�#-with the weapons called f$!i; paHiSai/:£ -with\nthe weapons called paHiSa; sakti -with the sakti weapons; ulmukail)with the weapons called ulmukas; prasa-with the prasa weapons;\npara§vadhai/:£-with the weapons called para5vadha; api-a!so;\n\n", "SB8.2#p0075": "Text 37]\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\n47\n\nnistrimsa-with nistririi.Sas; bhallai�-with lances; pa righai�-with the\n\nweapons named parighas; sa-mudgarai�-with the weapons known as\n\nmudgara; sa-bhindipalai�-with the bhindipiila weapons; ca-also;\nsirarilsi-heads; cicchidu�-cut off.\nTRANSLATION\nThey\n\nsevered\n\none\n\nanother's\n\nheads,\n\nusing\n\nweapons\n\nlike\n\nbhusui;J.\"is, cakras, clubs, f�lis, paUisas, saktis, ulmukas, priisas,\nparasvadhas,\n\nnistrimsas,\n\nlances,\n\nparighas,\n\nmudgaras\n\nand\n\nbhindipalas.\nTEXT 37\n\n����= �= q�:\n('IIU(€1(1 PtRs:n H<CifOc�u 1\nP-li�iii(,NU14(1t,W4f'Witlii�Q41('16�: 11�\\!)n\ngajas turmiga� saratha� padiitaya�\nsaroha-vaha vividha vikhafJ4ita�\nnikrtta-bahuru-sirodhararighraya5\nchinna-dhvaje�vasa-tanutra-bh�wui�\ngaja�-elephants; turariga�-horses; sa-ratha�- with chariots;\npadii taya�-infantry soldiers; saroha-v aha�-carriers with the riders;\nvividha�-varieties; vikhafJ4ita�-cut to pieces; nikrtta-bahu-cut off\narms; iiru-thighs; sirodhara-necks; arighraya�-legs; chinna-cut\nup; dhvaja-flags; � vasa-bows; tanutra-armor; bh�a1}ii�-ornaments.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe elephants, horses, chariots, charioteers, infantry soldiers\nand various kinds of carriers, along with their riders, were slashed\nto pieces. The arms, thighs, necks and legs of the soldiers were\nsevered, and their flags, bows, armor and ornaments were torn\napart.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0076": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n48\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 38\n\n�\n\nQ4J�Rt(qlftfi'lijI-\n\n4J�\\4'111�01 '3�ij(64J I\n�f(�t: � � � UIG\\tiWl\n�ct<i61��R1f+t: qf(\"ijijl( ������\n...\n\nte$iiril padiighata-rathanga-ciln:titiid\nayodhaniid ulbar:w utthitas tada\nre�ur diSab, kham dyuma�im ca chadayan\nnyavartatasrk-srutibhib, pariplutat\nte$iim-of all the people engaged on the battlefield; padiighdta-hecause of heating on the ground by the legs of the demons and demigods;\n\n-\n\nratha anga-and by the wheels of the chariots; ciln:titiit-which was\nmade into pieces of dust; ayodhaniit -from the battlefield; ulbar:wb-very forceful; utthitab,-rising; tadd-at that time; re�u!J,-the dust\nparticles; diSab,-all directions; kham-outer space; dyuma�im-up to\nthe sun;\n\nca-also;\n\nchadayan\n\n-covering all of space up to that;\n\nnyavartata-dropped floating in the air; asrk-of blood; srutibhib,-by\nparticles; pariplutat-because of being widely sprinkled.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of the impact on the ground of the legs of the demons\n\nand demigods and the wheels of the chariots, particles of dust flew\n\nviolently into the sky and made a dust cloud that covered all direc­\n\ntions of outer space, as far as the sun. But when the particles of\n\ndust were followed by drops of blood being sprinkled all over\nspace, the dust cloud could no longer float in the sky.\nPURPORT\nThe cloud of dust covered the entire horizon, hut when drops of blood\nsprayed up as far as the sun, the dust cloud could no longer float in the\nsky. A point to he observed here is that although the blood is stated to\nhave reached the sun, it is not said to have reached the moon. Apparently, therefore, as stated elsewhere in\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam, the sun,\n\n", "SB8.2#p0077": "Text 39]\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\n49\n\nnot the moon, is the planet nearest the earth. We have already discussed\nthis point in many places. The sun is first, then the moon, then Mars,\nJupiter and so on. The sun is suppo�d to be 93,000,000 miles above the\nsurface of the earth, and from the Srimad-Bhagavatam we understand\nthat the moon is 1,600,000 miles above the sun. Therefore the distance\nbetween the earth and the moon would be about 95,000,000 miles. So if a\nspace capsule were traveling at the speed of 18,000 miles per hour, how\ncould it reach the moon in four days? At that speed, going to the moon\nwould take at least seven months. That a space capsule on a moon excursion has reached the moon in four days is therefore impossible.\nTEXT 39\n\nRJ<tfll�dMatoce :\n\nq�e�� :\nW: �t¥4(�: ��:\nU1 SIT� ll_: � ����II\n4(wttf1q:\n\nsirobhir uddhiUa-kirita-kur:u;lalaib,\nsarhrambha-drgbhib, parida.§!a-dacchadaib,\nmahii-bhujaib, sabharar:wi!t sahiiyudhaib,\nsa prastrta bhu!t karabhorubhir babhau\nsirobhib,-by the heads; uddhilta-separated, scattered from; kiri!ahaving their helmets; kur:u;lalaib,-and earrings; sarhrambha-drgbhib,eyes staring in anger (although the heads were severed from their\nbodies); parida.§ta-having been bitten by the teeth; dacchadaib,-the\nlips; maha-bhujaib,-with big arms; sa-abharar:wib,-decorated with ornaments; saha-ayudhaib,-and with weapons in their hands, although\nthe hands were severed;\n\nsa-that battlefield; prdstrta-scattered;\n\nbhilb,-the warfield; karabha-u ru bhib,-and with thighs and legs resembling the trunks of elephants; babhau-it so became.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the course of the battle, the warfield became strewn with the\nsevered heads of heroes, their eyes still staring and their teeth still\n\n", "SB8.2#p0078": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n50\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. I 0\n\npressed against their lips in anger. Helmets and earrings were scat­\n\ntered from these severed heads. Similarly, many arms, decorated\n\nwith ornaments and clutching various weapons, were strewn here\n\nand there, as were many legs and thighs, which resembled the\n\ntrunks of elephants.\n\nTEXT40\n\n� \": qf6ij(C((\\I(t�: I\n\n\\'SQ61�1!4(1�(11!4Nw:Jl � � 11\\loll\nkabandhiis tatra cotpetu/:t\npatita-sva-siro- '�ibhi/:t\nudyatayudha-dordar:ujair\niidhavanto bha!iin mrdhe\nkabandha/:t-trunks\n\n(bodies without heads); tatra-there (on the\n\nbattlefield); ca-also; utpetu/:t-generated; patita-fallen; sva-sira/:ta�ibhi/:t-by the eyes in one's head;\n\nudyata-raised;\n\nayudha­\n\nequipped with weapons; dordar:u},ai/:t-the arms of whom; iidhavanta/:t-rushing toward; bha!ii,n-the soldiers; mrdhe-on the battlefield.\nTRANSLATION\nMany headless trunks were generated on that battlefield. With\n\nweapons in their arms, those ghostly trunks, which could see with\n\nthe eyes in the fallen heads, attacked the enemy soldiers.\nPURPORT\n\nIt appears that the heroes who died on the battlefield immediately became ghosts, and although their heads had been severed from their\nbodies, new trunks were generated, and these new trunks, seeing with\nthe eyes in the severed heads, began to attack the enemy. In other words,\nmany ghosts were generated to join the fight, and thus new trunks appeared on the battlefield.\nTEXT4l\n\n��fli((tctd\n\n�: I\n\n41(1��;u(t(¥1'4J� II \\l �II\n\n", "SB8.2#p0079": "Text 42]\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\n51\n\nbalir mahendram daSabhis\ntribhir airavatam sarai/:t\ncaturbhiS caturo vahan\nekeniiroham arcchayat\nbali/:t -Maharaja\n\nBali;\n\nmaha-indram-the\n\nKing\n\nof\n\nheaven;\n\ndaSabhitt-with ten; tribhi/:t-with three; airdvatam-Airavata, carrying lndra; sarai}:£-by arrows; caturbhi}:£-by four arrows; catura/:t-the\nfour; vahan-mounted soldiers; ekena-by one; aroham-the driver of\n\nthe elephants; arcchayat -attacked .\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Bali then attacked lndra with ten arrows and attacked\nAiravata, lndra's carrier elephant, with three arrows. With four arrows he attacked the four horsemen guarding Airavata's legs, and\nwith one arrow he attacked the driver of the elephant.\nPURPORT\nThe word vahan refers to the soldiers on horseback who protected the\nlegs of the carrier elephants. According to the system of military arrangement, the legs of the elephant bearing the commander were also\nprotected.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n� ttl\"'lqetet: ijfti(ijltdfo : itEIM44U I\n\n�« f.t�ijq(et:Sti81�AI� 11\\l�ll\nsa tan apatata/:t sakras\ntavadbhi/:t s;;ghra-vikrama/:t\nciccheda niSitair bhallair\nasampraptan hasann iva\nsa/:t-he\n\n(lndra) ;\n\ntan-arrows;\n\napatata/:t-while moving toward\n\nhim and falling down; sakra/:t-lndra; tavadbhi/:t -immediately; s;;ghravikrama/:t-was practiced to oppress very soon; ciccheda-cut to pieces;\n\nniSitai/:t- very\n\nsharp;\n\nbhallai/:t-with\n\nanother\n\ntype\n\nof\n\narrow;\n\n", "SB8.2#p0080": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n52\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 10\n\nasampraptan-the enemy's arrows not being received; hasan iva-as if\nsmiling.\nTRANSLATION\nBefore Bali Maharaja's arrows could reach him, lndra, King of\n\nheaven, who is expert in dealing with arrows, smiled and counteracted the arrows with arrows of another type, known as bhalla,\nwhich were extremely sharp.\n\nTEXT 43\n\n� 400�4 ct�\n\n�: �Rti+ua>� 1\n\nm \\iite4f +titCNil¥ri '(ij(tll+tMfwt'lR: II \\l �II\ntasya karmottamam vi�ya\ndurmar$a� saktim adade\ntam jvalantim maholkabham\nhasta-stham acchinad dhari�\n\ntasya-of King lndra; karma-uttamam-the very expert service in\nmilitary art; vi�ya-after observing; durmar$a�-being in a very\nangry mood; saktim-the sakti weapon; adade-took up; tam-that\nweapon; jvalantim-blazing fire; maha-ulka-abham-appearing like a\ngreat firebrand; hasta-stham-while still in the hand of Bali; acchinatcut to pieces; hari�-lndra.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Bali Maharaja saw the expert military activities of lndra,\n\nhe could not restrain his anger. Thus he took up another weapon,\n\nknown as Sakti, which blazed like a great firebrand. But lndra cut\n\nthat weapon to pieces while it was still in Bali's hand.\nTEXT 44\n\n� �: smf ij'(t�+l('l�: '\n�<[ � Q+ll(QI�� 6((�0Wl'( fq: ll'd� ll\n\n(RI:\n\n", "SB8.2#p0081": "Text 45]\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\n53\n\ntatab, sulam tatab, prilsaril\ntatas tomaram r�!ayab,\nyad yac chastraril sarniidadyiit\nsaroam tad acchinad vibhub,\ntatab,-thereafter;\nprilsa\n\nweapon;\n\nmayab,-the\n\nsulam-lance;\n\ntatab,-thereafter;\nweapons;\n\nmi\n\nyat\n\ntatab,-thereafter;\n\nprilsam-the\n\ntomaram-the\n\ntomara\n\nyat-whatever\n\nand\n\nweapon;\n\nwhichever;\n\nsastram-weapon; sarniidadyat-Bali Maharaja tried to use; sarvamall of them; tat-those same weapons; acchinat-cut to pieces; vibhub,the great lndra.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, one by one, Bali Maharaja used a lance, prasa,\ntomara, ��tis and other weapons, but whatever weapons he took\nup, lndra immediately cut them to pieces.\nTEXT 45\n\n���ff\n�:\n\n�+i\"(f'4twc•m�: 1\n\n��: Wf�'tft J(lll 11\\/�11\nsasarjathasuriril miiyiim\nantardhiina-gato 'surab,\ntatab, priidurabhilc chailab,\nsuriinikopari prabho\n\nsasarja-released;\n\natha-now;\n\nilsurim-demoniac;\n\nmiiyiim-illu\n\n­\n\nsion; antardhiina-out of vision; gatab,-having gone; asurab,-Bali\nMaharaja; tatab,-thereafter; pradurabh ilt-there appeared; sailab,-a\nbig mountain; sura anika upari-above the heads of the soldiers of the\n-\n\n-\n\ndemigods; prabho-0 my lord.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, Bali Maharaja then disappeared and resorted to\ndemoniac illusions. A giant mountain, generated from illusion,\nthen appeared above the heads of the demigod soldiers.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0082": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n54\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 46\n\nm r..�� ��r.n ��·Rrwn 1\nftml: ftai�WHI�'i��� f§.'11� tl\\l� II\ntato nipetus taravo\ndahyamiina davagnina\nsilii/:t saJa,rika-sikhariiS\ncilrr_uLyantyo dv�ad-balam\ntata/:t-from that great mountain; nipetu/:t-began to fall; tarava/:tlarge trees; dahyamiina/:t-blazing in fire; dava-agnina-by the forest\nfire; sila/:t-and stones; sa-!arika-sikhara/:t-having edges with points as\nsharp as stone picks;\n\ncilrr_uLyantya/:t-smashing; dv�at-balam-the\n\nstrength of the enemies.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom that mountain fell trees blazing in a forest fire. Chips of\n\nstone, with sharp edges like picks, also fell and smashed the heads\n\nof the demigod soldiers.\n\nfl.t'�qit: I\n'00�: II\\l\\911\nmahoraga/:t samutpetur\ndandaSuka/:t savrscika/:t\nsimha-vyaghra-varahas ca\nmardayanto maha-gaja/:t\nmaha-uraga/:t-big\n\nserpents;\n\nsamutpet u/:t-fell\n\nupon\n\nthem;\n\ndandaSuka/:t-other poisonous animals and insects; sa-vrscika/:t-with\nscorpions; simha-lions;\n\nvyaghra-tigers;\n\nvaraha/:t ca-and forest\n\nboars; mardayanta/:t-smashing; maha-gaja/:t-great elephants.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0083": "Text 49]\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\n55\n\nTRANSLATION\nScorpions, large snakes and many other poisonous animals, as\nwell as lions, tigers, boars and great elephants, all began falling\nupon the demigod soldiers, crushing everything.\nTEXT 48\n\n�If �: �� Wati�Hf: I\n�� f� �t�w-tHijf4 J Wt•1on: 3Jlit II �� II\nyatudhanya.S ca sata.Sal_r.\nsula-hasta viviisasal_r.\nchindhi bhindhiti viidinyas\ntatha ra�o-gar:Ui/.r. prabho\nyatudhanyal_r.-carnivorous female\n\ndemons;\n\nca-and;\n\nsata.Sal_r.­\n\nhundreds upon hundreds; sula-hastal_r.-every one of them with a trident in hand; vivdsasal_r.-completely naked; chindhi-cut to pieces;\nbhindhi-pierce; iti-thus; viidinyal_r.-talking; tatha-in that way;\nra�al_r.-gaTJijl_r.-a band of Rak�?asas (a type of demon); prabho-0 my\nKing.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my King, many hundreds of male and female carnivorous\ndemons, completely naked and carrying tridents in their hands,\nthen appeared, crying the slogans \"Cut them to pieces! Pierce\nthem!\"\nTEXT 49\n\nmft '4CI'4'11 � ��: I\n31fHI.-f1nsti�oon (d'1fit'ist : II�JQ..II\ntato maha-ghana vyomni\ngambhira-parU!ja-svanal_r.\nangiiriin mumucur vatair\nahatal_r. stanayitnaval_r.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0084": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n56\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 10\n\ntatafz.-thereafter; maha-gharuifz.-big clouds; vyomni-in the sky;\ngambhira-pa �a -sva ruifz.-making\n\nvery\n\ndeep\n\nrumbling\n\nsounds;\n\nangaran-embers; mumucufz.-released; vataifz.-by the strong winds;\nahatafz.-harassed; stanayitnavafz.-with the sound of thunder.\nTRANSLATION\nFierce clouds, harassed by strong winds, then appeared in the\n\nsky. Rumbling very gravely with the sound of thunder, they began\n\nto shower live coals.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n� � ij'461;qf;: ��:I\neii!4d$ (ttk� ����-- ll�oll\nsr�!o daityena sumahan\nvahnifz. svasana-sarathifz.\nsariwartaka ivatyugro\nvibudha-dhvajinim adhak\nsr�tafz.-created;\n\ndaityena-by the\n\ndemon\n\n(Bali\n\nMaharaja);\n\nsu­\n\nmahan-very great, devastating; vahnifz.-a fire; svasana-sarathifz.being carried by the blasting wind;\n\nsariwartakafz.-the fire named\n\nSamvartaka, which appears during the time of dissolution; iva-just\nlike; ati-very much; ugrafz.-terrible; vibudha-of the demigods;\ndhvajinim-the soldiers; adhak-burned to ashes.\nTRANSLATION\nA great devastating fire created by Bali Maharaja began burning\n\nall the sol diers of the demi gods. This fire, accompanied by blasting\n\nwinds, seemed as terrible as the Samvartaka fire, which appears at\nthe time of dissolution.\n\nTEXT 51\n\n6((: m ��:\n\nri6: �� 1\nJr�qq���466�fli!4d¥fi*iOI:\nII�� II\n\"'\n\n", "SB8.2#p0085": "Text 52]\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\n57\n\ntata}:r, samudra udvelaJ:r,\nsarvata}:r, pratyadrsyata\npracar:u;la-vatair uddhutatararigavarta-bh�ar:w/:t\ntata}:r,-thereafter; samudra}:r,-the sea; udvelaJ:r, - being agitated;\nsarvata}:r,-everywhere; pratyadrsyata - appeared before everyone's\nvision; pracar:u;la-fierce; vatai/:t-by the winds; uddhilta-agitated;\ntarariga-of the waves; avarta -whirling water; bh�ar:w/:t-ferocious.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, whirlpools and sea waves, agitated by fierce blasts of\nwind, appeared everywhere, before everyone's vision, in a furious\nflood.\nTEXT 52\n\n�a�����Rtm(Oi 1\n�\n'titi+41'1T{J � ft�: ��: ������\nevarh daityair maha-mayair\nalak§ya-gatibhi ra�\nsrjyamanasu mayasu\nv�edu}:r, sura-sainika}:r,\nevam-thus; daityai}:r,-by the demons; maha-mayai/:t -who were\nexpert in creating illusions; alak§ya-gatibhi}:r,-but invisible; ra�-in\nthe fight; srjyamanasu mayasu - because of the creation of such an illusory atmosphere; v�eduJ:r,-became morose; sura-sainikii/:t-the\nsoldiers of the demigods.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile this magical atmosphere in the fight was being created by\nthe invisible demons, who ,were expert in such illusions, the\nsoldiers of the demigods became morose.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0086": "Srimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n58\n\n[Canto 8, Ch.IO\n\nTEXT 53\n\nWI�������\n\\itffil: � (l;r lflTCflf��: 11��11\nna tat-pratividhim yatra\nvidur indradayo nrpa\ndhyiita/:t priidurabhat tatra\nbhagaviin viSva-bhiivana/:t\nna-not; tat-pratividhim-the counteraction of such an illusory atmosphere; yatra -wherein; vidu/:t-could understand; indra-iidaya/:tthe demigods, headed by lndra; nrpa-0 King; dhyiita/:t-being meditated\n\nupon;\n\npriidurabh ut-appeared\n\nthere;\n\ntatra-in\n\nthat\n\nplace;\n\nbhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; viSva-bhiivana/:t-the\ncreator of the universe.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, when the demigods could find no way to counteract the\n\nactivities of the demons, they wholeheartedly meditated upon the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the creator of the universe, who\nthen immediately appeared.\n\nTEXT 54\n\nmr:\n\n�utletateM4�tt:\nfq�ttctre\niAilh��: 1\n'\n\nlf��aU!l�lllill�t�e­\n\n����Ph{lafju��: II� 'ell I\ntata/:t supan:uJ,rhsa-krtiinghri-pallava/:t\npiSanga-viisii nava-kafija-locana/:t\nadrsyat(4!iiyudha-biihur ullasacchri-kaustubhiinarghya-kirifa-kur:ujala/:t\ntata/:t-thereafter;\n\nsupan:w.-amsa-krta-anghri-pallava/:t-the\n\nSu­\n\npreme Personality of Godhead, whose lotus feet spread over the two\n\n", "SB8.2#p0087": "Text 55]\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\n59\n\nshoulders of Garu<,la; piSanga-vasalt-whose dress is yellow; navakaiij a-locanalt-and whose eyes are just like the petals of a newly\nblossomed lotus; adrsyata-became visible (in the presence of the\ndemigods);\n\n�ta-ayudha-equipped with eight kinds of weapons;\n\nbahult-arms; ullasat-brilliantly exhibiting; sri-the goddess of fortune;\n\nkaustubha-the Kaustubha\n\ngem;\n\nanarghya-of incalculable\n\nvalue; kir i!a-helmet; ku�lalt-having earrings.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose eyes resemble the\npetals of a newly blossomed lotus, sat on the back of Garu\"a,\nspreading His lotus feet over Garu\"a's shoulders. Dressed in\nyellow, decorated by the Kaustubha gem and the goddess of fortune, and wearing an invaluable helmet and earrings, the Supreme\nLord, holding various weapons in His eight hands, became visible\nto the demigods.\nTEXT 55\n\n�r��su(�a�\n'�AT AA�ft;{T ���: I\n� � � sna;i)� 3Tltla\n\ntR�fu: *M:'lt�or'l_ll����\n\ntasmin prav4te 'sura-kilta-karmaja\nmaya vinesur mahina mahiyasalt\nsvapno yatha hi pratibodha agate\nhari-smrtilt sarva-vipad-vimo�ar:wm\ntasmin prav4te-upon the entrance of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; asura-of the demons; kil!a-karma-ja-because of the illusory, magical activities; maya-the false manifestations; vinesultwere\n\nimmediately\n\ncurbed;\n\nmahina-by\n\nthe\n\nsuperior\n\npower;\n\nmahiyasalt-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is greater\nthan\n\nthe\n\ngreatest;\n\npratibodhe- when\n\nsvapnalt-dreams;\n\nawakening;\n\nagate-has\n\nyatha-as;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\narrived;\n\nhari-smrtilt­\n\nremembrance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sarva-vipat-of\n\n", "SB8.2#p0088": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n60\n\nall kinds of dangerous situations;\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 10\n\nvimo�a�m-immediately van­\n\nquishes.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the dangers of a dream cease when the dreamer awakens, the\n\nillusions created by the jugglery of the demons were vanquished\n\nby the transcendental prowess of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead as soon as He entered the battlefield. Indeed, simply by\n\nremembrance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one becomes free from all dangers.\n\nTEXT 56\n\nql � il�rn��\n\n���?.JC�il�f'l: I\nijti}(.'S�I Il�>s¥{1ll �W�T\nij;m� ��R stf�: 11��11\ndr�tva mrdhe garutf,a-vaham ibhari-vaha\navidhya sulam ahinod atha kalanemi/:1.\ntal lilaya garutf,a-murdhni patad grhitva\ntenahanan nrpa savaham arim tryadhiSa/:1.\ndr�tva-seeing;\n\nmrdhe-on\n\nthe\n\nbattlefield;\n\ngarutf,a-vaham-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, carried by GaruQ.a; ibhari-vaha/:1.-the\ndemon, who was carried by a big lion; avidhya-whirling around;\nsillam-trident; ahinot-discharged at him; atha-thus; kiilanemi/:1.the demon Kalanemi; tat-such an attack by the demon against the\nSupreme Lord; lilaya-very easily; garutf,a-murdhni-on the head of\nHis carrier, GaruQ.a; patat-while falling down; grhitva-after taking it\nimmediately, without difficulty;\n\ntena-and by the same weapon;\n\nahanat-killed; nrpa-0 King; sa-ooham-with his carrier; arim-the\nenemy; tri-adhiSa/:1,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the proprietor of the three worlds.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, when the demon Kalanemi, who was carried by a lion,\n\nsaw that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, carried by Garu\"a,\n\n", "SB8.2#p0089": "Text 57]\n\nThe Battle Between the Demigods and Demons\n\n61\n\nwas on the battlefield, the demon immediately took his trident,\nwhirled it and discharged it at GarU<;la's head. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, the master of the three worlds, immediately caught the trident, and with the very same weapon he\nkilled the enemy Kalanemi, along with his carrier, the lion.\nPURPORT\nIn this regard, Srila Madhvacarya says:\n\nkiilanemy-adayal,t saroe\nkarir:uJ, nihatii api\nsukrer:wjjivitiil,t santal,t\npunas tenaiva patital,t\n\"Kalanemi and all the other demons were killed by the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, Hari, and when Sukracarya, their spiritual master,\nbrought them back to life, they were again killed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\"\n\nTEXT 57\n\n� �RI� � ltijij���f��N���\n3llR fa;'4•1�<416:��0iS��\n\nffltlf�US�0����ij)sftuoo:.ll '-\\\\9 II\n\nmali sumaly atibalau yudhi petatur yaccakrer:uz krtta-sirasiiv atha malyaviirils tam\niihatya tigma-gadayiihanad ar:u}njendrarit\ntiivac chiro 'cchinad arer nadato 'rir:uidyal,t\nmali sumali-two demons named Mali and Sumali; ati-balau\n\n-\n\nvery\n\npowerful; yudhi -on the battlefield; petatul,t-fell down; yat-cakrer:uzby whose disc; krtta-sirasau-their heads having been cut off; athathereupon;\n\nmalyaviin-Malyavan; tam-the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; ahatya-attacking; tigma-gadayii\n\n-\n\nwith a very sharp club;\n\nahanat-attempted to attack, kill; ar:uJ,a-ja-indram-Garu(J.a, the king\n\n", "SB8.2#p0090": "62\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 10\n\nof all the birds, who are born from eggs; tavat-at that time; sira�-the\nhead; acchinat-cut off; are�-of the enemy; nadata�-roaring like a\nlion; ari�-by the disc; adya�-the original Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, two very powerful demons named Mali and Sumiili\n\nwere killed by the Supreme Lord, who severed their heads with\n\nHis disc. Then Milyaviin, another demon, attacked the Lord. With\n\nhis sharp club, the demon, who was roaring like a lion, attacked\n\nGaru«::a , the lord of the birds, who are horn from eggs. But the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the original person, used His\ndisc to cut off the head of that enemy also.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Tenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Battle Between the\nDemigods and the Demons.\"\n\n", "SB8.2#p0091": "CHAPTER ELEVEN\n\nKing lndra Annihilates the Demons\nAs described in this chapter, the great saint Narada Muni, being very\ncompassionate to the demons who had been killed by the demigods, forbade the demigods to continue killing. Then Sukracarya, by his mystic\npower, renewed the lives of all the demons.\n\nHaving been graced by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\n\ndemigods began fighting the demons again, with renewed energy. King\nlndra released his thunderbolt against Bali, and when Bali fell, his friend\n\nJambhasura attacked lndra, who then cut off Jambhasura's head with his\n\nthunderbolt. When Narada Muni learned that Jambhasura had been\n\nkilled, he informed Jambhasura's relatives Namuci, Bala and Paka, who\n\nthen went to the battlefield and attacked the demigods. lndra, King of\n\nheaven, severed the heads of Bala and Paka and released the weapon\nknown as kuliSa, the thunderbolt, against Namuci's shoulder. The thunderbolt, however, returned unsuccessful, and thus lndra became morose.\n\nAt that time, an unseen voice came from the sky. The voice declared, \"A\ndry or wet weapon cannot kill Namuci.\" Hearing this voice, lndra began\n\nto think of how Namuci could be killed. He then thought of foam, which\n\nis neither moist nor dry. Using a weapon of foam, he was able to kill\n\nNamuci. Thus lndra and the other demigods killed many demons. Then,\nat the request of Lord Brahma, Narada went to the demigods and forbade\n\nthem to kill the demons any longer. All the demigods then returned to\ntheir abodes. Following the instructions of Narada, whatever demons\nremained alive on the battlefield took Bali Maharaja to Asta Mountain.\n\nThere, by the touch of Sukracarya's hand, Bali Maharaja regained his\n\nsenses and consciousness, and those demons whose heads and bodies had\nnot been completely lost were brought back to life by the mystic power of\nSukracarya.\n\nTEXT 1\n\nit�<n�\n\n3lit tw: ��:r:\n� �:\n4(�1��4�1 I\n63\n\n", "SB8.2#p0092": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n64\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 11\n\nsri-suka uviica\n\natho sura/:L pratyupalabdha-cetasa/:L\n\nparasya purilsa/:L parayanukampaya\n\njaghnur bhrsam sakra-samira1Jiid,ayas\n\ntiirils tan ra� yair abhisamhatii/:L purd\n\nsri-suka/:L uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said;\n\natho-thereafter;\n\nsurd/:L-all the demigods; pratyupalabdha-cetasa/:L-being enlivened\n\nagain by revival of their consciousness; parasya-of the Supreme;\n\npurilsa/:L-of the Personality of Godhead; parayd-supreme; anukampaya-by the mercy; jaghnu/:L-began to beat; bhrsam-again and\n\nagain; sakra-lndra; samirary,a-Vayu; ddaya/:t-and others; tan tan­\n\nto those demons; ra�-in the fight; yai/:L-by whom; abhisamhatii/:L­\n\nthey were beaten; purd-before.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: Thereafter, by the supreme grace of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Hari, all the demigods,\nheaded by lndra and Vayu, were brought back to life. Being enlivened,\n\nthe demigods began severely beating the very same\n\ndemons who had defeated them before.\nTEXT2\n�....\n\nW=if;ntr\n\n.\n\n\"'\n\n�\\fl\n\nlltli\\flw-qICfi�t�: I\n\n���� � 3J���Rr�t�: II� II\nvairocandya samrabdho\n\nbhagavan paka-sasana/:L\n\nudayacchad yadd vajram\n\npraja lui heti cukru5u/:L\n\nvairocandya-unto Bali Maharaja �ust to kill him); samrabdha/:L­\n\nbeing very angry; bhagavdn-the most powerful; paka-Siisana/:L-\n\n", "SB8.2#p0093": "King lndra Annihilates the Demons\n\nText4)\n\n65\n\nIndra; udayacchat-took in his hand; yada-at which time; vajramthe thunderbolt; prajdtz,-all the demons; ha lui-alas, alas; iti-thus;\ncukru5utz,-began to resound.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the most powerfullndra became angry and took his thunderbolt in hand to kill Maharaja Bali, the demons began lamenting,\n\"Alas, alas!\"\nTEXT3\n\n�fTiT�'IT� f��tf �:�1{ I\n��;f ijij+� f� ��3l� II � II\nvajra-pdTJis tam ahedam\ntiraskrtya purab.-sthitam\nmanasvinam susampannam\nvicarantam maha-mrdhe\nvajra-pdTJib.-Indra, who always carries in his hand the thunderbolt;\ntam-unto\n\nBali\n\nMaharaja;\n\ntiraskrtya-chastising\n\nhim;\n\naha-addressed;\n\nidam-in\n\npurab.-sthitam-standing\n\nthis\n\nway;\n\nbefore\n\nhim;\n\nmanasvinam-very sober and tolerant; su-sampannam-well equipped\nwith paraphernalia for fighting; vicarantam-moving; maha-mrdheon the great battlefield.\nTRANSLATION\nSober and tolerant and well equipped with paraphernalia for\nfighting, Bali Maharaja moved before lndra on the great battlefield. King lndra, who always carries the thunderbolt in his\nhand, rebuked Bali Maharaja as follows.\nTEXT4\n\nw:ra�fl!� �p:nnt¥it�4n� .n Qt•ft..re t\n\n�iiT�I����wm��ll 'd II\n\n", "SB8.2#p0094": "(Canto 8, Ch. 11\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n66\n\nM!avan mar)ha miiyabhir\nmiiyesan no jigi$asi\njitva balan nibaddha�an\nM!o harati tad-dhaMm\nM!a-vat-like a cheater or rogue; mar)ha-you rascal; miiyabhi/:1,by exhibiting illusions; miiya-iSiin-unto the demigods, who can control\nall such illusory manifestations; M/:1,-unto us; jigi$asi-you are trying\nto\n\nbecome\n\nvictorious;\n\njitvii-conquering;\n\noolan-small\n\nchildren;\n\nnibaddha-a�an-by binding the eyes; M{a/:1,-a cheater; harati-takes\naway; tat-dhaMm-the property in the possession of a child.\n\nTRANSLATION\nlndra said: 0 rascal, as a cheater sometimes binds the eyes of a\n\nchild and takes away his possessions, you are trying to defeat us by\n\ndisplaying some mystic power, although you know that we are the\n\nmasters of all such mystic powers.\n\nTEXTS\n\n311��aJ� 'ltlflf�fi«tJOC('lfwoa � � 1\n\n�l!J��;Jt�r�� q�: II �II\naruru�anti miiyabhir\nutsisrpsanti ye divam\ntan dasyan vidhunomy ajfliin\npilrvasmiic ca padiid adha/:1,\naruru� anti-persons who desire to come to the upper planetary\nsystems; mayabhi /:1,-by so-called mystic power or material advancement\nof science; utsisrpsanti-or want to be liberated by such false attempts;\n\nye-such persons who; divam-the higher planetary system known as\nSvargaloka; tan-such rogues and ruffians; dasyun-such thieves;\nvidhunomi-I force to go down; ajfuin-rascals; pilrvasmdt-previous;\nca-also ; padat-from the position; adha/:1,-downward.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0095": "Text6)\n\nKing lndra Annihilates the Demons\n\n67\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose fools and rascals who want to ascend to the upper planetary system by mystic power or mechanical means, or who endeavor to cross even the upper planets and achieve the spiritual\nworld or liberation, I cause to be sent to the lowest region of the\nuniverse.\nPURPORT\nThere are undoubtedly different planetary systems for different persons. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii (14.18), ilrdhvam gacchanti sattva­\n\nsthii/:t: persons in the mode of goodness can go to the upper planets.\nThose in the modes of darkness and passion, however, are not allowed to\nenter the higher planets. The word divam refers to the higher planetary\nsystem known as Svargaloka. 1ndra, King of the higher planetary system,\nhas the power to push down any conditioned soul attempting to go from\nthe lower to the higher planets without proper qualifications. The\nmodern attempt to go to the moon is also an attempt by inferior men to go\nto Svargaloka by artificial, mechanical means. This attempt cannot be\nsuccessful. From this statement of 1ndra it appears that anyone attempting to go to the higher planetary systems by mechanical means, which are\nhere called miiyii, is condemned to go the the hellish planets in the lower\nportion of the universe. To go to the higher planetary system, one needs\nsufficient good qualities. A sinful person situated in the mode of ignorance and addicted to drinking, meat-eating and illicit sex will never\nenter the higher planets by mechanical means.\nTEXT6\n\nms{ ����SQ � �(tq�IJll I\nfuU � 'I�R���� �nfatll: � II � II\nso 'ham durmiiyinas te 'dya\nvajreT_Ul sata-parval)-ii\nsiro hari$ye mandiitman\ngha!asva jfiiitibhi/:t saha\nsa/:t-1 am the same powerful person; aham-1 ; durmiiyina/:t-of\nyou, who can perform so much jugglery with illusions; te-o£ you;\n\n", "SB8.2#p0096": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n68\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 11\n\nadya-today; vajre�-by the thunderbolt; sata-parva�-which has\nhundreds of sharp edges; siratt-the head; ha�ye-1 shall separate;\nmanda-atman-0 you with a poor fund of knowledge; ghatasva-just\ntry to exist on this battlefield; jnatibhitt saha-with your relatives and\nassistants.\nTRANSLATION\nToday, with my thunderbolt, which has hundreds of sharp\n\nedges, I, the same powerful person, shall sever your head from\n\nyour body. Although you can produce so much jugglery through\nillusion, you are endowed with a poor fund of knowledge. Now,\n\ntry to exist on this battlefield with your relatives and friends.\nTEXT7\n\n�ftifffr�<fP:T\n\\\n«�..,.JIItt �f.U �(?)'f.flla:iji:fi'{OII( I\nctlRi�ls� �g;: ft€f1i �(f!4i'ila_ II \\S II\n.!l..\n\nC'\n\n•\n\n...,...\n\nsri-balir uvaca\nsarigrame vartamananam\nkala-codita-karma�m\nk'irtir jayo ]ayo mrtyutt\nsarve�am syur anukramiil\nsri-balitt uvaca-Bali Maharaja said; sarigrame-in the battlefield;\nvartamananam-of all persons present here; kdla-codita-influenced\nby the course of time; karma�m-for persons engaged in fighting or\nany other\n\nactivities;\n\nkfrtitt-reputation;\n\njayatt-victory;\n\najayatt­\n\ndefeat; mrtyutt-death; sarve�am-of all of them; syutt-must be done;\nanukramat-one after another.\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja replied: All those present on this battlefield are\n\ncertainly under the influence of eternal time, and according to\n\ntheir prescribed activities, they are destined to receive fame, vic­\n\ntory, defeat and death, one after another.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0097": "Text 8]\n\nKing lndra Annihilates the Demons\n\n69\n\nPURPORT\nIf one is victorious on the battlefield, he becomes famous; and if one is\nnot victorious but is defeated, he may die. Both victory and defeat are\npossible, whether on such a battlefield as this or on the battlefield of the\nstruggle for existence. Everything takes place according to the laws of\nnature (prakrteb, kriyamiir:uJ.ni gur:mib, karmiiTJ-i sarva5ab-}. Since everyone, without exception, is subject to the modes of material nature,\nwhether one is victorious or defeated he is not independent, but is under\nthe control of material nature. Bali Maharaja, therefore, was very sensible. He knew that the fighting was arranged by eternal time and that\nunder time's influence one must accept the results of one's own activities. Therefore even though lndra threatened that he would now kill\nBali Maharaja by releasing the thunderbolt, Bali Maharaja was not at all\n\n�atriya: yuddhe ciipy apaliiyanam\n(Bg. 18.43). A �triya must be tolerant in all circumstances, especially\n\nafraid. This is the spirit of a\n\non the battlefield. Thus Bali Maharaja asserted that he was not at all\nafraid of death, although he was threatened by such a great personality\nas the King of heaven..\n\nTEXTS\n\nij� �� � wn� �: 1\nef �(f ef i(�ij «;r ��aT: II � II\ntad idam kiila-ra.Sanam\njagat pa.Syanti silrayab,\nna hr�yanti na socanti\ntatra yilyam apar_uj.itiib,\ntat-therefore; idam-this whole material world; kiila-ra.Sanam-is\nmoving because of time eternal; jagat-moving forward (this whole universe); pa.Syanti-observe; silrayab,-those who are intelligent by admission of the truth; na-not; h�yanti-become jubilant; na-nor;\nsocanti-lament;\n\ntatra-in\n\nsuch;\n\nyilyam-all\n\nof\n\nyou\n\ndemigods;\n\napar_uj.itab,-not very learned (having forgotten that you are working\nunder eternal time).\n\n", "SB8.2#p0098": "70\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the movements of time, those who are cognizant of the\n\nreal truth neither rejoice nor lament for different circumstances.\n\nTherefore, because you are jubilant due to your victory, you\n\nshould be considered not very learned.\nPURPORT\n\nBali Maharaja knew that lndra, King of heaven, was extremely powerful, certainly more powerful than he himself. Nonetheless, Bali Maharaja\nchallenged Indra by saying that lndra was not a very learned person. In\n\nBhagavad-gitii (2.11) l(r�Q.a rebuked Arjuna by saying:\na.Socyiin anva.Socas tvam\nprajfiii-vadiims ca bfu\"4ase\ngatiisun agatiisums ca\nniinu.Socanti paTJ4,itiiiJ,\n\"While speaking learned words, you are mourning for what is not worthy of grief. Those who are wise lament neither for the living nor the\ndead.\" Thus as l(r�Q.a challenged Arjuna by saying that he was not a\n\npaTJ4,ita, or a learned person, Bali Maharaja also challenged King lndra\nand his associates. In this material world, everything happens under the\ninfluence of time. Consequently, for a learned person who sees how\nthings are taking place, there is no question of being sorry or happy because of the waves of material nature. After all, since we are being carried away by these waves, what is the meaning of being jubilant or\nmorose? One who is fully conversant with the laws of nature is never\njubilant or morose because of nature's activities. In\n\nBhagavad-gitii\n\n(2.14), l(r�Q.a advises that one be tolerant: tiirhs titi�asva bhiirata.\nFollowing this advice of l(r�Q.a's, one should not be morose or unhappy\nbecause of circumstantial changes. This is the symptom of a devotee. A\ndevotee carries out his duty in l(r�.Q.a consciousness and is never unhappy\nin awkward circumstances. He has full faith that in such circumstances,\nl(r�Q.a protects His devotee. Therefore a devotee never deviates from his\nprescribed duty of devotional service. The material qualities of jubilation\nand moroseness are present even in the demigods, who are very highly\n\n", "SB8.2#p0099": "71\n\nKing lndra Annihilates the Demons\n\nText 10]\n\nsituated in the upper planetary system. Therefore, when one is undisturbed by the so-called favorable and unfavorable circumstances of\nthis material world, he should be understood to be brahma-bhilta, or\nself-realized.\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(18.54), brahma-bhilta�\n\nprasannatmii na socati na kari�ati: \"One who is transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme Brahman and becomes fully joyful.\"\nWhen one is undisturbed by material circumstances, he should be understood to be on the transcendental stage, above the reactions of the three\nmodes of material nature.\nTEXT9\n\nWf �Pi �f{f.lfliR\"U;j ij;r\n\n«1� I\nf'JU q: «l��t):;:AU'{T ��hu ��61\\$iff : II � II\nna vayam manyamananam\natmanam tatra sadhanam\ngiro va� sadhu-socyanam\ngrhr).'imo marma-t&j.ana�\n\nna-not;\n\nvayam-we;\n\nmanyamanana m-wh o\n\nare\n\nconsidering;\n\natma nam-the self; tatra-in victory or defeat; sadhanam-the cause;\n\ngira�-the words; va�-of you; s adhu-socyana m-who are to be pitied\nby the saintly persons; grh�ima�-accept; marma-t&j.ana�-which\nafflict the heart.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou demigods think that your own selves are the cause of your\nattaining fame and victory. Because of your ignorance, saintly persons feel sorry for you. Therefore, although your words afBict the\nheart, we do not accept them.\nTEXT 10\n\n��\n��f�lf �tj � iiRI�rfl(qc{;r: I\n�: I I� o I I\n:Jrl•uf\\.�((tt�a\n\n", "SB8.2#p0100": "[Canto 8, Ch. II\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n72\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nity a�ip ya vibhum viro\nniiracair vira-mardanaft\nakarry,a-purry,air ahanad\na�epair aha tam punaft\nsri-sukaft uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; a�ipya­\n\nchastising; vibhum-unto King lndra; viraft-the valiant Bali Maharaja;\nthe\n\nniiracaift-by\n\narrows\n\nnamed\n\nniiracas;\n\nvira-mardanaft-Bali\n\nMaharaja, who could subdue even great heros; akarry,a-purry,aift-drawn\n\nup to his ear; ahanat-attacked; a�epaift-by words of chastisement;\naha-said; tam-unto him; punaft-again.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: Mter thus rebuking lndra, King of\n\nheaven, with sharp words, Bali Maharaja, who could subdue any\n\nother hero, drew back to his ear the arrows known as niricas and\n\nattacked lndra with these arrows. Then he again chastised lndra\nwith strong words.\n\nTEXT II\n\n� f.mim �it �ftun �� ,\nwtl'l'J;f� ij'��� �(ij' (i ft:q: II � � II\nevam nirakrto devo\nvairi� tathya-viid nii\nnamr�yat tad-adhi�epam\ntotrahata iva dvipaft\n\nevam-thus;\n\nnirakrtaft-being\n\ndefeated;\n\ndevaft-King\n\nIndra;\n\ntat-of\n\n(Bali);\n\nvairi�-by his enemy; tathya-viid nii-who was competent to speak\n\nthe\n\ntruth;\n\nna-not;\n\nam�yat-lamented;\n\nhim\n\nadhi�epam-the chastisement; totra-by the scepter or rod; ahataftbeing beaten; iva-just like; dvipaft-an elephant.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0101": "Text 13]\n\n73\n\nKing lndra Annihilates the Demons\nTRANSLATION\n\nSince Maharaja Bali's rebukes were truthful, King lndra did not\nat all become sorry, just as an elephant heated by its driver's rod\ndoes not become agitated.\nTEXT 12\n\n� �� �� 3fliN t«�: I\n� �6t � �� �l'ile: ����II\nprtiharat kuliSam tasmii\namogham para-mardarw};\nsaytino nyapatad bhumau\nchinna-pa�a ivticala/:t\nprtiha rat - inflicted;\n\nkuli.Sam-thunderbolt\n\nscepter;\n\ntasmai-unto\n\nhim (Bali Maharaja); amogham - infallibie; para-mardana/:t -Indra ,\nwho is expert in defeating the enemy; sa-ytina/:t-with his airplane;\nnyapatat-fell down; bhumau-on the ground; chinna-pa�a/:t-whose\nwings have been taken away; iva-like; acala/:t-a mountain.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen lndra, the defeater of enemies, released his infallible\nthunderbolt scepter at Bali Maharaja with a desire to kill him, Bali\nMaharaja indeed fell to the ground with his airplane, like a mountain with its wings cut off.\nPURPORT\nIn many descriptions in Vedic literature it is found that mountains also\nfly in the sky with wings. When such mountains are dead, they fall to the\nground, where they stay as very large dead bodies.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0102": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n74\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 11\n\nsakhayam patitam dmva\njambho bali-sakha!l suhrt\nabhyayiit sauhrdam sakhyur\nhatasyiipi samiicaran\nsakhayam-his intimate friend; patitam-having fallen; dmvaafter seeing; jambha!l-the demon Jambha; bali-sakha!l-a very intimate\n\nfriend\n\nof\n\nBali\n\nMaharaja;\n\nsuhrt-and\n\nabhyayiit-appeared on the scene;\n\nconstant\n\nwell-wisher;\n\nsauhrdam-very compassionate\n\nfriendship; sakhyu!l-of his friend; hat asya-who was injured and\nfallen; api-although; samiiCa ran-just to perform friendly duties.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the demon Jamhhiisura saw that his friend Bali had fallen,\n\nhe appeared before lndra, the enemy, just to serve Bali Maharaja\nwith friendly behavior.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n{{ M�1� 3IRm.t\n\n�IUQt:q «m 1\n\\il'lll:letlct�'60¥ � � u�: tl�\\111\nsa simha-viiha asiidya\ngadam udyamya ramhasii\njatriiv atiit)ayac chakram\ngajam ca sumaha-bala!l\nsa!l--Jamhhasura; simha-viiha!l-being carried by a lion; iisiidyacoming before King lndra; gadam-his club; udyamya-taking up;\nramhasii-with great force; jatrau-on the base of the neck; atiit},ayathit; sakram-lndra; gajam ca-as well as his elephant; su-mahabala!l-the greatly powerful Jambhasura.\nTRANSLATION\nThe greatly powerful Jamhhiisura, carried by a lion, approached\n\nlndra and forcefully struck him on the shoulder with his club. He\nalso struck lndra's elephant.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0103": "Text 16]\n\nKing lndra Annihilates the Demons\n\n75\n\nTEXT 15\n\n··�ISICI(otNfl � A� �: I\niSII� � � �� �q �� ������\ngadii-prahiira-vyathito\nbhrsarh vihvalito gaja/:1.\njanubhyam dharaTJ-irh spmva\nkaSmalarh paramarh yayau\ngadii-prahiira-vyathita/:1.-being aggrieved because of the blow from\nJambhiisura's club; bhrsam-very much; vihvalita/:1.-upset; gaja/:1.the elephant; janubhyam-with its two knees; dharaTJ-im-the earth;\nspr�!va-touching; kaSmalam-unconsciousness; paramam-ultimate;\nyayau-entered.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing beaten by Jambhi.sura's club, lndra's elephant was confused and aggrieved. Thus it touched its knees to the ground and\nfell unconscious.\nTEXT 16\n\nm � �RIR;;n �@l��til�f�'t: I\nSltwilal flqa��q (1.1�1()� fCI1: II ��II\ntato ratho miitalina\nharibhir daSa-satair vrta/:1.\nanito dvipam utsrjya\nratham aruruhe vibhu/:1.\ntata/:1.-thereafter; ratha/:1.-chariot; miitalina-by his chariot driver\nnamed Miitali; haribhi/:1.-with horses; daSa-satai/:1.-by ten times one\nhundred (one thousand); vrta/:1.-yoked; anita/:1.-being brought in;\ndvipam-the elephant; utsrjya-keeping aside; ratham-the chariot;\naruruhe-got up; vibhu/:1.-the great lndra.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0104": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n76\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Matali, lndra's chariot driver, brought lndra's\n\nchariot, which was drawn by one thousand horses. lndra then left\n\nhis elephant and got onto the chariot.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n� 4;:a�t��: I\n��61 (j « ���� 11��11\n� � 'l�\n\ntasya tat pujayan karma\nyantur dii nava-sattama/:1sulena jvalatii tam tu\nsmayamano 'hanan mrdhe\ntasya-of Miitali; tat-that service (bringing the chariot before\nlndra); piljayan-appreciating; karma-such service to the master;\nyantu/:1--of the chariot driver; diinava-sat-tama/:1--the best of the\ndemons, namely Jambhiisura; sulena-by his trident; jvalatii-which\nwas blazing fire; tam-Miitali; tu-indeed; smayamdna/:1--smiling;\nahanat-struck; mrdhe-in the battle.\nTRANSLATION\nAppreciating Matali's service, Jambhasura, the best of the\n\ndemons, smiled. Nonetheless, he struck Miitali in the battle with a\ntrident of blazing fire.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n� � P ('l'f4+il�k4 +i�: I\n� � � cr�unql�(�0(: 11��11\nsehe rujam sudurmar�iirh\nsattvam alambya matali/:l\nindro jambhasya smikruddho\nvajrer_ujpiiharac chira/:l\n\n", "SB8.2#p0105": "King lndra Annihilates the Demons\n\nText 20]\n\nsehe-tolerated;\n\nrujam-the\n\nsattvam-patience;\n\npain;\n\nalambya-taking\n\n77\n\nsu-durmar�am-intolerahle;\nshelter\n\nof;\n\nmatalitt-the\n\ncharioteer Matali; indratt-King lndra; jambhasya-of the great dem. on\nJambha; sarikruddhatt-being very angry at him; vajre�-with his\nthunderbolt; apaharat-separated; siratt-the head.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the pain was extremely severe, Matali tolerated it with\ngreat\n\npatience.\n\nlndra,\n\nhowever,\n\nbecame\n\nextremely\n\nangry\n\nat\n\nJamhhasura. He struck Jamhhiisura with his thunderbolt and thus\nsevered his head from his body.\nTEXT 19\n\n� ��� ri (I� � wtl«ltq: I\nqR� ifC3: ql�ta�uihl�;:��n: II� �II\njambham srutva hatam tasya\njfiiitayo niiradad r�ett\nnamuciS ca balatt pakas\ntatrapetus tvaranvitatt\njambham-Jamhhasura; srutva-after hearing; hatam-had been\nkilled; tasya-his; jfiiitayatt-friends and relatives; nii radiit-from the\nsource Narada;\n\nr�ett-fro m the great saint;\n\nnamucitt-the demon\n\nNamuci; ca-also; balatt-the demon Bala; pakatt-the demon Plika;\ntatra-there; apetutt-immediately arrived; tvara-anvitatt-with great\nhaste.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Niirada J.qi informed Jamhhasura's friends and relatives\nthat Jamhhasura had been killed, the three demons named\nNamuci, Bala and Piika arrived on the battlefield in great haste.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�fit:\n\n���� ��I\n,�(itlfcM'{ ittJT �llf{� �II� oil\n\n", "SB8.2#p0106": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n78\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 11\n\nvacobhi/:1. par�air indram\nardayanto 'sya marmasu\nsarair avakiran meghii\ndhiirabhir iva parvatam\nvacobhi/:1.-with harsh words;\n\npar�ai/:1.-very rough and cruel;\n\nindram-King lndra; ardayanta/:1.-chastising, piercing; asya-of Indra; marmasu-in the heart, etc.; sarai/:1.-with arrows; avakirancovered all around; meghii/:1.-clouds; dhiirabhi/:1.-with showers of rain;\niva-just as; parvatam-a mountain.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRebuking lndra with harsh, cruel words that were piercing to\n\nthe heart, these demons showered him with arrows, just as torrents\nof rain wash a great mountain.\n\nTEXT 21\n\ntft�\\J�(fl�lif ri� �: �': I\n<11'4f«(��\n����Flll��ll\nharin daSa-satany ajau\nharya§vasya bala/:1. sarai/:1.\ntavadbhir ardayam asa\nyugapal laghu-hastavan\nharin-horses; daSa-satani-ten times one hundred (one thousand);\najau-on the battlefield; harya§vasya-of King lndra; bala/:1.-the\ndemon Bala; sarai/:1.-with arrows; tavadbhi/:1.-with so many; ardayam\nasa-put into tribulation; yugapat-simultaneously; laghu-hastavanwith quick handling.\n\nTRANSLATION\nQuickly handling the situation on the battlefield, the demon\n\nBala put all of lndra's one thousand horses into tribulation by\n\nsimultaneously piercing them all with an equal number of arrows.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0107": "Text 23]\n\nKing lndra Annihilates the Demons\n\n79\n\nTEXT 22\n\n�� 'ffil� 'n� �� meN� � I\n�f)ff«w-'41tqi�IJf �� � II�� II\n\"'\n\n........\n\nsatabhyam miitalim pako\nratham savayavam prthak\nsakrt sandhana-mok§er:u:t\ntad adbhutam abhud ra�\n5atabhyam-with two hundred arrows; miitalim-unto the chariot\ndriver Matali; paka!t-the demon named Paka; ratham-the chariot;\nsa-avayavam-with all paraphernalia; prthak-separately; sakrt-once,\nat one time; sandhana-by yoking the arrows to the bow; mok§er:u:tand releasing; tat-such an action; adbhutam-wonderful ; abhiiJ-so\nbecame; ra�-on the battlefield.\nTRANSLATION\nPika, another demon, attacked both the chariot, with all its\nparaphernalia, and the chariot driver, Matali, by fitting two\nhundred arrows to his bow and releasing them all simultaneously.\nThis was indeed a wonderful act on the battlefield.\nTEXT 23\n\n�: q�:\n�\n\n(Ctoisi�nfit: 1\n\n�Q� � (Cf �: 11��11\nnamuci!t pafica-daSabhi!t\nsvarr:u:t-purikhair mahe$ubhi!t\nahatya vyanadat sarikhye\nsatoya iva toyada!t\n\nnamuci!t-the demon named Namuci; pafica-daSabhi!J.-with fifteen;\nsvarr:u:t-purikhai!t-with golden feathers attached; maha- i$ubhi!t-very\npowerful arrows; ahatya-piercing; vyanadat-resounded; sarikhye-\n\n", "SB8.2#p0108": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n80\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 11\n\non the battlefield; sa-toya�-bearing water; iva -like; toya-da�-a\ncloud that delivers rain.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Namuci, another demon, attacked Indra and injured him\n\nwith fifteen very powerful golden-feathered arrows, which roared\n\nlike a cloud full of water.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n����\n\nSfltl!,f.l\\�f��: ll\"<'clll\nsarvata� sara-kuwna\n5akram saratha-sarathim\nchadayam asur asura�\npravr!-silryam ivambudii�\nsarvata�-all around; sara-kil!ena - by a dense shower of arrows;\nsakram-lndra; sa-ratha-with his chariot; sarathim-and with his\nchariot driver; chiidayam lim�-covered; asura�-all the demons;\nprav r! -in the rainy season; silryam- the sun; iva-like; ambu-da�clouds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOther demons covered lndra, along with his chariot and chariot\n\ndriver, with incessant showers of arrows, just as clouds cover the\n\nsun in the rainy season.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n3l�lij�WO<I�1+46Fl\nf�\n�mCf1l1Jll: ij�: ,\n3ftt•�•a: ���et f;{ffm\nctfGt'fq�r fli�J�ttq) �of� 11\"<�11\n\n", "SB8.2#p0109": "King lndra Annihilates the Demons\n\nText 26)\n\n81\n\nalak$ayantas tam ativa vihvala\n\nvicukru.Sur deva-ga1}ii/:l. sahiinuga/:1.\n\nanayaka/:1. satru-balena nirjita\n\nvar,tik-pathii bhinna-navo yathiirr,tave\n\nala/cyayanta /:1.-being unable to see;\n\nfiercely; vihvala/:1.\n\nga1Jii/:l.-all\nanayaka/:1.\n\n-\n\nthe\n\n-\n\ndemigods;\n\nwithout\n\ntam-King lndra;\n\nativa­\n\nbewildered; vicukru.Su/:1.-began to lament; devaany\n\nsaha-anuga/:1.\n\ncaptain\n\nor\n\n-\n\nleader;\n\nwith\n\ntheir\n\nfollowers;\n\nsatru-balena-by\n\nthe\n\nsuperior power of their enemies; nirjita/:1.-oppressed severely; var,tikpathii/:1.\n\n-\n\ntraders; bhinna-nava/:1.-whose ship is wrecked; yathii arr,tave­\n\n-as in the middle of the ocean.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods, being severely oppressed by their enemies and\nbeing unable to see lndra on the battlefield, were very anxious.\nHaving no captain or leader, they began lamenting like traders in a\nwrecked vessel in the midst of the ocean.\nPURPORT\nFrom this statement it appears that in the upper planetary system\nthere is shipping and that traders there engage in navigation as their occupational duty. Sometimes, as on this planet, these traders are shipwrecked in the middle of the ocean. It appears that even in the upper\nplanetary system, such calamities occasionally take place. The upper\nplanetary system in the creation of the Lord is certainly not vacant or\n\ndevoid of living entities. From Srimad-Bhiigavatam we understand that\nevery planet is full of living entities, just as earth is. There is no reason\nto accept that on other planetary systems there are no living beings.\nTEXT 26\n\n6d\\ij(l'tl�!'li:q��\n���: �1:1\n�f�:«���\n((t��n � « �� II��II\n\n", "SB8.2#p0110": "Srimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n82\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 11\n\ntatas tur(i$tuf, i$u-lxuldha-panjarad\nvinirgatab, sasva-ratha-dhvajiigrar:tibbabhau diSab, kham prthivim ca rocayan\nsva-tejasa surya iva k§apatyaye\ntatab,-thereafter; turii$d!-another name of lndra; i$u-baddhapanjarat-from the cage of the network of arrows; vi ni rgatab, being\nreleased; sa-with; a.Sva-horses; ratha-chariot; dhvaja-Hag;\nagrar:tib, -and chariot driver; babhau-became; diSab,-all directions;\nkham-the sky; p rthivim-the earth; ca-and; rocayan -pleasing\neverywhere; sva tejasa-by his personal effulgence; s a ryab, -the sun;\niva -like; k§apa-atyaye-at the end of night.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, lndra released himself from the cage of the network\n\nof arrows. Appearing with his chariot, Hag, horses and chariot\n\ndriver and thus pleasing the sky, the earth and all directions, he\n\nshone effulgently like the sun at the end of night. lndra was bright\n\nand beautiful in the vision of everyone.\nTEXT 27\n\n�'l� �: q� �I\na��'bSC( f� � �� �� � 11�\\911\nnirik§ya prtanam devab,\nparair abhyarditam rar:te\nudayacchad ripum hantum\nvajram vajra-dharo rtL§d\nnirik§y a\n\n-\n\nafter observing; p rtandm-his own soldiers; devab,-the\n\ndemigod lndra; paraib, -by the enemies; abhyardita m-put into great\ndifficulties or oppressed; rar:te-in the battlefield; udayacchat-took up;\nripum-the enemies; hantum-to kill; vajra m-the thunderbolt; vajradharab,-the carrier of the thunderbolt; rtL§d-in great anger.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0111": "King lndra Annihilates the Demons\n\nText 29]\n\n83\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen lndra, who is known as Vajra-dhara, the carrier of the\nthunderbolt, saw his own soldiers so oppressed by the enemies on\nthe battlefield, he became very llngry. Thus he took up his thunderbolt to kill the enemies.\nTEXT 28\n\n�!\\11� ftrnft ifeq14Wl: 1\n=tmftwti �t �Nt�(l� �II ��II\n\n�\n\nsa tenai�!a-dhiirer:w.\nsirasi bala-piikayo/:£\njootinarh pa§yatiirh riijan\njahiira janayan bhayam\nsa/:t-he (lndra); tena-by that; eva-:-indeed; �!a-dhiirer:w.-by the\nthunderbolt; sirasi-the two heads; bala-piikayo/:£-of the two demons\nknown as Bala and Paka; jootinam pa§yatiim-while their relatives and\nsoldiers were watching;\n\nriijan-0 King;\n\nja/uira- (lndra) cut off;\n\njanayan-creating; bhayam-fear (among them).\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it, King lndra used his thunderbolt to cut off the\nheads of both Bala and Pika in the presence of all their relatives\nand followers. In this way he created a very fearful atmosphere Qll\n'\nthe battlefield.\nTEXT 29\n\n�·l'i'f�'U\n('\n�ij: I\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�lll� ����II\n\nnamucis tad-vadham dmm\nsokamar�a-�iinvita/:£\njighiimsur indram nrpate\ncakara paramodyamam\n\n", "SB8.2#p0112": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n84\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 11\n\nnamuci/l-the demon Namuci; tat-of those two demons; vadhamthe massacre;\n\ndmva-after seeing;\n\nsoka-amar$a-lamentation and\n\ngrief; T'll.$li-anvita/l-being very angry at this; jigharhsu/l-wanted to\nkill; indram-King lndra; nr-pate-0 Maharaja Parik�it; cakiiramade; parama-a great; udyamam-endeavor.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, when Namuci, another demon, saw the killing of both\n\nBala and Piika, he was full of grief and lamentation. Thus he\n\nangrily made a great attempt to kill lndra.\nTEXT 30\n\n-.w:31�n��2r1ftlr.n!(�mij\n\n�\n\n�� I\n\n!PI��� m� �(!iii� 1\n�t ��� f;t� fPI!(IfCtt II� olf\na5rnasaramayam sulam\nghaTJ.!iivad dhema-bhil$a,_,am\npragrhyabhyadravat kruddho\nhato 'sui vitarjayan\nprahiT_l.Od deva-rajaya\nninadan mrga-rti(l iva\n\na5rnasara-mayam-made of steel; sulam-a spear; ghaTJ.!fi-vatbound with bells; hema-bhil$a,_,am-decorated with ornaments of gold;\npragrhya-tak.ing\n\nin\n\nhis\n\nhand;\n\nabhyadravat-forcefully\n\nwent;\n\nkruddhafl-in an angry mood; hata/l asi iti-now you are killed;\nvitarjayan-roaring like that; prahiTJ.ot-struck; deva-rajaya-unto\nKing lndra; ninadan-resounding; mrga-ra!-a lion; iva-like.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing angry and roaring like a lion, the demon Namuci took up\n\na steel spear, which was bound with bells and decorated with orna­\n\nments of gold. He loudly cried, \"Now you are killed!\" Thus com­\n\ning before lndra to kill him, Namuci released his weapon.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0113": "Text 32]\n\nKing lndra Annihilates the Demons\n\n85\n\nTEXT 31\n\n-��t ararwcae QT�\nA\"Rf�� CRR!flr: (1C�\\ifl I\na�'ff tre�;c �\n��R:JIG:�Iqfij: fuu �W{ II�� II\ntadiipatad gagana-tale mahii-javarh\nvicicchide harir �ubhi� sahasradhii\ntam ahanan nrpa kuliSena kandhare\nTU{iiinvitas tridaSa-pati� siro haran\ntada-at that time; apatat-falling like a meteor; gagana-talebeneath the sky or on the ground; mahii javam-extremely powerful;\n-\n\nvicicchide-cut to pieces;\n\nhari�-lndra;\n\n� ubhi�-by his arrows;\n\nsahasradhii-into thousands of pieces; tam-that Namuci; iihanatstruck; nrpa-0 King; kuliSena-with his thunderbolt; kandhare-on\nthe shoulder; TU{iii-anvita�-being very angry; trida.Sa-pati�-lndra,\nthe King of the demigods; sira�-the head; haran-to separate.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, when lndra, King of heaven, saw this very powerful\nspear falling toward the ground like a blazing meteor, he immediately cut it to pieces with his arrows. Then, being very angry,\nhe struck Namuci's shoulder with his thunderbolt to cut off\nNamuci's head.\nTEXT 32\n\nWf � ft\" �ijN � �\n\n� �: ���ffit:\n�«\n'Rqffl�'Piroq_\nm�i(lr ;cW:q�� 11��11\nna tasya hi tvacam api vajra urjito\nbibheda ya� sura-patinaujaserita�\n\n", "SB8.2#p0114": "86\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 11\n\ntad adbhutarh param ativirya-vrtra-bhit\ntiraskrto namuci-sirodhara-tvaca\n\nna-not; tasya-of him (Namuci); hi-indeed; tvacam api-even\nthe skin; vajra�-the thunderbolt; llrjita�-very powerful; bibhedacould pierce; ya�-the weapon which; sura-patina-by the king of the\ndemigods; ojasa-very forcefully; irita�-had been released; tattherefore; adbhutam param -it was extraordinarily wonderful; ativirya-vrtra-bhit-so powerful that it could pierce the body of the very\n\npowerful V.rtrasura; tiraskrta�-(now in the future) which had been\nrepelled; namuci-sirodhara-tvaca-by the skin of Namuci's neck.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough King lndra laurled his thunderbolt at Namuci with\n\ngreat force, it could not even pierce his skin. It is very wonderful\n\nthat the famed thunderbolt that had pierced the body of V:rtrasura\n\ncould not even slightly injure the skin of Namuci's neck.\nTEXT 33\n\n��sr���: 31f�m �: ,\n�� �t�4ili1il � ��if� 11��11\ntasmad indro 'bibhec chatror\nvajra� pratihato yata�\nkim idam daiva-yogena\nbhutarh loka-vimohanam\n\ntasmat-therefore; indra�-the King of heaven; abibhet-became\nvery fearful; satro�-from the enemy (Namuci); vajra�-the thunderbolt; pratihata�-was unable to hit and returned; yata�-because; kim\nidam-what is this; daiva-yogena-by some superior force; bhutam-it\nhas happened; loka-vimohanam-so wonderful to the people in general.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen lndra saw the thunderbolt return from the enemy, he was\n\nvery much afraid. He began to wonder whether this had happened\n\nbecause of some miraculous superior power.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0115": "Text 35]\n\nKing lndra Annihilates the Demons\n\n87\n\nPURPORT\nlndra's thunderbolt is invincible, and therefore when lndra saw that it\nhad returned without doing any injury to Namuci, he was certainly very\nmuch afraid.\nTEXT 34\n\nir-1 it t��t �: �m 1\niffl �f.rm �: qQ�: 'miT if?r II� \\ill\nyena me pilroam adriT}iim\npak§a-ccheda/:t prajatyaye\nkrto niviSatilm bhiirai/:t\npatattrai/:t patatam bhuvi\nyena -by the same thunderbolt; me-by me; pilroam-formerly;\nadr iT}iim-of the mountains; pak§a-ccheda/:t -the cutting of the wings;\np raja-atyaye -when there was killing of the people in general; krta/:twas done; niviSatam-of those mountains which entered; bhiirai/:t -by\nthe great weight; patattrai/:t - by wings; patatilm-falling; bhuvi-on\nthe ground.\nTRANSLATION\nlndra thought: Formerly, when many mountains flying in the\nsky with wings would fall to the ground and kill people, I cut their\nwings with this same thunderbolt.\nTEXT 35\n\n(A:� �Jt ��) it;( �Q: I\n31\"\".-it � �q(f(: «etffi(��: '11��11\ntapa/:t-saramayam t�!ram\nvrtro yena vipa!ita/:t\nanye capi balopeta/:t\nsaroilstrair ak§ata-tvaca/:t\ntapa/:t-austerities; sara-maya m-greatly powerful; t�!ram-performed by Tva�ta; vrtra/:t-V:rtrasura; yena -by which; vipa!ita/:t-was\n\n", "SB8.2#p0116": "88\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 11\n\nkilled; anye-others; ca-also; api-indeed; bala-upeta�-very\npowerful persons; sarva-all kinds; astra*-by weapons; a�tawithout being injured; tvaca�-their skin.\nTRANSLATION\nV:rtrisura was the essence of the austerities undergone by\n\nTv�Jii, yet the thunderbolt killed him. Indeed, not only he but\n\nalso many other stalwart heroes, whose very skin could not be in­\n\njured even by all kinds of weapons, were killed by the same thunderbolt.\n\nTEXT 36\n\nm� srmm q� qtn�sws� I\n;nt ij�� � ;ma��€fil(1114{_ II�� II\nso yam pratihato vajro\nmaya mukto 'sure 'lpake\nnaham tad iidade dar_u!am\nbrahma-tejo 'py akiirar:wm\nsa� ayam-therefore, this thunderbolt; pratihata�-repelled;\nvajra�-thunderbolt; maya-by me; mukta�-released; asure-unto\nthat demon; alpake-less important; na-not; aham-I; tat-that;\niidade-hold; dar_u!am-it is now just like a rod; brahma-teja�-as\npowerful as a brahmiistra; api-although; akiirar:wm-now it is useless.\nTRANSLATION\nBut now, although the same thunderbolt has been released\n\nagainst a less important demon, it has been ineffectual. Therefore,\n\nalthough it was as good as a brahmastra, it has now become useless\n\nlike an ordinary rod. I shall therefore hold it no longer.\nTEXT 37\n\n� �� f.Nt��ll: qJIWUftuft I\nwrPi ��� -ur�� �: ���\\911\n\n", "SB8.2#p0117": "King lndra Annihilates the Demons\n\nText 38]\n\n89\n\niti sakram v�idantam\naha vag a5aririTJ-i\nnayaril s�kair atho nardrair\nvadham arhati diinava�\nth-m\n\nthis way;\n\n5akra'm-unto lndra;\n\nv�idantam-lamenting;\n\naha-spoke; vak-a voice; a5ariril.li-without any body, or from the\nsky; na-not; ayam-this; s�kai�-by anything dry; atho-also; nanor; ardrai�-by anything moist; vadham-annihilation; arhati-is\nbefitting; diinava�-this demon (Namuci).\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi continued: While the morose lndra was\n\nlamenting in this way, an ominous, unemhodied voice said from\n\nthe sky, \"This demon Namuci is not to be annihilated by anything\ndry or moisL\"\n\nTEXT 38\n\nil�l� �� � � ��i�t>�: I\n\nrifs;:q�'fm �trl � ftlfr: II� �II\nmayiismai yad varo datto\nmrtyur naivardra-s�kayo�\nato 'nya§ cintaniyas te\nupayo maghavan ripo�\n\nmaya-by me; asmai-unto him; yat-because; vara�-a benediction; datta�-has been granted; mrtyu�-death; na-not; eva-indeed; ardra-by either a moist; s�kayo�-or by a dry medium; ata�therefore;\n\nanya�-something else, another; cintaniya�-has to be\n\nthought of; te-by you; upaya�-means; maghavan-0 lndra; ripo�of your enemy.\nTRANSLATION\nThe voice also said, \"0 lndra, because I have given this demon\n\nthe benediction that he will never be killed by any weapon that is\ndry or moist, you have to think of another way to kill him.\"\n\n", "SB8.2#p0118": "Srirnad-Bhigavatam\n\n90\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 39\n\nijf �cr1 fiR:'lrcti� q���ij: 1\n'-� ��Tq�qp;rJ!ll �lf¥4Cfi'.( II�'II\nUirit daivirit giram akarrJya\nmaghavan susamahita�\ndhyayan phenam athapa.Syad\nupayam ubhayatmakam\ntam-that; daivim-ominous; giram-voice; dkarrJya-after hearing; maghavan-Lord lndra; su-samahita�-becoming very careful;\ndhyayan-meditating;\n\nphenam-appearance\n\nof\n\nfoam;\n\natha­\n\nthereafter; apa.Syat-he saw; upayam-the means; ubhaya-dtmakam-simultaneously dry and moist.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter hearing the ominous voice, lndra, with great attention,\n\nbegan to meditate on how to kill the demon. He then saw that foam\nwould be the means, for it is neither moist nor dry.\n\nTEXT 40\n\nWI �� WI� �� �: m: I\n({ d��rir.t•rou �����fiqwr_ 11� 11\no\n\nna s!.L§kerJa na cardrerJa\njahara namuce� sira�\n\ntam t�!uvur muni-gaTJd\nmalyaiS cavakiran vibhum\nna-neither; s!.L§kerJa-by\n\ndry means; na-nor; ca\n\n-\n\nalso; ardrerJa­\n\nby a moist weapon; jahara-he separated; namuce�-of Namuci;\nsira�-the\n\nhead;\n\ngaTJd�-all\n\nthe\n\ntam-him\n\nsages;\n\n(lndra);\n\nti.L§fuVU�-satisfied;\n\nmalyai�-with flower\n\ngarlands;\n\navakiran-covered; vibhum-that great personality.\n\nmuni­\n\nca-also;\n\n", "SB8.2#p0119": "Text 42]\n\nKing lndra Annihilates the Demons\n\n91\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus lndra, King of heaven, severed Namuci's head with a\nweapon of foam, which was neither dry nor moist. Then all the\nsages satisfied lndra, the exalted personality, by showering flowers\nand garlands upon him, almost covering him.\nPURPORT\nIn this regard, the sruti-mantras say, apam phenena namuce/:t sira\nindro 'darayat: lndra killed Namuci with watery foam, which is neither\nmoist nor dry.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n��lQI'4tfHii4'11\n�����\n� !t §l+i� �� ;I�JJi�T IIV �II\n..\n\n�\n\ngandharva-mukhyau jagatur\nviSvavasu-paravasil\ndeva-dundubhayo nedur\nnartakyo nanrtur muda\ngandharva-mukhyau-the two chiefs of the Gandharvas; jagatu/:tbegan to sing nice songs; viSvavasu-named Visvavasu; paravasunamed Paravasu; deva-dundubhaya/:t-the kettledrums beaten by the\ndemigods; nedu/:t-made their sound; nartakya/:t-the dancers known\nas Apsaras; nanrtu/:t-began to dance; mudd-in great happiness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVisviivasu and Pariivasu, the two chiefs of the Gandharvas, sang\nin great happiness. The kettledrums of the demigods sounded, and\nthe Apsariis danced in jubilation.\nTEXT 42\n\n3t�Sq� �11�1�'4fi4'4(iilil��: I\n'l�tj«J(ii{ ��«Rult � 11��11\n..\n\n", "SB8.2#p0120": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n92\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 11\n\nanye 'py evam pratidvandviin\nviiyv-agni-varu�yab,\nsudayiim iisur asuriin\nmrgiin kesari� yatha\nanye -others; api-also; evam-in this way; pratidvandviin-the\nopposing party of belligerants; viiyu-the demigod known as Vayu;\nagni - the demigod known as Agni; varu�-iida yab,-the demigod\nknown as VaruQa and others; sudayiim iisub,-began to kill vigorously;\nasuriin-all the demons; mrgiin-deer; kesari�b,-lions; yatha-j ust\nas.\nTRANSLATION\nViiyu, Agni, Varu1,1a and other demigods began killing the\n\ndemons who opposed them, just as lions kill deer in a forest.\n\nTEXT 43\n\n3tAit �� �etfit.11w WI\" 1\n���m ��� ��� ll'cl�ll\n\nilmurT\n\n..\n\nbrahma1Jii pre�ito deviin\ndevar�ir niirado nrpa\nviirayiim iisa vibudhan\ndmva diinava-sari�ayam\nbrahma1Jii-by Lord\n\nBrahma;\n\npre�itab,-sent;\n\ndeviin-unto the\n\ndemigods; deva-r�ib,-the great sage of the heavenly planets; niiradab,Narada Muni; nrpa-0 King; viirayiim iisa-forhade; vibudhan-all\nthe demigods; df$!vii-after seeing; diinava-sari�ayam-the total annihilation of the demons.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, when Lord Brahmii saw the imminent total annihilation\n\nof the demons, he sent a message with Niirada, who went before\n\nthe demigods to make them stop fighting.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0121": "Text 45]\n\nKing lndra Annihilates the Demons\n\n93\n\nTEXT 44\n\n��\n,...\n\n.\n\n.\n\nlf�liH®\n\n311�\n\n�\n\n;:mp:r��: I\n\nf� rif1:ffln � �q�qij �m� 11��11\nsri-narada uviica\nbhavadbhir amrtam priiptam\nnariiya�-bhujasrayai/J.\nsriya samedhita/J. sarva\nuparamata vigrahiit\nuvaca-Narada\n\nsri-naradaiJ,\n\nMuni\n\nprayed\n\nto\n\nthe\n\ndemigods;\n\nbhavadbhiiJ,-by all of you; amrtam - nectar; priiptam-has been obtained; ruiriiya�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhujaasrayaiiJ, - being\n\nprotected\n\nby\n\nthe\n\narms;\n\nsriya-by\n\nsamedhitaiJ,-have flourished; sarve-all of you;\n\nall\n\nfortune;\n\nuparamata-now\n\ncease; vigrahiit-from this fighting.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Narada said: All of you demigods are protected\nby the arms of Nariiya.t;Ia, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nand by His grace you have gotten the nectar. By the grace of the\ngoddess of fortune, you are glorious in every way. Therefore,\nplease stop this fighting.\nTEXT 45\n\n� �'Efrf\n�� �6�� IIR� �: I\n\n�qtt'P:f'�Rr�:�i���: � fsl��qt{ II'J�II\nsri-suka uvaca\nsamyamya manyu-samrambham\nmiinayanto muner vaca/J.\nupagiyamiiruinucarair\nyayu/J. sarve triv4tapam\n\n", "SB8.2#p0122": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n94\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 11\n\nsri-sukab, uv aca -Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; samyamya-controlling; manyu-of anger; samrambham-the aggravation; manayantab,-accepting ;\nmuneb,\nvacab,-the words of Narada Muni;\nupagiyamana-being praised; anucaraib,-by their followers; yayub,returned; saroe-all of the demigods; triv�Ja,pam-to the heavenly\nplanets.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi said: Accepting the words of Narada, the\n\ndemigods gave up their anger and stopped fighting. Being praised\n\nby their followers, they returned to their heavenly planets.\nTEXT 46\n\n�sqft{!l �� (I� Wfl(a;l�ijwt ij- I\n� ��A ami filftuq•••+t:rt 11\\l�ll\nye 'va5�!d rarye tasmin\nnaradanumatena te\n\nbalim vipannam adaya\nastam girim upagaman\n\nye-some of the demons who; aOO.S�tab,-remained; rary,e-in the\nfight; tasmin-in that; narada-anumatena-by the order of Narada;\nte-all of them; balim-Maharaja Bali; vipannam-in reverses;\nadaya-taking; astam-named Asta; girim-to the mountain;\nupagaman-went.\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing\n\nthe\n\norder\n\nof\n\nNarada\n\nMuni,\n\nwhatever\n\ndemons\n\nremained on the battlefield took Bali Maharaja, who was in a precarious condition, to the hill known as Astagiri.\nTEXT47\n\nfilfq;m�� Fro+tlWffuU'\"Rl:rt I\n� :ilt�ttl'fl('l 41Jiltt�f �QliT ll\\l\\911\n\n", "SB8.2#p0123": "Text 48]\n\nKing lndra Annihilates the Demons\n\n95\n\ntatravinll§tdvayavdn\nvidyamiina-sirodharan\nu.Sanii jivayiim iisa\nsmijivanyii sva-vidyaya\ntatra-on that hill; avinll§!a-avayavan-the demons who had been\nkilled but whose bodily parts had not been lost; vidyamiinasirodharan-whose heads were still existing on their bodies; u.Saniifi,Sukracarya; jivayiim iisa-brought to life; sanjivanya-by the Saiijivani\nmantra; sva-vidyaya-by his own achievement.\nTRANSLATION\nThere, on that hill, Sukriciyra brought to life all the dead\n\ndemoniac soldiers who had not lost their heads, trunks and limbs.\nHe achieved this by his own mantra, known as Saiijivani.\nTEXT 48\n\n���«T�'l!:!R���: I\n�msfq wnftcRim1ctid'*IN4'.1tJU�: ������\nbaliS co§anasii spr$!abpratyiipannendriya-smrtifi,\nparajito 'pi niikhidyal\nloka-tattva-vicak$ar:wfi.\nbalifi,-Maharaja Bali; ca-also; u.Sanasa-by Sukracarya; spr$!al!.being touched; pratyiipanna-was brought back; indriya-smrtifi.realization of the actions of the senses and memory; parajitab,-he was\ndefeated; api-although; na akhidyat-he did not lament; loka-tattvavicak$ar:wfi.-because he was very experienced in universal affairs.\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja was very experienced in universal affairs. When\n\nhe regained his senses and memory by the grace of Sukracirya, he\ncould understand everything that had happened. Therefore, al­\n\nthough he had been defeated, he did not lament.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0124": "96\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 11\n\nPURPORT\nIt is significant that Bali Maharaja is here said to be very experienced.\n\nAlthough defeated, he was not at all sorry, for he knew that nothing can\n\ntake place without the sanction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nSince he was a devotee, he accepted his defeat without lamentation. AB\nstated by the Supreme Personality of Godhead in Bhagavad-gita (2.47),\n\nkarmar:ty evadhikaras te rna phale�u kadiicana. Everyone in Kr�J.la con­\n\nsciousness should execute his duty, without regard for victory or defeat.\n\nOne must execute his duty as ordered by Kr�I.J.a or His representative, the\nspiritual master. Anukiilyena kr�r:tiinu.Sflanam bhaktir uttamii. In first­\n\nclass devotional service, one always abides by the orders and will of\nKr�J.la.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Eleventh\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"King lndra Annihilates\nthe Demons.\"\n\n", "SB8.2#p0125": "CHAPTER TWELVE\n\nThe Mohini-miirti Incarnation\nBewilders Lord Siva\n\nThis chapter describes how Lord Siva was bewildered upon seeing the\n\nbeautiful Mohini-mfuti incarnation of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead and how he later came to his senses. When Lord Siva heard about\n\nthe pastimes performed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, in\n\nthe form of an attractive woman, he mounted his bull and went to see the\nLord. Accompanied by his wife, Uma, and his servants, the bhilta-gar:m,\n\nor ghosts, he approached the lotus feet of the Lord. Lord Siva offered\n\nobeisances to the Supreme Lord as the all-pervading Lord, the universal\n\nform, the supreme controller of creation, the Supersoul, the resting place\n\nfor everyone, and the completely independent cause of all causes. Thus\n\nhe offered prayers giving truthful descriptions of the Lord. Then he ex­\n\npressed his desire. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is very kind to\nHis devotees. Therefore, to fulfill the desire of His devotee Lord Siva, He\n\nexpanded His energy and manifested Himself in the form of a very\nbeautiful and attractive woman. Upon seeing this form, even Lord Siva\nwas captivated. Later, by the grace of the Lord, he controlled himself.\n\nThis demonstrates that by the power of the Lord's external energy,\neveryone is captivated by the form of woman in this material world.\n\nAgain, however, by the grace of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\none can overcome the influence of maya. This was evinced by Lord Siva,\n\nthe topmost devotee of the Lord. First he was captivated, but later, by the\ngrace of the Lord, he restrained himself. It is declared in this connection\n\nthat only a pure devotee can restrain himself from the attractive feature\nof maya. Otherwise, once a living entity is trapped by the external\n\nfeature of maya, he cannot overcome it. Mter Lord Siva was graced by\n\nthe Supreme Lord, he circumambulated the Lord along with his wife,\n\nBhavani, and his companions, the ghosts. Then he left for his own abode.\n\nSukadeva Gosvami concludes this chapter by describing the transcenden­\n\ntal qualities of Uttamasloka, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and by\n\n97\n\n", "SB8.2#p0126": "[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n98\n\ndeclaring that one can glorify the Lord by nine kinds of devotional ser­\n\nvice, beginning with sraval)am kirtanam.\n\nTEXTS 1-2\n\n>J/1ill�(,llfiil(Sftl �\n\n!'f\\iR) f.t��( �N(qo1 �PI I\n'\"�' ij(41011WO(R: ('(tqqqjq<( II � II\nt't¥tlt41\n\nftlmr:\n\n���·���6: I\n\n�� � � �\n\n�:II� II\n\nsri-badarayar:tir uvdca\nv�a-dhvajo niSamyedam\nyo�id-nlpel)a diinavdn\nmohayitvd sura-gaT}iin\nhari� somam apayayat\nvr�am druhya giriSa�\nsarva-bhata-gal)air vrta�\n\nsaha devya yayau dr�!uril\nyatrdste madhusadana�\n\nsri-badarayar:ti� uvaca -Sri Sukadeva Gosvann: said; vr�a-dhvaja�­\n\nLord Siva, who is carried by a bull; niSamya-hearing; idam-this\n(news); yo�it-nlpel)a-by assuming the form of a woman; diinavdn­\n\nthe demons; mohayitvd-enchanting; sura-gaT}iin-unto the demigods;\nhari�-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\napayayat-caused to drink;\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nvr�am-the bull;\n\nsomam-nectar;\n\ndruhya-mounting;\n\ngiriSa�-Lord Siva; sa rva-all; bhata-gal)ai�-by the ghosts; vrta�­\n\nsurrounded; saha detyd-with Uma; yayau-went; dr�!um-to see;\nyatra-where; dste-stays; madhusadana�-Lord Vi�t;tu.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: The Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nHari, in the form of a woman, captivated the demons an d enabled\nthe demigods to drink the nectar. Mter hearing of these pastimes,\n\n", "SB8.2#p0127": "Text4]\n\nMohini-miirti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n99\n\nLord Siva, who is carried by a bull, went to the place where\nMadhusudana, the Lord, resides. Accompanied by his wife, Uma,\nand surrounded by his companions, the ghosts, Lord Siva went\nthere to see the Lord's form as a woman.\nTEXT3\n\n�+tl�ffl ¥ttlqijl � � �: I\n� 3qI�( m� 4t�;:cR'l_ll � II\nsabhiijito bhagavatii\nsiidararit somayii bhavab,\nsilpavi§!a uvacedarh\npratipujya smayan harim\nsabhiijitab,-well received; bhagavata-by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Vi�J;tu; sa-iidaram-with great respect (as befitting Lord\n\nSiva ) ; sa-umaya-with Umii; bhavab, - Lord Samhhu (Lord Siva ) ; suupavi§tab,-being\n\ncomfortably\n\nsituated;\n\nuviica-said;\n\nidam-this;\n\npratipujya-ofiering respect; smayan-smiling; harim-unto the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead welcomed Lord Siva and\nUma with great respect, and after being seated comfortably, Lord\nSiva duly worshiped the Lord and smilingly spoke as follows.\nTEXT4\n\n��\\1?1R\n\n� ISttl�lfq�•IG.l�l\n\n�tlfll� I\n\n�q1'ffq- ¥ml-.f �¥41�¥41 �{ltl\"R: II \\? II\nsri-mahiideva uvaca\ndeva-deva jagad-vyapifi\njagad-iSa jagan-maya\nsarve�iim api bhiiviiniirh\ntvam\n\ntitmii hetur fSvarab,\n\n", "SB8.2#p0128": "100\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nsri-mahiidevaiJ, uvaca-Lord Siva (Mahadeva) said; deva-deva-0\nbest demigod among the demigods; jagat-vyapin-0 all-pervading Lord;\n\njagat-iSa-0 master of the universe; jagat-maya-0 my Lord, who are\n\ntransformed by Your energy into this creation; sarve$fim api-all kinds\n\nof;\n\nbhavanam-situations;\n\ntvam-You; atma-the moving force;\n\nhetuiJ,-because of this; iSvaraiJ,-the Supreme Lord, Paramesvara.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Mahideva said: 0 chief demigod among the demigods, 0\n\nall-pervading Lord, master of the universe, by Your energy You\n\nare transformed into the creation. You are the root and efficient\n\ncause of everything. You are not material. Indeed, You are the\n\nSupersoul or supreme living force of everything. Therefore, You\n\nare Paramesvara, the supreme controller of all controllers.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�?QU, resides within the ma­\n\nterial world as the sattva-gur:uz-avatara. Lord Siva is the tamo-gur:uz­\n\navatara, and Lord Brahma is the rajo-gur:uz-avatara, but although Lord\nVi�r;tu is among them, He is not in the same category. Lord Vi�r;tu is devadeva, the chief of all the demigods. Since Lord Siva is in this material\n\nworld, the energy of the Supreme Lord, Vi�r;tu, includes Lord Siva. Lord\n\nVi�r;tu is therefore called jagad-vyapi, \"the all-pervading Lord.\" Lord\nSiva is sometimes called Mahesvara, and so people think that Lord Siva is\n\neverything. But here Lord Siva addresses Lord Vi�r;tu as Jagad-isa, \"the\n\nmaster of the universe.\" Lord Siva is sometimes called Visvesvara, but\n\nhere he addresses Lord Vi�r;tu\n\nas\n\nJagan-maya, indicating that even\n\nVisvesvara is under Lord Vi�r;tu's control. Lord Vi�r;tu is the master of the\n\nspiritual world, yet He controls the material world also, as stated in\n\nBhagavad-gita (mayadhyak$er:uz prakrtiiJ. suyate sacaracaram). Lord\nBrahma and Lord Siva are also sometimes called iSvara, but the supreme\niSvara is Lord Vi�?r;tu, Lord Kr�r;ta. As stated in Brahma-samhita, iSvaraiJ,\nparamaiJ, km�aiJ,: the Supreme Lord is Kr�r;ta, Lord Vi�r;tu. Everything in\nexistence works in proper order because of Lord Vi�r;tu. ATJ4,antara-sthaparamar:tu-cayantara-stham. Even paramar:tu, the small atoms, work\nbecause of Lord Vi�r;tu's presence within them.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0129": "Text 5]\n\nMohini-mtirti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n101\n\nTEXTS\n\ntlrit�fici('4ri1C:( 'lft:: I\n�SOtl��ffilffi�;JSI �� 11'-'11\n3tiQ�I'4�\n\nady-anUiv asya yan madhyam\nidam anyad aham bahi�\nyato 'ryayasya naitiini\ntat satyam brahma cid bhavan\nadi-the beginning; antau-and the end; asya-of this manifested\ncosmos or of anything material or visible; yat-that which; madhyambetween the beginning and the end, the sustenance; idam-this cosmic\nmanifestation; anyat-anything other than You; aham-the wrong\nmental\n\nconception;\n\nbahi�-outside\n\nof\n\nYou;\n\nyata�-because\n\nof;\n\naryayasya-the inexhaustible; na-not; etani-all these differences;\ntat-that; satyam-the Absolute Truth; brahma-the Supreme; citspiritual; bhavan-Your Lordship.\nTRANSLATION\nThe manifest, the unmanifest, false ego and the beginning,\n\nmaintenance and annihilation of this cosmic manifestation all\ncome from You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. But because\n\nYou are the Absolute Truth, the supreme absolute spirit soul, the\nSupreme Brahman, such changes as birth, death and sustenance do\nnot exist in You.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic mantras, yato va imani bhutiini jayante:\neverything is an emanation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As\nstated by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gita (7.4):\nbhamir apo 'nalo vayu�\nkham mano buddhir eva ca\nahankara itiyam me\n\nbhinna prakrtir �f,adha\n\n\"Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego-all\ntogether these eight comprise My separated material energies.\" In other\n\n", "SB8.2#p0130": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n102\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nwords, the ingredients of the cosmic manifestation also consist of the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This does not mean,\nhowever, that because the ingredients come from Him, He is no longer\ncomplete. Pun:wsya pilrt'fam adiiya pilrl'fUm evava.S�yate: \"Because He\nis the complete whole, even though so many complete units emanate\nfrom Him, He remains the complete balance.\" Thus the Lord is called\n\navyaya, inexhaustible. Unless we accept the Absolute Truth as acintyabhediibheda, simultaneously one and different, we cannot have a clear\nconception of the Absolute Truth. The Lord is the root of everything.\n\nAham iidir hi devanam: He is the original cause of all the devas, or\ndemigods. Aham saroasya prabhava/:1,: everything emanates from Him.\nIn all cases-nominative, objective, positive, negative and so on-whatever we may conceive of in this entire cosmic manifestation is in fact the\nSupreme Lord. For Him there are no such distinctions as \"this is mine,\nand this belongs to someone else,\" because He is everything. He is\ntherefore called aryaya-changeless and inexhaustible. Because the\nSupreme Lord is avyaya, He is the Absolute Truth, the fully spiritual\nSupreme Brahman.\nTEXT6\n\nm =i.i(Oi1¥0ijt� �tt�4i+U Rum: I\nAqlii•ih•t��: ijw �: eaq•e6 \" � \"\ntavaiva caraT}iimbhojam\nsreyas-kama niras�/:£\nvisrjyobhayata/:1, sangam\nmunaya/:1, samupiisate\ntava- Your; eva-indeed; ca ral)a-ambhojam - lotus feet; sreya/:1,kama/:1,-persons desiring the ultimate auspiciousness, the ultimate goal\nof\n\nlife; ni ras�a/:1,-without material desire; visrjya-giving up;\nubhayata/:1,-in this life and the next; sangam - attachment;\nmunaya/:1,-great sages; samupiisate-worship.\nTRANSLATION\nPure devotees or great saintly persons who desire to achieve the\n\nhighest goal in life and who are completely free from all material\n\n", "SB8.2#p0131": "Text7]\n\nMohini-mftrti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n103\n\ndesires for sense gratification engage constantly in the transcen­\n\ndental service of Your lotus feet.\n\nPURPORT\nOne is in the material world when he thinks, \"I am this body, and\n\neverything with reference to my body is mine.\" Ato grha-k$etra-sutdpta­\n\nvittair janasya rrwho yam aham mameti. This is the symptom of ma­\n\nterial life. In the materialistic conception of life, one thinks, \"This is my\nhouse, this is my land, this is my family, this is my state,\" and so on. But\n\nthose who are munayab, saintly persons following in the footsteps of\n\nNarada Muni, simply engage in the transcendental loving service of the\nLord without any personal desire for sense gratification. Anyiibhi�itd­\n\nsilnyam jnana-karmiidy-aniivrtam. Either in this life or in the next, the\n\nonly concern of such saintly devotees is to serve the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Thus they are also absolute because they have no other\ndesires. Being freed from the dualities of material desire, they are called\n\nsreyas-kiimii/:t. In other words, they are not concerned with dharma\n(religiosity), artha (economic development), or kama (sense gratification). The only concern of such devotees is rrwk$a, liberation. This mok$a\ndoes not refer to becoming one with the Supreme like the Mayavadi phi­\n\nlosophers. Caitanya Mahaprabhu explained that real mok$a means taking\nshelter of the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead. The Lord clearly\nexplained\n\nthis\n\nfact\n\nwhile\n\ninstructing\n\nSarvabhauma\n\nBhagaclirya.\n\nSarvabhauma Bhagaclirya wanted to correct the word mukti-pade in\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, but Caitanya Mahaprabhu informed him that there\nis no need to correct any word in Srimad-Bhagavatam. He explained that\nmukti-pade refers to the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�:Q.u, who offers mukti and is therefore called Mukunda. A pure\ndevotee is not concerned with material things. He is not concerned with\nreligiosity, economic development or sense gratification. He is interested\nonly in serving the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTEXT7\n\n� q �¥iat6 R!lof R�,...\n\n", "SB8.2#p0132": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n104\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nfir�\n·���Rn4�•nwt�'1Rif aa3���lwtq�: II \\9 II\ntvam brahma purr:wm amrtam vigur:wm viSokam\nananda-mdtram avikaram ananyad anyat\nviSvasya hetur udaya-sthiti-samyamanam\natmesvarl1S ca tad-ape/cyatayanape/cya/:1tvam-Your Lordship; brahma-the all-pervading Absolute Truth;\npurr:wm-fully complete; amrtam-never to be vanquished; vigur:wmspiritually situated, free from the material modes of nature; viSokamwithout lamentation; ananda matram\n-\n\navikaram\n\n-\n\n-\n\nalways in transcendental bliss;\n\nchangeless; ananyat-separated from everything; anyat­\n\nyet You are everything; viSvasya-of the cosmic manifestation; hetu/:1-the\n\ncause;\n\nudaya�of\n\nthe\n\nbeginning;\n\nsthiti-maintenance;\n\nsamyamanam-and of all the directors controlling the various departments of the cosmic manifestation; atma-iSvara/:1--the Supersoul giving\ndirection to everyone; ca-also; tat ape/cyataya-everyone depends\n-\n\nupon You; anape�a/:1--always fully independent.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You are the Supreme Brahman, complete in every­\n\nthing. Being completely spiritual, You are eternal, free from the\nmaterial modes of nature, and full of transcendental bliss. Indeed,\n\nfor You there is no question of lamentation. Since You are the\n\nsupreme cause, the cause of all causes, nothing can exist without\n\nYou. Yet we are different from You in a relationship of cause and\n\neffect, for in one sense the cause and effect are different. You are\nthe original cause of creation, manifestation and annihilation, and\n\nYou bestow benedictions upon\n\nall living entities.\n\nEveryone\n\ndepends upon You for the results of his activities, but You are always independent.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead says in Bhagavad-gita (9.4):\nmaya tatam idam sarvam\njagad avyakta-murtina\n\n", "SB8.2#p0133": "Text 8]\n\nMohini-murti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n105\n\nmat-sthdni sarva-bhiltiini\nna caham te$V avasthitab,\n\"By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All\nbeings are in Me, but I am not in them.\" This explains the philosophy of\nsimultaneous oneness and difference, known as acintya-bhediibheda.\nEverything is the Supreme Brahman, the Personality of Godhead, yet the\nSupreme Person is differently situated from everything. Indeed, because\nthe Lord is differently situated from everything material, He is the\nSupreme Brahman, the supreme cause, the supreme controller. lsvarab,\n\nparamab, kr$r:tab- sac-cid-ananda-vigrahab,. The Lord is the supreme\ncause, and His form has nothing to do with the material modes of nature.\nThe devotee prays: \"As Your devotee is completely free from all desires,\nYour Lordship is also completely free from desires. You are fully independent. Although all living entities engage in Your service, You do not\ndepend on the service of anyone. Although this material world is created\ncomplete by You, everything depends on Your sanction. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii, mattab, sm'[\"tir jfiiinam apohanam ca: remembrance,\nknowledge and forgetfulness come from You. Nothing can be done independently, yet You act independently of the service rendered by Your\nservants. The living entities depend on Your mercy for liberation, but\nwhen You want to give them liberation, You do not depend on anyone\nelse. Indeed, by Your causeless mercy, You can give liberation to anyone.\nThose who receive Your mercy are called krpa-siddha. To reach the platform of perfection takes many, many lives (bahuniim janmaniim ante\njfiiinaviin miim prapadyate). Nonetheless, even without undergoing\nsevere austerities, one can attain perfection by Your mercy. Devotional\nservice should be unmotivated and free from impediments (ahaituky\n\napratihatii yayiitmii suprasidati). This is the position of nirasi$ab,, or\nfreedom from expectations for results. A pure devotee continuously\noffers transcendental loving service to You, but You may nonetheless\noffer mercy to anyone, without depending on his service.\"\n\nTEXTS\n\nl(EfiQq�q �6t �� �\n� '6616�- ;{ Cl�tl�: I\n\n", "SB8.2#p0134": "106\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\n:st(llwtij�q ISI�RR<tl f�\n�got�RI.U��II� II\nekas tvam eva sad asad dvayam advayarit ca\nsvan:wm krtakrtam iveha na vastu-bheda�\najiiiinatas tvayi janair vihito vikalpo\nyasmiid gur:w-vyatikaro nirupiidhikasya\neka�-the only one; tvam-Your Lordship; eva-indeed; sat-which\n\nis existing, as the effect; asat-which is nonexistent, as the cause;\n\ndvayam-both of them; advayam-without duality; ca-and; svarr:wm­\n\n-gold; krta-manufactured into different forms; akrtam-the original\n\nsource of gold (the gold mine); iva-like; iha-in this world; na-not;\n\nvastu-bheda�-difference in the substance; ajiiiinata�-only because of\n\nignorance; tvayi-unto You; janai�-by the general mass of people;\n\nvihita�-it should be done; vikalpa�-differentiation; yas miit-b ecause\n\nof; gur:w-vyatikara�-free from the differences created by the material\nmodes of nature; ni rupiidhikasya-without any material designation.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Lord, Your Lordship alone is the cause and the effect.\n\nTherefore, although You appear to be two, You are the absolute\n\none. As there is no difference between the gold of a golden orna­\n\nment and the gold in a mine, there is no difference between cause\n\nand effect; both of them are the same. Only because of ignorance\n\ndo people concoct differences and dualities. You are free from ma­\n\nterial contamination, and since the entire cosmos is caused by You\n\nand cannot exist without You, it is an effect of Your transcendental\n\nqualities. Thus the conception that Brahman is true and the world\nfalse cannot be maintained.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says that the living entities are\n\nrepresentations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's marginal\n\npotency whereas the various bodies accepted by the living entities are\n\nproducts of the material energy. Thus the body is considered material,\n\n", "SB8.2#p0135": "Text 8]\n\nMohini-miirti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n107\n\nand the soul is considered spiritual. The origin of them both, however, is\n\nthe same Supreme Personality of Godhead. As the Lord explains in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (7.4-5):\n\nbhumir apo 'nalo vayu!z,\nkham mano buddhir eva ca\nahankara itiyam me\nbhinnii prakrtir �!adha\napareyam itas tv anyam\nprakrtim viddhi me param\njiva-bhatam maha-bi.iho\nyayedam dharyate jagat\n\"Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego-all\n\ntogether these eight comprise My separated material energies. But\n\nbesides this inferior nature, 0 mighty-armed Arjuna, there is a superior\n\nenergy of Mine, which consists of all living entities who are struggling\n\nwith material nature and are sustaining the universe.\" Thus both matter\nand the living entities are manifestations of energy of the Supreme Lord.\n\nSince the energy and the energetic are not different and since the ma­\n\nterial and marginal energies are both energies of the supreme energetic,\n\nthe Supreme Lord, ultimately the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\n\neverything. In this regard, the example may be given of gold that has not\n\nbeen molded and gold that has been molded into various ornaments. A\n\ngold earring and the gold in a mine are different only as cause and effect;\n\notherwise they are the same. The Vedanta-siltra describes that Brahman\n\nis the cause of everything. ]anmiid y asya yatab.. Everything is born of\nthe Supreme Brahman, from which everything emanates as different en­\n\nergies. None of these energies, therefore, should be considered false. The\n\nMayavadis' differentiation between Brahman and maya is only due to ignorance.\n\nSrirnad Viraraghava Acarya, in his Bhagavata-candra-candrika, de­\n\nscribes the Vai�:r;tava philosophy as follows. The cosmic manifestation is\n\ndescribed as sat and asat, as cit and acit. Matter is acit, and the living\n\nforce is cit, but their origin is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in\n\nwhom there is no difference between matter and spirit. According to this\n\n", "SB8.2#p0136": "108\n\nSrUnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nconception, the cosmic manifestation, consisting of both matter and\nspirit, is not different from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. !dam\n\nhi viSvam bhagavan ivetara/:t: \"This cosmic manifestation is also the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, although it appears different from\nHim.\" In Bhagavad-gitd (9.4) the Lord says:\n\nTTUiyd tatam idam sarvam\njagad avyakta-murtina\nTTUit-sthani sarva-bhatani\nna caham te�v avasthita/:t\n\"By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All\nbeings are in Me, but I am not in them.\" Thus although someone may say\nthat the Supreme Person is different from the cosmic manifestation, actually He is not. The Lord says, TTUiyd tatam idam sarvam: \"In My impersonal feature I am spread throughout the world.\" Therefore, this\nworld is not different from Him. The difference is a difference in names.\nFor example, whether we speak of gold earrings, gold bangles or gold\nnecklaces, ultimately they are all gold. In a similar way, all the different\nmanifestations of matter and spirit are ultimately one in the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Ekam evadvitiyam brahTTUI. This is the Vedic\nversion (Chandogya Upan�ad 6.2.1). There is oneness because everything emanates from the Supreme Brahman. The example already given\nis that there is no difference between a golden earring and the gold mine\nas it is. The Vaise!?ika philosophers, however, because of their Mayavada\nconception, create differences. They say, brahTTUI satyam jagan mithya:\n\"The Absolute Truth is real, and the cosmic manifestation is false.\" But\nwhy should the jagat be considered mithya? The jagat is an emanation\nfrom Brahman. Therefore the jagat is also truth.\nVai�J.lavas, therefore, do not consider the jagat to be mithya; rather,\nthey regard everything as reality in connection with the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nandsaktasya v�ayan\nyatharham upayunjata/:t\nnirbandha/:t kr\"$r:uz-sambandhe\nyuktam vairagyam ucyate\n\n", "SB8.2#p0137": "Text 8]\n\nMohini-mftrti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n109\n\npriipaicikatayii buddhyii\nhari-sambandhi-vastunab,\nmumu�ubhib. parityago\nvairagyam phalgu kathyate\n\"Things should be accepted for the Lord's service and not for one's per­\n\nsonal sense gratification. If one accepts something without attachment\nand accepts it because it is related to K.nn;ta , one's renunciation is called\n\nyuktam vairagyam. Whatever is favorable for the rendering of service to\n\nthe Lord should be accepted and should not be rejected as a material\nthing.\" (Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu\n\n1.2.255-256) The jagat should not be\n\nrejected as mithya. It is truth, and the truth is realized when everything\n\nis engaged in the service of the Lord. A flower accepted for one's sense\n\ngratification is material, but when the same flower is offered to the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead by a devotee, it is spiritual. Food taken\n\nand cooked for oneself is material, but food cooked for the Supreme Lord\n\nis spiritual prasiida. This is a question of realization. Actually, every­\n\nthing is given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore\n\neverything is spiritual, but those who are not advanced in proper knowl­\n\nedge make distinctions because of the interactions of the three modes of\nmaterial nature. In this regard, Srila ]iva Gosviimi says that although the\n\nsun is the only light, the sunshine, which is exhibited in seven colors,\n\nand darkness, which is the absence of sunshine, are not different from\n\nthe sun, for without the existence of the sun such differentiations cannot\n\nexist. There may be varied nomenclature because of different conditions,\n\nbut they are all the sun. The PuriiTJtlS therefore say:\n\neka-desa-sthitasyagner\njyotsnd vistiiri1J-i yathii\nparasya brahmar:uzb. saktis\ntathedam akhilam jagat\n\"Just as the illumination of a fire, which is situated in one place, is\n\nspread all over, the energies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nParabrahman,\n\nare\nspread\nall\nover\nthis universe.\"\n( Vi$ry.u\nPurar:uz 1.22.53) Materially, we can directly perceive the sunshine\n\nspreading itself according\n\nto different names and\n\nactivities,\n\nbut\n\n", "SB8.2#p0138": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n110\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nultimately the sun is one. Similarly, sarvam khalv idam brahma: everything is an expansion of the Supreme Brahman. Therefore, the Supreme\nLord is everything, and He is one without differentiation. There is no existence separate from the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT9\n\nm iRI ��a·\n\n����:���\n31�sett�f;a wtet�•Rfi�a tR m\n\n�.-IOO�'t+iottti'U�+4(1iP51( I I � I I\n\ntviim brahma kecid avayanty uta dharmam eke\neke param sad-asato/:t puTU$arh paresam\nanye 'vayanti nava-sakti-yutam param tviim\nkecin mahii-puTU$am avyayam iitma-tantram\ntviim-You; brahma-the supreme truth, the Absolute Truth, Brahman, kecit-some people, namely the group of Mayavadis known as the\nVedantists; avayanti-consider;\neke-some others;\nasato/:t-to\n\nuta-certainly; dharmam-religion;\n\neke-some others; param-transcendental;\n\nsat­\n\nboth cause and effect; pu rU§am-the Supreme Person;\n\nparesam-the supreme controller; anye-others; avayanti-describe;\nnava-sakti-yutam-endowed with nine potencies; param-transcendental; tviim-unto You; kecit-some; mahii-purU§am-the Supreme Personality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\navyayam-without\n\nloss\n\nof\n\nenergy;\n\niitma­\n\ntantram-supremely independent.\nTRANSLATION\nThose who are known as the impersonalist Vedintists regard\n\nYou as the impersonal Brahman. Others, known as the Mnniilhsaka\n\nphilosophers, regard You as religion. The Siilkhya philosophers\n\nregard You as the transcendental person who is beyond prakrti and\n\npuru�a and who is the controller of even the demigods. The\n\nfollowers of the codes of devotional service known as\n\nthe\n\nPaiicaritras regard You as being endowed with nine different\n\n", "SB8.2#p0139": "Text 10]\n\nMohini-miirti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n111\n\npotencies. And the Pataiijala philosophers, the followers of\nPataiijali Muni, regard You as the supreme independent Personality of Godhead, who has no equal or superior.\nTEXT 10\n\n;n{ qo!!�il wt 4tUMJ1(&ql\n�� �fld�6�(1�(1trt: I\n\nf!N6�d(1 � �4t�i(�: � �i('IQ'tn:\n\nifw:tU�ifl\n\nII� II\no\n\nniiham parayur r$ayo na marici-mukhya\njilnanti yad-viracitam khalu sattva-sargd�\nyan-mdyayd mU$ita-cetasa iSa daityamartyadaya� kim uta sa.Svad-abhadra-vrtta�\nna-neither; aham\n\n-\n\nI; para-dyu�-that personality who lives for\n\nmillions and millions of years (Lord Brahma); !\"$l1ya�-the seven f$is of\nthe seven planets; na-nor; marici-mukhya�-headed by Marici �i;\njananti-know; yat-by whom (the Supreme Lord); viracitam-this\nuniverse, which has been created; khalu-indeed; sattva-sargd�-although born in the mode of material goodness; yat-mdyaya-by the influence of whose energy; mU$ita-cetasa�-their hearts are bewildered;\niSa-0 my Lord; daitya-the demons; martya-adaya�-the human\nbeings and others; kim uta-what to speak of; Sa.Svat-always; abhadravrtta�-inHuenced by the base qualities of material nature.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, I, who am considered to be the best of the demigods,\n\nand Lord Brahmi and the great :r�is, headed by Marici, are born of\n\nthe mode of goodness. Nonetheless, we are bewildered by Your il­\n\nlusory energy and cannot understand what this creation is. Aside\nfrom us, what is to be said of others, like the demons and human\n\nbeings, who are in the base modes of material nature [rajo-gw:ta\nand tamo-gu1,1a]? How will they know You?\n\n", "SB8.2#p0140": "112\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nPURPORT\nFactually speaking, even those who are situated in the material mode\n\nof goodness cannot understand the position of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. What then is to be said of those who are situated in rajo­\n\ngul)a and tamo-gur:w, the base qualities of material nature? How can we\n\neven imagine the Supreme Personality of Godhead? There are so many\n\nphilosophers trying to understand the Absolute Truth, but since they are\n\nsituated in the base qualities of material nature and are addicted to so\n\nmany bad habits, like drinking, meat-eating, illicit sex and gambling,\n\nhow can they conceive of the Supreme Personality of Godhead? For them\n\nit is impossible. For the present day, the piiicaratriki-vidhi as enunciated\nby Narada Muni is the only hope. Srila Rupa Gosvami, therefore, has\n\nquoted the following verse from the Brahma-yiimala:\n\nsruti-smrti-puriir:uJ,dipancariitra-vidhirh vinii\naikiintiki harer bhaktir\nutpatiiyaiva kalpate\n\"Devotional service of the Lord that ignores the authorized Vedic\n\nliteratures like the\n\nUpan�ads, Puriil)aS and Narada-pancariitra is\n\nsimply an unnecessary disturbance in society.\"\n\n(Bhakti-rasiimrta­\n\nsindhu 1.2.101) Those who are very advanced in knowledge and are\n\nsituated in the mode of goodness follow the Vedic instructions of the sruti\n\nand smrti and other religious scriptures, including the pancariitriki­\n\nvidhi. Without understanding the Supreme Personality of Godhead in\n\nthis way, one only creates a disturbance. In this age of Kali, so many\n\ngurus have sprung up, and because they do not refer to the sruti-smrti­\n\npurar:uJ,di-pancariitrika-vidhi, they are creating a great disturbance in\n\nthe world in regard to understanding the Absolute Truth. However,\n\nthose who follow the pancariitriki-vidhi under the guidance of a proper\n\nspiritual master can\n\nunderstand the\n\nAbsolute\n\nTruth. It\n\nis\n\nsaid,\n\npancariitrasya krtsnasya vaktii tu bhagaviin svayam: the pancariitra\n\nsystem is spoken by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, just like\n\nBhagavad-gitii. Vasudeva-sara!J-d vidur anjasaiva: the truth can be\n\nunderstood only by one who has taken shelter of the lotus feet of\n\nV asudeva.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0141": "Text 10]\n\nMohini-mlirti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\nll3\n\nbahanam janmanam ante\njnanavan marh prapadyate\nvii.sudevab. sarvam iti\nsa mahatma sudurlabhab.\n\"Mter many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surren­\n\nders unto Me, knowing Me to he the cause of all causes and all that is.\nSuch a great soul is very rare.\" (Bg. 7.19) Only those who have surren­\n\ndered to the lotus feet of Vasudeva can understand the Absolute Truth.\n\nvii.sudeve bhagavati\nbhakti-yogab. prayojitab.\njanayaty asu vairagyam\njnanarh ca yad ahaitukam\n\"By rendering devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead, Sri\nK.r�Qa, one immediately acquires causeless knowledge and detachment\nfrom the world.\" (Bhag.\n\n1.2. 7) Therefore, Vasudeva, Bhagavan Sri\n\nK.r�Qa, personally teaches in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nsarva-dharman parityajya\nmam ekam sarar:uzm vraja\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me.\"\n(Bg.\n\n18.66)\n\nbhaktya mam abhijanati\nyavan ya5 casmi tattvatab.\n\n\"One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is only by devo­\n\ntional service.\" (Bg.\n\n18.55) The Supreme Personality of Godhead is not\n\nproperly understood even by Lord Siva or Lord Brahma, what to speak of\n\nothers, hut He can he understood by the process of bhakti-yoga.\n\nmayy ii.sakta-manab. partha\nyogam yufijan mad-llSrayab.\nasamsayam SaTTUJ.grarh mdm\nyatha jnasyasi tac chrTJu\n(Bg. 7.1)\n\n", "SB8.2#p0142": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n114\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nIf one practices bhakti-yoga by taking shelter of Vasudeva, Kr!?I)a,\nsimply by hearing Vasudeva speak about Himself, one can understand\neverything about Him. Indeed, one\n(samagram)\n\n.\n\ncan\n\nunderstand Him completely\n\nTEXT 11\n\n� � ij¥ftfeet¥�«J\n\nR24Rtiil\"i•ntti\n\n� � \\ii1RIT 44'4if.-lif� I\n� mrRr � � 'q(l�(l\"\nri <td\\lfit4i<t�l'4•14ilsctH II��II\nsa tvam samihitam ada/:t sthiti-janma-nasam\nbhiitehitam ca jagato bhava-bandha-mo�au\nvayur yathii viSati kham ca cardcarakhyam\nsaroam tad-atmakatayavagamo 'varuntse\nsa/:t-Your Lordship; tvam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nsamihitam-which has been created (by You); ada/:t-of this material\ncosmic manifestation; sthiti-janma-nasam-creation, maintenance and\nannihilation; bhuta-of the living entities; ihitam ca-and the different\nactivities or endeavors; jagata/:1,-of the whole world; bhava-bandhamo�au-in being implicated and being liberated from material complications; vayu/:t-the air; yathii-as; viSati-enters; kham-in the\nvast sky; ca-and; cara-acara-akhyam-and everything, moving and\nnonmoving; saroam-everything; tat-that; atmakataya-because of\nYour presence; avagama/:1,\n\n- everything is known to You; avaruntse­\n\nYou are all-pervading and therefore know everything.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You are the supreme knowledge personified. You\n\nknow everything about this creation and its beginning, mainte­\n\nnance and annihilation, and You know all the endeavors made by\n\nthe living entities, by which they are either implicated in this ma­\n\nterial world or liberated from it. As the air enters the vast sky and\nalso enters the bodies of all moving and nonmoving entities, You\n\nare present everywhere, and therefore You are the knower of all.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0143": "Text 12]\n\n115\n\nMohini-miirti Bewilders Lord Siva\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in the BrahTIUL-samhitii:\n\neko 'py asau racayitum jagad-ar.u!a-ko!im\nyac-clulktir asti jagad-ar:uJa-caya yad-antab,\nar:u)iintara-stlul-paramiiry,u-cayiintara-stlulm\ngovindam adi-pur�am tam alulm bluljami\n\"I worship the Personality of Godhead, Govinda, who by one of His plen­\n\nary portions enters the existence of every universe and every atomic particle and thus manifests His infinite energy unlimitedly throughout the\n\nmaterial creation.\" (Bs.\n\n5.35)\n\niinanda-cinTIULya-rasa-pratibhiivitiibhis\ntiibhir ya eva nija-rilpatayii kaliibhib,\ngoloka eva nivasaty akhiliitTIUL-bhilto\ngovindam adi-pur�am tam alulm bluljami\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who resides in His own realm,\n\nGoloka, with Radha, who resembles His own spiritual figure and who\nembodies the ecstatic potency [hliidini]. Their companions are Her confidantes, who embody extensions of Her bodily form and who are imbued\n\nand permeated with ever-blissful spiritual rasa.\" ( Bs.\n\n5.37)\n\nAlthough Govinda is always present in His abode\n\nnivasati), He is simultaneously present everywhere.\n\n(goloka eva\nNothing\n\nis\n\nunknown to Him, and nothing can be hidden from Him. The example\ngiven here compares the Lord to the air, which is within the vast sky and\nwithin every body but still is different from everything.\n\nTEXT 12\n31'4al(l 'Pn � {ll�\n\nij �:\n\nI\nm� � S::\"t;fit'601fit � ij �II� �II\navatiirii TIULyii dr�ta\nraTIULmiiry,asya te gury,aib,\n\n", "SB8.2#p0144": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n116\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nso 'ham tad dra§!um icchami\nyat te y�id-vapur dhrtam\navatarab,-incarnations; maya-by me; dmab,-have been seen;\n\nramama�a-while You demonstrate Your various pastimes; te-o£\n\nYou; 5ury,aib.-by the manifestations of transcendental qualities; sab,­\n\nLord Siva; aham-I; tat-that incarnation; dra§!Um icchami-wish to\nsee;\n\nyat-which; te-o£ You; yo�it-vapub,-the body of a woman;\n\ndhrtam-was accepted.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, I have seen all kinds of incarnations You have ex­\n\nhibited by Your transcendental qualities, and now that You have\n\nappeared as a beautiful young woman, I wish to see that form of\n\nYour Lordship.\n\nPURPORT\n\nWhen Lord Siva approached Lord Vi�t:tu, Lord Vi�t:tu inquired about\n\nthe purpose for Lord Siva's coming there. Now Lord Siva discloses his\n\ndesire. He wanted to see the recent incarnation of Mohini:-miirti, which\n\nLord Vi�t:tu had assumed to distribute the nectar generated from the\n\nchurning of the ocean of milk.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n� ij¥¥fl�l ��: tnAffl� ijU: I\n�� 311�R1t: � � R ;r: ����II\nyeTUL sammohita daityab,\npayitas camrtam surab,\ntad didr/cyava ayatab,\n\nparam kautuhalam hi nab.\n\nyena-by\n\nsuch\n\nan\n\nincarnation;\n\nsammohitab,-were\n\ncaptivated;\n\ndaityab,-the demons; payitab,-were fed; ca-also; amrtam-nectar;\n\nsurab,-the demigods; tat-that form; didr/cyavab,-desiring to see;\n\nayatab,-we have come here; param-very much; kautuhalam-great\n\neagerness; hi-indeed; nab,-of ourselves.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0145": "Text 14]\n\nMohini-miirti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n1 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, we have come here desiring to see that form of Your\n\nLordship which You showed to the demons to captivate them com­\n\npletely and in this way enable the demigods to drink nectar. I am\n\nvery eager to see that form.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n��\n����Jt R�4tlq11_ $,l_�qi(QI'1 I\n� ltlqtl44ft't fttmi !R� II�VII\nsri-suka uviica\nevam abhyarthito v�ry,ur\nbhagavan silla-pary,ina\nprahasya bhava-gambhiram\ngiriSam pratyabha$ata\nsri-sukal,t uvaca-Sri: Sukadeva Gosvami: said; evam-in this way;\nabhyarthital,t-being requested; v�ry,ul,t bhagavan-Lord Vi!?QU, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; silla-pary,ina-by Lord Siva, who carries a trident in his hand; prahasya-laughing;\n\nbhava-gambhiram­\n\nwith serious gravity; giriSam-unto Lord Siva; pratyabha$ata-replied.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: When Lord Vi�I).U was thus requested\n\nby Lord Siva, who carries a trident in his hand, He smiled with gra­\n\nvity and replied to Lord Siva as follows.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�?I.lU, is known as Yoge8vara.\n\nYatra yogesvaral,t kf$ry,a/.t. Mystic yogis want to acquire some power by\npracticing the yoga system, but Kr!?I.la, the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, is known as the Supreme Lord of all mystic power. Lord Siva\n\nwanted to see the Mohini:-mftrti, which was captivating the entire world,\n\nand Lord Vi!?I.lU was gravely thinking of how to captivate Lord Siva also.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0146": "ll8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nTherefore the word bhii.va-gambhiram is used here. The illusory, ma­\n\nterial energy is represented by Durgadevi, who is the wife of Girisa, or\n\nLord Siva. Durgadevi could not captivate Lord Siva's mind, but now that\n\nLord Siva wanted to see Lord Vi�J:.lu's feminine form, Lord v�J:.lU, by His\n\nmystic power, would assume a form that would captivate even Lord Siva.\n\nTherefore Lord Vi�J:.lu was grave and at the same time was smiling.\nTEXT 15\n\n�llifl!ji?fl�\n\nCill(tel� �� �Ri.U � �:I\ntmffl t«�l�tfOt � �{'4¥11\\il� II ��II\nsri-bhagavan uvaca\n\nkautuhalaya daityanarh\nyo�id-ve$o maya dhrta/:l\npa§yata sura-karyaTJi\ngate piy�a-bhii.jane\nsri-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;\n\nkautuhalaya-for the bewildering; daityanam-of the demons; yo�itve�/:l-the form of a beautiful woman;\n\nmaya-by Me; dhrta/:l­\n\nassumed; pa§yata-seeing that it is necessary for Me; sura-karyaTJi-for\n\nexecuting the interests of the demigods; gate-having been taken away;\n\npiy�a-bhii.jane-the jug of nectar.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: When the demons\n\ntook away the jug of nectar, I assumed the form of a beautiful\n\nwoman to bewilder them by directly cheating them and thus to act\n\nin the interest of the demigods.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen the Supreme Personality of Godhead assumed the form of the\n\nbeautiful woman Mohini-mllrti, the demons were certainly captivated,\n\nbut the demigods present were not. In other words, those who maintain a\n\ndemoniac mentality are bewildered by the beauty of a woman, but those\n\n", "SB8.2#p0147": "Mohini-mtirti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\nText 16]\n\n119\n\nwho are advanced in Kr!?�a consciousness, or even those on the platform\n\nof goodness, are not bewildered. The Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nknew that because Lord Siva is not an ordinary person, he cannot be\n\nbewildered even by the most beautiful woman. Cupid himself tried to invoke Lord Siva's lusty desires in the presence of Parvati, but Lord Siva\n\nwas never agitated. Rather, the blazing fire from Lord Siva's eyes turned\n\nCupid to ashes. Therefore, Lord Vi�?�u had to think twice about what\nkind of beautiful form would bewilder even Lord Siva. Consequently He\n\nwas smiling gravely, as stated in the previous verse (prahasya bhiiva­\n\ngambhiram). A beautiful woman generally cannot induce Lord Siva to be\n\nlusty, but Lord Vil?�U was considering whether there was any form of\nwoman who could enchant him.\n\nTEXT 16\n\nrist i(�l�'qlfil �nit: ij(('I'EI¥4 I\nClilficwtf q � (itC!qS(�� ������\ntat te 'ham darsay�yami\ndidr�ob, sura-sattama\n\nkaminam bahu mantavyam\nsankalpa-prabhavodayam\ntat-that;\n\nte-unto\n\nyou;\n\naham-1;\n\ndarsafo,yami-shall\n\nkaminam-of\n\npersons\n\nwho\n\nare\n\nlusty;\n\nshow;\n\ndidr�ob,-desirous of seeing; sura-sattama-0 best of the demigods;\nmantavyam-an\n\nobject\n\nof\n\nvery\n\nadoration;\n\nbahu-very\n\nsankalpa-lusty\n\nprabhava-udayam-causing to be strongly aroused.\n\nmuch;\n\ndesires;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 best of the demigods, I shall now show you My form that is\n\nvery much appreciated by those who are lusty. Since you want to\nsee that form, I shall reveal it in your presence.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Siva's desiring to see Lord Vi�?�U reveal the most attractive and\n\nbeautiful form of a woman was certainly a joking affair. Lord Siva knew\n\n", "SB8.2#p0148": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n120\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nthat he could not be agitated by any so-called beautiful woman. \"The\n\nDaityas may have been bewildered,\" he thought, \"but since even the\n\ndemigods could not be agitated, what to speak of me, who am the best of\n\nall the demigods?\" However, because Lord Siva wanted to see Lord\n\nVi�Qu's form as a woman, Lord Vi�Qu decided to impersonate a woman\nand show him a form that would immediately put him in an ocean of\n\nlusty desires. In effect, therefore, Lord Vi�QU told Lord Siva, \"I will\n\nshow you My form as a woman, and if you become agitated by lusty\ndesires, do not blame Me.\" The attractive features of a woman are ap­\n\npreciated by those who are affected by lusty desires, but those who are\nabove such desires, who are on the platform of l(r�Qa consciousness, are\n\nvery difficult to bewilder. Nonetheless, by the supreme desire of the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, everything can be done. This was to be a test of\n\nwhether Lord Siva could remain unagitated.\nTEXT 17\n\n��\n\nd6 p ¥ftlii4i(6�!41�(�6 I\nmlfWf• � Qt\\'1�· ���\\911\nsri-suka uvaca\n\niti bruva� bhagava ril.s\n\ntatraivantaradhiyata\n\nsarvataS caryarilS ca/cyur\nbhava iiste sahomaya\n\nsri-suka}J. uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; bruvalJ-llb-­\n\nwhile speaking; bhagavan-Lord Vi�Qu, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead;\n\ntatra-there;\n\neva-immediately;\n\nantaradhiyata-disap­\n\npeared from the vision of Lord Siva and his associates; sarvata}J.-every­\n\nwhere;\n\ncarayan-moving;\n\nca/cyu}J.-the eyes;\n\nbhava}J.-Lord Siva;\n\niiste-remained; saha-umaya-with his wife, Uma.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosvimi continued: Mter speaking in this way, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Vi,:t;tu,\n\nimmediately\n\ndisap-\n\n", "SB8.2#p0149": "Text 19]\n\nMohini-miirti Bewilders Lord\n\npeared, and Lord\n\nSiva\n\n121\n\nSiva remained there with Umi, looking for Him\n\nall around with moving eyes.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�\n\n���q� �(��\nWf.i151g\"'I(Aiqll�\n\nfct¥1'6f 4i\"�JI�*U �­\n\n��q4(af.tij\"'�(CI�I(\n\n����II\n\ntato dadarsopavane vara-striyam\nvicitra-p�pdrur.uz-pallava-drume\n\nvikril/.atim kanduka-lilaya lasad­\n\ndukiila-paryasta-nitamba-mekhalam\ntataft-thereafter; dadarsa-Lord Siva saw; upavane-in a nice\n\nforest;\n\nvara-striyam-a\n\nvery\n\nbeautiful\n\nwoman;\n\nvicitra-of\n\nmany\n\nvarieties; p�pa-fiowers; arur.uz-pink; pallava-leaves; drume-in\n\nthe midst of the trees; vikri(latim-engaged in playing; kanduka-with\n\na hall; lilaya-by pastimes of playing; lasat-shining; dukilla-by a\n\nsari; paryasta-covered; nitamba-on her hips; mekhalam-dressed\nwith a belt.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, in a nice forest nearby, full of trees with reddishpink leaves and varieties of Bowers, Lord\n\nSiva saw a beautiful\n\nwoman playing with a ball. Her hips were covered with a shining\nsari and ornamented with a belt.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n-.�dwtl&:dwt4ifAtij(aW\\Sii!tiU�: �\n\n�I\n\nSl'+l\\itl'flwtl�q ����srm 9P«ff �: 11 � Q.,ll\n\n", "SB8.2#p0150": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n122\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\navartanodvartana-kampita-stanaprakf$!a-haroru-bharaifr, pade pade\nprabhajyamaniim iva madhyata§ calatpada-pravalam nayatim tatas tatafr,\navartana-by the falling down; udvartana-and springing up;\nstana-of the two breasts; prakr$!a -beautifu1;\nhara-and of garlands; uru- bharaifr,-because of the heavy load; pade\npade-at every step;\nprabhajyamaniim iva - as if breaking;\nmadhyatafr,-in the middle portion of the body; calat-moving like\nthat; pada-pravalam-feet reddish like coral; nayatim-moving; tatafr,\nkampita-trembling;\n\ntatafr,-here and there.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause the hall was falling down and bouncing up, as She\n\nplayed with it Her breasts trembled, and because of the weight of\n\nthose breasts and Her heavy flower garlands, Her waist appeared to\n\nbe all but breaking at every step, as Her two soft feet, which were\n\nreddish like coral, moved here and there.\nTEXT 20\n\n�*'·qe�\nsilfA:\\C(ti(I�HI��*Iwtl'(\n(C(•uif?iWIMijfiJ%�(1{h(•it�;ft�·�·'4N(19191'( II� II\n�\n\n�'��..\n\no\n\ndik$u bhramat-kanduka-capalair bhrsam\nprodvigna-tarayata-lola-locaniim\nsva-kan:w-vibhrajita-kur.u;lalollasatkapola-niliilaka-mar:u;litananiim\ndik$u-in all directions; bhramat-moving; kanduka-of the ball;\ncapalaifr,-restlessness; bhrsam-now and then; prodvigna-full of\nanxieties; tara-eyes;\n\nayata-broad;\n\nlola-restless;\n\nlocaniim-with\n\nsuch eyes; sva-kan:w-on Her own two ears; vi bhrajita-illuminating;\n\n", "SB8.2#p0151": "Text 21]\n\nMohini-miirti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n123\n\nku1J4a,la-earrings; ullasat-shining; kapola-cheeks; nila-bluish;\nalaka-with hair; ma�ita-was decorated; ananam-face.\nTRANSLATION\nThe woman's face was decorated by broad, beautiful, restless\n\neyes, which moved as the ball bounced here and there from Her\n\nhand. The two brilliant earrings on Her ears decorated Her shin­\n\ning cheeks like bluish reflections, and the hair scattered on Her\nface made Her even more beautiful to see.\nTEXT 21\n\n�� � =itA�6f\n\n�m em����\n\nAf.tttdh(�flUI\n�\nM4il(tl;:dl ill•l�lf+iltltl II�� II\nslathad dukillam kabarim ca vicyutam\nsannahyatim vama-karer:w valguna\nvinighnatim anya-karer:w kandukam\nvinwhayantim jagad-atma-mayaya\nslathat-slipping or slackening; dukillam-the sari; kabarim caand the hair on the head; vicyutam-being slackened and scattered;\nsannahyatim-trying to bind;\n\nvama-karery,a-with the left hand;\n\nvalguna-very beautifully attractive;\nkarer:w\n\n-\n\nvinighnatim-strik.ing;\n\nanya­\n\nwith the right hand; kandukam-the ball; vimohayantim-in\n\nthis way captivating everyone; jagat-the whole world; atma-mayayaby the spiritual potency, the internal energy.\nTRANSLATION\nAs She played with the ball, the sari covering Her body became\n\nloose, and Her hair scattered. She tried to bind Her hair with Her\n\nbeautiful left hand, and at the same time She played with the ball\n\nby striking it with Her right hand. This was so attractive that the\n\n", "SB8.2#p0152": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n124\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nSupreme Lord, by His internal potency, in this way captivated\neveryone.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gita (7.14) it is said, daivi hy e�a gur:uz-mayi mama\n\nmaya duratyaya: the external potency of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is extremely stro�. Indeed, everyone is fully captivated by her\n\nactivities. Lord Sambhu (Siva) was not to be captivated by the external\npotency, but because Lord Vi�I)u wanted to captivate Him also, He ex­\n\nhibited His internal potency to act the way that His external potency acts\nto captivate ordinary living entities. Lord Vi!?I)U can captivate anyone,\neven such a strong personality as Lord Sambhu.\nTEXT 22\n\n���Wr��l��'ti(ifm�af4Ht�q!+!OiaJU'!:\nW\\�?401!4ktQ&ftaJUINii�l€'il\nitl€'ilitfl�iifi a-fit���� 11��11\ntam vi�ya deva iti kanduka-lilaye�advrfljasphuta-smita-visr�ta-kata�a-m�ta/:£\nstri-pre�ar:uz-pratisami�ar:uz-vihvalatma\nnii.tmdnam antika umdrh sva-ga�ms ca veda\n\ntam-Her; vik,sya-after observing; deva/:£-Lord Sambhu;\n\nthis way;\n\nkanduka-lilaya-by playing with the ball;\n\nlh-m\n\n�at-slight;\n\nvri(:ia-by bashfulness; asphuta-not very distinct; smita-with smil­\n\ning;\n\nvisr�ta-sent; kafij�a-m�fa/:£-defeated by the glances; stri­\n\npre�ar:uz-by glancing at that beautiful woman; pratisami�ar:uz-and\n\nby constantly being watched by Her; vihvala-atma-whose mind was\n\nagitated;\n\nna-not;\n\natmdnam-himself;\n\nantike-(situated)\n\nnearby;\n\nurndm-his wife, mother Uma; sva-ga�n ca-and his associates;\nveda-Lord Siva could understand.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Lord Siva observed the beautiful woman playing with the\n\nball, She sometimes glanced at him and slightly smiled in bashful-\n\n", "SB8.2#p0153": "Text 23]\n\nMohini-mftrti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n125\n\nness. As he looked at the beautiful woman and She watched him,\nhe forgot both himself and Uma, his most beautiful wife, as well as\n\nhis associates nearby.\n\nPURPORT\nThe material bondage of this world is that a beautiful woman can cap­\n\ntivate a handsome man and that a handsome man can captivate a\nbeautiful woman. Such are the affairs that began when Lord Siva ob­\n\nserved the beautiful girl playing with the ball. In such activities, the in­\n\nfluence of Cupid is very prominent. AI; both parties move their eyebrows\n\nand glance at one another, their lusty desires increase more and more.\n\nSuch reciprocations of lusty desire took place between Lord Siva and the\n\nbeautiful woman, even though Uma and Lord Siva's associates were by\n\nLord Siva's side. Such is the attraction between man and woman in the\n\nmaterial world. Lord Siva was supposed to be above all this attraction,\n\nbut he was victimized by the captivating power of Lord Vi�?r;tU.\n\n�abhadeva thus explains the nature of lusty attraction:\n\npumsab, striya mithuni-bhavam etam\ntayor mitho hrdaya-granthim ahub,\nato grha-lcyetra-sutapta-vittair\njanasya moho yam aham mameti\n\"The attraction between male and female is the basic principle of ma­\n\nterial existence. On the basis of this misconception, which ties together\nthe hearts of the male and female, one becomes attracted to his body,\n\nhome, property, children, relatives and wealth. In this way one increases\n\nlife's illusions and thinks in terms of 'I and mine.'\n\n\"\n\n(Bhag. 5.5.8)\n\nWhen a man and woman exchange feelings of lust, both of them are vic­\n\ntimized, and thus they are bound to this material world in various ways.\nTEXT 23\n\n�: .(IWid\\ «ij��\ntRtl � (t'i§S4'it� : I\niffi': ft5l � 'ilmSC(t\n� � fW;s(§qitf�U ����II\n\n", "SB8.2#p0154": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n126\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\ntasyii/:t kariigriit sa tu kanduko yadii\ngato vidilram tam anuvrajat-striyii/:t\nviisa/:t sasiltrarh laghu miiruto 'harad\nbhavasya devasya kiliinupa§yata/:t\ntasyii/:t-of the beautiful woman; ka ra-agrat-from the hand; sa/:t­\n\nkanduka/:t-the ball; yadii-when; gata/:t-had gone;\noff; tam-that ball; anuv rajat-began to follow;\nstriya/:t-of that woman; viisa/:t-the covering dress; sa-siltram-with\nthe belt; laghu -hecause of being very fine; miiruta/:t-the breeze;\naharat-blew away; bhavasya-while Lord Siva; devasya-the chief\ndemigod; kila-indeed; anupa§yata/:t-was always looking.\nthat; tu-but;\nvidilram-far\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the ball leaped from Her hand and fell at a distance, the\n\nwoman began to follow it, hut as Lord Siva observed these ac­\n\ntivities, a breeze suddenly blew away the fine dress and belt that\ncovered her.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n� ijf (if.;o.w(Nit1 G\\�f;ftqf �� I\nqt �t �Q N'1iSI�i �:�II� \\Ill\nevam tam ruciriipiil'lgirh\ndarsaniyiim manoramiim\ndmva tasyam mana§ cakre\nvi$ajjantyam bhaoo/:t kila\nrucira- apal'lgim -possessing all atto see; manoramiim beautifully formed; dmva-seeing; tasyiim-upon Her; mana/:t\ncakre-thought; vi$ajjantyiim-to he attracted by him; bhaoo /:t-Lord\nSiva; kila-indeed.\nevam-in this way; tam-Her;\n\ntractive\n\nfeatures;\n\ndarsaniyiim-pleasing\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Lord Siva saw the woman, every part of whose body was\n\nbeautifully formed, and the beautiful woman also looked at him.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0155": "Text 26]\n\nMohini-miirti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n127\n\nTherefore, thinking that She was attracted to him, Lord Siva became very much attracted to Her.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Siva was observing every part of the woman's body, and She was\n\nalso glancing at him with restless eyes. Thus Siva thought that She was\nalso attracted to him, and now he wanted to touch Her.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n'\n<��•qcijf?i(lwt\\{1�<�41ditc� :\n��arfq q�f01�ltl6cl(6�q< � 11�'-\\11\ntayiipahrta-vijfliinas\ntat-krta-smara-vihvalab,\nbhaviinyii api pcz.Syantyii\ngata-hris tat-padam yayau\ntayii-by Her; apahrta-taken away; vijnanab,-good sense; tat­\n\nkrta-done by Her; smara-by the smiling; vihvalab,-having become\n\nmad for Her; bhaviinyiib,-while Bhavani, the wife of Lord Siva; api­\n\nalthough; pa5yantyiib,-was seeing all these incidents; gata-hrib,bereft of all shame; tat-padam\n\n-\n\nto the place where She was situated;\n\nyayau-went.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva, his good sense taken away by the woman because of\n\nlusty desires to enjoy with Her, became so mad for Her that even in\nthe presence of Bhavini he did not hesitate to approach Her.\nTEXT 26\n\n�6'll\"'IW06'll<ilct\" �nn�<�l\nl\nf.cJI\"lillwtl m � wtl;qMa6 ����II\nsii tam iiyiintam iilokya\nvivastrii vrU;litii bhrsam\n\n", "SB8.2#p0156": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n128\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nniliyamiind vr�e�u\n\nhasanti ndnvat4!hata\n\nsa-that woman; tam-Lord Siva; ayantam-who was coming near;\n\nalokya-seeing;\n\nvivastra-She was\n\nnaked;\n\nvrU;lita-very bashful;\n\nbhrsam-so much; niliyamiind-was hiding; vr�e�u-among the trees;\n\nhasanti-smiling; na-not; anvat4!hata-stood in one place.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe beautiful woman was already naked, and when She saw Lord\n\nSiva coming toward Her, She became extremely bashful. Thus She\n\nkept smiling, but She hid Herself among the trees and did not\nstand in one place.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n6Iii�tl\"4§{ �tiCIIiO �: 548fq��: I\n� � q ;fur: �'?Jfllct �: II �\\911\ntam anvagacchad bhagavan\n\nbhavab, pram�itendriyab,\n\nkiimasya ca va§am nitab,\n\nkarer:tum iva yuthapab,\n\ntam-Her;\n\nanvagacchat-followed;\n\nbhagavan-Lord\n\nSiva;\n\nbhavab,-known as Bhava; pram�ita-indriyab,-whose senses were agi­\n\ntated; kiimasya-of lusty desires; ca-and; va§am-victimized; nitab,­\n\nhaving become; karer:tum-a female elephant; iva-just as; yuthapab,­\n\na male elephant.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis senses being agitated, Lord Siva, victimized by lusty desires,\n\nbegan to follow Her, just as a lusty elephant follows a she-elephant.\nTEXT 28\n\nijts�a\\i4•IIRI�i\\i1 •z(\\�•:uf.f�sJf � 1\n� 13q1� illtR�f qf(tt�1t II�GII\n\n", "SB8.2#p0157": "Text 30]\n\nMohini-miirti Bewilders Lord Siva\nso\n\n129\n\n'nuvrajyativegena\ngrhitvanicchatim striyam\n\nkesa-bandha upiiniya\nbiihubhyam pari$asvaje\nsalt-Lord Siva; anuvrajya-following Her; ati-vegena-with great\n\nspeed; grhitva-catching; anicchatim-although She was not willing to\nbe caught; striyam-the woman; kesa-bandhe-on the cluster of hair;\n\nupiiniya-dragging\n\nHer\n\npari$asvaje-embraced Her.\n\nnear;\n\nhis\n\nbiihubhyam-with\n\narms;\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter following Her with great speed, Lord Siva caught Her by\n\nthe braid of Her hair and dragged Her near him. Although She was\n\nunwilling, he embraced Her with his arms.\nTEXTS 29-30\n\n({\\q•(t:l � �ftun � �� I\n�: �� �of�l(1(5(1 II ��II\n311€¥tlil 4il\"\\:IM€'41t � I\nstiS(ii4�1 � 'IRI �ii4f€4fitfi1ffl II � II\no\n\nsopagW;lhii bhagavata\nkari� karir:ti yathii\nitas tata!t prasarpanti\nviprakirr:ta-siroruhii\niitmiinam mocayitvariga\nsurar$abha-bhujantarat\npriidravat sa prthu-sror:ti\nmaya deva-vinirmita\nsa-the\n\nwoman;\n\nupagW;lhii-being\n\ncaptured\n\nand\n\nembraced;\n\nbhagavata-by Lord Siva; kari�-by a male elephant; karir:ti-a she­\n\nelephant; yathii-as; ita!t tataft-here and there; prasarpanti-swirling\n\n", "SB8.2#p0158": "130\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nlike a snake; viprakir�-scattered; siroruha-all the hair on Her head;\ndtmdnam-Herself; mocayitvd-releasing; anga-0 King; surar�abha-of the best of the demigods (Lord Siva); bhuja-antarat-from\nthe entanglement in the midst of the arms; pradravat-began to run\nvery fast; sa-She; prthu-§ro�i-bearing very large hips; maya-internal potency; deva-vinirmita-exhibited by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing embraced by Lord Siva like a female elephant embraced\n\nby a male, the woman, whose hair was scattered, swirled like a\n\nsnake. 0 King, this woman, who had large, high hips, was a woman\n\nof yogamiyii presented by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nShe released Herself somehow or other from the fond embrace of\n\nLord Siva's arms and ran away.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n64!41e1 � � fc\\UI0$4i�Ut: I\nJl€tfqq(l 4ititW� � NM�6: II�� II\ntasyasau padavim nulro\nv��r adbhuta-karma�/:1.\npratyapadyata kamena\nvairi�eva vinirjita/:1.\ntasya-of He who is the Supreme Lord; asau-Lord Siva; padavimthe place; nulra/:1.-Lord Siva; v��o/:1.-of Lord Vi�Qu; adbhutakarma�/:1.-of He who acts very wonderfully; pratyapadyata-began to\nfollow; kamena-by lusty desire; vam� iva-as if by an enemy;\nvinirjita/:1.-being harassed.\nTRANSLATION\nAs if harassed by an enemy in the form of lusty desires, Lord\n\nSiva followed the path of Lord Vi��u, who acts very wonderfully\nand who had taken the form of Mohini.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0159": "Text 32)\n\nMohini-miirti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n131\n\nPURPORT\nLord Siva cannot he victimized by maya. Therefore it is to he under­\n\nstood that Lord Siva was being thus harassed by Lord Vi�I.m's internal\n\npotency. Lord Vi�J)u can perform many wonderful activities through His\n\nvarious potencies.\n\npariisya saktir vividhaiva srilyate\n\nsvabhiiviki jnana-bala-kriya ca\n\n(SvetaSmtara Upani§ad 6.8)\n\nThe Supreme Lord has various potencies, by which He can act very efficiently. To do anything expertly, He doesn't even need to contemplate.\n\nSince Lord Siva was being harassed by the woman, it is to he understood\nthat this was being done not by a woman but by Lord Vi�J)U Himself.\nTEXT 32\n\nij�lsliWIJl �fq�l¥i1EI�ij�l: I\n'§If� i_lfq��CI CIIRfijl¥4�i41Ci: 11��11\ntasyanudhiivato reta§\n\ncaskandarrwgha-retasa/:t\n\ns�milJ-0 yuthapasyeva\n\nviisitam anudhiimta/:t\n\ntasya-of him\n\n(Lord Siva);\n\nanudhiivata/:t-who was following;\n\nreta/:t-the semen; caskanda-discharged; arrwgha-retasa/:t-of that\n\nperson whose discharge of semen never goes in vain; s�mi�/:t-mad;\n\nyuthapasya-of a male elephant; iva-just like; viis tam-to a female\nelephant able to conceive pregnancy; anudhiivata/:t-following.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as a maddened bull elephant follows a female elephant who\n\nis able to conceive pregnancy, Lord Siva followed the beautiful\n\nwoman and discharged semen, even though his discharge of semen\n\nnever goes in vain.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0160": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n132\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 33\n\nQ\n\nttSIIq(triUf l<t��\n\n'4(1€'4;U I\n\n<nr.r � W!lt ij,.,cutIQriiflqa 11 � � 11\nyatra yatrapatan mahyam\nretas tasya mahatmana/:t\ntani rilpyasya hemnn.S ca\n�etrar;,y asan mahi-pate\nyatra-wherever; yatra-and wherever; apatat-fell; mahyam-on\n\nthe surface of the world; reta/:t-the semen; tasya-of him; mahaatmana/:t-of the great personality (Lord Siva); tani-all those places;\n\nrilpyasya-of silver; hemna/:t-of gold; ca-and; �etrani-mines;\n\nasan-became; mahi-pate-0 King.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, wheresoever on the surface of the globe fell the semen\n\nof the great personality of Lord Siva, mines of gold and silver later\n\nappeared.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura comments that those who seek\n\ngold and silver can worship Lord Siva for material opulences. Lord Siva\n\nlives under a bael tree and does not even construct a house in which to\n\ndwell, but although he is apparently poverty-stricken, his devotees are\n\nsometimes opulently endowed with large quantities of silver and gold.\n\nParik�it Maharaja later asks about this, and Sukadeva Gosvami replies.\nTEXT 34\n\nQR��\n� ��tq��!l � I\nQ tli ::qiQ\"ttte�SI 4MftJI �: 11�\\111\nsarit-sara/:tsu saile§U\nvane§ilpavane§u ca\nyatra kva casann r§ayas\ntatra sannihito hara/:t\n\n", "SB8.2#p0161": "Text 35]\n\nMohini-miirti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n1'33\n\nsarit-near the shores of the rivers; saralzsu-and near the lakes;\n\nsaile�u-near the mountains; vane�u-in the forests; upavane�u-in\nthe gardens or small forests; ca-also; yatra-wherever; kva-anywhere; ca-also; asan-were exbting; r�aya�-great sages; tatra­\n\nthere; sannihita�-was present; hara�-Lord Siva.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFollowing Mohini, Lord Siva went everywhere-near the shores\n\nof the rivers and lakes, near the mountains, near the forests, near\n\nthe gardens, and wherever there lived great sages.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura remarks that Mohini-miirti\n\ndragged Lord Siva to so many places, especially to where the great sages\n\nlived, to instruct the sages that their Lord Siva had become mad for a\n\nbeautiful woman. Thus although they were all great sages and saintly\n\npersons, they should not think themselves free, hut should remain ex­\n\ntremely cautious about beautiful women. No one should think himself\nliberated in the presence of a beautiful woman. The siistras enjoin:\nrniitra svasra duhitra va\nndviviktasano bhavet\nbalavan indriya-gramo\nvidvarilsam api kar�ati\n\n\"One should not stay in a solitary place with a woman, even if she he his\n\nmother, sister or daughter, for the senses are so uncontrollably powerful\nthat in the presence of a woman one may become agitated, even if he is\nvery learned and advanced.\" (Bhiig.\n\n9.19.17)\n\nTEXT 35\n\n� � m�aJ�¥tlwt <ct+tl441 I\n���d � 4\"4C1�6 4AA�I( 11�'-\\11\nskanne retasi so 'paSyad\natrniinam deva-rniiyaya\n\n", "SB8.2#p0162": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n134\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\njw)ikrtam nrpa-sre${oo\n\nsannyavartata kaSrru1lat\n\nskanne-when fully discharged; retasi-the semen; sab-Lord Siva;\n\napa.Syat-saw; atmiinam-his own self; deva-mayaya-by the maya of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; jw)ikrtam-had become victimized\n\nas\n\na\n\nfool;\n\nnrpa-sre$!00-0\n\nbest\n\nof\n\nkings\n\n(Maharaja\n\nParik�it);\n\nsannyavartata-restrained himself further; kaSrru1lat-from illusion.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, best of kings, when Lord Siva had fully dis­\n\ncharged semen, he could see how he himself had been victimized\n\nby the illusion created by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThus he restrained himself from any further miiyii.\nPURPORT\n\nOnce one is agitated by lusty desires upon seeing a woman, those\n\ndesires increase more and more, hut when semen is discharged in the act\nof sex, the lusty desires diminish. The same principle acted upon Lord\n\nSiva. He was allured by the beautiful woman Mohini-miirti, hut when his\n\nsemen had been fully discharged, he came to his senses and realized how\n\nhe had been victimized as soon as he saw the woman in the forest. If one\n\nis trained to protect his semen by observing celibacy, naturally he is not\n\nattracted by the beauty of a woman. If one can remain a brahrruJ.cari, he\n\nsaves himself so much trouble in material existence. Material existence\n\nmeans enjoying the pleasure of sexual intercourse (yan rruJ.ithuniidi­\n\ngroomedhi-sukoom). If one is educated about sex life and is trained to\nprotect his semen, he is saved from the danger of material existence.\nTEXT 36\n\n3NICiii<Ji(l'l� Sll€¥fwtl illil�l€il\"t:\n\nI\ni!Jiqf(i�ift� \"' if.t 6l'@i4( ����II\nathavagata-mahatmya\n\natrruJ.no jagad-atrruJ.nab\n\n", "SB8.2#p0163": "Text 37]\n\nMohini-mftrti Bewilders Lord\n\nSiva\n\n135\n\naparijfieya-viryasya\nna mene tad u hiulhhutam\natha-thus; avagata-being fully oonvinced about;\n\nthe greatness;\n\nmiihiitmya/:1-­\n\natmana/:1--of himself; jagat-atmana/:1--and of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead;\n\naparijfieya-viryasya-who has un­\n\nlimited potency; na-not; mene-did consider; tat-the miraculous activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in bewildering him;\n\nu ha-certainly; adbhutam-as wonderful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Lord\n\nSiva could understand his position and that of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who has unlimited potencies.\nHaving reached this understanding, he was not at all surprised by\nthe wonderful way Lord Vi��u had acted upon him.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is known as all-powerful be­\n\n(7.7) the\ndhananjaya \"0 con­\n\ncause no one can excel Him in any activity. In Bhagavad-gita\n\nLord says, matta/:1- parataram niinyat kincid asti\n\n:\n\nqueror of wealth, there is no truth superior to Me.\" No one can equal the\n\nLord or be greater than Him, for He is the master of everyone. As stated\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta (Adi 5.142), ekale iSvara kr�r:w.. ara saba\nbhrtya. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr!?Q.a, is the only master\n\nin\n\nof everyone, including even Lord Siva, what to speak of others. Lord Siva\n\nwas already aware of the supreme power of Lord Vi!?Q.U, but when he was\n\nactually put into bewilderment, he felt proud to have such an exalted\nmaster.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n+t!flG>it: 1\n(l+tN�JCt+ctft�+cl�\n� q(1(si\\i\\ �tiMI &tfi � II� �II\ntam aviklavam avrflj.am\nala�ya madhusudana/:1-\n\n", "SB8.2#p0164": "SrUnad-Bhagavabun\n\n136\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nuvlica parama-prito\nbibhrat svam pau11L§iril tanum\ntam-him (Lord Siva); aviklavam-without being agitated by the incident that had taken place; avri4am-without being ashamed; alak$ya-seeing; madhu s iidana lt-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\n-\n\nis known as Madhusiidana, the killer of the demon Madhu; uvaca-said;\n\nparama pritalt-being very pleased; bibhrat-assuming; svam-His\n-\n\nown; paur�im-original; tanum-form\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSeeing Lord Siva unagitated and unashamed, Lord Vi�:r;tu\n[Madhusudana] was very pleased. Thus He resumed His original\nform and spoke as follows.\nPURPORT\nAlthough Lord Siva was aghast at the potency of Lord Vi�QU, he did\nJ}ot feel ashamed. Rather, he was proud to be defeated by Lord Vi�Qu.\nNothing is hidden from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for He is in\neveryone's heart. Indeed, the Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (15.15),\nsarvasya caham hrdi sannivi.§!o matta!t smrtir jfiiinam apohanam ca: \"I\n\nam seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowl­\n\nedge and forgetfulness.\" Whatever happened had taken place under the\ndirection of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore there\n\nwas no cause to be sorry or ashamed. Although Lord Siva is never de­\n\nfeated by anyone, when defeated by Lord Vi�Qu he felt proud that he had\nsuch an exalted and powerful master.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n�\"ICI/ijflil\n\n����Pial+tl�+twtl�: I\n�4\\��� �t�SQJW� 11��11\nsri-bhagavan uvlica\ndi.§!ya tvam vibudha-sre�!ha\nsvam ni.§!/uim atmana sthitalt\n\n", "SB8.2#p0165": "Text 39)\n\nMohini-miirti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n137\n\nyan me stri-nlpaya svairam\nmohito 'py anga mayaya\nsri-blwgavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;\n\nd�!ya-all auspiciousness; tvam-unto you; vibudha-sre�!ha-0 best of\n\nall the demigods; svdm-in your own; n�!ham-fixed situation; atmana-of your own self; sthita�-you are situated; yat-as; me­\n\nMine; stri-rupaya-appearance like a woman; svairam-sufficiently;\n\nmohita�-enchanted; api-in spite of; anga-0 Lord Siva; mayaya­\n\nby My potency.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: 0 best of the\n\ndemigods, although you have been amply harassed because of My\n\npotency in assuming the form of a woman, you are established in\n\nyour position. Therefore, may all good fortune be upon you.\nPURPORT\n\nSince Lord Siva is the best of the demigods, he is the best of all devo­\n\ntees\n\n( va��Jnvanam yatha sambhub). His exemplary character was\n\ntherefore praised by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who gave His\nbenediction by saying, \"May all good fortune be upon you.\" When a de­\n\nvotee becomes a little proud, the Supreme Lord sometimes exhibits His\n\nsupreme power to dissipate the devotee's misunderstanding. Mter being\n\namply harassed by Lord Vi�?t;tu's potency, Lord Siva resumed his normal,\n\nunagitated condition. This is the position of a devotee. A devotee should\n\nnot be agitated under any circumstances, even in the worst reverses. As\nconfirmed in Blwgavad-gita\nyasmin sthito na du�khena\n\n(6.22),\n\nguruTJii,p i vicalyate: because of his full faith in the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, a devotee is never agitated, even in the greatest trials. This\n\npridelessness is possible only for the first-class devotees, of whom Lord\n\nSambhu is one.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n� s itsftRRfl�Af fcl•hti�q �I\naf(EII{;q'.ital lfm.-i«f(l�idl€tf'l: II� Q.,l I\n\n", "SB8.2#p0166": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n138\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nko nu me 'titaren mayam\nv�akta.s tvad-rte puman\ntams tan visrjanm bhavan\ndustaram akrtiitmabhib.\nkal).-what; nu-indeed; me-My; atitaret-can surpass; mayam­\n\nillusory energy; v�aktal).-attached to material sense enjoyment; tvat­\n\nrte-except for you; puman-person; tan-such conditions; tan-unto\n\nthe materially attached persons; visrjatim-in surpassing; bhavanreactions of material activities; dustaram-very difficult to surmount;\nakrta-atmabhil).-by persons unable to control their senses.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Lord Sambhu, who within this material world but you\ncan\n\nsurpass My illusory energy? People are generally attached to\n\nsense enjoyment and conquered by its influence. Indeed, the in­\n\nfluence of material nature is very difficult for them to surmount.\nPURPORT\nOf the three chief demigods-Brahma, Vi�Qu and Mahe8vara-all but\n\nVi�Qu are under the influence of maya. In Caitanya-caritamrta, they are\n\ndescribed as mayi, which means \"under maya's influence.\" But even\n\nthough Lord Siva associates with maya, he is not influenced. The living\nentities are affected by maya, but although Lord Siva apparently asso­\n\nciates with maya, he is not affected. In other words, all living entities\n\nwithin this material world except for Lord Siva are swayed by maya.\n\nLord Siva is therefore neither v��u-tattva nor jiva-tattva. He is between\n\nthe two.\n\nTEXT 40\n\n� !}01'44\\ � .. �1'4fii¥1N4W4Rr I\n'NT� � 4ii�OI �: 11\\Joll\nseyam gu�-mayi maya\nna\n\ntvam abhibhav�yati\n\n", "SB8.2#p0167": "Text 41]\n\nMohini-m'iirti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n139\n\nmaya sameta kalena\nkala-ruper:w bhiiga.Sa�\nsa-that insurmountable; iyam-this; gur:w-mayi-consisting of the\nthree modes of material nature;\ntvam-you;\n\nmaya-illusory energy; na-not;\n\nabhibhav�ati-will be able to bewilder in the future;\n\nmaya-with Me; sameta-joined; kalena-eternal time; kala-ruper:win the form of time; bhiiga.Sa�-with her different parts.\nTRANSLATION\nThe material, external energy [maya], who cooperates with Me\n\n•\n\nin creation and who is manifested in the three modes of nature,\n\nwill not be able to bewilder you any longer.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen Lord Siva was present, his wife, Durga, was also there. Durga\nworks in cooperation with the Supreme Personality of Godhead-in creating the cosmic manifestation. The Lord says in Bhagavad-gita\nmayadhya/cyer:w prakrti� silyate\n\n(9.10),\n\nsacaracaram : \"The material energy\n\n[prakrti] works under My direction, 0 son of Kunti, and is producing all\nmoving and unmoving beings.\" Prakrti is Durga.\n\nsmi-sthiti-pralaya-sadhana-saktir eka\nchayeva yasya bhuvanani bibharti durga\nThe entire cosmos is created by Durga in cooperation wit� Lord Vi�J;!U in\nthe form of kala, time. Sa ilcyata lokan nu srja. Sa i ma\n\nl lokan asrjata.\n\nThis is the version of the Vedas (Aitareya Upan�ad l.l.l-2). Maya\nhappens to be the wife of Lord S iva, and thus Lord Siva is in association\nwith maya, but Lord Vi�J;lu here assures Lord Siva that this maya will no\n\nlonger be able to captivate him.\nTEXT 41\n\n�Cfj \\RT'il\n�cr ¥t•tl!.lffl � fi\n�«'�II;(\n._ �: 1\nSIPiw:iq � qf\\ifi¥144 �: � �qlll\\1 �II\n.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0168": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n140\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nevam bhagavata rajan\n\nsrivatsankena sat-krta/:t\n\namantrya tam parikramya\n\nsagar:w/:t svalayam yayau\n\nsri-suka/:t\n\nuvaca-Sri\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami\n\nsaid;\n\nevam-thus;\n\nbhagavata-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; rajan-0 King;\n\nsrivatsa-ankena-who always carries the mark of Srivatsa on His breast;\n\nsat-krta/:t-being very much applauded; amantrya-taking permission\nfrom; tam-Him; parikramya-circumamhulating; sa-gaTJI.L/:t-with his\n\nassociates; sva-alayam-to his own abode; yayau-went hack.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosvami said: 0 King, having thus been praised by\n\nthe Supreme Personality, who hears the mark of Srivatsa on His\nchest, Lord Siva circumambulated Him. Then, after taking permis­\n\nsion from Him, Lord Siva returned to his abode, Kailiisa, along\n\nwith his associates.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura remarks that when Lord Siva\n\nwas offering obeisances unto Lord Vi�?�U, Lord Vi�?�U arose and\nembraced him. Therefore the word srivatsankena is used here. The mark\n\nof Srivatsa adorns the chest of Lord Vi��u, and therefore when Lord\n\nVi�?�U embraced Lord Siva while being circumambulated, the Srivatsa\nmark touched Lord Siva's bosom.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n� � 'IRf � w.+t•n:liit:r.l�=\"'fcfr:r: I\n4iiijPlA�I1f �R!N � 11\\l�ll\natmamsa-bhutam tam mayam\nbhavanim bhagavan bhava/:t\n\nsammatam r�i-mukhyana m\nprityac�!atha bharata\n\n", "SB8.2#p0169": "Text 43].\n\nMohini-mftrti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n141\n\niitma-amsa-bhiihim-a potency of the Supreme Soul; tam-unto her;\n\nmayam-the illusory energy; bhavanim-who is the wife of Lord Siva;\n\nbhagavan-the powerful; bhava�-Lord Siva; sammatam-accepted;\n\nr$i-mukhyanam-by the great sages; pritya-in jubilation; dca$!a­\n\nbegan to address; atha-then; bha:rata-0 Maharaja Parik�it, descen­\n\ndant of Bharata.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 descendant of Bharata Maharaja, Lord Siva, in jubilation, then\naddressed his wife, Bhavini, who is accepted by all authorities as\n\nthe potency of Lord Vi!jQ.U.\n\nTEXT 43\n\n�\n\nsqq�*l¥4\\il\n\n¥iRi\n\ntf: q«�iji�U\n3ft\nWl-wlttt.Usfff ai\nq�� f\\a6Mij..,.U 11\\l�ll\n�\n\nayi vyapa§yas tvam ajasya mayam\n\nparasya pumsa� para-devataya�\n\naham kaliinam r$abho 'pi muhye\n\nyayava.So 'nye kim utasvatantra�\n\nayi-oh; vyapa§ya�-have seen; tvam-you; ajasya-of the un­\n\nborn; maya:m-the illusory energy; parasya pumsa�-of the Supreme\nPerson;\n\npara-devataya�-the\n\nAbsolute\n\nTruth;\n\naham-myself;\n\nkalanam-of plenary portions; r$abha�-the chief; api-although;\nmuhye-became bewildered; yaya-by her; ava.Sa�-imperceptibly;\n\nanye-others; kim uta-what to speak of; asvatantra�-ful1y depen­\n\ndent on maya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva said: 0 Goddess, you have now seen the illusory en­\n\nergy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the unborn\n\nmaster of everyone. Although I am one of the principal expansions\n\n", "SB8.2#p0170": "142\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch.l2\n\nof His Lordship, even I was illusioned by His energy. What then is\n\nto be said of others, who are fully dependent on maya?\nTEXT 44\n\n� ¥tl¥t'l\"4�'Ulil� .\n('l'ti('I«'(IW'ij\n\n�\n\n�... I\n\n� ���: �\nWI Q � � WI �: 11\\/\\lll\nyam mam aprcchas tvam upetya yogiit\nsama-sahasriinta uparatarh vai\nsa e�a sii�iit pur�/:1. puriir:w\nna yatra kiilo vi.Sate na veda/:1.\nyam -about whom; mam-from me; aprccha/:1.-inquired; tvamyou; upelya -co ming near me; yogiit-from performing mystic yoga;\n\nsama-years; sahasra-ante-at the end of one thousand; uparatamceasing; vai-indeed; sa/:1.-He; e�a/:1.-here is; sii�iit directly;\npur �a/:1. -the Supreme Person; purii�/:1.-the original; na-not;\nyatra -where; kiila/:1.-eternal time; vi.Sate-can enter; na-nor;\nveda/:1. -the Vedas.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen I finished performing mystic yoga for one thousand\n\nyears, you asked me upon whom I was meditating. Now, here is\n\nthat Supreme Person to whom time has no entrance and who the\n\nVedas cannot understand.\n\nPURPORT\nEternal time enters anywhere and everywhere, but it cannot enter the\nkingdom of god. Nor can the Vedas understand the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. This is an indication of the Lord's being omnipotent,\nomnipresent and omniscient.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0171": "Text 46)\n\nMohini-miirti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n143\n\nTEXT 45\n\n��\n\n� �sfllftH6Rt RsR: \\lljlJ4;:q;u I\n��vR � '[((: � 'ICI\"Ete: 11\\l�ll\nsn-suka uvaca\n\niti te 'bhihitas tata\n\nvikramab, saniga-dhanvanab,\n\nsindhor nirmathane yena\n\ndhrtab- pr§!he mahacalab,\n\nsri-sukab- uva.ca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; te-unto\n\nyou; abhihitab,-explained; tata-my dear King; vikramab,-prowess;\n\nsaniga-dhanvanab,-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who car­\n\nries the Sani.ga bow; sindhob,-of the ocean of milk; nirmathane-in the\n\nchurning; yena-by whom; dhrtab,-was held; pr§!he-on the hack;\nmaha-acalab,-the great mountain.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosv� said: My dear King, the person who bore the\n\ngreat mountain on His back for the churning of the ocean of milk\nis\n\nthe\n\nsame\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nSarngadhanvi. I have now described to you His prowess.\nTEXT 46\n\n'fllJ�flS�ffl\n;r � �fl QQ¥4: � I\n��$4JUIIWtuf4\n\ni(ij\"Q:\n\n(1¥((ij{{Ql(qRJJ�rm¥(lnr.qcru�\n\netan muhub, kirtayato 'nu§r�vato\n\nII\\l �II\n\nna r4yate jatu samudyamab, kvacit\n\nknown\n\nas\n\n", "SB8.2#p0172": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n144\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 12\n\nyad uttarna.Sloka-gu�nuvarr:wruuh\nsamasta-samsara-pariSramapaham\netat-this narration; muhu�-constantly; kirtayata�-of one who\nchants; anu.Sr�vata�-and also hears; na-not; r-4yate-annihilated;\njatu-at any time; samudyama�-the endeavor; kvacit-at any time;\nyat-because ; uttarna.Sloka-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\ngur:w-anuvarr:wnam-describing\nsamasta-all;\n\nthe\n\ntranscendental\n\nsarilstira-of material existence;\n\nqualities;\n\npariSrama-misery;\n\napaham-finishing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe endeavor of one who constantly hears or describes this nar­\n\nration of the churning of the ocean of milk will never he fruitless.\n\nIndeed, chanting the glories of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead is the only means to annihilate all sufferings in this material\n\nworld.\n\nTEXT 47\n\n:atQf(�'44•r•M ¥tlq•IRf smnWf'l6¥t¥t�q4l\"1�14(�I\nEINtfllfa�t{t �'4;44: ��¥tqqq61\"1 4il¥t'(( ...�� li\\1\\Sll\n...\n\nasad-av�ayam anghrim bhava-gamyam prapannan\namrtam amara-varyan asayat sindhu-mathyam\nkapa!a-yuvati-ve�o mohayan ya� surtiririls\ntam aham upasrtanam kama-pilram nato 'smi\nasat-av�ayam-not understood by the atheists; arighri m-unto the\nlotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhava-gamyam­\n\nunderstood by devotees; prapannan-fully surrendered; amrtam-the\nnectar; amara-varyan-only unto the demigods; asayat-gave to drink;\nsindhu-mathyam-produced from the ocean of milk; kapa!a-yuvative�a�-appearing as a false young girl; mohayan-captivating; ya�-\n\n", "SB8.2#p0173": "Text 47]\n\nMohini-miirti Bewilders Lord Siva\n\n145\n\nHe who; sura-arin-the enemies of the demigods; tam-unto Him;\n\naham-I; upasrtaniim-of the devotees; kama-pil ram-who fulfills all\n\ndesires; natatt asmi\n\n-\n\nI offer my respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAssuming the form of a young woman and thus bewildering the\n\ndemons, the Supreme Personality of Godhead distributed to His\ndevotees, the demigods, the nectar produced from the churning of\nthe ocean of milk. Unto that Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nwho always fulfills the desires of His devotees, I offer my respect­\n\nful obeisances.\n\nPURPORT\nThe instruction of this narration concerning the churning of the milk\n\nocean is clearly manifested by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Al­\n\nthough He is equal to everyone, because of natural affection He favors\nHis devotees. The Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii (9.29):\n\nsamo 'ham sarva-bhilte$u\nna me dve$yo 'sti na priyatt\nye bhajanti tu mdrh bhaktya\nmayi te te$u capy aham\n\"I envy no one, nor am I partial to anyone. I am equal to all. But whoever\n\nrenders service unto Me in devotion is a friend, is in Me, and I am also a\n\nfriend to him.\" This partiality of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\n\nnatural. A person cares for his children not because of partiality but in a\n\nreciprocation of love. The children depend on the father's affection, and\nthe father affectionately maintains the children. Similarly, because devotees do not know anything but the lotus feet of the Lord, the Lord is al­\n\nways prepared to give protection to His devotees and fulfill their desires.\n\nHe therefore says, kaunteya pratijanihi na me bhaktatt prar;w.Syati: \"0\nson of Kunti, declare it boldly that My devotee never perishes.\"\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Twelfth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Mohini-milrti\nIncarnation Bewilders Lord Siva. \"\n\n", "SB8.2#p0174": "CHAPTER THIRTEEN\n\nDescription of Future Manus\nOf the fourteen Manus, six Manus have already been described. Now,\n\nthis chapter will consecutively describe each Manu from the seventh to\nthe fourteenth.\nThe seventh Manu, who is the son of Vivasvan, is known as\n\nSraddhadeva. He has ten sons, named lk!?viiku, Nabhaga, Dltr!?ta,\n\nSaryati, Nari!?yanta, Nabhaga, Di!?ta, Taru!?a, P:r!?adhra and Vasuman. In\n\nthis T1Ulnvantara, or reign of Manu, among the demigods are the Adityas,\n\nVasus, Rudras, Visvedevas, Maruts, Asvini-kumaras and J:fuhus. The\n\nking of heaven, lndra, is known as Purandara, and the seven sages are\n\nknown as Kasyapa, Atri, Vasi!?tha, Visvamitra, Gautama, Jamadagni and\nBharadvaja. During this period of Manu, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead Vi!?I).U appears from the womb of Aditi in His incarnation as the\n\nson of Kasyapa.\n\nIn the period of the eighth Manu, the Manu is Savar1,1i. His sons are\n\nheaded by Nirmoka, and among the demigods are the Sutapas. Bali, the\n\nson of Virocana, is lndra, and Galava and Parasurama are among the\nseven sages. In this age of Manu, the incarnation of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead appears as Sarvabhauma, the son of Devaguhya and\nSarasvati.\n\nIn the period of the ninth Manu, the Manu is Dak!?a-savarl).i. His sons\n\nare\n\nheaded\n\nby\n\nBhutaketu,\n\nand\n\namong\n\nthe\n\ndemigods\n\nare\n\nthe\n\nMaricigarbhas. Adbhuta is lndra, and among the seven sages is\n\nDyutiman. In this period of Manu, the incarnation �abba is born of\nAyu!?miin and Ambudhara.\n\nIn the period of the tenth Manu, the Manu is Brahma-savarl).i. Among\n\nhis sons is Bhliri!?el).a, and the seven sages are Havi!?miin and others.\nAmong the demigods are the Suvasanas, and Sambhu is lndra. The incar­\n\nnation in this period of Manu is Vi!?vaksena, who is a friend of Sambhu\n\nand who is born from the womb of Vi!?liCi in the house of a brahTTUlr:ta\n\nnamed Visvasra!?tii.\n\n147\n\n", "SB8.2#p0175": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n148\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 13\n\nIn the period of the eleventh Manu, the Manu is Dharma-savarQi, who\n\nhas ten sons, headed by Satyadharma. Among the demigods are the\n\nVihailgamas, lndra is known as V aidhrta, and the seven sages are AruQa\n\nand others. In this manvantara, the incarnation is Dharmasetu, who is\n\nborn of Vaidhrta and Aryaka.\n\nIn the period of the twelfth Manu, the Manu is Rudra-savarQi, whose\n\nsons are headed by Devavan. The demigods are the Haritas and others,\nlndra is �tadhama, and the seven sages are Tapomiirti and others. The\n\nincarnation in this manvantara is Sudhama, or Svadhama, who is born\n\nfrom the womb of Sunrta. His father's name is Satyasaha.\n\nIn the period of the thirteenth Manu, the Manu is Deva-savarQi.\n\nAmong his sons is Citrasena, the demigods are the Sukarmas and others,\n\nlndra is Divaspati, and Nirmoka is among the sages. The manvantaraavatara is Yogesvara, who is born of Devahotra and Brhati.\n\nIn the period of the fourteenth Manu, the Manu is lndra-savarQi.\n\nAnong his sons are Uru and Gambhira, the demigods are the Pavitras\nand others, lndra is Suci, and among the sages are Agni and Bahu. The\n\nincarnation of this manvantara is known as Brhadbhanu. He is born of\n\nSatriiyaQa from the womb of Vitana.\n\nThe total duration of the periods ruled by these Manus is calculated to\n\nbe one thousand catur-yugas, or 4,300,000 times 1,000 years.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��\n\nil�Aill(qij : ssr: 'll'l�t � �: I\n�� ttd+tlwft �(ijf(q�tfit lt � II � II\nsri-suka uviica\nmanur vivasvata� putra�\nsraddhadeva iti sruta�\nsaptaTTUJ vartamano yas\ntad-apatyani me srr:tu\nsri-suka�\n\nuvaca-Sri\n\nvivasvata�-of\n\nthe\n\nSukadeva\n\nsun-god;\n\nGosvami\n\nsaid;\n\nputra�-son;\n\nmanu�-Manu;\n\nsraddhadeva�- as\n\n", "SB8.2#p0176": "Text 3]\n\nSraddhadeva;\n\nDescription of Future Manus\n\niti-thus;\n\nsrutab.-known,\n\ncelebrated;\n\n149\n\nsaptamab.­\n\nseventh; vartamanab,-at the present moment; yab,-he who; tat-his;\napatyani-children; me-from me; sr�u-just hear.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosvanu said: The present Manu, who is named\n\nSriiddhadeva, is the son of Vivasviin, the predominating deity on\n\nthe sun planet. Sriiddhadeva is the seventh Manu. Now please hear\nfrom me as I describe his sons.\n\nTEXTS 2-3\n\n�It��\n\n���tRt'tct � I\nWIRq�Slf ;mntt: � R:! � II � II\nmtt\n\nTMil\n\n�fl\\\"46��\n\n'f!:\n\n�� tfij¥41�6: I\n�T! � II � II\n\nik$vakur nabhaga§ caiva\ndhmab. saryatir eva ca\nnar�yanto 'tha niihhiigab.\nsaptaTTW d�ta ucyate\ntaril$a5 ca pr!iadhra§ ca\ndaSaTTUJ vasuman smrtab.\nmanor vaivasvatasyaite\ndaSa-putratz, parantapa\nik$vakub,-lk�vaku; nab hagab,-N abhaga; ca-also; eva-indeed;\ndhr!ftab.- Dh.r�ta;\nsaryatib,-Saryati;\neva-certainly;\nca-also;\nnar�yantab,-Nari�yanta; atha-as well as; nabhagab,-Nabhaga;\nsaptamab,-the seventh one; d�tab.-Di!?ta; ucyate-is so celebrated;\ntaril$ab. ca-and Tarii�a; pr!iadhrab. ca-and P.r!?adhra; da.Samab,-the\ntenth one; vasuman-Vasuman; smrtab,-known; manob,-of Manu;\nvaivasvatasya-of Vaivasvata; ete-all these; daSa-putrab,-ten sons;\nparantapa-0 King.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0177": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n150\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it.z among the ten sons of Manu are Ik�vaku,\n\nNabhaga, Dh�ta, Saryati, Nari�yanta and Niibhaga. The seventh\nson is known as Di�la· Then come Tar�a and P:r�adhra, and the\ntenth son is known as Vasumiin.\n\nTEXT4\n\n311�· cmcn � N���· �n I\nsrNWfltfAl U�N S::�'fi � : II� II\n..\n\niiditya vasavo rudra\nviSvedeva marud-gaf}il/:t\na.Sviruiv rbhavo rajann\nindras te$dril purandara/:t\niiditya/:t-the Adityas; vasava/:t-the Vasus; rudra/:t-the Rudras;\n\nviSvedeva/:t-the Visvedevas; marut-gaf}il/:t-and the Maruts; a.Svinauthe two Asvini brothers; rbhava/:t-the l.Thhus; rajan-0 King; indra/:t-the king of heaven; te$dm-of them; purandara/:t-Purandara.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this manvantara, 0 King, the Adityas, the V asus, the Rudras,\n\nthe Visvedevas, the Maruts, the two Asvini-kumiira brothers and\n\nthe �hus are the demigods. Their head king (Indra] is Purandara.\nTEXTS\n\n�sBI�ma� Ftlf.flf'ilStT �: 1\n�� WI �a�: �: 11 � 11\nka.Syapo 'trir vasi$!haS ca\nviSvamitro 'tha gautama/:t\njamadagnir bharadvaja\niti saptar$aya/:t smrta/:t\nkaSyapa/:t-Kasyapa;\n\natri/:t-Atri;\n\nviSvamitra/:t-Visvamitra;\n\natha-as\n\nvasi$tha/:t-Vasi!?tha;\nwell\n\nas;\n\nca-and;\n\ngautama/:t-Gautama;\n\n", "SB8.2#p0178": "Text7]\n\nDescription of Future Manus\n\n151\n\njamadagni�-Jamadagni; bharadvaja�-Bharadvaj a; iti-thus; saptar$aya�-the seven sages; smrta�- c elebrated .\nTRANSLATION\nKaSyapa, Atri, Vasi�!ha, Visvamitra, Gautama, Jamadagni and\nBharadvaja are known as the seven sages.\nTEXT6\n\n�\n\n�qli(R� I\nattR�Iwtl'ist(:i\\ Ft''?!ti¥4��--11 � II\nlftl�i§t...q\n\natrapi bhagavaj-janma\nkaSyapiid aditer abhiit\nadityanam avarajo\nvi$r:tur vamana-rilpa-dhrk\natra-in this Manu's reign; api -certainly; bhagavat-janma-ap­\n\npearance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kaSyapat-by Kasyapa\nMuni; adite�-of mother Aditi; abhiit-becarne possible; adityanam­\n\nof the Adityas; avara-ja�-the youngest; vi$r:tu�-Lord Vi�1;1u Himself;\nvamana-riipa-dhrk-appearing as Lord Vamana.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn this manvantara, the Supreme Personality of Godhead appeared as the youngest of all the Adityas, known as Vamana, the\ndwarf. His father was KaSyapa and His mother Aditi.\nTEXT7\n\n�'«<) ��f;( �8'4;:f4�(1fiil €t\n\nI\n\n'INQfI�$.{ �If¥1 fttoft: �IW�Ipqfflf.f 1i{ ll\\9 II\nsarik$epato mayoktani\nsapta-manvantarar:ti te\nbhavi$yar:ty atha vak$yami\nvi$r:to� saktyanvitani ca\n\n", "SB8.2#p0179": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n152\n\n(C anto 8, Ch. 13\n\nsari�pata/:t-in brief; maya-by me; uktani-explained; saptaseven; manu-antara�i-changes of Manu; te-unto you; bhav�ya�ithe future Manus; atha-also; va/cyyami-1 shall speak; v��/:1.-of\nLord Vi�r;tu; saktya anvitani-empowered by the energy; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\nI have briefly explained to you the position of the seven Manus.\n\nNow I shall describe the future Manus, along with the incarnations\nof Lord Vi�y;tu.\n\nTEXTS\n\nFfCI(q61f ( � ft-� � I\nq, � ='f� it !tl•lfltfl� � II � II\nvivasoota5 ca dve jaye\nviSvakarma-sute ubhe\nsamjna chaya ca rajendra\nye priig abhihite tava\nvivasvata/:t-of\n\nVivasvan;\n\nca-also;\n\ndve-two;\n\njaye-wives;\n\nviSvakarma-sute-the two daughters of Visvakarma; ubhe-both of\nthem; sariljna-Sarhjiia; chaya-Chaya; ca-and; raja-indra-0 King;\nye-both of whom; prak-before; abhihite-described; tava-unto\nyou.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, I have previously described (in the Sixth Canto] the two\n\ndaughters of Visvakarnui, named Sarhjiia and Chaya, who were the\n\nfirst two wives of Vivasvan.\n\nTEXT9\n\n� �ifi 00 �Tij�: I\n� � �l'{�CI'@IttlttTif ijdl�� II �II\ntrtiyam va4avam eke\ntasam samjna-sutas traya/:t\n\n", "SB8.2#p0180": "Description of Future Manus\n\nText 10]\n\n153\n\nyamo yami sriiddhadeva..�\n\ncluiyayiiS ca sutan chrTJu\n\ntruyam-the third wife;\n\ntasam-of all three wives;\n\nSamjiia;\n\nva4avam-VaQava;\n\neke-some people;\n\nsamjna-sutal], trayaiJ,-three issues of\n\nyamaiJ,:;-one son named Yama; yami-Yami, a daughter;\n\nsriiddhadeva/J,-Sraddhadeva, another son; cluiyayaiJ,-of Chaya; caand; sutan-the sons; SrTJu-just hear about.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is said that the sun-god had a third wife, named V acJ.avii. Of the\nthree wives, the wife named Samjiiii had three children- Yama,\nYami and Sraddhadeva. Now let me describe the children of Chayii.\nTEXT 10\n\n(41qffl(6qf � � ij� � I\n����q)S\\{�� ����ait ll�oll\nsavar!Jis tapau kanya\n\nbluirya samvararJaSya ya\n\n§anaiScaras truyo 'bhild\n\na§vinau vcu)avatmajau\n\nsavar!Ji/J,-Siivarr:ti; tapati- Tapati; kanya-the daughter; bluirya­\n\nthe\n\nwife;\n\nsamvaral}-aSya-of\n\nKing\n\nSamvarar:ta;\n\nya-she\n\nwho;\n\nsanaiScaraiJ,-Sanaiscara; truyaiJ,-the third issue; abhut-took birth;\n\na§vinau-the two A.Svini-kumaras; vcujava-atma-jau-the sons of the\nwife known as VaQava.\n\nTRANSLATION\nChayii had a son named Siiv81'1,1i and a daughter named Tapati,\nwho later be�e the wife of King Samvarw_1a. Chiiyii's third child\nis known as SanaiSc&ra [Saturn] . Va4avii gave birth to two sons,\nnamely the ASvini brothers.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0181": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n154\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 1 1\n\n�� � m�ffi �:I\nf;(ijf4if?4�WiltU: «TiEf�(fwt�l Wf' II t �II\n�tame 'ntara iiyate\nsiivan:tir bhavitii manu(l\nnirmoka-virajaskiidyii(l\nsiivar�i-tanayii nrpa\n\n�tame-the eighth; antare-Manu's period; iiyiite-when arrived;\nsiivan:tift-Savar�; bhavitii-will become; manu(l-the eighth Manu;\nnirmoka-Nirmoka; virajaska-iidyii(l-Virajaska and others; siivar�iof Savar�; tanayii(l-the sons; nrpa-0 King.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, when the period of the eighth Manu arrives, Siivruvi\n\nwill become the Manu. Nirmoka and Virajaska will be among his\nsons.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe present reign is that of Vaivasvata Manu. According to astronomical calculations, we are now in the twenth-eighth yuga of Vaivasvata\nManu. Each Manu lives for seventy-one yugas, and fourteen such Manus\nrule in one day of Lord Brahma. We are now in the period of Vaivasvata\nManu, the seventh Manu, and the eighth Manu will come into existence\nafter many millions of years. But Sukadeva Gosvami, having heard from\nauthorities, foretells that the eighth Manu will be Savar1,1i and that\nNirmoka and Virajaska will be among his sons. Sastra can foretell what\nwill happen millions and millions of years in the future.\nTEXT 12\n\n�: � � 31'l€UI�: I\n� P4il\"'4wtwit ilreR-=sO �� 11 � ���\n�\n\ntatra deviift sutapaso\nviriijii amrtaprabhii(l\n\n", "SB8.2#p0182": "155\n\nDescription of Future Manus\n\nText 13]\n\nte$lirh virocaTUl-suto\nbalir indro bhav�yati\ntatra-in that period of Manu; deoob,-the demigods; sutapasab,-the\nSutapas;\nte$lim-of\n\nvirajab,-the\nthem;\n\nVirajas;\n\namrtaprabhiib,\n\nvirocaTUl-sutab,-the\n\nson\n\n- the Amrtaprabhas;\n\nof\n\nVirocana;\n\nbalib,­\n\nMaharaja Bali; indrab,-the king of heaven; bhav�yati-will become.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the period of the eighth Manu, among the demigods will be\nthe Sutapas, the Virajas and the Am.rtaprabhas. The king of the\ndemigods, lndra, will be Bali Maharaja, the son of Virocana.\nTEXT 13\n\n� �loqfilwtl� � �: q((SI�t( I\n(l(PlW{q< Nm mr: mf4:'4€4� II�� II\ndattvemam yacamanaya\nv�r:uzve yab,\n\npada -trayam\n\nraddham indra-padam hitva\ntatab, siddhim avapsyati\ndattva-giving\n\nin\n\ncharity;\n\nimam-this\n\nentire\n\nuniverse;\n\nyacamanaya-who was begging from him; vi$r:uzve-unto Lord Vi!?Q.U;\nyab,\n\n- Bali Maharaja; pada-trayam-three paces of land; raddham­\n\nachieved; indra-padam-the post of lndra; hitva-giving up; tatab,thereafter; siddhim-perfection; avapsyati-will achieve.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja gave a gift of three paces of land to Lord Vi�1,m,\nand because of this charity he lost all the three worlds. Later,\nhowever, when Lord Vi�y;tu is pleased because of Bali's giving\neverything to Him, Bali Maharaja will achieve the perfection of\nlife.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0183": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n156\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 13\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (7.3) it is stated, man�ya�m sahasre�u kaScid\nyatati siddhaye: out of many millions of people, one may attempt to\nachieve success in life. This success is explained here. Raddham indrapadam hitvii tata/:t siddhim aviipsyati. Siddhi consists of achieving the\nfavor of Lord Vi�I).u, not the yoga-siddhis. The yoga-siddhis-ar:timii,\nlaghimii, mahimii, prapti, prakiimya, i:Sitva, va.Sitva and kiimiivasayita-are temporary. The ultimate siddhi is to achieve the favor of\nLord Vi�I).U.\nTEXT 14\n\n� fitliiHt1 q: � � �: I\n\nM�f\\tJtsNt�\n\n�oR�II�\\111\n\nyo sau bhagavatii baddha/:t\npritena sutale puna/:t\nnivesito 'dhike svargad\nadhuniiste sva-riilj iva\nya/:t-Bali Maharaja;\n\nas au-he;\n\nGodhead; baddha/:t-bound; p ntena\n\nbhagavata-by the Personality of\n-\n\nbecause of favor; sutale-in the\n\nkingdom of Sutala; puna/:t-again; nivesita/:t-situated; adhike-more\nopulent; svargat-than the heavenly planets; adhunii-at the present\nmoment; iiste-is situated; sva-rii! iva-equal to the position of lndra.\nTRANSLATION\nWith great affection, the Personality of Godhead bound Bali and\n\nthen installed him in the kingdom of Sutala, which is more opu­\n\nlent than the heavenly planets. Maharaja Bali now resides on that\n\nplanet and is more comfortably situated than lndra.\nTEXTS 15-16\n\nqm) •w:um �or�: t;q@OII 1\n'll�»tW: fq61411et llllctl\"'iiiGO�OI: II� �II\n\n", "SB8.2#p0184": "Text 17]\n\nDescription of Future Manus\n\n157\n\n� �.Ut4��51 ¥tf?t��Mr {_(1�4Rt: I\n(i(lwtl+�leij' � �� � 3l15;ii+(+(O�e u � � u\ngiilavo diptimiin riimo\ndror:w-putra/:t krpas tathii\nr$ya.Spiga/:t pitiismiikam\nbhagaviin biidariiyar:w/:t\nime saptar$ayas tatra\nbhavi$yanti sva-yogata/:t\nidiinim iisate riijan\nsve sva iiSrama-mafJ4ale\ngiilava /:t,-Galava;\ndiptimiin - Diptiman;\nriima/:t,-Parasurama;\nd ror;w.-put ra/:t-the son of DroJ;Iacarya, namely A.Svatthama; krpa/:tl(rpacarya; tathii-as well; r$ya.Srriga/:t,-�ya8:piga; pita asmiikamour father; bhagaviin-the incarnation of Godhead; biidariiyar:w/:tVyasadeva; ime-all of them; sapta-r$aya/:t-the seven sages; tatra-in\nthe eighth manvantara; bhavi$yanti-will become; sva-yogata/:t,-as a\nresult of their service to the Lord; idiinim-at the present moment;\niisate - they are all existing; riijan-0 King; sve sve-in their own;\niiSrama-mafJ4ale-different hermitages.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, during the eighth manvantara, the great personalities\nGalava, Diptiman, Para8urama, Asv atthama, K.rpacarya, �ya8rnga\nand our father, Vyiisadeva, the incarnation of Naraya1.1a, will be the\nseven sages. For the present, they are all residing in their respective asramas.\nTEXT 17\n'\n\n���€Q�{_Cl ('ll�¥fl+l � q: I\n� ����:{�1m i(l���: ���\\911\ne\n\ndevaguhyiit sarasvatyiim\nsiirvabhauma iti prabhu/:t\n\n", "SB8.2#p0185": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n158\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 13\n\nsthiinam purandarad dhrtva\nbalaye dasyatiSvaraiJ,\n\ndevaguhyat-from His father, Devaguhya; sarasvatyam-in the\nwomb\n\nof\n\nSarasvati;\n\nsiirvabhaumaiJ,-Sarvabhauma;\n\niti-thus;\n\nprabhul},-the master; sthiinam-place; purandarat-from Lord lndra;\nhrtva-taking away by force; balaye-unto Bali Maharaja; dasyatiwill give; LS\"varal},-the master.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the eighth manvantara, the greatly powerful Personality of\n\nGodhead\n\nSarvahhauma\n\nwill\n\ntake birth.\n\nHis\n\nfather\n\nwill\n\nbe\n\nDevaguhya, and His mother will be Sarasvati. He will take the\n\nkingdom away from Purandara [Lord lndra] and give it to Bali\nMaharaja.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�e•�fifl���: 1\n\"(la4ldft���\n� 11��11\n;mn\n\nnavamo dak$a-siivarr:tir\nmanur varuTJ(l-sambhavaiJ,\nbhiltaketur diptaketur\nity adyas tat-suta nrpa\nnavamal},-ninth;\n\ndak$a-savar�ii},-Dak�a-savarl}.i;\n\nmanul},-the\n\nManu; varuTJ(l-sambhavaiJ,-born as the son of Varul}.a; bhiltaketui},Bhutaketu; diptaketui},-Diptaketu; iti-thus; adyaiJ,-and so on; tathis; sutal},-sons; nrpa-0 King.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, the ninth Manu will be Dak�a-sivar�i, who is born of\n\nVaru�a. Among his sons will be Bhutaketu, and Diptaketu.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0186": "Text 20]\n\nDescription of Future Manus\n\n159\n\nTEXT 19\n\n� ���:w:�r: I\n� q�Sil(tllM� ¥1Ncq4't�m: II����\npara-maricigarbhiidya\ndeva indro 'dbhuta� smrta�\ndyutimat-pramukhas tatra\nbhav�yanty r$ayas tata�\npara-the Paras;\n\nmaricigarbha-the Maricigarbhas; adya�-like\n\nthat; deva�-the demigods; indra�-the king of heaven; adbhuta�Adbhuta; smrta�-known; dyutimat-Dyutiman; pramukha�-headed\nby; tatra-in that ninth period of Manu; bhav�yanti-will become;\n\nr$aya�-the seven f$is; tata�-then.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this ninth manvantara, the Paras and Maricigarbhas will be\namong the demigods. The king of heaven, lndra, will be named\nAdbhuta, and Dyutimin will be among the seven sages.\nTEXT 20\n\n31t¥¥t61�\n\n��ct�l I\n\n��ir.J� fSIJ\\•1 �6�: II� oil\nayU$mato 'mbudharayam\nf$abho bhagavat-kala\nbhavita yena samraddham\ntri-lokim bhok$yate 'dbhuta�\n\nayU$mala�-of the father, Ayu�?miin; ambudharayam-in the womb\nof the mother, Ambudhara; f$abha�- &abha; bhagavat-kala-a partial\nincarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhavita-will be;\nyena-by\nworlds;\nAdbhuta.\n\nwhom;\n\nsamraddham-all-opulent;\n\ntri-lokim-the\n\nthree\n\nbhok$yate-wi11 enjoy; adbhuta�-the lndra of the name\n\n", "SB8.2#p0187": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n160\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nJ;l!jahhadeva, a partial incarnation of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, will take birth from his father, Ayu!}min, and his\n\nmother, Ambudharii. He will enable the lndra named Adbhuta to\n\nenjoy the opulence of the three worlds.\nTEXT 21\n\n� ilnl�'l'SlWdt �: I\n�at ��UIItU ��\"idi8(Cfl �: II�� II\nda.Samo brahma-siivan:tir\nupa.Sloka-suto manu/:t\ntat-suta bhu�er_ujdya\nhavi§mat pramukhii dvija}:t\nda.Sama/:t-the\n\ntenth\n\nManu;\n\nbrahma-siivan:ti/:t-Brahma savarQi;\n-\n\nupa.Sloka-suta}:t-born of Upasloka; manu/:t-will be Manu; tat-sutii/:this\n\nsons;\n\nbhu�e�-iidya}:t-Bhllri�eJ,la\n\nand\n\nothers;\n\nhavi§mat­\n\nHavi�rnan; pramukhii}:t-headed by; dvija/:t-the seven sages.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Upa8loka known as Brahma-sav�i will be the tenth\n\nManu. Bhiiri!}e� will be among his sons, and the briihm�as\nheaded by Havi!}min will be the seven sages.\nTEXT 22\n\nCfif\"'l\"tJf)�t: � � �ftt(aG\\1 ron: I\nWfTQWfA�(Itll �: �: �: ����II\nhavi§miin sukrta/:t satyo\njayo murtis tadii dvija/:t\nsuviisaoo-viruddluidya\ndeva/:t sambhu/:t suresvara/:t\nhavi§miin-Havi�rnan;\n\nsuk rta}:t\n\n-\n\nSulqta;\n\nsatya/:t-Satya;\n\njaya/:t­\n\nJaya; murti/:t-Miirti; tadii-at that time; dvija/:t-the seven sages;\n\n", "SB8.2#p0188": "Text 24)\n\nDescription of Future Manus\n\n161\n\nsuvasana-the Suvasanas; viruddha-the Viruddhas; adyatt-and so\non; devatt-the demigods; sambhutt - Sambhu; sura- iSvaratt - Indra ,\n\nking of the demigods.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHavi�man, Sulqta, Satya, Jaya, Miirti and others will he the\n\nseven sages, the Suvasanas and Viruddhas will be among the\ndemigods, and Sambhu will he their king, lndra.\nTEXT 23\n\nFlfk4.mift fclt�f ij �): � Cf{(QI� I\n�: � ¥1•141t4R �lffQ:Iit fcnl:\n������\nv�vakserw v�acyam tu\nsambhott sakhyarh. ka�yati\nJatatt svarh.Sena bhagavan\ngrhe viSvasrjo vibhutt\nv�vaksenatt- Vi�vaksena; v�uryam - in the womb of Vi�uci; tu­\n\nthen; sambhott-of Sambhu; sakhyam-friendship; ka�yati-will cre­\n\nate; jatatt-being born; sva-arh.Sena-by a plenary portion; bhagavan­\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; g rhe -in the home; viSvasrJatt-o£\nVisvasra�!ii; vibhutt-the supremely powerful Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the home of Visvasr�ta, a plenary portion of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead will appear from the womb of Vi�iici as the\n\nincarnation known as Visvaksena.\nHe will make friends with\n.\n\nSamhhu.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n� ��A�� 311€¥141� I\n31Willl�l(ijfij�llf �€ti1EI+ii(t�l � 11�\\111\nmanur vai dharma- savarr:tir\nekiidaS ma atmavan\n\n", "SB8.2#p0189": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n162\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 13\n\nanagatiis tat-sutas ca\nsatyadharmiidayo daSa\nmanu�-the\nsavarQ.i;\n\nManu;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nekada.Sama�-eleventh;\n\ndha rma-savar�i�-Dharma­\n\natmavan-the\n\ncontroller\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nsenses; anagata�-wil1 come in the future; tat-his; suta�-sons; caand; satyadhanna-adaya�-Satyadharma and others; daSa-ten.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the eleventh manvantara, the Manu will he Dharma-siivarQ.i,\n\nwho will he extremely learned in spiritual knowledge. From him\n\nthere will come ten sons, headed by Satyadharma.\nTEXT 25\n\nA�: 'fil+(tl+tl M�lUI(i�: ijU: I\n���'tl'l'l�lfl(iUIIC(t: ����II\n��\nvihangama� kiimagama\nnirva�rucaya� sura�\nindra5 ca vaidhrtas te$dm\nr$aya5 caru¢daya�\nvihangama�-the\n\nVihailgamas;\n\nkiimag ma� -the\n\nKamagamas;\n\nnirva�rucaya�-the Nirv�arucis; sura�-the demigods; indra�-the\nking of heaven, lndra; ca-also; vaidhrta�-Vaidhrta; le$dm-of them;\nr$aya�-the seven sages; ca-also; aru�-adaya�-headed by AruQ.a.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Vihaiigamas , Kamagamas, Nirv�arucis and others will be\n\nthe demigods. The king of the demigods, lndra, will be Vaidhrta,\n\nand the seven sages will be headed by Arul).a.\nTEXT 26\n\nawl'tM u� '4�ijdRM W:iJ: I\n� �(,N�W \\ll(�&q� ������\n\n", "SB8.2#p0190": "Description of Future Manus\n\nText 27]\n\n163\n\niiryakasya sutas tatra\ndharmasetur iti smrtab,\nvaidhrtiiyiirh harer arh.Sas\ntri-loki:m dhiirayi$yati\niiryakasya-of Aryaka; sutab,-the son; tatra-in that period (the\neleventh\n\nmanvantara);\n\nsmrtab,-celebrated;\n\ndharmasetub,-Dharmasetu;\n\nvaidhrtayiim-from\n\nthe\n\nmother,\n\niti-thus;\nVaid�ta;\n\nhareb,-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; amsab,-a partial incarnation; tri-lokim-the three worlds; dhiiray�yati-will rule.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Aryaka known as Dharmasetu, a partial incarnation\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, will appear from the\nwomb of Vaidhrta, the wife of Aryaka, and will rule the three\nworlds.\nTEXT 27\n\n� ��i:foft U&a.-Si\\l�ta¥ft �: I\n��;r� ���: �: 11�\\911\nbhavitii rudra-siivarr_ti\nriijan dviidaS mo manub,\ndevaviin upadeva5 ca\ndeva5re$!hiidayab, sutiib,\nbhavitii-will\n\nappear;\n\nrudra s iivar�ib,-Rudra-sa varQi;\n-\n\nriijan-0\n\nKing; dviidaSamab,-the twelfth; manub,-Manu; devaviin-Devavan;\nupadevab,-Upadeva; ca-and; deva5re$!ha-Devasrel?tha; adayab,such persons; sutiib,-sons of the Manu.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King,\n\nthe twelfth Manu\n\nwill be named Rudra-siivari].i.\n\nDevavan, Upadeva and Deva8re�tha will be among his sons.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0191": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n164\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 28\n\n� �\n\nSfllf��\n\n�� �� 'R<na>�: 1\nij4l'{Ri(ijq�1\n: II�(!;II\n\nrtadhamii ca tatrerulro\ndevas ca haritadaya/:1,\nr$aya.S ca tapomurtis\ntapasvy agnidhrakiidaya/:1,\nrtadhii.mii-.l;badhamii; ca-also; tatra-in that period; irulra/:1,-the\nking of heaven; deva/:1,-the demigods; ca-and;\n\nharita-adaya/:1,­\n\nheaded by the Haritas; r$aya/:l, ca-and the seven sages; tapomilrti/:1,Tapomiirti; tapasvi-Tapasvi; agnidhraka-Agnidhraka; adaya/:1,-and\nso on.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this manvantara, the name of lndra will be J.ltadhama, and the\n\ndemigods will be headed by the Haritas. Among the sages will be\n\nTapomiirti, Tapasvi and Agnidhraka.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n�)�:{{N�QIM�: I\n\n� �«�: tH6NI: WIT fq: 11��11\nsvadhamiikhyo harer amsa/:1,\nsadhayi$yati tan-mano/:1,\nantaram satyasahasa/:1,\nsunrtaya/:1, suto vibhu/:1,\nsvadhii.ma-akhya/:1,-Svadhamii; hare/:1, amsa/:1,-a partial incarnation\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sadhayi$yati-will rule; tatmano/:1,-of that Manu; antaram-the manvantara; satyasahasa/:1,-of\n\nSatyasahii;\npowerful.\n\nsunrtaya/:1,-of\n\nSun:rta;\n\nsuta/:1,-the\n\nson;\n\nvibhu/:1,-most\n\n", "SB8.2#p0192": "Text 31]\n\n165\n\nDescription of Future Manus\nTRANSLATION\n\nFrom the mother named Sunrta and the father named Satyasahii\nwill come Svadhiima, a partial incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He will rule that manvantara.\nTEXT 30\n\n�� ¥1� �Qiiil�(l�il( I\nPt�ij'1fi4f�;mn\n�iil(iliil� : II� oil\nmanus trayodaSo bhiivyo\ndeva-savar1}-ir atmavan\ncitrasena-vicitradya\ndeva-savarTJ-i-dehaja/:1,\nmanu/:1,-the Manu; trayoda.Sa/:1,-thirteenth; bhiivya/:1,-will become;\ndeva sdvarTJ-i/:1.-Deva-savan.ti;\n-\n\nknowledge;\n\natmavan-well advanced in spiritual\n\ncitrasena-Citrasena;\n\nothers,\n\nvicitra-adya/:1,-and\n\nVicitra; deva-savarTJ-i-of Deva-savar:Qi; deha-ja/:1,\n\n-\n\nsons\n\nlike\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe thirteenth Manu will be named Deva-siv�i, and he will be\nvery advanced in spiritual knowledge. Among his sons will be\nCitrasena and Vicitra.\nTEXT 31\n\n�ifl: ���1'4<-i$1 � Roiil�qRI: I\n��tfG\\�«U ��'14(64J II�� II\ne\n\ndeva/:1, sukarma-sutramasamjfiii indro divaspati/:1,\nnirmoka-tattvadarsadya\nbhav�yanty r$ayas tadii\ndeva/:1,-the demigods; sukarma-the Sukarmas; sutrama-samjiiii/:1,and the Sutramas; indra/:1,-the king of heaven; divaspati/:1,\n\n-\n\nDivaspa ti;\n\n", "SB8.2#p0193": "[Canto 8, Ch. 13\n\nS rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n166\n\nnirmoka-Nirmoka; tattvadarsa-adyab,-and others, like Tattvadarsa;\nbhavi,syanti-will become; r�ayab,-the seven sages; tadti-at that time.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the thirteenth manvantara, the Sukarmas and Sutriimiis will\nbe among the demigods, Divaspati will be the king of heaven, and\nNirmoka and Tattvadar8a will be among the seven sages.\nTEXT 32\n\n�i!SI€01 � ��� Rct�lffl: I\n\n�imU �{m � ���ftr ������\ndevahotrasya tanaya\nupaharta divaspateb,\nyogesvaro harer amso\nbrhatyam sambhavi,syati\ndevahotrasya-of\nbenefactor;\n\nDevahotra;\n\ndivaspateb,-of\n\ntanayab,-the\n\nDivaspati,\n\nthe\n\nson;\n\nlndra\n\nupaharta-the\nat\n\nthat\n\ntime;\n\nyoga-iSvarab,-Yogesvara, the master of mystic powers; hareb, amsab,a partial representation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nbrhatyam-in the womb of his mother, B:rhati; sambhavi,syati-will appear.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Devahotra known as Yogesvara will appear as a partial incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. His\nmother's name will be Brhati. He will perform activities for the\nwelfare of Divaspati.\nTEXT 33\n\n� �«RffO��'f �tffir I\n��Ql fe=�«Fffol�l� 1: II�� II\nmanur va indra-savarrJiS\ncaturdaSama e�yati\n\n", "SB8.2#p0194": "Text 35]\n\nDescription of Future Manus\n\n167\n\nuru-gambhira-budhiidya\nindra-siivar7Ji-viryajii/:t\nmanu/:t-the\n\nManu;\n\nvii-either;\n\ncaturdaSama/:t-fourteenth;\ngambhira-Gambhira;\n\nindra-siivar7Ji/:t-Indra-savarQ.i;\n\ne$yati-will\n\nbecome;\n\nuru-Uru;\n\nbudha-adyii/:t-and others, such as Budha;\n\nindra-siivar7Ji-of lndra-savarQ.i; virya-jii/:t-born of the semen.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe name of the fourteenth Manu will be lndra-savarl}.i. He will\n\nhave sons like Uru, Gamhhira and Budha.\nTEXT 34\n\nqfvn�� �;n: ���Rr 1\n\n3[fi{(�: W�: �'IT��: II �ijll\npavitriiS ciik$U$ii devii/:t\nsucir indro bhavi$yati\nagnir bahu/:t suci/:t suddlw\nmagadhiidyiis tapasvina/:t\n\npavitrii/:t-the\n\nPavitras;\n\nciik$U$ii/:t-the\n\nCak�u�as;\n\ndevii/:t-the\n\ndemigods; suci/:t-Suci; indra/:t-the king of heaven; bhavi$yati-will\nbecome; agni/:t-Agni; bahu/:t-Bahu; suci/:t-Suci; suddha/:t-Suddha;\nmagadha-Magadha; adyii/:t-and so on; tapasvina/:t-the sages.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Pavitras and Calqm�as will be among the demigods, �d Suci\n\nwill be Indra, the king of heaven. Agni, Biihu, Suci, Suddha,\nMagadha and others of great austerity will be the seven sages.\nTEXT 35\n\n� '\"i(l��l m: I\nf�Prt �� &t�Rt'\"1f�ijlfit�=n ll�t.tll\nij5fltiUI�\n\n", "SB8.2#p0195": "168\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 13\n\nsatrayar:msya tanayo\nbrluulbhanus tada harib,\nvitanayam maharaja\nkriya-tantiln vitayita\nsatrayar:msya-of SatriiyaQa;\n\ntanayab,-the son;\n\nbrluulbhiinub,­\n\nBrhadhhanu; tada-at that time; harib,-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; vitanayam-in the womb of Vitana; rnaha-raja-0 King;\nkriya-tantiln-all spiritual activities; vitayita-will perform.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it, in the fourteenth manvantara the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead will appear from the womb of Vitana, and\n\nHis father's name will be Satraya�a. This incarnation will be\ncelebrated as B:rhadbhanu, and He will administer spiritual activities.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n��atf;r fSI4iltJSI�ilijlf;. � I\nit�: � �·l('ll(;rq4�: ll��ll\nrajarh.S caturdaSaitani\ntri-kaliinugatani te\nproktany ebhir mitab, kalpo\nyuga-s ahasra-paryayab,\nrajan-0 King; caturdaSa-fourteen; etani-all these; tri-kala-the\nthree periods of time (past, present and future); anugatani-covering;\nte-to you; proktani-described ; ebhib,-by these; mitab,-estimated;\nkalpab,-one day of Brahma; yuga-sahasra-one thousand cycles of\nfour yugas; paryayab,-consisting of.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, I have now described to you the fourteen Manus appear­\n\ning in the past, present and future. The total duration of time\n\n", "SB8.2#p0196": "Text 36)\n\nDescription of Future Manus\n\n169\n\nruled by these Manus is one thousand yuga cycles. This is called a\nkalpa, or one day of Lord Brahma.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Thirteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Description of Future\nManus.\"\n\n", "SB8.2#p0197": "CHAPTER FOURTEEN\n\nThe System of\nUniversal Management\nThis chapter describes the duties allotted to Manu by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. All the Manus, as well as their sons, the sages, the\ndemigods and the Indras, act under the orders of various incarnations of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. At the end of every\n\ncatur-yuga,\n\nconsisting of Satya-yuga, Dvapara-yuga, Treta-yuga and Kali-yuga, the\nsages, acting under the orders of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\ndistribute the Vedic knowledge and thus reinstate eternal religious principles. Manu's duty is to reestablish the system of religion. Manu's sons\nexecute Manu's orders, and thus the entire universe is maintained by\nManu and his descendants. The Indras are various rulers of the heavenly\nplanets. Assisted by the demigods, they rule the three worlds. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead also appears as incarnations in different\n\nyugas. He appears as Sanaka, Sanatana, Yajiiavalkya, Dattatreya and\n\nothers, and thus He gives instructions in spiritual knowledge, prescribed\nduties, principles of mystic\n\nyoga, and so on. As Marici and others, He\n\ncreates progeny; as the king, He punishes the miscreants; and in the\nform of time, He annihilates the creation. One may argue, \"If the allpowerful Supreme Personality of Godhead can do anything simply by His\nwill, why has He arranged for so many personalities to manage?\" How\nand why He does this cannot be understood by those who are under the\nclutches of\n\nmaya.\n\nTEXT I\n\n��\n\nfi�t=ij�!J ��� ���� I\n��fQr it it;r �l(ij'ff(� lr II � II\nsri-rajovaca\nmanvantare�u bhagavan\nyathii manv-adayas tv ime\n171\n\n", "SB8.2#p0198": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n172\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 14\n\nyasmin karmar:ti ye yena\n\nniyuktas tad vadasva me\n\nsri-raja uvaca-King Parik�it said; manvantare$u-in the reign of\n\neach Manu; bhagavan-0 great sage; yatha-as; manu-adayalz-the\nManus and others; tu-but; ime-these; yasmin-in which; karmar:tiactivities; ye-which persons; yena-by whom; niyuktalz-appointed;\n\ntat-that; vadasva-kindly describe; me-to me.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaharaja Parik�it inquired: 0 most opulent Sukadeva Gosvimi,\n\nplease explain to me how Manu and the others in each manvantara\n\nare engaged in their respective duties, and by whose order they are\nso\n\nengaged.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�'fi{ij�etR\n'I��� liN� � I\n\"'\n71'ij(tm'lo'\"n� � ��'tttl«ttt: II � II\n...,.\n\n....\n\nsri-r$ir uvaca\n\nmanavo manu-putras ca\n\nmunaya§ ca mahi-pate\n\nindra!z sura-gar:ull caiva\nsarve purn$a-sasanalz\n\nsri-r$ilz\n\nuvaca-Sri\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami\n\nsaid;\n\nmanavalz-all the\n\nManus; manu-putralz-all the sons of Manu; ca-and; munayalz-all\n\nthe great sages; ca-and; mahi-pate-0 King; indralz-all the lndras;\n\nsura-gafJdlz-the demigods;\n\nca-and;\n\neva-certainly; sarve-all of\n\nthem; purn$a- sasana!z-under the rule of the Supreme Person.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: The Manus, the sons of Manu, the great\n\nsages, the lndras and all the demigods, 0 King, are appointed by\n\n", "SB8.2#p0199": "Text4)\n\nThe System of Universal Management\n\n173\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead in His various incarnations\nsuch as Y ajiia.\nTEXT3\n\n�� �: �: 4i�tt(6'1it � I\n'i\"':UG>til �� if��cnflt: st:q)Rijt:ll � 11\nyajfiiidayo yab, kathitab,\npau�yas tanavo nrpa\nrnanv-adayo jagad-yatram\nnayanty ahhib, pracoditab,\nyajna-adayab,-the Lord's incarnation known as Yajii.a and others;\nyab,-who; kathitab,-already spoken of; pau�yab,-of the Supreme\nPerson; tanavab,-incarnations; nrpa-0 King; rnanu-adayab,-the\nManus and others; jagat-yatram-universal affairs; nayanti-conduct;\nabhib,-by the incarnations; pracoditab,-being inspired.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, I have already described to you various incarnations of\nthe Lord, such as Yajiia. The Manus and others are chosen by these\nincarnations, under whose direction they conduct the universal\naffairs.\nPURPORT\nThe Manus execute the orders of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nin His various incarnations.\nTEXT4\n\n�� � S4(615VRJIIU11w-t(q(\n� �sq�q�«l �: (i'1Hfit: II \\lll\ncatur-yugante kalena\ngrastan chruti-ga')iin yatha\ntapasa !\"$ayo 'paSyan\nyato dharmab, sandtanab,\n\n", "SB8.2#p0200": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n174\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 14\n\ncatu!l-yuga-ante-at the end of every four yugas (Satya, Dvapara,\n\nTreta and Kali); kalena-in due course of time; grastan-lost; sruti­\n\nga�n-the\n\nVedic\n\ninstruction;\n\nyatha-as;\n\ntapasa-by\n\nausterity;\n\n!\"$aya!l-great saintly persons; apa5yan-by seeing misuse; yata!l­\n\nwherefrom; dhanna!l-occupational duties; saruitana!l-eternal.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAt the end of every four yugas, the great saintly persons, upon\n\nseeing that the eternal occupational duties of mankind have been\nmisused, reestablish the principles of religion.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse, the words dhanna!l and saruitana!l are very important.\n\nSanatana means \"eternal,\" and dharma means \"occupational duties.\"\n\nFrom Satya-yuga to Kali-yuga, the principles of religion and occupational\n\nduty gradually deteriorate. In Satya-yuga, the religious principles are observed in full, without deviation. In Treta-yuga, however, these prin­\n\nciples are somewhat neglected, and only three fourths of the religious\n\nduties continue. In Dvapara-yuga only half of the religious principles\n\ncontinue, and in Kali-yuga only one fourth of the religious principles,\nwhich gradually disappear. At the end of Kali-yuga, the principles of\n\nreligion, or the occupational duties of humanity, are almost lost. Indeed,\n\nin this Kali-yuga we have passed through only five thousand years, yet\nthe decline of saniitana-dharma is very prominent. The duty of saintly\n\npersons, therefore, is to take up seriously the cause of saruitana-dharma\n\nand try to reestablish it for the benefit of the entire human society. The\nKr!?� a consciousness. movement has been started according to this principle. As stated in Srimad-Biuigavatam (12.3.51):\nkaler d0$a-nidhe rajann\n\nasti hy eko mahan gur:w!l\n\nkirtaniid eva kr$r:wsya\n\nmukta-sanga!l param vrajet\n\nThe entire Kali-yuga is full of faults. It is like an unlimited ocean of\n\nfaults. But the Kr!?�a consciousness movement is very authorized.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0201": "Text 5]\n\nThe System of Universal Management\n\n175\n\nTherefore, following in the footsteps of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\n\nfive hundred years ago inaugurated the movement of sarikirtana, km:w.kirtana, we are trying to introduce this movement, according to superior\n\norders, all over the world. Now, if the inaugurators of this movement\n\nstrictly follow the regulative principles and spread this movement for the\n\nbenefit of all human society, they will certainly usher in a new way of life\n\nby reestablishing saniitana-dharma, the eternal occupational duties of\n\nhumanity. The eternal occupational duty of the human being is to serve\nKr�J;la. ]ivera 'svanlpa' haya-kmtera 'nitya-diisa. 'This is the purport\n\nof saniitana-dharma. Sanatana means nitya, or \"eternal,\" and km:w.­\n\ndiisa means \"servant of Kr�J;la.\" The eternal occupational duty of the\n\nhuman being is to serve Kr�J;la. This is the sum and substance of the\n\nKr�I;ta consciousness movement.\n\nTEXTS\n\nm�l �\" �� �� man���n 1\n�H,.l�t��tli:1���QfWf{ II� II\ntato dharmam catlJ.$padam\n\nmanavo harifJ,oditab,\n\nyuktab, sancarayanty addhii\nsve sve kale mahim nrpa\n\ntatab,-thereafter (at the end of Kali-yuga); dharmam-the religious\n\nprinciple; catub,-padam-in four parts; manavab,-all the Manus;\n\nhari1J,d-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; uditab,-being in­\n\nstructed; yuktab,-being engaged; sancarayanti-reestablish; addhii­\n\ndirectly; sve sve-in their own; kale-time; mahim-within this world;\n\nnrpa -0 King.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, 0 King, the Manus, being fully engaged according\nto the instructions of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\ndirectly reestablish the principles of occupational duty in its full\nfour parts.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0202": "176\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 14\n\nPURPORT\n\nDharma, or occupational duty, can be established in its full four parts\nas explained in Bhagavad-gitti. In Bhagavad-gita (4.1) the Lord says:\nimam vivasvate yogam\nproktavan aham ary-ayam\nvivasvan manave praha\nmanur i�vakave 'bravit\n\n\"I instructed this imperishable science of yoga to the sun-god, Vivasvan,\nand Vivasvan instructed it to Manu, the father of mankind, and Manu in\nturn instructed it to Ik�vaku.\" This is the process of disciplic succession.\nFollowing the same process, the l(r�Q.a consciousness movement is teaching the principles of Bhagavad-gita as it is, without deviation, all over\nthe world. If the fortunate people of this time accept the instructions of\nLord l(r�Qa, they will certainly be happy in Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nmission. Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted everyone, at least in India, to become a preacher of this mission. In other words, one should become a\nguru and preach the Lord's instructions all over the world for the peace\nand prosperity of humanity.\nTEXT6\n\n'ffilf� �'itlqJ�I �� fim�: I\n� � � � �!11�11 ij: II � II\npiilayanti praja-pala\nyavad antarh vibhaga.Sab,\nyajna-bhaga-bhujo deva\nye ca tatranvitas ca taib,\npiilayanti-execute the order; praja-palab,-the rulers of the world,\nnamely the sons and grandsons of Manu; yavat antam-unto the end of\nManu's reign; v ibhaga.Sab, - in divisions; yajna-bhaga-bhujab,-the enjoyers of the result of yajnas; devab,-the demigods; ye-others; caalso; tatra anvitab,-engaged in that business; ca-also; taib,-by them.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0203": "Text7 ]\n\nThe System of Universal Management\n\n177\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo enjoy the results of sacrifices (yajiias], the rulers of the\nworld, namely the sons and grandsons of Manu, discharge the orders of the Supreme Personality of Godhead until the end of\nManu's reign. The demigods also share the results of these\nsacrifices.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitd (4.2):\n\nevarh parampara-praptam\nimam rajar$ayo vidub,\n\"This supreme science was thus received through the chain of disciplic\n\nsuccession, and the saintly kings understood it in that way.\" This param­\n\npara system extends from Manu to Ik�vaku and from Ik�vaku to his sons\n\nand grandsons. The rulers of the world in the line of hierarchy execute\n\nthe order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the parampara\n\nsystem. Anyone interested in peaceful life must participate in this\n\nparampara system and perform yajnas. As GauQiya Vai�l).avas in the\nparampara system of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, we must perform\nsankirtana-yajna all over the world (yajnaib, sankirtana-prayair yajanti\nhi sumedhasab-}. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the incarnation of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in this age of Kali, and He will be easily\nsatisfied if the sankirtana movement is spread vigorously all over the\n\nworld. This will also make people happy without a doubt.\nTEXT7\n\n��61�����1\n�: tnfcr��f.I.�q�it;�RI II\" II\nindro bhagavata dattam\ntrailokya-sriyam urjitam\nbhuiijdnab, pati lokarhs trin\nkamam loke pravar$ati\n\n", "SB8.2#p0204": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n178\n\n[Canto 8, Ch.l4\n\nindrab,-the King of heaven; bhagavata-by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; dattam-given; trailokya-of the three worlds; sriyam\nllljitam-the great opulences; bhuiijanab,-enjoying; pati-main.tains;\nlokan-all the planets; trin-within the three worlds; kamam-as much\nas necessary; loke-within the world; pravar�ati-pours rain.\nTRANSLATION\nlndra,\n\nKing\n\nof\n\nheaven,\n\nreceiving\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead\n\nand\n\nbenedictions\n\nfrom\n\nthe\n\nthus enjoying highly\n\ndeveloped opulences, maintains the living entities all over the\nthree worlds by pouring sufficient rain on all the planets.\nTEXTS\n\n� \"tlfiii i@ m: r� 1\nSllAta:qiiR: d �� �i\\,�q�...... I I � I I\njnanam canuyugam brate\nhari!J, siddha-svarupa-dhrk\n\nr$i-rapa-dharab, karma\nyogam yogesa-rapa-dhrk\n\njnanam-transcendental knowledge; ca-and; anuyugam-according to the age; brUte-explains; harib,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; siddha-svarapa-dhrk-assuming the form of liberated persons\nlike Sanaka and Sanatana; r�i-rllpa-dharab,-assuming the form of great\nsaintly persons like Yajiiavalkya; karma-karma; yogam--.the mystic\nyoga system; yoga-i.Sa-rllpa-dhrk-by assuming the form of a great yogi\nlike Dattatreya.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn every yuga, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari,\n\nassumes the form of Siddhas such as Sanaka to preach transcen­\n\ndental knowledge, He assumes the form of great saintly persons\n\nsuch as Yijiiavalkya to teach the way of karma, and He assumes the\nform of great yogii such as Dattitreya to teach the system of mystic\n\nyoga.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0205": "Text\n\n9]\n\nThe System of Universal Management\n\n179\n\nPURPORT\nFor the benefit of all human society, not only does the Lord assume the\n\nform of Manu as an incarnation to rule the universe properly, but He\n\nalso assumes the forms of a teacher, yogi, jiiiini and so on, for the benefit\nof human society. The duty of human society, therefore, is to accept the\n\npath of action enunciated by the Supreme Lord. In the present age, the\n\nsum and substance of all Vedic knowledge is to be found in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii, which is personally taught by the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nand the same Supreme Godhead, assuming the form of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, expands the teachings of Bhagavad-gitii all over the world.\n\nIn other words, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, is so kind and\n\nmerciful to human society that He is always anxious to take the fallen\nsouls back home, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT9\n\n� �� �'{9{�1€1_ �(I'S!I�: I\n··�\"qUI Mttl'l¥1MN tz¥4\"!JOU II Q.. II\nsargarh prajesa-nlper:w\n\ndasyun hanyat svariilj-vapu/:t\n\nkala-rilper:ta sarve$iim\n\nabhavaya prthag gur:w./:t\n\nsargam-creation of progeny; praja-fSa-nlper:w.-in the form of the\n\nPrajapati Marici and others;. dasyiln-thieves and rogues; hanyatkills; sva-rii!-vapu/:t-in the form of the king; kala-nlper:w.-in the\n\nform of time; sarve$iim-of everything; abhavaya-for the annihilation; prthak-different; gur:w./:t-possessing qualities.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the form of Prajipati Marici, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead creates progeny; becoming the king, He kills the thieves\nand rogues; and in the form of time, He annihilates everything.\nAll the different qualities of material existence should be understood to be qualities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0206": "180\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\nTEXT\n\n[Canto\n\n8, Ch. 14\n\n10\n\n�� WWI� I\nM.UOO.t�ilf'fwri...a>��� � tm II� oil\n�qqr.ft\n\nstuyamano janair ebhir\nmayaya niima-rapaya\nvirnohitatmabhir niiniidarsanair na ca drsyate\nstuyamanab-being sought; janaib-by people in general; ebhib-by\n\nall of them; mayaya\npossessing different\natmabhib-by\n\n-\n\nunder the influence of maya; niima-rapayanames and forms;\nvirnohita-bewildered;\n\nillusion; niinii-various; darsanaib-by philosophical\n\napproaches; na-not; ca-and; drsyate -the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead can be found.\nTRANSLATION\nPeople in general are bewildered by the illusory energy, and\n\ntherefore they try to find the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, through various types of research and philo­\n\nsophical speculation. Nonetheless, they are unable to see the\n\nSupreme Lord.\n\nPURPORT\n\nWhatever actions and reactions take place for the creation, maintenance and annihilation of this material world are actually brought about\nby the one Supreme Person. There are many varieties of philosophers\ntrying to search for the ultimate cause under different names and forms,\nbut they are unable to find the Supreme Personality of Godhead, J(r�Qa,\nwho explains in Bhagavad-gita that He is the origin of everything and\nthe cause of all causes (a ham sarvasya prabhavab). This inability is due\nto the illusory energy of the Supreme Lord. Devotees, therefore, accept\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead as He is and remain happy simply\nby chanting the glories of the Lord.\n\n11\n� ��� Slln1Ji �RRtl{ I\n� q��(loqat- �um:: II� �II\nTEXT\n\n", "SB8.2#p0207": "Text 11]\n\nThe System of Universal Management\n\n181\n\netat kalpa-vikalpasya\npramiir:uui parikirtitam\nyatra manvantarary,y ahu.S\ncaturdaSa puravida/:t\netat-all these; kalpa-in one day of Lord Brahma; vikalpasya-of\nthe changes in a kalpa, such as the change of Manus; pramiir.wm\n-evidences;\n\nparikirtitam-described\n\nmanvantarary,i-periods of Manu;\n\n(by\n\nme);\n\nahu/:t-said;\n\nyatra-wherein ;\n\ncaturdaSa-fourteen;\n\npura-vida/:t-learned scholars.\nTRANSLATION\nIn one kalpa, or one day of Brahma, there take place the many\nchanges called vikalpas. 0 King, all of these have been previously\ndescribed to you by me. Learned scholars who know the past, present and future have ascertained that in one day of Brahmi there\nare fourteen Manus.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Fourteenth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The System of Universal\nManagement. \"\n\n", "SB8.2#p0208": "CHAPTER Fl FTEEN\n\nBali Maharaja Conquers\nthe Heavenly Planets\nThis chapter describes how Bali, after performing the Visvajit-yajiia,\n\nreceived the benediction of a chariot and various kinds of paraphernalia\n\nfor war, with which he attacked the King of heaven. All the demigods,\n\nbeing afraid of him, left the heavenly planets and went away, following\nthe instructions of their guru.\n\nMaharaja Parilq;it wanted to understand how Lord Vamanadeva, on\n\nthe plea of taking three paces of land from Bali Maharaja, took everything away from him and arrested him. Sukadeva Gosvaml responded to\n\nthis inquiry with the following explanation. In the fight between the\n\ndemons and the demigods, as described in the Eleventh Chapter of this\n\ncanto, Bali was defeated, and he died in the fight, but by the grace of\n\nSukraciirya he regained his life. Thus he engaged himself in the service\n\nof Sukraciirya, his spiritual master. The descendants of Bhrgu, being\n\npleased with him, engaged him in the Visvajit-yajiia. When this yajna\n\nwas performed, from the fire of yajna came a chariot, horses, a flag, a\n\nbow, armor and two quivers of arrows. Maharaja Prahlada, Bali\n\nMaharaja's grandfather, gave Bali an eternal garland of flowers, and\n\nSukraciirya gave him a conchshell. Bali Maharaja, after offering obeisances to Prahlada, the briihrruu:w.s and his spiritual master, Sukraciirya,\n\nequipped himself to fight with lndra and went to lndrapurl with his\n\nsoldiers. Blowing his conchshell, he attacked the outskirts of lndra's\n\nkingdom. When lndra saw Bali Maharaja's prowess, he went to his own\n\nspiritual master, Brhaspati, told him about Bali's strength, and inquired\n\nabout his duty. Brhaspati informed the demigods that because Bali had\nbeen endowed with extraordinary power by the\n\nbriihrrwr:w.s, the\n\ndemigods could not fight with him. Their only hope was to gain the favor\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Indeed, there was no alternative.\n\nUnder the circumstances, Brhaspati advised the demigods to leave the\nheavenly planets and keep\n\nthemselves somewhere\n\n183\n\ninvisible.\n\nThe\n\n", "SB8.2#p0209": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n184\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 15\n\ndemigods followed his orders, and Bali Maharaja, along with his associates, gained the entire kingdom of lndra. The descendants of Blq-gu\nUuni, being very affectionate to their disciple Bali Maharaja, engaged\nhim in performing one hundred a§vamedha-yajiias.ln this way, Bali enjoyed the opulences of the heavenly planets.\n\nTEXTS 1-2\n\n��\n\n�: 4i4114\\R(4146 I\n��: f)qUii18'1!41tflSf'{ � � II � II\n�� 'Rdf'l'01¥it � � ft W(: I\n�� � � :V:�ttl�.n II � II\n\n�: �\n\nsri-rajavdca\nbale� pada-trayam bhume�\nkasrniid dharir aydcata\nbhiltesvara� krparJa-val\nlabdhartho 'pi babandha tam\netad veditum icchamo\nmahat kautuhalam hi na�\nyacnesvarasya pilrry,asya\nbandhanam capy anagasa�\nsn-ra1a uvdca-the King said; bale�-of Bali Maharaja;\ntrayam-three steps; bhilme�-of land; kasmdt-why;\n\npada­\n\nhari�-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead (in the form of Vamana); aydcatabegged; bhiltva-iSvara�-the proprietor of all the universe; krpaTJG.vat-like a poor man; labdha-artha�-He got the gift; api-although;\nbabandha-arrested;\n\ntam-him (Bali);\n\netat-all this;\n\nveditum-to\n\nunderstand; icchama�-we desire; mahat-very great; kautilhalameagerness; hi-indeed; na�-our; yacna-begging; iSvarasya-of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; pilrry,asya-who is full in everything;\n\n", "SB8.2#p0210": "Text3)\n\nBali Mahirija Conquers the Heavenly Plailets\n\n185\n\nbandhanam-arresting; ca-also; api-although; anagasab,-of he\nwho was faultless.\nTRANSLATION\nMahirija Parik,it inquired: The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the proprietor of everything. Why did He beg three paces\n\nof land from Bali Maharaja like a poor man, and when He got the\n\ngift for which He had begged, why did He nonetheless arrest Bali\n\nMahirija? I am very much anxious to know the mystery of these\ncontradictions.\n\nTEXT3\n\n��\n\nqffi'�lf\nmq�)\n��:��:I\nectt�'lwtl fflWl+NI{ �•['\"'Ire :\n�\n�'llqr.m:iftt II � II\nsri-suka uviica\nparajita-srir asubhiS ca hapito\nhindrel)a rajan bhrgubhib. sa jivitab,\nsarvatmana tan abhajad bhrgiln balib.\ns�yo mahatmiirtha-nivedanena\nsri-sukab. uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; paraJita-being defeated; srib,-opulenres; asubhib. ca-of life also; hapitab,-deprived;\nhi-indeed; indrel)a-by King lndra; rajan-0 King; bhrgubhib,-by\nthe descendants of Bhrgu Muni; sab,-he (Bali Maharaja); jivitab,brought back to life; sarva-iitmana-in full submission; tan-them;\nabhajat-worshiped; bhrgan-the descendants of Bhrgu Muni; balib,Maharaja Bali; s�ya b,-a disciple; mahatma-the great soul; arthanivedanena-by giving them everything.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: 0 Ki�, when Bali Mahirija lost all his\n\nopulence and died in the fight, Sukricirya, a descendant of Blq-gu\n\n", "SB8.2#p0211": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n186\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 15\n\nMuni, brought him back to life. Because of this, the great soul Bali\nMaharaja became a disciple of Sukraciirya and began to serve him\n\nwith great faith, offering everything he had.\nTEXT4\n\n� illP1 �: !iNII'fUTl\n3l�ustqP<t� Btun�¥( 1\nfittmqTUf\nRf��\n��\n�en: II� II\ntam briihma1Jii bhrgava/:t priyamii1Jii,\nayiijayan viSvajitii tri-1Jiikam\nj�amiir:wm vidhiniibh�icya\nmahiibh�eker:w mahiinubhiivii/:t\ntam-upon him (Bali Maharaja); briihma1Jii,/:t-all the briihmaT)aS;\nbh rgava/:t-the descendants of Bhrgu Muni; priyamii1Jii/:t-being very\npleased; ayiijayan-engaged him in performing a sacrifice; viSvajitiiknown as Visvajit; tri-niikam-the heavenly planets; j�amiir:wmdesiring to conquer; vidhinii-according to regulative principles;\nabh�icya-after purifying; mahii-abh�eker:w-by bathing him in a\ngreat abh�eka ceremony; mahii-anubhiivii/:t-the exalted briihmaT)aS.\nTRANSLATION\nThe briihnuu;ta descendants of Bh:rgu Muni were very pleased\n\nwith Bali Maharaja, who desired to conquer the kingdom of lndra.\n\nTherefore, after purifying him and properly bathing him accord­\n\ning to regulative principles, they engaged him in performing the\n\nyajiia known as Visvajit.\n\nTEXTS\n\nm\n\n�:\nAllf\n\n�-\"�qt\"�:c;)\n�Sffij-: I\n\n", "SB8.2#p0212": "Text6]\n\nBali Maharaja Conquers the Heavenly Planets\n\n�\n\n�!IT\n\n187\n\nNo�t¥tlwft\n\n!(tl,wtl�M\n\nmffiR!H( II '-\\ II\n\ntato ratha/:1. kaficana-patta-naddho\nhayas ca harya.Sva-turanga-van_u'i/:1.\ndhvaja.S ca simhena virajamdno\nhutasanad asa havirbhir �!iit\ntata/:1.-thereafter; ratha/:1.-a chariot; kaficana-with gold; pa!taand silk.\n\ngarments;\n\nnaddha/:1.-wrapped;\n\nhaya/:1. ca-horses\n\nalso;\n\nharya.Sva-turanga-van_u'i/:1.-exactly of the same color as the horses of\nlndra (yellow); dhvaja/:1. ca-a flag also; simhena-with the mark of a\nlion; virajamdna/:1.-existing; huta-a.Saniit-from the blazing fire; asathere was; havirbhi/:1.-by offerings of clarified butter; �!(it-worshiped.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen ghee [clarified butter] was offered in the fire of sacrifice,\nthere appeared from the fire a celestial chariot covered with gold\nand silk. There also appeared yellow horses like those of lndra,\nand a flag marked with a lion.\nTEXT6\n\nftroq S(dq�4\n1!'11€4f«til Cfiif� � �I\nft4ijl¥t\"*� w � �­\n\n�!IT\n\n��t � � �: 11�11\ndhanu§ ca divyam pura!opanaddham\ntu1J,(iv ariktau kavacam ca divyam\npitiimahas tasya dadau ca maldm\namldna-pU$paril jalajam ca sukra/:1.\ndhanu/:1.-a\n\nbow;\n\nca-also;\n\ndivyam-uncommon;\n\npura!a-\n\nupanadd ham-covered with gold; til�u-two quivers; ariktau-infallible;\n\nkavacam\n\nca-and\n\narmor;\n\ndivyam-celestial;\n\npitiimaha/:1.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0213": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n188\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 15\n\ntasya-his grandfather, namely Prahlada Maharaja; dadau-gave; caand; malam-a garland; amlana-pU$pam-made of flowers that do not\nfade away; jala-jam-a conchshell (which is born in water); ca-as well\nas; sukra� Suk.racarya\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA gilded bow, two quivers of infallible arrows, and celestial ar­\n\nmor also appeared. Bali Maharaja's grandfather Prahlida Maharaja\n\noffered Bali a garland of flowers that would never fade, and\n\nSukracirya gave him a conchshell.\n\nTEXT7\n\n�\n\nMSII�(fql\\ifwtl��: iifif@46((4\\f4q;ft51f � I\nSl��oftf)�\nf)((SIOI¥t:\n�\n\nevam sa viprarjita-yodhaniirthas\ntai� kalpita-svastyayano 'tha vipriin\nprada/cyiTJi-krtya krta-praTJiima�\nprahradam amantrya nama.S-cakara\n\nevam-in this way; sa�-he (Bali Maharaja); vipra-arjita-gained by\nthe grace of the brahmarJaS; yodhana-artha�-possessing equipment\nfor fighting; tai�-by them (the brahmarJaS); kalpita-advice;\nsvastyayana�-ritualistic performance; atha-as; vipriin-all the\nbrahmarJaS (Suk.racarya and others); prada/cyiTJi-krtya-circumambulating; krta-praTJiima�-ofiered his respectful obeisances; prahradamunto Prahlada Maharaja; amantrya-addressing; nama�-cakaraofiered him obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Maharaja Bali had thus performed the special ritualistic\n\nceremony advised by the brih�as and had received, by their\n\ngrace,\n\nthe equipment for fighting, he circumambulated the\n\n", "SB8.2#p0214": "Text 9]\n\nBali Maharaja Conquers the Heavenly Planets\n\n189\n\nbrihnuu;ta s and offered them obeisances. He also saluted Prahlada\n\nMaharaja and offered obeisances to him.\nTEXTS 8-9\n\n� ���\n\n� �:1\nU\\11•\\IUS\\f Q;m � .. mtll: II � II\n\\$@f4i(f\"i8: I\nfttl�9l!:\n� �·��� �wq� \" MC41!\" II � II\natharuhya ratham divyam\nbhrgu-dattarh maharathabsusrag-dharo 'tha sannahya\ndhanvi kluu}.gi dhrte$udhiiJ,\nhemarigada-lasad-bahuiJ,\nsphuran-makara-kw:u;lalaiJ,\nraraja ratham arfl4ho\ndhi$�ya-stha iva havyavii!\natha-thereupon;\n\ndivyam -celestial;\n\naruhya-getting\n\non;\n\nbhrgu-dattam-given\n\nby\n\nratham-the\n\nSukracarya;\n\nchariot;\n\nmaha­\n\nrathaiJ,-Bali Maharaja, the great charioteer; su-srak-dharaiJ,-deco­\n\nrated with a nice garland; atha-thus; sannahya-covering his body\n\nwith armor; dhanvi-equipped with a bow; kluu}.gi -taking a sword;\n\ndhrta-i$udhiiJ,-taking a quiver of arrows; hema-arigada-lasat-bahuiJ,­\n\ndecorated with golden bangles on his arms; sphurat-makara-kur.uJ,alaiJ,\n-decorated with brilliant earrings resembling sapphires; raraja-was\n\nilluminating; ratham arzl4haiJ,-getting on the chariot; dhi$�ya-sthab-­\n\nsituated on the altar of sacrifice; iva-like; havya-viif-worshipable\n\nfire.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen, after getting on the chariot given by Sukricirya, Bali\n\nMaharaja, decorated with a nice garland, put protective armor on\n\nhis body, equipped himself with a how, and took up a sword and a\n\n", "SB8.2#p0215": "190\n\nSrnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 15\n\nquiver of arrows. When he sat down on the seat of the chariot, his\n\narms decorated with golden bangles and his ears with sapphire ear­\n\nrings, he shone like a worshipable fire.\n\nTEXTS 10-11\n\n�sq�:\n���:1\nfiRF«� � wq(«f«: 'f�tf II� II\nm � ¥t«<fi¥t•«{f �twr fti: 1\n��� m:f 4i¥:qttAlit OOft II����\no\n\ntulyaiSvarya-bala-sribhib,\nsva-yathair daitya-yathapaib,\npibadbhir iva kham drgbhir\ndahadbhib, paridhin iva\nvrto vikar�an mahatim\ndsurim dhvajinim vibhub,\nyayav indra-purim svrddham\nkampayann iva rodasi\ntulya-aiSvarya-equal in opulence; bala-strength; sribhib,-and in\nbeauty; sva-yathaib,-by his own men; daitya-yatha-paib,-and by the\nchiefs of the demons; pibadbhib,-drinking; iva-as if; kham-the sky;\ndrgbhib,-with the sight; dahadbhib,-burning; paridhin-all directions; iva-as if; vrtab,-surrounded; vikar�an-attracting; mahatimvery great; dsurim-demoniac;\n\ndhvajinim-soldiers;\n\nvibhub,-most\n\npowerful; yayau-went; indra-purim-to the capital of King Indra; surddham-very opulent; kampayan-causing to tremble; iva-as if;\nrodasi-the complete surface of the world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he assembled with his own soldiers and the demon chiefs,\n\nwho were equal to him in strength, opulence and beauty, they ap­\n\npeared as if they would swallow the sky and bum all directions\n\nwith their vision. Mter thus gathering the demoniac soldiers, Bali\n\n", "SB8.2#p0216": "Text 13]\n\nBali Mahirija Conquers the Heavenly Planets\n\n191\n\nMaharaja departed for the opulent capital of lndra. Indeed, he\nseemed to make the entire surface of the world tremble.\nTEXT 12\n\n(f441ft'4.Utn�: �ih•l**'<wtfa:f1u 1\n\n'@Iltcwfll�a¥rtqfll�\"·�=\n\nsm���l«JRCII'I(I�:\n\n1\nII����\n\nramyam upavanodyanai�\nsrimadbhir nandanadibhi�\nkiijad-vihanga-mithunair\ngayan-matta-madhuvratai�\npravdla-phala-pU§porubhara-Siikhamara-drumai�\n\nramyam-very pleasing; upavana-with orchards; udyanaitz, -an d\ngardens; srimadbhi�-very beautiful to see; nandana-adibhi�-such as\nNandana; kiijat-chirping; vihanga-birds; mithunai�-with pairs;\ngayat-si nging; matta-mad; madhu-vratai�-with bees; pravdla-of\n\nleaves; phala-pU§pa-fruits and flowers; uru-very great; bharabearing the weight; sakha-whose branches; amara-drumai�-with\neternal trees.\nTRANSLATION\nKing lndra's city was full of pleasing orchards and gardens, such\nas the Nandana garden. Because of the weight of the Bowers, leaves\nand fruit, the branches of the eternally existing trees were bending down. The gardens were visited by pairs of chirping birds and\nsinging bees. The entire atmosphere was celestial.\n\nTEXT 13\n\nI\n(Qet«t\"qsfUCEfi(UI!ifelfijt:\nit�\"\" � •'tMI �: U���m II t �II\n\n", "SB8.2#p0217": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n192\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 15\n\nhamsa-sarasa-cakrahvakarar:u)ava-kuliikuliil)\nnalinyo yatra kruJ,anti\npramadal) sura-sevital)\nhamsa-of\n\nswans;\n\nsarasa-cranes;\n\ncakrahva-birds\n\nknown\n\nas\n\ncakravakas; karar:u)ava -and water fowl; kula-by groups; akuliil)congested; nalinyal) -lotus flowers; yatra -where; kri4anti-enj oyed\nsporting; pmmada(J-beautiful women; s ura-sevitaiJ,-protected by the\ndemigods.\nTRANSLATION\nBeautiful women protected by the demigods sported in the gar­\n\ndens, which had lotus ponds full of swans, cranes, cakravikas and\nducks.\nTEXT 14\n\n311Efi'IQRI\n\n�� �t qfficl'(tt�l I\nst•••lunftqOf;w (tlfaewil'SI�. � 11 �\\Ill\nakaSa-garigaya devya\nvrtam parikha-bhataya\nprakarelJiigni-va�na\nsiif!iilenonnatena ca\nakaSa-garigaya-by Ganges water known as Akasa-gailga; devyaalways-worshipable\ngoddess;\nvrtam-surrounded; parikhabh ataya -as a trench; prakarelJa-by ramparts; agni-var �na-resem\n\nthe\n\n­\n\nbling fire; sa-a!falena-with places for fighting; unnatena-very high;\nca-and.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe city was surrounded by trenches full of Ganges water,\nknown as AkiSa-gailgi, and by a high wall, which was the color of\nfire. Upon this wall were parapets for fighting.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0218": "Text\n\n16] Bali M.ahirija Conquers the Heavenly Planets\nTEXT\n\n193\n\n15\n\nwcq�q��� ttl: Wil«•n�(: I\n� R44'\\fi51qj �Etai�Fwlfif� II��II\nrukma-pa!ta-kapdtaiS ca\ndvarai� spha#ka-gopurai�\n\njll.$!/irh vibhakla-prapatham\nviSvakarma-vinirmitiim\n\nrukma-pa!!a-possessing plates made of gold; kapdtai�-the doors of\nwhich; ca-and; dvarai�-with entrances; spha#ka-gopurai�-with\ngates made of excellent marble; jlJ.$!dm-linked; vibhakla-prapathamwith many different public roads; viSvakarma-vinirmitiim-constructed\nby Visvakarma, the heavenly architect.\nTRANSLATION\nThe doors were made of solid gold plates, and the gates were of\nexcellent marble. These were linked by various public roads. The\nentire city had been constructed by Visvakarmi.\nTEXT\n\n�·�€iH�I()If\n\n16\n\nHill�;4�� I\n\nPLWIW4f0lilat-.�gillrf«Jl:\n\nII�� II\n\nsabha-catvara-rathy&;lhyam\nvimanair nyarbudair yutiim\nsrngatakair mar:timayair\nvajra-vidruma-vedibhi�\n\nsabha-with assembly houses; catvara -courtyards; rathya-and\npublic roads; &;lhyam-opulent; vimanai�-by airplanes; nyarbudai�-not less than ten crores (one hundred million); yutiim-endowed;\nsrnga-atakai�-with crossroads; mar:ti-mayai�-made of pearls; vajra-made of diamonds; vidruma-and ooral; vedibhi�-with places to\nsit.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0219": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n194\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe city was full of courtyards, wide roads, assembly houses,\n\nand not less than one hundred million airplanes. The crossroads\n\nwere made of pearl, and there were sitting places made of diamond\nand coral.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n� f.t�ct�\"qf: � N«<ctl(1(1 : I\ntll\\11 6 \"qct•n� �\n..\n\nm: II� �II\n\nyatra nitya-vayo-rnpdb,\nsyamd viraja-vasasab,\nbhrajante rapavan-ndryo\nhy arcirbhir iva vahnayab,\nyatra-in that city; nitya-vayab,-rapab,-who were ever beautiful\n\nand young; sydmdb,-possessing the quality of syamd; viraja-vasasab,­\n\nalways dressed with clean garments; bhrajante -glitter; r upa-vat-well\n\ndecorated;\n\nnaryab,-women;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nflames; iva-like; vahnayab,-fues.\n\narcirbhib,-with\n\nmany\n\nTRANSLATION\nEverlastingly beautiful and youthful women, who were dressed\n\nwith clean garments, glittered in the city like fires with flames.\n\nThey all possessed the quality of syimi.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura gives a hint of the quality of the\n\nsyama woman.\n\nsita-kale bhaved ��\n�rna-kale su.Sitaliib,\nstanau sukathinau yasam\ntab, syamab, parikirtitab-\n\nA woman whose body is very warm during the winter and cool during\n\nthe summer and who generally has very fum breasts is called syamd.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0220": "Text 19]\n\nBali Mahirija Conquers the Heavenly Planets\n\n195\n\nTEXT 18\n\n1\nuooiti'��\n�G>lqlfl\\lq � 311i!41kt �: ����\"\nsura-stri-kesa-vibhrG.$!anava-saugandhika-srajam\n\npadaya\n\nyatramodam u\n\nmarga avati marutab,\nsura-stri-of the women of the demigods; kesa-from the hair;\nvibhrG.$!a-fallen; na\nsrajam-of\n\nthe\n\nva-saugandhika-made of fresh, fragrant flowers;\n\nflower\n\ngarlands;\n\nyatra-wherein;\n\namodam-the\n\npadaya-carrying; marge-on the roads; avati-blows;\n\nfragrance; u\n\nmarutab,-the breeze.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe breezes blowing in the streets of the city bore the fragrance\nof the flowers falling from the hair of the women of the demigods.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nt'4liil�l?.af.:l•fiS(irwtlg�lfo�\n\nI\nql\"l�Of Slfij\"U'4'4ti � (1(fll4t: II� �II\nhema-jalii�a-nirgacchaddhumenaguru-gandhina\npar:u:luret:ta praticchannamarge yanti sura-priyab,\n\n-a�-from dainty little windows made of networks of\n-emanating; dhumena-by smoke; agurugandhina -frag ra nt due to burning incense known as aguru; piil)(luret:ta -very white; p raticcfwnna-covered; marge-on the street;\nyanti-pass; sura-priyab, -beautiful public women known as Apsaras,\nhema-jala\n\ngold;\n\nnirgacchat\n\ncelestial girls.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0221": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n196\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nAp sariis passed on the streets, which were covered with the\n\nwhite, fragrant smoke of aguru incense emanating from windows\nwith golden filigree.\n\n·\n\nTEXT 20\n\nU�tafit6���111t+t.t!flr-\n\nifl'1N6l�lt4e+ttN(I'I61'(\nftRct�'ffiFRIU;nf�\n\n�¥t1M4i41�e•fta+ttel'(\n\nll�oll\n\nmuktii-vitiinair mar:ti-hema-ketubhir\nniinii-patiikii-valabhibhir iivrtiim\nsikhar:u)i-piiriivata-bhrriga-niiditiim\nvaimiinika-stri-kala-gita-marigalii.m\nmuktii-vitiinaib,-by canopies decorated with pearls; mar:ti-hemaketubhib,-with flags made with pearls and gold; niinii-patiikii -possess ing various kinds of flags; valabhibhib,-with the domes of the palaces;\n\niivrtiim-covered; sikhar:tc;li-of birds like peacocks; piiriivatapigeons; bhrriga - bees; niiditiim-vibrated by the respective sounds;\nvaimiinika-getting on airplanes; stri-of women; kala-gita-from the\nchoral singing; mangalii.m-full of auspiciousness.\nTRANSLATION\nThe city was shaded by canopies decorated with pearls, and the\n\ndomes of the palaces had flags of pearl and gold. The city always\nresounded with the vibrations of peacocks, pigeons and bees, and\n\nabove the city flew airplanes full of beautiful women who constantly chanted auspicious songs that were very pleasing to the ear.\nTEXT 21\n\n'li(\\\\ih11'1�§>..��:\n\nij�nwftutlf!(Qflr:\n\n", "SB8.2#p0222": "Text 22]\n\nBali Maharaja Conquers the Heavenly Planets\n\n�:\n\n197\n\nD�q�ctaftij���� �st¥141 Nt((stfl¥( II�� II\n\nmrdariga-Salikhanaka-dundubhi-svanai/:t\nsatala-vi�J.(l-muraje$[a-ve�ubhi/:t\nnrtyai/:t savadyair upadeva-gitakair\nmanoramam sva-prabhaya jita-prabham\nmrdariga-of drums; salikha-conchshells; anaka-dundubhi-and\nkettledrums; svanai/:t-by the sounds; sa-tala-in perfect tune; vi�a-a\nstringed instrument; muraja-a kind of drum; i$ta-ver}-ubhi/:t-accompanied by the very nice sound of the flute; nrtyai/:t-with dancing; savadyai/:t-with concert instruments; upadeva-gitakai/:t-with singing by\nthe secondary demigods like the Gandharvas; manoramam-beautiful\nand pleasing; sva-prabhaya-by its own brilliance; jita-prabham-the\npersonification of beauty was conquered.\nTRANSLATION\nThe city was filled with the sounds of mrdailgas, conchshells,\nkettledrums, flutes and well-tuned stringed instruments all playing in concert. There was constant dancing and the Gandharvas\nsang. The combined beauty of lndrapuri defeated beauty personified.\nTEXT 22\n\n�Wiif���gt: ���:�: I\n\n��: qi1f'tti1 � rdlf(t;n iRR�.II � ���\nyam na vrajanty adharmi$tha/:t\nkhala bhuta-druha/:t satha/:t\nmanina/:t kamino lubdha\nebhir hina vrajanti yat\n\nyam-in\n\nthe\n\nstreets\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ncity;\n\nna-not;\n\nvrajanti-pass;\n\nadharmi$tha/:t-irreligious persons; khala/:t-envious persons; bhutadruha/:t-persons violent toward other living entities; satha/:t-cheaters;\n\n", "SB8.2#p0223": "Srnnad-BhagavaUUn\n\n198\nmanina�-falsely\n\nprestigious;\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 15\n\nkamina�- lusty;\n\nlubdha�-greedy;\n\nebhi�-these; hind�-completely devoid of; vrajanti- walk; yat-on\nthe street.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNo one who was sinful, envious, violent toward other living en­\n\ntities, cunning, falsely proud, lusty or greedy could enter that city.\n\nThe people who lived there were all devoid of these faults.\nTEXT 23\n\n� �1 'I ��f't;flqffio�: «iiw:ijF{ m 'Ff;4t41 ,\n3li*4Pt((=(j � ¥4(1((4\n��an !f�� ¥f4fii �Aalt( ������\n..\n\n..\n\ntam deva-dhanirh sa varilthini-patir\nbahi� samantad rurudhe prtanyaya\nacarya-dattarh jalajarh maha-svanarh\ndadhmau prayunjan bhayam indra-yo§itam\ntam- that; deva-dhanim- place where lndra lived; sa�-he (Bali\n\nMaharaja); varuthini-pati�-the commander of the soldiers; bahi�­\n\noutside; samantat-in all directions; rurudhe-attacked; prtanyaya­\n\nby soldiers; acarya-dattam-given by Sukracarya; ja la-jam- the conch­\n\nshell;\n\nmaha-svanam-a\n\nloud\n\nsound;\n\ndadhmau-resounded;\n\nprayu iijan- creating; bhayam- fear; indra-yo§itam-of all the ladies\n\nprotected by lndra.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja, who was the commander of numberless soldiers,\n\ngathered his soldiers outside this abode of lndra and attacked it\nfrom all directions. He sounded the conchshell given him by his\n\nspiritual master, Sukriiciirya, thus creating a fearful situation for\nthe women protected by lndra.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0224": "Text 25]\n\nBali Maharaja Conquers the Heavenly Planets\n\n199\n\nTEXT 24\n\n'IEtiilf���\n\n�:\n\nq(+i�¥4( I\n\n��qt(Oi)qd}\n\n�tJij9jCfl'if\n\n( 11�\\111\n\nmaghavarits tam abhipretya\nbale/:t paramam udyamam\nsarva-deva-gar:wpeto\ngurum etad uvaca ha\nmaghaviin-Indra; tam-the situation; abhipretya-understanding;\nbale/:t-o£ Bali Maharaja;\n\nparamam udyamam-great enthusiasm;\n\nsarva-deva-ga�-by\n\nthe\n\nall\n\ndemigods;\n\nupeta/:t-accompanied;\n\ngurum-unto the spiritual master; etat-the following words; uvacasaid; ha-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Bali Maharaja's indefatigable endeavor and understanding his motive, King lndra, along with the other demigods, approached his spiritual master, Brhaspati, and spoke as follows.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n+ftliii�Q+i) \\41���: t�ftor: I\n:stAttmftrq � ltiwtt�1:6ite'1�6 : ������\nbhagavann udyamo bhuyan\nbaler na/:t pilrva-vairi�/:t\nav�ahyam imam manye\nkeniisit tejasorjita/:t\nbhagavan-0 my lord;\n\nudyama/:t-enthusiasm;\n\nbale/:t-o£ Bali Maharaja;\n\nna/:t-our;\n\nav�ahyam-unbearable;\n\nimam-this;\n\nbhuyan-great;\n\npilrva-vairi�/:t-past enemy;\nmanye-1\n\nthink;\n\nwhom; iisit-got; tejasa-prowess; ilrjita/:t-achieved.\n\nkena - by\n\n", "SB8.2#p0225": "[Canto 8, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n200\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy lord, our old enemy Bali Maharaja now has new enthusiasm,\n\nand he has obtained such astonishing power that we think that\n\nperhaps we cannot resist his prowess.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n����fq!lf�nt\nf'f'IAI� a\\gil( fecNI� ft:� � 1\n(tf'lCt � tflq: ���\"l{{f: II�� II\nnainarh kaScit kuto vapi\nprativyOf),hum adhiSvara/:1.\npibann iva mukhenedarh\nlihann iva diSo daSa\ndahann iva diSo drgbhi/:1.\nsarhvarUignir ivotthita/:1.\nna-not; enam-this arrangement; kaScit-anyone; kuta/:1.-from\nanywhere; va api-either; prativyOf),hum-to counteract; adhiSvara/:1.capable; piban iva-as if drinking; mukhena-by the mouth; idamthis (world) ; lihan iva-as if licking up; diSa/:1. daSa-all ten directions;\ndahan iva-as if burning;\n\ndi.Sa/:1.-all directions;\n\nvision;\n\nfire\n\nsarhvarta-agni/:1.-the\n\nknown\n\nas\n\ndrgbhi/:1.-by his\n\nsarhvarta;\n\niva-like;\n\nutthita/:1.-now arisen.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one anywhere can counteract this military arrangement of\n\nBali's. It now appears that Bali is trying to drink up the entire uni­\n\nverse with his mouth, lick up the ten directions with his tongue,\n\nand raise fire in every direction with his eyes. Indeed, he has arisen\nlike the annihilating fire known as samvartaka.\nTEXT 27\n\ni{fC ¥1(01�6� ���� '1�: I\n�: m 'R\"f �� � -m�'l: ���\"��\n\n", "SB8.2#p0226": "Text 28]\n\nBali Maharaja Conquers the Heavenly Planets\n\n201\n\nbruhi kiirary,am etasya\ndurdha�atvasya rnad-ripo/:t\noja/:t saho balam tejo\nyata etat samudyama/:t\nbruhi-kindly inform us; kiirary,am-the cause; etasya-of all this;\ndurdhar�atvasya-of the formidableness; mat-ripo/:t-of my enemy;\noja/:t-prowess;\n\nsaha/:t-energy;\n\nbalam-strength;\n\nteja/:t-influence;\n\nyata/:t-wherefrom; etat-all this; samudyama/:t-endeavor\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKindly inform me. What is the cause for Bali Maharaja's\nstrength, endeavor, influence and victory? How has he become so\nenthusiastic?\nTEXT 28\n\n��\n\n4lqi!4SJ3�Riast�(� lifii(U14( I\nf\\Jtqlql� ij� �il'4l�fil: 11��11\niill-wlf't\n\nsri-gurur uvt'ica\njaniimi maghavan chatror\nunnater asya karary,am\nsi$yayopabhrtam tejo\nbhrgubhir brahma-vadibhi/:t\nsri-guru/:t uvaca\n\n-\n\nB.r haspati said; janiimi-1 know; maghavan-0\n\nlndra; satro/:t-of the enemy; unnate/:t-of the elevation; asya-of him;\nkarary,am-the cause;\n\nsi$yaya-unto the disciple;\n\ndowed;\n\nbhrgubhi/:t-by the\n\nteja/:t-power;\n\nupabhrtam-en­\n\nd�scendants of\n\nBh.rgu;\n\nbrahma-vadibhi/:t-all-powerful brahmary,as.\nTRANSLATION\nB:rhaspati, the spiritual master of the demigods, said: 0 lndra, I\nknow the cause for your enemy's becoming so powerful. The\n\n", "SB8.2#p0227": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n202\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 15\n\nbrahm�a descendants of Bh:rgu Muni, being pleased by Bali\n\nMaharaja, their disciple, endowed h im with such extraordinary\n\npower.\n\nPURPORT\nBrhaspati, the spiritual master of the demigods, informed lndra,\n\n\"Ordinarily, Bali and his forces could not achieve such strength, but it\n\nappears that the briihmarJ-a descendants of Bbrgu Muni, being pleased\n\nwith Bali Maharaja, endowed them with this spiritual power.\" In other\n\nwords, Brhaspati informed lndra that Bali Maharaja's prowess was not\n\nhis own but that of his exalted guru, Sukracarya. We sing in our daily\n\nprayers, yasya prasiidiid bhagavat-prasiido yasyiiprasiidiin na gati/:t kuto\n\n'pi. By the pleasure of the spiritual master, one can get extraordinary\n\npower, especially in spiritual advancement. The blessings of the spiritual\n\nmaster are more powerful than one's personal endeavor for such advancement. Narottama dasa Thakura therefore says:\n\ncittete kariyii aikya,\nguru-mukha-padma-viikya,\niira nii kariha mane asii\nEspecially for spiritual advancement, one should carry out the bona fide\norder of the spiritual master. By the paramparii system, one can thus be\n\nendowed with the original spiritual power coming from the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead\n\n(evarh paramparii-priipta;,_ imam riijar$ayo\n\nvidu/:t).\n\nojasvinarh balim jeturh\nna samartho 'sti kaScana\nbhavad-vidho bhaviin viipi\nvarjayitvesvararh harim\n\n", "SB8.2#p0228": "Text 30]\n\nBali Maharaja Conquers the Heavenly Planets\n\n203\n\nvije�yati na ko 'py enam\nbrahma-tejab,-samedhitam\nniisya saktab, purab, sthiitum\nkrtiintasya yathii janiib,\nojasvinam-so powerful; balim-Bali Maharaja; jetum-to conquer;\nna-not;\n\nsamarthab,-able;\n\nastt-1s;\n\nka5cana-anyone;\n\nbhavat­\n\nvidhab,-like you; bhaviin-you yourself; vii api-either; varjayitviiexcepting; LSvaram-the supreme controller; harim-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vije�yati-will conquer; na-not; kab, api-anyone; enam-him (Bali Maharaja); brahma-tejab,-samedhitam-now empowered with brahma-tejas, extraordinary spiritual power; na-not;\nasya-of him; saktab,-is able; purab,-in front; sthiitum-to stay;\nkrta-antasya-of Yamaraja; yathii-as; janiib,-people.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNeither you nor your men can conquer the most powerful Bali.\nIndeed, no one but the Supreme Personality of Godhead can conquer him, for he is now equipped with the supreme spiritual\npower [brahma-tejas] . As no one can stand before Yamarija, no\none can now stand before Bali Maharaja.\nTEXT 30\n\ne�uN�� '{ff Q'l fittf4eq� I\n� m �(f)�: �;ftftfm: II� oil\ntasman nilayam utsrjya\nyuyam sarve tri-v�tapam\nyiita kalam prati�anto\nyatab, satror viparyayab,\ntasmiit-therefore;\n\nnilayam-not\n\nvisible;\n\nutsrjya-givmg\n\nup;\n\nyuyam-you; sarve-all; tri-v�tapam-the heavenly kingdom; yiitago somewhere else; kiilam-time; prati�antab,-waiting for; yatab,whereof; satrob,-of your enemy; viparyayab,-the reverse condition arri ve s.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0229": "SrUnad-Bhagavabun\n\n204\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, waiting until the situation of your enemies is\n\nreversed, you should all leave this heavenly planet and go\nelsewhere, where you will not be seen.\nTEXT 31\n\nRsr1fil�: �HI��ijFfsti\"'l: I\n�Ntlf�N+tli\\� QI*' �T fet��fij II�� II\n�\n\n..\n\ne$a vipra-balodarka/:1,\nsampraty urjita-vikrama/:1,\nte$iim eviipamiinena\nsiinubandho vinarik$yati\ne$a/:l,-this (Bali Maharaja); vipra-bala-udarka/:1,-B.ourishing because\n\nof the brahminical power invested in him; samprati-at the present\n\nmoment; urjita-vikrama/:1,-extremely powerful; te$iim-of the same\nbriihmar:ws; eva-indeed; apamiinena-by insult; sa-anubandha/:1,­\n\nwith friends and assistants; vinarik$yati-will be vanquished.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBali Maharaja has now beoome extremely powerful because of\n\nthe benedictions given him by the brabmm:tas, but when he later\ninsults the brabmaJ.Ias, he will be vanquished, along with his\n\nfriends and assistants.\n\nPURPORT\nBali Maharaja and lndra were enemies. Therefore, when B:rhaspati,\n\nthe spiritual master of the demigods, predicted that Bali Maharaja would\nbe vanquished when he insulted the brahmar:tas by whose grace he had\n\nbecome so powerful, Bali Maharaja's enemies were naturally anxious to\n\nknow when that opportune moment would come. To pacify King lndra,\n\nB:rhaspati assured him that the time would certainly come, for B:rhaspati\n\ncould see that in the future Bali Maharaja would defy the orders of\n\nSukracarya in order to pacify Lord Vi�Qu, Vamanadeva. Of course, to advance\n\nm\n\n.l(:r�Qa consciousness, one can take all risks. To please\n\n", "SB8.2#p0230": "Text 33]\n\nBali Maharaja Conquers the Heavenly Planets\n\n205\n\nVamanadeva, Bali Maharaja risked defying the orders of his spiritual\nmaster, Sukracarya. Because of this, he would lose all his property, yet\nbecause of devotional service to the Lord, he would get more than he expected, and in the future, in the eighth manvantara, he would occupy\nthe throne of lndra again.\nTEXT 32\n\n� WtM�?tt�\n\ng�un�i\\ftr-n 1\n� f� l;ijaqaft�iun: �fqur: II�� II\nevarh sumantritarthiis te\n\ngurufJiirthanudarsina\nhitva tri-v�!aparh jagmur\n\ngirvu1Jii/:t kama-rupir:w/;\n\nevam-thus; su-mantrita-being well advised; artha/;-about duties;\n\nte-they (the demigods); gurufJii-by their spiritual master; arthaanudarsina-whose instructions were quite befitting; hitva-giving up;\ntri-v�!apam-the heavenly kingdom; jagmu/;-went; girvd1Jii/:t-the\ndemigods; kama-riipir:w-1;-who could assume any form they liked.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: The demigods, being thus ad­\n\nvised by Brhaspati for their benefit, immediately accepted his\n\nwords. Assuming forms according to their desire, they left the\n\nheavenly kingdom and scattered, without being observed by the\n\ndemons.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe word kama-riipir:w/:t indicates that the demigods, the inhabitants\nof the heavenly planets, can assume any form they desire. Thus it was\nnot at all difficult for them to remain incognito before the eyes of the\ndemons.\nTEXT 33\n\n���q fif�� ilf�\";f(l:qwt: �I\n�CI\".Uwtht� eN � l;il�lettl� l��ll\n\n", "SB8.2#p0231": "206\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 8, Ch.l5\n\ndeve�v atha niline�u\nbalir vairocanab, pur'im\ndeva-dhanim adh�!haya\nva.Sam ninye jagat-trayam\ndeve�u-all the demigods; atha-in this way; niline�u-when they\n\ndisappeared; balib,-Bali Maharaja; vairocanab,-the son of Virocana;\n\npur'im-the heavenly kingdom; deva-dhanim-the residence of the\ndemigods; adh�!haya-taking possession of; va.Sam-under control;\nninye-brought; jagat-trayam-the three worlds.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the demigods had disappeared, Bali Maharaja, the son of\n\nVirocana, entered the heavenly kingdom, and from there he\n\nbrought the three worlds under his control.\nTEXT 34\n\n� ftSQ';:rftr;{ � �: �44!4«1�1: I\n'tllr$il...t'i�alij'itlliSttli_ll � \\lll\nfi;l\ntam viSva-jayinam s�yam\nbhrgavab, s�ya-vatsalab,\n§atena hayamedhaniim\nanuvratam ayajayan\ntam-unto him (Bali Maharaja); viSva-jayinam-the conqueror of the\n\nentire universe; §�yam-because of his being a disciple; bhrgavab,-the\nbriihmar:ws, descendants of Bi4\"gu like Sukracarya; s�ya-vatsalab,­\n\nbeing very pleased with the disciple; satena-by one hundred; hayamedhaniim-sacrifices known as a.Svamedha; anuvratam-following\n\nthe instruction of the briihmar:ws; ayajayan-caused to execute.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe hriihm�a descendants of Bhrgu, being very pleased with\n\ntheir disciple, who had conquered the entire universe, now\n\nengaged him in performing one hundred a8vamedha sacrifices.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0232": "Text 36]\n\nBali Maharaja Conquers the Heavenly Planets\n\n207\n\nPURPORT\nWe have seen in the dispute between Maharaja P.rthu and lndra that\nwhen Maharaja P.rthu wanted to perform one hundred a.Svamedhayajfias, lndra wanted to impede him, for it is because of such great\nsacrifices that Indra was made King of heaven. Here the brahmar:w- descendants of Bh.rgu decided that although Maharaja Bali was situated on\nthe throne of lndra, he would not be able to stay there unless he performed such sacrifices. Therefore they advised Maharaja Bali to perform\nat least as many a.Svamedha-yajfias as lndra. The word ayajayan indicates that all the brahmar:w-s induced Bali Maharaja to perform such\nsacrifices.\nTEXT 35\n\nijij(ijC(a+r•�.\nwc-.st�f?t�� 1\n'titffl fqJ R�: ��������II\ntatas tad-anubhiivena\nbhuvana-traya-viSrutam\nkirtirh dilcyu vitanvanab,\nsa reja w;lur&j, iva\ntatab,-thereafter;\ngreat\n\nsacrifices;\n\ntat-anubhiivena-because of performing such\n\nbhuvana-traya-throughout\n\nviSrutam-celebrated;\nvitanvanab,-spreading;\n\nkirtim-reputation;\nsab,-he\n\n(Bali\n\nthe\n\nthree\n\nworlds;\n\ndi/cyu-in all directions;\nMaharaja);\n\nreje-became\n\neffulgent; w;lurd!-the moon; iva-like.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Bali Maharaja performed these sacrifices, he gained a\ngreat reputation in all directions, throughout the three worlds.\nThus he shone in his position, like the brilliant moon in the sky.\nTEXT 36\n\nWl='ffwi�:tf �cWI�� I\ni6'6�flt�t�¥tA ¥t;:tt¥tlwft ¥tCI¥tifU 11��11\n\n", "SB8.2#p0233": "(Canto 8, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n208\n\nbubhuje ca sriyam svrddham\ndvija-devopalambhitiim\nkrta-krtyam iviitmiinam\nmanyamiino mahamanii/:t\nbubhuje-enjoyed;\n\nca-also;\n\nsriyam-opulence;\n\nprosperity; dvija-of the briihmary,as; deva\n\n-\n\nas\n\ngood as the demigods;\n\nupalambhitiim-achieved because of the favor;\n\nsatisfied\n\nby\n\nhis\n\nactivities;\n\niva-like\n\nthat;\n\nsu-rddham­\n\nkrta-krtyam-very\n\niitmii nam-himself;\n\nmanyamiina/:t-thinking; maha-manii/:t-the great-minded.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBecause of the favor of the brahm�as, the great soul Bali\n\nMaharaja, thinking himself very satisfied, became very opulent\n\nand prosperous and began to enjoy the kingdom.\nPURPORT\n\nThe brahmary,as are called dvija-deva, and �triyas are generally\n\ncalled nara-deva. The word deva actually refers to the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. The briihmary,as guide human society in becoming\n\nhappy by satisfying Lord Vi�Q.U, and according to their advice, the\n\n�triyas, who are called nara-deva, keep law and order so that other\n\npeople, namely the vaiSyas and sudras, may properly follow regulative\n\nprinciples. In this way, people are gradually elevated to l(r�Q.a consciousness.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Fifteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Bali Maharaja Conquers\nthe Heavenly Planets. \"\n\n", "SB8.2#p0234": "CHAPTER SIXTEEN\n\nExecuting the Payo-vrata\nProcess of Worship\nAs described in this chapter, because Aditi, the mother of the demigods,\nwas very afBicted, her husband, Kasyapa Muni, told her how to observe\nvows in austerities for the benefit of her sons.\nSince the demigods were not visible in the heavenly kingdom, their\nmother, Aditi, because of separation from them, was very much aggrieved. One day after many, many years, the great sage Kasyapa\nemerged from a trance of meditation and returned to his asrama. He saw\nthat the asrama was no longer beautiful and that his wife was very\nmorose. Everywhere in the asrama, he saw signs of lamentation. The\ngreat sage therefore inquired from his wife about the well-being of the\nasrama and asked her why she looked so morose. Mter Aditi informed\nKasyapa Muni about the asrama 's well-being, she told him that she was\nlamenting for the absence of her sons. She then requested him to tell her\nhow her sons could return and reo<X:upy their positions. She wanted all\ngood fortune for her sons. Moved by Aditi's request, Ka8yapa Muni instructed her in the philosophy of self-realization, the difference between\nmatter and spirit, and how to be unaffected by material loss. But when he\nsaw that Aditi was not satisfied even after he had given these instructions, he advised her to worship Vasudeva, Janardana. He assured her\nthat only Lord Vasudeva could satisfy her and fulfill all her desires.\nWhen Aditi _then expressed her desire to worship Lord Vasudeva,\nPrajapati Kasyapa told her about a process of worship known as payovrata, which is executed in twelve days. Lord Brahma had instructed him\nhow to satisfy Lord l(r�:Q.a by this process, and thus he advised his wife to\nobserve this vow and its regulative principles.\nTEXT 1\n\n\"11� �\n\n�!! � ��1ft:� I\n� NR!it ��: q�6\"!1�WlftA� II � II\n�\n\n209\n\n", "SB8.2#p0235": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n210\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nevarh putre�u �!e�u\n\ndeva-matiiditis tadii\n\nhrte tri-v�!ape daityaib,\n\nparyatapyad aniithavat\n\nsri-sukab, uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-in this way;\n\nputre�u-when her sons; �!e�u-disappearing from their position;\n\ndeva-mata-the mother of the demigods; aditib,-Aditi; tadii- at that\ntime; hrte-because of being lost; tri-v�!ape-the kingdom of heaven;\n\ndaityaib,-by the influence of the demons; paryatapyat-began to\n\nlament; aniitha-vat-as if she had no protector.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami said:\n\n0 King,\n\nwhen\n\nAditi's\n\nsons, the\n\ndemigods, had thus disappeared from heaven and the demons had\n\noccupied their places, Aditi began lamenting, as if she had no protector.\n\nTEXT2\n\n� ��t 3TT� ��tWl� I\n\nf;t�ef f.l� mn�«Jf�t� II � II\nekada kaSyapas tasya\n\nasramarh bhagavan agat\n\nnirutsavarh niranandam\n\nsamadher virata5 cirat\n\nekada-one day; ka5yapab,-the great sage Kasyapa Muni; tasyab,­\n\nof Aditi;\n\nasramam-to the shelter;\n\nbhagavan-greatly powerful;\n\nagat-went; nirutsavam-without enthusiasm; niranandam-without\n\njubilation; samadheb,-his trance; viratab,-stopping; cirat-after a\nlong time.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter many, many days, the great powerful sage K&Syapa Muni\n\narose from a trance of meditation and returned home to see the\niSrama of Aditi neither jubilant nor festive.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0236": "Text4)\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n211\n\nTEXT3\n\n�� i(t'Rtwtqfl:SI(: I\n�'I����� �II � II\nsa patnim dina-vadanam\nkrtasana-parigraha}:t\nsabhajito yatha-nyayam\nidam aha kuriidvaha\nsa/:t-Kasyapa Muni; patnim-unto his wife; dina-vadanam-having\na dry face; krta-asana-parigraha/:t-after accepting a sitting place;\nsabhajita}:t-being honored by Aditi; yatha-nyayam-according to time\n\nand place; idam aha-spoke as follows; kuru-udvaha-0 Maharaja\nParilq�it, the best of the Kurus.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 best of the Kurus, when KaSyapa Muni had been properly\nreceived and welcomed, he took his seat and then spoke as follows\nto his wife, Aditi, who was very morose.\nTEXT4\n\n�W�fcrsnllfi���� I\nWI �� WI it� ��41�0�1�:::tftt.t: II \\Ill\napy abhadram na viprar_tiim\nbhadre loke 'dhuniigatam\nna dharmasya na lokasya\nmrtyo§ chandanuvartina/:t\napi-whether; abhadram-ill fortune; na-not; viprar_ujm-of the\nbrahma1J.(lS;\n\nbhadre-0\n\nadhuna-at\n\nthe\n\npresent\n\nmost\n\ngentle\n\nmoment;\n\nAditi;\n\nloke-in\n\nagatam-has\n\nthis\n\ncome;\n\nworld;\n\nna-not;\n\ndharmasya-of religious principles; na-not; lokasya-of the people in\ngeneral; mrtyo/:t-death; chanda-anuvartina/:t-who are followers of\nthe whims of death.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0237": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n212\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 most gentle one, I wonder whether anything inauspicious has\n\nnow taken place in regard to religious principles, the brahmw_tas\n\nor the people in general, who are subject to the whims of death.\nPURPORT\n\nThere are prescribed duties for all the inhabitants of this material\nworld, especially for the brahmar:ws but also for the people in general,_\nwho are subject to the whims of death. Ka8yapa Muni wondered whether\nthe regulative principles, which are meant for the well-being of everyone, had been disobeyed. He accordingly continued his inquiries for\nseven verses.\nTEXTS\n\n3lfcf �• w� �! �f�f;r 1\n\n\\:14�1�� �q;r'm ��fil'11'( II� II\napi vaku.Salam kincid\ngrhe�u grha-medhini\ndharmasyarthasya kamasya\nyatra yogo hy ayoginam\n\napi-1\n\nam\n\nwondering;\n\nva-either;\n\naku.Salam-inauspiciousness;\n\nkincit-some; grhe�u-at home; grha-medhini-0 my wife, who are attached to household life; dharmasya-of the principles of religion;\narthasya-of the economic condition;\n\nkamasya-of satisfaction of\n\ndesires; yatra-at home; yogatt-the result of meditation; hi-indeed;\nayoginam-even of those who are not transcendentalists.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my wife, who are very much attached to household life, if the\n\nprinciples of religion, economic development and satisfaction of\n\nthe senses are properly followed in household life, one's activities\n\nare as good as those of a transcendentalist. I wonder whether there\n\nhave been any discrepancies in following these principles.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0238": "Text6]\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n213\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse, Aditi has been addressed by her husband, Ka8yapa\n\nMuni, as grha-medhini, which means \"one who is satisfied in household\n\nlife for sense gratification.\" Generally, those who are in household life\n\npursue sense gratification in the field of activities performed for material\nresults. Such grhamedhis have only one aim in life-sense gratification.\n\nTherefore it is said, yan maithunadi-grhamedhi-sukham hi tuccham:\n\nthe householder's life is based on sense gratification, and therefore the\nhappiness derived from it is very meager. Nonetheless, the Vedic process\n\nis so comprehensive that even in householder life one can adjust his ac­\n\ntivities according to the regulative principles of dharma, artha, kama\nand mo�a. One's aim should be to achieve liberation, but because one\n\ncannot at once give up sense gratification, in the siistras there are injunc­\n\ntions prescribing how to follow the principles of religion, economic\ndevelopment\n\nBhiigavatam\n\nand\n\nsense\n\n(1.2.9),\n\ngratification.\n\nin\n\nSrimad­\n\ndharmasya hy apavargyasya nartho\n\n'rthayo­\n\nAs\n\nexplained\n\npakalpate: \"All occupational engagements are certainly meant for ulti­\n\nmate liberation. They should never be performed for material gain.\"\n\nThose who are in household life should not think that religion is meant to\nimprove the process of the householder's sense gratification. Household\n\nlife is also meant for advancement in spiritual understanding, by which\n\none can ultimately gain liberation from the material clutches. One should\nremain in household life with the aim of understanding the ultimate goal\nof life (tattva-jijnasa). Then household life is as good as the life of a yogi.\n\nKasyapa Muni therefore inquired from his wife whether the principles of\nreligion, economic development and sense gratification were being prop­\n\nerly followed in terms of the sastric injunctions. As soon as one deviates\n\nfrom the injunctions of the siistra, the purpose of household life is immediately lost in confusion.\n\nTEXT6\n\n3lA ���Will� � I\n\nilt�\\N16Ptm : SI�9;�VOII�wt i:fl� II � II\napi vatithayo 'bhyetya\nkutumbasaktaya tvaya\n\n", "SB8.2#p0239": "214\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\ngrhiid apujitii yatiitt\npratyutthiinena vii kvacit\napi-whether; vii-either; atithayatt-guests who come without an\ninvitation; abhyetya-coming to the home; kutumba-iisaktayii-who\nwere too attached to the family members; tvayii-by you; grhiit-from\nthe house; apujitiitt-without being properly welcomed; yiitatt-went\naway; pratyutthiinena-by standing up; vii-either; kvacit-sometimes.\nTRANSLATION\nI wonder whether because of being too attached to the members\n\nof your family, you failed to properly receive uninvited guests,\nwho therefore were not welcomed and went away.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is the duty of a householder to receive guests, even if a guest be an\nenemy. When a guest comes to one's home, one should properly receive\nhim by standing up and offering him a seat. It is enjoined, grhe satrum\napi priiptam viSvastam akutobhayam: if even an enemy comes to one's\nhome, one should receive him in such a way that the guest will forget\nthat his host is an enemy. According to one's position, one should properly receive anyone who comes to one's home. At least a seat and a glass\nof water should be offered, so that the guest will not be displeased.\nKasyapa Muni inquired from Aditi whether disrespect had been shown to\nsuch guests, or atithis. The word atithi refers to one who comes without\nan invitation.\nTEXT7\n\nm ��Rttl� wtlf*i(lt: 6fe�dq I\n� f.Nift=6 � W[4 \\t�(l'5t•llq¥tu II \\9 II\ngrhe§u ye§v atithayo\nniircitiitt salilair api\nyadi niryiinti te nilnam\npheruriija-grhopamatt\n\n", "SB8.2#p0240": "Text 8]\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n215\n\ngrhe$u-at home; ye$u-which; atithayaft-uninvited guests; nanot; arcitaft-welcomed; salilaift api-even by offering a glass of water;\nyadi-if; niryanti-they go away; te-such household life; nunam-indeed; pheru-raja-of ja�kals; grha-the homes; upamaft-like.\nTRANSLATION\nHomes from which guests go away without having been received\neven with an offering of a little water are like those holes in the\nfield which are the homes of jackals.\nPURPORT\n\nIn a field there may be holes made by snakes and mice, but when there\nare very big holes, it may be supposed that jackals live there. Certainly\nno one goes to take shelter in such homes. Thus the homes of human\nbeings where atithis, uninvited guests, are not properly received are like\nthe homes of jackals.\nTEXTS\n\n31Q(\\C�� � WI � wfcm �<I I\n�B:i� �i � ��liM(( II t; II\napy agnayas tu velayarh\nna huta havi$a sati\ntvayodvigna-dhiya bhadre\npro$ite mayi karhicit\napi-whether; agnaya!t-fues; tu-indeed; velayam-in the fire\nsacrifice; na-not; hutaft-offered; havi$a-by ghee; sati-0 chaste\nwoman; tvaya-by you; udvigna-dhiya-because of some anxiety;\nbhadre-0 auspicious woman; pro$ite-was away from home; mayiwhen I; karhicit-sometimes.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 chaste and auspicious woman, when I left home for other\nplaces, were you in so much anxiety that you did not offer oblations of ghee into the fire?\n\n", "SB8.2#p0241": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n216\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT9\n\n+4�\\lil�t Etit'i�t4tril1f� JlEtit.,.zatfiq�u 1\nillritsfuJf� �H�4<C4t€+4Wil am{II � II\nyat-piljaya kama-dughiin\nyati lokan grhiinvita/:t\nbrahmar.w 'gniS ca vai v�r.w/:t\nsarva-devatmarw mukham\nyat-pujaya-by worshiping the fire and brahmar:ws; kama-dughiinwhich fulfill one's desires; yati-one goes; lokan-to the destination of\nthe higher planetary system; grha-anvita/:t-a person attached to household life; brahma�/:t-the brahmar:ws; agni/:t ca-and the fire; vaiindeed; v�r.w/:t-of Lord Vi!?Q.U; sarva-deva-atmana/:t-the soul of all\nthe demigods; mukham-the mouth.\nTRANSLATION\nBy worshiping the fire and the briihmat:J.as, a householder can\n\nachieve the desired goal of residing in the higher planets, for the\nsacrificial fire and the briihmat:tas are to be considered the mouth\n\nof Lord Vi!iit:J.U, who is the Supersoul of all the demigods.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to the Vedic system, a fire sacrifice is held in order to offer\noblations of ghee, grains, fruits, flowers and so on, so that Lord Vi!?Q.U\nmay eat and be satisfied. The Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (9.26):\npatram p�pam phalam toyam\nyo me bhaktya prayacchati\ntad aham bhakty-upahrtam\na.Snami prayatatmana/:t\n\"U one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, fruit or water, I\nwill accept it.\" Therefore, all these items may be offered in the sacrificial\nfire, and Lord Vi!?Q.U will be satisfied. Similarly, brahma�-bhojana,\nfeeding of the\n\nbrahmar:ws,\n\nis also recommended,\n\nfor when the\n\n", "SB8.2#p0242": "Text 11]\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n217\n\nbrahmalJ-aS eat sumptuous remnants of food after yajna, this is another\nway that Lord Vi�:t;tu Himself eats. Therefore the Vedic principles recommend that in every festival or ceremony one offer oblations to the fire\nand give sumptuous food for the brahmalJ-aS to eat. By such activities, a\nhouseholder may be elevated to the heavenly planets and similar places\nin the higher planetary systems.\nTEXT 10\n\n3lN @f t�feit«tct �1 � I\n\n�S(C(�+U�I4 ������oil\napi saroe ku.Salinas\ntava putra manasvini\nla�aye 'svastham atmanam\nbhavatya la�a�ir aham\napi-whether; sarve-all; ku.Salina�-in full auspiciousness; tavayour; p utra�-so ns; manasvini-0 great-minded lady; la�aye-I see;\nasvastham-not in tranquillity; atmanam-the mind; bhavatya�-of\nyou; la�a�i�-by symptoms; aham-1.\nTRANSLATION\n0 great-minded lady, are all your sons faring well? Seeing your\nwithered face, I can perceive that your mind is not tranquil. How is\nthis so?\nTEXT 11\n\n�31f4Rt�\"\"'\n\nlll �tNt �� � �I\nf51ct•t.N q� itsf �100 � II� t II\nsri-aditir uvaca\nbhadram dvija-gavam brahman\ndharmasyasya janasyaca\n\n", "SB8.2#p0243": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n218\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\ntri-vargasya pararh k{>etrarh\ngrhamedhin grhii ime\nsri-aditi(l uvaca-Srimatl Aditi said; bhadram-all auspiciousness;\n\ndvija-gavam-of the brahmar:tas and the cows; brahman-0 brahmar:ta;\n\ndharmasya asya-of the religious principles mentioned in §astra;\n\njanasya-of the people in general; ca-and; tri-vargasya-of the three\n\nprocesses of elevation (dharma arthaand kama); param-the supreme;\n,\n\nk{>etram-fi.eld; grhamedhin-0 my husband, who are attached to\n\nhousehold life; grhii(l-your home; ime-all these things.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAditi said: 0 my respected briihma�a husband, all is well with\n\nthe briihm�as, the cows, religion and the welfare of other people.\n\n0 master of the house, the three principles of dharma, artha and\nkama flourish in household life, which is consequently full of\ngood fortune.\n\nPURPORT\nIn household life one can develop the three principles of religion,\n\neconomic development and sense gratification according to the regulations given in the stistras, but to attain liberation one must give up house­\n\nhold life and place himself in the transcendental renounced order.\n\nKasyapa Muni was not in the renounced order of life. Therefore he is ad­\n\ndressed here once as brahman and another time as grhamedhin. Aditi,\n\nhis wife, assured him that as far as household life was concerned, every­\n\nthing was going nicely, and the brahmar:tas and cows were being honored\n\nand protected. In other words, there were no disturbances; household\nlife was duly progressing.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n311Pitsf����it:qf��: I\n� �ffl iltA'it�\\�lwtlit ftg.ffir II� �II\nagnayo 'tithayo bhrtya\n\nbhik{>avo ye ca lipsava(l\n\n", "SB8.2#p0244": "Text 13)\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n219\n\nsarvam bhagavato brahmann\nanudhyaniin na ri$yati\nagnayab,-worshiping the fires; atithayab,-receiving the guests;\nbhrtyab,-satisfying the servants;\n\nbhik,savab,-pleasing the beggars;\n\nye-all of them who; ca-and; lipsavab,-as they desire (are taken care\nof); sarvam-all of them; bhagavatab,-of you, my lord; brahman-0\n\nbrahmarJU; anudhyaniit-from always thinking; na ri$yati-nothing is\nmissed (everything is properly done).\nTRANSLATION\n0 beloved husband, the fires, guests, servants and beggars are\nall being properly cared for by me. Because I always think of you,\nthere is no possibility that any of the religious principles will be\nneglected.\nTEXT 13\n\n� � � ��if Wf (1¥qQij m;m: I\n�� lftl�� � \\14fi st+tl'l{t II� �II\n..\n\nko nu me bhagavan kiimo\n\nsampadyeta manasab.\nyasya bhavan prajadhyak{;a\nevam dharman prab/u'4ate\nna\n\nkab,-what; nu-indeed; me-my;\n\nbhagavan-0 lord; kiimab,­\n\ndesire; na-not; sampadyeta-can he fulfilled; manasab,-within my\nmind;\n\nyasyab,-of me; bhavan-your good self; praja-adhyak{;ab.prab/u'4ate­\n\nPrajapati; evam-thus; dharman-religious principles;\ntalks.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my lord, since you are a Prajiipati and are personally my instructor in the principles of religion, where is the possibility that\nall my desires will not be fulfilled?\n\n", "SB8.2#p0245": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n220\n\n[Canto 8, Ch.l6\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� �\n\n�:�'Too:\n\n�qt: {{'f4('SI@{f�: I\n� ¥re�f(ij1((4Wtf� srm\n�fq � ll� ��: II� \\ill\n�\n\ntavaiva marica manab,-sariraja/:t\npraja imab, sattva-rajas-tamo-j�a/:t\nsamo bhavams tasv asurad�u prabho\ntathapi bhaktam bhajate mahesvara/:t\ntava-your; eva-indeed; marica-0 son of Marici; manab,-sarirajab,-born either of your body or of your mind (all the demons and\ndemigods); praja/:t-born of you; ima/:t-all of them; sattva-rajab,tama/:t-j�ab,-infected with sattva-gur-a, rajo-gur-a or tamo-gur-a;\nsama/:t-equal; bhavan-your good self; tasu-to every one of them;\nasura-ad�u-beginning with the asuras; prabho-0 my lord; tatha\napi-still;\n\nbhaktam-unto\n\nthe\n\ndevotees;\n\nbhajate-takes\n\ncare\n\nof;\n\nmaha-iSvarab,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the supreme controller.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 son of Marici, because you are a great personality you are\n\nequal toward all the demons and demigods, who are born either\nfrom your body or from your mind and who possess one or\n\nanother of the three qualities-sattva-gu�a, rajo-gu�a or tamo­\n\ngu�. But although the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\nsupreme controller, is equal toward all living entities, He is es­\n\npecially favorable to the devotees.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gita\n\n(9.29) the Lord says:\nsamo 'ham sarva-bhilte$u\nna me dve$yo 'sti na priya/:t\n\n", "SB8.2#p0246": "Text 15]\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n221\n\nye bhajanti tu miiril bhaktyii\nmayi te te�u ciipy aham\nAlthough the Supreme Personality of Godhead is equal toward everyone,\nHe is especially inclined toward those who engage in His devotional service. The Lord says, kaunteya pratijiinihi na me bhaktab, prar:uz§yati:\n\"My dear son of Kunti, please declare that My devotee will never he vanquished.\" Elsewhere, Kr��a also says:\n\nye yathii miiril prapadyante\ntiirils tathaiva bhajiimy aham\nmama vartmiinuvartante\nman�yiib, partha sarva.Sab,\n(Bg. 4.11)\nActually, everyone is trying to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead in various ways, hut according to their methods of approach, the\nSupreme Lord endows them with different benedictions. Thus Aditi appealed to her husband by saying that since even the supreme controller\nfavors His devotees and since lndra, Kasyapa's devoted son, was in difficulty, Kasyapa should bestow his favor upon lndra.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n(f4ilil.l' �hl�l lt �� !FRJ I\n�PJt� ���a;(a;«�: tnf1 ;r: JPft II� '-\\II\ntasmiid iSa bhajantyii me\nsreya.S cintaya suvrata\nhrta-sriyo hrta-sthiiniin\nsapatnaib, pahi nab, prabho\ntasmiit-therefore; iSa-0 powerful controller; bhajantyiib,-of your\nservitor; me-me; sreyab,-auspiciousness; cintaya-just consider; suvrata-0 most gentle one; hrta-sriyab,-bereft of all opulence; hrtasthiiniin -bereft of a residence; sapatnaib,-by the competitors; piihiplease protect; nab,-us; prabho-0 my lord.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0247": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n222\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, most gentle lord, kindly favor your maidservant. We\n\nhave now been deprived of our opulence and residence by our\n\ncompetitors, the demons. Kindly give us protection.\nPURPORT\n\nAditi, the mother of the demigods, appealed to Kasyapa Muni·to give\nthe demigods protection. When we speak of the demigods, this also includes their mother.\nTEXT 16\n\nq(�cttft.«n {{r{ �� �«W�«m 1\n�� 'Jft��: � �91 Slil��¥411��11\nparair viviisita saham\nmagna vyasana-sagare\naiSvaryam srir ya§a/:r, sthanam\nhrtani prabalair mama\nparai/:r,-by our enemies; viviis ita-taken away from our residential\nquarters;\n\nsa-the\n\nsame;\n\naham-1;\n\nmagna-drowned;\n\nvyasana­\n\nsagare-in an ocean of trouble; aiSvaryam-opulence; sri/:r,-beauty;\nya§a/:r,-reputation;\n\nsthanam-place;\n\nhrtani-all taken away;\n\npra­\n\nbalai/:r,-very powerful; mama-my.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demons, our formidably powerful enemies, have taken\n\naway our opulence, our beauty, our fame and even our residence.\n\nIndeed, we have now been exiled, and we are drowning in an ocean\nof trouble.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�NHttR �if: �) sm)� 'f'IR�: I\n�AA��tnUi f�T �q{Uf� 11�\\911\nyatha tani puna/:r, siidho\nprapadyeran mamiitmaja/:r,\n\n", "SB8.2#p0248": "The Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\nText 18)\n\n223\n\ntathii vidhehi kalya1Jarh\ndhiya kalyalJa-krttama\nyathii-as; tani-all of our lost things; puna�-again; sadho-0\n\ngreat saintly person; prapadyeran-can regain; mama-my; atma­\n\nja�-offspring\n\nauspiciousness;\n\n(sons); tathii-so; vidhehi-kindly do; kalyalJQ,mdhiya-by consideration;\n\nkalyalJa-krt-tama-0 you\n\nwho are the best person to act for our welfare.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 best of sages, best of all those who grant auspicious benedic­\n\ntions, please consider our situation and bestow upon my sons the\nbenedictions by which they can regain what they have lost.\nTEXT 18\n\n'J(t� \\ffl'iif\n\n��I\n� •n�n'le �: ��r..� � 11 � ���\n\nC(ct'i+lfP-fflfs�tn ���\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nevam abhyarthito 'ditya\n\nkas tam aha smayann iva\n\naho maya- bala m v�r:to�\n\nsneha-baddham idam jagat\n\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-in this way;\nabhyarthita�-being\n\nrequested;\n\naditya-by\n\nAditi;\n\nka�-Kasyapa\n\nMuni; tam-unto her; aha-said; smayan-smiling; iva-just like;\naho-alas; maya-balam-the influence of the illusory energy; V�TJ-O�­\n\nof Lord Vi��m; sneha-baddham-influenced by this affection; idamthis; jagat-whole world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi continued: When KaSyapa Muni was thus re­\n\nquested by Aditi, he slightly smiled. \"Alas,\" he said, \"how\n\n", "SB8.2#p0249": "224\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\npowerful is the illusory energy of Lord Vi��u, by which the entire\nworld is bound by affection for children!\"\nPURPORT\n\nKasyapa Muni was surely sympathetic to his wife's affiiction, yet he\nwas surprised at how the whole world is influenced by affection.\nTEXT 19\n\n• �it li\\faits;noo qi:;mi(T�: '«: I\n� t qf6�SCIQI il� � ft i61(014(\n\nII t �It\n\nkva deho bhautiko 'natma\nkva catmii prakrte� para�\nkasya ke pati-putradya\nmoha eva hi kara1J11.m\nkva-where is; deha�-this material body; bhautika�-made of five\nelements; andtma-not the spirit soul; kva-where is; ca-also;\natma-the spirit soul; prakrte�-to the material world; para�-transcendental; kasya-of whom; ke-who is; pati-husband; putraadya�-or son and so on; moha�-illusion; eva-indeed; hi-certainly; kara1J11.m-cause.\nTRANSLATION\nKa.Syapa Muni continued: What is this material body, made of\n\nfive elements? It is different from the spirit soul. Indeed, the spirit\n\nsoul is completely different from the material elements from\n\nwhich the body is made. But because of bodily attachment, one is\n\nregarded as a husband or son. These illusory relationships are\n\ncaused by misunderstanding.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe spirit soul (atmii or jiva) is certainly different from the body,\nwhich is a combination of five material elements. This is a simple fact,\nbut it is not understood unless one is spiritually educated. Kasyapa Muni\n\n", "SB8.2#p0250": "Text 19]\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n225\n\nmet his wife, Aditi, in the heavenly planets, but the same misconception\nextends throughout the entire universe and is also here on earth. There\nare different grades of living entities, but all of them are more or less\nunder the impression of the bodily conception of life. In other words, all\nliving entities in this material world are more or less devoid of spiritual\neducation. The Vedic civilization, however, is based on spiritual education, and spiritual education is the special basis on which BhagatxUl-gua\nwas spoken to Arjuna. In the beginning of Bhagavad-gitii, i(r�1,1a instructed Arjuna to understand that the spirit soul is different from the\nbody.\n\ndehino 'smin yathii dehe\nkaumiiram yauvanam jarii\ntathii dehiintara-priiptir\ndhiras tatra na muhyati\n\"As the embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood to\n\nyouth to old age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. The\nself-realized soul is not bewildered by such a change.\" (Bg. 2.13) Unfortunately, this spiritual education is completely absent from modern\nhuman civilization. No one understands his real self-interest, which lies\nwith the spirit soul, not with the material body. Education means spiritual education. To work hard in the bodily conception of life, without\nspiritual education, is to live like an animal. Nayam deho deha-bhiijam\n\nnr-loke �!iin kamiin arhate vUJ,-bhujam ye (Bhag. 5.5.1). People are\nworking so hard simply for bodily comforts, without education regarding\nthe spirit soul. Thus they are living in a very risky civilization, for it is a\nfact that the spirit soul has to transmigrate from one body to another\n\n(tathii dehiintara-priipti/:t). Without spiritual education, people are kept\nin dark ignorance and do not know what will happen to them after the\nannihilation of the present body. They are working blindly, and blind\nleaders are directing them. Andhii yathiindhair upaniyamiiniis te 'piSa­\n\ntantryiim uru-diimni baddhii/:t (Bhag. 7.5.31). A foolish person does not\nknow that he is completely under the bondage of material nature and\nthat after death material nature will impose upon him a certain type of\nbody, which he will have to accept. He does not know that although in his\npresent body he may be a very important man, he may next get the body\n\n", "SB8.2#p0251": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n226\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nof an animal or tree because of his ignorant activities in the modes of material nature. Therefore the .i(r�I;J.a consciousness movement is trying to\ngive the true light of spiritual existence to all living entities. This movement is not very difficult to understand, and people must take advantage\nof it, for it will save them from the risky life of irresponsibility.\n\nupati§thasva purwjam\nbhagavantam janiirdanam\nsarva-bhiita-guha-viisam\nviisudevam jagad-gurum\nupat�thasva\n\njust try to worship; purwjam-the Supreme Person;\n\n-\n\nbhagavantam-the Personality of Godhead; janiirdanam-who can kill\nall the enemies; sarva-bhiita-guha-viisam-living within the core of the\nheart of everyone; viisudevam-Vasudeva, .i(r�I;J.a, who is all-pervading\nand is the son of Vasudeva; jagat-gu rum-the spiritual master and\nteacher of the whole world.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Aditi, engage in devotional service to the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, who is the master of everything, who can\n\nsubdue everyone's enemies, and who sits within everyone's heart.\n\nOnly that Supreme Person-�J].a, or Vasudeva-can bestow all\nauspicious benedictions upon everyone, for He is the spiritual\n\nmaster of the universe.\n\nPURPORT\nWith these words, Kasyapa Muni tried to pacify his wife. Aditi made\nher appeal to her material husband. Of course, that is nice, hut actually a\nmaterial relative cannot do anything good for anyone. If anything good\ncan he done, it is done by the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nVasudeva. Therefore, Kasyapa Muni advised his wife, Aditi, to begin\n\n", "SB8.2#p0252": "Text 20]\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n227\n\nworshiping Lord Vasudeva, who is situated in everyone's heart. He is the\nfriend of everyone and is known as Janardana because He can kill all\nenemies. There are three modes of material nature-goodness, passion\nand ignorance-and above material nature, transcendental to material\nnature, is another existence, which is called suddha-sattva. In the material world, the mode of goodness is considered the best, but because of\nmaterial contamination, even the mode of goodness is sometimes overpowered by the modes of passion and ignorance. But when one transcends the competition between these modes and engages himself in\ndevotional service, he rises above the three modes of material nature. In\nthat transcendental position, one is situated in pure consciousness.\n\nSattvam viSuddham vasudeva-sabditam (Bhiig. 4.3.23). Above material\nnature is the position called vasudeva, or freedom from material contamination. Only in that position can one perceive the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva. Thus the vasudeva condition fulfills a\nspiritual necessity. Vasudevab, saroam iti sa mahiitmii sudurlabhab,.\nWhen one realizes Vasudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he\nbecomes most exalted.\nParamatma (Vasudeva) is situated in everyone's heart, as confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gitli The Lord says:\nte$iirh satata-yuktiiniim\nbhajatiim priti-purvakam\ndadiimi buddhi-yogam tam\nyena miim upayiinti te\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and who worship Me with love, I\ngive the understanding by which they can come to Me.\" (Bg. 10.10)\n\niSvarab. saroa-bhfttiiniim\nhrd-dese 'rjuna ti$!hati\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna.\"\n(Bg.\n\n18.61)\nblwktiiram yajfia-tapasiim\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\n\n", "SB8.2#p0253": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n228\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nsuhrdam sarva-bhutaniim\njfuitvii mam siintim rcchati\n\"The sages, knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrifices and\nausterities, the Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods and the\nbenefactor and well-wisher of all living entities, attain peace from the\npangs of material miseries.\" (Bg. 5.29)\nWhenever one is perplexed, let him take shelter of the lotus feet of\nVasudeva, l(r�I).a, who will give the devotee intelligence to help him surpass all difficulties and return home, back to Godhead. Kasyapa Muni advised his wife to seek shelter at the lotus feet of Vasudeva, .Kr�1.1a, so that\nall her problems would be very easily solved. Thus Kasyapa Muni was an\nideal spiritual master. He was not so foolish that he would present himself as an exalted personality, as good as God. He was actually a bona :fide\n\nguru because he advised his wife to seek shelter at the lotus feet of\nVasudeva. One who trains his subordinate or disciple to worship\nVasudeva is the truly bona :fide spiritual master. The word jagad-gurum\nis very important in this regard. Ka5yapa Muni did not falsely declare\nhimself to be jagad-guru, although he actually was jagad-guru because\nhe advocated the cause of Vasudeva. Actually, Vasudeva is jagad-guru,\nas clearly stated here (viisudevam jagad-gurum). One who teaches the\ninstructions of Vasudeva, Bhagavad-gitii, is as good as viisudevam jagad­\n\ngurum. But when one who does not teach this instruction-as it isdeclares himself jagad-guru, he simply cheats the public. .Kr�1.1a is jagad­\n\nguru, and one who teaches the instruction of .Kr�1.1a as it is, on behalf of\nl(r�I).a, may be accepted as jagad-guru. One who manufactures his own\ntheories cannot be accepted; he becomes jagad-guru falsely.\nTEXT 21\n\n� f�RI � �'\"��1-nwq•n 1\n\n3l'\"\"'\n\n�tlqi(Rfi:{� �q'f II� t II\nsa vidhiisyati te kiiman\nharir diniinukampana/:z,\namoghii bhagavad-bhaktir\nnetareti matir mama\n\n", "SB8.2#p0254": "Text 21]\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n229\n\nsa�-he (Vasudeva); vidhasyati-will undoubtedly fulfill; te-your;\nkaman-desires; hari�-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; dinaunto the poor; anukampana�-very merciful; amogha-infallible;\nbhagavat-bhakti�-devotional service unto the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; na-not; itara-anything but bhagavad-bhakti; iti-thus;\nmati�-opinion; mama-my.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is very merciful to\nthe poor, will fulfill all of your desires, for devotional service unto\nHim is infallible. Any method other than devotional service is useless. That is my opinion.\nPURPORT\n\nThere are three kinds of men, who are called akiima, mo�a-kama and\nsarva-kama. One who tries to get liberation from this material world is\ncalled mo�a-kama, one who wants to enjoy this material world to its\nfullest extent is called sarva-kama, and one who has fulfilled all his\ndesires and has no further material desires is called akama. A bhakta has\nno desire. Sarvopiidhi-vinirmuktarh tat-paratvena nirmalam. He is\npurified and free from material desires. The mo�-kami wants to\nachieve liberation by merging into the existence of the Supreme\nBrahman, and because of this desire to merge into the existence of the\nLord, he is not yet pure. And since those who want liberation are impure,\nwhat to speak of the karmis, who have so many desires to fulfill? Nonetheless, the sastra says:\n\nakama� sarva-kamo va\nmo�a-kama udara-dhi�\nlivre� bhakti-yogena\nyajeta pu�arh param\n\"Whether one desires everything or nothing or desires to merge into the\nexistence of the Lord, he is intelligent only if he worships Lord l(r�I).a,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, by rendering transcendental loving\nservice.\" (Bhag.\n\n2.3.10)\n\nKasyapa Muni saw that his wife, Aditi, had some material desires for\nthe welfare of her sons, but still he advised her to render devotional ser-\n\n", "SB8.2#p0255": "Srnnad-Bhagavabnn\n\n230\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nvice to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In other words, everyone,\nregardless of whether he is a karmi, jnani, yogi or bhakta, should invariably take shelter of the lotus feet of Vasudeva and render transcendental loving service unto Him\n\nso\n\nthat all his desires will be duly\n\nfulfilled. Kr�:t;ta is dina-anukampana: He is very merciful to everyone.\nTherefore if one wants to fulfill his material desires, Kr�:t;ta helps him. Of\ncourse, sometimes if a devotee is very sincere, the Lord, as a special favor\nto him, refuses to fulfill his material desires and directly blesses him\nwith pure, unalloyed devotional service. It is said in Caitanya-caritiimrta\n\n(Madhya 22.38-39):\nkr�r_ta kahe,-'amii bhaje, mage v�aya-sukha\namrta chii4i' v�a mage,-ei batja milrkha\nami-vijiia, ei milrkhe 'v�aya' kene diba?\nsva-carar:liimrta diya 'v�aya' bhuliiiba\n\"Kr�:t;ta says, 'If one engages in My transcendental loving service but at\nthe same time wants the opulence of material enjoyment, he is very, very\nfoolish. Indeed, he is just like a person who gives up ambrosia to drink\npoison. Since I am very intelligent, why should I give this fool material\nprosperity? Instead I shall induce him to take the nectar of the shelter of\nMy lotus feet and make him forget illusory material enjoyment.' \" If a\ndevotee maintains some material desire and at the same time very sincerely desires to engage at the lotus feet of Kr�:t;ta, Kr�:t;ta may directly\ngive him unalloyed devotional service and take away all his material\ndesires and possessions. This is the Lord's special favor· to devotees.\nOtherwise, if one takes to Kr�:t;ta's devotional service but still has material desires to fulfill, he may become free from all material desires, as\nDhruva Maharaja did, but this may take some time. However, if a very\nsincere devotee wants only Kr�:t;ta's lotus feet, Kr�:t;ta directly gives him\nthe position of suddha-bhakti, unalloyed devotional service.\nTEXT 22\n\n�arRfif�\n� Rf� �� �fl�qRf'( I\n\n��(i�(i-(!qf�����ll��ll\n\n", "SB8.2#p0256": "Text 22]\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n231\n\nsri-aditir uviica\nkeniiham vidhinii brahmann\nupasthasye jagat-patim\n\nyathii me satya-sarikalpo\n\nvidadhyat sa marwratham\nsri-aditib, uviica-Srimati Aditi began to pray; kena-by which;\n\naham-1; vidhinii-by regulative principles; brahman-0 brahma�;\nupasthasye-can please; jagat-patim-the Lord of the universe, Jagan­\n\nnatha; yathii-by which; me-my; satya-sarikalpab,-desire may ac­\n\ntually be fulfilled; vidadhyat-may fulfill; sab,-He (the Supreme\nLord); marwratham-ambitions or desires.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrimati Aditi said: 0 hriihma:r_ta, tell me the regulative principles\n\nby which I may worship the supreme master of the world so that\nthe Lord will he pleased with me and fulfill all my desires.\nPURPORT\nIt is said, \"Man proposes, God disposes.\" Thus a person may desire\n\nmany things, but unless these desires are fulfilled by the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, they cannot be fulfilled. Fulfillment of desire is\n\ncalled satya-sarikalpa. Here the word satya-sarikalpa is very important.\n\nAditi placed herself at the mercy of her husband so that he would give\n\nher directions by which to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nso that all her desires would be fulfilled. A disciple must first decide that\n\nhe should worship the Supreme Lord, and then the spiritual master will\n\ngive the disciple correct directions. One cannot dictate to the spiritual\nmaster, just as a patient cannot demand that his physician prescribe a\n\ncertain type of medicine. Here is the beginning of worship of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (7.16):\ncatur-vidhii bhajante maril\njaniib, sukrtirw 'rjuna\narto jijfiiisur arthiirthi\njnani ca bharata�abha\n\n", "SB8.2#p0257": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n232\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\n\"0 best among the Bharatas, four kinds of pious men render devotional\nservice unto Me-the distressed, the desirer of wealth, the inquisitive,\nand he who is searching for knowledge of the Abs.olute.\" Aditi was arta,\na person in distress. She was very much aggrieved because her sons, the\ndemigods, were bereft of everything. Thus she wanted to take shelter of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead under the direction of her husband,\nKasyapa Muni.\nTEXT 23\n\n�� m:�� Aft���\n3(1U�lr�4\": ��\"1:(1: m:�: 11��11\nadi.Sa tvaril dvija-sre�!ha\nvidhim tad-upadhavanam\nasu t�yati me deva/:t\nsidantya/:t saha putrakai/:t\nadi.Sa-just instruct me; tvam-0 my husband; dvija-sre�!ha-0 best\nof the brahmar:ws; vidhim-the regulative principles; tat-the Lord;\n\nupadhavanam-the process of worshiping; asu-very soon; t�yatibecomes satisfied; me-unto me; deva/:t-the Lord; sidantya/:t-now\nlamenting; saha-with; putrakai/:t-all my sons, the demigods.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 best of the brihmaJ).as, kindly instruct me in the perfect\n\nmethod of worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead in\ndevotional service, by which the Lord may very soon he pleased\n\nwith me and save me, along with my sons, from this most\ndangerous condition.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSometimes less intelligent men ask whether one has to approach a\n\nguru to be instructed in devotional service for spiritual advancement.\nThe answer is given here-indeed, not only here, but also in Bhagavadgitd, where Arjuna accepted Kr�Q.a as his guru (s�yas te 'ham si.idhi mam\ntvam prapannam). The Vedas also instruct, tad-vijnanartharil sa gururil\nevabhigacchet: one must accept a guru for proper direction if one is\n\n", "SB8.2#p0258": "Text 24]\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n233\n\nseriously inclined toward advancement in spiritual life. The Lord says\nthat one must worship the acarya, who is the representative of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead (acaryam mam vijaniyat). One should\ndefinitely understand this. In Caitanya-caritamrta it is said that the guru\n\nis the manifestation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore,\n\naccording to all the evidence given by the siistra and by the practical\nbehavior of devotees, one must accept a guru. Aditi accepted her husband as her guru, so that he would direct her how to advance in spiritual\nconsciousness, devotional service, by worshiping the Supreme Lord.\nTEXT 24\n\n�ll'l�\n\n���: �1��:1\n� a- � l«f ��1�6·�����11\nsri-ka5yapa uvaca\netan me bhagavan pr�!a/:t\npraja-kamasya padmaja/:t\nyad aha te prava�yami\nvratam kesava-to�a7Jilm\nsri-kaSyapa/:t uvaca-Kasyapa Muni said; etat-this; me-by me;\nbhagavan-the most powerful; pr$!a/:t-when he was requested; praja kamasya-desiring offspring; padma-ja/:t-Lord Brahma, who was born\nof a lotus Hower;\n\nyat-whatever;\n\naha-he said;\n\nte-unto you;\n\nprava�yami-I shall explain; vratam-in the form of worship; kesava�a7J1lm-by which Kesava, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is\nsatisfied.\nTRANSLATION\nSri KaSyapa Muni said: W hen I desired offspring, I placed in­\n\nquiries before Lord Brahm&, who is born from a lotus flower. Now\n\nI shall explain to you the same process Lord Brahm& instructed\nme, by which Ke8ava, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is\n\nsatisfied.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0259": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n234\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nPURPORT\nHere the process of devotional service is further explained. Ka8yapa\nMuni wanted to instruct Aditi in the same process recommended to him\nby Brahma for satisfying the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is\nvaluable. The guru does not manufacture a new process to instruct the\ndisciple. The disciple receives from the guru an authorized process\nreceived by the guru from his guru. This is called the system of disciplic\nsuccession (e vam paramparii-priiptam imam rajar�ayo vidu\n\nM This is\n.\n\nthe bona fide Vedic system of receiving the process of devotional service,\nby which the Supreme Personality of Godhead is pleased. Therefore, to\napproach a bona fide guru, or spiritual master, is essential. The bona fide\nspiritual master is he wh«? has received the mercy of his guru, who in\nturn is bona fide because he has received the mercy of his guru. This is\ncalled the paramparii system. Unless one follows this paramparii system,\nthe mantra one receives will be chanted for no purpose. Nowadays there\nare so many rascal gurus who manufacture their mantras as a process for\nmaterial advancement, not spiritual advancement. Still, the mantra cannot be successful if it is manufactured. Mantras and the process of devotional service have special power, provided they are received from the\nauthorized person.\nTEXT 25\n\n'til\\!g;c�\n� �{ t{t(l� I\n31:;f4�(�� � qmTf�: ����II\n•\n\nphiilgunasyamale pak$e\ndviidaSaham payo-vratam\narcayed aravindiik$am\nbhaktyii paramayanvita/:t\n\nphiilgunasya-of the month of Phalguna (February and March);\namale-during\n\nthe\n\nbright;\n\npak$e-fortnight;\n\ndviidaSa-aham-for\n\ntwelve days, ending with Dvadasi, the day after Ekada8i; paya/:tvratam\n\n-\n\naccepting the vow of taking only milk; arcayet-one should\n\nworship; aravinda-ak$am-the lotus-eyed Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nbhaktya-with\n\nsurcharged.\n\ndevotion;\n\nparamaya-unalloyed;\n\nanvita/:t­\n\n", "SB8.2#p0260": "Text 26)\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n235\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the bright fortnight of the month of Phiilguna [February and\nMarch], for twelve days ending with Dvada8i, one should observe\nthe vow of subsisting only on milk and should worship the lotuseyed Supreme Personality of Godhead with all devotion.\nPURPORT\nWorshiping the Supreme Lord Vi�QU with devotion means following\n\narcana-marga.\nsravar:wm kirtanam v�r:w/:t\nsmara�am pada-sevaTUlm\narcaTUlrh vandaTUlrh dasyam\nsakhyam iitma-nivedaTULm\nOne should install the Deity of Lord Vi�QU or l(r�Qa and worship Him\nnicely by dressing Him, decorating Him with flower garlands, and offering Him all kinds of fruits, flowers and cooked food, nicely prepared\nwith ghee, sugar and grains. One should also offer a flame, incense and\nso on, while ringing a bell, as prescribed. This is called worship of the\nLord. Here it is recommended that one observe the vow of subsisting\nonly by drinking milk. This is called payo-vrata. As we generally perform devotional service on Ekada51 by not eating grains, it is generally\nrecommended that on Dvadasi: one not consume anything but milk.\n\nPayo-vrata and arcaTUl devotional service to the Supreme Lord should be\nperformed with a pure devotional attitude (bhaktyii). Without bhakti,\none cannot worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Bhaktyii miim\nabhijiiniiti yiiviin ya§ ciismi tattvata/:t. If one wants to know the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and be directly connected with Him, knowing\nwhat He wants to eat and how He is satisfied, one must take to the process\nof bhakti. As recommended here also, bhaktyii paramayiinvita/:t: one\nshould be surcharged with unalloyed devotional service.\nTEXT 26\n\nfu;ft;:u(!�d �� �sit�MGJoiqf 1\n�� �6 � ��� �;sea�(� II� �II\n\n", "SB8.2#p0261": "236\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nsiniviilyam mrdiilipya\nsniiyiit kr<X},a-vidirTJ,(Lyii\nyadi labhyeta vai srotasy\netarh mantram udirayet\nsiniviilyiim-on the dark-moon day;\n\nmrdii-with dirt;\n\nalipya­\n\nsmearing the body; sniiyiit-one should bathe; kr<X},a-vidirTJ,(Lyii-dug\nup by the tusk of a boar; yadi-if; labhyeta-it is available; vai-indeed;\n\nsrotasi-in a flowing river;\n\netam mantram-this\n\nmantra;\n\nudirayet-one should chant.\nTRANSLATION\n\nH dirt dug up by a boar is available, on the day of the dark moon\n\none should smear this dirt on his body and then bathe in a flowing\n\nriver. While bathing, one should chant the following mantra.\nTEXT 27\n\n� ��q(ltlll �T�: ��Sell I\niJ�\"lfflM it¥4\\d� qr;au;f ir �q 11 �\\911\ntvarh devy adi-variiheTJ,(L\nrasiiyii/:t sthanam icchata\nuddhrtiisi namas tubhyam\npiipmiinarh me prar:ulSaya\ntvam-you; devi-0 mother earth; adi-variiheTJ,(L-by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead in the form of a boar; rasiiyii/:t-from the bottom\nof the universe; sthanam-a place; icchatii-desiring; uddhrtii asi-you\nhave been raised; nama/:t tubhyam-1 offer my respectful obeisances\nunto you; piipmiinam-all sinful activities and their reactions; me-of\nme; prar:uJSaya-please undo.\nTRANSLATION\n\n. o- mother earth, you were raised by the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead in the form of a boar because of your desiring to have a\n\n", "SB8.2#p0262": "Text 29]\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n237\n\nplace to stay. I pray that you kindly vanquish all the reactions of\nmy sinful life. I offer my respectful obeisances unto you.\nTEXT 28\n\n����'4M�¥il �iif'lt{ Q'lrf{a': 1\n31��f �-&� � � iifll !J(tiifN ������\nniroartitiitma-niyamo\ndevam arcet samiihitatt\narcayarit sthar:u;lile surye\njale vahnau gurav api\nni roa rtita-finished; atma-niyamatt-the daily duties of washing,\nchanting other mantras and so on, according to one's practice; devamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\narcet-one should worship;\n\nsamiihitatt-with full attention; arcayam-unto the Deities; sthar:u;lile-unto the altar; silrye-unto the sun; ja/e-unto the water; vahnauunto the fire; gurau-unto the spiritual master; api-indeed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, one should perform his daily spiritual duties and\nthen, with great attention, offer worship to the Deity of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and also to the altar, the sun,\nwater, fire and the spiritual master.\nTEXT 29\n\nWf'l�+tf\n\n+(�\n\n�\n\n��..� q(ij�ql�\nnamas tubhyarit bhagavate\npu�aya mahiyase\nsarva-bhuta-nivasaya\nvasudevaya sa/cyi�Je\nnamatt tubhyam-1\n\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You;\n\nbhagavate-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; pu�aya\n\n-\n\nthe\n\n", "SB8.2#p0263": "238\n\nSrnnad-BhagavaUun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nSupreme Person; maho/ase-the best of all personalities; sarva-bhutanivasaya-the person who lives in everyone's heart; vasudevaya-the\nLord who lives everywhere; sak$i�e-the witness of everything.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, greatest of all, who lives in\neveryone's heart and in whom everyone lives, 0 witness of everything, 0 Vasudeva, supreme and all-pervading person, I offer my\nrespectful obeisances unto You.\nTEXT 30\n\n;MSQlf� �N !NR� =if I\noq(lfc\\\\l{gut�\ngot4(.�lwt� II� oil\nnamo 'vyaktaya silk$miiya\npradhana-pur�aya ca\ncatur-vimsad-gu�-jnaya\ngu�-sarikhyana-hetave\nnamab,-I offer my respectful obeisances unto You; aryaktaya-who\nare never seen by material eyes; silk$miiya-transcendental; pradhanapur�aya-the Supreme Person; ca-also; catub,-virizSat-twenty-four;\ngu�-jnaya-the knower of the elements; gu�-sarikhyana-of the\nsarikhya-yoga system; hetave-the original cause.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto You, the Supreme Person.\nBeing very subtle, You are never visible to material eyes. You are\nthe knower of the twenty-four elements, and You are the inaugurator of the sankhya-yoga system.\nPURPORT\nCatur-vimsad-gu�, the twenty-four elements, are the five gross elements (earth, water, fire, air and ether), the three subtle elements\n(mind, intelligence and false ego), the ten senses (five for working and\n\n", "SB8.2#p0264": "Text 32]\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n239\n\nfive for acquiring knowledge), the five sense objects, and contaminated\nconsciousness. These are the subject matter of sankhya-yoga, which was\ninaugurated by Lord Kapiladeva. This siinkhya-yoga was again propounded by another Kapila, but he was an atheist, and his system is not\naccepted as bona fide.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n;pU f� � �:Stfiflll � I\n�fl({ijl� � :ttftft\"'m wtq: II�� II\nnamo dvi-sir$r:te tri-pade\ncatu/:1.-frngaya tantave\nsapta-hastiiya yajnaya\ntrayi-vidyatmane nama/;\nnama/:1.-1 offer my respectful obeisances unto You; dvi-sir$�e-who\nhave two heads; tri-pade-who have three legs; catu/:1.-srngaya-who\nhave four horns; tantave-who expand; sapta-hastaya-who have\nseven hands; yajnaya-unto the yajna-pu�a, the supreme enjoyer;\ntrayi-the three modes of Vedic ritualistic ceremonies; vidya-iitmanethe Personality of Godhead, the embodiment of all knowledge; nama/:1.-\n\n1 offer my respectful obeisances unto You.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who have two heads [prayat;tiya and\nudayaniya], three legs [savana-traya], four horns [the four Vedas]\nand seven hands [the seven chandas, such as Gayatri]. I offer my\nobeisances unto You, whose heart and soul are the three Vedic\nrituals [karma-k�«Ja, jiiiina-k�«Ja and upasana-k�«Ja] and who\nexpand these rituals in the form of sacrifice.\n\nTEXT 32\nwtq: NtfR � wtq: :aMN�I� � i\n\n� � m\n\nwtq: ������\n\n", "SB8.2#p0265": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n240\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nTUlmab, sivaya rudraya\n\nTUlmab, sakti-dharaya ca\n\nsarva vidy a dhipataye\n-\n\nbhiltaniirh pataye Mmab,\n\nMmab,-1 offer my respectful obeisances unto You; sivaya-the in­\n\ncarnation named Lord Siva; rudraya-the expansion named Rudra;\n\nMmab,-obeisances; sakti-dharaya-the reservoir of all potencies; ca­\n\nand;\n\nsarva-vidya-adhipataye-the\n\nbhiltaniim-of\n\nthe\n\nliving\n\nentities;\n\nreservoir\n\nof\n\npataye-the\n\nTUlmab,-I offer my respectful obeisances unto You.\n\nall\n\nknowledge;\n\nsupreme\n\nmaster;\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto You, Lord Siva, or Rudra,\n\nwho are the reservoir of all potencies, the reservoir of all knowl­\n\nedge, and the master of everyone.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is the system for one to offer obeisances unto the expansion or incar­\n\nnation of the Lord. Lord Siva is the incarnation of ignorance, one of the\n\nmaterial modes of nature.\n\n�•F:OI�¥l;w I\nttt•lt6it II��II\nTUlmo hirar:tyagarbhaya\n\nprafJliya jagad-at mane\n\nyogaiSvarya-sariraya\nTUlmas\n\nTUlmab,-1\n\noffer\n\nmy\n\nhirar:tyagarbhaya-situated\n\nte yoga-hetave\n\nrespectful\nas\n\nthe\n\nobeisances\n\nfour-headed\n\nunto\n\nYou;\n\nHir�yagarbha,\n\nBrahma; prafJliya-the source of everyone's life; jagat-atmane-the\n\nSupersoul of the entire universe; yoga-aiSvarya-sariraya-whose body\n\n", "SB8.2#p0266": "Text\n\n35]\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n241\n\nis full of opulenres and mystic power ; namab. te-l offer my respectful\n\nobeisances unto You; yoga - hetave-the original master of all mystic\npower.\nTRANSLATION\n\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto You, who are situated as\nHir�yagarbha, the source of life, the Supersoul of every living\nentity. Your body is the source of the opulence of all mystic power.\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nTEXT 34\n\nWI� 3llfa:<ctl4 �nftl� � wt'l: I\n\"11(1401\n\n�\n\n;rot(\n\nm �: \"�\\l\"\n\nnamas ta iidi-deviiya\nsiilcyi-bhutiiya te namab.\nniiriiya�ya r�aye\nnariiya haraye namab.\nnamab. te-l offer my respectful obeisances unto You; iidi-deviiyawho are the original Personality of Godhead; sii/cyi-bhutiiya-the witness\nof everything within the heart of everyone; te-unto You; namab,-1\noffer my respectful obeisances; niiriiya�ya-who take the incar nation\n\nof NarayaQ.a; r�aye - the sage; nariiya-the incarnation of a human\nbeing; haraye-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; namab,-1\noffer my respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto You, who are the original\nPersonality of Godhead, the witness in everyone's heart, and the\nincarnation of Nara-Niriy�a ��i in the form of a human being. 0\nPersonality of Godhead, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nTEXT\n\n35\n\n'R�Cl�IR�N•I(t� I\n\"'+i�� � tft<lctiQij II ��II\n\n", "SB8.2#p0267": "242\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nnamo marakata-syiimavap�e 'dhigata-sriye\nkesaviiya namas tubhyam\nnamas te pita-viisase\nnamafl-I offer my respectful obeisances unto You; marakata-syiimavap�e-whose bodily hue is blackish like the marakata gem; adhigatasriye-under whose control is mother Lak�mi, the goddess of fortune;\nkesaviiya-Lord KeSa.va, who killed the Kesi demon; namafl tubhyamI offer my respectful obeisances unto You; namafl te-again I offer my\nrespectful obeisances unto You; pita-viisase-whose garment is yellow.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You, who are\n\ndressed in yellow garments, whose bodily hue resembles the\n\nmarakata gem, and who have full control over the goddess of for­\n\ntune. 0 my Lord Kesava, I offer my respectful obeisances unto\nYou.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n�f ��o� ��I\n'=ITu: qf��'!!U41e� II��II\ntvarh sarva-varadafl purhsiirh\nvare�ya varadar�abha\natas te sreyase dhiriifl\npiida-re�um upasate\ntvam-You; sarva-vara-dafl-who can give all kinds of benedictions;\npurhsiim-to all living entities; vare�ya-0 most worshipable; vara-dar�abha-0 most powerful of all givers of benediction; atafl-for this\nreason; te-Your; sreyase-the source of all auspiciousness; dhiriiflthe most sober; piida-re�um upiis ate-worship the dust of the lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n0 most exalted and worshipable Lord, best of those who bestow\n\nbenediction, You can fulfill the desires of everyone, and therefore\n\n", "SB8.2#p0268": "The Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\nText 38)\n\n243\n\nthose who are sober, for their own welfare, worship the dust of\nYour lotus feet.\nTEXT 37\n\n31�� ti �: �� ij��1: I\n��� ����� �� Sldl�ijli( 11�\\511\nanvavartanta yam deva/:t\nsriS ca tat-pada-padmayo/:t\nsprhayanta ivamodarh\nbhagavan me prasidatam\nanvavartanta-engaged in devotional service; yam-unto whom;\ndeva/:t-all the demigods; sri/:t ca-and the goddess of fortune; tat-padapadmayo/:t-of the lotus feet of His Lordship; sprhayanta/:t\niva- exactly; amodam-celestial bliss; bhagavan\n\n-\n\n-\n\ndesiring;\n\nthe Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; me-upon me; prasidatam-may be pleased.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the demigods, as well as the goddess of fortune, engage in\nthe service of His lotus feet. Indeed, they respect the fragrance of\nthose lotus feet. May the Supreme Personality of Godhead he\npleased with me.\nTEXT 38\n\nI\n����'ltcn�F�iji(\n31���tJT ��: mmmf;nRfll: ����II\netair mantrair hr�ikesam\navahana-puraskrtam\narcayec chraddhaya yukta/:t\npadyopasparsaniidibhi/:t\netai/:t mantrai/:t-by chanting all these mantras; hr�ikesam\n\n-\n\nunto the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the master of all senses; avahanacalling; puraskrtam-honoring Him in all respects; arcayet-one should\n\n", "SB8.2#p0269": "244\n\nworship;\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nfaith and\n\nyuktatt-engaged;\n\nsraddhaya-with\n\nof\n\nworship\n\nBy chanting all these\n\nmantras,\n\np&lya-upaspar5ana-adibhitt-with\n(padya, arghya, etc. ) .\n\nthe\n\ndevotion;\n\nparaphernalia\n\nTRANSLATION\nKa8yapa Muni continued:\n\nwelcoming the Supreme Personality of Godhead with faith and\n\ndevotion, and offering Him items of worship [such as piidya and\n\narghya],\n\none\n\nshould\n\nworship\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nKesava,\n\nHr�ikesa,\n\n��'.!a,\n\nthe\n\nTEXT 39\n\n31R�' �q�: 'itrm �q� ��\n\nOOrtcfhnll�'W.IT'l�'i��:\nI\n�'t{llTf�f+r�� ��m�FI� 11��11\narcitva gandha-malyadyaitt\npayasa snapayed vibhum\nvastropavitabharar:uz,padyopasparsanais tatatt\ngandha-dhupadibhiS carced\ndvadaSa�ara-vidyaya\narcitoo-worshiping in this way; gandha-malya- adyaitt-with incense, flower garlands, etc.; payasa-with milk; snapayet-should\nbathe;\n\nvibhum-the Lord;\n\nabharar:uz,-ornarnents;\n\nvastra-dress;\n\nupavita - sacred thread;\n\np&lya-water for washing the\n\nupasparsanaitt-touching;\n\ntatatt-thereafter;\n\nlotus\n\nfeet;\n\ngandha-fragrance;\n\ndhupa-incense; adibhitt-with all of these; ca-and; arcet-should\n\nworship; dvadaSa-a/cyara - vidyaya-with the mantra of twelve syllables.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the beginning, the devotee should chant the dviida8�ara­\n\nmantra and offer flower garlands, incense and so on. After\n\nworshiping the Lord in this way, one should bathe the Lord with\n\n", "SB8.2#p0270": "The Payo-vrata P rocess of Worship\n\nText 41]\n\n245\n\nmilk and dress Him with proper garments, a sacred thread, and ornaments. Mter offering water to wash the Lord's feet, one should\nagain worship the Lord with fragrant flowers, incense and other\nparaphernalia.\nP URP ORT\n\nThe dvadaSa�ara-mantra is om namo bhagavate viisudevaya. While\nworshiping the Deity, one should ring a bell with his left hand and offer\n\npiidya, arghya, vastra, gandha, mala, abharar:ra, bh�ar:ra and so on. In\nthis way, one should bathe the Lord with milk, dress Him and again worship Him with all paraphernalia.\n\nTEXT 40\n\nSll� q�fe' �� m� � �RI 1\nijijfif: �!!i ��� ���..'{��Q�T 11\\loll\nsrtam payasi naivedyam\nsaly-annam vibhave sati\nsasarpi/:t sagw)am dattva\njuhuyan mula-vidyaya\nsrtam-cooked; payasi -in milk; naivedyam -offering to the Deity;\nsali-annam-fme rice; vibhave-if available; sati-in this way; sasa rpi/:t-with ghee (clarified butter); sa-g u{iam - with molasses; dattoo-offering Him; juhuyat-should offer oblations in the fire; mulavidyaya-with chanting of the same dvadaSa�ra-mantra.\nTRANSLATION\nH one can afford to, one should offer the Deity fine rice boiled\nin milk with clarified butter and molasses. While chanting the\nsame original mantra, one should offer all this to the fire.\n\nTEXT 41\n\nf.f��d �� ��i�'hr ��� 1\n�:q'I��T �� :q f-1�1\\\"�q_ ll\\l � ll\n\n", "SB8.2#p0271": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n246\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nniveditam tad-bhaktaya\ndadyiid bhunfita vii svayam\ndattviicamanam arcitvii\ntiimbulam ca nivedayet\nniveditam-this offering of prasiida; tat-bhaktiiya-unto His devotee; dadyiit-should be offered; bhunjita-one should take; vii-either;\n\nsvayam-personally; dattvii iicamanam-giving water to wash the\n\nhands\n\nand\n\nmouth;\n\narcitva-in\n\nthis\n\nway\n\nworshiping\n\nthe\n\nDeity;\n\ntiimbulam-betel nuts with spices; ca-also; nivedayet-one should\noffer.\nTRANSLATION\nOne should offer all the prasada to a Vailji:r;tava or offer him some\n\nof the prasada and then take some oneself. Mter this, one should\noffer the Deity iicamana and then betel nut and then again worship\n\nthe Lord.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n\\il�it�d � �flt: � I\n�� �ifaJ'Ii l{m 3f1JI� ��� II \\l� II\njaped U$!ottara-satam\nstuvita stutibhi/:t prabhum\nkrtvii pradak�ir:tam bhumau\nprar:wmed dar:tr;lavan mudii\njapet-should\n\nsilently\n\nmurmur;\n\nU$!Ottara-satam-108\n\ntimes;\n\nstuvita-should offer prayers; stutibhi/:t-by various prayers of glorification; prabhum-unto the Lord; krtvii-thereafter doing; prada�ir:wm-circumambulation; bhumau-on the ground; prar:wmet-should offer\nobeisances; daTJr;/avat-straight, with the whole body; mudii-with great\nsatisfaction.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, one should silently murmur the mantra 108 times\n\nand offer prayers to the Lord for His glorification. Then one\n\n", "SB8.2#p0272": "Text 45]\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n247\n\nshould circumambulate the Lord and finally, with great delight\nand satisfaction, offer obeisances, falling straight like a rod\n[d�4avat].\nTEXT 43\n\n�T f�ffi �\n\n�tli(T� 66: I\n���q}lf�ll��� 11��11\nkrtva sirasi tac-che�am\ndevam udviisayet tata/:1dvy-avaran bhojayed vipran\npayasena yathocitam\n\nkrtva-taking; sirasi-on the head; tat-se�am-all the remnants (the\nwater and flowers offered to the Deity); devam-unto the Deity;\nudviisayet-should be thrown into a sacred place; tata/:1--thereafter;\ndvi-avardn-a minimum of two;\nbrahmar:ws;\n\npayasena-with\n\nbhojayet-should feed; vipran­\n\nsweet\n\nrice;\n\nyatha-ucitam-as\n\neach\n\ndeserves.\nTRANSLATION\nMter touching to one's head all the flowers and water offered to\nthe Deity, one should throw them into a sacred place. Then one\nshould feed at least two brihmal).as with sweet rice.\nTEXTS 44-45\n\n�6 ��a: ij!: �� ��1�: 1\n;ctA+tPol?.J ijU\"� 'Ql�ij' m� ����II\n�: w��� AA� ��6: 1\nqlRI1\n\n�f��� llfcfl�T'1w11{ 11\\l�ll\nbhunjua tair anujnata/:1se�ta/:1- se�am sabhajitai/:1brahmacary atha tad-ratryam\nsvo bhute prathame 'hani\n\n", "SB8.2#p0273": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n248\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nsnatatt sucir yathoktena\nvidhinii susamiihitatt\npayasii sniipayitviirced\nyiivad vrata-samiipanam\nbhunjita-should\n\ntake\n\nthe\n\nanujnatatt-being permitted;\n\nprasada;\n\ntaitt-by the\n\nbriihma�J-US;\n\nsa-i§tatt-with friends and relatives;\n\nse$(1m-the remnants; sabhiijitaitt-properly honored; brahmaciiriobservance of celibacy; atha-of course; tat-riitryiim-at night; svatt\nbhUte-at the end of the night, when the morning comes; prathame\nahani-on the first day; sniitatt-hathing; sucitt-becoming purified;\nyathii-uktena-as stated before; vidhinii-by following the regulative\nprinciples; su-samiihitatt-with great attention; payasii-with milk;\nsniipayitvii-bathing the Deity; arcet-should offer worship; yiivat-as\nlong as; vrata-samiipanam-the period of worship is not over.\nTRANSLATION\nOne should perfectly honor the respectable briihma1,1as one has\n\nfed, and then, after taking their permission, one should take\n\nprasada with his friends and relatives. For that night, one should\n\nobserve strict celibacy, and the next morning, after bathing again,\n\nwith purity and attention one should bathe the Deity of Vi�1,1u with\n\nmilk and worship Him according to the methods formerly stated in\n\ndetail.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n� it(f� �{ r�\"W\\'(t(f: ,\n\\ctCf��t�I<=Ji ifllAUij� � 11\\l�ll\npayo-bhalcyo vratam idarh\ncared vi§r,tv-arcaniidrtatt\npurvavaj juhuyiid agnirh\nbriihmar,tiirhS ciipi bhojayet\npayatt-bhalcyatt-one who drinks milk only; vratam idam-this process of worshiping with a vow; caret-one should execute; vi§r,tu-arcana-iidrtatt-worshiping Lord Vi�Qu with great faith and devotion;\n\n", "SB8.2#p0274": "The Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\nText 48)\n\n249\n\npilroa-vat-as prescribed previously; juhuyat-one should offer oblations; agnim\n\n-\n\ninto the fire; brahma�n-unto the brahmar:r-as; ca\n\napi-as well as; bhojayet-should feed.\nTRANSLATION\nWorshiping Lord Vi�:r;tu with great faith and devotion and living\nonly by drinking milk, one should follow this vow. One should\nalso offer oblations to the fire and feed the brahma:r;tas as mentioned before.\nTEXT 47\n\ntlfi� Alii(�hi qliliRJ\" I\n�qq(uf f�UfJ{ ll��ll\nevaril tv ahar aha!f, kuryiid\ndviidaSiiham payo-vratam\nharer iiradhanaril homam\narhaTJilril dvija-tarpaTJilm\nevam-in this way; tu\n\n-\n\nindee d; aha!f, aha!f,-day after day; kuryiit­\n\nshould execute; dviidaSa-aham-until twelve days; paya!f,-vratam-the\nobservance of the vrata known as payo-vrata; hare!f, iiriidhanamworshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead; homam-by executing\na fire sacrifice; arharJilm-worshiping the Deity; dvija-tarpaTJllm-and\nsatisfying the brahmar:r-as by feeding them.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, until twelve days have passed, one should observe\nthis payo-vrata, worshiping the Lord every day, executing the\nroutine duties, performing sacrifices and feeding the brihma:r;tas.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0275": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n250\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\npratipad-dinam arabhya\nyavac chukla-trayodaSim\nbrahmacaryam adha/:t-svapnaril\nsniinaril tri-$avar:wm caret\npratipat-dinam-on\n\nthe\n\nday\n\nof\n\npratipat;\n\narabhya-beginning;\n\nyavat-until; sukla-of the bright fortnight; trayodaSim-the thirteenth\n\nday\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nmoon\n\n(the\n\nsecond\n\nday\n\nafter\n\nEkadasi);\n\nbrahmacaryam-observing complete celibacy; adha/:t-svapnam-lying\ndown on the floor; sniinam-bathing; tri-savanam-three times (morning, evening and noon); caret-one should execute.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom pratipat until the thirteenth day of the next bright moon\n\n[sukla-trayoda8i], one should observe complete celibacy, sleep on\n\nthe floor, bathe three times a day and thus execute the vow.\n\nvarjayed asad-alapam\nbhogan uccavacarils tatha\nahimsra/:t sarva-bhutaniim\nvasudeva-parayar:w/:t\nvarjayet-one should give up; asat-alapam-unnecessary talk on material subject matters;\n\nbhogan-sense gratification;\n\nucca-avacan­\n\nsuperior or inferior; tatha-as well as; ahimsra/:t-without being envious; sarva-bhiltaniim-of all living entities; vasudeva-parayar:w/:tsimply being a devotee of Lord Vasudeva.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring this period, one should not unnecessarily talk of ma­\n\nterial subjects or topics of sense gratification, one should be com-\n\n", "SB8.2#p0276": "Text 52)\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n251\n\npletely free from envy of all living entities, and one should be a\npure and simple devotee of Lord Vasudeva.\nTEXT 50\n\nsp:n\"Wl'i?.il f�: � qrif'�: I\n��ri91 ftN;n A-Nit��: ll�oll\ntrayoda.Syam atho v�ry,o�\nsnapanarh paficakair vibho�\nkarayec chastra-dmena\nvidhina vidhi-kovidai�\ntrayoda.Syam-on the thirteenth day of the moon; atho-thereafter;\nv�ry,o�-of\n\nLord\n\nVi�r:tu;\n\nsnapanam-bathing;\n\npaficakai�-by\n\npaficamrta, five substances; vibho�-the Lord; karayet-one should\nexecute; sastra-dmena\n\n-enjoined in the scripture; vidhinii-under\n\nregulative principles; vidhi-kovidai�-assisted by the priests who know\nthe regulative principles.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, following the directions of the sastra with help from\nbrahmal,las who know the siistra, on the thirteenth day of the moon\none should bathe Lord Vi�l,lU with five substances [milk, yogurt,\nghee, sugar and honey].\nTEXTS 51-52\n\n.\n\n.\n\n,... -6.\n,...\n�t:�\n'@J � lt�J\n���� J6fi1�1�•1:41:41�:\nI\n� f� qtffu f!JfWim f� ��� � 11\n��� � � �{( �{tl{Tf(6: I\n�� :q'tffl!JUf« ��'ft!fi!\"� II� �II\npujam ca mahatim kuryad\nvitta-sathya-vivarjita�\ncarurh nirilpya payasi\nsipiv�taya v�r,w.ve\n\n", "SB8.2#p0277": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n252\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nsiiktena tena pu�arh\nyajeta susamahita/:l\nnaivedyarh ciitigur.uwad\ndadyiit pu�a-tU$#dam\npiljiim-worship;\n\nca-also;\n\nrnahatim-very\n\ngorgeous;\n\nkuryiit­\n\nshould do; vitta-sii!hya-miserly mentality (not spending sufficient\nmoney); vivarjita/:l-giving up; carum-grains offered in the yajfia;\nnirilpya-seeing properly; payasi-with milk; sipiv�!iiya-unto the\nSupersoul, who is situated in the heart of every living entity; v�r:wveunto Lord Vi�r.m; siiktena-by chanting the Vedic mantra known as\nPurlJ-$a-siikta; tena-by that; purlJ-$am-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; yajeta-one should worship; su-samahita/:l-with great attention; naivedyam-food offered to the Deity; ca-and; ati-gur:w-vatprepared very gorgeously with all varieties of taste; dadyiit-should\noffer; purlJ-$a-tlJ-$#-dam-everything extremely pleasing to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nGiving up the miserly habit of not spending money, one should\n\narrange for the gorgeous worship of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Vi��u, who is situated in the heart of every living entity.\n\nWith great attention, one must prepare an oblation of grains\nboiled in ghee and milk and must chant the Puru�a-sukta mantra.\n\nThe offerings of food should be of varieties of tastes. In this way,\n\none should worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 53\n\n3lRrf ijl'16\"i� �ll: I\nffl�d'��� ijfli(�;f {�: ����II\niiciiryarh jnana-sampannarh\nvastriibharar:w-dhenubhi/:l\nlO$ayed rtvija§ caiva\ntad viddhy iiradhanam hare/:l\n\n", "SB8.2#p0278": "Text 54)\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\nacaryam-the spiritual master;\n\n253\n\njfiiina-sampannam-very advanced\n\nin spiritual knowledge; vastra-abharar:w-dhenubhi�-with clothing, ornaments and many cows; to�ayet-should satisfy; rtvija�-the priests\nrecommended by the spiritual master; ca eva-as well as; tat viddhitry to understand that; aradhanam-worship; hare�-of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nOne should satisfy the spiritual master [acarya), who is very\nlearned in Vedic literature, and should satisfy his assistant priests\n[known as hota, udgata, adhvaryu and hrahma). One should please\nthem by offering them clothing, ornaments and cows. This is the\nceremony called vi��u-aradhana, or worship of Lord Vi��u.\nTEXT 54\n\n����Fl. gul'4�1 � �P.tf4t� I\n31;�� illtAU11500'if'\"<qI�� vH'l'U¥1�1:11� �II\nbhojayet tan gur:wvata\nsad-annena suci-smite\nanyams ca brahrruu:wn chaktyii\nye ca tatra samiigatii�\nbhojayet-should distribute prasiida; tan-unto all of them; gur:wvatii-by rich foods; sat-annena-with food prepared with ghee and\nmilk, which is supposed to be very pure; suci-smite-0 most pious lady;\nanyiin ca-others also; brahmar:tiin-brahmar:ws; saktyii-as far as\npossible;\n\nye-all\n\nof\n\nthem\n\nwho;\n\nca-also;\n\ntatra-there\n\n(at\n\nthe\n\nceremonies); samiigatii�-assembled.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 most auspicious lady, one should perform all the ceremonies\nunder the direction of learned acaryas and should satisfy them and\ntheir priests. By distributing prasada, one should also satisfy the\nhrahm�as and others who have assembled.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0279": "254\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavauuu\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 55\n\n�� � ��� �{(l: I\n3T����� silot�'WRJF{ 11��11\ndak$ir;lirh gurave dad yad\nrtvigbhya5 ca yatharhata/:t\nanniidyen.ii.Sva-pakaritS ca\nprir:tayet samupagatan\ndak$i7J.iim-some contribution of money or gold; gurave-unto the\nspiritual master; dadyat-one should give; rtvigbhya/:t ca\n\n-\n\nand to the\n\npriests engaged by the spiritual master; yatha-arhata/:1,-as far as possible; anna-adyena-by distributing prasada; asva paka n -even to the\n-\n\ncar.u)alas, persons habituated to eating the flesh of dogs; ca -also;\nprir:tayet-one should please; samupagatan -because they have\nassembled there for the ceremony.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne should satisfy the spiritual master and assistant priests by\ngiving them cloth, ornaments, cows and also some monetary contribution. And by distributing prasada one should satisfy everyone\nassembled, including even the lowest of men, the ca�<;lalas [eaters\nof dog flesh].\nPURPORT\nIn the Vedic system, prasada is distributed, as recommended here,\nwithout discrimination as to who may take the prasada. Regardless of\nwhether one be a brahmar:ta, sudra, vaiSya, k$atriya, or even the lowest\nof men, a car.u}iila, he should be welcome to accept prasada. However,\nwhen the car.u)alas, the lower class or poorer class, are taking prasada,\nthis does not mean that they have become Narayru:ta or V i��u. Narayru:ta\nis situated in everyone's heart, but this does not mean Narayru:ta is a car:t­\n\nt;lala or poor man. The Mayavada philosophy of accepting a poor man as\nNaraya�a is the most envious and atheistic movement in Vedic culture.\n\nThis mentality should be completely given up. Everyone should be given\nthe opportunity to take prasada, but this does not mean that everyone\nhas the right to become Naraya�a.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0280": "Text 57]\n\nThe Payo-vrata P rocess of Worship\n\n255\n\nTEXT 56\n\n�'ffietEij � �� � I\n��sftllf;f � � ;r;�fll: II� �II\nbhuktavatsu ca sarve�u\ndi niindha krpa TJiid� u\n-\n\nv�lJ.Os tat pr'i7J.anam vidvan\nbhufijita saha bandhubhi/:1.\nbhuktavatsu-after feeding; ca-also; sarve�u-everyone present\nthere; dina-very poor; andha-blind; krpaTJ.U-those who are not\nbrahmaTJ.US; ad�u-and so on; V�lJ-0/:1.-of Lord Vi�I:IU, who is situated\nin everyone's heart; tat-that (prasada); pr'i7J.Unam-pleasing; vidvan-one who understands this philosophy; bhunjita-should take\nprasada himself; saha-with; bandhubhi/:1.-friends and relatives.\nTRANSLATION\nOne should distribute vi��u-prasida to everyone, including the\npoor man, the blind man, the nondevotee and the non-hrahma�a.\nKnowing that Lord Vi��u is very pleased when everyone is\nsumptuously fed with vi��u-prasida, the performer of yajfta\nshould then take prasada with his friends and relatives.\nTEXT 57\n\nWI�t1'41R;rlfta� �r®l: ����: 1\niifil(��\n� 11.� �qcnit� ������\nnrtya-vaditra-gitaiS ca\nstutibhi/:1. svasti-vacakai/:1.\nkarayet tat-kathabhiS ca\npiljam bhagavato 'nvaham\nnrtya-by dancing; vaditra-by beating the drum; gitai/:1.-and by\nsinging; ca-also; stutibhi/:1.-by chanting auspicious mantras; svastivacakai/:1.-by\n\noffering\n\nprayers;\n\nkarayet-should\n\nexecute;\n\ntat­\n\nkathabhi/:1.-by reciting the Bhagavatam, Bhagavad-gita and similar\n\n", "SB8.2#p0281": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n256\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nliterature; ca-also; p ujam-worship; bhagavatab,-of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Vi��;tu; anvaham-every day (from pratipat to\ntrayodaSi).\nTRANSLATION\nEvery day from pratipat to trayoda8i, one should continue the\n\nceremony, to the accompaniment of dancing, singing, the beating\n\nof a drum, the chanting of prayers and all-auspicious mantras, and\nrecitation of Srimad-Bhagavatam. In this way, one should worship\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 58\n_...,\n!l.t.r:i\"\n\n1(6�*4146\n\n•\n\nS(a'41(tlif.l 'rof_ I\nA6tit�tfllmi �' � ����(. ����II\nwm1\n\netat payo-vratarit nama\npu11.Ufaradhanarit param\npitamahenabhihitam\nmaya te samudiihrtam\netat-this; payab,-vratam - ceremony known as payo-vrata; namaby that name; puru$a-aradhanam-the process of worshiping the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; param -the best; pitamahena - by\nmy grandfather, Lord Brahma; abhihitam-stated; maya-b y me; teunto you; samudiihrtam-descri bed in all details.\nTRANSLATION\nThis is the religious ritualistic ceremony known as payo-vrata,\n\nby which one may worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead. I\n\nreceived this information from Brahmi, my grandfather, and now\n\nI have described it to you in all details.\n\nTEXT 59\n\n� �� � ('(¥�1ifi,=itUiW1 � I\n311€¥t-cl�R�6t€¥tPl�� ������\n\n", "SB8.2#p0282": "Text 60]\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of .Worship\n\n257\n\ntvam canena maha-bhage\nsamyak cirry,ena kesavam\natmarui suddha-bhavena\nniyatatma bhajavyayam\ntvam ca-you also; anena-by this process; maha-bhage-0 greatly\nfortunate one; samyak cir �na-executed properly; kesavam-unto\nLord Kesava; atmana-by oneself; suddha-bhavena-in a pure state of\nmind; niyata-atma\n\n-contr olling oneself; bhaja-go on worshiping;\n\navyayam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is inexhaustible.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 most fortunate lady, establishing your mind in a good spirit,\nexecute this process of payo-vrata and thus worship the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Kesava, who is inexhaustible.\nTEXT 60\n\n3llf � (1��-R�q: : riffafilf<t � 1\n�:(il(f'l< � � �mutt( II� o II\nayam vai sarva-yajfliikhyabsarva-vratam iti smrtam\ntapaiJ,-saram idam bhadre\ndiinam cesvara-tarpaiJllm\nayam-this; vai-indeed; sarva-yajna-all kinds of religious rituals\nand sacrifices; akhyaiJ,-called; sarva-vratam-all religious ceremonies;\niti-thus;\n\nsmrtam-understood;\n\n-\n\ntapaiJ, saram\n\n-the essence of all\n\nausterities; idam-this; bhadre-0 good lady; diinam-acts of charity;\n\nca-and; [Svara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tarpaiJllm-the\nprocess of pleasing.\nTRANSLATION\nThis payo-vrata is also known as sarva-yajiia. In other words, by\nperforming this sacrifice one can perform all other sacrifices automatically. This is also acknowledged to be the best of all ritualistic\n\n", "SB8.2#p0283": "258\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 16\n\nceremonies. 0 gentle lady, it is the essence of all austerities, and it\nis the process of giving charity and pleasing the supreme con­\n\ntroller.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAriidhaniiniirit saroe$iirit V�IJ-Or iiriidhanarit param. This is a statement made by Lord Siva to Parvati. Worshiping Lord Vi�?J:.lU is the\nsupreme process of worship. And how Lord Vi�?J:.lU is worshiped in this\n\npayo-vrata ceremony has now been fully described. The ultimate goal of\nlife is to please Lord Vi�?J:.lU by varTJii,Srama-dharma. The Vedic principles\nof four va� and four iiSramas are meant for worship of Vi�?J:.lU (v�ttur\niiriidhyate puritsiirit niinyat tat-tQ$a-kiiratr-am). The :Kr�?J:.la consciousness\nmovement is also v�ttu-iiriidhanam, or worship of Lord Vif?J:.lU, according to the age. The payo-vrata method of v�ttu-iiriidhaTJO.m was enunciated long, long ago by Kasyapa Muni to his wife, Aditi, in the heavenly\nplanets, and the same process is bona fide on earth even now. Especially\nfor this age of Kali, the process accepted by the Kr!?J:.la consciousness\nmovement is to open hundreds and thousands of Vi�?J:.lU temples (temples\nof Radha-Kr!?J:.la, Jagannatha, Balarama, Sita-Rama, Gaura-Nitai and so\non). Performing prescribed worship in such temples of Vi�?J:.lU and thus\nworshiping the Lord is as good as performing the payo-vrata ceremony\nrecommended here. The payo-vrata ceremony is performed from the\nfirst to the thirteenth day of the bright fortnight of the moon, but in our\nKr!?J:.la consciousness movement Lord Vi�?J:.lU is worshiped in every temple\naccording to a schedule of twenty-four hours of engagement in performing kirtana, chanting the Hare :Kr�?J:.la mahii-mantra, offering palatable\nfood to Lord Vi�?J:.lU and distributing this food to Vaif?J:.lavas and others.\nThese are authorized activities, and if the members of the Kr!?J:.la consciousness movement stick to these principles, they will achieve the same\nresult one gains by observing the payo-vrata ceremony. Thus the essence\nof all auspicious activities, such as performing yajna, giving in charity,\nobserving vratas, and undergoing austerities, is included in the Kr!?l.la\nconsciousness movement. The members of this movement should immediately and sincerely follow the processes already recommended. Of\n\ncourse, sacrifice is meant to please Lord Vi�?J:.lU. Yajnai/:t sarikirtanapriiyair yajanti hi sumedhasa/:t: in Kali-yuga, those who are intelligent\nperform the sarikirtana-yajna. One should follow this process conscientiously.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0284": "Text 61)\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n259\n\nTEXT 61\n\n(I� f911r�: m�� � � ��n 1\n\n� � if� �\" � ijGtl�tl�lr: II�� II\nta eva niyamii/:l sa/cyat\nta eva ca yarnottamii/:l\ntapo diinam vratarh yajfw\nyena lU$yaty adlwlcyaja/:l\n\nte-that is; eva-indeed; niyamii/:l-all regulative principles; salcyat-directly; te-that is; eva -indeed; ca -also; yama uttamii/:l-the\n-\n\nbest process of controlling the senses; tapa/:t-austerities; diinamcharity; vratam-observing vows; yajna/:t-sacrifice; yena\n\n-\n\nby which\n\nprocess; lU$yati-is very pleased; adho/cyaja/:l-the Supreme Lord, who\nis not perceived by material senses.\nTRANSLATION\nThis is the best process for pleasing the transcendental Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, known as Adhok�aja. It is the best of all\nregulative principles, the best austerity, the best process of giving\ncharity, and the best process of sacrifice.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (18.66):\n\nsarva-dharmiin parityajya\nmam ekam sara!Wrh vraja\naham tvam sarva-piipebhyo\nrnolcya�yami rna suca/:l\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall\ndeliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" Unless one pleases the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead according to His demand, no good\nresult will come from any of his actions.\n\ndharma/:l svanU$!hita/:l pumsam\nv�vaksena-kathasu ya/:l\n\n", "SB8.2#p0285": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n260\n\n[Canto 8, Ch 16\n.\n\nnotpiidayed yadi ratim\nsrama eva hi kevalam\n\"The occupational activities a man performs according to his own position are only so much useless labor if they do not provoke attraction for\nthe message of the Personality of Godhead.\" (Bhiig.\n\n1.2.8) If one is not\n\ninterested in\n\nall his\n\nsatisfying Lord Vi��u, Vasudeva,\n\nso-called\n\nauspicious activities are fruitless. MoghiiSii mogha-karmiir_w moghajfiiinii vicetasa/:t: because he is bewildered, he is baffied in his hopes,\nbaffied in his activities, and baffied in his knowledge. In this regard, Srila\nVisvanatha\n\nCakravarti\n\nremarks,\n\nnapumsakam\n\nanapumsakenety­\n\niidinaikatvam. One cannot equate the potent and the impotent. Among\nmodern Mayavadis it has become fashionable to say that whatever one\ndoes or whatever path one follows is all right. But these are all foolish\nstatements. Here it is forcefully affirmed that this is the only method for\nsuccess in life. lsvara-tarpar,tarh vinii sarvam eva viphal.am. Unless Lord\nVi��u is satisfied, all of one's pious activities, ritualistic ceremonies and\nyajfias are simply for show and have no value. Unfortunately, foolish\npeople do not know the secret of success. Na te vidu/:t sviirtha-gatirh hi\nv�r:tum. They do not know that real self-interest ends in pleasing Lord\nVi��u.\n\ntasmiid etad vratarh bhadre\nprayatii sraddhayiicara\nbhagaviin pari�!as te\nvariin iiSu vidhiisyati\ntasrnat-therefore;\n\netat-this;\n\nvratam-observance\n\nof\n\na\n\nvrata\n\nceremony; bhadre-my dear gentle lady; prayatii-by observing rules\nand regulations; sraddhaya-with faith; iicara-execute; bhagaviinthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; parit!L§!a/:t-being very satisfied;\nte-unto you; oon:in-benedictions; iiSu-very soon; vidhiisyati-will\nbestow.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0286": "Text 62)\n\nThe Payo-vrata Process of Worship\n\n261\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, my dear gentle lady, follow this ritualistic vow,\nstrictly observing the regulative principles. By this process, the\nSupreme Person will very soon be pleased with you and will satisfy\nall your desires.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Sixteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Executing the Payo-vrata\nProcess of Worship. \"\n\n", "SB8.2#p0287": "Appendixes\n\n", "SB8.2#p0288": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in\n\nthis world in\n\n1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\n1922. Bhakti­\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent devotional scholar and the founder of\n\nsixty-four GaucJ,iya Mathas (Vedic institutes), liked this educated young\nman and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\n\nSrila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later\n\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in\n\n(1933) at\n\n1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\n'fhakura requested Srila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge\nthrough the English language. In the years that followed, Srila Prabhu­\n\npada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad-gitii, assisted the GaucJ,iya\n\nMatha in its work and, in\n\n1944, without assistance, started an English\n\nfortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and checked the\n\ngalley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and strug­\n\ngled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never\nstopped; it is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\n\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion,\n\nthe GauQiya V ai��ava Society honored him in\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In\n\n1947 with the title\n\n1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada\n\nretired from married life, and four years later he adopted the\n\nvanaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his studies and writ­\n\ning. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of V:rndavana, where he\n\nlived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\n\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and\nwriting. He accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in\n\n1959. At\n\nRadha-Damodara, Srila Prabhupada began work on his life's master­\n\npiece: a multivolume translation and commentary on the eighteen thou­\n\nsand verse Srimad-Bhagavatam (Bhagavata Purar:m). He also wrote\nEasy Journey to Other Planets.\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhagavatam, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncame to the United States, in\n\n1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\n\nmaster. Since that time, His Divine Grace has written over forty volumes\n\nof authoritative translations, commentaries and summary studies of the\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n\n265\n\n", "SB8.2#p0289": "266\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila\n\nPrabhupada was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for Krishna Con­\n\nsciousness in July of 1966. Under his careful guidance, the Society has\n\ngrown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one\nhundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm communities.\n\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New V:rndavana, an experimental\n\nVedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew V:rndavana, now a thriving farm community of more than one thou­\n\nsand acres, his students have since founded several similar communities\n\nin the United States and abroad.\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\n\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\nDallas, Texas. The school began with 3 children in 1972, and by the\n\nbeginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\n\nSrila Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large inter­\n\nnational center at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also\n\nthe site for a planned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the\n\nmagnificent Kr�r:ta-Balarama Temple and International Guest House in\n\nV:rndavana, India. These are centers where Westerners can live to gain\nfirsthand experience of Vedic culture.\n\nSrila Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his\n\nbooks. Highly respected by the academic community for their authori­\n\ntativeness, depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks in\nnumerous college courses. His writings have been translated into eleven\n\nlanguages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972 ex­\n\nclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become the\n\nworld's largest publisher of hooks in the :field of Indian religion and phi­\n\nlosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada's most\nrecent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-com­\n\npleted by Srila Prabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali\nreligious classic Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada\n\nhas circled the globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to\nsix continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncontinues to write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library\n\nof Vedic philosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0290": "References\nThe purports of Srimad-Bhagavatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are specifically\ncited in this volume:\n\nAitar eya Upan�ad, 139\nBhagavad-gitd, 23, 24, 67, 69, 70, 71, 96, 100, 101, 104-105, 105, 107,\n108,113,113-114,124,135,136,137,139,145,156,176,177,180,\n21� 220-221,221,225,227,227-22� 231-23� 232,259\nBhagavata-candra-candrikii., 107\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, 108-109,112\nBrahma-samhitd, 100,115\nBrahma-yamala, 112\nCaitanya-caritamrta, 24,135,230,233\nCha.rukJgya Upan�ad, 108\nManu-samhitd, 8\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 48-49, 81, 103, 113, 125, 133, 174,213,225,227,\n229,259-260\nSvetasvatara Upan�d, 131\nVedanta-sutra, 107\nV��u Pura�, 109\n267\n\n", "SB8.2#p0291": "Glossary\nA\nA camana-purification by sipping water and chanting the names of the\nLord.\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by example.\nAcit-without life or consciousness.\nArati-a ceremony for greeting the Lord with offerings of food, lamps,\nfans, flowers and incense.\nArcana-the devotional process of Deity worship.\nArtha-economic development.\nAsat-not eternal.\nAsrama-\n\n(1) the four spiritual orders of life: celibate student, house­\n\nholder, retired life and renounced life. (2) the residence of a saintly\n\nperson.\n\nAsuras-atheistic demons.\nAvatira-a descent of the Supreme Lord.\n\nB\nBhagavad-giti-the basic directions for spiritual life spoken by the\nLord Himself.\nBhakta-a devotee.\nB hakti-yoga-linking with the Supreme Lord by devotional service.\nBrahmacarya-celibate student life; the first order of Vedic spiritual\nlife.\nBrah man-the Absolute Truth; especially the impersonal aspect of the\nAbsolute.\nBrih�Jl8'.la-one wise in the Vedas who can guide society; the first Vedic\nsocial order.\n\nBrahmistra-a nuclear weapon produced by chanting mantras.\n\nc\nChandas-the different meters of Vedic hymns.\nCit-alive and conscious.\n\n269\n\n", "SB8.2#p0292": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n270\n\nD\nDharma-eternal occupational duty; religious principles.\nDvid.&Si-the twelfth day after the full or new moon.\n\nE\nEkad&Si-a special fast day for increased remembrance of .Kr!?I).a, which\ncomes on the eleventh day of both the waxing and waning moon.\n\nG\nGoloka (��aloka) -the highest spiritual planet, containing .Krf?I).a's\npersonal abodes, Dvarakii, Mathurii and Vrndiivana.\nGopis-l(rf?I).a's cowherd girl friends, His most confidential\nservitors.\nGrhastha-regulated householder life; the second order of Vedic spiritual life.\nGuru-a spiritual master.\n\nH\nHare ��a mantra-See: Mahii-mantra\n\nJ\nJagat-the material universe.\n\nJiva-tattva-the living entities, atomic parts of the Lord.\nJiian a k�<Ja-the portion of the Vedas containing knowledge of Brah-\n\nman, spirit.\nJiiani-one who cultivates knowledge by empirical speculation.\n\nK\n\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali) -the present age, characterized by quarrel; it\nis last in the cycle of four and began five thousand years ago.\nKama-lust.\n\nKaratilas- hand cymbals used in kirtana.\nKarma-fruitive action, for which there is always reaction, good or bad.\n\nKarma-k��a-a section of the Vedas prescribing fruitive activities for\nelevation to a higher material position.\nKarmi-a person satisfied with working hard for flickering sense\ngratification.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0293": "Glossary\n\n271\n\nKirtana-chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord.\n�J].aloka-See: Goloka\n�triyas-a warrior or administrator; the second Vedic social order.\n\nM\nMahi-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance:\nHare l<r!?I,la, Hare l<r!?I,la, l<r!?I.la l<r!?I,la, Hare Hare\nHare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nMantra-a sound vibration that can deliver the mind from illusion.\nManvantara-the duration of each Manu's reign (306,720,000 years);\nused as a standard di�sion of history.\nMathuri-Lord l<r!?I.la's abode, surrounding V:rndiivana, where He took\nbirth and later returned to after performing His V:rndavana\npastimes.\nMaya-illusion; forgetfulness of one's relationship with l<r!?I,la.\nMiyivadis-impersonal philosophers who say that the Lord cannot have\na transcendental body.\nMok�-liberation.\n�ailga\n\n-\n\na clay drum used for congregational chanting.\n\np\nParampari-the chain of spiritual masters in disciplic succession.\nPrajipatis-the populators of the universe.\nPrasida-food spiritualized by being offered to the Lord.\n\nR\nRasa-the nonmaterial taste of a personal relationship with the Supreme\nLord.\n�i-a sage.\n\ns\nSac-cid-inanda-vigraha-the Lord's transcendental form, which is\neternal, full of knowledge and bliss.\nSailkirtana-public chanting of the names of God, the approved yoga\nprocess for this age.\nSannyisa-renounced life; the fourth order of Vedic spiritual life.\nSastras-revealed scriptures.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0294": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n272\nSat-eternal.\n\n�lllfli scriptures-supplementary explanations of the Vedas.\n\nSrava�,uuh kirtanaih vi�I;J.ol:t-the devotional processes of hearing and\nchanting about Lord V i!?Q.U.\n\nSruti scriptures-the original Vedic literatures: the four Vedas and the\n\nUpani§ads.\n\nSiidra-a laborer; the fourth of the Vedic social orders.\n\nSv&mi-one who controls his mind and senses; title of one\n\nm\n\nrenounced order of life.\n\nthe\n\nT\nTapasya-austerity; accepting some voluntary inconvenience for a\nhigher purpose.\n\nTilaka-auspicious clay marks that sanctify a devotee's body as a temple\nof the Lord.\n\nu\nUpasanii-k8I.t4a-a\ndemigods.\n\nsection\n\nof the\n\nVedas prescribing worship\n\nof\n\nv\nVaikui;t�ha-the spiritual world.\n\nVai�I;J.ava-a devotee of Lord V i!?Q.U, _Kr�Q.a.\n\nVaisyas-farmers and merchants; the third Vedic social order.\n\nViinaprastha-one who has retired from family life; the third order of\nVedic spiritual life.\n\nVari;J.a-the four occupational divisions of society: the intellectual class,\n\nthe administrative class, the mercantile and agricultural class, and\nthe laborer class.\n\nVari;tiiSrama-the Vedic system of four social and four spiritual orders.\n\nVedas-the original revealed scriptures, first spoken by the Lord Himself.\n\nVi�I;J.u, Lord-Kr!?Q.a's first expansion for the creation and maintenance\nof the material universes.\n\nVi�I;J.u-tattva-the original Personality of Godhead's primary expansions, each of whom is equally God.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0295": "Glossary\n\n273\n\nV:rndavana-Kr�Qa's personal abode, where He fully manifests His\nquality of sweetness.\nVyasadeva-Kr�Qa's incarnation, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, for compiling the Vedas.\n\ny\nYajiia-sacrifice; work done for the satisfaction of Lord Vi�QU.\nYoga-siddhis-mystic powers.\nYogi-a transcendentalist who, in one way or another, is striving for\nunion with the Supreme.\nYugas-ages in the life of a universe, occurring in a repeated cycle of\nfour.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0296": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\nVowels\n\n3'{a atfa\n\nii �u �ii �r �f\n� e � ai alJ o it au\n\n.: i\n\n�l\n..!. Ih\n\n(anusvara)\n\n: l,l (vi.sarga)\n\nConsonants\n\nGutturals:\n\nCfi ka\n\n\\Cf kha\n\nif ga\n\n'ij gha\n\ne ila\n\nPalatals:\n\n�ca\n\n� cha\n\n�ja\n\nfJ jha\n\n5{ iia\n\nCerebrals:\n\neta\n\n� tha\n\n�Q a\n\nG Q ha\n\nQT l).a\n\nDentals:\n\na'ta\n\nq tha\n\n� da\n\n�dha\n\n;:rna\n\nLabials:\n\nqpa\n\n�pha\n\nif ba\n\n�bha\n\n'{rna\n\nSemivowels:\n\n�y a\n\n�ra\n\n� la\n\nqva\n\nSibilants:\n\n�sa\n\nq�\n\n�sa\n\nAspirate:\n\n� ha\n\nS\n\n'\n\n(avagraha) -the apostrophe\n\nThe vowels above should be pronounced as follows:\n\na - like the a in organ or the u in but.\nli\nlike the a in far but held twice as long as short a.\n- like the i in pin.\n- like the i in pique but held twice as long as short i.\nu - like the u in push.\nii - like the u in rule but held twice as long as short u.\n-\n\n275\n\n", "SB8.2#p0297": "276\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n- like the ri in rim.\nr -like ree in reed.\n! - like Hollowed by r (lr).\ne -like the e in they.\nai - like the ai in aisle.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in how.\nIil (anusvara) -a resonant nasal like the n in the French word bon.\n1;1 (visarga) - a final h-sound: ab, is pronounced like aha; ib,like ihi.\n:r\n\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\nk -as in kite\nkh- as in Eckhart\n\njh -as in hedgehog\nii -as in canyon\n\ng - as in give\n\n� -as in tub\n�h -as in light-heart\n� -as in dove\n\ngh- as in dig-hard\niJ. -as in sing\nc -as in chair\n\nch -as in staunch-heart\n\nJ\n\n- as m JOY\n\n�a- as in red-hot\nQ\n\n-as rna (prepare to say\nthe r and say na).\n\nCerebrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, but the\nfollowing dentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth:\n\nt -as in tub but with tongue against teeth.\nth - as in light-heart but with tongue against teeth.\nd - as in dove but with tongue against teeth.\ndh-as in red-hot but with tongue against teeth.\nn -as in nut but with tongue between teeth.\np -as m pme\n\nI -as in light\n\nph- as in uphill (not f)\n\nv - as in vine\n\nb -as in bird\nm -as in mother\n\ns (palatal) - as in thes in the German\nword sprechen\ns (cerebral) -as thesh inshine\n\ny -.as myes\n\ns -as msun\n\nr -as m run\n\nh - as in home\n\nbh- as in rub-hard\n\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, only a flow­\n\ning of short and long (twice as long as the short) syllables.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0298": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete listing 9f the first and third lines of each of the\nSanskrit poetry verses of this volume of Srimad-Bhagavatam, arranged in English\nalphabetical order. The first column gives the Sanskrit transliteration, and the second and\nthird columns, respectively, list the chapter-verse reference and page number for each\nverse.\n\nA\nabhyayat sauhrdam sakhyur\nacarya-dallam jalajam maha-svanam\nacaryam jnana-sampannam\nadi.Sa tvam dvija-sre�!ha\nadityantim avarajo\naditya vasavo rudra\nadrSy-a�!tlyudha-bahur ullasacady-anttiv asya yan madhynm\nagnayo 'tithayo bhrtya\nagnir bah� suci� suddho\naham kaldntim �bho 'pi muhye\nahatya tigma-gadayahanad\nahatya vyanadat sari.khye\nahimsra� sarva-bhatanam\naho maya-balam v�IJO�\naho rapam aho dhama\nahvayanto vi.Sanlo 'gre\nainivatam dik-kari{Ulm\naiSvaryam srir ya5a� sthanam\najnanatas tvayi janair vihito vikalpo\n\n11.13\n\n74\n\n15.23\n\n198\n\n16.53\n16.23\n\n252\n\n13.6\n\n151\n\n13.4\n10.54\n\n150\n58\n\n12.5\n16.12\n\n101\n218\n\n13.34\n\n167\n\n11.16\n\n75\n\n16.55\n\n254\n\nanye capi balopetti�\nanye jala-sthala-khagai�\nanye pauloma-kaleya\nanye 'py evam pratidvandvan\nanye 'vayanti nava-5akti-yutaril\n\n11.35\n10.12\n\n13.29 164\n16.37 243\n16.54 253\n\n232\n\n12.43\n\n141\n\n10.57\n11.23\n\n79\n\n16.49\n16.18\n\n250\n223\n\n9.2\n10.27\n\nanilo dvipam utsr.fya\nanntidyeniiS va-pakarilS ca\nantaram satyasahasa�\nanvavartanta yam eleva�\nanyarii.S ca brahma(Uiii chaktya\n\n61\n\n2\n41\n\n40\n10.25\n16.16 222\n12.8\n\n106\n\ntikar{Ul-prlr{Ulir ahanad\nakaSa-gangaya devya\nalabdha-bhtiga� somasya\nala�yantas lam ativa vihvala\namantrya lam parikramya\n\n11.10\n\n72\n\namogha bhagavad-bhaktir\nam�yama(Ui utpetur\nanagatas lat-sutas ca\nantiyaka� 5atru-balena nirjitti\natigaran mumucur vatair\n\n15.14\n\n192\n\n10.23\n\n38\n\n11.25\n12.41\n\n81\n140\n\n16.21\n\n228\n\n10.3\n\n29\n\n13.24\n\n162\n\n11.25\n\n81\n\n10.49\n\n55\n\n277\n\n87\n34\n\n10.22\n\n38\n\n11.42\n12.9\n\n92\n110\n\nanyonyam asadya nijaghnur ojasii\naparajitena namucir\naparijiieya-viryasya\napi sarve ku5alinas\napi vaku5alam kiiicid\n\n10.35\n\n46\n\napi vatithayo 'bhyetya\napramti{Ul-vidas tasyas\napralarkyam anirdeSyam\napy abhadram na vipni(Uim\napy agnayas tu veldyam\n\n10.30\n\n43\n12.36 135\n\n16.10\n\n217\n\n16.5\n\n212\n\n16.6\n\n213\n11\n\n9.13\n10.17\n16.4\n\n36\n211\n\n16.8\n\n215\n\narcayam stha�ile surye\narcayec chraddhaya yukt�\narcayed aravi�m\narcitva gandha-malyadyni�\na�.to '�!anemiS ca\naruru�i mayabhir\n\n16.28 237\n\naryakasya sutas lalra\nasad-av�yam atighrim bhavaaSmasiiramayam sulam\n�.lame 'ntara ayate\nasthitas tad vimanagryam\nasura(Uim sudha-danam\n\n13.26 163\n12.47 144\n\n16.38\n\n243\n\n16.25 234\n16.39\n10.22\n\n244\n\n11.5\n\n66\n\n11.30\n\n38\n\n84\n\n13.11 154\n10.18\n\n37\n\n9.19\n\n15\n\n", "SB8.2#p0299": "278\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nasu fu$yati me deva!l\na.Winiiv rbhavo rajann\natas te sreyase dhira!l\natharuhya ratham divyaril\nathavagata-Tniihatmya\n\n16.23\n\n232\n\n13.4\n\n150\n\n16.36\n\n242\n\natho� krta-sniinii\natho sura!� protyu.palabdha-cetasa!l\natmtimsa-bhilldm tO.m mayam\ntitmdnaril mocayitvtil'rga\ntitmanii suddha-bhavena\nato 'nya5 cintanlyas tc\natrapi bhagavaj-janma\ntivartanodvartana-kampita-stanaavattira maya dma\nav�hyam imam manye\nayaril vai sarva-yajnakhya!l\nayi vyapa5yas tvam ajasya mayaril\ndyu$mato 'mbudharayam\n\n15.8\n\n189\n\n12.36\n\n134\n\n9.14\n\n12\n\n11.1\n\n64\n\n12.42\n\n141\n\n12.30\n\n129\n\n16.59\n\n257\n\n11.38\n\n89\n\n13.6\n\n151\n\n12.19\n\n122\n\n12.12\n\nl15\n\n15.25\n\n199\n\n16.60\n\n257\n\n12.43\n\n141\n\n13.20\n\n159\n\n8\nbabhau di.Sa!l kham prthiviril ca\nbahu-mdnena cabaddha\nbala-vyajana-chatragryai\nbale!l pada-trayaril blulme!l\nbaliril vipannam adaya\nbalir mahendroril daSabhis\nbali.S co5anasti sp/\"$!a!l\nbastair eke ki\"$(Ul-sdrair\nbhadroril dvija-gavdril brohman\nbhagavann udyamo bhuyan\n\n11.26\n\n82\n\n9.23\n\n18\n\n10.18\n\n37\n\n15.1\n\n184\n\n11.46\n\n94\n\n10.41\n\n51\n\n11.48\n\n95\n\n10.1l\n\n34\n\n16.11\n\n217\n\n15.25\n\n199\n\nbhagavan paritU$.tas te\nbhavadbhir amrtaril praptaril\nbhavad-vidho bhavan vapi\nbhavanya api pa5yantya\nbhav�ya�y atha vak$yami\n\n16.62\n\n260\n\n11.44\n\n93\n\n15.29\n\n202\n\n12.25\n\n127\n\n13.7\n\n151\n\nbhavilti rudra-stiva�l\nbhavitti yena sarilraddhdril\nbhojayet tdn g�vata\nbhro.jante rii.pavan-niiryo\nbhuktavatsu ca sarve$u\nbhuiijdna!l pdti lokarils trin\n\n13.27\n\n163\n\n13.20\n\n159\n\n16.54\n\n253\n\n15.17\n\n194\n\n16.56\n\n255\n\n14.7\n\n177\n\nbhufijita tair anujnata!l\nbhu.Suru)ibhi.S cakro-gada �fi-pa !fi .Sai!l\nbhiltaketur diptaketur\nbhute5varo!l krpa(Ul-val\nbrohmacaryam adha!l-svapnaril\n\n16.44\n\nbrohmacary atha tad-ratryaril\nbrohma{lii pre$ito devtin\nbrahma(IO gni.S ca vai v�(IO!I\nbrhaspatiS co5anasa\nbrilhi karo(Ulm etasya\nbubhuje ca sriyaril svrddJuim\n\n247\n\n10.36\n\n46\n\n13.18\n\n158\n\n15.1\n\n184\n\n16.48\n\n250\n\n16.44\n\n247\n\n11.43\n\n92\n\n16.9\n\n216\n\n10.33\n\n44\n\n15.27\n\n201\n\n15.36\n\n208\n\nc\ncakre(Ul k$ura�hare(Ul\ncaruril nirii.pya payasi\ncaturbhi.S caturo vahan\ncatur-viriiSad-gw:r.a-jnaya\ncatur-yugante kalena\nchadayam tisur asura!l\nchindhi bhindhiti vadi'o/as\nciccheda ni.Sitair bhallair\ncitra�hvaJa-pa.tai rajann\ncitrasena-vicitradyli\n\n9.25\n\n20\n\n16.51\n\n251\n\n10.41\n\n51\n\n16.30\n\n238\n\n14.4\n\n173\n\n11.24\n\n80\n\n10.48\n\n55\n\n1Q.42\n\n51\n\n10.13\n\n35\n\n13.30\n\n165\n\n15.26\n\n200\n\nD\ndahann iva di.So drgbhi!l\ndaityan grhita-kalaso\ndak$i{liiril gurave dadyad\ndaSamo brohma-savar(lir\ndattvacamanam arcitvd\ndattvemaril yacamaniiya\ndattvti go-vipro-bhutebhya!l\ndeva�nava-vlra{liiril\ndeva-deva jagad-vyapiii\ndeva�hanim adhi$!haya\ndeva�undubhayo nedur\ndevaguhylit sarasvatydril\ndevahotrosya tanaya\ndeva!l sukarma-sutramadeva-linga-proticchanna!l\ndevavan upadevaS ca\ndeve$V atha niline$U\n\n9.21\n\n17\n\n16.55\n\n254\n\n13.21\n\n160\n\n16.41\n\n246\n\n13.13\n\n155\n\n9.14\n\n12\n\n10.15\n\n35\n\n12.4\n\n99\n\n15.33\n\n206\n\nl1.41\n\n91\n\n13.17\n\n157\n\n13.32\n\n166\n\n13.31\n\n165\n\n9.24\n\n19\n\n13.27\n\n163\n\n15.33\n\n206\n\n", "SB8.2#p0300": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\n\ndhanu.S ca divyam puratopanaddham\ndhannasyarthasya kdmasya\ndhilpdnwdita-saldyam\ndhvajaS ca simhena virdjamdno\ndhyata\"prddurabhat tatra\ndhyayan phenam athdpa$yad\ndi�u bhramat-kanduka-capalair\nd�_tyd tvaril vibudha-sre$!ha\nd.l\"$!vd mrdhe ganuja-vdham ibhdrid'!\"$!00 sapatndn utsiktdn\ndmva tasyam mana5 cakre\ndii.ra-sthdn pdyaydm dsa\ndvimii.rdhd kdlanabho 'tha\ndvy-avardn bhojayed viprdn\ndyutimat-pramukhds tatra\n\n15.6\n\n187\n\n16.5\n\n212\n\n9.16\n\n13\n\n15.5\n\n187\n\n10.53\n\n58\n\n11.39\n\n90\n\n12.20\n\n122\n\n12.38\n\n136\n\n10.56\n\n60\n\n10.24\n\n39\n\n12.24\n\n126\n\n9.21\n\n17\n\n10.20\n\n38\n\n16.43\n\n247\n\n13.19\n\n159\n\nE\nekada kaSyapas tasyd\nekas tvam eva sad asad dvayam\ne$(1 vipra-balodarka\"\netad veditum icchdnw\netair mantrair �ike5am\nelan me bhagavdn p'!\"$1�\netan muhu\" kirtayato 'nu.Sr(tvato\netat kalpa-vikalpasya\netat payo-vrataril ndma\nevam abhyarthito 'ditya\nevam abhyarthito v�(tur\nevam bhagavatd rdjan\nevaril daityair mahd-mdyair\nevam nirakrto devo\nevaril pulre$U OO$!e$U\nevaril sa viprdrjita-yodhandrthas\nevaril sumantritdrthds te\nevaril surdsura-ga(td\"sama-deSaevaril tdril rucirdpdrigiril\nevaril tv ahar a� kurydd\n\n16.2\n\n210\n\n12.8\n\n106\n\n15.31\n\n204\n\n15.2\n\n184\n\n16.38\n\n243\n\n16.24\n\ngdlavo diptimdn rdnw\ngandha-dhUpddibhiS cdrced\ngandharva-muklryau jagatur\ngiro va\"sddhu-iocydndril\n\n13.15\n\n157\n\n16.39\n\n244\n\n11.41\n\n91\n\n11.9\n\n71\n\ngrdhrai\"karikair bakair anye\ngrhdd apii.jitd yatd\"\ngrhe$u ye$V atithayo\n\n10.10\n\n33\n\n16.6\n\n214\n\n16.7\n\n214\n\nH\nharilsa-sdrasa-cakrdhvaharer arddhanam homam\nharin daSa-5atdny ajau\nharis tasya kabandhas tu\nhasty-aSva-ratha-pattindril\nhav�mdn sukrta\"satyo\nhayagriv� sariku.Sird\"\nhaya hayair ibhdS cebhai\"\nhema-jdldk$a-nirgacchad-\n\n15.13\n\n192\n\n16.47\n\n249\n\n11.21\n\n78\n\n9.25\n\n20\n\n10.7\n\n31\n\n13.22\n\n160\n\n10.21\n\n38\n\n10.8\n\n32\n\n15.19\n\n195\n\n15.9\n\n189\n\n15.32\n\n205\n\n16.15\n\n221\n\n16.1\n\n210\n\niddnim dsate rdjan\n�dkur nabhagaS caiva\nilvala\"saha vdtdpir\nime sapta1\"$<1yas tatra\nindrd\" sura-ga(td§ caiva\nindra5 ca vaidhrtas te¢m\n\n13.16\n\n157\n\n13.2\n\n149\n\nindro bhagavatd dattdm\nindro jambhasya sarikruddho\nitas lata\" prasarpanti\niti te 'bhihitas tdta\niti te �litais tasyd\niti te tdm abhidrutya\n\nhemdrigada-lasad-bdhu\"\nhitvd tri-v�!aparil jagmur\nhrta-sriyo hrta-sthdndn\nhrte tri-v�!ape daityai\"\n\n233\n\n12.46\n\n143\n\n14.11\n\n181\n\n16.58\n\n256\n\n16.18\n\n223\n\n12.14\n\n117\n\n12.41\n\n140\n\n10.52\n\n57\n\n11.11\n\n72\n\n16.1\n\n210\n\n15.7\n\n188\n\n15.32\n\n205\n\n9.28\n\n23\n\n12.24\n\n126\n\n16.47\n\n249\n\nG\ngadd-prahdra-vyathito\ngajds turarigd\" sarathd\"paddtaya\"\n\n279\n\n11.15\n\n75\n\n10.37\n\n47\n\nI\n\niri bruvd(tO bhagavdrils\niti danava-daiteyd\niti 5akram v�idantam\nity abhivyiihrtam tasyd\nity d�ipya vibhum viro\nity updmantrito daityair\n\n10.32\n\n44\n\n13.16\n\n157\n\n14.2\n\n172\n\n13.25\n\n162\n\n14.7\n\n177\n\n11.18\n\n76\n\n12.29\n\n129\n\n12.45\n\n143\n\n9.11\n\n9\n\n9.2\n\n2\n\n12.17\n\n120\n\n10.1\n\n28\n\n11.37\n\n89\n\n9.13\n\nll\n\n11.10\n\n72\n\n9.8\n\n7\n\n", "SB8.2#p0301": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n280\n\nJ\njat;likrtom nrpa-sre�!ha\n\n12.35\n\n134\n\njaghnur bhf'Saril 5akra-samirTJI).Iidayas\njahasur bhiiva-gambhiraril\njamadagnir bharadviija\njambharil srulvii hataril tasya\n\n11.1\n\n64\n\n9.11\n\n9\n\n13.5\n\n150\n\n11.19\n\n77\n\njdniimi maghavaii. chatror\njdnubhyiiril dhara(liril sp�.tvd\njaped �.tottara-Sataril\njdta/:1 sviiriiSena bhagaviin\njatriiv alii4ayac chakra.ril\njighiirils ur indraril nrpate\njij�mdf.Ulril vidhinabh4icyu\njilvd biildn nibaddhii�n\njii.iinaril ciinuyugaril bnlte\njii.iiliniiril baddha-vaini(liiril\njii.iiliniiril pa§yatiiril riijaii.\nj�!iiril vibhakta-prapathiiril\n\n15.28\n\n201\n\n11.15\n\n75\n\n16.42\n\n246\n\n13.23\n\n161\n\n11.14\n\n74\n\n11.29\n\n83\n\n15.4\n\n186\n\n11.4\n\n66\n\n14.8\n\n178\n\n9.6\n\n5\n\n11.28\n\n83\n\n15.15\n\n193\n\nK\nkabandhds tatra cotpetu/:1\nMla-nlpe(Ul saroe�m\nkalpayitvd prhak patiktir\nkiimadevena durma�\nkiimasya ca va5aril nita!�\n\nkiimindril bahu mantavyaril\nkapa!a-yuvati-� moha yan ya/:1\nkiirayec chiistra�!ena\nMrayet tat-kathiibhiS ca\nkasya ke pati-putrddyii\nkaSyapo 'trir vas�!haS ca\nkasyiisi vada viimoru\nkatharil kaSyapa-diiyadii!J\n!r.J tvam kaii.ja-pa�i\nkauJahaldya daityiiniiril\nkecid gaura-mukhair r/qair\nkeniiharil vidhinii brahmann\nke5a-bandha upiiniya\nke5aviiya namas tubh yaril\nkim idam daiva-yogena\nkirtiril d�u vilanviina/:1\nkirtir jayo 'jayo mrt)'u!J\n\n10.40\n\n50\n\n14.9\n\n179\n\n9.20\n\n16\n\n10.33\n\n44\n\n12.27\n\n128\n\n12.16\n\n119\n\n12.47\n\n144\n\n16.50\n\n251\n\n16.57\n\n255\n\n16.19\n\n224\n\n13.5\n\n150\n\n9.3\n\n3\n\n9.9\n\n7\n\n9.3\n\n3\n\n12.15\n\n118\n\n10.9\n\n33\n\n16.22\n\n231\n\n12.28\n\n129\n\n16.35\n\n242\n\n11.33\n\n86\n\n15.35\n\n207\n\n11.7\n\n68\n\nlro nu me bhagavan kamo\nlro nu me 'titaren mayiiril\nkrto-krtyam iviilmiinaril\nkrto niviSatdril bhiirai/:1\n\n16.13\n\n219\n\n12.39\n\n138\n\n15.36\n\n208\n\n11.34\n\n87\n\nkrtvii prada�i(Ulril bhumau\n\n16.42\n\n246\n\nkrtva sirasi tac-che�ril\n�ipanto dasyu-dharmaf.Ul\nkajad-vihatiga-mithunair\nku.Se�u pniviSan sa roe\nkva deho bhautilro 'natma\n\n16.43\n\n247\n\n9.1\n\n2\n\n15.12\n\n191\n\n9.15\n\n12\n\n16.19\n\n224\n\nL\nla�ye 'svastham iilmdnaril\nlokapdld/:1 saha-ga(Ulir\n\n16.10\n\n217\n\n10.26\n\n41\n\n15.24\n\n199\n\n10.39\n\n49\n\nM\nmaghaviirils tam abhipretya\nmahii-bhu.jai/:1 siibhara(Uli/:1\nmahd-dhanair vajra-dcu.u;lai r\nmahoraga/:1 samutpetur\nmali sumiily atibalau yudhi petatur\nmanasvinaril susampannaril\nmanu-puJniS ca\nmiinina/:1 kiimirw lubdhii\nmanor vaivasvatasyaite\nmanur vai dharma-sii va,Ur\nmanavo\n\nmanur vii indra-siiva,US\nmanur vivasva ta!J putra/:1\nmanus trayodaSo bhiivyo\nmaruto nivii takavacai!l\nmanv-iidayo jagad-yatriiril\nmanvantare�u bhagavan\nmatvii jati-nf'Sarilsdnii ril\nmaya sametd kiilena\nmayiismai yad varo datto\nmohayilvii sura-ga(liin\nm.rdatiga-5alikhiinaka-dundubhimukta-vitdnair mat;U-hema-ketubhir\n\n10.13\n\n35\n\n10.47\n\n54\n\n10.57\n\n61\n\n11.3\n\n65\n\n14.2\n\n172\n\n15.22\n\n197\n\n13.3\n\n149\n\n13.24\n\n161\n\n13.33\n\n166\n\n13.1\n\n148\n\n13.30\n\n165\n\n10.34\n\n44\n\n14.3\n\n173\n\n14.1\n\n171\n\n9.19\n\n15\n\n12.40 139\n11.38\n\n89\n\n12.1\n\n98\n\n15.21\n\n197\n\n15.20\n\n196\n\n16.4\n\n211\n\n12.10\n\n111\n\nN\nna dharmasya na lokas ya\nniiharil pardyur �yo na marici-\n\n", "SB8.2#p0302": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nniiham tad ddade da{u;lam\nna �yanti na Sot:anti\nnainam kaScit kuto vapi\nnaivedyam ctitigu!Jllvad\nnalinyo yatra kril;lanti\nnamafl sivtiya rudniya\nnamas ta tidi-devtiya\nnamas tubhyam bhogavate\nnamo dvi-si�rre tri-pade\nnamo hira(lyagarbhtiya\nnamo marakata-5ytimanamo 'tyakttiya s�rniiya\nniimrryat tad-adhi�pam\nnamuciflpaiica-daSabhi/:1\nnamuciflsambaro bti(IO\nnamuciS ca bala/:1 ptikas\nnamucis tad-vadham dmro\nniiniya(ldya 1\"$aye\nnaT4yanto 'tho niibhtigafl\nniisp�!a-pilrvtiril jtinimo\nna SIJ.:!ke!'U na ctirdre!Jll\nniisya 5aktafl pura/:1 sthtitum\nna tasya hi tvacam api vajra ilrjito\nna tat-pratividhim yatra\nna.tavan miil/.ha rniiyabhir\nnavamo da�-stivar(lir\nna vayam manyarniiniiniim\nna vayam tvtimarair daityaifl\nnii yam S�J.:?kair atho niirdruir\nnikrtta-btihilru-sirodhanitig hraya5\nniliyarniinii vr/qe�u\nnirilqya prtaniiril devafl\nnirmoka-tattvadarStidyri\nnirmoka-virajasktidyti/:1\nnirutsavam nironandam\nnirvartittitma-niyamo\nnistririlSa-bhallaifl parighai/:1\nniSumbha-sumbhayor devi\nniveditam tad-bhaktaya\nnivesito 'dhike svargtid\nnrtyai/:1 savadyair upadeva-gitakair\n\n11.36\n\n88\n\n11.8\n\n69\n\n15.26\n\n200\n\n16.52\n\n252\n\n15.13\n\n192\n\n16.32\n\nnrtya-vaditra-gilaiS ca\nrulnam ltJaril vidhinii subhrufl\n\n16.57\n\n255\n\n9.5\n\n5\n\n15.27\n\n201\n\n15.29\n\n202\n\nptilayanti prajti-ptilii\npar:u)ure!Jll praticchannaparair vivtisitti stiham\npardjita-srtr asubhiS ca htipito\npardjito 'pi niikhidyal\n\n14.6\n\n176\n\n0\nojaflsaho balam tejo\nojasvinam balimjeturh\n\n240\n\n16.34\n\n241\n\n16.29\n\n237\n\n16.31\n\n239\n\n16.33\n\n240\n\n16.35\n\n242\n\n16.30\n\n238\n\n11.11\n\n72\n\n11.23\n\n79\n\n10.19\n\n38\n\n11.19\n\n281\n\n71\n\n11.29\n\n83\n\n16.34\n\n241\n\n13.2\n\n149\n\n9.4\n\n4\n\n11.40\n\n90\n\n15.29\n\n203\n\n11.32\n\n85\n\n10.53\n\n58\n\n11.4\n\n66\n\n13.18\n\n158\n\n11.9\n\n71\n\n9.4\n\n4\n\n11.37\n\n89\n\n10.37\n\n47\n\n12.26\n\n128\n\n11.27\n\n82\n\n13.31\n\n165\n\n13.11\n\n154\n\n16.2\n\n210\n\n16.28\n\n237\n\n10.36\n\n46\n\n10.31\n\n43\n\n16.41\n\n246\n\n13.14\n\n156\n\n15.21\n\n197\n\np\n15.19\n\n195\n\n16.16\n\n222\n\n15.3\n\n185\n\n11.48\n\n95\n\nptini-maricigarbhtidyri\npa5yattim asurendni(ldm\npa5yattim sarva-bhilttiniim\npa5yatti sura-ktiryti(li\npavitrtiS c�� devdfl\n\n13.19\n\n159\n\n9.27\n\n22\n\npayasti sniipayitvtirced\npayo-b� vratam idam\nphtilgunasyamale �\npibadbhir iva kham d.rgbhir\npibann iva mukhen.edam\npittimahas tasya dadau ca rniiliim\npittimaheniibhihitam\npUa-pniye 'mrte devair\nprabhajyarniiniim iva madhyataS\npracar:u)a-vtitair uddhiltaprada/qi(li-krtya krta-pra(ldma/:1\npnidravat sa prthu-sro(li\npragrhytibhyadravat kruddho\nproharat kuli.fam tasrnii\nprahasya bhtiva-gambhiram\nprahasya ruciniptitigair\npnihi(!Od deva-nijtiya\npniktire(ltigni-var(lena\npnili-mukhe�ilpav�.te�u\npratipad-dinam tirabhya\npratisamyuyudhu/:1 5astrair\npratyapadyata ktimena\npravtila-pha/a-p!J.:?poru-\n\n10.2\n\n28\n\n12.15\n\n118\n\n13.34\n\n167\n\n16.45\n\n248\n\n16.46\n\n248\n\n16.25\n\n234\n\n15.10\n\n190\n\n15.26\n\n200\n\n15.6\n\n187\n\n16.58\n\n256\n\n9.27\n\n22\n\n12.19\n\n122\n\n10.51\n\n57\n\n15.7\n\n188\n\n12.30\n\n129\n\n11.30\n\n84\n\n11.12\n\n73\n\n12.14\n\n117\n\n9.8\n\n7\n\n11.30\n\n84\n\n15.14\n\n192\n\n9.16\n\n13\n\n16.48\n\n250\n\n10.4\n\n29\n\n12.31\n\n130\n\n15.12\n\n191\n\n", "SB8.2#p0303": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n282\nprav�f.a� somam apibac\nproktany ebhir mila� kalpo\npiijdril ca mahatiril kurydd\npilrvavaj juhuydd agniril\n\n9.24\n\n19\n\n13.36\n\n168\n\n16.51\n\n251\n\n16.46\n\n248\n\nR\nrdddham indra-padaril hitva\nrdhu(lii ca tathd soma�\nrdjams caturdaSaitani\nramydm upavanodydnaifr,\nrardja ratham arii4ho\nrathino rathibhis tatra\nrejatur vira-maldbhir\nl'e!UJT di.Sa� kharil dyumartiril ca\nrodhasy udanvato rdjarils\n�aya5 ca tapomurtis\n�i-rii.pa-dharafr, karma\n�ya5rnga!t pildsmakam\nrtadhdma ca tatrendro\nrukma-pa!fa-kapdf.ai.S ca\n\n13.13\n\n155\n\n10.31\n\n43\n\n13.36\n\n168\n\n15.12\n\n191\n\n15.9\n\n189\n\n10.8\n\n32\n\n10.15\n\n35\n\n10.38\n\n48\n\n10.5\n\n30\n\n13.28\n\n164\n\n14.8\n\n178\n\n13.15\n\n157\n\n13.28\n\n164\n\n15.15\n\n193\n\ns\nsabhd-catvara-rathydl/.hyaril\nsabhdjito bhagavata\nsabhdjito yathd-nyayam\nsddhayitvdmrtaril rdjan\nsa e� sd�t pu�� purd(IO\nsaha devya yayau d�tum\nsakhdyaril patitam d�lvd\nsakhyany ahur anitydni\nsakrt sandhdna-mo�(Ul\nsd kUjati kanaka-nii.pura-siiijitena\n5akunir blu:iiasantapo\nsdldv(kd(liiril stri(liiril ca\nsamdsddyasibhir ba(Ulir\n5ambaro yuyudhe �lTd\nsamjM. chdya ca rdjendra\nsammatam �i-mukhyanam\nsamo bhavams ldsv asu�u prabho\nsdrilvartaka ivatyugro\nsarilvilqya sammumuhur utsmitasarilyamya manyu-sarilmmbham\n\n15.16\n\n193\n\n12.3\n\n99\n\n16.3\n\n211\n\n10.2\n\n28\n\n12.44\n\n142\n\n12.2\n\n98\n\n11.13\n\n74\n\n9.10\n\n9\n\n11.22\n\n79\n\n9.17\n\n14\n\n10.20\n\n38\n\n9.10\n\n9\n\n10.6\n\n31\n\n10.29\n\n43\n\n13.8\n\n152\n\n12.42\n\n141\n\n16.14\n\n220\n\n10.50\n\n56\n\n9.18\n\n14\n\n11.45\n\n93\n\n5anaiScaras trtiyo 'bhud\nsaligrdme vartamaruiruiril\n5atikha-mrya-mrdaligdruiril\nsatik§epato mayoktani\nsapatruiruiril pardm rddhim\nsa patniril dina-vadaruiril\nsapta-hastaya yajM.ya\nsaptamo vartamano yas\n5arabhair mah�ai� khat;lgair\n5arair avakiran meghd\n\n13.10\n\n153\n\n11.7\n\n68\n\n10.7\n\n31\n\n13.7\n\n151\n\n10.3\n\n29\n\n16.3\n\n211\n\n16.31\n\n239\n148\n\n13.1\n10.10\n\n33\n\n11.20\n\n78\n\nsargaril pmje5a-rii.pe(Ul\nsarit-saraftsu 5aile�u\nsarva-blu:iia-guhd-vdsaril\nsarva-blu:iia-nivdsdya\nsarva-deva-ga(Wpelo\n\n14.9\n\n179\n\n12.34\n\n132\n\nsarva ete ra(Ul-mukhe\nsarvaril bhagavato brahmann\nsarva-sdligrdmikopetaril\nsarvata� 5ara-kU!e na\nsarvataS cdryams ca� ur\n\n10.23\n\n39\n\n16.12\n\n219\n\n10.17\n\n36\n\nsarvdlmarui tan abhajad bhrgun balift\nsarva-vidyddhipataye\nsarvend riya-mana�-pritiril\nsarve�dm api bhdvaruiril\nsasarjdthdsuriril maydm\nsasarpifr, sagu4am dattvd\nsa sirilha-vdha dsddya\n5atabhyam matalim pako\nsd tam dyantam alokya\nsa tan apatatafr, 5akras\n5atena hayamedhdruim\nsa tenai�.ta-dhdre(Ul\nsatrdya(UISya tanayo\nsd tvam na!t spardhamananam\nsa tvaril samihitam � sthitisdvar(lis tapati kanyd\nsa vidhdsyati te kdmdn\nsaydno nyapatad bhamau\nsehe rujam sudurma�ril\nsenayor ubhayo rdjan\nseyaril gu(Ul-mayi maya\nsikha!ll)i-pdrdvata-bhrnga-ndditaril\n\n16.20\n\n226\n\n16.29\n\n237\n\n15.24\n\n199\n\n11.24\n\n80\n\n12.17\n\n120\n\n15.3\n\n185\n\n16.32\n\n240\n\n9.5\n\n5\n\n12.4\n\n99\n\n10.45\n\n53\n\n16.40\n\n245\n\n11.14\n\n74\n\n11.22\n\n79\n\n12.26\n\n127\n\n10.42\n\n51\n\n15.34\n\n206\n\n11.28\n\n83\n\n13.35\n\n168\n\n9.6\n\n5\n\n12.11\n\n114\n\n13.10\n\n153\n\n16.21\n\n228\n\n11.12\n\n73\n\n11.18\n\n76\n\n10.12\n\n34\n\n12.40\n\n138\n\n15.20\n\n196\n\n", "SB8.2#p0304": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\n\n283\n\nsilii� sa�anka-sikharas\nsimha-nddan vimuiicanla�\nsimha-vyaghra-vanihaS ca\nsin.dlwr nirmathane yena\nsiniviilyiim mrrJiilipya\n\n10.46\n54\n39\n10.24\n10.47\n54\n12.45 143\n16.26 236\n\nsims tv amamtiim nitam\nsirobhir uddhiila-kiri!a-kw;t{ialia�\nsiro ha�ye mandiitman\ns4yayopabhrtam tejo\n\n9.26\n10.39\n11.6\n15.28\n\nsivabhir akhubhi� kecit\nskanne retasi so 'paSyad\nslathad dukii.lam kabanm ca\nsniita� sucir yatlwktena\n\n33\n10.11\n12.35 133\n12.21 123\n16.45 248\n\nso 'ham durmiiyinas te 'dya\nso 'ham tad d�.tum icchami\nso 'nuvmjyiitivegena\nsopagiil;lha bhagavatii\n\n11.6\n67\n12.12 116\n12.28 129\n12.29 129\n\nso yam pmtihato vajro\nsphuradbhir viSadai� sastmi�\nsprhayanta ivamodam\nsriyii samedhitii� sarva\n\n11.36\n88\n35\n10.14\n16.37 243\n93\n11.44\n\ntiim sri-sakhim kanaka-kw;t{ialatiirils tan visrjatiril bhaviin\ntam t�.tuvur muni-ga�Jli\ntiim vik§ya deva iti kanduka-lilaye�-\n\n16\n9.20\n14\n9.18\n12.39 138\n11.40\n90\n12.22 124\n\nsrjyamiiniisu miiyiisu\nsrrigiifakair ma(limayair\nsmo daityena sumahan\nsrtam payasi naivedyam\n\n57\n10.52\n15.16 193\n56\n10.50\n16.40 245\n\ntam viSva-jayinaril i4yam\ntiin dasyii.n vidhunomy aftiiin\ntii ni rii.pyasya hemnai ca\ntapa�-siimmayam �!ram\ntapa�-siiram idam bhadre\n\n15.34 206\n11.5\n66\n12.33 132\n11.35\n87\n16.60 257\n\nsthanam purandanid dhrtva\nstri-pre k§a(IU -pmtisamik§a(IUstii.yamiino janair ebhir\nsii.dayiim iisur asurdn\n\n13.17 158\n12.22 124\n14.10 180\n92\n11.42\n\nsii.ktena tena pu�m\nsii.lena jvalatii tam tu\nsii.pav4!a uviicedam\nsum-stri-keia-vibh�.ta-\n\n16.52 252\n11.17\n76\n12.3\n99\n15.18 195\n\ntapasii �yo 'paSyan\ntapo diinam vmtam yajno\ntiimkaS cakradrk iumblw\nta� ca p�hmi ca\ntasmiid etad vmtam bhadre\n\n14.4\n16.61\n10.21\n13.3\n16.62\n\nsii.ryo bali-sutair devo\ns�mi(IO yii.thapasyeva\nsusrag-dharo 'tha sanna�a\nsuViisana-viruddhiidyii\n\n10.30\n43\n12.32 131\n15.8\n189\n13.22 160\n\ntasmiid indro 'bibhec chatror\ntasmiid iSa bhajantyii me\ntasman nilayam utsrjya\ntasmin pmv�[e 'sum-kuta-karmajii\ntasyii� kanigrdl sa tu kanduko yadii\n\n11.33\n86\n16.15 221\n15.30 203\n59\n10.55\n12.23 126\n\ntasya karmottamam vikrya\n\n13.29 164\n12.20 122\n10.55\n59\n\ntasyiim krtatipm(layii�\ntasyiim narendm kambhorur\ntasyiinudhiivato retaS\ntasyiisan sarvato deVii\n\n1o.43\n9.23\n9.17\n12.32\n10.26\n\n21\n49\n67\n201\n\nT\ntad adblwtam pamm ativirya-vrtm\ntadapatad gagana-tale maha-javam\ntad didr/qava iiyiitii�\ntad idam kiila-m5anam\nta eva niyamii� siik§iit\n\n11.32\n86\n11.31\n85\n12.13 116\n11.8\n69\n16.61 259\n\nta evam iijiiv asurii� surendni\ntair eva sad bhavati yat kriyate\ntal lilayii garu(ia-milrdhni patad\ntam iihanan nrpa kuliSena kandhare\ntiim anvagacchad bhagavan\n\n10.35\n46\n9.29\n25\n10.56\n60\n11.31\n85\n12.27 128\n\ntam aviklavam avri(iam\ntam briihma�Jli bhrgava� priyamii�Jli\ntiim daivim giram akal\"(tya\ntiim deva-dhaniril sa variithini-patir\n\\ tam jvalantim malwlkiibham\n\n12.37 135\n186\n15.4\n11.39\n90\n15.23 198\n52\n1o.43\n\ntams copaveiayam iisa\n\nsvadhamiik�o harer ari!Sa�\nsva-kar(IU-vibhnijita-kw;t4alollasatsvapno yatha hi pmtibodha agate\n\n173\n259\n38\n149\n260\n\n52\n18\n13\n131\n41\n\n", "SB8.2#p0305": "284\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\ntasylisan saroalo yanair\ntasylisau padaviril rudro\ntasya tat piijayan karma\ntata/1 pnidurabhuc chaila/1\ntata/1 samudra udvela/1\n\n10.19\n38\n12.31 130\n11.17\n76\n10.45\n53\n10.51\n\n57\n\ntata/1 sa/amtata/1 prosam\ntata/1 supa�rilsa-krtanghri-pallava/1\ntata/1 sura-ga!U'i/1 saroe\ntatas tad-<1nubhavena\ntatas tur� �u-baddha-paiijanid\n\n10.44\n\n53\n\n10.54\n10.4\n\n58\n29\n\n15.35\n11.26\n\n207\n82\n\n16.17\n\n223\n\ntatha vidhehi kalya(Ulril\ntato dadariopavane vara-striyaril\ntato dharmaril c�pado.ril\ntato grhitvcimrta-bhajanaril harir\ntato maha-ghanci vyomni\ntato nipetus taravo\ntato ratha/1 kiiiicana-pa!ta-naddho\ntato ratho matalinci\ntatra daivasuro nama\ntatra deva/1 sutapaso\ntatram.rtaril sura-g�/1 phalam\ntatranyonyaril sapatncis te\ntalrav�tcivayavan\ntat-sulci bh�!liid�a\ntat te 'hamdar5afo.yami\ntavadbhir ardayam lisa\ntavaiva cara!U'imbhojaril\ntavaiva mcirica mana/1-Sarirajci/1\ntayapahrta-vijnanas\nte 'nyonyam abhisamsrtya\nte 'nyonyato 'suni/lpcitraril\nte pa/ayanta/1 samayam\nte�m evapamcinena\nte� paddghata-rathai!ga<llr(titcid\nte�ril virocana-suto\n�yed rtvifaS caiva\ntrayodaSyam atho v�(I0/1\ntri-vargasya param�tram\ntrnyamllaQavam eke\ntulyaiSvarya-ba/a-sribhi/1\n�(tim lisan krta-sneha/1\n\n12.18 121\n14.5\n175\n9.12\n\n10\n\n10.49\n\n55\n\n10.46\n\n54\n\n15.5\n11.16\n\n187\n\ntvcirh brahma kecid avayanty uta\ntvaril brahma piln;ulm am.rtaril\ntvaril canena maha-bhage\ntvaril devy adi-vanihe(Ul\ntvam saroa-varada/1 purilsciril\ntvayodvigna-dhiya bhadre\n\n23\n30\n\n11.47\n\n95\n13.21 160\n12.16 119\n11.21\n\n78\n\n12.6\n\n102\n\n16.14 220\n12.25\n10.27\n\n127\n\n9.1\n9.22\n\n2\n18\n\n15.31\n\n204\n\n10.38\n\n48\n\n16.27 236\n16.36 242\n16.8\n\n215\n\n11.27\n11.2\n16.27\n\n82\n64\n\nu\nudayacchad ripuril hanturil\nudayacchad yada vajraril\nuddhrtasi namas tub�aril\nudyatayudha-dorda{ll)air\nupagiyamancinucarair\nupat�thasva pur!J.$aril\nuru-gambhira-budhadya\nu§ana jivayam lisa\nu,s,trai/1 kecid ibhai/1 kecid\nuvcica parama-prito\n\n75\n30\n10.5\n13.12 154\n9.28\n10.6\n\n110\n12.9\n12.7\n104\n16.59 257\n\n10.40\n\n236\n50\n\n11.45\n\n93\n\n16.20\n\n226\n167\n\n13.33\n11.47\n\n95\n\n10.9\n12.37\n\n33\n135\n\nv\nvacobhi/1 par!J.$air indram\nvaidhrtayaril harer ariiSas\nvairocanciya sarilrabdho\nvairocano bali/1 satikhye\nvajra-par,Us tam ahedam\n\n11.20\n\n78\n\n13.26\n\n163\n\n11.2\n\n64\n\n10.16\n\n36\n65\n\nvarayam lisa vibudhan\nvarjayed asad-O.Iapam\nvai'UIJO hetinayudhyan\nvasa/I sasatramlaghu maruto 'harad\nvastropavitcibhara(Ul-\n\n11.43\n92\n16.49 250\n10.28\n42\n12.23\n\n126\n\n16.39\n\n244\n\nvatoddhatottar'O$(t�ir\nvayamkaSyapa-dayada\nvayur yatha viSati khamca\nvibhajasva yatha-nyayam\nvihangama/1 kamagama\nvijeryati na ko 'py enaril\n\n10.14\n\n35\n\n11.3\n\n41\n\n13.12 155\n16.53\n\n252\n\n16.50\n\n251\n\n16.11\n13.9\n\n152\n\n218\n\n15.10 190\n18\n9.22\n\nvikriljatiffl kanduka-lilaya lasadvimohitcitmabhir ncincivinighnatim anya-kare(Ul kandukam\nv�(!Os tat pri(Ulnaril vidvan\nvisrjyobhayata/1 sang am\nv�vakseno v�llcyaril tu\n\n9.7\n\n6\n\n12.11\n\n114\n\n9.7\n13.25\n\n162\n\n15.29\n\n203\n\n6\n\n12.18\n\n121\n\n14.10\n\n180\n\n12.21\n\n123\n\n16.56\n\n255\n\n12.6\n\n102\n\n13.23 161\n\n", "SB8.2#p0306": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nviSvasam par:ujito jdtu\nviSvasya hetur udaya-sthitiviSvedevas tu paulomai\nvitaruiyam maharoja\nvivasvataS ca dve jdye\nV/¥1-dhvajo niSamyedam\nv�pis tu jambhena\nV/¥lm aruhya giriSal!\nvrto vika�n mahatim\n\n9.9\n\n8\n\n12.7\n\n104\n\n10.34\n\n45\n\n13.35\n\n168\n\n13.8\n\n152\n\n12.1\n\n98\n\n10.32\n\n44\n\n12.2\n\n98\n\n15.11\n\n190\n\ny\nyacrie5varosya piirr}D.sya\nyad aha te prava�yami\nyadi labhyeta vai srotas.Y\nyadi niryanti te nunam\nyad uttama.Sioka-gu(liinuvan;wnam\n\n15.2\n\n184\n\n16.24\n\n233\n\n16.26\n\n236\n\n16.7\n\n214\n\n12.46\n\n144\n\nyady abhyupetam kva ca siidhv\nyad yac chastram samddadyat\nyad yujyate 'su-vasu-karma-manoyajna-bhaga-bhujo deva\nyajiiiidayo ya?l kathital!\n\n9.12\n\n10\n\n10.44\n\n53\n\nyamas tu kalaruibhena\nyam mam aprcchas tvam upetya\nyam na vrojanty adhorm�!ha?l\nyamo yami sraddhadeva.S\nyanam vaihayasam ndma\nyan-mayaya m�ita-cetasa iSa daitya-\n\n9.29\n\n25\n\n14.6\n\n176\n\n14.3\n\n173\n\n10.29\n\n43\n\n12.44\n\n142\n\n15.22\n\n197\n\n13.9\n\n153\n\n10.16\n\n36\n\n12.10\n\n111\n\nyan me stri-riipayii svairom\nyasmin karma(li ye yena\nyas tu parva(li candnirkiiv\nyasya bhavan projddhya�\nyata kiilam proli�nto\nyatha me satya-sankalpo\nyatha srovat-prosravat;�am\nyatha tani punal! siidho\nyathopa�m vasamsi\nyato 'vyayasya naitani\n\n285\n12.38\n\n137\n\n14.1\n\n172\n\n9.26\n\n21\n\n16.13\n\n219\n\n15.30\n\n203\n\n16.22\n\n231\n\n10.25\n\n40\n\n16.17\n\n222\n\n9.15\n\n12\n\n12.5\n\n101\n\nyat-piijayii kama-dughan\nyatra kva ct'isann !¥'Ya5\nyatra manvantani(ly ahui\nyatnimodam upaddy a\nyatra nitya-vayu-rUpiilJ\n\n16.9\n\n216\n\n12.34\n\n133\n\nyatra yatnipatan mahyam\nyatudhanya5 ca iata.fal!\nyayav indro-purtm svrddhtim\nyena me pilrvam adri(liim\nyena sammohita daitya?l\nye 'va.S�!ii ra(le tasmin\nyogaiSvarya-5ariniya\nyoge5varo harer amso\nyo 'sau bhagavatt'i baddha?l\nyukta?l karma(li yattiiS ca\nyukta?l saricarayanty addha\nyuyodha balir indre(la\n\n14.11\n\n181\n\n15.18\n\n195\n\n15.17\n\n194\n\n12.33\n\n132\n\n10.48\n\n55\n\n15.11\n\n190\n\n11.34\n\n87\n\n12.13\n\n116\n\n11.46\n\n94\n\n16.33\n\n240\n\n13.32\n\n166\n\n13.14\n\n156\n\n10.1\n\n°\n\n28\n\n14.5\n\n175\n\n10.28\n\n42\n\n", "SB8.2#p0307": "General Index\nNumerals in boldface type indicate references to translations of the verses of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam.\n\nAditi\n\nA\n\nKasyapa advised, on devotional service,\n226,228, 229\n\nAbsolute Truth\n\nKasyapa begged by, for instructions, 231,\n\ndevotional service reveals, 109\n\n232\n\nLord as, 101, 102, l3S\nas one and different, 102\n\nKasyapa begged by, for protection, 222,\n\nphilosophers cannot find, 180\n\nKasyapa instructed, on payo-vrata,\n\npiiricariitriki-vidhi reveals, 112\n\n223\n235-256\n\nsurrender reveals, 113\n\nKasyapa queried, 212,214,215,217\n\nVaise!)ika philosophers misunderstand,\n108\n\nKasyapa reassured by, about household,\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\n\n218,219\n\nAciirya. See: Spiritual master, all entries\n\nlamentation of, 210,211,117,222\n\nAcaryam mdm vijiiniyat\n\nas materially attached, 212,214\n\nquoted, 233\n\nquoted on household life, 218\n\nAcintya-bhedabheda\n\nquoted on worshiping the Lord, 231\nas Vamana's mother, 151\n\nAbsolute Truth as, 102\nLord as, lOS\n\nAge of Kali. See: Kali-yuga\n\nActivities\n\nAgni as demigod warrior, 41,92\nAhaituky apratihatii\n\nin base modes of nature, 112\nfruitful vs. futile, 260\n\nquoted, lOS\n\nAham iidir hi devanam\n\nof the Lord. See: Incarnations of the\n\nSupreme Lord; Supreme Lord, ap­\n\nquoted, 102\n\npropriate entries\n\nAham sarvasya prabhavo\nquoted, 102, 180\n\nLord's pleasure as measure of, 2S9-\n\nAham tvam saroa-piipebhyo\n\n260\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 23-24, 25-26\n\nverse quoted, 2S9\nAharikiira itiyam me\n\ntime controls, 68, 69, 70\nSee also: Karma\n\nverse quoted, 101, 107\n\nAikiintiki harer bhaktir\n\nAdbhuta, 159,160\nAditi\n\nverse quoted, 112\n\nas iirta, 232\n\nAir, Lord compared to, 114,11S\n\nas demigods' mother, 210,222\n\nAiriivata\n\nas householder, 212, 213\n\nBali attacked,.51\n\n287\n\n", "SB8.2#p0308": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n288\nAiravata (continued)\nas\n\nlndra's carrier, 40-41, 51\n\n�\n\nAir dem od, 44\nAirplane(s)\nof Bali, 37\n\nin lndra's city,l94,196\n\nAitareya Upan� quoted on Durga, Vi��u\nand kala, 139\nAkama defined, 229\nAkama� sarva-kamo va\nverse quoted, 229\n\nAka.Sa-ganga in lndra's city,l92\nAmbudhara, 160\n\nAmi-vijiia, ei mii.rkhe 'v�ya' kene diba?\nverse quoted, 230\n\nApsaras\n\nin lndra's city, 196\n\nlndra's triumph gladdened, 91\n\nAriidhaniiniim sarve$iiril\nquoted, 258\n\nArcanii. See: Deity worship of the Supreme\nLord\n\nArcanam vandanam diisyam\nverse quoted, 235\n\nAri��.40\n\nAri��emi, 40\n\nArtha defined, 103\nArto jijfliisur arthiirthi\n\nverse quoted, 231-232\n\nAryaka, 163\n\nAmrta ch&j.i' v�a mage, -ei bcu;la mii.rkha\n\nAsamsayam samagram miim\n\nAnanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhiivitiibhis\nverse quoted, ll5\n\nAsat defined, 26\nAsocyiin anva5ocas tvam\n\nverse quoted, 108-109\n\nAsrama of Aditi forlorn, 210\n\nverse quoted, 230\n\nAniisaktasya v�ayiin\n\nAIJ4,antara-stha-pararniiJ:tu-cayiintara-stham\nquoted, 100\n\nverse quoted, 115\n\nAndhii yathiindhair upaniyamiiniis\nquoted, 225\n\nAnimals\n\nbodily conception for, 225\n\nin demigod-demon battle, 31-34,40,47,\n51,55,60-62,74-76\n\nin lndra's city, 191,192,196\n\nas sexually fickle, 9\n\nwild women compared to, 9\n\nSee also: names of specific animals\nAnukii.lyena kmuznuquoted, 96\n\nAnyiibhi/i4itii-sii.nyam\nquoted, 103\n\nApiim phenena manuce�\nquoted, 91\n\nAparajita, 44\n\nApareyam itas tv anyiim\nverse quoted, 107\nAppearance of the Supreme Lord. See: Incarnations of the Supreme Lord\n\nverse quoted, 113\n\nverse quoted, 70\n\nAstagiri Hill, 94,95\n\nAsuras. See: Atheists; Demons; Nondevotees\nAsvamedha sacrifices\nBali performed, 206\n\nlndra performed, 206, 207\nASvini-kumaras, 44\nAtheists\n\ndevotees vs., 24\n\nincarnations of God cheat, 10\n\nkarma binds, 24\nSee also: Demons\nAtithi\ndefined, 214, 215\n\nSee also: Guests, reception of, rejection of\nAtmii. See: Soul\nAto grha-k$etra-sutiipta-vittair\nquoted, 103\n\nverse quoted, 125\n\nAtoms, Lord within, 100, 115\nAttachment, material\n\nin Aditi, 211,214\n\nto body, 224,225\n\nSee also: Bodily concept of life; Desires,\nmaterial\n\n", "SB8.2#p0309": "General Index\nAuthority. See: Disciplic succession\n\nAva4(lavas. See: Atheists; Nondevotees\nAvataras\n\ngu(Ul-, three listed, 100\n\nSee also: Incarnations of the Supreme Lord\n\nAvidya. See: Ignorance\n\nAyomukha, 40\nAyu�man, 160\n\nBali Maharaja\nPrahlada garlanded, 188\nguoted on time, 68\nSukracarya defied by, 204-205\nSukracarya gifted, 188, 189, 198\nSukracarya revived, 95,185-186\nas Sukraciirya's disciple, 186, 198, 202,\n\n205\n\nB\n\"Back to Godhead,\" devotees go, 23-24, 228\n&hri.ruiril janmandm ante\nquoted, 105\nverse quoted, 113\nBala, lndra vs., 77,78,83\n&Iavan indriya-gramo\nverse quoted, 133\nBali Maharaja\nabode of, 156\nAiravata attacked by, 51\nairplane of, 37\na.Svamedha sacrifices by, 206, 207\nin battle array, 36,39,189-191\nBbrgu's descendants favored, 186, 202,\n\n206\n\nbrahmaf.UlS favored, 186,188-189, 202,\n\n204,206,208\n\nbrahmaf.UlS insulted by, 204\n\nas commander in chief of demons, 37, 39\ndemigods rebuked by, 71\ndemons escorted, to Astagiri, 94,95\nas devotee, 96, 204-205\nfame of, 207\nfather of, 206\nas fearless, 69\ngrandfather of, 188\nas Indra, 155, 205\n\nIndra vs., 42, 51-53,65-68, 69,70-73,\n\n186,190-191,198-204\n\nlamentation absent in, 95-96\nLord blessed, 156\n\nLord took charity from, 155,185\n\n37,207\npower of, 200-204,206-208\nas moonlike,\n\n289\n\nuniverse conquered by, 206\nViimanadeva pleased by, 204-205\nVisvajit-yajii.a performed by, 186,\n\n188-189\n\nweapons of, 189-190\nBiir.la,40, 44\nBattle between demigods and demons,\n\n29-34,36,37,39-58,64-95\n\nanimals in, 32-34,40, 47, 51, 55,\n\n60-62,74-76\n\nBrahma stopped, 92\nclouds in, 48, 56\nfire in, 56\n\nghosts in, 50\nillusion in, 53, 57,60\nat milk ocean, 30\nmountain in, 53, 54\nmusical instruments in, 32, 40, 91\nmystic power in, 66\ntime in, 68, 69\nweapons in, 31,46, 47,51-57,61,62,\n\n65,68,72,73,77-80,82-86,\n90,91\n\nSee also: specific persons in battle\n\nBeing, living. See: Living entities; Soul\nBhadra Kali, 44\nBhagavad-gita\nSee also: Bhagavad-gitd, quotations from\nCaitanya propagates, 179\ncited on Lord as controller, 100\nHare Kr�Q.a movement teaches, 176\njagad-guru teaches, 228\nspiritual education in, 225\nas Vedas' essence, 179\nBhagavad-gitii, quotations from\n\non bhakti-yoga, 113\non devotee's tolerance, 70, 137\n\n", "SB8.2#p0310": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n290\n\nBhagavad-g'itii, quotations from� (continued)\non devotional service, 113\n\nBlqgu Muni\ndescendants of, favored Bali,186, 202,\n206\n\non disciplic succession, 176, 177\n\non duty, 96\n\non external energy, 124\non guru, 232\non heavenly elevation, 67\non �1.1a rebuking Arjuna, 70\n\nas Sukricarya's forefather,l85-186\n\nBhukti-mukti-siddhi-kami-sakali 'a.Santa'\nverse quoted, 24\n\nBhamir apo 'nalo vayu�\nverse quoted, 101, 107\n\non �atriya, 69\n\nBhutasantapa, 4 0\n\non Lord as energy source, 101, 107\n\nBirds\n\non Lord as one and different, 104-105,\n108\non Lord favoring devotees, 145, 220-221\non Lord in heart, 136, 227\non Lord rewarding surrender, 23, 221\non Lord's supremacy, 135\n\nGaruc;la as lord of, 62\nin lndra's city,191, 192, 196\n\nBirth and death, repeated. See: Transmigration of the soul\n\nBliss. See: Happiness\nBoar dirt dug up by, used in payo-vrata\n,\n\nsacrifice,23 6\n\non material energy under Lord's direction,\n139\non offerings to the Lord, 216\non pious candidates for devotional service,\n231-232\non remembrance, knowledge, forgetfulness, l05\non sages taking �1,1a' s shelter, 227-228\non successful person as rare, 156\n\nBoar Lord, Earth raised by,23 6-237\n,\n\nBodily concept of life\nas animallike, 225\nliving entities under, 225\npsychology of, 103\n\nSee also: Duality, material\n\nBody, material\nnature awards, 225-226\n\non surrender, 113, 259\n\nsoul vs., 106-107,224, 225\n\non transcendental realization, 71\n\nSee also: Bodily concept of life\n\non transmigration of the soul, 225\non work done for Vi�1.1u, 24\n\nBrahma, Lord\nbirth of, 233\n\nBhagavan. See: Supreme Lord\n\ndemon-demigod battle stopped by,92\n\nBhagavata-candra-candrika, cited on\n\nKasyapa instructed by, 233, 234,256\n\nVai�1,1ava phi!osophy, 107\n\nBhagavatam. See: Srimad-Bhagavatam\nBhaktas. See: Devotees of. the Supreme Lord\nBhakti. See: Devotional service to the\nSupreme Lord; �1,1a consciousness\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, quoted on devotional service, 108-109, 112\n\nBhakti-yoga. See: Devotional service to the\nSupreme Lord; �1.1a consciousness\n\nLord above, 100, Ill, 113\nManus in day of, 154, 169, 181\nin mayd,138\nRahu accepted by, 21-22\n\nBrahma-bhata defined, 71\nBrahma-bhuta� prasannatma\nquoted, 71\n\nBrahmacari as trouble-free, 134\nBrahman, Supreme\n\nBhaktya mam abhijanati\n\nas cause of all causes, 107\n\nBhavani as Siva's wife,l41\n\nMayavidis misunderstand, 107\n\nquoted, ! 13, 235\n\nBhoktaram yajiia-tapasam\n\nLord as, 101, 102, 104, 105\n\nmo�-kami aspires to, 229\n\nquoted, 26\n\ntranscendentalist realizes, 71\n\nverse quoted, 227-228\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\n\n", "SB8.2#p0311": "General Index\nBrahmar;�a-bhojan.a defined, 216-217\nBrahma� (intellectuals)\n\nBali favored by, 185,188-189, 202,\n\n104,206,208\n\nBali insulted, 204\nduty for, 212\nas dvija-devas, 208\nfeeding of, 216-217,247\nfunction of, 208\n\nat ritualistic ceremonies, 13\nVi�f.IU eats via, 216-217\nworship toward, 216\nBrahma-samhitd, quotations from\non Govinda and Radha, 115\non �I,la as controller, 100\non Lord's all-pervasiveness, 115\n\nBrahma satyam jagan mithya\nquoted, 108\n\nBrahma-tejas defined, 203\nBrahma-yamalc., quoted on unauthorized de-\n\nvotional service, 112\nBrahmins. See: Brahma�\nBrhadbhanu, Lord, parents of, 168\nBrhaspati\ndemigods advised by, 204,205\nlndra pacified by, 204\nas lndra's spiritual master, 199\nquoted on Bali, 201-202\n\nSukracarya vs., 45\nBrhati,166\nBuddha, Lord, Mohini compared to, 10\nBull as Siva's carrier, 99\nButter, clarified. See: Ghee\n\nc\nCaitanya-caritdmrta, cited on guru, 233\nCaitanya-caritdmrta, quotations from\n\non demigods in mdyd, 138\non devotees, karmis, jiidnis, yogis, 24\non Lord purifying devotee's desire, 230\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nBhagavad-gitd propagated by, 179\ncited on mo�a, 103\nas Kali-yuga incarnation, 177\nmission of, 176\n\n291\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nparampard from, 177\nsarikirtan.a pleases, 177\nsarikirtan.a started by, 175\nSarvabhauma instructed by, 103\nCakradrk, 40\nCiil,lakya Pa1.1<Pta\nquoted on wife of another, 4\nquoted on women and politicians, 8\nCafJ4alc.s defined, 254\nCara1,1as, 4\n\nCatur-vidhd bhajante mdril\nverse quoted, 231-232\n\nCatur-viri'ISad-gur;�a\n\ndefined, 238\nSee also: Elements, material\nCelibacy in payo-vrata sacrifice, 248, 250\nCeremonies. See: Ritualistic ceremonies\nChdndogya Upan4ad, quoted on Supreme\nBrahman, 108\nOJ.arity at ritualistic ceremonies, 13\nChaya, 152,153\nCity of lndra, 191-198\nCivilization, human\nspiritual education lacking in, 225\nSee also: Society, human\nCleanliness. See: Purification\nClouds in demigod-demon battle, 48, 56\nCosmic manifestation. See: Creation, the; Material world; Universe\nCreation, the\ndemigods bewildered by, 111\nlife pervades, 81\nSee also: Material world; Universe\nCupid\nDurmar�a vs., 45\n�s lust's agent, 125\nSiva defeated, 119\n\nD\nDaityas, See: Demons, all entries\n\nDadami buddhi-yogaril tam\nverse quoted, 227\n\nDaivi hy e�d gur;�a-mayi\nquoted, 124\n\n", "SB8.2#p0312": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n292\n\nDattatreya, Lord, as mystic yoga teacher, 178\n\nDeath\nlife after, 225-226\n\npeople subject to, 212\n\nDemigods\n\nMohini gave nectar to, 17, 18\nNarada obeyed by, 94\nnectar drunk by, 22,23\n\nDehino 'smin yathd dehe\n\nnectar enlivened, 30\n\nDeity worship of the Supreme Lord (arcana)\n\nritualistic ceremonies by, 13, 14\n\nverse quoted, 225\n\nbathing ingredients for, 244-245,238,\n251\n\nfood for, 235,245,246,251, 252\ninstructions for, 235,244-245\n\nparaphernalia for, 235 , 244-245,248,\n\nRahu in disguise among, 20\n\nin Rudra-savar1.1i-manvantara, 164\nsacrifices for, I 77\n\nin SavarQi-manvantara, 155\n\nSiva best among, 137\n\nin Sraddhadeva-manvantara, 150\n\n251\n\nSupersoul of, 216\n\n246-248,251,252\n\nVi�?l.lU above, 100\n\nin payo-vrata sacrifice, 237,244-245,\nDemigod-demon battle. See: Battle between\ndemigods and demons\n\nDemigods\nAditi as mother of, 210,222\nBali rebuked, 71\n\nin Brahma-savar1.1i-manvantara, 161\n\nBrhaspati advised, 204,205\n\nVayu headed, 64\n\nSee also: names of specific demigods\nDemon-demigod battle. See: Battle between\ndemigods and demons\n\nDemons\n\nBali escorted by, to Astagiri, 94,95\nBali headed, 37,39\nchurned milk ocean in vain, 28,40\n\ncreation bewilders, Ill\n\ndemigods vs., 7, 10, 23,29-34,36,37,\n\ndemons vs., 7, 10, 23,29-34,36,37,\n\ndevotees vs., 10, 24,28\n\nin Dak�?a-savar1.1i-manvantara, 159\n\n39-58,64-95,205,210,222\n\nin Deva-savarQi-manvantara, 166\n\nas devotees, 29\n\n39-58,64-95,205,210,222\n\nKasyapa as father of, 220\nLord defeated, 60-62\n\nLord revealed Himself to, 22\n\nin Dharma-savar1.1i-manvantara, 162\n\nin modes of nature, 220\n\nin goodness, Ill\n\nMohini cheated, 10-12,16,07, 18-20,\n\nforms changed by, at will, 205\n\nheavenly planets left by, 205\n\nMohini cautioned, 8\nII8\n\nlndra headed, 64\n\nMohini enchanted, 3-8,10-12,15,19,\n\nKasyapa as father of, 220\n\nMohini requested by, to settle nectar dis-\n\nLord above, 243\n\nnectar denied to, 28,40\n\nLord fed nectar to, 28-29\n\nquarreled over nectar, 2,6\n\nin lndra-savar1.1i-manvantara, 167\n\nlamentation of, on battlefield, 81\nLord appoints, for manvantaras, 172-173\n\nLord revived, 64\n\nLord's shelter sought by, 58\n\nin maya, 138\nin modes of nature, 70-71, 220\n\nMohini did not bewilder, 118, 120\nMohini enchanted, 15\n\n118\n\npute, 6,7\n\nin passion and ignorance, Ill\nquoted on beautiful woman, 3\n\nquoted on Mohini, 12\n\nritualistic ceremonies by, 13,14\n\nas snakelike, 16\n\nSukracarya revived, 95\n\nwomen bewilder, 118\n\n", "SB8.2#p0313": "General Index\nDemons\n\nSee also: Atheists; Nondevotees\nDesires\n\n293\n\nDevotional service to the Supreme Lord\n\n(bhakti)\nbenefit of,25-26\n\ndevotional service fulfills,229, 230\n\nas causeless,105\n\nLord fulfills,229, 230,231,242\n\ndesires dispelled by, 230\n\nDesires,material\n\nbhakta free of,229\n\ndesires fulfilled by,229, 230\ndetachment by, 113\n\nof devotee purified by the Lord, 230\n\nvia disciplic succession,234\n\ndevotional service dispels,230\n\nfirst-class,96\n\nkarmis affiicted by, 229\nLord free of, 105\n\nKasyapa recommended,to Aditi,226, 228,\n229,230\n\npure devotees free of, 103\n\nknowledge by,113\n\nSee also: Attachment, material; Lust\nDestiny. See: Karma\nDetachment. See: Renunciation\n\nLord known by, 113,235\nmodes of nature surpassed by,227\npious candidates for,232\n\nDevaguhya,158\n\npure,230,235\n\nDevahotra, 166\n\npure devotees desire, 102-102\n\nDeva(s)\n\nrenunciation in,109\n\ndefined, 102\nLord as,208\n\nSee also: Demigods\nDevotees of the Supreme Lord (bhaktas)\natheists vs.,24\nBali as, 96\ndemigods as, 19\ndemons vs.,10,24,28\nas desireless, 228\nhappiness of,180\n\nas saruitana-dharma, 175\ntruth realized by,109\n\nSee also: Kn;1,1a consciousness\nDharma\ndefined, 103,174,176\n\nSee also: Duty; Religious principles;\nSaruitana-dharma; Var�ramadharma\nDharma� svanU$!hita� purilsdril.\nverse quoted,259-260\n\nkarma surpassed by,24\nkarmis vs.,23-24\n\nDharmaraja. See: Yamaraja\n\nLord accepted by,180\n\nDharmasya hy iipavargyasya\n\nLord favors, 145,220, 221,230\nLord fulfills desires of,145\nLord protects, 145\n\n�rd purifies,137, 230\n\nDharmasetu, Lord,parents of,163\nquoted, 213\nDitr��. 150\nDhruva Maharaja as desire-free, 230\nDisciple\n\nSiva best among, 137\n\nspiritual master directs,231, 234\n\nspiritual success of,23-24\n\nSee also: Brahmaciiri; Devotees of the\n\nas surrendered souls,23\nas tolerant, 70, 137\n\nSupreme Lord\nDisciplic succession (paramparii)\n\nas transcendental, 26\n\nBhagavad-gitii quoted on,176, 177\n\nSee also: Pure devotees of the Supreme\nLord; names of specific devotees\n\nfrom Caitanya,177\n\nDevotional service to the Supreme Lord\n\n(bhakti)\nby Bali,205\n\ndevotional service via,234\nGam;liya Vai�1,1avas in, 177\nHare Kn;1,1a movement in,176\nManu in, 176,177\n\n", "SB8.2#p0314": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n294\n\nDisciplic succession {parampara) (continued)\npeace by, 177\nspiritual power via, 202\n\nVivasvan in, 176\n\nDissolution of the universe by fire, 56\nDi�!a. 150\n\nE\nEarth planet\n\nboar incarnation raised, 236-237\n\nbodily conception pervades, 225\n\nsun closer to, than moon, 48-49\n\nDistress. See: Suffering\n\n. Eclipses, Rahu causes, 20, 31\n\nDreams as illusory, 60\n\nin Bhagavad-gitti, 225\n\nDivaspati, 166\nDress\n\nin demigod-demon battle, 36\nof the Lord, 59, 242, 245\n\nof Mohini, 121-123, 126\n\nfor ritualistic ceremony, 13\n\nDrinking intoxicants as ignorance, 67\n\nDuality, material\n\nEducation, spiritual\n\nmodern civilization lacks, 225\n\nVedic civilization based on, 225\n\nEkadasi, grains not eaten on, 235\n\nEkadesa-sthitasxagner\nverse quoted, 109\n\nEkam eviidviti)'arh. brahma\nquoted, 108\n\ndevotee tolerates, 70\n\nEko p)' asau racaxitum jagad-ar:u).a-kotim\n\nmodes of nature cause, 109\n\nElements, material\n\nLord free of, 102, 106\n\npure devotees free of, 103\n\nSee also: Bodily concept of life; Modes of\nmaterial nature; Nature, material\n\nDurgadevi\n\nas co-creator, 129\n\nverse quoted, ll5\n\nbody consists of, 224\n\nas Lord's energy, 101-102\ntypes listed, 238-239\n\nSee also: Energy, material; names of\nspecific elements\n\nNisumbha vs., 43\n\nElephant and she-elephant, Siva and Mohini\n\nSee also: Maxa\n\nEnemy as guest, 214\n\nas Siva's wife, ll8, 139\n\nDurmar�a, 45\n\nDust clouds in demon-demigod battle,\n48\nDuty\n\nfor brahmar.zas, 212\n\ncompared to, 128, 130, 131\n\nEnergy (Energies) of the Supreme Lord\nexternal, 124, 129\n\nhladini, ll5\n\nillusory, ll, ll8, 138, 141-142, 180,\n223-214\n\nof householder, 214\n\ninternal, 124, 131\n\nin �J;la consciousness, 96\n\nmarginal, 106\n\nof human being, 175\n\nManus reestablish, 175\nof saints, 174\n\nof society, 179\n\nSee also: Occupational duty; Saniitanadharma\nJJviidaSa�ara-mantra identified,\n245\nDvadasi, milk diet for, 235\n\nDvapara-yuga as half-religious, 174\n\nDvija-deva, brahmar_tas as, 208\nDvimiirdba, 40\n\nas the Lord Himself, 107, 108\nmaterial, 101-102, 106, 107, ll8,\n139\nspiritual, 107, 109\n\nas wonderful, 131\n\nSee also: Maxa; Yogamii)'a\n\nEnergy, material\n\nas Bhadra Kali, 44\n\nunder Lord's direction, 139\n\nSee also: Elements, material; Energy of\nthe Supreme Lord, material; Maya;\nNature, material\n\n", "SB8.2#p0315": "General Index\nEntity,individual. See: Living entities\nEvam paramparii-priiptam\nquoted,177,202,234\n\nF\nFamily. See: Householders\nFast\nby demigods and demons,13\nfrom grains on Ekada8i,235\nFear,Bali free of,69\nFestivals,requirements for,217\nFire\nin demigod-demon battle,56\ndissolution of cosmos by,56\nsaril.vartaka, 46,200\nFire sacrifice\n\nfor heavenly elevation,216, 217\nby householder,216,217\ningredients for,216\nVi�J;IU satisfied by,216\nworship by,216, 217\nFlowers\nin lndra's city,191,195\nmaterial vs. spiritual,109\nFlower shower forlndra,91\nFood\nfor briihma.r:tas, 216-217,247\nmaterial vs. spiritual,109\nFoodstuffs offered to the Supreme Lord. See:\nPrasada\nFortune,goddess of. See: Goddess of fortune\nFreedom by remembering the Lord,60\nFruitive activities. See: Activities; Karma\nFruitive workers. See: Karmis; Materialist\nFuture\nManus in,144,155,157-169\nSiistra foretells,154\n\nG\nGandharvas\nchief,91\ninlndra's city,197\nGanges water\ninlndra's city,192\n\n295\n\nGanges water\nfor purification,13\nGardens inlndra's city,191,192\nGaru�\nas Lord's carrier,29,49,60\nMalyavan attacked, 62\nGatiisun agatiisurii.S ca\nverse quoted,70\nGaut,Uya Vai�Q.avas,sarikirtana for,177\nGhee (clarified butter) for fire sacrifice,187,\n216\nGhosts\n\nin gemigod-demon battle,50\nas Siva's companions, 99\nGoal of lue,213,258\nGod. See: ��Q.a,Lord; Supreme Lord; Vi�Q.u,\nLord\nGod consciousness. See: Devotional service to\nthe Supreme Lord; �Q.a consciousness\nGoddess of fortune\nLord above,242,243\n\nLord decorated by,59\nMohini excelled,15\nGodhead. See: \"Back to Godhead\"; ��Q.a,\nLord; Supreme Lord; Vi�Q.U,Lord\n\"Gods.\" See: Demigods\nGold\ninlndra's city,193,196\nby Siva's semen,132\nby Siva worship, 132\nSee also: Opulence,material\nGold mine to gold ornaments,Lord to Creation compared to,107,108\nGoloka as Govinda's abode, liS\nGoloka eva nivasaty akhilatma-bhuto\nverse quoted,115\nGoodness,mode of (sattva-gu!UJ)\ncompetes with other modes,227\ndemigods in, 111\nas heavenly qualification, 67\nLord incomprehensible by, ll2\nGrahas\ndefined,22\n\nSee also: Earth planet; Heavenly planets;\nUniverse; names of other specific\nplanets\n\n", "SB8.2#p0316": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n296\n\nHouseholder (s)\n\nGrha-medhini\ndefined, 213\n\nAditi as,212, 213\n\nGrhamedhis\npursue sense gratification, 213\nSee also: Householders\nGrhastha. See: Householders\nGrhe Satrum api praptam\nquoted, 214\n\nduty of,214\n\nheavenly elevation for,216, 217\n\nliberation for,213,218\n\nreligious principles for,212, 213, 218\nSdstras guide, 213,218\n\nsense gratification pursued by, 213\nspiritual goal of, 213\n\nGuests\n\nreception of,214\n\nworship by,216, 217\n\nrejection of,214, 215\n\nGu!UJ-avataras, types of,three listed,100\n\nas yogis, 213\n\nHuman beings\n\nGu!UJS. See: Modes of material nature\n\nduty for, 175,212\n\nGuru. See: Spiritual master\n\nas mortal,212\n\nGuru-mukha-padma-vtikya, cittete kariya aikya\nquoted, 202\n\nin passion and ignorance, Ill\n\ntypes of, three listed,229\n\nSee also: Living entities; Persons\n\nH\n\nHuman life. See: Human beings; Life\nHuman society. See: Society, human\n\nHappiness\n\nof devotees,180\n\nI\n\n�J;J.a Caitanya delivers, 176\n\nmaterial, disinterests learned person,\n\n/dam hi vi.Svam bhagavtin ivetara�\n\nby satikirtana, 177\n\nIgnorance\n\n70-71\n\nHare �J;J.a movement. See: i(r�J;J.a consciousness movement\nHayagriva,40\nHeaven,King of. See: lndra,King\nHeavenly planets\n\nquoted, 108\n\nmaterialist in,225-226\nMayavadis in, 107\n\nmodern civilization in, 225\nSee also: Illusion\nIgnorance, mode of (tamo-gu!UJ)\n\ndemigods left,205\n\ncompetes with other modes, 227\n\nhouseholder sacrifices for,216, 217\n\nhigher planets inaccessible by, 67\n\nlife on, 81\n\nsymptoms of,67\n\nby fire sacrifice,216, 217\nlndra rules,67\n\npersons in, two types listed, 31\nqualifications for, 67\nSee also: Universe\nHellish planets,mechanical space travelers\ncondemned to,67\nHeti,40,42\n\nHlddini defined, 115\nHoles of jackals,homes of inhospitable hosts\ncompared to,215\nHorses from Visvajit-yajiia,187\n\ndemons in, Ill\n\nhumans in,111\n\nIk�vaku\n\nin disciplic succession, 176, 177\nas Manu's son,150\n\nIllusion\nin demigod-demon battle,53, 57, 60\ndream compared to,60\nSee also: Maya; Mystic power\nllvala,40, 45\nImam vivasvate yogam\nverse quoted, 176\n\n", "SB8.2#p0317": "General Index\n\n297\n\nlndra, King\n\nImmortality\n\nBali vs., 42,51-53,65-68, 69, 7K.-73,\n\nnectar awards, 17, 21\nfor Rahu, 21\n\nlmpersonalists. See: Mayavadis\n\nIncarnation (s) of the Supreme Lord\natheists cheated by, 10\n\n186,190-191,198-204\n\nin battle array, 41,82\n\nBrhaspati pacified, 204\n\nas Brhadbhanu, 168\n\nas Bfhaspati's disciple, 099\ncity of, 191-198\n\nchief demigods appointed by, 172-173\n\nDivaspati as, 166\n\nas Caitanya, 177, 179\nas Dattatreya,\n\n178\n\nas Dharmasetu, 163\n\ndemigods headed by, 64\nO.ower shower for, 91\n\nhigher planets ruled by, 67\n\nin human society, 179,241\n\nJambhasura vs., 7 4-77\nas KaSyapa's son, 221\n\nlndras appointed by, 172-173\n\nNamuci vs., 77,78, 80,84-86,87,\n\nas dwarf,\n\n151\n\nin ignorance mode, 240\n\nin lndra-savarQi-manvantara, 168\n\nin Kali-yuga, 177\nas king, 179\n\nLord appoints, 072-173\n\n89-91\n\nPaka vs., 77-79,83\n\nPurandara as, 150,148\n\nManus appointed by, 172,173\n\nquoted on Bali, 66,200\n\nas Marici, 179\n\nRtadhama as, 164\n\nManu's sons appointed by, 172-173\n\nas Mohini. See: Mohini-miirti\n\nas Nara-NarayaQa �i,\n\n241\n\nin Rudra-savarQi-manvantara, 165\n\nrain from, 178\n\nSambhu as, 161\nSuci as, 167\n\nas sunlike, 4K, 41,82\n\nas Siirvabhauma, 158\n\nthunderbolt of, 65,68, 69, 73, 77, 83,\n\nseven great sages appointed by, 172-\n\nVaidhfta as, 162\n\nin SiivarQi-manvantara, 158\n\n173\n\nas Siddhas, 178\n\nSiva as, 240\n\nin Sraddhadeva-manvantara, 141\nas Svadhama, 165\n\n85-88\n\nas Vajra-dhara, 83\n\nVrtrasura killed by, 86,88\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness. See: .Kr�Qa consciousness move­\n\nment\n\nas Vamana, 141\n\nInterplanetary travel. See: Space travel\n\nas woman, 3-8,15, 99, 116, 119, 120,\n130,145\n\nlsvara, Vi�I)U as\n\nas Vi�vaksena, 161\n\nas Yajiia, 163\n\nas Yajiiavalkya, 178\n\nas Yogesvara,\n\n166\n\nIndia, Caitanya's mission for, 176\nlndra, King\n\nAdbhuta as, 159,160\n\na.Svarru!dha sacrifices by, 206, 207\n\nBala vs., 77,77,83\nBali as, 155, 204\n\nIntoxication as ignorance, 67\n\nISKCON. See: Krsna consciousness movement\n\n: ioo\n\nlsvarab, paramab, kmtab,\nquoted, 100, 105\n\nlsvarab, sarva-bhii.tiinam\nquoted, 227\n\nJ\n]agad-guru\n\nbogus vs. bona fide, 228\n\nSee also: Spiritual master\n\n", "SB8.2#p0318": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n298\n\nJamhhasura\nlndra vs.,74-77\nMatali wounded by,76,77\nSiva vs.,45\n]anayaty asu vairagyam\nverse quoted, 113\n]anmiidy asya yata�\nquoted, 107\n]iva. See: Living entities; Soul\n]iva-bhatam maha-baho\nverse quoted, 107\n]iva Gosvami, cited on sun, 109\n]ivera 'svarilpa' haya-kr�f.U!ra 'nitya-diisa'\nquoted, 175\n]fldnis\nas failures, 24\nSee also: Mayavadis; Philosophers\nJupiter,position of, in solar system,49\n\nK\nKailasa as Siva's abode,140\nKalakeyas, 45\nKalanabha, 40, 43\nKalanemi, Lord killed, 60-61\nKalanemy-a.daya� sarve\nverse quoted, 61\nKaler do$a-nidhe rajann\nverse quoted, 174\nKaleyas,40\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali)\nfalse gurus in,112\nas faulty, 174\n\nreligion disappears in, 174\nsmikirtana for, 258\nVi�J).U worship in, 258\nKalpa defined, 169, 181\nKama\ndefined, 103\nSee also: Lust; Sense gratification\nKama-rilpi(UJ� demigods as,205\nKamini\ndefined, 8\nSee also: Women\nKapila,atheist, 239\n\nKapila demon, 40\nKapiladeva,Lord, started salikhya-yoga,\n\n239\n\nKarma\n\natheists under, 24\ndevotees surpass,24\nSee also: Activities\nKarma-cakra\ndefined, 23\n\nSee also: Transmigration of the soul\n\nKarmary,y eva dhikaras te\n\nquoted, 96\n\nKarmis (fruitive workers)\n\ndesires affiict,229\ndevotees vs.,23-24\ntransmigration by,23\nSee also: Materialist; Nondevotees\nKarttikeya, 42\nKaSyapa Muni\nAditi advised by, on devotional service,\n226,228,229\nAditi begged, for instruction, 231,231\nAditi begged, for protection,222,223\nAditi instructed by, on payo-vrata,\n235-256\nAditi questioned by,212,214,215,\n217\nAditi reassured, about household, 218,\n219\nBrahma instructed,233, 234, 256\nas brahmary,a, 218\nas demigods' father,220\nas demons' father,220\nas equally disposed, 220\nas grhamedhi, 218\nas lndra's father, 221\nas Marici's son,220\nas Prajapati, 219\nreturned to Aditi,210,201\nas sage, 151\n\nsons of,7\nas spiritual master, 228\nKasyapa Muni,quotations from\non Brahma, 233\non illusory energy,223-214\n\n", "SB8.2#p0319": "299\n\nGeneral Index\nKaSyapa Muni, quotations from\n\non worshiping the Lord, 244\nKaunteya pratijanihi\nquoted, 145\nKaustubha gem adorned the Lord, 59\nKing(s)\non higher planets, 31\nLord as, 179\nKing of heaven. See: lndra, King\nKirtana. See: Smikirtana movement\nKirtanad eva kmUJSya\nverse quoted, 17 4\nKnowledge by devotional service, 113\nKrishna,Lord. See:�Qa,Lord\nKrishna consciousness. See: �Qa consciousness\nKrodhavaSa.s, 45\nKrpii-siddha\ndefined, 105\nSee also: Mercy of the Supreme Lord\n�Qa,Lord\nabode of, 115\nquoted on purifying devotee's desire, 230\nRadha with, 115\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nKr�r:w-bhakta-n�kama, ataeva 'santa'\nverse quoted, 24\n�Qa consciousness\nduty in, 96\nlust conquered by, 118-119, 120\nsociety geared toward, 208\nwar stopped by, 31\nSee also: Devotional service to the\nSupreme Lord\n�Qa consciousness movement\nBhagavad-gitii taught by, 176\nin disciplic succession, 176\nmembers of, advised, 258\nmessage of, 174,175\nmission of, 174, 175\npurpose of, 226\nsuperexcellence of, 258\ntemple worship in, 258\nvalue of, 226\nSee also: Sankirtana movement\n\nKr�r:w kahe,-'amii bhaje, mage v�ayasukha\nverse quoted, 230\nK�atriyas\nas courageous, 69\nfunction of, 208\nas nara-deva, 208\nSee also: Kings\n\nL\nLamentation\nof Aditi, 210,211,217,222\nBali free of, 95-96\nof demigods on battlefield, 81\nLeaders, government. See: Kings; K�atriyas;\nPolitician\nLearned persons. See: Wise men\nLiberation\nfor householder, 213,218\nimpersonal vs. personal, 103\nas impure desire, 229\nlife meant for, 213\nby Lord's mercy, 105\nmo�a-kami desires, 229\noccupational duty meant for, 213\nLife\nafter death, 225-226\ngoal of, 213, 258\non higher planets, 81\nfor liberation, 213\nmaterial, as sex life, 134\nsuccess rare in, 156\nLiving entities\nin bodily conception, 225\nas dependent, 104, 105\nLord vs., 105\nas marginal potency, 106\nin miiyii, 138, 142\nSee also: Animals; Human beings; Persons; Soul\nLord Caitanya. See: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nLotus feet of the Supreme Lord\nmukti-pade as, 103\nas shelter, 228\n\n", "SB8.2#p0320": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n300\n\nLotus feet of the Supreme Lord (continued)\nsuperexcellence of, 243\nLust\nof demons for Mohini, 2, 4, 5, 6\n�J.la consciousness conquers, 118-119,\n120\nof men for women, 8, 120, 125, 134\nsell}inal discharge dissipates, 134\nof Siva for Mohini, 124-133\nworld bound by, 125\nSee also: Desires, material; Sex life\n\nM\nMadhvacarya, quoted on .Kalanemi, Sukracarya & Co. vs. the Lord, 61\nMaharaja Parik�it. See: Parik�it Maharaja\nMaharaja P.rthu vs. lndra, 207\nMahi�asura, 45\nMali, 62\nMalyavan, 62\n\nMama vartmiin.uvartante\n\nverse quoted, 221\nMankind. See: Human beings; Society,\nhuman\n\nMantra(s)\n\nbogus vs. bona fide, 234\ndvddaSd �ra-, 244, 245\nfor payo-vrata sacrifice, 236-246, 252,\n\n256\n\nPurusa-siikta, 252\nof Sukracarya, 95\n\nMantra�hi-va.Satt sarpatt\n\nquoted, 16\nManu(s)\nBrahma-savarJ.li, 160, 161\n\nin Brahma's day, 154, 169, 181\nDak�a-savarJ.li, 058-160\nDeva-savarJ.li, 165, 166\nDharma-savarJ.li, 162, 163\nin disciplic succession, 176, 177\nduty reestablished by, 175\nfuture, 154, 155, 157-169\nlndra-savarJ.li, 167, 168\nlife span of, 154\n\nManu(s)\nLord appoints, 172, 173\nRudra-savarJ.li, 163-165\n�avarJ.li, 154, 155, 157-158\nSraddhadeva, 149-150\nVaivasvata, 154\nManu, sons of\nin Brahma-savarJ.li-manvantara, 160\nin Dak�a-savarJ.li-manvantara, 158\nin Deva-savarJ.li-manvantara, 165\nin Dharma-savarJ.li-manvantara, 162\nin lndra-savarJ.li-manvantara, 157\nLord appoints, 172-173\nLord's will done by, 177\nin Rudra-savarJ.li-manvantara, 163\nin Siivarni-manvantara, 154\nin Sradd hadeva-manvantara, 150\nManu-sarilhitd, cited on protecting women,\n8\n\nMan�ytif)iiril saha.sre�u\nquoted, 156\n\nManvantara. See: Manu\n\nMarici\nas KaSyapa's father, 220\nLord as, 179\nas r�i, 101\n\nMars, position of, in solar system, 49\nMaruts, 45\nMatali\nlndra helped by, 76, 77\nJambhasura wounded, 76, 77\nPaka attacked, 79\nMaterial body. See: Body, material\nMaterial energy. See: Energy, material\nMaterialism. See: Bodily concept of life; Material world\nMaterialist\nin ignorance, 225-226\nSee also: Atheists; Karmis; Nondevotees\nMaterial life as sex life, 134\nMaterial nature. See: Nature, material\nMaterial nature, modes of. See: Modes of material nature\nMaterial qualities. See: Modes of material\nnature\n\n", "SB8.2#p0321": "General Index\nMaterial world\nillusory energy controls, 222-224\nlust binds, 125\nmodes of nature compete in, 227\nspiritual education lacking in, 225\ntime controls, 70\nSee also: Creation, the; Universe\nMtitrti svasrti duhitrii va\nverse quoted, 133\nMat�ka, 45\nMtitrvat para-diire�u\nquoted, 4\nMat-sthiini sarva-bhutiini\nverse quoted, 104-105, 108\nMatta� parataram niinyat\nquoted, 135\nMatta� smrtir jiiiin am apohanam ca\nquoted, 105\nMatter. See: Elements, material; Energy of\nthe Supreme Lord, material; Nature,\nmaterial\nMaya\nBrahma in, 138\nas co-creator, 139\ndemigods in, 138\nliving entities under, 138, 142\nf!Iechanical space travel as, 67\nSiva above, 131, 138\nas Siva's wife, 139\nVi�J;IU above, 138\nSee also: lllusion; Material world; Nature,\nmaterial; Yogamiiyii\nMaya demon\nBali's airplane built by, 37\nYamaraja vs., 43\nMayiidhya�e� prakrti�\nquoted, 100, 139\nMayii tatam idam sarvam\nquoted, 108\nverse quoted, 104-105, 108\nMayavadis (impersonalists)\nBrahman misunderstood by, 107\nas fools, 260\nin ignorance, 107\nliberation for, 103\n\n301\n\nMayavadis (impersonalists)\nphilosophy of, 254\nSee also: ]ii.iinis; Philosophers\nMayy iisakta-manii� piirtha\nverse quoted, 113\nMeat eating as ignorance, 67\nMeditation\nKasyapa returned from, 210\nby Siva on the Lord, 142\nMeghadundubhi, 40\nMen. See: Human beings; Persons; Women,\nmen vs.\nMental speculators. See: ]ii.iinis; Mayavadis;\nPhilosophers\nMercy of the Supreme Lord\nas causeless, 105\nliberation by, 105\non society, 179\nMerging with the Supreme. See: Brahman,\nSupreme, mo�a-kii mi aspires to;\nLiberation; Mayavadis\nMilk\nin Deity worship, 244-245, 248,\n251\nin payo-vrata sacrifice, 235, 249\nMilk, ocean of\ndemigod-demon battle at, 30\ndemons churned, in vain, 28, 40\nhearing about churning of, recommended,\n144\nMimamsaka philosophers, 110\nMisery. See: Suffering\nMitra, 42\nModes of material nature (gu(UJS)\nbase symptoms of, 112\ncompetition among, 227\nas controller, 69\ndemigods under, 70-7l, 220\ndemons under, 220\ndevotional service above, 227\n\nduality caused by, 109\nLord free of, 104, 105\nphilosophers under, 112\ntranscendentalist above, 71\nwise men tolerate, 70\n\n", "SB8.2#p0322": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n302\n\nModes of material nature (gu(UlS) (continued)\nSee als o : Duality, material; Gu�­\n\navatdras; Nature, material; names\nof specific nwdes (goodness, passion,\nignorance)\nMoghiiSa mogha-karma�\nquoted, 26, 260\n\nMohini-miirti\n\nas all-attractive, 117, 123-124\n\nbeauty of, 3,5-7,14,15,121-126,128,\n130\n\nas Buddhalike,\n\n10\n\nchastity of, 4-5\n\ndemigods enchanted by, 15\n\ndemigods not bewildered by, 118, 120\n\ndemigods received nectar from, 17, 18\ndemons cautioned by, 8\n\ndemons cheated by, 10-12,16,17,\n18-20,118\n\ndemons enchanted by, 3-8, 10-12,15,\n09, 118\n\ndemons requested, to settle nectar dispute,\n6,7\n\ndress of, 121-123,126\n\ngoddess of fortune excelled by, 15\n\nquoted on demons and nectar, 11\n\nMoon-god, 44\nMountain(s)\n\nin demigod-demon battle, 53,54\nflying, 73,87\n\nMukti. See: Liberation, all entries\n\"Mukti-pade\"\n\nin Bhanacarya-Caitanya debate, 103\n\nSee also: Lotus feet of the Supreme Lord\nMumu�ubhi/:1 paritytigo\nverse quoted, 109\n\nMunaya/:1\n\ndefined, 103\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nSages; Wise men\n\nMusical instruments\n\nin demigod-demon battle, 32,40,91\nin lndra's city, 197\n\nMysticism. See: �Q.a consciousness; Yoga\nMystic power\n\nin demigod-demon battle, 66\n\nfor heavenly elevation condemned, 67\n\nof the Lord, 117,241\n\nSee also: Illusion; Yoga-siddhis\n\nMystics. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nSages; Transcendentalists; Yogis\n\nquoted on woman, 8\n\nRahu beheaded by, 21\n\n�ages instructed by, 133\nSiva beheld, 121,124-127\n\nSiva captivated by, 124-133\n\nN\nNabhaga, 150\n\nNa ca tasman manU$ye�u\nquoted, 26\n\nas\n\nNames of the Supreme Lord. See: Supreme\n\ndefined, 103\n\nNamuci\n\nyogamaya, 130\nMo�\nSee also: Liberation, all entries\nMo�a-kama defined, 229\nMonists. See: ]fiiinis;Mayavadis\n\nMonth of Phalguna, 235\nMoon\n\nBali compared to, 37,207\n\nin payo-vrata calculation, 235,250, 258\nRahu detected by, 20\n\nRahu harasses, 21, 22, 31\n\nspace travel to, refuted, 49, 67\n\nsun closer to earth than, 48-49\n\nLord, specific names\n\nAparajita vs., 44\n\nlndra vs., 77,78,80,84-86, 87, 89-91\n\nNandana garden, 191\nNaradaMuni\n\ndemigods obeyed, 94\n\npiiicaratriki-vidhi from, 112\nquoted on demigods, 92\n\nNara-deva, �atriyas as, 208\n\nNarakasura, 45\n\nNarayaQ.a, \"poo r,\" condemned, 254\n\nNari�yanta, 150\n\n", "SB8.2#p0323": "General Index\n\n303\n\nNarottama dasa lbakura, quoted on spiritual\n\nom namo bhagavate vasudevaya\n\nNa te vidu/l svartha-gatim hi vi§t:tum\nquoted, 260\n\nOneness. See: Liberation; Mayavadis\n\nmaster, 202\n\nNature, material\n\nbody awarded by, 225-226\n\nas controller, 69\nSee also: Body, material; Elements, ma­\n\nquoted, 245\n\nOpulence, material\n\noflndra's city, 191-197\n\nSiva worship for, 132\n\nSee also: Gold\n\nterial; Modes of material nature\n\nNayam deho deha-bhiijiim nr-loke\nquoted, 225\n\nNectar\n\np\nPain. See : Suffering\n\nPaka, lndra vs., 77-79, 83\n\ndemigods drank, 22, 23\n\nPaiicaratras\n\ndemons deprived of, 28, 40\n\nas God-given, 112\nPaiicariitrasya krtsnasya\nquoted, 112\nPiiiicariitriki:-vidhi as essential, 112\nPa�J.(;lita\ndefined, 70\nSee also: Wise men\nParabrahman. See: Brahman, Supreme\nParamiit:tu\ndefined, 100\nSee also: Atoms\n\ndemigods enlivened by, 30\n\ndemons quarreled over, 2, 6\n\nLord fed, to demigods, 28-29, 145\n\nas miracle potion, 17, 21\n\nMohini cheated demons out of, 10, 11,\n16, 17, 18-20\n\nMohini gave, to demigods, 17, 18\nRahu immortalized by, 21-22\n\nRahu sneaked, 20\n\nNirii.Si§a/l defined, 105\nNirbaruiha/l kr�t:ta-sambandhe\nverse quoted, 108-109\nNirOOt:ta. See: Liberation\nNisumbha, 40, 44\n\nNivatak.avaca, 40, 45\nNondevotees\n\nas failures, 26\nSee also: Atheists; Demons; ]iiiinis;\nKarmls; Materialists; Yogis\nNotpiidayed yadi ratim\nverse quoted, 259-260\n\n0\nObeisances, daiJ4avat, 24 7\nOccupational duty\n\nfor liberation, 213\n\nfor pleasing the Lord, 260\n\nSee also: Dharma; Duty; Religious principles\n\nOrean of mille See: Milk, ocean of\n\nas devotional codes, no\n\nParamatma. See: Supersoul\n\nParamparii See: Disciplic succession\nParasya brahmat:ta/:l Saktis\nverse quoted, 109\nPariisya Saktir vividhaiva sruyate\nquoted, 131\nParavasu, 91\n\nParik�it Maharaja\n\nas Arindama, 45\n\nquoted on Bali and the Lord, 185\n\nquoted on Manu, 172_\n\nParvati, 119\n\nPassion, mode of (rajo-gut:ta)\n\ncompetes with other modes, 227\n\ndemons in, Ill\n\nhigher planets inaccessible by, 67\n\nhumans in, Ill\n\nPataiijala philosophers, Ill\n\nPatram p�pam phalam royam\nverse quoted, 216\n\n", "SB8.2#p0324": "304\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nPaulomas, 45\nPayo-vrata sacrifice\nas bona fide, 258\ncelibacy in, 248,250\nDeity worship in, 237,244-245,\n246-248,251,252\nduration of, 235, 239,250, 256,258\ninstructions to Aditi for, 235-256\nmantras for, 236-246, 252, 256\nmilk sustains, 235,149\nprasada distribution in, 246, 248,\n253-255\nas sarva-yajna, 257\nspiritual master honored in, 253,254\nsuperexcellence of, 256-258,259\ntime for, 235,258\n\nPeace\nby disciplic succession, 177\nby preaching, 176\nPersons\nin lndra's city, 198\ntypes of, two listed, 31\nSee also: Human beings; Living entities\nPhalena pariciyate\nquoted, 24\nPhilosophers\nAbsolute Truth beyond, 180\nMayavadi. See: Mayaviidis (impersonalists)\nMimiirilsaka, II 0\nunder modes of nature, 112\nPataiijala, Ill\nSiiiikhya, II 0\nVais�ika, 108\nVedantist, llO\nPhilosophy\nMayavada, 254\nof oneness and difference, 105\n\nPlanets. See: Earth planet; Heavenly planets;\nUniverse; names of other specific planets\nPleasure. See: Happiness\nPolitician, ca�akya quoted on, 8\nPower\nof Bali, 200-204,206-208\nLord as source of, 202\nvia parampard, 202\n\nPower\nvia spiritual master, 202\nSee also: Mystic power\nPrahasya bhdva-gambhiram\nquoted, 119\nPraheti, 40,42\nPrahlada Maharaja, Bali garlanded by, 188\nPrajapati, KaSyapa as, 209\nPrakrte[l kriya111i.l).iin\nquoted, 69\nPrakrti\ndefined, 139\nSee also: Elements, material; Energy, material; Energy of the Supreme Lord,\nmaterial; Mayli; Nature, material\nPriipancikataya buddhyii\nverse quoted, 1 09\nPrasada (food offered to the Lord)\nvia briihmaf.UJS, 216-217\ndefined, 109\nin Deity worship, 235,245,246, 251,\n252\ndistribution of, 254\ndistribution of, in payo-vrata sacrifice,\n236,247,253-255\ntypes of, 216\nPrayers by Siva for the Lord, 100-104,IK6,\nIIO-lll,ll4,ll6,ll7\nPreacher(s), Kr��a conscious\nCaitanya wants, 176\nas guru, 176\n\nPride absent in pure devotees, 137\nPriests. See: Briihmaf.UJS; Spiritual master,\nassistant priests of\nProstitute\nMohini likened Herself to, 8\nwoman degraded to, 8\nProtection\nAditi begged, from Kasyapa for demigods,\n222,223\nof devotees by the Lord, 145\nof semen by celibacy, 134\n\nof woman, 3-4, 8\nP�adhra, 150\nPrthu vs. lndra, 207\n\n", "SB8.2#p0325": "General Index\nPuloma, 40, 44\nPurirsab, striyii mithuni-bhiivam etam\nverse quoted, 125\n\nPurandara as lndra, 150, 158\nPure devotees of the Supreme Lord\ndesire service, 102-103\nduality absent in, 103\nas prideless, 13 7\nsense gratification absent in, 102-103\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\nPurification\nof devotee by the Lord, 230\nGanges for, 13\nfor ritualistic ceremony, 13\nYamuna for, 13\nPuri).CJSya pilr!UJm iidiiya\nquoted, 102\n\nQ\nQualities, material. See: Modes of material\nnature\n\nR\nRadha with Govinda, 115\nRahu\nBrahma accepted, 21-22\nin demigod disguise, 20\neclipses caused by, 20, 31\nLord beheaded, 21\nmoon and sun detected, 20\nmoon and sun harassed by, 21, 22,31\nmoon-god fought, 44\nnectar immortalized, 21-22\nnectar sneaked by, 20\nRain from lndra, 178\nRajo-gu!UJ. See: Passion, mode of\n\nReality. See: Absolute Truth\nReception, home\nof enemy, 214\nof guests, 214\nRegulative principles. See: Religious principles\n\n305\n\nReincarnation. See: Transmigration of the\nsoul\nRelationships\nillusory, 224\nwith wild women, 9\nReligious principles\nfor householder, 212, 213,218\nsaints reestablish, 174\nyuga cycle decays, 174\nRemembering the Supreme Lord, freedom by,\n60\nRenunciation in devotional service, 109\nRitualistic ceremonies\nbriihmafJ.as at, 13\ncharity at, 13\nby demigods and demons, 13, 14\ndress for, 13\ningredients for, 13\npayo-vrata. See: Paya-vrata sacrifice\n\npurification for, 13\nrequirements for, 217\nV�IJ.U-iiriidhana, 253\nSee also: Sacrifices\n�abhadeva\nparents of, 160\nquoted on lust, 125\nl:{tadhama as Indra, 164\nRudras, 45\nRules and regulations. See: Religious principles\nRiipa Gosvami, quoted on unauthorized devotional service, 112\n\ns\nSacrifice(s)\naivamedha. See: Asvamedha sacrifices\nfor demigods, 177\nas essential, 177\nfire. See: Fire sacrifice\npayo-vrata. See: Paya-vrata sacrifice\n\nfor Vi��u, 258\nVisvajit. See: Visvajit sacrifice\nSee also: Ritualistic ceremonies\n\n", "SB8.2#p0326": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n306\n\nSOdhus. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nSages; Saints\n\nSages\nlndra honored by, 91\nat Lord's shelter, 228\nMohini instructed, 133\nSages, seven great\nin Brahma-savan.li-manvantara, 160,\n161\nin Dak�a-savarQi-manvantara, 159\nin Deva-savarQi-manvantara, 166\nin Dharma-savarQi-manvantara, 162\n\nin lndra-savarQi-manvantara, 167\nLord appoints, 162-173\nin Rudra-savarQi-manvantara, 154\nin Siivarni-manvantara, 157\nin Sraddh adeva-manvantara, 151\n\nSa i�ata lokan nu srja\n\nquoted, 139\nSaints\nreligious principles reestablished by,\n174\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\n\nSages\nSakuni,40\nSalvation. See: Liberation\nSambara, 40, 43\nSambhu as lndra, 161\nSamjiia, 152, 153\n\nSammohiiya sura-dvi§am\nquoted, lO\n\nSarno 'ham sarva-bhute�u\n\nverse quoted, 145, 220-221\n\nSampraddya. See: Disciplic succession\nSaritsara. See: Transmigration of the soul\n\nSarilvaraQa, King, 153\nSarilvartaka fire, 56, 200\nSanaiscara, 45, 153\nSanatana defined, 174\n\nSanatana-dharma\n\ndefined, 175\nfor human society, 174, 175\nSee also: Devotional service to the\nSupreme Lord; Van:uiSrama-dharma\nSaiijivani mantra, 95\n\n&.mkhya philosophers, llO\n\nSiirikhya-yoga\n\nLord started, 238, 239\nsubject of, 238-239\nSarikirtana movement\n\nCaitanya pleased by, 177\nCaitanya started, 175\nfor GauQiya Vai�Qavas, 177\nhappiness by, 177\nfor Kali-yuga, 258\nleaders of, advised, 175\nsociety benefits by, 175\n\nSee also: Krsna consciousness movement\nSankusira, 40\nSannyasi, ceremonial dress for, 13\nSarasvati, 158\n· ·\n\n·\n\nSarpafr. krurafr. khalafr. krurafr.\n\nquoted, 16\nSarvabhauma, Lord, parents of, 158\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya, Caitanya instructed, 103\n\nSarva-dharman parityajya\nquoted, 113\nverse quoted, 259\nSarva-kama defined, 229\n\nSarvarit khalv idarit brahma\nquoted, 110\n\nSarvasya caharit hrdi sannivi�!o\nquoted, 136\n\nSarvopiidhi-vinirmuktarit\n\nquoted, 229\nSaryati, 150\n,\n\nSastras (scriptures)\n\nforetell future, 154\nhouseholders guided by, 213, 218\n\nSee also: Vedas; names of specific Vedic\nsastras\n\nSatrayaQa, 168\n\nSattva-gUI:Ul. See: Goodness, mode of\nSattvarit viSuddharit vasudeva-5abditam\n\nquoted, 227\nSaturn, 45, 153\nSatyasaha, 165\n\nSatya-sarikalpa\ndefined, 231\n\n", "SB8.2#p0327": "General Index\nSatya-salikalpa\nSee also: Desires, Lord fulfills\n\n307\n\nSiva, Lord\n\nas ignorance incarnation, 240\n\nSatya-yuga as religious, 174\n\nJambha vs., 45\n\nSemen\n\nLord bewitched, 120,130-131, 134, 135,\n\nSelf. See: Soul\n\ncelibates protect, 134\n\n1ischarge of, diminishes lust, 134\n\nSiva discharged, 131,132,134\n\nSense gratification\n\nas futile, 25,26\n\nhouseholders pursue, 213\n\npure devotee free of, 102-103\n\nSee also: Attachment, material; Desires\nmaterial; Lust; Sex life\n\nServants of God. See: Devotees of the\nSupreme Lord\n\nService to God. See: Devotional service to the\nSupreme Lord\n\nSex life\n\nnu'iya cannot affect, 131, 138\n\nmeditated on the Lord, 142\n\nMohini beheld by, 121,123-127\nMohini captivated, 124-133\n\nprayed to the Lord, 100-104,106,\n110-111,114,116,117\nproud of the Lord, 135, 136\n\nquoted on the Lord, 100,141-142\nqu<?ted on worshiping Vi�Q.U, 258\nas Samhhu, 124, 137\n\nmaterial life as, 134\n\nas Visvesvara, 100\n\nSee also: Lust\n\nShower of flowers for lndra, 91\nSiddhas, 4, 168\n\nSiddhi, yoga- vs. actual, 156\n\nSilver\n\nby Siva's semen, 122\nby Siva worship, 132\n\nS�yas te 'ham sadhi nu'im tvam prapannam\nquoted, 232\n\nSita-kale bhaved �!Ui\n•\n\nlowly life style of, 132\n\nas Mahesvara, 100\n\nseminal discharge of, 131,132,134\n\nseminal discharge in, 134\n\n.\n\n136,141-142\nLord praised, 137, 138\n\nanimalistic, 9\n\nillicit, as ignorance, 67\n\n.\n\nLord above, 113, 135, 136\n\nverse quoted, 194\n\nSiva, Lord\n\nabode of, 140\n\nbull carries, 99\n\nCupid defeated by, 119\nas demigod No. 1,137\nas devotee No. 1, 137\n\ndevotees of, wealthy, 132\n\nas «;xtraordinary, 119\n\nghosts accompany, 99\nas GiriSa, 118\n\ngreatness of, 240\n\nas unique tattoo, 138\n\nwife of, 99,118,125,139,141\n\nwomen cannot agitate, 119,119-120\nworship toward, 132\nyoga by, 142\n\nSky, voice from, quoted on Namuci demon, 89\nSnakes, demons compared to, 16\n\nSociety, human\n\nbrahmar;.as guide, 208\n\ndivisions of, four listed, 03\n\nduty of, 179\n\n�Qa conscious organization of, 208\nLord incarnates for, 179\nLord merciful to, 179\n\nsandtana-dharma for, 17 4,175\nsalikirtana benefits, 175\n\nSee also: Civilization, human\n\nSoul\n\nbody vs., 106-107' 224,225\nSee also: Living entities\n\nSound, transcendental. See: Mantras\n\nSpace travel\n\nmechanical, condemned, 67\nto moon refuted, 49,67\n\n", "SB8.2#p0328": "Srimad-Bhigavatarn\n\n308\n\nSpeculators,mental. See: ]iiiinis; Mayavadis;\n\nSruti-smrti-pun'i�i­\n\nSpirit. See: Energy of the Supreme Lord,\n\nStanau suka!hinau ydsdril\n\nSpiritual life\n\nSuci,167\n\nPhilosophers\n\nspiritual; Soul\n\nadvancement in,202\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the\n\nSupreme Lord; �J.la consciousness\n\nSpiritual master (guru)\n\nassistant priests of,253\n\nbogus vs. bona fide,228,234\n\ndisciple directed by,231,234\nfalse,in Kali-yuga,112\nKasyapa as, 228\n\nLord as, 226,228\n\nas Lord's representative,96,233\nas necessity,232-233,234\n\nin payo-vrata honored,253,254\n\n.\n\nas preacher,176\nspiritual power via,202\n\nSravar_w,ril kirtanaril vi�r.wb.\n•\n\nverse quoted,235\n\nSrimad-Bhag_avatam\nSee also: Srimad-Bhagavatam, quotations\nfrom\n\nCaitanya upheld,103\n\n.\n\nverse quoted,112\n\nverse quoted,194\n\nSuddha-bhakti\n\ndefined,230\n\n.\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the\nSupreme Lord,pure\n\nSuddha-sattva defined,227\nSudras, �atriyas protect,208\n\nSuffering\n\nchanting Lord's glories dispels,144\n\ndevotee tolerates,70\n\nSuhrdam sarva-bhutiindm\nquoted, 26\n\n•\n\nverse quoted,227-228\n\nSukadeva Gosvami,quotations from\non Aditi,210\n\non Bali and lndra,72\n\non Bali and Sukracarya,185-186\n\non demigods,64,94,205\n\non demons, 2,28\n\non demons and Mohini, 10\n\non Kasyapa and Aditi,223-224\n\ncited on life beyond earth,81\n\non the Lord,143\non the Lord and Siva,98-99,117,\n\nin payo-vrata recited,256\n\non the Lord and the Manus,172-173\n\ncited on sun,moon and earth,48-49\n\nSrimad-Bhdgavatacn, quotations from\non blind leading blind,225\n\non bodily concept of life,225\n\non desires fulfilled by worshiping Kr�J.la,\n229\n\n120-121,140\non Sraddhadeva Manu,149\n\nSukracarya\n\nBali defied,204-205\n\nBali gifted by,187,189,198\n\nBali revived by,95,185-186\n\non devotional service, 113\n\nas Bali's spiritual master,186,198,202,\n\non man and woman together,125, 133\n\nas Bhrgu's descendant,185-186\n\non Kali-yuga,174\n\non occupation's purpose, 213\n\non vasudeva consciousness, 227\n\nSrivatsa mark adorns the Lord,140\n\n205\n\nBrhaspati vs.,45\n\ndemons revived by,95\n\nLord foiled,61\n\nSr�_ti-sthiti-pralaya-sadhana-saktir ekii\n\nSukrer.wjjivita!t santaQ.\n\nSruti mantras. See: Mantras; Vedas; names of\nspecific Vedic literatures\nSruti-smrti-purdl)-(ldi-\n\nSumali,62\n\n.\n\nquoted, 139\n\n•\n\nquoted,112\n\nverse quoted,61\n\nSumbha,40,44\n\nSun\n\nlndra compared to,40, 41,82\n\n", "SB8.2#p0329": "General Index\nSun\nmoon farther from earth than, 48-49\nas one and different, 109\nRahu detected by, 20\nRahu harasses, 21,22,31\nSun-god\nfought demons, 43,44\nVivasvan as, 149\nwives of, 153\nSunrta, 165\nSupersoul (Paramatma)\nin heart of all, 227\nLord as, 100,241\nVi�1.1u as, 216\nSupreme Brahman. See: Brahman, Supreme\nSupreme Lord\nSee also: Supreme Lord, quotations from\nas absolute, 11\nas Absolute Truth, 101,102,135\ndcdrya represents, 233\nas all-pervading, 100, 108, 114,115, 238\nas avyaya, 102\nBali blessed by, 156\nBali's charity to, 155,085\nbeauty of, 15,59\nbodily color of, 242\n\nBrahma under, 111,113\nas cause of all causes, 100,102,104,105,\n\n106,180\n\nas changeless, 101,102\nas complete, 102,104\nas controller, 100,105,220,231\nas creator, 139\n\ndemigods fed nectar by, 27-29\ndemigods revived by, 64\ndemigods sought shelter of, 58\ndemigods under, 243\ndemons defeated by, 60-62\n\ndemons saw original form of, 22\nas desireless, I 05\ndesires fulfilled by, 229,230,231,242\ndevotees accept, 180\n\ndevotee's desires fulfilled by, 145\ndevotees favored by, 145,220,221,230\ndevotees purified by, 137,230\ndevotional service reveals, 113,235\n\n309\n\nSupreme Lord\nas dina-anukampana, 230\ndress of, 59,241,245\nduality absent in, 102,106\nenergy of. See: Energy of the Supreme\nLord\nas enjoyer, 26\nas equally disposed, 220,221\nas everything, 102,107,110\nas friend of all, 22,26\nglorifying, dispels suffering, 144\ngoddess of fortune under, 242,243\nas Govinda, 115\nas greatest of all, 135\nguru represents, 233\nhappiness delivered by, 176\nin heart of all, 136,226-227,238,241,\n\n252\n\nas Hira1.1yagarbha, 241\nincarnations of. See: Incarnations of the\nSupreme Lord\nas incomprehensible by modes of nature,\n\n111-112\n\nas independent, 11,104,105\nas inexhaustible, 102\nas invisible, 238\nas Janardana, 227\nKalanemi killed by, 60-60\nliving entities vs., 105\nlotus feet of. See: Lotus feet of the\nSupreme Lord\nMali killed by, 62\nMalyavan killed by, 62\n\nManu's sons do will of, 177\nmaterial energy directed by, 139\nmercy of. See: Mercy of the Supreme Lord\nmodes of nature under, 104, 105\nas Mukunda, 103\nas mystic master, 117,241\nas omnipotent, 131,135,142\nas omniscient, 114,115,142\nas one and different, 104-105\nas one without second, 106,110\npleasing, as measure of action, 259-260\nas power source, 202\n\nprasiida distribution pleases, 255\n\n", "SB8.2#p0330": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n310\nSupreme Lord (continued)\n\nas proprietor,24,26, 185\nprotects devotees, 145\n\nRahu beheaded by, 21\n\nreciprocates one's surrender,23,24, 221\nremembering,as freedom, 60\nsag� take shelter of, 228\n\n�s5arngadhanva,143\n\nSiva bewitched by, 120, 130-131, 134,\n135,136,141-142\n\nSiva meditated on, 142\n\n�iva praisedby, 137, 138\n\nSiva prayed to, 100-104, ll0-1ll,\nll4, ll6, ll7\n\n�iva proud of, 135,136\n\nSiva under, 113, 135, 136\n\nSupreme Lord,quotations from\non disciplic succession,176\non Siva,137\n\non surrender,259\n\nSura-dvi$am\n\ndefined, lO\n\nSee also: Atheists; Demons\nSuras. See: Demigods; Devotees of the\nSupreme Lord\n\nSurrender to the Supreme Lord\n\nBhagavad-gitti quoted on,259\n\nby devotees,23\n\nLord rewards,23\n\nas rare,113\n\ntruth revealedby,113\n\nSutala planet,156\n\nas spiritual master, 226,228\n\nSva-caral)iimrta diya 'vi$aya' bhulaiba\n\nSrivatsa adorns, 140\n\n�vargaloka. See: Heavenly planets,all entries\n\nsyiritual master represents, 96\n\nSukracarya foiledby,61\nSumali killed by, 62\n\nas Supersoul, 100, 241\n\nas Supreme Brahman, 101,102,104, lOS\n\nverse quoted,230\n\nSvetasvatara Upani.$00, quoted on Lord's potencies,131\n\n$rama woman defined,194\n\nsurrender to. See: Surrender to the\n\n·\n\nT\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nas time, 179\n\nTad aham bhakty-upahrtam\n\nas transcendental,106, ll6\n\nTad-vijnanartham sa gurum evabhigacchet\n\ntime under, 142\n\nuniversal form of. See: Universal form of\nthe Supreme Lord\n\nverse quoted,216\nquoted, 232-233\n\nvan:u'i.Srama-dharma pleases, 258\n\nTamo-gu�. See: Ignorance,mode of\nTams titi�asva bhtirata\n\nVedas cannot understand, 142\n\nTaraka, 40, 42\n\nas Vasudeva,113,114,226-227, 228\nweapons of, 21, 59, 62\n\nas witness, 238, 241\n\ny�ataughtby,178, 179\nas Yogesvara, 117\n\nyogts vs.,117\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Brahman,\n\nSupreme; �!)a,Lord; Supersoul;\n\nVi�!)u,Lord; names of specific expansions and incarnations\n\nSupreme Lord,quotations from\n\non demons and woman incarnation, ll8\n\non devotees never perishing,145,221\n\nquoted,70\n\nTarii�a. 150\n\nTathti dehtintara-prapti�\nquoted,225\n\nverse quoted,225\n\nTeachers,spiritual. See: Brlihmar:tas; Spiritual master\n\nTemples in Hare �!)a movement, 258\n\nTe�arh satata-yuktanarh\nverse quoted,227\n\nThree worlds. See: Universe\n\nTime\n\nas controller, 68,69,70\n\n", "SB8.2#p0331": "General Index\nTime\nas creation factor,139\n\nin demigod-demon battle,68, 69\n\n311\n\nUniverse\n\nUrdhvam gacchanti sattva-sthab.\n\nquoted, 67\n\nUtkala,40, 44\n\nLord above,142\nLord as,179\n\npresent, calculated, 154, 174\n\nv\n\nnvret:�a bhakti-yogena\nverse quoted,229\n\nVaQliva,153\n\nVahan de fined,51\n\nTolerance\n\nin devotee, 70\n\nVaidhrta,163\n\nin �atriya, 69\n\nVaid�a as lndra,162\n\nTrance. See: Meditation\n\nVaihayasa airplane,37\n\nTranscendentalist\n\nVaise�ika philosophy, philosophers,Absolute\n\nabove modes of nature, 71\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\n]iii.inis; Mayavadis; Yogis\n\nTransmigration of the soul\n\nBhagavad-gitd quoted on,225\nby karmis, 23\n\nTrees in lndra's city,191\n\nTreta-yuga as three-fourths religious,174\nTripuradhipa,40\nTruth. See: Absolute Truth\nTva��. 43, 88\n\nu\nUdayag4'i Mountain, 40, 41\n\nUma as Siva's wife,99, 125\nUnhappiness. See: Suffering\nUniversal form of the Supreme Lord\nas four-horned,239\nheart and soul of,239\nas seven-handed,239\nas three-legged, 239\nas two-headed,239\nUniverse\nBali conquered,206\n\nbodily conception pervades,225\n\ndissolution of,56\n\nLord pervades,108, 109, 115\n\npeople in,two types listed, 31\n\nSee also: Creation, the; Heavenly planets;\nMaterial world\nUpasloka,160\n\nTruth misunderstood by,108\n\nVai$t:�aviiniim yatha 5ambhub.\nquoted,137\n\nVai�Q.avas. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\n\nVaiSyas, �atriyas protect,208\n\nVajradam�tra,40\nVamanadeva,Lord\n\nBali pleased,204-205\nparents of,151\n\nVan:ui.Srama-dharma\n\nVi�Q.u worshiped by,258\n\nSee also: Sanatana-dharma; Vedic culture\n\nVaruQ.a as demigod warrior,41, 42, 92\n\nVasudevab. sarvam iti\nquoted,227\n\nverse quoted,113\n\nVasudeva position defined,227\nVasudeva-5arary.a vidur arijasaiva\nquoted, 112\n\nVasudeve bhagavati\n\nverse quoted,113\n\nVasuman,150\nVasus,45\nVatapi,45\nVayu as demigod warrior,41, 64, 92\n\nVedanta-sutra, quoted on Supreme Brahman,\n\n107\n\nVedantist philosophers\nas impersonalists,110\n\nSee also: Mayavadis\nVedas\nBhagavad-gitd as essence of,179\n\n", "SB8.2#p0332": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n312\nVedas (continued)\n\nLord beyond,142\n\nSee also: Sastras; names of specific Vedic\nliteratures\n\nVedic culture\n\nhouseholders in,213\n\nprasiida distribution in,254\nas spiritually educated,225\n\nSee also: Sanatana-dharma; Var�ramadharma\nVedic injunctions. See: Religious principles\nVedic rituals. See: Ritualistic ceremonies\nVibhavasu,45\n\nVikal� defined,181\n\nVipracitti, 40\n\nVisvakarma\n\ndaughters of,152\n\nlndra's city built by,193\n\nMaya Danava vs., 43\n\nVi�vaksena, Lord,parents of,161\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura\n\nquoted on potency vs. impotency,260\nquoted on �timd woman,194\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura,cited\non demons and beautiful girl,4\non living entities, 106\n\non Mohini,15\n\non Mohini and Siva, 133\n\non Siva and Vi�Q.u,140\non Siva worship, 132\n\nViraraghava Acarya,cited on Vai�Q.ava phi­\n\nViSvtiso naiva kartavya�\n\nVircJ!-rupa. See: Universal form of the\n\nVisvasra��. 161\n\nVirocana\n\nVitana,168\n\nlosophy,107\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nas Bali's father,37,155,206\nas demon warrior,40, 43\n\nVi�Q.u,Lord\n\nas controller,100\n\nquoted,8\n\nVisvavasu,91\n\nVivasvan\n\nin disciplic succession, 176\nson of,149\n\nas sun-god,149\n\nas deva-deva, 100\n\nSee also: Sun-god\nVivasvtin manave prtiha\n\nfire sacrifice satisfied, 216\n\nVoice from sky quoted on Namuci demon,\n\nmaya under,138\n\n89\nVow, payo-vrata. See: Payo-vrata sacrifice\n\nas Supersoul,216\n\nVrtrasura,lndra killed,86, 88\n\ndemigods under, 100\n\neats via briihm.ar:tas, 216-217\nasJagan-maya,100\nsacrifice for,258\n\nSee also: Brahman,Supreme; Supreme\nLord\n\nverse quoted,176\n\nV�aparva,44\n\nVyasadeva in sage role,157\n\nv��u-tiradhanam\ndefined,258\n\nw\n\nSee also: Worship,of Vi�Q.u\nv��u Purti� quoted on Lord's energies, 109\nv��ur tiradhyate purilsdril\n\nWar\n\nVi�iici,161\n\nWatering a tree's root,devotional service com­\n\nVisvajit sacrifice\n\nWealth. See: Gold; Opulence,material\n\nquoted, 258\n\nVi.Svadevas,45\n\nBali performed,186, 188-189\n\nmilitary equipment from 187-188\n\ndemigod-demon. See: Battle between\ndemigods and demons\n\n�Q.a consciousness stops,31\npared to,25\n\nWeapons\n\nof Bali,189-190\n\n", "SB8.2#p0333": "General Index\nWeapons\n\nin demigod-demon battle,31 46,47,\n51-57,61,62,65,68,72,73,\n77-80,82-86,90,91\n\nof the Lord,21,59,62\n\n313\n\nYajnas\n\ndefined, 177\n\nSee also: Ritualistic ceremonies; Sacrifices;\nnames of specific sacrifices (yajnas)\n\nYajiiavalkya, Lord,178\n\nfrom Visvajit-yajiia,188\n\nYamaraja\n\nmodes of nature tolerated by,70\n\nYamuna River for purification,13\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\n\nYan maithuniidi-grhamedhi-sukham hi tuccham\n\nWine,Airavata stockpiles,41\nWise men\nwomen mistrusted by,8\n\nSages; Saints; Transcendentalists\n\nWoman (Women)\n\nBali compared to,203\nKalanabha vs.,43\n\nquoted, 213\n\nYasmin sthito na du�khena\n\nanimallike,9\n\nquoted, 137\n\nCaQakya quoted on,4, 8\n\nYasya prasiidcid bhagavat-prasado\n\nin lndra's city, 192\n\nYato va imani bhutiini jayante\n\ndemons bewildered by, 118\nLord incarnated as,3-8,15, 99, 116,\n119,120, 130,145\n\nman alone with,condemned,133\n\nquoted,202\n\nquoted,101\n\nYatra yogesvara� kr�r_r.�\nquoted,117\n\nmen vs., 8\n\nYe bhajanti tu mam bhaktyri\n\nSiva undisturbed by,119,119-120\n\nYe yathii nuim prapadyante\n\nerotection of,3-4,8\n\nsyama, 194\n\nWork. See: Activities; Karma\n\nWorld. See: Creation, the; Earth planet; Material world; Universe\n\nWorship\n\ntoward iicarya, 233\n\ntoward brahmary.as, 216\n\nby householder,216,217\nof the Lord,231, 235\n\npayo-vrata. See: Payo-vrata sacrifice\ntoward sacrificial fire,216, 217\ntoward Siva,132\n\nby van:uiSrama-dharma, 258\ntoward Vi�QU,253,258\n\nSee also: Deity worship of the Supreme\nLord\n\ny\nYajnai� sarikirtana-prayair\nquoted,177,258\n\nYajnarthiit karmar_r,o 'nyatra\nquoted, 24\n\nverse quoted,145, 220-221\n\nquoted,23\n\nverse quoted,221\n\nYoga\n\nLord teaches,178,179\n\n�atikhya-, 238, 239\n\nSiva performed,142\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord; �Qa consciousness; Yogis\nYogamaya, Mohini as,130\nYoga-siddhis, types of, eight listed,156\nYogiS\nas failures,24\n\nhouseholders as,213\nLord vs., 117\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\nYuddhe capy apaliiyanam\nquoted,69\n\nYugas\n\nin Manu's life, 154\n\nreligion deteriorates during,174\n\n", "SB8.2#p0334": "", "SB8.2#p0335": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nSr'imad-Bhagavatam, an epic philosophical and\n\nliterary\n\nclassic,\n\nholds\n\na\n\nprominent\n\nposition\n\nin\n\nIndia's voluminous written wisdom. The timeless\n\nwisdom of India is expressed in the Vedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human\nknowledge. Originally preserved through oral trJ�di­\n\ntion. the Vedas were first put into writing by Srila\n\nV yasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of God.'' After\n\ncompiling the Vedas, Srila Vyasadeva was inspired\n\nby his spiritual master to present their profound\n\nessence in the form of Sr'imad-Bhagavatam. Known\na_s \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic literature.\"\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and au­\n\nthoritative exposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nAfter writing the Bhagavatam, V yasa taught it to\n\nhis son. Sukadeva Gosvami. who later spoke the\n\nBhagavatam to Maharaja Parlk�it in an assembly of\nsages on the bank of the sacred Ganges River. Al­\n\nthough Maharaja Parlk�it was a great rii.jar�i (saintly\n\nking) and the emperor of the world. when he\n\nreceived notice of his death seven days in advance. he\nrenounced his entire kindgom and retired to the\n\nbank of the Ganges to seek spiritual enligh_tenment.\nThe\n\nquestions\n\nof\n\nKing\n\nParlk�it and\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami's illuminating answers. concerning every­\n\nthing from the nature of th_e self to the origin of the\nuniverse, are the basis of Sr'imad-Bhtigavatam.\n\nThi edition of Bhagavatam is the only complete\n\nEnglish translation with an elaborate and scholarly\n\ncommentary. and it is the first edition widely avail­\n\nable to the English-reading public. This work is the\n\nproduct of the scholarly and devotional effort of His\nDivine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhu­\n\npada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian\n\nreligious and philosophical thought. His\n\nSanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with\nVedic culture combine to reveal to the West a mag­\n\nnificent exposition of this important classic.\n\nWith its comprehensive system of providing the\n\noriginal Sanskrit text. Roman transliteration. precise\nword-for-word equivalents. a lucid English transla­\n\ntion and a comprehensive commentary. it will appeal\n\nto scholars. students and laymen alike. The entire\n\nmultivolume text. presented by the Bhaktivedanta\nBook Trust. promises to occupy a significant place in\n\nthe intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern\nman for a long time to come.\n\n", "SB8.2#p0336": "What the revtewers say about the SnmadBhiigavatam, by His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada:\n·'It has been my great pleasure recently to have\n\nread the Srfmad-Bhiigavatam in the superb edition\nauthorized by A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada. I am sure this monumental work will go far to\n\nbring the sublime message of the Bhiigavatam to\nnumerous Westerners who otherwise would miss this\nopportunity.··\nDr. Alex Wayman\nProfessor of Sanskrit\nColumbia University\n\n\"Srfmad-Bhiigavatam is a valuable source material for several categories of readers. With its exhaustive plan of providing the original Sanskrit text,\nits\n\nRoman\n\ntransliteration.\n\nEnglish\n\nsynonyms.\n\nEnglish translation and elaborate commentary by a\nscholar and practitioner of philosophy. it cannot but\nbe attractive to serious students and scholars of\nrei igion and philosophy. I recommend this series to\nanyone as an important and useful reference work.\"\"\nProfessor C. P. Agrawal\nDepartment of Humanities\nniversity of Michigan\n·'The\n\nBhaktivedanta\n\nBook\n\nTrust\n\neditions\n\nof\n\nfamous religious classics of India with new translations and commentaries are an important addition to\nour expanding kl)owledge of spiritual India. The new\n\nedition of the Srimad-Bhagavatam is particularly\nwelcome.··\nDr. John L. Mish\nChief, Oriental Division\new York Public Library\n\n", "SB8.2#p0337": "", "SB8.3#p0001": "ALL GLORY TO SRT GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\n�\"el/Piff:\"fi<fT'\"f\n\nSli���f���\n�ti � � iNtrlSt{{ � ri: I\n�: sr�f�q�� 3lfcf��\n���G>ii4Uf««rq�: II\n\"'\n\nsri:-vindhyavalir uvaca\nkru)iirtham atmana idam tri-jagat krtam te\nsvamyam tu tatra kudhiyo 'para i:sa kuryub,\nkartub, prabhos tava kim asyata avahanti\ntyakta-hriyas tvad-avaropita-kartr-vadab,\n\n(p.l75)\n\n", "SB8.3#p0002": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\n�hagavad-gitli As It Is\n�imad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-9 (27 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritliii4\"ta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri Isopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�r:ta Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�r:ta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\nDialectic Spiritualism-A Vedic View of Western Philosophy\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr�r:ta, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nLife Comes from Life\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�r:ta\nGeetlir-gan (Bengali)\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr�r:ta Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nB��k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA complete catalog is available upon request\n\nThe Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB8.3#p0003": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nEighth Canto\n\"Withdrawal of the Cosmic Creations\"\n\n(Part Three-Chapters 17-24)\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports\nby\n\nHis Divine Grace\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London Bombay\n.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0004": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1976 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalog Card Number: 73-169353\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-92-7\n\nFirst printing, 1976: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "SB8.3#p0005": "Table of Contents\nPreface\n\nIX\n\nIntroduction\n\nxm\n\nCHAPTER SEVENTEEN\n\nThe Supreme Lord Agrees to Become\nAditi's Son\n\n1\n1\n\nChapter Summary\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead Appears\nBefore Aditi\n\n4\n\nSurmounting the Ill usory Energy\n\n10\n\nLife Is Not a Product of Two Secretions\n\n20\n\nThe Waves of the Eternal Time Factor\n\n24\n\nCHAPTER EIGHTEEN\n\nLord Varnanadeva, the Dwarf Incarnation\n\n27\n\nChapter Summary\n\n27\n\nThe Transcendental Birth of Lord V amanadeva\n\n28\n\nVedic Astronomy: The Truth About the Moon\n\n32\n\nMillions of Incarnations Emanate from .i(r�J)a\n\n37\n\nBali Maharaja Personally Greets the Lord\n\n46\n\nCHAPTER NINETEEN\n\nLord Vamanadeva Begs Charity from\nBali Maharaja\n\n53\n\nChapter Summary\n\n53\n\nThe Lord Praises Bali's Magnanimity\n\n55\n\nThe \"God Is Dead\" Concoction\n\n62\n\nv\n\n", "SB8.3#p0006": "Srimad-Bhagavatarn\nLord Sri Krr;;.Q.a, the Omnipotent Landholder\n\n67\n\nHow to Receive Another Temporary Body\n\n71\n\nKrr;;.Q.a's Devotees Are Not Escapists\n\n75\n\nThe Body: Making the Best Use of a Bad Bargain\n\n87\n\nThe Eternal Solution to Poverty\n\n90\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders the Universe\n\n93\n\nChapter Summary\n\n93\n\nBali Maharaja Rejects His False Guru\n\n95\n\nUntruthfulness Overburdens the Earth\n\n99\n\nTranscendental Charity, Life's Rarest Opportunity\n\n104\n\nBali Maharaja's False Guru Curses Him\n\n110\n\nThe Lord Expands His Body, Enveloping the Universe\n\n116\n\nThe Lord's Stride Pierces the Covering of the Universe\n\n127\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-ONE\n\nBali Maharaja Arrested by the Lord\n\n129\n\nChapter Summary\n\n129\n\nLord Vamanadeva Resumes His Original Form\n\n134\n\nBali's Demoniac Followers Attack the Lord\n\n139\n\nBali's Tolerance a Lesson for the Universe\n\n146\n\nDevotees Are Transcendental to Any Material Conditions\n\n151\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-TWO\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n155\n\nChapter Summary\n\n155\n\nBali's Head the Place for the Lord's Final Footstep\n\n157\n\nWasting One's Valuable Lifetime\n\n164\n\nPrahlada Maharaja, the Most Dear Devotee, Arrives\n\n169\n\n", "SB8.3#p0007": "Table of Contents\n\nvn\n\nWorld Mismanagement: Defying the Supreme Proprietor\n\n178\n\nThe Human Form of Life Is Rarely Obtained\n\n182\n\nBali Maharaja Receives the Lord's Eternal Benediction\n\n188\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-THREE\n\nThe Demigods Regain the Heavenly\nPlanets\n\n195\n\nChapter Summary\n\n195\n\nWhy the Devotees Enjoy and the Nondevotees Suffer\n\n203\n\nChanting the Hare _Kr�J).a Mantra\n\n210\n\nDefying the Supreme Wastes Time, Energy and Money\n\n219\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-FOUR\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n223\n\nWhy the Lord Accepted the Form of a Fish\n\n226\n\nLaws of Nature Cannot Affect the Supreme Lord\n\n229\n\nEven Unknowing Service to the Lord Is Never in Vain\n\n236\n\nUnintelligent Persons Worship the Demigods\n\n245\n\nTranscendental Knowledge Hinges on Surrender\n\n252\n\nSri _Kr�J).a, the Supreme Spiritual Master\n\n261\n\nHow Materialistic \"Gurus\" Cheat Foolish Disciples\n\n265\n\nThe Search for a Bona Fide Spiritual Master\n\n268\n\nAppendixes\n\n277\n\nThe Author\n\n279\n\nReferences\n\n281\n\nGlossary\n\n283\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n289\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n291\n\nGeneral Index\n\n301\n\n", "SB8.3#p0008": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to particular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\n\nsociety, nay, of the entire energy of living beings. The need is felt by\n\ngreat thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the aphor­\n\nism of Vedanta philosophy janmii dy asya yata/:t to establish the ideal of a\ncommon cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of oblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts, education and economic development throughout the entire world. But there is\na pinprick somewhere in the social body at large, and therefore there are\nlarge-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is need of a\nclue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship and\n\nprosperity with a common cause. Srimad-Bhagavatam will fill this need,\n\nfor it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the entire\nhuman society.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student-devotee Prahlada\nMaharaja in order to change the demoniac face of society.\n\nkaumiira iicaret prajfw\ndharmiin bhiigavatdn iha\ndurlabham miinU§aril janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhiig. 7.6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything is\n\nlX\n\n", "SB8.3#p0009": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nX\n\nmerged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate source of\ncreation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ultimate\n\nsource of everything that be. This ultimate source is explained rationally\n\nand\n\nauthoritatively\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nbeautiful\n\nBhagavatam\n\nor\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhi!gavatam.\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\n\nwith Him and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the\n\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\n\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\nsimply by a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\n\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\n\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to convert others to accepting God as a concrete principle.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vediinta-sutra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to the\n\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\n\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\n\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly like with an ordinary\n\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\n\nsure to become a God-realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\n\ncantos.\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\nSri .Kr��a. One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\n\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\n\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\nsmall installments one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Srimad-Bhiigavatam, but still\n\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the thinkers and leaders of society\n\non the strength of the following statement of Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.5.11):\n\ntad-vag-vi.sargo janatagha-viplavo\nyasmin prati-slokam abaddhavaty api\n\n", "SB8.3#p0010": "Preface\n\nXl\n\nniimany anantasya ya.So 'nkitani yac\nchr7Jvanti gayanti grlJ-Qnti sadhava/:t\n\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the unlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring about a\nrevolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such transcendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\n\nOm tat sat\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\n", "SB8.3#p0011": "Introduction\n\"This Bhagavata Purar:w is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\n\njust after the departure of Lord Kr�J}.a to His own abode, accompanied by\n\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\n\ndense dark�ess of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\n\nPurar:w,.\" (Srimad-Bhagavatam 1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the\n\nVedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\n\npreserved through oral tradition, the Vedas were first put into writing\n\nfive thousand years ago by Srila Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\n\nGod.\" Mter compiling the Vedas, Vyasadeva set forth their essence in\nthe\n\naphorisms\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nVediinta-siltras. Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nis\n\nVyasadeva's commentary on his own Vediinta-sutras. It was written in\n\nthe maturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\n\nspiritual master. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\n\nliterature,\" Srimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and authoritative\n\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nMter compiling the Bhiigavatam, Vyasa impressed the synopsis of it\n\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva Gosvami. Sukadeva Gosvami subse­\n\nquently recited the entire Bhagavatam to Maharaja Parik�it in an assem­\n\nbly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\nDelhi). Maharaja Parik�it was the emperor of the world and was a great\n\nrajar�i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\n\nwithin a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and retired to the bank\n\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\nThe Bhagavatam begins with Emperor Parik�it's sober inquiry to\n\nSukadeva Gosvami: \"You are the spiritual master of great saints and de­\n\nvotees. I am therefore begging you to show the way of perfection for all\n\npersons, and especially for one who is about to die. Please let me know\n\nwhat a man should hear, chant, remember and worship, and also what he\n\nshould not do. Please explain all this to me.\"\nSukadeva Gosvami's answer to this question, and numerous other\nquestions posed by Maharaja Parik�it, concerning everything from the\n\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\n\nxm\n\n", "SB8.3#p0012": "xiv\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\ndeath. The sage Siita Gosviimi, who was pr�ent on the bank of the\n\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvami first recited Srimad-Bhagavatam, later\n\nrepeated the Bhagavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest of\n\nNaimi11ara�ya. Those sages; concerned about the spiritual welfare of the\n\npeople in general, had gathered to perform a long, continuous chain of\nsacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\n\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\n\nwisdom, Siita Gosvami repeated from memory the entire eighteen thou­\n\nsand verses of Srimad-Bhagavatam, as spoken by Sukadeva Gosviimi to\n\nMaharaja Parik�it.\nThe reader of Srimad-Bhagavatam hears Siita Gosvami relate the\nquestions of Maharaja Parik�it and the answers of Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nAlso, Siita Gosvami sometimes responds directly to questions put by\n\nSaunaka �i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at Naimi11ara�ya. One\n\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\n\nParik11it and Sukadeva Gosvami on the bank of the Ganges, and another\n\nat Naimi�ar�ya between Siita Gosvami and the sages at Naimi11ar�ya\n\nForest, headed by Saunaka l,{�i. Furthermore, while instructing King\n\nParik�it, Sukadeva Gosvami often relates historical episodes and gives\n\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\n\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple Vidura. With this understanding of\nthe history of the Bhagavatam, the reader will easily be able to follow its\n\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since philosophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most important in the text,\none need only be attentive to the subject matter of Srimad-Bhagavatam\nto appreciate fully its profound message.\nThe translator of this edition compares the Bhagavatam to sugar\n\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and\n\nrelishable. Therefore, to taste the sweetness of the Bhagavatam, one may\nbegin by reading any of its volumes. After such an introductory taste,\nhowever, the serious reader is best advised to go back to Volume One of\nthe First Canto and then proceed through the Bhagavatam, volume after\nvolume, in its natural order.\n\nThis edition of the Bhagavatam is the first complete English transla­\n\ntion of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\nfirst widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\n\n", "SB8.3#p0013": "Introduction\n\nXV\n\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship and intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhiigavatam\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhiigavatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world view. Students of literature will discover the\n\nBhiigavatam to be a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psychology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhiigavatam offers simple\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "SB8.3#p0014": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB8.3#p0015": "PLATE ONE\nAfter Aditi had performed the ritualistic ceremony known as payo­\n\nvrata, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, dressed in yellow\ngarments and bearing a conchshell, disc, club and lotus in His four\nhands, appeared before her. At that time Aditi was so overwhelmed by\ntranscendental bliss that she at once stood up and then fell to the ground\nlike a rod to offer the Lord her respectful obeisances. When she arose,\nshe was trembling, her eyes were filled with tears and her hair was\nstanding on end, and thus she could not utter a word. She appeared to be\ndrinking the Supreme Lord through her eyes. Finally she regained her\ncomposure and began offering her prayers to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead in a faltering voice and with great love: \"0 master and enjoyer\nof all sacrificial ceremonies, 0 infallible and most famous person, whose\nname, when chanted, spreads all good fortune! 0 original Supreme Personality of Godhead, supreme controller, shelter of all holy places, You\nare the shelter of all poor, suffering living entities, and You have appeared to diminish their suffering. Please be kind to us and spread our\ngood fortune.\" (pp. 3-8)\n\n", "SB8.3#p0016": "", "SB8.3#p0017": "PLATE TWO\nFirst the Lord appeared in His original form, with ornaments and\nweapons in His hands. Then, in the presence of His father and mother,\nHe assumed the form of Vamana (a brahma�-dwarf and a brahmacari)\n\njust like a theatrical actor. When the great sages saw Vamana, they were\n\nvery pleased. Thus they brought forward Kasyapa Muni, the Prajapati,\n\nand performed all the ritualistic ceremonies, beginning with the birthday\n\nrites. When they reached the sacred thread ceremony, by which Vamana\n\nformally took brahminical initiation, the sun-god personally uttered the\nGayatr1 mantra, B:rhaspati offered the sacred thread, and Kasyapa Muni\n\noffered a straw belt. Mother earth gave Him a deerskin, the demigod of\n\nthe moon gave Him a staff, His mother, Aditi, gave Him a loincloth, and\n\nthe deity presiding over the heavenly kingdom offered Him an umbrella.\n\nLord Brahma offered Him a waterpot, the seven sages offered Him ku5a\n\ngrass, and mother SarasvaH gave Him a string of Rudrak�a beads.\n\nKuvera, King of the Yak�as, gave Him a begging pot, and mother\n\nBhagavaH, the wife of Lord Siva, gave Him His first alms. Having thus\n\nbeen welcomed by everyone, Lord Vamanadeva, the best of the\n\nbrahmaciiris, exhibited His Brahman effulgence. Thus He surpassed in\n\nbeauty that entire assembly, which was filled with great saintly\nbrahmar:ws.\n\n(pp. 37-41)\n\n", "SB8.3#p0018": "", "SB8.3#p0019": "PLATE THREE\nWhen Lord Vamana appeared before Bali Maharaja and begged for\n\nthree steps of land, the King agreed. Then, greatly disturbed, Bali's\n\nspiritual master, Sukracarya, said: \"0 King Bali, this brahmacari in the\n\nform of a dwarf is directly the imperishable Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, Vi�J.lu. Accepting Kasyapa Muni as His father and Aditi as His\n\nmother, He has now appeared to help the demigods and vanquish the\n\ndemons. You have promised to give Him three steps of land in charity,\nbut when you give it, He will occupy the three worlds. You are a rascal!\n\nYou do not know what a great mistake you have made.\" King Bali\nreplied, \"0 great sage, great saintly persons like you, being completely\n\naware of the Vedic principles, worship Lord Vi�J.lu in all circumstances.\n\nTherefore, whether that same Lord Vi�J.lu has come here to give me all\n\nbenedictions or to punish me as an enemy, I must carry out His order and\n\ngive Him the requested tract of land without hesitation.\" Enraged,\n\nSukracarya said, \"Although you have no knowledge, you have become a\n\nso-called learned person, and therefore you dare be so impudent as to\n\ndisobey my order. Because you have disobeyed me, I curse you to lose all\nyour opulence very soon.\"\n\n(pp. 79-111)\n\n", "SB8.3#p0020": "", "SB8.3#p0021": "PLATE FOUR\nAs Bali Maharaja and the members of the assembly watched in\nstunned amazement, the unlimited Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwho had assumed the form of Vamana, began increasing in size, until\neverything in the universe was within His body, including the earth, the\nplanetary systems, the sky, the oceans, the birds, beasts, human beings,\nthe demigods and the great saintly persons. The Lord in His universal\nform thus stood before Bali Maharaja holding a conchshell, sword,\nshield, flaming discus, arrow, bow, lotus flower and club. On the Lord's\nfeet, Bali Maharaja saw the surface of the globe, on the surface of His\ncalves all the mountains, on His bosom all the clusters of stars as well as\nthe goddess of fortune, who held a lotus flower in her hand, and on His\nhair, the clouds. The Lord wore a yellow garment, covered by a belt, and\nHe was decorated by a flower garland, surrounded by bees. Manifesting\nHimself in this way, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose activities are wonderful, covered the entire surface of the earth with one\nfootstep, the sky with His body, and all directions with His arms.\n\n(pp. 116-126)\n\n", "SB8.3#p0022": "", "SB8.3#p0023": "PLATE FIVE\nMter the associates of Lord Vamanadeva had defeated all the demons\nand driven them into the lower regions of the universe, Garuc;la arrested\nBali Maharaja with the snake-ropes of V aruJ,Ul and brought him before\nthe Lord. \"0 King of the demons,\" said Vamana, \"you have promised to\ngive Me three steps of land, but I have occupied the entire universe with\ntwo steps. Now think about where I should put My third.\" Bali Maharaja\nreplied, \"0 best Personality of Godhead, if You think that my promise\nhas becoine false, I shall certainly rectify matters to make it truthful.\nPlease, therefore, place Your third lotus footstep on my head.\" Just then\nPrahlada Maharaja, the grandfather of Bali, appeared in the assembly,\nlike the moon rising in the nighttime. His dark body resembled black\nointment for the eyes. His tall, elegant figure was dressed in yellow garments, he had long arms, and his beautiful eyes were like the petals of a\nlotus. He was very dear and pleasing to everyone. Being bound by the\nsnake-ropes of VaruJ,la, Bali Maharaja could not offer befitting respect to\nPrahlada Maharaja. Rather, he simply offered respectful obeisances with\nhis head, his eyes being inundated with tears and his face lowered in\nshame. (pp. 147-170)\n\n", "SB8.3#p0024": "", "SB8.3#p0025": "PLATE SIX\nOnce, millions of years ago, the Supreme Personality of Godhead appeared in the form of a fish and warned the pious King Satyavrata of an\nimpending inundation. Mter receiving instructions from Lord Matsya,\nKing Satyavrata spread a mat of kusa grass, sat down and meditated on\nthe Lord for seven days. Thereafter, gigantic clouds pouring incessant\nwater swelled the ocean more and more. Thus the ocean began to overBow onto the land and inundate the entire world. Then, just as the Lord\nhad predicted, when the world was flooded by the devastating water a\nmagnificent boat mysteriously appeared before King Satyavrata and the\nseven great sages. (pp. 253-254)\n\n", "SB8.3#p0026": "", "SB8.3#p0027": "PLATE SEVEN\nWhile King Satyavrata constantly meditated upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead, a large golden fish with one horn appeared in the\nocean of inundation. Following the instructions that the Supreme Lord\nhad previously imparted to him, the King anchored the boat to the fish's\nhorn, using the serpent Vasuki as a rope. Thus being satisfied, the King\nbegan offering prayers to the Lord: \"0 Supreme Lord, for selfrealization I surrender unto You, who are worshiped by the demigods as\nthe supreme controller of everything. By Your instructions, exposing\nlife's purpose, kindly cut the knot from the core of my heart and let me\nknow the destination of my life.\" When King Satyavrata had thus prayed\nto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who had assumed the form of a\nfish, the Lord, while moving in the water of inundation, explained to him\nthe Absolute Truth. (pp. 256-270)\n\n", "SB8.3#p0028": "", "SB8.3#p0029": "CHAPTER SEVENTEEN\n\nThe Supreme Lord\nAgrees to Become Aditi's Son\nAs explained in this chapter, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, being\nvery pleased by the payo-vrata ceremony performed by Aditi, appeared\nbefore her in full opulence. At her request, the Lord agreed to become\nher son.\nMter Aditi performed the payo-vrata ceremony for twelve continuous\ndays, the Lord, who was certainly very pleased with her, appeared before\nher with four hands and dressed in yellow garments. As soon as Aditi\nsaw the Supreme Personality of Godhead present before her, she immediately got up, and with great ecstatic love for the Lord she fell to the\nground to offer respectful obeisances. Aditi's throat was choked because\nof ecstatic feelings, and her entire body trembled with devotion. Although she wanted to offer suitable prayers to the Lord, she could not do\nanything, and thus she remained silent for some time. Then, feeling\nsolace, observing the beauty of the Lord, she offered her prayers. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the Supersoul of all living entities, was\nvery pleased with her, and He agreed to become her son by incarnating\nas a plenary expansion. He was already pleased by Kasyapa Muni's\nausterities, and thus He agreed to become their son and maintain the\ndemigods. Mter giving His word of honor to this effect, the Lord disappeared. Following the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nAditi engaged in the service of Kasyapa Muni, who could see by samadhi\nthat the Lord was within him and who thus placed his semen in the\nwomb of Aditi. Lord Brahma, who is known as Hira:Q.yagarbha, understood that the Supreme Personality of Godhead had entered Aditi's\nwomb. Thus he offered prayers to the Lord.\nTEXT 1\n\nrsttr.rn �\n\n-�� ��T �t �lt;( � I\n�� lf� lmn'+i{1���T II � II\n1\n\n", "SB8.3#p0030": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n2\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 17\n\nsn-suka uvaca\n\nity ukta saditi rajan\n\nsva-bhartra kaSyapena vai\n\nanv at�thad vratam idam\ndviida.S ham atandrita\n\nsri-sukall uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; ukta-being\nadvised; sa-that lady; aditill-Aditi; rajan-0 King; sva-bhartra-by\nher husband; kruyapena-Kasyapa Muni; vai-indeed; anu-similarly;\nat�that-executed; vratam idam-this payo-vrata ritualistic ceremony;\ndvadaSa-aham-for twelve days; atandrita-without any laziness.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: 0 King, after Aditi was thus advised by\n\nher husband, KaSyapa Muni, she strictly followed his instructions\nwithout laziness and in this way performed the payo-vrata\n\nritualistic ceremony.\n\nPURPORT\n\nFor advancement in anything, especially in spiritual life, one must\n\nstrictly follow the bona fide instructions of the teacher. Aditi did this.\n\nShe strictly followed the instructions of her husband and guru. As con­\n\nfirmed in the Vedic injunctions, yasya deve para bhaktir yatha deve\n\ntatha gurau. One should have complete faith in the guru, who helps the\ndisciple make progress in spiritual life. As soon as the disciple thinks independently, not caring for the instructions of the spiritual master, he is\na failure (yasyaprasadan na gatill kuto 'pi). Aditi very strictly followed\nthe instructions of her husband and spiritual master, and thus she was\nsuccessful.\nTEXTS 2-3\n\nN���l � ��T� I\n\n��!1��-mt �dif: II � II\nq;r�Efil!4*4t � l4•1ct��Rctel�¥4f.:l 1\nctJU�l �lf :q.qR � q�i«J� II � II\n\n", "SB8.3#p0031": "Text 3)\n\nThe Lord Agrees to Become Aditi's Son\n\n3\n\ncintayanty ekaya budd hya\nmaha-puru{>am iSvaram\npragrhyendriya-dU§!dSviin\nmanasa buddhi-sarathi�\nmana§ caikagraya buddhya\nbhagavaty akhilatmani\nvasudeve samadhaya\ncacara ha payo-vratam\ncintayanti-constantly\n\nthinking;\n\nekaya-with\n\none\n\nattention;\n\nbuddhya-and intelligence; maha-purU§am-upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iSvaram-the supreme controller, Lord Vi�Qu;\npragrhya-completely controlling; indriya-the senses;\n\ndU§!a-for­\n\nmidable, powerful; a.Soon-horses; manasa-by the mind; budd hisarathi�-with the help of intelligence, the chariot driver; mana�-the\nmind; ca-also; eka-agraya-with full attention; buddhya-with the\nintelligence; bhagavati-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nakhila-atmani-the Supreme Soul, the Supersoul of all living entities;\nvasudeve-unto Lord Vasudeva; samadhaya-keeping full attention;\ncacara-executed; ha-thus; paya�-vratam-the ritualistic ceremony\nknown as payo-vrata.\nTRANSLATION\nWith full, undiverted attention, Aditi thought of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and in this way brought under full control\nher mind and senses, which resembled forceful horses. She concentrated her mind upon the Supreme Lord, Vasudeva. Thus she\nperformed the ritualistic ceremony known as payo-vrata.\nPURPORT\nThis is the process of bhakti-yoga.\nanyabhilii{iita-sunyarh\njiiiina-karmady-anavrtam\nanukulyena kmuinusilanarh bhaktir uttamii\n\n", "SB8.3#p0032": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n4\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 17\n\n\"One should render transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord\nKr�1,1a favorably and without desire for material profit or gain through\nfruitive activities or philosophical speculation. That is called pure devotional service.\" One simply has to concentrate upon the lotus feet of\nVasudeva, Kr�1,1a (sa vai manab, kmta-padaravindayob-}. Then the mind\nand senses will be controlled, and one can engage himself fully in the\ndevotional service of the Lord. The devotee does not need to practice the\nha!ha-yoga system to control the mind and senses; his mind and senses\nare automatically controlled because of unalloyed devotional service to\nthe Lord.\nTEXT4\n\n���..:1\n\n�ht+·lifiti�l,:H:: II \\l II\ntasyiib, priidurabhut tiita\nbhagaviin iidi-pun£$abpita-viisas catur-biihub,\nsankha-cakra-gadi.i-dharab,\ntasyiib,\n\n-\n\nbefore her; priidurabhilt-appeared; tiita-my dear King;\n\nbhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iidi-pun£$ab,-the\noriginal person;\n\np ita-viis iib,\n\n-\n\ndressed\n\nin\n\nyellow garments;\n\ncatub,­\n\nbiihub,-with four arms; sankha-cakra-gada-dharab,-bearing\nconchshell, disc, club and lotus flower.\n\nthe\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\ndressed in yellow garments and bearing a conchshell, disc, club\n\nand lotus in His four hands, then appeared before Aditi.\nTEXTS\n\n� �� ��� �m��� �� 1\n� �f% ��� �o:gCl�q'TRrfci� II � II\n\n", "SB8.3#p0033": "Text6\n\n]\n\nThe Lord Agrees to Become Aditi's Son\n\n5\n\ntam netra-gocaram vilcyya\nsahasotthiiya sadaram\n\nnanama bhuvi kayena\ndar:u;lavat-priti-vihvalii\n\ntam-Him (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); netra-gocaramvisible by her eyes; vi/cyya-after seeing; sahasii-all of a sudden;\nutthiiya-getting up; sa-adaram-with great respect; naruima-offered\nrespectful obeisances; bhuvi-on the ground; kayena -by the whole\nbody; dar:u;la-vat-falling like a rod; priti-v ihvalii-almost puzzled because of transcendental bliss.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Supreme Personality of Godhead became visible to\nAditi's eyes, Aditi was so overwhelmed by transcendental bliss that\nshe at once stood up and then fell to the ground like a rod to offer\nthe Lord her respectful obeisances.\nTEXT6\n\n��t�lt� il:[l&�retl� m�\n;it�� 3TR���l I\n� �1 ��f;Rr-\n\n��1�9;�(1'441'1'%�i?I:\n\nII � II\n\nsotthiiya baddhiinjalir U;litum sthita\nnotseha iinanda-jaliikulek$aT}-ii\nbabhava t�r:Liril pulakiikuliikrtis\ntad-darsanatyutsava-giitra-vepathu/:t\n\nsii-she; utthiiya-standing up; baddha-a njali/:t-with folded hands;\nU;litum-to worship the Lord; sthita-situated; na utsehe-could not en­\n\ndeavor;\n\niinanda-from\n\ntranscendental\n\nbliss;\n\njala-with\n\nwater;\n\niikula-ik$a7}-ii-her eyes were filled; babhaoo-remained; t��im­\n\nsilent; pulaka-with standing of the hairs of the body; iikula-overwhelmed; iikrti/:t-her form; tat-darsana-by seeing the Lord;\n\n", "SB8.3#p0034": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n6\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 17\n\nati-utsava-with great pleasure; ga tra-her body; vepathu /l -began to\ntremble.\nTRANSLATION\nAditi stood silently with folded hands, unable to offer prayers to\n\nthe Lord. Because of transcendental bliss, tears filled her eyes, and\nthe hairs on her body stood on end. Because she could see the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead face to face, she felt ecstasy, and\n\nher body trembled.\n\nTEXT7\n\n�� ���roT flm �«\nijm m ��AA: im 1\n�eft m ftmr'N ��\n�� ;;rijqfij �tR'i� II \\9 II\npritya sanair gadgaday a gi ra harirh\nl!J,$!ava sa devy aditi/l kuradvaha\n\nudvik$ati sa pibativa cak$U$a\nrama-patirh yajna-patirh jagat-patim\npritya-because of love; sa nai/l-again and again; gadgadayafaltering; gira -with a voice; harim-unto the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; lU$!ava-pleased; sa-she; devi-the demigoddess; aditib,­\n\nAditi; kuru-udvaha-0 Maharaja Parik�it; udvik$ati-while staring;\nsa\n\n-\n\nshe ; pibati iva-appeared as if she were drinking; cak$U$a­\n\nthrough the eyes; rama-patim -unto the Lord, the husband of the goddess of fortune;\n\nyajna-patim -unto the Lord, the enjoyer of all\n\nsacrificial ceremonies; jagat-patim-the master and Lord of the entire\numverse.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, the demigoddess Aditi then began offering\n\nher prayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead in a faltering\n\nvoice and with great love. She appeared as though drinking\n\n", "SB8.3#p0035": "Text 8)\n\nThe Lord Agrees to Become Aditi's Son\n\n7\n\nthrough her eyes the Supreme Lord, who is the husband of the\ngoddess of fortune, the enjoyer of all sacrificial ceremonies, and\nthe master and Lord of the entire universe.\nPURPORT\n\nAfter observing the payo-vrata, Aditi was certain that the Lord had\nappeared before her as Ramii-pati, the husband of all good fortune, just\nto offer her sons all opulences. She had performed the yajna of payovrata under the direction of her husband, Kasyapa, and therefore she\nthought of the Lord as Yajiia-pati. She was completely satisfied to see the\nmaster and Lord of the entire universe come before her to fulfill her\ndesire.\nTEXTS\n\n�;;rRffwiR\n\n� ��� q'J*'l(\\\n��: �ctUf+i'fi·�\"Wi� I\nattq?tJlti�M;ft���\n�;n �1� lfqq?ff«�ht\"'l� :11 � II\nsri-aditir uvaca\nyajiiesa yajna-purU{lacyuta tirtha-pada\ntirtha-sravab, sravarJ-a-mangala-niimadheya\napanna-loka-vrjinopa§amodayadya\nsam nab, krdhiSa bhagavann asi dina-niithab,\nsri-aditib, uvaca-the demigoddess Aditi said; yajna-i.Sa-0 controller\nof all sacrificial ceremonies; yajna-purU{la-the person who enjoys the\nbenefits of all sacrifices; acyuta-infallible; tirtha-pada-at whose lotus\nfeet stand all the holy places of pilgrimage; tirtha-sravab,-celebrated as\nthe ultimate shelter of all saintly persons; SraVarJ-a-hearing about\nwhom; marigala-is auspicious; niimadheya-to chant His name is also\nauspicious; apanna-surrendered; loka-of people; vrjina-dangerous\nmaterial position; upa§ama-diminishing; udaya-who has appeared;\nadya-the original Personality\n\nof Godhead;\n\nsam-auspiciousness;\n\n", "SB8.3#p0036": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n8\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 17\n\nna�-our; krdhi-kindly bestow upon us; iSa-0 supreme controller;\n\nbhagavan-0 Lord; asi-You are; dina-natha�-the only shelter of the\ndowntrodden.\nTRANSLATION\nThe goddess Aditi said: 0 master and enjoyer of all sacrificial\n\nceremonies, 0 infallible and most famous person, whose name,\n\nwhen chanted, spreads all good fortune! 0 original Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, supreme controller, shelter of all holy places,\n\nYou are the shelter of all poor, suffering living entities, and You\n\nhave appeared to diminish their suffering. Please he kind to us and\n\nspread our good fortune.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the master of those who observe vows and austerities, and it is He who bestows benedictions upon\nthem. He is worshipable for the devotee throughout the devotee's life,\nfor He never breaks His promises. As He says in Bhagavad-gita (9.31),\n\nkaunteya pratijanihi na me bhakta� pra�yati: \"0 son of Kunti,\ndeclare it boldly that My devotee never perishes.\" The Lord is addressed\nhere as acyuta, the infallible, because He takes care of His devotees.\nAnyone inimical to the devotees is certainly vanquished by the mercy of\nthe Lord. The Lord is the source of the Ganges water, and therefore He is\naddressed here as tirtha-pada, indicating that all the holy places are at\nHis lotus feet, or that whatever He touches with His foot becomes a holy\nplace. Bhagavad-gita, for example, begins with the words dharma-lcyetre\n\nkuru-/cyetre. Because the Lord was present on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra, it became a dharma-/cyetra, a place of pilgrimage. Therefore the\nPiiJ.lQavas, who were extremely religious, were assured of victory. Any\nplace where the Supreme Personality of Godhead displays His pastimes,\nsuch as Vrndavana or Dvaraka, becomes a holy place. The chanting of\nthe holy name of the Lord- Hare Kr�:Q.a, Hare Kr�:Q.a, Kr�:Q.a Kr�:Q.a, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare-is pleasing to\nthe ear, and it expands good fortune to the audience who hears it\nchanted. Owing to the presence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nAditi was fully assured that the troublesome condition created for her by\nthe demons would now be ended.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0037": "Text9]\n\nThe Lord Agrees to Become Aditi's Son\n\n9\n\nTEXT9\n\nA� R�Rf4tt+ut\n\n������f��l\n� ��m.��otfaq1R�rRqij¥4(1 � WI� II Q,. II\nviSvdya viSva-bhavana-sthiti-sarhyaTTiiiya\nsvairarh grhita-puru-sakti-gw:tiiya bhumne\nsva-sthii.ya sa5vad-upab[rhhita-pilrr:ta-bodhavyapaditiitma-tamase haraye namas te\nviSvaya-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is actually\nthe entire universe; viSva-of the universe; bhavana-creation; sthitimaintenance; sarhyaTTiiiya-and annihilation; svairam -fully independent; grh ita-taking in hand; puru-completely; sakti-gu')dya-controlling the three modes of material nature; bhumne-the supreme\ngreat; sva-sthii.ya-who is always situated in His original form; sa§vateternally; upab[rhhita-achieved; pilrr:ta -complete;\n\nbodha-know l­\n\nedge; vyapiid ta-completely vanquished; iitma-tamase-the illusory\nenergy of Your Lordship; haraye-unto the Supreme Lord; nama/:t te-l\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You are the all-pervading universal form, the fully independent creator, maintainer and destroyer of this universe. Although You engage Your energy in matter, You are always situated\nin Your original form and never fall from that position, for Your\nknowledge is infallible and always suitable to any situation. You\nare never bewildered by illusion. 0 my Lord, let me offer my respectful obeisances unto You.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Caitanya-caritamrta (Adi 2.117) it is said:\n\n", "SB8.3#p0038": "10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 17\n\nsiddhiinta baliy a citte na kara alasa\nihii ha-ite kmte liige sudrt;lha manasa\nAnyone trying to become fully _Kr�.Q.a conscious must know the Lord's\nglories as far as they are possible to understand. Here Aditi hints at these\nglories. The universe is nothing but the external potency of the Lord.\nThis is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(9.4): maya tatam idarh sarvam.\n\nWhatever we see in this universe is but an expansion of the potency of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, just as the sunshine and heat all\nover the universe are expansions of the sun. When one surrenders unto\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, he surpasses the influence of the illusory energy, for the Supreme Lord, being fully wise and being situated\nin the heart of everyone, especially in the heart of the devotee, gives one\nintelligence by which one is sure never to fall into illusion.\nTEXT 10\n\n�: trt �m��ttl�ti� +�Tm�: ('twt�l�,g��:\n� � ���+t;(W{t �\"({ u!tQ_\n�1 �orr �u ����tmror:11 � o 11\nayu/:t pararh vapur abhi§tam atulya-lalcymir\n\ndyo -bhu-ras a/:t sakala-yoga-gur}iis tri-varga/:t\njfiiinarh ca kevalam ananta bhavanti tW}{at\ntvatto nr{liirh kim u sapatna-jayadir iiSi/:t\nayu/:t-duration of life; param-as long as that of Lord Brahmii;\nvapu/:t-a particular type of body; abhi§tam-the goal of life; atulyalalcymi/:t-unparalleled opulence in material existence; dyo-the upper\nplanetary system; bhu-Bhiiloka; rasa/:t-the lower planetary system;\nsakala-all kinds of; yoga-gu{lii/:t-the eight mystic perfections; tri­\n\nvarga/:t-the principles of religiosity, economic development and sense\ngratification; jfiiinam-transcendental knowledge; ca-and; kevalamcomplete; ananta-0 unlimited one; bhavanti-all become possible;\ntW}tat-by Your satisfaction; tvatta/:t-from You; nr{liim-of all living\n\n", "SB8.3#p0039": "entities;\n\nII\n\nThe Lord Agrees to Become Aditi's Son\n\nText II)\nkim\n\nu-what\n\nto\n\nspeak\n\nof;\n\nsapatna-enemies;\n\nconquering; adi�-and others; asi�-such benedictions.\n\nJaya­\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 unlimited one, if Your Lordship is satisfied, one can very\n\neasily obtain a lifetime as long as that of Lord Brahma, a body\n\neither in the upper, lower or middle planetary systems, unlimited\n\nmaterial opulence, religion, economic development and satisfac­\n\ntion of the senses, full transcendental knowledge, and the eight\nyogic perfections, what to speak of such petty achievements as con­\n\nquering one's rivals.\n\nTEXT II\n\nl!fl�<fi \\RT'if\n\n3(�� � ��iftll;��wUJ: 1\n��f: ��;nflffil itffi �6' II��II\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nadityaivarh stuto rajan\n\nbhagavan pU§kare�aT}(L�\n\n�etra-jfia� sarva-bhutanam\niti hovaca bharata\n\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sr1 Sukadeva Gosvam1 said; aditya-by Aditi;\n\nevam-thus;\n\nParik�it);\n\nstuta�-being\n\nbhagavan-the\n\nworshiped;\nSupreme\n\nrajan-0\n\nPersonality\n\nKing\nof\n\n(Maharaja\nGodhead;\n\npU§kara-ik�ar:m�-whose eyes are like lotus flowers; �etra-jfia�-the\n\nSupersoul; sarva-bhutanam-of all living entities; iti-thus; ha-indeed; uvaca-replied; bharata-0 best of the Bharata dynasty.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: 0 King Parik�it, best of the Bharata\n\ndynasty, when the lotus-eyed Lord, the Supersoul of all living en­\n\ntities, was thus worshiped by Aditi, He replied as follows.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0040": "[Canto 8, Ch. 17\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n12\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�ttwrerr�\na:-� � f� f�� I\n���mo.t�aRt��: ������\nsri-bhagaviin uviica\ndeva-miitar bhavatyii me\nvijfidtam cira-kiirilcyitam\nyat sapatnair hrta-srir:tiirh\ncyiivitiiniim sva-dhiimatab,\nsri-bhagaviin uviica-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; devamiitar-0 mother of the demigods; bhavatyiib,-of you; me-by Me;\nvijfidtam-understood;\n\ncira-kii rilcyita m-what\n\nYou have desired for a\n\nlong time; yat-because; sapatnaib,-by the rivals; hrta-sriTJiimof your sons, who are bereft of all opulences; cyiivi tii niim- vanquished;\nsva-dhiimatab,-from their own residential quarters.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: 0 mother of the\n\ndemigods, I have already understood your long-cherished desires\n\nfor the welfare of your sons, who have been deprived of all opu­\n\nlences and driven from their residence by their enemies.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, being situated in everyone's\nheart, and especially in the hearts of His devotees, is always ready\nto help devotees in adversity. Since He knows everything, He knows how\nthings are to be adjusted, and He does the needful to relieve the suffering\nof His devotee.\nTEXT 13\n\n��ffRq rn �� 1\n��fll: ��f(��tfudl( 11��11\n\n", "SB8.3#p0041": "Text 14)\n\nThe Lord Agrees to Become Aditi's Son\n\n13\n\ntan vinirjitya samare\ndurrnadiin asurar$abhan\npratilabdha-jaya-sribhi/:1,\nputrair icchasy upasitum\ntan-them; vinirjitya-defeating; samare-in the fight; durmadanpuffed up by strength; asura-r$abhan-the leaders of the demons;\n\npratilabdha-getting back; jaya-victory; sribhi/:1,-as well as the opulence; putrai/:1,-with your sons; icchasi-you are desiring; upasitumto come together and worship Me.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Devi, 0 goddess, I can understand that you want to regain\nyour sons and be together with them to worship Me, after defeating the enemies in battle and retrieving your abode and opulences.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�..��: �m�r-rt � r��\"{ 1\nf«q) �lmm.f ��f« �:ftcffl: II� \\lll\nindra-jye${hai/:l, sva-tanayair\nhatanarh yudhi vidvi$am\nstriyo rudantir asadya\ndrU${um icchasi du/:l,khita/:1,\nindra-jye${haib,-persons of whom King lndra is the eldest; svanayai/:1,-by your own sons; hatanam-who are killed; yudhi-in the\nfight; vidvi$am-of the enemies; striya/:1,-the wives; rudanti/:1,lamenting; asadya-coming near the dead bodies of their husbands;\ndrU${Um icchasi-you want to see; du/:l,khita /:1,-very much aggrieved.\nta\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou want to see the wives of the demons lamenting for the death\nof their husbands when those demons, the enemies of your sons,\nare killed in battle by the demigods, of whom Indra is the chief.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0042": "(Canto 8, Ch. 17\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n14\n\nTEXT 15\n\n31R�rij('lfi(i�ci ��:N�: I\nWiliifi'lU'iff.ISTf.l � ��fit\"4Jm II� '-\\II\niitmajiin susamrddhiirhs tvarit\npratyahrta-ya.Sa�-sriya�\nniika-pf$!ham adhi$thiiya\nkrilj,ato drU!'tum icchasi\niitma-jiin-your\ntvam-you;\n\nown\n\nsons;\n\nsu-samrddhii n-completely\n\npratyahrta-having received back;\n\nsriya�-opulence;\n\nniika-pf$!ham-in\n\nthe\n\nopulent;\n\nya.Sa�-reputation;\n\nheavenly\n\nkingdom;\n\nadhi$thiiya-situated; krif},ata�-enjoying their life; drU!'tum-to see;\nicchasi-you are desiring.\nTRANSLATION\n\nYou want your sons to regain their lost reputation and opulence\nand live again on their heavenly planet as usual.\nTEXT 16\n\nstlltTSW'f\n�s�;nqt\n3Wl{O(tf.11 �6 �� � 'iffl: I\n\n���f�\n;r\n\nW¥+i(ij51\n\n� ��fu II� �II\n\npriiyo 'dhunii te 'sura-yutha-niithii\napiira�J-iyii iti devi me mati�\nyat te 'nukulesvara-vipra-guptii\nna\n\nvikramas tatra sukharit dadiiti\n\npriiya�-almost; adhunii-at the present moment; te-all of them;\nasura-yutha-niithii�-the chiefs of the demons; apiira�J-iyii�-unconquerable; iti-thus; devi-0 mother Aditi; me-My; mati�-opinion;\n\n", "SB8.3#p0043": "15\n\nThe Lord Agrees to Become Aditi's Son\n\nText 17]\n\nyat-because; te-all the demons; anukiila-iSvara-vipra-guptii�-pro­\n\ntected by brahmalJaS, by whose favor the supreme controller is always\npresent;\n\nna-not;\n\nvikrama�-the\n\nuse\n\nof\n\npower;\n\ntatra-there;\n\nsukham-happiness; dadiiti-can give.\nTRANSLATION\n0 mother of the demigods, in My opinion almost all the chiefs of\n\nthe demons are now unconquerable, for they are being protected\nby briihmlll].as, whom the Supreme Lord always favors. Thus the\nuse of power against them now will not at all be a source of\nhappiness.\nPURPORT\nWhen a person is favored by brahmalJaS and Vai�I).avas, no one can\ndefeat him. Even the Supreme Personality of Godhead does not interfere\nwhen one is protected by a brahmar:w. It is said, go-brahmar:w-hitaya ca.\nThe Lord's first inclination is to give all benedictions to the cows and\nbrahmarJas. Therefore if brahmalJaS favor someone, the Lord does not\n\ninterfere, nor can anyone interfere with the happiness of such a person.\nTEXT 17\n\n3(q��tit � �fer �:\n��� �HI'ii4�T\n\n�I\n\n�l�;f ;n(R� •l.-(l44W40fq(\n��nl: ll�\\911\nathiipy upayo mama devi cintya�\nsantO§itasya vrata-caryayii te\nmamiircanaril niirhati gantum anyathii\nsraddhiinuruparil phala-hetukatviit\n\natka-therefore;\n\napi -in spite of this situation;\n\nupaya�-some\n\nmeans; mama-by Me; devi-0 goddess; cintya�-must be considered;\nsanto$itasya-very pleased; vrata-caryaya-observing the vow; te-by\n\nyou; mama arcanam-worshiping Me; na-never; arhati-deserves;\n\n", "SB8.3#p0044": "[Canto 8, Ch. 17\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n16\n\ngantum anyathd-to become otherwise; s radd hd-anunlpam-according\nto one's faith and devotion; phal a-of the result; hetukatvat-from\nbeing the cause.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYet because I have been satisfied by the activities of your vow, 0\n\ngoddess Aditi, I must find some means to favor you, for worship of\n\nMe never goes in vain but certainly gives the desired result accord­\n\ning to what one deserves.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�tttflRr�;:qq�ga�\n��ij�tMoi �f��:\n�� �€'4��t( � �\nmmr� '\"«���: ������\ntvayarcita5 caham apatya-guptaye\npayo-vratenanugu7J.arh samiljita�\nsvamsena putratvam upetya te sutan\ngoptiismi miirica-tapasy adhi$!hita�\ntvaya-by you;\n\narcita�-being worshiped;\n\nca-also;\n\naham-1;\n\napatya-guptaye-giving protection to your sons; payab,-vratena-by\nthe payo-vrata vow; anugu1Jnm-as far as possible; samU;litab,-properly worshiped; sva-amsena-by My plenary portion; putratvam-becoming your son; upe tya-taking this opportunity; te sutan-to your\nother sons; goptii asmi-1 shall give protection; miirica-of KaSyapa\nMuni; tapas i-in the austerity; adhi$thita�-situated\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou have prayed to Me and properly worshiped Me by perform­\n\ning the great payo-vrata ceremony for the sake of protecting your\nsons. Because of KaSyapa Muni's austerities, I shall agree to he­\n\ncome your son and thus protect your other sons.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0045": "Text 20)\n\nThe Lord Agrees to Become Aditi's Son\n\n17\n\nTEXT 19\n\nqffl' � 31�Tqf��'{t{_ I\n�=it m�ffi' wnmq������ll\n\ni!�\n\nupadhava patim bhadre\nprajapatim akalTTUl{!am\nmiim ca bhavayati patyav\nevam rilpam avasthitam\nupadhava-just go worship; patim-your husband; bhadre-0 gentle woman; prajapatim-who is a Prajapati; akalTTUl{!am-very much\npurified\n\nbecause\n\nof\n\nhis\n\nausterity;\n\nmiim-Me;\n\nca-as\n\nwell\n\nas;\n\nbhavayati-thinking of; patyau-within your husband; evam-thus;\nrilpam-form; avasthitam-situated there.\nTRANSLATION\nAlways thinking of Me as being situated within the body of your\nhusband, KaSyapa, go worship your husband, who has been\npurified by his austerity.\nTEXT 20\n\n�ffi1; mo �� 'I!� �;r 1\n�� �� � �v ijij�u�oll\nnaitat parasmii akhyeyam\npf$tayapi kathaficana\nsarvam sampadyate devi\ndeva-guhyam susamvrtam\nna-not; etat-this; parasmai-to outsiders; akhyeyam-is to he\ndisclosed; pr�taya api-even though questioned; kathaficana-by anyone; sarvam-everything; sampadyate-becomes successful; devi-0\nlady;\n\ndeva-guhyam-very confidential even to the demigods;\n\nsamvrtam-very carefully kept confidential.\n\nsu­\n\n", "SB8.3#p0046": "18\n\nSrnnad-BhagavaUUn\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 lady, even if someone inquires, you should not disclose this\n\nfact to anyone. That which is very confidential is successful if kept\n\nsecret.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n����\n\n�iJii(ij�� I\n31ft:�� � rt��� !fit: I\n\n'«11��1\n\n�qffi �m W{1 i6i�q������ll\nsri-suka uvaca\netavad uktva bhagavarhs\ntatraivantaradhiyata\naditir durlabharh labdhva\nharer janmatmani prabho�\nupadhavat patirh bhaktya\nparaya krta-krtyavat\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; etavat-in this way;\nuktva-saying (to her); bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tatra eva-in that very spot; anta�-adho/ata-disappeared;\naditi�-Aditi; durlabham-a very rare achievement; /abdhva-getting;\nhareb,-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; janma-birth; atmani-in herself; prabhob,-of the Lord; upadhavat-immediately went;\npatim-unto her husband; bhaktya-with devotion; paraya-great;\nkrta-krtya-vat-thinking herself very successful.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosv8mi said: Mter speaking in this way, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead disappeared from that very spot. Aditi,\n\nhaving received the extremely valuable benediction that the Lord\n\nwould appear as her son, considered herself very successful, and\nwith great devotion she approached her husband.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0047": "Text 23)\n\nThe Lord Agrees to Become Aditi's Son\n\n19\n\nTEXT 22\n\n� �')it;( cti��q�i(�\\�6 I\nSIAt+tkqt;r \"� ar��: 11 � ���\n\n«\n\nsa vai samiidhi-yogena\nka.Syapas tad abudhyata\npravi§tam iitmani harer\namsam hy avitathe/cya1J11bsab,-Kasyapa\n\nMuni;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nsamiidhi-yogena-by\n\nmystic\n\nmeditation; ka.Syapab,-Kasyapa Muni; tat-then; abudhyata-could\nunderstand; pravi§tam-entered; iitmani-within himself; hareb,-of\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nLord;\n\namsam-a\n\nplenary\n\nportion;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\navitatha-i/cya1J11t£-whose vision is never mistaken.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing situated in a meditational trance, KaSyapa Muni, whose\nvision is never mistaken, could see that a plenary portion of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead had entered within him.\nTEXT 23\n\nm�t�����\n«+ttfl6+twtl (M9'd\\l(i�Rtm ��•fwle: ���� 11\nso 'dityiim viryam iidhatta\ntapasii cira-sambhrtam\nsamiihita-manii riijan\ndiirur,ty agnim yathiinilab,\nsab,-Kasyapa; adityiim-unto Aditi;\n\nviryam-semen; iidhatta­\n\nplaced; tapasii-by austerity; cira -sambhrtam-restrained for long,\nlong years; samiihita-maniib,-being fully in trance upon the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead;\n\nriijan-0 King;\n\nagnim-fi.re; yathii-as; anilab,-wind\n\n.\n\ndiirur,ti-as in firewood;\n\n", "SB8.3#p0048": "20\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, as the wind promotes friction between two pieces of\n\nwood and thus gives rise to fire, Kasyapa Muni, whose transcen­\n\ndental position was fully absorbed in the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, transferred his potency into the womb of Aditi.\nPURPORT\n\nA forest fire begins when two pieces of wood rub against one another,\nbeing agitated by the wind. Actually, however, fire belongs neither to the\nwood nor to the wind; it is always different from both. Similarly, here it\nis to be understood that the union of Kasyapa Muni and Aditi was not like\nthe sexual intercourse of ordinary human beings. The Supreme Personality of Godhead has nothing to do with the human secretions of sexual intercourse. He is always completely aloof from such material\ncombinations.\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (9.29), samo 'ham sarva-bhute$u: \"I\nam equal toward all living entities.\" Nonetheless, to protect the devotees\nand kill the demons, who were a disturbing element, the Lord entered\nthe womb of Aditi. Therefore this is a transcendental pastime of the\nLord. This should not be misunderstood. One should not think that the\nLord became the son of Aditi the way an ordinary child is born because\nof sexual intercourse between man and woman.\nHere it may also be appropriate to explain, in these days of controversy, the origin of life. The life force of the living entity-the soulis different from the ovum and semen of the human being. Although the\nconditioned soul has nothing to do with the reproductive cells of man and\nwoman, he is placed into the proper situation because of his work\n\n(karma¢ daiva-netre1Jll). Life is not, however, a product of two secretions, but is independent of all material elements. As fully described in\n\nBhagavad-gitii, the living entity is not subject to any material reactions.\nHe can neither be burnt by fire, cut by sharp weapons, moistened by\nwater, nor dried by the air. He is completely different from the physical\nelements, but by a superior arrangement he is put into these material\nelements. He is always aloof from material contact (asarigo hy ayarh\n\npurU$aM but because he is placed in a material condition, he suffers the\nreactions of the material modes of nature.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0049": "Text 24]\n\nThe Lord Agrees to Become Aditi's Son\n\n21\n\npu�a/:1, prakrti-stlw hi\nbhurikte prakrtijan gu�n\nkara7Jarh gu1)A1-sango 'sya\nsad-asad-yoni-janmasu\n\"The living entity in material nature thus follows the ways of life, enjoying the three modes of nature. This is due to his association with that material nature. Thus he meets with good and evil amongst various\nspecies.\" (Bg.\n\n13.22) Although the living entity is aloof from the ma­\n\nterial elements, he is put into material conditions, and thus he must\nsuffer the reactions of material activities.\nTEXT 24\n\natf�f\\\\f� iJll �d (1filijfii( I\nft��F�T A� �� �·u¥tflt: 11�\\lll\naditer dh�thitarh garbham\nbhagavantarh sanatanam\nhirar:tyagarblw vijnaya\nsami{le guhya-namabhi�\nadite�-into the womb of Aditi;\n\ndh�thitam-being established;\n\ngarbham - pregnancy; bhagavantam-unto the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; sanatanam-who is eternal; hirar:tyagarbha/:1,-Lord Brahma;\nvijnaya-knowing this; sami4e-offered prayers; guhya-namabhi/:1,with transcendental names.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Brahmii understood that the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead was now within the womb of Aditi, he began to offer\nprayers to the Lord by reciting transcendental names.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead exists everywhere (ar:u;liintarastha-paramiir:tu-cayantara-stham). Therefore when one chants His transcendental names-Hare .i(r�I}a, Hare .i(r�I}a, .i(r'�I}a .i(r�:Q.a, Hare Hare/\n\n", "SB8.3#p0050": "22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 17\n\nHare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare-the Supreme Personality of Godhead is automatically pleased by such sankirtana. It is not\nthat the Supreme Personality of Godhead is absent; He is present there.\nAnd when a devotee utters the transcendental name, it is not a material\nsound. Therefore, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is naturally\npleased. A devotee knows that the Lord is present everywhere and that\none can please Him simply by chanting His holy name.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�Iffiitc#I\"''\n\n�..,(i•l� �•1'4 ij� ;pit� tr I\n� QV�Cftlr f�gutA � ;pt: ������\n..\n\nsri-brahmovaca\njayorugiiya bhagavann\nurukrama namo 'stu te\nnamo brahmar:tya-deviiya\ntri-gulJliya namo nama/:t\nsri-brahmii uvaca-Lord Brahma offered prayers; jaya-all glories;\nurugiiya-unto the Lord, who is constantly glorified; bhagavan-0 my\nLord; urukrama-whose activities are very glorious; nama/:t astu te-l\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You; nama/:t-my respectful obeisances; brahmar:tya-deviiya-unto the Lord of the transcendentalists;\ntri-gulJliya-the controller of the three modes of nature;\n\nnama/:t\n\nnama/:t-1 offer my respectful obeisances unto You again and again.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahms said: 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, all glo­\n\nries unto You, who are glorified by all and whose activities are all\nuncommon. I offer my respectful obeisances unto You, 0 Lord of\n\nthe transcendentalists, controller of the three modes of nature. I\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You again and again.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0051": "Text 27)\n\nThe Lord Agrees to Become Aditi's Son\n\n23\n\nTEXT 26\n\n'lf� ��I\n� melll �fq�m �cuA 11�,11\n��\n\nnamas te prsni-garbhaya\nveda-garbhaya vedhase\ntri-nabhaya tri-pf$!haya\nsipi-vi.§!dya vi.§r:wve\nnama� te-l offer my respectful obeisances unto You;\n\npr�r:ti­\n\ngarbhaya - who formerly lived within the womb of P:rsni (Aditi in her\n\n)\n\nprevious birth ;\n\nveda-garbhaya-who always remain within Vedic\n\nknowledge; vedhase-who are full of knowledge; tri-nabhaya-within\nthe stem growing from whose navel live all the three worlds; tripf$!haya - who are transcendental to the three worlds; sipi-vi.§tayawho are within the cores of the hearts of all living entities; vi.§r;aveunto the all-pervading Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto You, the all-pervading\nLord V i�t:J.u, who have entered the cores of the hearts of all living\nentities. All the three worlds reside within Your navel, yet You are\nabove the three worlds. Formerly You appeared as the son of\nP�ni. To You, the supreme creator, who are understood only\nthrough Vedic knowledge, I offer my respectful obeisances.\nTEXT 27\n\n�¥itR(�\n\n�\n\n�1f-\n\n4iwt.-a�� �� �:\nctait �� AW\n\n� � :�6 ����\\911\n\ntvam adir anto bhuvanasya madhyam\nananta-saktim pur�am yam ahu�\n\n", "SB8.3#p0052": "Srnnad-BhagavaUun\n\n24\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 17\n\nkiilo bhaviin ii�ipati.Sa viSvarh\nstroto yathdnta� patitarh gabhiram\ntvam-Your Lordship; iidi�-the original cause; anta�-the cause of\ndissolution; bhuvanasya-of the universe; madhyam-maintenance of\nthe present manifestation; ananta-saktim-the reservoir of unlimited\npotencies; pu ru$am-the Supreme Person; yam-whom; ahu�-they\nsay; kiila�-the principle of eternal time; bhaviin-Your Lordship; ak$ipati-attracting; iSa-the Supreme Lord; viSvam-the whole universe; strota�-waves; yathd-as; anta� patitam-fallen within the\nwater; gabhiram-very deep.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, You are the beginning, the manifestation and the\n\nultimate dissolution of the three worlds, and You are celebrated in\n\nthe Vedas as the reservoir of unlimited potencies, the Supreme\n\nPerson. 0 my Lord, as waves attract branches and leaves that have\n\nfallen into deep water, You, the supreme eternal time factor, at­\n\ntract everything in this universe.\n\nPURPORT\nThe time factor is sometimes described as kdla-strota, waves of time.\nEverything in this material world is within the time factor and is being\ncarried away by waves of attraction, which represent the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 28\n\n� � � �('Stf+Uwti\n�q«twtt¥tm\nQ++tN'?J: 1\n\nlt��«i � ��m;rt\nqut�of ;ftf�\n\n.\n\n+4%SCdlS'iJII��II\n\ntvarh vai prajiiniirh sthira-jangamiiniirh\nprajiipatiniim asi sambhavi$7J-u�\n\n", "SB8.3#p0053": "Text 28]\n\nThe Lord Agrees to Beoome Aditi's Son\n\n25\n\ndivaukasam deva diva§ cyutaniim\nparayar:wm naur iva majjato 'psu\ntvam-Your Lordship; vai-indeed; p ra ja nam\n\n-\n\nof all living entities;\n\nsthi ra-ja�igamanam either stationary or moving; prajapatiniim-of all\nthe Prajapatis; asi-You are; sa mbhavi$� u�-the generator of every-\n\none; diva-okasam-of the inhabitants of the upper planetary system;\n\ndeva-0 Supreme Lord; diva� cyutaniim-of the demigods, who have\nnow fallen from their residential quarters; parayar:wm-the supreme\n\nshelter; nau�-boat; iva-like; majjata�\nthe water.\n\n-\n\nof one drowning; apsu-in\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You are the original generator of all living entities,\nstationary or moving, and You are also the generator of the\nPrajapatis. 0 my Lord, as a boat is the only hope for a person\ndrowning in the water, You are the only shelter for the demigods,\nwho are now bereft of their heavenly position.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Seventeenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Supreme Lord Agrees\nto Become Aditi 's Son. \"\n\n", "SB8.3#p0054": "CHAPTER EIGHTEEN\n\nLord Vamanadeva,\nthe Dwarf Incarnation\nThis chapter describes how Lord Vamanadeva appeared and how He\n\nwent to the sacrificial arena of Maharaja Bali, who received Him well and\n\nfulfilled His desire by offering Him benedictions.\n\nLord Vamanadeva appeared in this world from the womb of Aditi\n\ncompletely equipped with conchshell, disc, club and lotus. His bodily hue\n\nwas blackish, and He was dressed in yellow garments. Lord Vigm ap­\n\npeared at an auspicious moment on Sravar;ta-dvadasi when the Abhijit\n\nstar had arisen. At that time, in all the three worlds (including the higher\nplanetary system, outer space and this earth), all the demigods, the cows,\n\nthe brahmar:w-s and even the seasons were happy because of God's ap­\n\npearance. Therefore this auspicious day is called Vijaya. When the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who has a sac-cid-arumda body, ap­\n\npeared as the son of Kasyapa and Aditi, both of His parents were very\n\nastonished. Mter His appearance, the Lord assumed the form of a dwarf\n\n(Vamana). All the great sages expressed their jubilation, and with\n\nKasyapa Muni before them they performed the birthday ceremony of\n\nLord Vamana. At the time of Lord Vamanadeva's sacred thread\n\nceremony, He was honored by the sun-god, B:rhaspati, the goddess\n\npresiding over the planet earth, the deity of the heavenly planets, His\nmother,\n\nLord Brahma,\n\nKuvera, the seven\n\nr$is and\n\nothers.\n\nLord\n\nVamanadeva then visited the sacrificial arena on the northern side of the\n\nNarmada River, at the field known as Bh:rgukaccha, where brahmar:w-s of\n\nthe Bh:rgu dynasty were performing yajftas. Wearing a belt made of\n\nmufija straw, an upper garment of deerskin and a sacred thread and\nin His hands a da�J,{ia, an umbrella and a waterpot\n(kama1J,t;lalu), Lord Vamanadeva appeared in the sacrificial arena of\n\ncarrying\n\nMaharaja Bali. Because of His transcendentally effulgent presence, all\n\nthe priests were diminished in their prowess, and thus they all stood\nfrom their seats and offered prayers to Lord Vamanadeva. Even Lord\n\nSiva accepts on his head the Ganges water generated from the toe of Lord\n27\n\n", "SB8.3#p0055": "[Canto 8, Ch. 18\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n28\n\nVamanadeva. Therefore, after washing the Lord's feet, Bali Maharaja\n\nimmediately accepted the water from the Lord's feet on his head and felt\nthat he and his predecessors had certainly been glorified. Then Bali\n\nMaharaja inquired of Lord Vamanadeva's welfare and requested the\n\nLord to ask him for money, jewels or anything He might desire.\n\nTEXT l\n\n��\n\n�\n\nAft'4�6€ti�cf1� :\nsn�c1��R��1�\n��:\n���:\nN�lf'41(-ll ������: II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\nittham virinca-stuta-karma-virya/:1,\npriidurbabhuvamrta-bhur adityam\ncatur-bhuja/:1, sarikha-gadabja-cakra/:1,\npiSariga-vasa nalinayate�ar;w/:1,\nsri-suka/:1, uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; ittham-in this way;\n\nvirinca-stuta-karma-virya/:1,-the Personality of Godhead, whose ac­\n\ntivities\n\nand\n\nprowess\n\nare\n\nalways\n\npraised\n\nby\n\nLord\n\nBrahmii;\n\npriidurbabhuva-became manifested; amrta-bhu/:1,-whose appearance\n\nis always deathless; adityam-from the womb of Aditi; catuf:r,-bhuja/:1,having four arms; Sa.rikha-gada-abja-cakra/:1,-decorated with conchshell, club, lotus and disc; piSariga-vasa/:1,-dressed in yellow garments;\nnalina-ayata-i�ar;w/:1,-having blooming eyes like the petals of a lotus.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: After Lord Brahma had thus spoken,\n\nglorifying the Supreme Lord's activities and prowess, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, who is never subject to death like an or­\n\ndinary living being, appeared from the womb of Aditi. His four\n\n", "SB8.3#p0056": "Text2)\n\nLord Vamanadeva, the Dwarf Incarnation\n\n29\n\nhands were decorated with a conchshell, club, lotus and disc, He\nwas dressed in yellow garments, and His eyes appeared like the\npetals of a blooming lotus.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word amrta-bhu� is significant in this verse. The Lord sometimes\n\nappears like an ordinary child taking birth, but this does not mean that\nHe is subject to birth, death or old age. One must be very intelligent to\n\nunderstand the appearance and activities of the Supreme Lord in His in­\n\ncarnations. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (4.9): janma karma ca\nme\n\ndivyam evarh yo vetti tattvata�. One should try to understand that the\n\nLord's appearance and disappearance and His activities are all divyam, or\n\ntranscendental. The Lord has nothing to do with material activities. One\nwho understands the appearance, disappearance and activities of the\n\nLord is immediately liberated. Mter giving up his body, he never again\n\nhas to accept a material body, but is transferred to the spiritual world\n\n(tyaktva deham punar janma naiti mam eti so 'rjuna).\nTEXT2\n\nWI¥U!!4G;I6l\n\n�mti'l��­\n\nf�\"'ee�f\\�1��: �1'1 1\n'11�«'1'4\nif�l1\\�ee���g�:\nII� II\nsyamavadato j�a-raja-kur:u)alatv�ollasac-chri-vadaniimbuja� puman\nsrivatsa-vak§a balayarigadollasatkirita-lwiici-gury,a-caru-nilpura�\nsyama-avadata�-whose body is blackish and free from inebriety;\nj�a-raja-kur:u)ala-of the two earrings, made in the shape of sharks;\ntv�a- by the luster; ullasat-dazzling; sri-vadana ambuja�-having a\nbeautiful lotus face; puman- the Supreme Person; srivatsa-vak§a�with the mark of Srivatsa on His bosom; balaya-bracelets ; arigada-\n\n", "SB8.3#p0057": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n30\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 18\n\narm hands; ullasat-dazzling; kiri!a -helmet; kanci-belt; gu'}asacred thread; earn-beautiful; nupu ra b,-ankle hells.\nTRANSLATION\nThe body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, blackish in\n\ncomplexion, was free from all inebrieties. His lotus face, decorated\n\nwith earrings resembling sharks, appeared very beautiful, and on\nHis bosom was the mark of\n\nSrivatsa. He wore bangles on His\n\nwrists, armlets on His arms, a helmet on His head, a belt on His\nwaist, a sacred thread across His chest, and ankle bells decorating\n\nHis lotus feet.\n\nTEXT3\n\n�\nM�J�d: �Tet\"f+iiW:U �ft: I\n!l�tffl��:\n�Rtfl\nfq;n� ���: II� II\n\nqacnmfM��\n\nmadhu-vrata-vrata-vigh�taya svaya\nvirajitab, sri-vanamalaya harib,\nprajapater vesrna-tarnab, svaroci§a\nvinii.Sayan karJ-!ha-nivi§ta-kaustubhab,\nmadhu-vrata-of bees always hankering for honey; vrata-with a\nhunch; vigh�taya-resounding ; svaya\n\n-\n\nuncommon;\n\njitab,-situ­\n\nvira\n\nated; sri-beautiful; vana malaya -with a flower garland; harib,-the\n-\n\nSupreme Lord; prajapateb,-of Ka8yapa Muni, the Prajapati; vesrna­\n\ntarnab,-the darkness of the house; sva-roci$ti-by His own effulgence;\nvinasayan -vanquishing;\nkaTJ-!ha-on the neck;\nnivi§ta-worn;\nkaustubha\nthe Kaustuhha gem.\n\nb,\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAn uncommonly beautiful garland of flowers decorated His\n\nbosom, and because the flowers were extremely fragrant, a large\ngroup of bees, making their natural humming sounds, invaded\n\n", "SB8.3#p0058": "Text 5)\n\nLord Vamanadeva, the Dwarf Incarnation\n\n31\n\nthem for honey. When the Lord appeared, wearing the Kaustubha\ngem on His neck, His effulgence vanquished the darkness in the\nhome of the Prajiipati Ka.Syapa.\nTEXT4\n\nf�: 31��: �c?Hijt�lea;t\n�t: � ��ql !}IJilf�t: I\n\n\"'��\nmen\n\nfarl'iimr�\n�: ����ttl� II \\lll\n\ndiSa� prasedu� saliliiSayds tada\nprajii� prahma rtavo gu�nvitii�\ndyaur antari/cyarh lcyitir agni-jihvii\ngiivo dvijii� safijahr$ur nagiiS ca\ndiSa�-all directions; prasedu�-became happy; salila-of water;\nasayii�-the reservoirs; tada-at that time; prajii�-all living entities;\n\npra hma�-very happy; rtava�-the seasons; gu�-anvitii�-ful1 of\ntheir respective qualities; dy au�\n\n-\n\nthe upper planetary system; an­\n\ntar i/cya m-outer space; lcyiti�-the surface of the earth; agni-jihvii� ­\n\nthe demigods; giiva�-the cows; dvija�-the briihma1)11S; safijahr$u�a11 became happy; naga� ca-and the mountains.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, there was happiness in all directions, in the reservoirs of water like the rivers and oceans, and in the core of everyone's heart. The various seasons displayed their respective\nqualities, and all living entities in the upper planetary system, in\nouter space and on the surface of the earth were jubilant. The\ndemigods, the cows, the hriihmat,1as and the hills and mountains\nwere all filled with joy.\nTEXTS\n\n�UJFri �4UISi\\l<\\�i �sf��: I\nd �mrtn���� <if�'{ II� II\n\n", "SB8.3#p0059": "32\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 18\n\nsrormyarit sravar:ta-dvada.Syarit\nmuhilrte 'bhijiti prabhu/:t\nsaroe nalcyatra-taradyas\ncakrus taj-janma da/cyir:tam\nsrormyam-when the moon was situated in the SravaQ.a lunar mansion; sravar:ta-dvadaSyam-on the twelfth lunar day of th� bright\nfortnight in the month of Bhiidra, the day famous as the SravaQ.adviidasi; muhilrte-in the auspicious moment; abhijiti-in the first portion of the SravaQ.a lunar mansion known as the Abhijit-na/cyatra and in\nthe Abhijit-muhilrta (occurring at midday); prabhu/:t-the Lord;\nsaroe-all; na/cyatra-stars; tara-planets; adya/:t-beginning with the\nsun and followed by the other planets; cakru/:t-made; tat-janma-the\nbirthday of the Lord; dalcyir:tam-very munificent.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOn the day of SravaJ.la-dviida8i [the twelfth day of the bright\n\nf ortnight in the month of Bhiidra], when the moon came into the\nlunar mansion Srava�a, at the auspicious moment of Ahhijit, the\n\nLord appeared in this universe. Considering the Lord's appearance\nvery auspicious, all the stars and planets, from the sun to Saturn,\nwere munificently charitable.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura, an expert astrologer, explains\nthe word na/cyatra-taradya/:t. The word nalcyatra means \"the stars,\" the\nword tara in this context refers to the planets, and adya/:t means \"the\nfirst one specifically mentioned.\" Among the planets, the first is Su.rya,\nthe sun, not the moon. Therefore, according to the Vedic version, the\nmodern astronomer's proposition that the moon is nearest to the earth\nshould not be accepted. The chronological order in which people all over\nthe world refer to the days of the week-Sunday, Monday, Tuesday,\nWednesday, Thursday, Friday and Saturday-corresponds to the Vedic\norder of the planets and thus circumstantiates the Vedic version. Apart\nfrom this, when the Lord appeared the planets and stars became situated\nvery auspiciously, according to astrological calculations, to celebrate the\nbirth of the Lord.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0060": "Text 7)\n\nLord Vamanadeva, the Dwarf Incarnation\n\n33\n\nTEXT6\n\n&.•G.��i (1fcld1Msri1�'1•1� � 1\nR��;m{«l��f�fll��: II� II\ndviidaSyam savitat4than\nmadhyandina-gato nrpa\n\nvijaya nd rna sa prokta\n\n-\n\nyasyam janrna vidur hare/;\ndviidaSyam-on the twelfth day of the moon; savita-the sun;\nat4that-was staying; madhyam-dina gata�-on the meridian; nrpa-\n\n-\n\n0 King; vijaya- ndrna-by the name Vijaya; sa-that day; prokta-is\ncalled;\n\nyasyam-on\n\nwhich;\n\njanrna-the\n\nappearance;\n\nvidul;-they\n\nknow; hare/;-of Lord Hari.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, when the Lord appeared-on dvada8i, the twelfth day of\nthe moon-the sun was at the meridian, as every learned scholar\nknows. This dvada8i is called Vijaya.\n\nTEXT7\n\nil�tqUJ�: I\nMsti:41�UJf A���«uit� II \\911\n..\\�T\n\n�-\\\n\nsarikha-dundubhayo nedur\nmrdariga pa�vanakal;\n\n-\n\ncitra-vdditra-turya�m\nnirgho$as tumulo 'bhavat\nsarikha-conchshells;\nbrated;\n\ndundubhayal;-kettledrums;\n\nnedul;-vi-\n\nmrdariga-drums; pa�va-anakal;-drums named pa�vas\n\nand anakas;\n\ncitra-various;\n\nvaditra-of these vibrations of musical\n\nsound; turya�m-and of other instruments; nirgho$a/;-the loud\nsound; tumula�-tumultuous; abhavat-became.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0061": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n34\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nConchshells, kettledrums, drums, p�avas and anakas vibrated\n\nin concert. The sound of these and various other instruments was\n\ntumultuous.\n\nTEXTS\n\nsffin�Si€4'1;:41 lf�ffi 61g: I\ntl'·��iW1� �� �: mif�q: II � II\n..\n\nprftas capsaraso 'nrtyan\ngandharva-pravara jagul)\ntU$tuvur munayo deva\nmanaval) pitaro 'gnayal)\nprftai)-being very pleased; ca-also; apsarasal)-the celestial dancing girls; anrtyan-danced ; gandharva-pravaral)-the best of the\nGandharvas; jaguiJ,-sang; tU$tuvuiJ,-satis:fied the Lord by offering\nprayers; munayal)-the great sages; deval)-the demigods; manaval)the\n\nManus;\n\npitaral)-the\n\ninhabitants\n\nof\n\nPit:rloka;\n\nagnayal)-the\n\nfire-gods.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing very pleased, the celestial dancing girls [Apsaras) danced\n\nin jubilation, the best of the Gandharvas sang songs, and the great\nsages, demigods, Manus, Pitas and fire-gods offered prayers to\n\nsatisfy the Lord.\n\nTEXTS 9-10\n\nm;u:A�t:\nij�ttNit5to: 1\n�� � ij11urt �m�: II � II\nill;;r;�it�ij;ffl�;ffl �: I\n31f� 3ll� ���: �w.nfiti�'{ II� II\no\n\nsiddha-vidyadhara-garJabsakimpu'U$a-kinnaral)\n\n", "SB8.3#p0062": "Text 11]\n\nLord Vamanadeva, the Dwarf Incarnation\n\n35\n\ncararya ya�a-ra�arhsi\nsuparrya bhujagottamiil}.\ngayanto 'tipra5arhsanto\nnrtyanto vibudhanugab.\naditya asrama-padam\nkusumail}. samavakiran\nsiddha-the inhabitants of Siddhaloka; vidyadhara-garyal}.-the inhabitants of Vidyadhara-loka; sa-with; kimpurU§a-the inhabitants of\nKimpuru�a-loka; kinnaral}.-the inhabitants of Kinnaraloka; cararyal}.the inhabitants of Caral}.aloka;\nRak�asas; suparryal}.\n\n-\n\nya�a\n\n-\n\nthe Yak�as;\n\nra�arhsi-the\n\nthe Supar:Q.as; bhujaga-uttamiil}.-the best of the\n\ninhabitants of the serpent loka; gayantal}.\npra§arhsantal}.-praising\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\n-\n\nglorifying the Lord; ati­\n\nnrtyantal}.-dancing;\n\nvibudha­\n\nanugal}.-the followers of the demigods; adityal}.-of Aditi; asramapadam-the place of residence; kusumail}.-by flowers; samavakirancovered.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Siddhas, Vidyadharas,\n\nKimpuru�as,\n\nKinnaras, C8raJ.1as,\n\nYak�as, Riik.�asas, SuparJ;Ias, the best of serpents, and the followers\nof the demigods all showered flowers on Aditi's residence, covering the entire house, while glorifying and praising the Lord and\ndancing.\nTEXT 11\n\n��tRR1�\nfW���ij�ll�\nqt �d u� fmm 1\n�'Jiifltl+\\ltltl\n�ij�\n!f�qfu� �ffi �f�: II� �II\ndn;tvaditis tam nija-garbha-sambhavam\nparam pumiirhsam mudam apa vismita\ngrhita-deham nija-yoga-mayaya\nprajapatiS caha jayeti vismital}.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0063": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n36\ndr�!vd-seeing;\n\naditi�-mother Aditi;\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 18\n\ntam-Him\n\n(the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead); nija-garbha-sambhavam-born of her own\nwomb; param-the Supreme; pu11'Ulrilsam-the Personality of Godhead;\nmudam-great happiness; apa-conceived; vismita-being very much\nastonished; grhita-accepted; deham-body, or transcendental form;\nnija-yoga-11'Ulyaya-by His own spiritual potency; prajapati�-Kasyapa\nMuni; ca-also; aha-said; jaya-all glories; iti-thus; vismita�being astonished.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Aditi saw the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who had\n\nappeared from her own womb, having accepted a transcendental\n\nbody by His own spiritual potency, she was struck with wonder\nand was very happy. Upon seeing the child, Prajiipati Ka8yapa ex­\n\nclaimed, \"Jaya! Jaya!\" in great happiness and wonder.\nTEXT 12\n\n��a� tr�rn ��on��R�ot��flm��:\n\"'\n\n�\nif� �.,q\n\n�\n\n�fll{i{l\n\nt��:\n\n(fW�ffl�otf���\n\n�G: II�� II\n\nyat tad vapur bhati vibh!l$al)iiyudhair\navyakta-cid-vyaktam adharayad dhari�\nbabhilva tenaiva sa vamano vatu�\nsampa5yator divya-gatir yatha nata�\nyat-which;\n\ntat-that;\n\nvapu�-transcendental\n\nbody;\n\nbhati­\n\nmanifests; vibh!l$a�-with regular ornaments; ayudhai�-and with\nweapons;\n\navyakta-unmanifested;\n\ncit-vyaktam-spiritually\n\nmani­\n\nfested; adharayat-assumed; hari�-the Lord; babhilva-immediately\nbecame;\n\ntena-with\n\nvdmana�-dwarf;\n\nthat;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nsa�-He\n\nvatu�-a brahmar_ta brahmacari;\n\n(the\n\nLord);\n\nsampa5yato�­\n\nwhile both His father and mother were seeing; divya-gati�-whose\nmovements are wonderful; yatha-as; nata�-a theatrical actor.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0064": "Text 13)\n\nLord Vamanadeva, the Dwarf Incarnation\n\n37\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord appeared in His original form, with ornaments and\nweapons in His hands. Although this ever-existing form is not visible in the material world, He nonetheless appeared in this form.\nThen, in the presence of His father and mother, He assumed the\nform of Vamana, a brahmal;la-dwarf, a brahmacari, just like a\ntheatrical actor.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word nata/�, is significant. An actor changes dress to play different\nparts, but is always the same man. Similarly, as described in the\n\nBrahma-samhitii (5.33, 39), the Lord assumes many thousands and\nmillions of forms (advaitam acyutam aniidim ananta-rapam iidyam\n\npuriir:m-pu11.L§am). He is always present with innumerable incarnations\n(riimiidi-murt�u\nkalii-niyamena t�than\nniiniivatiiram akarod\nbhuvane�u kintu). Nonetheless, although He appears in various incarnations, they are not different from one another. He is the same person,\nwith the same potency, the same eternity and the same spiritual existence,\n\nbut He can simultaneously\n\nassume\n\nvarious forms.\n\nWhen\n\nVamanadeva appeared from the womb of His mother, He appeared in the\nform of Narayal)a, with four hands equipped with the necessary symbolic\nweapons, and then immediately transformed Himself into a brahmaciiri\n\n(vatu). This means that His body is not material. One who thinks that the\nSupreme Lord assumes a material body is not intelligent. He has to learn\nmore about the Lord's position. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (4.9),\njanma karma ca me divyam evam yo vetti tattvata/1,. One has to understand the transcendental appearance of the Lord in His original transcendental body (sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha).\nTEXT 13\n.\n\n.\n\nij q�\n\n.\n\n....\n\n('\n\nemt;r �� liT�T;rT ll�({: I\n�ur ��TilT�: ���({ �Nf� II�� II\ntam vatum viimanam dr�tvii\nmodamiinii mahar�aya/1,\n\n", "SB8.3#p0065": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n38\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 18\n\nkarmdr:ti karayam asub,\npuraskrtya prajapatim\ntam-Him; vatum-the brahmacari; vamanam-dwarf; dr$!Viiseeing; modamanab,-in a happy mood; maha-r$ayab,-the great saintly\npersons; karmiir:ti-ritualistic ceremonies; karayam dsub,-performed;\npuraskrtya-keeping\n\nin\n\nfront;\n\nprajapatim-Kasyapa\n\nMuni,\n\nthe\n\nPrajiipati.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the great sages saw the Lord as the brahmacari-dwarf\n\nVamana, they were certainly very pleased. Thus they placed before\n\nthem KaSyapa Muni, the Prajapati, and performed all the ritualistic\n\nceremonies, such as the birthday ceremony.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Vedic civilization, when a child is born in the family of a\nbrahmar:ta, the birthday ceremony, known as jata-karma, is first performed, and then other ceremonies are also gradually performed. But\nwhen this vamana-nlpa appeared in the form of a vatu, or brahmacari,\nHis sacred thread ceremony was also performed immediately.\nTEXT 14\n\n�)q;fi�'f�� �fvff mfflirtf'hl_ I\nlR�ffl�tR'Q_:;f lt�t �����lij_ II � 'dII\ntasyopaniyamanasya\nsavitrim savitabravit\nbrhaspatir brahma-siltram\nmekhaliim ka5yapo 'dadat\ntasya-of Lord Vamanadeva; upaniyamanasya-at the time of His\nbeing\n\noffered\n\nthe\n\nsacred\n\nthread\n\nceremony;\n\nsavitrim-the\n\nGiiyatri mantra; savita-the sun-god; abravit-chanted; brhaspatib,B.rhaspati, the guru of the demigods; brahma-sutram-the sacred\n\n", "SB8.3#p0066": "Text 16]\nthread;\n\nLord Vamanadeva, the Dwarf Incarnation\n\nmekhalam-the belt of straw;\n\n39\n\nkaSyapab,-Kasyapa Muni;\n\nadkuidt-offered.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the sacred thread ceremony of Vamanadeva, the sun-god personally uttered the Giiyatri mantra, B:rhaspati offered the sacred\nthread, and Ka5yapa Muni offered a straw belt.\nTEXT 15\n\nw �urrfiif;i ���� m� qmf�: 1\netlq'hu�ma:� 'IT(Jl �� iif�! �! I I� �I I\ndadau kr§�Jiijinarh bhumir\ndar:uf,arh somo vanaspatib,\nkaupiniicchadanarh mata\ndyau§ chatrarh jagatab, pateb,\ndadau-gave, offered; kmta-ajinam-the skin of a deer; bhumib,mother earth; dar:uJ,am-a brahmacari's rod; somab,-the moon-god;\nvanab,-patib,-the\n\nking\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nforest;\n\nkaupina-the\n\nunderwear;\n\nacchadanam-covering the body; miita - His mother, Aditi; dyaub,the heavenly kingdom; chatram-an umbrella; jagatab,-of the whole\nuniverse; pateb,-of the master.\nTRANSLATION\nMother earth gave Him a deerskin, and the demigod of the\nmoon, who is the king of the forest, gave Him a hrahma-dLU_l«;la [the\nrod of a hrahmacari]. His mother, Aditi, gave Him cloth for underwear, and the deity presiding over the heavenly kingdom offered\nHim an umbrella.\nTEXT 16\n\n�\"q ���: ��� ��� �: I\n�'IT� \"'&�� ����Rit';f! II� �I I\n..\n\n", "SB8.3#p0067": "40\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch.l8\n\nkamar:u)alurh veda-garbhal),\nku.San saptar�ayo dadul},\na�a-malarh maharaja\nsarasvaty avyayatmanal),\nkamar:u)alum-a waterpot; veda-garbhai},-Lord Brahma; ku.Sanku.Sa grass; sapta-r�ayab,-the seven sages; dadub,-offered; a�amalam-a string of Rudrak�a beads; maharaja-0 King; sarasvati-the\ngoddess Sarasvati; avyaya-atmanab,-to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, Lord Brahmii offered a waterpot to the inexhaustible\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the seven sages offered Him\nkusa grass, and mother Sarasvati gave Him a string of Rudriik�a\n\nbeads.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n� ��art ���le qlf'�q�1q 1\n\"'\n\n�f � m��'ll(l�� �ffl\" II� \\911\ntasma ity upanitaya\nya�a-rat patrikiim adiit\nbhi�arh bhagavati sa�ad\nurniidid ambikii sati\ntasmai-unto Him (Lord Vamanadeva); �h-m this way;\nupanituya-who had undergone His sacred thread ceremony; ya�arut-Kuvera, the treasurer of heaven and King of the Yak�as;\npatrikiim-a pot for begging alms; adii t-delivered; bhi�am-alms;\nbhagavati-mother Bhavani, the wife of Lord Siva; sa�at-directly;\numa-Uma; adiit-gave; ambikii-the mother of the universe; santhe chaste.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Viimanadeva had thus been given the sacred thread,\n\nKuvera, King of the Yak�as, gave Him a pot for begging alms, and\n\n", "SB8.3#p0068": "Text 19]\n\nLord Viimanadeva, the Dwarf Incarnation\n\n41\n\nmother Bhagavati, the wife of Lord Siva and most chaste mother of\nthe entire universe, gave Him His first alms.\nTEXT 18\n\nij' iltitet��� ij''lt ijmNm q-�: 1\n�f(TJTij�!tlt��):qij\n'flftq-: II � <:II\n�\n\nsa brahma-varcasenaivarit\nsabharit sambhavito va!ubbrahmar$i-ga�J.a-saiijU$!iim\natyarocata miiri$ab,\nsab,-He\n\n(Vamanadeva);\n\nbrahma-varcasena-by\n\nHis\n\nBrahman\n\neffulgence; evam-in this way; sabham-the assembly; sambhavitab,having been welcomed by everyone; va! ub,-the brahmaciiri; brahmar$i-ga�J.a-saiijU$!iim-:6.11ed with great briihma�J.a sages; ati-arocatasurpassing, appeared beautiful; miiri$ab,-the best of the brahmaciiris.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving thus been welcomed by everyone, Lord Vamanadeva, the\n\nbest of the brahmacms, exhibited His Brahman effulgence. Thus\n\nHe surpassed in beauty that entire assembly, which was filled with\ngreat saintly brahm�as.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nij'tq��ij ef� �T qf((\"t�'l¥{ I\nq� (11{+� ijfitfiH�� �: ����II\nsamiddham ahitarit vahnim\nkrtva parisamuhanam\nparistirya samabhyarcya\nsamidbhir ajuhod dvijab,\nsamiddham-blazing; ahitam -being situated; vahnim-the fire;\nkrtvii-after making; parisamuhanam-properly; paristirya-surpassmg;\n\nsamabhyarcya-after\n\noffering\n\nworship;\n\nsamidbhib,-with\n\n", "SB8.3#p0069": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n42\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 18\n\nsacrificial offerings; ajuhot-completed the fire sacrifice; dvija�-the\nbest of the brahmar:ws.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Lord Sri Viimanadeva set a sacrificial fire, He offered wor­\n\nship and performed a fire sacrifice on the sacrificial field.\nTEXT 20\n\n� ('\n�.\n��:rr�:;:...+t�iiffll\n...��\n�\n�IJfJUl{�q�:\nii(f(ll{\n���f{ij�ijy\n�ll�IJf rrt ���� q� II� II\no\n\nsrutvasvamedhair yajamiinam urjitarh\nbalirh bhrgilr:ulm upakalpitais tata�\njagama tatrakhila-sara-sambhrto\nbharerJa gam sannamayan pade pade\nsrutva-after\nyajaman am-the\n\nhearing;\n\na§vamedhai�-by\n\nperformer;\n\nurjitam-very\n\na§vamedha\nglorious;\n\nsacrifices;\n\nbalim-Bali\n\nMaharaja; bhrgur:uJm-under the guidance of the brahmar:tas born in the\nBh:rgu dynasty;\n\nupakalpitai�-performed;\n\njagama-went;\n\ntat ra-there ;\n\ntata�-from that place;\n\nakhila-sara-sambhrta�-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, the essence of all creation; bharer:ta-with the\nweight;\n\ngam-the earth;\n\nevery step.\n\nsannamayan-depressing ; pade pade-at\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the Lord heard that Bali Maharaja was performing\n\na8vamedha sacrifices under the patronage of hriihma1,1as belonging\n\nto the Bh:rgu dynasty, the Supreme Lord, who is full in every\n\nrespect, proceeded there to show His mercy to Bali Maharaja. By\nHis weight, He pushed down the earth with every step.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is akhila-sara-sambhrta. In\nother words, He is the proprietor of everything essential in this material\n\n", "SB8.3#p0070": "Text 22]\n\nLord Viimanadeva, the Dwarf Incarnation\n\n43\n\nworld. Thus although the Lord was going to Bali Maharaja to beg something, He is always complete and has nothing to beg from anyone. Indeed, He is so powerful that in His full opulence He pressed down the\nsurface of the earth at every step.\nTEXT 21\n\nij ���l{ij� �� ���a ���ij�l\n��;:(1) �ftq! Sli��\nOlR�ijH�f� �l (� II�� II\ntam narmadayas tata uttare baler\nya rtvijas te bhrgukaccha-sarhjfiake\npravartayanto bhrgava/:1, kratilttamarh\nvyacalcyatiiriid uditarh yathii ravim\ntam-Him (Vamanadeva); narmadaya /:1,-of the River Narmada;\ntate-on the bank; uttare-northern; bale/:1,-of Maharaja Bali; yewho; rtvija/:1,-the priests engaged in ritualistic ceremonies; te-all of\nthem;\n\nbhrgukaccha-sarhjiiake-in\n\nthe\n\nfield\n\nnamed\n\nBhrgukaccha;\n\npravartayanta/:1,-performing; bhrgava/:1,-all the descendants of Bhrgu;\nkratu-uttamam-the most\nvyacalcyata-they observed;\n\nimportant sacrifice,\niiriit\n\n-\n\nnearby;\n\nnamed\n\na.Svamedha;\n\nuditam-risen;\n\nyathii­\n\nlike; ravim-the sun.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile engaged in performing the sacrifice in the field known as\nBh:rgukaccha, on the northern bank of the Narmada River, the\nbrahminical priests, the descendants of Bh:rgu, saw Viimanadeva to\nbe like the sun rising nearby.\nTEXT 22\n\nij �qilfl ��f.{: ��l\n�ijftsttil scl'iWiijiilel 9fl 1\n\n", "SB8.3#p0071": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n44\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 18\n\n�: ��Q �' �f.lij!\n��� f�� �ijt: 11��11\nte rtvijo yajarniina/; sadasya\nhata-tv�o vamana-tejasa nrpa\nsuryal) kilayaty uta va vibhavasul)\nsanat-kurniiro 'tha didr/cyaya kratol)\nte-all of them; rtvijal;-the priests;\n\nyajarniina/;-as well as Bali\n\nMaharaja, who had engaged them in performing the yajna; sadasyal)all the members of the assembly; hata-tv�al)-decreased in their bodily\neffulgence; vamana-tejasa-by the brilliant effulgence of Lord Vamana;\n\nnrpa-0 King; sllrya/; -the sun; kila-whether; ayati-is coming; uta\nva-either; vibhavasul;-the fire-god; sanat-kurniiral;-the Kumara\nknown as Sanat-kumara; atha-either; didr/cyaya\n\n-\n\nwith a desire to ob­\n\nserve; kratol;-the sacrificial ceremony.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, because of Viimanadeva's bright effulgence, the priests,\n\nalong with Bali Maharaja and all the members of the assembly,\n\nwere robbed of their splendor. Thus they began to ask one another\nwhether the sun-god himself, Sanat-kumiira or the fire-god had\npersonally come to see the sacrificial ceremony.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n� �r�.. ��\n\n�gt;J�\n\nf��uft �iN� cr�;r: 1\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\n�ij����\nfq�\n�\\:ffi�J{ II� �II\nittham sa.S�ye$u bhrgu$v anekadha\nvitarkyarniir:w bhagavan sa vamanal)\nchatram sadar:u;lam sajalam kamar:u;lalum\nvivesa bibhrad dhayamedha-vatam\n\n", "SB8.3#p0072": "Text 25)\n\nLord Viimanadeva, the Dwarf Incarnation\n\n45\n\nittham-in this way; sa s�ye$ u-with their disciples; bhrgU$u-\n\namong the Bhrgus; anekadha-in many ways; vitarkyama�lt-being\ntalked and argued about; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; salt-that; viimanalt-Lord Vamana; chatram-umbrella; sada�m-with the rod; sa-jalam-fi.lled with water; kama�lumwaterpot; vivesa-entered; bibhrat-taking in hand; hayamedha-of\nthe a§vamedha sacrifice; viitam-the arena.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the priests of the Bh:rgu dynasty and their disciples talked\nand argued in various ways, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nViimanadeva, holding in His hands the rod, the umbrella and a\nwaterpot full of water, entered the arena of the a8vamedha\nsacrifice.\nTEXTS 24-25\n\n���� it(C4(.'5�1 qRJuq&t�l��� I\nijff'� q�;f Frn ����QJqqi �ft� II�� II\nsWf� q�� ��: ijf��ij mf�fij: I\nst�•Jj;�·� �faJ� ijijffil 11��11\nmaufijya mekhalayii vitam\nupavitiijinottaram\nja{ilam viimanam vipram\nmaya-ma�vakam harim\nprav�tam vi�ya bhrgavalt\nsa§�yiis te sahagnibhilt\npratyagrhr:um samutthiiya\nsank$iptiis tasya tejasii\nmaufijyii-made of mufija straw; mek halayii -with a belt; vitam­\n\ncircled; upavita-sacred thread; aj ina uttaram-w earing a deerskin upper garment; ja#lam-having matted locks of hair; viimanam-Lord\nVarnana; vipram-a briihma�J-U; mayii mii �avakam-the illusory son of\n-\n\n-\n\n", "SB8.3#p0073": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n46\na\n\nhuman\n\nbeing;\n\nharim-the\n\nSupreme\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 18\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nprav �tam-entered; vik$ya-seeing; bhrgava�-the priests who were\ndescendants of Bbtgu; sa -s � ya� - with their disciples; te-all of them;\n\nsaha-agnibhi� - with the fire sacrifice; pratyagrh�n-properly\nwelcomed; samutthaya-standing up; sarik$ipta� - being diminished;\ntasya-His; tejas a-by brilliance.\nTRANSLATION\nAppearing as a brahmaJ.Ia hoy, wearing a belt of straw, a sacred\nthread, an upper garment of deerskin, and matted locks of hair,\nLord Vamanadeva entered the arena of sacrifice. His brilliant\neffulgence diminished the brilliance of all the priests and their disciples, who thus stood from their seats and welcomed the Lord\nproperly by offering obeisances.\nTEXT 26\n�il�:\n\nsruf� ��;tW �R� 1\n\n�q1d�qftll(�\n\n�\n\n31m;{� II';(� II\n\nyajamana� pramudito\ndarsaniyarh manoramam\nrilpanurilpavayavarh\ntasma asanam aharat\nyajamana�-Bali Maharaja, who had engaged all the priests in performing the sacrifice; pramudita�-being very jubilant; darsaniyampleasing to see; manoramam-so beautiful; rilpa-with beauty;\nanurilpa-equal to His bodily beauty; avayavam-all the different parts\nof the body; tasmai-unto Him; asanam-a sitting place; aharatoffered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja, jubilant at seeing Lord Vamanadeva, whose\nbeautiful limbs contributed equally to the beauty of His entire\nbody, offered Him a seat with great satisfaction.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0074": "Text 28]\n\nLord Vrunanadeva, the Dwarf Incarnation\n\n47\n\nTEXT 27\n\n(<lltl�'flf\n� ��� �: I\n3f�f'i�I�I+IIQ\n8'ffi(1f+(Wil� 11�\\911\nsvagateniibhinandyatha\npiidau bhagavato bali/:t\navanijyarcayam asa\nmukta-sariga-manoramam\nsu-agatena-by words of welcome; abhinandya - welcoming; atha­\n\nthus; padau-the two lotus feet; bhagavata/:t-of the Lord; bali/:t- Bali\nMaharaja;\n\navanijya -washing ;\n\nsa riga-manora mam -the\n\narcayam\n\nasa-worshiped;\n\nmukta­\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is\n\nbeautiful to the liberated souls.\nTRANSLATION\nThus offering a proper reception to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who is always beautiful to the liberated souls, Bali\nMaharaja worshiped Him by washing His lotus feet.\nTEXT 28\n\nij�qr((�n\n�\n\n�\n\n�W{�q(\n\n����Wife'( l\n\na:��� fmw�1��� � � � ������\n\ntat-pada-saucam jana-kalrna§apaham\nsa dharma-vin murdhny adadhat sumarigalam\nyad deva-devo giriSa§ candra-maulir\ndadhara murdhnii paraya ca bhaktya\ntat-pada-saucam-the water that washed the lotus feet of the Lord;\njana-kalrna§a-apaham -which washes away all the sinful reactions of\n\n", "SB8.3#p0075": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n48\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 18\n\nthe people in general; sa�-he (Bali Maharaja); dharma-vit-com­\n\npletely aware of religious principles; milrdhni-on the head; adadhat­\n\ncarried; su-marigalam-all-auspicious; yat-which; deva-deva�-the\n\nbest of the demigods; giriSa�-Lord Siva; candra-mauli�-who carries\non\n\nhis\n\nforehead\n\nthe\n\nemblem\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nmoon;\n\ndadhara-carried;\n\nmilrdhna-on the head; paraya-supreme; ca-also; bhaktya-with\n\ndevotion.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva, the best of demigods, who carries on his forehead the\n\nemblem of the moon, receives on his head with great devotion the\n\nGanges water emanating from the toe of Vi!;J:r;tu. Being aware of\n\nreligious principles, Bali Maharaja knew this. Consequently,\n\nfollowing in the footsteps of Lord Siva, he also placed on his head\n\nthe water that had washed the Lord's lotus feet.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Siva is known as Gailga-dhara, or one who carries the water of\n\nthe Ganges on his head. On Lord Siva's forehead is the emblem of the\n\nhalf-moon, yet to give supreme respect to the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, Lord Siva placed the water of the Ganges above this emblem.\n\nThis example should be followed by everyone, or at least by every devo­\n\ntee, because Lord Siva is one of the mahajanas. Similarly, Maharaja Bali\n\nalso later became a mahajana. One mahiijana follows another mahiijana,\n\nand by following the parampara system of mahiijana activities one can\n\nbecome advanced in spiritual consciousness. The water of the Ganges is\nsanctified because it emanates from the toe of Lord Vi�_r;lu. Bali Maharaja\n\nwashed the lotus feet of Vamanadeva, and the water with which he did so\n\nbecame equal to the Ganges. Bali Maharaja, who perfectly knew all\nreligious principles, therefore took that water on his head, following in\n\nthe footsteps of Lord Siva.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n'!.ffiSIR3=tietl'*l\n� ij- 9{11�� ;m� ��lli ij- I\n�\n-�\n('\n�\n\"\"'\"'\"\" �= \"\"''\"'\"'W\"'i � q�\n\n������\n\n", "SB8.3#p0076": "Text 30)\n\nLord Viimanadeva, the Dwarf Incarnation\n\n49\n\nsri-balir uvaca\nsvagatarit te namas tubhyarit\nbrahman kim karavama te\nbrahmar$i1}ii rit tapal,t, sak$an\nmanye tvarya vapur-dharam\nsri-balil,t, uvaca-Bali Maharaja said; su-agatam-all welcome; teunto You; namal,t, tubhyam-1 offer my respectful obeisances unto You;\nbrahman-0 brahmar:z,a; kim-what; karavama-can we do; te-for\nYou; brahma-r$i1}iim-of the great brahmar:z,a sages; tapal,t,-austerity;\nsak$at-directly;\n\nmanye-1 think; tva-You; arya-0 noble one;\n\nvapul,t,-dharam-personified.\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja then said to Lord Viimanadeva: 0 briihmfti.la, I\noffer You my hearty welcome and my respectful obeisances. Please\nlet us know what we may do for You. We think of You as the personified austerity of the great briihmfti.la-sages.\nTEXT 30\n\n� ;r: fttij�a• Q ;r: 'itm � 1\n\n� �:SJ����) ����oil\nadya nal,t, pitaras trpta\nadya nal,t, pavitarit kulam\nadya svi$ta/.t kratur ayarit\nyad bhavan iigato grhan\n\nadya-today; nal,t,-our; pitaral,t,-forefathers; trptal,t,-satisfied;\nadya-today; nal,t,-our; pavitam-purified; kulam-the whole family;\nadya-today; su-i$ta/.t-properly executed; kratul,t,-the sacrifice;\nayam-this; yat-because; bhavan-Your Lordship; agatal,t,-arrived;\ngrhan-at our residence.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, because You have kindly arri ved at our home, all my\nforefathers are satisfied, our family and entire dynasty have been\n\n", "SB8.3#p0077": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n50\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 18\n\nsanctified, and the sacrifice we are perfonning is now complete be­\n\ncause of Your presence.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n3ltuwi1 it �ffl �Wtfl:l\n\nft:�� �q���: I\n•ijf((il cnfflf� � �\n� �ffl �N: q�� 11��11\nadyagnayo me suhuUi yatha-vidhi\ndvijatmaja tvac-cara�Jiivanejanai�\nhatamhaso varbhir iyam ca bhur aho\ntatha punitii tanubhi� padais tava\nadya-today; agnaya�- the sacrificial fires; me-executed by me;\nsu-hutii�-properly offered oblations; yatha-vidhi-in terms of the\nslistric injunction; dvija-iitmaja-0 son of a brahma1J(l; tvat-cara1J(lavanejanai�-which washed Your lotus feet; hata-amhasa�-who have\nbecome cleansed of all sinful reactions; varbhi�-by the water; iyamthis; ca\n\n-\n\nalso; bha�\n\n-\n\nthe surface of the globe; aho-oh; tatha-as\n\nwell; punitii-sanctified; tanubhi�-smal1;\n\npadai�-by the touch of the\n\nlotus feet; tava- Your.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 son of a brihlll81).a, today the fire of sacrifice is ablaze according to the injunction of the sastra, and I have been freed from all\nthe sinful reactions of my life by the water that has washed Your\nlotus feet. 0 my Lord, by the touch of Your small lotus feet the entire sUrface of the world has been sanctified.\n\nTEXT 32\n\nq �({ ffi �« ij��3 it\n�\"\"Pt.t\nftsrwn��il 1\n\n", "SB8.3#p0078": "Text 32]\n\nLord Vamanadeva, the Dwarf Incarnation\n\n51\n\nm �••� gor� '=lt'l �\n�t'littl� en Rst€h�t� 1\nJf� ij�(���� �til\n�fw:ll�'tl'l\n«Jsrffl� II�� II\n•\n\n•\n\n•\n\nyad yad vato vaiichasi tat praticcha me\ntviim arthinam vipra-sutiinutarkaye\ngam kiincanam gur:wvad dhiima mr§tam\ntathiinna-peyam uta vii vipra-kanyiim\ngriimiin samrddhiims turagiin gajiin vii\nrathiims tathiirhattama sampraticcha\nyat yat-whatever;\n\ntat-tha t;\n\nvato-0 brahmaciiri; viinchasi-You desire;\n\npraticcha-You\n\nmay take;\n\narthinam-desiring something;\n\nanutarkaye-1 consider;\n\nme-from\n\nme;\n\ntviim-You;\n\nvipra-suta-0 son of a briihmar:w;\n\ngam-a\n\ncow;\n\nkan canam-gold;\n\ngur:wvat\n\ndhiima-a furnished residence; mf§tam-palatable; tathii-as well as;\n\nanna-food grains; peyam-drink; uta-indeed; vii-either; vipra­\n\nkanyiim-the daughter of a briihmar:ta; griimiin-villages;\n\ndhiin-prosperous;\n\nturagiin-horses;\n\ngajiin-elephants;\n\nsamrd­\n\nvii-either;\n\nrathiin-chariots; tathii-as well as; arhat-tama-0 best of those who\n\nare worshipable; sampraticcha-You may take.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 son of a briihmat;ta, it appears that You have come here to ask\nme for something. Therefore, whatever You want You may take\nfrom me. 0 best of those who are worshipahle. You may take from\nme a cow, gold, a furnished house, palatable food and drink, the\ndaughter of a briihmat;ta for Your wife, prosperous villages,\nhorses, elephants, chariots or whatever You desire.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Eighteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Lord Vamanadeva, the\nDwarf Incarnation.\"\n\n", "SB8.3#p0079": "CHAPTER NINETEEN\n\nLord Vamanadeva\nBegs Charity from Bali Maharaja\nThis Nineteenth Chapter describes how Lord Vamanadeva asked for\n\nthree paces of land in charity, how Bali Maharaja agreed to His proposal,\n\nand how Sukraciirya forbade Bali Maharaja to fulfill Lord Vamanadeva's\nrequest.\n\nWhen Bali Maharaja, thinking Vamanadeva to be the son of a\n\nbrahmar,w., told Him to ask for anything He liked, Lord Vamanadeva\n\npraised HiraJ;lyakasipu and HiraJ;lyiik�a for their heroic activities, and\n\nafter thus praising the family in which Bali Maharaja had been born, He\n\nbegged the King for three paces of land. Bali Maharaja agreed to give this\n\nland in charity, since this was very insignificant, but Sukraciirya, who\ncould understand that Vamanadeva was Vi�J;lu, the friend of the\n\ndemigods, forbade Bali Maharaja to give this land. Sukracarya advised\nBali Maharaja to withdraw his promise. He explained that in subduing\nothers, in joking, in responding to danger, in acting for the welfare of\nothers, and so on, one could refuse to fulfill one's promise, and there\n\nwould be no fault. By this philosophy, Sukracarya tried to dissuade Bali\nMaharaja from giving land to Lord Vamanadeva.\n\nTEXT l\n\n��\n\n� �it:q�;:rm � « � 1\nf.l�IR4 �•liifl sft«: ��� II � II\n..\n\nsri-suka uvaca\niti vairocaner vakyarh\ndharma-yuktarh sunrtam\nniSamya bhagavan prita�\npratinandyedam abravit\n\n53\n\n", "SB8.3#p0080": "Srnnad-BhagavaUun\n\n54\n\nsri-suka�\n\nuvaca-Sri\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 19\nsaid;\n\niti-thus;\n\nvairocane�-of the son of Virocana; vakyam-the words; dharma­\n\nyuktam-in terms of religious principles; sa�-He; su-nrtam-very\n\npleasing; niSamya-hearing; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodheal1;\n\nprita�-completely\n\npleased;\n\npratinandya-congratulating\n\nhim; idam-the following words; abravit-said.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: When the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, Viimanadeva, heard Bali Maharaja speaking in this\n\npleasing way, He was very satisfied, for Bali Maharaja had spoken\n\nin terms of religious principles. Thus the Lord began to praise\nhim.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�'l•l<fT!lttl*l\n\n�\nq��ij���q\niitf� �� ��lm¥( 1\n�\n\nsmri �q;r: ijfqo�\nftmQ: �: �: II � II\nsri-bhagavan uvaca\n\nvacas tavaitaj jana-deva sunrtarh\nkulocitam dharma-yutarn ya8as-karam\nyasya pramiir:r,arh bhrgava/:1, samparaye\npitarnaha/:1, kula-vrddha/:1, pra§anta/:1,\nsri-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;\n\nvaca�-words; tava-your; etat-this kind of; jana-deva-0 King of\n\nthe people; su-nrtam-very true; kula-ucitam-exactly befitting your\ndynasty; dharma-yutam-completely in accord with the principles of\nreligion; ya§a/:1,-karam-:fi.t for spreading your reputation; yasya-of\n\nwhom; pramar:r,am-the evidence; bhrgava/:1,-the brahrnar:r,as of the\n\nBbrgu dynasty; siimparaye-in the next world; pitarnaha/:1,-your\n\ngrandfather; kula-vrddha/:1,-the oldest in the family; pra§anta/:1,-very\npeaceful (Prahlada Maharaja).\n\n", "SB8.3#p0081": "Text 3)\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Maharaja\n\n55\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: 0 King, you are indeed exalted because your present advisors are the brab.maJ.las who\nare descendants of Bhrgu and because your instructor for your\nfuture life is your grandfather, the peaceful and venerable\nPrahlada Maharaja. Your statements are very true, and they completely agree with religious etiquette. They are in keeping with the\nbehavior of your family, and they enhance your reputation.\nPURPORT\n\nPrahlada Maharaja is a vivid example of a pure devotee. Someone\n\nmight argue that since Prahlada Maharaja, even though very old, was at­\n\ntached to his family, and specifically to his grandson Bali Maharaja, how\n\ncould he be an ideal example? Therefore this verse uses the word\npra.Siinta�. A devotee is always sober. He is never disturbed by any con­\n\nditions. Even if a devotee remains in grhastha life and does not renounce\nmaterial possessions, he should still be understood to be pra.Siinta, sober,\n\nbecause of his pure devotion to the Lord. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\ntherefore said:\n\nkibii vipra, kibii nyiisi, sildra kene naya\nyei km�a-tattva-vettii, sei 'guru' haya\n\"Whether one is a briihmar:ta, a sannyiisi or a sildra-regardless of what\nhe is-he can become a spiritual master if he knows the science of\n_Kr�Q.a.\" (Cc. Madhya\n\n8.128) Anyone completely aware of the science of\n\n.Kr�Q.a, regardless of his status in life, is a guru. Thus Prahlada Maharaja\nis a guru in all circumstances.\nHere\n\nHis\n\nLordship\n\nVamanadeva\n\nalso\n\nteaches\n\nsannyiisis\n\nand\n\nbrahmaciiris that one should not ask more than necessary. He wanted\n\nonly three paces of land, although Bali Maharaja wanted to give Him\n\nanything He wanted.\n\nTEXT3\n\n;{i6��e �:�:�ur:� 1\nst�I\\.Qti�Hiffl����l6� II� II\n\n", "SB8.3#p0082": "[Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\nSrbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n56\n\nna hy etasmin kule kaScin\nnibsattva� krpar:w� punuin\npratyakhyatii pratiSrutya\nyo viidatii dvijataye\nna-not; hi-indeed; etasmin-in this; kule-in the dynasty or\nfamily; kaScit-anyone; nibsattva�-poor-minded; krpar:w�-miser;\npumiin-any person; pratyakhyatii-refuses; pratiSrutya-after promising to give; ya� vii-either; adiitii-not being charitable; dvijataye-unto the briihmar:ms.\nTRANSLATION\nI know that even until now, no one taking birth in your family\n\nhas been poor-minded or miserly. No one has refused to give\n\ncharity to braluna�s, nor after promising to give charity has anyone failed to fulfill his promise.\n\nTEXT4\n\nwrm�ijtif�N��:\n'«�•� � �+i;cMii1 �\n\n��\n\n_,\n\nSJJ�\n\"\n\n�t1�H'II'i�\n\na-.JJRr tttil�: @ II \\lll\n\nna santi tirthe yudhi ciirthiniirthitii�\npariirimukhii ye tv amanasvino nrpa\nyU$mat-kule yad ya.Sasiimalena\nprahriida udbhati yathO{iupa� khe\nna-not; santi-there are; tirthe-in holy places (where charity is\ngiven); yudhi-in the battlefield; ca-also; arthina-by a brahmar:w or\na\n\nk§atriya;\n\narthitii�-who have been asked;\n\npariirimukhii�-who\n\nrefused their prayers; ye-such persons; tu-indeed; amanasvina�such low-minded, low-grade kings; nrpa-0 King (Bali Maharaja);\nyU$mat-kule-in your dynasty; yat-therein; ya.Sasii amalena-by im-\n\n", "SB8.3#p0083": "Text 5]\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Mahirija\n\n57\n\npeccable reputation; prahrada� -Prahlada Maharaja; udbhati-arises;\n\nyatha-as; w;lupa�-the moon; khe-in the sky.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Bali, never in your dynasty has the low-minded king\nbeen born who upon being requested has refused charity to\nbrihllll).as in holy places or a fight to k�atriyas on a battlefield.\nAnd your dynasty is even more glorious due to the presence of\nPrahlida Maharaja, who is like the beautiful moon in the sky.\nPURPORT\nThe symptoms of a /cyatriya are given in Bhagavad-gitti. One of the\n\nqualifications is the willingness to give charity\n\n(dana). A /cyatriya does\n\nnot refuse to give charity when requested by a brahmar:ta, nor can he\n\nrefuse to fight another /cyatriya. A king who does refuse is called lowminded. In the dynasty of Bali Maharaja there were no such low-minded\nkings.\nTEXTS\n\n� iSffift f((IJ41�14@\\� �j � I\nstRt41( �P�it •UWiR\\� �: II � II\nyato jato hirar:tyak§a§\ncarann eka imiirh mah;;m\nprativi:rarh dig-vijaye\nnavindata gadayudha�\nyata�-in which dynasty; jata�-was born; hira r:tyak§a� -the king\nnamed Hira1,1yak!?a; caran-wandering; eka�-alone; imam-this;\nmahim-surface of the globe; prativiram-a rival hero; dik-vijaye-for\nconquering all directions;\navindata-could not get; gada-ayudha�bearing his own club.\n\nna\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt was in your dynasty that Hir�yiik�a was born. Carrying only\nhis own club, he wandered the globe alone, without assistance, to\nconquer all directions, and no hero he met could rival him.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0084": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n58\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT6\n\n� r��� Rur�: �·i1�« 311tRf1{ 1\n3Tit:�ltl � � m� l(��f.l II � II\nyam vinirjitya krcchrer:rn\nvi${tu� k§moddhiira agatam\niitmiinarh jayinarh mene\ntad-viryarh bhury anusmaran\nyam -whom; vinirjitya -after conquering; krcchrer:rn-with great\nd ifficulty; vi${tu� -Lord Vi��u in His incarnation as a boar; k§miiuddhare-at the time when the earth was delivered; agatam -appeared\nbefore Him; iitmiinam-personally, Himself; jayinam-victorious;\n\n-\n\nrnene-considered; tat-viryam the prowess of Hir�yak�a;\nconstantly, or more and more; anusmaran -thinking about.\n\nbhari­\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen delivering the earth from the Garbhodaka Sea, Lord\nVi'ji;J.U, in His incarnation as a boar, killed Hirai;J.yiik'ja, who had appeared before Him. The fight was severe, and the Lord killed\nHirai;J.yiik'ja with great difficulty. Later, as the Lord thought about\nthe uncommon prowess of Hirai;J.yiik�, He felt Himself victorious\nindeed.\nTEXT7\n\nf.l�IR4 m mffl #((U4ifiBJ� : � I\n� �I@O( � � f� ��:II \\911\nniiamya tad-vadham bhriitii\nhira{tyaka5ipu� purii\nhanturh bhratr-har:rnrh kruddho\njagiima nilayarh hare�\nniia mya -after hearing;\n\ntat-vadham-the killing of Hira�yak�a;\nhira{tyakaSipu�-Hir�yakasipu; pura-formerly; hantum-just to kill; bhratr-har:rnm-the killer of his brother;\nbhriitii-the\n\nbrother;\n\n", "SB8.3#p0085": "Text9]\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Maharaja\n\n59\n\nkruddhab,-very angry; jagama-went; nilayam-to the residence;\nhareb,-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Hira1,1yaka8ipu heard the news of his brother's being\nkilled, with great anger he went to the residence of Vi�1,1u, the\nkiller of his brother, wanting to kill Lord Vi�1,1u.\n\ntam ayantam samalokya\nsula-piir:tirit krtantavat\ncintayam iisa kala-jiio\nvi§r:tur mayavinam varab,\ntam-him\n\n(Hiral).yakasipu);\n\nayantam-coming\n\nforward;\n\nsamalokya-observing minutely; sula-piir:tim-with a trident in his\nhand; krtanta-vat-just like death personified; cintayam asa-thought;\nkala-jiiab,-who knows the progress of time; vi§r:tub--Lord Vi�l).u;\nmayavinam-of all kinds of mystics; varab,-the chief.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Hira1,1yakasipu coming forward bearing a trident in his\nhand like personified death, Lord Vi�1,1u, the best of all mystics and\nthe knower of the progress of time, thought as follows.\nTEXT9\n\nW ws� Q� �: mot�mf��� I\n3Ril�'l� �� ��J.Oflt �p�: II � II\nyato yato 'ham tatriisau\nmrtyub, priir:ta-bhrtam iva\n\n", "SB8.3#p0086": "Srbnad-BhigavaUun\n\n60\n\n(CantoS, Ch.l9\n\nato 'ham asya hrdayarh\nprave/cyyami parag-drsa/:t\nyata/:t yata/:1,-wheresoever; aham-I; tatra -there indeed; asauthis HiraQ.yakasipu; mrtyu/:t-death; pra�Ja-bhrtam-of all living entities;\n\niva-just\n\nlike;\n\nata/:t-therefore;\n\naham-I;\n\nhim;\n\nasya-of\n\nhrdayam-within the core of the heart; prave/cyyami-shall enter;\n\nparak-drsa/:t-of a person who has only external vision.\nTRANSLATION\nWheresoever I go, HirllJ)yaka8ipu will follow Me,\n\nas\n\ndeath\n\nfollows all living entities. Therefore it is better for Me to enter the\ncore of his heart, for then, because of his power to see only externally, he will not see Me.\nTEXT 10\n\n� « f;(f�tr ftq): �·�'fNTCf�\nFlfeff�s��� I\n�f;{�;:(tij(fij,���AA�ffl: II � II\no\n\nevarh sa niScitya ripo/:t sariram\nadhavato nirviviSe 'surendra\nsvasanilantarhita-su/cyma-dehas\ntat-prar:ta-randhreiJa vivigna-ceta/:t\nevam-in this way;\n\nsa/:t-He (Lord Vi�Q.u); ni.Scitya-deciding;\n\nripo/:t-of the enemy; sariram-the body; adhavata/:t-who was running after Him with great force; nirviviSe-entered; asura-indra-0\nKing\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ndemons\n\n(Maharaja\n\nBali);\n\nsvasa-anila-through\n\nthe\n\nbreathing; antarhita -inv i sible; su/cyma-deha/:t-in his finer body; tatpra�Ja-randhre�Ja-through the hole of the nostril; vivigna-ceta/:tbeing very anxious.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Viimanadeva continued: 0 King of the demons, after Lord\nVi'jr;tU made this decision, He entered the body of His enemy\n\n", "SB8.3#p0087": "Text 11]\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Mahiirija\n\n61\n\nHirw;tyaka8ipu, who was running after Him with great force. In a\nsubtle body inconceivable to Hirw;tyakasipu, Lord Vi��u, who was\nin great anxiety, entered Hirw;tyaka8ipu's nostril along with his\nbreath.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is already in the core of every­\n\none's\n(Bg.\n\nheart.\n\nIsvara�\n\nsarva-bhutanilrh\n\nhrd-dese\n\n'rjuna\n\nti§thati\n\n18.61). Logically, therefore, it was not at all difficult for Lord\n\nVi�l}.U to enter Hiral}.yakasipu's body. The word\n\nvivigna-ceta�, \"very\n\nanxious,\" is significant. It is not that Lord Vi�l}.u was afraid of\nHiral}.yakasipu; rather, because of comp assion, Lord Vi�l}.U was in anxiety about how to act for his welfare.\nTEXT 11\n\nij'\n\n�� q� ���\"':\n\n�f'«it\n\n;r.n� I\n\n�qf �-d fa:�: � Ff�(I\"('UliU'{\n�?1 Nfoq\"'4'l ;r � q'R:: II � � II\nsa tan-niketarh parimrsya sunyam\napa§yamiina� kupito naniida\n/cymarh dyarh diSa� kharh vivariin samudriin\nvi§rr.urh vicinvan na dadarsa vira�\nsa�-that Hiral}.yakasipu; tat-niketam-the residence of Lord Vi�l}.u;\nparimrsya-searching; silnyam-vacant; apa5yamiina�-not seeing\nLord Vi�l}.u; kupita�-being very angry; naniida-cried very loudly;\n/cymam-on the surface of the earth; dyam-in outer sp ace; diSa�-in\nall directions; kham-in the sky; vivaran-in all the caves; samudranall the oceans; vi§rr.um-Lord Vi�l}.u; vicinvan-searching for; na-not;\ndadarsa-did see; vira�-although he was very powerful.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing that the residence of Lord Vi��u was vacant,\nHirw;tyaka8ipu began searching for Lord Vi��u everywhere. Angry\n\n", "SB8.3#p0088": "62\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\nat not seeing Him, Hir�yakasipu screamed loudly and searched\n\nthe entire universe, including the surface of the earth, the higher\n\nplanetary systems, all directions and all the caves and oceans. But\n\nHir�yak&Sipu, the greatest hero, did not see Vi!jJ?,U anywhere.\nTEXT 12\n\n3T'm'�Rr it�� w.rtfrcJ!fija: �if� I\n\\11�1 � iRft wt;f tnit ij� �f.lll ��II\napa.Syann iti hoviica\nmayiinv�fam idarh jagat\nbhratr-hii me gato nilnarh\nyato niivartate pumiin\napa.Syan-not seeing Him; iti-in this way; ha uviica\n\n-\n\nuttered;\n\nmaya-by me; anv�[am-has been sought; idam-the whole; jugaluniverse; bhratr-hii-Lord Vi�QU, who killed the brother; me-my;\n\ngata�-must have gone; nilnam-indeed; yata�-from where;\n\nna ­\n\nnot; iivartate-comes back; pumiin-a person.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUnable to see Him, Hir�yak&Sipu said, \"I have searched the en­\n\ntire universe, but I could not find Vi!jJ?,U, who has killed my\n\nbrother. Therefore, He must certainly have gone to that place\nfrom which no one returns. (In other words, He must now be\ndead.]\"\n\nPURPORT\nAtheists generally follow the Bauddha philosophical conclusion that at\ndeath everything is finished. HiraQ.yakasipu, being an atheist, thought\nthis way. Because Lord Vi�QU was not visible to him, he thought that the\nLord was dead. Even today, many people follow the philosophy that God\nis dead. But God is never dead. Even the living entity, who is part of God,\nnever dies. Na jayate mriyate vii kadiicit: \"For the soul there is never\n\nbirth or death.\" This is the statement of Bhagavad-gitii (2.20). Even the\n\nordinary living entity never takes birth or dies. What then is to be said of\n\n", "SB8.3#p0089": "Text 13]\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Maharaja\n\n63\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the chief of all living entities? He certainly never takes birth or dies. Ajo 'pi sann avyayatma\n\n(Bg. 4.6). Both the Lord and the living entity exist as unborn and inexhaustible personalities. Thus Hira1,1yakasipu's conclusion that Vi�1,1u was\ndead was wrong.\nAs indicated by the words yato navartate puman, there is certainly a\nspiritual kingdom, and if the living entity goes there, he never returns to\nthis material world. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(4. 9):\n\ntyaktva deham punar janma naiti mam eti so 'rjuna. Materially speaking, every living entity dies; death is inevitable. But those who are\n\nkarmis, jnanis and yogis return to this material world after death,\nwhereas bhaktas do not. Of course, if a bhakta is not completely perfect\nhe takes birth in the material world again, but in a very exalted position,\neither in a rich family or a family of the purest brahma7Jas (sucinam\n\nsrimatam gehe), just to finish his development in spiritual consciousness.\nThose who have completed the course of :l<r�J.la consciousness and are\nfree from material desire return to the abode of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead (yad gatva na nivartante tad dhama paramam mama). Here\nthe same fact is stated: yato navartate puman. Any person who goes back\nhome, back to Godhead, does not return to this material world.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�U�ili� �fcfl;rt�if� �� I\n'F��tfiimr: II � �II\n3T!{fl;otqq)\nvairanubandha etavan\namrtyor iha dehinam\najnana-prabhavo manyur\naham-manopabrmhita/:1.\nvai ra-anubandha /:1.-enmity; etavan-so great; amrtyo /:1.\n\n-\n\nup to the\n\npoint of death; iha-in this; dehinam-of persons too involved in the\nbodily concept of life; ajnana-prabhava/:1.-because of. the great influence of ignorance;\n\nupab rmhita/:1.\n\n-\n\nmanyu/:1.\nexpanded .\n\n-\n\nanger ;\n\naham-mana\n\n-\n\nby egotism;\n\n", "SB8.3#p0090": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n64\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nHir8J,lyaka8ipu's anger against Lord Vi�1,1u persisted until his\n\ndeath. Other people in the bodily concept of life maintain anger\nonly because of false ego and the great influence of ignorance.\nPURPORT\nGenerally speaking, even though the conditioned soul is angry, his\nanger is not perpetual but temporary. It is due to the influence of ignorance. Hiral)yakasipu, however, maintained his emnity and his anger\nagainst Lord Vi�I)u until the point of death. He never forgot his vengeful\nattitude toward Vi�I)u for having killed his brother, Hiral)yak�a. Others\nin the bodily concept of life are angry at their enemies but not at Lord\nVi�I)u. Hiral)yakasipu, however, was everlastingly angry. He was angry\nnot only because of false prestige but also because of continuous enmity\ntoward Vi�I)u.\nTEXT 14\n\nAffl �·��;r�� �tlfr�t���: I\n�l{l��r�w+�����ma:ll����\npita prahrada-putras te\ntad-vidvan dvija-vatsala�\nsvam ayur dvija-lirigebhyo\ndevebhyo 'diit sa yacita�\npita-father; prahrada-putra/:t-the son of Maharaja Prahlada; tealthough it was known to him; dvija-vatsala/:t-still,\nbecause of his affinity for brahmar;,as; svam-his own; ayu/:t-duration\nof life; dvija-lirigebhya/:t-who were dressed like brahmar;,as;\ndevebhya/:t-unto the demigods; adat-delivered; sa/:t- he; ydcita/:tyour; tat-v idvan\n\n-\n\nbeing so requested.\nTRANSLATION\nYour father, Virocana, the son of Maharaja Prahliida, was very\n\naffectionate toward hriihma1,1as. Although he knew very well that it\n\nwas the demigods who had come to him in the dress of briihmaJ,las,\nat their request he delivered to them the duration of his life.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0091": "Text 16)\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Mahirija\n\n65\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Virocana, Bali's father, was so pleased with the brahmarJa\ncommunity that even though he knew that those approaching him for\ncharity were the demigods in the dress of brahmarJas, he nonetheless\nagreed to give it.\nTEXT 15\n\n��R�ijt�� ·��f�fll: I\nifmUl: '{_�: ���w:��lijmfll: II� �II\nbhavan iicaritan dharmiin\niisthito grhamedhibhi�\nbrahmarJai� pilrvajai� silrair\nanyaiS coddiima-kirtibhi�\nbhaviin-your good self; iicaritiin-executed; dharmiin-religious\nprinciples; iisthita�-being situated; grhamedhibhi�-by persons in\nhousehold life; brahmarJai�-by the brahmaTJUS; pilrva-jai�-by your\nforefathers; silrai�-by great heroes; anyai� ca-and others also;\nuddama-kirtibhi�-very highly elevated and famous.\nTRANSLATION\nYou also have observed the principles followed by great personalities who are householder brahmaJ}.as, by your forefathers\nand by great heroes who are extremely famous for their exalted\nactivities.\nTEXT 16\n\nij�J� mit ��� �� �H��� I\nq�� 5lTfrJf ��it� ijfifCTTf;{ W � II � �II\ntasmiit tvatto mahim i!jad\nvrrJe 'ham varadar�abhat\npadiini triTJi daityendra\nsammitani padii mama\n\n", "SB8.3#p0092": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n66\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\ntasmat-from such a person; tvatta�-from Your Majesty; mahimland;\n\ni§at-very\n\nlittle\n\nvr�-am\n\nasking\n\nfor;\n\naham-1;\n\nvarada­\n\nr�abhat-from the personality who can give charity munificently;\npadani-footsteps; tri�i-three; daitya-indra-0 King of the Daityas;\nsammitani-to the measurement of; pada-by a foot; mama-My.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King of the Daityas, from Your Majesty, who come from such\n\na noble family and who are able to give charity munificently, I ask\nonly three paces of land, to the measurement of My steps.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Vamanadeva wanted three paces of land according to the\nmeasurement of His footsteps. He did not want more than necessary. But\nalthough He pretended to be an ordinary human child, He actually\nwanted the land comprising the upper, middle and lower planetary\nsystems. This was just to show the prowess of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\nniinyat te kiimaye riijan\nvadiinyiij jagad -iSvariit\nnainab, priipnoti vai vidviin\nyavad-artha-pratigrahab,\n\nna-not;\n\nanyat-anything else; te-from you;\n\nkii maye-1 beg;\n\nriijan-0 King; vadanyiit-who are so munificent; jagat-iSvariit-who\n\nare the king of the entire universe; na-not; enab,-distress; priipnoti-gets; vai-indeed; vidviin-one who is learned; yiivat-artha-as\n\nmuch as one needs; pratigraha�-taking charity from others.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, controller of the entire universe, although you are very\n\nmunificent and are able to give Me as much land as I want, I do not\n\n", "SB8.3#p0093": "Text 18]\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Maharaja\n\n67\n\nwant anything from you that is unnecessary. If a learned briihmal}.a\ntakes charity from others only according to his needs, he does not\nbecome entangled in sinful activities.\nPURPORT\nA brahmar:ra or sannyasi is qualified to ask charity from others, but if\nhe takes more than necessary he is punishable. No one can use more of\nthe Supreme Lord's property than necessary. Lord Vamanadeva indirectly indicated to Bali Maharaja that he was occupying more land than\nhe needed. In the material world, all distresses are due to extravagance.\nOne acquires money extravagantly and also spends it extravagantly. Such\nactivities are sinful. All property belongs to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and all living beings, who are sons of the Supreme Lord, have\nthe right to use the Supreme Father's property, but one cannot take more\nthan\n\nnecessary.\n\nThis\n\nprinciple\n\nshould\n\nespecially\n\nbe followed\n\nbriihmar:tas and sannyasis who live at the cost of others.\n\nby\n\nThus\n\nVamanadeva was an ideal beggar, for He asked only three paces of land.\nOf course, there is a difference between His footsteps and those of an ordinary human being. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, by His inconceivable prowess, can occupy the entire universe, including the\nupper, lower and middle planetary systems, by the unlimited measurement of His footsteps.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�Gfff?�<rR\n3£� 'fliiiOI<:;R� u-Tt� ����n: I\n�ej ;nit i0f��.nmn � SR�� � II�� II\nsri-balir uvaca\naho brahmar:ta-diiyada\nvacas te vrddha-sammatiiF,t\ntvarh balo biiliSa-matiF,t\nsviirtharh praty abudho yathii\nsri-baliF,t uviic a\n\n-\n\nBali Maharaja said; aho-alas; brahmar:ta-diiyiida-\n\n0 son of a brahmar:ta;\n\nvacaF,t-the\n\nwords;\n\nte-o£ You;\n\nvrddha-\n\n", "SB8.3#p0094": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n68\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\nsammata�-are certainly acceptable to learned and elderly persons;\n\nbala�-a boy; baliSa-matifz-without sufficient knowledge;\nprati-toward; abudha�-not knowing\nsufficiently; yatha-as it should have been.\ntvam-You;\n\nsva-artham-self-interest;\n\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja said: 0 son of a brahm�a, Your instructions are\nas good as those of learned and elderly persons. Nonetheless, You\n\nare a boy, and Your intelligence is insufficient. Thus You are not\nvery prudent in regard to Your self-interest.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, being full in Himself, actually\n\nhas nothing to want for His self-interest. Lord Vamanadeva, therefore,\nhad not gone to Bali Maharaja for His own self-interest. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gita\n\n(5.29),\n\nyajna-tapasam\n\nbhoktaram\n\nsarva-loka­\n\nmahesvaram. The Lord is the proprietor of all planets, in both the material and spiritual worlds. Why should He be in want of land? Bali\nMaharaja rightly said that Lord Vamanadeva was not at all prudent in\nregard to His own personal interests. Lord Vamanadeva had approached\nBali not for His personal welfare but for the welfare of His devotees. Devotees sacrifice all personal interests to satisfy the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, and similarly the Supreme Lord, although having no personal interests, can do anything for the interests of His devotees. One\nwho is full in himself has no personal interests.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nI\n�t q-q)f�: ��\\ltf���\n�ti � q1s�JtftiW{ iftq�� II� �II\nmam vacobhi� samariidhya\nlokanam ekam zsvaram\npada-trayam vr�ite yo\n\np\n\na\n\n'buddhiman d vi a-das!J,$ m\n\n", "SB8.3#p0095": "Text 20)\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Maharaja\n\nnuim-me; vacobhi /:t-by sweet words;\n\ns\n\namaradhya\n\n69\n\n-\n\nafter suffi­\n\nciently pleasing; lokanam-of all the planets in this universe; ekamthe one and only; iSvaram-master, controller; pada trayam-three\n-\n\nfeet; vr(tite-is asking for; ya/:t-He who; abuddhiman-not very intelligent; dvipa da.SU$am-because I can give You an entire island.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nI am able to give You an entire island because I am the proprietor of the three divisions of the universe. You have come to take\nsomething from me and have pleased me by Your sweet words, but\nYou are asking only three paces of land. Therefore You are not\nvery intelligent.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic understanding, the entire universe is regarded as\nan ocean of space. In that ocean there are innumerable planets, and each\nplanet is called a\n\ndvipa,\n\nor island.\n\nWhen approached by Lord\n\nVamanadeva, Bali Maharaja was actually in possession of all the dvipas,\nor islands in space. Bali Maharaja was very pleased to see the features of\nVamanadeva and was ready to give Him as much land as He could ask,\nbut because Lord Vamanadeva asked only three paces of land, Bali\nMaharaja considered Him not very intelligent.\nTEXT\n\n20\n\nif� ��tr �trt �F.I�fu I\n� 'fu�1l{ffl eJit �fli !l�fl� it II� II\no\n\nna puman mam upavrajya\nbhuyo yacitum arhati\ntasmad vrttikarim bhumirh\nvato kamarh praticcha me\nna-not; puman-any person; nuim-unto me; upavrajya-after\napproaching;\n\nbhuya /:t-again;\n\ntasmat-therefore;\n\nyacitum�to\n\nv rtti karim-suitable\n-\n\nbeg;\nto\n\narhati-deserves;\n\nmaintain\n\nYourself;\n\n", "SB8.3#p0096": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n70\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\nbhumim-such land; vq.to-0 small brahmacari; kamam-according to\nthe necessities of life; praticcha -take; me-from me.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 small boy, one who approaches me to beg something should\n\nnot have to ask anything more, anywhere. Therefore, if You wish,\n\nYou may ask from me as much land as will suffice to maintain You\naccording to Your needs.\n\nTEXT 21\n\nr>;ft-q.-,�\n\n�Ff;ijT ��n ��Tf��li�ij��ll_ 1\n� ij�� ij ij� Slf�Fiij �q II�� II\n-.!)\n\nsri-bhagavan uvaca\nyavanto vi§ayab, pre$thas\ntri-lokyam ajitendriyam\nna saknuvanti te sarve\npratipilrayiturh nrpa\nsri-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;\nyavantab,-as far as possible; vi§ayab,-the objects of sense enjoyment;\npre$thab--pleasing to anyone; tri lokya m-within these three worlds;\najita-indriyam-a person who is not self-controlled; na saknuvanti-are\nunable; te-all those; sarve-taken together; pratip uray i tum-to\nsatisfy; nrpa-0 King.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead said: 0 my dear King, even the en­\n\ntirety of whatever there may be within the three worlds to satisfy\n\none's senses cannot satisfy a person whose senses are uncontrolled.\nPURPORT\n\nThe material world is an illusory energy to deviate the living entities\nfrom the path of self-realization. Anyone who is in this material world is\n\n", "SB8.3#p0097": "Text 21)\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Maharaja\n\n71\n\nextremely anxious to get more and more things for sense gratification.\nActually, however, the purpose of life is not sense gratification but selfrealization. Therefore, those who are too addicted to sense gratification\nare advised to practice the mystic yoga system, or �tiinga-yoga system,\nconsisting of yama, niyama, iisana, pra1:u'iyiima, pratyiihiira and so on.\nIn this way, one can control the senses. The purpose of controlling the\nsenses is to stop one's implication in the cycle of birth and death. As\nstated by ��abhadeva:\n\nnunam pramatta/:t kurute vikarma\nyad indriya-pritaya iiprr:toti\nna siidhu manye yata iitmano yam\nasann a pi klesada iisa de ha/:t\n\"When a person considers sense gratification the aim of life, he certainly\nbecomes mad after materialistic living and engages in all kinds of sinful\nactivity. He does not know that due to his past misdeeds he has already\nreceived a body which, although temporary, is the cause of his misery.\nActually the living entity should not have taken on a material body, but\nhe has been awarded the material body for sense gratification. Therefore\nI think it not befitting an intelligent man to involve himself again in the\nactivities of sense gratification, by which he perpetually gets material\nbodies one after another.\" (Bhiig. 5.5.4) Thus according to ��abhadeva\nthe human beings in this material world are just like madmen engaged in\nactivities which they should not perform but which they do perform only\nfor sense gratification. Such activities are not good because in this way\none creates another body for his next life, as punishment for his\nnefarious activities. And as soon as he gets another material body, he is\nput into repeated suffering in material existence. Therefore the Vedic\nculture or brahminical culture teaches one how to be satisfied with\npossessing the minimum necessities in life.\nTo teach this highest culture, varr:tiiSrama-dharma is recommended.\nThe aim of the varr:tii5rama divisions- briihmar:ta, /cyatriya, vaiSya,\n\nsudra, brahmacarya, grhastha, viinaprastha and sannyiisa-is to train\none to control the senses and be content with the bare necessities. Here\nLord Vamanadeva, as an ideal brahmaciiri, refuses Bali Maharaja's offer\nto give Him anything He might want. He says that without contentment\n\n", "SB8.3#p0098": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n72\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\none could not be happy even if he possessed the property of the entire\nworld or the entire universe. In human society, therefore, the brahminical culture, k$atriya culture and vai.Sya culture must be maintained, and\npeople must be taught how to be satisfied with only what they need. In\nmodern civilization there is no such education; everyone tries to possess\nmore and more, and everyone is dissatisfied and unhappy. The Kr�Qa\nconsciousness movement is therefore establishing various farms, especially in America, to show how to be happy and content with minimum\nnecessities of life and to save time for self-realization, which one can\nvery easily achieve by chanting the maha-mantra:-Hare Kr�Qa, Hare\nKr�Qa, Kr�Qa Kr�Qa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Raiila Rama,\nHare Hare.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nm�: sti�ijf!!\\ �TR WI �ij I\n\nW�mmif\n\n���� ������\n\ntribhi� kramair asantU${0\ndvipenapi na pilryate\nnava-var§a-sametena\nsapta-dvipa-varecchaya\ntribhi�-t hree; kramai�-by steps; asantU${a�-one who is dis­\n\nsatisfied; dvipe na-by a complete island; api-although ; na pilryatecannot be satisfied; nava-var§a-sametena-even by possessing nine\nval'§as; sapta-dvipa-vara-icchaya-by the desire to take possession of\nseven islands.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf I were not satisfied with three paces of land, then surely I\n\nwould not be satisfied even with possessing one of the seven is­\n\nlands, consisting of nine var!jas. Even if I possessed one island, I\n\nwould hope to get others.\n\nTEXT 23\n\nm'ATNq��t �T � tt�I�H�: I\n�: ��T ifl;:� �own �Rr WI:�II�� II\n..\n\n", "SB8.3#p0099": "Text 24)\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Maharaja\n\n73\n\nsapta-dvipadhipatayo\nnrpa vai�Jya-gayadayaft\narthaift kamair gata nantarh\ntr�'Jiiya iti na/t srutam\nsapta-dvipa-adhipataya/t-those who are proprietors of the seven islands;\n\nnrpaft-such kings;\n\nvai�Jya gaya-adayaft-Maharaja\n-\n\nMaharaja Gaya and others;\n\nP:rthu,\n\narthaift-for fulfillment of ambition;\n\nkamaift-£or satisfying one's desires; gataft na-could not reach;\nantam-the end; tr�'Jiiyaft-of their ambitions; iti-thus; naft-by Us;\nsrutam-has been heard.\nTRANSLATION\nWe have heard that althoug h powerful kings like Maharaja\nP:rthu and Maharaja Gaya achieved proprietorship over the seven\ndvipas, they could not achieve satisfaction or find the end of their\nambitions.\nTEXT 24\n\n���q)qq�;r\n\n�uit tr�ij �� 1\n\nwmtQ!���d�6RI{tqij1�:\n\nII� �II\n\nyadrcchayopapannena\nsantU{i!O vartate sukham\nnasantU{i!as tribhir lokair\najitatmopasaditaift\nyadrcchaya-as offered by the supreme authority according to one's\nkarma; upapannena-by whatever is obtained; santU{i!aft-one should\n\nbe\n\nsatisfied;\n\nvartate-there\n\nis;\n\nsukham-happiness;\n\nna-not;\n\nasantU{i!aft-one who is dissatisfied; tribhift lokai/t-even by possessing\nthe three worlds; ajita atma-one who cannot control his senses;\n-\n\nupasaditaift-even though obtained.\nTRANSLATION\nOne should be satisfied with whatever he achieves by his previous destiny, for discontent can never bring happiness. A person\n\n", "SB8.3#p0100": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n74\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\nwho is not self-controlled will not be happy even with possessing\nthe three worlds.\nPURPORT\nIf happiness is the ultimate goal of life, one must be satisfied with the\nposition in which he is placed by providence. This instruction is also\ngiven by Prahlada Maharaja:\n\nsukham aindriyakarh daitya\ndeha-yogena dehiniim\nsarvatra labhyate daivad\nyatha du/:tkham ayatnata/:t\n\"My_ dear friends born of demoniac families, the happiness perceived\nwith reference to the sense objects by contact with the body can be obtained in any form of life, according to one's past fruitive activities. Such\nhappiness is automatically obtained without endeavor, just as we obtain\n\ndistress.\" (Bhag. 7 .6.3) This philosophy is perfect in regard to obtaining\nhappiness.\n\nReal happiness is described in Bhagavad-gitti (6.21):\n\nsukham atyantikarh yat tad\nbuddhi-grahyam atindriyam\nvetti yatra na caivayarh\nsthita§ calati tattvata/:t\n\"In the spiritually joyous state, one is situated in boundless transcendental\n\nhappiness\n\nand\n\nenjoys\n\nhimself\n\nthrough transcendental senses.\n\nEstablished thus, one never departs from the truth.\" One has to perceive\nhappiness by the supersenses. The supersenses are not the senses of the\nmaterial elements.\n\nEvery\n\none of us is a spiritual being\n\n(aharh\n\nbrahmasmi), and every one of us is an individual person. Our senses are\nnow covered by material elements, and because of ignorance we consider\nthe material senses that cover us to be our real senses. The real senses,\nhowever, are within the material covering. Dehino 'smin yatha dehe:\nwithin the covering of the material elements are the spiritual senses.\n\nSarvopadhi-vinirmuktarh tat-paratvena nirmalam: when the spiritual\n\n", "SB8.3#p0101": "Text 25)\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Maharaja\n\n75\n\nsenses are uncovered, by these senses we can be happy. Satisfaction of\nthe spiritual senses is thus described: hr�ikena hr�ikesa-sevanam bhaktir\nucyate. When the senses are engaged in devotional service to H:r�ikesa,\nthen the senses are completely satisfied. Without this superior knowledge\nof sense gratification, one may try to satisfy his material senses, but happiness will never be possible. One may increase his ambition for sense\ngratification and even achieve what he desires for the gratification of his\nsenses, but because this is on the material platform, he will never achieve\nsatisfaction and contentment.\nAccording to brahminical culture, one should be content with whatever he obtains without special endeavor and should cultivate spiritual\nconsciousness. Then he will be happy. The purpose of the l(:r�Qa consciousness movement is to spread this understanding. People who do not\nhave scientific spiritual knowledge mistakenly think that the members of\nthe l(:r�Qa consciousness movement are escapists trying to avoid material\nactivities. In fact, however, we are engaged in real activities for obtaining the ultimate happiness in life. If one is not trained to satisfy the spiritual senses and continues in material sense _gratification, he will never\nobtain happiness that is eternal and blissful. Srimad-Bhagavatam (5.5.1)\ntherefore recommends:\ntapa divyam putraka yena sattvam\nsuddhyed yasmad brahma-saukhyam tv anantam\nOne must practice austerity so that his existential position will be\npurified and he will achieve unlimited blissful life.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�ms;;t\n��� Q��ki1.f1�,���1: 1\n����;{ ��l� �� �Q: 11��11\npumso 'yam samsrter hetur\nasanto�o 'rtha-kamayo�\nyadrcchayopapannena\nsanto�o muktaye smrta�\n\n", "SB8.3#p0102": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n76\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\npumsa!l-of the living entity; ayam-this; samsrte!l-of the continuation of material existence;\n\nhetu!l-the cause; asant�a!l-dis­\n\nsatisfaction with his destined achievement; artha-kamayo!l-for the\nsake of lusty desires and getting more and more money; yadrcchayawith the gift of destiny; upapan nena-which has been achieved;\nsanto�a!l-satisfaction; muktaye-for liberation; smrta!l-is considered\nfit.\nTRANSLATION\nMaterial existence causes discontent in regard to fulfilling one's\n\nlusty desires and achieving more and more money. This is the\ncause for the continuation of material life, which is full of re­\n\npeated birth and death. But one who is satisfied by that which is\nobtained\n\nexistence.\n\nby destiny is fit for liberation from this material\n\nTEXT 26\n\n1ft'b0it\"SI¥t� ijoit �� m I\nffil_ st�IRI�lRfffl'IT�QCf1?l?l�fUI: I I� 'II\nyadrccha-labha-t�!asya\ntejo viprasya vardhate\ntat pra.Samyaty asant�ad\nambhasevasu§u�ar,till\nyadrccha-labha-t�!asya-who is satisfied by things obtained by the\ngrace of God; teja!l\n\n-\n\nvardhate-increases;\n\nthe brilliant effulgence; viprasya-of a brahmar,ta;\ntat-that\n\n(effulgence);\n\npra.Samyati-is\n\ndi­\n\nminished; asanto�at-because of dissatisfaction; ambhasa-by pouring\nof water; iva-as; asu§u�ar,ti!l-a fire.\nTRANSLATION\nA briihmru;ta who is satisfied with whatever is providentially ob­\n\ntained is increasingly enlightened with spiritual power, but the\n\nspiritual potency of a dissatisfied briihmar;ta decreases, as fire\ndiminishes in potency when water is sprinkled upon it.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0103": "Text 28)\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Maharaja\n\n77\n\ntasmat trir,ti padany eva\n\nvr� tvad varadar�abhat\n\netavataiva siddho 'ham\n\nvittam yavat prayojanam\n\ntasmat-because of being satisfied by things easily obtained; trir,ti­\n\nthree; padani-steps; eva-indeed; vrr,te-1 ask; tvat-from your good\nself; varada-r�abhat-who are a munificent benedictor; etavata eva­\n\nmerely by such an endowment; siddha� aham-I shall feel full satisfac­\n\ntion; vittam-achievement; yavat-as far as; prayojanam-is needed.\nTRANSLATION\n\nTherefore, 0 King, from you, the best of those who give\ncharity, I ask only three paces of land. By such a gift I shall be very\npleased, for the way of happiness is to be fully satisfied to receive\nthat which is absolutely needed.\nTEXT 28\n\n��<fi �\n�: � «Q'll« Cf'Pm�: SIRt•lU61'. I\nt(l¥4..14 � �« iil!m � 11��11\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nity ukta� sa hasann aha\n\nvaiichata� pratigrhyatam\n\nvamanaya mahim datum\n\njagraha jala-bhajanam\n\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti ukta�-thus being\n\naddressed;\n\nsa�-he\n\n(Bali\n\nMaharaja);\n\nhasan-smiling;\n\naha-said;\n\nvanchata�-as You have desired; pratigrhyatam-now take from me;\n\n", "SB8.3#p0104": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n78\n\nvamanaya-unto Lord Vamana; mahim-land;\njagraha-took; jala-bhajanam-the waterpot.\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\ndatum-to give;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami continued: When the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead had thus spoken to Bali Maharaja, Bali smiled and told\nHim, \"All right. Take whatever You like.\" To confirm his promise\n\nto give Viimanadeva the desired land, he then took up his waterpot.\nTEXT 29\n\n� � ���Rt*Jij;wl ��I\n:j�'(;i��W �qft: f� !ftt Fro q�: II��II\nvi$r:wve /cymarh pradiisyantam\n!dana asuresvaram\njiinarhS cikir�itarh vi$7Job.\nsi$yarh praha vidarh varab,\nvi$r:wve-unto Lord Vi�1,1u (Vamanadeva); /cymdm-the land;\npradiisyantam-who was ready to deliver; zdanab,-Sukracarya;\nasura-iSvaram-unto the King of the demons (Bali Maharaja); jdnanknowing well; cikir�itam-what was the plan; vi$1JOb.-of Lord Vi�1,1u;\nsi$yam-unto his disciple; praha-said; vidiim varab,-the best of the\nknowers of everything.\nTRANSLATION\nUnderstanding Lord Vi��m's purpose, Sukriicarya, the best of\n\nthe learned, immediately spoke as follows to his disciple, who was\n\nabout to offer everything to Lord Viimanadeva.\nTEXT 30\n\n'itwn �\n\n� � li•lii41M�(Ollt: I\n•�ttqld\\R�Jm �oo m�: II� oil\n�\n\n", "SB8.3#p0105": "Text 31]\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Maharaja\n\n79\n\nsri-sukra uvdca\ne$a vairocane sak$ad\nbhagavan v�r:tur avyaya�\nka§yapad aditer jato\ndevanarh karya-siidhaka�\n\nS\n\nsri-sukra� uvaca- uk raca rya said; e$a�-this (boy in the form of a\ndwarf); vairocane-0 son of Virocana; sak$at-directly; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; v�r:tu�-Lord Vi�Qu; avyaya�without deterioration; kaSyapat-fro m His father, Kasyapa; adite�-in\nthe womb of His mother, Aditi; jata�\n\n-\n\nwas born; devanam-of the\n\ndemigods; karya-sadhaka�-working in the interest.\nTRANSLATION\nSukriiciirya said: 0 son of Virocana, this brahmaciiri in the form\n\nof a dwarf is directly the imperishable Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, Vi�IJ.U. Accepting Ka.Syapa Muni as His father and Aditi\nas His mother, He has now appeared in order to fulfill the interests\n\nof the demigods.\n\nTEXT 31\n\nsn�\n\n�w\nwt � q;lr ��lwti\npratiSrutarh tvayaitasmai\nyad anartham ajanata\nna sadhu manye daityanam\nmahan upagato 'naya�\n\npratiSrutam-promised; tvaya-by you; etasmai-unto Him; yat\nanartham-which is repugnant; ajanata-by you who have no knowledge; na-not; siidhu-ve ry good; manye-1 think; daityanam-of the\ndemons; mahan-great; upagata�-has been achieved; anaya�\nauspiciousness.\n\n-\n\nin\n\n­\n\n", "SB8.3#p0106": "80\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou do not know what a dangerous position you have accepted\n\nby promising to give Him land. I do not think that this promise is\n\ngood for you. It will bring great harm to the demons.\nTEXT 32\n\n� � -� f�� �it ��: � I\n\nG\\I���Q � ¥41�1¥\\IGfCl�m: ����II\ne$a te sthanam aiSvaryam\n\nsriyam tejo ya§ab, srutam\n\ndiisyaty dcchidya sakraya\nmaya-ma�vako harib,\n\ne$ab,-this person falsely appearing as a brahmacari; te-o£ you;\n\nsthanam-the land in possession; aiSvaryam-the riches; sriyam-the\nmaterial beauty; tejab,-the material power; ya§ab,-the reputation;\n\nsrutam-the education; diisyati-will give; dcchidya-taking from you;\n\nsakraya-unto your enemy, Lord lndra; maya-falsely appearing;\n\nmdr;tavakab,-a brahmacari son of a living being; harib,-He is actually\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis person falsely appearing as a brahmacari is actually the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, who has come in this form\n\nto take away all your land, wealth, beauty, power, fame and educa­\n\ntion. After taking everything from you, He will deliver it to Indra,\nyour enemy.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura explains in this regard that the\n\nvery word harib, means \"one who takes away.\" If one connects himself\n\nwith Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Lord takes away all\n\nhis miseries, and in the beginning the Lord also superficially appears to\ntake away all his material possessions, reputation, education and beauty.\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(10.88.8), yasyaham anugrhr;tami\n\n", "SB8.3#p0107": "Text 33)\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Maharaja\n\n81\n\nhari§ye tad-dhanam sanai�. The Lord said to Maharaja Yudhi�thira,\n\n\"The :first installment of My mercy toward a devotee is that I take away\n\nall his possessions, especially his material opulence, his money.\" This is\n\nthe special favor of the Lord toward a sincere devotee. If a sincere devotee wants K.r�Q.a above everything but at the same time is attached to material possessions, which hinder his advancement in K.r�Q.a consciousness,\n\nby tactics the Lord takes away all his possessions. Here Sukracarya says\n\nthat this dwarf brahmacari would take away everything. Thus he indi­\n\ncates that the Lord will take away all one's material possessions and also\n\none's mind. If one delivers his mind to the lotus feet of Krsna (sa vai\nmana� kr�IJ-ll-padaravindayo�), one can naturally sacrifice everything to\n\nsatisfy Him. Although Bali Maharaja was a devotee, he was attached to\nmaterial possessions, and therefore the Lord, being very kind to him,\n\nshowed him special favor by appearing as Lord Vamana to take away all\nhis material possessions, and his mind as well.\nTEXT 33\n\nf�: iti�mt���: Elifii�RI I\n�� ���'�en���� ������\ntribhi� kramair imal lokan\nviSva-kiiya� kram�yati\n\nsarvasvam V�IJ-llve dattva\n\nmUl},ha vart�yase katham\n\ntribhi�-three; kramai�-by steps; imdn-all these; lokiin-three\n\nplanetary systems; viSva-kaya�-becoming the universal form;\nkram�yati-gradually He will expand;\nsarvasvam-everything;\n\nV�IJ-llve-unto Lord Vi�Q.u; dattoo-after giving charity; mUl},ha-0 you\nrascal; vart�yase-you will execute your means of livelihood; katham­\n\nhow.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou have promised to give Him three steps of land in charity,\nbut when you give it He will occupy the three worlds. You are a\nrascal! You do not know what a great mistake you have made. After\n\n", "SB8.3#p0108": "82\n\nSrimad- Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\ngiving everything to Lord Vi'iii).U, you will have no means of livelihood. How then shall you live?\n\nPURPORT\nBali Maharaja might argue that he had promised only three steps of\n\nland. But Sukracarya, being a very learned briihma�, immediately\n\nunderstood that this was a plan of Hari, who had falsely appeared there\n\nas a brahmaciiri. The words milljha varti§yase katham reveal that\n\nSukracarya was a briihma� of the priestly class. Such priestly\nbriihmaTJ.(lS are mostly interested in receiving remuneration from their\n\ndisciples. Therefore when Sukracarya saw that Bali Maharaja had risked\n\nall of his possessions, he understood that this would cause havoc not only\n\nto the King but also to the family of Sukracarya, who was dependent on\n\nMaharaja Bali's mercy. This is the difference between a Vai��ava and a\nsmiirta-briihma�. A smiirta-briihmar;ta is always interested in material\n\nprofit, whereas a Vai��ava is interested only in satisfying the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. From the statement of Sukracarya, it appears\n\nthat he was in all respects a smiirta-briihma� interested only in personal\n\ngam.\n\nTEXT 34\n\nSA� rrT �� fd\\ffl�\"' � R1n: I\n� � � � �mff� i{jt q�: ������\nkramato giim padaikena\ndvitiyena divarh vibho/l\nkham ca kiiyena mahatii\ntiirtiyasya kuto gatift\n\nkramata/t-gradually; gam-the surface of the land; padii ekena­\n\nby one step; dvitiyena-by the second step; divam-the whole of outer\nspace; vibho/l-of the universal form; kham ca -the sky also; kiiyena­\n\nby the expansion of His transcendental body; mahatii-by the universal\nform; tiirtiyasya-as far as the third step is concerned; kuta�-where\nis; gati/l-to keep His step.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0109": "Text 35]\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Maharaja\n\n83\n\nTRANSLATION\nVamanadeva will first occupy the three worlds with one step,\nthen He will take His second step and occupy everything in outer\nspace, and then He will expand His univers al body to occupy\neverything. Where will you offer Him the third step?\nPURPORT\nSukracarya wanted to tell Bali Maharaja how he would be cheated by\n\nLord Vamana. \"You have promised three steps,\" he said. \"But with only\n\ntwo steps, all your possessions will be finished. How then will you give\nHim a place for His third step?\" Sukracarya did not know how the Lord\n\nprotects His devotee. The devotee must risk everything in his possession\n\nfor the service of the Lord, but he is always protected and never de­\n\nfeated. By materialistic calculations, Sukracarya thought that Bali\n\nMaharaja would under no circumstances be able to keep his promise to\nthe brahmacari, Lord Vamanadeva.\n\nTEXT 35\n\nf.mf � � � �st�ld: 31ftr� I\nst'RI� �)s;fro: stRtqi�M� i(�l'f.ll����\nni§!harh te narake manye\nhy apradatu/:t prati.Srutam\nprati.Srutasya yo 'ni.Sa/:t\npratipiidayiturh bhavan\nni§tham-perpetual residence; te-o£ you; narake-in hell; manye1 think; hi -indeed; apradatu/:t-of a person who cannot fulfill;\n\nprati.Srutam-what has been promised; prati.Srutasya-of the promise\none has made; ya/:t ani.Sa/:t-one who is unable; pratipiidayitum-to\nfulfill properly; bhavan-you are that person.\nTRANSLATION\nYou will certainly be unable to fulfill your promise, and I think\nthat because of this inability your eternal residence will be in hell.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0110": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n84\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 36\n\n� m� l{;r �fcfqq� I\n�if �'�: d it� �'lffl �: II�� II\n\nWI\n\nna tad danarh pra.Sarhsanti\nyena vrttir vipadyate\ndanarh yajfias tapa/:t karma\nloke vrttimato yata/:t\nna-not; tat-that; ddnam-charity; pra.Sarhsanti-the saintly persons praise; yena-by which; vrtti/:t-one's livelihood; vipadyate-becomes\n\nendangered;\n\nddnam-charity;\n\nyajfia/:t-sacrifice;\n\ntapa/:t­\n\nausterity; karma-fruitive activities; loke-in this world; vrttimata/:taccording to one's means of livelihood; yata/:t-as it is so.\nTRANSLATION\nLearned scholars do not praise that charity which endangers\n\none's own livelihood. Charity, sacrifice, austerity and fruitive ac­\n\ntivities are possible for one who is competent to earn his livelihood\n\nproperly. [They are not possible for one who cannot maintain\n\nhimself.]\n\nTEXT 37\n\n���� �t{ lift\nq� �w..q:qfilclfl'l :q � \"�\"n\ndharmaya ya.Sase 'rthaya\nkamaya sva-janaya ca\npaiicadha vibhajan vittam\nihamutra ca modale\ndharmaya-for religion; ya.Sase-for one's reputation; arthaya-for\nincreasing one's opulence; kamiiya-for increasing sense gratification;\nsva-janaya ca-and for maintaining one's family members; paiicadha-\n\n", "SB8.3#p0111": "Text 38]\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Mahirija\n\n85\n\nfor these five different objectives; vibhajan-dividing; vittam-his accumulated wealth; iha-in this world; amutra-the next world; caand; nwdate-he enjoys.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore one who is in full knowledge should divide his accumulated wealth in five parts-for religion, for reputation, for\nopulence, for sense gratification and for the maintenance of his\nfamily members. Such a person is happy in this world and in the\nnext.\nPURPORT\nThe §astras enjoin that if one has money one should divide all that he\n\nhas accumulated into five divisions-one part for religion, one part for\n\nreputation, one part for opulence, one part for sense gratification and one\npart to maintain the members of his family. At the present, however, be­\n\ncause people are bereft of all knowledge, they spend all their money for\n\nthe satisfaction of their family. Srila Rupa Gosvami taught us by his own\n\nexample by using fifty percent of his accumulated wealth for l<:r�I;J.a,\n\ntwenty-five percent for his own self, and twenty-five percent for the\nmembers of his family. One's main purpose should be to advance in\n\nl<:r�Q.a consciousness. This will include dharma, artha and kama.\n\nHowever, because one's family members expect some profit, one should\n\nalso satisfy them by giving them a portion of one's accumulated wealth.\n\nThis is a sastric injunction.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n� 'll�•f6 � ltSij(Q'ij'{ I\n«�tt41f«Rt� sffit ��{1� fu � II�� II\natriipi bahvrcair gitarh\nsrr:tu me 'sura-sattama\nsatyam om iti yat proktarh\nyan nety iihiinrtarh hi tat\natra api-in this regard also (in deciding what is truth and what is not\n\ntruth); bahu-rcai/:t-by the sruti-mantras known as Bahvrca-sruti,\n\n", "SB8.3#p0112": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n86\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\nwhich are evidence from the Vedas; gitam-what has been spoken;\nsntu-just hear; me-from me; asura-sattama-0 best of the asuras;\nsatyam-the\n\ntruth is; om iti-preceded by the word om; yat-that\n\nwhich; proktam-has been spoken; yat-that which is; na-not preceded by om; iti-thus; aha-it is said; anrtam-untruth; hi-indeed;\ntat-that\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne might argue that since you have already promised, how can\n\nyou refuse? 0 best of the demons, just take from me the evidence\nof the Bahvrca-sruti, which says that a promise is truthful pre­\n\nceded by the word mh and untruthful if not.\nTEXT 39\n\nQ'� ��q'fi� Ff(ll��� 'lPffl I\n��'Rffl iji{ ��d �mfw{: ����II\nsatyam pU§pa-phalam vidyad\natma-vrk§asya giyate\nvrk§e }ivati tan na syad\nanrtam mulam atmanatt\nsatyam-the factual truth; pU§pa-phalam-the flower and the fruit;\nvidyat-one should ·understand; atma-vrk$asya-o£ the tree of the\nbody; giyate-as described in the Vedas; vrk$e ajivati-if the tree is not\nliving; tat-that (pU§pa-phalam); na-not; syat\n\n-\n\nis possible; anrtam­\n\nuntruth; millam-the root; atmanatt-of the body.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Vedas enjoin that the factual result of the tree of the body is\n\nthe good fruits and flowers derived from it. But if the bodily tree\ndoes not exist, there is no possibility of factual fruits and flowers.\n\nEven if the body is based on untruth, there cannot be factual fruits\nand flowers without the help of the bodily tree.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0113": "Text 40]\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Maharaja\n\n87\n\nPURPORT\nThis sloka explains that in relation to the material body even the factual truth cannot exist without a touch of untruth. The Mayiiviidis say,\nbrahma satyam jagan mithya: \"The spirit soul is truth, and the external\nenergy is untruth.\" The V ai�Q.ava philosophers, however, do not agree\nwith the Mayavada philosophy. Even if for the sake of argument the\nmaterial world is accepted as untruth, the living entity entangled in the\nillusory energy cannot come out of it without the help of the body. With­\n\nout the help of the body, one cannot follow a system of religion, nor can\none speculate on philosophical perfection. Therefore, the flower and fruit\n(p�pa-phalam) have to be obtained as a result of the body. Without the\nhelp of the body, that fruit cannot be gained. The V ai�Q.ava philosophy\ntherefore recommends yukta-vairagya. It is not that all attention should\nbe diverted for the maintenance of the body, but at the same time one's\nbodily maintenance should not be neglected. As long as the body exists\none can thoroughly study the Vedic instructions, and thus at the end of\n\nlife one can achieve perfection. This is explained in Bhagavad-gita (8.6):\n\nyam yam vapi smaran bhavam tyajaty ante kalevaram. Everything is\nexamined at the time of death. Therefore, although the body is temporary, not eternal, one can take from it the best service and make one's life\nperfect.\n\nTEXT 40\nat� 'N �: �it�ri�sM<tt\\1\n�ct iif!li<t: � �T � ijijll: II \\1 II\no\n\ntad yatha vr�a unmula�\ns�J-$yaty udvartate 'cirat\nevam 1UL§Jiinrta� sadya\natma s�J-$yen na samsaya�\ntat-therefore;\n\nyatha-as ;\n\nvr�a�-a\n\ntree;\n\nunmula�-being\n\nuprooted; s�J-$yati-dries up; udvartate-falls down; acirat\nevam-in\n\nthis\n\nway;\n\n7UL§!a-lost;\n\nanrta�-the\n\n-\n\nvery soon;\n\ntemporary\n\nbody;\n\nsadya�-immediately; atma-the body; s�J-$yet-dries up; na-not;\nsamsaya�-any doubt.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0114": "88\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a tree is uprooted it immediately falls down and begins to\n\ndry up. Similarly, if one doesn't take care of the body, which is\n\nsupposed to be untruth-in other words, if the untruth is\nuprooted-the body undoubtedly becomes dry.\nPURPORT\nIn this regard, Srila Rupa Gosvlimi says:\n\nprapaficikataya buddhya\nhari-sambandhi-vastunaft\nmumu�ubhift parityago\nvairagyam phalgu kathyate\n\"One who rejects things without knowledge of their relationship to\n\nKt�l).a is incomplete in his renunciation.\" (Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\n1.2.266) When the body is engaged in the service of the Lord, one should\n\nnot consider the body material. Sometimes the spiritual body of the spiri­\n\ntual master is misunderstood. But Srila Rupa Gosvami instructs,\n\nprapaficikataya buddhya hari-sambandhi-vastunab,. The body fully\n\nengaged in Kt�l).a's service should not be neglected as material. One who\n\ndoes neglect it is false in his renunciation. If the body is not properly\n\nmaintained, it falls down and dries up like an uprooted tree, from which\nflowers and fruit can no longer be obtained. The Vedas therefore enjoin:\n\nom iti satyam nety anrtam tad etat-pU§parh phalam vaco yat satyam\nsahesvaro ya5asvi kalyar:w-kirtir bhavita. pU§pam hi phalam vacaft\nsatyam vadaty athaitan-mulam vaco yad anrtam yad yathii vr�a\navirmulaft sU§yati, sa udvartata evam evanrtam vadann avirmulam\natmdnam karoti, sa sU§yati sa udvartate, tasmiid anrtam na vaded\ndayeta tv etena.\nThe purport is that activities performed with the help of the body for the\nsatisfaction of the Absolute Truth (om tat sat) are never temporary, al­\n\nthough performed by the temporary body. Indeed, such activities are\n\neverlasting. Therefore, the body should be properly cared for. Because\n\n", "SB8.3#p0115": "Text 41]\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Maharaja\n\n89\n\nthe body is temporary, not permanent, one cannot expose the body to\nbeing devoured by a tiger or killed by an enemy. All precautions should\nbe taken to protect the body.\nTEXT 41\n\nf�oi � 3l� � 6G:lfiiRt I\nq_���������l\n� ��� � � 11��11\nqulT\"'\n\npariig riktam apilr1J.Q,rh va\nak�ararh yat tad om iti\nyat kiiicid om iti brilyat\nlena ricyeta vai pumiin\nbhi�ave sarvam orh kurvan\nnalarh kamena catmane\nparak-that which separates; riktam-that which makes one free\nfrom attachment; apil71tam-that which is insufficient; va-either;\nalcyaram-this syllable; yat-that; tat-which; om-orhkara; iti-thus\nstated; yat-which; kiiicit-whatever; om-this word orh; iti-thus;\nbrilyat-if you say; lena-by such an utterance; ricyeta-one becomes\nfree; vai-indeed; pumiin-a person; bhi�ave-unto a beggar; sarvam-everything; orh kurvan-giving charity by uttering the word orh;\nna-not; alam-sufficiently; kamena-for sense gratification; caalso; atmane-for self-realization.\nTRANSLATION\nThe utterance of the word \"om\" signifies separation from one's\nmonetary assets. In other words, by uttering this word one becomes free from attachment to money because his money is taken\naway from him. To be without money is not very satisfactory, for\nin that position one cannot fulfill one's desires. In other words, by\nusing the word \"om\" one becomes poverty-stricken. Especially\nwhen one gives charity to a poor man or beggar, one remains unfulfilled in self-realization and in sense gratification.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0116": "90\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Bali wanted to give everything to V amanadeva, who had appeared as a beggar, but Sukracarya, being Maharaja Bali's familial spiritual master in the line of seminal succession, could not appreciate\nMaharaja Bali's promise. Sukracarya gave Vedic evidence that one should\n\nnot give everything to a poor man. Rather, when a poor man comes for\n\ncharity one should untruthfully say, \"Whatever I have I have given you.\nI have no more.\" It is not that one should give everything to him. Actually the word om is meant for om tat sat, the Absolute Truth. Omkara\nis meant for freedom from all attachment to money because money\nshould be spent for the purpose of the Supreme. The tendency of modern\n\ncivilization is to give money in charity to the poor. Such charity has no\n\nspiritual value because we actually see that although there are so many\nhospitals and other foundations and institutions for the poor, according\n\nto the three modes of material nature a class of poor men is always\ndestined to continue. Even though there are so many charitable institu­\n\ntions, poverty has not been driven from human society. Therefore it is\nrecommended here,\n\nbhi�ave saroam om kuroan niilam\n\nkamena\n\nciitmane. One should not give everything to the beggars among the poor.\n\nThe best solution is that of the l(r�:Q.a consciousness movement. This\n\nmovement is always kind to the poor, not only because it feeds them but\nalso because it gives them enlightenment by teaching them how to\nbecome l(r�:Q.a conscious. We are therefore opening hundreds and thou­\n\nsands of centers for those who are poor, both in money and in knowl­\n\nedge, to enlighten them in Kr�1;1a consciousness and reform their\ncharacter by teaching them how to avoid illicit sex, intoxication, meateating and gambling, which are the most sinful activities and which\ncause people to suffer, life after life. The best way to use money is to\nopen such a center, where all may come live and reform their character.\n\nThey may live very comfortably, without denial of any of the body's\nnecessities, but they live under spiritual control, and thus they live happily and save time for advancement in Kr�1;1a consciousness. If one has\nmoney, it should not be squandered away on nothing. It should be used to\npush forward the Kr�1;1a consciousness movement so that all of human\nsociety will become happy, prosperous and hopeful of being promoted\nback home, back to Godhead. The Vedic mantra in this regard reads as\nfollows:\n\n", "SB8.3#p0117": "Text 42]\n\nThe Lord Begs Charity from Bali Maharaja\n\n91\n\npariig vii etad riktam a�aram yad etad om iti tad yat kiiicid om iti\niihiitraiviismai tad ricyate. sa yat sarvam om kuryiid ricyiid iitmiinam sa\nkiimebhyo niilam syiit.\n\nathaitat purr:wm abhyiitmam\nyac ca nety anrtam vacab,\nsarvam nety anrtam bruyiit\nsa d�kirtib, svasan mrtab,\natha-therefore;\n\netat-that;\n\npilrry,am-completely;\n\nabhyiitmam­\n\ndrawing the compassion of others by presenting oneself as always\npoverty-stricken; yat-that; ca-also; na-not; iti-thus; anrtamfalse;\n\nvacab,-words;\n\nanrtam-falsity;\n\nbr uyiit\n\nsarvam-completely;\n-\n\nwho\n\nshould\n\nsay;\n\nna-not;\nsab,-such\n\niti-thus;\na\n\nperson;\n\nd�kirtib,-infamous; svasan-while breathing or while alive; mrtab,is dead or should be killed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, the safe course is to say no. Although it is a falsehood, it protects one completely, it draws the compassion of others\ntoward oneself, and it gives o1_1e full facility to collect money from\nothers for oneself. Nonetheless, if one always pleads that he has\nnothing, he is condemned, for he is a dead body while living, or\nwhile still breathing he should be killed.\nPURPORT\nBeggars always present themselves as possessing nothing, and this\nmay be very good for them because in this way they are assured of not\nlosing their money and of always drawing the attention and compassion\nof others for the sake of collection. But this is also condemned. If one\npurposely continues this professional begging, he is supposed to be dead\nwhile breathing, or, according to another interpretation, such a man of\n\n", "SB8.3#p0118": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n92\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 19\n\nfalsity should be killed while still breathing. The Vedic injunction in this\n\nregard is as follows: athaitat purr:wm abhyatmam yan neti sa yat sarvam\nneti brayat piipikiisya kirtir jayate. sainam tatraiva hanyat. If one con­\n\ntinuously poses himself as possessing nothing and collects money by beg­\n\nging, he should be killed (sainam tatraiva hanyat).\nTEXT 43\n\n�'T� �R�nt � t�if �nor�Cfi� 1\n;ft;mrunif � ;n�d ��'lft�'l_ll � � 11\nstrf$u narma-vivahe ca\nvrtty-arthe prar:w-sankate\ngo-brahmaf.Liirthe himsayam\nnanrtam syaj jugup.sitam\nstr4u-to encourage a woman and bring her under control; narma­\n\nviviihe-in joking or in a marriage ceremony; ca-also; vrtti-arthe-for\n\nearning one's livelihood, as in business; priif.La-sankate-or in time of\n\ndanger;\n\ngo-briihmaf.La-arthe-for the sake of cow protection and\n\nbrahminical culture; himsayam-for any person who is going to be\nkilled because of enmity; na-not; anrtam-falsit y; syat-becomes;\n\njugupsitam -abominable.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn flattering a woman to bring her under control, in joking, in\n\na marriage ceremony, in earning one's livelihood, when one's life\nis in danger, in protecting cows and brahminical culture, or in\n\nprotecting a person from an enemy's hand, falsity is never\n\ncondemned.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Nineteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled, \"Lord Vamanadeva Begs\nCharity from Bali Maharaja. \"\n\n", "SB8.3#p0119": "CHAPTER TWENTY\n\nBali Maharaja\nSurrenders the Universe\nThe summary of this Twentieth Chapter is as follows. Despite his\n\nknowledge that Lord Vamanadeva was cheating him, Bali Maharaja gave\n\neverything to the Lord in charity, and thus the Lord extended His body\nand assumed a gigantic form as Lord Vi!?:Q.U.\n\nAfter hearing the instructive advice of Sukraciirya, Bali Maharaja\n\nbecame contemplative. Because it is the duty of a householder to maintain the principles of religion, economic development and sense gratifica­\n\ntion, Bali Maharaja thought it improper to withdraw his promise to the\n\nbrahmacari. To lie or fail to honor a promise given to a brahmacari is\n\nnever proper, for lying is the most sinful activity. Everyone should be\nafraid of the sinful reactions to lying, for mother earth cannot even bear\n\nthe weight of a sinful liar. The spreading of a kingdom or empire is tem­\n\nporary; if there is no benefit for the general public, such expansion has\n\nno value. Previously, all the great kings and emperors expanded their\n\nkingdoms with a regard for the welfare of the people in general. Indeed,\nwhile engaged in such activities for the benefit of the general public,\n\neminent men sometimes even sacrificed their lives. It is said that one who\nis glorious in his activities is always living and never dies. Therefore,\n\nfame should be the aim of life, and even if one becomes poverty-stricken\n\nfor the sake of a good reputation, that is not a loss. Bali Maharaja thought\nthat even if this brahmacari, Vamanadeva, were Lord Vi!?:Q.U, if the Lord\naccepted his charity and then again arrested him, Bali Maharaja would\n\nnot envy Him. Considering all these points, Bali Maharaja finally gave in\ncharity everything he possessed.\n\nLord Vamanadeva then immediately extended Himself into a univer­\n\nsal body. By the mercy of Lord Vamanadeva, Bali Maharaja could see\n\nthat the Lord is all-pervading and that everything rests in His body. Bali\nMaharaja could see Lord Vamanadeva as the supreme Vi!?:Q.U, wearing a\n\nhelmet, yellow garments, the mark of Srivatsa, the Kaustubha jewel, a\n\n93\n\n", "SB8.3#p0120": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n94\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\nflower garland, and ornaments decorating His entire body. The Lord gra­\n\ndually covered the entire surface of the world, and by extending His\n\nbody He covered the entire sky. With His hands He covered all direc­\n\ntions, and with His second footstep He covered the entire upper plan­\n\netary system. Therefore there was no vacant place where He could take\n\nHis third footstep.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n\"1T�Jifi �T.f\n\nilRm �: ���tifiJf ���: I\n� �ffi aJoT Ujf���:;:n�ft:ijt �'I_ II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nbalir evarh grha-pati/:t\n\nkulacaryer:w bh{4ita/:t\n\nt�r:tirh bhiltva k$ar:tarh rajann\nuvacavahito gurum\n\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; bali/:t-Bali Maharaja;\n\nevam-thus; grha-pati/:t-the master of the household affairs, although\n\nguided by the priests; kula-acaryer:ta-by the family acarya or guide;\nbhf4ita/:t-being thus addressed; t�r:tim-silent; bhzUva-becoming;\n\nk$ar:wm-for a moment; rajan-0 King (Maharaja Parik�it); uvaca­\n\nsaid; avahita/:t-after full deliberation; gurum-unto his spiritual\nmaster.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvanu said: 0 King Parik�it, when Bali Maharaja\n\nwas thus advised by his spiritual master, Sukraciirya, his family\n\npriest, he remained silent for some time, and then, after full\n\ndeliberation, he replied to his spiritual master as follows.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura remarks that Bali Maharaja\n\nremained silent at a critical point. How could he disoh�y the instruction\n\n", "SB8.3#p0121": "Text 1]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders the Universe\n\n95\n\nof Sukracarya, his spiritual master? It is the duty of such a sober per­\n\nsonality as Bali Maharaja to abide by the orders of his spiritual master\n\nimmediately, as his spiritual master had advised. But Bali Maharaja also\n\nconsidered that Sukracarya was no longer to be accepted as a spiritual\n\nmaster, for he had deviated from the duty of a spiritual master. Accord­\n\ning to siistra, the duty of the guru is to take the disciple back home, back\n\nto Godhead. If he is unable to do so and instead hinders the disciple in\ngoing back to Godhead, he should not be a\n\nguru. Gurur na sa syiit\n(Bhag. 5.5.18). One should not become a guru if he cannot enable his\n\ndisciple to advance in l(r�I).a consciousness. The goal of life is to become a\n\ndevotee of Lord l(r�I).a so that one may be freed from the bondage of\n\nmaterial existence (tyaktvii deharh punar janma naiti miim eti so 'rjuna).\n\nThe spiritual master helps the disciple attain this stage by developing\nl(r�I).a consciousness. Now Sukracarya had advised Bali Maharaja to deny\n\nthe promise to Vamanadeva. Under the circumstances, therefore, Bali\nMaharaja thought that there would be no fault if he disobeyed the order\n\nof his spiritual master. He deliberated on this point-should he refuse to\n\naccept the advice of his spiritual master, or should he independently do\n\neverything to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead? He took some\n\ntime. Therefore it is said, tii§r;tirh bhutvii k$ar;tarh riijann uviiciivahito\n\ngurum. After deliberating on this point, he decided that Lord Vi�I).U\n\nshould be pleased in all circumstances, even at the risk of ignoring the\n\nguru's advice to the contrary.\n\nAnyone who is supposed to be a guru but who goes against the princi­\n\nple of v�r;tu-bhakti cannot be accepted as a guru. If one has falsely ac­\n\ncepted such a guru, one should reject him. Such a guru is described as\nfollows (Mahiibhiirata, Udyoga 179.25):\n\nguror apy avaliptasya\nkiiryiikiiryam ajiinata/:t\nutpatha-pratipannasya\nparityago vidhiyate\nSrila ]iva Gosvami has advised that such a useless guru, a family priest\nacting as guru, should be given up, and that the proper, bona fide guru\nshould be accepted.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0122": "Srbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n96\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\n�a!-karma-nipurJ-0 vipro\nmantra-tantra-vi.Sarada/:t\nava��vo gurur na syad\nva��va/:t svapaco guru/:t\n\"A scholarly brahma� expert in all subjects of Vedic knowledge is unfit\nto become a spiritual master without being a V ai�l).ava, but if a person\nborn in a family of a lower caste is a V ai�l).ava, he can become a spiritual\nmaster.\" (Padma Purana)\nTEXT2\n\n��re�err..,\nij�1.f l(tF{�n sn� �mS<t �N;{t� 1\naN ��� �� !� �� WI iJN6 �Ra:_ II � II\nsri-balir uvaca\nsatyarh bhagavata proktarh\ndharmo 'yam grhamedhinam\nartharh kamarh ya§o vrttirh\nyo na badheta karhicit\nsri-bali/:t\n\nuvaca-Bali\n\nMaharaja\n\nbhagavata-by Your Greatness;\nspoken; dharma/:t-a\nmedhinam-especially\ndevelopment;\n\nsaid;\n\nproktam\n\n-\n\nsatyam-it\n\nis\n\ntruth;\n\nwhat has already been\n\nreligious principle; ayam that is; grhafor the householders;\nartham-economic\n-\n\nkamam-sense gratification; ya§a/:t vrtti m-reputation\n\nand means of livelihood; ya/:t-which religious principle; na-not;\nbadheta-hinders; karhicit-at any time.\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja said: As you have already stated, the principle of\n\nreligion that does not hinder one's economic development, sense\ngratification, fame and means of livelihood is the real occupational\n\nduty of the householder. I also think that this religious principle is\ncorrect.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0123": "Text 3)\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders the Universe\n\n97\n\nPURPORT\nBali Maharaja's grave answer to Sukracarya is meaningful. Sukracarya\n\nstressed that one's material means of livelihood and one's material\nreputation, sense gratification and economic development must continue\nproperly. To see to this is the first duty of a man who is a householder,\n\nespecially one who is interested in material affairs. If a religious princi­\n\nple does not affect one's material condition, it is to be accepted. At the\n\npresent time, in this age of Kali, this idea is extremely prominent. No\n\none is prepared to accept any religious principle if it hampers material\n\nprosperity. Sukracarya, being a person of this material world, did not\n\nknow the principles of a devotee. A devotee is determined to serve the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead to His full satisfaction. Anything that\nhampers such determination should certainly be rejected. This is the\n\nprinciple of bhakti. Anukulyasya sankalpa/1, pratikulyasya varjanam\n(Cc. Madhya 22.100). To perform devotional service, one must accept\n\nonly that which is favorable and reject that which is unfavorable. Bali\n\nMaharaja had the opportunity to contribute everything he possessed to\n\nthe lotus feet of Lord Vamanadeva, but Sukracarya was putting forward\n\na material argument to hamper this process of devotional service. Under\n\nthe circumstances, Bali Maharaja decided that such hindrances should\n\ncertainly be avoided. In other words, he decided immediately to reject the\nadvice of Sukracarya and go on with his duty. Thus he gave all his\npossessions to Lord Vamanadeva.\n\nTEXT3\n\n« �� {?(�� SRlJl:q� �� ��� I\n31� �lllTRf stl{(�: f%;ijqt �qy II � II\nsa caham vitta-lobhena\npratyacak$e katham dvijam\npratiSrutya dadamiti\nprahradi/1, kitavo yatha\nsa/1,-such a person as I am; ca-also; aham-I am; vitta-lobhena­\n\nfor being allured by greed for money; pratyacak$e-I shall cheat or say\n\nno when I have already said yes; katham-how; dvijam-especially to a\n\n", "SB8.3#p0124": "Srnnad-BhagavaUun\n\n98\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\nbriihmar;ta; prati.Srutya-after already having promised; dadiimi-that I\n\nshall give; iti\n\n-\n\nthus; priihriidib,-1 who am famous as the grandson of\n\nMaharaja Prahlada; kitavab,-an ordinary cheater; yathii-just like.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI am the grandson of Maharaja Prahlada. How can I withdraw my\n\npromise because of greed for money when I have already said that\n\nI shall give this land? How can I behave like an ordinary cheater,\nespecially toward a brahma1.1a?\n\nPURPORT\nBali Maharaja had already been blessed by his grandfather Prahlada\nMaharaja. Therefore, he was a pure devotee, although born in a family of\n\ndemons. There are two kinds of highly elevated devotees, called\n\nsiidhaTUL-siddha and krpii-siddha. SiidhaTUL-siddha refers to one who has\n\nbecome a devotee by regular execution of the regulative principles men­\n\ntioned in the siistras, as ordered and directed by the spiritual master. If\n\none regularly executes such devotional service, he will certainly attain\n\nperfection in due course of time. But there are other devotees, who may\nnot have undergone all the required details of devotional service but\n\nwho, by the special mercy of guru and :l<r�Qa-the spiritual master and\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead-have immediately attained the\n\nperfection of pure devotional service. Examples of such devotees are the\n\nyajna-patnis, Maharaja Bali and Sukadeva Gosvami. The yajiia-patnis\nwere the wives of ordinary briihmar;taS engaged in fruitive activities.\n\nAlthough the briihmar;taS were very learned and advanced in Vedic\n\nknowledge, they could not achieve the mercy of :l<r�Qa-Balarama,\n\nwhereas their wives achieved complete perfection in devotional service,\n\ndespite their being women. Similarly, V airocani, Bali Maharaja, received\nthe mercy of Prahlada Maharaja, and by Prahlada Maharaja's mercy he\n\nalso received the mercy of Lord V i�Qu, who appeared before him as a\nbrahmaciiri beggar. Thus Bali Maharaja became a krpii-siddha because\n\nof the special mercy of both guru and :l<r�Qa. Caitanya Mahaprabhu confirms\n\nthis\n\nfavor:\n\nguru-kr�r:ta- prasiide\n\npiiya\n\nbhakti-latii-bija\n\n(Cc.\n\nMadhya 19.151). Bali Maharaja, by the grace of Prahlada Maharaja, got\nthe seed of devotional service, and when that seed developed, he\n\n", "SB8.3#p0125": "Text4]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders the Universe\n\n99\n\nachieved the ultimate fruit of that service, namely love of Godhead\n\n(premd pum-artho mahan), immediately upon the appearance of Lord\n\nVamanadeva. Bali Maharaja regularly maintained devotion for the Lord,\nand because he was purified, the Lord appeared before him. Because of\nunalloyed love for the Lord, he then immediately decided, \"I shall give\nthis little dwarf brahmary,a whatever He asks from me.\" This is a sign of\nlove. Thus Bali Maharaja is understood to be one who received the highest perfection of devotional service by special mercy.\nTEXT4\n\n'l iUtt�l� qu� � ��R \\{� I\n«� «� � �s��q� iR1( II � II\nna\n\nhy asatyat paro 'dharma\n\niti hooaca bhur iyam\nsaroam scxjhum alam manye\n\nrte 'lika-param naram\nna-not; hi-indeed; asatyat-than compulsion to untruthfulness;\npara�-more; adharma�-irreligion; iti-thus; ha uvaca-indeed had\nspoken; bhu�-mother earth; iyam -this; sarvam-everything;\nscxjhum-to bear; alam-I am able; manye-although I think; rte-except; alika-param-the most heinous liar; naram-a human being.\nTRANSLATION\nThere is nothing more sinful than untruthfulness. Because of\nthis, mother earth once said, \"I can bear any heavy thing except a\nperson who is a liar.\"\n\nPURPORT\nOn the surface of the earth there are many great mountains and oceans\nthat are very heavy, and mother earth has no difficulty carrying them.\nBut she feels very much overburdened when she carries even one person\nwho is a liar. It is said that in Kali-yuga lying is a common affair:\nmdyaiva v ya va hdrike (Bhiig. 12.2.3). Even in the most common deal­\n\nings, people are accustomed to speaking so many lies. No one is free from\n\n", "SB8.3#p0126": "[Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n100\n\nthe sinful reactions of speaking lies. Under the circumstances, one can\njust imagine how this has overburdened the earth, and indeed the entire\numverse.\n\nnaham bibhemi nirayan\nniidhanyiid asukharr:tavat\nna sthana-cyavaniin mrtyor\n\nyatha vipra-pralambhanat\nna-not; aham-I; bibhemi-am afraid of; nirayat-from a hellish\ncondition of life; na-nor; adhanyat-from a poverty-stricken condition;\n\nasukha-arrwvat-nor from an ocean of distresses;\n\nna-nor;\n\nstha na-cyavaniit-from falling from a position; m rtyo �-nor from\ndeath;\n\nyatha -as;\n\nvipra-pralambhanat-from\n\nthe\n\ncheating\n\nof\n\na\n\nbrahmarw.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI do not fear hell, poverty, an ocean of distress, falldown from\nmy position or even death itself as much as I fear cheating a\n\nhriihmat.J.a.\n\nTEXT6\n\nq�'I•�RI itifis��m�,�� 1\n� � f.lf'� fit ft��� �il�� II G. II\nyad yad dhasyati loke 'smin\nsamparetarh dhaniidikam\ntasya tyage nimittarh kim\nvipras ti.L{>yen na tena cet\nyat yat-whatsoever;\nasmin-in\n\nthis;\n\nhasyati-will leave;\n\nsamparetam-one\n\nwho is\n\nthe\n\nworld;\n\nalready dead;\n\nloke-in\n\ndhana­\n\niidikam-his wealth and riches; tasya -of such wealth; tyage -in\n\n", "SB8.3#p0127": "Text7]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders the Universe\n\nrenunciation;\n\nnimittam-the purpose;\n\nkim-what is;\n\n101\n\nvipra�-the\n\nbrahmar_ta who is confidentially Lord Vi�?I.m; tu.,syet-must be pleased;\n\nna-is not; tena-by such (riches); cet-if there is a possibility.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy lord, you can also see that all the material opulences of this\nworld are certainly separated from their possessor at death.\nTherefore, if the hrihm�a Viman adeva is not satisfied by whatever gifts one has given, why not please Him with the riches one is\ndestined to lose at death?\nPURPORT\nThe\n\nword\n\nvipra\n\nmeans\n\nbrahma�Ja,\n\nand\n\nat\n\nthe\n\nsame\n\ntime\n\n\"confidential.\" Bali Maharaja had confidentially decided to give the gift\n\nto Lord Vamanadeva without discussion, but because such a decision\nwould hurt the hearts of the asuras and his spiritual master, Sukracarya,\n\nhe spoke equivocally. Bali Maharaja, as a pure devotee, had already\n\ndecided to give all the land to Lord Vif?QU.\nTEXT7\n\n��: �f� ��hn�l ��:Jtt!!fll: 1\n�qe.f�iOJ��: ifil f�(!tfT �H�� II \\9 I I\nsreya� kurvanti bhutanam\nsadhavo dustyajasubhi�\n\ndadhyan-sibi-prabhrtaya�\nko vikalpo dharad�u\n\nsreya�-activities of the utmost importance;\n\nkurvanti-execute;\n\nbhutanam-of the general mass of people; sadhava�-the saintly per­\n\nsons; dustyaja-which are extremely hard to give up; asubhi�-by their\n\nlives; dadhyan-Maharaja Dadhici; sibi-Maharaja Sibi; prabhrtaya�and similar great personalities; ka�-what; vikalpa�-consideration;\ndhara-ad�u-in giving the land to the brahmar_ta.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0128": "Srnnad-Bhigavabun\n\n102\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\nDadhici, Sibi and many other great personalities were willing to\n\nsacrifice even their lives for the benefit of the people in general.\n\nThis is the evidence of history. So why not give up this insignifi­\n\ncant land? What is the serious consideration against it?\nPURPORT\n\nBali Maharaja was prepared to give everything to Lord Vi��u, and\nSukracarya, being a professional priest, might have been anxiously wait­\n\ning, doubting whether there had been any such instance in history in\nwhich one had given everything in charity. Bali Maharaja, however,\n\ncited the tangible examples of Maharaja Sibi and Maharaja Dadhici, who\n\nhad given up their lives for the benefit of the general public. Certainly\none has attachment for everything material, especially one's land, but\n\nland and other possessions are forcibly taken away at the time of death,\n\nas stated in Bhagavad-gitii (mrtyub- sarva-hara§ caham). The Lord personally appeared to Bali Maharaja to take away everything he had, and\n\nthus he was so fortunate that he could see the Lord face to face. Nondevotees, however, cannot see the Lord face to face; to such persons the\nLord appears as death and takes away all their possessions by force.\nUnder the circumstances, why should we not part with our possessions\n\nand deliver them to Lord Vi��u for His satisfaction? Sri Ca�akya Pa�Qita\nsays in this regard,\n\nsan-nimitte vararh tyago vinii.Se niyate sati\n(Ciir:takya-sloka 36). Since our money and possessions do not last but\n\nwill somehow or other be taken away, as long as they are in our possession it is better to use them for charity to a noble cause. Therefore Bali\nMaharaja defied the order of his so-called spiritual master.\nTEXTS\n\n�fttf WI il�;�����fflfll: I\n� �.titSJJatfitEfil� wt ��sf� �RII (; II\nyair iyarh bubhuje brahman\ndaityendrair anivartibhiiJ,\nte�iirh kalo 'grasil lokiin\nna ya§o 'dhigatarh bhuvi\n\n", "SB8.3#p0129": "Text 9]\n\nBali Mahiiriija Surrenders the Universe\n\n103\n\nyaitt by whom; iyam-this world; bubhuje-was enjoyed;\nbrahman-0 best of the brahmar;r.as; daitya-i ndrai tt-by great heroes\nand kings born in demoniac families; anivartibhitt-by those who were\n-\n\ndetermined to fight, either to lay down their lives or to win victory;\n\nte�am-of such persons; kalatt-the time factor; agrasit-took away;\nlokan-all possessions, all objects of enjoyment; na-not; ya.Satt-the\nreputation; adh igatam-achieved; bhuvi-in this world.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 best of the briihm�as, certainly the great demoniac kings\nwho were never reluctant to fight enjoyed this world, but in due\ncourse of time everything they had was taken away, except their\nreputation, by which they continue to exist. In other words, one\nshould try to achieve a good reputation instead of anything else.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this regard, Cal).akya Pai).Qita (Car.wkya-sloka 34) also says, ay�att\nk$ar.w eko 'pi na labhya svarr:ta-ko!ibhi/:t. The duration of one's life is extremely short, but if in that short lifetime one can do something that\nenhances his good reputation, that may continue to exist for many\nmillions of years. Bali Maharaja therefore decided not to follow his\nspiritual master's instruction that he deny his promise to Vamanadeva;\ninstead, he decided to give the land according to the promise and be\neverlastingly celebrated as one of the twelve mahajanas (balir vaiyasakir\n\nvayam).\nTEXT9\n\n�111 �N �Wf ��1���: I\n;pp.r1 ij'hf 3Tllllij' �1 lr �WC�tll3t: II � II\nsulabha yudhi viprar�e\nhy anivrttas tanu-tyaja/:t\nna tatha tirtha ayate\nsraddhaya ye dhana-tyaja/:t\nsu-labha/:t-very easily obtained; y udhi in the battlefield; viprar�e-0 best of the brahmar;r.as; hi-indeed; anivrtta/:t-not being afraid\n-\n\n", "SB8.3#p0130": "Srknad-Bhigavabun\n\n104\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\nof fighting; tanu-tyaja�-and thus lay down their lives; na-not;\ntathii-as; tirthe ayate-on the arrival of a saintly person who creates\nholy places; sraddhaya-with faith and devotion; ye-those who;\ndhana tyaja�-can give up their accumulated wealth.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of the brihma1,1as, many men have laid down their lives\non the battlefield, being unafraid of fighting, but rarely has one\ngotten the chance to give his accumulated wealth faithfully to a\nsaintly person who creates holy places.\nPURPORT\nMany k§atriyas have laid down their lives on the battlefield for their\nnations, but hardly a person can be found who has given up all his property and his accumulated wealth in charity to a person worthy of the\ngift. As stated in B\navad-gitd (17.20):\n\nhag\n\ndatavyam iti yad danam\ndiyate 'nupakarir:w\ndese kale ca patre ca\ntad danam sattvikam smrtam\n\n\"That gift which is given out of duty, at the proper time and place, to a\nworthy person, and without expectation of return is considered to be\ncharity in the mode of goodness.\" Thus charity given in the proper place\nis called sattvika. And above this charity in goodness is transcendental\ncharity, in which everything is sacrificed for the sake of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Vamanadeva, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, had come to Bali Maharaja for alms. How could one get such an\nopportunity to give charity? Therefore, Bali Maharaja decided without\nhesitation to give the Lord whatever He wanted. One may get various opportunities to lay down his life on the battlefield, but such an opportunity\nas this is hardly ever obtained.\nTEXT 10\n\n'Rf�: �·�fU·�� �l{;f\n��·�;r �ftr:\n\n", "SB8.3#p0131": "Text 11)\n\n105\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders the Universe\n\n�:\n\n�9\\stiA��f �{ijf\nm qiR:� �fq qlfS{§ij� II � II\no\n\nmanasviTUl� karurJ-ikasya sobhaTUlm\nyad arthi-kamopaMyeTUl durgati�\nkuta� puTUlr brahma-vidam bhaviidrsam\ntato vator asya dadami varichitam\nmanasvina�-of persons who are greatly munificent; karurJ-ikasyaof persons celebrated as very merciful; sobhaTUlm-very auspicious;\nyat-that; arthi-of persons in need of money; kama-upaMyeM-by\nsatisfying;\n\ndurgati�-becoming\n\npoverty-stricken;\n\nkuta�-what;\n\npu7Ul�-again (is to be said); brahma-vidam-of persons well versed in\ntranscendental science (brahma-vidya); bhavadr§am-like your good\nself;\n\ntata�-therefore;\n\nvato�-of\n\nthe\n\nbrahmacari;\n\nasya-of\n\nthis\n\nVamanadeva; dadami-I shall give; varichitam-whatever He wants.\nTRANSLATION\nBy giving charity, a benevolent and merciful person undoubtedly becomes even more auspicious, especially when he gives\ncharity to a person like your good self. Under the circumstances, I\nmust give this little brahmaciri whatever charity He wants from\nme.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIf one accepts a poverty-stricken position because of losing money in\nbusiness, gambling, prostitution or intoxication, no one will praise him,\nbut if one becomes poverty-stricken by giving all of his possessions in\ncharity, he becomes adored all over the world. Aside from this, if a\nbenevolent and merciful person exhibits his pride in becoming povertystricken by giving his possessions in charity for good causes, his poverty\nis a welcome and auspicious sign of a great personality. Bali Maharaja\ndecided that even though he would become poverty-stricken by giving\neverything to Vamanadeva, this is what he would prefer.\nTEXT 11\n\n�r�\n��w:i'{l{ijt\nll�� atl�rtftm�f%�: 1\n\n", "SB8.3#p0132": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n106\n� �ct\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\nR�fu:ls�� �n qU\n\n��-n;tr� f�fuqtftijijf �II� � II\nyajanti yajnarit kratubhir yam adrta\nbhavanta amnaya-vidhana-kovidii�\nsa eva v�r:tur varado 'stu va paro\ndasyamy am!J,$mai lcyitim ipsitarh mune\n\nyajanti-worship; yajnam-who is the enjoyer of sacrifice;\nkratubhi�-by the different paraphernalia for sacrifice; yam-unto the\nSupreme Person; adrta�-very respectfully; bhavanta�-all of you;\namnaya-vidhana-kovidii}:t-great saintly persons fully aware of the\nVedic principles of performing sacrifice; sa�-that; eva-indeed;\nv�r:tu�-is Lord Vi�Q.u, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; varada�-either He is prepared to give benedictions; astu-He becomes;\nva-or; para�-comes as an enemy; dasyami-1 shall give; am!J,$maiunto Him (unto Lord Vi�Q.u, Vamanadeva); lcyitim-the tract of land;\nipsitam-whatever He has desired; mune-0 great sage.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great sage, great saintly persons like you, being completely\n\naware\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nVedic\n\nprinciples\n\nfor\n\nperforming\n\nritualistic\n\nceremonies and yajiias, worship Lord Vi�:r;tu in all circumstances.\n\nTherefore, whether that same Lord Vi�:r;tu has come here to give\n\nme all benedictions or to punish me as an enemy, I must carry out\nHis order and give Him the requested tract of land without\nhesitation.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated by Lord Siva:\naradhananarh sarve�arh\nV�TJ-Or aradhanarit param\ntasmat paratararh devi\ntadiyanarh samarcanam\n(Padma Purar:ta)\n\n", "SB8.3#p0133": "Text\n\n12)\n\nBali Mahirija Surrenders the Universe\n\n107\n\nAlthough in the Vedas there are recommendations for worshiping many\ndemigods, Lord Vi�Qu is the Supreme Person, and worship of Vi�QU is\nthe ultimate goal of life. The Vedic principles of the var1J(iSrama institution are meant to 'organize society to prepare everyone to worship Lord\nVi�QU.\n\nvan:uisramdcaravata\npuru§elJU para/:t pumdn\nV�T)Ur aradhyate pantha\nnanyat tat-to$a-karar:tam\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi�Qu, is worshiped by the\nproper execution of prescribed duties in the system of varlJU and asrama.\nThere is no other way to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\"\n\n(V�r:tu PuralJU 3.8.9) One must ultimately worship Lord Vi�Qu, and for\nthat purpose the varTJiiSrama system organizes society into brahmaiJilS,\n\nk$atriyas, vaiSyas, sildras, brahmacaris, grhasthas, vanaprcisthas and\nsannyasis. Bali Maharaja, having been perfectly educated in devotional\nservice by his grandfather Prahlada Maharaja, knew how things are to be\ndone. He was never to be misguided by anyone, even by a person who\nhappened to be his so-called spiritual master. This is the sign of full surrender. Bhaktivinoda 'fhakura said:\n\nmdrabi rakhabi-yo iccha tohara\nnitya-dasa-prati tuya adhikara\nWhen one surrenders to Lord Vi�Qu, one must be prepared to abide by\nHis orders in all circumstances, whether He kills one or gives one protection. Lord Vi�QU must be worshiped in all circumstances.\nTEXT 12\n\n���Of � if�li:\\ifltl(t� I\nij?:Jl�� WI ftRttitlfui � ft� II� �II\nyadyapy asav adharmelJU\nmarh badhniyad anagasam\n\n", "SB8.3#p0134": "Srbnad-Bhagavabon\n\n108\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\ntathiipy enarh na hirils�ye\nbhitarh brahrna-tanurh ripum\nyadyapi -although;\n\nasau-Lord\n\nVi��u;\n\nadharme�a-crookedly,\n\nwithout reference to the straight way; mdm-me; badhniyat -kills;\nanagasam-although I am not sinful; tathiipi-still; enam-against\nHim; na-not; hirils�ye-1 shall take any retaliation; bhitam-because\nHe is afraid; brahrna- tanum - having assumed the form of a brahrna�a­\n\nbrahmacari; ripum-even though He is my enemy.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough He is Vi��u Himself, out of fear He has covered Him­\n\nself in the form of a brahm�a to come to me begging. Under the\n\ncircumstances, because He has assumed the form of a brahma�a,\n\neven if He irreligiously arrests me or even kills me, I shall not\n\nretaliate, although He is my enemy.\n\nPURPORT\nIf Lord Vi��u as He is had come to Bali Maharaja and asked him to do\nsomething, Bali Maharaja certainly would not have refused His request.\nBut to enjoy a little humor between Himself and His devotee, the Lord\ncovered Himself as a brahrna�a-brahrnacari and thus came to Bali\nMaharaja to beg for only three feet of land.\nTEXT 13\n\n� q'1 ���leit WI f�T�Rt q �: I\n��' �t� 9;� � ��) ��' 11��11\ne$a va uttama§loko\nna jihiisati yad yaSa.lt\nhatva rnainarh hared yuddhe\nsayita nihato maya\ne$a (t-this (brahmacari); va-either; uttarna-slokaft-is Lord Vi��u,\nwho is worshiped by Vedic prayers; na-not; jihiisati -desires to give\nup; yat - because; ya.Sa(t-perpetual fame; hatoo-after killing; rna-\n\n", "SB8.3#p0135": "Text 14]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders the Universe\n\n109\n\nme; enam-all this land; haret-will take away; yuddhe-in the fight;\nsayita-will lie down; nihataft-being killed; maya-by me.\nTRANSLATION\nIf this brahm� really is Lord V i�:Q.u, who is worshiped by Vedic\nhymns, He would never give up His widespread reputation; either\nHe would lie down having been killed by me, or He would kill me\nin a fight.\nPURPORT\n\nBali Maharaja's statement that Vi�l).u would lie down having been\n\nkilled is not the direct meaning, for Vi�l).U cannot be killed by anyone.\n\nLord Vi�l).u can kill everyone, but He cannot be killed. Thus the real\n\nmeaning of the words \"lie down\" is that Lord Vi�l).u would reside within\n\nthe core of Bali Maharaja's heart. Lord Vi�l).U is defeated by a devotee\nthrough devotional service; otherwise, no one can defeat Lord Vi�J).u.\nTEXT 14\n\n���l'i!f\n\n��mt f\\1Qt¥4W11'(:��( �: I\n��q ��: ��� ¥4���11�\\111\nsri-suka uvaca\nevam a§raddhitam si§yam\nana:desakaram gurult\nsa§apa daiva-prahitaft\nsatya-sandharh manasvinam\n\nSukadeva Gosvami said; evam-thus;\na§raddhitam-who was not very respectful to the instruction of the\nsri-sukaft\n\nuvaca-Sri\n\nspiritual master; si§yam-unto such a disciple; ana:desa-karam-who\nwas not prepared to caryy out the order of his spiritual master; guruftthe spiritual master (Sukracarya); sa§apa-cursed; daiva-prahitaftbeing inspired by the Supreme Lord; satya-sandham-one who was\nfixed in his truthfulness; manasvinam-who was of a highly elevated\ncharacter.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0136": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n110\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: Thereafter, the spiritual\n\nmaster, Sukraciirya, being inspired by the Supreme Lord, cursed\n\nhis exalted disciple Bali Maharaja, who was so magnanimous and\n\nfixed in truthfulness that instead of respecting his spiritual\n\nmaster's instructions, he wanted to disobey his order.\nPURPORT\n\nThe difference between the behavior of Bali Maharaja and that of his\nspiritual master, Sukracarya, was that Bali Maharaja had already\ndeveloped love of Godhead, whereas Sukracarya, being merely a priest of\nroutine rituals, had not. Thus Sukracarya was never inspired by the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead to develop in devotional service. As\nstated by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gita (10.10):\nte$iirh satata-yuktaniirh\nbhajatarh priti-purvakam\ndadami buddhi-yogarh tarh\nyena miim upayanti te\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give\nthe understanding by which they can come to Me.\"\nDevotees who actually engage in devotional service with faith and love\nare inspired by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Vai!?Q.avas are\nnever concerned with ritualistic smiirta-brahma�J.as. Srila Sanatana\nGosvami\n\nhas therefore\n\ncompiled Hari-bhakti-vilasa to\n\nguide the\n\nVai!?Q.avas, who never follow the smiirta-viddhi. Although the Supreme\nLord is situated in the core of everyone's heart, unless one is a Vai�Q.ava,\nunless one is engaged in devotional service, one does not get sound advice\nby which to return home, back to Godhead. Such instructions are meant\nonly for devotees. Therefore in this verse the wor� daiva-prahita/:t,\n\n\"being inspired by the Supreme Lord,\" is important. Sukracarya should\n\nhave encouraged Bali Maharaja to give everything to Lord Vi!?Q.U. This\nwould have been a sign of love for the Supreme Lord. But he did not do\nso. On the contrary, he wanted to punish his devoted disciple by cursing\nhim.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0137": "Text 15)\n\nBali Mahiirija Surrenders the Universe\n\nIll\n\nTEXT 15\n\nd .noctt'il9'q: �s� 1\n'i'S01(1..,Rt•n �m:11 �\"'��\ndrc;lham par:u)ita-rniiny ajii.a/.t\nstabdho 'sy asmad-upek�ya\nmac-chiisaniitigo yas tvam\naciriid bhra§yase §riyal_,\ndrc;lham-so firmly convinced or fixed in your decision; par:u)ita­\n\nrniini-considering yourself very learned; ajii.a/.t-at the same time\n\nfoolish; stabdhal_,-impudent; asi-you have become; asmat-of us;\n\nupek§ayii- by\n\ndisregarding;\n\nmat-siisana-atiga/.t -surpassing the\njurisdiction of my administration; yal_,-such a person (as you); tvam­\n\nyourself; aciriit-very soon; bhra§yase-will fall down; sriyal_,-from\n\nall opulence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough you have no knowledge, you have become a so-called\nlearned person, and therefore you dare be so impudent as to disobey my order. Because of disobeying me, you shall very soon be\nbereft of all your opulence.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says that Bali Maharaja was not\n\npar:u)ita-rniini, or one who falsely assumes himself learned; rather, he\nwas par:u)ita-miinya-jii.a/.t, one who is so learned that all other learned\n\npersons worship him. And because he was so learned, he could disobey\nthe order of his so-called spiritual master. He had no fear of any condition of material existence. Anyone cared for by Lord Vi��u does not need\nto care about anyone else. Thus Bali Maharaja could never be bereft of all\n\nopulences. The opulences offered by the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead are not to be compared to the opulences obtained by karmakiir:u;la. In other words, if a devotee becomes very opulent, it is to be understood that his opulence is a gift of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. Such opulence will never be vanquished, whereas the opulence\nachieved by one's fruitive activity may be vanquished at any moment.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0138": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n112\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 16\n\n� q: (Cig�n ��'\" � � 1\n€4fq;w1�\n'(C(I�;wl'fMOO'(•\\�i( II t �II\nevarh saptaJ:r, sva-guruiJii\nsatyan na calito mahan\nvamanaya dadii v enam\narcitvodaka-pilrvakam\nevam-in this way; saptaJ:r,-being cursed; sva-guruiJii-by his own\nspiritual master; satyat-from truthfulness; na-not; calitaJ:r,-who\nmoved;\n\nmahan-the\n\ngreat\n\npersonality;\n\nvamanaya-unto\n\nLord\n\nVamanadeva; dadau-gave in charity; enam-all the land; arcitvaafter worshiping; udaka-pilrvakam-preceded by offering of water.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi continued: Even after being cursed in this\n\nway by his own spiritual master, Bali Maharaja, being a great personality, never deviated from his determination. Therefore, according to custom, he first offered water to Viimanadeva and then\noffered Him the gift of land he had promised.\nTEXT 17\n\nA'n'ff.lfim�tr tOO' �$11�41 I\n311M� � {qqiilif�St�qf � II� \\911\nvindhyavalis tadagatya\npatni jalaka-miilini\naninye kalaSam haimam\navanejany-apam bhrtam\nvindhyavaliJ:r,-Vindhyavali; tadii-at that time; agatya-coming\nthere; patni-the wife of Maharaja Bali; jalaka-miilini-decorated with\na necklace of pearls; aninye-caused to be brought; kalaSam-a waterpot; haimam-made of gold; avanejani-apam-with water for the sake\nof washing the Lord's feet; bhrtam-filled.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0139": "Text 19)\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders the Universe\n\n113\n\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja's wife, known as Vindhyavali, who was decorated\nwith a necklace of pearls, immediately came and had a large golden\nwaterpot brought there, full of water with which to worship the\nLord by washing His feet.\n\nyajamana/:t svayam tasya\nsrimat pada-yugam muda\navanijyavahan murdhni\ntad apo viSva-pavani/:t\n\nyajamdna/:t-the worshiper (Bali Maharaja); svayam-personally;\ntasya-of Lord Vamanadeva; srimat pada-yugam-the most auspicious\n\nand beautiful pair of lotus feet; muda-with great jubilation; avanijya-properly washing; avahat-took; murdhni-on his head; tat-that;\napa/:t-water; viSva-pavani/:t-which gives liberation to the whole\numverse.\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja, the worshiper of Lord Vimanadeva, jubilantly\nwashed the Lord's lotus feet and then took the water on his head,\nfor that water delivers the entire universe.\nTEXT 19\n\niji(IU�rt RN ��141011\nf(;:1:1�QNU��:\n����\nSl�lcftftG\\If.:ct�u:\n\nII� �II\n\ntadasurendram divi devata-gar_ui\ngandharva-vidyadhara-siddha-carar_ui/:t\n\n", "SB8.3#p0140": "114\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\ntat karma sarve 'pi gr�Janta arjavarh\nprasuna-var�air vavr�ur mudiinvitii/:1,\n\ntadii-at that time; asura-indram-unto the King of the demons, Bali\nMaharaja; divi-in the higher planetary system; devatii-gaiJAi/:1,-the\nresidents known as the demigods; gandharva-the Gandharvas;\nvidyiidha ra-the Vidyadharas; siddha-the residents of Siddhaloka;\nciiraiJAi/:£.-the residents of CaraQ.aloka; tat-that; karma-action; sarve\napi-all of them; griJanta/:1,-declaring; iirj avam-plain and simple;\nprasuna- va1\"$ ai/:l,-with a shower of flowers; vavr�u/:1, released; mudiianvitii/:1,-being very pleased with him.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, the residents of the higher planetary system,\n\nnamely the demigods, the Gandharvas, the Vidyadharas, the\n\nSiddhas and the CiiraJ.las, all being very pleased by Bali Maharaja's\n\nsimple, nonduplicitous act, praised his qualities and showered\n\nupon him millions of flowers.\n\nPURPORT\n\nArjavam-simplicity or freedom from duplicity-is a qualification of\na brahma�Ja and a Vai�Q.ava. A Vai�Q.ava automatically acquires all the\nqualities of a briihma�Ja.\nyasyiisti bhaktir bhagavaty akincanii\nsarvair gu�Jais tatra samasate surii/:1,\n\n(Bhag. 5.18.12)\nA Vai�Q.ava should possess the brahminical qualities such as satya, sama,\n\ndama, titi�ii and arjava. There cannot be any duplicity in the character\nof a Vai�Q.ava. When Bali Maharaja acted with unflinching faith and\ndevotion unto the lotus feet of Lord Vi�Q.U, this was very much appreciated by all the residents of the higher planetary system.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0141": "Text 21]\n\n115\n\nBali Mahirija Surrenders the Universe\n\nij�\nf?UJ;(dJ{���·���( II� oil\n\ntt91M911�91\n\n�\n\nnedur muhur dundubhaya� sahasra5o\ngandharva-kimpilru$a-kinnara jagu�\nmanasvinanena krtarit sudU$kararit\nvidvan adad yad ripave jagat-trayam\nnedu�-began to beat; muhu�-again and again; dundubhaya�trumpets and kettledrums; sahas ra5a�-by thousands and thousands;\ngandharva-the residents of Gandharvaloka; kimpilrU$a-the residents\nof Kimpuru�aloka;\n\nkinnara�-and the\n\nresidents of\n\nKinnaraloka;\n\njagu�-began to sing and declare; manasvina-by the most exalted personality; anena-by Bali Maharaja; krtam\n\n-\n\nwas done; su-dU$karam­\n\nan extremely difficult task; vidoon-because of his being the most\nlearned person; adat-gave Him a gift; yat-that; ripave-unto the\nenemy, Lord Vi��u, who was siding with Bali Maharaja's enemies, the\ndemigods; jagat-trayam-the three worlds.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Gandharvas, the Kimpuru�as and the Kinnaras sounded\nthousands and thousands of kettledrums and trumpets again and\nagain, and they sang in great jubilation, declaring, \"How exalted a\nperson is Bali Maharaja, and what a difficult task he has performed! Even though he knew that Lord Vi�J.lU was on the side of\nhis enemies, he nonetheless gave the Lord the entire three worlds\nin charity.\"\nTEXT 21\n\n�\n\n.\n\ncnq;{\n\n{'\n\n.\n\n���\n,((Wt €1� gui51�1�::¥1Efi( I\n..\n\nll: � � wf.fi!4(t: qtfuwf��� � �� 11��11\ntad vamanarit rilpam avardhatadbhutarit\nharer anantasya gur;ta-trayatmakam\n\n", "SB8.3#p0142": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n116\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\nbhu/:r. kham diSo dyaur vivara/:r. payodhayas\ntiryan-nr-deva r$ayo yad-asata\ntat-that; vamanam-incarnation of Lord Vamana; rilpam-form;\navardhata-began to increase more and more; adbhutam-certainly\nvery wonderful;\n\nhare/:1.-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nanantasya-of the unlimited; gur:m-traya-atmakam-whose body is expanded by the material energy, consisting of three modes (goodness, passion and ignorance); bhil/:r.-the land; kham-the sky; di.Sa/:r.-all directions; dyau/:1.-the planetary systems; vivara/:1.-different holes of the\nuniverse; payodhaya/:1.-great seas and oceans; tiryak-lower animals,\nbirds and beasts; nr-human beings; deva/:r.-demigods; r$aya/:r.-great\nsaintly persons; yat-wherein; asata-lived.\nTRANSLATION\nThe unlimited Supreme Personality of Godhead, who had\n\nassumed the form of Viimana, then began increasing in size, acting\n\nin terms of the material energy, until everything in the universe\nwas within His body, including the earth, the planetary systems,\n\nthe sky, the directions, the various holes in the universe, the seas,\n\nthe oceans, the birds, beasts, human beings, the demigods and the\ngreat saintly persons.\n\nPURPORT\nBali Maharaja wanted to give charity to Vamanadeva, but the Lord expanded His body in such a way that He showed Bali Maharaja that everything in the universe is already in His body. Actually, no one can give\nanything to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for He is full in everything. Sometimes we see a devotee offering Ganges water to the Ganges.\nAfter taking his bath in the Ganges, a devotee takes a palmful of water\nand offers it back to the Ganges. Actually, when one takes a palmful of\nwater from the Ganges, the Ganges does not lose anything, and similarly\nif a devotee offers a palmful of water to the Ganges, the Ganges does not\nincrease in any way. But by such an offering, the devotee becomes\ncelebrated as a devotee of mother Ganges. Similarly, when we offer anything with devotion and faith, what we offer does not belong to us, nor\ndoes it enrich the opulence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. But\n\n", "SB8.3#p0143": "117\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders the Universe\n\nText 22)\n\nif one offers whatever he has in his possession, he becomes a recognized\ndevotee. In this regard, the example is given that when one's face is\ndecorated with a garland and sandalwood pulp, the reflection of one's\nface in a mirror automatically becomes beautiful. The original source of\neverything is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is our original\nsource also. Therefore when the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\ndecorated,\n\nthe\n\ndevotees\n\nand\n\nall\n\nliving\n\nentities\n\nare\n\ndecorated\n\nautomatically.\nTEXT 22\n\n�:\n«m·�n:qttiei(� � I\n� R� P.fgui guu�q�\n\n�\n\nttf�(ij@\n\n������II\n\nkaye balis tasya maha-vibhuteb,\nsahartvig-acarya-sadasya etat\ndadarsa viSvarh tri-gufJO.rh gufJ)itmake\nbhatendriyarthaSaya-jiva-yuktam\nkaye-in the body; balib,-Mah araja Bali; tasya-of the Personality\nof Godhead; maha-vibhateb,-of that person who is equipped with all\nwonderful opulences; saha-rtvik-acarya-sadasyab,-with all the priests,\niicaryas and members of the holy assembly; etat-this; dadarsa-saw;\nviSvam-the whole universe; tri-gufJ(lm-made of three modes of\nmaterial nature; gufJ(l-dt make-in that which is the source of all such\nqualities; bhata-with all the gross material elements; indriya-with\nthe senses; artha-with the sense objects; asaya-with mind,\n\nm­\n\ntelligence and false ego; jiva-yuktam-with all the living entities.\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja, along with all the priests, iiciryas and members of\nthe assembly, observed the Supreme Personality of Godhead's\nuniversal body, which was full of six opulences. That body contained everything within the universe, including all the gross\n\n", "SB8.3#p0144": "118\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\nmaterial elements, the senses, the sense objects, the mind, intelligence and false ego, the various kinds of living entities, and\nthe actions and reactions of the three modes of material nature.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita, the Supreme Personality of Godhead says, aharh\nsaroasya pmbhavo matta� saroarh pmvartate: ��l).a is the origin of\neverything. Vasudeva� sarvam iti: ��l).a is everything. Mat-sthani\nsaroa-bhatani na caham te�v avasthita�: everything rests in the body of\nthe Lord, yet the Lord is not everywhere. Mayavadi philosophers think\nthat since the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Absolute Truth, has\nbecome everything, He has no separate existence. Their philosophy is\ncalled advaita-vada. Actually, however, their philosophy is not correct.\nHere, Bali Maharaja was the seer of the Personality of Godhead's univetsal body, and that body was that which was seen. Thus there is dvaitavada; there are always two entities-the seer and the seen. The seer is a\npart of the whole, but he is not equal to the whole. The part of the whole,\nthe seer, is also one with the whole, but since he is but a part, he cannot\nbe the complete whole at any time. This acintya-bhedabhedasimultaneous oneness and difference-is the perfect philosophy propounded by Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n���Nftr�S¥t ��(f �'al �(iq� �:\n�\"'3Tuft � ftqij�qaf 'fl(idfft ���: ����II\n..\n\n..\n\nmsam �!arighri-tale 'tha pddayor\nmahirh mahidhran purl.t§asya jarighayo�\npatattrir:w januni viSva-marter\naroor gar:uzrh mdrutam indrasena�\nrasam-the lower planetary system; ac�!a-observed; arighri-talebeneath the feet, or on the sole; atka-thereafter; padayo�-on the\n\n", "SB8.3#p0145": "Text 24]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders the Universe\n\n119\n\nfeet; mahim-the surface of the land; mahidhran-the mountains;\npu�asya-of the giant Personality of Godhead; jmighayob,-on the\ncalves; pa tattri�}J,-the flying living entities; januni-on the knees;\nviSva-milrte}J,-of the form of the gigantic Lord; ilrvo}J,-on the thighs;\nga�m mdrutam-varieties of air; indra-sena}J,-Bali Maharaja, who\nhad obtained the soldiers of King lndra and who was situated in the post\nof lndra.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Bali Maharaja, who was occupying the seat of King\nlndra, could see the lower planetary systems, such as Rasatala, on\nthe soles of the feet of the Lord's universal form. He saw on the\nLord's feet the surface of the globe, on the surface of His calves all\nthe mountains, on His knees the various birds, and on His thighs\nthe varieties of air.\nPURPORT\nThe universal situation is described herein in regard to the complete\nconstitution of the Lord's gigantic universal form. The study of this\nuniversal form begins from the sole. Above the soles are the feet, above\nthe feet are the calves, above the calves are the knees, and above the\nknees are the thighs. Thus the parts of the universal body, one after\nanother, are described herein. The knees are the place of birds, and\nabove that are varieties of air. The birds can fly over the mountains, and\nabove the birds are varieties of air.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�� �dtgv�\n!fiiflqdf� 31T'7+tll�lfl'l I\n� �: if'Q ('HIM.,.\"i_-\n\n��sti+t@�\n\n:q�RJS141_ ������\n\nsandhyam vibhor vdsasi guhya ai�at\nprajapaWi jaghane atma-mukhyan\n\n", "SB8.3#p0146": "Srbnad-BhagavaUun\n\n120\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\nnabhyam nabha� ku/cy�u sapta-sindhiln\nurukramasyorasi carlcya-miilam\nsandhyam-the evening twilight; vibho�-of the Supreme;\n\nvasasi­\n\nin the garment; guhye-on the private parts; ai/cyat-he saw; prajapatin-the various Prajapatis, who had given birth to all living entities;\n\njaghane-on\n\nthe\n\nhips;\n\natma mukhyan-the\n-\n\nconfidential\n\nministers of Bali Maharaja; nabhya m-on the navel; nabha�-the\nwhole sky; kuk��u-on the waist; sapta-seven; sindhiln-oceans;\nurukramasya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who was acting\nwonderfully; urasi-on the bosom; ca-also; r/cya-miilam-the clusters\nof stars.\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja saw beneath the garments of the Lord, who acts\n\nwonderfully, the evening twilight. In the Lord's private parts he\nsaw the Prajipatis, and in the round portion of the waist he saw\n\nhimself with his confidential associates. In the Lord's navel he saw\nthe sky, on the Lord's waist he saw the seven oceans, and on the\n\nLord's bosom he saw all the clusters of stars.\nTEXTS 25-29\n\n�\nr�\n\n�\n\n�;rtitiju�-\n\n� ;q- �tf ;q- ��� I\n��m�\nm :q' mlflfit ijfi(ij�'fili{ll��ll\n:q\n\n�$:flf{R�!\ndc:�ui�: q-ql mtt �v..f I\nt� lr'41��i( ;ffi��11' � � :qo � ����II\n� :q' �ftf� �\n�� :qo � :qo �ij I\n\n", "SB8.3#p0147": "Text29)\n\nBali\n\nMaharaja Surrenders the Universe\n\n3{�1{\n\nuft � � �\n\n� ��5'iR � � 11�\\911\n����q��:\nm ����\nWNlfj � �fttij � �\n��)JN�Iij'��\n������\na.l:f•toni'f� 1\n�!I � Rtl(�'fi·¥itM\n• � � em: ������\nhrdy anga dharmam stanayor murarer\nrtam ca satyam ca manasy athendum\nsriyam ca va/cyasy aravinda-hastam\nkar:r-!he ca samani samasta-rephan\nindra-pradhanan amaran bhu}e$u\ntat-karr:r-ayol; kakubho dyau5 ca murdhni\nkese$u meghaii chvasanam nasikayam\na/cylJOS ca silryam vadane ca vahnim\nvar:r-yam ca chandamsi rase jalesam\nbhruvor n�edham ca vidhim ca pa/cymasu\nahaS ca ratrim ca parasya pumso\nmanyum lala!e 'dhara eva lobham\nsparse ca kamam nrpa retasambhal;\npmhe tv adharmam kramar:te$u yajiiam\nchayasu mrtyum hasite ca mayam\ntanil-ruhe$V O$adhi-jataya5 ca\nnadiS ca TUU;i,su sila nakhe$U\nbuddhav ajam deva-gar:tan r$irhS ca\n\n121\n\n", "SB8.3#p0148": "Srbnad-BhigavaUun\n\n122\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\npriir_te$U gatre sthira-jangamiini\nsaroar:ti bhutani dadarsa vira(l.\nhrdi-within the heart; anga-my dear King Parik�it; dharmamreligion; stanayo(l.-on the bosom; murare(l,-of Murari, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; rtam-very pleasing words; ca-also;\nsatyam-truthfulness; ca-also; manasi-in the mind; atkathereafter; indum-the moon; sriyam-the goddess of fotune; ca-also;\nvak$asi-on the chest; aravinda-hastam-who always carries a lotus\nflower in her hand; kar:tthe-on the neck; ca-also; samiini-all the\n\nVedas (Sarna, Yajur, IJ.k and Atharoa); samasta-rephan-all sound\nvibrations; indra-pradhanan-headed by King lndra; amaran-all the\ndemigods; bhuje$u-on the arms; tat-karr:tayo(l.-on the ears;\nkakubha(l,-all the directions; dyau(l. ca-the luminaries; milrdhni-on\nthe top of the head; kese$u-within the hair; meghan-the clouds;\nsvasanam-breathing air; nasikayam-on the nostrils; ak$r:tob. ca-in\nthe eyes; silryam-the sun; vadane-in the mouth; ca-also; vahnimfire; var:tyiim-in His speech; ca-also; chandarilsi-the Vedic hymns;\nrase-in the tongue; jala-iSam-the demigod of the water; bhruvo(l.-on\nthe eyebrows; ni$edham-warnings; ca-also; vidhim-regulative principles;\n\nca-also;\n\npak$masu-in\n\nthe\n\neyelids;\n\naha(!.\n\nca-daytime;\n\nratrim-night; ca-also; parasya-of the supreme; purhsa(l,-of the\nperson; manyum-anger; /alate-on the forehead; adhare-on the\nlips; eva-indeed; lobham-greed; sparse-in His touch; ca-also;\nkdmam-lusty desires; nrpa-0 King; retasa-by semen; ambha/:twater;\npf$!he-on the back;\ntu-but;\nadharmam-irreligion;\nkramar;e$u-in the wonderful activities; yajiiam-fire sacrifice;\nchayasu-in the shadows; mrtyum-death; hasite-in His smiling;\nca-also; miiyam-the illusory energy; tanil-ruhe$u-in the hair on the\nbody; O$adhi-jataya(l.-a11 species of drugs, herbs and plants; ca-and;\nnadi(l.-the rivers; ca-also; n�i:5u-in the veins; silii(l.-stones;\nnakhe$u-in the nails; buddhau-in the intelligence; ajam-Lord\nBrahmii; deoo-gafJdn-the demigods; r$in ca-and the great sages;\npriir_te$U-in the senses; gatre-in the body; sthira-jangamii ni-moving\nand stationary; samifJi-all of them;\ndadaria-saw; vira(I,-Bali Maharaja.\n\nbhutani-living\n\nentities;\n\n", "SB8.3#p0149": "Text 30]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders the Universe\n\n123\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, on the heart of Lord Muriri he saw religion; on\nthe chest, both pleasing words and truthfulness; in the mind, the\nmoon; on the bosom, the goddess of fortune, with a lotus flower in\nher hand; on the neck, all the Vedas and all sound vibrations; on\nthe arms, all the demigods, headed by King lndra; in both ears, all\nthe directions; on the head, the upper planetary systems; on the\nhair, the clouds; in the nostrils, the wind; on the eyes, the sun;\nand in the mouth, fire. From His words came all the Vedic mantras,\non His tongue was the demigod of water, Varu�adeva, on His\neyebrows were the regulative principles, and on His eyelids were\nday and night. [When His eyes were open it was daytime, and when\nthey were closed it was night.] On His forehead was anger, and on\nHis lips was greed. 0 King, in His touch were lusty desires, in His\nsemen were all the waters, on His back was irreligion, and in His\nwonderful activities or steps was the fire of sacrifice. On His\nshadow was death, in His smile was the illusory energy, and on the\nhairs of His body were all the drugs and herbs. In His veins were\nall the rivers, on His nails were all the stones, in His intelligence\nwere Lord Brahmi, the demigods and the great saintly persons,\nand throughout His entire body and senses were all living entities,\nmoving and stationary. Bali Maharaja thus saw everything in the\ngigantic body of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n��\n\nwrwf\n...':ifl�fll�('l· I\n��SWft\n\"41\\flfiQIU�Jl\n�;i\n�'( � (ij;sN��tf'( II� oil\nsaroiitmanidarit bhuvanarit nirik$ya\nsaroe 'surii/J, ka.Smalam iipur miga\nsudar§anarit cakram asahya-tejo\ndhanu§ ca siinigarit stanayitnu-gho$am\n\n", "SB8.3#p0150": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n124\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\nsaroa-atmani-in the supreme whole, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;\n\nidam-this\n\nuniverse;\n\nbhuvanam-the\n\nthree\n\nworlds;\n\nniri�ya-by observing; saroe-all; asura�-the demons, the associates\n\nof Bali Maharaja; ka.Smalam-lamentation; apu�-received; ariga-0\nKing; sudar§anam-named Sudarsana; cakram-the disc; asahya-unbearable;\n\nteja�-the\n\nheat of which;\n\ndhanu� ca-and the\n\nbow;\n\nsarrigam-named Sarnga; stanayitnu-the resounding of assembled\nclouds; g/w§am-sounding like.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, when all the demons, the followers of Maharaja Bali,\n\nsaw the universal form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nwho held everything within IDs body, when they saw in the Lord's\n\nhand His disc, known as the Sudarsana cakra, which generates in­\n\ntolerable heat, and when they heard the tumultuous sound of His\nbow, all of these caused lamentation within their hearts.\nTEXT 31\n\nq�$!{1'\" �: qJ��:\nii+tli(Efif A�•IC::I �M;ft I\nf�sft.t:\n\n��� �..\n\n���«fllqft\n\nII � � II\n\n�\n\nparjanya-gh�o jalaja� paficajanya�\nkaumodaki v�r:r-u-gadii tarasvini\nvidyadharo 'si� sata-candra-yuktas\ntur:r-ottamav a�ayasiiyakau ca\nparjanya-gho�a�-having a sound vibration like that of the clouds;\njalaja�-the Lord's conchshell;\n\npiificajanya�-which is known as\n\nPaiicajanya;\n\nkaumodaki-known by the name Kaumodaki;\n\nv�r:r-u­\n\ngadii-the\n\nclub\n\nforce;\n\nof\n\nvidyadhara�-named\n\nLord\n\nVi�Q.u;\n\nVidyadhara;\n\ntarasvini-with\nasi�-the\n\nsword;\n\ngreat\n\nsata-candra-\n\n", "SB8.3#p0151": "Text 33)\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders the Universe\n\n125\n\nyukta b,-with a shield decorated with hundreds of moons; tu�-uta�ayasayakau-named Ak�ayasayaka;\n\ntamau-the best of quivers;\nca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's conchshell, named Piillcajanya, which made sounds\nlike that of a cloud; the very forceful club named Kaumodaki; the\nsword named Vidyidhara, with a shield decorated with hundreds\nof moonlike spots; and also Ak�ayasayaka, the best of quivers-all\nof these appeared together to offer prayers to the Lord.\nTEXTS 32-33\n\nijwt'\"G>@�qf\n\nlt{���mr\n��tn: ���n 1\n\n��m��4\\'irto�:\n�leRti({ifl\"ij+tir� liif':\n\nII� �II\n\n+4Wf�1il\"'fl�t\nHljf\n(�'Ffl��: I\nfeJRf ��\" il���itilr\n�: �mat ft:ij� ��: ����II\nsunanda-mukhya upatasthur !Sam\npar$ada-mukhyab, saha-loka-paliib.\nsphurat-kiritarigada-mina-kur.u)alab.\nsrivatsa-ratnottama-mekhalambarai/:t\nmadhuvrata-srag-vanamalayavrto\nraraja rajan bhagavan urukrama/:t\n�itirh padaikena baler vicakrame\nnabha/:t sarire� diSa§ ca bahubhi/:t\nsunanda-mukhya/:t-the associates of the Lord headed by Sunanda;\nupatasthub,-began to offer prayers; !Sam-unto the Supreme\n\n", "SB8.3#p0152": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n126\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\nPersonality of Godhead; pdr�ada-mukhyab,-other chiefs of the associates; saha-loka-paliib,-with the predominant deities of all the planets;\n\nsphurat-kiri,ta-with a brilliant helmet; arigada-bracelets;\n\nmina­\n\nkur;u;lalab,-and earrings in the shape of fish; srivatsa-the hair named\n\nSrivatsa on His bosom; ratna-uttama-the best of jewels (Kaustubha);\n\nmekhalii-belt; ambaraib,-with yellow garments; madhu-vrata-of\nbees; srak-in which there was a garland; vanamalaya-by a flower\ngarland; avrtab,-covered; raraja-predominantly manifested; rajan-\n\n0 King; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; urukramab,­\n\nwho is prominent by His wonderful activities; �itim-the whole surface\nof the world; padii ekena-by one footstep; baleb,-of Bali Maharaja;\n\nvicakrame-covered; nabhab,-the sky; sarirerya-by His body; diSab,\nca-and all directions; bahubhib,-by His arms.\nTRANSLATION\nThese associates, headed by Sunanda and other chief associates\n\nand accompanied by all the predominating deities of the various\n\nplanets, offered prayers to the Lord, who wore a brilliant helmet,\n\nbracelets, and glittering earrings that resembled fish. On the\nLord's bosom were the lock of hair called Srivatsa and the tran­\n\nscendental jewel named Kaustubha. He wore a yellow garment,\n\ncovered by a belt, and He was decorated by a flower garland, sur­\n\nrounded by bees. Manifesting Himself in this way, 0 King, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, whose activities are wonderful,\ncovered the entire surface of the earth with one footstep, the sky\n\nwith His body, and all directions with His arms.\nPURPORT\n\nOne might argue, \"Since Bali Maharaja promised Vamanadeva only\nthe land occupied by His steps, why did Lord Vamanadeva occupy the\nsky also ? In this regard, Srila }iva Gosvami says that the steps include\n\"\n\neverything, downward and upward. When one stands up, he certainly occupies certain parts of the sky and certain portions of the earth below his\n\nfeet. Thus there was nothing uncommon for the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead when He occupied the entire sky with His body.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0153": "Text 34]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders the Universe\n\n127\n\nTEXT 34\n\nq� fu:�'A\n\nsti�M�q\n\n� �Ttr �ql{UCJN I\na-�$fi+i�:uem��?.it\n��t+\"ltt ijq«: q� �RJ: II� �II\n�\n\npadarh dvitiyarh kramatas trivi.§taparh\nna vai trtiyiiya tadiyam a�v api\nurukramasyiirighrir upary upary atho\nmahar-janabhyiirh tapasa/:t pararh gata/:t\npadam -step;\ndvitiyam -second;\nkramata/:t -advancing;\ntrivi.§tapam-all of the heavenly planets; na-not; vai -indeed;\ntrtryiiya-for the third step; tadiyam-of the Lord; a�u api -only a\nspot of land remained; urukramasya-of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who performs uncommon activities; arighri /:t-steps occupying\nabove and below; upari upari-higher and higher; atho-now; maha/:tjanabh yiim -than Maharloka and Janaloka; tapasa/:t -that Tapoloka;\nparam-beyond that; gata/:t -approached.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the Lord took His second step, He covered the heavenly\nplanets. And not even a spot remained for the third step, for the\nLord's foot extended higher and higher, beyond Maharloka,\nJanaloka, Tapoloka and even Satyaloka.\nPURPORT\nWhen the Lord's footstep exceeded the height of all the lokas, including Maharloka, Janaloka, Tapoloka and Satyaloka, His nails certainly\npierced the covering of the universe. The universe is covered by the five\nmaterial elements (bhumir iipo 'nalo viiyu/:t kham). As stated in the\n\nsiistra, these elements are in layers, each ten times thicker than the previous one. Nonetheless, the nails of the Lord pierced through all these\nlayers and made a hole penetrating into the spiritual world. From this\n\n", "SB8.3#p0154": "128\n\nSrUnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 20\n\nhole, the water of the Ganges infiltrated into this material world, and\ntherefore it is said, pada-nakha-nira-janita-jana-pavana (Da.Savatara­\n\nstotra 5). Because the Lord kicked a hole in the covering of the universe,\nthe water of the Ganges came into this material world to deliver all the\nfallen souls.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Twentieth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Bali Maharaja Surrenders\nthe Universe. \"\n\n", "SB8.3#p0155": "CHAPTER TWENTY-ONE\n\nBali Maharaja Arrested by the Lord\nThis chapter describes how Lord Vi�l)u, desiring to advertise the glories\nof Bali Maharaja, arrested him for not fulfilling his promise in regard to\nthe Lord's third step.\nWith the second step the Supreme Personality of Godhead reached the\ntopmost planet of the universe, Brahmaloka, which He diminished in\nbeauty by the effulgence of His toenails. Thus Lord Brahma, accompanied by great sages like Marici and the predominating deities of all the\nhigher planets, offered humble prayers and worship to the Lord. They\nwashed the Lord's feet and worshiped Him with all paraphernalia.\n��araja, Jambavan, played his bugle to vibrate the glories of the Lord.\nWhen Bali Maharaja was deprived of all his possessions, the demons were\nvery angry. Although Bali Maharaja warned them not to do so, they took\nup weapons against Lord Vi�l)u. All of them were defeated, however, by\nLord Vi�l)u's eternal associates, and, in accordance with Bali Maharaja's\norder, they all entered the lower planets of the universe. Understanding\nLord Vi�l)u's purpose, Garm�a, the carrier of Lord Vi�l)u, immediately\narrested Bali Maharaja with the ropes of Varul)a. When Bali Maharaja\nwas thus reduced to a helpless position, Lord Vi�I)U asked him for the\nthird step of land. Because Lord Vi�I)U appreciated Bali Maharaja's determination and integrity, when Bali Maharaja was unable to fulfill his\npromise, Lord Vi�l)u ascertained that the place for him would be the\nplanet Sutala, which is better than the planets of heaven.\n\nTEXT I\n\n��ro::q\n� Qll �tfl�l{ql ��f��\n\nicr���trffis;��\n129\n\n", "SB8.3#p0156": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n130\n\n'RTRf'l�\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 21\n\n�r m�n:\n\n�Wf�?ll\n\n�q �fiR: II � II\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nsatyam sami�yabja-bhavo nakhendubhir\nhata-svadhama-dyutir avrto 'bhyagat\nmarici-miSra r§ayo brhad-vratafi,\nsanandanadya nara-deva yoginaft\nsri-sukaft uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; satyam -the planet\nSatyaloka; samilcyya-by observing; abja-bhavafi,-Lord Brahma, who\nappeared on the lotus flower; nakha-indubhift-by the effulgence of the\nnails; hata-having been reduced; sva-dhama-dyutifi,-the illumination\nof his own residence; avrtaft-being covered; a bhyagat-came; maricimiSrafi,-with sages like Marici; r§ayafi,-great saintly persons; brhatvratafi,-all of them absolutely brahmacdri; sanandana-adyafi, - like\n\nSanaka, Sanatana, Sanandana and Sanat-kumara; nara-deva-0 King;\nyoginafi,-greatly powerful mystics.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: When Lord Brahma, who was\nborn of a lotus flower, saw that the effulgence of his residence,\nBrahmaloka, had been reduced by the glaring effulgence from the\ntoenails of Lord Viimanadeva, he approached the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Lord Brah:rrui was accompanied by all the\ngreat sages, headed by Marici, and by yogis like Sanandana, but in\nthe presence of that glaring effulgence, 0 King, even Lord Brahm&\nand his associates seemed insignificant.\nTEXTS 2-3\n\n�a;tqita:t\n\n�'It �iltf�-\n\n��re-�mTW�IJfd��n:\n\n�\n\n��\n\n;:ftqijqJ(f(lfqijijlwnNW{I ���Cli�Cfi�qtfl: II � II\n\n", "SB8.3#p0157": "Text\n\n3)\n\nBali Maharaja Arrested by the Lord\n\n131\n\n��(Oil�lOc«f:\n�T��� � iRTT 31� I\n\n�r(�\n\n��\n\nit�filijli.f �liuTI­\n\n�'m� q��s{��� 1\nij�� ���·��R��T\n���q����: �II � II\n\nvedopaveda niyama yamanvitas\ntarketihiisanga-pura�-samhita/l\nye capare yoga-samira-dipitajfiiiniignina randhita-karma-kal11Ul$ii/l\nvavandire yat-smarm:uinubhavata/l\nsvayambhuvam dhama gata akarmakam\nathanghraye pronnamitaya vi$r:tor\nupaharat padma-bhavo 'rhar:uxJ,akam\nsamarcya bhaktyabhyagrr:tac chuci-srava\nyan-nabhi-pmikeruha-sambhava� svayam\nveda-the four Vedas (Sarna, Yajur, 8-g and Atharva), the original\nknowledge given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; upaveda�the complementary and supplementary Vedic knowledge, like Ayur-veda\nand Dhanur-veda; niyamd�-regulative principles; yama-controlling\n\nanvita�-fully expert in such matters; tarka-logic;\nitihasa-history; anga-Vedic education; pura �- old history recorded\nin the stories of the Purar:r-as; samhita/l-Vedic complementary studies\nlike the Brahma-samhita; ye-others; ca- also ; apare-other than\nLord Brahma and his associates; yoga-samira-dipita- ignited by the air\nof mystic yoga practice; jfiiina-agnina -by the fire of knowledge;\nrandhita karma ka lffla$ii�- those for whom all pollution of fruitive\nactivities has been stopped; vavandire-offered their prayers;\nyat-smara�-anubhavata�- simply\nby\nmeditating\non\nwhom;\nsvayambhuvam-of Lord Brahma; dhama-the residence; gata�-had\nprocesses;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nachieved; akarmakam-which cannot be achieved by fruitive activities;\natha-thereupon;\n\nanghraye-unto the lotus feet; pronnamitaya-\n\n", "SB8.3#p0158": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n132\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 21\n\noffered obeisances; vi$\"{W�-of Lord Vi�1,1u; upfiharat-offered worship;\npadma b ha va�\n-\n\n-\n\nLord Brahma, who appeared from the lotus flower;\n\narha�-udakam-oblation by water; samarcya\n\n-\n\nworshiping; bhaktyd\n\n-in devotional service; abhyagnuit-pleased him; suci-srava�-the\nmost\n\ncelebrated Vedic authority; yat-niibhi-pmikeruha-sambhava�\nsvayam -Lord Brahma, who personally appeared from the lotus in the\n\nnavel of whom (the Personality of Godhead).\nTRANSLATION\nAmong the great personalities who came to worship the lotus\n\nfeet of the Lord were those who had attained perfection in self­\n\ncontrol and regulative principles, as well as experts in logic,\n\nhistory, general education and the Vedic literature known as kalpa\n[dealing with old historical incidents]. Others were experts in the\n\nVedic corollaries like Brahma-samhita, all the other knowledge of\nthe Vedas [Siima, Yajur, �g and Atharva], and also the supplemen­\n\ntary Vedic knowledge [Ayur-veda, Dhanur-veda, etc.]. Others were\n\nthose who had been freed of the reactions to fruitive activities by\n\ntranscendental knowledge awakened by practice of yoga. And still\n\nothers were those who had attained residence in Brahmaloka not\n\nby ordinary karma but by advanced Vedic knowledge. After de­\n\nvotedly worshiping the upraised lotus feet of the Supreme Lord\n\nwith oblations of water, Lord Brahma, who was born of the lotus\n\nemanating from Lord V i�J;Iu's navel, offered prayers to the Lord.\n\nTEXT4\n\n�: ��� ij\"��i4i'l�\n��i{�W{OOi:P.fl � I\n�� �H tffl<il Rmf!\n�)�sri �tffilt ���� �: II � II\ndhiitu� kamaTJ4,alu-jalarh tad urukramasya\npadiivanejana-pavitrataya narendra\nsvardhuny abhun nabhasi sa patati nimdr$#\nloka-trayarh bhagavato viSadeva kirti�\n\n", "SB8.3#p0159": "Text 5]\n\ndhatuly,-of\n\nBali Maharaja Arrested by the Lord\n\nLord\n\nBrahma;\n\nkama�lu-jalam-water\n\n133\nfrom\n\nthe\n\nkama�lu; tat-that; urukramasya-of Lord Vi��u; piida-avanejana­\n\npavitrataya-because of washing the lotus feet of Lord Vi��u and thus\nbeing transcendentally pure;\n\nnara-indra-0 King; svardhuni-the\n\nriver named Svardhuni of the celestial world; abhut-so became;\nnabhasi-in outer\n\nspace;\n\nsa-that\n\nwater; patati-Howing\n\ndown;\n\nnimar�#-purifying; loka-trayam-the three worlds; bhagavataly,-of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; viSada-so purified; iva-just\n\nlike; kirtiiJ,-the fame or the glorious activities.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, the water from Lord Brahmii's kamai].qalu washed the\nlotus feet of Lord Viimanadeva, who is known as Urukrama, the\nwonderful actor. Thus that water became so pure that it was\ntransformed into the water of the Ganges, which went flowing\ndown from the sky, purifying the three worlds like the pure fame\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nHere we understand that the Ganges began when the water from Lord\n\nBrahma's kama�lu washed the lotus feet of Lord Vamanadeva. But in\n\nthe Fifth Canto it is stated that the Ganges began when Vamanadeva's\n\nleft foot pierced the covering of the universe so that the transcendental\n\nwater of the Causal Ocean leaked through. And elsewhere it is also stated\nthat Lord Naraya�a appeared as the water of the Ganges. The water of\nthe Ganges, therefore, is a combination of three transcendental waters,\nand thus the Ganges is able to purify the three worlds. This is the description given by Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura.\nTEXTS\n'\"'\n\n'\"'\n\n!:r.liAt\nli'\"\"�;<f\n.,..,.,..t ���: �T� ��n: I\n\nm�ill\n\nil're¥tlilf�: miJ8R¥i�� II � II\nbrahmadayo loka-nathaft\nsva-nathaya samadrtaft\n\n", "SB8.3#p0160": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n134\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 21\n\nsanuga balim ajahru/.t\nsan�iptatma-vibhutaye\nbrahma-iidaya/.t-great personalities, headed by Lord Brahmii; lokanatha/.t-the predominating deities of various planets; sva-nathayaunto\n\ntheir\n\nsupreme\n\nmaster;\n\nsamadrta/.t-with\n\ngreat respect;\n\nsa­\n\nanugu/.t-with their respective followers; balim-different paraphernalia of worship; ajahru/.t-collected; san�ipta-atma-vibhiltaye-unto\nthe Lord, who had expanded His personal opulence hut had now reduced\nHis size to the Vamana form.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahmii and all the predominating deities of the various\n\nplanetary systems began to worship Lord Viimanadeva, their\n\nsupreme master, who had reduced Himself from His all-pervading\n\nform to His original form. They collected all the ingredients and\nparaphernalia for this worship.\n\nPURPORT\nVamanadeva first expanded Himself to the universal form and then\nreduced Himself to the original Viimana-riipa. Thus He acted exactly\nlike Lord Kr�J.la, who, at the request of Arjuna, first showed His universal form and later resumed His original form as Kr�I).a. The Lord can\nassume any form He likes, hut His original form is that of Kr�I.la (kr�r;as\ntu bhagavan svayam). According to the capacity of the devotee, the Lord\nassumes various forms so that the devotee can handle Him. This is His\ncauseless mercy. When Lord Viimanadeva resumed His original form,\nLord Brahmii and his associates collected various paraphernalia for worship with which to please Him.\nTEXTS 6-7\n\nm�: �ut: �it�trif;:1-lr� �: I\n't{��:\ng�fi{fif�r;jfla}��: II � II\n�������\n�nfttim�Tf�: 1\nW!��;rfil�*l ����fllf���: ,II \\9 II\n\n", "SB8.3#p0161": "Text 8]\n\nBali Maharaja Arrested by the Lord\n\n135\n\ntoyai� samarhar:wi� sragbhir\ndivya-gandhanulepanai�\ndhupair dipai� surabhibhir\nlii jalcyata-phaliinkurai�\nstavanair jaya-sabdai.S ca\ntad-virya-mahimiinkitai�\nnrtya-vaditra-gitai.S ca\nsankha-dundubhi-ni�vanai�\ntoyai�-by water required for washing the lotus feet and bathing;\nsamarhar:wi�-by padya, arghya and other such items for worshiping\nthe Lord; sragbhi�-by flower garlands; divya-gandha-anulepanai�by many kinds of pulp, like sandalwood and aguru, to smear upon the\nbody of Lord Vamanadeva; dhupai�-by incense; dipai�-by lamps;\nsurabhibhi�-all of them extremely fragrant; liija-by fried paddies;\nalcyata-by unbroken grains; phala-by fruits; ankurai�-by roots and\nsprouts;\n\nstavanai�-by offering prayers;\n\njaya-sabdai�-by saying\n\n']aya, jaya\"; ca-also; tat-virya-mahimii-ankitai�-which indicated\nthe glorious activities of the Lord; nrtya-vaditra-gitai� ca-by dancing,\nplaying various musical instruments, and singing songs; sankha-of\nvibrating conchshells;\n\ndundubhi-of\n\nthe beating on kettledrums;\n\nni�vanai�-by the sound vibrations.\nTRANSLATION\nThey worshiped the Lord by offering fragrant flowers, water,\npadya and arghya, sandalwood pulp and aguru pulp, incense,\nlamps, fused rice, unbroken grains, fruits, roots and sprouts.\nWhile so doing, they offered prayers indicating the glorious activities of the Lord and shouted \"Jaya! Jaya!\" They also danced,\nplayed instruments, sang, sounded conchshells and beat kettledrums, in this way worshiping the Lord.\nTEXTS\n\n�cn�n��\n\n�u��1�;r: 1\n\nfir�;.{ �� W-flij �«t�tl� II � II\n\n", "SB8.3#p0162": "Srimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n136\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 21\n\njambavan r�a-rajas tu\nbheri-sabdair mano-java�\nvijayam di�u sarvasu\nmahotsavam agho�ayat\njambavan-who was named Jambavan; r�a-raja� tu-the king in the\nform of a bear also; bheri-sabdai�-by sounding the bugle; mana�java�-in mental ecstasy; vijayam-victory; di�u-in all directions;\nsarvdsu-everywhere; maha-utsavam-festival; ag�ayat-declared.\nTRANSLATION\nJiimhavin, king of the bears, also joined in the ceremony.\n\nSounding his bugle in all directions, he declared a great festival\n\nfor Lord Viimanadeva's victory.\n\nTEXT9\n\n'ltf �trt �ctf �T f,r�o��l�;;rT I\n�: ��WT �faJil�R;;r�: II � II\nmahim sarvdm hrtam dr�!vd\ntripada-vyaja-yacnaya\nilcu� sva-bhartur asura\ndi�itasyatyamar�ita�\nmahim-land; sarvdm-all; hrtam-lost; dr�!vd-after seeing; tripada-vyaja-yacnaya-by simply asking three steps of land; iicul,!,said; sva-bhartu�-of their master; asura�-the demons; dik$itasyaof Bali Maharaja, who was so determined in the sacrifice; ati-very\nmuch; amar$ita�-for whom the function was unbearable.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the demoniac followers of Mahiirija Bali saw that their\n\nmaster, who had been determined in performing sacrifice, had lost\n\nall his possessions to Viimanadeva, who had taken them away on\n\nthe plea of begging three paces of land, they were very angry and\nspoke as follows.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0163": "Text 11]\n\n137\n\nBali Maharaja Arrested by the Lord\nTEXT 10\n\n�WtfG'?l'fitlFJ;{f tR: I\nft:�srRt�s\"ill ��p;f f�� II� II\n;{ t{p.j\n\no\n\nna vdyarh brahma-bandhur\nv�r:tur mayavinarh varaft\ndvija-rupa-praticchanno\ndeva-kiiryarh cikir$ati\n\nna-not; vd-either; ayam-this; brahma-bandhuft-Vamanadeva,\nin the form of a brahmar:ta; v�r:tuft-He is Lord Vi�Qu Himself;\nmayavinam-of all cheaters;\n\nvaraf7,-the greatest;\n\ndvija-rupa-by\n\nassuming the form of a brahmar:ta; praticchannaft-is disguised for the\npurpose of cheating; deva-kiiryam-the interest of the demigods;\ncikir$ati-He is trying for.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This Viimana is certainly not a briihma:t;ta but the best of\ncheaters, Lord Vi!il:t;tU. Assuming the form of a briihma:t;ta, He has\ncovered His own form, and thus He is working for the interests of\nthe demigods.\n\nanena yacamdnena\nsatrulJii vafu-nlpilJii\nsarvasvarh no hrtarh bhartur\nnyasta-dar:u}asya barh�i\n\nanena-by Him; yiicamdnena-who is in the position of a beggar;\nsatru7Jii-by the enemy; vatu-nlpir:td-in the form of a brahmaciiri;\n\nsarvasvam-everything;\n\nnaft-our;\n\nhrtam-has been taken away;\n\nbhartuft-o£ our master; nyasta-had been given up; dalJ4asya-o£\n\n", "SB8.3#p0164": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n138\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 21\n\nwhom the power of giving punishment; barhi$i-because of taking the\nvow of a ritualistic ceremony.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Our lord, Bali Maharaja, because of his position in performing\n\nthe yajiia, has given up the power to punish. Taking advantage of\nthis, our\n\neternal enemy, Vi�I.m,\n\ndressed\n\nin the\n\nbrahmacari beggar, has taken away all his possessions.\n\nform of a\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�mi �Tf� f%�: I\n;n�� m ;ct;toq� �: ����II\n\n��\n\nsatya-vratasya satatarh\ndi�itasya vi.Se§atab,\nniinrtarh bhii§iturh sakyam\nbrahmar:tyasya dayiivatab,\nsatya-vratasya-of Maharaja Bali, who is fixed in truthfulness;\ns\n\natatam- always; di�itasya-of he who was initiated into performing\n\nyajiia; vi.Se§atab,- specifically; na-not; anrtam-untruth ; bhii§itumto speak; sakyam-is able; brahmar:tyasya-to the brahminical culture,\nor to the briihmar:ta; dayii-vatab--of he who is always kind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Our lord, Bali Maharaja, is always fixed in truthfulness, and\n\nthis is especially so at present, since he has been initiated into per­\n\nforming a sacrifice. He is always kind and merciful toward the\n\nbriihm�as, and he cannot at any time speak lies.\nTEXT 13\n\n�411� CJm �\n\n�\n\n�: �� � WI: I\n�·x��(a� = 11����\n\n", "SB8.3#p0165": "Text 14)\n\nBali Mahiirija Arrested by the Lord\n\n139\n\ntasmad asya vadho dharmo\nbhartub, su5ri4ar:uzrh ca nab,\nity ayudhani jagrhur\nbaler anucariisuriib,\ntasmiit-therefore; asya-of this brahmaciiri Vamana; vadhab,-the\nkilling; dharmab,-is our duty; bhartub,-of our master; §u§�ar:uzm\nca-and it is the way of serving; nab,-our; iti-thus; ayudhani-all\nkinds of weapons; jagrhub,-they took up; baleb,-of Bali Maharaja;\nanucara-followers; asuriib,-all the demons.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore it is our duty to kill this Vamanadeva, Lord Vi�I_lu. It\nis our religious principle and the way to serve our master.\" After\nmaking this decision, the demoniac followers of Maharaja Bali\ntook up their various weapons with a view to killing Vamanadeva.\nTEXT 14\n\n{t � eflq;f � U�qf{�NIOit: I\n31M+ffi� � m��;tfe(: tt�\\lll\nte sarve viimanarh hanturh\nsula-pattiSa-piir:uz yab,\nanicchanto bale riijan\npriidravan jata-manyavab,\nte-the demons; san'e-all of them; viimanam-Lord Vamanadeva;\nhantum-to kill; sula-tridents; pat#Sa-lances; piir:uzyab,-all taking\n\nin hand; anicchantab,-against the will; bale/:t-of Bali Maharaja; riijan\n-0 King; priidravan-they pushed forward; jiita-manyavab,-aggra­\n\nvated by usual anger.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, the demons, aggravated by their usual anger, took their\n\nlances and tridents in hand, and against the will of Bali Maharaja\nthey pushed forward to kill Lord Vamanadeva.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0166": "[Canto 8, Ch. 21\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n140\n\nTEXT 15\n\nQlilf¥£� qf AA�rwft�� 'f' I\nJR�=qu f�: �\\1�\\lt: II�� II\ntan abhidravato dr�tva\nditijanikapan nrpa\nprahasyanucara vi�r:w�\npraty�edhann udiiyudhii�\ntan-them;\n\nabhidravata�-thus\n\nditija-anika-pan-the\n\nsoldiers\n\nof\n\ngoing\nthe\n\ndmva-seeing;\n\nforward;\n\nnrpa-0\n\ndemons;\n\nKing;\n\nprahasya-smiling; anucarii�-the associates; v�r:w�-of Lord Vi�I).u;\npraty�edhan-forbade ; udayudha�-taking up their weapons.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, when the associates of Lord Vi��u saw the soldiers of\n\nthe demons coming forward in violence, they smiled. Taking up\ntheir weapons, they forbade the demons to continue their attempt.\n\nTEXTS 16-17\n\n�:�������:SNit;r�: I\nm: �� �'4�•H q��� ����II\n�: �If �q�w:fflsq mru:r: 1\n� wntll®SIIOI� � ��� 11�\"'11\n\"'\n\nnanda� sunando 'tha jayo\nvijaya� prabalo bala�\nkumuda� kumudii/cya§ ca\nvi�vaksena� patattrirat\njayanta� srutadevas ca\np�padanto 'tha satvata�\nsarve nagayuta-praruJ,S\ncamurh te jaghnur iisurim\n\n", "SB8.3#p0167": "Text 18]\n\nBali Maharaja Arrested by the Lord\n\n141\n\nnandab. sunandab,-the associates of Lord Vi�1,1u such as Nanda and\n\nSunanda; atha-in this way; jayab. vijayab. prabalab. balab. kumudab.\n\nkumudalcyab, ca vi§vaksenab,-as well as Jaya, Vijaya, Prahala, Bala,\n\nKumada, Kumudak�a and Vi�vaksena; patattri-rat-GarutJ_a, the king of\n\nthe birds; jayantab. srutadevab. ca pW}padantab. atha sdtva tab,-Jayanta,\n\nSrutadeva, Pu�padanta and Satvata; sarve-all of them; naga-ayuta­\n\npra�b,-as powerful as ten thousand elephants; camum-the soldiers\n\nof the demons; te-they; jaghnub,-killed; dsurim-demoniac.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNanda, Sunanda, Jaya, Vijaya, Prabala, Bala, Kumuda,\nKumudak�a, Vi�vaksena, Patattriral [Garuc;la] , Jayanta, Srutadeva,\nPu�padanta and Satvata were all associates of Lord Vi��u. They\nwere as powerful as ten thousand elephants, and now they began\nkilling the soldiers of the demons.\nTEXT 18\n\n(•�+41'11( � qT ��,��: I\ntfRqpnfJ � �o��nq+c�41«_ ������\nhanyamandn svakan dr$tvd\npurW}dnucarair balib.\nvdrayam dsa sarhrabdhan\nkavya-sdpam anusmaran\nhanyamdndn-being killed; svakan-his own soldiers; dr$tvd-after\nseeing; purW}a-anucaraib,-by the associates of the Supreme Person;\nbalib,-Bali\n\nMaharaja;\n\nvarayam dsa-forbade;\n\nthough they were very angry;\n\nsarhrabdhan-even\n\nlaivya-sapam-the curse given by\n\nSukracarya; anusmaran-remembering.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Bali Maharaja saw that his own soldiers were being killed\n�y the associates of Lord Vi��u, he remembered the curse of\nSukriicirya and forbade his soldiers to continue fighting.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0168": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n142\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 21\n\nTEXT 19\n\ntR3f�toot ��q:tt: I\n'It �t«t fir�� ;r ;r: �itStJ�� II� �II\nhe vipracitte he ralw\nhe neme snlyatarh vaca/1.\nrna yudhyata nivartadhvam\nna na/1. kiilo yam artha-krt\nhe vipracitte-0 Vipracitti; he ralw-0 Rahu; he neme-0 Nemi;\nsnlyatam-kindly hear; vaca/1.-my words; rna-do not; yudhyatafight; nivartadhvam-stop this fighting; na-not; na/1.-our; kala/I.favorable time; ayam-this; artha-krt-which can give us success.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Vipracitti, 0 Rahu, 0 Nemi, please hear my words! Don't\n\nfight. Stop immediately, for the present time is not in our favor.\nTEXT 20\n\n�� �:�)qq:q� I\nij ;nftRfijij ��: qi���: �II� II\n\n�: �:\n\no\n\nya/1. prabhu/1. sarva-bhutanarh\nsukha-du/l.khopapattaye\ntam nativartiturh daitya/1.\npau�air iSvara/1. purnan\nya/1. p ra bhu/1.\n\n-\n\nthat Supreme Person, the master; sarva-bhutanam­\n\nof all living entities; sukha-dub.kha-upapattaye-for administering happiness and distress; tam-Him; na-not; ativartitum-to overcome;\ndaitya/1.-0 demons; pau�ai/1.-by human endeavors; iSvara/1.-the\nsupreme controller; purnan-a person.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Daityas, by human efforts no one can supersede the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Gudhead, who can bring happiness and distress to\nall living entities.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0169": "Text 22]\n\nBali Maharaja Arrested by the Lord\n\n143\n\nTEXT 21\n\n� ;ft �A sti•IIQl(�A f�� I\n« � �··�1'1Q\n\n�� ijflq�, ll��ll\n\nyo no bhnvaya prag asid\nabhavaya divaukasam\nsa eva bhagavan adya\nvartate tad-viparyayam\nya b,-the time factor, which represents the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; nab,-of us; bhavaya- for the improvement; prak- for\n\n­\n\nmerly; asit-was situated; abhnvaya- for the defeat; diva-okasam-of\nthe demigods; sab,-that time factor; eva-indeed; bhagavan-the\nrepresentative of the Supreme Person; adya-today; vartate-is existing; tat-viparyayam-just the opposite of our favor.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe supreme time factor, which represents the Supreme Person, was previously in our favor and not in favor of the demigods,\nbut now that same time factor is against us.\nTEXT 22\n\n�WI Qf���l ���'NIAA: I\n�If •re ;n�ftr � �: ������\nbalena sacivair buddhya\ndurgair mantral.L$adhadibhib,\nsamadibhir upayaiS ca\n\nkiilarit natyeti vai janab,\n\nbalena-by material power; sacivaib,-by the counsel of ministers;\nbuddhya-by intelligence; durgaib,-by fortresses; mantra-al.L$adhnadibhib,-by mystic chanting or the influence of drugs and herbs; samaadibhib,-by diplomacy and other such means; upayaib, ca-by similar\nother attempts; kii lam-the time factor, representing the Supreme Lord;\nna-never; atyeti-can overcome; vai-indeed; janab,-any person.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0170": "144\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 21\n\nTRANSLATION\nNo one can surpass the time representation of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead by\n\nmaterial power, by the counsel of\n\nministers, by intelligence, by diplomacy, by fortresses, by mystic\nmantras, by drugs, by herbs or by any other means.\nTEXT 23\n\nlletff:f.U�61 i� �� �: I\n�-..� �� �N ��� � 91: ������\nbhavadbhir nirjita hy ete\nbahu§o 'nucara hare}:!.\ndaivenarddhais ta evadya\nyudhi jitva nadanti na/:1.\nbhavadbhi/:1.-by all of you demons; nirjitii/:1.-have been defeated;\nhi-indeed; ete-all these soldiers of the demigods; bahu§a/:1.-in great\nnumber; anucara/:1.-followers;\n\nhare/:1.-of Lord Vi�Qu; daivena-by\n\nprovidence; rddhai/:1.-whose opulence was increased; te-they (the\ndemigods); eva-indeed; adya-today; yudhi-in the fight; jitvadefeating; nadanti-are vibrating in jubilation; na/:1.-us.\nTRANSLATION\nPreviously, being empowered by providence, you defeated a\n\ngreat number of such followers of Lord Vi�J,Iu. But today those\n\nsame followers, having defeated us, are roaring in jubilation like\n\nlions.\n\nPURPORT\n\nBhagavad-gitii mentions five causes of defeat or victory. Of these five,\ndaiva (providence) is the most powerful (na ca daivat pararh balam).\nBali Maharaja knew the secret of how he had formerly been victorious\nbecause providence was in his favor. Now, since that same providence\nwas not in his favor, there was no possibility of his victory. Thus he very\nintelligently forbade his associates to fight.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0171": "Text 25)\n\nBali Maharaja Arrested by the Lord\n\n145\n\nTEXT 24\n\n� � N�\"tl441 �ft: �� 31�ffl I\n\n�m� �wit�������\\lll\netan vayam vije�yamo\nyadi daivam pras'ida ti\ntasmat kalam prati�adhvam\nyo no 'rthatvaya kalpate\n\netan-all these soldiers of the demigods; vayam-we; vije�yama/:1,shall gain victory over them; yadi-if; daivam-providence;\nprasidati-is in favor; tasmdt-therefore; kalam-that favorable time;\nprati�adhvam-wait until; ya/:1,-which; na/:1,-our; arthatvaya\nkalpate-should be considered in our favor.\nTRANSLATION\nUnless providence is in our favor, we shall not be able to gain\nvictory. Therefore we must wait for that favorable time when our\ndefeating them will be possible.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n� ij'fR\n'«�� �1 ��1;rq�qt: I\nm fifRmt u� �'!!��t: 11��11\nsri-suka uvaca\npatyur nigaditam srutva\ndaitya-danava-yuthapa/:1,\nrasam nirviviSu rajan\nvi�r:tu-par�ada Ui{lita/:1,\nsn:-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; patyu/:t-of their\nmaster (Bali Maharaja); nigaditam-what had been thus described;\nsrutva-after hearing; daitya-danava-yatha-pa/:1,-the leaders of the\nDaityas and demons; rasiim-the lower regions of the umverse;\n\n", "SB8.3#p0172": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n146\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 21\n\nniroiviSu�-entered; rajan-0 King; v��u-par�ada-by the associates\nof Lord Vi�Qu; ta{lita �-driven.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: 0 King, in accordance with the\n\norder of their master, Bali Maharaja, all the chiefs of the demons\n\nand the Daityas entered the lower regions of the universe, to which\nthey were driven by the soldiers of Vi�t;lU.\nTEXT 26\n\n3T'f �.tuffl �ro Nm,srw�ttfif«l( 1\nifiTfl1 em�: � �S{A �� II ��II\natha tar/cyya-suto jfiiitva\nvira! prabhu-cikir�itam\nbabandha varu�i� pasair\nbalirit siltye 'hani kratau\natka-thereafter; tar/cyya-suta/1.-GarucJa; jfiiitva-knowing; viratthe king of birds; prabhu-cikir�itam-the desire of Lord Vi�J;Iu as\nVamanadeva; babandha-arrested; varu�i/1.-belonging to VaruQa;\npasai�-by the ropes; balim-Bali; siltye-when soma-rasa is taken;\nahani-on the day; kratau-at the time of sacrifice.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, on the day of soma-piina, after the sacrifice was\n\nfinished, Garuc;J.a, king of the birds, understanding the desire of\n\nhis master, arrested Bali Maharaja with the ropes of Varut;1a.\nPURPORT\n\nGarucJa, the constant companion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, knows the confidential part of the Lord's desire. Bali Maharaja's\ntolerance and devotion were undoubtedly superexcellent. GarucJa arrested Bali Maharaja to show the entire universe the greatness of the\nKing's tolerance.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0173": "Text 28)\n\nBali Maharaja Arrested by the Lord\n\n147\n\nTEXT 27\n\nOOttil<l �� (l�: �m�� I\n\nfwlqU'iiUlSij�'fal �;{T 31��11�\\911\nhahakiiro mahan asid\nrodasyo/:t sarvato diSam\nnigrhyamiiTJ£ 'sura-patau\nvi$�Und prabhavi$�und\nhaha-kiira/:t-a tumultuous roar of lamentation;\n\nmahan-great;\n\ncisit-there was; rodasyo/:t-in both the lower and upper planetary\nsystems; sarvata/:t-everywhere; diSam-all directions; nigrhyamiiTJ£because of being suppressed; asura-patau-when Bali Maharaja, the\nKing of the demons; vi$�una-by Lord Vi�r,m; prabhavi$�u nii -who is\nthe most powerful everywhere.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Bali Maharaja was thus arrested by Lord Vi��u, who is the\nmost powerful, there was a great roar of lamentation in all directions throughout the upper and lower planetary systems of the\nuniverse.\nTEXT 28\n\n�q�: f{�'(t\n� ��SI!{Iit\\R��ni\ntam baddharh varu�i/:t pasair\nbhagavan aha vamana/:t\nM$ta-sriyam sthira-prajnam\nudara-ya5asam nrpa\ntam-unto him; baddham-who was so arrested; varu�i/:t pasai/:tby the ropes of Varu1,1a; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; aha-said; vamana/:t-Vamanadeva; M$ta-sriyam-unto Bali\nMaharaja, who had lost his bodily luster; sthira-praj nam-but was all\n\n", "SB8.3#p0174": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n148\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 21\n\nthe same determined in his decision; udara yruasam-the most mag-\n\nnanimous and celebrated; nrpa-0 King.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vamanadeva,\n\nthen spoke to Bali Maharaja, the most liberal and celebrated per­\n\nsonality whom He had arrested with the ropes of VarUI).a. Bali\n\nMaharaja had lost all bodily luster, but he was nonetheless fixed in\n\nhis determination.\n\nPURPORT\n\nWhen one is bereft of all his possessions, he is certainly reduced in\nbodily luster. But although Bali Maharaja had lost everything, he was\nfixed in his determination to satisfy Vamanadeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In Bhagavad-gita, such a person is called sthitaprajiia. A pure devotee is never deviated from the service of the Lord,\ndespite all difficulties and impediments offered by the illusory energy.\nGenerally men who h�ve wealth and opulence are famous, but Bali\nMaharaja became famous for all time by being deprived of all his possessions. This is the special mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\ntoward His devotees. The Lord says, yasyiiham anugrhr,u'imi har�ye taddhanam sanaib,. As the first installment of His special favor, the Lord\ntakes away all the possessions of His devotee. A devotee, however, is\nnever disturbed by such a loss. He continues his service, and the Lord\namply rewards him, beyond the expectations of any common man.\nTEXT 29\n\n-rof;f �UJ ��Tf;r � ��� I\n�f��� <l6'Auq�ll����\npadiini trir:ti dattiini\nbhumer mahyam tvayiisura\ndviibhyiim kriintii mahi sarvii\ntrtiyam upakalpaya\npadiini-footsteps;\n\ntrir:ti-three;\n\ndattiini-have\n\nbeen\n\ngiven;\n\nbhumeb,-of land; mahyam-unto Me; tvaya-by you; asura-0 King\n\n", "SB8.3#p0175": "Text 31]\n\nBali Maharaja Arrested by the Lord\n\n149\n\nof the demons; d mbhyam -by two steps; kranta-have been occupied;\nmahi-all the land; sa1\"'Vd-completely; trtiyam -for the third step;\nupakalpa ya-now find the means.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King of the demons, you have promised to give Me three steps\nof land, but I have occupied the entire universe with two steps.\nNow think about where I should put My third.\nTEXT 30\n\n��m;ft��: �:,\n� � qJw-��fiCHft � � ll�oll\nyaoot tapaty asau gobhir\nyavad indu� salux),ubhi�\nyaood oor$ati parjanyas\n\ntlivati bhur iyam tava\nyaoot-as far as; ta pati-is shining; asau-the sun; go bhi�-by the\n\nsunshine; yavat-as long or as far as; indu�-the moon; sahaU{lubhi�-with the luminaries or stars; yaoot-as far as; oor$ati-are\npouring rain; parjanya�-the clouds; tlivati-to that much distance;\nbhu�-land; iyam-this; taro-in your possession.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs far as the sun and moon shine with the stars and as far as the\nclouds pour rain, all the land throughout the universe is in your\npossession.\nTEXT 31\n\n�ifiWI'4�14ilw-fl��: ���): I\n��m�Wfq��� �IRT 11��11\npadaikena mayakranto\n\nbhurloka� kham diSas tano�\n\n", "SB8.3#p0176": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n150\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 21\n\nsvarlokas te dvitiyena\npa.Syatas te svam atmana\n\npadd e kena - by one step only; may a-by Me; akranta�-have been\ncovered; bhar loka� -the entire planetary system known as Bhurloka;\nkham-the sky; diSa�-and all directions;\n\ntano�-by My body;\n\nsvarloka�-the upper planetary system; te-in your possession;\ndvinyena-by the second step; pa.Syata� te -while you were seeing;\nsvam-your own; atmana-by Myself.\nTRANSLATION\nOf these possessions, with one step I have occupied Bhiirloka,\nand with My body I have occupied the entire sky and all directions.\n\nAnd in your presence, with My second step, I have occupied the\nupper planetary system.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic description of the planetary system, all the\nplanets move from east to west. The sun, the moon and five other planets, such as Mars and Jupiter, orbit one above another. Vamanadeva,\nhowever, expanding His body and extending His steps, occupied the entire planetary system.\nTEXT 32\n\n-�lQ� � �g �I\nm.r � ����un ��tft:�: 11��11\npratiSrutam adatus te\nniraye vasa �yate\nviSa tvam nirayam tasmad\ngurul)ii canumodita�\npratiSrutam-what had been promised; adatu�-who could not give;\nte-o£ you; niraye-in hell; vdsa�-residence; �yate -prescribed;\n\nviSa-now\n\nenter;\n\ntvam-yourself;\n\ntasmat-therefore; gurul)ii-by\nanu modita �-approved.\n\nnirayam-the\n\nyour\n\nspiritual\n\nhellish\n\nmaster;\n\nplanet;\n\nca-also;\n\n", "SB8.3#p0177": "Text 33]\n\nBali Maharaja Arrested by the Lord\n\n151\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause you have been unable to give charity according to your\n\npromise, the rule is that you should go down to live in the hellish\nplanets. Therefore, in accordance with the order of Sukracarya,\nyour spiritual master, now go down and live there.\nPURPORT\nIt is said:\n\nniiraya7Ja-para� sarve\nna kuta.Scana bibhyati\nsvargapavarga-narake$V\napi tulyartha-darsina�\n\"Devotees solely engaged in the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, NarayaJ;la, never fear any condition of life. For\nthem the heavenly planets, liberation and the hellish planets are all the\nsame, for such devotees are interested only in the service of the Lord.\"\n\n(Bhag. 6.17.28) A devotee engaged in the service of Narayai;la is always\n\nin equilibrium. A devotee actually lives transcendentally. Although he\nmay appear to have gone to hell or heaven, he does not live in either\nplace; rather, he always lives in Vaikui;ltha (sa gur;uin samatityaitan\n\nbrahma-bhuyaya kalpate). Vamanadeva asked Bali Maharaja to go to.the\nhellish planets, apparently just to show the entire universe how tolerant\nhe was, and Bali Maharaja did not hesitate to carry out the order. A devotee does not live alone. Of course, everyone lives with the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, but because the devotee is engaged in His service, he actually does not live in any material condition. Bhaktivinoda\n'fhakura says, k�ta-janma hao yatha tuya dasa. Thus he prays to take\nbirth as an insignificant insect in the association of devotees. Because devotees are engaged in the service of the Lord, anyone who lives with\nthem also lives in Vaikui;ltha.\nTEXT 33\n\n�: �: �: I\n� �sr�\" m�a������\n\nt'fT ¥ttil(tl(ij�\n\n", "SB8.3#p0178": "Srimad -Bhiigavatam\n\n152\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 21\n\nvrthii manorathas tasya\ndura� svarga� pataty adha�\npratiSrutasyadanena\nyo 'rthinam vipralambhate\nvrthii-without any good result; manoratha�-mental concoction;\ntasya-of him; dara�-far away; svarga�-elevation to the higher\nplanetary system; patati-falls down; adha�-to a hellish condition of\nlife; pratiSrutasya-things promised; adanena-being unable to give;\nya�-anyone who; arthinam-a beggar; vipralambhate-cheats\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFar from being elevated to the heavenly planets or fulfilling\n\none's desire, one who does not properly give a beggar what he has\npromised falls down to a hellish condition of life.\nTEXT 34\n\nNst�;� ��� �:qiGQ+UM=tl 1\n�o�')�����RtM((�J+U:II�\\lll\nvipralabdho dadamiti\ntvayaham cii{lhya-manina\ntad vyalika-phalam bhunk$va\nnirayam katicit samii�\nvipralabdha�-now I am cheated; dadami-I promise I shall give\nyou;\n\niti-thus;\n\ntvaya-by\n\nyou;\n\naham-I\n\nmanina-by being very proud of your\nvyalika-phalam-as\n\na\n\nresult\n\nam;\n\nca-also;\n\nopulence;\n\nof cheating;\n\nal)hya­\n\ntat-therefore;\n\nbhunk$va-you\n\nenJoy;\n\nnirayam-in hellish life; katicit-a few; sarrui�-years.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing falsely proud of your possessions, you promised to give\n\nMe land, but you could not fulfill your promise. Therefore, he­\n\ncause your promise was false, you must live for a few years in\nhellish life.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0179": "Text 34]\n\nBali Maharaja Arrested by the Lord\n\n153\n\nPURPORT\nThe false prestige of thinking \"I am very rich, and I possess such vast\nproperty\" is another side of material life. Everything belongs to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and no one else possesses anything.\nThis is the real fact. Isavasyam idam sarvaril yat kinca jagatyam jagat.\nBali Maharaja was undoubtedly the most exalted devotee, whereas previously he had maintained a misunderstanding due to false prestige. By\nthe supreme will of the Lord, he now had to go to the hellish planets, but\nbecause he went there by the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he lived there more opulently than one could expect to live in the\nplanets of heaven. A devotee always lives with the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, engaging in His service, and therefore he is always transcendental to hellish or heavenly residences.\n\nThus end the B,haktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Twenty-first\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatarn, entitled \"Bali Maharaja Arrested\nby the Lord. \"\n\n", "SB8.3#p0180": "CHAPTER TWENTY-TWO\nBali Maharaja\nSurrenders His Life\nThe summary of this Twenty-second Chapter is as follows. The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead was pleased by the behavior of Bali Maharaja.\nThus the Lord placed him on the planet Sutala, and there, after bestowing benedictions upon him, the Lord agreed to become his doorman.\nBali Maharaja was extremely truthful. Being unable to keep his promise, he was very much afraid, for he knew that one who has deviated\nfrom truthfulness is insignificant in the eyes of society. An exalted person can suffer the consequences of hellish life, hut he is very much\nafraid of being defamed for deviation from the truth. Bali Maharaja\nagreed with great pleasure to accept the punishment awarded him by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In Bali Maharaja's dynasty there were\nmany asuras who because of their enmity toward Vif?Q.U had achieved a\ndestination more exalted than that of many mystic yogis. Bali Maharaja\nspecifically remembered the determination of Prahlada Maharaja in devotional service. Considering all these points, he decided to give his head\nin charity as the place for Vif?Q.u's third step. Bali Maharaja also considered how great personalities give up their family relationships and\nmaterial possessions to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Indeed, they sometimes even sacrifice their lives for the satisfaction of the\nLord, just to become His personal servants. Accordingly, by following in\nthe footsteps of previous acaryas and devotees, Bali Maharaja perceived\nhimself successful.\nWhile Bali Maharaja, having been arrested by the ropes of VaruQ.a,\nwas offering prayers to the Lord, his grandfather Prahlada Maharaja appeared there and described how the Supreme Personality of Godhead had\ndelivered Bali Maharaja by taking his possessions in a tricky way. While\nPrahlada\n\nMaharaja\n\nwas\n\npresent,\n\nLord\n\nBrahma\n\nand\n\nBali's\n\nwife,\n\nVindhyavali, described the supremacy of the Supreme Lord. Since Bali\nMaharaja had given everything to the Lord, they prayed for his release.\n\n155\n\n", "SB8.3#p0181": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n156\n\n(Canto 8, Ch.22\n\nThe Lord then described how a nondevotee's possession of wealth is a\ndanger whereas a devotee's opulence is a benediction from the Lord.\n\nThen, being pleased with Bali Maharaja, the Supreme Lord offered His\ndisc to protect Bali Maharaja and promised to remain with him.\nTEXT 1\n\n1!>11��\n\n� fqsr� � ��: I\nilf�;{ts(qf44'Ckijt�t:ql(l��: II t II\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nevarh viprakrto rajan\n\nbalir bhagavatasura�\n\nbhidyamano 'py abhinnatma\npratyahaviklavarh vaca�\n\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-thus, as afore­\n\nmentioned; viprakrta�-having been put into difficulty; rajan-0 King;\nbali�-Maharaja Bali;\n\nbhagavata-by the Personality of Godhead\n\nVamanadeva; asura�-the King of the asuras; bhidyamana� api-al­\n\nthough situated in this uncomfortable position; abhinna-atma-without\nbeing disturbed in body or mind; pratyaha-replied; aviklavam-undisturbed; vaca�-the following words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami said: 0 King, although the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead\n\nwas\n\nsuperficially\n\nseen\n\nto\n\nhave\n\nacted\n\nmischievously toward Bali Maharaja, Bali Maharaja was fixed in his\n\ndetermination. Considering himself not to have fulfilled his prom­\n\nise, he spoke as follows.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�·�\n�� � �fui\n� otte1' � ��\n\n", "SB8.3#p0182": "Text 2]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n157\n\nsri-balir uvaca\nyady uttama§loka bhavan mameritaril\nvaco vyalihnril sura-varya manyate\nhnromy rtaril tan na bhavet pralambhanaril\npadam trtiyaril kuru sir�ry,i me nijam\nsri-balib, uvaca-Bali Maharaja\n\nsaid;\n\nyadi-if;\n\nuttama§lohn-0\n\nSupreme Lord; bhavan-Your good self; mama-my; iritam-promised; vacab,-words; vyalikam-false; sura-varya-0 greatest of all\nsuras (demigods); manyate-You think so; karomi-I shall make it;\nrtam-truth;\n\ntat-that\n\n(promise);\n\nna-not;\n\nbhavet-will\n\nbecome;\n\npralambhanam-cheating; padam-step; trtiyam-the third; kurujust do it; sir�ry,i-on the head; me-my; nijam-Your lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja said:\n\n0 best Personality of Godhead, most\n\nworshipable for all the demigods, if You think that my promise has\nbecome false, I shall certainly rectify matters to make it truthful. I\ncannot allow my promise to be false. Please, therefore, place Your\nthird lotus footstep on my head.\nPURPORT\nBali Maharaja could understand the pretense of Lord Vamanadeva,\nwho had taken the side of the demigods and come before him as a beggar.\nAlthough the Lord's purpose was to cheat him, Bali Maharaja took\npleasure in understanding how the Lord will cheat His devotee to glorify\nthe devotee's position. It is said that God is good, and this is a fact.\nWhether He cheats or rewards, He is always good. Bali Maharaja\ntherefore addressed Him as Uttamasloka. \"Your Lordship,\" he said,\n\"You are always praised with the best of selected verses. On behalf of the\ndemigods, You disguised Yourself to cheat me, saying that You wanted\nonly three paces of land, but later You expanded Your body to such an\n\n", "SB8.3#p0183": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n158\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nextent that with two footsteps You covered the entire universe. Because\nYou were working on behalf of Your devotees, You do not regard this as\ncheating. Never mind. I cannot be considered a devotee. Nonetheless, because although You are the husband of the goddess of fortune You have\ncome to me to beg, I must satisfy You to the best of my ability. So please\ndo not think that I wanted to cheat You; I must fulfill my promise. I still\nhave one possession-my body. You have taken my wealth, but still I\nhave my body. When I place my body for Your satisfaction, please put\nYour third step on my head.\" Since the Lord had covered the entire universe with two steps, one might ask how Bali Maharaja's head could be\nsufficient for His third step? Bali Maharaja, however, thought that the\npossessor of wealth must be greater than the possession. Therefore although the Lord had taken all his possessions, the head of Bali Maharaja,\nthe possessor, would provide adequate place for the Lord's third step.\nTEXT3\n\n....\n;n{ f.t(tll&, qG\\\"l'.��n\nwtmN����� I\n�cwt�ct � AAm��a:tt �� � II � II\n\"' �\nN+11q\n\n.\n\nbibhemi naham nirayat pada-cyuto\nna pasa-bandhiid vyasanad duratyayat\nnaivartha-krcchrad bhavato vinigrahad\nasadhu-vadad bhrsam udvije yathii\nbibhemi-I do fear; na-not; aham-1; nirayat-from a position in\nhell; pada-cyutab,-nor do I fear being deprived of my position; nanor; pasa-bandhiit-from being arrested by the ropes of VaruJ.la;\nvyasanat-nor from the distress; duratyayat-which was unbearable\nfor me; na-nor; eva-certainly; artha-krcchrat-because of poverty,\nor scarcity of money; bhavatab,-of Your Lordship; vinigrahiit-from\nthe punishment I am now suffering; asadhu-vadat-from defamation;\nbhrsam-very much; udvije-I become anxious; yathii -as.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0184": "Text4)\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n159\n\nTRANSLATION\nI do not fear being deprived of all my possessions, living in\nhellish life, being arrested for poverty by the ropes of V aru�a or\nbeing punished by You as much as I fear defamation.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough Bali Maharaja fully surrendered to the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, he could not tolerate being defamed for cheating a\nbrahmal)a-brahmacari. Being quite alert in regard to his reputation, he\nthought deeply about how to prevent being defamed. The Lord,\ntherefore, gave him the good counsel to prevent defamation by offering\nhis head. A Vai�Q.ava does not fear any punishment. Narayal)a-paral;\nsarve na kuta§cana bibhyati\n\n(Bhag. 6.17.28).\nTEXT4\n\n� sm� � C(OC¥ti�� I\n� ;J ¥4Rflmt l1Rlt������ft II \\lll\npumsarit sliighyatamarit manye\ndar:u;lam arhattamdrpitam\nyam na mdta pita bhrata\nsuhrda§ cadiSanti hi\npumsam-of men; sliighya-tamam -the most exalted; manye-I\nconsider; dar:u;l.am-punishment; arhattama-arpitam-given by You,\nthe supreme worshipable Lord; yam-which; na-neither; mdtamother; pita-father; bhrata-brother; suhrdal;-friends; ca-also;\nadiSanti-offer; hi-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough a father, mother, brother or friend may sometimes\npunish one as a well-wisher, they never punish their subordinate\nlike this. But because You are the most worshipable Lord, I regard\nthe punishment You have given me as most exalted.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0185": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n160\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nPURPORT\nPunishment meted out by the Supreme Personality of Godhead is accepted by the devotee as the greatest mercy.\ntat te 'nukampam susami�amar:w\nbhuiijana evatma-krtam vipakam\nhrd vag-vapurbhir vidadhan namas te\n-\n\njiveta yo mukti-pade sa daya-bhak\n\"One who seeks Your compassion and thus tolerates all kinds of adverse\nconditions due to the karma of his past deeds, who engages always in\nYour devotional service with his mind, words and body, and who always\noffers obeisances to You is certainly a bona fide candidate for liberation.\"\n\n(Bhag. 10.14.8) A devotee knows that so-called punishment by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is only His favor to correct His devotee\nand bring him to the right path. Therefore the punishment awarded by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead cannot be compared to even the\ngreatest benefit awarded by one's material father, mother, brother or\nfriend.\nTEXTS\n\n�� �'lij(l�i WI: �a}: tron �: I\n\n�;{t��RQ�(Ita.�Ht._ll �II\ntvam nunam asura�m nab,\nparo/cyab, paramo gurub,\nyo no 'neka-madiindhanam\nvibhrarii.Sam ca/cyur adiSat\ntvam-Your Lordship; nilnam-indeed; asura�m-of the demons;\nnab,-as we are; paro/cyab,-indirect; paramab,-the supreme; gurub,spiritual master; yab,-Your Lordship;\nmada-andhanam-blinded\n\nby\n\nmaterial\n\nnab,-of us; aneka-many;\nopulences;\n\nvibhraril.Sam­\n\ndestroying our false prestige; ca/cyub,-the eye of knowledge; adiSatgave.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0186": "Text 7)\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n161\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince Your Lordship is indirectly the greatest well-wisher of us\ndemons, You act for our best welfare by posing as if our enemy.\nBecause demons like us always aspire for a position of false\nprestige, by chastising us You give us the eyes by which to see the\nright path.\nPURPORT\nBali Maharaja considered the Supreme Personality of Godhead a better\nfriend to the demons than to the demigods. In the material world, the\nmore one gets material possessions, the more he becomes blind to spiritual life. The demigods are devotees of the Lord for the sake of material\npossessions, but although the demons apparently do not have the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead on their side, He always acts as their\nwell-wisher by depriving them of their positions of false prestige. By\nfalse prestige one is misguided, so the Supreme Lord takes away their\nposition of false prestige as a special favor.\n\nTEXTS 6-7\n\n�� �(ld\" if.t � �: I\n\"� �f� ftn:{ qlf!�l\"<<�fitwt: II � II\n..\n\n�ll �16tsf� lffil1 �un I\nq� �: qrt.nf'ritt WI � Qlfq II \\911\nyasmin vairanubandhena\nvyul)hena vibudhetarab,\nbahavo lebhire siddhim\nyam u haikanta-yoginab,\ntenaham nigrhito 'smi\nbhavata bhuri-karma1)ii\nbaddha§ ca varur:uz,ib, pasair\nnativrU;le na ca vyathe\n\n", "SB8.3#p0187": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n162\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nyasmin-unto You; vaira-anubandhena-by continuously treating as\nan enemy; trylZ�hena-firmly fixed by such intelligence; vibudhaitar a � the demons (those other than the demigods); bahava�-many\nof them; lebhire-achieved; siddhim-perfection; yam-which; u ha-\n\nit is well known; eka nta yogina�-equal to the achievements of the\ngreatly successful mystic yogis; tena-therefore; aham-1; nigrhita�\n-\n\nasmi-although I am being punished; bhavata-by Your Lordship;\nbhuri ka rma1Jij -who can do many wonderful things; baddha� ca-l\n-\n\nam arrested and bound;\n\nvarur:wi� pasai�-by the ropes of VaruJ;Ia; na\nati-vri{ie-1 am not at all ashamed of this; na ca vyathe-nor am I\n\nsuffering very much.\nTRANSLATION\nMany demons who were continuously inimical toward You\n\nfinally achieved the perfection of great mystic yogis. Your Lord­\n\nship can perform one work to serve many purposes, and conse­\n\nquently, although You have punished me in many ways, I do not\nfeel ashamed of having been arrested by the ropes of Varui_la, nor\n\ndo I feel aggrieved.\n\nPURPORT\n\nBali Maharaja appreciated the Lord's mercy not only upon him but\nupon many other demons. Because this mercy is liberally distributed, the\nSupreme Lord is called all-merciful. Bali Maharaja was indeed a fully\nsurrendered devotee, but even some demons who were not at all devotees\nbut merely enemies of the Lord attained the same exalted position\nachieved by many mystic yogis. Thus Bali Maharaja could understand\nthat the Lord had some hidden purpose in punishing him. Consequently\nhe was neither unhappy nor ashamed because of the awkward position in\nwhich he had been put by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXTS\n\nfq� it ��'N«wt:\n3TM'ttf(1� : I\n�\nftM'31��i6\n��\n�:hnftr���:\n\n� II � II\n\n", "SB8.3#p0188": "Text 9]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n163\n\npitiimaho me bhavadiya-sammatab,\nprahrada avi$krta-sadhu-vadab,\nbhavad-vipa�e1Jll vicitra-vaiSasarh\nsamprapitas tvarh paramab, sva-pitra\npitamahab,-grandfather;\nproved\n\nme- my;\n\nbhavadiya-sammatab,-apprahradab, Prahlada\n\nby the devotees of Your Lordship;\n\n-\n\nMaharaja; av�krta-sadhu-vadab,-famous, being celebrated everywhere\nas a devotee; bhavat vipa�e1J(l-simp1y going against You; vicitra-\n\nvaiSasam-inventing different kinds of harassments; samprapitab,suffered; tvam- You; paramab,\n\n-\n\nthe supreme shelter; sva-pitra-by\n\nhis own father.\nTRANSLATION\nMy grandfather Prahlada Maharaja is famous, being recognized\nby all Your devotees. Although harassed in many ways by his\nfather, Hir8I;lyaka8ipu, he still remained faithful, taking shelter at\nYour lotus feet.\nPURPORT\nA pure devotee like Prahlada Maharaja, although harassed circum­\n\nstantially in many ways, never gives up the shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead to take shelter of anyone else. A pure devotee never\ncomplains against the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A\nvivid example is Prahlada Maharaja. Examining the life of Prahlada\nMaharaja, we can see how severely he was harassed by his own father,\nHiral}.yakasipu, yet he did not divert his attention from the Lord even to\nthe smallest extent. Bali Maharaja, following in the footsteps of his\ngrandfather Prahlada Maharaja, remained fixed in his devotion to the\nLord, despite the Lord's having punished him.\nTEXT9\n\n���irWl �fij its��:\n� f�w�: �����9Jll: 1\n'\"* �ll:ltn ��re�\n'I�� ilt: AA�t ��: II � II\n\n", "SB8.3#p0189": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n164\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nkim atmananena jahati yo 'ntatab,\nkim riktha-haraib, svajanakhya-dasyubhib,\nkim jayaya samsrti-hetu-bhutaya\nmartyasya gehaib, kim ihay�o vyayab,\nkim-what is the use; atmana anena-of this body; jahati-gives up;\nyab,-which (body); antatab,-at the end of life; kim-what is the use;\nriktha-haraib,-the plunderers of wealth; svajana-akhya-dasyubhib,they who are actually plunderers but who pass by the name of relatives;\nkim-what is the use; jayaya-of a wife; samsrti-hetu-bhutaya-who is\nthe source of increasing material conditions; martyasya-of a person\nsure to die; gehaib,-of houses, family and community; kim-what is\nthe use;\n\niha-in which house; ay�ab,-of the duration of life;\n\nvyayab,-simply wasting.\nTRANSLATION\nWhat is the use of the material body, which automatically leaves\nits owner at the end of life? And what is the use of all one's family\nmembers, who are actually plunderers taking away money that is\nuseful for the service of the Lord in spiritual opulence? What is\nthe use of a wife? She is only the source of increasing material\nconditions. And what is the use of family, home, country and community? Attachment for them merely wastes the valuable energy\nof one's lifetime.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, �!?Q.a, advises, sarva-dharman\nparityajya mam ekam sarar:wm vraja: \"Give up all other varieties of\nreligion and just surrender unto Me.\" The common man does not appreciate such a statement by the Supreme Personality of Godhead because he thinks that during his lifetime his family, society, country, body\nand relatives are everything. Why should one give up any one of them\nand take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead? But from the\nbehavior of great personalities like Prahlada Maharaja and Bali Maharaja\nwe understand that surrendering to the Lord is the right action for an intelligent person. Prahlada Maharaja took shelter of Vi!?Q.U against the will\n\n", "SB8.3#p0190": "Text 9]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n165\n\nof his father. Similarly, Bali Maharaja took shelter of Vamanadeva\nagainst the will of his spiritual master, Sukracarya, and all the leading\n\ndemons. People may be surprised that devotees like Prahlada Maharaja\n\nand Bali Maharaja could seek shelter of the side of the enemy, giving up\n\nthe natural affinity for family, hearth and home. In thjs connection, Bali\nMaharaja explains that the body, which is the center of all material ac­\n\ntivities, is also a foreign element. Even though we want to keep the body\n\nfit and helpful to our activities, the body cannot continue eternally. Al­\n\nthough I am the soul, which is eternal, after using the body for some\n\ntime I have to accept another body (tatha dehantara-prapti!t}, according\n\nto the laws of nature, unless I render some service with the body for ad­\n\nvancement in devotional service. One should not use the body for any\n\nother purpose. One must know that if he uses the body for any other purpose he is simply wasting time, for as soon as the time is ripe, the soul\nwill automatically leave the body.\n\nWe are very interested in society, friendship and love, but what are\n\nthey? Those in the garb of friends and relatives merely plunder the\n\nhard-earned money of the bewildered soul. Everyone is affectionate\n\ntoward his wife and is attached to her, but what is this wife? The wife is\n\ncalled stri, which means, \"one who expands the material condition.\" If a\n\nperson lives without a wife, his material conditions are less extensive. As\n\nsoon as one marries and is connected with a wife, his material necessities\nmcrease.\n\npurhsa� striya mithuni-bhavam etam\ntayor mitho hrdaya-granthim ahu�\nato grha-�etra-sutapta-vittair\njanasya moho yam aham mameti\n\"The attraction between male and female is the basic principle of ma­\n\nterial existence. On the basis of this misconception, which ties together\nthe hearts of the male and female, one becomes attracted to his body,\n\nhome, property, children, relatives and wealth. In this way one increases\nlife's illusions and thinks in terms of 'I and mine.' \"\n\n(Bhag. 5.5.8)\n\nHuman life is meant for self-realization, not for increasing unwanted\n\nthings. Actually, a wife increases unwanted things. One's lifetime, one's\n\nhome and everything one has, if not properly used in the service of the\n\n", "SB8.3#p0191": "(Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n166\n\nLord, are all sources of material conditions of perpetual suffering under\nthe threefold miseries (adhyatmika, adhibhautika and adhidaivika).\nUnfortunately, there is no institution in human society for education on\nthis subject. People are kept in darkness about the goal of life, and thus\nthere is a continuous struggle for existence. We speak of \"survival of the\nfittest,\" but no one survives, for no one is free under material conditions.\nTEXT 10\n\n� « fijf� �it �;mNitl�\n\n��� I\n� sm: tqi�llri �ijll\nlft'�: ��� � ll�oll\n+mr:\n\nittharit sa niScitya pitamaho mahan\nagadha-bodho bhavatab, pada-padmam\ndhruvarit prapede hy akutobhayarit janad\nbhitab, svapa/cya-/cyapar:taSya sattama\nittham-because of this\nMaharaja; niScitya\n\n-\n\n(as\n\nstated\n\nabove);\n\nsab,\n\n-\n\nhe,\n\nPrahlada\n\ndefinitely deciding on this point; pitamahab,-my\n\ngrandfather; mahan-the great devotee; agadha-bodhab,-my grandfather, who received unlimited knowledge because of his devotional service; bhavatab,-of Your Lordship; pada-padmam the lotus feet;\ndhruvam-the infallible, eternal shelter; prapede surrendered ; hi-\n\n-\n\nindeed; a kutab, bhayam-completely free of fear; janat-from ordinary\ncommon people; bhitab, being afraid; svapalcya-lcyapar:tasya-of Your\nLordship, who kill the demons on our own side; sat-tama-0 best of the\nbest.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy grandfather, the best of all men, who achieved unlimited\n\nknowledge and was worshipable for everyone, was afraid of the\ncommon men in this world. Being fully convinced of the substan­\n\ntiality afforded by shelter at Your lotus feet, He took shelter of\n\nYour lotus feet, against the will of his father and demoniac friends,\nwho were killed by Your own self.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0192": "Text 11)\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n167\n\nTEXT 11\n\n31ql{qQ(l�qftq')w{t�\n�t.t ;ft�: � �trOO�'T: I\n\n�\n\n�r.:�Tf� �\n�� ��� ������II\n\nathaham apy atma-ripos tavantikam\ndaivena nitaft prasabham tyajita-srift\nidam krtantantika-varti jivitam\nyayadhruvarh stabdha-matir na budhyate\natka-therefore; aham-I; api\n\n-\n\nalso; atma-ripoft-who are the tra­\n\nditional enemy of the family; tava-of Your good self; antikam-the\nshelter; daivena-by providence; nitaft-brought in; prasabham-by\nforce; tyajita-bereft of; srift-all opulence; idam-this philosophy of\nlife;\n\nkrta-anta-antika-varti-always\n\njivitam-the duration of life;\n\ngiven\n\nyaya\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nfacility\n\nfor\n\ndeath;\n\nby such material opulence;\n\nadhruvam-as temporary; stabdha-matift-such an unintelligent person; na budhyate-cannot understand.\nTRANSLATION\nOnly by providenre have I been forcibly brought under Your\nlotus feet and deprived of all my opulence. Because of the illusion\ncreated by temporary opulence, people in general, who live under\nmaterial conditions, facing accidental death at every moment, do\nnot understand that this life is temporary. Only by providenre\nhave I been saved from that condition.\nPURPORT\nBali Maharaja appreciated the actions of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, although all the members of the demoniac families except\nPrahlada Maharaja and Bali Maharaja considered Vi!?J).U their eternal traditional enemy. As described by Bali Maharaja, Lord Vi!?J).U was actually\nnot the enemy of the family but the best friend of the family. The principle of this friendship has already been stated. Yasyaham anugrhr_ujmi\n\n", "SB8.3#p0193": "168\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nhar�ye tad-dhanam sanaib,: the Lord bestows special favor upon His devotee by taking away all his material opulences. Bali Maharaja appreciated this behavior by the Lord. Therefore he said, daivena nitab,\n\nprasabham tyajita-srib,: \"It is to bring me to the right platform of eternal\nlife that You have put me into these circumstances.\"\nActually, everyone should fear the so-called society, friendship and\nlove for which he works so hard all day and night. As indicated by Bali\nMaharaja by the words janad bhitab,, every devotee in .i(r�Q.a consciousness should always be afraid of the common man engaged in pursuing\nmaterial prosperity. Such a person is described as pramatta, a madman\nchasing the will-o' -the-wisp. Such men do not know that after a hard\nstruggle for life one must change his body, with no certainty of what\nkind of body he will receive next. Those who are completely established\nin .i(r�Q.a conscious philosophy and who therefore understand the aim of\nlife will never take to the activities of the materialistic dog race. But if a\nsincere devotee somehow does fall down, the Lord corrects him and saves\nhim from gliding down to the darkest region of hellish life.\n\nadanta-gobhir viSatam tamisram\npunab, puna§ carvita-carvarzii,nam\n\n(Bhiig. 7.5.30)\n\nThe materialistic way of life is nothing but the repeated chewing of that\nwhich ha·s already been chewed. Although there is no profit in such a\nlife, people are enamored of it because of uncontrolled senses. Nunam\n\npramatta/:1. kurute vikarma. Because of uncontrolled senses, people fully\nengage in sinful activities by which they get a body full of suffering. Bali\nMaharaja appreciated how the Lord had saved him from such a\nbewildered life of ignorance. He therefore said that his intelligence had\nbeen stunned. Stabdha-matir na budhyate. He could not understand how\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead favors His devotees by forcibly\nstopping their materialistic activities.\nTEXT 12\n\n9.11� �\n\n�� m��� srm:l \\t�sp;r: 1\n3IDJltlll t��g ��fffuft�: II� �II\n\"\n\n", "SB8.3#p0194": "Text 13)\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n169\n\nsri-suka uvaca\ntasyettham bhii§amii1J11Sya\nprahnido bhagavat-priya�\najagama kuru-sre$tha\nrakat-patir ivotthita�\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; tasya-Bali Maharaja;\n\nittham-in this way; bh�amii1J11Sya-while describing his fortunate\n\nposition; prahrada�-Maharaja Prahlada, his grandfather; bhagavatpriya�-the most favored devotee of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead; ajagama-appeared there; kuru-sre$tha-O best of the Kurus,\n\nMaharaja Parik�it; raka-pati�-the moon; iva-like; utthita�-having\n\nnsen.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said:\n\n0 best of the Kurus, while Bali\n\nMaharaja was describing his fortunate position in this way, the\nmost dear devotee of the Lord, Prahliida Maharaja, appeared there,\n\nlike the moon rising in the nighttime.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n���:\n\n�m�\n\nf'.ll�\nfclu� .Oe�1tt�\n1\nflt�flt-tt<44St�cri\nsri�\nsre�iliil�\n���� II�� II\ntam indra-sena� sva-pitamaham sriya\nvirajamiinam nalinayate/cyar:wm\npramswn piSangambaram afl,jana-tvi$arh\npralamba-bahum subhagar$abham ai/cyata\n\ntam-that Prahlada Maharaja; indra-sena�-Bali Maharaja, who now\n\npossessed all the military force of Indra; sva-pitamah am-unto his\ngrandfather; sriya-present with all beautiful features; virajamiinam­\n\nstanding there; nalina-ayata-i/cyar:wm-with eyes as broad as the petals\n\nof a lotus; pramsum-a very beautiful body; piSanga-ambaram-\n\n", "SB8.3#p0195": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n170\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\ndressed in yellow garments; aiijana-tv�am-with his body resembling\nblack ointment for the eyes;\n\npralamba- bahum-very long arms;\n\nsu bhaga-r$abham-the best of all auspicious persons; ai/cyata-he saw.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Bali Maharaja saw his grandfather Prahlada Maharaja, the\n\nmost fortunate personality, whose dark body resembled black\n\nointment for the eyes. His tall, elegant figure was dressed in yellow\n\ngarments, he had long arms, and his beautiful eyes were like the\npetals of a lotus. He was very dear and pleasing to everyone.\nTEXT 14\n\n� 'lreiili(WNI�;sr�n\n��� ;ftq�(R ��I\nWRTll\n{l:ll����;r:\n�if'l:q� illf � II� \\lll\ntasmai balir varur:w--pasa-yantrita�\nsamarhar:w-m rwpajahiira purvavat\nnanama murdhnasru-vilola-locana�\nsa-vrU;la-nicina- mukho babhava ha\ntasmai-unto Prahlada Maharaja;\n\nbalib,-Bali Maharaja; varu�­\n\npasa-yantrita�-being bound by the ropes of Varu1,1a; samarhar:w-mbefi.tting\n\nrespect;\n\nna-not;\n\nupajahara-ofiered;\n\npu rva-vat-like\n\nbefore; nanama-he offered obeisances; murdhna-with the head;\na§ru- vilola- locanab,-eyes inundated with tears; sa-vri�-with shyness; nicina-downward; m ukhab,-£ace; babhava ha-he so became.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing bound by the ropes of Varu1_1a, Bali Maharaja could not\n\noffer befitting respect to Prahlada Maharaja as he had before.\n\nRather, he simply offered respectful obeisances with his head, his\n\neyes being inundated with tears and his face lowered in shame.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0196": "Text 15]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n171\n\nPURPORT\nSince Bali Maharaja had been arrested by Lord Vamanadeva, he was\ncertainly to be considered an offender. Bali Maharaja seriously felt that\nhe was an offender to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Certainly\nPrahlada Maharaja would not like this. Therefore Bali Maharaja was\nashamed and hung his head.\nTEXT 15\n\nmfR��\"\"tf mftt\n{RtJ�·�\n\n� �\n\n�\n\n� mm �llr.11\n\n;r;m{\n\n'l_Rt �: 11��11\n\nsa tatra hasinam udilcyya sat-patim\nharim sunandady-anugair upasitam\nupetya bhumau sirasii mahii-manii\nnaniima murdhnii pulakiiSru-viklava};,\nsai;,-Prahlada\n\nMaharaja;\n\ntatra-there;\n\nha\n\niisinam-seated;\n\nudi/cyya-after seeing; sat-patim-the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nmaster\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nliberated\n\nsouls;\n\nharim-Lord\n\nHari;\n\nsunanda-iidi­\n\nanugail;,-by His followers, like Sunanda; upiisitam-being worshiped;\nupetya-reaching nearby; bhumau-on the ground; sirasa-with his\nhead (bowed down);\n\nmahii-maniil;,-the great devotee; naniima­\n\noffered obeisances; milrdhnii-with his head; pulaka-a5ru-viklaval;,agitated by tears of jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the great personality Prahlada Maharaja saw that the\nSupreme Lord was sitting there, surrounded and worshiped by His\nintimate associates like Sunanda, he was overwhelmed with tears of\njubilation. Approaching the Lord and falling to the ground, he\noffered obeisances to the Lord with his head.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0197": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n172\n\n·\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�q�R\n\"\n\n� � q(\\a s::��\n�6 (l��IQ �tf �it� I\n��rom��\n..\n\n�)���3fl��� II� �II\nsri-prahrdda umca\ntvayaiva dattam padam aindram urjitam\nhrtam tad evadya tathaiva sobhanam\nmanye mahan asya krto hy anugraho\nvibhramsito yac chriya iitma-mohaniit\nsri-prahrdda� umca -Prahlada Maharaja said; tvaya-by Your Lordship; eva-indeed; dattam-which had been given; padam-this position; aindram-of the King of heaven; urjitam-very, very great;\nhrtam-has been taken away; tat-that; eva-indeed; adya-today;\n\ntathii-as; eva-indeed; sobhanam -beautiful; manye-1 consider;\nmahan-very great; asya-of him (Bali Maharaja); krta�-has been\ndone by You; hi-indeed; anugraha�-mercy; vibhramsita�-being\nbereft of; yat-because; sriya�-from that opulence; iitma-mohaniitwhich was covering the process of self-realization.\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlida Maharaja said: My Lord, it is Your Lordship who gave\n\nthis Bali the very great opulence of the post of heavenly king, and\nnow, today, it is You who have taken it all away. I think You have\n\nacted with equal beauty in both ways. Because his exalted position\n\nas King of heaven was putting him in the darkness of ignorance,\n\nYou have done him a very merciful favor by taking away all his\n\nopulence.\n\nPURPORT\nAs it is said, yasyaham anugrh�mi har�ye tad-dhanam sanai�\n\n(Bhiig.\n\n10.88.8). It is by the mercy of the Lord that one gets all material\n\n", "SB8.3#p0198": "Text 17)\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n173\n\nopulence, but if such material opulence causes one to become puffed up\nand forget the process of self-realization, the Lord certainly takes all the\nopulence away. The Lord bestows mercy upon His devotee by helping\nhim find out his constitutional position. For that purpose, the Lord is always ready to help the devotee in every way. But material opulence is\nsometimes dangerous because it diverts one's attention to false prestige\nby giving one the impression that he is the owner and master of everything he surveys, although actually this is not the fact. To protect the devotee from such a misunderstanding, the Lord, showing special mercy,\nsometimes takes away his material possessions. Yasyaham anugrh�mi\nhari$ye tad-dhanam sanai/:1,.\nTEXT 17\n\n� fu fqG\\I�N �� ��-\n\n�� fq�� �tRt+n�'4w1 tm 1\n� � \\lfttG.1� �\nWffitttUlrtt�it�f� II� \\911\nyayii hi vidviin api muhyate yatas\ntat lro vicll§te gatim iitmano yathii\ntasmai namas te jagad-iSvariiya vai\nniiriiya�yakhila-loka-sak§iTJ£\nyayii-by which material opulence; hi-indeed; vidviin api-even a\nperson\n\nfortunately\n\nadvanced\n\nin\n\neducation;\n\nmuhyate-becomes\n\nbewildered; yata/:1,-self-controlled; tat-that; ka/:1,-who; vicll§te-can\nsearch for; gatim-the progress; iitmana/:1,-of the self; yathii-properly; tasmai-unto Him; nama/:1,-1 offer my respectful obeisances; teunto You; jagat-iSvariiya-unto the Lord of the universe; vai-indeed;\nniiriiya�ya-unto His Lordship Narayal}.a; akhila-loka-siik§iTJ£-who\nare the witness of all creation.\nTRANSLATION\nMaterial opulence is so bewildering that it makes even a\nlearned, self-controlled man forget to search for the goal of\n\n", "SB8.3#p0199": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n174\nself-realization.\n\nBut\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nNaray�a, the Lord of the universe, can see everything by His will.\n\nTherefore I offer my respectful obeisances unto Him.\nPURPORT\n\nThe words ko vicll$te gatim atmarw yatha indicate that when one is\n\npuffed up by the false prestige of possessing material opulence, he cer­\n\ntainly neglects the goal of self-realization. This is the position of the\nmodern world. Because of so-called scientific improvements in material\n\nopulence, people have entirely given up the path of self-realization.\n\nPractically no one is interested in God, one's relationship with God or\nhow one should act. Modern men have altogether forgotten such ques­\n\ntions because they are mad for material possessions. If this kind of\ncivilization continues, the time will soon come when the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead will take away all the material opulences. Then\npeople will come to their senses.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n���\n\n��n�m � sm�� ��: 1\nf((U£141� �� ll��� 11��11\n\"\n\nsri-suka uvaca\ntasyanu.frr:tvato rajan\nprahriidasya krtaiijale/:1,\nhirar:tyagarbho bhagavan\nuvaca madhusadanam\nsri-suka/:1, uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; tasya-of Prahlada\n\nMaharaja; anu§wvata/:1,-so that he could hear; rajan-0 King Parik�it;\n\nprahriidasya-of Prahlada Maharaja; krta-afijale/:1,-who was standing\n\nwith folded hands; hirar:tyagarbha/:1,-Lord Brahma; bhagavan-the\n\nmost powerful; uroca-said; madhusudanam-unto Madhusiidana, the\n\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0200": "Text\n\n20)\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n175\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvarni continued: 0 King Parik�it, Lord Brahma\n\nthen began to speak to the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nwithin the hearing of Prahlada Maharaja, who stood nearby with\n\nfolded hands.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nq tfW't qftt � �� �t�Nt§el 1\n\nSill'�: SfiJfffi'q� ffiifS�� �q II ��II\nbaddham vilcyya patirh siidhvi\ntat-patni bhaya-vihvala\nprafijali/:1. prar:wtopendram\nbabht4e 'vari-mukhi nrpa\n\nbaddham-arrested; vi/cyya-seeing; patim-her husband; siidhvithe chaste woman; tat-patni-Bali Maharaja's wife; bhaya-vihvalabeing very disturbed by fear; prafijali/:1.-with folded hands; prar:wtahaving offered obeisances; upendram-unto Vamanadeva; babhf4eaddressed;\nParilq;it.\n\navak-mukhi-with face downward;\n\nnrpa-0 Maharaja\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nBut Bali Maharaja's chaste wife, afraid and aggrieved at seeing\n\nher husband arrested, immediately offered obeisances to Lord\n\nVarnanadeva [Upendra). She folded her hands and spoke as\nfollows.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough Lord Brahma was speaking, he had to stop for a while because Bali Maharaja's wife, Vindhyavali, who was very agitated and\nafraid, wanted to say something.\nTEXT 20\n\n�'el/1</re�ct�\n\nSfi��� n.�··d\\� �\n��ij���sq��ri: I\n\n", "SB8.3#p0201": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n176\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nsri-vindhyavalir uooca\nkri(lartham atmana idam tri-jagat krtarh te\nsoomyarh tu tatra kudhiyo 'para iSa kuryu/:t\nkartu}:t prabhos tava kim asyata avahanti\ntyakta-hriyas tvad-avaropita-kartr-vadil}:t\nsri-vindhyavali/:t uvaca-Vindhyavali, the wife of Bali Maharaja,\nsaid; kri(la-artham-for the sake of pastimes; atmana}:t-of Yourself;\nidam-this; tri jagat-the three worlds (this universe); krtam-was\ncreated; te-by You; soo myam -proprietorship; tu-but; tatrathereon; kudhiya}:t-foolish rascals; apare -others; iSa-0 my Lord;\nkuryu}:t-have established; kartu/:t-for the supreme creator; prabho/:tfor the supreme maintainer; tava-for Your good self; kim-what;\nasyata/:t-for the supreme annihilator; avahanti -they can offer;\ntyakta-hriya}:t-shameless\nwithout intelligence; tvat-by You;\na varopita-falsely imposed because of a poor fund of knowledge; kartrvada/:t-the proprietorship of such foolish agnostics.\n-\n\n,\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrimati Vindhyavali said: 0 my Lord, You have created the en­\n\ntire universe for the enjoyment of Your personal pastimes, but\nfoolish, unintelligent men have claimed proprietorship for ma­\n\nterial enjoyment. Certainly they are shameless agnostics. Falsely\nclaiming proprietorship, they think they can give charity and en­\n\njoy. In such a condition, what good can they do for You, who are\n\nthe independent creator, maintainer and annihilator of this\nuniverse?\n\nPURPORT\n\nBali Maharaja's wife, who was most intelligent, supported the arrest of\nher husband �nd accused him of having ri-o intelligence because he had\nclaimed proprietorship of the property of the Lord. Such a claim is a sign\nof demoniac life. Although the demigods, who are officials appointed by\n\n", "SB8.3#p0202": "Text 20]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n177\n\nthe Lord for management, are attached to materialistic enjoyment, they\nnever claim to be proprietors of the universe, for they know that the actual proprietor of everything is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThis is the qualification of the demigods. But the demons, instead of accepting the exclusive proprietorship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, claim the property of the universe for themselves through demarcations of nationalism. \"This part is mine, and that part is yours,\" they\nsay. \"This part I can give in charity, and this part I can keep for my enjoyment.\" These are all demoniac conceptions. This is described in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (16.13): idam adya maya labdham imarh prapsye\nmanoratham. \"Thus far I have acquired so much money and land. Now I\nhave to add more and more. In this way I shall be the greatest proprietor\nof everything. Who can compete with me?\" These are all demoniac\nconceptions.\nBali Maharaja's wife accused Bali Maharaja by saying that although\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead had arrested him, showing him extraordinary mercy, and although Bali Maharaja was offering his body to\nthe Supreme Lord for the Lord's third step, he was still in the darkness\nof ignorance. Actually the body did not belong to him, but because of his\nlong-standing demoniac mentality he could not understand this. He\nthought that since he had been defamed for his inability to fulfill his\npromise of charity, and since the body belonged to him, he would free\nhimself from defamation by offering his body. Actually, however, the\nbody does not belong to anyone but the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nby whom the body is given. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii (18.61):\n\niSvarab, sarva-bhutiiniim\nhrd-dese 'rjuna t�!hati\nbhramayan sarva-bhutani\nyantrararjhani mayaya\nThe Lord is situated in the core of everyone's heart, and, according to the\nmaterial desires of the living entity, the Lord offers a particular type of\nmachine-the body-through the agency of the material energy. The\nbody actually does not belong to the living entity; it belongs to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Under the circumstances, how could\nBali Maharaja claim that the body belonged to him?\n\n", "SB8.3#p0203": "Srimad- Bhiigavatam\n\n178\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nThus Vindhyavali, Bali Maharaja's intelligent wife, prayed that her\nhusband be released, by the Lord's causeless mercy. Otherwise, Bali\nMaharaja was nothing but a shameless demon, specifically described as\ntyakta-hriyas tvad-avaropita-kartr-vadab-, a foolish person claiming\nproprietorship over the property of the Supreme Person. In the present\nage, Kali-yuga, the number of such shameless men, who are agnostics\ndisbelieving in the existence of God, has increased. Trying to defy the\nauthority of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, so-called scientists,\nphilosophers and politicians manufacture plans and schemes for the\ndestruction of the world. They cannot do anything good for the world,\nand unfortunately, because of Kali-yuga, they have plunged the affairs\nof the world into mismanagement. Thus there is a great need for the\nKr�l).a consciousness movement for the benefit of innocent people who\nare being carried away by propaganda of such demons. If the present\nstatus quo is allowed to continue, people will certainly suffer more and\nmore under the leadership of these demoniac agnostics.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�J(�i!fl\"t\n��\n\n�� ��� �flN I\n1-., ���c{�� W�Pf'fiftr f;nm:_ II� t II\nsri-brahmavaca\nbhuta-bhavana bhutesa\ndeva-deva jaganmaya\nmuiicainaril hrta-sarvasvaril\nnayam arhati nigraham\n\nsri-brahma uvaca-Lord Brahma said; bhuta-bhavana-0 Supreme\nBeing, well-wisher of\n\neveryone, who can cause one to flourish;\n\nbhuta-iSa-0 master of everyone; deva-deva-0 worshipable Deity of\nthe demigods; jagat-maya-0 all-pervading one; muiica-please\nrelease; enam-this poor Bali Maharaja; hrta-sarvasvam-now bereft of\neverything;\n\nna-not;\n\nayam-such a poor man;\n\nnigraham -punishment.\n\narhati-d eserves;\n\n", "SB8.3#p0204": "Text 22]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n179\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma said: 0 well-wisher and master of all living entities, 0 worshipable Deity of all the demigods, 0 all-pervading\nPersonality of Godhead, now this man has been sufficiently\npunished, for You have taken everything. Now You can release\nhim. He does not deserve to be punished more.\nPURPORT\nWhen Lord Brahma saw that Prahlada Maharaja and Vindhyavali had\nalready approached the Lord to ask mercy for Bali Maharaja, he joined\nthem and recommended Bali Maharaja's release on the grounds of\nworldly calculations.\nTEXT 22\n\n�������:����I\ntil�� � �i(q•n�•u� Ntfl ������\nkrtsna te 'nena datta bhilr\nlokab, karmiirjitas ca ye\nniveditarh ca sarvasvam\natmaviklavaya dhiya\nkrtsnab,-all; te-unto You; anena-by Bali Maharaja; dattab,-have\nbeen given or returned; bhub, lokdf!,-all land and all planets; karmaarjitab, ca-whatever he achieved by his pious activities; ye-all of\nwhich; niveditam ca-have been offered to You; sarvasvam-everything\nhe possessed; dtmd-even his body; aviklavaya-without hesitation;\ndhiya-by such intelligence.\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja had already offered everything to Your Lordship.\nWithout hesitation, he has offered his land, the planets and whatever else he earned by his pious activities, including even his own\nbody.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0205": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n180\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nTEXT 23\n\nq'-:q·��wrn: � �\n\nt���m•\n�� tffit�it � fir�1\n\n��Rf'�q;ft:���� II ��II\n\nyat-padayor a.Sa!/za-dhi/:1. salilarh pradaya\nduroankurair api vidhaya satirh saparyam\napy uttamarh gatim asau bhajate tri-lokirh\nda.Svan aviklava-mana/:1. katham artim rcchet\nyat-padayo/:1.-at the lotus feet of Your Lordship; a.Satha-dhi/:1.-a\ngreat-minded\n\nperson\n\nwho\n\nis\n\nwithout\n\nduplicity;\n\nsalilam-water;\n\npraddya-offering; durva-with fully grown grass; ankurai/:1.-and\nwith buds of flowers; api-although; vidhaya-offering; satim-most\nexalted; saparyam - with worship; api - although; uttamam-the most\nhighly elevated{gatim-destination; asau-such a worshiper;\n-deserves;\n\n·\n\ntri-lokim-the three worlds;\n\nbhajate\n\nda.Soon-giving to You;\n\naviklava- mana/:1.-without mental duplicity; katham-how; artim-the\ndistressed condition of being arrested; rcchet - he deserves.\nTRANSLATION\nBy offering even water, newly grown grass, or flower buds at\n\nYour lotus feet, those who maintain no mental duplicity\n\ncan\n\nachieve the most exalted position within the spiritual world. This\n\nBali Maharaja, without duplicity, has now offered everything in\nthe three worlds. How then can he deserve to suffer from arrest?\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita (9.26) it is stated:\npatrarh pU$parh phalam toyarh\nyo me bhaktya prayacchati\ntad aharh bhakty-upahrtam\na.Snami prayatatmana/:1.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0206": "Bali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\nText 24]\n\n181\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is so kind that if an unsophisticated\nperson, with devotion and without duplicity, offers at the lotus feet of the\nLord a little water, a flower, a fruit or a leaf, the Lord accepts it. Then the\ndevotee is promoted to Vaikul).tha, the spiritual world. Brahma drew the\nLord's attention to this subject and requested that He release Bali\nMaharaja, who was suffering, being bound by the ropes of VaruQ.a, and\nwho had already given everything, including the three worlds and whatever he possessed.\nTEXT 24\n\n��F1<f1ff#1\"l\n\nOil tt¥t�•Hif'l mm r��� 1\n�:�:�it���;:� ����II\nsri-bhagavan umca\nbrahman yam anugrh1J-(lmi\ntad-viso vidhunomy aham\nyan-mada/:t puTU§a/:t stabdho\nlokarit marit cdvamanyate\n\nutxica-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;\nbrahman-0\nLord Brahma; yam-unto anyone to whom;\nanugrh1J-(lmi-1 show My mercy; tat-his; viSa/:t-material opulence or\nriches; vidhunomi-take away; aham-1; yat mada/:t-having false\nprestige due to this money; puTU§a/:t-such a person; stabdha/:t-being\ndull-minded; lokam-the three worlds; mam ca-unto Me also;\navamanyate -derides.\nsri-bhagamn\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: My dear Lord\nBrahma, because of material opulence a foolish person becomes\n\ndull-witted and mad. Thus he has no respect for anyone within the\nthree worlds and defies even My authority. To such a person I\nshow special favor by first taking away all his possessions.\nPURPORT\n\nA civilization that has become godless because of material advancement in opulence is extremely dangerous. Because of gr�at opulence, a\n\n", "SB8.3#p0207": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n182\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nmaterialist becomes so proud that he has no regard for anyone and even\nrefuses to accept the authority of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThe result of such a mentality is certainly very dangerous. To show\nspecial favor, the Lord sometimes makes an example of someone like Bali\nMaharaja, who was now bereft of all his possessions.\nTEXT 25\n\n� ��Pt�;:c•�•n ij�� f�dflt: 1\n\n;n;ntilf.l\\i4wft�ns� �ilfij'�tl��\\ \"�\"'\"\nyada kadiicij j'ivatma\nsamsaran nija-karmabhi/:t\nnana-yon�v aniSo 'yam\npau11.L§'irh gatim iivrajet\nyada-when;\n\nkadacit-sometimes;\n\nj iva-iitma -the living entity;\nsamsaran -rotating in the cycle of birth and death; nija-karmabhi/:tbecause of his own fruitive activities; nana-yon�u-in different species\nof life; an 'iSa /:t-not independent (completely under the control of material nature); ayam -this living entity; paur�'im gatim -the situation\nof being human; iivrajet-wants to obtain.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile rotating in the cycle of birth and death again and again in\ndifferent species because of his own fruitive activities, the depen­\n\ndent living entity, by good fortune, may happen to become a\nhuman being. This human birth is very rarely obtained.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is fully independent. Thus it is\nnot always a fact that a living being's loss of all opulence is a sign of the\nSupreme Lord's mercy upon him. The Lord can act any way He likes. He\nmay take away one's opulence, or He may not. There are varieties of\nforms of l�fe, al!_d the Lord treats them according to the circumstances, as\nHe chooses. Generally it is to he understood that the human form of life\nis one of great responsibility.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0208": "Bali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\nText 26]\n\n183\n\npur�a/:L prakrti-stlw hi\nbhwikte prakrtijan gur:Wn\nkarar:uuit gur:ta-sango 'sya\nsad-asad-yoni-janmasu\n\"The living entity in material nature follows the ways of life, enjoying\nthe three modes of nature. This is due to his association with that material nature. Thus he meets with good and evil amongst various\nspecies.\" (Bg.\n\n13.22) Mter thus rotating through many, many forms of\n\nlife in the cycle of birth and death, the living being gets a chance for a\nhuman form. Therefore every human being, especially one belonging to\na civilized nation or culture, must be extremely responsible in his activities. He should not risk degradation in the next life. Because the body\nwill change (tathii dehantara-priiptir), we should be extremely careful.\nTo see to the proper use of life is the purpose of \"Kr�r:ta consciousness.\nThe foolish living entity declares freedom from all control, but factually\nhe is not free; he is fully under the control of material nature. He must\ntherefore be most careful and responsible in the activities of his life.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n,\niiit\"4it!4�1�qr=qa ���:\n� ;r � �� q����: 11��11\njanma-karma-vayo-rupavidyaiSvarya-dhanadibhi/:L\nyady asya na bhavet stambhas\ntatrayarh mad-anugraha/:L\njanma-by birth in an aristocratic family; karma-by wonderful activities, pious activities; vaya/:L\n\n-\n\nby age, especially youth, when one is\n\ncapable of doing many things; rupa-by personal beauty, which attracts\neveryone;\n\nvidya-by\n\neducation; aiSvarya-by opulence; dhana-by\n\nwealth; iidibhi/:L-by other opulences also;\n\nyadi\n\n-\n\nif; asya-of the\n\npossessor; na-not; bhavet-there is; stambha/:L-pride; tatra-in such\na condition; ayam-a person; mat-anugraha/:L-should be considered to\nhave received My special mercy.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0209": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n184\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf a human being is born in an aristocratic family or a higher\nstatus of life, if he performs wonderful activities, if he is youthful,\nif he has personal beauty, a good education and good wealth, and if\nhe is nonetheless not proud of his opulences, it is to be understood\nthat he is especially favored by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nPURPORT\nWhen in spite of possessing all these opulences a person is not proud,\nthis means that he is fully aware that all his opulences are due to the\nmercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He therefore engages all\nhis possessions in the service of the Lord. A devotee knows very well that\neverything, even his body, belongs to the Supreme Lord. If one lives perfectly in such .l(r�J).a consciousness, it is to be understood that he is especially favored by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The conclusion\nis that one's being deprived of his wealth is not to be considered the\nspecial mercy of the Lord. If one continues in his opulent position but\ndoes not become unnecessarily proud, falsely thinking that he is the\nproprietor of everything, this is the Lord's special mercy.\nTEXT 27\n\n¥tlwt{d+¥tfZtfil'�11wti ::r;:qti(l;ri ijq��H I\n\nmq:sRifwd\n\n�\n\n�� �: II ��I I\n\nmiina-stambha-nimittiiniirh\njanmiidiniirh samantatal;\nsarva-sreyal;-pratipiiniirh\nhanta muhyen na mat-para/;\nmana-of false prestige;\n\nstambha-because of this impudence;\n\nnimittiiniim-which are the causes; janma-iidiniim-such as birth in a\nfamily; samantatal;-taken together; sarva-sreyal;-for the\n\nhigh\n\nsupreme benefit of life; pratipiiniim-which are impediments; hantaalso; muhyet\ndevotee.\n\n-\n\nbecomes bewildered; na-not; mat-paral;-My pure\n\n", "SB8.3#p0210": "Text 28]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n185\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough aristocratic birth and other such opulences are impediments to advancement in devotional service because they are\ncauses of false prestige and pride, these opulences never disturb a\npure devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nDevotees like Dhruva Maharaja, who was given unlimited material\nopulence, have the special mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nOnce Kuvera wanted to give Dhruva Maharaja a benediction, but\nalthough Dhruva Maharaja could have asked him for any amount of material opulence, he instead begged Kuvera that he might continue his devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When a devotee\nis fixed in his devotional service, there is no need for the Lord to deprive\nhim of his material opulences. The Supreme Personality of Godhead\nnever takes away material opulences achieved because of devotional service, although He sometimes takes away opulences achieved by pious activities. He does this to make a devotee prideless or put him in a better\nposition in devotional service. If a special devotee is meant for preaching\nbut does not give up his family life or material opulences to take to the\nservice of the Lord, the Lord surely takes away his material opulences\nand establishes him in devotional service. Thus the pure devotee becomes fully engaged in propagating l<t�:Q.a consciousness.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�\"��tiiWflqRUft: ��: I\nat�'fl��� �i � � UURr II �Gil\n\n�\n\ne$a danava-daityandm\nagrani/:t kirti-vardhana�\naja�id ajayam mayam\nsidann api na muhyati\ne$a�-this Bali Maharaja; danava-daityaniim-among the demons\nand unbelievers; agrani�-the foremost devotee; kirti-vardhana�-the\n\n", "SB8.3#p0211": "186\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nmost famous; ajai§it-has already surpassed; ajayam-the insurmoun­\n\ntable; mayam - material energy; sidan-being bereft (of all material\nopulences); api-although; na-not; muhyati-is bewildered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja has become the most famous among the demons\nand nonbelievers, for in spite of being bereft of all material opulences, he is fixed in his devotional service.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse, the words sidann api na muhyati are very important. A\ndevotee is sometimes put into adversity while executing devotional service. In adversity, everyone laments and becomes aggrieved, but by the\ngrace of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, a devotee, even in the\nworst condition, can understand that he is going through a severe examination by the Personality of Godhead. Bali Maharaja passed all such\nexaminations, as explained in the following verses.\n\nTEXTS 29-30\n\n1!jlu1R�1i�(f:���q� �(¥{:I\n�l(� qf(�ihl ���fi«r: !1��11\n� �mf(f: � � � if ijiRI:\n00Wit 1t� � illtl� �� II� otI\n\"'\n\n/cyi1Jn-rikthaS cyutab sthanat\n/cyipto baddhaS ca satrubhi/:t\njMtibhiS ca parityakto\nyatanam anuyapita/:t\nguru� bhartsita/:t sapto\njahau satyam na suvrata/:t\nchalair ukto maya dharmo\nnayam tyajati satya-vak\n\n", "SB8.3#p0212": "Bali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\nText 30)\n\n/cyirra-rikthab,-although\n\nbereft\n\nof\n\nall\n\nriches;\n\n187\ncyutab,-fallen;\n\nsthiinat-from his superior position; /cyiptab,-forcefully thrown away;\nbaddhab,\n\nca-and\n\nforcefully\n\nbound;\n\nsatrubhib,-by\n\nhis\n\nenemies;\n\njfiiitibhib, ca-and by his family members or relatives; parityaktab,deserted; yatanam-all kinds of suffering; anuyapitab,-unusually\nseverely\n\nsuffered;\n\nguru�-by\n\nhis\n\nspiritual\n\nmaster;\n\nbhartsitab,­\n\nrebuked; saptab,-and cursed; jahau-gave up; satyam-truthfulness;\nna-not; su-vratab,-being fixed in his vow; chalaib,-pretentiously;\nuktab,-spoken; maya-by Me; dharmab,-the religious principles;\nna-not; ayam-this Bali Maharaja; tyajati-does give up; satya-vakbeing true to his word.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough bereft of his riches, fallen from his original position,\ndefeated and arrested by his enemies, rebuked and deserted by his\nrelatives and friends, although suffering the pain of being bound\nand although rebuked and cursed by his spiritual master, Bali\nMaharaja, being fixed in his vow, did not give up his truthfulness.\nIt was certainly with pretention that I spoke about religious principles, but he did not give up religious principles, for he is true to\nhis word.\nPURPORT\nBali Maharaja passed the severe test put before him by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. This is further proof of the Lord's mercy toward\nHis devotee. The Supreme Personality of Godhead sometimes puts a devotee to severe tests that are almost unbearable. One could hardly even\nlive under the conditions forced upon Bali Maharaja. That Bali Maharaja\nendured all these severe tests and austerities is the mercy of the Supreme\nLord. The Lord certainly appreciates the devotee's forbearance, and it is\nrecorded for the future glorification of the devotee. This was not an ordinary test. As described in this verse, hardly anyone could survive such a\ntest, but for the future glorification of Bali Maharaja, one of the mahajanas, the Supreme Personality of Godhead not only tested him but also\ngave him the strength to tolerate such adversity. The Lord is so kind to\nHis devotee that when severely testing him the Lord gives him the\n\n", "SB8.3#p0213": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n188\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nnecessary strength to be tolerant and continue to remain a glorious\ndevotee.\nTEXT 31\n\n�it snm: � ����\n('ltii1Uf(�(�l4 ¥�N� it 1{�1�: ll� �II\n..\n\ne�a me priipital; sthanarh\ndU§prapam amarair api\nsavar7J.er antarasyayarh\nbhavitendro mad-ii.Srayal;\ne�a/;-Bali\n\nMaharaja;\n\nme-by\n\nMe;\n\npra pital;-has\n\nachieved;\n\nsthanam-a place; d!L§prapam-extremely difficult to obtain; amarail;\napi-even by the demigods; savarl).e/; antarasya-d uring the period of\nthe Manu known as Savar�i; ayam-this Bali Maharaja; bhavita-will\nbecome; indra/;-the lord of the heavenly planet; mat-ii.Sraya/;-com pletely under My protection.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord continued: Because of his great tolerance, I have given\n\nhim a place not obtainable even by the demigods. He will become\n\nKing of the heavenly planets during the period of the Manu\nknown as Savar� i.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Even if the\nLord takes away a devotee's material opulences, the Lord immediately\noffers him a position of which the demigods cannot even dream. There\nare many examples of this in the history of devotional service. One of\nthem is the opulence of Sudama Vipra. Sudama Vipra suffered severe\nmaterial scarcity, but he was not disturbed and did not deviate from devotional service. Thus he was ultimately given an exalted position by the\nmercy of Lord Kr��a. Here the word mad-ii.Srayal; is very significant.\nBecause the Lord wanted to give Bali Maharaja the exalted position of\nlndra, the demigods might naturally have been envious of him and\nmight have fought to disturb his position. But the Supreme Personality\n\n", "SB8.3#p0214": "Text 32]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n189\n\nof Godhead assured Bali Maharaja that he would always remain under\nthe Lord's protection (mad-asraya/:1,).\nTEXT 32\n\n� ijij��� �i$�NMffl�\\ I\n\n� �� �� qutR: I\n;\\lqe•rt fitttw1i �ij' �� ������\ntavat sutalam adhyastam\nvisvakarma-vinirmitam\n\nyad adhayo vyadhaya§ ca\nklamas tandra parabhava/:1,\nnopasarga nivasatam\nsambhavanti mamek$aya\nUivat-as long as you are not in the post of Lord Indra; sutalam-in\nthe planet known as Sutala; adhyastam-go live there and occupy the\nplace; viSvakarma-vinirmitam-which is especially created by\nVisvakarmii; yat-wherein; adhaya/:1,-miseries pertaining to the mind;\nvyadhaya/:1,-miseries pertaining to the body; ca-also; klama/:1,fatigue; tandra-dizziness or laziness; parabhava/:1,-becorning defeated; na-not; upasarga/:1,-syrnptorns of other disturbances;\nnivasatam-of those who live there; sambhavanti-becorne possible;\nmama-of Me; ik$aya-by the special vigilance.\nTRANSLATION\nUntil Bali Maharaja achieves the position of King of heaven, he\nshall live on the planet Sutala, which was made by Visvakarma according to My order. Because it is especially protected by Me, it is\nfree from mental and bodily miseries, fatigue, dizziness, defeat\nand all other disturbances. Bali Maharaja, you may now go live\nthere peacefully.\nPURPORT\n\nVisvakarmii is the engineer or architect for the palatial buildings in\nthe heavenly planets. Therefore, since he was engaged to construct the\n\n", "SB8.3#p0215": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n190\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nresidential quarters of Bali Maharaja, the buildings and palaces on the\nplanet Sutala must at l�ast equal those on the heavenly planets. A further\nadvantage of this place designed for Bali Maharaja was that he would not\nbe disturbed by any outward calamity. Moreover, he would not be disturbed by mental or bodily miseries. These are all extraordinary features\nof the planet Sutala, where Bali Maharaja would live.\nIn the Vedic literatures we find descriptions of many different planets\nwhere there are many, many palaces, hundreds and thousands of times\nbetter than those of which we have experience on this planet earth.\nWhen we speak of palaces, this naturally includes the idea of great cities\nand towns. Unfortunately, when modern scientists try to explore other\nplanets they see nothing but rocks and sand. Of course, they may go on\ntheir frivolous excursions, but the students of the Vedic literature will\nnever believe them or give them any credit for exploring other planets.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n� '100� ���ijl\n� �fitf¥�: S(l':;;i �mrflr: m�nf�: II�� II\nirulrasena mahiiraja\nyahi bho bhadram astu te\nsutalam svargibhi� prarthyam\njnatibhi� parivarita�\nirulrasena-0 Maharaja Bali; mahiiraja-0 King; yahi-better go;\nbho�-0 King; bhadram-all auspiciousness; astu-let there be: teunto you; sutalam-in the planet known as Sutala; svargibhi/:i-by the\ndemigods; prdrthyam-desirable; jnatibhi�-by your �amily members;\n\nparivdrita�-surrounded.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Bali Maharaja [Ind rasena], now you may go to the planet\n\nSutala, which is desired even by the demigods. Live there\npea cefully, surrounded by your friends and relatives. All good\nfortune unto you.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0216": "Text 35]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n191\n\nPURPORT\nBali Maharaja was transferred from the heavenly planet to the planet\nSutala, which is hundreds of times better than heaven, as indicated by\nthe words svargibhib, prarthyam. When the Supreme Personality of Godhead deprives His devotee of material opulences, this does not mean that\nthe Lord puts him into poverty; rather, the Lord promotes him to a\nhigher position. The Supreme Personality of Godhead did not ask Bali\nMaharaja to separate from his family; instead, the Lord allowed him to\nstay with his family members (fiiatibhib, parivaritab-}.\nTEXT 34\n\nW� m'lf��lf� it��: �u� 1\n�f4�R1�-��sfi�fi(\\�QlRf ll�'clll\ntvam abhibhav�yanti\nlokesab, kim utapare\ntvac-chasanatigan daityarh.S\ncakram me suday�yati\n\nna\n\nna-not; tmm-unto you; abhibhav�yanti-will be able to conquer;\nloka-iSab,-the predominating deities of the various planets;\n\nkim uta\ntvat-sdsana-atigan-who\ntransgress your rulings; daityan such demons; cakram-d isc; me\nMy; sadafo.yati-will kill.\n\napare-what to speak of ordinary people;\n-\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the planet Sutala, not even the predominating deities of\nother planets, what to speak of ordinary people, will be able to\nconquer you. As far\n\nas\n\nthe demons are concerned, if they\n\ntransgress your rule, My disc will kill them.\nTEXT 35\n\n� ��)${ �t m� «qf�� 1\n\nQf\\T m� eJ'R qSf �t ��� �� II��II\n\n", "SB8.3#p0217": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n192\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 22\n\nralcyi§ye sarvato 'ham tvam\nsiinugam saparicchadam\nsadii sannihitam vira\ntatra miim dralcyyate bhavan\nra/cyi§ye- shall protect; sarvatab,-in all respects; aham-I; tvam­\n\nyou; sa- anugam-with your associates; sa-paricchada m-with your\nparaphernalia; sadii-always; sannihitam-situated nearby; vira-0\ngreat hero; tatra-there, in your place; miim-Me; dralcyyate-will be\nable to see; bhavan -you\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 great hero, I shall always be with you and give you protection\n\nin all respects along with your associates and paraphernalia.\n\nMoreover, you will always be able to see Me there.\nTEXT 36\n\nVI��������: I\nqt � � ij'Q': � fet��:,_�\"ttffl II�� II\ntatra diinava-daityiiniim\nsafzgiit te bhiiva iisurab,\ndr�!va mad-anubhiivam vai\nsadyab, kur:ttho vinarilcyyati\ntatra-in that place; diinava-daityiiniim-of the demons and the\nDanavas; safzgiit-because of the association; te-your; bhavab,-mentality; iisurab,-demoniac; d mm-by observing; mat-anubhiivam-My\nsuperexcellent power; vai-indeed; sadyab,-immed iately ; kur:tthab-anxiety; vinarilcyyati-will be destroyed.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause there you will see My supreme prowess, your ma­\n\nterialistic ideas and anxieties that have arisen from your association with\n\nvanquished.\n\nthe\n\ndemons\n\nand\n\nDanavas will\n\nimmediately be\n\n", "SB8.3#p0218": "Text 36]\n\nBali Maharaja Surrenders His Life\n\n193\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord assured Bali Maharaja of all protection, and finally the Lord\n\nassured him of protection from the effects of bad association with the\n\ndemons. Bali Maharaja certainly became an exalted devotee, but he was\n\nsomewhat anxious because his association was not purely devotional. The\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead therefore assured him that his\ndemoniac mentality would be annihilated. In other words, by the association of devotees, the demoniac mentality is vanquished.\n\nsatam prasangan mama virya-samvido\nbhavanti hrt-karr:uz-rasayanalt kathalt\n(Bhag. 3.25.25)\nWhen a demon associates with devotees engaged in glorifying the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, he gradually becomes a pure devotee.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Twentysecond Chapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Bali Maharaja\nSurrenders His Life.\n\"\n\n", "SB8.3#p0219": "CHAPTER TWENTY-THREE\n\nThe Demigods\nRegain the Heavenly Planets\nThis chapter describes how Bali Maharaja, along with his grandfather\n\nPrahlada Maharaja, entered the planet Sutala and how the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead allowed lndra to reenter the heavenly planet.\n\nThe great soul Bali Maharaja experienced that the highest gain in life\n\nis to attain devotional service under the shelter of the Lord's lotus feet in\n\nfull surrender. Being fixed in this conclusion, his heart full of ecstatic\ndevotion and his eyes full of tears, he offered obeisances to the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead and then, with his associates, entered the planet\n\nknown as Sutala. Thus the Supreme Personality of Godhead satisfied the\ndesire of Aditi and reinstalled Lord lndra. Prahlada Maharaja, being\n\naware of Bali's release from arrest, then described the transcendental\n\npastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in this material world.\n\nPrahlada Maharaja praised the Supreme Lord for creating the material\n\nworld, for being equal to everyone and for being extremely liberal to the\n\ndevotees, just like a desire tree. Indeed, Prahlada Maharaja said that the\n\nLord is kind not only to His devotees but also to the demons. In this way\n\nhe described the unlimited causeless mercy of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Then, with folded hands, he offered his respectful obei­\n\nsances unto the Lord, and after circumambulating the Lord he also en­\n\ntered the planet Sutala in accordance with the Lord's order. The Lord\nthen ordered Sukracarya to describe Bali Maharaja's faults and discrepancies in executing the sacrificial ceremony. Sukracarya became free\nfrom fruitive actions by chanting the holy name of the Lord, and he ex­\n\nplained how chanting can diminish all the faults of the conditioned soul.\n\nHe then completed Bali Maharaja's sacrificial ceremony. All the great\n\nsaintly persons accepted Lord Vamanadeva as the benefactor of Lord\nlndra because He had returned Indra to his heavenly planet. They ac­\n\ncepted the Supreme Personality of Godhead as the maintainer of all the\n\naffairs of the universe. Being very happy, lndra, along with his asso­\n\nciates, placed Vamanadeva before him and reentered the heavenly planet\n195\n\n", "SB8.3#p0220": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n196\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 23\n\nin their airplane. Having seen the wonderful activities of Lord Vi��u in\nthe sacrificial arena of Bali Maharaja, all the demigods, saintly persons,\nPitas, Bhiitas and Siddhas glorified the Lord again and again. The\nchapter concludes by saying that the most auspiciousfunction of the conditioned soul is to chant and hear about the glorious activities of Lord\nVi��u.\nTEXT 1\n\nWf�J<fi \\T<IT'<T\n\n�tt �u�;f\n�{G+IFit�\\tl��:\nil4\\l��{tq��·1j�aJoiT\n+����� ��1 FRPR\"n{ II � II\n��q;d\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nity uktavantam puT'U{)arit puratanam\nmahanubhavo 'khila-sadhu-sammatab,\nbaddhaiijalir �pa-kaliikulek$a1Jo\nbhakty-utkalo gadgadaya girabravit\nsri-sukab, uvaca\n\n-\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; uktavantam­\n\n-upon the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; pur�amunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; puratanam-tbe oldest of\neveryone; maha-anubhamb,-Bali Maharaja, who was a great and exalted soul; akhila-sadhu-sammatab,-as approved by all saintly persons;\n\nbaddha-aiijalib,-with folded hands; bti�pa-ka la-akula-i/cyaJJab--whose\neyes were filled with tears; bhakti-utkalab,-full of ecstatic devotion;\ngadgadaya-which were faltering in devotional ecstasy; gira-by such\nwords; abravit-said.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: When the supreme, ancient, eternal\n\nPersonality of Godhead had thus spoken to Bali Maharaja, who is\nuniversally accepted as a pure devotee of the Lord and therefore a\n\n", "SB8.3#p0221": "Text 2)\n\nThe Demigods Regain the Heavenly Planets\n\n197\n\ngreat soul, Bali Maharaja, his eyes filled with tears, his hands\nfolded and his voice faltering in devotional ecstasy, responded as\nfollows.\nTEXT2\n\n3Til\n\nsit���T�\n3(Ull'lFJ t;�: ij�:\n\nt�OO m�tf�: I\nttt.fl�q·���a1 l\n�sqij�S{l�sfiRf: II � II\n�\n\nsri-balir uvaca\naho praiJ(imaya krtab, samudyamab,\nprapanna-bhaktartha-vidhau samahitab,\nyal loka-palai.s tvad-anugraho 'marair\nalabdha-pilroo 'pasade 'sure 'rpitab,\nsri-bali!£ uvaca-B ali Maharaja said; aho- alas; praiJ(imaya-to offer\nmy respectful obeisances; krtab,-1 did; samudyamab,-only an en­\n\ndeavor; prapanna-bhakta-artha-vidhau-in the regulative principles\nobserved by pure devotees; samahitab,-is capable; yat- that; lokapala ib, -by the leaders of various planets; tvat-anugrahab,-Your cause­\n\nless mercy; amaraib,-by the demigods; ala bdha-p uroa b,- not achieved\npreviously; apasade-unto a fallen person like me; asure-belonging to\nthe asura community; arp itab,-endow ed\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBali Maharaja said: What a wonder£ ul effect there is in even attempting to offer respectful obeisances to You! I merely endeavored to offer You obeisances, but nonetheless the attempt was\nas successful as those of pure devotees. The causeless mercy You\nhave shown to me, a fallen demon, was never achieved even by the\ndemigods or the leaders of the various planets.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0222": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n198\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 23\n\nPURPORT\nWhen Vamanadeva appeared before Bali Maharaja, Bali Maharaja im­\n\nmediately wanted to offer Him respectful obeisances, but he was unable\nto do so because of the presence of Sukracarya and other demoniac asso­\n\nciates. The Lord is so merciful, however, that although Bali Maharaja did\n\nnot actually offer obeisances but only endeavored to do so within his\n\nmind, the Supreme Personality of Godhead blessed him with more mercy\n\nthan even the demigods could ever expect. As confirmed in Bhagavad­\n\ngitd\n\n(2.40), svalpam apy asya dharmasya trayate mahato bhayat:\n\n\"Even a little advancement on this path can protect one from the most\n\ndangerous type of fear.\" The Supreme Personality of Godhead is known\nas bhava-grahi janiirdana because He takes only the essence of a de­\n\nvotee's attitude. If a devotee sincerely surrenders, the Lord, as the\n\nSupersoul in everyone's heart, immediately understands this. Thus even\nthough, externally, a devotee may not render full service, if he is inter­\n\nnally sincere and serious the Lord welcomes his service nonetheless.\n\nThus the Lord is known as bhava-grahi janiirdana because He takes the\nessence of one's devotional mentality.\n\nTEXT3\n\n��R\n�� tRIU;c� ;mtOi � mr: I\n� wrn m ..�i'ffi: ij'�tt�: 11 � u\nsri-suka uvdca\nity uktva harim anatya\nbrahmdflltrh sabhavam tata/:t\nvivesa sutalam prito\nbalir mukta/:t sahasurai/:t\nsri-suka/:t uvdca\n\n-\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti uktva -saying this;\n\nharim-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari; dnatya-offer­\n\n�\n\ning o eisances; brahmdfULm-unto Lord Brahma; sa-bhavam-with\n\nLord Siva; tata/:t-thereafter; vivesa-he entered; sutalam-the planet\n\nSutala; prita/:t-being fully satisfied; bali/:t-Bali Maharaja; mukta/:tthus released; saha asurai/:t-with his asura associates.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0223": "Text 5]\n\nThe Demigods Regain the Heavenly Planets\n\n199\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: Mter speaking in this way, Bali\n\nMaharaja offered his obeisances first to the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, Hari, and then to Lord Brahmii and Lord Siva. Thus he\nwas released from the bondage of the naga-pasa [the ropes of\n\nVaruJ,la], and in full satisfaction he entered the planet known as\n\nSutala.\n\nTEXT4\n\nt(cAA.,.�Itt � SR� AA!q1{_ I\n�f4EC«Ifi\\6: �qt� � � II �II\nevam indraya bhagavan\npratyaniya trivi$!apam\nparayitvaditeb, kamam\na.Sasat sakalarh jagat\nevam-in this way;\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nindraya-unto King lndra;\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nbhagavan\n\npratyaniya-giving\n\nback;\n\n-\n\nthe\ntri­\n\nvi$!apam-his supremacy in the heavenly planets; purayitoo-fulfill\n\n­\n\ning; aditeb,-of Aditi; kamam-the desire; a.Sd sat-ruled; sakalamcomplete; jagat-universe.\nTRANSLATION\nThus having delivered the proprietorship of the heavenly plan­\n\nets to Indra and having fulfilled the desire of Aditi, mother of the\ndemigods, the Supreme Personality of Godhead ruled the affairs\nof the universe.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� frr� .fur �� � I\nA�li� �S(qU(: !N� �tit{ II \"\\ II\nlabdha-prasadarh nirmuktarh\npautrarh vamsa-dhararh balim\n\n", "SB8.3#p0224": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n200\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 23\n\nniSamya bhakti-pravar:za�\nprahriida idam abravit\nlabdha-prasiidam-who had achieved the blessings of the Lord;\nnirmuktam-who was released from bondage; pautram-his grandson;\nvamsa-dharam-the descendant;\nafter\n\noverhearing;\n\nbalim-Bali Maharaja;\n\nbhakti-pravar:za�-in\n\nfully\n\nniSamya­\n\necstatic\n\ndevotion;\n\nprahrada�-Prahlada Maharaja; idam-this; abravit-spoke.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Prahlada Mahiirija heard how Bali Maharaja, his grandson\n\nand descendant, had been released from bondage and had achieved\nthe benediction of the Lord, he spoke\n\nas\n\ngreatly ecstatic devotion.\n\nfollows in a tone of\n\nTEXT6\n\n�'Sf���\n\"\n\nipi tm� m\n\n3R'T�\n\n� WI ��: �fFIN�Srlr I\n�Sij(IUII+if«\n��\nft�ntiff�mef:t: II � II\nWI\n\nsri-prahrada utxica\nnemam viriiico labhate prasiidam\nna srir na sarvab, kim utapare 'nye\nyan no 'sura�m asi durga-palo\nviSoobhivandyair abhivanditanghrib,\nsri-prahrada� uooca-Prahlada Maharaja said; na-not; imamthis; viriiica�-even Lord Brahma; labhate-can achieve; prasiidambenediction; na-nor; srib,-the goddess of fortune; na-nor; sarva�Lord Siva; kim uta-what to speak of; apare anye-others; yat-which\nbenediction; na�-of us; asura�m-the demons; asi-You have become;\n\ndurga-pala�-the\n\nmaintainer;\n\nviSva-abhivandyaib,-by per­\n\nsonalities like Lord Brahma and Lord Siva, who are worshiped all over\nthe universe; abhivandita-anghri�-whose lotus feet are worshiped.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0225": "Text\n\n7]\n\nThe Demigods Regain the Heavenly Planets\n\n201\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlida Maharaja said: 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nYou are universally worshiped; even Lord Brahma and Lord Siva\nworship Your lotus feet. Yet although You are such a great per­\n\nsonality, You have kindly promised to protect us, the demons. I\n\nthink that such kindness has never been achieved even by Lord\nBrahm&, Lord Siva or the goddess of fortune, Lak�mi, what to\nspeak of other demigods or common people.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word durga-pala is significant. The word durga means \"that\nwhich does not go very easily.\" Generally durga refers to a fort, which\none cannot very easily enter. Another meaning of durga is \"difficulty.\"\nBecause the Supreme Personality of Godhead promised to protect Bali\nMaharaja and his associates from all dangers, He is addressed here as\n\ndurga-pala, the Lord who gives protection from all miserable conditions.\nTEXT7\n\n��q'l'iih{ i\\fW11�UlWI\n..\n\niitilll(\\�: �1{01�1��� �: I\n\n�� qtf �: (CI�ttl'i��\n\n��qtfi!q�(f�:31'Jfun: II \\911\n\nyat-pada-padma-makaranda-ni§eva1).ena\nbrahmadaya� sara�nuoote vibhuti�\nkasmiid ooyam kusrtaya� khala-yonayas te\nda�ir:tya-dr�#-padavim bhavata� prar:tita�\nyat-of whom; pada-padma-of the lotus flower of the feet;\nmakaranda-of the honey; ni§eoo1).ena-by tasting the sweetness of\nrendering\nBrahma;\n\nservice; brahma-adaya� -great personalities like Lord\nsarar:ta-da-0 my Lord, supreme shelter of everyone;\n\na§nuvate-enjoy; vibhilt*-benedictions given by You; kasmat-how;\n\nooya m- we; ku srtaya�-all the rogues and thieves; khala-yonaya�-\n\nborn of an envious dynasty, namely that of the demons; te-those\n\n", "SB8.3#p0226": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n202\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 23\n\nasuras; dak§i�Jya-dr�#-padavim-the position bestowed by the merciful\nglance; bhavatab,-of Your Lordship; pra!Jftdb,-have achieved.\nTRANSLATION\n0 supreme shelter of everyone, great personalities like Brahma\nenjoy their perfection simply by tasting the honey of rendering\nservice at Your lotus feet. But as for us, who are all rogues and\ndebauchees horn of an envious family of demons, how have we\nreceived Your mercy? It has been possible only because Your\nmercy is causeless.\nTEXTS\n\nRsi ��sfii�'P�Fnttffif�� ��� I\n(i�Wi'l: «�sm: ��\n�f� W« Cli(!qij(i((4 qrcr: II � II\ncitram tavehitam aho 'mita-yogarniiyalilii-visma-bhuvanasya vi.Saradasya\nsarvatmanab- samadrso 'vi�amab, svabhavo\nbhakta-priyo yad asi kalpataru-svabhavab,\ncitram-very wonderful; tava ihitam-all Your activities; aho-alas;\namita-unlimited; yogarnii ya-o£ Your spiritual potency; lila-by the\npastimes; visma-bhuvanasya-o£ Your Lordship, by whom all the universes have been created; vi.Saradasya-of Your Lordship, who are expert in all respects; sarva-atmanab,-of Your Lordship, who pervade all;\nsama-drsab,-and who are equal toward all; av�amab,-without differentiation; svabhavab,-that is Your characteristic; bhakta-priyab,under the circumstances You become favorable to the devotees; yat-because; asi-You are; kalpataru-svabhavab,-having the characteristic of\na desire tree.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, Your pastimes are all wonderfully performed by\nYour inconceivable spiritual energy; and by her perverted reflection, the material energy, You have created all the universes. As\n\n", "SB8.3#p0227": "Text 8)\n\nThe Demigods Regain the Heavenly Planets\n\n203\n\nthe Supersoul of all living entities, You are aware of everything,\nand therefore You are certainly equal toward everyone. Nonetheless, You favor Your devotees. This is not partiality, however, for\nYour characteristic is just like that of a desire tree, which yields\neverything according to one's desire.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii (9.29):\nsamo 'ham sarva-bhute�u\nna me dve�yo 'sti na priyaJ:r,\n\nye bhajanti tu rn.iirh bhaktyii\nmayi te te�u copy aham\n\"I envy no one, nor am I partial to anyone. I am equal to all. But whoever\nrenders service unto Me in devotion is a friend, is in Me, and I am also a\nfriend to him.\" The Supreme Personality of Godhead is certainly equal\ntoward all living entities, but a devotee who fully surrenders at the lotus\nfeet of the Lord is different from a nondevotee. In other words, everyone\ncan take shelter at the lotus feet of the Lord to enjoy equal benedictions\nfrom the Lord, but nondevotees do not do so, and therefore they suffer\nthe consequences created by the material energy. We can understand this\nfact by a simple example. The king or government is equal to all citizens.\nTherefore, if a citizen capable of receiving special favors from the\ngovernment is offered such favors, this does not mean that the government is partial. One who knows how to receive favors from the authority\ncan receive them, but one who does not neglects these favors and does\nnot receive them. There are two classes of men-the demons and the\ndemigods. The demigods are fully aware of the Supreme Lord's position,\nand therefore they are obedient to Him, but even if demons know about\nthe supremacy of the Lord they purposely defy His authority. Therefore,\nthe Lord makes distinctions according to the mentality of the living\nbeing, but otherwise He is equal to everyone. Like a desire tree, the Lord\nfulfills the desires of one who takes shelter of Him, but one who does not\ntake such shelter is distinct from the surrendered soul. One who takes\nshelter at the lotus feet of the Lord is favored by the Lord, regardless of\nwhether such a person is a demon or a demigod.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0228": "204\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 23\n\nTEXT9\n\n�1'{((1�\nt«« sr��\n\n�� ij Sftrt� ijij�M�'( I\n\n�t\\fii\"U �qtS(Ol\n� ....\n\n� .\n\n�IQI\"'T\n\n�� ll �II\n\nsri-bhagavan uvaca\nvatsa prahriida bhadrarh te\nprayahi sutalalayam\nmodamiina� sva-pautre1Ja\njiicitinarh sukham avaha\nsn-bhagavan uvaca-the Personality of Godhead said; vatsa-0 My\ndear son; prahriida-0 Prahlada Maharaja; bhadram te-all auspiciousness unto you; prayahi-please go; sutala-alayam-to the place known\nas Sutala; modamiina�-in a spirit of jubilation; sva-pautreTJU-with\nyour grandson (Bali Maharaja); jiicitinam-of your relatives and friends;\nsukham-happiness; avaha-just enjoy.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said:\n\nMy dear\n\nson\n\nPrahliida , all good fortune unto you. For the time being, please go\n\nto the place known as Sutala and there enjoy happiness with your\n\ngrandson and your other relatives and friends.\nTEXT 10\n\n� �Rf � VI tt�mfUrlfeff(4«¥( I\nII� o II\n¥t(\\Y\"fflitl{;lf\\�€1(ijqi�fwtil 'tl\"l:\n..\n\nnityarh dr�!asi miirh tatra\ngada paTJim avasthitam\n-\n\nmad-darsana-mahahladadhvasta-karma-nibandhana�\nnityam-constantly; dr�!a-the seer; asi-you shall be; miim-unto\nMe; tatra-there (in Sutalaloka); gada-piiTJim-with a club in My hand;\n\n", "SB8.3#p0229": "Text 12]\n\nThe Demigods Regain the Heavenly Planets\n\n205\n\navasthitam-situated there; mat-darsana-by seeing Me in that form;\nmaha-ahlada-by the great transcendental bliss; dhvasta-having been\nvanquished; karma-nibandhanab,-the bondage of fruitive activities.\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead\n\nassured\n\nPrahlada\n\nMahiiriija: You shall be able to see Me there in My usual feature\nwith conchshell, disc, club and lotus in My hand. Because of your\ntranscendental bliss due to always personally seeing Me, you will\nhave no further bondage to fruitive activities.\nPURPORT\nKarma-bandha, the bondage of fruitive activities, entails the repetition of birth and death. One performs fruitive activities in such a way\nthat he creates another body for his next life. As long as one is attached\nto fruitive activities, he must accept another material body. This repeated\nacceptance of material bodies is called sarhsara-bandhana. To stop this, a\ndevotee is advised to see the Supreme Lord constantly. The kani§thaadhikari, or neophyte devotee, is therefore advised to visit the temple\nevery day and see the form of the Lord regularly. Thus the neophyte devotee can be freed from the bondage of fruitive activities.\nTEXTS 11-12\n\n��\n\n3£� � (M;o$161(\\ 'l� � I\n'll�tf+t�fC<.'SI� ��Ill 'idi!Mfe: II� �II\n\nqR4utl�ti\nstll1d����rnr:\n\n(1qlij('i4'{cfir: I\n\nstN�'\n\n�� llt�ll\n\nsri-suka uvaca\najfiiim bhagavato rajan\nprahriido balinii saha\nbiic)ham ity amala-prajfio\nmardhny iidhaya krtanjalib,\n\n", "SB8.3#p0230": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n206\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 23\n\nparikramyadi-pur�arh\nsarvasura-camupati�\npra7Jatas tad-anujnata�\npravivesa maha-bilam\nsri-suka� uooca -Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; ajnam-the order;\n\nbhagavata�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; rajan-0 King\n(Maharaja Parik�it); prahrada�-Maharaja Prahlada; balina saha-ac\n\n­\n\ncompanied by Bali Maharaja; b&J,ham-yes, sir, what You say is all\nright; iti-thus; amala-prajfia�-Prahlada Maharaja, who had clear in­\n\ntelligence; murdhni-on his head; adhaya -accepting; krta-anjali�­\n\nwith\n\nfolded\n\npur�am-the\n\nhands;\n\nparikramya-after\n\nsupreme\n\noriginal\n\nperson,\n\ncircumambulating;\nBhagavan;\n\nadi­\n\nsarva-asura­\n\nca m upati�-the master of all the chiefs of the demons; pra7Jata�-after\n\noffering obeisances; tat-anujnata�-being permitted by Him (Lord\nVamana);\n\nSutala.\n\npravivesa-entered;\n\nmaha-bilam-the\n\nplanet\n\nknown as\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Sukadeva Gosviimi said: Accompanied by Bali Maharaja, my\n\ndear King Parik�it, Prahliida Maharaja, the master of all the chiefs\n\nof the demons, took the Supreme Lord's order on his head with\nfolded hands. Mter saying yes to the Lord, circumambulating Him\nand offering Him respectful obeisances, he entered the lower plan­\n\netary system known as Sutala.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n31�1(\\�;cij U;it.._ 'Rwtl(l�oOsf�t I\n311Q1wt'lf� � � il��'l. II t �II\nathahaSanasarit rajan\n\nharir narayar:w 'ntike\n\nasinam rtvijarit madhye\nsadasi brahma-vadinam\n\natka-thereafter; aha-said; u.Sanasam-unto Sukracarya; rajan-0\nKing; hari�-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; naraya7Ja�-the\n\n", "SB8.3#p0231": "Text 14)\n\nThe Demigods Regain the Heavenly Planets\n\n207\n\nLord; antilre-nearby; tisinam-who was sitting; rtvijam madhye-in\n\nthe\n\ngroup of all the priests;\n\nsadasi-in the assembly;\n\nvadinam-of the followers of Vedic principles.\n\nbrahma­\n\nTRANSLATION\nHari, the, Supreme Personality of Godhead, Naray�a, thereafter\n\naddressed Sukracarya, who was sitting nearby in the midst of the\n\nassembly with the priests [hrahma, hota, udgata and adhvaryu). 0\nMaharaja Parik�it, these priests were all hrahma-viidis, followers of\n\nthe Vedic principles for performing sacrifices.\nTEXT 14\n\n� ij� �tm ��fi0i ��: '\n� ffil_ dtJ ��� iltrri � 11�(1_ \"�'flit\nbrahman santanu s�yasya\n\nkarma-cchidram vitanvata!t\n\nyat tat karmasu va�amyam\n\nbrahma-dr�!aril samarit bhavet\n\nbrahman-0 brahma1Jil;\n\nsantanu-please describe;\n\ns�yasya-of\n\nyour disciple; karma-chidram-the discrepancies in the fruitive ac­\n\ntivities; vitanvataft-of he who was performing sacrifices; yat tat-that\nwhich; karmasu-in the fruitive activities; va�amyam-discrepancy;\n\nbrahma-dr�tam-when it is judged by the brahma�J-as; samam­\n\nequipoised; bhavet-it so becomes.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of the hriihmaJ.Ias, Sukriiciirya, please describe the fault\n\nor discrepancy in your disciple Bali Maharaja, who engaged in per­\n\nforming sacrifices. This fault will he nullified when judged in the\npresence of qualified hriihm�as.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen Bali Maharaja and Prahlada Maharaja had departed for the\n\nplanet Sutala, Lord V i�Q.U asked Sukracarya what the fault was in Bali\n\n", "SB8.3#p0232": "208\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 23\n\nMaharaja for which Sukracarya had cursed him. It might be argued that\n\nsince Bali Maharaja had now left the scene, how could his faults be\njudged? In reply to this, Lord Vi�J).U informed Sukracarya that there was\n\nno need for Bali Maharaja's presence, for his faults and discrepancies\ncould be nullified if judged before the brahma1JaS. As will be seen in the\n\nnext verse, Bali Maharaja had no faults; Sukracarya had unnecessarily\ncursed him. Nonetheless, this was better for Bali Maharaja. Being cursed\nby Sukracarya, Bali Maharaja was deprived of all his possessions, with\n\nthe result that the Supreme Personality of Godhead favored him for his\n\nstrong faith in devotional service. Of course, a devotee is not required to\nengage in fruitive activities. As stated in the siistra, sarviirha�m\nacyutejyii (Bhag. 4.31.14). By worshiping Acyuta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one satisfies everyone. Because Bali Maharaja had\n\nsatisfied the Supreme Personality of Godhead, there were no discrepan­\n\ncies in his performance of sacrifices.\n\nTEXT 15\n\nsitrpn 'JefT�\n\ni���'iifi � �� ¥Rl'{l\n�� ���(iq: � �: II ��II\nsri-sukra uviica\nkutas tat-karma-vai§amyarh\nyasya karmesvaro bhavan\nyajiieso yajfia-pun.L§a/:t\nsarva-bhavena pujita/:t\nsri-sukra/:t uvaca- Sri Sukraca.rya said; kuta/:t-where is that; tat-of\nhim (Bali Maharaja); karma-vai§amyam-discrepancy in discharging\n\nfruitive activities; yasya-of whom (Bali Maharaja); karma-iSvara/:tthe master of all fruitive activities; bhavii n-Your Lordship;\n\nyajfia-iSa/:t-You are the enjoyer of all sacrifices; yajfia-pun.L§a/:t-You\nare the person for whose pleasure all sacrifices are offered; sarva­\n\nbhavena-in all respects; pujita}:t-having worshiped.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0233": "Text 15)\n\nThe Demigods Regain the Heavenly Planets\n\n209\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukricirya said: My Lord, You are the enjoyer and lawgiver in\n\nall performances of sacrifice, and You are the yajiia-puru�a, the\n\nperson to whom all sacrifices are offered. If one has fully satisfied\nYou, where is the chance of discrepancies or faults in his performances of sacrifice?\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitd\n\n(5.29) the Lord says, bhoktdram yajna-tapasam\n\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram: the Lord, the supreme proprietor, is the actual\n\nperson to be satisfied by the performance of yajnas. The V�ttu Puriitta\n\n(3.8.9) says:\nva�ramacaravatii\n\npurU§etta para� pumiin\n\nV�tJ-Ur iiradhyate pantha\n\nnanyat tat-t(J$a-kiirattam\n\nAll the Vedic ritualistic sacrifices are performed for the purpose of\nsatisfying Lord Vi�Q.u, the yajna-puru$a. The divisions of societybrahmatta,\n\nk$atriya,\n\nvaiSya,\n\nsudra,\n\nbrahmacarya,\n\ngrhastha,\n\nvanaprastha and sannyasa-are all meant to satisfy the Supreme Lord,\n\nVi�Q.U. To act according to this principle of the va�rama institution is\ncalled\n\nvarttiiSramiicaratta.\n\nIn\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.2.13),\n\nSuta\n\nGosvami says:\nata� pumbhir dvija-sre$tha\n\nvarttiiSrama-vibhaga§a�\nsvanU§thitasya dharmasya\n\nsamsiddhir hari-tO$attam\n\n\"0 best among the twiceborn, it is therefore concluded that the highest\n\nperfection one can achieve by discharging his prescribed duties according to caste divisions and orders of life is to please the Personality of\nGodhead.\" Everything is meant to satisfy the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. The:r:efore, since Bali Maharaja had satisfied the Lord, he had\nno faults, and Sukracarya admitted that cursing him was not good.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0234": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n210\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 23\n\nTEXT 16\n\nSRJ� ���R�Il�\\ij«l: I\nri �ftf r.ri't�li�Q�J;f WI II� �II\n'l;>.t()�..\n\nmantratas tantrata.S chidrarh\ndesa-ka liirha-vastuta/:t\nsarvarh karoti niSchidram\nanusalikirtanarh tava\nmantrata/:t-in\n\npronouncing\n\nthe\n\nVedic\n\nimproperly;\n\nmantras\n\ntantrata/:t-in insufficient knowledge for following regulative principles;\nchidram-discrepancy; desa-in the matter of country;\n\nkala-and\n\ntime; arha-and recipient; vastuta}:t-and paraphernalia; sarvamall\n\nthese;\n\nkaroti\n\n- makes ;\n\nniSchidram-without\n\ndiscrepancy;\n\nanusalikirtanam-constantly chanting the holy name; tava-of Your\nLordship.\nTRANSLATION\nThere may be discrepancies in pronouncing the mantras and ob­\n\nserving the regulative principles, and, moreover, there may be dis­\n\ncrepancies in regard to time, place, person and paraphernalia. But\nwhen Your Lordship's holy name is chanted, everything becomes\n\nfaultless.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has recommended:\nharer nama harer nama\nharer niimaiva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyathii\n\"In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is\nchanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no\n\nother way. There is no other way.\" (Brhan-naradiya Purii� 38.126) In\n\nthis age of Kali, it is extremely difficult to perform Vedic ritualistic\n\n", "SB8.3#p0235": "Text 17] The Demigods Regain the Heavenly Planets\n\n211\n\nceremonies or sacrifices perfectly. Hardly anyone can chant the Vedic\n\nmantras with perfect pronunciation or accumulate the paraphernalia for\n\nVedic performances. Therefore the sacrifice recommended in this age is\n\nsarikirtana, constant chanting of the holy name of the Lord. Yajiiai/:t\nsarikirtana-prayair yajanti hi sumedhasa/:t (Bhiig. 11.5.29). Instead of\n\nwasting time performing Vedic sacrifices, those who are intelligent, those\n\nwho possess good brain substance, should take to the chanting of the\n\nLord's holy name and thus perform sacrifice perfectly. I have seen that\n\nmany religious leaders are addicted to performing yajiias and spending\nhundreds and thousands of rupees for imperfect sacrificial perfor­\n\nmances. This is a lesson for those who unnecessarily execute such imper­\n\nfect sacrifices. We should take the advice of Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu\n\nsarikirtana-prayair yajanti hi sumedhasa/:t). Although\nSukriiciirya was a strict brahmar:w addicted to ritualistic activities, he also\nadmitted, ni.Schidram anusarikirtanam tava: \"My Lord, constant chant­\n\n(,yajiiai/:t\n\ning of the holy name of Your Lordship makes everything perfect.\" In\nKali-yuga the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies cannot be performed as per­\n\nfectly as before. Therefore Srila ]iva Gosviimi has recommended that al­\n\nthough one should take care to follow all the principles in every kind of\nspiritual activity, especially in worship of the Deity, there is still a chance\n\nof discrepancies, and one should compensate for this by chanting the\nholy name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In our ��l).a con­\n\nsciousness movement we therefore give special stress to the chanting of\nthe Hare ��l).a mantra in all activities.\nTEXT\n\n17\n\n�� �� � ·��IR4�f8t9� I\nt«t��� : tR � q_ ��qltJSwt¥( II� \"II\ntathapi vadato bhuman\nkar�yamy anu§asanam\netac chreya/:t param puril.sam\nyat tavajfiiinupalanam\ntathapi-although there was no fault on the part of Bali Maharaja;\nvadata/:t-because of Your order; bhuman-0 Supreme; kar�yami-1\n\n", "SB8.3#p0236": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n212\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 23\n\nmust execute; anuSdsanam-because it is Your order; etat-this is;\n\nsreya�-that which is the most auspicious; param-supreme; pumsam­\n\n-of all persons; yat-because; tava ajfiii-anupalanam-to obey Your\n\norder.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Vi�I.m, I must nonetheless act in obedience to Your order\n\nbecause obeying Your order is most auspicious and is the first duty\nof everyone.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n'J/trrn �\n\nSJ RfWiorQ t�1�1Utdi11 �lf;ffir I\nq(IMJs:\\ � ilefitstfifil : Q'� II� �II\nsri-suka uvaca\npratinarulya harer ajnam\nu§ana bhagavan iti\nyajna-cchidrarit samadhatta\nbaler viprar$ibhi� saha\nsri-suka� uvaca-Srr Sukadeva Gosvamr said; pratinandya-offering\n\nall obeisances;\n\n'!are�-of the Personality of Godhead; ajnam-the\n\norder; u§ana�-Sukracarya; bhagavan-the most powerful; iti-thus;\n\nyajna-chidram-discrepancies\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nperformance\n\nof\n\nsacrifices;\n\nsamadhatta-made it a point to fulfill; bale�-o£ Bali Maharaja; viprar$i bhi�-the best brahmar:ws; saha-along with.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: In this way, the most powerful\n\nSukricarya accepted the order of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead with full respect. Along with the best brihmlll}.as, he began to\n\ncompensate for the discrepancies in the sacrifices performed by\nBali Maharaja.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�� �.m � rm� qr�r.�) tft: 1\nW � '4RP� f�� �� q�����ll\n\n", "SB8.3#p0237": "Text 21]\n\nThe Demigods Regain the Heavenly Planets\n\n213\n\nevam baler mahim rajan\nbhi/cyitva vamano harift\ndadau bhratre mahendraya\ntridivam yat parair hrtam\nevam-thus; baleft-from Bali Maharaja; mahim-the land; rajan0 King Parik�it; bhi/cyitva-after begging; mmanaft-His Lordship\nVamana;\n\nharift-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\ndadau­\n\ndelivered; bhratre-unto His brother; maha-indraya-lndra the King\n,\n\nof heaven; tridivam-the planetary system of the demigods; yatwhich; parai /t-by others; hrtam -was taken.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it, thus having taken all the land of Bali Maharaja\nbegging, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord\n\nby\n\nViimanadeva, delivered to His brother Indra all the land taken\naway by lndra's enemy.\nTEXTS 20-21\n\n����:1\n��: t+ti�Uf � ����oJI\n..,ttq�·n�: � ri�i{ttr � 1\n�liiil\"f elf·Miel\"fl�� m;i ·����II\nprajapati-patir brahmii\ndevar$i-pitr-bhumipaift\ndalcya-bhrgv-angiro-mukh yai/:t\nkumiirer:w bhavena ca\nkaSyapasyadite/:t prityai\nsarva-bhuta-bhamya ca\nlokiiniim loka-piiliiniim\nakarod mmanam patim\nprajapati-pati/:t-the\n\nmaster\n\nof\n\nall\n\nPrajapatis;\n\nbrahma-Lord\n\nBrahma; deva-with the demigods; r$i-with the great saintly persons;\n\npitr\n\n-\n\nwith the inhabitants of Pitrloka; bhumipai/:t-with the Manus;\n\n", "SB8.3#p0238": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n214\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 23\n\ndak$a-with Dak�a; bhrgu-with Bhrgu Muni; angirab--with Angira\nMuni; mukhya ib--with all the chiefs of the various planetary systems;\nkumare�-with Karttikeya; bhavena-with Lord Siva; ca-also;\nkaSy apasya -of Kasyapa Muni; aditeb--of Aditi; prityai-for the\npleasure; saroa-bhuta-bhavdya-for the auspiciousness of all living entities; ca-also; lokiindm-of all planetary systems; loka-pdldndm-of\nthe predominating persons in all planets; akarot -made; vdmanamLord Vamana; patim-the supreme leader.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma [the master of King Dak�a and all other Praja­\n\npatis], accompanied by all the demigods, the great saintly persons,\nthe inhabitants of Pit:rloka, the Manus, the munis, and such\n\nleaders as Dak�a, Bh:rgu and Angira, as well as .Karttikeya and Lord\n\nSiva, accepted Lord Vamanadeva as the protector of everyone. He\n\ndid this for the pleasure of KaSyapa Muni and his wife Aditi and\n\nfor the welfare of all the inhabitants of the universe, including\n\ntheir various leaders.\n\nTEXTS 22-23\n\n� �r.ri �� �: f�; I\n'4'A�Iili � � � ��: ������\n�� �:qsli qfij �� I\n�� �tfOI �� � II� �II�� II\nveddndrh saroa-devdndrh\ndharmasya ya5asab- sriyabmangaldndrh vratdndrh ca\nkalparh svargdpavargayobupendrarh kalpaydrh cakre\npatirh sarva-vi bhutaye\ntadd sarvdr:ti bhutdni\n\nbhrsarh mumudire nrpa\n\nveddndm-(for the protection) of all the Vedas; sarva-devdndm-of\nall the demigods; dharmasya -of all principles of religion; ya5asab--of\n\n", "SB8.3#p0239": "Text 24]\n\n215\n\nThe Demigods Regain the Heavenly Planets\n\nall fame; sriyab,-of all opulences; mangalanam-of all auspiciousness;\nvratanam ca-and of all vows; kalpam-the most expert; svargaapavargayob,-of elevation to the heavenly planets or liberation from\nmaterial bondage; upendram-Lord Vamanadeva; kalpayam cakrethey made it the plan; patim-the master; sarva-vibhutaye-for all purposes;\n\ntada-at that time;\n\nsarvd{ti-all;\n\nbhutani-living entities;\n\nbhrsam-very much; mumudire-became happy; nrpa-0 King.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it, lndra was considered the King of all the universe,\n\nbut the demigods, headed by Lord Brahma,\n\nwanted\n\nUpendra, Lord Vamanadeva, as the protector of the Vedas, the\nprinciples of religion, fame, opulence, auspiciousness, vows,\nelevation to the higher planetary system, and liberation. Thus they\naccepted Upendra, Lord Vamanadeva, as the supreme master of\neverything. This decision made all living entities extremely happy.\nTEXT 24\n\n����: �(tt;�4 �ct41�;f �t+i;f( I\n\nit�� ;man :qJ��: ������\ntatas tv indrab, puraskrtya\ndeva-yanena vamanam\nloka-palair divam ninye\nbrahma{td canumoditab,\ntatab,-thereafter;\ntu-but;\nindrab,-the\nKing\nof\nheaven;\npuraskrtya-keeping forward; deva-yanena-by an airplane used by\nthe demigods; vdmanam-Lord Vamana; loka-palaib,-with the chiefs\nof all other planets; divam-to the heavenly planets; ninye-brought;\nbrahma{td-by Lord Brahma; ca-also; anumoditab,-being approved.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, along with all the leaders of the heavenly planets,\nlndra, the King of heaven, placed Lord Vamanadeva before him\nand, with the approval of Lord Brahma, brought Him to the\nheavenly planet in a celestial airplane.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0240": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n216\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 23\n\nTEXT 25\n\n������:1\nr��' '«'�� � �� fRRtlv.m: ���'-\\11\nprapya tri-bhumnam cendra\nupendra-bhuja-palitab,\nsriya paramayii jl.L§!O\nmumude gata-sadhvasab,\nprapya - after obtaining; tri-bhumnam-the three worlds; ca-also;\nindrab,-the King of heaven; upendra-bhuja-palitab,-being protected\n\nby the arms of Vamanadeva, Upendra; sriya-by opulence; paramaya­\n\nby supreme; ji.L§!ab--thus being served; mum ude-enj oyed; gatasadhmsab,-without fear of the demons.\nTRANSLATION\nIndra,\n\nKing of\n\nheaven,\n\nbeing protected by\n\nthe arms of\n\nVimanadeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, thus regained\n\nhis rule of the three worlds and was reinstated in his own position,\nsupremely opulent, fearless and fully satisfied.\nTEXTS 26-27\n\niRil �: �� �ertm\n\n� W!q 1\nftRR: ri�1f;f f� �'IIM€61� if ����II\n���.__�ij ij� ��: 4('1gijf( '\nNtlnilf'WI �f;( � �U� � ftf6� l I �\\91l\nbrahmii sarvab, kumara§ ca\nbhrgv-adya munayo nrpa\npitarab, sarva-bhutani\nsiddha mimanikiis ca ye\nsumahat karma tad vi��r\ngayantab, param adbhutam\n\n", "SB8.3#p0241": "Text 28]\n\n217\n\nThe Demigods Regain the Heavenly Planets\n\ndhi§�Jydni svdni te jagmur\naditim ca sa.Sarhsire\n\nbrahma-Lord Brahma; saroab,-Lord Siva; kumarab. ca-also Lord\n\nKarttikeya; bhrgu-ddyab,-headed by Bhrgu Muni, one of the seven r�is;\n\nmunayab,-the saintly persons; nrpa-0 King; pitarab,-the inhabi­\n\ntants of Pit:rloka; sarva-bhutdni-other living entities; siddlulb,-the\n\nresidents of Siddhaloka; vaimdnikab. ca-human beings who can travel\neverywhere in outer space by airplane; ye-such persons; sumahat­\n\nhighly\n\npraiseworthy;\n\nvi.§1JOb.-done\n\nby\n\nkarma-activities;\n\nLord\n\nVi�t.m;\n\ntat-all those\n\n(activities);\n\ngayantab,-glorifying;\nparam\nadbhutam-uncommon and wonderful; dhi§�Jyani-to their respective\n\nplanets; svdni-own; te-all of them; jagmub,-departed; aditim ca-as\nwell as Aditi; sa.Samsire-praised all these activities of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahm&, Lord Siva, Lord Karttikeya, the great sage Bhrgu,\n\nother saintly persons, the inhabitants of Pitrloka and all other liv­\n\ning entities present, including the inhabitants of Siddhaloka and\n\nliving entities who travel in outer space by airplane, all glorified\n\nthe uncommon activities of Lord Vamanadeva. 0 King, while\n\nchanting about and glorifying the Lord, they returned to their\n\nrespective heavenly planets. They also praised the position of\n\nAditi.\n\nTEXT 28\n\nRflNT�ailll�\ni3�41� �ft�\n\n�:\n\niett�if 1\n\n�������II\n�\n\nsaroam etan mayakhyatam\nbhavatab. kula-nandana\n\nurukramasya caritam\nsrotf1:iiim agha-mocanam\n\nsaroam-all; etat-these incidents; maya-by me; akhyatam-have\nbeen described; bhavatab,-of you; kula-nandana-0 Maharaja\n\n", "SB8.3#p0242": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n218\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 23\n\nParikl?it, the pleasure of your dynasty; urukramasya-of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; caritam-activities; srotnzam-of the audience;\nagha-mocanam-such hearing of the Lord's activities certainly vanquishes the results of sinful activities.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, pleasure of your dynasty, I have now de­\n\nscribed to you everything about the wonderful activities of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead Vamanadeva. Those who hear\n\nabout this are certainly freed from all the results of sinful\n\nactivities.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n•n� �fm a�f�� �an;it\n�: �f.t Fl'l1t ij' �jfu �: I\nFii �� � \\iffit' a'ftRr �\n�� ���: � � 11��11\nparam mahimna uruvikramato grr.lirw\nya� piirthivani vimame sa rajamsi martya�\nkim jayamiina uta jata upaiti martya\nity aha mantra-drg r�i� pur�asya yasya\nparam-the\n\nmeasurement;\n\nmahimna�-of\n\nthe\n\nglories;\n\nuruvikramata�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who acts wonderfully; gnuina�-can count; ya�-a person who; parthivani-of the\nwhole planet earth; vimame-can count; sa�-he; rajamsi-the atoms;\nmartya�-a human\n\nbeing\n\nwho is\n\nsubject\n\nto\n\ndeath;\n\nkim-what;\n\njayamiina�-one who will take birth in the future; uta-either; jata�one who is already born; upaiti-can do; martya�-a person subject to\ndeath; iti-thus; aha-said; mantra-drk-who could foresee the Vedic\nmantras; r�i�-the great saintly Vasil?tha Muni; pu�asya-of the\nsupreme person; yasya-o£ whom.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0243": "Text 30]\n\nThe Demigods Regain the Heavenly Planets\n\n219\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who is subject to death cannot measure the glories of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Trivikrama, Lord Vi�I;J.u, any\nmore than he can count the number of atoms on the entire planet\nearth. No one, whether born already or destined to take birth, is\nable to do this. This has been sung by the great sage Vasi�tha.\nPURPORT\nVasi��ha Muni has given a mantra about Lord Vi��u: na te vi$r;tor\njayamano na jato mahimnab, param anantam iipa. No one can estimate\nthe extent of the uncommonly glorious activities of Lord Vi��u. Unfortunately, there are so-called scientists who are subject to death at every\nmoment but are trying to understand by speculation the wonderful creation of the cosmos. This is a foolish attempt. Long, long ago, Vasi��ha\nMuni said that no one in the past could measure the glories of the Lord\nand that no one can do so in the future. One must simply be satisfied with\nseeing the glorious activities of the Supreme Lord's creation. The Lord\n\ntherefore says in Bhagavad-gitii (10.42), vi�tabhyaham idam krtsnam\n\nekamsena sthito jagat: \"With a single fragment of Myself, I pervade and\nsupport this entire universe.\" The material world consists of innumerable universes, each one full of innumerable planets, which are all considered to be products of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's material\nenergy. Yet this is only one fourth of God's creation. The other three\nfourths of creation constitute the spiritual world. Among the innumerable planets in only one universe, the so-called scientists cannot understand even the moon and Mars, but they try to defy the creation of the\nSupreme Lord and His uncommon energy. Such men have been described as crazy. Nunarh pramattab, kurute vikarma (Bhiig. 5.5.4). Such\ncrazy men unnecessarily waste time, energy and money in attempting to\ndefy the glorious activities of Urukrama, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nTEXT 30\n\n�ii4a.i4� ��: I\n�et(11(1�ref �� �ffl tfU �II� oil\n�\n\n�\n\n", "SB8.3#p0244": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n220\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 23\n\nya idam deva-devasya\nharer adbhuta-karma1Jnbavataranucaritam\nsrr:tvan yati param gatim\nyab,-anyone who; idam-this; deva devas ya-of the Supreme Per-\n\nsonality of Godhead, who is worshiped by the demigods; hareb,-of Lord\nl(r�.Q.a, Hari; adbhuta-karma1Jnb--whose activities are all wonderful;\navatara-anucaritam-activities performed in His different incarnations;\nsrr:tvan-if one continues to hear; yati-he goes; param gatim\n\n-\n\nto the\n\nsupreme perfection, back home, back to Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nIf one hears about the uncommon activities of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead in His various incarnations, he is certainly ele­\n\nvated to the higher planetary system or even brought back home,\n\nback to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 31\n\nfsti�l� Cli�� �� f(t�s� � I\n� �·�\"�Q��'Ii �� Rt: 11��11\nkriyamaTJ(! karmar:£idam\ndaive pitrye 'tha mtinU§e\nyatra yatranukirtyeta\ntat te$tirh sukrtam vidub,\nkriyamaTJ(!-upon\n\nthe\n\nperformance;\n\nkarmar:ti-of\n\na\n\nritualistic\n\nceremony; idam-this description of the characteristics of Vamanadeva;\ndaive-to please the demigods; pitrye-or to please the forefathers, as in\na sraddha ceremony; atha-either; manU§e-for the pleasure of human\nsociety,\n\nas\n\nin\n\nmarriages;\n\nanukirtyeta-is described;\n\nyatra -wherever;\n\ntat-that;\n\nyatra-when ever;\n\nte$tim-for them;\n\nauspicious; vidub,-everyone should understand.\n\nsukrtam­\n\n", "SB8.3#p0245": "Text 31)\n\nThe Demigods Regain the Heavenly Planets\n\n221\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhenever the activities of Viimanadeva are described in the\ncourse of a ritualistic ceremony, whether the ceremony be performed to please the demigods, to please one's forefathers in\nPitrloka, or to celebrate a social event like a marriage, that\nceremony should be understood to be extremely auspicious.\nPURPORT\nThere are three kinds of ceremonies-specifically, ceremonies to\nplease the Supreme Personality of Godhead or the demigods, those performed for social celebrations like marriages and birthdays, and those\nmeant to please the forefathers, like the sraddha ceremony. In all these\nceremonies, large amounts of money are spent for various activities, but\nhere it is suggested that if along with this there is recitation of the wonderful activities of Viimanadeva, certainly the ceremony will be carried\nout successfully and will be free of all discrepancies.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Twentythird Chapter, of the\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Demigods\n\nRegain the Heavenly Planets. \"\n\n", "SB8.3#p0246": "CHAPTER TWENTY -FOUR\n\nMatsya,\nthe Lord's Fish Incarnation\nThis chapter describes the Supreme Personality of Godhead's incarnation\n\nas a fish, and it also describes the saving of Maharaja Satyavrata from an\ninundation.\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead expands Himself by sviimsa (His\n\npersonal expansions) and vibhinniimsa (His expansions as the living en­\n\ntities).\n\nAs\n\nstated\n\nin Bhagavad-gita\n\n(4.8),\n\nparitra�ya sadhuniirh\n\nvinasaya ca dU$krtam: the Supreme Personality of Godhead appears on\n\nthis planet for the protection of the siidhus, or devotees, and for the\n\ndestruction of the miscreants, or nondevotees. He especially descends to\ngive protection to the cows, the brahmar:ws, the demigods, the devotees\nand the Vedic system of religion. Thus He appears in various forms­\n\nsometimes as a fish, sometimes a boar, sometimes Nrsirhhadeva, some­\n\ntimes V amanadeva and so on-but in any form or incarnation, although\n\nHe comes within the atmosphere of the material modes of nature, He is\nunaffected. This is a sign of His supreme controlling power. Although He\n\ncomes within the material atmosphere, maya cannot touch Him.\n\nTherefore, no material qualities can be attributed to Him in any degree.\n\nOnce, at the end of the previous kalpa, a demon named Hayagriva\n\nwanted to take the Vedic knowledge away from Lord Brahma at the time\n\nof annihilation. Therefore the Supreme Personality of Godhead took the\nincarnation of a fish at the beginning of the period of Svayambhuva\n\nManu and saved the Vedas. During the reign of cak!?U!?a Manu there was\n\na king named Satyavrata, who was a great pious ruler. To save him, the\nLord appeared as the fish incarnation for a second time. King Satyavrata\n\nlater became the son of the sun-god and was known as Sraddhadeva. He\nwas established as Manu by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTo receive the favor of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, King\n\nSatyavrata engaged in the austerity of subsisting only by drinking water.\n\nOnce, while performing this austerity on the bank of the Krtamala River\n\n223\n\n", "SB8.3#p0247": "224\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nand offering oblations of water with the palm of his hand, he found a\nsmall :fish. The :fish appealed to the King for protection, asking the King\nto keep Him in a safe place. Although the King did not know that the\nsmall :fish was the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself, as a king he\ngave shelter to the :fish and kept Him in a water jug. The :fish, being the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, wanted to show His potency to King\nSatyavrata, and thus He immediately expanded His body in such a way\nthat He could no longer be kept in the jug of water. The King then put\nthe :fish in a big well, but the well was also too small. Then the King put\nthe :fish in a lake, but the lake was also unsuitable. Finally the King put\nthe :fish in the sea, but even the sea could not accommodate Him. Thus\nthe King understood that the :fish was no one else but the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and he requested the Lord to describe His incarnation as a :fish. The Personality of Godhead, being pleased with the King,\ninformed him that within a week there would be an inundation\nthroughout the universe and that the :fish incarnation would protect the\nKing, along with the r$is, herbs, seeds and other living entities, in a boat,\nwhich would be attached to the :fish's horn. Mter saying this, the Lord\ndisappeared.\n\nKing Satyavrata offered respectful obeisances to the\n\nSupreme Lord and continued to meditate upon Him. In due course of\ntime, annihilation took place, and the King saw a boat coming near. Mter\ngetting aboard with learned brahmar:zas and saintly persons, he offered\nprayers to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Supreme\nLord is situated in everyone's heart, and thus he taught Maharaja\nSatyavrata and the saintly persons about Vedic knowledge from the core\nof the heart. King Satyavrata took his next birth as Vaivasvata Manu,\nwho is mentioned in Bhagavad-gitii. Vivasviin manave praha: the sun­\n\ngod spoke the science of Bhagavad-gitii to his son Manu. Because of\nbeing the son of Vivasvan, this Manu is known as Vaivasvata Manu.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�/:arlen�\n\n�•lii4:�-ifldf'li§tfil\n�qj\n\nfi�(�ctAun I\n\n'fP.Il'«�'S\"'�¥( II� II\n\n", "SB8.3#p0248": "Text\n\n3)\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n225\n\nsri-rajovaca\nbhagavafi chrotum icchami\nharer adbhuta-karmar:tab\navatara-katham adyam\nmaya-matsya-vil)ambanam\nsn-raJa umca-King Parik�it said; bhagavan-0 most powerful;\nsrotum-to hear; icchami-I desire; hareb,-of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Hari; adbhuta-karmar:taft-whose activities are wonderful;\navatara-katham-pastimes of the incarnation; adyam-first; mayamatsya vil)ambanam-which is simply an imitation of a fish.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Parik�it said: The Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nHari, is eternally situated in His transcendental position, yet He\n\ndescends to this material world and manifests Himself in various\n\nincarnations. His first incarnation was that of a great fish. 0 most\n\npowerful Sukadeva Gosvami, I wish to hear from you the pastimes\n\nof that fish incarnation.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is all-powerful, yet He accepted\nthe form of an uncommon fish. This is one of the ten original incarnations of the Lord.\nTEXTS\n\n2-3\n\n����l�g�l\n�:� � 4itfSI(ij �tfR: II � II\n� � Q� ��fef� tf� I\n���«f\nijtf�l€fiij(CI�� II� II\n�\n\nyad-artham adadhad nlpam\nmatsyam loka-jugupsitam\ntamab,-prakrti-durmar$arh\nkarma-grasta ivesvarab,\n\n", "SB8.3#p0249": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n226\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\netan no bhagavan sarvarh\nyathavad vaktum arhasi\nuttarna..Sloka-caritarh\nsarva-loka-sukhavaham\nyat artham-for what purpose; adadhat-accepted; nlpam-form;\n-\n\nmatsyam\n\n-\n\nof a fish; loka jugupsitam-which is certainly not very\n-\n\nfavorable in this world; tama�-in the mode of ignorance; prakrti­\n\nsuch behavior; durmar�am-which is certainly very painful and condemned; karma-grasta�-one who is under the laws of karma; iva­\n\nlike; iSvara�-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; etat-all these\nfacts; na�\n\n-\n\nu\n\nnto us; bhagavan-0 most powerful sage; sarvam­\n\neverything; yathavat-prope rly; vaktum arhasi-kindly describe; uttarna..Sloka-caritam-the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead; sarva-loka-sukha-avaham-by hearing of which everyone becomes happy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhat was the purpose for which the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead accepted the abominable form of a fish, exactly as an or­\n\ndinary living being accepts different forms under the laws of\n\nkarma? The form of a fish is certainly condemned and full of ter­\n\nrible pain. 0 my lord, what was the purpose of this incarnation?\n\nKindly explain this to us, for hearing about the pastimes of the\nLord is auspicious for everyone.\n\nPURPORT\nParik�it Maharaja's question to Sukadeva Gosvami was based on this\n\nprinciple stated by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gitii (4.7):\nyadii yadii hi dharmasya\nglanir bhavati bharata\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\ntadiitmanarh srjamy aham\n\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 de­\n\nscendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion -at that time I\n\n", "SB8.3#p0250": "Text 5]\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n227\n\ndescend Myself.\" The Lord appears in each incarnation to save the world\nfrom irreligious principles and especially to protect His devotees\n\n(paritra'{lilya sadhuniim). Vamanadeva, for example, appeared to save\n\nthe devotee Bali Maharaja. Similarly, when the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead accepted the abominable form of a fish, He must have done so\nto favor some devotee. Parik�it Maharaja was eager to know about the\ndevotee for whom the Supreme Lord accepted this form.\nTEXT4\n\n�ff�\n�� f?f�ij\" lltFfl'l \"li(OtlfUu 1\naq1� �� fciqft��qol q� � II \\1 II\nsri-suta uvaca\nity ukto v�lJ-u-ratena\nbhagavan badarayalJ-ib.\nuvaca caritam V�lJ-Or\nmatsya-rupelJ-a yat krtam\nsri-sutab, uvdca-Sri Suta Gosvami said; iti uktab,-thus being quesvi$1J-U -ratena-by Maharaja Pari�it, known as Vi�r.mrata;\n�hagavan-the most powerful; badarayalJ-ib.-the son of Vyasadeva,\n\ntioned;\n\nSukadeva Gosvii.mi; uvaca-said; caritam-the pastimes; �\"IJ-Ob.-of\nLord Vi�1,1u; matsya-r\"Upe \"�J-a-by Him in the form of a fish; yat-whatever; krtam-was done.\n\nTRANSLATION\n, Suta Gosviimi said: When Parik11it Maharaja thus inquired from\nSukadeva Gosviimi, that most powerful saintly person began describing the pastimes of the Lord's incarnation as a fish.\nTEXTS\n\n��\nqrf?f�,;ri iJ�({�fq ��: I\nWlf'l+4(ij�� ·� � ft II �II\n\n", "SB8.3#p0251": "228\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nsri-suka uvaca\ngo-vipra-sura-sadhunam\nchandasam api cesvarab,\nralcyam icchams tanur dhatte\ndharmasyiirthasya caiva hi\nsri-sukab, uviica -Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; go-of the cows;\n\nvipra-of the brahmar;tas; su ra -of the demigods; sadhunam-and of\n\nthe devotees; chandasiim api-even of the Vedic literature; ca-and;\n\ni'Soorab,-the supreme controller; ralcyiim-the protection; icchan­\n\ndesiring; tanub, dhatte-accepts the forms of incarnations; dharmasya-of the principles of religion; arthasya-o£ the principles of the pur­\n\npose of life; ca-and; eva-indeed; hi-certainly.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosviim.i said: 0 King, for the sake of protecting\n\nthe cows, hriihm�as, demigods, devotees, the Vedic literature,\n\nreligious principles, and principles to fulfill the purpose of life,\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead accepts the forms of\nincarnations.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead generally appears in various\n\ntypes of incarnations to give protection to the cows and brahmar;tas. The\nLord is described as go-briihmar;ta-hitiiya ca; in other words, He is al­\n\nways eager to benefit the cows and brahmar:tas. When Lord .i(r�l).a ap­\n\npeared, He purposefully became a cowherd boy and showed personally\n\nhow to give protection to the cows and calves. Similarly, He showed\n\nrespect to Sudama V ipra, a real briihmar:ta. From the Lord's personal ac­\n\ntivities, human society should learn how to give protection specifically to\nthe briihmar;tas and cows. Then the protection of religious principles,\n\nfulfillment of the aim of life and protection of Vedic knowledge can be\nachieved. Without protection of cows, .brahminical culture cannot be\n\nmaintained; and without brahminical culture, the aim of life cannot be\n\nfulfilled. The Lord, therefore, is described as go-briihmar;ta-hitaya be­\n\ncause His incarnation is only for the protection of the cows and\n\n", "SB8.3#p0252": "Text6\n\n]\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n229\n\nbrahma1)l1S. Unfortunately, because in Kali-yuga there is no protection\nof the cows and brahminical culture, everything is in a precarious position. If human society wants to be exalted, the leaders of society must\nfollow the instructions of Bhagavad-gitii and give protection to the cows,\nthe brahma1)l1S and brahminical culture.\nTEXT6\n\n13l'll'4� ��\n\n� �n�AA�: I\n\n�� �ij �1Jf�Tf%;;rl g.Jl: II � II\nuccavace�u bhute�u\ncaran vayur ivesvara�\nnoccavacatvarit bhajate\nnirgurr-atvad dhiyo gurr-ai�\nucca-avace�u -having higher or lower bodily forms;\n\nbhute�u­\n\namong the living entities; caran -behaving; vayu� iva-exactly like the\nair;\n\niSvara�-the\n\nSupreme\n\nLord;\n\nna-not;\n\nquality of higher or lower grades of life; bhajate\n-because\n\nof\n\nbeing transcendental,\n\nucca-avacatvam-the\naccepts; nirgurr-atvat­\n\n-\n\nabove all\n\nmaterial\n\nqualities;\n\ndhiya�-generally ; gurr-ai�-by the modes of material nature.\nTRANSLATION\nLike the air passing through different types of atmosphere, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, although appearing sometimes\nas a human being and sometimes as a lower animal, is always transcendental. Because He is above the material modes of nature, He\nis unaffected by higher and lower forms.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the master of the material\nnature (mayadhya/cyerJ-a prakrti� suyate sacaracaram). Therefore, being\nthe supreme controller of the laws of nature, the Lord cannot be under\ntheir influence. An example given in this regard is that although the\nwind blows through many places, the air is not affected by the qualities\n\n", "SB8.3#p0253": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n230\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nof these places. Although the air sometimes carries the odor of a filthy\nplace, the air has nothing to do with such a place. Similarly, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, being all-good and all-auspicious, is never\naffected by the material qualities like an ordinary living entity. PuT\"U§a�\n\nprakrti-stho hi bhunkte prakrtijan gu'fJiin (Bg. 13.21). When the living\n\nentity is in the material nature, he is affected by its qualities. The\nSupreme Personality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nhowever, is not\n\naffected.\n\nDis­\n\nrespectfully, one who does not know this considers the Supreme Personality of Godhead an ordinary living being (avajananti mdm mu{lhaM.\n\nParam bhavam ajananta/:t: such a -conclusion is reached by the unintelligent because they are unaware of the transcendental qualities of the\nLord.\n\nasid atita-kalpante\n\nbrahmo naimittiko laya�\nsamudropaplutds tatra\nloka bhur-adayo nrpa\ndsit-there was; atita-past; kalpa-ante-at the end of the kalpa;\n\nbrahma/:t-of Lord Brahma's day;\n\nnaimittika/:t-because\n\nof\n\nthat;\n\nlaya�-inundation; samudra-in the ocean; upapluta/:t-were inundated; tatra-there; loka/:t-all the planets; bhu/:t-adaya/:t-Bhub,\nBhuvab and Svab, the three lokas; nrpa-0 King.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it, at the end of the past millennium, at the end of\n\nBrahma's day, because Lord Brahmii sleeps during the night, an­\n\nnihilation took place, and the three worlds were covered by the\n\nwater of the ocean.\n\nTEXTS\n\nitil�wtl•lijM� �: �flriR�'T I\n�f;r:� �l'l �ititsf��ll�ll\n\n", "SB8.3#p0254": "]\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\nText 9\n\n231\n\nkiilenagata-nidrasya\ndhiitu}J, si.Safo.or bali\nmukhato nibsrtan veddn\nhayagrivo 'ntike 'harat\nkiilena-because\n\nof\n\ntime\n\n(the\n\nend\n\nof\n\nBrahma's\n\nday);\n\nagata­\n\nnidrasya-when he felt sleepy; dhiitu}J,-of Brahma; si.Safo.o}J,-desiring to lie down to sleep; bali-very powerful; mukhata}J,-from the\nmouth;\n\nnibsrron-emanating;\n\nveddn-the\n\nVedic\n\nhayagnva}J,-the great demon named Hayagriva;\n\nknowledge;\n\nantike-nearby;\n\naharat-stole.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of Brahmii's day, when Brahmii felt sleepy and\ndesired to lie down, the Vedas were emanating from his mouth,\nand the great demon named Hayagriva stole the Vedic knowledge.\nTEXT9\n\n� ij([ ��� ti�Uni!fQ � I\n�\n\n�� � mu�:�����\n\njnatva tad ddnavendrasya\nhayagrioosya ce�#tam\ndadhiira saphari-nlpam\nbhagavan harir iSvara}J,\njnatva-after understanding;\ngreat\n\ndemon;\n\ntat-that; ddnava-indrasya-of the\n\nhayagrivasya-of\n\nHayagriva;\n\nce�titam-activity;\n\ndadhiira-accepted; saphari-nlpam-the form of a fish; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; hari}J,-the Lord; �vara}J,-the\nsupreme controller.\nTRANSLATION\nUnderstanding the acts of the great demon Hayagriva, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, who is full of all opulences, assumed the form of a fish and saved the Vedas by killing\nthe demon.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0255": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n232\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nPURPORT\nBecause everything was inundated by water, to save the Vedas it was\nnecessary for the Lord to assume the form of a fish.\nTEXT 10\n\n�� u�: ��m �!fflt � 1\n\nWfl(lqUiqil� ij'q: « ijf��: II �\n\no\n\nII\n\ntatra raja-r§i/:t kaScin\nnamna satyavrato mahan\nnarayaT}CL-paro 'tapat\ntapa/:£ sa saliliisana/:t\ntatra-in that connection; raja-r§i/:t-a king equally qualified as a\ngreat\n\nsaintly\n\nperson;\n\nsatyavrata/:t-Satyavrata;\n\nkascit-someone;\n\nnamna-by\n\nthe\n\nmahan-a\n\npersonality;\n\nnarayaTJCL­\n\ngreat\n\nname;\n\npara/:t-a great devotee of Lord Narayal)a, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; atapat-performed austerities; tapa/:t-penances; sa/:t-he;\nsalila-asana/:t-only drinking water.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the Cak�u�a-manvantara there was a great king named\n\nSatyavrata who was a great devotee of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. Satyavrata performed austerities by subsisting only on\nwater.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord assumed one fish incarnation to save the Vedas at the beginning\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nSvayambhuva-manvantara,\n\nand\n\nat\n\nthe\n\nend\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nCakf?uf?a-manvantara the Lord again assumed the form of a fish just to\nfavor the great king named Satyavrata. As there were two incarnations of\nVaraha, there were also two incarnations of fish. The Lord appeared as\none fish incarnation to save the Vedas by killing Hayagriva, and He\nassumed the other fish incarnation to show favor to King Satyavrata.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0256": "Text 12]\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n233\n\nTEXT 11\n\n�S(Wd�t'{ ��l€fi<tq �: ({ f?ict((tij: I\n4U(�ct ��tO�� �Runfif(t: II��II\nyo 'sav asmin maha-kalpe\ntanaya� sa vivasvata�\nsraddhadeva iti khyato\n\nmanutve harir:ui rpita�\n\nya�-one who; asau-He (the Supreme Person); asmin-in this;\n\nmaha-kalpe-great millennium; tanaya�-son; sa�-he; vivasvata�­\n\nof the sun-god; sraddhadeva�-by the name Sraddhadeva; iti-thus;\n\nkhydta�-celebrated; manutve-in the position of Manu; harir:ui-by\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; arpita�-was situated.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn this (the present] millennium King Satyavrata later became\n\nthe son of Vivasviin, the king of the sun planet, and was known as\n\nSriddhadeva. By the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he was given the post of Manu.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n� t)ij¥4k'SI�f � iiR:S��UI'{_ I\n��<t�'\\fti €fi'IM�Ifiif�l+lAQ� II� �II\nekada krtamalayam\nkurvato jala-tarpar:tam\ntasyaiijaly-udake kacic\nchaphary ekabhyapadyata\n\nekada-one day; krtamalayam-on the bank of the Krtamala River;\n\nkurvata�-executing;\n\njala-tarpar;wm-the offering of\n\noblations of\n\nwater; tasya-his; aiijali -palmful; udake-in the water; kacit-some;\n\nsaphari-a small fish; ekd-one; abhyapadyata-was generated.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0257": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n234\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day while King Satyavrata was perfonning austerities by\noffering water on the bank of the River :Kftamala, a small fish appeared in the water in his palms.\nTEXT 13\n\n(1�tn?tssrfe••af � � ¥lmf 1\n�� ;(tm� � �1l�: ������\nsatyavrato 'fijali-gatam\nsaha toyena bharata\nutsasarja nadi-toye\nsapharim dravit;lesvara�\nsatyavrata�-King Satyavrata; afijali-gatiim-in the water held in\nthe palms of the King; saha-with; toyena-water; bharata-0 King\nParik�it;\n\nutsasarja-threw;\n\nnadi-toye- in the water of the river;\n\nsapharim-that small fish; dravi{ia-iSvara�-Satyavrata, the King of\nDravi<,la.\nTRANSLATION\nSatyavrata, the King of Dravi4adesa, threw the fish into the\nwater of the river along with the water in his palm, 0 King\nParik�it, desrendant of Bharata.\nTEXT 14\n\nmf� ��-mt � I\n\"''IGJRfl �IRf*:uf� ;rt 'lf{lwt'4ttte I\n� �U � iHtl'lM� Q'� II� \\/II\n(f'flt\n\ntam aha satikarur.uz,m\nmaha-kiiru7Jikam nrpam\nyadobhyo jfiiiti-ghatibhyo\ndinam mam dina-vatsala\nkatham visrjase rajan\nbhitam asmin sarij-jale\n\n", "SB8.3#p0258": "Text 15)\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\ntam-unto him\n\n235\n\n(Satyavrata) ; aha-said; sa-that small fish; ati­\n\nkaru{Ulm - extremely\n\ncompassionate;\n\nmaha-karu'(tikam -extremely\n\nmerciful; nrpam-unto King Satyavrata; yadobhyab,-to the aquatics;\njiidti-ghatibhyab,-who are always eager to kill the smaller fish;\ndinam-very poor; mam-me; dina-vatsala-0 protector of the poor;\nkatham-why; visrjase-you are throwing; rajan-0 King; bhitamvery much afraid; asmin-within this; sarit-jale-in the water of the\nnver.\nTRANSLATION\nWith an appealing voice, the poor small fish said to King\nSatyavrata, who was very merciful: My dear King, protector of the\npoor, why are you throwing Me in the water of the river, where\nthere are other aquatics who can kill Me? I am very much afraid of\nthem.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Matsya Pura{Ul it is said:\nananta-saktir bhagavan\nmatsya-rupi janardanab,\nkri{lartharit yacayam asa\nsvayarit satyavratarit nrpam\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead possesses unlimited potency.\nNonetheless, in His pastime in the form of a fish He begged protection\nfrom King Satyavrata.\"\nTEXT 15\n\n��S�M�Iti m�tn � I\n31� �UIIf4ltf �: � � � II� �II\ntam atmano 'nugrahartharit\npritya matsya-vapur-dharam\najanan ralcya'(ttirthaya\nsapharyab, sa mano dadhe\n\n", "SB8.3#p0259": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n236\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\ntam-unto the fish; atmanaft-personal; anugraha-artham-to show\nfavor;\n\npritya-very\n\nmuch\n\npleased;\n\nmatsya-vapu(t-dharam-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who had assumed the form of a fish;\najanan-without knowledge of this; ra/cya�-artluiya-just to give protection;\n\nthe fish;\n\nsapharya(t-of\n\nsaft-the King;\n\nmanaft-mind ;\n\ndadhe-decided.\nTRANSLATION\nTo please himself, King Satyavrata, not knowing that the fish\n\nwas the Supreme Personality of Godhead, decided with great\npleasure to give the fish protection.\n\nPURPORT\nHere is an example of giving service to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead even without knowledge. Such service is called ajfiiita-sukrti.\nKing Satyavrata wanted to show his own mercy, not knowing that the fish\nwas Lord Vi�Qu. By such unknowing devotional service, one is favored\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Service rendered to the\nSupreme Lord, knowingly or unknowingly, never goes in vain.\nTEXT 16\n\n�1 � tMtnn��� «\n\n�q-ftn 1\n�� �Awri f(t41�Fwf;:q 311� I I� G. II\n\\,:)\n\ntasya dinatararh vakyam\nasrutya sa mahipatift\nkalaSapsu nidhayainam\ndayalur ninya asramam\ntasya(t-of\n\nthe\n\nfish;\n\ndina-taram-pitiable;\n\nvakyam-words;\n\ntiSrutya-hear ing ; saft-that; mahi-patift-the King; kalaSa-apsu-in\nthe water contained in the water jug; nidhaya-taking; enam-the fish;\ndayaluft-merciful; ninye-brought; asramam-to his residence.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0260": "Text 18)\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n237\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe merciful King, being moved by the pitiable words of the\nfish, placed the fish in a water jug and brought Him to his own\nresidence.\nTEXT 17\n\na�'i(I�UJ � 'i'lo:tel I\n�f'IR'iNqt ��'ltt '4\\lqM'( II� \\Sit\n\n«1 ij\n\nsa tu tatraika-ratre7Jn\nvardhamanii kamar:u;lalau\nalabdhvatmavakiiSam va\nidam aha mahipatim\nsa-that fish; tu-but; tatra-therein; eka-ratre7Jn-in one night;\nvardhamanii-expanding; kamar:u;lalau-in the waterpot; alabdhvawithout attaining; atma-avakiiSam-a comfortable position for His\nbody; va-either; idam-this; aha-said; mahi-patim-unto the King.\nTRANSLATION\nBut in one night that fish grew so much that He could not move\nHis body comfortably in the water of the pot. He then spoke to the\nKing as follows.\nTEXT 18\n\n� 'i'lO:S�lct� � Cf�df'iit«\"� I\n��:ti��f.mt �����II\nnaham kamar:u;lalav asmin\nkrcchram vastum ilwtsahe\nkalpayauka� suvipulam\nyatraham nivase sukham\nna-not; aham-1; kamar:u;lalau-in this waterpot; asmin-in this;\nkrcchram-with great difficulty; vastum-to live; iha-here; utsahe-\n\n", "SB8.3#p0261": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n238\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nlike; kalpaya-just consider; okaft,-residential place; su-vipulammore\n\nexpanded;\n\nyatra-wherein;\n\naham-I;\n\nnivase-can\n\nlive;\n\nsukham-in pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\n0 My dear King, I do not like living in this waterpot with such\n\ngreat difficulty. Therefore, please find some better reservoir of\n\nwater where I can live comfortably.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n��Sf4wfl� I\n8(� &(ijSftl¥i:4$r II� �II\n\n�\n\nsa eniirh tata iidiiya\nnyadhiid audancanodake\ntatra k$iptii muhilrtena\nhasta-trayam avardhata\nsaft,-the King; eniim-unto the :fish; tataft,-thereafter; iidiiyataking out; nyadhiit-placed; audancana-udake-in a well of water;\ntatra-therein; k$iptii-being thrown; muhilrtena-within a moment;\nhasta-trayam-three cubits; avardhata-immediately developed.\nTRANSLATION\nThen, taking the fish out of the waterpot, the King threw Him in\n\na large well. But within a moment the fish developed to the length\nof three cubits.\n\nTEXT 20\n\nWI q � � wcf\n\ni:4��il� I\n'l!l �\"�'IV q� ffi� � mn ll�oll\nna ma etad alam riijan\nsukham vastum udancanam\nprthu dehi padam mahyarh\nyat tviiham sarar:uzrh gatii\n\n", "SB8.3#p0262": "Text 22]\nna-not;\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\nme-unto Me;\n\netat-this;\n\n239\n\nalam-fit; rajan-0 King;\n\nsukham-in happiness; vastum-to live;\n\nudancanam-reservoir of\n\nwater; prthu-very great; dehi-give; padam-a place; mahyamunto Me; yat-which; tva-unto you; aham-1; sara�m-shelter;\ngata-have taken.\nTRANSLATION\nThe fish then said: My dear King, this reservoir of water is not\nfit for My happy residence. Please give Me a more extensive pool of\nwater, for I have taken shelter of you.\nTEXT 21\n\nmr�m�ftmt�'l� 1\n�lll� m� +i(l¥(l;ilS�'4� I I�� I I\ntata adaya sa rajna\nk{;ipta rajan sarovare\ntad avrtyatmana so yam\nmaha-mino 'nvavardhata\ntata�-£rom there; adaya-taking away; sa-the fish; rajna-by the\nKing;\n\n/cyipta-being\n\nthrown;\n\nrajan-0 King\n\nsarovare-in a lake; tat-that;\nbody;\n\nsa�-the\n\nfish;\n\n(Maharaja Parik�it);\n\navrtya-covering; atmana-by the\n\nayam-this;\n\nmaha-mina�-gigantic\n\nfish;\n\nanvavardhata-immediately developed.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Mahiiriija Parik�it, the King took the fish from the well and\nthrew Him in a lake, but the fish then assumed a gigantic form exceeding the extent of the water.\nTEXT 22\n\n�� � (1� �� ��: I\n� ootititwt � +�•..�a:•mfwl ������\n..\n\n", "SB8.3#p0263": "240\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nnaitan me svastaye rajann\nudakam salilaukasab,\nnidhehi ra/r:ja-yogena\nhrade mam avidasini\nna-not; etat-this; me-unto Me; svastaye-comfortable; rajan-0\nKing; udakam-water; salila-okasab,-because I am a big aquatic;\n\nnidhehi-put; ralcya-yogena-by some means; hrade-in a lake;\nmam-Me; avidasini-perpetual.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe fish then said: 0 King, I am a large aquatic, and this water is\n\nnot at all suitable for Me. Now kindly find some way to save Me. It\n\nwould be better to put Me in the water of a lake that will never\nreduce.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�:mswt��ij��c;:•mPt 1\ni!t�lij�sijmi d ij� �q�f44( ����II\nity uktab, so 'nayan matsyam\ntatra tatravidasini\njaliiSaye 'sammitam tam\nsamudre pra/r:jipaj j�am\niti uktab,-thus being requested; sab,-the King; anayat-brought;\nmatsyam- the fish; tatra-therein; tatra-therein; avidasini-where\nthe water never diminishes; jala-asaye-in the reservoir of water;\nasammitam-unlimited; tam-unto the fish; samudre-in the ocean;\n\npra/r:jipat- threw; jhll$am- the gigantic fish.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen thus requested, King Satyavrata took the fish to the\n\nlargest reservoir of water. But when that also proved insufficient,\nthe King at last threw the gigantic fish into the ocean.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0264": "Text 25)\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n241\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�Ctl¥{(0((('41t(fl� '4f\n\n¥{�(((�: I\n\n31�f�T �\"tt '4f �(\\t:('l�'t�f« 11�\\lll\nlcyipyamal)nS tam ahedam\niha mam makaradaya�\nadanty atibala vira\nmarh nehotsr�tum arhasi\n\nlcyipyama��-being thrown in the ocean; tam-unto the King;\naha-the fish said; idam-this; iha-in this place; mam-Me; makaraadaya�-dangerous aquatics like sharks; adanti-will eat; ati-bala�because of being too powerful; vira-0 heroic King; mam-Me; nanot; iha-in this water; utsr�tum-to throw; arhasi-you deserve.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile being thrown in the\n\nocean, the fish said to King\n\nSatyavrata: 0 hero, in this water there are very powerful and\ndangerous sharks that will eat Me. Therefore you should not throw\nMe in this place.\nTEXT 25\n\nt(� ��� q�61 � I\n�cit �'4lwt�l'{ 't��qo( � ����II\nevarh vimohitas tena\nvadata valgu-bharatim\ntam aha ko bhavan asman\nmatsya-raper:w mohayan\nevam-thus; vimohita�-bewildered ; tena-by the fish; vadataspeaking; valgu-bharatim-sweet words; tam-unto him; aha-said;\nka�-who; bhavan-You; asman-us; matsya-ruper:ta-in the form of\na fish; mohayan-bewildering.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0265": "242\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing these sweet words from the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead in the form of a fish, the King, being bewildered,\nasked Him: Who are You, sir? You simply bewilder us.\nTEXT 26\n\n�� \\lleitil rit�q: �sfq Cf 1\n� � �\\il\"l�6�wtl\"l� m: 11��11\nnaivarh viryo jalacaro\ndmo 'smabhib, sruto 'pi 00\nyo bhaoon yojana-satam\nahniibhivyiina§e sarab,\n\nna-not;\n\nevam-thus;\n\nviryab,-powerful;\n\njala-carab,-aquatic;\n\ndr�tab,-seen; asmiibhib,-by us; srutab, api -nor heard of; vii -either;\n\nyab,-who;\n\nbhaviin-Your\n\nLordship;\n\nyojana-satam-hundreds\n\nmiles; ahnii-in one day; abhivyii na5e -ex panding; sarab, -water\n\nof\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, in one day You have expanded Yourself for hundreds\n\nof miles, covering the water of the river and the ocean. Before this\n\nI had never seen or heard of such an aquatic animal.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�;f � lltFrl'l m?41tR\"lt(l�ons�: I\n31�S4CI� - � � \\il�l�fiiiJ:. 11�\\911\nnunarh tvarh bhagaviin siik¢-d\ndharir niiriiya� 'vyayab,\nanugrahiiya bhutiiniirh\ndhatse ruparh jalaukasiim\n\nnunam-certainly; tvam-You (are); bhagaoon-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sii/cyiit-directly; harib,-the Lord; niiriiya�b,-\n\n", "SB8.3#p0266": "243\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\nText 29]\n\nthe Personality of Godhead; aryaya�-inexhaustible; anugrahi.iya-to\nshow mercy;\n\nbhatanam-to all living entities;\n\ndhatse-You have\n\nassumed; rapam-a form; jala-okasam-like an aquatic.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You are certainly the inexhaustible Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, Nariy�a, Sri Hari. It is to show Your mercy\n\nto the living entities that You have now assumed the form of an\n\naquatic.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n;mij �� Mc:Sc:4�1ER I\n� W(: Wf'ilr.ri �� ��€+1••Rtr�hnu ����\nnamas te purWja-sre$tha\nsthity-utpatty-apyayesvara\nbhaktaniim na� prapannaniim\nmukhyo hy dtma-gatir vibho\nnama�-1 offer my respectful obeisances; te-unto You; puffi$asre$!ha-the best of all living entities, the best of all enjoyers; sthiti-of\nmaintenance; utpatti-creation; apyaya-and destruction; iSvara-the\nSupreme\n\nLord;\n\nbhaktaniim-of\n\nYour\n\ndevotees;\n\nna�-like\n\nus;\n\nprapanniiniim-those who are surrendered; mukhya�-the supreme;\nhi-indeed; dtma-gati�-the supreme destination; vibho-Lord Vi�J;IU.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, master of creation, maintenance and annihilation, 0\n\nbest of enjoyers, Lord Vi!jit,m, You are the leader and destination of\n\nsurrendered devotees like us. Therefore let me offer my respectful\n\nobeisances unto You.\n\nTEXT 29\n\nQ'. �1�1�61(1� �r.ri l{,Rttt�: I\n���) � � � '[� 11��11\n\n", "SB8.3#p0267": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n244\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nsarve lilavatiiriis te\nbhutiiTliim bhuti-hetava/:t\njfiiitum icchiimy ado rilpam\nyad-artham bhavatii dhrtam\nsarve-everything; lila-pastimes; avatiirii/:t-incarnations; te-o£\nYour Lordship; bhutiiTliim-o£ all living entities; bhuti-o£ a flourishing\ncondition; hetava/:t-the causes; jfiiitum-to know; icchiimi-1 wish;\nada/:t-this; rilpam-form; yat-artham-for what purpose; bhavatiiby Your Lordship; dhrtam-assumed.\nTRANSLATION\nAll Your pastimes and incarnations certainly appear for the\n\nwelfare of all living entities. Therefore, my Lord, I wish to know\nthe purpose for which You have assumed this form of a fish.\nTEXT 30\n\n�q�\n�'fl � ij4wtRsP•I�4i1: I\n� ttt�•u�wti m�m � �6 � ;r: ll�oll\nij'sd?f�aJ\n\n;r\n\nna te 'ravindiik:;a padopasarpa7Jarh\nmr�a bhavet sarva-suhrt-priyatmana/:t\nyathetare�iirh prthag-iitmaTliirh satiim\nadidrso yad vapur adbhutam hi na/:t\nna-never; te-o£ Your Lordship; aravinda-alcya-My Lord, whose\neyes are like the petals of a lotus; pada-upasarpa7Jam-worship of the\nlotus feet; mr�a-useless; bhavet-can become; sarva-suhrt-the friend\nof everyone; priya-dear to everyone; iitmana/:t-the Supersoul of\neveryone; yathii-as; itare�iim-o£ others (the demigods); prthakiitmaTliim-living entities who have material bodies different from the\nsoul; satiim-o£ those who are spiritually fixed; adidrsa/:t-You have\nmanifested; yat-that; vapu/:t-body; adbhutam-wonderful; hi-indeed; na/:t-unto us.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0268": "Text 30)\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n245\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, possessing eyes like the petals of a lotus, the worship\nof the demigods, who are in the bodily concept of life, is fruitless\nin all respects. But because You are the supreme friend and dearmost Supersoul of everyone, worship of Your lotus feet is never\nuseless. You have therefore manifested Your form as a fish.\nPURPORT\nThe demigods like lndra, Candra and Surya are ordinary living entities who are differentiated parts and parcels of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. The Lord expands Himself through the living beings (nityo\n\nnityaniirh cetaru.zS cetaniiniim). His personal V�TJ-u-tattva forms, which\nare all spiritual, are called svamsa, and the living entities who are differentiated parts are called vibhinniimsa. Some of the vibhinnamsa\nforms are spiritual, and some are a combination of matter and spirit. The\n\nconditioned souls in the material world are different from their external\nbodies made of material energy. Thus the demigods living in the upper\nplanetary systems and the living entities living in the lower planetary\nsystem are of the same nature. Nonetheless, those living as human beings\non this planet are sometimes attracted to worshiping the demigods in the\nhigher planetary systems. Such worship is temporary. As the human\nbeings on this planet have to change their bodies\n\n(tatha dehantara­\n\npraptiM, the living entities known as Indra, Candra, Varui.J.a and so on\n\nwill also have to change their bodies in due course of time. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gita, antavat tu phalarh te$iirh tad bhavaty alpa-medhasam:\n\n\"Men of small intelligence worship the demigods, and their fruits are\n\nlimited and temporary.\" Kamais tais tair hrta-jnanii/:1, prapadyante\n'nya-devata/:1,: those who do not know the position of the demigods are\n\ninclined to worship the demigods for some material purpose, but the\nresults of such worship are never permanent. Consequently, here it is\n\nyathetare$iirh prthag-atmaniirh satam, padopasarpaTJ-arh mr$ii\nbhavet. In other words, if one is to worship someone else, he must wor­\n\nsaid,\n\nship the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Then his worship will never\n\nbe fruitless. Svalpam apy asya dharmasya trayate mahato bhayat: even\n\na slight attempt to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead is a per­\n\nas recommended in Srimad-Bhagavatam,\ntyaktva sva-dharmarh cara1J,dmbujarh hare/:1,. One should take to the\n\nmanent asset. Therefore,\n\n", "SB8.3#p0269": "246\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nworship of the lotus feet of Hari, even if this means giving up the so­\n\ncalled occupational duty assigned because of the particular body one has\n\naccepted. Because worship in terms of the body is temporary, it does not\n\nbear any permanent fruit. But worship of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead gives immense benefit.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�rfli �f'f\n\n� �lui -rmt �:\n'i�et��·� I\nR�: SH,'5t(IOliSiRff!¥l;;tl{(�l\"�q: fwt� II�� II\nsri-suka uvaca\n\niti bruvar:uuit nrpatim jagat-pati�\n\nsatyavratam matsya-vapur yuga-/cyaye\n\nvihartu-kiima� pralayarr:tave 'bravic\n\ncikir$ur ekiinta-jana-priya� priyam\n\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosviimi said; iti-thus; bruvdr:tam­\n\nspeaking like that; nrpatim-unto the King; jagat-pati�-the master of\n\nthe entire universe; satyavratam-unto Satyavrata; rnatsya-vapu�-the\n\nLord, who had assumed the form of a fish; yuga-lcyaye-at the end of a\n\nyuga; vihnrtu-kiima�-to enjoy His own pastimes; pralaya-ar7Jave-in\nthe water of inundation; abravit-said; ciki'$U�-desiring to do;\n\nekiinta-jana-priya�-most beloved by the devotees; priyam-something\n\nvery beneficial.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: When King Satyavrata spoke in this\n\nway, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who at the end of the\n\nyuga had assumed the form of a fish to benefit His devotee and en­\n\njoy His pastimes in the water of inundation, responded as follows.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0270": "Text 33)\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n247\n\nTEXT 32\n\n��T'if\n\nI\n'1Rlr�f.l<t'11����\nM+t�l'��cqruqjlm ����������\nsri-bhagavan uvaca\nsaptame hy adyataniid ardhvam\nahany etad arindama\nnimarilcyyaty apyayambhodhau\ntrailokyarh bhur-bhuvadikam\nsri-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;\nsaptame-on\n\nthe\n\nurdhvam-forward;\n\nseventh;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nadyatandt-from\n\ntoday;\n\nahani-on the day; etat-this creation; arim­\n\ndama-0 King who can subdue your enemies; nimarilcyyati-shall be\ninundated;\n\napyaya-ambhodhau-in\n\nthe\n\nocean\n\nof\n\ndestruction;\n\ntrailokyam-the three lokas; bhat£ -bhuva-iidikam-namely Bhurloka,\nBhuvarloka and Svarloka.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: 0 King, who can\nsubdue your enemies, on the seventh day from today the three\nworlds-Bhu�, Bhuva4 and Sva4-will all merge into the water of\ninundation.\nTEXT 33\n\ntsr� ittJ�qf�t�m�� 1\naq�:u�fu '11: �f� Fm� ffi �itft<tt II��II\ntri-lokyarh liyamanayarh\nsarhvartambhasi vai tada\nupasthasyati naut£ kacid\nvisala tvarh mayerita\ntri-lokyam-the three lokas; liyamanayam-upon being merged;\nsarhvarta-ambhasi-in the water of destruction; vai-indeed; tada-at\n\n", "SB8.3#p0271": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n248\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nthat time; upastluisyati-will appear; nau�-boat; kacit-one; viSalavery big; tmm-unto you; maya-by Me; irita-sent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the three worlds merge into the water, a large boat sent\n\nby Me will appear before you.\n\nTEXTS 34-35\n\n�tt q(�trm: � ��� :q 1\n�aRRf: q��r: «�«�it�ftij: 11�\\111\nam� tm ;nti f?c�f(ti�f�: I\n-� fWRlitt Sf!tftuniter er$:n II� �II\ntvam tavad �adh* sarm\nbijany uccavacani ca\nsaptar�ibhi� parivrta�\nsarva-sattvopabrmhita�\naruhya brhatim navam\nvicar4yasy aviklava�\nekarttave niraloke\nr�irzam eva varcasa\ntvam-you;\n\ntavat-until that time; o�adhi(t-herbs; sarva(t-all\n\nkinds of; bijani-seeds; ucca-avacani-lower and higher; ca-and;\n\nsapta-r�ibhi�-by the seven r�is; parivrta(t-surrounded; sarva-sattva-all kinds of living entities; upabrrnhita�-surrounded by; aruhyagetting on;\n\nbrhatim-very large;\n\nnavam-boat;\n\nvicar4yasi-sha11\n\ntravel; aviklava�-without moroseness; eka-arttave-in the ocean of inundation; niraloke-without being illuminated; r�i�m-of the great\nr�is; eva-indeed; varcasa-by the effulgence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, 0 King, you shall collect all types of herbs and seeds\n\nand load them on that great boat. Then, accompanied by the seven\n\n", "SB8.3#p0272": "Text 37]\n\n249\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n:r�is and surrounded by all kinds of living entities, you shall get\naboard that boat, and without moroseness you shall easily travel\nwith your companions on the ocean of inundation, the only illumination being the effulgence of the great :r�is.\nTEXT 36\n\n� (If � �UJ 'l�l�('ll I\naqR'-46� � S!!W �\";I'm ¥1(trlwti ������\ndodhuyamiiniirh tiirh niivarh\nsamire� baliyasii\nupasthitasya me srnge\nnibadhnihi mahahina\ndodhuyamaniim-being\n\ntossed\n\nabout;\n\ntam-that;\n\nniivam-boat;\n\nsamire�-by the wind; baliyasii-very powerful; upasthitasya-situated nearby; me-of Me; srrige-to the horn; nibadhnihi-bind; mahiiahina-by the large serpent (Vasuki).\nTRANSLATION\nThen, as the boat is tossed about by the powerful winds, attach\nthe vessel to My horn by means of the great serpent Vasuki, for I\nshall be present by your side.\nTEXT 37\n\n� m;nt�f!(�Rl 1\nFcr�r����ifmilmn� ���\\511\nar� �At'�:\n\naham tviim r$ibhib, siirdham\nsaha-niivam udanvati\nvikar$an vicari$yiimi\nyiivad briihmi niSii prabho\naham-1; tviim-unto you; r$ibhi�-with all the saintly persons;\nsiirdham-all together; saha-with; niivam-the boat; udanvati-in\n\n", "SB8.3#p0273": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n250\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nthe water of devastation; vikar�an-contacting; vicar�yami-1 shall\n\ntravel; yavat-as long as; brahmi-pertaining to Lord Brahma; niStinight; prabho-0 King.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPulling the boat, with you and all the r�is in it, 0 King, I shall\n\ntravel in the water of devastation until the night of Lord Brahmii's\n\nslumber is over.\n\nPURPORT\nThis particular devastation actually took place not during the night of\n\nLord Brahma but during his day, for it was during the time of Cak�u�a\n\nManu. Brahma's night takes place when Brahma goes to sleep, but in the\n\ndaytime there are fourteen Manus, one of whom is Cak�u�a Manu.\n\nTherefore, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura comments that although\n\nit was daytime for Lord Brahma, Brahma felt sleepy for a short time by\nthe supreme will of the Lord. This short period is regarded as Lord\nBrahma's night. This has been elaborately discussed by Srila Rupa\n\nGosvami in his Laghu-bhagavatamrta. The following is a summary of\nhis analysis. Because Agastya Muni cursed Svayambhuva Manu, during\n\nthe time of Svayambhuva Manu a devastation took place. This devasta­\n\ntion is mentioned in the Matsya Purar:w. During the time of Cak�u�a\n\nManu, by the supreme will of the Lord, there was suddenly another\n\npralaya, or devastation. This is mentioned by Marka�qeya ��i in the\n\nV�r:tu-dharmottara. At the end of Manu's time there is not necessarily a\n\ndevastation, but at the end of the Cak�u�a-manvantara, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, by His illusory energy, wanted to show\n\nSatyavrata the effects of devastation. Srila Sridhara Svami also agrees\nwith this opinion. The Laghu-bhagavatamrta says:\nmadhye manvantarasyaiva\n\nmune !t sapan manum prati\n\npralayo 'sau babhuveti\n\npurtir:te kvacid iryate\n\nayam akasmiko jata5\n\ncalcy�asyantare manoft\n\n", "SB8.3#p0274": "Matsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\nText 38)\n\n251\n\npralaya/:t padmaTiiibhasya\nlilayeti ca kutracit\nsarva-manvantarasyante\npralayo niScitarh bhavet\nvi§r;tu-dharmottare tv etat\nmiirkar:t{leyer;ta b�itam\nmanor ante layo nasti\nmanave 'darsi mayaya\nvi§r;tuneti bruvar;tais tu\nsvamibhir nai§a manyate\nTEXT 38\n\n�Ttt '\"�';� � qt ilim �� 1\n��� �'Td � «sr�Ff� � II�� II\nmadiyam mahimiinarh ca\npararh brahmeti sabditam\nvetsyasy anugrhitarh me\nsampra§nair vivrtarh hrdi\nmadiyam pertaining to Me; mahimiinam-glories; ca-and; param\nbra hma -the Supreme Brahman, the Absolute Truth; iti-thus;\nsabditam-celebrated; ve tsyasi-you shall understand; anugrhitambeing favored; me-by Me; sampra§nai/:t-by mqumes; vivrtamthoroughly explained; hrdi within the heart.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou will be thoroughly advised and favored by Me, and because\nof your inquiries, everything about My glories, which are known\nas\n\nparam brahma, will be manifest within your heart. Thus you\n\nwill know everything about Me.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (15.15), sarvasya caham hrdi sannivi§!o\nmatta/:t smrtir jfiiinam apohanarh ca: the Supreme Personality of\n\n", "SB8.3#p0275": "252\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nGodhead, Paramiitmii, is situated in everyone's heart, and from Him\ncome remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness. The Lord reveals\nHimself in proportion to one's surrender to Him. Ye yathii mam prapa­\n\ndyante tams tathaiva bhajamy aham. In responsive cooperation, the\nLord reveals Himself in proportion to one's surrender. That which is\nrevealed to one who fully surrenders is different from what is revealed to\none who surrenders partially. Everyone naturally surrenders to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, either directly or indirectly. The conditioned soul surrenders to the laws of nature in material existence, but\nwhen one fully surrenders to the Lord, material nature does not act upon\nhim. Such a fully surrendered soul is favored by the Supreme Personality of Godhead directly. Mam eva ye prapadyante mayam etiim\n\ntaranti te. One who has fully surrendered to the Lord has no fear of the\nmodes of material nature, for everything is but an expansion of the\nLord's glories (sarvam khalv idam brahma), and these glories are gradually revealed and realized. The Lord is the supreme purifier (param\n\nbrahma param dhama pavitram paramam bhavan). The more one is\npurified and the more he wants to know about the Supreme, the more the\nLord reveals to him. Full knowledge of Brahman, Paramiitmii and\nBhagaviin is revealed to the pure devotees. The Lord says in Bhagavad­\n\ngita (10.11):\nte$dm evdnukampdrtham\naham ajfiiinajam tama�\nniiSayamy dtma-bhavastho\njfiiina-dipena bhasvata\n\"Out of compassion for them, I, dwelling in their hearts, destroy with\nthe shining lamp of knowledge the darkness born of ignorance.\"\nTEXT 39\n\n��f�\n\nmnwf d{(i=ij(\\:{f�ij 1\nij)�� d Cfil� � �� 31tf� II� �II\nittham iidiSya rajanam\nharir antaradhiyata\nso 'nvavaik$ata tam kiilam\nyam hr$ikesa adiSat\n\n", "SB8.3#p0276": "Matsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\nText 41]\n\n253\n\nittham-as aforementioned; adiSya-instructing; n1janam-the King\n(Satyavrata);\n\nharib,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nadhiyata -disappeared\n\nfrom\n\nthat\n\nplace;\n\nsab,-he\n\n(the\n\nantarKing);\n\nanvavai�ata-began to wait for; tam kalam-that time; yam-which;\nhr$ika-iSab,-Lord H:r�ikesa, the master of all the senses; adiSat-instructed.\nTRANSLATION\nMter thus instructing the King, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead immediately disappeared. Then King Satyavrata began to\nwait for that time of which the Lord had instructed.\nTEXT 40\n\n3ffifl� �r.t�u�: 3f1W(iii{Cl: 1\nM\"(11� : � f:va��mor: II'!Joll\n':I\n\nastirya darbhan prak-kalan\nrajar$ib, priig-udari-mukhab,\nni$asada hareb, padau\ncintayan matsya-rupir:tabastirya-spreading; darbhan-ku.Sa grass; prak-kalan-the upper\nportion facing east; raja-r$ib,-Satyavrata, the saintly King; prak-udakmukhab,-looking toward the northeast (iSana); ni$as ada -sat down;\nhareb,-of the Supreme Person ality of Godhead; padau-upon the lotus\nfeet; cintayan-meditating; matsya-rapir:w,b,-who had assumed the\nform of a fish.\nTRANSLATION\nMter spreading kusa with its tips pointing east, the saintly King,\nhimself facing the northeast, sat down on the grass and began to\nmeditate upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�t:m, who\nhad assumed the form of a fish.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0277": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n254\n\n(Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\ntatab, samudra udvelab,\nsarvatab, plavayan mahim\nvardhamano maha-meghair\nvar�adbhib, samadrsyata\ntatab,-thereafter;\n\nsamudrab,-the\n\nsarvatab,-everywhere;\n\nocean;\n\nudvelab,-overflowing;\n\nplavayan-inundating;\n\nmahim-the\n\nearth;\n\nvardhamanab,-increasing more and more; maha-meghaib,-by gigantic clouds; var�adbhib,-incessantly pouring rain; samadrsyata-King\nSatyavrata saw it.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, gigantic clouds pouring incessant water swelled the\n\nocean more and more. Thus the ocean began to overflow onto the\n\nland and inundate the entire world.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n'-1fllA: ���� � ;rtcnu•ldl'{ I\n\nM� �l�Nfqf'fel'T�: II 'J �II\n\n(11�&\n\n..\n\ndhyayan bhagavad-adesam\ndadrse navam agatam\ntam aruroha viprendrair\nadiiyau�adhi-virudhab,\ndhyayan-remembering;\n\nbhagavat-adesam-the\n\norder\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; dadrse-he saw; ndvam-a boat;\nagatdm-coming near; tam-aboard the boat; aruroha-got up; vipraindraib,-with the saintly brahmar:ws; addya-taking; a�adhi-herbs;\nvirudhab,-and creepers.\nTRANSLATION\nAs Satyavrata remembered the order of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, he saw a boat coming near him. Thus he collected\n\nherbs and creepers, and, accompanied by saintly brahmlll}.as, he\ngot aboard the boat.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0278": "Text 44]\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n255\n\nTEXT 43\n\n�i;r:r: sftm �� �tntrW �� 1\nij' � ;w: ijcgt((�I�fern � f�fij I I'd� II\ntam lkur munaya� pritd\nrajan dhyayasva kesavam\nsa vai na� sanka!ad asmad\navita sam vidhasyati\ntam-unto\n\nthe\n\nKing;\n\n1ku�-said;\n\nmunaya�-all\n\nthe\n\nsaintly\n\nbrahma1JUS; pr itd�-being pleased; rajan-0 King; dhyayasva-meditate; kesavam-upon the Supreme Lord, Kesava; sa�-His Lordship;\nvai-indeed; na�-us; sanka!(it-from the great danger; asmat-as\nnow visible; avita-will save; sam-auspiciousness; vidhasyati-He\nwill arrange.\nTRANSLATION\nThe saintly brahm�as, being pleased with the King, said to\nhim: 0 King, please meditate upon the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Kesava. He will save us from this impending danger and\narrange for our well-being.\nTEXT 44\n\n���tftij�T �t� sn�uijh�t:��tuf� 1\n����) �� (ijt f919;ilm�: IIIJ'dll\nso 'nudhyatas tato rajfiii\npraduriisin mahdr�ve\neka-sp1ga-dharo matsyo\nhaimo niyuta-yojana�\nsa�-the\n\nLord;\n\nanudhyata�-being\n\nmeditated\n\nupon;\n\ntata�­\n\nthereafter (hearing the words of the saintly brahma�); rajiiii-by the\nKing; praduriisit-appeared (before him); maha-a�ve-in the great\nocean of inundation; eka-spiga-dhara�-with one horn; matsya�-a\nbig fish; haima�-made of gold; niyuta-yojana�-eight million miles\nlong.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0279": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n256\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen, while the King constantly meditated upon the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, a large golden fish appeared in the ocean\n\nof inundation. The fish had one horn and was eight million miles\n\nlong.\n\nTEXT 45\n\ntttq�� ttt� Q:;�w ��t:mt �Hurr �u 1\n���anf�t Q:��Q:!T;r\n��{!C::� m�'-\\11\n�\n\n.\n\n'\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\nnibadhya ndvam tac-chpige\nyathokto hari� pura\nvaratre�hind tU$!as\ntU$!iiva madhusiidanam\nnibadhya-anchoring; ndvam-the boat; tat-srrige -onto the horn of\n\nthe big fish; yatha- uktal;-as advised; hari�-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; pura-before; varatre!W-used as a rope; ahinaby the great serpent\n\n(of the name Vasuki) ; tU$!a/;-being pleased;\n\ntU$!iiva-he satisfied; madhusiidanam-the Supreme Lord, the killer of\nMadhu.\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing the instructions formerly given by the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, the King anchored the boat to the fish's horn,\n\nusing the serpent Vasuki as a rope. Thus being satisfied, he began\noffering prayers to the Lord.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n�n:Jitcrr=tT\n\n.,...,\n,...\n3l;rt�TCf�T�(]'Rii�T��;:l{�«eHqfhT�TWH I\n��;�(H�l\n��tt��tqf:m�t ;r: 'l�T g�.t�t\"l IIIJ �II\n\"\n\n\"'\n\n", "SB8.3#p0280": "Text 46]\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n257\n\nsri-rtijovaca\naniidy-avidyopahattitma-sariwidas\ntan-mula-samstira-pariSramtitura/.t\nyadrcchayopasrta yam apnuyur\nvimuktido na/.t paramo gurur bhavan\nsn-ra]a uvtica-the King offered prayers as follows; antidi-from\ntime immemorial; av idya -by ignorance;\n\nupahata-has been lost;\n\natma-samvida/.t-knowledge about the self; tat-that is; mala-the\nroot; samstira-material bondage; pariSrama-full of miserable conditions and hard work; titurti/.t-suffering; yadrcchaya-by the supreme\nwill; upasrta/.t -being favored by the tictirya; yam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tipnuyu/.t-can achieve; vimukti-da/.t-the process\nof liberation; na/.t-our; parama/.t-the supreme; guru/.t-spiritual\nmaster; bhavan-Your Lordship.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King said: By the grace of the Lord, those who have lost\ntheir self-knowledge since time immemorial, and who because of\nthis ignorance are involved in a material, conditional life full of\nmiseries, obtain the chance to meet the Lord's devotee. I accept\nthat Supreme Personality of Godhead as the supreme spiritual\nmaster.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is actually the supreme spiritual\nmaster. The Supreme Lord knows everything about the suffering of the\nconditioned soul, and therefore He appears in this material world, sometimes personally, sometimes by an incarnation and sometimes by\nauthorizing a living being to act on His behalf. In all cases, however, He\nis the original spiritual master who enlightens the conditioned souls who\nare suffering in the material world. The Lord is always busy helping the\nconditioned souls in many ways. Therefore He is addressed here as\n\nparamo gurur bhavan. The representative of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead who acts to spread Kr�I).a consciousness is also guided by the\nSupreme Lord to act properly in executing the Lord's order. Such a person may appear to be an ordinary human being, but because he acts on\n\n", "SB8.3#p0281": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n258\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nbehalf of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the supreme spiritual\nmaster, he is not to be neglected as ordinary. It is therefore said,\ndcdryam mdm vijaniyat: an acdrya who acts on behalf of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead should be understood to be as good as the\nSupreme Lord Himself.\nsd/cyad dharitvena samasta-sdstrair\nuktas tatha bhavyata eva sadbhi�\nkintu prabhor ya� priya eva tasya\nvande guro� sri-cara�ravindam\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura has advised that the spiritual master acting on the Supreme Lord's behalf must be worshiped as being as good as\nthe Supreme Lord, for he is the Lord's most confidential servant in\nbroadcasting the Lord's message for the benefit of the conditioned souls\ninvolved in the material world.\n\nTEXT 47\n'\"'\n.� •\n�\n�fS!f:f\n,s� r.:\n.�tfiil����:\n����� � ijl{T�ij's�l{\n����T ijf fer��l��rifffl\n�f;:?.j « f+t;:�H� ��� � ;ft ��: II ��II\njano 'budho 'yam nija-karma-bandhana/:t\nsukhecchaya karma samihate 'sukham\nyat-sevaya tam vidhunoty asan-matim\ngranthim sa bhindyad dhrdayam sa no guru�\njana�-the conditioned soul subjected to birth and death; abudha/:tmost foolish because of accepting the body as the self; ayam-he; nijakarma-bandhana�-accepting different bodily forms as a result of his\nsinful activities; sukha icchaya-desiring to be happy within this ma-\n\nterial world; karma-fruitive activities; samihate-plans; asukhambut it is for distress only; yat-sevaya-by rendering service unto whom;\ntam-the entanglement of karma; vidhunoti-clears up; asat-matim-\n\n", "SB8.3#p0282": "Text 48]\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n259\n\nthe unclean mentality (accepting the body as the self); granthim-hard\nknot;\n\nsa�-His\n\nLordship\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nbhindyat-being cut off; hrdayam-in the core of the heart; sa�-He\n(the Lord); na�-our; gurn�-the supreme spiritual master.\nTRANSLATION\nIn hopes of becoming happy in this material world, the foolish\nconditioned soul performs fruitive activities that result only in\nsuffering. But by rendering service to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, one becomes free from such false desires for happiness.\nMay my supreme spiritual master cut the knot of false desires from\nthe core of my heart.\nPURPORT\nFor material happiness, the conditioned soul involves himself in\nfruitive activities, which actually put him into material distress. Because\nthe conditioned soul does not know this, he is said to be in avidya, or ignorance. Because of a false hope for happiness, the conditioned soul becomes involved in various plans for material activity. Here Maharaja\nSatyavrata prays that the Lord sever this hard knot of false happiness\nand thus become his supreme spiritual master.\nTEXT 48\n\n�����ftef\n��ir�;f\n�'l� FJ��l;:it�1�9f�Hl: I\n�ij quf f;r�� ms��m\n4{�Tq_ � �: � !!��: ����II\nyat-sevayagner iva rndra-rodanam\npuman vijahyan malam atmanas tama�\nbhajeta varr:tam nijam e$a so 'vyayo\nbhuyat sa iSa� paramo gu ror gum�\nyat-sevaya-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, by serving whom;\nagne�-in touch with fire; iva-as it is; rndra-rodanam-a block of\n\n", "SB8.3#p0283": "[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n260\n\nsilver or gold becomes purified; puman-a person; vijahyat-can give\nup; malam-all the dirty things of material existence; atmanab,-of\none's self; tamab,-the mode of ignorance, by which one performs pious\nand impious activities; bhajeta-may revive; va71Wm-his original\nidentity; n ijam\n\n-\n\none's own; e$ab.-such; sab,\n\n-\n\nHe; aryayab,-inex­\n\nhaustible; bh uyat-let Him become; sab,-He; �ab.-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; paramab,-the supreme; gurob. gurub,-the spiritual master of all other spiritual masters.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who wants to be free of material entanglement should take\n\nto the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and give up\nthe contamination of ignorance, involving pious and impious ac­\n\ntivities. Thus one regains his original identity, just as a block of\ngold or silver sheds all dirt and becomes purified when treated\n\nwith fire. May that inexhaustible Supreme Personality of Godhead\nbecome our spiritual master, for He is the original spiritual master\nof all other spiritual masters.\n\nPURPORT\nIn human life one is meant to undergo austerity to purify one's existence. Tapo diryarit putrakii yena sattvarit suddhyet. Because of contamination by the modes of material nature, one continues in the cycle of\nbirth and death (kiiralJilrit gu1J11-sarigo 'sya sad-asad-yoni-janmasu).\nTherefore the purpose of human life is to purify oneself of this contamination so that one can regain his spiritual form and not undergo this\ncycle of birth and death. The recommended process of decontamination\nis devotional service to the Lord. There are various processes for selfrealization, such as karma, jnana and yoga, but none of them is equal to\nthe process of devotional service. As gold and silver can be freed from all\ndirty contamination by being put into a fire but not merely by being\nwashed, the living entity can be awakened to his own identity by performing devotional service (yat-sevaya), but not by karma, jiiana or\n\nyoga. Cultivation of speculative knowledge or practice of yogic gymnastics will not be helpful.\nThe word varlJilm refers to the luster of one's original identity. The\noriginal luster of gold or silver is brilliant. Similarly, the original luster\n\n", "SB8.3#p0284": "Text 49)\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n261\n\nof the living being, who is part of the sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, is the\n\nluster of ananda, or pleasure. Anandamayo 'bhyasat. Every living en­\n\ntity has the right to become anandamaya, joyful, because he is part of\n\nthe sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, .Kr��a. Why should the living being be put\ninto tribulation because of dirty contamination by the material modes of\nnature? The living entity should become purified and regain his\n\nsvarupa, his original identity. This he can do only by devotional service.\n\nTherefore, one should adopt the instructions of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, who is described here as guror guruft, the spiritual master of\nall other spiritual masters.\n\nEven though we may not have the fortune to contact the Supreme Lord\n\npersonally, the Lord's representative is as good as the Lord Himself be­\n\ncause such a representative does not say anything unless it is spoken by\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu therefore\n\ngives a definition of guru. Yare dekha, tare kaha 'kmw '-upadesa: the\n\nbona fide guru is he who advises his disciples exactly in accordance with\n\nthe principles spoken by .Kr��a. The bona fide guru is he who has ac­\n\ncepted .Kr��a as guru. This is the guru-parampara system. The original\n\nguru is Vyasadeva because he is the speaker of Bhagavad-gitd and\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, wherein everything spoken relates to .Kr��a.\n\nTherefore guru-puja is known as Vyasa-pujii. In the final analysis, the\noriginal guru is .Kr��a, His disciple is Niirada, whose disciple is Vyasa,\n\nand in this way we gradually come in touch with the guru-parampara.\n\nOne cannot become a guru if he does not know what the Personality of\nGodhead .Kr��a or His incarnation wants. The mission of the guru is the\nmission of the Supreme Personality of Godhead: to spread .Kr��a consciousness all over the world.\n\nTEXT 49\n\n�Sf(ii<\\IWI��ll������: �I\n� �: snTtff;ij ���'J{� �cri �uf srqq II� �II\n\n;r\n\nna yat-prasadayuta-bhaga-lesam\nanye ca deva guravo janaft svayam\n\n", "SB8.3#p0285": "262\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nkartum sametii/.t prabhavanti pumsas\ntam iSvararh tviim sarar:mm prapadye\nna-not; yat-prasada-of the mercy of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; ayuta-bhiiga-lesam-only one ten-thousandth; anye-others;\nca-also; devab,-even the demigods; gurava/.t-the so-called gurus;\njanab,-the total population; svayam-personally; kartum-to execute;\nsametab,-all together; prab!Javanti-can become equally able; pumsab,-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tam-unto Him; iSvaramunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tvam-unto You; sararwmshelter; prapadye-let me surrender.\nTRANSLATION\nNeither all the demigods, nor the so-called gurus nor all other\n\npeople, either independently or together, can offer mercy that\nequals even one ten-thousandth of Yours. Therefore I wish to take\n\nshelter of Your lotus feet.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said, kiimais tais tair hrta-jfuinii/.t prapadyante 'nya-devatii/.t:\npeople in general, being motivated by material desires, worship the\ndemigods to get fruitive results very quickly. People generally do not become devotees of Lord Vi�Qu, since Lord Vi�Qu never becomes the ordersupplier of His devotee. Lord Vi�Qu does not give a devotee benedictions\nthat will create a further demand for benedictions. By worshiping the\ndemigods one may get results, but, as described in Bhagavad-gitii,\nantavat tu phalam te$iirh tad bhavaty alpa-medhasiim: whatever great\nbenedictions one may achieve from the demigods are all temporary. Because the demigods themselves are temporary, their benedictions are also\ntemporary and have no permanent value. Those who aspire for such\nbenedictions have a poor fund of knowledge (tad bhavaty alpamedhasam). The benedictions of Lord Vi�QU are different. By the mercy\nof the Lord Vi�Qu, one can be completely freed from material contamination and go back home, back to Godhead. Therefore the benedictions\noffered by the demigods cannot compare to even one ten-thousandth of\nthe Lord's benedictions. One should not, therefore, try to obtain benedictions from the demigods or false gurus. One should aspire only for the\n\n", "SB8.3#p0286": "Text 50)\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n263\n\nbenediction offered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As the Lord\nsays in Bhagavad-gitii (18.66):\n\nsarva-dharmiin parityajya\nmdm ekam sara7Jarh vraja\naham tvi.im sarva-piipebhyo\nmo/cyay�yami rna suca�\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall\ndeliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" This is the greatest\nbenediction.\nTEXT 50\n\n� �V<U!IUrT : �-\n\n�'1�1N��� ��: I\n�� ��t ijl{taJUil\n!ffl- ��: �11ft\\' ��ij'ijl� II'-\\ II\n�\n\no\n\naca/cyur andhasya yathagrar:rJ� krtas\ntatha janasyavid�o 'budho guru�\ntvam arka-drk sarva-drsam sami/cyalJ-0\nvrto gurur na� sva-gatim bubhutsatiim\naca/cyu�-one who does not have his power of sight; andhasya- for\nsuch a blind person; yatha - as; agra�i�-the leader, who goes first;\n\nkrta� - accepted; tatha - similarly; janasya - such a person; avid�a�who has no knowledge of the goal of life; abudha�-a foolish rascal;\nguru�-the spiritual master; tvam- Your Lordship; a rka - drk - appear\nlike the sun; sarva-drsam-of all sources of knowledge; sami/cya7Ja�the complete seer; vrta �-accep ted ; guru�-the spiritual master; na�our; sva-gatim-one who knows his real self-interest; bubhutsatamsuch an enlightened person.\nTRANSLATION\nAs a blind man, being unable to see, accepts another blind man\nas\n\nhis leader, people who do not know the goal of life accept\n\n", "SB8.3#p0287": "264\n\nSri mad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nsomeone as a guru who is a rascal and a fool. But we are interested\n\nin self-realization. Therefore we accept You, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, as our spiritual master, for You are able to see\n\nin all directions and are omniscient like the sun.\nPURPORT\n\nThe conditioned soul, being wrapped in ignorance and therefore not\n\nknowing the goal of life, accepts a guru who can juggle words and make\n\nsome display of magic that is wonderful to a fool. Sometimes a foolish\nperson accepts someone as a guru because he can manufacture a small\n\nquantity of gold by mystic yogic power. Because such a disciple has a\npoor fund of knowledge, he cannot judge whether the manufacture of\ngold is the criterion for a guru. Why should one not accept the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Kr�J:ta, from whom unlimited numbers of gold\n\nmines come into being? Aham sarvasya prabhavo matta/:t sarvam\npravartate. All the gold mines are created by the energy of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. Therefore, why should one accept a magician\n\nwho can manufacture only a small portion of gold? Such gurus are ac­\n\ncepted by those who are blind, not knowing the goal of life. Maharaja\n\nSatyavrata, however, knew the goal of life. He knew the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore he accepted the Lord as his guru.\n\nEither the Supreme Lord or His representative can become guru. The\nLord says, mdm eva ye prapadyante mayam etam taranti te: \"One can\nget relief from the clutches of maya as soon as he surrenders unto Me.\"\n\nTherefore it is the guru's business to instruct his disciple to surrender to\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead if he wants relief from the material\nclutches. This is the symptom of the guru. This same principle was in­\n\nstructed by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu: yare dekha, tare kaha 'kr§1Jfl '­\n\nupadesa. In other words, one is advised not to accept a guru who does not\n\nfollow the path of instruction given by Lord Kr��a.\nTEXT 51\n\n�� ���ijsm{f qfcr\n�\n\n'\"'\n\nsmt(f\n\n.\n\n�\n\n�:\n\n� �� ��q�\n� � �� f� q�ll'-\\�11\n\n", "SB8.3#p0288": "Text 51)\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n265\n\njano janasyiidiSate 'satim gatim\nyaya prapadyeta duratyayam tama}:t\ntvam tv avyayam jfianam amogham afijasa\nprapadyate yena jano nijam padam\njana}:t-a person who is not a bona fide guru (an ordinary person) ;\njanasya-of an ordinary person who does not know the goal of life;\nadiSate-instructs; asatim-impermanent, material; gat im-the goal of\nlife;\n\nyaya-by\n\nsuch\n\nknowledge;\n\nduratyayam-insurmountable;\nLordship;\n\ntu-but;\n\namogha m-without\n\nprapadyeta-he\n\ntama/:t-to\n\nignorance;\n\nsurrenders;\n\ntvam-Your\n\navyayam-indestructible;\n\njfianam-knowledge;\n\nmaterial\n\nan1asa-very\n\ncontamination;\n\nsoon;\n\nprapadyate-achieves; yena-by such knowledge; jana/:t-a person;\nnijam- his own; padam-original position.\nTRANSLATION\nA materialistic so-called guru instructs his materialistic disciples\nabout economic development and sense gratification, and because\nof such instructions the foolish disciples continue in the materialistic existence of ignorance. But Your Lordship gives knowledge that is eternal, and the intelligent person receiving such\nknowledge is quickly situated in\n\nhis\n\noriginal\n\nconstitutional\n\nposition.\nPURPORT\nSo-called gurus instruct their disciples for the sake of material profit.\nSome guru advises that one meditate in such a way that his intelligence\nwill increase in regard to keeping his body fit for sense gratification.\nAnother guru advises that sex is the ultimate goal of life and that one\nshould therefore engage in sex to the best of his ability. These are the instructions of foolish gurus. In other words, because of the instructions of\na foolish guru one remains perpetually in material existence and suffers\nits tribulations. But if one is intelligent enough to take instructions from\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, as enunciated in Bhagavad-gita or\nthe Sankhya philosophy of Kapiladeva, one can very soon attain liberation and be situated in his original position of spiritual life. The words\n\nnijam padam are significant. The living entity, being part and parcel of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, has the birthright to a position in\n\n", "SB8.3#p0289": "[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n266\n\nVaikur;t�haloka, or the spiritual world, where there is no anxiety.\nTherefore, one should follow the instructions of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Then, as stated in Bhagavad-gitii, tyaktva deham punar\njanma naiti 1'1Ulm eti so 'rjuna: after giving up one's body, one will\nreturn home, back to Godhead. The Lord lives in the spiritual world in\nHis original personality, and a devotee who follows the instructions of\nthe Lord approaches Him (1'1Ulm eti). As a spiritual person, such a devotee returns to the Personality of Godhead and plays and dances with\nHim. That is the ultimate goal of life.\nTEXT 52\n\n�� ��� ij�� fSJ��\nmoo\n\ng�ijht\"+mf�fu: 1\n\n��WI�� � if� ��P{: ����II\ntvam sarva-lokasya suhrt priyesvaro\nhy at1'1Ul gurur jiianam abh�ta-siddhi�\ntathapi loko na bhavantam andha-dhir\njanati santam hrdi baddha-kama �\ntvam-You, my dear Lord; sarva-lokasya-of all planets and their inhabitants; suhrt-the most well-wishing friend; priya-the most dear;\niSvara�-the supreme controller; hi-also; at1'1Ul-the supreme soul;\nguru�-the\n\nsupreme\n\nteacher;\n\njiianam-the\n\nsupreme\n\nknowledge;\n\nabh�!a-siddhi�-the fulfillment of all desires; tatha api-still; loka�persons; na-not; bhavantam-unto You; andha-dhi�-because of\nblind intelligence; janati-can know; santam-situated; hrdi-in his\nheart; baddha-kama�-because of being bewildered by material lusty\ndesires.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You are the supreme well-wishing friend of everyone,\n\nthe dearmost friend, the controller, the Supersoul, the supreme\n\ninstructor and the giver of supreme knowledge and the fulfillment\n\n", "SB8.3#p0290": "Text 53)\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n267\n\nof all desires. But although You are within the heart, the foolish,\nbecause of lusty desires in the heart, cannot understand You.\nPURPORT\nHerein the reason for foolishness is described. Because the conditioned\nsoul in this material world is full of materialistic lusty desires, he cannot\nunderstand the Supreme Person ality of Godhead, although the Lord is\nsituated in everyone's heart (iSvarab, sarva-bhutandrit hrd-dese 'rjuna\nt�thati). It is because of this foolishness that one cannot take instructions\nfrom the Lord, although the Lord is ready to instruct everyone both externally and internally. The Lord says, dadami buddhi-yogarit tam yena\nmdm upayanti te. In other words, the Lord can give instructions on devotional service by which one can return home, back to Godhead. Unfortunately, however, people do not take this devotional service. The Lord,\nbeing situated in everyone's heart, can give one complete instructions on\ngoing back to Godhead, but because of lusty desires one engages himself\nin materialistic activities and does not render service to the Lord.\nTherefore one is bereft of the value of the Lord's instructions. By mental\nspeculation one can understand that one is not the body but a spirit soul,\nbut unless one engages in devotional service, the real purpose of life is\nnever fulfilled. The real purpose of life is to go back home, back to Godhead, and live with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, play with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, dance with the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead and eat with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. These are\ndifferent items of ananda, spiritual happiness in spiritual variegatedness. Even though one may come to the platform of brahma-bhata and\nunderstand his spiritual identity by speculative knowledge, one cannot\nenjoy spiritual life without understanding the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. This is indicated here by the word abhi$ta-siddhib,. One can\nfulfill the ultimate goal of life only by engaging in devotional service to\nthe Lord. Then the Lord will give one proper instructions on how to go\nback home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 53\n\n", "SB8.3#p0291": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n268\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\ntvam tvam aham deva-varam varerJyam\n. prapadya isam pratibodhanaya\nchindhy artha-dipair bhagavan vacobhir\ngranthin hrdayyan vivr1Ju svam oka/.t\ntvam-how exalted You are; tvam-unto You; aham-myself; devavaram-worshiped by the demigods; varerJyam-the greatest of all;\nprapadye-fully surrendering; �am-unto the supreme controller;\npratibodhanaya-for understanding the real purpose of life; chindhicut\n\noff;\n\nartha-dipail,t-by\n\nthe\n\nlight\n\nof\n\npurposeful\n\ninstruction;\n\nbhagavan-0 Supreme Lord; vacobhi/.t-by Your words; granthinknots; hrdayyan-fixed within the core of the heart; vivrou-kindly explain; svam okal,t -my destination in life.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Supreme Lord, for self-realization I surrender unto You, who\nare\n\nworshiped by the demigods as the supreme controller of every­\n\nthing. By Your instructions, exposing life's purpose, kindly cut\nthe knot from the core of my heart and let me know the destination of my life.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSometimes it is argued that people do not know who is a spiritual\nmaster and that finding a spiritual master from whom to get enlightenment in regard to the destination of life is very difficult. To answer all\nthese questions, King Satyavrata shows us the way to accept the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead as the real spiritual master. The Supreme Lord\nhas given full directions in Bhagavad-gita about how to deal with everything in this material world and how to return home, back to Godhead.\nTherefore, one should not be misled by so-called gurus who are rascals\nand fools. Rather, one should directly see the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead as the guru or instructor. It is difficult, however, to understand\nBhagavad-gita without the help of the guru. Therefore the guru appears\nin the parampara system. In Bhagavad-gita (4.34) the Supreme Personality of Godhead recommends:\n\n", "SB8.3#p0292": "Text 54)\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n269\n\ntad viddhi prar:tipatena\nparipra§nena sevaya\nupadelcyyanti te jfiiinarit\njiianinas tattva-darsina/:t\n\"Just try to learn the truth by approaching a spiritual master. Inquire\n\nfrom him submissively and render service unto him. The self-realized\n\nsoul can impart knowledge unto you because he has seen the truth.\"\n\nLord Kr��a directly instructed Arjuna. Arjuna is therefore tattva-darsi\n\nor guru. Arjuna accepted the Supreme Personality of Godhead (pararit\nbrahma pararit dha,ma pavitrarit paramarit bhavan). Similarly, following\nin the footsteps of Sri Arjuna, who is a personal devotee of the Lord, one\n\nshould accept the supremacy of Lord Kr��a, as supported by Vyasa,\nDevala,\n\nAsita, Narada and later by the acaryas Ramanujacarya,\n\nMadhvacarya, Nimbarka and Vi��usvami and still later by the greatest\n\nacarya, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Where, then, is the difficulty in find­\n\ning a guru? If one is sincere he can find the guru and learn everything.\nOne should take lessons from the guru and find out the goal of life.\nMaharaja Satyavrata, therefore, shows us the way of the mahajana.\n\nMahajano yena gata/:t sa pantha/:t. One should surrender to the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead (daSavatara) and learn from Him about the\n\nspiritual world and the goal of life.\n\nTEXT 54\n��Cfi ii'CfT\"i\n\n+trrcll;r(�ffl: I\n+i��.ft 'I&T;m�T �fi((ij�t:�+ 'lq_ ������\n\n�'ffi4�\n\n�\n\nsri-suka utdca\nity uktavantarit nrpatirit\nbhagavan adi-pa�a/:t\nmatsya-rapi mahambhodhau\nvihararits tattvam abravit\nsri-suka/:t uwca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; uktavantam­\n\n-being addressed by Maharaja Satyavrata; nrpatim-unto the King;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; adi-purU$a/:t-the\n\n", "SB8.3#p0293": "270\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\noriginal person; matsya-rupi-who had assumed the form of a fish;\n\nmaha-ambhodhau-in that water of inundation; viharan-while moving; tattvam abrav it -explained the Absolute Truth.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: When Satyavrata had thus prayed\n\nto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who had assumed the\n\nform of a fish, the Lord, while moving in the water of inundation,\n\nexplained to him the Absolute Truth.\n\nTEXT 55\n\n�ijfm �olft ijf�tp.ftiffiji�f� I\nU�l��n���H 11'-\\'-\\11\n��\n....,.\n\n\"'\n\npuriir:uz,-sarhhitarh divyarh\nsankhya-yoga-kriyavatim\nsatyavratasya rajar$er\niitma-guhyam a5e$ata�\npurar:uz, -the subject matter explained in the Purar:uz,s, the old histories, especially the Matsya Puriir:uz,; sarhhitam-the Vedic instructions\ncontained in Brahma-sarhhita and other sarhhitas; divyam-all transcendental literatures; siinkhya-the philosophical way of sankhya­\n\nyoga; yoga-the science of self-realization or bhakti-yoga; kriyavatimpractically applied in life; satyavratasya-of King Satyavrata; rajaf$e�-the great king and saint; iitma-guhyam-all the mysteries of selfrealization; a5e$ata�-including all branches.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead thus explained to King\n\nSatyavrata the spiritual science known as siilikhya-yoga, the\n\nscience by which one distinguishes between matter and spirit [in\n\nother words, bhakti-yoga], along with the instructions contained\nin the Puriil).SS [the old histories] and the sarilhitiis. The Lord explained Himself in all these literatures.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0294": "Text 57]\n\n271\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\nTEXT 56\n\nijl��k�a���m� 1\n�1� �IFRfl m� iliR ��� II\"\\ �II\n\n31�ftml:\n\na5rai.L{>id r$ibhi� sakam\ndtma-tattvam asamsayam\nnary dsino bhagavata\nproktam brahma sanatanam\n\naSrai.L{>it-he heard; r$ibhi�-the great saintly persons; sdkam-with;\ndtma-tattvam-the science of self-realization; asamsayam-without any\n\ndoubt (because it was spoken by the Supreme Lord); navi dsina�-sitting in the boat; bhagavata-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nproktam-explained;\n\nbrahma-all\n\ntranscendental\n\nliteratures;\n\nsanatanam-eternally existing.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile sitting in the boat, King Satyavrata, accompanied by the\ngreat saintly persons, listened to the instructions of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead in regard to self-realization. These instructions were all from the eternal Vedic literature [brahma].\nThus the King and sages had no doubt about the Absolute Truth.\nTEXT 57\n\n3l<ft�t1Wt �k�m « ��ij- 1\n��� �met � ��ft: ���\\9,,\natita-pralayapaya\nutthitaya sa vedhase\nhatvasuram hayagrivam\nvedan pratyaharad dhari�\n\natita-passed;\n\npralaya-apaye-at\n\nthe\n\nend\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ninundation;\n\nutthitaya-to bring him to his senses after sleeping; sa�-the Supreme\nLord; vedhase-unto Lord Brahma; hatva-after killing; asuram-the\n\n", "SB8.3#p0295": "272\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\ndemon; hayagrivam-by the name Hayagriva; vedan-all the Vedic\nrecords; pratyaharat-delivered; harib,-the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of the last inundation [during the period of\n\nSviiyambhuva Manu] the Supreme Personality of Godhead killed\n\nthe demon named Hayagriva and delivered all the Vedic literatures\n\nto Lord Brahmii when Lord Brahmii awakened from sleeping.\nTEXT 58\n\nij « (1�affl m1\n\n�\"'1Q�:\n�: st(11�16\\\nsf�411el({ ��fitffl �: II�� II\nsa tu satyavrato raja\n\njnana-vijnana-samyutab,\n\nvi§r:wb. prasadat kalpe 'sminn\nasid vaivasvato manub,\n\nsab,-he;\n\ntu-indeed;\n\nsatyavratab,-Satyavrata;\n\nraja-the King;\n\njnana-vijnana-samyutab,-enlightened in full knowledge and its practical use; vi$r:wb.-of Lord Vi�Qu; prasadat-by the mercy; kalpe asmin­\n\nin this period (ruled by Vaivasvata Manu); asit-became; vaivasvatab,\nmanub,-Vaivasvata Manu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Satyavrata was illuminated with all Vedic knowledge by the\n\nmercy of Lord Vi�J,lU, and in this period he has now taken birth as\n\nVaivasvata Manu, the son of the sun-god.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura gives his verdict that Satyavrata\n\nappeared in the Cak�u�a-manvantara. When the Cak�u�a-manvantara\nended, the period of Vaivasvata Manu began. By the grace of Lord Vi�Qu,\n\nSatyavrata received instructions from the second fish incarnation and\nwas thus enlightened in all spiritual knowledge.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0296": "Text 60]\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n273\n\nTEXT 59\n\nQ�� ��1+\\�l'l�� �llfi\"'1: I\n\n� �tn;i���Aif�ll��ll\nsatyavratasya riijar$er\nmayii-matsyasya siirrigi��\nsaritviidarit mahad-akhyanarit\nsrutvii mucyeta kilbi$iit\nsatyavratasya-of King Satyavrata; riija- r$e� -of the great king;\nmayii-matsyasya-and the fish incarnation; siirngi��-who had one\nhorn on His head; saritviidam-the description or dealings; mahatakhyii nam -the great story; srutvii-by hearing; mucyeta-is\ndelivered; kilbi$iit-from all sinful reactions.\nTRANSLATION\nThis story concerning the great King Satyavrata and the fish incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�IJ.u, is a great\ntranscendental narration. Anyone who hears it is delivered from\nthe reactions of sinful life.\nTEXT 60\n\n3(Cffl� mf� �� tR: I\nQPf� f�f;Q Q � � 'lftl�II� II\no\n\navatiirarit harer yo 'yam\nkirtayed anvaharit nara�\nsarikalpas tasya sidhyanti\nsa yati paramarit gatim\navatiiram-incarnation; hare�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nya�-whoever; ayam-he; k irtayet -narrates and chants;\nanvaham -daily; nara�-such a person; sarikalpii�-all ambitions;\ntasya-of him; sidhyanti -become successful; sa�-such a person;\nyati - goes back; paramam gatim-back home to Godhead, the supreme\nplace.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0297": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n274\n\n[Canto 8, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who narrates this description of the Matsya incarnation and\n\nKing Satyavrata will certainly have all his ambitions fulfilled, and\n\nhe will undoubtedly return home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 61\n\n��« 'fl«: till��:\n�6f(Ufqq;fui q�qli('(f 00\n\n��;m�aRf\n��� �T;i 'Ritmr II�� II\npralaya-payasi dhatu/:t supta-sakter mukhebhya/:t\nsruti-ga{Ulm apanitam pratyupiidatta hatva\nditijam akathayad yo brahma satyavratdnam\ntam aham akhila-hetum jihma-minam nato 'smi\npralaya-payasi-in the water of inundation; dhatu/:t-from Lord\nBrahmii;\n\nsupta-sakte/:t-who\n\nmukhebhya/:t-from\n\nthe\n\nwas\n\nmouths;\n\ninert\n\nbecause\n\nof\n\nsleeping;\n\nsruti-ga{Ulm-Vedic\n\nrecords;\n\napanitam-stolen ; pratyupadatta-gave back to him; hatva -by killing; ditijam - the great demori; akathayat - explained; ya/:t-one who;\nbrahma-Vedic knowledge; satyavratanam-for the enlightenment of\nSatyavrata and the great saintly persons; tam-unto Him; aham-1;\nakhila-hetum-unto the cause of all causes; jihma-minam-appearing\nas and pretending to be a great fish; nata/:t asmi-1 offer my respectful\nobeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, who pretended to be a gigantic fish, who restored the\n\nVedic literature to Lord Brahma when Lord Brahmii awakened\n\nfrom sleep, and who explained the essence of Vedic literature to\n\nKing Satyavrata and the great saintly persons.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0298": "Text 61]\n\nMatsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation\n\n275\n\nPURPORT\nHere is a summary of Satyavrata's meeting with the fish incarnation of\n\nLord V i��u. Lord V i��u's purpose was to take back all the Vedic\n\nliteratures from the demon Hayagriva and restore them to Lord Brahmii.\nIncidentally, by His causeless mercy, the Lord spoke with Satyavrata.\n\nThe word satyavratanam is significant because it indicates that those on\n\nthe level of Satyavrata can take knowledge from the Vedas delivered by\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Whatever is spoken by the\n\nSupreme Lord is accepted as Veda. As stated in Bhagavad-gita, vedanta­\n\nkrd veda-vit: the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the compiler of all\nVedas. Therefore,\n\nVedic knowledge, and He knows the purport of the\n\nanyone who takes knowledge from the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\n���a, or from Bhagavad-gita as it is, knows the purpose of the Vedas\n\n(vedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedyatt}. One cannot understand Vedic\nfrom the veda-vada-ratas, who read the Vedas and\nmisconstrue their subject matter. One has to know the Vedas from the\nknowledge\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Eighth Canto, Twentyfourth Chapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Matsya, the Lord's\nFish Incarnation.\"\n-This commentation has been finished in our New Delhi center today,\n\nthe first of September, 1976, the day of Radha�tami, by the grace of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and the acaryas. Srila Narottama dasa\n'fhakura says,\n\ntandera cara� sevi bhakta-sane vasa janame janame\nhaya, ei abhila$a. I am attempting to present Srimad-Bhagavatam in the\n\nEnglish language\n\nby\n\nthe\n\norder of\n\nmy\n\nspiritual\n\nmaster,\n\nSrimad\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati 'fhakura, and by his grace the work of trans­\n\nlation is gradually progressing, and the European and American devotees\nwho have joined the �!?�a consciousness movement are helping me con­\n\nsiderably. Thus we have expectations of finishing the great task before\nmy passing away. All glories to Sri Guru and Gaurailga.\n\nEND OF THE EIGHTH CANTO\n\n", "SB8.3#p0299": "Appendixes\n\n", "SB8.3#p0300": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prahhupada appeared in\n\nthis world in 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhakti­\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent devotional scholar and the founder of\n\nsixty-four Gau�iya Ma�has (Vedic institutes), liked this educated young\nman and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\n\nSrila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later (1933) at\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in\n\n1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nThakura requested Srila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge\n\nthrough the English language. In the years that followed, Srila Prabhu­\n\npada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad-gitd, assisted the Gau�iya\n\nMa�ha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance, started an English\n\nfortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and checked the\n\ngalley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and strug­\n\ngled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never\n\nstopped; it is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\n\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion,\n\nthe Gau�iya Vai�Q.ava Society honored him in\n\n194 7 with the title\n\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In 1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada\n\nretired from married life, and four years later\n\nhe\n\nadopted the\n\nvanaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his studies and writ­\n\ning. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of V:rndavana, where he\n\nlived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\n\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and\nwriting. He accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At\n\nRadha-Damodara, Srila Prabhupada began work on his life's master­\n\npiece: a multivolume translation and commentary on the eighteen thou­\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (Bhiigavata Purar.w-). He also wrote\nEasy Journey to Other Planets.\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhii gavatam, Srila Prabhupada\ncame to the United States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\nsand verse\n\nmaster. Since that time, His Divine Grace has written over forty volumes\n\nof authoritative translations, commentaries and summary studies of the\n\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n\n279\n\n", "SB8.3#p0301": "280\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila\n\nPrabhupada was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for Krishna Con­\n\nsciousness in July of 1966. Under his careful guidance, the Society has\n\ngrown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one\nhundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm communities.\n\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New V:rndavana, an experimental\n\nVedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew V:rndavana, now a thriving farm community of more than one thou­\n\nsand acres, his students have since founded several similar communities\n\nin the United States and abroad.\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\n\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\nDallas, Texas. The school began with 3 children in 1972, and by the\n\nbeginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\nSrila Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large inter­\n\nnational center at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also\n\nthe site for a planned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the\nmagnificent K:r�1.1a-Balarama Temple and International Guest House in\n\nV:rndavana, India. These are centers where Westerners can live to gain\n\nfirsthand experience of Vedic culture.\n\nSrila Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his\n\nbooks. Highly respected by the academic community for their authori­\n\ntativeness, depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks in\nnumerous college courses. His writings have been translated into eleven\nlanguages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972 ex­\n\nclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become the\nworld's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and phi­\n\nlosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada's most\nrecent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-completed by Srila Prabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali\nreligious classic Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada\n\nhas circled the globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to\n\nsix continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncontinues to write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library\n\nof Vedic philosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0302": "References\nThe purports of Srimad-Bhiiga vatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are specifically\ncited in this volume:\n\nBahvrca-sruti, 86\nBhagavad-gitd, 8, 10,20, 21, 29, 37, 57, 61, 62, 63, 68, 74,87, 102, 104,\nllO, ll8, 144,148,177,180,183,198,203,209,219,223,224,226-227,\n230, 245, 251-252, 252, 262, 263, 266, 268-269, 275\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, 88\nBrahma-sarhhita, 37\nBrhan-ndradiya Purarra, 210\nCaitanya-caritdmrta, 9-10, 55, 97, 98\nDaSavatdra-stotra (within Gita-govinda), 128\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta, 250\nMahabharata, 95\nMatsya Puriir,ta, 235\nPadma Puriir,ta, 96, 106\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 71, 74, 75, 80-81, 95, 99, ll4, 151, 159, 160, 165,\n168, 172, 193, 208, 209, 211, 219, 245\nV�r:tu-dharmottara, 250\nV�r:tu Purar,ta, 107, 209\n281\n\n", "SB8.3#p0303": "Glossary\nA\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by example.\nArati-a ceremony for greeting the Lord with offerings of food, lamps,\nfans, flowers and incense.\nArcana-the devotional process of Deity worship.\nArghya-the ceremonious offering of water or of other auspicious items\nin a conchshell.\nArtha-economic development.\nAsrama-the four spiritual orders of life: celibate student, householder,\nretired life and renounced life.\n\nAsuras- atheistic demons.\nAvatiira-a descent of the Supreme Lord.\n\nB\nBhagavad-gitii-the basic directions for spiritual life spoken by the\nLord Himself.\nBhakta-a devotee.\nBhakti-yoga-linking with the Supreme Lord by devotional service.\nBrahmacarya-celibate student life; the first order of Vedic spiritual\nlife.\nBrahman-the Absolute Truth; especially the impersonal aspect of the\nAbsolute.\nBriihm�a-one wise in the Vedas who can guide society; the first Vedic\nsocial order.\n\nD\nDaityas-a race of demons descending from Diti.\nDama-control of the senses.\nDharma-eternal occupational duty; religious principles.\n\nE\nEkiida8i-a special fast day for increased remembrance of \"K:r!?Q.a, which\ncomes on the eleventh day of both the waxing and waning moon.\n\n283\n\n", "SB8.3#p0304": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n284\n\nG\nGoloka (K.n;l}.aloka)-the highest spiritual planet, containing .i(r�Qa's\npersonal abodes, Dvaraka, Mathura and V:rndavana.\nGopis-Kr�Qa's cowherd girl friends, His most confidential servitors.\n\nG:rhastha-regulated householder life; the second order of Vedic spiritual life.\nGuru-a spiritual master.\n\nGuru-puja-worship of the spiritual master.\n\nH\nHare K.n;l}.a mantra-See: Maha-mantra\n\nJ\nJaya-an exclamation meaning \"All victory to you!\" or \"All glories to\nyou!\"\n\nJiva-tattva-the living entities, atomic parts of the Lord.\nJiiana-theoretical knowledge.\n\nK\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali)-the present age, characterized by quarrel; it\nis last in the cycle of four and began five thousand years ago.\n\nKalpa-daytime of Brahma, 4,320,000,000 years.\n\nKama-lust.\n\nKamftl}.«;ialu-water pot carried by sannyasis.\nKaratalas-hand cymbals used in kirtana.\nKarma-fruitive action, for which there is always reaction, good or bad.\nKarma-kiil}.«;ia-a section of the Vedas prescribing fruitive activities for\nelevation to a higher material position.\n\nKarmi-a person satisfied with working hard for flickering sense\n\ngratification.\nKirtana-chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord.\nK:r�l}.aloka-See: Goloka\n�atriyas-a warrior or administrator; the second Vedic social order.\nKusa-auspicious grass used in Vedic rituals.\n\nL\nLokas-planets.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0305": "Glossary\n\n285\n\nM\nMahijana-the Lord's authorized devotee, who by his teachings and\nbehavior establishes the path of religion.\n\nMahi-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance:\n\nHare l(r�Qa, Hare l(r�Qa, l(r�Qa l(r�Qa, Hare Hare\nHare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\n\nMantra-a sound vibration that can deliver the mind from illusion.\n\nManus-fathers of the human species.\n\nManvantara-the duration of each Manu's reign; used as a standard\nmeasurement of history.\n\nMathuri-Lord l(r�Qa's abode, surrounding Vrndavana, where He took\n\nbirth and later returned to after performing His V:rndavana\n\npastimes.\n\nMaya-illusion; forgetfulness of one's relationship with l(r�Qa.\n\nMiyividis-impersonal philosophers who say that the Lord cannot have\na transcendental body.\n\n�aiiga-a clay drum used for congregational chanting.\n\nMunis- sages.\n\n0\nOrllkira-the sacred sound vibration from which expand all the Vedas;\nchanted as an invocation to all mantras.\n\np\nPidya-water ceremoniously offered for washing feet.\n\nParampari-the chain of spiritual masters in disciplic succession.\n\nPrajipatis-the populators of the universe.\nPrasida-food spiritualized by being offered to the Lord.\n\nR\n�is-sages.\n\ns\nSac-cid-inanda-vigraha-the Lord's transcendental form, which ts\neternal, full of knowledge and bliss.\n\nSama-control of the mind.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0306": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n286\n\nSarilhitiis-supplementary Vedic literatures expressing the conclusions\nof particular self-realized authorities.\n\nSailkirtana-public chanting of the names of God, the approved yoga\nprocess for this age.\n\nSannyiisa-renounced life; the fourth order of Vedic spiritual life.\nSastras-revealed scriptures.\n\nSatya-yuga-the first of the cycle of four ages of the universe.\nSloka-a Sanskrit rhymed and metered verse.\n\nSmiirtas-those who strictly follow Vedic injunctions without realization\n\nof the final conclusion of Vedic knowledge, devotional service to the\n\nSupreme Lord.\n\nSoma-a heavenly elixir available on the moon.\n\nSrav�ath kirtanath vi�1,10�-the devotional processes of hearing and\nchanting about Lord V i�?J)U.\n\nSiidra-a laborer; the fourth of the Vedic social orders.\n\nS vami-one who controls his mind and senses; title of one\nrenounced order of life.\n\nm\n\nthe\n\nT\nTapasya-austerity; accepting some voluntary inconvenience for a\nhigher purpose.\n\nTilaka-auspicious clay marks that sanctify a devotee's body as a temple\nof the Lord.\n\nTitik�a-the godly quality of tolerance.\n\nv\nVaiku1,1tha-the spiritual world.\n\nV ai�1,1ava-a devotee of Lord Vi�?J)U, K.r!?J)a.\n\nVaisyas-farmers and merchants; the third Vedic social order.\n\nVanaprastha-one who has retired from family life; the third order of\nVedic spiritual life.\n\nVar1,1a-the four occupational divisions of society: the intellectual class,\nthe administrative class, the mercantile class, and the laborer class.\n\nVar1,18Srama-the Vedic social system of four social and four spiritual\norders.\n\nVedas-the original revealed scriptures, first spoken by the Lord Himself.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0307": "Glossary\n\n287\n\nVeda-vida-ratas-See: Smartas\nVi��u, Lord-_Kr�I).a's expansion for the creation and maintenance of\nthe material universes.\nVi��u-hhakti-devotional service to Lord Vi�I).u.\nVi��u-tattva-the original Personality of Godhead's primary expansions, each of whom is equally God.\nVflldiivana-_Kr�I).a's personal abode, where He fully manifests His\nquality of sweetness.\nVyiisadeva-_Kr�I).a's incarnation, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, for compiling the Vedas.\nVyiisa-pujii-worship of the compiler of the Vedas, Vyasadeva; worship\nof the bona fide spiritual master as the representative of Vyasadeva.\n\ny\nYajfta-sacrifice; work done for the satisfaction of Lord Vi�I).u.\nYogi-a transcendentalist who, in one way or another, is striving for\nunion with the Supreme.\nYugas-ages in the life of a universe, occurring in a repeated cycle of\nfour.\nYukta-vairiigya-real renunciation by utilizing everything in the service of God.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0308": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\nVowels\n\nl: i ii 3'u �u:s(l��f\n�� � e � ai an a1) au\n\nala 31la\n\n0\n\n� Ih\n\n(anusvara)\n\n: l,l (visarga)\n\nConsonants\nGutturals:\n\nCfi ka\n\n� kha\n\nnga\n\n'gJ gha\n\n� ila\n\nPalatals:\n\n�ca\n\n� cha\n\n�ja\n\n� jha\n\n5f iia\n\nCerebrals:\n\nG ta\n\n� tha\n\n�c,la\n\nG c,lha\n\nfJl I_la\n\nDentals:\n\na ta\n\nt1' tha\n\n� da\n\n�dha\n\nt:(' na\n\nLabials:\n\nqpa\n\nq) pha\n\ni( ba\n\nl{ bha\n\n� rna\n\nSemivowels:\n\n�ya\n\n� ra\n\n� la\n\nqva\n\nSibilants:\n\n� sa\n\nq �a\n\n� sa\n\nAspirate:\n\n� ha\n\nS\n\n'\n\n(avagraha) -the apostrophe\n\nThe vowels above should be pronounced as follows:\n\na - like the a in organ or the u in but.\n\na - like the a in far but held twice as long as short a.\n\nlike the i in pin.\n- like the i in pique but held twice as long as short i.\nu - like the u in push.\nu like the u in rule but held twice as long as short u.\n-\n\n-\n\n289\n\n", "SB8.3#p0309": "290\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n:r -like the ri in rim.\n'f -like ree in reed.\nJ - like l followed by r (lr).\ne -like the e in they.\nai - like the ai in aisle.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in how.\nrh (anusvdra) -a resonant nasal like the n in the French word bon.\n\\1. (visarga) -a final h-sound: a� is pronounced like aha; i� like ihi.\n\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\n\nk - as in kite\nkh-as in Eckhart\ng -as in give\ngh-as in dig-hard\nil. -as in sing\nc -as in chair\nch -as in staunch-heart\n\nJ\n\n-as m JOY\n\njh -as in hedgehog\nii -as in canyon\n\nt -as in tub\nth -as in light-heart\n� -as in dove\n�ha- as in red-hot\n1,1 -as rna (prepare to say\nthe r and say na) .\n\nCerebrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, hut the\n\nfollowing dentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth:\n\nt -as in tub but with tongue against teeth.\nth -as in light-heart but with tongue against teeth.\nd -as in dove but with tongue against teeth.\ndh-as in red-hot but with tongue against teeth.\nn -as in nut but with tongue between teeth.\np -as m pme\nl - as in light\nph-as in uphill (not f)\n\nv -as m mne\n\nb -as in bird\n\ns (palatal) - as in the s in the German\nword sprechen\n� (cerebral) -as the sh in shine\ns -as m sun\nh -as in home\n\nbh-as in rub-hard\nm -as in mother\ny -as in yes\n\nr\n\n-as m run\n\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, only a flow­\n\ning of short and long (twice as long as the short) syllables.\n\n", "SB8.3#p0310": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete listing gf the first and third lines of each of the\nSanskrit poetry verses of this volume of Srimad-Bh.agavatam, arranged in English\nalphabetical order. The first column gives the Sanskrit transliteration, and the second and\nthird columns, respectively, list the chapter-verse reference and page number for each\nverse.\n\nA\naca�ur andhasya yathdgra�� krtas\nadanty atibal4 vera\naditer dh�!hitam garbham\naditir durlabham labdhva.\naditya 4Srama-padam\nadityaivam stuto rojan\nadya na� pitaras trptd\nadya sv�!a� kratur ayam\nadyllgnayo me suhuta. yatha.-vidhi\naham tvdm l\"$ibhi� sardham\nahaS ca nUrim ca parasya purilso\naho brcJhma!lll-da.ya.da\naho pra(ldmaya krta� samudyama�\najagama kuru-sre#ha\naja�id ajayam ma.yam\najdnan ra�a(ldrthaya\nlljiitim bhogavato rojan\najiitina-prabhavo manyur\na�a-mal4m maharaja\nalabdhvlltma.vakaSam vt1\nanddy-avidyopahata.tma-samvidas\nanena yacamdnena\nllninye kalaSam haimam\nannicchato bale nljan\nanugraha.ya bhata.nam\nanv a�!had vratam idam\nllpanna-loka-vrjinopa.Samodayadya\napa.Syann iti hovdca\napy ultamdm gatim asau bhajate\narthai� kamair gata. nantam\n\n24.50\n\n263\n\n24.24\n\n241\n\n17.24\n\n21\n\n17.21\n\n18\n\n18.10\n\n35\n\n17.11\n\n11\n\n18.30\n\n49\n\n18.30\n\n49\n\n18.31\n\n50\n\n24.37\n\n249\n\n20.27\n\n121\n\n19.18\n\n67\n\n23.2\n\n197\n\n22.12\n\n169\n\n22.28\n\n185\n\n24.15\n\n235\n\n23.11\n\n205\n\n19.13\n\n63\n\n18.16\n\n40\n\n24.17\n\n237\n\n24.46\n\n257\n\n21.11\n\n137\n\n20.17\n\n112\n\n21.14\n\n139\n\n24.27\n\n242\n\n17.1\n\n2\n\n17.8\n\n7\n\n19.12\n\n62\n\n22.23\n\n180\n\n19.23\n\n73\n\nartham kamam ya.So vrttim\naruhya brhatim navam\ntisid atita-kalpante\ntisinam rtvijam madhye\na.Srall{1id l\"$ibhi� sdkam\n\n20.2\n\n96\n\n24.35\n\n248\n\n24.7\n\n230\n\ntistirya darbha.n prdk-kulan\natha tdr�ya-suto jMtvd\natha.ham apy atma-ripas tavdntikam\natha.hoSanasam rajan\nathaitat pul\"\"(lam abhyatmam\n\n24.40\n\n253\n\n21.26\n\n146\n\n22.11\n\n167\n\n23.13\n\n206\n\n19.42\n\n91\n\natha.nghraye pronnamita.ya V�(IOr\natha.py upayo mama devi cintya�\natita-pralayapaya\natmajan susamrddha.ms tvam\natma.nam jayinam mene\n\n21.3\n\n131\n\nato 'ham asya hrdayam\natrdpi bahvrcair gitaril\navanijyarcayam dsa\navanijyavahan murdhni\n\n19.9\n\n60\n\n19.38\n\n85\n\n18.27\n\n47\n\n20.18\n\n113\n\navata.ra-katha.m adyam\navato.ram harer yo yam\navatdranucaritam\nayu� param vapur abh�tam atulya-\n\n24.1\n\n225\n\n24.60\n\n273\n\n23.30\n\n220\n\n17.10\n\n10\n\n21.26\n\n146\n\n18.12\n\n36\n\n23.13\n\n206\n\n24.56\n\n271\n\n17.17\n\n15\n\n25.57\n\n271\n\n17.15\n\n14\n\n19.6\n\n58\n\nB\nbabandha vdru!llli� pasair\nbabhava tenaiva sa vamano va!u�\nbabhava t�(lim pulakakul4krtis\nbaddham vi�ya patim sadhvr\nbaddha.njalir �pa-kaltikule�a(IO\nbaddhaS ca vll�i� pasair\nb/14ham ity amala-prajfw\n\n291\n\n17.6\n\n5\n\n22.19\n\n175\n\n23.1\n\n196\n\n22.7\n\n161\n\n23.11\n\n205\n\n", "SB8.3#p0311": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n292\nbahavo lebhire siddhim\nbalena sacivair buddhya\nbalir evam grha-patifl\nbhagavan chrotum icchdmi\nbhajeta vaT!Jam nijam e§a so 'vyayo\nbhakt4nam nafl prapannanam\nbhavad-vipa�IJil vicitra-vaiSasam\nbhavadbhir nirjita hy ete\nbhavan acaritan dharman\nbhidyamano 'py abhinnatma\nbhik$tlm bhagavati sal¢'l\nbhi�ve sarvam om kurvan\nbhrotr-hd me gato nunam\nbhafl kham diSo dyaur vivarofl\nbhata-bhavana bhate5a\nbibhemi naham nirayat pada-cyuto\nbrahma 5arvafl kumara5 ca\nbrahmadayo loka-nathafl\nbrahman santanu s�yasya\nbrahman yam anugrh(ltlmi\nbrohmaiJilif! purvajaifl surair\nbrahma�i-gaiJil-smij�!tlm\nbrahma�i(ltlm tapafl sak¢n\nbrhaspatir brahma-satram\n\n22.6\n\n161\n\n21.22\n\n143\n\n20.1\n\n94\n\n24.1\n\n225\n\n24.48\n\n259\n\n24.28\n\n243\n\n22.8\n\n163\n\n21.23\n\n144\n\n19.15\n\n65\n\n22.1\n\n156\n\n18.17\n\n40\n\n19.41\n\n89\n\n19.12\n\n62\n\n20.21\n\n116\n\n22.21\n\n178\n\n22.3\n\n158\n\n23.26\n\n216\n\n21.5\n\n133\n\n23.14\n\n207\n\n22.24\n\n181\n\n19.15\n\n65\n\n18.18\n\n41\n\n18.29\n\n49\n\n18.14\n\n38\n\ndadhdra 5aphari-rilpam\ndadhyan-sibi-prabhrtayafl\ndaivenarddhais ta evadya\nda�-bhrgv-arigiro-mukhyaifl\ndanam yajnas tapafl karma\ndasyaly acchidya 5akroya\ndeva-matar bhavalya me\ndharmaya ya5ase 'rthaya\ndhdtufl kama(l{ialu-jalam tad\ndh�(lyani svani te jagmur\n\nchindhy artha-dipair bhagavan\ncintayam cisa kala-jno\ncintayanty ekaya buddhya\ncitra-vaditra-tarytl(ltlm\ncitram tavehitam aha 'mita-yogamaya-\n\n101\n\n21.23\n\n144\n\n23.20\n\n213\n\n19.36\n\n84\n\n19.32\n\n80\n\n17.12\n\n12\n84\n\n21.4\n\n132\n\n23.27\n\n217\n\ndhruvam prapede hy akutobhayam\ndhupair dipaifl surabhibhir\ndhytlyan bhagavad-ddeSam\ndiSafl prasedufl sali/aSaycis tadd\nditijam akathayad yo brahma\n\n22.10\n\n166\n\n21.6\n\n135\n\n24.42\n\n254\n\ndivaukasam deva diva5 cyutdnam\ndodhayamanam tam navam\ndr{lham pa�ita-many ajnafl\ndmva mad-anubhavam vai\ndmvaditis tam nija-garbha-\n\n17.28\n\n24\n\n24.36\n\n249\n\n20.15\n\n111\n\n22.36\n\n192\n\n18.11\n\n35\n\n21.29\n\n148\n\ndvabhyam kranta mahr sarva\ndvadaSyam savitat�!han\ndvija-rapa-praticchanno\ndyaur antarik$am k$itir agni-jihva\n\n18.4\n\n31\n\n24.61\n\n274\n\n18.6\n\n33\n\n21.10\n\n137\n\n18.4\n\n31\n\n24.44\n\n255\n\nE\n18.9\n\n35\n\n18.1\n\n28\n\n22.30\n\n186\n\n18.23\n\n44\n\n20.28\n\n121\n\n24.53\n\n268\n\n19.8\n\n59\n\n17.2\n\n3\n\n18.7\n\n33\n\n23.8\n\n202\n\nD\ndadaria viSvam tri-guiJilm gu(ltltmake\ndadau bhrdtre mahendroya\ndadau kf1(1tljinam bhumir\n\n231\n\n20.7\n\n19.37\n\nc\nctlra(ltl yak$a-rak¢rilsi\ncatur-bhujafl smikha-gadabja-cakrafl\nchalair ukto maya dharmo\nchatram sada(U;iam sajalam\nchtlycisu mrtyum hasite ca mayam\n\n24.9\n\n20.22\n\n117\n\n23.19\n\n213\n\n18.15\n\n39\n\neka-s[7iga-dharo matsyo\nekada krtamaldyam\nekaTIJilve niraloke\ne�a diinava-daityanam\ne�a me prapitafl sthanam\ne§a te sthanam aiSvaryam\ne�a va uttama5loko\ne�a vairocane sak$ad\netac chreyafl param purilslim\netan no bhagavan sarvam\netdn vayam vije�ytlmo\netavad uktva bhagavarils\netdvataiva siddho yam\nevam a5raddhitam s�yam\nevam baler mahim rojan\n\n24.12\n\n233\n\n24.35\n\n248\n\n22.28\n\n185\n\n22.31\n\n188\n\n19.32\n\n80\n\n20.13\n\n108\n\n19.30\n\n79\n\n23.17\n\n211\n\n24.3\n\n226\n\n21.24\n\n145\n\n17.21\n\n18\n\n19.27\n\n77\n\n20.14\n\n109\n\n23.19\n\n213\n\n", "SB8.3#p0312": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nemm indroya bhagaoon\nemm �fdnrtafi sadya\nemm sa ni.Scitya ripofi sariram\nemm iaptafi sva-guru(ld\nemm vimohitas tena\nemm viprakrto rojan\n\n23.4\n\n199\n\n19.40\n\n87\n\n19.10\n\n60\n\n20.16\n\n112\n\n24.25\n\n241\n\n22.1\n\n156\n\n18.32\n\n51\n\n18.10\n\n35\n\n19.43\n\n92\n\n24.5\n\n228\n\n18.32\n\n51\n\n18.11\n\n35\n\n22.30\n\n186\n\nH\nhclhclkdro mahdn llsid\nhantum bhrotr-ha(lam kruddho\nhanyamllndn svakiin dmva\nhattlmhaso vllrbhir iyam ca bhrlr aho\nhatva mainllm hared yuddhe\nhatvllsuram hayagrivam\nhe vipracitte he roho\nhirar:�yagarbho bhagavlln\nhirar:�yagarbho vijiiliya\nhrdy ariga dharmam stanayor\n\n21.27\n\nindra-pradhanan amaran bhuje�u\n\nindrasena maharoja\niti bruvll(lam nrpatim jagat-patih\n\n19.7\n\n58\n\n21.18\n\n141\n\n18.31\n\n50\n\n20.13\n\n108\n\n24.57\n\n271\n\n21.19\n\n142\n\n22.18\n\n174\n\n17.24\n\n21\n\n20.25\n\n121\n\n22.11\n\n167\n\n17.14\n\n13\n\n240\n\n24.54\n\n269\n\n23.1\n\n196\n\n24.4\n\n227\n\n23.3\n\n198\n\njagllma tatrokhila-sllra-sambhrto\njaldSaye 'sammilam tam\nja.mbavan r�·rdjas tu\njd.nams cikc�itam v�(IO[l\njanma-karma-vayo-rii.pa-\n\n18.20\n\n42\n\n24.23\n\n240\n\n21.8\n\n136\n\njano 'budho yam nija-karma\njano janasycldiSate 'satcm gatim\nja#lam vamanam vipram\njayantafi srutademS ca\njayorugaya bhagavann\n\n19.29\n\n78\n\n22.26\n\n183\n\n24.47\n\n258\n\n24.51\n\n265\n\n18.24\n\n45\n\n21.17\n\n140\n\n17.25\n\n22\n\njiilinam ca kevalam ananta bhavanti\njiilitibhiS ca parityakto\njiilitum icchdmy ado rapam\njiilitva tad danavendrasya\n\n17.10\n\n10\n\n22.29\n\n186\n\n24.29\n\n244\n\n24.9\n\n231\n\n24.16\n\n236\n\n24.8\n\n231\n\nK\nkalaSapsu nidhdyainllm\nkdlenllgata-nidrasya\nkiilo bhaoon a/cyipatc§a viSvam\nkalpayaukafi suvipulam\nkama(ll;lalum veda-garbhafi\nkarmllr:ti kiirayam asufi\nkaromy rtam tan na bhavet\n\n17.27\n\n24\n\n24.18\n\n237\n\n18.19\n\n40\n\n18.13\n\n38\n\n22.2\n\n157\n\n20.26\n\n121\n\nkartufr. prabhos tava kim asyata\n\n22.20\n\n176\n\n22.33\n\n190\n\n24.49\n\n262\n\n24.31\n\n246\n\nkartum samettlfr. prabhavanti pumsas\nkasmcld vayam kusrtaya� khala\n\n23.7\n\n201\n\nkaSyapcld adiler }lito\nkaSyapasylldile[l prilyai\nkatham visrjase rojan\nkaupCnclcchadanam mllttl\nkdye balis tasya maha-vibhiUe�\n\n19.30\n\n79\n\n23.21\n\n213\n\n24.14\n\n234\n\niti vairocaner vakyam\n\n19.1\n\n53\n\nittham cldiSya rlljllnam\niltham sa niScitya pittlmaho mahan\niltham sa§�ye�u bhrg�v anekadha\niltham viriiica-stuta-karma-viryah\n\n24.39\n\n252\n\nily llyudhllni jagrhur\nily ukttl scldili rojan\nily ukta� sa hasann llha\n\n24.23\n\n147\n\nI\nidam krtanttlntika-varti jivitam\nindra-jye�!hai� sva-tanayair\n\nily uktafi so 'nayan matsyam\nily uktavantam nrpatim\nily uktavantam pu�m purdtanam\nity ukto v�(J.U-rdtena\nity uktva harim llnatya\n\nJ\n\nG\ngam kdncanam gu(lavad dhdma\ngtlyanto 'tipraiamsanto\ngo-brohma(ldrthe hirilsllyclm\ngo-vipra-sura-slldhilndm\ngrlimll n samrrJdhdms turaglln gajlln\ngrhcta-deham nija-yoga-mlly ayll\nguru(ld bhartsilafi iapto\n\n293\n\n22.10\n\n166\n\n18.23\n\n44\n\n18.1\n\n28\n\n21.13\n\n139\n\n17.1\n\n2\n\n19.28\n\n77\n\nke§e�u meghdii chvasanam nllsikiiyllm\nkham ca kiiyena mahattl\nkim tltmanllnena ja.Mti yo 'ntatafi\n\n18.15\n\n39\n\n20.22\n\n117\n\n20.26\n\n121\n\n19.34\n\n82\n\n22.9\n\n164\n\n", "SB8.3#p0313": "294\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nkimj4yami1na uta jata upaiti martya\nkimj4yaya sarirsrfi-hetu-bhataya\nkramato gampadaikena\nkrit)artham atmana idam tri-jagat\nkriyamit(le karma�;�fdam\n\n23.29\n\n218\n\n22.9\n\n164\n\nkrtsna te nena datta bhar\nk$etra-jiia?J sarva-bhatanam\n�i(Ul-riktha.S cyuta?J sthanat\n�ipyamit(UlS tam ahedam\n�itimpadaikena baler vicakrame\n'\n\n�mitmdyam diSa?J khamvivaron\nkumuda?J kumuda�a5 ca\nkuta?J punar brahma-vidam\nkutas tat-karma-va�amyam\n\n19.34\n\n82\n\n22.20\n\n176\n\n23.31\n\n220\n\n22.22\n\n179\n\n17.11\n\n11\n\n22.29\n\n186\n\n24.24\n\n241\n\n20.33\n\n125\n\n19.11\n21.16\n\n140\n\n20.10\n\n105\n\n23.15\n\n208\n\n23.5\n\n199\n\n23.24\n\n215\n\n23.21\n\n213\n\nM\nmit yudhyata nivartadhvam\nmac-chasanatigo yas tvam\nmad da riana mahah /ada\nmadhu-vrata-vrata-vigh�!aya svaya\nmadhuvrata-srag-vanamitlayavrto\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nmadiyammahimanam ca\nmahrm saroam hrtam dmvd\nmitmca bhavayati patyav\nmitmvacobhi?! samitradhya\nmamdrcanam narhati gantum anyatha\nmitna-stambha-nimittanam\nmana.! caikdgraya buddhyct\nmanasvina?J kdru�;�ikasya sobhanam\nmanasvindnena krtamsud�karam\nmangal4ndmvratanamca\nmantratas tantrataS chidram\nmanye mahan asya krto hy anugraho\nmarfci-miSrct �yo brhad-vratd?!\nrnatsya-rapi mahambhodhau\n\n18.24\n\n45\n\n23.9\n\n204\n\n24.8\n\n231\n\n22.21\n\n178\n\n20.4\n\n99\n\nN\nna hy asatyat paro 'dharma\nna hy etasmin kule kaScin\nna ma etad a/amrojan\nna pumdn mam upavrajya\nna sadhu manye daityanam\n\n19.3\n\n56\n\n24.20\n\n238\n\n19.20\n\n69\n\n19.31\n\n79\n\n61\n\nL\nlabdha-prasadam nirmuktam\nloka-palair divamninye\nlokanamloka-pa/anam\n\nmauiijya mekhalaya vitam\nmodamana?! sva-pautre(Ul\nmukhato ni?lsrtan vedan\nmuiicainamhrta-sarvasvam\n\n21.19\n\n142\n\n20.15\n\n111\n\n23.10\n\n204\n\n18.3\n\n30\n\n20.33\n\n125\n\n24.38\n\n251\n\n21.9\n\n136\n\n17.19\n\n17\n\n19.19\n\n68\n\n17.17\n\n15\n\n22.27\n\n184\n\n17.3\n\n3\n\n20.10\n\n105\n\nna saknuvanti te sarve\nna santi tirthe yudhi carthinarthita?J\nna sthana-cyavanan mrtyor\nna tad danam pra5arhsanti\nna tatha tirtha ayate\nna te 'ravinda�a padapasarpa(Ulm\nna tvam abhibhav�yanti\nna vayam brahma-bandhur\nna yat-prasadayuta-bhaga-lesam\nnabhyam nabha?! ku��u sapta\nnadiS ca nd<i�u si/6. nakhe�u\nnahambibhemi nirayan\nnaham kama(l{ia/av asmin\nnaina?J prapnoti vai vidvan\nnaitan me svastaye rajann\n\nnaitat parasma akhyeyam\nnaivam viryo jalacaro\nnaivartha-krcchrad bhavato vinigrahad\nnaka-p�!ham adh�!haya\nnamas te p,Sni-garbhaya\n\n19.21\n\n70\n\n19.4\n\n56\n\n20.5\n\n100\n\n19.36\n\n84\n\n20.9\n\n103\n\n24.30\n\n244\n\n22.34\n\n191\n\n21.10\n\n137\n\n24.49\n\n261\n\n20.24\n\n120\n\n20.29\n\n121\n\n20.5\n\n100\n\n24.18\n\n237\n\n19.17\n\n66\n\n24.22\n\n240\n\n17.20\n\n17\n\n24.26\n\n242\n\n22.3\n\n158\n\n17.15\n\n14\n\n17.26\n\n23\n\n24.28\n\n243\n\nnamas te pu�a-sre#ha\nnamo brahma�;�ya-devaya\nndnd-yon�v aniSo yam\nnandma bhuvi kayena\nnandma mardhnasru-vilola-locana?J\n\n17.25\n\n22\n\n22.25\n\n182\n\n21.16\n\n140\n\n21.12\n\n138\n\n19.17\n\n66\n\n24.10\n\n232\n\n20.20\n\n115\n\n23.22\n\n214\n\n23.16\n\n210\n\n22.16\n\n172\n\n21.1\n\n130\n\nnanda?! sunando 'tha jayo\nnanrtamb�itum sakyam\nndnyat te kamaye rojan\n\n24.54\n\n269\n\nndrdya(Ul-paro 'tapyat\n\n17.5\n\n5\n\n22.14\n\n170\n\n", "SB8.3#p0314": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nruisantu§{as tribhir lokair\n�10-sriyamsthira-prajriam\nnaoo-00�-sametena\nnavy asioo bhagaootd\nnedur muhur dundubhaya� sahasra5o\n\n19.24\n73\n21.28 147\n19.22\n72\n24.56 271\n20.20 115\n\nnemamviriiico labhate prasadam\nnibadhya naoomtac-chrrtge\nnidhehi rak$a-yogena\nnigrhyama� 'sura-palau\nnima11.k$yaty apyayambhodhau\n\n23.6\n24.45\n24.22\n21.27\n24.32.\n\n200\n256\n240\n147\n247\n\nniSamya bhagavlln prita�\nni.Sdmya bhakti-praoor:uz�\nniSamya tad-vadham bhrata\nni$asada hare� padau\n\n19.1\n23.5\n19.7\n24.40\n\n53\n200\n58\n253\n\nni$!haril le narake manye\nnilyamdr0$.tdsi rnamtatra\nniveditamca saroosvam\nnoccavacatvam bhajate\n\n83\n19.35\n23.10 204\n22.22 179\n229\n24.6\n\noopasarga nivasatdm\nnrtya-vaditra-gitai.S ca\nnunam tvambhagavan sak$dd\n\n22.32 189\n21.7\n135\n24.27 242\n\np\npada-trayam vmite yo\npadaikena mayakranto\npadamdviliyaril kramatas trivi$1tJparil\npadani tri�J.i daityendra\npadani triiJ.i dattdni\n\n19.19\n21.31\n20.34\n19.16\n21.29\n\n68\n149\n127\n65\n148\n\npaiicadha vibhajan vittam\nparag riktam apur(Ulril vd\npararil mahimna uruvikramato gfl:l.doo\nparikramyadi-puru$0ril\n\n19.37\n19.41\n23.29\n23.12\n\n84\n89\n218\n206\n\nparistirya samabhyarcya\nparjanya-g� jalaja� paiicajanya�\npatattri(IO januni vi.Sva-murter\npatyur nigaditaril srutvd\n\n18.19\n41\n20.31 124\n20.23 118\n21.25 145\n\npila prahrcida-putras .te\npila-vdsdS catur-bahu�\npilamaho me bhavadiya-sammata�\n\n19.14\n17.4\n22.8\n\n64\n4\n163\n\n295\n\npitara� saroa-bhlllini\npragrhyendriya-d�tQSvlln\nprahasyanucard vi$(10�\nprajapater vesma-tama� sooroc�\n\n23.26 216\n3\n17.2\n21.15 140\n30\n18.3\n\nprajapati-patir brahma\npralaya-payasi dhatu� supta-5akter\npromsurn piSangambaram afijana\nprai)O.tas tad-anujMta�\n\n23.20\n24.61\n22.13\n23.12\n\nprd�$U gatre sthira-jangamani\nprafijal* pra(Ultopendram\npropya tri-bhuoonamcendra\npratilabdha-jaya-snbhi�\n\n20.29 122\n22.19 175\n23.25 216\n13\n17.13\n\npratinandya harer ajMm\npratiSrutam addtus le\npratiSrutamtvayaitasmai\nprati.Srutasya yo 'niSa�\n\n23.18 212\n21.32 150\n79\n19.31\n83\n19.35\n\npratiSrutasyadanena\npratiSrutya dadamiti\nprativiram dig-vijaye\npratyagrh(Uln samutthaya\n\n21.33 152\n97\n20.3\n57\n19.5\n18.25\n45\n\npratyakhyatd pratiSrutya\npravartayanlo bhrgaoo�\npravi$1tJm atmani harer\npravi$1tJril vik$ya bhrgava�\n\n19.3\n18.21\n17.22\n18.25\n\nproyo 'dhuna te 'sura-yatha-natha\npritdS cdpsaraso 'nrtyan\npritya sanair gadgadaya giro harim\nprthu dehi padam mahyam\n\n14\n17.16\n34\n18.8\n6\n17.7\n24.20 238\n\npurilsaril slaghyatamarh manye\npurilso 'yam samsrter hetur\npurd(Ul-sarilhilamdivyam\nparayilvadile� kamam\n\n22.4\n19.25\n24.55\n23.4\n\n159\n75\n270\n199\n\n24.5\n22.35\n20.23\n21.25\n18.26\n\n228\n192\n118\n145\n46\n\n213\n274\n169\n206\n\n56\n43\n19\n45\n\nR\nrak$4m icc hams tanar dhatte\nrak$i$ye saroato 'hamtvllril\nrasam ac0$!dllghri-tale 'tha pddayor\nrasaril nirvivi.Su rojan\nnlptinurapaooyaooril\n\n", "SB8.3#p0315": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n296\n\ns\nsa brahma-varcasenaivam\nsa caham vitta-lobhena\nsa endm tata iidiiya\nsa eva bhagaviin adya\nsa eva V�(IUr varado 'stu vii paro\nsa tan-niketam parimr§ya sunyam\nsa tatra hiisinam udi�ya sat-patim\nsa tu satyavrato raja\nsa tu tatraika-ratre(lll\nsa vai na?t sarika!iid asmiid\nsa vai samiidhi-yogena\nsadii sannihitam vira\nsamiidibhir upayaiS ca\nsamiihita-mand rajan\nsamarcya bhaktyabhyagf1:Ulc chuci\nsamiddham ahitam vahnim\nsamudropaplutds tatra\nsamviidam mahad-akhyanam\nsandhyam vibhor viisasi guhya ai�at\nsarikalpastasyasidhyanti\n5arikha-dundubhayo nedur\nsanuga balim ajahru?t\nsapta-dvipiidhipatayo\nsaptarne hy adyataniid ardhvam\nsapta�ibhi?t parivrta?t\nsarva-sreya?t-pratipandm\nsarvam etan mayakhyatam\nsarvam karoti niSchidram\nsarvam nety anrtam braytll\nsarvam sampadyate devi\nsarvam sor)hum a/am manye\nsarvasvam no hrtam bhartur\nsarvasvam v�(lllve dattvii\nsarotltmana?t samadr§o 'vi$ama?t\nsarotltmanidam bhuvanam niri�ya\nsarve lildvatdriis te\nsarve nagayuta-prii(lii$\nsarve na�tra-tdriidyas\nSaidpa daiva-prahita?t\n\n18.18\n\n41\n\n20.3\n\n97\n\n24.19\n\n238\n\n21.21\n\n143\n\n20.11\n\n106\n\n19.11\n\n61\n\n22.15\n\n171\n\n24.58\n\n272\n\n24.17\n\n237\n\n24.43\n\n255\n\n17.22\n\n19\n\n22.35\n\n192\n\n21.22\n\n143\n\n17.23\n\n19\n\n21.3\n\n131\n\n18.19\n\n41\n\n24.7\n\n230\n\n24.59\n\n273\n\n20.24\n\n119\n\n24.60\n\n273\n\n18.7\n\n33\n\n21.5\n\n134\n\n19.23\n\n73\n\n24.32\n\n247\n\n24.34\n\n248\n\n22.27\n\n184\n\n23.28\n\n217\n\n23.16\n\n210\n\n19.42\n\n91\n\n17.20\n\n17\n\n20.4\n\n99\n\n21.11\n\n137\n\n19.33\n\n81\n\n23.8\n\n202\n\n20.30\n\n123\n\n24.29\n\n244\n\n21.17\n\n140\n\n18.5\n\n32\n\n20.14\n\n109\n\nsatya-vratasya satatam\nsatyam bhagavatd proktam\nsatyam om iti yat proktam\nsatyam p�pa-phalam vidyiid\nsatyam sami�yabja-bhavo\n\n21.12\n\n138\n\n20.2\n\n96\n\n19.38\n\n85\n\nsatyavratasya raja�er\nsatyavratasya raja�er\nsatyavrato 'fijali-gatdm\nsavaT(Ier antarasyayam\nsiddha-vidyiidhara-ga�?t\nso 'dityam viryam adhatta\nso 'nudhyatas tato rajflii\nso 'nvavai�ta tam kiilam\nsotthaya baddhafijalir u;litum sthitd\nspar§e ca kiimam nrpa retasambha?t\n\n19.39\n\n86\n\n21.1\n\n130\n\n24.55\n\n270\n\n24.59\n\n273\n\n24.13\n\n234\n\n22.31\n\n188\n\n18.9\n\n34\n\n17.23\n\n19\n\n24.44\n\n255\n\n24.39\n\n252\n\n17.6\n\n5\n\n20.28\n\n121\n\nsphurat-kiri{drigada-mina-kut;l{lala?t\nsraddhadeva iti khyato\nsreya?t kurvanti bhutdndm\nsrivatsa-va�d balayarigadollasatsriya paramayd j�!O\n\n20.32\n\n125\n\n18.2\n\n29\n\n23.25\n\n216\n\nsriyam ca va�asy aravinda-hastam\nsro�yam srava(lll-dviidaSyam\nsrutvasvarnedhair yajamiinam urjitam\nstavanair jaya-5abdaiS ca\ns�u narma-viviihe ca\n\n20.25\n\n121\n\n18.5\n\n32\n\nstriyo rudantir asadya\nsudar§anam cakram asahya-tejo\nsulabha yudhi viprar�e\nsumahat karma tad v�twr\nsunanda-mukhya upatasthur iSam\nsarya?t kildyaty uta vii vibhavasu?t\nsutalam svargibhi?t prarthyam\nsva-sthaya sa5vad-upabrmhita-pilT(lllsvagatam te namas tubhyam\nsvagatenabhinandyatha\nsvam ayur dvija-lirigebhyo\nsvdmsena putratvam upetya te sutdn\nsvardhuny abhan nabhasi sa patati\nsvarlokas te dvitiyena\nsviisanilantarhita-sa�ma-dehas\nsyamiivadiito j�a-raja-kut;l{lala-\n\n24.11\n\n233\n\n20.7\n\n101\n\n18.20\n\n42\n\n21.7\n\n135\n\n19.43\n\n92\n\n17.14\n\n13\n\n20.30\n\n123\n103\n\n20.9\n23.27\n\n216\n\n20.32\n\n125\n\n18.22\n\n44\n\n22.33\n\n190\n\n17.9\n\n9\n\n18.29\n\n49\n\n18.27\n\n47\n\n19.14\n\n64\n\n17.18\n\n16\n\n21.4\n\n132\n\n21.31\n\n150\n\n19.10\n\n60\n\n18.2\n\n29\n\n", "SB8.3#p0316": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nT\ntad avrtycitmana so yam\n\n24.21\n\n239\n\ntad vdmanam rapam\n\n20.21\n\nll5\n\ntad vyalika-phalam bhwi�va\n\n21.34\n\n152\n\ntad yatha vr�a unmala�\n\n19.40\n\n87\n\ntadd sarvd(li bhatani\n\n23.23\n\n214\n\ntadasurendram divi devatd-ga(lii\ntam aha ko bhavan asman\ntam aha satikaru(lllm\ntdm aruroha viprendrair\ntam atmaTW 'nugrahartham\ntam ayantam samalokya\ntam baddham vdru(llli� pasair\ntam indra-sena� sva-pitdmaham sriya\ntam narmadayas tala uttare baler\ntam nativartitum daitya�\ntam netra-gocaram vilcyya\ntam acur munaya� pritd\ntam va!Um vamanam dmva\ntama�-prakrti-durmar$am\ntdn abhidravato dmva\ntdn viniljitya samare\ntasmd ity upanitdya\ntasmdd asya vadho dharmo\ntasmdd vrttikarim bhamim\ntasmai balir vdru(lll-pdSa-yantrita�\n\n20.19\n\nll3\n\n24.25\n\n241\n\n24.14\n\n234\n\n24.42\n\n254\n\n24.15\n\n235\n\n19.8\n\n59\n\n21.28\n\n147\n\n22.13\n\n169\n\n18.21\n\n43\n\n21.20\n\n142\n\n17.5\n\n5\n\n24.43\n\n255\n\n18.13\n\n37\n\n24.2\n\n225\n\n21.15\n\n140\n\n17.13\n\n13\n\n18.17\n\n40\n\n21.13\n\n139\n\n19.20\n\n69\n\n22.14\n\n170\n\ntasmai namas te jagad-iSvardya vai\ntasmdt kdlam prati/cyadhvam\ntasmdt tri�i padany eva\ntasmdt tvatto mahim i$ad\ntasya dinataram vakyam\n\n22.17\n\n173\n\n21.24\n\n145\n\n19.27\n19.16\n\n77\n\n24.16\n\n65\n236\n\ntasya tyage nimittaril kim\ntasya� prddurabhat tdta\ntasyanjaly-udake kacic\ntasyanu5�vato rojan\ntasyettham bha$ama�ya\n\n20.6\n17.4\n\n100\n4\n\ntasyopaniyamdnasya\ntat karma sarve 'pi groanta arjavam\ntat-pada-saucam jana-kalma¢paham\ntat praSdmyaty asan1Q$ad\n\n24.12\n\n233\n\n22.18\n\n174\n\n22.12\n\n169\n\n18.14\n\n38\n\n20.19\n\nll4\n\n18.28\n\n47\n\n19.26\n\n76\n\n297\n\ntala adaya sa rojoo\ntala� samudra udvela�\ntatas tv indra� puraskrtya\ntathapi loko na bhavantam andha-dhir\ntathapi vadato bhilman\n\n24.21\n\n239\n\n24.41\n\n254\n\n23.24\n\n215\n\n24.52\n\n266\n\n23.17\n\n2ll\n\ntathapy enam na hirhs�ye\ntatra danava-daityanam\ntatra /cyiptd muhartena\ntatra raja-['$i� ka.Scin\ntdvat sutalam adhyastdm\n\n20.12\n\n108\n\n22.36\n\n192\n\n24.19\n\n238\n\nte rtvijo yajamana� sadasya\nte sarve vamanam hantum\ntenaham nigrhito 'smi\nte¢m kdlo 'grasil lokdn\ntoyai� samarha(llli� sragbhir\n\n18.22\n\n44\n\n21.14\n\n139\n\n22.7\n\n161\n\n20.8\n\n102\n\n21.6\n\n135\n\n24.33\n\n247\n\n17.26\n\n23\n\ntri-lokyam liyamanayam\ntri-nabhaya tri-pmhaya\ntribhi� kramair asant�lo\ntribhi� kramair imal lokdn\n�nim bhatva /cya(lllm rojann\nt�!Uvur munayo devd\ntvac-chdsanatigan daityams\ntvam adir anto bhuvanasya madhyam\ntvam arka-drk saroa-d,Sam sami/cyarw\ntvam bello bdliSa-mati�\ntvam nunam asura(liim na�\ntvam sarva-lokasya suhrt priyesvaro\ntvam tdvad O$adhi� sarod\ntvam tv avyayam joonam amogham\ntvaril tvam aham deva-vararil vare�yaril\ntvam vai prajanaril sthira-jmigamanam\ntvayaiva dattam padam aindram urjitam\ntvayarcitaS caham apatya-guptaye\n\n24.10\n\n232\n\n22.32\n\n189\n\n19.22\n\n72\n\n19.33\n\n81\n\n20.1\n\n94\n\n18.8\n\n34\n\n22.34\n\n191\n\n17.27\n\n23\n\n24.50\n\n263\n\n19.18\n\n67\n\n22.5\n\n160\n\n24.52\n\n266\n\n24.34\n\n248\n\n24.5\n\n265\n\n24.53\n17.28\n\n268\n24\n\n22.16\n\n172\n\n17.18\n\n16\n\n24.6\n\n229\n\n21.9\n\n136\n\nu\nuccavace$U bhate$U\nacu� sva-bhartur asurd\nudvi/cyati sa pibativa ca/cyu¢\nupadhava patim bhadre\nuptidhavat patiril bhaktya\nupa.sthdsyati nau� kdcid\n\n17.7\n\n6\n\n17.19\n\n17\n18\n247\n\n17.21\n24.33\n\n", "SB8.3#p0317": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n298\nupasthitasya me srnge\n\n24.36\n\n249\n\nyad-artham adadhad rapam\n\n24.2\n\nupendram kalpayam cakre\n\n23.23\n\n214\n\nyad deva-devo giriSa5 candra-maulir\n\n18.28\n\n47\n\nupetya bhamau sirasd maha-manc'i\n\n22.15\n\nl7l\n\nyad yad dhasyati Joke 'smin\n\n20.6\n\n100\n\nurukramasya caritam\n\n23.28\n\n217\n\nyad yad vafo vtUichasi tat praticcha me\n\n18.32\n\n51\n\nyadd kaddcij jivatma\n\n22.25\n\n182\n234\n\n225\n\n127\n\nurukramasyanghrir upary upary atho\n\n20.34\n\nutsasarja nadi-toye\n\n24.13\n\n234\n\nyadobhyo jfiiiti-ghatibhyo\n\n24.14\n\nuttama5/oka-caritam\n\n24.3\n\n226\n\nyadrccha-labha-�tasya\n\n19.26\n\n76\n\nuvdca caritam v��r\n\n24.4\n\n227\n\nyadrcchayopapannena\n\n19.24\n\n73\n\nyadrcchayopapannena\n\n19.25\n\n75\n\nyadrcchayopasrta yam apnuyur\n\n24.46\n\n257\n\nv\nvacas tavaitaj jana-deva sii.nrtam\n\n19.2\n\n54\n\nyady asya na bhavet stambhas\n\n22.26\n\n183\n\nvairanubandha etdvdn\n\n19.13\n\n63\n\nyady uttama5/oka bhavan mameritam\n\n22.2\n\n157\n\nvdmanc'iya daddv enc'im\n\n20.16\n\n112\n\nyadyapy asav adharme!W\n\n20.12\n\n107\n\nvamanaya mahim datum\n\n19.28\n\n77\n\nya� prabhu� sarva-bhatiinc'im\n\n21.20\n\n142\n\nvd!tya!fi ca chandarilsi rase jalesam\n\n20.27\n\n121\n\nyair iyam bubhuje brahman\n\n20.8\n\n102\n\nvaratre!t£ihina �tas\n\n24.45\n\n256\n\nyajamana� pramudito\n\n18.26\n\n46\n\nvdrayam dsa samrabdhan\n\n21.18\n\n141\n\nyajamana� svayam tasya\n\n20.18\n\n113\n\nyajanti yajiiam kratubhir yam adrta\n\n20.11\n\n106\n\nyajiia-cchidram samadhatta\n\n23.18\n\n212\n\nvardhamano maha-meghair\n\n24.41\n\n254\n\nvasudeve samadhaya\n\n17.3\n\n3\n\nvatsa prahrada bhadram te\n\n23.9\n\n204\n\nyajftesa yajiia-pui'U§dcyuta tirtha-pada\n\n17.8\n\n7\n208\n\nvavandire yat-smara!t£inubhavata�\n\n21.3\n\n131\n\nyajfteso yajiia-pui'U§a�\n\n23.15\n\nvedanam sarva-devanam\n\n23.22\n\n214\n\nyalloka-palais tvad-anugroho 'marair\n\n23.2\n\n197\n\nvedopaveda niyama yamanvitds\n\n21.2\n\n131\n\nyam na mata pita bhratd\n\n22.4\n\n159\n\nvetsyasy anugrhitam me\n\n24.38\n\n251\n\nyam vinirjitya krcchre!W\n\n19.6\n\n58\n\nvidyadharo 'si� sata-candra-yuktas\n\n20.31\n\n124\n\nyan-mada� pui'U§a� stabdho\n\n22.24\n\n181\n\nvihartu-kama� pralaya'!Wve 'bravic\n\n24.31\n\n246\n\nvijaya-nc'ima sa prokta\n\n18.6\n\n33\n\nvijayam di�u sarvdsu\n\n21.8\n\n136\n\nyasya pramd!Wm bhrgavafl samparaye\n\n19.2\n\n54\n\nvikar�an vica�yami\n\n24.37\n\n249\n\nyat kiiicid om iti brilyat\n\n19.41\n\n89\n\nvindhyavalis tadagatya\n\n20.17\n\n112\n\nyat-pada-padma-makarando\n\n23.7\n\n201\n\nvipralabdho daddmiti\n\n21.34\n\n152\n\nviSa tvam nirayam tasmad\n\n21.32\n\n150\n\nyat-padayor a5fl!ha-dhi� salilam\n\n22.23\n\n180\n\nyat sapatnair hrta-sri!t£im\n\n17.12\n\n12\n\n24.47\n\n258\n259\n\nyan no 'sura!t£im asi durga-palo\n\n23.6\n\n200\n\nyasmin vairanubandhena\n\n22.6\n\n161\n\nV�!Wve �mdm pradasyantam\n\n19.29\n\n78\n\nyat-sevaya tam vidhunoty asan-matim\n\nv��� prasadat kalpe 'sminn\n\n24.58\n\n272\n\nyat-sevayagner iva rudra-rodonam\n\n24.48\n\nviSvdya viSva-bhavana-sthiti-\n\n17.9\n\n9\n\nyat tad vapur bhati\n\n18.12\n\n36\n\nvivesa sutalam prito\n\n23.3\n\n198\n\nyat tat karmasu va�amyam\n\n23.14\n\n207\n\nv� )ivati tan na syad\n\n19.39\n\n86\n\nvrtha manorothas tasya\n\n21.33\n\n152\n\ny\n\nyat te 'nukalesvara-vipra-guptd\n\n17.16\n\n14\n\nyathetare�am prthag-atmanc'im satdm\n\n24.30\n\n244\n\nyato jato hira!tya�a5\n\n19.5\n\n57\n\nyato yato 'ham tatrdsau\n\n19.9\n\n59\n\nya idam deva-devasya\n\n23.30\n\n220\n\nyatra yatrdnukirtyeta\n\n23.31\n\n220\n\nyad adhayo vyadhaya5 ca\n\n22.32\n\n189\n\nyavad va11ati parjanyas\n\n21.30\n\n149\n\n", "SB8.3#p0318": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\n\n299\n\nyavanto v4aya� pre$!Ms\n\n19.21\n\n70\n\nyo no bhavdya pnig asid\n\n21.21\n\n143\n\nyavat tapaty asau gobhir\n\n21.30\n\n149\n\nyo no 'neka-madandhanam\n\n22.5\n\n160\n\nyaya hi vidvan api muhyate yatas\n\n22.17\n\n173\n\nyo 'sav asmin maha-kalpe\n\n24.11\n\n233\n\nye capare yoga-samiro-dipita-\n\n21.2\n\n131\n\nJU$mal-kule yad ya5asamalena\n\n19.4\n\n56\n\nyo bhavan yojana-satam\n\n24.26\n\n242\n\n", "SB8.3#p0319": "General Index\nNumerals in boldface type indicate references to translations of the verses of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam.\n\nA\n\nAditi\nLord fulfilled desire of, 199\n\nAbhyutthdnam adharmasya\nverse quoted, 226-227\n\nLord instructed, 17, 18\n\nLord in womb of, 20, 21\n\nLord satisfied with, 16\n\nAbsolute Truth\n\nmotherly desires of, 12-14\npayo-vrataby, 2, 3, 16\nprayed to the Lord, 6, 8, 9, 11\nquoted on the Lord, 8\n\nLord as, 118\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord; Truth\nAcarya. See: Spiritual master, all entries\nAcaryani mdni vijdniyat\nquoted, 258\nAcintya-bhedabheda philosophy, Caitanya\npropounded, 118\nActivities\nfruitive. See: Fruitive activities\nof the Lord. See: Incarnations of the\nSupreme Lord; Pastimes of the\nSupreme Lord\nof mahdjanas, �\nfor sense gratification condemned, 71\nsinful, four listed, 90\nspiritual, 88\nActivities, material\nLord beyond, 29\n\nlusty desires cause, 267\nas suffering, 21\nSee also: Fruitive activities; Karma\nActor, Lord compared to, 37\n\nAdanta-gobhir viSatani tamisrani\nquoted, 168\nAditi\n\nblissful at Lord's appearance, 5, 6, 36\nconcentrated on the Lord, 3\nas demigods' mothers, 12, 199\nKasyapa instructed, on payo-vrata, 2, 7\nKasyapa's union with, 20\nLord appeared for, 4-7, 28, 36\nLord blessed, 18\n\nresidence of, showered with flowers, 35\n\nas Vamana's mother, 79\nat Vamana's sacred thread ceremony, 39\n\nAdministrators. See: King; K�riyas; Leaders\n\nAdvaitam acyutam anadim ananta-nlpam\nquoted, 37\nAdvaita-vdda vs. dvaita-vada, 118\nAgastya Muni, devastating curse of, 250\nAge of Kali. See: Kali-yuga\nAgnostics as shameless fools, 178\nAham brahmasmi\nquoted, 74\nAham sarvasya prabhavo\nquoted, 118, 264\nA ham tvdni sarva-papebhyo\nverse quoted, 263\nAir\nLord compared to, 229-230\nin Lord's universal form, 119\nAirplane space travel, 217\n\nAjiidta-sukrti defined, 236\nAjo 'pi sann avyayatma\nquoted, 63\n�ayasayaka quiver, 125\n\nAmerica, �1.1a conscious farms in, 72\n\nAnanda\n\ndefined, 261, 267\nSee also: Bliss; Happiness\n\n301\n\n", "SB8.3#p0320": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n302\n\nAnandamayo 'bhyiisat\nquoted, 261\nAnanta-saktir bhagavan\nverse quoted, 235\nAIJ4ii.ntarastha-paramii1Ju-cayantara-stham\nquoted, 21\nAnger\nin conditioned soul, 64\n\nof demons toward Vamana, 136-139\nof Hiral}.yakasipu toward Vi�J}.u, 59,\n\n61-62,64\n\nignorance causes, 64\n\nin Lord's universal form, 123\n\nAilgira, 214\n\nAnnihilation of the universe\nin Brahma's day, 250\nin Brahma's night, 230\n\nin c��a-manvantara, 250\nLord foretells, 247,248\n\nat Manu's finish, 250\n\nin Svayambhuva, manvantara, 250\n\nby water, 230,24 7,248,254\n\nAntavat tu phalam te�am\nquoted, 245, 262\nAnukalyasya sankalpafl\nquoted, 97\nAnukalyena km_uinuverse quoted, 3-4\nAnxiety\n\nspiritual world free of, 266\nof Vi�Q.u for HiraQ.yakasipu, 6 1\nSee also: Suffering\n\nAnyabhi�ita-silnyam\nverse quoted, 3-4\n\nAppearance of the Supreme Lord (descent)\nfor Aditi, 4-7,28,36\n\nconstellation at, 32,33\nas cowherd boy, 228\nhappiness at, 31,34\n\nin Kasyapa's home, 31\nmusical instruments hailed, 34\nprominent personalities honored, 34,35\npurpose of, 20, 226-227\ntranscendental, 20, 29, 37\n\nSee also: Incarnations of the Supreme Lord\n\nApsaras, 34\n\nAradhananam saroe�am\nverse quoted, 106\nArjavam defined, 114\nArjuna\nas guru, 269\n\nl(r�J}.a instructed, 269\n\nuniversal form shown to, 134\n\nAsango hy ayam puru�a}J,\nquoted, 20\nAsita, 269\n\nAssociation of devotees of the Supreme Lord,\nvalue of, 151, 193\nA�.tanga-yoga, processes of, 71\n\nAstrologer, Visvanatha Cakravarti as, 32\n\nAstronomy, Vedic vs. modern, 32\nAsuras. See: Atheists; Demons; Nondevotees\nAsvamedha sacrifices by Bali, 42\nAta}J, pumbhir dvija-sre�fha\nverse quoted, 209\nAtheist\n\nHiral}.yaka8ipu as, 62\nSee also: Demons\nAtma. See: Soul\nAto grha-�etra-sutapta-vittair\nverse quoted, 165\nAttachment, material\nin Bali, 81\nBali gave up, 165\n\nto body, 164, 165\ndeath removes, 102\nto family, 164\nto fruitive activities, 205\nas male-female attraction, 165\nPrahlada gave up, 165\n\nto wife, 165\n\nSee also: Bodily conception of life; Desires,\nmaterial\n\nAusterity\nby Kasyapa, 16,17\nlife for, 260\n\npurification by, 75\nby Satyavrata, 232,234\n\nAuthority\nof the Lord defied by demons, 181-182,\n\n203\nSee also: Disciplic succession; Mahajana\n\n", "SB8.3#p0321": "General Index\nAva4�vas. See: Nondevotees\nAva4�vo gurur na syad\nverse quoted, 96\n\nAvajananti mam mw;lhab,\nquoted, 230\n\nAvataras. See: Appearance of the Supreme\nLord (descent); Incarnations of the\nSupreme Lord\n\nAvidya\n\ndefined, 259\n\n303\n\nBali Maharaja\nin ignorance, 172,177\nlndra enemy of, 80\nas king of heaven, 172,188\nas krpa-siddha, 98\nas learned, 111\nLord favored, 208\nLord praised, 55\nLord protected, 111,188-189,191,\n192-193,201\n\nSee also: Ignorance\nAyam aka.smiko jata.S\n\nLord punished, 159,162,163\nLord's mercy on, 162,167,168,172,177,\n\nA�ab, �ar.�a eko 'pi\n\nLord's purpose understood by, 157-158,\n\nverse quoted, 250-251\n\nquoted, 103\n\n182,187,197-198\n162,167-168\n\nB\n\"Back to Godhead\"\nafter body's demise, 266\nby hearing about the Lord, 220\nas life's goal, 267\nby narrating Matsya-Satyavrata pastime,\n274\n\nas \"no-return\" trip, 63\nBahvrca-sruti, cited on promises, 86\nBali Maharaja\na.Svamedha sacrifices by, 42\nhorn among demons, 98\nbrahma1.1a5 favored by, 138\nBrahma pleaded cause of, 179, 180, 181\ncharity offered to Vamana by, 51,70, 78,\n81-82,157,158,177,179,180,\n181\ndemigods honored, 114,115\ndemons praise, 138\ndemons retreated by, 142-146\n\nas determined, 148,156\nas devotee, 81\nfamily heritage of, Vamana praised,\n55-57,64-66\n\nfamous, 148\nfaultless, 207-208,209\nfear in, 100, 159\nfearless, 111\nGarmj.a arrested, 146\n\nLord's universal form seen by, ll7-120,\n123\n\nLord tested, 187\nloved the Lord, 98-99\nas mahajana, 48,103,187\nmaterial attachment shucked by, 165\nas materially attached, 81\nmunificent, 66\nPrahlada beheld by, 170\nas Prahlada's grandson, 55,98,107,163,\n166,200\n\npride victimized, 152-153\nas pure devotee, 98,101,153,193,196\nreligious, 48,54,55,187\n�acrifices of, Sukracarya corrected, 212\nSiva's example followed by, 48\n�uffering of, 181,187\nSukracarya advised, on charity promises,\n84,86,89,90,91,92\n\nSukracarya cursed, 110, Ill,207-208,\n209\n\nSukracarya rejected by, 95, 97,101-103,\nII0-112,165\n\n�s Sukraca.rya's disciple, 90, 101. no, 151\n�ukracarya vs., 110\nSukracarya warned, about Vamana, 78-83\nas surrendered soul, 107,159,162,\n164-165\n\ntolerant, 146, 151, 188\ntruthful, 138,187\nVamana arrested, 147,148, 171\n\n", "SB8.3#p0322": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n304\n\nBali Maharaja (continued)\n\nBhagavad-gita\n\nVamana assigned, to Sutala, 189-191\n\nsociety benefits by, 229\n\nVamana begged land from, 66, 67, 69, 77,\n108, 136, 213\n\nspiritual life via, 265\n\nVamana \"cheated,\" 157-158\nVamana criticized by, 68, 69\nVamana given land by, ll2, liS\nVamana outshone, 44\nV amana praised, 66\nVamana sanctified, 50\nVamana saved, 227\nVamana sent, to hell, 151, 152, 153\n\nspeaker of, 261\nVedas revealed in, 275\nBhagavad-gita quotations from\non cause of all causes, 144\non charity, 104\non death, 87, 102\non demigod worship, 245\non determined devotee, 148\non freedom from birth and death, 63\n\nVamana welcomed by, 46-51\nVamana worshiped by, ll3\n\non Godhead, returning to, 266\non happiness, 74\n\nVaru�a arrested, 162\nVindhyavali prayed for, 178\n\non knowing ���a's transcendental nature,\n\nas Virocana's son, 64-65\n\non ���a as origin of all, 118\n\nwife of, ll3, 175, 176-178\nBali Maharaja, quotations from\non Bali's promise to the Lord, 157\non Lord's mercy, 197\non religious principles, 96\non Vamana, 49, 68\n\nBalir vaiyiisakir vayam\nquoted, 103\nBattlefield of Kuruk�etra, 8\nlife sacrificed on, 104\n\n29,37\non Kuruk�etra battlefield, 8\non living entity in species cycle, 183\non living entity under modes of nature,\n\n21, 230\non Lord as birthless, 63\non Lord as body's owner, 177\non Lord as equally disposed, 20\non Lord as proprietor, 68\non Lord as Vedas'knower, 275\non Lord dispelling ignorance, 252\n\nBauddha (Buddhist) philosophy, 62\n\non Lord favoring devotees, 8,203\n\nBeauty\nof the Lord, 29-31\nof Prahlada, 170\nof Vamana, 41, 46\nBeggar\ncharity denied to, 90\n\non Lord inspiring devotees, 110\non Lord of sacrifice, 209\non Lord pervading universe, 219\non Lord's incarnation, 226-227\non Lord's mercy, 198\n\non Lord in heart, 61, 251-252\n\npenalty for false promise to, 152\n\non Lord's potency, 10\n\nprofessional, condemned, 91-92\n\non offerings to the Lord, 180\n\nVamana as, 67\nBeing, living. See: Living entity; Soul; Soul,\nconditioned\n\nBhagavad-gita\nSee also: Bhagavad-gitd, quotations from\ncited on �atriya, 57\ncited on living entity, 20\nvia guru, 268\nliberation via, 265\nas Lord's instructions, 268\n\non soul, 62\non spiritual master, 268-269\non surrender to the Lord, 263\nBhagavan. See: ���a. Lord; Supreme Lord\n\nBhagavatam. See: Srimad-Bhagavatam\nBhagavata Pura�;�-a. See: Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nBhagavati, mother, 40-41\n\nBhaktas. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\nBhakti. See: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord; ���a consciousness\n\n", "SB8.3#p0323": "305\n\nGeneral Index\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, quoted on renunciation, 88\nBhaktivinoda 'fhakura\nquoted on birth amid devotees, 151\nquoted on surrender, 107\nBhakti-yoga\nassankhya-yoga,210\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord; Kr�r,a consciousness\nBhava-grahi jaMrdana\nquoted, 198\nBhoktararil yajiia-tapasam\nquoted, 68, 209\nBhramayan sarva-bhatani\nverse quoted, 177\n\nBodily conception of life\nanger in, 64\nworship in, fruitless, 245,246\nSee also: Attachment material\nBody, material\n\nchanging, 183\nconditioned soul vs., 245\ndemigods change, 245\ndesires cause, 177\nin devotional service, 88, 165\nas \"foreign element,\" 165\nfreedom from, 29\nfruitive activities cause, 205\nhumans change, 245\nlife after leaving, 266\nas Lord's property, 177\n\nBhrgu\nbrahma7J.a descendants of, 42, 43, 55\nVamana honored by, 214,217\nBhamir apo 'nalo vayu�\nquoted, 127\nBirds\nking of, 146\nin Lord's universal form, 119\n\nmaintenance needed by, 87-89\nman attached to, 164, 165\nnature prescribes, 165\nas sense gratification's \"reward,\" 71\nsoul vs., 165, 267\nas suffering, 71, 168\ntemporary, 164, 165\ntreelike, 86,87, 88\n\nBirth\nof bhakta in good family, 63\nin devotee's association, 151\nhuman, as rare, 182\nof the Lord transcendental, 20, 29\nBirth and death, repeated\n\nutility of, 86, 87, 88\nSee also: Bodily conception of life; Senses\n\nBody of the Supreme Lord\nbeauty of, 29-31\ntranscendental, 36, 37\n\nfreedom from, 260\n\nuniverse included in, 116\n\nfruitive activities cause, 182, 205\n\nSee also: Form of the Supreme Lord; Uni­\n\nsense control stops, 71\nBlind leading blind, \"guru\" leading gullible\nlike, 263-264\nBliss\nAditi in, 5,6\nPrahlada in, 205\nSee also: Happiness\nBoar incarnation killed Hirar,ya�a,\n58\nBoat\nbrahma7J.as boarded, 254\nfish incarnation tied to, 256\n\nin Lord's instructions to Satyavrata,\n248-250\nSatyavrata boarded, 254\n\nversal form of the Supreme Lord\nBrahma, Lord\nannihilation in day of, 250\nannihilation in night of, 230\nawakening of, 272,274\nBali's cause pleaded by, 179, 180, 181\nbirth of, 130, 132\ndaytime sleep of, 250\nHayagriva stole Vedas from, 231\nLord saved Vedas for, 272,274,275\nLord served by, 202\nin Lord's universal form, 123\nLord worshiped by, 201\nManus in day of, 250\n\"night\" during day of, 250\n\n", "SB8.3#p0324": "306\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nBrahma, Lord (continued)\nprayed to the Lord, 21-25\nprayed to Vamana, 132\nquoted on Bali and the Lord, 1 79\nquoted on the Lord, 22\nVamana honored by, 214, 215, 217\nVamana outshone, 130\nVamana's feet washed by, 133\nat Vamana's sacred thread ceremony, 40\nVamana worshiped by, 132, 134\nVindhyavali interrupted, 175\nBrahma-bhiUa platform defined, 267\nBrahmactiri (celibate student)\ncharity quota for, 67\nVamana as, 37, 38, 39, 41, 71,79, 80,\n83,108,138\nVamana's teaching to, 55\n\nBrahma-da�\ndefined, 39\nSee also: Brahmactiri\nBrahmajyoti. See: Brahman effulgence\nBrahmaloka\nelevation to, 132\nVamana outshone, 130\nBrahman (spirit). See: Soul\nBrahman, Supreme. See: Supreme Lord\n\nBrahmarJ-a (s)\n\nBali favors, 138\nin Bbrgu dynasty, 42, 43, 55\nboat boarded by, 254\nfruitive, ��Qa-Balarama displeased by, 98\n�triyas charitable to, 57\nLord favors, 15\nLord protects, 228-229\nLord's appearance gladdened, 31\nprotection by, 15\nqualifications of, 114\nsatisfied vs. dissatisfied, 76\nVai�f.lllva above, 96\nVamana as, 37, 38, 46, 49, 108, 137\nVirocana favored, 64-65\nBrahman effulgence of Vamana, 41\n\nBrahma-samhitti\nquoted on Lord's forms, 37\nas Vedic corollary, 132\n\nBrahma satyam jagan mithya\nquoted, 87\n\nBrahma-vtidis defined, 207\nBrahmin. See: BrahmarJ-a\nBrahminical culture\ncow protection maintains, 228\nKali-yuga neglects, 229\nteaches satisfaction, 72\nSee also: BrtihmaTJ-aS; Van:uJSrama-dhar­\n\nma\nBrhan-ntiradiya PurtiTJ-a, quoted on chanting\nthe Lord's holy names, 210\nBrhaspati, 39\n\nc\nCaitanya-caritamrta\nquoted on knowing ��Qa, 9-10\nquoted on mercy of guru and ��J;�a, 98\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nKr�I;�a's supremacy accepted by, 269\nphilosophy of, 118\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, quotations from\non chanting the Lord's holy names, 210,\n211\non guru, 55,261,264\non mercy of guru and K�Qa, 98\non sankirtana-yajna, 211\nCiik��a Manu. See: Manu, Ciik�u�a\nCii.Qakya PaQI,lita\nquoted on possessions, 102\nquoted on reputation, 103\nCm,r,akya-sloka, quoted on possessions, 102\nCandra, 245\nCii raQas\nBali honored by, 114\nLord's appearance honored by, 35\nCaste system. See: VarTJ-tiSrama-dharma\nCausal Ocean, Vamana's kick tapped, 133\nCause, supreme\ndaiva as, 144\nLord as, 117,118\nCelibate. See: Brahmactiri; Sannyasi\nCeremony, ritualistic. See: Ritualistic\nceremony\n\n", "SB8.3#p0325": "307\n\nGeneral Index\n\nby intelligent people, 211\n\nCreation, the\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 219\nscientists vs., 219\n\nfor Kali-yuga, 210-211\n\nCurse\n\nChanting of the Supreme Lord's holy names\nCaitanya quoted on, 210, 211\n\nSee also: Material world; Universe\n\n]iva Gosvami cited on, 211\n\nby �astya on Svayambhuva, 250\nby Sukracarya on Bali, 110, 111,\n\nLord pleased by, 21-22\n\nperfection by, 210, 211\n\nsuperexcellence of, 8\n\n207-208,209\n\ntranscendental, 21-22\nSee also: Hare Kf�l)a mantra; Sankirtana\n\nD\n\nCharity\n\nBali offered, to Vamal)a, 51, 70, 78,\n81-82, 115\n\nDadlimi buddhi-yogarii. tam\nquoted, 267\n\nverse quoted, 110\n\nbrahmacari s quota of, 67\n'\n\nDadhici Maharaja, 102\n\nin goodness, 104\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 90\n\nDaityas. See: Demons, all entries\nDaiva defined, 144\n\npenalty for violation of, 151, 152, 153\n\nDa�a, 214\n\nof k$atriyas to brahmaiJ-O.S, 57\nmoney for, 102\n\npossessions for, 105\n\nsannylisi's quota of, 67\n\nDaiva-prahita/:l defined, 110\n\nDaSavatara-stotra, quoted on Vamana's kick,\n128\n\nSukracarya quoted on, 84, 89\n\nDatavyam iti yad danam\n\nvalue of giving, 105\n\nDays of week, planetary positions correspond\n\ntranscendental, 104\n\nof Virocana to \"brlihmaiJ-O.S,\n\n\"\n\nverse quoted, 104\nto, 32\n\n65\n\nwealth for, 104\n\n\"Cheating\" of Bali by Vamana, 157-158\n\nCivilization, modern\n\nDaytime in Lord's universal form, 123\n\nDeath\n\nBuddhist philosophy on, 62\n\ndissatisfied, 72\n\nas final examination, 87\n\nwarning for, 174\nSee also: Society, human\n\nLord beyond, 28, 29, 62-63\nin Lord's universal form, 123\n\ngodless, 174, 181\n\nClouds in Lord's universal form, 123\nCompassion of Vi�I;Iu for Hiral).yakasipu, 61\nConcentration. See: Meditation\nConditioned soul. See: Soul, conditioned\nConsciousness\n\nspiritual, 48, 63, 75\nSee also: Kr�I;Ia consciousness\n\nCosmic manifestation. See: Creation, the; Material world; Universe\n\nCows\nLord favors, 15\n\nLord's appearance gladdened, 31\nprotection of, 228, 229\n\nimminent, 167\n\npossession nullified at, 101, 102\nDehino 'smin yatlui dehe\nquoted, 74\nDeities, planetary, worshiped Vamana, 134,\n135\nDeity form of the Supreme Lord\n\nnew devotee should see, 205\n\nSee also: Form of the Supreme Llrd\nDemigod(s)\n\nAditi mother of, 12, 199\nBali honored by, 114\nblessings of, vs. Lord's blessings, 262\nbody changed by, 245\n\n", "SB8.3#p0326": "308\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nDemigod (s) (continued)\n\nDesires, material\n\ndemons vs., 12, 13,15, 176- 177,203\n\nbody according to, 177\n\nheavenly planets reentered by, 217\n\nin conditioned soul, 267\n\nhumans compared to, 245\nhumans worship, 245\n\nfreedom from, 63\nfutility of, 75\n\nlndra chief among, 13,123\nas living entities, 245\n\nmaterial activities caused by, 267\nmaterial life continued by, 76\n\nLord favored, 157\n\nSee also: Attachment, material\n\nLord obeyed by, 203\n\nDesire tree, Lord compared to, 203\n\nLord's appearance gladdened, 31\n\nDestiny\nsatisfaction with, 73, 76\n\nin Lord's universal form, 123\nLord vs., 262\n\nSee also: Karma\n\nas materialistic devotees, 161, 176-177\n\nDetachment, false, 88\n\nprayed at Lord's appearance, 34\n\nDevala, 269\n\nqualification of, 176-177\n\nDevas. See: Demigods, all entries\n\ntime favors, 143\n\nDevotee(s) of the Supreme Lord (bhaktas)\n\nVamana favored, 79, 137\n\nassociation of, value of, 151, 193\n\nVamana honored by, 214, 215, 217\n\nBali as, 81\n\nof water, 123\n\nbirth of, exalted, 63\n\nworship toward, 245,262\n\ndemigods as, 161,176-177\n\nSee also: names of specific demigods\n\nas determined, 97, 148\n\nDemons\n\nfearless, 151, 159\n\nBali born among, 98\n\nfree of fruitive activities, 208\n\nBali praised by, 138\n\nGanges worshiped by, 116\n\nBali retreated, 142-146\n\nheaven & hell disinterest, 151, 153\n\ndemigods vs., 12,13, 15, 176-177, 203\ninvincible, 15\nLord defied by, 203\nLord kills, 20\n\nkarrna tolerated by, 160\nliberation disinterests, 15 1\nLord \"cheats,\" 157\nLord favors, 12, 110, 148, 160, 167-168,\n\nproprietorship pretended by, 176, 177\n\n184,191, 198,203\nLord known by, 22\nLord protects, 8,20, 83, 168, 227\nLord rejoined by, 266\nLord's forms for, 134\n\nquoted on Vamana, 137\nsuffering due to, 178\n\nLord's mercy on, 81, 134, 148, 160, 173,\n185,187-188\n\nVamana angered, 136-139\nVi�Q.u associates vs., 140-146\n\nLord's relationship with, 68, 83\nLord tests, 186, 187- 188\n\nworld ruined by, 178\n\nmaterialist as danger for, 168\nneophyte, advised, 205\nnondevotees vs., 203\nofferings by, 116- 117\nopulence of, 81, 11 1\nqualifications of, 114\n\nLord's mercy on, 161, 162, 201, 202, 203\nLord's universal form seen by, 124\nmentality of, devotee's association dispels,\n193\n\nSee also: Atheists; Nondevotees\nDese kale ca patre ca\nverse quoted, 104\nDesires\nLord fulfills, 203\nof mother Aditi, 12-14\n\nself-satisfied, 68\n\n", "SB8.3#p0327": "General Index\nDevotee(s) of the Supreme I..Drd (bhaktas)\nSiva's example recommended to, 48\n\nsmdrta-brahmCllJ.CL5 vs.,82\nsober,55\n\nas surrendered soul,198, 203\ntolerant,160\ntranscendental,151,153\n\nVi�1.1u \"defeated\" by,109\n\nSee also: Pure devotees of the Supreme\nI..Drd; names of specific devotees\nDevotional service to the Supreme I..D rd (bhakti)\nbody in,88,165\nknowing or unknowing, 236\n\n309\n\nDisciplic succession (parampara)\nNarada in, 261\nVyasa in, 261\n\nDisease, I..Drd free of,29\n\nDistress. See: Suffering\nDivyam defined,29\nDress\n\nof the I..Drd,4, 29-31, 126\nof Prahlada,170\nof Vamana, 46\n\nDurga defined,201\nDuty\n\nof guru, 95\n\nof householder, 96, 97\n\nlife's goal by,267\n\noccupational,Hari worship surpasses,\n\nlove of God by, 98-99\n\nperfection of,209\n\nI.. Drd appreciates, 198\nmind controlled by,4\n\nopulences hinder,185\n\nperfection by, 98\n\nprinciple guiding, 97\n\npurifying power of, 260, 261\n\npure,4,98\n\nby Satyavrata, 236\n\nself-realization by,260-261\nsense controlled by,4\n\nvalue of,236\n\nSee also: Kr�1.1a consciousness\nDharma. See: Duty; Religious principles;\nVarr:ul§rama-dharma\nDharma-k$etra\n\n245-246\n\nto Vi�1.1u,212\n\nDvada.Si\ndefined,33\n\nI..Drd appeared on,32, 33\nvijayii, 33\n\nDvaita-vada vs. advaita-vada, 118\n\nDvaraka as holy place,8\nDvipa\n\ndefined,69\n\nSee also: Planets\nDwarf incarnation. See: Vamanadeva, I..Drd\n\nDynasty of Bali praised by Vamana,55-57,\n64-66\n\ndefined, 8\n\nSee also: Holy places\nDharma-k$etre kuru-k$etre\n\nquoted,8\nDhruva Maharaja,opulence disinterested, 185\nDisciple\nbogus vs. bona fide,2\n\nfoolish,264,265\n\nguru's duty to,95,264\nSee also: Brahmacari; Devotee of the\n\nSupreme I..Drd\nDisciplic succession (parampara)\nguru in,268\nKr�1.1a in,261\n\nE\nEarth planet\nboar incarnation rescued, 58\nheavenly planets excel,190\nliars burden, 99-100\nas mother,39,99\n\nVamana's footstep covered,126\n\nVamana stepped down on,42, 43\n\nEcstasy. See: Bliss\nEducation, spiritual, modern society lacks, 72,\n166\nEffulgence,Brahman,of Vamana,41\nEgo,false,anger due to,64\n\n", "SB8.3#p0328": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n310\nElements,material\nlife independent of,20, 21\nsenses covered by,74\nuniverse covered by, 127\n\nSee also: names of specific elements\n\nEnergy of the Supreme Lord\nexternal, lO\n\ngold by, 264\n\nillusory, 10, 148\nmaterial,202,203, 219\n\nspiritual,202\n\nFire purifying gold & silver,devotional service\npurifying living entity like,260\nFire sacrifice by Vamana,42\nFish incarnation\nboat tied to,256\n\nbody of,256\n\nas first incarnation,225\n\nnarration about Satyavrata &, recommended,273,274\n\nin ocean of inundation,256,270\npurpose of,227, 275\n\nSee also: Maya\n\nquoted on wider water residences,\n\ndemigods attached to,176-177\n\nSatyavrata favored by,232\n\nEnjoyment,material\n\nSee also: Happiness,material\n\nEntity,individual. See: Living entity\nEnvy. See: Anger\n\nF\nFalse ego. See: Ego,false\n\nFalsity\n\nSukracarya quoted,on,91,92\nSee also: Liars\n\nFamily\n\n239-241\n\nSatyavrata instructed by,272\nSatyavrata let loose,234\n\nSatyavrata protected, 236,237\n\nSatyavrata recognized,243\nin Satyavrata's palms, 234\n\nSatyavrata's protection begged by,235\n\nSatyavrata transferred,to wider waters,\n238-240\n\nSatyavrata unaware of, 236\n\nVaraha's incarnation like,232\nVedas saved by,231,232\n\nwaters outgrown by,237-242\n\nof Bali praised by Vamana,55-57, 64-66\nman attached to, 164\n\nFlood,universal. See: Annihilation of the uni­\n\npreaching more important than,185\n\nFlowers decorated the Lord,30, 126\n\nmoney share for,85\n\nSee also: Grhastha; Householder\nFarms in Hare Kr�1.1a movement, 72\nFear\nin Bali,100,159\nBali free of, 111\ndevotees free of, 151, 159\nof materialism advised,168\nprotection from,198\nsurrender dispels,252\nFemale-male attraction\nmaterial life as,165\nSee also: Sex life\n\nFire in Lord's universal form,123\nFire from wood,Lord from Kasyapa and Aditi\nlike,20\nFire-gods prayed at Lord's appearance,34\n\nverse\n\nFlower shower\non Aditi's residence, 35\nfor Bali,114\nat Lord's appearance,35\nFood offered to the Lord,181\n\nForm(s) of the Supreme Lord\nfor devotee, 134\nnumberless,37\noriginal,134\n\nbefore Vamana's appearance,37\nSee also: Body of the Supreme Lord; Deity\n\nform of the Supreme Lord; Incarna­\n\ntions of the Supreme Lord; Supreme\nLord,expansions of; Universal form\nof the Supreme Lord\nFortune, goddess of. See: Goddess of fortune\n\n", "SB8.3#p0329": "General Index\nFreedom\n\nfrom birth-and-death cycle, 260\nfrom fruitive activities, 205\n\nfrom material existence, 63, 95\n\n311\n\nGoal of life\n\nhappiness as, 74\nignorance of, 263-264\nLord as, 107, 266, 267\n\nin material world absent, 166\n\nGo-briih111aT.l -hitaya ca\n\nSee also: Liberation\n\nGod. See: �Q.a, Lord; Supreme Lord; Vi�Q.u,\n\nfrom modes of nature, 252\n\nFruitive activities\n\nattachment to, 205\nbirth and death caused by, 182, 205\n\nbody caused by, 205\n\nby conditioned souls, 259\n\ndevotees above, 208\nfreedom from, 132, 205\n\nhappiness according to, 74\n\nopulence from, temporary, 111\nPrahlada free of, 205\nsuffering by, 259\nSee also: Activities, material; Karma\n\nFruitive workers. See: Karmis; Materialists\n\nG\nGambling as sinful, 90\nGandharvas\nBali honored by, 114, 115\nLord's appearance honored by, 34\nGanges water\n\ndevotee worships, 116\n\nquoted, 15, 228\nLord\n\nGod consciousness. See: i(r�Q.a consciousness\nGoddess of fortune\nhusband of, 7, 158\n\nin Lord's universal form, 123\nGodhead. See: \"Back to Godhead\"; Spiritual\nworld; Supreme Lord\n\"God-is-dead\" philosophy refuted, 62-63\n\"Gods.\" See: Demigods\n\nGold, false guru's vs. i(r�Q.a's, 264\nGold & silver in fire, living entity in devotional service like, 260\n\nGoodness, mode of, charity in, 104\nGovernment\nas equal to everyone, 203\n\nSee also: Civilization, modern; King;\nK$atriyas; Leaders, modern; Politicians; Society, human\nGreed in Lord's universal form, 123\nGrhastha (household life)\npure devotee in, 55\n\nSee also: Family; Householder\n\nLord as source of, 8\n\nGur:zas. See: Modes of material nature\n\norigins of, three listed, 133\neurifying power of, 133\nSiva received, 48\nVamana's kick tapped, 127-128\n\nGuror guru/:1, Lord as, 261\nGuru. See: Spiritual master\nGuru-kmza-prasiide paya bhakti-lata-blja\n\nLord compared to, 116\n\nfrom Vi�Q.u's toe, 48\nGarbhodaka Sea, Vi�Q.u rescued earth from, 58\nGarU!�a\nBali arrested by, 146\nas Lord's companion, 146\nGaya Maharaja, 73\nGoal of life\nby devotional service, 95, 267\nfulfillment of, 228\nvia guru, 269\n\nGuror apy avaliptasya\nverse quoted, 95\n\nquoted, 98\nGuru-paramparii\ndefined, 261\n\nSee also: Disciplic succession\n\nH\nHappiness\nof Aditi and Kasyapa on Lord's appearance,\n36\n\n", "SB8.3#p0330": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n312\nHappiness (continued)\n\ncivilization lacks, 72\n\nfrom fruitive activities, 74\n\nby KrH1a consciousness, 90\n\nHeavenly planets\nVamana's footstep covered, 127\nSee also: Planets; Spiritual world; Universe\n\nas life's goal, 74\nat Lord's appearance, 31, 34\nmaterial, 259\n\nHellish planets\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 74-75\n\nHira1.1yakasipu\n\nspiritual, 267\n\ndevotees indifferent to, 151, 153\nVamana sent Bali to, 151, 152, 153\n\nas atheist, 62\n\nway to, 77\n\nLord misunderstood by, 62,63\n\nSee also: Bliss; Satisfaction\n\nPrahlada harrassed by, 163\n\nHare Kr�1.1a mantra\n\nHare Kr�1.1a movement stresses, 211\n\nself-realization via, 72\n\nSee also: Chanting of the Supreme Lord's\nholy names; Names of the Supreme\nLord; Sankirtana\nHare .Kr�J.la movement. See: Kr�1.1a consciousness movement\nHarer nama harer nama\nverse quoted, 210\n\nHari-bhakti-vilasa as Vai�J.lava guide, 110\nHari/:r. defined, 80\n\nHa!ha-yoga as needless, 4\nHayagriva\nLord killed, 231, 232, 272\nLord saved Vedas from, 231, 232, 272,\n\n275\nVedas stolen by, 231\nHearing about the Supreme Lord\nelevation by, 220\nsins absolved by, 218\nHeaven. See: Heavenly planets; Spiritual\nworld\nHeaven, lord of, 39\nSee also: lndra, King, all entries; King of\nheaven, Bali as\nHeavenly planets\narchitect of, 189\ndemigod returned to, 217\ndevotees indifferent to, 151, 153\nearth excelled by, 190\n\nby hearing about the Lord, 220\nresidents of. See: Demigods\nSutala excels, 190, 191\n\nquoted on Vi�J.lu, 62\n\nVi�J.IU vs., 59-62, 64\nHiraJ.lyaqa\nas conqueror, 57\nVi�1.1u killed, 58, 64\nHoly names of the Lord. See: Chanting of the\nSupreme Lord's holy names; Names of\nthe Supreme Lord; Supreme Lord, appropriate entries\n\nHoly places, Lord's pastime places as, 8\nHouseholder\n\nduty of, 96, 97\n\nSee also: Family; Grhastha\nHrd-vag-vapurbhir vidadhan namas te\nverse quoted, 160\n\nHr$ikena-hr$ikesaquoted, 75\nHuman being(s)\n\nausterity for, 260\nbody changed by, 245\nclasses of, two listed, 203\ndemigods compared to, 245\ndemigod worship by, 245\n\nintelligent, chant Lord's holy names, 211\nLord above, 142\nmaterialistic, 71, 164\npride-free, Lord favors, 184\nas rare birth, 182\nresponsibility of, 182,183\nsurrender ignored by, 164\n\nVamana vs., 67\nSee also: Living entity; Soul, conditioned\nHuman life. See: Human beings; Life\nHuman society. See: Society, human\n\n", "SB8.3#p0331": "General Index\nI\n\n313\n\nInternational Society for l(r��a Consciousness.\n\nSee: ��a consciousness movement\nldam adya maya labdham\nquoted,177\nIdentity\nof living entity,260-261\n\nSee also: Self-realization\nIgnorance\nanger due to,64\nBali in, 172, 177\nconditioned soul in,259,264,267\nof life's goal, 263-264\nLord dispels,252\n\nSee also: Illusion\nIhd ha-ite kr�� lage sudr{iha miinasa\nverse quoted,9-10\nIllusion\n\nIntoxication as sinful,90\nInundation,universal. See: Annihilation of\nthe universe\nIrreligion\nLord expels,226-227\nin Lord's universal form,123\n\nIsavasyam idam saroam\nquoted,153\nISKCON. See: l(r��a consciousness movement\n\nIsvara/:1 sarva-bhatanam\nquoted,61,267\nverse quoted,177\n\nJ\nJambavan, 136\n\nLord above,9\n\nJanaloka, 127\n\nmaterial opulence as,165, 167\n\n]anma karma ca me divyam\n\nsurrender surpasses,10\n\nquoted, 29, 37\n\nSee also: Maya\nImpersonalists. See: Mayavadis\n\nlata-karma\n\nIncarnation (s) of the Supreme Lord\n\nSee also: Ritualistic ceremonies\n]iva. See: Living entity; Soul; Soul, condi­\n\nboar, 58\n\ndefined,38\n\nfish. See: Fish incarnation\nas the Lord Himself,37\nnumberless,37\npurpose of,227, 228, 244\ntranscendental,29\nas Vamana. See: Vamanadeva, Lord\n\ntioned\n]iva Gosviimi,cited\non chanting the holy name of the Lord,211\non guru, 95\non Vamana's footsteps,126\n\n]fuina\n\nVaraha vs. fish, 232\n\ndevotional service vs.,260\n\nSee also: Appearance of the Supreme Lord\n\nSee also: Knowledge; Philosophy\n\nIndra, King\nas Bali's enemy, 80\nas chief demigod,13, 123\nas living entity,245\nLord reinstated,199, 213, 216\nVamana excelled, 215\nas Vamana's brother,213\nVamana transported by,to heavenly planet, 215\nInstruments, Musical. See: Musical instruments\nIntelligence o f Vamana criticized by Bali, 68,\n69\n\n]fuin\"is\n\nfate of, 63\nSee also: Mayavadis; Philosophers\nJupiter, orbit of,150\n\nK\nKala-strata\ndefined,24\n\nSee also: Time\nKalau nasty eva nasty eva\nverse quoted,210\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali)\nbrahma7J.as unprotected in, 229\n\n", "SB8.3#p0332": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n314\n\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali) (continued)\nchanting the Lord's holy names for,\n210-211\ncows unprotected in,229\nGod ignored in, 178\nlying common in, 99\nmaterialistic, 97\nprecarious,229\nVedic rituals impractical in,210-211\n\nKalpa literature defined,132\nKamais tais tair hrta-jiiana�\nquoted, 245,262\n\nKani$!ha-adhikdri defined, 205\nKapiladeva's philosophy, 265\n\nKara7J.am guiJ.a-sango 'sya\nquoted, 260\nverse quoted,21, 183\n\nKiba vipra, kiba nyasi, sudra kene naya\nverse quoted, 55\nKimpur�as\nBali honored by,115\nLord's appearance honored by,35\nKing\nin Bali's dynasty,57\nas equally disposed, 203\n\nSee also: K�atriyas\nKingdom of God. See: Spiritual world\nKing of heaven\nBali as,172, 188\n\nSee also: Heaven,lord of; lndra, King\nKinnaras\nBali honored by, 115\nLord's appearance honored by,35\n\nKintu prabhor ya� priya eva tasya\nverse quoted, 258\n\nKarma\ndevotee tolerates,160\ndevotional service vs.,260\nliving being under,226\n\nSee also: Activities,material; Destiny;\nFruitive activities\n\nKarma-bandha\ndefined,205\n\nSee also: Fruitive activities\n\nKirtana. See: Chanting of the Supreme Lord's\nholy names; Sankirtana\nKi.ta-janma ha-u yatha tuya dasa\nquoted,151\nKnowledge\ndevotional service without, 236\nin Kr�l).a consciousness,10\nLord gives,252,265\n\nKarmar_td daiva-netreiJ.a\n\npure devotees in, 252\n\nquoted, 20\nKarmis (fruitive workers)\n\ntranscendental,132\n\nfate of,63\nSee also: Materialists; Nondevotees\nKarttikeya, 214, 217\nKasyapa\nAditi instructed by,on payo-vrata, 2, 7\nAditi's union with,20\nausterities by,16, 17\nhappy at Lord's appearance,36\nLord pleased with,16\nmeditated on the Lord,19, 20\nas Vamana's father,79\nat Vamana's sacred thread ceremony,39\nKaumodaki club, 125\n\nKaunteya pratijanihi\nquoted, 8\nKaustubha gem adorned the Lord,31, 126\n\nKrujdrtham yacayam lisa\nverse quoted,235\n\nKrishna, Lord.See:�l).a, Lord\nKrishna consciousness. See: �l).a consciousness\n\nKrpa-siddha\ndefined,98\nexamples of, 98\n\nSee also: Mercy of the Supreme Lord\n�l).a,Lord\nacaryas accept, 269\nArjuna instructed by,269\nin disciplic succession, 261\nas original form of God, 134\nuniversal form shown by,134\nVamana compared to, 134\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\n\n", "SB8.3#p0333": "General Index\n.Kr�Q.a-Balarama favored yajna-patnis, 98\n.Kr�Q.a consciousness\ncompletion of, 63\nguru teaches, 55, 95, 261\nhappiness by, 90\nknowledge in, 10\nas life's purpose, 85\nas mission, 261\npurpose of, 183\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord\n.Kr�Q.a consciousness movement\nchanting Hare .Kr�Q.a stressed by, 211\ncharitable, 90\nfarms in, 72\nmaterialists misunderstand, 75\nneed for, 178\npurpose of, 75\nsociety benefits by, 90\n.Kr�1,1a Dvaipayana Vyasa. See: Vyiisadeva\n\nKm:zas tu bhagavtin svayam\nquoted, 134\n.Krtamalii River, 234\n\nK�triyas\n\non battlefield, 57, 104\ncharitable to brahmar:zas, 57\nculture of, 72\nqualifications of, 57\nSee also: King\nKuruk�etra battlefield as pilgrimage place, 8\nKuvera, 40\n\nL\nLaghu-bhtigavatamrta quoted on annihilation\nof universe, 250-251\nLa�mi, goddess. See: Goddess of Fortune\nLamentation\nat Bali's arrest, 147\nof demons, 124\nLand\nBali gave, to Viimana, 112, 115\ndeath takes away, 102\nVamana begged, from Bali, 66, 67, 69,\n77' 108, 136, 213\n\n315\n\nLeaders\nmodern, as demoniac agnostics, 178\nreligious, as sacrificial spendthrifts, 211\nSee also: Kings; K�atriyas; Politicians\nLiars\nearth burdened by, 99-100\nin Kali-yuga common, 99\nsinful, 99-100\nSee also: Falsity\nLiberation\nvia Bhagavad-gitli, 265\ndevotees indifferent to, 151\nby knowing .Kr�Q.a, 29\nfrom material life, 76\nvia Siilikhya philosophy, 265\nby satisfaction with destiny, 76\nspiritual life as, 265\nSee also: Freedom\nLife\ngoal of. See: Goal of life\nk$atriyas sacrificed, 104\norigin of, 20\nperfection of, 87\npurpose of, 71\nresponsibility in, 182, 183\nfor self-realization, 165\nshort, 103\nin species cycle, 21, 182, 183\nLife, material\nas \"chewing the chewed,\" 168\nfalse guru perpetuates, 265\nfreedom from, 76, 95\nillusory, 165\nlusty desires cause, 76\nas male-female attraction, 165\npride in, 153\nsinful, 71\nas suffering, 166\nSee also: Birth and death, repeated\nLife force. See: Soul\nLiving entity (Living entities)\ndeathless, 62\ndemigods as, 245\nidentity of, 260-261\njoyful, 261\n\n", "SB8.3#p0334": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n316\n\nLiving entity (Living entities) (continued)\nkarma controls, 226\n\nLord as source of, 25\nLord chief among, 62-63\nLord's appearance gladdened, 31\nas Lord's part & parcels, 245, 261, 265\nas Lord's sons, 67\n\nMaha-mantra. See: Hare ��l).a mantra\n\nMaharaja ParikJ?it, quoted on fish incarnation,\n225\n\nMaharloka, 127\n\nMale-female attraction\nmaterial life as, 165\nSee also: Sex life\n\nin Lord's universal form, 123\n\nMiim eva ye prapadyante\n\nmortal, 63\n\nMankind. See: human beings; Society, human\n\nLord vs., 230\n\nquoted, 252, 264\n\nnature controls, 183, 230\n\nManor ante Iayo nasti\n\nin species cycle, 21, 182, 183\n\nMantras\n\nnonmaterial, 20, 21\n\nspiritual freedom for, 63\n\nSee also:1Human being; Soul; Soul, conditioned\n\nLord Caitanya. See: Caitanya Mahaprahhu\n\nLotus feet of the Supreme Lord\n\nverse quoted, 251\n\nritualistic, impractical in Kali-yuga,\n210-211\n\nSee also: Hare Krsna\n... mantra\n\nManu(s)\n\nannihilation at end of, 250\n\nBali washed, 47, 113\n\nin Brahma's day, 250\n\nconcentration on, 4\n\nprayed at Lord's appearance, 34\n\nBrahmii washed, 133\n\nholy, 8\n\nmind sacrificed to, 81\n\nsanctifying power of, 50\n\nLove of God\n\nAditi expressed, 6-7\n\nBali achieved, 98-99, 110\nby devotional service, 98-99\nLust\n\nin Lord's universal form, 123\nSee also: Attachment, material; Desires,\nmaterial; Sex life\n\nM\nMadhviiciirya, 269\nMadhye manvantarasyaiva\n\nverse quoted, 250\nMahabharata, quoted on guru, 95\nMahiijana\nactivities of, 48\nBali as, 48, 103, 187\nSatyavrata follows, 269\nSiva as, 48\nSee also: Disciplic succession\n\nCiik�u�a, 232, 250, 272\n\nSatyavrata as, 233\n\nSiivarl).i, 188\n\nSviiyambhuva, 232, 250, 272\nVaivasvata, 272\n\nVamana honored by, 214\n\nManvantara. See: Manu\nMiirabi riikhabi-yo iccha toharii\nverse quoted, 107\n\nMarici, 130\nMarkai).Qeya J:t\\;i, cited on annihilation in Cii.k�u�a manvantara, 250\n\nMarriage\nVarnana's glorification blesses, 221\nwife's influence in, 164, 165\nMars\norbit of, 150\nscientists cannot understand, 219\n\nMaterial body. See: Body, material\nMaterialism\ndevotees shun, 168\n\nin Kali-yuga, 97\nSee also: Attachment, material; Bodily conception of life; Life, material; Material world\n\n", "SB8.3#p0335": "General Index\nMaterialist (s)\ndangerous, 181-182\nfrightful, 168\ngodless, 181-182\nHare �1.1a movement misunderstood by,\n\n75\n\nLord's mercy on, 181\nas madmen, 71\nSukrawya as, 97\nSee also: Atheists; Karmrs; Nondevotees;\nSoul, conditioned\nMaterial life. See: Life, material\nMaterial nature. See: Nature, material\nMaterial nature, modes of. See: Modes of material nature\nMaterial world\nconstitution of, 219\ndemons ruin, 178\nfreedom absent in, 166\nfreedom from, 63\nillusory, 70\npurpose of, 70\nsense gratification rules, 71\nspiritual world vs., 219\n\nSee also: Creation, the; Universe\nMat-sthani sarva-bhutani\n\nquoted, 118\nMatsya incarnation. See: Fish incarnation\n\nMatsya PurdiJ.a\n\ncited on annihilation of universe, 250\nquoted on fish incarnation & Satyavrata,\n\n235\n\nMatter. See: Elements, material; Energy of the\nSupreme Lord, material; Nature, material\n\nMaya\n\nsurrender dispels, 264\n\nSee also: Illusion; Material world; Nature,\nmaterial\n\nMayodhya.�r;w. prakrti�\nquoted, 229\n\nMayaiva vyavaharike\nquoted, 99\n\nMayu. tatam idam sarvam\nquoted, 10\n\n317\n\nMayavadis (impersonalists)\nLord misunderstood by, 118\nphilosophy of, 87\nquoted on truth and untruth, 87\nSee also: ]Mnis; Philosophers\n\nMeat-eating as sinful, 90\nMeditation\nby Aditi on the Lord, 3\nfoolish, 265\nby Kasyapa on the Lord, 19,20\nby Satyavrata on the Lord, 253,256\nMen. See: Human beings\nMental speculation. See: Speculation, mental\nMental speculators. See: ]Mnis; Mayavadis;\nPhilosophers\nMercy of the Supreme Lord\non Bali, 162, 167, 168,172, 177,182,\n\n187,197-198\n\ncauseless, 202\ndemigods' blessings vs., 262\non demons, 161, 162,201,202, 203\non devotee, 81, 134,148,160, 173, 185,\n\n187-188\n\non materialist, 181\nopulence as, 184\npure devotees accept, 163\npure devotional service by, 98\non Satyavrata, 233\non Sudama Vipra, 188\n\nsuperexcellence of, 262\nMind\n\ndevotional service controls, 4\nsacrificed to ��J.la, 81\nMisery. See: Suffering\nModes of material nature (gur;w.s)\nfreedom from, 252\nsuffering in, 20-21\nSee also: Nature, material\nMo�. See: Liberation\nMoney\nceremonies require, 221\nfor charity, 102\nextravagance with, sinful, 67\nfamily's share of, 85\nmaterial vs. spiritual uses of, 90\n\n", "SB8.3#p0336": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n318\nMoney (continued)\n\nsyending divisions of, five listed, 85\nSukriicarya quoted on, 89\n\nSee also: Opulence, material; Wealth\nMonists. See: Mayaviidis\nMonth of Bhiidra, 32\nMoon\n\nin Lord's universal form, 123\norbit of, 150\n\nposition of, at Lord's appearance, 32,\n\n33\nPrahliida compared to, 57, 169\n\nscientists cannot understand, 219\nsun closer to earth than, 32\n\nSee also: Chanting of the Supreme Lord's\nholy names; Supreme Lord, appropriate entries\nNiirada\n\nin disciplic succession, 261\n\nKr�I)a's supremacy accepted by, 269\nNiirayal)a, Lord\nas Ganges, 133\nViimana as, 37\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord; Vi�1,1u, Lord\nNarayar;r,a-pardQ sarve\nquoted, 159\n\nverse quoted, 151\n\nMoon-god, 39\n\nNarmada River, 43\n\nMountains\n\nNa sadhu manye yata atmano yam\n\nLord's appearance gladdened, 31\n\nin Lord's universal form, ll9\n\nMrtyury. sarva-hara§ caham\nquoted, 102\n\nMukti. See: Liberation\nMumu�ubhiQ parityago\nverse quoted, 88\n\nMusical instrwnents\nBali honored by, liS\n\nLord's appearance hailed by, 34\n\nViimana honored by, 135\nMysticism\nof false guru, 264\n\nVi�I)u as master of, 59\nyogic, demons achieved, 162\nyogic, processes of, 7l\n\nSee also: �I)a consciousness; Meditation;\n\nYoga\n\nMystics. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nSages; Yogis\n\nN\nNa ca daivat pararh balam\nquoted, 144\n\nNaga-�a,defined,l99\nNa jayate mriyate va kadacit\nquoted, 62\nNames of the Supreme Lord\ntranscendental, 21-22\n\nverse quoted, 71\n\nNasayamy atma-bhavastho\nverse quoted, 252\n\nNationalism, as demoniac, 177\nNature, material\n\nbody according to, 165\n\nconditioned soul under, 252\n\nliving entity under, 183, 230\nLord above, 229-230\n\nSee also: Body, material; Elements, material; Modes of material nature\n\nNighttime in Lord's universal form, 123\nNimbiirka, 269\nNirvtir).a. See: Liberation\n\nNitya-dasa-prati tuyd adhiklira\nverse quoted, 107\n\nNityo nityanarh cetana§ cetananam\nquoted, 245\nNondevotees\n\ndevotees vs., 203\nLord destroys, 102\nsuffering of, 203\nSee also: Atheists; Demons; Materialists\n\nNii.narh pramattaQ kurute vikarma\nquoted, 168,219\nverse quoted, 7l\n\n0\nObeisances, benefit of, offered to the Lord,\n\n197-198\n\n", "SB8.3#p0337": "General Index\nOcean(s)\nof inundation. See: Annihilation of the\nuniverse,by water\nin Lord's universal form,120\n\n319\n\nPaTJA.lita-mdni, defined, Ill\nPaTJA.lita-manya-jnah, defined,111\nParag va etad riktam a�aram\nquoted,91\n\nOfferings to the Supreme Lord\n\nParamatma. See: Supersoul\n\nby devotee, l l 6- l l 7\n\nParam bhavam ajanantal,l\n\nspiritual world via,180-181\nOld age,Lord free of,29\n\n''\n''\nOm\n\nfor detachment from money,8 9\n\nquoted,230\n\nParam brahma, defined,251\nParam brahma param dhama\nquoted,252,269\n\nin promise-making,86\n\nParamparii See: Disciplic succession; Mahajana, activities of\n\nquoted,88\n\nParik�it Maharaja,quoted on fish incarnation,\n\ndefined,88\n\nParitraiJii.ya sadhunam\n\nOm iti satyam nety anrtam\nOm tat sat\n\n225\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth\n\nquoted,227\nPastimes of the Supreme Lord\n\nOpulences\nof demigods lost to demons,12-14\n\nplaces of,as holy, 8\n\nof the Lord,43\n\npurpose of,244\n\nof Lord's universal form,ll7 -ll8\n\ntranscendental,20\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual, Ill\n\nwonderful,202\n\nSee also: Goddess of fortune\nOpulence,material\nin Bali, Lord removed, 172\n\nSee also: Incarnations of the Supreme Lord\nPatram p�pam phalam toyam\nverse quoted, 180\n\ndangerous,173,173-174,181-182\n\nPayo-vrata ceremony by Aditi,2,3, 16\n\ndeath nullifies,10 1\n\nPerfection\n\nof devotee,Lord removes,81,185, 191\n\nbody as vehicle to,87\n\ndevotional service hindered by,185\n\nby chanting Lord's holy names,210, 211\n\nDhruva indifferent to,185\n\nby devotional service,98\n\nillusory,167\n\nof duty,209\nby satisfying the Lord,II\n\nas Lord's mercy,184\npride due to,185\npure devotee indifferent to,185\nself-realization hindered by,173-174\ntypes of,six listed,184\nSee also: Gold; Money; Possessions,material; Wealth\n\np\nPadma Purar,w\non spiritual master,96\nquoted on worshiping Vi��u, 106-107\nPain. See: Suffering\nPancajanya conchshell,125\nP�9avas,Lord assured victory of,8\n\nPersons. See: Human beings; Living entities\nPhilosophers\ngodless,as destructive, 178\nMayavadi,118\nPhilosophy\nacintya-bhedabheda, 118\nadvaita-vada vs. dvaita-vada, 118\nBauddha,62\nof Caitanya,ll8\n\"God-is-dead,\" refuted,62-63\non happiness,74\nMayavada vs. Vai��va,87\nSiinkhya,265\nPilgrimage places, Lord's pastimes places as,\n8\n\n", "SB8.3#p0338": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n320\nPitas\n\nprayed at Lord's appearance, 34\n\nVamana honored by,214,217\n\nPlanets\n\ndisposition of,at Lord's appearance,32\nas islands, 69\n\nin Lord's universal form,123\norbit of,150\n\nposition of,in solar system,32\n\nRasatala,119\n\nscientists' excursions to, discredited,190\n\nSee also: Earth planet; Heavenly planets;\nUniverse; names of other specific\nplanets\n\nPleasure. See: Bliss; Happiness\nPoliticians\n\ndestructive,178\n\nSee also: Leaders,modern\n\nPossessions,material\n\nfor charity,102,105\n\ndeath takes away,102\n\nof devotee,Lord removes,173\n\nPrahlada Maharaja\nas pure devotee, 55,163\n\nsurrendered to the Lord,164-165,\n166\n\nPrahlada Maharaja,quotations from\non Bali & the Lord,172\n\non happiness,74\n\non the Lord,201\n\nPrajapatis\n\nLord as source of,25\n\nin Lord's universal form,120\n\nPrakrti. See: Nature,material\nPralaya\n\ndefined,250\n\nSee also: Annihilation of the universe\nPralaya� padmanabhasya\nverse quoted, 250-251\n\nPralayo 'sau babhuveti\n\nverse quoted,251\nPramatta\ndefined,168\n\nSee also: Materialist\n\nof materialist,Lord removes,181\n\nPrapancikataya buddhya\n\nSee also: Opulences,material\n\nPra5ant�defined,55\n\nspiritual life hindered by,161\n\nPoverty\n\nfamous & infamous,105\n\nperpetual,90\nPower\n\nof the Lord,43\nSee also: Mysticism\nPrahlada Maharaja\nBali beheld,170\nas Bali's grandfather,55, 98, 107,163,\n166,200\n\nbeauty of,170\n\nin bliss,171,205\ndress of,170\nfree from fruitive activities,205\nas guru, 55\nHiral)yakasipu harassed,163\nLord assigned,to Sutala,204, 206\nLord gladdened,171\n\nmaterial attachment shucked by,165\nmoonlike,57,169\n\nverse quoted,88\n\nPrayer(s)\n\nby Aditi for the Lord,8, 9, ll\n\nby Bhaktivinoda 'fhakura,151\nby Brahma for the Lord,22-25\n\nby Lord's associates for the Lord,125, 126\nby Satyavrata for the Lord,257, 259, 260,\n262-268\n\nPreaching Kr�1,1a consciousness,family life\nsecondary to,185\nPride\nBali victimized by,152-153\n\ndevotees free of,184\nmaterial, 152-153\nopulences cause,185\nPriests,Vedic\ntypes of,four listed,207\nSee also: Briihma1Jas; Smiirta-briihma1Ja5\n\nPromise(s)\nBali kept,to Vamana,157,158\nSukraclirya quoted on,86\n\n", "SB8.3#p0339": "General Index\nProprietorship, true and false, 176-177, 178,\n\n184\n\nProtection\nof body, 88-89\nby brahmaT).aS, 15\nfrom fear, 198\nfish incarnation begged, of Satyavrata,\n\n235\n\nby the Lord. See: Protection by the\nSupreme Lord\nof religious principles, 228\nSatyavrata gave, to fish incarnation, 236,\n\n237\n\nof Vedic knowledge, 228\nProtection by the Supreme Lord\nfor Aditi's sons, 16\nfor Bali, 111, 188-189, 191, 192-193,\n\n201\n\nfor brahmaT).aS, 228-229\nfor cows, 228\nfor demons, 201\nfor devotees, 8, 20, 83, 227\nfrom misery, 201\nfor Sutala, 189\nProvidence. See: Destiny\nPr81,1i, 23\nP�thu Maharaja, 73\n\nPurilsa� striya mithuni-bhavam etam\n\nverse quoted, 165\nPunishment\nof Bali by the Lord, 159, 162, 163\nfor charity violation, 151, 152\nof devotees as Lord's mercy, 160\nVai�l)ava fearless of, 159\nPuraT).aS, defined, 270\nPure devotee(s) of the Supreme Lord\nBali as, 98, 101, 153, 193, 196\nas determined, 148\nin grhastha, 55\nin knowledge, 252\nLord's mercy accepted by, 163\nopulences disinterest, 185\nPrahlada as, 55, 163\ntypes of, two listed, 98\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\n\n321\n\nPurification\nby austerity, 75\nby devotional service, 260, 261\nby Ganges water, 133\nSee also: Self-realization\nPur�� prakrti-stho hi\nquoted, 230\nverse quoted, 21, 183\n\nR\nRa.qasas, 35\nRamiidi-murt4u kala-niyamena t��han\nquoted, 37\nRamanujacarya, 269\nRasatala planets, ll9\nRegulative principles. See: Religious principles\nReincarnation. See: Birth and death, repeated\nReligion\nin Lord's universal form, 123\nSee also: Religious principles\nReligious leaders as sacrificial spendthrifts,\n\n211\n\nReligious principles\nBali adhered to, 48, 54, 55, 65\nLord upholds, 226-227\nl'rotection of, 228\nSukracarya's attitude on, 96-97\nRenunciants. See: SannyasiS\nRenunciation, false, 88\nReputation\nBali protected, 159\nlasting power of, 103\nRevelation\nby surrender to the Lord, 252\nSee also: Self-realization\nRitualistic ceremony (Ritualistic ceremonies)\nfor birth, 38\nexpensive, 221\nin Kali-yuga impractical, 210-211\npay o-vrata, 2, 3, 16\nfor sacred thread, 38-41\nsrdddha, 221\ntypes of, three listed, 221\n\n", "SB8.3#p0340": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n322\n\nRitualistic ceremony (Ritualistic ceremonies)\nfor Vamana,38-41\nVamana's glorification blesses,221\n\nSee also: Sacrifices\n\nRivers\n\nin Lord's universal form,123\n\nSak$ad dharitvena samasta-sastrair\n\nverse quoted, 258\nSalvation. See: Liberation\n\nSamadhi. See: Meditation\n\nSarno 'ham sarva-bhute�u\nquoted, 20\n\nverse quoted,203\n\nSee also: names of specific rivers\n\n�ab hadeva,quoted on sense gratification,7l\n\nSamsara-bandhana\n\nciples\nRupa Gosvami\n\nSanandana,130\n\nRules and regulations. See: Religious prin­\n\ncited on annihilation of universe, 250\n\nquoted on renunciation, 88\nwealth divided by,85\n\ns\n\ndefined,205\n\nSee also: Birth and death,repeated\n\nSanatana Gosvami,Hari-bhakti-vildsa by, 110\n8ankhya system\ndefined,270\nliberation via,265\n\nSankirtana\n\nfor Kali-yuga, 211\n\nLord pleased by, 21-22\n\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha/:1\nquoted,37, 261\n\nSee also: Chanting of the Supreme Lord's\nholy names; Hare Kr�Qa mantra;\n\nSacrifice(s)\n\na.Svamedha, 42\n\nof Bali corrected by Sukracarya,212\n\nBhrgukaccha,43\nfire,42\n\nfor the Lord,81,209\n\nSee also: Ritualistic ceremonies\nSadhana-siddha\ndefined,98\n\nSee als o : Pure devotees of the Supreme\n\nLord\nSadhus. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nSages; Saints\nSages\nprayed at Lord's appearance,34\nat Vamana's sacred thread ceremony, 40\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nSaints\n\nPreaching Kr�Qa consciousness\n\nSan-nimitte vararil tyago\nquoted,102\n\nSannyasi(s) (renunciants)\ncharity quota for,67\n\nVamana's teaching to,55\n\nSarasvati,mother,40\n\nSarva-dharman parityajya\nquoted,164\nverse quoted, 263\n\nSarva-manvantarasyante\nverse quoted,251\n\nSarvaril khalv idam brahma\nquoted,252\n\nSarvasya caharil hrdi sanniv�{o\nquoted, 251-252\n\nSarvatra labhyate daivad\nverse quoted,7 4\n\nSa gu�n samatityaitiin\nquoted,151\n\nSainaril tatraiva hanyat\n\nquoted,92\nSaints\n\nin Lord's universal form,123\nworship Vi�J;IU,106\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nSages\n\nSarvopadhi-vinirmuktaril\n.\n\nquoted,74\n\nSastras (Vedic literatures). See: Vedas; names\nof specific Vedic literatures\nSataril prasangan mama virya-sarilvido\nquoted, 193\nSatisfaction\nin brahmar.w, 76\n\n", "SB8.3#p0341": "General Index\nSatisfaction\n\nhappiness by, 77\n\nliberation by, 76\n\nby sense control, 71, 75\n\nby spiritual consciousness, 75\n\nVarnana quoted on, 70,72-74,76,77\n\nSee also: Happiness\n$a!-kanna-nipur;to vipro\nverse quoted, 96\n\nSaturn, disposition of, at Lord's appearance,\n32\n\nSatyaloka, 127\n\nSatyavrata, King\n\nausterities by, 232, 234\nboat boarded by, 254\n\n323\n\nSa vai mana� k�r:w-padaravindayo�\nquoted, 4, 81\n\nScience of �Q.a. See: Kr�J?.a consciousness\nScientists, material\n\nastronomical, refuted, 32\n\ncrazy, 219\n\ndestructive, 178\n\nextraterrestrial exploration by, discredited,\n190\n\nLord challenged by, 219\n\nLord's creation immeasurable by, 219\n\nSelf. See: Identity; Self-realization; Soul\nSelf-realization\n\nby chanting Hare Kr�J?.a, 72\n\nby devotional service, 260, 261\n\nin Cak�u�a-manvantara, 272\n\nas life's purpose, 71, 165\n\nfish incarnation begged protection of,\n235\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\n\ndevotional service by, 236\n\nfish incarnation favored, 232\n\nfish incarnation in palms of, 234\n\nfish incarnation instructed, 272\n\nfish incarnation let loose by, 234\n\nfish incarnation protected by, 236,237\n\nfish incarnation recognized by, 243\nfish incarnation transferred by, to wider\nwaters, 238-240\n\nfish incarnation unrecognized by, 236\n\nLord instructed, on Absolute Truth, 270,\n271,274\nLord instructed, on surviving water\ndevastation, 248-250\n\nas Lord's disciple, 264\nLord's mercy on, 233\nas mahiijana follower, 269\nas Manu, 233\nmeditated on the Lord, 253,256\nmerciful, 235-237\n\nnarration about fish incarnation &, recommended, 273,274\nprayed to the Lord, 257,259,260,\n\nof living entity, 260-261\nmaterial opulence hinders, 173-174\n\nLord; Identity; Kr�J?.a conscious­\n\nness; Purification; Spiritual life\n\nSense control\n\nby devotional service, 4\npurpose of, 71\n\nsatisfaction by, 71, 75\n\nvarr_uj§rama-dhanna teaches, 71\n\nby yoga, 71\n\nSense gratification\n\nbody as \"reward\" for, 71\n\nfalse guru preaches, 265\nas madness, 71\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 74-75\nmaterial world ruled by, 71\npurposeless, 71\nsin from, 71\n\nyoga cures, 71\nSee also: Attachment, material; Desires,\nmaterial; Lust; Sex life\n\nSenses\ndevotional service controls, 4\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 74-75\n\n262-268\nquoted on the Lord, 257,259,260,\n\nSee also: Body, material\nServants of God. See: Devotees of the Supreme\n\n262-268\nas Sraddhadeva, 233\n\nService to God. See: Devotional service to the\n\nas sun-god's son, 233,272\n\nLord\n\nSupreme Lord\n\n", "SB8.3#p0342": "324\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nSex life\nfalse guru preaches,265\n\nSociety,human\n\nBhagavad-gitd benefits,229\n\nillicit,sinful,90\n\ncharity mismanaged by,90\n\nlife not produced by,20\n\ndivisions of,eight listed,209\n\nKasyapa and Aditi's union unlike,20\n\nLord not born by,20\n\nSee also: Attachment, material; Desires,\nmaterial\nShower of flowers. See: Flower shower\nSibi Maharaja,102\nSiddhanta baliya citte nd kara alasa\nverse quoted,9-10\nSiddhas\nBali honored by,114\nLord's appearance honored by,35\nVamana honored by,217\nSilver & gold in fire,living entity in devotional\nservice like,260\nSin\nactivities in,four listed,90\nextravagance as,67\nfish incarnation narration absolves, 273\nhearing about Lord absolves, 218\nLord absolves,263\nlying as,99-100\nas sense gratification's result,71\nsuffering caused by,90, 168\nSiva, Lord\nBali followed example of,48\nas Bhagavati's husband, 41\ndevotees should follow example of,48\nforehead emblem of,48\nas Gailga-dhara,48\nGanges received by,48\nLord worshiped by,201\nas rMMjana, 48\nquoted on worshiping V�!Ju,106-107\nVamana honored by,214,217\nSky\nin Lord's universal form,120\nVamana's body covered,126\nSmarta-brtJ.hrMr:w\ndefined,82\nSukrAcArya as,211\nVai�IJava ignores,110\n\ncow protection needed by,228-229\nHare Kr�l).a movement benefits,90\n\nspiritual education lacking in,166\n\nvan:ullrama-dharma organizes,107\nSee also: Civilization,modern; Var�rama-dharrM\nSoul\nbody vs.,165,267\nnonmaterial,20\nSee also: Living entity\nSoul,conditioned\nangry,64\nbody vs.,245\nfruitive activities by,259\nGanges water frees,128\nin ignorance,259,264,267\nLord helps,257,258\nLord incomprehensible to,267\nmaterial hopes afflict,259,267\nnature controls,252\nspiritual master helps,257,258\nsuffering of,20-21\nSee also: Human being; Living entity\nSound,transcendental. See: Chanting of the\nSupreme Lord's holy names; Hare\nKr�l).a rMntra; Names of the Supreme\nLord\nSpace,universe as ocean of,69\nSpace exploration,modern,discredited,190\nSpace travel,airplane,217\nSpecies of life,living entity in cycle of,21,\n182,183\nSpeculation,mental\nspiritual understanding from,267\nSee also: ]iiiina; Mayavadis; Philosophy\nSpirit. See: Energy of the Supreme Lord,spiritual; Soul\nSpiritual life\nadvancement in,2,48\nvia Bhagavad-gitd, 265\ncompletion of,63\n\n", "SB8.3#p0343": "General Index\nSpiritual life\n\nenjoying, by knowing the Lord, 267\n\nas liberation, 265\n\npossessions hinder, 161\nvia Sankhya philosophy, 265\n\nspiritual master needed for, 2\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord; �1,1a consciousness; Selfrealization\n\nSpiritual master (guru)\nArjuna as, 269\n\nBhagavad-gitii via, 268\n\nbody of, 88\nbogus vs. bona fide, 95-96, 263-265,\n\n268-269\n\nconditioned souls helped by, 257,258\n\ndisqualification for, 261\n\nduty of, 95\n\nfalse, 262, 265, 268\n\nlife's goal via, 269\n\nLord as, 257, 258,259, 260, 261,268\n\n325\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, quotations from\non association of devotees, 193\non austerity, 75\non devotees, 114,151,159,160\non duty's perfection, 209\non guru, 95\non happiness, 74\non liars in Kali-yuga, 99\non Lord's mercy, 80-81,172\non madmen, 219\non material life, 165,168\non sankirtana-yajna, 211\non sense gratification, 71\non worshiping the Lord, 208,245\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam, speaker of, 261\nSrivatsa marked the Lord, 30, 126\nSruti-mantras. See: Vedas; names of\nspecific Vedic literatures\nStars\n\ndisposition of, at Lord's appearance, 32\nin Lord's universal form, 120\n\nas Lord's representative, 257-258,261,\n\nStri\n\nmercy of, 98\n\nSee also: Women\nSubtle body. See: Ego, false; Mind; Intelli­\n\nin paramparc'i, 268\n\nSuccess. See: Perfection\n\n264\n\nmission of, 261\nas necessity, 2\nPrahlada as, 55\n\nqualification of, 55,261\ntruth via, 269\nVyasa as, 261\n\nworship toward, 258\n\nSpiritual world\nanxiety-free, 266\nGanges water from, 127-128\n\nby knowing �1,1a, 29\nas land of no return, 63\nmaterial world vs., 219\nvia offerings to the Lord, 180-181\n\nS raddhadeva, 23 3\n\nSrava!)a-dvadasi\nLord appeared on, 32\ntime of, 32\nSridhara Svami, cited on annihilation of universe, 250\n\ndefined, 165\n\ngence\n\nSucinam srimatam ge he\nquoted, 63\n\nSudama Vipra\n\nLord respected, 228\n\nLord's mercy on, 188\n\nSudarsana cakra weapon, 124\nSuffering\nof Bali, 181, 187\nbody as, 71,168\nof conditioned soul, 20-21\ndemons cause, 178\nof devotee as Lord's test, 186,187-188\nextravagance causes, 67\nfalse guru perpetuates, 265\nby fruitive activities, 259\nLord relieves, 8, 12,80,257\nmaterial life as, 166\nin modes of nature, 20-21\n\n", "SB8.3#p0344": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n326\nSuffering (continued)\nof nondevotees, 203\n\nprotection from, 201\nsin causes, 90, 168\n\nSutala free of, 189,190\n\ntypes of, three listed, 166\n\nSukadeva Gosvami, quotations from\non Aditi, 2\non Aditi and the Lord, 18\non Bali, 156,199\non Bali & demons, 146\non Bali & Sukracarya, 94, ll0\n\non Bali and the Lord, 196-197\n\non Bali & Vamana, 54, 78, ll2\non Brahma & Prahlada, I 75\non Brahma & Vamana, 130\non the Lord, II, 28-29\n\nSun\ngod of. See: Sun-god\n\nLord compared to, lO\n\nin Lord's universal form, 123\n\nmoon farther from earth than, 32\norbit of, 150\n\nposition of, at Lord's appearance, 32, 33\n\nSunanda\nas Lord's associate, 171\n\nprayed to the Lord, 126\n\nSun-god\nas Vaivasvata Manu's father, 272\n\nat Vamana's sacred thread ceremony, 39\nSee also: Vivasvan\n\nSupersoul (Paramatma)\nin heart of all, 198\n\nLord as, II, 198,202-203\n\non Lord's incarnation, 228\n\nSupraQ.as, 35\n\non Prahlada, Bali and the Lord, 206\n\nSupreme Lord\n\non Prahlada, 169\n\non Satyavrata & fish incarnation, 246, 2 70\non Sukracarya, 21 2\n\nSukadeva Gosvami as krpa-siddha, 98\n\nSupreme Brahman. See: Supreme Lord\nSee also: Supreme Lord, quotations from\nas Absolute Truth, ll8\nactorlike, 37\n\nSukham aindriyakaril daitya\n\nas acyuta, 8\n\nSukham atyantikaril yat tad\n\nAditi instructed by, 17,18\n\nSukracarya\n\nAditi's desire fulfilled by, 16,18,199\nin Aditi's womb, 20, 21\n\nverse quoted, 74\nverse quoted, 74\n\nBali advised by, on charity promises, 84,\n\n86,89,90,91,92\nBali cursed by, 110, 111, 207-208, 209\nBali rejected, 95, 97, 101-103, IIO-II2,\n165\nBali's sacrifices corrected by, 212\nas Bali's spiritual master, 90, 101, IIO,\n151\nBali vs., 110\nBali warned by, about Vamana, 78-83\nas materialist, 97\nas professional priest, 102, 110\nas smarta-brahmaJ;W, 82, 211\n\nVamana's purpose detected by, 78-83\nSukracarya, quotations from\n\non chanting the Lord's holy names, 211\non the Lord, 209\non Vamana, 79\n\nAditi concentrated on, 3\n\nAditi prayed to, 6,8,9, ll\n\nairlike, 229-230\nall-attractive, 24\nall-good, 157\nall-merciful, 162\nall-pervading, 9, 23\nas amrta-bha�, 29\n\nappearance of. See: Appearance of the\nSupreme Lord\nBali favored by, 208\nBali praised by, 55\nBali punished by, 159,162,163\nBali surrendered to, 159, 162, 164-165\n\nBali tested by, 187\nBali understood purpose of, 157-158, 162,\n167-168\nbeauty of, 29-31\nas benefactor, 8\n\n", "SB8.3#p0345": "General Index\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nBhagavad-gitaas instructions of, 268\nas bhava-grahijanardana, 198\n\n327\n\nSupreme Lord\nas equally disposed, 20, 203\nas everything, 118\n\nbody of. See: Body of the Supreme Lord\n\nas everywhere, 21,22\nexpansions of, 19, 245\n\nbrahmar,tas favored by, 15, 228 -229\n\nGanges from, 8\n\nbirthless, 20,29,63\n\nas body's owner, 177\n\nBrahma prayed to, 21-25\nBrahma received Vedas from, 272, 274,\n\n275\n\nBrahma serves, 202\n\nform of. See: Form of the Supreme Lord\n\nGaruQa companion of, 146\nglories of, 219, 251, 252\n\nas go-brahmat:ta-hitaya, 228-229\nas goddess of fortune's husband, 7, 158\n\nBrahma worships, 201\n\nas guror guru/:!., 261\n\nas complete, 43,116\nconchshell of, 125\n\nin heart of all, 10, 23, 61, l lO, 177,198,\n\nchanting Hare ��Qa pleases, 21-22\n\nconditioned soul cannot understand,\n\n267\n\nconditioned soul helped by, 257, 258\n\nas Hari, 80,82\n\nHayagriva killed by, 231, 232,272\n\n251-252,267\n\nHiraQyakasipu misunderstood, 62,63\n\nas Hr�ikesa, 75\n\nas controller, 8, 22\ncows favored by, 15\n\nhuman beings under, 142\n\ncows protected by, 228\nas creator, 23, 25\n\nillusion-free, 9\n\nas creator, maintainer, destroyer, 9, 24,\n176\ndeathless, 28, 29,62-63\n\ndemigods favored by, 157\ndemigods obey, 203\ndemigods vs., 262\n\ndemons defy, 203\n\nignorance dispelled by, 252\nincarnations of. See: Incarnations of the\nSupreme Lord\n\nindependent, 182\n\nIndra reinstated by, 199, 213, 216\ninfallible, 8, 9\n\nas instructor, 265,266\nin Kali-yuga ignored, 178\n\nKasyapa meditated on, 19, 20\n\ndemons killed by, 20\n\nKasyapa pleased, 16\n\ndesires fulfilled by, 203\n\nknowledge given by, 265\n\ndesire tree, compared to, 203\n\nliberation by knowledge of, 29\n\ndevotees know, 22\n\nas life's goal, 266,267\nlimitless, 11, 24, 116\nliving beings as sons of, 67\nliving entity compared to, 62-63\nliving entity contrasted to, 63, 230\nLord's associates prayed to, 125,\n\ndevotees protected by, 168,227\ndevotee's relationship with, 68,83\ndevotees tested by, 186,187-188\ndevotional service appreciated by, 198\ndress of, 4, 29-31, 126\nas durga-piila, 201\n\n126\nlotus feet of. See: Lotus feet of the\nSupreme Lord\nmaterialist rejects, 181, 182\nMayaviidis misunderstand, 118\nmercy of. See: Mercy of the Supreme Lord\nmission of, 261\n\ndevotee \"defeats,\" 109\ndevotee returns to, 266\ndevotees \"cheated\" by, 157\ndevotees favored by, 12, l lO, 148,160,\n\n167-168,184,191,198,203\n\ndevotee's opulence removed by, 81\n\neffulgence of, 31\n\nmodern civilization ignores, 174\n\n", "SB8.3#p0346": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n328\nSupreme Lord (continued)\n\nnames of. See: Chanting of the Supreme\nLord's holy names; Names of the\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nnature under, 229-230\n\nofferings to. See: Offerings to the Supreme\nLord\n\nopulence of, 43\n\nas origin of all, 117, 118\n\nP�Qavas' victory assured by, 8\n\nparts & parcels of, 245, 261, 265\n\npastimes of. See: Pastimes of the Supreme\nLord\n\nplenary portions of. See: Supreme Lord,\nexpansions of\n\npower of, 43\n\nPrahlada assigned to Sutala by, 204, 206\n\nPrahlada gladdened by, 171\n\npride-free people favored by, 184\nas proprietor, 42-43, 67, 68, 153,\n176-177, 178, 209\n\nprotection by. See: Protection by the\nSupreme Lord\nas Rama-pati, 7\n\nreciprocates one's surrender, 203, 252\nsacrifices for, 209\n\nSatyavrata instructed by, on Absolute\nTruth, 270, 271, 274\n\nSatyavrata instructed by, on surviving\n\nwater devastation, 248-250\nSatyavrata meditated on, 253, 256\nSatyavrata prayed to, 257, 259, 260,\n\n262-268\n\nas Satyavrata 's guru, 264\nscientists challenge, 219\n\nself-satisfied, 68\n\nsin absolved by, 263\nSiva worships, 201\nas sole shelter, 25\n\nas spiritual master, 257, 258, 259, 260,\n261, 268\nspiritual master represents, 257-258, 261,\n264\nsuccess by satisfying, 11\n\nsuffering relieved by, 8, 12, 80, 257\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nsunlike, lO\n\nas Supersoul, 11, 198,202-203\n\nsurrender to. See: Surrender to the\nSupreme Lord\n\nsymbols carried by, 4, 28-29, 205\n\ntemple of, 205\n\ntime represents, 24, 143, 144\n\nas tirtha-pada, 8\n\ntranscendental, 229-230\n\nuniversal form of. See: Universal form of\nthe Supreme Lord\n\nuniverse pervaded by, 219\n\nas Uttamasloka, 157\n\nas Vasudeva, 3, 4\n\nVedas reveal, 23\nVedas revealed by, 275\nVedas saved from Hayagriva by, 231, 232,\n\n272, 275\nas Vi�1,1u, 23\n\nwater annihilation foretold by, 24 7,\n\n248\nweapons of. See: Weapons of the Supreme\nLord\n\nworship of, 201, 208, 245 -246, 262\n\nas Yajiia-pati, 7\nas yajna-pur�a, 209\n\nSee also: �1,1a, Lord; Naraya1,1a, Lord;\nSupersoul; Vi�1,1u, Lord\n\nSupreme Lord, quotations from\non Aditi & sons, 12\non Bali, 55, 188\n\non Lord as equally disposed, 20\non Lord favoring devotee, 8, 148\non materialist, 181\n\non Prahlada, 204, 205\non senses and satisfaction, 70\non surrender, 164, 264\non water of devastation, 247\nSuras. See: Demigods; Devotees of the\n\nSupreme Lord\nSurrender to the Supreme Lord\nby Bali, 107, 159, 162, 164-165\nas benediction, 263\n\ncondition-free, 107\n\n", "SB8.3#p0347": "General Index\nSurrender to the Supreme Lord\nby devotee, 198,203\ndirect & indirect,252\nfearlessness by,252\nillusion surpassed by,10\nKr�1,1a advises,164\nman ignores,164\n\nmaya dispelled by,264\nby Prahlada,164-165,166\nrecommended,164,269\nrevelation according to,252\nSl1rya,245\nSiita Gosvami,quoted on duty's perfection,\n209\nSutala planet\nheavenly planets excelled by,190,191\nLord assigned Prahlada to,204, 206\nsuffering absent in,189, 190\nVamana assigned Bali to,189-191\n\nSvalpam apy asya dharmasya\nquoted,198,245\nSvariUa,denned,245\nSvan�!hitasya dharmasya\nverse quoted,209\nSvargaloka. See: Heavenly planets,all entries\nSvargapavarga-narake�v\nverse quoted,151\nSvarrlpa\ndefined,261\nSee also: Identity\nSvayambhuva Manu. See: Manu,\nSvayambhuva\n\nT\nTad aham bhakty-upahrtam\nverse quoted, 180\nTad bhavaty alpa-medhasam\nquoted,262\nTad viddhi pra�:�ipatena\nverse quoted,269\nTapasya. See: Austerity\nTapo divyam putrakii yena sattvam\nquoted,75,260\n\n329\n\nTapoloka, 127\nTasmdt parataram devi\nverse quoted,106\nTatha dehantara-prapt*\nquoted,165,183,245\nTat te 'nukampam susami�amdi)O\nverse quoted,160\nTattva-darsi, Arjuna as,269\nTeacher,spiritual. See: Brahma�; Spiritual\nmaster\nTemple of the Supreme Lord,new devotee\nshould frequent,205\nTe�am evanukampartham\nverse quoted,252\nTe�am satata-yuktanam\nverse quoted,110\nThree worlds\nnames of, 24 7\nwater annihilation of,247, 248\nSee also: Annihilation of the Universe;\nUniverse\nTime\ndemigods favored by,143\ninvincible,144\nLord represented by,24, 143, 144\nof Lord's appearance,32, 33\nTrance. See: Meditation\nTranscendentalists. See: Devotees of the\nSupreme Lord; ]Mni.s; Mayavadis;\nYogis\nTransmigration of the soul. See: Birth and\ndeath,repeated\nTree,body compared to,86, 87,88\nTree,desire,Lord compared to,203\nTruth\nMayavada vs. Vai�1,1ava conceptions of,\n87\nvia spiritual master,269\nSee also: Absolute Truth\nTruthfulness in Lord's universal form,\n123\nTyaktva deham punar janma\nquoted, 29,63, 95, 266\nTyaktva sva-dharmam car�ambujam hare?t\nquoted,245\n\n", "SB8.3#p0348": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n330\n\nu\nUnhappiness. See: Suffering\nUniversal form of the Supreme wrd\nArjuna saw, 134\n\nUniversal form of the Supreme wrd\nwaist of, 120\nwords of, 123\nUniverse(s)\nannihilation of. See: Annihilation of the\n\narms of, 123\n\nuniverse\n\nback of, 123\n\ncreator of, 202\n\nBali saw, 117-120,123\n\nliars burden, 99-100\n\nbodily hairs of, 123\nbosom of, 120,123\n\nas wrd's external potency, 10\n\ncalves of, 119\n\nas space ocean, 69\n\nchest of, 123\n\nVamana encompassed, ll6, 149, 150,\n157-158\n\ndemons saw, 124\n\nwrd pervades, 219\n\nears of, 123\n\nVamana's footstep pierced, 127-128,133\n\nelements cover, 127\n\nSee also: Creation, the; Heavenly planets;\n\neyebrows of, 123\n\nMaterial world; Planets\n\neyelids of, 123\n\nUntruthfulness. See: Falsity; Liars\n\neyes of, 123\nfeet of, 119\n\nUpadek$yanti te joonam\nverse quoted, 269\n\nforehead, 123\n\nUtpatlw-pratipannasya\n\nhair of, 123\n\nverse quoted, 95\n\nhead of, 123\nheart of, 123\n\nv\n\nintelligence of, 123\nitems included in, 117-ll8\nknees of, 119\n\nVai�1;1avas. See: Devotees of the Supreme wrd,\n\n1\\.r�J;Ia showed, 134\nlips of, 123\n\nVaiSyas, culture of, 72\n\nmind of, 123\n\nVamanadeva, wrd\n\nVaikuJ;�tha. See: Spiritual world, all entries\nall entries\n\nmouth of, 123\nnails of, 123\nnavel of, 120\nneck of, 123\nnostrils of, 123\nopulence of, 117-ll8\n\nBali & Co. outshone by, 44\nBali arrested by, 147,148,171\nBali assigned by, to Sutala, 189-191\nBali \"cheated\" by, 157-158\nBali criticized, 68, 69\nBali gave land to, ll2,liS\n\nprivate parts of, 120\nsemen of, 123\nsenses of, 123\nshadow of, 123\nsmile of, 123\nthighs of, 119\ntongue of, 123\ntouch of, 123\n\nBali kept promise to, 157,158\nBali loved, 98-99\nBali praised by, 66\nBali sanctified by, 50\nBali saved by, 227\nBali sent to hell by, 151, 152, 153\nBali's family heritage praised by, 55-57,\n\nVamana showed, 134\nveins of, 123\n\nBali's offerings to, 51,70,78, 81-82,\n157,158,177,179,180,181\n\n64-66\n\n", "SB8.3#p0349": "331\n\nGeneral Index\n\nVamanadeva, Lord\nBali welcomed, 46-51\nBali worshiped, 113\nbeauty of, 41,46\n\nbegged land from Bali, 66, 67, 69, 77,\n\n108,136,213\n\nbirth ceremony for, 38\n\nbody of, covered sky, 126\n\nas brahmaciiri, 37, 38, 39, 41,71, 79,\n80, 83, 108, 138\nbrahmacaris advised by, 55\n\nVamanadeva, Lord\nuniverse encompassed by, II6, 149, 150,\n\n157-158\n\nas Urukrama, 133\nas Vi�1,1u, 137-139\nVaraha incarnation like fish incarnation, 232\nVarr:tam defined, 260\n\nVar(ldSramaciiravata\n\nverse quoted, 107, 209\n\nVar(ldSrama-dharma\n\ndivisions of, listed, 71, 107\n\nBrahma honored, 214,215,217\n\npurpose of, 71, 107, 209\n\nas brahmar:ta, 37, 38, 46, 49, 108,137\nBrahma outshone by, 130\n\nSee also: Brahmacari; Brahmar:ta;\n\nBrahmaloka outshone by, 130\n\nsociety organized by, 107\nGrhastha; K�atriyas; Sannyasi;\n\nBrahma prayed to, 132\n\nBrahma washed feet of, 133\nBrahma worshiped, 132,134\n\nceremonies blessed by glorifying, 221\n\ndemigods favored by, 79,137\n\ndemigods honored, 214,215,217\ndemons angry at, 136-139\n\nSociety, human; VaiSyas; Vedic\nculture\nVar�a\nBali arrested by, 162\n\nhuman compared to, 245\n\nin Lord's universal form, 123\n\nVasi�!ha Muni, quoted on Lord's glories, 219\n\ndress of, 46\n\nVasudeva� sarvam iti\n\nearth stepped on by, 42,4J\neffulgence of, 41,43, 44,46\n\nVasuki as anchor rope, 256\n\nas dwarf, 37, 38, 79,81\n\nfire sacrifice by, 42\n\nfirst footstep of, covered earth, 126\n\nquoted, 118\n\nVa!u\n\ndefined, 37, 38\nSee also: Brahmacari\n\nhuman being vs., 67\n\nVedai§ ca sarvair aham eva vedya�\n\nas lndra's brother, 213\n\nVedas\n\nlndra excelled by, 215\n\nquoted, 275\n\nIndra transported, to heavenly planet, 215\n\nastronomy in, 32\n\nplanetary deities worshiped, 134, 135\n\nHayagriva stole, 231\nLord known via, 23\n\nJambavan honored, 136\nKr��alike, 134\nas Naraya�a, 37\nparaphernalia carried by, 45\nparents of, 79\n\nBhagavad-gita reveals, 275\neternal, 271\nfish incarnation saved, 231-232\nfour listed, 132\n\nquoted on Hira1,1yakasipu and Vi�1,1u,\n\nLord reveals, 275\n\nsacred thread ceremony for, 38, 39,40\nsannyasis advised by, 55\n\nsupplementary, two listed, 132\n\n60-61\n\n�econd step of, pierced universe, 127-128\nSukracarya detected purpose of, 78-83\nuniversal form shown by, 134\n\nLord saved, 231,232, 272, 274,275\nin Lord's universal form, 123\nveda-vada-ratas misconstrue, 275\nSee also: names of specific Vedic literatures\n\nVeda-vada-ratas, Vedas misconstrued by, 275\n\n", "SB8.3#p0350": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n332\nVedic culture\nceremonies for newborn in, 38\nteaches satisfaction,7l\nSee also: Va71UiSrama-dhanna\nVedic knowledge\nprotection of,228\nSee also: Vedas\n\nVedic mantras. See: Hare J<r�Q.a mantra;\nMantras; Vedas\nVedic rituals. See: Ritualistic ceremonies;\nSacrifices; Vedic culture\nVetti yatra na caivayaril\nverse quoted,7 4\nVibhinnamsa defined,245\n\nv��uneti bruvar.wis tu\nverse quoted, 251\nV��u Purar.w\nquoted on sacrifices for Vi�I.m,209\nquoted on Vi�Q.u worship via va11UiSramadharma, 107\nv��ur aradhyate pantha\nverse quoted, l 07,209\nVi��;m's associates\ndemons vs.,140-146\nfourteen named,141\nVi�Q.usvami,269\n\nVidya. See: Knowledge\n\nv��u-tattva vs. living entities,245\nV�tabhyaham idam krtsnam\nquoted,219\n\nVidyadharas\n\nVisvakarma\n\nBali honored by, ll4\nLord's appearance honored by,35\nVidyadhara sword,125\nVindhyavali\n\nas heaven's engineer, 189\nas Sutala's maker, 189\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura\nas astrologer, 32\n\nas Bali's wife, ll3, 175,176\n\nquoted on spiritual master,258\n\nBrahma interrupted by,175\nprayed for Bali, 178\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura, cited\n\nquoted on Lord & fools, I 76\nVipra defined,101\nVirat-rilpa. See: Universal form of the\nSupreme Lord\nVirocana\nas Bali's father,64-65\nbrahmaT,UJS favored by, 64\nVi�Q.u,Lord\nduty to,212\nGanges from toe of,48\nHiraQ.yakasipu vs.,58-62, 64\ninvincible,109\nas mystic master,59\nVamana as,137-139\nworship toward,106-107\nas yajna-pur�a. 209\nSee also: Incarnations of the Supreme\nLord; NarayaQ.a,Lord; Supreme\nLord\nv��u-dharrrwttara, cited on annihilation in\nca��a-manvantara, 250\nv��u-dharrrwttare tv etat\nverse quoted,251\n\nquoted on stars and planets, 32\non Bali, Ill\non Brahma's daytime sleep,250\non Ganges,133\non hari/:l, 80\non Satyavrata, 272\nVivasvan\nas Satyavrata's father,233\nSee also: Sun-god\nVivigna-ceta/:l\ndefined,6l\nSee also: Anxiety\nVrndavana as holy place, 8\nVyasadeva\nin disciplic succession,261\nas guru No. l, 261\nJ<r�Q.a's supremacy accepted by, 269\n\nw\n\nWater\nfish incarnation outgrew,237-242\nin Lord's universal form, 123\nof universal annihilation, 230, 247, 248,\n254\n\n", "SB8.3#p0351": "333\n\nGeneral Index\nWater-demigod in Lord's universal form, 123\nWealth\nfor charity, 104\nRiipa Gosvami divided, 85\n\nSee also: Gold; Money; Opulence; Opulence, material\nWeapons of demons, 139\nWeapon(s) of the Supreme Lord\nbow, 124\nclub, 125\ndisc, 124, 191\nprayed to the Lord, 125\nsword, 125\nWeek, days of, planetary positions correspond\nto, 32\nWife. See: Marriage\nWind in Lord's universal form, 123\nWise men chant Lord's holy names, 211\nWomen\ncelestial, 34\nSee also: Female-male attraction; Marriage\nWood \"producing\" fire, Kasyapa and Aditi\n\"producing\" the Lord like, 20\nWork. See: Activities; Karma\nWorld. See: Creation, the; Earth planet; Material world; Universe\nWorlds, three. See: Three worlds\nWorship\n\nin bodily conception fruitless, 245, 246\ntowards demigods, 245, 262\n\ntoward Ganges, 116\n\nGod vs. demigod, 245, 262\nof the Lord, 16, 201, 208, 245-246, 262\ntoward spiritual master, 258\ntoward Vamana, 134, 135\nof Vamana by Bali, 4 7, 113\nof Vamana by Brahma, 132, 134\nof Vi�Q.u, 106-107\n\nSee also: Deity form of the Supreme Lord\n\ny\nYada yada hi dharmasya\nverse quoted, 226-227\n\nYad gatva na nivartante\nquoted, 63\nYajiia. See: Ritualistic ceremony; Sacrifice\nYajiiai� sankirtana-prayair\nquoted, 211\nYajiia-patnis as krpa-siddha, 98\nYakJ!as\nKuvera king of, 40\nLord's appearance honored by, 35\n\nYam yam vapi smaran bhavam\nquoted, 87\nYare dekha, tare kaha 'kr��a '-upadesa\nquoted, 261, 264\nYasya deve para b haktir\nquoted, 2\nYasyaham anugrhnami\nquoted, 80-81,148,167-168, 172,\n\n173\n\nYasyaprasadan na gati/:l kuto 'pi\nquoted, 2\nYasyasti bhaktir bhagavaty akificana\nquoted, 114\nYe bhajanti tu mam bhaktya\nverse quoted, 203\nYei kr��-tattva-vettd, sei 'guru' haya\nverse quoted, 55\nYe yatha mam prapadyante\nquoted, 252\n\nYoga\n\n�.tanga, processes of, 7l\n\ndevotional service vs., 260\n\nha!ha, as needless, 4\nknowledge by, 132\nmystic, processes of, 7l\nsense control by, 7l\nsense gratification cured by, 7l\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord; �1,1a consciousness\nYogis\nfate of, 63\n\nmystic, demons, became, 162\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\n\n", "SB8.3#p0352": "", "SB9.1#p0001": "ALL GLORY TO �Rl GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\nsa vai mana?t kr��-padaravindayor\nvaciiritsi vaikuWha-gur.uinuvar�ne\nkarau harer mandira-mdrjanadi§u\nsrutim cakiiriicyuta-sat-kathodaye\n\n(pp.97-98)\n\n", "SB9.1#p0002": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\n�hagavad-gitli As It Is\n�imad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-9 (27 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri Isopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\n.i(r�Qa Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\n.i(r�Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\nDialectic Spiritualism-A Vedic View of Western Philosophy\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\n.i(r�Qa, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nLife Comes from Life\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to .i(r�Qa\nGeetlir-gan (Bengali)\nRlija-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to .i(r�Qa Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nB��k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA complete catalog is available upon request\n\nThe Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB9.1#p0003": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nNinth Canto\n\"Liberation\"\n\n(Part One-Chapters 1-8)\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports\nby\n\nHis Divine Grace\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n8\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los An geles· London· Bombay\n\n", "SB9.1#p0004": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\nFirst Printing, 1977: 20,000 copies\n© 1977 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\nLibrary of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data (Revised)\nP�anas. Bhagavatapurana.\nSrirnad-Bhagavatam.\nIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.\nCONTENTS: Canto l. Creation. 3 v.-Canto 2.\nThe cosmic manifestation. 2 v.-Canto 3. The\nstatus quo. 4 v.-Canto 4. The creation of the\nFourth Order. 4 v.-Canto 5. The creative\nimpetus. 2 v.\n1. Chaitanya, 1486-1534. I. Bhaktivedanta\nSwami, A. C., 1896II. Title.\n73-169353\nBL1135.P7A22 1972\nISBN 0-912776-94-3\n\n", "SB9.1#p0005": "Table of Contents\nPreface\nIntroduction\n\nIX\nxm\n\nCHAPTER ONE\n\nKing Sudyunma Becomes a Woman\n\n1\n\nChapter Summary\n\n1\n\nl<r�-':la Exists Mter the Cosmic Annihilation\n\n7\n\nThe Hare l(r�_r:1a Chant: Relief for All of Humanity\n\n13\n\nAs a Person Puts on New Garments, the Soul Accepts New\nBodies\nSudyumna Regains His Male Body\n\n23\n26\n\nCHAPTER TWO\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Manu\n\n31\n\nChapter Summary\n\n31\n\nP:.;�adhra's Mishap: Cow Protection Is Essential\n\n34\n\nEscaping the Laws of Karma\n\n41\n\nHuman Society Without a Brain\n\n48\n\nCHAPTER THREE\n\nThe Marriage of Sukanya and Cyavana\nMuni\n\n57\n\nChapter Summary\n\n57\n\nThe Peaceful Home: Vedic Marital Behavior\n\n64\n\nThe Exalted V alues of Vedic Culture\n\n71\n\nLord Brahma Selects Revati's Husband\n\n78\n\n", "SB9.1#p0006": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\nCHAPTER FOUR\n\n�Maharaja Offended by Durvasa\nMuni\n\n85\n\nChapter Summary\n\n85\n\nNii.bhaga Returns Home from the Gurukula\n\n87\n\nMaterialists Regard Temporary Happiness as Everything\n\n96\n\nKing Ambari�a's Perfect Devotional Service\n\n99\n\nThe Transcendentalist as Chief Executive\n\n101\n\nl(r�I).a's Devotees Uninterested in Mystic Yoga\n\n107\n\nUsing Material Assets to Spread the Lord's Glories\n\n110\n\nDurvii.sii. Muni, the Uninvited Guest\n\n116\n\nDevotees Often Tortured by Adversaries\n\n124\n\nThe Lord's Disc Weapon Follows Durvii.sii. Everywhere\n\n128\n\nWhy God Allows His Devotees to Control Him\n\n136\n\nLiberation Automatically Waits to Serve Devotees\n\n142\n\nCHAPTER FIVE\nDurvasa Muni's Life Spared\n\n149\n\nChapter Summary\n\n149\n\nAmbari�a Offers Prayers to the Lord's Disc Weapon\n\n151\n\nDurvii.sii. Spared from the Lord's Burning Cakra\n\n159\n\nSpace Travel Without Spacecraft\n\n166\n\nNo Position in This Material World Is Important\n\n170\n\nCHAPTER SIX\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\n175\n\nChapter Summary\n\n175\n\nBeef-eating Strictly Prohibited\n\n182\n\nPuraiijaya Conquers the Demons\n\n188\n\n", "SB9.1#p0007": "Table of Contents\n\nvn\n\nKing Yuvaniisva's Son Born from His Abdomen\n\n196\n\nSaubhari Abandons His Yogic Austerities for Sex\n\n202\n\nFeeding the Blazing Fire of Material Desire\n\n208\n\nWhy Transcendentalists and Materialists Do Not Mix\n\n211\n\nCHAPTER SEVEN\n\nThe Descendants of King Mandhata\n\n217\n\nChapter Summary\n\n217\n\nSuffering Is Inevitable Within This Material World\n\n223\n\nHariscandra Struggles to Save His Son\n\n225\n\nCHAPTER EIGHT\n\nThe Sons of Sagara Meet Lord Kapiladeva\n\n237\n\nSagara's Sons Killed by Their Own Bodily Heat\n\n244\n\nAll Living Entities Are Born Deluded\n\n252\n\nThe Supreme Lord Has No Material Name or Form\n\n256\n\nAppendixes\n\n263\n\nThe Author\n\n265\n\nReferences\n\n267\n\nGenealogical Table\n\n268\n\nGlossary\n\n271\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n275\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n277\n\nGeneral Index\n\n287\n\n", "SB9.1#p0008": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to particular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhagavatam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\n\nsociety, nay, of the entire energy of living beings. The need is felt by\n\ngreat thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the apho­\n\nrism of Vedanta philosophy janmiidy asya yata/J, to establish the ideal of\n\na common cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of\noblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts,\neducation and economic development throughout the entire world. But\nthere is a pinprick somewhere in the social body at large, and therefore\nthere are large-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is\nneed of a clue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship\n\nand prosperity with a common cause. Srimad-Biuigavatam will fill this\n\nneed, for it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the\nentire human society.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student-devotee Prahlada\nMaharaja in order to change the demoniac face of society.\n\nkaumiira iicaret prajiio\ndharmiin bhagavatiin iha\ndurlabharh mii nU$arh janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhag. 7.6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything\n\n", "SB9.1#p0009": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nX\n\nis merged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate source\nof creation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ulti­\n\nmate source of everything that be. This ultimate source is explained\n\nrationally and authoritatively in the beautiful Bhagavatam or Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam.\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\n\nwith Him and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the\n\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\n\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\n\nsimply by a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\n\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to con­\n\nvert others to accepting God as a concrete principle.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Veda nta-sutra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to the\n\nhighest state of God realization. The. only qualification one needs to study\n\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\n\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly like with an ordinary\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\n\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\n\nsure to become a God-realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\n\ncantos.\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\nSri Kri?l).a. One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\n\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\n\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\n\nsmall installments one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Snmad-Bhiigavatam, but still\n\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the thinkers and leaders of society\n\non the strength of the following statement of Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.5.11):\n\ntad-vag-visargo janatagha-viplavo\nyasmin prati-slokam abaddhavaty api\n\n", "SB9.1#p0010": "Preface\n\nXl\n\nnamany anantasya yaSo 'nkitani yac\nchrrJvanti gayanti grr:wnti siidha.va�\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the unlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring about a\nrevolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such transcendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\nOm tat sat\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\n", "SB9.1#p0011": "Introduction\n\"This Bhiigavata Puriir:za is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\n\njust after the departure of Lord l(r�l).a to His own abode, accompanied by\n\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\n\ndense darkness of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\n\nPurar:za.\" (Srimad-Bhiigavatam 1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the Vedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\n\npreserved through oral tradition, the Vedas were first put into writing\nfive thousand years ago by Srila Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\n\nGod.\" Mter compiling the Vedas, Vyasadeva set forth their essence in\n\nVediinta-sutras. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is\nVyasadeva's commentary on his own Vediinta-sutras. It was written in\n\nthe\n\naphorisms\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nthe maturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\n\nspiritual master. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\n\nliterature,\" Srimad-Bhiigavatam is the most complete and authoritative\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nMter compiling the Bhagavatam, Vyasa impressed the synopsis of it\n\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva Gosvami. Sukadeva Gosvami subse­\n\nquently recited the entire Bhiigavatam to Maharaja Parik�it in an assem­\n\nbly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\nDelhi). Maharaja Parik�it was the emperor of the world and was a great\n\nrajar$i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\n\nwithin a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and retired to the bank\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\n\nThe Bhiigavatam begins with Emperor Parik�it's sober inquiry to\n\nSukadeva Gosvami:\n\n\"You are the spiritual master of great saints and\n\ndevotees. I am therefore begging you to show the way of perfection for\n\nall persons, and especially for one who is about to die. Please let me know\n\nwhat a man should hear, chant, remember and worship, and also what he\n\nshould not do. Please explain all this to me.\"\n\nSukadeva Gosvami's answer to this question, and numerous other\n\nquestions posed by Maharaja Parik�it, concerning everything from the\n\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\n\nxm\n\n", "SB9.1#p0012": "xw\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\n\ndeath. The sa�e Suta Gosvami, who was pr�sent on the bank of the\n\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvami first recited Srimad-Bhagavatam, later\nrepeated the Bhagavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest of\n\nNaimi�?3.raQ.ya. Those sages, concerned about the spiritual welfare of the\n\npeople in general, had gathered to perform a long, continuous chain of\n\nsacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\n\nwisdom, Suta Gosvami repeated from memory the entire eighteen thou­\n\nsand verses of Srimad-Bhagavatam, as spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami to\n\nMaharaja Parik�?it.\n\nThe reader of Srimad-Bhagavatam hears SUta Gosvami relate the\n\nquestions of Maharaja Parik�?it and the answers of Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nAlso, Suta Gosvami sometimes responds directly to questions put by\n\nSaunaka J.l�?i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at Naimi�?3.raQ.ya. One\n\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\n\nParik�?it and Sukadeva Gosvami on the bank of the Ganges, and another\n\nat Naimi�?araQ.ya between Suta Gosvami and the sages at Naimi�?araQ.ya\n\nForest, headed by Saunaka J.l�?i. Furthermore, while instructing King\n\nParik�?it, Sukadeva Gosvami often relates historical episodes and gives\n\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\n\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple Vidura. With this understanding of\n\nthe history of the Bhagavatam, the reader will easily be able to follow its\n\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since philo­\n\nsophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most important in the text,\none need only be attentive to the subject matter of Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nto appreciate fully its profound message.\n\nThe translator of this edition compares the Bhagavatam to sugar\n\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and\nrelishable. Therefore, to taste the sweetness of the Bhagavatam, one may\n\nbegin by reading any of its volumes. Mter such an introductory taste,\n\nhowever, the serious reader is best advised to go back to Volume One of\n\nthe First Canto and then proceed through the Bhagavatam, volume after\nvolume, in its natural order.\n\nThis edition of the Bhagavatam is the first complete English transla­\n\ntion of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\n\nfirst widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\n\n", "SB9.1#p0013": "Introduction\n\nXV\n\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhak.tivedanta Swami Prabhupiida, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship and intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhagavatam\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhagavatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world view. Students of literature will discover the\n\nBhagavatam to be a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psychology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhagavatam offers simple\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhak.tivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "SB9.1#p0014": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhak.tivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB9.1#p0015": "PLATE ONE\nTo worship Lord Kr�1.1a, Maharaja Ambari�a, along with his Queen,\nobserved the vow of Ekadasi and Dvadasi for one year. In the month of\nKartika, after observing that vow for one year, Maharaja Ambari�a observed a fast for three nights, bathed in the Yamuna and worshiped the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, in Madhuvana. Following the\nregulative principles of mahabh�eka, Ma�araja Ambari�a performed the\nbathing ceremony for the Deities of Sri-Sri Radha-Kr�1.1a with all\nparaphernalia, and then he dressed the Deities with fine clothing, ornaments, fragrant flower garlands and other paraphernalia for worship.\nFinally, with attention and devotion, he performed iirati for the\nDeities as the assembled devotees sang songs glorifying the Lord and\nplayed musical instruments such as shenais, kettledrums, and sitars.\n\n(pp. 112-114)\n\n", "SB9.1#p0016": "", "SB9.1#p0017": "PLATE TWO\nJust as King Ambarl�a was about to break his Ekadasi fast. I liJ rvasa\nMuni, the great and powcrf ul mystic, appeared on th1: sc1:rlf:\n\nu\n\nnan­\n\nnounced. The King humbly requested the sage to eat, and Durvasa gladly\naccepted. However, he asked the King to wait a few mom ents while he\nperformed the necessary rituals of bathing and meditating in the\nYamuna River. As the King waited and waited, the proper period for\nbreaking the fast was rapidly expiring, yet he could not eat without\noffending Durvasa. In this dilemma, the King consulted with the palace\nbrahmar:uzs and decided to drink water-for drinking water is considered as both eating and not eating. When Durvasa Muni returned, he\ncould understand by his mystic power that the King had drunk water\nwithout his permission, and he angrily spoke as follows: \"Alas, just see\nthe behavior of this cruel man! He is not a devotee of Lord Vi�Qu. Being\nproud of his material opulence and his position, he considers himself\nGod. Just see how he has transgressed the laws of religion. Maharaja\nAmbari�?a, you have invited me to eat as a guest, but instead of feeding\nme, you yourself have eaten first. Because of your misbehavior, I shall\nshow you something to punish you.\" As Durvasa Muni said this, his face\nbecame red with anger. Uprooting a bunch of hair from his head, he created a demon resembling the blazing fire of devastation to punish\nMaharaja Ambari�?a.\n\n(pp. 116-123)\n\n", "SB9.1#p0018": "", "SB9.1#p0019": "PLATE THREE\nUpon seeing that his attempt to curse King Ambari!?a had failed and\nthat the Lord's Sudarsana cakra was moving toward him, Durviisii Muni\nbecame very frightened and began to run in all directions to save his life.\nAs the blazing flames of a forest fire pursue a snake, the disc of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead began following Durviisii Muni.\nDurviisii Muni saw that the disc was almost touching his back, and thus\nhe ran very swiftly, desiring to enter a cave of Sumeru Mountain. Just to\nprotect himself, Durviisii Muni fled everywhere, in all directions-in the\nsky, on the surface of the earth, in caves, in the ocean, on different planets of the rulers of the three worlds, and even on the heavenly planetsbut wherever he went he immediately saw following him the unbearable\nfire of the Sudarsana cakra. (pp. 126-128)\n\n", "SB9.1#p0020": "", "SB9.1#p0021": "PLATE FOUR\nMter running throughout the material universes in fear of the Sudarsana disc, Durvasa Muni finally went to Vaikul,lthadhama, where the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Narayal,la, resides with His consort, the\ngoddess of fortune. Falling at the lotus feet of Narayal,la, Durvasa spoke\nas follows: \"0 infallible, unlimited Lord! I have greatly offended your\ndear devotee King Ambari�?a. Please give me protection.\" Lord Narayal,la\nsaid to the brahmar:u;t.: \"I cannot protect you, for I am completely under\nthe control of My devotees. Indeed, I am not at all independent. Because\nmy devotees are completely devoid of material desires, I sit only within\nthe cores of their hearts. As chaste women bring their gentle husbands\nunder control by service, the pure devotees, who are equal to everyone\nand completely attached to Me in the core of the heart, bring Me under\ntheir full control. 0 brahmar:u;t., let Me now advise you for your own protection. By offending Maharaja Ambari�?a, you have acted with self-envy,\nfor one's so-called prowess, when employed against a devotee, certainly\nharms he who employs it. Therefore you should go to him immediately,\nwithout a moment's delay. If you can satisfy Maharaja Ambari�?a, then\nthere will be peace for you.\" (pp. 134-147)\n\n", "SB9.1#p0022": "", "SB9.1#p0023": "PLATE FIVE\nDurvasa Muni, who was very much harassed by the Sudarsana cakra,\n\napproached Maharaja Ambarl(la, fell down and clasped the King's lotus\nfeet. Aggrieved at Durvasa's fearful condition, King Ambarl(la im­\n\nmediately began offering prayers to the great weapon of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead: \"0 Sudarsana cakra, you are fire, you are the\n\nmost powerful sun, and you are the moon, the master of all luminaries.\nYou are religion, you are truth, you are the maintainer of the entire universe, and you are the supreme transcendental prowess in the hands of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. You are the original vision of the\nLord, and therefore you are known as Sudarsana. Everything has been\ncreated by your activities, and therefore you are all-pervading. 0 protector of the universe, you are engaged by the Supreme Lord as His allpowerful weapon in killing the envious enemies. For the benefit of our\nentire dynasty, kindly favor this poor brahmar:w-. This will certainly be a\nfavor for all of us. If the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is one\nwithout a second, who is the reservoir of all transcendental qualities, and\nwho is the life and soul of all living entities, is pleased with us, we wish\nthat this brahmar:w-, Durvasa Muni, be freed from the pain of being\nburned.\" (pp. 150-159)\n\n", "SB9.1#p0024": "", "SB9.1#p0025": "PLATE SIX\nAfter performing His wonderful pastimes in the Yamuna River, Lord\n\nSri K.r!?I.J.a got up on the shore, taking with Him all His beloved gopis.\n\nAfter putting on dry clothing, they went to a small jeweled house, where\n\nthe gopi Vrndii arranged to dress them in forest clothing by decorating\n\nthem with fragrant flowers, green leaves and all kinds of other orna­\n\nments. In Vrndiivana, the trees and creepers are wonderful because\n\nthroughout the entire year they produce all kinds of fruits and flowers.\n\nThe gopis and maidservants in the bowers of Vrndiivana picked these\n\nfruits and flowers and brought them before Radhii and l<.r!?I.J.a. The gopis\npeeled all the fruits and placed them together on large plates on a plat­\n\nform in the jeweled cottage. They arranged the fruit in orderly rows for\neating, and in front of it they made a place to sit. Among the fruits were\nmany varieties of mango, bananas, berries, jackfruits, dates, tangerines,\n\noranges, blackberries, grapes, and all kinds of dry fruit. At home Srimatl\nRadhiiriii.J.i had made various types of sweetmeats from milk and sugar,\n\nand she had brought them all for l<.r!?I.J.a. When l<.r!?I.J.a saw the very nice\n\narrangement of food, He happily sat down and had a forest picnic.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0026": "", "SB9.1#p0027": "PLATE SEVEN\nSagara Maharaja performed a5vamedha sacrifices and thus satisfied\nthe Supreme Lord, but lndra, the King of heaven, stole the horse meant\nto be offered at the sacrifice. Then King Sagara ordered the sixtythousand sons of his wife Sumati to search for the lost horse. They finally\nfound the horse near the iisrama of Kapila Muni, the great saint and incarnation of Lord Vi�?J.lU. \"Here is the man who has stolen the horse,\"\nthey said. \"He is staying there with closed eyes. Certainly he is very sinful. Kill him! Kill him!\" Shouting like this, the sons of Sagara raised\ntheir weapons. Then, because they had lost their intelligence and disrespected a great personality, fire emanated from their own bodies, and\nthe sons of Sagara were immediately burned to ashes. Later, King\nSagara's grandson, Arhsuman, also searched for the lost horse and came\nupon Lord Kapila sitting near the remains of Arhsuman's uncles. When\nAmsuman saw Kapila sitting by the lost sacrificial horse, he offered Him\nrespectful obeisances, folded his hands and prayed with great attention:\n\"0 Supersoul of all living entities, 0 Personality of Godhead, simply by\nseeing You I have now been freed from all lusty desires, which are the\nroot cause of insurmountable illusion and bondage in the material\nworld.\" Thereupon, out of His causeless mercy, the Personality of Godhead said: \"My dear Arhsuman, here is the animal sought by your grandfather for sacrifice. Please take it. As for your forefathers, who have\nbeen burned to ashes, they can be delivered only by Ganges water, and\nnot by any other means.\" (pp. 242-259)\n\n", "SB9.1#p0028": "", "SB9.1#p0029": "CHAPTER ONE\n\nKing Sudyumna Becomes a Woman\nThis chapter describes how Sudyumna became a woman and how the\ndynasty of Vaivasvata Manu was amalgamated with the Soma-varilsa, the\ndynasty coming from the moon.\n\nBy the desire of Maharaja Parik!;lit, Sukadeva Gosvami told about the\n\ndynasty of Vaivasvata Manu, who was formerly King Satyavrata, the\nruler of Dravi<Ja. While describing this dynasty, he also described how\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, while lying down in the waters of\n\ndevastation, gave birth to Lord Brahma from a lotus generated from His\n\nnavel. From the mind of Lord Brahma, Marici was generated, and his son\n\nwas Kasyapa. From Kasya{la, through Aditi, Vivasvan was generated,\n\nand from Vivasvan came Sraddhadeva Manu, who was born from the\nwomb of Samjiia. Sraddhadeva's wife, Sraddha, gave birth to ten sons,\n\nsuch as lk!;ivaku and Nrga.\n\nSraddhadeva, or Vaivasvata Manu, the father of Maharaja lk!;ivaku,\n\nwas sonless before lk!;ivaku's birth, but by the grace of the great sage\n\nVasi!?tha he performed a yajna to satisfy Mitra and Varul).a. Then, al­\n\nthough Vaivasvata Manu wanted a son, by the desire of his wife he got a\ndaughter named Ila. Manu, however, was not satisfied with the daughter.\n\nConsequently, for Manu's satisfaction, the great sage Vasi!;�tha prayed for\nIla to be transformed into a boy, and his prayer was fulfilled by the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Thus Ila became a beautiful young\n\nman named Sudyumna.\n\nOnce upon a time, Sudyumna went on tour with his ministers. At the\n\nfoot of the mountain Sumeru there is a forest named Sukumara, and as\n\nsoon as they entered that forest, they were all transformed into women.\n\nWhen Maharaja Parik!;lit inquired from Sukadeva Gosvami about the\nreason for this transformation, Sukadeva Gosvami described how\n\nSudyumna, being transformed into a woman, accepted Budha, the son of\n\nthe moon, as her husband and had a son named Pun1rava. By the grace\nof Lord Siva, Sudyumna received the benediction that he would live one\n\nmonth as a woman and one month as a man. Thus he regained his\n\nkingdom and had three sons, named Utkala, Gaya and Vimala, who were\nI\n\n", "SB9.1#p0030": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n2\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 1\n\nall very religious. Thereafter, he entrusted his kingdom to Pun1rava and\ntook the order of vanaprastha life.\nTEXT 1\n\n� o::4t•n*'\n\n¥t;:q�<lfiil �fun�P•tl\"ffi r;. � li 1\nC'\n4'\\ittOtfWi �� � �� :q II� II\n\\:>\n\n..\n\nsri-rajovaca\nmanvantara�i sarva�i\ntvayoktani srutani me\nvirya�y ananta-viryasya\nhares tatra krtani ca\nsri-raja uvaca-King Parik�it said; manvantara�i-all about the\nperiods of the various Manus; sarvii�i-all of them; tvaya-by you;\nuktani-have been described; srutiini-have been listened to; me-by\nme; virya�i-wonderful activities; ananta-viryasya-of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, who has unlimited potency; hare�-of the\n\nSupreme Lord, Hari; tatra-in those manvantara periods; krtaniwhich have been performed; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik!,!it said: My lord, Sukadeva Gosvami, you have\n\nelaborately described all the periods of the various Manus and,\n\nwithin those periods, the wonderful activities of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, who has unlimited potency. I am fortunate to\n\nhave heard all of this from you.\n\nTEXTS 2-3\n\n..:.....s\n'C41���\n\n'\"'\n\"�\nI\n�.'w'liH'f ;:nq 00\"ls;.,l���:\n\n�t;f tllsm�r.=ij- �� �� II � II\n� � m�: � �1e'lfa:Rt �t{_ 1\n<:�\"ij(ij� �:3lRtrr �\";flf}Sfij(Cfl �T:II � II\n\n", "SB9.1#p0031": "Text 4)\n\nKing Sudyumna Becomes a Woman\n\n3\n\nyo 'sau satyavrato nama\nn'ijar$ir dravir}.esvara�\njnanarh yo 'tita-kalpante\nlebhe purn$a-sevaya\nsa vai vivasvata� putro\nmanur asid iti srutam\ntvattas tasya suta� prokta\nik$vaku-pramukha nrpa�\nya� asau-he who was known; satyavrata�-Satyavrata; nama-by\nthe name; raja-r$i�- the saintly king; drav U;la -iSvara�-the ruler of the\nDraviQ.a countries; jnanam-knowledge; ya�-on e who; atita-kalpaante-at the end of the period of the last Manu, or at the end of the last\nmillennium; lebhe-received; purn$a-sevaya-by rendering service to\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nvivasvata�-of\n\nVivasvan;\n\nof\n\nsa�- he;\n\nGodhead;\n\nputra�-son;\n\nmanu�\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nasit-became\n\nthe\n\nVaivasvata Manu; iti-thus; srutam-1 have already heard; tvatta�from you; tasya-his; suta�- sons; prokta�-have been explained;\nik$vaku-p ramukha� -headed by Ik�vaku; nrpa� -many kings.\nTRANSLATION\nSatyavrata, the saintly king of Dravi«;lade8a who received spiritual knowledge at the end of the last millennium by the grace of\nthe Supreme, later became Vaivasvata Manu, the son of Vivasvan,\nin the next manvantara [period of Manu). I have received this\nknowledge from you. I also understand that such kings as Ik�viiku\nwere his sons, as you have already explained.\n\nte$iirh vamsarh prthag brahman\nvamsanucaritani ca\n\n", "SB9.1#p0032": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n4\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 1\n\nkirtayasva maha-bhaga\nnityam su.Sril�tam hi nabte�am-of\n\nall\n\nthose\n\nkings;\n\nvamsam-the\n\ndynasties;\n\nprthak­\n\nseparately; brahman-0 great brahmar_ta (Sukadeva Gosvami); vamsaanucaritani ca-and their dynasties and characteristics; kirtayasva­\n\nkindly describe; maha-bhaga-0 greatly fortunate one; nityam-eter\n\n­\n\nnally; su.S�atii m-who are engaged in your service; hi-indeed; na�of ourselves.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 greatly fortunate Sukadeva Gosvami, 0 great hriih�a,\n\nkindly describe to us separately the dynasties and characteristics of\n\nall those kings, for we are always eager to hear such topics from\nyou.\n\nTEXTS\n\nit� it �� ��ttt€t\"fl� it I\nWff ;r: �cif;rt �'fi � Mrt>¥41� II� II\nye bhata ye bhav�yas ca\nbhavanty adyatanas ca ye\nte�am nab- pur:tya-kirtinam\nsarve�am vada vikraman\nye-all of whom; bhutalJ,-have already appeared; ye-all of whom;\n\nbhavi�ya/:£-will appear in the future; ca-also; bhavanti-are existing;\n\nadyatana/:£-at present; ca-also; ye-all of whom; te�am-of all of\n\nthem; na/:£-unto us; pur:tya-kirtinam-who were all pious and cele­\n\nbrated; sarve�am-of all of them; vada-kindly explain; vikramanabout the abilities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKindly tell us about the abilities of all the celebrated kings horn\n\nin the dynasty of Vaivasvata Manu, including those who have\n\nalready passed, those who may appear in the future, and those who\nexist at present.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0033": "Text7)\n\nKing Sudyumna Becomes a Woman\n\n5\n\nTEXT6\n\n�f!o �\n\n� �61 � � ;n;ren� I\nrre: �\n\n��:�''''I\nsri-suta uvdca\n\nevarh pari/cyita rajna\n\nsadasi brahma-vadinam\n\npr�!a/:t provdca bhagavdn\n\nchuka/:t parama-dharma-vit\n\nsri-suta/:t\n\nuvdca-Sri\n\nSuta\n\nGosvami\n\nsaid;\n\nevam-in this\n\nway;\n\npa ri k$ ita-by Maharaja Parik�it; rajna-by the King; sadasi-in the\n\nassembly; brahma-vddinam-of all the great saintly experts in Vedic\nknowledge;\n\np ma/:t-having\n\nbhagavan-the\n\nmost\n\nbeen\n\npowerful;\n\nasked;\n\nsuka/:t\n\n-\n\nSuka\n\nprovaca-answered;\nGosvami;\n\ndharma-vit-the most learned scholar in religious principles.\n\nparama­\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuta Gosviimi said: When Sukadeva Gosvami, the greatest\n\nknower of religious principles, was thus requested by Maharaja\n\nParik�it in the assembly of all the scholars learned in Vedic knowledge, he then proceeded to speak.\n\nTEXT7\n\n��<li �\"'R\n\n� fl� �: �IJf �� I\nW{ ��\\it� ��11\\911\nsri-suka uvdca\n\nsrilyatiirh manavo vamsa/:t\npracuryeTJ-a parantapa\n\nna sakyate vistarato\n\nvakturh var�a-satair api\n\n", "SB9.1#p0034": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n6\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 1\n\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; srayatam-just hear\n\nfrom me; manava� vari1Sa�-the dynasty of Manu; prdcuryer:ta-as expansive as possible; parantapa-0 King, who can subdue your enemies;\n\nna-not; sakyate-one is able; vistarata�-very broadly; vaktum-to\nspeak; var$a-satai� api-even if he does so for hundreds of years.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami\n\ncontinued:\n\n0\n\nKing,\n\nsubduer\n\nof\n\nyour\n\nenemies, now hear from me in great detail about the dynasty of\n\nManu. I shall explain as much as possible, although one could not\n\nsay everything about it, even in hundreds of years.\nTEXTS\n\nq(l'4�'ti �PW'lT �: �'it 'R! I\n� �� N� �(!q1.-ijs� feti�wt II � II\npardvare$drh bhutandm\n\ndtma ya� purU$a� para�\n\nsa evasid idam visvarh\n\nkalpante 'nyan na kincana\n\npara-avare$dm-of all living entities, in higher or lower statuses of\n\nlife; bhutandm-o£ those who have taken material bodies (the condi­\n\ntioned souls); dtma-the Supersoul; ya�-one who is; purU$a�-the\nSupreme\n\nPerson;\n\npara�-transcendental;\n\nsa�-He;\n\neva-indeed;\n\ndsit-was existing; idam-this; visvam-universe; kalpa-ante-at the\n\nend of the millennium; anyat-anything else; na-not; kincana-any­\n\nthing whatsoever.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe transcendental Supreme Person, the Supersoul of all living\n\nentities, who are in different statuses of life, high and low, existed\n\nat the end of the millennium, when neither this manifested cosmos\n\nnor anything else but Him existed.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0035": "Text 10]\n\nKing Sudyumna Becomes a Woman\n\n7\n\nPURPORT\nTaki';lg the proper position from which to describe the dynasty of\nManu, Sukadeva Gosvami begins by saying that when the entire world is\ninund�ted, only the Supreme Personality of Godhead exists, and nothing\nelse. Sukadeva Gosvami will now describe how the Lord creates other\nthings, one after another.\n\ntasya niibhe� samabhavat\npadma-lw$o hirar:tmaya�\ntasmifi jajfie maharaja\nsooyambhus catur-iinana�\ntasya-of Him (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); niibhe�-from\nthe navel;\n\nsamabhaoot\n\n-\n\ngenerated ;\n\npadma-lw$a�-a lotus;\n\nhirar:t­\n\nmaya�-known as Hiral).maya, or golden; tasmin-on that golden lotus;\njajfie-appeared; maharaja-0 King; s ooyambh u�-one who is selfmanifested, who takes birth without a mother; catu�-iinana�-with\nfour heads.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it, from the navel of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead was generated a golden lotus, on which the four-faced\nLord Brahmii took his birth.\nTEXT 10\n\nfiUM�:it«�� � � ���: I\n�� �ijts� N9f41t:fijq({_��: II Z II\no\n\nmaricir manasas tasya\njajfie tasyapi kaSyapa�\ndii�ayar:tyiirh tato 'dityarh\nvivasviin abhavat sutal)\n\n", "SB9.1#p0036": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n8\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 1\n\nmarici�-the great saintly person known as Mari:ci; manasa� tasyafrom the mind of Lord Brahma; jajfie-took birth; tasya api-from\nMari:ci; kasyapa�-Kasyapa (took birth); dalcyiiya�yiim-in the womb\nof the daughter of Maharaja Dak!?a; tata�-thereafter; adityiim-in the\nwomb of Aditi; vivasviin-Vivasvan; abhavat-took birth; suta�-a\nson.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the mind of Lord Brahma, Marici took birth, and from the\n\nsemen of Marici, Ka.Syapa appeared from the womb of the daughter\n\nof Dak�a Maharaja. From Ka8yapa, by the womb of Aditi, Vivasviin\n\ntook birth.\n\nTEXTS 11-12\n�\n\n�\n\n.\n\nmiT 1G: �: �� �ref I\n\n� ��ill'flfl ���3TR� II��II\nI\n�\"efl��·l�i!Wr\neti�'lttil't\n;rl'�� 'Nd � � � � �: \"�\"'\ntato manu� sriicklhadeva�\nsamjfiiiyiim iisa bhiirata\nsracklhiiyiirh janayiim iisa\ndaSa putriin sa iitmaviin\nik§mku-nrga-saryiitidi§!a-dhr$!a-karil$akiin\nnari§yantarh pr$adhram ca\nnabhagam ca kavirh vibhu�\ntata�-from Vivasvan; manu� sriiddhadeva�-the Manu named\nSraddhadeva; samjfiiiyiim-in the womb of Samjiia (the wife of\nVivasvan); iisa-was born; bhiirata-0 best of the Bharata dynasty;\nsracklhiiyiim-in the womb of Sraddha (the wife of Sraddhadeva);\njanayiim iisa-begot; da5a-ten; putriin-sons; sa�-that S raddhadeva; iitmaviin-having conquered his senses; ik$viiku-nrga-saryiiti-\n\n", "SB9.1#p0037": "Text 14]\n\nKing Sudyumna Becomes a Woman\n\n9\n\nd�!a-dhr$!a-ka�akdn-named Ik�vaku, N:rga, Saryati, Di�ta, Dhr�ta\nand\nKaru�a;\nnar�yantam-Nari�yanta;\npr$adhram\nca-and\nP:r�adhra; nabhagam ca-and Nabhaga; kavim-Kavi; vibhub,-the\ngreat.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, best of the Bharata dynasty, from Vivasviin, by the\n\nwomb of Samjiia, Sraddhadeva Manu was born. Sraddhadeva\n\nManu, having conquered his senses, begot ten sons in the womb of\n�is wife, Sraddha. The names of these sons were lk�viiku, Nrga,\nSaryati, Di��a, Dhr��a, Karu�aka, Nari�yanta, Pr�adhra, Nabhaga\nand Kavi.\n\naprajasya marwb, purvam\nvas�!ho bhagavan kila\n\nmitra-varur:tayor �tim\n\nprajartham akarod vibhub,\n\naprajasya-of he who had no son; marwb,-of Manu; purvam-for­\n\nmerly;\n\nvas�thab,-the great saint Vasi�tha;\n\nbhagavan-powerful;\n\nkila-indeed; mitra-varur:tayob,-of the demigods named Mitra and\n\nVarm).a; �#m-a sacrifice; praja-artham-for the sake of getting sons;\nakarot-executed; vibhub,-the great person.\n\nTRANSLATION\nManu at first had no sons. Therefore, in order to get a son for\n\nhim, the great saint Vasi��ha, who was very powerful in spiritual\n\nknowledge, performed a sacrifice to satisfy the demigods Mitra and\n\nVaru:r;ta.\n\nTEXT 14\n\nqiD �R ij¥fttl=q I\n'Sfl�\n1:pl�ijT II � �II\n,...\n\n\"'\n\n", "SB9.1#p0038": "[Canto 9, Ch. 1\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n10\n\ntatra sraddhii mano� patni\nhotiirarh samayacata\nduhitrartham upagamya\nprar;tipatya payavratii\ntatra-in\n\nthat\n\npatni-the wife;\n\nsacrifice;\n\nsraddhii-Sraddha;\n\nhotaram-to\n\nsamayiicata-begged\n\nproperly;\n\nupagamya-com ing near;\n\nthe\n\npriest\n\nmano� -of\n\nperforming\n\nduhitr-artham-for\n\na\n\nthe\n\nManu;\nyajfia;\n\ndaughter;\n\nprar;tipatya-offering obeisances;\n\nvrata-who was observing the vow of drinking only milk.\n\npaya�­\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring that sacrifice, Sraddha, Manu's wife, who was observing\n\nthe vow of subsisting only by drinking milk, approached the priest\n\noffering the sacrifice, offered obeisances to him and begged for a\n\ndaughter.\n\nTEXT 15\n'\"'\" ....\n\n!;'\n\n....\n\n3fl'fijlS«.f�IJll �T ��� �� ��Tffl:ij: I\n\"\n\n11�1� ��Ci'RTm�R �[�: IIZ�II\npre§ito 'dhvaryur;tii hotii\nvyacarat tat samiihita�\ngrhite havi§i vaca\nva§a!-kiiram grr;tan dvija�\n\npre§ita�-being told to execute the sacrifice; adhvaryur;tii-by the\n\nrtvik priest; hota-the priest in charge of offering oblations; vyacarat­\n\nexecuted; tat-that (sacrifice); samiihita�-with great attention; grhite\nhavi§i-upon taking the clarified butter for the first oblation; viica -by\nchanting the mantra; OO§a!-kiiram-the mantra beginning with the\n\nword Va§a!; grr;tan-reciting; dvija�-the brahmar;ta.\nTRANSLATION\n\nTold by the chief priest \"Now offer oblations,\" the person in\n\ncharge of oblations took clarified butter to offer. He then remem-\n\n", "SB9.1#p0039": "Text 17]\n\nKing Sudyumna Becomes a Woman\n\n11\n\nbere d the request of Manu's wife and performed the sacrifice while\nchanting the word \"v�at.\"\nTEXT 16\n\n��1l:qRuJ ��T ;m{ ij� I\n\n(If f.Rit� ��: � ;nf��l �1{_ II�� II\nhotus tad-vyabhicarer:ta\nkanyelii nama sabhavat\ntam vilokya manu� praha\nnatilu$!amana gurum\nhotu�-of the priest; tat-of the yajfia; vyabhicarer:ta-by that\ntransgression; kanya-a daughter; ilii-Ila; nama-by the name; sathat daughter; abhavat-was born; tam-unto her; vilokya-seeing;\nmanu�-Manu; praha-said;\n\nna-not;\n\natitzL$!amana�-very\n\nmuch\n\nsatisfied; gurum-unto his guru.\n\nTRANSLATION\nManu had begun that sacrifice for the sake of getting a son, but\nbecause the priest was diverted by the request o f Manu's wife, a\ndaughter named Ila was born. Upon see ing the daughter, Manu was\nno t very satisfied. Thus he spoke to his guru, V asi11tha, as follows.\nPURPORT\nBecause Manu had no issue, he was pleased at the birth of the child,\neven though a daughter, and gave her the name Ila. Later, however, he\nwas not very satisfied to see the daughter instead of a son. Because he had\nno issue, he was certainly very glad at the birth of Ila, but his pleasure\nwas temporary.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n� f� iffld ��eft�� I\n��� �i ilci � i{�� 11�\\911\n\n", "SB9.1#p0040": "12\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 1\n\nbhagavan kim idarit jatarit\nkarma vo brahma-vadinam\n\nviparyayam aho �!arit\n\nmaivarit syad brahma-vikriya\n\nbhagavan-0 my lord;\n\nkim idam-what is this; jatam-born;\n\nkarma-fruitive activities; va�-of all of you; brahma-vadinam-of\n\nyou, who are expert in chanting the Vedic mantras; viparyayam-devia­\n\ntion; aho-alas; ka�!am-painful; mii evam syat-thus it should not\nhave been; brahma-vikriya-this opposite action of the Vedic mantras.\nTRANSLATION\nMy lord, all of you are expert in chanting the Vedic mantras.\n\nHow then has the result been opposite to the one desired? This is a\nmatter for lamentation. There should not have been such a rever­\n\nsal of the results of the Vedic mantras.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this age, the performance of yajna has been forbidden because no\n\none can properly chant the Vedic mantras. If Vedic mantras are chanted\n\nproperly, the desire for which a sacrifice is performed must be suc­\n\ncessful. Therefore the Hare Kr�Q.a chant is called the maha-mantra, the\ngreat, exalted mantra above all other Vedic mantras, because simply\n\nchanting the Hare K.r;;Q.a maha-mantra brings so many beneficial effects.\nAs explained by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu (Sil�ii�!aka 1):\nceto-darpaT}n-miirjanarit bhava-maha-damgni-nirvapaT}nrit\n\nsreya�-kairam-candrika-vitarar:tarit vidya-vadhu-jivanam\n\nanandambudhi-vardhanarit prati-padarit pilrlJdmrtasvadanarit\nsarvatma-snapanarit pararit vijayate sri-kr�TJn-Sarikirtanam\n\n\"Glory to the Sri Kr�Q.a sarikirtana, which cleanses the heart of all the\n\ndust accumulated for years and extinguishes the fire of conditional life,\n\nof repeated birth and death. This sarikirtana movement is the prime\n\nbenediction for humanity at large because it spreads the rays of the\n\n", "SB9.1#p0041": "Text 18]\n\nKing Sud yumna Becomes a Woman\n\n13\n\nbenediction moon. It is the life of all transcendental knowledge. It increases the ocean of transcendental bliss, and it enables us to fully taste\nthe nectar for which we are always anxious.\"\n\nTherefore, the best performance of yajiia given to us is the\nsalikirtana-yajna. Yajnai� salikirtana-prayair yajanti hi sumedhasa�\n(Bhiig. 11.5.32). Those who are intelligent take advantage of the\ngreatest yajiia in this age by chanting the Hare .i(r�1,1a maha-mantra in\ncongregation. When the Hare .i(r�1,1a mantra is chanted by many men\ntogether, the chanting is called salikirtana, and as a result of such a\nyajiia there will be clouds in the sky (yajnad bhavati parjanyaM. In\nthese days of drought, people can gain relief from scarcity of rain and\nfood by the simple method of the Hare .i(r�1,1a yajiia. Indeed, this can\nrelieve all of human society. At present there are droughts throughout\nEurope and America, and people are suffering, but if people take this\n.i(r�1,1a consciousness movement seriously, if they stop their sinful activities and chant the Hare .i(r�1,1a maha-mantra, all their problems will\nbe solved without difficulty. In other processes of yajna there are dif­\n\nficulties because there are no learned scholars who can chant the mantras\nperfectly well, nor is it possible to secure the ingredients to perform the\n\nyajiia. Because human society is poverty-stricken and men are devoid of\n\nVedic knowledge and the power to chant the Vedic mantras, the Hare\n.i(r�1,1a maha-mantra is the only shelter. People should be intelligent\n\nenough to chant it. Yajnai� salikirtana-prayair yajanti hi sumedhasa�.\n\nThose whose brains are dull cannot understand this chanting, nor can\nthey take to it.\nTEXT 18\n\n·\n\nT:f ;mr�t ��T �Rqqy: I\ni(f:\nij���� ��;r..r 11�<=11\nyuyam brahma-vido yuktas\ntapasa dagdha-kilbi$d�\nkuta� sankalpa-vai$amyam\nanrtam vibudhe$V iva\nyuyam-of all you; brahma-vida�-completely in awareness of the\nAbsolute Truth; yukta�-self-controlled and well balanced; tapasa-by\n\n", "SB9.1#p0042": "[Canto 9, Ch. 1\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n14\n\ndint of austerity and penances; dagdha-kilbi$aft,-all kinds of material\ncontamination having been burnt out; kutaft,-then how; sankalpavai$amyam-discrepancy in the matter of determination; anrtam-false\npromise, false statement; vibudhe$u-in the society of the demigods;\ntva-or.\nTRANSLATION\nYou are all self-controlled, well balanced in mind, and aware of\n\nthe Absolute Truth. And because of austerities and penances you\n\nare completely cleansed of all material contamination. Your words,\n\nlike those of the demigods, are never baffled. Then how is it possible that your determination has failed?\nPURPORT\nWe have learned from many Vedic literatures that a benediction or\ncurse given by the demigods never proves false. By performing\nausterities and penances, by controlling the senses and mind, and by\nachieving full knowledge of the Absolute Truth, one is fully cleansed of\nmaterial contamination. Then one's words and blessings, like those of the\ndemigods, are never a failure.\nTEXT 19\n\nf.:t�IA4 (I� er� lliFfl'{ !JTq�: I\n\"'\n�\"\nr-a-�...,.,.,.\n�T� �err ;rm'i� (ft4�.-&:�'(\nII Z �II\n\"\" •\n\n....\n·\n\nniSamya tad vacas tasya\nbhagavan prapitamahaft,\nhotur vyatikramam jiiatva\nbabhii$e ravi-nandanam\nniSamya-after hearing; tat vacaft,-those words; tasya-of him\n(Manu);\n\nbhagavan-the most powerful;\n\nprapitamahaft,-the great­\n\ngrandfather Vasi�tha; hotuft vyatikramam-discrepancy on the part of\nthe\n\nhota\n\npriest;\n\njiiiitvii -understanding;\n\nbabhii$e-spoke;\n\nnandanam-unto Vaivasvata Manu, son of the sun-god.\n\nrav�­\n\n", "SB9.1#p0043": "Text 21]\n\nKing Sudyumna Becomes a Woman\n\n15\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe most powerful great-grandfather Vasi�lha, after hearing\nthese words of Manu, understood the discrepancy on the part of\nthe priest. Thus he spoke as follows to the son of the sun-god.\nTEXT 20\n\n�� �i:!� �ij otrfll=qmy : I\n� �� ij Wf�T� �ij\\&fij( ll�oll\netat sankalpa-vai$amyarh\nhotu.s te vyabhicarata/:t\ntathapi sadhayi$ye te\nsuprajastvarh sva-tejasa\netat-this;\n\nsankalpa-vai$amyam- discrepancy\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nobjective;\n\nhotu/:t-of the priest; te-your; vyab hicarata/:t-from deviating from\nthe prescribed purpose; tatha api- still; sadhayi$ye-1 shall execute;\nte-for you; su-prajastvam-a very nice son; sva-tejasa-by my own\nprowess.\nTRANSLATION\nThis discrepancy in the objective is due to your priest's deviation from the original purpose. However, by my own prowess I\nshall give you a good son.\nTEXT 21\n\nevarh vyavasito rajan\nbhagavan sa maha-ya.Sa/:t\nasta�id adi-pur�am\nilaya/:t purhstva-kamyaya\nev am- thus;\nbhagavan-the\n\nvyavasita/:t- deciding;\nmost\n\npowerful;\n\nrajan-0\n\nsa/:t- Vasi�tha;\n\nKing\n\nParlk�it;\n\nmaha-ya.Sa /:t\n\n-\n\nvery\n\nfamous; asta� it-offered prayers; adi-pur�am- unto the Supreme\n\n", "SB9.1#p0044": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n16\nPerson,\n\nLord Vi�t;m;\n\nilaya�-of\n\nIla;\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 1\n\npumstva-kamyaya-for\n\nthe\n\ntransformation into a male.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami said: 0 King Parik�it, after the most famous\n\nand powerful V asi�!ha made this decision, he offered prayers to\nthe Supreme Person, Vi��u, to transform Ila into a male.\nTEXT 22\n\n� �qt {!it +liftl\"A: ��r��: I\nwr� ij;{ �: �tf'fu: ����II\ntasmai kama-vararh ht$!o\nbhagavan harir iSvara�\ndadiiv ilabhavat tena\nsudyumna� purwjar$abha�\ntasmai- unto him (Vasi�tha); kama-varam- the desired benediction;\n\ntlt$!a�-being pleased;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality;\n\nhari�\n\niSvara�-the supreme controller, the Lord; dadau-gave; ila-the girl,\nIla; abhavat-became; tena -be caus e of this benediction; sudyumna�-by the name Sudyumna; purU$a-r$abha�-a nice male.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, the supreme controller,\n\nbeing pleased with Vasi�lha, gave him the benediction he desired.\nThus Ila was transformed into a very fine male named Sudyumna.\nTEXTS 23-24\n\n����� R�� � ��\n�\n�\ni�: �\n<:f'li� Wl��i{re� ���II�� II\n� �t � �� 'Wt��Fl I\nif?«crt� qJU � R�ij*i(l� ����II\n\n", "SB9.1#p0045": "Text 25]\n\nKing Sudyumna Becomes a Woman\n\n17\n\nsa ekadii maMrdja\nvicaran mrgaydrh vane\nvrta� katipaydmdtyair\na.Svam aruhya saindhavam\npragrhya rucirarh cdparh\nsardms ca paramddbhutdn\ndamsito 'numrgarh viro\njagama diSam uttardm\nsa�-Sudyumna;\nParik�it;\n\nekadd-once upon a time;\n\nvicaran-touring;\n\nmaharaja-0 King\n\nmrgaydm-for hunting;\n\nvane-in the\n\nforest; vrta�-accompanied; katipaya-a few; amdtyai�-by ministers\nor associates; a.Svam-upon a horse; druhya-riding; saindhavamborn in the Sindhupradesa; pragrhya-holding in hand; rucirambeautiful; cdpam-bow; saran ca-and arrows; parama-adbhutanvery wonderful, uncommon; darh.Sita�-wearing armor; anumrgambehind the animals; vira�-the hero; jagama\n\n-\n\nwent toward; diSam\n\nuttardm-the north.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it, that hero Sudyumna, accompanied by a few\nministers and associates and riding on a horse brought from\nSindhupradesa, once went into the forest to hunt. He wore armor\nand was decorated with bows and arrows, and he was very\nbeautiful. While following the animals and killing them, he\nreached the northern part of the forest.\nTEXT 25\n\nij�q;i � �� �I\n� �•lttiSOWeO ��: ��T ������\nsukumdra-vanarh meror\nadhastat pravivesa ha\nyatrdste bhagavdfi charvo\nramamdr:ra� sahomayd\n\n", "SB9.1#p0046": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n18\n\n[Canto 9, Ch . 1\n\nsukumara-vanam-the forest known as Sukumara; merob, adhastat­\n\nat the foot of Mount Meru; pravivesa ha-he entered; yatra-wherein;\n\naste-was; bhagamn-the most powerful (demigod); sarvab,-Lord\n\nSiva; ramama7Jab--engaged in enjoyment; saha umaya-with Uma, his\nwife.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere in the north, at the bottom of Mount Meru, is a forest\n\nknown as Sukumiira where Lord Siva always enjoys with Uma.\n\nSudyumna entered that forest.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n• mef! �\"T �: �'tw 1\n� m��� � q� � ������\ntasmin prav�ta erosau\nsudyumnab, para-vira-ha\n\napa5yat striyam atmanam\n\na5vam ca va{lavam nrpa\n\ntasmin-in that forest; prav�tab,-having entered; eva-indeed;\n\nasau-he; sudyumnab,-Prince Sudyumna; para-vira-ha-who could\n\nvery well subdue his enemies; apa§yat-observed; striyam-female;\natmanam-himself; a5vam ca-and his horse; va{lavam-a mare;\nnrpa-0 King Parik�it.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it, as soon as Sudyumna, who was expert in subdu­\n\ning enemies, entered the forest, he saw h imself transformed into a\n\nfemale and his horse transformed into a mare.\nTEXT 27\n\n�� m-��1\\·Nq�� I\n�T �;ffiy� t!�lOft: q(�q(� 11�\\911\n\n� ��:\n\n", "SB9.1#p0047": "Text 29]\n\nKing Sudyumna Becomes a Woman\n\n19\n\ntathii tad-anuga� saroe\n\natma-liriga-viparyayam\ndmva vimanaso 'bhuvan\nvi�ama�� parasparam\ntathii-similarly;\n\ntat-anuga�-the\n\ncompanions\n\nof\n\nSudyumna;\n\nsarve-all of them; atma-liriga-viparyayam-the transformation of\ntheir sex into the opposite;\n\ndmva-seeing;\n\nvimanasa�-morose;\n\nabhuoon-they became; vi�ama��-looking over; parasparam-one\nanother.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen his followers also saw their identities transformed and\ntheir sex reversed, they were all very morose and just looked at\none another.\nTEXT 28\n\n�n�f'\n��� guTt �: �wt �� � ti�: I\nsr� ��� � Cfi�� ft: wt: ����II\nsn-rajovaca\nkatham evam gu'IJ-0 desa�\nIrena va bhagaoon krta�\npra§nam enam samacalcyva\n\nparam kautahalam hi na�\n\nsri-raja uvaca-Maharaja Parik!jit said; katham-how; evam-this;\ngu��-quality;\ndesa�-the\ncountry;\n/rena-why;\nva-either;\nbhagavan-0 most powerful; krta�-it was so done; pra§nam-question; enam-this; samaca/cyoo-just deliberate; param-very much;\nkauruhalam-eagerness; hi-indeed; na�-our.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Parik�it said: 0 most powerful briihma1;1a, why was this\nplace so empowered, and who made it so powerful? Kindly answer\nthis question, for I am very eager to hear about this.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0048": "(Canto 9, Ch. I\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n20\n\nTEXT 29\n\n\"fT�<n �m\n��\n\nfmW s::�4if1�(ij'Sf �n 1\nf� f?mffiro+nm: �(f: �q�wt ����II\nsri-suka umca\nekadii giriSam drll$1um\nr§ayas tatra suvrata�\ndiSo vitimirabhasa�\nkuroanta� samupagaman\nsri-suka� uooca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; ekada-once upon a\ntime; giriSam-Lord Siva; dr(l$fum-to see; r§aya�-very saintly persons; tatra-in that forest; su-vrata�-highly elevated in spiritual\npower; diSa�-all directions; vitimira-abhasa�-having been cleared of\nall\n\ndarkness\n\nwhatsoever;\n\nkurvanta�-doing\n\nso;\n\nsamupagaman­\n\narrived.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosv8mi answered: Great saintly persons who strictly\n\nobserved the spiritual rules and regulations and whose own\neffulgence dissipated all the darkness of all directions once came to\nsee Lord Siva in that forest.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n� w�lfltf+iltil ��'tmmnfiR�T� I\n�tl(tlij_ ffiF� ;ft�'fl� ��\nI I� I I\no\n\ntan vilokyambika devi\nvivasa vric;lita bhrsam\nbhartur ankat samutthaya\nnivim asv atha paryadhat\ntan-all the saintly persons; vilokya-seeing them; ambika-mother\nDurga; devi-the goddess; vioosa-because she was naked; vric;litaashamed; bhrsam-highly; bhartu�-of her husband; ankat-from the\n\n", "SB9.1#p0049": "Text 32]\n\nKing Sudyumna Becomes a Woman\n\n21\n\nlap; samutthaya-getting up; nivim-breast; asu atha -very quickly;\nparyadhat-covered with cloth.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the goddess Amhika saw the great saintly persons, she was\n\nvery much ashamed because at that time she was naked. She im­\n\nmediately got up from the lap of her husband and tried to cover\nher breast.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�stq �\"(( � ���: I\n�:\n��ll$l(�((ltOif�'l_ II�� II\nr$ayo 'pi tayor vilcyya\nprasangam ramama7Jayo!t\nnivrttaft prayayus tasman\nnara-naraya1)-dsramam\nf$ayaft-all the great saintly persons; api-also; tayo� -of both of\nthem; vi /cy ya-seeing ; prasangam-engagement in sexual matters;\nramama�yoft-who were enjoying in that way; nivrttaft-desisted\nfrom going further; prayayuft-immediately departed; tasmat-from\nthat place; nara-naraya7Ja-asramam-to the asrama of Nara-NarayaQ.a.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Lord Siva and Parvati engaged in sexual affairs, all the\n\ngreat saintly persons immediately desisted from going further and\ndeparted for the ii.Srama of Nara-Niiriiy�a.\n\ntad idam bhagavan aha\npriyaya!t priya-kiimyaya\nsthanam ya� praviSed etat\nsa vai yO!}id bhaved iti\n\n", "SB9.1#p0050": "(Canto 9, Ch. 1\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n22\n\ntat-because;\n\np riy ayab,-of\n\nhis\n\nidam-this;\ndear\n\nwife;\n\nbhagava n-Lord\n\nSiva;\n\np riya ka m yaya-for\n-\n\nthe\n\naha-said;\n\npleasure;\n\nsthanam-place; yab,-anyone who; pravise t -will enter; etat-here;\nsab,-that person; vai-indeed; yo$it-female; bhavet-shall become;\niti-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereupon, just to please his wife, Lord Siva said, \"Any male\n\nentering this place shall immediately become a female!\"\nTEXT 33\n\n� �� q;f � � �\"'\n\nmr� � 1\n\nm ��a�(4$til f?t���( � �������\ntata urdhvam vanam tad vai\npuru�a varjayanti hi\nsa c an ucara samy ukta\nvicacara vanad vanam\n-\n\ntatab, urdhvam-from that time onward; vanam-forest; tat-that;\n\nvai-in particular; purU$1ib,-males; varjayanti-do not enter; hi-in­\n\ndeed; sa-Sudyumna in the form of a woman;\nsamyukta-accompanied by his companions;\n\nca-also; anucarav icaca ra-wa lked; vanat\n\nvanam-within the forest from one place to another.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSince that time, no male had entered that forest. But now King\nSudyumna, having been transformed into a female, began to walk\nwith his associates from one forest to another.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita (2.22) it is said:\nvasarhsi }in:ulni yatha vihaya\n\nnava ni grh1Jii,ti naro 'parar:ti\n\ntatha sarirar:ti vihaya Jin:uiny\n\nanyani samyati nava ni dehi\n\n", "SB9.1#p0051": "Text 34]\n\nKing Sudyumna Becomes a Woman\n\n23\n\n\"As a person puts on new garments, giving up old ones, the soul accepts\nnew material bodies, giving up the old and useless ones.\"\nThe body is just like a dress, and here this is proved. Sudyumna and\nhis associates were all male, which means that their souls were covered\nby male dress, but now they became female, which means that their\ndress was changed. The soul, however, remains the same. It is said that\nby modern medical treatment a male can be transformed into a female,\nand a female into a male. The body, however, has no connection with the\nsoul. The body can be changed, either in this life or the next. Therefore,\none who has knowledge of the soul and how the soul transmigrates from\none body to another does not pay attention to the body, which is nothing\nbut a covering dress. Par:u)ita� sama-darsina�. Such a person sees the\nsoul, which is part and parcel of the Supreme Lord. Therefore he is a\nsama-darsr, a learned person.\nTEXT 34\n\n3l� ffl�� wm 3l��� I\n\n�: qf(®i�tr����: 11��11\natha tam asramtibhyase\ncarantrrh pramadottamtim\nstrrbhi� parivrtarh vrk$ya\ncakame bhagavan budha�\natha-in this way; tam-her; asrama-abhyase-in the neighborhood\nof his asrama; carantrm-loitering; pramada-uttamtim-the best of\nbeautiful\n\nwomen\n\nwho\n\nexcite\n\nsex;\n\nstrrbhi�\n\n-\n\nby\n\nother\n\nwomen;\n\nparivrtam-surrounded; vi�ya-seeing her; cakame-desired sex;\nbhagava n the most powerful; budha�-Budha, the son of the moon\n-\n\nand predominating deity of the planet known as Budha, or Mercury.\nTRANSLATION\nSudyumna had been transformed into the best of beautiful\nwomen who excite sexual desire and was surrounded by other\nwomen. Upon seeing this beautiful woman loitering near his\nasrama, Budha, the son of the moon, immediately desired to enjoy\nher.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0052": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n24\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 35\n\nmfq ij =if� �� (\"tl+i(l��d qfij� I\n� � ��« ��(�('t+imf�t{ 11��11\nsapi tam cakame subhnl�\nsomaraja-sutam patim\nsa tasyam janayam asa\npunlravasam atmajam\nsa-Sudyumna, transformed into a woman; api-also; tam-unto\nhim\n\n(Budha);\n\ncakame-desired\n\nsex;\n\nsu-bhril�-very\n\nbeautiful;\n\nsomaraja-sutam-unto the son of the king of the moon; patim-as her\nhusband; sa�-he (Budha); tasyam-in her womb; janayam lisabegot; punlravasam-named Pun1ravii; atma-jam-a son.\nTRANSLATION\nThe beautiful woman also desired to accept Budha, the son of\n\nthe king of the moon, as her husband. Thus Budha begot in her\n\nwomb a son named Pun1ravii.\n\nTEXT 36\n\nu:� �'1�+i?jSitH: ij�m � orr: 1\n�R � �Rr:i\n�firr?f ��� II�� II\nevam stritvam anuprapta�\nsudyumno manavo nrpa�\nsasmara sa kuliicaryam\nvasi$!ham iti su.Sruma\nevam-in\n\nthis\n\nway;\n\nachieved in that way;\n\nstritvam-femininity;\n\nanuprapta�-having\n\nsudyumna�-the male named Sudyumna;\n\nmanava�-the son of Manu; nrpa�-the king; sasmara-remembered;\nsa�-he; kula-acaryam-the familial spiritual master; vasi$!ham-the\nmost powerful Vasi�tha; iti su.Sruma-1 have heard it (from reliable\nsources).\n\n", "SB9.1#p0053": "Text 39]\n\nKing Sudyumna Becomes a Woman\n\n25\n\nTRANSLATION\nI heard from reliable sources that King Sudyumna, the son of\nManu, having thus achieved femininity, remembered his familial\nspiritual master, Vasi�tha.\nTEXT 37\n\n� ij� ffl � qt � ��ij: I\n\n����� ��rtN'f.ffl\n\n�II �\\911\n\nsa tasya tam daSam dr$!vii\nkrpaya bhrsa-pi{lita�\n\nsudyumnasyasayan pumstvam\nupadhavata sarikaram\n\nsa�-he, Vasi��ha; tasya-of Sudyumna; tam-that; da.Sam-condi­\n\ntion; dmva-seeing; krpaya-out of mercy; bhrsa-pi{lita�-being very\n\nmuch aggrieved;\n\nsudyumnasya-of\n\nSudyumna;\n\nasayan-desiring;\n\npumstvam-the maleness; upadhavata-began to worship; sarikaram­\n\nLord Siva.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing Sudyumna's deplorable condition, Vasi�tha was\nvery much aggrieved. Desiring for Sudyu\"!na to regain his maleness, Vasi�tha again began to worship Lord Sarikara (Siva].\nTEXTS 38-39\n\n« �� fW.tq� 1\n� � qf�m �efNI�¥tll f.tmq� n�<=n\niffi{�JH'f.« �m � � ije[ �: I\n� Oltew.ttn � �g;mserij lr� II� �II\n\n\"::1'1de\"�=�ri�\n\ntU$!as tasmai sa bhagavan\nf$aye priyam avahan\n\nsvam ca vacam rtam kurvann\nidam aha viSampate\n\n", "SB9.1#p0054": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n26\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 1\n\nmiisarh pu111in sa bhavita\n111isarh stri tava gotraja/:1.\nittharh vyavasthaya kiimarh\nsudyumno 'vatu medinim\nl!.L$!a/:l.-being pleased; tasmai-unto V asi�tha; sa/:1.-he (Lord Siva);\n\nbhagavan -the most powerful; r�aye-unto the great sage; priyam\n\navahan-just to please him; smm ca-his own; mcam-word; rtam­\n\ntrue;\n\nkurvan-and keeping;\n\nidam-this; aha-said;\n\nvisampate-0\n\nKing Parik�it; miisam-one month; pu111in-male; sa/:1. -Sudyumna;\n\nbhavita-will become; 111isam-another month; stri -female; lava­\n\nyour; gotra-ja /:1.\n\n-\n\ndisciple born in your disciplic succession; ittham-in\n\nthis way; ryavasthaya-by settlement; kiimam-according to desire;\n\nsud yumna/:1.-King Sudyumna; avatu-may rule; medinim-the world.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it, Lord Siva was pleased with V asi�tha. Th�refore,\n\nto satisfy him and to keep his own word to Piirvati, Lord Siva said\n\nto that saintly person, \"Your disciple Sudyumna may remain a\n\nmale for one month and a female for the next. In this way he may\nrule the world as he likes.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThe word gotraja/:1. is significant in this connection. BrahmarJas\n\ngenerally act as spiritual masters of two dynasties. One is their disciplic\n\nsuccession, and the other is the dynasty born of their semen. Both de­\n\nscendants belong to the same gotra, or dynasty. In the Vedic system we\n\nsometimes find that both brahmarJas and �atriyas and even vaiSyas\n\ncome in the disciplic succession of the same r$is. Because the gotra and\n\ndynasty are one, there is no difference between the disciples and the\n\nfamily born of the semen. The same system still prevails in Indian\n\nsociety, especially in regard to marriage, for which the gotra is calcu­\n\nlated. Here the word gotraja/:1. refers to those born in the same dynasty,\nwhether they be disciples or members of the family.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0055": "Text 41]\n\nKing Sudyumna Becomes a Woman\n\n27\n\nTEXT 40\n\n....n\":\n:::n'l'li't:�=nT::n\n3ll�ltfl�M6:t����T\n�=Ol(r:r.tl�l'!lr.tf'\"l I\n•\n\n•\n\n•\n\nqj�tfl+t1Q ��� d !f�n:\n\nll�oll\n\nacaryanugrahat kamam\n\nlabdhva purhstvam vyavasthaya\n\npalayam asa jagatim\n\nnabhyanandan sma tarh praja�\n\nacarya-anugrahat-by the mercy of the spiritual master; kamam­\n\ndesired;\n\nlabdhva-having\n\nachieved;\n\npurhstvam-maleness;\n\nvya­\n\nvasthaya-by this settlement of Lord Siva; palayam asa-he ruled;\n\njagatim-the whole world; na abhyanandan sma-were not satisfied\n\nwith; tam-to the king; praja�-the citizens.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus being favored by the spiritual master, according to the\n\nwords of Lord Siva, Sudyumna regained his desired maleness\n\nevery alternate month and in this way ruled the kingdom, although the citizens were not satisfied with this.\nPURPORT\nThe citizens could understand that the king was transformed into a\n\nfemale every alternate month and therefore could not discharge his royal\n\nduty. Consequently they were not very satisfied.\n\ntasyotkalo gayo rajan\nvimalaS ca traya� suta�\nda�i1Jd-patha-rajano\nbabhuvur dharma-vatsalii�\n\n", "SB9.1#p0056": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n28\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 1\n\ntasya-of Sudyumna; utkala �-by the name Utkala; gaya�-by the\nGaya; rajan-0 King Parik�it; vimala� ca-and V imala;\ntraya�-three; suta�-sons; dalcyi�-patha-of the southern part of\nthe world; rajana�-kings;\nbabhuvu�-they became; dharmavatsa lii�-very religious.\nname\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, Sudyumna had three very pious sons, named Utkala,\n\nGaya and Vimala, who became· the kings of the Dak�h.J.a-patha.\nTEXT 42\n\n�6 m srT�Bl'RT�: �: I\n�« \\n� m � mn q� ll'd�ll\n\n�:\n\n.\n\n'\"'\n\ntata� parir:wte kale\nprat4!hana-pati� prabhu�\npur!lravasa utsrjya\ngam putraya gato vanam\ntata�-thereafter; parir:wte kale-when the time was ripe;\nprat�!hana-pati�-the master of the kingdom; prabhu�-very powerful; pur!lravase-unto Pururava; utsrjya-delivering; gam-the world;\nputraya-unto his son; gata�-departed; vanam-to the forest.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, when the time was ripe, when Sudyumna, the king\n\nof the world, was sufficiently old, he delivered the entire kingdom\nto his son Punirava and entered the forest.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic system, one within the institution of varr:w and\nasrama must leave his family life after he reaches fifty years of age\n(paiicasad urdhvam vanam vrajet). Thus Sudyumna followed the\n\n", "SB9.1#p0057": "Text 42]\n\nKing Sudyumna Becomes a Woman\n\n29\n\nprescribed regulations of varruJ.Srama by leaving the kingdom and going\n\nto the forest to complete his spiritual life.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, First\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"King Sudyumna Becomes\na Woman.\"\n\n", "SB9.1#p0058": "CHAPTER TWO\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Manu\nThis Second Chapter describes the dynasties of the sons of Manu, headed\nby Karu�a.\n\nAfter Sudyumna accepted the order of vanaprastha and departed for\n\nthe forest, Vaivasvata Manu, being desirous of sons, worshiped the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and consequently begot ten sons like\nMaharaja lk�vaku, all of whom were like their father. One of these sons,\nP:r�adhra, was engaged in the duty of protecting cows at night with a\nsword in his hand. Following the order of his spiritual master, he would\nstand in this way for the entire night. Once, in the darkness of night, a\ntiger seized a cow from the cowshed, and when P:r�adhra came to know\nthis, he took a sword in his hand and followed the tiger. Unfortunately,\nwhen he finally approached the tiger, he could not distinguish between\nthe cow and the tiger in the dark, and thus he killed the cow. Because of\n\nthis, his spiritual master cursed him to take birth in a sadra family, but\nP:r�adhra practiced mystic yoga, and in bhakti-yoga he worshiped the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Then he voluntarily entered a blazing\nforest fire, thus relinquishing his material body and going back home,\nback to Godhead.\nKavi, the youngest son of Manu, was a great devotee of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead from his very childhood. From Manu's son\n\nknown as Karu�a, a sect of k$atriyas known as Karii�as was generated.\n\nManu also had a son known as Dh:r�ta, from whom another sect of\n�atriyas was generated, but although they were born of one who had the\n\nqualities of a �atriya, they became brahmar:uu;. From N:rga, another son\nof Manu, came the sons and grandsons known as Sumati, Bhutajyoti and\nVasu. From Vasu, in succession, came Pratika, and from him came\nOghaviin. Descending in order from the seminal dynasty of Nari�yanta,\nanother son of Manu, were Citrasena, l.lk�a, Mi�van, Purl).a, lndrasena,\nVitihotra, Satyasrava, Urusrava, Devadatta and Agnivesya. From the\n\n�atriya known as Agnivesya came the celebrated brahma7Ja dynasty\n\nknown as Agnive8yayana. From the seminal dynasty of Di�ta, another\nson of Manu, came Nabhaga, and from him in succession came\n31\n\n", "SB9.1#p0059": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n32\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 2\n\nBhalandana, Vatsapriti, Prarhsu, Pramati, Khanitra, Cak�u�a, Vivirhsati,\n\nRambha,\n\nKhaninetra,\n\nKarandhama,\n\nAvik�it,\n\nMarutta,\n\nDama,\n\nRajyavardhana, Sudbrti, Nara, Kevala, Dhundhuman, Vegavan, Budha\nand T-rQabindu. In this way, many sons and grandsons were born in this\ndynasty. From T-rQabindu came a daughter named Ilavila, from whom\n\nKuvera took birth. T-rQabindu also had three sons, named Visala,\n\nSunyabandhu and Dhumraketu. The son of Visala was Hemacandra, his\n\nson was Dhumrak�a, and his son was Sarhyama. The sons of Sarhyama\n\nwere Devaja and K-rsasva. K_fsasva's son, Somadatta, performed an\n\nAsvamedha sacrifice, and by worshiping the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Vi�Qu, he achieved the supreme perfection of going back\n\nhome, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT l\n\n���T'if\n\n� iffl� ��i ���: � I\nf5t.:tll¥\\(ijq� �ij\"tl�i � ijl{l: II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\nevarh gate 'tha sudyumne\nmanur vaivasvata� sute\nputra-kiimas tapas tepe\nyamuniiyiirh satarh samii�\nsri-suka� uva ca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-thus; gate­\n\nhad accepted the order of vanaprastha; atka-thereafter; sudyumne­\n\nwhen Sudyumna; manu� vaivasvata�-Vaivasvata Manu, known as\n\nSraddhadeva; sute-his son; putra-kiima�-desiring to get sons; tapa�\ntepe- executed severe austerities; yamunayiim-on the bank of the\n\nYamuna; satam samii�-for one hundred years.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: Thereaf ter, when his son Sudyumna\nhad thus gone to the forest to accept the order of viinaprastha,\nVaivasvata Manu (Sra ddhadeva], being desirous of getting more\n\n", "SB9.1#p0060": "Text 3]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Manu\n\n33\n\nsons, performed severe austerities on the bank of the Yamuna for\none hundred years.\n\nTEXT2\n\nm��'4+iq�t('� m � 1\n�1�'(4\\lt'fol �;11;� ����II� II\ntato 'yajan manur devam\napatyiirtharh harirh prabhum\nilcyviiku-purvajan putriin\nlebhe sva-sadrsan daSa\ntata�-thereafter; ayajat -wor shiped; manu�- Vaivasvata Manu;\ndevam-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; apatya-arthamwith a desire to get sons; harim-unto Hari, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; pra bhum-the Lord; ilcyvaku-purva-jan-of whom the eldest\nwas named Ik�vaku; putriin-sons; lebhe-got; sva-sadrsan-exactly\nlike himself; drua-ten.\nTRANSLATION\nThen, because of this desire for sons, the Manu known as\n\nSraddhadeva worshiped the Supreme Lord, the Personality of\n\nGodhead, the Lord of the demigods. Thus he got ten sons exactly\n\nlike himself. Among them all, lk�vaku was the eldest.\n\npr$adhras tu mana� putro\ngo-palo guru� krta�\npalayam iisa ga yatto\nriitryiirh viriisana-vrata�\npr$adhra� tu -among them, P:r�adhra; mano�-of Manu; putra�the son; go-piila � -herding cows; guru�-by the order of his spiritual\n\n", "SB9.1#p0061": "34\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 2\n\nmaster; krta�-having been engaged; palayam dsa-he protected;\nga�-cows; yatta�-so engaged; ratryam-at night; virasana-vrata�tak.ing the vow of virdsana, standing with a sword.\nTRANSLATION\nAmong these sons, Pr�adhra, following the order of his spiritual\n\nmaster, was engaged as a protector of cows. He would stand all\n\nnight with a sword to give the cows protection.\nPURPORT\n\nOne who becomes virdsana takes the vow to stand all night with a\nsword to give protection to the cows. Because P:r�adhra was engaged in\nthis way, it is to he understood that he had no dynasty. We can further\nunderstand from this vow accepted by P:r�adhra how essential it is to protect the cows. Some son of a �atriya would take this vow to protect the\ncows from ferocious animals, even at night. What then is to he said of\nsending cows to slaughterhouses? This is the most sinful activity in\nhuman society.\nTEXT4\n\nm� iflg m{� f;rfu �ftr 1\n� iW-r � +{fijffifl ��� II \\1 II\n�\n\nekada pravisad go�!ham\nsardulo niSi var�ati\nsayana gava utthaya\nbhitas ta babhramur vraje\nekada-once upon a time; pravisat-entered; go�!ham-the land of\nthe cowshed; sardula�-a tiger; niSi-at night; var�ati-while it was\nraining; sayana�-lying down; gava�-cows; utthaya-getting up;\nbhita�-fearing; ta�-all of them; babhramu�-scattered here and\nthere; vraje-in the land surrounding the cowshed.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0062": "Text 6]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Manu\n\n35\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce at night, while it was raining, a tiger entered the land of\nthe cowshed. Upon seeing the tiger, all the cows, who were lying\ndown, got up in fear and scattered here and there on the land.\nTEXTS 5-6\n\n�Ciif ilfm& q�ql't_ m �� � I\n.\n\n�\n\n� ififr� ��ql 'NilTS �� � II � II\n�� ij� 3f�'htl�;lot f;rfu I\n\n�;:rl�l$({4�1 iOif:m: �tl{��ltr ll � II\nekdm jagraha balavan\nsa cukrosa bhayatura\ntasyas tu kranditarit srutva\npr$adhro 'nusasara ha\nkhcu)gam adaya tarasa\npralinaju-garJe niSi\najanann acchinod babhrob,\nsirab, sardiila-saitkaya\nekdm-one of the cows; jagraha-seized; balavan-the strong tiger;\nsa-that cow; cukrrua-began to cry; bhaya-atura-in distress and\nfear; tasyab,-of her; tu-but; kranditam-the screaming; srutoohearing; pr$adhrab,-P:r�adhra; anusasara ha-followed; khcu)gamsword; adaya-taking; tarasa-very hastily; pralina-U{iu-gaT)e-when\nthe stars were covered by clouds; niSi-at night ; ajanan-without\nknowledge; acchinot-cut off; babhrob,-of the cow; sirab,-the head;\nsardula-saitkaya-mistaking it for the head of the tiger.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the very strong tiger seized the cow, the cow screamed in\ndistress and fear, and Pr�adhra, hearing the screaming, immediately followed the sound. He took up his sword, but because\n\n", "SB9.1#p0063": "[Canto 9, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n36\n\nthe stars were covered by clouds, he mistook the cow for the tiger\n\nand mistakenly cut off the cows' head with great force.\n\nTEXT7\n\n�sf{{ m� �1�16:6t�R1: I\nFr�� +fun� qfir ��II \\911\nvyaghro 'pi vr�-sravarw\nnistrimsagrahatas tataft\nniScakrama bhrsam bhito\nraktam pathi samutsrjan\nvyiighrafi,-the tiger; api-also; vrk�-srava�fi,-its ear being cut\noff; nistrimsa-agra-ahatafi,-because of being cut by the tip of the\nsword; tatafi,-thereafter; niScakrama-fled (from that place);\nbhrsam-very much; bhitafi,-being afraid; raktam-blood; pathi-on\nthe road; samutsrjan-discharging.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause the tiger's ear had been cut by the edge of the sword,\n\nthe tiger was very afraid, and it fled from that place, while bleed­\n\ning on the street.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�t=tt+n;f\\ � �\n\ntNii:\n\n'R4lm\n\n1\n�q_�q�·o�wrf fijfu�:ftct<:r: 11�11\nmanyamano hatam vyaghram\npr$adhrafi, para-vira-ha\nadra/cyit sva-hatam babhrum\nvyU$!1iyam niSi dufi,khitafi,\n\nmanyamanafi,-thinking that; hatam-has been killed; vyaghramthe tiger; pr$adhrafi,-Manu's son Pr�adhra; para-vira-ha-although\nquite able to punish the enemy; adralcyit-saw; sva-hatcim-had been\n\n", "SB9.1#p0064": "Text 9]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Manu\n\n37\n\nkilled by him; babhrum-the cow; vyU§!iiyam niSi-when the night had\npassed (in the morning); du�khita�-became very much unhappy.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the morning, when P:r�adhra, who was quite able to subdue\nhis enemy, saw that he had killed the cow although at night he\nthought he had killed the tiger, he was very unhappy.\n\ntam sa§apa kulacarya�\nkrtiigasam akiimata�\nna lcyatra-bandhu� sudras tvam\nkarma� bhavitamuna\ntam-him (P:r�adhra); sa.Sapa-cursed; kula-acarya�-the family\npriest, Vasi�tha; krta-agasam-because of committing the great sin of\nkilling a cow; akiimata�-although he did not want to do it; na-not;\n\nlcyatra-bandhu�-the family member of a /cyatriya; sudra� tvam-you\nhave behaved like a sudra; karma�-therefore by your fruitive reaction; bhavita-you shall become a sudra; amuna-because of killing the\ncow.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough P:r�adhra had committed the sin unknowingly, his\nfamily priest, Vasi�tha, cursed him, saying, \"In your next life you\nshall not be able to become a k�atriya. Instead, you shall take birth\nas a sudra because of killing the cow.\"\nPURPORT\nIt appears that Vasi�tha was not free from tamo-gur:m, the mode of ignorance. As the family priest or spiritual master of P:r�adhra, Vasi�tha\nshould have taken P:r�adhra's offense very lightly, but instead Vasi�tha\ncursed him to become a sudra. It is the duty of a family priest not to\n\n", "SB9.1#p0065": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n38\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 2\n\ncurse a disciple but to give him relief through the performance of some\nsort of atonement. Vasi�tha, however, did just the opposite. Therefore\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says that he was durmati; in other\n\nwords, his intelligence was not very good.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n�� � �un st�·ai·� ,�l§lre: 1\n� �ij qR ���1 uPdit4� II� II\no\n\nevarh saptas tu guruT)ii\npratyagrhT)iit krtafijali�\nadhiirayad vratarh vira\nardhva-retii muni-priyam\nevam-in this way; sapta�- having been cursed; tu-but; guruT)ii­\n\nby his spiritual master;\n\npratyagrhT)iit-he (P:r�adhra) accepted; krtaafijali� -with folded hands; adhiirayat-took up, assumed; vratamthe vow of brahmacarya; vira�- that hero; ardhva- ret ii� -having controlled his senses; muni-priyam-which is approved by the great sages.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the hero P�adhra was thus cursed by his spiritual master,\n\nhe accep ted the curse with folded hands. Then, having controlled\n\nhis senses, he took the vow of brahmacarya, which is approved by\nall great sages.\n\nTEXTS 11-13\n\n!i41Mkt � �� ���\n\n��f(�� ��: 11��11\n\n��: m-� �s�: I\n\n:q;;;�1q?j� iifi(!q:q1 tRt+tk+t� : ����II\n3lR+triiK� ��: «+tiR�: I\nfit� �i«rt ��fitu,;R£: II� �II\n\n", "SB9.1#p0066": "Text 13)\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Manu\n\n39\n\ntxisudeve bhagavati\n\nsarvatmani pare 'male\nekiintitvarh gato bhaktya\nsarva-bhuta-suhrt samal},\nvimukta-sangal}, siintiitma\nsarhyatii�o 'parigrahal},\nyad-rcchayopapannena\nkalpayan vrttim atmanal},\natmany iitmiinam adhaya\njiiiina-trptal}, samahital},\nvicaciira mahim etarh\njat}iindha-badhirakrtil},\nvasudeve-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhagavatiunto the Lord; sarm-atmani-unto the Supersoul; pare-unto the\nTranscendence; amaZe-unto the Supreme Person, who is without material contamination; e kiintitvam -rendering devotional service without\ndiversion; gatal}, -being situated in that position; bhaktya -because of\npure devotion; sarm-bhuta-sul},rt sama iJ,-because of being a devotee,\nfriendly and equal to everyone; vimu kta-sa nga lz,-without material contamination; santa-atma-a peaceful attitude; samyata-self-controlled;\na�al},-the vision of whom;\n\naparigrahalz,-without accepting any\n\ncharity from anyone else; yat-rcchaya-by the grace of the Lord;\n\nupapannena-by whatever was available for bodily necessities;\nkalpayan-in this way arranging; vrttim-the necessities of the body;\natmani-within the mind;\natmanam-the Supreme Soul, the Personality of Godhead; adhayakeeping always; jiiiina-trptal},-fully satisfied in transcendental knowledge; samahitalz,-always in trance; vicacara-traveled all over;\natmana!l--for the benefit of the soul;\n\nmahim-the\n\nearth;\n\netam-this ;\n\njat;la-dumb;\n\nandha-blind;\n\nbadhira-deaf; akrtiiJ,-appearing as if.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Pr�adhra gained relief from all responsibilities, became peaceful in mind, and established control over all his senses.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0067": "[Canto 9, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n40\n\nBeing unaffected by material conditions, being pleased with what­\n\never was available by the grace of the Lord to maintain body and\nsoul together, and being equal toward everyone, he gave full attention to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva, who is the\n\ntranscendental Supersoul, free from material contamination. Thus\n\nP�adhra, fully satisfied in pure knowledge, always keeping his\nmind on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, achieved pure de­\n\nvotional service to the Lord and began traveling all over the world,\n\nwithout affection for material activities, as if he were deaf, dumb\nand blind.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n��q;f ttffiqt � l\n�;{\\q��(Ui\\ ;m mq tR �: 11�\\lll\nevam vrtto vanam gatva\ndmva davagnim utthitam\ntenopayukta-karar:w\nbrahma prapa param muni�\nevam vrtta�-being situated in such an order of life; vanam-to the\nforest; gatm-after going; dr$!Va-when he saw; dava-agnim-a forest\nfire;\n\nutthitam-existing\n\nthere;\n\ntena-by\n\nthat\n\n(fire);\n\nupayukta­\n\nkara��-engaging all the senses of the body by burning; brahmatranscen dence; prapa-he achieved; param-the ultimate goal;\nmuni�-as a great saintly person.\nTRANSLATION\nWith this attitude, Pr�:�adhra became a great saint, and when he\n\nentered the forest and saw a blazing forest fire, he took this oppor­\n\ntunity to burn his body in the fire. Thus he achieved the transcen­\n\ndental, spiritual world.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (4.9):\n\n", "SB9.1#p0068": "Text 15]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Manu\n\n41\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevarit yo vetti tattvataft\ntyaktva deharit punar janma\nnaiti mdm eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" P:r�adhra, because\nof his karma, was cursed to take his next birth as a sadra, but because he\ntook to saintly life, specifically concentrating his mind always upon the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, he became a pure devotee. Immediately after giving up his body in the fire, he reached the spiritual\nworld, as mentioned in Bhagavad-gitii (mam eti), as a result of his devotional situation. Devotional service performed by thinking of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is so powerful that although P:r�adhra\nwas cursed he avoided the terrible consequence of becoming a sudra and\ninstead returned home, back to Godhead. AE stated in Brahma-sarithitii\n\n(5.54):\n\nyas tv indra-gopam athavendram aho sva-karmabandhanur!lpa-phala-bhajanam atanoti\nkarmar:ti nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhajarit\ngovindam adi-puTU$arit tam aharit bhajami\nThose who engage in devotional service are unaffected by the results of\ntheir material activities. Otherwise, everyone, from the smallest microbe\nup to the King of heaven, lndra, is subject to the laws of karma. A pure\ndevotee, being always engaged in the service of the Lord, is exempt from\nthese laws.\n\nTEXT 15\nm: �m'l; � f;{:�rn\n\nN��� ������\n\n� � �� �(lf+t�\n� ��iN:eP•U: tR trn: II �'-\\II\n\n", "SB9.1#p0069": "[Canto 9, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n42\n\nkavi� kaniyan vi�aye�u ni/:tsprho\nvisrjya rajyam saha bandhubhir vanam\nnivesya citte pu�arh sva-roc�am\nvivesa kaiSora-vaya� param gata�\nkavi�-another\n\nson,\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nKavi;\n\nkaniyan -who\n\nwas\n\nthe\n\nyoungest; v�aye�u-in material enjoyments; ni/:tsprha�-being without\nattachment; visrjya -after giving up; rajyam -his father's property, the\nkingdom;\n\nsaha bandhubhi�-accompani ed by friends;\n\nvanam-the\n\nforest; nivesya-keeping always; citte-within the core of the heart;\n\npuru�am -the Supreme Person; sva-roc�am -self-e ffulgent; vivesaentered; kaiSora-vaya�-a young man not fully in youth; param -the\ntranscendental world; gata�-entered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing reluctant to accept mat erial enjoyment, Manu's youngest\n\nson, whose name was Kavi, gave up the kingdom before attaining\nfull youth. Accompanied by his friends, he went to the forest, al­\n\nways thinking of the self-effulgent Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead within the core of his heart. Thus he attained perfection.\nTEXT 16\n\n�.-\"fiWitfli!\\1«� �: �;j(Kr-f: I\n'\"'\n\n'\"'\n\n��%4'*1181U\n\nif�\n\n�\n\n�€1'�: 11��11\n\nkanl$an manavtid asan\nkaru� � lcyatra-jataya�\nuttara-patha-goptiiro\nbrahmar:tya dharma-vatsalii �\nkanl$iit-from Kan\"i�a; manavat-from the son of Manu; &anthere was; karu�a�-called the Karu�as; lcyatra-jataya�-a group of\n\nlcyatriyas; uttara-northern; patha -of the direction; goptii ra� -ki ngs;\nbrahmartyii�-celebrated\n\nprotectors\n\ndharma-vatsalii�-extremely religious.\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nbrahminical\n\nculture;\n\n", "SB9.1#p0070": "Text\n\n17)\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Manu\n\n43\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Kani�a, another son of Manu, came the Karu�a dynasty, a\nfamily of k�atriyas. The Kani�a k�atriyas were the kings of the\nnorthern direction. They were celebrated protectors of brahminical culture and were all firmly religious.\nTEXT\n\n17\n\n�m���;f� iRf �1 1\n\n� ��: ��€1WlRt� �: 11��11\ndhr��d dlu'i.r�tam abhat �atrarit\nbrahma-bhayarit gatarit �itau\nnrgasya vamsa� sumatir\nbhatajyotis tato vasu�\n\ndhr��t-from Dh:ma, another son of Manu; dluir�tam-a caste of the\nname\n\nDhar�ta;\n\nabhut-was\n\nproduced;\n\n�atram-belonging to the\n\n�atriya group; brahma bhayam- the position of b rahmar:urs ; gatam-\n\nhad achieved; �itau-on the surface of the world; nrgasya-of N:rga,\nanother son of Manu; vamsa�-the dynasty; sumati�-of the name\nSumati;\n\nbhatajyoti�-of\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nBhutajyoti;\n\ntata�-thereafter;\n\nvasu�-by the name Vasu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the son of Manu named Dh:r�ta came a k�atriya caste called\nDh�ta, whose members achieved the position of brahm�as in\nthis world. Then, from the son of Manu named N:rga came Sumati.\nFrom Sumati came Bhiitajyoti, and from Bhiitajyoti came Vasu.\nPURPORT\nHere it is said, �atrarit brahma-bhayarit gatarit �itau: although the\nDhar�tas belonged to the �atriya caste, they were able to convert themselves into brahmar:w-s. This gives clear evidence supporting the following statement by Narada\n\n(Biuig. 7.11.35):\n\n", "SB9.1#p0071": "(Canto 9, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n44\n\nyasya yal la/cya7Jarh proktarh\npurhso varT}iibhivyafijakam\nywl anyatrapi drsyeta\ntat tenaiva vinirdiSet\nIf the qualities of one group are found in the men of another, those men\nshould be recognized by their qualities, by their symptoms, not by the\ncaste of the family in which they were born. Birth is not at all important;\nit is one's qualities that are stressed in all Vedic literature.\nTEXT 18\n\n!f1l�(ijt.:�SI at(q�t;f\\�\"\"tfffl I\n� �m ;nq �;r ae{ll: ffltt ������\nCRit:\n\nvaso� pratikas tat-putra\noghavan oghavat-pita\nkanya caughavati nama\nsudarsana uvaha tam\nvaso�-of V asu; pratika�-named Pratika;\n\ntat-putra�-his son;\n\noghavat-pita-who\n\nwas the father of\n\noghavan-named Oghavan;\nOghavan;\n\nkanya-his\n\ndaughter;\n\nca-also;\n\noghavati-Oghavati;\n\nnama-by the name; sudarsana�-Sudarsana; uvaha-married; tamthat daughter (Oghavati).\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Vasu was Pratika, whose son was Oghavan. Oghavan's\n\nson was also known as Oghavan, and his daughter was Oghavati.\nSudarsana married that daughter.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nmij;ft ;r���� ijfflS¥{� I\n� m�o-: tal ���� mijO': II� <?..I I\n\n", "SB9.1#p0072": "Text 20)\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Manu\n\n45\n\ncitraseno nari§yantad\nr/cyas tasya suto 'bhavat\ntasya\n\nmi{lhvams tata!t piln:ta\n\nindrasenas tu tat-sutab,\ncitrasenab,-one named Citrasena;\n\nnari§yantat-from Nari�yanta,\n\nanother son of Manu; rk,m!t-��a; tasya-of Citrasena; sutab,-the\nson; abhavat-bec am e; tasya-of him (��a);\n\nmi{lhvan-Mi<;lhviin;\n\ntatab,-from him (MiQhvan); pur�b,-Piirl)a; indrasenab,-Indrasena;\n\ntu-but; tat-sutab,-the son of him (Piirl)a).\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Nari�yanta came a son named Citrasena and from him a\nson named ��a. From �k�a came Mi«;lhvin, from Mi«ilhvin came\nPiirt]a, and from PiirJ.la came Indrasena.\nTEXT 20\n\n�'lftt(htfu;{ ����� �WTT �I\n�wn: WI�� �o:t(*l�a(� II� oil\n..\n\nvitihotras tv indrasenat\ntasya satya§rava abhat\nuru§rava!t sutas tasya\ndevadattas tato 'bhavat\nvitihotra!t-Vitihotra; tu-but; indrasenat-from lndrasena; tasyaof Vitihotra; satya.Sraoob,-known by the name Satyasrava; abhut­\n\nthere was;\n\nhim\n\nr\n\nvii; sutab,-was the son; tasya-of\n\nu ru§ravab,-U usra\n\n(Satyasrava); devadattab,-Devadatta;\nabhavat-there was.\n\ntatab,-from Urusravii;\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Indrasena came Vitihotra, from Vitihotra carne Satya8rava,\nfrom Satya8ravii carne the son named Urusravii, and from Urusravii\ncame Devadatta.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0073": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n46\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 21\n\nmsfifffit �Rfu: �a: �cr: I\n� � fq�trnft �� ��l'iM:II��II\ntato 'gnivesyo bhagavan\nagnift svayam abhat sutaft\nkiinina iti vikhyato\njatakarr,tyo mahan r$i!t\ntatafr,-from Devadatta; agnivesyafr,-a son named Agnivesya;\nbhagavan-the most powerful; agnift-the :fire- god; svayam-personally; abhat-became; sutafr,-the son; kiininafr,-Kanina; iti-thus;\nvikhyatafr,-was celebrated; jatakarr,tyafr,-Jatiikarl).ya; mahan r$i!tthe great saintly person.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Devadatta came a son known as Agnive8ya, who was the\n\nfire-god Agni himself. This son, who was a celebrated saint, was\nwell known as Kanina and Jatukar�ya.\nPURPORT\n\nAgnivesya was also known as Kanina and Jatukarl).ya.\nTEXT 22\n\nij'(ff �� ���tr;f � I\n�;:cr�: � ��cr: � 11��11\ntato brahma-kularh jatam\nagnivesyayanarh nrpa\nnari$yantanmya!t prokto\ndi$!a-vamsam ataft srr,tu\ntatafr,-from Agnive8ya; brahma-kulam-a dynasty of brahmar,tas;\njatam-was generated; agnivesyayanam-known as Agnivesyiiyana;\nnrpa-0 King Parik�it; nari$yanta-of Nari�yanta; anmyafr,-descen-\n\n", "SB9.1#p0074": "Text 24]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Manu\n\n47\n\ndants; prokta/:1.-have been explained; di$ta,-vamsam-the dynasty of\nDi�ta; ata/:1.-hereafter; sr�u-hear.\nTRANSLATION\n_\n\n0 King, from Agnivesya came a brahminical dynasty known as\n\nAgnive8yiiyana. Now that I have described the descendants of\nNari�yanta, let me describe the descendants of Di�!a· Please hear\nfrom me.\nTEXTS 23-24\n�\n�\n;mnmefSi\ntf\":l��H tm: I\n� IS�: �\nlie;:a:Wi: � �f��� 11��11\n�m: ijij': sti���a � tq: 1\n�: ��ij'��tfts� Nmffir: II� 'dll\n\"'\n\n\"'\n\nnabhago di$!a-putro 'nya/:1.\nkarma� vaiSyatam gata/:1.\nbhalandana/:1. sutas tasya\nvatsapritir bhalandanat\nvatsaprUe/:1. suta/:1. pramsus\ntat-sutam pramatim vidu/:1.\nkhanitra/:1. pramates tasmac\ncdk$U$o 'tha vivimsati/:1.\n\nnabhagal,t-by the name Nabhaga; di$!a-putra/:£-the son of Di�ta;\nanya?t-another; karma�-by occupation; vaiSyatam-the order of\nthe vaiSyas; gatal,l,-achiev ed ; bhalandanal,t-by the name Bhalandana;\nsu t al,t-son; tasya-of him (Nabhaga); vatsapritil,t-by the name Vatsapri:ti; bhalandanat-from Bhalandana; vatsapritel,t-from Vatsapriti;\nsuta/:1.-the son; pramsu/:£-was named Pramsu; tat-sutam-the son of\nhim (Pramsu); pramatim-was named Pramati; vidul,t-you should\nunderstand;\nkhanitral,t-was named Khanitra; pramatel,t-from\nPramati; tasmat-from him (Khanitra); cd/cyi.L$a/.t-was named\nCak�u�?a; atha-thus (from Cak�?u�); vivimsatil,t-the son named\nVivimsati.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0075": "[Canto 9, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n48\n\nTRANSLATION\nDi�la had a son by the name Niibhaga. This Niibhiiga, who was\n\ndifferent from the Niibhiiga described later, became a vaisya by oc­\n\ncupational duty. The son of Niibhiiga was known as Bhalandana,\n\nthe son of Bhalandana was Vatsapriti, and his son was PriiritSu.\n\nPriirilSu's son was Pramati, Pramati's son was Khanitra, Khanitra's\nson was Ciik�u�a, and his son was Vivimsati.\nPURPORT\nFrom Manu, one son became a k$atriya, another a brahmar:ta, and\nanother a vaiiya. This confirms the statement by Narada Muni, yasya\n\nyal lak§ar:tam proktam purhso varrJiibhivyafijakam (Bhag. 7.11. 35). One\nshould always remember that brahmar:tas, k§atriyas and vaiiyas should\nnever be regarded as members of a caste by birth. A brahmar:ta may be\nchanged into a k§atriya, and a k§atriya into a brahmar:ta. Similarly, a\nbrahmar:ta or k$atriya may be changed into a vaiiya, and a vaiiya into a\nbrahmar:ta or k§atriya. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (caturvarr:tyam maya sr$fam gur:ta-karma-vibhaga.SaM. So one is a brahmar:ta,\nk§atriya or vaiiya never by birth, but by quality. There is a great need of\nbrahmarJas. Therefore, in the Kr�Q.a consciousness movement, we are\ntrying to train some brahmar:tas to guide human society. Because at present there is a scarcity of brahmar:tas, the brain of human society is lost.\nBecause practically everyone is a sudra, no one at the present moment\ncan guide the members of society to the proper path by which to achieve\nperfection in life.\nTEXT 25\n\nf�� �: �i\\if�mffi�: I\n� ��lOili mmT?\\R� � 11 ����\nvivimsate/:t suto rambha/:t\nkhaninetro 'sya dharmika/:t\nkarandhamo maharaja\ntasyiis'id atmajo nrpa\nvivimsate}:t-from\nRambha;\n\nVivirilsati;\n\nkhaninetra/:t-named\n\nsuta/:t-the\n\nson;\n\nKhaninetra;\n\nrambha}:t-named\n\nasya -of\n\nRambha;\n\n", "SB9.1#p0076": "Text 27]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Manu\n\n49\n\ndhiirmika�-very religious; karandhama�-named Karandhama;\nmahiiraja-0 King; ta.sya-of him (Khaninetra); asit-was; atmaja�the son; nrpa-0 King.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Vivhh.Sati was Rambha, whose son was the great and\nreligious King Khaninetra. 0 King, the son of Khaninetra was\nKing Karandhama.\nTEXT 26\n'\"'\n\n-��w;r-.\n\nC'\n\n6Wiqll� �ffi �tf ��=q�q�� I\n�Slfmi!: � � �Pitnf�:��t: II��II\ntasyavilcyit suto yasya\nmarutta.S cakravarty abhilt\nsamvarto 'yajayad yam vai\nmahii-yogy aitgira�-suta�\nta.sya-of him (Karandhama); avilcyit-named Avi�it; suta�-the\nson; ya.sya-of whom (Avik�it); marutta�-(the son) named Marutta;\ncakravarti-the\n\nemperor;\n\nayajayat-engaged\n\nin\n\nabhut-became;\n\nperforming\n\nsamvarta�-Samvarta;\n\nsacrifice;\n\nyam-unto\n\nwhom\n\n(Marutta); vai-indeed; mahii-yogi-the great mystic; aitgira�-suta�the son of Ailgira.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Karandhama came a son named Avik�it, and from Avik�it\na son named Marutta, who was the emperor. The great mystic\nSamvarta, the son of Ailgira, engaged Marutta in performing a\nsacrifice [yajiia].\nTEXT 27\n\n��� tr�\n\n� ;r O'��s � Cfi�;J I\n�ft<o'44c�tr�m� �� 11�\\911\nmarutta.sya yathii yajfio\nna tathiinyo 'sti kaScana\n\n", "SB9.1#p0077": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n50\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 2\n\nsarvam hirar:tmayam tv asid\nyat kincic casya sobhanam\nmaruttasya-of\n\nMarutta;\n\nyatha-as;\n\nyajiia�-performance\n\nof\n\nsacrifice; na-not; tatha-like that; anya�-any other; asti-there is;\nka§cana-anything;\n\nsarvam-everything;\n\nhirar:t mayam-made\n-\n\nof\n\ngold; tu-indeed; asit-there was; yat kiiic it -whatever he had; caand; asya -of Marutta; sobhanam -extremely beautiful.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sacrificial paraphernalia of King Marutta was extremely\nbeautiful, for everything was made of gold. Indeed, no other\nsacrifice could compare to his.\nTEXT 28\n\n�mfa;.-�: � �urrflrn,ii!Rtt: I\n�((: qft4�1U fer:;4�H �: ����II\namadyad indra� somena\nda�ir:tUbhir dvijataya�\nmaruta� parive�!dro\nviSvedeva� sabha-sada�\namadyat-became intoxicated; indra�-the King of heaven, Lord\nIndra; so mena-by drinking the intoxicant soma-rasa; da�ir:tUbhi/:tby receiving sufficient contributions; dvijataya/:t the brahminical\ngroup; maruta�-the airs; parive�f(jra/:t-offering the foodstuffs;\n-\n\nvisvedeva�-universal\n\ndemigods;\n\nsabha-sada�-members\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nassembly.\nTRANSLATION\nIn that sacrifice, King lndra became intoxicated by drinking a\nlarge quantity of soma-rasa. The brahmai].as received ample contributions, and therefore they were satisfied. For that sacrifice, the\nvarious demigods who control the winds offered foodstuffs, and\nthe Visvedevas were members of the assembly.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0078": "Text 30]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Manu\n\n51\n\nPURPORT\nBecause of the yajfia performed by Marutta, everyone was pleased,\nespecially the brahma1J11S and lcyatriyas. Brahma1J11S are interested\nin receiving contributions as priests, and lcyatriyas are interested in\ndrinking. All of them, therefore, were satisfied with their different\nengagements.\nTEXT 29\n\n9)'54��1«1'� �: I\ntNf�ij) � � �: wr: 11����\n\n�� �:\n\nmaruttasya dama� putras\ntasyasid rajyavardhana�\nsudhrtis tat-suto jajiie\nsaudhrteyo nara� suta�\nmaruttasya-of Marutta; dama�-(was named) Dama; putra�-the\nson; tasya-of him (Dama); dsit-there was; rajya-vardhana�-named\nRajyavardhana, or one who can expand the kingdom; sudhrti�-was\nnamed Sudhrti; tat-suta�-the son of him (Rajyavardhana); jajiie-was\nborn; saudhrteya�-from Sudh:rti; nara�-named Nara; suta�-the\nson.\nTRANSLATION\nMarutta's son\n\nwas\n\nDama,\n\nllama's son\n\nwas\n\nRiijyavardhana,\n\nRajyavardhana's son was Sudh:rti, and his son was Nara.\nTEXT 30\n\n� :ct•t'4i«t�: I\n�: ?fi;c��\nif�� �� �utfil.,ii�irtqftf: II� II\no\n\ntat-suta� kevalas tasmiid\ndhundhumiin vegaviirhs tata�\nbudhas tasyabhavad yasya\ntr�bindur mahipati/:t\n\n", "SB9.1#p0079": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n52\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 2\n\ntat-suta�-the son of him (Nara); kevala�-was named Kevala;\ntasmiit-from him (Kevala); dhundhumiin-a son was born named\nDhundhuman;\n\nvegaviin-named\n\nVegavan;\n\ntata�-from\n\nhim\n\n(Dhundhuman); budha�-named Budha; tasya-of him (Vegavan);\nabhavat-there was; yasya-of whom (Budha); tr�bindu�-a son\nnamed T:r1.1abindu; mahipati�-the king.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Nara was Kevala, and his son was Dhundhumiin,\nwhose son was Vegavan. Vegavan's son was Budha, and Budha's\nson was Tr1,1ahindu, who became the king of this earth.\nTEXT 31\n\nij �s��T � �Fmtm� I\n��iJ: �: �t=t�T �� 11��11\ntam bheje 'lamb�a devi\nbhajaniya-gu1Jijlayam\nvariipsarii yata� putrii�\nkanyii celavilabhavat\ntam-him (T:rJ.lahindu); bheje-accepted as husband; alamb�ii-the\ngirl Alambu�a; devf-goddess; bhajaniya-worthy of accepting; gu�alayam-the reservoir of all good qualities; vara-ap sara!I-the best of\nthe Apsaras; yata�-from whom (T:rJ.labindu); putra�-some sons;\nkanya-a daughter; ca-and; ilavila-named Ilavila; abhavat-was\nborn.\nTRANSLATION\nThe best of the Apsaras, the highly qualified girl named\nAlamhu�a, accepted the similarly qualified Tr1,1ahindu as her husband. She gave birth to a few sons and a daughter known as Ilavila.\nTEXT 32\n\ntt�IU�ql�4llmt f?r� � � I\n� f€1�t ���: ftJQ: ����II\n\n", "SB9.1#p0080": "Text 33)\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Manu\n\n53\n\nyasyam utpiidayam asa\nvi.Sravii dhanadam sutam\npradiiya vidyam paramiim\nr$ir yogesvara� pitu�\n\n(\n\nyasyam -in whom Ilavila ) ; utpadayam iisa-gave birth; vi.Sravii�Visrava; dhana-dam-Kuvera, or one who gives money; sutam-to a\nson;\n\npradiiya -after\n\nrece1vmg;\n\nvidyam -absolute\n\nknowledge;\n\nparamiim-supreme; r$i�-the great saintly person; yoga-iSvara�master of mystic yoga; pitu� -from his father.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the great saint Visravii, the master of mystic yoga, received\n\nabsolute knowledge from his father, he begot in the womb of\n\nIlavilii the greatly celebrated son known as Kuvera, the giver of\n\nmoney.\n\nTEXT 33\n\nmn�: ���� ��� �: 1\nmn�1�umW �ir R ������\nvi.Sala� sllnyabandhu§ ca\ndhumraketu§ ca tat-suta�\nvi.Salo vamsa-krd raja\nvai.Salim nirmame purim\nvi.Salab,-named Visala; siinyabandhub,-named Sunyabandhu; ca­\n\nalso; dhumraketu�-named Dhiimraketu; ca-also; tat-suta�-the sons\nof T�J).ahindu; vi.Sala� -among the three, King Visala; vamsa-krtmade a dynasty;\n\nraj a -the king;\n\nvai.Salim-by the name Vaisali;\n\nnirmame-construct ed ; purim-a palace.\nTRANSLATION\nT:r1.1ahindu had three sons, named Visala, Sunyahandhu and\n\nDhumraketu. Among these three, Visala created a dynasty and\nconstructed a palace called Vaisali.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0081": "54\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 34\n\n��: �«1�-'1 �� �: I\n(R�q_ «4:1�1<!\\t«lq_ im�: ��: 11�\\JII\nhemacandra� sutas tasya\ndhumralcyas tasya catmaja�\ntat-putrat samyamad asit\nkrsasva� saha-devaja�\nhemacandra�-was named Hemacandra; suta�-the son; tasya-of\nhim (Visala); dhumralcya�-was named Dhumrak�a; tasya-of him\n(Hemacandra); ca-also; atmaja�-the son; tat-putrat-from the son of\nhim (Dhumrak�a); samyamat-from he who was named Sarhyama;\nasit-there was; krsasva�-_Krsasva; saha-along with; devaja�Devaja.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Visiila was known as Hemacandra, his son was\n\nDhiimriik�a, and his son was Sa:rityama, whose sons were Devaja\n\nand KrsiiSva.\n\nTEXTS 35-36\n\nim� ijl�<!\\*'1� �s��RrnRI� 1\n� �'llWl� ttfij �it��� II� �II\n\nij'l+i<!\\M� ij��� �it�:\ntJ:ij\n�����:\nkrsasvat somadatto 'bhud\nyo 'svamedhair U)aspatim\n�!va purU§am apagryam\ngatim yogesvarasritam\nsaumadattis tu sumatis\ntat-putro janamejaya�\nete vaiSala-bhupalas\ntrr:wbindor ya§odhara�\n\n1\n\n11��11\n\n", "SB9.1#p0082": "Text 36]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Manu\n\n55\n\nkrsasvat-from Krsvasva; somadatta�-a son named Somadatta;\nabhut-there was; ya�-he who (Somadatta); a§vamedhai�-by the\nperformance of a§vamedha sacrifices; i(laspatim-unto Lord Vi�Qu;\ni§!vd-after worshiping; pu�am-Lord Vi�Qu; dpa-achieved;\nagryam-the best of all; gatim-the destination; yogesvara-asritamthe place occupied by great mystic yogis; saumadatti�-the son of\nSomadatta; tu-but; sumati�-a son named Sumati; tat-putra�-the\nson of him (Sumati); janamejaya�-was named Janamejaya; ete-all of\nthem; vaiSala-bhupalii�-the kings in the dynasty of Vaisala; tr7Jabindo� ya8a� dhara�-continued the fame of King T.rQabindu.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Krsasva was Somadatta, who performed a5vamedha\nsacrifices and thus satisfied the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nVi�r:IU· By worshiping the Supreme Lord, he achieved the most exalted post, a residence on the planet to which great mystic yogis\nare elevated. The son of Somadatta was Sumati, whose son was\nJanamejaya. All these kings appearing in the dynasty of Visala\nproperly maintained the celebrated position of King TrJ.lahindu.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Second\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Dynasties of the Sons\nof Manu.\"\n\n", "SB9.1#p0083": "CHAPTER THREE\n\nThe Marriage\nof Sukanya and Cyavana Muni\nThis chapter describes the dynasty of Saryati, another son of Manu, and\nalso tells about Sukanya and Revati.\n\nDevajiia Saryati gave instructions about what to do in the ritualistic\n\ncere�ony observed on the second day of the yajna of the Ail.girasas. One\n\nday, Saryati, along with his daughter, known as Sukanya, went to the\n\niiSrama of Cyavana Muni. There Sukanya saw two glowing substances\n\nwithin a hole of earthworms, and by chance she pierced those two glow­\n\ning substances. As soon as she did this, blood began to ooze from that\n\nhole. Consequently, King Saryati and his companions suffered from con­\n\nstipation and inability to pass urine. When the King asked why circumstances had suddenly changed, he found that Sukanya was the cause of\n\nthis misfortune. Then they all offered prayers to Cyavana Muni just to\n\nsatisfy him according to his own desire, and Devajii.a Saryati offered his\n\ndaughter to Cyavana Muni, who was a very old man.\n\nWhen the heavenly physicians the Asvini-kumii.ra brothers once\n\nvisited Cyavana Muni, the muni requested them to give him back his\nyouth. These two physicians took Cyavana Muni to a particular lake, in\n\nwhich they bathed and regained full youth. After this, Sukanya could not\n\ndistinguish her husband. She then surrendered unto the ASvini­\n\nkumaras, who were very satisfied with her chastity and who therefore introduced her again to her husband. Cyavana Muni then engaged King\n\nSaryati in performing the soma-yajfia and gave the Asvini-kumii.ras the\nprivilege to drink soma-rasa. The King of heaven, Lord lndra, became\n\nvery angry at this, but he could do no harm to Saryati. Henceforward, the\nASvini-kumii.ra physicians were able to share in the soma-rasa.\nSaryati\n\nlater had three\n\nsons,\n\nnamed\n\nUttanabarhi,\n\nAnarta\n\nand\n\nBhiiri�eQ.a. Anarta had one son, whose name was Revata. Revata had one\n\nhundred sons, of whom the eldest was Kakudmi. Kakudmi was advised\n\nby Lord Brahma to offer his beautiful daughter, Revati, to Baladeva, who\n\nbelongs to the vi$r:tu-tattva category. After doing this, Kakudmi retired\n57\n\n", "SB9.1#p0084": "[Canto 9, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad- Bhagavatam\n\n58\n\nfrom family life and entered the forest of Badarikasrama to execute\nausterities and penances.\n\nTEXT l\n\n�'t�<ii 'ffl=i'f\n\n��tRt'ilttCTT U� if�: �� � I\n({) en 3l� ij'� f{J\\�'46:�f� II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nsaryatir manavo raja\n\nbrahm�tha/:t sambabhuva ha\n\nyo va arigirasarh satre\n\ndvitiyam ahar ucivan\nsri-suka,/:t uvaca-Sr! Sukadeva Gosvii.mi: said; saryati/:t-the king\n\nnamed\n\nSaryati;\n\nmanava/:t-the\n\nbrahm�tha/:t-completely\n\nsambabhuva\n\nha-so\n\nhe\n\nin\n\nson\n\nawareness\n\nbecame;\n\nof\n\nof\n\nManu;\n\nya/:t-one\n\nVedic\n\nwho;\n\nraja-ruler;\n\nknowledge;\n\nvii-either;\n\narigirasam-of the descendants of Angira; satre-in the arena of\n\nsacrifice; dvitiyam aha/:t-the functions to be performed on the second\n\nday; ilcivan-narrated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosvami continued: 0 King, Saryati, another son\n\nof Manti, was a ruler completely aware of Vedic knowledge. He\ngave instructions about the functions for the second day of the\n\nyajiia to he performed by the descendants of Angira.\nTEXT2\n\n�;:7.fl ;mJ il� Cfi;::qt Cfi'i�'R'Sl*t�I I\nilll1 � q;mffi ��1'4���� II � II\nsukanya nama tasyasit\n\nkanya kamala-locarui\n\ntaya sardharh vana-gato\nhy agamac cyavanasramam\n\n", "SB9.1#p0085": "Text4)\n\nThe Marriage of Sukanya and Cyavana Muni\n\nsukanya-Sukanya;\n\nnama-by name;\n\ntasya-of\n\nhim\n\n59\n(Saryati);\n\nasit-there was; kanya-a daughter; kamala-locana-lotus-eyed; taya\nsardham-with her; vana-gatab,-having entered the forest; hi-in­\n\ndeed; agamat-he went; cyavana-asramam-to the d.Srama cottage of\nCyavana Muni.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaryati had a beautiful lotus-eyed daughter named Sukanyii,\n\nwith whom he went to the forest to see the iiSrama of Cyavana\n\nMuni.\n\nTEXT3\n\nm �: qfffin fqf��;:��� �I\n\n��� � �rn �cr �1fftfl II � II\nsa sakhibhib. parivrta\n\nvicinvanty anghripan vane\n\nvalmika-randhre dadrse\nkhadyote iva jyoti$i\n\nsa-that Sukanya; sakhibhib,-by her friends; parivrta-surrounded;\n\nvicinvanti-collecting; anghripan-fruits and flowers from the trees;\n\nvane-in the forest; valmika-randhre-in the hole of an earthworm;\n\ndadrse-observed; khadyote-two luminaries; iva-like; jyoti$i-two\n\nshining things.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile that Sukanyii, surrounded by her friends, was collecting\n\nvarious types of fruits from the trees in the forest, she saw within\nthe hole of an earthworm two things glowing like luminaries.\nTEXT4\n\nij �iEfetiRat itT� iilflfij1ft �oa� � 1\n�\"tf���;r a�1'41� ffifl ilft:: II \\l l I\n..\n\n....\n\n", "SB9.1#p0086": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n60\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 3\n\nte daiva-coditii biilii\njyot�i kar.ttakena vai\navidhyan mugdha-bhiivena\nsusravasrk tato bahi�\nte-those two; daiva-coditii-as if impelled by providence; lxiliithat young daughter; jyot�i-two glowworms within the hole of the\nearthworm; kar.ttakena-with a thorn; vai-indeed; avidhyat -pierced;\n\nmugdha-b hiive na-as if without knowledge; susrava-came out; asrkblood; tata�-fr om there; bahi�-outside\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs if induced by providence, the girl ignorantly pierced those\n\ntwo glowworms with a thorn, and when they were pierced, blood\n\nbegan to ooze out of them.\n\nsakrn-mutra-nirodho 'bhut\nsainikiinam ca tat-�ar_tiit\nriijar�is tam upiila�ya\npur�iin vismito 'bravit\nsa krt-of stool; miltra-and of urine; nirodha�-stoppage; abhutso became; sainikiiniim-of all the soldiers; ca-and; tat-�ar_tiit-immediately; riijar�i�-the King; tam upiila�ya-seeing the incident;\npur�iin-to his men; vismita �-being surprised; abra vit\n\n-\n\nbegan to\n\nspeak.\nTRANSLATION\nThereupon,\n\nall\n\nthe\n\nsoldiers\n\nof\n\nSaryati\n\nwere\n\nimmediately\n\n<!bstructed from passing urine and stool. Upon perceiving this,\n\nSaryati spoke to his associates in surprise.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0087": "Text7)\n\nThe Marriage of Sukanyii and Cyavana Muni\n\n61\n\nTEXT6\n\n31� WT �qffiqlll� FFm� I\n������11�11\napy abhadram na y�mabhir\nbharga va sy a vice*tam\nvyaktarh keniipi nas tasya\n\nkrtam asrama-du�ar:wm\napi-alas; abhadram-something mischievous; nab--among us;\ny�mabhib,-by\nourselves;\nbhargavasya-of\nCyavana\nMuni;\nvice�!itam-has been attempted; vyaktam-now it is clear; kena apiby someone; nab,-among ourselves; tasya-of him (Cyavana Muni);\nkrtam-has been done; asrama-du�ar:wm-pollution of the asrama.\nTRANSLATION\nHow strange it is that one of us has attempted to do something\nwrong to Cyavana Muni, the son of Bhrgu. It certainly appears that\nsomeone among us has polluted this asrama.\nTEXT7\n\nf'«<� llRn Ffi�� 1Nr I\nt��3Nlf��tf��ol?f;�� II� II\nWfi;:tJT �\n\nsukanya praha pitararh\nbhita kincit krtam maya\n\ndve jyo�i ajanantya\nnirbhinne karJ!akena vai\n\nsukanya-the girl Sukanyii; praha-said; pitaram-unto her father;\nbhita-being afraid; kincit-something; krtam-has been done;\nmaya-by me; dve-two; jyot�i-luminous objects; ajanantya-because of ignorance; nirbhinne-have been pierced; karJ!akena-with a\nthorn; vai-indeed.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0088": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n62\n\n[Canto9, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing very much afraid, the girl Sukanya said to her father: I\n\nhave done something wrong, for I have ignorantly pierced these\n\ntwo luminous substances with a thorn.\nTEXTS\n\n���� q-q: ��en ��--:m: 1\n� SH=tta_t�tfil(\"l ��'tl�l�� �: II � II\nduhitus tad vacab srutva\n\nsaryatir jata-sadhvasab\n\nmunim prasadayam asa\n\nvalmikantarhitam sanaib\n\nduhitub-of his daughter; tat vacab-that statement; srutva-after\n\nhearing;\n\nsaryatib-King Saryati;\n\nmunim-unto Cyavana Muni;\n\njata-sadhvasab-becoming afraid;\n\nprasadayam lisa-tried to appease;\n\nvalmika-antarhitam-who was sitting within the hole of the earthworm;\n\nsanaib-gradually.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter hearing this statement by his daughter, King Saryati was\n\nvery much afraid. In various ways, he tried to appease Cyavana\n\nMuni, for it was he who sat within the hole of the earthworm.\nTEXT9\n\n��� � �t �: 1\n�RJ*fi{ijfii¥1;:� ���«'ftRa: II � II\ntad-abhiprayam ajl'iliya\n\npradiid duhitaram muneb\n\nkrcchran muktas tam amantrya\npuram prayat samahitab\n\ntat-of Cyavana Muni; abhiprayam-the purpose; ajnaya-under­\n\nstanding; pradiit-delivered; duhitaram-his daughter; muneb-unto\n\n", "SB9.1#p0089": "Text 10)\n\nThe Marriage of Sukanya and Cyavana Muni\n\nCyavana Muni;\n\nkrcchrat-with great difficulty;\n\n63\n\nmuktab,-released;\n\ntam-the muni; amantrya-taking permission; puram-to his own\nplace; prayat-went away; samahitab,-being very contemplative.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Saryati, being very contemplative and thus understanding\n\nCyavana Muni's purpose, gave his daughter in charity to the sage.\n\nThus released from danger with great difficulty, he took permis­\n\nsion from Cyavana Muni and returned home.\n\nPURPORT\nThe King, after hearing the statement of his daughter, certainly told\n\nthe great sage Cyavana Muni everything about how his daughter had ig­\n\nnorantly committed such an offense. The muni, however, inquired from\n\nthe King whether the daughter was married. In this way, the King,\n\nunderstanding the purpose of the great sage Cyavana Muni (tadabhiprayam ajiiaya), immediately gave the muni his daughter in charity\n\nand escaped the danger of being cursed. Thus with the permission of the\ngreat sage the King returned home.\n\nTEXT 10\n\nWfi� �� 3fiQ;f qffi' �·=riiifit'\"\"q'1ony I\n3fiur.n'ffit � m14i*113tf�: II� oil\nsukanyii cyavanarit prapya\npatim parama-kopanam\n\nprirznyam iisa citta-jiiii\n\nap ramattc'inuvrttibhib,\n\nsukanya-the girl named Sukanya, the daughter of King Saryati;\n\ncyavanam-the great sage Cyavana Muni; priipya-after obtaining;\n\npatim-as her husband;\n\nparama-kopanam-who was always very\n\nangry; prirznyam asa-she satisfied him; citta-jiiii-understanding the\n\n", "SB9.1#p0090": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n64\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 3\n\nmind of her husband; apramatta anuvrttibhib,-by executing services\nwithout being bewildered.\nTRANSLATION\nCyavana Muni was very irritable, but since Sukanyii had gotten\n\nhim as her husband, she dealt with him carefully, according to his\n\nmood. Knowing his mind, she performed service to him without\n\nbeing bewildered.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is an indication of the relationship between husband and wife. A\ngreat personality like Cyavana Muni has the temperament of always\nwanting to be in a superior position. Such a person cannot submit to anyone. Therefore, Cyavana Muni had an irritable temperament. His wife,\nSukanya, could understand his attitude, and under the circumstances she\ntreated him accordingly. If any wife wants to be happy with her husband,\nshe must try to understand her husband's temperament and please him.\nThis is victory for a woman. Even in the dealings of Lord l<.r�Qa with His\ndifferent queens, it has been seen that although the queens were the\ndaughters of great kings, they placed themselves before Lord l<.r�Qa as\nHis maidservants. However great a woman may be, she must place herself before her husband in this way; that is to say, she must be ready to\ncarry out her husband's orders and please him in all circumstances. Then\nher life will be successful. When the wife becomes as irritable as the husband, their life at home is sure to be disturbed or ultimately completely\nbroken. In the modern day, the wife is never submissive, and therefore\nhome life is broken even by slight incidents. Either the wife or the husband may take advantage of the divorce laws. According to the Vedic law,\nhowever, there is no such thing as divorce laws, and a woman must be\ntrained to be submissive to the will of her husband. Westerners contend\nthat this is a slave mentality for the wife, but factually it is not; it is the\ntactic by which a woman can conquer the heart of her husband, however\nirritable or cruel he may be. In this case we clearly see that although\nCyavana Muni was not young but indeed old enough to be Sukanya's\ngrandfather and was also very irritable, Sukanya, the beautiful young\ndaughter of a king, submitted herself to her old husband and tried to\nplease him in all respects. Thus she was a faithful and chaste wife.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0091": "Text II]\n\nThe Marriage of Sukanya and Cyavana Muni\n\n65\n\nTEXT 11\n\n��Rq_�tr� �rn���e�ltfl�+il•l� 1\nat tijff'�y � � it �1{1� II�� II\nkasyacit tv atha kii lasya\n\nnasatyav asramagatau\n\ntau pujayitva pravaca\n\nooyo me dattam isvarau\n\nkasyacit-after some (time); tu-but; atha-in this way; kiilasya­\n\ntime having passed; nasatyau-the two Asvini-kumaras; asrama-that\nplace\n\nof Cyavana\n\nMuni;\n\nagatau-reached;\n\ntau-unto those two;\n\npujayitva-offering respectful obeisances; provdca-said;\n\nvaya�­\n\nyouth; me-unto me; dattam-please give; iSoorau-because you two\n\nare able to do so.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter,\n\nsome\n\ntime\n\nhaving\n\npassed,\n\nthe\n\nAsvini-kumara\n\nbrothers, the heavenly physicians, happened to come to Cyavana\nMuni's asrama. After offering them respectful obeisances, Cyavana\nMuni requested them to give him youthful life, for they were able\nto do so.\nPURPORT\n\nThe heavenly physicians like the Asvini-kumaras could give youthful\n\nlife even to one who was advanced in age. Indeed, great yogis, with their\nmystic powers, can even bring a dead body back to life if the structure of\n\nthe body is in order. We have already discussed this in connection with\nBali Maharaja's soldiers and their treatment by Sukracarya. Modern\n\nmedical science has not yet discovered how to bring a dead body back to\n\nlife or bring youthful energy to an old body, but from these verses we\ncan understand that such treatment is possible if one is able to take\n\nknowledge from the Vedic information. The Asvini-kumaras were expert\nin Ayur-veda, as was Dhanvantari. In every department of material\n\nscience, there is a perfection to be achieved, and to achieve it one must\n\nconsult the Vedic literature. The highest perfection is to become a\n\n", "SB9.1#p0092": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n66\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 3\n\ndevotee of the Lord. To attain this perfection, one must consult\n\nSnmad­\n\nBiuigavatam, which is understood to be the ripe fruit of the Vedic desire\ntree (nigama-kalpa-taror galitam phalam).\nTEXT 12\n\ngraham grah�ye somasya\nyajfie vdm apy asoma-po�\nkriyatarh me vayo-rilparh\npramadiinarh yad ipsitam\ngraham-a full pot; grahi�ye-1 shall give; somasya-of soma-rasa;\nyajfie-in sacrifice; rom-of both of you; api-although; asoma-po�of you two, who are not eligible to drink soma-rasa; kriyatam-just execute; me-my; vaya�-young age; rilpam-beauty of a young man;\n\npramadiinam-of women as a class; yat-which is; ips ita m-desirable .\nTRANSLATION\n\nCyavana Muni said: Although you are ineligible to drink soma­\n\nrasa in sacrifices, I promise to give you a full pot of it. Kindly ar­\n\nrange beauty and youth for me, because they are attractive to\nyoung women.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�fiR�Ff3fijN;r�\nflmfi'\" I\nt:t¥teHfi �Rf� � ftq�t:tf4a 11� ���\nbal)ham ity ilcatur vipram\nabhinandya bh�aktamau\nnimajjatarh bhavan asmin\nhrade siddha-vinirmite\nbat;lham-yes, we shall act; iti-thus; ilcatu�-they both replied,\naccepting the proposal of Cyavana;\n\nvipram-unto the\n\nbrahmar:w\n\n", "SB9.1#p0093": "Text 14) The Marriage of Sukanya and Cyavana Muni\n\n67\n\n(Cyavana Muni); abhinandya-congratulating him; bh4ak-tamau-the\ntwo great physicians, the Asvini-kumaras;\n\nnimajjatam-just dive;\n\nbhavan-yourself; asmin-in this; hrade-lake; siddha-vinirmitewhich is especially meant for all kinds of perfection.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great physicians, the Asvini-kumiiras, very gladly accepted\nCyavana Muni's proposal. Thus they told the brahm�a, \"Just dive\ninto this lake of successful life.\" [One who bathes in this lake has\nhis desires fulfilled.)\nTEXT 14\n\n�m � m� �M«.-(Ht: I\n� !f�sf� CR?fqRosd�U6J II� \\JII\nity ukto jaraya grastadeho dhamani-santata�\nhradam pravesito 'svibhyam\nvali-palita-vigraha�\niti ukta�-thus being addressed; jaraya-by old age and invalidity;\ngrasta-deha�-the body being so diseased; dhamani-santata�-whose\nveins were visible everywhere on the body;\n\nhradam-the lake;\n\npravesita�-entered; a§vibhyam-helped by the Asvini-kumaras; valipalita-vigraha�-whose body had loose skin and white hair.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, the Asvini-kumiiras caught hold of Cyavana\nMuni, who was an old, diseased invalid with loose skin, white hair,\nand veins visible all over his body, and all three of them entered\nthe lake.\nPURPORT\n\nCyavana Muni was so old that he could not enter the lake alone. Thus\nthe Asvini-kumaras caught hold of his body, and the three of them\nentered the lake.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0094": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n68\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�� ij�?!� '4fZi611ittH I\n�: ���...��ql: �qm: 11��11\npurU§iis traya uttasthur\napivyii vanitii-priya�\npadma-sraja� kur:uJ,alinas\ntulya-rupa� suviisasa�\npurU§ii�-men; traya�-three; uttasthu�-arose\n\n( from the lake ) ;\n\napi vya�-extremely beautiful; vanitii-priya�-as a man becomes very\nattractive to women; padma-sraja�-decorated with garlands of lotuses;\n\nku1){lalina�-with earrings; tu lya -riipa�-all of them had the same\nbodily features; su-viisasa�-very nicely dressed.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, three men with very beautiful bodily features\n\nemerged from the lake. They were nicely dressed and decorated\nwith earrings and garlands of lotuses. All of them were of the same\nstandard of beauty.\n\ntan nirik§ya vararoha\nsarupan surya-varcasa�\najanati patim sadhvi\na.Svinau sarar:tam yayau\ntan-unto\n\nthem;\n\n-\n\nniri/cy ya-after\n\nobserving;\n\nvara-aroha-that\n\nbeautiful Sukanya; sa mpan-all of them equally beautiful; surya-varcasa�-with a bodily effulgence like the effulgence of the sun; ajanatinot knowing;\n\npatim-her husband;\n\nsadhvi-that\n\nchaste\n\nwoman;\n\na.Svinau-unto the Asvini:-kumii.ras; sarar:tam-shelter; yayau-took.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0095": "Text 17]\n\nThe Marriage of Sukanya and Cyavana Muni\n\n69\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe chaste and very beautiful Sukanyii could not distinguish her\nhusband from the two ASvini-kumiiras, for they were equally\nbeautiful. Not understanding who her real husband was, she took\nshelter of the Asvini-kumiiras.\nPURPORT\n\nSukanya could have selected any one of them as her husband, for one\ncould not distinguish among them, but because she was chaste, she took\nshelter of the Asvini-kumaras so that they could inform her who her actual husband was. A chaste woman will never accept any man other than\nher husband, even if there be someone equally as handsome and\nqualified.\nTEXT 17\n\ndarsayitva patim tasyai\npati-vratyena to$itau\n!'\"$im amantrya yayatur\nvimanena trivi$tapam\ndarsayitva-after\n\nshowing;\n\npatim-her\n\nhusband;\n\ntasyai-unto\n\nSukanya; pati-vratyena-because of her strong faith in her husband;\nto�itau-being very pleased with her; !'\"$im-unto Cyavana Muni;\niimantrya-taking his permtsston;\nyayatu�-they went away;\nvimiinena-taking their own airplane; trivi$tapam-to the heavenly\nplanets.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Asvini-kumiiras were very pleased to see Sukanyii's chastity\nand faithfulness. Thus they showed her Cyavana Muni, her husband, and after taking permission from him, they returned to the\nheavenly planets in their plane.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0096": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n70\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�\"'tf�l'Jll� ��tRt1i'Uf��� q�: I\n� �: � �q ������II\nyak§yamiir:w 'tha saryatiS\ncyavanasyasramarh gata}:t\ndadarsa duhitu/:t parsve\npur�arh surya-varcasam\n\nyaksyamii�a}:t-desiring to perform a yajfia; atha-thus; saryati/:tKing Saryati; cyavanasya-of Cyavana Muni; asramam-to the residence; gata/:t-having gone; dadarsa-he saw; duhitu}:t-of his\ndaughter; parsve-by the side; pur�am-a man; surya-varcasambeautiful and effulgent like the sun.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, King Saryati, desiring to perform a sacrifice, went to\n\nthe residence of Cyavana Muni. There he saw by the side of his\ndaughter a very beautiful young man, as bright as the sun.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�\n\n�� � �qre:tf4�ctor<:\"'7\"'l'1�1\"1\"1'( I\n\n��Rt\n\n;fflijif� � 11�<;11\n\nraja duhitararh praha\nkrta-padiibhivandanam\n\nas�aS caprayufijano\n\nndtipriti-mana iva\nraja-the King (Saryiiti); duhitaram-unto the daughter; prahasaid; krta-pada-abhivandanam-who had already finished offering respectful obeisances to her father; as�a}:t-blessings upon her; ca-and;\naprayufijana}:t-without offering to the daughter; na-not; atipriti-mana}:t-very much pleased; iva-like that.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0097": "Text 20)\n\nThe Marriage of Sukanya and Cyavana Muni\n\n71\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter receiving obeisances from his daughter, the King, instead\nof offering blessings to her, appeared very displeased and spoke as\nfollows.\nTEXT 20\n\nmtfiffl ij � qr;::n�t,\ntf�\n\n���-uf;r: 1\n•\n\n�er\n\n•\n\n����t�('t•�«r\n\nfemtr � ��'{��II� II\no\n\nciki:r$itarh te kim idam patis tvaya\npralambhito loka-namaskrto munit£\nyat tvarh jara-grastam asaty asammatarh\nvihaya jararh bhajase 'mum adhvagam\nciki:r$itam-which you desire to do; te-o£ you; kim idam-what is\n\nthis; patit£-your husband; tvaya-by you; pralambhitat£-has been\ncheated; loka-namaskrtat£-who is honored by all people; munit£-a\ngreat sage; yat-because; tvam-you; jara-grastam-very old and in­\n\nvalid; asati-0 unchaste daughter; asammatam-not very attractive;\n\nvihaya-giving up; jaram-paramour; bhajase-you have accepted;\namum-this man; adhvagam-comparable to a street beggar.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 unchaste girl, what is this that you have desired to do? You\nhave cheated the most respectable husband, who is honored by\neveryone, for I see that because he was old, diseased and therefore\nunattractive, you have left his company to accept as your husband\nthis young man, who appears to be a beggar from the street.\nPURPORT\nThis shows the values of Vedic culture. According to the circum­\n\nstances, Sukanya had been given a husband who was too old to be com­\n\npatible with her. Because Cyavana Muni was diseased and very old, he\nwas certainly unfit for the beautiful daughter of\n\nKing Saryati.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0098": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n72\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 3\n\nNonetheless, her father expected her to be faithful to her husband.\n\nWhen he suddenly saw that his daughter had accepted someone else,\n\neven though the man was young and handsome, he immediately\n\nchastised her as asati, unchaste, because he assumed that she had ac­\n\ncepted another man in the presence of her husband. According to Vedic\nculture, even if a young woman is given an old husband, she must re­\n\nspectfully serve him. This is chastity. It is not that because she dislikes\n\nher husband she may give him up and accept another. This is against\n\nVedic culture. According to Vedic culture, a woman must accept the husband given to her by her parents and remain chaste and faithful to him.\n\nTherefore King Saryati was surprised to see a young man by the side of\n\nSukanyii.\n\nTEXT 21\n\nCfi�\n\n��s��rijli'l�\n\nt�sta_1 i�uT\n\niiMfif\n\n�\n\ni{i(q'S(ql\n\nMQ� ��\n\n�'{: \"��\"\n\nkatham matis te 'vagatanyatha satiirh\n\nkula-prasute kula-dll$a�J-am tv idam\n\nbibhar$i jiirarh yad apatrapii kularh\npitu.S ca bhartu.S ca nayasy adhas tama�\nkatham-how; mati!I- te-your consciousness; avagatii-has gone\n\ndown; anyathii-otherwise; satiim-of the most respectable; kulaprasute-0 my daughter, born in the family; kula-du�a�J-am-who are\n\nthe degradation of the family; tu-but; idam-this; bibhar$i-you are\nmaintaining; jiiram-a paramour; yat-as it is; apatrapii-without\n\nshame; kulam-the dynasty; pitu�-of your father; ca-and; bhartu!I­\n\n-of your husband; ca-and; nayasi-you are bringing down; adha?l\n\ntama?l-downward into darkness or hell.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my daughter, who were hom in a respectable family, how\n\nhave you degraded your consciousness in this way? How is it that\n\n", "SB9.1#p0099": "Text 22)\n\nThe Marriage of Sukanya and Cyavana Muni\n\n73\n\nyou are shamelessly maintaining a paramour? You will thus\ndegrade the dynasties of both your father and your husband to\nhellish life.\nPURPORT\nIt is quite clear that according to Vedic culture a woman who accepts a\n\nparamour or second husband in the presence of the husband she has\n\nmarried is certainly responsible for the degradation of her father's\n\nfamily and the family of her husband. The rules of Vedic culture in this\nregard are strictly observed in the respectable families of brahmar:tas,\n\n/cyatriyas and vaiSyas even today; only the sudras are degraded in this\n\nmatter. For a woman of the brahmar:ta, lcyatriya or vaiSya class to accept\nanother husband in the presence of the husband she has married, or to\n\nfile for divorce or accept a boyfriend or paramour, is unacceptable in the\nVedic culture. Therefore King Saryati, who did not know the real facts of\n\nCyavana Muni's transformation, was surprised to see the behavior of his\n\ndaughter.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n�;f �tuf A(t� �l;n �f�M(tl 1\n�R �Hf �1� �'f ��: 11��11\nevarit bruviir:tarit pitararit\nsmayamiirui suci-smita\n\nuviica tiita jamatii\n\ntava�a bhrgu-nandana�\nevam-in this way; bruviir:tam-who was talking and chastising her;\n\npitaram-unto her father; smayamiirui-smiling\nchaste);\n\nsuci-smitii-laughingly;\n\nfather; jamiitii-son-in-law;\n\nuviica-replied;\n\ntava-your;\n\n(because she was\n\ntiita-0 my dear\n\ne$a�-this\n\nbhrgu-nandana�-is Cyavana Muni (and no one else).\n\nyoung\n\nman;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukanya, however, being very proud of her chastity, smiled\nupon hearing the rebukes of her father. She smilingly told him,\n\n", "SB9.1#p0100": "(Canto 9, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n74\n\n\"My dear father, this young man by my side is your actual son-in­\n\nlaw, the great sage Cyavana, who was born in the family of Bh:rgu.\"\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough the father chastised the daughter, assuming that she had accepted another husband, the daughter knew that she was completely\nhonest and chaste, and therefore she was smiling. When she explained\nthat her husband, Cyavana Muni, had now been transformed into a\nyoung man, she was very proud of her chastity, and thus she smiled as\nshe talked with her father.\nTEXT 23\n\n�� fq� ffil_ �� � I\nm�: �� qi(lt((t� ������\nsa5arilsa pitre tat sarvarh\nvayo-nlpabhilambhanam\nvismitab, parama-pritas\ntanayarh par�asvaje\nsa5arilsa-she described; pitre-unto her father; tat-that; sarvameverything;\n\nvayab,-of the change of age;\n\nnlpa-and of beauty;\n\nabhilambhanam-how there was achievement (by her husband);\nvismitab,-being surprised; parama-pritab,-was extremely pleased;\ntanayam-unto his daughter; par�asvaje embraced with pleasure.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sukanya explained how her husband had received the\n\nbeautiful body of a young man. When the King heard this he was\n\nvery surprised, and in great pleasure he embraced his beloved\n\ndaughter.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0101": "Text 25]\n\nThe Marriage of Sukanyii and Cyavana Muni\n\n75\n\nsomena yajayan viram\ngraham somasya cagrahit\nasoma-por apy a.Svinos\ncyavana� svena tejasa\n\nsomena-with the soma; yajayan - causing to perform the sacrifice;\n\nviram-the King (Saryati); graham-the full pot; somasya-of the\n\nsoma-rasa; ca-also; agrahit - delivered; asoma-po�-who were not\n\nallowed to drink the soma-rasa; api -although; a.Svino�-of the Asvini­\n\nkumaras;\n\nprowess.\n\ncyavana�-Cyavana Muni;\n\nsvena-his\n\nown;\n\ntejasa-by\n\nTRANSLATION\nCyavana Muni, by his own prowess, enabled King Saryiiti to per­\n\nform the soma-yajiia. The muni offered a full pot of soma-rasa to\n\nthe Asvini-kumaras, although they were unfit to drink it.\nTEXT 25\n\nhantum tam adade vajram\nsadyo manyur amar$ita�\nsavajram stambhayam asa\nbhujam indrasya bhargava�\nhantum-to\n\nkill;\n\ntam-him\n\n(Cyavana);\n\nadade-lndra took up;\n\nvajram -his thunderbolt; sadya�-immediately; manyu� -because of\ngreat anger, without consideration; amar$ita�-being very much per­\n\nturbed; sa-vajram -with the thunderbolt; stambhayam dsa-paralyzed;\n\nbhujam -the arm; indrasya-of lndra; bhargava� - Cyavana Muni, the\n\ndescendant of Bbrgu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Indra, being perturbed and angry, wanted to kill Cyavana\n\nMuni, and therefore he impetuously took up his thunderbolt. But\n\n", "SB9.1#p0102": "[Canto 9, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n76\n\nCyavana Muni, by his powers, paralyzed Indra's arm that held the\nthunderbolt.\n\nanvajiinams tata� sarve\ngraham somasya ciisvino�\nbh�ajiiv iti yat purvam\nsomiihutyii bah�-krtau\nanvajiinan-with their permission; tata�-thereafter; sart¥?-all the\ndemigods; graham-a full pot;\n\nsomasya-of soma-rasa;\n\nca-also;\n\na5vino�-of the Asvini-kumiiras; bh�ajau-although only physicians;\niti-thus; yat-because; purvam-be fore this; soma-iihutyii-with a\nshare in t he soma-yajfia; bahi�-krtau-who had been disallowed or\nexcluded.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the Asvini-kumiiras were only physicians and were\n\ntherefore excluded from drinking soma-rasa in sacrifices, the\n\ndemigods agreed to allow them henceforward to drink it.\nTEXT 27\n\na�ffu;rm � � �: I\n�ttl�+rtf;y_ � 3TR� �ffi� II �\\911\nuttiinabarhir iinarto\nbhu�erJ-a iti traya�\nsaryiiter abhavan putrii\niinartiid revato 'bhavat\nuttiinabarhi�-Uttanabar hi;\nBhuri�ex;ta;\n\niti-thus;\n\nabhavan-were\n\niinarta�-Anarta;\n\ntraya�-three;\n\nbegotten;\n\nsaryiite/:1.-of\n\nputrii/:t-sons;\n\nrevata�-Revata; abhavat-was born.\n\nbhurisenahKing\n\niinartiit-from\n\n.\n\n,\n\n.\n\n.\n\nSaryati;\n\nAnarta;\n\n", "SB9.1#p0103": "Text\n\n29]\n\nThe Marriage of Sukanya and Cyavana Muni\n\n77\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Saryati begot three sons, named Uttanabarhi, Anarta and\n\nBhuri�e1,1a. From Anarta came a son named Revata.\nTEXT\n\n28\n\n�fts�:ijg� ;mff f?rR� ®���l'{ I\n31��,,�� M'it41'11'1ij�i(R�'4 I\n� � � ititfllli4g�'4'{ ����II\nso 'nta/:t-samudre nagarim\nvinirmiiya ku§asthalim\ndsthito 'bhwikta Vi$ayiin\niinartiidin arindama\ntasya putra-satam jajne\nkakudmi-jye$Jham uttamam\nsa/:t-Revata; anta/:t-samudre-in the depths of the ocean; nagarim­\n\na town; vinirmiiya-after constructing;\n\nkusasthalim-named Kusa­\n\nsthali:; iisthita/:t-lived there; abhurikta-enjoyed material happiness;\nvi$ayan-kingdoms; anarta-adin-Anarta and others; arim-dama -0\nMaharaja Parik�it, subduer of enemies; tasya-his; putra-satam-one\nhundred sons; jajne-were born; kakudmi-jye$Jham-of whom the\neldest was Kakudmi; uttamam-most powerful and opulent.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, subduer of enemies, this Revata con­\n\nstructed a kingdom known as Kusasthali in the depths of the\n\nocean. There he lived and ruled such tracts of land as Anarta, etc.\n\nHe had one hundred very nice sons, of whom the eldest was\nKakudmi.\n\nTEXT\n\n29\n\n� � � (qi'41�1t4 �li mr:\n�?t4\"Ff� qRSft� ;m�tifi'iqIt�¥( II \"{�II\n\n", "SB9.1#p0104": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n78\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 3\n\nkakudmi revatirh kanyiirh\nsvii m iidaya vibhurh gatab,\nputryii vararh pariprU$!Urh\nbrahmalokam apiivrtam\nkakudmi-King Kakudmi; revatim-named Revatl; kanyiim-the\ndaughter of Kakudmi; sviim-his own; adiiya-taking;\n\nvibhum­\n\nbefore Lord Brahma; gatab,-he went; putryab,-of his daughter;\n\nvaram-a husband; paripr(L$fum-to inquire about; brahmalokamBrahmaloka; apavrtam-transcendental to the three qualities.\nTRANSLATION\nTaking his own daughter, Revati, Kakudmi went to Lord\n\nBrahma in Brahmaloka, which is transcendental to the three\n\nmodes of material nature, and inquired about a husband for her.\nPURPORT\n\nIt appears that Brahmaloka, the abode of Lord Brahma, is also transcendental, above the three modes of material nature (apiivrtam).\nTEXT 30\nt:'\n\n\"'\n\n'\"'t'\n\n\"'\n\n\"'\n\n3ll�if �q w:JfflS�: � I\n�� 311�'41�404 �\n\n�� Jl�oll\n\niivartamiine gandharve\nsthito 'labdha-�a.,_,a/:t �a.,_,am\ntad-anta iidyam iinamya\nsviibhiprayarh nyavedayat\niivartamiine-because of being engaged;\n\ngandharve-in hearing\n\nsongs from the Gandharvas; sthita/:t-situated; alabdha-�ar:ta/:t-there\nwas no time to talk; �ar:tam-even a moment; tat-ante-when it ended;\niidyam-unto the original teacher of the universe\n\n( Lord Brahma ) ;\n\niinamya-after offering obeisances; sva-abhipriiyam-his own desire;\nnyavedayat-Kakudmi submitted.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0105": "Text\n\n32]\n\n79\n\nThe Marriage of Sukanya and Cyavana Muni\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Kakudmi arrived there, Lord Brahma was engaged in\nhearing musical performances by the Gandharvas and had not a\nmoment to talk with him. Therefore Kakudmi waited, and at the\nend of the musical performances he offered his obeisances to Lord\nBrahma and thus submitted his long-standing desire.\nTEXT\n\n31\n\n��en��Jmt � ��� 1\n3litU������'§ffl: 11��11\ntac chrutva bhagavan brahma\nprahasya tam uvaca ha\naho rajan niruddhas te\nkalena hrdi ye krta�\ntat-that;\n\nsrutm-hearing;\n\nbhagavan-the\n\nmost\n\npowerful;\n\nbrahma-Lord Brahma; prahasya-after laughing; tam-unto King\nKakudmi; umca ha-said; aho - a las; rajan-0 King; niruddha� - al1\ngone; te-all of them; kalena - by the course of time; hrdi - within the\ncore of the heart; ye-all of them; krta�-who have been decided upon\nfor acceptance as your son-in-law.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing his words, Lord Brahma, who is most powerful,\nlaughed loudly and said to Kakudmi: 0 King, all those whom you\nmay have decided within the core of your heart to accept as your\nson-in-law have passed away in the course of time.\nTEXT\n\n32\n\nm��il�iiautl iftsttfiit � WI � I\n�itsfirtt��IJ{fl��'«<t ������\ntat putra-pautra-naptfT}iim\ngotrar:ti ca na srr:tmahe\n\n", "SB9.1#p0106": "[Canto 9, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n80\n\nkalo 'bhiyiitas tri-r:uwacatur-yuga-vikalpita&\ntat-there;\n\nputra-of\n\nthe\n\nsons;\n\npautra-of\n\nthe\n\ngrandsons;\n\nnaptfr:zii m-and of the descendants; gotrii�i-the family dynasties; caalso; na-not; sr�rnahe-we do hear of; kala&-time; abhiyata&-have\npassed; tri-three; nava-nine; catur-yuga-four yugas (Satya, Treta,\nDvapara and Kali ) ; vikalpita&-thus measured.\nTRANSLATION\nTwenty-seven catur-yugas have already passed. Those upon\n\nwhom you may have decided are now gone, and so are their sons,\n\ngrandsons and other descendants. You cannot even hear about\ntheir names.\n\nPURPORT\nDuring Lord Brahma's day, fourteen Manus or one thousand mahiiyugas pass away. Brahma informed King Kakudmi: that twenty-seven\nmahii-yugas, each consisting of the four periods Satya, Treta, Dvapara\nand Kali, had already passed. All the kings and other great personalities\nborn in those yugas had now departed from memory into obscurity. This\nis the way of time as it moves through past, present and future.\nTEXT 33\n\n� tRJ a:�� if� �: I\n��� �� �(((ltlt � �: 11��11\ntad gaccha deva-deviimso\nbaladevo rnahii-bala&\nkanyii-ratnam idam riijan\nnara-ratniiya dehi bho&\ntat-therefore; gaccha-you go; deva-deva-amsa&-whose plenary\nportion is Lord Vil?Q.U; baladeva&-known as Baladeva; mahii-bala&the\n\nsupreme\n\npowerful;\n\nkanyii-ratnam-your\n\nbeautiful\n\ndaughter;\n\nidam-this; riijan-0 King; nara-ratniiya-unto the Supreme Per-\n\n", "SB9.1#p0107": "Text 35]\n\nThe Marriage of Sukanya and Cyavana Muni\n\n81\n\nsonality of Godhead, who is always youthful; de hi-just give to Him (in\ncharity); bho/:t-0 King.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, leave here and offer your daughter to Lord Baladeva,\nwho is still present. He is most powerful. Indeed, He is the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, whose plenary portion is Lord\nVi��u. Your daughter is fit to be given to Him in charity.\nTEXT 34\n\nbhuvo bharavataraya\nbhagavan bhuta-bhavana/:t\navati� nijarii.Sena\npur:tya-sravar:ta-kirtana/:t\nbhuva/:t-of the world; bhara-avataraya-to lessen the burden;\nbhagavii n -the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhuta-bhavana/:t-always the well-wisher of all the living entities; avatirr:ta/:t\n\n-\n\nnow He has\n\ndescended; nija-arii.Sena-with all the paraphernalia that is part of Him;\npur:tya-sravar:ta-kirtana/:t- He is simply worshiped by hearing and\nchanting, by which one becomes purified.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Baladeva is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One who\nhears and chants about Him is purified. Because He is always the\nwell-wisher of all living entities, He has descended with all His\nparaphernalia to purify the entire world and lessen its burden.\nTEXT 35\n\n", "SB9.1#p0108": "82\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 3\n\nity iid�!o 'bhivandyajam\nnrpab, sva-puram agataft\ntyaktam pul).ya-jana-trasiid\nbhratrbhir dilcyv avasthitaift\niti- thus; iid�!aft- being ordered by Lord Brahma; abhivandyaafter offering obeisances; ajam- unto Lord Brahma; nrpab,-the King;\nsva-puram-to his own residence; dgatab,-returned; tyaktam-which\nwas vacant; pul).ya-jana-of higher living entities; trasat-because of\ntheir fear; bhratrbhib,-by his brothers; dilcyu-in different directions;\navasthitaib,-who were residing.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving received this order from Lord Brahms, Kakudmi offered\n\nobeisances unto him and returned to his own residence. He then\n\nsaw that his residence was vacant, having been abandoned by his\nbrothers and other relatives, who were living in all directions hecause of fear of such higher living beings as the Yak�as.\n\nTEXT 36\n\nwlf ��Rtr�l at'� at'\\'S!illk1� I\ni4G\\tfl(o;j tffiT n� � ;nnqun� II��II\nsutam dattvanavadyangim\nbalaya bala-saline\nbadary-akhyam gato raja\ntaptum naraya1).ti5ramam\nsutam-his daughter; dattva-after delivering; anavadya-angimhaving a perfect body; balaya- unto Lord Baladeva; bala-saline-unto\nthe most powerful, the supreme powerful; badari-akhyam-named\nBadarikasrama; gatab,- he went; raja- the King; taptum-to perform\nausterities; narayal).a-asramam-to the place of Nara-Naraya�a.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0109": "Text 36]\n\nThe Marriage of Sukanya and Cyavana Muni\n\n83\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, the King gave his most beautiful daughter in charity\nto the supremely powerful Baladeva and then retired from worldly\nlife and went to Badarikasrama to please Nara-NarayaJ}.a.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Third\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Marriage of Sukanya\nand Cyavana Muni. \"\n\n", "SB9.1#p0110": "CHAPTER FOUR\n\nAmhari� Maharaja\nOffended by Durvasa Muni\nThis chapter describes the history of Maharaja Nahhaga, of his son\nNabhaga, and of Maharaja Ambari�a.\n\nThe son of Manu was Nabhaga, and his son Nabhaga lived for many\n\nyears in the gurukula. In Nabhaga's absence, his brothers did not con­\n\nsider his share of the kingdom, but instead divided the property among\n\nthemselves. When Nabhaga returned home, his brothers bestowed upon\nhim their father as his share, but when Nabhaga went to his father and\n\ntold him about the dealings of the brothers, his father informed him that\nthis was cheating and advised him that for his livelihood he should go to\n\nthe sacrificial arena and describe two mantras to be chanted there.\nNabhaga executed the order of his father, and thus Angira and other\n\ngreat saintly persons gave him all the money collected in that sacrifice.\n\nTo test Nabhaga, Lord Siva challenged his claim to the wealth, but when\nLord Siva was satisfied by Nabhaga's behavior, Lord Siva offered him all\n\nthe riches.\n\nFrom Nabhaga was born Ambari�a, the most powerful and celebrated\n\ndevotee. Maharaja Ambari�a was the emperor of the entire world, but he\nconsidered his opulence temporary. Indeed, knowing that such material\n\nopulence is the cause of downfall into conditional life, he was unattached\nto this opulence. He engaged his senses and mind in the service of the\nLord. This process is called yukta-vairagya, or feasible renunciation,\n\nwhich is quite suitable for worship of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead. Because Maharaja Ambari:�a, as the emperor, was immensely opu­\n\nlent, he performed devotional service with great opulence, and therefore,\ndespite his wealth, he had no attachment to his wife, children or\n\nkingdom. He constantly engaged his senses and mind in the service of\n\nthe Lord. Therefore, to say nothing of enjoying material opulence, he\nnever desired even liberation.\n\nOnce Maharaja Ambari�a was worshiping the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead in Vrndavana, observing the vow of Dvadasi. On Dvadasi, the\n\n85\n\n", "SB9.1#p0111": "86\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nday after Ekadasi, when he was about to break his Ekada8i fast, the great\n\nmystic yogi Durvasa appeared in his house and became his guest. King\n\nAmbari�a respectfully received Durvasa Muni, and Durvasa Muni, after\n\naccepting his invitation to eat there, went to bathe in the Yamuna River\nat noontime. Because he was absorbed in samiidhi, he did not come back\n\nvery soon. Maharaja Ambari�a, however, upon seeing that the time to\nbreak the fast was passing, drank a little water, in accordance with the\n\nadvice of learned briihmar;as, just to observe the formality of breaking\n\nthe fast. By mystic power, Durvasa Muni could understand that this had\n\nhappened, and he was very angry. When he returned he began to\nchastise Maharaja Ambari�a, but he was not satisfied, and finally he cre­\n\nated from his hair a demon appearing like the fire of death. The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, however, is always the protector of His devotee,\nand to protect Maharaja Ambari�a, He sent His disc, the Sudarsana cakra,\n\nwhich immediately vanquished the fiery demon and then pursued\nDurvasa, who was so envious of Maharaja Ambari�a. Durvasa fled to\n\nBrahmaloka, Sivaloka and all the other higher planets, but he could not\n\nprotect himself from the wrath of the Sudarsana cakra. Finally he went\n\nto the spiritual world and surrendered to Lord NarayaQ.a, but Lord\n\nNarayaQ.a could not excuse a person who had offended a Vai�Q.ava. To be\n\nexcused from such an offense, one must submit to the V ai�Q.ava whom he\nhas offended. There is no other way to be excused. Thus Lord Naraya1;1a\n\nadvised Durvasa to return to Maharaja Ambari�a and beg his pardon.\n\nTEXT l\n\n��<fi �\n\n� ;pt•uqf4 � mi m�: tfi�l{_ 1\n� � � im*41Roi'H•t� II � II\nsri-suka uviica\nnabhiigo nabhagiipatyam\nyam tatam bhriitara/.t kavim\nyavi$!harh vyabhajan dayam\nbrahmacilri7J.am agatam\n\n", "SB9.1#p0112": "Text2]\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durvasa Muni\n\n87\n\nsri-suka(t uvaca-Sri: Sukadeva Gosvami: said; na bhaga(l,-Nabhaga;\nnabhaga-apatyam-was the son of Maharaja Nabhaga; yam-unto\n\nwhom; tatam-the father; bhratarab,-the elder brothers; kavim-the\n\nlearned; yav�!ham-the youngest; vyabhajan-divided; dayam-the\n\nproperty; brahmacari�m-having accepted the life of a brahmacari\nperpetually (na�!hika); agatam-returned.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: The son of Nabhaga named Nabhiiga\n\nlived for a long time at the place of his spiritual master. Therefore,\n\nhis brothers thought that he was not going to become a grhastha\n\nand would not return. Consequently, without providing a share\nfor him, they divided the property of their father among them­\n\nselves. When Nabhiiga returned from the place of his spiritual\n\nmaster, they gave him their father as his share.\nPURPORT\n\nThere are two kinds of brahmacaris. One may return home, marry\n\nand become a householder, whereas the other, known as brhad-vrata,\n\ntakes a vow to remain a brahmacari perpetually. The brhad-vrata\n\nbrahmacari does not return from the place of the spiritual master; he\nstays there, and later he directly takes sannyasa. Because Nabhaga did\n\nnot return from the place of his spiritual master, his brothers thought\n\nthat he had taken brhadvrata-brahmacarya. Therefore, they did not\n\npreserve his share, and when he returned they gave him their father as\nhis share.\n\nTEXT2\n\nmmSll� rt � � m� wr 1\n\nro � ���:11�11\nbhrataro 'bhankta kim mahyarit\nbhajama pitararh tam\ntvarh mamaryas tatabhank$ur\nma putraka tad adrtha(t\n\n", "SB9.1#p0113": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n88\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nbhrataratt-O my brothers; abhankta-have you given as the share\nof our father's property; kim-what; mahyam-unto me; bhajama-we\nallot; pitaram-the father himself; tava-as your share; tvam-you;\nmama-unto me;\n\naryatt-my elder brothers; tata-0 my father;\n\nabhan�utt-have given the share; rna-do not; putraka-0 my dear\nson; tat-to this statement; adrthatt-give any importance.\nTRANSLATION\nNiihhiiga inquired, \"My dear brothers, what have you given to\n\nme as my share of our father's property?\" His elder brothers\n\nanswered, \"We have kept our father as your share.\" But when\nNiihhiiga went to his father and said, \"My dear father, my elder\n\nbrothers have given you as my share of property,\" the father\n\nreplied, \"My dear son, do not rely upon their cheating words. I am\n\nnot your property.\"\n\nTEXT3\n\n� 31�: �441«�S{f ��{l: I\nqg ffml�: � �cr CJ;� II� II\nime angirasatt satram\nasate 'dya sumedhasatt\n$a§!ham $a§!ham upetyahatt\nkave muhyanti karmar:ti\nime-all\n\nthese;\n\naligirasatt-descendants\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ndynasty\n\nof\n\nAngir:'i; satram-sacrifice; asate-are performing; adya-today; sumedhasatt-who are all very intelligent; $a§!ham-sixth; $a§thamsixth; upetya-after achieving; ahatt-day; kave-0 best of learned\nmen; muhyanti\n\n-\n\nbecome bewildered; karmar:ti-in discharging fruitive\n\nactivities.\nTRANSLATION\nNiihhiiga's father said: All the descendants of Ailgira are now\n\ngoing to perform a great sacrifice, but although they are very intelligent, on every sixth day they will be bewildered in performing\nsacrifice and will make mistakes in their daily duties.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0114": "Text 5]\n\nAmbari�a Maharaja Offended by Durviisa Muni\n\n89\n\nPURPORT\nNabhaga was very simple hearted. Therefore when he went to his\nfather, the father, in compassion for his son, suggested that as a means of\nlivelihood Nabhaga could go to the descendants of Angira and take advantage of their misgivings in performing yajfia.\nTEXTS 4-5\n•\n\n•\n\n•\n\n'\"\\\n\n'\"\\\n\n� c..,.:;p;p\n\n� �� � � q��� +i�l�'{i{!\n\n� �;<if � �m llf+tmr.t: II \\1 II\n�cr �� ij'A� � � tl�f€4I'{� I\n� �� �: � ij �'SfqR�'tUf'( II � II\ntdrils tvam sarilsaya sukte dve\nvaiSvadeve mahatmana/:t\nte svar yanto dhanam satrapariSe$itam dtmana/:t\ndasyanti te 'tha tan arccha\ntatha sa krtavdn yatha\ntasmai dattvd yayu� svargam\nte satra-pariSe$ar:tam\ntan-to all of them; tvam-yourself; sarilsaya-describe; silkteVedic hymns; dve-two; vaiSvadeve-in connection with V aisvadeva,\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; mahatmanab,-to all of those great\nsouls; te-they; sva� yanta�-while going to their respective destina­\n\ntions in the heavenly planets; dhanam-the wealth; satra-pariSe$itamwhich remains after the end of the yajfia; dtmana�-their own property; ddsyanti-will deliver; te-unto you; atha-therefore; tan-to\nthem; arccha-go there; tatha-in that way (according to his father's\norders); sa�-he (Nabhiiga); krtaoon-executed; yatha-as advised by\nhis father; tasmai-unto him; dattvd-after giving; yayub,-went;\nsvargam-to\n\nthe\n\nheavenly\n\nplanets;\n\npariSe$ar:tam-remnants of yajfia.\n\nte-all\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\nsatra­\n\n", "SB9.1#p0115": "90\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nNabhaga's father continued: \"Go to those great souls and de­\n\nscribe two Vedic hymns pertaining to Vaisvadeva. When the great\n\nsages have completed the sacrifice and are going to the heavenly\n\nplanets, they will give you the remnants of the money they have\nreceived from the sacrifice. Therefore, go there immediately.\"\n\nThus Nabhaga acted exactly according to the advice of his father,\n\nand the great sages of the Angira dynasty gave him all their wealth\nand then went to the heavenly planets.\nTEXT6\n\n({ �� ��{f �'f: ��: I\n'3�1�'1(ffl� �� �em II� II\ntam kascit svikari$yantarh\npur�a/:1. kr� T.UL darsa na/:1.\n-\n\nuvacottarato 'bhyetya\nmamedarh vastukarh vasu\ntam-unto Nabhaga; kascit-someone; svikari$yantam-'while accepting the riches given by the great sages; pur�a/:1.-a person; kr�TJ- a­\n\ndarsana/:1.-black-looking;\n\nuvaca-said;\n\nuttarata/:1.-from the north;\n\nabhyetya-coming; mama-my; idam-these; vastukam-remnants of\nthe sacrifice; vasu-all the riches.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, while Nabhaga was accepting the riches, a black­\n\nlooking person from the north came to him and said, \"All the\n\nwealth from this sacrificial arena belongs to me.\"\nTEXT7\n\n�NRr�m�fa � � �q:,\n� ij mrR 31'�: 'l!Cfl'J. A�t tN1 II \\9 II\nmamedam r� ibhir dattam\niti tarhi sma manava/:1.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0116": "Text 8]\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durviisii Muni\n\n91\n\nsyan nau te pitari pra.Sna�\npmavan pitaram yatha\nmama-my; idam-all these; r$ibhi�-by the great saintly persons;\n\ndattam-have been delivered; iti-thus; tarhi-therefore; sma-indeed; manava�-Niibhiiga; syat-let there be; nau-of ourselves; te­\n\nyour; pitari-unto the father; pra.Sna�-an inquiry; pmavan-he also\ninquired; pitaram-from his father; yatha-as requested.\nTRANSLATION\nNiibhiiga then said, \"These riches belong to me. The great\n\nsaintly persons have delivered them to me.\" When Niihhiiga said\n\nthis, the black-looking person replied, \"Let us go to your father\nand ask him to settle our disagreement.\" In accordance with this,\n\nNiibhaga inquired from his father.\n\nTEXTS\n\n��i41�t!•ld (1�fi0�: �I\n� lltti � � �: � II � II\nyajfia-vastu-gatam sarvam\nucchi$tam r$aya� kvacit\ncakrur hi bhagam rudraya\nsa deva� sarvam arhati\nyajtia-vastu-gatam-things belonging to the sacrificial arena; sarvam­\n\n-everything; ucchi$!am-remnants; r$ayalt-the great sages; kvacit­\n\nsometimes, in the Dak�a-yajiia; cakru�-did so; hi-indeed; bhagam­\n\nshare; rudraya-unto Lord Siva; sa�-that;\nvam-everything; arhati -deserves.\n\ndeva� -demigod; sar­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe father of Niihhiiga said: Whatever the great sages sacrificed\n\nin the arena of the Dak�a-yajiia, they offered to Lord Siva as his\n\nshare. Therefore, everything in the sacrificial arena certainly\nbelongs to Lord Siva.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0117": "92\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto9, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT9\n\n� SfO(R(($0 � �� q�� I\n� it fifflT ;mf�m � Sf«I((� II � II\nnabhagas tam prar:tamyaha\ntavesa kila vastukam\n\nity aha me pita brahman\n\nchirasa tvtim prasadaye\n\nnabhaga�-Nabhaga;\n\ntam-unto him\n\n(Lord Siva); prar:tamya­\n\noffering obeisances; aha-said; tava-yours; iSa-0 lord; kila-cer­\n\ntainly; vtistukam-everything in the arena of sacrifice; iti-thus; aha­\n\nsaid; me-my; pita-father; brahman-0 brahmar:ta; §irasa-bowing\n\nmy head; tvtim-unto you; prasadaye-1 am begging your mercy.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThereupon, after offering obeisances to Lord Siva, Nabhaga\n\nsaid: 0 worshipable lord, everything in this arena of sacrifice is\n\nyours. This is the assertion of my father. Now, with great respect, I\nbow my head before you, begging your mercy.\nTEXT 10\n\n� ij rq1,�i!\\t �4 �� � �� snwm ,\n� ij �..34t?Ul � im «'1R1'1q__ II� oil\nyat te pitavadad dharmam\n\ntvam ca satyam prabh�ase\n\ndadami te mantra-drso\n\njfitinam brahma sanatanam\n\nyat-whatever;\n\nte-your;\n\npita-father;\n\navadat-explained;\n\ndharmam-truth; tvam ca-you also; satyam-truth; prabh�ase-are\n\nspeaking; dadami-1 shall give; te-unto you; mantra-drsa�-who\nknow the science of mantra; jfiiinam-knowledge; brahma-transcen­\n\ndental; santitanam-eternal.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0118": "Text\n\nI2]\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durviisii Muni\n\n93\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva said: Whatever your father has said is the truth, and\n\nyou also are speaking the same truth. Therefore, I, who know the\n\nVedic mantras, shall explain transcendental knowledge to you.\nTEXT\n\nII\n\n� �� +tffi:stqfHI� I\n���it����: 11 � � 11\n�\n\ngrha1Jll dravi1Jarh dattarh\nmat-satra-pari.Se$itam\nity uktvantarhito rudro\nbhagavan dharma-vatsala}:t\ngrlui1J,(l-please take now; dravi1J,(lm-all the wealth; dattam-is\ngiven\n\n(to you by me ) ;\n\nmat-satra-pari.Se$itam-the remnants of the\n\nsacrifice executed on my behalf; iti uktva-after speaking like this;\nantarhita/:t - disappeared;\n\nrudra}:t-Lord\n\nSiva; bhagavan-the most\n\npowerful demigod; dharma-vatsala/:t-adherent to the principles of\nreligion.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva said, \"Now you may take all the wealth remaining\n\nfrom the sacrifice, for I give it to you.\" After saying this, Lord\nSiva, who is most adherent to the religious principles, disappeared\nfrom that place.\n\nTEXT\n\nI2\n\n� ��� �� 3flcn ijlq :q ij«'fl�(f: 1\n\n�FPlqRf �Sf� qfij � ���+t;r:\nya etat sarhsmaret prata/:t\nsayarh ca susamahita/:t\nkavir bhavati mantra-jfio\ngatirh caiva tathatmana/:t\n\nII � �II\n\n", "SB9.1#p0119": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n94\n\nya�-anyone\n\nwho;\n\netat-about\n\nthis\n\nincident;\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\nsarilsmaret-may\n\nremember; prt1ta�-in the morning; sayam ca-and in the evening; susamahita�-with great attention; kavi�....:.learned; bhavati-becomes;\nmantra-jiia�-well aware of all Vedic mantras; gatim-the destination;\nca-also; eva-indeed; tatha atmana�-like that of the self-realized\nsoul.\nTRANSLATION\nIf one hears and chants or remembers this narration in the\n\nmorning and evening with great attention, he certainly becomes\nlearned, experienced in understanding the Vedic hymns, and\nexpert in self-realization.\n\nTEXT 13\n\nwm�l•ll(\\�<m�'{{T�:\n\n�m- 1\n'tWl�il if�SlfcfTSftf � WI m��: m� II � �II\nnabhagad ambari§o 'bhun\nmaha-bhagavata� krti\nnasprsad brahma-sapo 'pi\nyam na pratihata� kvacit\n\nnabhagat-from Nabhaga; ambar�a�-Maharaja Ambaril?a; abhuttook birth; maha-bhagavata�-the most exalted devotee; krti-very\ncelebrated; na asprsat-could not touch; brahma-sapa� api-even the\ncurse of a brahmar:uz; yam-unto whom (Ambaril?a Maharaja); naneither; pratihata�-failed; kvacit-at any time.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Nabhaga, Maharaja Amhari� took birth. Maharaja Am­\n\nbari�a was an exalted devotee, celebrated for his great merits. Al­\n\nthough he was cursed by an infallible brihmat.ta, the curse could\nnot touch him.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0120": "Text 16]\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durvasi Muni\n\n95\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�'(nf�T'if\n\n��ft�fJ01fil u�'fut� �: 1\nWI � � �� illl�t �tp;�: II�\\lll\nsr'i-riijovaca\nbhagavaii chrotum icchiim i\nriijar�es tasya dhimatab,\nna priibhiid yatra nirmukto\nbrahma-dar:u}o duratyayab,\nsn-raja uooca-King Parik�it inquired; bhagavan-0 great brahma�; srotum icchiimi-1 wish to hear (from you); riijar�eb,-of the\ngreat King Amhari�a;\n\ntasya-of him;\n\ndhimatab,-who was such\n\na greatly sober personality; na-not; priibhut-could act; yatraupon\n\nwhom\n\n(Maharaja\n\nAmbari�);\n\nnirmuktab,-being\n\nreleased;\n\nbrahma-da�b,-the curse of a briihma�; duratyayab,-which is\ninsurmountable.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik�it inquired: 0 great personality, Maharaja Amhari�a\nwas certainly most exalted and meritorious in character. I wish to\nhear about him. How surprising it is that the curse of a briihmai].a,\nwhich is insurmountable, could not act upon him.\n\nTEXTS 15-16\n\nP..ft�Cfi�\n\n31¥110til �: «aitqqffi � 1\n��fW.i � � ������II\n\n�sf?t��4 � «ef ffi{ �R�1{_ I\n\n� f�;rluf � f?rorij ���� II��II\n\n", "SB9.1#p0121": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n96\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nambari$o mahii-bhiigal;\nsapta-dvipavatirh mahim\naryayarh ca sriyarh labdhva\nvibhavarh catularh bhuvi\nmene 'tidurlabharh purilsarh\nsarvarh tat svapna-sarilstutam\nvidvan vibhava-nirvdlJilrh\ntamo viSati yat pumdn\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said;\n\nAmbari�a;\n\nambari§a/;-King\n\nmaha-bhagal;-the greatly fortunate king; sapta-dvipa­\n\nvatim-consisting of seven islands; mahim-the whole world; aryayam\n\nca-and inexhaustible; sriyam-beauty;\n\nlabdhva-after achieving;\n\nvibhavam ca-and opulences; atulam-unlimited; bhuvi-in this earth;\n\nmene-he decided; ati-durlabham-which is rarely obtained; purh­\n\nsam-of many persons; sarvam-everything (he had obtained); tat­\n\nthat which; svapna-sarilstutam-as if imagined in a dream; vidvan­\n\ncompletely understanding; vibhava-nirvdlJilm-the annihilation of that\n\nopulence;\n\ntama/;-ignorance;\n\nwhich; pumdn-a person.\n\nviSati-fallen into;\n\nyat-because\n\nof\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: Maharaja Amh ari�a, the most fortunate\npersonality, achieved the rule of the entire world, consisting of\n\nseven islands, and ach ieved inexhaustible, unlimited opulence and\n\nprosperity on earth. Although such a position is rarely obtained,\n\nMaharaja Ambari�a did not care for it at all, for he knew very well\n\nthat all such opulence is material. Like that which is imagined in a\n\ndream, such opulence will ultimately be destroyed. The King knew\n\nthat any nondevotee who attains such opulence merges in­\n\ncreasingly into material nature's mode of darkness.\nPURPORT\n\nFor a devotee material opulence is insignificant, whereas for a non­\n\ndevotee material opulence is the cause of increasing bondage, for a\n\n", "SB9.1#p0122": "Text 20)\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durvasa Muni\n\n97\n\ndevotee knows that anything material is temporary, whereas a nondevotee regards the temporary so-called happiness as everything and\nforgets the path of self-realization. Thus for the nondevotee material\nopulence is a disqualification for spiritual advancement.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�IW �m �� :q ��\nmltT �T� qt Ft� ����II �\\911\nvasudeve bhagavati\ntad-bhakte�u ca sadh�u\nprapto bhavam param viSvam\nyenedam lo$!ravat smrtam\nvasudeve-unto the all-pervading Supreme Personality; bhagavatiunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tat-bhakte$u-unto His devotees; ca-also; sadh�u-unto the saintly persons; prapta�-one who\nhas achieved; bharom-reverence and devotion; param-transcendental; viSvam-the whole material universe; yena-by which (spiritual\nconsciousness); idam-this; l0$!ra-mt-as insignificant as a piece of\nstone; smrtam-is accepted (by such devotees).\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Amhari�a was a great devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva, and of the saintly persons who are\nthe Lord's devotees. Because of this devotion, he thought of the\nentire universe as being as insignificant as a piece of stone.\nTEXTS 18-20\n\n�\n\n� '{;{: t;�oN;;:Id�t=G;ti\\�\n�06gtlll?j!E4Ul�\nI\n� \"\n�\n� \\+ti��U\\51..11;;:�\n\n=it€fll�l-.:.@ � II� �II\n\n", "SB9.1#p0123": "98\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\no������it\n\n'\"'I'\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\n�r\n\nsa vai manab, kmw.-padiiravindayor\nvacarhsi vaiku1J,!ha-gul)iinuvarr:w.ne\nkarau harer mandira-miirjaniid�u\nsrutim cakaracyuta-sat-kathodaye\nmukunda-lingalaya-darsane drsau\ntad-bhrtya-gatra-sparse 'nga-sangamam\nghrar:w.m ca tat-piida-saroja-saurabhe\nsrimat-tulasya rasaniim tad-arpite\npadau hareb, lcyetra-padiinusarpaT)e\nsiro hr$ilresa-padiibhivandane\nkamam ca diisye na tu kama-kamyaya\nyathottama.Sloka-janasraya ratib,\nsab,-he\n\n(Maharaja Amhari�?a); vai-indeed; manab,-his mind;\n\nkr$r:ta-pada-aravindayob,-(fixed) upon the two lotus feet of Lord\nKr�?Q.a; vacamsi-his words; vaiku �tha-gur:w.-anuva �ane-describing\nthe glories of Kr�?Q.a; karau-his two hands; hareb, mandira-miirjanaiid�u-in activities like cleansing the temple of Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; srutim-his ear; cakiira-engaged; acyuta-of or\nabout \"Kri?:r:ta, who never falls down; sat-katha-udaye-in hearing the\ntranscendental narrations;\n\nmukunda-linga-alayg-darsane-in seeing\n\nthe Deity and temples and holy dhamas of Mukunda; drsau-his two\neyes; tat-bhrtya-of the servants of Kr�Q.a; gatra-sparse-in touching\n\n", "SB9.1#p0124": "Text 20)\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durvasa Muni\n\n99\n\nthe bodies; anga-sangamam-contact of his body; ghni1'_Ulm c a-an d his\nsense of smell; tat-pada-of His lotus feet; saroja-of the lotus flower;\nsaurabhe-in (smelling) the fragrance; srimat-tulasya�-of the tulasi\nleaves; rasandm-his tongue; tat-arpite-in the prasada offered to the\nLord; padau-his two legs; hare�-of the Personality of Godhead;\n/cyetra-holy places like the temple or V:rndavana and Dvaraka; padaanusarpa�-walking to those places; sira�-the head; hf$ikesa-of\nK:r�:Q.a, the master of the senses; pada-abhivandane-in offering obeisances to the lotus feet; kamam ca-an d his desires; dasye-in being\nengaged as a servant; na-not; tu-indeed; kama-kamyaya-with a\ndesire for sense gratifi.caiton; yatha-as; uttama§loka-jana-asraya-if\none takes shelter of a devotee such as Prahlada; rati�-attachment.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Amhari�a always engaged his mind in meditating upon\nthe lotus feet of �J:t.a, his words in describing the glories of the\nLord, his hands in cleansing the Lord's temple, and his ears in\nhearing the words spoken by �J:t.a or about Kr�J:t.a. He engaged\nhis eyes in seeing the Deity of 1\\..r�J:t,a, 1\\..r�J:t.a's temples and 1\\..r�J:t.a's\nplaces like Mathurii and V:rndiivana, he engaged his sense of touch\nin touching the bodies of the Lord's devotees, he engaged his\nsense of smell in smelling the fragrance of tulasi offered to the\nLord, and he engaged his tongue in tasting the Lord's prasiida. He\nengaged his legs in walking to the holy places and temples of the\nLord, his head in bowing down before the Lord, and all his desires\nin serving the Lord, twenty-four hours a day. Indeed, Maharaja\nAmhari�a never desired anything for his own sense gratification.\nHe engaged all his senses in devotional service, in various engagements related to the Lord. This is the way to increase attachment\nfor the Lord and be completely free from all material desires.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitd (7.1) the Lord recommends, mayy asakta-mand�\npartha yogam yufijan mad-asraya�. This indicates that one must execute devotional service under the guidance of a devotee or directly under\nthe guidance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is not possible,\n\n", "SB9.1#p0125": "100.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nhowever, to train oneself without guidance from the spiritual master.\nTherefore, according to the instructions of Srila Rupa Gosvami, the first\nbusiness of a devotee is to accept a bona fide spiritual master who can\ntrain him to engage his various senses in rendering transcendental service to the Lord. The Lord also says in Bhagavad-gitii (7.1), asamsayam\nsamagram nuim yatha jniisyasi tac chrTJu. In other words, if one wants to\nunderstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead in completeness, one\nmust follow the prescriptions given by Kt�l).a by following in the\nfootsteps of Maharaja Ambari�a. It is said, hr�ikeTJa hr�ikesa-sevanam\nbhaktir ucyate: bhakti means to engage the senses in the service of\nthe master of the senses, Kt�t;ta, who is called Hr�ikesa or Acyuta.\nThese words are used in these verses. Acyuta-sat-kathodaye, hr�ikesapadabhivandane. The words Acyuta and Hr�ikesa are also used in\nBhagavad-gitii. Bhagavad-gitd is kr�TJa-katha spoken directly by Kt�Q.a,\nand Srimad-Bhagavatam is also kr�TJa-katha because everything described in the Bhagavatam is in relationship with Kt�l).a.\nTEXT 21\n\n�\n\n�fl��lqfiR¥\\;r:\n\n����I\nR� fl�fliflt\n�: ��������\n..\n\nevam sada karma-kalapam atmana/:1,\npare 'dhiyajiie bhagavaty adho�aje\nsarvatma-bhavam vidadhan mahim inuim\ntan-n�tha-viprabhihita/:1, sa5asa ha\n\nevam-thus (living a devotional life); sada-always; karmakalapam-the prescribed occupational duties as a �atriya king;\natmana/:1,-of himself, personally (the head of the state); pare-unto the\nsupreme transcendence; adhiyajiie-unto the supreme proprietor, the\nsupreme enjoyer; bhagavati-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; adho�aje-unto He who is beyond material sense perception;\nsarva-atma-bhavam-all different varieties of devotional serviCe;\n\n", "SB9.1#p0126": "Text 21)\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durvasa Muni\n\n101\n\nvidadhat-executing, offering; mahim-the planet earth; imam-this;\ntat-n�tha-who are faithful devotees of the Lord; vipra-by such\nbriihmar:ws; abhihita�-directed; sa5tisa-ruled; ha-in the past.\nTRANSLATION\nIn performing his prescribed duties as king, Maharaja Amhari�a\nalways offered the results of his royal activities to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Kt��a, who is the enjoyer of everything\nand is beyond the perception of material senses. He certainly took\nadvice from brahm�as who were faithful devotees of the Lord,\nand thus he ruled the planet earth without difficulty.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bha gavad-gitii (5.29):\nbhoktiiram yajna-tapasam\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\nsuhrdam sarva-bhutiiniim\njnatva mam santim rcchati\nPeople are very much anxious to live in peace and prosperity in this\nmaterial world, and here in Bhagavad-gitii the peace formula is given\npersonally by the Supreme Personality of Godhead: everyone should\nunderstand that Kr�r:ta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the ultimate proprietor of all the planets and is therefore the enjoyer of all activities, political, social, cultural, religious, economic and so on. The Lord\nhas given perfect advice in Bhagavad-gitii, and Amhari�a Maharaja, as\nthe ideal executive head, ruled the entire world as a Vai�r:tava, taking advice from Vai�r:tava brahmar:w-s. The siistras enjoin that even though a\nbrahmar:w- may be well versed in the occupational brahminical duties and\nmay be very learned in Vedic knowledge, he cannot give advice as a guru\nuntil he is a Vai�r:tava.\n�at-karma-nipur:w vipro\nmantra-tantra-visarada�\nava�r:w-vo gurur na syad\nva�r:w-va� sva-paco guru�\n\n", "SB9.1#p0127": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n102\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nTherefore, as indicated here by the words tan-ni$tha-viprabhihita/:t,\nMaharaja Ambari� took advice from brahmalJllS who were pure\ndevotees of the\n\nLord,\n\nfor\n\nordinary\n\nbrahmar:taS who are merely\n\nlearned scholars or experts in performing ritualistic ceremonies are not\ncompetent to give advice.\nIn modern times, there are legislative assemblies whose members are\nauthorized to make laws for the welfare of the state, but according to this\ndescription of the kingdom of Maharaja Ambari�a, the country or the\nworld should be ruled by a chief executive whose advisors are all devotee\n\nbrahmalJllS. Such advisors or members of the legislative assembly should\nnot be professional politicians, nor should they be selected by the ignorant public. Rather, they should be appointed by the king. When the\nking, the executive head of the state, is a devotee and he follows the instructions of devotee brahmalJllS in ruling the country, everyone will be\npeaceful and prosperous. When the king and his advisors are perfect devotees, nothing can be wrong in the state. All the citizens should\nbecome devotees of the Lord, and then their good character will\nautomatically follow.\n\nyasyasti bhaktir bhagavaty akificana\nsarvair gu1)1lis tatra samasate sura/:t\nharav abhaktasya kuto mahad-guruJ,\nmanorathenasati dhavato bahi/:t\n\"One who has unflinching devotion for the Personality of Godhead has\nall the good qualities of the demigods. But one who is not a devotee of the\nLord has only material qualifications that are of little value. This is because he is hovering on the mental plane and is certain to be attracted by\n\nthe glaring material energy.\" (Bhag.\n\n5.18.12) Citizens under the guid­\n\nance of a l(r�I).a conscious king will become devotees, and then there will\n\nbe no need to enact new laws every day to reform the way of life in the\nstate. If the citizens are trained to become devotees, they will automatically become peaceful and honest, and if they are guided by a devoted king advised by devotees, the state will not be in the material world\nbut in the spiritual world. All the states of the world should therefore\nfollow the ideal of the rule or administration of Maharaja Ambari�a, as\ndescribed here.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0128": "Text 22)\n\nAmbari�a Maharaja Offended by Durvasa Muni\n\n103\n\nTEXT 22\n\n�s����\n�Tft�qfq�n�fiJ�:\n\n�Ri81RHt•nc:t+uRf���m e(�dl'( 11,���\nije 'svamedhair adhiyajfiam iSvaram\n\nmaha-vibhutyopacitanga-da/cyir:wi/:1.\ntatair vas�thiisita-gautamadibhir\ndhanvany abhisrotam asau sarasvatim\nije-worshiped;\n\na.Svamedhai/:1,-by performing the horse sacrifice\nyajiias; adhiyajiiam-to satisfy the master of all yajiias; iSvaram-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; ma ha-vibh utya-with great opulence;\nupacita-anga-da/cyir:wi/:1.-with all prescribed paraphernalia and contributions of da/cyir:uJ, to the brahmar:ws; tatai/:1,-executed; vas�thaasita-gautama-adibhi/:1,-by such brahmar:ws as Vasi�tha, Asita and\nGautama; dhanvani-in the desert; abhisrotam-inundated by the\nwater of the river; asau-Maharaja Ambari�a; sarasvatim-on the bank\nof the Sarasvatl.\nTRANSLATION\nIn desert countries where there flowed the River Sarasvati,\nMaharaja Amhari�a performed great sacrifices like the a8vamedhayajiia and thus satisfied the master of all yajiias, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such sacrifices were performed with great\nopulence and suitable paraphernalia and with contributions of\ndak�i:r.tii to the brahma:r_1as, who were supervised by great personalities like Vasi�tha, Asita and Gautama, representing the king,\nthe performer of the sacrifices.\nPURPORT\nWhen one performs ritualistic sacrifices as prescribed in the Vedas,\none needs expert brahmar:ws known as yajiiika-brahmar:ws. In Kaliyuga, however, there is a scarcity of such brahmar:ws. Therefore in\n\n", "SB9.1#p0129": "104\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nKali-yuga the sacrifice recommended in §astra is sarikirtana-yajiia\n\n(yajiiai� sarikirtana-prayair yajanti hi sumedhasaM. Instead of spending money unnecessarily on performing yajnas impossible to perform in\nthis age of Kali because of the scarcity of yajnika-brahmar:ws, one who is\nintelligent performs sarikirtana-yajiia. Without properly performed\n\nyajnas to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead, there will be scarcity of rain (yajnad bhn.vati parjanyaM. Therefore the performance of\n\nyajiia is essential. Without yajiia there will be a scarcity of rain, and because of this scarcity, no food grains will be produced, and there will be\nfamines. It is the duty of the king, therefore, to perform different types\nof yajnas, such as the a§vamedhn.-yajiia, to maintain the production of\nfood grains. Annad bhavanti bhutani. Without food grains, both men\nand animals will starve. Therefore yajiia is necessary for the state to perform because by yajiia the people in general will be fed sumptuously.\nThe brahmar:ws and yajnika priests should be sufficiently paid for their\nexpert service. This payment is called dalcyi{lii. Ambari�a Maharaja, as\nthe head of the state, performed all these yajnas through great personalities like Vasi�tha, Gautama and Asita. Personally, however, he was\nengaged in devotional service, as mentioned before (sa vai mana� kr$r.ta­\n\npadaravindayo�). The king or head of state must see that things go on\nwell under proper guidance, and he must be an ideal devotee, as exemplified by Maharaja Ambari�. It is the duty of the king to see that\nfood grains are produced even in desert countries, what to speak of\nelsewhere.\n\nTEXT 23\n� iti� �: �� �� �;n: I\n\nij�tt�q, @ffir�n OJH•�� WJm�: 11 � � 11\nyasya kratU$U girvary,ai�\nsadasya rtvijo janal;\ntulya-rupas canimi$a\nvyadrsyanta suvasasal;\nyasya- of whom (Maharaja Ambari�a); kratU$u-in sacrifices (performed by him); girvary,ai� -with the demigods; sadasya�-members\nfor executing the sacrifice; rtvija�-the priests; jana� and other expert men; tulya-rilpa�- appearing exactly like; ca-and; animi$a�-\n\n", "SB9.1#p0130": "Text 24]\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durvasa Muni\n\n105\n\nwith unblinking eyes like those of the demigods; vyadrsyanta-being\nseen; su-vdsasab,-well dressed with valuable garments.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the sacrifice arranged by Maharaja Amhari�a, the members of\nthe assembly and the priests [especially hotii, udgatii, brahma and\nadhvaryu] were gorgeously dressed, and they all looked exactly\nlike demigods. They eagerly saw to the proper performance of the\nyajiia.\n\nsvargo na priirthito yasya\nmanujair amara-priyab,\nsrr:tvadbhir upagayadbhir\nuttama5loka-ce�!itam\nsvargab,-life in the heavenly planets; na-not; priirthitab,-a subject\nfor aspiration; yasya-of whom (Ambari�a Maharaja); manujaib,-by\nthe\n\ncitizens;\n\namara-priyab, -very\n\ndear\n\neven\n\nto\n\nthe\n\ndemigods;\n\nsrr:tvadbhib,-who were accustomed to hear; upagayadbhib,-and accustomed to chant; uttama5loka-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; Ce$#tam-about the glorious activities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe citizens of the state of Maharaja Amhari�a were accustomed\nto chanting and hearing about the glorious activities of the Personality of Godhead. Thus they never aspired to be elevated to the\nheavenly planets, which are extremely dear even to the demigods.\nPURPORT\nA pure devotee who has been trained in the practice of chanting and\nhearing the holy name of the Lord and His fame, qualities, form,\n\n", "SB9.1#p0131": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n106\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nparaphernalia and so on is never interested in elevation to the heavenly\nplanets, even though such places are extremely dear even to the\ndemigods.\nniirayaTJCL-para/:l saroe\nna kuta§cana bibhyati\nsvargapavarga-narake!}v\napi tulyartha-darsinal;\n\"Devotees solely engaged in the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Narayal)a, never fear any condition of life. The\nheavenly planets, liberation and the hellish planets are all the same to a\ndevotee.\" (Bhag.\n\n6.17.28) A devotee is always situated in the spiritual\n\nworld. Therefore he does not desire anything. He is known as akama, or\ndesireless, because he has nothing to desire except to render transcendental loving service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Because\nMaharajo. Ambari�a was a most exalted devotee of the Lord, he trained\nhis subjects in such a way that the citizens in his state were not interested\nin anything material, including even the happiness of the heavenly\nplanets.\n\nTEXT 25\n,... ,...\n�tt�:q��a- � �Hn: ��qRllJf.lm: I\n\n*-C'�\n\n�m ;ffit{ fu�Frt �� � 'r.i�: ������\nsamvardhayanti yat kiimii/:l\nsvarajya-paribhavita /:l\ndurlabha napi siddhaniim\nmukundam hrdi pruyata/:l\nsamvardhayanti-increase\n\nhappiness; yat-because; kamiil;-such\n\naspirations; sva-rajya-situated in his own constitutional position of\nrendering service to the Lord;\naspirations;\n\nparibhavital;-saturated with such\n\ndurlabhal;-very rarely obtained;\n\nna-not;\n\napi-also;\n\nsiddhaniim-of the great mystics; mukundam-��J)a, the Supreme\n\n", "SB9.1#p0132": "Text 25]\n\nAmbari�a Maharaja Offended by Durviisii Muni\n\n107\n\nPersonality of Godhead; hrdi-within the core of the heart; pa§yata�persons always accustomed to seeing Him.\nTRANSLATION\nThose who are saturated with the transcendental happiness of\nrendering service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead are uninterested even in the achievements of great mystics, for such\nachievements do not enhance the transcendental bliss felt by a\ndevotee who always thinks of :Kf�Qa within the core of his heart.\nPURPORT\nA pure devotee is uninterested not only in elevation to the higher\nplanetary systems but even in the perfections of mystic yoga. Real per­\n\nfection is devotional service. The happiness derived from merging in the\n\nimpersonal Brahman and the happiness derived from the eight perfections of mystic yoga (a�imd, laghima, prapti and so on) do not give any\npleasure to the devotee. As stated by Srila Prabodhananda Sarasvati:\n\nkaivalyam narakiiyate trida5a-par akiiSa-pU§payate\ndurdantendriya-kiila-sarpa-patali protkhata-da�trayate\nviSvam par�-sukhayate vidhi-mahendradiS ca kitayate\nyat kiiru�ya-katak$a-vaibhavavatam tam gauram eva stuma�\n(Caitanya-candramrta 5)\nWhen a devotee has achieved the position of rendering transcendental\nloving service to the Lord through the mercy of Lord Caitanya, he thinks\nthe impersonal Brahman to be no better than hell, and he regards material happiness in the heavenly planets to be like a will-o'-the-wisp. As\nfar as the perfection of mystic powers is concerned, a devotee compares it\nto a venomous snake with no teeth. A mystic yogi is especially concerned\n\nwith controlling the senses, but because the senses of a devotee are\nengaged in the service of the Lord (hr$ike� hr$ikesa-sevanam bhaktir\n\nucyate) there is no need for separate control of the senses. For those who\nare materially engaged, control of the senses is required, but a devotee's\nsenses are all engaged in the service of the Lord, which means that they\n\n", "SB9.1#p0133": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n108\n\nare already controlled. Param df$!va nivartate (Bg.\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n2.59). A devotee's\n\nsenses are not attracted by material enjoyment. And even though the material world is full of misery, the devotee considers this material world to\nbe also spiritual because everything is engaged in the service of the Lord.\nThe difference between the spiritual world and material world is the\nmentality of service. Nirbandha/:t km:w-sambandhe yuktam vairagyam\n\nucyate. When there is no mentality of service to the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, one's activities are material.\n\nprapaiici-kataya buddhya\nhari-sambandhi-vastuna/:t\nmumu/cyubhi/:t parityago\nvairagyam phalgu kathyate\n(Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu 1.2.256)\nThat which is not engaged in the service of the Lord is material, and\nnothing thus engaged should be given up. In the construction of a high\nskyscraper and the construction of a temple, there may be the same enthusiasm, but the endeavors are different, for one is material and the\nother spiritual. Spiritual activities should not be confused with material\nactivities and given up. Nothing connected with Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is material. A devotee who considers all this is always situated in spiritual activities, and therefore he is no longer\nattracted by material activities (param df$!va nivartate).\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�� �liR �� �:\n�ut �R mill'{� !!fit+it���� ������\n�\n\nsa ittham bhakti-yogena\ntapo-yuktena parthiva/:t\nsva-dharme7Ja harim pri7Jan\nsarvan kaman sanair jahau\nsa/:t-he (Ambari�a Maharaja); ittham-in this way; bhakti-yogenaby performing transcendental loving service to the Lord;\n\ntapa/:t-\n\n", "SB9.1#p0134": "Text 27)\n\nAmhar�a Maharaja Offended by Durvasa Muni\n\nyuktena-which\n\nis simultaneously the best process of\n\n109\n\nausterity;\n\nparthi vab,-the King; sva-dha rme lJ(l-by his constitutional activities;\nharim-unto\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nLord;\n\nprilJ(ln-satisfying;\n\nsamin-all\n\nvarieties of; /raman-material desires; sanaib,-gradually; jahau-gave\nup.\nTRANSLATION\nThe king of this planet, Mahiiriija Amhari�a, thus performed devotional service to the Lord and in this endeavor practiced severe\nausterity. Always satisfying the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nby his constitutional activities, he gradually gave up all material\ndesires.\nPURPORT\nSevere austerities in the practice of devotional service are of many\nvarieties. For example, in worshiping the Deity in the temple there are\ncertainly laborious activities. Sn-vigraharadhana-nitya-nana-srrigara­\n\ntan-mandira-marjanadau. One must decorate the Deity, cleanse the\ntemple, bring water from the Ganges and Yamuna, continue the routine\nwork, perform arati many times, prepare first-class food for the Deity,\n\nprepare dresses and so on. In this way, one must constantly be engaged in\nvarious activities, and the hard labor involved is certainly an austerity.\nSimilarly, the hard labor involved in preaching, preparing literature,\npreaching to atheistic men and distributing literature door to door is of\ncourse an austerity (tapo-yuktena). Tapo divyam putraka. Such austerity\n\nis necessary. Yena sattvam suddhyet. By such austerity in devotional ser·\n\nvice, one is purified of material existence (kaman sanair jahau). Indeed,\nsuch austerity leads one to the constitutional position of devotional service. In this way one can give up material desires, and as soon as one is\n\nfreed from material desires, he is free from the repetition of birth and\ndeath, old age and disease.\nTEXT 27\n\n�w��\n�'l� a:\"i�l�i!t�\n..\n\n", "SB9.1#p0135": "Srimad -Bhiigavatam\n\n110\n\n3T�·if��\"'\"'\n\n\"'\n\n\"\n\nl'iq;f;:d€fit�t�.:f��qre�\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nII ��II\n\ngrhe$U dare$U sute$U bandhU$u\ndvipottama-syandana-vaji-vastU$U\na/cyayya-ratniibhara1Jiimbariidi$v\nananta-kose$V akarod asan-matim\ngrhe$u-in the homes;\n\ndare$u-in wives; sute$u-in children;\n\nbandhU$u-in friends and relatives; dvipa-uttama-in the best of\npowerful elephants;\n\nsyandana-in\n\nnice chariots; vaji-in first-class\n\nhorses; vas(U$u-in all such things; a/cyayya -whose value never\ndecreases; ratna-in jewels; iibhararya-in ornaments; ambara-iidi$uin such dresses and ornaments; ananta-koSe$u-in an inexhaustible\ntreasury; aka rot -accepted ; asat-matim-no attachment.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Amhari�a gave up all attachment to household affairs,\n\nwives, children, friends and relatives, to the best of powerful\n\nelephants, to beautiful chariots, carts, horses and inexhaustible\n\njewels, and to ornaments, garments and an inexhaustible treasury.\nHe gave up attachment to all of them, regarding them as temporary\nand material.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAniisaktasya vi$ayan yatharham upayufijata/:t. Material possessions\ncan be accepted as far as they can be used in devotional service .\n\n.Anukalyena kr$1Jiinu.Silanam. .Anukalyasya sankalpa/:t pratikalyasya\nvarjanam. In preaching, many things considered material are needed. A\ndevotee should not have any attachment for such material involvements\nas house, wife, children, friends and cars. Maharaja Ambari�a, for\nexample, had all such things, but he was not attached to them. This is the\neffect of\n\nbhakti-yoga. Bhakti/:t paresanubhavo viraktir anyatra ca\n\n(Bhag. 11.2.42). One who is advanced in devotional service has no at­\n\ntachment for material things for sense enjoyment, but for preaching, to\nspread the glories of the Lord, he accepts such things without attach-\n\n", "SB9.1#p0136": "Text 28]\n\nAmhari�a Mahiiriija Offended by Durviisii Muni\n\nlll\n\nment. Anasaktasya vi$ayan yatharham upayufijata�. Everything can be\nused to the extent that it can be engaged in Kn�a's service.\nTEXT 28\n\n�� Sl��li!.h$litlet6:¥( I\n����� 3flijt +r� 11��11\n\n(f�\n\ntasma adad dhariS cakram\npratyanika-bhayavaham\nekanta-bhakti-bhavena\nprito bhaktabhirak$a1)1lm\ntasmai-unto him (Ambari� Maharaja); adat-gave; hari�-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead;\n\ncakram-His disc;\n\npratyanika­\n\nbhaya-avaham-the Lord's disc, which was extremely fearful to the\nenemies of the Lord and His devotees; ekanta-bhakti-bhavena-because\nof his performing unalloyed devotional service; prita�-the Lord being\nso pleased; bhakta-abhirak$a�m-for the protection of His devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing very pleased by the unalloyed devotion of Mahiiriija\nAmhari�a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead gave the King His\ndisc, which is fearful to enemies and which always protects the\ndevotee from enemies and adversities.\nPURPORT\nA devotee, being always engaged in the service of the Lord, may not be\nexpert in self-defense, but because a devotee fully depends on the lotus\nfeet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he is always sure of protection by the Lord. Prahlada Maharaja said:\nnaivodvije para duratyaya-vaitara�yas\ntvad-virya-gayana-mahamrta-magna-citta�\n(Bhag.\n\n7.9.43)\n\nA devotee is always merged in the ocean of the transcendental bliss of\nrendering service to the Lord. Therefore he is not at all afraid of any\n\n", "SB9.1#p0137": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n112\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nadverse situation in the material world. The Lord also promises, kaun­\n\nteya pratijanihi na me bhakta� prar:r.a.Syati: \"0 Arjuna, you may declare\nto the world that the devotees of the Lord are never vanquished.\"\n(Bg.\n\n9.31)\n\nFor the protection of the devotees, Kr�l).a's disc, the\n\nSudarsana cakra, is always ready. This disc is extremely fearful to the\nnondevotees (pratyanika-bhayavaham). Therefore although Maharaja\nArnbari�a was fully engaged in devotional service, his kingdom was free\nof all fear of adversity.\nTEXT 29\n\n�: � � �!dlet�l 1\n�: �:ti'4«R efm � ii\\IG>�fhHt� II ��II\nariradhafo.u� kr�r:uzrh\nmah�ya tulya-silaya\nyukta� sdritvatsararh viro\ndadhara dvadaSi-vratam\nariradhay�u�-aspiring to worship; kr�r:uzm-the Supreme Lord,\nKr�J).a; mah�ya-with his queen; tulya-silaya-who was equally as\nqualified as Maharaja Ambari�a; yukta�\n\n-\n\nto gether ; saritvatsaram-for\n\none year; vira�-the King; dadhara-accepted; dvadaSi-�ratam-the\nvow for observing Ekadasi and Dvadasi.\nTRANSLATION\nTo worship Lord Kr�Qa, Maharaja Amhari�a, along with his\nqueen, who was equally qualified, observed the vow of Ekada8i and\n\nDvada8i for one year.\n\nPURPORT\nTo observe Ekadasi-vrata and Dvadasi-vrata means to please the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Those interested in advancing in\n:£<r�l).a consciousness must observe Ekada8i-vrata regularly. Maharaja\nArnbari�a's queen was equally as qualified as the King. Therefore it was\npossible for Maharaja Ambari�a to engage his life in household affairs. In\nthis regard, the word tulya-silaya is very significant. Unless a wife is\n\n", "SB9.1#p0138": "Text 30]\n\nAmhar�a Maharaja Offended by Durviisa Muni\n\n113\n\nequally as qualified as her husband, household affairs are very difficult\nto continue. Car;takya P�Q.ita advises that a person in such a situation\nshould immediately give up household life and become a vanaprastha or\nsannyiisi:\nmatd yasya grhe niisti\n\nbharya capriya-vadini\nara�yaril tena gantavyam\nyathara�yaril tatha grham\nA person who has no mother at home and whose wife is not agreeable\n\nwith him should immediately go away to the forest. Because human life\nis meant for spiritual advancement only, one's wife must be helpful in\nthis endeavor. Otherwise there is no need of household life.\nTEXT 30\n\n� � � fSm;f �ft«f:\n�:\n\nI\n\nChG\\INd\\Chlfw.om��$6\\ II� oil\nvratante kartike miisi\ntri-ratraril samupo$ita�\nsnata� kadiicit kalindyam\nharim madhuvane 'rcayat\n\nvrata-ante-at the end of observing the vow; kartike-in the month\nof Kartika (October-November); miisi-in that month; tri-ratram-for\nthree\n\nnights;\n\nsa mup0$ ita�-after\n\ncompletely\n\nobserving\n\nthe\n\nfast;\n\nsndta�-after bathing; kadacit-once upon a time; kiilindyam-on the\nbank of the Yamuna; harim-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nmadhuvane-in that part of the Vrndavana area known as Madhuvana;\narcayat-worshiped the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the month of Kartika, after observing that vow for one year,\nafter observing a fast for three nights and after bathing in the\nYamuna, Maharaja Ambari�a worshiped the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Hari, in Madhuvana.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0139": "114\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nmahabh�eka-vidhinii\nsarvopaskara-sampadii\n\nabh�icyambara kalpa ir\ngandha-malyarhar,liidibhi�\ntad-gatiintara-bhavena\npujayiim iisa kesavam\nbrahmar:uJ,ms ca maha-bhagan\nsiddharthan api bhaktita�\nmaha-abh�eka-vidh inii-by the regulative principles for bathing the\nDeity; sarva-upaskara-sampadii-by all the paraphernalia for worshiping the Deity; abh�icya-after bathing; ambara-akalpai�-with nice\nclothing and ornaments; gandha-miilya-with fragrant flower garlands;\n\narha1J.(l-iidibhi�-and with other paraphernalia to worship the Deity;\ntat-gata-antara-bhavena-his mind saturated with devotional service;\npujayam iisa-he worshiped; kesavam-unto l(r�J)a; brahmar:uJ,n caand the brahmarzn,s; maha-bhagan-who were greatly fortunate;\nsiddha-arthan-self-satisfied, without waiting for any worship; apieven; bhaktitab,-with great devotion.\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing the regulative principles of mahiibhi�eka, Maharaja\n\nAmhari�a performed the bathing ceremony for the Deity of Lord\nKr��a with all paraphernalia, and then he dressed the Deity with\n\nfine clothing, ornaments, fragrant flower garlands and other\n\nparaphernalia for worship of the Lord. With attention and devo­\n\ntion, he worshiped Kr��a and all the greatly fortunate brahm�as\nwho were free from material desires.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0140": "Text 35)\n\n115\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durvasa Muni\n\ngavarh rukma-vi$ar-inarh\nrilpyaizghrir-clrh suvasasam\npaya[ljila-vayo-rilpavatsopaskara-sampadiim\nprahir-ot sadhu-viprebhyo\ngrhe�u nyarbudiini �at\nbhojayitva dvijan agre\nsvadv annarh gur-avattamam\nlabdha-kamair anujnata�\nparar-ayopacakrame\ntasya tarhy atithi� sa�ad\ndurvcisa bhagavan abhat\ngavam-cows; rukma-vi$ar-inam-whose horns were covered with\ngold plate; rilpya-arigh rir-clm - whose hooves were covered with silver\nplate; su-vdsasam-very nicely decorated with garments; paya�-silawith full milk bags; vaya�-young; rilpa-beautiful; vatsa-upaskarasampadiim-with\n\nnice\n\ncalves;\n\nprahir-ot-gave in charity;\n\nsadhu­\n\nviprebhya�-unto the brahmar-as and saintly persons; grhe�u - (who\narrived) in his house; nyarbudiini-ten crores (one hundred million);\n�at-six\n\ntimes;\n\nbhojayitva-feeding them;\n\ndvijan agre-first the\n\nbrahmar-as; svadu annam-very tasteful eatables; gur-avat-tamamhighly delicious; labdha-kamai�-by those brahmar-as, being fully\nsatisfied; anujnata�-by their permission; parar-dya-for completing\nthe\n\nDvadasi;\n\nupacakrame-was\n\njust\n\nabout\n\nto\n\nobserve\n\nthe\n\nfinal\n\n", "SB9.1#p0141": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n116\n\nceremony; tasya-of him\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\n(Ambari�a) ; tarhi-immediately; atithi�­\n\nunwanted or uncalled-for guest; sa /cy at- directly; durvasa�-the great\nmystic Durvasa; bhagavan-very powerful; abhut-appeared on the\nscene as a guest.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Maharaja Amhari�a satisfied all the guests who ar­\n\nrived at his house, especially the hrahmllJ.las. He gave in charity\n\nsixty crores of cows whose horns were covered with gold plate and\n\nwhose hooves were covered with silver plate. All the cows were\n\nwell decorated with garments and had full milk hags. They were\n\nmild-natured, young and beautiful and were accompanied by their\n\ncalves. Mter giving these cows, the King first sumptuously fed all\n\nthe hrahmllJ.las, and when they were fully satisfied, he was about to\nobserve the end of Ekad&Si, with their permission, by breaking the\nfast. Exactly at that time, however, Durviisa Muni, the great and\npowerful mystic, appeared on the scene as an uninvited guest.\n\ntam anarcatithim bhapa�\npratyutthanasanarhar:tai�\nyayace 'bhyavaharaya\npada-mulam upagata�\n\ntam-unto him\n\n( Durvasa ) ; anarca -worshiped; atithim-although\n\nan uninvited guest; bh upa�- the King (Ambari� ) ; pratyutthana-by\nstanding up; asa na-by offering a seat; arhar:tai�-and by paraphernalia for worship; yayace-r equested ; abhyavaharaya-for eating;\npada mulam-at the root of his feet; upagata�-fell down.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter standing up to receive Durviisa Muni, King Ambari�a\noffered him a- seat and paraphernalia of worship. Then, sitting at\nhis feet, the King requested the great sage to eat.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0142": "Text 38)\n\n117\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durviisa Muni\nTEXT 37\n\nSf� ij ijj'lf� ��m �: 1\n��m:��<r��i!� 11�\\911\npr atinan dya sa tam yacnam\nkartum avasyakam gata�\n\nnimamajja brhad dhyayan\nkalindi-salile subhe\npratinandya-gladly accepting;\nyacnam-request;\n\nsa�-Durvasa Muni;\n\ntam-that;\n\nkartum-to perform; avasy akam-the necessary\n\nritualistic ceremonies; gata�-went; nimamajja-dipped his body in the\nwater;\n\nbrhat-the\n\nSupreme\n\nBrahman;\n\ndhyayan-meditating\n\non;\n\nkalindi-of the Yamuna; salile-in the water; subhe-very auspicious.\nTRANSLATION\nDurviisa Muni gladly accepted the request of Maharaja Amhari�a,\nhut to perform the regulative ritualistic ceremonies he went to the\nRiver Yamuna. There he dipped into the water of the auspicious\nYamuna and meditated upon the impersonal Brahman.\nTEXT 38\n\n�Frf� §\\1�-wi � SfRT 1\nf.,;.wRt4i+m:c � B:��'l�t� ������\nmuhilrtardhavasi$tayam\ndviida5yam parar:wm prati\ncintayam iisa dharma jiio\n-\n\ndv ijais tad- dharma sari kate\n-\n\nmuh ilrta ardh a-avas i$taya m-was\n-\n\nremaining\n\nonly\n\nfor\n\nhalf\n\na\n\nmoment; dviidaSyiim-when the Dvadasi day; parar:w m-the breaking\nof the fast; prati-to observe; cintayiim iisa-began to think about;\ndharma-jfia�-one who knows the principles of religion; dvijai�-by\nthe\n\nbrahmar:ws;\n\ntat-dharma-concerning\n\nsarika!e-in such a dangerous condition.\n\nthat\n\nreligious\n\nprinciple;\n\n", "SB9.1#p0143": "(Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n118\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the meantime, only a muhurta of the Dvada8i day was left on\n\nwhich to break the fast. Consequently, it was imperative that the\n\nfast be broken immediately. In this dangerous situation, the King\nconsulted learned brahm�as.\n\nTEXTS 39-40\n\n;rmouRtSfiq � ll({\"Wi �ql(Ji I\n�iffi�it�1tnttqJ�II��II\n��� �fttir i{�ql(OI'{_ I\nat� ferm m�� ;nfu� � �� II 't? o II\nat�\n\nbrahmaT)iitikrame do$o\ndvadaSyam yad aparar:te\nyat krtva sadhu me bhuyad\nadharmo va na mam sprset\nambhasa kevaleniitha\nkari§ye vrata-parar:tam\nahur ab-bha/cyar:tam vipra\nhy a§itam niisitam ca tat\nbrahmar:ta-atikrame-in surpassing the rules of respect to the\nbrahmalJaS; do$a�-there is a fault; dvadaSyam-on the Dvada8i day;\nyat-because; apdrar:te-in not breaking the fast in due time; yat\nkrtva-after doing which action; sadhu-what is auspicious; me-unto\nme; bhuyat-may so become; adharmab,-what is irreligious;\n\nvd­\n\neither; na-not; mdm-unto me; sprset-may touch; ambhasa-by\nwater;\n\nkevalena-only;\n\natka-therefore;\n\nvrata-pdrar:tam-the\n\ncompletion\n\nbha/cyar:tam-drinking\n\nwater;\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nvipra�-0\n\nkari.§ye-1 shall execute;\nvow;\n\nahu�-said;\n\nbrahmar:tas;\n\nap­\n\nhi-indeed;\n\na§itam-eating; na a§itam ca-as well as not eating; tat-such an\naction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King said: \"To transgress the laws of respectful behavior\n\ntoward the brahm�as is certainly a great offense. On the other\n\n", "SB9.1#p0144": "Text 41]\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durvasa Muni\n\n119\n\nhand, if one does not observe the breaking of the fast within the\ntime of Dvada.Si, there is a flaw in one's observance of the vow.\nTherefore, 0 brahma�as, if you think that it will be auspicious and\nnot irreligious, I shall break the fast by drinking water.\" In this\nway, after consulting with the brahm�as, the King reached this\ndecision, for according to brahminical opinion, drinking water\nmay be accepted as eating and also as not eating.\nPURPORT\nWhen Maharaja Ambari�a, in his dilemma, consulted the brahmarJaS\nabout whether he should break the fast or wait for Durvasa Muni, apparently they could not give a definite answer about what to do. A\nVai�1,1ava,\n\nhowever,\n\nis the most intelligent personality.\n\nTherefore\n\nMaharaja Ambari�a himself decided, in the presence of the brahmarJaS,\nthat he would drink a little water, for this would confirm that the fast\nwas broken but would not transgress the laws for receiving a brahma7J.a.\nIn the Vedas it is said, apo· 'sniiti tan naivasitam naivana§itam. This\nVedic injunction declares that the drinking of water may be accepted as\neating or as not eating. Sometimes in our practical experience we see that\nsome political leader adhering to satyagraha will not eat but will drink\nwater. Considering that drinking water would not be eating, Maharaja\nAmbari�a decided to act in this way.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n��: � u�ftf� ¥4�«1-.:.� I\nSf��\"\"lt!\n\n��g fi;:�m�Ffi{q\n\n�:\n\n11\\H II\n\nity apa/:t prasya rajar�iS\ncintayan manasacyutam\npratyac�ta kuru-sre�tha\ndvijagamanam eva sa/:t\niti-thus; apa/:t-water; prasya-after drinking; rajar�i/:t-the great\nKing Ambari�a; cintayan-meditating upon; manasa-by the mind;\n\nacyutam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; pratyac�ta-began to\nwait; kuru-sre�tha-0 best of the Kuru kings; dvija-agamanam-the\n\n", "SB9.1#p0145": "120\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nreturn of Durvasa Muni, the great mystic\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nbrahmarw.; eva-indeed;\n\nsa?z,-the King.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 best of the Kuru dynasty, after he drank some water, King\nAmbari�a, meditating upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nwithin his heart, waited for the return of the great mystic Durvasa\nMuni.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n� �� iijl���€fi 3WRY: I\n\nuijtf�f':G:ij(ij� � �f!d � 11\\l�ll\ndurvasa yamuna-kaliit\nkrtava.Syaka agata?z,\n\nrajnabhinanditas tasya\nbubudhe ce$!itarh dhiya\ndurvasa?z,-the great sage;\n\nyamu na- k aliit -from the bank of the\n\nRiver Yamuna; krta-had been performed; ava.Syaka�-he by whom\n\nthe necessary ritualistic ceremonies; agata?z,-returned; raj na-by the\n\nKing; a bhinandita?z,-being well received; tasya -his; bubudhe-could\nunderstand; ce$!itam-performance; dhiya-by intelligence.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter executing the ritualistic ceremonies to be performed at\n\nnoon, Durvasa returned from the bank of the Yamuna. The King\nreceived him well, offering all respects, but Durvasii Muni, by his\n\nmystic power, could understand that King Ambari�a had drunk\n\nwater without his permission.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0146": "Text 44]\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durviisii Muni\n\n121\n\nmanyund pracalad-gatro\nbhru-kup-ku!iliinana�\nbubhu�ita5 ca sutarilm\nkrtaiijalim abhii$ata\nmanyuna-agitated by great anger; praca lat-gatra�-his body trembling; bhru-kup-by the eyebrows; ku!ila-curved; ilnana�-face;\n\nbubhu/cyita� ca-and hungry at the same time; sutarilm-very much;\nkrta-aiijalim-to Ambari�a Maharaja, who stood there with folded\nhands; abhii§ata-he addressed.\nTRANSLATION\nStill hungry, Durviisii Muni, his body trembling, his face curved\nand his eyebrows crooked in a frown, angrily spoke as follows to\nKing Amhari�a, who stood before him with folded hands.\nTEXT 44\n\n� 3Wt �� p;.t(t_.q\"ij� � I\n��� �: 11\\l\\lll\naho asya nr-samsasya\nsriyonmattasya pa5yata\ndharma-vyatikramam v4rwr\nabhaktasyesa-milnina�\naho-alas; asya-of this man; nr-samsasya-who is so cruel; sriya\nunmattasya-puffed up because of great opulence; pa5yata-everyone\njust see; dharma-vyatikramam-the transgression of the regulative\nprinciples of religion; vi�rw/:t abhaktasya-who is not a devotee of\nLord Vi�:Q.u; iSa- milnina�-consider ing himself the Supreme Lord,\nindependent of everything.\nTRANSLATION\nAlas, just see the behavior of this cruel man! He is not a\ndevotee of Lord Vi�:Q.U. Being proud of his material opulence and\n\n", "SB9.1#p0147": "122\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nhis position, he considers himself God. Just see how he has\ntransgressed the laws of religion.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura has diverted the entire meaning\n\nof this verse as spoken by Durvasa Muni. Durvasa Muni used the word\n\nnr-sarhsasya to indicate that the King was cruel, but Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti 'fhakura interprets it to mean that the King's character was\nglorified by all the local people. He says that the word nr means \"by all\n\nthe local people\" and that sarhsasya means \"of he (Ambarif?a) whose\n\ncharacter was glorified.\" Similarly, one who is very rich becomes mad\nbecause of his wealth and is therefore called sriya-unmattasya, but Srila\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura interprets these words to mean that al­\n\nthough Maharaja Ambari�a was such an opulent king, he was not mad\nafter money, for he had already surpassed the madness of material opu­\n\nlence. Similarly, the word iSa-manina� is interpreted to mean that he\n\nwas so respectful to the Supreme Personality of Godhead that he did not\n\ntransgress the laws for observing Ekadasi-paral).a, despite the thinking of\nDurvasa Muni, for he only took water. In this way, Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti 'fhakura has supported Ambari�a Maharaja and all his\nactivities.\nTEXT 45\n\n���fir�����\n� ��j(ij� � m �1{, ������\nyo mam atithim ayatam\natithyena nimantrya ca\nadattva bhuktavarhs tasya\nsadyas te darsaye phalam\n\nyafl-this man who; mdm-unto me; atithim-who, being an uninvited guest; ayatam-had come here; atithyena-with the reception\nof a guest; nimantrya-after inviting me; ca-also; adattva-without\n\ngiving (food); bhuktavan-has himself eaten; tasya-o£ him; sadyaftimmediately; te-o£ you; darsaye-1 shall show; phalam-the result.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0148": "Text 46]\n\nAmbari�a Maharaja Offended by Durvasa Muni\n\n123\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Ambari�a, you have invited me to eat as a guest, but instead of feeding me, you yourself have eaten first. Because of your\nmisbehavior, I shall show you something to punish you.\nPURPORT\n\nA devotee cannot be defeated by a so-called mystic yogi. This will be\nproved by the failure of Durvasa Muni's endeavor to chastise Maharaja\nAmhari�a. Harav abhaktasya kuto mahad-gur:ta� (Bhag. 5.18.12). One\nwho is not a pure devotee of the Supreme Lord has no good qualifications, however great a mystic, philosopher or fruitive worker he may be.\nOnly a devotee emerges victorious in all circumstances, as will be shown\nin this incident involving the rivalry between Durvasa and Maharaja\n\nAmbari�a.\nTEXT 46\n\n�� � � � �sta_'lfq�t: I\n� � R� � ������_;ftq+U¥( 11\\l�ll\nevam bruvar:ta utkrtya\njatam rO{ia-pradipita�\ntaya sa nirmame tasmai\nkrtyam kalanalopamam\nevam-thus; bruvdr:ta�-speaking (Durvasa Muni); utkrtya-uprooting; jatam-a bunch of hair; rO{ia-pradipita�-being reddish because he\nwas very angry; taya-by that bunch of hair from his head; sa�Durvasa Muni; nirmame-created; tasmai-to punish Maharaja\nAmbari�a; krtyam-a demon; kala-anala-upamam-appearing just like\nthe blazing fire of devastation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs Durviisa Muni said this, his face became red with anger.\nUprooting a bunch of hair from his head, he created a demon\nresembling the blazing fire of devastation to punish Maharaja\nAmbari�a.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0149": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n124\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 47\n\n�uqNa�1 �a\"t+i��j � �tft�_ 1\n��..ffl � ;r �� �q: ll\\l\\911\ntam apatantim jvalatim\nasi-hastiim padii bhuvam\nvepayantim samudvilcyya\nna caciila padiin nrpa�\ntam-that\n\n(demon);\n\niipatantim-coming forward to attack him;\n\njvalatim-blazing like fire; asi-hastiim-with a trident in his hand;\npadii-with\n\nhis\n\nfootstep;\n\nbhuvam-the\n\nsurface\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nearth;\n\nvepayantim-causing to tremble; samudvilcyya-seeing him perfectly;\nna-not; cacala-moved; padiit-from his place; nrpa�-the King.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTaking a trident in his hand and making the surface of the earth\n\ntremble with his footsteps, that blazing creature came before\nMaharaja Amhari�a. But the King, upon seeing him, was not at all\n\ndisturbed and did not move even slightly from his position.\nPURPORT\n\nNarayar:ra-parii� sarve na kuta§cana bibhyati (Bhag. 6.17.28). A\npure devotee of NarayaQ.a is never afraid of any material danger. There\nare many examples of devotees such as Prahlada Maharaja, who was tortured by his father but was not at all afraid, although he was only a fiveyear-old boy. Therefore, following the examples of Ambari�a Maharaja\nand Prahlada Maharaja, a devotee should learn how to tolerate all such\nawkward positions in this world. Devotees are often tortured by nondevotees, yet the pure devotee, depending fully on the mercy of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, is never disturbed by such inimical\nactivities.\n\nTEXT 48\n\n���G.� � �ifor +tiilf4w:tl I\nWii � ijf � �:stl�f'rer �: II \\?�II\n\n", "SB9.1#p0150": "Text 48)\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durvasa Muni\n\n125\n\nprag d�!arh bhrtya-ra/cyayarh\npurU{>e7Ja mahatmanii\ndadaha krtyarh tam cakrarh\nkruddhahim iva pavaka�\nprak d�!am-as previously arranged; bhrtya-ra/cyayam-for the protection of his servants; purU{>e7Ja-by the Supreme Person; mahaatmana-by the Supersoul; dadaha-burnt to ashes; krtyam-that created demon; tam-him; cakram-the disc; kruddha-angry; ahim-a\nserpent; iva-like; pavaka�-fire.\nTRANSLATION\nAs fire in the forest immediately burns to ashes an angry snake,\nso, by the previous order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nHis disc, the Sudarsana cakra, immediately burnt to ashes the created demon to protect the Lord's devotee.\nPURPORT\nAs a pure devotee, Maharaja Ambari�a, although in such danger, did\nnot move an inch from his position, nor did he request the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead to give him protection. He was fixed in understanding, and it was certain that he was simply thinking of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead in the core of his heart. A devotee is never fearful of his death, for he meditates on the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nalways, not for any material profit, but as his duty. The Lord, however,\nknows how to protect His devotee. As indicated by the words prag\nd�tam, the Lord knew everything. Therefore, before anything happened, He had already arranged for His cakra to protect Maharaja\nAmbari�a. This protection is offered to a devotee even from the very\nbeginning of his devotional service. Kaunteya pratijanihi na me bhakta�\npraiJ.(lSyati (Bg.\n\n9.31). If one simply begins devotional service, he is im­\n\nmediately protected by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is also\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(18.66):\n\naharh\n\ntvarh sarva-papebhyo\n\nmo/cyafo.yami. Protection begins immediately. The Lord is so kind and\nmerciful that He gives the devotee proper guidance and all protection,\nand thus the devotee very peacefully makes solid progress in l(r�Q.a\n\n", "SB9.1#p0151": "126\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nconsciousness without outward disturbances. A serpent may be very\nangry and ready to bite, but the furious snake is helpless when faced by a\nblazing fire in the forest. Although an enemy of a devotee may be very\nstrong, he is compared to an angry serpent before the fire of devotional\nserVIce.\n\nTEXT 49\n\n�'T�tt �*�14 :q ���I\n�ertm �� �ffll �� � 11��11\ntad-abhidravad udvilcyya\nsva-prayiisam ca n�phalam\ndurvasa dudruve bhito\ndilcyu pra1Jll·paripsaya\ntat-of that disc; abhidravat-moving toward him; udvilcyya-after\nseeing; sva-prayasam-his own attempt; ca-and; n �phalam-having\nfailed; durvasa�-Durvasa Muni; dudruve-began to run; bhita�-full\nof fear; dilcyu-in every direction; pra1Jll·paripsaya-with a desire to\nsave his life.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing that his own attempt had failed and that the\n\nSudarsana cakra was moving toward him, Durviisa Muni became\nvery frightened and began to run in all directions to save his life.\nTEXT 50\n\n� �%TTW\naynfit�-FJ� �� I\nij��\n�T�'{tuil\ng{f AA�: 3RR1R �it: II� II\n�\n\no\n\ntam anvadhaood bhagavad-rathangam\ndavagnir uddhuta-sikho yathahim\n\n", "SB9.1#p0152": "Text 51)\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durvasii Muni\n\n127\n\ntathiinU$aktam munir ilcyamar:w\nguham vivilcyu� prasasiira mero�\ntam-unto Durviisii; an oo dhaoo t-began to follow; bhagamt-rathaangam-the disc appearing from the wheel of the Lord's chariot; davaagni�-like a forest fire;\n\nuddhuta-blazing high;\n\nsikha�-having\n\nflames; yatha ahim-as it follows a snake; tatha-in the same way;\naniJ,$aktam-as if touching Durviisii Muni's back; muni�-the sage;\nik$ama��-seeing like that; guham-a cave; vivilcyu�-wanted to\nenter; pras asiira-began to move quickly; mero�-of Meru Mountain.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the blazing flames of a forest fire pursue a snake, the disc of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead began following Durviisa\nMuni. Durviisa Muni saw that the disc was almost touching his\nhack, and thus he ran very swiftly, desiring to enter a cave of\nSumeru Mountain.\n\ndi.So nabha� lcymam vivariin samudriin\nlokan sapiilarils tridivam gata� sa�\nyato yato dhavati tatra tatra\nsudarsanam dU$prasaham dadarsa\ndi.Sa�-all directions; nabha�-in the sky; k$mam-on the surface of\nthe earth; vivariin-within the holes; samudriin-within the seas;\nlolaln-all places; sa-palan-as well as their rulers; tridivam-the\nheavenly planets; gata�-gone ; sa�-Durviisii Muni; yata� yata�wheresoever;\n\ndhavati-he\n\nwent;\n\ntatra\n\ntatra-there\n\n,\n\neverywhere;\n\nsudarsanam-the disc of the Lord; dU$prasaham-ex tremely fearful;\ndadarsa-Durviisii Muni saw.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0153": "(Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n128\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust to protect himself, Durviisii Muni fled everywhere, in all\n\ndirections-in the sky, on the surface of the earth, in caves, in the\n\nocean, on different planets of the rulers of the three worlds, and\n\neven on the heavenly planets-but wherever he went he im­\n\nmediately saw following him the unbearable fire of the Sudarsana\n\ncakra.\n\nTEXT 52\n\n31�?.{: � w\n\n��\n\n��M*�t��:\n� �ft� �� ����U�¥i(4l�sf��«t ¥ill{_ 11'-\\ �II\nalabdha-niitha/.t sa sadii kuta.Scit\nsantrasta-citto 'rar.am e$amar.a/.t\ndevarh virificarh samagad vidhatas\ntrahy atma-yone 'jita-tejaso mam\nalabdha-niitha/.t-without getting the shelter of a protector; sa/.t­\n\nDurvlisli Muni; sadii-always; kuta.Scit-somewhere; santrasta-citta/.twith\n\na fearful heart;\n\narar.am-a\n\nperson\n\nwho\n\ncan give\n\nshelter;\n\ne$anui �a/.t-seeking; devam-at last to the chief demigod; virificamLord Brahmii; samagat-approached; vidhata/.t-0 my lord; trahikindly protect; iitma-yone-0 Lord Brahmii; ajita-tejasa/.t-from the\nfire released by Ajita, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nuimunto me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith a fearful heart, Durviisa Muni went here and there seeking\n\nshelter, but when he could find no shelter, he finally approached\n\nLord Brahmii and said, \"0 my lord, 0 Lord Brahmii, kindly pro­\n\ntect me from the blazing Sudarsana cakra sent by the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead.\"\n\n", "SB9.1#p0154": "Text 54] Amhar�a Maharaja Offended by Durvisi Muni\n\n129\n\nTEXTS 53-54\nwt�T<ffif\n\n�R\n\n� ��·\n�')����ffl'\n�I\n���Ill � d�1:\n�\n\n��;ft �� Rf�Rttffir II'-\\� II\n\n.\n\n'\"'\n\n3T�\n\n�'\n\n��:\n\n��ij�:UQ�e�(:\n\n�\n\n�\n\n���'\n�fifd �1iitiRd �: 11'-\\�JII\nsri-brahmovaca\n\nsthanarit madiyam saha-viSvam etat\nkri{lavasane dvi-parardha-saritjiie\nbhra-bhanga-matrer:w hi sandidha/cyo/:t\n\nkalatmano yasya tirobhavi§yati\naharit bhavo dalcya-bhrgu-pradhana/:t\nprajesa-bhatesa-suresa-mukhya/:t\nsarve vayam yan-niyamarit prapanna\nmurdhnyarpitarit loka-hitam vahama/:t\nsri-brahma uvaca-Lord Brahma said; sthanam-the place where I\n\nam; madiyam-my residence, Brahmaloka; saha-with; viSvam-the\nwhole universe; etat-this; krit;la-avasane-at the end of the period for\n\nthe pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; dvi-parardhasaritjiie-the time known as the end of a dvi-parardha; bhra-bhangamiitrer:w-simply\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nflicking\n\nof\n\nthe\n\neyebrows;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nsandidha/cyo/:t-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, when He desires\n\nto burn the whole universe; kala-atmana/:t-of the form of destruction;\nyasya-of\n\nwhom;\n\ntirobhavi�yati-will\n\nbe\n\nvanquished;\n\naham-1;\n\nbhava/:t-Lord Siva; da/cya-Prajapati Dak�a; bhrgu-the great saint\n\nBhrgu;\n\npradhana/:t-and\n\nothers\n\nheaded\n\nby\n\nthem;\n\npraja-iSa-the\n\n", "SB9.1#p0155": "[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad -Bhiigavatam\n\n130\n\ncontrollers of the prajas; bhata-iSa-the controllers of the living entities; sura-iSa-the controllers of the demigods; mukhya�-headed by\nthem; sartJe-all of them; vayam-we also;\nregulative principle;\n\nyat-niyamam-whose\n\nprapanna�-are surrendered;\n\nmardhnya ar­\n\npita m-bowing our heads; loka-hitam-for the benefit of all living entities; vahama�-carry out the orders ruling over the living entities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahmii said: At the end of the dvi-pariirdha, when the\n\npastimes of the Lord come to an end, Lord Vi�I).U, by a flick of His\n\neyebrows, vanquishes the entire universe, including our places of\nresidence. Such personalities as me and Lord Siva, as well as Dak�a,\n\nBltfgu and similar great saints of which they are the head, and also\n\nthe rulers of the living entities, the rulers of human society and\nthe rulers of the demigods-all of us surrender to that Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Lord Vi�l).u, bowing our heads, to carry\n\nout His orders for the benefit of all living entities.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita\n\n(10.34) it is said, mrtyu� sarva-haras caham: when\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead approaches as death, or the\nsupreme controller of time, He takes everything away. In other words, all\nopulence, prestige and everything we possess is given by the Supreme\nLord for some purpose. It is the duty of the surrendered soul to execute\nthe orders of the Supreme. No one can disregard Him. Under the circumstances, Lord Brahmii refused to give shelter to Durviisii Muni from the\npowerful Sudarsana cakra sent by the Lord.\n\nTEXT 55\n\n*�Rcttiol fqftg(;r �oqSfilqaiM: I\n�tm: � �: ��el«i41Rt'14( ������\npratyakhyato viriiicena\nvi$r,tu-cakropatapital,£\n\n", "SB9.1#p0156": "Text 56]\n\nAmbari�a Maharaja Offended by Durvasa Muni\n\n131\n\ndurvdsa� sara1J1lm yata�\nsarvam kailiisa-vasinam\npratyakhyata�-being refused; virincena-by Lord Brahma; v4\"{Lucakra-upatapita�-being scorched by the blazing fire of Lord Vi�1,1u's\ndisc;\n\ndurvasa�-the\n\ngreat mystic named Durvasa;\n\nsara1J1lm-for\n\nshelter; yata�-went; sarvam-unto Lord S iva; kailasa-vasinam-the\nresident of the place known as Kailasa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Durvasa, who was greatly afflicted by the blazing fire of\n\nthe Sudariana cakra, was thus refused by Lord Brahma, he tried to\n\ntake shelter of Lord Siva, who always resides on his planet, known\nas Kailasa.\n\nTEXT 56\ndt�f\n\neri\n\n;r\n\nfflij\n\nij(ff�\n\n�\n\n�\n���s��m:1\n\n�err.� m w:r ��c:r ��:\n{:l«t�il � eri WUl{: 11'-\\ ���\nsri-sarikara uvaca\nvayam na tata prabhavama bhumni\nyasmin pare 'nye 'py aja-jiva-kosa�\nbhavanti kale na bhavanti hidrsa�\nsahasra.So yatra vayam bhramama!J.\nsri-sarikara� uvaca-Lord Siva said; vayam-we; na-not; tata-0\nmy dear son; prabhavama!J.-sufficiently able; bhumni-unto the great\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; yasmin-in whom; pare-in the\nTranscendence; anye-others; api-even; aja-Lord Brahma; jimliving entities; kosa�-the universes; bhavanti-can become; kale-in\ndue course of time;\n\nna-not; bhavanti-can become;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nidrsa�-like this; sahasra§a�-many thousands and millions; yatrawherein; vayam-all of us; bhramama�-are rotating.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0157": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n132\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva said: My dear son, I, Lord Brahma and the other\n\ndemigods, who rotate within this universe under the misconcep­\n\ntion of our greatness, cannot exhibit any power to compete with\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, for innumerable universes\n\nand their inhabitants come into existence and are annihilated by\n\nthe simple direction of the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThere are innumerable universes in the material world, and there are\n\ninnumerable Lord Brahmas, Lord Sivas and other demigods. All of them\nrotate within this material world under the supreme direction of the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. Therefore no one is able to compete with the\n\n�trength of the Lord. Lord Siva also refused to protect Durvasa, for Lord\nSiva also was under the rays of the Sudarsana cakra sent by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nTEXTS 57-59\n.\n\n�\n\n���'R�\n\n�\n\n;nw\n\n�WU�iJ1: I\n\n�qitsqr.=ffi:� ��) � �ft: 11'-\\\\911\n\n�lMS4fF'CI'� m�n: qtmf;n: 1\n\n� ;r � �:(;Jq;:ijp.[f �rn: 11'-\\�11\n� N�� �� � � ;r: I\n� �ui � ooij � r�rn 11'-\\�11\naham sanat-kumara.S ca\nniirado bhagaviin aja/:t\nkapilo 'pantaratamo\ndevalo dharma iisuri/:t\nmarici-pramukhas canye\nsiddhesa/:t para-darsanii/:t\n\n", "SB9.1#p0158": "Text 59]\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durviisa Muni\n\n133\n\nvidama na vayarh saroe\nyan-mayam mayayavrtabtasya viSvesvarasyedam\nsastrarh durvi$aham hi nab,\ntam evarh sararuzm yahi\nharis te sam vidhasyati\naham-1;\n\nsanat-kumarab,\n\nca-and the four Kumaras\n\n(Sanaka,\n\nSanatana, Sanat-kumara and Sananda); naradab,-the heavenly sage\nNarada; bhagavan ajab,-the supreme creature of the universe, Lord\nBrahma; kapilab,-the son of Devahuti; apantaratamab,-Vyasadeva;\ndevalab,-the great sage Devala; dharmab,-Yamaraja; cisurib,-the\ngreat saint Asuri; marici-the great saint Marici; pramukhab,-headed\nby; ca-also; anye-others; siddha-i.Sab,-all of them perfect in their\nknowledge; para-darsanab,-they have seen the end of all knowledge;\nvidamab,-can understand; na-not; vayam-all of us; sarve-totally;\nyat-mayam-the illusory energy of whom; mayaya-by that illusory\nenergy; avrtab,-being covered; tasya-His ; viSva-iSvarasya-of the\nLord\n\nof\n\nthe universe;\n\nidam-this;\n\nsastram-weapon\n\n(the\n\ndisc);\n\ndurvi$aham-even intolerable; hi-indeed; nab,-of us; tam-to Him;\nevam-therefore;\n\nsararuzm yahi-go\n\nto\n\ntake\n\nshelter;\n\nharib,-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; te-for you; sam-auspiciousness;\nvidhasyati-certainly will perform.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPast, present and future are known to me (Lord Siva], Sanatkumara, Narada, the most revered Lord Brahma, Kapila (the son of\nDevahiiti], Apantaratama [Lord Vyiisadeva], Devala, Yamaraja,\nAsuri, Marici and many saintly persons headed by him, as well as\nmany others who have achieved perfection. Nonetheless, because\nwe are covered by the illusory energy of the Lord, we cannot\nunderstand how expansive that illusory energy is. You should\nsimply approach that Supreme Personality of Godhead to get\nrelief, for this Sudarsana cakra is intolerable even to us. Go to\n\n", "SB9.1#p0159": "(Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n134\n\nLord Vi��u. He will certainly be kind enough to bestow all good\nfortune upon you.\n\nTEXT 60\n\nm � �rm: � lFCCfa-t � 1\n�fj06i(otj �� �f;{�: f�� II� oil\ntato niraso durvasa�\npadam bhagavato yayau\nvaikurt!hakhyam yad adhyaste\nsrinivasa� sriya saha\ntata�-thereafter;\n\nnirasa�-disappointed;\n\ndurvasa� - the\n\ngreat\n\nmystic Durvasa; padam-to the place; bhagavata�-of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Vi�J;J.u; yayau-went; vaikurt!ha-akhyam-the\nplace known as VaikuJ;J.tha; yat-wherein; adhyaste - liv es perpetually;\ns rini vasa�-Lord Vi�J;J.U; sriya-with the goddess of fortune; sahawith.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, being disappointed even in taking shelter of Lord\n\nSiva, Durvasa Muni went to V aiku�tha-dhiima, where the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Naray�a, resides with His consort, the\ngoddess of fortune.\n\nTEXT 6 1\n\n4G>tM'ii\"flSfGiij�i�tlf�\nij�q��� qfmn �: 1\nro�a- srm\n�« �ft N� ����II\n\n3t1�1\"\"-Y)ijlit�\n\nsandahyamano ]ita-sastra-vahnina\ntat-pada-mule patita� savepathu�\nahacyutananta sad-ipsita prabho\nkrtagasam mavahi visva-bhavana\n\n", "SB9.1#p0160": "Text 62]\n\nAmbari�a Maharaja Offended by Durviisii Muni\n\n135\n\nsandahyamana�-being burned by the heat; ajita-sastra vahninii -\n\nby the blazing fire of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's weapon; tatpdda-mule-at His lotus feet; patita�-fal1ing down; sa-vepathu�\n\n­\n\nwith trembling of the body; aha-said; acyuta-0 my Lord, 0 infallible\none; ananta-0 You of unlimited prowess; sat-ipsita-0 Lord desired\nby saintly persons; prabho-0 Supreme; krta-agasam-the greatest\noffender; md-to me; avahi-give protection; viSva-bhavana-0 wellwisher of the whole universe.\nTRANSLATION\nDurviisii Muni, the great mystic, scorched by the heat of the\nSudarsana cakra, fell at the lotus feet of Niiriiylll).a. His body\ntrembling, he spoke as follows: 0 infallible, unlimited Lord, protector of the entire universe, You are the only desirable objective\nfor all devotees. I am a great offender, my Lord. Please give me\nprotection.\nTEXT 62\n\nij\n�l�lll�\nid � �: fitmtt\"IUITI'I'( I\nAA� �qf� ferm(fiTil� ��;:�� �sfq 11��11\najanatii te paramanubhavam\n\nkrtam mayagham bhavata� priya�m\n\nvidhehi tasyapacitim vidhatar\nmucyeta yan-namny udite niirako 'pi\najanatii-without\n\nknowledge;\n\nte-o£\n\nYour\n\nLordship;\n\nparama­\n\nanubhavam-the inconceivable prowess; krtam-has been committed;\nma\n\nya-by me; agham-a great offense; bhavatal,t-of Your Lordship;\n\npriya�m-at the feet of the devotees; vidhehi-now kindly do the\nneedful;\n\ntasya-of\n\nsuch\n\nan\n\noffense;\n\napacthm-counteraction;\n\nvidhata/.l-0 supreme controller; mucyeta-can be delivered; yat-of\nwhose; ndmni-when the name; udite-is awakened; niiraka/.l api even a person fit for going to hell.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0161": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n136\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, 0 supreme controller, without knowledge of Your\nunlimited prowess I have offended Your most dear devotee. Very\nkindly save me from the reaction of this offense. You can do everything, for even if a person is fit for going to hell, You can deliver\nhim simply by awakening within his heart the holy name of Your\nLordship.\nTEXT 63\n\n�TfiiWTT'<f\n� ��t ��;:;r � � I\n'��\nn\"n..\n�n�Hfi�4T\n+r'(n.-.m��,w;r: ����II\n\\1,�,��\n\"\n\nsri-bhagavan uvaca\naham bhakta-paradhirw\nhy asvatantra iva dvija\nsadhubhir grasta-hrdayo\nbhaktair bhakta-jana-priya�\nsn-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;\naham-I;\n\nbhakta-pariidhina�-am dependent on the will of My\n\ndevotees; hi-indeed; asvatantra�-am not independent; iva-exactly\nlike that; dvija-0 briihmar:w-; sadhubhi�-by pure devotees, completely free from all material desires; grasta-hrdaya/:t-My heart is controlled; bhaktai�-because they are devotees; bhakta-jana-priyalJ,-1\nam dependent not only on My devotee but also on My devotee's devotee\n(the devotee's devotee is extremely dear to Me).\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said to the brahm8.I,la: I\nam completely under the control of My devotees. Indeed, I am not\nat all independent. Because My devotees are completely devoid of\nmaterial desires, I sit only within the cores of their hearts. What to\nspeak of My devotee, even those who are devotees of My devotee\nare very dear to Me.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0162": "Text 64)\n\nAmbar�a Maharaja Offended by Durvasa Muni\n\n137\n\nPURPORT\nAll the great stalwart personalities in the universe, including Lord\n\nBrahma and Lord Siva, are fully under the control of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, but the Supreme Personality of Godhead is fully\n\nunder the control of His devotee. Why is this? Because the devotee is\n\nanyabhik4itii-sunya; in other words, he has no material desires in his\n\nheart. His only desire is to think always of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead and how to serve Him best. Because of this transcendental\n\nqualification, the Supreme Lord is extremely favorable to the devotees­\n\nindeed, not only the devotees, but also the devotees of the devotees. Sri:la\nNarottama dasa Thakura says, ch{Ujiya va�7Java-seva nistara payeche\n\nkeba: without being a devotee of a devotee, one cannot be released from\n\nmaterial entanglement. Therefore Caitanya Mahaprabhu identified Him­\n\nself as gopi-bhartu!t pada-kamalayor dasa-dasanudasaft. Thus he in­\n\nstructed us to become not directly servants of Kr�Qa but servants of the\n\nservant of Kr�r;ta. Devotees like Brahma, Narada, Vyasadeva and\nSukadeva Gosvami: are directly servants of Kr�r;ta, and one who becomes\n\na servant of Narada, Vyasadeva and Sukadeva, like the six Gosvami:s, is\n\nstill more devoted. Sri:la Visvanatha Cakravarti: Thakura therefore says,\n\nyasya prasadad bhagavat-prasada!t: if one very sincerely serves the\nspiritual master, Kr�r;ta certainly becomes favorable to such a devotee.\n\nFollowing the instructions of a devotee is more valuable than following\nthe instructions of the Supreme Personality of Godhead directly.\n\nTEXT 64\n\n�1�1�1'1� �: �f� I\n\nf� �f� if&�'{� � '«T II� �II\nnaham atmanam asase\nmad-bhaktailt sadhubhir vina\nsriyarh catyantikirh brahman\nye§arh gatir aharh para\nna-not; aham-1; atmanam-transcendental bliss; asase-desire;\n\nmat-bhaktaift-with\n\nMy\n\ndevotees;\n\nsadhubhift-with\n\nthe\n\nsaintly\n\npersons; vina-without them; sriyam-all My six opulences; ca-also;\n\n", "SB9.1#p0163": "138\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\natyantikim-the supreme; brahman-0 brahmar:w; ye$d m-of whom;\ngatilt-destination; aham-1 am; para-the ultimate.\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of the hrihmru:tas, without saintly persons for whom I am\n\nthe only destination, I do not desire to enjoy My transcendental\nbliss and My supreme opulences.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is self-sufficient, but to enjoy\nHis transcendental bliss He requires the cooperation of His devotees. In\nV:rndavana, for example, although Lord K:r�Q.a is full in Himself, He\nwants the cooperation of His devotees like the cowherd boys and the\ngopis to increase His transcendental bliss. Such pure devotees, who can\nincrease the pleasure potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nare certainly most dear to Him. Not only does the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead enjoy the company of His devotees, but because He is unlimited\nHe wants to increase His devotees unlimitedly. Thus, He descends to the\nmaterial world to induce the nondevotees and rebellious living entities to\nreturn home, back to Godhead. He requests them to surrender unto Him\nbecause, unlimited as He is, He wants to increase His devotees unlimitedly. The K:r�Q.a consciousness movement is an attempt to increase\nthe number of pure devotees of the Supreme Lord more and more. It is\ncertain that a devotee who helps in this endeavor to satisfy the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead becomes indirectly a controller of the Supreme\nLord. Although the Supreme Lord is full in six opulences, He does not\nfeel transcendental bliss without His devotees. An example that may be\ncited in this regard is that if a very rich man does not have sons in a\nfamily he does not feel happiness. Indeed, sometimes a rich man adopts a\nson to complete his happiness. The science of transcendental bliss is\nknown to the pure devotee. Therefore the pure devotee is always\nengaged in increasing the transcendental happiness of the Lord.\nTEXT 65\n\n� GJ(I•ll(�?lIH� FRf'lli � I\n����:���Mffl� 11�'-\\11\n\n", "SB9.1#p0164": "Text 65]\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durviisii Muni\n\n139\n\nye dariigiira-putriipta-\n\npriiT}iln vittam imam param\n\nhitvii mii m sarar:uzm yiitiib,\n\nkatham tiirils tyaktum utsahe\n\nye-those devotees of Mine who; dara-wife; agiira-house; putra­\n\nchildren, sons; iipta-relatives, society; priiT}iln-even life; vittam­\n\nwealth; imam-all these; param-elevation to the heavenly planets or\n\nbecoming one by merging into Brahman; hitvii-giving up (all these ambitions\n\nand\n\nparaphernalia);\n\nmiim-unto\n\nMe;\n\nsarar;uzm-shelter;\n\nyiitiib,-having taken; katham-how; tan-such persons; tyaktum-to\n\ngive them up; utsahe-1 can be enthusiastic in that way (it is not\n\npossible).\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince pure devotees give up their homes, wives, children, relatives, riches and even their lives simply to serve Me, without any\ndesire for material improvement in this life or in the next, how\ncan\n\nI give up such devotees at any time?\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is worshiped by the words\n\nbrahma'!tya-deviiya go-briihmar:uz-hitiiya ca. Thus He is the well-wisher\n\nof the briihmar:uzs. Durvasa Muni was certainly a very great briihmar;uz,\n\nbut because he was a nondevotee, he could not sacrifice everything in de­\n\nvotional service. Great mystic yogis are actually self-interested. The\n\nproof is that when Durvasa Muni created a demon to kill Maharaja\nAmbari�a, the King stayed fixed in his place, praying to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and depending solely and wholly on Him,\n\nwhereas when Durvasa Muni was chased by the Sudarsana cakra by the\n\nsupreme will of the Lord, he was so perturbed that he fled all over the\nworld and tried to take shelter in every nook and corner of the universe.\n\nAt last, in fear of his life, he approached Lord Brahma, Lord Siva and\n\nultimately the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He was so interested in\nhis own body that he wanted to kill the body of a Vai�1,1ava. Therefore, he\n\ndid not have very good intelligence, and how can an unintelligent person\n\nbe delivered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead? The Lord certainly\n\n", "SB9.1#p0165": "[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n140\n\ntries to give all protection to His devotees who have given up everything\nfor the sake of serving Him.\nAnother point in this verse is that attachment to daragara-putraptahome, wife, children, friendship, society and love-is not the way to\nachieve the favor of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One who is attached to hearth and home for material pleasure cannot become a pure\ndevotee. Sometimes a pure devotee may have a habit or attraction for\nwife, children and home but at the same time want to serve the Supreme\nLord to the best of his ability. For such a devotee, the Lord makes a\nspecial arrangement to take away the objects of his false attachment and\nthus free him from attachment to wife, home, children, friends and so\non. This is special mercy bestowed upon the devotee to bring him back\nhome, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 66\n\nijfq A4:a:«41: �: ij'iG;�lW\\U I\n� 'fWCT m +TcRtrn,ftw.r: wqffi' � II�� II\nmayi nirbaddha-hrdaya�\nsadhava� sama-darsanii�\nvase kurvanti miirh bhaktya\nsat-striya� sat-patirh yatha\n\nmayi-unto Me; nirbaddha-hrdaya�-firmly attached in the core of\nthe heart; sadhava�-the pure devotees; sama-darsanii�-who are\nequal to everyone; vase-under control; kurvanti-they make; nuimunto Me; bhaktya-by devotional service; sat-striya�-chaste women;\nsat patim-unto the gentle husband; yatha-as\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs chaste women bring their gentle husbands under control by\n\nservice, the pure devotees, who are equal to everyone and com­\n\npletely attached to Me in the core of the heart, bring Me under\ntheir full control.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0166": "Text 67]\n\nArnhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durviisii Muni\n\n141\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse, the word sama-darsanii� is significant. The pure devotee\nis actually equal toward everyone, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gita\n\n( 18.54): brahma-bhuta� prasanniitmii na socati\n\nna\n\nkiirilcyatil sama�\n\nsaroe�u bhllte$U. Universal brotherhood is possible when one is a pure\ndevotee (paTJ4,ita� sama-darsinaM. A pure devotee is actually learned\nbecause he knows his constitutional position, he knows the position of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and he knows the relationship between\nthe living entity and the Supreme Lord. Thus he has full spiritual knowledge and is automatically liberated (brahma-bhutaM. He can therefore\nsee everyone on the spiritual platform. He can comprehend the happiness and distress of all living entities. He understands that what is happiness to him is also happiness to others and that what is distress to him is\ndistressing for others. Therefore he is sympathetic to everyone. As\nPrahlada Maharaja said:\n\nsoce tato vimukha-cetasa indriyarthamiiyii-sukhiiya bharam udvahato vimW)hiin\n(Bhag.\n\n7.9.43)\n\nPeople suffer from material distress because they are not attached to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. A pure devotee's chief concern,\ntherefore, is to raise the ignorant mass of people to the sense of \"Kr�1.1a\nconscwusness.\n\nTEXT 67\n\n�ffi 3l� � «l�l;:p;(IR\"i'4t!etl_\n;r�f;q�� �: �s;:tr����� 11�\\SII\n':I\n\nmat-sevayii pratitarh te\nsiilokyiidi-catU$!ayam\nnecchanti sevayii pur1)ii�\nkuto 'nyat kiila-viplutam\nmat-sevaya-by being engaged fully in My transcendental loving service; pratitam-automatically achieved; te-such pure devotees are\nfully satisfied; siilokya-adi-ca(U$!ayam-the four different types of\n\n", "SB9.1#p0167": "142\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nliberation (salokya, sarilpya, samipya and sar�#. what to speak of\n\nsayujya); na -not; icchanti-desire; sevaya-simply by devotional ser­\n\nvice; purryal£-fully complete; kutal£-where is the question; anyatother things; kala-viplutam-which are finished in the course of time.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy devotees, who are always satisfied to be engaged in My loving\n\nservice, are not interested even in the four principles of liberation\n[salokya, silriipya, siimipya and siir�ti], although these are auto­\n\nmatically achieved by their service. What then is to be said of such\n\nperishable happiness as elevation to the higher planetary systems?\n.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Bilvamailgala Thakura has estimated the value of liberation as\n\nfollows:\n\nmuktilt svayam mukulitanjalil£ sevate 'sman\ndharmartha-kama-gatayal£ samaya-prati�alt\nBilvamailgala Thakura realized that if one develops his natural devo­\n\ntional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, mukti stands\nbefore him with folded hands to offer all kinds of service. In other\n\nwords, the devotee is already liberated. There is no need for him to\n\naspire for different types of liberation. The pure devotee automatically\nachieves liberation, even without desiring it.\nTEXT 68\n\nsadhavo hrdayam mahyam\nsadhunam hrdayam tv aham\nmad-anyat te na jananti\nnaham tebhyo manag api\nsadhaval£-the pure devotees; hrdayam-in the core of the heart;\n\nmahyam-of Me; sadhunam-of the pure devotees also; hrdayam-in\n\n", "SB9.1#p0168": "Text 68]\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durvasa Muni\n\n143\n\nthe core of the heart; tu- indeed; aham-1 am; mat-anyat-anything\nelse but me; te-they; na-not; jananti-know; na-not; aham-1;\n\ntebhya�-than them; manak api-even by a little fraction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pure devotee is always within the core of My heart, and I am\nalways in the heart of the pure devotee. My devotees do not know\nanything else but Me, and I do not know anyone else but them.\n\nPURPORT\nSince Durvasa Muni wanted to chastise Maharaja Ambari�a, it is to be\nunderstood that he wanted to give pain to the heart of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for the Lord says, siif;lhavo hrdayam mahyam:\n\"The pure devotee is always within the core of My heart.\" The Lord's\nfeelings are like those of a father, who feels pain when his child is in\npain. Therefore, offenses at the lotus feet of a devotee are serious.\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu has very strongly recommended that one not commit any offense at the lotus feet of a devotee. Such offenses are compared\nto a mad elephant because when a mad elephant enters a garden it causes\ndevastation. Therefore one should be extremely careful not to commit\noffenses at the lotus feet of a pure devotee. Actually Maharaja Ambari�a\nwas not at all at fault; Durvasa Muni unnecessarily wanted to chastise\nhim on flimsy grounds. Maharaja Ambari�a wanted to complete the\nEkadasi-paraJ).a as part of devotional service to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore he drank a little water. But although\nDurvasa Muni was a great mystic brahma�, he did not know what is\nwhat. That is the difference between a pure devotee and a so-called\nlearned scholar of Vedic knowledge. The devotees, being always situated\nin the core of the Lord's heart, surely get all instructions directly from\nthe Lord, as confirmed by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gita (10.11):\n\nte$am evanukampartham\naham ajnanajam tama�\nnasayamy atma-bhavastho\njiiana-dipena bhasvata\n\n", "SB9.1#p0169": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n144\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\n\"Out of compassion for them, I, dwelling in their hearts, destroy with\nthe shining lamp of knowledge the darkness born of ignorance.\" The\ndevotee does not do anything not sanctioned by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. As it is said, va4r:wvera kriya mudrii vijiieha na bujhaya.\nEven the most learned or experienced person cannot understand the\nmovements of a Vai�r;tava, a pure devotee. No one, therefore, should\ncriticize a pure Vai�r;tava. A Vai�r;tava knows his own business; whatever\nhe does is precisely right because he is always guided by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 69\n\n� �Ptt41fi4 (R Rsr �� ffil,\n\nI\n\n3P-i ��:ql(� �� � � �� I\n�!! srfti �: �: ��� 11��11\nupayam kathafo.yami\ntava vipra SfTJ-�Va tat\nayam hy iitmiibhicaras te\nyatas tam yahi mii ciram\nsadh�u prahitam teja�\nprahartu� kurute 'sivam\nupayam-the means of protection in this dangerous position;\nkathayi$yami-I shall speak to you; tava-o£ your deliverance from this\ndanger; vipra-0 briihmar:ra; srr:t� va-just hear from me; tat-what I\nsay; ayam-this action taken by you; hi-indeed; iitma-abhiciira�sel£-envy or envious of yourself (your mind has become your enemy);\nte-for\n\nyou;\n\nyata�-because\n\nof whom;\n\nAmbari�a); yahi-immediately go;\n\ntam-to\n\nhim\n\n(Maharaja\n\nmii ciram-do not wait even a\n\nmoment; siidh�u-unto devotees; prahitam-applied; teja�-power;\n\n�\n\nprahartu�-of the executor; kurute-does; a§ivam- nauspiciousness.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 brahm�a, let Me now advise you for your own protection.\nPlease hear from Me. By offending Maharaja Amhari�a, you have\n\n", "SB9.1#p0170": "Text 70]\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durviisii Muni\n\n145\n\nacted with self-envy. Therefore you should go to him immediately,\nwithout a moment's delay. One's so-called prowess, when employed against the devotee, certainly harms he who employs it.\nThus it is the subject, not the object, who is harmed.\nPURPORT\nA Vai�l}.ava is always an object of envy for nondevotees, even when the\nnondevotee happens to be his father. To give a practical example,\nHiral}.yaka8ipu was envious of Prahlada Maharaja, but this envy of the\ndevotee was harmful to HiraQyakasipu, not to Prahlada. Every action .\ntaken by Hiral}.yakasipu against his son Prahlada Maharaja was taken\nvery seriously by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and thus when\nHiral}.yakasipu was on the verge of killing Prahlada, the Lord personally\nappeared and killed Hiral}.yakasipu. Service to a Vai�l}.ava gradually accumulates and becomes an asset for the devotee. Similarly, harmful activities directed against the devotee gradually become the ultimate cause\nof the performer's falldown. Even such a great brahmar;a and mystic\nyogi as Durvasa was in a most dangerous situation because of his offense\nat the lotus feet of Maharaja Ambari�a, a pure devotee.\n\nTEXT 70\n\n� ftfflt � Pnuo1i f;r:�t�(\"tcti� a-� 1\nij � �(if�1�@ � CfiW.-q� 11\\!)o II\ntapo vidya ca vipra�rh\nni/:I.Sreyasa-kare ubhe\nte eva durvinitasya\nkalpete kartur anyatha\ntapaft-austerities; vidya-knowledge; ca-also; vipra�m-of the\nbrahma7J-as; ni/:I.Sreyasa-of what is certainly very auspicious for upliftment; kare-are causes; ubhe-both of them; te-such austerity and\nknowledge; eva-indeed; durvinitasya-when such a person is an\nupstart; kalpete-become; kartuft-of the performer; anyatha-just\nthe opposite.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0171": "146\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor a brahma1,1a, austerity and learning are certainly auspicious,\n\nbut when acquired by a person who is not gentle, such austerity\nand learning are most dangerous.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said that a jewel is very valuable, but when it is on the hood of a\nserpent, it is dangerous despite its value. Similarly, when a materialistic\nnondevotee achieves great success in learning and austerity, that success\nis dangerous for all of society. So-called learned scientists, for example,\ninvented atomic weapons that are dangerous for all humanity. It is\ntherefore said, mar:tinii bh!\"4itab, sarpab, kim asau na bhayaitkarab,. A\nserpent with a jewel on its hood is as dangerous as a serpent without such\na jewel. Durvasa Muni was a very learned brahmar:ta equipped with\nmystic power, but because he was not a gentleman, he did not know how\nto use his power. He was therefore extremely dangerous. The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is never inclined toward a dangerous person who\nuses his mystic power for some personal design. By the laws of nature,\ntherefore, such misuse of power is ultimately dangerous not for society\nbut for the person who misuses it.\n\nTEXT 71\n\n�i{������\n� �nwi q-�n ���� II�� II\nbrahmarhs tad gaccha bhadrarh te\nnabhaga-tanayarh nrpam\n/cyamapaya malui-bluigam\ntatab, santir bhavi§yati\nbrahman-0 brahmar:ta; tat-therefore; gaccha-you go; bhadram-all auspiciousness; te-unto you; nabhaga-tanayam-to the son\nof Maharaja Nabhaga; nrpam-the King (Arnbari�); /cyamapaya-just\ntry to pacify him; maha-bhagam-a great personality, a pure devotee;\ntatab,-thereafter; sdntib,-peace; bhavi§yati-there will be.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0172": "Text 71]\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja Offended by Durviisii Muni\n\n147\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 best of the briihmal}.as, you should therefore go immediately\nto King Amhari�a, the son of Maharaja Niihhaga. I wish you all\ngood fortune. If you can satisfy Maharaja Amhari�a, then there will\nhe peace for you.\nPURPORT\nIn this regard, Madhva Muni quotes from the Garuc;la Purarw:\nbrahmadi-bhakti-koty-arilSad\narilSo naivambar�ake\nnaimnyasya cakrasyapi\ntathapi harir iSvarab,\ntatkalikopaceyatvat\nte$tirh ya.Sasa adirat\nbrahmadaya.S ca tat-kirtim\nvyaiijayam asur uttamam\nmohanaya ca daityanam\nbrahmade nindanaya ca\nanyartham ca smyam vi$7Jur\nbrahmadyas ca nirasi$abmdnU$e$11ttamatvac ca\nte$drh bhaktyadibhir gurwibbrahmader v�\"{tv-adhinatvajnapanaya ca kevalam\ndurvast'iS ca svayam rudras\ntathapy anyayam uktavan\ntasyapy anugraharthaya\ndarpa-nt'iSartham eva ca\nThe lesson to be derived from this narration concerning Maharaja\nAmbari�a and Durviisii Muni is that all the demigods, including Lord\n\n", "SB9.1#p0173": "148\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 4\n\nBrahma and Lord Siva, are under the control of Lord Vi�I).U. Therefore,\nwhen a V ai�l).ava is offended, the offender is punished by Vi�l).u, the\nSupreme Lord. No one can protect such a person, even Lord Brahma or\n\nLord Siva.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Fourth\nChapter, of the\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nOffended by Durviisii Muni. \"\n\nentitled\n\n\"Ambar�a Maharaja\n\n", "SB9.1#p0174": "CHAPTER FIVE\n\nDurvasa Muni's Life Spared\nIn this chapter we find Maharaja Ambari�a offering prayers to the\nSudarsana cakra and we find how the Sudarsana cakra became merciful\nto Durvasa Muni.\nBy the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�J.lu, Durvasa\nMuni immediately went to Maharaja Ambari�a and fell at his lotus feet.\nMaharaja Ambari�a, being naturally very humble and meek, felt shy and\nashamed because Durvasa Muni had fallen at his feet, and thus he began\nto offer prayers to the Sudarsana cakra just to save Durvasa. What is this\nSudarsana cakra? The Sudarsana cakra is the glance of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead by which He creates the entire material world. Sa\n\nailcyata, sa asrjata. This is the Vedic version. The Sudarsana cakra,\nwhich is the origin of creation and is most dear to the Lord, has thousands of spokes. This Sudarsana cakra is the killer of the prowess of all\nother weapons, the killer of darkness, and the manifester of the prowess\nof devotional service; it is the means of establishing religious principles,\nand it is the killer of all irreligious activities. Without his mercy, the universe cannot be maintained, and therefore the Sudarsana cakra is employed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nAmbari�a\n\nthus prayed that the Sudarsana\n\nWhen Maharaja\n\ncakra be merciful, the\n\nSudarsana cakra, being appeased, refrained from killing Durvasa Muni,\nwho thus achieved the Sudarsana cakra 's mercy. Durvasa Muni thus\nlearned to give up the nasty idea of considering a Vai�J.lava an ordinary\nperson (va��ve jati-buddhi). Maharaja Ambari�a belonged to the\n\nlcyatriya group, and therefore Durvasa Muni considered him lower than\nthe brahma� and wanted to exercise brahminical power against him.\nBy this incident, everyone should learn how to stop mischievous ideas of\nneglecting Vai�J.lavas. After this incident, Maharaja Ambari�a gave\nDurvasa Muni sumptuous food to eat, and then the King, who had been\nstanding in the same place for one year without eating anything, also\ntook prasada. Maharaja Ambari�a later divided his property among his\nsons and went to the bank of the Manasa-sarovara to execute devotional\nmeditation.\n149\n\n", "SB9.1#p0175": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n150\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�!f6 �Cfl'if\n\n� �� ��ijimftr�: 1\n31¥1Sl{Nf!� m� �:ftcrijt� II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\nevam bhagavatad�!o\ndurvasas cakra-tapita�\nambari$am upavrtya\ntat-padau du�khito 'grahit\nsri-suka� uooca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-in this way;\nbhagavata ad�!a�-being ordered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; durvasa�-the great mystic yogi named Durvasa; cakra-tapita�being very much harassed by the Sudarsana cakra; ambari$am-unto\nMaharaja Ambari�a; upavrtya-approaching; tat-padau-at his lotus\nfeet; du�khita�-being very much aggrieved; agrahit-he caught.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami said: When thus advised by Lord Vi!lll).U,\n\nDurviisii Muni, who was very much harassed by the Sudarsana\n\ncakra, immediately approached Maharaja Ambari!l'a. Being very\n\nmuch aggrieved, the muni fell down and clasped the King's lotus\nfeet.\nTEXT2\n\n�lQ4441l�'lf q1a;��fet���: 1\n31tijlfi� �:«(�si � ft�ffl � II �II\n�\n\ntasya sodyamam avilcyya\npada-sparsa-vilajjita�\nastavit tad dharer astram\nkrpaya puj,ito bhrsam\ntasya-of Durvasa; sa�-he, Maharaja Ambari�a; udyamamthe endeavor; avilcyya-after seeing; pada-sparsa-vilajjita�-being\n\n", "SB9.1#p0176": "Text3]\n\nDurviisa Muni's Life Spared\n\n151\n\nashamed because Durvasa was touching his lotus feet; astavit-offered\nprayers; tat-to that; hare� astram-weapon of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; krpaya-with mercy; pi{lita�-aggrieved;\nbhrsam-very much.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Durvasa touched his lotus feet, Maharaja Ambari�a was\nvery much ashamed, and when he saw Durviisa attempting to offer\nprayers, because of mercy he was aggrieved even more. Thus he\nimmediately began offering prayers to the great weapon of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT3\n\n3r�•R1 n 'i3\"C#R\n,...\n\nC'\n\nC'\n\n.... ....\n\n\"' &::: • ..:::.\n�Fl. m�� ijN( ��ijlff\n'11ij: 1\n€Ct'iN�4 fiJ�'f ctl���li( :q II � II\n•\n\nambari§a uvaca\ntvam agnir bhagavan suryas\ntvam somo jyoti§am pati�\ntvam apas tvam k:;itir vyoma\nvayur matrendriyar-i ca\nambari:§a�-Maharaja Ambari�a; uvaca-said; tvam-you (are);\nagni�-the fire; bhagavan-the most powerful; surya�-the sun;\ntvam-you (are); soma�-the moon; jyoti§am-of all the luminaries;\npatit£-the master; tvam-you (are); dpat£-water; tvam-you (are);\nk:;itit£-earth; vyoma-sky; vayu�-the air; matra-the objects of the\nsenses; indriyar-i-and the senses; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Amhari�a said: 0 Sudarsana cakra, you are fire, you\nare the most powerful sun, and you are the moon, the master of all\nluminaries. You are water, earth and sky, you are the air, you are\nthe five sense objects [sound, touch, form, taste and smell], and\nyou are the senses also.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0177": "[Canto 9, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n152\n\nsudarsana namas tubhyarh\nsahasraracyuta-priya\nsarviistra-ghiitin vipraya\nsvasti bhuya U),aspate\nsudarsana-0 original vision of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nnama�-respectful obeisances; tubhyam-unto you; sahasra-ara-0\nyou who have thousands of spokes; acyuta-priya-0 most favorite of the\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nAcyuta;\n\nsarva-astra-ghiitin-0\n\ndestroyer of all weapons; vipraya-unto this brahmar:m; svasti-very\nausp1c10us; bh uya�-just become; U),aspate-0 master of the material\nworld.\nTRANSLATION\n0 most favorite of Acyuta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nyou have thousands of spokes. 0 master of the material world,\n\ndestroyer of all weapons, original vision of the Personality of God­\n\nhead, I offer my respectful obeisances unto you. Kindly give\nshelter and he auspicious to this brahmlll,la.\nTEXTS\n\n� \"44@1® ij� �� �s� 1\n��'t2: ·t��:���ll �II\ntvarh dharmas tvam rtarh satyarh\ntvarh yajfio 'khila-yajiia-bhuk\ntvarh loka-piila� sarvii tmii\ntvarh teja� pauTU§arh param\ntvam-you;\n\ndharma�-religion;\n\nstatements; satyam\n\ntvam-you;\n\nrtam-encouraging\n\n- the ultimate truth; tvam-you; yajiia�-sacrifice;\n\n", "SB9.1#p0178": "153\n\nDurvasa Muni's Life Spared\n\nText 6]\n\nakhila-universal; yajfia-bhuk-the enjoyer of the fruits resulting from\nsacrifice;\n\ntvam-you;\n\nplanets;\n\nsarva-dtma-all-pervading;\n\npaur�am-of\n\nthe\n\nloka-pala�-the\n\nSupreme\n\nmaintainer\ntvam-you;\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nof the\n\nvarious\n\nteja�-prowess;\n\nGodhead;\n\nparam­\n\ntranscendental.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Sudarsana wheel, you are religion, you are truth, you are encouraging statements, you are sacrifice, and you are the enjoyer of\nthe fruits of sacrifice. You are the maintainer of the entire universe, and you are the supreme transcendental prowess in the\nhands of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. You are the original\nvision of the Lord, and therefore you are known as Sudarsana.\nEverything has been created by your activities, and therefore you\nare all-pervading.\nPURPORT\nThe word sudarsana means \"auspicious vision.\" From Vedic instructions we understand that this material world is created by the glance of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead (sa aik{iata, sa asrjata). The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead glanced over the mahat-tattva, or the\ntotal material energy, and when it was agitated, everything came into existence. Western philosophers sometimes think that the original cause of\ncreation was a chunk that exploded. If one thinks of this chunk as the\ntotal material energy, the mahat-tattva, one can understand that the\nchunk was agitated by the glance of the Lord, and thus the Lord's glance\nis the original cause of material creation.\nTEXT6\n\n�-�\n�it�·�\n�it¥t•i\\qp� fci�(Ct-4�\n\nij1{:\n\n\"\n\nC'\"\n\n�;Jllil€414l:g1€h�Ol\n\n\"\n\n� II � II\n\nnama� sunabhakhila-dharma-setave\nhy adharma-siliisura-dhilma-ketave\n\n", "SB9.1#p0179": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n154\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 5\n\ntrailokya-gopaya viSuddha-varcase\nmano-javayiidbhuta-karmar:te grr:te\nnama�-al1 respectful obeisances unto you; su-nabha-0 you who\nhave an auspicious hub; akhila-dharma-setave-whose spokes are considered to be a breech of the entire universe; hi-indeed; adharmasila-who are irreligious; asura-for the demons; dhama-ketave-unto\nyou who are like fire or an inauspicious comet; trailokya-of the three\nmaterial worlds; g opaya\n\n-\n\nthe maintainer; visuddha-transcendental;\n\nvarcase-whose effulgence; mana�-javaya-as speedy as the mind;\nadbhuta-wonderful; karmar:te-so active; grr:te-1 simply utter.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Sudarsana, you have a very auspicious hub, and therefore you\nare\n\nthe upholder of all religion. You are just like an inauspicious\n\ncomet for the irreligious demons. Indeed, you are the maintainer\n\nof the three worlds, you are full of transcendental effulgence, you\n\nare as quick as the mind, and you are able to work wonders. I can\n\nsimply utter the word \"nam�,\" offering all obeisances unto you.\nPURPORT\nThe disc of the Lord is called Sudarsana because he does not discriminate between high and low criminals or demons. Durviisii Muni was certainly a powerful brahmar:w-, but his acts against the pure devotee\nMaharaja Ambari�a were no better than the activities of asuras. As stated\nin the sastras, dharmam tu sa�iid bhagavat-prar:z,itam: the word dharma\nrefers to the orders or laws given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nSarva-dharman\n\nparityajya mam ekam sarar:z,am vraja: real\n\ndharma is surrender unto the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nTherefore real dharma means bhakti, or devotional service to the Lord.\nThe Sudarsana cakra is here addressed as dharma-setave, the protector\nof dharma. Maharaja Ambari�a was a truly religious person, and consequently for his protection the Sudarsana cakra was ready to punish even\nsuch a strict brahmar:w- as Durvasa Muni because he had acted like a\ndemon. There are demons even in the form of brahmar:z,as. Therefore the\n\n", "SB9.1#p0180": "Text 7)\n\n155\n\nDurvasii Muni's Life Spared\n\nSudarsana cakra does not discriminate between brahmar;w demons and\nsadra demons. Anyone against the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\nHis devotees is called a demon. In the siistras we find many brahmar:ws\nand /cyatriyas who acted as demons and have been described as demons.\nAccording to the verdict of the siistras, one has to be understood according to his symptoms. If one is born of a brahmar;w father but his\nsymptoms are demoniac, he is regarded as a demon. The Sudarsana cakra\nis always concerned with annihilating the demons. Therefore he is described as adharma-silasura-dhama-ketave. Those who are not devotees\nare called adharma-sila. The Sudarsana cakra is just like an inauspicious\ncomet for all such demons.\nTEXT7\n\n\"'\n\n�+i+i\n(' ��\n\n�'*I:JfijI\n\nij+{: ���1 +ial�+i�14( 1\n\n���� fird�\n��ffi( � q(li'H( II \\9 II\n0:...\n\ntvat-tejasa dharma-mayena samhrtam\ntama� prakaSa§ ca drso mahatmanam\nduratyayas te mahima giram pate\ntvad-rapam etat sad-asat paravaram\ntvat-tejasa-by your effulgence; dharma-mayena-which is full of\nreligious\n\nprinciples;\n\nsamhrtam-dissipated;\n\ntama�-darkness;\n\nprakiiSa� ca-illumination also; drsab,-o£ all directions; mahtiatmanam-o£ great, learned personalities; duratyayab,-insurmountable; te-your; mahima-glories; giram pate-0 master of speech; tvatrupam-your manifestation; etat-this; sat-asat-manifested and unmanifested; para-avaram-superior and inferior.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 master of speech, by your effulgence, full of religious principles, the darkness of the world is dissipated, and the knowledge\n\n", "SB9.1#p0181": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n156\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 5\n\nof learned persons or great souls is manifested. Indeed, no one can\nsurpass your effulgence, for all things, manifested and un­\n\nmanifested, gross and subtle, superior and inferior, are but\nvarious forms of you that are manifested by your effulgence.\nPURPORT\nWithout illumination, nothing can be seen, especially in this material\nworld. The illumination in this world emanates from the effulgence of\nSudarsana, the original vision of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThe illuminating principles of the sun, the moon and fire emanate from\nSudarsana. Similarly, illumination by knowledge also comes from\nSudarsana because with the illumination of Sudarsana orie can distinguish one thing from another, the superior from the inferior.\nGenerally people accept a powerful yogi like Durvasa Muni as wonderfully superior, but if such a person is chased by the Sudarsana cakra, we\ncan see his real identity and understand how inferior he is because of his\ndealings with devotees.\nTEXTS\n\n�\n\nf?t�!�t�¥t'1�it'1 �\n.\n\n\"' '\"' �\n\n� mcr!lSI�I\"J\n\nilltd'ilq��fol\ni��� �\n\n�\n\n��fq��rT\"I'1-r:riil� I\n�11�11\n\nyadii vismas tvam a1Ulfijanena vai\nbalam prav�!o }ita daitya-dii1Ulvam\nbahudarorv-arighri-sirodhariir:ti\nvrscann ajasrarh pradhane virajase\nyadii-when; visr$!a�-sent; tvam-your good self; a1Ulfijanena-by\nthe transcendental Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nbalam-the soldiers; prav�!a�-entering among; ajita-0 indefatigable and unconquerable one; daitya-dii1Ulvam-of the Daityas and\nDanavas,\n\nthe\n\ndemons;\n\nbahu-arms;\n\nudara-bellies;\n\nilru-thighs;\n\narighri-legs; sira�-dhariir:ti-necks; vrscan-separating; ajasram-incessantly; pradhane-in the battlefield; virajase-you stay.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0182": "Text 10)\n\nDurvasa Muni's Life Spared\n\n157\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 indefatigable one, when you are sent by the Supreme Personality of Godhead to enter among the soldiers of the Daityas and\nthe Danavas, you stay on the battlefield and unendingly separate\ntheir arms, bellies, thighs, legs and heads.\nTEXT9\n\n� �\n\n�·��\"101 (Cf�$f�·�\n�fiRn � ��\nf�\n:qm��\n\nferm: � ij��!4� ft ;n II � II\n\nsa tvam jagat-trar:ra khala-prahar:raye\nnirupita� sarva-saho gada-bhrta\nviprasya casmat-kula-daiva-hetave\nvidhehi bhadram tad anugraho hi na�\nsa�-that person; tvam-your good self; jagat-trar:ra-0 protector of\nthe whole universe; khala-prahar:raye-in killing the envious enemies;\nnirapita�-are engaged; sarva-saha�\n\n-\n\nall-powerful; gada-bhrta-by\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; viprasya-of this brahmar:ra; caalso; asmat-our; kula-daiva-hetave-for the good fortune of the\ndynasty;\n\nvidhehi-kindly\n\ndo;\n\nbhadram\n\n-\n\nall-good;\n\ntat-that;\n\nanugraha�-favor; hi-indeed; na�-our.\nTRANSLATION\n0 protector of the universe, you are engaged by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead as His all-powerful weapon in killing the\nenvious enemies. For the benefit of our entire dynasty, kindly\nfavor this poor brahmaJ].a. This will certainly be a favor for all\nof us.\nTEXT 10\n\n� ��fitGi en� en �!�r: 1\n�wit f�� � ft:� ���:II� oil\n\n", "SB9.1#p0183": "158\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 5\n\nyady asti dattam i§!arh va\nsva-dharmo va svanU§!hita�\nkularh no vipra-daivarh ced\ndvijo bhavatu vijvara�\nyadi-if; asti-there is; dattam-charity; i§!am-worshiping the\nDeity; oo-either; sva-dharma�-occupational duty; oo-either; suanU§!hita�-perfectly performed; kulam-dynasty; na�-our; vipradaivam-favored by the brahma1J!LS; cet -if so;\ndvija�-this\nbrahmar;w.; bhavatu-may become; vijvara�-without a burning ( from\nthe Sudarsana cakra).\nTRANSLATION\nIf our family has given charity to the proper persons, if we have\n\nperformed ritualistic ceremonies and sacrifices, if we have prop­\n\nerly carried out our o�upational duties, and if we have been\n\nguided by learned brahm�as, I wish, in exchange, that this\n\nbrahm�a be freed from the burning caused by the Sudarsana\ncakra.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n�� WIT �q{O{ 3iliJ �: «eJgiJfT�: I\n\n��� f§:� +f� f�: ����II\nyadi no bhagavan prita\neka� sarva-gu1}iiSraya�\nsarva-bhutatma-bhavena\ndvijo bhavatu vijvara�\nyadi-if; na�-unto us; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; prita�-is satisfied; eka�-without any duplicate; sarvagur;w.-li.Sraya�-the reservoir of all transcendental qualities; sarvabhuta-atma-bhavena-by a merciful attitude toward all living entities;\ndvija�-this brahmar;w.; bha vatu-may become; vijvara�-freed from\nall burning.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0184": "Text 13)\n\nDurviisii Muni's Life Spared\n\n159\n\nTRANSLATION\nH the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is one without a\n\nsecond, who is the reservoir of all transcendental qualities, and\n\nwho is the life and soul of all living entities, is pleased with us, we\nwish that this briihmiU,la, Durviisii Muni, be freed from the pain of\nbeing burned.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�f[.Cfi�ffl\n,...\n\n.\n\n\"'\n\n\"'\n\n\"\n\n.\n\n('\n\n�rn �m Uijl T��sti t!��\"'� 1\n(' \"' ,... .\n\n31till'4d\\ �m Tq3f � til;ijifl-ocitfl l � ���\nsri-suka uvaca\niti saritstuvato rajno\nvi§�J-u-cakrarh sudarsanam\na§amyat sarvato viprarh\npradahad raja-yacnaya\nsri-suka� umca-Sri\n\nSukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; sarits­\n\ntuvata�-being prayed to; rajna�-by the King; vi§�J-u-cakram-the\ndisc weapon of Lord Vi�:Q.u; sudarsanam-of the name Sudarsana cakra;\n\na§amyat-became no longer disturbing; sarvata�-in every respect;\nvipram -unto the brahma�J-a; pradahat-causing to burn; raja-of the\nKing; yacnaya-by the begging.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: When the King offered prayers to\n\nthe Sudarsana cakra and Lord Vi�?I;IU, because of his prayers the\n\nSudarsana\n\ncakra\n\nbecame\n\npeaceful\n\nbriihmiU,la known as Durviisii Muni.\n\nand\n\nstopped burning the\n\nTEXT 13\n\n� a�sW'«��m: �_qfuHtffl�n 1\n� ijwfltii ��A: qoofutl: II� �II\n\n", "SB9.1#p0185": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n160\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 5\n\nsa mukto 'stragni-tdpena\ndurvasiifi, svastimiirils tatafi,\npra.Sa.Sarilsa tam urviSarit\ny u fijanafi, paramiiS�afi,\nsa f!,-he Durvasa Muni; muktafi,-being freed; astra-agni-tiipena,\n\nfrom the heat of the fire of the Sudarsana cakra; durviisiifi,-the great\nmystic Durvasa; svastimiin-fully satisfied, relieved of the burning;\ntataf!,-then; pra.Sa.Sarilsa-offered praise; tam-unto him; urvi-iSamthe\n\nKing;\n\nyufijanaf!,-performing;\n\nparama-as�afi,-the\n\nhighest\n\nbenedictions.\nTRANSLATION\nDurviisa Muni, the greatly powerful mystic, was indeed satisfied\n\nwhen freed from the fire of the Sudarsana cakra. Thus he praised\nthe qualities of Maharaja Amhari�a and offered him the highest\n\nbenedictions.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�i3<1R\n\n� �dG\\l«l�i �:t � � I\ntidl•l«lsfq til� �1\\·�IM ('t''f� II� �II\nduroiisii uviica\naho ananta-diisiiniirit\nmahattvarit dmam adya me\nkrtagaso 'pi yad riijan\nmangaliini samihase\ndurvasafi, uroca-Durvasa Muni said; aho-alas; ananta-diisiiniimof the servants of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; mahattvamgreatness; dr�!am -s een; adya-today; me\n\n-\n\nby me; krta-agasa/:t api­\n\nalthough I was an offender; yat- still; riijan-0 King; mangaliinigood fortune; samihase-you are praying for.\nTRANSLATION\nDurvasa Muni said: My dear King, today I have experienced the\ngreatness of devotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for\n\n", "SB9.1#p0186": "Durvasii Muni's Life Spared\n\nText 16)\n\n161\n\nalthough I have committed an offense, you have prayed for my\ngood fortune.\nTEXT 15\n\"'\n\n.\n\n\"'\n\n��:�������N'nqr�� I\n�: ij�rm � ('11�6�� �: ����\"\ndU§kara/:1- ko nu sadhunam\ndustyajo oo mahatmanam\nyai/:1- sangrhito bhagamn\nsatvatam r�abho hari/:1dU§kara/:1--difficult to do; ka/:1--what; nu-indeed; sadhunam-of\nthe devotees; dustyaja/:1--impossible to give up; vii-either; mahaatmanam-of the great persons; yai/:1--by which persons; sangrhita/:1-achieved (by devotional service); bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; satvatam-of the pure devotees; r�abha/:1--the leader;\nhari/:1--the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nFor those who have achieved the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of the pure devotees, what is impossible to do,\nand what is impossible to give up?\nTEXT 16\n\n��Rt'lt�OI � � �: I\nij� ffi\"�: fcti tfi C::R1;fl'li4� ����II\nyan-nama-sruti-miitre�\npumiin bhavati nirmala/:1tasya tirtha-pada/:1- kim vii\ndasanam ava5�yate\nyat-nama-the holy name of the Lord; sruti-miitre�-simply by\nhearing; pumiin-a person; bhavati-becomes; nirmala/:1--puri:fied;\ntasya-of Him; tirtha-pada/:1--the Lord, at whose feet are the holy\n\n", "SB9.1#p0187": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n162\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 5\n\nplaces; kim va-what; dasanam-by the servants; ava§�yate-remains\nto be done.\nTRANSLATION\nWhat is impossible for the servants of the Lord? By the very\n\nhearing of His holy name one is purified.\nTEXT 17\n\n���!&:'hft�\n\n��f�uiiM'I I\n� tzgijt � m1JTT if�sfm:taJ�n: II� \\911\nnijann anugrhito 'ham\ntvayatikaruT)fl,tmana\nmad-agham pr$thata/:£ krtva\npraT)fl, yan me 'bhira/cyita/:1,\nrajan-0 King; anugrhita/:1,-very much favored; aham-1 (am);\ntvaya-by you; ati-karu�-atmana-because of your being extremely\nmerciful; mat-agham-my offenses; pr$thata/:£-to the back; krtvadoing so; praT)fl,/:1,-life; yat-that; me-my; abhira/cyita/:1,-saved.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, overlooking my offenses, you have saved my life. Thus I\n\nam very much obliged to you because you are so merciful.\nTEXT 18\n\n00\n\nst�l•l+tw:tetiWtl I\n!RnQ\n� II� �II\n\nij+i'fi11�t�:\n\n+.f�llf!jqe•J:&�\n\nraja tam akrtahara/:1,\npratyagamana-kanlcyaya\ncaraT)fl,v upasangrhya\nprasadya samabhojayat\nraja-the King; tam-unto him, Durvasa Muni; akrta-ahara/:1,-who\nrefrained from taking food; pratyagamana-returning; kanlcyaya-\n\n", "SB9.1#p0188": "Text 20)\n\nDurvasii Muni's Life Spared\n\n163\n\ndesiring; cara�u-the feet; upasarlgrhya-approaching; prasadyapleasing in all respects; samabhojayat-fed sumptuously.\nTRANSLATION\nExpecting the return of Durvasii Muni, the King had not taken\nhis food. Therefore, when the sage returned, the King fell at his\nlotus feet, pleasing him in all respects, and fed him sumptuously.\nTEXT 19\n\nmsf�ent�+ilwft�+iRr�\"li (114Ehlflwi� I\n��� wrmt m� ��nff{Rt\" � ������\nso 'sitvadrtam anitam\natithyarh sarva-kamikam\ntrptatma nrpatirh praha\nbhujyatam iti sadaram\nsa�-he (Durvasa); a5itva-after eating sumptuously; adrtam-with\ngreat respect; anitam-received; atithyam-offered different varieties\nof food; sarva-kamikam-fulfilling all kinds of tastes; trpta-atma-thus\nbeing fully satisfied; nrpatim-unto the King; praha-said; bhujyatam-my dear King, you eat also; iti-in this way; sa-adaram-with great\nrespect.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the King respectfully received Durvasii Muni, who after\neating varieties of palatable food was so satisfied that with great\n\naffection he requested the King to eat also, saying, \"Please take\nyour meal.\"\nTEXT 20\n\n!fuit���ijtsf� ijq �l•let�� � I\n\n�-;n���wtic:'ia'=lm\nprito 'smy anugrhito 'smi\ntava bhagavatasya vai\n\nll�oll\n\n", "SB9.1#p0189": "164\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 5\n\ndarsana-sparsanaliipair\natithyenatma-medhasa\np rita�-very much satisfied; asmi-1 am; anugrhita�-very much\n\nfavored; asmi-1 am; tava-your; bhagavatasya-because of your\n\nbeing a pure devotee; vai-indeed; darsana-by seeing you; sparsana­\n\n-and touching your feet; aliipai �\n\n-\n\nby talking with you; atithyena-by\n\nyour hospitality; atma-medhasa-by my own intelligence.\nTRANSLATION\n\nDurviisa Muni said: I am very pleased with you, my dear King.\n\nAt first I thought of you as an ordinary human being and accepted\nyour hospitality, but later I could understand, by my own intelli­\n\ngence, that you are the most exalted devotee of the Lord.\n\nTherefore, simply by seeing you, touching your feet and talking\nwith you, I have been pleased and have become obliged to you.\nPURPORT\nIt is said, va�1J£Lvera kriya mudra vijfieha na bujhaya: even a very in­\n\ntelligent man cannot understand the activities of a pure Vai�1,1ava.\n\nTherefore, because Durviisii Muni was a great mystic yogi, he first\n\nmistook Maharaja Ambari�a for an ordinary human being and wanted to\n\npunish him. Such is the mistaken observation of a Vai�1,1ava. When\n\nDurviisii Muni was persecuted by the Sudarsana cakra, however, his intelligence developed. Therefore the word atma-medhasa is used to indi­\n\ncate that by his personal experience he would understand how great a\n\nVai�1,1ava the King was. When Durviisii Muni was chased by the\n\nSudarsana cakra, he wanted to take shelter of Lord Brahmii and Lord\n\nSiva, and he was even able to go to the spiritual world, meet the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead and talk with Him face to face, yet he was unable to\n\nbe rescued from the attack of the Sudarsana cakra. Thus he could under­\n\nstand the influence of a Vai�1,1ava by personal experience. Durviisii Muni\n\nwas certainly a great yogr and a very learned brahmal)-a, but despite his\n\nbeing a real yogi he was unable to understand the influence of a\n\nVai�Q.ava. Therefore it is said, va�1J£Lvera kriya mudra vijneha na bu­\n\njhaya: even the most learned person cannot understand the value of a\n\n", "SB9.1#p0190": "Durviisii Muni's Life Spared\n\nText 22]\n\n165\n\nVai�I).ava. There is always a possibility for so-called jiiiinis and yogis to be\nmistaken when studying the character of a Vai�I).ava. A Vai�I).ava can be\nunderstood by how much he is favored by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead in terms of his inconceivable activities.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�A��� m�cr �:� �: 1\n�Tffl q(¥i�i �tri� �����II\nkar1TI.ijvadatam etat te\ngayanti sva/:1,-striyo muhu/:1,\nkirtirh parama-pur:tyiirh ca\nkirtayi§yati bhur iyam\nkarma-activity; avadatam-without any tinge; etat-all this; teyour; gayanti-will sing; sva/:1,-striya/:1,-women from the heavenly\nplanets;\n\nmuhu/:1,-always;\n\nkirtim-glories;\n\nparama-pur:tyiim-highly\n\nglorified and pious; ca-also; kirtayi§yati-will continuously chant;\nbhu/:1,-the whole world; iyam-this.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the blessed women in the heavenly planets will continuously\nchant about your spotless character at every moment, and the\npeople of this world will also chant your glories continuously.\nTEXT 22\n\n���\n\nI\n� ����(\"IT� ii�R�l�+itd� 11��11\n...:-!W\n\n� ����� oo;:r �<:41�1:\nij((f:\n-L qff\"\nftf\n•\n\n•\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nevarit sankirtya rajanarit\ndurvasa/:1, parito$ita/:l,\nyayau vihiiyasamantrya\nbrahmalokam ahaitukam\n\n", "SB9.1#p0191": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n166\nsri-sukafi,\n\nuvaca-Sri\n\nSukadeva\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 5\n\nGosvami\n\nsaid;\n\nevam-thus;\n\nsarikirtya-glorifying; rajanam-the King; durvasafi,-the great mystic\nyogiDurvasa Muni; parito$itafi,-being satisfied in all respects; yayau­\n\nleft that place; vihayasa-by the spaceways; amantrya-taking permission;\n\nbrahmalokam-to\n\nthe\n\ntopmost planet\n\nof this universe;\n\nahaitukam-where there is no dry philosophical speculation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvann continued: Thus being satisfied in all\n\nrespects, the great mystic yogi Durvasii took permission and left,\n\ncontinuously glorifying the King. Through the skyways, he went\n\nto Brahmaloka, which is devoid of agnostics and dry philosophical\nspeculators.\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough Durvasa Muni went back to Brahmaloka through the space­\n\nways, he did not need an airplane, for great mystic yogis can transport\n\nthemselves from any planet to any other without any machine. There is a\nplanet named Siddhaloka whose inhabitants can go to any other planet\nbecause they naturally have all the perfection of yoga practice. Thus\n\nDurvasa Muni, the great mystic yogi, could go through the skyways to\nany planet, even to Brahmaloka. In Brahmaloka, everyone is self­\n\nrealized, and thus there is no need of philosophical speculation to come to\n\nthe conclusion of the Absolute Truth. Durvasa Muni's purpose in going\n\nto Brahmaloka was apparently to speak to the residents of Brahmaloka\nabout how powerful a devotee is and how a devotee can surpass every liv­\n\ning entity within this material world. The so-called jnanis and yogis\n\ncannot compare to a devotee.\n\nTEXT 23\n.\n\n�\n\n�\n\n(1if4�(ISE4411_ � q-mn WfltRYT tm: I\n\n@M(ij(tJ''1ifil�1 � �cr � II�� II\nsariwatsaro 'tyagat tavad\nyavata nagato gatafi,\n\nmunis tad-darsanakarilcyo\n\nrajab-bhalcyo babhuva ha\n\n", "SB9.1#p0192": "Text 24)\n\n167\n\nDurviisii Muni's Life Spared\n\nsarhvatsara/:t-one complete year; atyagat-passed; tavat-as long\nas;\n\nyavata-so long;\n\nna-not; agata/:t-returned;\n\ngata/:t-Durvasa\n\nMuni, who had left that place; muni/:t-the great sage; tat-darsanaakarilcya/:t-desiring to see him again; raja-the King; ap-bhalcya/:ttak.ing only water; babhuva-remained; ha-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\nDurviisii Muni had left the place of Maharaja Amhari�a, and as\nlong as he had not returned-for one complete year-the King\nhad fasted, maintaining himself simply by drinking water.\nTEXT 24\n\n;ffls�\n\n��lijfu m�it\n\n'\"' '\"'I•ITHfq\n\":rnr.�:r:rrn:��\nI\"('J'Ilq�\nr:rst+416:(�\n\n�Fcf41� � � cft�'lf\n� �eW:i � � 11,\\?11\ngate 'tha durvdsasi so 'mbari§o\ndvijopayogatipavitram aharat\nr�er vimo/cyam vyasanarh ca vilcyya\nmene sva-viryam ca paranubhavam\ngate-on his return; atha-then; durvasasi-the great mystic yogi\nDurvasa; sa/:t-he, the King; ambari§a/:t-Maharaja Ambari�a; dvijaupayoga-most suitable for a pure brahma7Ja; ati-pavitram-very pure\nfood; aharat-gave him to eat and he also ate; r�e/:t-of the great sage;\nvimo/cyam-release; vyasanam-from the great danger of being burned\nby the Sudarsana cakra; ca-and; vf/cyya-seeing; mene-considered;\nsva-viryam-about his own power; ca-also; para-anubhavam-because of his pure devotion to the Supreme Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nMter one\n\nyear,\n\nwhen Durviisii Muni had returned,\n\nKing\n\nAmhari�a sumptuously fed him all varieties of pure food, and then\nhe himself also ate. When the King saw that the hriihma.J;la Durviisii\n\n", "SB9.1#p0193": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n168\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 5\n\nhad been released from the great danger of being burned, he\n\ncould understand that by the grace of the Lord he himself was also\npowerful, hut he did not take any credit, for everything had been\n\ndone by the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nA devotee like Maharaja Amhari�a is certainly always busy in many\nactivities. Of course, this material world is full of dangers that one has to\nmeet, but a devotee, because of his full dependence on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is never disturbed. The vivid example is Maharaja\nAmbari�a. He was the emperor of the entire world and had many duties\nto perform, and in the course of these duties there were many disturbances created by persons like Durvasa Muni, but the King tolerated\neverything, patiently depending fully on the mercy of the Lord. The\nLord, however, is situated in everyone's heart (sarvasya caham hrdi\n\nsanniv�!aM, and He manages things as He desires. Thus although\nMaharaja Ambari�a was faced with many disturbances, the Lord, being\nmerciful to him, managed things so nicely that in the end Durvasa Muni\nand Maharaja Ambari�a became great friends and parted cordially on the\nbasis of bhakti-yoga. After all, Durvasa Muni was convinced of the\npower of bhakti-yoga, although he himself was a great mystic yogi.\nTherefore, as stated by Lord i(r�I).a in Bhagavad-gitii (6.47):\n\nyoginam api sarve$iirh\nmad-gatenantariitmana\nsraddhavan bhajate yo miim\nsa me yuktatamo mata/:t\n\"Of all yogis, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping\nMe in transcendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in\n\nyoga and is the highest of all.\" Thus it is a fact that a devotee is the topmost yogi, as proved in the dealings of Maharaja Ambari�a with Durvasa\nMuni.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�� fiNI�tfi!JOI: �\nq(k+d9t qfOr\n\n", "SB9.1#p0194": "Text 25)\n\nDurvasii Muni's Life Spared\n\nfifl�l€fi�1�: � �\n�Fif(��l'lf;w.ti�\n\n169\n\nll�ltll\n\nevam vidhiineka-guTJll� sa raja\nparatmani brahmar:ti vasudeve\nkriya-kaliipai� samuvaha bhaktim\nyayaviriiicyan nirayams cakiira\nevam-in this way; vidhii-aneka-gu1Jll �-endowed with varieties of\ngood qualities; sa�-he, Maharaja Ambari�a; raja-the King; paraatmani-unto the Supersoul; brahmar:ti-unto Brahman; vasudeveunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�Q.a, Vasudeva; kriya­\n\nkaliipai�-by practical activities; samuvaha-executed; bhaktim-devotional service; yaya-by such activities; aviriiicyan-beginning from\nthe topmost planet; nirayan-down to the hellish planets; cakiira-he\nexperienced that there is danger everywhere.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, because of devotional service, Maharaj a Amhari�a,\nwho was endowed with varieties of transcendental qualities, was\ncompletely aware of Brahman, Paramiitmii and the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and thus he executed devotional service perfectly. Because of his devotion, he thought even the topmost\nplanet of this material world no better than the hellish planets.\nPURPORT\nAn exalted and pure devotee like Maharaja Ambari�a is in full awareness of Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan; in other words, a devotee\nof Vasudeva, Kr�Q.a, is in full knowledge of the other features of the Absolute Truth. The Absolute Truth is realized in three features-Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan (brahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan iti\n\nsabdyate). A devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva,\nknows everything (vasudeva� sarvam iti) because Vasudeva, Kr�Q.a, includes both Paramatma and Brahman. One does not have to realize\nParamatma by the yoga system, for the devotee always thinking of\nVasudeva is the topmost yogi (yoginam api sarve$am). And as far as\n\n", "SB9.1#p0195": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n170\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 5\n\njfiiin a is concerned, if one is a perfect devotee of Vasudeva, he is the\n\ngreatest TIUlhatma (vasudeva� sarvam iti sa TIUlhatma sudurlabhaM. A\n\nmahatma is one who has full knowledge of the Absolute Truth. Thus\n\nMaharaja Ambari:�a, being a devotee of the Personality of Godhead, was\nin full awareness of Paramatma, Brahman, maya, the material world,\n\nthe spiritual world, and how things are going on everywhere. Everything\n\nwas known to him. Yasmin vijfiiite sarvam evam vijfiatam bhavati. Be­\n\ncause the devotee knows Vasudeva, he knows everything within the creation of Vasudeva (vasudeva� sarvam iti sa mahatma sudurlabhaM.\n\nSuch a devotee does not give much value to the highest standard of\nhappiness within this material world.\n\nnarayar:w-para� sarve\nna kuta.Scana bibhyati\nsvargapavarga-narake�v\napi tulyartha-darsina�\n\n(Bhag. 6.17.28)\n\nBecause he is fixed in devotional service, a devotee does not regard any\n\nposition in the material world as important. Sri:la Prabodhananda\nSarasvatl has therefore written (Caitanya-candramrta 5):\nkaivalyam narakiiyate tridaSa-pilr akiisa-p�payate\ndurdantendriya-kiila-sarpa-pa!ali protkhata-da�!riiyate\nviSvam pilrT}ll-sukhayate vidhi-mahendradiS ca ki!ayate\nyat-kiirur:tya-katalcya-vaibhava-vatam tam gauram eva stuma�\n\nFor one who becomes a pure devotee through devotional service to great\n\npersonalities like Caitanya Mahaprabhu, kaivalya, or merging into\nBrahman, appears no better than hell. As far as the heavenly planets are\n\nconcerned, to a devotee they are like a phantasmagoria or will-o'-thewisp, and as far as yogic perfection is concerned, a devotee does not care\n\na fig for such perfection, since the purpose of yogic perfection is achieved\n\nautomatically by the devotee. This is all possible when one becomes a\n\ndevotee of the Lord through the medium of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\ninstructions.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0196": "Text 26)\n\nDurviisii Muni's Life Spared\n\n171\n\nTEXT 26\n\n��\n\n�\n\n�\n3l�l+4Uq(ij-.�\nij'+u-.�ft�! M� \\fu:: I\n� f?f4�k+iF.t �·w\n\n�t � 'a4(ijgtl1Sf�l(t II�� II\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nathambari§as tanaye$U rajyarh\nsamana-sile$u visrjya dhira/:£\nvanarh vivesatmani vasudeve\nmano dadhad dhvasta-gur:w--pravaha/:£\nsri-suka/:£ uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; atha-in this way; am­\n\nbari§a/:£-King\n\nAmhari�a;\n\ntanaye$u-unto\n\nhis\n\nsons;\n\nrajyam-the\n\nkingdom; samana-sile$u-who were equally as qualified as their father;\nvisrjya-dividing;\n\ndhira/:£-the\n\nmost\n\nlearned\n\nperson,\n\nMaharaja\n\nAmbari�a; vanam-into the forest; vivesa-entered; atmani-unto the\n\nSupreme Lord; vasudeve-Lord Kr�J.la, who is known as Vasudeva;\n\nmana/:£-mind; dadhat-concentrating; dhvas ta-vanquished; gu1Ja­\n\npravaha/:£-the waves of the material modes of nature.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSrila Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: Thereafter, because of his\n\nadvanced position in devotional life, Maharaja Amhari�a, who no\nlonger desired to live with material things, retired from active\nfamily life. He divided his property among his sons, who were\nequally as qualified, and he himself took the order of viinaprastha\n\nand went to the forest to concentrate his mind fully upon Lord\n\nVasudeva.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAs a pure devotee, Maharaja Ambarif?a was liberated in any condition\n\nof life because, as enunciated by Srtla Rupa Gosvami, a devotee is always\n\nliberated.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0197": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n172\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 5\n\niha yasya harer diisye\n\nkarmal}ii manasa gira\nnikhilasv apy avasthasu\njivan-mukta� sa ucyate\nIn Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, Sri:la Rupa Gosvami: thus instructs that if\n\none's only desire is service to the Lord, he is liberated in any condition of\n\nlife. Maharaja Amhari:�a was undoubtedly liberated in any condition, hut\nas an ideal king he accepted the vanaprastha order of retirement from\n\nfamily life. It is essential for one to renounce family responsibilities and\n\nfully concentrate on the lotus feet of Vasudeva. Therefore Maharaja\n\nAmhari:�a divided the kingdom among his sons and retired from family\n\nlife.\n\nity etat pur,tyam akhyanam\namba�asya bhupate\nsankirtayann anudhyayan\nbhakto bhagavato bhavet\niti-thus; etat-this; pur,tyam akhyanam\n\nhistory;\n\n-\n\nmost pious actmty in\n\nambari�asya-of Maharaja Amhari:�a; bhupate-0\nsankirtayan-by chanting, repeating;\n\n(Maharaja Parik�?it);\n\nKing\nanu­\n\ndhyayan-or by meditating upon; bhakta�-a devotee; bhagavata�\n-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhavet-one can become.\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone who chants this narration or even thinks of this narra­\n\ntion about the activities of Maharaja Ambari�a certainly becomes a\n\npure devotee of the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nSrtla Visvanatha Cakravarti: Thakura herein giv.es a very good\nexample. When one is very eager for more and more money, he is not\n\n", "SB9.1#p0198": "Durvasii Muni's Life Spared\n\nText 28)\n\n173\n\nsatisfied even when he is a millionaire or a multimillionaire, but wants to\nearn more and more money by any means. The same mentality is present\nin a devotee. The devotee is never satisfied, thinking, \"This is the limit\nof my devotional service.\" The more he engages in the service of the\nLord, the more service he wants to give. This is the position of a devotee.\nMaharaja Ambari:�a, in his family life, was certainly a pure devotee, complete in every respect, because his mind and all his senses were engaged\nin devotional service (sa vai mana/:t kr§r:w-padiiravindayor vacarhsi\nvaikur:t!ha-gu�nuvarr:wne).\n\nMaharaja\n\nAmbari:�a\n\nwas\n\nself-satisfied\n\nbecause all of his senses were engaged in devotional service (sarvopadhivinirmuktam tat-paratvena nirmalaml hr§iker:ta hr§ikesa-sevanam bhaktir ucyate). Nonetheless, although Maharaja Ambari�a had engaged all\nhis senses in devotional service, he left his home and went to the forest to\nconcentrate his mind fully at the lotus feet of K:r�I).a, exactly as a mercantile man, even though complete in wealth, tries to earn more and more.\nThis mentality of getting more and more engaged in devotional service\nputs one in the most exalted position. Whereas on the karma platform\nthe mercantile man who wants more and more money becomes increasingly bound and entangled, the devotee becomes increasingly\nliberated.\n\nTEXT 28\n31+��fui ��uqf.(t¥4�k+r;'f:\n\nI\n\n� !ltr���T�): 31��: 11�(;11\nambari§asya caritam\nyesrr:tvanti mahannana/:t\nmuktim prayanti te sarve\nbhaktya vi§TJ.OI:t prasadata/:t\nambari§asya-of Maharaja Ambari:�a; caritam-character; ye-persons who;srr:tvanti-hear; maha-atmana/:t-of the great personality, the\ngreat devotee;\n\nmuktim-liberation; prayanti\n\n-\n\nte-such persons; sarve-all of them; bhaktya\n\ncertainly they attain;\n\n-\n\nsimply by devotional\n\nservice; vi§TJ.O/:t-of Lord Vi�I).u; prasadata/:t-by the mercy.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0199": "174\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy the grace of the Lord, those who hear about the activities of\n\nMahiirija Amhari�a, the great devotee, certainly become liberated\nor become devotees without delay.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Fifth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Durvasii Muni 's Life\nSpared.\"\n\n", "SB9.1#p0200": "CHAPTER SIX\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\nMter describing the descendants of Maharaja Ambari�a, Sukadeva\nGosvami described all the kings from Sasada to Mandhata, and in this\n\nconnection he also described how the great sage Saubhari married the\n\ndaughters of Mandhata.\n\n, Maharaja Ambari�a had three sons, named Vin1pa, Ketuman and\n\nSambhu. The son of Virupa was P.r�adasva, and his son was Rathitara.\nRathitara had no sons, but when he requested the favor of the great sage\nAilgira, the sage begot several sons in the womb of Rathitara's wife.\n\nWhen the sons were born, they became the dynasty of Ailgira &i and of\nRathitara.\n\nThe son of Manu was lk�vaku, who had one hundred sons, of whom\n\nVikuk�i, Nimi and DaQ<:{aka were the eldest. The sons of Maharaja\n\nIk�vaku became kings of different parts of the world. Because of violat­\n\ning sacrificial rules and regulations, one of these sons, Vikuk�i, was\n\nbanished from the kingdom. By the mercy of Vasi�tha and the power of\nmystic yoga, Maharaja Ik�vaku attained liberation after giving up his\nmaterial body. When Maharaja lk�vaku expired, his son Vikuk�i\n\nreturned and took charge of the kingdom. He performed various types of\n\nsacrifices, and thus he pleased the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This\nVikuk�i later became celebrated as Sa8ada.\n\nVikuk�i's son fought with the demons for the sake of the demigods,\nand because of his valuable service he became famous as Puraiijaya,\nIndravaha and Kakutstha. The son of Puraiijaya was Anena, the son of\nAnena was P.rthu, and the son of P.rthu was Visvagandhi. The son of\nVisv3;gandhi was Candra, the so� of Candra was Yuvanasva� and his son\nwas Sravasta, who constructed Sravasti PurL The son of Sravasta was\n\nB.rhadasva. B.rhadasva's son Kuvalayasva killed a demon named\nDhundhu, and thus he became celebrated as Dhundhumara, \"the killer\nof Dhundhu.\" The sons of the killer of Dhundhu were D.r<Jhasva,\nKapilasva and Bhadrasva. He also had thousands of other sons, but they\n\nburned to ashes in the fire emanating from Dhundhu. The son of\n175\n\n", "SB9.1#p0201": "176\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\nOrQhasva was Haryasva, the son of Haryasva was Nikumbha, the son of\nNikumbha was Bahulasva, and the son of Bahulasva was l(rsasva. The\nson of l(rsasva was Senajit, and his son was Yuvanasva.\nYuvanasva married one hundred wives, but he had no sons, and\ntherefore he entered the forest. In the forest, the sages performed a\nsacrifice known as lndra-yajiia on his behalf. Once, however, the King\nbecame so thirsty in the forest that he drank the water kept for performing yajfia. Consequently, after some time, a son came forth from the\nright side of his abdomen. The son, who was very beautiful, was crying\nto drink breast milk, and lndra gave the child his index finger to suck.\nThus the son became known as Mandhata. In due course of time,\nYuvanasva achieved perfection by performing austerities.\nThereafter, Mandhata became the emperor and ruled the earth, which\nconsists of seven islands. Thieves and rogues were very much afraid of\nthis powerful king, and therefore the king was known as Trasaddasyu,\nmeaning \"one who is very fearful to rogues and thieves.\" Mandhata\nbegot sons in the womb of his wife, Bindumati. These sons were\nPurukutsa, Ambari�a and Mucukunda. These three sons had fifty sisters,\nall of whom became wives of the great sage known as Saubhari.\nIn this connection, Sukadeva Gosvami described the history of\nSaubhari Muni, who, because of sensual agitation caused by fish, fell\nfrom his yoga and wanted to marry all the daughters of Mandhata for\nsexual pleasure. Later, Saubhari Muni became very regretful. Thus he\naccepted the order of vanaprastha, performed very severe austerities,\n\nand thus attained perfection. In this regard, Sukadeva Gosvami described\nhow Saubhari Muni's wives also became perfect.\nTEXT 1\n\nrq1� �T\"l\n\n��:\n�Qlir�(im�: 1\n����it����: II� II\nsri-suka uvaca\nvirilpa/:t ketumiifi chambhur\namba�a-sutiis traya/:t\n\n", "SB9.1#p0202": "Text2]\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\n177\n\nvirupat pr$adaSvo 'bhat\ntat-putras tu rathitarab,\nsri-sukab, umca\n\n-\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi said; virapab,-by the name\n\nYirupa; ketu11Uin-by the name Ketuman; sambhub,-by the name\nSambhu; ambari$a-of Ambari�a Maharaja; sutab, trayab,-the three\nsons; virilpat-from Virupa;\n\npr$adaSvab,-of the name Pr�adasva;\n\nabhat-there was; tat-putrab,-his son; tu-and; rathitarab,-of the\n\nname Rathitara.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: 0 Maharaja Parik�it, Amhari�a had\n\nthree sons, named Virupa, Ketuman and Sambhu. From Virupa\n\ncam e\n\na son named P�ada8va, and from P��ada8va came a son\n\nnamed Rathitara.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�Td<�tSiilt� +n�P:rt ij;;��: I\n3lf�U �'fffi ;JfRtf��: ij� II � II\nrathitarasyaprajasya\n\nb haryayam tantave 'rthitab,\n\narigira janayam asa\nbrahma-varcasvina� sutan\nrathitarasya-of\n\nRathitara;\n\naprajasya-who\n\nhad\n\nno\n\nsons;\n\nbharyayam-unto his wife;\ntantave-for increasing offspring;\narthitab,-being requested; arigirab,-the great sage Ailgira; janayam\n\nasa-caused to take birth; brahma-varcasvinab,-who had brahminical\n\nqualities; sutan-sons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRathitara had no sons, and therefore he requested the great sage\n\nAilgira to beget sons for him. Because of this request, Ailgira\nbegot sons in the womb of Rathitara's wife. All these sons were\nborn with brahminical prowess.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0203": "178\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Vedic age a man was sometimes called upon to beget sons in the\nwomb of a lesser man's wife for the sake of better progeny. In such an\ninstance, the woman is compared to an agricultural field. A person\npossessing an agricultural field may employ another perso�t to produce\nfood grains from it, but because the grains are produced fiJm the land,\nthey are considered the property of the owner of the land. Similarly, a\nwoman was sometimes allowed to be impregnated by someone other than\nher husband, but the sons born of her would then become her husband's\nsons. Such sons were called �etra-jata. Because Rathitara had no sons,\nhe took advantage of this method.\nTEXT3\n\n�ij �511l�ffl � ���T�: �m: I\nooWJTt !fcm: ��)qm f�t�: 11 � 11\nete �etra-prasiltii vai\npunas tv arigirasa/:t smrta/:t\nrathitara1)iim pravara/:t\n�etropetii dvi-jataya/:t\nete-the sons begotten by Angira;\n\n�etra-prasiltii/:t-became the\n\nchildren of Rathitara and belonged to his family (because they were born\nfrom the womb of his wife); vai-indeed; puna/:t-again; tu-but;\narigirasa!l,-of the dynasty of A:ngira; smrta/:t-they were called;\nrathitara1)iim-of all the sons of Rathitara; pravara/:t-the chief; �etraupetii/:t-because of being born of the �etra (field); dvi-jataya/:t-called\nbrahmar:u;t (being a mixture of brahmar:u;t and �atriya).\nTRANSLATION\nHaving been horn from the womb of Rathitara's wife, all these\n\nsons were known as the dynasty of Rathitara, hut because they\nwere horn from the semen of Ailgirii, they were also known as the\n\ndynasty of Ailgirii. Among all the progeny of Rathitara, these sons\nwere the most prominent because, owing to their birth, they were\n\nconsidered hriihnuu;tas.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0204": "Text 5)\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\n179\n\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura gives the meaning of dvi-jataya/:t\n\nas \"mixed caste,\" indicating a mixture of brahmar:uz and k$atriya.\nTEXT4\n\" �\"\n\nC'\n\n� �;m{� ��--;r��r: wr: 1\n� ��\n\n�ftJf;{��o�n II � II\n\nk$uvatas tu manor jajfie\nik$vakur ghrar:uzta/:t suta/:t\ntasya putra-sata-jye$!ha\nvikuk$i-nimi-dar:u;laka/:t\nk$uvata/:t-while sneezing; tu-but; mano/:t-of Manu; jajfie-was\n\nborn; i/cyvaku/:t-by the name Ik�vaku; ghrar:uzta/:t-from the nostrils;\nsuta/:t-the son;\n\ntasya-of Ik�vaku; putra-sata-one hundred sons;\nvikuk$i-of the name Vikuk�i; nimi-by the\nname Nimi; da�aka/:t-by the name Dai)Qaka.\njye$!ha/:t-prominent;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Manu was Ik�vaku. When Manu was sneezing,\nIk�vaku was born from Manu's nostrils. King lk�vaku had one\nhundred sons, of whom Vikuk�i, Nimi and Dal}.9aka were the most\nprominent.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Sridhara Svami, although the Bhagavatam (9.1.11-12)\n\nhas previously included Ik�vaku among the ten sons begotten by Manu in\nhis wife Sraddha, this was a generalization. It is here specifically explained that Ik�vaku was born simply from the sneezing of Manu.\nTEXTS\n\n� ��ffif � �q- I\nq�ft�Jfij: q�:ij ;rtf ��sql:s�: II� II\n\n", "SB9.1#p0205": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n180\n\n[Canto 9, Ch.6\n\nte�arh purastad abhavann\naryavarte nrpa nrpa\npaiica-vimsati� pl1Scac ca\ntrayo madhye 'pare 'nyata�\n\nte�am-among all of those sons; purastat-on the eastern side;\nabhavan-they became; aryavarte-in the place within the Himalaya\nand Vindhya mountains known as Aryavarta; nrpa�-kings; nrpa-0\nKing (Maharaja Parik�it); paii ca-vimsati�-twenty-five; pl1Scat-on the\nwestern side; ca-also; traya�-three of them; madhye-in the middle\n(between east and west); apa re-others; anyata�-in other places.\nTRANSLATION\nOf the one hundred sons, twenty-five became kings in the\n\nwestern side of Aryavarta, a place between the Himalaya and\n\nVindhya mountains. Another twenty-five sons became kings in the\neast of Aryavarta, and the three principal sons became kings in the\nmiddle. The other sons became kings in various other places.\nTEXT6\n\n� ���� ���: ij�t� I\n\n��m ��fel�����ll �II\nsa e�takii-sraddhe\ni�vaku� sutam adiSat\n\nmarhsam aniyatarh medhyarh\nviku�e gaccha ma ciram\n\nsa�-that king\n\n(Maharaja Ik�vaku);\n\nekada-once upon a time;\n\n�takii-sraddhe-during January, February and March, when offerings\nare made to the forefathers; i�vaku�-King lk�vaku; sutam-to his\nson;\n\nadiSat-ordered;\n\nmarhsam-:Besh;\n\naniyatam-bring\n\nhere;\n\nmedhyam-pure (obtained by hunting); viku�e-0 Vikuk�i; gacchaimmediately go; rna ciram-without delay.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0206": "Text7]\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\n181\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the months of January, February and March, oblations\noffered to the forefathers are called �lakii-sriiddha. The sriiddha\nceremony is held during the dark fortnight of the month. When\nMaharaja lk�viiku was performing his oblations in this ceremony,\nhe ordered his son Vikuk�i to go immediately to the forest to bring\nsome pure flesh.\nTEXT7\n\nij�Rn.ter;f ��� �f.l.�ertfstiifi�UIIi 1\n�� ��WijT �: �� :qta:a:q�ftr: II \\9 II\ntatheti sa vanarh gatva\n\nmrgan lmtm kriyarhm:liin\nsranto bubhu/cyito vira�\nsa§arh cadad apasmrti�\ntatoo-according to the direction; iti-thus; sa�-Vikuk�i; vanamto the forest; gatm-going; mrgan-animals; hatva-killing;\n\nkriya­\n\narlm�n-suitable for offering to the yajfia in the sriiddlm ceremony;\nsrdnta�-when he was fatigued; bubhu/cy ita�-and hungry; vira�-the\nhero; sa§am-a rabbit; ca-also; adat-he ate; apasmrt*-forgetting\n(that the flesh was meant for offering in the sriiddha).\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Ik�viiku's son Vikuk�i went to the forest and killed\nmany animals suitable for being offered as oblations. But when\nfatigued and hungry he became forgetful and ate a rabbit he had\nkilled.\nPURPORT\nIt is evident that �atriyas killed animals in the forest because the\nflesh of the animals was suitable to be offered at a particular type of\n\nyajfia. Offering oblations to the forefathers in the ceremony known as\nsriiddlm is also a kind of yajiia. In this y ajiia, flesh obtained from the\n\n", "SB9.1#p0207": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n182\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\nforest by hunting could be offered. However, in the present age, Kali­\n\nyuga, this kind of offering is forbidden. Quoting from the Brahmavaivarta Purar:w, Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu said:\n\na.Svamedham gavalambham\nsannyasam pala-paitrkam\ndevarer:w sutotpattim\nkalau pafica vivarjayet\n\"In this age of Kali, five acts are forbidden: the offering of a horse in\n\nsacrifice, the offering of a cow in sacrifice, the acceptance of the order of\n\nsannyasa, the offering of oblations of flesh to the forefathers, and a\n\nman's begetting children in his brother's wife.\" The word pala-paitrkam\nrefers to an offering ?f flesh in oblations to forefathers. Formerly, such\n\nan offering was allowed, but in this age it is forbidden. In this age, Kali­\n\nyuga, everyone is expert in hunting animals, but most of the people are\n\nsadras, not lcyatriyas. According to Vedic injunctions, however, only\n\nlcyatriyas are allowed to hunt, whereas sudras are allowed to eat flesh\n\nafter offering goats or other insignificant animals before the deity of\n\ngoddess Kiili or similar demigods. On the whole, meat-eating is not\ncompletely forbidden; a particular class of men is allowed to eat meat ac­\n\ncording to various circumstances and injunctions. As far as eating beef is\nconcerned, however, it is strictly prohibited to everyone. Thus in\n\nBhagavad-gitii Kr�1.1a personally speaks of go-ralcyyam, cow protection.\n\nMeat-eaters, according to their different positions and the directions of\n\nthe sastra, are allowed to eat flesh, but never the flesh of cows. Cows\n\nmust be given all protection.\n\nTEXTS\n\n�� f;r��4<41+iR1 M'� � � �: I\n\n��n\n\n�!q����� II � II\n\nse�am nivedayam asa\npitre tena ca tad-guruJ:r,\ncodita/:r- pro�ar:uJ,yaha\nd�tam etad akarmakam\n\n", "SB9.1#p0208": "Text 9]\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\n183\n\nse$am-the remnants; nivedayam asa-he offered; pitre-to his\nfather; tena-by him; ca-also; tat-guru�-their priest or spiritual\nmaster; codita�-being requested; prok$a{tdya-for purifying; ahasaid; d�tam-polluted; etat-all this flesh; akarmakam-not fit to be\nused for offering in sraddha.\nTRANSLATION\nVikuk�i offered the remnants of the flesh to King lk�viiku, who\ngave it to Vasi�tha for purification. But Vasi�tha could immediately\nunderstand that part of the flesh had already been taken by\nVikuk�i, and therefore he said that it was unfit to be used in the\nsraddha ceremony.\nPURPORT\nThat which is meant to be offered in yajna cannot be tasted by anyone\nbefore being offered to the Deity. In our temples, this regulation is in\neffect. One cannot eat food from the kitchen unless it is offered to the\nDeity. If something is taken before being offered to the Deity, the entire\npreparation is polluted and can no longer be offered. Those engaged in\nDeity worship must know this very well so that they may be saved from\ncommitting offenses in Deity worship.\nTEXT9\n\n� ���g�unw��: 1\n\n�'5f:iji(�I'Uij' wf �N �'fT II Q.. II\njnatva putrasya tat karma\nguru{tdbhihitam nrpa�\ndesan nifzsarayam asa\nsutam tyakta-vidhim r�a\njnattxi-knowing; putrasya-of his son; tat-that; karma-action;\nguru{td-by the spiritual master (Vasi�tha);\n\nabhihitam-informed;\n\nnrpa�-the King (lk�vaku); desat-from the country; ni�arayam\nasa-drove away; sutam-his son; tyakta-vidhim-because he violated\nthe regulative principles; r�d-out of anger.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0209": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n184\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen King lk�vaku, thus informed by Vasi�tha, understood\n\nwhat his son Vikuk�i had done, he was extremely angry. Thus he\n\nordered Vikuk�i to leave the country because Vikuk�i had violated\n\nthe regulative principles.\n\nTEXT 10\n\nij R�UT �� �q� �'ffit. I\n�1 m� ;;fttft ij' �Cfltt �� � II� II\n\nij\n\no\n\nsa tu vipre7Ja sariwadam\njfliipakena samdcaran\ntyaktvii kale vararil yogi\nsa teniiviipa yat param\n\n•\n\nsa�-Maharaja Ik�vaku; tu-indeed; vipre7Ja-with the brahma7Ja\n(Vasi�tha); samviidam-discussion; jnapakena-with the informer;\nsamacaran-doing accordingly; tyaktva - giving up; kalevaram-this\nbody; yogi-being a bhakti-yogi in the order of renunciation; sa�-the\nKing; te na- by such instruction; aviip a-achieved; yat - that position\nwhich; param-supreme.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving been instructed by the great and learned brahmlll}.a\n\nVasi�tha, who discoursed about the Absolute Truth, Maharaja\n\nlk�vaku became renounced. By following the principles for a yogi,\n\nhe certainly achieved the supreme perfection after giving up his\n\nmaterial body.\n\nTEXT 11\n\nf4a�q(ijs� �: 'lf%Fftf�� 1\n�IR1G_l� � �: � �ftr ���: II� �II\npitary uparate 'bhyetya\nviku/cyi� prthivim imam\n\n", "SB9.1#p0210": "Text 12]\n\n185\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\nsasad ije harim yajfiai/J\n§a§ada iti vi§ruta!J\npitari-when his father; uparate-upon being relieved of the\nviku�i!J-the son named\nVikuk�i; prthivim-the planet earth; imam-this; sasat-ruling; ijeworshiped; harim-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; yajfiai/J-by\n\nkingdom; abhyetya-having come back;\n\nperforming various sacrifices; §a§a-ada/J-Sa8ada (\"the eater of a rabbit\"); iti-thus; vi§ruta/J-celebrated.\nTRANSLATION\nMter his father's disappearance, Vikuk�i returned to the coun­\n\ntry and thus became the king, ruling the planet earth and per­\n\nforming various sacrifices to satisfy the Su:ereme Personality of\nGodhead. Vikuk�i later became celebrated as Sa8iida.\nTEXT 12\n\n�(�tt�� !!� �� �: I\n�� � �1\"9;'ffi: � wmnf� �flf: II� �II\npurafijayas tasya suta\nindravaha itirita/:1,\nkakutstha iti ciipy ukta!J\nsrttu ruimani karmabhi/:1.\npuram-jaya/J- Puraii.jaya\n\n(\"the\n\nconqueror\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nresidence\");\n\ntasya-his (Vikuk!?i's); suta/:1.-son; indra-vaha/:1,-Indravaha (\"he\nwhose carri er is lndra\"); iti-thus; irita/:1,-known as such; kakutstha/:1,-Kakutstha (\"situated on the hump of a bull\"); iti-thus; caalso; api-indeed; ukta/:1,-known as such; srttu-just hear; ruimaniall the names; karmabhi/:1,-according to one's work.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Sasada was Puraiijaya, who is also known as\n\nlndraviiha and sometimes as Kakutstha. Please hear from me how\n\nhe received different names for different activities.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0211": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n186\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�r.=cr 31� �'{U � � ��: 1\n\nqTf��� rn erm �����: ,,����\nkrtanta asit samaro\ndevaniim saha diinavai�\npiir§r_tigriiho vrto viro\ndevair daitya-parajitai�\nkrta-anta�-a devastating war; iisit-there was; samara�-a fight;\ndeviiniim-o£ the demigods;\n\nsaha-with;\n\ndanavai�-the demons;\n\npiir§r_tigraha�-a very good assistant; vrta�-accepted; vira�-a hero;\ndevai�-by the demigods; daitya-by the demons; parajitai�-who had\nbeen conquered.\nTRANSLATION\nFormerly, there was a devastating war between the demigods\n\nand the demons. The demigods, having been defeated, accepted\nPuraiijaya as their assistant and then conquered the demons.\n\nTherefore this hero is known as Purafijaya, \"he who conquered\n\nthe residence of the demons.\"\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� ���� �criWf�:\n\n��\n\n��\n\n���\n\n3flft: I\n�: 11�\\111\n\nvacaniid deva-devasya\nvi§r_tOr viSviitmana� prabho�\nviihanatve vrtas tasya\nbabhuvendro maha-vr§a�\nvacaniit-by the order or the words; deva-devasya-o£ the Supreme\nLord of all demigods; vi§r.tO�-Lord Vi�I).u; visva-iitmana�-the Supersoul\n\nof the\n\nentire\n\ncreation;\n\nprabho�-the\n\nLord, the\n\ncontroller;\n\nviihanatve-because of becoming the carrier; vrta�-engaged; tasya-\n\n", "SB9.1#p0212": "Text 16]\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\n187\n\nin the service of Puraiijaya; babhava-he became; indra�-the King of\nheaven; maha-vr$a�-a great bull.\nTRANSLATION\nPuraiijaya agreed to kill all the demons, on the condition that\nlndra would be his carrier. Because of pride, lndra could not accept this proposal, but later, by the order of the Supreme Lord,\nVi�1,;1u, lndra did accept it and became a great bull carrier for\nPuraiijaya.\nTEXTS 15-16\n\nij��gott+tla>lt�- I\n�'��u �:��: ������\nij�eiO«<I�al �tail:�� lf{mr.t:\n\n1\n\n*n�tti�������:� ,,��''\nsa sannaddho dhanur divyam\nadaya viSiklulii chitan\nstayamanas tam aruhya\nyuyutsu� kakudi sthita�\ntejasapyayito vi$rw�\npu�asya malultmana�\npraticyam diSi daityanam\nnyarur:wt tridaSai� puram\nsab,-he, Pur aiijaya; sannaddhab,-being well equipped; dhanub,\ndivyam-a first-class or transcendental bow;\nddaya-taking;\nviSikluln-arrows; sitdn-very sharp; sruyamana�-being praised very\nmuch; tam-him (the bull); aruhya-getting on; yuyutsu�-prepared\nto fight; kakudi-on the hump of the bull; sthita�-being situated;\ntejasa-by the power; apyayitab,-being favored; vi$'!10�-of Lord\nVi�?Qu; pur�asya-the Supreme Person; maha-atmanab,-the Supersoul; praticyam-on the western; di.Si-direction; daityanam-of the\ndemons; nyarur:wt-captured; trida§a*-surrounded by the demigods;\npuram-the residence.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0213": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n188\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nWell protected by armor and desiring to fight, Puraiijaya took\n\nup a transcendental bow and very sharp arrows, and, while being\n\nhighly praised by the demigods, he got up on the back of the bull\n[Indra] and sat on its hump. Thus he is known as Kakutstha. Being\n\nempowered by Lord Vi!ill,lU, who is the Supersoul and the Supreme\n\nPerson, Puraiijaya sat on the great bull and is therefore known as\n\nlndravaha. Surrounded by the demigods, he attacked the residence\n\nof the demons in the west.\n\nTEXT 17\n\ntais tasya cabhut pradhanam\ntumulam loma-har$ar:ram\nyamaya bhallair anayad\ndaityan abhiyayur mrdhe\ntai�-with the demons; tasya-of him, Puraiijaya; ca-also; abhiltthere\n\nwas;\n\npradhanam-a\n\nfight;\n\ntumulam-very\n\nfierce;\n\nloma­\n\nhar$ar:ram-the hearing of which makes one's hairs stand on end;\nyamaya-to the residence of Yamaraja; bhallai�-by arrows; anayatsent; daityan-the demons;\nmrdhe-in that fight.\n\nabhiyayu�-who\n\ncame toward him;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere was a fierce battle between the demons and Puraiijaya. In­\n\ndeed, it was so fierce that when one hears about it one's hairs stand\n\non end. All the demons bold enough to come before Puraiijaya\n\nwere immediately sent to the residence of Yamaraja by his arrows.\nTEXT 18\n\n6�9;q(dl�� �ll;:ijtf«fii'4t<HIOII( I\nWqGti �����AT:�� 11��11\n\n", "SB9.1#p0214": "Text 19]\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\n189\n\ntasye$u-patabhimukham\nyugantagnim ivolba�m\nvisrjya dudruvur daitya\nhanyamana� svam alayam\n\ntasya-his (Puraiijaya's); i$u-pata-the throwing of the arrows;\nabhimukham-in front of; yuga-anta-at the end of the millennium;\nagnim-the flam es; iva-exactly like; ulba�m-fierce; visrjya-giving up the attack; dudruvu�-ran away; daitya�-all the demons;\nhanyamana�-being killed (by Puraiijaya); svam-own; alayam-to\nthe residence.\nTRANSLATION\nTo save themselves from the blazing arrows of lndravaha, which\nresembled the flames of devastation at the end of the millennium,\nthe demons who remained when the rest of their army was killed\nfled very quickly to their respective homes.\n\njitva param dhanam sarvam\nsastrikam vajra-pa�ye\npratyayacchat sa rajar$ir\niti namabhir ahrta�\n\njitva-conquering; param-enemies; dhanam-wealth; sarvameverything; sa-strikam-with their wives; vajra-pa�ye-unto lndra,\nwho carries the thunderbolt; pratyayacchat-returned and delivered;\nsa�-that; raja-r$i�-saintly king (Puraiijaya); iti-thus; namabhi�by names; ahrta�-was called.\nTRANSLATION\nMter conquering the enemy, the saintly king Puraiijaya gave\neverything, including the enemy's riches and wives, to lndra, who\n\n", "SB9.1#p0215": "(Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n190\n\ncarries a thunderbolt. For this he is celebrated as Puraiijaya. Thus\n\nPuraiijaya is known by different names because of his different\n\nactivities.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�s��: �:1\nR��� �� �: ll�oll\n\n��\n\npurafijayasya putro 'bhud\naneniis tat-suta/:t prthu/:t\nvi.Svagandhis tata§ candro\nyuvanii.Svas tu tat-suta/:t\npurafijayasya-o£\n\nPuraiijaya;\n\nputra/:t-son;\n\nabhut-was\n\nborn;\n\nanena/:t-by the name Anenii; tat-suta/:t-his son; prthu/:t-of the name\nP:rthu;\n\nvi.Svagandhi/:t-of the name\n\nVisvagandhi;\n\ntata/:t-his\n\nson;\n\ncandra/:t-by the name Candra; yuvanasva/:t-of the name Yuvaniisva;\n\ntu-indeed; tat-suta/:t-his son.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Puraiijaya was known as Anenii, Anenii's son was\n\nPrthu, and Prthu's son was Visvagandhi. Visvagandhi's son was\nCandra, and Candra's son was YuvaniiSva.\nTEXT 21\n\n�i6f(ij(ij�tr1l � �1 R� m I\nm� �1164M(ij6 !\n\n1;64Z'St41�: II�� II\n\nsravastas tat-suto yena\nsravasti nirmame puri\nbrhadaSvas tu sravastis\ntata/:t kuvalayasvaka/:t\nsravasta/:t-by the name Sravasta; tat-suta/:t-the son of Yuvanasva;\n\nyena-by whom; sravasti-o£ the name Sravasti; nirmame-was con-\n\n", "SB9.1#p0216": "Text 24)\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\nstructed; puri-the great township;\n\nhowever;\n\nsnzvasti�-begotten\n\nby\n\n191\n\nbrhadaSoo�- B:rhada8va; tu­\n\nSravasta;\n\nkuoolayasooka�-of the name Kuvalayasva.\n\ntata�-from\n\nhim;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Yuvanasva was Srivasta, who constructed a township\n\nknown as Sravasti Puri. The son of Sravasta was B:rhada8va, and his\n\nson was Kuvalayasva. In this way the dynasty increased.\n\nya� priyartham utmikasya\n\ndhundhu-niimiisurarh bali\n\nsutaniim eka-vimsatya\nsahasrair ahanad vrta�\nya�-he who; priya-artham-for the satisfaction; utankasya-of the\n\ngreat sage Utailka; dhundhu-nama-of the name Dhundhu; asuram-a\n\ndemon; bali-very powerful (Kuvalayasva); sutanam-of sons; ekavimsatya-by\n\ntwenty-one;\n\nvrta�-surrounded.\n\nsahasrai�-thousands;\n\nahanat-killed;\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo satisfy the sage Utanka, the greatly powerful Kuvalayasva\n\nkilled a demon named Dhundhu. He did this with the assistance of\n\nhis twenty-one thousand sons.\n\nTEXTS 23-24\n\n��R � �41ij(ij�ijl� :q �iiq�: I\n�W>f4tM'1t � ;(lf �6lt;rilftffln 11��11\n-m�: �fq��� �� �fij � I\nm� �it f'1�: �: 11�\\111\n\n", "SB9.1#p0217": "[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n192\n\ndhundhumiira iti khyiitas\ntat-sutiis te ca jajvalu/:1,\ndhundhor mukhiigninii sarve\ntraya evii mse�itii/:1,\ndrl)hasm/:1, kapiliisvas ca\nbhadriiSva iti bhiirata\ndrl)hasm-putro harya5vo\nnikumbhas tat-suta/:1, smrta/:1,\ndhundhu-miira/:1,-the\n\nkiller\n\nof Dhundhu;\n\niti-thus;\n\nkhyiita/:1,­\n\ncelebrated; tat-sutii/:1,-his sons; te-all of them; ca-also; jajvalu/:1,burned; dhundho�-of Dhundhu; mukha-agninii-by the fire emanating from the mouth; sarve-all of them; traya�-three; eva-only;\na00.Se�itii�-remained\n\nalive;\n\ndrl)hiiSva/:1,-D:r�hasva;\n\nkapiliiSva/:1,­\n\nKapilasva; ca-and; bhadriiSva/:1,-Bhadrasva; iti-thus; bhiirata-0\nMaharaja\n\nParik�it;\n\ndrl)hiism-putra/:1,-the\n\nson\n\nof\n\nD:r�hasva;\n\nharya§va/:1,-named Haryasva; nikumbha/:1,-Nikumbha; tat-suta/:1,-his\nson; smrta/:1,-well known.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, for this reason KuvalayiiSva is celebrated as\n\nDhundhumiira [\"the killer of Dhundhu\"]. All hut three of his\n\nsons, however, were burned to ashes by the fire emanating from\n\nDhundhu's mouth. The remaining sons were Drc;lhasva, Kapilasva\nand Bhadriisva. From Drc;lhiiSva came a son named Harya8va, whose\nson is celebrated as Nikumhha.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n��f��T�S����I\nWJ;nsqtSlfer�� «TSWf� q;:f tmt II\"� II\nbahuliisvo nikumbhasya\nkrsiisvo 'thiisya senajit\nyuvaniiSvo 'bhavat tasya\nso 'napatyo mnam gata/:1,\n\n", "SB9.1#p0218": "Text 26)\n\nThe Downfall of Sauhhari Muni\n\n193\n\nbahulaSva�-of the name Bahulasva; nikumbhasya-of Nikumbha;\nkrsasva�-of the name Krsasva; atka-thereafter; asya- of K_rsasva;\nsenajit-Senajit; yuvanasva�-of the name Yuvanasva; abhavat-was\nborn; tasya-of Senajit; sa�-he; anapat ya�- without any sons;\nvanam gata�-ret ired to the forest as a viinaprastha\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Nikumhha was Bahulasva, the son of Bahulasva was\nKrSasva, the son of _Krsasva was Senajit, and the son of Senajit was\nYuvanasva. Yuvanasva had no sons, and thus he retired from\nfamily life and went to the forest.\nTEXT 26\n\n�Uttl�l�� fZtf.foot �s� iqMi4: I\n� � ��;:tf ij- �lfun: II� G.II\nbharyii-satena nirvilJ.�\nr§ayo 'sya krpiilava�\ni$!im sma vartayiiril cakrur\naindriril te susamiihitii�\nbhiirya sat ena- with one hundred wives; nirvifJ.��- very morose;\nr§aya�- the sages (in the forest); asya-upon him; krpalava�-very\nmerciful; i$!im-a ritualistic ceremony; sma-in the past; vartayiim\ncakru�-began to execute; aindrim-known as an lndra yaj iia ; te-all\nof them; su-samiih itii �- being very careful and attentive.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Yuvanasva went into the forest with his one hundred\nwives, all of them were very morose. The sages in the forest,\nhowever, being very kind to the King, began very carefully and attentively performing an lndra-yajfia so that the King might have a\nson.\nPURPORT\n\nOne may enter the viinaprastha order of life with his wife, but the\nvanaprastha order means complete retirement from household life.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0219": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n194\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\nAlthough King Yuvanasva retired from family life, he and his wives\nwere. always morose because he had no son.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n��it f;rfu fflikr: I\nqT �ifi;flilf. FfSli{ijIilf. tM �;:sj:srJ �� II�\\911\n\nU\\1tl a({ifij('l�\n\nraja tad-yajfia-sadanam\nprav�!o niSi tar�itat£\ndr�!va sayanan viprams tan\npapau mantra-jalam svayam\nraja-the\n\nKing\n\n(Yuvanasva);\n\ntat-yajfia-sadanam-the\n\narena\n\nof\n\nsacrifice; pravi�!at£-entered; niSi-at night; tar�itat£-being thirsty;\ndr�!va-seeing; sayanan-lying down;\n\nvipran-all the brahmar:ws;\n\ntan-all of them; papau-drank; mantra-jalam-water sanctified by\nmantras; svayam-personally.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing thirsty one night, the King entered the arena of sacrifice,\n\nand when he saw all the brihmai].as lying down, he personally\n\ndrank the sanctified water meant to be drunk by his wife.\n\nPURPORT\nYajfias performed by brahmar:ws according to Vedic ritualistic\nceremonies are so potent that the sanctifying of water by Vedic mantras\ncan\n\nbring about the desired result. In this instance, the brahmar:ws\n\nsanctified the water so that the King's wife might drink it in the yajfia,\nbut by providence the King himself went there at night and, being\nthirsty, drank the water.\n\nTEXT 28\n\ni3�� f�� ��tfi �� � I\n�: � � q'J� �;f �� ������\n\n", "SB9.1#p0220": "Text 29)\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\n195\n\nutthitas te niSamyatha\nvyudakam kala.Sam prabho\npapracchu� kasya karmedam\npitaril purilsavanaril jalam\nutthita�-after\natha-thereafter;\nprabho-0\n\nKing\n\nawakening;\n\nte-all\n\nof\n\nvyudakam-empty;\nPari�it;\n\nthem;\n\nniSamya - seeing;\n\nkala.Sam-the\n\npapracchu�-inquired;\n\nwaterpot;\n\nkasya-whose;\n\nkarma-act; idam-this; pitam-drunk; purilsavanam-which was to\ncause the birth of a child; jalam - water .\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the hriihrn�as got up from bed and saw the waterpot\nempty, they inquired who had done this work of drinking the\nwater meant for begetting a child.\nTEXT 29\n\n� rfut\n\n(�\n\nffit�T � ��(stf{ij\"t ij I\n\"tl{��m �tt� � ������\n\nrajfia pitaril viditva vai\niSvara-prahitena te\ni.Svaraya nama§ cakrur\naho daiva-balam balam\nrajna-by the King; pitam-drunk; viditoo-understanding this;\nvai-indeed; i5vara-prahitena-inspired by providence; te-all of\nthem; i.Svaraya-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the supreme\ncontroller; nama� cakru�-offered respectful obeisances; aho-alas;\ndaiva-balam-providential power; balam-is actual power.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the hrahm�as came to understand that the King, inspired by the supreme controller, had drunk the water, they all exclaimed \"Alas! The power of providence is real power. No one can\n\n", "SB9.1#p0221": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n196\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\ncounteract the power of the Supreme.\" In this way they offered\ntheir respectful obeisances unto the Lord.\nTEXT 30\n\n�:����f��f�l\n��;n� a-;r.r�ffi �R � II� II\no\n\ntata� kala upavrtte\nku�im nirbhidya dak$i7Jnm\nyuvaruiSvasya tanaya§\ncakravarti jajana ha\ntata�-thereafter; kale-time;\n\nupavrtte -being mature; ku�imnirbhidya -piercing; da�i T:tam-the\nright side; yuvaruiSvasya-of King Yuvaniisva; tanaya�-a son; cakravarti-with all the good symptoms of a king; jajana -generated; ha-in\nthe lower part of the abdomen;\n\nthe past.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, in due course of time, a son with all the good\n\nsymptoms of a powerful king came forth from the lower right side\nof King Yuvanasva's abdomen.\n\nTEXT 31\n\ntti��m�����,\nlfT ���'IT oof(JT.-�1 ��II�� II\nkam dhiisyati kumaro 'yam\nstanye roruyate bhrsam\nmam dhata vatsa rna rodir\nitindro desinim adat\nkam\n\n-\n\nby whom; dhasyati -will he be cared for by being supplied\n\nbreast milk; kumara�-child; ayam -this; stanye-for drinking breast\nmilk; rorilyate-is crying; bhrsam-so much; mam dhata-j ust drink\n\n", "SB9.1#p0222": "Text\n\n34)\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Munj\n\n197\n\nme; vatsa-my dear child; ma rodi/l-do not cry; iti-thus; indra/lKing lndra; desinim-the index finger; adiit-gave him to suck.\nTRANSLATION\nThe baby cried so much for breast milk that all the briihmai,las\nwere very unhappy. \"Who will take care of this baby?\" they said.\nThen lndra, who was worshiped in that yajiia, came and solaced the\nbaby. \"Do not cry,\" lndra said. Then lndra put his index finger in\nthe baby's mouth and said, \"You may drink me.\"\nTEXT\n\nWI\n\n�'R\n\"'\n\nf'«fl\n\n32\n\nm fcrsf��st«l�et: I\n\n�\n\n,..,...\n\n�;nms� a=;rer <:Tt1m T«f�rct� II��II\nna mamara pita tasya\nvipra-deva-prasadata/l\nyuvanasvo 'tha tatraiva\ntapasa siddhim anvagat\nna-not; mamara-died;\n\npita-the father; tasya-of the baby;\n\nvipra-deva-prasadata/1-because of the mercy and blessings of the\nbrahmar:uzs;\n\nyuvanasva(t-King Yuvanasva; atka-thereafter; tatra\n\neva-in that very place; tapasa-by executing austerity; siddhimperfection; anvagat-achieved.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Yuvanasva, the father of the baby, was blessed by the\nbrahmai,las, he did not fall a victim to death. After this incident, he\nperformed severe austerities and achieved perfection in that very\nspot.\nTEXTS\n\n33-34\n\n�«�€!fut'l ifsw �� wm� t�Br � 1\n�;rnr..��rn:m�u��: 11��11\n..\n\n", "SB9.1#p0223": "198\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n��s� �T +.f$fiii4��;ff �: I\n('(a{lqii4Jl�:\n��ij�m 11 � �ll\ntrasaddasyur itindro 'riga\nvidadhe nama yasya vai\nyasmiit trasanti hy udvigna\ndasyavo rava1J.ildayabyauvanii.Svo 'tha miindhata\ncakravarty avanirh prabhubsapta-dvipavatim ekabsa.Sasacyuta-tejasa\ntrasat-dasyub--of the name Trasaddasyu (\"one who threatens thieves\n\nand rogues\"); iti-thus; indrab--the King of heaven; anga-my dear\nKing; vidadhe-gave; nama-the name; yasya-whom; vai-indeed;\nyasmiit-from whom; trasanti-are afraid; hi-indeed; udvignab--the\ncause of anxiety; dasyavab--thieves and rogues; rava�-adayab-headed by great Rak�asas like Rava.Qa;\n\nyauvanasvab-the son of\n\nYuvanasva; atha-thus; miindhata-known as Mandhata; cakravartithe emperor of the world;\n\navanim-this surface of the world;\n\nprabhub-the master; sapta-dvipa-vatim-consisting of seven islands;\nekab-one alone; sa.Sasa-ruled; acyuta-tejasa-being powerful by the\nfavor of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMindhiitii, the son of YuvaniiSva, was the cause of fear for\nRiiv111;1a and other thieves and rogues who caused anxiety. 0 King\nParik�jit, because they feared him, the son of YuvaniiSva was\nknown as Trasaddasyu. This name was given by King lndra. By the\nmercy of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead,\n\nthe son of\n\nYuvaniiSva was so powerful that when he became emperor he ruled\nthe entire world, consisting of seven islands, without any second\nruler.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0224": "Text 36]\n\nThe Downfall of Sauhhari Muni\n\n199\n\nTEXTS 35-36\n\n� :q �' �(?{� l(ftif�: I\n�q1{� � OO�'ii'.fi¥tJif.o�il� ����II\nR ¥tt:=it fctfiriijt �ii{�: I\n�1 �� ��� �ei��<! ����'i� II�� II\nije ca yajfi.am kratubhir\natma-vid bhari-da/cyir:wi/:1,\nsarva-devamayam devam\nsarvatmakam atindriyam\ndravyam mantro vidhir yajfio\nyajamiinas tathartvija/:1,\ndharmo desa.S ca kiilaS ca\nsarvam etad yad iitmakam\nije-he\n\nworshiped;\n\nca-also;\n\nyajfiam-the\n\nLord\n\nof\n\nsacrifices;\n\nkratu bhi/:1,-by great ritualistic performances; iitma-vit-fully conscious\nby self-realization; bhari-da�ir:wi/:1,-by giving large contributions to\nthe briihmar:ws; sarva-deva-mayam-consisting of all the demigods;\ndevam-the Lord; sarva-iitmakam-the Supersoul of everyone; atiindriyam-transcendentally situated; dravyam-ingredients; mantra/:1,\n-chanting\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nVedic\n\nhymns;\n\nvidhi/:1,-regulative\n\nprinciples;\n\nyajfi.a/:1,-worshiping; yajamana/:1,-the performer; tatha-with; rtvija/:1,-the priests; dharma/:1,-religious principles; desa/:1,-the country;\nca-and; kiilab,-the time; ca-also; sa rva m-everything; etat-all\nthese; yat-that which is; iitmakam-favorable for self-realization.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is not different from the\nauspicious aspects of great sacrifices, such as the ingredients of the\nsacrifice, the chanting of Vedic hymns, the regulative principles,\nthe performer, the priests, the result of the sacrifice, the arena of\nsacrifice, and the time of sacrifice. Knowing the principles of\n\n", "SB9.1#p0225": "[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n200\n\nself-realization, Mandhati worshiped that transcendentally situ­\n\nated Supreme Soul, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord\n\nVi�r;m, who comprises all the demigods. He also gave immense\n\ncharity to the brahmat].as, and thus he performed yajiia to worship\nthe Lord.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�� � �Rr � ��� 5fktkt3� I\n� � ;;flq;n� ��: �?lij-r..ijij 11�\\911\nyavat surya udeti sma\nyavac ca pratiti$!hati\ntat sarvarit yauvanasvasya\nmandhatu� /cyetram ucyate\nyavat-as long as; surya�-the sun; udeti-has risen on the horizon;\nsma-in the past; yavat-as long as; ca-also; pratit�!hati-continues\nto stay; tat-all those things mentioned above; sarvam-everything;\nyauvanasvasya-of\n\nthe\n\nson\n\nof\n\nYuvanasva;\n\nmandhatu�-called\n\nMandhata; /cye tram-l oca tion; ucyate-is said to be.\nTRANSLATION\nAll places, from where the sun rises on the horizon, shining\n\nbrilliantly, to where the sun sets, are known as the possession of\nthe celebrated Mandhati, the son of Yuvanasva.\n\nsa.Sabindor duhitari\nbindumatyam adhan nrpa�\npurukutsam amba1\"4arit\nmucukundarit ca yoginam\n\n", "SB9.1#p0226": "Text 40)\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\n201\n\nte$lirh svasarab, paficasat\nsaubharirh vavrire patim\nsa.Sabindob,-o£ a king known as sasabindu; duhitari-unto the\n\ndaughter; bindumatyam-whose name was Bindumati; adhat-begot;\n\nnpab,-the King (Mandhata); purukutsam-Purukutsa; ambarf$am­\n\nAmbari�a; mucukundam-Mucukunda; ca-and; yoginam-a highly\nelevated mystic; te$lim-of them; svasarab,-the sisters; paficasat­\n\nfi.fty; saubharim-unto the great sage Saubhari; vavrire-accepted;\n\npatim-as husband.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMandhiitii begot three sons in the womb of Bindumati, the\n\ndaughter of S�ahindu. These sons were Purukutsa, Amhari�a, and\n\nMucukunda, a great mystic yogi. These three brothers had fifty\nsisters, who all accepted the great sage Saubhari as their husband.\n\nyamunantar-jale magnas\ntapyamanab, pararh tapa!�,\nnirvrtirh mina-rajasya\ndr$!vli maithuna-dharmir;wb,\njata-sprho nrparh viprab,\nkanyam ekam ayacata\nso 'py aha grhyatarh brahman\nkamarh kanya svayarhvare\nyamuna-antab,-jale-in the deep water\n\nmagnab,-merged\n\ncompletely;\n\nof the River Yamuna;\n\ntapyamanab,-executing\n\nausterities;\n\n", "SB9.1#p0227": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n202\nparam-uncommon;\n\ntapa�-austerity;\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\nnirvrtim-pleasure;\n\nmina­\n\nrajasya-of a big fish; dmoo-seeing; maithuna-dharmituJ�-engaged\nin sexual affairs; jata-sprha�-became sexually inclined; nrpam-unto\nthe King (Mandhata); vipra�-the brahmatuJ (Saubhari �i); kanyam\nekiim-one daughter; ayacata-begged for; sa�-he, the King; apialso; aha-said; grhyatam-you can take; brahman-0 brahmalJ.(l;\nkiimam-as she desires; kanya-daughter; svayarhvare-a personal\nselection.\nTRANSLATION\nSaubhari �i was engaged in austerity, deep in the water of the\n\nRiver Yamuna, when he saw a pair of fish engaged in sexual affairs.\n\nThus he perceived the pleasure of sex life, and induced by this\n\ndesire he went to King Mandhatii and begged for one of the King's\ndaughters. In response\n\nto this request,\n\nthe\n\nKing said,\n\n\"0\n\nbriihmlll,la, any of my daughters may accept any husband according\nto her personal selection.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the beginning of the story of Saubhari ��i. According to\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura, Mandhata was the king of Mathura, and\nSaubhari ��i was engaged in austerity while submerged deep within the\nRiver Yamuna. When the r�i felt sexual desire, he emerged from the\nwater and went to King Mandhata to ask that one of the King's daughters\nbecome his wife.\nTEXTS 41-42\n\n� wf+1.. �:�ifW:f\n\n� ris��: I\n�� �� � *Ml�: ������\n��� ��lfr.i !j(�')uuqlft� 1\n� �--.t�\nfirnf �r«�: �: ������\nsa vicintyapriyarh stri�rh\njaratho 'ham asan-mata/:t\nvali-palita ejat-ka\nity aharh pratyudiihrta�\n\n", "SB9.1#p0228": "Text 43]\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\n203\n\nsadhay�ye tathatmdnaril\nsura-stri�m abhipsitam\nkim punar manujendrar_uim\niti vyavasita� prabhu�\nsa�-he, Saubhari Muni; vicintya-thinking to himself; apriyamnot liked; stri�m-by the women; jara!ha�-being infirm because of\nold age; aham-I; asat-mata�-not desired by them; vali-wrinkled;\npalita�-grey-haired;\niti-in\n\nthis\n\nway;\n\nejat-ka�-with\n\naham-I;\n\nthe head\n\nalways trembling;\n\npratyz.ulahrta�-rejected\n\n(by\n\nthem);\n\nsadha�ye-I shall act in such a way; tatha-as; iitmiinam-my body;\nsura-stri�m-to the celestial women of the heavenly planets;\nabhipsitam-desirable; kim-what to speak of; puna�-yet; manujaindrar_uim-of the daughters of worldly\nryavasita�-determined;\n\nkings;\n\niti-in this way;\n\nprabhu�-Saubhari, the greatly powerful\n\nmystic.\nTRANSLATION\nSaubhari Muni thought: I am now feeble because of old age. My\nhair has beoome grey, my skin is slack, and my head always\ntrembles. Besides, I am a yogi. Therefore women do not like me.\nSince the King has thus rejected me, I shall reform my body in\nsuch a way as to be desirable even to celestial women, what to speak\nof the daughters of worldly kings.\nTEXT 43\n\n;f;r: sAfu�n � ��=�fi\"� 1\n�: � �;:�:nfll� q�l�6l CR:: II 'd � H\nmuni� pravesita� /cyatra\nkanyanta�puram rddhimat\nvrta� sa raja-kanyabhir\nekam pancasata vara�\nmuni�-Saubhari Muni; pravesita�-admitted; /cyatra-by the palace\nmessenger; kanya-anta�puram-into the residential quarters of the\n\n", "SB9.1#p0229": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n204\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\nprincesses; rddhi-mat-extremely opulent in all respects; vrta�-accepted; sa�-he; raja-kanyabh*-by all the princesses; ekam-he\nalone; paiicasatii-by all fifty; vara�-the husband.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, when Saubhari Muni became quite a young and\n\nbeautiful person, the messenger of the palace took him inside the\n\nresidential quarters of the princesses, which were extremely opu­\n\nlent. All fifty princesses then accepted him as their husband, al­\n\nthough he was only one man.\n\nTEXT 44\n\n� Cfi� 4fli{ij;;:ijsimm�t{_,\n��� ;w.f q d� ��������II\ntiisiirh kalir abhad bhuyarhs\ntad-arthe 'pohya sauhrdam\nmamiinurapo nayarh va\niti tad-gata-cetasiim\ntiisiim-o£ -all the princesses;\n\nkali�-disagreement and quarrel;\n\nabhat-there was; bhuyiin-very much; tat-arthe-for the sake of\nSaubhari Muni; apohya-giving up; sauhrdam-a good relationship;\nmama-mine; anumpab,-the fit person; na-not; ayam-this; vab,yours; iti-in this way; tat-gata-cetasiim-being attracted by him.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, the princesses, being attracted by Sauhhari Muni,\n\ngave up their sisterly relationship and quarreled among them­\n\nselves, each one of them contending, \"This man is just suitable for\nme,\n\nand not for you.\"\n\ndisagreement.\n\nIn\n\nthis\n\nway\n\nthere\n\nTEXTS 45-46\n\n�\n\ner��fit(qHofN�: f��qf<�0��\n\nensued a great\n\n", "SB9.1#p0230": "Text 46]\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\n205\n\n�!\n\n'11'1tqt ;mreFq:�: {J\n�-w��l'1�! II�'-\\II\n����ttj1(1'1i4(iA��.\n�r.:r:r�\nrn\nijjl'113ciql�i4�1�l�:\n\n��d�l�(lit!\n�'\n�it�i\\Wc;:Fl�\nsa bahv-rcas tabhir apiirar:tiyatapa/:1,-sriyanarghya-paricchade�u\ngrhe$U niinopavaniimaliimbha/:1,sara/:1-su saugandhika-kiinane$U\nmaharha-sayyasana-vastra-bhil$ar:tasniiniinulepabhyavahara-malyakai/:l,\nsvalarikrta-stri-purU$e�u nityada\nreme 'nugayad-dvija-bhrnga-vandi$u\nsa/:1,-he Saubhari I:t�i; bahu-rca /:1,-quite expert in utilizing Vedic\n\n,\n\nmantras; tabhi/:1,-with his wives; aparar:tiya-unlimited; tapa /:1, -the\n\nresult of austerity; sriya-by opulences; anarghya-paraphernalia for\nenjoyment;\ndresses;\n\nparicchade $u-equipped\n\ngrhe$u-in\n\nthe\n\nhouse\n\nwith\n\nand\n\ndifferent\n\nrooms;\n\ngarments\n\nand\n\nniinii-varieties\n\nof;\n\nupavana-parks; amala-clean; ambha/:1,-water; sara/:1-su-in lakes;\nsaugandhika-very fragrant;\n\nkiinane$u-in gardens;\n\nmaha-arha­\n\nvery costly; sayya-bedding; iisana-sitting places; vastra-clothing;\nbhil$ar:ta-ornaments; snii na-bathing places; anulepa-sandalwood;\nabhyavahara-palatable dishes;\n\nmiilyakai/:1,-and with garlands; su­\n\nalarikrta-properly dressed and decorated; stri-women; pu�e$U­\n\nwith men\nfollowed\n\nalso;\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nnityada\n\n- constantly;\n\nsinging\n\nof;\n\nreme-enjoyed;\n\ndvija-birds;\n\nanugayat­\n\nbhrnga-bumblebees;\n\nvandi$u-and professional singers.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Saubhari Muni was expert in chanting mantras perfectly, his severe austerities resulted in an opulent home, with\n\n", "SB9.1#p0231": "206\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\ngarments, ornaments, properly dressed and decorated maidser­\n\nvants and manservants, and varieties of parks with clear-water\n\nlakes and gardens. In the gardens, fragrant with varieties of\nflowers, birds chirped and bees hummed, surrounded by profes­\n\nsional singers. Saubhari Muni's home was amply provided with\n\nvaluable beds, seats, ornaments, and arrangements for bathing,\n\nand there were varieties of sandalwood creams, flower garlands,\n\nand palatable dishes. Thus surrounded by opulent paraphernalia,\n\nthe muni engaged in family affairs with his numerous wives.\n\nPURPORT\nSaubhari &i was a great yogi. Yogic perfection makes available eight\nmaterial opulences-a�ima,\n\nlaghimii,\n\nmahima, priipti, priikiimya,\n\niSitva, va.Sitva and kiimavasayitii. Saubhari Muni exhibited superexcellence in material enjoyment by dint of his yogic perfection. The word\n\nbahv-rca means \"expert in chanting mantras.\" As material opulence can\nbe achieved by ordinary material means, it can also be achieved by subtle\nmeans through mantras. By chanting mantras, Saubhari Muni arranged\nfor material opulence, but this was not perfection in life. As will be seen,\nSaubhari Muni became very dissatisfied with material opulence and thus\nleft everything and reentered the forest in the viinaprastha order and\nachieved final success. Those who are not iitma-tattva-vit, who do not\nknow the spiritual value of life, can be satisfied with external material\nopulences, but those who are iitma-tattva-vit are not inspired by material\nopulence. This is the instruction we can derive from the life and\nactivities of Saubhari Muni.\n\nTEXT 47\n\n�Mi�<oi « �T�\"lf('Htilq�dlqfin\nI\n��:��r�r�� ���\\911\nyad-garhasthyam tu samvi/cyya\nsapta-dvipa vati-patib,\nvismitab, stambham ajahiit\nsiirvabhauma-sriyanvitam\n\n", "SB9.1#p0232": "Text 48)\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\n207\n\nyat-he whose; garhasthyam-family life, householder life; tu-but;\nsamvik,.sya-observing; sapta-dvipa-vati-pati�-Mandhata, who was the\nKing of the entire world, consisting of seven islands; vismita�-was\nstruck with wonder; stambham-pride due to a prestigious position;\najahat-he gave up; sdrva-bhauma-the emperor of the entire world;\nsriya-anvitam-blessed with all kinds of opulence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMindhiti, the King of the entire world, consisting of seven\nislands, was struck with wonder when he saw the household opulence of Saubhari Muni. Thus he gave up his false prestige in his\nposition as emperor of the world.\n\nPURPORT\nEveryone is proud of his own position, but here was an astounding experience, in which the emperor of the entire world felt himself defeated\nin all details of material happiness by the opulence of Saubhari Muni.\n\nevam grhe$V abhirato\nv�ayan vividhai� sukhai/:t\nsevamano na cdlu$yad\najya-stokair ivanala�\nevam-in this way; grhe$u-in household affairs; abhirata�-being\nalways engaged;\nvarieties\n\nof;\n\nv�ayan-material paraphernalia;\n\nsukhai�-happiness;\n\nvividhai�-with\n\nsevamana�-enjoying;\n\nna-not;\n\nca-also; atU$yat-satisfied him; ajya-stokai�-by drops of fat; ivalike; anala�-a fire.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0233": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n208\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Saubhari Muni enjoyed sense gratification in the\n\nmaterial world, but he was not at all satisfied, just as a fire never\n\nceases blazing if constantly supplied with drops of fat.\nPURPORT\n\nMaterial desire is just like a blazing fire. If a fire is continually supplied with drops of fat, the fire will increase more and more and never be\nextinguished. Therefore the policy of trying to satisfy material desires by\ncatering to one's material demands will never be successful. In modern\ncivilization, everyone is engaged in economic development, which is\nanother way of constantly dropping fat into the material fire. The\nWestern countries have reached the summit of material civilization, but\npeople are still dissatisfied. Real satisfaction is l(r�Qa consciousness. This\nis confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (5.29), where l(r�Qa says:\nbhoktaram yajiia-tapasam\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\nsuhrdam sarva-bhutiiniim\njiiiitvii miim santim rcchati\n\"The sages, knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrifices and\nausterities, the Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods and the\nbenefactor and well-wisher of all living entities, attain peace from the\npangs of material miseries.\" One must therefore take to Kr!?Qa consciousness and advance in .l<r!?Qa consciousness by properly following the\nregulative principles. Then one can attain an eternal, blissful life in\npeace and knowledge.\nTEXT 49\n\nCli�f:tt�qlftl'i 3TR'WI@R'f.{: I\n� il@�l�ltO ilf.Tiji\\'e� ����II\n\n�\n\n�\n\nsa kadiicid upiisina\natmiipahnavam atmana/:t\n\n", "SB9.1#p0234": "Text 50)\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\n209\n\ndadarsa bahv-rcacaryo\nmina-sanga-samutthitam\nsa?l-he,\ndown;\nof\n\nSaubhari\n\nMuni;\n\natma apahnavam\n\ntapasya;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nkadacit-one\n\ndegrading\n\natmana?t-self-caused;\n\nday;\n\noneself\n\nupasina?t-sitting\n\nfrom\n\nthe\n\nplatform\n\ndadarsa-observed;\n\nbahu-rca­\n\nacarya?t-Saubhari Muni, who was expert in chanting mantras; mina­\n\nsanga -the sexual affairs of fish; samutthitam-caused by this incident.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, one day while Sauhhari Muni, who was expert in\nchanting mantras, was sitting in a secluded place, he thought to\nhimself about the cause of his falldown, which was simply that he\nhad associated himself with the sexual affairs of the fish.\nPURPORT\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura remarks that Saubhari Muni had\nfallen from his austerity because of a vai{;r:wva-aparadha. The history is\nthat when Garu�a wanted to eat fish, Saubhari Muni unnecessarily gave\nthe fish shelter under his care. Because Garu�a's plans for eating were\ndisappointed, Saubhari Muni certainly committed a great offense to a\nVai��ava. Because of this vai{;r:wva-aparadha, an offense at the lotus feet\nof a Vai�Q.ava, Saubhari Muni fell from his exalted position of mystic\n\ntapasya. One should not, therefore, impede the activities of a Vai��ava.\nThis is the lesson we must learn from this incident concerning Saubhari\nMuni.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n� � qw� it�\nijqf((f�: ���\n��\n�R+.f(SI(H\\·id\\\n�fern ;m f� � �d\\ II� oil\naho imam pa5yata me vini.iSarh\ntapasvina?t sac-carita-vratasya\n\n", "SB9.1#p0235": "210\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nantarjale vari-cara-prasangat\npracyavitam brahma ciram dhrtam yat\naho-alas; imam-this; pa.Syata-just see; me-of me; v�nasamfalldown;\n\ntapasvina�-who was such a\n\ngreat\n\nmystic performing\n\nausterity; sat-carita-of very good character, observing all necessary\nrules and regulations; vratasya-of one who has taken a vow strictly;\nanta�-jale-in the depths of the water; vari-cara prasangat-because\n-\n\nof the affairs of the aquatics; pracyavitam-fallen; brahma-from the\nactivities of Brahman realization or austerity; ciram-for a long time;\ndhrtam-executed; yat-which\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlas! While practicing austerity, even within the depths of the\n\nwater, and while observing all the rules and regulations practiced\n\nby saintly persons, I lost the results of my long austerities simply\n\nby association with the sexual affairs of fish. Everyone should\n\nobserve this falldown and learn from it.\nTEXT 51\n\nQ �a- �'l\"E4��i wr�:\n{{�� 'l\" f%��<r �Rf;�foT I\n�� m« �;r;:cr �\n�Tij�����SffiW: II�ZII\nsangam tyajeta mithuna-vratinam mumulcyu�\nsarvatmana na visrjed bahir-indriyar:r-i\nekaS caran rahasi cittam ananta iSe\nyuiijita tad-vrat�u sadhU§u cet prasanga�\nsangam-association ; tyajeta-must give up; mithuna-vratinam-of\na person engaged in sexual affairs, legal or illegal; mumu/cyu�-persons\nwho desire liberation; sarm-atmana-in all respects; na-do not; visrjet-employ ; bahi�-indriyar:r-i-external senses; eka�-alone; caranmoving; rahasi-in a secluded place; cittam-the heart; anante iSe-\n\n", "SB9.1#p0236": "Text 51)\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\n211\n\nfixed at the lotus feet of the unlimited Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\ny wijita-one can engage himself; tat-vra�u-with persons of the same\n\ncategory (desiring liberation from material bondage); sadh�u-such\n\nsaintly persons; cet-if; prasanga/:t-one wants association.\nTRANSLATION\n\nA person desiring liberation from material bondage must give\nup the association of persons interested in sex life and should not\nemploy his senses externally (in seeing, hearing, talking, walking\nand so on]. One should always stay in a secluded place, completely\nfixing his mind at the lotus feet of the unlimited Personality of\nGodhead, and if one wants any association at all, he should\nassociate with persons similarly engaged.\nPURPORT\nSaubhari Muni, giving conclusions derived from his practical ex­\n\nperience, instructs us that persons interested in crossing to the other side\nof the material ocean must give up the association of persons interested\n\nin sex life and accumulating money. This is also advised by Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu:\n\nn�kincanasya bhagavad-bhajanonmukasya\npiirarh pararh jigam�or bhava-sagarasya\nsandarsanarh �ayir;uim atha yO{iitiirh ca\nhii hanta hanta v�a-bhak$a1)(lto 'py asiidhu\n(Caitanya-candrodaya-niitaka 8.27)\n\"Alas, for a person seriously desiring to cross the material ocean and\nengage in the transcendental loving service of the Lord without material\nmotives, seeing a materialist engaged in sense gratification and seeing a\nwoman who is similarly interested is more abominable than drinking\npoison willingly.\"\n\nOne who desires complete freedom from material bondage can engage\nhimself in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. He must not\nassociate with v�ayi-materialistic persons or those interested in sex\nlife. Every materialist is interested in sex. Thus in plain language it is\n\n", "SB9.1#p0237": "[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n212\n\nadvised that an exalted saintly person avoid the association of those who\n\nare materially inclined. Srila Narottama dasa Thlikura also recommends\n\nthat one engage in the service of the acaryas, and if one wants to live in\n\nassociation, he must live in the association of devotees (tandera cara�\nsevi bhakta-sane vasa). The Kr�Qa consciousness movement is creating\n\nmany centers just to create devotees so that by associating with the mem­\n\nbers of such a center people will automatically become uninterested in\nmaterial affairs. Although this is an ambitious proposal, this association\n\nis proving effective by the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. By gradu­\n\nally associating with the members of the Kr�Qa consciousness movement,\n\nsimply by taking prasada and taking part in chanting of the Hare Kr�Qa\nmantra, ordinary persons are being considerably elevated. Saubhari\nMuni regrets that he had bad association even in the deepest part of the\n\nwater. Because of the bad association of the sexually engaged fish, he fell\n\ndown. A secluded place is also not secure unless there is good association.\nTEXT 52\n,...\n\n���1R�m_\n.\n\nq�tt�a:t�HI� q�««=�«•t: I\n\"'\n\n.\n\n���tf��\n\n�����rer:\n\n11'-\\�11\n\nekas tapasvy aham athambhasi matsya-sangat\npaficasad asam uta pafica-sahasra-sarga/.1,\nnantam vrajamy ubhaya-krtya-manorathanam\nmaya-gu�ir hrta-matir v�aye 'rtha-bhava/:l\neka/:l-one\n\nonly;\n\ntapasvi-great\n\nsage;\n\naham-1;\n\natha-thus;\n\nambhasi-in the deep water; matsya-sangat-by associating with the\n\nfish; paficasat-fi.fty; asam-got wives; uta-and what to speak of\nbegetting one hundred sons in each of them; pafica-sahasra-sarga/:l­\n\nprocreation of five thousand; na antam-no end; vrajami-I can find;\n\nubhaya-krtya-duties of this life and the next; manorathanam-mental\n\nconcoctions; maya-gu�i/:l-influenced by the modes of material nature;\n\nhrta-lost; mati/:l v�aye-great attraction for material things; arthabhava/:l-matters of self-interest.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0238": "Text 54]\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\n213\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the beginning I was alone and engaged in perfonning the\nausterities of mystic yoga, but later, because of the association of\nfish engaged in sex, I desired to marry. Then I became the husband\nof fifty wives, and in each of them I begot one hundred sons, and\nthus my family increased to five thousand members. By the influence of the modes of material nature, I became fallen and\nthought that I would be happy in material life. Thus there is no\nend to my material desires for enjoyment, in this life and the next.\nTEXT 53\n\n�� � qit� � riffir�W-rn: I\n� \\l14llfl�t9;�kq<: q�efflt: ����II\nevam vasan grhe kiilam\nvirakto nyasam asthita�\nvanam jagamanuyayus\ntat-patnya� pati-devata�\nevam-in this way; vasan-living; grhe-at home; kiilam-passing\naway time; virakta�-became detached; nyasam-in the renounced\norder\n\nof life;\n\nasthita�-became situated;\n\nvanam-in the forest;\n\njagama-he went; anuyayu�-was followed by; tat-patnya�-all his\nwives; pati-devata�-because their only worshipable object was their\nhusband.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way he passed his life in household affairs for some time,\nbut then he became detached from material enjoyment. To\nrenounce material association, he accepted the vinaprastha order\nand went to the forest. His devoted wives followed him, for they\nhad no shelter other than their husband.\nTEXT 54\n\"\n\n�\n\n��������\n��n�� � 'ro{miR ll�'dll\n\n", "SB9.1#p0239": "214\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 6\n\ntatra taptva tapas tik{;1J-Clm\natma-darsanam atmavan\nsahaivagnibhir atmanarh\nyuyoja paramiitmani\ntatra-in the forest; taptva-executing austerity; tapab,-the regulative principles of austerity; ti�1JC1m-very severely; atma-darsanamwhich helps self-realization; atmavan-conversant with the self; sahawith; eva-certainly; ag nibhib,\n\n-\n\nfi.res; atmanam-the personal self;\n\nyuyoja-he engaged; parama-iitmani-dealing with the Supreme Soul.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Saubhari Muni, who was quite conversant with the self,\n\nwent to the forest, he perfonned severe penances. In this way, in\nthe fire at the time of death, he ultimately engaged himself in the\nservice of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nAt the time of death, fire bums the gross body, and if there is no more\ndesire for material enjoyment the subtle body is also ended, and in this\nway a pure soul remains. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (tyaktva\n\ndeham punar janma naiti). If one is free from the bondage of both the\ngross and subtle material bodies and remains a pure soul, he returns\nhome, back to Godhead, to be engaged in the service of the Lord.\nTyaktva deham punar janma naiti mdm eti: he goes back home, back to\nGodhead. Thus it appears that Saubhari Muni attained that perfect stage.\nTEXT 55\n\n�m�-�--���q� 1\n� 3Tfit �dfitii41�'t: 11'-\\'-\\11\ntab, sva-patyu r maharaja\nniri�yadhyatmikim gatim\nanviyus tat-prabhave1JC1\nagnirh santam ivarc�ab,\n\n", "SB9.1#p0240": "Text 55]\n\nThe Downfall of Saubhari Muni\n\n215\n\nta�-al1 the wives of Saubhari; sva-patyu�-with their own husband;\n\nmaharaja-0 King Pari�it; niri/cyya-observing; adhyatmikim-spiri­\n\ntual; gatim-progress; anviyu�-followed; tat-prabhave\"(Ul-by the influence of their husband (although they were unfit, by the influence of\ntheir husband they also could go to the spiritual world); agnim-the\nfire; santam-completely merged; iva-like; arc4a�-the flames.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, by observing their husband progressing in\nspiritual existence, Saubhari Muni's wives were also able to enter\nthe spiritual world by his spiritual power, just as the flames of a\nfire cease when the fire is extinguished.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (9.32), striyo vaiSyas tatha sudras te 'pi\n\nyanti pararit gatim. Women are not considered very powerful in follow­\n\ning spiritual principles, but if a woman is fortunate enough to get a suit­\n\nable husband who is spiritually advanced and if she always engages in his\nservice, she also gets the same benefit as her husband. Here it is clearly\nsaid that the wives of Saubhari Muni also entered the spiritual world by\n\nthe influence of their husband. They were unfit, but because they were\n\nfaithful followers of their husband, they also entered the spiritual world\nwith him. Thus a woman should be a faithful servant of her husband,\n\nand if the husband is spiritually advanced, the woman will automatically\nget the opportunity to enter the spiritual world.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Sixth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Downfall of Saubhari\nMuni.\"\n\n", "SB9.1#p0241": "CHAPTER SEVEN\n\nThe Descendants of King Mandhata\nIn this chapter the descendants of King Mandhii.tii. are described, and in\nthis connection the histories of Purukutsa and Hariscandra are also\ngiven.\nThe most prominent son of Mandhii.tii. was Ambaril?a, his son was\nYauvanii.sva, and Yauvanii.sva's son was Hii.rita. These three personalities\nwere the best in the dynasty of Mii.ndhii.tii.. Purukutsa, another son of\nMii.ndhii.tii., married the sister of the snakes\n\n(sarpa-gar:r-a) named\n\nNarmada. The son of Purukutsa was Trasaddasyu, whose son was\nAnaraJ;Iya. AnaraJ;Iya's son was Haryasva, Haryasva's son was Prii.ruJ;Ia,\nPrii.ruJ;Ia's son was Tribandhana, and Tribandhana's son was Satyavrata,\nalso known as Trisailku. When Trisailku kidnapped the daughter of a\n\nbrahmar:r-a, his father cursed him for this sinful act, and Trisailku becar:u)ala, worse than a sudra. Later, by the influence of\n\ncame a\n\nVisvamitra, he was brought to the heavenly planets, but by the influence\nof the demigods he fell back downward. He was stopped in his fall,\nhowever, by the influence of Visvii.mitra. The son of Trisailku was\nHariscandra.\n\nHariscandra\n\nonce\n\nperformed\n\na\n\nRii.jasiiya-yajiia,\n\nbut\n\nVisvamitra cunningly took all of Hariscandra's possessions as a dalcyi�\ncontribution and chastised Hariscandra in various ways. Because of this,\na quarrel arose between Visvamitra and Vasil?tha. Hariscandra had no\nsons, but on the advice of Nii.rada he worshiped VaruQa and in this way\ngot a son named Rohita. Hariscandra promised that Rohita would be used\nto perform a VaruQa-yajiia. VaruQa reminded Hariscandra repeatedly\n\nabout this yajfia, but the King, because of affection for his son, gave\n\nvarious arguments to avoid sacrificing him. Thus time passed, and\ngradually the son grew up. To safeguard his life, the boy then took bow\nand arrows in hand and went to the forest. Meanwhile, at home,\nHariscandra suffered from dropsy because of an attack from VaruQa.\n\nWhen Rohita received the news that his father was suffering, he wanted\nto return to the capital, but King lndra prevented him from doing so.\nFollowing the instructions of lndra, Rohita lived in the forest for six\n217\n\n", "SB9.1#p0242": "[Canto 9, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n218\n\nyears and then returned home. Rohita purchased Sunal;tsepha, the second\n\nson of Ajigarta, and gave him to his father, Hariscandra, as the sacrificial\n\nanimal. In this way, the sacrifice was performed, Varul).a and the other\n\ndemigods were pacified, and Hariscandra was freed from disease. In this\nsacrifice, Visvamitra was the hotti priest, Jamadagni was the adhvaryu,\n\nVasi�tha was the brahmii, and Ayasya was the udgatii. King lndra, being\n\nvery satisfied by the sacrifice, gave Hariscandra a golden chariot, and\n\nVisvamitra\n\ngave\n\nhim\n\ntranscendental\n\nknowledge.\n\nThus\n\nGosvami describes how Hariscandra achieved perfection.\n\nSukadeva\n\nTEXT I\n\n��\n�: f'ISI�(i �s�(l•H st�Rfij : I\nNiji+itl � ��ij �: I\n�J{lij(ij� f'll� �II� II\nsri-suka uvaca\nmiindhatu� putra-pravaro\nyo 'mbari§a� prakirtita�\npitamahena pravrto\nyauvanasvas tu tat-suta�\nharitas tasya putro 'bhun\nmiindhatr-pravara ime\nsri-suka�\n\nuvaca-Sri\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami\n\nsaid;\n\nmiindhatu�-of\n\nMandhata; putra-pravara�-the prominent son; ya�-the one who;\nambari§a�-by\n\npitamahena-by\n\nthe\nhis\n\nname\n\nAmbari�a;\n\ngrandfather\n\nyauvanasva�-named Yauvanasva;\n\nAmbari�a;\n\nputra�-the\n\nharita�-by\nson;\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nabhut-became;\n\npraki'rtita�-celebrated ;\n\nYuvanasva;\n\npravrta�-accepted;\n\ntu-and; tat-suta�-the son of\nHarita;\n\ntasya-of Yauvanasva;\n\nmiindhatr-in\n\nthe\n\nMandhata; pravara�-most prominent; ime-all of them.\n\ndynasty\n\nof\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: The most prominent among the sons of\n\nMiindhiitii was he who is celebrated as Ambari�a. Ambari�a was ac-\n\n", "SB9.1#p0243": "Text3\n\n]\n\nThe Descendants of King Mandhita\n\n219\n\ncepted as son by his grandfather Yuvan&Sva. Amhari�a's son was\nYauvan&Sva, and Yauvan&Sva's son was Harita. In Mindhata's\ndynasty, Amhari�a, Harita and Yauvan&Sva were very prominent.\n\nTEXT2\n\n� �� �t�tttl4 �: I\n�� � ;ffift �lltl.-S(st9;'fi41 II � II\nnamuu:la bhratrbhir dattd\n\npurukutsaya yoragai/:t\ntaya rasatalam nito\nbhujagendra-prayuktaya\nnamuu:la-by the name Narmada; bhratrbhi/:t-by her brothers;\n\ndatta-was given in charity; purukutsaya -unto Purukutsa; ya -she\nwho;\n\nuragai/:t-by\n\nthe\n\nserpents\n\n(sarpa-ga1}Jl);\n\ntaya -by\n\nher;\n\nrasatalam-to the lower region of the universe; nita/:t-was brought;\n\nbhujaga-indra-prayuktaya-engaged\n\nserpents.\n\nby Vasuki,\n\nthe\n\nKing of the\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe serpent brothers of Narmada gave Narmada to Purukutsa.\nBeing sent by Visuki, she took Purukutsa to the lower region of\nthe universe.\nPURPORT\nBefore describing the descendants of Pm:ukutsa, the son of Mandhata,\n\nSukadeva Gosvami first describes how Purukutsa was married to\n\nNarmada, who was induced to take him to the lower region of the\nuniverse.\nTEXT3\n\n�ij;f ��fcc��\n�I\n�: � 4((<tfi�'( II � II\n\n", "SB9.1#p0244": "(Canto 9, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n220\n\ngandharvan avadhit tatra\nvadhyan vai vi$r:tu-sakti-dhrk\nnagal labdha-vara� sarpad\nabhayarit smaratdm idam\ngandharvan-the inhabitants of Gandharvaloka; avadhit-he killed;\ntatra-there (in the lower region of the universe); vadhyan-who\ndeserved to be killed; vai-indeed; vi$r:tu-sakti-dhrk-being empowered\nby\n\nLord\n\nreceived\n\nVi�:Q.u;\na\n\nnagat-from\n\nbenediction;\n\nthe\n\nNagas;\n\nsarpat-from\n\nthe\n\nlabdha-vara�-having\nsnakes;\n\nabhayam­\n\nassurances; smaratdm-of those who remember; idam-this incident.\nTRANSLATION\nThere in Rasatala, the lower region of the universe, Purukutsa,\n\nbeing\n\nempowered\n\nby Lord Vi111.m, was able\n\nto kill all the\n\nGandharvas who deserved to be killed. Purukutsa received the\n\nbenediction from the serpents that anyone who remembers this\n\nhistory of his being brought by Narmada to the lower ·region of the\nuniverse will be assured of safety from the attack of snakes.\n\ntrasaddasyu� paurukutso\nyo 'narar:tyasya deha-krt\nharya§vas tat-sutas tasmdt\nprarulJO 'tha tribandhana�\ntrasaddasyu�-by the name Trasaddasyu; paurukutsa�-the son of\nPurukutsa;\n\nya�-who;\n\nanarar:tyasya-of Anara:Q.ya;\n\nfather; harya§va�-by the name Haryasva;\n\ndeha-krt-the\n\ntat-suta�-the son of\n\nAnara:Q.ya; tasmdt-from him (Haryasva); prdrur:ta�-by the name\nPriiru:Q.a;\nbandhana.\n\natha-then, from Priiru:Q.a; tribandhana�-his son, Tri­\n\n", "SB9.1#p0245": "Text 6]\n\nThe Descendants of King Miindhiitii\n\n221\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Purukutsa was Trasaddasyu, who was the father of\nAnarai,lya. Anara�ya's son was Harya8va, the father of Priiru�a.\nPriiruJ].a was the father of Tribandhana.\nTEXTS 5-6\n\n����RI �: I\nsmi�NM€1i � �:�ftjq:;ij�('tlll �II\n('l�IUU �: (C4•l+itt1N f� � I\nqffirfl�ftro���ij�i!4 ���II� II\n� (1�t4€1:\n\ntasya satyavrata& putras\ntriSankur iti viSruta&\nprapta§ caru;lalatam sapiid\nguro& kau§ika-tejasa\nsa§anro gata& svargam\nadyapi divi drsyate\npatito 'vak-sira devais\ntenaiva stambhito balat\ntasya-of\nputra&-the\n\nTribandhana;\nson;\n\nsatyavrata&-by the\n\ntriSanku&-by\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nname\n\nSatyavrata;\n\nTrisanku;\n\niti-thus;\n\nviSruta&-celebrated; p rapta&-had obtained; caru;lalatam-the quality\nof a caru;lala, lower than a sudra; sapat-from the curse; guro&-of his\n\nfather; kau§ika-tejasa-by the prowess of Kausika (Visvamitra); sasanra!t-while in this body; gata !t-went; svargam-to the heavenly\nplanet; adya api- until today; divi-in the sky; drsyate-can be seen;\n\npdtita&- having fallen down; avak-sira&-with his head hanging downward; devai&-by the prowess of the demigods; tena-by Visvamitra;\neva-indeed; stambhita&-fixed; baku-by superior power.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Tribandhana was Satyavrata, who is celebrated by the\nname Trisailku. Because he kidnapped the daughter of a brahmai,la\n\n", "SB9.1#p0246": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n222\n\n(Canto 9, Ch.7\n\nwhen she was being married, his father cursed him to become a\ncai}.<J_iila, lower than a sudra. Thereafter, by the influence of\n\nVisvamitra, he went to the higher planetary system, the heavenly\n\nplanets, in his material body, but because of the prowess of the\n\ndemigods he fell back downward. Nonetheless, by the power of\nVisviimitra, he did not fall all the way down; even today he can still\nbe seen hanging in the sky, head downward.\nTEXT7\n\n� �ft� ��ll'l\"'etM3t�1: I\n�Rlf+rq¥1� � qfaJunqt�lfifCh'( 11 \\9 11\ntraiSankavo hariScandro\nviSvamitra-vas�!hayo/:t\nyan-nimittam abhild yuddharit\npak$ir;wr bahu-vdr$ikam\ntraiSankava/:t-the son of Trisailku; ha riScandra/:t-by the name\nHariscandra;\n\nviSvamitra-vas�!hayo/:t-between\n\nVasi�tha; yat-nimittam\n\n-\n\nVisviimitra\n\nand\n\nbecause of Hariscandra; abhut-there was;\n\nyuddham-a great fight; pak$ir:w/:t-both of whom had been converted\ninto birds; bahu-vdr$ikam-for many years.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Trisariku was Hariscandra. Because of Hariscandra\n\nthere was a quarrel between Visviimitra and V asi�!ha, who for\n\nmany years fought one another, having been transformed into\n\nbirds.\n\nPURPORT\n\nVisviimitra and Vasi!;>tha were always inimical. Formerly, Visviimitra\nwas a k$atriya, and by undergoing severe austerities he wanted to become a brahmar:w., but Vasi!;>tha would not agree to accept him. In this\nway there was always disagreement between the two. Later, however,\nVasi�tha accepted him because of Visviimitra's quality of forgiveness.\nOnce Hariscandra performed a yajna for which Visviimitra was the\npriest, but Visviimitra, being angry at Hariscandra, took away all his\n\n", "SB9.1#p0247": "Text\n\n8)\n\nThe Descendants of King Mandhata\n\n223\n\npossessions, claiming them as a contribution of da�iiJli. Vasi�!ha,\nhowever, did not like this, and therefore a fight arose between Vasi�!ha\nand Visvamitra. The fighting became so severe that each of them cursed\nthe other. One of them said, \"May you become a bird,\" and the other\nsaid, \"May you become a duck.\" Thus both of them became birds and\ncontinued fighting for many years because of Hariscandra. We can see\nthat such a great mystic yogi as Saubhari became a victim of sense gratification, and such great sages as Vasi�!ha and Visvamitra became birds.\nThis is the material world. Abrahma-bhuwnal loka/:L punar awrtino\n\n'rjuna. Within this material world, or within this universe, however elevated one may be in material qualities, one must suffer the conditions of\nbirth, death, old age and disease (janma-mrtyu-jara-vyadhi). Therefore\n1<-r�:t:J.a says that this material world is simply miserable (du/:Lkhalayam\n\na.Sasvatam). The Bhagavatam says, padam padam yad vipadam: at\nevery step here there is danger. Therefore, because the 1<-r�:t:J.a consciousness movement provides the opportunity for the human being to get out\nof this material world simply by chanting the Hare 1<-r�:t:J.a mantra, this\nmovement is the greatest benediction in human society.\nTEXTS\n\nmswtq� W'tOUIIE+fl wtl(�@q��ij : I\nmm�Rr:� if� 3lit �����\nso 'napatyo vi$ar:t1Jlitmti\nnaradasyopadesata/:L\nvarur:tam sarar:tam yata/:L\nputro me jayatam prabho\nsa/:L-that Hariscandra; anapatya/:L-being without a son; vi$ar:tr:taatma-therefore very morose; naradasya -of Narada; upadesata/:L-by\nthe advice; varur:tam-unto Varu:t:J.a; sarar:tam yata/:L-took shelter;\nputra/:L-a son; me-o£ me; jayatam -let there be born; prabho-0 my\nlord.\nTRANSLATION\nHariscandra had no son and was therefore extremely morose.\nOnce, therefore, following the advice of Niirada, he took shelter of\n\n", "SB9.1#p0248": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n224\n\n[Canto9, Ch. 7\n\nVaruJ].a and said to him, \"My lord, I have no son. Would you\nkindly give me one?\"\n\nTEXT9\n\n� cftU 4i(IU:t � ffi � Wr I\n� ��� � Ufur:ll�ll\nyadi viro maharaja\ntenaiva tviirh yaje iti\ntatheti varu�niisya\nputro jatas tu rohita�\nyadi-if; vira�-there is a son; maharaja-0 Maharaja Parik�it;\ntena eva-even by that son; tviim-unto you;\n\nyaje-1 shall offer\n\nsacrifice;\n\niti-thus\n\niti-thus ;\n\ntatha-as\n\nyou\n\ndesire;\n\naccepted;\n\nvaru�na-by VaruQ.a; asya-of Maharaja Hariscandra; putra�-a son;\njata�- was born; tu-indeed; rohita�-by the name Rohita.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it, Hariscandra begged VaruJ].a, \"My lord, if a son\n\nis born to me, with that son I shall perform a sacrifice for your\n\nsatisfaction.\" When Hariscandra said this, VaruJ].a replied, \"Let it\n\nbe so.\" Because of VaruJ].a's benediction, Hariscandra begot a son\nnamed Rohita.\n\nTEXT 10\n\nwit tg�;clfi• 4if ifii(Wfl ��I\n� q�ffl(�t: � � �AA ll�oll\n�:\n\njata� suto hy anenanga\nmiirh yajasveti so 'bravit\nyadii pa.Sur nirda.Sa� syad\natha medhyo bhaved iti\njata�-has been born; suta�-a son; hi-indeed; ane na-by this\nson; ariga-0 Hariscandra; miim-unto me; yajasva -offer sacrifice;\n\n", "SB9.1#p0249": "Text 12)\n\nThe Descendants of King Mandhiita\n\n225\n\niti-thus; sab,-he, Varul).a; abravit-said; yadd-when; pa.Sub,-an\nanimal; nirdaSab,-has passed ten days; syat-should become; athathen; medhyab,-suitable for offering in sacrifice; bhavet-becomes;\niti-thus (Hariscandra said).\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter,\n\nwhen the child was born, Varu1,1a\n\napproached\n\nHariscandra and said, \"Now you have a son. With this son you can\noffer me a sacrifice.\" In answer to this, Hariscandra said, \"After\nten days have passed since an animal's birth, the animal becomes fit\nto be sacrificed.\"\nTEXT 11\n\n�����ili:ii�� «l� I\n�: q�j)���(\"if%1 � �RRt II�� II\nnirdaSe ca sa agatya\nyajasvety aha so 'bravit\ndantab, pa.Sor yaj jayerann\natha medhyo bhaved iti\nnirdaSe-after ten days; ca-also; sab,-he, Varul).a; agatya-coming\nthere;\n\nyajasva-now\n\nHariscandra;\n\nsacrifice;\n\nabravit-replied;\n\niti-thus;\ndantab,-the\n\naha-said;\nteeth;\n\nsab,-he,\n\npa.Sob,-of\n\nthe\n\nanimal; yat-when; jayeran-have appeared; atha-then; medhyab,fit for being sacrificed; bhavet-will become; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter ten days, Varu1,1a came again and said to Hariscandra,\n\"Now you can perform the sacrifice.\" Hariscandra replied, \"When\nan animal grows teeth, then it becomes pure enough to be\nsacrificed.\"\nTEXT 12\n\n�� iimn ii�'CtRt � st�1�1%1 «T� 1\n\n� qij�@ �l3T%f���\n\n11��11\n\n", "SB9.1#p0250": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n226\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 7\n\ndanta jata yajasveti\n\nsa pratyahatha so 'bravit\nyadii patanty asya danta\natha medhyo bhaved iti\ndanta/:l-the teeth; jataft-have grown; yajasva-now sacrifice; itithus; salt-he, Varul).a; pratyaha-said; atka-thereupon; sa/:l-he,\nHariscandra; abravit__:replied; yadii-when; p atanti-fall out; asyahis; danta/:l-teeth; atha-then; medhya/:l-fit for sacrifice; bhavetwill become; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the teeth grew, Varul).a �e and said to Hariscandra,\n\n\"Now the animal has grown teeth, and you can perform the\nsacrifice.\" Hariscandra replied, \"When all its teeth have fallen out,\n\nthen it will be fit for sacrifice.\"\n\nTEXT 13\n\nq�nfflqffin� 4'Jt���60 m� 1\n\n��):�����:�: 11��11\npa5or nipatitii danta\n\nyajasvety aha so 'bravit\nyadii pa5o/:l punar danta\njayante 'tha pa5u/:l suci/:l\npa5o/:l-of the animal; nipatita/:l-have fallen out; danta/:l-the teeth;\nyajasva-now sacrifice him; iti-thus; aha-said (Varul).a); sa/:l-he,\nHariscandra; ab ravit-replied; yadii-when; pa5o/:l-of the animal;\npuna/:l-again;\n\ndanta/:l-the\n\nteeth;\n\njayante-grow;\n\natha-then;\n\npa5u/:l-the animal; suci/:l-is purified for being sacrificed.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the teeth had fallen out, Varul).a returned and said to\n\nHariscandra, \"Now the animal's teeth have fallen out, and you can\nperform the sacrifice.\" But Hariscandra replied, \"When the\n\n", "SB9.1#p0251": "Text 15]\n\nThe Descendants of King Mindhata\n\n227\n\nanimal's teeth grow in again, then he will be pure enough to be\nsacrificed.\"\nTEXT 14\n\n��iij1 ttdf��Rt ij\" st€41(1� m� 1\nQl411rl4il��u���:�: ����\"\npunar jata yajasveti\nsa pratyahatha so 'bravit\nsannahiko yada rajan\nrajanyo 'tha pa§u/:t suci/:t\npun.a/:t-again; jata/:t-have grown;\nsacrifice;\n\niti-thus;\n\nsa/:t-he,\n\nVarul).a;\n\nyajasva-now you offer the\npratyaha-replied;\n\natka­\n\nthereafter; sa/:t-he, Hariscandra; abravit-said; sanniihika/:t-able to\nequip himself with a shield; yada-when; rajan-0 King Varul).a; rajanya/:t-the\n\n/cyatriya;\n\natha-then;\n\npa§u/:t-the sacrificial animal;\n\nsuci/:t-becomes purified.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the teeth grew in again, Varu�a came and said to\nHariscandra,\n\n\"Now\n\nyou\n\ncan\n\nperform\n\nthe\n\nsacrifice.\"\n\nBut\n\nHariscandra then said, \"0 King, when the sacrificial animal becomes a k�atriya and is able to shield himself to fight with the\nenemy, then he will be purified.\"\nTEXT 15\n\nU6\n\n�'41��JitUI\n\n�tttfW\"4ij�ijQI I\n� er� (f • �iit�a� ������\niti putranuriiger_ta\nsneha-yantrita-cetasa\nkalam vaiicayata tam tam\nukto devas tam ai/cyata\n\niti-in this way; putra-anurager_ta-because of affection for the son;\nsneha-yantrita-cetasa-his mind being controlled by such affection;\n\n", "SB9.1#p0252": "[Canto 9, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n228\nkalam-time;\n\nva ncayata -cheating;\n\nukta�-said;\n\ndeva�-the\n\ntam-unto\n\ndemigod\n\nVaruQ.a;\n\nhim;\n\ntam-that;\n\ntam-unto\n\nhim,\n\nHariscandra; aik$ata-waited for the fulfillment of his promise.\nTRANSLATION\nHariscandra was certainly very much attached to his son. Be­\n\ncause of this affection, he asked the demigod VaruJ;Ia to wait. Thus\n\nVaruJ;Ia waited and waited for the time to come.\nTEXT 16\n\n� fitij: d PttlM�Ht I\nSl�qQ6 II t l\\11\nSIIOI��qlfllwu.i\nrohitas tad abhijnaya\npitu� karma cikir$itam\nprar;a-prepsur dhanU$-pdr:tir\narar:r-yarh pratyapadyata\nrohita�-the son of Hariscandra; tat-this fact; abhijnaya -having\nthoroughly\n\nunderstood;\n\npitu�-of\n\nhis\n\nfather;\n\nkarma-action;\n\ncikir$itam-which he was practically doing; prdr;a-prepsu�-wishing to\nsave his life; dha nu �-pd r:ti�-taking his bow and arrows; arar:r-yam-to\nthe forest; pratyapadyata-left.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRohita could understand that his father intended to offer him as\n\nthe animal for sacrifice. Therefore, just to save himself from\n\ndeath, he equipped himself with bow and arrows and went to the\nforest.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n\\i1Rt¥itld\\(¥( I\n� sll'ifrt�ltl �: � 11 � \\911\ntim €1�01!4\\'d �\n\npitararh varur;a-grastarh\nsrutvd jata-mahodaram\n\n", "SB9.1#p0253": "Text\n\n18)\n\nThe Descendants of King Mandhata\n\n229\n\nrohito gramam eyaya\ntam indral} pratya§edhata\np ita ram-about his father; va ru�-grastam-having been attacked\nwith dropsy by Varu:r;ta; srutva-after hearing; jata-had grown; mahaudaram-inflated abdomen; rohital;,-his son Rohita; gramam eyayawanted to come back to the capital; tam-unto him (Rohita); indrai;,King lndra; pratya§edhata-forbade to go there.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Rohita heard that his father had been attacked by dropsy\ndue to Varu�a and that his abdomen had grown very large, he\nwanted to return to the capital, but King Indra forbade him to\ndo so.\nTEXT\n\n18\n\n�:m��= 1\n(lfl61q���1+4§¥: ijtsQ((U�\n�II� <=II\nbhumel} paryatanam pur;tyam\ntirtha-k{;etra-n�eva�il}\nrohitayadiSac chakral}\nso 'py arar;tye 'vasat samiim\n\nbhumel;,-of the surface of the world; pa ryatanam-traveling;\npu r;tyam-holy places; t irtha - k{;etra - places of pilgrimage; n�eva �il;,-by serving or going to and coming from such places;\nrohitaya -unto Rohita; adiSat-ordered; sakra i;,-King lndra; sal;,-he,\nRohita; api -also; arar;tye-in the forest; avasat-lived; samam-for\none year.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Indra advised Rohita to travel to different pilgrimage sites\nand holy places, for such activities are pious indeed. Following this\ninstruction, Rohita went to the forest for one year.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0254": "(Canto 9, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n230\n\nTEXT 19\n\n� � ��q.q(ltll I\n���mif�mt ll�Q..II\nevam dvitiye trtiye\ncaturthe paficame tatha\nabhyetyabhyetya sthaviro\nvipro bhatvaha vrtra-ha\nevam-in this way; dvitiye-on the second year; trtiye-on the third\nyear; caturthe-on the fourth year;\n\npaficame-on the fifth year;\n\ntatha-as well as; abhyetya-coming before him; abhyetya-again\ncoming before him; sthavira�-a very old man; vipra�-a brahma1J11;\nbhatoo-becoming so; aha-said; vrtra-ha-lndra.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, at the end of the second, third, fourth and fifth\n\nyears, when Rohita wanted to return to his capital, the King of\n\nheaven, lndra, approached him as an old hrahmru;ta and forbade\n\nhim to return, repeating the same words as in the previous year.\nTEXT 20\n\n'fd �fi� itmf: � I\ni,!qiNf\"iiGOtl{fia:SflUI\"'�q � I\n�:� � m � @fcf� IJ�oll\n�(1$!ham samvatsaram tatra\ncaritva rohita� purim\nupavrajann ajigartad\nakri1Jiin madhyamam sutam\nsuna/:!Sepham pa§um pitre\npradiiya samavandata\n�(1$!ham-the\n\nsixth;\n\nsam oots aram-year;\n\ntatra-in\n\nthe\n\nforest;\n\ncaritva-wandering; rohita�-the son of Hariscandra; purim-in his\n\n", "SB9.1#p0255": "Text 21]\n\nThe Descendants of King Mandhati\n\n231\n\ncapital; upavrajan-went there; ajigartat-from Ajigarta; akriT)iitpurchased; madhyamam-the second;\n\nutam-son; suna/.t§epham­\n\ns\n\nwhose name was Sunal;lsepha; pa5um-to use as the sacrificial animal;\npitre-unto his father; pradaya-offering; samavandata-respectfully\noffered his obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, in the sixth year, after wandering in the forest,\n\nRohita returned to the capital of his father. He purchased from\n\nAjigarta his second son, named Sunal}.sepha. Then he offered\n\nSunal}.sepha to his father, Hariscandra, to be used as the sacrificial\nanimal and offered Hariscandra his respectful obeisances.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that in those days a man could be purchased for any purpose. Hariscandra was in need of a person to sacrifice as the animal in a\nyajna and thus fulfill his promise to Varu�a, and a man was purchased\nfrom another man for this purpose. Millions of years ago, animal\nsacrifice and slave trade both existed. Indeed, they have existed since\ntime immemorial.\nTEXT 21\n\n�=\n\n�� m�\n\n+i�ltt�1: ,\n\ntffi\\�U i!�t{���: 11��11\ntata� purWja-medhena\nhariScandro maha-ya§a/:t\nmuktodaro 'yajad devan\nvaruT)iidin mahat-katha�\ntata�\n\n-\n\nthereafter; purWja-medhena-by sacrificing a man in the\n\nyajna; hariScandra�-King Hariscandra; maha-ya§a�-very famous;\n\nmukta-udara/:t-became free from dropsy; ayajat-offered sacrifices;\ndevan-unto the demigods; varu�-adin-headed by Varu�a and\nothers;\n\nmahat-katha�-famous\n\npersonalities.\n\nin\n\nhistory\n\nwith\n\nother\n\nexalted\n\n", "SB9.1#p0256": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n232\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, the famous King Hariscandra, one of the exalted\n\npersons in history, performed grand sacrifices by sacrificing a man\n\nand pleased all the demigods. In this way his dropsy created by\nV arur_ta was cured.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nA�Sll��itffl�� I\n�+iG;Ilt(� illn �� Htt1{tl : ����II\nviSvamitro 'bhavat tasmin\nhota cadhvaryur atmavan\njamadagnir abhud brahma\nvas�!ho 'yasya� sama-ga�\nviSvamitra�-the great sage and mystic Visvamitra; abhavat-became; tasmin-in that great sacrifice; hota-the chief priest to offer\noblations; ca-also; adhvar yu�-a person who recites hymns from the\n\nYajur Veda and performs ritualistic ceremonies; atmavan-fully selfrealized; jamadag ni�-Jamadagni; abhut-became; brahma-acting as\nthe chief brahmar:w-; vas�tha�-the great sage; ayasya�-another great\nsage; sdma-ga�-engaged as the reciter of the Sama Veda mantras.\nTRANSLATION\nIn that great human sacrifice, Visviimitra was the chief priest to\n\noffer oblations, the perfectly self-realized Jamadagni had the re­\n\nsponsibility for chanting the mantras from the Yajur Veda,\n\nVasi�tha was the chief brahminical priest, and the sage Ayasya was\nthe reciter of the hymns of the Sarna Veda.\nTEXT 23\n\n� � G:G:Ifct s=J � � I\n�:�������II\n..\n\n", "SB9.1#p0257": "Text 24)\n\nThe Descendants of King Mandhiita\n\n233\n\ntasmai ��o dadav indra/.t\nsiitakaumbhamayarit ratham\nsuna/.t§ephasya miihatmyam\nupari§!iit pracak$yate\ntasmai-unto him, King Hariscandra; t �!a/.t-being very pleased;\ndadau-delivered;\nT?U'Yam\n\n-\n\nindra/.t-the\n\nKing\n\nof\n\nheaven;\n\nmade of gold; ratham-a chariot;\n\nsiitakaumbha­\n\nsu na/.t§ep hasya- ab out\n\nSuna.Qsepha; miihatmyam-glories; upari§!iit-in the course of describing the sons of Visvamitra; pracak$yate-will be narrated.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Indra, being very e leased with Hariscandra, offered him a\n\ngift of a golden chariot. Sunal,tsepha's glories will be presented\nalong with the description of the son of Visviimitra.\nTEXT 24\n\n�mt�q� �� :q�: I\nNSQIITisn � smn a>a>letM&<�i � ���\\111\nsatyarit sararit dhrtirit dmva\nsabharyasya ca bhupate/.t\nviSvamitro bhrsarit prito\ndadiiv avihatiirit gatim\nsatyam-truthfulness ;\nsaram-firmness;\ndhrtim-forbearance;\ndr�!vii-by seeing; sa bharyasya -with his wife; ca-and; bhupate/.tof Maharaja Hariscandra; viSviimitra/.t-the great sage Visvamitra;\n-\n\nbhrsam -very much; pr ita /.t-being pleased;\navihatiim gatim-imp e rishable knowledge.\n\ndadau-gave\n\nhim;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Visvamitra saw that Maharaja Hariscandra, along\nwith his wife, was truthful, forbearing and concerned with the\n\n", "SB9.1#p0258": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n234\n\nessence.\n\nThus\n\nhe\n\ngave\n\nthem\n\nfulfillment of the human mission.\n\nimperishable\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 7\nknowledge\n\nfor\n\nTEXTS 25-26\n\n�€114f.l�il(1iftSfitewt ffil. I\n� � 'itl(li((M � � 446:1€+\\f;t 11�'-\\11\n€tf4t�lwtifi� �€1�1,14�60'{ I\nf(m ijf m � Rctlu1Wf44�a:l I\n��lst(tcROI �T Ft�: ����II\n\n'R:\n\nmana� prthivyam tam adbhis\ntejasapo 'nilena tat\nkhe vayum dharayarhs tac ca\nbhutadau tam mahatmani\ntasmiii jiiana-kaliim dhyatva\ntayajiiiinam vinirdahan\nhitva tam svena bhavena\nnirviir:u;t-sukha-samvida\nanirdesyapratarkyer:u;t\ntasthau vidhvasta-bandhana�\nmana�-the mind (full of material desires for eating, sleeping, mating and defending); prthivyam-in the earth; tam-that; adbhi�-with\nwater; tejasa-and with fire; apa�-the water; anilena-in the fire;\ntat-that; khe-in the sky; viiy um-the air; dharayan -amalgamating;\ntat-that; ca-also; bhuta-adau-in the false ego, the origin of material\nexistence; tam-that (false ego); maha-atmani-in the mahat-tattva,\nthe total material energy; tasmin-in the total material energy; jiianakaliim-spiritual knowledge and its different branches; dhyatva -by\n\nmeditating; taya-by this process; ajiiiin am-ignorance ; vinirdahanspecifically\n\nsubdued;\n\nhitoo -giving\n\nup;\n\ntam-material\n\nambition;\n\nsvena-by self-realization; bhavena-in devotional service; nirviir:ta­\n\nsukha-samvida-by transcendental bliss, putting an end to material\nexistence;\n\nanirdesya-imperceptible;\n\napratarkye r:u;t-inconceivable;\n\n", "SB9.1#p0259": "Text 26]\ntasthau\n\n-\n\nThe Descendants of King Mandhata\n\n235\n\nremai n ed; vidhrosta-completely freed from; bandhana�­\n\nmaterial bondage.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Hariscandra first purified his mind, which was full of\nmaterial enjoyment, by amalgamating it with the earth. Then he\namalgamated the earth with water, the water with fire, the fire with\nthe air, and the air with the sky. Thereafter, he amalgamated the\nsky with the total material energy, and the total material energy\nwith spiritual knowledge. This spiritual knowledge is realization\nof one's self as part of the Supreme Lord. When the self-realized\nspiritual soul is engaged in service to the Lord, he is eternally imperceptible\n\nand\n\ninconceivable.\n\nThus\n\nestablished\n\nin\n\nspiritual\n\nknowledge, he is completely freed from material bondage.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Seventh\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Descendants of King\nMandhata. \"\n\n", "SB9.1#p0260": "CHAPTER EIGHT\n\nThe Sons of Sagara\nMeet Lord Kapiladeva\nIn this Eighth Chapter the descendants of Rohita are described. In the\ndynasty of Rohita there was a king named Sagara, whose history is de­\n\nscribed in relation to Kapiladeva and the destruction of the sons of\nSagara.\n\nThe son of Rohita was known as Harita, and the son of Harita was\n\nCampa, who constructed a township known as Campapuri. The son of\n\nCampa was Sudeva, the son of Sudeva was Vijaya, the son of Vijaya was\nBharuka, and the son of Bharuka was Vrka. Bahuka, the son of Vrka,\n\nwas greatly disturbed by his enemies, and therefore he left home with\n\nhis wife and went to the forest. When he died there, his wife wanted to\n\naccept the principles of sati, dying with her husband, but when she was\nabout to die a sage named Aurva found that she was pregnant and for­\n\nbade her to do so. The co-wives of this wife of Bahuka gave her poison\n\nwith her food, but still her son was born with the poison. The son was\n\ntherefore named Sagara (sa means \"with,\" and gara means \"poison\").\n\nFollowing the instructions of the great sage Aurva, King Sagara\n\nreformed many clans, including the Yavanas, Sakas, Haihayas and\n\nBarbaras. The king did not kill them, but reformed them. Then, again\n\nfollowing the instructions of Aurva, King Sagara performed a.Svamedha\n\nsacrifices, but the horse needed for such a sacrifice was stolen by lndra,\nthe King of heaven. King Sagara had two wives, named Sumati and\nKesini. While searching for the horse, the sons of Sumati extensively dug\n\nup the surface of the earth and in this way dug a trench, which later be­\n\ncame known as the Sagara Ocean. In the course of this search, they came\n\nupon the great personality Kapiladeva and thought Him to have stolen\n\nthe horse. With this offensive understanding, they attacked Him and\n\nwere all burned to ashes. Kesini, the second wife of King Sagara, had a\n\nson named Asamaiijasa, whose son Amsuman later searched for the horse\n\nand delivered his uncles. Upon approaching Kapiladeva, Amsuman saw\n\n237\n\n", "SB9.1#p0261": "238\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 8\n\nboth the horse meant for sacrifice and a pile of ashes. Amsumiin offered\nprayers to Kapiladeva, who was very pleased by his prayers and who\nreturned the horse. Mter getting back the horse, however, AmSumiin\nstill stood before Kapiladeva, and Kapiladeva could understand that\nAmSumiin was praying for the deliverance of his forefathers. Thus\n\nKapiladeva offered the instruction that they could be delivered by water\nfrom the Ganges. Amsumiin then offered respectful obeisances to\n\nKapiladeva, circumambulated Him, and left that place with the horse for\n\nsacrifice. When King Sagara finished his yajtia, he handed over the\n\nkingdom to Amsumiin and, following the advice of Aurva, attained\n\nsalvation.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n15//rJf#i �\n\ntftm ijf®Wt�.xt{ij�li! MMM{i 1\n:q.-q1��sm���: II� II\nsri-suka uvaca\nharito rohita-suta§\ncampas tasmiid vinirmita\ncampapuri sudevo 'to\nvijayo yasya catmaja/:t\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosviimi said; harita/:t-the king\nnamed Harita; rohita-suta/:t-the son of King Rohita; campa/:t-by the\n\nname Campa; tasmdt-from Harita; vinirmita-was constructed;\ncampa-puri-the township known as Campiipuri; sudeva/:t-by the\n\nname Sudeva; ata/:t-thereafter (from Campa); vijaya/:t-by the name\nVijaya; yasya-of whom (Sudeva); ca-also; atma-ja/:t-the son.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviirni continued: The son of Rohita was Harita, and\n\nHarita's son was Campa, who constructed the town of Campapuri.\nThe son of Campa was Sudeva, and his son was Vijaya.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0262": "Text3)\n\nThe Sons of Sagara Meet Lord Kapiladeva\n\n239\n\nTEXT2\n\n+t()\\ifi(ij@t(ij�li! fi(ij\\4:U(q �: I\nm� �1 � �;(+tl�til€( II� II\nbharukas tat-sutas tasmad\nvrkas tasyapi bahuka�\nso 'ribhir hrta-bhu raja\nsabharyo vanam avisat\nbharuka�-by the name Bharuka; tat-suta�-the son of Vijaya;\ntasmat-from him (Bharuka); vrka�-by the name V:rka; tasya-his;\napi-also;\n\nthe\n\n1xihuka�-by\n\nname\n\nBahuka;\n\nsa�-he, the\n\nKing;\n\naribhi�-by his enemies; hrta-bhil�-his land having been taken away;\nraja-the King (Bahuka); sa-bharya�-with his wife;\n\nvanam-the\n\nforest; aviSat-entered.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Vijaya was Bharuka, Bharuka's son was V:rka, and\nV:rka's son was Bahuka. The enemies of King Bahuka took away all\nhis possessions, and therefore the King entered the order of\nviinaprastha and went to the forest with his wife.\nTEXT3\n\nR � q� 3f1lt +ti(Qt�+ti(v;t«l I\nitiiJf >11l;(dl�+u4 �� f;r�Tfun II � II\nvrddharh tam paiicatarh praptarh\nmahi$y anumari$yati\nauroe� janatatmanarh\nprajavantarh nivarita\nvrddham-when he was old; tam-him; paiicatam-death; praptam-who\n\nhad\n\nobtained;\n\nmahi$i-the\n\nqueen;\n\nanumari$yati-who\n\nwanted to die with him and become sati; aurve�-by the great sage\n\n", "SB9.1#p0263": "[Canto 9, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n240\n\nAurva; janata-understanding that; atmanam-the body of the queen;\npraja-vantam -bore a son within the womb; nivarita-was forbidden.\nTRANSLATION\nBahuka died when he was old, and one of his wives wanted to die\nwith him, following the sati rite. At that time, however, Aurva\nMuni, knowing her to be pregnant, forbade her to die.\nTEXT4\n\n3fl�llfl� � ��� m: I\nm: � �rn: ijl1(1<.61.tl 'l�llf�n: 1\n��� � �: iij: II \\111\najfiiiyasyai sapatnibhir\ngaro datto 'ndhasa saha\nsaha tenaiva sanjata�\nsagarakhyo maha-ya§a�\nsaga ra§ cakravarty asit\nsagaro yat-sutai� krta�\najfiiiya-knowing\n\n(this);\n\nasyai-unto\n\nthat\n\npregnant\n\nqueen;\n\nsapatnibhi�-by the co-wives of the wife of Bahuka; gara�-poison;\ndatta�-was given; andhasa saha-with her food; saha tena-with that\n\npoison; eva-also; saiijata/:t-was horn; sagara-akhya/:t-by the name\nSagara;\n\nmaha-ya§a/:t-having\n\na\n\ngreat\n\nreputation;\n\nsagara�-King\n\nSagara; cakravarti-the emperor; asit-became; sagara�-the place\nknown as Gailgasagara; yat-sutai�-by the sons of whom; krta�-was\nexcavated.\nTRANSLATION\nKnowing that she was pregnant, the co-wives of the wife of\nBahuka conspired to give her poison with her food, but it did not\nact. Instead, the son was born along with the poison. Therefore he\nbecame famous as Sagara [\"one who is born with poison\"]. Sagara\nlater became the emperor. The place known as Gailgiisiigara was\nexcavated by his sons.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0264": "Text 6]\n\nThe Sons of Sagara Meet Lord Kapiladeva\n\n241\n\nTEXTS 5-6\n\n�&t4at4�Ji\n� �cnm � Niij�u II � II\nQOISI�¥4� cm�'Omi I\n3fwl ij�ie(t: �<=:atf(�ie«lStmi\n11 � 11\n\n�HijR�:sttl't t4�W1150€hi\n\n....\n\n..\n\nyas tiilajmighiin yavaniifi\nchakiin haihaya-barbariin\nniivadhid guru-viikyena\ncakre vikrta-ve�i��\nmu�fi chma.Sru-dhariin kiirilScin\nmukta-kesiirdha-mu�itiin\nanantar-viisasa� kiirilScid\nabahir-vii saso 'pariin\nya�-Maharaja Sagara who; tii lajaitghiin-the uncivilized clan named\nTalajangha; yavaniin-persons averse to the Vedic literature; sakiinanother class of atheist; haihaya-the uncivilized; barbariin-and the\nBarbaras; na-not; avadhit-did kill; guru-viikyena-by the order of\nhis spiritual master; cakre-made them; v ikrta-ve�i��-dressed awkwardly; mu�n-shaved clean; s ma.Sru-dhariin-wearing mustaches;\nkiirilScit-some of them; mukta-kesa-loose hair; ardha-mu�itiinhalf-shaven; ananta�-viisasa�-without underwear; kiirilScit-some of\nthem; abah*-viisasa�-without covering garments; apariin-others\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSagara Maharaja, following the order of his spiritual master,\n\nAurva, did not kill the uncivilized men like the Talajailghas,\n\nYavanas, Sakas, Haihayas and Barharas. Instead, some of them he\n\nmade dress awkwardly, some of them he shaved clean hut allowed\n\nto wear mustaches, some of them he left wearing loose hair, some\n\nhe half shaved, some he left without underwear, and some without\n\nexternal garments. Thus these different clans were made to dress\ndifferently, hut King Sagara did not kill them.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0265": "242\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT7\n\nijl�ij\n��C(ij(R+l�'J\\ I\n31j�qR\\!4lftwt 6:Rttl€+Uwt+it� I\n��l€QGi q� � �mt� �: II � I I\nso 'svamedhair ayajata\nsarva-veda-suratmaknm\naurvopad�!a-yogena\nharim atmanam iSvaram\ntasyotsr$!am pa.Sum yajfie\njaharasvam purandara/:t\nsa/:t-he,\n\nMaharaja Sagara;\n\na§vamedhai/:t-by performing\n\na§va­\n\nmedha-yajnas; ayajata-worshiped; sarva-veda-of all Vedic knowledge; sura-and of all learned sages; atmaknm-the Supersoul; aurvaupad�!a-yogena-by the mystic yoga practice advised by Aurva;\nharim-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; atmanam-unto the\nSupersoul;\n\nisvaram-unto the supreme controller;\n\ntasya-of him\n\n(Sagara Maharaja); utsr$!am-which was meant for offering; pa§umthe sacrificial animal; yajfie-in the sacrifice; jahara-stole; a§vamthe horse; purandara/:t-the King of heaven, lndra.\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing the instructions of the great sage Aurva, Sagara\n\nMaharaja performed a8vamedha sacrifices and thus satisfied the\n\nSupreme Lord, who is the supreme controller, the Supersoul of all\nlearned scholars, and the knower of all Vedic knowledge, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. But lndra, the King of heaven,\nstole the horse meant to be offered at the sacrifice.\nTEXTS\n\nU+tflll(ijwtl �: Nd(l�l�if(oa: I\n(tt+t�'t+tiOI� ��l;:;:q(CiwtW{ � I I � I I\n\n", "SB9.1#p0266": "Text 10)\n\nThe Sons of Sagara Meet Lord Kapiladeva\n\n243\n\nsumatyas tanaya drptal,t\npitur iidesa-karir,w.l,t\nhayam anve$amd� te\nsamantan nyakhanan mahim\nsumatyal,t tanayal,t-the sons born of Queen Sumati; drptal,t-very\nproud of their prowess and influence; pitul,t-of their father (Maharaja\nSagara); adesa-karir,w.l,t-following the order; hayam-the horse (stolen\nby lndra); anve$amd�l,t-while seeking; te-all of them; samantateverywhere; nyakhanan-dug; mahim-the earth.\nTRANSLATION\n[King Sagara had two wives, Sumati and Kesini.] The sons of\nSumati, who were very proud of their prowess and influence,\nfollowing the order of their father, searched for the lost horse.\nWhile doing so, they dug into the earth very extensively.\nTEXTS 9-10\n\nSUM1iii f@r � �: �fq�rf�ifi I\n� tUM�� � 41�6�oq't: II � II\n�� � em � ..���au 1\n� �� � �: ll�oll\npriig-udicyam diSi hayam\ndadrsul,t kapilantike\ne$a vaji-hara§ caura\naste milita-locanal,t\nhanyatarh hanyatarh papa\niti $U$#-sahasrir,w.l,t\nudayudhii abhiyayur\nunmime$a tada munil,t\nprak-udicyam-in the northeastern; diSi-direction; hayam-the\nhorse; dadrsul,t-they saw; kapila-antike-near the asrama of Kapila;\n\n", "SB9.1#p0267": "244\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 8\n\ne�ab,-here is; vaji-harab,-the horse thief; caurab,-the thief; dsteexisting; milita-locanab,-with closed eyes; hanyatam hanyatam-kill\n\nhim, kill him; papab,-a most sinful person; iti-in this way; ��ti­\n\nsahasri�b,-the si xty thousand sons of Sagara; udayudhab,-raising\ntheir respective weapons; abhiyayub,-they approached; unmime�aopened His eyes; tada-at that time; muni?t,-Kapila Muni.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, in the northeastern direction, they saw the horse\n\nnear the asrama of Kapila Muni. \"Here is the man who has stolen\nthe horse,\" they said. \"He is staying there with closed eyes. Cer­\n\ntainly he is very sinful. Kill him! Kill him!\" Shouting like this, the\n\nsons of Sagara, sixty thousand all together, raised their weapons.\nWhen they approached the sage, the sage opened His eyes.\nTEXT 11\n\n61�riit.-S(ft6'il6('U I\n(CI�]{l(IM;wl\n'I�Rtsti¥1(61 � �����II\nsva-sariragnina tavan\nmahendra-hrta-cetasab,\nmahad-vyatikrama-hata\nbhasmasad abhavan �a1Jijt\nsm-sarira-agnina-by the fire emanating from their own bodies;\nmoot-immediately; mahendra-by the tricks of lndra, the King of\nheaven; hrta-cetasab,-their consciousness having been taken away;\n\nmahat-a great personality; vyatikrama-hatafi,-defeated by the fault of\ninsulting; bhasmasat-turned to ashes; abhavan-became; �analimmediately.\nTRANSLATION\nBy the influence of lndra, the King of heaven, the sons of Sagara\n\nhad lost their intelligence and disrespected a great personality.\n\nConsequently, fire emanated from their own bodies, and they were\nimmediately burned to ashes.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0268": "Text 12]\n\nThe Sons of Sagara Meet Lord Kapiladeva\n\n245\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe material body is a combination of earth, water, fire, air and ether.\nThere is already fire within the body, and our practical experience is that\nthe heat of this fire sometimes increases and sometimes decreases. The\nfire within the bodies of the sons of Sagara Maharaja became so much\nhotter that all of them burned to ashes. The fire's increased heat was due\nto their misbehavior toward a great personality. Such misbehavior is\ncalled mahad-vyatikrama. They were killed by the fire of their own\nbodies because of insulting a great personality.\nTEXT 12\n\nmwtl(l �ij\"(\n•tt�� ��I\n����\n�·I�NSII€4M � 00 wn ����II\nWI\n\nna siidhu-vado muni-kopa-bharjitii\nnrpendra-putrii iti sattva-dhiimani\nkatham tamo r�amayam vibhavyate\njagat-pavitriitmani khe rajo bhuva/:1,\nna-not;\n\nsiidhu-vada/:1,-the opinion of learned persons;\n\nmuni­\n\nkopa-by the anger of Kapila Muni; bharjita/:1,-were burned to ashes;\nnrpendra-putrii/:1,-all the sons of Sagara Maharaja; iti-thus; sattvadhiimani-in Kapila Muni, in whom the mode of goodness was predominant; katham-how; tam.a/:1,-the mode of ignorance; r()$a-mayammanifested in the form of anger; vibhiivyate-can be manifested; jagatpavitra-iitmani-in He whose body can purify the whole world; khe-in\nthe sky; raja/:1,-dust; bhuva/:1,-earthly.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is sometimes argued that the sons of King Sagara were burned\nto ashes by the fire emanating from the eyes of Kapila Muni. This\nstatement, however, is not approved by great learned persons, for\nKapila Muni's body is completely in the mode of goodness and\n\n", "SB9.1#p0269": "246\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 8\n\ntherefore cannot manifest the mode of ignorance in the form of\n\nanger, just as the pure sky cannot be polluted by the dust of the\nearth.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n��Rij• Qf(.wot¥441 � .n$n Uft«<� �(�4'( I\n� � �:\nq(l�'(�\\'l � �: II�� II\nyasyerita sankhyamayi drrJ,heha naur\nyaya mumulcyus tarate duratyayam\nbhavar{Wvam mrtyu-patham vipa§cita�\nparatma-bhutasya katham prthan-mati�\nyasya-by whom; irita-had been explained; sankhya-mayi-having the form of the philosophy analyzing the material world (Sankhya\nphilosophy); drrJ,ha-very strong (to deliver people from this material\nworld); iha-in this material world; nau�-a boat; yaya-by which;\nmumu/cyu�-a person desiring to be liberated; tarate-can cross over;\nduratyayam-very difficult to cross; bhava-ar{Wvam-the ocean of nescience; mrtyu-patham-a material life of repeated birth and death;\nvipa§citab,-of a learned person; pariitma-bhutasya-who has been elevated to the transcendental platform; katham-how; prthak-matib,-a\nsense of distinction (between enemy and friend).\nTRANSLATION\nKapila Muni enunciated in this material world the Sankhya phi­\n\nlosophy, which is a strong boat with which to cross over the ocean\n\nof nescience. Indeed, a person eager to cross the ocean of the ma­\n\nterial world may take shelter of this philosophy. In such a greatly\n\nlearned person, situated on the elevated platform of transcen­\n\ndence, how can there be any distinction between enemy and\n\nfriend?\n\nPURPORT\n\nOne who is promoted to the transcendental position (brahma-bhuta) is\nalways jubilant (prasannatmii). He is unaffected by the false distinctions\n\n", "SB9.1#p0270": "Text 16]\n\nThe Sons of Sagara Mee t Lord Kapiladeva\n\n247\n\nbetween good and bad in the material world. Therefore, such an exalted\nperson is sama� sarve�u bhute�u; that is to say, he is equal toward everyone, not distinguishing between friend and enemy. Because he is on the\nabsolute platform, free from material contamination, he is called\nparatma-bhuta or brahma-bhuta. Kapila Muni, therefore, was not at all\nangry at the sons of Sagara Maharaja; rather, they were burnt to ashes by\nthe heat of their own bodies.\nTEXT 14\n\n�5(1+(�(1 �: (1' (fi�l;:tfl 141€¥4'51: I\nm �� wm� fq61+t&� «r: u �\\ill\nyo 'samaiijasa ity ukta�\nsa kesinyii n rpatmaja�\ntasya putro 'rit.Suman nama\npitamaha-hite rata�\nya�-one of the sons of Sagara Maharaja; asamaiijasa�-whose name\nwas Asamaiijasa; iti-as such; ukta�-known; sa�-he; kesinya�-in\nthe womb of Kesini, the other queen of Sagara Maharaja; nrpa-atmaja�-the son of the King; tasya-of him (Asamaiijasa); putra�-the\nson; arit.Suman nama-was known as Aril.Suman; pitamaha-hite-in\ndoing good\n\nfor his grandfather, Sagara Maharaja;\n\nrata�-always\n\nengaged.\nTRANSLATION\nAmong the sons of Sagara Maharaja was one named Asamaiijasa,\nwho was born from the King's second wife, Kesini. The son of\nAsamaiijasa was known as Amsumiin, and he was always engaged in\nworking for the good of Sagara Maharaja, his grandfather.\nTEXTS 15-16\n\n316+t�tt\n\n311€¥414\n\nG>�'il('t+t�('t(\n\nI\n\n\\lllkt4t(:���-fil;:u�6: II ��II\n3114t(� � � �mil;wf � filfilttt( 1\n��1m � stl(4'1��'51t�;wtJ:. 11 � �\"\n\n", "SB9.1#p0271": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n248\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 8\n\nasamanjasa atmanam\ndarsayann asamanjasam\njati-smara/:t pura sangad\nyogi yogad vicalita/:t\nacaran garhitam loke\njnatinam karma vipriyam\nsarayvam knc)ato baldn\nprasyad udvejayan janam\nasamanjasa/:t-the son of Sagara Maharaja; atmanam-personally;\ndarsayan-exhibiting; asamanjasam-very disturbing; jati-smara/:table to remember his past life; pura-formerly; sangat-from bad\nassociation; yogi-although he was a great mystic yogi; yogat-from the\npath of executing mystic yoga; vicalita/:t-fell down; dcaran-behaving; garhitam-very badly; loke-in the society; jnatinam-of his relatives; karma-activities; vipriyam-not very favorable; sarayvam-in\nthe River Sarayii; kric)ata/:t-while engaged in sports; ooldn-all the\nboys; prdsyat-would throw; udvejayan-giving trouble; janam-to\npeople in general.\nTRANSLATION\nFormerly, in his previous birth, Asamaiijasa had been a great\n\nmystic yogi, hut by had association he had fallen from his exalted\nposition. Now, in this life, he was horn in a royal family and was a\n\njiiti-smara; that is, he had the special advantage of being able to\nremember his past birth. Nonetheless, he wanted to display him­\n\nself as a miscreant, and therefore he would do things that were\n\nabominable in the eyes of the public and unfavorable to his relatives. He would disturb the boys sporting in the River Sarayii by\n\nthrowing them into the depths of the water.\nTEXT 17\n\n� vr: qf(��M fq;n �(+li1� � I\n�m01 \"'�re•( a:�u��' m � ���\\911\n\n", "SB9.1#p0272": "Text 18)\n\nThe Sons of Sagara Meet Lord Kapiladeva\n\n249\n\nevam vrtta/:t parityakta/:t\npitra sneham apohya vai\nyogai.Svaryer:ta balams tan\ndarsayitva tato yayau\nevam vrtta/:t-thus engaged (in abominable activities); parityakta/:tcondemned; pitra-by his father; sneham-affection; apohya- giving\nup; vai-indeed;\n\nyoga-ai.Svaryer:ta-by mystic power; bulan tan-all\n\nthose boys (thrown in the water and killed); darsayitva-after again\nshowing them all to their parents; tata/:t yayau-he left that place.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Asamaiijasa engaged in such abominable activities, his\nfather gave up affection for him and had him exiled. Then\nAsamaiijasa exhibited his mystic power by reviving the boys and\nshowing\n\nthem\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nKing\n\nand\n\ntheir\n\nparents.\n\nMter\n\nthis,\n\nAsamaiijasa left Ayodhya.\nPURPORT\nAsamaiijasa was a jati-smara; because of his mystic power, he did not\nforget his previous consciousness. Thus he could give life to the dead. By\nexhibiting wonderful activities in relation to the dead children, he certainly attracted the attention of the King and the people in general. Then\nhe left that place immediately.\nTEXT 18\n\n31�lQII'41R-l'i: � ijfl�€fil'{ $1(141(11'{ I\nq1 Pcm�� � �*tl\"''�<ttq(l ������\nayodhya-vasina/:t sarve\nbalakan punar agatan\ndr�!vii visismire rajan\nraja capy anvatapyata\nayodhya-vasina/:1.-the inhabitants of Ayodhya; sarve-all of them;\nbalakan-their sons; puna/:1.-again; agatan-having come back to life;\n\n", "SB9.1#p0273": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n250\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 8\n\ndr$!vd-after seeing this; visismire-became astounded; rajan-0 King\nParik�it; raja-King Sagara; ca-also; api -indeed; anvatapyatavery much lamented (the absence of his son).\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it, when all the inhabitants of Ayodhyii saw that\n\ntheir boys had come back to life, they were astounded, and King\n\nSagara greatly lamented the absence of his son.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n3i�t�) 00 �iT� � I\nNq:ott(�R1�q� �f;� a:� �II�� II\namsumams codito rajfui\nturaganve$a1J£ yayau\npitrvya-khatanupatham\nbhasmanti dadrse hayam\n\namsuman-the son of Asarnaiijasa; coditaft-being ordered; rajfiaby the King; turaga-the horse; anve$a1)£-to search for; yayau-went\nout; pitrvya-khata-as described by his father's brothers; anupatham£ollowing that path; bhasma-anti-near the stack of ashes; dadrse-he\nsaw; hayam-the horse.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Amsumiin, the grandson of Maharaja Sagara, was or­\n\ndered by the King to search for the horse. Following the same path\n\ntraversed by his uncles, Amsumiin gradually reached the stack of\n\nashes and found the horse nearby.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n��R:fl4 �tr� i'.hM<-'51(���\n\nI\n\n���;n:�:�����oll\ntatrasinam munim vilcyya\nkapilakhyam adholcyajam\n\n", "SB9.1#p0274": "Text 21]\n\nThe Sons of Sagara Meet Lord Kapiladeva\n\n251\n\nastaut samiihita-manii�\npriiijali� prar:mto mahan\ntatra-there; dsinam-seated; munim-the great sage; vi/cyyaseeing; kapila-akhyam-known as Kapila Muni; adho/cyajam-the incarnation of Vi�t:tu; astaut-offered prayers; samii hita-manii�-with\ngreat attention; prafijali�-with folded hands; prar:mta�-falling down,\noffered obeisances; mahan-Amsumiin, the great personality.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great Amsuman saw the sage named Kapila, the saint who is\nan incarnation of Vi�J;m, sitting there by the horse. AritSuman\noffered Him respectful obeisances, folded his hands and offered\nHim prayers with great attention.\nTEXT 21\n\nwt\n\n;4�ijltllfl�\n� ffi q(4U€44;fl�\nwt �smfit �: I\n\ntffl�\n\nm\n\nfElQ�f�l\n\n4A:�IU<liil-\n\nCltl44st�I\\IU II�� II\n\narh.Sumiin uvaca\nna pa.Syati tvam param atmano ]ano\nna budhyate 'dyapi samiidhi-yuktibhi�\nkuto 'pare tasya mana�-sarira-dhivisarga-sr�!a vayam aprakiisa�\narh.Sumiin\ntvam-Your\n\nuvaca\n\n-\n\nAmsumiin\n\nLordship;\n\nna-not;\n\npa.Syati-can\n\nsee;\n\nparam-transcendental;\n\nsaid;\n\natmana�-of\n\nus\n\nliving beings; ajana�-Lord Brahma; na-not; budhyate-can understand; adya api-even today; samiidhi-by meditation; yuktibhi�or by mental speculation; kuta�-how; apare-others; tas ya-his;\nmana�-sarira-dhi-who consider the body or mind to be the self;\n\n", "SB9.1#p0275": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n252\n\nvisarga-sma�\naprakaSa�\n\n-\n\n-\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 8\n\ncreated beings within the material world; vayam\n\n-\n\nwe;\n\nwithout transcendental knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAmSuman said: My Lord, even Lord Brahma is to this very day\n\nunable to understand Your position, which is far beyond himself,\n\neither by meditation or by mental speculation. So what to speak of\nothers like us, who have been created by Brahma in various forms\n\nas demigods, animals, human beings, birds and beasts? We are\n\ncompletely in ignorance. Therefore, how can we know You, who\n\nare the Transcendence?\n\nPURPORT\niccha-dve§a-sammutthena\ndvandva-mohena bharata\nsarva-bhatani sammoham\nsarge yanti parantapa\n\"0 scion of Bharata [Arjuna], 0 conqueror of the foe, all living entities\n\nare born into delusion, overcome by the dualities of desire and hate.\"\n(Bg. 7.27) All living beings in the material world are influenced by the\nthree modes of material nature. Even Lord Brahma is in the mode of\ngoodness. Similarly, the demigods are generally in the mode of passion,\nand living entities lower than the demigods, such as human beings and\nanimals, are in the mode of ignorance, or in mixed goodness, passion and\nignorance. Therefore Arhsuman wanted to explain that because his\nuncles, who had burnt to ashes, were under the modes of material\nnature, they could not understand Lord Kapiladeva. \"Because You are\nbeyond even the direct and indirect intelligence of Lord Brahma,\" he\nprayed, \"unless we are enlightened by Your Lordship it will not be\npossible for us to understand You.\"\nathapi te deva padiimbuja-dvayaprasada-lesanugr:hita eva hi\njanati tattvam bhagavan-mahimrw\nna canya eko 'pi ciram vicinvan\n\n", "SB9.1#p0276": "Text 22)\n\nThe Sons of Sagara Meet Lord Kapiladeva\n\n253\n\n\"My Lord, if one is favored by even a slight trace of the mercy of Your\nlotus feet, he can understand the greatness of Your personality. But those\nwho speculate to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead are\nunable to know You, even though they continue to study the Vedas for\nmany years.\" (Bhag.\n\n10.14.29) The Lord, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, can be understood by one who is favored by the Lord; the Lord\ncannot be understood by others.\nTEXT 22\n\n�\n\n�\ngun;{ �q��d � �� I\n�riiltt•\n4i1f(d'i1ae� t\n�= �m ;r �:�: ������\nye deha-bhajas tri-gur:w--pradhanii\ngu�n vipa5yanty uta vii tama.S ca\nyan-mayaya mohita-cetasas tvam\nvidu� sva-samstham na bahi�-prakaSa�\nye-those persons who; deha-bhaja�-have accepted the material\nbody; tri-gur:w--pradhana�-influenced by the three modes of material\nnature; gu�n-the manifestation of the three modes of material\nnature; vipa5yanti-can see only;\ntama�\n\n-\n\nuta-it is so said;\n\nvii-either;\n\nthe mode of ignorance; ca-and; yat-mayaya-by the illusory\n\nenergy of whom; mohita-has been bewildered; cetasa�-the core of\nwhose heart; tvam-Your Lordship; vidu� know; sva-samsthamsituated in one's own body; na-not; bahi�-prakaSa �-those who can\n-\n\nsee only the products of external energy.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You are fully situated in everyone's heart, hut the living entities, covered by the material body, cannot see You, for they\nare influenced by the external energy, conducted by the three\nmodes of material nature. Their intelligence being covered by\n\n", "SB9.1#p0277": "254\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nsattva-gul).a, rajo-gul).a and tamo-gul).a, they can see only the ac­\n\ntions and reactions of these three modes of material nature. Be­\n\ncause of the actions and reactions of the mode of ignorance,\n\nwhether the living entities are awake or sleeping, they can see only\n\nthe workings of material nature; they cannot see Your Lordship.\nPURPORT\n\nUnless one is situated in the transcendental loving service of the Lord,\none is unable to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\nLord is situated in everyone's heart. However, because the conditioned\nsouls are influenced by material nature, they can see only the actions and\nreactions of material nature, but not the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One therefore must purify himself internally and externally:\n\napavitraft pavitro va\nsarvavastham gato 'pi va\nya!t smaret pur:u}ar(/riik<}am\nsa bahyabhyantaraft sucift\nTo keep ourselves externally clean we should bathe three times daily,\nand for internal cleanliness we must cleanse the heart by chanting the\nHare Kr�IJ.a mantra. The members of the Kr��J.a consciousness movement\nmust always follow this principle (bahyabhyantara!t suci!t}. Then it will\none day be possible to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead face to\nface.\nTEXT 23\n\n({ �� ���-.�;j �!f\\�:\newt;:a:wt•auf;f¥1Phw4\n�\n�: q�R�¥i�lii4\"'41�rlill����\n....\n\ntam tvam aham jfiiina-ghanam svabhavapradhvasta-maya-gur:w-bheda-mohaift\nsanandanadyair munibhir vibhavyam\nkatham vimu{ihaft paribhavayami\n\n", "SB9.1#p0278": "Text 24)\n\nThe Sons of Sagara Meet Lord Kapiladeva\n\n255\n\ntam-that personality; toom-unto You; aham-1; jfiiina-ghanamYour Lordship, who are concentrated knowledge; svabhiiva-by spiritual\nnature; pradhvasta-free from contamination; maya-gu�-caused by\nthe three modes of material nature; bheda-mohaib,-by exhibition of the\nbewilderment of differentiation; sanandana-adyaib,-by such personalities as the four Kumaras (Sanat-kumara, Sanaka, Sanandana and\nSaniitana); munibhib,-by such great sages; vibhavyam-worshipable;\nkatham-how;\n\nvimu{ihab,-being\n\nfooled\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nmaterial\n\nnature;\n\nparibhavayami-can I think of You.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, sages freed from the influence of the three modes of\nmaterial nature-sages such as the four Kumiiras [Sanat, Sanaka,\nSanandana and Saniitana] -are able to think of You, who are concentrated knowledge. But how can an ignorant person like me\nthink of You?\nPURPORT\nThe word svabhava refers to one's own spiritual nature or original\nconstitutional position. When situated in this original position, the living\nentity is unaffected by the modes of material nature. Sa gur:uJ,n\nsamatityaitan brah ma-bhuyaya kalpate (Bg. 14.26). As soon as one is\n\nfreed from the influence of the three modes of material nature, he is\nsituated on the Brahman platform. Vivid examples of personalities thus\nsituated are the four Kumiiras and Narada. Such authorities can by\nnature understand the position of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nbut a conditioned soul not freed from the influence of material nature is\nunable to realize the Supreme. In Bhagavad-g itii (2.45), therefore,\nKrgta advises Arjuna, traigur:tya-v4aya veda nistraigur:tyo bhavarjuna:\none must rise above the influence of the three modes of material nature.\n\nOne who stays within the influence of the three material modes is unable\nto understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n'41ttlgti1Ch4�\n'iwtl¥4�4\nea:eril�( 1\n\n�\n\n", "SB9.1#p0279": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n256\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 8\n\nW<t��\n�·;ftq��lt\n�� �� �11�\\lll\npra.Siinta maya-gur:w-karma-lingam\naniima-nlparh sad-asad-vimuktam\njfianopadesaya grhita-deharh\nnamiimahe tvarh pur�arh purar:wm\npra.Siinta-0 completely peaceful one; miiyii-gur:w-the modes of ma­\n\nterial\n\nnature;\n\nkarma-lingam-symptomized\n\nby\n\nfruitive\n\nactivities;\n\naniima-rupam-one who has no material name or form; sat-asatvimuktam-transcendental to the manifested and nonmanifested modes\n\nof material nature; jfiana-upadesaya-for distributing transcendental\n\nknowledge (as in Bhagavad-gitii); grhita-deham-has assumed a form\nlike a material body; namiimahe-1 offer my respectful obeisances;\n\ntvam-unto\n\noriginal.\n\nYou;\n\npur�am-the Supreme Person;\n\npurar:wm-the\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 completely peaceful Lonl, although material nature, fruitive\n\nactivities and their consequent material names and forms are Your\ncreation, You are unaffected by them. Therefore, Your transcen­\n\ndental name is different from material names, and Your form is\ndifferent from material forms. You assume a form resembling a\n\nmaterial body just to give us instructions like those of Bhagavadgita, hut actually You are the supreme original person. I therefore\noffer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\nSrila Yamuniiciirya has recited this verse in his Stotra-ratna (43):\nbhavantam evanucaran nirantara/:1,\npra.Siinta-ni/:t§e$a-manorathiintara/:1,\nkadiiham aikiintika-nitya-kinkara/:1,\nprahar$ayi$yiimi saniitha-jivitam\n\n", "SB9.1#p0280": "Text 25]\n\nThe Sons of Sagara Meet Lord Kapiladeva\n\n257\n\n\"By serving You constantly, one is freed from all material desires and is\ncompletely pacified. When shall I engage as Your permanent eternal servant and always feel joyful to have such a fitting master?\"\n\nManoratheniisati dhavato bahi�: one who acts on the mental platform\nmust descend to material activities. Material contamination, however, is\ncompletely absent from the Supreme .Personality of Godhead and His\npure devotee. Therefore the Lord is addressed as pra.Santa, completely\npeaceful, free from the disturbances of material existence. The Supreme\nLord has no material name or form; only the foolish think that the Lord's\nname and form are material (avajananti mam mutjha miin�im tanum\n\nasritam). The identity of the Supreme Lord is that He is the original person. Nonetheless, those who have but a poor fund of knowledge think\nthat the Lord is formless. The Lord is formless in the material sense, but\nHe has His transcendental form (sac-cid-ananda-vigraha).\nTEXT 25\n\n�Ati�I(Mij � €4�1 �<NI�! I\n� 4il+t�llQft¥ild��IRI�6('t: ����II\ntvan-maya-racite loke\nvastu-buddhya grhadi§u\nbhramanti kiima-lobher$yiimoha-vibhranta-cetasa�\ntvat maya -through\n-\n\nYour\n\nmaterial\n\nenergy;\n\nracite-which\n\nis\n\nmanufactured; loke-in this world; vastu-buddhya -accepting as factual; grha-adi$u-in hearth and home, etc.; bhramanti-wander;\nkama-by lusty desires; lobha-by greed; ir$yii -by envy; moha-and\nby illusion; vibhranta-is bewildered; cetasa�-the cores of whose\nhearts.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, those whose hearts are bewildered by the influence\n\nof lust, greed, envy and illusion are interested only in false hearth\nand home in this world created by Your maya. Attached to home,\nwife and children, they wander in this material world perpetually.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0281": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n258\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 8\n\nadya nab, sarva-bhiltatman\n\nkama-karmendriyasayab,\n\nmoha-paso drc;lha.S chinno\n\nbhagavarits tava darsanat\n\nadya-today; nab,-our; sarva-bhuta-atman-0 You, who are the\n\nSupersoul; kama-karma-indriya-asayab,-being under the influence of\nlusty desires and fruitive activities; moha-pasab,-this hard knot of illu­\n\nsion; drc;lhab,-very strong; chinnab,-broken; bhagavan-0 my Lord;\ntava darsanat-simply by seeing You.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Supersoul of all living entities, 0 Personality of Godhead,\n\nsimply by seeing You I have now been freed from all lusty desires,\n\nwhich are the root cause of insurmountable illusion and bondage\n\nin the material world.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n� iffl'i\n\n����:\n3i?!¥4WOdf!CI�<(+i?}J4T� � � 11�\\911\nsri-suka umca\n\nittham gitiinubhavas tam\n\nbhagamn kapilo munib,\namsumantam umcedam\nanugrahya dhiya nrpa\n\nsri-sukab, umca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; ittham-in this way;\ngita-anubhavab,-whose glories are described; tam-unto Him;\nbhagamn-the Personality of Godhead; kapilab,-named Kapila Muni;\n\nmunib,-the great sage; amsumantam-unto Amsurnan; uvaca-said;\n\n", "SB9.1#p0282": "Text 29]\n\nThe Sons of Sagara Meet Lord Kapiladeva\n\n259\n\nidam-this; anugrahya-being very merciful; dhiya-with the path of\nknowledge; nrpa-0 King Parik�it.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it, when Amsumin had glorified the Lord in this\nway, the great sage Kapila, the powerful incarnation of Vi�I.J.u,\nbeing very merciful to him, explained to him the path of\nknowledge.\nTEXT 28\n\n���'\"tletl\"'\n\n3f'fitsq ;ft1(6f Cffil fqijl'i(qaJ�tl I\n\n� �fq6{t ���it�������\nsri-bhagavan utxica\na§vo 'yam niyatiim vatsa\npitamaha-pa§us tava\nime ca pitaro dagdha\ngangambho 'rhanti netarat\nsri-bhagavan uvaca-the great personality Kapila Muni said; a5va�horse; ayam-this; niyatam-take; vatsa-0 My son; pitamaha-of\nyour grandfather; pa§u�-this animal; tava-your; ime-all these;\nca-also; pitara�-bodies of forefathers; dagdha�-burnt to ashes;\nganga-ambha�-the water of the Ganges; arhanti-can be saved; nanot; itarat-any other means.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead said: My dear Amsumin, here is the\nanimal sought by your grandfather for sacrifice. Please take it. As\nfor your forefathers, who have been burnt to ashes, they can be\ndelivered only by Ganges water, and not by any other means.\nTEXT 29\n\n({ qf(ifiRI ftloo !Rml �'iiW\\4( I\n('lti(�W\\ � 4��tf ('1'4N4<( ������\n\n", "SB9.1#p0283": "[Canto 9, Ch. 8\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n260\n\ntam parikramya sirasa\nprasadya hayam aooyat\nsagaras teoo pa.Suna\nyajiia-se�arh samapayat\ntam-that great sage; parikramya-after circumambulating; sirasa(by bowing down) with his head; prasadya-making Him fully satisfied;\nhayam-the horse; a ooyat-brought back; sagara�\n\n- King Sagara;\n\ntena-by\n\nlast\n\nthat;\n\npa.Suna-animal;\n\n-\n\nyajna se�am-the\n\nceremony of the sacrifice; samapayat-e xecuted\n\n.\n\nritualistic\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter,\n\nAmsumiin\n\ncircumambulated\n\nKapila\n\nMuni\n\nand\n\noffered Him respectful obeisances, bowing his head. Mter fully\nsatisfying Him in this way, Amsumiin brought back the horse\n\nmeant for sacrifice, and with this horse Maharaja Sagara performed\n\nthe remaining ritualistic ceremonies.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n(1�4Wi� � f;r:mt �: I\n�1qRe+uifut � ••Rt+t�+tll{_ 11 � 11\no\n\nrajyam amsumate nyasya\nni/:tsprho mukta-bandhana/:t\naurvopadi§!a-marge�\nlebhe gatim anuttamam\nrajyam-his kingdom; amsumate-unto Amsuman; nyas ya\ndelivering;\n\nni/:tsprha�-without\n\nbandhana�- completely\n\nfreed\n\nfurther\nfrom\n\nmaterial\nmaterial\n\n- after\n\ndesires;\n\nmukta­\n\nbondage;\n\naurva­\n\nupadi§!a-instructed by the great sage Aurva; margery-a-by following\nthat path; lebhe-achieved; gatim-destination; anuttamam-supreme\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter delivering charge of his kingdom to Amsumiin and thus\n\nbeing freed from all material anxiety\n\nand bondage, Sagara\n\n", "SB9.1#p0284": "Text 30]\n\nThe Sons of Sagara Meet Lord Kapiladeva\n\n261\n\nMaharaja, following the means instructed by Aurva Muni, achieved\nthe supreme destination.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Eighth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Sons of Sagara Meet\nLord Kapiladeva. \"\n\n", "SB9.1#p0285": "Appendixes\n\n", "SB9.1#p0286": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prahhupada appeared in\n\n�his world in\n\n1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\n1922. Bhakti­\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosviimi, in Calcutta in\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent devotional scholar and the founder of\nsixty-four GauQ.iya Mathas (Vedic institutes), liked this educated young\n\nI!lan and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\n\nSrila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in\n\n(1933) at\n\n1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nThakura requested Srila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge\nthrough the English language. In the years that followed, Srila Prahhu­\n\npada wrote a commentary on the Bhogavad-gitd, assisted the GauQ.iya\n\nMatha in its work and, in\n\n1944, without assistance, started an English\n\nfortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and checked the\n\ngalley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and strug­\n\ngled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never\nstopped; it is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\n\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion,\n\n1947 with the title\n1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada\n\nthe GauQ.iya V ai�I).ava Society honored him in\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In\n\nretired from married life, and four years later he adopted the\n\nvanaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his studies and writ­\n\ning. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of V:rndavana, where he\n\nlived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\n\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and\nwriting. He accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in\nAt\nRadha-Damodara, Srila Prabhupada began work on his life's master­\n\n1959.\n\npiece: a multivolume translation and commentary on the eighteen thou­\n\nsand verse Srimad-Bhiigavatam (Bhiigavata Purar:w). He also wrote\nEasy Journey to Other Planets.\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhagavatam, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncame to the United States, in\n\n1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\n\nmaster. Since that time, His Divine Grace has written over forty volumes\n\nof authoritative translations, commentaries and summary studies of the\n\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n\n265\n\n", "SB9.1#p0287": "266\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila\n\nPrabhupada was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for Krishna Con­\n\nsciousness in July of 1966. Under his careful guidance, the Society has\ngrown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one\n\nhundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm communities.\nIn 1968, S rila Prabhupada created New V:rndavana, an experimental\n\nVedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew V:rndavana, now a thriving farm community of more than one thou­\n\nsand acres, his students have since founded several similar communities\nin the United States and abroad.\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\n\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\nDallas, Texas. The school began with 3 children in 1972, and by the\nbeginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\nSrila Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large inter­\n\nnational center at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also\nthe site for a planned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the\n\nmagnificent K:r�I.J.a-Balarama Temple and International Guest House in\n\nV:rndavana, India. These are centers where Westerners can live to gain\n\nfirsthand experience of Vedic culture.\nSrila Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his\nbooks. Highly respected by the academic community for their authori­\n\ntativeness, depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks in\nnumerous college courses. His writings have been translated into eleven\nlanguages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972 exclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become the\nworld's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and philosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada's most\n\nrecent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-completed by Srila �rabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali\n\nreligious classic Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada\nhas circled the globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to\nsix continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada\ncontinues to write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library\nof Vedic philosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0288": "References\nThe purports of Srimad-Bhiigavatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are specifically\ncited in this volume:\n\nBhagavad-gitii, 22-23,40-41,48,99,100, 101,108,112,125,130,141,\n\n143-144, 168,208,214,215,252,255\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, 108,172\nBrahma-samhita, 41\nBrahma-vaivarta Pura7Ja, 182\nCaitanya-candramrta, 107\nCaitanya-candrodaya-nataka, 211\nGarw;la Pura7Ja, 147\nSi/cyll§taka, 12-13\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 13,43-44,48,66,102,106,110,111,123,124,141,\n\n17� 179,223,252-253\nStotra-ratna, 256-257\n\n267\n\n", "SB9.1#p0289": "GENEALOGICAL TABLE\nThe Descendants of Vaivasvata Manu\n\nVaivasvata Manu + Sraddhi\n\n;I -------.-� I �·----,�\nI\n\nKa i\n\n,\nS ._.\n_arl_\"_i\n\nUttanabarhi\n\nCyavana t Sukanya Anarta Bhuri�et:ta\n\n..-\n\nRevata\n\nI\n\nT\n\nI ·�--I - --'I\n�\n---,.- --.- I ---,\n\nKarusas\n\nKakudmi\n\nNimi Dandaka Pururava Utkala Gaya Vimala Sumati\n\nCitrasena\n\nNabhaga\n\nPuraiijaya\n\nBhutajyoti\n\nJ:tl<,�a\n\nBhalandana\n\nI\n\n·\n\n·\n\nU•dn•»•f\"'\"\"'\"'i\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nVasu\n\nI\n\nI\n\nPrthu\n\nPratika\n\nI\n\nI dh'1\nV., '\n1svagan\n\nOghavan\n\nI\n\nCandra\n\nI\n\nMidhvan\n\n'I\n\nPurna\n\nI'\n\nlndrasena\n\nI\n\nB�hafa8va\n\nDevadatta\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nKuvalayasva\nDrdhasva\n\n''I\n\nHaryasva\n\nI\n.\nNtkumbha\nI\n\nBahulasva\n\nI\n\n�Siisva\n\nI\n\n(�a�iya)\n\nturned\n\nbrtihma(UI.!)\n\nI\n\nI .\n\nP ramah\n\nI\n\nVivimsati\n\nI\n\n, I\n\nI\n\nCiik�u�\n\nI\nI\n\nRambha\n\nI\n\nAgnive5ya Khaninetra\nB�hadasva\n\nAgnive5yayanas\n\n(brtihma(IO.!)\n\nI\nI\n\nKarandhama\nAviksit\n\nI'\n\nMarutta\n\nI\n\nDama\n\nI\n\nRajyavardhana\n\nI\n\nNabhaga\n\n(�atriyas\n\nP ramsu\n\nUrusrava\n\nSatya8rava\n\n·r\n\nI\n\nDhar��as\n\nVatsapriti\n\nKhanitra\n\nYuvanasva\nSravasta\n\nT\n\nVitihotra\n\nI\n\nI\n\nKapilasva\n\nIla-+ Sud yumna\n\nI\n\nI\n\nDh���a\n\nVikuksi\n\nAnena\n\nBaladeva + Revati\n\nI\n\nNari�yanta\n\n(ksatriyas) (Sasiid�)\n\n.\n\nI\n\nI\n\nN�ga\n\nPnOOM•\n\nI\n\nI\n\nAmbar�a\nMaharaja\n\nKetumiin Virt1pa\n\nI\n\nP��ada8va\n\nI\n\nI\n\nRathitara\n\nI\n\nI\n\nSambhu\n\nSons of Rathitara\nbegotten by Angira\n\n", "SB9.1#p0290": "I\n\nI\n\nSenajit\n\nSudhrti\n\nYuvanasva\n\nNara\n\nMandhiita + Bindhumati\n\nKevala\n\nI ,\n\nI.\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nSaubhari Muni +50 daughters\n\nPurukutsa +Narmada\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nDhundhumiin\n\nMucukunda\n\nAmbari�\n\nI\n\nI\n\nVegavan\n\nTrasaddasyu Yauvaniisva\n\nI\n\nAnaral).ya\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nBudha\n\nHarita\n\nI\n\nT�Q.ahindhu\n\nHarya5va\nPraruna\n\nI\n\nllavila\n\nVisala\n\nTribandhana\n\nKuvera\n\nHemacandra\n\nI\n\nI .\nI\n\nDhiimraketu\n\nI\n\nI\n\n.\n\nSatyavrata\n\nDhiimriiksa\n\nHari5candra\n\nSamyama\n\nI\n\n(Trisaitku)\nI\n\nI\n\nDevaja\n\nRohita\n\nI\n\n�Siisva\n\nI\n\nSomadatta\n\nHarita\n\nI\n\nCampa\n+indicates marriage ties\n-+indicates Ilii transformed\ninto Sudyumna\n\nI\n\nThe Manus are administrators of universal affairs. The word \"man\" -or, in Sanskrit,\nman�ya-has been derived from the name Manu, for all the members of human society are descendants of the original Manu. According to Vedic calculation, fourteen Manus come and go in a\nday of Brahmii (4,320,000,000 years ). Sraddhadeva, or Vaivasvata Manu, the seventh Manu in\nthe cll!rent series, was begotten by Vivasvan in the womb of Sarhjiiii. Vaivasvata Manu and his\nwife, Sraddhii, had ten sons and a daughter. The history of the descendants of Vaivasvata Manu,\nlisted in the tahle, is recounted in this volume.\n\nSudeva\n\nI\n\nVijaya\n\nI\n\nBharuka\n\nI\n\nVrka\n.\n\nI\n\nBahuka\n\nI\n\nSagara + Sumati & Kesini\n\nI\n\nAsamaiijasa\n\nI\n\nAmSumiin\n\n", "SB9.1#p0291": "Glossary\nA\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by example.\nArati-a ceremony for greeting the Lord with offerings of food, lamps,\nfans, flowers and incense.\nArcana-the devotional process of Deity worship.\nAsrama-\n\n(l) the four spiritual orders of life: celibate student, house(2) the residence of a saintly\n\nholder, retired life and renounced life.\nperson.\n\nAsuras-atheistic demons.\nAvatiira-a descent of the Supreme Lord.\n\nB\nBhagavad-gitii-the basic directions for spiritual life spoken by the\nLord Himself.\nBhakta-a devotee.\n\nBhakti-yoga-linking with the Supreme Lord by devotional service.\nBrahmacarya-celibate student life; the first order of Vedic spiritual\nlife.\nBrahman-the Absolute Truth; especially the impersonal aspect of the\nAbsolute.\nBriihmaJ].a-one wise in the Vedas who can guide society; the first Vedic\nsocial order.\n\nc\nCai].4iila-a lowborn person accustomed to filthy habits such as dogeating.\n\nD\nDak'?i�ii-a disciple's gift to his spiritual master, collected by begging\nand given as a token of gratitude.\n\nDharma-eternal occupational duty; religious principles.\nDvi-pariirdha-the duration of Brahma's life.\n\n271\n\n", "SB9.1#p0292": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n272\n\nE\n\nEkiida8i-a special fast day for increased remembrance of K.r�J;Ia, which\ncomes on the eleventh day of both the waxing and waning moon.\n\nG\n\nGoloka (K�J].aloka)-the highest spiritual planet, containing K.r�1;1a's\npersonal abodes, Dvaraka, Mathura and V:rndavana.\n\nGopis - K.r�1;1a s cowherd girl friends, His most confidential servitors.\n'\n\nG:rhastha-regulated householder life; the second order of Vedic\nspiritual life.\nGuru-a spiritual master.\n\nH\n\nHare �J].a mantra-See: Maha-mantra\nJ\nJiva-tattva-the living entities, atomic parts of the Lord.\nJiiiina-theoretical knowledge.\n\nK\n\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali)-the present age, characterized by quarrel; it\nis last in the cycle of four and began five thousand years ago.\nKaratiilas-hand cymbals used in kirtana.\nKarma-fruitive action, for which there is always reaction, good or bad.\nKarmi-a person satisfied with working hard for flickering sense\ngratification.\nKirtana-chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord.\n\n�J].a-kathii-words spoken by K.r�J;Ia or about K.r�J;Ia.\n�J].aloka-See: Goloka\n�atriyas-a warrior or administrator; the second Vedic social order.\nM\nMahii-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance:\nHare K.r�J;Ia, Hare K.r�J;Ia, K.r�1;1a K.r�J;Ia, Hare Hare\nHare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0293": "Glossary\n\n273\n\nMantra-a sound vibration that can deliver the mind from illusion.\n\nMathurii.-Lord .Kr�I;ta's abode, surrounding V:rndiivana, where He took\nbirth and later returned to after performing His V:rndiivana\npastimes.\n\nMaya-illusion; forgetfulness of one's relationship with .Kr�I;J.a.\n\nMayavadis-impersonal philosophers who say that the Lord cannot have\na transcendental body.\n\nMfdruiga-a clay drum used for congregational chanting.\nMukti-liberation from birth and death.\nMuni-a sage.\n\np\nParampara-the chain of spiritual masters in disciplic succession.\nPrasada-food spiritualized by being offered to the Lord.\n\nR\n�is-sages.\n\ns\nSac-cid-iinanda-vigraha-the Lord's transcendental form, which 1s\neternal, full of knowledge and bliss.\n\nSiilokya-the liberation of residing on the same planet as the Lord.\n\nSamipya-the liberation of becoming a personal associate of the Lord.\n\nSruikirtana-public chanting of the names of God, the approved yoga\nprocess for this age.\n\nSannyiisa-renounced life; the fourth order of Vedic spiritual life.\n\nSiir��i-the liberation of having the same opulences as the Lord.\n\nSiirupya-the liberation of having a form similar to the Lord's.\n\nSastras-revealed scriptures.\nSati rite-voluntary suicide by a widow at her husband's funeral.\nSatyagraha-fasting for political purposes.\n\nSoma-rasa-a heavenly elixir available on the moon.\n\nSravaJ].am kirtanam vi�I.J.oJ:t.-the devotional processes of hearing and\nchanting about Lord Vi�Q.u.\n\nSudra-a laborer; the fourth of the Vedic social orders.\n\nSviimi-one who controls his mind and senses; title of one m the\nrenounced order of life.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0294": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n274\n\nT\nTapasya-austerity; accepting some voluntary inconvenience for a\nhigher purpose.\nTilaka-auspicious clay marks that sanctify a devotee's body as a temple\nof the Lord.\n\nv\nVaiku1,1!ha- the spiritual world.\nVai'ii1,1ava-a devotee of Lord V i�Qu, Kr�Qa.\nVaisyas-farmers and merchants; the third Vedic social order.\nVanaprastha-one who has retired from family life; the third order of\nVedic spiritual life.\nVar1,1a-the four occupational divisions of society: the intellectual class,\nthe administrative class, the mercantile class, and the laborer class.\nVar1,1iiSrama-the Vedic social system of four social and four spiritual\norders.\nVedas-the original revealed scriptures, first spoken by the Lord\nHimself.\nVi'iil,lU, Lord-Kr�Qa's expansion for the creation and maintenance of\nthe material universes.\nV:rndiivana-Kr�Qa's personal abode, where He fully manifests His\nquality of sweetness.\nVyiisadeva-Kr�Qa's incarnation, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, for compiling the Vedas.\n\ny\nYajiia-sacrifice; work done for the satisfaction of Lord V i�QU.\nYogi-a transcendentalist who, in one way or another, is striving for\nunion with the Supreme.\nYugas-ages in the life of a universe, occurring in a repeated cycle of\nfour.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0295": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\nVawels\n\nala atfa\n\nii 3'u �u �r �f\n� e � ai an all au\n\n.: i\n\n��\n..!. Ih\n\n0\n\n(anusvdra)\n\n: l.t (visarga)\n\nConsonants\n\nGutturals:\n\nCfi ka\n\n� kha\n\nif ga\n\n'q gha\n\n� ila\n\nPalatals:\n\n�ca\n\n� cha\n\n�ja\n\n\"jha\n\n5{ iia\n\nCerebrals:\n\neta\n\n� !ha\n\n:g Qa\n\nG Qha\n\n01 �a\n\nDentals:\n\na ta\n\n� tha\n\n� da\n\n�dha\n\n;:rna\n\nLabials:\n\nq'pa\n\nCfi pha\n\nif ba\n\nl{ bha\n\n� rna\n\nSemivowels:\n\nt.f ya\n\n� ra\n\n�la\n\nq va\n\nSibilants:\n\n�sa\n\nq �a\n\n�sa\n\nAspirate:\n\n�ha\n\nS\n\n'\n\n(avagraha) -the apostrophe\n\nThe vowels above should be pronounced as follows:\n\na - like the a in organ or the u in but.\na like the a in far but held twice as long as short a.\n- like the i in pin.\n- like the i in pique but held twice as long as short i.\nu - like the u in push.\nli\nlike the u in rule but held twice as long as short u.\n-\n\n-\n\n275\n\n", "SB9.1#p0296": "276\n:r\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n-like the ri in rim.\n\nr - like ree in reed.\n\n-like l followed by r (lr).\ne -like the e in they.\nai -like the ai in aisle.\no - like the o in go.\nau - like the ow in how.\nIh (anusvara) - a resonant nasal like the n in the French word bon.\n}:1 (visarga) -a final h-sound: a!t is pronounced like aha; i!t like ihi.\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\n\nk - as in kite\nkh- as in Eckhart\ng - as in give\ngh- as in dig-hard\nil -as in sing\nc - as in chair\nch - as in staunch-heart\nJ -as m JOY\n\njh -as in hedgehog\nii - as in canyon\nt -as in tub\nth -as in light-heart\n� - as in dove\n�ha- as in red-hot\n1,1 - as rna (prepare to say\nthe r and say na) .\n\nCerebrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, but the\nfollowing dentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth:\n\nt -as in tub hut with tongue against teeth.\nth -as in light-heart hut with tongue against teeth.\nd -as in dove hut with tongue against teeth.\ndh- as in red-hot but with tongue against teeth.\nn - as in nut but with tongue between teeth.\np -as m pme\nI -as in light\nph-as in uphill (not/)\nv - as m vme\nh - as in bird\ns (palatal) -as in the s in the German\nhh- as in rub-hard\nword sprechen\ns (cerebral) - as the sh in shine\nm - as in mother\ns -as in sun\ny -as in yes\nr -as m run\nh -as in home\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, only a flow­\n\ning of short and long (twice as long as the short) syllables.\n\n", "SB9.1#p0297": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete listing gf the first and third lines of each of the\nSanskrit poetry verses of this volume of Srimad-Bhagavatam, arranged in English\nalphabetical order. The first column gives the Sanskrit transliteration, and the second and\nthird columns, respectively, list the chapter-verse reference and page number for each\nverse.\n\nA\n\nanantar-vdsasa/1 kamscid\n\n8.6\n\n241\n\nmigira janayam asa\n\n6.2\n\n177\n\nabh�icyambarakalpair\n\n4.31\n\n114\n\nanirdesyapratarkyel)a\n\n7.26\n\n234\n\nabhyetyabhyetya sthaviro\n\n7.19\n\n230\n\nantarjale vari-cara-prasarigat\n\n6.50\n\n210\n\nacaryanugrahat kamam\n\n1.40\n\n27\n\nanvajanarils tata/1 saroe\n\n3.26\n\n76\n\nacaran garhitam loke\n\n8.16\n\n248\n\nanviyus tat-prabhavel)a\n\n6.55\n\n214\n\nadattva bhuktavarils tasya\n\n4.45\n\n122\n\napa5yat striyam atmanam\n\n1.26\n\n18\n\nadharayad vratam vira\n\n2.10\n\n38\n\naprajasya mano/1 purvam\n\n1.13\n\n9\n\nadra�it sva-hatam babhrum\n\n2.8\n\n36\n\napy abhadram na yusmabhir\n\n3.6\n\n61\n\nadya na/1 sarva-bhutatman\n\n8.26\n\n258\n\nariradhafo.u/1 k�l)am\n\n4.29\n\n112\n\nahacyutananta sad-ipsita prabho\n\n4.61\n\n134\n\na5amyat sarvato vipram\n\n5.12\n\n159\n\naham bhakta-paradhino\n\n4.63\n\n136\n\nasamanjasa atmanam\n\n8.15\n\n248\n\naham bhavo da�a-bhrgu-pradhana/1\n\n4.54\n\n129\n\nas� caprayunjano\n\n3.19\n\n70\n\naham sanat-kumara$ ca\n\n4.57\n\n132\n\nasomapor apy a$vino$\n\n3.24\n\n75\n\naho ananta-dasanam\n\n5.14\n\n160\n\nasta�id adi-pu�am\n\n1.21\n\nIS\n\naho asya n,.Sarilsasya\n\n4.44\n\n121\n\nastaut samahita-mana/1\n\n8.20\n\n251\n\naho imam pa5yata me vinasam\n\n6.50\n\n209\n\nastavit tad dharer astram\n\n5.2\n\nISO\n\naho rajan niruddhas te\n\n3.31\n\n79\n\nasthito 'bhwikta v�ayan\n\n3.28\n\n77\n\nahur ab-bhc.�al)am vipra\n\n4.40\n\n118\n\na$vo yam niyatam vatsa\n\n8.28\n\n259\n\najanann acchinod babhro/1\n\n2.6\n\n35\n\nathambari$as tanaye$u rajyam\n\n5.26\n\n171\n\najanata te paramanubhavam\n\n4.62\n\n135\n\natha tam asramabhyase\n\n1.34\n\n23\n\najanati patim sadhvi\n\n3.16\n\n68\n\natmany atmanam adhaya\n\n2.13\n\n39\n\najnayasyai sapatnibhir\n\n8.4\n\n240\n\nauroel)a janatatmanam\n\n8.3\n\n239\n\na�yya-ratnabhara(lllmbaradi$v\n\n4.27\n\nllO\n\naurvopad�.ta-margel)a\n\n8.30\n\n260\n\nalabdha-natha/1 sa sada kulaScit\n\n4.52\n\n128\n\naurvopad�ta-yogena\n\n8.7\n\n242\n\navartamane gandharoe\n\n3.30\n\n78\n81\n\namadyad indra/1 somena\n\n2.28\n\n50\n\nambari$am upavrtya\n\n5.1\n\n150\n\navatir(W nijamsena\n\n3.34\n\nambari$o maha-bhaga/1\n\n4.15\n\n96\n\navidhyan mugdha-bhavena\n\n3.4\n\n60\n\nambhasa kevalenatha\n\n4.40\n\n118\n\naryayam ca sriyam labdhva\n\n4.15\n\n96\n\namsumams codito rajna\n\n8.19\n\n250\n\nayam hy atmabhicaras te\n\n4.69\n\n144\n\namsumantam uvacedam\n\n8.27\n\n258\n\nayodhya-vasina/1 saroe\n\n8.18\n\n249\n\n277\n\n", "SB9.1#p0298": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n278\n\nB\nbadary-dkhyam gato raja\nbtu;lham ity acatur vipram\nbahulaSvo nikumbhasya\nbhagavan chrotum icchiimi\nbhagavan kim idam jatam\nbhalandana� sutas tasya\nbhartur ankat samutthiiya\nbharukas tat-sutas tasmiid\nbhiirya-satena nirvi�\nbhavanti kale na bhavanti hidrfii�\nbhaviir(tavam mrtyu-patham vipa.Scita�\nbhi$ajav iti yat purvam\nbhojayitvii dvijan agre\nbhramanti kama-lobhe�yabhrataro 'bhiinkta kim mahyam\nbhra-bhaliga-miitre(ta hi sandidha�o�\nbhume� paryatanam pu(tyam\nbhuvo bhiiriivatariiya\nbibha�i jaram yad apatrapd kulam\nbrahmams tad gaccha bhadram te\nbrahma(tiims ca mahii-bhiigan\nbrahma(tdtikrame �o\nbrhadaSvas tu sravastis\nbubhu�ita.S ca sutariim\nbudhas tasyabhavad yasya\n\n3.36\n\n82\n\n3.13\n\n66\n\n6.25\n\n192\n\n4.14\n\n95\n\n1.17\n\n12\n\n2.23\n\n47\n\n1.30\n\n20\n\n8.2\n\n239\n\n6.26\n\n193\n\n4.56\n\n131\n\n8.13\n\n246\n\n3.26\n\n76\n\n4.34\n\n115\n\n8.25\n\n257\n\n4.2\n\n87\n\n4.53\n\n129\n\n7.18\n\n229\n\n3.34\n\n81\n\n3.21\n\n72\n\n4.71\n\n146\n\n4.32\n\n114\n\n4.39\n\n118\n\n6.21\n\n190\n\n4.43\n\n121\n\n2.30\n\n51\n\nc\ncakrur hi bhiigam rudraya\ncampapuri sudevo 'to\ncara(tii v upasangrhya\nciki�itam te kim idam patis tvaya\ncintayam asa dharma-jno\ncitraserw nari$yantiid\ncodita/1. pro/cya(tiiyaha\n\n4.8\n\n91\n\n8.1\n\n238\n\n5.18\n\n162\n\n3.20\n\n71\n\n4.38\n\n117\n\n2.19\n\n45\n\n6.8\n\n182\n\nD\ndaddha krtyam tam cakram\ndaddmi te mantra-drfo\ndadar§a bahv-rcacaryo\n\n4.48\n\n125\n\n4.10\n\n92\n\n6.49\n\n209\n\ndadar§a duhitu� par§ve\ndaddv ilabhavat tena\ndii�aya(tyam tato 'dityam\nda�i(td-patha-rajarw\ndamsito 'numrgam viro\ndanta� pa.Sor yaj jayerann\ndanta jata yajasveti\ndar§ana-spar§analapair\ndar§ayitvii patim tasyai\ndiisyanti te 'tha tan arccha\ndesan ni�rayam asa\ndevam virincam samagiid vidhiitas\ndharma-vyatikramam vi$(tar\ndharma desa.S ca kalaS ca\ndhl\"$!iid dhii��m abhut /cyatram\ndhundhor mukhii gninii sarve\ndhundhumiira iti khyatas\ndiSo nabha� /cymam vivaran samudriin\ndi.So vitimirabhiisi�\ndravyam mantro vidhir yajno\ndrt;lhiiSva� kapilaSva.S ca\ndrt;lhiiSva-putro harya.Svo\ndi\"$!Vii sayiiniin vipriims tan\ndr§!va vimanaso 'bhuvan\ndmva visismire rajan\nduhitrartham upagamya\nduhitus tad vaca/1 srutva\ndurlabhii napi siddhiinam\ndurviisii dudruve bhito\ndurviisii/1. sara(tam yata/1.\ndurviisii yamuna-kulat\nd�kara/1. ko nu siidhilniim\ndve jyoti$i ajanantya\n\n3.18\n\n70\n\n1.22\n\n16\n\n1.10\n\n7\n\n1.41\n\n27\n\n1.24\n\n17\n\n7.11\n\n225\n\n7.12\n\n226\n\n5.20\n\n164\n\n3.17\n\n69\n\n4.5\n\n89\n\n6.9\n\n183\n\n4.52\n\n128\n\n4.44\n\n121\n\n6.36\n\n199\n\n2.17\n\n43\n\n6.23\n\n192\n\n6.23\n\n192\n\n4.51\n\n127\n\n1.29\n\n20\n\n6.36\n\n199\n\n6.24\n\n192\n\n6.24\n\n192\n\n6.27\n\n194\n\n1.27\n\n19\n\n8.18\n\n249\n\n1.14\n\n10\n\n3.8\n\n62\n\n4.25\n\n106\n\n4.49\n\n126\n\n4.55\n\n131\n\n4.42\n\n120\n\n5.15\n\n161\n\n3.7\n\n61\n\n1.29\n\n20\n\nE\nekadii giriSam dr�fum\nekadii priivi.Sad g0$!ham\nekam jagraha balavan\nekanta-bhakti-bhiivena\nekantitvam gato bhaktya\n\n2.4\n\n34\n\n2.5\n\n35\n\n4.28\n\n111\n\n2.11\n\n39\n\n", "SB9.1#p0299": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\n\neka.S caran rahasi cittam ananta iSe\n\n6.51\n\n210\n\nekas tapasvy aham athambhasi matsya\ne$a vaji-hara.S caura\n\n6.52\n\n212\n\n8.9\n\n243\n\netat sari.kalpa-vai$amyam\n\n1.20\n\n15\n\nete k$etra-prasrltd vai\n\n6.3\n\n178\n\nete vaiSala-bhuptilas\n\n2.36\n\n54\n\n279\n\nhemacandra� sutas tasya\nhitva mdm 5ara(lllm ytild�\nhitvti tdm svena bhavena\nhotus tad-vyabhicare(lll\nhotur vyatikramam jnatva\nhrculam pravesilo '5vibhyam\n\n2.34\n\n54\n\n4.65\n\n139\n\n7.26\n\n234\n\n1.16\n\n11\n\n1.19\n\n14\n\n3.14\n\n67\n\nevam bhagavattidi$f,o\n\n5.1\n\n150\n\nevam bruvti(lllm pitaram\n\n3.22\n\n73\n\nevam bruvti(lll utkrtya\nevam dvitiye trtiye\n\n4.46\n\n123\n\n199\n\n230\n\nije ca yajiiam kratubhir\nije 'svamedhair adhiyajiiam iSvaram\n\n6.35\n\n7.19\n\n4.22\n\n103\n\nik$vaku-nrga-saryati-\n\n1.12\n\n8\n\nevam gate 'tha sudyumne\nevam grhe$v abhirato\n\n2.1\n\n32\n\nik$vdku-pilrvajdn putrdn\n\n2.2\n\n33\n\n6.48\n\n207\n\nime arigirasa� satram\n\n4.3\n\n88\n\nevam parik$itd rajna\n\n1.6\n\n5\n\nevam sadti karma-kalapam atmana/1.\n\n4.21\n\n100\n\nime ca pitaro dagdha\n\n8.28\n\n259\n\n6.26\n\n193\n\nI\n\nevam sarikirtya rajanam\n\n5.22\n\n165\n\ni$#m sma vartayali cakrur\ni$!00 pu�am apdgryam\n\n2.35\n\n54\n\nevam saptas tu guru(Ui\n\n2.10\n\n38\n\niSvartiya nama§ cakrur\n\n6.29\n\n195\n\niti putranuriige(lll\n\n7.15\n\n227\n\niti samstuvato rajno\nittham gitdnubhavas tam\n\n5.12\n\n159\n\n8.27\n\n258\n\nevam stritvam anuprapta�\n\n1.36\n\n24\n\nevam vasan grhe ktilam\n\n6.53\n\n213\n\nevam vidhaneka-gu(lll� sa raja\nevam vrtta/:1 parityakta�\n\n5.25\n\n169\n\n8.17\n\n249\n\nevam vrtto vanam gatva\nevam vyavasito rajan\n\n2.14\n\n40\n\n1.21\n\n15\n\nG\ngandharvtin avadhit tatra\ngate 'tha durvasasi so 'mbar�o\ngavam rukma-vi$ar:tintim\nghra(lllm ca tat-ptida-saroja-saurabhe\ngraham grah�ye somasya\n\n26\n82\n\n4.9\n\n92\n\nity apa� prtiSya raja�iS\nity etat pur:tyam akhyanam\n\n4.41\n\n119\n\n5.27\n\n172\n\n7.3\n\n220\n\nity ukto jaraya grasta-\n\n3.14\n\n5.24\n\n167\n\nity uktvantarhilo rudro\n\n4.11\n\n67\n93\n\n4.33\n\n115\n\n4.19\n\n98\n\n3.12\n\n66\n\ngrha(lll dravi(lllm dattam\n\n4.11\n\n93\n\ngrhe$u dtire$u sule$u bandhU$u\ngrhe$U ndnopavantimalambha/:1grhite hav�i vdcd\n\n4.27\n\n110\n\n6.45\n\n205\n\n1.15\n\n10\n\nH\nhantum tam tidade vajram\nhanyatdm hanyatdm papa\nharitas tasya putro 'bhun\nharito rohita-suta5\nharya5vas tat-sutas tasmdt\nhayam anve$amd1J.ds te\n\n1.39\n3.35\n\nittham vyavasthaya ktimam\nity tidi$.to 'bhivandyajam\nity aha me pitd brahman\n\n3.25\n\n75\n\n8.10\n\n243\n\n7.1\n\n218\n\n8.1\n\n238\n\n7.4\n\n220\n\n8.8\n\n243\n\nJ\njamadagnir abhiid brahmd\njata/:1 suto hy anentiriga\njata-sprho nrpam vipra/:1\njdti-smara/:1 purti sarigtid\njitva param dhanam sarvam\njnanam yo 'tita-kalptinte\njnanopadesaya grhita-deham\njnatva putrasya tat karma\n\n7.22\n\n232\n\n7.10\n\n224\n\n6.40\n\n201\n\n8.15\n\n248\n\n6.19\n\n189\n\n1.2\n\n3\n\n8.24\n\n256\n\n6.9\n\n183\n\nK\nkakudmi revatim kanyam\nkakutstha iti ctipy ukta/:1\n\n3.29\n\n78\n\n6.12\n\n185\n\n", "SB9.1#p0300": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n280\nkdlam vancayata tam tam\nkdlo 'bhiyatas tri-l)llvakdmam ca dasye na tu kdma-kdmyaya\nkam dluisyati kumaro 'yam\nkdnina iti vikhyato\n\n7.15\n\n227\n\n3.32\n\n80\n\n4.20\n\n98\n\n6.31\n\n196\n\n2.21\n\n46\n\nkanya caughavati ruima\nkanya-ratnam idam rajan\nkapilo 'pantaratamo\nkarandhamo maharaja\nkarau harer mandira-marjanad�u\n\n2.18\n\n44\n\n3.33\n\n80\n\nkarmavadatam etat te\nkaril$an manavad asan\nkasyacil tv atha kdlasya\nkat ham evam gu(IO desa�\nkatham matis te 'vagatanyatha satam\nkatham tamo �amayam vibhavyate\nkav* kaniyan v�aye�u ni�prho\nkavir bhavati mantra-jlio\nkha(igam adaya tarasa\nkhanitra� pramates tasmac\nkhe vayum dharayarils tac ca\nkim punar manujendra(ldm\nkirtayasva maha-bhaga\nkirtim parama-pu(lyam ca\nkrcchran muktas tam amantrya\nkriya-ka/apai� samuvaha bhaktim\nkriyatam me vayo rilpam\nkr§asvat somadatto 'bhad\nkrtagaso 'pi yad rajan\nkrtanta dsit samara\n�amapaya maha-bhagam\n�uvatas tu manor jajiie\nkulam no vipra-daivam ced\nkuta� sarikdlpa va�amyam\nkuto 'pare tasya mana�-sarira-dhi-\n\n4.57\n\n132\n\n2.25\n\n48\n\n4.18\n\n98\n\n5.21\n\n165\n\n2.16\n\n42\n\n3.11\n\n65\n\n1.28\n\n19\n\n3.21\n\n72\n\n8.12\n\n245\n\n2.15\n\n42\n\n4.12\n\n93\n\n2.6\n\n35\n\n2.24\n\n47\n\n7.25\n\n234\n\n6.42\n\n203\n\n1.4\n\n4\n\n5.21\n\n165\n\n3.9\n\n62\n\n5.25\n\n169\n\n3.12\n\n66\n\n2.35\n\n54\n\n5.14\n\n160\n\n6.13\n\n186\n\n4.71\n\n146\n\n6.4\n\n179\n\n5.10\n\n158\n\n1.18\n\n13\n\n8.21\n\n251\n\nL\n4.35\n\nlabdha-kdmair anujiidta/t\n\nmamedam l'$ibhir dattam\nmarilsam aniyatam medhyam\nmana� prthivyam tam adbhis\nmandhatu� putra-pravaro\nmano-javayadbhuta-karma(!e gf(!e\n\n4.31\n\n114\n\n8.11\n\n244\n\n6.46\n\n205\n\n6.44\n\n204\n\n6.31\n\n196\n\n4.7\n\n90\n\n6.6\n\n180\n\n7.25\n\n234\n\n7.1\n\n218\n\n5.6\n\n154\n\nmanvantara(li sarva(li\nmanyamano hatam vyaghram\nmanyurui pracalad-gatro\nmarici-pramukhaS canye\nmaricir manasas tasya\n\n1.1\n\n2\n\n2.8\n\n36\n\nmaruta� parive�taro\nmaruttasya dama� putras\nmaruttasya yatha 'yajlio\nmdsam puman sa bhavita\nmat-sevaya pratitam te\n\n2.28\n\n50\n\n2.29\n\n51\n\nmayi nirbaddha-hrdaya�\nmene 'tidurlabham purilsdm\nmitra-varul)llyor �#mi\nmoha-paso drr;lhaS chinno\nmuhartardhava5�!dyam\nmuktodaro 'yajad devan\nmukunda-lingalaya-darsane drsau\nmu!'4aii chma5ru-dharan kdmscin\nmunim prasadayam asa\nmunis tad-dar5aruikdri�o\n\n4.43\n\n121\n\n4.58\n\n132\n\n1.10\n\n7\n\n2.27\n\n49\n\n1.39\n\n26\n\n4.67\n\n141\n\n4.66\n\n140\n\n4.16\n\n96\n\n1.13\n\n9\n\n8.26\n\n258\n\n4.38\n\n117\n\n7.21\n\n231\n\n4.19\n\n98\n\n8.6\n\n241\n\n3.8\n\n62\n\n5.23\n\n166\n\nN\nruibhagad ambar�o bhun\nruibhagas tam pral)llmyaha\nruibhago d�ta-putro 'nya/t\nruibhago nabhagapatyam\nnagal labdha-vara/t sarpad\n'\n\n4.13\n\n94\n\n4.9\n\n92\n\n2.23\n\n47\n\n4.1\n\n86\n\n7.3\n\n220\n\n4.64\n\n137\n\n115\n\nM\nmad-agham mthata� krtva\nmad-anyat te na jananti\n\nmahabh�eka-vidhirui\nmahad-vyatikrama-hata\nmaharha-sayyasana-vastra-bhil$al)llmamanuriipo ruiyam va\nmam dhata vatsa ma rodir\n\n5.17\n\n162\n\n4.68\n\n142\n\nruiham atmdnam asase\nna �atra-bandhu� sadras tvam\nnama/t suruibhakhila-dharma-setave\nna mamara pita tasya\n\n2.9\n\n37\n\n5.6\n\n153\n\n6.32\n\n197\n\n", "SB9.1#p0301": "281\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\nnantaril vrajamy ubhaya-krtya\nna pa5yati tvii.ril param ii.tmano 'jano\nna prabhud yatra nirmukto\nna�yantaril p�adhraril ca\nna�yantii.nvaya?r, prokto\nnarmada bhratrbhir dattii.\nna sii.dhu-vii.do muni-kopa-bharjita\nna sakyate vistarato\nnaspr-Sad brahma-sapo 'pi\nnavadhid guru-vakyena\nnecchanli sevayii. pllrl,lii.?r,\nnimamajja brhad dhyayan\nnimajjatii.ril bhavii.n asmin\nnirdaSe ca sa iigatya\nnirvrtim mina-rajasya\nniSamya tad vacas tasya\nniScakrama bh/'Saril bhito\nnivesya citte pu�aril sva-roe�aril\nnivrtta?r. prayayus tasman\nnrgasya vamsa?r, sumatir\n\n6.52\n\n212\n\n8.21\n\n251\n\n4.14\n\n95\n\n1.12\n\n8\n\n2.22\n\n46\n\n7.2\n\n219\n\n8.12\n\n245\n\n1.7\n\n5\n\n4.13\n\n94\n\n8.5\n\n241\n\n4.67\n\n141\n\n4.37\n\n117\n\n3.13\n\n66\n\n7.11\n\n225\n\n6.39\n\n201\n\n1.19\n\n14\n\n2.7\n\n36\n\n2.15\n\n42\n\n1.31\n\n21\n\n2.17\n\n43\n\np\npii.dau hare?r, k§etra-padnnusarpane\npadma-sraja?r, ku'.l4alinas\npalayam ii.sa ga yatto\npa.layii.m ii.sa jagatiril\nparica-vimsati?r, pa5cac ca\npapracchu?r, kasya karmedaril\nparii.vare�ii.ril bhrUii.nam\npii.�l}igniho vrto viro\npa5or nipatita dantii.\npatito 'vak-sira devais\npaya!!Sila-vayo-rilpapitamahena pravrto\npitararil varuiJll.-grastaril\npilary uparate 'bhyetya\npitrvya-khii.tanupatharil\npnidaya vidyaril paramii.m\nprii.g d�faril bhrtya-rak§ayam\npragrhya ruciraril cdparil\nprii.g-udicyaril diSi hayaril\n\n4.20\n\n98\n\n3.15\n\n68\n\n2.3\n\n33\n\n1.40\n\n27\n\n6.5\n\n180\n\n6.28\n\n195\n\n1.8\n\n6\n\n6.13\n\n186\n\n7.13\n\n226\n\n7.6\n\n221\n\n4.33\n\n115\n\n7.1\n\n218\n\n7.17\n\n228\n\n6.11\n\n184\n\n8.19\n\n250\n\n2.32\n\n53\n\n4.48\n\n125\n\n1.24\n\n17\n\n8.9\n\n243\n\nprahi�JCI siidhu-viprebhyo\npraiJll.-prepsur dhan�-pa1,1ir\npraptaS cd(IA;lii.lataril Sii.pii.d\nprii.pto bhii.vam pararil viSvam\npra5ii.nta mii.ya-guiJll.-karma-lingam\npraSa.Sarilsa tam urviSaril\npra5nam enaril samii.cak§va\npraticyam diSi daityanaril\npratinandya sa tam yacnaril\npratyac(l$fa kuru-sre�fha\n\n4.34\n\n115\n\n7.16\n\n228\n\n7.5\n\n221\n\n4.17\n\n97\n\n8.24\n\n256\n\n5.13\n\n160\n\n1.28\n\n19\n\n6.16\n\n187\n\n4.37\n\n117\n\n4.41\n\n119\n\npratyakhyato viriricena\npratyayacchat sa raja�ir\npre�ito 'dhvaryul,lii hota\npriiJll.yii.m ii.sa citta-jna\nprito 'smy anugrhito 'smi\n\n4.55\n\n130\n\n6.19\n\n189\n\n1.15\n\n10\n\np�hras tu mano?r, putro\np�fa?r. provii.ca bhagavii.ii\npunar jata yajasveti\npuraiijayas tasya suta\npuraiijayasya putro 'bhud\npurukutsam ambari§aril\npurilravasa utsrjya\npu�ii.s traya uttasthur\nputra-kii.mas tapas tepe\nputryii. vararil paripTCl$fUril\n\n3.10\n\n63\n\n5.20\n\n163\n\n2.3\n\n33\n\n1.6\n\n5\n\n7.14\n\n227\n\n6.12\n\n185\n\n6.20\n\n190\n\n6.38\n\n200\n\n1.42\n\n28\n\n3.15\n\n68\n\n2.1\n\n32\n\n3.29\n\n78\n\nR\nraja duhitararil praha\nrajann anugrhuo 'ham\nraja�is tam upalak§ya\nraja tad-yajiia-sadanam\nraja tam akrtahii.ra?r,\nrajnabhinanditas tasya\nrajna pitaril viditva vai\nrajyam amsumate nyasya\nrathitaral,liiril pravara?r,\nrathitarasyaprajasya\nrohitas tad abhijnaya\nrohitayadiSac chakra?r,\nrohito gramam eyaya\n�yo 'pi tayor vik§ya\n\n3.19\n\n70\n\n5.17\n\n162\n\n3.5\n\n60\n\n6.27\n\n194\n\n5.18\n\n162\n\n4.42\n\n120\n\n6.29\n\n195\n\n8.30\n\n260\n\n6.3\n\n178\n\n6.2\n\n177\n\n7.16\n\n228\n\n7.18\n\n229\n\n7.17\n\n229\n\n1.31\n\n21\n\n", "SB9.1#p0302": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n282\n�er vimok$am vyasanam ca vik$ya\n�im amantrya yayatur\n\n5.24\n\n167\n\nsa sakhibhjfl parivrta\n\n3.3\n\n59\n\n3.17\n\n69\n\nsa sannaddho dhanur divyam\nsa5ariro gatah svargam\nsa5amsa pitre tat sarvam\nsasmdra sa kuldcaryam\n\n6.15\n\n187\n\n7.6\n\n221\n\ns\nsa bahv-rcas tabhir apdrarJ,iyasa canucara-samyukta\nsddhaoo hrdayam mahyam\nsddhaft.ye tathdtmdnam\nsddhubhir grasta-hrr:Jayo\nsadhU$u prahitam tejah\nsa ekadd maharaja\nsa ekadii$!akd-sriiddhe\nsa evdsid idam vi.Svam\nsagara5 cakravarty dsit\nsagaras lena pa5und\nsahaivagnibhir atmdnam\nsaha tenaiva sanjatah\nsa ittham bhakti-yogena\nsa kaddc id updsina\nsakrn-mutra-nirodho 'bhat\nsa muktc 'stragni-tiipena\nsamvardhayanti yat kdmdh\nsamvartc 'yajayad yam vai\nsamvatsaro 'tyagiit tavad\n\n6.45\n\n205\n\n1.33\n\n22\n\n4.68\n\n142\n\n6.42\n\n203\n\n4.63\n\n136\n\n4.69\n\n144\n\n1.23\n\n17\n\n6.6\n\n180\n\n1.8\n\n6\n\n8.4\n\n240\n\n8.29\n\n260\n\n6.54\n\n214\n\n8.4\n\n240\n\n4.26\n\n108\n\n6.49\n\n208\n\n$lL$!ham samvatsaram tatra\n$lL$!ham $a$! ham upetyahah\nsa tasyam janayam dsa\nsa tasya tam daSam dmva\nsa tu viprerJ.a samvadam\nsa tvam jagattriirJ.a khala-prahdrJ,aye\nsatyam siiram dhrtim df$!vd\nsaumadattis tu sumatis\nsa vai manah kr$rJ.a-padiiravindayor\nsa vai vivasvatah putro\nsavajram stambhayiim dsa\nsa vicintyiipriyam strirJ.tim\nsayiind giiva utthdya\nSe$am nivedayiim iisa\nsevamdno na ciifU$yad\n\n3.23\n\n74\n\n1.36\n\n24\n\n7.20\n\n230\n\n4.3\n\n88\n\n1.35\n\n24\n\n1.37\n\n25\n\n6.10\n\n184\n\n5.9\n\n157\n\n7.24\n\n233\n\n2.36\n\n54\n\n4.18\n\n98\n\n1.3\n\n3\n\n3.25\n\n75\n\n6.41\n\n202\n\n2.4\n\n34\n\n6.8\n\n182\n\n6.48\n\n207\n\n4.30\n\n113\n\n3.5\n\n60\n\n5.13\n\n160\n\n4.25\n\n106\n\n2.26\n\n49\n\n5.23\n\n166\n\nsanandanadyair munibhir vibhdvyam\nsandahyamdno )ita-sastra-vahnind\nsaligam tyajeta mithuna-vratindm\n\n8.23\n\n254\n\n4.61\n\n134\n\n6.51\n\n210\n\nso 'ribhir hrta-bha raja\n\n8.2\n\n239\n\nsankirtayann anudhyiiyan\n\n5.27\n\n172\n\nso 'Sitvddrtam dnitam\n\n5.19\n\n163\n\nsiinndhiko yadii riijan\n\n7.14\n\n227\n\nso 'svamedhair ayajata\nsraddhdyiim janayiim dsa\nsriintc bubhuk$ito virah\n\n8.7\n\n242\n\nsriivastas tat-suto yena\nsriyam ciityantikim brahman\nSfl:lvadbhir upagiiyadbhir\nsrayatam mdnaoo vamsah\nsthdnam madiyam saha vi.Svam etat\n\nsiipi tam cakame subhrllh\nsapta-dvipavatim ekah\nsarayvdm krif/.atc bdliin\nsarva-bhatatma-bhdvena\nsarva-devamayam devam\nsarvam hirarJ,mayam tv asid\nsaroiitma-bhdvam vidadhan mahim\nsarve vayam yan-niyamam prapannd\n5aryiiter abhavan putrii\nsaryiitir mdnaoo riijii\nsa5abindor duhitari\nsdsad ije harim yajnaih\n\n1.35\n\n24\n\n6.34\n\n198\n\n8.16\n\n248\n\n5.11\n\n158\n\n6.35\n\n199\n\n2.27\n\n50\n\n4.21\n\n100\n\n4.54\n\n129\n\n3.27\n\n76\n\n3.1\n\n58\n\n6.38\n\n200\n\n6.11\n\n185\n\nsndtah kaddcit kdlindyam\nsomena yiijayan viram\nso 'napatyo vi$arJ.rJ.titmd\nso 'ntah-samudre nagarim\nso 'py aha grhyatam brahman\n\nsthdnam yah pravi.Sed etat\nstribhih parivrtam vik$ya\nstayamdnas tam iiruhya\nsudar5ana namas tubhyam\nsudhrtis tat-sutc jajne\nsudyumnasyasayan pumstvam\n\n3.24\n\n75\n\n7.8\n\n223\n\n3.28\n\n77\n\n6.40\n\n201\n\nl.ll\n\n8\n\n6.7\n\n181\n\n6.21\n\n190\n\n4.64\n\n137\n\n4.24\n\n105\n\n1.7\n\n5\n\n4.53\n\n129\n\n1.32\n\n21\n\n1.34\n\n23\n\n6.15\n\n187\n\n5.4\n\n152\n\n2.29\n\n51\n\n1.37\n\n25\n\n", "SB9.1#p0303": "283\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\nsukanya cyavanam prapya\nsukanya nama tasyii.sit\nsukanya proha pitaram\nsukumara-vanam meror\nsumatyas tanaya drptii.�\n\n3.10\n\n63\n\n3.2\n\n58\n\n3.7\n\n61\n\n1.25\n\n17\n\n8.8\n\n243\n\nsunafi$epham pa§um pitre\nsunafi$ephasya mii.hatmyam\nsutii.m dattvanavadyangim\nsutii.nam eka-vimsatya\nsva-dharmer;ra harim prir;ran\n\n7.20\n\n230\n\n7.23\n\n233\n\nsvalanJqta-stri-pu�e$u nityada\nsvdm ca vdcam rtam kurvann\nsvargo na prarthito yasya\nsva-sariragnina tii.van\nsvasti bhuya it,laspate\nsyan nau te pitari pra§na�\n\n3.36\n\n82\n\n6.22\n\n191\n\n4.26\n\n108\n\n6.46\n\n205\n\n1.38\n\n25\n\n4.24\n\n105\n\n8.11\n\n244\n\n5.4\n\n152\n\n4.7\n\n91\n\nT\ntac chrutvd bhagavan brahmii.\n\n3.31\n\n79\n\ntad-abhidravad udvik$ya\ntad-abhiproyam ajiiii.ya\ntad-anta adyam anamya\ntad gaccha deva-devamso\n\n4.49\n\n126\n\n3.9\n\n62\n\n3.30\n\n78\n\n3.33\n\n80\n\ntad-gatii.ntara-bhavena\ntad idam bhagavan aha\n16.� sva-patyur maharoja\ntais tasya cii.bhu.t pradhanam\ntam anarcatithim bhupa�\ntam anvadhavad bhagavad-rathangam\ntam apatantim jvalatim\ntam bheje '/ambhU$6. devi\ntam evam §arar;ram yahi\ntam kaScit svikari$yantam\n\n4.32\n\n114\n\n1.32\n\n21\n\n6.55\n\n214\n\n6.17\n\n188\n\n4.36\n\n116\n\n4.50\n\n126\n\n4.47\n\n124\n\n2.31\n\n52\n\n4.59\n\n133\n\n4.6\n\n90\n\n8.29\ntam parikramya sirasa\n2.9\ntam sa5apa kuliicarya�\n4.4\ntii.rils tvam sarilsaya sukte dve\ntam tvdm aham jiiii.na-ghanam svabluiva- 8.23\n1.16\ntii.m vilokya manu� praha\n\ntii.n nirik$ya vararoha\ntii.n vilokyambika devi\ntapo vidya ca vipra!Uim\n\n260\n37\n89\n254\n11\n\n3.16\n\n68\n\n1.30\n\n20\n\n4.70\n\n145\n\ntii.sam kalir abhrid bhuyarils\ntasmii. ad6.d dhariS cakram\ntasmai dattva yayu� svargam\ntasmai kama-varam ��\ntasmai t�� dadav indra�\n\n6.44\n\n204\n\n4.28\n\n111\n\n4.5\n\n89\n\n1.22\n\n16\n\n7.23\n\n233\n\ntasmiii jajiie maharoja\ntasmiii jiiii.na-kaliim dhyatva\ntasmin prav�{a evdsau\ntasya mi(lhvarils tata� pur(UJ\ntasya nabhe� samabhavat\n\n1.9\n\n7\n\n7.26\n\n234\n\n1.26\n\n18\n\n2.19\n\n45\n\n1.9\n\n7\n\ntasya putra-sata-jye$!M\ntasya putra-satam jajiie\ntasya putro 'msumii.n nama\ntasya satyavrata� putras\ntasya sodyamam avik$ya\ntasyas tu kranditam srutvd\n\n6.4\n\n179\n\n3.28\n\n77\n\n8.14\n\n247\n\n7.5\n\n221\n\n5.2\n\n150\n\n2.5\n\n35\n\ntasya tarhy atithi� sak$6.d\ntasya nrtha-pada� kim va\ntasya viSvesvarasyedam\ntasyavik$it suto yasya\ntasye$u-p6.tii.bhimukham\n\n4.35\n\n115\n\n5.16\n\n161\n\n4.59\n\n133\n\ntasyotkalo gayo rajan\ntasyotsf${am pa§um yajiie\ntata� parir;rate kale\ntala� pu�a-medhena\ntala� kala upavrtte\n\n1.41\n\n27\n\n8.7\n\n242\n\ntalair vas�!hasita-gautamadibhir\ntata ardhvam vanam tad vai\ntathan�aktam munir ik$am6.(10\ntatluipi sadhay�ye te\ntatlui tad-anuga� sarve\ntatheti sa vanam gatvd\ntatheti varu(lentisya\ntato brahma-kulam jatam\ntato gnivesyo bhagavan\ntato manu� srii.dhadeva�\ntato niraso durvasa�\ntato 'yajan manur devam\ntat putra-pautra-naptroiim\ntat-putrii.t samyamad as it\ntatrasinam munim vik$ya\n\n2.26\n\n49\n\n6.18\n\n189\n\n1.42\n\n28\n\n7.21\n\n231\n\n6.30\n\n196\n\n4.22\n\n103\n\n1.33\n\n22\n\n4.50\n\n127\n\n1.20\n\n15\n19\n\n1.27\n6.7\n\n181\n\n7.9\n\n224\n\n2.22\n\n46\n\n2.21\n\n46\n\n1.11\n\n8\n\n4.60\n\n134\n\n2.2\n\n33\n\n3.32\n\n79\n\n2.34\n\n54\n\n8.20\n\n250\n\n", "SB9.1#p0304": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n284\ntatra sraddha marw/1 patni\n\n1.14\n\n10\n\nuttanabarhir tinarto\n\n3.27\n\n76\n\ntatra taptvd tapas li�I.Ulm\n\n6.54\n\n214\n\nultard-patha-goptdro\n\n2.16\n\n42\n195\n\ntat saroaril yauvaiUlSva.sya\n\n6.37\n\n200\n\nulthittis te niSamyatha\n\n6.28\n\ntat-suta./1 kevalas tasmtid\n\n2.30\n\n51\n\nuvdca tdta jamtitd\n\n3.22\n\n73\n\ntau piijayitvd provdca\n\n3.11\n\n65\n\nuvdcotta.rato 'bhyetya\n\n4.6\n\n90\n\ntayti rastitalaril nito\n\n7.2\n\n219\n\ntayti sa nirmame tasmai\n\n4.46\n\n123\n\nv\n\ntayti stirdharil vana-gato\n\n3.2\n\n58\n\nvacantid deva-devasya\n\n6.14\n\n186\n\nte daiva-coditti bald\n\n3.4\n\n60\n\nvahanatve vrtas tasya\n\n6.14\n\n186\n\nte eva durvinitasya\n\n4.70\n\n145\n\nvaiku!llhakhyaril yad adhyaste\n\n4.60\n\n134\n\nvali-palita ejatka\n\n6.41\n\n202\n\nvalmika-randhre dadr§e\n\n3.3\n\n59\n\ntejasapyayito v41)0/l\n\n6.16\n\n187\n\nterwpayukta-karai)Q\n\n2.14\n\n40\n\nte�tiril na/1 pu(lya-kirtindril\n\n1.5\n\n4\n\nvanaril jagamtinuyayus tat-\n\n6.53\n\n213\n\nte�dril purasttid abhavann\n\n6.5\n\n180\n\nvanaril vivestitmani vasudeve\n\n5.26\n\n171\n\nte�aril sva.sara/1 pancasat\n\n6.38\n\n201\n\nvardpsarti yata/1 putrti/1\n\n2.31\n\n52\n\nvarui.Ulril sarai.Ulril yata/1\n\n7.8\n\n223\n\nva5e kurvanti mtiril bhaktyti\n\n4.66\n\n140\n\nte�dril vamsaril prthag brahman\n\n1.4\n\n3\n\nte svar yanto dhanaril satra-\n\n4.4\n\n89\n\ntraiSankavo hariScandro\n\n7.7\n\n222\n\nvaso/1 pratikas tat-putra\n\n2.18\n\n44\n\ntrptdtmd nrpatiril prtiha\n\n5.19\n\n163\n\nvasudeve bhagavati\n\n2.11\n\n39\n\ntrasaddasyu/1 paurukutso\n\n7.4\n\n220\n\nvasudeve bhagavati\n\n4.17\n\n97\n\nvatsaprite/1 suta/1 prari!Sus\n\n2.24\n\n47\n\nvayaril na tdta prabhavtima bhilmni\n\n4.56\n\n131\n124\n\ntrasaddasyur itindro 'liga\n\n6.33\n\n198\n\ntulya-ruptiS canim4ti\n\n4.23\n\n104\n\nt�!aS tasmai sa bhagavdn\n\n1.38\n\n25\n\nvepayantiril samudvi�ya\n\n4.47\n\ntvad-ropam etat sad-asat partivaram\n\n5.7\n\n155\n\nvicacara mahim etdril\n\n2.13\n\n39\n\ntvam agnir bhagavdn suryas\n\n5.3\n\n151\n\nvidama na vayaril sarve\n\n4.58\n\n133\n\nvidhehi bhadraril tad anugraho hi na/1\n\n5.9\n\n157\n\ntvam tipas tvaril �itir vyoma\n\n5.3\n\n151\n\nvidhehi tasyapacitiril vidhatar\n\n4.62\n\n135\n\n152\n\ntvaril dharmas tvam rtaril satyarit\n\n5.5\n\ntvdril mamdryas tatabhan�ur\n\n4.2\n\n87\n\nvidvdn vibhava-nirvlii.Ulril\n\n4.16\n\n96\n\ntvaril teja/1 pau�aril param\n\n5.5\n\n152\n\nvimukta-saliga/1 santdtmd\n\n2.12\n\n39\n\ntvan-mtiya-racite loke\n\n8.25\n\n257\n\nviparyayam aho �!aril\n\n1.17\n\n12\n\nviriipa/1 ketumtin chambhur\n\n6.1\n\n176\n\nviriiptit p�adaSvo 'bhat\n\n6.1\n\n177\n\ntvattas tasya sutd/1 proktd\n\n1.3\n\n3\n\ntvat-tejasa dharma-mayena sarilhrtaril\n\n5.7\n\n155\n\ntyaktvd kaleva ram yogi\n\n6.10\n\n184\n\nvirya(ly ananta.-viryasya\n\nl.l\n\n2\n\ntyaktaril pu(lyajana-trdstid\n\n3.35\n\n82\n\nviSala/lsunyabandhu5 ca\n\n2.33\n\n53\n53\n\nu\n\nviSalo vamsa-krd raja\n\n2.33\n\nvismita./1 parama-pritas\n\n3.23\n\n74\n\nvismita/1 stambham ajahat\n\n6.47\n\n206\n\nudayudha abhiyayur\n\n8.10\n\n243\n\nupavrajann ajfgarttid\n\n7.20\n\n230\n\nvisrjya dudruvur daitya\n\n6.18\n\n189\n\nupayaril kathaft.yami\n\n4.69\n\n144\n\nviSvagandhis tataS candro\n\n6.20\n\n190\n\nuru5ravd/l sutas tasya\n\n2.20\n\n45\n\nviSvamitro 'bhavat tasmin\n\n7.22\n\n232\n\n", "SB9.1#p0305": "285\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\nvi.Svtimitro bhr§aril prito\n\n7.24\n\n233\n\nvitihotras tv indraseniit\nvivimsate/1 suto rambha/1\nvratante kartike masi\n\n2.20\n\n45\n\n2.25\n\n48\n\n4.30\n\n113\n\nvrddham tam pancata.ril praptaril\n\n8.3\n\n239\n\nvr§cann ajasraril pradhane virajase\n\n5.8\n\n156\n\nvrta/1 katipayamatyair\n\n1.23\n\n17\n\nyat krtvti sa.dhu me bhuya.d\n\n4.39\n\n118\n\nvyaghro 'pi vrk�-srava(IO\n\n2.7\n\n36\n\nyato yato dhiivati tatra tatra\n\n4.51\n\n127\n\nvyaktaril keniip i nas tasya\n\n3.6\n\n61\n\nyatraste bhagavtin charvo\n\n1.25\n\n17\n\n4.10\nyat te pitavadad dharmaril\nyat tvaril jara-grastam asaty asammataril 3.20\n\n92\n\ny\n\nyan-nimittam abhud yuddharil\nyasmat trasanti hy udvignd\nyas talajanghiin yavaniin\nyasya kra�u girvti�i/1\n\n7.7\n\n222\n\n6.33\n\n198\n\n8.5\n\n241\n\n4.23\n\n104\n\nyasyam utpa.dayam asa\n\n2.32\n\n53\n\nyasyeritd sarikhya-mayi drc;lheha naur\n\n8.13\n\n246\n\n71\n\nyada. pa§o/1 punar danta.\nyada. pa§ur nirdaSa/1 sya.d\n\n7.13\n\n226\n\nyauvanasvo 'tha mandhiita.\n\n6.34\n\n198\n\n7.10\n\n224\n\n200\n\n7.12\n\n226\n\nyavat silrya udeti sma\nyavi§!haril vyabhajan da.yaril\n\n6.37\n\nyada. patanty asya danta.\n\n4.1\n\n86\n\nyada. vis�!as tvam ananjanena vai\nyad-garhasthyaril tu sarilvi4ya\n\n5.8\n\n156\n\n6.47\n\n206\n\nyayace 'bhyavahiiraya\n\n4.36\n\n116\n\n5.22\n\n165\n\n5.11\n\n158\n\nyayau vihii yasamantrya\nye bhilta. ye bhavi§yas ca\n\n1.5\n\n4\n\n7.9\n\n224\n\nye da.ragara-putrapta-\n\n4.65\n\n139\n\nye deha-bhiijas tri-gu�-pradhii nii\n\n8.22\n\n253\n\nyadi no bhagavtin prita\nyadi viro maharaja\nyad-rcchayopapannena\n\n2.12\n\n39\n\nyady asti dattam i§.taril va\n\n5.10\n\n158\n\nya etat sarilsmaret prata/1\n\n4.12\n\n93\n\nyogai.Svarye� ba/a.rils tan\n\n8.17\n\n249\n\n4.45\n\n122\n\n8.14\n\n247\n\nya/1 priyartham utalikasya\nyai/1 sangrhito bhagavan\n\n6.22\n\n191\n\nyo mam atithim ayatam\nyo 'samanjasa ity ukta/1\n\n5.15\n\n161\n\nyo 'sau satyavrato niima\n\n1.2\n\n3\n\nyajna-vastu-gataril sarvam\n\n4.8\n\n91\n\nyo vti angirasaril satre\n\n3.1\n\n58\n\nya4yama(IO 'tha saryatiS\n\n3.18\n\n70\n\nyukta/1 sarilvatsararil viro\n\n4.29\n\n112\n\nyamaya bhallair anayad\nyamuniintar-jale magnas\nyan-mayaya mohita-cetasas tvtiril\nyan-niima sruti-matre�\n\n6.17\n\n188\n\n6.30\n\n196\n\n6.39\n\n201\n\n6.25\n\n192\n\n8.22\n\n253\n\nyuvanasvasya tanaya5\nyuvanasvo�havat tasya\nyuvanasvo 'tha tatraiva\n\n6.32\n\n197\n\n5.16\n\n161\n\nyilyaril brahma-vido yukta.s\n\n1.18\n\n13\n\n", "SB9.1#p0306": "General Index\nNumerals in boldface type indicate references to translations of the verses of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam.\n\nA\nAbrahma-bhuvanal loka�\nquoted, 223\nAbsolute Truth\nAmbari�a aware of, 169\nfeatures of, three listed, 169,170\n\nAgricultural field tilled by proxy producer,\nwoman impregnated by proxy progenitor compared to, 178\nA ham tvdril sarva-papebhyo\nquoted, 125\n\nAir. See: Elements, material\n\nAjigarta, 231\n\nmaluitma knows, 170\n\nAkama defined, 106\n\npure devotees know, 169\n\nAlambu�ii, 52\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\n\nAmbari�a, son of Mandhatii, 218\n\nAcaryas (saintly teachers)\n\nAmbari�a Maharaja\n\nservice to, recommended, 212\n\nAbsolute Truth known to, 169\n\nSee also: Spiritual master, all entries\n\na.Svamedha sacrifice by, 103\nattachments shucked by, 110\n\nActivities\nof Asamaiijasa abominable, 248,249\n\nausterity by, 109\n\nin Deity worship, 109\n\nbrdhmar:ta guests satisfied by, 116\n\nof devotees inconceivable, 164, 165\n\nbrahmar:tas consulted by, about breaking\nfast, 118\n\nfive forbidden, in Kali-yuga, 182\n\nbrahmar:tas heeded by, 101,102\n\nmaterial, devotee unattracted by, 107-108\n\nbrahmar:tas worshiped by, 114\n\nPuraiijaya named according to, 185,186,\n\ncitizenry under, 106\ncompared to mercantile man, 173\n\n188,189-190\n\nsinful, cow slaughter as, 34\nspiritual vs. material, 108\nof Vai�1.1ava misunderstood, 164-165\n\ncows given in charity by, 116\ncurse ineffective on, 94-95\n\nSee also: Karma\nAdhvaryu priest at Ambari�a's sacrifice, 105\nAditi,8\nAdministrators. See: Kings; K$atriyas;\nLeaders, government\nAge (time of life)\n\nDeity bathed & dressed by, 114\nin devotional service, 99, 101, 104, 109,\n169, 173\nDurviisii angry at, 121-123\nDurviisa appreciated, 160-166\nDurviisa at feet of, 150, 151\nDurvasa contrasted to, 139, 143\nDurvasii fed by, 163,167\nDurvasa's cause pleaded by, 152,\n157-159\n\nold. See: Old age\nof retirement from family life, 28\n\nAge of Kali. See: Kali-yuga\nAgni, 46\nAgnivesya\nbrahminical dynasty from, 47\nother names of, 46\n\nDurvasa's demon did not disturb, 124\nas Durvasii's friend, 168\nas Durviisii's host, 116\n\n287\n\n", "SB9.1#p0307": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n288\n\nAmbari$a Maharaja (continued)\n\nAmhari�a Maharaja\n\nDurvasa's punishment of, failed, 123-126\n\nuniverse as considered by, 97\n\nDurvasa wronged, 143, 145, 154\nEkadasi vow observed by, ll2,ll3,143\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti supports, 122\n\nas exalted, 94,95, 106\nfasting by, ll3,ll8-ll9,163, 167\nfearless, 112, 124, 125, 139\nin household life, 112-113\nas king, 96, 101,102, 104, 109,172\n\nin vanaprastha, 172\nas world ruler, 96, 101, 168\nAmhika. See: Parvati\nAmerica, Hare l(r$Qa movement as hope of,\n\n13\nAmsumiin\n\nkingdom divided by, among sons, 171,172\n\nas Asamaiijasa's son, 247\n\nin knowledge of everything, 170\nas liberated, 171, 172\n\nhorse found by, 250\n\nLord protected, 125\n\nKapila instructed, 259\n\nhorse returned by, toSagara, 260\n\nLord served by, 99,101,109\n\nprayed to Kapila, 251-258\n\nLord's gift to, 111\n\nSagara gave kingdom to, 260\n\nLord's mercy on, 168\nLord worshiped by, ll2-ll4\nmaterial desires rejected by, 109\n\nasSagara's grandson, 247,250\nAnalogy\nof agricultural field and woman, 178\n\nmaterial world disinterested, 170\n\nof boat andSankhya philosophy, 246\n\nmerciful, 151,162\n\nof fat fire and sense desire, 208\n\nas Nabhaga's son, 94, 147\n\nof father's child and Lord's devotee, 143\n\nnarration about, purifying power of, 172,\n\nof garments, soul and body, 23\n\n174\nnarration concerning Durvasa &, lesson\nfrom 147-148\nopulence disinterested, 96\nparents of, 201\nprayed to the Lord on Durvasa's behalf,\n158,159\nprayed toSudarsana weapon, 151-157\nas pure devotee, 94, 97, 106, 125, 145,\n\nof jewel-hooded serpent and learned materialist, 146\nof mad elephant and offenses, 143\nof mercantile man and Ambari$a, 173\nof millionaire and devotee, 172-173\nof rich �an's son and Lord's devotee,\n\n138\n\npure devotees heeded by, 102\nqueen of, 112\nquoted on breaking fast, 118-119\n\nof sky and Kapila's body, 245-246\nAnandambudhi-vardhanam prati-padam\npurr.uJmrtasvadanaril.\nverse quoted, 12-13\nAnaraQya, 221\nAnarta, 77\n\nquoted on Sudarsana cakra, 151-157\nreligious, 154\nretired to forest, 171,173\nsacrifices by, 103,105\nsense gratification rejected by, 99\nsons of, 171,172, 177\nSudar8ana cakra pacified by prayers of,\n159\nSudarsana cakra protected, 154\ntolerant, 168\n\nAnarta land, 77\nAnasaktasya vi$ayan\nquoted, 110, 111\nAnena, 190\nAnger\nof Durviisii toward Ambari$a, 121-123\nas ignorance symptom, 246\nof Ik$vaku toward Vikuk$i, 184\nof lndra toward Cyavana, 75\nKapila free of, 245-246,247\n\n154, 164, 168, 169, 171\n\n", "SB9.1#p0308": "General Index\nAilgirii\n\n289\n\nAsari!Sayaril samagraril miiril\n\ndescendants of, Niibhiiga received money\nremnants from, 90\n\nAsatl defined, 72\n\nRathitara's sons begotten by, 177, 178\n\nAsrama\n\ndescendants of, sacrifice by, 88-90\n\nas Sariwarta's father, 49\n\nAilgirasas' yajfia, Saryati instructed, 58\nAnimals\n\nkilling of. See: Cows, slaughter of, as sinful; Hunting, forest\n\nin modes of nature, 252\n\nsacrifice of\nin Kali-yuga forbidden, 182\n\nHariscandra quoted on, 225-227\n\nsince time immemorial, 231\n\nstarvation, cause of, 104\nSudyumna hunting, 17\n\nVikuk�i killed, for sraddha sacrifice,\n181\n\nSee also: names of specific animals\nAnniid bhavanti bhutani\nquoted, 104\n\nAnukulyasya sankalpa/:1\nquoted, 110\n\nAnukulyena kmliinuquoted, 110\n\nAnxiety. See: Satisfaction, in modern civilization missing; Suffering\n\nAnyabhilii$ita-sunyaril\nquoted, 137\n\nquoted, 100\n\nAsita, 103\n\nof Cyavana, 59-62, 65, 70\n\nSee also: Varr:tii$rama system\n\nAssociation\n\nof devotees, 212\n\ngood, secluded place secure in, 212\n\nof materialists to be avoided, 211-212\n\nA�!akii-sraddha\n\ndefined, 181\n\nSee also: Sraddha ceremony\n\nAstral travel by mystic yogis, 166\n\nAsuras. See: Demons; Nondevotees\nAsuri, 133\n\nAsvamedham gavalambham\nverse quoted, 182\n\nA.Svamedha sacrifice\n\nby Ambari�a, 103\nby Sagara, 242\n\nby Somadatta, 55\n\nA.Svini-kumiiras\n\nCyavana with, 65-69, 75\nin lake of life, 67, 68\nas physicians, 65, 67, 76\nquoted on lake of life, 67\n\nsoma-rasa made available to, 66, 75, 76\n\nSukanya pleased, 69\n\nAnyiirtharil ca svayaril v�r:tur\n\nAthiipi te deva padiimbuja-dvaya\n\nApavitra/:1 pavitro vii\n\nAtma-tattva-vit defined, 206\n\nverse quoted, 147\n\nverse quoted, 254\nApsaras, 52\n\nArar:�yaril tena gantavyaril\nverse quoted, 113\n\nArcana. See: Deity worship of the Supreme\nLord, all entries\nAryavarta, 180\n\nAsamaiijasa\nacted abominably, 248, 249\nmystic power of, 249\npast and present life of, 248\nas Sagara's son, 247\n\nverse quoted, 252-253\n\nAtomic weapons dangerous for humanity, 146\nAttachment, material\nAmbari�a gave up, llO, 171,172\ndevotees should avoid, 110\nto family & friends condemned, 140\nof Hariscandra to son, 228\n\npure devotees forsake, 139\nSee also: Desires, material\nAurva Muni\nSagara instructed by, 241, 242,260-261\n\nsan rite of Bahuka's wife forbidden by,\n240\n\n", "SB9.1#p0309": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n290\n\nBarbaras, 241\nBattlefield, Sudarsana cakra 's prowess on, 157\n\nAusterity\nby Ambari�a, 109\nauspicious vs. dangerous, 146\n\nBeauty of Cyavana & Asvini-kumaras emerg-\n\nDeity worship as, 109\n\nBeef-eating. See: Meat-eating\n\nfor brtihmaT,J.a, 146\n\nin devotional service, 109\n\nliterature distribution as, 109\nby Manu, 32-33\nas necessary, 109\n\npreaching as, 109\n\npurifying power of, 14, 109\n\nof Saubhari Muni spoiled, 202, 209, 210,\n213\nAva41f11vas. See: Nondevotees, all entries\nAv41f11VO gurur na sytid\nverse quoted, 101\n\nAvajtinanti mtim mUt;lhti\nquoted, 257\n\nAvidyti. See: Ignorance, all entries\nAvik�it, 49\nAyasya, 232\nAyodhya, children in, restored to life, 249,\n250\nAyur-veda, medical experts in, 65\n\nB\nBack to Godhead\nby Lord's mercy, 140\nas Lord's request, 138\nPr�adhra returned, 41\npure soul goes, 214\nSee also: Spiritual world; Supreme Lord\nBadarikasrama, 83\nBahuka,King\nin vtinaprastha, 239\nwives of, 240, 241\nBahulasva, 193\nBahv-rca defined, 206\nBaladeva, Lord\nking's daughter in charity to, 81, 83\npurifying power of, 81\nas supreme, 81, 83\n,\nBali Maharaja, soldiers of, Sukracarya rejuvenated, 65\n\ning from lake of life, 68, 69\n\nBeings, living. See: Living entities\nBenediction\n\nof brtihrnaT,J.as to Yuvanasva, 197\nof demigods infallible, 14\n\nof Hare Kr�l).a movement to society, 223\nof serpents to Purukutsa and snake fearers,\n220\nof VarUI).a to Hariscandra, 224\nto Vasi�tha on Manu's behalf, 16\nto Vasi�tha on Sudyumna's behalf, 26\nBhadrasva, 192\nBhagavad-gitti\n\nSee also: Bhagavad-gitti, quotations from\n\ncited on cow protection, 182\nas kr$tlll-kathti, 100\n\npeace formula in, 101\n\nBhagavad-gitti, quotations from\non devotees as best yogis, 168\n\non devotees never perishing, 112\non devotee's sense control, 107\n\non devotional service, 99\n\non freedom from modes of nature, 255\n\non knowing Kr�l).a completely, 100\non living entities born into delusion, 252\n\non Lord as death, 130\non Lord enlightening devotees, 143-144\non Lord protecting devotees, 125\non peace formula, 101, 208\non pure devotee's equal disposition, 141\non rising above nature's modes, 255\non soul accepting new bodies, 22-23\n\non spiritual abode by knowing the Lord, 41\non women's spiritual advancement, 215\nBhagavan\nas Absolute Truth feature, 169, 170\nSee also: Kr�l).a,,Lord; Supreme Lord\nBhagavatam. See: Srirnad-Bhagavatam\nBhagavata Purtilfll. See: Srimad-Bhagavatam\nBhaktas. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord,\nall entries\n\n", "SB9.1#p0310": "General Index\n\nBhakti\ndefi.ned,100, 154\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord; �J.la,Lord\nBhaktib, parescinubhavo viraktir\nquoted,llO\nBhakti- rasamrta-sindhu\nquoted on devotee as liberated,172\nquoted on renunciation & devotional service,108\nBhakti-yoga\nDurviisa-Ambari�a friendship based on,\n168\n\n291\n\nBirth\nof Vivasviin, 8\nof Yuvanasva's son,196\nBirth and death,repeated\nfreedom from,109\nSee also: Body,material, changeable\nBlack-looking person,quoted on Niibhiiga's\nwealth claims, 90-91\nBliss\ndevotee in,107, ll1\nof Kr�J.la & devotees, 138\npure devotee knows,138\nSee also: Happiness\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord; �J.la consciousness\nBhalandana,.W\nBharuka, 239\nBhavantam evanucaran nirantarab,\nverse quoted,256-257\nBhoktararil yajfia-tapasaril\nverse quoted,101,208\nBbrgu\n\nBoat crossing ocean,Sankhya philosophy\ncrossing nescience compared to,246\nBodily conception of life. See: Duality,material\nBody, material\nchangeable,23\ncompared to dress,23\ndead, mystic revival of, 65\nat death,214\n\nas Cyavana's forefather,74\n\nelements in,245\n\nsurrenders to the Lord,130\n\nfi.re in,245\n\nBhiiri�eJ.la, 77\nBhiitajyoti, 43\n\ngross & subtle,at death,214\n\nBilvamaii.gala Thakura,quoted on liberation,\n\nsoul contrasted to,23\n\nof Pr-1adhra given to fire,40, 41\nSee also: Senses\n\n142\nBindumati, 201\n\nBoys,cowherd,Kr�1.1a's bliss increased by,138\n\nBirds,Visvamitra & Vasi�!ha fought as,222,\n\nBrahmii,Lord\nabode of, 78\n\n223\nBirth\n\nbirth of, 7\n\nof Ambari�a, 94\n\nBrahmiis beyond,132\n\nof Asamaiijasa,past & present,243\nof Brahma 7\ncaste qualifications independent of,44, 48\nfreedom from,41\nof I�viiku from Manu's sneezing,179\nof Ila, 11\n\ncreated spe�ies,252\nday of,calculated, 80\nDurviisii refused shelter by,130, 131\nDurviisii sought shelter of, 128, 139\nGandharvas performed for,79\nin goodness mode,252\n\nof Kasyapa, 8\nof Manu, 9\nof Marici, 8\nof Sagara, 240\nsymptoms more important than,in\ncharacter judgment, 155\n\nKapila above, 252\nknows past,present,future,133\nas Kr�1.1a's direct servant,137\nLord above,132, 137,148,252\nmahci-yugas in day of,80\n\n,\n\nKakudmi with, 78-82\n\n", "SB9.1#p0311": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n292\nBrahma,Lord (continued)\n\nManus in day of,80\nMarici born from,8\nquoted on surrender to the Supreme Lord,\n\n130\nquoted on time passing by Kukudmi's\nplans,79, 80\nsurrenders to the Lord,130\n\nBriihmal'_l.a(s)\nDhar�tas became,43\nin disciplic succession,26\nDurvasa as,139,145,146,154\nfamilies of,strict in marriage customs,73\nHare K.r�1.1a movement trains,48\nin Kali-yuga scarce,103-104\n\nBrahma-bhiUa defined, 246,247\n\nKaru�as protected,43\nas learned,146\n\nBrahma-bhata� prasannatma\n\nLord favors,139\n\nquoted,141\nBrahmaciiri(s) (celibate students)\n\nManu's son as,48\n\nat Marutta's sacrifice,50-51\n\nmarriage optional for,87\n\noffense to,118, 119\n\ntypes of,two listed,87\n\npotency of,at ritualistic ceremonies,194\n\nP.r�adhra as, 38\nVOW\n\nof, 38, 87\n\nBrahmiidayai ca tat-kirtim\nverse quoted,147\nBrahmiider vi$T).v-adhinatvaverse quoted,147\nBrahmadi-bhakti-ko!y-arhSiid\nverse quoted,147\nBrahmaloka\n\nDurvasa visited,166\n\ninhabitants of,as self-realized,166\n\ntranscendental to modes of nature,78\nBrahman (impersonal Absolute)\nas Absolute Truth feature,169,170\ndevotee's consideration of,107\n\nDurvasa meditated on,117\n\nBrahman,Su p reme. See: Supreme Lord\nBrahmarJ.a(s) (saintly intellectuals)\nin Agnivesya dynasty,47\nAmbari�a consulted, about breaking fast,\n\n118-119\n\nAmbari�a cursed by,94, 95\nAmbari�a heeded, 101\nat Ambari�a 's house as satisfied guests,\n\n116\n\nAmbari�a worshiped,114\nausterity for,146\ncited on drinking water,119\ncontributions please,51\ndemons in form of,154-155\ndevotees excel,101-102\n\nquoted on power of providence,195-196\nRathitara's sons as,177, 178\nfor ritualistic sacrifices,104\nsociety needs,48\nas spiritual masters,26\nVisvarnitra became,222\nYuvanasva blessed by, 197\n\nYuvanasva drank water sanctified by,194,\n\n195\n\nBrahman platform\ndefined,255\npersonal examples of,255\n\nBrahmii priest at Ambari�a's sacrifice,105\nBrahma-samhitii, quoted on devotional service\nsurpassing karma, 41\nBrahma-vaivarta Purii,_,.a, quoted on Kaliyuga, five acts forbidden in,182\nBrahmeti paramiitmeti\nquoted, 169\nBrahmins. See: BriihmaT).as\nB.rhadasva,191\nBrhad-vrata\ndefined,87\nSee also: Brahmaciiri\nBrotherhood, universal\npossibility of,141\nSee also: Peace\nBudha\n\nas moon-Icing's son,23, 24\n\nwoman with,23, 24\n\nBudha,son of Vegavan,52\n\n", "SB9.1#p0312": "General Index\nBuilding construction,material vs. spiritual,\n108\nBull, lndra as, carried Puraii.jaya,187, 188\n\nc\nCaitanya-candramrta, quoted on devotee's\ntranscendental outlook,107\n\nCaitanya-candrodaya-nataka, quoted on\nassociating with materialists,211\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\ncited on offense to devotee,143\n\ndevotee association effective via, 212\ndevotional service via,107, 170\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu,quotations from\non associating with materialists,211\n\non Kali-yuga,five acts forbidden in,182\n\non saliklrtana, 12-13\n\non serving the servants of Kr�1.1a,137\n\nCiik�u�a,48\nCampa,238\n\nCiiJ.lakya Pa1.1c;lita,quoted on renouncing\nhousehold life,113\n\nCar:ufii.la below sudra, 222\n\nCandra,190\n\nCaste system\n\n\"mixed\" progeny in,179\n\nSee also: Society,human,caste qualifications in; Va�rama system\n\n293\n\nChanting of the Supreme Lord's holy names\n\nSee also: Hare Kr�1.1a mantra; Names of the\n\nCharity\n\nSupreme Lord; Sanklrtana-yajiia\n\nArnbari�a gave cows in,116\n\nof king to Baladeva,81, 83\nof Saryati to Cyavana,63\n\nCheating of Nabhaga by brothers,87,88\n\nChild (Children)\n\nof Ayodhya revived from death, 249, 250\nby proxy progenitor,178, 182\nof Yuvanasva,196, 197\n\nChunk theory of creation,Vedic revision of,\n153\nCitizens\nof Ambari�a's state,105\n\nas devotees,102\nSee also: People\n\nCitrasena,45\n\nCivilization,modern\n\nsatisfaction missing in,208\nSee also: Society,human\n\nCleanliness\n\ninternal & external,254\nSee also: Purification\n\nComet,Sudarsana cakra compared to, 154,\n155\nCompassion of Nabhaga's father for Nabhaga,\n89\n\nCiitur-var7_1.yam maya sr�tam\n\nConditioned souls. See: Souls, conditioned\n\nCause,ultimate\n\nConstipation struck S� ati & Co.,60\n\nquoted,48\n\nof creation,153\nof falldown, 145\nCelibate. See: Brahmacarl; Sannyasl\nCeremonies,ritualistic. See: Ritualistic\nceremonies\nCeto-darpa1_W.-marjanam bhava-mahadavagni-ni rvapa(W.m\n\nverse quoted,12-13\n\nCh&J.iya va�(W.va-seva nistara payeche kelxi\nquoted,137\nChaitanya,Lord. See: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nChanting of the Supreme Lord's holy names\nby pure devotee,105\n\nConsciousness. See: Krsna consciousness\n\ny\n\nConstruction,building, material vs. spiritual,\n108\nCosmic manifestation. See: Creation,the; Material world; Universe\nCow(s)\nAmbari� gave, in charity,116\neating of, forbidden, 182\nprotection of. See: Cow protection\n\nP:r�adhra killed,by mistake, 35-36, 37\nsacrifice of,forbidden in Kali-yuga,182\nslaughter of,as sinful,34\ntiger attacked,35\nCowherd boys,Kr�1.1a's bliss increased by,138\n\n", "SB9.1#p0313": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n294\nCow protection\n\nDanavas, Sudarsana cakra dismembers, 157\nD�gaka, 179\n\nessential, 34, 182\n\nby �atriya, 34\n\nDariigiira-putriipta defined, 140\n\nby P�adhra, 34\nVOW for, 32\n\nDarkness, mode of. See: Ignorance, mode of\n\nCreation, the\ncause of, 153\nDurviisa fled every part of, 128\n\nLord transcendental to, 6-7\nSee also: Material world; Universe\n\nCurse\non Ambari�a ineffective, 94, 95\nby demigods infallible, 14\n\non Pr�adhra by Vasi��ha, 37, 41\n\nSaryati escaped, 63\n\non Trisailku by his father, 221-222\n\nof Vasi��ha & Visvamitra on each other,\n223\nCyavana Muni\nasrama of, 59-62, 65, 70\n\nASvini-kumaras with, 65-69, 75\n\nin earthworm's hole, 62\n\nlndra foiled by, 75-76\n\nirritable, 64\nin lake of life, 67, 68\n\nold, 64, 67, 71\nquoted on soma-rasa proposal to ASvinikumaras, 66\n\nrejuvenation of, 65-69, 74\n\nSaryati afraid of, 62\nSaryati's daughter married by, 63\nSoma-yajiia via, 75\nas Sukanya's husband, 64, 69, 71, 74\n\nD\nDaityas\nSudarsana cakra dismembers, 157\nSee also:Demons\nDa�a\ndaughter of, as Kasyapa's mother, 8\nsurrenders to the Lord, 130\nD�a-yajiia, 92\nDa�il)ii defined, 104\nDama, 51\n\nDeath\nbody & soul at, 214\n\nbody revived from, 65\nchildren of Ayodhya revived from, 249,\n250\n\ndevotee fearless of, 125\nfire burns body at, 214\nLord as, 130\n\nSaubhari Muni at, 214\n\nDeity worship of the Supreme Lord\nactivities in, 109\nby Ambari�a, 99, 114\nas austerity, 109\n\nfood offered in, 183\n\noffenses in, advice for avoiding, 183\n\nSee also: Worship of the Supreme Lord\n\nDemigods\n\ndemons vs., 186\n\nheavenly planets dear to, 105, 106\nLord controls, 132, 148\n\nat Marutta's sacrifice, 50\nnumberless, 132\nin passion mode, 252\n\npriests at Ambari�a's sacrifice compared\nwith, 105\nPuraiijaya helped, 186, 188\n\npurified persons compared with, 14\nrulers of, surrender to the Lord, 130\nTrisailku's fall caused by, 222\nwords of, infallible, 14\nSee also: names of specific demigods\nDemon(s)\nin briihmaT.UJ form, 154-155\ndefined, 155\ndemigods vs., 186\nofDurvasa, 123-125, 139\nDurvasa acted like, 154\nin �atriya form, 155\nPuraiijaya conquered, 186-190\nSudarsana cakra destroys, 155\nin sadra form, 155\n\n", "SB9.1#p0314": "General Index\n\nDemon(s)\nSee also: Materialists; Nondevotees; names\nof specific derrwns\nDesire(s}\nof Ambari�a in devotional service, 99\nof Budha & woman mutual, 23, 24\nof devotee for more service, 173\nlake of life fulfills, 67\nfor liberation from material bondage, 211\nof Manu for sons, 32, 33\nof Saubhari �i for sex life, 202, 213\nDesires, material\nAmbari�a gave up, 109\nbondage to, 258\ncompared to fire, 208\ndevotee free of, 106,137,138\ndevotional service dispels, 99, 257\nfreedom from, 109, 258\nSee also: Attachment, material; Sex life\nDetachment. See: Renunciation\nDevadatta, 45, 46\nDevaja, 54\nDevala, 133\nDevarer:w sutotpattim\nverse quoted, 182\nDevas. See: Demigods, all enJries\nDevotee(s) of the Supreme Lord\nactivities of, inconceivable, 164,165\nassociation of, 212\nattachments to be avoided by, llO\nin bliss, 107,111\nbriihma�J.as excelled by, 101-102\ncitizens as, 102\ndeath does not disturb, 125\ndepends on the Lord, 168\nas desire1ess, 106,137, 138\nas devotee of devotee, 136, 137\ndevotional service desired by, 106,137,\n142, 173\nDurvasa appreciated, 160-162, 164, 166\nequanimity of, 106\nfearless, 106,1ll-ll2,125\ngoodness only in, 102,123\nheaven & hell disinterest, 106,170\nimpersonal Brahman as considered by, 107\n\n295\n\nDevotee(s) of the Supreme Lord\nimpossible tasks done by, 161-162\nas intelligent, 119\njiiiinis contrasted to, 165, 166\nas karma-free, 173\nas king, 102,104\nking heeds, 102\nin knowledge of everything, 169,170\nas liberated, 142, 171-172,173\nLord controlled by, 136, 137\nLord enlightens, 143,144\nLord favors, 136, 137,165\nLord in heart of, 143, 144\nLord known to, 169,170\nLord protects, 111, ll2,125, 139\nLord's bliss increased by, 138\nLord's mercy on, 139, 140\nLord wants to increase, 138\nmaterial world as spiritual to, 108\nmaterial world disinterests, 107,108,169,\n170\nmeditates on the Lord, 125\nmercantile man contrasted to, 173\nmerging with Brahman disdained by,\n170\nmystic powers as considered by, 107\nmysticyogicontrasted to, 107,123,139\nnondevotee contrasted to, 96-97,102,123,\n145\noffenses to,136, 143-145,148,209\nopulence disinterests, 96\nas perfection, 65-66\nprogresses in l(r�l)a consciousness, 125\nsaints as, 97\nsense control by, 107-108\nas servant of servant, 137,145\nas spiritually situated, 105, 106\nspiritual master trains, 100\nas tolerant, 124\nas transcendental, 137\nas victorious, 123\nasyogiNo. 1, 168,169-170\nyogis contrasted to, 156,165,166\nSee also: Pure devotees of the Supreme\nLord; names of specific devotees\n\n", "SB9.1#p0315": "296\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nDevotional service to the Supreme Lord (bhakti)\n\nDistress. See: Suffering\n\nAmbari�a in, 99, 101, 104, 109, 169, 173\n\nDistribution of Kr�1.1a conscious literature as\n\nausterities in, 109\nvia Caitanya, 107, 170\n\nausterity, 109\nDivorce nonexistent in Vedic culture, 64, 73\n\ndevotee desires, 106, 137, 142, 173\n\nDownfall. See: Falldown\n\ndharma as, 154\n\nDravi<Jadesa, 3\n\nhappiness in, 107\n\nD:r<Jhasva, 192\n\nkarma surpassed by, 41\n\nDream, material opulence compared to, 96\n\nliberation by, 142, 172\nLord known by, 254\n\nDress\nof Ambari�a's Kr�1.1a Deity, 114\n\nLord's protection in, 125\nmaterial desires dispelled by, 99, 257\nmentality of, 108\n\nbody compared to, 23\nof clans changed by Sagara, 241\nof Cyavana & ASvini-kumiiras emerging\nfrom lake of life, 68\n\nas perfection, 107\npower of, 41\nrenunciation in, 107-108\nSaubhari Muni died in, 214\nself -realization as, 235\nsenses in, 99, 100\nsoul in, 235\nas spiritual activity, 108\nspiritual master guides, 99-100\nutility principle in, ll0-111\n\nSee also: Kr�1.1a consciousness\nDhanvantari as Ayur-veda expert, 65\nDharma defined, 154\nDharmam tu saJ�iid bhagavat-pra'f.l.itam\nquoted, 154\n\nDharma-setave defined, 154\nDhr�ta\n\nk$atriya caste from, became brahma7J.a, 43\n\nas Manu's son, 9, 43\nDhiimraketu, 53\nDhiimrii�a, 54\nDhundhu demon, 191, 192\nDhundhumiin, 52\nDisciples\nfamily members compared with, 26\nSee also: Brahmacaris; Devotees of the\nSupreme Lord\nDisciplic succession (parampara)\n\nbrahma7J.a5, k$atriyas, vaiSyas together in,\n\n26\nfamily dynasty compared with, 26\nDi�ta. 9, 47,48\n\nDrinking\nof water, 119\nof soma-rasa by lndra, 50\nDrought\ncause of, 104\nchanting Hare Kr�1.1a relieves, 13\nDuality, material\nliving entities in, 252\ntranscendentalist free of, 246-247\n\nSee also: Modes of material nature\nDub,khalayam a.Sasvatam\nquoted, 223\n\nDurmati defined, 38\nDurviisii Muni\nAmbar�a appreciated by, 160-166\nAmbari�a contrasted to, 139, 143\nA.mbari�a fed, 163, 167\nAmbari�a pleaded cause of, 152, 157159\nat Ambari�a's feet, 150, 151\nas Ambari�a's friend, 168\nas Amhari�a's guest, 116-120\nAmbari�a wronged by, 143, 144, 145, 154\nangry at Ambari�a, 121-123\nBrahmaloka visited by, 166\nas brahma7J.a, 139, 145, 146, 154\nBrahmii refused shelter to, 130\nBrahmii's shelter sought by, 128, 139\ndangerous, 146\ndemon of, 123-125, 139\nin demon role, 154\n\n", "SB9.1#p0316": "General Index\nDurvasa Muni\n\ndevotees appreciated by, 160-162, 164,\n166\nenvied Ambari�a. 144-145\n\nfailed to punish Ambari�a, 123-126\n\nfled everywhere, 126-128, 131, 134,139\nintelligence of, discredited, 139\n\nintelligence of, p urified by Sudarsana\n\ncakra, 164\n\nLord advised, 144-145, 147\nmystic power of, 120,146\n\nas mysticyogi\", 120,123,139,145,156,\n164,166, 168\n\nDvadasi\n\nobservance of, Lord pleased by, 112\nDvapara-yuga in yuga cycle, 80\nDvi-jataya� defined, 179\nDynasty\nof Agnivesya, 47\n\nof Angira & Rathitara identical, 178\n\nofKar�a, 43\n\nof Mandhata, 219\nseminal & disciplic, 26\nof Visala, 53-55\nSee also: Family\n\nNarayaQ.a's protection sought by, 134-136\n\nnarration concerning Ambari�a & , lesson\nfrom, 147-148\nas nondevotee, 139\noffense by, 136, 144-145\n�ituals performed by, ll7\n\n�iva refused protection to, 132\n\nSiva's advice to, 133\n\nSiva's shelter sought by, 131,139\n\nSudarsana cakra chased, 126-135, 139,\n\n297\n\nE\nEarth (element). See: Elements, material\nEarth planet\nSagara's sons dug up, during horse search,\n243\nVikuk�i ruled, 185\nSee also: World\n\nEarthworms. See: Glowworms\n\nEating. See: Food; Meat-eating; Prasada\n\nAmbari�a's grace, 159,160\n\nEcstasy. See: Bliss\nEkadasi vow\nAmbari� observed, 112, 113,143\n\nof, 122\n\nElements, material\n\n150,156,164\nSudarsana cakra stopped burning, by\nVisvanatha Cakravarti reinterpreted words\nat Yamuna River, ll7,120\n\nDurvasa Muni, quotations from\non Ambari�a, 164, 165\n\non Ambari�a & devotees, 160-162\non NarayaQ.a, 135\non Sudarsana cakra, 128\n\nDurvasas ca svayam rudras\n\nverse quoted, 14 7\nDuty\nof king, 104\nof spiritual master, 37-38\nof surrendered soul, 130\nDvadasi\n\nAmbari�a & queen observed, ll2, ll3\nAmbari�a's decision to break fast on,\nll8-ll9\nobservance of, flaw in, ll9\n\nLord pleased by, 112\n\nin body, 245\n\nHariScandra purified of, 235\nSudarsana cakra as, 151\nSee also: Fire; Water\n\nElephant mad in garden, offenses to devotee\ncompared to, 143\nEnergy, material\nHariScandra purified of, 235\nLord glanced over, 153\nnondevotee prone to, 102\nSee also: Elements, material\nEntities, individual. See: Living entities\nEnvy\nof Durvasa toward Ambari�a, 144-145\nof HiraQ.yakasipu toward Prahlada, 145\nof nondevotee toward devotee, 145\nSee also: Anger\n\n", "SB9.1#p0317": "Srimad·Bhigavatam\n\n298\n\nEternal life via Kr�Q.a conscious principles,\n208\nEther. See: Elements, material\n\nEurope, Hare Kr�1,1a �ovement as hope of, 13\n\nF\nFall down\noffense to devotee causes, 145\n\nof Saubhari �i, 209, 210,212,213\nof Trisailku suspended, 222\n\nFamily\nAmbari�a retired from, 171,172,173\nattachment to, condemned, 140\ncaste qualifications independent of, 44\ndisciplic succession compared with, 26\n\nretirement from, 28,172\n\nof Saubhari �i, 205-206,213\n\nVedic, strict in marriage customs, 73\n\nof wayward woman degraded, 73\nYuvanasva retired from, 193-194\n\nSee also: Dynasty; Household life; Marriage\n\nFamine, cause of, 104\nFasting\n\nby Ambari�a, 113, 118-119, 163, 167\nby political leader, 119\n\nFather's feelings for child, Lord's feelings for\npure devotee compared to, 143\n\nFat increasing fire, sense gratification inflaming desire compared to, 208\nFear\nAmbari�a free of, 111-112,124,125,139\nof cows for tiger, 35\ndevotees free of, 106,111-112,125\n\nof Durvasa for Sudarsana cakra, 126-128\n\nof Kakudmi's relatives for Y�as, 82\nof nondevotees for Lord's disc weapon, 112\nPrahlada free of, 124\n\npure devotee free of, 124\nof Havana & Co. for Mandhata, 198\nof Saryiti for Cyavana, 62\n\nof tiger for sword, 36\nFemale\nSudyumna alternated as, 26,27\n\nFemale\n\nSudyumna transformed into, 18,22,23,25\nSee also: Woman\n\nFire\n\nin body, 245\nburns body at death, 214\nDurvasa's demon resembled, 123, 124\nmaterial desire compared to, 208\nP:r�adhra entered, in forest, 40, 41\n\nSagara's sons killed by, 244,245\nof Sudarsana cakra, 128, 131, 151,156\nSee also: Elements, material\n\nFire-god, 46\nFire increased by fat, desire inflamed by sense\ngratification compared to, 208\nFire pursuing snake, Lord's disc pursuing\nDurvasa compared to, 127\n\nFish\nSaubhari Muni hid, from Garu!}a, 209\n\nSaubhari Muni sexually agitated by, 202,\n209,210,212,213\n\nFood\n\noffered to Deity, 183\n\nproduction of, maintenance of, 104\n\nscarcity of, relieved by chanting Hare\nKr�1,1a, 13\n\nSee also: Fasting; Meat-eating; Prasada\n\n(food offered to the Lord)\nForefathers, oblations to. See: Sraddha\n\nceremony\nForest\nAmhari�a retired to, 171, 173\nhouseholder going to, 113\nKavi in, 42\n�atriyas hunted animals in, 181\nRohita in, 228-231\n\nSaubhari Muni retired to, 206,213,\n214\nSudyumna hunted in, 17\n\nSudyumna retired to, 28-29,32\nof Sukumara, Siva & Uma in, 18\nof Sukumara, Sudyumna in, 18,22\nSukanya pierced glowworms in, 59, 60\nVikuk�i hunted animals in, 181\nYuvanasva retired to, 193\n\n", "SB9.1#p0318": "General Index\nForest fire burning snake, Lord killing demon\ncompared to, 125, 126\nFortune, goddess of, as Naraya1,1a's consort,\n134\n\nFreedom\nfrom birth, 41\nfrom birth & death, 109\nfrom material desires, 109, 258\nfrom material world, 41, 211\nfrom modes of nature, 255\nSagara achieved, 260-261\nfor soul, 214, 235\nSee also: Liberation\n\nG\nGandharvas\nBrahma entertained by, 79\nPurukutsa killed, 220\nGangasagara, 240\nGanges water\nArnsuman's forefathers deliverable by,\n259\n\nin Deity worship, 1 09\nGarments changed by person, bodies changed\nby soul compared to, 23\nGaruc;la, Saubhari Muni offended, 209\nGaru4a PuraJ:ta, quoted on Ambari�a- Durvasa\nnarrative, 147\nGautama, 103\nGaya, 28\nGlowworms\nCyavana within, 62\nSukanya pierced, 59, 60, 62\nGoats, sadras offer, to goddess Kali, 182\nGo-brahmaJ:ta-hitaya ca\nquoted, 139\nGod. See: Kr�J.la, Lord; Supreme Lord\nGod consciousness. See: �1,1a consciousness\nGoddess Kali, goat offerings to, 182\nGoddess of fortune as Naraya1,1a's consort,\n134\n\nGodhead. See: Back to Godhead; Spiritual\n·world; Supreme Lord\n\"Gods.\" See: Demigods\n\n299\n\nGold\nin Marutta's sacrifice, 50\n\nSee also: Money; Opulence, material;\nWealth\nGoodness, mode of\nBrahma in, 252\nKapila's body completely in, 245\nGoodness in devotees only, 102, 123\nGopi-bhartu/.1 pada-kamalayor dasa­\n\ndiisanudasa/.1\n\nquoted, 137\n\nGopis, Kr�11-a's bliss increased by, 138\nGo-rak$yam\n\ndefined, 182\nSee also: Cow protection\nGosvamis, the six\nas servants of Kr�11-a's servants, 137\nSee also: Riipa Gosvami\nGotra\ndefined, 26\nSee also: Dynasty\nGovernment\nof Ambari�a ideal, 102\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 102\nVedic vs. modern, 102\nSee also: Kings; Leaders, government;\nSociety, human\nGrhastha. See: Family; Household life; Marriage\nGu�. See: Modes of material nature\nGuru. See: Spiritual master\n\nH\nHaihayas, 241\nHappiness\nin devotional service, 107\nof husband & wife, 64\nof Lord & devotees, 138\npure devotee understands, 141\nSee also: Bliss; Satisfaction\nHappiness, material\ndevotee's consideration of, 107-108\nnondevotee swept away by, 97\nSee also: Pleasure, material\n\n", "SB9.1#p0319": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n300\n\nHariiv abhaktasya kuto mahad-gw:w�\nquoted, 123\nverse quoted, 102\nHare Kr�Q.a mantra\nbenefits society, 12-13\nchanted congregationally, 13\n\nHeavenly planets\npure devotee disinterested in, 105, 106,\n107\nTrisailku elevated to, 222\nSee also: Spiritual world; Universe\nHell\n\ncleans the heart, 254\n\ndevotee indifferent to, 106\n\nelevating power of, 212\n\npure devotee likens Brahman-merging to,\n\nintelligent people chant, 13\nmaterial bondage dispelled by, 223\n\n170\nsalvation from, 136\n\nrain by chanting, 13\n\nHemacandra, 54\n\nas sole shelter, 13\n\nHiraQ.yakasipu\n\nsuperexcellence of, 12, 13\n\nLord killed, 145\n\nSee also: Chanting of the Supreme Lord's\n\nPrahlada envied by, 145\n\nholy names; Sarikirtana-yajoo\nHare Kr�Q.a movement. See: Kr�Q.a consciousness movement\nHariscandra\nbegged VarUQ.a for son, 223-224\ncured of dropsy, 232\n\nHoly names of the Lord. See: Chanting of the\nSupreme Lord's holy names; Name(s)\nof the Supreme Lord\nHoly places, Amhari�a visited, 99\nHorse\nAmsuman returned, to Sagara, 260\n\nhuman sacrificed by, 232\n\nAriJ.suman tracked down, 250\n\nlndra's gift to, 233\n\nlndra stole, 242\n\npurification of, 235\n\nsacrifice of, forbidden in Kali-yuga, 182\n\nquoted on animal sacrifice, 225-227\n\nSagara's sons tracked down, 243, 244\nof Sudyumna, 17, 18\n\nas Rohita's father, 224, 231\nRohita's offering to, 231\n\nHotii priest at Ambari�a's sacrifice, 105\n\nsacrificial son \"promised\" to VaruQ.a by,\n\nHousehold life\n\n224-227\nVarUQ.a afHicted, with dropsy, 229\nVisvamitra & Vasi�!ha quarreled because\nof, 222-223\nVisvamitra enlightened, 233-234\nHarita, 238\nHarita, 219\nHaryasva, 192, 221\n\nAmbari�a in, 112\nCii.Q.akya quoted on, 113\nhusband & wife in, 112-113\nrenunciation of, 113\nSee also: Family; Marriage\nHr�iker:w hr�ikesaquoted, 100, 107, 173\nHuman being(s)\n\nHearing about the Supreme Lord\n\ncaste qualifications of, 44\n\nby Ambari�a's citizenry, 105\nby pure devotee, 105-106\nHeavenly planets\nAmhari�a's glories to be chanted in, 165\n\nHare Kr�Q.a movement frees, from material\nworld, 223\nHariscandra sacrificed, to VaruQ.a, 232\nin modes of nature, 252\n\nAilgira's descendants departed for, 90\ndear to demigods, 105, 106\ndevotee's consideration of, 107, 170\nDurvasa fled to, 128\nking of, 41\n\nstarvation of, cause of, 104\nuncivilized, Sagara subdued, 241\nSee also: Living entities; People; Society,\nhuman; Souls, conditioned\nHuman life. See: Human beings; Life\n\n", "SB9.1#p0320": "General Index\nHunting, forest\nin Kali-yuga prominent, 182\n\nby �atriyas, 181, 182\nfor sriiddha sacrifice, 181-182\nby Sudyumna, 17\n\n301\n\nIndra, King\nHariscandra's gift from, 233\nintoxicated, 50\n\nkarma affects, 41\n\nas Puraii.jaya's bull carrier, 187, 188\n\nVedic injunctions restrict, 182\n\nPuraii.jaya's gift to, 189\n\nby Vikuk�i, 181\n\nRohita's orders from, 229, 230\n\nHusband. See: Marriage\n\nHymns, Vedic. See: Mantras\n\nsacrificial horse stolen by, 242\nSagara's sons influenced by, 244\nsuckled Yuvana5va's baby, 197\n\nI\n\nweapon of, 189-190\nIndrasena, 45\n\nIcchii-dve�a-sammutthena\nverse quoted, 252\nIgnorance\nabout the Lord, 252-255, 257\nLord dispels, 143-144\nIgnorance, mode of (tamo-gu�)\nanger as symptom of, 246\nliving entities blinded by, 253-254\nnondevotee prone to, 96\nVasi��ha in, 37\n\nlhii yasya harer diisye\nverse quoted, 172\nl�vaku Maharaja\nborn from Manu's sneezing, 179\n\nlndravaha. See: Puraii.jaya\nlndra-yajii.a by sages on Yuvana5va's behalf,\n193\nIntelligence\nof Durvasa discredited, 139\n\nof Durvasa purified by Sudarsana cakra,\n164\nof Vai�Q.ava topmost, 119\nof Vasi��ha discredited, 38\nIntelligent people\nchant Hare K.r�1.1a, 13\n\nsarikirtana for, 104\nInternational Society for �Q.a consciousness.\n\nSee: i(r�Q.a consciousness movement\n\nas Manu's son, 3, 9, 33, 179\n\nInterplanetary travel. See: Space travel\n\nperfection achieved by, 184\nsons of, 179-181\n\nlsa-miininaiJ,, Durvasa's use vs. Visvanatha\n\nsraddhaceremony by, 181\nVasi��ha instructed, 184\n\nIntoxication of Indra, 50\n\nCakravarti's interpretation of, 122\n\nISKCON. See: �1.1a consciousness movement\n\nVikuk�i banished by, 184\nIIa\n\nJ\n\nborn by descrepancy, ll\ntransformed into male, 16\nIlavila, 52, 53\nIllumination, Sudarsana as source of,\n155-156\nImpersonal Brahman. See: Brahman (imper­\n\n]anma karma ca me divyam\n\nsonal Absolute)\nIncarnation of the Supreme Lord as Kapila.\n\n]anma-mrtyu-jara-vyadhi\n\nSee: Kapila Muni\nIndia, marriage calculated in, 26\nlndra, King\nCyavana foiled, 75-76\n\nJamadagni, 232\nJanamejaya, 55\n\n]aniiti tattvam bhagavan mahimno\nverse quoted, 252-253\nverse quoted, 41\n\nquoted, 223\n\n]dti-smara\n\nAsamaii.jasa as, 248, 249\ndefined, 248\n\n", "SB9.1#p0321": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n302\n\nJatiikar1,1ya, 46\nJewel adorning serpent's hood, learning\nadorning materialist compared to, 146\n]fliina. See: Knowledge; Philosophy\n]iiiinis\ndevotees contrasted to, 165, 166\nSee also: Philosophers, Western; Speculators, philosophical\n\nKapila Muni\nknows past, present, future, 133\nSagara's sons attacked, 244\nSankhya philosophy spoken by, 246\ntranscendental, 246, 252\nKapilasva, 192\nKarandhama, King, 49\nKarma\ndevotee free of, 41, 173\n\nK\nKadiiham aikantika-nitya-kinkara/.1\nverse quoted, 256-257\nKailasa, 131\n\ndevotional service surpasses, 41\nlndra subjected to, 41\nof P�adhra, 41\nSee also: Activities, material, devotees\nunattracted by\nKarmdrJ.i nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhdjdrfl\n\nKaivalya\ndefined, 170\nSee also: Brahman (impersonal Absolute);\n\nverse quoted, 41\nKarmis (Fruitive workers). See: Materialists;\nNondevotees\n\nMerging with the Supreme\nKaivalyam narakayate tridaSa-pur aka.Sap�pdyate\nverse quoted, 107, 170\nKakudmi, King\nBrahma with, 78-82\ndaughter of, 78, 81,83\nresidence of, abandoned, 82\nretirement of, 83\nas Revata's son, 77\ntime passed by plans of, 79, 80\n\nKarii�a, 43\nKar�aka, 9\nKasyapa,8\nKaunteya pratijdnihi\nquoted, 112, 125\nKavi\nas Manu's son, 9, 42\nperfection attained by, 42\nKesini, 243, 247\nKetuman, 177\n\nKakutstha. See: Purafijaya\n\nKevala, 52\n\nKali, goddess, goat offerings to, 182\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali)\nacts forbidden in, five listed, 182\nanimal-hunting rampant in, 182\nbrahmarJ.as scarce in, 103-104\npeople as sudras in, 182\nsankirtana sacrifice for, 103-104\n\nKhaninetra, King, 49\nKhanitra, 48\nKidnapping by Trisailku of brahmarJ.a 's\ndaughter, 221-222\nKing(s)\nAmbari�a as, 96, 101, 104, 109, 172\nof Aryavarta, 180\n\nin yuga cycle, 80\nKanina,46\nKapilaMuni\nAmsuman instructed by, 259\nAmsuman prayed to, 251-258\nanger absent in, 245-246, 247\nbody of, in complete goodness, 245\nBrahma under, 252\nas incarnation of Vi�1,1u, 251, 259\n\ndevotee as, 102, 104\ndevotees headed by, 102\nduty of, 104\n. of heaven, 41\nSudyumna as, 26-28\nVikuk�i as, 185\nSee also: K�atriyas\nKirtana. See: Chanting of the Supreme Lord's\nholy names; Sankirtana-yajfia\n\n", "SB9.1#p0322": "General Index\nKnowledge\nof Ambari�a perfect, 169, 170\nof devotee complete, 141, 169, 170\n\n303\n\nK�atriya(s)\ncow protection by, 34\nin demon role, 155\n\nabout the Lord, 100, 252-255\n\nDhar�tas, became briihrrw.r;,as, 43\n\nof self as Lord's servant, 235\n\nin disciplic succession, 26\n\nsoul in, 235\nSudar5ana cakra illuminates, 155156\n\nfamilies of, strict in marriage customs, 73\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Learning\nKrishna, Lord. See: Kr�1.1a, Lord\nKrishna consciousness. See: Kpma consciousness\nK.r�asva, 54, 55, 193\nKr�1.1a, Lord\ncited on cow protection, 182\nqueens of, 64\nin Vrndavana with devotees, 138\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nKr�1.1a, Lord, quotations from\non material world as miserable, 223\non peace formula, 208\n\ndrinking interests, 51\nhunted animals for sacrifice, 181, 182\nin Kar�a dynasty, 43\nManu's son as, 48\nas Marutta's sacrifice, 51\n\nVisvamitra used to be, 222\n\nSee also: Kings\nK�etra-jiita defined, 178\nKumaras, the four\nLord known by, 255\n\nSee also: Sanat-kumara\nKusasthali kingdom, 77\nKuvalayasva, Dhundhu demon killed by, 191,\n\n192\nKuvera, 53\n\non rising above nature's modes, 255\nKr�1.1a consciousness\n\nL\n\ndevotee's progress in, 125-126\nEkadasi observance advances, 112\nas pure devotee's remedy for suffering\nmasses, 141\nregulative principles advance, 208\nsatisfaction as, 208\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord\nKr�1.1a consciousness movement\nbrahrrw.r;,as trained in, 48\ndevotee association provided by, 212\nhuman being freed by, from material\nworld, 223\nas people's hope, 13\npure devotees increased by, 138\npurification principle for, 254\npurpose of, 212\nsociety benefits by, 223\nsuffering stopped by, 13\nK.r�1.1a Dvaipayana Vyasa. See: Vyasadeva\n\nKrrt:�.a-kathii, Bhagavad-gita & Bhiigavatam\nas,lOO\n\nLake of life\nA.Svini-kumaras quoted on, 67\nCyavana & A.Svini-kumaras in, 67, 68\ndesires fulfilled by, 67\nLamentation\nof Manu over sacrifice's result, 11, 12\nof Pr�adhra over cow-killing, 37\nof Sudyumna's forest followers, 19\nof Yuvanasva & wives, 193-194\nLaws\ndivorce, nonexistent in Vedic culture, 64\nof the Lord as dharma, 154\nmodern, misguided, 102\nof nature on misuse of mystic power,\n\n146\n\nLeaders, government\nVedic vs. modern, 102\nSee also: Kings; K�atriyas; Politician\nLearning\nauspicious vs. dangerous, 146\n\nSee also: Knowledge\n\n", "SB9.1#p0323": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n304\nLiberation\nof Amhari�a assured, 171-172\n\nBilvamailgala's estimation of, 142\n\nfor devotee, 142, 171-172, 173\n\ndevotional service includes, 142\nby hearing about Ambari�a, 174\n\nSaubhari Muni's instructions for, 211\n\ntypes of, four listed, 142\nSee also: Freedom\n\nLife\n\nchildren of Ayodhya restored to, 249,250\n\neternal, via Kr��a conscious principles, 208\nlake of. See: Lake of life\n\nmaterial, freedom from, 137, 211\n\nrejuvenation of, by mystic power, 65\nspecies of, Brahma created, 252\nfor spiritual advancement, 113\n\nLiterature, distribution of K.r��a conscious, as\nausterity, 109\n\nLiving entities\n\nMaha-mantra. See: Hare K.r�Q.a mantra\n\nMaharaja Ambari�a. See: Ambari�a Maharaja\nMaharaja Pari�it. See: Par�it Maharaja\n\nMahatrrui\n\ndefined, 170\n\npure devotee as, 170\nMahat-tattva\n\ndefined, 153\n\nSee also: Creation, the; Material world\n\nMaha-yugas\n\nin Brahma's day, 80\n\ndefined, 80\n\nMale(s)\n\nlla transformed into, 16\n\nSiva's forest-warning to, 22\n\nSudyumna alternated as, 26, 27\n\nMandhata, King\n\ndynasty of, 219\nfeared by Raval).a & others, 198\n\nruled world, 198, 200, 207\n\nignorance mode blinds, 253-254\n\nSaubhari �i begged to marry daughters of,\n\nrebellious, Lord's request to, 138\n\n202\nSaubhari �i outclassed, 207\n\nin modes of nature, 252, 253-254\n\nrulers of, surrender to the Lord, 130\n\nSee also: Animals; Human beings; People;\nSoul; Souls, conditioned\n\nsons of, 201, 218, 219\nas Trasaddasyu, 198\n\nworshiped the Lord, 200\n\nLord Caitanya. See: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nMa�Jina bhi4ita� sarpa�\n\nLove. See: Devotional service to the Supreme\n\nMankind. See: Human beings; Society, human\nManorathenasati dhavato bahi�\nquoted,257\nMantras\nopulence by chanting, 205-206\npotency of, at ritualistic ceremonies, 194\nSaubhari �i expert in, 205,206\n\nLotus, Brahma born on, 7\n\nLord\nLuminaries, Sudarsana cakra as master of,\n151, 156\nLust. See: Desires, material; Sex life\n\nM\nMadhuvana, 113\nMadhva Muni, quoted on Ambari�a-Durvasa\nnarrative, 147\nMahabh�eka\n\nAmbari� performed, 114\nSee also: Deity worship of the Supreme\nLord\nMahad-vyatikrama\ndefined,245\nSee also: Offenses\n\nquoted, 146\n\nVedic, impractical nowadays, 12, 13\n\nSee also: Hare Krsna\n... mantra\nManu(s)\nausterities by, 32-33\nin Brahma's day, 80\ndissatisfied with sacrifice, 11,12\n\nSatyavrata as, 3\nsons of, 3,9,25,32,33,34,42 , 43,45,\n47,48,58,179\nVasi�tha's sacrifice for, 9-12,14-16\nas Vivasvan's son, 3,9\n\n", "SB9.1#p0324": "General Index\nManu(s)\n\nwife of, 9-11, 179\n\nworshiped Lord for sons, 33\n\nMaterial world\n\nLord descends to, 138\n\nMiin�e�uttamdtvac ca\n\nLord's glance creates, 153\nmiserable, 223\n\nManvantara defined, 3\n\nSudarsana cakra illuminates, 155-\n\nverse quoted, 147\n\nMarici\n\nfather & son of, 8\n\nknows past, present, future, 133\n\n305\n\nspiritual worlds vs., 108\n\n156\nuniverses in, 132\n\nSee also: Creation, the; Universe\n\nfor brahmaciiri optional, 87\n\nMathura\nas i(r�Qa's place, 99\n\nhusband & wife in, 62,72,73\n\nMaya\n\nprogeny by proxy in, 178\n\nSee also: Material world; Modes of material\nnature\nMayy asakta-manab, partha\n\nMarriage\n\nof Cyavana & Saryati's daughter, 63, 64\n\nin India calculated, 26\n\nof Purukutsa & Narmada, 219\nspiritual advancement shared in, 215\n\nsuccess & failure in, 64\n\nVedic vs. modern, 64, 72,73\nwife's duty in, 64\n\nSee also: Family; Household life; Woman\nMarutta\nas Avik�it's son, 49\nas Dama's father, 51\n\nsacrifice by, 49, 50, 51\nMiitd yasya grhe ndsti\nverse quoted, 113\n\nMaterial body. See: Body, material\nMaterialists\n\nassociation of, to be avoided, 211-212\n\nin maya, 257\nsex life engrosses, 211\n\nSee also: Nondevotees\nMaterial nature. See: Elements, material; Energy, material; Material world; Maya\nMaterial nature, modes of. See: Modes of material nature\nMaterial world\n\nAmbari�a indifferent to, 170\n\nbondage to,258\ndangerous, 223\n\ndevotee's consideration of, 108\ndevotees indifferent to, 169, 170\nfreedom from, by chanting Hare �Qa,\n223\nfreedom from, by knowing the Lord, 41\n\nMandhata ruled, 202\nmaterialists in,257\n\nquoted, 99\n\nMeat-eating\n\nfor sudras, 182\n\nVedic injunctions restrict, 182\n\nSee also: Cows, slaughter of, as sinful;\n\nHunting, forest\nMedical science\n\nbody rejuvenation unknown to, 65\n\nmale-female transformation via, 23\n\nMeditation\n\nof devotee on the Lord, 125\nof Durvasa at Yamuna, 117\n\nMen. See: Human beings; Male; People;\n\nSociety, human\nMental speculators. See: Speculators, philo­\n\nsophical\nMercantile man\nAmbari�a compared to, 173\ndevotee contrasted to, 173\nMercy of the Supreme Lord\non Ambari�a, 168\non devotee, 139, 140\nLord known by, 253\nMerging with the Supreme\ndevotee's view of, 170\nSee also: Liberation\nMeru, Mount, 18\nMil,lhvan,4S\n\nMilk vow, Manu's wife observed,IO\n\n", "SB9.1#p0325": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n306\n\nMillionaire's eagerness for money,devotee's\nMind\n\neagerness for service compared to,173\n\nof Ambari�a on the Lord,99, 171, 173\n\nof P.flladhra on the Lord, 40, 41\nMisery. See: Suffering\n\nMitra,9\nModes of material nature (gu(taS)\nanimals under,252\n\nBrahmaloka above,78\n\nconditioned souls under,254,255\n\nfreedom from,255\n\nhuman beings under,252\n\nliving entities under,252,253-254\nsages free of, 255\n\nSee also: Duality,material; Maya; names\nof specific modes (goodness, passion,\nignorance)\nMohanaya ca daityanam\nverse quoted,147\nMo�a. See: Liberation,all entries\n\nMoney\n\nmillionaire's eagerness for,compared to\n\ndevotee's eagerness for service,173\n\nritualistic yajnas waste,in Kali-yuga,104\n\nSee also: Gold; Opulence,material; Wealth\n\nMonth(s)\n\nof Kartika,113\nfor sriiddha ceremony,181\nMoon,Sudarsana cakra illuminates,151, 156\nMoon-king as Budha's father, 23, 24\n\nMrtyu/;1 sarva-hara5 ciiham\nquoted,53-54\nMucukunda,200, 201\n\nMukti. See: Liberation,all entries\nMukti/;1 svayam mukulitiiiijali/;1 sevate 'smiin\nquoted,142\nMumu�ubhi/;1 paritydgo\nverse quoted,108\n\nMusical performances by Gandharvas for\nBrahmii, 79\nMysticism. See: �Qa consciousness; Meditation; Mystic power; Mystic yoga; Mystic\n\nyogis\n\nMystic power\nof Asamaiijasa, 249\n\nMystic power\n\ncompared to snake minus teeth,107\ndevotee's consideration of,107\nof Durvasii Muni,120, 146\nmisuse of,danger of,146\n\nof yogis for rejuvenation,65\n\nMystics. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nSages; Transcendentalist; Yogis\n\nMystic yoga\n\nperfections in,listed,l 07\n\npure devotees disinterested in,107\n\nSee also: Mystic powers\nMystic yogi(s)\ndevotee contrasted to,107,123,139\nDurviisii as,123,139,145,164,166, 168\nspace travel by,166\n\nN\nNabhaga,9, 87\nSee also: Niibhaga's father,all entries\nNabhiiga,87\n\nas Ambari�a's father,94, 147\n\nAngira's descendants gave money remnants to, 90\n\ncheated by brothers,87,88\n\nfather of. �e: Nabhaga's father\nquoted on Siva, 91\nreturned from spiritual master's place,87\n\nSiva challenged wealth claims of, 90-91\nSiva gave wealth to, 93\nNiibhaga,son of Di��a,48\nNiibhaga's father (Nabhaga)\nNabhaga advised by,88-90\nas \"property share,\" 87, 88\nquoted on sacrifice by Ailgira's descendants,88-90, 92\nwealth claims settled by, 91-92\n\nNaiviinyasya cakrasyiipi\nverse quoted,147\nNaivodvije para duratyaya-vaitarar_r.yds\nquoted, Ill\n\n\"Nama/;!\" in Ambari�a's obeisances to\nSudarsana cakra, 154\n\nName of the Supreme Lord\npurifying power of,162\n\n", "SB9.1#p0326": "307\n\nGeneral Index\nName of the Supreme Lord\nsaving power of, 136\nas transcendental, 256, 257\n\nSee also: Chanting of the Supreme Lord's\nholy names; Hare Kr�1.1a mantra;\nSankirtana-yajna; Supreme Lord,\nspecific names\n\nNara, 51,52\nNarada Muni\nknows past,present,future, 133\nas �1.1a's direct servant,137\n\nNikhildsv apy avasthiisu\nverse quoted,172\nNikumbha,192,193\nNirni, 179\n\nNirbandha� kmr.a-sambandhe\nquoted,108\n\nNiroar.r-a. See: Liberation\nN4kificanasya bhagavad-bhajanonmukasya\nverse quoted,211\nNondevotee\n\nLord known by,255\n\ndangerous to society, 146\ndevotee contrasted to, 96-97, 102, 123,\n\nquoted on caste qualifications,43-44, 48\nservant of, devotion of, 137\n\n145\nDurvasa as, 139\n\nKing Kakudmi retired to, 83\n\nmaterial opulence bad for, 96, 97\n\nsaints retreated to, 21\n\nqualities of, as material, 102\n\nNara-Naraya1.1a 's asrama\n\nNaraya1.1a, Lord\nconsort of, 134\nDurvasa sought protection of, 134-136\nresidence of, 134\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nNiiriiyar.r-a-parii� saroe\n\nLord's request to,138\n\nSee also: Demons; ]nanis; Materialists;\nYogis\n\nNrga,9,43\n\nNr-samsasya, Durvasa's use vs. Visvanatha\nCakravarti's interpretation of, 122\n\nquoted,124\n\n0\n\nverse quoted,106, 170\nNari�yanta, 9, 45, 47\n\nOcean, Kusasthali kingdom in, 77\n\nNarmada, Purukutsa taken by, to lower\n\nOffense(s)\n\nregions, 219,220\nNarottama dasa Thakura\nquoted on associating with devotees,212\nquoted on devotee of a devotee,137\nNarration\nabout Ambari�a,purifying power of, 172,\n174\nabout Ambari�a & Durvasa, lesson of,\n147-148\nabout Purukutsa & Narmada, benefit of\nremembering, 220\n\nNasayamy iitma-bhdva-stho\n\nverse quoted,143\nNature, material. See: Body,material; Elements, material; Energy,material; Material world; Maya; Modes of material\nnature\n\nNigama-lro.lpa-taror galitam phalam\nquoted,66\n\nto brahma7J.as, 118,119\n\ncompared to mad elephant, 143\nin Deity worship, advice for avoiding, 183\nto devotees, 136,143-145, 148,209\nby Durvasa Muni, 136, 144-145\nfalldown caused by, 145\nby Sagara's sons to great person, 244, 245\nof Saubhari Muni to Garu!}.a, 209\nOffering\nof animal flesh forbidden in Kali-yuga,\n182\nof food to Deity, 183\n\nto forefathers. See: Srciddha ceremony\nof goats to goddess Kali, 182\nby Rohita to Hariscandra, 231\nby Vikuk�i polluted, 183\nSee also: Sacrifices\nOghavan,44\nOghavati, 44\n\n", "SB9.1#p0327": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n308\nOld age\nCyavana Muni in,64, 67\nrejuvenation from, 65\n\nSaubhari�i in,203\n\nOneness. See: Liberation; Merging with the\nSupreme\n\nOpulence,material\n\nAmbari�a indifferent to,96\n\nby chanting mantras, 205-206\n\ncompared to dream,96\ndevotee indifferent to,96-97\n\nfor nondevotee dangerous,96, 97\n\nsatisfaction & dissatisfaction with,206\nof Saubhari�i,205-206, 207\nas temporary,97\n\nof yogic perfections,eight listed,206\n\nSee also: Gold; Money; Possessions,material; Wealth\n\nOversoul. See: Supersoul\n\np\nPain. See: Suffering\n\nPala-paitrkam defined,182\nPanciiiad urdhvam vanam vrajet\nquoted, 28\n\nPeace\n\nBhagavad-gita's formula for,101, 208\nSee also: Brotherhood,universal\nPenances. See: Austerities\nPeople\n\nHare i(r�Q.a movement as hope of,13\n\nperfect,know past, present,future,133\n\npurified, compared with demigods, 14\nas sudra nowadays,48, 182\nin Western countries dissatisfied,208\nSee also: Animals; Citizens; Human\nbeings; Living entities\n\nPerfection (s)\n\nvia Bhiigavatam, 66\n\ndevotee of the Lord as,65-66\ndevotional service as,107\nIk�vaku attained,184\n\nKavi attained,42\n\npersons in,know past,present,future,\n133\nSaubhari Muni attained,214\n\nof science in Vedic literature,65\nin yoga listed,107, 206\n\nYuvanasva achieved,197\n\nPerson changing garments,soul changing\nbodies compared to,22-23\n\nPhilosophers\n\nPar.uJ,ita/:1 sama-darsina/:1\n\nWestern,chunk theory of creaion by,Vedic\n\nParamatma. See: Supersoul\n\nSee also: ]fu'inis; Speculators,philosophical\n\nquoted,23, 141\n\nParam dr$!Vti nivartate\nquoted,108\n\nParamparii See: Disciplic succession\nPartitma-bhuta defined,247\nPari�it Maharaja\nquoted on Ambari�a,95\n\nSukadeva praised by,2-4\nParvati (Ambika,Uma)\nnaked with Siva,21\nSiva faithful to,22, 26\nPassion,mode of (rajo-gu'.Ul), demigods in,\n252\nPast,present,future\nperfect persons know, 133\nSee also: Time\n\nrevision of, 153\n\nPhilosophy\nSankhya,246\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Knowledge\nPlanet\nof Siva, 131\n\nSee also: Earth planet; Heavenly planets;\n\nLuminaries; Universe\nPleasure,material\nattachment to,condemned,140\nSee also: Happiness,material\nPoison at Sagara's birth ineffective,240\nPolitician\nfasting by,119\nSee also: Kings; K$atriyas; Leaders,\ngovernment\n\n", "SB9.1#p0328": "General Index\nPossessions,material\nin devotional service,110-111\n\n309\n\nPriests\nfamily, duty of, 37-38\n\nas God's gift,130\n\nat Hariscandra's human sacrifice, 232\n\nSee also: Opulence, material; Wealth\n\nin sacrifice for Manu,10, 11, 15\n\nPower\nof demigods & the Lord contrasted, 132\n\nSee also: Briihmar.r-as; Spiritual master;\nYajfiika-brahma'(Ul.S\n\nof devotional service,41\n\nProblems, chanting Hare ��J;Ja solves,13\n\nof mantras at ritualistic ceremonies,194\n\nProgeny. See: Children\n\nof providence supreme,195-196\n\nProperty,Nabhaga's brothers divided,un­\n\nSee also: Mystic power\nPrabodhananda Sarasvati,quoted on devotee's\ndisdain for Brahman-merging,\n\nfairly, 87, 88\nProtection\nof Ambari�a by Sudarsana cakra, 154\n\nheavenly elevation & yogic perfection,\n\nof cow. See: Cow protection\n\n107,170\n\nof dharma by Sudarsana cakra, 154\n\nPrahlada Maharaja\nfearless, 124\nHiraJ;Jyakasipu envied,145\nquoted on pure devotee's concern for\nmiserable materialists, 141\nPrakrti (material nature). See: Elements, ma-\n\nterial; Energy, material; Maya\nPramati,48\n\nDurvasa sought, 127-128, 131-136,\n139\nfor offender to Vai�J;Java nonexistent,148\nProtection by the Supreme Lord\nfor Ambari�a, 125\nfor devotee, 111, 112, 125, 139\nPr�adasva, 177\nP�adhra\n\nPramsu,48\n\nbody of, given to fire, 40, 41\n\nPrapaiicikataya buddhya\n\nin brahmacarya, 38\n\nverse quoted, 108\n\nas cow protector,34\n\nPraruJ;Ja, 221\n\nkarma of, 41\n\nPrasada (food offered to the Lord)\n\nAmbari�a tasted, 99\n\nkilled cow by mistake,35-36, 37\nas Manu's son, 9\n\nelevating power of, 212\n\nmeditated on the Lord, 40, 41\n\nSee also: Food, offered to Deity\n\nas pure devotee, 40, 41\n\nPrasanniitma defined,246\n\nsense control by, 38, 39\n\nPra5anta\n\nspiritual world achieved by, 40, 41\n\ndefined,257\n\nVasi��ha cursed, 37, 38,41\n\nSee also: Peace\nPratika,44\nPrayers\nof Ambari�a to Sudarsana cakra, 151-157\nof Amsurnan to Lord Kapila, 252-258\nby Vasi��ha on Manu's behalf, 16\n\nas Vasi��ha's disciple, 37\nweapon of, 34-36\nPrthu, 190\nPunishment\nby Durvasa toward Ambari� failed,123\nfor offenders to Vai�J;Javas,148\n\nPreaching ��!).a consciousness\nas austerity,109\n\nPuraiijaya\ndemigods helped by, 186, 188\ndemons conquered by, 186-190\nlndra as bull carrier£or, 187, 188\nlndra's gift from,189\nnames of,185,186,188,189-190\n\nutility principle in,110-111\nSee also: Sankirtana-yajna\nPriests\nat Ambari�a's sacrifice, 105\n\n", "SB9.1#p0329": "310\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nPure devotee(s) of the Supreme Lord\nAbsolute Truth known to,169\nactivities of, misunderstood,164-165\nAmbari�a as,94, 97, 106,125,145,154,\n164,168,169,171\nAmbari�a heeded,102\nbliss known to,138\n\nPurukutsa\nNarmada took,to lower regions,219, 220\nserpents blessed,220\nas Trasaddasyu's father,221\nPuriirava\nparents of,24\nSudyumna's kingdom inherited by,28\n\nchanting & hearing about the Lord\nsatisfies, 105, 106\n\nQ\n\ncriticism toward,condemned,144\nequal to everyone,140, 141\nfamily attachments forsaken by,139, 140\nfearless,124\nhappiness understood by, 141\nHare l<r�1,1a movement increases, 138\nheaven & hell disinterest,106,107\ninscrutable, 144\n\nQualities\ngood,in devotees only,102,123\n\nmaterial. See: Modes of material nature\n\nQueen(s)\nof Ambari�a,112-113\nofl<r�1,1a,64\n\nas kanna-free,41\nas learned,141\n\nR\n\nas liberated,141,142, 171-172\nLord controlled by,140\n\nRabbit,Vikuk�i ate,by mistake,181\n\nLord favors,139, 140\n\nRain\n\nLord guides, 144\nLord's relationship with, 143\nas mahatma, 170\n\nby chanting Hare l<r�1,1a,13\nscarcity of,cause of,104\nRajo-gur:w- See: Passion,mode of\n\nmystic yoga disinterests, 107\n\nRajyavardhana,51\n\noffenses to,143-144\n\nRambha,49\n\nPr�adhra as,41\n\nRasa tala\n\nscholar contrasted to,143\nsuffering masses helped by, 141\nsympathetic to all,141\nas transcendental,257\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\nPurification\nby austerities,14, 109\nvia Baladeva,81\nof Hariscandra,235\nby hearing holy name of the Lord,162\ninternal & external,254\nfor l<r�1,1a movement,254\nSee also: Cleanliness\nPiir1,1a,45\nPurukutsa\nGandharvas killed by,220\nas Mandh:Wi's son,201, 219\n\ndefined,220\n\nSee also: Hell; Universe\n\nRathitara\nAngira begot sons for, 177, 178\nas Pr�adasva's son,177\nsons of,177, 178\nRava1,1a feared Mandhata,198\nRegulative principles,l<r�1,1a consciousness advanced by,208\nReincarnation. See: Birth and death,repeated;\nBody, material, changeable\nRejuvenation\nof Cyavana Muni, 65-69, 74\nfrom old age,65\nof Saubhari �i,203, 204\nRemembrance of past life,248, 249\nRenunciant. See: Sannyiisi\n\n", "SB9.1#p0330": "General Index\nRenunciation\nin devotional service, 107, l 08\nof family life, 28, 113, 172\nby lk\\lviiku, 184\nby King Kakudmi, 83\nRetirement. See: Vanaprastha\n\nRevata, 77\nRevati\nas Kakudmi's daughter, 78\nSee also: Kakudmi, daughter of, husband\nfor\nRiches. See: Wealth\nRich man without sons, Lord without devotees\ncompared to, 138\nRitualistic ceremonies\nDurviisii performed, 117\nmantras' poten,cy at, 194\nsraddha. See: Sraddhaceremony\nSee also: Sacrifices\n�a,45\nRohita\nin forest, 228-231\nas Hariscandra's son, 224, 231\nas Harita's father, 238\nlndra's orders to, 229, 230\noffered Sunal:tsepha to Hariscandra, 231\nRtipa Gosviimi\ncited on devotee & spiritual master, 100\nquoted on devotee as liberated, 172\n\n3ll\n\nSacrifices (yajiias)\nHariscandra \"promised\" son in, to Varm;�a,\n224-227\nhmnan, Hariscandra performed, 232\nin Kali-yuga, 103-104\nLord nondifferent from, 199\nManu dissatisfied with, 11, 12\nfor Manu diverted by Manu's wife, 10-11\nfor Manu to beget son, 9-12, 14-16\nby Marutta, 49, 50,51\nby Vasi��ha for Manu, 9-12, 14-16\nSee also: Offering; Ritualistic ceremonies;\n\nnames of specific sacrifices (yajiias)\n\nquoted, 153\n\nSagara Maharaja\nAmsmniin given kingdom by, 260\nAmsmniin returned horse to, for sacrifice,\n260\nas Amsmniin's grandfather, 247, 250\na§vamedha sacrifices by, 242\nAurva instructed, 241, 242, 260-261\nborn with poison, 240\nclans tamed by, 241\nname of, meaning of, 240\nsons of, 243-245, 247\nsupreme goal achieved by, 260-261\nwives of, 243, 247\nSages\nlndra-yajfi.a by, on Yuvanasva's behalf,\n193\nLord known by, 255\nmodes of nature do not affect, 255\nin sacrificial arena, 90, 92\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nSaints; Transcendentalist; names of\n\nby Ambari�a, 103, 105\nby Angirii's descendants, 88-90\nanimal\nHariscandra quoted on, 225-227\nforbidden in Kali-yuga, 182\nsince time immemorial, 231\naspects of, 199\nbrahmar:ws required for, 103-104\nfor food production vital, 104\n\nquoted, 255\nSaint(s)\nas devotees, 97\nP�adhra as, 40, 41\nvisited Siva untimely, 20, 21\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nSages\nSakas, 241\nSalvation. See: Liberation\n\ns\nSa aik§ata, sa asrjata\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha defined, 25 7\nSacrifices {yajiias)\n\nspecific sages\nSa gu{Uln samatityaitan\n\n", "SB9.1#p0331": "312\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nSama-darsanii�, pure devotee as, 141\nSama-darsi defined, 23\nSama� saroe$U bhiite$U\nquoted, 247\n\nSaryati, King\n\nat Cyavana's asrama, 59-63, 70\n\nconstipation surprised, 60, 61\nas Manu's son, 9, 58\n\nSambhu as Ambari�a's son, 177\n\nquoted on pollution of Cyavana's asrama,\n\nSarilsara. See: Birth and death, repeated\n\nquoted on Sukanya's apparent degradation,\n\nSarhyama, 54\n\nSoma-yajiia by, 75\n\nSarhjiia, 9\n\nSarhvarta, 49\n\nSanat-kumiira\nknows past, present, future, 133\n\nSee also: Kmniiras\nSandarsanam vi$ayir;tam atha y0$itam ca\nverse quoted, 211\n\nSailkara, Lord. See: Siva, Lord, all entries\nSankhya philosophy\n\ncompared to boat, 246\nKapila spoke, 246\n\nSalikirtana-yajfia\n\nbenefits society, 12-13\n\nCaitanya quoted on, 12-13\n\nas congregational chanting, 13\n\nfor intelligent people, 104\nfor Kali-yuga, 104\n\nsuperexcellence of, 12-13\n\nSee also: Chanting of the Supreme Lord's\nholy names; Hare Kr�Qa mantra;\n\nPreaching Kr�Qa consciousness\nSannyasi (renunciant)\n\nbrhad-vrata brahmacari becomes, 87\n\nhouseholder becoming, 113\nSarayii River, 248\nSarasvati River, 103\n\nSarva-bhutani sammoham\nverse quoted, 252\n\nSarva-dharman parityajya\nquoted, 154\n\nSarvasya caham hrdi sannivi$!o\nquoted, 168\n\nSarvopadhi-vinirmuktam\n\nquoted, 173\nSaryati, King\nafraid of Cyavana, 62\nAilgirasas' yajfia instructed by, 58\nCyavana married daughter of, 63\n\n61\n71-73\nsons of, 77\n\nSukanya accused by, of degradation,\n71-73,74\nSukanya informed, of Cyavana's rejuvenation, 74\nas Sukanya's father, 59, 71, 72, 73,74\n\nSasabindu, 201\n\nSasada. See: Vikuksi\nSastras (Vedic scriptures). See: names of\nspecific Vedic literatures\n\nSatirite of Bahuka's wife forbidden by Aurva\nMuni, 240\n\nSatisfaction\n\nas Kr�Qa consciousness, 208\n\nin modern civilization missing, 208\n\nSee also: Happiness\n$at-karma-nipur;to vipro\nverse quoted, 101\n\nSattva-gur;ta. See: Goodness, mode of\n\nSatyasrava, 45\n\nSatyavrata. See: Trisailku\nSatyavrata, King, as Vaivasvata Manu, 3\nSatya-yuga in yuga cycle, 80\nSaubhari Muni\nausterity of, spoiled, 202, 209, 210,213\ndied in devotional service, 214\nfalldown of, 209, 210, 212, 213\n\nfamily life of, 205-206, 213\nfish sexually agitated, 202, 209,210, 212,\n213\nGaruqa offended by, 209\nliberation instructions by, 211\nMandhiitii outclassed by, 207\nMandhatii's daughters desired by, 202\nmantra-chanting perfected by, 205,206\nmaterial opulence of, 205-206,207\n\n", "SB9.1#p0332": "General Index\nSaubhari Muni\nas old man, 203\n\nperfection attained by, 214\n\nquoted on his sexual attractiveness, 203\nquoted on liberation from material\nbondage, 211\n\nregrets sexual association, 210,212,213\nrejuvenation of, 203,204\n\nretired to forest, 206, 213, 214\n\nsense gratification dissatisfied, 208\n\nsex life desired by, 202, 213\n\nsons of, 213\n\nin vanaprastha, 206,213\n\nwomen of, 204, 206, 213,215\nas yogi, 203,206,213\n\nSa vai mana/.l km,ta-padtiravindayor\nquoted, 104, 173\n\nScholar\n\npure devotee contrasted to, 143\n\nSee also: Philosophers; Speculators, philosophical\n\nScience, material\n\nso-called, endangers humanity, 146\n\nin Vedic literature perfected, 65\n\n313\n\nSenses\n\nof Ambari�a in devotional service, 99,\n\n173\nof devotee in devotional service, 100,\n107-108\nSee also: Body, material\n\nSerpents. See: Snakes\n\nServants of God. See: Devotees of the Supreme\n\nLord\nService to God. See: Devotional service to the\nSupreme Lord\nSex (gender)\n\nof Ila transformed, 15,16\n\nmedical treatment can transform, 23\n\nof Sudyurnna alternated, 26,27\n\nof Sudyurnna transformed, 18,19,2225\nSex life\nof fish agitated Saubhari �i, 202,209,\n210,212,213\nmaterialists engrossed in, 211\n\nSaubhari �i desired, 202,213\nSiva & wife in, 21\n\nSee also: Desires, material\n\nSecluded place secure in good association, 212\n\nSiddhaloka, inhabitants of, as yoga\n\nSelf-realization\n\nSin, cow slaughter as, 34\n\nSelf. See: Soul\n\non Brahmaloka perfected, 166\nas devotional service, 235\nnondevotee forgets, 97\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\n\nLord: K.r�I).a consciousness\nSenajit, 193\nSense control\nby devotee & mystic yogi contrasted,\n107-108\nby Pr�adhra, 38,39\nSense gratification\nAmbari�a rejected, 99\n\nSaubhari �i dissatisfied with, 208\nSee also: Attachment, material; Desires,\nmaterial; Sex life\n\nSense objects\nfive listed, 151\n\nSudarsana cakra as, 151\n\nspace travelers, 166\n\nSiva, Lord\n\nDurvasa advised by, 133\n\nDurvasa refused protection by, 132\n\nDurvasa sought shelter of, 131,139\n\nknows past, present, future, 133\n\nLord above, 132,133, 137, 148\nNabhaga begged mercy of, 91\nNabhaga received wealth from, 93\nNabhaga's wealth claims challenged by,\n90-91\nas Parvati's faithful husband, 22,26\nParvati and, 21,22,26\nreligious, 93\nresidence of, 131\nsaints intruded on, 20,21\n\nSudyurnna's mixed blessing from, 26,27\n\nVasi��ha worshiped, on Sudyumna's\nbehalf, 25\n\n", "SB9.1#p0333": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n314\n\nSiva, Lord, quotations from\non demigods' subordination to the Lord,\n132\non males becoming females, 22\non Sudyumna, 26\n\non truth & knowledge, 93\n\non wealth from the sacrifice, 93\n\nSkyscraper, construction of, as material endeavor, 108\n\nSky untouched by dust, Kapila's body untouched by ignorance compared to,\n245-246\n\nSlave(s)\ntrading of, since time immemorial, 231\n\nSoma-yajiia by Saryiiti via Cyavana, 75\nSoul\nbody contrasted to, 23\n\nin devotional service, 235\n\nfreedom for, 214, 235\nin knowledge, 235\n\nSee also: Living entities\n\nSouls, conditioned\n\nin modes of nature, 254, 255\n\nSee also: Animals; Human beings; Living\nentities; Soul\n\nSound transcendental. See: Hare Kr�1.1a\n\nmantra; Mantras; Names of the\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nSnake burned by forest fire, demon killed by\n\nSpace travel\nby Durviisii, 166\n\nSnake pursued by fire, Durviisii pursued by\n\nSpecies of life\n\nWesterners liken Vedic wife to, 64\nLord compared to, 125, 126\n\nLord's disc compared to, 127\n\nSnakes\n\nPurukutsa blessed by, 220\n\nsafety from, 220\n\nsister of, married Purukutsa, 219\n\nSnake without teeth, mystic powers compared\nto, 107\n\nSoce tato vimukha-cetasa indriyartha\n\nby mystic yogis, 166\nBrahmii created, 252\n\nSee also: Animals\n\nSpeculators, philosophical\n\nBrahmaloka free of, 166\n\nLord unknown to, 253\n\nSee also: ]iiiinis; Philosophers\n\nSpirit. See: Brahman; Soul; Spiritual world;\nSupreme Lord\n\nquoted, 141\n\nSpiritual life. See: Devotional service to the\n\natomic weapons endanger, 146\nbrahmaiJ.US needed in, 48\ncaste qualifications in, 43-44, 48\ncow slaughter in, as sinful, 34\nHare Kr�1.1a mantra benefits, 12-13\nHare Kr�1.1a movement benefits, 223\nnondevotee endangers, 146\n\nSpiritual master {guru)\n\nSociety, human\n\nrulers of, surrender to the Lord, 130\n\"scientists\" endanger, 146\nSee also: Civilization, modern; Vedic\nculture\nSomadatta, 55\n\nSoma-rasa\n\nASvini-kumiiras made eligible for, 66, 75,\n76\nCyavana's proposal of, ASvini-kumiiras accepted, 66, 67\n\nSupreme Lord; Kr�1.1a consciousness\n\nbrahmar,r,a as, 26\nbrhad-vrata brahmaciiri stays with, 87\n\ndevotional service guided by, 99-100\nduty of, 37-38\nKr�1.1a via, 137\nNiibhiiga returned from place of, 87, 88\nservice to, Kr�1.1a's favor by, 137\nVasi��ha as, 11, 25\n\nSee also: Acaryas\n\nSpiritual world\n\ndevotee lives in, 106\nDurviisii fled to, 134\nby knowing the Lord, 41\n\nmaterial world vs., 108\nP�adhra achieved, 40, 41\nSaubhari Muni & wives entered, 215\n\n", "SB9.1#p0334": "General Index\nSpiritual world\nwife follows husband to, 215\nSee also: Vrndavana\n.\n\nSraddha\n\nas Manu's wife, 9,10,179\n\nsacrifice for Manu diverted by, 10-ll\nvow observed by, 10\n\nSraddha ceremony\n\nanimal-hunting for, 181-182\nlk!jvaku performed, 181\n\ntime for, 181\n\nSraddhadeva Manu. See: Manu, all entries\n\nSraddhii.viin bhajate yo miiril\nverse quoted, 168\n\n315\n\nSubtle body. See: Body, material, gross & subtle; Mind; Intelligence\nSuccess. See: Perfection\n\nSudarsana, husband of Oghavati, 44\n\nSudarsana cakra\nAmbari�a pleaded with, on Durvasa's\nbehalf, 152,157\n\nAmbari�a prayed to, 151-157\nAmbari�a protected by, 125, 154\nAmhari�a pacified, 159\nin battle, 157\n\ncompared to comet, 154, 155\n\nDaityas & Danavas dismembered by, 157\n\ndemons destroyed by, 154-155\n\nSravasta, 191\n\nDurvasa chased by, 126-135,139, 150,\n\nSrimad-Bluigavatam\nSee also: Srimad-Biuigavatam, quotations\n\nDurvasa freed from, by Ambari�a's grace,\n\nSridhara Svami, cited on lkllvaku & Manu, 179\n\nfrom\n\ncited on lk�vaku & Manu, 179\n\n156, 164\n159,160\n\nDurvasa's intelligence purified by, 164\neffulgence of, 154,155-156\n\nas fruit of Vedic desire tree, 66\n\nglories of, Ambari�a quoted on, 151-157\n\nperfection via, 66\n\nas Lord's vision, 152,153,156\n\nas kmw-kathii., 100\n\nSrimad-Biuigavatam, quotations from\non bhakti-yoga, 110\non caste qualifications, 43-44, 48\non danger in material world, 223\n\non devotee's equanimity, 106\non devotee's fearlessness, 111-112, 124\n\non devotee's indifference to material world,\n170\non good qualities in devotees only, 102, 123\n\non knowing the Lord, 252-253\non sarikirtana, 13\n\nSri-vigrahdrtidhana-nitya- n.an.aquoted, 109\n\nSriyii unmattasya, Durvasa's use vs.\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti's interpretation\nof, 122\n\nStarvation, cause of, 104\nState. See: Government\nStotra-ratna, quoted on serving the Lord,\n256-257\n\nStriyo vaisyiis tathd sudriis\nquoted, 215\n\nilluminating power of, 155-156\n\nas luminary No. 1, 151\n\nname of, meaning of, 153\n\nas protector\nof devotees, Ill,112, 125\nof dharma, 154\n\nof universe, 157\n\nreligious, 154,155\nSudar5ana defined, 153\n\nSudeva, 238\nSudh:rti, 51\n\nSudra(s)\ncal).l;lala below, 222\n\nin demon role, 155\nfamilies of, degraded in marriage customs,\n73\nmeat-eating injunctions for, 182\npeople at present as, 48, 182\nP�adhra cursed to become, 37,41\n\nSudyumna\nhorse of, 17,18\nhunting animals, 17\nIla transformed into, 16\n\n", "SB9.1#p0335": "316\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nSudyumna (continued)\nas king,26-28\nas male & female,26,27\nas Manu's son,25, 32\nretired to forest,28-29, 32\nSiva's mixed blessing on,26,27\nsons of,28\nin Sukumara forest,18,22\ntransformed into female,18,22,23,25\nin viinaprastha, 32\nVasi��ha worshiped Siva on behalf of,25\nSuffering\nof cow attacked by tiger,35\nHare Kr�l).a movement stops,13\nmaterial world as, 223\n\npure devotee concerned to stop, 141\ntypes of, four listed,223\nSuhrdam sarva-bhiUiiniirh\nverse quoted,101, 208\nSukadeva Gosvarni\ncited on the Lord,7\nas Kr�l).a's direct servant,137\nPar�it praised,2-4\nservant of, devotion of, 137\nSukadeva Gosvami, quotations from\non Ambari�a, 96\non Ambari�a's prayers,Sudarsana cakra &\nDurvasa, 159\non Ambari�a's retirement,172\non Ambari�a's sons,177\non Durvasa & Ambari�a,150\non Durvasa & Brahmaloka,166\non Mandhata's dynasty,218-219\non Manu,32-33\non Manu dynasty,6\non Nabhaga, 87\non saints & Siva,20\non Saryati,58\non Vasi��a,Vi�l).u & Ila,16\nSukumara forest\nSiva & Uma in,18\nSudyumna in,18,22\nSukanya\nASvini-kumaras & Cyavana with, 69\nbeautiful,64,71\nchaste,64, 69, 73, 74\n\nSukanya\nat Cyavana's forest asrama, 59,60,\n62-64,70\nas Cyavana's wife,64,69,71,74\nglowworms pierced by,59,60,62\n!JUOted on piercing glowworms,62\nSaryati accused,of degradation, 71-73,74\nSaryati informed by,of Cyavana's rejuvenation,74\nas Saryati's daughter,59,71, 72, 73,74\n\nSukracarya, Bali's soldiers rejuvenated by,\n65\nSumati, son of Nrga,43\nSumati, son of Somadatta, 55\nSumati,wife of Sagara,243\nSumeru Mountain,127\nSun,Sudarsana cakra illuminates,151,156\nunab.sepha,231\nSiinyabandhu,53\nSupersoul (Paramatma)\nas Absolute Truth feature,169,170\nLord as,6,40, 188,242\nrealization of,by yoga needless,169\nSupreme Brahman. See: Supreme Lord\nSupreme Lord\nSee also: Supreme Lord,quotations from\nactivities of,as transcendental,41\nas Acyuta,100\nAmbari�a prayed to, on Durvasa's behalf,\n158,159\nAmbari�a protected by,125\nAmbari�a served, 99, 101,109\nAmbari�a's gift from,111\nAmbari�a worshiped,112-114\nappearance (descent) of, 41,138\nin bliss with devotees,138\nBrahma born from,7\nbriihmar_tas favored by,139\nBrahma under,132,137, 148,252\nas controller, 242\nas creator,153,256\nas creator,maintainer,destroyer,132\nas death,130\ndemigods controlled by,132,147-148\ndevotees of. See: Devotees of the Supreme\nLord\n\n�\n\n", "SB9.1#p0336": "General Index\nSupreme Lord\ndevotional service to. See: Devotional service to the Supreme Lord\ndharma as laws of, 154\n\ndirect servants of, 137\n\nDurvasa advised by, 144-145, 147\n\nEkiidasi vow pleases, 112\n\nas enjoyer, proprietor, friend, 101, 208\n\nfood offered to. See: Food, offered to Deity;\nPrasada\nform of, transcendental, 256, 257\n\n317\n\nSupreme Lord\nas savior, 135\n�eeing the, 254, 258\n\nSiva controlled by, 132, 137, 148\nvia spiritual master, 137\n\nas Supersoul, 6, 40, 188, 242\n\nsurrender to. See: Surrender to the\nSupreme Lord\n\ntemple of. See: Temple of the Supreme\nLord\n\nglories of, Ambari�a quoted on, 159\n\ntime controlled by, 130\ntranscendental, 6-7, 257\n\nhearing about, by Ambari�a's citizenry,\n\nVasi��ha blessed by, 16\n\nhappy with devotees, 138\n105\n\nhearing about, by pure devotee, 105-106\nin heart of all, 168, 253, 254\n\nHirar:Jyakasipu killed by, 145\n\nas Hr�ikesa, 100\n\nignorance about, 252-255, 257\n\nignorance dispelled by, 143-144\n\nillusory energy of, mystifies even perfect\n\npersons, 133\nknowledge about, 100, 252-255\n\nknows everything, 125\nKumaras know, 255\n\nlimitless, 138\n\nlotus from, bore Brahma, 7\n\nuniverse vanquished by, 130\n\nVasi��ha prayed to, 16\nas Vasudeva, 169\n\nweapon of. See: Sudarsana cakra\n\nworship of. See: Deity worship of the\n\nSupreme Lord; Worship of the\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Kr�r:Ja, Lord;\n\nNarayaQa, Lord; Supersoul; Vi�Qu,\n\nLord\n\nSupreme Lord, quotations from\non devotees controlling the Lord, 136\non devotees never perishing, 112\non pure devotees, 139-143\n\non spiritual abode by knowing the Lord, 41\n\nMandhata worshiped, 200\n\nSuras (godly persons). See: Demigods; Devo­\n\nmercy of. See: Mercy of the Supreme Lord\nmission of, in material world, 138\n\nSurrender to the Supreme Lord\nby Brahma & Co. 130\n\nManu worshiped, for sons, 33\n\ntees of the Supreme Lord\n\nnames of. See: Names of the Supreme Lord\nNarada knows, 255\norders of, 130\nas original person, 256, 257\nparts & parcels of, 23\npeaceful, 256, 257\npower of, 132\nas proprietor, 101\nprotection by. See: Protection by the\nSupreme Lord\n\ndharma as, 154\nas Lord's request, 138\nSuta Gosvami, quoted on Sukadeva & Par�it,\n5\nSvabhava defined, 255\nSvargapavarga-narake�v\n\nsacrifice nondifferent from, 199\n\nTiilidera cara(ta sevi bhakta-sane vasa\n\npure devotees of. See: Pure devotees of the\nSupreme Lord\nsages know, 255\n\nverse quoted, 106, 170\n\nT\nTalajailghas, 241\nTamo-gur:w. See: Ignorance, mode of\nquoted, 212\n\n", "SB9.1#p0337": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n318\n\nTapasya. See: Austerity, all entries\nTapo divyaril putraka yena sattvaril\nquoted, 109\n\nTasyiipy anugrahiirthii y a\nverse quoted, 147\n\nTathii saririi{ti vihiiya jinJiin y\nverse quoted, 22\nTatkalikopaceyatvat\nverse quoted, 147\n\nTeacher, spiritual. See: Acaryas; Brahma�;\nSpiritual master\n\nTemple of the Supreme Lord\nAmbari�a served, 99\n\nconstruction of, as spiritual endeavor, 108\nfood offered to Deity in, 183\n\nTp�abindhu\nas Alambu�a's husband, 52\nas earth king, 52\nsons of, 53\n\nVisala kings maintained position of, 55\n\nTruth\n\nSiva confirms, 93\nSee also: Absolute Truth\n\nTulasileaves, Ambari�a smelled, 99\n\nTulya-silaya, Ambari�a's queen as, 112-113\nTyaktva deham punar janma\nquoted, 214\n\nverse quoted, 41\n\nu\n\nTe�iim evanukampiirtham\nverse quoted, 143\n\nThree worlds. See: Creation, the; Material\nworld; Universe\n\nTiger\ncows attacked by, 35\nsword cut, 36\nTime\n\nKakudmi's plans surpassed by, 79, 80\n\nLord controls, 130\n\nfor sriiddha ceremony, 181\n\nSee also: Past, present, future\n\nTolerance in devotee, 124\nTraigu{tya-v�ayii veda\n\nquoted, 255\nTrance. See: Meditation\nTranscendentalist\nsymptoms of, 246-247\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\n]fiiinis; Yogis\n\nTransmigration of the soul. See: Birth and\ndeath, repeated; Body, material,\nchangeable\nTrasaddasyu, 221\nTree, Vedic desire, fruit of, 66\nTreta-yuga in yuga cycle, 80\n\nTribandhana, 221\n\nTrisailku\n\nas Hariscandra's father, 222\nrise & fall of, 221-222\n\nUdgata priest at Ambari�a's sacrifice, 105\nUma\nwith Siva in Sukumara forest, 18\n\nSee also: Parvati\nUnderstanding. See: Knowledge\nUnhappiness. See: Suffering\nUniverse(s)\n\nAmbari�a's consideration of, 97\n\nLord creates, controls, destroys, 132\n\nLord destroys, 130\n\nlower region of, Purukutsa in, 219, 220\nnumberless, 132\n\nSudarsana cakra protects, 157\nSee also: Creation, the; Heavenly planets;\nMaterial world\n\nUru8rava, 45\nUtailka, 191\nUtkala, 28\nUttanabarhi, 77\n\nv\nVaikm:t�ha. See: Spiritual world, all entries\n\nVaisali palace, 53\nVai��va. See: Devotee of the Supreme Lord\nVa��va-aparadha\n\ndefined, 209\nSee also: Offenses\n\n", "SB9.1#p0338": "319\n\nGeneral Index\n\nVai$�vera kriya mudra vijiieha na bujhaya\n\nVasudevab, sarvam iti\n\nVaisvadeva,90\n\nVasuki,Narmada on mission for,219\n\nquoted,144, 164\n\nVaiSya(s)\n\nin disciplic succession,26\n\nfamilies of, strict in marriage customs,\n\nquoted,169, 170\n\nVatsapriti,48\nVedic culture\n\nanimal-hunting restricted in,182\n\n73\nManu's son as,48\n\ndisciplic succession in,26\n\nVanaprastha (retired life)\n\nhusband & wife in,72, 73\n\nVaivasvata Manu. See: Manu, all entries\nAmbari�a in,172\nBahuka in,239\n\nhouseholder becoming,113\n\ndivorce nonexistent in,64, 73\n\nfamily in, strict in marriage customs,73\nmeat-eating restricted in,182\nprogeny by proxy in,178\n\nretirement from family in,28\n\nas retirement from household life,193\n\nVedic hymns. See: Mantras, all entries\n\nSudyumna in,32\n\nVedic literature\n\nSaubhari �i in,206, 213\nwife allowed in,193\n\nVa�rama system\n\nretirement from family in,28\n\nSee also: Brahmacari; Brahma�;\nK�atriya; Sannyasi; Sudra; Vaisya;\nVanaprastha; Vedic culture\n\nVar�a,9\nHariscandra begged,for son,223-224\n\nHariscandra \"promised\" sacrificial son to,\n224,227\n\nHariscandra's dropsy caused by,229\n\nVedic injunction on drinking water,119\nscientific perfection in,65\n\nSee also: names of specific Vedic literatures\n\nVedic mantras\n\nimpractical nowadays,12, 13\n\nSee also: Hare Kr�J:ia mantra; Mantras\n\nVedic rituals. See: Ritualistic ceremonies;\nSacrifices; Vedic culture\n\nVegavan,52\nVijaya,238,239\nVikuk�i\n\nate rabbit by mistake,181\n\nVasaritsi jirl)dni yatha vihaya\n\nflesh offering by, polluted,183\n\n\"V�a!''in sacrifice for Manu,11\n\nl�vaku banished,184\n\nverse quoted,22\n\nVasi��ha, 103\n\ncursed Pr�adhra, 37, 38, 41\n\nin ignorance,37\nlk�vaku instructed by, 184\nLord blessed,16\nas Manu's spiritual master,11, 25\nprayed to Vi�J:lu,16\nas Pr�adhra's spiritual master,37\n\nsacrifice by,for Manu,9-12, 14-16\nas sacrificial priest,232\nVikuk�i's polluted offering detected by,\n183\nVisvamitra vs.,222-223\n\nworshiped Siva on Sudyumna's behalf, 25\n\nVasu,43,44\n\nhunted animals for sraddha sacrifice,181\n\nas l�vaku's son,179,181\n\nas king of earth,185\nas Sasada,185\nVimala,28\nVirasana defined, 34\nViriipa,177\nVisala,dynasty of, 53-55\n\nVi$ayi\n\ndefined,211\n\nSee also: Materialists\nVi�J:iu, Lord\nKapila as incarnation of,251,259\nSee also: NarayaJ:la,Lord; Supersoul;\nSupreme Lord\n\nVisrava,53\n\n", "SB9.1#p0339": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n320\n\nWater\n\nVisvagandhi, 190\nVisvamitra\nHariscandra & wife enlightened by,\n233-234\nas k§atriya turned brahmaT;ta, 222\nas sacrificial priest,232\nTrisailku helped by,222\nVasiHha vs.,222-223\nVi.Svam prlrT;ta-sukhayate vidh i-mahendradi.S\nca ki.tayate\n\nYuvanasva drank,by \"mistake,\" 194, 195\nSee also: Elements,material\nWealth\nmercantile man's eagerness for,compared\nto Ambari�a's eagerness for devotional service, 173\nNabhaga received,from sacrifice,�\nNabhaga's claims to,challenged by Siva,\n90-91\n\nverse quoted, 107, 170\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura\nAmbari�a supported by, 122\nDurvasa's words reinterpreted by, 122\nquoted on dvi-jataya�, 179\nquoted on i(r�1,1a via spiritual master,137\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura,cited\non devotee's eagerness for service,173\non Mandhata & Saubhari Muni, 202\n\n�iva gave,to Nabhaga,93\n\nSiva's claims to,approved by Nabhaga's\nfather,92\nSee also: Gold; Money; Opulence,material;\nPossessions,material\n\nWeapon(s)\natomic,dangerous for humanity, 146\nof Durvasa's demon,12 4\n\non Saubhari Muni's falldown,209\n\noflndra, 75- 76, 189-190\nof the Lord. See: Sudarsana cakra\n\non Vasi�tha,38\n\nof Pr�adhra the cow protector, 34-36\n\nVisvedevas,50\n\nof Puraiijaya, 188, 189\n\nVitihotra,45\n\nof Rohita,228\nof Sudyumna for hunting,17\n\nVivasviin,3, 8, 9\n\nWesterners\n\nVivimsati,48, 49\n\nchunk theory of creation by,Vedic revision\n\nVow\nof brahmacarya, 38, 87\nfor cow protection,34\nof Ekadasi & Dvadasi,112, 119\nManu's wife observed,10\nmilk,10\nVrka,239\nVrndavana\ni(r�1,1a and devotees in, 138\nas i(r�1,1a's place,99\nSee also: Spiritual world\nVyasadeva\nknows past, present, future,133\nas i(r�1,1a's direct servant, 137\nservant of,devotion of,137\n\nof, 153\nas dissatisfied materialists, 208\nVedic wife's role condemned by,64\nWheel,Sudarsana. See: Sudarsana cakra\nWife. See: Family; Household life; Marriage\nWoman (Women)\nBudha with,23, 24\nchaste,69\ncompared to agricultural field, 178\nin heavenly planets to glorify Ambari�a,\n165\nhusband's spiritual advancement shared\nby,215\nwith paramour degrades family,73\nSee also: Family; Female; Household life;\n\nw\n\nMarriage; Sex life\nWork. See: Activities; Karma\n\nWar between demigods & demons,186\nWater\ndrinking of,119\n\nWorld\nAmbari�a ruled,96, 101, 168\nMandhata ruled,198, 200, 207\n\n", "SB9.1#p0340": "General Index\nWorld\n\nSee also: Creation, the; Earth planet; Material world; Universe\n\nWorms. See: Glowworms\n\nWorship of Siva by Vasi��ha on Manu's behalf,\n\n25\nWorship of the Supreme Lord\nby Ambari�a, 112-114\n\nDeity. See: Deity worship of the Supreme\nLord\n\n321\n\nYasya prasc'idiid bhagavat-prasc'idabquoted, 137\n\nY asyasti bhaktir bhagavaty akincana\nverse quoted, 102\n\nYasya yallak$ar;am proktam\nquoted, 48\n\nverse quoted, 44\n\nYauvanasva, 219\nYavanas, 241\n\nYoga\n\nby Mandhata, 200\n\nmystic. See: Mystic yoga\n\nby Manu, 33\n\nParamatma realization by, unnecessary,\n\ny\n\n169\n\nperfections of, eight listed, 206\n\non Siddhaloka perfected, 166\n\nYad anyatrc'ipi drsyeta\nverse quoted, 44\n\nYab- smaret puTJ4arikak$am\nverse quoted, 254\n\nYajnad bhavati parjanyo\nquoted, 13, 104\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord; K.r�l).a consciousness\n\nYogi(s)\n\nAsamaiijasa was, 248\n\ndevotees best among, 168, 169-170\n\ndevotees contrasted to, 156, 165, 166\n\nYajfiaib- sarikirtana-prc'iyair\n\nDurvasa as, 156, 164\n\nYajfias. See: Ritualistic ceremonies; Sacrifices;\nnames of specific yajfias\nYajnika-brahma�\n\nmystic. See: Mystic yogi\n\nquoted, 13, 104\n\npayment for, 104\n\nritualistic sacrifices require, 103, 104\n\nSee also: Priests\n\nYak�as, 82\n\nYamaraja knows past, present, future, 133\n\nYamunacarya, quoted on serving the Lord,\n256-257\n\nYamuna River\n\nAmbari�a bathed in, 113\n\nl�vaku as, 184\n\nrevitalizing powers of, 65\n\nSaubhari �i as, 203, 206, 213\n\nY oginam api sarve�am\nquoted, 169\n\nverse quoted, 168\n\nYouthfulness restored. See: Rejuvenation\n\nYuga cycle, 80\nSee also: Kali-yuga\n\nYuvanasva, 190,191,219\n\nbaby born of, 196, 197\nbrahmar;as blessed, 197\n\nManu's austerities at, 32-33\n\ndrank sanctified water by \"mistake,\" 194,\n195\n\nwater of, in Deity worship, 109\n\nretired to forest, 193\n\nDurvasa at, 117, 120\nSaubhari �i in, 202\n\nperfection achieved by, 197\n\nYasmin vijnate sarvam evam vijnatam bhavati\n\nsages' lndra-yajiia on behalf of, 193\n\nYas tv indra-gopam athavendram aho svakarma\n\nwives of, 193-194\n\nquoted, 170\n\nverse quoted, 41\n\nsons of, 196-198, 200\n\n", "SB9.1#p0341": "", "SB9.2#p0001": "ALL GLORY TO SRl GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\n31�:Uitlt�ld�!\nq\n� q;'li4��ijq�,; I\n� sti�I€¥4M ��wt ft:m � � II\nathesa-maya-racite$u sangam\ngu�$U gandharva-puropame$U\nriU;lham prakrtyatmani viSva-kartur\nbhavena hitva tam aham prapadye\n\n(p. 42)\n\n", "SB9.2#p0002": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\nBhagavad-gitii As It Is\n$rimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-9 (27 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritam.rta ( 17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri Isopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr��a Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr��a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\nDialectic Spiritualism-A Vedic View of Western Philosophy\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr��a, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nLife Comes from Life\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr��a\nGeetar-gan (Bengali)\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr��a Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nB��k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA complete catalog is available upon request\n\nThe Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB9.2#p0003": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nNinth Canto\n\"Liberation\"\n\n(Part Two-Chapters 9-16)\n\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports\nby\n\nHis Divine Grace\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "SB9.2#p0004": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\nFirst Printing, 1977: 20,000 copies\n© 1977 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\n\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\nLibrary of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data (Revised)\nP�anas. Bhagavatapuriina.\nSrimad-Bhagavatam.\nIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.\nCONTENTS: Canto l. Creation. 3 v.-Canto 2.\nThe cosmic manifestation. 2 v. -Canto 3. The\nstatus quo. 4 v.-Canto 4. The creation of the\nFourth Order. 4 v.-Canto 5. The creative\nimpetus. 2 v.\nl. Chaitanya, 1486-1534. I. Bhaktivedanta\nSwami, A. C., 1896II. Title.\nBLll35.P7 A22 1972\n73-169353\nISBN 0-912776-95-1\n\n", "SB9.2#p0005": "Table of Contents\nPreface\n\nIX\n\nIntroduction\n\nXUt\n\nCHAPTER NINE\n\nThe Dynasty of AmSUiruln\n\nI\n\nChapter Summary\n\n1\n\nNeutralizing the Reactions of Sinful Activity\n\n6\n\nBhagiratha Brings the Ganges River to This World\n\n12\n\nSaudasa Cursed to Become a Man-eater\n\n18\n\nEscaping the Cycle of Repeated Birth and Death\n\n24\n\nLife Is More Than a Combination of Chemicals\n\n27\n\nKhatvailga Maharaja Achieves Perfection in One Moment\n\n35\n\nTranscendental Consciousness Within the Material World\n\n38\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Neither Impersonal nor Void\n\n45\n\nCHAPTER TEN\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\n47\n\nChapter Summary\n\n47\n\nThe Supreme Lord Expands into Many Incarnations\n\n50\n\nRamacandra's Father Exiles Him to the Forest\n\n56\n\nWhy the Lord's Punishment Through Nature Is Necessary\n\n64\n\nLord Ramacandra Proves His Omnipotence\n\n66\n\nTranscendental Versus Material Strength and Power\n\n72\n\nThe End of the Demon Raval).a\n\n75\n\nThe Path of Saintly Feminine Behavior\n\n79\n\nLord Ramacandra's Triumphant Return to Ayodhya\n\n84\n\nA Futile Hope: The Kingdom of God Without God\n\n95\n\nKr�r:ta Is Available in the Form of His Name\n\n99\n\nv\n\n", "SB9.2#p0006": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\nCHAPTER ELEVEN\n\nLord Ramacandra Rules the World\n\n103\n\nChapter Summary\n\n103\n\nServing the Supreme Lord to Gain Material Profit\n\n109\n\nEmotions in the Spiritual World\n\n116\n\nWhy the Lord Performs Uncommon Pastimes\n\n121\n\nExecuting the Order of the Supreme Personality\n\n127\n\nThe Opulences of the City of Ayodhya During the Lord's\nReign\n\n128\n\nCHAPTER TWELVE\n\nThe Dynasty of KuSa, the Son of Lord\nRamacandra\n\n137\n\nChapter Summary\n\n137\n\nThe Perfect Yogi Can Live as Long as He Desires\n\n141\n\nCHAPTER THIRTEEN\n\nThe Dynasty of Maharaja Nimi\n\n149\n\nChapter Summary\n\n149\n\nMaharaja Nimi Refuses to Accept a Material Body\n\n155\n\nThe Temporary Body Is the Source of All Problems\n\n159\n\nThe Effect of Unsteady, Unregulated Governments\n\n162\n\nWhy Goodness and Badness Are Both the Same\n\n171\n\nCHAPTER FOURTEEN\n\nKing Pururavii Enchanted by Urva8i\n\n173\n\nChapter Summary\n\n173\n\nSoma Born from Atri's Tears of Joy\n\n175\n\nTara, B:rhaspati's Unchaste Wife\n\n180\n\n", "SB9.2#p0007": "Table of Contents\n\nvn\n\nThe Meeting of Urvasi and Puriirava\n\n185\n\nHeavenly Planets' Living Standards Differ from Earth's\n\n189\n\nUrvasi Abandons Puriirava\n\n195\n\nFeminine Behavior in the Material World\n\n198\n\nThe Treta Millennium Begins\n\n204\n\nChanting the Hare K.r�r;ta Mantra\n\n209\n\nCHAPTER FIFTEEN\n\nPara8ur8ma, the Lord's Warrior\nIncarnation\n\n213\n\nChapter Summary\n\n213\n\n:t;lcika Pays An Unusual Dowry\n\n216\n\nIrreligious Governments Swallow the Citizens\n\n223\n\nWhy Cow Protection Is Stressed\n\n231\n\nParasurama Annihilates Kartaviryarjuna's Military\nForces\n\n236\n\nKartavirayarjuna Killed by Lord Para8urama\n\n240\n\nForgiveness Is the Brahmar;w. 's Special Quality\n\n244\n\nCHAPTER SIXTEEN\n\nLord Para8urama Destroys the World's\nRuling Class\n\n241\n\nChapter Summary\n\n247\n\nParasurama Kills His Mother and Brothers\n\n252\n\nThe Cruel Slaying of Jamadagni\n\n256\n\nThe Supreme Lord's Eternal Mission\n\n260\n\nVisvamitra's History: One's Status Does Not Depend\non Birth\nMass Degradation in the Current Age\n\n267\n272\n\n", "SB9.2#p0008": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\nvm\n\nAppendixes\n\n277\n\nThe Author\n\n279\n\nReferences\n\n281\n\nGenealogical Tables\n\n282\n\nGlossary\n\n287\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n293\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n297\n\nGeneral Index\n\n307\n\n", "SB9.2#p0009": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to particular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\n\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\n\nsociety, nay, of the entire energy of living beings. The need is felt by\n\ngreat thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the apho­\n\nrism of Vedanta philosophy janmiidy asya yata}J, to establish the ideal of\n\na common cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of\noblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts,\neducation and economic development throughout the entire world. But\nthere is a pinprick somewhere in the social body at large, and therefore\nthere are large-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is\nneed of a clue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship\n\nand prosperity with a common cause. Srimad-Bhagavatam will fill this\n\nneed, for it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the\nentire human society.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student-devotee Prahlada\nMaharaja in order to change the demoniac face of society.\n\nkaumara acaret prajiio\ndharman bhagavatiin iha\ndurlabham man!L§arit janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhag. 7.6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything\n\nIX\n\n", "SB9.2#p0010": "X\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nis merged to rest. Material science has tried to fmd the ultimate source\n\nof creation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ulti­\n\nmate source of everything that be. This ultimate source is explained\n\nrationally and authoritatively in the beautiful Bhagavatam or Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam.\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\n\nwith Him and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the\n\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\nsimply by a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to con­\n\nvert others to accepting God as a concrete principle.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam begins with the defmition of the ultimate source.\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vedanta-satra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to the\n\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\n\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\n\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly like with an ordinary\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\n\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\n\nsure to become a God-realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\ncantos.\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos because it deals\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\nSri Kr��a. One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\n\nsmall installments one after another.\n\n·\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Srimad-Bhagavatam, but still\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the thinkers and leaders of society\non the strength of the following statement of Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.5.11):\n\ntad-vag-visargo janatagha-viplavo\nyasmin prati-slokam abaddhavaty api\n\n", "SB9.2#p0011": "Preface\n\nXl\n\nnamiiny anantasya ya.So 'nkitani yac\nchrr:tvanti gayanti grr:tanti sadhava/:1,\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the unlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring about a\nrevolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such transcendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\nOm tat sat\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\n", "SB9.2#p0012": "Introduction\n\n\"This Bhagavata Puriir:ta is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\n\njust after the departure of Lord Kr�Qa to His own abode, accompanied by\n\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\ndense dark�ess of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\nPurii1J£L.\" (Snmad-Bhagavatam\n\n1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the\n\nVedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\n\npreserved through oral tra �ition, the Vedas were first put into writing\n\nfive thousand years ago by Srila Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\n\nGod.\" After compiling the Vedas, Vyasadeva set forth their essence in\n\nthe\n\naphorisms\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nVediinta-sutras. Snmad-Bhagavatam is\nVyasadeva's commentary on his own Vediinta-sutras. It was written in\n\nthe maturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\n\nspiritual master. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\nliterature,\" S nmad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and authoritative\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nAfter compiling the Bhagavatam, Vyasa impressed the synopsis of it\n\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva Gosvami. Sukadeva Gosvami subse­\n\nquently recited the entire Bhagavatam to Maharaja Parik�it in an assem­\n\nbly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\nDelhi). Maharaja Parik�it was the emperor of the world and was a great\n\nrajar$i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\n\nwithin a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and retired to the bank\n\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\nThe Bhiigavatam begins with Emperor Pari�it's sober inquiry to\nSukadeva Gosvami:\n\n\"You are the spiritual master of great saints and\n\ndevotees. I am therefore begging you to show the way of perfection for\n\nall persons, and especially for one who is about to die. Please let me know\n\nwhat a man should hear, chant, remember and worship, and also what he\n\nshould not do. Please explain all this to me.\"\n\nSukadeva Gosvami's answer to this question, and numerous other\n\nquestions posed by Maharaja Parik�it, concerning everything from the\n\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\n\nxm\n\n", "SB9.2#p0013": "XlV\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\n\ndeath. The sage Siita Gosvami, who was pr�sent on the bank of the\n\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvami first recited Srimad-Bhiigavatam, later\n\nrepeated the Bhiigavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest of\nNaimi�araQ.ya. Those sages, concerned about the spiritual welfare of the\n\npeople in general, had gathered to perform a long, continuous chain of\nsacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\nwisdom, Siita Gosvami repeated from memory the entire eighteen thou­\n\nsand verses of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, as spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami to\n\nMaharaja Parik�it.\n\nThe reader of Srimad-Bhiigavatam hears Siita Gosvami relate the\n\nquestions of Maharaja Parik�it and the answers of Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nAlso, Siita Gosvami sometimes responds directly to questions put by\n\nSaunaka J:t�i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at Naimi�araQ.ya. One\n\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\nParik�it and Sukadeva Gosvami on the bank of the Ganges, and another\n\nat Naimi�araQ.ya between Siita Gosvami and the sages at Naimi�araQ.ya\n\nForest, headed by Saunaka J:t�i. Furthermore, while instructing King\n\nParik�it, Sukadeva Gosvami often relates historical episodes and gives\n\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\n\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple Vidura. With this understanding of\n\nthe history of the Bhagavatam, the reader will easily be able to follow its\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since philo­\n\nsophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most important in the text,\none need only be attentive to the subject matter of Srimad-Bhagaootam\n\nto appreciate fully its profound message.\n\nThe translator of this edition compares the Bhiigavatam to sugar\n\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and\nrelishable. Therefore, to taste the sweetness of the Bhiigavatam, one may\n\nbegin by reading any of its volumes. Mter such an introductory taste,\n\nhowever, the serious reader is best advised to go back to Volume One of\nthe First Canto and then proceed through the Bhagavatam, volume after\n\nvolume, in its natural order.\n\nThis edition of the Bhiigavatam is the first complete English transla­\n\ntion of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\n\nfirst widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\n\n", "SB9.2#p0014": "Introduction\n\nXV\n\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship and intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhagavatam\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhagavatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world view. Students of literature will discover the\n\nBhagavatam to be a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psychology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhagamtam offers simple\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "SB9.2#p0015": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB9.2#p0016": "PLATE ONE\nBy performing very severe austerities, King Bhagi:ratha received the\nbenediction from mother Ganges that she would descend to the earth\nplanet. But she was afraid that her forceful waters would pierce the surface of the earth and continue down to the lower planetary system. King\nBhagi:ratha reassured her: \"Like a cloth woven of threads extending for\nits length and breadth, this entire universe, in all its latitude and\n\nlongitude, is situated under different potencies of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. Lord S iva is the incarnation of the Lord, and thus he\n\nrepresents the Supersoul in the embodied soul. He can sustain your\nforce£ ul waves on his head.\" After saying this, King Bhagi:ratha per­\n\nformed further austerities and very quickly satisfied Lord Siva. Thus,\n\nwhen the King approached Lord Siva and req uested him to sustain the\n\nforceful waves of the Ganges, Lord Siva accepted the proposal, saying,\n\n\"Let it be so.\" Then, with great attention, Siva sustained on his head the\ntorrent of Ganges water, which is purifying, having emanated from the\ntoes of Lord Vi�I).u. (pp. 3-11)\n\n", "SB9.2#p0017": "", "SB9.2#p0018": "PLATE TWO\nBeing prayed for by the demigods, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Absolute Truth Himself, directly appeared with His expansion\nand expansions of the , expansion.\n\nTheir holy names were Rama,\n\nLakl?mai_la, Bharata and Satrughna. These celebrated incarnations thus\nappeared in four forms as the sons of Maharaja Dasaratha. Carrying out\nthe order of His father, who was bound by a promise to his wife, Lord\nRamacandra left behind His kingdom, opulence, friends, well-wishers,\nresidents and everything else and went to the forest with His wife,\nmother Si:ta, and His younger brother Lord Lakl?mai_la. Carrying His invincible bow and arrows in His hand, Lord Rama wandered throughout\nthe forest for fourteen years, accepting a life of hardship. (pp. 49-50)\n\n", "SB9.2#p0019": "", "SB9.2#p0020": "PLATE THREE\nIn the assembly where mother Sitii was to choose her husband, in the\n\nmidst of the heroes of this world, Lord Ramacandra broke the bow\n\nbelonging to Lord Siva. This bow was so heavy that it was carried by\n\nthree hundred men, but the Lord bent it, strung it and broke it in the\n\nmiddle, just as a baby elephant breaks a stick of sugar cane. Thus the\nLord achieved the hand of mother Sitii, who was endowed with transcendental qualities of form, beauty, behavior, age and nature.\n\n(p. 55)\n\n", "SB9.2#p0021": "", "SB9.2#p0022": "PLATE FOUR\nThe Personality of Godhead, Lord Ramacandra, being aggrieved for\nHis kidnapped wife, Sitii, glanced over the city of RavaQa with red-hot\neyes. Then the great ocean, trembling in fear, gave Him His way, because its family members, the aquatics like the sharks, snakes and\ncrocodiles, were being burned. The personified ocean said, \"0 great\nhero, although my water presents no impediment to Your going to Lanka,\nplease construct a bridge over it to spread Your transcendental fame.\nUpon seeing this wonderfully uncommon deed of Your Lordship, all the\ngreat heroes and kings in the future will glorify You.\" Thereupon the\nLord had His faithful monkey servants, like Hanuman and Sugriva, hurl\nhuge boulders into the sea, and, by the Lord's supreme potency, they\nfloated on the water, forming a bridge to Lanka.\n\n(pp. 63-68)\n\n", "SB9.2#p0023": "", "SB9.2#p0024": "PLATE FIVE\nAfter killing the demon RavaQ.a and rescuing mother Si1a, Lord Ramacandra returned to His capital, Ayodhya. He was greeted on the road by\nthe princely order, who showered His body with beautiful, fragrant\nflowers, while great personalities like Brahma and other demigods\nglorified His activities in great jubilation. When the Lord's brother\nBharata understood that Lord Ramacandra was returning to Ayodhya, He\nimmediately took upon His own head Lord Ramacandra's wooden shoes\nand came out from His camp at Nandigrama. Lord Bharata was accompanied by ministers, priests and other respectable citizens, by professional musicians vibrating pleasing musical sounds, and by learned\nbriihmar:tas loudly chanting Vedic hymns. Following in the procession\nwere chariots drawn by beautiful horses with harnesses of golden rope.\nThese chariots were decorated by flags with golden embroidery and by\nother flags of various sizes and patterns. There were soldiers bedecked\nwith golden armor, servants bearing betel nut, and many well-known\nand beautiful prostitutes. Many servants followed on foot, bearing an\numbrella, wisks, different grades of precious jewels, and other paraphernalia befitting a royal reception. Accompanied in this way, Lord Bharata,\nHis heart softened in ecstasy and His eyes full of tears, approached Lord\nRamacandra and fell at His lotus feet in great ecstatic love.\n\n(p. 87)\n\n", "SB9.2#p0025": "", "SB9.2#p0026": "PLATE SIX\nLord Ramacandra's ancestral palace, which He occupied with His consort, Si:tadevi, was full of various treasures and valuable wardrobes. The\nsitting places on the two sides of the entrance door were made of coral,\nthe yards were surrounded by pillars of vaidilrya-mal)-i, the floor was\nmade of highly polished emeralds, and the foundation was made of marble. The entire palace was decorated with Bags and garlands and\nbedecked with valuable stones, shining with a celestial effulgence. In addition, the palace was fully decorated with pearls and surrounded by\nlamps and incense. Sitting upon a magnificent throne, Lord Ramacandra\nwould receive the citizens of Ayodhya. Not having seen the Lord for a\nvery long time, they would eagerly approach Him with the paraphernalia\nof worship and pray: \"0 Lord, as You have rescued the earth from the\nbottom of the sea in Your incarnation as a boar, may You now maintain it.\nThus we beg Your blessings.\" (pp. 131-133)\n\n", "SB9.2#p0027": "", "SB9.2#p0028": "PLATE SEVEN\nUpon seeing Lord Parasurama, Kartaviryarjuna immediately feared\nhim and sent many elephants, chariots and horses, along with nearly two\nmillion soldiers equipped with clubs, swords, arrows and many other\nweapons to fight against him. But Lord Parasurama killed all of them.\nBeing expert in killing the enemy, the Lord worked with the speed of the\nmind and wind, slashing his enemies with his chopper. Wherever he\nwent, the enemies fell, their legs, arms and shoulders being severed,\ntheir chariot drivers killed, and their carriers, the elephants and horses,\nall annihilated. By manipulating his axe and arrows, Lord Parasurama\ncut to pieces the shields, flags, bows and bodies of Kartaviryarjuna's\nsoldiers, who fell on the battlefield, muddying the ground with their\nblood. (pp. 236-239)\n\n", "SB9.2#p0029": "", "SB9.2#p0030": "The site of Ayodhya, the capital of the kingdom of Lord Ramacandra.\n\n(Chapter 10)\n\n", "SB9.2#p0031": "CHAPTER NINE\n\nThis chapter describes the history of the dynasty of Amsuman, up to\n\nKhatvanga, and it also describes how Bhagiratha brought the water of the\nGanges to this earth.\n\nThe son of Maharaja Arn.Suman was Dilipa, who tried to bring the\n\nGanges to this world but who died without success. Bhagiratha, the son of\n\nDilipa, was determined to bring the Ganges to the material world, and for\nthis purpose he underwent severe austerities. Mother Ganges, being fully\nsatisfied by his austerities, made herself visible to him, wanting to give\nhim a benediction. Bhagiratha then asked her to deliver his forefathers.\n\nAlthough mother Ganges agreed to come down to earth, she made two\n\nconditions: first, she wanted some suitable male to be able to control her\nwaves; second, although all sinful men would be freed from sinful reac­\n\ntions by bathing in the Ganges, mother Ganges did not want to keep all\nthese sinful reactions. These two conditions were subject matters for con­\n\nsideration. Bhagiratha replied to mother Ganges, \"The Personality of\nGodhead Lord Siva will be completely able to control the waves of your\n\nwater, and when pure devotees bathe in your water, the sinful reactions\n\nleft by sinful men will be counteracted.\" Bhagiratha then performed\n\nausterities to satisfy Lord Siva, who is called Asut�a because he is\n\nnaturally satisfied very easily. Lord Siva agreed to Bhagiratha's proposal\nto check the force of the Ganges. In this way, simply by the touch of the\nGanges, Bhagiratha's forefathers were delivered and allowed to go to the\nheavenly planets.\nThe son of Bhagiratha was Sruta, the son of Sruta was Nabha, and\n\nNabha's son was Sindhudvipa. The son of Sindhudvipa was Ayutayu, and\nthe son of Ayutayu was J::l_tiipar:J;ta, who was a friend of Nala. J::l_tiipar:J;ta\ngave Nala the art of gambling and learned from him the art of a.Svavidya. The son of J::l_tiipar:J;ta was known as Sarvakama, the son of\nSarvakama was Sudasa, and his son was Saudasa. The wife of Saudasa\n\nwas named Damayanti or Madayanti, and Saudasa was also known as\n\n1\n\n", "SB9.2#p0032": "2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nKalma�apada. Because of some defect in his fruitive activities, Saudasa\nwas cursed by Vasi�tha to become a Rak�asa. While walking through the\nforest, he saw a brahmaT}ll engaged in sex with his wife, and because he\nhad become a Riik�asa he wanted to devour the brahmar:w. Although the\nbrahmaT}ll 's wife pleaded with him in many ways, Saudasa devoured the\nbrahma7Ja, and the wife therefore cursed him, saying, \".Af3 soon as you\n\nengage in sex you will die.\" Mter twelve years, therefore, even though\nSaudasa was released from the curse of Vasi�tha Muni, he remained sonless. At that time, with Saudasa's permission, Vasi�tha impregnated\nSaudasa's wife, Madayanti. Because Madayanti bore the child for many\nyears but still could not give birth, Vasi�tha struck her abdomen with a\nstone, and thus a son was born. The son was named Asmaka.\nThe son of Asmaka was known as Balika. He was protected from the\ncurse of Parasurama because of being surrounded by many women, and\ntherefore he is also known as Nari:kavaca. When the entire world was devoid of /cyatriyas, he became the original father of more /cyatriyas. He is\ntherefore sometimes called Mulaka. From Balika, Dasaratha was born,\nfrom Dasaratha came AiQ.aviQ.i, and from AiQ.aviQ.i came Visvasaha. The\nson of Visvasaha was Maharaja Khatvailga. Maharaja Khatvailga joined\nthe demigods in fighting the demons and was victorious, and the\ndemigods therefore wanted to give him a benediction. But when the King\ninquired how long he would live and understood that his life would last\nonly a few seconds more, he immediately left the heavenly planets and\nreturned to his own abode by airplane. He could understand that everything in this material world is insignificant, and thus he fully engaged in\nworshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��<fi �\n\n�� 64�q •lit·l;wq;w�l'4t1 I\n��;nu��:���: II� II\nsri-suka ut:dca\narh.Sumiirh.S ca tapas tepe\nganganayana-kiimyaya\n\n", "SB9.2#p0033": "Text 2]\n\nThe Dynasty of Amsumiin\n\n3\n\nkalam mahiintarh niiSaknot\ntata/:t kalena sarhsthita/:t\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; amsuman-the king\n\nnamed Arhsuman; ca-also; tapa/:t tepe-executed austerity; ganga­\n\nthe Ganges; iinayana-kamyaya-with a desire to bring the Ganges to\nthis\n\nmaterial\n\nworld\n\nto\n\ndeliver\n\nhis\n\nforefathers;\n\nk alam-time;\n\nmahiintam-for a long duration; na-not; a§aknot-was successful;\ntata/:t-thereafter; kalena-in due course of time; sarhsthita/:t-died.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami continued: King Amsuman, like his grand­\n\nfather, performed austerities for a very long time. Nonetheless, he\ncould not bring the Ganges to this material world, and thereafter,\nin due course of time, he died.\n\nTEXT2\n\n��1{ijt1\\i(�l'fi: ���itN�l'{ 1\n� ij6�q ij � ijq! II � II\ndilipas tat-sutas tadvad\na§akta/:t kalam eyivan\nbhagirathas tasya sutas\ntepe sa sumahat tapa/:t\ndilipa/:t-named Dilipa; tat-suta/:t-the son of Arhsuman; tat-vatlike his father; a§akta/:t-being unable to bring the Ganges to the ma­\n\nterial world; kalam eyivan-became a victim of time and died;\nbhagiratha/:t tasya suta/:t-his son Bhagiratha; tepe-executed penance;\n\nsa/:t-he; su-mahat-very great; tapa/:t-austerity.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLike Amsumiin himself, Dilipa, his son, was unable to bring the\n\nGanges to this material world, and he also became a victim of death\n\nin due course of time. Then Dilipa's son, Bhagiratha, performed\nvery severe austerities to bring the Ganges to this material world.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0034": "Srimad -Bhiigavatam\n\n4\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT3\n\n����l+it� � � 3RViiT Si(G\\1� ij I\n�: � ��iel;r.{ffl �: II � II\ndarsayam lisa tam devi\nprasann.ii varadasmi te\nity ukta/:t svam abhiprayarh\n§a§arhsavanato nrpa/:t\ndarsayam lisa-appeared; tam-unto him, King Bhagiratha; devimother\n\nGanges;\n\nprasann.ii-being\n\nvery\n\nmuch\n\nsatisfied;\n\nvarada\n\nasmi-I shall bless with my benediction; te-unto you; iti ukta/:t-thus\nbeing addressed;\n\nsvam-his own; abhiprayam -desire;\n\n§a§arhsa­\n\nexplained; avanata/:t-very respectfully bowing down; nrpa/:t-the King\n\n(Bhagiratha) .\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, mother Ganges appeared before King Bhagiratha\n\nand said, \"I am very much satisfied with your austerities and am\n\nnow prepared to give you benedictions as you desire.\" Being thus\naddressed by Gaitgadevi, mother Ganges, the King bowed his head\n\nbefore her and explained his desire.\n\nPURPORT\nThe King's desire was to deliver his forefathers, who had been burnt\nto ashes because of disrespecting Kapila Muni.\n\nTEXT4\n\n�sft 'ell(fild• � '«'Rtil 1r ¥t(}de ,\n\n������'f_ll\\lll\nko 'pi dharayita vegam\npatantya me mahi-tale\nanyatha bhu-talarh bhittva\nnrpa ylisye rasatalam\n\n", "SB9.2#p0035": "Text 5)\n\nThe Dynasty of Amsumiin\n\n5\n\nka�-who is that person; api-indeed; dluirayita-who can sustain;\nvegam-the force of the waves; patantya�-while falling down; me-of\nme; mahi-tale-upon this earth; anyatlui-otherwise; bha-talam-the\nsurface of the earth; bhittva-piercing; nrpa-0 King; yasye-1 shall\ngo down; rasatalam-to Patala, the lower part of the universe.\nTRANSLATION\nMother Ganges replied: When I fall from the sky to the surface\nof the planet earth, the water will certainly he very forceful. Who\nwill sustain that force? If I am not sustained, I shall pierce the surface of the earth and go down to Rasatala, the Patala area of the\nuniverse.\nTEXTS\n\nft � Wf wf�WRI¥\\UIIi&I�EI¥(\n\nI\n\n� � ffil (�(651 ���61¥( II '-\\ II\nkim caham na bhuwm yasye\nnara mayy amrjanty agham\nmrjami tad agham kvaham\nrajams tatra vicintyatam\nkim ca-also; aham-I; na-not; bhuvam-to the planet earth;\nyasye-shall go; nara�-the people in general; mayi-in me, in my\nwater; amrjanti-cleanse; agham-the reactions of their sinful activity;\nmrjami-1 shall wash; tat-that; agham-accumulation of sinful reactions; kva-unto whom; aham-1; rajan-0 King; tatra-on this fact;\nvicintyatam-please consider carefully and decide.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, I do not wish to go down to the planet earth, for there\nthe people in general will bathe in my water to cleanse themselves\nof the reactions of their sinful deeds. When all these sinful reactions accumulate in me, how shall I become free from them? You\nmust consider this very carefully.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0036": "6\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead says:\n\nsarva-dharrniin parityajya\nmam ekam sara7Jnrh vraja\naham tvarh sarva-papebhyo\nmok$ayi§yami ma suca/:t\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall\n\ndeliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" (Bg. 18.66) The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead can accept the reactions of anyone's sinful deeds and neutralize them because He is pavitra, pure, like the sun,\nwhich is never contaminated by any worldly infection.\n\nTejiyasarh na\n\n�aya vahne/:t sarva-bhujo yatha (Bhag. 10.33.29). One who is very\n\npowerful is not affected by any sinful activity. But here we see that\nmother Ganges fears being burdened with the sins of the people in\ngeneral who would bathe in her waters. This indicates that no one but the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is able to neutralize the reactions of sinful deeds, whether one's own or those of others. Sometimes the spiritual\nmaster, after accepting a disciple, must take charge of that disciple's past\nsinful activities and, being overloaded, must sometimes suffer-if not\nfully, then partially-for the sinful acts of the disciple. Every disciple,\ntherefore, must be very careful not to commit sinful activities after initiation. The poor spiritual master is kind and merciful enough to accept a\ndisciple and partially suffer for that disciple's sinful activities, but\nl<r!?Qa, being merciful to His servant, neutralizes the reactions of sinful\ndeeds for the servant who engages in preaching His glories. Even mother\nGanges feared the sinful reactions of the people in general and was anxious about how she would counteract the burden of these sins.\n\nTEXT6\n\n��\\RR\n\n�;:ql�wt:�ilfalmtoSletWii4WIU\n((�4 �fl( � �Eifll:tf(: II � II\n\n", "SB9.2#p0037": "Text 6)\n\nThe Dynasty of AmSuman\n\n7\n\nsri:-bhagi:ratha uvaca\nsadhavo nyasina/:t santa\nbrahmi$tha loka-pavana/:1,\nharanty agham te 'nga-sangat\nte$V aste hy agha-bhid dhari/:1,\nsn-bhag�:ratha/:1, uvaca-Bhagiratha said; sadhava/:1,-saintly persons;\nnyasina/:1,-sannyasis; sa nta/:1,-peaceful, free from material disturbances; brahmi$tha/:t-expert in following the regulative principles of\nVedic scripture; loka-pavana/:1,-who are engaged in delivering the entire world from a fallen condition; haranti-shall remove; aghamthe reactions of sinful life; te-o£ you (mother Ganges); a1iga-sa1igatby bathing in the Ganges water; te$u-within themselves; aste-there\nis; hi-indeed; agha-bhit-the Supreme Personality, who can vanquish\nall sinful activities; hari/:1,-the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nBhagiratha said: Those who are saintly because of devotional\nservice and are therefore in the renounced order, free from material desires, and who are pure devotees, expert in following the\nregulative principles mentioned in the Vedas, are always glorious\nand pure in behavior and are able to deliver all fallen souls. When\nsuch pure devotees bathe in your water, the sinful reactions accumulated from other people will certainly be counteracted, for\nsuch devotees always keep in the core of their hearts the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who can vanquish all sinful reactions.\nPURPORT\n\nMother Ganges is available to everyone for bathing. Therefore, not\nonly will sinful persons bathe in the Ganges water, but in Hard war and\nother holy places where the Ganges flows, saintly persons and devotees\nwill also bathe in the waters of the Ganges. Devotees and saintly persons\nadvanced in the renounced order can deliver even the Ganges. Tirthi:­\n\nkurvanti ti:rthani svanta/:1,-sthena gadabhrta (Bhag. 1.13.1 0). Because\nsaintly devotees always keep the Lord within the core of their hearts,\nthey can perfectly cleanse the holy places of all sinful reactions.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0038": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n8\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nTherefore, people in general must always respectfully honor saintly persons. It is ordered that as soon as one sees a Vai�l).ava, or even a sannyasi,\none should immediately offer respects to such a holy man. If one forgets\nto show respect in this way, one must observe a fast for that day. This is a\nVedic injunction. One must be extremely careful to refrain from committing offenses at the lotus feet of a devotee or saintly person.\nThere are methods of priiya.Scitta, or atonement, but they are inadequate to cleanse one of sinful reactions. One can be cleansed of sinful\nreactions only by devotional service, as stated in regard to the history of\nAjamila:\nkecit kevalayii bhaktyii\nvasudeva-parayal)ii/:t\nagharh dhunvanti kiirtsnyena\nnihiiram iva bhaskara/:t\n\n\"Only a rare person who has adopted complete, unalloyed devotional service to ��!).a can uproot the weeds of sinful actions with no possibility\nthat they will revive. He can do this simply by discharging devotional\nservice, just as the sun can immediately dissipate fog by its rays.\"\n\n(Bhiig. 6.1.15) If one is under the protection of a devotee and sincerely\n\nrenders service unto him, by this process of bhakti-yoga one is certainly\nable to counteract all sinful reactions.\nTEXT7\n\n�l(rliQOIRt � � �S::�I€¥41 �URull¥( I\n�f4t'i{l6ill( � ftSEi � � II \\9 II\ndhiiray�yati te vegarh\nrudras tv iitmii sariri1Jiim\nyasminn otam idarh protarh\nVisvarh Siipva tantf.L$U\ndhiiraft.yati-;-will sustain; te-your; vegam-force of the waves;\n\nrudra/:1,-Lord Siva; tu-indeed; atmii-the Supersoul; sanril)iim-of\nall embodied souls;\n\nyasmin-in whom;\n\notam-is situated in its\n\n", "SB9.2#p0039": "Text 7]\n\nThe Dynasty of AmSuman\n\n9\n\nlongitude; idam-this whole universe; protam-latitude; visvam-the\nwhole universe; sati-a cloth; iva-as; tant�u-in threads.\nTRANSLATION\nLike a cloth woven of threads extending for its length and\n\nbreadth, this entire universe, in all its latitude and longitude, is\n\nsituated under different potencies of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. Lord Siva is the incarnation of the Lord, and thus he\n\nrepresents the Supersoul in the embodied soul. He can sustain\n\nyour forceful waves on his head.\n\nPURPORT\nThe water of the Ganges is supposed to rest on the head of Lord Siva.\n\nLord Siva is an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\nsustains the entire universe by different potencies. Lord Siva is described\nin the Brahma-samhita (5.45):\n\n/cyiram yatha dadhi vikara-viSe$a-yogat\nsanjayate na hi tata/:t prthag asti heto/:t\nya/:t sambhutam api tatha samupaiti karyad\ngovindam adi-pu�am tam aham bhajami\n\"Milk changes into yogurt when mixed with a yogurt culture, but ac­\n\ntually yogurt is constitutionally nothing but milk. Similarly, Govinda,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, assumes the form of Lord Siva for\n\nthe special purpose of material transactions. I offer my obeisances at Lord\nGovinda's lotus feet.\" Lord Siva is the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nin the same sense that yogurt is also milk although at the same time it is\n\nnot milk. For the maintenance of the material world there are three in­\n\ncarnations-Brahma, Vif?J,lU and Mahesvara (Lord Siva). Lord Siva is\n\nVif?J,lU in an incarnation for the mode of ignorance. The material world\n\nexists predominantly in the mode of ignorance. Therefore Lord Siva is\n\ncompared here to the longitude and latitude of the entire universe, which\n\nresembles a cloth woven of threads extending for both its length and\n\nbreadth.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0040": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n10\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nTEXTS\n\n{�€U � � � <f4(1Rtl'1tf¥4M4( I\nifli�'11Wlt(1 (l<sf(ij�til�\nII �II\nity uktva sa nrpo devam\ntapasiito�ayac chivam\nkalenalp'iyasii riijams\ntasyesa.S ciiSv at�yata\niti uktva-after saying this; sa�-he; nrpa�-the King (Bhagiratha);\n\ndevam-unto Lord Siva; tapasii-by executing austerities; at�ayatpleased;\n\nsivam-Lord\n\nSiva,\n\nthe\n\nall-auspicious;\n\nkalena-by\n\ntime;\n\nSiva;\n\nca-indeed;\n\niiSu-very\n\nsoon;\n\nalp'iyasii-which was not very long; riijan-0 King; tasya-upon him\n(Bhagiratha);\n\niSa�-Lord\n\nat�yata-became satisfied.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter saying this, Bhagiratha satisfied Lord Siva by performing\n\nausterities. 0 King Parik�it, Lord Siva was very quickly satisfied\n\nwith Bhagiratha.\n\nPURPORT\nThe words iisv at�yata indicate that Lord Siva was satisfied very soon.\n\nTherefore another name for Lord Siva is Asutof?a. Materialistic persons\nbecome attached to Lord Siva because Lord Siva bestows benedictions\n\nupon anyone and everyone very quickly, not caring to know how his\n\ndevotees prosper or suffer. Although materialistic persons know that ma­\n\nterial happiness is nothing but another side of suffering, they want it,\nand to get it very quickly they worship Lord Siva. We find that ma­\n\nterialists are generally devotees of many demigods, especially Lord Siva\n\nand mother Durga. They do not actually want spiritual happiness, for it\n\nis almost unknown to them. But if one is serious about being happy spiri­\n\ntually, he must take shelter of Lord Vif?Q.U, as the Lord personally\n\ndemands:\n\nsarva-dharmiin parityajya\nmiim ekam sarar:tam vraja\n\n", "SB9.2#p0041": "Text 10]\n\nThe Dynasty of Amsumin\n\nll\n\naham tvam sarva-papebhyo\nmok§ayi$yami rna suca/:t\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall\n\ndeliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" (Bg. 18.66)\nTEXT9\n\n� � «ci�1i!fif(ij : m: 1\n\n�(ltiOOfl � q(G\\\\�htef �: II � II\ntatheti rajnabhihitam\nsarva-loka-hita/:t siva/:t\ndadharavahito gmigam\npada-puta-jaliim hare/:t\ntatha- (let it be) so; iti- thus ; rajna abhihitam -having been addressed by the King (Bhagiratha); sarva-loka-hita/:t-the Personality of\n\nGodhead, who is always auspicious to everyone; siva/:t-Lord Siva;\ndadhara-sustained; avahita/:t-with great attention; gangam-the\n\nGanges; pada-puta-jaliim ha re/:t- whose water is transcendentally pure\n\nbecause of emanating from the toes of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead Vi��u.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen King Bhagiratha approached Lord Siva and requested him\n\nto sustain the forceful waves of the Ganges, Lord Siva accepted the\n\nproposal by saying, \"Let it be so.\" Then, with great attention, he\n\nsustained the Ganges on his head, for the water of the Ganges is\npurifying, having emanated from the toes of Lord Vi�1,1u.\nTEXT 10\n\n�: « (Nt(iff.l� W4'1qtttwil'( I\n� (<lf{tijufi ��:��II� oil\n�\n\nbhagiratha/:t sa rajar$ir\nninye bhuvana-pavanim\n\n", "SB9.2#p0042": "Srirnad-Bhagavatam\n\nI2\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nyatra sva-pitf1),drh dehii\nbhasm'ibhutii/:t sma serate\nbhag'iratha/:t-King Bhagiratha; sa/:t-he; rtija- r$i/:t-the great saintly\nking; ninye-carried or brought; bhum na-ptivan 'im-mother Ganges,\nwho can deliver the whole universe; yatra-in that place where; svapitf1),llm-of his forefathers; dehti/:t-the bodies; bhasm'ibhutii/:t-having been burnt to ashes; sma serat e-were lying.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great and saintly king Bhagiratha brought the Ganges,\nwhich can deliver all the fallen souls, to that place on earth where\nthe bodies of his forefathers lay burnt to ashes.\n\nTEXT II\n\n�� 3tttl�¥i\n1\n����� Qtl(lf+ti;ifw{ II��II\n\nm\n\nrathena vayu-v egena\npraytintam anudhiivat'i\nd estin punant'i nirdagdhiin\nasificat sagartitmajtin\nrathena-on a chariot; oo yu- v egena-driving at the speed of the\nwind; praytintam-Mahariija Bhagiratha, who was going in front;\nanudhavat'i-running after; destin-all the countries; punant'isanctifying; nirdagdhtin-who had been burnt to ashes; tisificatsprinkled over; sagara-titmajtin-the sons of Sagara.\nTRANSLATION\nBhagiratha mounted a swift chariot and drove before mother\nGanges, who followed him, purifying many countries, until they\nreached the ashes of Bhagiratha's forefathers, the sons of Sagara,\nwho were thus sprinkled with water from the Ganges.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0043": "Text 12]\n\nThe Dynasty of Amsumin\n\n13\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�ij���'il:ij'UI ;(fii�I>S(�fl 3(fq I\nQtl(l€+1�1 � �: W �: ����II\nyaj-jala-sparsa-miitre1Ja\nbrahma-dar.u)a-hatii api\nsagaratmaja divam jagmu/:1,\nkevalarh deha-bhasmabhi/:1,\nyat-jala-whose\n\nwater;\n\nbrahma-dar.u)a-hatii/:1,-those\n\nsparsa-miitre�a-simply\n\nby\n\ntouching;\n\nwho\n\nfor\n\noffending\n\nwere\n\ncondemned\n\nbrah� the self; api-although; sagara-atmaja/:1,-the sons of Sagara;\ndivam-to the heavenly planets; jagmu/:1,-went; kevalam-only; dehabhasmabhi/:1,-by the remaining ashes of their burnt bodies.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause the sons of Sagara Mahiiriija had offended a great personality, the heat of their bodies had increased, and they were\nburnt to ashes. But simply by being sprinkled with water from the\nGanges, all of them became eligible to go to the heavenly planets.\nWhat then is to be said of those who use the water of mother\nGanges to worship her?\nPURPORT\nMother Ganges is worshiped by the water of the Ganges: a devotee\ntakes a little water from the Ganges and offers it back to the Ganges.\nWhen the devotee takes the water, mother Ganges does not lose anything, and when the water is offered back, mother Ganges does not increase, but in this way the worshiper of the Ganges is benefited.\nSimilarly, a devotee of the Lord offers the Lord patrarh p�parh phalam\ntoyam-a leaf, flower, fruit or water-in great devotion, but everything,\nincluding the leaf, flower, fruit and water, belongs to the Lord, and\ntherefore there is nothing to renounce or to accept. One must simply take\nadvantage of the bhakti process because by following this process one\ndoes not lose anything but one gains the favor of the Supreme Person.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0044": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n14\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 13\n\n� �fffl: �(lf+iilft: I\nft �: �� �� �: 11��11\nbhasmrbhutanga-sangena\nsvar yata/:t sagaratmaja/:t\nkim puna/:t sraddhaya dev[m\nsevante ye dhrta-vrata/:t\nbhasmrbhuta-anga-by the body which had been burnt to ashes;\nsangena-by contacting the water of the Ganges; sva/:t yata/:t-went to\nthe heavenly planets; sagara-atmaja/:t - the sons of Sagara; kim-what\nto speak of; puna/:t-agai n;\n\ns radd haya -with faith and devotion;\n\ndevrm-unto mother Ganges; sevante - worship;\n\nye - those persons\n\nwho; dhrta-vrata/:t-with vows of determination.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSimply by having water from the Ganges come in contact with\n\nthe ashes of their burnt bodies, the sons of Sagara Maharaja were\n\nelevated to the heavenly planets. Therefore, what is to be said of a\n\ndevotee who worships mother Ganges faithfully with a determined\n\nvow? One can only imagine the benefit that accrues to such a\n\ndevotee.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� �� �t4tl q�(\\�<14( I\n3'f;cw:ij:q(UII++ftilfSf&\\�1qI �tt�: II� \\ill\n;{\n\nna hy etat param ascaryam\nsvardhunya yad ihoditam\nananta-caral}(imbhojaprasutaya bhava-cchida/:t\nna-not; hi-indeed; etat-this; param-ultimate; ascaryam-won derful thing; svardhunya/:t-of the water of the Ganges; yat - which;\n\n", "SB9.2#p0045": "Text\n\nTheDyn�ty of�ummn\n\n15]\n\n15\n\niha-herewith; uditam-has been described; ananta-o£ the Supreme\nLord; carar_r,a-ambhoja-from the lotus of the feet; prasiltayab,-of that\nwhich emanates;\n\nbhava-chidab,-which can liberate from material\n\nbondage.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause mother Ganges emanates from the lotus toe of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Anantadeva, she is able to liberate one from material bondage. Therefore whatever is described\nherewith about her is not at all wonderful.\nPURPORT\n\nIt has actually been seen that anyone who regularly worships mother\nGanges simply by bathing in her water keeps very good health and\ngradually becomes a devotee of the Lord. This is the effect of bathing in\nthe water of the Ganges. Bathing in the Ganges is recommended in all\nVedic sastras, and one who takes to this path will certainly be completely\nfreed from all sinful reactions. The practical example of this is that the\nsons of Maharaja Sagara went to the heavenly planets when water from\nthe Ganges merely touched the ashes of their burnt bodies.\nTEXT 15\n\n4fit4ftl � +rl'«s:t:&\\�1 fFt�S¥4�1: I\n� �ft:m � �R11(ijGJ�\nII� '\"\\\\1\nsannivesya mano yasmiii\nchraddhayti munayo 'malab,\ntraiguJJyam dustyajam hitva\nsadyo yatas tad-atmatam\nsann ivesya-giving full attention; manab,-the mind; yas min-unto\n\nwhom; sraddhaya-with faith and devotion; m unaya b,\n\n- great saintly\n\npersons; amalab,-freed from all contamination of sins; traiguJJyam­\n\nthe three modes of material nature; dustyajam -very difficult to give\nup;\n\nhitva\n\n- they can nonetheless give up; sadyab,-immediately;\n\nyarob,-achieved; tat-atmatam-the spiritual quality of the Supreme.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0046": "[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n16\n\nTRANSLATION\nGreat sages, completely freed from material lusty desires, devote\n\ntheir minds fully to the service of the Lord. Such persons are\n\nliberated from material bondage without difficulty, and they be­\n\ncome transcendentally situated, acquiring the spiritual quality of\nthe Lord. This is the glory of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXTS 16-17\n\n� � � ;mitsqU�\n�W'�sf1q�t(1(ij�ii(WI9l�fl� II� �II\nSll� t:reQ((t �S�NQI'itl'SR�ld\\ I\n� � «4€61¥1� ij«!ij� II �\\911\nsruto bhagirathiij jajfie\ntasya nabho 'paro 'bhavat\nsindhudvipas tatas tasmiid\nayutiiyus tato 'bhavat\nrtapan:w nala-sakho\n\nyo 'sva-vidyiim ayiin naliit\n\ndattvii�a-hrdayarit ciismai\n\nsarvakiimas tu tat-sutam\n\nsrutab,-a son named Sruta; bhagirathiit-£rom Bhagrratha; jajne­\n\nwas born; tasya-o£ Sruta; niibhafr,-by the name Nabha; aparafr,-dif­\n\nferent from the Nabha previously described;\nsindhudvipafr,-by\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nSindhudvipa;\n\nabhavat-was born;\n\ntatafr,-from\n\nNabha;\n\ntasmiit-from Sindhudvipa; ayutiiyub,-a son named Ayutiiyu; tatafr,­\n\nthereafter; abhavat-was born; rtuparr:taft-a son named J:l_tiipan;ta;\n\nnala-sakhafr,-who was a friend of Nala; yafr,-one who; a§va-vidyiim­\n\nthe art of controlling horses;\n\nayiit-achieved;\n\nnaliit-from Nala;\n\ndattvii-after giving in exchange; a/cya-hrdayam-the secrets of the art\nof gambling; ca-and; asmai-unto Nala; sarvakii mafr,-by the name\nSarvakiima; tu-indeed; tat-sutam-his son (the son of J:l_tiipariJ.a).\n\n", "SB9.2#p0047": "Text\n\n18]\n\nThe Dynasty of AmSuman\n\n17\n\nTRANSLATION\nBhagiratha had a son named Sruta, whose son was Nahha. This\n\nson was different from the Nahha previously described. Nahha had\n\na son named Sindhudvipa, from Sindhudvipa came Ayutayu, and\nfrom Ayutayu came };l.tiiparJ.la, who became a friend of Nalaraja.\n\n};l.tiiparJ.la taught Nalaraja the art of gambling, and Nalaraja gave\n\n};l.tiipar1,1a lessons in controlling and maintaining horses. The son\n\nof };l.tiipar1,1a was Sarvakiima.\n\nPURPORT\nGambling is also an art. K$atriyas are allowed to exhibit talent in this\nart of gambling. By the grace of Kr�Q.a, the PaQ.�avas lost everything by\ngambling and were deprived of their kingdom, wife, family and home\nbecause they were not expert in the gambling art. In other words, a devotee may not be expert in materialistic activities. It is therefore advised in\nthe siistra that materialistic activities are not at all suitable for the living\nentities, especially the devotees. A devotee should therefore be satisfied\nto eat whatever is sent as prasada by the Supreme Lord. A devotee\nremains pure because he does not take to sinful activities such as gambling, intoxication, meat-eating and illicit sex.\nTEXT\n\n�:\n\n18\n\niji(l(1(ij�;i) �ffif;:fflqfij�: I\n\n3fl�ffl�e' q � ��ffl'ti�Wf � 1\ncmm� �t�f!;Wi4€4: (CC�qou II� �II\ntata/:1, sudasas tat-putro\ndamayanti-patir nrpa/:1,\nahur mitrasaham yam vai\nkalrnii$ii1ighrim uta kvacit\nvasi$!ha-siipiid rak$o 'bhud\nanapatya/:1, sva-karma1Jii\ntata/:1,-from Sarvakama; sudiisa/:1,-Sudasa was born; tat-p utra/:1,-the\nson of Sudasa; damayanti-pati/:1,-the husband of Damayanti; nrpa/:1,-\n\n", "SB9.2#p0048": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n18\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nhe became king; ahub,-it is said; mitrasaha m- Mitrasaha; yam vaialso; kalrrui$anghrim-by Kalma�apada; uta-known; kvacit-sometimes; vas�!ha-sapat-being cursed by Vasi�tha; ra�ab,-a man-eater;\n\nabhat-became; anapatyab,-without any son; sva-karma�-by his\nown sinful act.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvakiima had a son named Sudasa, whose son, known as\n\nSaudiisa, was the husband of Damayanti. Saudasa is sometimes\nknown as Mitrasaha or Kalm�apada. Because of his own misdeed,\n\nMitrasaha was sonless and was cursed by Vasi�lha to become a\n\nman-eater [Rak�asa].\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�a�\n� fijfll=fl gU: �: WG:I('I� fliifltif: I\n� �Rdill�1q : � ;r m ;.r� II� �II\nsri-rajovaca\nkim nimitto gurob. sapab,\nsaudasasya mahatmanab,\netad veditum icchamab,\nkathyatam na raho yadi\nsri-raja uvaca-King Parik�it said; kim nimittab,-for what reason;\ngurob,-of the spiritual master; sapab,-curse; saudasasya-of Saudasa;\n\nmahii-a·tmanab,-of the great soul; etat-this; veditum-to know;\nicchamab,-1 wish; kathyatam-please tell me;\n\nna-not;\n\nrahab.­\n\nconfidential; yadi-if.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik�it said: 0 Sukadeva Gosviimi, why did Vasi�lha, the\n\nspiritual master of Saudiisa, curse that great soul? I wish to know\nof this. If it is not a confidential matter, please describe it to me.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0049": "The Dynasty of Am.Suman\n\nText 21)\n\n19\n\nTEXTS 20-21\n\n1!/t��\n\n��������\n\n�\n' �'iitl\n� � ..:.\n��� trn: $fR(1\"'4\nll�oll\n«fil�itost4 �tij: i.� � I\n� +tlitrhi+Uit �en AA ;J�illt'i( 11� � 11\n\"\n\n•\n\nsri-suka uvdca\nsaudiiso mrgayiim kificic\ncaran ra�o jaghana ha\nmumoca bhriitaram so 'tha\ngata}:t praticiki�ayii\nsaficintayann agham rajfia/:t\nsuda-rilpa-dharo grhe\ngurave bhoktu-kiimaya\npaktvii ninye nariimi.§am\nsri-suka}:t utxica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; saudiisa}:t-King\nSaudasa; mrgayam-in hunting; kificit-sometimes; caran-wandering; ra�a}:t-a Rak�asa, or man-eater; jaghiina-killed; ha-in the\npast; mumoca-released;\n\nbhriitaram-the brother of that Rak�asa;\n\nsa}:t-that brother; atka-thereafter; gata}:t-went; praticikir§aya-for\ntaking revenge; saficintayan-he thought; agham-to do some harm;\n\nrajfia/:t-of the King; suda-rupa-dhara}:t disguised himself as a cook;\ngrhe-in the house; gurave-unto the King's spiritual master; bhoktukiimaya-who came there to take dinner; paktva -after cooking;\nninye-gave him; nara-iimi.§am-the flesh of a human being.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami said: Once Saudiisa went to live in the forest,\n\nwhere he killed a man-eater [Riik�asa] hut forgave and released the\n\nman-eater's brother. That brother, however, decided to take\n\nrevenge. Thinking to harm the King, he became the cook at the\n\n", "SB9.2#p0050": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n20\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nKing's house. One day, the King's spiritual master, Vasi�tha Muni,\n\nwas invited for. dinner, and the Rak�asa cook served him human\n\nflesh.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n��tk\\Jliif'ti�\"t\nI\n(1'5ilwt¥i�N( � 00 � ��QtfQ II�� II\nparive/cyyamar:uun bhagavan\nvilokyabha/cyyam afijasa\nrajanam a.Sapat kruddlw\nrak$o hy evam bhavi$yasi\nparive/cyyamii�am -while examining the eatables; bhagavan\nmost powerful; vilokya\ntion; afijasa\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nwhen he saw; abha/cyyam-unfi.t for consump­\n\nunto the King;\na.Sapat-cu rs ed; kruddha�-being very angry; ra/cya�-a man-eater;\nhi-indeed; evam-in this way; bhavi$yasi-you shall become.\n-\n\nvery easily by his mystic power; rajanam\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile examining the food given to him, Vasi�tha Muni, by his\n\nmystic power, could understand that it was unfit to eat, being the\n\nflesh of a human being. He was very angry at this and immediately\n\ncursed Saudasa to become a man-eater.\n\nTEXTS 23-24\n\n�:� � fit�� si\\1((�1CIfif€h¥( I\nmso:ms��¥(1�� ��: 11��11\n� ¥i((tl�l.ft �: ql((tlt:si( I\n�: (C4¥iCI;ff QC} q��lCI¥iti Wff: 11�\\lll\nra/cya�-krtam tad viditva\ncakre dvadaSa-var$ikam\nso 'py apo-'fijalim adaya\ngurum saptum samudyata�\n\n", "SB9.2#p0051": "Text 25]\n\nThe Dynasty of Amsumiin\n\n21\n\nvarito madayantyapo\nru§ati ft piidayor jahau\ndiSaft kham avanim sarvam\npa§yaft jimmayam nrpaft\nra k$aft-krtam -having been done by the Rak�asa only; tat-that serv­\n\ning of human flesh; viditva-after understanding; cakre- (Vasi�tha )\nperformed; dvadaSa-vdr$ikam-twelve years of penance for atonement;\nsaft-that Saudasa;\n\napi-also;\n\napaft-anjalim-a palmful of water;\n\nadaya-taking; gurum-his spiritual master, Vasi�tha; saptum-to\ncurse;\n\nsam udyataft-was preparing; oorita ft-being forbidden;\nmadayantya - by his wife, who was also known as Madayanti; apaftwater; ru§atift-strong by chanting of a mantra; padayoft jahau-threw\non his legs; di.Saft-all directions; kham-in the sky; avanim-on the\nsurface of the world;\n\nsarvam-everywhere; pa§yan-seeing; jivamayam-full of living entities; nrpaft-the King.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen V asi�tha understood that the human flesh had been\n\nserved by the Rak�asa, not by the King, he undertook twelve years\nof austerity to cleanse himself for having cursed the faultless King.\nMeanwhile, King Saudiisa took water and chanted the sapa-mantra,\npreparing to curse V asi�tha, hut his wife, Maday anti, forbade him\nto do so. Then the King saw that the ten directions, the sky and the\nsurface of the globe were full of living entities everywhere.\n\nTEXT 25\n\nruk$asam bhavam apannaft\npade kalmd$atam gataft\nvyavaya-kale dadrse\nvanauko-dampati dvijau\n\n", "SB9.2#p0052": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n22\n\nrak,msam-man-eating;\n\nbhavam-propensity;\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\napanna�-having\n\ngotten; pade-on the leg; kalrnii$atam-a black spot; gata�-obtained;\nvyavaya-ka le-at the time of sexual intercourse; dadrse-he saw; vanaoka�-living in the forest; dam-pat'i-a husband and wife; dvijau-who\nwere brahmar:ws.\nTRANSLATION\nSaudiisa thus acquired the propensity of a man-eater and\n\nreceived on his leg a black spot, for which he was known as\nKalm�apada. Once King Kalma�apada saw a brahmru;ta couple\n\nengaged in sexual intercourse in the forest.\nTEXTS 26-27\n\n� �� ftsi il�q��l�ltill� I\n91��1'1.�:���: 11��11\n¥4�.._�,: � � �ti¥t(m 1\n� �sq�ilijilfiltrt 31� qfij f� II �\\911\nlcyudharto jagrhe vipram\ntat-patny ahakrtarthavat\nna bhavan ra�asa� sa/cyad\ni/cyvakar;riim maha-ratha�\nmadayantya� patir vira\nnadharmam kartum arhasi\ndehi me 'patya-kamaya\nakrtartham patim dvijam\n�udha-arta� being\naggrieved\nby\nhunger;\njagrhe-caught;\nvipram -:- the brahmar:uL; tat-patni -his wife; aha-said; akrta-arthavat-being unsatisfied, poor and hungry; na-not; bhavan-yourself;\nra�asa�-a man-eater; sa �at-directly or factually; i/cyookar;uimamong the descendants of Maharaja lkl?vaku; maha-ratha�-a great\nfighter; madayantya�-of Madayanti; pati�-the husband; vira-0\n-\n\n", "SB9.2#p0053": "The Dynasty of AmSumiin\n\nText 28]\n\n23\n\nhero; na-not; adharmam-irreligious act; kartum-to do; arhasiyou deserve; dehi-please deliver; me-my; apatya-kamayii/t-desiring to get a son; akrta-artham-whose desire has not been fulfilled;\npatim-husband; dvijam-who is a, brahmar:rn.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing influenced by the propensity of a Riik�asa and being very\nhungry, King Saudiisa seized the briihm8I,la. Then the poor\nwoman, the brahm8I,la's wife, said to the King: 0 hero, you are not\nactually a man-eater; rather, you are among the descendants of\nMaharaja lk�viiku. Indeed, you are a great fighter, the husband of\nMadayanti. You should not act irreligiously in this way. I desire to\nhave a son. Please, therefore, return my husband, who has not yet\nimpregnated me.\nTEXT 28\n\n�� � mf.l �1�: I\nij��a:� � em ij'ef•�� � ������\ndeho 'yarit mdn\"U§o riijan\npur\"U§asyakhilarthadaft\ntasmad asya vadho vira\nsarviirtha-vadha ucyate\ndehaft-body;\n\nayam-this ;\n\nmdn\"U§a/t-human;\n\nriijan-0\n\nKing;\n\npur\"U§asya-of the living being; akhila-universal; artha-dafr.beneficial; tasmat-therefore; asya-of the body of my husband;\nvadhaft-the killing; vi\"ra-0 hero; sarva-artha-vadhaft-killing all\nbeneficial opportunities; ucyate-it is said.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, 0 hero, this human body is meant for universal\nbenefits. If you kill this body untimely, you will kill all the benefits\nof human life.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0054": "24\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Narottama dasa Thakura has sung:\n\nhari hari viphale janama goriiiinu\nman�ya-janama palya,\nnidha-kr�r:ta nii bhajiyii,\njaniyii suniyii v�a khiiinu\nThe body of a human being is extremely valuable because in this body\n\none can understand the instructions of l<{�l).a and attain the ultimate\n\ndestination of the living entity. The living entity is within the material\n\nworld to fulfill the mission of going back home, back to Godhead. In the\n\nmaterial world, one hankers for happiness, but because one does not\nknow the ultimate destination, one changes bodies one after another.\n\nHowever, if one gets the opportunity to possess a human form of body, in\n\nthis body he can fulfill the four principles of dharma, artha, kama and\n\nmo�a, and if one is properly regulated he makes further progress, after\n\nliberation, to engage in the service of Radha and l<{�l).a. This is the suc­\n\ncess of life: to stop the process of repeated birth and death and go back\n\nhome, back to Godhead (mam eti), to be engaged in the service of Radha\nand l<{�l).a. Therefore, taking a human body is meant for completing\n\none's progress in life. Throughout human society, killing of a human\n\nbeing is taken very seriously. Hundreds and thousands of animals are\n\nkilled in slaughterhouses, and no one cares about them, but the killing of\n\neven one human being is taken very seriously. Why? Because the human\nform of body is extremely important in executing the mission of life.\n\ne�a hi briihmar.w vidviims\ntapa/:r,-sila-gu�nvita/:r,\niiririidhay�ur brahma\nmahii-pur�a-samjnitam\n\n", "SB9.2#p0055": "The Dynasty of AmSuman\n\nText 29)\n\n25\n\nsarva-bh iltatma- bhavena\nbhate�v antarhitarh gur;ai/:t\ne�a/:t-this;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nbrahmar;a/:t-a\n\nvidron-learned in Vedic knowledge;\nbehavior;\n\ngur;a anvita/:t-endowed\n-\n\nqualified\n\nwith\n\nall\n\ngood\n\nqualities;\n\nradhay� u }:t-desiring to be engaged in worshiping;\nSupreme\n\nBrahman;\n\nmaha-p u �a-the\n\nsarhjfiitam-known as;\nbhavena-as\n\nthe\n\nbrahmar;a;\n\ntapa/:t-austerity; sila-good\n\nSupreme\n\nbrahma-the\n\nPerson,\n\n!<r��a;\n\nsarva-bhuta-of all living entities;\n\nSupersoul;\n\nbhute�u-in\n\nevery\n\nari­\n\natma­\n\nliving\n\nentity;\n\nantarhitam-within the core of the heart; gur;ai/:t-by qualities.\nTRANSLATION\nHere is a learned, highly qualified hrahmai,la, engaged in performing austerity and eagerly desiring to worship the Supreme\nLord, the Supersoul who lives within the core of the heart in all\nliving entities.\nPURPORT\n\nThe wife of the brahmar;a did not regard her husband as a superficial\nbrahmar:ta who was called a brahmar;a merely because he was born of a\nbrahmar:ta family. Rather, this brahmar;a was actually qualified with the\nbrahminical symptoms. Yasya yal lak$ar:tarh proktam (Bhag. 7.11.35).\nThe symptoms of a brahmar;a are stated in the §astra:\nsamo damas tapa/:t saucarh\nlcyantir arjavam eva ca\njiianarh vijfianam astikyarh\nbrahma-karma svabhavajam\n\"Peacefulness,\n\nself-control,\n\nausterity,\n\npurity,\n\ntolerance,\n\nhonesty,\n\nwisdom, knowledge, and religiousness-these are the qualities by which\nthe brahmar:tas work.\" (Bg. 18.42) Not only must a brahmar;a be\n\nqualified, but he must also engage in actual brahminical activities.\n\nSimply to be qualified is not enough; one must engage in a brahmar;a 's\nduties. The duty of a brahmar:ta is to know the pararh brahma, !<r��a\n\n", "SB9.2#p0056": "26\n\nSrimad- Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\n{param brahma param dhama pavitram paramam bhavan). Because\nthis brahmar:w was actually qualified and was also engaged in brahminical activities (brahma-karma), killing him would be a greatly sinful act,\nand the brahmar:w 's wife requested that he not be killed.\nTEXT 30\n\n«f� ��� �fifst�U( � I\n-Rf � �� �ftc��: ll�oll\nso 'yam brahmar�i-varyas te\nrtijar�i-pravarad vibho\nkatham arhati dharma-jna\nvadham pitur ivatmaja�\nsa�-he, the brahmar:w; ayam-this; brahma-r�i-varya�-not only a\nbrahmar:w but the best of great sages, or brahmar�is; te-also from you;\nrtija-r�i-pravartit-who are the best of all saintly kings, or rtijar�is;\nvibho-0 master of the state; katham-how; arhati-he deserves;\ndharma-jna-0 you, who are quite aware of religious principles;\nvadham-killing; pitu�-from the father; iva-like; titmaja�-the\nson.\nTRANSLATION\nMy lord, you are completely aware of the religious principles. As\na son never deserves to he killed by his father, here is a hrahm�a\nwho should he protected by the king, and never killed. How does\nhe deserve to he killed by a nijar�i like you?\nPURPORT\nThe word rtijar�i refers to a king who behaves like a r�i, or sage. Such\na king is also called naradeva because he is considered a representative\nof the Supreme Lord. Because his duty is to rule the kingdom to maintain\nbrahminical culture, he never desires to kill a brahmar:w. Generally, a\nbrahmar:w, woman, child, old man or cow is never regarded as punishable. Thus the wife of the brahmar:w requested the King to refrain from\nthis sinful act.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0057": "Text 31)\n\nThe Dynasty of Amsuman\n\n27\n\nTEXT 31\n\n� � iliR'41fd:;w : I\n�q� � m�� � lfffli{ ������\n\n�\n\ntasya sadhor apiipasya\nbhmrJCLSya brahma-vadinaft\nkatham vadham yathii babhror\nmanyate san-mato bhaviin\ntasya-of him; sadhofi,-of the great saintly person; apapasya-of\none who has no sinful life;\n\nbhnlrJCLSya-of the embryo;\n\nbrahma­\n\nviidinafi,-of one who is well versed in Vedic knowledge; katham-how;\nvadham-the killing; yathii -as; babhrofi,-of a cow; manyate-you\nare thinking; sat-matafi,-well recognized by higher circles; bhavii nyour good self.\nTRANSLATION\nYou are well known and worshiped in learned circles. How dare\nyou kill this brahm�a, who is a saintly, sinless person, well versed\nin Vedic knowledge? Killing him would be like destroying the\nembryo within the womb or killing a cow.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the Amara-kosa dictionary, bhnlr:w 'rbhake biila-garbhe:\n\nthe word bhmr:ta refers either to the cow or to the living entity in\nembryo. According to Vedic culture, destroying the undeveloped embryo\nof the soul in the womb is as sinful as killing a cow or a briihmar:rn. In the\nembryo, the living entity is present in an undeveloped stage. The modern\nscientific theory that life is a combination of chemicals is nonsense;\nscientists cannot manufacture living beings, even like those born from\neggs. The idea that scientists can develop a chemical situation resembling\nthat of an egg and bring life from it is nonsensical. Their theory that a\nchemical combination can have life may be accepted, but these rascals\ncannot create such a combination. This verse refers to bhnlrJCLSya\nvadham-the killing of a bhmr:ta or destruction of the embryo. Here is a\nchallenge from the Vedic literature. The crude, atheistic understanding\n\n", "SB9.2#p0058": "28\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nthat the living entity is a combination of matter belongs to the grossest\ntgnorance.\n\nTEXT 32\n\nm������:'\nif �� ftifl itif aJUi :q � � II�� II\nyady ayam kriyate bha/cyyas\ntarhi mam khiida purvata�\nna jivi�ye vina yena\n/cyalJilm ca mrtakam yatha\nyadi-if; ayam-this brahmalJil; kriyate-is accepted; bha/cyya�as eatable; tarhi-then; mam-me; khiida-eat; purvata�-before\nthat; na-not; jivi�ye-1 shall live; vina-without; yena-whom (my\nhusband); lcyalJilm ca-even for a moment; mrtakam-a dead body;\nyatha-like.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWithout my husband, I cannot live for a moment. If you want to\n\neat my husband, it would he better to eat me first, for without my\nhusband I am as good as a dead body.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Vedic culture there is a system known as sati or saha-maralJil,\nin which a woman dies with her husband. According to this system, if the\nhusband dies, the wife will voluntarily die by falling in the blazing\nfuneral pyre of her husband. Here, in this verse, the feelings inherent in\nthis culture are expressed by the wife of the brahmalJil. A woman without a husband is like a dead body. Therefore according to Vedic culture a\ngirl must be married. This is the responsibility of her father. A girl may\nbe given in charity, and a husband may have more than one wife, but a\ngirl must be married. This is Vedic culture. A woman is supposed to be\nalways dependent-in her childhood she is dependent on her father, in\nyouth on her husband, and in old age on her elderly sons. According to\nManu-samhita, she is never independent. Independence for a woman\n\n", "SB9.2#p0059": "The Dynasty of Amsumin\n\nText 33]\n\n29\n\nmeans miserable life. In this age, so many girls are unmarried and falsely\nimagining themselves free, but their life is miserable. Here is an instance\nin which a woman felt that without her husband she was nothing but a\ndead body.\nTEXT 33\n\n� cti��INWI1 fef�� � I\nOllltf: q�fii�W41G;<( �: �llq+il�t: II��II\nevam karu'(UL- b/u'4i1:r,ya\nvilapantya anathavat\nvyaghra/:l pcdum ivakhadat\nsaudasa/:l sapa-mohita/:l\nevam-in this way; karu'(Ul-b/u'4i�ya/:l-whi1e the brahma'(Ul 's wife\nwas\n\nspeaking very pitiably;\nvilapantyal;-lamenting severely;\nanatha- vat-exactly like a woman who has no protector; vyaghral;-a\ntiger; pcdum -prey animal; iva-like; akhadat-ate up; saudasa/:lKing Saudasa; sapa-by the curse; mohita/:l-because of being condemned.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing condemned by the curse of Vasi�tha, King Saudasa devoured the brahmaJ.la, exactly as a tiger eats its prey. Even though\nthe brahmaJ.la's wife spoke so pitiably, Saudasa was unmoved by\nher lamentation.\nPURPORT\nThis is an example of destiny. King Saudasa was condemned by the\ncurse of V asi�?tha, and therefore even though he was well qualified he\ncould not restrain himself from becoming a tigerlike Rak!;iasa, for this\nwas\n\nhis destiny.\nTal labhyate dul;khavad anyata/:l sukham\n(Bhag. 1.5.18). As one is put into distress by destiny, destiny can also put\n\none in a happy situation. Destiny is extremely strong, but one can change\ndestiny if one comes to the platform of �!;':Q.a consciousness. Karma�i\n\nnirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhiijam (Brahma-samhita 5.54).\n\n", "SB9.2#p0060": "[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n30\n\nTEXT 34\n\nifm1Jft q� �� �� �f� I\nm���l€+i1W1U4i�\n�'«<T � ����II\nbrahma�i vilcyya didhi$um\npurWjadena bhalcyitam\nsocanty atmanam urvi.Sam\na§apat kupita sati\n\nbrahma�i-the\n\nwife\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nbrahma�;\n\n/cyya-after\n\nvi\n\nseeing;\n\ndidhi$um-her husband, who was about to give the seed of a child;\npurWja-adena- by the man-eater (Rak�asa ) ; bhalcyitam- having been\n\neaten up; socanti-Iamenting very much; atmanam-for her body or\nher self;\n\nurvi.Sam-unto the King; a§apat-cursed;\n\nkupita-being\n\nangry; sati-the chaste woman.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the chaste wife of the brahmar.ta saw that her husband,\n\nwho was about to discharge semen, had been eaten by the man­\n\neater, she was overwhelmed with grief and lamentation. Thus she\n\nangrily cursed the King.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n��1.-iJ�:trn��:qf��� I\n� �� �: 11�'-\\11\nyasman me bhalcyita� papa\nkamartaya� patis tvaya\ntavapi mrtyur adhanad\nakrta-prajfia darsita�\nyasmat-because; me-my; bhalcyita�-was eaten up; papa-0 sin­\n\nful one; kama- art aya�- of a woman very much bereaved because of\nsexual desire; pat* - husband; tvaya-by you; tava- your; api-also;\n\nmrtyu�-death; adhanat-when you try to discharge semen in your\n\n", "SB9.2#p0061": "Text 37)\n\nThe Dynasty of AmSuman\n\n31\n\nwife; akrta-p�ajfia-0 foolish rascal; darsitab,-this curse 1s placed\nupon you.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 foolish, sinful person, because you have eaten my husband\nwhen I was sexually inclined and desiring to have the seed of a\nchild, I shall also see you die when you attempt to discharge semen\nin your wife. In other words, whenever you attempt to sexually\nunite with your wife, you shall die.\nTEXT 36\n\n� fiiste�\n\n'lRJ�q(jtJUII I\nija:�fit mq:ism � �ffl' rrat ������\n�crT\n\nevarh mitrasaham saptva\npati-loka-pariiya7Jii,\ntad-asthini samiddhe gnau\npriisya bhartur gatirh gatii\nevam-in this way; mitrasaham-King Saudasa; saptva-after cursing; pati-loka-pariiya7Jii,-because of being inclined to go with her\nhusband; tat-asthini-her husband's bones; samiddhe agnau-in the\nburning fire; priisya-after placing; bhartub,-of her husband; gatimto the destination; gatii-she also went.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the wife of the brahm�a cursed King Saudasa, known as\nMitrasaha. Then, being inclined to go with her husband, she set\n\nfire to her husband's bones, fell into the fire herself, and went\nwith him to the same destination.\nTEXT 37\n\nFroM ii\\IG;�II;a:l ij � �: I\n�� 'IitAUft�nq � � f;Ayffir: II� \\!>II\n..\n\n", "SB9.2#p0062": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n32\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nviSapo dviidaS bdante\nmaithunaya samudyata�\nvijiiapya brahmar:�-i-sapam\nmah�yii sa nivarita�\nviSiipa�-being released from the period of the curse; dvadaSa-abdaante-after twelve years; maithuniiya-for sexual intercourse with his\nwife; samudyata�-when Saudasa was prepared to do it; vijiiiipyareminding him about;\n\nbrahmar:�-i-siipam-the curse given by the\n\nbrahmar:�-i; mah�ya-by the Queen; sa�-he (the King); nivarita�checked.\nTRANSLATION\nMter twelve years, when King Saudasa was released from the\ncurse by Vasi�tha, he wanted to have sexual intercourse with his\nwife. But the Queen reminded him about the curse by the\nbrahmaJ,li, and thus he was checked from sexual intercourse.\n\nata urdhvarh sa tatyaja\nstri-sukham karmaTJiiprajii�\n\nvasi$!has tad-anujfiiito\n\nmadayantyiirh prajam adhiit\nata�-in this way; urdhvam-in the near future; sa�-he, the King;\ntatyaja-gave up; stri-sukham-the happiness of sexual intercourse;\nkarma7JU-by\n\ndestiny;\n\naprajii�-remained\n\nsonless;\n\nvas�!ha�-the\n\ngreat saint Vasi�?�ha; tat-anujiiiita�-being permitted by the King to\nbeget a son; madayantyiim-in the womb of Madayanti, King Saudasa's\nwife; prajam-a child; adhat-begot.\nTRANSLATION\nMter being thus instructed, the King gave up the future happiness of sexual intercourse and by destiny remained sonless. Later,\n\n", "SB9.2#p0063": "Text 40)\n\n33\n\nThe Dynasty of Amsuman\n\nwith the King's permission, the great saint Vasi11!ha begot a child\nin the womb of Madayanti.\nTEXT 39\n\nm � «a «'11 �Oil ottiJtlt� 1\n\niJtftS�q;fla;( mt: �S�Ch�Wf � II� �II\nsa vai sapta sama garbham\nabibhran na vyajayata\njaghne 'smanodaram tasya/:t\nso 'smakas tena kathyate\n\nsa-she, Queen Madayanti; vai-indeed; sapta-seven; sama/:tyears; garbham\n\n-\n\nthe child within the womb; abibhrat-continued to\n\nbear; na-not; vyajayata-gave delivery; jaghne-struck; a5maniiby\n\na\n\nstone;\n\nudaram-abdomen;\n\ntas ya/:t-of\n\nher;\n\nsa/:t-a\n\nson;\n\na§maka/:t-by the name Asmaka; tena-because of this; kathyate-was\ncalled.\nTRANSLATION\nMadayanti bore the child within the womb for seven years and\ndid not give birth. Therefore VasiHha struck her abdomen with a\nstone, and then the child was born. Consequently, the child was\nknown as Asmaka [\"the child born of a stone\"].\nTEXT 40\n\n��;.r:�:�:l\n;u(lChq;o.c � {;(:� 11�� II 'do II\na§makad baliko jajfie\nya/:t stribhi/:t pariralcyita/:t\nniiri-kavaca ity ukto\nni/:tlcyatre mulako 'bhavat\na5makiit-from that son named ASmaka;\n\nbalika/:t-a son named\n\nBalika; jajfie-was born; ya/:t-this child Balika; stribhi/:t-by women;\n\n", "SB9.2#p0064": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n34\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nparira/cyita�-was protected; I'Uiri-kavaca�-having a shield of women;\niti ukta�-was known as such; ni�k$atre-when there were no k$atriyas\n(all k$atriyas having been vanquished by Parasurama); millaka�Mulaka, the progenitor of the k$atriyas; abhavat-he became.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Asmaka, Balika took birth. Because Balika was sur­\n\nrounded by women and was therefore saved from the anger of\n\nPara8urama, he was known as Narikavaca [\"one who is protected\n\nby women\"). When Para8uriima vanquished all the k�atriyas,\n\nBalika became the progenitor of more k�atriyas. Therefore he was\nknown as Mulaka, the root of the k�atriya dynasty.\nTEXT 41\n\nm � �\n�\n\ntm�m�:l\n\n�� ��� �ll�q��� II�� II\n\ntato daSarathas tasmat\nputra aU;lavit;lis tata�\nraja viSvasaho yasya\nkha!viifrga5 cakravarty abhilt\ntata�-from Balika; daSaratha�-a son named Dasaratha; tasmatfrom him; putra/:t-a son; aU;lavit;li/:t-named Ai«;lavi«;li; tata/:t-from\nhim; raja viSvasaha/:t-the famous King Visvasaha was born; yasya-of\nwhom; kha!vanga/:t-the king named Khatvailga; cakravartf-emperor;\nabhilt-became.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Balika came a son named Da.Saratha, from Da8aratha came\n\na son named Ai<Javi<Ji, and from Ai<Javi<Ji came King Visvasaha.\nThe son of King Visvasaha was the famous Maharaja Khatviiilga.\nTEXT 42\n\nq)�����:\nae:J+U9;ijtJ?\"4 � � +A: ����II\n\n", "SB9.2#p0065": "Text 42]\n\nThe Dynasty of Amsumiin\n\n35\n\nyo devair arthito daityiin\navadhid yudhi durjaya/.t\nmuhurtam iiyur jiiiitvaitya\nsva-puram sandadhe mana/.t\nya/.t-King KhatvaiJ.ga who; devai/.t-by the demigods; arthita/.tbeing requested; daityiin-the demons; avadhu-killed; yudhi -in a\nfight; durjaya/.t-very fierce; muhurtam-for a second only; iiyu/.tduration of life; jniitvii-knowing; etya -approached; sva-puram his\n-\n\nown abode; sandadhe-fixed; mana/.t-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Khatvanga was unconquerable in any fight. Requested by\nthe demigods to join them in fighting the demons, he won victory,\nand the demigods, being very pleased, wanted to give him a\nbenediction. The King inquired from them about the duration of\nhis life and was informed that he had only one moment more.\nThus he immediately left his palace and went to his own residence,\nwhere he engaged his mind fully on the lotus feet of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe example of Maharaja Khatvailga in performing devotional service\nis brilliant. Maharaja Khatvailga engaged himself for only a moment in\ndevotional service to the Lord, but he was promoted back to Godhead.\nTherefore, if one practices devotional service from the beginning of his\nlife, surely he will return home, back to Godhead, without a doubt\n\n(asamsaya).\nIn Bhagavad-gitii the word asarnsaya is used to describe the devotee.\nThere the Lord Himself gives this instruction:\n\nmayy iisakta-manii/.t piirtha\nyogam yunjan mad-asraya/.t\nasamsayam samagram miim\nyathii jiiiisyasi tac chrr:r-u\n\"Now hear, 0 son of P:�;tha [Arjuna], how by practicing yoga in full consciousness of Me, with mind attached to Me, you can know Me in full,\nfree from doubt.\" (Bg. 7.1)\n\n", "SB9.2#p0066": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n36\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nThe Lord also instructs:\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevarh yo vetti tattvatab,\ntyaktvii deham punar janma\nnaiti miim eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this ma­\n\nterial world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" (Bg. 4.9)\n\nTherefore, from the very beginning of one's life one should practice\nbhakti-yoga, which increases one's attachment for Kr�Q.a. If one daily\nsees the Deity in the temple, makes offerings by worshiping the Deity,\nchants the holy name of the Personality of Godhead, and preaches about\nthe glorious activities of the Lord as much as possible, he thus becomes\nattached to Kr�Q.a. This attachment is called iisakti. When one's mind is\nattached to Kr�Q.a (mayy iisakta-maniib,}, one can fulfill the mission of\nlife in one human birth. If one misses this opportunity, one does not\nknow where he is going, how long he will remain in the cycle of birth\nand death, and when he will again achieve the human form of life and\nthe chance to return home, back to Godhead. The most intelligent person, therefore, uses every moment of his life to render loving service to\nthe Lord.\nTEXT 43\n\nWf it iiiR1}�1€(3111lt: t��CI'S( oq1E4ill1H I\nWf � Wf ��Wf <::m��: ll'd�ll\nna me brahma-kuliit priiT}iib,\nkula-daivan na catmajab,\nna sriyo na mahi riijyarh\nna diiriiS ciitivallabhiib,\nna-not; me-my; brahma-kuliit-than the groups of briihmar:ras;\npriiT}iib,-life; kula-daiviit-than the personalities worshipable for my\nfamily; na-not; ca-also; iitmajab,-sons and daughters; na-nor;\n\n", "SB9.2#p0067": "The Dynasty of ArltSuman\n\nText 44]\n\n37\n\nsriya�-opulence; na-nor; mahi-the earth; rajyam -kingdom; nanor; dara�-wife; ca-also; ati-vallabha�-extremely dear.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Khatvanga thought: Not even my life is dearer to me\nthan the\n\nhrahminical\n\nculture and the\n\nhrahmai].as,\n\nwho are\n\nworshiped by my family. What then is to he said of my kingdom,\nland, wife, children and opulence? Nothing is dearer to me than\nthe hrahmai].as.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Khatvailga, being in favor of the brahminical culture,\nwanted to utilize one moment's time by fully surrendering unto the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord is worshiped with this\nprayer:\n\nnamo brahmar:tya-devaya\n\ngo brahmar:ta-hitaya ca\njagad-dhitaya kr$1J-dya\ngavindaya namo nama�\n\"I offer my respectful obeisances to the Supreme Absolute Truth, l(r�.Q.a,\nwho is the well-wisher of the cows and the brahmar:taS as well as the living entities in general. I offer my repeated obeisances to Govinda, who is\nthe pleasure reservoir for all the senses.\" A devotee of l(r�.Q.a is very\nmuch attached to brahminical culture. Indeed, an expert personality who\nknows who Kr!?.Q.a is and what He wants is a real brahmar:ta. Brahma\njanatiti brahmal)il�. Kr!?.Q.a is the Parabrahman, and therefore all l(r!;'.Q.a\nconscious persons, or devotees of l(r�.Q.a, are exalted brahma1J-US.\nKhatvailga Maharaja regarded the devotees of Kr!?.Q.a as the real\n\nbrahmar:taS and the real light for human society. One who desires to advance in l(r�.Q.a consciousness and spiritual understanding must give the\nutmost importance to brahminical culture and must understand l(r�.Q.a\n\n(kr$1J-Iiya gavindaya). Then his life will be successful.\nTEXT 44\n\n�sfit +tRI4tU+t� � � I\n'114WU:q+i�����& f?ti93;r ��ii4( 11��11\n;r\n\n", "SB9.2#p0068": "38\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nna balye 'pi matir mahyam\nadharme ramate kvacit\nna_paSyam uttarna.Slokad\nanyat kincana vastv aham\nna-not; balye-in childhood; api -indeed; matib, -attraction;\nmahyam-of me; adharme-in irreligious principles; ramate-enjoys;\nkvacit-at any time; na-nor; a_pa.Syam-1 saw; uttarna.Slokat-than the\nPersonality of Godhead; anyat- anything else; kincana-anything;\nvastu-substance; aham-1.\nTRANSLATION\nI was never attracted, even in my childhood, by insignificant\n\nthings or irreligious principles. I did not find anything more sub­\n\nstantial than the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nMaharaja Khatvailga provides a typical example of a Kr�f.la conscious\nperson. A Kr�f.la conscious person does not see anything to be important\nbut the Supreme Personality of Godhead, nor does he accept anything\nwithin this material world as being unconnected to the Supreme Lord. As\nstated in Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 8.274):\n\nsthavara-jarigama dekhe, na dekhe tara milrti\nsarvatra haya nija i$!a-deva-sphurti\n\"The maha-bhagavata, the advanced devotee, certainly sees everything\nmobile and immobile, but he does not exactly see their forms. Rather,\neverywhere he immediately sees manifest the form of the Supreme\nLord.\" Although a devotee is within the material world, he has no connection with it. Nirbandhab, kmw-sambandhe. He accepts this material\nworld in relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A devotee may be engaged in earning money, but he uses that money for\npropagating the Kr�I.la consciousness movement by constructing large\ntemples and establishing worship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Khatvailga Maharaja, therefore, was not a materialist. A materialist\n\n", "SB9.2#p0069": "Text 45)\n\nTheDynMty of�unWn\n\n39\n\nis always attached to wife, children, horne, property and many other\nthings for sense gratification, but, as stated above, Khatvailga Maharaja\nwas not attached to such things, nor could he think of anything existing\nwithout the purpose of the Supreme Lord. lsavasyam idarh sarvam:\neverything is related to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Of course,\nthis consciousness is not for the ordinary person, but if one takes to the\npath of devotional service, as prescribed in The Nectar of Deootion, he\ncan be trained in this consciousness and attain perfect understanding.\nFor a Kn;J:la conscious person, nothing is palatable without a relationship\nwith ��!).a.\nTEXT 45\n\n�: �u � � �if�: 1\n� � � � ��: ����II\ndevai/:t kama-varo datto\nmahyam tri-bhuvanesvarai/:t\nna vr� tam aharh kamarh\nbhutabhavana-bhavana/:t\n\ndevai/:t-by the demigods; kama-vara/:t-the benediction to have\nwhatever he wanted; datta/:t-was given; mahyam-unto me; t ribhuvana-isvarai/:t-by the demigods, the protectors of the three worlds\n(who can do whatever they like within this material world); na v�did not accept; tam-that ; aham-1; kamam-everything desirable\nwithin this material world; bhutabhavana-bhavana/:t-being fully absorbed in the Supreme Personality of Godhead (and therefore not interested in anything material).\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods, the directors of the three worlds, wanted to give\nme whatever benediction I desired. I did not want their benedictions, however, because I\n\nam\n\ninterested in the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, who created everything in this material\nworld. I am more interested in the Supreme Personality of Godhead than in all material benedictions.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0070": "40\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nA devotee is always transcendentally situated. Param dr�tva nivartate:\none who has seen the Supreme Personality of Godhead is no longer interested in material sense enjoyment. Even such an exalted devotee as\nDhruva Maharaja went to the forest for the sake of material benefit, but\nwhen he actually saw the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he refused to\naccept any material benediction. He said, svamin krtartlw 'smi varam na\nyace: \"My dear Lord, I am fully satisfied with whatever You have given\nme or not given me. I have nothing to ask from You, for I am fully\nsatisfied to be engaged in Your service.\" This is the mentality of a pure\ndevotee, who does not want anything, material or spiritual, from the Personality of Godhead. Our .Kr�.Q.a consciousness movement is therefore\ncalled kmw-bhavanamrta-sangha, the association of persons who are\nsimply satisfied in thoughts of .Kr�.Q.a. Being absorbed in thoughts of\n.K_r�.Q.a is neither expensive nor troublesome. .K_r�.Q.a says, man-mana\nbhava mad-bhakto mad-yaji maTh namaskuru: \"Engage your mind al­\n\nways in thinking of Me, offer obeisances and worship Me.\" (Bg. 9.34)\nAnyone can always think of .Kr�I.J.a, without difficulties or obstacles.\n\nThis is called kmw-bhavanamrta. One who is absorbed in kmwbhavanamrta has no material benefits to ask from K:r�.Q.a. Instead, such a\nperson prays to the Lord for the benediction of being able to spread His\nglories all over the world. Mama janmani janmaniSvare bhavatiid\nbhaktir ahaituki tvayi. A .Kr�I.J.a conscious person does not even want to\nstop his cycle of birth and death. He simply prays, \"I may take birth as\nYou like, but my only prayer is that I may be engaged in Your service.\"\n\nTEXT 46\n\n�����M�I\nWI fit�� fifi � f?t;�jq� 11\\l�ll\nye vi/cyiptendriya-dhiyo\ndevas te sva-hrdi sthitam\nna vindanti priyam sa.Svad\niitmiinam kim utiipare\nye-which\n\npersonalities;\n\nvi/cyipta-indriya-dhiya/:t-whose\n\nsenses,\n\nmind and intelligence are always agitated because of material conditions;\n\n", "SB9.2#p0071": "The Dynasty of Am.Sumiin\n\nText 46)\n\n41\n\ndeva�-like the demigods; te-such persons; sva-hrdi-in the core of\nthe heart; sthitam-situated; na-not; vindanti-know; priyam-the\ndearmost\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nsa.Svat-constantly,\n\natmiinam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\neternally;\n\nkim uta-what to\n\nspeak of; apare-others (like human beings).\nTRANSLATION\nEven though the demigods have the advantages of being situated\nin the higher planetary system, their minds, senses and intelligence are agitated by material conditions. Therefore, even such\nelevated persons fail to realize the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is eternally situated in the core of the heart. What then\nis to he said of others, such as human beings, who have fewer\nadvantages?\nPURPORT\nIt is a fact that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is always situated\nin everyone's heart (iSvara� sarva-bhutanarh hrd-dese\n\n'rjuna t�thati).\n\nBut because of our material anxieties, which are inevitable in this material world, we cannot understand the Supreme Lord, although He is\nsituated so near to us. For those always agitated by material conditions,\nthe yogic process is recommended so that one may concentrate his\nmind upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead within the heart.\n\nDhyanavasthita-tad-gatena manasa pa.Syanti yam yogina�. Because in\nmaterial conditions the mind and senses are always agitated, by the yogic\nprocedures like dharar_ui, asana and dhyana one must quiet the mind\nand concentrate it upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In other\nwords, the yogic process is a material attempt to realize the Lord,\nwhereas bhakti, devotional service, is the spiritual process by which to\nrealize Him. Maharaja Khatvanga accepted the spiritual path, and\ntherefore he was no longer interested in anything material. Kt�I.J.a says in\n\nBhagavad-gita (18.55), bhaktya mam abhijanati: \"Only by devotional\nservice\n\ncan\n\nI\n\nbe\n\nunderstood.\"\n\nOne\n\ncan\n\nunderstand\n\nKt�I.J.a,\n\nthe\n\nParabrahman, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, only through devotional service. The Lord never says that one can understand Him by performing mystic yoga or by philosophically speculating. Bhakti is above\nall such material attempts.\n\nAnyabhi�ita-silnyam jfiiina-kanruldy-\n\n", "SB9.2#p0072": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n42\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nanavrtam. Bhakti is uncontaminated, being unalloyed even by jnana or\npious activities.\nTEXT47\n\n31��+Utti(f4:1ij1\n.\n\n�\n\n�\n\n��4�1 1\n,...\n\n,...\n\n�\n\n� Slt;�l�lif R��if � � � 11�\\911\nathesa-maya-racite$u saitgarh\ngu7Je$U gandharva-puropame$U\nrut;lham prakrtyatmani viSva-kartur\nbhavena hitvii tam aham prapadye\natha-therefore; iSa-maya-by the external potency of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; racite$u-in things manufactured; saitgamattachment; gu7Je$U-in the modes of material nature; gandharva-puraupame$u-which are compared to the illusion of a gandharva-pura, a\ntown or houses seen in the forest or on a hill; rut;lham-very powerful;\nprakrtya-by material nature; iitmani-unto the Supersoul; viSvakartu�-of the creator of the whole universe; bhiivena-by devotional\nservice; hitva-giving up;\nprapadye-surre nder .\n\ntam-unto Him\n\n(the Lord ) ;\n\naham-1;\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore I should now give up my attachment for things\n\ncreated by the external energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. I should engage in thought of the Lord and should thus sur­\n\nrender unto Him. This material creation, having been created by\n\nthe external energy of the Lord, is like an imaginary town vi­\n\nsualized on a hill or in a forest. Every conditioned soul has a\nnatural attraction and attachment for material things, hut one\n\nmust simply give up this attachment and surrender unto the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0073": "The Dynasty of Amsuman\n\nText 48)\n\n43\n\nPURPORT\nWhen passing through a mountainous region in an airplane, one may\n\nsometimes see a city in the sky with towers and palaces, or one may see\n\nsimilar things in a big forest. This is called a gandharva-pura, a phan­\n\ntasmagoria. This entire world resembles such a phantasmagoria, and\nevery materially situated person has attachment for it. But Khatvailga\n\nMaharaja, because of his advanced Kr�Q.a consciousness, was not in­\n\nterested in such things. Even though a devotee may engage in apparently\n\nmaterialistic activities, he knows his position very well. Nirbandha�\nkmw-sambandhe yuktam vairagyam ucyate. If one engages all material\n\nthings in relation with the loving service of the Lord, one is situated in\n\nyukta-vairagya, proper renunciation. In this material world, nothing\n\nshould be accepted for one's sense gratification: everything should be ac­\n\ncepted for the service of the Lord. This is the mentality of the spiritual\n\nworld. Maharaja Khatvailga advises that one give up material attach­\n\nments and surrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus\n\none achieves success in life. This is pure bhakti-yoga, which involves\nvairagya-vidya-renunciation and knowledge.\n\nvairagya-vidya-nija- bhakti-yoga­\n\nsi/cyartham eka� pu�a� purar:ra�\n\nsri-kr§r:ra-caitanya-sarira-dhari\n\nkrpambudhir yas tam aham prapadye\n\n\"Let me surrender unto the Personality of Godhead who has appeared\n\nnow as Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He is the ocean of all mercy and\n\nhas come down to teach us material detachment, learning and devotional\nservice to Himself.\" (Caitanya-candrodaya-niifaka6.74) Sri Kr�Q.a\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu inaugurated this movement of vairagya-vidya, by\n\nwhich one detaches himself from material existence and engages in lov­\n\ning devotional service. The Kr�I).a consciousness movement of devotional\n\nservice is the only process by which to counteract our false prestige in\n\nthis material world.\n\nTEXT48\n\n� Olli!4Mfl � wtt(ltot•roijtl I\nR€<4tril�li:4+t�a4 �: ��li:4+ttM6: ������\n\n", "SB9.2#p0074": "44\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\niti vyavasito buddhyii\nniiriiyar:ta-grhitayii\nhitviinya-bhiivam ajfiii narh\ntata� svarh bhiivam iisthita�\n\niti-thus; vyavasita�-having firmly decided; bu ddhya-by proper\nintelligence; niiriiyar:ta-grhita yii-completely controlled by the mercy of\nNaraylll}.a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; hitva -giving up;\nanya-bhiivam-consciousness\n\nother\n\nthan\n\nl(r�Q.a\n\nconsciousness;\n\najfiiinam-which is nothing but constant ignorance and darkness;\ntata�-thereafter; svam-his original position as an eternal servant of\nl(r�Q.a; bhavam-devotional service; iisthita�-situated.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Maharaja Khatvailga, by his advanced intelligence in ren­\n\ndering service to the Lord, gave up false identification with the\n\nbody full of ignorance. In his original position of eternal servitorship, he engaged himself in rendering service to the Lord.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen one actually becomes purely l(r�Q.a conscious, no one has any\nright to rule over him. When situated in l(r�Q.a consciousness, one is no\nlonger in the darkness of ignorance, and when freed from all such darkness, one is situated in his original position. ]ivera 'svarilpa' hayakmtera 'nitya-diisa.' The living entity is eternally the servant of the\nLord, and thus when he engages himself in the service of the Lord in all\nrespects, he enjoys the perfection of life.\nTEXT 49\n.\n\n.\n\n�\n� � im q� �'I�� �l�'ilct�\nI\n� i!4tt!a.4Rt tt wm�f( e•�ijt: 11\\l�ll\n\nyat tad brahma pararh sil�mam\na§unyarh silnya-kalpitam\n\n", "SB9.2#p0075": "The Dynasty of AthSuman\n\nText 49]\n\n45\n\nbhagavan vasudeveti\nyam gr�nti hi satvatab,\nyat-that which; tat-such; brahma param-Parabrahman, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�I:ta; su /cymam-spiritual, beyond\nall material conceptions; a.Sunyam\n\n-\n\nnot impersonal or void; sunya­\n\nkalpitam-imagined to be void by less intelligent men; bhagavan-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; vasudeva-Kr�I:ta; iti-thus; yamwhom; gr�nti\n\n-\n\nsing about; hi-indeed; satvatab,-pure devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva, Kr�t:ta, is extremely difficult to understand for unintelligent men who accept\nHim as impersonal or void, which He is not. The Lord is therefore\nunderstood and sung about by pure devotees.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.11):\n\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\ntattvaril yaj jfiiinam advayam\nbrahmeti paramatmeti\nbhagavan iti sabdyate\nThe\n\nAbsolute\n\nTruth\n\nis\n\nrealized\n\nin\n\nthree\n\nphases-as\n\nBrahman,\n\nParamatmii and Bhagaviin. Bhagaviin is the origin of everything. Brahman is a partial representation of Bhagavan, and Vasudeva, the Supersoul living everywhere and in everyone's heart, is also an advanced\nrealization of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. But when one comes\n\nto understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead (vasudevaft sarvam\n\niti), when one realizes that Vasudeva is both Paramiitmii and the imper­\n\nsonal Brahman, he is then in perfect knowledge. Kr�Qa is therefore de­\n\nscribed by Arjuna as pararil brahma pararil dhama pavitraril paramaril\n\nbhavan. The words pararil brahma refer to the shelter of the impersonal\n\nBrahman and also of the all-pervading Supersoul. When Kr!?I:ta says\n\ntyaktva deharil punar janma naiti mam eti, this means that the perfect\n\n", "SB9.2#p0076": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n46\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 9\n\ndevotee, after perfect realization, returns home, back to Godhead.\n\nMaharaja Khatvii.ilga accepted the shelter of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, and because of his full surrender he achieved perfection.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Ninth\nChapter,\n\nof the\n\nAmsuman.\"\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nentitled\n\n\"The\n\nDynasty\n\nof\n\n", "SB9.2#p0077": "CHAPTER TEN\n\nThe Pastimes of\nthe Supreme Lord, Ramacandra\nThis Tenth Chapter describes how Lord Ramacandra appeared in the\ndynasty of Maharaja Khatvanga. It also describes the Lord's activities,\n\ntelling how He killed Rava.I).a and returned to Ayodhya, the capital of His\n\nkingdom.\n\nThe son of Maharaja Khatvanga was Dirghabahu, and his son was\n\nRaghu. The son of Raghu was Aja, the son of Aja was Dasaratha, and the\n\nson of Da8aratha was Lord Ramacandra, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When the Lord descended into this world in His full �adruple ex­\n\npansion-as Lord Ramacandra, Lak�ma.I).a, Bharata and Satrughna­\n\ngreat sages like Valmiki who were actually in knowledge of the Absolute\n\nTruth described His transcendental pastimes. Srila Sukadeva Gosvami\n\ndescribes these pastimes in brief.\n\nLord Ramacandra went with Visvamitra and killed Rak�asas like\n\nMarica. Mter breaking the stout and strong bow known as Haradhanu,\n\nthe Lord married mother Sita and cut down the prestige of Parasurama.\n\nTo obey the order of His father, He entered the forest, accompanied by\nLak�ma.I).a and Sita. There He cut off the nose of Surpa.I).akha and killed\n\nthe associates of Ravai:Ia, headed by Khara and Du�ai:Ia. RavaQa's kidnap­\n\nping of Sitadevi was the beginning of this demon's misfortune. When\n\nMarica assumed the form of a golden deer, Lord Ramacandra went to\nbring the deer to please Sitadevi, but in the meantime Riiva.I).a took advantage of the Lord's absence to kidnap her. When Sitadevi was kidnapped, Lord Ramacandra, accompanied by Lak�ma.I).a, searched for her\nthroughout the forest. In the course of this search, They met Jata.yu.\n\nThen the Lord killed the demon Kabandha and the commander Vali and\nestablished a friendly relationship with Sugriva. Mter organizing the\n\nmilitary strength of the monkeys and going with them to the shore of the\nsea, the Lord awaited the arrival of Samudra, the ocean personified, but\n\nwhen Samudra did not come, the Lord, the master of Samudra, became\n\n47\n\n", "SB9.2#p0078": "48\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nangry. Then Samudra came to the Lord with great haste and surrendered\nto Him, wanting to help Him in every way. The Lord then attempted to\nbridge the ocean, and, with the help of advice from Vibhi�at;J.a, He attacked Ravat;J.a's capital, Lanka. Previously, Hanuman, the eternal servant of the Lord, had set fire to Lanka, and now, with the help of\nLak�mat;J.a, the forces of Lord Ramacandra killed all the Rak�asa soldiers.\nThen Lord Ramacandra personally killed Raval).a. Mandodari and other\nwives lamented for Ravat;J.a, and in accordance with Lord Ramacandra's\norder, Vibh�al).a performed the funeral ceremonies for all the dead in\nthe family. Lord Ramacandra then gave Vibhi�at;J.a the right to rule\nLanka and also granted him a long duration of life. The Lord delivered\nSitadevi from the Asoka forest and carried her in a flower airplane to His\ncapital Ayodhya, where He was received by His brother Bharata. When\nLord Ramacandra entered Ayodhya, Bharata brought His wooden shoes,\nVibhi�al).a and Sugriva held a whisk and fan, Hanuman carried an\numbrella, Satrughna carried the Lord's bow and two quivers, and\nSitadevi carried a waterpot containing water from holy places. Ailgada\ncarried a sword, and Jambavan (��araja) carried a shield. Mter Lord\nRamacandra, accompanied by Lord Lak�mal).a and mother Sitadevi, met\nall His relatives, the great sage Vasi�tha enthroned Him as King. The\nchapter ends with a short description of Lord Ramacandra's rule in\nAyodhya.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��<fj \\lCfT'if\n\n(fl�i!4H\\'li!\n\n�� <��I( 'l?J�qr: I\n\n\" \"\nri\n3flif(ijtfl +46:10\\il(ij�li! ��,._�,�II\n� II\n�\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nkha!vangad dirghabahu5 ca\nraghus tasmat prthu-srava/:t\n\najas tato maha-rajas\n\ntasmad daSaratho 'bhavat\n\nsn-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; khatvangat-from\nMaharaja Khatvailga; dirghabahu/:t-the son named Dirghabahu; ca-\n\n", "SB9.2#p0079": "Text 2]\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Riimacandra\n\n49\n\nand; raghu/:t tasmat-from him Raghu was born; prthu-srava/:t-saintly\n\nand celebrated; aja/:t-the son named Aja; tata/:t-from him; maharaja/:t-the great king called Maharaja Dasaratha; tasmat-from Aja;\n\ndaSaratha/:t-by the name Dasaratha; abhavat-was born.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: The son of Maharaja Khatviiliga was\n\nDirghabahu, and his son was the celebrated Maharaja Raghu. From\nMaharaja Raghu came Aja, and from Aja was hom the great\npersonality Maharaja Da8aratha.\n\ntasyapi bhagavan e�a\n\nsak$ad brahmamayo hari/:t\n\narilSarilSena caturdhagat\n\nputratvarh prarthita/:tsurai/:t\n\nrama-la/cymalJil-bharata­\n\nsatrughna itisarhjnaya\n\ntasya-of him,\n\nMaharaja\n\nDasaratha;\n\napi-also;\n\nbhagavan-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; e�a/:t-all of them; sdk$at-directly;\n\nbrahma-maya/:t-the Supreme Parabrahman, the Absolute Truth;\nharit£-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; arilSa-arilSena-by an expansion of a plenary portion; caturdha-by fourfold expansions; agataccepted; putratvam-sonhood; prarthitat£-being prayed for; surai/:t­\n\nby\n\nthe\n\ndemigods;\n\nrdma-Lord\n\nRamacandra;\n\nla/cymalJil-Lord\n\nLak�ma.Q.a; bharata-Lord Bharata; satrughna/:t-and Lord Satrughna;\niti-thus; sarhjfiaya-by different names.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing prayed for by the demigods, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, the Absolute Truth Himself, directly appeared with His\n\n", "SB9.2#p0080": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n50\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nexpansion and expansions of the exyansion. Their holy names\n\nwere Rama, Lak!iimat;ta, Bharata and Satrughna. These celebrated\n\nincarnations thus appeared in four forms as the sons of Maharaja\n\nDa8aratha.\n\nPURPORT\nLord\n\nRamacandra\n\nand\n\nHis\n\nbrothers,\n\nLak�?mal).a,\n\nBharata\n\nand\n\nSatrughna, are all vi$r:tu-tattva, not jiva-tattva. The Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead expands into many, many forms. Advaitam acyutam aniidim\nananta-rilpam. Although they are one and the same, vi$r:tu-tattva has\n\nmany forms and incarnations. As confirmed in the Brahma-samhita\n\n(5.39), ramadi-murti$u kala-niyamena ti$than. The Lord is situated in\n\nmany forms, such as Rama, Lak�?mal).a, Bharata and Satrughna, and these\n\nforms may exist in any part of His creation. All these forms exist perma­\n\nnently, eternally, as individual Personalities of Godhead, and they\nresemble many\n\ncandles,\n\nall equally powerful.\n\nLord\n\nRamacandra,\n\nLak�?mal).a, Bharata and Satrughna, who, being vi$r:tu-tattva, are all\n\nequally powerful, became the sons of Maharaja Dasaratha in response to\n\nprayers by the demigods.\n\nTEXT3\n\n�wta\"4R6 u���: 1\n� ft: erlifRt � �� «l�1qiju� : II � II\ntasyiinucaritam riijann\nr$ibhis tattva-darsibhib,\nsrutam hi varr:titam bhuri\ntvaya sitii-pater muhu�\ntasya-of Him, the Supreme Personality of Godhead Lord Rama­\n\ncandra and His brothers; anucaritam-transcendental activities; riijan-0 King (Maharaja Par�it); r$ibhib,-by great sages or saintly per­\n\nsons; tattva-darsibhi�-by persons who know the Absolute Truth;\n\nsrutam-have all been heard; hi-indeed; varr:titam-as they have been\n\nso nicely described; bhuri-many; tvayii-by you; sftii-pateb,-of Lord\nRiimacandra, the husband of mother Si:ta; muhub,-more than often.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0081": "Text 3)\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\n51\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it, the transcendental activities of Lord Ramacandra have been described by great saintly persons who have seen\nthe truth. Because you have heard again and again about Lord\nRamacandra, the husband of mother Sitii, I shall describe these activities only in brief. Please listen.\nPURPORT\n\nModern Rak�asas, posing as educationally advanced merely because\n\nthey have doctorates, have tried to prove that Lord Ramacandra is not the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead but an ordinary person. But those who\n\nare learned and spiritually advanced will never accept such notions; they\n\nwill accept the descriptions of Lord Ramacandra and His activities only as\npresented by tattva-darsis, those who know the Absolute Truth. In\n\nBhagavad-gitii (4.34) the Supreme Personality of Godhead advises:\ntad viddhi prar:tipatena\nparipra§nena sevaya\nupadelcyyanti te jfiilnam\njfiilninas tattva-darsina/:t\n\n\"Just try to learn the truth by approaching a spiritual master. Inquire\n\nfrom him submissively and render service unto him. The self-realized\n\nsoul can impart knowledge unto you because he has seen the truth.\" Un­\n\nless one is tattva-darsi, in complete knowledge of the Absolute Truth,\n\none cannot describe the activities of the Personality of Godhead.\nTherefore although there are many so-called Ramayar:tas, or histories of\nLord Ramacandra's activities, some of them are not actually authorita­\n\ntive. Sometimes Lord Ramacandra's activities are described in terms of\none's own imaginations, speculations or material sentiments. But the\n\ncharacteristics of Lord Ramacandra should not be handled as something\n\nimaginary. While describing the history of Lord Ramacandra, Sukadeva\n\nGosvami told Maharaja Parlk!;>it, \"You have already heard about the ac­\n\ntivities of Lord Ramacandra.\" Apparently, therefore, five thousand years\nago there were many Ramayar:tas, or histories of Lord Ramacandra's ac­\n\ntivities, and there are many still. But we must select only those books\n\n", "SB9.2#p0082": "(Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n52\n\nwritten by tattva-darsis (jnaninas tattva-darsinab), not the books of so­\n\ncalled scholars who claim knowledge only on the basis of a doctorate.\n\nThis is a warning by Sukadeva Gosviimi. lJ.$ibhis tattva-darsibhi�. Al­\n\nthough the Ramayatw- composed by Viilmiki is a huge literature, the\n\nsame activities are summarized here by Sukadeva Gosviimi in a few\nverses.\n\nTEXT4\n\"'\n\n�...,.\n\n.\n\nget?.J �'ffi(l\\iltI ott�(G:�i4Wf\n�+liT\n\n�flMaq�iffl\n\ngurv-arthe tyakta-rajyo vyacarad anuvanaril padma-padbhyaril priyaya�\npar;ti-sparsa�amabhyam mrjita-patha-rujo yo harindranujabhyam\nvairnpyac chilrpatwkhya� priya-viraha-rU$dropita-bhrn-vijrmbhatrastiibdhir baddha-setu/:t khala-dava-dahana/:t lwsalendro 'vatiin na/:t\nguru-arthe-for the sake of keeping the promise of His father;\n\ntyakta-rajya/:t-giving up the position of king; vyacarat-wandered;\n\nanuvanam-from one forest to another; padma-padbhyam-by His two\n\nlotus feet; priyaya�-with His very dear wife, mother Si:tii; par;ti-sparsa­\n\na/cyamabhyam-which were so delicate that they were unable to bear\neven the touch of Sitii's palm; mrjita-patha-ruja/:t-whose fatigue due to\n\nwalking on the street was diminished; ya�-the Lord who; harindra­\n\nanujabhyam-accompanied by the king of the monkeys, Hanumiin, and\n\nHis younger brother Lak�mai;ta; vairnpyat-because of being disfigured;\n\nsurpatw-khya�-of the Riik�asi (demoness) named su.rpai;takha; priya­\n\nviraha-being aggrieved by separation from His very dear wife; rU$d\n\n", "SB9.2#p0083": "Text 5]\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\n53\n\naropita-bhrn-vijrmbha-by flickering of His raised eyebrows in anger;\ntrasta-fearing;\n\nabdhib,-the ocean;\n\nstructed a bridge over the ocean;\n\nbaddha-setub,-one who con­\n\nkhala-dava-dahanab,-killer of en­\n\nvious persons like RavaQ.a, like a fire devouring a forest; kosala-indrab,-the King of Ayodhya; avatat-be pleased to protect; nab,-us.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo keep the promise of His father intact, Lord Ramacandra immediately gave up the position of king and, accompanied by His\nwife, mother Sita, wandered from one forest to another on His\nlotus feet, which were so delicate that they were unable to bear\neven the touch of Sitii's palms. The Lord was also accompanied by\n\n(\n\nHanumiin or by another monkey, Sugriva] , king of the monkeys,\nand by His own younger brother Lord Lak�mlll}.a, both of whom\ngave Him relief from the fatigue of wandering in the forest. Hav­\n\ning cut off the nose and ears of Siirplll}.akhii, thus disfiguring her,\n\nthe Lord was separated from mother Sitii. He therefore became\nangry, moving His eyebrows and thus frightening the ocean, who\nthen allowed the Lord to construct a bridge to cross the ocean.\nSubsequently, the Lord entered the kingdom of Riivlll}.a to kill\nhim, like a fire devouring a forest. May that Supreme Lord, Ramacandra, give us all protection.\nTEXTS\n\n�'Q� � +UU�Ioql M�ll�(l : I\nqwijl �'fut�� � ��ij!!fi.qr: II� I I\nvisvamitradhvare yena\nmaricadya niSa-carab,\npa§yato la/cymar:r.asyaiva\nhata nairrta-purigavab,\nviSvamitra-adhvare-in the sacrificial arena of the great sage\nVisviimitra; yena-by whom (Lord Ramacandra ) ; marica-adyab,hea'ded by Marica; niSa-carab,-the uncivilized persons wandering at\n\n", "SB9.2#p0084": "(Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n54\n\nnight in the darkness of ignorance; pa§yata� lak$ma�ya-being seen\nby Lak�ma.Qa; eva-indeed; hata�-were killed; nairrta-pungava�the great chiefs of the Rak�asas.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the arena of the sacrifice p erformed by Visviim.itra, Lord\nRimacandra, the King of Ayodhya, killed many demons, Riik�asas\nand uncivilized men who wandered at night in the mode of dark­\n\nness. May Lord Ramacandra, who killed these demons in the presence of Lak�ma:r;ta, he kind enough to give us protection.\nTEXTS 6-7\n\"\n\n\"\n\n!\\,\n\ntil�\n\n�\n\n.\n\n� �i'(ij ijl ��\n\ndfijt�4!?4� Bl�iJtq;flij�\n� ijfj�·IIJt�l� ��\ne�!Sf1tdWf'����illl �II\nM����UI�fl�ff4�S�·�qj\n\n�f-1\n�ttl� �gq�Oil��\n� �¥4'§{1 ii�Hi'.if4lijfi4(\n�\n\n{'\n\n.\n\nII \\9 II\n\nyo loka-vira-samitau dhanur aiSam ugram\nsitii-svayamvara-grhe triSatopanitam\niidaya bala-gaja-lila ivek$u-y�!im\nsajjyi-krtam nrpa vikr�ya babhafija madhye\njitvanurilpa-gur.w-sila-vayo 'nga-rilpam\nsitiibhidhiim sriyam urasy abhilabdhamiinam\nmiirge vrajan bhrgupater vyanayat prarill)ham\ndarpam mahim akrta yas trir araja-bfjam\nya�-Lord Ramacandra who; loka-vira-samitau-in the society or in\nthe midst of many heroes of this world; dhanu�-the bow; aiSam-of\n\n", "SB9.2#p0085": "Text 8]\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\n55\n\nLord Siva; ugram-very fierce; sita-svayamvara-grhe-in the hall\nwhere mother Sitii stood to select her husband; triSata-upanitam-the\nbow carried by three hundred men; aooya-taking (that bow); balagaja-lila/:l-acting like a baby elephant in a forest of sugarcane; ivalike that; i/cyu-y�#m-a stick of sugarcane; sajjyi-krtam-fastened the\nstring of the bow; nrpa-0 King; vikr$ya-by bending; babhafijabroke it; madhye-in the middle; jitva-gaining by victory; anunlpajust befitting His position and beauty; gu�-qualities; sila-behavior;\nvaya/:l-age; anga-body; rapam-beauty; sita-abhidham-the girl\nnamed Sitii; sriyam-the goddess of fortune; urasi-on the chest;\nabhilabdhamanam-had gotten her previously; marge-on the way;\nvrajan-while walking; bhrgupate/:l-of Bh:rgupati; vyanayatdestroyed; prara{lham-rooted very deep; darpam-pride; mahimthe earth; akrta-finished; ya/:l-one who; tri/:t-three times (seven);\nartija-without a royal dynasty; bijam-seed.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, the pastimes of Lord Riimacandra were wonderful, like\nthose of a baby elephant. In the assembly where mother Sita was to\nchoose her husband, in the midst of the heroes of this world, He\n\nbroke the bow belonging to Lord Siva. This bow was so heavy that\nit was carried by three hundred men, but Lord Ramacandra bent\n\nand strung it and broke it in the middle, j ust as a baby elephant\nbreaks a stick of sugarcane. Thus the Lord achieved the hand of\nmother Sita, who was equally as endowed with transcendental\nqualities of form, beauty, behavior, age and nature. Indeed, she\nwas the goddess of fortune who constantly rests on the chest of the\nLord. While returning from Sita's home after gaining her at the\nassembly of competitors, Lord Ramacandra met Para8uriima. Although Para8urama was very proud, having rid the earth of the\nroyal order twenty-one times, he was defeated by the Lord, who\nappeared to be a k�atriya of the royal order.\nTEXTS\n\n;;r:\n\ne�ql!itql(qlijNtJF-1�\n�:qrlq��m: 1\n\n", "SB9.2#p0086": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n56\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nyab, satya-pasa-parivita-pitur nidesarit\nstrai1JllSya capi sirasa jagrhe sabharyab,\nrajyarit sriyarit prar:wyinab, suhrdo nivasarit\ntyaktva yayau vanam asun iva mukta-sangab,\nyab,-Lord\n\nRamacandra\n\nwho;\n\nsatya-pii.Sa-parivita-pitub,-of His\n\nfather, who was bound by the promise to his wife; nide§am-the order;\n\nstraiTJllSya-of the father who was very much attached to his wife; caalso; api-indeed; sirasa-on His head; jagrhe-accepted; sa-bharyab,-with His wife;\n\nrajyam-the kingdom; sriyam -opulence;\n\npra­\n\nr:wyinab,-relatives; su hrdab,-friends; nivasam-residence; tyaktoogiving up; yayau-went; vanam-to the forest; asun-life; iva-like;\n\nmukta-sangab,-a liberated soul.\nTRANSLATION\nCarrying out the order of His father, who was bound by a promise to his wife, Lord Ramacandra left behind His kingdom, opulence, friends, well-wishers, residence and everything else, just as\na liberated soul gives up his life, and went to the forest with Sitii.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Da8aratha had three wives. One of them, Kaikeyi, served\nhim very pleasingly, and he therefore wanted to give her a benediction.\nKaikeyi, however, said that she would ask for the benediction when it\nwas necessary. At the time of the coronation of Prince .Ramacandra,\nKaikeyi requested her husband to enthrone her son Bharata and send\nRiimacandra to the forest. Maharaja Dasaratha, being bound by his promise, ordered Riimacandra to go to the forest, according to the dictation of\nhis beloved. And the Lord, as an obedient son, accepted the order immediately. He left everything without hesitation, just as a liberated soul\nor great yogi gives up his life without material attraction.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0087": "Text 10)\n\n57\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\nTEXT9\n\n�:�� �q+\\'g>A:«-\n\n��n: (CI(bt�(\\lfOIJj(Qttif � I\n..\n\n�\n\n����(1�+\\qi(Otl���:gqm�ll �II\n\nra�a�-svasur vyakrta nlpam a.Suddha-buddhes\ntas ya� khara-triSira-dil�1Ja-mukh ya-bandhun\n\njaghne caturdaSa-s ahasram aparar;tiya­\n\nkoda1J4a,-par;tir a!amcina uvasa krcchram\n\nra�a�-svasu�-of SiirpaJ;Iakha, the sister of the Rak�asa (RavaJ;Ia);\n\nvyakrta-(Lord\n\nRama)\n\nbuddhe�-because\n\nher\n\ndeformed;\n\nintelligence\n\nnlpam-the\nwas\n\nform;\n\npolluted\n\na.Suddha­\n\nby\n\nlusty\n\nde­\n\nsires; tasya�-of her; khara-triSira-dil§a1)ll-mukhya-bandhun-many\n\nfriends, headed by Khara, Trisira and Dii�aJ;Ia; jaghne-He (Lord Ramacandra) killed; c aturdaSa-sahasram-fourteen thousand; aparar;tiyainvincible;\n\nkodar;t{ia-bows\n\nand\n\narrows;\n\npdr;ti�-in\n\nHis\n\nhand;\n\na!amcina�-wandering in the forest; uoosa-lived there; krcchram­\n\nwith great difficulties.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile wandering in the forest, where He accepted a life of hardship, carrying His invincible bow and arrows in His hand, Lord\nRiimacandra deformed Rava�a's sister, who was polluted with lusty\ndesires, by cutting off her nose and ears. He also killed her fourteen thousand Rak�asa friends, headed by Khara, Trisira and\nD��a.\nTEXT 10\n\n�OI�lfqij(t.,.4�..\n\n���l¥1��1\n�s:g6o1�rrt�ffl�\n\n+4tft�+41'g��l@.. �qJH II� oil\n\n", "SB9.2#p0088": "58\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch.10\n\nsita-katha-sravar:za-dipita-hrc-chayena\nsr$!am vilokya nrpate daSa-kandharer:za\njaghne 'dbhutair:za-vapU$iisramato 'pakr$!0\nmiiricam asu viSikhena yathii kam ugra/:t\nsitii-katha-topics about Sitadevi; sravar:za-by hearing; dipita-agi­\n\ntated; hrt-sayena-lusty desires within the mind of Rava.I).a; smam­\n\ncreated;\n\nvilokya-seeing\n\nthat;\n\nnrpate-0\n\nKing\n\nParik�it;\n\ndaSa­\n\nkandharer:za-by Rava1,1a, who had ten heads; jaghne-the Lord killed;\n\nadbhuta-er:za-vapU$ii-by a deer made of gold; asramata/:t-from His\n\nresidence; apakf$!a/:t-distracted to a distance; miiricam-the demon\nMarica, who assumed the form of a golden deer; asu-immediately;\n\nviSikhena-by a sharp arrow; yathii-as; kam-Dak�a; ugraJ:r,-Lord\n\nSiva.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�?it, when Rival}.a, who had ten heads on his\n\nshoulders, heard about the beautiful and attractive features of\n\nSita, his mind was agitated by lusty desires, and he went to kidnap\n\nher. To distract Lord Ramacandra from His a.Srama, Riival}.a sent\n\nMarica in the form of a golden deer, and when Lord Riimacandra\n\nsaw that wonderful deer, He left His residence and followed it and\n\nfinally killed it with a sharp arrow, just as Lord Siva killed Dak�?a·\nTEXT 11\n\noo���f!�s�\n\n��6:U:t�f(<t�q41fq1\n���-a:fW:r:n�:\n«i«�·�i •1Ril4f�nr%fti�:q'R 11 � � 11\nralcyo- 'dhamena vrkavad vipine 'sama/cyam\nvaideha-raja-duhitary apayapitayam\nbhriitrii vane krpar:zavat priyayii viyukta/:t\nstri-saflginiim gatim iti prathayams cacara\n\n", "SB9.2#p0089": "Text ll]\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\n59\n\nrak$a�-adhamena-by the most wicked among Rak�asas, Rav�a;\nvrka-vat-like a tiger; vipine-in the forest; asama/cyam-unprotected;\nvaideha-raja-duhitari-by this condition of mother Sita, the daughter of the King of Videha; apayapitayam-having been kidnapped;\nbhratra-with His brother; vane-in the forest; krpar:w-vat-as if a\nvery distressed person; priyaya-by his dear wife; viyukta�-separated; stri-sanginam-of persons attracted to or connected with women;\ngatim-destination;\n\niti-thus;\n\nprathayan-giving\n\nan\n\nexample;\n\ncacara-wandered.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Ramacandra entered the forest and Lak�mai].a was also absent, the worst of the Rak�asas, Ravai].a, kidnapped Sitadevi, the\ndaughter of the King of Videha, just as a tiger seizes unprotected\nsheep when the shepherd is absent. Then Lord Ramacandra wandered in the forest with His brother Lak�mai].a as if very much distressed due to separation from His wife. Thus He showed by His\npersonal example the condition of a person attached to women.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the words stri-sariginam gatim iti indicate that the condition of a person attached to women was shown by the Lord Himself. According to moral instructions, grhe narirh vivarjayet: when one goes on a\ntour, one should not bring his wife. Formerly men used to travel without\nconveyances, but still, as far as possible, when one leaves home one\nshould not ta)ce his wife with him, especially if one is in such a condition\nas Lord Ramacandra when banished by the order of His father. Whether\nin the forest or at home, if one is attached to women this attachment is always troublesome, as shown by the Supreme Personality of Godhead by\nHis personal example.\nOf course, this is the material side of stri-sarigi, but the situation of\nLord Ramacandra is spiritual, for He does not belong to the material\nworld. Narayar:w� paro 'vyaktat: Niiray�a is beyond the material creation. Because He is the creator of the material world, He is not subject to\nthe conditions of the material world. The separation of Lord Ramacandra\nfrom Sita is spiritually understood as vipralambha, which is an activity\nof the hliidini potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead belonging\n\n", "SB9.2#p0090": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n60\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nto the srngiira-rasa, the mellow of conjugal love in the spiritual world. In\nthe spiritual world the Supreme Personality of Godhead has all the deal­\n\nings of love, displaying the symptoms called siittvika, saficiiri, vilapa,\nmurcchii and unmiida. Thus when Lord Ramacandra was separated from\n\nSita, all these spiritual symptoms were manifested. The Lord is neither\nimpersonal nor impotent. Rather, He is sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha, the\n\neternal form of knowledge and bliss. Thus He has all the symptoms of\n\nspiritual bliss. Feeling separation from one's beloved is also an item of\nspiritual bliss. As explained by Srila Svarupa Damodara Gosvami, riidhiikr$TJCL-pra1JClya-vikrtir hladini-sakti/:1.: the dealings of love between\n\nRadha and ��Qa are displayed as the pleasure potency of the Lord. The\nLord is the original source of all pleasure, the reservoir of all pleasure.\n\nLord Ramacandra, therefore, manifested the truth both spiritually and\n\nmaterially. Materially those who are attached to women suffer, but spiri­\n\ntually when there are feelings of separation between the Lord and His\n\npleasure potency the spiritual bliss of the Lord increases. This is further\nexplained in Bhagavad-gitii ( 9.ll) :\n\navajiinanti miiril muc)hii\nmiinU$irh tanum asritam\nparam bhiivam ajananto\nmama bhuta-mahesvaram\nOne who does not know the spiritual potency of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead thinks of the Lord as an ordinary human being. But the\nLord's mind, intelligence and senses can never be affected by material\n\nconditions. This fact is further explained in the Skanda PuriiTJCl, as\n\nquoted by Madhvacarya:\n\nnitya-pilrTJCL-sukha-jfiiinasvarilpo 'sau yato vibhul;\nato 'sya riima ity akhya\ntasya dul;kham kuto '{tv api\ntathiipi loka-si/cyartham\nadul;kho dul;kha-vartivat\nantarhitam loka-dmya\nsitiim iisit smarann iva\n\n", "SB9.2#p0091": "Text 12]\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\n61\n\njfiiipandrtham punar nityasambandha� svatmana� sriya�\nayodhyaya vinirgacchan\nsarva-lokasya cesvara�\npratyak$am tu sriya sardham\njagamanadir avyaya�\nnak$atra-masa-gar.itarh\ntrayodaSa-sahasrakam\nbrahmaloka-samarh cakre\nsamastarh �iti-mar:u;lalam\nranw ranw rama iti\nsarve�m abhavat tada\nsarvoramamayo loko\nyada ramas tv apalayat\nIt was actually impossible for Rava:Q.a to take away Sita. The form of Sita\ntaken by Rava:Q.a was an illusory representation of mother Sita-maya­\n\nsita. When Sita was tested in the fire, this maya-sita was burnt, and the\nreal Sita came out of the fire.\nA further understanding to be derived from this example is that a\nwoman, however powerful she may be in the material world, must be\ngiven protection, for as soon as she is unprotected she will be exploited\nby Rak�asas like Rava:Q.a. Here the words vaideha-raja-duhitari indicate\nthat before mother Sita was married to Lord Ramacandra she was protected by her father, V aideha-raja. And when she was married she was\nprotected by her husband. Therefore the conclusion is that a woman\nshould always be protected. According to the Vedic rule, there is no scope\nfor a woman's being independent (asamak$am), for a woman cannot\nprotect herself independently.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�R'{t��ij'ti�+i�'t �\n\n����a:1\n\n", "SB9.2#p0092": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n62\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\ndagdhvatma-krtya-hata-krtyam ahan kabandharh\nsakhyarh vidhaya kapibhir dayita-gatirh tail:£\nbuddhvatha valini hate plavagendra-sainyair\nvelam agat sa manujo }a-bhavarcitiirighri/:1,\ndagdhva-by burning;\n\natma-krtya-hata-krtyam-after performing\n\nreligious rituals required after the death of Jatayu, who died for the\nLord's\n\ncause;\n\nahan -killed; kabandham-the demon Kabandha;\nvidhaya-after creating; kapibhi/:1,-with the\nmonkey chiefs; dayita-gatim-the arrangement for delivering Sita;\ntai/:1,-by them; buddhva-knowing; atka-thereafter; valini hatewhen Vali had been killed; plavaga-indra-sainyai/:1,-with the help of\nthe soldiers of the monkeys; velam -to the beach of the ocean; agatwent; sa/:1,-He, Lord Ramacandra; manu-ja/:1, -appearing as a human\nbeing; aja-by Lord Brahma; bhava-and by Lord Siva; arcitaanghri/:1,-whose lotus feet are worshiped.\nsakhyam -friendship;\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Rimacandra, whose lotus feet are worshiped by Lord\n\nBrahmii and Lord Siva, had assumed the form of a human being.\nThus He performed the funeral ceremony of Jatiiyu, who was\nkilled by Riiv�a. The Lord then killed the demon named\nKahandha, and after making friends with the monkey chiefs, killing Viili and arranging for the deliverance of mother Sitii, He went\nto the beach of the ocean.\nPURPORT\nWhen Rava11a kidnapped Sita, he was obstructed on the way by Jatayu,\n\na large bird. But the powerful RavaQa defeated Jatayu in the fight and\n\ncut his wing. When Ramacandra was searching for Sita, He found Jatayu\n\nalmost dead and was informed that Sita has been carried off by RavaJ1a.\n\nWhen Jatayu died, Lord Ramacandra did the duty of a son by performing\nthe funeral ceremony, and then He made friends with the monkeys to\ndeliver Sitadevi.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0093": "Text 14]\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\n63\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�������ifi¥4\n+�tt•ftutEiN : I\n�: Rl(��uj � �\nq(G;I(�'4�J!4•1wt � � II� �II\nyad-r!J$a-vibhrama-vivrtta-ka[ak}a-patasambhranta-nakra-makaro bhaya-gin:ta-g�ab,\nsindhub, sirasy arha�rit parigrhya nlpi\npadaravindam upagamya babha$a etat\nyat-r()$a-whose anger; vibhra ma-induced by; vivrtta -turn ed;\nka[d�a-pata-by the glance; sambhra nta- agitated; nakra-crocodiles; makarab,-and sharks; bhaya-gin:ta-gh0$ab,-whose loud sound\nwas silenced through fear; sindhub,-the ocean; sirasi-on his head;\narha�m -all paraphernalia for worshiping the Lord; parigrhyacarrying; nlpi-taking form; pada -aravindam -the lotus feet of the\nLord; upagamya -reaching; babhii§a-said; etat-the following.\nTRANSLATION\nMter reaching the beach, Lord Ramacandra fasted for three\ndays, awaiting the arrival of the ocean personified. When the ocean\ndid not come, the Lord exhibited His pastimes of anger, and\nsimply by His glancing over the ocean, all the living entities within\nit, including the crocodiles and sharks, were agitated by fear. Then\nthe personified ocean fearfully approached Lord Riimacandra, taking all paraphernalia to worship Him. Falling at the Lord's lotus\nfeet, the personified ocean spoke as follows.\nTEXT 14\n\n\"�j�����\ni�441R�(i� :;s(416144s:ft�•'(\n\nt(ffl\"'(i:f6: ij(4(U(( �: �\n\n��,(146tt: « ��: 11�\\?11\n\n", "SB9.2#p0094": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n64\n\nna tvarh vayarh ja4a-dhiyo nu vidama\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nbhilman\n\nkil_ta-stham adi-pun.t§arh jagatam adhiSam\nyat-sattvata� sura-gaT)ii rajasa� prajesa\nmanyo§ ca bhilta-pataya� sa bhavan gur,tesa�\nna-not; tvam- Your Lordship; vayam-we; Ja4a dhiya�-dull-\n\nminded, possessing blunt intelligence;\n\nnu-indeed;\n\nvidama�-can\n\nknow; bhilman-0 Supreme; kilta-stham-within the core of the heart;\n\nadi-p ur!.£$am-the original Personality of Godhead; jagatam-of the\nuniverses, which progressively go on; adhiSam-the supreme master;\nyat-fi xed under Your direction; sattvata�- infatuated with sattvagu'fJ.(l; sura-ga{!ii�-such demigods;\n\nrajasa�-infatuated with rajo­\n\ngu'TJ.(l; praja iSa�-the Prajiipatis; manyo� -influenced by tamo-gu'fJ.(l;\n-\n\nca-and; bhilta -pataya�\n\n-\n\nrulers of ghosts; sa�-such a personality;\n\nbhavan-Your Lordship; gu 'fJ.(l -iSa�-the master of all three modes of\nmaterial nature.\nTRANSLATION\n0 all-pervading Supreme Person, we are dull-minded and did\n\nnot understand who You are, but now we understand that You are\n\nthe Supreme Person, the master of the entire universe, the\n\nunchanging and original Personality of Godhead. The demigods\n\nare infatuated with the mode of goodness, the Prajapatis with the\n\nmode of passion, and the lord of ghosts with the mode of ignorance, but You are the master of all these qualities.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word ja4a-dhiya� refers to intelligence like that of an animal. A\nperson with such intelligence cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Without being beaten, an animal cannot understand\nthe purpose of a man. Similarly, those who are dull-minded cannot\nunderstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but when punished\nseverely by the modes of material nature, they begin to understand Him.\nA Hindi poet has said:\n\ndu�kha se saba hari bhaje\nsukha se bhaje koi\n\n", "SB9.2#p0095": "Text 15]\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Rimacandra\n\n65\n\nsukha se agar hari bhaje\ndu�kha kiithan se haya\nWhen one is distressed he goes to the church or temple to worship the\nLord, but when opulent he forgets the Lord. Therefore, punishment by\nthe Lord through material nature is necessary in human society, for\nwithout it men forget the supremacy of the Lord due to their dull, blunt\nintelligence.\nTEXT 15\n\n����R��t\n�(.'Slfl(I�IJI�'4r:�R em�\n������\ntntrf��FI�'Ji�;ilit�� �: ������\nkiimam prayahi jahi visravaso 'vameham\ntrailokya-ravar:wm avapnuhi vira patnim\nbadhnihi setum iha te ya§aso vitatyai\ngayanti dig-vijayino yam upetya bhupa�\nkiimam-as You like; prayahi-You may go over my water; jahijust conquer; viSravasa�-of Visrava Muni; avameham-pollution, like\nurine; trailokya-for the three worlds; ravar:w-m-the person known as\nRava.J;la, the cause of weeping; avapnuhi-regain; vira-0 great hero;\npatnim-Your wife; badhnihi-just construct; setum-a bridge; ihahere (on this water); te-o£ Your good self; ya.Sasa�-fame; vitatyai-to\nexpand; gayanti-will glorify; dik-vijayina�-great heroes who have\nconquered all directions; yam-which (bridge); upetya-coming near;\nbh upa�-great kings.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You may use my water as You like. Indeed, You may\ncross it and go to the abode of Rav�a, who is the great source of\ndisturbance and crying for the three worlds. He is the son of\nVisravii, but is condemned like urine. Please go kill him and thus\n\n", "SB9.2#p0096": "66\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nregain Your wife, Sitidevi. 0 great hero, although my water pre­\n\nsents no impediment to Your going to Lanka, please construct a\n\nbridge over it to spread Your transcendental fame. Upon seeing\nthis wonderfully uncommon deed of Your Lordship, all the great\n\nheroes and kings in the future will glorify You.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is said that a son and urine emanate from the same source-the\ngenitals. When a son is a devotee or a great learned person, the seminal\ndischarge for begetting a son is successful, but if the son is unqualified\nand brings no glory to his family, he is no better than urine. Here Rava.Q.a\nis compared to urine because he was a cause of disturbances to the\nthree worlds. Thus the ocean personified wanted him killed by Lord\nRamacandra.\nOne feature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Lord Ramacandra\nis omnipotence. The Lord can act without regard to material impediments or inconveniences, but to prove that He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead and was not merely advertised as Godhead or elected\nby popular vote, He constructed a wonderful bridge over the ocean.\nNowadays it has become fashionable to create some artificial God who\nperforms no uncommon activities; a little magic will bewilder a foolish\nperson into selecting an artificial God because he does not understand\nhow powerful God is. Lord Ramacandra, however, constructed a bridge\nover the water with stone by making the stone float. This is proof of\nGod's uncommonly wonderful power. Why should someone be accepted\nas God without displaying extraordinary potency by doing something\nnever to be done by any common man? We accept Lord Ramacandra as\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead because He constructed this bridge,\nand we accept Lord Kr��a as the Supreme Personality of Godhead because He lifted Govardhana Hill when He was only seven years old. We\nshould not accept any rascal as God or an incarnation of God, for God displays special features in His various activities. Therefore, the Lord Himself says in Bhagavad-gita (4. 9) :\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevam yo vetti tattvatab,\n\n", "SB9.2#p0097": "The Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\nText 16)\n\n67\n\ntyaktva deham punar janma\nnaiti mdm eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" The activities of\nthe Lord are not common; they are all transcendentally wonderful and\nnot able to be performed by any other living being. The symptoms of the\nLord's activities are all mentioned in the siistras, and after one understands them one can accept the Lord as He is.\nTEXT 16\n\n���qRt���:\n\n��:\n\nwftq;ft����Si*l��(;fl��FI+ft�oj{�IW\n������\nbaddhvodadhau raghu-patir vividhadri-ka!ai/:1,\nsetum kapindra-kara-kampita-bhuruhangai/:1,\nsugnva-nila-hanumat-pramukhair anikair\nlankiim vibhi�ar:w-drsavisad agra-dagdham\nbaddhva-after constructing; udadhau-in the water of the ocean;\nraghu-pati/:1,-Lord Ramacandra; vividha-varieties of; adri-ka!ai/:1,with peaks of great mountains; setum-a bridge; kapi-indra-of powerful monkeys; kara-kampita-moved by the great hands; bhuruhaangai/:1,-with the trees and plants; sugriva-Sugriva; nila-Nila ;\nhanumat-Hanuman; pramukhai/:1,-led by; anikai/:1,-with such\nsoldiers; lankiim-Lanka, the kingdom of Raval).a; vibh�ar:w-drsa-by\nthe direction of Vibhi�al).a, the brother of Raval).a; iiviSat-entered;\nagra-dagdham\n\n-\n\nwhich was previously burnt (by the monkey soldier\n\nHanuman).\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: After constructing a bridge over the\n\nocean by throwing into the water the peaks of mountains whose\n\n", "SB9.2#p0098": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n68\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\ntrees and other vegetation had been shaken by the hands of great\n\nmonkeys, Lord Ramacandra went to Lanka to release Sitadevi from\n\nthe clutches of Rav�a. With the direction and help of Vibhi��a,\n\nRav�a's brother, the Lord, along with the monkey soldiers,\nheaded by Sugriva, Nila and Hanuman, entered Rav�a's kingdom,\n\nLanka, which had previously been burnt by Hanuman.\nPURPORT\n\nGreat mountain peaks covered with trees and plants were thrown into\nthe sea by the monkey soldiers and began to float by the supreme will of\nthe Lord. By the supreme will of the Lord, many great planets float\nweightlessly in space like swabs of cotton. If this is possible, why should\ngreat mountain peaks not be able to float on water? This is the omnipotence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He can do anything and\neverything He likes, because He is not under the control of the material\nnature; indeed, material nature is controlled by Him. Mayadhya�er:ta\nprakrti� sayate sacaracaram: only under His direction does prakrti, or\nmaterial nature, work. Similar information is given in the Brahmasamhita (5.52):\nyasyajfiaya bhramati sambhrta-kala-cakro\ngovindam adi-purll§arh tam aham bhajami\nDescribing how material nature works, the Brahma-samhita says that\nthe sun moves as desired by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Consequently, for Lord Ramacandra to construct a bridge over the Indian\nOcean with the help of monkey soldiers who threw great mountain peaks\ninto the water is not at all wonderful; it is wonder.ful only in the sense\nthat it has kept the name and fame of Lord Ramacandra eternally\ncelebrated.\nTEXT 17\n\nm\n\nt�l��w-�tJi�4\\N(i(€1ilg��§ll(•ft��(1!!4e�1�atl\n\n-\"!1\\\"llifil\n\n•Ntt�ifa:;ftq � II� \\911\n\n", "SB9.2#p0099": "Text 18]\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\n69\n\nsa vanarendra-bala-ruddha-vihiira-ko$!hasri-dvara-gopura-sado-valabhi-vi!arika\nnirbhajyamana-dhi$ar:ra-dhvaja-hema-kumbhasrr'rga!aka gaja-kulair hradiniva ghur7J.(i\nsa-the place known as Laiika; vanara-indra-of the great chiefs of\nthe monkeys;\n\nbala-by the strength;\n\nruddha-stopped, encircled;\n\nvihiira-pleasure houses; ko$!ha-the places where food grains were\nstocked;\n\nsri-the\n\ntreasury\n\nhouses;\n\ndvara-the\n\ndoors\n\nof\n\npalaces;\n\ngopura-the gates of the city; sada�-the assembly houses; valabhithe frontage of great palaces; v#arika-the rest houses for the pigeons;\n\nnirbhajyamana-in the process of being dismantled; dhi$ar:ra\n\n- plat­\n\nforms; dhvaja-the flags; hema-kumbha -golden waterpots on the\ndomes;\n\ns rriga!aka -and the crossroads;\n\ngaja-kulai�-by herds of\n\nelephants; hradini-a river; iva-like; ghur7J.(i-agitated\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter entering Lanka, the monkey soldiers, led by chiefs like\nSugriva, Nila and Hanumin, occupied all the sporting houses, granaries, treasuries, palace doorways, city gates, assembly houses,\npalace frontages and even the resting houses of the pigeons. When\nthe city's crossroads, platforms, flags and golden waterpots on its\ndomes were all destroyed, the entire city of Lanka appeared like a\nriver disturbed by a herd of elephants.\nTEXT 18\n\n�:qRt\\ktG\\'4�l'+l ��ri(cct«I�Cfl\n�(l.ij€61G.f.l l\n.\n....\n....\n\n� Sfi{(ijqjij€61�1'4€6'1�1G,n(\n\n(1i:tl�llil (1qft.f�G\\� � 11��11\nrak$a�-patis tad avalokya nikumbha-kumbhadhumrak$a-durmukha-surantaka-narantakadin\nputrarh prahastam atikaya-vikampanadin\nsarvanugan samahinod atha kumbhakarr:ram\n\n", "SB9.2#p0100": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n70\n\n[Canto 9, Ch.lO\n\nra/cya�-pati�-the master of the Rak�asas (Rava:Q.a); tat-such disturbances; avalokya-after seeing; nikumbha-Nikumbha;\nKumbha;\n\ndhamra/cya-Dhiimrak�a;\n\nkumbha­\n\ndurmukha-Durmukha;\n\nsuran­\n\ntaka-Surantaka; narantaka-Narantaka; adin-all of them together;\nputram-his son, lndrajit; prahastam-Prahasta; atikaya-Atikaya;\nvikampana-Vikampana; adin-all of them together; sarva-anuganall followers of Rava:Q.a; samahinot-ordered (to fight with the enemies);\natha-at last;\n\nkumbhakar�m-Kumbhakar�a, the most important\n\nbrother.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Raval}.a, the master of the Rak�asas, saw the disturbances\n\ncreated by the monkey soldiers, he called for Nikumbha, Kumbha,\n\nDhiimrik�a, Durmukha, Surantaka, Narintaka and other Rak�asas\n\nand also his son lndrajit. Thereafter he called for Prahasta,\n\nAtikaya, Vikampana and finally Kumbhakar�a. Then he induced\nall his followers to fight against the enemies.\nTEXT 19\n\nijf �wt'tijwtl'imu�:q�qstle1t:t1Rti�l(dl44«f41\\�··r�\nwftii4��Ul44(i®f•I\"\\!14411\\;ft�ll�q�e•R�fflStml_ II����\ntam yatudhana-prtanam asi-sala-capa­\n\nprasar§#-saktiSara-tomara-khcu)ga-durgam\nsugriva-lalcyma�-marutsuta-gandhamadanilangadarlcya-panasadibhir anvito 'gat\ntam-all of them; yatudhana-prtanam-the soldiers of the Rak�asas;\nasi-by swords; sala-by lances; capa-by bows; prasa-r§#-prasa\nweapons and r§# weapons; sakti-sara-sakti arrows; tomara-tomara\nweapons; khcu)ga-by a type of sword; durgam-all invincible; sugriro-by the monkey named Sugriva; lalcyma�-by Lord Ramacandra's younger brother; marut-suta-by Hanuman; gandhamada-\n\n", "SB9.2#p0101": "Text 20)\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\n7l\n\nby Gandhamada, another monkey; nila-by the monkey named Nila;\narigada-Arigada; r�a-.Bk�a; pa nasa -Pan asa; adibhift,-and by\nother soldiers; anvita� -being surrounded, Lord Ramacandra; agatcame in front of (for the sake of fighting ) .\nTRANSLATION\nLord\n\nRamacandra,\n\nsurrounded by Lak�j�a\n\nand monkey\n\nsoldiers like Sugriva, Hanuman, Gandhamiida, Nila, AD.gada,\nJiimhaviin and Panasa, attacked the soldiers of the Riik�jasas, who\nwere fully equipped with various invincible weapons like swords,\nlances, bows, priisas, :r!1tis, sakti arrows, khacJgas and tomaras.\nTEXT 20\n\n�s;();:MI � ij'ef\nFiq���:l\n:Jt€M�fflR•I�!!MU\\4(1�1:\nm��(1¥41\\·cl(lt40l:UI'{ II� II\no\n\nte 'nikapa raghupater abhipatya sarve\ndvandvarh varutham ibha-patti-rathasva-yodhai�\njaghnur drumair giri-gade$ubhir angadadya�\nsitabhimar$a-hata-mangala-ravar:r-esan\nte-all of them; anika-pa � -the commanders of the soldiers; raghupate�-o£ Lord Sri Ramacandra; abhipatya-chasing the enemy;\nsarve-all of them; dvandvam -fighting; varutham-the soldiers of\nRaval)a; ibha-by elephants; patti-by infantry; ratha-by chariots;\na.Soo-by horses; yodhaift,-by such warriors; jaghnu� -killed them;\ndruma ift,-by throwing big trees; giri-by peaks of mountains; gadaby clubs; i$ubhi� -by arrows; arigada-ad ya�-all the soldiers of Lord\nRamacandra, headed by Ailgada and others; sita-o£ mother Sita;\nabhimar$a-by the anger; hata-had been condemned; marigalawhose auspiciousness; rava{W-iSan-the followers or dependents of\nRavaQa.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0102": "[Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n72\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAilgada\n\nand\n\nthe\n\nother\n\nco mmanders\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nsoldiers\n\nof\n\nRamacandra faced the elephants, infantry, horses and chariots of\n\nthe enemy and hurled against them big trees, mountain peaks,\n\nclubs and arrows. Thus the soldiers of Lord Riimacandra killed\nRivlll}.a's soldiers, who had lost all good fortune because RiivaJ,la\nhad been condemned by the anger of mother Sitii.\nPURPORT\nThe soldiers Lord Ramacandra recruited in the jungle were all\nmonkeys and did not have proper equipment with which to fight the\nsoldiers of Ravru;ta, for Ravru;ta's soldiers were equipped with weapons of\nmodern warfare whereas the monkeys could only throw stones, mountain\npeaks and trees. It was only Lord Ramacandra and Lak�mru;ta who shot\nsome arrows. But because the soldiers of Raval).a were condemned by the\ncurse of mother Si:tii , the monkeys were able to kill them simply by\nthrowing stones and trees. There are two kinds of strength- daiva and\npurr.L§akara. Daiva refers to the strength achieved from the Transcendence, and purU§iikara refers to the strength organized by one's own intelligence and power. Transcendental power is always superior to the\npower of the materialist. Depending on the mercy of the Supreme Lord,\none must fight one's enemies even though one may not be equipped with\nmodern weapons. Therefore ��I).a instructed Arjuna, nu'im anusmara\nyudhya ca: \"Think of Me and fight.\" We should fight our enemy to the\nbest of our ability, but for victory we must depend on the mercy of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 21\n\n�:tffir: ((tile�f!�� �\n3Tre���l\n\n�:��ftr�ll:tf'8;ftq;ftij\n�lijj¥41�¥4(i'lfist�a: �: II�� II\nra�a/:t-pati/:t sva-bala-�#m ave�ya rU§ta\naruhya yanakam athabhisasara ramam\n\n", "SB9.2#p0103": "Text 22]\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Riimacandra\n\n73\n\nsvab,-syandane dyumati miitalinopanite\nvibhrajamiinam ahanan ni.Sitaib- �urapraibra�ab,-patib,-the leader of the Rak�asas, Raval}.a; sva-bala-1ta$timthe destruction of his own soldiers; a ve�ya-after observing; r�!ab-became very angry;\n\naruhya-riding on;\n\nyanakam-his beautiful\n\nairplane decorated with flowers; atka-thereafter; abhisasara-proceeded toward; ramam-Lord Riimacandra; svab,-syandane-in the\ncelestial chariot of lndra; dyumati-glittering; miitalina-by Matali,\nthe chariot driver of lndra; upanite-having been brought; vibhrajamanam-Lord Riimacandra, as if brilliantly illuminating; ahanat-Riival}.a struck Him;\n\nni.Sitaib,-very sharp;\n\n�urap raib,-with\n\narrows.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, when Ravat.ta, the King of the Rak�asas, observed\nthat his soldiers had been lost, he was extremely angry. Thus he\nmounted his airplane, which was decorated with flowers, and proceeded toward Lord Riimacandra, who sat on the effulgent chariot\nbrought by Matali, the chariot driver of lndra. Then Ravat.ta struck\nLord Riimacandra with sharp arrows.\nTEXT 22\n\n��� �:\nw����\n�'ffistqw 'fieittt �M1W\n�\"4tfll � � ttitl(�ifl4�'P:f : II��II\n\n��\n\nramas tam aha pu�ada-purf$a yan nab,\nkantasama�am asatapahrta svavat te\ntyakta-trapasya phalam adya jugupsitasya\nyacchami kala iva kartur alanghya-viryabramab,-Lord Riimancadra; tam-unto him, Riival}.a; aha-said;\n\npu�a-ada-purf$a-you are the stool of the man-eaters\n\n(Rak�asas) ;\n\n", "SB9.2#p0104": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n74\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nyat-because; naft-My; kanta-wife; asama�am-helpless because\nof My absence; asata-by you, the most sinful; apahrta-was kidnapped; sva-vat-like a dog who takes food from the kitchen in the absence of the proprietor; te-o£ you; tyakta-trapasya-because you are\nshameless; phalam adya-1 shall give you the result today; jugupsitasya-o£ you, the most abominable; yacchiimi-I shall punish you;\nkalaft iva-like death; kartuft-o£ you, who are the performer of all sinful activities; alanghya-viryaft-but I, being omnipotent, never fail in\nMy attempt.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Riimacandra said to Rav�a: You are the most abominable\n\nof the man-eaters. Indeed, you are like their stool. You resemble a\n\ndog, for as a dog steals eatables from the kitchen in the absence of\n\nthe householder, in My absence you kidnapped My wife, Sitadevi.\n\nTherefore as Yamariija punishes sinful men, I shall also punish\n\nyou. You\n\nare\n\nmost abominable, sinful and shameless. Today,\n\ntherefore, I, whose attempt never fails, shall punish you.\n\nPURPORT\nNa ca daivat param balam: no one can surpass the strengh of the\nTranscendence. Raval)a was so sinful and shameless that he did not know\nwhat the result would be of kidnapping mother Sita, the pleasure potency\nof Ramacandra. This is the disqualification of the Rak�asas. Asatyam\naprat4tham te jagad ahur ani§varam. The Rak�asas are unaware that the\nSupreme Lord is the ruler of the creation. They think that everything\nhas come about by chance or accident and that there is no ruler, king or\ncontroller. Therefore the Rak�asas act independently, as they like, going\neven so far as to kidnap the goddess of fortune. This policy of Rav�a's is\nextremely dangerous for the materialist; indeed, it brings ruin to the\nmaterialistic civilization. Nonetheless, because atheists are Rak�asas,\nthey dare to do things that are most abominable, and thus they are\npunished without fail. Religion consists of the orders of the Supreme\nLord, and one who carries out these orders is religious. One who fails to\ncarry out the Lord's orders is irreligious, and he is to be punished.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0105": "Text 23]\n\n75\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\nevam �ipan dhanU§i sandhitam utsasarja\nlxi:t:tam sa vajram iva tad-dhrdayam bibheda\nso 'srg vaman daSa-mukhair nyapatad vimanad\ndhaheti jalpati jane sukrtiva rikta�\n\nevam-in this way; �ipan-chastising (Raval).a); dhan!J,§i-on the\nbow; sandhitam-fixed an arrow; utsasmja-released (toward him);\noo�m-the arrow; sa�-that arrow; vajram iva-like a thunderbolt;\ntat-hrdayam-the\n\nheart\n\nof\n\nRavaQ.a;\n\nbibheda-pierced;\n\nsa�-he,\n\nRiival).a; asrk-blood; roman-vomiting; daSa-mukhai�-through the\nten mouths; nyapatat-fell down; vimanat-from his airplane; hahaalas, what happened; iti-thus; jalpati-roaring; jane-when all the\npeople present there; sukrti iva-like a pious man; rikta�-when the\nresults of his pious activities are finished.\nTRANSLATION\nMter thus rebuking Ravai].a, Lord Ramacandra fixed an arrow to\nHis bow, aimed at Ravai].a, and released the arrow, which pierced\nRiivaJ}.a's heart like a thunderbolt. Upon seeing this, RiivaJ}.a's\nfollowers raised a tumultuous sound, crying, \"Alas! Alas! What\nhas happened? What has happened?\" as Riivai].a, vomiting blood\nfrom his ten mouths, fell from his airplane, just as a pious man\nfalls to earth from the heavenly planets when the results of his\npious activities are exhausted.\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gita (9.21) it is said, �ir;te pur:tye martya-lokam viSanti:\n\"When the results of their pious activities are exhausted, those who have\n\n", "SB9.2#p0106": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n76\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nenjoyed in the heavenly planets fall again to earth.\" The fruitive activities of this material world are such that whether one acts piously or\nimpiously one must remain within the material world according to different conditions, for neither pious nor impious actions can relieve one\nfrom maya's clutches of repeated birth and death. Somehow or other,\nRavai,la was raised to an exalted position as the king of a great kingdom\nwith all material opulences, but because of his sinful act of kidnapping\nmother Sita, all the results of his pious activities were destroyed. If one\noffends an exalted personality, especially the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, one certainly becomes most abominable; bereft of the results\nof pious activities, one must fall down like Raval).a and other demons. It\nis therefore advised that one transcend both pious and impious activities\nand remain in the pure state of freedom from all designations\n\n(saroopadhi-vinirmuktam tat-paratvena nirmalam). When one is fixed\nin devotional service, he is above the material platform. On the material\nplatform there are higher and lower positions, but when one is above the\nmaterial platform he is always fixed in a spiritual position (sa gu�n\n\nsamatityaitan brahma-bhayaya kalpate). Ravai,la or those like him may\nbe very powerful and opulent in this material world, but theirs is not a\nsecure position, because, after all, they are bound by the results of their\n\nkarma (karma� daiva-netreiJ.(L). We should not forget that we are completely dependent on the laws of nature.\n\nprakrte� kriyama�ni\ngu'IJ.(li� karmar:ti sarva§a�\naharikara-vima{ihatma\nkartaham iti manyate\n\"The bewildered spirit soul, under the influence of the three modes of\nmaterial nature, thinks himself the doer of activities that are in actuality\n\ncarried out by nature.\" (Bg. 3.27) One should not be proud of one's exalted position and act like Raval).a, thinking oneself independent of\nmaterial nature's laws.\nTEXT 24\n\nm fittSfiwt ��: ��: 1\n¥4�l((�l � a;r �� 13q1�W{ II�'JII\n\n", "SB9.2#p0107": "Text 25]\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\n77\n\ntato n4kramya lankaya\nyatudhiinya/:1, sahasra§a/:1,\nmandodarya samam tatra\nprarudantya upadravan\ntata/:1,-thereafter; n4kramya-coming out; lankaya/:1,-from Lanka;\nyatudhiinya/:1,-the wives of the Rak�asas; sahasra§a/:1,-by thousands\nand thousands;\n\nmandodaryd-headed by Mandodari, the wife of\n\nRavaJ;J.a; samam-with; tatra-there; prarudantya/:1,-crying in lamentation; upadravan-came near (their dead husbands).\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, all the women whose husbands had fallen in the battle, headed by Mandodari, the wife of Ravm;ta, came out of Lanka.\nContinuously crying, they approached the dead bodies of Ravm;ta\nand the other Rak�asas.\nTEXT 25\n\n���q�\\Tl{�l\n�: ij� � � �'fi�'{Rq;n\n����\"\nsoon svdn bandhun par4vajya\nla/cyma1JE$Ubhir arditan\nrurudu/:1, susvararh dina\nghnantya atmanam atmand\nsvdn soon-their own respective husbands; bandhun-friends;\npar4vajya-embrac ing;\nla/cymar:ra-4ubhi/:l,-by the arrows of\nLak�maJ;J.a; arditan-who were killed; rurudu/:1,-all the wives cried\npiteously; su-svaram-it was very sweet to hear; dina/:1,-very poor;\nghnantya/:1,-striking;\n\ndtmdnam-their breasts;\n\ndtmana-by them­\n\nselves.\nTRANSLATION\nStriking their breasts in afBiction because their husbands had\nbeen killed by the arrows of Lak�mm;ta, the women embraced their\n\n", "SB9.2#p0108": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n78\n\n[Canto 9, Ch.IO\n\nrespective husbands and cried piteously in voices appealing to\n\neveryone.\n\nha hatii� sma vayarh niitha\nloka-riioo r,w, ram r,w,\nkam yayiic charar,w,rh lanka\ntvad-vihinii pariirditii\nha-alas;\n\nhatii�-killed;\n\nsma-in the past;\n\nvayam-all of us;\n\nniitha-0 protector; loka-nivar,w,-0 husband, who created the crying\nof so many other people; riivar,w,-0 Rava.Q.a, one who can cause crying\nof others;\n\nkam-unto whom;\n\nyayiit-will\n\ngo;\n\nsarar,w,m-shelter;\n\nlanka-the state of Lanka; tvat-vihina-being bereft of your good self;\npara-ardita-being defeated by the enemies.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my lord, 0 master! You epitomized trouble for others, and\n\ntherefore you were called Riiv�a. But now that you have been\ndefeated, we also are defeated, for without you the state of Laiikii\n\nhas been conquered by the enemy. To whom will it go for shelter?\nPURPORT\n\nRava.Q.a's wife Mandodari and the other wives knew very well how\ncruel a person Rava.Q.a was. The very word \"Riiva.Q.a\" means \"one who\ncauses crying for others.\" Rava.Q.a continuously caused trouble for\nothers, but when his sinful activities culminated in giving trouble to\nSitadevi, he was killed by Lord Ramacandra.\nTEXT 27\n\n� �� �'Mlff ll;ntt �1'4�� tt(J: I\n��� �{tmt�� ;fun a:�nfll+tl( 11�\\911\n\n�\n\n", "SB9.2#p0109": "Text 27]\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\n79\n\nna vai veda mahii-bhiiga\nbhavan kama-vasarit gata�\ntejo 'nubhiivarit sitdya\nyena nito da5am imam\nna-not; vai-indeed; veda-did know; maha-bhaga-0 greatly\nfortunate one; bhavan-yourself; kama-va5am-influenced by lusty\ndesires; gata�-having become; teja�-by influence; anubhavam-as a\nresult of such influence; sitaya�-of mother Sitii; yena-by which;\nnita�-brought into; daSam-condition; imam-like this (destruction).\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 greatly fortunate one, you came under the influence of lusty\ndesires, and therefore you could not understand the influence of\nmother Sitii. Now, because of her curse, you have been reduced to\nthis state, having been killed by Lord Riimacandra.\nPURPORT\n\nNot only was mother Sitii powerful, but any woman who follows in the\nfootsteps of mother Sitii can also become similarly powerful. There are\nmany instances of this in the history of Vedic literature. Whenever we\nfind a description of ideal chaste women, mother Sitii is among them.\nMandodari, the wife of Riival).a, was also very chaste. Similarly, Draupadi\nwas one of five exalted chaste women. As a man must follow great personalities like Brahmii and Niirada, a woman must follow the path of\nsuch ideal women as Sitii, Mandodari and Draupadi. By staying chaste\nand faithful to her husband, a woman enriches herself with supernatural\npower. It is a moral principle that one should not be influenced by lusty\ndesires for another's wife. Matrvat para-dare�u: an intelligent person\nmust look upon another's wife as being like his mother. This is a moral\ninjunction from Car,zakya-sloka (10).\nmatrvat para-dare�u\npara-dravy�u ZO$travat\natmavat sarva-bhute�u\nya� pa§yati sa par:u;lita�\n\n", "SB9.2#p0110": "80\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\n\"One who considers another's wife as his mother, another's possessions\nas a lump of dirt and treats all other living beings as he would himself, is\nconsidered to be learned.\" Thus Rav�a was condemned not only by\nLord Ramacandra but even by his own wife, Mandodari. Because she was\na chaste woman, she knew the power of another chaste woman, especially\nsuch a wife as mother Sitadevi.\n\nkrta4a vidhava lanka\n\nvayam ca kula-nandana\ndeha/:1, krto 'nnam grdhriiTJ-iim\n\niitmii naraka-hetave\nkrta-made by you; e$li-all of this; vidhaoo-without a protector;\nlanka-the state of Lanka; vayam ca-and us; kula-nandana-0\npleasure of the Rak�asas; deha/:1,-the body; krta/:1,-made by you;\nannam-eatable; grdh riiTJ-iim -of the vultures; iitmii-and your soul;\nnaraka-hetave-for going to hell.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 pleasure of the Rak�asa dynasty, because of you the state of\nLanka and also we ourselves now have no protector. By your deeds\nyou have made your body fit to he eaten by vultures and your soul\nfit to go to hell.\nPURPORT\nOne who follows the path of Ravru;ta is condemned in two ways: his\nbody is fit to be eaten by dogs and vultures, and the soul goes to hell. As\nstated by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gitii (16.19):\n\ntan aham dv4ata/:l, kruriin\nsamsiire$u nariidhamiin\nk$ipamy ajasram a§ubhiin\niisuri§v eva yon4u\n\n", "SB9.2#p0111": "Text 29]\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Rimacandra\n\n81\n\n\"Those who are envious and mischievous, who are the lowest among\n\nmen, are cast by Me into the ocean of material existence, into various\n\ndemoniac species of life.\" Thus the destination of godless atheists such as\n\nRava.I}.a, Hira.I}.yaka8ipu, Kamsa and Dantavakra is a hellish condition of\n\nlife. Mandodari, the wife of RavaQa, could understand all this because\n\nshe was a chaste woman. Although lamenting for the death of her hus­\n\nband, she knew what would happen to his body and soul, for although\n\none cannot see directly with one's material eyes, one can see with eyes of\n\nknowledge (pa.Syanti jfiana-cak$U$ab-). In Vedic history there are many\n\ninstances of how one becomes godless and is condemned by the laws of\n\nnature.\n\nTEXT 29\n\nrsr1rtn �<fFil\n\n� ��� �..S::I?Jfitfa:a: I\n\n� � ('4i+q�IPtifi4( ����II\nsri-suka umca\n\nsvanam vibhi$a1,UlS cakre\nkosalendranumoditab,\n\npitr-medha-vidhanena\n\nyad uktam sampara yikam\n\nsri-sukab, umca-Sri\n\nSukadeva Gosvami said;\n\nsvanam-of\n\nhis\n\nown family members; vibhi$a1)ab,-Vibhi�aQa, the brother of Ravai.J.a\n\nand devotee of Lord Ramacandra; cakre-executed; kosala-indraanumoditab,-approved by the King of Kosala, Lord Ramacandra; pitrmedha-vidhanena-by the funeral ceremony performed by the son after\n\nthe death of his father or some family member; yat uktam-which have\n\nbeen prescribed; samparayikam-duties to be performed after a person's death to save him from the path to hell.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosvimi sa id: Vihhi�lll,la, the pious brother of\n\nRivlll,la and devotee of Lord Rimacandra, received approval from\n\nLord Rimacandra, the King of Kosala. Then he performed the\n\n", "SB9.2#p0112": "82\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nprescribed funeral ceremonies for his family members to save\nthem from the .path to hell.\n\nPURPORT\nMter giving up the body, one is transferred to another body, but\nsometimes, if one is too sinful, he is checked from transmigrating to\nanother body, and thus he becomes a ghost. To save a diseased person\nfrom ghostly life, the funeral ceremony, or sriiddha ceremony, as\nprescribed in authorized sastra, must be performed. Raval).a was killed\nby Lord Ramacandra and was destined for hellish life, but by Lord\nRamacandra's advice, Vibhi�al).a, Raval).a's brother, performed all the\nduties prescribed in relation to the dead. Thus Lord Ramacandra was\nkind to Raval).a even after RavaQa's death.\nTEXT 30\n\ntato dadarsa bhagavan\na5oka-vanikaSrame\nlcyamarh sva-viraha-vyadhirh\nsimsapa-mulam-asritam\ntataft-thereafter;\n\ndada rsa -saw;\n\nbhagavan -the Supreme\n\nPer­\n\nsonality of Godhead; a5oka-vanika-asrame-in a small cottage in the\nforest of Asoka trees; /cyamam-very lean and thin; sva-viraha­\n\nvyad him -su!Iering\n\nfrom\n\nthe\n\ndisease\n\nof\n\nseparation\n\nfrom\n\nLord\n\nRamacandra; simsapa - of the tree known as Simsapa; mulam-the\nroot; asritam-taking shelter of.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Lord Riimacandra found Sitidevi sitting in a small\n\ncottage beneath the tree named Simsapii in a forest of ASoka trees.\n\nShe was lean and thin, being aggrieved because of separation from\n\nHim.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0113": "Text 32)\n\n83\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\nriiTTUl� priyatamiim bharyam\ndiniim vi/cyyiinvakampata\niitTTUl-sandarsaniihladavikasan-mukha-pankajiim\nriiTTUl�-Lord\n\nRamacandra;\n\nbharyiim-wife;\n\ndiniim-so\n\npriya-tamiim-upon\npoorly\n\nsituated;\n\nHis\n\ndearmost;\n\nvi/cyya-looking;\n\nanvakampata-became very compassionate; iitTTUl-sandarsana-when\none sees his beloved; ahlada-an ecstasy of joyful life; vikasatmanifesting; mukha-mouth; pankajiim-like a lotus.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing His wife in that condition, Lord Ramacandra was very\ncompassionate. When Ramacandra came before her, she was exceedingly happy to see her beloved, and her lotuslike mouth\nshowed her joy.\nTEXT 32\n\n:&�1�<41()()t � � ��n 1\nfer+l� �en']_ ��T �•1oi�dl4( I\netl¥{1�� iifiC!q, � ;.p;ft =�.ftunnn � 11 ����\n..\n\niiropyaruruhe yanam\nbhriitrbhyiim hanumad-yuta(t\nvibhi$atz{iya bhagavan\ndattva ra/cyo-gar,tesatiim\nlankiim ayu5 ca kalpiintam\nyayau ci71Ul-vratab, purim\niiropya-keeping or placing;\n\niiruruhe-got up;\n\nyiinam-on the\n\nairplane; bhratrbhyam-with His brother L ak�m�a and the commander\n\nSugriva;\n\nhanumat-yutab,-accompanied\n\nby\n\nHanuman;\n\n", "SB9.2#p0114": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n84\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nvibhi!ia�ya-unto Vibhi�a.Qa, the brother of Rava.Qa; bhagavan-the\nLord; dattva-gave charge; ra/cya�-ga\"{Ul-iSatdm-the power to rule\nover the Rak�asa population of Lanka; lmikam-the state of Lanka;\nayu� ca-and the duration of life; kalpa-antam-for many, many\nyears, until the end of one kalpa; yayau-returned home; Cir\"{Ulvrata�-finishing the duration of time living in the forest; purim-to\nAyodhya-puri.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter giving Vihhi�ai.la the power to rule the Rak�asa population\n\nof Lailk.i for the duration of one kalpa, Lord Ramacandra, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead (Bhagaviin], placed Sitadevi on\n\nan airplane decorated with flowers and then got on the plane Him­\n\nself. The period for His living in the forest having ended, the Lord\nreturned to Ayodhyii, accompanied by Hanumiin, Sugriva and His\n\nbrother Lak�mai.la.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n31it€ti\\4\"¥tiui: ����: q� I\n��sq•fti4+ti�R n\n� II� �II\navakiryamd\"{Ul� sukusumair\nlokapaliirpitai� pathi\nupagiyamana-carita�\nsatadhrty-adibhir mudd\navakiryamd\"{Ul�-being overflooded; su-kusumai�-by fragrant and\nbeautiful flowers; loka-pala-arpitai�-offered by the princely order;\npathi-on the road; upagiyamana-carita�-being glorified for His uncommon\n\nactivities;\n\nsatadhrti-adibhi�-by\n\npersonalities\n\nlike\n\nLord\n\nBrahma and other demigods; mudd-with great jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Ramacandra returned to His capital, Ayodhya, He\n\nwas greeted on the road by the princely order, who showered His\n\nbody with beautiful, fragrant flowers, while great personalities\n\n", "SB9.2#p0115": "Text 38]\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Riimacandra\n\n85\n\nlike Lord Brahmii and other demigods glorified the activities of the\nLord in great jubilation.\nTEXT 34\n.\n\n\"'\n\n.\n\nifi,'lillct� � �� Cf(!��l¥4(� I\n+t�l�l�fiJI�ts�cqiMR;J �fU;g��lil II�� II\ngo-miltra-yavakarh srutva\nbhratararh valkalambaram\nmaha-kiiru1)-iko 'tapyaj\nja#larh stha-t:u;lile-sayam\ngo- mutra-yavakam- eating barley boiled in the urine of a cow;\nsrutva-hearing; bhrataram-His brother Bharata; valkala-ambaramcovered with the bark of trees; maha-kiiru1)-ika�-the supremely merciful Lord Ramacandra;\n\natapyat -lamented very much; ja#lam­\n\nwearing matted locks of hair; stha7;l{lile-sayam-lying down on a grass\nmattress, or kuSasana.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon reaching Ayodhyii, Lord Riimacandra heard that in His absence His brother Bharata was eating harley cooked in the urine of\na cow, covering His body with the bark of trees, wearing matted\nlocks of hair, and lying on a mattress of kusa. The most merciful\nLord very much lamented this.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0116": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n86\n\n(Canto 9, Ch.IO\n\nbharata� praptam akarr:tya\npauriimiitya-purohitai�\npaduke sirasi nyasya\nramam pratyudyato 'grajam\nnandigramat sva-si birad\ngita-vaditra-ni�vanai�\nbrahma-gh�er:ta ca muhu�\npathadbhir brahmavadibhi�\nsvarr:ta-ka�a-patakiibhir\nhaimaiS citra-dhvajai rathai�\nsad-a§vai rukma-sannahair\nbhatai� purata-varmabhi�\nsrertibhir viira-mukhyabhir\nbhrtyaiS caiva padanugai�\nparame�thyany upiidaya\npar:tyany uccamcani ca\npadayor nyapatat premr:ta\npraklinna-hrdaye�ar:ta�\nb harata�-Lord Bharata; priiptam-coming back home; iikarr:tyaamiitya-all the ministers;\n\nhearing; paura-all kinds of citizens;\n\npurohita*-accompanied by all the priests; paduke-the two wooden\nsirasi-on the head; nyasya-keeping; ramam-unto Lord\nRamacandra; pratyudyata�-going forward to receive; agrajam-His\neldest brother;\nnand igramii t-from His residence, known as\nNandigrama; sva-sibirat-from His own camp; g ita vaditra -songs and\nshoes;\n\n-\n\nvibrations of drums and other musical instruments; ni�vanai�-accompanied by such sounds; brahma-gh�er:ta-by the sound of chanting of\nVedic mantras; ca-and; muhu�-always; pathadbhi�-reciting from\n\n", "SB9.2#p0117": "Text 40]\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\n87\n\nthe Vedas; brahma-vadibhi/:t-by first-class brahmaTJ-Q,S; svan:r-a-ka/cyapatakabhi(l.-decorated with flags with golden embroidery; haimai(l.golden; citra-dhvajai(l,-with decorated flags; rathai(l.-with chariots;\nsat-a.Svai(!,-having very beautiful horses; rukma-golden; sannahai(l.\n-with harnesses; bhatai(l.-by soldiers; purata-varmabhi(l,-covered\nwith armor made of gold; srer,tibhi(l.-by such a line or procession;\nvara-mukhyabhi(l,-accompanied by beautiful, well-dressed prostitutes;\nbhrtyai(l.-by servants; ca-also; eva-indeed; pada-anugai(l.-by infantry; parame$!hyani-other paraphernalia befitting a royal reception;\nupadiiya-taking all together; par,tyani-valuable jewels, etc.; uccaavacani-of different values; ca-also; padayo(l.-at the lotus feet of\nthe Lord; nyapatat-fell down; premr,tii-in ecstatic love; praklinnasoftened, moistened; hrdaya-the core of the heart; 'i/cyar,ta(!.-whose\neyes.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Bharata understood that Lord Ramacandra was\nreturning to the capital, Ayodhyii, He immediately took upon His\nown head Lord Ramacandra's wooden shoes and came out from\nHis camp at Nandigrama. Lord Bharata was accompanied by\nministers, priests and other respectable citizens, by professional\nmusicians vibrating pleasing musical sounds, and by learned\nbriih�as loudly chanting Vedic hymns. Following in the procession were chariots drawn by beautiful horses with harnesses of\ngolden rope. These chariots were decorated by flags with golden\nembroidery and by other flags of various sizes and patterns. There\nwere soldiers bedecked with golden armor, servants bearing betel\nnut, and many well-known and beautiful prostitutes. Many servants followed on foot, hearing an umbrella, whisks, different\ngrades of precious jewels, and other paraphernalia befitting a royal\nreception. Accompanied in this way, Lord Bharata, His heart\nsoftened in ecstasy and His eyes full of tears, approached Lord\nRamacandra and fell at His lotus feet with great ecstatic love..\nTEXTS 39-40\n\n'{l� �� �: Sl1%lks�tq�) : I\nij1ffi� ffi��h.iiNti{ if:;t�:J� : ������\n\n", "SB9.2#p0118": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n88\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\npaduke nyasya purata�\nprafijalir �pa-locana�\ntam asl�ya cirarh dorbhyarh\nsnapayan netrajair jala*\nramo la/cyma1Ja-sitabhyarh\nviprebhyo ye 'rha-sattama�\ntebhya� svayarh namaScakre\nprajabhiS ca namaskrta�\npaduke-the two wooden shoes; nyasya -after placing; purata�before\n\nLord\n\nRamacandra;\n\nprafijali�-with folded hands;\n\nlx:4pa­\n\nlocana�-with tears in the eyes; tam-unto Him, Bharata; asl�yaembracing; ciram-for a long time; dorbhyam-w ith His two arms;\ns napayan -bathing;\nthe\n\nwater;\n\nne tra-jai�-coming\n\nrama�-Lord\n\nRamacandra;\n\nfrom His eyes; jalai�-with\nla/cy ma lJll-sitabhyam-with\n\nLa.k�ma.Q.a and mother Sita; viprebhya �-unto the learned brahmalJllS;\n\nye-also others who; arha sattama�-worthy of being worshiped;\n-\n\ntebhya�-unto them; svayam-personally; nama�-cakre-offered respectful obeisances; prajabhi�-by the citizens; ca-and;\n\nnama�­\n\nkrta�-was offered obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nMter offering the wooden shoes before Lord Ramacandra, Lord\n\nBharata stood with folded hands, His eyes full of tears, and Lord\n\nRiimacandra bathed Bharata with tears while embracing Him with\n\nboth arms for a long time. Accompanied by mother Sitii and\nLak�miu_la, Lord Riimacandra then offered His respectful obei­\n\nsances unto the learn ed briihm�as and the elderly persons in the\n\nfamily, and all the citizens of Ayodhyii offered their respectful\nobeisances unto the Lord.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0119": "Text 43]\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\n89\n\nTEXT 41\n\n�� �*l(l«fi·r-t qfij'� �(l•lai( 1\nm: ctiR:rnl lfl�: �cit �· II�� II\ndhunvanta uttarasaftgiin\npatirh vi/cyya ciragatam\nuttarii/:t kosalii malyai/:1,\nkiranto nanrtur muda\ndhunvanta/:1,-waving; uttara-asaftgiin-the upper cloths covering\nthe body; patim-the Lord; vi/cyya-seeing; ci ra-iigatam -return ed\nafter many years of banishment; uttarii/:t kosalii/:1, -the citizens of\nAyodhya; miilyai/:1, kiranta/:1,-offering Him garlands; nanrtu/:1--began\nto dance; muda-in great jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nThe citizens of Ayodhyii, upon seeing their King return after a\nlong absence, offered Him flower garlands, waved their upper\ncloths, and danced in great jubilation.\n\npiiduke bharato 'grhT)ijc\nciimara-vyajanottame\nvibhi$ar:ta/:t sasugriva/:t\nsveta-cchatrarh marut-suta/:1,\ndhanur-n�arigiiii chatrughna/:1,\nsitii tirtha-kamar:u;lalum\n\n", "SB9.2#p0120": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n90\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nabibhrad angada� kha4gam\nhaimam carmar�a-riir:t nrpa\npiiduke-the two wooden shoes; bharata�-Lord Bharata; agrhr:tiitcarried;\n\nciimara-whisk;\n\nvyaja na -fan;\n\nuttame-very\n\nopulent;\n\nvibh�ar:ta�-the brother of Ravlll).a; sa -s ugr iva �-with Sugriva; sveta­\n\nchatra m-a white umbrella; marut-suta�-Hanuman, the son of the\nwind-god;\n\ndhanu�-the\n\nbow;\n\nni,mflgiin-with\n\ntwo\n\nquivers;\n\nsatrughna� -one of the brothers of Lord Ramacandra; sitii-mother\nSita; tirtha-kamar:u;lalum-the waterpot filled with water from holy\nplaces; abibhrat-carried;\n\nangada� -the monkey commander named\nkha4ga m-the sword; haimam-made of gold; carmashield; r�a-rii!-the King of the I_U(�as, Jambavan; nrpa-0 King.\nAngada;\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, Lord Bharata carried Lord Ramacandra's wooden shoes,\n\nSugriva and Vibhi��a carried a whisk and an excellent fan,\n\nHanuman carried a white umbrella, Satrughna carried a bow and\ntwo quivers, and Sitadevi carried a waterpot filled with water from\n\nholy places. Ailgada carried a sword, and Jambavan, King of the\n:t;lk�?as, carried a golden shield.\n\np� pa ka-stho nuta� stribhi�\n\nstuyamiina5 ca vandibhi�\nvireje bhagavan riijan\ngrahaiS candra ivodita�\np�p a ka-stha� -seated on the airplane made of flowers; nuta�worshiped;\nprayers;\n\nstribhi�-by the women; stuyamii na �-being offered\nca -and; vandibhi�-by the reciters; vireje -beautified;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Ramacandra;\n\n", "SB9.2#p0121": "Text 46)\n\n91\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Rimacandra\n\nrajan-0 King Parik�it; grahai�-among the planets; candra�-the\nmoon; iva-like; udita�-risen\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik11it, as the Lord sat on His airplane of flowers, with\nwomen offering Him prayers and reciters chanting about His\ncharacteristics, He appeared like the moon with the stars and\nplanets.\nTEXTS 45-46\n\n�Tflt;(f�: ms� m�t !ltW�(( � I\n11ft� u���;f g�: mt�\n������\n� ��00'1: �: 31��\n�tr �+IUf� ;;pffi(( e�t�d:\n\nI\n\n������\n\nbhratrabhinandita� so 'tha\nsotsavam praviSat purim\npraviSya raja-bhavanam\nguru-patni� sva-mataram\nguran vayasyavarajan\npujita� pratyapujayat\n\nvaidehi la/cymaruz§ caiva\nyathamt samupeyatu�\nbhratra-by His brother (Bharata ) ; abhinandita�-being welcomed\nproperly; sa�-He, Lord Ramacandra; atka-thereafter; sa-utsavamin the midst of a festival; praviSat-entered; purim-the city of\nAyodhya; pravi§ya-after entering; raja bhavanam-the royal palace;\n-\n\nguru-patni�-Kaikeyi and other stepmothers; sva-mataram-His own\nmother\n\n(Kausalya) ; guriln\n\n-\n\nthe spiritual masters\n\n(Sri Vasi�tha and\n\nothers) ; vayasya-unto friends of the same age; avara-jan-and those\nwho were younger than He;\n\npujita�-being worshiped by them;\n\npratyapiljayat-He returned the obeisances;\n\nvaidehi-mother Sita;\n\n", "SB9.2#p0122": "92\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nla/cyma��-Lak�mat;J.a; ca eva-and; yatha-vat-in a befitting way;\nsamupeyatu�-being welcomed, entered the palace.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, having been welcomed by His brother Bharata, Lord\n\nRamacandra entered the city of Ayodhyii in the midst of a festival.\n\nWhen He entered the palace, He offered obeisances to all the\nmothers, including Kaikeyi and the other wives of Maharaja\n\nDa8aratha, and especially His own mother, Kausalyii. He also\noffered obeisances to the spiritual preceptors, such as Vasi�!ha.\n\nFriends of His own age and younger friends worshiped Him, and\n\nHe returned their respectful obeisances, as did Lak��a and\nmother Sitii. In this way they all entered the palace.\n\nputran sva-mataras tas tu\npra{liirhs tanva ivotthita�\naropyanke 'bh�ificantyo\nba§paughair vijahu� suca�\nputran-the sons; sva-matarab,- Their mothers; tab,-they, headed\nby Kausalya and Kaikeyi; tu-but; pra{liin-life; tanva�-bodies;\niva-like; utthita�-arisen; aropya-keeping; anke-on the lap;\nabh�ificantya�-moistening (the bodies of their sons);\n\nlxi§pa-by\n\ntears; oghai�-continuously pouring; vijahu�-gave up; suca�-lamentation due to separation from their sons.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seei}lg their sons, the mothers of Riima, Lak�mlll}.a,\n\nBharata and Satrughna immediately arose, like unconscious bodies\nreturning to consciousness. The mothers placed their sons on\n\ntheir laps and bathed Them with tears, thus relieving themselves\n\nof the grief of long separation.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0123": "The Pastimes of Lord Rimacandra\n\nText 49]\n\n93\n\nTEXT 48\n\n\\it����: «lf �:I\n3f�N�� �:��: ������\njatii nirmucya vidhivat\nkula-vrddhaib, samam gurub,\nabhy�ificad yathaivendram\ncatub,-sindhu-jaladibhib,\njatiib,\n\n-\n\nthe matted locks of hair on the head; nirmucya-shaving\n\nclean; vidhi-vat-according to regulative principles; kula-vrddhaib,the elderly persons in the family; samam-with; gurub,-the family\npriest\n\nor spiritual master,\n\nVasi�tha;\n\nabhy�ificat-performed the\n\nabh�eka ceremony of Lord Ramacandra; yathii-as; eva-like; indram\n-unto King Indra; catub,-sindhu-jala-with the water of the four\noceans; iidibhib,-and with other paraphernalia for bathing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe family priest or spiritual master, Vasi�tha, had Lord\nRamacandra cleanly shaved, freeing Him from His matted locks of\nhair. Then, with the cooperation of the elderly members of the\nfamily, he performed the bathing ceremony [abhi�eka] for Lord\nRamacandra with the water of the four seas and with other substances, just as it was performed for King lndra.\nTEXT 49\n\n�� ���:�: ij�: �rot(�,�: 1\nm�: �� � ll'd�ll\nevam krta-sirab,-sniinab,\nsuviisiib, sragvy-alankrtab,\nsvalankrtaib, suviisobhir\nbhriitrbhir bhiiryayii babhau\nevam-thus; krta-sirab, sniinab,-having completely bathed, washing\n-\n\nthe head;\n\nsu-viisiib,-being nicely dressed; sragvi alankrtab,-being\n-\n\n", "SB9.2#p0124": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n94\ndecorated\n\nwith\n\na\n\ngarland;\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nsu-alarikrtaib--decorated\n\nnicely;\n\nsu­\n\nvasobhib--dressed nicely; bhn'itrbhib--with His brothers; bharyayaand with His wife, Sita; babhau-the Lord became very brilliant.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Riimacandra, fully bathed and His head clean-shaven,\n\ndressed Himself very nicely and was decorated with a garland and\n\nornaments. Thus He shone brightly, surrounded by His brothers\n\nand wife, who were similarly dressed and ornamented.\nTEXT 50\n\n3UiitG\\1(14 111m !ffUN� SI(11R�t: I\n�: ��M«<I erurt���H I\n� mr� �) i@R m� � � II� oil\nagrahid iisanarh bhratra\nprar:tipatya prasaditabprajab- sva-dharma-nirata\nvarl)liSrama-gu\"(Liinvitabjugopa pitrvad ramo\nmenire pitararh ca tam\nagrahit-accepted; asanam-the throne of the state; bhratra-by His\nbrother (Bharata); prar:tipatya-after fully surrendering unto Him;\nprasaditab--having been pleased;\n\nprajab--and\n\nthe citizens;\n\nsva­\n\ndharma-niratab--fully engaged in their respective occupational duties;\nvar\"(LiiSrama-according to the system of varr:ta and asrama; gur:taanvitab--all of them being qualified in that process; jugopa-the Lord\nprotected them; pitr-vat-exactly like a father; ramab--Lord Ramacandra; menire-they considered; pitaram-exactly like a father; caalso; tam-Him, Lord Ramacandra.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing pleased by the full surrender and submission of Lord\n\nBharata, Lord Riimacandra then accepted the throne of the state.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0125": "Text 50)\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Riimacandra\n\n95\n\nHe cared for the citizens exactly like a father, and the citizens,\nbeing fully engaged in their occupational duties of var�a and\niiSrama, accepted Him as their father.\nPURPORT\nPeople are very fond of the pattern of Rama-rajya, and even today\npoliticians sometimes form a party called Rama-rajya, but unfortunately\nthey have no obedience to Lord Rama. It is sometimes said that people\nwant the kingdom of God without God. Such an aspiration, however, is\nnever to be fulfilled. Good government can exist when the relationship\nbetween the citizens and the government is like that exemplified by Lord\nRamacandra and His citizens. Lord Ramacandra ruled His kingdom exactly as a father takes care of his children, and the citizens, being obliged\nto the good government of Lord Ramacandra, accepted the Lord as their\nfather. Thus the relationship between the citizens and the government\nshould be exactly like that between father and son. When the sons in a\nfamily are well trained, they are obedient to the father and mother, and\nwhen the father is well qualified, he takes good care of the children. As\nindicated here by the words sva-dharma-niratii van:uJ.Srama-gur:Wn­\n\nvitab,, the people were good citizens because they accepted the institution\nof var� and asrama, which arranges society in the var� divisions of\n\nbrahma�. k:;atriya, vaiSya and sildra and the asrama divisions of\nbrahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa. This is actual\nhuman civilization. People must be trained according to the different\n\nvan:uJ.Srama occupational duties. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (4.13),\ncatur-van:tyam maya sr$!am gu�-karma-vibhiiga5ab,: the four vanJaS\nmust he established according to varying qualities and work. The first\nprinciple for good government is that it must institute this van:uJ.Srama\nsystem. The purpose of varr:ui5rama is to enable people to become God\n\nVan:uJ.Sramdcaravatii puT'U!ie� parab, pumdn vi$r:tur\naradhyate. The entire varr:ui5rama scheme is intended to enable people\nto become Vai�I;J.avas. Vi$r:tur asya devata. When people worship Lord\n\nconscious.\n\nVi�I;J.u as the Supreme Lord, they become V �I;J.avas. Thus people should\nhe trained to become Vai�I;J.avas through the system of va� and asrama,\nas they were during the reign of Lord Ramacandra, when everyone was\nfully trained to follow the van:uJ.Srama principles.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0126": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n96\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nSimply enforcing laws and ordinances cannot make the citizens obedient and lawful. That is impossible. Throughout the entire world there\nare so many states, legislative assemblies and parliaments, but still the\ncitizens are rogues and thieves. Good citizenship, therefore, cannot be\nenforced; the citizens must be trained. As there are schools and colleges\nto train students to become chemical engineers, lawyers or specialists in\nmany other departments of knowledge, there must be schools and colleges to train students to become brahmaT)llS, k{iatriyas, vaiSyas, sudras,\n\nbrahmacdris, grhasthas, vdnaprasthas and sannyasis. This will provide\nthe vreliminary condition for good citizenship (va11UlSrama-gu{tdn­\n\nvitdb.). Generally speaking, if the king or president is a rajar�i, the relationship between the citizens and the chief executive will be clear, and\nthere will be no possibility of disruption in the state, because the number\nof thieves and rogues will decrease. In Kali-yuga, however, because the\n\nva'1lii5rama system is neglected, people are generally thieves and rogues.\nIn the system of democracy, such thieves and rogues naturally collect\nmoney from other thieves and rogues, and thus there is chaos in every\ngovernment, and no one is happy. But here the example of good government is to be found in the reign of Lord Ramacandra. If people follow\nthis example, there will be good government all over the world.\n\ntretayarh vartamanayarh\nkala/:t krta-samo 'bhavat\nrdme rajani dharma-jiie\nsarva-bhuta-sukhiivahe\ntretdyam-in the Treta-yuga; vartamandya m -although situated in\nthat period; kala/:t-the period; krta-with Satya-yuga; sama /:t-equal;\n.\n\nabhavat-it so became; rdme-because of Lord Ramacandra's being\npresent; riijani-as the ruling king; dharma-jiie-because He was fully\nreligious; sarva-bhuta-of all living entities; sukha-iivahe -giving full\nhappiness.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0127": "Text 52)\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\n97\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Rimacandra became King during Treta-yuga, but because\nof His good government, the age was like Satya-yuga. Everyone\nwas religious and completely happy.\nPURPORT\nAmong the four yugas\n\n-\n\nSatya, Treta, Dvapara and Kali-the Kali­\n\nyuga is the worst, but if the process of\n\nva11ld5rama-dharma is in­\n\ntroduced, even in this age of Kali, the situation of Satya-yuga can be\ninvoked. The Hare .Kr�1.1a movement, or .Kr�1.1a consciousness movement,\nis meant for this purpose.\n\nkaler �a-nidhe rajann\nasti hy eko mahan gutta/:t\nkirtanad eva kr�r.msya\nmukta-sailga/:1, param vrajet\n\"My dear King, although Kali-yuga is full of faults, there is still one\ngood quality about this age: simply by chanting the Hare .Kr�1.1a maha­\n\nmantra, one can become free from material bondage and be promoted to\nthe transcendental kingdom.\" (Bhag. 12.3.51) If people take to this\nsalikirtana movement of chanting Hare .Kr�J:.la, Hare Rama, they will certainly be freed from the contamination of Kali-yuga, and the people of\nthis age will be happy, as people were in Satya-yuga, the golden age.\nAnyone, anywhere, can easily take to this Hare .Kr�1.1a movement; one\nneed only chant the Hare .Kr�1.1a maha-mantra, observe the rules and\nregulations, and stay free from the contamination of sinful life. Even if\none is sinful and cannot give up sinful life immediately, if he chants the\nHare .Kr�1.1a maha-mantra with devotion and faith he will certainly be\nfreed from all sinful activities, and his life will be successful. Param\n\nvijayate sri-kr�tta-sankirtanam. This is the blessing of Lord Ramacandra,\nwho has appeared in this age of Kali as Lord Gaurasundara.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0128": "98\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 10\n\nvanani nadyo girayo\nvar�a� dvipa-sindhava}:t\nsarve kiima-dughii asan\nprajanam bharatar�abha\nvanani-the forests; nadya/:t-the rivers; giraya/:t-the hills and\nmountains; var�a�-various parts of the states or divisions on the surface of the earth; dvipa-islands; sindhava}:t-the oceans and seas;\nsarve-all of them; kiima-dugha}:t-full of their respective opulences;\nasan-existed like that; prajanam-of all the living beings; bharatar�abha-0 Maharaja Pari�it, best of the Bharata dynasty.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, best of the Bharata dynasty, during the\n\nreign of Lord Ramacandra the forests, the rivers, the hills and\nmountains, the states, the seven islands and the seven seas were all\nfavorable in supplying the necessities of life for all living beings.\nTEXT 53\n\n•nf�:��i't���: 1\n��1Mi0�i� uij mr.:� ������\nnadhi-vyadhi-jara-gltinidu}:tkha-soka-bhaya-klama/:t\nmrtyu§ canicchatam nasid\nrame rajany adho�aje\nna-not; adhi-adhyatmika, adhibhautika and adhidaivika sufferings (that is, sufferings from the body and mind, from other living entities and from nature); vyadhi-diseases; jara-old age; gltinibereavement;\ndu}:tkha-grief;\nsoka-lamentation;\nbhaya-fear;\nklama}:t-and fatigue; mrtyu/:t-death; ca-also; anicchatam-of those\nwho did not like it; na asit-there was not; rame-during the rule of\nLord Ramacandra; rajani-because of His being the king; adho/cyajethe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is beyond this material world.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0129": "Text 54]\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\n99\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Ramacandra, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwas the King of this world, all bodily and mental suffering, disease, old age, bereavement, lamentation, distress, fear and fatigue\nwere completely absent. There was even no death for those who\ndid not want it.\nPURPORT\nAll these facilities existed because of Lord Ramacandra's presence as\nthe King of the entire world. A similar situation could be introduced immediately, even in this age called Kali, the worst of all ages. It is said,\nkali-kdle nama-rape kmw-avatdra: Kr�J.la descends in this Kali-yuga in\nthe form of His holy name-Hare Kr�J.ia, Hare Rama. If we chant\noffenselessly, Rama and Kr�J.la are still present in this age. The kingdom\nof Rama was immensely popular and beneficial, and the spreading of this\nHare i(r�Qa movement can immediately introduce a similar situation,\neven in this Kali-yuga.\nTEXT 54\n\nUiilrtf*tmt\" : �: I\nftr� (<ltf¥41*4(€( 11\"\\'dll\neka-pa tni-vra ta-dha ro\nriijar$i-carita� suci�\nsva-dharmarh grha-medhiyam\n\nsik$ayan svayam iica ra t\neka-patni-vrata-dha ra �-taking a vow not to accept a second wife or\n\nto have any connection with any other woman; riija-r$i-like a saintly\nking; carita�-whose character; suci�-pure; sva-dharmam-one's\nown occupational duty; grha-medhiyam-especially of persons situated\nin household life; sik$ayan-teaching (by personal behavior); svayampersonally; iicarat-executed His duty.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Ramacandra took a vow to accept only one wife and have\nno connection with any other women. He was a saintly king, and\n\n", "SB9.2#p0130": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n100\n\n(Canto 9, Ch.IO\n\neverything in His character was good, untinged by qualities like\n\nanger. He taught good behavior for everyone, especially for\n\nhouseholders, in terms of V8l'l}.asrama-dharma. Thus He taught the\ngeneral public by His personal activities.\n\nPURPORT\nEka-patni-vrata, accepting only one wife, was the glorious example set\nby Lord Ramacandra. One should not accept more than one wife. In those\ndays, of course, people did marry more than one wife. Even Lord\nRamacandra's father accepted more wives than one. But Lord Ramacandra, as an ideal king, accepted only one wife, mother Sita. When\nmother Sita was kidnapped by Raval)a and the Rak�asas, Lord Ramacandra, as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, could have married\nhundreds and thousands of Sitas, but to teach us how faithful He was to\nHis wife, He fought with Riiv�a and finally killed him. The Lord\npunished Rava1,1a and rescued His wife to instruct men to have only one\nwife. Lord Ramacandra accepted only one wife and manifested sublime\ncharacter, thus setting an example for householders. A householder\nshould live according to the ideal of Lord Ramacandra, who showed how\nto be a perfect person. Being a householder or living with a wife and\nchildren is never condemned, provided one lives according to the regulative principles of varT)dSrama-dharma. Those who live in accordance\nwith\n\nthese\n\nprinciples, whether\n\nas\n\nhouseholders,\n\nbrahmacaris or\n\nviinaprasthas, are all equally important.\n\nTEXT 55\n\n�....���'�' � ��li!fifij( m ,\nflAT ft;;n\n:q +n� �: ('ftijlt;:(�¥t;:r: 11'-\\�11\n;,.\nprem�nuvrttya silena\npra5rayavanata sati\nbhiya hriya ca bhava-jfui\nbhartu/:t sitaharan mana/:t\nprem� anuvrttya-because of service rendered to the husband with\nlove and faith; silena-by such good character; pra§raya-avanata-al-\n\n", "SB9.2#p0131": "Text 55)\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Ramacandra\n\n101\n\nways very submissive and ready to satisfy the husband; sati-chaste;\nbhiya-by being afraid; hriya-by shyness; ca -also; bhava-jii.d­\n\nunderstanding the attitude (of the husband); bhartub,-of her husband,\n\nLord\n\nRamacandra;\n\nmanab,-the mind.\n\nsitci-mother\n\nSita;\n\naharat -simply\n\ncaptivated;\n\nTRANSLATION\nMother Sita was very submissive, faithful, shy and chaste, always\nunderstanding the attitude of her husband. Thus by her character\nand her love and service she completely attracted the mind of the\nLord.\nPURPORT\nAs Lord Ramacandra is the ideal husband (eka-patni-vrata), mother\n\nSita is the ideal wife. Such a combination makes family life very happy.\n\nYad yad acarati sre$!has tat tad evetaro janab,: whatever example a great\n\nman sets, common people follow. If the kings, the leaders, and the\n\nbrahma1Ja5, the teachers, would set forth the examples we receive from\n\nVedic literature, the entire world would be heaven; indeed, there would\nno longer be hellish conditions within this material world.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Tenth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Pastimes of the\nSupreme Lord, Ramacandra.\n\n\"\n\n", "SB9.2#p0132": "CHAPTER ELEVEN\n\nLord Ramacandra Rules the World\nThis chapter describes how Lord Ramacandra resided in Ayodhya with\n\nHis younger brothers and performed various sacrifices.\n\nLord Ramacandra, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, performed\n\nvarious sacrifices by which to worship Himself, and at the end of these\n\nsacrifices He gave land to the hota,\n\nadhvaryu, udgata and brahma\n\npriests. He gave them the eastern, western, northern and southern directions respectively, and the balance He gave to the\n\nacarya. Lord\n\nRamacandra's faith in the brahmar:uzs and affection for His servants was\nobserved by all the brahmaiJ-as, who then offered their prayers to the\n\nLord and returned whatever they had taken from Him. They regarded\nthe enlightenment given to them by the Lord within the core of their\n\nhearts as a sufficient contribution. Lord Ramacandra subsequently\n\ndressed Himself like an ordinary person and began wandering within the\n\ncapital to understand what impression the citizens had of Him. By\nchance, one night He heard a man talking to his wife, who had gone to\n\nanother man's house. In the course of rebuking his wife, the man spoke\n\nsuspiciously of the character of Sitadevi. The Lord immediately returned\nhome, and, fearing such rumors, He superficially decided to give up\n\nSitadevi's company. Thus He banished Sitadevi, who was pregnant, to\n\nthe shelter of Valmiki Muni, where she gave birth to twin sons, named\nLava and Kusa. In Ayodhya, Lak�maQa begot two sons named Ailgada\n\nand Citraketu, Bharata begot two sons named Tak�?a and Pu�?kala, and\nSatrughna begot two sons named Subahu and Srutasena. When Bharata\nwent out to conquer various lands on behalf of the emperor, Lord Ramacandra, He fought many millions of Gandharvas. By killing them in the\n\nfight, He acquired immense wealth, which He then brought home.\n\nSatrughna killed a demon named Lavai,la at Madhuvana and thus\n\nestablished the capital of Mathura. Meanwhile, Sitadevi placed her two\n\nsons in the care of Valmiki Muni and then entered into the earth. Upon\nhearing of this, Lord Ramacandra was very much aggrieved, and thus He\n\nperformed sacrifices for thirteen thousand years. Mter describing the\n103\n\n", "SB9.2#p0133": "[Canto 9, Ch. 11\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n104\n\npastimes of Lord Ramacandra's disappearance and establishing that the\n\nLord appears for His pastimes only, Sukadeva Gosvami ends this chapter\nby describing the results of hearing about the activities of Lord Rama­\n\ncandra and by describing how the Lord protected His citizens and dis­\n\nplayed affection for His brothers.\n\nTEXT I\n\nllit�<ti �,.,\n.\n\n��T:ll�rr.��:r�q��r=l�'tmlr:r�\n\n�\n\nU't 3'Et4t�(!t�: I\n\n�fu1{tf �T�S7.4i'+.u4etl( �: II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nbhagavan atmanatmanam\nrama uttama-kalpakai/:t\nsarva-devamayam devam\nije 'thacaryavan makhai/:t\nsri-suka/:t\" uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; bhagavan-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; atmana-by Himself; atmanam­\n\nHimself;\n\nramal;t-Lord Ramacandra;\n\nuttama-kalpakai/:t-with very\n\nopulent paraphernalia; sarva-deva-mayam-the heart and soul of all the\n\ndemigods; devam-the Supreme Lord Himself; �e-worshiped; atka­\n\nthus; acaryavan-under the guidance of an acarya; makhai/:t-by\n\nperforming sacrifices.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: Thereafter, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, Lord Rimacandra, accepted an icirya and performed\nsacrifices [yajiias] with opulent paraphernalia. Thus He Himself\nworshiped Himself, for He is the Supreme Lord of all demigods.\nPURPORT\nSarvarha\"l)am acyutejya. If Acyuta, the Supreme Personality ?f God­\n\nhead, is worshiped, then everyone is worshiped. As stated in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (4.31.14):\n\n", "SB9.2#p0134": "Text 2)\n\nLord Rimacandra Rules the World\n\n105\n\nyathii taror milla-n�ecanena\ntrpyanti tat-skandha-bhujopa.Siikhii/:1,\nprii1)0pahiiriic ca yathendriyii1Jijrh\ntathaiva sarviirha\"{Ulm acyutejyii\n\"As pouring water on the root of a tree nourishes the trunk, branches,\ntwigs and leaves, and as supplying food to the stomach enlivens the\nsenses and limbs of the body, worshiping the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead satisfies the demigods, who are part of that Supreme Personality.\" Performing\n\nyajfia involves worshiping the Supreme Lord.\n\nHere the Supreme Lord worshiped the Supreme Lord. Therefore it is\nsaid,\n\nbhagaviin iitmaniitmiinam ije: the Lord worshiped Himself by\n\nHimself. This does not, of course, justify the Mayavada philosophy, by\nwhich one thinks himself the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The jiva,\nthe living entity, is always different from the Supreme Lord. The living\nentities\n\n(vibhinniimsa) never become one with the Lord, although\n\nMayavadis sometimes imitate the Lord's worship of Himself. Lord ��Qa\nmeditated upon Himself every morning as a grhastha, and similarly Lord\nRamacandra performed yajiias to satisfy Himself, but this does not mean\nthat an ordinary living being should imitate the Lord by accepting the\nprocess of\n\naharigraha-upasanii. Such unauthorized worship is not\n\nrecommended herein.\n\nTEXT2\n\nm������q:1\n3l��sr�1� � mqtJN�: II� II\nhotre 'dadiid di.Sarh priicirh\nbrahma7Je da�i1Jiirh prabhu/:1,\nadhvaryave praticirh va\nuttariirh siimagiiya sal;\nhotre-unto the hota priest, who offers oblations; adadat-gave;\ndi.Sam-direction;\n\npriicim the whole eastern side; brahma7Je-unto\nbrahmii priest, who supervises what is done in the sacrificial\narena; da�i1Jijm-the southern side; prabhu /:1,-Lord Ramacandra;\nthe\n\n-\n\n", "SB9.2#p0135": "Srrrnad-Bhagavabun\n\n106\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 11\n\nadhvaryave-unto the adhvaryu priest; praticim-the whole western\nside; va-also;\n\nuttaram-the northern side; sama-gaya-unto the\n\nudgata priest, who sings the Sama Veda; sa�-He (Lord Ramacandra).\nTRANSLATION\nLord Ramacandra gave the entire east to the hota priest, the en­\n\ntire south to the brahma priest, the west to the adhvaryu priest,\n\nand the north to the udgata priest, the reciter of the Sarna Veda. In\n\nthis way, He donated His kingdom.\n\nTEXT3\n\n3tl\"liflt4l<4 W � � ��� I\n�·u� �� � �siRJ f;f:m: 11 � 11\nacaryaya dadau se$arh\nyavati bhas tad-antara\nmanyamana idam krtsnam\nbrahmar:w 'rhati ni�prha�\niicaryaya-unto the iicarya, the spiritual master; dadau-gave;\nse$am-the balance; yavati-whatever; bhu�-land; tat-antara-existing between the east, west, north and south; manyamana�-thinking; idam-all this; krtsnam-wholly; b rahma��-the brahma�;\narhati-deserve to possess; nibsprha�-having no desire.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, thinking that because the brahmlll).as have no\n\nmaterial desires they should possess the entire world, Lord\n\nRamacandra delivered the land between the east, west, north and\n\nsouth to the acarya.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0136": "Text 5]\n\nLord Ramacandra Rules the World\n\n107\n\nity ayam tad-alankiiravasobhyam ava5e�itab.\ntatha rajfiy api vaidehi\nsaumarigalyavase�ita\niti-in this way (after giving everything to the brahmal)CLS); ayamLord Ramacandra; tat-His; alankiira-vasobhyam-with personal ornaments and �arments; ava5e�itab,-remained; tatha-as well as; rajfiithe Queen (mother\n\nof Videha;\n\nSita); api-also; vaidehi-the daughter of the King\n\nsaumangalya-with only the\n\nnose\n\nnng;\n\nava5e�ita­\n\nremained.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter thus giving everything in charity to the hriihltUU,las, Lord\nRiimacandra retained only His personal garments and ornaments,\nand similarly the Queen, mother Sitii, was left with only her nose\nring, and nothing else.\nTEXTS\n\nij ij ;tmvt� etltttct4 {t� ('\\�4( I\n!fun:��� � ll '-\\ ll\nte tu brahmar:w-devasya\n\nvatsalyam vi�ya samstutam\npritab, klinna-dhiyas tasmai\npratyarpyedam bab�ire\nte-the hota, brahma and other priests; tu-but; brahmar:wdevasya-of Lord Ramacandra, who loved the brahmal)CLS so much;\nvatsalyam-the paternal affection; vi�ya-after seeing; samstutamworshiped with prayers; pritdb,-being very pleased; klinna-dhiyab.with melted hearts; tasmai-unto Him (Lord Ramacandra); pratyarpya\n-returning; idam-this (all the land given to them); babh�irespoke.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the hriihmat,1as who were engaged in the various activities of\nthe sacrifice were very pleased with Lord Riimacandra, who was\n\n", "SB9.2#p0137": "I08\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. II\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\ngreatly affectionate and favorable to the hriilim�as. Thus with\nmelted hearts they returned all the property received from Him\nand spoke as follows.\nPURPORT\nIn the previous chapter it was said that the prajas, the citizens, strictly\nfollowed the system of van;tiisrama-dharma. The brahmar:ws acted exactly like brahmar:ws, the �atriyas exactly like �atriyas, and so on.\nTherefore, when Lord Ramacandra gave everything in charity to the\n\nbrahmar:ws, the brahmar:ws, being qualified, wisely considered that\nbrahmar:ws are not meant to possess property to make a profit from it.\nThe qualifications of a brahmar;a are given in Bhagavad-gita (18.42):\n\nsamo damas tapa� saucam\n�antir arjavam eva ca\njnanam vijnanam astikyam\nbrahma-karma svabhavajam\n\"Peacefulness,\n\nself-control,\n\nausterity,\n\npurity,\n\ntolerance,\n\nhonesty,\n\nwisdom, knowledge, and religiousness-these are the qualities by which\nthe brahmar:ws work.\" The brahminical character offers no scope for\npossessing land and ruling citizens; these are the duties of a �atriya.\nTherefore, although the brahmar:ws did not refuse Lord Ramacandra's\ngift, after accepting it they returned it to the King. The brahmar:ws were\nso pleased with Lord Ramacandra' s affection toward them that their\nhearts melted. They saw that Lord Ramacandra, aside from being the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, was fully qualified as a �atriya and\nwas exemplary in character. One of the qualifications of a �atriya is to\nbe charitable. A �atriya, or ruler, levies taxes upon the citizens not for\nhis personal sense gratification but to give charity in suitable cases.\n\n.Danam iSvara-bhava�. On one hand, �atriyas have the propensity to\nrule, but on the other they are very liberal with charity. When Maharaja\nYudhi�?thira gave charity, he engaged Kar.Qa to take charge of distributing it. Kar.Qa was very famous as Data Kar.Qa. The word data refers to\none who gives charity very liberally. The kings always kept a large quantity of food grains in stock, and whenever there was any scarcity of\n\n", "SB9.2#p0138": "Text6)\n\nLord Rimacandra Rules the World\n\n109\n\ngrains, they would distribute grains in charity. A k$atriya 's duty is to\ngive charity, and a brahmar:ra 's duty is to accept charity, but not more\nthan needed to maintain body and soul together. Therefore, when the\n\nbrahmar:uzs were given so much land by Lord Ramacandra, they returned\nit to Him and were not greedy.\nTEXT6\n\n� �*4q-r f*� ���I\n�f5ils;ijia:4 � � � �'fl II � II\naprattam nas tvaya kim nu\nbhagavan bhuvanesvara\nyan no 'ntar-hrdayam viSya\ntamo h amsi sva-roci$a\naprattam-not given;\n\nnab-unto us; tvay a\n\n-\n\nby Your Lordship;\n\nkim-what; nu-indeed; bhagavan-0 Supreme Lord; bhuvanaiSvara-0 master of the whole universe; yat-because; nab-our;\n\nantab hrdayam-within\n\nthe\n\n-\n\ntamab-the\n\nroci$a\n\n-\n\ndarkness\n\nof\n\ncore\n\nof\n\nignorance;\n\nthe\n\nheart;\n\nhamsi-You\n\nvi.Sya-entering;\nannihilate;\n\nsva­\n\nby Your own effulgence.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, You are the master of the entire universe. What have\nYou not given to us? You have entered the core of our hearts and\ndissipated the darkness of our ignorance by Your effulgence. This\nis the supreme gift. we do not need a material donation.\nPURPORT\nWhen Dhruva Maharaja was offered a benediction by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, he replied, \"0 my Lord, I am fully satisfied. I do\nnot need any material benediction.\" Similarly, when Prahlada Maharaja\nwas offered a benediction by Lord N:rsirhhadeva, he also refused to accept\nit and instead declared that a devotee should not be like a var:tik, a mercantile man who gives something in exchange for some profit. One who\nbecomes a devotee for some material profit is not a pure devotee.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0139": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n110\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 11\n\nBrahmar:ws are always enlightened by the Supreme Personality of Godhead within the heart (sarvasya caharil hrdi sanniv�to matta/:t smrtir\njiiiinam apohanaril ca). And because the brahmar:ws and Vai�1,1avas are\nalways directed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, they are not\ngreedy for material wealth. What is absolutely necessary they possess,\nbut they do not want an expanded kingdom. An example of this was\ngiven by Vamanadeva. Acting\n\nas\n\na brahmacari, Lord Vamanadeva\n\nwanted only three paces of land. Aspiring to possess more and more for\npersonal sense gratification is simply ignorance, and this ignorance is\nconspicuous by its absence from the heart of a brahma7J-a or Vai�1,1ava.\nTEXT7\n\n(1'1P·H�o6� I\n�� �(ija>O:SI�IIS�� II \\9 II\n;nt)\n\nJltRWI�fi4N\n\nnamo brahmaTJ-ya-devaya\nramayakuTJ-tha-medhase\nuttarna§loka-dhuryaya\nnyasta-dar:u}iirpitanghraye\nnama/:t-we offer our respectful obeisances; brahma1J,ya-devayaunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who accepts the brahmar:ws as\nHis worshipable deity; ramaya-unto Lord Ramacandra; akuTJ-thamedhase-whose memory and knowledge are never disturbed by anxiety; utta1'TU1Sloka-dhuryaya-the best of very famous persons; nyasta­\n\nda�-arpita-anghraye-whose lotus feet are worshiped by sages\nbeyond the jurisdiction of punishment.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who have\n\naccepted the briihiiUU}.as as Your worshipable deity. Your knowl­\n\nedge and memory are never disturbed by anxiety. You are the chief\n\nof all famous persons within this world, and Your lotus feet are\nworshiped by sages who are beyond the jurisdiction of punish­\n\nment. 0 Lord Riimacandra, let us offer our respectful obeisances\n\nunto You.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0140": "Text 9]\n\nLord Ramacandra Rules the World\n\n111\n\nTEXTS\n\nCh�IMelCh�IWl� (l*tl+te�:\n\nI\n\n��ssozuil((Ulft �lt�iv;f(:� �B1�II� II\nkadacil loka-jijnasur\ngar,lho ratryam alak$itab,\ncaran vaco 'sr1)tXl ramo\nbharyam uddiSya kasyacit\n\nkadacit-once upon a time; loka-jijnasub,-desiring to know about the\npublic; garJ,hab,-hiding Himself by a disguise; ratryam-at night;\nalak$itab,-without being identified by anyone else;\ning;\n\nvacab,-speaking;\n\na§nwt-heard;\n\ncaran-walk­\n\nramab,-Lord Ramacandra;\n\nbharyam-unto His wife; uddiSya-indicating; kasyacit-of someone.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi continued: Once while Lord Ramacandra was\n\nwalking at night incognito, hiding Himself by a disguise to find\nout the people's opinion of Himself, He heard a man speaking un­\n\nfavorably about His wife, Sitiidevi.\n\nnaharit bibharmi tvarit d�!dm\nasatirit para-vesma-gam\nstraiJ;W hi bibhryat sitarit\nramo naharit bhaje punab,\nna-not; aham-1; bibharmi-can maintain; toom-you; d�!dmbecause you are polluted; asatim-unchaste; para-vesma-gam-one\nwho has gone to another man's house and committed adultery;\nstrai�b,-a person who is henpecked; hi-indeed; bibhryat-can accept;\n\nsitam-even Sita; ramab,-like Lord Ramacandra; na-not;\n\naham-1; bhaje-shall accept; punab,-again.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0141": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n112\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. II\n\nTRANSLATION\n\npeaking to his unchaste wife, the man said] You go to another\n\n(S\n\nman's house, and therefore you are unchaste and polluted. I shall\n\nnot maintain you any more. A henpecked husband like Lord llama\n\nmay accept a wife like Sita, who went to another man's house, but I\n\nam not henpecked like Him, and therefore I shall not accept you\n\nagain.\n\nTEXT IO\n\n� � ifR����: I\n��m�3flm �am� II� oil\niti lokiid bahu-mukhiid\nduraradhyad asamvidatt\npatya bhitena sa tyakta\nprapta pracetasasramam\niti-thus; lokiit-from persons; bahu-mukhat-who can talk nonsensically in various ways; duraradhyat-whom it is very difficult to stop;\nasamvidatt-who are without full knowledge; patya-by the husband;\nbhitena-being\n\nafraid;\n\nsa-mother\n\nSitii;\n\ntyakta-was abandoned;\n\nprapta-went;\n\npracetasa-asramam-to the hermitage of Pracetasa\n\n(Valmiki Muni).\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: Men with a poor fund of knowledge and\n\na heinous character speak nonsensically. Fearing such rascals,\n\nLord Ramacandra abandoned His wife, Sitidevi, although she was\npregnant. Thus Sitadevi went to the asrama of Valmiki Muni.\nTEXT II\n\n3f'kltt�\\41t•t(\\ m � m � �ijl I\nrit � ua� rif�fifitfl �: II� �II\nantarvatny agate kale\nyamau sa SU$U1!e sutau\n\n", "SB9.2#p0142": "Text 14]\n\nLord Ram.acandra Rules the World\n\n113\n\nkuSo lava iti khyiitau\ntayo§ cakre kriyii munift\nantarvatni-the pregnant wife; agate-arrived; kale-in due course\nof time; yamau-twins; sii-Sitadevi; Szt$Uve-gave birth to; sutautwo sons; kuSaft,-Kusa; lavaft,-Lava; iti-thus; khyiitau-celebrated;\ntayoft,-of them; cakre-performed; kriyiift,-the ritualistic ceremonies\nof birth; munifr,-the great sage Valmiki.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the time came, the pregnant mother Sitadevi gave birth to\ntwin sons, later celebrated\n\nas\n\nLava and Kusa. The ritualistic\n\nceremonies for their birth were performed by Viilmiki Muni.\nTEXT 12\n\n��� ��o��ql<:'iitT �I\n�: � ��IMi � �m ���':(II\naitgadaS citraketu§ ca\nla�mar:rasyatmajau smrtau\nta�ab- pU$kala ity iistiirh\nbharatasya mahipate\narigadaft,-Ail.gada; citraketuft,-Citraketu; ca-also; la�mar:rasyaof\n\nLord\n\nLak�maiJ.a;\n\niitmajau-two\n\nsons;\n\nsmrtau-were\n\nsaid\n\nto\n\nbe; ta�ab--Tak�a; p!.t$kalaft,-Pu�kala; iti-thus; iistiim-were;\nbharatasya-o£ Lord Bharata; mahipate-0 King Par�it.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, Lord Lak�m�a had two sons, named\n\nAngada and Citraketu, and Lord Bharata also had two sons, named\nTak� and Pu�kala.\nTEXTS 13-14\n\n�� �� ��:1\n� itfl�l � � f?tiiitll � II�� II\n�:\n\n", "SB9.2#p0143": "114\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 11\n\n� �+ilwfl� ij\"� � ��� I\n�w� �: � wruf ;m{ � 1\n��� �� :qsfi � ;m{ � � II� \\1 II\nsubahu/:t srutasena.S ca\nsatrughnasya babhuvatu/:t\ngandharviin kotiSo jaghne\nbharato vijaye diSam\ntad'iyam dhanam an'iya\nsarvam rajfie nyavedayat\nsatrughna.S ca madho/:t putram\nlavar:wm nama ra�asam\nhatvd madhuvane cakre\nmathuram nama vai pur'im\nsubahu/:t-Subahu; srutasena/:t-Srutasena; ca-also; satrughnasya-of Lord Satrughna; babhuvatu/:t-were born; gandharviinpersons related with the Gandharvas, who are mostly pretenders;\nkotiSa /:t-by the tens of millions;\n\njaghne-killed; bharata/:t-Lord\n\nBharata; vijaye -while conquering; diSdm-all directions; tad'iyam-of\nthe Gandharvas; dhanam-riches;\n\n(\n\ndn'iya - bringing; sarvam-every­\n\n)\n\nthing; rajne-unto the King Lord Ramacandra ; nyavedayat-offered;\n\nsatrughna/:t-Satrughna; ca-and; madho/:t-of Madhu; putram-the\nson; lavar:wm-Lava:t;J.a; nama-by the name; rak§asam-a man-eater;\nhatva-by killing; madhuvane-in the great forest known as\n\nMadhuvana; cakre-constructed; mathuram-Mathura; nama-by the\nname; vai-indeed; pur'im-a great town.\nTRANSLATION\nSatrughna had two sons, named Subihu and Srutasena. When\n\nLord Bharata went to conquer all directions, He had to kill many\n\nmillions of Gandharvas, who are generally pretenders. Taking all\ntheir wealth, He offered it to Lord Ramacandra. Satrughna also\n\nkilled a Rakljlasa named LavaJ}.a, who was the son of Madhu Riikljlasa.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0144": "Text 16]\n\nLord Ramacandra Rules the World\n\nll5\n\nThus He established in the great forest known as Madhuvana the\ntown known as Mathura.\nTEXT 15\n\nJFiT � � ij'tffllfSft ��I�·Hti I\n\\4P:c;:cft u'i+.t(tln � srFtt� � ������\nmunau ni�ipya tanayau\nsitd bhartrd vivdsitd\ndhyayanti rama-cara�u\nvivararh pravivesa ha\nmunau-unto the great sage Valmiki; ni�ipya-giving in charge;\ntanayau-the\n\ntwo\n\nsons\n\nLava\n\nand\n\nKusa;\n\nsitd-mother\n\nSitadevi;\n\nbhartra-by her husband; vivasita-banished; dhyayanti-meditating\nupon; rama-cara�u-the lotus feet of Lord Ramacandra; vivaramwithin the earth; pravivesa-she entered; ha-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing forsaken by her husband, Sitadevi entrusted her two sons\nto the care of Viilmiki Muni. Then, meditating upon the lotus feet\nof Lord Ramacandra, she entered into the earth.\nPURPORT\nIt was impossible for Sitadevi to live in separation from Lord\nRamacandra. Therefore, after entrusting her two sons to the care of\nValmiki Muni, she entered into the earth.\n\ntac chrutva bhagavan ramo\nrundhann api dhiya suca/:1,\n\n", "SB9.2#p0145": "[Canto 9, Ch. 11\n\nSrbnad-Bhagavabun\n\n116\n\nsmararils tasya guTJ.(irils tams tan\nnilSaknod roddhum iSvarab,\ntat-this (the news of Sitadevi's entering the earth); srutva-hearing;\nbhagaoon-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nramab,-Lord\n\nRamacandra; rundhan-trying to reject; api-although; dhiya-by intelligence;\n\nsucab,-grief;\n\nsmaran-remembering;\n\ntasyab,-of\n\nher;\n\nguTJ.(in-qualities; tan tan-under different circumstances; na-not;\na§aknot-was\n\nable;\n\nroddhum-to\n\ncheck;\n\niSvarab,-although\n\nthe\n\nsupreme controller.\nTRANSLATION\nMter hearing the news of mother Sita's entering the earth, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead was certainly aggrieved. Although He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, upon remem­\n\nbering the exalted qualities of mother Sita, He could not check His\ngrief in transcendental love.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Ramacandra's grief at the news of Sitadevi's entering the earth is\nnot to be considered material. In the spiritual world also there are feelings of separation, but such feelings are considered spiritual bliss. Grief\nin separation exists even in the Absolute, but such feelings of separation\nin the spiritual world are transcendentally blissful. Such feelings are a\nsign of tasya prema-va§yatva-svabhiiva, being under the influence of\nhliidin'i-sakti and being controlled by love. In the material world such\nfeelings of separation are only a perverted reflection.\n\nstr'i-pum-prasariga etiidrk\nsarvatra triisam- avahab,\napiSvararrfim kim uta\ngramyasya grha-cetasab,\n\n", "SB9.2#p0146": "Text 18)\n\nLord Ramacandra Rules the World\n\n117\n\nstri-pum-prasariga�-attraction between husband and wife, or man\nand woman; etadrk-like this; sarvatra-everywhere; trasa1Tirdvaha�the cause of fear; api-even; iSvara�m-of controllers; kim uta-and\nwhat to speak of; gramyasya-of ordinary men of this material world;\ngrha-cetasa�-who are attached to materialistic household life.\nTRANSLATION\nThe attraction between man and woman, or male and female, always exists everywhere, making everyone always fearful. Such\nfeelings are present even among the controllers like Brahmi and\n\nLord Siva and is the cause of fear for them, what to speak of others\nwho are attached to household life in this material world.\nPURPORT\nAs explained above, when the feelings of love and transcendental bliss\n\nfrom the spiritual world are pervertedly reflected in this material world,\nthey are certainly the cause of bondage. As long as men feel attracted to\nwomen in this material world and women feel attracted to men, the\nbondage of repeated birth and death will continue. But in the spiritual\nworld, where there is no fear of birth and death, such feelings of separation are the cause of transcendental bliss. In the absolute reality there are\nvarieties of feeling,\n\nbut all of them are of the same quality of\n\ntranscendental bliss.\nTEXT 18\n\n�� � m�ost'Sit<t !fil: 1\nS4tllC:�I�('tl«'+tM(hi+W�fo�€H(\nII� �II\nij'(f\n\ntata ardhvam brahmacaryam\ndharyann ajuhot prabhu�\ntrayoda.Sabda-sahasram\nagnihotram akha\"fJ4itam\ntata�-thereafter;\nearth;\n\nardhvam-after mother Sita's going into the\n\nbrahmacaryam-complete\n\ncelibacy;\n\ndharayan-observing;\n\najuhot-performed a ritualistic ceremony and sacrifice; prabhu�-Lord\n\n", "SB9.2#p0147": "[Canto 9, Ch. 11\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n118\n\nRamacandra; trayoda.Sa-abda-sahasram-for thirteen thousand years;\nagnihotram-the sacrifice known\n\nas\n\nAgnihotra-yajiia;\n\nakha1)(),itam\n\n-without ceasing.\nTRANSLATION\nMter mother Siti entered the earth, Lord Ramacandra observed\n\ncomplete celibacy and performed an uninterrupted Agnihotra­\n\nyajiia for thirteen thousand years.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nsmaratam hrdi vinyasya\nviddham da1JC}aka-kar:t!akaift\nsva-pada-pallavam rama\natma-jyotir agat tataft\nsmaratam-of persons who always think of Him; hrdi-in the core of\nthe heart; vinyasya-placing; viddham-pierced; da1JC}aka-kar:t!akaift\n-by thorns in the forest of Da�;u}akaraJ;tya (while Lord Ramacandra was\nliving there); sva-pada-pallavam-the petals of His lotus feet; rtimaftLord Ramacandra; atma-jyotift-the rays of His bodily luster, known as\nthe brahmajyoti; agdt-entered; tataft-beyond the brahmajyoti, or in\nHis own VaikuJ;ttha planet.\nTRANSLATION\nMter completing the sacrifice, Lord Ramacandra, whose lotus\n\nfeet\n\nwere\n\nsometimes\n\npierced by\n\nthorns\n\nwhen\n\nHe\n\nlived in\n\nDaJ].qakiraJ].ya, placed those lotus feet in the hearts of those who\n\nalways think of Him. Then He entered His own abode, the\n\nVaiku�tha planet beyond the brahmajyoti.\nPURPORT\n\nThe lotus feet of the Lord are always a subject matter for meditation\nfor devotees. Sometimes when Lord Ramacandra wandered in the forest\n\n", "SB9.2#p0148": "Text 19]\n\nLord Ramacandra Rules the World\n\n119\n\nof Dai).�akara�ya, thorns pricked His lotus feet. The devotees, upon\nthinking of this, would faint. The Lord does not feel pain or pleasure\nfrom any action or reaction of this material world, but the devotees cannot tolerate even the pricking of the Lord's lotus feet by a thorn. This\nwas the attitude of the gopis when they thought of Kr!?�a wandering in\nthe forest, with pebbles and grains of sand pricking His lotus feet. This\ntribulation in the heart of a devotee cannot be understood by karmis,\njfiiinis or yogis. The devotees, who could not tolerate even thinking of the\nLord's lotus feet being pricked by a thorn, were again put into tribulation\nby thinking of the Lord's disappearance, for the Lord had to return to\nHis abode after finishing His pastimes in this material world.\nThe word iitma-jyoti/:t is significant. The brahmajyoti, which is greatly\nappreciated by jfiiinis, or monistic philosophers who desire to enter it for\nliberation, is nothing but the rays of the Lord's body.\n\nyasya prabha prabhavato jagad-ar:uJ,a-lrotilro!i§v a.Se�a-vasudhadi-vibhuti-bhinnam\ntad brahma ni§kalam anantam a§e�a-bhutarh\ngovindam iidi-pu1'U$arh tam aharh bhajami\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is endowed with great\npower. The glowing effulgence of His transcendental form is the impersonal Brahman, which is absolute, complete and unlimited and which\ndisplays the varieties of countless planets, with their different opulences,\nin millions and millions of universes.\" (Brahma-sarhhitii 5.40) The\n\nbrahmajyoti is the beginning of the spiritual world, and beyond the\nbrahmajyoti are the VaikuiJ.tha planets. In other words, the brahmajyoti\n\nstays outside the V aiku�tha planets, just as the sunshine stays outside the\nsun. To enter the sun planet, one must go through the sunshine.\nSimilarly, when the Lord or His devotees enter the Vaiku�tha planets,\nthey go through the brahmajyoti. The jfiiinis, or monistic philosophers,\nbecause of their impersonal conception of the Lord, cannot enter the\nVaiku�tha\n\nplanets,\n\nbut\n\nthey\n\nalso\n\ncannot\n\nstay\n\neternally in\n\nthe\n\nbrahmajyoti. Thus after some time they fall again to this material world.\nAruhya krcchrer:w pararh padarh tata� patanty adho 'nadrta-y�madanghraya� (Bhag. 10.2.32). The Vaiku�tha planets are covered by the\n\n", "SB9.2#p0149": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n120\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 11\n\nbrahmajyoti, and therefore one cannot properly understand what those\nVaikuJ}.tha planets are unless one is a pure devotee.\nTEXT 20\n\n���:���-\n\n:l\n��M���m«\n�m���:�: Jl�oll\nnedam yaJo raghupate/:1. sura-yacnayattalila-tanor adhika-samya-vimukta-dhiimna/:1.\nra/cyo-vadho jaladhi-bandhanam astra-pilgai/:1.\nkim tasya satru-hanane kapaya/:1. sahiiya/:1.\nna-not;\n\nidam-all these; yaJa/:1.-fame; raghu-pate/:1.-of Lord\nRamacandra; sura-yacnaya-by the prayers of the demigods; atta-lilatano/:1.-whose spiritual body is always engaged in various pastimes;\n\nadhika-samya-vimukta-dhiimna/:1.-no one is greater than or equal to\nra/cya}:l,-vadha/:1.- killing the Rak�asa (Raval}.a); jaladhibandhanam-bridging the ocean; astra-pilgai/:1.-with bow and arrows;\n\nHim;\n\nkim-whether;\n\ntasya-His;\n\nsatru-hanane-in killing the enemies;\n\nkapaya/:1.-the monkeys; sahiiya/:1.-assistants.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Ramacandra's reputation for having killed Rav&J.la with\nshowers of arrows at the request of the demigods and for having\nbuilt a bridge over the ocean does not constitute the factual glory\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead Lord Ramacandra, whose\nspiritual\n\nbody\n\nis always\n\nengaged in\n\nvarious\n\npastimes.\n\nLord\n\nRamacandra has no equal or superior, and therefore He had no\nneed to take help from the monkeys to gain victory over Rav&J.la.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in the Vedas (SvetiiSvatara Upani§ad 6.8):\n\n", "SB9.2#p0150": "Text\n\n21)\n\nLord Rimacandra Rules the World\nna\n\n121\n\ntasya karyam karar:wm ca vidyate\n\nna\n\ntat-sama5 cabhyadhikaS ca drsyate\n\nparasya saktir vividhaiva srayate\nsvabhaviki jfiiina-bala-kriya ca\n\"The Supreme Lord has nothing to do, and no one is found to be equal to\nor greater than Him, for everything is done naturally and systematically\nby His multifarious energies.\" The Lord has nothing to do (na tasya\nkaryam karar:wm ca vidyate); whatever He does is His pastime. The\nLord has no duty to perform to oblige anyone. Nonetheless, He appears to\nact to protect His devotees or kill His enemies. Of course, no one can be\nthe Lord's enemy, since who could be more powerful than the Lord?\nThere is actually no question of anyone's being His enemy, but when the\nLord wants to take pleasure in pastimes, He comes down to this material\nworld and acts like a human being, thus showing His wonderful, glorious\nactivities to please the devotees. His devotees always want to see the Lord\nvictorious in varied activities, and therefore, to please Himself and them,\nthe Lord sometimes agrees to act as a human being and perform wonderful, uncommon p��;stimes for the satisfaction of the devotees.\n\nTEXT\n\n21\n\n�('tfiiR-i �:ij �swnfit\n\n·���wazt41 � 1\n� �Wtij\\tlef?hfla�aqlaJ+fSi � � � ll��ll\nyasyamalam nrpa-sadafrsu ya§o 'dhunapi\ngayanty agha-ghnam r$ayo dig-ibhendra-pa!!am\ntam nakapala-vasupala-kirifa,-jU$!apadambujam raghupatim sarar:wm prapadye\nyasya\n\n-\n\nwhose (Lord Ramacandra's); amalam-spotless, free from\n\nmaterial qualities; nrpa-sadafrsu-in the assembly of great emperors\nlike Maharaja Yudhi�thira; ya5alt-famous glories; adhuna api-even\n\n", "SB9.2#p0151": "[Canto 9, Ch. 11\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatarn\n\n122\n\ntoday; gayanti-glorify; agha-ghnam-which vanquish all sinful reactions; r�ayab,-great saintly persons like Markat;1t,leya; dik-ibha-indrapattam-as the ornamental cloth covering the elephant that conquers the\ndirections; tam-that; naka-pala-of heavenly demigods; vasu-palaof earthly kings; kinta-by the helmets; j�ta-are worshiped; padaambujam-whose lotus feet; raghu-patim-unto Lord Rarnacandra;\nsara�m-surrender; prapadye-1 offer.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Ramacandra's spotless name and fame, which vanquish all\n\nsinful reactions, are celebrated in all directions, like the ornamen­\n\ntal cloth of the victorious elephant that conquers all directions.\n\nGreat saintly persons like Markai].<;leya �i still glorify His charac­\n\nteristics in the assemblies of great emperors like Maharaja\nYudhi�lhira. Si�larly, all the saintly kings and all the demigods,\n\nincluding Lord Siva and Lord Brahmii, worship the Lord by bowing down with their helmets. Let me offer my obeisances unto His\n\nlotus feet.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n'J�:�qt��sffqtl\nilee1��: �;.r;r�R ��:11��11\nsa yaib, spmo 'bhidr�to va\nsamv�to 'nugato 'pi va\nkosalas te yayub- sthanam\nyatra gacchanti yoginabsab,-He, Lord Ramacandra; yaib,\n\n-\n\nby which persons; spr�tab-­\n\ntouched; abhidmab--seen; va-either; sariwi�tab,-eating together,\nlying\n\ntogether;\n\nanugatab,-followed\n\nas\n\nservants;\n\napi\n\nva-even;\n\nkosalab,-all those inhabitants of Kosala; te-they; yayub,-dep ar ted;\nsthanam-to\nyoginab,\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nplace;\n\nyatra-wherein;\n\nall the bhakti-yogis.\n\ngacchanti-they\n\ngo;\n\n", "SB9.2#p0152": "Text 22]\n\nLord Ramacandra Rules the World\n\n123\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Rimacandra returned to His abode, to which bhakti-yogis\nare promoted. This is the place to which all the inhabitants of\nAyodhyi went after they served the Lord in His manifest pastimes\nby offering Him obeisances, touching His lotus feet, fully observing Him as a fatherlike King, sitting or lying down with Him like\nequals, or even just accompanying Him.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (4.9):\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevam yo vetti tattvatab,\ntyaktva deham punar janma\nnaiti mam eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and\nactivities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" Here this is confumed. All the inhabitants of Ayodhyii who saw Lord Riimacandra as\ncitizens, served Him as servants, sat and talked with Him as friends or\nwere somehow or other present during His reign went back home, back\nto Godhead. Mter giving up the body, the devotee who becomes perfect\nin devotional service enters that particular universe where Lord\nRiimacandra or Lord .i(r�1;1a is engaged in His pastimes. Then, after being\ntrained to serve the Lord in various capacities in that prakata-lila, the\n\ndevotee is finally promoted to saniitana-dhiima, the supreme abode in\nthe spiritual world. This saniitana-dhiima is also mentioned in\n\nBhagavad-gita (paras tasmat tu bhiivo 'nyo 'vyakto 'vyaktat saniitanab-}.\nOne who enters the transcendental pastimes of the Lord is called nitya­\n\nlila-pravi$ta. To understand clearly why Lord Riimacandra returned, it is\nmentioned herewith that the Lord went to that particular place where the\n\n�hakti-yog'is go. The impersonalists misunderstand the statements of\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam to mean that the Lord entered His own effulgence\nand therefore become impersonal. But the Lord is a person, and His\n\n", "SB9.2#p0153": "124\n\nSrnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 11\n\ndevotees are persons. Indeed, the living entities, like the Lord, were persons in the past, they are persons in the present, and they will continue to\nbe persons even after giving up the body. This is also confirmed in\nBhagavad-gitd.\n\npuru§o rama-caritam\nsrava�ir upadharayan\nanrsamsya-paro rajan\nkarma-bandhair vimucyate\npuru§a�-any person; rama-caritam-the narration concerning the\nactivities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Lord Ramacandra;\nsrava�i�-by aural reception; upadharayan-simply by this process of\nhearing; anr§amsya-para�-becomes completely free from envy; rajan\n-0 King Parilq;it; karma-bandhai�-by the bondage of fruitive activities; vimucyate-one becomes liberated.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it, anyone who aurally receives the narrations\n\nconcerning the characteristics of Lord Ramacandra's pastimes will\n\nultimately be freed from the disease of envy and thus be liberated\nfrom the bondage of fruitive activities.\nPURPORT\nHere in this material world, everyone is envious of someone else. Even\nin religious life, it is sometimes found that if one devotee has advanced\nin spiritual activities, other devotees are envious of him. Such envious\ndevotees are not completely freed from the bondage of birth and death.\nAs long as one is not completely free from the cause of birth and death,\none cannot enter the sanatana-dhama or the eternal pastimes of the\nLord. One becomes envious because of being influenced by the designations of the body, but the liberated devotee has nothing to do with the\n\n", "SB9.2#p0154": "Text 24]\n\nLord Riimacandra Rules the World\n\n125\n\nbody, and therefore he is completely on the transcendental platform. A\ndevotee is never envious of anyone, even his enemy. Because the devotee\nknows that the Lord is his supreme protector, he thinks, \"What harm\ncan the so-called enemy do?\" Thus a devotee is confident about his protection. The Lord says, ye yatha mam prapadyante tams tathaiva\nbhajamy aham: \"According to the proportion of one's surrender unto\nMe, I respond accordingly.\" A devotee must therefore be completely free\nfrom envy, especially of other devotees. To envy other devotees is a great\noffense, a va4r;tava-apariidha. A devotee who constantly engages in\nhearing and chanting (sravar;ta-kirtana) is certainly freed from the disease of envy, and thus he becomes eligible to go back home, back to\nGodhead.\nTEXT 24\n\n�(I'J!lctl\"'\n\n���UlUmtlefl��: I\n._en ij�;cr �: WT� �� ������\nsri-rajavaca\nkatham sa bhagavan ramo\nbhratfn va svayam atmana�\ntasmin va te 'nvavartanta\npraja� pauras ca iSvare\nsri-raja uvaca-Maharaja Parik�it inquired; katham-how; sa�-He,\nthe Lord; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; rama�Lord Ramacandra; bhratfn-unto the brothers (Lak�ma.I,la, Bharata and\nSatrughna); txi-either; svayam-personally; atmana�-expansions of\nHis person; tasmin-unto the Lord; txi-either; te-they (all the inhabitants and the brothers); anvavartanta-behaved; praja�-a1l the\ninhabitants; paura�-the citizens; ca-and; iSvare-unto the Supreme\nLord.\nTRANSLATION\nMahirija Parik�it inquired from Sukadeva Gosviimi: How did\n\nthe Lord conduct Himself, and how did He behave in relationship\n\n", "SB9.2#p0155": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n126\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 11\n\nwith His brothers, who were expansions of His own self? And how\ndid His brothers and the inhabitants of Ayodhya treat Him?\nTEXT 25\n\n�ifT�V�R\n\n� ��� �{QeR�: I\n3w:+n;f � � �� mwt: ������\nsri-badaraya�Jir uvaca\nathadiSad dig-vijaye\nbhratfrils tri-bhuvanesvara�\natmanam darsayan svanam\npurim aik{;ata sanuga�\n\nsri-badarayaTJ-i� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; atha .... hereafter\n(when the Lord accepted the throne on the request of Bharata); adiSat­\n\nordered; dik-vijaye-to conquer all the world; bhrattn-His younger\n\nbrothers; tri-bhuvana-iSvara�-the Lord of the universe; atmanampersonally,\n\nHimself;\n\ndarsayan-giving\n\naudience;\n\nsvanam-to\n\nthe\n\nfamily members and the citizens; purim-the city; aik{;ata-supervised;\n\nsa-anuga�-with other assistants.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi replied: After accepting the throne of the\ngovernment by the fervent request of His younger brother\n\nBharata, Lord Ramacandra ordered His younger brothers to go out\nand conquer the entire world, while He personally remained in the\ncapital to give audience to all the citizens and residents of the\n\npalace and supervise the governmental affairs with His other\n\nassistants.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead does not allow any of His devo­\n\ntees or assistants to be engaged in sense gratification. The younger\nbrothers of Lord Ramacandra were at home enjoying the personal presence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but the Lord ordered Them\n\n", "SB9.2#p0156": "Text 25]\n\nLord Ramacandra Rules the World\n\n127\n\nto go out and achieve victory all over the world. It was the custom (and\nthis custom, in some places, is still current) that all other kings would\nhave to accept the supremacy of the emperor. If the king of a small state\ndid not accept the emperor's supremacy, there would be a fight, and the\nking of the small state would be obliged to accept the emperor as\nsupreme; otherwise, it would not be possible for the emperor to rule the\ncountry.\nLord Ramacandra showed His favor to His brothers by ordering Them\nto go out. Many of the Lord's devotees residing in Vrndavana have taken\nthe vow not to leave Vrndavana to preach Kr��a consciousness. But the\nLord says that Kr��a consciousness should be spread all over the world,\nin every village and every town. This is the open order of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nprthivite ache yata nagariidi grama\nsaroatra pracara haibe mora nama\nA pure devotee, therefore, must execute the order of the Lord and must\nnot gratify his senses by remaining stagnant in one place, falsely proud,\nthinking that because he does not leave Vrndavana but chants in a solitary place he has become a great devotee. A devotee must carry out the\norder of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nsaid, yare dekha, tare kaha 'kr�r:ta '-upadesa. Every devotee, therefore,\nshould spread Kr�1,1a consciousness by preaching, asking whomever he\nmeets to accept the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\nLord says, sarva-dharmiin parityajya miim ekam sarar:tam vraja:\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me.\" This is\nthe order of the Lord, who speaks as the supreme emperor. Everyone\nshould be induced to accept this order, for this is victory (dig-vijaya).\nAnd it is the duty of the soldier, the devotee, to impress upon everyone\nthis philosophy of life.\nOf course, those who are kan�!ha-adhikaris do not preach, but the\nLord shows mercy to them also, as He did by staying personally in\nAyodhya to give audience to the people in general. One should not\nmistakenly think that the Lord asked His younger brothers to leave\nAyodhya because He especially favored the citizens. The Lord is merciful\nto everyone, and He knows how to show His favor to each individual\n\n", "SB9.2#p0157": "Srnnad-Bhagavabun\n\n128\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 11\n\nperson according to his capacity. One who abides by the order of the Lord\nis a pure devotee.\nTEXT 26\n\n311Ri'fi¥41tU �: � ¥i��ft.(: I\n� st1M¥41e1ip.4 � qr t!�<lfifiil ������\niisikta-margam gandhodai/:1,\nkari'{liirh mada-sikarai/:1,\nsvaminarh praptam alokya\nmattarh va sutaram iva\niisikta-miirgam-the streets were sprinkled; gandha-udai/:1,-with\nperfumed water; kari'{liim-of elephants; mada-sikarai/:1,-with particles of perfumed liquor; svaminam-the master or proprietor; praptam\n-present; alokya-seeing personally; mattdm-very opulent; vaeither; sutaram-highly; iva-as if.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the reign of Lord Ramacandra, the streets of the capital,\n\nAyodhyi, were sprinkled with perfumed water and drops of per­\n\nfumed liquor, thrown about by elephants from their trunks.\n\nWhen the citizens saw the Lord personally supervising the affairs\n\nof the city in such opulence, they appreciated this opulence very\nmuch.\n\nPURPORT\nWe have simply heard about the opulence of Rama-rajya during the\nreign of Lord Ramacandra. Now, here is one example of the opulence of\nthe Lord's kingdom. The streets of Ayodhya were not only cleaned hut\nalso sprinkled with perfumed water and drops of perfumed liquor, which\nwere distributed by elephants through their trunks. There was no need\nof sprinkling machines, for the elephant has a natural ability to suck\nwater through its trunk and again throw it out in a shower. We can\nunderstand the opulence of the city from this one example: it was actually sprinkled with perfumed water. Moreover, the citizens had the opportunity to see the Lord personally supervising the affairs of the state.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0158": "Text 27]\n\nLord Ramacandra Rules the World\n\n129\n\nHe was not a sleeping monarch, as we can understand from His activities\nin sending His brothers to see to affairs outside the capital and punish\nanyone who did not obey the emperor's orders. This is called dig-vijaya.\nThe citizens were all given facilities for peaceful life, and they were\nalso qualified with appropriate attributes according to var{liiSrama. As\nwe have seen from the previous chapter, var{liiSrama-guT,Uinvitiib-: the\ncitizens were trained according to the var{liiSrama system. A class of men\nwere brahmar:uzs, a class of men were lcyatriyas, a class were vaiSyas, and\na class were sudras. Without this scientific division, there can be no question of good citizenship. The King, being magnanimous and perfect in\nHis duty, performed many sacrifices and treated the citizens as His sons,\nand the citizens, being trained in the var{liiSrama system, were obedient\nand perfectly ordered. The entire monarchy was so opulent and peaceful\nthat the government was even able to sprinkle the street with perfumed\nwater, what to speak of other management. Since the city was sprinkled\nwith perfumed water, we can simply imagine how opulent it was in other\nrespects. Why should the citizens not have felt happy during the reign of\nLord Ramacandra?\nTEXT 27\n\nI\n3fi(11G>•il!!«'l+ti�€4�·�1R\n�rif(ijt+fifR�: qiji�IPT� �� 11�\\911\npriisada-gopura-sabhacaitya-deva-grhadi§u\nvinyasta-hema-kalaSaibpatakabhiS ca ma1J4,itam\nprtisiida - in palaces; gopura - palace gates; sabha-assembly houses;\ncaitya raised platforms; deva-grha temples wherein deities are\nworshiped; adi§u-and so on; vinyasta - placed; hema-kalaSaib--with\ngolden waterpots; patakabhib--by flags; ca -also; ma1J4,itam­\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbedecked.\nTRANSLATION\nThe palaces, the palace gates, the assembly houses, the platfonns\nfor meeting places, the temples and all such places were decorated\nwith golden waterpots and bedecked with various types of Hags.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0159": "[Canto 9, Ch. 11\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n130\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�:wR �: qft�l�: Wfl(1(11'( I\n311(�� : �fht: t6iifiltififi(Ul'( ������\npagai� savrntai rambluibhi�\npaffikabhi� suvasasam\nadarsair amsukai� sragbhi�\nkrta-kaut uka-tora �m\npag ai�-by trees of betel nut; sa -v rntai�-with bunches of flowers\nand fruits; rambhabhi�-with banana trees; pat#kabhi�-with flags;\nsu-vasasam-decorated with colorful cloth; adarsai�-with mirrors;\namsukai�-with cloths; s ragbhi�-with garlands; krta-kautuka-made\nauspicious; t ora �m-possessing reception gates.\nTRANSLATION\nWherever Lord Ramacandra visited, auspicious welcome gates\n\nwere constructed, with banana trees and betel nut trees, full of\n\nflowers and fruits. The gates were decorated with various Hags\n\nmade of colorful cloth and with tapestries, mirrors and garlands.\nTEXT 29\n\n<Ul(H!�SI <YS1' � �(olqiDI4 : I\n�fi�m'lf������''\ntam upeyus tatra tatra\npaura arhar,ta-par,ta ya�\nasi.§o yuyujur deva\npahimam prak tvayodd hrtam\ntam-unto Him, Lord Ramacandra;\n\nupeyu�-approached;\n\ntatra\n\ntatra-wherever He visited; pa ura�-the inhabitants of the neighborhood; arhar,ta pa r,taya�-car rying paraphernalia to worship the Lord;\nasi.§a�-blessings from the Lord; yuyuju�-came down; deva-0 my\nLord; pahi-j ust maintain; imam-this land; p rak as before; tvaya-\n\n-\n\n", "SB9.2#p0160": "Text 30]\n\nLord Ramacandra Rules the World\n\n131\n\nby You; uddhrtam-rescued (from the bottom of the sea\n\nm\n\nYour\n\nincarnation as Varaha).\nTRANSLATION\nWherever Lord R.imacandra visited, the people approached ffim\nwith paraphernalia of worship and begged the Lord's blessings. \"0\nLord,\" they said, \"as You rescued the earth from the bottom of the\nsea in Your incarnation as a boar, may You now maintain it. Thus\nwe beg Your blessings.\"\nTEXT 30\n\n� qR\\' R(l•l�\n���!•!(!: f� ;m: I\n�\n(Rllwot(��Jl:qwt�t!a(f4lNRi ll � 11\nq�:\nmr: �\n\no\n\ntata/:t praja vik§ya patim ciragatam\ndidrk§ayotsr�!a-grha/:t striyo nara/:t\naruhya harmyar:ty aravirula-locanam\natrpta-netra/:t kusumair avakiran\ntata/:t-thereafter; praja/:t-the citizens; vik§ya-by seeing; patimthe King; cira-agatam-returned after a long time; didr/r§aya-desiring\nto see; utsr�!a-grha/:t-vacating their respective residences; striya/:t-the\nwomen; narii/:t-the men; aruhya-getting on top of; harmyar:ti-great\npalaces; aravinda-locanam-Lord Ramacandra, whose eyes are like the\npetals of a lotus; atrpta-netra/:t-whose eyes were not fully satisfied;\nkusumai/:t-by flowers; aookiran-showered the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, not having seen the Lord for a long time, the\ncitizens, both men and women, being very eager to see ffim, left\ntheir homes and got up on the roofs of the palaces. Being incompletely satiated with seeing the face of the lotus-eyed Lord\nRamacandra, they showered flowers upon Him.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0161": "[Canto 9, Ch. II\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n132\n\n'\n\"��\"\n'\n����II\nI\n������\nI\n������\natha pravi§!a� sva-grham\njzt$!arh svai� purva-rajabhi�\nanantakhila-ko�tuJ,hyam\nanarghyoruparicchadam\nvidrumodumbara-dvarair\nvaidurya-stambha-pariktibhi�\nsthalair marakatai� svacchair\nbhrajat-sphatika-bhittibhi�\ncitra-sragbhi/:t pa!#kiibhir\nvaso-mar:ti-ga1Jtlmsukai�\nmukta-phalai.S cid-ullasai�\nkiinta-kiimopapattibhi�\ndhupa-dipai� surabhibhir\nmar:u;litam p�pa-maTJ(lanai/:t\nstri-pumbhi� sura-sarilraSair\nj�!am bh�r:ta-bh�r:tai�\natha-thereafter;\n\nprav�ta�-He\n\nentered;\n\nsva-grham -His\n\nown\n\npalace; j�tam-occupied; svai�-by His own family members; puroa­\n\nraja bhi�\n\n-\n\nby the previous members of the royal family; ananta-un-\n\n", "SB9.2#p0162": "Text\n\n35)\n\n133\n\nLord Riimacan dra Rules the World\n\nlimited; akhila-everywhere; ko$a-treasury; �hyam-prosperous;\nanarghya-priceless; uru-high; paricchadam-paraphernalia; vidruma-of coral; udumbara-dvarailt-with the two sides of the doors;\nvaidarya-stambha-with pillars of vaidarya-ma�i; pariktibhi/t-in a\nline; sthalaift-with floors; miirakatai/t-made of marakata stone;\nsvacchai/t-very cleanly polished; bhrajat-dazzling; spha#ka-marble; bhittibhift-foundations; citra-sragbhift-with varieties of flower\ngarlands; pa1#kabhift-with flags; vdsa/t-clothing; ma�i-ga�amsukai/t-by various effulgent and valuable stones; mukta-phalaiftwith\n\npearls;\n\ncit-ullasaift-increasing\n\ncelestial\n\npleasure;\n\nkanta­\n\nkama-fulfilling one's desires; upapattibhift-by such paraphernalia;\ndhapa-dipai/t-with incense and lamps; surabhibhift-very fragrant;\nma�itam-decorated;\n\npU$pa-ma�naift-by\n\nbunches\n\nof\n\nvarious\n\nflowers; stri-pumbhi/t-by men and women; sura-sarika.Sai/t-appearing\nlike the demigods; ]U$1am-full of; bhU$a�-bhU$a�ift-whose bodies\nbeautified their ornaments.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter,\n\nLord\n\nRiimacandra\n\nentered\n\nthe\n\npalace of\n\nHis\n\nforefathers. Within the palace were various treasures and valuable\nwardrobes. The sitting places on the two sides of the entrance door\nwere made of coral, the yards were surrounded by pillars of\nvaidurya-maJ,li, the floor was made of highly polished marakataID&l,li, and the foundation was made of marble. The entire palace\nwas decorated with flags and garlands and bedecked with valuable\nstones, shining with a celestial effulgence. The palace was fully\ndecorated with pearls and surrounded by lamps and incense. The\nmen and women within the palace all resembled demigods and\nwere decorated with various ornaments, which seemed beautiful\nbecause of being placed on their bodies.\n\nTEXT\n\n35\n\n�ij'�uq: �fSttt�ttl\n� ��: � � ll��ll\n\n", "SB9.2#p0163": "Srnnad-Bhigava�\n\n134\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 11\n\ntasmin sa bhagavdn rama�\nsnigdhaya priyaye§taya\nreme svdrama-dhiraruim\nr§abha� sitaya kila\ntasmin-in that celestial palace; sa�-He; bhagavdn-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; rama�-Lord Ramacandra; snigdhaya-always\npleased by her behavior; priyaya i$taya-with His dearmost wife;\nreme-enjoyed;\n\nsva-arama-personal\n\npleasure;\n\ndhiraruim-of\n\nthe\n\ngreatest learned persons; r§abha�-the chief; sitaya-with mother Sita;\nkila-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Rimacandra, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, chief\n\nof the best learned scholars, resided in that palace with His\npleasure potency, mother Siti, and enjoyed complete peace.\nTEXT 36\n\n�� � � � l:l�¥ic{l:gt�'{ I\n��'{4111 ilt1. �: ����\"\nbubhuje ca yatha-kiilam\nkiiman dharmam apu)ayan\nvar§a-pugan bahun nroam\nabhidhyatailghri-pallava�\nbubhuje-He enjoyed; ca-also; yatha-kiilam-as long as required;\nkiiman-all enjoyment; dharmam-religious principles; apit}ayanwithout transgressing; var§a-pugan-duration of years; bahun-many;\nnroam-of the people in general; abhidhyata-being meditated upon;\nailghri-pallava�-His lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nWithout transgressing the religious principles, Lord Rima­\n\ncandra, whose lotus feet are worshiped by devotees in meditation,\n\n", "SB9.2#p0164": "Text 36)\n\nLord Ramacandra Rules the World\n\n135\n\nenjoyed with all the paraphernalia of transcendental pleasure for\nas\n\nlong as needed.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Eleventh\n\nChapter, of the Srirnad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Lord Ramacandra Rules\nthe World.\"\n\n", "SB9.2#p0165": "CHAPTER TWELVE\n\nThe Dynasty of Ku8a,\nthe Son of Lord Ramacandra\nThis chapter describes the dynasty of Kusa, the son of Lord Ramacandra.\n\nThe members of this dynasty are descendants of Sasada, the son of\nMaharaja Ik�vaku.\n\nFollowing in the genealogical table of Lord Ramacandra's dynasty,\n\nKusa, the Lord's son, was followed consecutively by Atithi, Ni�adha,\n\nNabha,\n\nPm�darlka,\n\n�emadhanva,\n\nDevanika,\n\nAniha,\n\nPariyatra,\n\nBalasthala, Vajranabha, Saga�a and Vidh:rti. These personalities ruled\n\nthe world. From Vidh:rti came Hira�yanabha, who later became the disci­\n\nple of Jaimini and propounded the system of mystic yoga in which\n\nYajftavalkya was initiated. Following in this dynasty were Pu�pa,\nDhruvasandhi, Sudarsana, Agnivar�a, Sighra and Maru. Maru attained\n\nfull perfection in the practice of yoga, and he still lives in the village of\n\nKalapa. At the end of this age of Kali, he will revive the dynasty of the\nsun-god. Next in the dynasty were Prasusruta, Sandhi, Amar�a�a,\n\nMahasvan, Visvabahu, Prasenajit, Tak�aka and B:rhadbala, who was later\nkilled by Abhimanyu. Sukadeva Gosvami said that these were all kings\n\nwho had passed away. The future descendants of B:rhadbala will be\nB:rhadra�a,\n\nUrukriya,\n\nVatsav:rddha,\n\nPrativyoma,\n\nBhanu,\n\nDivaka,\n\nSahadeva, B:rhadasva, Bhanuman, Pratikasva, Supratika, Marudeva,\n\nSunak�atra, Pu�kara, Antarik�a, Sutapa, Amitrajit, B:rhadraja, Barhi,\n\nK:rtaii.jaya, R�aii.jaya, Saiijaya, Sakya, Suddhoda, Lailgala, Prasenajit,\n�udraka, Ra1;1aka, Suratha and Sumitra. All of them will become kings\none after another. Sumitra, coming in this age of Kali, will be the last\nking in the Ik�vaku dynasty; after him, the dynasty will be extinguished.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�1��\n\n� ��ffl wr4: I\n�o;g(l;i)� m�: �'1� : II� II\n137\n\n", "SB9.2#p0166": "[Canto 9, Ch. 12\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n138\n\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nkuSasya catitkis tasman\n\nn�adkas tat-suto nabka�\npur:u}ariko 'tha tat-putra�\nlcyemadhanvabkavat tata�\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; ku§asya-of Kusa, the\n\nson\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nRamacandra;\n\nca-also;\n\natitk*-Atithi;\n\ntasmat­\n\nfrom him; n�adka�-Ni�adha; tat-suta�-his son; nabka�-Nabha;\npur:u}arika�-PuJ).�arika;\n\natka-thereafter;\n\ntat-putra�-his\n\nson;\n\n/cyemadkanoo-K�emadhanva; abhavat-became; tata�-thereafter.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: The son of Ramacandra was Kusa, the\n\nson of Kusa was Atithi, the son of Atithi was Ni�adha, and the son\n\nof Ni�adha was Nabha. The son of Nabha was Pm;u;{arika, and from\n\nPuJ;I«;larika came a son named �emadhanvii.\nTEXT2\n\n���s;ft�: qlft�•st1� mwr: 1\nmit il���(ijiQil{ �sR: II � II\ndevanikas tato 'niha�\n\npariyatro 'tha tat-suta�\ntato balasthalas tasmad\nvajranabho 'rka-sambhava�\n\ndevanika�-Devanika; tata�-from K�emadhanva;\n\naniha�-from\n\nDevanika came the son named Aniha; pariyatra�-Pariyatra; atka­\n\nthereafter;\n\ntat-suta�-the\n\nbalastkala�-Balasthala;\n\nson\n\nof\n\nAniha;\n\ntasmat-from\n\ntata�-from\n\nBalasthala;\n\nPariyatra;\n\nvajranabka�­\n\nVajranabha; arka-sambkava�-derived from the sun-god.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe son of K�emadhanvii was Devamka, Devamka's son was\n\nAniha,\n\nAniha's son\n\nwas\n\nPiiriyiitra,\n\nand Piiriyiitra's son\n\nwas\n\n", "SB9.2#p0167": "Text 4]\n\nThe Dynasty of Kusa\n\n139\n\nBalasthala. The son of Balasthala was Vajranabha, who was said to\nhave been horn from the effulgence of the sun-god.\n\nsaga� tat-sutas tasmiid\nvidhrtiS cabhavat suta�\ntato hirar:tyaniibho 'bhad\nyogacaryas tu jaimine�\nsi$ya� kau§alya adhyatmam\nyajfiavalkyo 'dhyagad yata�\nyogam mahodayam r$ir\nhrdaya-granthi-bhedakam\nsagar:ta�-Saga:Q.a; tat-this (Vajranabha's); suta�-son; tasmatfrom him; vidhrti�-Vidh:rti; ca-also; abhavat-was born; suta�-his\nson; tata�-from him; hirar:tyaniibha�-Hira:Q.yanabha; abhut-became; yoga-acarya�-the propounder of the philosophy of yoga; tubut; jaimine�-because of accepting Jaimini as his spiritual master;\nsi$ya�-disciple; kau§alya�-Kausalya; adhyatmam-spiritual; yajfiavalkya�-Yajiiavalkya; adhyagat-studied; yata�-from him (Hira:Q.yanabha); yogam-the mystic performances; mahd-udayam-highly\nelevated; r$i�- Yajiiavalkya �i; hrdaya-granthi-bhedakam-mystic\nyoga, which can loosen the knots of material attachment in the heart.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Vajranabha was Sag�a, and his son was Vidhfli. The\nson of Vidhrti was Hir�yanahha, who became a disciple of Jaimini\nand becam e a greal'iicir ya of mystic yoga. It is from Hir�yanahha\nthat the great saint Yiijiiavalkya learned the highly elevated system\n\n", "SB9.2#p0168": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n140\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 12\n\nof mystic yoga known as iidhyiitma-yoga, which can loosen the\n\nknots of material attachment in the heart.\n\np�po hirar:tyaniibhasya\n\ndhruvasandhis tato 'bhavat\n\nsudarsano 'thiignivarr:tat£\n\nfighras tasya marut£ sutat£\n\np�pat£-Pu�pa;\n\nhirar:tyaniibhasya-the\n\nson\n\nof\n\nHira:Q.yanabha;\n\ndhruvasandhil£-Dhruvasandhi; tatal£-from him; abhavat-was born;\n\nsudarsanal£-from\n\nDhruvasandhi,\n\nSudarsana\n\nwas\n\nborn;\n\natka­\n\nthereafter; agnivarr:tal£-Agnivar:Q.a, the son of Sudarsana; sighral£Sighra; tasya-his (Agnivar:Q.a's); marul£-Maru; sutal£-son.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe son of Hir�yaniihha was Pu�pa, and the son of Pu�pa was\n\nDhruvasandhi. The son of Dhruvasandhi was Sudar8ana, whose\nson was Agnivar�a. The son of Agnivar�a was named Sighra, and\n\nhis son was Maru.\n\nTEXT6\n\nif�ij �ttfu�: q;�(q�l¥4+41� : I\nq;e< ij R ;ri �� �: n � n\n..\n\nso 'sav aste yoga-siddhat£\n\nkalapa-gramam asthitat£\n\nkaler ante surya-vamsam\n\nrul$tam bhavayita punal£\n\nsal£-he; asau-the personality known as Maru; aste-still existing;\n\nyoga-siddhal£-perfection in the\n\npower\n\nof\n\nmystic\n\nyoga;\n\nkaliipa­\n\ngramam-the place named Kalapa-grama; asthital£-he is still living\n\n", "SB9.2#p0169": "Text7]\n\nThe Dynasty of Kusa\n\n141\n\nthere; kalel,t-of this Kali-yuga; ante-at the end; surya-vamsam-the\n\ndescendants of the sun-god; nl1§tam-after being lost; bhavayita-Maru\nwill begin by begetting a son; punal,t-again.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving achieved perfection in the power of mystic yoga, Maru\nstill lives in a place known as Kalapa-griima. At the end of Kaliyuga, he will revive the lost Siirya dynasty by begetting a son.\nPURPORT\nAt least five thousand years ago, Srila Sukadeva Gosvami ascertained\n\nthe existence of Maru in Kalapa-grama and said that Maru, having\nachieved a yoga-siddha body, would continue to exist until the end of\nKali-yuga, which is calculated to continue for 432,000 years. Such is the\n\nperfection of mystic power. By controlling the breath, the perfect yogi\n\ncan continue his life for as long as he likes. Sometimes we hear from the\n\nVedic literature that some personalities from the Vedic age, such as\n\nV yasadeva and Asvatthama, are still living. Here we understand that\nMaru is also still living. We are sometimes surprised that a mortal body\n\ncan live for such a long time. The explanation of this longevity is given\nhere by the word yoga-siddha. If one becomes perfect in the practice of\n\nyoga, he can live as long as he likes. The demonstration of some trifling\n\nyoga-siddha does not constitute perfection. Here is a factual example of\n\nperfection: a yoga-siddha can live as long as he likes.\nTEXT7\n�\n\n��(f�Bf ����•lll4:4+t�ot: I\n\n���®1��+41<! A�'ll!(iitlt1(1\n\nII \\9 II\n\ntasmat prasu§rutas tasya\nsandhis tasyiipy amar$a�l,t\nmahasviirhs tat-sutas tasmiid\nvisvabahur ajayata\ntasmat-from Maru; prasu§rutal,t-Prasusruta, his son; tasya-of\n\nPrasusruta;\n\nsandhil,t-a son named Sandhi; tasya-his (Sandhi's);\n\n", "SB9.2#p0170": "142\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto9, Ch. 12\n\napi-also; amar§a�b.-a son named Amar�a1,1a; mahasvan-the son of\nAmar�al).a; tat-his; sutab,-son; tasmat-from him (Mahasvan);\nviSvabahub.-Visvabahu; ajayata-took birth.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Maru was horn a son named Prasusruta, from Prasusruta\n\ncame Sandhi, from Sandhi came Amar�ai].a, and from Amar�ai].a a\n\nson named Mahasviin. From Mahasviin, Visvahihu took his birth.\nTEXTS\n\nmr: �� ��\n\n� mqm i-t: I\n\nm �\"'el � ftm ij � �: II� II\ntatab. prasenajit tasmat\ntak§ako bhavita punab.\ntato brhadbalo yas tu\npitra te samare hatab.\ntatab,-from Visvabahu; prasenajit-a son named Prasenajit was\nborn; tasmat-from him; ta�akab.-Tak�aka; bhavita-would take\nbirth; punab,-again; tatab,-from him; brhadbalab,-a son named\nBrhadbala; yab,-he who; tu-but; pitra-by father; te-your;\nsamare-in the fight; hatab,-killed.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Visvahahu came a son named Prasenajit, from Prasenajit\n\ncame Tak�aka, and from Tak!?aka came B:rhadhala, who was killed\nin a fight by your father.\n\nTEXT9\n\n� � �: �lllffl'i. I\n�� � �it ;w;n mot: II � II\nete hik$vaku-bhupalii\natitab, srJJ-v anagatan\n\n", "SB9.2#p0171": "Text 10]\n\nThe Dynasty of Kusa\n\n143\n\nbrhadbalasya bhavitii\nputro niimnii brhadrar.r-al,t\nete-all of\n\nthem;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nilcyvaku-bhupa/al,t-kings\n\nin the\n\ndynasty of Ik�vaku; atitiil,t-all of them are dead and gone; srou-just\nhear; anagatiin-those who will come in the future; brhadbalasya-of\nB:rhadhala; bhavitii-there will he; putral,t-a son; niimnii-by the\nname; brhadrar,tal,t-B:rhadr�a.\nTRANSLATION\nAll these kings in the dynasty of I�vaku have passed away. Now\nplease listen as I describe the kings who will be horn in the future.\nFrom Brhadbala will come B:rhadrru:ta.\nTEXT 10\n\n€1«\"tt:i\\ +tf?tQtRt I\nstRt�+i(ijij{ �uag€1t�l €1tR;:flqfd : 11 � 11\n\n���:ij�\n\no\n\nurukriyal,t sutas tasya\nvatsavrddho bhav�yati\nprativyomas tato bhiinur\ndiviiko vahini patil,t\n\n-\n\nurukriyal,t-Urukriya;\n\nsutal,t-son;\n\ntasya-of\n\nUrukriya;\n\nvatsa­\n\nvrddhal,t-Vatsav:rddha; bhav�yati-will take birth; prativyomal,t­\n\nPrativyoma; tatab,-from Vatsav:rddha; bhanub,-(from Prativyorna) a\nson named Bhanu; divakal,t-from Bhanu a son named Divaka; vahini­\n\npatil,t-a great commander of soldiers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Brhadrru:ta will be Orukriya, who will have a\nson named Vatsav:rddha. Vatsav:rddha will have a son named\nPrativyoma, and Prativyoma will have a son named Bhanu, from\nwhom Divaka, a great commander of soldiers, will take birth.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0172": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n144\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 11\n\n(i'�(ijal ftit ��� ���I'll\n�� �: �!��'hit��: II� �II\nsahadevas tato viro\nbrhadaSvo 'tka bkanumiin\npratikaSvo bhanumata�\nsupratiko 'tka tat-suta�\nsakadeva�-Sahadeva; tata�-from Divaka; vira�-a great hero;\nbrkadasva�-B:rhadasva;\n\natka-from him;\n\nbkanumiin-Bhanuman;\n\npratikaSva�-Pratikasva;\n\nbhanumata�-from\n\nBhanuman;\n\nsupra­\n\ntika�-Supratika; atka-thereafter; tat-suta�-the son of Pratikasva.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, from Divaka will come a son named Sahadeva, and\n\nfrom Sahadeva a great hero named B:rhada.Sva. From B:rhada.Sva\n\nwill come Bhiinumiin, and from Bhiinumiin will come Pratikasva.\nThe son of Pratikasva will be Supratika.\nTEXT 12\n\n������:1\n��: WiqiMG\\��� ����II\nbhavita marudevo 'tha\nsuna�atro 'tka p!L§kara�\ntasyantari�as tat-putra�\nsutapas tad amitrajit\nbhavita-will be born; marudeva�-Marudeva; atka-thereafter;\nsuna�atra�-Sunak�atra; atka-thereafter; p!L§kara�-Pu�kara, a son\nof Sunak�atra; tasya-of Pu�kara; antari�a�-Antarik�a; tat-putra�his son; sutapa�-Sutapa; tat-from him; amitrajit-a son named\nAmitrajit.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0173": "Text 14)\n\nThe Dynasty of Kusa\n\n145\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter,\n\nfrom\n\nSupratika\n\nMarudeva, Sunak�jatra;\n\nwill\n\ncome\n\nMarudeva;\n\nfrom Sunak�jatra, Pu�jkara;\n\nfrom\n\nand from\n\nPu�jkara, Antarik�ja. The son of Antarik�ja will be Sutapa, and his\nson will be Amitrajit.\nTEXT 13\n\nfl��� 6WIN �� �d�t�: I\n(Ui$tf(6� Wf: � llf'fif mr: II�� II\nbrhadrajas tu tasyapi\nbarhis tasmiit krtafijaya�\nrar_zafijayas tasya suta�\nsafijayo bhavita tata�\nbrhadraja�-B�hadraja; tu-but; tasya api-of Amitrajit; barhi�Barhi; tasmiit-from Barhi; krtanjaya�-Krtaiijaya; rar_zafijaya�Rru:taiijaya; tasya-of K:rtaiijaya; suta�-son; safijaya�-Saiijaya;\nbhavita-will take birth; tata�-from Ral).aiijaya.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Amitrajit will\n\ncome a son named B:rhadraja,\n\nfrom\n\nB:rhadraja will come Barhi, and from Barhi will come 1\\.rtaftjaya.\nThe son of 1\\.rtaiijaya will be known as Rru;laiijaya, and from him\nwill come a son named Saiijaya.\nTEXT 14\n\n6�1'4§1�S\\I � ��l�(6€Wf: �: I\nmr: st�Mf�Q_ � �� � mr:\n11 ��II\ntasmiic chakyo 'tha suddhodo\nlangalas tat-suta� smrta�\ntata� prasenajit tasmiit\nk}udralro bhavita tata�\n\n", "SB9.2#p0174": "[Canto 9, Ch. 12\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n146\ntasmat-from\n\nSaiijaya;\n\nsuddhoda�-Suddhoda;\n\nsakya�-Sakya;\n\nlarigala�-Langala;\n\natka-thereafter;\n\ntat-suta�-the\n\nson\n\nof\n\nSuddhoda; smrta�-is well known; tata�-from him; prasenajit­\n\nPrasenajit; tasmat-from Prasenajit; /cyudraka�-K�udraka; bhavitawill take birth; tata�-thereafter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Saiijaya will come Sakya, from Sakya will come Suddhoda,\n\nand from Suddhoda will come Langala. From Langala will come\n\nPrasenajit, and from Prasenajit, .l4udraka.\nTEXT 15\n\n� llf6im ��:1\n� wmf Ptalt'ij � '11b:e1..:tqu ������\nrar,tako bhavita tasmat\nsurathas tanayas tata�\nsumitro nama ni$!hanta\nete barhadbalanvaya�\nrar,taka�-Ral).aka;\n\nbhavita-will\n\ntake\n\nbirth;\n\ntasmat-from\n\nK�udraka; suratha�-Suratha; tanaya�-the son; tata�-thereafter;\n\nsumitra�-Sumitra, the son of Suratha; nama-by the name; ni$!haanta�-the end of the dynasty; ete-all the above-mentioned kings;\nbarhadbala-anvayafr,-in the dynasty of King Brhadbala.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom K�udraka will come Rm;taka, from Rm;taka will come\n\nSuratha, and from Suratha will come Sumitra, ending the dynasty.\nThis is a description of the dynasty of B:rhadhala.\nTEXT 16\n\n��ltr'll¥4 ero: �1+1�1� �w�W:�RI 1\n�m�hn�� � �ftr �m11� ���\n\n", "SB9.2#p0175": "Text 16)\n\nThe Dynasty of Kusa\n\n147\n\nilcyvaka�m ayarh vamsa�\nsumitriinto bhavi$yati\nyatas tarh prapya riijiinarh\nsarhsthiirh priipsyati vai kalau\nilcyvaka�m-of the dynasty of King Ik�vaku; ayam -this (what has\nbeen described); va1h.Sa�-descendants; sumitra-anta�-Sumitra being\nthe last king of this dynasty; bhav i$ yati -will appear in the future, while\nthe Kali-yuga still continues; yata� -because; tam-him, Maharaja\nSumitra; priipya - getting; rajanam-as a king in that dynasty;\nsarhsthiim-culmination; priipsyati -gets; vai-indeed; kalau-at the\nend of Kali-yuga.\nTRANSLATION\nThe last king in the dynasty of lk�vaku will be Sumitra; after\nSumitra there will he no more sons in the dynasty of the sun-god,\nand thus the dynasty will end.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Twelfth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Dynasty of Ku.Sa, the\nSon of Lord Ramacandra. \"\n\n", "SB9.2#p0176": "CHAPTER THIRTEEN\n\nThe Dynasty of Maharaja Nimi\nThis chapter describes the dynasty in which the great and learned scholar\nJanaka was horn. This is the dynasty of Maharaja Nimi, who is said to\nhave been the son of Ik�vaku.\nWhen Maharaja Nimi began performing great sacrifices, he appointed\nVasi�tha to he chief priest, but Vasi�tha refused, for he had already\nagreed to be priest in performing a yajfia for Lord Indra. Vasi�tha\ntherefore requested Maharaja Nimi to wait until Lord lndra's sacrifice\nwas finished, but Maharaja Nirni did not wait. He thought, \"Life is very\nshort, so there is no need to wait.\" He therefore appointed another priest\nto perform the yajfia. Vasi�tha was very angry at King Nimi and cursed\nhim, saying, \"May your body fall down.\" Cursed in that way, Maharaja\nNimi also became very angry, and he retaliated by saying, \"May your\nbody also fall down.\" As a result of this cursing and countercursing,\nboth of them died. After this incident, Vasi�tha took birth again, begotten by Mitra and Varu�a, who were agitated by Urvasi.\nThe priests who were engaged in the sacrifice for King Nimi preserved\nNimi's body in fragrant chemicals. When the sacrifice was over, the\npriests prayed for Nimi's life to all the demigods who had come to the\narena of yajfia, but Maharaja Nimi refused to take birth again in a material body because he considered the material body obnoxious. The great\nsages then churned Nimi's body, and as a result of this churning, Janaka\nwas horn.\nThe son of Janaka was Udavasu, and the son of Udavasu was\nNandivardhana. The son of Nandivardhana was Suketu, and his descendants continued as follows: Devarata, Brhadratha, Mahavirya, Sudhrti,\nDhr�taketu, Haryasva, Maru, Pratipaka, :Krtaratha, Devarni<;lha, Visruta,\nMahadhrti, :Krtirata, Maharoma, Svar�aroma, Hrasvaronia and\nSiradhvaja. All these sons appeared in the dynasty one after another.\nFrom Siradhvaja, mother Sitadevi was born. Siradhvaja's son was\nKusadhvaja, and the son of Kusadhvaja was Dharmadhvaja. The sons of\nDharmadhvaja were :Krtadhvaja and Mitadhvaja. The son of :Krtadhvaja\n149\n\n", "SB9.2#p0177": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n150\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 13\n\nwas Kesidhvaja, and the son of Mitadhvaja was Khfu,ll;iikya. Kesidhvaja\nwas a self-realized soul, and his son was Bhanuman, whose descendants\nwere as follows: Satadyumna, Suci, Sanadvaja, Urjaketu, Aja, Purujit,\nAri�tanemi, Srutayu, Suparsvaka, Citraratha, �emadhi, Samaratha,\n�atyaratha, Upaguru, Upagupta, Vasvananta, Yuyudha, Subh��a,\nSruta, Jaya, Vijaya, I;tta, Sunaka, Vitahavya, Dh.rti, Bahulasva, Krti and\nMahava8i. All of these sons were great self-controlled personalities. This\ncompletes the list of the entire dynasty.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n1!/t� �\n\nf;tf1d(�lfid��\n�g�W{� I\n� wi �so;m: riot �smit: II� II\nsri-suka umca\nnimir ilcyvaku-tanayo\nvas�tham avrtartvijam\narabhya satram so 'py aha\nsakrer:ta priig vrto 'smi bho}J,\nsri-suka� umca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; nim*-King Nimi;\ni/cyvaku-tanaya�-the son of Maharaja Ik�vaku; vas�tham-the great\nsage Vasit;�tha; avrta-appointed; rtvijam-the chief priest of the\nsacrifice; arabhya-beginning; satram-the sacrifice; sa�-he,\nVasi�tha; api-also; aha-said; sakrer:ta-by Lord lndra; prakbefore; vrta� asmi-1 was appointed; bho}J,-0 Maharaja Nimi.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosviimi\n\nsaid:\n\nAfter\n\nbeginning\n\nsacrifices,\n\nMaharaja Nimi, the son of lk�vaku, requested the great sage\nVasi�lha to take the post of chief priest. At that time, Vasi�tha\nreplied, \"My dear Maharaja Nimi, I have already accepted the same\n\npost in a sacrifice begun by Lord Indra.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0178": "Text3]\n\nThe Dynasty of Mahirija Nimi\n\n151\n\nTEXT2\n\n� � 61::c.-+ti stRt41('St\n\n1\n\n�mnm��: �stfl.-s=:\\'ltiCfiU.-+t(ct(l';(ll\ntam nirvartyagam�yami\ntiivan miirh pratipalaya\n��im asid grha-pati]:r.\n\nso 'pindrasyakaron makham\ntam-that sacrifice; nirvartya-after finishing; agam�yami-I shall\ncome hack; tiivat-until that time; miim-me (Vasi�tha); pratipalayawait for; ��im-silent; iisit-remained; grha-pati/:r.-Mahiiraja Nimi;\nsa]:r.-he, Vasi�tha; api-also; indrasya-of Lord lndra; akarot-executed; makham-the sacrifice.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall return here after finishing the yajiia for lndra. Kindly\nwait for me until then.\" Mahirija Nimi remained silent, and\nVasi�lha began to perform the sacrifice for Lord lndra.\nTEXT3\n\nf;ril{� � (1?1+41(�(1€+4�1>\n•red'�<4'l��\"·�+t<r � �: �����\nnimiS calam idam vidvan\n\nsatram arabhatatmavan\nrtvigbhir aparais tdvan\nnagamad yavata guru]:r.\nnimi/:r.-Mahiiraja Nimi; calam-:8ickering, subject to end at any\nmoment; idam-this (life); vidvan-being completely aware of this\nfact; satram-the sacrifice; iirabhata-inaugurated; iitmaviin-selfrealized person; rtvigbhi]:r.-by priests; aparai/:r.-other than Vasi�t}Ia;\ntiivat-for the time being; na-not; agamat-returned; yavatii-so\nlong; guru/:r.-his spiritual master (Vasi�tha).\n\n", "SB9.2#p0179": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n152\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Nimi, being a self-realized soul, considered that this\n\nlife is Bickering. Therefore, instead of waiting long for V asi�lha,\nhe began perfonning the sacrifice with other priests.\nPURPORT\n\nCa�J.akya Pa�J.Qita says, sariram /cyarJ-a-vidhvamsi kalpanta-sthayino\ngur;ui/t: \"The duration of one's life in the material world may end at any\nmoment, hut if within this life one does something worthy, that\nqualification is depicted in history eternally.\" Here is a great personality,\nMaharaja Nimi, who knew this fact. In the human form of life one\nshould perform activities in such a way that at the end he goes hack\nhome, hack to Godhead. This is self-realization.\nTEXT4\n\nftt�oq� � ij f.t�Ji•lffl �=�\n� � W f;p{:qfU'S6¥i1Mif: II \\lll\nsi§ya-vyatikramarh vilcyya\ntam niroartyiigato guruft\na§apat patatad de ho\nnimeft par:u;lita-maninaft\nsi§ya-vyatikramam-the disciple's deviation from the order of the\n\nguru; vi/cyya-ohserving; tam-the performance of yajiia by lndra;\nniroortya-after finishing; iigataft-when he returned; guruftVas�tha Muni; a§apat-he cursed Nimi Maharaja; patatat-may it fall\ndown; dehaft-the material body; nimeb-of Maharaja Nimi; par:u;litamaninaft-who considers himself so learned (as to disobey the order of\nhis spiritual master).\nTRANSLATION\nAfter completing the sacrificial performance for King lndra, the\n\nspiritual master Vasi�tha returned and found that his disciple\n\nMaharaja Nimi had disobeyed his instructions. Thus Vasi�tha\n\n", "SB9.2#p0180": "The Dynasty of Maharaja Nimi\n\nText 5]\n\n153\n\ncursed him, saying, \"May the material body of Nimi, who considers himself learned, immediately fall.\"\nTEXTS\n\n�: !f� � �s��� 1\n� � �it� .'19«f: II � II\nnimib, pratidadau saparit\ngurave 'dharma-vartine\ntavapi patatad deho\nlobhiid dharmam ajanatab,\nnimib,-Maharaja Nimi; pratidadau sapam-countercursed; gurave\n-unto his spiritual master, Vasi�tha;\n\nadharma-vartine-who was\n\ninduced to irreligious principles (because he cursed his offenseless disciple); tava-of you; api-also; patatat-let it fall; dehab,-the body;\nlobhat-because of greed; dharmam-religious principles; ajanatab,not knowing.\nTRANSLATION\nFor unnecessarily cursing him when he had committed no\noffense, Maharaja Nimi countercursed his spiritual master. \"For\nthe sake of getting contributions from the King of heaven,\" he\nsaid, \"you have lost your religious intelligence. Therefore I pronounce this curse: your body also will fall.\"\nPURPORT\nThe religious principle for a briihmar;w. is that he should not be greedy\nat all. In this case, however, for the sake of more lucrative remunerations\nfrom the King of heaven, Vasi�tha neglected Maharaja Nimi's request on\nthis planet, and when Nimi performed the sacrifices with other priests,\nVasi�tha unnecessarily cursed him. When one is infected by contaminated activities, his power, material or spiritual, reduces. Although\nVasi�tha was the spiritual master of Maharaja Nimi, because of his greed\nhe became fallen.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0181": "154\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 13\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nTEXT6\n\n��(Nl���:t\nfilst�tt'6UI�J' � ��: II � II\nity utsasarja svam deham\nnimir adhyatma-kovida�\nmitra-varu\"(layor jajne\nur1!aSyam prapitamaha�\niti-thus;\n\nutsasarja-gave\n\nnimi�-Maharaja Nimi;\n\nup;\n\nsvam-his\n\nown;\n\ndeham-body;\n\nadhyatma-kovida�-fully conversant with\n\nspiritual knowledge; mitra-varu\"(layo/:t-from the semen of Mitra and\nVarul).a (discharged from seeing the beauty of Urvasi ) ; jajfie-was born;\nuroa§yam-through Urva8i, a prostitute of the heavenly kingdom;\n\nprapitamaha�-Vasi�tha, who was known as the great-grandfather.\nTRANSLATION\nMter saying this, Maharaja Nimi, who was expert in the science\n\nof spiritual knowledge, gave up his body. Vasi�!ha, the great­\n\ngrandfather, gave up his body also, but through the semen dis­\n\ncharged by Mitra and Varut;�a when they saw Urva8i, he was born\nagain.\n\nPURPORT\nMitra and Varu1,1a chanced to meet Urvasi, the most beautiful\nprostitute of the heavenly kingdom, and they became lusty. Because they\nwere great saints, they tried to control their lust, but they could not do\nso, and thus they discharged semen. This semen was kept carefully in a\nwaterpot, and Vasi�tha was born from it.\nTEXT7\n\n� � � uPte�uu: 1\n� estttlft :q a.�l�i: e¥tl•l�l\"' II \\9 II\ngandha-vastu§u tad-deham\nnidhaya muni-sattama�\n\n", "SB9.2#p0182": "The Dynasty of Maharaja Nimi\n\nText 8)\n\n155\n\nsamiipte satra-yage ca\ndevan ilcu� samagatan\ngandha-vas�u-in things very fragrant; tat-deham-the body of\nMaharaja Nimi; nidluiya-having preserved; muni-sattamii�-all the\ngreat sages gathered there; samiipte satra-yage-at the end of the\nsacrifice known by the name Satra;\n\nca-also;\n\ndevan-to all the\n\ndemigods; ilcu�-requested or spoke; samagatan-who were assembled\nthere.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the performance of the yajiia, the body relinquished by\n\nMaharaja Nimi was preserved in fragrant substances, and at the\nend of the Satra-yaga the great saints and brahmllJ,las made the\nfollowing request to all the demigods assembled there.\nTEXTS\n\n��wStt�: � ��\n����f;rii{:311{�1��� II� II\nrajfio jivatu deho yam\nprasanna� prabhavo yadi\ntathety ukte nimi� praha\nrna bhun me deha-bandhanam\n\nrujiia�-of the King; jivatu-may again be enlivened; deha� ayamthis\n\nbody\n\n(now\n\npreserved);\n\nprasanna�-very\n\nmuch\n\npleased;\n\nprabhavab-all able to do it; yadi-if; tatha-let it be so; iti-thus;\nu kte-when it was replied (by the demigods); nimib-Mahariija Nimi;\npraha -said; rna bh u t-do not do it; me-my; deha-bandhanam-imprisonment again in a material body.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If you are satisfied with this sacrifice and if you are actually\nable to do so, kindly bring Maharaja Nimi back to life in this\nbody.\" The demigods said yes to this request by the sages, but\n\nMaharaja Nimi said, \"Please do not imprison me again in a material\nbody.\"\n\n", "SB9.2#p0183": "156\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto9, Ch. 13\n\nPURPORT\nThe demigods are in a position many times higher than that of human\nbeings. Therefore, although the great saints and sages were also powerful\nbrahmar:uzs, they requested the demigods to revive Maharaja Nimi's\nbody, which had been preserved in various perfumed balms. One should\nnot think that the demigods are powerful only in enjoying the senses;\nthey are also powerful in such deeds as bringing life back to a dead body.\nThere are many similar instances in the Vedic literature. For example,\naccording to the history of Savitri and Satyavan, Satyavan died and was\nbeing taken away by Yamaraja, but on the request of his wife, Savitri,\nSatyavan was revived in the same body. This is an important fact about\nthe power of the demigods.\n\nTEXT9\n\n��;{q���:l\n����:11�11\nyasya yogarh na vafichanti\nviyoga-bhaya-katara�\nbhajanti carar,ulmbhojarh\nmunayo hari-medhasa�\nyasya-with the body; yogam-contact; na-do not; vafichantijfidnis desire; viyoga-bhaya-katara!t-being afraid of giving up the\nbody again; bhajanti-offer transcendental loving service; ca ra�ambhojam-to the lotus feet of the Lord; munaya�-great saintly persons; hari-medhasa�-whose intelligence is always absorbed in thoughts\nof Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Nimi continued: Mayiividis generally want freedom\n\nfrom accepting a material body because they fear having to give it\n\nup again. But devotees whose intelligence is always filled with the\nservice of the Lord are unafraid. Indeed, they take advantage of\nthe body to render transcendental loving service.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0184": "Text 9]\n\nThe Dynasty of Maharaja Nimi\n\n157\n\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Nimi did not want to accept a material body, which would be\n\na cause of bondage; because he was a devotee, he wanted a body by which\n\nhe could render devotional service to the Lord. Srila Bhaktivinoda\n'fhiikura sings:\n\njanmaobi more icchii yadi tora\nbhakta-grhe jani janma ha-u mora\nk�ta-janma ha-u yatha tuya diisa\n\n\"My Lord, if You want me to take birth and accept a material body again,\n\nkindly do me this favor: allow me to take birth in the home of Your servant, Your devotee. I do not mind being born there even as an insignifi­\n\ncant creature like an insect.\" Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu also said:\n\nna dhanarit na janarit na sundaririt\nkavitarit m jagadi.Sa kamaye\nmama janmani janmani.Svare\nbhavatad bhaktir ahaituki tvayi\n\"0 Lord of the universe, I do not desire material wealth, materialistic\n\nfollowers, a beautiful wife or fruitive activities described in flowery\n\nlanguage. All I want, life after life, is unmotivated devotional service to\n\nYou.\" (Si/cyii§!aka 4) By saying \"life after life\" (janmani janmani), the\n\nLord referred not to an ordinary birth but a birth in which to remember\n\nthe lotus feet of the Lord. Such a body is desirable. A devotee does not\nthink like yogis and jnanis, who want to refuse a material body and be­\n\ncome one with the impersonal Brahman effulgence. A devotee does not\nlike this idea. On the contrary, he will accept any body, material or spiritual, for he wants to serve the Lord. This is real liberation.\n\nIf one has a strong desire to serve the Lord, even if he accepts a ma­\n\nterial body, there is no cause of anxiety, since a devotee, even in a material body, is a liberated soul. This is confirmed by Srila Rtipa Gosviil_ni:\n\nihii yasya harer diisye\nkarma\"{lii manasa gira\nnikhilasv apy avasthiisu\njimn-muktab, sa ucyate\n\n", "SB9.2#p0185": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n158\n\n(Canto 9, Ch.l3\n\n\"A person acting in _Kr�J)a consciousness (or, in other words, in the service of _Kr�J)a) with his body, mind, intelligence and words is a liberated\nperson even within the material world, although he may be engaged in\nmany so-called material activities.\" The desire to serve the Lord\nestablishes one as liberated in any condition of life, whether in a spiritual\nbody or a material body. In a spiritual body the devotee becomes a direct\nassociate of the Lord, but even though a devotee may superficially appear\nto be in a material body, he is always liberated and is engaged in the same\nduties of service to the Lord as a devotee in Vaikm).thaloka. There is no\ndistinction. It is said,\n\nsiidhur jivo oo maro vii. Whether a devotee is alive\nTyaktoo deharh punar\n\nor dead, his only concern is to serve the Lord.\n\njanma naiti mam eti. When he gives up his body, he goes directly to become an associate of the Lord and serve Him, although he does the same\nthing even in a material body in the material world.\nFor a devotee there is no pain, pleasure or material perfection. One\nmay argue that at the time of death a devotee also suffers because of giving up his material body. But in this connection the example may be\ngiven that a cat carries a mouse in its mouth and also carries a kitten in\nits mouth. Both the mouse and the kitten are carried in the same mouth,\nbut the perception of the mouse is different from that of the kitten.\nWhen a devotee gives up his body\n\n(tyaktoo deham), he is ready to go\n\nback home, back to Godhead. Thus his perception is certainly different\nfrom that of a person being taken away by Yamaraja for punishment. A\nperson whose intelligence is always concentrated upon the service of the\nLord is unafraid of accepting a material body, whereas a nondevotee,\nhaving no engagement in the service of the Lord, is very much afraid of\naccepting a material body or giving up his present one. Therefore, we\n\nmama janmani\njanmaniSvare bhavatiid bhaktir ahaituki tvayi. It doesn't matter whether\nshould follow the instruction of Caitanya Mahaprabhu:\n\nwe accept a material body or a spiritual body; our only ambition should\nbe to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 10\n\n� ;n��st �:�C(� '\n(1�1� � i����WIIilfR� � II� oil\n\n", "SB9.2#p0186": "Text 10)\n\nThe Dynasty of Maharaja Nimi\n\n159\n\ndeham namrurutse 'ham\ndu�kha-soka-bhayavaham\nsarmtrasya yato mrtyur\nmatsyanam udake yathii\ndeham-a material body; na-not; avarurutse-desire to accept;\naham-1; du�kha-soka-bhaya-avaham-which is the cause of all kinds\nof distress, lamentation and fear; sarmtra-always and everywhere\nwithin this universe; asya-of the living entities who have accepted material bodies; yata�-because; mrtyu�-death; matsyanam-of the\nfish; udake-living within the water; yathii-like.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI do not wish to accept a material body, for such a body is the\nsource of all distress, lamentation and fear, everywhere in the universe, just as it is for a fish in the water, which lives always in\nanxiety because of fear of death.\n\nPURPORT\nThe material body, whether in the higher or lower planetary system, is\ndestined to die. In the lower planetary system or lower species of life one\nmay die soon, and in the higher planets or higher species one may live\nfor a long, long time, but death is inevitable. This fact should be understood. In the human form of life one should take the opportunity to put\nan end to birth, death, old age and disease by performing tapasya. This is\nthe aim of human civilization: to stop the repetition of birth and death,\nwhich is called mrtyu-samsara-vartmani. This can be done only when\none is Krr�H).a conscious, or has achieved the service of the lotus feet of the\nLord. Otherwise one must rot in this material world and accept a material\nbody subject to birth, death, old age and disease.\nThe example given here is that water is a very nice place for a fish, but\nthe fish is never free from anxiety about death, since big fish are always\neager to eat the small fish. Phalgani tatra mahatam: all living entities\nare eaten by bigger living entities. This is the way of material nature.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0187": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n160\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 13\n\nahastani sahastanam\napadani ca�-padam\nphalgani tatra mahatam\nj'ivo fivasya fivanam\n\"Those who are devoid of hands are prey for those who have hands;\nthose devoid of legs are prey for the four-legged. The weak are the subsistence of the strong, and the general rule holds that one living being is\nfood for another.\" (Bhag. 1.13.47) The Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nhas created the material world in such a way that one living entity is food\nfor another. Thus there is a struggle for existence, but although we speak\nof survival of the fittest, no one can escape death without becoming a\ndevotee of the Lord. Harim vina naiva srtim taranti: one cannot escape\nthe cycle of birth and death without becoming a devotee. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(9.3). Aprapya mam nivartante mrtyu­\n\nsarhsara-vartmani. One who does not attain shelter at the lotus feet of\nKt��a must certainly wander up and down within the cycle of birth and\ndeath.\nTEXT 11\n\n���\nffu: � � �:CC9\\! �(tf(unf{ 1\na.-�f4ulf.t�•:u+ltt �s��4R4�n II��II\ndeva ucu�\nvideha �yatam kamam\nlocane�u sariri\"!ldm\nunme$a{la-nime$iibhyam\nlalcyito 'dhyatma-samsthita�\ndeva� ucu�-the demigods said; videha�-without any material\nbody;\n\nU$yatam-you live; kamam-as you like;\n\nlocane�u-in the\n\nvision; sariri\"!ldm-of those who have material bodies; unme�a{U1nime$iibhyam-become\n\nmanifest\n\nand\n\nunmanifest\n\nas\n\nyou\n\ndesire;\n\nla/cyita�-being seen; adhyatma-samsthita�-situated in a spiritual\nbody.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0188": "Text 11)\n\nThe Dynasty of Maharaja Nimi\n\n161\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods said: Let Maharaja Nimi live without a material\nbody. Let him live in a spiritual body as a personal associate of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and, according to his desire, let\nhim be manifest or unmanifest to common materially embodied\npeople.\nPURPORT\nThe demigods wanted Maharaja Nimi to come to life, but Maharaja\nNimi did not want to accept another material body. Under the circumstances, the demigods, having been requested by the saintly persons,\ngave him the benediction that he would be able to stay in his spiritual\nbody. There are two kinds of spiritual bodies, as generally understood by\ncommon men. The term \"spiritual body\" is sometimes taken to refer to a\nghostly body. An impious man who dies after sinful activities is sometimes condemned so that he cannot possess a gross material body of five\nmaterial elements, but must live in a subtle body of mind, intelligence\nand ego. However, as explained in Bhagavad-gitii, devotees can give up\nthe material body and attain a spiritual body free from all material\ntinges, gross and subtle (tyaktva deharit punar janma naiti mdm eti so\n\n'rjuna). Thus the demigods gave King Nimi the benediction that he\nwould be able to stay in a purely spiritual body, free from all gross and\nsubtle material contamination.\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead can be seen or unseen according\nto His own transcendental desire; similarly, a devotee, being fiva n­\n\nmukta, can be seen or not, as he chooses. As stated in Bhagavad-gita,\nnaharit prakii5a/:l, sarvasya yogamaya-samavrta/:1,: the Supreme Personality of Godhead, K.r!?Q.a, is not manifest to everyone and anyone. To\nthe common man He is unseen. Ata/:1, sri-kmw-namiidi na bhaved\n\ngrahyam indriyai/:1,: l<.r!?Q.a and His name, fame, qualities and paraphernalia cannot be materially understood. Unless one is advanced in spiritual life (sevonmukhe hi jihvadau), one cannot see Kr!?Q.a. Therefore the\nability to see Kr!?Q.a depends on K.r!?Q.a's mercy. The same privilege of\nbeing seen or unseen according to one's own desire was given to\nMaharaja Nimi. Thus he lived in his original, spiritual body as an associate of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0189": "162\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch.13\n\nTEXT 12\n\narajaka-bhayam ntTJ.drh\nmanyamanii mahar�aya/:t\ndeham mamanthul) sma nime/:t\nkumara/:t samajayata\narajaka-bhayam-due to fear of the danger of an unregulated\ngovernment; nfTJ.dm-for the people in general; manyamanii/:t-considering this situation; mahii-r�ayal)-the great sages; deham-the\nbody; mama nthu/:t- churned; sma-in the past; nime/:t-of Maharaja\nNimi; kumara/:t-one son; samajayata\n\n-\n\nwas thus born.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, to save the people from the danger of an unregu­\n\nlated government, the sages churned Maharaja Nimi's material\nbody, from which, as a result, a son was horn.\nPURPORT\n\nArajaka-bhayam. If the government is unsteady and unregulated,\nthere is danger of fear for the people. At the present moment this danger\nalways exists because of government by the people. Here we can see that\nthe great sages got a son from.Nimi's material body to guide the citizens\nproperly, for such guidance is the duty of a lcyatriya king. A /cyatriya is\none who saves the citizens from being injured. In the so-called people's\ngovernment there is no trained lcyatriya king; as soon as someone strong\naccumulates votes, he becomes the minister or president, without training from the learned brahmaT_LaS expert in the siistras. Indeed, we see\nthat in some countries the government changes from party to party, and\ntherefore the men in charge of the government are more eager to protect\ntheir position than to see that the citizens are happy. The Vedic civilization prefers monarchy. People liked the government of Lord\nRamacandra, the government of Maharaja Yudhi�thira and the governments of Maharaja Parik�it, Maharaja Ambari�a and Maharaja Prahlada.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0190": "Text 14]\n\nThe Dynasty of Maharaja Nimi\n\n163\n\nThere are many instances of excellent government under a monarch.\nGradually the democratic government is becoming unfit for the needs of\nthe people, and therefore some parties are trying to elect a dictator. A\ndictatorship is the same as a monarchy, but without a trained leader. Actually people will be happy when a trained leader, whether a monarch or\na dictator, takes control of the government and rules the people according to the standard regulations of the authorized scriptures.\nTEXT 13\n\n�\n\n�:�)� ���� �: I\n\n� 'N\"tl�idl fijf��� 11��11\njanmand janaka� so 'bhad\nvaidehas tu videhaja/:t\nmithilo mathanaj jato\nmithilii yena nirmita\njanmana-by birth; janaka/:t-born uncommonly, not by the usual\nprocess; sa/:t-he; abh u t-became; vaideha�-also known as Vaideha;\ntu-but; videha-ja/:t-because of being born from the body of Maharaja\nNimi, who had left his material body; mithila/:t-he also became known\nas Mithila; mathanat-because of being born from the churning of his\nfather's body; jata�-thus born; mithilii-the kingdom called Mithila;\nyena-by whom (Janaka); nirmita-was constructed.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause he was horn in an unusual way, the son was called\nJanaka, and because he was born from the dead body of his father,\nhe was known as Vaideha. Because he was born from the churning\nof his father's material body, he was known as Mithila, and because\nhe constructed a city as King Mithila, the city was called Mithilii.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0191": "[Canto 9, Ch.13\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n164\n\nta.smiid udavasus ta.sya\nputro 'bhan nandivardhanab,\ntatab, suketus ta.syapi\ndevarato mahipate\nta.smdt-from Mithila; udava.sub,-a son named Udavasu; ta.sya-of\nhim (Udavasu); putrab,-son; abhat-was born; nandivardhanab,Nandivardhana; tatab,-from him (Nandivardhana); suketub,-a son\nnamed Suketu; ta.sya-of him (Suketu); api-also; devaratab,-a son\nnamed Devarata; mahipate-0 King Parik�it.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it, from Mithila came a son named Udivasu; from\n\nUdivasu, Nandivardhana; from Nandivardhana, Suketu; and from\nSuketu, Devarita.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n� � '46:141�: � I\n�� �it� ��: ������\nta.smad brhadratha.s ta.sya\nmahaviryab, sudhrt-pita\nsudhrter dhr�!aketur vai\nharya§vo 'tha marus tatab,\nta.smdt-from Devariita; brhadrathab,-a son named Brhadratha;\nta.sya-of him (Brhadratha); mahaviryab,-a son named Mahavirya;\nsudhrt-pita-he became the father of King Sudbrti; sudhrteb,-from\nSudbrti;\n\ndhr�taketub,-a\n\nson\n\nnamed\n\nDhr�taketu;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nharya.Svab,-his son was Haryasva; atka-thereafter; marub,-Maru;\ntatab,-thereafter.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Devarita came\n\na\n\nson named\n\nBthadratha\n\nand from\n\nBthadratha a son named Mahivirya, who became the father of\n\nSudhtti. The son of Sudhtti was known as Dht�laketu, and from\n\n", "SB9.2#p0192": "Text 17)\n\nThe Dynasty of Maharaja Nimi\n\n165\n\nDh�laketu came Harya8va. From Harya8va came a son named\nMaru.\nTEXT 16\n\nflit: srffiq€h�+tl�l1! m �: I\n�st+fi�A�� � ��� �: IIZ�II\nmaro� pratipakas tasmaj\njata� krtaratho yata�\ndevamit;lhas tasya putro\nviSruto 'tha mahadhrti�\nmaro�-of Maru; pratipaka�-a son named Pratipaka; tasmat-from\nPratipaka;\n\njata�-was born; krtaratha�-a son named K.rtaratha;\n\nyata�-and\n\nfrom\n\nK_rtaratha;\n\nDevamiQha;\n\nputra�-a\n\nson;\n\ndevamit;lha�-Devami:Qha;\nviSruta�-Visruta;\n\ntasya-of\n\natha-from\n\nhim;\n\nmahadhrti�-a son named Mahadh.rti.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Maru was Pratipaka, and the son of Pratipaka was\nKrtaratha. From :Krtaratha came Devamic1ha; from Devami4ha,\nVisruta; and from Visruta, Mahadh:rti.\nTEXT 17\n\n�(16�6��1ri4tilit+tl\n\n�: I\n((IUf(lqj ij� &((l(lq( oq�(t{ij 11�\\911\n�\n\nkrtiratas tatas tasman\nmaharoma ca tat-suta�\nsvar�roma sutas tasya\nhrasvaroma vyajayata\nkrtirdta�-Krtiriita; tata�-from Mahadh.rti; tasmat-from K_rtiriita;\nmaharoma-a son named Mahiiromii; ca-also; tat-suta�-his son;\nsva�roma-Svarl}.aromii;\n\nsuta�\n\ntasya-his\n\nHrasvaromii; vyajayata-were all born.\n\nson;\n\nhrasvaromd­\n\n", "SB9.2#p0193": "166\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Mahadh:rti was horn a son named �tirata, from �tirata\nwas horn Mahiiromii, from Mahiiromii came a son named\nSvarvaromii, and from Svar1,1aromii came Hrasvaromii.\nTEXT 18\n\nmr:��� m)� I\ndlm�Q)����:�: ����\"\ntatafi, s'iradhvajo jajiie\nyajfliirtham kar�ato mah'im\ns'ita s'iragrato jata\ntasmat s'iradhvajafi, smrtafi,\ntatafi,-from Hrasvaroma; s'iradhvaja�-a son named Siradhvaja;\njajiie-was born; yajiia-artham-for performing sacrifices; kar�atafi,while plowing the field; mah'im-the earth; situ-mother Sita, the wife\nof Lord Ramacandra; s'ira-agratafi,-from the front portion of the plow;\njata-was born; tasmat-therefore;\nSiradhvaja; smrtafi.-celebrated.\n\ns'iradhvajafi,-was\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Hrasvaromii came a son named Siradhvaja (also called\nJanaka]. When Siradhvaja was plowing a field, from the front of\nhis plow [sira] appeared a daughter named Sitiidevi, who later became the wife of Lord Riimacandra. Thus he was known as\nSiradhvaja.\n\nkusadhvajas tasya putras\ntato dharmadhvajo nrpafi,\ndharmadhoojasya dvau putrau\nkrtadhvaja-mitadhvajau\n\n", "SB9.2#p0194": "Text 21)\n\n167\n\nThe Dynasty of Maharaja Nimi\n\nku.Sadhvaja�-Kusadhvaja;\n\ntasya-of\n\nSiradhvaja;\n\nputra�-son;\n\ntata�-from him; dharmadhvaja�-Dharmadhvaja; nrpa�-the king;\ndharmadhvajasya-from this Dharmadhvaja;\n\ndvau-two; putrau­\n\nsons; krtadhvaja-mitadhvajau-J\\ttadhvaja and Mitadhvaja.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Siradhvaja was\n\nKusadhvaja,\n\nand the son of\n\nKu8adhvaja was King Dharmadhvaja, who had two sons, namely\nKrladhvaja and Mitadhvaja.\n\nTEXTS 20-21\n\n'#j����:�ru�����\n�wfl\nU�'$1l<:+tN�JW�: ll�oll\n{Cil�'S�:��hfrn:����: I\n����('Q �s'{\\�0ij'g;� mwr:\nII�� II\n.\n\n'\"'\n\nkrtadhvajat kesidhvaja�\nkhalJC)ikyas tu mitadhvajat\nkrtadhvaja-suto rajann\natma-vidya-viSarada�\nkhalJC)ikya� karma-tattva-jfio\nbhita� kesidhvajad druta�\nbhanumarits tasya putro 'bhilc\nchatadyumnas tu tat-suta�\n\n..\n\nkrtadhvajat-from\nJ\\ttadhvaja;\nkesidhvaja�-a\nson\nnamed\nKesidhvaja; kha1J4ikya� tu-also a son named KhaJ;tQikya; mitadhvajat-from Mitadhvaja; krtadhvaja-suta�-the son of J\\ttadhvaja;\n\nrajan-0 King; atma-vidya-vi.Sarada�-expert in transcendental\nscience; kha'IJ4ikya�-King Kh3.1;1Qikya; karma-tattva-jiia�-expert in\nVedic ritualistic ceremonies; bhita�-fearing; kesidhvajat-because of\n\nKesidhvaja;\nKesidhvaja;\n\nfled; bhanuman-Bhanumiin; tasya-of\nputra�-son;\nabhut-there\nwas;\nsatadyumna�­\n\ndruta�-he\n\nSatadyumna; tu - but; tat-suta�-the son of Bhanumiin.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0195": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n168\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Pari�it, the son of .K_rtadhvaja was Kesidhvaja, and\nthe son of Mitadhvaja was Kh8I,l«;;ikya. The son of .K_rtadhvaja was\nexpert in spiritual knowledge, and the son of Mitadhvaja was expert in Vedic ritualistic ceremonies. Kh8I,l«;;ikya fled in fear of\nKesidhvaja. The son of Kesidhvaja was Bhiinumiin, and the son of\nBhiinumiin was Satadyumna.\n\nTEXT 22\nr--\n\n\"'\n\n�\\ltt;;r��l( e�ti\\l'Jt: t�mSll� 1\n\\;�t�: (1�$111\\iUG:'Jfl� ��: ������\nsucis tu tanayas tasmdt\nsanadvaja}:t suto 'bhavat\nurjaketu}:t sanadvajiid\najo 'tha purujit suta}:t\nsuci}:t-Suc i; tu-but; tanaya}:t-a son; tasmdt-from him; sanadvaja}:t-Sanad v aja; suta}:t-a son; abhavat-was born; urjaketu}:tVrjaketu; sanadvajat-from Sanadvaja; aja/:t-Aja; atka-thereafter;\npurujit-Purujit; suta}:t-a son.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Satadyumna was named Suci. From Suci, Sanadvaja\nwas born, and from Sanadviija came a son named Urjaketu. The son\nof Urjaketu was Aja, and the son of Aja was Purujit.\nTEXT 23\n\n31Re�f't���rq ���: I\nrn� � ����n ������\nar4!anemis tasyapi\nsrutayus tat suparsvaka}:t\ntata5 citraratho yasya\nlcyemadhir mithiliidhipa}:t\n\n", "SB9.2#p0196": "Text 25)\n\nThe Dynasty of Maharaja Nimi\n\n169\n\na�tanemifr-Ari�ta.nemi; tasya api-o£ Purujit also; srutayub,-a\nson named Srutiiyu; tat-and from him; suparsvakab,-Suparsvaka;\ntatab,-from Suparsvaka; citrarathab,-Citraratha; yasya-of whom\n(Citraratha);\n\n�emadhib.-K�emadhi; mithila-adhipab,-became the\n\nking of Mithila.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Purujit was Ari!jlaJlemi, and his son was Srutayu.\n\nSrutayu begot a son named Suparsvaka, and Suparsvaka begot\n\nCitraratha. The son of Citraratha was 1\\.!jemadhi, who became the\nking of Mithila.\n\nTEXT 24\n\ntasmat samarathas tasya\nsutab. satyarathas tatab.\nasid upagurus tasmad\nupagupto 'agni-sambhavab,\ntasmat-from �emadhi; samarathab,-a son named Samaratha;\ntasya-from S amaratha; sutab,-son; satyarathab,-Satyaratha; tatab.from him (Satyaratha); asit-was born; upagurub,-Upaguru; tasmatfrom him; upaguptab,-Upagupta; agni-sambhavab,-a partial expansion of the demigod Agni.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of K!jemiidhi was Samaratha, and his son was Satyaratha.\n\nThe son of Satyaratha was Upaguru, and the son of Upaguru WilE\nUpagupta, a partial expansion of the fire-god.\nTEXT 25\n\"\"\n\n\"\"\n\n\"\"\n\n�a-IS�����: l\n� ;�p.Hij�(<{ �s��'\"ltr:l'�: WJ: ll�'-\\ll\n\"\"\n\n,...\n\n\"\"\n\n", "SB9.2#p0197": "170\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 13\n\nvasvananto 'tha tat-putro\nyuyudlw yat sub�ar;w�\nsrutas tato jayas tasmiid\nvijayo 'smiid rta� suta�\nvasvananta�- Vasvananta; atka-thereafter (the son of Upagupta);\ntat-putra�-his son; yuyudha�-by the name Yuyudha; yat-from\nYuyudha; subhii$ar;w�-a son named Subhii�aiJ.a; sruta� tata�-and the\nson of Subha�a1.1a was Sruta; jaya� tasnuit-the son of Sruta was Jaya;\nvijaya�-a son named Vijaya; asnuit-from Jaya; rta�-J,l.ta; suta�-a\n\nson.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Upagupta was V asvananta, the son of V asvananta was\nYuyudha, the �on of Yuyudha !as Suhh��a, and the son of\nSuhh��a was Sruta. The son of Sruta was Jaya, from whom there\ncame Vijaya. The son of Vijaya was .l;l.ta.\nTEXT 26\n\n@tf£h�kt!� � tfi��t �ij: I\n��� �ij�� fi� l{{(m ����\"\nsunakas tat-suto jajiie\nvitahavyo dhrtis tatab,\nbahuliiSvo dhrtes tasya\nkrtir asya mahava5i\nsunaka�-Sunaka; tat-suta�-the son of J:lta; JaJne-was born;\nvitahavya�-Vitahavya; dhrtib,-Dh:rti; tata�-the son of Vitahavya;\nbahuliiSvab,-Bahuliisva; dhrte�-from Dh:rti; tasya-his son; krtib,­\n\nK:rti; asya-of l(:rti; mahava5i-there was a son named Mahiivasi.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe son of .l;l.ta was Sunaka, the son of Sunaka was Vitahavya, the\nson of Vitahavya was Dh:rti, and the son of Dh:rti was Bahulasva.\nThe son of Bahulasva was K:rti, and his son was Mahiiva8i.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0198": "Text 27)\n\nThe Dynasty of Maharaja Nimi\n\n171\n\nTEXT 27\n\n� � �T (IWS(If'i�Tfcl�: I\n\ntllitSQ(Sifu�;w\n\nl--iU'fil\n\n•i(t�fq 11�\\911\n\nete vai maithilii riijann\niitma-vidya-viSiiradaft\nyogesvara-prasiidena\ndvandvair muktii grhe�v api\nof them; vai-indeed; maithiliift-the descendants of\nriijan-0 King; iitma-vidyii-viSiiradaft-expert in spiritual\nknowledge; yogesvara-prasiidena-by the grace of Yogesvara, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, ��Qa; dvandvaift muktiift-they were\nall freed from the duality of the material world; grhe�u api-even\nete-all\n\nMithila;\n\nthough staying at home.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: My dear King Parik�it, all the kings of\n\nthe dynasty of Mithila were completely in knowledge of their spiri­\n\ntual identity. Therefore, even though staying at home, they were\nliberated from the duality of material existence.\nPURPORT\nThis material world is called\n\ndvaita, or duality. The Caitanya­\n\ncaritamrta (Antya 4.176) says:\n'dvaite' bhadriibhadra-jiidna, saba- 'manodharma'\n'ei bhiila, ei manda, '-ei saba 'bhrama'\nIn the world of duality-that is to say, in the m;tterial world-so-called\ngoodness and badness are both the same. Therefore, in this world, to distinguish between good and bad, happiness and distress, is meaningless\nbecause they are both mental concoctions (manodharma). Because everything here is miserable and troublesome, to create an artificial situation\nand pretend it to be full of happiness is simply illusion. The liberated\nperson, being above the influence of the three modes of material nature,\n\n", "SB9.2#p0199": "172\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch.l3\n\nis unaffected by such dualities in all circumstances. He remains Kr�J).a\n\nconscious by tolerating so-called happiness and distress. This is also con­\n\nfirmed in Bhagavad-gita (2.14):\n\nmatra-sparsas tu kaunteya\nsito�r:ra-sukha-du�khada�\nagamapayino 'nityas\ntams titi/cyasva bharata\n\"0 son of Kunti, the nonpermanent appearance of happiness and dis­\n\ntress, and their disappearance in due course, are like the appearance and\ndisappearance of winter and summer seasons. They arise from sense per­\n\nception, 0 scion of Bharata, and one must learn to tolerate them without\n\nbeing disturbed.\" Those who are liberated, being on the transcendental\n\nplatform of rendering service to the Lord, do not care about so-called\nhappiness and distress. They know that these are like changing seasons,\n\nwhich are perceivable by contact with the material body. Happiness and\n\ndistress come and go. Therefore a par:uf,ita, a learned man, is not con­\n\ncerned with them. As it is said, gatasun agatasams ca nanu§ocanti\n\npar:uJ,ita�. The body is dead from the very beginning because it is a lump\n\nof matter. It has no feelings of happiness and distress. Because the soul\nwithin the body is in the bodily concept of life, he suffers happiness and\n\ndistress, but these come and go. It is understood herewith that the kings\n\nborn in the dynasty of Mithila were all liberated persons, unaffected by\nthe so-called happiness and distress of this world.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Thirteenth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Dynasty of Maharaja\nIH'\n• \"\nl'l�m�.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0200": "CHAPTER FOURTEEN\n\nKing Purfiravii Enchanted by Urva8i\nThe summary of this Fourteenth Chapter is given as follows. This\nchapter describes Soma and how he kidnapped the wife of B:rhaspati and\nbegot in her womb a son named Budha. Budha begot Pun1rava, who\nbegot six sons, headed by Ayu, in the womb of Urvasi.\n\nLord Brahma was born from the lotus that sprouted from the navel of\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�J).u. Brahma had a son named Atri, and Atri's son was\nSoma, the king of all drugs and stars. Soma became the conqueror of the\nentire universe, and, being inflated with pride, he kidnapped Tara, who\nwas the wife of B:rhaspati, the spiritual master of the demigods. A great\nfight ensued between the demigods and the asuras, but Brahma rescued\nB:rhaspati's wife from the clutches of Soma and returned her to her husband, thus stopping the fighting. In the womb of Tara, Soma begot a son\nnamed Budha, who later begot in the womb of Ila a son named Aila, or\nPunirava. Urvasi was captivated by Pururava's beauty, and therefore\nshe lived with him for some time, but when she left his company he became almost like a madman. While traveling all over the world, he met\nUrva8i again at Kuruk�etra, but she agreed to join with him for only one\nnight in a year.\nOne year later, Purfuava saw Urvasi at Kuruk�etra and was glad to be\nwith her for one night, but when he thought of her leaving him again, he\nwas overwhelmed by grief. Urva8i then advised Purfuava to worship the\nGandharvas. Being satisfied with Pururava, the Gandharvas gave him a\nwoman known as Agnisthiili. Pururava mistook Agnisthiili for Urva8i,\nbut while he was wandering in the forest his misunderstanding was\ncleared, and he immediately gave up her company. Mter returning home\nand meditating upon Urvasi all night, he wanted to perform a Vedic\nritualistic ceremony to satisfy his desire. Thereafter he went to the same\nplace where he had left Agnisthiili, and there he saw that from the womb\nof a sami tree had come an a5vattha tree. Purfuava made two sticks from\nthis tree and thus produced a fire. By such a fire one can satisfy all lusty\ndesires. The fire was considered the son of Pururava. In Satya-yuga there\nwas only one social division, called hamsa; there were no divisions of\n\n173\n\n", "SB9.2#p0201": "174\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\n0071Ul like brahmar:w, /cyatriya, vaiSya and sudra. The Veda was the\n\norhkara. The various demigods were not worshiped, for only the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead was the worshipahle Deity.\nTEXT 1\n\n�rJ<Ii cren:;Jf\n3l�t � ��'!. �: ij� qp.r;r: I\n\n���e �T! qi)J,:� ��UttlJ� : II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\nathata/:t snlyatarh rajan\nvamsa/:t somasya pavana/:t\nyasminn ailiidayo bhllpa/:t\nkirtyante purJya-kirtaya/:t\n\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; atha-now (after hear­\n\ning the history of the dynasty of the sun); ata/:t-therefore; snlyatam­\n\njust hear from me; rajan-0 King (Maharaja Parik�it); vamsa/:t-the\n\ndynasty; somasya-of the moon-god; pavana/:t-which is purifying to\n\nhear about; yasmin-in which (dynasty); aila-adaya/:t-headed by Aila\n(Punirava);\n\nbhupa/:t-kings;\n\nkirtyante-are\n\nkirtaya/:t-persons of whom it is glorious to hear.\n\ndescribed;\n\npurJya­\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Sukadeva Gosviimi said to Maharaja Parik�it: 0 King, thus\n\nfar you have heard the d�scription of the dynasty of the sun-god.\n\nNow hear the most glorious and purifying description of the\ndynasty of the moon-god. This description mentions kings like\n\nAila [Puriiravii] of whom it is glorious to hear.\n\nsahasra-sirasa/:t purhso\nnabhi-hrada-saroruhat\n\n", "SB9.2#p0202": "Text3)\n\nKing Purftravii Enchanted by Urva8i\n\n175\n\njatasyiisit suto dhiitur\natrib, pitr-samo gur:wibsahasra-sirasab,-who has thousands of heads; purhsab,-of Lord\nVi�J).U (Garbhodakasliyi Vi�Q.u); niibhi-hrada-saroruhiit-from the lotus\nproduced from the lake of the navel; jatasya-who appeared; iisitthere was; sutab,-a son; dhatub,-of Lord Brahmli; atrib,-by the name\nAtri; pitr-samab,-like his father; gur:wib,-qualified.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Vi�J}.U\n\n(Garbhodaka8ayi Vi�t.m) is also known as Sahasra­\n\nsi�ii Puru�a. From the lake of His navel sprang a lotus, on which\nLord Brahma was generated. Atri, the son of Lord Brahmii, was as\nqualified as his father.\nTEXT3\n\n� tn1tlS+W� �: �S®+i40t: � I\n\n�����qun;IT if� �'«f: qfij: ll �II\ntasya drgbhyo 'bhavat putrab,\nsomo 'mrtamayab, kila\nvipraU$adhy-w;lu-ga1,1iiniirit\nbrahma1,1ii kalpitab, patib,\ntasya-of him, Atri, the son of Brahmli; drgbhyab,-from the tears of\njubilation from the eyes; abhavat-was born; putrab,-a son; soma/:tthe moon-god; amrta-maya/:t-full of soothing rays; kila-indeed;\nvipra-of the briihmar:ws; CJ$adhi-of the drugs; U(lu-ga1,1iiniim-and of\nthe luminaries; brahma1,1ii-by Lord Brahmli; kalpitab,-was appointed\nor designated; patib,-the supreme director.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Atri's tears of j ubilation was born a son named Soma, the\nmoon, who was full of soothing rays. Lord Brahmii appointed him\nthe director of the briihmal}.as, drugs and luminaries.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0203": "176\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic description, Soma, the moon-god, was born\n\nfrom the mind of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (candrama\n\nmanaso jatal,t). But here we find that Soma was born from the tears in\n\nthe eyes of Atri. This appears contradictory to the Vedic information, but\n\nactually it is not, for this birth of the moon is understood to have taken\n\nplace in another millennium. When tears appear in the eyes because of\njubilation, the tears are soothing. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura\n\nsays, drgbhya anaruliiSrubhya ata evamrtamaya/.t: \"Here the word\n\ndrgbhya/.t means 'from tears of jubilation.' Therefore the moon-god is\n\nc_alled amrtamayal,t, 'full of soothing rays.' \" In the Fourth Canto of\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (4.1.15) we find this verse:\n\natrel,t patny anasuya trifi\njajfie suya.Sasal,t sutan\ndattam durvasasam somam\natmesa-brahma-sambhavan\nThis verse describes that Anasuya, the wife of Atri �i, bore three\n\nsons-Soma, Durvasa and Dattatreya. It is said that at the time of conception Anasuya was impregnated by the tears of Atri.\n\nso 'yajad rajasuyena\nvijitya bhuvana-trayam\npatnim brhaspater darpat\ntaram namaharad balat\nsal,t-he, Soma; ayajat-performed; rajasuyena-the sacrifice known\nas\n\nRajasuya; vijitya-after conquering; bhuvana-trayam-the three\n\nworlds (Svarga, Martya and Patala); patnim-the wife; brhaspatel,t-of\n\nB:rhaspati, the spiritual master of the demigods; darpat-out of pride;\n\ntaram-Tara; nama-by name; aharat-took away; bauit-by force.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0204": "Text6)\n\n177\n\nKing Puriiravii Enchanted by Urva8i\nTRANSLATION\n\nMter conquering the three worlds [the upper, middle and lower\nplanetary systems), Soma, the moon-god, performed a great\nsacrifice known as the Riijasuya-yajfta. Because he was very much\npuffed up, he forcibly kidnapped B:rhaspati's wife, whose name\nwas Tiirii.\nTEXTS\n\n�«�������\n;rktt'51� � � ��fqm:: II � II\nyada sa deva-guru�\nyiicito 'bhilcyr_wSo nuulit\nniityajat tat-krte jajfie\nsura-diinava-vigrahab,\nyada -w hen; sab,-he (Soma, the moon-god); deva-guru�-by the\nspiritual master of the demigods, B:rhaspati; yiicitab,-was begged;\n\nabhilcy�ab,- again and again; nuulit-because of false pride; nanot; atyajat- did deliver; tat-krte-because of this; jajfie-there was;\nsura-diinava-between the demigods and the demons; vigrahab,-a\nfight.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough requested again and again by B:rhaspati, the spiritual\nmaster of the demigods, Soma did not return Tiirii. This was due to\nhis\n\nfalse\n\npride.\n\nConsequently,\n\na\n\nfight\n\nensued\n\nbetween\n\ndemigods and the demons.\nTEXT6\n\n� ��q�tqla;�d\\ ('(IWl�� I\n� � � �6�1Uii'Ff: II � II\nsukro brhaspater dve$00\nagrahit siisuroc)upam\nharo guru-sutam snehat\nsarva-bhuta-ga�vrtab,\n\nthe\n\n", "SB9.2#p0205": "178\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\nsukrab,-the demigod named Sukra; brhaspatel,l,-unto B:rhaspati;\n\ndve$lit-because of enmity; agrahit-took; sa-asura-with the demons;\n\nu{lupam-the side of the moon-god; harai,I,-Lord Siva; guru-sutam­\n\nthe side of his spiritual master's son; snehat-because of affection;\nsarva-bhuta-ga�-avrtab,-accompanied by all kinds of ghosts and\nhobgoblins.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nBecause of enmity between B:rhaspati and Sukra, Sukra took the\n\nside of the moon-god and was joined by the demons. But Lord\n\nSiva, because of affection for the son of his spiritual master, joined\nthe side of B:rhaspati and was accompanied by all the ghosts and\nhobgoblins.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe moon-god is one of the demigods, but to fight against the other\n\ndemigods he took the assistance of the demons. Sukra, being an enemy of\nB:rhaspati, also joined the moon-god to retaliate in wrath against\n\nB:rhaspati. To counteract this situation, Lord Siva, who was affectionate\n\ntoward B:rhaspati, joined B:rhaspati. The father of B:rhaspati was ,Angirii,\n\nfrom whom Lord Siva had received knowledge. Therefore Lord Siva had\n\nsome affection for B:rhaspati and joined his side in this fight. Sridhara\n\nSvami remarks, arigirasal,l, sakiisat prapta-vidyo hara iti prasiddhab,:\n\"Lord Siva is well known to have received knowledge from Angira.\"\nTEXT7\n\nij«ct�•qififm\n\n�\n\nij{lij{��·�lS\"{(l_\n\n���\n�q((ijl(iifilqt.t: ll\\911\n\nsarva-deva-ga�peto\nmahendro gurum anvayat\nsurasura-vinaso 'bhut\nsamaras tarakiimayab,\nsaroo-deva-ga�-by all the different demigods; upetal,l,-joined;\nmahendrab,-Mahendra, the King of heaven, lndra; gurum-his spiri­\n\ntual master; anvayat-followed; sura-of the demigods; asura-and of\nthe demons; vinasab,-causing destruction; abhut-there was;\n\n", "SB9.2#p0206": "Text9]\n\nKing Purftrava Enchanted by Urva.Si\n\n179\n\nsamarab,-a fight; taraka-mayab,-simply because of Tara, a woman,\nthe wife of Brhaspati.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Indra, accompanied by all kinds of demigods, joined the\nside of Brhaspati. Thus there was a great fight, destroying both\ndemons and demigods, only for the sake of Tara, Brhas pati's wife.\n\nnivedito 'thangirasii\nsomam nirbhartsya viSva-krt\ntiiriim sva-bhartre priiyacchad\nantarvatnim avait patib,\nniveditab,-being fully informed; atha-thus; aflgirasa-by Ailgira\nMuni; somam-the moon-god; nirbhartsya-chastising severely; viSvakrt-Lord Brahma; tiiriim-Tara, the wife of Brhaspati; sva-bhartreunto her husband; priiyacchat-delivered;\n\nantarvatnim-pregnant;\n\navait-could understand; patib,-the husband (Brhaspati).\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Brahma was fully informed by Ailgira about the entire incident, he severely chastised the moon-god, Soma. Thus\nLord Brahmii delivered Tara to her husband, who could then\nunderstand that she was pregnant.\nTEXT9\n\n� ��\n\n� ���<::IMd �:\n\nI\n\n;n{ro�\"e���lmttm-��sma 11 <?.. 11\ntyaja tyajasu du�prajiie\nmat-�etriid ahitam paraib,\n\n", "SB9.2#p0207": "[Canto 9, Ch.14\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n180\n\nnaham tvam bhasmasat kuryam\nstriyam santanike 'sati\ntyaja-deliver; tyaja-deliver; asu-immediately; d�prajne-you\nfoolish woman; mat-lcyetrat-from the womb meant for me to impregnate;\n\nahitam-begotten;\n\ntvam-you;\n\nparaib,-by\n\nbhasmasat-burnt\n\nto\n\nothers;\n\nashes;\n\nna-not;\n\naham-I;\n\nkuryam-shall\n\nmake;\n\nstriyam-because you are a woman; santanike-wanting a child; asatialthough you are unchaste.\nTRANSLATION\nB:rhaspati said: You foolish woman, your womb, which was\n\nmeant for me to impregnate, has been impregnated by someone\nother than me. Immediately deliver your child!\n\nImmediately\n\ndeliver it! Be assured that after the child is delivered, I shall not\n\nburn you to ashes. I know that although you are unchaste, you\n\nwanted a son. Therefore I shall not punish you.\nPURPORT\n\nTara was married to B:rhaspati, and therefore as a chaste woman she\nshould have been impregnated by him. But instead she preferred to be\nimpregnated by Soma, the moon-god, and therefore she was unchaste.\nAlthough B:rhaspati accepted Tara from Brahma, when he saw that she\nwas pregnant he wanted her to deliver a son immediately. Tara certainly\nvery much feared her husband, and she thought she might be punished\nafter giving birth. Thus B:rhaspati assured her that he would not punish\nher, for although she was unchaste and had become pregnant illicitly,\nshe wanted a son.\nTEXT 10\n\n���m���\n��� �qn: � �� :q ll�oJJ\ntatyaja vrir;lita tara\nkumaram kanaka-prabham\n\n", "SB9.2#p0208": "Text 11]\n\nKing Purftrava Enchanted by Urva8i\n\n181\n\nsprhiim arigirasa.S cakre\nkumiire soma eva ca\ntatyaja-gave delivery; vri(iita-being very much ashamed; taraTara, the wife of Brhaspati; kumiiram-to a child; kanaka-prabham­\n\nhaving a bodily effulgence like gold; sprluim-aspiration; arigirasab,­\n\nBrhaspati; cakre-made; kumiire-unto the child; somab,-the moon­\n\ngod; eva-indeed; ca-also\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvarni continued: By Brhaspati's order, Tara, who\n\nwas very much ashamed, immediately gave birth to the child, who\n\nwas very beautiful, with a golden bodily hue. Both Brhaspati and\n\nthe moon-god, Soma, desired the beautiful child.\n\nmamiiyarh na tavety uccais\ntasmin vivadamanayob,\npapracchur r�ayo devii\nnaivoce vri(iita tu sa\nmama-mine; ayam-this (child); na-not; tava-yours; iti-thus;\nuccaib,-very loudly; tasmin-for the child; vivadamanayob,-when\nthe two parties were fighting; papracchub,-inquired (from Tara);\nr�ayab,-all the saintly persons; devafr.-all the demigods; na-not;\neva-indeed; uce-said anything; vri(iita-being ashamed; tu-indeed;\nsa-Tara.\nTRANSLATION\nFighting again broke out between B:rhaspati and the moon-god,\n\nboth of whom claimed, \"This is my child, not yours!\" All the\n\nsaints and demigods present asked Tara whose child the newborn\n\nbaby actually was, but because she was ashamed she could not\nimmediately answer.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0209": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n182\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\nkumaro mataram priiha\nkupito 'lika-lajjayii\nkim na vacasy asad-vrtte\niitmiivadyam vadaSu me\nkumarab,-the child;\n\nmataram-unto his mother;\n\npriiha-said;\n\nkupitab,-being very angry; alika-unnecessary; lajjayii-with shame;\nkim-why; na-not; vacasi-you say; asat-vrtte-0 unchaste woman;\n\n-\n\niitma avadyam-the fault you have committed; vada-say; iiSu-immediately; me-unto me.\nTRANSLATION\nThe child then became very angry and demanded that his\n\nmother immediately tell the truth. \"You unchaste woman,\" he\n\nsaid, \"what is the use of your unnecessary shame? Why do you not\n\nadmit\n\nyour\n\nbehavior.\"\n\nfault?\n\nImmediately\n\ntell\n\nme\n\nabout\n\nyour\n\nfaulty\n\nTEXT 13\n\n;mt ijf � � �'lm�N (\"ti��\"l I\n\n(il¥\\�il€41( �: � ffl�� II�� II\nbrahma tiim raha iihuya\nsamaprii/cyic ca siintvayan\nsomasyety aha sanakaib,\nsomas tam tiivad agrahit\nbrahma-Lord Brahma; tiim-unto her, Tara; rahab,-in a secluded\nplace; iihuya-putting her; samaprii/cyit-inquired in detail; ca-and;\nsiintvayan-pacifying; somasya-this son belongs to Soma, the moongod; iti-thus; iiha-she replied; sanakaib,-very slowly; somab,Soma; tam-the child; tiivat-immediately; agrahit-took charge of.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0210": "Text 16]\n\n183\n\nKing Punirava Enchanted by Urva.Si\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Brahms then brought Tara to a secluded place, and after\npacifying her he asked to whom the child actually belonged. She\nreplied very slowly, \"This is the son of Soma, the moon-god.\"\nThen the moon-god immediately took charge of the child.\nTEXT 14\n\nmRq�tM(t(f � �fiNT W!q I\n��� �unq��ll��ll\ntasyatma-yonir akrta\nbudha ity abhidharh nrpa\nbuddhya gambhiraya yena\nputrerJaJXX!.urar:t mudam\ntasya-of the\nbudha�-Budha;\n\nchild;\n\natma-yoni�-Lord Brahma;\n\niti-thus;\n\nabhidham-the name;\n\nakrta-made;\nnrpa-0\n\nKing\n\nParik�it; buddhya-by intelligence; gambhiraya-very deeply situated;\nyena-by whom; putrerJa-by such a son; apa-he got; Z«fura!-the\nmoon-god; mudam-jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, when Lord Brahmii saw that the child was\ndeeply intelligent, he gave the child the name Budha. The moongod, the ruler of the stars, enjoyed great jubilation because of this\nson.\nTEXTS 15-16\n\nmr:\n\n�z:5Ttrt � �: 1\n�\n�qguTIG:I4me��UI 'tF{ II��II\n�� •n�¥tlwtl'{ wfifon 1\n�f�g� a:cft �H��ffl II�� II\n� �\n\ntata� purilrava jajfie\nilayam ya udahrta�\n\n", "SB9.2#p0211": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n184\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\ntasya rupa-gur:w-udaryasila-dravir:w--vikramiin\nsrutvorva§indra-bhavane\ngiyamiinan surar§ir:ui\ntad-antikam upeyaya\ndevi smara-sarardita\ntata�-from him (Budha); purllravii�-the son named Puriirava;\njajfie-was\n\nborn;\n\nilayam-in\n\nthe womb of\n\nIla;\n\nya�-one who;\n\nudahrta�-has already been described (in the beginning of the Ninth\nCanto);\n\ntasya-his\n\n(Puriirava's);\n\nrllpa-beauty;\n\ngu�a-qualities;\n\naudarya-m agnanimity; sila-behavior; dravir:w--wealth; vikramiinpower; srutva-by hearing; urvasi-the celestial woman named Urvasi;\n\nindra-bhavane-in the court of King lndra; giyamiinan-when they\nwere being described; sura-r§ir:uJ,-by Narada; tat-antikam-near him;\nupeyaya-approached; devi-Urvasi; smara-sara-by the arrows of\nCupid; ardita-being stricken.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, from Budha, through the womb of Ilii, a son was\n\nborn named Purtiravii, who was described in the beginning of the\n\nNinth Canto. When his beauty, personal qualities, magnanimity,\n\nbehavior, wealth and power were described by Niirada in the court\n\nof Lord lndra, the celestial woman Urva8i was attracted to him.\nPierced by the arrow of Cupid, she thus approached him.\n\nTEXTS 17-18\n\n�Silst(iutit: �Nld\\N\"ill wt@€h�l1{_ I\nfit�1� �'fiti €h;:a:•tf+tl:4 �NUl'( II� \\911\n'[ffl' � �;n ��� �� l\n\"\nRt �\"\"' \"'\nA-.:::.\n� m let��� iq (\" u\"��et : 1\ni3t1R �11Pff qRl � (!�i_�(: ll �<=II\n•\n\n", "SB9.2#p0212": "Text 19]\n\n185\n\nKing Puriiravii Enchanted by Urva8i\n\nmitra-varu\"{layott sapiid\napannii nara-lokatam\nniSamya puru$a-sre$!harit\nkandarpam iva rupi\"{lam\ndhrtim vi$!abhya lalana\nupatasthe tad-antike\nsa tam vilokya nrpatir\nharw�wtphulla-locanatt\nuvaca slak$\"{1aya vaca\ndevirit hr$!a-tanuruhatt\nmitra-varu\"{layott-of\n\nMitra and Varu.Q.a;\n\nsapat-by\n\nthe curse;\n\napan nii -having obtained; nara-lokatam-the habits of a human being;\nniSamya-thus seeing; pu�a-sre$!ham-the best of males; kandarpam\niva-like Cupid;\n\nrapi\"{Ulm-having beauty;\n\nbearance; Vi$!abhya\n\n-\n\ndhrtim-patience\n\n,\n\nfor­\n\naccepting; lalana-that woman; upatasthe-ap­\n\nproached; tat-antike-near to him; satt-he, Purllravii; tam-her;\nvilokya-by seeing; nrpatitt-the King; har$e�a-with great jubilation;\nutphulla-locanatt-whose\n\neyes\n\nbecame\n\nvery\n\nbright;\n\nuooca-said;\n\nsla/cy\"{laya-very mild; vaca-by words; devim-unto the demigoddess;\nhr$!a-tanuruhatt-the hairs on whose body were standing in jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving been cursed by Mitra and V arur�a, the celestial woman\n\nUrva8i had acquired the habits of a human being. Therefore, upon\nseeing Purftrava, the best of males, whose beauty resembled that\nof Cupid, she controlled herself and then approached him. When\nKing Purftrava saw Urva8i, his eyes became jubilant in the ecstasy\nof joy, and the hairs on his body stood on end. With mild, pleasing\nwords, he spoke to her as follows.\nTEXT 19\n\n��m\n\n��quif� �t� �I\n� ;p:n � �;{f m�: �: II�Q..II\n\n", "SB9.2#p0213": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n186\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\nsri-rajavaca\nsvagatarh te vararohe\nasyatarh karavama kim\nsarhramasva maya sakam\nratir nau sasvati/1, sama/1,\nsri-raja uvaca-the King (Pun1rava) said; svagatam-welcome; teunto you; vararohe-0 best of beautiful women; asyatam-kindly take\nyour seat; karavama kim-what can I do for you; sarhramasva-just become my companion; maya sakam-with me; rati/1,-a sexual relationship; nau-between us; sasvati/1, sama/1,-for many years.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Purftravii said: 0 most beautiful woman, you are welcome.\n\nPlease sit here and tell me what I can do for you. You may enjoy\n\nwith me as long as you desire. Let us pass our life happily in a\n\nsexual relationship.\n\nTEXT 20\n�\n\n��\n\n\\ifi�l@tfil W{ ria' �;it m� � ,\nmr..ij(¥41«1Q � � � II� oil\nurva§y uvaca\nkasyas tvayi na sajjeta\nmano dr§!iS ca sundara\nyad-angantaram asadya\ncyavate ha rirarhsaya\nurvas� uvaca-Urvasi replied; kasya/1,-of which woman; tvayiunto you; na-not; sajjeta-would become attracted; mana/1,-the\nmind; dmi/l ca-and sight; sundara-0 most beautiful man; yatangantaram-whose chest; asadya-enjoying; cyavate-gives up;\nha-indeed; rirarhsaya-for sexual enjoyment.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0214": "Text 21]\n\nKing Puriirava Enchanted by Urva.Si\n\n187\n\nTRANSLATION\nUrva.Si replied: 0 most handsome man, who is the woman whose\nmind and sight would not be attracted by you? If a woman takes\nshelter of your chest, she cannot refuse to enjoy with you in a\nsexual relationship.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen a beautiful man and a beautiful woman unite together and\nembrace one another, how within these three worlds can they check their\n\nsexual relationship? Therefore Srimad-Bhagavatam (7.9.45) says, yan\n\nmaithuniidi-grhamedhi-sukharh hi tuccham.\nTEXT 21\n\nll!11i{UI� � � � � I\n\n����:��:�: ������\netav uraTJ(Lkau rajan\nnyasau ra�asva manada\nsarhrarhsye bhavata sakarh\nslaghya/:t stri�rh vara/:t smrta/:t\netau-to these two; urarJCLkau-lambs; rajan-0 King Pururavii;\nnyasau-who have fallen down; ra�asva-please give protection;\nmana-da-0 one who gives all honor to a guest or visitor; sarhrarhsyeI shall enjoy sexual union; bhavata sakam-in your company;\nslaghya/:t-superior; stri�m-of a woman; vara/:t-husband; smrta/:tit is said.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Purt1rava, please give protection to these two\nlambs, who have fallen down with me. Although I belong to the\nheavenly planets and you belong to earth, I shall certainly enjoy\nsexual union with you. I have no objection to accepting you as my\nhusband, for you are superior in every respect.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0215": "188\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the Brahma-samhitii (5.40), yasya prabhii prabhavato\nja gad-ar:uJa-lro!i-lro!i$v a5e$a-vasudhiidi-vibhuti-bhinnam. There are\nvarious planets and various atmospheres within this universe. The at­\n\nmosphere of the heavenly planet from which Urvasi descended after\n\nbeing cursed by Mitra and VaruQ.a was different from the atmosphere of\n\nthis earth. Indeed, the inhabitants of the heavenly planets are certainly\n\nfar superior to the inhabitants of earth. Nonetheless, Urvasi agreed to\n\nremain the consort of Punlrava, although she belonged to a superior\n\ncommunity. A woman who finds a man with superior qualities may ac­\n\ncept such a man as her husband. Similarly, if a man finds a woman who\nis from an inferior family but who has good qualities, he can accept such\n\na brilliant wife, as advised by Sri CaQ.akya PaQ.�ita (stri-ratnarh dU$kuliid\n\napi). The combination of male and female is worthwhile if the qualities\n\nof both are on an equal level.\n\nghrtarh me vira bha�yarh syiin\nne�e tviinyatra maithuniit\nviviisasarh tat tatheti\npratipede mahiimanii/:1,\nghrtam-clarified butter or nectar; me-my; vira-0 hero;\nb ha �yam-eatable ; syiit-shall be; na-not; i�e-1 shall see; tvayou; anyatra-any other time; maithuniit- except at the time of sexual\nintercourse; viviisasam-without any dress (naked); tat- that; tathii\niti-shall be like that; pratipede- promised; mahiimanii /:1, -King\n\nPurtlrava.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUrva8i said: \"My dear hero, only preparations made in ghee\n[clarified butter] will be my eatables, and I shall not want to see\nyou naked at any time, except at the time of sexual intercourse.\"\nThe great-minded King Purtlravii accepted these proposals.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0216": "Text 23)\n\nKing Purftravii Enchanted by Urva8i\n\n189\n\nTEXT 23\n\n3ll) � llfc() ;ruit�fq�6jt¥( I\n� � �� � � �� ((l�+U•Iijl¥( ����II\naha rilpam aho bhavo\nnara-loka-vimohanam\nko na seveta manuja\ndevim tvam svayam agatam\naha-wonderful;\npostures;\n\nrilpam-beauty;\n\naha-wonderful;\n\nnara-laka-in human society\n\nbhava/:l­\n\nor on the planet earth;\n\nvimohanam-so attractive; ka/:t-who; na-not; seveta-can accept;\nmanuja/:l-among human beings; devim-a demigoddess; tvam-like\nyou; svayam agatam-who has personally arrived.\nTRANSLATION\nPuriiravii replied: 0 beautiful one, your beauty is wonderful\nand your gestures are also wonderful. Indeed, you are attractive to\nall human society. Therefore, since you have come of your own accord from the heavenly planets, who on earth would not agree to\nserve a demigoddess such as you.\nPURPORT\n\nIt appears from the words of Urvasi that the standard of living, eating,\nbehavior and speech are all different on the heavenly planets from the\nstandards on this planet earth. The inhabitants of the heavenly planets\ndo not eat such abominable things as meat and eggs; everything they eat\nis prepared in clarified butter. Nor do they like to see either men or\nwomen naked, except at the time of sexual intercourse. To live naked or\nalmost naked is uncivilized, but on this planet earth it has now become\nfashionable to dress half naked, and sometimes those like hippies live\ncompletely naked. Indeed, there are many clubs and societies for this\npurpose. Such conduct is not allowed, however, on the heavenly planets.\nThe inhabitants of the heavenly planets, aside from being very beautiful,\nboth in complexion and bodily features, are well behaved and longliving, and they eat first-class food in goodness. These are some of the\n\n", "SB9.2#p0217": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n190\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\ndistinctions between the inhabitants of the heavenly planets and the\ninhabitants of earth.\nTEXT 24\n\n� �¥\\�w-�1 �: I\n� w��:l�! � � 11����\n\n� �\n\ntayii sa pur1J,$a-sre$!ho\nramayantyii yathiirhata�\nreme sura-vihiire$U\nkiimarh caitrarathiidi$u\ntayii-with her;\n\nsa�-he; pur1J,$a-sre$!hab,-the best of human\n\nbeings (Pun1rava); ramayantyii-enjoying; yathii-arhatab,-as far as\npossible;\n\nreme-enjoyed;\n\nsura-vihiire$u-in places resembling the\n\nheavenly p arks; kiimam-according to his desire; caitraratha-iidi$u-in\nthe best gardens, like Caitraratha.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: The best of human beings,\n\nPurtirava, began freely enjoying the company of Urva.Si, who\nengaged in sexual activities with him in many celestial places, such\n\nas\n\nCaitraratha and Nandana-kanana, where the demigods enjoy.\nTEXT 25\n\n� q«efiti$<!i!fiflw-l:Fn I\n�{ctl4ilG\\@�fl msii4l01'{ � 11��11\n\n(+4+41UI(ij�l\n\nramamii1JUS tayii devyii\npadma-kinjalka-gandhayii\ntan-mukhiimoda-mU$ito\nmumude 'har-ga1}iin bahun\nramamii �b,-enjoying sex; tayii-with her; devyii - the heavenly\n\ngoddess; padma-of a lotus; kinja lka-like the saffron; gandhayii-the\n\n", "SB9.2#p0218": "Text 27]\n\nKing Purfiravii Enchanted by Urva.Si\n\n191\n\nfragrance of whom; tat-mukha-her beautiful face; amoda-by the\nfragrance; mU§ita!t-being enlivened more and more; mumude-enjoyed life; ahalt-ga�n-days after days; bahun-many.\nTRANSLATION\nUrva.Si's body was as fragrant as the saffron of a lotus. Being enlivened by the fragrance of her face and body, Purfiravii enjoyed\nher company for many days with great jubilation.\nTEXT 26\n\n��0f;t.-il � (1+i*41G:i� I\n�4�nd�� +i!!t+il�•4 � ������\n\n�q$01..\n\napa§yann urva.Sim indro\ngandharvan samacodayat\nurva.Si-rahitarh mahyam\nasthanarh natiSobhate\napa§yan-without seeing; urva.Sim-Urvasi; indralt-the King of the\nheavenly planet; gandharvan-unto the Gandharvas; samacodayat-instructed; urva.Si-rahitam-without Urvasi; mahyam-my; asthanamplace; na-not; atiSobhate-appears beautiful.\nTRANSLATION\nNot seeing Urva.Si in his assembly, the King of heaven, Lord\nlndra, said, \"Without Urva.Si my assembly is no longer beautiful.\"\nConsidering this, he requested the Gandharvas to bring her back\nto his heavenly planet.\nTEXT 27\n\n� � � � !t�M� I\n• � ilf�;:4� � � 11�\\911\n�\n\nte upetya maha-ratre\ntamasi pratyupasthite\n\n", "SB9.2#p0219": "[Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n192\n\nurva.Syii ura�u jahrur\nnyastau riijani jayayii\nte-they, the Gandharvas; upetya-coming there; mahii-riitre-in\nthe dead of night; tamasi-when the darkness; pratyupasthite-appeared;\n\nurva.Sya-by\n\nUrvasi;\n\nura�u-two\n\nlambs;\n\njahrub,-stole;\n\nnyastau-given in charge; riijani-unto the King; jayaya-by his wife,\nUrvasi.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the Gandharvas came to earth, and at midnight, when\n\neverything was dark, they appeared in the house of Puriirava and\nstole the two lambs entrusted to the King by his wife, Urva.Si.\nPURPORT\n\"The dead of night\" refers to midnight. The mahii-niSii is described\nin this\n\nsmrti-mantra:\n\nmahii-niSii dve ghatike\n\nriitrer madhyama­\n\nyamayob,, \"Twelve o'clock midnight is called the dead of night.\"\nTEXT 28\n\nM�twtt¥f�ij � ��wfttt+U� : I\n�I�Rt� � ;$1 4'f(+UP\\�t II �<=II\nniSamyakranditam devi\nputrayor nzyamanayob,\nhatiismy aham kuniithena\nnapumsii vira-miininii\nniSamya-by hearing; iikranditam-crying (because of being stolen);\ndevz-Urva8i; putrayob,-of those two lambs, which she treated as sons;\nnzyamiinayob,-as they were being taken away; hata-killed; asmiam; aham-1; ku-niithena-under the protection of a bad husband;\nna-pumsii-by the eunuch; vzra-miinina-although considering himself\na hero.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0220": "Text 30)\n\nKing Puriiravii Enchanted by Urva.Si\n\n193\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nUrva.Si treated the two lambs like her own sons. Therefore, when\nthey were being taken by the Gandharvas and began crying, Urva.Si\nheard them and rebuked her husband. \"Now I am being killed,\"\nshe said, \"under the protection of an unworthy husband, who is a\ncoward and a eunuch although he thinks himself a great hero.\nTEXT 29\n\n� ;rnt�N�I � �: I\nq: �filfttij��;n{t�� ������\nyad-viSrambhad aham n(L$fu\nhrtapatya ca dasyubhi/:t\nya/:t sete niSi santrasto\nyatha nari diva puman\n\n( )\n\nyat- viSrambhat-because of depending upon whom; aham-1 am ;\n\nnU$!<1-lost; hrta-apatya-bereft of my two sons, the lambs; ca-also;\ndasyubhi/:t-by the plunderers; ya/:t-he who\n\n(my so-called husband) ;\n\nsete-lies down; niSi-at night; santras ta/:t-being afraid; yat ha-as;\nndri-a woman; diva-during the daytime; puman-male.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because I depended on him, the plunderers have deprived me\nof my two sons the lambs, and therefore I am now lost. My husband lies down at night in fear, exactly like a woman, although he\nappears to he a man during the day.\"\nTEXT 30\n\n� '41et('tlii6fih;: *''� m: 1\nfim.lf;t\"'�I¥41G;Iil ���II� oil\niti vak-sayakair biddha/:t\npratottrair iva kunjara/:t\n\n", "SB9.2#p0221": "194\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nniSi nistrimsam adaya\nvivastro 'bhyadravad rU§ii\n\niti-thus; viik-siiyakaib,-by the arrows of strong words; biddhab, being pierced; pratottraib,-by the goads;\n\niva-like;\n\nkuiijarab,-an\n\nelephant; niSi-in the night; nistrimsam-a sword; iidaya-taking in\nhand; vivastrab,-naked; abhyadravat-went out; rU{)li-in anger.\nTRANSLATION\nPururava, stricken by the sharp words of Urva.Si like an elephant\n\nstruck by its driver's pointed rod, became very angry. Not even\n\ndressing himself properly, he took a sword in hand and went out\n\nnaked into the night to follow the Gandharvas who had stolen the\nlambs.\n\nte visrjyorar:mu tatra\nvyadyotanta sma vidyutab,\nadaya me$iiV ayiintarh\nnagnam aik$ata sa patim\nte-they, the Gandharvas; visrjya-aft er giving up; urar:mu-the two\nlambs; tatra-on the spot; vyadyotanta sma-illuminated; vidyutab,shining like lightning; adaya-taking in hand; me$au-the two lambs;\nayantam-returning;\n\nnagnam-naked;\n\naik$ata-saw;\n\nsii-Urvasi;\n\npatim-her husband.\nTRANSLATION\nMter giving up the two lambs, the Gandharvas shone brightly\n\nlike lightning, thus illuminating the house of Purfi.rava. Urva.Si\n\nthen saw her husband returning with the lambs in hand, hut he\n\nwas naked, and therefore she left.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0222": "Text 33]\n\n195\n\nKing Puniravii Enchanted by Urv&Si\nTEXT 32\n\nititsff{ m cil•�•+tq�Wl r� � 1\n� ��: \"qiitl+tlrit\"ij�rit(h( II��II\nailo 'pi sayane jayam\napa§yan vimana iva\ntac-citto vihvala� socan\nbabhramonmattavan mahim\n\nl\n\naila�-Pururava; api-a so; sayane-on the bedstead; jayam-his\nwife; apa§yan-not seeing;\n\nvimana�-morose; iva-like that; tat­\n\ncitta �-being too much attached to her; vihvala�-disturbed in mind;\nsocan-lamenting; babhrama-traveled; unmatta-vat-like a madman;\nmahim-on the earth.\nTRANSLATION\nNo longer seeing Urv&Si on his bed, Puniravii was most aggrieved. Because of his great attraction for her, he was very much\ndisturbed. Thus, lamenting, he began traveling about the earth\nlike a madman.\nTEXT 33\n\n�\n\n� � �� Q(((t�f � ij€Q(<fl: I\nst�a:ww :\n\nq31\n\n�\n\n� �: ������\n\nsa tam vf/cyya kuruk$etre\nsarasvatyarh ca tat-sakhi�\npaiica prahma-vadana�\npraha silktarh purilrava�\nsa�-he, Pun1rava; tiirh-Urva81; vi/cyya-observing; kuruk$etre-at\nthe place known as Kuruk�etra; sarasvatyam-on the bank of the\nSarasvati;\n\nl\n\nca-a so;\n\ntat-sakhi�-her\n\nprahma-vadana�-being\n\nr\n\nvery\n\nsilktam-sweet words; pu ilra\n\nhappy\n\ncompanions;\n\npaiica-five;\n\nand\n\npriiha-said;\n\nsmiling;\n\nva�-King Puriirava.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0223": "[Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n196\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce during his travels all over the world, Puriiravii saw UrvllSi,\n\naccompanied by five companions, on the hank of the Sarasvati at\n\nKuruk�etra. With jubilation in his face, he then spoke to her in\n\nsweet words as follows.\n\naho jaye t�!ha t�!ha\nghore na tyaktum arhasi\nmiirit tvam adyapy anirvrtya\nvacaritsi kr1Javiivahai\naho-hello; jaye-0 my dear wife; t�!ha t�!ha-kindly stay, stay;\nghore-0 most cruel one; na-not; tyaktum-to give up; arhasi-you\nought; miim-me; tvam-you; adya api-until now; anirvrtya-having not gotten any happiness from me;\n\nvaciiritsi-some words;\n\nkr7Javiivahai-let us talk for some time.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my dear wife, 0 most cruel one, kindly stay, kindly stay. I\n\nknow that I have never made you happy until now, hut you should\n\nnot give me up for that reason. This is not proper for you. Even if\n\nyou have decided to give up my company, let us nonetheless talk\nfor some time.\n\nTEXT 35\n\nOOls;.T � � � �� I\n\n(C41G>��4 ffi��di(\"(IG>� '11�qa,�l ��I I\nsudeho 'yam pataty atra\ndevi durarit hrtas tvayii\nkhiidanty enarit vrkii grdhriis\ntvat-prasiidasya niispadam\n\n", "SB9.2#p0224": "Text\n\n36]\n\nKing Puniravii Enchanted by UrvaSi\n\n197\n\nsu-deha�-very beautiful body; ayam-this; patati-will now fall\ndown; atra-on the spot; devi-0 Urvasi; duram-far, far away from\nhome; hrta�-taken away; tvaya-by you; khadanti-they will eat;\nenam-this\n\n(body);\n\nvrka�-foxes; grdhra�-vultures;\n\ntvat-your;\n\nprasadasya-in mercy; na-not; aspadam-suitable.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 goddess, now that you have refused me, my beautiful body\nwill fall down here, and because it is unsuitable for your pleasure,\nit will he eaten by foxes and vultures.\nTEXT\n\n36\n\n\\lcfi(�\n�n ��: �itsm � � �ffiQm�� 1\nmm w:r��art mort���'������\n�\n\nurvasy umca\nrna mrtha}:t pun.L§O 'si tvam\nrna sma tmdyur vrka ime\nkmpi sakhyam na vai stri�m\nvrka�m hrdayam yatha\nurvaSi umca-Urvasi said; rna-do not; mrtha�-gi.ve up your life;\npurl.L§a/:t-male; asi-are; tvam-you; ma sma-do not allow it; toounto you; adyu�-may eat; vrka�-the foxes; ime-these senses (do\nnot be under the control of your senses); kva api-anywhere; sakhyam\n-friendship; na-not; vai-indeed; stri�m-of women; vrkarzamof the foxes; hrdayam-the heart; yatha-as.\nTRANSLATION\nUrvaSi'said: My dear King, you are a man, a hero. Don't he impatient and give up your life. Be sober and don't allow the senses to\novercome you like foxes. Don't let the foxes eat you. In other\nwords, you should not he controlled by your senses. Rather, you\nshould know that the heart of a woman is like that of a fox. There\nis no use making friendship with women.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0225": "198\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\nPURPORT\nCa1.1akya Pa1.1Q.ita has advised, viSvaso naiva kartavya}:t. str�u riijakule$u ca: \"Never place your faith in a woman or a politician.\" Unless\nelevated to spiritual consciousness, everyone is conditioned and fallen,\nwhat to speak of women, who are less intelligent than men. Women have\nbeen compared to sudras and vaiSyas (striyo vaiSyas tathii sudra}:t.}. On\nthe spiritual platform, however, when one is elevated to the platform of\n\"l<t�J.la consciousness, whether one is a man, woman, sudra or whatever,\neveryone is equal. Otherwise, Urvasi, who was a woman herself and who\nknew the nature of women, said that a woman's heart is like that of a sly\nfox. If a man cannot control his senses, he becomes a victim of such sly\nfoxes. But if one can control the senses, there is no chance of his being\nvictimized by sly, foxlike women. Cat:takya Pat:tQ.ita has also advised that\nif one has a wife like a sly fox, he must immediately give up his life at\nhome and go to the forest.\nmiitii yasya grhe niisti\n\nbhiiryii ciipriya-viidin;;\nara�yam tena gantavyam\nyathiira�yam tathii grham\n(Ca�kya-sloka 57)\n\"Kt�1.1a conscious grhasthas must be very careful of the sly fox woman. If\nthe wife at home is obedient and follows her husband in \"Kt�t:ta consciousness, the home is welcome. Otherwise one should give up one's home and\ngo to the forest.\nhitvatma-piitam grham andha-kupam\nvanam gato yad dharim asrayeta\n(Bhiig. 7.5.5)\nOne should go to the forest and take shelter of the lotus feet of Hari, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0226": "Text 38)\n\nKing Puniravii Enchanted by Urva8i\n\n199\n\nstriyo hy akaru1}ii� knlra\ndurmar$d� priya-sahasa�\nghnanty alparthe 'pi viSrabdham\npatirh bhrataram apy uta\nstriya� -women; hi-indeed; akaru7}ii�-merciless; knlrd�-cunning; durmar$d�-intolerant; priya-sahasa�-for their own pleasure\nthey can do anything; ghnanti-they kill; alpa-arthe-for a slight\nreason; api-indeed; viSrabdham-faithful; patim-husband; bhrataram-brother; api-also; uta-it is said.\nTRANSLATION\nWomen as a class are merciless and cunning. They cannot tolerate even a slight offense. For their own pleasure they can do anything irreligious, and therefore they do not fear killing even a\nfaithful husband or brother.\nPURPORT\nKing Puriirava was greatly attached to Urvasi. Yet despite his faithfulness to her, she had left him. Now, considering that the King was wasting\nhis rarely achieved human form of life, Urvasi frankly explained the\nnature of a woman. Because of her nature, a woman can respond to even\na slight offense from her husband by not only leaving him but even killing him if required. To say nothing of her husband, she can even kill her\nbrother. That is a woman's nature. Therefore, in the material world, unless women are trained to be chaste and faithful to their husbands, there\ncannot be peace or prosperity in society.\nTEXT 38\n\nfsNiil���n ��: 1\n;r� ���: ���: ��;;r: ����II\nvidhayalika-viSrambham\najfie$U tyakta-sauhrda�\nnavarh navam abhipsantya�\npurhScalya� svaira-vrttaya�\n\n", "SB9.2#p0227": "'\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n200\n\nvidhaya-by establishing; altka-false; visrambham-faithfulness;\najfie$u-unto the foolish men; tyakta - sauhrdii/:t-who have given up the\ncompany of well-wishers; navam-new; navam-new; abhtpsantya/:tdesiring;\n\npumscalya/:t-women very easily allured by other men;\n\nsvaira-independently; vrttaya/:t-professional.\nTRANSLATION\nWomen are very easily seduced by men. Therefore, polluted\n\nwomen give up the friendship of a man who is their well-wisher\n\nand establish false friendship among fools. Indeed, they seek\nnewer and newer friends, one after another.\nPURPORT\nBecause women are easily seduced, the Manu-samhita enjoins that\nthey should not be given freedom. A woman must always be protected,\neither by her father, by her husband, or by her elderly son. If women are\ngiven freedom to mingle with men like equals, which they now claim to\nbe, they cannot keep their propriety. The nature of a woman, as personally described by Urva8i, is to establish false friendship with someone\nand then seek new male companions, one after another, even if this\nmeans giving up the company of a sincere well-wisher.\nTEXT 39\n\n4�«HI�\n\n�6119\\ct;(l;i ���:1\n� ,...\n�B��ttqfttn� :q�ll���quJU{+m 11��11\n.\n\n�\n\n\"\n\n,...,\n\n....\n\nsamvatsariinte hi bhaviin\neka-riitram mayesvara/:t\nramsyaty apatyiini ca te\nbhav�yanty aparii�i bho/:t\nsamvatsara-ante-at the end of every year; hi-indeed; bhaviinyour good self; eka-riitram-one night only; mayd -with me; !Svara/:tmy husband; ramsyati-will enjoy sex life; apatyiini-children; caalso; te-your; bhavi$yanti-will generate; apard�i-others, one after\nanother; bho/:t-0 my dear King.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0228": "Text 41)\n\nKing Purt1rava Enchanted by Urva8i\n\n201\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my dear King, you will be able to enjoy with me as my husband at the end of every year, for one night only. In this way you\nwill have other children, one after another.\nPURPORT\nAlthough Urva8i had adversely explained the nature of woman,\nMaharaja Pun1rava was very much attached to her, and therefore she\nwanted to give the King some concession by agreeing to be his wife for\none night at the end of each year.\nTEXT 40\n\n31RI���·�U!4M�<r � � w.p;ft � I\n� ;ffls;a:1.-ij �1 efi(¥U6(q:_ m�oll\nantarvatnim upalalcyya\ndevirh sa prayayau purim\npunas tatra gato 'bdiinte\nurvasirh vira-mataram\nantarvatnim-pregnant; upalalcyya-by observing; devim-Urvasi;\nsaft-he, King Puriirava; prayayau- returned; purim-to his palace;\npuna�\n\n-\n\nagain ; tatra-at that very spot; gata�\n\n-\n\nwent ; abda-ante-at\n\nthe end of the year; urvasim-Urva8 i; vira-mataram-the mother of\none lcyatriya son.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUnderstanding that Urva8i was pregnant, Pururava returned to\nhis palace. At the end of the year, there at Kuruk!jetra, he again obtained the association of Urva8i, who was then the mother of a\nheroic son.\nTEXT 41\n\n�Jro�:���l\n3f�� � � N«:ld(q:_ 11\\l�ll\n\n", "SB9.2#p0229": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n202\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\nupalabhya mudii yukta/:L\nsamuvasa taya ni.Sam\nathainam urva.Si praha\nkrpar.u:un virahaturam\nupalabhya-getting the\n\nassociation;\n\nmudii-in\n\ngreat jubilation;\n\nyukta/:L-being united; samuvasa-enjoyed her company in sex; tayawith her; ni.Sam-that night; atka-thereafter; enam-unto King\nPuriirava; urvasi-the woman named Urvasi; praha-said; krpar:wmto he who was poor-hearted; viraha-aturam-affi.icted by the thought of\nseparation.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving regained Urva8i at the end of the year, King Puniravii\n\nwas most jubilant, and he enjoyed her company in sex for one\n\nnight. But then he was very sorry at the thought of separation\n\nfrom her, so Urva8i spoke to him as follows.\n\ngandharvan upadhavemarils\ntubhyam dasyanti mam iti\ntasya sarilstuvatas t�!a\nagni-sthalim dadur nrpa\nurva.Sim man yamanas tam\nso 'budhyata caran vane\ngandharvan-unto the Gandharvas;\n\nupadhava-go take shelter;\n\niman-these; tubhyam-unto you; dasyanti-will deliver; mam itiexactly like me, or me factually; tasya-by him; sarilstuvata/:L-offering\nprayers; t�!a/:L-being satisfied; agni-sthalim-a girl produced from\nfire;\n\ndadu/:t-delivered;\n\nnrpa-0 King;\n\nurva.Sim- Urvasi;\n\nmanya-\n\n", "SB9.2#p0230": "Text 43]\n\nKing Puniravi Enchanted by Urv&Si\n\nmana�-thinking;\n\ntam-her;\n\nsa�-he\n\n(Pururava);\n\n203\nabudhyata­\n\nunderstood factually; caran-while walking; vane-in the forest.\nTRANSLATION\n\nUrv&Si said: \"My dear King, seek shelter of the Gandharvas, for\nthey will be able to deliver me to you again.\" In accordance with\nthese words, the King satisfied the Gandharvas by prayers, and the\nGandharvas, being pleased with him, gave him an Agnisthili girl\nwho looked exactly like Urv&Si. Thinking that the girl was Urv&Si,\nthe King began walking with her in the forest, but later he could\nunderstand that she was not Urv&Si but Agnisthili.\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura remarks that Pururava was very\n\nlusty. Immediately after getting the Agnisthali girl, he wanted to have\n\nsex with her, but during sexual intercourse he could understand that the\n\ngirl was Agnisthali, not Urva8i. This indicates that every man attached to\n\na particular woman knows the particular characteristics of that woman\n\nduring sex life. Thus Pururava understood during sexual intercourse\n\nthat the Agnisthali girl was not Urvasi.\n\nTEXT 43\n\n� �� � tWn ��RT�a-{f;rfu I\n....\n\n.\n\n;ra-Tt�T\n\n.\n\n.\n\n�Plf\n\n\"\n\n�wtl«\n\n�\n\n\"Sf>A\"f*Ht II 'J �II\n\nsthalim nyasya vane gatva\ngrhiin adhyayato niSi\ntretayam sampravrttayam\nmanasi trayy avartata\n\nsthalim-the woman Agnisthali; nyasya-immediately gmng up;\nvane-in\n\nthe\n\nforest;\n\ngatva-on\n\nreturning;\n\ngrhan-at\n\nhome;\n\nadhyayata�-began to meditate; niSi-the whole night; tretayam­\n\nwhen the Treta millennium; sampravrttayam-was just on the point of\n\nbeginning; manasi-in his mind; trayi-the principles of the three\nVedas; avartata-became revealed.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0231": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n204\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Purftravii then left Agnisthiili in the forest and returned\n\nhome, where he meditated all night upon Urva.Si. In the course of\nhis meditation, the Tretii millennium began, and therefore the\n\nprinciples of the three Vedas, including the process of performing\n\nyajiia to fulfill fruitive activities, appeared within his heart.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is said, tretayam yajato makhai/:t: in Treta-yuga, if one performed\nyajnas, he would get the results of tho,;e yajnas. By performing Vi$TJ-Uyajna specifically, one could even achieve the lotus feet of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Of course, yajna is intended to please the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. While Pun1rava was meditating upon\nUrva.Si, the Treta-yuga began, and therefore the Vedic yajnas were\nrevealed in his heart. But Pun1rava was a materialistic man, especially\ninterested in enjoying the senses. Yajnas for enjoyment of the senses are\ncalled karma-kar:t{liya-yajnas. Therefore, he decided to perform karmaka�iya-yajnas to fulfill his lusty desires. In other words, karmaka�iya-yajnas are meant for sensuous persons, whereas yajna should\nactually be performed to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead. To\nplease the Supreme Personality of Godhead in Kali-yuga, the sarikirtana­\n\nyajna is recommended. Yajnaitt sarikirtana-prayair yajanti hi\nsumedhasatt. Only those who are very intelligent take to sarikirtanayajna to fulfill all their desires, material and spiritual, whereas tho,;e\nwho are lusty for sense enjoyment perform karma-ka�iya-yajnas.\nTEXTS 44-45\n\n��JI�T;i mils���� ij': I\n� � 31'� �� a-�ti�TRPtl II��II\nC'\naci�T � \\;�I\n�� � ffil_ � �: ����II\nf\\•\n\n\"'\n\n,...\n\nsthali-sthanam gato 'svattham\nsami-garbham vila�ya satt\n\n", "SB9.2#p0232": "Text 45)\n\nKing Punirava Enchanted by Urva8i\n\n205\n\ntena dve ara�i krtva\nurvrui-loka-kiimyayii\nurvruim mantrato dhyayann\nadhariira�im uttariim\niitmiinam ubhayor madhye\nyat tat prajananam prabhu}:t\nsthiili-sthiinam-the place where Agnisthali was left; gata}:t-going\nthere; a§vattham-an a§vattha tree; sami-garbham-produced from the\nwomb of the sami tree; vila�ya-seeing; sa/:t-he, Pururava; tenafrom that; dve-two; ara�i-pieces of wood required for igniting a fire\nfor sacrifice; krtoo-making; urvrui- loka-kiimyayii-desiring to go to\n\nthe planet where Urvasi was present; u rvasim-Urvasi; mantrata}:t-by\nchanting the required mantra; dhyayan-meditating upon; adharalower; ara�im-ara�i wood; uttariim-and the upper one; iitmiinam­\n\nhimself; ubhayo/:t madhye-in between the two; yat tat-that which ( he\n\nmeditated upon ) ; prajananam-as a son; prabhu}:t-the King.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the process of fruitive yajiia became manifest within his\nheart, King Puriirava went to the same spot where he had left\nAgnisthali. There he saw that from the womb of a sami tree, an\na8vattha tree had grown. He then took a piece of wood from that\ntree and made it into two arat,rls. Desiring to go to the planet where\nUrva8i resided, he chanted mantras, meditating upon the lower\nar11t;1i as Urva8i, the upper one as himself, and the piece of wood\nbetween them as his son. In this way he began to ignite a fire.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Vedic fire for performing yajfia was not ignited with ordinary\nmatches or similar devices. Rather, the Vedic sacrificial fire was ignited\nby the ara�is, or two sacred pieces of wood, which produced fire by friction with a third. Such a fire is necessary for the performance of yajfia. If\nsuccessful, a yajfia will fulfill the desire of its performer. Thus Pururava\ntook advantage of the process of yajfia to fulfill his lusty desires. He\n\n", "SB9.2#p0233": "206\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\nthought of the lower arar:ti as Urvasi, the upper one as himself, and the\nmiddle one as his son. A relevant Vedic mantra quoted herein by\nV isvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura is sam'i-garbhad agnim mantha. A similar mantra is urva§yam urasi pururavii/:t. Pururavii wanted to have\nchildren continuously by the womb of Urvasi. His only ambition was to\nhave sex life with Urva8i and thereby get a son. In other words, he had so\nmuch lust in his heart that even while performing yajfia he thought of\nUrva8i, instead of thinking of the master of yajiia, Yajiiesvara, Lord\nV i�l.lU.\n\ntasya nirmanthanaj jato\njata-veda vibhavasu/:t\ntrayya sa vidyaya rajfiii\nputratve kalpitas tri-vrt\ntas ya-of Pururavii;\n\nnirmanthaniit-because of interaction; jata/:t­\n\nwas born; jata-veda /:t-meant for material enjoyment according to the\nVedic principles; vibhavasu/:t-a fire; trayya-following the Vedic principles; sa/:t-the fire; vidyaya-by such a process; rajna -by the King;\nputratve-a son's being born; kalpita/:t-it so became; tri-vrt-the three\nletters a-u-m combined together as om.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Punlrava's rubbing of the ar�is came a fire. By such a\n\nfire one can achieve all success in material enjoyment and be\n\npurified in seminal birth, initiation and in the performance of\nsacrifice, which are invoked with the combined letters a-u-rn. Thus\nthe fire was considered the son of King Purftrava.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic process, one can get a son through semen\n(sukra), one can get a bona fide disciple through initiation (savitra), or\n\n", "SB9.2#p0234": "Text 47)\n\nKing Puriiravii Enchanted by Urva8i\n\n207\n\none can get a son or disciple through the fire of sacrifice (yajfia). Thus\nwhen Maharaja Purfuava generated the fire by rubbing the arar:tis, the\nfire became his son. Either by semen, by initiation or by yajfia one may\nget a son. The Vedic mantra orhkiira, or prar:tava, consisting of the letters\na-u-m, can call each of these three methods into existence. Therefore the\n\nwords nirmanthanaj jata/:t indicate that by the rubbing of the arar:tis a\nson was born.\nTEXT 47\n\n�I\n��� if� 11�\\911\ntenayajata yajnesam\nbhagavantam adho/cyajam\nurvasi-lokam anvicchan\nsarva-devamayarh harim\ntena-by\n\ngenerating\n\nsuch\n\na\n\nfire;\n\nayajata-he\n\nworshiped;\n\nyajfia-iSam-the master or enjoyer of the yajfia; bhagavantam -the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; adholcyajam -beyond the perception\nof the senses; urva5i-lokam-to the planet where Urvasi was staying;\nanvicchan\n\n-\n\nalthough desiring to go; sarva-deva-mayam-the reservoir\n\nof all demigods; harim-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nBy means of that fire, Puriiravii, who desired to go to the planet\nwhere Urv&Si resided, performed a sacrifice, by which he satisfied\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, the enjoyer of the\nresults of sacrifice. Thus he worshiped the Lord, who is beyond\nthe perception of the senses and is the reservoir of all the\ndemigods.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii, bhoktaram yajfia-tapasiirh sarva-lokamahesvaram: any loka, or planet, to which one wants to go is the\n\nproperty of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the enjoyer of the performance of sacrifice. The purpose of yajfia is to satisfy the Supreme\n\n", "SB9.2#p0235": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n208\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\nPersonality of Godhead. In this age, as we have explained many times,\nthe yajiia of chanting the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra is the only sacrifice\nthat can satisfy the Supreme Lord. When the Lord is satisfied, one can\n\nfulfill any desire, material or spiritual. Bhagavad-gita (3.14) also says,\n\nyajniid bhavati parjanya�: by offering sacrifices to Lord Vi��u, one can\nhave sufficient rainfall. When there is sufficient rainfall, the earth becomes fit to produce everything (sarva-kama-dugha mahi). If one can\nutilize the land properly, one can get all the necessities of life from the\nland, including food grains, fruits, flowers and vegetables. Everything\none gets for material wealth is produced from the earth, and therefore it\n\nis said, sarva-kama-dugha mahi (Bhag. 1.10.4). Everything is possible\nby performing yajiia. Therefore although Punlrava desired something\nmaterial, he factually performed yajfia to please the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. The Lord is adho�aja, beyond the perception of Punlrava\nand everyone else. Consequently, some kind of yajiia must be performed\nto fulfill the desires of the living entity. Yajiias can be performed in\nhuman society only when society is divided by van:ui.Srama-dharma into\nfour varry,as and four asramas. Without such a regulative process, no one\ncan perform yajiias, and without the performance of yajiias, no material\nplans can make human society happy at any time. Everyone should\ntherefore be induced to perform yajiias. In this age of Kali, the yajiia\nrecommended is smikirtana, the individual or collective chanting of the\nHare Kr��a\n\nmaha-mantra. This will bring the fulfillment of all\n\nnecessities for human society.\n\neka eva pura veda�\nprar:uwa� sarva-vanmaya�\ndevo ruiraya� ruinya\neko 'gnir va71W eva ca\neka�-only one;\n\neva-indeed; pura-formerly;\n\ntranscendental knowledge; pra7Java�-omkara;\n\nveda�-book of\n\nsarva-vak-maya�-\n\n", "SB9.2#p0236": "Text 48)\n\nKing Puriirava Enchanted by Urva8i\n\n209\n\nconsisting of all Vedic mantras; deva�-the Lord, God; ndriiya�Jat£only Naray�a (was worshipahle in the Satya-yuga); na anya�-no\nother; eka� agni�-one division only for agni; var�Ja�-order of life;\n\neva ca -and certainly.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Satya-yuga, the first millennium, all the Vedic mantras\nwere included in one mantra-prlll).ava, the root of all Vedic\nmantras. In other words, the Atharva Veda alone was the source of\nall Vedic\n\nknowledge.\n\nThe\n\nSupreme Personality of\n\nGodhead\n\nNaraylll).a was the only worshipable Deity; there was no recommendation for worship of the demigods. Fire was one only, and the\nonly order of life in human society was known as harilsa.\nPURPORT\n\nIn Satya-yuga there was only one Veda, not four. Later, before the\nbeginning of Kali-yuga, this one Veda, the Atharva Veda (or, some say,\nthe Yajur Veda), was divided into four-Sama, Yajur, /J.g and Atharvafor the facility of human society. In Satya-yuga the only mantra was\n\nomkara (om tat sat). The same name omkara is manifest in the mantra\nHare Kr�I.J.a, Hare Kr�I.J.a, Kr�I.J.a Kr�I.J.a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare\nRama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. Unless one is a brahma�Ja, one cannot utter omkara and get the desired result. But in Kali-yuga almost everyone\nis a sildra, unfit for pronouncing the pra1JQ,Va, omkara. Therefore the\n\nsiistras have recommended the chanting of the Hare Kr�I.J.a mahiimantra. Ornkara is a mantra, or mahii-mantra, and Hare Kr�I.J.a is also a\nmaha-mantra. The purpose of pronouncing omkara is to address the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, V asudeva (om namo bhagavate\nviisudemya). And the purpose of chanting the Hare Kr�I.J.a mantra is the\nsame. Hare: \"0 energy of the Lord!\" Kr$1Ja: \"0 Lord Kr�I.J.a!\" Hare: \"0\nenergy of the Lord!\" Rama: \"0 Supreme Lord, 0 supreme enjoyer!\"\nThe only worshipahle Lord is Hari, who is the goal of the Vedas (vedaiS\nca sarvair aham eva vedyaM. By worshiping the demigods, one worships\nthe different parts of the Lord, just as one might water the branches and\ntwigs of a tree. But worshiping Narayai,la, the all-inclusive Supreme Personality of Godhead, is like pouring water on the root of the tree, thus\n\n", "SB9.2#p0237": "210\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 14\n\nsupplying water to the trunk, branches, twigs, leaves and so on. In Satyayuga people knew how to fulfill the necessities of life simply by worshiping Naraya1,1a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The same purpose\ncan be served in this age of Kali by the chanting of the Hare Kr�Qa\n\nmanira, as recommended in the Bhagavatam. Kirtaniid eva kr$r:wsya\nmukta-sanga/:t pararh vrajet. Simply by chanting the Hare Kr�1,1a mantra,\none becomes free from the bondage of material existence and thus becomes eligible to return home, back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 49\n\n!!�i4e �� � �<m!@ wrt 1\n� �� � �� il�irfiri41'l.ll��ll\npurilravasa evasit\ntrayi treta-mukhe nrpa\nagnina prajaya raja\nlokarh gandharvam eyivan\npur iiravasa/:t-from King Pururava; eva-thus; dsit-there was;\njMna and upasanii; tretamukhe-in the beginning of the Treta-yuga; nrpa-0 King Parik�it;\nagnina-simply by generating the fire of sacrifice; pra jaya-by his son;\nraja-King Pururava; lokam-to the planet; gandharvam-of the\nGandharvas; eyi van-achieved\ntrayi-the Vedic principles of karma,\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, at the beginning of Tretii-yuga, King\n\nPuriirava inaugurated a karma-ka�9a sacrifice. Thus Puriiravii,\nwho considered the yajiiic fire his son, was able to go to\nGandharvaloka as he desired.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Satya-yuga, Lord Naraya1,1a was worshiped by meditation (krte yad\n\ndhyayato vi$�um). Indeed, everyone always meditated upon Lord V i�1,1u,\nNarayaQ.a, and achieved every success by this process of meditation. In\nthe next yuga, Treta-yuga, the performance of yajfia began (tretayarh\n\n", "SB9.2#p0238": "Text 49)\nyajato\n\n211\n\nKing Pururavii Enchanted by Urv8Si\n\nmukhaitt}.\n\nTherefore\n\nthis\n\nverse\n\nsays,\n\ntrayi\n\ntretii-mukhe.\n\nRitualistic ceremonies are generally called fruitive . activities. Srila\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says that in Treta-yuga, beginning in the\n\nSvayambhuva-manvantara, ritualistic fruitive activities were similarly\n\nmanifested from Priyavrata, etc.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Fourteenth\nChapter,\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nEnchanted by Urvasi.\"\n\nentitled\n\n\"King\n\nPunlravii\n\n", "SB9.2#p0239": "CHAPTER FIFTEEN\n\nPara8urama,\nthe Lord's Warrior Incarnation\nThis chapter describes the history of Gadhi in the dynasty of Aila.\n\nFrom the womb of Urvasi came six sons, named Ayu, Srutayu,\n\nSatyayu, Raya, Jaya and Vijaya. The son of Srutayu was Vasuman, the\nson of Satyayu was Srutafljaya, the son of Raya was Eka, the son of Jaya\n\nwas Amita, and the son of Vijaya was Bhima. Bhima's son was named\n\nKaiicana, the son of Kaiicana was Hotraka, and the son of Hotraka was\n\nJahnu, who was celebrated for having drunk all the water of the Ganges\nin one sip. The descendants of Jahnu, one after another, were Puru,\n\nBalaka, Ajaka and Kusa. The sons of Kusa were Kusambu, Tanaya, Vasu\n\nand Kusanabha. From Kusambu came Gadhi, who had a daughter named\n\nSatyavati. Satyavati married I;tcika Muni after the muni contributed a\n\nsubstantial dowry, and from the womb of Satyavati by l;tcika Muni,\n\nJamadagni was born. The son of Jamadagni was Rama, or Parasurama.\n\nWhen a king named Kartaviryarjuna stole Jamadagni's desire cow,\n\nParasurama, who is ascertained by learned experts to be a saktyavesa in­\n\ncarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, killed Karta­\n\nviryarjuna. Later, he annihilated the /cyatriya dynasty twenty-one times.\n\nMter Parasurama killed Kartaviryarjuna, Jamadagni told him that killing a king is sinful and that as a brahmar:w he should have tolerated the\n\noffense. Therefore Jamadagni advised Parasurama to atone for his sin by\ntraveling to various holy places.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�U�R\n\n� �� '4'SI('t'ifk� � I\n\n�:�:������:II� II\nsri-badarayar:tir uvaca\nailasya corva5i-garbhat\n\n$ll{i asann atmaja nrpa\n213\n\n", "SB9.2#p0240": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n214\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 15\n\nayuft, srutayuft, satyayil\nrayo 'tha vijayo jayaft,\nsri-badaraya�ift, uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; ailasya-of\n\nPururava; ca-also; urvasi-garbhat-from the womb of Urvasi; $U!­\n\nsix; asan-there were; atmajaft,-sons; nrpa-0 King Parik�it; ayuft,­\n\nA.yu; srutayuft,-Srutayu; satyayuft,-Satyayu; rayaft,-Raya; atha-as\nwell as; vijayaft,- Vijaya; jayaft,-Jaya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: 0 King Parik�it, from the womb\n\nof Urva8i, six sons were generated by Pururavii. Their names were\n\nAyu, Srutiiyu, Satyiiyu, Raya, Vijaya and Jaya.\nTEXTS 2-3\n\n�6lttl�ti4l� �: (1�tlltl� �: I\n� � �� � ��: II � II\n� �� �� �'3ltfi{ij6: I\n��: wrtrr�j •111tflt� ttl� II � II\nsrutayor vasuman putraft,\nsatyayo§ ca srutafijayaft,\nrayasya suta ekaS ca\njayasya tanayo 'mitab,\nbhimas tu vijayasyiitha\nkaiicano hotrakas tataft,\ntasya jahnuft, suto garigiirh\ngar:u};il$i-krtya yo 'pibat\nsrutiiyoft,-of\n\nSrutayu;\n\nvasuman-Vasuman;\n\nputraft,-a\n\nson;\n\nsatyiiyoft,-of Satyayu; ca-also; srutafijayab,-a son named Srutaiijaya;\n\nrayasya-of Raya; sutab,-a son; ekaft,-by the name Eka; ca-and;\njayasya-of Jaya; tanayab,-the son; amitab,-by the name Amita;\nbhimaft,-by the name Bhima; tu-indeed; vijayasya-of Vijaya;\natka-thereafter; kaiicanaft,-Kaiicana, the son of Bhima; hotrakaft,-\n\n", "SB9.2#p0241": "Text4)\n\nPar&Suriima, the Lord's Warrior Incarnation\n\nHotraka,\n\nthe\n\nson\n\nof\n\nKaiicana;\n\ntata�-then;\n\ntasya-of\n\n215\nHotraka;\n\njahnu�-by the name Jahnu; suta�-a son; garigam-all the water of\nthe Ganges; gar:u;l!l§i-krtya-by one sip; ya�-he who (Jahnu); apibatdrank.\nTRANSLATION\n, The\n\nson of\n\nSrutiiyu was Vasumiin;\n\nthe\n\nson of Satyiiyu,\n\nSrutaiijaya; the son of Raya, Eka; the son of Jaya, Amita; and the\n\nson of Vijaya, Bhima. The son of Bhima was Kiiii cana; the son of\n\nKiiiicana was Hotraka; and the son of Hotraka was Jahnu, who\n\ndrank all the water of the Ganges in one sip.\nTEXT4\n\n�� ���%����: I\nmr: �: fi��IN fi�ll4i(ijW1� �: I\nftWIDl� �m �fi!di+9IIJ1: II 'd II\njahnos tu purus tasyatha\nbalakas catmajo 'jaka�\ntata� ku5a� ku5asyapi\nkusambus tanayo vasu�\nku5anabhaS ca catvaro\ngadhir asit ku5ambuja�\njahno�-of Jahnu; tu-indeed; puru�-a son named Puru; tasyaof Puru; atha-thereafter; balaka�-a son named Balaka; ca-and;\natmaja�-Balaka's son; ajaka�-of the name Ajaka; tata�-thereafter;\nkuSa�-Kusa; kusasya-of Kusa; api-then; ku5ambu�-Kusambu;\ntanaya�-Tanaya; vasu�-Vasu; ku5anabha�-Kusanabha; ca-and;\ncatvara�-four (sons); gadhi�-Gadhi; asit-there was; ku5ambuja�-the son of Kusambu.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Jahnu was Puru, the son of Puru was Baliika, the son\n\nof Baliika was Ajaka, and the son of Ajaka was Kusa. Kusa had four\n\nsons, named Kusii.mbu, Tanaya, Vasu and Kusaniibha. The son of\n\nKusii.mbu was Gadhi.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0242": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n216\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 15\n\ntasya satyavatirh kanyam\nrciko yiicata dvija�\nvararh visadrsarh matvii\ngadhir bhiirgavam abravit\ne kata� syiima-kaTTJiiniirh\nhayiiniirh candra-varcasiim\nsahasrarh diyatiirh sulkarh\nkanyaya� kusikii vayam\ntasya-of Gadhi; satyavatim-Satyavatl; kanyiim-the daughter;\nrcika�-the\n\ngreat\n\nsage\n\n�cika;\n\nayiicata-requested;\n\ndvija�-the\n\nbriihmar:w; varam-as her husband; visadrsam-not equal or fit;\nmatvii-thinking like that; gadhi�-King Gadhi; bhargavam-unto\n\n�cika; abravit-replied; ekata�-by one; syama-kar�niim-whose ear\nis black; hayiiniim-horses;\n\ncandra-varcasiim-as brilliant as the\n\nmoonshine; sahasram-one thousand; diyatiim-please deliver;\nsulkam-as a dowry; kanyaya�-to my daughter; kusikii�-in the\nfamily of Kusa; vayam-we (are).\nTRANSLATION\nKing Giidhi had a daughter named Satyavati, whom a briihm�a\n\nsage named J.lcika requested from the King to be his wife. King\n\nGiid.hi,. however, regarded J.lcika as an unfit husband for his\n\ndaughter, and therefore he told the briihmai].a, \"My dear sir, I\n\nbelong to the dynasty of Kusa. Because we are aristocratic\nk�atriyas, you have to give some\n\ndowry for my daughter.\n\nTherefore, bring at least one thousand horses, each as brilliant as\nmoonshine and each having one black ear, whether right or left.\"\n\n", "SB9.2#p0243": "Text 8]\n\nPara8urima, the Lord's Warrior Incarnation\n\n217\n\nPURPORT\nThe son of King Gadhi was Visvamitra, who was said to he a\nbrahma1Jll and �atriya combined. Visvamitra attained the status of a\nbrahmar$i, as explained later. From the marriage of Satyavati with }.lcika\nMuni would come a son with the spirit of a �atriya. King Gadhi\ndemanded that an uncommon request he fulfilled before the brahma1Jll\n}.lcika could marry his daughter.\nTEXT7\n\n����ritJ � mr: ij �� 1\n3l'(;fttr � m��q�� '4(1'1'114( II \\9 II\nity uktas tan-matam jfiii tva\ngata/:t sa varu�ntikam\naniya dattva tan a.Svan\nupayeme varananam\niti-thus; ukta/:t-having been requested;\n\ntat-matam-his mind;\n\njfiiit m -(the sage) could understand; gata/:t-went; sa/:t-he; varu1JCLantikam-to the place of Varu�; aniya-having brought; dattva-and\nafter delivering; tan-those; a§oon-horses; upayeme-married; varaanana m-the beautiful daughter of King Gadhi.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen King Gadhi made this demand, the great sage �cika could\nunderstand the King's mind. Therefore he went to the demigod\nVaruJ.Ia and brought from him the one thousand horses that Gadhi\nhad demanded. Mter delivering these horses, the sage married the\nKing's beautiful daughter.\nTEXTS\n\nij �: �: � ��T �fliChiRI� I\n''lll\n�� � ·� �:\nsa r$i/:t prarthita/:t patnya\nsvasrva capatya-kamyaya\n\n", "SB9.2#p0244": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n218\n\n(Canto9, Ch. 15\n\nsrapayitvobhayair mantraiS\ncarum snatum gato muni�\n\nsa�-he (}:tcika); r$i�-the great saint; priirthita�-being requested;\n-\n\npatnya-by his wife; svasrva-by his mother-in-law; ca-also; apatyakamyaya-desiring a son; sra payitva-after cooking; ubhayai�-both;\nmantrai�-by chanting particular mantras; carum-a preparation for\noffering in a sacrifice; sniitum-to bathe; gata�-went out; muni�-the\ngreat sage.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, �cika Muni's wife and mother-in-law, each desiring\n\na son, requested the Muni to prepare an oblation. Thus J;lcika Muni\nprepared one oblation for his wife with a hrahmru;ta mantra and\n\nanother for his mother-in-law with a k�atriya mantra. Then he\nwent out to bathe.\n\nTEXT9\n\n�Q�ctdl m;n � �IRtijl � I\n�g � ij�l�'60ri(lsf ¥Ut!(G\\d\\ �II � II\ntavat satyavati miitrii\nsva-carum yacita sati\nsre$!harh matvii tayayacchan\nmiitre miitur adat svayam\n\ntiivat-in the meantime; satyavati-Satyavati, the wife of }:tcika;\nmiitra-by her mother; sva-carum-the oblation meant for herself\n(Satyavati);\n\nyacita-asked to give;\n\nsati-being;\n\nsre$!ham-better;\n\nmatva-thinking; taya-by her; ayacchat-delivered; miitre-to her\nmother; mii tu�-of the mother; adat-ate; svayam-personally.\nTRANSLATION\nMeanwhile, because Satyavati's mother thought that the oblation\n\nprepared for her daughter, �cika's wife, must he better, she asked\n\nher daughter for that oblation. Satyavati therefore gave her own\n\noblation to her mother and ate her mother's oblation herself.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0245": "Text IOJ\n\nPara8uriima, the Lord's Warrior Incarnation\n\n.\n\n219\n\nPURPORT\nA husband naturally has some affection for his wife. Therefore\n\nSatyavati's mother thought that the oblation prepared for Satyavati by\nthe sage �cika must have been better than her own oblation. In �cika's\nabsence, the mother took the better oblation from Satyavati and ate it.\nTEXT 10\n\n� �R:�ctl �: sm: qif 'i!'i'ii(tft : I\nqm �: � mffl ij' il&l��: II� oil\ntad viditva muni& praha\npatnirh ka$!am akiirll§i&\nghoro dar:u}a-dhara& putro\nbhrata te brahma-vittama&\ntat-this fact; viditva -having learned; muni&-the great sage;\npraha -said; patnim-unto his wife; ka$!am-very regrettable;\nakiira$i&-you have done; ghora&-fierce; dar:uJ,a-dhara&-a great personality who can punish others; putra&- such a son; bhrata-brother;\nte-your; brahma-vittama&-a learned scholar in spiritual science.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the great sage �cika returned home after bathing and\nunderstood what had happened in his absence, he said to his wife,\nSatyavati, \"You have done a great wrong. Your son will be a fierce\nk�atriya, able to punish everyone, and your brother will be a\nlearned scholar in spiritual science.\"\nPURPORT\nA brahmar:w is highly qualified when he can control his senses and\n\nmind, when he is a learned scholar in spiritual science and when he is\ntolerant and forgiving. A lcyatriya, however, is highly qualified when he\nis fierce in giving punishment to wrongdoers. These qualities are stated\nin Bhagavad-gita (18.42-43). Because Satyavati, instead of eating her\n\n", "SB9.2#p0246": "220\n\nSrimad- Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 15\n\nown oblation, had eaten that which was meant for her mother, she would\ngive birth to a son imbued with the �atriya spirit. This was undesirabie.\nThe son of a brahmarw- is generally expected to beco:rpe_a brahmaruz, but\nif such a son becomes fierce like a �atriya, he is designated according to\nthe description of the four varruzs in Bhagavad-gita (catur-var�yam\n\nmaya sr$!aril guruz-karma-vibhagasaM. If the son of a brahmarw- does\nnot become like a brahmaruz, he may be called a �atriya, vaiSya or\nsadra, according to his qualifications. The basic principle for dividing\nsociety is not a person's birth but his qualities and actions.\n\nTEXT 11\n\nst(1tR��: (1�'4� � �mr �: I\n3N d � qm ::t¥4�M��j)� II�� II\nprasadita/:t satyavatya\nmaivam bhar iti bhargava/:t\natha tarhi bhavet pautro\njamadagnis tato 'bhavat\nprasadita/:t-pacified; satyavatya-by Satyavatl; md-not; evamthus; bha}:t-let it be; iti-thus; bhargava/:t-the great sage; atha-if\nyour son should not become like that; tarhi-then; bhavet-should become like that; pautra}:t-the grandson; jamadagni/:t-Jamadagni;\ntata/:t-thereafter; abhavat-was born.\nTRANSLATION\nSatyavati, however, pacified �cika Muni with peaceful words and\nrequested that her son not be like a fierce k�atriya. �cika Muni\nreplied, \"Then your grandson will be of a k�atriya spirit.\" Thus\nJamadagni was born as the son of Satyavati.\nPURPORT\n\nThe great sage }Jcika was very angry, but somehow or other Satyavatl\npacified him, and at her request he changed his mind. It is indicated here\nthat the son of Jamadagni.would be born as Parasurama.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0247": "Text\n\n14]\n\n221\n\nPara8urama, the Lord's Warrior Incarnation\nTEXTS\n\n12-13\n\nm�ijft���ltti�it� I\n�: wrt �a il1'1a:m�i4'� � ������\n.\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\nWfl !4ij'1G:IG:tl! I\n� ij1f ��: ����II\n\n� cr +ntFI\"'I?.,:\n\nt�efttl$�\n\nsa cabhut sumahat-purJya\nkau.Siki loka-pavani\nrerJo� sutam rerJukam vai\njamadagnir uvaha yam\ntasyam vai bhargava-r$e�\nsuta vasumad-adaya�\nyaviyan jajna ete$arh\nrama ity abhivisruta�\nsa-she (Satyavati); ca-also; abhut-became; sumahat-purJyavery great and sacred; kau.Siki-the river by the name Kausiki; lokapavani-purifying the whole world;\n\nreTJO�-of Re�m;\n\nsutdm-the\n\ndaughter; rerJukam-by the name Re�uka; vai-indeed; jamadagn*Satyavati's son, Jamadagni; uvaha-married; yam-whom; tasyam-in\nthe womb of Re�uka; vai-indeed; bhargava-r$e�-by the semen of\nJamadagni;\n\nsutd�-sons;\n\nvasumat-a.daya�-many,\n\nheaded\n\nby\n\nVasuman; yaviyan-the youngest; jajne-was born; ete$am-among\nthem;\n\nrama�-Parasurama;\n\niti-thus;\n\nabhiviSruta�-was\n\nknown\n\neverywhere.\nTRANSLATION\nSatyavati later became the sacred river Kausiki to purify the entire world, and her son, Jamadagni, married ReJ.luka, the daughter\nof ReJ.lu. By the semen of Jamadagni, many sons, headed by\n\nV asuman, were born from the womb of Re1.1uka. The youngest of\nthem was named Rima, or Para8urama.\nTEXT\n\n14\n\ntl+tl�i4lij�f� ��IWii t��� I\nfSr:ij8tiM��� f;r:�� 11��11\n\n", "SB9.2#p0248": "222\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 15\n\nyam ahur vasudevarii.Sam\nhaihayaniim kuliintakam\ntri/:1,-sapta-krtvo ya imam\ncakre ni/:1,/cyatriyarh mahim\nyam-whom (Parasurama); ahu/:1,-all the learned scholars say;\nvasudeva-arii.Sam-an incarnation of Vasudeva, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; haihayaniim-of the Haihayas; kula-antakam-the annihilator of the dynasty; tri/:1,-sapta-krtva/:1,-twenty-one times; ya/:1.who (Parasurama); imam-this; cakre-made; ni/:1,/cyatriyam-devoid\nof lcyatriyas; mahim-the earth.\nTRANSLATION\nLearned scholars accept this Para8urama as the celebrated incar­\n\nnation of Vasudeva who annihilated the dynasty of Kartavirya.\nPara8urima killed all the k�atriyas on earth twenty-one times.\nTEXT 15\n\ndrptam lcyatram bhuvo bharam\nabrahma�Jyam anin.aSat\nrajas-tamo-vrtam ahan\nphalguny api krte 'mhasi\ndrptam-very proud; lcyatram-t he lcyatriyas, the ruling class;\nbhuva/:1,-of the earth; bharam-burden; abrahma�Jyam-sinful, not\ncaring for the religious principles enunciated by the brahma7Jas;\n\nanin.aSat-drllve away or annihilated; raja/:1,-tama/:1,-by the qualities of\npassion and ignorance; vrtam-covered; ahan-he killed; phalguninot very great; api-although; krte-had been committed; arhhasi-an\noffense.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the royal dynasty, being excessively proud because of the\n\nmaterial modes of passion and ignorance, became irreligious and\n\n", "SB9.2#p0249": "Text 15) Para8urima, the Lord's Warrior Incarnation\n\n223\n\nceased to care for the laws enacted by the briihmai].as, Para8uriima\nkilled them. Although their offense was not very severe, he killed\nthem to lessen the burden of the world.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe /cyat riyas, or the ruling class, must govern the world in accordance\n\nwith the rules and regulations enacted by great brahmar:ws and saintly\npersons. As soon as the ruling class becomes irresponsible in regard to\nthe religious principles, it becomes a burden on the earth. As stated here,\nrajas-tamo-vrtarit, bharam abrahmar:tyam: when the ruling class is in­\n\nfluenced by the lower modes of nature, namely ignorance and passion, it\nbecomes a burden to the world and must then be annihilated by superior\npower. We actually see from modern history that monarchies have been\nabolished by various revolutions, but unfortunately the monarchies have\nbeen abolished to establish the supremacy of third-class and fourth-class\nmen. Although monarchies overpowered by the modes of passion and ignorance have been abolished in the world, the inhabitants of the world\nare still unhappy, for although the qualities of the former monarchs were\ndegraded by taints of ignorance, these monarchs have been replaced by\nmen of the mercantile and worker classes whose qualities are even more\ndegraded. When the government is actually guided by brahmar:ws, or\n\nGod conscious men, then there can be real happiness for the people.\nTherefore in previous times, when the ruling class was degraded to the\n\nmodes of passion and ignorance, the brahmar:ws, headed by such a\n/cyatriya-spirited\n\nbrahmar:ta as Parasurama, killed them twenty-one\n\nconsecutive times.\n\nIn Kali-yuga, as stated in Srimad-Biuigavatam (12.2.13), dasyupraye�u rajasu: the ruling class (rajanya) will be no better than plunderers (dasyus) because the third-class and fourth-class men will\nmonopolize the affairs of the government. Ignoring the religious principles and brahminical rules and regulations, they will certainly try to\nplunder the riches of the citizens without consideration. As stated\nelse�here in Srimad-Biuigavatam (12.1.40):\n\nasaritskrtaft kriya-hina\n\nrajasa tamasavrtaft\n\n", "SB9.2#p0250": "224\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 15\n\nprajas te bhalcyay�yanti\nmleccha riijanya-rupir:wft\nBeing unpurified, neglecting to discharge human duties properly, and\n\nbeing influenced by the modes of passion (rajas) and ignorance (tam.as),\n\n(mlecchas), posing as members of the government\n(riijanya-rapir:wft}, will swallow the citizens (prajas te bhalcya�yanti).\nAnd in still another place, Srimad-Bhiigavatam (12.2.7-8) says:\n\nunclean people\n\nevam prajabhir dl.L$tiibhir\nakir7Je /cyiti-mar:u;lale\nbrahma-vi!-/cyatra-sadriiruirit\nyo bali bhavitii nrpa�\nprajii hi lubdhai riijanyair\nnirghrr:wir dasyu-dharmabhi�\niicchinna-diira-dravirui\nyasyanti giri-kiinanam\nHuman society is naturally grouped into four divisions, as stated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (catur-var�yam maya sr$!arit gur:w-karma-vibhiiga5aM.\n\nBut if this system is neglected and the qualities and divisions of society\n\nare not considered, the result will be brahma-vit-lcyatra-sudriiruirh yo\n\nbali bhavitii nrpaft: the so-called caste system of brahmar:w, /cyatriya,\nvaiSya and sadra will be meaningless. As a result, whoever somehow or\n\nother becomes powerful will be the king or president, and thus the\n\nprajiis, or citizens, will be so harassed that they will give up hearth and\nhome and will go to the forest (yasyanti giri-kananam) to escape harass­\n\nment by government officials who have no mercy and are addicted to the\nways of plunderers. Therefore the prajiis, or the people in general, must\n\ntake to the ��.Q.a consciousness movement, the Hare .Kr�.Q.a movement,\nwhich is the sound incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nKali-kale nama-rape kr$r:w-avatiira: .Kr�.Q.a, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, has now appeared as an incarnation by His holy name.\n\nTherefore, when the prajiis become .Kr�.Q.a conscious, they can then expect a good government and good society, a perfect life, and liberation\nfrom the bondage of material existence.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0251": "Text\n\n19] Para8urama, the Lord's Warrior Incarnation\n\n225\n\n16\n�ttn�q'R\nft � �m �.:aUG��l�+iM : I\n� if.t � � �t(l011+4� : 11��11\nTEXT\n\nsri-riijovaca\nkim tad amho bhagavato\nriijanyair ajitiitmabhi�\nkrtarh yena kulam nfl$farh\nk$atriyiir;uim abhik$7J,aSa�\nsri-raja uvaca- Maharaj a Parik�it inquired; kim-what; tat amha�that offense; b hagavata�-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nriijanyai�-by the royal family; ajita-iitmabhi�-who could not control\ntheir senses and thus were degraded; krtam-which had been done;\n\n-\n\nyena by which; kulam-the dynasty; nfl$fam-was annihilated;\nk$atriyiir;uim-of the royal family; abh ik$7J,aSa�-again and again.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Pari�it inquired from Sukadeva Gosvami: What was the\n\noffense that the k�atriyas who could not control their senses com­\n\nmitted before Lord Para8urama, the incarnation of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, for which the Lord annihilated the\nk�atriya dynasty again and again?\n\n17-19\n\"7Tiff([\"{T�fif\nTEXTS\n\n��: ��: I\n� wtl<ltfuli�f�� 4Rth�M: 11�\\911\n'IT['l � �ll ��, I\n310£tltrijP�i(l�n�ij:it414t�!i.nq�'{ II� <=II\ntfli\\'Q(�ad gun <4?tlfUI+41G;�H I\n\"+.l'+tl(lOlltij•lRt� � � II� �II\n\n", "SB9.2#p0252": "[Canto 9, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n226\n\nsri-badaraya�J.ir uvaca\nhaihayaniim adhipatir\narjuna}J /cyatriyar�abha}J\ndattam niiraya1J.timsamsam\naradhya parikarmabhi}J\nbahun daSa-satam lebhe\ndurdhar�atvam ara�u\navyahatendriyauja}J sritejo-virya-ya5o-balam\nyogesvaratvam aiSvaryam\ngu1J.d yatra�J.imadaya}J\ncacaravyahata-gatir\nloke�u pavano yatha\nsri-badaraya�J.ib- uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami replied; haihayaniim\n\nadhipati}J-the\n\nKartaviryarjuna;\n\nKing\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nHaihayas;\n\n/cyatriya-r�abha}J-the\n\narjuna}J-by\n\nbest\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nthe\n\nname\n\n/cyatriyas;\n\ndattam-unto Dattatreya; niiruya�J.a-amsa-amsam-the plenary portion\n\nof the plenary portion of Naraya�a; aradhya-after worshiping;\nparikarmabhi}J-by worship according to the regulative principles;\nbahun-arms; daSa-satam-one thousand (ten times one hundred);\n\nlebhe-achieved; durdhar�atvam-the quality of being very difficult\n\nto conquer; arati$u-in the midst of enemies; atry\"tihata-undefeatable; indriya-oja�-strength of the senses; sri-beauty; teja�influence; virya-power; ya§a�-fame; balam-bodily strength;\nyoga-iSvaratvam-controlling power gained by the practice of mystic\nyoga;\naiSvaryam-opulence;\ngu7J.ti}J-qualities;\nyatra-wherein;\n\na�J.ima-adaya}J-eight kinds of yogic perfection (a�J.ima, laghima, etc.);\ncacara-he went; atry\"ahata-gati�-whose progress was indefatigable;\nloke�u-all over the world or universe; pavana�-the wind; yathalike.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosvami said:\n\nThe best of the k�atriyas, Karta­\n\nviryiirjuna, the King of the Haihayas, received one thousand arms\n\nby worshiping Dattatreya, the plenary expansion of the Supreme\n\n", "SB9.2#p0253": "Text 21]\n\nPara8urama, the Lord's Warrior Incarnation\n\n227\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Naray�a. He also became undefeatable by\nenemies and received unobstructed sensory power, beauty, influence, strength, fame and the mystic power by which to achieve\nall the perfections of yoga, such as �ima and laghima. Thus having become fully opulent, he roamed all over the universe without\nopposition, just like the wind.\nTEXT 20\n\n�<i(lt1: � ��� ��G: I\n���;if��� �mf �: ll�oll\nstri-ratnair avrta� krUjan\nrevambhasi madotka!a�\nvaijayantirh srajam bibhrad\nrurodha saritam bhujai�\nstri-ratnai�-by beautiful women; avrta�-surrounded; kruJ,an-enjoying; reva-ambhasi-in the water of the River Revii, or Narmada;\nmada-utka!a�-too puffed up because of opulence; vaijayantim srajam-the garland of victory; bibhrat\n\n-\n\nbeing decorated with; rurodha­\n\nstopped the flow; saritam-of the river; bhujai�-wi th his arms.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce while enjoying in the water of the River Narmada, the\npuffed-up Kartaviryarjuna, surrounded by beautiful women and\ngarlanded with a garland of victory, stopped the flow of the water\nwith his arms.\nTEXT 21\n\n�giNJ �� 3fftf�ij:('tR%§4�: I\n� m � tf'tti 41(ftl;ft G:�llifwf: II�� II\nvipliivitam sva-sibiram\npratisrota�-sarij-jalai�\nnamr�yat tasya tad viryarh\nviramani daSanana�\n\n", "SB9.2#p0254": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n228\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 15\n\nvip lavitam -having been inundated; sva-sibiram-his own camp;\nprat isrota�-which was flowing in the opposite direction; sarit-jalai�by the water of the river; na-not; am r$yat-cou1d tolerate; tasya -of\nKartaviryarjuna; tat v iryam-that influence; viramdni-considering\nhimself very heroic; daSa-anana�-the ten-headed Rav�a.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Kartaviryarjuna made the water flow in the opposite\n\ndirection, the camp of Ravai.J.a, which was set up on the hank of the\nNarmada near the city of Mahi�mati, was inundated. This was un­\n\nbearable to the ten-headed RiivRI.ta, who considered himself a great\n\nhero and could not tolerate Kartaviryarjuna's power.\nPURPORT\n\nRav�a was out touring to gain victory over all other countries (digvijaya), and he had camped on the bank of the Narmada River near the\ncity of Mahi�mati.\nTEXT 22\n\n� � � �� �Ni�q: I\n¥11� ePt�� �it-t�� ������\ngrhito lilaya stri�m\nsama/cyam krta-kilbi$a�\nmahi$matyam sanniruddho\nmukto yena kapir yatha\ngrhita�-was arrested by force; lilaya -very easily; stri�m-of the\nwomen; sama/cyam-in the presence; krta-kilbi$a�-thus becoming an\noffender; mahi$matyam-in the city known as Mahi�mati; sanniruddha �-was arrested; mukta�-released; yena-by whom (Kartaviryarjuna); kapi� yatha-e xactly as done to a monkey.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen RiivRI.ta attempted to insult Kartaviryarjuna in the pres­\n\nence of the women and thus offended him, Kartaviryarjuna easily\n\n", "SB9.2#p0255": "229\n\nText 24) Para8urama, the Lord's Warrior Incarnation\n\narrested Rav�a and put him in custody in the city of Mahi�mati,\njust as one captures a monkey, and then released him neglectfully.\nTEXT 23\n\nij�ij�� f?f�� �I\niil+tG\\ij�qj�ld: ������\n404&4W1�\nsa ekada tu mrgayam\nv�caran V'Jane vane\n.\n\n\"\n\nyadrcchayasrama-padam\njamadagner upaviSat\nsatt-he, Kartaviryarjuna; ekada-once upon a time;\nmrgayam-while\nvane-in\n\na\n\npadam-the\n\nhunting;\n\nforest;\n\nvicaran-wandering;\n\nyadrcchaya-without\n\nresidential\n\nplace;\n\nany\n\njanuuiagnett-of\n\ntu-but;\n\nvijane-solitary;\n\nprogram;\n\nasrama­\n\nJamadagni\n\nMuni;\n\nupaviSat-he entered.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce while Kartaviryiirjuna was. wandering unengaged in a\nsolitary forest and hunting, he approached the residence of\nJamadagni.\nPURPORT\nKartaviryarjuna had no business going to the residence of Jamadagni,\nbut because he was puffed-up by his extraordinary power, he went there\nand offended Parasuriima. This was the prelude to his being killed by\nParasurama for his offensive act.\nTEXT 24\n\n� ij �P-1' I!M((UI+tl(� I\n(1Qrifl+tl€tilfl(lr d�f44€tl �: ll�'dll\ntasmai sa naradevaya\nmunir arhar:u;tm aharat\n\n", "SB9.2#p0256": "230\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 15\n\nsasainyamatya-vahaya\nhavi$matya tapo-dhana�\ntasmai-unto him; sa�-he (Jamadagni); naradevaya-unto King\nKartaviryiirjuna; mun*-the great sage; arha�m-paraphernalia for\nworship; aharat-offered; sa-sainya-with his soldiers; amatya-his\nministers; vahaya-and the chariots, the elephants, the horses or the\nmen who carried the palanquins; havi$matya-because of possessing a\nkiimadhenu, a cow that could supply everything; tapa�-dhana�-the\ngreat sage, whose only power was his austerity, or who was engaged in\nausterity.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sage Jamadagni, who was engaged in great austerities in the\n\nforest, received the King very well, along with the King's soldiers,\n\nministers and carriers. He supplied all the necessities to worship\n\nthese guests, for he possessed a kamadhenu cow that was able to\n\nsupply everything.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Brahma-samhita informs us that the spiritual world, and especially the planet Goloka V:rndiivana, where K:r�1.1a lives, is full of\nsurabhi cows (surabhir abhipalayantam). The surabhi cow is also called\nkiimadhenu. Although Jamadagni possessed only one kiimadhenu, he\nwas able to get from it everything desirable. Thus he was able to receive\nthe King, along with the King's great number of followers, ministers,\nsoldiers, animals and palanquin carriers. When we speak of a king, we\nunderstand that he is accompanied by many followers. Jamadagni was\nable to receive all the King's followers properly and feed them\nsumptuously with food prepared in ghee. The King was astonished at\nhow opulent Jamadagni was because of possessing only one cow, and\ntherefore he became envious of the great sage. This was the beginning of\nhis offense. Parasuriima, the incarnation of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, killed Kiirtaviryiirjuna because Kiirtaviryarjuna was too proud.\nOne may possess unusual opulence in this material world, but if one becomes puffed up and acts whimsically he will be punished by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This is the lesson to learn from this\n\n", "SB9.2#p0257": "Text 25]\n\nPara8uriima, the Lord's Warrior Incarnation\n\n231\n\nhistory, in which Parasurii.ma became angry at Kii.rtaviryii.rjuna and\nkilled him and rid the entire world of /cyatriyas twenty-one times.\n\nsa vai ratnam tu tad dr$!vd\niitmaiSvaryatiSayanam\ntan niidriyatagnihotryam\nsiibhilii$a� sahaihaya�\nsa�-he (Kii.rtaviryii.rjuna); vai-indeed; ratnam-a great source of\nwealth;\n\ntu-indeed;\n\ntat-the\n\nkii madhenu\n\nin\n\nthe\n\npossession\n\nof\n\nJamadagni; dmva-by observing; iitma-aiSvarya-his own personal\nopulence;\n\nati-sayanam-which was exceeding;\n\ntat-that; na-not;\n\niidriyata-appreciated very much; agnihotryam-in that cow, which\nwas useful for executing the agnihotra sacrifice; sa-abhiki§a�-became\ndesirous; sa-haihaya�-with his own men, the Haihayas.\nTRANSLATION\nKiirtaviryiirjuna thought that Jamadagni was more powerful and\nwealthy than himself because of possessing a jewel in the form of\nthe kiimadhenu. Therefore he and his own men, the Haihayas,\nwere not very much appreciative of Jamadagni's reception. On the\ncontrary, they wanted to possess that kiimadhenu, which was\nuseful for the execution of the agnihotra sacrifice.\nPURPORT\nJamadagni was more powerful than Kii.rtaviryii.rjuna because of performing the agnihotra-yajna with clarified butter received from the\nkiimadhenu. Not everyone can be expected to possess such a cow. Nonetheless, an ordinary man may possess an ordinary cow, give protection to\nthis animal, take sufficient milk from it, and engage the milk to produce\nbutter and clarified ghee, especially for performing the agnihotra-yajna.\nThis is possible for everyone. Thus we find that in Bhagavad-gitii Lord\n\n", "SB9.2#p0258": "232\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 15\n\nl<r�1,1a advises go-rak§ya, the protection of cows. This is essential because\nif cows are cared for properly they will surely supply sufficient mille We\nhave practical experience in America that in our various ISKCON farms\nwe are giving proper protection to the cows and receiving more than\nenough milk. In other farms the cows do not deliver as much milk as in\nour farms; because our cows know very well that we are not going to kill\nthem, they are happy, and they give ample milk. Therefore this instruction given by Lord Kr�1,1a-go-ra�ya-is extremely meaningful. The\nwhole world must learn from l<r�1,1a how to live happily without scarcity\nsimply by producing food grains (annad bhavanti bhiUani) and giving\nprotection to the cows (go-ra�ya). Kr§i-gorak§ya-var:ti}yam vaiSya­\n\nkarma svabhavajam. Those who belong to the third level of human\nsociety, namely the mercantile people, must keep land for producing\nfood grains and giving protection to cows. This is the injunction of\n\nBhagavad-gitii. In the matter of protecting the cows, the meat-eaters will\nprotest, but in answer to them we may say that since l<r�1,1a gives stress to\ncow protection, those who are inclined to eat meat may eat the flesh of\nunimportant animals like hogs, dogs, goats and sheep, but they should\nnot touch the life of the cows, for this is destructive to the spiritual\nadvancement of human society.\n·\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�4l<f�qt'6(1'1:\ntid+t+ita:t� I\nij =i:t +tl�¥4\\ff �nmm� � 11 ����\nhavirdhanim r§er darpan\nnaran hartum acodayat\nte ca mahi§matim ninyu/:t\nsa-vatsarh krandatim baliit\nhavi}:t-dhanim-the kamadhenu; r§e/:t-of the great sage Jamadagni;\ndarpat-because of his being puffed up with material power; naran-all\nhis men (soldiers); hartum-to steal or take away; acodayat-encouraged; te-the men of Kartaviryarjuna; ca-also; mahi§matim-to\nthe capital of Kartaviryarjuna; ninyu/:t-brought; sa-vatsam-with the\ncalf; krandatim-crying; balat-because of being taken away by force.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0259": "Text 27)\n\nPara8uriima, the Lord's Warrior Incarnation\n\n233\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing puffed up by material power, Kartaviryarjuna encouraged\nhis men to steal Jamadagni's kamadhenu. Thus the men forcibly\ntook away the\n\ncrying kiimadhenu,\n\nalong\n\nwith\n\nher\n\ncalf,\n\nto\n\nMiihi�mati, Kartaviryiirjuna's capital.\nPURPORT\nThe word\n\nhavirdhanim is significant in this verse. Havirdhanim\n\nrefers to a cow required for supplying havis, or ghee, for the performance of ritualistic ceremonies in sacrifices. In human life, one should\nbe trained to perform yajfias. As we are informed in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(3.9), yajnarthat karmar:w 'nyatra loko 'yam karma-bandhana/:t: if we\n\ndo not perform yajfia, we shall simply work very hard for sense gratification like dogs and hogs. This is not civilization. A human being\nshould be trained to perform yajfia. Yajnad bhavati parjanya/:t. If yajfias\nare regularly performed, there will be proper rain from the sky, and\nwhen there is regular rainfall, the land will be fertile and suitable for\nproducing all the necessities of life.\n\nYajfia, therefore, is essential. For\n\nperforming yajfia, clarified butter is essential, and for clarified butter,\ncow protection is essential. Therefore, if we neglect the Vedic way of\ncivilization, we shall certainly suffer. So-called scholars and philosophers\ndo not know the secret of success in life, and therefore they suffer in the\nhands of prakrti, nature (prakrte/:£ kriyamar,ulni gur;tai/:t karmar_ti\nsarvasa/:£). Nonetheless, although they are forced to suffer, they think\nthey are advancing in civilization (ahankara-vimut;lhatma kartaham iti\nmanyate). The .Kr�1.1a consciousness movement is therefore meant to\nrevive a mode of civilization in which everyone will be happy. This is the\nmotive of our .ICr!?J.la consciousness movement. Yajfie sukhena bhavantu.\nTEXT 27\n\n3N � �� uq 3ll� 3Tlmf: I\n\n�ffil_ma.'l<l€'4��: 11�\\911\natha rajani niryate\nrama asrama agata/:t\nsrutva tat tasya dauratmyam\ncukrodhahir ivahata/:t\n\n", "SB9.2#p0260": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n234\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 15\n\natk a-thereafter; rajani-when the King; niryate -had gone away;\nramab,-Parasurama, the youngest son of Jamadagni; asrame-in the\ncottage; agatab,-returned; srutva-when he heard; tat-that; tasyaof Kartaviryarjuna; dauratmyam-nefarious act; cukrodha-became\nextremely angry;\n\nahib,-a snake;\n\niva-like;\n\nahatab,-trampled or\n\ninjured.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Kartaviryarjuna having left with the kamadhenu,\n\nPar&Surama returned to the asrama. When Par&Surama, the\nyoungest\n\nson\n\nof\n\nJamadagni,\n\nheard\n\nabout\n\nKartaviryarjuna's\n\nnefarious deed, he became as angry as a trampled snake.\nTEXT 28\n\nEit�+uay.t �� cnf crmi�l\n�� � � � �������\nghoram adaya para5um\n\nsatur:w-m varma kiirmukam\nanvadhavata durmar$o\nmrgendra iva yathapam\nghoram-extremely\n-a chopper;\n\nfierce;\n\nadaya-taking\n\nsa-tur:w-m-along\n\nin\n\nwith a quiver;\n\nhand;\n\npara§um\n\nvarma-a shield;\n\nkiirmukam-a\nbow;\nanvadhavata-followed;\ndurmar$ab,-Lord\nParasurama, being exceedingly angry; mrgendrab,-a lion; iva-like;\nyuthapam- (goes to attack) an elephant.\nTRANSLATION\nTaking up his fierce chopper, his shield, his bow and a quiver\n\nof arrows, Lord Par&Surama, exceedingly angry, chased Karta­\n\nviryarjuna just as a lion chases an elephant.\nTEXT 29\n�\"'\n\n�Wflt¥11\\St('l\nillUm:�l\n\n", "SB9.2#p0261": "Text 30] Para8urama, the Lord's Warrior Incarnation\n\n235\n\ntam apatantam bhrgu-varyam ojasa\ndhanur-dharam 001)-a-para§vadhayudham\nai�ya-carmambaram arka-dhamabhir\nyutam jatabhir dadrse purim viSan\ntam-that Lord Parasurama; apatantam-coming after him; bhrguvaryam-the best of the Bhrgu dynasty, Lord Parasuriima; ojasa\n-very fiercely;\n\ndhanub,-dharam-carrying a bow;\n\n001)-ll-arrows;\n\npara§vadha-chopper; ayudham-having all these weapons; air,teyacarma-blackish deerskin; ambaram-the covering of his body; arkadhamabhib,-appearing like the sunshine; yutam jatabhib,-with locks\nof hair; dadrse-he saw; purim-into the capital; visan-entering\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs King Kartavi ryarjuna entered his capital, Miihi�?mati Puri, he\nsaw Lord Para8uriima, the best of the Bh:rgu dynasty, coming after\nhim, holding a chopper, shield, bow and arrows. Lord Para8uriima\nwas covered with a black deerskin, and his matted locks of hair\nappeared like the sunshine.\nTEXT 30\n\n31+.i)G;�4ffit(��la:II('I�IOI��Rf\nN�l'ffiT�:\n\"\"\nC' \"\"\nij \"\"\n3T�: ml�fqurr� U1{\n\n�� �tNI'1«�� II� II\no\n\nacodayad dhasti-rathasva-pattibhir\ngadasi-oo\"{Ulr$#-satag hni-saktibhib,\nak$auhir,tib, sapta-daSatibhi$ar,tiis\nta rama eko bhagavan asadayat\n\nacodayat-he sent for fighting; hasti-with elephants; ratha-with\nchariots; a§va-with horses; pattibhib,-and with infantry; gada-with\n\n", "SB9.2#p0262": "(Canto 9, Ch. 15\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n236\n\nclubs; asi-with swords; ba{Ul-with arrows; r�#-with the weapons\ncalled r�!is; sataghni -with weapons called sataghnis; saktibhib,-with\n\nweapons called saktis; a/cyauhi�ib,-whole groups of a/cyauhi�is; saptadaSa-seventeen;\n\ndti bh�a{lii b,-very\n-\n\nfierce;\n\ntab,-all\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\nramab,-Lord Parasurama; ekab,-alone; bhagavan -the Supreme Personality of Godhead; asadayat-killed.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing Parasuriima, Kartaviryarjuna immediately feared\n\nhim and sent many elephants, chariots, horses and infantry\nsoldiers equipped with clubs, swords, arrows, :r11tis, sataghnis,\n\nsak.tis, and many similar weapons to fight against him. Karta­\n\nviryiirjuna sent seventeen full ak�jauhi:Qis of soldiers to check\n\nPara8uriima. But Lord Para8uriima alone killed all of them.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word alcyauhi�i refers to a military phalanx consisting of 21,870\nchariots and elephants, 109,350 infantry soldiers and 65,610 horses. An\nexact description is given in the Mahabharata, Adi Paroa, Second\nChapter, as follows:\n\ne ko ratho gaja§ caikaft\nnarab, paiica padatayab,\ntraya§ ca turagas taj-jiiaift\npattir ity abhidhiyate\npattim tu trigu{liim etam\nviduft senamukham budha!t\ntri�i senamukhany eko\ngulma ity adhidhiyate\ntrayo gulma ga� nama\nvahini tu ga� trayab,\nsrutas tisras tu vahinyab,\nprtaneti vica/cya{laib,\n\n", "SB9.2#p0263": "Text 30)\n\nPara8urama, the Lord's Warrior Incarnation\n\n237\n\ncamas tu prtaniis tisra5\ncamvas tisras tv anikini\nanikinim daSa-gu�m\nahur a�auhirtim budha/:L\na�auhirtyas tu smikhyatii\nrathaniim dvija-sattamii/:L\nsankhya-gartita-tattvajfiai/:L\nsahasriirty eka-virnsati\nsatany upari c(4tau ca\nbhuyas tatha ca saptati/:L\ngajaniim tu parimiirtarh\ntiivad eviitra nirdiSet\njfieyam sata-sahasram tu\nsahasrarti tatha nava\nnara�m adhi paficasac\nchatani trirti canagha/:L\npafica-§�#-sahasriirti\ntathasviiniim satiini ca\ndaSottararti §at cahur\nyathavad abhisankhyaya\netiim a�auhirtirh priihu/:L\nsankhya-tattva-vido jana/:L\n\"One chariot, one elephant, five infantry soldiers and three horses are\ncalled a patti by those who are learned in the science. The wise also know\nthat a seniimukha is three times what a patti is. Three senii mukhas are\nknown as one gulma, three gulmas are called a garta, and three gartas are\ncalled a vahini. Three vahint.s have been referred to by the learned as a\n\nprtanii, three prtaniis equal one camu, and three camas equal one\nanikini. The wise refer to ten anikint.s as one ak§auhirti. The chariots of\nan a�auhirti have been calculated at 21,870 by those who know the\nscience of such calculations, 0 best of the twice-born, and the number of\n\n", "SB9.2#p0264": "[Canto 9, Ch.l5\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n238\n\nelephants is the same. The number of infantry soldiers is 109,350, and\nthe number of horses is 65,610. This is called an a/cyauhi�i.\"\nTEXT 31\n\n;;rmsm �'«�\n��ijff: q(f.(tfi�G;w:t\nij�Hij6��\n��otrl\n��ij6tlfiW1H ll ��II\nifflT\n\nyato yato 'sau praharat-para§vadho\nmano- 'nilaujab, para-cakra-sildanab,\ntatas tataS chinna-bhujoru-kandhara\nnipetur urvyarh hata-silta-vahanab,\nyatab,-wherever;\n\nyatab,-wherever;\n\nasau-Lord\n\nParasuriima;\n\npraharat-slashing; para§vadhab,-being expert in using his weapon,\nthe para§u, or chopper; manab,-like the mind; anila-like the wind;\nojcib,-being forceful; para-cakra-of the enemies' military strength;\nsildanab,-killer; tatab,-there; tatab,-and there; chinna-scattered\nand\n\ncut\n\noff;\n\nbhuja-arms;\n\nilru-legs;\n\nkandharcib,-shoulders;\n\nnipetub,-fell down; urvyam-on the ground; hata-killed; siltachariot drivers; vahancib,-carrier horses and elephants.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Para8urama, being expert in killing the military strength\n\nof the enemy, worked with the speed of the mind and the wind,\nslicing his enemies with his chopper [parasu). Wherever he went,\n\nthe enemies fell, their legs, arms and shoulders being severed,\n\ntheir chariot drivers killed, and their carriers, the elephants and\n\nhorses all annihilated.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the beginning, when the army of the enemy was full of fighting\nsoldiers, elephants and horses, Lord Parasuriima proceeded into their\nmidst at the speed of mind to kill them. When somewhat tired, he slowed\n\n", "SB9.2#p0265": "239\n\nText 33) Para8urama, the Lord's Warrior Incarnation\n\ndown to the speed of wind and continued to kill the enemies vigorously.\nThe speed of mind is greater than the speed of the wind.\n\ndmva sva-sainyarh rudhiraugha-kardame\nra1)iijire riima-kuthara-sayakai�\nvivr/a:ta-varma-dhvaja-ciipa-vigraharh\nnipiititarh haihaya iipatad r�ii\ndmva -by seeing; sva-sainyam-his own soldiers; rudhira-oghakardame -which had become muddy due to the flow of blood; ra�ajire-on\n\nthe\n\nParasurama;\n\nbattlefield;\n\nriima-kuthara-by\n\nsayakai� -and\n\nby\n\nthe\n\narrows;\n\nthe\n\naxe\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nvivrk�-scattered;\n\nvarma-the shields; dhvaja -the flags; ciipa-bows; vigraham -the\nbodies;\n\nn ipatitam -fallen;\n\nforcefully came there; r�ii\n\n-\n\nhaihaya� -Kartaviryarj una;\n\napatat­\n\nbeing very angry.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy manipulating his axe and arrows, Lord Para8urama cut to\npieces the shields, flags, bows and bodies of Kartaviryarjuna's\n\nsoldiers, who fell on the battlefield, muddying the ground with\ntheir blood. Seeing these reverses, Kartaviryarjuna, infuriated,\nrushed to the battlefield.\nTEXT 33\n\n31�: q� ��:,; if10TF{ �� � �� I\nU'Wt ulit� ijl{�aft�T���������\n\n", "SB9.2#p0266": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n240\n\n(Canto 9, Ch.l5\n\natharjuna/:t paiica-sate�u bahubhir\ndhanu�u ba�n yugapat sa sandadhe\nramaya ramo 'stra-bhrtam samagralJis\ntany eka-dhanve$ubhir acchinat samam\natha-thereafter; arjunal)-Kartaviryarjuna; paiica-sate$u-five\nhundred; bahubhil)-with his arms; dhanu�u-on the bows; oo�narrows;\nyugapat simultaneously;\nsa/:t-he;\nsandadhe-fixed;\nramaya-just to kill Lord Parasurama; rama1;,-Lord Parasurama;\nastra-bhrtam-of all the soldiers who could use weapons; samagra1Ji/:tthe very best; tani-all the bows of Kartaviryarjuna; eka-dhanvapossessmg one bow; i$ubhil)-the arrows; acchinat-cut to pieces;\nsamam-with.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Kiirtaviryiirjuna, with his one thousand arms, simul­\n\ntaneously fixed arrows on five hundred bows to kill Lord\n\nPara8uriima. But Lord Para8uriima, the best of fighters, released\nenough arrows with only one bow to cut to pieces immediately all\nthe arrows and bows in the hands of Kartaviryiirjuna.\nTEXT 34\n\n�: ���(��� ��­\n\n��W41\n� �61'(ul �fq;n\nf?tl�0a: @{: m:rlf � II�CJII\n\npunal) sva-hastair acalan mrdhe 'nghripan\nutk$ipya vegad abhidhavato yudhi\nbhujan kutharelJa kathora-nemina\nciccheda ramal) prasabham tv aher iva\npuna/:t-a gain; sva-hastail)-by his own hands; acalan-hills;\nmrdhe-in the battlefield; arighripan-trees; utk$ipya-after uprooting; vegat-with great force; abhidhavatal)-of he who was running\n\n", "SB9.2#p0267": "Text 36]\n\nPara8urama, the Lord's Warrior Incarnation\n\nvery forcefully; yudhi-in the battlefield;\nku!hare\"{ta-by his axe;\n\n241\n\nbhujan-all the arms;\n\nkathora-nemina-which was very sharp;\n\nciccheda-cut to pieces; rama�-Lord Parasurama; prasabham-with\ngreat force; tu-but; aha� iva-just like the hoods of a serpent.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen his arrows were cut to pieces, Kirtaviryiirjuna uprooted\nmany trees and hills with his own hands and again rushed strongly\ntoward Lord Para8urama to kill him. But Para8ura� then used his\naxe with great force to cut off Kartaviryarjuna's arms, just as one\nmight lop off the hoods of a serpent.\nTEXTS 35-36\n\n�-: r\\H�� fm: -'41�(d\\ I\n� mR �� � ���� ����II\n('\n\n�\n\narffcitfh141'4� «� �� 1\n(1JJ;l4€41� m qf(f#iei «�����II\nkrtta-baho� siras tasya\ngire� srrigam ivaharat\nhate pitari tat-putra\nayutarh dudruvur bhayat\nagnihotrim upavartya\nsavatsam para-vira-ha\nsamupetyasramarh pitre\nparikl�tam samarpayat\n\nkrtta-baho�-of Kartaviryarjuna, whose arms were cut off; sira�­\n\nthe head; tasya-of him (Kartaviryiirjuna); girel;£-of a mountain;\nsrriga m-the peak; iva-like; aharat-(Parasurama) cut from his body;\nhate pitari-when their father was\n\nkilled;\n\ntat-putra�-his sons;\n\nayutam-ten thousand; dudruvu�-:8ed; bhayat-out of fear; agnihotrim-the kamadhenu; upavartya-bringing near; sa-vatsam­\n\nwith her calf; para-vira- ha-Parasuriima , who could kill the heroes of\nthe enemies; samupetya-after returning; asramam-to the residence\n\n", "SB9.2#p0268": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n242\n\nof his father; pitre-unto his father; parik li§tam\nextreme suffering; samarpayat-delivered\n\n.\n\n[Canto 9, Ch.l5\n\n-which had undergone\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Parasuriima cut off like a mountain peak the\n\nhead of Kartaviryarjuna, who had already lost his arms. When\n\nKartaviryiirjuna's ten thousand sons saw their father killed, they\nall fled in fear. Then Para8uriima, having killed the enemy,\nreleased the kiimadhenu, which had undergone great suffering,\n\nand brought it back with its calf to his residence, where he gave it\nto his father, Jamadagni.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n• � @t: m � �� lT.I 1\n�of�I¥4R't ij�tffi �� 11�\\911\n'.:>\n\nsva-karma tat krtarh rama�\npitre bhratrbhya eva ca\nvarruzyam asa tac chrutva\njamadagnir abh�ata\n\nsva-karma-his own activities; tat-all those deeds; krtam-which\nhad been performed;\n\nriima�-Parasurama; pitre-unto his father;\n\nbhratrbhya/:t-unto his brothers; eva ca-as well as; va71U1yiim lisadescribed; tat-that; srutva-after hearing; jamadagni /:t-the father of\n\nParasurama; ab�ata-said as foll ows\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPara8uriima described to his father and brothers his activities in\n\nkilling Kartaviryiirjuna. Upon hearing of these deeds, Jamadagni\nspoke to his son as follows.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n'i�I&U(i �l'l qjq¥4qll(wftd\\ I\n� � (14�¥4� � 11��11\nUlt Ult\n\n", "SB9.2#p0269": "Text 39]\n\nPara8urama, the Lord's Warrior Incarnation\n\n243\n\nrama rama mahabaho\nbhavan papam akar0-$it\navadhin naradevam yat\nsarva-devamayam vrtha\nrama rama-my dear son Parasurama; mahabaho-0 great hero;\nbhavan-you;\n\nakar0-$it-have\n\npapam-sinful activities;\n\nexecuted;\n\navadhit-have killed; naradevam-the king; yat-who is; sarva-devamayam-the embodiment of all the demigods; vrtha-unnecessarily.\nTRANSLATION\n0 great hero, my dear son Par!lSuriima, you have unnecessarily\nkilled the king, who is supposed to be the embodiment of all the\ndemigods. Thus you have committed a sin.\n\nvayam hi brahmaT)iis tata\n�amayarhar:uz,tam gata�\nyaya loka-gurur deva�\npa rame$thyam agat padam\nvayam-we;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\ntata-0 my dear son;\narhar:uz,tam-the\n\nbrahmaT)ii�-are qualified brahmar:uz,s;\n\n�amaya\n\nposition\n\nof\n\n-\n\nwith the quality of forgiveness;\n\nbeing\n\nworshiped;\n\ngata�-we\n\nhave\n\nachieved; yaya-by this qualification; loka guru�-the spiritual master\n-\n\nof this universe; deva�-Lord Brahma; parame$!hyam-the supreme\nperson within this universe; agat-achieved; padam-the position.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear son, we are all brahm�as and have become worshipable\nfor the people in general because of our quality of forgiveness. It\nis because of this quality that Lord Brahma, the supreme spiritual\nmaster of this universe, has achieved his post.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0270": "244\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 40\n\n� � �itltRl � � 3lln I\n\naJiltOII¥U\\! �41cti�� mu�: II'Joll\nlcyamaya rocate lalcymir\nbrahmi sauri yatha prabha\nlcyamir:uJ,m asu bhagavarits\ntU('yate harir iSvaraft\nlcyamaya-simply by forgiving; rocate-becomes pleasing; lalcymiftthe goddess of fortune;\n\nbrahmi-in connection with brahminical\n\nqualifications; sauri-the sun-god; yatha-as; prabha-the sunshine;\nlcyamir:uJ,m-unto the brahmar:ws, who are so forgiving; asu-very soon;\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tU(lyate-becomes\npleased; harift-the Lord; iSvaraft-the supreme controller.\nTRANSLATION\nThe duty of a briihiiUlJ,la is to culture the quality of forgiveness,\nwhich is illuminating like the sun. The Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Hari, is pleased with those who are forgiving.\nPURPORT\nDifferent personalities become beautiful by possessing different\nqualities. Car;1akya PaQ.Qita says that the cuckoo bird, although very\nblack, is beautiful because of its sweet voice. Similarly, a woman becomes\nbeautiful by her chastity and faithfulness to her husband, and an ugly\nperson becomes beautiful when he becomes a learned scholar. In the\nsame way, brahmalJ-0-S, lcyatriyas, vaiSyas and sudras become beautiful by\ntheir qualities. Brahmar:ws are beautiful when they are forgiving,\nlcyatriyas when they are heroic and never retreat from fighting, vaiSyas\nwhen they enrich cultural activities and protect cows, and sudras when\nthey are faithful in the discharge of duties pleasing to their masters.\nThus everyone becomes beautiful by liis special qualities. And the special\nquality of the brahmaTJa, as described here, is forgiveness.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0271": "Text 41)\n\nPara8urama, the Lord's Warrior Incarnation\n\n245\n\nrajfio murdhiibh�iktasya\nvadho brahma-vadhiid guru�\ntirtha-saritsevayii carhho\njahy angacyuta-cetana�\nrajiia�-of the king; murdha-abh�iktasya-who is noted as the em­\n\nperor; vadha�-the killing; brahma-vadhiit-than killing a brahmar:r-a;\n\ngu ru�-more severe; tirtha-saritsevaya-by worshiping the holy places;\n\nca-also; amha�-the sinful act; jahi-wash out; anga-0 my dear\n\nson; acyuta-cetana�-being fully :Kr�I).a conscious.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear son, killing a king who is an emperor is more severely\nsinful than killing a brahmaJ).a. But now, if you become �J).a conscious and worship the holy places, you can atone for this great\nsin.\nPURPORT\nOne who fully surrenders to the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\n\nfreed from all sins (aham tviirh sarva-piipebhyo mo/cyay�yami). From\nthe very day or moment he fully surrenders to Sri :Kr�I).a, even the most\n\nsinful person is freed. Nonetheless, as an example, Jamadagni advised\nhis son Parasuriima to worship the holy places. Because an ordinary person cannot immediately surrender to the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, he is advised to go from one holy place to another to find saintly\npersons and thus gradually be released from sinful reactions.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Fifteenth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Para5uriima, the Lord's\nWarrior Incarnation.\"\n\n", "SB9.2#p0272": "CHAPTER SIXTEEN\n\nLord Para8urama Destroys\nthe World's Ruling Class\nWhen Jamadagni was killed by the sons of Kartaviryarjuna, as described\n\nin this chapter, Parasurama rid the entire world of lcyatriyas twenty-one\ntimes. This chapter also describes the descendants of Visvamitra.\nWhen Jamadagni's wife, Rer.mka, went to bring water from the\n\nGanges and saw the King of the Gandharvas enjoying the company of\nApsaras, she was captivated, and she slightly desired to associate with\nhim. Because of this sinful desire, she was punished by her husband.\nParasurama killed his mother and brothers, hut later, by dint of\nthe austerities of Jamadagni, they were revived. The sons of Kartaviryarjuna, however, remembering the death of their father, wanted to\ntake revenge against Lord Para8urama, and therefore when Parasurama\nwas absent from the asrama, they killed Jamadagni, who was meditating\n\non the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When Para8urama returned to\n\nthe asrama and saw his father killed, he was very sorry, and after asking\nhis brothers to take care of the dead body, he went out with determina­\n\ntion to kill all the /cyatriyas on the surface of the world. Taking up his\n\naxe, he went to Mahi�matl-pura, the capital of Kartaviryarjuna, and\nkilled all of Kartaviryarjuna's sons, whose blood became a great river.\nParasurama, however, was not satisfied with killing only the sons of\n\nKartaviryarjuna; later, when the k$atriyas became disturbing, he killed\n\nthem twenty-one times, so that there were no /cyatriyas on the surface of\n\nthe earth. Thereafter, Parasurama joined the head of his father to the\ndead body and performed various sacrifices to please the Supreme Lord.\nThus Jamadagni got life again in his body, and later he was promoted to\nthe higher planetary system known as Saptar�i-mai}.Q.ala. Parasurama,\nthe son of Jamadagni, still lives in Mahendra-parvata. In the next\n\nmanoontara, he will become a preacher of Vedic knowledge.\n\nIn the dynasty of Gadhi, the most powerful Visvamitra took birth. By\n\ndint of his austerity and penance, he became a brahmar;w. He had 101\n\n247\n\n", "SB9.2#p0273": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n248\n\n[Canto 9, Ch.l6\n\nsons, who were celebrated as the Madhucchandas. In the sacrificial arena\n\nof Hariscandra, the son of Ajigarta named Sunal;tsepha was meant to be\nsacrificed, but by the mercy of the Prajapatis he was released.\n\nThereafter, he became Devarata in the dynastY. of Gadhi. The fifty elder\nsons of Visvamitra, however, did not accept Sunal,tsepha as their elder\n\nbrother, and therefore Visvamitra cursed them to become mlecchas, un­\n\nfaithful to the Vedic civilization. Visvamitra's fifty-first son, along with\n\nhis younger brothers, then accepted Sunal;tsepha as their eldest brother,\n\nand their father, Visvamitra, being satisfied, blessed them. Thus\n\nDevarata was accepted in the dynasty of Kausika, and consequently there\n\nare different divisions of that dynasty.\n\nTEXT 1\n\nwt��\n\n�;ftqf�JI�ffl �� ��I\n� � ��+t+tl£4'51� II� II\nsri-suka uvaca\n\npitropa§ik:jito riimas\n\ntatheti kuru-nandana\n\nsariwatsaram tirtha-yatriim\ncaritvasramam avrajat\n\nsri-suka!t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; pitrii-by his father;\n\nupa§ik:jitaft-thus advised; riimab,-Lord Parasurama; tathii iti-let it\n\nbe so; kuru-nandana-0 son of the Kuru dynasty, Maharaja Parik�it;\nsamvatsaram-for one complete year;\n\ntirtha-yatriim-traveling\n\nto\n\nall the holy places; caritva-after executing; asramam-to his own\nresidence; iivrajat-returned.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: My dear Maharaja Parik�it, son of the\n\nKuru dynasty, when Lord Para8urama was given this order by his\n\nfather, he immediately agreed, saying, \"Let it he so.\" For one\n\ncomplete year he traveled to holy places. Then he returned to his\nfather's residence.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0274": "Text 3]\n\nLord Para.Surima Destroys the Ruling Oass\n\n249\n\nTEXT2\n\nW!\\l�i{ � � � q'il+u�..¥( I\nq;li4�Usi\nrtJ�;:ij+iGQ�fl(q�ij II � II\nkadacid reTJukii ytita\ngangayam padma-rn.iilinam\ngandharva-nijam kril}antam\napsarobhir apa.Syata\nkadacit-once upon a time; re7Jukii -Jamadagni's wife, the mother of\nLord Parasurama; yata-went; gangayam-to the bank of the River\nGanges; padma-rn.iilinam-decorated with a garland of lotus flowers;\ngandharva-rajam-the King of the Gandharvas; kril}antam-sporting;\napsarobhi�-with the Apsaras (heavenly society girls); apa.Syata-she\nsaw.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce when Re�uki, the wife of Jamadagni, went to the hank of\nthe Ganges to get water, she saw the King of the Gandharvas, decorated with a garland of lotuses and sporting in the Ganges with\ncelestial women [Apsaris].\nTEXT3\n\nfilC!Slcti4;:fl Sfl1�;:ijw:\\Cfitl � iRn I\n(\\¥\\��j W{ � m� II � II\nvilokayanti kril}antam\nudakiirtham nadim gata\nhoma-velam na sasrn.iira\nkiiicic citraratha-sprha\nvilokayanti-while looking at; kril}antam-the King of the\nGandharvas, engaged in such activities; udaka-artham-for getting\nsome water; nadim-to the river; gata-as she went; homa-velam-the\ntime for performing the homa, fire sacrifice; na sasrn.iira-did not\n\n", "SB9.2#p0275": "250\nremember;\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nkiiicit-very\n\nlittle;\n\ncitraratha-of\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 16\nthe\n\nKing\n\nof 'the\n\nGandharvas, known as Citraratha; sprlui-did desire the company.\n\nTRANSLATION\nShe had gone to bring water from the Ganges, but when she saw\n\nCitraratha, the King of the Gandharvas, sporting with the celestial\ngirls, she was somewhat inclined toward him and failed to remember that the time for the fire sacrifice was passing.\n\nkalatyayarh tarh vilokya\nmune� siipa-viSarikitii\nagatya kalaSarh tasthau\npurodluiya krtafijali�\nkala-atyayam-passing the time; tam-that; vilokya-observing;\n\nmune�-of the great sage Jamadagni; siipa-visarikita-being afraid of\nthe curse; agatya-returning; kalaSam-the waterpot; tasthau-stood;\n\npurodhaya-putting in front of the sage; krta-afijali�-with folded\nhands.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLater, understanding that the time for offering the sacrifice had\n\npassed, Re:J;tukii feared a curse from her husband. Therefore when\n\nshe returned she simply put the waterpot before him and stood\nthere with folded hands.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� �Mijl€'itl �: Sftj{qffl�I\n� �: 4Nif'i�'ffil� if � II � II\n\n", "SB9.2#p0276": "Text6)\n\nLord Para8uriima Destroys the Ruling Oass\n\n251\n\nvyabhicaram munir jnatva\npatnyab, prakupito 'bravit\nghnatainam putrakab, papam\nity uktas te na cakrire\nt.yabhicaram-adultery; munib,-the great sage Jamadagni; jnatvacould understand;\n\npatnyab,-of his wife;\n\nprakupitab,-he became\n\nangry; abravit-he said; ghnata-kill; enam-her; putrakab,-my dear\nsons; papam-sinful; iti uktab,-being thus advised; te-all the sons;\nna-did not; cakrire-carry out his order.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great sage Jamadagni understood the adultery in the mind\nof his wife. Therefore he was very angry and told his sons, \"My\ndear sons, kill this sinful woman!\" But the sons did not carry out\nhis order.\nTEXT6\n\nuq:«�:fit;n��� I\n��: ���«: IIG.II\n\"'\n\nramab, sancoditab, pitra\nbhrattn matra sahavadhit\nprabhava-jfio muneb, samyak\nsamadhes tapasa§ ca sab,\nramab,-Lord Parasurama; sancoditab,-being encouraged (to kill his\nmother and brothers); pitra-by his father; bhrattn-all his brothers;\nmatra saha-with the mother; avadhit-killed immediately; prabhavajnab,-aware of the prowess; muneb,-of the great sage; samyak-completely; samadheb,-by meditation; tapasab,-by austerity; ca-also;\nsab,-he .\nTRANSLATION\nJamadagni then ordered his youngest son, Para8uriima, to kill\nhis brothers, who had disobeyed this order, and his mother, who\n\n", "SB9.2#p0277": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n252\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 16\n\nhad mentally committed adultery. Lord Para8uriima, knowing the\n\npower of his father, who was practiced in meditation and austerity,\nkilled his mother and brothers immediately.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word\n\nprabhava-jfia� is significant. Parasurama knew the prowess\n\nof his father, and therefore he agreed to carry out his father's order. He\nthought that if he refused to carry out the order he would be cursed, but\nif he carried it out his father would be pleased, and when his father was\npleased, Parasurama would ask the benediction of having his mother and\nbrothers brought back to life. Parasurama was confident in this regard,\nand therefore he agreed to kill his mother and brothers.\nTEXT7\n\n'4�UI'ii�tii4UQ 3fuf: (1€tl'4fflWI: I\n'4i � @ftsfq � +.tiWrn � II \\9 II\nvare� cchandayam iisa\nprita� satyavati-suta�\nvavre hataniirh ramo 'pi\njivitam casmrtim vadhe\nvare� cchandayam asa-asked to take a benediction as he liked;\nta\nt v ti- ut\n,\n\npri �-being very pleased (with him); sa ya a s alt-Jamadagni\nthe son of Satyavati; vavre-said; hataniim-of my dead mother and\nbrothers; ramaft-Parasurama;\n\napi-also; jivitam-let them be alive;\n\nca-also; asmrtim-no remembrance; vadhe-of their having been\nkilled by me.\nTRANSLATION\nJamadagni, the son of Satyavati, was very much pleased with\n\nParasuriima and asked him to take any benediction he liked. Lord\n\nPara8uriima replied, \"Let my mother and brothers live again and\n\nnot remember having been killed by me. This is the benediction I\nask.\"\n\n", "SB9.2#p0278": "Text9]\n\nLord Para8urima Destroys the Ruling Oass\n\n253\n\nTEXTS\n\nro� ��tre•il Msoqp\" �TnT 1\n��aj(ijq1q1q U'l� � I I � I I\nuttasthus te ku§alino\nnidrapaya ivanjasa\npitur vidvarits tapo-viryam\nrama.S cakre suhrd-vadham\nuttasthu/:t-got up immediately; te-Lord Parasurama's mother and\n\nbrothers; kusalina/:t-being happily alive; nidra-apaye-at the end of\nsound sleep;\n\niva-like;\n\nanjasa-very soon;\n\npitu/:t-of his father;\n\nvidvan-being aware of; tapa/:t-austerity; viryam-power; rama/:t­\n\nLord Parasurama;\n\ncakre-executed;\n\nsuhrt-vadham-killin g of\n\nhis\n\nfamily members.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, by the benediction of Jamadagni, Lord Parasurama's mother and brothers immediately came alive and were very\nhappy, as if awakened from sound sleep. Lord Para8uriima had\nkilled his relatives in accordance with his father's order because he\nwas fully aware of his father's power, austerity and learning.\nTEXT9\n\n��wn��:�1\n� � � ;{ �11�11\nye 'rjunasya suta rajan\nsmaranta/:t sva-pitur vadham\nrama-virya-parabhiita\nlebhire sarma na kvacit\nye-those\n\nwho;\n\narjunasya-of\n\nKartaviryarjuna;\n\nsuta/:t-sons;\n\nrajan-0 Maharaja Parik�it; smaranta /:t-a lw a ys remembering; svapitu/:t vadham-their father's having been killed (by Para8urama);\n\n", "SB9.2#p0279": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n254\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 16\n\nrama-virya-parabhutab,-defeated by the superior power of Lord\nParasurama; lebhire-achieved; sarma-happiness; na-not; kvacitat any time.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear King Parik�it, the sons of Kart.aviryiirjuna, who were\n\ndefeated by the superior strength of Para8urama, never achieved\nhappiness, for they always remembered the killing of their father.\nPURPORT\n\nJamadagni was certainly very powerful due to his austerities, but because of a slight offense by his poor wife, Rer:mka, he ordered that she be\nkilled. This certainly was a sinful act, and therefore Jamadagni was\nkilled by the sons of Kartaviryarjuna, as described herein. Lord\nParasurama was also infected by sin because of killing Kartaviryarjuna,\nalthough this was not very offensive. Therefore, whether one be Kartaviryarjuna, Lord Parasurama, Jamadagni or whoever one may be, one\nmust act very cautiously and sagaciously; otherwise one must suffer the\nresults of sinful activities. This is the lesson we receive from Vedic\nliterature.\nTEXT 10\n\n�� � � q;i tffl' I\n�t R-f�� �� 13q1�1'1� II� II\no\n\nekadiiSramato rame\nsabhratari vanarh gate\nvairarh s�adhay�avo\nlabdha-cchidra upiigaman\nekada-once\nJamadagni;\n\nupon\n\na\n\ntime;\n\nasramatab,-from\n\nrame-when Lord Parasurama;\n\nthe\n\nasrama\n\nof\n\nsa-bhratari-with his\n\nbrothers; vanam-into the forest; gate-having gone; vairam-revenge\nfor past enmity; s�adhay�avab,-desiring to fulfill; labdha-chidrab,taking the opportunity; upagaman-they came near the residence of\nJamadagni.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0280": "Text 12]\n\nLord Para8ur8ma Destroys the Ruling Class\n\n255\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce when Para8urama left the 8Srama for the forest with\nVasuman and his other brothers, the sons of Kartaviryarjuna took\n\nthe\n\nopportunity\n\nto approach\n\nJamadagni's\n\nresidence\n\nto seek\n\nvengeance for their grudge.\nTEXT 11\n\nt:§l•t=ttltl( 31141'1+41��6� \" I\n�qCl��..� '*'i� ��: 11��11\ndr�!vagny-agara asinam\navesita-dhiyarh munim\nbhagavaty uttama§loke\njaghnus te papa-niScaya/:t\ndr�!va-by seeing; agni-agare-at the place where the fire sacrifice is\nperformed; asinam-sitting; avesita-completely absorbed; dhiyamby intelligence; munim-the great sage Jamadagni; bhagavati-unto the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; uttama-sloke-who is praised by\nthe best of selected prayers; jaghnu/:t-killed; te-the sons of Kiirtaviryiirjuna; papa-niScaya/:t-determined to commit a greatly sinful act,\nor the personified sins.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sons of Kartaviryarjuna were determined to commit sinful\ndeeds. Therefore when they saw Jamadagni sitting by the side of\nthe fire to perform yajiia and meditating upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is praised by the best of selected prayers,\nthey took the opportunity to kill him.\nTEXT 12\n\n�RT: tqop<(l (1+4+41'31IRtGJ�Uit: I\n\n..\n\n3Rm M � j;c g;� �: 11��11\n\n", "SB9.2#p0281": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n256\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 16\n\nyacyamana� krpar:wya\nrama-matratidiir ur:uJ,�\nprasahya §ira utkrtya\nninyus te �atra-bandhava�\nyacyamana�-being begged for the life of her husband; krpar:wyaby the poor unprotected woman; riima-matra-by the mother of Lord\nParasurama; ati-diirur:uJ,b,-very cruel; prasahya-by force; sirab,-the\nhead of Jamadagni; utkrtya-having separated; ninyu�-took away;\nte-the sons of Kartaviryarjuna; �atra-bandhava�-not �atriyas, but\nthe most abominable sons of �atriyas.\nTRANSLATION\nWith pitiable prayers, Re:r;mka, the mother of Para8urama and\nwife of Jamadagni, begged for the life of her husband. But the\nsons of Kartaviryiirjuna, being devoid of the qualities of k�atriyas,\nwere so cruel that despite her prayers they forcibly cut off his head\nand took it away.\nTEXT 13\n\n��R4�lChl1fMit�l�'11�'1€¥i�l I\nuq � � N�Sil1![1�: � 11��11\nrer.tuka dub,kha-sokarta\nnighnanty atmanam atmana\nrama rameti tateti\nvicukrosoccakai� sati\nrer.tuka-Rer.mka , the wife of Jamadagni; du�kha-soka-arta-being\nvery much aggrieved in lamentation (over her husband's death); nighnann-striking;\n\natmanam-her\n\nown\n\nbody;\n\natmana-by\n\nherself;\n\nrama-0 Parasurama; rama-0 Parasurama; iti-thus; tata-0 my\ndear son; iti-thus; vicukroS\"a-began to cry; uccakai�-very loudly;\nsati-the most chaste woman.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0282": "Text 15)\n\nLord Para8urama Destroys the R uling Class\n\n257\n\nTRANSLATION\nLamenting in grief for the death of her husband, the most\nchaste Re1,1ukii struck her own body with her hands and cried very\nloudly, \"0 Rama, my dear son Ramal\"\n\nTEXT 14\n....\n\n<:'\n\n�� � � �lfl�i1���il'( I\n��qf(j('(itl �:\nmR � 11��11\ntad upa§rutya durasthii\n\nlui riimety iirtavat svanam\ntvarayasramam iisadya\ndadrsu/:1, pitararh hatam\ntat-that crying of Rel).uka; upa§rutya-upon hearing; dura-sthii/:1,although staying a long distance away; ha riima-0 Rama, 0 Rama; itithus; iirta-vat-very aggrieved; svanam-the sound; tvarayii-very\nhastily; iisramam-to the residence of Jamadagni; iisadya-coming;\ndadrsu/:1,-saw; pitaram-the father; hatam-killed.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the sons of Jamadagni, including Lord Para8urama,\nwere a long distance from home, as soon as they heard Re1,1uka\nloudly calling \"0 Rama, 0 my son,\" they hastily returned to the\nasrama, where they saw their father already killed.\n\nte du/:l,kha-r�iimar$iirtisoka-vega-vimohitii/:l,\n\n", "SB9.2#p0283": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n258\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 16\n\nha tata sadho dharmi$ta\ntyakttxismiin svar-gato bhavan\nte-all the sons of Jamadagni;\n\ndu/:tkha-of grief; ro$a-anger;\n\namar$a-indignation; arti-affiiction; soka-and lamentation; vegawith the force; vi nwhita/:t-bewildered; ha tata-0 father; sadho-the\ngreat saint; dharmi$!ha-the most religious person; tyaktva-leaving;\nasmiin-us; sva/:t-gata/:t-have gone to the heavenly planets; bhavanyou.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVirtually bewildered by grief, anger, indignation, affliction and\n\nlamentation, the sons of Jamadagni cried, \"0 father, most reli­\n\ngious, saintly person, you have left us and gone to the heavenly\n\nplanets!\"\n\nTEXT 16\n,...\n\n� .\n\n,...\n\n�.\n\n\"\n\n� r;NW � � I\n� � u;r: ���;:IT� ����II\n\nICI�Y<tct\n\nvilapyaivarh pitur deharh\nnidhaya bhratr$u svayam\npragrhya para§urh rama/:t\n/cyatranta ya rnano dadhe\nvi lapya\n\n-\n\nlam�nting; evam-like this; pitu/:t-of his father; deham­\n\nthe body; nidhaya-entrusting; bhratr$u-to his brothers; svayampersonally;\nParasuriima;\n\npragrhya\n\n-\n\ntaking;\n\npara§um-the\n\naxe;\n\nrdma/:t-Lord\n\nlcyatra-antaya-to put an end to all the\n\nlcyatriyas;\n\nmana/:t-the mind; dadhe-fixed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus lamenting, Lord Para8urama entrusted his father's dead\n\nbody to his brothers and personally took up his axe, having\n\ndecided to put an end to all the k�atriyas on the surface of the\nworld.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0284": "Text 19]\n\nLord Para8urama Destroys the Ruling Oass\n\n259\n\nTEXT 17\n\n� ¥il�l44d'i � ;mm�� 1\n\n�\"fh:t·��r���il �¥i6:iiliR� 11�\\911\ngatvii mahi§matirh ramo\nbrahma-ghna-vihata-sriyam\nle$iirh sa sir$abhi rajan\nmadhye cakre maha-girim\n\ngatva-going;\n\nmahi§matim-to the place known as Mahi�mati:;\n\nriima�-Lord Para8urama; brahma-ghna-because of the killing of a\nbrahmar,w; vihata-sriyam-doomed, bereft of all opulences; te$iim-of\nall of them (the sons of Kartaviryarjuna and the other lcyatriya inhabitants); sa�-he, Lord Parasurama; sir$abhi�-by the heads cut off from\ntheir bodies; rajan-0 Maharaja Parik�it; madhye-within the jurisdiction of Mahi�mati; cakre-made; mahii-girim-a great mountain.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, Lord Para8urama then went to Mahi�mati, which was\nalready doomed by the sinful killing of a hrahm�a. In the midst\nof that city he made a mountain of heads, severed from the bodies\nof the sons of Kartaviryarjuna.\n\nTEXTS 18-19\n�\n\n�=ffi;r\n\n1'\\•\n\n;re:T\n\n....\n\nr.rH\"'I+tl':llitl':l'lfR!trtH.:f�\"�\"�+t,..,'lt'\"l\"\"'!!h:I'Yil\"'l( I\n\n�'4\n\nt! � �eN �S¥41\\�iififU'IJf ��� ���\n�R\"Uif)€'i4: 'l� W\"�l f;r:� �: I\n(\"t+t�q� �� �fUiffiG\\I'l � ;rcr II� �II\ntad-raktena nadirh ghoriim\nabrahmar:tya-bhayavahiim\nheturh krtva pitr-vadham\n/cyatre 'marigala-karir:ti\n\n", "SB9.2#p0285": "260\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 16\n\ntri/:L-sapta-krtva/:L prthivim\nkrtva ni/:Licyatriyam prabhu/:L\nsamanta-pancake cakre\nsor:titodan hradii n nava\ntat-raktena-by the blood of the sons of Kartaviryarjuna; nadim-a\nriver; ghoram-fierce; abrahmar:tya-bhaya-avaham-causing fear to\nthe kings who had no respect for brahminical culture; hetum-cause;\nkrtva-accepting; pitr-vadham-the killing of his father; /cyatre-when\nthe whole royal class; amangala-karir:ti-was acting very inauspiciously;\ntri/:L-sapta-krtva/:L-twenty-one\n\ntimes;\n\nprthivim-the\n\nentire\n\nworld;\n\nkrtva-making; ni/:L/cyatriyam-without a lcyatriya dynasty; prabhu/:Lthe Supreme Lord, Parasuriima; samanta-pancake-at the place known\nas Samanta-paiicaka; cakre-he made; sor:tita-udiin-fi.lled with blood\ninstead of water; hradiin-lakes; nava-nine.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith the blood of the bodies of these sons, Lord Para8uriima\n\ncreated a ghastly river, which brought great fear to the kings who\n\nhad no respect for brahminical culture. Because the k�atriyas, the\nmen of power in government, were performing sinful activities,\n\nLord Para8uriima, on the plea of retaliating for the murder of his\n\nfather, rid all the k�atriyas from the face of the earth twenty-one\n\ntimes. Indeed, in the place known as Samanta-paiicaka he created\nnine lakes filled with their blood.\n\nPURPORT\nParasuriima is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and his eternal\nmission is paritrar:taya sadhunam vinasaya ca dU$krtam-to protect the\ndevotees and annihilate the miscreants. To kill all the sinful men is one\namong the tasks of the incarnation of Godhead. Lord Parasuriima killed\nall the lcyatriyas twenty-one times consecutively because they were disobedient to the brahminical culture. That the lcyatriyas had killed his\nfather was only a plea; the real fact is that because the lcyatriyas, the rul-\n\n", "SB9.2#p0286": "Text 20]\n\nLord Para8urama Destroys the Ruling Oass\n\ning\n\nhad\n\nclass,\n\nbecome polluted,\n\ntheir\n\nposition\n\n261\n\nwas inauspicious.\n\nBrahminical culture is enjoined in the §astra, especially in Bhagavadgitii (catur-van:tyam maya s ma\n\nm gu1Jll-karma-vibhaga5a/:t}. According\n\nto the laws of nature, whether at the time of Parasurama or at the present, if the government becomes irresponsible and sinful, not caring for\nbrahminical culture, there will certainly be an incarnation of God like\nParasurama to create a devastation by fire, famine, pestilence or some\nother calamity. Whenever the government disrespects the supremacy of\nthe Personality of Godhead and fails to protect the institution of\nvarT)dSrama-dharma, it will certainly have to face such catastrophes as\nformerly brought about by Lord Parasurama.\n\nTEXT 20\n\nf't«: � «� m � ifffl 1\n��1�'1�'$'\"'4(� : II� II\n«�\no\n\niu\n§ira adiiya barhi$i\nsarva-devamayam devam\niitmiinam ayajan makhai/:t\n\np t /:t kiiyena sandhaya\n\npitu/:t-of his father; kiiyena-with the body; sandhiiya-joining;\nsira/:t-the head; adiiya-keeping;\n\nba hi$i-upon ku§a grass; sarvar\n\ndeva-mayam-the all-pervading Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\nmaster of all the demigods; devam-Lord Vasudeva; iitmiinam-who is\npresent everywhere as the Supersoul;\nmakhai/:t-by offering sacrifices.\n\nayajat-he\n\nworshiped;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Para8uriima joined his father's head to the dead\nbody and placed the whole body and head upon kusa grass. By\noffering sacrifices, he began to worship Lord Vasudeva, who is the\nall-pervading Supersoul of all the demigods and of every living\nentity.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0287": "[Canto 9, Ch. 16\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n262\n\nTEXTS 21-22\n\n�SJFff�����l\n31'44� �����������\n3t�S€4l\"et(fa\\�l :f.fi'¥1qltJ � �: I\n311tltidijqs:\\i ��: �����II\ndadau pracim di.Sam lwtre\nbrahmar;e da/cyir)iim di.Sam\nadhvaryave praticim vai\nudgatre uttaram di.Sam\nanyebhyo 'vantara-di.Sa�\nkaSyapaya ca madhyata�\naryavartam upadra§!re\nsadasyebhyas tata� param\n\ndadau-gave as a gift; pracim-eastern; di.Sam-direction; hotreunto the priest known as lwta; brahma\"(Le-unto the priest known as\nbrahma;\n\nda/cyir)iim-southern; di.Sam-direction; adhvaryave-unto\n\nthe priest known as adhvaryu; praticim-the western side; vai-indeed;\nudgatre-unto\n\nthe priest\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nudgata;\n\nuttaram-northern;\n\ndi.Sam-side; anyebhya�-unto the others; avantara-di.Sa�-the different\n\ncorners\n\n(northeast,\n\nsoutheast,\n\nnorthwest\n\nand\n\nsouthwest);\n\nkaSyapaya-unto Kasyapa Muni; ca-also; madhyata!£-the middle\n\nportion; aryavartam-the portion known as Aryavarta; upadra§!reunto the upadra§!fj, the priest acting as overseer to hear and check the\nmantras; sadasyebhya�-unto the sadasyas, the associate priests; tata�\nparam-whatever remained.\nTRANSLATION\nMter compl�ting the sacrifice, Lord Para8uriima gave the\n\neastern direction to the hoti as a gift, the south to the brahmii, the\n\nwest to the adhvaryu, the north to the udgati, and the four cor­\n\nners-northeast,\n\nsoutheast,\n\nnorthwest and\n\nsouthwest-to the\n\nother priests. He gave the middle to Ka8yapa and the place known\n\n", "SB9.2#p0288": "Text 23]\n\nLord Para8urama Destroys the Ruling Class\n\n263\n\nas Aryavarta to the upadra!!ta· Whatever remained he distributed\namong the sadasyas, the associate priests.\nPURPORT\nThe tract of land in India between the Himalaya Mountains and the\nVindhya Hills is called Aryavarta.\nTEXT 23\n\nI\n�Hr�����'l�f�:\n�H��j �l;mi � �tl (!!.liWtiW{ 11��11\ntata§ ciivabhrtha-sniinavidhutiiSe$a-kilbi$aft\nsarasvatyiim mahii-nadyiirh\nreje vyabbhra iviirhSumiin\ntataft-thereafter;\n\nca-also;\n\navabhrtha-sniina-by\n\nbathing\n\nafter\n\nfinishing the sacrifice; vidhuta-cleansed; aSe$a-unlimited; kilbi$aftwhose reactions of sinful activities; sarasvatyiim-on the bank of the\ngreat river Sarasvati:; mahii-nadyam-one of the biggest rivers in\nIndia; reje-Lord Parasurama appeared; vyabbhraft-cloudless; iva\narhSumiin\n\n- like the sun.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter,\nceremonies,\n\nhaving\n\nLord\n\ncompleted\n\nParasurama took\n\nthe\n\nritualistic\n\nthe bath\n\nsacrificial\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nthe\n\navabh:rtha-snana. Standing on the hank of the great river Sarasvati,\n\ncleared of all sins, Lord Para8urama appeared like the sun in a\nclear, cloudless sky.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitii (3.9), yajnarthiit karmar:w 'nyatra lolw\n'yam karma-bandhanaft: \"Work done as a sacrifice for Vi!?r:tU has to be\nperformed, otherwise work binds one to this material world.\" Karmabandhanaft refers to the repeated acceptance of one material body after\n\n", "SB9.2#p0289": "264\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 16\n\nanother. The whole problem of life is this repetition of birth and death.\nTherefore one is advised to work to perform yajna meant for satisfying\nLord Vi��u. Although Lord Parasurama was an incarnation of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, he had to account for sinful activities.\nAnyone in this material world, however careful he may be, must commit\nsome sinful activities, even though he does not want to. For example, one\nmay trample many small ants and other insects while walking on the\nstreet and kill many living beings unknowingly. Therefore the Vedic\nprinciple of panca-yajna, five kinds of recommended sacrifice, is compulsory. In this age of Kali, however, there is a great concession given to\npeople in general. Yajnaib sankirtana-prayair yajanti hi sumedhasab:\nwe may worship Lord Caitanya, the hidden incarnation of .Kr��a. Kmw.­\n\noon:w.m tv4akr�r;wm: although He is .Kr��a Himself, He always chants\nHare .Kr��a and preaches .Kr�.Q.a consciousness. One is recommended to\nworship this incarnation by chanting, the sankirtana-yajna. The performance of sankirtana-yajna is a special concession for human society to\nsave people from being affected by known or unknown sinful activities.\nWe are surrounded by unlimited sins, and therefore it is compulsory that\none take to .Kr�.Q.a consciousness and chant the Hare .Kr�.Q.a maha­\n\nmantra.\nTEXT 24\n\n�� ist+ta>m('d �:n �� 1\nSfltflOii+tO� m� � U�: 11�\\?11\nsva-deham jamadagnis tu\nlabdhva samjnana-la�ar:tam\nr�iTJdm mar:u)ale so 'bhut\nsaptamo rama-pujitab\nsva-deham-his own body; jamadagni?t-the great sage Jamadagni;\ntu-but;\n\nlabdhva -regaining;\n\nsamjnana-la�ar:ta m -showing\n\nfull\n\nsymptoms of life, knowledge and remembrance; r�ir:tam-of the great\n\nr�is; mar:u)ale -in the group of seven stars; sab-he, Jamadagni;\nabhut-later became; saptamab -the seventh; rama-pujitab\nof being worshiped by Lord Parasurama.\n\n-\n\nbecause\n\n", "SB9.2#p0290": "Text 25]\n\nLord Para8urama Destroys the Ruling Oass\n\n265\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Jamadagni, being worshiped by Lord Para8urama, was\nbrought hack to life with full remembrance, and he became one of\nthe seven sages in the group of seven stars.\nPURPORT\nThe seven stars revolving around the polestar at the zenith are called\n\nsaptar$i-maiJ4a,la. On these seven stars, which form the topmost part of\nour planetary system, reside seven sages: Kasyapa, Atri, V asi�tha,\nV isvii.mitra, Gautama, Jamadagni and Bharadvaja. These seven stars are\nseen every night, and they each make a complete orbit around the\npolestar within twenty-four hours. Along with these seven stars, all the\nothers stars also orbit from east to west. The upper portion of the universe is called the north, and the lower portion is called the south. Even\nin our ordinary dealings, while studying a map, we regard the upper\nportion of the map as north.\nTEXT 25\n\"\\\n\n���\"'� �Fl. Ull: ��:\niifl+4G;JritT.)I'1\nI\n3lTtllfil� � t4dfiiQtRr � iffil_ II�'-\\ II\n\njamadagnyo 'pi bhagavan\nramab, kamala-locanab,\nagaminy antare rajan\nvartayi$yati vai brhat\n\nja madagnya�-the son of Jamadagni; api-also ; bhagavan-the\nPersonality of Godhead; ramab,-Lord Parasurama; kamala-locanab,whose eyes are like lotus petals; agamini-coming; antare-in the\n\nmanvantara, the time of one Manu; rajan-0 King Parik�it; vartayi$yati will propound; vai-indeed; brhat-Vedic knowledge.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Parik�it, in the next manvantara the lotus-eyed\nPersonality of Godhead Lord Para8urama, the son of Jamadagni,\n\n", "SB9.2#p0291": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n266\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 16\n\nwill be a great propounder of Vedic knowledge. In other words, he\nwill be one of the seven sages.\nTEXT 26\n\n�st�Wt 'f�\"s(l�l ri4�i(O>g: Sf:tll\"d� : I\ni3q•fi4'41�*4Rd :\nm�l..1=<44*41(�: II�� II\niiste 'dyapi mahendradrau\nnyasta-dar:u)a/:1, pra§anta-dhi/:1,\nupagiyamana-carita/:1,\nsiddha-gandharoa-carary,ai/:1,\niiste-is still existing; adya api-even now; mahendra-adrau-in the\nhilly country known as Mahendra; nyasta-dar:u)a/:1,-having given up the\nweapons of a k$atriya (the bow, arrows and axe ) ; pra§anta\nsatisfied\n\nas\n\n-now fully\n\na brahmary,a; dhi/:1,-in such intelligence; upagiyamana­\n\ncarita/:1,-being worshiped and adored for his exalted character and activities; siddha-gandharva-carary,ai/:1,-by such celestial persons as the\ninhabitants of Gandharvaloka, Siddhaloka and CaraJ;taloka.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Para8uriima still lives as an intelligent brahmru;J.a in the\nmountainous country known as Mahendra. Completely satisfied,\nhaving given up all the weapons of a k�atriya, he is always\nworshiped, adored and offered prayers for his exalted character\nand activities by such celestial beings as the Siddhas, Carru;J.as and\nGandharvas.\n\n<\n\nTEXT 27\n\n� m Fet��mr�:1\n31!!4dltf qt llR wfl� � � ll�\\SII\nevam bhrgll$u viSvatma\nbhagamn harir iSvara/:1,\navatirya param bharam\nbhuvo 'han bahu§o nrpan\n\n", "SB9.2#p0292": "Text 28]\n\nLord Para8ur8ma Destroys the Ruling Oass\n\n267\n\nevam-in this way; bhrgU§u-in the dynasty of Bhrgu; viSva-atmd­\n\nthe soul of the universe, the Supersoul; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; harib,-the Lord; isvarab,-the supreme controller;\n\navatirya-appearing as an incarnation; param-great; bharam-the\n\nburden; bhuvab,-of the world; ahan-killed; bahu§ab,-many times;\nnrpan-kings.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the supreme soul, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Lord and the supreme controller, descended as an incarnation in the Bhrgu dynasty and released the universe from the\nburden of undesirable kings by killing them many times.\nTEXT 28\n\n�fli(aijiS'In mq � �: 1\n� aJl'l*!�� m �������II\ngadher abhiin maha-tejab,\nsamiddha iva pavakab,\n\ntapasa lcyatram utsrjya\n\nyo lebhe brahma-varcasam\n\ngadheb,-from Maharaja Gadhi; abhiit-was born; maha-tejab,-very\n\npowerful; samiddhab,-inflamed; iva-like; pavakab,-fire; tapasa­\n\nby austerities and penances; lcyatram-the position of a lcyatriya;\nutsrjya-giving up;\n\nyab,-one who (Visvamitra);\n\nbrahma-varcasam-the quality of a brahmal)fl.\n\nlebhe-achieved;\n\nTRANSLATION\nVisviimitra, the son of Maharaja Gadhi, was as powerful as the\n\nflames of fire. From the position of a k�atriya, he achieved the\nposition of a powerful brahm�a by undergoing penances and\nausterities.\nPURPORT\n\nNow, having narrated the history of Lord Parasurama, Sukadeva\n\nGosvami begins the history of Visvamitra.\n\nFrom the history of\n\n", "SB9.2#p0293": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n268\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 16\n\nParasurii.ma we can understand that although Parasurii.ma belonged to\nthe brahminical group, he circumstantially had to work as a �atriya.\nLater, after finishing his work as a �atriya, he again became a\nbriihmar:ra and returned to Mahendra-parvata. Similarly, we can see that\nalthough Visvii.mitra was born in a �atriya family, by austerities and\npenances he achieved the position of a briihmar:ra. These histories confirm the statements in siistra that a briihmar:ra may become a �atriya, a\nlcyatriya may become a briihmar:ra or vaiSya, and a vaiSya may become a\nbriihmar:ra, by achieving the require\n\n� qualities. One's status does not\n\ndepend upon birth. As confirmed in Srimad-Bhagavatam (7.11.35) by\nNii.rada:\nyasya yal lak{;ar:rarh proktarh\npurhso va17)iibhivyafijakam\nyad anyatriipi drsyeta\ntat tenaiva vinirdiSet\n\"If one shows the symptoms of being a brahmar:ra, �atriya, vaiSya or\nsiidra, even if he has appeared in a different class, he should be accepted\naccording to those symptoms of classification.\" To know who is a\nbriihmar:ra and who is a �atriya, one must consider a man's quality and\nwork. If all the unqualified siidras become so-called briihmar:ws and\n�atriyas, social order will be impossible to maintain. Thus there will be\ndiscrepancies, human society will turn into a society of animals, and the\nsituation all over the world will be hellish.\nTEXT 29\n\nft�srw �m'l � �m � 1\n��� ��'4§;:a:l ��®;:a:e � � ������\nviSiimitrasya caivasan\nputrii eka-satarh nrpa\nmadhyamas tu madhucchandii\nmadhucchandasa eva te\nviSoomitrasya-of Visvii.mitra; ca-also; eva-indeed; iisan-there\nwere;\n\nputrii fr,-sons;\n\neka-satam-101;\n\nnrpa-0\n\nKing\n\nParik�it;\n\n", "SB9.2#p0294": "Text 30)\n\nLord Para8uriima Destroys the Ruling Oass\n\n269\n\nnwdhyama�-the middle one; tu-indeed; madhucchanda�-known\nas Madhucchanda;\n\nmadhucchandasa�-named the Madhucchandas;\n\neva-indeed; te-all of them.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it, Visviimitra had 101 sons, of whom the middle\n\none was known as Madhucchandii. In relation to him, all the other\nsons were celebrated as the Madhucchandiis.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this connection, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura quotes this\nstatement from the Vedas: tasya ha viSvamitrasyaika-satam putra asu�\npancasad\n\neva\n\njyayamso\n\nmadhucchandasa� pancasat\n\nkaniyamsa�.\n\n\"Visvamitra had 101 sons. Fifty were older than Madhucchanda and fifty\nyounger.\n\n\"\n\nTEXT 30\n\n��· �:�� :q ll�l\n31Nfhld W'Al&: � �q ���11( II� oil\nputram krtva suna�epham\ndevaratam ca bhargavam\najigartam sutan aha\njye�!ha e�a prakalpyatam\nputram-a son; krtva-accepting; suna�epham-whose name was\nSunaQsepha; devaratam-Devariita, whose life was saved by the\ndemigods; ca-also; bluirgavam-born in the Bh.rgu dynasty;\n\najigartam-the son of Ajigarta; sutan-to his own sons; aha-ordered;\njye�fha�-the eldest; e�a�-Sunal_lsepha; prakalpyatam-accept as\nsuch.\nTRANSLATION\nVisviimitra accepted the son of Ajigarta known as Sun�sepha,\n\nwho was horn in the Bhrgu dynasty and was also known as\n\nDevariita, as one of his own sons. Visviimitra ordered his other sons\nto accept Sun�sepha as their eldest brother.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0295": "270\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch.l6\n\nTEXT 31\n\n� � m�� �tta: �: �: ,\n��f.{st��id,'ht ��ll��ll\nyo vai hariScandra-makhe\nvikritab, purfL$aft pa§ub,\nstutva devan prajesadin\nmumuce pasa-bandhanat\n\nyab,-he who (Sunal_tsepha); vai-indeed; hariScandra-makhe-in\nthe sacrifice performed by King Hariscandra; vikritab,-was sold;\npurfL$ab,-man; pruub,-sacrificial animal; stutva-offering prayers;\ndevan-to the demigods; praja-iSa-adin-headed by Lord Brahma;\nmumuce-was released; pasa-bandhanat-from being bound with ropes\nlike an animal.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSunal,sepha's father sold Sunal,sepha to be sacrjficed as a man­\n\nanimal in the yajiia of King Hariscandra. When Sunal,sepha was\n\nbrought into the sacrificial arena, he prayed to the demigods for\nrelease and was released by their mercy.\nPURPORT\n\nHere is a description of Sunal_tsepha. When Hariscandra was to\nsacrifice his son Rohita, Rohita arranged to save his own life by purchasing Sun�sepha from Sun�sepha's father to he sacrificed in the yajna.\nSunal,tsepha was sold to Maharaja Hariscandra because he was the middle\nson, between the oldest and the youngest. It appears that the sacrifice of a\nman as an animal in yajiia has been practiced for a very long time.\nTEXT 32\n\n�mil���� �:1\n�� �: Wf:�� m: ������\nyo .rato deva-yajane\ndevair gadh�u tapasab,\n\n", "SB9.2#p0296": "Text 33)\n\nLord Para8urama Destroys the Ruling Oass\n\n271\n\ndeva-rata iti khyatab,\n\nsunal:z,Sephas tu b h arga vab,\n\nyab,-he who (SunaMepha); ratab,-was protected; deva-yajane-in\nthe arena for worshiping the demigods; devaib,-by the same demigods;\ngadh�u-in the dynasty of Gadhi; tapasab,-advanced in executing\nspiritual life; deva-riita/:t-protected by the demigods; iti-thus;\nkhyiitab,-celebrated; su nal:z,Sephab, tu- as well as SunaMepha; bhargavab,-in the dynasty of Bh:rgu.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Sunai,Isepha was horn in the Bhargava dynasty, he was\n\ngreatly advanced in spiritual life, and therefore the demigods in­\n\nvolved in the sacrifice protected him. Consequently he was also\ncelebrated as the descendant of Gadhi named Devarata.\nTEXT 33\n\nit 'l��((l �: � �Wf � I\n�iji\"UfZI:� � W-RJ�: ������\nye madhucchandaso jye$thab,\nku§alam menire na tat\n\na§apat tan muni/:t kruddho\n\nmleccha bhavata durjanab,\n\nye-those who; madhucchandasab,-sons of Visvamitra, celebrated as\nthe Madhucchandas; jye$thii/:t-eldest; ku§alam-very good; menireaccepting; na-not; tat-that (the proposal that he be accepted as the\neldest brother); a§apat-cursed; tan-all the sons; munib,-Visvamitra\nMuni; kruddhab,-being angry; mlecchab,-disobedient to the Vedic\nprinciples; bhavata-all of you become; durjanab,-very bad sons.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen requested by their father to accept Sunai,Isepha as the\n\neldest son, the elder fifty of the Madhucchandas, the sons of\n\n", "SB9.2#p0297": "272\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch.l6\n\nVisvimitra, did not agree. Therefore Visvimitra, being angry,\n\ncursed them. \"May all of you bad sons become mlecchas,\" he said,\n\n\"being opposed to the principles of Vedic culture.\"\nPURPORT\n\nIn Vedic literature there are names like mleccha and yavana. The\n\nmlecchas are understood to be those who do not follow the Vedic principles. In former days, the mlecchas were fewer, and V isvamitra Muni\ncursed his sons to become mlecchas. But in the present age, Kali-yuga,\nthere is no need of cursing, for people are automatically mlecchas. This is\nonly the beginning of Kali-yuga, but at the end of Kali-yuga the entire\npopulation will consist of mlecchas because no one will follow the Vedic\nprinciples. At that time the incarnation Kalki will appear. Mleccha­\n\nnivaha-nidhane kalayasi kara-balam. He will kill all the mlecchas\nindiscriminately with his sword.\nTEXT 34\n\n� mR ��'4k:l: � q� mr: I\n\n� � ('(illlwt1� 6mfffila1�t � ������\nsa hovaca madhucchandii/:£\nsardharh paficasata tata/:t\nyan no bhavan safijanite\ntasmirhs t�{hiimahe vayam\nsa/:t-the middle son of V isvamitra; ha-indeed; uvaca-said;\nmadhucchandii/:t-Madhucchanda; sardham-with; paficasata-the\nsecond fifty of the sons known as the Madhucchandas; tata/:t-then, after\nthe first half were thus cursed; yat-what; na/:t-unto us; bhavan-0\nfather; safijanite-as you please; tasmin-in that; �thamahe-shall\nremain; vayam-all of us.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the elder Madhucchandiis were cursed, the younger fifty,\n\nalong with Madhucchanda himself, approached their father and\n\n", "SB9.2#p0298": "Text 35]\n\nLord Para8uriima Destroys the Ruling Oass\n\n273\n\nagreed to accept his proposal. \"Dear father,\" they said, \"we shall\n\nabide by whatever arrangement you like.\"\nTEXT 35\n\n�g +iw:stt�i 4.1��1+4\"'4 1 ;p:f � ft I\n��: tf11'1t fft(ii4;:fl � I\nit +iA �S?j•�;:ffl ;fl(ii4'*1+4€hJ � ������\njye$!ham mantra-drsam cakrus\ntvam anvaiico vayam sma hi\nviSvamitra� sutan aha\nviravanto bhavi$yatha\nye manam me 'nugrhr:umto\nviravantam akarta mam\njye$!ham -the eldest; mantra-drsam-a seer of mantras; cakru�­\n\nthey accepted; tvam-you; anvaiica�-have agreed to follow; vayamwe;\n\nsma-indeed;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nvisvamitra�-the\n\ngreat\n\nsage\n\nVisvamitra; sutan-to the obedient sons; aha-said; vira-vanta/:1,­\n\nfathers of sons; bhavi$yatha-become in the future; ye-all of you who;\nmdnam-honor;\n\nme-my;\n\nanugrh�nta�-accepted; vira-vantam­\n\nthe father of good sons; akarta-you have made; mam-me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the younger Madhucchandiis accepted Sunal}.sepha as their\n\neldest brother and told him, \"We shall follow your orders.\"\n\nVisviimitra then said to his obedient sons, \"Because you have ac­\n\ncepted Sunal}.sepha as your eldest brother, I am very satisfied. By\n\naccepting my order, you have made me a father of worthy sons,\nand therefore I bless all of you to become the fathers of sons also.\"\nPURPORT\n\nOf the one hundred sons, half disobeyed Visvamitra by not accepting\n\nSuna}.tsepha as their eldest brother, but the other half accepted his order.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0299": "274\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 16\n\nTherefore the father blessed the obedient sons to become the fathers of\nsons. Otherwise they too would have been cursed to be sonless mlecchas.\nTEXT 36\n\n• efm �(I�Hij'f�ij I\n\"f.ll!f.h�l(kl\\ilttid'f�l�: II��II\ne$a va� ku§ika viro\ndevariitas tam anvita\nanye cii$!0-ka-hiiritajaya-kratumad-adaya�\n\ne$a�-this (Sunal_lsepha); va�-like you; ku§ika�-0 Kusikas;\nvira�-my son; devariita�-he is known as Devarata; tam-him;\nanvita-just obey; anye-others; ca-also; �taka-Al:;taka; haritaHarita; jaya-Jaya; kratumat-Kratuman; iidaya�-and others.\nTRANSLATION\n\nVisvamitra said, \"0 Kusikas [descendants of Kausika], this\n\nDevariita is my son and is one of you. Please obey his orders.\" 0\nKing Parik�it, Visvamitra had many other sons, such as A�taka,\n\nHiirita, Jaya and Kratumiin.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n� ctn�f.h4n5i � ft�: 'Nf� 1\n*HI;o(t(¥il4ast � � st€hf1!4ij4( 11�\\911\nevam kau§ika-gotram tu\nvisviimitrai� prthag-vidham\npravariintaram iipannam\ntad dhi caivam prakalpitam\n\nevam-in this way (some sons having been cursed and some blessed);\nkau§ika-gotram-the dynasty of Kausika; tu-indeed; viSviimitrai�-by\nthe sons of Visvamitra; prthak-vidham-in different varieties; pravara-\n\n", "SB9.2#p0300": "Text 37)\n\nLord Parasurima Destroys the Ruling Oass\n\n275\n\nantaram-differences between one another; apannam-obtained; tatthat; hi-indeed; ca-also; evam-thus; prakalpitam-ascertained.\nTRANSLATION\nVisviimitra cursed some of his sons and blessed the others, and\nhe also adopted a son. Thus there were varieties in the Kausika\ndynasty, but among all the sons, Devarata was considered the\neldest.\n\nThus end the Blufktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Sixteenth\nChapter,\n\nof the Srimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nDestroys the World's Ruling Class.\"\n\nentitled\n\n\"Lord Para§urama\n\n", "SB9.2#p0301": "Appendixes\n\n", "SB9.2#p0302": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prahhupada appeared in\n\nthis world in 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhakti­\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent devotional scholar and the founder of\n\nsixty-four Gau�iya Mathas (Vedic institutes), liked this educated young\n\nman and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\n\nSrila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later (1933) at\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in\n\n1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\n\nSarasvati\n\n'fhakura requested Srila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge\nthrough the English language. In the years that followed, Srila Prahhu­\n\npada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad-gita, assisted the Gau�iya\n\nMatha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance, started an English\n\nfortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and checked the\ngalley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and strug­\n\ngled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never\n\nstopped; it is n�w being continued by his disciples in the West.\n\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion,\n\nthe Gau�iya V ai��ava Society honored him in\n\n1947 with the title\n\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In 1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada\n\nretired from married life, and four years later he adopted the\n\nvanaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his studies and writ­\n\ning. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of V:rndavana, where he\n\nlived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\n\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and\nwriting. He accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At\nRadha-Damodara, Srila Prabhupada began work on his life's master­\n\npiece: a multivolume translation and commentary on the eighteen thou­\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (Bhagavata Purary,a). He also wrote\nEasy Journey to Other Planets.\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhagavatam, Srila Prabhupada\ncame to the United States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\n\nsand verse\n\nmaster. Since that time, His Divine Grace has written over forty volumes\nof authoritative translations, commentaries and summary studies of the\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n\n279\n\n", "SB9.2#p0303": "280\n\nSrimad -Bhiigavatam\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila\n\nPrabhupada was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\n\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for Krishna Con­\n\nsciousness in July of 1966. Under his careful guidance, the Society has\ngrown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one\nhundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm communities.\n\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New V:rndavana, an experimental\n\nVedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew V:rndavana, now a thriving farm community of more than one thou­\n\nsand acres, his students have since founded several similar communities\n\nin the United States and abroad.\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\n\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\nDallas, Texas. The school began with 3 children in 1972, and by the\n\nbeginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\n\nSrila Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large inter­\n\nnational center at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also\n\nthe site for a planned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the\n\nmagnificent K:r�1.1a-Balarama Temple and International Guest House in\n\nV:rndavana, India. These are centers where Westerners can live to gain\nfirsthand experience of Vedic culture.\n\nSrila Prabhupada's most significa�t contribution, however, is his\n\nbooks. Highly respected by the academic community for their authori­\n\ntativeness, depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks in\nnumerous college courses. His writings have been translated into eleven\n\nlanguages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972 exclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become the\nworld's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and phi­\n\nlosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada's most\nrecent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-com­\n\npleted by Srila �rabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali\nreligious classic Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada\n\nhas circled the globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to\n\nsix continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncontinues to write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library\n\nof Vedic philosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0304": "References\nThe purports of Srimad-Bhagavatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are specifically\ncited in this volume:\n\nBhagavcul-gita, 6, 10-ll, 25, 35, 36, 40, 41, 51, 60, 66-67, 75-76, 76,\n\n80-81,95,108,123,160,172,207,208,219,220,224,232,233,261,\n263\nBrahma-samhita, 9, 29, 50, 68, 119, 188, 230\nCaitanya-candrodaya-niifaka, 43\nCaitanya-caritamrta, 38, 171\nMahabharata, 236-238\nSkanda Puriir:ta, 60-61\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 6, 7, 8, 25, 29, 45, 97, 104-105, 119, 160, 176, 187,\n\n198, 210, 22� 224, 268\nSvetiiSvatara Upan�cul, 120-121\n\n281\n\n", "SB9.2#p0305": "GENEALOGICAL TABLES\nCHART ONE\n\nAmSumiin\n\nI\n\nSun Dynasty from AmSumiin up to Kusa\n\nDilipa\nI\nBhagiratha\n, I\nSruta\n\nThis second volume of the Ninth Canto continues from the preceeding volume\n\nthe �escription of the dynasty which began with the sun-god Vivasvan and his\n\nI\n\nson Sraddhadeva Manu. The dynasty of the moon-god Soma is also traced up to\n\nNabha\n\nI\n\nthe appearance of Lord Parasurama.\n\nI\n\nCHART ONE (Chapters 9-11)\n\nThe descendants of Arhsuman up through Lord\n\nCHART TWO (Chapter 12)\n\nThe dynasty from Kusa, younger son ?f Rama­\n\nSindhudvipa\nAyutayu\n\nRamacandra, His brothers and Their sons.\n\n_I\n\nJ.{tupari,J.a\nI\nSarvakama\n\ncandra, up to BJhadbala, last king of the succession born before Sukadeva\n\nGosvami spoke Srrmad-Bhiigavatam to ParikJ?it.\n\nI\n\nSudasa\n\nCHART THREE (Chapter 12)\n\nI\n\nSukadeva's\n\nprediction of kings yet to come in Kali-yuga,\n\nSaudasa + Damayanti\n(Madayanti)\n\n(by Vasi!?tha Muni)\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nup to the end of the sun dynasty with\n\nSumitra.\n\nCHART FOUR (Chapter 13)\n\nAsmaka\n\nThe kings of\n\nMithila, starting with the city's founder\n\nI\n\nJanaka (Vaideha), the son of Nimi, up to the\n\nBalika\n(Narikavaca, Miilaka)\n\nsecond Janaka (Siradhvaja), father of mother\n\nSita.\n\nI\n\nDa8aratha\n\nCHART FIVE (Chapter 13)\n\nI\n\nContinuing the\n\nkings of Mithila, up to Mahavasi.\n\nAiQaviQi\n\nI\n\nCHART SIX (Chapters 14-16) The moon\ndynasty, up to Lord Parasurama and the sons\nof Visvamitra Muni.\n\nVisvasaha\n\nI\n\nKhatvailga\n\nI\n\nDirghabahu\nI\n+ indicates marriage ties\nRaghu\nI\nAja\nI\nDa8aratha t Kausalya & Sumitra & Kaikeyi\n'�\n�\n--�'\n\nI\n\n-\n\n------\n\nI\n\nL�MA�A\n\nRAMACANDRA+Sita\n\n�\n\nLava\n\nKusa\n\nL\n\nI ll\n\nAilgada\n\nCitraketu\n\nI\n\n--�\n\n--------\n\nI\n\n'\n\nSATRUGHNA\n\nI\n\nBHARATA\n\n��\n\nSubahu\n\nSrutasena\n\nTak!?a\n\nPu!?kala\n\n", "SB9.2#p0306": "GENEALOGICAL TABLES\nCHART TWO\n\nSun Dynasty from Kusa up to B:rhadhala\n\nSandhi\n\nKu8a\n\nAniha\n\nPu�pa\n\nAtithi\n\nPariyatra\n\nDhruvasandh1\n\nAmarsana\n\nNisadha\n\nBalasthala\n\nSudarsana\n\nMahasvan\n\nNahha\n\nVajra abha\n\nAgnivar1.1a\n\nVisvahahu\n\nPundarika\n\nSagar;Ia\nI\nVidhrti\n\nSighra\n\nPrasenajit\n\nMaru\n\nTaksaka\n\nH1rar;Iyanabha\n\nPrasusruta\n\nBrhadbala\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\n'I\n\nh\n\nI\n\nI\n\n.i\n\nKsemadhanvii\n\n.\n\nI\n\nI\n\nDevanika\n\n.\n\nI .\n\nI\n\n.\n\nI ..\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\n, I\n\nI\n\nI\n\n-\n\nI\n\nI\n\ni\n\n'l\n\nCHART TiffiE\n\nPredicted Kings of Sun Dynasty in Kali-yuga\n\nBrhadbala\n\nBrhada8va\n\nSutapii\n\nSuddhoda\n\nBrhadraJ.la\nI\nOrukriya\n\nBhanuman\n\nAmitrajit\n\nLangala\n\nPratikasva\n\nBrhadraja\n\nP rasenajlt\n..\n\nVatsavrddha\n\nSupratika\n\nBarhi\n\n�udraka\n\nPrativyoma\n\nMarudeva\n\nl(rtaiijaya\n\nRanaka\n\nBhanu\n\nSunak�atra\n\nRa.Qaii jaya\n\nSuratha\n\nDivaka\n\nPu�kara\n\nSahadeva\n\nAntarik�a\n\nSaiijaya\n, I\nSiikya\n\nSumitra\n(end of dynasty)\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\n'I\n\nI\n\n", "SB9.2#p0307": "GENEALOGICAL TABLES\nCHARTFDUR\n\nDynasty of Nimi, the Kings of Mithilii (Part One)\nVivasviin\nI\n\nSuketu\n\nMaru\n\nMaharoma\n\nSraddhadeva Manu\n\nDevarata\n\nPratipaka\n\nSvarnaroma\n\nIksvaku\n\nBrhadratha\n\nKrtaratha\n\nHrasvaroma\n\nNimi\n\nMahavirya\n\nDevamidha\n\nJanaka\n(Vaideha, Mithila)\nI\nUdavasu\n\nSudh_rti\n\nVisruta\n\nSiradhvaj a\n(Janaka)\n\nDhrstaketu\n...,\nH aryasva\n\nMahadhrti\n\n,\n\nI\n\n.\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\n.\n\n,\n\nI\n\nI\n\n. I\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI .\n\nI\n\nI\n\nNandivardhana\n\n'I\n\n,\n\nI\n\nl\n\nI .\n\n'\n\nI\n\nI\n\nKrtirata\n\nCHART FIVE\n\nKings of Mithilii (Part Two)\nSiradhvaja\n(Janaka)\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nDharmadhvaja\n\nI\n\nI\n\nSita\n(wife of Ramacandra)\n\nKusadhvaja\n\nI\n\nYuyudha\nI\nSubha�ai,J.a\n\n,I\n\nSruta\n\nI\n\nJaya\n\nI\n\nI\n\nCitraratha\n\nBhanuman\n\nl\n\nVijaya\nI\nRta\n\nKse adhi\n\nSunaka\n\nSatadyumna\n, I\nSuci\n\nSamaratha\n\nVitahavya\n\nSatyaratha\n\nK.rtadhvaja\n\nMitadhvaja\n\nKe8idhvaja\n\nKh�<;likya\n\nI\n\nI\n\n,\n\nI\n\n. I\n\nI\n\nI\n\nSanadvaja\n- I\nUrjaketu\nI\nAja\n\nI\n\n.I\nI\nI\n\n.\nArtstanemt\n\nUpaguru\n\nSrutayu\n\nUpagupta\n\nDhrti\n!'\nBahulasva\nI\nKrti\n\nSuparsvaka\n\nVasvananta\n\nMahava8i\n\nPurujit\n\nI\n\n\"I\nI\n\n.\n\nI\n\nI\nI\n\ni\n\n", "SB9.2#p0308": "GENEALOGICAL TABLES\nOIART SIX\n\nDynasty of the Moon-God Soma\nVi�l,lU\n\nI\n\nBrahma\n\nI\n\nAtri + Anasiiya\n\nI\n\nI\n\nL\n\nul\n\nSo a + Tara (kidnapped)\n\nDattatrey a\n\nn\n\nI\n\nasa\n\nBudha + Ila (Sudyumna)\n\nI\n\nPuriirava + Urva8i\n\n_,\nAyu\n\n, I\n\nSrutayu\n\nI\n\nVasuman\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nSatyayu\n\nRay a\n\nVijaya\n\nJay a\n\nSrutaii.jaya\n\nEka\n\nBhima\n\nAmita\n\n,\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nKaii.cana\n\nI\n\nHotraka\n\nI\n\nJahnu\n\nI\n\nPuru\n\nI\n\nBalaka\n\nI\n\nAjaka\n\nI\n\nKusa\n\nI\nKusambu\nI\n\nI\nTanaya\n\nI\n\nI\n\nVasu\n\nI\n\nKusanabha\n\nGadhi\n\nVisvamitra Muni\n\nl,{cika Muni + Satyavati\n\nI\nr\n1\nI\nSunai:J.sepha 49 elder sons Madhucchanda 50 younger sons Jamadagni + Re1,1ukii\n(adopted)\nI\nI\nI\nI\nVasuman (other sons) PARA.SURAMA\nI\n\nI\n\n_\n\n", "SB9.2#p0309": "Glossary\nA\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by example.\nAhmigraha-upiisanii-self-worship, not recommended for anyone other\nthan God.\nAtpmii-the mystic perfection of becoming smaller than the smallest.\nArati-a ceremony for greeting the Lord with offerings of food, lamps,\nfans, flowers and incense.\nArcana-the devotional process of Deity worship.\nArtha-economic development.\nAsana-a sitting posture in yoga practice.\nAsrama-the four spiritual orders of life: celibate student, householder,\nretired life and renounced life.\nAsuras-atheistic demons.\nAvatiira-a descent of the Supreme Lord.\n\nB\nBhagavad-gitii-the basic directions for spiritual life spoken by the\nLord Himself.\n\nBhakta-a devotee.\nBhakti-yoga-linking with the Supreme Lord by devotional service.\nBrahmacarya-celibate student life; the first order of Vedic spiritual\nlife.\nBrahman-the Absolute Truth; especially the impersonal aspect of the\nAbsolute.\nBriihmai].a-one wise in the Vedas who can guide society; the first Vedic\nsocial order.\n\nBrahmar�i-a title meaning \"sage among the brahmar:uz,s.\"\n\nD\nDharma-eternal occupational duty; religious principles.\n\nE\nEkada8i-a special fast day for increased rememb�ance of Kr�J,la, which\ncomes on the eleventh day of both the waxing and waning moon.\n\n287\n\n", "SB9.2#p0310": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n288\n\nG\n\nGoloka (:Kr�jl,laloka)- the highest spiritual planet, containing K:r�1,1a's\npersonal abodes, Dvaraka, Mathura and V :rndavana.\nGopis-K:r�1,1a's cowherd girl friends, His most confidential servitors.\nG:rhastha-regulated householder life; the second order of Vedic\nspiritual life.\nGuru-a spiritual master.\n\nH\nHare :Krljl,la mantra-See: Maha-mantra\nIDiidini-the Lord's pleasure potency.\n\nJ\nJivan-mukta-one liberated even in this life by practical engagement in\ndevotional service.\n\nJiva-tattva-the living entities, atomic parts of the Lord.\nJiiiina-theoretical knowledge.\nJiiiini-one who cultivates knowledge by empirical speculation.\n\nK\n\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali) -the present age, characterized by quarrel; it\nis last in the cycle of four and began five thousand years ago.\nKalpa-daytime of Brahma, 4,320,000,000 years.\nKama-lust.\nKamadhenu-spiritual cows, in the spiritual world, which yield unlimited quantities of milk.\nKani�jtha-adhikiiris-neophyte devotees.\nKaratiilas-hand cymbals used in kirtana.\n\nKarma-fruitive action, for which there is always reaction, good or bad.\nKarmi-a person satisfied with working hard for flickering sense\ngratification.\nKirtana-chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord.\n\n�1,1aloka-See: Goloka\n\n�atriyas-a warrior or administrator; the second Vedic social order.\nKusa-auspicious grass used in Vedic rituals.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0311": "Glossary\n\n289\n\nL\nLaghima-the yogic power to become as light as a feather.\n\nM\nMaha-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance:\nHare _Kr�l).a, Hare _Kr�l).a, _Kr�l).a Kt�l).a, Hare Hare\nHare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nMantra-a sound vibration that can deliver the mind from illusion.\nMarakata-maJ].i-an emerald.\nMathura-Lord _Kr�l).a's abode, surrounding V:rndavana, where He took\nbirth and later returned to after performing His V:rndavana\npastimes.\nMaya-illusion; forgetfulness of one's relationship with _Kr�J).a.\nMayavadis-impersonal philosophers who say that the Lord cannot have\na transcendental body.\nMok�a-liberation into the spiritual effulgence surrounding the Lord.\nMrdruiga-a clay drum used for congregational chanting.\n\np\nParamhrahma-the Supreme Absolute Truth, _Kr�J).a.\nParampara-the chain of spiritual masters in disciplic succession.\nPatala-the lowest of the universe's fourteen planetary systems.\nPrakata-lila-the manifestation on earth of the Lord's pastimes.\nPrasada-food spiritualized by being offered to the Lord.\n\nR\nRajar�i-a great saintly king.\nRasiitala-the lowest planet in the Patala system (see above).\n\ns\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha-the Lord's transcendental form, which is\neternal, full of knowledge and bliss.\nSailkirtana-public chanting of the names of God, the approved yoga\nprocess for this age.\nSannyasa-renounced life; the fourth order of Vedic spiritual life.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0312": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n290\n\nSapa-a brahma7Jn's curse.\n\nSastras-revealed scriptures.\n\nSravlll,laril kirtanaril vi�J,lol;t-the devotional processes of hearing and\n\nchanting about Lord V i�l).u.\n\nSiidra-a laborer; the fourth of the Vedic social orders.\n\nSurab hi cows-See: Kamadhenu.\n\nSvami-one who controls his mind and senses; title of one m the\nrenounced order of life.\n\nSvayamhhuva-manvantara-the duration of Svayambhuva Manu's\nreign, approximately 308,500,000 years.\n\nT\nTapasya-austerity; accepting some voluntary inconvenience for a\nhigher purpose.\n\nTilaka-auspicious clay marks that sanctify a devotee's body as a temple\nof the Lord.\n\nv\nVaidurya-mlll,li-a spiritual gem which can display different colors.\nVaikuJ,l�ha-the spiritual world.\n\nVai�J}.ava-a devotee of Lord Vi�l).u, l(r�l).a.\n\nVaisyas-farmers and merchants; the third Vedic social order.\n\nVanaprastha-one who has retired from family life; the third order of\n\nVedic spiritual life.\n\nVarJ,la-the four occupational divisions of society: the intellectual class,\nthe administrative class, the mercantile class, and the laborer class.\n\nVarJ,lasrama-the Vedic social system of four social and four spiritual\norders.\n\nVedas-the original revealed scriptures, first spoken by the Lord\nHimself.\n\nVi�J,lu, Lord-l(r�l).a's expansion for the creation and maintenance of\nthe material universes.\n\nVi�J,lu-tattva-the original Personality of Godhead's primary expan­\n\nsions, each of whom is equally God.\n\nVi�J,lu-yajiia-a sacrifice performed for the satisfaction of Lord V i�l).u.\n\nV:rndavana-l(r�l).a's personal abode, where He fully manifests His\nquality of sweetness.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0313": "Glossary\n\n291\n\nVyiisadeva-K.r�l)a's incarnation, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, for compiling the Vedas.\n\ny\nYajiia-sacrifice; work done for the satisfaction of Lord V i�.Q.u.\nYavana-a lowborn person who does not follow Vedic regulations.\nYogi-a transcendentalist who, in one way or another, is striving for\nunion with the Supreme.\nYugas-ages in the life of a universe, occurring in a repeated cycle of\nfour.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0314": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\nVowels\n\nala atla\n\n.: i il\n\n�u\n\n�u � r �f\n\n� ai aU o all au\n\n��\n\n�e\n\n.!. Ih\n\n(anusvara)\n\n: l;t (visarga)\n\nConsonants\n\nGutturals:\n\nCfi ka\n\n� kha\n\nrr ga\n\n'ET gha\n\n� ila\n\nPalatals:\n\n�ca\n\n� cha\n\n:if ja\n\n\"jha\n\n5{ iia\n\nCerebrals:\n\n�ta\n\n?; tha\n\n;g <Ja\n\nG <Jha\n\nOJ t:ta\n\nDentals:\n\na ta\n\ntT tha\n\n� da\n\n�dha\n\n;:rna\n\nLabials:\n\nqpa\n\n�pha\n\nif ba\n\n� bha\n\ni(ma\n\nSemivowels:\n\n�ya\n\n� ra\n\n�la\n\ner va\n\nSibilants:\n\n�sa\n\nq' �a\n\n�sa\n\nAspirate:\n\n� ha\n\nS\n\nThe numerals are:\n\n�\n\n�\n\n'\n\n(avagraha) -the apostrophe\n\n� \\l � G.\n\n\\9\n\n�\n\n�\n\nThe vowels above should be pronounced as follows:\n\na - like the a in organ or the u in but.\nlike the a in far but held twice as long as short a.\n- like the i in pin.\n- like the i in pique but held twice as long as short i.\n\na\n\n-\n\n293\n\n0\n\n", "SB9.2#p0315": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n294\nu - like the u in push.\n\nii - like the u in rule but held twice as long as short u.\n\n- like the ri in rim.\nf - like ree in reed.\n:r\n\n- like Hollowed by r (lr).\ne - like the e in they.\nai - like the ai in aisle.\no - like the o in go.\nau - like the ow in how.\nIh (anusvara) -\n\na resonant nasal like the n in the French word bon.\nb (visarga) - a final h-sound: aft is pronounced like aha; if, like ihi.\n\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nTa\n\nf 1\ni\n\nFor example:\n\n�u\n\ni\n\n�ii\n\n� :r\n\n� �T � �1\n�\n�\ni' k:r i\\\nka\n\nka\nkr\n\nki\n\n\"'\n\nke\n\nki\n\n� ku\n\n) T\n�\n\nkai\n\n�:..'\n\n�T kau\n\n\"'e\n\n� f\n\n�\n\n� ai\n\no\n\nko\n\nau\n\nku\n\n�\n\nThe vowel \"a\" is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol viriima (-..) indicates that there is no final vowel:\n\nCfi...._\n\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\nk - as in kite\nkh- as in Eckhart\n\njh - as in hedgehog\nii - as in canyon\n\ng - as in give\ngh- as in dig-hard\n\nt\n\niJ.\n\n- as in sing\n\nc - as in chair\nch- as in staunch-heart\n\nJ - as m JOY\n\n- as in tub\n\nth - as in light-heart\n� - as in dove\n�ha- as in red-hot\nr.t\n\n- as rna (prepare to say\nthe r and say na) .\n\nCerebrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, but the\nfollowing dentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth:\n\nt\n\n- as in tub but with tongue against teeth.\n\nth - as in light-heart but with tongue against teeth.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0316": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n295\n\nd -as in dove but with tongue against teeth.\ndh-as in red-hot but with tongue against teeth.\nn -as in nut but with tongue between teeth.\np - asm pme\n\nl\n\nph- as in up hill (not/)\n\nv -as in vine\n\nb -as in bird\n\ns (palatal) -as in thes in the German\n\nbh-as in rub-hard\nm - as in mother\n\n-as in light\n\nword sprechen\n� (cerebral) - as thesh inshine\n\ny -asmyes\n\ns -asmsun\n\nr -asm run\n\nh -as in home\n\nGenerally two or more consonants in conjunction are written\ntogether in a special form, as for example:\n\n� k�a � tra\n\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, or pausing\nbetween words in a line, only a flowing of short and long (twice as\nlong as the short) syllables. A long syllable is one whose vowel is\nlong (a, i, ii, e, ai, o, au), or whose short vowel is followed by more\nthan one consonant (including anusviira and visarga). Aspirated\nconsonants (such as kha and gha) count as only single consonants.\n\n", "SB9.2#p0317": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete listing 9f the first and third lines of each of the\nSanskrit poetry verses of this volume of Srimad-Bhagavatam, arranged in English\nalphabetical order. The first column gives the Sanskrit transliteration, and the second and\nthird columns, respectively, list the chapter-verse reference and page number for each\nverse.\n\nA\nabhyG.$iiicad yathaivendram\nabibhrad arigada� kha4gam\nacaryaya dadau se�am\nacodayad dhasti-rathtiSva-pattibhir\ntidar5air amsukai� sragbhi�\ncidaya btila-gaja-lila ivek{;u-yQ.$.tim\ncidaya me�av ayantam\nadhvaryave praticimvii\nadhvaryave praticimvai\nagaminy antare rtijan\nagatya kalaSamlasthau\nagnihotrim upavartya\nagnina prajaya roja\nagrahid tisanambhralra\naho jaye ��ha ��ha\naho rilpam aho bhtivo\nahur mitrasaham yamvai\nailasya corva5i-garbhtit\nailo 'pi sayane jayam\naineya-carmtimba.ram arka-dhtimabhir\najas tato maha-rajas\najigarlamsuttin aha\nak{;auhil;li� sapta-daSatibhi$al;ltis\narilSarilSena caturdhtigat\narilSumtirilS ca tapas tepe\nananta-cara(Uimbhojaananttikhila-�a{lhyam\narigadaS citraketuS ca\naniya dattvii ttin a§van\n\n10,48\n\n93\n\n10,43\n\n90\n\n11.3\n\n106\n\n15.30\n\n235\n\n11.28\n\n130\n\n10.6\n\n54\n\n14.31\n\n194\n\n11.2\n\n105\n\n16.21\n\n262\n\n16.25\n\n265\n\n16.4\n\n250\n\n15.36\n\n241\n\n14.49\n\n210\n\n10.50\n\n94\n\n14.34\n\n196\n\n14.23\n\n189\n\n9.18\n\n17\n\n15.1\n\n213\n\n14.32\n15.29\n\n195\n235\n\n10.1\n\n48\n\n16.30\n\n269\n\n15.30\n\n235\n\n10.2\n\n49\n\n9.1\n\n2\n\n9.14\n\n14\n\n11.31\n\n132\n\n11.12\n\n113\n\n15.7\n\n217\n\nanr§artr.sya-paro rajan\nantaroatnim upalak{;ya\nantaroatny agate kale\nanvadhtivata durma�o\nanyathti bhu-talambhittvii\nanyebhyo 'vantara-diSa�\nanye c�.taka-htiritaapa§yann urva5im indro\napiSvarti(Uimkim uta\naprattamnas tvaya kimnu\narabhya satramso 'py aha\narajaka-bhayamnf(Uirit\narirtidhay�ur brahma\na�.tanemis tasyapi\naropyanke �h�iiicantyo\naropyaruruhe yanam\naruhya harmya�;�y aravinda-locanam\naryavarlam upadrQ.$.1re\na5apat patattid deho\na5apat ttin muni� kruddho\nasid upagurus tasmtid\nasikta-margamgandhodai�\nas�o yuyujur deva\na5maktid btiliko jajne\nlisle 'dyapi mahendrtidrau\nata urdhvamsa tatyaja\n\nathtidiSad dig-vijaye\nathainam urva5i prtiha\natha prav4fa� sva-grham\natha rajani niryate\nathtirjuna� paiica-sate�u btihubhir\n\n297\n\n11.23\n\n124\n\n14.40\n\n201\n\n11.11\n\n112\n\n12.28\n\n234\n\n9.4\n\n4\n\n16.22\n\n262\n\n16.36\n\n274\n\n14.26\n\n191\n\n11.17\n\n117\n\n11.6\n\n109\n\n13.1\n\n150\n\n13.12\n\n162\n\n9.29\n\n24\n\n13.23\n\n168\n\n10.47\n\n92\n\n10.32\n\n83\n\n11.30\n\n131\n\n16.22\n\n262\n\n13.4\n\n152\n\n16.33\n\n271\n\n13.24\n\n169\n\n11.26\n\n128\n\n11.29\n\n130\n\n9.40\n\n33\n\n16.26\n\n266\n\n9.38\n\n32\n\n11.25\n\n126\n\n14.41\n\n202\n\n11.31\n\n132\n\n15.27\n\n233\n\n15.33\n\n240\n\n", "SB9.2#p0318": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n298\nathata� snlyatam rajan\natha tarhi bhavet pautro\nathesa-maya racite$u saligarh\natmanam dar-Sayan svanam\natmanam ubhayor madhye\natma-sandar5anah/adaavadhin naradevam yat\navakiryamd(Ul� sukusumair\navyahatendriyauja� sriayu� srutayu� satyayu\n\n14.1\n\n174\n\n15.11\n\n220\n\n9.47\n\n42\n\n11.25\n\n126\n\n14.45\n\n205\n\n10.31\n\n83\n\n15.38\n\n243\n\n10.33\n\n84\n\n15.18\n\n226\n\n15.1\n\n214\n\nB\nbaddhvodadhau raghu-patir vividhadribadhnihi setum iha te ya§aso vitatyai\nbahu/aSvo dhrtes tasya\nbahun daSa-satam lebhe\nbhagavan atmanatmanam\nbhagavan vasudeveti\nbhagavaty uttama5loke\nbhagiratha� sa raja�ir\nbhagirathas tasya sutas\nbhajanti cara¢mbhojam\nbhanumarils tasya putro 'bhilc\nbharata� praptam akar(lya\nbhasmibhiltdliga-sangena\nbhavitd marudevo 'tha\nbhimas tu vijayasyatha\nbhiya hriya ca bhava-jna\nbhro.tro.bhinandita� so 'tha\nbhro.tro. vane krpa(Ulvat priyaya\nbhujan ku!Mre(Ul ka!hora-nemina\nbrahma-gho$e(Ul ca muhu�\nbro.h� vik$ya didhi$um\nbrahma tam raha ahuya\nbrhadbalasya bhavitd\nbrhadrajas tu tasyapi\nbubhuje ca yatha-kalam\nbuddhvatha valini hate plavagendrabuddhya gambhiraya yena\n\n10.16\n\n67\n\n10.15\n\n65\n\n13.26\n\n170\n\n15.18\n\n226\n\n11.1\n\n104\n\n9.49\n\n45\n\n16.11\n\n255\n\n9.10\n\n11\n\n9.2\n\n3\n\n13.9\n\n156\n\n13.21\n\n167\n\n10.35\n\n86\n\n9.13\n\n14\n\n12.12\n\n144\n\n15.3\n\n214\n\n10.55\n\n100\n\n10.45\n\n91\n\n10.11\n\n58\n\n15.34\n\n240\n\n10.36\n\n86\n\n9.34\n\n30\n\n14.13\n\n182\n\n12.9\n\n143\n\n12.13\n\n145\n\n11.36\n\n134\n\n10.12\n\n62\n\n14.14\n\n183\n\nc\ncacaravyahata-gatir\ncaran vaco 'srood ramo\ncitra-sragbhi� pal!ikabhir\n\n15.19\n\n226\n\n11.8\n\nlll\n\n11.33\n\n132\n\ndadau pracim diSam hotre\ndadharo.vahito gangam\ndagdhvatma-krtya-hata-krtyam ahan\ndharayi$yati te vegam\ndarsayam lisa tam devi\n\n16.21\n\n262\n\ndattam naraya¢ri1Sdmsam\ndattvak$a-hrrJayam casmai\ndeha� krto 'nnam grdhra¢m\nde ham mamanthu� sma nime�\ndeham ndvarurutse 'ham\n\nD\n\n-\n\ndehi me 'patya-kamaya\ndeho yam mdnU$o rajan\ndestin punanti nirdagdhan\ndevai� kama-varo datto\ndevamit;lhas tasya putro\ndevanikas tato 'niha�\ndeva-rata iti khyata�\ndevo ndraya!W nanya\ndhanur-ni$aligdii chatrughna�\ndharmadhvajasya dvau putrau\ndhrtim vi$1Ubhya /a/ana\ndhunvanta uttardsaligan\ndhilpa-dipai� surabhibhir\ndhyayanti ro.ma-cara(Ulu\ndilipas tat-sutas tadvad\ndiSa� kham avanim sarvam\ndrptam k$atram bhuvo bharam\ndr,>�vagny-clgara dsinam\ndr,>�va sva-sainyam rudhiraugha-\n\n9.9\n\n11\n\n10.12\n\n62\n\n9.7\n\n8\n\n9.3\n\n4\n\n15.17\n\n226\n\n9.17\n\n16\n\n10.28\n\n80\n\n13.12\n\n162\n\n13.10\n\n159\n\n9.27\n\n22\n\n9.28\n\n23\n\n9.11\n\n12\n\n9.45\n\n39\n\n13.16\n\n165\n\n12.2\n\n138\n\n16.32\n\n271\n\n14.48\n\n208\n\n1G.43\n\n89\n\n13.19\n\n166\n\n14.18\n\n185\n\n10.41\n\n89\n\n11.34\n\n132\n\n11.15\n\n115\n\n9.2\n\n3\n\n9.24\n\n21\n\n15.15\n\n222\n\n16.11\n\n255\n\n15.32\n\n239\n\n16.10\n\n254\n\n14.48\n\n208\n\nE\nekculasramato rome\neka eva puro. veda�\n\n", "SB9.2#p0319": "299\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\neka-patni-vrata-dharo\nekata� syama-ka11U'iniin\ne�a hi brohma(W vidvarils\ne�a va� ku5ika viro\netad veditum icchama�\n\n10.54\n99\n15.6\n216\n24\n9.29\n16.36 274\n18\n9.19\n\netav ura(lllkau riijan\nete hi�aku-bhupa/a\nete vai maithi/a rajann\nevam bh�u viSvtitma\nevam karu(lll-b�ir;tya\n\n14.21 187\n12.9\n142\n13.27 171\n16.27 266\n29\n9.33\n\nevam kau5ika-gotram tu\nevam krta-sira�-sniina�\nevam �ipan dhan�i sandhitam\nevam mitrasaham saptva\n\n16.37\n10.49\n10.23\n9.36\n\n274\n93\n75\n31\n\nG\ngadher abhii.n maha-tejii�\ngandharoiin kotiSo jaghne\ngandharoan upadhavemams\ngandha-vas�u tad-deham\ngatvd mah�matim romo\n\n16.28 267\n11.13 114\n14.42 202\n154\n13.7\n16.17 259\n\nghnanty alparthe 'pi viSrabdham\nghnatainiim putraka� papam\nghoro da(l(la-dhara� putro\nghoram adaya para5um\nghrtam me vira bha�yam sydn\n\n14.37\n16.5\n14.10\n15.28\n14.22\n\ngo-mii.tra-yiivakam srutvti\ngrhito lilaya stri1Jdm\ngurave bhoktu-kamaya\ngurii.n vayasyiivarajc'in\nguro-arthe tyakta-ro jyo vyacarad\n\n85\n10.34\n15.22 228\n19\n9.21\n10.46\n91\n10.4\n52\n\n199\n251\n219\n234\n188\n\nH\n\n15.35 241\n11.14 114\n15.26 232\n16.18 259\n9.48\n44\n11.2\n105\n\nhate pitari tat-putrd\nhatva madhuvane cakre\nhavirdhanim �er darpan\nhetum krtva pitr-vadham\nhitvtinya-bhavam ajiiiinam\nhotre 'dadad diSam procim\n\nI\ni�vtika¢m ayam vamsa�\niti lokad bahu-mukhad\niti vak-sayakair viddha�\niti vyavasito buddhya\nity ayam tad-alankara-\n\n12.16 145\n11.10 112\n14.30 193\n9.48\n44\n11.4\n107\n\nity ukta� svam abhipriiyam\nity uktas tan-matam jiiiitvd\nity uktvti sa nrpo devam\nity utsasarja svam deham\n\n9.3\n15.7\n9.8\n13.6\n\n4\n217\n10\n154\n\njaghne caturdaSa-sahasram apara1J.iyajaghne 'dbhutai�J.a-vap�ramato\njaghne 'smanodaram tasyii�\njaghnur drumair giri-gade�ubhir\njahnos tu purus tasyiitha\n\n10.9\n10.10\n9.39\n10.20\n15.4\n\n57\n58\n33\n71\n215\n\njamadagnyo 'pi bhagavdn\njanmanajanaka� so�hii.d\njafii, nirmucya vidhivat\njatasyasit suto dhatur\n\n16.25 265\n13.13 163\n10.48\n93\n175\n14.2\n\njitvanurii.pa-gu(lll-sila-vayo\njugopa pitrvad riimo\njye�!/r.am mantra-dr§am cakrus\n\n10.7\n10.50\n16.35\n\n94\n273\n\nJ\n\n54\n\nK\n\nha hata� sma vayam niitha\nhaihayaniim adhipatir\nharanty agham te 'nga-sartgat\nharo guru-sutam snehat\n\n10.26\n78\n15.17 226\n7\n9.6\n177\n14.6\n\nkadacil loka-jijiiiisur\nkalam mahantam nd.Saknot\nka/atyayam tam vilokya\nkalenalpiyasa rojams\n\n11.8\n9.1\n16.4\n9.8\n\n111\n3\n250\n10\n\nhatc'ismy aham kuniithena\nha tdta sadho dharm�f.a\n\n14.28 192\n16.15 258\n\nkaler ante surya-vamsam\nkamam prayahi jahi viSravaso\n\n12.6\n10.15\n\n140\n65\n\n", "SB9.2#p0320": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n300\nkamyayac chara(Ulmlarika\nkasyas tvayi na sajjeta\nkatham arhati dharma-jfia\nkathamsa bhagavtin rdi7W\nkathamvadham yatha babhror\nkhadanty enamvrka grdhras\nkhaf)l.likya� karma-tattva-jiio\nkha!vtirigad dirghabahui ca\nkimna vacasy asad-vrtte\nkimnimitto guro� sapa�\nkimpuna� sraddhaya devim\nkimtad arilha bhagavato\nkincaham na bhuvamyasye\nko na seveta manujo\nko 'pi dharayita vegam\nkosalas te yayu� sthanam\nkrtadhvaja-suto rajann\nkrtadhvajat kesidhvaja�\nkrta�a vidhava lanka\nkrtamyena kulam11Jl§!am\nkrtiratas tatas tasman\nkrtta-baho� siras tasya\n�mamsva-viraha-vyadhim\n�maya rocate la�mir\n�mi�m asu bhagavtirils\n\n10.26\n\n78\n\n14.20\n\n186\n\n9.30\n\n26\n\n11.24\n\n125\n\n9.31\n\n27\n\n14.35\n\n196\n\n13.21\n\n167\n\n10.1\n\n48\n\n14.12\n\n182\n\n9.19\n\n18\n\n9.13\n\n14\n\n15.16\n\n225\n\n9.5\n\n5\n\n14.23\n\n189\n\n9.4\n\n4\n\n11.22\n\n122\n\n13.20\n\n167\n\n13.20\n\n167\n\n10.28\n\n80\n\n15.16\n\n225\n\n13.17\n\n165\n\n15.35\n\n241\n\n10.30\n\n82\n\n15.40\n\n244\n\n15.40\n\n244\n\nmahasvtirils tat-sutas tasmad\nmah�matyamsanniruddho\nmamayamna tavety uccais\nma mrtha� pu�o 'si tvam\nmamtvam adyapy anirortya\n\n12.7\n\n141\n\n15.22\n\n228\n\nmandodarya samamtatra\nmanyamana idamk,-tsnam\nmarge vrajan bhrgupater vyanayat\nmaro� pratipakas tasmaj\nmithilo mathanaj jato\n\n10.24\n\n77\n\n11.3\n\n106\n\n14.11\n\n181\n\n14.36\n\n197\n\n14.34\n\n196\n\n10.7\n\n54\n\n13.16\n\n165\n\n13.13\n\n163\n\nmitra-varu(Ulyo� sapad\nmitrd-varu(Ulyor jajfie\nmuhurtam ayur jiiiitvaitya\nmukta-phalaiS cid-ullasai�\nmumoca bhrataramso 'tha\n\n14.17\n\n185\n\n13.6\n\n154\n\nmunau ni�ipya tanayau\nmrjami tad aghamkvtiham\nmrtyui canicchatamnasid\n\n9.42\n\n35\n\n11.33\n\n132\n\n9.20\n\n19\n\n11.15\n\nliS\n\n9.5\n\n5\n\n10.53\n\n98\n\n9.44\n\n38\n\nN\nna balye 'pi matir mahyam\nna bhavan ra�asa� sa�ad\nnadhi-vyadhi-jara-g/aninahambibharmi tvtimd�f.c'im\nnahamtvtimbhasmasat kuryam\n\n9.26\n\n22\n\n10.53\n\n98\n\n11.9\n\nIll\n\n14.9\n\n180\n\n9.26\n\n22\n\n14\n\n182\n\n9.32\n\n28\n\nku5adhvajas tasya putras\n\nna hy etat param ascaryam\nna jiv�ye vina yena\n\n9.14\n\n14.12\n13.19\n\n166\n\nna me\n\n9.43\n\n36\n\nku5anabhaS ca catvtiro\n\n15.4\n\n215\n\nnai7W brahma(lya-devaya\n\n11.7\n\n110\n\nnam�yat tasya tad viryam\n\n15.21\n\n227\n\nkuiasya catithis tasman\nkuio lava iti khyatau\nkvtipi sakhyam na vai stri(ldm\n\n12.1\n\n138\n10.36\n\n86\n\n9.44\n\n38\n\n9.40\n\n33\n\n9.43\n\n36\n\n�udharto jagrhe vipram\nkumaro matarampraha\n\nll.ll\n\n112\n\n14.36\n\n197\n\nL\nlarikam ayu5 ca kalpantam\n\n10.32\n\n83\n\nM\nmadayantya� patir vira\nmadhyamas tu madhucchanda\nmaha-karu(liko 'tapyaj\n\n9.27\n\n22\n\n16.29\n\n268\n\n10.34\n\n85\n\nbrahma-ku/at pra(lii/l\n\nnandi-gramat sva-sibirad\nnapa5yam uttama5/okad\nnari-kavaca ity ukto\nna sriyo na mahi rajyam\nna tvtimvayamjtuja-dhiyo nu vidama\nnatyajat tat-krte jajfie\n\nna vai veda maha-bhaga\nnavamnavam abhipsantya�\nna vindanti priyamsa5vad\nna vwe tam ahamkamam\nnedamya5o raghupate� sura-\n\n10.14\n\n64\n\n14.5\n\n177\n\n10.27\n\n79\n\n14.38\n\n199\n\n9.46\n\n40\n\n9.45\n\n39\n\n11.20\n\n120\n\n", "SB9.2#p0321": "301\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\nnimi� pratidadau saparil\nnimir ik$vaku-tanayo\nnimiS calam idaril vidvan\nnirbhajyamana-dhi$a(Ul-dhvaja-hemaniSamyakranditaril devi\nniSamya pu�a-Sre$tharil\nniSi nistrimsam adaya\nnivedito 'thangirasa\n\n13.5\n\n153\n\n13.1\n\n150\n\n13.3\n\n151\n\n10.17\n\n69\n\n14.28\n\n192\n\n14.17\n\n185\n\n14.30\n\n194\n\n14.8\n\n179\n\npuriiravasa evdsit\npu�o rtima-caritaril\npU$paka-stfw nuta� stribhi�\npU$po hira(lyanabhasya\nputraril krtva suna�epharil\n\n14.49\n\n210\n\n11.23\n\n124\n\nputraril prahastam atikayaputrtin sva-mtitaras Uis tu\n\n10.44\n\n90\n\n12.5\n\n140\n\n16.30\n\n269\n\n10.18\n\n69\n\n10.47\n\n92\n\nR\np\npadayor nyapatat prem!ltl\npdduke bharato 'grh!ltie\npdduke nyasya purata�\npdduke sirasi nyasya\nparica prahf\"$ta-vadana�\npapracchur f\"$ayo devti\nparame$1hyany upadaya\nparivek$yamti(Ulril bhagavan\npa5yato lak$ma!la5yaiva\npatniril brhaspater darpat\npatya bhitena sa tyakta\npitr-medha-vidhanena\npitu/1 kayena sandhaya\npitur vidvarils tapo-viryaril\nprabhava-jfw mune/1 samyak\npragrhya para5uril rtima�\npraja/1 sva-dharma-nirata\nprtisada-gopura-sabhaprasadita/1 satyavatya\nprasahya sira utkrtya\npratikasvo bhanumata/1\nprativyomas tato bhanur\npravartintaram apannaril\npraviSya raja-bhavanaril\nprem(ldnuvrttya silena\npritti/1 klinna-dhiyas tasmai\npugai/1 savrntai rambhabhi/1\npuna/1 sva-hastair acalan mrdhe\npunas tatra gato 'bdante\npu'.l4ariko 'tha tat-putra/1\n\n10.38\n\n86\n\n1o.42\n\n89\n\n10.39\n\n88\n\n10.35\n\n86\n\n14.33\n\n195\n\n14.11\n\n181\n\n10.38\n\n86\n\n9.22\n\n20\n\n10.5\n\n53\n\n14.4\n\n176\n\n11.10\n\n112\n\n10.29\n\n81\n\n16.20\n\n261\n\n16.8\n\n253\n\n16.6\n\n251\n\n16.16\n\n258\n\n10.50\n\n94\n\n11.27\n\n129\n\n15.11\n\n220\n\n16.12\n\n256\n\n12.11\n\n144\n\n12.10\n\n143\n\n16.37\n\n274\n\n10.45\n\n91\n\n10.55\n\n100\n\n11.5\n\n107\n\n11.28\n\n130\n\n15.34\n\n240\n\n14.40\n\n201\n\n12.1\n\n138\n\nrojanam a5apat kruddfw\nrajas-tamo-vrtam ahan\nroja viSvasafw yasya\nrojfw jivatu deho yam\nrojfw murdhabhi$iktasya\nrojyaril sriyaril pra(Ulyina� suhrdo\nrak$a�-krtaril tad viditva\nrak$a�-pati� sva-bala-M$#m avek$ya\nrak$a�-patis tad avalokya nikumbharak$a/l-svasur vyakrta riipam a5uddharok$asaril bhavam tipanna�\nrak$o- 'dhamena vrkavad vipine\nrak$o-vadfw jaladhi-bandhanam astraroma/1 priyatamaril bharyaril\nrtima� saricodita� pitrti\n\n9.22\n\n20\n\n15.15\n\n222\n\n9.41\n\n34\n\n13.8\n\n155\n\n15.41\n\n245\n\n10.8\n\n56\n\n9.23\n\n20\n\n10.21\n\n72\n\n10.18\n\n69\n\n10.9\n\n57\n\n9.25\n\n21\n\n10.11\n\n58\n\n11.20\n\n120\n\n10.31\n\n83\n\n16.6\n\n251\n\nrama-lak$ma(Ul-bharataramamti!la5 taya devya\nroma rama mahabafw\nrtima rameti tateti\nrtimas tam aha pu�ada-puri$a yan\n\n10.2\n\n49\n\n14.25\n\n190\n\n15.38\n\n243\n\n16.13\n\n256\n\n10.22\n\n73\n\nrama-virya-parabhiitti\nramaya romo 'stra-bhrtaril samagra(lis\nrome rajani dharma-jfte\nrtimo lak$ma(Ul-sitabhyaril\nrarilsyaty apatyani ca te\n\n16.9\n\n253\n\n15.33\n\n240\n\n10.51\n\n96\n\nra(Ulko bhavita tasmdt\nra(Ulnjayas tasya suta/1\n1\"$i!ltlril mal.l4ale so 'bhal\nrathena vayu-vegena\nrayasya suta ekaS ca\nreme sura-vihare�u\nreme svarama-dhira(ldm\n\n10.40\n\n88\n\n14.39\n\n200\n\n12.15\n\n146\n\n12.13\n\n145\n\n16.24\n\n264\n\n9.11\n\n12\n\n15.3\n\n214\n\n14.24\n\n190\n\n11.35\n\n134\n\n", "SB9.2#p0322": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n302\nreiJD?I suldm re(lukdm vai\n\n15.12\n\n221\n\nsa vanarendra-bala-ruddha-vihara-\n\n10.17\n\n69\n\nre(IUka du?lkha-sokdrta\n\n16.13\n\n256\n\nsa yai?l spr$!0 'bhid�to Vt'i\n\n11.22\n\n122\n\nrtapaTIJD nala-sakho\n\n9.17\n\n16\n\nsindhudvipas tatas tasmdd\n\n9.16\n\n16\n\nrtvigbhir aparais tavan\n\n13.3\n\n151\n\nsindhu?l sirasy arha(lam parigrhya nlpi\n\n10.13\n\n63\n\nrill;lham prakrtyatmani viSva-kartur\n\n9.47\n\n42\n\nsi$ya?l kau5alya tidhyatmam\n\n12.4\n\n139\n\nrurudu?l susvaram dina\n\n10.25\n\n77\n\nsi$ya-vyatikramam vik$ya\n\n13.4\n\n152\n\nsita-katha-srava(la-dipita-hrc-chayena\n\n10.10\n\n58\n\nsita-siragrato jata\n\n13.18\n\n166\n\ns\nsa cabhUt sumahat-pu(lya\n\n15.12\n\n221\n\nsmararhs tasya gu(liirils tarils tan\n\n11.16\n\n116\n\nsad-aSvai rukma-sanntihair\n\n10.37\n\n86\n\nsmaratam hrdi vinyasya\n\n11.19\n\nll8\n\nstidhavo nyiisina?l santa\n\n9.6\n\n7\n\nsocanty atmtinam uroiSam\n\n9.34\n\n30\n\nsa ekadti tu mrgayam\n\n15.23\n\n229\n\nsaga(laS tat-sutas tasmtid\n\n12.3\n\n139\n\n182\n\nsagariitmajii divam jagmu?l\n\n9.12\n\n13\n\nsomasyety aha sanakai?l\n\n14.13\n\nso 'py apo- 'ii.jalim iidiiya\n\n9.23\n\n20\n\nso 'siiv lisle yoga-siddha?l\n\n12.6\n\n140\n\nsahadevas tato viro\n\n12.ll\n\n144\n\nso 'srg vaman daSa-mukhair nyapatad\n\n10.23\n\n75\n\nsahasram diyatam sulkam\n\n15.6\n\n216\n\nso 'yajad rajasuyena\n\n14.4\n\n176\n\nsahasra-sirasa?l purilso\n\n14.2\n\n174\n\nsa hovaca madhucchandti?l\n\n16.34\n\n272\n\nso 'yam brahmaT$i-varyas te\n\n9.30\n\n26\n\nsprham arigirasa5 cakre\n\n14.10\n\n181\n218\n\nsamanta-paii.cake cakre\n\n16.19\n\n260\n\nsrapayitvobhayair mantraiS\n\n15.8\n\nsamtipte satra-yage ca\n\n13.7\n\n155\n\nsre(libhir Vt'ira-mukhyabhir\n\n10.38\n\n86\n\nsamramasva maya sakam\n\n14.19\n\n186\n\nsre$!ham matva tayayacchan\n\n15.9\n\n218\n\nsamrarhsye bhavata siikam\n\n14.21\n\n187\n\nsamupetyasramam pitre\n\n15.36\n\n241\n\nsrutam hi vaT(Iitam bhiiri\n\n10.3\n\n50\n\nsrutas tato jayas tasmdd\n\n13.25\n\n170\n214\n\nsamvatsariinte hi bhavan\n\n14.39\n\n200\n\nsrutdyor vasumtin putra?l\n\n15.2\n\nsaii.cintayann agham rajii.a?l\n\n9.21\n\n19\n\nsruto bhagirathiij jajii.e\n\n9.16\n\n16\n\nsannivesya mano yasmiii.\n\n9.15\n\n15\n\nsrutva tat tasya dauratmyam\n\n15.27\n\n233\n\nsarasvatyam mahii-nadyam\n\n16.23\n\n263\n\nsa �i?l prarthita?l patnya\n\n15.8\n\n217\n\nsaroa-bhUtiitma-bhiivena\n\n9.29\n\n25\n\nsaroa-devamayam devam\nsaroa-devamayam devam\n\n1l.l\n16.20\n\n104\n261\n\nsaroa-deva-ga(Wpeto\n\n14.7\n\n178\n\nsaroatriisya yato mrtyur\n\n13.10\n\n159\n\nsrutvoroa5indra-bhavane\n\n14.16\n\n184\n\nsthalair mtirakatai/t svacchair\n\n11.32\n\n132\n\nsthiilim nyasya vane gatva\nsthali-sthiinam gato 'svattham\n\n14.43\n\n203\n\n14.44\n\n204\n\nstrai(ID hi bibhryat sitam\n\n11.9\n\n111\n\nstri-pumbhi?l sura-saliktiSair\n\n11.34\n\n132\n\nstri-pum-prasariga ettidrk\n\n1l.l7\n\nll6\n\nsarve kdma-dugha tisan\n\n10.52\n\n98\n\nstri-ratnair avrta?l krit;lan\n\n15.20\n\n227\n\nsasainyamtitya-vahaya\n\n15.24\n\n230\n\nstriyo hy akaru¢?1 knlra\n\n14.37\n\n198\n\nsa tam vik$ya kuruk$etre\n\n14.33\n\n195\n\nstutva devan prajestidin\n\n16.31\n\n270\n\nsa tam vilakya nrpatir\n\n14.18\n\n185\n\nsatrughna5 ca madho?l putram\n\n1l.l4\n\n114\n\nsubtihu?l srutasena5 ca\n\n11.13\n\nll4\n\nsucis tu tanayas tasmtit\n\n13.22\n\n168\n\nsaudiiso mrgayam kiii.cic\n\n9.20\n\n19\n\nsudariano 'thiignivaT(Ia?l\n\n12.5\n\n140\n\nsa vai ratnam tu tad dmva\nsa vai sapta samti garb ham\n\n15.25\n\n231\n\nsudeho 'yam pataty atra\n\n14.35\n\n196\n\n9.39\n\n33\n\nsudhrter dhmaketur vai\n\n13.15\n\n164\n\n", "SB9.2#p0323": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nsugriva-lak$ma(la-marutsutasugriva-nila-hanumat-pramukhair\nsukro brhaspater dve�ad\nsumitro nama n�fhanla\nsunakas tat-suto jajfie\nsurt'isura-vinaso 'bhllt\nsoo-deham jamadagnis tu\nsva-dharmam grha-medhryam\nsviigatam te vart'irohe\nsva�-syandane dyumati mt.italinopanite\nsva-karma tat krtam rama�\nsvalarikrta* suvt.isobhir\nsvliminam prt'iptam alokya\nsv/inam vibh�a(la§ cakre\nsvlin svt.in bandhiln pa�vajya\nsva-pada-pallavam rt'ima\nsvar(la-kak$a-patdkt.ibhir\nSOOT(Iaromt.'i sutas tasya\n\n10.19\n\n70\n\n10.16\n\n67\n\n14.6\n\n177\n\n12.15\n\n146\n\n13.26\n\n170\n\n14.7\n\n178\n\n16.24\n\n264\n\n10.54\n\n99\n\n14.19\n\n186\n\n10.21\n\n73\n\n15.37\n\n242\n\n10.49\n\n93\n\n11.26\n\n128\n\n10.29\n\n81\n\n10.25\n\n77\n\n11.19\n\n118\n\n10.37\n\n86\n\n13.17\n\n165\n\nT\ntac chrutvt.i bhagavt.in rdmo\ntac-citla vihvala� socan\ntad-antikam upeyaya\ntad-asthini samiddhe 'gnau\ntadiyam dhanam t.iniya\ntad-raktena nadim ghort.im\ntad upa§rutya dilrastha\ntad viditva muni� prdha\ntak$a� p�kala ity astdm\ntam dpatanlam bhrgu-varyam ojast.i\ntam 4Sli$ya ciram dorbhyam\ntam nakapdla-oosupdla-kirrta-j�fatam niroartyagam�yami\ntam upeyu.s tatra tatra\ntdm yatudhana-prtanam asi-silla-capatan-mukhamoda-m�ito\ntan nlidriyatagnihotryam\nlapasli k$6.tram utsrjya\ntdrt'im sva-bhartre prayacchad\ntasmt.ic chakyo 'tha suddhodo\ntasmdd asya vadho vera\ntasmdd brhadrathas tasya\n\n11.16\n\n115\n\n14.32\n\n195\n\n14.16\n\n184\n\n9.36\n\n31\n\n11.14\n\n114\n\n16.18\n\n259\n\ntasmdd uddoosu.s tasya\ntasmai sa naradevciya\ntasmdt prasu§rutas tasya\ntasmdt samarathas tasya\ntasmin sa bhagavlin rt'ima�\ntasmin vci te 'nvavartanla\ntasya drgbhyo 'bhaoot putra�\ntasya jahnu� suto garigt.im\ntasyam vai bhargava-�e�\ntasya nirmanthanajjdla\ntasyantarik$as tat-putra�\ntasyanucaritam rajann\ntasydpi bhagavlin �\ntasya rilpo-gU(Iau ddryatasya sadhor apdpasya\ntasya samstuvatas �!4\ntasya satyavatim kanyam\ntasyt.itma-yonir akrta\ntala� ku§a� kwasyapi\ntala� prajt.i vik$ya patim cirt.igatam\n\n303\n13.14\n\n164\n\n15.24\n\n229\n\n12.7\n\n141\n\n13.23\n\n169\n\n11.35\n\n134\n\n11.24\n\n125\n\n14.3\n\n175\n\n15.3\n\n214\n\n15.13\n\n221\n\n14.46\n\n206\n\n12.12\n\n145\n\n10.3\n\n50\n\n10.2\n\n49\n\n14.15\n\n184\n\n9.31\n\n27\n\n14.42\n\n202\n\n15.5\n\n216\n\n14.14\n\n183\n\n15.4\n\n215\n\n11.30\n\n131\n\nlata� prasenajit tasmt.it\n\n12.8\n\n142\n\ntata� prasenajit tasmt.it\nlata� purilravli jajfie\ntala� siradhvajo jajfie\ntala� suddsas tat-putro\ntata� s uketu.s tasyapi\n\n12.14\n14.15\n\n145\n183\n\n13.18\n\n166\n\n9.18\n\n17\n\n13.13\n\n164\n\n16.14\n\n257\n\n15.10\n\n219\n\ntataS cavabhrtha-snana-\n\n16.23\n\n263\n\n11.12\n\n113\n\ntataS citraratho yasya\n\n13.23\n\n168\n\n15.29\n\n235\n\ntatas tataS chinna-bhujoru-kandhar!l\n\n16.31\n\n238\n\ntata ardhvam brahmacaryam\ntath4 rajii.y api vaidehi\n\n11.18\n\n117\n\n11.4\n\n107\n\n88\n121\n\n10.39\n11.21\n13.2\n\n151\n\n11.29\n\n130\n\n10.19\n\n70\n\n14.25\n\n190\n\n15.25\n\n231\n\ntatheti rajii.t.ibhihitam\ntathety ukte nimi� praha\ntala balasthalas tasmdd\ntala brhadbalo yas tu\ntala dadaria bhagavt.in\n\n9.9\n\n11\n\n13.8\n\n155\n\n12.2\n\n138\n\n12.8\n\n142\n\n10.30\n\n82\n\n16.28\n\n267\n\ntala daSarathas tasmdt\n\n9.41\n\n34\n\n14.8\n\n179\n\n12.3\n\n139\n\n12.14\n\n145\n\n9.28\n\n23\n\n15.15\n\n164\n\ntala hira�tyanabho 'bhild\ntala �kramya lalikt.iya\ntatyaja vril;lita tt.irt'i\ntavdpi mrtyur adhtlnlid\n\n10.24\n\n77\n\n14.10\n\n180\n\n9.35\n\n30\n\n", "SB9.2#p0324": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n304\ntavdpi patatad delw\n\n13.5\n\n153\n\ntdvat satyavati mdlrd\n\n15.9\n\n218\n\ntay/i sa pu�a-sre$!M\ntebhya� svayam nama5cakre\nte ca mdhi$matim ninyu�\nte duMha-�Wiimar$/irtitejo 'nubhlivam sitaya\nlena dve ara(ti krtvd\nten/iyajata yajnesam\nte 'nikapli raghupater abhipatya sarve\nle$/iril sa sir$abhi rdjan\nte tu brohma�-devasya\nte upetya mahli-rdtre\nte visrjyora�u tatra\nnrtha-samsevaya camlw\ntraigU(lyam dustyajam hitvii\ntrayodaSabda-stihasram\ntra)Yii sa vidyaya rojna\ntretayam sampravrttaylim\ntretaylim vartamdn/iyam\ntri�-sapta-krtva� prthivim\ntri�-sapta-krtvo ya imdm\ntil$�im asid grha-pati�\ntvarayasramam asiidya\ntyaja tyajasu dU$prajne\ntyakta-trapasya phalam adya\n\n14.24\n\n190\n\n10.40\n\n88\n\n15.26\n\n232\n\n16.15\n\n257\n\n10.27\n\n79\n\n14.44\n\n205\n\n14.47\n\n207\n\n10.20\n\n71\n\n16.17\n\n259\n\nll.5\n\n107\n\n14.27\n\n191\n\n14.31\n\n194\n\n15.41\n\n245\n\n9.15\n\n15\n\n11.18\n\nll7\n\n14.46\n\n206\n\n14.43\n\n203\n\n10.51\n\n96\n\n16.19\n\n260\n\n15.14\n\n222\n\n13.2\n\n151\n\n16.14\n\n257\n\n14.9\n\n179\n\n10.22\n\n73\n\nu\nunme$U�-nime$tibhyam\nupogiyamdna-carita�\nupalabhya mudd yukta�\nurjaketu� sanadoojiid\narukriya� sutas tasya\nurva5i-lokam anvicchan\nurva5im mantrato dhyayann\nurva5im manyamdnas tam\nurva5i-rahitam mahyam\nurva5y/i ura�u jahrur\nuttama5/oka-dhuryaya\n\n13.ll\n\n160\n\n10.33\n\n84\n\n14.41\n\n202\n\n13.22\n\n168\n\n12.10\n\n143\n\n14.47\n\n207\n\n14.45\n\n205\n\n14.42\n\n202\n\n14.26\n\n191\n\n14.27\n\n192\n\n11.7\n\nllO\n\nuttard� kosala mdlyai�\nuttasthus te kwalirw\nuv/ica slak$�y/i v/ic/i\n\n10.41\n\n89\n\n16.8\n\n253\n\n14.18\n\n185\n\nv\nvaidehi lak$ma� caiva\nvaijayantim srajam bibhrad\nvairam si$iidhayi$avo\nvainlpy/ic charpa�khyli� priya-virahavan/ini nadyo girayo\nvaram visadr$am matvli\nvare� cchandayam lisa\nvdrito madayantyapo\nva�ytim lisa tac chrutv/i\nOOI'$a-priglin bahan nfr!iim\nvasi$!ha-saplid rak$o 'bhad\nvasi$!has tad-anujnato\nvasvananto 'tha tat-putro\nvavre hatan/im ramo 'pi\nvayam hi brohma!Jlis tlita\nvibhi$a�� sasugriva�\nvibhi$a�ya bhagavlin\nvidhliyalika-viSrambham\nvideha U$yatam klimam\nvidrumodumbara-dvlirair\nvijnapya brohma(ti slipam\nvilapyaivam pitur deham\nvinyasta hema-kalaSai�\nviplavitam sva-sibiram\nvipra�hy-w;lu-ga�n/im\nvireje bhagav/in rojan\nviStipo dvtida.Sabdtinte\nviSvdmitrddhvare yena\nviSvlimitra� suttin aha\nviSvdmitrasya caiv/isan\nvivtisasam tat tatheti\nvivrk�-varma-dhvaja-ctipa-vigraham\nvyabhicaram munir jnatvli\nvyaghra� pa§um ivlikhiidat\nvyavdya-ktile dadr$e\n\n10.46\n\n91\n\n15.20\n\n227\n\n16.10\n\n254\n\n10.4\n\n52\n\n10.52\n\n98\n\n15.5\n\n216\n\n16.7\n\n252\n\n9.24\n\n21\n\n15.37\n\n242\n\n11.36\n\n134\n\n9.18\n\n17\n\n9.38\n\n32\n\n13.25\n\n170\n\n16.7\n\n252\n\n15.39\n\n243\n\n10.42\n\n89\n\n10.32\n\n83\n\n14.38\n\n199\n\n13.ll\n\n160\n\n11.32\n\n132\n\n9.37\n\n32\n\n16.16\n\n258\n\n11.27\n\n129\n\n15.21\n\n227\n\n14.3\n\n175\n\n10.44\n\n90\n\n9.37\n\n32\n\n10.5\n\n53\n\n16.35\n\n273\n\n16.29\n\n268\n\n14.22\n\n188\n\n15.32\n\n239\n\n16.5\n\n251\n\n9.33\n\n29\n\n9.25\n\n21\n\n", "SB9.2#p0325": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\ny\nyacyamO.n ii� krpar;wya\nyad-angantaram asadya\nyada sa deva-guru(14\nyadrcchayasrama-padarh\nyad-r�a-vibhrama-vivrtta-ka/d�-pdta\nyad-viSrambhad aharh �.to.\nyady ayarh kriyate bha�yas\nya� satya-pasa-parivita-pitur nidesarh\nya� sete niSi santrasto\nyaj-jala-spar5a-mO.trer;w\nyam ahur vasudeviimsarh\nyan no bhaviin sanjanite\nyan no 'ntar-hrclayarh viSya\nyasmO.n me bha�ita� papa\nyasminn ailadayo bha-pa�\nyasminn otam idam protarh\nyasyamalarh nrpa-sada�u ya§o\n\n16.12\n\n256\n\n14.20\n\n186\n\n14.5\n\n177\n\n15.23\n\n229\n\n10.13\n\n63\n\nyasya yogarh na viiiichanti\nyatas tam propya rojanarh\nyato yato 'sau praharat-para5vadho\nyatra sva-pitf!:Ulrh deh.d\nyat-sattvata� sura-ga(14 rajasa� prajesa\nyat tad brahma pararh s�mam\nyaviyan jajna ete$drh\nyaya loka-gurur deva�\nye madhucchandaso jye$�M�\n\n305\n13.9\n\n156\n\n12.16\n\n147\n\n15.31\n\n238\n\n9.10\n\n12\n\n10.14\n\n64\n\n9.49\n\n44\n\n15.13\n\n221\n\n15.39\n\n243\n\n16.33\n\n271\n\n14.29\n\n193\n\n9.32\n\n28\n\n10.8\n\n56\n\n14.29\n\n193\n\nye mO.narh me 'nugrhr;wnto\n\n16.35\n\n273\n\n9.12\n\n13\n\nye 'rjunasya sutd rdjan\n\n16.9\n\n253\n\n9.46\n\n40\n\n15.14\n\n222\n\n16.34\n\n272\n\nye vi�iptendriya-dhiyo\nyo devair anhito daityan\nyogarh mahodayam �ir\n\n11.6\n\n109\n\n9.35\n\n30\n\n14.1\n\n174\n\n9.7\n\n8\n\n11.21\n\n121\n\nyogesvara-prasadena\nyogesvaratvam aiSvaryarh\nyo loka-vcra-samitau dhanur aiSam\nyo rdto deva-yajane\nyo vai hariScandra-makhe\n\n9.42\n\n35\n\n12.4\n\n139\n\n13.27\n\n171\n\n15.19\n\n226\n\n10.6\n\n54\n\n16.32\n\n270\n\n16.31\n\n270\n\n", "SB9.2#p0326": "General Index\nNumerals in boldfaee type indicate references to translations of the verses of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam.\n\nA\nAbhi§eka defined, 93\nSee also: Bathing\nAbsolute Truth\n\nLord as, 37, 49\nphases of, three listed, 45\nvia spiritual master, 51\ntattva-darsis know, 51\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\n\nAcarya (saintly teacher). See: Spiritual master\nAcchinna-ddra-dravil).(i\nverse quoted, 224\n\nActivities\n\nof Bharata, 85\nfruitive, 76\nmaterial, 17\nnature controls, 76\npious and impious, 76\nof Rama, 51, 53-55\n\nsinful, 17, 264\nof Supreme Lord, 49, 66-67, 121, 123\nSee also: Karma\nAdministrators. See: Kings; K�atriyas;\nLeaders, government; Politicians\nAdvaitam acyutam anddim ananta-rupam\nquoted, 50\n\nAgnivarQ.a, 140\nAham tvam sarva-pdpebhyo\nverse quoted, 6, 10-11, 245\n\nAharigraha-updsand worship, 105\nAhankdra-vimli4hdtmd\nquoted, 76, 233\n\nAhastani sahastandm\nverse quoted, 160\n\nAiQaviQi, 34\n\nAirplanes, flower, 73, 84, 91\nAja, son of Rabhu, 49\nAja, son of Urjaketu, 168\nAjaka, 215\nAjamila, 8\n\nAjigarta, 269\n\nAlcyauhil).i defined, 236-238\nA/cyauhil).yas tu sankhyata\nverse quoted, 237\n\nAmara-ko5a dictionary, quoted on bhrll�JD, 27\n\nAmar�aQ.a, 142\n\nAmbari�a Maharaja, government of, 162\n\nAmerica, ISKCON farms in, 232\nAmita, 215\n\nAmitrajit, 145\nAmsuman, King, 3\nAnalogy\nof brdhmal).a-killing, embryo-killing and\ncow-killing, 27\nof eat's kitten and Lord's devotee, 158\n\nAgamdpdyino 'nityds\nverse quoted, 172\nAge of Kali. See: Kali-yuga\n\nof cloth and universe, 9\n\nAgham dhunvanti kdrtsnyena\n\nof cotton swabs and planets, 68\nof falling from heaven and RavaQ.a's\ndemise, 75-76\nof father's sons and Barna's citizens, 95\nof feeding the stomach and worshiping\n\nverse quoted, 8\nAgnihotra-yajiia\n\nby Jamadagni, 231\n\nby Barna, 118\nAgnisthali girl, 203\n\nGod,l05\n\n307\n\n", "SB9.2#p0327": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n308\nAnalogy (continued)\nof foxes and women, 197, 198\n\nof imaginary city and material world,\n42-43\n\nof liberated soul and Rama,56\nof sunshine and brahmajyoti, 119\nof sun's purity and the Lord, 6\n\nof urine and RavaQ.a,65, 66\n\nof watering a tree's root and worshiping\nGod,105,209-210\n\nof yogurt and Siva,9\nAnasiiya,176\n\nAngada (monkey soldier),71, 72,90\n\nAngada,son of La�maQ.a,ll3\nAnger\nof Parasurama toward\n\nKartaviryarjuna,234\n\nof Rama toward ocean,53, 63\nof RavaQ.a toward Rama,73\n\nof Sita condemned RavaQ.a, 72\n\nAngira,178\nAniha,138\n\nAnikini defined,237\nAnikinirh daSa-gw;uim\nverse quoted,237\nAnimals\n\nmeat-eater's quota of,232\n\npunishable people compared to, 64-\n\n65\nslaughter of,24\nsociety compared to, 268\n\nSee also: names of specific animals\nAnnad bhavanti bhutani\nquoted,232\n\nAntarhitarh loka-dr�!ya\n\nverse quoted, 60\nAntarik�a, 145\nAnxiety\n\nin material world, 41\n\nAraQ.is\n\nin Puriirava's sacrifice,205·-206,\n206-207\n\nAra�yarh tena gantavyarh\nverse quoted,198\n\nAri��nemi, 169\n\nArjuna,45, 72\n\nAruhya krcchre� pararh padam tata�\n\nquoted,119\nAryavarta, 263\nAsakti defined,36\nAsama�am defined, 61\n\nAsamsayarh samagrarh marh\nverse quoted,35\n\nAsamskrta� kriya-hina\n\nverse quoted,223-224\n\nAsatyam aprat�!harh te\nquoted,74\n\nASmaka,33, 34\nASoka trees, 82\n��ka,274\n\nAsuras. See: Atheists; Demons; Nondevotees\nASvatthama,141\n\nAsvattha tree,205\nAta� sri-kr��-namadi\nquoted, 161\n\nAtharva Veda, 209\nAtheists\n\ndestination of, 81\n\nin ignorance,27-28\nas punishable, 74\nSee also: Mayavadis\nAtikaya,70\nAtithi,138\nAtmd. See: Soul\n\nAtmavat sarva-bhate�u\n\nverse quoted, 79-80\n\nAtonement\ndevotional service surpasses, 8\nSee also: Purification\n\nSee also: Suffering\nAnyabhi�ita-sunyam\n\nAto 'sya rama ity akhyii\n\nAprapya miirh nivartante\n\nAtre� patny anasuya triii\n\nquoted, 41\n\nquoted,160\nApsaras,249, 250\n\nverse quoted, 60\n\nverse quoted,176\n\nAtri,175, 176, 265\n\n", "SB9.2#p0328": "309\n\nGeneral Index\nAttachment\nof devotee to brahminical culture,37\nto l<.rliQ.a,36\nof man to woman,59, 60, 203\n\nmaterial,38-39, 42, 43, 139-140\nSee also: Desire\n\nA-u-m. See: Orilkara\n\nBenediction\nDhruva declined,109\n\nof Jamadagni to Para8urama, 252, 253\nKha�vaii.ga uninterested in,35, 39\nPrahlada declined,109\n\nby Siva quickly bestowed,10\n\nBhngavad-gitii\ncited on briihma(UJ and �atriya, 219\n\nAusterities\n\nby Arhsuman,3\n\nby Bhagiratha,3, 4\nby Vasi�tha,21\n\nAvabhrthn-snana bath, 263\nAvajananti miirh. miU;lhii\n\nverse quoted,60\nAvatiira. See: Incarnation of the Supreme\nLord; Supreme Lord,appearance\n(descent) of\n\nAvidya. See: Ignorance\nAyodhya\n\ninhabitants of,123, 127, 129\n\nRama returned to,M-85, 87-92\nin Rama's reign,128-131\n\ncited on spiritual body for devotees,161\n\nBhngavad-gitii, quotations from\n\non Absolute Truth via spiritual master,51\n\non bewildered soul under nature's modes,\n\n76\n\non birth-and-death cycle,160\non briihma(UJ, 25, 108\non cow protection,232\n\non demon's destination,80-81\n\non devotee as doubt-free,35\n\non duality and tolerance,172\n\non eternal life by knowing the Lord,36,\n\n123\n\nAyodhyayii vinirgacchnn\n\non falling from heaven to earth,75-76\non God realization by devotional service,41\n\nAyu,214\n\non Lord of sacrifice,207\n\nverse quoted,61\n\nAyutayu,17\n\non God unseen,161\n\non Lord's activities,66-67\non Lord's potency misunderstood by fools,\n\nB\nBahulasva,170\nBalaka,215\n\nBalasthala,138-139\nBalika, 34\nBarhi,145\nBathing\nin Ganges,7, 15\n\nSee also: Purification\n\nBeauty\n\nof Puriirava, 1M, 185, 187\nqualities determine,244\nof Urvasi,189\nBeing,living. See: Living entity\nBenediction\nof demigods to Nimi,161\n\n60\n\non sacrifice,208, 233\n\non social orders,220, 224\non supreme abode,123\n\non .surrender to the Lord, 6, 10-11\n\non thinking about i(r�Q.a,40\non vai1UIS, 95\non work for Vi�Q.u,263\nBhagaviin\n\nas origin of all,45\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nBhiigavatam. See: Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nBhiigavata Purii(UJ. See: Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nBhagiratha\nausterities by,3, 4\ndesired forefathers' deliverance,4\nforefathers of,12-14, 15\nGanges and,4, 7, 9, 12\n\n", "SB9.2#p0329": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n310\nBhagiratha (continued)\nquoted on pure devotees,7\nSiva satisfied with,10\n\nas Sruta's father, 17\n\nBirth and death,repeated\nbondage to,76,117,124,263-264\ndevotee escapes,160\n\nhuman life meant for escaping,24, 36\n\nBhakta-grhe jani janma ha-u mora\n\n�1.1a consciousness stops, 159\n\nBhaktas. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\nBhakti\n\nmale-female attraction perpetuates,117\n\nverse quoted,157\n\ndefined, 41\n\nLord's favor gained by,13\n\npure,41-42,43\n\nSee also: Devotional service to the Supreme\nLord; Kr�1.1a consciousness\n\n�J.la conscious person indifferent to,40\n\nSee also: Transmigration of the soul\n\nBliss\n\nLord in,60\n\nspiritual separation as,.60, 116,117\nSee also: Happiness; Pleasure\n\nBoar incarnation, Rii.ma compared to, 131\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura,quoted on birth in\ndevotee's home,157\nBhaktyii miim abhijaniiti\n\nBodily conception of life\nembodied soul in,172\nSee also: Attachment,material; Duality,\n\nBhanu,143\n\nBody,material\n\nquoted,41\n\nBhanuman,son of Brhadasva,144\n\nBhanuman,son of Kesidhvaja,168\n\nBharadvaja,265\nBharata,Lord\n\nactivities of,in Rama's absence,85\nas Dasaratha's son,50\n\nGandharvas killed by,114\nmother of,92\n\nRii.ma welcomed home by,87, 88, 90, 92\nsons of, 113\nas vi$�u-tattva, 50\nBhima,215\nBhoktaram yajna-tapasii.m\nquoted,207\nBhrur_w. defined,27\nBhru� 'rbhake biila-garbhe\nquoted,27\nBirth\n\nof ASmaka,33\nof Brahma,175\n\nbriihmar_w. 's qualifications beyond,25,220\n\nin devotee's home,157\nknowing the Lord stops,36,67\nof Nimi's son,162, 163\nof Soma,175, 176\n\nof Vajranabha from sun-god,139\nof Vasi�!ha again,154\n\nmaterial\n\nchangeable,24\n\ndemigods revive,156\n\ndeath sure for,159\ndevotee undaunted by,156, 157-158\ndistress caused by, 159\n\nenvy caused by,124-125\nof ghost,161\n\ngross & subtle,161\n\nhuman, as valuable, 23-24\nlong life for,141\nMayavadis fear,156\n\nof Nimi,155, 156,162\nNimi refused,155, 157, 159, 161\nof Rava1.1a condemned,80\n\nsoul in, 172\nSee also: Birth and death,repeated; Bodily\nconception of life; Senses;\n\nTransmigration of the soul\nBody,spiritual\ncommon conception of,161\ndevotee in,158,161\nfor Nimi,157, 161\nBondage\nto birth and death,117,124, 263-264\nfreedom from, 15, 16, 97,210,224\n\nmale-female attraction perpetuates,117\nSee also: Suffering\n\n", "SB9.2#p0330": "311\n\nGeneral Index\nBow broken by Rama, 55\nBrahma, Lord\nbirth of, 175\n\nBrahmaT,W (s)\n\nSee also: Brahminical culture; Priests,\nVedic\n\nBudha named by, 183\n\nBrahman effulgence, 157\n\nas incarnation, 9\n\nBrahma-samhita, quotations from\n\nfollowing, recommended, 79\n\nquality of, 243\n\nRama glorified by, 84-85\nSoma and, 175, 179\nTara and, 179, 183\n\nBrahmaciiri\n\nVamana acted as, llO\n\nSee also: Brahmajyoti\n\non Govinda changing to Siva, 9\non transcending destiny, 29\n\non Lord's effulgence, ll9\non Lord's forms and incarnations, 50\non planets in universe, 188\n\non sun moving under Lord's will, 68\n\nBrahma janiititi brahmaT,WI;r.\n\non surabhi cows, 230\nBrahma-vi!-�atra-sr1dra¢rh\n\nBrahmajyoti, 119\n\nBrahmeti paramatmeti\n\nBrahmaloka-samarh cakre\n\nBrahmin. See: Brahmar,ta\nBrahminical culture\n\nSee also: Disciple\n\nquoted, 37\n\nSee also: Brahman effulgence\nBrahma-karma defined, 26\nverse quoted, 61\n\nBrahman (impersonal Absolute)\nas Absolute Truth phase, 45\n\nquoted, 224\n\nverse quoted, 45\n\ndisobedience to, 260,261\nKha�vailga favored, 37\n\ni(r�I,J.a consciousness advanced by, 37\n\nas Lord's effulgence, ll9\nBrahman (spirit). See: Body, spiritual;\nSoul\n\nBreath control\n\nBrahmaT,W (s)\n\nBrhadasva, 144\n\nBrahman, Su p reme. See: Supreme Lord\nby birth, 25,220\n\ncharity to, 109\n\ndevotees best among, 37\nduty of, 25-26,109,244\nas forgiving, 243, 244\n\ngreed absent in, 109, llO,153\nKha�vanga reveres, 37\nK.n>I,J.a favors, 37\n�atriyas guided by, 223\nignorance absent in, 109, llO\nimpunity for, 26\nkilling of, as sinful, 26, 27\nLord enlightens, 109, llO\n\nqualities of, 25,108,219,220,243,244,\n\n268\n\nRama and, 107-110\nSaudasa devoured, 29\nwife of, 23, 25-28, 30, 31\n\nSee also: BrahmaT,Ws\n\nby yogi, 141\nSee also: Yoga\n\nBrhadbala, 142, 143, 146\n\nBrhadraja, 145\n\nBrhadrai,J.a, 143\nBrhadratha, 164\nBrhaspati, 177-181\n\nBridge of Rama over ocean, 66,67-68\nBudha, 183, 184\nButter, clarified (ghee), 188, 189,230,231,\n\n233\n\nc\nCaitanya-candrodaya-rul!aka, quoted on\nCaitanya's teachings, 43\nCaitanya-caritamrta\n\nquoted on advanced devotee, 38\nquoted on duality of material world, 171\n\n", "SB9.2#p0331": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n312\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nCitizens\n\nas incarnation of God, 264\n\nflee to forest, 224\n\nquoted on desiring devotional service, 157,\n\n�l).a consciousness for, 224\n\n158\nquoted on preaching �l).a consciousness,\n127\n\nin Rama's kingdom, 95, 97, 99, 128-129\ntraining for, 96\nin va�rama-dharma, 108\n\nteachings of, 43\n\nCitraketu, 113\n\nworship to, 264\n\nCitraratha, King of Gandharvas, 250\n\nCaitraratha, 190\n\nCitraratha, son of Supii.rsvaka, 169\n\nCama, 237\nCamas tu prtanns tisra.S\nverse quoted, 237\nC3I,akya Pal).c:lita\ncited on beauty by qualities\nquoted on brief life and worthy deeds, 152\nquoted on wife, 188, 198\nquoted on woman and politician, 198\nCandrama manaso jata/:1\nquoted, 176\nC3ra.l).as, 266\nCaste system\nsociety ruined by, 224\nSee also: Van:W.Srama-dharma\nCatur-var�yam maya sr�!am\nquoted, 95, 220, 224, 261\nCeremonies. See: Sacrifices\nChaitanya, Lord. See: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nChance, creation by, 74\nChanting\nattachment to ��l).a by, 36\nLord's presence invoked by, 99\nSee also: Hare ��l).a mantra; Name of the\nSupreme Lord; Smikirtana\nCharity\nbrahma� accepts, I 09\nKar.l).a distributed, 108\nkings give, 108-109\n�atriya gives, 108, 109\nof Rama returned by brahma�,\n107-108, 109\nYudhi��hira gave, 108\nChemicals, life not from, 27\nChild\nimpunity for, 26\nof Madayanti \"born of a stone,\" 33\n\nCivilization, human\naim of, 159\nRaval).a's policy ruins, 74\nsense gratification spoils, 233\n\nva�rama society as, 95\nVedic vs. modern, 162-163\nSee also: Society. human\nCleanliness. See: Badz..ng; Purification\nConcentration. See: M\"ditation; Yoga\nConditioned soul. Se.\n\n..ioul, conditioned\n\nConsciousness. See: Kf�l).a consciousness\n\nCosmic manifestation. See: Creation, the; Material world; Universe\nCows\nimpunity for, 26\nkilling of, 27\n�l).a favors, 37\nmilk from, 231-232\nprotection of, 232, 233\nsacrificial ingredient from, 233\nCreation, the\ncompared to imaginary town, 42\nLord controls, 74\nNarayal).a beyond, 59\nRak�asas misunderstand, 74\nSee also: Material world; Universe\nCurse\nof brahma�a 's wife on Saudiisa, 30, 31\nof Mitra and Varul).a on Urvasi, 185, 188\nof Sitii on Raval).a's soliders, 72\nof Vasi��ha and Nimi on each other,\n152-153\nof Vasi��ha on Saudiisa, 18, 20, 21, 29\nof Visvamitra on sons, 272\nCycle of birth and death. See: Birth and death,\nrepeated; Transmigration of the soul\n\n", "SB9.2#p0332": "313\n\nGeneral Index\nD\nDaiva defined, 72\n\nDamayanti (Madayanti), 18, 21, 33\n\nDat:t�akaraJ;tya forest, Rama in, 118-119\nDantavakra, 81\n\nDasaratha, son of Balika, 34\n\nDasaratha Maharaja, son of Aja\nRama exiled by, 56\n\nsons of, 50\n\nDemigods\nas materially agitated, 41\nNimi blessed by, 161\n\nNimi's priests prayed to, 155-156\npleasure places of, 190\npower of, 156\n\nprayed for Lord's appearance, 49-50\n\n�_lama glorified by, M-85\n\nSuna\\l.Sepha rescued by, 270, 271\nworship to, 10, 209\n\nwives of, 56, 92\nDa.Sottarar:ti �a! cahur\n\nverse quoted, 237-238\nDasyu-praye�u rajasu\nquoted, 223\nDdta\n\nSee also: names of specific demigods\nDemocracy, 96, 162, 163\nDemons\ndemigods vs., 35, 177-179\n\ndestination of, 81\n\nRama killed, 54, 62\n\ndefined, 108\n\nSee also: Atheists; R�asas; names of\n\nSee also: Charity\n\nDattam durvasasam so1,J··rn\n\nverse quoted, 176\nDattatreya, Lord, 176, 226-227\n-\n\nDeath\n\ndemigods revive body from, 156\n\ndevotee surpasses, 158, 160\n\nfish fear, 159\n\nof husband & wife, 28\ninevitable, 159\nof Ja!ayu, 62\n\nof Nimi and Vasi�!ha, 154\n\nnondevotee at, 158\nin Rama's kingdom optional, 99\nof RavaJ;ta, 75\n\nDeer diverted Rama, 58\nDeity worship\nattachment to i(r�J;ta by, 36\nSee also: Worship of the Supreme Lord\nDemigods\ndead body revived by, 156\ndemons vs., 35, 177-179\nfail at God realization, 41\nin goodness, 64\n\nhuman excelled by, 41, 156\n\nKha!vailga and, 35, 39\nLord above, 104, 105\nmaterialists devoted to, 10\n\nDesire(s)\n\nspecific demons\n\nof Bhagiratha, 4\n\nof Rava1.1a for Sita, 58\n\nsarikirtana fulfills, 204\n\nto serve God, 157, 158\n\nfor wife of another, 79\nSee also: Attachment\n\nDestiny, 29\n\nSee also: Kanna\n\nDetachment. See: Renunciation\n\nDevami�ha, 165\nDevanika, 138\n\nDevarata, son of Suketu, 164\n\nDevarata (Sunai1Sepha), 269-271, 273-275\nDevas. See: Demigods\nDevotees\nof demigods, 10\nof Ganges, 13, 14, 15\nDevotees of the Supreme Lord\nassociation of, 40\n\nbirth in home of, 157\n\nbody of, 156,157-158\nas brahmar:ta, 37\n\nbypass brahmajyoti, 119\ndeath surpassed by, 158, 160\n\ndesires devotional service, 157, 158\nas doubt-free, 35\n\n", "SB9.2#p0333": "Srbnad-Bhigavabun\n\n314\n\nDevotees of the Supreme Lord (continued)\nenvious vs.liherated,124-125\nas fearless,156,158\nGanges worshiper compared to,13, 15\n\nDevotional service\nintelligent person renders, 36\nKhatviiilga in, 35, 39,44\n�!}a consciousness by, 36, 39,40\n\ngreed absent in, no\n\nliberation as,157-158\n\nHare �!}a movement propagated by,38\n\nlife to begin with,35, 36\n\nignorance absent in,llO\n\nliving entity in,44\nrenunciation in,43\n\njiidnis contrasted to,ll9,157\nkarmis contrasted to,119\nKhatvanga revered,37\n\nsages in,16\nsins absolved by,8\n\nas liberated soul,157-158\n\nas success of life, 24\n\nLord compared to,161\n\nSee also: Kr��Ja consciousness\n\nLord directs,llO\n\nDharmadhvaja,167\n\nLord pleases, 121\n\nDhr�taketu,164-165\n\nLord protects, 125\n\nDhrti,170\nDhruva Maharaja, 40, 109\n\nmaterial activities unsuitable for, 17\nmaterialistic,109\nmeditate on Lord's lotus feet,ll8-ll9\n\nDhruvasandhi, 140\nDhumr�a,70\n\nnondevotee contrasted to, 158\n\nDhyanavasthita-tad-gatena manasa pa.Syanti\nyam yogina�\n\nofferings by,13\nas persons,123-124\n\nquoted, 41\nDictatorship,monarchy contasted to,163\n\nmoney used by, 38\n\nPrahlada's warning to,109\n\nDig-vijaya defined,127,129, 228\n\nprasada satisfies,17\npreaching duty of,127\n\nDilipa,3\n\npurity of,17\nrenunciation by,43\nservice to,8\n\nDirections\nawarded to sacrificial priests,106,\n262-263\nin universe,265\n\nsin avoided by,17\n\nDirghabiihu, 49\n\nas soldier,127\nin spiritual body, 158, 161\nspiritual world achieved by,123\nas transcendental,40\nin Vrndavana,127\n\nDisciple\nspiritual master suffers sins of, 6\nSee also: Devotee of the Supreme Lord\nDistress. See: Suffering\nDiviika,143,144\n\nworld utilized by,38\n\nDog, Raval}a compared to, 74\n\nyogis contrasted to,ll9,157\nSee also: ICr�IJa consciousness,person in;\nPure devotees; Saintly persons;\n\nDoubt, devotee free of,35\nDownfall. See: Falldown\nDowry,Gadhi demanded,216,217\n\nnames of specific devotees\n\nDraupadi, 79\n\nDevotional service to the Supreme Lord\n\n( bhakti-yoga)\nCaitanya desires,157,158\ncompared to sun,8\ndevotee desires, 40, 157, 158\nfalse prestige counteracted by,43\nGodhead attained by, 35, 36, 41\n\nDuality, material\nliberated soul tolerates, 171-172\nSee also: Bodily conception of life; Modes\nof material nature\n\nDu�kha se saba hari bhaje\nverse quoted, 64-65\nDurga,mother, 10\n\n", "SB9.2#p0334": "General Index\n\n315\n\nElephant(s)\n\nDurmukha, 70\nDurvasa,176\n\nPuriirava compared to,194\n\nDiiljaQ.a,57\n\nRama compared to,55\n\nDuty\n\nEmperor vs. king,127\n\nof brahmaT}a, 25-26, 109, 244\n\nEnemies\n\nof devotee,127\n\ndevotee not envious of,125\n\nof king, 26\n\nLord's mercy conquers,72\nLord surpasses,121\n\nof �atriya, 108, 109, 162\nLord not bound by,121\n\nEntity,individual. See: Living entity\n\nof vaiSyas, 232\n\nEnvy\n\nDvaita defined,171\n'Dvaite' bhadrabhadra-jiidrw., saba­\n\n'marw-dharma'\n\namong devotees,124-125\nof Kartaviryarjuna for Jamadagni,230,\n231\n\nverse quoted,171\nDvapara-yuga,97\nDynasty\nof Brhadbala,146\nof I�viiku,143, 147\nof Ku5a,216\nof Mithila,171, 172\n\nSee also: Anger\nEtam a�auhiT}im prahu�\nverse quoted,237-238\nEternal life via Lord's appearance & activities,\n36, 123\nEvam prajabhir d�!dbhir\nverse quoted,224\n\nof sun-god (Siirya),141, 147\n\nE\nEarth\nboar incarnation rescued,131\nfalling to,from heavenly planets, 75-76\nfood and wealth from,208\nGanges wary of coming to,5, 6\nheavenly planets excel,188-190\nirreligious rulers burden,223\nrain enlivens,208\nSita entered within, liS, 116\nEating. See: Food; Meat-eaters; Prasada\n'Ei bhala, ei manda, '-ei saba 'bhrama'\nverse quoted, 171\nEka,215\n\nEka-patni-vrata defined,100\nEko ratha gaja§ caika�\nverse quoted,236-237\nElements,material\ngross & subtle, 161\nSee also: rw.11U!s of specific ele11U!nts\nElephant(s)\nin Ayodhya,128\n\nF\nFalldown\nfrom heavenly planets, 75-76\nof impersonalists to material world,119\noffenses cause, 76\nof RavaQ.a, 75-76\nof Vasi�tha, 153\nFamily\nfathers & sons in, 95\nhappiness for,101\nSee also: Grhas t ha ; Husband; Marriage;\nWife\nFarms,ISKCON,in America,232\nFasting\nfor disrespecting holy man,8\nby Rama at seashore,63\nFear\ndevotee free of,156, 158\nfish live in,159\nof Ganges for sins of earth's people,5, 6\nmale-female attraction causes,117\nin nondevotee,158\nof ocean for Rama,63\n\n", "SB9.2#p0335": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n316\nFire\n\nGar;za defined,237\n\nas Puriirava's son,206-207, 210\n\nGandharnada,71\n\nRama compared to,53\nsacrificial,205, 206\n\nGandharva-pura\n\nSita tested in,61\n\nwife followed husband into,31\nFish fear death,159\nFlower shower for Rama,84, 131\nFood\nfrom earth,208\non heavenly planets and earth compared,\n189\nhuman flesh,served to Vasi�!ha, 20,21\nkings gave,in charity,108-109\nliving entities as, for each other,1 59 16 0\n-\n\nvai§yas produce,232\n\nSee also: Meat-eaters; Prasada\nForest\ncitizens flee to,224\n\ndefined,43\nSee also: Maya\nGandharvas\nBharata killed,114\nking of,249,250\nPuriirava and,194,203,210\nUrvasi's lambs stolen by,192-194\nworship Parasurama,266\nGanges River\nAmsurnan and,3\nbathing in,7,15\nBhagiratha and,4, 7,9,12\nDilipa and,3\nGandharva king and ReQuka at,249,\n250\nJahnu drank,215\n\nDaQQakaraQya,l18-119\n\nfrom Lord's toe,11,15\n\nhorne forsaken for,198\n\npure devotees purify,7\n�ins of earth's people frightened, 5,6\n\nMadhuvana, 115\nRama in,53,57,59,118-119\nFortune,goddess of, 55\nFoxes,women compared to,197,198\nFreedom\nfrom birth-and-death cycle,160\nby chanting Hare �!}a,97,210\nfrom envy, 124,125\nKr�Qa consciousness as,44\nfrom material bondage,76,97,210\nfrom sin,15,97\nof women,29\n\nSee also: Independence; Liberation\nFruitive workers. See: Karmis; Materialists\n\nSiva sustains,9,11\nwater of,11-15\nGarbhodakaSayi Vi�Qu, 175\nGatasan agatasams ca\nquoted,172\nGaurasundara, Lord,97\n\nSee also: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nGautarna,265\nGhee (clarified butter), 188, 189, 230, 231,\n233\nGhost\nin ignorance,64\nas \"spiritual body,\" 161\ntransmigration into,82\n\nFuneral\nof Ja!llyu,62\n\nGod. See: Incarnations of the Supreme Lord;\n�Qa, Lord; Supreme Lord\nGod consciousness\n\nof Raval}a, 81-82\nsriiddha, 82\n\nG\n\nvar�rama system promotes,95\nSee also: �!}a consciousness\nGoddess of fortune,55\n\nGadhi,King, 215-217, 267\n\nGodhead. See: Spiritual world; Supreme Lord\n\nGajdnam tu parima�m\nverse quoted,237\n\nGod realization\ndemigods fail at, 41\n\nGarnbling,17\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual process of,41\n\n", "SB9.2#p0336": "General Index\n\n317\n\nHappiness\n\nGod realization\nperfection of,45\n\nfor family,101\n\nSee also: K.r�1,1a consciousness; Self-realization\n\nby God-conscious government,223\nmaterial vs. spiritual, lO\n\n\"Gods.\" See: Demigods\nGoloka Vrndavana,230\nSee also: Spiritual world\nGoodness,mode of,demigods in,64\nGopis, �1,1a's lotus feet concerned,119\nGo-ra�ya defined,232\nGov_ardhana Hill,K.r�1,1a\nlifted, 66\nGovernment\n\nin material world,24,171-172\nof Sita seeing Rama again,83\nby surrender to wrd,10-11\nSee also: Bliss; Pleasure; Satisfaction\nHardwar,7\nHare �l,la mantra\ndefined,209\nfreedom by, 97,210\n\ngood & bad, 95,96\n\nfor Kali-yuga,208,209,210\n\nin Kali-yuga,223-224\n\nwrd pleased by' 208\nsin prevented by,264\n\nof Rama,95,96, 97, 126, 127\nsinful,231\nvarrul5rama system enhances,95\nVedic vs. modern,162-163\nSee also: Civilization,human; Kings;\nK$atriyas; Leaders,government;\nSociety, human\nGreed\nbrahmaT,UJS free of,109,110,153\nVasi�tha victimized by, 153\nGrhastha (householder)\nK.r�l,la as,105\nRama instructed, 100\n\nSee also: Chanting; Name of the Supreme\nwrd; Sankirtana\nHare �l,la movement. See: K.r�1,1a consciousness movement\nHari hari viphale janama goridinu\nverse quoted,24\nHarim vi!Ui naiva srtim taranti\n.\nquoted,160\nHari8candra, 270\nHarita,274\nHaryasva, 165\nHavis\n\nwily wife to be renounced by, 198\n\ndefined, 233\n\nSee also: Family; Husband; Marriage,Wife\n\nSee also: Butter, clarified\n\nGrhe IUirim vivarjayet\nquoted,59\nGuT:UJ.S. See: Modes of material nature\nGuru. See: Spiritual master\n\nH\nHaihayas, 226, 231\nHanuman\nLanka attacked by, 68, 69\nRama in forest with, 53\nin Rama's return to Ayodhya,90\nRava1,1a's R�asas attacked by,71\nas destined,29\n\ndefined,233\nSee also: Cows\n\nGulma defined,237\n\nHappiness\n\nHavirdhanim\n\nHealth by bathing in Ganges,15\nHeavenly planets\nearth excelled by,188-190\nfalling from, 75-76\nSagara's sons elevated to, 13, 14, 15\nUrvasi descended from,188, 189\nSee also: Planets; Spiritual world; Universe\nHell\natheists condemned to, 81\nRava1,1a condemned to,80, 81\nHimalaya Mountains, 263\nHindi poet,quoted on worshiping then forgetting the wrd, 64-65\n\n", "SB9.2#p0337": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n318\n\nlgn9rance, mode of\nSiva as incarnation of, 9\n\nHippies, 189\n\nHiral}.yakasipu, 81\n\nHiral}.yanabha, 139, 140\n\nHitviitma-patam grlwm andha-kapam\nquoted, 198\n\nHladinipotency, 59-60, 116\n\nHoly men. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nPure devotees; Saintly persons\nHoly names. See: Chanting; Hare Kr�l}.a\n\nmantra; Name of the Supreme Lord;\nSupreme Lord, specific names\n\nHoly places\nParasurama visited, 248\nsaintly persons purify, 7\nworship of, 245\n\nlha yasya harer diisye\n\nverse quoted, 157-158\n\nl�vaku, 143, 147, 150\nIla, 184\n\nlllusion. See: Maya\n\nImpersonal Brahman. See: Brahman (impersonal Absolute)\n\nlmpersonalists. See: ]iiiinfs; Mayavadis;\nMonists\nlncarnation(s) of the Supreme Lord\nas boar, 131\nbogus vs. bona fide, 66\nCaitanya as, 264\n\nHorses in Gadhi's dowry demand, 216, 217\n\nin four forms, 49-50\n\nHouseholder. See: Grhastha\n\nas Kalki, 272\n\nHotraka, 215\n\nHrasvaromli, 166\n\nHare Kr�Q.a movement as, 224\n\nfor material world's maintenance, 9\nmission of, 260\n\nHuman being(s)\n\nbody of, valuable, 23-24\n\nParasurama as, 222, 225, 260, 261, 267\n\ndemigods excel, 41, 156\n\nRama as. See: Ramacandra, Lord\n\nkilling of, vs. animal slaughter, 24\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord, appearance\n\nflesh of, served to Vasi�!ha, 20, 21\n\nLord in role of, 121\n\nas sacrificial animal, 270\n\nyajnameant for, 233\n\nSee also: Life; Living entities; Persons;\n\nSociety, human; Soul, conditioned\n\nHusband\nideal, Rama exemplified, 100, 101\nwife compared with, 188\n\nwife dies with, in Vedic culture, 28\nwoman without, 28\nSee also: Marriage\n\nSiva as, 9\n\n(deseent) of\nIndependence\n\nfor woman, 28-29, 61\n\nSee also: Freedom; Liberation\n\nIndian Ocean. See: Ocean, Indian\n\nlndra, King\nas Brhaspati's ally, 179\nchariot driver of, 73\n\nquoted on Urva8i, 191\nVasi�!ha as sacrificial priest for, 150-153\n\nlndrajit, 70\n\nInitiation, spiritual, son via, 206-207\n\nIgnorance\natheists in, 27-28\n\nInjunction, Vedic. See: Vedic injunction\nIntelligence, animallike, 64\nIntelligent person\ndevotional service by, 36\n\n�l).a consciousness dispels, 44\nIgnorance, mode of\nghosts in, 64\nmaterial world in, 9\nruling class in, 223, 224\n\nIntercourse, sexual. See: Sex life\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness. See: Kr�l}.a consciousness movement\nIntoxication, 17\n\nI\n\nbrahmai).Cl free of, 109, 110\n\nmoral injunction on, 79-80\n\n", "SB9.2#p0338": "General Index\nlsavasyam idam sarvam\nquoted, 39\n\nISKCON. See: l(nl}.a consciousness movement\n\nl5varal,t sarva-bhutanam\nquoted, 41\n\nJ\nJtu;la-dhiyal,t defined, 64\nJagad-dhitaya kmwya\n\n319\n\nJnanam vijnanam astikyam\nverse quoted, 25, 108\n\n]Mninas tattva-darsinal,t\nquoted, 52\n\n]Mnis, 119, 157\nSee also: Mayavadis; Philosophers\n]Mpanartham punar nityaverse quoted, 61\n\nJneyam sata-sahasram tu\nverse quoted, 237\n\nverse quoted, 37\nJahnu,215\n\nK\n\nJaimini, 139\nJamadagni\n\nKabandha, 62\n\nagnihotra sacrifice by, 231\nkamadhenu cow of,230,231\n\nKaikeyi, 51, 92\n\nKartaviryarjuna and,229-231,233\n\nKaler do$a-nidhe rajann\n\nKartaviryarjuna's sons killed, 255,256\nopulence of,230,231\nParasurarna and, 220,221,242-245,\n251-253,261,265\npower of,252,253\nRel}.uka and,221,249,251-253,256\nas sage, 265\nas Satyavati's son, 220,221\nsons of,221,251-253,258\nJarnbavan, 71, 90\nJanaka, father of Sita,166\nJanaka (Mithila), father of Udiivasu, 163,164\n\nJaniya suniya v4a khainu\nverse quoted, 24\n\n]anma karma ca me divyam\nverse quoted, 36, 66-67, 123\n\n]anmani janmani defined, 157\n]anmaobi more iccha yadi tara\nverse quoted, 157\nJatayu,62\n\nJaya, son of �uriirava,214,215\nJaya, son of Sruta, 170\n\nJaya, son of Visvarnitra,274\n]iva defined, 105\n\nSee also: Living entity; Soul; Soul, conditioned\n\n]ivera 'svarupa' haya-km�ra 'nitya-dasa'\nquoted, 44\n\nKalapa-grarna, 141\n\nverse quoted, 97\n\nKali-kale nama-rupe km�a-avatara\nquoted, 99, 224\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali)\nduration of, calculated, 141\ngovernment in, 223-224\n\nHare l(nl}.a mantra for, 97, 208-210\n\nl(nl}.a consciousness movement counteracts, 97, 99\nMaru to live through, 141\nmlecchas in, 272\nomkara in, 209\nRarna in, 97\n\nsankirtana for, 204, 208, 264\n\nSatya-yuga contrasted to, 97, 209-210\nvar�rama system neglected in, 96\nas worst age, 97, 99\nKalki incarnation, 272\n\nKamadhenu. See: Surabhicow\n.Kamsa, 81\nKaiicana,215\n\nKan41ha-adhikaris, 127\n\nKapila Muni, 4\n\nKarma\n\nbondage to, 76\n\nSee also: Activities, material; Destiny\n\nKarma-bandhanal,t\n\ndefined,263-264\n\n", "SB9.2#p0339": "320\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nKarma-bandhanab. (continued)\n\nKilling\n\nSee also: Birth and death, repeated;\nBondage\nKarma-kiiiJ{iiya-yajnas defined, 204\nKarma(Ui daiva-netre�\n\nKing(s)\ncharity by, 108-109\nduty of, 26\n\nquoted, 76\nKarmiir,ti nirdahati kint u ca bhakti-bhajam\nquoted, 29\nKarmis (fruitive workers), 119\nSee also: Materialists\n\nsinful acts of, 27\n\nemperor vs., 127\nin lqvaku dynasty, 143, 147\nas Lord's representative, 26\nin Mithila dynasty, 171, 172\nas rajar�i, 96\n\nKarJ;Ia, 108\n\nRama as, 54, 94-95, 96, 97-100,\n\nKartaviryarjuna\nJamadagni and, 229-231, 233\n\n129\nSee also: K�atriyas\n\nkiimadhenu cow stolen by, 233, 234,\n\nKingdom of God. See: Goloka Vrndavana;\n\nParasurama vs., 229, 230, 234-236,\n\nSpiritual world\nKirtana. See: Chanting; Sarikirtana\n\n238-242\npower of, 226-229\npride of, 227, 230, 233\nRava�a defeated by, 228-229\nsoldiers of, 236, 238, 239\nsons of, 242, 254, 255, 256, 259\nweapons of, 236, 240, 241\nKasyapa, 262, 265\nKau8alya, 92\nKausika, 274\nKau8iki River, 221\n\nKratuman, 274\nKrishna, Lord. See: Kr��a, Lord\n\nKecit kevalaya bhaktya\n\nKrishna consciousness. See: Kr��a conscious­\n\nverse quoted, 8\nKesidhvaja, 168\nKha�Q.ikya, 168\n\nKhara, 57\n\nKhatvaii.ga\nbrahmar,tas dear to, 37\ndemigods and, 35, 39\nin devotional service, 35, 39, 44\nLord attracted, 38, 39\nmaterial attachment renounced by, 38-39,\n41, 42,43\nquoted on brahmar,tas, 37\nsurrendered to the Lord, 37, 42,43, 46\nKidnapping\nof Sita by Rava�a, 59, 61, 62, 74, 76\nof Tara by Soma, 177\nKilling\nof brahmar,ta, 26, 27\nof human and animals compared, 24\n\nKirtanad eva kr�r,tasya\nverse quoted, 97, 210\nKita-janma ha-u yatha tuya dasa\nquoted, 157\nKnowledge\nseeing by, 81\nSee also: Absolute Truth\nKosala, 81\n\nness\nKr�i-gora�ya-var,tijyaril\nquoted, 232\n\nKr�Q.a,Lord\n\nas Absolute Truth, 37\nArjuna and, 45, 72\ncited on cow protection, 232\nas God, 66\ngopis'concern for, 119\nas Govinda, 37\nas grhastha, lOS\nin Kali-yuga, 99\nmeditated on Himself, 105\nmind absorbed in, 40\nas Parabrahman, 25-26, 37\nplanet of, 230\nservice to Radha and, 24\nas shelter of all, 45-46\nSee also: Supreme Lord\n\n", "SB9.2#p0340": "321\n\nGeneral Index\n\n�Q.a,Lord,quotations from\n\nK�atriya(s)\n\non fighting for ��Q.a, 72\non God realization by devotional service,\n41\n\nBiilika as progenitor of,34\n\non pure devotee's return to Godhead,\n45-46\n\ndefined,162\nduties of,108, 109, 162\n\non thinking about ��Q.a,40\n\ngambling by,17\n\nbrahmaiJas guide,223\nas charitable,108, 109\n\nKmr.a-bhavaniimrta-sarigha, defined,\n\nirreligious,223\n\n40\n�Q.a Caitanya. See: Caitanya Mahiiprabhu\n\nParasuriima killed,34, 222-223,225,\n\n�Q.a consciousness\n\nqualities of,108, 219, 220, 244, 268\nRii ma as,108\n\nbirth-and-death cycle stopped by,159\n\n258-260,267\n\nbrahminical culture advances,37\ndestiny changed by,29\n\nSee also: Kings\n�emadhanvii,138\n\nby devotional service,39\n\n�emiidhi,169\n\neasiness of,40\n\nK�iiJe pu1Jye martya-lokam viSanti\n\neveryone equal in,198\nin government,224\nhusband & wife in,198\n\nquoted,75\n\nK�ipamy ajasram C1Subhan\nverse quoted,80-81\n\nignorance dispelled by, 44\n\nK�iram yatha dadhi vikara-viSe�a-yogat\n\nK.ha�viiilga in, 38, 43\nas liberation,158\n\nverse quoted,9\nK�udraka,146\n\nnecessity of,264\n\nKumbha, 70\n\nperson in,38, 39, 40\npreaching, as devotee's duty,127\n\nKumbhakarQ.a,70\nKur�etra, Purii.ravii and Urvasi at,196,\n\nSee also: Devotional service; God con­\n\n201\n\nsciousness\n\nKu8a,son of Ajaka,215,216\n\n��l).a consciousness movement\n\nKu8a,son of Rii ma,113,138\n\ncitizens should take to,224\ndefined,40\ndevotee propagates,38\neasy to take to,97\nfalse prestige counteracted by,43\nfarms in,232\nas incarnation of God, 224\nKali-yuga counteracted by,97, 99\npurpose of,97, 233\n\nKmr.a-van;r.am tv4akr�r.zam\nquoted,264\n�adhvaja,167,168\n�taiijaya,145\n�aratha,165\n\nKrte yad dhyayato v41Jum\nquoted,210\n�i. 170\n�iriita,166\n\nKusadhvaja,167\nKu8iimbu,215\nKusanabha, 215\nKusikas,274\n\nL\nL�maJ;lll,Lord\nas Dasaratha's son, 50\nmother of,92\nRiima and,53,59 ,71\nsons of,113\nas v41Ju-tattva, 50\nweapons of, 72\nLambs of Urvasi, 187, 192-194\nLamentation\nof Lanka's women at R.iivaQ.a's death,\n77-80\n\n", "SB9.2#p0341": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n322\nLamentation (continued)\nof Purfirava for Urva8i, 195\n\nLiving entity (Living entities)\n\nas food for each other, 159-160\n\nof Rama for Sita, 116\nof Re�uka for Jamadagni, 257\nLangala, 146\n\nGodhead as goal of, 24\n\nLanka (RavaJ.la's kingdom)\nRarna and monkeys attacked, 68, 69\n\nas Lord's servant, 44\nmaterial activities unsuitable for, 17\n\nVibhi�aJ.la ruled, 84\nwomen of, mourned RavaJ.la's death,\n77-80\n\nLava, ll3\nLavaJ.la, ll4\nLaws of nature\n\ndependency under, 76\n\ngodlessness condemned by, 81, 261\nLeaders, government\nexemplary, 101\n\nin Kali-yuga, 223-224\n\nSee also: Kings; K�atriyas; Politicians\nLiberated soul. See: Soul, liberated\nLiberation\nin brahmajyoti, 119\n\nLord different from, 105\nLord favors, 37\n\nin ocean afraid of Rama, 63\n\nas persons, 124\n\nSee also: Animals; Human beings; Per­\n\nLoka\n\nsons; Soul; Soul, conditioned\n\ndefined, 207\nSee also: Planets\n\nLord Caitanya. See: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nLotus, Brahma born from, 175\nLove of Rarna for Sita, ll6\nLust\nof Mitra and Varu�a for Urvasi, 154\nof Puro.rava for Urvasi, 203-206\n\nSee also: Sex life\n\ndevotional service as, 157-158\n\nM\n\ndevotional service excels, 24\nvia Ganges River, 15\n\n��J.la consciousness as, 158\n\nMadayanti (Damayanti), 18, 21, 33\n\nvia Rama's pastimes, narrations of, 124\n\nMadhucchanda, 269,272-273\nMadhucchandas, 269,271-273\n\nfrom material bondage, 224\n\nSee also: Freedom; Independence\nLife\ndevotional service from start of, 35, 36\nGodhead as goal of, 36, 152\nimmortalized by worthy deeds, 152\nof Kha�vailga about to end, 35\nmaterial, freedom from, 76\nmission of, 24\n\nNimi's consideration of, 152\nperfection of, 44\n\nproblem of, 264\n\nfor sacrifice, 233\n\nscientist's theory of, 27\n\nsuccess in, 24, 37, 43\nyogiprolongs, 141\nSee also: Human beings\nLiving entity (Living entities)\nin embryo, 27\n\nMadhu �asa, ll4\nMadhuvana forest, 115\nMadhvacarya, quoted on RavaJ.la and Sita,\n\n60-61\nMahd-bhagavata\ndefined, 38\nSee also: Pure devotees\nMahdbhdrata, quoted on a�auhi�;ti military\nphalanx, 236-238\nMahadhrti, 165, 166\n\nMahd-mantra. See: Hare ��J.la mantra;\nOrhkara (praJ;tava)\nMahd-niSa dve ghalike\nquoted, 192\nMaharoma, 166\nMahasvan, 142\nMahavasi, 170\nMahavirya, 164\n\n", "SB9.2#p0342": "General Index\nMahendra, 266\nMahesvara. See: Siva, Lord\nMahi�mati, 228,229,233, 235\nMale-female attraction, 117, 187,188,200,\n203\nSee also: Sex life\nMama janmani janmani:5vare\nquoted, 40\nverse quoted, 157, 158\nMam anusmara yudhya ca\nquoted, 72\nMan\nwoman combined with, 187,188,200, 203\nwoman compared with, 198\nSee also: Human beings; Society, human\nMandodari, 77, 78-81\nMan-eater. See: R�asa\nMan-mana bhava mad-bhakto\nquoted, 40\nMana-dharma defined, 171\nMantra(s)\n\nHare Kr��a. See: Hare Kr��a mantra\nomkiira, 207,209\nin l_{cika's oblations for son, 218\nin Satya-yuga, 209\nManu-samhitii, cited on women, 28,200\nMan�ya-janama paiya, radhii-km.r.a nii bhajiya\nverse quoted, 24\nMarica, 58\nMarka�c;leya &i, 122\nMarriage\nof Satyavati and l_{cika, 217\nof Sita and Rarna, 61\nfor women mandatory, 28\nSee also: Family; Grhastha; Husband;\nWife\nMaru, son of Haryasva, 165\nMaru, son of Sighra, 140, 141,142\nMarudeva, 145\nMatali, 73\nMata yasya grhe nasti\nverse quoted, 198\nMaterial body. See: Body, material\nMaterialist (s)\ndevoted to demigods, 10\n\n323\n\nMaterialist (s)\nkarma binds, 76\nPuriirava as, 204\nRava�a's policy endangers, 74\nsense gratification dear to, 38-39\nSee also: Atheists; Karmis; Nondevotees;\nSoul, conditioned\nMaterial nature. See: Nature, material\nMaterial world\nactivities binding one to, 76\nanxiety in, 41\ncompared to phantasmagoria, 43\nconditioned soul attached to, 42, 43\ndevotee utilizes, 38\nas duality, 171-172\nenvy in, 124\nexemplary leaders could reform, 101\nhappiness in, 24, 171-172\nin ignorance, 9\nimpersonalists fall to, 119\nincarnations maintain, 9\nliving entity's mission in, 24\nLord's pastimes in, 121\nLord transcendental to, 60\nas miserable, 171\nRama beyond, 59\nrenunciation in, 43\nseparation feelings perverted in, 116,117\nsin in, 264\nspiritual world vs., 116,117\nsurvival struggle in, 159-160\nSee also: Creation, the; Universe\nMathura, 114-115\nMatra-sparsas tu kaunteya\nverse quoted, 172\nMatrvat para-dare�u\nverse quoted, 79-80\nMaya (illusion)\nas birth and death, 76\nmaterial happiness as, 171-172\nMayadhya�erJU prakrti�\nquoted, 68\nMaya-sita defined, 61\nMayavadis (impersonalists)\nbody feared by, 156\nLord misunderstood by, 123-124\n\n", "SB9.2#p0343": "324\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nMayavadis (impersonalists) (continued)\nLord's self-worship imitated by, 105\n\nSee also: lmpersonalists; ]fliinis\nMayy iisakta-marui� pdrtha\n\nMonkeys\nHanuman king of, 53\nLai:tka attacked by, 68, 69\nRama allied with, 6 2, 68, 71\n\nverse quoted, 35\n\nRava1,1a's Ra�asas vs., 71, 72\nMoon\n\nMeat-eaters\nanimals allotted to, 232\nas sinful, 17\n\nRama compared to, 91\ngod of. See: Soma\n\nMeditation\nof devotees on Lord's lotus feet, 118-119\nof Kr�1,1a on Himself, 105\nof Puriirava on Urvasi, 204, 205 206\n-\n\nin Satya-yuga, 210\n\nSee also: Yoga\nMercy\n\nMountain peaks\nin Rama-Rava1,1a battle, 72\nin Rama's bridge to Lai:tka, 67-68\n\nMrtyu-sariJsara-vartmani\nquoted, 159\n\nMukti. See: Liberation\nMiilaka, 34\n\nof Lord to preacher, 6\n\nMysticism. See: Kr�1,1a consciousness; Medita­\n\nof spiritual master to disciple, 6\n\ntion\nMystic power\n\nMilk, cows protected for, 231-232\nMind in Kr�1,1a consciousness, 36, 40\nMisery. See: Suffering\nMitadhvaja, 167, 16 8\nMithila, 163, 164, 171\n\nperfection of, 141\n\nSee also: Power\nMystics. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nSages; Yogis\n\nMithila, 163, 169\nMitra, 154, 185, 188\n\nMleccha-nivaha-nidhane kalayasi karabalam\nquoted, 272\n\nMlecchas defined, 224, 272\nModes of material nature\nconditioned soul under, 76\nLord above, 64\nSee also: Nature, material; Goodness; Passion; Ignorance\nMok{;a. See: Liberation\nMonarchy\n\nN\nNabha, 138\nNabha, 17\n\nNa ca daivat param balam\nquoted, 74\n\nNa dhanam na janam na sundarim\nverse quoted, 157\n\nNaham prakaSai} sarvasya\nquoted, 161\nNakedness\ncondemned, 189\n\ndictatorship contrasted to, 163\nrevolution abolished, 223\nin Vedic society, 162-163\n\nNak{;atra-miisa-gar:titam\n\nSee also: Kings\n\nNalaraja, 17\n\nMoney\ndevotee utilizes, 38\nSee also: Opulence, material; Wealth\nMonists\nin brahmajyoti, 119\n\nSee also: ]nanis; Mayavadis\n\nof Puriirava, 194\nverse quoted, 61\nName of the Supreme Lord\nKr�1,1a descends as, 99, 224\nSee also: Chanting; Hare Kr�1,1a mantra;\nSupreme Lord, specific names\n\nNamo brahmar:tya-devaya\nverse quoted, 37\n\n", "SB9.2#p0344": "325\n\nGeneral Index\nNandana-kanana, 190\nNandigrama, 87\nNandivardhana, 164\nNarada\n\nfollowing, recommended, 79\nquoted on social classes, 268\n\nNaradeva defined, 26\nNardr,W.m adhi paiicdSac\nverse quoted, 237\nNarantaka, 70\nNarayaJ:la, Lord\nbeyond Creation, 59\nSee also: Supreme Lord; Vi�J:lU, Lord\nNarayar:r.a� paro 'vyaktdt\nquoted, 59\nNarikavaca, 34\nNarmada River, 227, 228\nNarottama dasa 'fhakura, quoted on human\nlife spoiled, 24\nNa tasya kdryam karar:r.am ca vidyate\nquoted, 121\n\nNature, material\nactivities controlled by, 76\ngodless government destroyed by, 261\nlaws of, 76,81,261\n\nLord controls, 68\n\npunishment by, 64,65\nsuffering due to, 233\n\nsurvival struggle in, 159-160\n\nSee also: Body, material; Elements, material; Modes of material nature\nNectar of Devotion, The, 39\n\nNight, \"dead of,\" 192\nNikhildsv apy avasthasu\nverse quoted, 157-158\nNikumbha, 70\nNila, 68, 69, 71\n\nNimi Maharaja\nbody of, 155, 156, 162\ndemigods blessed, 161\nas 1�vaku's son, 150\nlife as considered by, 152\nmaterial body refused by, 155-159, 161\nsacrifices by, 150, 152, 153, 155\nson from, 162, 163\n\nNimi Maharaja\nspiritual body for, 157, 161\n\nVasi�tha and, 150, 151, 152-153\nNirbandha� kr�TJ.a-sambhande\nquoted, 38,43\nNirvar:r.a. See: Liberation\nNi�adha, 138\nNitya-lila-prav�ta defined, 123\nNitya-purr:r.a-sukha-jnanaverse quoted, 60\nNondevotee\nafraid at death, 158\nSee also: Materialists\nN.rsimhadeva, Lord, 109\n\n0\nOcean\nRama angry at, 53, 63\n\nRama bridged, 66, 67-68\nRama glorified by, 64-66\nRava1.1a condemned by, 65,66\nOffense\nto devotees, 8, 125\n\nfalldown due to, 76\n\nof Kartaviryarjuna to Parasurama, 229,\n\n230,234\n\nOfferings\n\nof devotee to Lord, 13\nSee also: Sacrifices\n\nOld man, impunity for, 26\n\nOmkdra (pra1J.ava)\ninvocatory power of, 206, 207\npurpose of, 209\nom namo bhagavate vdsudevdya\nquoted, 209\nOpulence, material\nof Jamadagni, 230, 231\nof Kartaviryarjuna, 226-227\nLord forgotten during, 65\npride due to, 230\nin Rama's kingdom, 128-130, 133\nSee also: Money; Wealth\nOversoul. See: Supersoul\n\n", "SB9.2#p0345": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n326\np\n\nParitra�ya sadhanarit\nquoted, 260\n\nPanasa,71\n\nPariyatra, 138-139\n\nPanca-§�ti-sahasra�i\n\nPassion,mode of\n\nverse quoted, 237-238\nPanca-yajna\ndefmed,264\nSee also: Sacrifices\nPru;tQavas gambled and lost,17\nPa�ita defined, 172\nParamatma. See: Supersoul\nPararit brahma pararit dhama\nquoted, 26, 45\nPararit dr§!vd nivartate\nquoted,40\nPararit vijayate sri-kr§�-sankirtanam\nquoted, 97\nParas tasmdt tu bhavo 'nyo\nquoted,123\n\nPrajapatis in, 64\nruling class in,223, 224\nPa5yanti jnana-cak§usa�\nquoted,81\nPatrarit pU§parit phalarit toyarit\nquoted,13\nPattirit tu trigu�m etarit\nverse quoted, 236-237\nPeace for society,199\nPerfection\ndevotional service as, 44\nof God realization,45\nKha�vailga achieved, 46\nof mystic yoga, 141\nPersons\n\nPara5u defined, 238\n\nLord & living entities as,123-124\n\nParasurama,Lord\n\nSee also: Animals; Citizens; Human\n\nholy places visited by, 248\nas incarnation of God, 222,225,260, 261,\n267\nJamadagni and, 220, 221,251-253,\n261-265\nkamadhenu freed by, 242\nKartaviryarjuna's sons killed by, 259\nKartaviryarjuna vs., 229, 230, 234-236,\n238-242\n4atriyas killed by,34,222-223,225,\n258-260,267\nas 4atriya-spirited brahma�a, 223, 268\nlives in Mahendra, 266\nmother and brothers \"killed\" by, 252,\n253\nRama defeated, 55\nsacrifice by, 261-263\nas sage in future, 265-266\nweapons of, 234,235,238-241\nworship by, 261,265\nworshipers of, 266\nPariisya saktir vividhaiva srayate\nverse quoted,121\nParik�it Maharaja,51,162\n\nbeings; Living entities\nPhalgani tatra mahatam\nverse quoted,159-160\nPhilosophers\nMayavadi, lOS\nmonistic, 119\nnature bewilders, 233\nSee also: ]fl.dnis; Scientists\nPlanet(s)\nof K:r�1,1a,230\nLord controls,68, 207\nin spiritual world,119-120\nin universe,119,188\nSee also: Earth; Heavenly planets; Universe\nPleasure\nLord as source of,60\nSee also: Bliss; Happiness\nPolestar,265\nPoliticians\nCii1,1akya quoted on,198\nRama-rajya,95\nSee also: Kings; K§atriyas; Leaders,\ngovernment\n\n", "SB9.2#p0346": "General Index\nPower\nof chaste woman, 79,80\ncontamination reduces,153\nof demigods, 156\nof Jamadagni,252, 253\nof Kartaviryarjuna,226-229\nof the Lord, 66,74\nmaterial vs. transcendental,72\nof Sita,79, 80\nof Visvamitra,267\nSee also: Mystic power; Weapons\nPrahasta, 70\nPrahlada Maharaja\ngovernment of,162\nNrsimhadeva and,109\nPraja hi lubdhai rajanyair\nverse quoted,224\nPrajapatis, 64\nPrajiis\n\nPrayer\nof Kr��a conscious person,40\nfor worshiping the Lord,37\nPreacher, Lord's mercy to, 6\nPreaching\nattachment to Kr��a by,36\nas Caitanya's order,127\nas devotee's duty,127\nSee also: Sarikirtana\nPride,false\ndevotional service counteracts,43\nof Kartaviryarjuna,227, 230,233\nas punishable,230\nof Soma, 177\nPriests,Vedic\nsacrificial, 106,262-263\nSee also: Brahmar.tas; Spiritual master\nPriyavrata,211\nPromise\n\ndefined,108,224\n\nof Dasaratha to Kaikeyi, 56\n\nSee also: Citizens\n\nSee also: Benediction\n\nPrajiis te bha�a�yanti\nverse quoted,223-224\nPrakrte� kriyamal).dni\n\nProtection\nfor Balika, 34\nfor cows, 232\n\nquoted,233\n\nfor devotee) 125\n\nverse quoted,76\n\nfor Rama,Sukadeva prayed for,53,54\n\nPrakrti\ndefined,68,233\nSee also: Nature, material\n\nfrom sin, 8\nfor Sita, 61\nfor women,61,200\n\nPra7Java. See: Orilkara\n\nPrtana defined,237\n\nPrar,wpaharac ca yathendriyal).dm\n\nPrthivue ache yata nagaradi grama\n\nverse quoted,105\nPrasada (food offered to the Lord),\n17\nPrasenajit,son of Larigala, 146\nPrasenajit,son of Visvabahu, 142\nPrasu5ruta, 142\nPratikasva, 144\nPratipaka, 165\nPrativyoma, 143\nPratya�am tu sriya siirdham\nverse quoted,61\nPraya§citta\ndefined,8\nSee also: Atonement\n\nverse quoted,127\nP�<).arika, 138\nPunishment\nby material nature,64, 65\npersons exempt from,five listed,26\nfor pride,230\nfor sinful men, 74\nPure devotee(s) of the Supreme Lord\ndefined,128\ndisqualification for,109\nGanges purified by, 7\nGodhead as destination of,45-46\nLord's pastimes entered by,123\nas satisfied,40\n\n327\n\n", "SB9.2#p0347": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n328\nPure devotee(s) (continued)\nsees lord everywhere, 38\nsins absolved via, 7\n\nQualities\nofsiidras,244,268\nofva�yas,244,268\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme lord;\nSaintly persons\n\nPurification\n\nof Ganges by saintly persons, 7\n\nR\nRadha and ��r;J.a, service to, 24\n\nby Ganges water, 11-15\n\nRadha-kr�r.ta-prar_�aya-vikrtir hladini-saktift\n\nof sins by devotional service, 8\n\nRaghu Maharaja, 49\nRain by sacrifice, 208,233\n\nof holy places by pure devotees, 7\nof Vasi�tha after cursing Saudasa, 21\n\nPuru, 215\n\nPurujit, 168,169\nPuriiravii\nAgnisthali girl with, 203\n\nbeauty of, 184,185,187\n\ncompared to elephant, 194\n\nquoted, 60\n\nRajanya defined, 223\nRajar�i defined, 26\n\nRii jastiya sacrifice by Soma, 177\n�asa(s) (man-eaters)\nact abominably, 74\n\nRiima vs., 51,54,57,71,72\n\nGandharvas and, 194,203,210\nmaterialistic, 204\n\nSatr\n\nquoted on Urvasi, 186,189\n\nSaudasa killed, 19-20\n\nparents of, 184\n\nsacrifice by, 205-207,208,210\n\nRii vana as, 59,61,70\n\n�hna killed, 114\n\nSaudasa as, 22,23,29\nSee also: Demons\n\nsons of, 206-207,210,214\n\nRiima. See: Parasurama, Lord; Riimacandra,\n\nUrvasi and, 184-191,193-197,\n\nRiimacandra, lord\n\nTretii-yuga overtook, 204\n\n199-204,205-206\n\nlord\n\nactivities of, 51, 53-55\n\nPur'U§tikara defined, 72\n\nAgnihotra-yajiia by, 118\n\nP�kara, 145\nP�pa. 140\n\nangry at ocean, 53,63\nAyodhyii welcomed back, 84-85, 87-92\nbeyond material world, 59\nBharata's activities in absence of, 85\nBharata welcomed home, 87,88, 90, 92\n\nP�kala, 113\n\nQ\nQuadruple expansion of Godhead, 49-50\nQualities\n\nbeauty according to, 244\nof Brahmii, 243\nof brahmar_ta, 25,108, 219, 220, 243,\n244,268\nof husband and wife compared, 188\nof �atriya, 108, 219,220,244,268\n\nmaterial. See: Modes of material nature\nof monarchs and revolutionaries compared,\n223\nof sages and the lord equal, 16\n\nairplane of, 84,91\n\nbrahmar_tas and, 1 07-110\n\nbridged ocean, 66,67-68\n\nbroke bow at competition assembly, 55\nbrothers of, 125-126, 126-127\ncharacter of, 99-100\ncitizenry under, 95,97,99,12 8-129\ncompared to boar incarnation, 131\n\ncompared to liberated soul, 56\n\ncompared to moon, 91\nin DaQ.<).akaraJ;�ya forest, 118-119\nDasaratha and, 50,56\ndeer diverted, 58\n\n", "SB9.2#p0348": "General Index\nRamacandra, Lord\ndemons killed by,54, 62\n\n329\n\nRamacandra,Lord\nVibh�al}.a and,68,81-82,84\n\nexemplified ideal husband, 100\n\nas vi$�u-tattva, 50\n\nfasted at seashore,63\n\nin Visvamitra's sacrificial arena,54\n\nin forest, 53,57,59, ll8-ll9\nas Gaurasundara,97\nglories of,120, 122\nas God,66\n\nvowed to take one wife,99, 100\nweapons of, 57, 72\nworshiped Himself,104, 105\n\ngovernment of,95, 96, 97, 126, 127,162\nhouseholders instructed by,100\nincognito,111\ninstructed about attachment to women,59\nJalliyu's funeral performed by,62\n\nas king,54, 94-95,96, 97-100, 129\nkingdom of,53,56,106,128-130,133\nas �atriya, l 08\n\nRamadi-milrti$u kala-niyamena fi$than\nquoted,50\nRama-riijya,95\n\nSee also: Ramacandra,Lord,kingdom of\nRamayai:Ul. true & false editions of,51-52\nRamordmordmaiti\nverse quoted, 61\n\nRal}.aka, 146\n\nRal}.aii aya,145\n\nj\n\nas Ku8a's father, 138\n\nRasa (relationship with Kr�l).a),conjugal,\n\nmonkeys allied with, 62, 68, 71\n\n59-60\nRavaQ.a\n\nmother of,92\nocean glorified,64-66\n\ncompared to dog, 74\n\nomnipotent,66\npalace of, 133,134\n\ndeer of,diverted Rama, 58\n\ncompared to urine,65, 66\n\nParasurama defeated by,55\n\ndisturbance caused by,65, 66, 78\n\npriests' donations from, 106\nquoted on Raval}.a,74\n\nfall of, 75-76\nfate of,80, 81\n\nRlik�asas vs., 51, 54, 57, 71, 72\n\nfollowing,condemned,80\n\nRiival).a's sister deformed by,57\n\nas lndrajit's father,70\n\nRaval).a vs., 68-75, 78, 79, 82\nreign of,94-95,96,97-100,128-131,\n133-135\nrespected relatives, 92\nreturned to spiritual abode, 118, 119, 123\nrumor about Sitli heard by, Ill, 112\nsacrifices by,104, 105, 106, 107-108,\n118\nshaved & bathed after Ayodhyli return, 93,\n94\nSita abandoned by,112,115\nSitii as pleasure potency of,74,134\nSitli found by,82, 83\nSitli separated from,53,59-60,116\nas Sitii's husband,51,61, 100, 101\n\n�itii won by,55\nSiirpal}.akha disfigured by, 53\ntaught by example,lOO\n\nJalliyu killed by,62\n\nkarmacontrols,76\n\nKartaviryiirjuna defeated,228-229\nLailkli's women mourned death of,77-80\nname of, explained, 78\nocean condemned,65, 66\nas Ra�asa,59, 61, 70\nRama vs.,68-75,78,79,82\nsinful & shameless,74\nsister of,deformed by Rama,57\nSitii angry at, 72\nSitli kidnapped by, 58, 61,62, 74, 76\nsoldiers of,cursed by Sitii, 72\nVibhi�aQ.a and, 68, 81-82\nas Visravii's son, 65\nweapons of,73\n\nwife of. See: Mandodari\nRaya,214, 215\n\n", "SB9.2#p0349": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n330\nl;tcika Muni, 216-220\n\nReaction. See: Karma; Sin\nReality. See: Absolute Truth; Spiritual world\nReception for Rama returning to Ayodhya,\n\nSacrifices (yajiias)\nby Puriirava, 205-207, 208, 210\n\nrain by, 208, 233\nby Rama, 104, 105, 106, 107-108, ll8\nfor sense enjoyment, 204\n\n84-85,87-92\n\nsense gratification vs., 233\n\nReincarnation. See: Birth and death, repeated;\n\nsociety needs, 208\n\nTransmigration of the soul\n\nby Soma, 177\n\nReligion as Lord's orders, 74\n\nson via, 206-207\n\nReligious principles\n\nin Treta-yuga, 204, 210-211\n\nfollowers of, 100\n\nvia van:uiSrama-dharma, 208\n\nleaders ignore, in Kali-yuga, 223\n\nSee also: Vedic injunction\n\nRe�m, 221\n\nby Visvamitra, Rama's prowess in, 54\n\nJamadagni rebuked and revived, 251-253\nas Jamadagni's wife, 221,249,256\n\nSee also: names of specific sacrifices\n(yajiias)\nSadhur jivo va mara va\nquoted, 158\nSadhus. See: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\n\nin devotional service, 43\nof wily wife, 198\n\nSaga1,1a, 139\nSagara's sons, 13, 14, 15\n\nRe1,1ukii\n\nGandharva king attracted, 249, 250\n\nRenunciation\n\nRespects\n\nSages; Saintly persons\n\nSages\n\nin devotional service, 16\n\nRama and relatives exchanged, 88, 92\n\nat Nimi's sacrifice, 155-156\n\nto saintly persons, 8\n\nRevolution abolished monarchy, 223\n\nRitualistic ceremonies. See: Sacrifices; names\n\nof specific ceremonies\n\nJ;tlajas, 90\n\nRohita, 270\n\n��i defined, 26\n\nl;ha, 170\nl;ttiiparr_1a, 17\nRiipa Gosviimi, quoted on devotee as liberated\nsoul, 157-158\n\ns\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha defined, 60\nSacrifices (yajiias)\ncow's contribution to, 233\nfire for, 205, 206\n\nhuman, 270\nlife meant for, 233\n\nfor Lord's pleasure, 204, 207-208\nby Nimi, 150, 152, 153, 155\nby Parasurama, 261-263\n\npurpose of, 204, 207-208\n\nthe seven, 265-266\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nSaintly persons; names of specific\nsages\nSa gu!J.Ii.n samatityaitan\nquoted, 76\n\nSahadeva, 144\nSaha-mara� defined, 28\nSaintly persons\n\npurify holy places, 7\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord;\nPure devotees\n\nSiikya, 146\n\nSalvation. See: Liberation\nSamanta-paiicaka, 260\nSamaratha, 169\nSam i- g a rbhad agnim mantha\nquoted, 206\nSamitree, 205\n_\n\nSarno damas tapaiJ, saucam\n\nverse quoted, 25, 108\nSamsara. See: Birth and death, repeated;\nTransmigration of the soul\n\n", "SB9.2#p0350": "General Index\nSanadvaja, 168\n\nSaniitana-dhiim a\ndefined, 123\nSee also: Spiritual world\nSandhi, 142\n\nSaiijaya, 145, 146\n\nSankhyagar_tita-tattvajiiai?t\nverse quoted, 237\nSankirtana\ndesires fulfilled by, 204\nfreedom by, 97\nfor Kali-yuga, 204, 208, 264\nSee also: Chanting; Hare l(r�1,1a mantra;\nPreaching\n\nSannyasi (renunciant), respects to, 8\n\nSaptar�i-maiJ4ala defined, 265\nSarasvati River, 196, 263\n\nSariram �ar_ta-vidhvarilsi\nquoted, 152\nSarva-dharman parityajya\nverse quoted, 6, 10-11, 127\nSarvakama, 17, 18\n\nSarva-kama-dughii mahi\nquoted, 208\nSarvasya caham hrdi sanniv�to\nquoted, 110\nSarvatra haya nija �ta-deva-spharti\nverse quoted, 38\n\nSarvatra pracara haibe mora nama\nverse quoted, 127\nSarvopiidhi-vinirmuktam\nquoted, 76\nSarvoramamayo loko\nverse quoted, 61\n\nSastras (Vedic scriptures). See: Vedas; Vedic\nliterature\n\nSatadyumna, 168\n\nSatany upari c�tau ca\nverse quoted, 237\nSati defined, 28\n\nSatisfaction\nin l(r�1,1a consciousness, 40\nSee also: Bliss; Happiness\n�atra-yaga sacrifice, 155\nSatrughna, Lord\nas Dasaratha's son, 50\n\n331\n\nSatrughna, Lord\nMathura founded by, 114-115\nmother of, 92\nRak�asa killed by, 114\n\nin Rama's return to Ayodhya, 90\nsons of, 114\nas v�r_tu-tattva, 50\n\nSatyaratha, 169\nSatyavan, 156\n\nSatyavati, 216, 218-221\nSatyayu, 214, 215\n\nSatya-yuga\n\nKali-yuga contrasted to, 97,209-210\n\nRama's reign evoked, 97\n\nworship in, 209, 210\n\nSaudasa, King\n\nbrahmar_ta devoured by, 29\nbrahmar_ta 's wife and, 23, 25-28, 30, 31\ncompared to tiger, 29\n\nas Kalm�apada, 22\n\nas man-eater, 22, 23, 29\nas Mitrasaha, 31\n\nother names of, 18\n\nsex life given up by, 32\n\nVasi��ha and, 18, 20, 21, 29, 32-33\nwife of, 18, 21\n\nSavitra defined, 206\nSavi tri, 156\nScholars\n\nbooks of, 51-52\n\nnature bewilders, 233\nSee also: Philosophers\nScientists, life theory of, 27-28\n\nSeeing by knowledge, 81\nSelf-realization\nGodhead as goal of, 152\nSee also: God realization; l(r�1,1a conscious-\n\nness\nSemen, son via, 66, 206-207\nSenamukha defined, 237\nSense gratification\n\nmaterialists attached to, 38-39\n\nsacrifice vs., 204, 233\nSee also: Attachment, material; Sex life\n\nSenses\ncompared to foxes, 197, 198\n\n", "SB9.2#p0351": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n332\nSenses (continued)\nl(r�I,Ia pleases, 37\nLord beyond, 207,208\n\nSee also: Body, material\nServants of God. See: Devotees of the Supreme\nLord\n\nService to God. See: Devotional service\n\nSitadevi\nfather of, 166\n\nin fire test, 61\nas goddess of fortune, 55\n\nhappy to see Rama again, 83\n\nillusory form of, 61\npower of, 79,80\n\nSevonmukhe hi jihvadau\n\nprotection for, 61\n\nSex life\nof brahma7J.a couple, Saudasa interrupted,\n\nRama found, 82,83\n\nquoted, 161\n\n22,23,29,30\nillicit, 17\n\nhuman, 187,203\n\nof Puriirava and Urvasi, 190,191,202\nSaudasa gave up, 32\n\nSee also: Male-female attraction;\n\nShower of flowers for Rama, 84, 131\n\nRama abandoned, 112,115\n\nRama in forest with, 53\n\nRama separated from, 53,59-60, ll6\nas Rama's pleasure potency, 74,134\n\nin Rama's return to Ayodhya, 90, 92\nas Rama's wife, 51,61,100,101\n\nRama won, in competition assembly, 55\n\nRava1,1a kidnapped, 58,59,61,62,\n74,76\n\nSiddhas, 266\n\nsons of, ll3, ll5\n\nSirh8apa tree, 82.\n\nValmiki with, ll2, ll3, ll5\n\nSighra, 140\nSin(s)\n\nchanting prevents, 264\n\nas transcendental, 55\n\nSiva, Lord\n\nas Angira's disciple, 178\n\ndevotees avoid, 17\n\nas Asuto�a, 10\n\nof disciple suffered by spiritual master, 6\n\nbow of, 55\n\ndevotional service absolves, 8\n\nof earth's people frightened Ganges, 5,6\nfour listed, 17\nfreedom from, 97\n\nGanges bathing absolves, 15\nghost as product of, 82\nkilling as, 26,27\nLord absolves, 6,7\nin material world, 264\npunishment for, 74\npure devotees absolve, 7\nsuffering from, 254\nsurrender absolves, 6, l l, 245\n\nSindhudvipa, 17\n\nSira defined, 166\nSiradhvaja, 166,167\n\nSitadevi\nangry at Rava1,1a, 72\nchaste, 79, 80,101\ncursed Rava1,1a's soldiers, 72\nearth entered by, ll5, ll6\n\nBhagiratha satisfied, 10\n\nas Brhaspati's ally, 178\n\ncompared to yogurt, 9\n\nGanges sustained by, 9,II\n\nas ignorance incarnation, 9\nmaterialists worship, lO\nuniverse sustained by, 9\nSkanda Purd7J.a, quoted on Rava1,1a and Sita,\n60-61\nSociety, human\nanimalistic, 268\ncaste system ruins, 224\nkilling in, 24\npeace for, 199\nsacrifices needed in, 208\n\nvar�rama system arranges, 95\nSee also: Civilization, human; Vedic\n\nculture\nSoma (moon-god)\nbirth of, 175,176\n\nBrahma and, 175,179\n\n", "SB9.2#p0352": "General Index\nSorna (moon-god)\nBrhaspati vs., 178, 181\nas Budha's father, 183\nfalse pride in, 177\n\nkidnapped Brhaspati's wife, 177\nsacrifice by, 177\nSukra allied with, 178\nTara and, 177, 180\n\nuniverse conquered by, 177\nSon\ngood & bad, 66\n\nthree ways to get, 206-207\n\nSee also: sons of s pecific persons\nSoul\nin bodily conception, 172\n\nof Raval).a condernned, 80, 81\nSee also: Living entity\nSoul, conditioned\nas materially attached, 42, 43\nmodes of nature control, 76\nSee also: Hurnan being; Living entity\nSoul, liberated\ndevotee as, 157-158\nduality tolerated by, 171-172\nRarna corn pared to, 56\nSee also: Pure devotee\nSound, transcendental\n�!).a's name as, 224\nSee also: Hare Kr�Q.a mantra;\n\nMantras\nSpirit. See: Body, spiritual; Soul; Spiritual\nworld\nSpiritual life\neveryone equal in, 198\nSee also: Devotional service; Kr�J1.a consciOusness\nSpiritual master\nAbsolute Truth via, 51\ndisciple's sins suffered by, 6\nSpiritual world\ndevotee promoted to, 123\nrnaterial world vs., 116,117\nplanets in, 119-120\nseparation feelings in, 116,117\nsurabhicowsin,230\nSee also: Goloka Vrndavana\n\n333\n\n�\n\nraddha ceremony, 82\nSrava7J.a-kirtana\ndefined, 125\nSee also: Chanting\nSridhara Svarni, quoted on Siva and Aiigira,\n178\nSri-kr$7J.a-caitanya-sarira-dhari\n, verse quoted, 43\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, irnpersonalists rnisunderstand, 123-124\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, quotations from\non Absolute Truth, 45\non Anasiiya and Atri, 176\non brahrninical syrnptorns, 25\non chanting Hare Kr�Q.a, 210\non destiny deterrnining happiness and distress, 29\non devotional service absolving sins, 8\non government in Kali-yuga, 223-224\non home forsaken for forest, 198\non irnpersonalists' falling to material\nworld, 119\non Kali-yuga and maha-mantra, 97\non living being as food for another, 160\non Lord's purity, 6\n\non saintly devotees' purifying holy places,\n\n7\n\non sex life, 187\n,\n\non social classes, 268\n\non worshiping the Lord, 104-105\n�rrigara-rasa defined, 60\nruta, son of Bhagiratha, 17\n\n�\n\nSruta, son of Subhasana,\n. . 170\n\n�rutaiijaya, 215\n\nSrutasena, 114\nSrutas tisras tu vahinya?l\n, verse quoted, 236-237\nrutayu, son of Ari�tanemi, 169\nSrutayu, son of Puriirava, 214, 215\n\n�\n\nStars, the seven, 265\nSthavara-jarigama dekhe, na dekhe tara mufti\nverse quoted, 38\nStone(s)\nASrnaka \"born of,\" 33\nin Rarna-RavaJ:la battle, 72\nin Rarna's bridge to Lanka, 66\n\n", "SB9.2#p0353": "334\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nStrength. See: Power\nStri-ratnam d�kulad api\nquoted,188\n\nStriyo vaiSyas tat lui. sudra?r,\nquoted,198\n\nSubahu,114\n\nSubha�a�a,170\n\nSubtle body. See: Body,material,gross & subtle; Intelligence; Mind\nSuccess\ngoing back to GOdhead as,24\nSee also: Perfection\n\nSuci,168\n\nSudarsana, 140\nSudasa,18\n\nSun\ndevotional service compared to, 8\nLord compared to,6\nLord controls,68\n\n�una�epha (Devarata),269-271, 273-275\nSunaka,170\n\nSuna�atra,145\n\nSun-god,139, 147\nSunshine, brahmajyoti compared to,119\nSuparsvaka,169\nSupersoul (Paramatma)\n\nas Absolute Truth,45\nLord as,25, 45\n\nSupratika, 144, 145\nSupreme Lord\n\nSudhrti,164\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord, quotations from\nas Absolute Truth, 49\n\nSuffering\n\nappearance (descent) of,36,49-50, 67,\n\nSuddhoda,146\n\nSudr�,\nqualities of,244,268\nbody causes, 159\nas destined, 29\n\nof embodied soul,172\n\nLord free of,119\n\nnature causes,233\n\nin Rama's kingdom absent,99\nRava�a caused,65, 66\n\nsin causes,254\n\nof spiritual master for disciple's sins,6\nworld as, 171\nworship inspired by,65\nSee also: Anxiety; Bondage\nSugriva\nLanka attacked by,68, 69\nRama in forest with,53\nin Rama's return to Ayodhya,90\n\n, Rava�a's Ra�asas attacked by,71\nSukadeva Gosvami\nquoted on Rama's activities,53-55\nwarns against mundane scholars,52\nSuketu, 164\nSukha se agar hari bhaje\n\nverse quoted, 64-65\nSukra,178\n,\n\nSukro defined,206\n\nSumitra, 146, 147\n\nactivities of,49, 66-67, 121,123\nas adhofcyaja, 208\n\n99, 121,123\n\nbeyond material conditions, 60\n\nbeyond sense perception,207,208\nin bliss,60\n\nbodily rays of,119\nbrahmar_w.s enlightened by,109, 110\n\ncompared to sun,6\n\nconjugal relationship with,59-60\n\nas creator and controller,74\ndemigods under, 104, 105\ndevotees of. See: Devotees of the Supreme\nLord\nDhruva declined benediction of,109\ndull people misunderstand,64, 65\nduty-free,121\nenemies excelled by,121\nas enjoyer,207\nexpansions of 49-50\nexternal energy of, 42\n\nforms of,49-50, 99\nGanges from toe of, 11, 15\nas Govinda, 9\ngreater than all,121\nHare Kr��a mantra pleases,208\nin heart of all,25, 41\n\nimpersonal conception of, 45, 123\n\n", "SB9.2#p0354": "General Index\nSupreme Lord\nincarnations of. See: Incarnations of the\nSupreme Lord\n\nSupreme Lord,quotations from\non Lord's transcendental activities,36,\n66-67\n\non surrender,6,125,127\n\nKha�vailga attracted by, 38, 39\n\nking represents,26\n\nknowledge about,eternal abode by, 36,67\n\n335\n\nSurabhi cow (kamadhenu)\n\nof Jamadagni, 230, 231\n\nliving entity contrasted to,1OS\n\nKartaviryiirjuna stole, 233, 234\n\nlotus feet of,ll8-119\n\nParasuriima freed, 242\n\nloving symptoms displayed by,60\n\nSurabhir abhipalayantam\n\nmodes of nature controlled by,64\n\nSurantaka, 70\n\nmercy of,6,72,127-128,161\nas Narayal).a, 209, 210\n\nnature controlled by, 68\n\nquoted,230\n\nSuras (godly persons). See: Demigods; Devotees of the Supreme Lord\n\nomnipotent, 66,68\n\nSuratha,146\n\nas pavitra, 6\n\nSurrender to the Supreme Lord\n\npain-free, 119\n\nas person,123-124\n\nSiirpa1.1akha,53\n\nhappiness by,10-11\n\nplanets controlled by,68,207\n\nby Kha�vailga, 37,42, 43,46\n\npotency of,9, 59-60,116\n\nLord reciprocates,125,127-128\n\nas pleasure reservoir, 60\n\nprotection by,125\n\nLord orders,127\n\nsins absolved by,6, 11,245\n\nas pure,6\n\nSiirya dynasty, 141\n\nreligion as orders of,74\n\nSviimin krtartho 'smi varam na yiice\n\nreciprocates surrender,125,127-128\n\nas sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, 60\n\nsacrifice meant for, 204, 207-208\n\nSutapii,145\n\nquoted,40\n\nsages acquire quality of,16\n\nSvar1.13roma,166\nSvariipa Damodara Gosviimi,quoted on\n\nas shelter of all,45-46\n\nSvetiiSvatara Upani$ad, quoted on Lord's\n\nseeing the,161\n\nsins absolved by,6, 7\n\nsun controlled by,68\n\n.\n\n�1.1a & pleasure potency,60\n\nsupremacy,121\n\nas Supersoul, 25\n\nas supreme enjoyer,127\nsurrender to.See:Surrender to the\nSupreme Lord\nas Vasudeva,45\nas Vedas' goal,209\nwork to please,263-264\n\nworship of. See: Worship of the Supreme\n\nLord\nas Yajiiesvara,206\nSee also: Absolute Truth; �I,la, Lord;\n\nNaraya1.1a,Lord; Supersoul; Vi�1.1u,\nLord\nSupreme Lord,quotations from\non demon's destination,80-81\n\nT\nTad brahma ni$kalam anantam a§e�a-bhutam\nverse quoted,119\n\nTad viddhi prar:tipdtena\nverse quoted,51\n\nTa�a,ll3\nTa�aka,142\n\nTal labhyate duMhavad anyatal;t sukham\nquoted,29\n\nTan aham dvi$atal;t krii.riin\n\nverse quoted, 80-81\nTanaya, 215\nTapasya. See: Austerities\n\n", "SB9.2#p0355": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n336\nTara,177,179-183\n\nTruth. See: Absolute Truth\n\nTathapi loka-sik$6-rtham\n\nTyaktva de ham punar janma\n\nverse quoted,60\n\nTattva-darsi\n\ndefined,51\n\nquoted,45-46, 158,161\n\nverse quoted,36,66-67,123\n\nSee also: Spiritual master\n\nu\n\nTeacher,spiritual. See: Brahmary,a; Spiritual\nmaster\nTears of jubilation, 175, 176\n\nTejiyasiiril na do§iiya\nquoted,6\n\nThorns pricking Lord's feet,devotees intolerant of,118-119\n\nTiger\n\nRava1.1a compared to,59\n\nSaudasa compared to, 29\n\nTime at \"dead of night,\" 192\n\nTirthi-kurvanti tirthani\nquoted,7\n\nTolerance of material duality, 172\nTraining of citizens, 96\n\nTrance. See: Meditation\n\nTranscendentalists. See: Devotees of the\n\nSupreme Lord; ]iiiinis; Mayavadis;\n\nYogis\n\nTransmigration of the soul\ninto ghost body,82\n\nSee also: Birth and death, repeated\nTraya§ ca turagas taj-jiia*\nver�e quoted, 236-237\n\nTrayo gulma gary,o nama\n\nverse quoted,236-237\nTree(s)\nASoka,82\n\nRarna 's monkeys used,67-68,72\n\nSami, 205\n\nSimSa.pa.,82\n\nTretiiyiiril yajato makhaib,\n\nquoted,204,210-2 l l\nTreta-yuga\n\nUdavasu, 164\n\nUniverse(s)\ncompared to woven cloth,9\ndirections of,265\ninnumerable,119\n\nKartaviryarjuna stormed,227\n\nLord's pastimes in,devotee enters,123\nf!lanets in,188\n\nSiva sustains,9\n\nSoma conqured,177\n\nSee also: Creation,the; Heavenly planets;\nMaterial world; Planets\n\nUpadek§yanti te jiiiinaril\nverse quoted,51\n\nUpagupta,169, 170\nUpaguru, 169\nUrine\n\nbad son compared to, 66\n\nRava1.1a compared to,65, 66\nOrjaketu,168\nOrukriya,143\n\nUrvasi\nbeauty of,189\nfrom heavenly planet,188,189\nIndra missed, 191\nlambs of,187,192-194\nMitra and Varuna and,154, 185,188\nPuriirava and, i84-191,193-197,\n199-204,205-206\nquoted on Puriirava,187,188\nquoted on women,197, 199,200\nsons of,214\n\nPuriirava's meditation overtaken by,204\nin Rarna's reign like Satya-yuga,97\nsacrifices in,204, 210-211\n\nTriry,i seniimukhany eko\n\nverse quoted,236-237\nTrisira,57\n\nv\nVadanti tat tattva-vidas\nverse quoted,45\n\nVahini defined, 237\n\n", "SB9.2#p0356": "General Index\nVaideha, 59, 61, 163\nVaikmnha. See: Spiritual world\n\nVairagya-vidya-nija-bhakti-yogaverse quoted, 43\n\nVa�r:za,va-aparadha\ndefined, 125\n\nSee also: Offense\n\n337\n\nVasi��ha\ngreed victimized, 153\nas lndra's sacrificial priest, 150-152,153\nNimi and, 150-153\nRama and, 92,93\nas sage, 26 5\n\nSaudasa cursed by, 18,20,21,29\n\nVai��avas\n\nVasu, 215\n\nSee also: Devotees of the Supreme Lord\nVaiSyas\n\nquoted, 45\nVasumiin, son of Jamadagni, 221,255\n\nas Vi��u worshipers, 95\n\nduty of, 232\n\nqualities of, 244, 2 68\n\nVajranabha, 139\n\nVali, 62\n\nValmiki Muni\n\nRamayar:za by, 52\n\nSita with, 112, 113, 115\n\nVamanadeva, Lord, in brahmacarirole, l lO\n\nVasudeval,t sarvam iti\n\nVasumiin, son of Srutayu, 215\n\nVasvananta, 170\n\nVatsavrddha, 143\n\nVedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedyal,t\nquoted, 209\n\nVedas\n\nfour listed, 209\n\nLord as goal of, 209\n\nVa�;�ik defined, 109\nVa� (social orders). See: Brahma1;!US;\nK�atriyas; VaiSyas; Sudras; SOciety,\nhuman; V ar1Jii$rama-dharma\nVar1Jii$ramacaravata\n\nSee also: Vedic literature\nVedic culture\nmonarchy governed, 162-163\n\nVar1Jii$rama-dharma\n\nVedic injunction\n\nquoted, 95\n\nAyodhya's residents followed, 129\ncitizens in, 108\n\nfollowers of, equally important, 100\ngood government requires, 95\nin Kali-yuga neglected, 96\npurpose of, 95\n\nsacrifices via, 208\n\nSatya-yuga evoked by, 97\nsociety arranged by, 95\nSee also: Caste system; Society, human;\nVedic culture\n\nVar�a\n\nhorse dowry supplied by, 217\n\nUrvasi and, 154, 185, 188\nVasi��ha\nausterity by, 21\nborn again, 154\nchild begotten by, on Saudasa's behalf,\n32-33\n\nflesh food served to, 20, 21\n\nsinful killing in, 27\n\nwoman's role in, 28\n\nSee also: Var1Jii$rama-dharma\n\non disrespecting holy man, 8\n\non learned man's outlook, 79-80\non woman being protected, 61\n\nSee also: Religious principles\n\nVedic literature\n\natheistic theory of life challenged by,\n27-28\n\nexemplary leaders in, 101\n\nSee also: Vedas; names of specific Vedic\nliteratures\nVibhinniirhSa\ndefined, 105\n\nSee also: Living entity\n\nVibhi�a�a\n\nLailka ruled by, 84\nRama and,68,81-92,84,90\nRava�a and,68,81-82\nVidhrti, 139\nVijaya, son of Jaya, 170\n\nVijaya, son of Puriirava, 214, 215\n\n", "SB9.2#p0357": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n338\nVikampana, 70\n\nWeapons\n\nVindhya Hills, 263\n\nVipralambha defined, 59-60\nVi�I;!U, Lord\nGarbhodakasayi, 175\nas incarnation, 9\nworshipers of, 95\nSee also: Narayai;�a, Lord; Supersoul;\nSupreme Lord\n\nVi$\"(1u-yajiia, 204\nVisrava, 65\n\nof Parasurama, 234, 235,238-241\nof Rama, 57,72\nof Rama's monkey soldiers, 72\nof Ravai;�a, 73\nof Ravai;�a's Ra�asas, 71\n\nSee also: Power\nWife\nof another as mother, 79-80\nchaste & faithful, 79, 80\ndies with husband, in Vedic culture, 28\n\nVisruta, 165\n\nfoxlike, 198\n\nVisvabahu, 142\nVisvamitra\nas brahmar$i, 217\ncursed elder Madhucchandas, 271-272\nas Gadhi's son, 217, 267\nas k$atriya turned brahma\"(la, 267, 268\npower of, 267\nsacrificial arena of, Rama in, 54\nas sage, 265\nsons of, 269,271-275\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakur a\ncited on Puriirava, 203\ncited on Tret.ll-yuga and Vedic rituals, 211\nquoted on moon-god, 176\nquoted on Visvamitra's sons, 269\nVisvasaha, King, 34\n\nViSvaso naiva kartavya/.1\nquoted, 198\nVitahavya, 170\nVow of Rama, 99, 100\nVrndavana\ndevotees in, 127\nSee also: Goloka Vrndavana\nVyasadeva lives, 141\n\nhusband compared with, 188\nideal, Sita as, 101\nman to leave behind, while touring, 59\nonly one, 100\n\nSee also: Marriage; wives of specific persons\nWoman (Women)\nattachment to, 59, 60\nBalika protected by, 34\nCiii;lakya quoted on, 198\ncelestial, 249, 250\nchaste, 79, 80, 244\ncompared to foxes, 197, 198\nas dependent, 28-29, 61\nhusbandless, 28, 29\nideal, 79\nimpunity for, 26\nof Lailka mourned Ravai;�a's death, 77-80\nman combined with, 187, 188, 200,203\nman compared with, 198\nnature of, 199, 200\nprotection for, 61, 200\nspiritual equality for, 198\nUrvasi quoted on, 197,199,200\n\nSee also: Male-female attraction; Wife\nWork\n\nw\nWealth\nfrom earth, 208\n\nSee also: Money; Opulence, material\nWeapons\nof Kartaviryarjuna, 236,240,241\nof �mai;�a, 72\n\non Vi�I;lu's behalf, 263-264\nSee also: Activities; Karma\nWorld. See: Earth; Material world\nWorship\nto Caitanya, 264\nto Ganges, 13, 14, 15\nGod vs. demigod, 209-210\nof holy places, 245\n\n", "SB9.2#p0358": "General Index\nWorship\nby Mayavadis, 105\n\nby Parasurama, 261, 265\nto Parasurama, 266\n\nin �atya-yuga, 209, 210\n\nto Siva, 10\nto Vi�Qu, 95\n\nWorship of the Supreme Lord\n\ncompared to watering a tree's root, 105\nDeity, 36\ndemigod worship vs., 209-210\n\ndevotee establishes, 38\nin distress, 65\n\nGanges worship compared to, 13\n\nby Himself, 104, 105\nprayer for, quoted, 37\n\nby Rama, 104, 105\n\n339\n\nYamaraja\nin Savitri-Satyavan history, 156\nYan maithunadi-grhamedhi-sukham hi\ntuccham\n\nquoted, 187\n\nYare dekha, tare kaha 'kr$r.ta '-upade§a\nquoted, 127\n\nYasyajnaya bhramati sambhrta-kala-cakro\n\nquoted, 68\nYasyanti giri-kananam\nquoted, 224\n\nYasya prabha prabhavato jagad-a$-ko#\nverse quoted, 119, 188\n\nYasya yallak$ar.taril proktam\nquoted, 25, 268\n\nYatha taror mala-ni$ecanena\nverse quoted, 105\n\nYe yatha rru'im prapadyante\n\ny\nYad anyatrapi drsyeta\nverse quoted, 268\n\nyad yad i.icarati sre�!/ws\n\nquoted, 101\n\nYa� sambhutam api tatha samupaiti karyad\nverse quoted, 9\n\nYajfidd bhavati parjanya�\nquoted, 208, 233\n\nquoted, 125\n\nYoga\n\nKartaviryarjuna mastered, 227\n\nGod realization impractical by, 41\nmystic, 139, 141\n\nperfection in, 141\n\nSee also: :Kr�Qa consciousness; Meditation\nYoga-siddha, longevity of, 141\nYogiS\nbhakti-, 123\n\nYajnai� salikirtana-prayair\n\nBrahman desired by, 157\n\nYajnarthat karmar.to 'nyatra\n\nlife prolonged by, 141\n\nquoted, 204, 264\n\nquoted, 233, 263\n\nYajlias. See: Sacrifices; names of specific\nyajlias (sacrifices)\n\nYajiiavalkya, 139-140\n\nYajiie sukhena bhavantu\n\nquoted, 233\nYamaraja\nas punisher, 74, 158\n\ndevotee contrasted to, 119, 157\n\nYogurt, Siva compared to, 9\n\nYudhi�thira Maharaja\ncharity by, 108\ngovernment of, 162\nYugas. See: Satya-yuga; Treta-yuga; Dvaparayuga; Kali-yuga\nYukta-vairagya defined, 43\nYuyudha, 170\n\n", "SB9.2#p0359": "", "SB9.3#p0001": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB9.3#p0002": "PLATE ONE\nOne day V:r!?aparva's daughter Sarmi!?tha, who was innocent but angry\n\nby nature, was walking in the palace garden with Sukracarya's daughter\nDevayani and thousands of other friends. The garden was full of lotuses,\n\nsweetly singing birds and bumblebees, and trees laden with flowers and\n\nfruits. When the young, lotus-eyed girls came to the bank of a reservoir\n\nof water, they wanted to enjoy by bathing. Thus they left their clothing\non the bank and began sporting, throwing water on one another. While\n\nsporting in the water, the girls suddenly saw Lord Siva passing by, seated\n\non the back of his bull with his wife, Parvati. Ashamed because they\n\nwere naked, the girls quickly got out of the water and covered them­\n\nselves with their garments. Sarmi!?tha unknowingly put Devayani's dress\non her own body, thus angering Devayani, who then spoke as follows:\n\n\"Oh, just see the activities of this servant-maid, Sarmi!?tha! Disregarding\n\nall etiquette, she has put on my dress, j ust like a dog snatching clarified\n\nbutter meant for use in a sacrifice!\" (pp. 19-21)\n\n", "SB9.3#p0003": "", "SB9.3#p0004": "PLATE TWO\nThe princess Sarmi�tha once approached King Yayati at the appropriate time for conception. In a secluded place, she requested the King, the\nhusband of her friend Devayani, to enable her to have a son also. Aware\nof the principles of religion, which state that a warrior or king must\nfulfill the sexual desire of any woman who approaches him, King Yayiiti\n\nagreed to Sarmi�tha's request. Although he remembered that Devayiini's\n\nfather, Sukriiciirya, had warned him against the act, King Yayiiti con­\n\nsidered this union the desire of the Supreme and had sex with Sarmi�thii.\nWhen the proud Devayiini understood from outside sources that Sar­\n\nmi�tha was pregnant by her husband, she became frenzied with anger.\nThus she departed for her father's house. King Yayiiti, who was very\nlusty, followed his wife, caught her and tried to appease her by speaking\npleasing words and massaging her feet, but he could not satisfy her by\n\nany means. When Sukriiciirya learned of the situation, he became ex­\n\ntremely angry. He furiously addressed the King: \"You untruthful fool,\nlusting after women! You have done a great wrong. I therefore curse you\nto be attacked and disfigured by old age and invalidity!\" (pp. 35-38)\n\n", "SB9.3#p0005": "", "SB9.3#p0006": "PLATE THREE\nOnce, after the exalted King Rantideva spent forty-eight days fasting,\nnot even drinking water, excellent food made with ghee was brought to\nhim, but when he was about to eat it, a brahmar:w guest appeared.\nRantideva, therefore, did not eat the food, but instead immediately\noffered a portion of it to the brahmar:w. When the brahmar:w left and\nRantideva was just about to eat the remnants of the food, a sudra appeared. Rantideva therefore divided the remnants between the sudra and\nhimself. Again, when he was just about to eat the remnants of the food,\nanother guest appeared. Rantideva therefore gave the rest of the food to\nthe new guest and was about to content himself with drinking some\nwater to quench his thirst, but this also was precluded, for a thirsty guest\ncame and Rantideva gave him the water. This was all ordained by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead just to glorify King Rantideva-to show\nhow tolerant a devotee is and how readily he foregoes his own satisfaction\nfor the benefit of others.\n\n(pp. 123-129)\n\n", "SB9.3#p0007": "", "SB9.3#p0008": "PLATE FOUR\nMter Srila Vyasadeva and his wife (the daughter of Jabali) had per­\n\nformed penances together for many years, he placed his seed in her\nwomb. The child remained in the womb of his mother for twelve years,\n\nand when the father asked the son to come out, the son replied that he\nwould not come out unless he were completely liberated from the in­\n\nfluence of\n\nmaya (illusion). Vyasadeva then assured the child that he\nmaya, but the child did not believe his\n\nwould not be influenced by\n\nfather, for the father was still attached to his wife and children.\n\nVyasadeva then went to Dvarakii and informed Lord Kn>Qa, the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, about his problem. At Vyasadeva's request, Lord\nl(r�Qa then went to Vyasadeva's cottage, where he assured the child in\n\nthe womb that he would not be influenced by maya. Thus assured, the\n\nchild came out, but he immediately went away and became the great\n\nparivrajakacarya (wandering saint) Sukadeva Gosviimi. (p. 140)\n\n", "SB9.3#p0009": "", "SB9.3#p0010": "PLATE FIVE\nOnce when the powerful yogi\" Durvasa was a guest at the house of\nKunti's father, Kunti satisfied Durvasa by rendering service. Therefore\nshe received a mystic power by which she could call any demigod. To examine the potency of this mystic power, the pious Kunti called for the\nsun-god, who immediately appeared before her, much to her surprise.\nShe told the sun-god, \"I was simply examining the effectiveness of this\nmystic power. I am sorry I have called you unnecessarily. Please return\nand excuse me.\" The sun-god said, \"0 beautiful Kunti, your meeting\nwith a demigod cannot be fruitless. Therefore, let me place my seed in\nyour womb so that you may bear a son. I shall arrange to keep your\nvirginity intact, since you are still an unmarried girl.\" After saying this,\n\nthe sun-god discharged his semen into the womb of Kunti and then\nreturned to the celestial kingdom. Immediately thereafter, Kunti gave\nbirth to a child, who was like a second sun-god.\n\n(pp. 222-224)\n\n", "SB9.3#p0011": "", "SB9.3#p0012": "PLATE SIX\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, l(r�I).a, the Supersoul in the\nhearts of all living entities, descends in His original form as a human\nbeing in the dynasty of Yadu. By His pleasing smiles, His affectionate\nbehavior, His instructions and His uncommon pastimes like raising\nGovardhana Hill, Lord l(r�I).a pleases all of human society. Although the\nLord's form exactly resembles that of a human being, His form is different from ours, for it is completely spiritual and thus attractive to\neveryone. l(r�I).a's body is the essence of loveliness, and, as the only\nabode of beauty, fame and opulence, it is self-perfect and ever-fresh.\nOne of the gopis once playfully warned her friend about the power of\nl(r�I).a's attraction: \"My dear friend, if you are at all attached to your\nworldly friends, do not look at the smiling face of Lord Govinda as He\nstands on the bank of the Yamuna at Kesi-ghata. Casting sidelong\nglances, He places His flute to His lips, which seem like newly blossomed\ntwigs. His transcendental body, bending in three places, appears very\nbright in the moonlight.\" (p. 248)\n\n", "SB9.3#p0013": "", "SB9.3#p0014": "PLATE SEVEN\nKr�l).a's face, which is like an eternal festival of beauty, is decorated\nwith ornaments, such as earrings resembling sharks. His ears are\nbeautiful, His cheeks brilliant, and His smiling attractive to everyone.\nThe inhabitants of V:rndiivana, such as the cowherd boys, the cows, the\ncalves, the gopi:s and Kr�l).a's father and mother, enjoyed seeing Kr�l).a's\nbeautiful features so much that they could never be fully satisfied. Thus\nthey became angry at the creator for the disturbance caused by the\nmomentary blinking of their eyes. The gopi:s especially were very much\naffiicted by Kr�l).a's absence. When He left V:rndiivana village for the\npasturing grounds, where He tended the cows and calves, the gopis saw\nKr�l).a walking on the path and thought that His lotus feet (which the\n\ngopi:s dared not place on their breasts because they thought their breasts\ntoo hard) were being pierced by broken chips of stone. Just by thinking\nin this way,\n\n(pp. 249-250)\n\nthe\n\ngopis were\n\naffected, and\n\nthey cried at home.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0015": "", "SB9.3#p0016": "ALL GLORY TO SRT GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\n�r¥41�1'i:lf!d �: ff4&€'1�tq�1q ft I\n�� 114.�11\n31�SI((ijNft=iOf¥t�I4Wf\nyan miiya-ce$#tarh purhsa�\nsthity-utpatty-apyayaya hi\nanugrahas tan-nivrtter\natma-labhaya Ce$yate (p. 239)\n\n", "SB9.3#p0017": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prahhupida\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\n$rimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos l-9 (27 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri Isopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�J.la Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�J.la, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\nDialectic Spiritualism-A Vedic View of Western Philosophy\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr�J.la, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nLife Comes from Life\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�J.la\nGeetar-gan (Bengali)\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr�J.la Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nB��k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA complete catalog is available upon request\n\nThe Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB9.3#p0018": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nNinth Canto\n\"Liberation\"\n\n(Part Three-Chapters 17-24)\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports\nby\n\nHis Divine Grace\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-.Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York Los Angeles· London Bom bay\n·\n\n·\n\n", "SB9.3#p0019": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\nFirst Printing, 1977: 20,000 copies\n© 1977 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\n\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\nLibrary of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data (Revised)\nPll!anas. Bhagavatapurana.\nSrimad-Bhagavatam.\nIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.\nCONTENTS: Canto 1. Creation. 3 v.-Canto 2.\nThe cosmic manifestation. 2 v. -Canto 3. The\nstatus quo. 4 v.-Canto 4. The creation of the\nFourth Order. 4 v.-Canto 5. The creative\nimpetus. 2 v.\n1. Chaitanya, 1486-1534. I. Bhaktivedanta\nSwami, A. C., 1896II. Title.\n73-169353\nBL1135.P7A22 1972\nISBN 0-912776-96-x\n\n", "SB9.3#p0020": "Table of Contents\n��\n\nu\n\nIntroduction\n\nxm\n\nCHAPTER SEVENTEEN\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Puriiravii\n\n1\n\nChapter Summary\n\n1\n\nDhanvantari, Inaugurator of Medical Science\n\n3\n\nRaji:'s Sons Refuse to Return lndra's Heavenly Planet\n\n9\n\nCHAPTER EIGHTEEN\n\nKing Yayati Regains His Youth\n\n12\n\nChapter Summary\n\n12\n\nHearing Srimad-Bhagavatam Destroys Material Bondage\n\n15\n\nThe Quarrel Between Devayiini and Sarmi�tha\n\n20\n\nAstrological Compatibility and Vedic Marriages\n\n29\n\nYayati Cursed to Suffer Premature Old Age\n\n38\n\nYayati Asks His Sons to Trade Youth for Old Age\n\n40\n\nPuru Accepts His Father's Old Age and Invalidity\n\n48\n\nHappiness Depends on Mind and Sense Purification\n\n52\n\nCHAPTER NINETEEN\n\nKing Yayati Achieves Liberation\n\n55\n\nChapter Summary\n\n55\n\nThe Allegory of the He-goat and She-goat\n\n58\n\nWhen Family Life Is a Dark Well\n\n66\n\nThe Advanced Spiritualist Is Uninterested in Sex\n\n71\n\nSuffering in the Cycle of Repeated Birth and Death\n\n76\n\nDevayani Attains Liberation by the Grace of Her Husband\n\n82\n\nv\n\n", "SB9.3#p0021": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nvi\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY\n\nThe Dynasty of Piiru\n\n87\n\nChapter Summary\n\n87\n\nSakuntala's Beauty Attracts King Du�manta\n\n93\n\nSex Life and Vedic Religious Principles\n\n99\n\nKt�Q.a, the Seed of All Living Entities\n\n102\n\nThe Reign of Maharaja Bharata\n\n106\n\nThe Illegitimate Birth of Bharadvaja\n\n115\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-ONE\n\nThe Dynasty of Bharata\n\n119\n\nChapter Summary\n\n119\n\nRantideva, Exalted Devotee of the Lord\n\n123\n\nHuman Society's Real Welfare Workers\n\n129\n\nSurpassing the Influence of Illusion\n\n133\n\nThe Imitation Sukadeva Gosvami\n\n139\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-TWO\n\nThe Descendants of Ajami<Jha\n\n147\n\nChapter Summary\n\n147\n\nBhi�madeva, the Greatest Warrior\n\n160\n\nThe Five PaQ.Qava Brothers\n\n165\n\nFuture Sons of the PaQ.QU Family Described\n\n170\n\nThe Future of the Magadha Dynasty\n\n175\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-THREE\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Yayati\n\n179\n\nChapter Summary\n\n179\n\nDescription of the Yadu Dynasty\n\n190\n\nFew Understand That the Supreme Truth Is a Person\n\n192\n\n", "SB9.3#p0022": "Table of Contents\n\nvn\n\nCHAPTER TWENTY-FOUR\n\n�J.Ul, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead\n\n205\n\nChapter Summary\n\n205\n\nKunti Calls for the Demigod of the Sun\n\n222\n\nThe Wives and Offspring of Vasudeva\n\n230\n\nWhy the Lord's Incarnations Descend\n\n236\n\nRelieving the Earth of Its Demoniac Burden\n\n242\n\nFreedom from Material Contamination\n\n246\n\nSeeing the Lord's Beauty: A Daily Festival\n\n250\n\nAppendixes\n\n255\n\nThe Author\n\n257\n\nReferences\n\n259\n\nGenealogical Table\n\n260\n\nGlossary\n\n265\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n269\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n273\n\nGeneral Index\n\n283\n\n", "SB9.3#p0023": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to particular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\n\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam; are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\n\nsociety, nay, of the entire energy of living beings. The need is felt by\n\ngreat thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Srimad-Bhagavatam\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the apho­\n\nrism of Vedanta philosophy janmiidy asya yata/:t to establish the ideal of\na common cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of\noblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts,\neducation and economic development throughout the entire world. But\nthere is a pinprick somewhere in the social body at large, and therefore\nthere are large-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is\nneed of a clue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship\n\nand prosperity with a common cause. Srimad-Bhagavatam will fill this\n\nneed, for it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the\nentire human society.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student-devotee Prahlada\nMaharaja in order to change the demoniac face of society.\n\nkaumara acaret prajfw\ndharman bhagavatan iha\ndurlabham man�am janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhag. 7.6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything\n\nIX\n\n", "SB9.3#p0024": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nX\n\nis merged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate source\nof creation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ulti­\n\nmate source of everything that be. This ultimate source is explained\n\nrationally and authoritatively in the beautiful Bhagavatam or SrimadBhagavatam.\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\nwith Him and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the\n\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\n\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\n\nsimply by a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\n\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to con­\n\nvert others to accepting God as a concrete principle.\nSrimad-Bhagavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\n\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vedanta-sutra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to the\n\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\n\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly like with an ordinary\n\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\n\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\n\nsure to become a God-realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\ncantos.\n\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\n\nSri Krf?Q.a. One will be unable to captme the effects of the Tenth Canto\n\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\n\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\nsmall installments one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting S rimad-Bhagavatam, but still\n\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the thinkers and leaders of society\non the strength of the following statement of Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.5.11):\n\ntad-oog-visargo janatagha-viplavo\nyasmin prati-slokam abaddhavaty api\n\n", "SB9.3#p0025": "Preface\n\nXl\n\nniimany anantasya ya.So 'nkitani yac\nchrrJvanti gayanti grrJanti sadhava/:t\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the unlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring about a\nrevolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such transcendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\n\nom tat sat\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\n", "SB9.3#p0026": "Introduction\n\n\"This Bhagavata Pura;r:uz, is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\n\njust after the departure of Lord �!?Q.a to His own abode, accompanied by\n\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\n\ndense dark�ess of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\n\nPurar:w.\" (Srimad-Bhiigavatam 1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the Vedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\n\npreserved through oral tradition, the Vedas were first put into writing\n\nfive thousand years ago by Srila Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\n\nGod.\" After compiling the Vedas, Vyasadeva set forth their essence in\n\nVedanta-sutras. Srimad-Bhagavatam is\nVyasadeva's commentary on his own Vedanta-sutras. It was written in\n\nthe\n\naphorisms\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nthe maturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\n\nspiritual master. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\nliterature,\" Srimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and authoritative\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nAfter compiling the Bhagavatam, Vyasa impressed the synopsis of it\n\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva Gosvami. Sukadeva Gosvami subse­\n\nquently recited the entire Bhagavatam to Maharaja Par�it in an assem­\n\nbly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\n\nDelhi). Maharaja Pari�it was the emperor of the world and was a great\n\nrajar$i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\n\nwithin a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and retired to the bank\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\nThe Bhiigavatam begins with Emperor Parik!?it's sober inquiry to\n\nSukadeva Gosvami:\n\n\"You are the spiritual master of great saints and\n\ndevotees. I am therefore begging you to show the way of perfection for\n\nall persons, and especially for one who is about to die. Please let me know\n\nwhat a man should hear, chant, remember and worship, and also what he\nshould not do. Please explain all this to me.\"\n\nSukadeva Gosvami's answer to this question, and numerous other\n\nquestions posed by Maharaja Parik!?it, concerning everything from the\n\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\n\nxm\n\n", "SB9.3#p0027": "xw\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\ndeath. The sage Suta Gosvami, who was pr�sent on the bank of the\n\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvami first recited Snmad-Bhiigavatam, later\n\nrepeated the Bhiigavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest of\n\nNaimi�araQ.ya. Those sages, concerned about the spiritual welfare of the\n\npeople in general, had gathered to perform a long, continuous chain of\n\nsacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\n\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\n\nwisdom, Suta Gosvami repeated from memory the entire eighteen thousand verses of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, as spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami to\n\nMaharaja Parik�it.\n\nThe reader of Srimad-Bhiigavatam hears Suta Gosvami relate the\n\nquestions of Maharaja Parik�it and the answers of Sukadeva Gosvami.\nAlso, Suta Gosvami sometimes responds directly to questions put by\nSaunaka l_l�i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at Naimi�araQ.ya. One\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\nParik�it and Sukadeva Gosvami on the bank of the Ganges, and another\n\nat Naimi�araQ.ya between Suta Gosvami and the sages at Naimi�araQ.ya\nForest, ht:aded by Saunaka l_l�i. Furthermore, while instructing King\n\nParik�it, Sukadeva Gosvami often relates historical episodes and gives\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\n\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple Vidura. With this understanding of\nthe history of the Bhagavatam, the reader will easily be able to follow its\n\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since philosophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most important in the text,\none need only be attentive to the subject matter of Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nto appreciate fully its profound message.\nThe translator of this edition compares the Bhiigavatam to sugar\n\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and\n\nrelishable. Therefore, to taste the sweetness of the Bhiigavatam, one may\nbegin by reading any of its volumes. Mter such an introductory taste,\n\nhowever, the serious reader is best advised to go back to Volume One of\nthe First Canto and then proceed through the Bhiigavatam, volume after\n\nvolume, in its natural order.\nThis edition of the Bhiigavatam is the first complete English transla­\n\ntion of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\nfirst widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\n\n", "SB9.3#p0028": "Introduction\n\nXV\n\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship and intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhagavatam\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhagavatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world view. Students of literature will discover the\n\nBhagavatam to be a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psychology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhagaootam offers simple\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\nThe Publishers\n\n", "SB9.3#p0029": "CHAPTER SEVENTEEN\n\nThe Dynasties\nof the Sons of Purnrava\nAyu, the eldest son of Purilrava, had five sons. This chapter describes\nthe dynasties of four of them, beginning with Kl;;atrav�ddha.\nAyu, the son of Purilrava, had five sons-Nahu!?a, K!?atra�ddha, Raj!,\n\nRabha and Anena. The son of Kl;;atra�ddha was Suhotra, who had three\n\nsons, named Kasya, Kusa and G�tsamada. The son of G�tsamada was\nSunaka, and his son was Saunaka. The son of Kasya was Kasi. From Kasi\n\ncame the sons and grandsons known as Ra!?tra, Di:rghatama and then\n\nDhanvantari, who was the inaugurator of medical science and was a\n\nsaktyavesa\n\nincarnation\n\nof\n\nthe Supreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nVasudeva. The descendants of Dhanvantari were Ketuman, Bhi:maratha,\n\nDivodasa and Dyuman, who was also known as Pratardana, Satrujit,\n\nVatsa, l;l.tadhvaja and Kuvalayasva. The son of Dyuman was Alarka, who\n\nreigned over the kingdom for many, many years. Following in the\ndynasty of Alarka were Santati, Sunitha, Niketana, Dharmaketu,\nSatyaketu, Dm!?taketu, Sukumara, Vitihotra, Bharga and Bhargabhumi.\n\nAll of them belonged to the dynasty of Kasi, the descendant of\nKl;;atrav�ddha.\n\nThe son of Rabha was Rabhasa, and his son was Gambhira. Gambhira's\n\nson was Akriya, and from Akriya came Brahmavit. The son of Anena\n\nwas Suddha, and his son was Suci. The son of Suci was Citra�t, whose\nson was Santaraja. Raj! had five hundred sons, all of extraordinary\nstrength. Raji was personally very powerful and was given the kingdom\nof heaven by Lord lndra. Later, after Rajl's death, when the sons of Raj!\n\nrefused to return the kingdom to lndra, by B�haspati's arrangement they\nbecame unintelligent, and Lord lndra conquered them.\n\nThe grandson of K�atra�ddha named Kusa gave birth to a son named\nPrati. From Prati came Saiijaya; from Saiijaya, Jaya; from Jaya, �ta;\nand from �ta, Haryabala. The son of Haryabala was Sahadeva; the son\nof Sahadeva, Hi:na; the son of Hina, Jayasena; the son of Jayasena,\n\nSanlqti; and the son of Sanlqti, Jaya.\n\n1\n\n", "SB9.3#p0030": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n2\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 17\n\nTEXTS 1-3\n\n�ifl�U�R\ntr: �(1: � ��� wn: 1\n�: �� 00 Uil� �� II � II\n\n�������\ntjSI'i'U!ij�1(1'l_ 0051�1�44'&1��: II � II\n�: rif •@C44G\\ � •@C44G\\IG\\� 1·\n�: - � qf§*Hl�U �:II� II\nG\n\nsri-badarayar:r-ir uvaca\n\nya/:t punlravasa/:t putra\n\nayus tasyabhavan suta/:t\n\nnahU$a/:t k$atravrddha5 ca\nraji rabha§ ca viryavan\n\nanena iti rajendra\n\nsrr:r-u k$atravrdho 'nvayam\n\nk$atravrddha-sutasyasan\n\nsuhotrasyatmajas traya/:t\n\nkiiSya/:t ku§o grtsamada\niti grtsamadad abhilt\n\nsunaka/:t saunako yasya\nbahvrca-pravaro muni/:t\nsri-badarayar:r-i/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; ya/:t-one who;\n\npurilravasa/:t-of Punlrava; putra/:t-son; ayu/:t-his name was Ayu;\ntasya-of him; abhavan-there were; sutli/:t-sons; nahU$a/:t-Nahu�a;\n\nk$atravrddha/:t ca-and K�atrav:rddha;\n\nraji-Raji;\n\nrabha/:t-Rabha;\n\nca-also; viryavan-very powerful; anena/:t-Anena; iti-thus; raja­\n\nindra-0 Maharaja Parik�it; srr:tu-just hear from me; k$atravrdha/:t­\n\nof �atravrddha; anvayam-the dynasty; k$atravrddha-of K�atra­\n\nvrddha;\n\nSuhotra;\n\nsutasya-of\n\nthe\n\natmaja/:t-sons;\n\nson;\n\nasan-there\n\ntraya/:t-three;\n\nwere;\n\nsuhotrasya-of\n\nkiiSya/:t-Kasya;\n\nku5a/:t­\n\nKusa; grtsamada/:t-G:rtsamada; iti-thus; grtsamadat-from G:rtsa-\n\n", "SB9.3#p0031": "Text 4)\nmada;\nyasya\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Punirava\nabhat-there was;\n\n-\n\nsunaka�-Sunaka;\n\n3\n\nsaunaka�-Saunaka;\n\nof whom (Sunaka); bahu-rca-pravara�-the best of those con­\n\nversant with the ]J.g Veda; mun*-a great saintly person.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: From Purftravii came a son named Ayu,\n\nwhose very powerful sons were Nahu�?a, K�?atrav:rddha, Raji, Riihha\n\nand Anenii. 0 Maharaja Parik�?it, now hear about the dynasty of\n\n�atravfddha. K�?atrav:rddha's son was Suhotra, who had three\n\n�ons, named KiiSya, Kusa ant! Grtsamada. From Grtsamada came\nSunaka, and from him came Saunaka, the great saint, the best of\nthose conversant with the �g Veda.\n\nTEXT4\n\nitit�� ���� �1� �:mn 1\n\n�;����\n��sre��: I\n�1ft q-JWf�: ���l��;r: II \\? II\nkiiS yasya kiiSis tat-putro\nrii�!ro dirghatama�-pitii\ndhanvantarir dirghatamasa\nayur-veda-pravartaka�\nyajfia-bhug vasudevamsa�\nsmrta-miitrarti-nasana�\nkiiSyasya-of Kasya; kiiJ �-Kasi; tat-putra�-his son; r�!ra�Raf?tra; dirghatamab,-pita-he became the father of Dirghatama;\ndhanoontar*-Dhanvantari; dirghatamasab,-from Dirghatama; ayu�­\n\nveda-pravartaka�-the inaugurator of medical science, Ayur Veda;\n\nyaj iia-bhuk-the enjoyer of the results of sacrifice; viisudeoo-amsab,­\n\nincarnation of Lord Vasudeva; smrta-miitra-if he is remembered; iirtiniiSana� it immediately vanquishes all kinds of disease.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of KaSya was KiiSi, and his son was Rii!?�ra, the father of\nDirghatama. Dirghatama had a son named Dhanvantari, who was\n\n", "SB9.3#p0032": "[Canto 9, Ch. 17\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n4\n\nthe inaugurator of the medical science and an incarnation of Lord\nVasudeva, the enjoyer of the results of sacrifices. One who remembers the name of Dhanvantari can be released from all disease.\nTEXTS\n\n�: �d¥11it� � �'tlR�: I\n��� g;;rfmn� �� � ��ij: II � II\ntat-putra{l, lretuman asya\n\njajne bhimarathas tata/:£\n\ndivodiiso dyumams tasmat\npratardana iti smrta{l,\n\ntat-putra{l,-his son (the son of Dhanvantari); lretuman-Ketuman;\n\nasya-his; jajne-took birth; bhimaratha{l,-a son named Bhimaratha;\ntata{l,-from him;\n\nDyuman;\n\ndivodiisa[l,-a son named Divodasa;\n\ntasmat-from him; pratardana[l,-Pratardana;\n\ndyuman­\n\nsmrta{l,-known.\n\niti-thus;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son\n\nof Dhanvantari was Ketuman,\n\nand his son was\n\nBhimaratha. The son of Bhimaratha was Divodasa, and the son of\n\nDivodasa was Dyuman, also known as Pratardana.\nTEXT6\n\n��: I\n� �lf4�ill�Rr m���la,ii�Ht: II � II\n� �tf ���� f«� �'-et�\n\nsa eva satrujid vatsa\nrtadhvaja itirita{l,\ntathii kuvalayasveti\nprokto 'larkiidayas tata{l,\nsa{l,-that Dyuman; eva-indeed; satrujit-Satrujit; vatsa{l,-Vatsa;\nrtadhvaja{l,-I;ttadhvaja; iti-like that; irita{l,-known; tathii-as well\n\nas; kuva/ayasva-Kuvalayasva; iti-thus; prokta{l,-well\nalarka-iidaya{l,-Alarka and other sons; tata[l,-from him.\n\nknown;\n\n", "SB9.3#p0033": "Text 8)\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Purftrava\n\n5\n\nTRANSLATION\nDyumiin was also known as Satrujit, Vatsa, l,ttadhvaja and\n\nKuvalayasva. From him were horn Alarka and other sons.\nTEXT7\n\n��� �q�1<:11M � I\n'1R1�a,q� ��� � �� �en II \\911\n$�!irh 1XLr$a-sahasrii:rJ\n$�!irh var$a-satani ca\nnalarkad aparo rajan\nbubhuje medinirh yuva\n$�!im-sixty; var$a-sahasrarti-such thousands of years; $�tim­\n\n-\n\nsixty; va r$a sata ni -hundreds of years; ca-also; na-not; alarkatexcept for Alarka; aparab,-anyone else; rajan-0 King Parik!?it;\nbubhuje-enjoyed; medinim-the surface of the world; yuva-as a\nyoung man.\nTRANSLATION\nAlarka, the son of Dyumiin, reigned over the earth for sixty-six\n\nthousand years, my dear King Parik�it. No one other than him has\n\nreigned over the earth for so long as a young man.\nTEXTS\n\n3l�����fil�'1:1\n�: !Jij(ij�i� ���m II� II\nalarkat santatis tasmat\nsunitho 'tha niketanalt\ndharmaketult sutas tasmat\nsatyaketur ajayata\nalarkat-from Alarka; santatift-a son known as Santati; tasmatfrom him; sunithab,-Sunitha; atha-from him; niketanab,-a son\n\n", "SB9.3#p0034": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n6\n\n[Canto9, Ch. 17\n\nnamed Niketana; dharmaketu�-Dharmaketu; suta�-a son; tasmatand from Dharmaketu; satyaketu�\n\n-\n\nSatyaketu; ajayata-was born.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Alarka came a son named Santati, and his son was Sunitha.\n\nThe son of Sunitha was Niketana, the son of Niketana was\n\nDharmaketu, and the son of Dharmaketu was Satyaketu.\nTEXT9\n\n\"!!%id�HI(a � ��: ��: I\n41Rtilsn� �sffi � 11 � \"\ndhmaketus tatas tasmat\nsukumara� �itiSvara�\nvitihotro 'sya bhargo 'to\nbhargabhumir abhun nrpa\ndhr�taketu�-Dhr�taketu; tata�-thereafter; tasmat-from Dhr�taketu; sukumara�-a son named Sukumara; �iti-iSvara�-the emperor\nof the entire world; vitihotra�-a son named Vitihotra; asya-his son;\nbharga�-Bharga;\n\nata�-from him;\n\nbhargabhumi/:l-a son named\n\nBhargabhumi; abhilt-generated; nrpa-0 King.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it, from Satyaketu came a son named Dh�!aketu,\nand from Dh:r�!aketu came Sukumiira, the emperor of the entire\nworld. From Sukumiira came a son named Vitihotra; from\nVitihotra, Bharga; and from Bharga, Bhiirgahhumi.\nTEXT 10\n\n� � �n �SI{.tl;qql�wt: I\nH� oo:r: � ��lfitiq(a(l: I I� oil\nitime kiiSayo bhupa�\n�atravrddhanvayayina/:l\n\n", "SB9.3#p0035": "Text\n\n11]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Pun1ravii\n\n7\n\nrabhasya rabhasal; putro\n\ngambhira.S cakriyas tatal;\n\niti-thus; ime-all of them; kasayal;-born in the dynasty of Kasi;\n\nbhupal;-kings; /cyatravrddha-anvaya-ayinal;-also within the dynasty\n\nof\n\n�atravrddha;\n\nrabhasya-from\n\nRabha;\n\nrabhasai;-Rabhasa;\n\nputral;-a son; gambhirai;-Gambhira; ca-also; akriyai;-Akriya;\n\ntatal;-from him.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Pari�it, all of these kings were descendants of KiiSi,\n\nand they could also be called descendants of K�atravrddha. The\n\nson of Riihha was Rabhasa, from Rabhasa came Gamhhira, and\nfrom Gamhhira came a son named Akriya.\nTEXT\n\n11\n\n�\\m* �f� � � 4�14��..(1: 1\n��=��,��\"t�: 11��11\ntad-gotram brahmavij jajne\nsrr:tu vamsam anenasal;\n\nsuddhas tatal; sucis tasmac\n\ncitrakrd dharmasarathil;\n\ntat-gotram-th�\n\ndescendant\n\nof\n\nAkriya;\n\nbrahmavit-Brahmavit;\n\njajfie-took birth; sr�u-just hear from me; vamsam-descendants;\nanenasal;-of Anena; suddhal;-a son known as Suddha; tatab,-from\n\nhim; sucii;-Suci; tasmat-from him;\nsarathil;-Dharmasarathi.\n\ncitrakrt-Citralqt;\n\ndharma­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Akriya was known as Brahmavit, 0 King. Now hear\n\nabout the descendants of Anenii. From Anenii came a son named\n\nSuddha, and his son was Suci. The son of Suci was Dharmasiirathi,\nalso called Citrakrt.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0036": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n8\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 12\n\ntata{L santarajo jajfie\n\nkrta-krtya]:L sa atmavan\n\nraje]:L pafica-satany asan\n\nputra�m amitaujasam\n\ntata{L-from Citrak:rt; santaraja{L-a son named Santaraja; jajfie­\n\nwas born; krta-krtya]:L-performed all kinds of ritualistic ceremonies;\n\nsa{L-he; atmavan-a self-realized soul; raje]:L-of Raji; pafica-satani­\n\nfive hundred; asan-there were; putra�m-sons; amita-ojasamvery, very powerful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Citrakrt was horn a son named Santaraja, a self-realized\n\nsoul who performed all kinds of Vedic ritualistic ceremonies and\ntherefore did not beget any progeny. The sons of Raji were five\nhundred, all very powerful.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n����� �l�ii(i(li{� I\n..\n\n�\n....\n�:\nI\n(�\n\"\"\"\".,.,�.,.,+'1\"'\"� �((!;'�1 �\n·<!.&.•�1 �\n\natl�lwt+i.f�l+tle\n\n3f�ldJQ�Ift�t: ����II\n\ndevair abhyarthito daityiin\n\nhatvendrayadadad divam\n\nindras tasmai punar dattva\ngrhitva cara�u raje}J.\n\natmanam arpayam asa\n\nprahradady-ari-sarikita{L\n\ndevai{L-by the demigods; abhyarthita{L-being requested; daityan­\n\nthe demons; hatva-killing; indraya-to lndra, the King of heaven;\n\nadadat-delivered; divam-the kingdom of heaven; indra}J,-the King\n\n", "SB9.3#p0037": "Text 14]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Purftravii\n\n9\n\nof heaven; tasmai-unto him, Raji; puna�-again; dattoo-returning;\ngrhitva-capturing; cara�u-the feet; raje� -of Raji; atmanam-the\nself; arpayam lisa-surrendered; prahrada-adi-Prahlada and others;\nari-sarikita�-being afraid of such enemies.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the request of the demigods, Raji killed the demons and thus\nreturned the kingdom of heaven to Lord lndra. But lndra, fearing\nsuch demons as Prahliida, returned the kingdom of heaven to Raji\nand surrendered himself at Raji's lotus feet.\nTEXT 14\n\nfqij4q(ij � �� ;if �: I\nRl�!q 'i�r�l� � �: II� \\111\npitary uparate putra\nyacamanaya no dadu�\ntriv�!apam mahendraya\nyajna-bhagan samadadu�\npitari-when their father; uparate-passed away; putra�-the sons;\nyacamanaya-although requesting from them; no-not;\nreturned;\nMahendra;\n\ntriv�tapam-the\n\nheavenly kingdom;\n\nyajna-bhagan-the\n\nshares\n\nof\n\ndadu�­\n\nmahendraya-unto\n\nritualistic\n\nceremonies;\n\nsamadadu�-gave.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon Raji's death, lndra begged Raji's sons for the return of the\nheavenly planet. They did not return it, however, although they\nagreed to return lndra's shares in ritualistic ceremonies.\nPURPORT\nRaji conquered the kingdom of heaven, and therefore when lndra, the\nheavenly king, begged Raji's sons to return it, they refused. Because they\nhad not taken the heavenly kingdom from lndra but had inherited it\nfrom their father, they considered it their paternal property. Why then\nshould they return it to the demigods?\n\n", "SB9.3#p0038": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n10\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 15\n\n� ��smif���:,\n\n��� � cti�M'(J: ''�'\"'''\ngururrfi huyamii ne 'gnau\nbalabhit tanayan raje /:t.\navadhid bhramsitan margan\nna kascid ava5e$ita/:t.\n\ngururra-by the spiritual master (B:.;haspati); huyamiine agnauwhile oblations were being offered in the fire of sacrifice; balabhitlndra; tanayan-the sons; raje/:t.-of Raji; avadhit-killed; bhramsitan-fallen; miirgat-from the moral principles; na-not; kaScitanyone; ava5e$ila/:t,-remained alive.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, B:rhaspati, the spiritual master of the demigods,\n\noffered oblations in the fire so that the sons of Raji would fall from\n\nmoral principles. When they fell, Lord lndra killed them easily be­\n\ncause of their degradation. Not a single one of them remained\nalive.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n��: ���UI€((1�4��� �tt: I\nmr:\n\nt;(J: ts� � � �:tt��ll\nkusat prati/:t. k$atravrddhat\nsanjayas tat-suto jaya/:t.\ntata/:t. krta/:t. krtasyapi\njajne haryabalo nrpa/:t.\n\nku§at-from Kusa; prati/:t.-a son named Prati; k$atravrddhat-the\ngrandson of �atravrddha; sanjaya/:t.-a son named Saiijaya; tat-suta/:t.his son; jaya/:t.-Jaya; tata/:t.-from him; krta/:t.-K:.;ta; krtasya-from\nK:.;ta; api-as well as; jajne-was born; haryabala/:r.-Haryabala;\nnrpa/:t.-the king.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0039": "Text 17]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Puriiravii\n\n11\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Kusa, the grandson of �atravrddha, was born a son\nnamed Prati. The son of Prati was Saiijaya, and the son of Saiijaya\nwas Jaya. From Jaya, �ta was born, and from �' King\nHaryabala.\nTEXT 17\n\n(1(�tf(ij�l U;ft 151�(\\;c� �: I\n(1tRffiW � GN: - �: I\nl$SI'[.{I\"t�l � ��q�;(I�1H1: 11�\\911\nG\n\nsahadevas tato hino\njayasenas tu tat-suta�\nsankrtis tasya ca jaya�\n/cyatra-dharma mahii-ratha�\nlcyatravrddhanvayii bhiipii\nime sro-v atha niih!L§iin\nsahadeva�-Sahadeva; tata�-from Sahadeva; hina�-a son named\n\nHina; jayasena�-Jayasena; tu-also;\n\ntat-suta�-the son of Hina;\n\nsankrti�-Sank�;ti; tasya-of SailkJ;ti; ca-also; jaya�-a son named\n\nJaya;\n\nlcyatra-dharmii-expert in the duties of a /cyatriya;\n\nmahii­\n\nratha�-a greatly powerful fighter; lcyatravrddha-anvayii�-in the\n\ndynasty of K�atraVJ;ddha; bh upii�-kings; ime-all these; sr(lu-hear\nfrom me; atha-now; niih!L§iin-the descendants of Nahu�a.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Haryabala came a son named Sahadeva, and from Sahadeva\ncame Hina. The son of Hina was Jayasena, and the son of Jayasena\nwas Saitk:rti. The son of Saitkrti was the powerful and expert\nfighter named Jaya. These kings were the members of the\n�atravrddha dynasty. Now let me describe to you the dynasty of\nNahu�a.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Seventeenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Dynasties of the Sons\nof Purilrava. \"\n\n", "SB9.3#p0040": "CHAPTER EIGHTEEN\n\nKing Yayiiti Regains His Youth\nThis chapter gives the history of King Yayati, the son of Nahu�a.\n\nAmong Yayati's five sons, the youngest son, Pftru, accepted Yayati's\ninvalidity.\n\nWhen Nahu�a, who had six sons, was cursed to become a python, his\n\neldest son, Yati, took sannyasa, and therefore the next son, Yayati, was\n\nenthroned as king. By providence, YayiHi married the daughter of\n\nSukracarya. Sukracarya was a\nYayati\n\nmarried\n\nher\n\nbrahmar:w and Yayati a k$atriya, but\n\nnonetheless.\n\nSukracarya's\n\ndaughter,\n\nnamed\n\nDevayani:, had a girl friend named Sarmi��ha, who was the daughter of\n\nVr�aparva. King Yayati married Sarmi�tha also. The history of this marriage is as follows. Once Sarmi��ha was sporting in the water with thou­\n\nsands of her girl friends, and Devayani was also there. When the young\ngirls saw Lord Siva, seated on his bull with Uma, they immediately\ndressed themselves, but Sarmi�tha mistakenly put on Devayani:'s clothes.\n\nDevayani:, being very angry, rebuked Sarmi�tha, who also became very\n\nangry and responded by rebuking Devayani: and throwing her into a\n\nwell. By chance, King Yayati came to that well to drink water, and he\n\nfound Devayani and rescued her. Thus Devayani accepted Maharaja\n\nYayati as her husband. Thereafter, Devayani:, crying loudly, told her\nfather about Sarmi�tha's behavior. Upon hearing of this incident,\n\nSukriicarya\n\nwas\n\nvery\n\nangry\n\nand\n\nwanted\n\nto\n\nchastise\n\nVr�?aparvii,\n\nSarmi�tha's father. Vr�aparva, however, satisfied Sukracarya by offering\nSarmi�tha as Devayani's maidservant. Thus Sarmi�tha, as the maidser­\n\nvant of Devayiini:, also went to the house of Devayani:'s husband. When\n\nSarmi�tha found her friend Devayani with a son she also desired to have\n\na son. Therefore, at the proper time for conception, she also requested\nMaharaja Yayati for sex. When Sarmi�thii became pregnant also,\n\nDevayani: was very envious. In great anger, she immediately left for her\n\nfather's house and told her father everything. Sukriicarya again became\n\nangry and cursed Maharaja Yayati to become old, but when Yayati begged\n\n13\n\n", "SB9.3#p0041": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n14\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\nSukracarya to be merciful to him, Sukracarya gave him the benediction\nthat he could transfer his old age and invalidity to some young man.\n\nYayati exchanged his old age for the youth of his youngest son, Piiru, and\n\nthus he was able to enjoy with young girls.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�iii�\nitf6�if6: ijitiM(iitRI'cNRt: �: I\n� ;(f'(\"lii(1Psl�41Ul'4 �: II � II\nsri-suka u'IX'ica\nyatir yayati/:L samyatir\nayatir viyati/:L krti/:L\n$a<J ime nah�asyasann\nindriyar-im dehina/:L\nsri-suka/:L u'IX'ica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; yati/:L-Yati; yayati/:L­\n\nYayati; samyati/:L-Sarilyati; ayati/:L-Ayati; viyati/:L-Viyati; krti/:L­\n\n�ti; $at-six; ime-all of them; nah�asya-of King Nahu�a; asan­\n\nwere; indriyar-i-the (six) senses; iva-like; dehina/:L-of an embodied\n\nsoul.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: 0 King Parik�it, as the embodied soul\nhas six senses, King Nahu�a had six sons, named Yati, Yayati,\nSamyati, Ayati, Viyati and Krti.\nTEXT2\n\n� ��: fffi � ij�qf(uu+il?t� 1\n� �: �'f 3l'R'lw;i � II � II\nrajyam naicchad yati/:L pitra\ndattam tat-parir-amavit\nyatra pravi§ta/:L pur�a\natmanam navabudhyate\n\n", "SB9.3#p0042": "Text 2)\n\nKing Yayiiti Regains His Youth\n\n15\n\nrajyam-the kingdom; na aicchat-did not accept; yati&-the eldest\nson, Yati; pitra-by his father; dattam-offered; tat-pariTJiima-vitknowing the result of becoming powerful as a king; yatra-wherein;\n\npravi$ta&-having entered; purU$a&-such a person; dtmdnam-selfrealization; na-not; avabudhyate-will take seriously and understand.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen one enters the post of king or head of the government,\none cannot understand the meaning of self-realization. Knowing\nthis, Yati, the eldest son of Nahu�a, did not accept the power to\nrule, although it was offered by his father.\nPURPORT\n\nSelf-realization is the prime objective of human civilization, and it is\n\nregarded seriously by those who are situated in the mode of goodness and\nhave developed the brahminical qualities. K�atriyas are generally en­\n\ndowed with material qualities conducive to gaining material wealth and\nenjoying sense gratification, but those who are spiritually advanced are\n\nnot interested in material opulence. Indeed, they accept only the bare\n\nnecessities for a life of spiritual advancement in self-realization. It is\n\nspecifically mentioned here that if one enters political life, especially in\n\nthe modern day, one looses the chance for human perfection. Nonethe­\n\nless, one can attain the highest perfection if one hears SrimadBhagavatam. This hearing is described as nityam bhagavata-sevaya.\n\nMaharaja Parik�it was involved in politics, but because at the end of his\n\nlife he heard Srimad-Bhagavatam from Sukadeva Gosvami, he attained\nperf ection very easil y. Sri Caitany a Mahaprabhu has therefore\nsuggested:\n\nsthane sthita& sruti-gatarh tanu-vari-manobhir\nye praya§o 'jita jito 'py asi tais tri-lokyam\n(Bhag. 10.14.3)\nRegardless of whether one is in the mode of passion, ignorance or good­\n\nness, if one regularly hears Srimad-Bhagavatam from the self-realized\nsoul, one is freed from the bondage of material involvement.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0043": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n16\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT3\n\nmft � �.u;ufa> �llltfl�l{�: 1\n��� � �:11�11\n..\n\npitari bhraritSite sthanad\nindriir:tyii dhar$a7Jiid dvijai/:L\npriipite ]agaratvarit vai\nyayiitir abhavan nrpa/:L\npitari-when his father;\n\nbhraritSite-was caused to fall down;\n\nsthiiniit-from the heavenly planets; indriir:tyii/:L-of Saci, the wife of\n\nlndra; dhar$a7Jlit-from offending; dvijai/:L-by them (upon her lodging\n\na\n\ncomplaint with\n\nthe\n\nbriihmar:tas);\n\npriipite-being\n\ndegraded\n\nto;\n\najagaratvam-the life of a snake; vai-indeed; yayiiti/:L-the son named\n\nYayati; abhavat-became; nrpa/:L-the king.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Nahu�?a, the father of Yayati, molested lndra's wife,\n,\nSaci, who then complained to Agastya and other brahmai,las, these\n\nsaintly brahmal}.as cursed Nahu�?a to fall from the heavenly planets\nand be degraded to the status of a python. Consequently, Yayati\n\nbecame the king.\n\nTEXT4\n\n\"46�l'*Ufa:�l{ �mffl�: I\n�� :a•ncflsff ��oq� tifq4u�: II \\l II\ncatasr�v adiSad di/cyu\nbhriitfn bhriitii yaviyasa/:L\nkrta-diiro jugoporvirit\nkiivyasya vr�aparvar:ta/:L\ncatasr�u-over the four; iidiSat-allowed to rule; di/cyu-directions;\n\nbhriittn-four\n\nbrothers;\n\nbhriitii- Yayati;\n\ndiira/:L-married; jugopa-ruled;\n\nyaviyasa/:L-young;\n\nurvim-the world;\n\nkrta­\n\nkiivyasya-the\n\ndaughter of Sukracarya; vr$aparvar:ta/:L-the daughter of Vr!?aparva.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0044": "King Yayati Regains His Youth\n\nText 5]\n\n17\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Yayiiti had four younger brothers, whom he allowed to\n\nrule the four directions. Yayati himself married Devayani, the\ndaughter\n\nof\n\nSukriiciirya,\n\nand\n\nSarmi��hii,\n\nthe\n\nV�aparvii, and ruled the entire earth.\n\ndaughter\n\nof\n\nsri-rajovaca\nbrahmar$ir bhagavan kiivya/:t\nk$atra-bandhu.S ca nahW}a/:t\nrajanya-viprayo/:t kasmad\nvivaha/:t pratilomaka/:t\nsri-raja u vaca-Maharaja Parik�it inquired; brahma-r$i/:t-the best of\nthe\n\nbrahmar:ws;\n\nk$atra-bandh u /:t\nKing\n\nYayati;\n\n-\n\nbhagavan-very\n\npowerful;\n\nkiivya/:t-Sukracarya;\n\nbelonged to the lcyatriya class; ca-also; nahW}a/:t­\n\nrajanya-viprayo/:t-of\n\na\n\nbrahmar:w- and a\n\nk$atriya;\n\nkasmat-how; vivaha/:t-a marital relationship; pratilomaka/:t-against\nthe customary regulative principles.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaharaja\n\nParik�it\n\nsaid:\n\nSukricirya\n\nwas\n\na\n\nvery\n\npowerful\n\nbrahmaJ.la, and Maharaj a Yayiiti was a k�atriya. Therefore I am\n\ncurious to know how there occurred this pratiloma marriage hetween a k�atriya and a brahmaJ.la.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic system, marriages between k$atriyas and\nk$atriyas or between brahmar:ws and brahmar:ws are the general custom.\nIf marriages sometimes take place between different classes, these\n\n", "SB9.3#p0045": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n18\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\nmarriages are of two types, namely anuloma and pratiloma. Anuloma,\n\nmarriage between a brahma1)ll and the daughter of a �atriya, is per­\n\nmissible, but pratiloma, marriage between a �atriya and the daughter of\n\na brahma1Ji1, is not generally allowed. Therefore Maharaja Parik�it was\n\ncurious about how Sukracarya, a powerful brahma1)ll, could accept the\n\nprinciple of pratiloma. Maharaja Parik�it was eager to know the cause for\n\nthis uncommon marriage.\n\nTEXTS 6-7\n\nl377� igCfR\n\n����� ;m{�� I\nij'(efle«4e�mt �� :q �f;(;ft II � II\n�cttlrit �� �dS(+i«p I\noq+.f(d\\\n\nqi���;ft��Sif� II \\9 II\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nekada danavendrasya\n\nsa rm�tha nama kanyaka\n\nsakhi-sahasra-samyukta\nguru-putrya ca bhamini\ndevayanya purodyane\np�pita-druma-sarikule\nvyacarat kakL-gitiili­\n\nnalini-puline 'bala\n\nsri-suka/:1, uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; ekp,da-once upon a\n\ntime; danava-indrasya-of V:r�aparva; sarm�tha-Sarmi�tha; namaby\n\nname;\n\nkanyaka-a\n\ndaughter;\n\nsakhi-sahasra-samyukta-accom­\n\npanied by thousands of friends; guru-putrya-with the daughter of the\nguru,\n\nSukracarya;\n\nca-also;\n\nbhamini-very\n\neasily\n\nirritated;\n\ndevayanya-with Devayani; pura-udyane-within the palace garden;\n\np�pita-full of flowers; druma-with nice trees; sarikule - congested;\n\nvyacarat-was walking; kala-gita-with very sweet sounds; ali-with\n\nbumblebees; nalini-with lotuses; puline-in such a garden; abalainnocent.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0046": "Text 9]\n\nKing Yayati Regains His Youth\n\n19\n\nTRANSLATION\n, Sukadeva\n\nGosvami\n\nsaid:\n\nOne\n\nday\n\nVr�aparvii's\n\ndaughter\n\nSarmi�lhii, who was innocent hut angry by nature, was walking\nwith Devayiini, the daughter of Sukriiciirya, and with thousands of\n\nfriends, in the palace garden. The garden was full of lotuses and\ntrees of flowers and fruits and was inhabited by sweetly singing\nbirds and bumblebees.\n\nTEXTS\n\nta jala.Sayam asadya\nkanya� kamala-locana�\ntire nyasya dukulani\nvijahru� sificatir mitha�\nta�-they;\njala-ii.Say am-to the lakeside;\nasadya-coming;\nkanya�-al1 the girls; kamala-locana�-with eyes like lotus petals;\ntire-on\n\n.the\n\nbank;\n\nnyasya-giving up;\n\ndukulani-their dresses;\n\nvijah ru �-began to sport; sific ati�-throwing water; mitha�-on one\nanother.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the young, lotus-eyed girls came to the hank of a reser­\n\nvoir of water, they wanted to enjoy by bathing. Thus they left their\n\nclothing on the hank and began sporting, throwing water on one\nanother.\n\nvi�ya vrajantam giriSam\nsaha devya vr�a-sthitam\nsahasottirya vasamsi\nparyadhur vri{lita � striy a�\n\n", "SB9.3#p0047": "20\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\nvi�ya-seeing; vrajantam-passing by; giriSam-Lord Siva; saha­\n\nwith; derya-Parvati, the wife of Lord Siva; vr�a-sthitam-seated upon\n\nhis bull; sahasa-quickly; uttirya-getting out of the water; vasarhsi­\n\ngarrnents; paryadhu�-put on the body; vri{lita�-being ashamed;\nstriya�-the young girls.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile sporting in the water, the girls suddenly saw Lord Siva\n\npassing by, seated on the back of his bull with his wife, Piirvati.\n\nAshamed because they were naked, the girls quickly got out of the\n\nwater and covered themselves with their garments.\nTEXT 10\n\n�fltgi�H'ffl � ���: �floiP't� I\n� � ��N�I �61i41wfl�flit41 II� oil\nsarm�thajanati vaso\n\nguru-putrya� samaryayat\n\nsviyam matva prakupita\ndevayanidam abravit\n\nsarm�tha-the daughter of V:r�aparva; ajanati-without knowledge;\n\nvasa�-the dress; guru-putrya�-of Devayani, the daughter of the\n\nguru; samaryayat-put on the body; sviyam-her own; matoo-thinking; prakupita-irritated and angry; devayani-the daughter of\nSukracarya; idam-this; abravit-said.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarmi�!hii unknowingly put Devayani's dress on her own body,\n\nthus angering Devayiini, who then spoke as follows.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0048": "Text 14)\n\nKing Yayiiti Regains His Youth\n\n21\n\nalw nin/cyyatam asya\ndiisya}:t karma hy asampratam\nasmad-dharyarh dhrtavati\nsuniva havir adhvare\naho-alas;\n\ndiisya}:t-just\n\nnin/cyyatiim-just\nlike\n\nour\n\nsee;\n\nservant;\n\nasampratam-without any etiquette;\n\nasya}:t-of\n\nher\n\nkarma-activities;\n\n(Sarmi�tha);\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nasmat-dharyam-the garment\n\nmeant for me; dhrtavati-she has put on; suni iva-like a dog; havi}:tclarified butter; adhoore-meant for offering in the sacrifice.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOh, just see the activities of this servant-maid Sarmi�thii! Dis­\n\nregarding all etiquette, she has put on my dress, just like a dog\n\nsnatching clarified butter meant for use in a sacrifice.\nTEXTS 12-14\n\n� � � � �: '«� � I\n���:fu€1: �: 31�:����11\n�!iltoa:�ttqffig ij el!lh;wttJH i(�(l: I\n�·Nt;wf\\1 N*4l�+tl �: �Pt�;w: ����II\ncp.f��: ��wt: f\\l�nt«: 1\n31414\\1� � � ��nmft 11��11\n..\n\nyair idarh tapasa smam\nmukharh purhsa}:t parasya ye\ndharyate yair iha jyoti}:t\nsiva/:t panthii}:t pradarsita/:t\nyan vandanty upat�thante\nloka-natha}:t sure5varii/:t\nbhagavan api viSviitma\npavana}:t sri-niketana}:t\n\n", "SB9.3#p0049": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n22\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\nvayam tatrapi bhrgava�\n§�yo 'syii na� pitiisura�\nasmad-dhiiryam dhrtavati\nsudro vedam iviisati\nyai�-by which persons; idam-this entire universe; tapasa-by\nausterity; Sf$!am-was created; mukham-the face; pumsa�-of the\nSupreme\n\nPerson;\n\nparasya-transcendental;\n\nye-those\n\nwho\n\n(are);\n\ndhiiryate-is always born; yai�-by which persons; iha-here; jyoti�the brahmajyot�\n\nthe\n\neffulgence\n\nof\n\nthe Supreme Lord;\n\nsiva�­\n\nauspicious; panthii�-way; pradarsita�-is directed; yan-to whom;\nvandanti-offer\nniithii�-the\n\nprayers;\n\ndirectors\n\nupat�!hante-honor\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nvarious\n\nplanets;\n\nand\n\nfollow;\n\nloka­\n\nsura-i.Svarii�-the\n\ndemigods; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; api-even;\nviSva-atmii-the Supersoul; pavana�-the purifier; sri-niketana�-the\nhusband of the goddess of fortune; vayam-we (are); tatra api-even\ngreater than other bnihma1J-a5; bhrgava�-descendants of Bh.rgu;\nsi$ya�-disciple; asya�-of her; na�-our; pita-father; asura�belong to the demoniac group; asmat-dharyam-meant to be worn by\nus; dhrtavati-she has put on; sudra�-a non-briihmar:w worker;\nvedam-the Vedas; iva-like; asati-unchaste.\nTRANSLATION\nWe are among the qualified briihmllJ.las, who are accepted as the\nface of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The brahmllJ.las have\n\ncreated the entire universe by their austerity, and they always keep\n\nthe Absolute Truth within the core of their hearts. They have\ndirected the path of good fortune, the path of Vedic civilization,\n\nand because they are the only worshipable objects within this\nworld, they are offered prayers and worshiped even by the great\n\ndemigods, the directors of the various planets, and even by the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the Supersoul, the supreme\n\npurifier, the husband of the goddess of fortune. And we are even\n\nmore respectable because we are in the dynasty of Bh:rgu. Yet al­\n\nthough this woman's father, being among the demons, is our disci­\n\nple, she has put on my dress, exactly like a siidra taking charge of\n\nVedic knowledge.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0050": "Text 16]\n\nKing Yayati Regains His Youth\n\n23\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�f�� �� I\n\"' �€4('1�(§\\1!!4 � G\\!G\\�1 \"��\"\nevarit lcyipant'irit sarmi4ha\nguru-putrim abhii§ata\nrtl{ia svasanty uraflgiva\ndhar�ita �!a-dacchada\nevam-thus;\n\n/cyipant'im-chastising; sarm � !ha-the daughter of\n\nV:r�aparva; guru-putrim-unto the daughter of the guru, Sukracarya;\nabhii§ata-said;\n\nr�a-being very angry; svasanti-breathing very\nurangi iva-like a serpent; dhar� ita-offended trampled;\nda�!a-dat chada-biting her lip with her teeth.\nheavily;\n\n,\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami said: When thus rebuked in cruel words,\n\nS armi�tha was very angry. Breathing heavily like a serpent and biting her lower lip with her teeth, she spoke to the daughter of\nSukracarya as follows.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n3ll€¥i'N4M,It � � � I\nft ;r����� 11��11\natma-vrttam avijfiiiya\nkatthase bahu bhilcyuki\nkim na prati/cyase 'smakarit\ngrhan balibhujo yatha\natma-vrttam-one's own position; avijfiiiya-without understanding;\nkatthase-you are talking madly; bahu-so much; bhilcyuki-beggar;\nkim-whether;\nna-not; pratilcyase-you wait; asmakam-our;\ngrhan-at the house; balibhuja/:t-crows; yatha -like\n.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0051": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n24\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou beggar, since you don't understand your position, why\n\nshould you unnecessarily talk so much? Don't all of you wait at\nour house, depending on us for your livelihood like crows?\nPURPORT\n\nCrows have no independent life; they fully depend on the remnants of\n\nfoodstuffs thrown by householders into the garbage tank. Therefore, be­\n\ncause a brahmar;ta depends on his disciples, when Sarmi�tha was heavily\n\nrebuked by Devayani she charged Devayani with belonging to a family of\n\ncrowlike beggars. It is the nature of women to fight verbally at even a\n\nslight provocation. As we see from this incident, this has been their\nnature for a long, long time.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�:�:��l=i!414ti�ti\nI\n����������II\nevam-vidhai� supar�ai�\nk$iptvacarya-sutam satim\nsarmi$tha prak$ipat kape\nvasa§ cadiiya manyuna\nevam-vidhai�-such; su-par�ai�-by unkind words; k$i ptva-after\nacarya-sutam-the daughter of Sukraciirya; satfmDevayani; sarmi§tha-Sarmi�tha; prak$ipat-threw (her); kupe-into a\n\nchastising;\n\nwell; vasa�-the garments; ca-and; adiiya-taking away; manyunabecause of anger.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nUsing sue� unkind words, Sarmi�tha rebuked Devayani, the\n\ndaughter of Sukracarya. In anger, she took away Devayiini's garments and threw Devayiini into a well.\n\nTEXT 18\n\nM � � itiHRf�titi � I\n311lif���� ijf�� ����II\n\n", "SB9.3#p0052": "Text 19]\n\nKing Yayati Regains His Youth\n\n25\n\ntasyam gatayam sva-grharit\nyayatir mrgayam caran\nprapto yadrcchaya kape\njalarthi tam dadarsa ha\ntasyam-when she;\nyayat*-King\n\nYayati;\n\ngatayam-went;\n\nsva-grham-to her home;\n\nmrgayam-hunting;\n\ncaran-wandering;\n\nprapta/:L-arrived; yadrcchaya-by chance; k-ape-in the well; jalaarthi-desiring to drink water; tam-her (Devayani); dadarsa-saw;\nha-indeed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter throwing Devayani into the well, Sarmi�tha went home.\nMeanwhile, King Yayati, while engaged in a hunting excursion,\nwent to the well to drink water and by chance saw Devayani.\n\ndattva svam uttararit vasas\ntasyai raja vivasase\ngrhitva pd�Jina pa�Jim\nujjahara daya-para/:L\ndattva-giving;\n\nsvam-his own;\n\nuttaram-upper;\n\nvasa/:£-cloth;\n\ntasyai-unto her (Devayani); raja-the King; vivasase-because she\nwas naked; grhitva-catching; pa�Jind-with his hand; pa�Jim-her\nhand; ujjahara-delivered; daya-para/:£-being very kind.\nTRANSLATION\n\n•\n\nSeeing Devayani naked in the well, King Yayati immediately\ngave her his upper cloth. Being very kind to her, he caught her\nhand with his own and lifted her out.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0053": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n26\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\nTEXTS 20-21\n\nij tft(+tl��l;ffil � tim I\n� � 1{ qdiJr: q��tf lf'�oll\nti(ijsu�sqi '\"� �roett�t�tl � 1{ 1\n�'f �ffl em ('l+if.-$!fl wO ;r �: II�� II\ntam viram ahau.Sanasi\nprema-nirbharaya gira\nrajarhs tvaya grhito me\npiir:Li� para-purafijaya\nhasta-graho 'paro rna bhud\ngrhitayas tvaya hi me\ne$a isa-krto vira\nsambandho nau na paurU$a�\ntam-unto him; viram-Yayati; aha-said; au§anasi-the daughter\nof Usanii Kavi,\n\nSukracarya; pre ma-nirbharaya-saturated with love and\n\nkindness; gi ra- by such words;\n\nrajan-0 King;\n\ntvaya -by you;\n\ngrhita�- accepted; me-my; piir:Li� -hand; para-purafijaya-the conqueror of the kingdoms of others; hasta-graha�-he who accepted my\nhand; apara�-another; rna-may not; bhut -become; grhitaya�-accepted;\n\ntvaya-by you;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nme-of me;\n\ne$a�-this;\n\niSa­\n\nkrta�- arranged by providence; vira-0 great hero; sambandha�relationship; nau-our; na-not; paurU$alt-anything man-made.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith words saturated with love and affection, Devayiini said to\n\nKing Yayati: 0 great hero, 0 King, conqueror of the cities of your\n\nenemies, by accepting my hand you have accepted me as your mar­\n\nried wife. Let me not he touched by others, for our relationship as\n\nhusband and wife has been made possible by providence, not by\n\nany human being.\n\nPURPORT\nWhile taking Devayani out of the well, King Yayati must certainly\nhave appreciated her youthful beauty, and therefore he might have\nasked her which caste she belonged to. Thus Devayani would have im-\n\n", "SB9.3#p0054": "Text 22]\n\nKing Yayati Regains His Youth\n\n27\n\nmediately replied, \"We are already married because you have accepted\n\nmy hand.\" Uniting the hands of the bride and bridegroom is a system\nperpetually existing in all societies. Therefore, as soon as Yayati accepted\n\nDevayani's hand, they could be regarded as married. Because Devayani\n\nwas enamored with the hero Yayati, she requested him not to change his\n\nmind and let another come to marry her.\n\nyad idam kapa-magnaya\n\nbhavato darsanam mama\n\nna brahmar:w me bhavita\n\nhasta-graho maha-bhuja\n\nkacasya barhaspatyasya\n\nsapad yam a§apam pura\n\nyat-because of; idam-this; kapa-magnayab,-fallen in the well;\n\nbhavatab,-of your good self; darsanam-meeting; mama-with me;\n\nna-not; brahmar:wb.-a qualified brahmar:w; me-my; bhavita-will\n\nbecome; hasta-grahab,-husband; mahii-bhuja-0 great mighty-armed\none;\n\nkacasya-of Kaca;\n\nbarhaspatyasya-the son of the learned\n\nbrahmar:w and celestial priest B�haspati; siipiit-because of the curse;\nyam-whom; a§apam-I cursed; pura-in the past.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBecause of falling in the well, I met you. Indeed, this has been\narranged by providence. After I cursed Kaca, the son of the\nlearned scholar B:rhaspati, he cursed me by saying that I would not\nhave a brahm�a for a husband. Therefore, 0 mighty-armed one,\nthere is no possibility of my becoming the wife of a briihm�a.\nPURPORT\nKaca, the son of the learned celestial priest B�haspati, had been a stu­\n\ndent of Sukracarya, from whom he had learned the art of reviving a man\n\n", "SB9.3#p0055": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n28\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\nwho has died untimely. This art, called mrta-sanjivani, was especially\n\nused during wartime. When there was a war, soldiers would certainly die\n\nuntimely, but if a soldier's body was intact, he could be brought to life\n\nagain by this art of mrta-sanjivani. This art was known to Sukracarya\n\nand many others, and Kaca, the son of B:rhaspati, became Sukracarya's\n\nstudent to learn it. Devayani: desired to have Kaca as her husband, but\n\nKaca, out of regard for Sukracarya, looked upon the guru's daughter as a\n\nrespectable superior and therefore refused to marry her. Devayani:\n\nangrily cursed Kaca by saying that although he had learned the art of\n\nmrta-sanjivani from her father, it would be useless. When cursed in this\n\nway, Kaca retaliated by cursing Devayani: never to have a husband who\n\nwas a briihma1)ll. Because Devayani:liked Yayati, who was a lcyatriya, she\n\nrequested him to accept her as his bona fide wife. Although this would be\n\npratiloma-vivaha, a marriage between the daughter of a high family and\nthe son of a lower family, she explained that this arrangement was made\n\nby providence.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�tftqii;�t+U<:+\\;{ I\n���\n� �� �1 srf� �: ����II\nyayiitir anabhipretam\ndaivopahrtam iitmana�\nmanas tu tad-gatam buddhva\npratijagraha tad-vaca�\nyayati�-King Yayati; anabhipretam-not liked; daiva-upahrtam­\n\nbrought about by providential arrangements; atmana�-his personal in­\n\nterest; mana�-mind; tu-however; tat-gatam-being attracted to her;\n\nbuddhva-by such intelligence; pratijagraha-accepted; tat-vaca�-the\n\nwords of DevayanL\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: Because such a marriage is not\n\nsanctioned by regular scriptures, King Yayati did not like it, but\n\nbecause it was arranged by providence and because he was at­\n\ntracted by Devayani's beauty, he accepted her request.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0056": "Text 24)\n\nKing Yayiiti Regains His Youth\n\n29\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic system, the parents would consider the\nhoroscopes of the boy and girl who were to be married. If according to\nastrological calculations the boy and girl were compatible in every\nrespect, the match was called yotaka and the marriage would be accepted. Even fifty years ago, this system was current in Hindu society.\nRegardless of the a:ffiuence of the boy or the personal beauty of the girl,\nwithout this astrological compatibility the marriage would not take place.\nA person is born in one of three categories, known as deva-gar:w,\nmanl.L§ya-ga� and ra�asa-ga�. In different parts of the universe\nthere are demigods and demons, and in human society also some people\nresemble demigods whereas others resemble demons. If according to\nastrological calculations there was conflict between a godly and a\ndemoniac nature, the marriage would not take place. Similarly, there\nwere calculations of pratiloma and anuloma. The central idea is that if\nthe boy and girl were on an equal level the marriage would be happy,\nwhereas inequality would lead to unhappiness. Because care is no longer\ntaken in marriage, we now find many divorces. Indeed, divorce has now\nbecome a common affair, although formerly one's marriage would continue lifelong, and the affection between husband and wife was so great\nthat the wife would voluntarily die when her husband died or would\nremain a faithful widow throughout her entire life. Now, of course, this\nis no longer possible, for human society has fallen to the level of animal\nsociety. Marriage now takes place simply by agreement. Dampatye\n'bhirucir hetu/:£ (Bhag. 12.2.3). The word abhiruci means \"agreement.\"\nIf the boy and girl simply agree to marry, the marriage takes place. But\nwhen the Vedic system is not rigidly observed, marriage frequently ends\nin divorce.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n��mm ���ftm:'\n��G>�<( �: .d ���B�l i� ����II\ngate riijani sii dhire\ntatra sma rudati pitu/:£\nnyavedayat tata/:£ sarvam\nuktam sarmi$thayii krtam\n\n", "SB9.3#p0057": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n30\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\ngate rajani-after the departure of the King; sa-she\n\n(Devayani) ;\n\ndhire-learned; tatra sma-returning to her home; rudati-crying;\npitu�-before her father; nyavedayat-submitted ; tata�-there after;\nsa roam-all; uktam-mentioned; sarm�!haya-by\n\nSarmi�tha; krtam­\n\ndone.\n'-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThereafter, when the learned King returned to his palace,\n\nDevayiini returned home crying and told her father, Sukracarya,\n\nabout all that had happened because of Sarmi��ha. She told how\n\nshe had been thrown into the well but was saved by the King.\n\ndurmana bhagavan kavya�\npaurohityam vigarhayan\nstuoon vrttim ca kapotim\nduhitra sa yayau purat\ndurmana�-being very unhappy; bhagavan-the most powerful;\n\nkarya�-Sukracarya;\n\npaurohityam-the\n\nbusiness\n\nof\n\npriesthood;\n\nvigarhayan-condemning ; stuoon-praising ; vrttim-the profession;\nca-and; kapotim-of collecting grains from the field; duhitra-with\nhis daughter; sa�-he (Sukracarya) ; yayau-went; purat-from his\nown residence.\nTRANSLATION\nAs Sukracarya listened to what had happened to Devayani, his\n\nmind was very much aggrieved. Condemning the profession of\npriesthood and praising the profession of uiicha-v:rtti [collecting\n\ngrains from the fields], he left home with his daughter.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen a brahmar_ta adopts the profession of a kapota, or pigeon, he\nlives by collecting grains from the field. This is called uiicha-vrtti. A\n\n", "SB9.3#p0058": "Text\n\n27]\n\nKing Yayati Regains His Youth\n\n31\n\nbrahmaT)a who takes to this uficha-vrtti profession is called first class be­\n\ncause he depends completely on the mercy of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead and does not beg from anyone. Although the profession of beg­\n\nging is allowed for a brahmaT)a or sannytisi, one does better if he can\n\navoid such a profession and completely depend on the mercy of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead for maintenance. Sukriicarya was cer­\n\ntainly very sorry that because of his daughter's complaint he had to go to\n\nhis disciple to beg some mercy, which he was obliged to do because he\nhad accepted the profession of priesthood. In his heart, Sukraciirya did\n\nnot like his profession, but since he had accepted it, he was obliged to go\n\nunwillingly to his disciple to settle the grievance submitted by his\ndaughter.\n\nTEXT\n\n26\n\n�t �+U�I� st�;fl��� I\n� Sl('tiil;�'l � �: qfffiy: qfir ����II\nvr�aparva tam ajnaya\npratyanika-vivalcyitam\ngurum prasiidayan murdhnii\npiidayo� patita� pathi\nvr�apar�-the King of the demons; tam ajnaya-understanding the\n\nmotive of Sukriiciirya; pratyanika-some c!llse; viva/cyitam-desiring to\n\nspeak;\n\ngurum-his\n\nspiritual\n\nmaster,\n\nSukriiciirya;\n\nprasiidayat-he\n\nsatisfied immediately; murdhna-with his head; piidayo�-at the feet;\n\npatita�-fell down; pathi-on the road.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nKing Vr�aparva understood that\n\nS ukracarya\n\nwas coming to\n\nchastise or curse him. Consequently, before Sukracarya came to\nhis house, Vr�aparva went out and fell down in the street at the\nfeet of his guru and satisfied him, checking his wrath.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0059": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n32\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\nk$a1}iirdha-manyur bhagavan\n\ns�yam vyac�!a bhargava/:t\n\nkarrw 'sya/:t kriyatam rajan\n\nnainam tyaktum ihotsahe\n\nk$a�-ardha-lasting only a few moments; manyu/:t-whose anger;\n\nbhagavan-the most powerful; §�yam-unto his disciple, V:r�aparva;\n\nvyaca�!a-said;\n\nbhargava/:t-Sukracarya, the descendant of Bh:rgu;\n\nkama/:t-the desire; asya/:t-of this Devayani; kriyatam-please fulfill;\n\nrajan-0 King; na-not; enam-this girl; tyaktum-to give up; iha­\n\nin this world; utsahe-I am able.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe powerful Sukraciirya was angry for a few moments, but\n\nupon being satisfied he said to V:r�aparva: My dear King, kindly\n\nfulfill the desire of Devayani, for she is my daughter and in this\n\nworld I cannot give her up or neglect her.\nPURPORT\n\nSometimes a great personality like Sukracarya cannot neglect sons and\n\ndaughters, for sons and daughters are by nature dependent on their\n\nfather and the father has affection for them. Although Sukracarya knew\nthat the quarrel between Devayani and Sarmi�tha was childish, as\n\nDevayani's father he had to side with his daughter. He did not like to do\n\nthis, but he was obliged to because of affection. He plainly admitted that\n\nalthough he should not have asked the King for mercy for his daughter,\n\nbecause of affection he could not avoid doing so.\nTEXT 28\n\n�€4��� sm: �q141 ��l•f6¥( I\nfim'�tt'ffl m��� ������\ntathety avasthite praha\n\ndevayani manogatam\n\npitra datta yato yasye\n\nsanuga yatu mam anu\n\n", "SB9.3#p0060": "Text 29]\n\nKing Yayiiti Regains His Youth\n\n33\n\ntatha iti-when King V:r�aparva agreed to Sukracarya's proposal;\navasthite-the situation being settled in this way; praha-said;\ndaughter of Sukracarya; manogatam-her desire;\n\ndevayani-the\n\npitra-by the father; datta-given; yata�-to whomever; yasye-1\nshall go; sa-anuga-with her friends; yatu-shall go; miim anu-as my\nfollower or servant.\nTRANSLATION\nMter hearing Sukriiciirya's request, Vr�aparvii agreed to fulfill\n\nDevayiini's desire, and he awaited her words. Devayiini then ex­\n\npressed her desire as follows: \"Whenever I marry by the order of\nmy father, my friend Sarmi��hii must go with me as my maidser­\n\nvant, along with her friends.\"\n\nTEXT 29\n\n{T{SfiG>\"ij�Cf41.;a �H\"tl�•llij�l I\n��qt��:q�l\n�� q4:;;w(� W(\"t@l �C«{II��ll\npitra datta devayanyai\nsarm�tha sanuga tada\nsvaruirh tat sankatarh vilcyya\ntad-arthasya ca gauravam\ndevayanirh paryacarat\nstri-sahasrer:ra ddsavat\npitra-by the father; datta-given; devayanyai-unto Devayani, the\ndaughter of Sukracarya; sarm�tha-the daughter of V:r!?aparvii; saanuga- with her friends; tadii-at that time; sooruim-of his own;\ntat-that; sarikatam-dangerous position; vilcyya-obse rving ; tatfrom\n\nhim;\n\ngreatness;\n\narthasya-of\n\nthe\n\ndevayanim-unto\n\nbenefit;\n\nDevayani;\n\nca-also;\n\ngauravam-the\n\nparyacarat-served;\n\nstri­\n\nsahasrer:ra-with thousands of other women; ddsa-vat-acting as a\nslave.\nTRANSLATION\nV�aparvii wisely thought that Sukriiciirya's displeasure would\n\nbring danger and that his pleasure would bring material gain.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0061": "34\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\nTherefore he carried out Sukracarya's order and served him like a\nslave. He gave his daughter Sarmi��hii to Devayani, and Sarmi��hii\n\nserved Devayiini like a slave, along with thousands of other\n\nwomen.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the beginning of these affairs concerning Sarmi�tha and Devayiini,\n\nwe saw that Sarmi�tha had many friends. Now these friends became\n\nmaidservants of Devayani. When a girl married a lcyatriya king, it was\ncustomary for all her girl friends to go with her to her husband's house.\n\nFor instance, when Vasudeva married Devaki, the mother of .i(r�Q.a, he\n\nmarried all six of her sisters, and she also had many friends who ac­\n\ncompanied her. A king would maintain not only his wife but also the\n\nmany friends and maidservants of his wife. Some of these maidservants\n\nwould become pregnant and give birth to children. Such children were\n\naccepted as diisi-putra, the sons of the maidservants, and the king would\n\nmaintain them. The female population is always greater than the male,\n\nbut since a woman needs to be protected by a man, the king would maintain many girls, who acted either as friends or as maidservants of the\n\nqueen. In the history of .i(r�Q.a's household life we find that .i(r�Q.a mar­\n\nried 16,108 wives. These were not maidservants but direct queens, and\n.i(r�Q.a expanded Himself into 16,108 forms to maintain different\n\nestablishments for each and every wife. This is not possible for ordinary\n\nmen. Therefore although the kings had to maintain many, many servants\nand wives, not all of them had different establishments.\n\nniih�iiya sutiirh dattvii\nsaha sarmi$!hayo.Sanii\ntam aha riijafi charm�thiim\niidhiis talpe na karhicit\n\nniih�ya-unto King Yayati, the descendant of Nahu�a; sutiim-his\n\ndaughter;\n\ndattvii-giving in marriage;\n\nsaha- with ; sarm�thayii-\n\n", "SB9.3#p0062": "35\n\nKing Yayiiti Regains His Youth\n\nText 32)\n\nSarmi�tha, the daughter of Vr�aparva and servant of Devayiini; u.Sarui­\n\nSukracarya; tam-unto him (King Yayati); aha-said; rajan-my dear\n\nKing; sarm�!hdm-Sarmi�tha, the daughter of Vr�aparva; adhd�allow; talpe-on your bed; na-not; karhicit-at any time.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Sukriiciirya gave Devayiini in marriage to Yayiiti, he had\n\nSarmi�lhii go with her, hut he warned the King, \"My dear King,\nnever allow this girl Sarmi�thii to lie with you in your bed.\"\n\nvilokyau.Sanasirh rajafi\n\ncharm�!hd suprajiirh kvacit\n\ntam eva vavre rahasi\n\nsakhya� patim rtau sati\n\nvilokya-by\n\nSukracarya;\n\nseeing;\n\nau.Sanasim-Devayiini,\n\nrajan-0 King Parik�it;\n\nthe\n\ndaughter\n\n§arm�!hd-the daughter\n\nof\n\nof\n\nVr�aparva; su-prajam-possessing nice children; kvacit-at some time;\n\ntam-him (King Yayati); eva-indeed; vavre-requested; rahasi-in a\n\nsecluded place; sakhya�-of her friend; patim-the husband; rtau-at\nthe appropriate time; sati-being in that position.\nTRANSLATION\n, 0 King Parik�it, upon seeing Devayiini with a nice son,\n\nSarmi�lhii once approached King Yayiiti at the appropriate time for\nconception. In a secluded place, she requested the King, the husband of her friend Devayiini, to enable her to have a son also.\nTEXT 32\n\n(1\\il�::>t(l�� � �� • I\n�(�$fi':r+.t : m �tif�1+e4qf.46 ������\n\n", "SB9.3#p0063": "36\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\nraja-putryarthito 'patye\ndharmarh cave�ya dharmavit\nsma raii chukra-vaca/:1, kale\nd�tam evabhyapadyata\n\nraja-putrya-by Sarmi�tha, who was the daughter of a king;\narthita/:1,-being requested; apatye-for a son; dharmam-religious\nprinciples; ca-as well as; ave/cyya-considering; dharma-vit-aware of\nall religious principles; smaran-remembering; sukra-vaca/:1,-the\nwarning of Sukracarya; kale-at the time; d�tam-circumstantially;\neva-indeed; abhyapadyata-accepted (to fulfill the desire of\nSarmi�tha).\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Princess Sarmi�!hii begged King Yayati for a son, the King\n\nwas certainly aware of the principles of religion, and therefore he\nagreed to fulfill her desire. Although he remembered the warning\n\nof Sukracarya, he thought of this union as the desire of the\nSupreme, and thus he had sex with Sarmi�!hii.\nPURPORT\n\nKing Yayati was completely aware of the duty of a lcyatriya. When a\n/cyatriya is approached by a woman, he cannot deny her. This is a\nreligious principle. Consequently, when Dharmaraja, Yudhi�thira, saw\nArjuna unhappy after Arjuna returned from Dvaraka, he asked whether\nArjuna had refused a woman who had begged for a son. Although\nMaharaja Yayati remembered Sukracarya's warning, he could not refuse\nSarmi�tha. He thought it wise to give her a son, and thus he had sexual\nintercourse with her after her menstrual period. This kind of lust is not\nagainst religious principles. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (7.11),\ndharmaviruddho bhllte$U kamo 'smi: sex life not contrary to the principles of religion is sanctioned by Kr�I,la. Because Sarmi�tha, the\ndaughter of a king, had begged Yayati for a son, their combination was\nnot lust but an act of religion.\nTEXT 33\n\n� � � � �ttl� �NII�6 I\n� � � � � � �uwiq4un ������\n\n", "SB9.3#p0064": "Text 35]\n\nKing Yayati Regains His Youth\n\n37\n\nyadum ca turvasum caiva\ndevayani vyajayata\n\ndruhyum canum ca p urum ca\nsarmi$tha var�aparva7Ji\n\nyadum-Yadu; ca-and; turvasum-Turvasu; ca eva-as well as;\n\ndevayani-the daughter of Sukracarya;\n\nvyajayata-gave birth to;\n\ndruhyum-Druhyu; ca-and; anum-Anu; ca-also; purum-Puru;\n\nca-also;\n\nV:r�aparva.\n\nsarmi$tha-Sarmi�tha;\n\nvar�aparvaTJz-the\n\ndaughter\n\nof\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nDevayiini gave birth to Yadu and Turvasu, and Sarmi�!hii gave\n\nbirth to Druhyu, Anu and Piiru.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n� �dfcf�Jq �f.t;ft I\n�et�l41 N'� � � 11�\\lll\ngarbha-sambhavam asurya\nbhartur vijiiaya manini\n\ndevaycini pitur geham\n\nyayau krodha-vimurchita\n\ngarbha-sambhavam-pregnancy; asurya�-of Sarmi�tha; bhartu�­\n\nmade possible by her husband; vijnaya-knowing (from the brahma7Ja\nastrologers); manini-being very proud; devayani-the daughter of\n\nSukracarya; pitu�-of her father; geham-to the house; yayaudeparted; krodha-vimurchita-frenzied because of anger.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the proud Devayiini understood from outside sources that\n\nSarmi�!hii was pregnant by her husband, she was frenzied with\nanger. Thus she departed for her father's house.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0065": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n38\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\npriyam anugata/:t kiim i\n\nvacobhir upamantrayan\n\nna prasiidayitum seke\n\npiida-samvahanadibhi/:t\n\npriyam-his beloved wife; anugata/:t-following; kiimi-very, very\n\nlusty; vacobhi/:t-by great words; upamantrayan-appeasing; na-not;\nprasiidayitum-to\n\nappease;\n\nseke-was\n\nable;\n\niidibhi/:t-even by massaging her feet.\n\npada-samvahana­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nKing Yayiiti, who was very lusty, followed his wife, caught her\nand tried to appease her by speaking pleasing words and massaging\nher feet, hut he could not satisfy her by any means.\nTEXT 36\n\n�: �f.FI'((i'f I\n� �mrm � w�q�(Uft � ������\n�q,�+u�\n\nsukras tam aha kupita/:£\nstri-kiimanrta-purWJa\n\ntvam jara viSatam manda\nvirllpa-kararz,i nrrz.iim\nsukra/:t-Suknicarya;\n\ntam-unto him\n\n(King Yayati);\n\naha-said;\n\nkupita/:t-being very angry at him; stri-kiima-0 you who have lusty\n\ndesires for women; anrta-puru:ja-0 untruthful person; tvam-unto\nyou; jara-old age, invalidity; viSatiim-may enter; manda-you fool;\nvirllpa-kararz,i-which disfigures; nfrz,iim-the bodies of human beings.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukracarya was extremely angry. \"You untruthful fool, lusting\nafter women! You have done a great wrong,\" he said. \"I therefore\ncurse you to he attacked and disfigured by old age and invalidity.\"\n\n", "SB9.3#p0066": "Text 38]\n\nKing Yayati Regains His Youth\n\n39\n\nTEXT 37\n\nitlF1Tfrr�\n\n�� ��;r!R'f. �� � I\nott€4\\4�i �� er;mt �s� 11�\\911\nsn-yayatir uvaca\n\natrpto 'smy adya kamanam\nbrahman duhitari sma te\n\nvyatyasyatam yatha-kamam\nvayasa yo 'bhidhasyati\n\nsn-yayati� uvaca-King Yayati said; atrpta�-unsatisfied; asmi-1\n\nam; adya-till now; kamanam-to satisfy my lusty desires; brahman-\n\n0 learned brahmalJCL; duhitari-in connection with the daughter; sma­\n\nin the past; te-your; vyatyasyatam-just exchange; yatha-kamam-as\n\nlong as you are lusty; vayasa-with youth; ya� abhidhasyati-of one\nwho agrees to exchange your old age for his youth.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Yayati said, \"0 learned, worshipable hrahm�a,} have not\nyet satisfied my lusty desires with your daughter.\" Sukraciirya\nthen replied, \"You may exchange your old age with someone who\nwill agree to transfer his youth to you.\"\n\nPURPORT\nWhen King Yayati said that he had not yet satisfied his lusty desires\n\nwith Sukracarya's daughter, Sukracarya saw that it was against the in­\n\nterests of his own daughter for Yayati to continue in old age and invalidity, for certainly his lusty daughter would not be satisfied.\n\nTherefore Sukracarya blessed his son-in-law by saying that he could ex­\n\nchange his old age for someone else's youth. He indicated that if Yayati's\n\nson would exchange his youth for Yayati's old age, Yayati could continue\nto enjoy sex with Devayani.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n�Rr ��oq��·UW{: � ��B+i�l\"'-1� I\n� aRr srffi-.:.0+\\i � � {;(� �: ����II\n\n", "SB9.3#p0067": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n40\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\niti labdha-vyavasthana/:t\nputram jye$!ham avocata\nyado tata praticchemam\njaram dehi nijam vaya}:t\n\niti-thus; labdha-vyavasthana}:t-getting the opportunity to exchange\nhis old age; putram-unto his son; jye$!ham-the eldest; avocata-he\nrequested; yado-0 Yadu; tata-you are my beloved son; praticchakindly exchange; imam-this; jaram-invalidity; dehi-and give;\nnijam-your own; vaya/:t-youth.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Yayati received this benediction from Sukracarya, he re­\n\nquested his eldest son: My dear son Yadu, please give me your\nyouth in exchange for my old age and invalidity.\n\nTEXT 39\n'IRIl+i�im emt WI\n�\n\n<r'\" �'4�&:1�'{ I\n\n��G.l�'1 � Cli�: «'IT: II�Q..II\nmatamaha-krtam vatsa\nna trpto vi$aye$V aham\nvayasa bhavadiyena\nramsye katipaya/:t sama/:t\n\nmatamaha-krtam-given by your maternal grandfather, Sukracarya;\nvatsa-my dear son; na-not; trpta}:t-satis£. ed ; vi$aye$u-in sex life,\nsense gratification; aham-1 (am); vayasa-by age; bhavadiyena-of\nyour good self; ramsye-1 shall enjoy sex life; katipaya}:t-for a few;\nsama/:t-years.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear son, I am not yet satisfied in my sexual desires. But if\n\nyou are kind to me, you can take the old age given by your mater­\n\nnal grandfather, and I may take your youth so that I may enjoy life\nfor a few years more.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0068": "Text 40)\n\nKing Yayati Regains His Youth\n\n41\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the nature of lusty desires. In Bhagavad-gita (7.20) it is said,\n\nkiimais tais tair hrta-jfiiinii/:t: when one is too attached to sense gratification, he actually loses his sense. The word hrta-jiianii/:t refers to one who\nhas lost his sense. Here is an example: the father shamelessly asked his\nson to exchange youth for old age. Of course, the entire world is under\nsuch illusion. Therefore it is said that everyone is pramatta/:t, or exclusively mad. Nunam pramatta/:t kurute vikanna: when one becomes\nalmost like a madman, he indulges in sex and sense gratification. Sex and\nsense gratification can be controlled, however, and one achieves perfection when he has no desires for sex. This is possible only when one is\nfully Kr�I).a conscious.\n\nyadavadhi mama ceta/:t km:m-padaravinde\nnava-nava-rasa-dhamany udyatam rantum asit\ntadavadhi bata niiri-sarigame smaryamane\nbhavati mukha-vikiira/:t s�thu-n4!himnam ca\n\"Since I have been engaged in the transcendental loving service of\nKr�I).a, realizing ever-new pleasure in Him, whenever I think of sex\npleasure, I spit at the thought, and my lips curl with distaste.\" Sexual\ndesire can be stopped only when one is fully Kr�I).a conscious, and not\notherwise. As long as one has desires for sex, one must change his body\nand transmigrate from one body to another to enjoy sex in different\nspecies or forms. But although the forms may differ, the business of sex\nis the same. Therefore it is said, puna/:£ puna§ carvita-carvaT)iiniim.\nThose who are very much attached to sex transmigrate from one body to\nanother, with the same business of \"chewing the chewed,\" tasting sex\nenjoyment as a dog, sex enjoyment as a hog, sex enjoyment as a demigod,\nand so on.\n\nTEXT 40\n���'T!f\n\n� \\iffitT (41�;:ro � Wf 1\n317\n����� �• m;t(• �t( ;{IQ\n�p. �\": II\\? oil\n�\n\n•\n\n", "SB9.3#p0069": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n42\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\nsri-yadur uvaca\nnotsahe jarasa sthatum\nantani praptaya tava\naviditva sukham gramyam\nvaitr$r:tyam naiti piirU$a/.t\nsri-yadul,t uvaca-Yadu, the eldest son to Yayati, replied; na utsahe1\n\nam\n\nnot enthusiastic; jarasa-with your old age and invalidity;\n\nsthatum-to remain;\ntava-your;\n\nantara-while in youth; praptaya -accepted;\n\naviditva-without\n\nexperiencing;\n\nsukham-happin ess ;\n\ngramyam-material or bodily; vailf$r:tyam-indi£Ierence to material enjoyment; na-does not; eti-attain; piirU$a/.t-a person.\nTRANSLATION\n\nYadu replied: My dear father, you have already achieved old age,\n\nalthough you also were a young man. But I do not welcome your\n\nold age and invalidity, for unless one enjoys material happiness,\n\none cannot attain renunciation.\n\nPURPORT\nRenunciation of material enjoyment is the ultimate goal of human\nlife. Therefore the varlJilsrama institution is most scientific. It aims at\ngiving one the facility to return home, back to Godhead, which one cannot do w�thout completely renouncing all connections with the material\nSri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu said, ni$kiiicanasya bhagavadbhajanonmukhasya: one who wants to go back home, back to Godhead,\nmust be ni$kiiicana, free from all affinity for material enjoyment.\nworld.\n\nBrahmar:ty upasamasrayam: unless one is fully renounced, one cannot\nengage in devotional service or stay in Brahman. Devotional service is\nrendered on the Brahman platform. Therefore, unless one attains the\nBrahman platform, or spiritual platform, one cannot engage in devotional service; or, in other words, a person engaged in devotional service\nis already on the Brahman platform.\n\nmarh ca yo 'vyabhicarer:ta\nbhakti-yogena sevate\n\n", "SB9.3#p0070": "Text 40]\n\nKing Yayiiti Regains His Youth\n\n43\n\nsa gu�n samatityaitan\nbrahma-bhuyaya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in\nany circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and\nthus comes to the level of Brahman.\" (Bg. 14.26) If one attains devotional service, therefore, he is certainly liberated. Generally, unless one\nenjoys material happiness, one cannot attain renunciation. Va71U1Srama\ntherefore gives the opportunity for gradual elevation. Yadu, the son of\nMaharaja Yayati, explained that he was unable to give up his youth, for\nhe wanted to use it to attain the renounced order in the future.\nMaharaja Yadu was different from his brothers. As stated in the next\nverse, turvasu.S codita� pitra druhyu.S canu.S ca bharatal pratyacakhyur\nadharmajna�. Maharaja Yadu's brothers refused to accept their father's\nproposal because they were not completely aware ofdharma. To accept\norders that follow religious principles, especially the orders of one's\nfather, is very important. Therefore when the brothers of Maharaja Yadu\nrefused their father's order, this was certainly irreligious. Maharaja\nYadu's refusal, however, was religious. As stated in the Tenth Canto,\nyados ca dharma-silasya: Maharaja Yadu was completely aware of the\nprinciples of religion. The ultimate principle of religion is to engage\noneself in devotional service to the Lord. Maharaja Yadu was very eager\nto engage himself in the Lord's service, but there was an impediment:\nduring youth the material desire to enjoy the material senses is certainly\npresent, and unless one fully satisfies these lusty desires in youth, there\nis a chance of one's being disturbed in rendering service to the Lord. We\nhave actually seen that many sannyasis who accept sannyasa prematurely, not having satisfied their material desires, fall down because\nthey are disturbed. Therefore the general process is to go through\ngrhastha life and vanaprastha life and finally come to sannyasa and devote oneself completely to the service of the Lord. Maharaja Yadu was\nready to accept his father's order and exchange youth for old age because\nhe was confident that the youth taken by his father would be returned.\nBut because this exchange would delay his complete engagement in devotional service, he did not want to accept his father's old age, for he was\neager to achieve freedom from disturbances. Moreover, among the descendants of Yadu would be Lord ��Q.a. Therefore, because Yadu was\n\n", "SB9.3#p0071": "(Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n44\n\neager to see the Lord's appearance in his dynasty as soon as possible,\nYadu refused to accept his father's proposal. This was not irreligious,\nhowever, because Yadu's purpose was to serve the Lord. Because Yadu\nwas a faithful servant of the Lord, Lord Kr��a appeared in his dynasty.\nAs confirmed in the prayers of Kunti, yado/:t priyasyiinvaviiye. Yadu was\nvery dear to Kr��a, who was therefore eager to descend in Yadu's\ndynasty.\n\nIn conclusion, Maharaja Yadu should not be considered\n\nadharma-jiia, ignorant of religious principles, as the next verse designates his brothers. He was like the four Sanakas (catu/:t-sana), who\nrefused the order of their father, Brahma, for the sake of a better cause.\nBecause the four Kumaras wanted to engage themselves completely in\nthe service of the Lord as brahmaciiris, their refusal to obey their\nfather's order was not irreligious.\n\n+n«< I\n\n11\\1�11\nturvasu5 codita/:t pitrii\ndruhyu5 ciinu5 ca bhiirata\npratyacakhyur adharmajiiii\nhy anitye nitya-buddhaya/:t\nturvasu/:t-Turvasu, another son; codita/:t-requested; pitrii-by the\nfather (to exchange old age and invalidity for his youth); druhyu/:tDruhyu, another son; ca-and; anu/:t-Anu, another son; ca-also;\nbhiirata-0\n\nKing\n\nParik�it;\n\npratyiicakhyu/:t-refused\n\nto\n\naccept;\n\nadharma-jiiii/:t-because they did not know religious principles; hi-in­\n\ndeed; a- nitye-tempor ar y youth; nitya-buddhaya/:t-thinking to be\npermanent.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0\n\nMaharaja\n\nParik�it,\n\nYayati\n\nsimilarly\n\nrequested\n\nhis\n\nsons\n\nTurvasu, Druhy u and Anu to exchange their youth for his old age,\n\nbut because they were unaware of religious principles, they\n\nthought that their flickering youth was eternal, and therefore they\n\nrefused to carry out their father's order.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0072": "Text 43)\n\nKing Yayiiti Regains His Youth\n\n45\n\naprcchat tanayam pilrurh\nvayasonarh gur,riidhikam\nna tvam agrajavad vatsa\nmam pratyakhyatum arhasi\naprcchat-requested; tanayam-the son; pilrum-Piiru; vayasaby age; ilnam-although younger; gu �-adhikam-better than the\nothers by quality; na-not; tvam-you; agraja-vat-like your older\nbrothers; vatsa-my dear son; mam-me; pratyakhyatum-to refuse;\narhasi-ought.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Yayiiti then requested Puru, who was younger than these\nthree brothers but more qualified, \"My dear son, do not be disobedient like your elder brothers, for that is not your duty.\"\nTEXT 43\n\n�'i.��\"f1�\n\n�?! �� ¥4�&4�� ���: �'tf.t..l\n�ij �� � !H=tla:ll{ fer� �II\\?� II\nsri-pilrur uvaca\nko nu loke man!J,$yendra\n\npitur atma-krta/:t puman\npratikartum lcyamo yasya\nprasadad vindate param\nsri-pilru/:t uvaca-Puru said; ka/:t-what; nu-indeed; loke-in this\nworld; man!J,$ya-indra-O Your Majesty, best of human beings; pitu/:tthe father; atma-krta/:t-who has given this body; puman-a person;\npratikartum-to repay; lcyama/:t-is able; yasya-of whom; prasadatby the mercy; vindate-one enjoys; param-superior life.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0073": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n46\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nPiiru replied: 0 Your Majesty, who in this world can repay his\n\ndebt to his father? By the mercy of one's father, one gets the\n\nhuman form of life, which can enable one to become an associate\n\nof the Supreme Lord.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe father gives the seed of the body, and this seed gradually grows\nand develops until one ultimately attains the developed human body,\nwith consciousness higher than that of the animals. In the human body\none can be elevated to the higher planets, and, furthermore, if one cultivates l(r�I).a consciousness, one can return home, back to Godhead. This\nimportant human body is obtained by the grace of the father, and\ntherefore everyone is indebted to his father. Of course, in other lives one\nalso gets a father and mother; even cats and dogs have fathers and\nmothers. But in the human form of life the father and mother can award\ntheir son the greatest benediction by teaching him to become a devotee.\nWhen one becomes a devotee, he achieves the greatest benediction because he completely averts the repetition of birth and death. Therefore\nthe father who trains his child in l(r�I).a consciousness is the most\nbenevolent father in this world. It is said:\njaname janame sabe pitamata paya\nkr�r:u:t guru nahi mile bhaja hari ei\n\nEveryone gets a father and mother, but if one gets the benediction of\nl(r�I).a and guru, he can conquer material nature and return home, back\nto Godhead.\nTEXT 44\n\n�����!It�«�: 1\n3T�S� �fG\\f:fiffl%1�6 �: II����\nuttama.S cintitam kuryat\nprokta-kiiri tu madhyama/:1.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0074": "Text 45)\n\nKing Yayati Regains His Youth\n\n47\n\nadhamo 'sraddhaya kuryad\nakartoccaritarit pituft\nuttamaft-the best; cintitam-considering the father's idea; kuryatacts accordingly; pro k ta-kari-one who acts on the order of the\nfather; tu-indeed; madhyamaft-mediocre; adhamaft-lower class;\na§raddhaya-without any faith; k ur yat-acts; akarta-unwilling to do;\n\nuccaritam-like stool; pituft-of the father.\nTRANSLATION\nA son who acts by anticipating what his father wants him to do is\nfirst class, one who acts upon receiving his father's order is second\nclass, and one who executes his father's order irreverently is third\nclass. But a son who refuses his father's order is like his father's\nstool.\n\nPURPORT\n\nPuru, Yayati's last son, immediately accepted his father's proposal, for\nalthough he was the youngest, he was very qualified. Pftru thought, \"I\nshould have accepted my father's proposal before he asked, but I did not.\nTherefore I am not a first-class son. I am second class. But I do not wish\nto become the lowest type of son, who is compared to his father's stool.\"\nOne Indian poet has spoken of putra and miUra. Putra means \"son,\" and\n\nmiltra means \"urine.\" Both a son and urine come from the same\ngenitals. If a son is an obedient devotee of the Lord he is called putra, or\na real son; otherwise, if he is not learned and is not a devotee, a son is\nnothing better than urine.\nTEXT 45\n\n� 'Sfi��: �: ��&niiNid Au: I\nmsfit �iPH:tl � ��� � ����II\niti pramuditaft pilruft\npratyagrh1Jii,j jararit pituft\nso\n\n'pi tad-vayasa kaman\nyathavaj jujU§e nrpa\n\n", "SB9.3#p0075": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n48\nltz-in\n\nthis\n\nway;\n\npramudita}:t-very\n\npleased;\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 18\npuru}:t-Pfuu;\n\npratyagrh�t-accepted; jaram-the old age and invalidity; pitu}:t-of\nhis father; sa}:t-that father (Yayiiti); api-also; tat-vayasa-by the\nyouth of his son; kaman-all desires; yatha-vat-as required; jujU§esatisfied; nrpa-0 Maharaja Parik�it.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: In this way, 0 Maharaja Parik�it, the\n\nson named Puru was very pleased to accept the old age of his\nfather, Yayiiti, who took the youth of his son and enjoyed this ma­\n\nterial world as he required.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n��qqf(l:ij�� � qy� �:I\n�� if.lw:p;ri�Sottl� : 11\\?�11\nsapta-dvipa-pati}:t sarhyak\npitrvat palayan praja}:t\nyathopaj0$arh vi$ayan\n\njujU§e 'vyahatendriya}:t\nsapta-dvipa-pati}:t-the master of the entire world, consisting of seven\nislands; samycik-completely; pitr-vat-exactly like a father; palayan-ruling; praja}:t-the subjects; yatha-upa}o$am-as much as\n\nhe wanted; vi$ayan-material happiness; ju}U§e-enjoyed; avyahatawithout being disturbed; indriya}:t-his senses.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, King Yayiiti became the ruler of the entire world,\n\nconsisting of seven islands, and ruled the citizens exactly like a\nfather. Because he had taken the youth of his son, his senses were\n\nunimpaired, and he enjoyed as much material happiness as he\n\ndesired.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0076": "Text\n\n48]\n\nKing Yayiiti Regains His Youth\nTEXT\n\n49\n\n47\n\n�ttlri1Qt�(a:4\n\n¥ti1!EftJ�('4��: I\n�: � �� � �: II'J\\911\ndevayany apy anudinarh\nmano-vag-deha-vastubhi/:L\npreyasa/:L pararniirh pritim\nuvaha preyasi raha/:L\ndevayanr-Maharaja Yayati's wife, the daughter of Sukracarya; apialso; anudinam-twenty -four hours, day after day; mana/:L-vii k -by her\nmind and words; deha\n\npreyasa]:L-of\n\nher\n\n-\n\nbody; vastubh i/:L -with all requisite things;\n\nbeloved\n\nhusband;\n\npararniim-transcendental;\n\npritim-bliss; uvaha-executed; preyasi-very dear to her husband;\nraha/:L-in seclusion, without any disturbance.\nTRANSLATION\nIn secluded places, engaging her mind, words, body and various\nparaphernalia, Devayiini, the dear wife of Maharaja Yayiiti, always\nbrought her husband the greatest possible transcendental bliss.\n\nTEXT\n\n48\n\n�N{�:I\ne��a>¥4 � II'J�II\nayajad yajiia-purU$arh\nkratubhir bhuri-da�ir;wi/:L\nsarva-devamayam devaril\nsarva-vedamayaril harim\nayajat-worshiped; yajiia-pu�am-the yajiia-purU$a, the Lord;\nkratubhi/:L-by performing various sacrifices; bhuri-da�ir;wi/:L-giving\nabundant gifts to the brahmar:ws; sarva-deva-mayam-the reservoir of\nall the demigods; devam-the Supreme Lord; sarva-ve da-mayam-the\n\n", "SB9.3#p0077": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n50\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\nultimate object of all Vedic knowledge; harim-the Lord, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Yayiiti performed various sacrifices, in which he offered\n\nabundant gifts to the briihm�as to satisfy the Supreme Lord, Hari,\n\nwho is the reservoir of all the demigods and the object of all Vedic\nknowledge.\n\nTEXT 49\n\nq�f.st� �d*-16 �m :s�('Sa:�o:t�: 1\n� mffl ;mnfu ((1S4+41itl+4'1l(�: ����II\nyasminn idam viracitaril\nvyomniva jaladiivali/:£\nnaneva bhati nabhati\nsvapna-maya-manoratha/:£\nyasmzn-m\n\nwhom;\n\nviracitam-created;\navali/:£-clouds;\n\nidam-this\n\nvyomni-in\n\nthe\n\nentire\n\ncosmic\n\nmanifestation;\n\nsky;\n\niva-just\n\nlike;\n\nnana iva-as if in different varieties;\n\njaladabhati-is\n\nmanifested; na abhati-is unmanifested; s vapna- maya-illu sion, like a\n\ndream; mana/:£-ratha/:£-created to be traversed by the chariot of the\nmind.\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\nSupreme\n\nLord,\n\nV asudeva,\n\nwho\n\ncreated\n\nthe\n\ncosmic\n\nmanifestation, exhibits Himself as all-pervading, like the sky that\nholds clouds. And when the creation is annihilated, everything enters into the Supreme Lord, Vi�1,1u, and varieties are no longer\nmanifested.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gitii ( 7.19) :\nbahunaril janmanam ante\njfliinavan mam prapadyate\n\n", "SB9.3#p0078": "Text 50]\n\n51\n\nKing Yayati Regains His Youth\n\nvasudevab, sarvam iti\nsa mahatma sudurlabhab,\n\"Mter many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders unto Me, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is.\nSuch a great soul is very rare.\" The Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nVasudeva, is one with the Supreme Brahman, the Supreme Absolute\nTruth. Everything is in Him in the beginning, and at the end all\nmanifestations enter into Him. He is situated in everyone's heart (sar­\n\nvasya ciiham hrdi sannivi�!aM. And from Him everything has emanated\n(janmiidy asya yatab}. All material manifestations, however, are temporary. The word svapna means \"dreams,\" maya means \"illusion,\" and\nmanoratha means \"mental creations.\" Dreams, illusions and mental creations are temporary. Similarly, all material creation is temporary, but\nVasudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the eternal Absolute\nTruth.\nTEXT 50\n\n�. � ftt� � !J$01�1�'( I\n'1RI�OI'4oni4i4 f;f(I�O(i41Jt€( !f� 11'-\\oll\ntam eva hrdi vinyasya\nvasudevam guhasayam\nnaraya\"{Ulm arJiyamsam\nnirasir ayajat prabhum\ntam eva-Him only; hrdi-within the heart; vinyasya-placing;\nvc:isudevam-Lord Vasudeva; guha-asayam-who exists in everyone's\n\nniiriiya\"{Ulm-who is Narayal}.a, or an expansion of Narayal}.a;\na rJiyiimsam - invisible to material eyes, although existing everywhere;\nnirasib,-Yayati, without any material desires; ayajat-worshiped;\nprabhum-the Supreme Lord.\n\nheart;\n\nTRANSLATION\nWithout\n\nmaterial\n\ndesires,\n\nMaharaja\n\nYayati\n\nworshiped\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Lord, who is situated in everyone's heart as NarayaJ}.a and\nis invisible to material eyes, although existing everywhere.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0079": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n52\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 18\n\nPURPORT\nKing Yayliti, although externally seeming very fond of material enjoyment, was internally thinking of becoming an eternal servant of the\nLord.\n\nevam var§a-sahasriirti\nmana�-§a§thair mana�-sukham\nvidadharw 'pi natrpyat\nsiirva-bhauma� kad-indriyai�\nevam-in\n\nthis way;\n\nvar§a-sahasriirti-for\n\none\n\nthousand\n\nyears;\n\nmana�-§a§!hai�-by the mind and five knowledge-acquiring senses;\nmana�-sukham\nvida dhana �\n\n-\n\n-\n\ntemporary\n\nexecuting;\n\nhappiness\n\napi-although;\n\ncreated\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nmind;\n\nna atrpyat-could not be\n\nsatisfied; siirva-bhauma�-although he was the king of the entire\nworld; kat-indriyai�-because of possessing impure senses.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Maharaja Yayiiti,was the king of the entire world and\n\nhe engaged his mind and five senses in enjoying material posses­\n\nsions for one thousand years, he was unable to be satisfied.\nPURPORT\n\nThe kad-indriya, or unpurified senses, can be purified if one\nengages the senses and the mind in l<.r!:!�a consciousness. Sarvopiidhi­\n\nvinirmuktam tat-paratvena nirmalam. One must be freed from all designations. When one. identifies himself with the material world, his senses\nare impure. But when one achieves spiritual realization and identifies\nhimself as a servant of the Lord, his senses are purified immediately.\nEngagement of the purified senses in the service of the Lord is called\n\nbhakti. Hr§ikerta hr§ikesa-sevanam bhaktir ucyate. One may enjoy the\n\n", "SB9.3#p0080": "Text 51]\n\nKing Yayiiti Regains His Youth\n\n53\n\nsenses for many thousands of years, but unless one purifies the senses,\none cannot be happy.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Eighteenth\n\nChapter, of the Sri:mad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"King Yayati Regains His\nYouth.\"\n\n", "SB9.3#p0081": "CHAPTER NINETEEN\n\nKing Yayati Achieves Liberation\nThis Nineteenth Chapter describes how Maharaja Yayati achieved liberation after he recounted the figurative story of the he-goat and shegoat.\nMter many, many years of sexual relationships and enjoyment in the\nmaterial world,\n\nKing\n\nYayati\n\nfinally became\n\ndisgusted\n\nwith\n\nsuch\n\nmaterialistic happiness. When satiated with material enjoyment, he\ndevised a story of a he-goat and she-goat, corresponding to his own life,\nand narrated the story before his beloved Devayani. The story is as\nfollows. Once upon a time, while a goat was searching in a forest for\ndifferent types of vegetables to eat, by chance he came to a well, in which\nhe saw a she-goat. He became attracted to this she-goat and somehow or\nother delivered her from the well, and thus they were united. One day\nthereafter, when the she-goat saw the he-goat enjoying sex with another\nshe-goat, she became angry, abandoned the he-goat, and returned to her\nbrahmar:ta owner, to whom she described her husband's behavior. The\nbrahmar:ta became very angry and cursed the he-goat to lose his sexual\n\npower. Thereupon, the he-goat begged the brahmar:ta 's pardon and was\ngiven back the power for sex. Then the he-goat enjoyed sex with the shegoat for many years, but still he was not satisfied. If one is lusty and\ngreedy, even the total stock of gold in this world cannot satisfy one's\nlusty desires. These desires are like a fire. One may pour clarified butter\non a blazing fire, but one cannot expect the fire to be extinguished. To\nextinguish such a fire, one must adopt a different process. The sastra\ntherefore advises that by intelligence one renounce the life of enjoyment.\nWithout great endeavor, those with a poor fund of knowledge cannot\ngive up sense enjoyment, especially in relation to sex, because a beautiful\nwoman bewilders even the most learned man. King Yayati, however,\nrenounced worldly life and divided his property among his sons. He\npersonally adopted the life of a mendicant, or sannyasi, giving up all attraction to material enjoyment, and engaged himself fully in devotional\nservice to the Lord. Thus he attained perfection. Later, when his beloved\n55\n\n", "SB9.3#p0082": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n56\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 19\n\nwife, Devayani, was freed from her mistaken way of life, she also\nengaged herself in the devotional service of the Lord.\n\nTEXT l\n\n��<fi rn'if\n�\n\n\"'\n\nft\n«��r.t,�sq�+U�t1if:\nI\nw:n fsrtrN Ff� ttl�b-la'l'1T'I+4•'\"\"1tf1'26 II Z II\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nsa ittham iicaran kamdn\nstrair:w 'pahnavam iitmana/:t\nbuddhvii priyayai nirviTJr:w\ngathiim etiim agayata\nsri-suka/:t uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; sa/:t-Maharaja Yayati;\n\nittham-in this way; iicaran-behaving; kaman-in regard to lusty\n\ndesires; straiTJa/:t-very much attached to woman; apahnavam-coun ­\n\nteraction; iitmana/:t-of his own welfare; buddhoo-understanding with\n\nintelligence;\n\npriyayai-unto his beloved wife, Devayani; nirviTJTJlli:t­\n\ndisgusted; gathiim-story; etiim-this (as follows ) ; agayata-narrated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: 0 Maharaja Parik�it, Yayiiti was very\n\nmuch attached to woman. In due course of time, however, when\ndisgusted with sexual enjoyment and its bad effects, he renounced\n\nthis way of life and narrated the following story to his beloved\nwife.\n\nTEXT2\n\n� �� ilNT+i�� I\n\n$fro tt�l�il�t=ij eR !U+if.Nim�: II � II\nsrTJu bhiirgavy amum gatham\nmad-vidhiicaritiim bhuvi\ndhirii yasyanu§ocanti\nvane grama-nivasina/:t\n\n", "SB9.3#p0083": "Text3\n\n)\n\nKing Yayiiti Achieves Liberation\n\n57\n\nsr�u-please hear; bhargavi-0 daughter of Sukracarya; amum­\n\nthis; gatham-history; mat-vidha-exactly resembling my behavior;\n\nlicaritlim-behavior; bhuvi-within this world; dhira�-those who are\n\nsober and intelligent;\n\nyasya-of whom;\n\nanU.Socanti-lament very\n\nmuch; vane-in the forest; grama-nivasina�-very much attached to\nmaterialistic enjoyment.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dearly beloved wife, daughter of Sukriiciirya, in this world\nthere was someone exactly like me. Please listen as I narrate the\nhistory of his life. By hearing about the life of such a householder,\nthose who have retired from householder life always lament.\nPURPORT\n\nPersons who live in the village or town are called grama-nivasi, and\n\nthose who live in the forest are called vana-vasi or vanaprastha. The\n\nvanaprasthas, who have retired from family life, generally lament about\n\ntheir past family life because it engaged them in trying to fulfill lusty\n\ndesires. Prahlada Maharaja said that one should retire from family life as\n\nsoon as possible, and he described family life as the darkest well\n(hitvatma-patarh grham andha-kilpam). If one continuously or perma­\n\nnently concentrates on living with his family, he should be understood to\n\nbe killing himself. In the Vedic civilization, therefore, it is recommended\n\nthat one retire from family life at the end of his fiftieth year and go to\n\nvana, the forest. When he becomes expert or accustomed to forest life, or\n\nretired life as a vanaprastha, he should accept sannyasa. Vanarh gato\n\nyad dharim asrayeta. Sannyasa means accepting unalloyed engagement\nin the service of the Lord. Vedic civilization therefore recommends four\n\ndifferent stages of life-brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and\nsannyasa. One should be very much ashamed of remaining a house­\n\nholder and not promoting oneself to the two higher stages, namely\nvanaprastha and sannyasa.\n\nTEXT3\n\niffil � � �� NM�W{ fSctt¥4(�;{ : I\n\n� � trffir (4�4ct�4ll¥Nu'{ II � II\n\n", "SB9.3#p0084": "58\n\n[Canto 9, Ch.l9\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\nbasta eko vane kascid\nvicinvan priyam dtmanab,\n\ndadarsa kupe patitam\n\nsva-karma-va§agam ajam\nbastab,-goat; ekab,-one; vane-in a forest; kaScit-some; vicinvan\n\n-searching for food; priyam-very dear;\n\ndtmanab,-for himself;\n\ndadarsa-saw by chance; kilpe-within a well; patitdm\n\n-\n\nfallen; sva­\n\nkarma-va5a-gam-under the influence of the results of fruitive ac­\n\ntivities; ajdm-a she-goat.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile wandering in the forest, eating to satisfy his senses, a he­\n\ngoat by chance approached a well, in which he saw a she-goat\nstanding helplessly, having fallen into it by the influence of the\nresults of fruitive activities.\n\nPURPORT\n\nHere Maharaja Yayati compares himself to a he-goat and Devayani to a\n\nshe-goat and describes the nature of man and woman. Like a he-goat, a\n\nman searches for sense gratification, wandering here and there, and a\n\nwoman without the shelter of a man or husband is like a she-goat that\n\nhas fallen into a well. Without being cared for by a man, a woman cannot\n\nbe happy. Indeed, she is just like a she-goat that has fallen into a well and\nis struggling for existence. Therefore a woman must take shelter of\nher father, as Devayani did when under the care of Sukracarya, and then\n\nthe father must give the daughter in charity to a suitable man, or a suit­\n\nable man should help the woman by placing her under the care of a hus­\n\nband. This is shown vividly by the life of Devayani. When King Yayati\n\ndelivered Devayani from the well, she felt great relief and requested\n\nYayati to accept her as his wife. But when Maharaja Yayati accepted\n\nDevayani, he became too attached and had sex life not only with her but\n\nwith others, like Sarmi�tha. Yet still he was dissatisfied. Therefore one\n\nshould retire by force from such family life as Yayati's. When one is fully\n\nconvinced of the degrading nature of worldly family life, one should\n\ncompletely renounce this way of life, take sannyasa, and engage himself\n\nfully in the service of the Lord. Then one's life will be successful.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0085": "Text 6]\n\n59\n\nKing Yayati Achieves Liberation\nTEXT4\n\n�:{(Uftqp;j �: �(t �� 11\n� �� Rtttoniar � 11 � 11\n\n�\n\ntasya uddharar:wpayam\nbasta� kami vicintayan\nvyadhatta tirtham uddhrtya\nvi$druigrery,a rodhasi\ntasya�-of\n\nthe\n\nshe-goat;\n\n)\n\nuddharary,a-upayam-the\n\nmeans\n\nof\n\ndeliverance ( from the well ; basta�-the he-goat; kami-having lusty\n\ndesires; vicintayan-planning; vyadhatta-executed; tirtham-a way\nto come out; uddhrtya-digging the earth; Vi$dry,a-agrery,a-by the point\nof the horns; rodhasi-at the edge of the well.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter plannin g how to g et the she-g oat out· of the well, the lusty\nhe-g oat dug up the earth on the well's ed ge with the point of his\nhorns in such a way that she was able to come out very easily.\n\nPURPORT\nAttraction for woman is the impetus for economic development, housing and many other things meant for living comfortably in this material\nworld. Digging up the earth to make a way out for the she-goat was a\nlaborious task, but before accepting the she-goat, the he-goat underwent\nthis labor. Aho grha-lcyetra-sutapta-vittair janasya moho yam aham\nmameti. The union between male and female provides the impetus for\ngaining a nice apartment, a good income, children and friends. Thus one\nbecomes entangled in this material world.\nTEXTS 5-6\n\nm� � ��uft m � fifi� I\n�T���tf��:��tf�: 11�11\n\n", "SB9.3#p0086": "[Canto 9, Ch. 19\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n60\n\nI\n\n11�11\nsottirya kupat su§ro7J-i\ntam eva cakame kila\ntaya vrtam samudvik}ya\nbahvyo 'ja}:t kiinta-kiimini/:t\npivanam sma.Srulam pre${ham\nmi{lhvaritsam yabha-kovidam\nsa eko 'javr$as tiisam\nbahvinam rati-vardhana/:t\nreme kiima-graha-grasta\natmanam navabudhyata\nsa-the\n\nshe-goat;\n\nuttirya-getting out;\n\nkupat-from the\n\nwell;\n\nsu-sro�i-possessing very nice hips; tam-unto the he-goat; eva-indeed; cakame-desired to get as her husband; kila-indeed; taya-by\n\nher; vrtam-accepted; samudvi� ya-seeing; bahvya/:t-many others;\n\naja/:t-she-goats; kii nta-kiimini/:t-desiring to get the he-goat as their\n\nhusband; pivanam-very stout and strong; sma5rulam-having a very\n\nnice mustache and beard; pre${ham - :first-class; mi{lhva ritsam - expert\n\nin discharging semen; yabha-kovidam-expert in the art of sexual intercourse; saft-that he-goat; ekaft-alone; aja-vr$ab--the hero of the\ngoats; tasam-of all the she-goats; bahvinam-a great number; rativardhana/:t-could increase the lusty desire; reme-he enjoyed; kii magraha-grasta}:t-being haunted by the ghost of lusty desire; atmanamhis own self; na-not; avabudhyata-could understand.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the she-goat, who had very nice hips, got out of the well\n\nand saw the very handsome he-goat, she desired to accept him as\n\nher husband. When she did so, many other she-goats also desired\nhim as their husband because he had a very beautiful bodily struc­\n\nture and a nice mustache and beard and was expert in discharging\n\n", "SB9.3#p0087": "Text 7)\n\nKing Yayati Achieves Liberation\n\n61\n\nsemen and in the art of sexual intercourse. Therefore, just as a\nperson haunted by a ghost exhibits madness, the best of the hegoats, attracted by the many she-goats, engaged in erotic activities\nand naturally forgot his real business of self-realization.\nPURPORT\nMaterialists are certainly very much attracted by sexual intercourse.\n\nYan maithuniidi-grhamedhi-sukharh hi tuccham. Although one becomes\na grhastha, or householder, to enjoy sex life to his heart's content, one is\nnever satisfied. Such a lusty materialist is like a goat, for it is said that if\ngoats meant for slaughter get the opportunity, they enjoy sex before\nbeing killed. Human beings, however, are meant for self-realization.\n\ntapo divyarh putrakii yena sattvarh\nsuddhyed yasmiid brahma-saukhyarh tv anantam\nHuman life is meant for realization of the self, the spiritual soul within\nthe body (dehino 'smin yathii dehe). A materialistic rascal does not know\nthat he is not the body but a spiritual soul within the body. However, one\nshould understand his real position and cultivate knowledge by which to\nget free from bodily entanglement. Like an unfortunate person who acts\nmadly, haunted by ghosts, a materialist haunted by the ghost of lust\nforgets his real business so that he can enjoy so-called happiness in the\nbodily concept of life.\n\ntam eva pre$thatamayii\nramamii�m ajanyaya\nvilokya kiipa-sarhvigna\nniimr$yad basta-karma tat\ntam-the he-goat;\n\neva-indeed; pre$thatamaya-beloved; rama­\n\nmii�m-engaged in sexual activities; aja -the she-goat; anyaya-with\n\n", "SB9.3#p0088": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n62\n\n[Canto9, Ch.l9\n\nanother she-goat; vilokya-by seeing; kupa-samvignii-the she-goat\n\nwho had fallen into the well; na-not; amr�yat-tolerated; basta­\n\nkarma-the business of the goat; tat-that (sex is accepted here as the\n\nbusiness of the goat).\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the she-goat who had fallen into the well saw her beloved\ngoat engaged in sexual affairs with another she-goat, she could not\ntolerate the goat's activities.\nTEXTS\n\ntam durhrdam suhrd-rupam\n\nkiiminam �ar:z,a-sauhrdam\n\nindriyiiriimam utsrjya\n\nsviiminam du/:tkhitii yayau\n\ntam-him (the he-goat); durhrdam-cruel hearted; suhrt-rupam­\n\npretending to be a friend; kiiminam-very lusty; �ar:z,a-sauhrdam­\n\nhaving friendship for the time being; indriya-iiriimam-interested only\n\nin sense gratification or sensuality; utsrjya-giving up; sviiminam-to\n\nher present husband, or to the former maintainer; dub-khitii-being very\nmuch aggrieved; yayau-she left.\nTRANSLATION\nAggrieved by her husband's behavior with another, the she-goat\nthought that the he-goat was not actually her friend but was hardhearted and was her friend only for the time being. Therefore,\nbecause her husband was lusty, she left him and returned to her\nformer maintainer.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word svaminam is significant. Svami means \"caretaker\" or\n\n\"master.\" Devayiini was cared for by Sukraciirya before her marriage,\n\n", "SB9.3#p0089": "Text 10)\n\nKing Yayiiti Achieves Liberation\n\n63\n\nand after her marriage she was cared for by Yayiiti, but here the word\n\nsvaminam indicates that Devayiini left the protection of her husband,\n\nYayati, and returned to her former protector, Sukriiciirya. Vedic civiliza­\n\ntion recommends that a woman stay under the protection of a man.\nDuring childhood she should be cared for by her father, in youth by her\nhusband, and in old age by a grown son. In any stage of life, a woman\nshould not have independence.\nTEXT9\n\nso 'pi canugatab, strair:tabkrpar:tas tam prasaditum\nkurvann U;lavi(lii-kararh\nnasaknot pathi sandhitum\nsab, -that he-goat; api also; ca-also; anugatab, following the\nstrair:ta /:t henpecked; krpar:ta /:£ -very poor; tam-her;\nprasaditum-to satisfy; kurvan- making; U;lavi(lii-karam-an ut-\n\nshe-goat;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nterance in the language of the goats; na-not; a§aknot-was able;\n\npathi-on the road; sandhitum-to satisfy.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing very sorry, the he-goat, who was subservient to his wife,\nfollowed the she-goat on the road and tried his best to flatter her,\nbut he could not pacify her.\n\ntasya tatra dvija/:£ kaScid\naja-svamy acchinad ru�a\n\n", "SB9.3#p0090": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n64\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 19\n\nlambantam vr$a�am bhaya�\nsandadhe 'rthiiya yogavit\ntasya-of\n\nthe\n\nhe-goat;\n\ntatra-thereupon;\n\ndvija�-brahma�;\n\nkascit-some; aja-svami-the maintainer of another she-goat; acchinat\n\n-castrated, made effeminate; rU$d-out of anger; lambantam-long;\n\nVf$a�m-testicles; bhaya�-again; sandadhe-joined; arthiiya-for\n\nself-interest; yoga-vit-expert in the power of mystic yoga.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe she-goat went to the residence of a hriihmru;ta who was the\n\nmaintainer of another she-goat, and that hriihmru;ta angrily cut off\nthe he-goat's dangling testicles. But at the he-goat's request, the\n\nhriihmru;ta later rejoined them by the power of mystic yoga.\nPURPORT\n\nHere Sukracarya is figuratively described as the husband of another\n\nshe-goat. This indicates that the relationship between husband and wife\n\nin any society, whether higher or lower than human society, is nothing\n\nbut the same relationship between he-goat and she-goat, for the material\n\nrelationship between man and woman is one of sex. Yan maithunadi­\n\ngrhamedhi-sukham hi tuccham. Sukracarya was an acarya, or' expert, in\n\nfamily affairs, which involve the transfer of semen from he-goat to shegoat. The words\n\nkaScid\n\naja-svdmi expressly\n\nindicate herein that\n\nSukracarya was no better than Yayati, for both of them were interested in\nfamily affairs generated by sukra, or semen. Sukracarya first cursed\n\nyayati to become old so that he could no longer indulge in sex, but when\n\nSukracarya saw that Yayati's emasculation would make his own daughter\n\na victim of punishment, he used his mystic power to restore Yayati's\nmasculinity. Because he used his power of mystic yoga for family affairs\n\nand not to realize the Supreme Personality of Godhead, this exercise in\n\nthe magic of yoga was no better than the affairs of he-goats and she­\n\ngoats. Yogic power should properly be used to realize the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. As the Lord Himself recommends in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(6.47):\n\n", "SB9.3#p0091": "Text 11)\n\nKing Yayati Achieves Liberation\n\n65\n\nyoginam api sarve$iirh\nmad-gateniintariitmanii\nsraddhaviin bhajate yo rniirh\nsa me yuktatamo mata�\n\n\"Of all yogis, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping\nMe in transcendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in\nyoga and is the highest of all.\"\n\nTEXT 11\n\nitsfq � � I\n�� � �� Cfilqwtl«JTA � II� �II\n\n(i�\"''{'tOI:\n\nsambaddha-vr�ar:uz,� so 'pi\nhy ajayii kapa-labdhayii\nkiilarh bahu-titharh bhadre\nkiimair nadyapi tU$yati\nsambaddha-vr$ar:ta �- rejoined with his testicles; sa�-he; api-also;\n\nhi-indeed; ajaya-with the she-goat; kapa-labdhaya-whom he got\nfrom the well; kalam-for a time; bahu-titham-of a long, long duration; bhadre-0 my dear wife; kiimai�-with such lusty desires; nanot; adya api- even until now; lU$yati-is satisfied.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear wife, when the he-goat had his testicles restored, he enjoyed the she-goat he had gotten from the well, but although he\ncontinued to enjoy for many, many years, even now he has not\nbeen fully satisfied.\nPURPORT\nWhen one is bound by affection for one's wife, one is attached to sexual desires that are very difficult to overcome. Therefore, according to\nVedic civilization, one must voluntarily leave his so-called home and go\nto the forest. Paficasordhvarh vanarh vrajet. Human life is meant for\n\n", "SB9.3#p0092": "Srimad- Bhagavatam\n\n66\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 19\n\nsuch tapasya, or austerity. By the austerity of voluntarily stopping sex\nlife at home and going to the forest to engage in spiritual activities in the\nassociation of devotees, one achieves the actual purpose of human life.\n\ntathiiham krpar.ta/.t subhru\nbhavatya/.t prema-yantrita/.t\natmiinam nabhijanami\nmohitas tava mayaya\ntathii-exactly like the he-goat; aham-I; krpar.ta/.t-a miser with no\nsense of the importance of life; su-bhru-0 my wife, with beautiful\neyebrows; bhavatyii/.t-in your company; prema-yantrita/.t-as if tied in\n\nlove, although it is actually lust; iitmiinam-self-realization ( what I am\n\nand what my duty is ) ; na abhijanami-I could not realize even until\n\nnow;\n\nmohita/.t-being\n\nbewildered;\n\ntava-your;\n\nmayaya-by\n\nthe\n\nmaterially attractive feature.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my dear wife with beautiful eyebrows, I am exactly like that\nhe-goat, for I am so poor in intelligence that I am captivated by\nyour beauty and have forgotten the real task of self-realization.\n\nPURPORT\nIf one remains a victim of the so-called beauty of his wife, his family\nlife is nothing but a dark well. Hitvatma-piitam grham andha-kilpam.\nExistence in such a dark well is certainly suicidal. If one wants relief\nfrom the miserable condition of material life, one must voluntarily give\nup his lusty relationship with his wife; otherwise there is no question of\nself-realization. Unless one is extremely advanced in spiritual consciousness, household life is nothing but a dark well in which one commits\n\n", "SB9.3#p0093": "Text 13)\n\n67\n\nKing Yayiiti Achieves Liberation\n\nsuicide. Prahlada Maharaja therefore recommended that in due time, at\nleast after one's fiftieth year, one must give up household life and go to\nthe forest. Vanam gato yad dharim iiSrayeta. There one should seek\nshelter at the lotus feet of Hari.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n� 'lfirotrt ilf(qef �� q�en �: I\n9f � �:mRt ��: �'i{ij� ij II� �II\nyat prthivyam vrihi-yavam\nhira�Jyam pa5ava� striya�\nna duhyanti mana�-pritim\npurilsa� ki.ima-hatasya te\nyat-what; prthivyam-within this world; vrihi-food grains, rice;\nyavam-barley; hira7Jyam-gold; pa5ava�-animals; striya�-wives\nor other women; na duhyanti-do not give; mana�-pritim-satisfaction\nof the mind; purilsa�-to a person; ki.ima hatasya\n-\n\n-\n\nbecause of being\n\nvictimized by lusty desires; te-they.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA person who is lusty cannot satisfy his mind even if he has\nenough of everything in this world, including rice, barley and\nother food grains, gold, animals and women. Nothing can satisfy\nhim.\nPURPORT\nImprovement of one's economic condition is the aim and object of a\nmaterialist, but there is no end to this material advancement, for if one\ncannot control his lusty desires, he will never be pleased, even if he gets\nall the material wealth of the world. In this age we see much material improvement, but still people are struggling to get more and more material\nopulence. Mana� ��thanindriya�Ji prakrti-sthani kar�ati. Although\nevery living entity is a part of the Supreme Being, because of lusty\ndesires one continuously struggles for so-called betterment of one's\n\n", "SB9.3#p0094": "[Canto 9, Ch.l9\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n68\n\neconomic condition. To have a satisfied mind, one must give up his heart\ndisease of lusty desires. This can be done only when one is Kt�.Qa\nCOnSCIOUS.\nbhaktim param bhagavati pratilabhya kamam\nhrd-rogam ii.Sv apahirwty acirer:w dhira�\n(Bhag.\n\n10.33.39)\n\nIf one becomes Kt�.Qa conscious, then he can give up this heart disease;\notherwise this disease of lusty desires will continue, and one cannot have\npeace in his mind.\nTEXT 14\n\nctil¥tl;(liq�wt ����RI 1\n� i����if� � �� 11��11\n\nwt �1« �:\n\nna jatu kama� kamanam\nupabhogena samyati\nhavi�a kr�r:w-vartmeva\nbhuya evabhivardhate\nna-not; jatu-at any time; kama�-lusty desires; kamanam-of\npersons who are very lusty; upabhogena-by enjoyment of lusty desires;\nsamyati-can be pacified; havi�a-by supplying butter; kr�r:w-vartma:fire; iva-like; bhuyab--again and again; eva-indeed; abhivardhate-increases more and more.\nTRANSLATION\nAs supplying butter to a fire does not diminish the fire but in­\n\nstead increases it more and more, the endeavor to stop lusty\ndesires by continual enjoyment can never be successful. [In fact,\none must voluntarily cease from material desires.]\nPURPORT\nOne may have enough money and enough resources to satisfy the\nsenses but still not be satisfied, for the endeavor to stop lusty desires by\n\n", "SB9.3#p0095": "King Yayati Achieves Liberation\n\nText 15)\n\n69\n\nenjoying can never be successful. The example given here is very ap­\n\npropriate. One cannot stop a blazing fire by trying to extinguish it with\nbutter.\n\nTEXT 15\n\nWI�� lWf\n\n��I\n���1 �: �: ij(f4'tt1 �: ����II\n�\n\nyada na kurute bhiivam\nsarva-bhute$V amarigalam\nsama-dr$!es tada pumsa�\nsarva� sukhamaya diSa�\n\nof\n\nyada-when; na-not; kurute-does; bhiivam-a different attitude\nattachment\n\nor\n\nenvy;\n\nsarva-bhilte$u-to\n\nall\n\nliving\n\nentities;\n\namarigalam-inauspicious; sama-dr$!e�-because of being equipoised;\n\ntada-at that time; pumsa�-of the person; sa rva�-all;\n\nmaya�-in a happy condition; diSa�-directions.\n\nsukha­\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a man is nonenvious and does not desire ill fortune for\n\nanyone, he is equipoised. For such a person, all directions appear\nhappy.\nPURPORT\n\nPrabodhananda Sarasvati said, viSvam pilrr:w-sukhiiyate: when one\n\nbecomes �!?Qa conscious by the mercy of Lord Caitanya, for him the en­\n\ntire world appears happy, and he has nothing for which to hanker. On\nthe brahma-bhuta stage, or the platform of spiritual realization, there is\n\nno lamentation and no material hankering (na socati na kank$ati). As\n\nlong as one lives in the material world, actions and reactions will con­\n\ntinue, but when one is unaffected by such material actions and reactions,\n\nhe is to be considered free from the danger of being victimized by\n\nmaterial desires. The symptoms of those who are satiated with lusty\n\ndesires are described in this verse. As explained by Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti 'fhakrtra, when one is not envious even of his enemy, does\n\n", "SB9.3#p0096": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n70\n\n[Canto 9, Ch.l9\n\nnot expect honor from anyone, but instead desires all well-being even for\nhis enemy, he is understood to be a paramaharhsa, one who has fully\nsubdued the lusty desires for sense gratification.\n\nya dustyaja durmatibhir\njiryato ya na jiryate\ntam tmzarh du}:t,kha-nivaharh\nsarma-kiimo drutarh tyajet\nya-that\n\nwhich;\n\ndustyaja-extremely\n\ndifficult\n\nto\n\ngive\n\nup;\n\ndurmatibhi}:t,-by persons too attached to material enjoyment; jiryata}:t,even by one who is an invalid because of old age; ya-that which; nanot;\n\njiryate-is vanquished;\n\ntam-such;\n\ntmzam-desire;\n\ndu}:t,kha­\n\nnivaham-which is the cause of all tribulations; sarma-kiima}:t,-a person desiring his own happiness; drutam-very soon; tyajet-should\ng1ve up.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFor those who are too attached to material enjoyment, sense\ngratification is very difficult to give up. Even when one is an invalid because of old age, one cannot give up such desires for sense\ngratification. Therefore, one who actually desires happiness must\n\ngive up such unsatisfied desires, which\ntribulations.\n\nare\n\nthe cause of all\n\nPURPORT\nWe have actually seen, especially in the Western countries, that men\nwho have reached more than eighty years of age still go to nightclubs and\npay heavy fees to drink wine and associate with women. Although such\nmen are too old to enjoy anything, their desires have not ceased. Time\ndeteriorates even the body itself, which is the medium for all sensual\nsatisfaction, but even when a man becomes old and invalid, his desires\n\n", "SB9.3#p0097": "Text 17)\n\nKing Yayati Achieves Liberation\n\n71\n\nare strong enough to dictate that he go here and there to satisfy the\n\ndesires of his senses. Therefore, by the practice of bhakti-yoga, one\n\nshould give up his lusty desires. AI> explained by Sri Yamunacarya:\n\nyadavadhi mama cetab, kr�r:w-piidiiravinde\nnaoo-nava-rasa-dhdmany udyatam rantum dsit\ntadavadhi bata niiri-sailgame smaryamane\nbhavati mukha-vikiirab, s�thu-n�thivanam ca\nWhen one is Kr�l).a conscious, he gets more and more happiness by dis­\n\ncharging duties for Kr�l).a. Such a person spits on sense gratification,\n\nespecially that of sexual enjoyment. An experienced, advanced devotee is\n\nno longer interested in sex life. The strong desire for sex can be subdued\nonly by advancement in Kr�l).a consciousness.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�� ;UNM'fMI�t +{� I\niiW�IMF�!41+t mmqfq � II �\\911\n\n'ff}{T �\n\nmatra soosra duhitra va\nnaviviktasarw bhavet\nbalavan indriya-grarrw\nvidvamsam api kar�ati\nmatra-with one's mother; soosrd-with one's sister; duhitra-with\n\none's own daughter; vii-either; na-not; avivikta-asanab,-seated\nclosely on one seat; bhavet-one should be; balavan-very strong;\n\nindriya-gramab,-the group of senses; vidoomsam-the very learned\n\nand advanced person; api-even; kar�ati-agitates.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOne should not allow oneself to sit on the same seat even with\none's own mother, sister or daughter, for the senses are so strong\nthat even though one is very advanced in knowledge, he may be\nattracted by sex.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0098": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n72\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 19\n\nPURPORT\nLearning the etiquette of how to deal with women does not free one\n\nfrom sexual attraction. AE specifically mentioned herewith, such attrac­\n\ntion is possible even with one's mother, sister or daughter. Generally, of\n\ncourse, one is not sexually attracted to his mother, sister or daughter, hut\n\nif one allows himself to sit very close to such a woman, one may he at­\n\ntracted. This is a psychological fact. It may he said that one is liable to he\n\nattracted if he is not very advanced in civilized life; however, as\n\nspecifically mentioned here, vidviirhsam api kar�ati: even if one is highly\nadvanced, materially or spiritually, he may he attracted by lusty desires.\n\nThe object of attraction may even he one's mother, sister or daughter.\n\nTherefore, one should he extremely careful in dealings with women. Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahiiprahhu was most strict in such dealings, especially after\n\nHe accepted the sannyiisa order. Indeed, no woman could come near Him\n\nto offer Him respect. Again, one is warned herewith that one should he\nextremely careful in dealings with women. A brahmaciiri is forbidden\neven to see the wife of his spiritual master if she happens to he young.\n\nThe wife of the spiritual master may sometimes take some service from\n\nthe disciple of her husband, as she would from a son, hut if the wife of\n\nthe spiritual master 1s young, a brahmaciiri is forbidden to render\nservice to her.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n� tt�««-1 � N'4�1'i\\ �� I\n� ���q;f � ijTNHttij II� �II\npurTJUrit var�a-sahasrarit me\nv�ayiin sevato 'sakrt\n\ntathiipi ciinusavanarit\ntmui te�upajayate\n\npur�am-completely; var�a-sahasram-one thousand years;\n\nme\n\n­\n\nmy; v�ayiin-sense gratification; sevatab,-enjoying; asakrt-without\ncessation, continuously; tathii api-still; ca-indeed; anusavdnam­\n\nmore and more; tr��-lusty desires; te�u-in sense gratification;\nupajayate-are increased.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0099": "King Yayati Achieves Liberation\n\nText 19]\n\n73\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have spent a full one thousand years enjoying sense gratification, yet my desire to enjoy such pleasure increases daily.\nPURPORT\n\nMaharaja Yayati is explaining, in terms of his actual experience, how\nstrong are sexual desires, even in old age.\nTEXT 19\n\nij'�i�l¥4� �1 �� +41W1('(4( I\nf;ri;:it M<(€1it<��tf't �: � ll � ���\ntasmad etiim aham tyaktva\nbrahma�y adhyaya miinasam\nnirdvandvo nirahankara§\ncar4yami mrgai/:t saha\ntasmiit-therefore;\n\netiim-such strong desires for lusty affairs;\n\naham-1; tyaktva-giving up; brahma�i-upon the Supreme Absolute\nTruth; adhyaya-fixing; miinasam-the mind; nirdvandva/:t-without\nduality;\n\nnirahankara/:t-without\n\nan\n\nidentity\n\nof\n\nfalse\n\nprestige;\n\ncar�yiimi-1 shall loiter or wander in the forest; mrgai/:t saha-with the\nforest animals.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, I shall now give up all these desires and meditate\nupon the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Free from the dualities\nof mental concoction and free from false prestige, I shall wander\nin the forest with the animals.\nPURPORT\n\nTo go to the forest and live there with the animals, meditating upon\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the only means by which to give\nup lusty desires. Unless one gives up such desires, one's mind cannot be\n\n", "SB9.3#p0100": "74\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 19\n\nfreed from material contamination. Therefore, if one is at all interested\n\nin being freed from the bondage of repeated birth, death, old age and\n\ndisease, after a certain age one must go to the forest. Pancasordhmrit\nvanarit vrajet. After fifty years of age, one should voluntarily give up\n\nfamily life and go to the forest. The best forest is V:rndavana, where one\nneed not live with the animals but can associate with the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, who never l�aves V:rndavana. Cultivating K:r�1.1a\n\nconsciousness in V:rndavana is the best means of being liberated from\n\nmaterial bondage, for in V:rndavana one can automatically meditate upon\nl(:r�I).a. V:rndavana has many temples, and in one or more of these tem­\n\nples one may see the form of the Supreme Lord as Radha-K:r�1.1a or\n\nK:r�Qa-Balarama and meditate upon this form. As expressed here by the\nwords brahma�J-y adhyaya, one should concentrate one's mind upon the\n\nSupreme Lord, Parabrahman. This Parabrahman is l(:r�Qa, as confirmed '\nby Arjuna in Bhagavad-gitii (pararit brahma param dhiima pavitrarit\nparamarit bhaviin). K:r�1.1a and His abode, V:rndavana, are not different.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, iiriidhyo bhagaviin vrajesa-tanayas tad­\n\ndhama vrndiivanam. V:rndavana is as good as l(:r�Qa. Therefore, if one\n\nsomehow or other gets the opportunity to live in V:rndavana, and if one is\n\nnot a pretender but simply lives in V:rndavana and concentrates his mind\nupon l(:r�Qa, one is liberated from material bondage. One's mind is not\n\npurified, however, even in V:rndavana, if one is agitated by lusty desires.\n\nOne should not live in V:rndavana and commit offenses, for a life of\n\noffenses in V:rndavana is no better than the lives of the monkeys and\nhogs there. Many monkeys and hogs live in V:rndavana, and they are\nconcerned with their sexual desires. Men who have gone to V:rndavana\n\nbut who still hanker for sex should immediately leave V:rndavana and\n\nstop their grievous offenses at the lotus feet of the Lord. There are many\nmisguided men who live in V:rndavana to satisfy their sexual desires, but\n\nthey are certainly no better than the monkeys and hogs. Those who are\nunder the control of maya, and specifically under the control of lusty\n\ndesires, are called miiya-mrga. Indeed, everyone in the conditional stage\n\nof material life is a mii yii-mrga. It is said, miiyii-mrgarit dayitayepsitam\nanvadhavad: Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took sannyiisa to show His\n\ncauseless mercy to the miiyii-mrgas, the people of this material world,\n\nwho suffer because of lusty desires. One should follow the principles of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and always think of K:r�1.1a in full K:r�1.1a con-\n\n", "SB9.3#p0101": "Text 20]\n\nKing Yayati Achieves Liberation\n\n75\n\nsciousness. Then one will be eligible to live in V:rndavana, and his life\nwill be successful.\nTEXT 20\n\nN'a6'4tt� � ����I\n�*41€+t\"U:ti � � f� ����+t� II� II\no\n\ndf$!am srutam asad buddhva\nnanudhyiiyen na sandiSet\nsamsrtim ciitma-niiSam ca\ntatra vidviin sa iitma-drk\ndr$tam-the material enjoyment we experience in our present life;\nsrutam-material enjoyment as promised to the fruitive workers for\nfuture happiness (either in this life or in the next, in the heavenly\nplanets and so on); asat-all temporary and bad; buddhvii-knowing;\nna-not; anudhyiiyet-one should even think of; na-nor; sandiSetshould actually enjoy; samsrtim-prolongation of material existence;\nca-and; iitma-niiSam-forgetfulness of one's own constitutional position; ca-as well as; tatra-in such a subject matter; vidvan-one who\nis completely aware; sa!z,-such a person; iitma-drk-a self-realized\nsoul.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who knows that material happiness, whether good or bad,\nin this life or in the next, on this planet or on the heavenly planets,\nis temporary and useless, and that an intelligent person should not\ntry to enjoy or even think of such things, is the knower of the self.\nSuch a self-realized person knows quite well that material happiness is the very cause of continued material existence and forgetfulness of one's own constitutional position.\nPURPORT\n\nThe living entity is a spiritual soul, and the material body is his encagement. This is the beginning of spiritual understanding.\ndehino 'smin yathii dehe\nkaumiiram yauvanam jarii\n\n", "SB9.3#p0102": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n76\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 19\n\ntatha dehantara-praptir\ndhiras tatra na muhyati\n\"As the embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood to\nyouth to old age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. The\nself-realized soul is not bewildered by such a change.\" (Bg. 2.13) The\n\nreal mission of human life is to get free from encagement in the material\n\nbody. Therefore Kr�Q.a descends to teach the conditioned soul about\nspiritual realization and how to become free from material bondage.\n\nYada yada hi dharmasya gliinir bhavati bharata. The words dharmasya\ngliini� mean \"pollution of one's existence.\" Our existence is now\npolluted, and it must be purified (sattvam suddhyet). The human life is\nmeant for this purification, not for thinking of happiness in terms of the\nexternal body, which is the cause of material bondage. Therefore, in this\nverse, Maharaja Yayati advises that whatever material happiness we see\nand whatever is promised for enjoyment is all merely flickering and temporary. Abrahma-bhuvanal loka� punar avartirw 'rjuna. Even if one is\npromoted to Brahmaloka, if one is not freed from material bondage one\nmust return to this planet earth and continue in the miserable condition\nof material existence (bhutva bhutva praliyate). One should always keep\nthis understanding in mind so as not to be allured by any kind of sense\nenjoyment, in this life or in the next. One who is fully aware of this truth\nis self-realized (sa atma-drk), but aside from him, everyone suffers in\nthe cycle of birth and death (mrtyu-saritsara-vartmani). This understanding is one of true intelligence, and anything contrary to this is but a\ncause of unhappiness. KmUL-bhakta-n�kama, ataeva 'santa.' Only a\nKri?Q.a conscious person, who knows the aim and object of life, is\npeaceful. All others, whether karmis, jfiiinis or yogis, are restless and\ncannot enjoy real peace.\nTEXT 21\n\n��· �����:1\n� � 64tiG\\Ii\\a. R•l6��:\n����II\nity uktva niihU$0 jayam\ntadiyam purave vaya�\n\n", "SB9.3#p0103": "Text 22]\n\nKing Yayiti Achieves Liberation\n\n77\n\ndattva sva-jarasarh tasmad\nadade vigata-sprha/:1,\niti uktoo-saying this; na h�a/:1,-Maharaja Yayati, the son of King\nNahu�a; jiiyiim-unto his wife, Devayani; tadiyam-his own; pilraveunto his son Pliru; vaya/:1,- youth; dattvii-delivering; sva-jarasamhis own invalidity and old age; tasmiit-from him; adade-took back;\n\nvigata-sprha/:1,- being freed from all material lusty desires.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: Mter speaking in this way to his wife,\n\nDevayini, King Yayiti, who was now free from all material desires,\ncalled his youngest son, Piiru, and returned Piiru's youth in ex­\n\nchange for his own old age.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nAAT�qif���\nJtdl;;qi � � 13�l*\"'i+i� ������\ndiSi dalcyir;a-pilrvasyiirh\ndruhyurh dalcyir;ato yadum\npraticyiirh turvasurh cakra\nudicyiim anum iSvaram\ndiSi-in the direction;\n\ndalcyir;a-pilrvasyiim-southeast; druhyum­\n\nhis son named Druhyu; dalcyir;ata/:1,-in the southern side of the world;\n\nyadum-Yadu; praticyiim-in the western side of the world; turvasum\n-his son known as Turvasu; cakre-he made; udicyiim-in the northern side of the world; anum-his son named Anu; isvaram-the King.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Yayiti gave the southeast to his son Druhyu, the south to\n\nhis son Yadu, the west to his son Turvasu, and the north to his son\nAnu. In this way he divided the kingdom.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0104": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n78\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�� �� � 1\n3&tfil�BNti�W ��������II\n\\(+to�ew\n\nbhu-mar:uf,alasya sarvasya\npurum arhattamam viSam\nabhi§icyagrajams tasya\nva.Se sthapya vanam yayau\nbhu-mar:uf,alasya-of the entire planet earth; sarvasya-of all wealth\nand riches; pilrum-his youngest son, Puru; arhat-tamam-the most\nworshipahle person, the king; viSam-of the citizens or the subjects of\nthe world; abhi§icya-crowning on the throne of the emperor; agrajan\n-all his elder brothers, beginning from Yadu; tasya-of Puru; va.Seunder the control; sthapya-establishing; vanam-in the forest;\nyayau-he went away.\nTRANSLATION\nYayiiti enthroned his youngest son, Puru, as the emperor of the\n\nentire world and the proprietor of all its riches, and he placed all\nthe other sons, who were older than Puru, under Puru's control.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n3ti�MJ ct.f�1110 �ctti � 'J: 1\n� WI � � � �: ����II\n'\"'\n\nasevitam tXlr$a-pilgan\n$a4-vargam vi§aye$U sa/:t\n�a')ena mumuce ni{larh\njata-pa�a iva dvija/:t\nasevitam-being always engaged in; var$a-pilgan-for many, many\nyears; $at-vargam-the six senses, including the mind; vi§aye$u-in\nsense enjoyment; sa/:t-King Yayati; �a')ena-within a moment;\n\n", "SB9.3#p0105": "Text 24]\n\nKing Yayiiti Achieves Liberation\n\nmumuce-gave up; ni(iam-nest; jata-pa k§a�\n\nwings; iva-like; dvija�-a bird.\n\n-\n\n79\n\none that has grown its\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaving enjoyed sense gratification for many, many years, 0\nKing Parik�it, Yayiiti was accustomed to it, but he gave it up entirely in a moment, just as a bird Hies away from the nest as soon as\nits wings have grown.\nPURPORT\n\nThat Maharaja Yayati was immediately liberated from the bondage of\n\nconditioned life is certainly astonishing. But the example given herewith\n\nis appropriate. A tiny baby bird, dependent fully on its father and\n\nmother even to eat, suddenly flies away from the nest when its wings\nhave grown. Similarly, if one fully surrenders to the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, one is immediately liberated from the bondage of\n\nconditioned life, as promised by the Lord Himself (aham tvam sarva­\n\npapebhyo mok§ay�yami). As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.4.18):\nkirata-hu1)iindhra-pulinda-pulkaSa\nabhira-sumbha yavand� khasiidaya�\nye 'nye ca pdpd yad-apasrayasraya�\nsudhyanti tasmai prabhav�r:wve nama�\n\n\"Kirata, Hui,la, Andhra, Pulinda, Pulkasa, Abhira, Sumbha, Yavana and\n\nthe Khasa races and even others addicted to sinful acts can be purified by\ntaking shelter of the devotees of the Lord, for He is the supreme power. I\nbeg to offer my respectful obeisances unto Him.\" Lord Vi�I,lu is so\n\npowerful that He can deliver anyone at once if He is pleased to do so. And\nLord Vi�I,lu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, ��I,la, can be pleased\n\nimmediately if we accept His order by surrendering unto Him, as\nMaharaja Yayati did. Maharaja Yayati was eager to serve Vasudeva,\n\n��I,la, and therefore as soon as he wanted to renounce material life, Lord\n\nVasudeva helped him. We must therefore be very sincere in surrender­\n\ning ourselves unto the lotus feet of the Lord. Then we can immediately\n\n", "SB9.3#p0106": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n80\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 19\n\nbe liberated from all the bondage of conditioned life. This is clearly expressed in the next verse.\nTEXT 25\n\nRtl'(M1+\\(ijijf\nam� ��f;t�i(·: 1\nql:� ;rsnur ���\n«\n\n�\n\n�� ;yffl' �� 3Rfm: II�'-\\II\nsa tatra nirmukta-samasta-sanga\natmanubhutya vidhuta-trilinga�\npare 'male brahmar:ti vasudeve\nlebhe gatim bhagavatirh pratita�\nsa�-Maharaja Yayati; tatra-upon doing this; nirmukta-was immediately liberated from; samasta-safrga�-all contamination; atmaanubhutya-simply by understanding his constitutional position;\nvidhuta-was cleansed of; t ri-lifrga�-the contamination caused by the\nthree modes of material nature (sattva-gur:ta, rajo-gur:ta and tamo-gur:ta);\npare-unto the Transcendence; amaZe-without material contact;\nbrahmar:ti-the Supreme Lord; vasudeve- Vasudeva, _Kr�1;1a, the Absolute Truth, Bhagavan; lebhe-achieved; gat im-the destination;\nbhagavatim-as an associate of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\npratitaft-famous.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause King Yayiiti completely surrendered unto the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Vasudeva, he was freed from all contamination of the material modes of nature. Because of his self­\n\nrealization, he was able to fix his mind upon the Transcendence\n\n[Parabrahman, Vasudeva], and thus he ultimately achieved the\n\nposition of an associate of the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word vidhuta, meaning \"cleansed,\" is very significant. Everyone\nin this material world is contaminated\n\n(karar:tarh gur:ta-safrgo 'sya).\n\n", "SB9.3#p0107": "Text 26]\n\nKing Yayati Achieves Liberation\n\n81\n\nBecause we are in a material condition, we are contaminated either by\n\nsattva-gur:z,a, by rajo-gur:z,a or by tarrw-gur:z,a. Even if one becomes a\n\nqualified brahmar:z,a in the mode of goodness (sattva-gur:z,a), he is still\n\nmaterially contaminated. One must come to the platform of suddhasattm, transcending the sattva-gur:z,a. Then one is vidhuta-triliriga,\n\ncleansed of the contamination caused by the three modes of material\nnature. This is possible by the mercy of .Kr�J:.la. As stated in SrimadBhagavatam (1.2.17):\n\nsrr-vatiirit sm-katha/:1. kr$r:za/:1.\npur-ya-sravar:z,a-kirtana/:1.\n\nhrdy anta/:1.-stho hy abhadrar-i\nvidhunoti suhrt-satiim\n\"Sri ��Q.a, the Personality of Godhead, who is the Paramatma\n[Supersoul] in everyone's heart and the benefactor of the truthful\n\ndevotee, cleanses desire for material enjoyment from the heart of the\n\ndevotee who has developed the urge to hear His messages, which are in\nthemselves virtuous when properly heard and chanted.\" A person trying\nto be perfectly ��J:.la conscious by hearing the words of .Kr�1.1a from\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam or Bhagavad-gitii certainly has all the dirty things\n\ncleansed from the core of his heart. Caitanya Mahaprabhu also says, cetodarpar:z,a-marjanam: the process of hearing and chanting the glories of\n\nthe Supreme Lord washes away the dirty things accumulated in the core\nof the heart. As soon as one is freed from all the dirt of material con­\n\ntamination, as Maharaja Yayati was, one's original position as an associate\n\nof the Lord is revealed. This is called svarapa-siddhi, or personal\n\nperfection.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n� ifNi' a.�{41;ft � �: I\n�: ��#JottH( qf(t{l('lfl\\�Rd� ����II\nsrutvii gathiirit devayani\nmene prastobham iitmana/.1,\n\nstri-puritso/:1. sneha-vaiklavyat\nparihiisam iveritam\n\n", "SB9.3#p0108": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n82\nsrutoo -hearing;\n\ngatham-the\n\nnarration;\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 19\n\ndevayani-Queen\n\nDevayani, the wife of Maharaja Yayati; mene-understood; prastobham\natma nab,-when instructed for her self-realization; stri-puritsob,-between the husband and wife; sneha-vaiklavyat-from an exchange of\nlove and affection; parihasam-a funny joke or story; iva-like;\ni'ritam-spoken (by Maharaja Yayati).\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Devayani heard Maharaja Yayati's story of the he-goat and\n\nshe-goat, she understood that this story, which was presented as if\n\na funny joke for entertainment between husband and wife, was intended to awaken her to her constitutional position.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen one actually awakens from material life, one understands his\nreal position as an eternal servant of K.r!?I:J.a. This is called liberation.\n\nMuktir hitvanyatha rilparh svarilpel')a vyavasthitib, (Bhag. 2.10.6).\nUnder the influence of maya, everyone living in this material world\nthinks that he is the master of everything (ahmikara-vimur)hatma\nkartaham iti manyate). One thinks that there is no God or controller and\nthat one is independent and can do anything. This is the material condition, and when one awakens from this ignorance, he is called liberated.\nMaharaja Yayati had delivered Devayani from the well, and finally, as a\ndutiful husband, he instructed her with the story about the he-goat and\nshe-goat and thus delivered her from the misconception of material happiness. Devayani was quite competent to understand her liberated husband, and therefore she decided to follow him as his.faithful wife.\nTEXTS 27-28\n\nm �Rf � stqlt�lfit�\n\n�'{.I\n\n,... ,... . �(l\"l!t(1 3M'T:\n.... 11�\\911\n������«f�IUif ¥ilttl\n�;r el·U«t:;rq ((lsflq�� lWT� I\n� 'R: �� �ifel·¥ii�'R: ����II\n\n�\n\n.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0109": "Text 28]\n\nKing Yayati Achieves Liberation\n\n83\n\nsa sannivasarh suhrdarh\nprapayam iva gacchatam\nvijnayesvara-tantra�rh\nmaya-viracitarh prabho�\nsarvatra sangam utsrjya\nsvapnaupamyena bhargavi\n\nkr§r:te mana� samavesya\nvyadhunol lingam atmana�\nsa-Devayani; sannivasam-living in the association; suhrdam-of\n\nfriends and relatives; prapiiyam-in a place where water is supplied;\n\niva-like; gacchatam-of tourists on a program for going from one\n\nplace to another; vijfiiiya-understanding; iSvara-tantra�m-under\n\nthe influence of the rigid laws of nature; maya-viracitam-the laws enforced by maya, the illusory energy; prabho�-of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; sarvatra-everywhere in this material world;\n\nsangam-association; utsrjya-giving up; svapna-aupamyena-by the\n\nanalogy of a dream; bhargavi-Devayan'i, the daughter of Sukracarya;\n\nkr§rte-unto Lord Kr��a; mana�-complete attention; samavesya-fixing; vyadhunot- gave up; lingam-the gross and subtle bodies;\natmana�-of the soul.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Devayiini, the daughter of Sukracarya, understood\n\nthat the materialistic association of husband, friends and relatives\n\nis like the association in a hotel full of tourists. The relationships\nof society, friendship and love are created by the maya of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, exactly as in a dream. By the\ngrace of Kr�J.la, Devayani gave up her imaginary position in the\n\nmaterial world. Completely fixing her mind upon �J.la, she\nachieved liberation from the gross and subtle bodies.\nPURPORT\nOne should be convinced that he is a spirit soul, part and parcel of the\n\nSupreme Brahman, Kr��a, but has somehow or other been entrapped by\n\n", "SB9.3#p0110": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n84\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 19\n\nthe material coverings of the gross and subtle bodies, consisting of earth,\nwater, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego. One should know\nthat the association of society, friendship, love, nationalism, religion and\nso on are nothing but creations of maya. One's only business is to become\nl(r�I;ta conscious and render service unto l(r�I;ta as extensively as possible\nfor a living being. In this way one is liberated from material bondage. By\nthe grace of l(r�I;ta, Devayani attained this state through the instructions\nof her husband.\nTEXT 29\n\n� ii41ti�lq �I\nri� m\"etltl m ;pr: 11'(<;11\n�ti\n\nnamas tubhyam bhagavate\nvasudevaya vedhase\nsarva-bhutadhivasaya\n§antaya brhate nama�\nnama�-1 offer my respectful obeisances;\n\ntubhyam-unto You;\n\nbhagavate-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vasudevaya-Lord\nVasudeva;\n\nvedhase-the\n\ncreator\n\nof\n\neverything;\n\nsarva-bhuta­\n\nadhivasaya-present everywhere (within the heart of every living entity\nand within the atom also); §antaya-peaceful, as if completely inactive;\nbrhate-the greatest of all; nama�-1 offer my respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord Vasudeva, 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, You are\nthe creator of the entire cosmic manifestation. You live as the\nSupersoul in everyone's heart and are smaller than the smallest,\nyet You are greater than the greatest and are all-pervading. You appear completely silent, having nothing to do, but this is due to\nYour all-pervading nature and Your fullness in all opulences. I\ntherefore offer my respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\n\nHow Devayani became self-realized by the grace of her great husband,\nMaharaja Yayliti, is described here. Describing such realization is another\nway of performing the bhakti process.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0111": "Text 29]\n\nKing Yayati Achieves Liberation\n\n85\n\nsrava7Jarh kirtanarh vi$r:w/:t\nsmara7Jarh pada-sevanam\narcanarh vandanarh dasyarh\nsakhyam atma-nivedanam\n\"Hearing and chanting about the transcendental holy name, form,\n\nqualities, paraphernalia and pastimes of Lord Vi�J).u, remembering them,\n\nserving the lotus feet of the Lord, offering the Lord respectful worship,\noffering prayers to the Lord, becoming His servant, considering the Lord\none's best friend, and surrendering everything unto Him-these nine\nJlrocesses are accepted\n\nas\n\npure devotional service.\" (Bhag. 7.5.23)\n\nSrava�arh kirtanam, hearing and chanting, are especially important. By\n\nhearing from her husband about the greatness of Lord Vasudeva,\n\nDevayani certainly became convinced and surrendered herself unto the\n\nlotus feet of the Lord (om namo bhagavate vasudevaya). This is\n\nknowledge. Bahunarh janmanam ante jiidnavan marh prapadyate. Sur­\n\nrender to Vasudeva is the result of hearing about Him for many, many\n\nbirths. As soon as one surrenders unto Vasudeva, one is liberated im­\n\nmediately. Because of her association with her great husband, Maharaja\n\nYayati, Devayani became purified, adopted the means of bhakti-yoga,\nand thus became liberated.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Nineteenth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"King Yayati Achieves\nLiberation. \"\n\n", "SB9.3#p0112": "CHAPTER TWENTY\n\nThe Dynasty of Ptiru\nThis chapter describes the history of Piiru and his descendant\nDu�manta. The son of Piiru was Janamejaya, and his son was Pracinvan.\n\nThe sons and grandsons in the line of Pracinvan, one after another, were\n\nPravira, Manusyu, Ciirupada, Sudyu, Bahugava, Samyati, Ahamyati and\n\nRaudrasva. Raudrasva had ten sons-l:heyu, Kak�eyu, SthaiJ.<Jileyu,\nK.rteyuka, Jaleyu, Sannateyu, Dharmeyu, Satyeyu, Vrateyu and Vaneyu.\n\nThe son of l,l.teyu was Rantinava, who had three sons-Sumati, Dhruva\nand Apratiratha. The son of Apratiratha was Ka1;1va, and Ka1;1va's son was\n\nMedhatithi. The sons of Medhatithi, headed by Praskanna, were all\nbriihmar:ws. The son of Rantinava named Sumati had a son named Rebhi,\n\nand his son was Du�manta.\n\nWhile hunting in the forest, Du�manta once approached the asrama of\n\nMahar�i Ka.Qva, where he saw an extremely beautiful woman and became\n\nattracted to her. That woman was the daughter of Visvamitra, and her\nname was Sakuntala. Her mother was Menaka, who had left her in the\n\nforest, where Ka1;1va Muni found her. Ka1;1va Muni brought her to his\n\nasrama, where he raised and maintained her. When Sakuntala accepted\n\nMaharaja Du�manta as her husband, he married her according to the\n\ngandharva-vidhi. Sakuritala later became pregnant by her husband, who\n\nleft her in the asrama of Ka1;1va Muni and returned to his kingdom.\n\nIn due course of time, Sakuntala gave birth to a Vai�1;1ava son, but\nDu�manta, having returned to the capital, forgot what had taken place.\n\nTherefore, when Sakuntala approached him with her newly born child,\n\nMaharaja Du�manta refused to accept them as his wife and son. Later,\nhowever, after a mysterious omen, the King accepted them. Mter\nMaharaja Du�manta's death, Bharata, the son of Sakuntala, was en­\n\nthroned. He performed many great sacrifices, in which he gave great\nriches in charity to the brahmar:ws. This chapter ends by describing the\n\nbirth of Bharadvaja and how Maharaja Bharata accepted Bharadvaja as\n\nhis son.\n\n87\n\n", "SB9.3#p0113": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n88\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�ifT�U�f'f\n\n� � � �mnst« ��\n� (liJtq�') � �814���\n�\"�\"\nsri-badarayar.ir uvaca\npuror varizSam prava/cyyami\nyatra jato 'si bharata\nyatra rajar$ayo varizSya\nbrahma-varizSyas ca jajfiire\nsn-badarayar.i/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; puro/:t varizSam\n\n-the dynasty of Maharaja Pu.ru; pravalcyyami-now I shall narrate;\nyatra-in which dynasty;\n\njata/:t asi-you were born;\n\nbharata-0\n\nMaharaja Pari�it, descendant of Maharaja Bharata; yatra-in which\n\ndynasty; raja-r$aya/:t-all the kings were saintly; varizSya/:t-one after\nanother;\n\nbrahma-varizSya/:t-many\n\njajfiire-grew up.\n\nbrahmar-a\n\ndynasties;\n\nca-also;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: 0 Maharaja Parik�it, descendant of\n\nMaharaja Bharata, I shall now describe the dynasty of Piiru, in\n\nwhich you were horn, in which many saintly kings appeared, and\nfrom which many dynasties of hriihm�as began.\nPURPORT\n\nThere are many historical instances by which we can understand that\n\nfrom /cyatriyas many brahmar-as have been born and that from\n\nbrahmar-as many lcyatriyas have been born. The Lord Himself says in\n\nBhagavad-gita\n\n(4.13),\n\ncatur-varr.yam\n\nmaya\n\nsr$!am\n\ngur-a-karma­\n\nvibhaga§a/:t: \"According to the three modes of material nature and the\n\nwork ascribed to them, the four divisions of human society were created\n\nby Me.\" Therefore, regardless of the family in which one takes birth,\nwhen one is qualified with the symptoms of a particular section, he is to\n\nbe described accordingly. Yal-la/cyar-am proktam. One's place in the\n\n", "SB9.3#p0114": "The Dynasty of Piiru\n\nText 3]\n\n89\n\nva� divisions of society is determined according to one's symptoms or\nqualities. This is maintained everywhere in the §astra. Birth is a secondary consideration; the first consideration is one's qualities and activities.\nTEXT2\n\njanamejayo hy abhat puro}:t\npracinvarhs tat-sutas tata}:t\npraviro 'tha manusyur vai\ntasmiic ciirupado 'bhavat\njanamejaya}:t-King\n\nJanamejaya;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nabhat-appeared;\n\npuro}:t-from Pfuu; pracinmn-Pracinvan; tat-his (Janamejaya's);\nsuta}:t-son; tata}:t-from him (Pracinvan); pravira}:t-Pravira; atkathereafter; manusyu}:t-Pravira's son Manusyu; vai-indeed; tasmiitfrom him (Manusyu); ciirupada}:t-King Carupada; abhavat-appeared.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Janamejaya was born of this dynasty of Piiru. Janamejaya's\nson was Pracinvan, and his son was Pravira. Thereafter, Pravira's\nson was Manusyu, and from Manusyu came the son named\nCarupada.\n\ntasya sudyur abhat putras\ntasmiid bahugavas tata}:t\nsamyatis tasyahamyati\nraudrasvas tat-suta}:t smrta}:t\ntasya-of him (Carupada); sudyu}:t-by the name Sudyu; abhat-appeared; putra}:t-a son; tasmiit-from him (Sudyu); bahugava}:t-a son\n\n", "SB9.3#p0115": "Sri mad- Bhagavatam\n\n90\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 20\n\nnamed Bahugava; tatab,-from him; samyatib,-a son named Samyati;\n\ntasya-and\n\nfrom\n\nhim;\n\nahamyatib,-a\n\nson\n\nnamed\n\nAharhyati;\n\nraudrasvab,-Raudrasva; tat-sutab,-his son; smrtab,-well known.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Ciirupada was Sudyu, and the son of Sudyu was\n\nBahugava. Bahugava's son was Sarityiti. From Sarityiti came a son\n\nnamed Aharityati, from whom Raudrasva was born.\nTEXTS 4-5\n\nsMf!�� �9;: ��: �: I\n�: ��9:� 1:4�(1f£i?4ij4� : II \\l II\n��: � ���: �: I\n¥�t1�41fltf;.s=:41oft� ����mr-n 11 � 11\nrteyus tasya kalcyeyub,\nstha�:ujileyub, krteyukab,\njaleyub, sannateyu5 ca\ndharma-satya-vrateyavab,\nda5aite 'psarasab, putra\nvaneyu5 cavamab, smrtab,\nghrtacyam indriyarr-iva\nmukhyasya jagad-atmanab,\nrteyub,- J;l.teyu; tasya-of him (Raudrasva); kalcyeyub,-Kak�eyu;\nstha�ileyub,-Sthai).Qileyu; krteyukab,-.Krteyuka; jaleyub,-Jaleyu;\nsannatey ub,-Sannateyu; ca-also; dharma-Dharmeyu; satyaSatyeyu; vrateyavab,-and Vrateyu; da5a-ten; ete-all of them;\napsarasab,-born of an Apsara; putrab,-sons; vaneyub,-the son\nnamed Vaneyu; ca-and; avamab,-the youngest; smrtab,-known;\nghrtacyam-Gh:rtaci ; indriyar-i iva-exactly like the ten senses;\nmukhyasya-of the living force; jagat-atmanab,-the living force of the\nentire universe.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0116": "91\n\nThe Dynasty of Puru\n\nText7]\n\nTRANSLATION\nRaudrasva had ten sons, named .l;tteyu, Kak�eyu, Sthlll}.«;lileyu,\n1\\rteyuka, Jaleyu, Sannateyu, Dharmeyu, Satyeyu, Vrateyu and\nVaneyu. Of these ten sons, Vaneyu was the youngest. As the ten\nsenses, which are products of the universal life, act under the control of life, these ten sons of Raudrasva acted under Raudrasva's\nfull control. All of them were horn of the Apsara named Gh:rtaci.\nTEXT6\n\n� U�rcRSl@, 51\\tt(it�k+{'Jtl �I\n�cit�: �sm� : II� II\nrteyo rantindvo 'bhut\ntrayas tasyatmaja nrpa\nsumatir dhruvo 'pratiratha/:t\nka1J,vo 'pratirathatmaja/:t\nrteyo/:t-from the son named l,tteyu; rantinava/:t-the son named\nRantinava; abhat-appeared; traya/:t-three; tasya-his (Rantinava's);\natmaja/:t-sons; nrpa-0 King; sumati/:t-Sumati; dhruva/:t-Dhruva;\napratiratha/:t-Apratiratha;\n\nka7J.va/:t-Ka�va;\n\napratiratha-atmaja/:t­\n\nthe son of Apratiratha.\nTRANSLATION\n.l;tteyu had a son named Rantinava, who had three sons, named\nSumati, Dhruva and Apratiratha. Apratiratha had only one son,\nwhose name was Klll}.va.\nTEXT7\n\nm ��m. ��'51tm\n\nfa:Jtta:t : 1\n�� �\"'tl'll�;.(t(a®'f +{ij: ll\\911\ntasya medhatithis tasmdt\npraskannadya dvijataya/:t\n\n", "SB9.3#p0117": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n92\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 20\n\nputro 'bhilt sumate rebhir\ndU$mantas tat-suto mata�\ntasya-of him (Kal).va);\n\nmedhatithi�-a son named Medhatithi;\n\ntasmat-from him (Medhatithi); praskanna-adya�-sons headed by\n\nPraskanna; dvijataya�-all brahmar:uz,s; putra�-a son; abhut-there\nwas; sumate�-from Sumati; rebhi�-Rebhi; dU$manta�-Maharaja\nDu�manta; tat-suta�-the son of Rebhi; mata�-is well-known.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of K�va was Medhiitithi, whose sons, all briihm�as,\n\nwere headed by Praskanna. The son of Rantiniiva named Sumati\n\nhad a son named Rebhi. Maharaja Du�manta is well known as the\n\nson of Rebhi.\n\nTEXTS 8-9\n\n.\n.\n�� � �mr: �T� iRT: 1\n'\"'\n\n��i �qt �� �¥ilf+t� II � II\nNelCR � m ��'ilttlfit� � I\n\n\"'\n•\n'\"'\n.1).\n,... � C'\niNN ijf �OO{T ��: �li344'!�t: II � II\n•\n\ndU$manto mrgayam yata�\nka�Jviisrama-padam gata/:t\ntatrasinam sva-prabhaya\nma�Jf).ayantiril ramam iva\nvilokya sadyo mumuhe\ndeva-mayam iva striyam\nbabh�e tam vararoham\nbhatai� katipayair vrta/:t\ndU$manta�-Maharaja Du�manta; mrgayam yata�-when he went\nhunting; ka�Jva-asrama-padam-to the residence of Kal).va; gata�-he\ncame; tatra-there; asinam-a woman sitting; sva-prabhaya-by her\n\nown beauty; ma 'J4yantrm-ill uminating; ramam iva-ex actly like the\n\n", "SB9.3#p0118": "Text 10)\n\nThe Dynasty of Puru\n\n93\n\ngoddess of fortune; vilokya-by observing; sadyab,-immediately;\nmumuhe-he became enchanted; deva-miiyam iva-exactly like the illusory energy of the Lord; striyam-a beautiful woman; babhii§e-he\naddressed; tam-her (the woman); vara-aroham-who was the best of\nbeautiful women; bhataib,-by soldiers; katipayaib,-a few; vrtab,surrounded.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce when King Du�manta went to the forest to hunt and was\nvery much fatigued, he approached the residence of K�va Muni.\nThere he saw a most beautiful woman who looked exactly like the\ngoddess of fortune and who sat there illuminating the entire\niiSrama by her effulgence. The King was naturally attracted by her\nbeauty, and therefore he approached her, accompanied by some of\nhis soldiers, and spoke to her.\n\ntad-darsana-pramuditab,\nsannivrtta-pariSramab,\npapraccha kiima-santaptab,\nprahasafi sla/cyr:taya gira\ntat-darsana-pramuditab,-being very much enlivened by seeing the\n\nbeautiful woman; sannivrtta-pariSramab,-being relieved of the fatigue\nof the hunting excursion; papraccha-he inquired from her; kii mas antaptab,-being agitated by lusty desires; prahasan-in a joking\nmood; sla/cyr:taya-very beautiful and pleasing; gira-with words.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the beautiful woman, the King was very much enlivened,\nand the fatigue of his hunting excursion was relieved. He was of\ncourse very much attracted because of lusty desires, and thus he\ninquired from her as follows, in a joking mood.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0119": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n94\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT ll\n\n� � �t1eqstIN �\n\n���·if 1\nftf€1��rtfd Vf � fir� �� II� � II\nkii tvam kamala-patra/cyi\nkasyasi hrdayari-game\nkim svic cikir$itam tatra\nbhavatya nirjane vane\nkii -who; tvam-are you; kamala-patra-a/cyi-0 beautiful woman\nwith eyes like the petals of a lotus; kasya asi-with whom are you related; hrdayam-game-0 most beautiful one, pleasing to the heart;\nkim svit-what kind of business; cikir§itam-is being thought of;\ntatra-there;\n\nbhavatya�-by you;\n\nnirjane-solitary;\n\nvane-in the\n\nforest.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 beautiful lotus-eyed woman, who are you? Whose daughter\n\nare you? What purpose do you have in this solitary forest? Why\nare you staying here?\nTEXT 12\n\n� m��;rrt �i+t�i oo �q 1\nWI ft: �: �lU1T� � � II� �II\nvyaktam rajanya-tanayam\nvedmy aham tvam sumadhyame\nna hi ceta� paurava�m\nadharme ramate kvacit\nryaktam-it appears; rajanya-tanayam-the daughter of a /cyatriya;\nvedmi-can realize; aham-1; tvam-your good self; su-madhyame-0\nmost beautiful; na-not; hi-indeed; ceta�-the mind; paurava�mof persons who have taken birth in the Piiru dynasty; adharme-in ir­\n\nreligion; ramate-enj oys; kvacit-at any time.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0120": "Text\n\nThe Dynasty of Piiru\n\n13]\n\n95\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 most beautiful one, it appears to my mind that you must be\n\nthe daughter of a k�atriya. Because I belong to the Piiru dynasty,\nmy mind never endeavors to enjoy anything irreligiously.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja\n\nDu!?manta\n\nindirectly\n\nexpressed\n\nhis\n\ndesire\n\nto\n\nmarry\n\nSakuntala, for she appeared to his mind to be the daughter of some\nlcyatriya king.\n\nTEXT\n\n13\n\n���rrffi�rr\n\n�JQif'lstl- � ���� cA I\n������ll{ij ������\nsri-sakuntalovaca\n\nviSvamitnitmajaivaham\n\ntyakta menakaya vane\n\nvedaitad bhagavan ka�vo\nvira kim karavama te\n\nsri-sakuntala uvaca-Sri Sakuntala replied; viSvamitra-atmaja-the\n\ndaughter of Visvamitra; eva-indeed; aham-I (am); tyakta-left;\n\nmenakaya-by Menaka; vane-in the forest; veda-kn ows; etat-all\n\nthese incidents; bhagavan-the most powerful saintly person; ka�va/:t­\n\nKar;tva Muni; vira-0 hero; kim-what; karavama-can I do; te-for\n\nyou.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSakuntala said: I am the daughter of Visviimitra. My mother,\n\nMenaka, left me in the forest. 0 hero, the most powerful saint\n\nKm,tva Muni knows all about this. Now let me know, how may I\nserve you?\n\nPURPORT\nSakuntala informed Maharaja Du!?manta that although she never saw\n\nor knew her father or mother, Kar;tva Muni knew everything about her,\n\n", "SB9.3#p0121": "96\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 20\n\nand she had heard from him that she was the daughter of Visvamitra and\nthat her mother was Menaka, who had left her in the forest.\n\nasyatarit hy aravindii/cya\ngrhyatam arha1)1lrit ca na}:t\nbhujyatarit santi nivara\nU§yatarit yadi rocate\nasyatam-please come sit here; hi-indeed; aravinda-a/cya-0 great\nhero with eyes like the petals of a lotus; grhyatam-please accept;\n\narha (Wm-humble reception; ca-and; na/:t - our; bhujyatam - please\neat; santi-what there is in stock; nivara/:t-nivara rice; U§yatam-stay\nhere; yadi - if; rocate-you so desire.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King with eyes like the petals of a lotus, kindly come sit down\n\nand accept whatever reception we can offer. We have a supply of\n\nniviirii rice that you may kindly take. And i f you so desire, stay\nhere without hesitation.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n��6+/Y'ff �\n\n134405(i+4� � ilfR�Wt: 1iRI�t�� I\n�� i�U����t: ��IIZ�II\n'.::>\n\nsri-dWjmanta uvaca\nupapannam idarit subhru\njataya}:t kusikanvaye\nsvayarit hi vrttute rajfiiirit\nkanyaka}:t sadrsarit varam\n\n", "SB9.3#p0122": "Text 15)\n\nThe Dynasty of Puru\n\n97\n\nsri-dU$mantat£ uvaca-King Du�manta replied; upapannam-just\n\nbefitting\n\nyour position;\n\nidam-this;\n\nsu-bhru-0\n\nSakuntala,\n\nwith\n\nbeautiful eyebrows; jatayat£-because of your birth; ku§ika-anvaye-in\nthe family of Visvamitra; svayam-personally; hi-indeed; vr�ute­\n\nselect; rajnam-of a royal family; kanyakat£-daughters; sadrsam-on\nan equal level; varam-husbands.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Du�manta replied: 0 Sakuntalii, with beautiful eyebrows,\n\nyou have taken your birth in the family of the great saint\n\nVisviimitra, and your reception is quite worthy of your family.\n\nAside from this, the daughters of a king generally select their own\nhusbands.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn her reception of Maharaja Du�manta, Sakuntala clearly said, \"Your\n\nMajesty may stay here, and you may accept whatever reception I can\n\noffer.\" Thus she indicated that she wanted Maharaja Du�manta as her\n\nhusband. As far as Maharaja Du�manta was concerned, he desired\nSakuntala as his wife from the very beginning, as soon as he saw her, so\n\nthe agreement to unite as husband and wife was natural. To induce\n\nSakuntala to accept the marriage, Maharaja Du�manta reminded her that\n\nas the daughter of a king she could select her husband in an open assem­\n\nbly. In the history of Aryan civilization there have been many instances\n\nin which famous princesses have selected their husbands in open competitions. For example, it was in such a competition that Sitadevi ac­\n\ncepted Lord Ramacandra as her husband and that Draupadi accepted\nArjuna, and there are many other instances. So marriage by agreement\nor by selecting one's own husband in an open competition is allowed.\n\nThere are eight kinds of marriage, of which marriage by agreement is\n\ncalled gandharva marriage. Generally the parents select the husband or\nwife for their daughter or son, but gandharva marriage takes place by\n\npersonal selection. Still, although marriage by personal selection or by\n\nagreement took place in the past, we find no such thing as divorce by dis­\n\nagreement. Of course, divorce by disagreement took place among low­\n\nclass men, but marriage by agreement was found even in the very\n\n", "SB9.3#p0123": "98\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 20\n\nhighest classes, especiallY, in the royal /cyatriya families. Maharaja\nDu�manta's acceptance of Sakuntala as his wife was sanctioned by Vedic\nculture. How the marriage took place is described in the next verse.\n\nom ity ukte yatha-dharmam\nupayeme sakuntaliim\ngandharva-vidhina raja\nde sa- kala-vidhanavit\nom iti ukte-by reciting the Vedic prar:tava, invoking the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead to witness the marriage; yatha-dharmam-exactly according to the principles of religion (because Naraya�a becomes\nthe witness in an ordinary religious marriage also); upayeme-he married;\n\nsakuntalii m-the girl Sakuntala;\n\ngandharva -vidhina-by the\n\nregulative principle of the Gandharvas, without deviation from religious\nprinciples; raja-Maharaja Du�manta; desa-kala-vidhana-vit-completely aware of duties according to time, position and objective.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sakuntala responded to Maharaja Du�manta's proposal\nwith silence, the agreement was complete. Then the King, who\n\nknew the laws of marriage, immediately married her by chanting\n\nthe Vedic prru;tava [orilkara], in accordance with the marriage\nceremony as performed among the Gandharvas.\nPURPORT\n\nThe orhkara, prar:tava, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead represented by letters. Bhagavad-gita says that the letters a-u-m, combined\ntogether as om, represent the Supreme Lord. Religious principles are\nmeant to invoke the blessings and mercy of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Kr��a, who says in Bhagavad-gita that He is personally pres-\n\n", "SB9.3#p0124": "Text 18]\n\nThe Dynasty of Piiru\n\n99\n\nent in sexual desires that are not contrary to religious principles. The\nword vidhina means, \"according to religious principles.\" The association\n\nof men and women according to religious principles is allowed in the\n\nVedic culture. In our .Kr�1.1a consciousness movement we allow marriage\n\non the basis of religious principles, but the sexual combination of men\nand women as friends is irreligious and is not allowed.\nTEXT 17\n\n�Ntfif�A �� I\n��ij � �: €fil��l(1 m � 11�\\911\n��\n\namogha-viryo n'ijar$ir\nmahi$yarh viryam adadhe\nsvo-bhate sva-purarh yatab,\nkiilenasuta sa sutam\namogha-viryab,-a person who discharges semen without being\n\nbaffied, or, in other words, who must beget a child; raja-r$ib,-the\nsaintly King Du�manta; mahi$yam-into the Queen, Sakuntalii (after\n\nher marriage, Sakuntalii became the Queen); viryam- semen ; adadheplaced; svab,-bhute-in the morning; sva-puram-to his own place;\nyatab,-returned; kiilena-in due course of time; asuta-gave birth;\nsa-she (Sakuntala); sutam-to a son.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Du�manta, who never discharged semen withou,t a result,\n\nplaced his semen at night in the womb of his Queen, Sak.untali,\n\nand in the morning he returned to his palace. Thereafter, in due\ncourse of time, Sak.untali gave birth to a son.\nTEXT 18\n\n�: �+41(� CJi1 �si �Rmt �: I\n\n�� Ad«11 ttm����: ������\n..\n\n", "SB9.3#p0125": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n100\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 20\n\nkar:tva/:L kumiirasya vane\ncakre samucita/:L kriya�\n\nbaddhva mrgendram tarasa\n\nkrU;lati sma sa balaka/:L\nkar:tva/:L-Kar;tva Muni; kumiirasya-of the son born of Sakuntalli;\n\nvane-in\n\nthe\n\nforest;\n\ncakre-executed;\n\nsamucita/:L-prescribed;\n\nkriya/:t-ritualistic ceremonies; baddhva-capturing; mrga-indram-a\nlion; tarasa-by force; kri(iati-playing; sma-in the past; sa�-he;\nbalaka/:L-the child.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn\n\nthe\n\nforest,\n\nKIU].va\n\nMuni\n\nperformed\n\nall\n\nthe\n\nritu�istic\n\nceremonies concerning the newborn child. Later, the boy became\n\nso powerful that he would capture a lion and play with it.\n\ntam duratyaya-vikrantam\nadiiya pramadottamii\nharer aritSaritSa-sambhutam\nbhartur antikam agamat\ntam-him; duratyaya-vikrantam-whose strength was insurmount­\n\nable; adaya-taking with her; pramadii-uttamii-the best of women,\n\nSakuntalli;\n\nhare/:L-of God;\n\naritSa-aritSa-sambhutam-a partial ple­\n\nnary incarnation; bhartu/:L antikam-unto her husband; agamat-approached.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSakuntala, the best of beautiful women, along with her son,\n\nwhose strength was insurmountable and who was a partial expan­\n\nsion\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nDu�manta.\n\nSupreme\n\nGodhead,\n\napproached\n\nher\n\nhusband,\n\n", "SB9.3#p0126": "101\n\nThe Dynasty of Puru\n\nText 21]\n\nTEXT 20\n\n� ;r � mr\n\n�Uttl�SI!:4M� I\n\n�� �t;ff � !:41•116:1�{lf(uft ll�oll\nyadii na jagrhe raja\nbhiirya-putrav aninditau\nsr�Jvatarh sarva-bhutiiniirh\nkhe vag ahiiSariri�Ji\nyadii-when;\n\nna-not;\n\njagrhe-accepted;\n\nraja-the\n\nKing\n\n(Du�manta); bhii rya-putrau-his real son and real wife; aninditau-not\n\nabominable, not accused by anyone; sr�Jvatam-while hearing; sarvabhutii nii m-all the people; khe-in the sky; vak-a sound vibration;\n\naha-declared; aSaririT)-i-without a body.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the King refused to accept his wife and son, who were\nboth irreproachable, an unemhodied voice spoke from the sky as\nan omen and was heard by everyone present.\nPURPORT\nMaharaja Du�manta knew that Sakuntalii and the boy were his own\n\nwife and son, but because they came from outside and were unknown to\n\nthe citizens, he at first declined to accept them. Sakuntalii, however, was\n\nso chaste that an omen from the sky declared the truth so that others\n\ncould hear. When everyone heard from the omen that Sakuntala and her\nchild were truly the King's wife and son, the King gladly accepted them.\nTEXT 21\n\n��fitu: �lt;r iifRT: � � �: I\n� � �� 'it�: �lf)W'6et¥J:_ II�� II\nmiitii bhastra pitu� putro\nyena jata� sa eva sa�\n\n", "SB9.3#p0127": "102\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 20\n\nbharasva putram dU$manta\nmiivamamsthii/:1. sakuntaliim\nmiitii-the mother; bhastrii-just like the skin of a bellows containing\n\nair; pitu/:1.-of the father; putra/:1.-the son; y ena-by whom; jata/:1.­\n\none is born; sa/:1.-the father; eva-indeed; sa/:1.-the son; bharasva­\n\njust maintain; putram-your son; dU$manta-O Maharaja Du�manta;\nmii-do not; avamamstha/:1.-insult; saku n talam-Sakuntala.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe voice said: 0 Maharaja Du�manta, a son actually belongs to\n\nhis father, whereas the mother is only a container, like the skin of\n\na bellows. According to Vedic injunctions, the father is born as the\n\nson. Therefore,\nSakuntala.\n\nmaintain your own son and do not insult\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic injunction iitmii vai putra-niimiis , the father\n\nbecomes the son. The mother is simply like a storekeeper, because the\n\nseed of the child is placed in her womb, but it is the father who is respon­\n\nsible for maintaining the son. In Bhagavad-gitii the Lord says that He is\n\nthe seed-giving father of all living entities (aham bija-prada/:1. pita), and\ntherefore He is responsible for maintaining them. This is also confirmed\n\nin the Vedas. Eko bahuniim yo vidadhati kiimiin: although God is one,\n\nHe maintains all living entities with their necessities for life. The living\nentities in different forms are sons of the Lord, and therefore the father,\nthe Supreme Lord, supplies them food according to their different\n\nbodies. The small ant is supplied a grain of sugar, and the elephant is\n\nsupplied tons of food, but everyone is able to eat. Therefore there is no\nquestion of overpopulation. Because the father, Kr�l).a, is fully opulent,\n\nthere is no scarcity of food, and because there is no scarcity, the\n\npropaganda of overpopulation is only a myth. Actually one suffers for\nwant of food when material nature, under the order of the father,\n\nrefuses to supply him food. It is the living entity's position that deter­\n\nmines whether food will be supplied or not. When a diseased person is\nforbidden to eat, this does not mean that there is a scarcity of food;\n\n", "SB9.3#p0128": "Text 22]\n\nThe Dynasty of Puru\n\n103\n\nrather, the diseased person requires the treatment of not being supplied\n\nwith food. In Bhagavad-gita (7 .10) the Lord also says, bijam mdrh sarrobhatanam: \"I am the seed of all living entities.\" A particular type of\n\nseed is sown within the earth, and then a particular type of tree or plant\ncomes out. The mother resembles the earth, and when a particular type\nof seed is sown by the father, a particular type of body takes birth.\nTEXT 22\n\nw�:����'\n.\n\n�\n\n� � �tT�«�tt'tl��lt..d<!SI ����II\nreto-dhiib, putro nayati\nnaradeva yama-�ayat\ntvarh casya dhiita garbhasya\nsatyam aha sakuntalii\nretab,-dhab,-a person who discharges semen; putrab,-the son;\n\nnayati-saves;\n\nnara-deoo-0\n\nKing\n\n(Maharaja\n\nDu�manta);\n\nyama­\n\n�ayat-from punishment by Yamaraja, or from the custody of\n\nYamaraja; tvam-your good self; ca-and; asya-of this child; dhata­\n\nthe creator; garbhasya-of the embryo; satya m-truthfully; aha­\n\nsaid; sakuntalii-your wife, Sakuntala.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Du�manta, he who discharges semen is the actual father,\n\nand his son saves him from the custody of Yamaraja. You are the\nactual procreator of this child. Indeed, Sakuntala is speaking the\n\ntruth.\n\nPURPORT\nUpon hearing the omen, Maharaja Du�manta accepted his wife and\n\nchild. According to Vedic smrti:\n\npun-namno narakad yasmat\npitararh trayate sutab,\n\n", "SB9.3#p0129": "104\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 20\n\ntasmiit putra iti prokta�\nsvayam eva svayambhuva\nBecause a son delivers his father from punishment in the hell called put,\nthe son is called putra. According to this principle, when there is a disagreement between the father and mother, it is the father, not the\nmother, who is delivered by the son. But if the wife is faithful and firmly\nadherent to her husband, when the father is delivered the mother is also\ndelivered. Consequently, there is no such thing as divorce in the Vedic\nliterature. A wife is always trained to be chaste and faithful to her husband, for this helps her achieve deliverance from any abominable\nmaterial condition. This verse clearly says, putro nayati naradeva yama�ayat: \"The son saves his father from the custody of Yamariija.\" It\nnever says, putro nayati miitaram: \"The son saves his mother.\" The\nseed-giving father is delivered, not the storekeeper mother. Consequently, husband and wife should not separate under any condition, for\nif they have a child whom they raise to be a V ai�Q.ava, he can save both\nthe father and mother from the custody of Yamariija and punishment in\nhellish life.\nTEXT 23\n\nfq€j�q(ij msM- =qijif4df +t({lt��u: 1\n\n� � � �iit m ������\npitary uparate so 'pi\ncakravarti maha-ya.Sa�\nmahima giyate tasya\nharer amsa-bhuvo bhuvi\npitari-after his father; uparate-passed away; sa�-the King's son;\n\napi - also ;\n\ncakravarti-the\n\nemperor;\n\nmahima-glories ; giyate-are glorified;\n\nmaha-ya.Sa�-very\ntasya-his;\n\nfamous;\n\nhare�-of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; amsa-bhuva�-a partial representation; bhuvi-upon this earth.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: When Maharaja Du�manta passed away\n\nfrom this earth, his son became the emperor of the world, the\n\n", "SB9.3#p0130": "The Dynasty of Piiru\n\nText 26]\n\n105\n\nproprietor of the seven islands. He is referred to as a partial representation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in this world.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (10.41) it is said:\n\nyad yad vibhutimat sattvam\nsrimad urjitam eva va\ntat tad evavagaccha tvam\nmama tejo 'msa-sambhavam\nAnyone extraordinarily powerful must be considered a partial representation of the opulence of the Supreme Godhead. Therefore when the son\nof Maharaja Du�manta became the emperor of the entire world, he was\ncelebrated in this way.\n\ncakram da/cyi1JI.l-haste 'sya\npadma-koso 'sya padayo}:£\nije mahabh4eke1JI.l\nso 'bh�ikto 'dhir{i(j, vibhu}:£\npaiica-paficasata medhyair\ngangayam anu vajibhi]:£\nmamateyam purodhaya\nyamuniim anu ca prabhu}:£\n\n", "SB9.3#p0131": "Srimltd-Bhagavatam\n\n106\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 20\n\nU-$!a-saptati-medhyasoon\nbabandha pradadad vasu\nbharatasya hi daU§manter\nagni/:1, saci-gu�JE cita/:1,\nsahasram badva.So yasmin\nbrahma1Jij ga vibhejire\ncakram-the mark of Kr�l).a's disc; da/cyir:ta-haste-on the palm of the\nright hand; asya-of him (Bharata); padma-kosa/:1,-the mark of the\nwhorl of a lotus; asya-of him; padayo/:1,-on the soles of the feet; ijeworshiped the Supreme Personality of Godhead; maha-abh�ekery,a-by\na grand Vedic ritualistic ceremony;\n\nsa/:1,-he\n\n(Maharaja Bharata);\n\nabh�ikta/:1,-being promoted; adhirat-to the topmost position of a\n\nruler; vibhu/:1,-the master of everything; paiica-paiicasata-fifty five;\n-\n\nmedhyai/:1,-fit for sacrifices; garigayam anu-from the mouth of the\nGanges to the source; vajibhi/:1,-with horses; mamateyam-the great\nsage Bh:rgu; purodhaya-making him the great priest; yamunam-on\nthe bank of the Yamuna; anu-in regular order; ca-also; prabhu/:1,the supreme master, Maharaja Bharata; ll:S!a-saptati-seventy-eight;\nmedhya-a.Soon-horses\n\nfit\n\nfor\n\nsacrifice;\n\nbabandha-he\n\nbound;\n\npradadat-gave in charity; vasu-riches; bharatasya-of Maharaja\nBharata; hi-indeed; daU§mante/:1,-the son of Maharaja Du�manta;\nagni/:1,-the sacrificial fire; saci-gu�JE-on an excellent site; cita/:1,established; sahasram-thousands; badva.Sa/:1,-by the number of one\nbadva (one badva equals 13,084); yasmin-in which sacrifices;\nbrahmalJij/:1,-all the brahmar:tas present; ga/:1,-the cows; vibhejirereceived their respective share.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Bharata, the son of Du�manta, had the mark of Lord\n\n�J}.a's disc on the palm of his right hand, and he had the mark of\n\na lotus whorl on the soles of his feet. By worshiping the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead with a grand ritualistic ceremony, he be­\n\ncame the emperor and master of the entire world. Then, under the\n\npriesthood of Mamateya, Bh:rgu Muni, he performed fifty-five\n\nhorse sacrifices on the bank of the Ganges, beginning from its\n\nmouth and ending at its source, and seventy-eight horse sacrifices\n\n", "SB9.3#p0132": "Text 26)\n\nThe Dynasty of Piiru\n\n107\n\non the hank of the Yamuna, beginning from the confluence at\nPrayaga and ending at the source. He established the sacrificial fire\non an excellent site, and he distributed great wealth to the\nhriihm�as. Indeed, he distributed so many cows that each of thousands of hriihm�as had one hadva [13,084) as his share.\nPURPORT\nAs indicated here by the words da�manter agni� saci-gu\"!IE cita�,\nBharata, the son of Maharaja Du�manta, arranged for many ritualistic\nceremonies all over the world, especially all over India on the banks of\nthe Ganges and Yamuna, from the mouth to the source, and all such\nsacrifices were performed in very distinguished places. As stated in\nBhagavad-gita\n\n(3.9), yajfiiirtluit karmar:w 'nyatra loko 'yam karma­\n\nbandhana�: \"Work done as a sacrifice for Vi�Qu has to be performed,\notherwise work binds one to this material world.\" Everyone should\nengage in the performance of yajiia, and the sacrificial fire should be ignited everywhere, the entire purpose being to make people happy,\nprosperous and progressive in spiritual life. Of course, these things were\npossible before the beginning of Kali-yuga because there were qualified\nbrahmar:ms who could perform such yajfias. For the present, however,\nthe Brahma-vaivarta Purar:w enjoins:\na.Svamedham gavalambham\nsannyasam pala-paitrkam\ndevarer:w sutotpattim\nkalau pafica vivarjayet\n\"In this age of Kali, five acts are forbidden: offering a horse in sacrifice,\noffering a cow in sacrifice, accepting the order of sannyasa, offering\noblations of flesh to the forefathers, and begetting children in the wife of\none's brother.\" In this age, such yajfias as the a.Svamedha-yajiia and\ngomedha-yajiia are impossible to perform because there are neither\nsufficient riches nor qualified brahmar:ms. This verse says, mamateyarh\npurodluiya: Maharaja Bharata engaged the son of Mamata, Bh.rgu Muni,\nto take charge of performing this yajiia. Now, however, such brahmar:ms\nare impossible to find. Therefore the sastras recommend, yajiiai�\nsarikirtana-prayair yajanti hi sumedhasa�: those who are intelligent\n\n", "SB9.3#p0133": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n108\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 20\n\nshould perform the sankirtana-yajna inaugurated by Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\n\nkmr.a-varTJ-Q,rh tv�akr$1J-arh\nsangopangastra-piir$adam\nyajfiai/:t sankirtana-prayair\nyajanti hi sumedhasa/:t\n\"In this age of Kali, people endowed with sufficient intelligence will wor­\n\nship the Lord, who is accompanied by His associates, by performance of\n\nsankirtana-yajna.\" (Bhag. 11.5.32) Yajna must be performed, for\n\notherwise people will be entangled in sinful activities and will suffer immensely. Therefore the Kr��a consciousness movement has taken charge\nof introducing the chanting of Hare Kr��a all over the world. This Hare\n\nKr��a movement is also yajna, but without the difficulties involved in\nsecuring paraphernalia and qualified brahma1J-Q,S. This congregational\n\nchanting can be performed anywhere and everywhere. If people some­\n\nhow or other assemble together and are induced to chant Hare Kr��a,\n\nHare Kr��a, Kr��a Kr��a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama\n\nRama, Hare Hare, all the purposes of yajna will be fulfilled. The first\n\npurpose is that there must be sufficient rain, for without rain there can­\n\nnot be any produce\n\n(annad bhavanti bhutani parjanyad annasambhava/:t). All our necessities can be produced simply by rainfall\n(kiimarh vavar$a parjanya/:t), and the earth is the original source of all\nnecessities (sarva-kiima-dugha mahi). In conclusion, therefore, in this\n\nage of Kali people all over the world should refrain from the four prin­\n\nciples of sinful life-illicit sex, meat-eating, intoxication and gam­\n\nbling-and in a pure state of existence should perform the simple yajfia\n\nof chanting the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra. Then the earth will certainly\n\nproduce\n\nall\n\nthe\n\nnecessities for life,\n\nand\n\npeople\n\nwill\n\nbe happy\neconomically, politically, socially, religiously and culturally. Everything\nwill be in proper order.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nsttt�� ��N�14tt���\n��(<:tl411 '11tti � g�'tltt41 11�\\911\n..\n\n", "SB9.3#p0134": "The Dynasty of Puru\n\nText 28]\n\n109\n\ntrayas-trimsac-chatam hy a.Sviin\nbaddhva vismapayan nrpan\ndaU$mantir atyagan mayam\ndeviiniim gurum ayayau\ntraya�-three;\na.Soon-horses;\n\ntrimsat-thirty;\nbaddhoo-arresting\n\nsata m-hundred;\nin\n\nthe\n\nyajna;\n\nhi-indeed;\nvismapayan­\n\nastonishing; nrpan-all other kings; daU$manti�-the son of Maharaja\nDu�manta;\n\natyagat-surpassed;\n\nmayam-material\n\nopulences;\n\ndevanam-of the demigods; gurum-the supreme spiritual master;\nayayau-achieved.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBharata, the son of Maharaja Du�manta, hound thirty-three\nhundred horses for those sacrifices, and thus he astonished all\nother kings. He surpassed even the opulence of the demigods, for\nhe achieved the supreme spiritual master, Hari.\nPURPORT\nOne who achieves the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead certainly surpasses all material wealth, even that of the demigods in\nthe heavenly planets. Yam labdhoo caparam labham manyate nadhikam\ntata�. The achievement of the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is the most exalted achievement in life.\n\nTEXT 28\n\nqfltffl� I\n� � � M9)61M �� ����II\n\n�����d\\�n � f«�W1\n\nmrgafi chukla-data� kr§l)ii n\nhirar:r-yena parivrtan\nadat karmar:ti ma§l)iire\nniyutani caturdaSa\nmrgan-first-class elephants; sukla-data�-with very white tusks;\nkr§l)iin-with\n\nblack\n\nbodies;\n\nhirar:r-yena-with\n\ngold\n\nornaments;\n\n", "SB9.3#p0135": "110\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 20\n\npanvrtan-completely covered; adat-give in charity; karmar:ti-in the\nsacrifice; 17Ul$�re-by the name Ma��ara, or in the place known as\nMa11�ara; niyutani-lakhs (one lakh equals one hundred thousand);\ncaturda.Sa-fourteen.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Maharaja Bharata performed the sacrifice known as\n\nM��ara (or a sacrifice in the place known as M��ara], he gave in\n\ncharity fourteen lakhs of excellent elephants with white tusks and\n\nblack bodies, completely covered with golden ornaments.\nTEXT 29\n\n� � � wt ttl ;rm �: I\n\nijii(l�'lil �f;:Q ��tNT ������\nbharatasya mahat karma\nna parve napare nrpa�\nnaivapur naiva prapsyanti\nbahubhyam tridivarit yatha\n\nbharatasya-of Maharaja Bharata, the son of Maharaja Du�manta;\nmahat-very great, exalted; karma-activities; na-neither; purvepreviously; na-nor; apare-after his time; nrpd�-kings as a class;\nna-neither; eva-certainly; apu�-attained ; na-nor; eva-cer­\n\ntainly; prapsyanti-will get; bahubhyam-by the strength of his arms;\ntri-divam-the heavenly planets; yathii-as.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs one cannot approach the heavenly planets simply by the\nstrength of his arms (for who can touch the heavenly planets\nwith his hands?), one cannot imitate the wonderful activities of\nMaharaja Bharata. No one could perform such activities in the past,\nnor will anyone he able to do so in the future.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0136": "The Dynasty of Puru\n\nText 31)\n\n111\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�ld(illl9{ ��ar-r, � ((4�115{9� I\natillR'Atiqf� ��01( �flf4��sf((4ijl� ll � II\no\n\nkiriita-hil[Uin yavaniin\npaur,uj,ran kankii.n kha.Siin chakii.n\nabrahmar:tya-nrpiirhS ciihan\nmlecchan dig-vijaye 'khilan\n\nkiriita-the black people called Kiratas\n\n(mostly the Mricans);\n\nhu[Uin-the Huns, the tribes from the far north; yavaniin-the meat­\n\neaters; paur.u},riin-the Paui).Qras; k{lnkii.n-the Kankas; kha.Siin-the\n\nMongolians; sakii.n-the Sakas; abrahmar:tya-against the brahminical\n\nculture; nrpiin-kings; ca-and; ahan-he killed; mlecchiin-such\n\natheists, who had no respect for Vedic civilization; dik-vijaye-while\n\nconquering all directions; akhilan-all of them.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Maharaja Bharata was on tour, he defeated or killed\n\nall the Kiriitas, Hu�as, Yavanas, Pau�4ras, Kankas, Kha8as, Sakas\n\nand the kings who were opposed to the Vedic principles of\n\nbrahminical culture.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n� ���®€him �,\n�f� � •fun: mfiirM : �(1�(€\\. 11��11\njitvii puriisurii deviin\nye rasaukii.rhsi bhejire\ndeva-striyo rasiirh nitab,\npriir:tibhib, punar aharat\n\njitvii-conquering; purii-formerly; asuriib,-the demons; deviin­\n\nthe demigods; ye-all who; rasa-okarhsi-in the lower planetary system\nknown as Rasatala; bhejire-took shelter; deva-striyab,-the wives and\n\n", "SB9.3#p0137": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n112\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 20\n\ndaughters of the demigods; rasam-in the lower planetary system;\nnitii/:t-were brought; pra�ibhi/:t-with their own dear associates;\npuna/:t-again; aharat-brought back to their original places.\nTRANSLATION\nFormerly, after conquering the demigods, all the demons had\n\ntaken shelter in the lower planetary system known as Rasatala and\nhad brought all the wives and daughters of the demigods there\n\nalso. Maharaja Bharata, however, rescued all those women, along\n\nwith their associates, from the clutches of the demons, and he\nreturned them to the demigods.\n\nTEXT 32\n\ne4't ff;l+tr.r_ �: � m U� I\ne+u�OI'4(1hiW�\n�'1'4Jit( ����II\n...\n\nsarvan kiimiin duduhatu/:t\nprajanam tasya rodasi\nsamas tri-�va-sahasrir\ndilcyu cakram avartayat\nsarvc'in kiimiin -all necessities or desirable things; duduhatu/:tfulfi.lled; p rajanam-of the subjects; tasya-his; nJdasi-this earth and\nthe heavenly planets; samii/:t-years; tri-nava-sahasri/:t-three times\nnine thousand (that is, twenty-seven thousand); dilcyu-in all directions;\ncakram-soldiers or orders; avartayat-circulated .\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Bharata provided all necessities for his subjects, both\non this earth and in the heavenly planets, for twenty-seven thou­\n\nsand years. He circulated his orders and distributed his soldiers in\n\nall directions.\n\nTEXT 33\n\ne-�.._�'tl��--� I\n:qst �� � az��!q«l'l t II��II\n\n", "SB9.3#p0138": "Text 34]\n\nThe Dynasty of Ptiru\n\n113\n\nsa samral) loka-palakhyam\naiSvaryam adhira! sriyam\ncakram caskhalitam pra1)iin\nmr$ety upararama ha\nsa�-he\n\n(Maharaja\n\nBharata);\n\nsamra!-the\n\nemperor;\n\nloka-pala­\n\nakhyam-known as the ruler of all the lokas, or planets; aiSvaryamsuch opulences;\n\nadhird!-thoroughly in power; sriyam-kingdom;\n\ncakram-soldiers or orders; ca-and;\n\naskhalitam-without failure;\n\npra1)iin-life\n\nmr$d-all\n\nor\n\nsons\n\nand\n\nfamily;\n\nfalse;\n\niti-thus;\n\nupararama-ceased to enjoy; ha-in the past.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the ruler of the entire universe, Emperor Bharata had the\nopulences of a great kingdom and unconquerable soldiers. His\nsons and family had seemed to him to be his entire life. But finally\nhe thought of all this as an impediment to spiritual advancement,\nand therefore he ceased from enjoying it.\nPURPORT\n\nMaharaja Bharata had incomparable opulence in sovereignty, soldiers,\nsons, daughters and everything for material enjoyment, but when he\nrealized that all such material opulences were useless for spiritual advancement, he retired from material enjoyment. The Vedic civilization\nenjoins that after a certain age, following in the footsteps of Maharaja\nBharata, one should cease to enjoy material opulences and should take\nthe order of viinaprastha.\n\ntasyasan nrpa vaidarbhya�\npatnyas tisra� susammata�\njaghnus tyaga-bhayat putran\nnanunlpa itirite\n\n", "SB9.3#p0139": "114\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 20\n\ntasya-of him (Maharaja Bharata); asan-there were; nrpa-0 King\n(Maharaja Parik�it); vaidarbhya�-daughters of Vidarbha; patnya�wives;\n\ntisra�-three; su-sammatii�-very pleasing and suitable;\njaghnu�-killed; tyaga-bhayat-fearing rejection; putran-their\nsons; na anunl pa�-not exactly like the father; iti-like this; iriteconsidering.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it, Maharaja Bharata had three pleasing wives, who\n\nwere daughters of the King of Vidarhha. When all three of them\n\nbore children who did not resemble the King, these wives thought\n\nthat he would consider them unfaithful queens and reject them,\n\nand therefore they killed their own sons.\nTEXT 35\n\n� m� ere � �: ��'\n+{(lMl��\n\n+tmft\n\n��: ����\"\n\ntasyaivarh vitathe varh.Se\ntad-artharh yajata� sutam\nmarut-stomena maruto\nbharadvajam upadadu�\ntasya-his (Maharaja Bharata's); evam-thus; vitathe-being\nbaffied; varh.Se-in generating progeny; tat-artham-to get sons;\n\nyajata�-performing sacrifices; sutam-a son; marut-stomena-by performing a marut-stoma sacrifice; maruta�-the demigods named the\nMaruts; bharadvajam- Bharadvaja; upadadu�-presented.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King, his attempt for progeny frustrated in this way, per­\n\nformed a sacrifice named marut-stoma to get a son. The demigods\n\nknown as the Maruts, being fully satisfied with him, then presented him a son named Bharadviija.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0140": "Text 37)\n\nThe Dynasty of Puru\n\n115\n\nantarvatnyam bhratr-patnyam\nmaithunaya brhaspatib,\npravrtto varito garbham\nsaptva viryam upasrjat\nantab,-vatnyam-pregnant;\nwife;\n\nbhratr-patnyam-with\n\nmaithunaya-desiring\n\nsexual\n\nenjoyment;\n\nthe\n\nbrother's\n\nbrhaspatib,-the\n\ndemigod named B:rhaspati; pravrttab,-so inclined; ooritab,-when forbidden to do so; garbham-the son within the abdomen; saptva-by\ncursing; viryam-semen; upasrjat-discharged.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the demigod named Brhaspati was attracted by his\nbrother's wife, Mamata, who at that time was pregnant, he desired\nto have sexual relations with her. The son within her womb forbid\nthis, but Brhaspati cursed him and forcibly discharged semen into\nthe womb of Mamata.\nPURPORT\nThe sex impulse is so strong in this material world that even\nB:rhaspati, who is supposed to be the priest of the demigods and a very\nlearned scholar, wanted to have a sexual relationship with his brother's\npregnant wife. This can happen even in the society of the higher\ndemigods, so what to speak of human society? The sex impulse is so\nstrong that it can agitate even a learned personality like B:rhaspati.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0141": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n116\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 20\n\ntam tyaktu-kiimam mamatam\nbhartus tyaga-viSarikitam\nnama-nirvacanam tasya\nslokam enam sura jagu/:1,\n\ntam-that newly born baby; tyaktu-kiimam-who was trying to\navoid;\n\nmamatam-unto\n\nMamata;\n\nbhartu/:1,\n\ntyaga-visarikitam-very\n\nmuch afraid of being forsaken by her husband because of giving birth to\nan illegitimate son; nama-nirvacanam-a name-giving ceremony, or\nnama-karar:w;\n\ntasya-to\n\nthe\n\nchild;\n\nslokam-verse;\n\nenam-this;\n\nsura/:1,-the demigods; jagu/:1,-enunciated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMamatii very much feared being forsaken by her husband for\n\ngiving birth to an illegitimate son, and therefore she considered\n\ngiving up the child. But then the demigods solved the problem by\nenunciating a name for the child.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic scripture, whenever a child is born there are some\nceremonies known as jata-karma and nama-karar:w, in which learned\nbrahmar:ws, immediately after the birth of the child, make a horoscope\naccording to astrological calculations. But the child to which Mamata gave\nbirth was begotten by B:rhaspati irreligiously, for although Mamata was\nthe wife of Utathya, B:rhaspati made her pregnant by force. Therefore\nB:rhaspati became bharta. According to Vedic culture, a wife is considered the property of her husband, and a son born by illicit sex is called\ndvaja. The common word still current in Hindu society for such a son is\ndoglii, which refers to a son not begotten by the husband of his mother.\nIn such a situation, it is difficult to give the child a name according to\nproper regulative principles. Mamilta, therefore, was perplexed, but the\ndemigods gave the child the appropriate name Bharadvaja, which indicated that the child born illegitimately should be maintained by both\nMamata and B:rhaspati.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0142": "The Dynasty of Puru\n\nText 39]\n\n117\n\nTEXT 38\n\n� � A\\1��4 � � fiW� I\n� �T fifflU �(A\\I��R1@1� 11��11\nmu{ihe bhara dvajam imam\nbhara dvajam brhaspate\nyatau yad uktva pitarau\nbharadvajas tatas tv ayam\nma{ihe-0 foolish woman; bhara-just maintain; doojam-although\nborn by an illicit connection between two; imam-this child; bharamaintain; dvajam-although born by an illicit connection between two;\n\nbrhaspate-0 Brhaspati; yatau-left; yat-because; uktva-having\nsaid; pitarau-both the father and mother; bharadvaja�-by the name\nBharadvaja; tata�-thereafter; tu-indeed; ayam-this child.\nTRANSLATION\nBrhaspati said to Mamatii, \"You foolish woman, although this\nchild was born from the wife of one man through the semen discharged by another, you should maintain him.\" Upon hearing\nthis, Mamatii replied, \"0 B:rhaspati, you maintain him!\" Mter\nspeaking in this way, Brhaspati and Mamatii both left. Thus the\nchild was known as Bharadviija.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n��tcr ..�, m�m{:j{� 1\nottq:'5t-l���sti ������II\n\n�Q¥41'11\n\ncodyamiinii surair evam\n\nmatva vitatham atmajam\nvyasrjan maruto 'bibhran\ndatto 'yam vitathe 'nvaye\n(to\n\nmaintain\n\nthe child); surai�-by the demigods; evam-in this way;\n\ncodyamiinii-although\n\nMamatii\n\nwas\n\nencouraged\n\nmatva-\n\n", "SB9.3#p0143": "118\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 20\n\nconsidering; vitatham-purposeless; atmajam-her own child; ryasrjat -rej ected; maruta �-the demigods known as the Maruts;\nabibhran-maintained (the child); datta �-the same child was given;\naya m- this; vitathe-was disappointed; anvaye-when the dynasty of\nMaharaja Bharata.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough encouraged by the demigods to maintain the child,\n\nMamatii considered him useless because of his illicit birth, and\n\ntherefore she left him. Consequently, the demigods known as the\n\nMaruts maintained the child, and when Maharaja Bharata was dis­\n\nappointed for want of a child, this child was given to him as his\n\nson.\n\nPURPORT\n\nFrom this verse it is understood that those who are rejected from the\nhigher planetary system are given a chance to take birth in the most\nexalted families on th!s planet earth.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Twentieth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Dynasty of Puru.\"\n\n", "SB9.3#p0144": "CHAPTER TWENTY-ONE\n\nThe Dynasty of Bharata\nThis Twenty-first Chapter describes the dynasty born from Maharaja\nBharata, the son of Maharaja Du�manta, and it also describes the glories\nof Rantideva, Ajami�ha and others.\nThe son\n\nof\n\nBharadvaja\n\nwas\n\nManyu,\n\nand\n\nManyu's\n\nsons\n\nwere\n\nB:rhatk�atra, Jaya, Mahavirya, Nara and Garga. Of these five, Nara had a\nson named Sank:rti, who had two sons, named Guru and Rantideva. As an\nexalted devotee, Rantideva saw every living entity in relationship with\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore he completely\nengaged his mind, his words and his very self in the service of the\nSupreme Lord and His devotees. Rantideva was so exalted that he would\nsometimes give away his own food in charity, and he and his family\nwould fast. Once, after Rantideva spent forty-eight days fasting, not even\ndrinking water, excellent food made with ghee was brought to him, but\nwhen he was about to eat it a brahTTUlT)a guest appeared. Rantideva,\ntherefore, did not eat the food, but instead immediately offered a portion\nof it to the brahTTUlT)a. When the brahTTUlT)a left and Rantideva was just\n\nabout to eat the remnants of the food, a sudra appeared. Rantideva\ntherefore divided the remnants between the sadra and himself. Again,\nwhen he was just about to eat the remnants of the food, another guest appeared. Rantideva therefore gave the rest of the food to the new guest\nand was about to content himself with drinking the water to quench his\nthirst, but this also was precluded, for a thirsty guest came and\nRantideva gave him the water. This was all ordained by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead just to glorify His devotee and show how tolerant\na devotee is in rendering service to the Lord. The Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, being extremely pleased with Rantideva, entrusted him with\nvery confidential service. The special power to render the most confidential service is entrusted by the Supreme Personality of Godhead to a pure\ndevotee, not to ordinary devotees.\n\nGarga, the son of Bharadvaja, had a son named Sini, and Sini's son was\n\nGargya. Although Gargya was a\n\n/cyatriya by birth, his sons became\n\n119\n\n", "SB9.3#p0145": "120\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 21\n\nbrahmar:ws. The son of Mahavirya was Duritak�aya, whose sons were\n\nTrayyaruQ.i, Kavi and Pu�kariiruQ.i. Although these three sons were born\nof a lcyatriya king, they also achieved the position of brahmar:ws. The son\nof B:rhatk�atra constructed the city of Hastinapura and was known as\nHast!. His sons were AjarniQha, DvimiQha and PurumiQha.\nFrom AjamiQha came Priyamedha and other brahmar:ws and also a son\nnamed B:rhadi�u. The sons, grandsons and further descendants of\nB:rhadi�u were B:rhaddhanu, B:rhatkaya, Jayadratha, Visada and Syenajit.\nFrom Syenajit came four sons-Rucirasva, D:rQhahanu, Kasya and Vatsa.\nFrom Rucirasva came a son named Para, whose sons were P:rthusena and\n\nNipa, and from Nipa carne one hundred sons. Another son of Nipa was\nBrahmadatta. From Brahmadatta came Vi�vaksena; from Vi�vaksena,\nUdaksena; and from Udaksena, Bhallata.\nThe son of DvimiQha was Yavinara, and from Yavinara came many\nsons and grandsons, such as K:rtiman, Satyadh:rti, D:rQ.hanemi, Supiirsva,\nSumati, Sannatiman, K:rn, Nipa, Udgrayudha, �emya, Suvira,\nRipuiijaya and Bahuratha. PurumiQha had no sons, but AjamiQha, in addition to his other sons, had a son named Nila, whose son was Santi. The\ndescendants of Santi were Susanti, Puruja, Arka and Bharmyasva.\nBharmyasva had five sons, one of whom, Mudgala, begot a dynasty of\nbrahmar:ws. Mudgala had twins-a son, Divodas�, and a daughter,\nAhalya. From Ahalya, by her husband, Gautama, Satananda was born.\nThe son of Satananda was Satyadh:rti, and his son was Saradvan.\nSaradvan's son was known as K:rpa, and Saradvan's daughter, known as\nKrpi, became the wife of Dro1,1aciirya.\nTEXT I\n\n���'if.\n\n�ij���� �:1\n'i(lql� ;Rf �: �� ;r(k+Nt: II � II\nsri-suka uviica\nvitathasya sutiin manyor\nbrhatlcyatro jayas tatab,\nmahaviryo naro gargab,\nsankrtis tu naratmajab,\n\n", "SB9.3#p0146": "Text2]\n\nThe Dynasty of Bharata\n\n121\n\nsri-suka� uooca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; vitathasya-of Vitatha\n(Bharadvaja), who was accepted in the family of Maharaja Bharata under\nspecial circumstances of disappointment; sutdt-from the son;\nmanyo�-named Manyu; brhat/cyatra�-B:rhatk�atra; jaya�-Jaya;\ntata�-from him; mahavirya�-Mahavirya; nara�-Nara; garga�Garga; sankrti�-Sa.Iik:rti; tu-certainly; nara-atmaja�-the son of\nNara.\nTRANSLATION\nSuk adeva Gosv8mi said: Because Bharadvaja was delivered by\n\nthe Marut demigods, he was known as Vitatha. The son of Vitatha\nwas Manyu, and from Manyu came five sons-B:rhatk�atra, Jaya,\n\nMahavirya, Nara and Garga. Of these five, the one known as Nara\nhad a son named Sank:rti.\n\nTEXT2\n\n�� �Ht�i!.C� ��: qjO�w:f;a:ii I\nd��i!.CW �'IT mf�;r :q � II � II\nguru§ ca rantideva§ ca\nsankrte� paru;lu-nandana\nrantidevasya mahima\nihamutra ca giyate\nguru�-a son named Guru; ca- and; rantideva� ca- and a son\nnamed Rantideva; sankrte�-from Sa.Iik:rti; piiru;lu-nandana-0\nMaharaja Parik�it, descendant of Pa�c;lu; rantidevasya-of Rantideva;\nmahima-the glories; iha-in this world; amutra-and in the next\nworld; ca-also; giyate-are glorified.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, descendant of P�cJu, Sank:rti had two sons,\n\nnamed Guru and Rantideva. Rantideva is famous in both this\n\nworld and the next, for he is glorified not only in human society\n\nhut also in the society of the demigods.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0147": "122\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 21\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\nTEXTS 3-5\n\nfctqfl�� � �� � �: I\n���«��¥'it�\n: II� II\noq��!\"il�lf<�1GJI� n � I\nt�Niq('((:iqt� m ���II� II\n.\n\n�\n\n\"\"\n\n:\n'6�Sflftt�¥'il� �\n�'G\"'...:- ,· �q'Nf I\n\n�:m�����'l�ll �II\nviyad-vittasya dadato\nlabdham labdham bubhuk§ata/:t\nn�kificanasya dhirasya\nsakutumbasya sidata/:t\nvyatiyur �!a-catvarimsad\nahany apibata/:t kila\nghrta-payasa-samyavam\ntoyam pratar upasthitam\nkrcchra-prapta-kutumbasya\nk§ut-trt;lbhyam jata-vepatho/:t\natithir brahmar:m/:t kale\nbhoktu-kamasya cagamat\nviyat-vittasya-of Rantideva, who received things sent by providence,\njust as the cataka bird receives water from the sky; dadata/:t-who distributed to others; labdham-whatever he got; labdham-such\ngains; bubhuk§ata/:t-he enjoyed; n�kificanasya-always penniless;\ndhirasya-yet very sober; sa- ku!umbasya-even with his family members; sidata/:r,-suffering very much; vyatiyu/:t-passed by; �!acatvdrimsat-forty-eight; ahani-days; apibata/:t-without even drinking water; kila-indeed; ghrta-payasa-food prepared with ghee and\nmilk; samydvam-varieties of food grains; toyam-water; prataJ:r, -in\nthe morning; upasthitam - arrived by chance; krcchra- prdpta-undergoing suffering;\nku!umbasya-whose\nfamily members;\nk§ut-\n\n", "SB9.3#p0148": "Text 6]\n\nThe Dynasty of Bharata\n\n123\n\nt n:lbhyam-by thirst and hunger; jata-became; vepatho�-trembling;\natithi�-a guest; brahmar:w �-a brahmar:w; kale-just at that time;\nbhoktu-kamasya-of Rantideva, who desired to eat something; caalso; agamat -arrived there.\nTRANSLATION\nRantideva never endeavored to earn anything. He would enjoy\nwhatever he got by the arrangement of providence, but when\nguests came he would give them everything. Thus he underwent\nconsiderable suffering, along with the members of his family. Indeed, he and his family members shivered for want of food and\nwater, yet Rantideva always remained sober. Once, after fasting for\nforty-eight days, in the morning Rantideva received some water\nand some foodstuffs made with milk and ghee, but when he and\nhis family were about to eat, a brih�a guest arrived.\n\nI\n\n11�11\ntasmai samvyabhajat so 'nnam\nadrtya sraddhayanvita�\nharim sarvatra sampa§yan\nsa bhuktva prayayau dvija�\n\ntasmai-unto him (the brahmar:w); samvyabhajat-a fter dividing,\ngave his share; sa?t-he (Rantideva); annam-the food; adrtya-with\ngreat respect; sraddhaya anvita �-and with faith; harim-the Supreme\nLord; sarvat ra-everywhere, or in the heart of every living being; sampa§yan-conceiving; sa?t-he; bhuktva-after eating the food;\nprayayau-left that place; dvija �-the brahmar:w.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Rantideva perceived the presence of the Supreme Godhead everywhere, and in every living entity, he received the guest\n\n", "SB9.3#p0149": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n124\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 21\n\nwith faith and respect and gave him a share of the food. The\n\nhrahm�a guest ate his share and then went away.\nPURPORT\n\nRantideva perceived the presence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in every living being, but he never thought that because the\nSupreme Lord is present in every living being, every living being must\nhe God. Nor did he distinguish between one living being and another. He\nperceived the presence of the Lord both in the briihmar:w and in the\n\ncaru;lala. This is the true vision of equality, as confirmed by the Lord\n\nHimself in Bhagavad-gitii (5.18):\n\nvidyii-vinaya-sampanne\nbrahmar:te gavi hastini\nsuni caiva sva-piilre ca\npar:u;lita� sama-darsina�\n\"The humble sage, by virtue of true knowledge, sees with equal vision a\nlearned and gentle brahmar:w, a cow, an elephant, a dog and a dog-eater\n[outcaste].\" A par:u;lita, or learned person, perceives the presence of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in every living being. Therefore, although it has now become fashionable to give preference to the so-called\n\ndaridra-niiriiyar:w, or \"poor Niiraya�a,\" Rantideva had no reason to give\npreference to any one person. The idea that because Naray�a is present\nin the heart of one who is daridra, or poor, the poor man should be called\n\ndaridra-niiriiyar:w is a wrong conception. By such logic, because the Lord\nis present within the hearts of the dogs and hogs, the dogs and hogs\nwould also be Niiray�a. One should not mistakenly think that Rantideva\nsubscribed to this view. Rather, he saw everyone as part of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead (hari-sambandhi-vastunaM. It is not that everyone is the Supreme Godhead. Such a theory, which is propounded by the\nMayavada philosophy, is always misleading, and Rantideva would never\nhave accepted it.\nTEXT7\n\n3(� �tt+tiOI� � +t�: I\n��m:q ttf� rn�''\\9''\n\n", "SB9.3#p0150": "Text 8]\n\nThe Dynasty of Bharata\n\n125\n\nathanyo bhok{;yama\"{WSya\nvibhaktasya mahipate/.t\nvibhaktam vyabhajat tasmai\nvr�aldya harim smaran\natka-thereafter;\n\nanya/.t -another guest; bho�yamaT).aSya -who\nwas just about to eat; vibhaktasya - after setting aside the share for the\nfamily; mahipate/.t-of the King; vibhaktam-the food allotted for the\nfamily; vyabhajat-he divided and distributed; tasmai-unto him;\nvr�aldya-unto a sudra; harim -the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nsmaran -remembering.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, having divided the remaining food with his relatives, Rantideva was just about to eat his own share when a sudra\nguest arrived. Seeing the sudra in relationship with the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, King Rantideva gave him also a share of\nthe food.\nPURPORT\nBecause King Rantideva saw everyone as part of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he never distinguished between the brahmar:w and\nthe sudra, the poor and the rich. Such equal vision is called sama­\n\ndarsina/.t (pa\"!14ita/.t sama-darsina/.t). One who has actually realized that\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead is situated in everyone's heart and\nthat every living being is part of the Lord does not make any distinction\nbetween the brahmar:w and the sudra, the poor (daridra) and the rich\n(dhani). Such a person sees all living beings equally and treats them\nequally, without discrimination.\nTEXT8\n\n� � �S•IIG\\Rfir: �: I\n� q (hl�l'il5i (1•1Uiltf � II � II\nyiite sudre tam anyo 'gad\natithi/.t svabhir iivrta/.t\n\n", "SB9.3#p0151": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n126\n\n[Canto9, Ch. 21\n\nrajan me diyatiim annam\nsaga1J,dya bubhu/cyate\nyate-when he went away; sudre-the sudra guest; tam-unto the\nKing; anyafl-another; agdt-arrived there; atithifl-guest; svabhifl\navrtafl-accompanied\n\nby\n\ndogs;\n\nrajan-0\n\nKing;\n\nme-unto\n\nme;\n\ndiyatam-deliver; annam-eatables; sa-ga1J(iya-with my company of\ndogs; bubhulcyate-hankering for food.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the sudra went away, another guest arrived, surrounded\n\nby dogs, and said, \"0 King, I and my company of dogs are very\n\nhungry. Please give us something to eat.\"\nTEXT9\n\n3tlt�lf4�ti � il�+tfit�(ftlij� I\n��T ���: ��:11�11\n\n«\n\nsa adrtyava5i$tam yad\nbahu-mdna-puraskrtam\ntac ca dattva nama5cakre\nsvabhyafl sva-pataye vibhufl\nsa?t,-he\n(King\nRantideva);\nadrtya-after\nhonoring\nthem;\navasi$tam-the food that remained after the brahmalJU and sudra were\nfed; yat-whatever there was; bahu-mdna-puraskrtam-ofiering him\nmuch respect; tat-that; ca-also; dattva-giving away; namaflcakre-ofiered obeisances; svabhyafl-unto the dogs; sva-pataye-unto\nthe master of the dogs; vibhu?t,-the all-powerful King.\nTRANSLATION\nWith great respect, King Rantideva offered the balance of the\n\nfood to the dogs and the master of the dogs, who had come as\n\nguests. The King offered them all respects and obeisances.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0152": "Text 11)\n\nThe Dynasty of Bharata\n\n127\n\nTEXT 10\n\nq1;\\1�¥il'lij'\\:,0�\n\n��cfNf«t�ol' I\n\n�: �C!€6�:i)S+�I•u�.fl � � II� oil\npaniya-matram ucche$arit\ntac caika-paritarpar.wm\npasyata� pulkaso 'bhyagad\napo dehy a§ubhaya me\npaniya-matram-only the drinking water;\n\nucche$am-what re­\n\nmained of the food; tat ca-that also; eka-for one; paritarpar.wmsatisfying; pasyata�-when the King was about to drink; pulkasa�-a\ncar:ufiila;\n\na\n\nbhyagat-came there;\n\napa�-water;\n\ndehi-please giVe;\n\na§ubhaya-although I am a lowborn car:u/iila; me-to me.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, only the drinking water remained, and there was\nonly enough to satisfy one person, but when the King was just\nabout to drink it, a CRI}.<;liila appeared and said, \"0 King, although I\nam lowborn, kindly give me some drinking water.\"\n\nTEXT 11\n\nm��oli�R���� I\n�\n\n�«�H\n\n«¥11���\n\n�: II�� II\n\ntasya tam karu�m vacam\nniSamya vipula-sramam\nkrpaya bhrsa-santapta\nidam ahiimrtam vaca�\ntasya-of\n\nhim\n\nvacam-words;\n\n(the\n\ncar:ufiila);\n\nni.Samya-hearing;\n\ntam-those;\n\nkaru�m-pitiable;\n\nvipula-very much;\n\nsramam­\n\nfatigued; krpaya-out of compassion; bhrsa-santapta�-very much\n\n", "SB9.3#p0153": "128\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 21\n\naggrieved; idam-these; aha-spoke; amrtam-very sweet; vaca}:twords.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAggrieved at hearing the pitiable words of the poor fatigued\n\n�\"ala, Maharaja Rantideva spoke the following nectarean words.\nPURPORT\n\nMaharaja Rantideva's words were like amrta, or nectar, and therefore,\naside from rendering bodily service to an aggrieved person, by his words\nalone the King could save the life of anyone who might hear him.\n\nna kamaye 'ham gatim iSvarat param\na§tarddhi-yuktam apunar-bhavam va\nartim prapadye khila-deha-bhajam\n'\n\nanta/:t-sthito yena bhavanty adu}:tkha}:t\nna-not; kamaye-desire; aham-1; gatim-destination; iSvaratfrom the Supreme Personality of Godhead; param-great; a§ta-rddhiyuktam-composed of the eight kinds of mystic perfection; apuna}:tbhavam-cessation of repeated birth (liberation, salvation); VIi-either;\nartim-sufferings; prapadye-1 accept; akhila-deha-bhajam-of all\nliving entities; anta}:t-sthita/:t-staying among them; yena-by which;\nbhavanti-they become; adu}:tkha/:t-without distress.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI do not pray to the Supreme Personality of Godhead for the\neight perfections of mystic yoga, nor for salvation from repeated\n\n", "SB9.3#p0154": "The Dynasty of Bharata\n\nText 13]\n\n129\n\nbirth and death. I want only to stay among all the living entities\nand suffer all distresses on their behalf, so that they may be freed\nfrom suffering.\nPURPORT\n\nVasudeva Datta made a similar statement to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nrequesting the Lord to liberate all living entities in His presence.\n\nVasudeva Datta submitted that if they were unfit to be liberated, he him­\n\nself would take all their sinful reactions and suffer personally so that the\n\nLord might deliver them. A Vai�J).ava is therefore described as being\n\npara-du}J,kha-dub,khi, very much aggrieved by the sufferings of others.\n\nAs such, a Vai�J).ava engages in activities for the real welfare of human\n\nsociety.\n\n/cyut-trt-sramo gatra-paribhrama§ ca\ndainyarh klamab, soka-v�ada-mohab,\nsarve nivrttab, krpar:uzsya jantor\njijiv�or jiva-jaliirpal)ii n me\n/cyut-from\n\nhunger;\n\ntrt-and\n\nthirst;\n\nsramab,-fatigue;\n\ngatra­\n\nparibhrama!t-trembling of the body; ca-also; dainyam-poverty;\n\nklamab,-distress; §aka-lamentation; vi�dda-moroseness; moha!tand bewilderment; sarve-all of them; nivrttab,-finished; krpar:uzsyaof the poor; jantob,-living entity (the calJ4ala); jijiv�ob,-desiri ng to\nlive; jim-maintaining life; jala-water;\nme-mme.\n\narpal)iit-by delivering;\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy offering my water to maintain the life of this poor ��ila,\nwho is struggling to live, I have been freed from all hunger, thirst,\n\n", "SB9.3#p0155": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n130\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 21\n\nfatigue, trembling of the body, moroseness, distress, lamentation\nand illusion.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�Rr � qRttf �T'Jf: fqqi«J<tl I\nno:��«T'I'litl'r.l(\\,.,.('f1m f;m�an �: II ��II\niti prab/u'i§ya pdniyam\nmriyamaruzb- pipasayii\npulkasiiytidaddd dhiro\nnisarga-karur:w nrpab,\niti-thus; prab/u'i§ya-giving his statement; pdniyam-drinking\n\nwater; mriyamaruzb,-although on the verge of death; pipasayii-because of thirst; pulkasiiya-unto the low-class car:u;liila; adadiitdelivered;\n\ndh i rab,-sober;\n\nnrpab,-the King.\n\nnisarga-karuruzb,-by nature very kind;\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaving spoken thus, King Rantideva, although on the verge of\n\ndeath because of thirst, gave his own portion of water to the\ncm.t4iila without hesitation, for the King was naturally very kind\n\nand sober.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�f,rij�: �:���a�I\n�;j �?3� �?If.tPfMiji: II� �II\ntasya tribhuvaniidhiSiib,\nphaladiib, phalam icchatiim\niitmanam darsayiim cakrur\nmaya v��u-vinirmitab,\ntasya-before him (King Rantideva); tri-bhuvana-adhiSiib,-the con­\n\ntrollers of the three worlds (demigods like Brahma and Siva); phala-\n\n", "SB9.3#p0156": "The Dynasty of Bharata\n\nText 16]\n\n131\n\nda�-who can bestow all fruitive results; phalam icchatam-of persons\n\nwho desire material benefit; atmanam-their own identities; darsayam\n\ncakru�-manifested; maya�-the illusory energy; vi§{tu-by Lord\n\nVi�Qu; vinirmita�-created.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDemigods like Lord Brahmii and Lord Siva, who can satisfy all\n\nmaterially ambitious men by giving them the rewards they desire,\n\nthen manifested their own identities before King Rantideva, for it\nwas they who had presented themselves as the briihmlll]a, sftdra,\n\ncaJ.14iila and so on.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�����f;r:��: I\n�� �� � � �: �t{_ 11��11\nsa vai tebhyo namaskrtya\nni�afrgo vigata-sprha�\nvasudeve bhagavati\nbhaktya cakre mana� param\nsa�-he\n\n(King\n\nRantideva);\n\nvai-indeed;\n\ntebhya�-unto\n\nLord\n\nBrahma, Lord Siva and the other demigods; nama�-krtya-ofiering\n\nobeisances; ni�afrga�-with no ambition to take any benefit from\n\nthem; vigata-sprha�-completely free from desires for material possessions; vasudeve-unto Lord Vasudeva; bhagavati-the Supreme Lord;\nbhaktya-by devotional service; cakre-fixed; mana�-the mind;\nparam-as the ultimate goal of life.\nTRANSLATION\n\nKing Rantideva had no ambition to enjoy material benefits from\n\nthe demigods. He offered them obeisances, but because he was fac­\n\ntually attached to Lord Vi�r.m, Vasudeva, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, he fixed his mind at Lord Vi�r;tu's lotus feet.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0157": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n132\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 21\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Narottama dasa 'fhakura has sung:\n\nanya devasraya na�\ntomare kahinu bhai,\nei bhakti parama kara�\nIf one wants to become a pure devotee of the Supreme Lord, one should\n\nnot hanker to take benedictions from the demigods. AB stated in\n\nBhagavad-gita (7.20), kamais tais tair hrta-jfidna/:1, prapadyante 'nyadevata/:1,: those befooled by the illusion of the material energy worship\ngods other than the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, al­\n\nthough Rantideva was personally able to see Lord Brahma and Lord Siva,\n\nhe did not hanker to take material benefits from them. Rather, he fixed\n\nhis mind upon Lord Vasudeva and rendered devotional service unto\n\nHim. This is the sign of a pure devotee, whose heart is not adulterated by\n\nmaterial desires.\n\nanyabhi�ita-sunyarh\njfidna-karmiidy-anavrtam\nanukillyena kr$1Jiinusilanarh bhaktir uttamd\n\"One should render transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord\n\nl(r�Qa favorably and without desire for material profit or gain through\n\nfruitive activities or philosophical speculation. That is called pure\ndevotional service.\"\nTEXT 17\n\nf�� ��:1\n� goTJM � � ��q 11�\\911\n\n���\n\niSvaralambanarh cittarh\nkurvato 'nanya-riidhasa/:1,\nmaya gu�mayi rajan\nsvapnavat pratyaliyata\niSvara-alambanam-completely taking shelter at the lotus feet of the\n\nSupreme Lord; cittam-his consciousness; ku rvata /:1,\n\n-\n\nfix.ing; ananya-\n\n", "SB9.3#p0158": "Text 17]\n\nThe Dynasty of Bharata\n\n133\n\nradhasab,-for Rantideva, who was undeviating and desired nothing\nother than to serve the Supreme Lord; maya-the illusory energy;\ngu{Ul-mayi-consisting\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nthree\n\nmodes\n\nof. nature;\n\nrajan-0\n\nMaharaja Parik�it; svapna-vat-like a dream; pratyaliyata-merged.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, because King Rantideva was a pure devotee, always �1,1a conscious and free from all material desires, the\nLord's illusory energy, maya, could not exhibit herself before\nhim. On the contrary, for him maya entirely vanished, exactly like\na dream.\nPURPORT\nAB it is said:\nkr${la-surya-sama; maya haya andhakiira\nyahiiit kr${la, tahiiri nahi mayara adhikiira\nJust as there is no chance that darkness can exist in the sunshine, in a\npure Kr�J;J.a conscious person there can be no existence of maya. The\nLord Himself says in Bhagavad-gita (7.14):\ndaivi hy e�a gu{lamayi\nmama maya duratyaya\nmam eva ye prapadyante\nmayam etam taranti te\n\"This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material\nnature, is difficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me\ncan easily cross beyond it.\" If one wants to be free from the influence of\nmaya, the illusory energy, one must become Kr�Qa conscious and always\nkeep Kr�J;J.a prominent within the core of his heart. In Bhagavad-gita\n\n(9.34) the Lord advises that one always think of Him (man-mana bhava\nmad-bhakto mad-yaji mam namaskuru). In this way, by always being\nKr�J;J.a-minded or Kr�Qa conscious, one can surpass the influence of maya\n(mayam etdm taranti te). Because Rantideva was Kr�J;J.a conscious, he\n\nwas not under the influence of the illusory energy. The word svapnavat\n\n", "SB9.3#p0159": "[Canto 9, Ch. 21\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n134\n\nis significant in this connection. Because in the material world the mind\nis absorbed in materialistic activities, when one is asleep many contradictory activities appear in one's dreams. When one awakens, however,\nthese activities automatically merge into the mind. Similarly, as long as\none is under the influence of the material energy he makes many plans\nand schemes, hut when one is :£<r�1,1a conscious such dreamlike plans\nautomatically disappear.\n\ntat-prasanganubhavena\nrantidevanuvartinaft\n\nabhavan yoginaf, sarve\n\nnaraya{Ul-parayc�ft\n\ntat-prasanga-anubhavena-because\n\nof\n\nassociating\n\nwith\n\nKing\n\nRantideva (when talking with him about bhakti-yoga); rantidevaanuvartinaf,-the followers of King Rantideva (that is, his servants, his\n\nfamily members, his friends and others); abhavan\n\n-\n\nbecame; yoginaf,­\n\n:first-class mystic yogis, or bhakti-yogis; sa1rve-all of them; naraya{Ul­\n\nparaya�f,-devotees\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nNaraya1,1a.\nTRANSLATION\nAll those who foll owed the principles of King Rantideva were\n\ntotally favored by his mercy and became pure devotees, attached to\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Niiray�a. Thus they all\nbecame the best of yogis.\n\nPURPORT\nThe best yogis or mystics are the devotees, as confirmed by the Lord\n\nHimself in Bhagavad-gita (6.47) :\n\nyogindm api sarve�arh\n\nmad-gateniintaratmanii\n\n", "SB9.3#p0160": "Text 20)\n\nThe Dynasty of Bharata\n\n135\n\nsraddhavan bhajate yo mam\nsa me yuktatamo mata�\n\"Of all yogis, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping\n\nMe in transcendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in\n\nyoga and is the highest of all.\" The best yogi is he who constantly thinks\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead within the core of the heart. Be­\n\ncause Rantideva was the king, the chief executive in the state, all the\n\nresidents of the state became devotees of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Narayal).a, by the king's transcendental association. This is the\n\ninfluence of a pure devotee. If there is one pure devotee, his association\n\ncan create hundreds and thousands of pure devotees. Srila Bhaktivinoda\n\n'fhak.ura has said that a Vai�Q.ava is meritorious in proportion to the\n\nnumber of devotees he has created. A Vai�l).ava becomes superior not\nsimply by jugglery of words but by the number of devotees he has cre­\n\nated for the Lord. Here the word rantidevanuvartina� indicates that\n\nRantideva's officers, friends�relatives and subjects all became first-class\n\nVai�l).avas by his association. In other words, Rantideva is confirmed\n\nherein to be a first-class devotee, or maha-bhagavata. Mahat-sevam\n\ndvaram ahur vimukteh: one should render service to such mahatmas,\n\nfor then one will automatically achieve the goal of liberation. Srila\n\nNarottama dasa 'fhak.ura has also said, chal)iya va��va-seva nistdra\npdyeche keba: one cannot be liberated by his own effort, but if one becomes subordinate to a pure Vai�l).ava, the door to liberation is open.\n\nTEXTS 19-20\n�\n���1\n�01Wf(ijdl\nr\" mnr: �il&r � 1\n�\n\n��\n������fUr:�:ll�<?..ll\n�t€fi(l�fUTR�.,. � i{1�0(4(� tm: I\n� �Sl{� �(ffit'19;( II� oil\ngargdc chinis tato gargya�\nlcyatrad brahma hy avartata\nduritalcyayo mahaviryat\ntasya trayydru�i� kavi�\n\n", "SB9.3#p0161": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n136\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 21\n\npU§kararu�ir ity atra\nye brahma�-gatirh gatii�\nbrhatlcyatrasya putro 'bhad\ndhasti yad-dhastinapuram\ngargiif-from Garga (another grandson of Bharadvaja); sin*-a son\nnamed Sini; tata�-from him (Sini); gargya�-a son named Gargya;\n/cyatriit-although he was a lcyatriya; brahma-the brahma�; hiindeed;\n\navartata-became\n\nDuritak�aya;\n\npossible;\n\ndurita/cyaya�-a\n\nmahaviryat-from Mahavirya\n\n(another\n\nson\n\nnamed\n\ngrandson\n\nof\n\nBharadvaja); tasya-his; trayyaru�i�-the son named Trayyaru1,1i;\nkavi�-a son named Kavi; pU§kararu�i�-a son named Pu�kararu1,1i;\niti-thus; atra-therein; ye-all of them; brahma�-gatim-the position of brahma�; gatii�-achieved; brhatlcyatrasya-of the grandson\nof Bharadvaja named B:rhatk�atra; putra�-the son; abhilt-became;\nhasti-Hasti; yat-from whom; hastinapuram-the city of Hastinapura\n(New Delhi) was established.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Garga came a son named Sini, and his son was Gargya. Al­\n\nthough Gargya was a k�atriya, there came from him a generation of\n\nbrahm�as. From Mahavirya came a son named Duritak�aya, whose\n\nsons were TrayyiiruJ,J.i, Kavi and Pu�kariiruJ,J.i. Although these sons\nof Duritak�aya took birth in a dynasty of k�atriyas, they too at­\n\ntained the position of briihmaJ,las. Brhatk�atra had a son named\nHasti, who established the city of Hastinapura [now New Delhi].\nTEXT 21\n\n3Fit41il �� ��� �: I\n3NI41it���:�:��: ����II\najamu;lho dvimu;lhaS ca\npurumil)ha§ ca hastina�\najamu;lhasya vamsya� syu�\npriyamedhadayo dvija�\n\n", "SB9.3#p0162": "Text 22]\n\nThe Dynasty of Bharata\n\n137\n\najam�ha � -Ajamic;lha; dvimi{/ha� Dvimic;lha; ca-also; purumi(lha�-Purumi<;lha; ca-also; hastina�-became the sons of Hasti; ajam �hasya-of Ajamic;lha; vamsya�-descendants; syu�-are; pnyamedha-adaya�-headed by Priyamedha; dvija�-brahmaTJaS.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom King Hasti came three sons, named Ajami«;lha, Dvimi9ha\nand\n\nPurumi9ha.\n\nThe\n\ndescendants\n\nof\n\nAjami9ha,\n\nheaded\n\nby\n\nPriyamedha, all achieved the position of briihm�as.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse gives evidence confirming the statement of Bhagavad-gitii\nthat the orders of society- brahmar;ta, lcyatriya, vai.Sya and sudra-are\ncalculated in terms of qualities and activities (gur;ta-karma-vibhagasaM.\nAll the descendants of Ajamic;lha, who was a lcyatriya, became\nbrahmar;taS. This was certainly because of their qualities and activities.\nSimilarly, sometimes the sons of brahmar;taS or lcyatriyas become vai.Syas\n(brahma1Jii vai.Syatarh gataM. When a lcyatriya or brahma1J,Q, adopts the\noccupation or duty of a vai.Sya (kr�i-goralcyya-var:r-ijyam), he is certainly\ncounted as a vai.Sya. On the other hand, if one is born a vai.Sya, by his activities he can become a brahma7Jn. This is confirmed by Narada Muni.\nYasya yal-la/cyarJarh proktam. The members of the OOTTJaS, or social orders- brahma7Jn, lcyatriya, vai.Sya and sildra-must be ascertained by\ntheir symptoms, not by birth. Birth is immaterial; quality is essential.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n�� t�R!��\nt��€fil4�6�\n\n�\n\najami(lhad brhad�us\ntasya putro brhaddhanu�\nbrhatkiiyas tatas tasya\nputra aslj jayadratha�\n\n", "SB9.3#p0163": "138\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 21\n\najami{lluit-from Ajami<.fua; brhadi$ub,-a son named Brhadi�u;\ntasya-his; putrab,-son; brhaddhanub,-Brhaddhanu; brhatkiiyab,Brhatkaya; tatab,-thereafter; tasya-his; putrab,-son; asit-was;\njayadrathab,-Jayadratha.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Ajamic:lha came a son named B:rhadi�u, from B:rhadi�u\ncame a son named B:rhaddhanu, from B:rhaddhanu a son named\nB:rhatkiya, and from B:rhatkiya a son named Jayadratha.\nTEXT 23\n\n� ��IG;(ij� +it'1�d: ��I\n��-a�:q)T�����n: 11��11\ntat-suto vi.Sadas tasya\nsyenajit samajayata\nrucirasvo dr{lhahanub,\nkaSyo vatsa.S ca tat-sutab,\ntat-sutab,-the son of Jayadratha; vi.Sadab,-Visada; tasya-the son of\nVisada; syenajit-Syenajit; samajayata-was born; rucirasvab,Rucirasva; dr{lhahanub,-Dr<Jhahanu; kaSyab,-Kasya; vatsab,-Vatsa;\nca-also; tat-sutab,-sons of Syenajit.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Jayadratha was Visada, and his son was Syenajit. The\nsons of Syenajit were Rucir&Sva, D:rc:lhahanu, KaSya and Vatsa.\nTEXT 24\n\n��: tm:: ����: I\n� � ;ftq� ��� �� 11��11\nrucirasva-sutab, parab,\nprthusenas tad-atmajab,\n\n", "SB9.3#p0164": "Text 25]\n\nThe Dynasty of Bharata\n\n139\n\nparasya tanayo nipas\ntasya putra-satam tv abhut\n\nrucirasva-sutall-the son of Rucirasva; parall-Para; prthusenallP:rthusena; tat-his; atmajall-son; parasya-from Para; tanayall-a\nson; nipall-Nipa; tasya-his; putra-satam-one hundred sons; tuindeed; abhut-generated.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Rucirasva was Para, and the sons of Para were\n\nPrthusena and Nipa. Nipa had one hundred sons.\nTEXT 25\n\nij' fj�oqj �i!fi�w-l41l4fif����a:_ I\n�ij' �� Rt'4cffitq�a:_ij(Jff_ll�'-\\ll\nsa krtvyam suka-kanyayam\nbrahmadattam ajijanat\n\nyogi sa gavi bharyayam\n\nv�vaksenam adhat sutam\n\nsall-he (King Nipa); krtvyam-in his wife, l(:rtvi; sukakanyayam-who was the daughter of Suka; brahmadattam-a son\nnamed Brahmadatta; ajijanat-begot; yogi-a mystic yogi; sa�-that\nBrahmadatta; gavi-by the name Gau or Sarasvati; bharyayam-in the\nwomb of his wife; v�vaksenam-Vi�vaksena; adhat-begot; sutam -a\nson.\nTRANSLATION\n\nKing Nipa begot a son named Brahmadatta through the womb of\n\nhis wife, 1\\.ttvi, who was the daughter of Suka. And Brahmadatta,\n\nwho was a great yogi, begot a son named Vi�vaksena through the\n\nwomb of his wife, Sarasvati.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Suka mentioned here is different from the Sukadeva Gosvami\nwho spoke Srimad-Bhagavatam. Sukadeva Gosvami, the son of\n\n", "SB9.3#p0165": "140\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 21\n\nVyasadeva, is described in great detail in the Brahma-vaivarta Purar;a.\nThere it is said that Vyasadeva maintained the daughter of Jabali as his\nwife and that after they performed penances together for many years, he\nplaced his seed in her womb. The child remained in the womb of his\nmother for twelve years, and when the father asked the son to come out,\nthe son replied that he would not come out unless he were completely\nliberated from the influence of maya. Vyasadeva then assured the child\nthat he would not be influenced by maya, hut the child did not believe\nhis father, for the father was still attached to his wife and children.\nVyasadeva then went to Dvaraka and informed the Personality of Godhead about his problem, and the Personality of Godhead, at Vyasadeva's\nrequest, went to Vyasadeva's cottage, where He assured the child in the\nwomb that he would not he influenced by maya. Thus assured, the child\ncame out, hut he immediately went away as a parivrajakiicarya. When\nthe father, very much aggrieved, began to follow his saintly hoy,\n\nSukadeva Gosvami, the hoy created a duplicate Sukadeva, who later en­\n\ntered family life. Therefore, the suka-kanya, or daughter of .Sukadeva,\n\nmentioned in this verse is the daughter of the duplicate or imitation\n\nSukadeva. The original Sukadeva was a lifelong brahmacari.\n\njaigi§avyopadesena\nyoga-tantram cakiira ha\nudaksena.s tatas tasmad\nbhallato btirhad�avab\njaig�avya-of the great r�i named Jaigi�avya; upadesena-by the instruction; yoga-tantram-an elaborate description of the mystic\nyoga system; cakiira-compiled; ha-in the past; udaksenab-Udaksena; tatab-from him (Vi�vaksena ) ; tasmat-from him ( Udaksena ) ;\nbhallatab-a son named Bhallata;\n\nknown as ) descendants of B�hadi�u.\n\nbtirhad�avab-(all of these are\n\n", "SB9.3#p0166": "Text 29]\n\nThe Dynasty of Bharata\n\n141\n\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing the instructions of the great sage Jaigi�avya,\nV�vaksena compiled an elaborate description of the mystic\nyoga system. From Vi�vaksena, Udaksena was born, and from\nUdaksena, Bhallila- All these sons are known as descendants of\nBrhadi�u.\nTEXT 27\n\n�4lt:til �Br fSM+ti.;a�tl�n �: 1\n;nm � mill: ij4({i�fj� ���\"��\nyavinaro dvimi{ihasya\nkrtimarhs tat-suta/:1, smrta/:1,\nnamna satyadhrtis tasya\ndr{ihanemi/:t suparsvakrt\nyavinara/:1,-Yavinara; dvimi{lhasya-the son of DvimiQha; krtiman\n-Krtimiin; tat-suta/:1,-the son of Yavinara; smrta/:1,-is well known;\nnamna-by name; satyadhrti/:1,-Satyadlqti; tasya-of him (Satyadh.rti); dr{ihanemi/:t-D.rQhanemi; suparsva-krt-the father of Supiirsva.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Dvimi�a was Yavinara, whose son was Krtimin. The\nson of :Kftimin was well known as Satyadhfli. From Satyadhrti\ncame a son named OfQhanemi, who became the father of Supar8va.\n\nsuparsvat sumatis tasya\nputra/:1, sannatimarhs tata/:t\n\n", "SB9.3#p0167": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n142\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 21\n\nkrti hira�J.yaniibhad yo\nyogam prapya jagau sma $at\nsamhita� pracyasamnii m vai\nnipo hy udgrayudhas tata�\ntasya k$emya� suviro 'tha\nsuvirasya ripufijaya�\nsuparsvat-from Suparsva; sumati�-a son named Sumati; tasya\nputra�-his son (Sumati's son); sannatiman-Sannatiman; tata�from him; krti-a son named .K.rti; hira�J.yaniibhat-from Lord Brahma;\nya�-he who; yogam-mystic power; prapya-getting; jagau-taught;\nsma-in the past; $at-six; samhita�-descriptions; pracyasamniimof the Pracyasama verses of the Sarna Veda; vai-indeed; nipa�Nipa; hi-indeed; udgrayudha�-Udgrayudha; tata�-from him;\ntasya-his; k$emya�-�emya; suvira�-Suvira; atka-thereafter;\nsuvirasya-of Suvira; ripufijaya�-a son named Ripufijaya.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Supiirsva came a son named Sumati, from Sumati came\n\nSannatiman, and from Sannatimiin came K.fti, who achieved mystic\n\npower from Brahmii and taught six sarilhitiis of the Priicyasama\n\nverses of the Sarna Veda. The son of K.fti was Nipa; the son of Nipa,\nUdgriyudha; the son of Udgriyudha, K�emya; the son of �emya,\nSuvira; and the son of Suvira, Ripuiijaya.\nTEXT 30\n\nm\n\n� � ��41iil�ifs+N� I\n.,.Mrifl+ti:it41�w;ft�:�u�«t ��:II� oil\ntato bahuratho niima\npurumU;lho 'prajo 'bhavat\nnalinyam ajamir.)hasya\nnila� §antis tu tat-suta�\n\n", "SB9.3#p0168": "Text 33]\n\nThe Dynasty of Bharata\n\n143\n\ntata�-from him (Ripuiijaya); lxthuratha� Bahurath a; namanamed; purumi{lha�-PurumiQha, the younger brother of DvimiQha;\napraja�-sonles s; abhavat-became; nalinyam-through Nalini;\najamU;lhasya-of AjamiQha; nila�-Nila; santi�-Santi; tu-then; tatsuta�-the son of Nila.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Ripuiijaya came a son named Bahuratha. Purumi<;{ha was\nsonless. Ajami<;{ha had a son !lamed Nila by his wife known as\n\nNalini, and the son of Nila was Santi.\n\nTEXTS 31-33\n\n'\"' (' '\"'\n\n�II ..Q: ij�llf;ij���: ��ijfl�ffi� I\n\n���'14�� q?iJ(('I.-Ul\\�: II�� II\nq�'hti! �: �f�: ��: ij�n: I\n�'c{:��i{q���fu 11��11\n�q'ii(O((q�fli{ � q�(�(\"(f¥u: I\n�� ;m rwt� m:;t m��ij� ������\nsante� su§antis tat-putra�\npurujo 'rkas tato 'bhavat\nbharmyasvas tanayas tasya\npaficasan mudgaliidaya�\nyavinaro brhadvi.Sva�\nkampilla� safijaya� suta�\nbharmyasva� praha putra me\npaficanam ra/cyaT)iiy a hi\nv�ayaT)iim alam ime\niti paiicala-samjfiita�\nmudgalad brahma-nirvrttam\ngotraril maudgalya-samjfiitam\n\n", "SB9.3#p0169": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n144\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 21\n\nsante�-of Santi; swanti�-Susanti; tat-putra�-his son; puruja�­\n\nPuruja;\n\narka�-Arka;\n\ntata�-from\n\nhim;\n\nabhavat-generated;\n\nbharmyasva�-Bharmyiisva; tanaya�-son; tasya-of him; pafica­\n\n:five\n\nsons;\n\niisan-were;\n\nyavinara�-Yavinara;\n\nmudgala-adaya�-headed\n\nbrhadviSva�-B:rhadvisva;\n\nby\n\nMudgala;\n\nkiimpilla�-Kam­\n\npilla; sanjaya�-Saiijaya; sutii�-sons; bharmyasva�-Bharmyiisva;\n\npraha-said; putra�-sons; me-my; paficaniim-of five; ra/cyaT)iiya\n-for protection; hi-indeed; vi$aya1)iim-of different states; alam­\n\ncompetent; ime-all of them; iti-thus; pancala-Paiicala; samjnita�­\n\ndesignated; mudgalat-from Mudgala; brahma-nirvrttam-consisting\nof brahma7JnS; gotram-a dynasty;\njnitam-so designated.\n\nmaudgalya-Maudgalya;\n\nsam­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Santi was Susiinti, the son of Susiinti was Puruja, and\n\nthe son of Puruja was Arka. From Arka came Bharmya.Sva, and\n\nfrom Bharmya.Sva came five sons-Mudgala, Yavinara, B:rhadvisva,\n\nKampilla and Saiijaya. Bharmya.Sva prayed to his sons, \"0 my sons,\n\nplease take charge of nty five states, for you are quite competent to\n\ndo so.\" Thus his five sons were known as the Paiicalas. From\nMudgala came a dynasty of briihm�as known as Maudgalya.\nTEXT 34\n\ntil������fa:t4l(!\\l�: ��({_I\n��������Ti(j�l� ����II\nmithunam mudgaliid bharmyad\ndivodiisa� puman abhut\n\nahalya kanyakii yasyam\nsatanandas tu gautamiit\n\nmithunam-twins, one male and one female; mudgalat-from\nMudgala; bharmyat-the son of Bharmyasva; divodasa�-Divodasa;\npuman-the male one; abhut-generated; ahalya-Ahalyii; kanyakiithe female; yasyam-through whom; satananda�-Satananda; tu-in­\n\ndeed; gautamat-generated by her husband, Gautama.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0170": "Text 36]\n\nThe Dynasty of Bharata\n\n145\n\nTRANSLATION\nMudgala, the son of BharmyiiSva, had twin children, one male\n\nand the other female. The male child was named Divodasa, and the\n\nfemale child was named Ahalyii. From the womb of Ahalyii by the\nsemen of her husband, Gautama, came a son named Satiinanda.\nTEXT 35\n\n� \\:l�aJ?t?iii(a: 1\n�U\\i\\'6�� ���ih:;tJ�I� �� I\n�I®�S4�{ W � ������II\n\nm\n\n�RI:\n\ntasya satyadhrtib, putro\ndhanur-veda-visiiradab,\nsaradvarils tat-suto yasmad\nurvasi-darsaniit kila\nsara-stambe 'patad reto\nmithunarh tad abhiic chubham\ntasya-of him (Satananda); satyadhrtib,-Satyadh_rti; putrab,-a son;\ndhanub,-veda-viSiiradab,-very expert in the art of archery; saradoonSaradvan; tat-sutab,-the son of Satyadh_rti; yasmiit-from whom;\nurva.Si-darsaniit-simply by seeing the celestial Urva8i; kila-indeed;\nsara-stambe-on a clump of sara grass; apatat-fell; retab,-semen;\nmithunam-a male and female; tat abhut-there were born; subhamall-auspicious.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Satiinanda was Satyadhrti, who was expert in archery,\n\nand the son of Satyadhrti was Saradviin. When Saradviin met\n\nUrva8i, he discharged semen, which fell on a clump of sara grass.\n\nFrom this semen were born two all-auspicious babies, one male\n\nand the other female.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n� qT \"i\"qf41•!«l'60l'kl��f41 � I\n\n\"f)q:�'fl(:����� ������\n\n", "SB9.3#p0171": "146\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 21\n\ntad dmva krpayagrh1Jiic\nchantanur mrgayarh caran\nkrpab, kumarafr, kanya ca\ndroTJ-O.-patny abhavat krpi\ntat-those twin male and female babies; dr�tva-seeing; krpaya-out\n\nof compassion; agrh�t-took; santanutr,-King sa.ntanu; mrgayam­\n\nwhile hunting in the forest; caran-wandering in that way; krpafr,:Krpa; kumarafr,-the male child; kanya-the female child; ca-also;\n\ndro7J-a-patni-the wife of Drol')iiciirya; abhavat-became; krpi-named\n:Krpi.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Maharaja Sintanu was on a hunting excursion, he saw the\n\nmale and female children lying in the forest, and out of compas­\n\nsion he took them home. Consequently, the male child was known\nas �pa, and the female child was named �pi. �pi later became\n\nthe wife of Drm;tacirya.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Twenty-first\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Dynasty of Bharata.\"\n\n", "SB9.3#p0172": "CHAPTER TWENTY-TWO\n\nThe Descendants of Ajami<Jha\nThis chapter describes the descendants of Divodasa. It also describes\nJarasandha, who belonged to the :Bk!?a dynasty, as well as Duryodhana,\nArjuna and others.\nThe son of Divodasa was Mitrayu, who had four sons, one after\nanother-Cyavana, Sudasa, Sahadeva and Sornaka. Sornaka had one\nhundred sons, of whom the youngest was P:r�?ata, from whom Drupada\nwas born. Drupada's daughter was Draupadi, and his sons were headed\nby Dh:r!?tadyurnna. Dh:r!?tadyurnna's son was Dh:r!?taketu.\nAnother son of Ajarni�a was named :Bk!?a. From :Bk�?a carne a son\nnamed SamvaraQa, and from SamvaraQa carne Kuru, the king of\nKuruk!?etra. Kuru had four sons-Parik!?i, Sudhanu, Jahnu and Ni�?adha.\nAmong the descendants in the dynasty from Sudhanu were Suhotra,\nCyavana, K:rti and Uparicara Vasu. The sons of Uparicara Vasu, including B:rhadratha, Kusarnba, Matsya, Pratyagra and Cedipa, became kings\nof the Cedi state. In the dynasty from B:rhadratha carne Kusagra, �abha,\nSatyahita, Pu!?pavan and Jahu, and from B:rhadratha through the womb\nof another wife carne Jarasandha, who was followed by Sahadeva, Sornapi\nand Srutasrava. Parik!?i, the son of Kuru, had no sons. Among the descendants of Jahnu were Suratha, Viduratha, Sarvabhaurna, Jayasena,\nRadhika, A yutayu, Akrodhana, Devatithi, :Bk!?a, Dilipa and Pratipa.\nThe sons of Pratipa were Devapi, Santanu and Bahlika. When Devapi\nretired to the forest, his younger brother Santanu became the king. Although Santanu, being younger, was not eligible to occupy the throne, he\ndisregarded his elder brother. Consequently, there was no rainfall for\ntwelve years. Following the advice of the brahmar_taS, Santanu was ready\nto return the kingdom to Devapi, but by the intrigue of Santanu's\nminister, Devapi became unfit to be king. Therefore Santanu resumed\ncharge of the kingdom, and rain fell properly during his 'regime. By\nmystic power, Devapi still lives in the village known as Kalapa-grarna.\nIn this Kali-yuga, when the descendants of Soma known as the\ncandra-vamsa (the lunar dynasty) die out, Devapi, at the beginning of\n147\n\n", "SB9.3#p0173": "148\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 22\n\nSatya-yuga, will reestablish the dynasty of the moon. The wife of Santanu named Ganga gave birth to Bhi�rna, one of the twelve authorities.\nTwo sons named Citrailgada and Vicitravirya were also born from the\nwomb of Satyavati by the semen of Santanu, and Vyasadeva was born\nfrom Satyavati by the semen of Parasara. Vyasadeva instructed the\nhistory of the Bhagavatam to his son Sukadeva. Through the womb of\nthe two wives and the maidservant of Vicitravirya, Vyasadeva begot\nDhrtara�tra, PaJ;lQU and Vidura.\nDhrtara�tra had one hundred sons, headed by Duryodhana, and one\ndaughter named DuQ8ala. PaJ;lQU had five sons, headed by Yudhi�thira,\nand each of these five sons had one son from Draupadi. The names of\nthese sons of Draupadi were Prativindhya, Srutasena, Srutakirti,\nSatanika and Srutakarrna. Besides these five sons, by other wives the\nPaJ;lQavas had many other sons, such as Devaka, Ghatotkaca, Sarvagata,\nSuhotra, Nararnitra, Iravan, Babhruvahana and Ahhirnanyu. From\nAhhirnanyu, Maharaj a Pari�it was born, and Maharaja Pari�it had four\nsons-Janarnejaya, Srutasena, Bhirnasena and Ugrasena.\nNext Sukadeva Gosvarni described the future sons of the PaJ;lQU\nfamily. From Janarnejaya, he said, would come a son named Satanika,\nand following in the dynasty would be Sahasranika, ASvarnedhaja,\nAsirnalq�J;la, Nernicakra, Citraratha, Suciratha, V:r�tirnan, Su�eJ;la,\nSunitha, N:rcak�u, Sukhinala, Pariplava, Sunaya, Medhavi, N:rpaiijaya,\nDiirva, Tirni, B:rhadratha, Sudasa, Satanika, Durdarnana, Mahinara,\nDai]QapaJ;li, Nirni and K�ernaka.\nSukadeva Gosvarni then predicted the kings of the miigadha-vamsa,\nor Magadha dynasty. Sahadeva, the son of Jarasandha, would beget\nMarjari, and from him would come Srutasrava. Subsequently taking\nbirth in the dynasty will be Yutayu, Niramitra, Sunak�atra, B:rhatsena,\nKarrnajit, Sutaiijaya, Vipra, Suci, �erna, Suvrata, Dharrnaslltra, Sarna,\nDyurnatsena, Surnati, Subala, Sunitha, Satyajit, Visvajit and Ripuiijaya.\nTEXT I\n\n�\\1m\n\n�� ��G\\R'll'i+J'IC4if(ij�(tl � I\n�: �W � ���lfi� II � II\n\n", "SB9.3#p0174": "The Descendants of Ajami4ha\n\nText2]\n\n149\n\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nmitra)'US ca divodiisac\n\ncyavanas tat-suto nrpa\n\nsudiisa/:t sahadevo 'tha\n\nsomalro jantu-janmakrt\n\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; mitrayu/:t-Mitrayu;\n\nca-and; divodiisat-was born from Divodasa; cyavanaJ:r,-Cyavana;\n\ntat suta/:t-the son of Mitrayu;\n-\n\nsahadevaJ:r,-Sahadeva;\n\nnrpa-0 King;\n\natka-thereafter;\n\njanma-krt-the father of Jantu.\n\nsudiisaJ:r,-Sudasa;\n\nsomaka/:t-Somaka;\n\njantu­\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: 0 King, the son of Divodiisa was\n\nMitriiyu, and from Mitriiyu came four sons, named Cyavana,\nSudiisa, Sahadeva and Somaka. Somaka was the father of Jantu.\nTEXT2\n\nm �� � �41't 'l'f�n ij�: 1\n\n� �\"\n\n� � e4e+q«144PiHll � ll\n\ntasya putra-satarh te$iirh\n\nyaviyan pr$ata/:t suta/:t\n\nsa tasmad drupado jajfie\n\nsarva-sampat-samanvita/:t\n\ntasya-of him (Somaka); putra-satam-one hundred sons; te$iim-of\nall of them; yaviyan-the youngest; pr$ata/:t-Pr�ata; suta/:t-the son;\n\nsa/:t-he; tasmat-from him (Pr�ata); drupada/:t-Drupada; jajfie-was\nborn; sarva-sampat-with all opulences; samanvita/:t-decorated.\nTRANSLATION\nSomaka had one hundred sons, of whom the youngest was\n\nJ>nata. From P:r�ata was horn King Drupada, who was opulent in\nall supremacy.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0175": "(Canto 9, Ch. 22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n150\n\nTEXT3\n\n��m �!9)11a:�H wn: 1\n'l!� m�: '«9flm �it II � II\ndrupadad draupadi tasya\ndhmadyumniidaya� suta�\ndhr$!adyumnad dhmaketur\nbharmya� paiicalakii ime\ndrupadat-from Drupada; draupadi-Draupadi, the famous wife of\nthe Pa1,1Qavas; tasya-of him (Drupada); dhmadyumna-adaya�headed\n\nby\n\nDh:r�!adyumna;\n\ns u ta�\n\n-\n\nsons;\n\ndhf$!adyumnat-from\n\nDh:r�tadyumna; dhmaketu�-the son named Dh:r�!aketu; bharmya�all descendants of Bharmyasva; paiicalakii�-they are known as the\n\nPancalakas; ime-all of these.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFrom Maharaja Drupada, Draupadi was born. Maharaja Drupada\n\nalso\n\nhad\n\nmany\n\nsons,\n\nheaded\n\nby\n\nDlq-��dyumna.\n\nFrom\n\nDh\"tadyumna came a son named Dh:r�taketu. All these per­\n\nsonalitie_ are known as descendants of BharmyiSva or as the\ndynasty of Piii.cila.\n\nTEXTS 4-5\n\nqlSISI41�wn u-..tr �: 4ii4(Uj�ij : 1\n� ��;4U�i �$rffir: �: II \\/ II\n�: �aJ,M-.1:1� iit: �ffl: 1\n�� W4?1'4�!!4Wi1� mt: ��II� II\nyo ]amil;lha-suto hy anya\nrk$a� samvarar;ws tata�\ntapatyam surya-kanyayam\nkuru/cyetra-pati� kuru�\n\n", "SB9.3#p0176": "Text6]\n\nThe Descendants of Ajamic;lha\n\n151\n\npari�* sudhanur jahnur\nni$adha.S ca kuro� suta�\nsuhotro 'bhilt sudhan!L$a.S\ncyavano 'tha tata� krti\nya�-who; ajamil)ha-suta�-was a son born from Ajami<;l.ha; hi-indeed;\n\nanya�-another;\n\nr/cya�-J.{k�a;\n\nsamvara��-Samvaral).a;\n\ntata�-from him (J.{k�a); tapatyam- Tapati; surya-kanyayam-in the\nwomb of the daughter of the sun-god; kurulcyetra-pati�-the King of\nKuruk�etra;\n\nkuru�- Kuru was born; parilcyi� sudhanu� jahnu�\nni$adha� ca- Pari�i Sudhanu, Jahnu and Ni�adha; kuro�-of Kuru;\nsuta�-the sons; suhotra�-Suhotra; abhut-was born; sudhan!L$a�from Sudhanu; cyavana�-Cyavana; atha-from Suhotra; tata�-from\nhim (Cyavana); krti-a son named :Krti.\n,\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnother son of Ajamic;lha was known as �k�a. From �k�a came a\nson named Samvar�a, and from Sathvar�a through the womb of\nhis wife, Tapati, the daughter of the sun-god, came Kuru, the King\nof Kuruk�etra. Kuru had four sons-Parik�i, Sudhanu, Jahnu and\nNi�adha. From Sudhanu, Suhotra was born, and from Suhotra,\nCyavana. From Cyavana, Krti was born.\nTEXT6\n\n�ij: I\nct��qf(;:.c(l\n��ll+&r+t�st<:4�\n� �:II� II\nvasus tasyoparicaro\nbrhadratha-mukhiis tata�\nku5amba-matsya-pratyagracedipadyas ca cedipa�\nvasub,-a son named Vasu; tasya-of him (:Krti); uparicara�-the\nsurname of Vasu; brhadratha-mukha�-headed by B.rhadratha; tata�from him (Vasu); kuSamba-Kusiimba; matsya-Matsya; pratyagra-\n\n", "SB9.3#p0177": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n152\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 22\n\nPratyagra; cedipa-adyafr.-Cedipa and others; ca-also; cedi-pafr.-all\nof them became rulers of the Cedi state.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Krti was Uparicara V asu, and among his sons, headed\n\nby B:rhadratha, were Kusiimha, Matsya, Pratyagra and Cedipa. All\n\nthe sons of Uparicara V asu became rulers of the Cedi state.\nTEXT7\n\nm�-��:1\nq �ll'mR� �&q;:fi�«<ffl �:II \\911\nbrhadratluit kuSagro 'bhud\nr$abhas tasya tat-sutafr.\njajfie satyahito 'patyam\npU$paviims tat-suto jahufr.\nbrhadratluit-from B.rhadratha; kuSagrafr.-Kusiigra; abhut-a son\nwas born; r$abhafr.-�abha; tasya-of him (Kusagra); tat-sutafr.-his\n(�abha's) son; jajfie-was born; satyahitafr.-Satyahita; apatyamoffspring;\n\npU$paviin-Pu!;lpaviin;\n\ntat-sutafr.-his\n\n(Pu!;lpaviin's)\n\nson;\n\njahufr.-Jahu.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFrom B:rhadratha, Kusiigra was horn; from Kusiigra, �abba;\nand from �abba, Satyahita. The son of Satyahita was Pu�paviin,\nand the son of Pu�paviin was Jahu.\nTEXTS\n\n31ri1Wt¥t\"fit -���im� I\nit � iffW� �� �lffl\n��RrftftiS���\n�ij�r:u <= 11\n\n", "SB9.3#p0178": "The Descendants of Ajami�a\n\nText 9]\n\n153\n\nanyasyam api bhiiryayam\nsakale dve brhadrathat\n\nye matra bahir utsme\n\njaraya cabhisandhite\njiva jiveti krU;lantya\njariisandho 'bhavat suta/:t\n\nanyasyam-in another; api-also; bhiiryayam-wife; sakaleparts; dve-two; brhadrathat-from B:rhadratha; ye-which two parts;\nmatra-by the mother; bahi/:t utsr$te-because of rejection; jaraya-by\nthe demoness named Janl; ca-and; abhisandhite-when they were\njoined together; jiva jiva iti-0 living entity, be alive; krU;lantyd-playing like that; jardsandha/:t-Jarasandha; abhavat-was generated;\nsuta/:t-a son.\nTRANSLATION\nThrough the womb of another wife, B:rhadratha begot two\nhalves of a son. When the mother saw those two halves she rejected\nthem, but later a she-demon named Jara playfully joined them and\nsaid, \"Come to life, come to life!\" Thus the son named Jarasandha\nwas born.\n\ntata§ ca sahadevo 'bhut\nsomdpir yac chruta§ravaft\nparik$ir anapatyo 'bhut\nsuratho nama jahnava/:t\n\nand from him (Jarasandha); sahadeva/:t-Sahadeva;\nborn;\nsomapi/:t-Somapi;\nyat-of him (Somapi);\nsrutaSrava/:t-a son named Srutasrava; parik$i/:t-the son of Kuru named\nParik�i; anapatya/:t-without any son; abhut-became; suratha/:tSuratha; nama-named; jahnava/:t-was the son of Jahnu.\ntata/:t\n\nca\n\nabhut-was\n\n-\n\n", "SB9.3#p0179": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n154\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 22\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Jarasandha came a son named Sahadeva; from Sahadeva,\nSomapi; and from Somapi,\n\nSruta8ravii. The son of Kuru called\n\nParik�i had no sons, hut the son of Kuru called Jahnu had a son\nnamed Suratha.\nTEXT 10\n\nm � �m¥4�«��,\n�� �sffl� ll�oll\ntato vidurathas tasmiit\nsarvabhaumas tato 'bhavat\njayasenas tat-tanayo\nradhiko 'to yutayv abhut\n\ntatab,-from him (Suratha); vidurathab,-a son named Vidftratha;\ntasmiit-from him (Viduratha); sarvabhaumab,-a son named\nSarvabhauma; tatab,-from him (Sarvabhauma); abhavat-was born;\njayasenab,-Jayasena; tat-tanayab,-the son of Jayasena; radhikab,Ra.dhika; atab,-and from him (Radhika); ayutayub, -Ayutayu ;\nabhut-was born.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Suratha came a son named Viduratha, from whom\nSiirvabhauma was horn. From Siirvabhauma came Jayasena; from\nJayasena, Riidhika; and from Riidhika, Ayutayu.\nTEXT 11\n\nmr���� � =il 1\n·� ��srJlq��\n=ll��ll\ntata.S cakrodhanas tasmad\ndevatithir am�ya ca\nr�as tasya dilipo 'bhut\npratipas tasya catmajab,\n\n", "SB9.3#p0180": "Text 13)\n\nThe Descendants of Ajami«;lha\n\n155\n\ntata�-from him (Ayutayu); ca-and; akrodhana�-a son named\n\nAkrodhana; tasmat-from him (Akrodhana); devatith*-a son named\n\nDevatithi;\n\namU$ya-of\n\nhim\n\n(Devatithi);\n\nca-also;\n\nr�a�-}:lk�a;\n\ntasya-of him (}:lk�a); dilipa�-a son named Dilipa; abhat-was born;\n\npratipa�-Pratipa; tasya-of him (Dilipa); ca-and; atma-ja�-the\n\nson.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Ayutayu came a son named Akrodhana, and his son was\nDevatithi. The son of Devatithi was J;tk�a, the son of J;lk�a was\nDilipa, and the son of Dilipa was Pratipa.\nTEXTS 12-13\n\n�riff:�� -Wt •cu�•Nn: 1\nfq�(ili4 qf(€4� �� � �Rr: ����II\n3Nq,..01Ril �� stl'il(lflit4�t: I\n��������n����ll\ndevapi� santanus tasya\nbahliha iti catmaja�\n\npitr-rajyam parityajya\n\ndevapis tu vanam gata�\n\nabhavac chantanil raja\n\npran mahabh�a-samjiiita�\n\nyam yam karabhyam sprsati\njin;am yauvanam eti sa/:£\n\ndevapi/:L-Devapi;\n\nbahlika/:L-Bahlika;\n\nsantanu�-Santanu;\n\niti-thus;\n\nca-also;\n\ntasya-of him (Pratipa);\n\natma-ja�-the sons;\n\npitr­\n\nrajyam-the father's property, the kingdom; parityajya-rejecting;\n\ndevapi�-Devapi, the\n\ngata�-left;\n\nprak-before;\n\neldest;\n\nabhavat-was;\n\ntu-indeed;\n\nvanam-to\n\nsantanu/:L-Santanu;\n\nthe\n\nraja-the\n\nforest;\nking;\n\nmahabh�a-Mahabhi�a; samjiiita�-most celebrated;\n\nyam yam-whomever; karabhyam-with his hands; sprsati-touched;\n\nji�m-although very old; yauvanam-youth; eti-attained; sa�-he.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0181": "156\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 22\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sons of Pratipa were Devipi, Sintanu and Bahlika. Devipi\n\nleft the kingdom of his father and went to the forest, and\n\ntherefore Sintanu became the king. Santanu, who in his previous\nbirth was known as Mahibhi!ll a, had the ability to transform anyone\n\nfrom old age to youth simply by touching that person with his\n\nhands.\n\nTEXTS 14-15\n\n�t{l+tiRlM �w;rt �on � �llt{l�:l\nijll � � ;r � � fit�: 11�\\?11 I\n�lt{!Wfl81�(hfi:\nqf(�:qltl+t!l� I\n�\n�!Ntlt�l� �(IIWU� II�'-\\II\n\"'\n\nsantim apnoti caivagryam\nkarma\"{lii tena santanu�\nsama dvadaSa tad-rajye\nna vavar§a yada vibhu�\nsantanur brahmar:wir ukta�\nparivettayam agrabhuk\nrajyam dehy agrajayasu\npura-rcl§!ra-vivrddhaye\nsantim-youthfulness for sense gratification; apnoti-one gets; caalso; eva-indeed; agryam-principally; karma\"{Ul-by the touch of his\nhand; tena-because of this; santanu�-known as Santanu; sama�years;\n\ndvadaSa-twelve;\n\ntat-rajye-in\n\nhis\n\nkingdom;\n\nna-not;\n\nvavar§a-sent rain; yada-when; vibhu�-the controller of the rain,\nnamely the King of heaven, Indra; santanu�-Santanu; brahmar:wi�by the learned brahmar:ws; ukta�-when advised; parivetta-faulty because of being a usurper; ayam-this; agra-bhuk-enjoying in spite of\nyour elder brother's being present; rajyam-the kingdom; dehi-give;\nagrajaya-to your elder brother; asu-immediately; pura-rcl§tra-of\nyour home and the kingdom; vivrddhaye-for elevation.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0182": "Text 17)\n\n157\n\nThe Descendants of Ajami«;fha\nTRANSLATION\n\nBecause the King was able to make everyone happy for sense\ngratification, primarily by the touch of his hand, his name was\nSintanu. Once, when there was no rainfall in the kingdom for\ntwelve years and the King consulted his learned brahminical advisors, they said, \"You are faulty for enjoying the property of your\nelder brother. For the elevation of your kingdom and home, you\nshould return the kingdom to him.\"\nPURPORT\nOne cannot enjoy sovereignty or perform an agnihotra-yajiia in the\n\npresence of one's elder brother, or else one becomes a usurper, known as\nparivetta.\n\nevam ukto dvijair jye$tham\nchandayam lisa so 'bravit\ntan-mantri-prahitair viprair\nvediid vibhramsito gira\n\nveda-viidiitivadiin vai\ntadii devo vavar$a ha\ndeviipir yogam listhiiya\nkalapa-gramam asritab,\n\nby\n\nevam-thus (as above mentioned); uktab,-being advised; dvijaib,the\n\nbrahmaTJ-aS;\n\njy e$tham-unto\n\nhis\n\neldest\n\nbrother,\n\nDevapi;\n\nchandayam lisa-requested to take charge of the kingdom; sab,-he\n(Devapi);\n\nabravit-said;\n\ntat-mantri-by\n\nSantanu's\n\nminister;\n\nprahitaib,-instigated; vipraib,-by the briihma1)-aS; vediit-from the\n\n", "SB9.3#p0183": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n158\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 22\n\nprinciples of the Vedas; vibh ramsita tt-fallen; gira-by such words;\nveda-tiida-ativadan-words blaspheming the Vedic injunctions; vaiindeed; tada-at that time; devatt-the demigod; vavar$a-showered\nrains; ha-in the past; devapitt-Devapi; yogam asthaya -accepting\n\nthe process of mystic yoga; kalapa-gramam-the village known as\nKalapa; asrita�-took shelter of (and is living in even now).\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the brahm�as said this, Maharaja Santanu went to the\n\nforest and requested his elder brother Devapi to take charge of the\nkingdom, for it is the duty of a king to maintain his subjects. Pre­\n\nviously, however, Santanu's minister Asvavara had instigated some\n\nbrihm�as to induce Devapi to transgress the injunctions of the\n\nVedas and thus make himself unfit for the post of ruler. The\nbrihm�as deviated Devapi fro!ll the path of the Vedic principles,\n\nand therefore when asked by Santanu he did not agree to accept\n\nthe post of ruler. On the contrary, he blasphemed the Vedic prin­\n\nciples and therefore became fallen. Under the circumstances,\nSantanu\n\nagain\n\nbecame the king,\n\nand lndra, being pleased,\n\nshowered rains. Devapi later took to the path of mystic yoga to\n\ncontrol his mind and senses and went to the village named Kalapagrama, where he is still living.\n\nsoma-vamse kalau n�!e\nkrtadau sthapayi$yati\n\nbahlikat soma datto 'bhud\nbhurir bhilriSravas tatatt\n\n", "SB9.3#p0184": "Text 20]\n\nThe Descendants of Ajamic;lha\n\n159\n\n§alaS ca santanor asfd\ngarigayam bhi$ma atmavan\nsarva-dharma-vidam sre�!ho\nmaha-bhagavatab, kavib,\nsoma-vamse-when the dynasty of the moon-god; kalau-in this age\nof Kali; n�!e-being lost; krta-adau-at the beginning of the next\nSatya-yuga; sthapay�yati-will reestablish; bahlilait-from Bahlika;\nsomadattab,-Somadatta;\n\nabhat-generated;\n\nbharib,-Bhiiri;\n\nbhari­\n\nsravab,-Bhiirisrava; tatab,-thereafter; salab, ca -a son named S ala;\nsantanob,-from Sap.tanu; tisit-generated; garigayam-in the womb of\nGanga, the wife of Santanu; bhi$mab,-a son named Bhi�ma; atmavdnself-realized; sarva-dharma-vidam-of all religious persons; sre�!hab,­\n\nthe best; maha- bhagavatab,-an exalted devotee; kavib,-and a learned\nscholar.\nTRANSLATION\nMter the dynasty of the moon-god comes to an end in this age of\n\nKali, Devapi, in the beginning of the next Satya-yuga, will re­\n\nestablish the Soma dynasty in this world. From Bahlika [the\n\nbrother of Santanu] came a son named Somadatta, who had three\n\nsons, named Bhuri, Bhurisrava and Sala. From Santanu, through\nthe womb of his wife named Ganga, came Bhi�ma, the exalted,\n\nself-realized devotee and learned scholar.\nTEXT 20\n\n�\" �sfq � mf'ffl: 1\n����;i)aJ(1Cfi;=ql�i � Pt'llfi: wr: II� II\no\n\nvira-yilthiigrar:tir yena\nramo 'pi yudhi to�itab,\nsantanor dasa-kanyayam\njajiie citrarigadab, sutab,\nvira-yiltha-agrar:tib,-Bhi�madeva, the foremost\n\nof\n\nall\n\nwarriors;\n\nyena-by whom; ramab, api-even Parasurama, the incarnation of God;\n\n", "SB9.3#p0185": "yudhi-in\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n160\n\na\n\nfight;\n\nt�itab,-was\n\nsatisfied\n\n(when\n\ndefeated\n\nby\n\nBhi�madeva); santanob,-by Santanu; dasa-kanyayam-in the womb of\nSatyavati, who was known as the daughter of a sudra; jajfie-was born;\ncitrarigadab,-Citrailgada; sutab,-a son.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBhi�madeva was the foremost of all warriors. When he defeated\n\nLord Para8uriima in a fight, Lord Para8uriima was very satisfied\n\nwith him. By the semen of Santanu in the womb of Satyavati, the\ndaughter of a fisherman, Citriiilgada took birth.\nPURPORT\n\nSatyavati was actually the daughter of Uparicara Vasu by the womb of\n\na fisherwoman known as Matsyagarbha. Later, Satyavati was raised by a\n\nfisherman.\n\nThe fight between Parasurama and Bh�madeva concerns three\n\ndaughters of Kasiraja-Ambika, Ambalika and Amba-who were forcibly abducted by Bhi�madeva,\n\nacting on\n\nbehalf of his brother\n\nVicitravirya. Amba thought that Bhi�madeva would marry her and be­\n\ncame attached to him, but Bhi�madeva refused to marry her, for he\n\nhad taken the vow of brahmacarya. Amba therefore approached\n\nBhi�madeva's military spiritual master, Parasurama, who instructed\nBhi�ma to marry her. Bhi�madeva refused, and therefore Parasurama\nfought with him to force him to accept the marriage. But Parasurama\nwas defeated, and he was pleased with Bhi�ma.\nTEXTS 21-24\n\nf4�st4\\4�1'4(;J\\ ;om Rtsti1\\�t �: I\nII�� II\n�i(!}8t uf.l: prit �S(ffti(+i$0141( I\n� (<4faiQJI'{ q� �Cfl'lilii(I�UI: II ��II\n� � �IW'dl� tR g� � I\n�Rtstcfhifwt'41( iil41u:::sijij � ������\n� q(l�l(ld:_ �� �: �\n\n", "SB9.3#p0186": "Text 24)\n\nThe Descendants of Ajamic;lha\n\n161\n\nwf'4(1�ql4\\� 3lf'1061Etil¥ilfe%i � I\n64l(R1'ffi(G\\tl � � �: 11�\\lll\nvicitravirya.S caoorajo\nnamna citrarigado hatal;\nyasyam parasarat sak:;ad\navatir\"{W hare/; kala\nveda-gupto muni/:t kr�\"{W\nyato 'ham idam adhyagam\nhitva sva-s�yan pailadin\nbhagavan badarayar:w/:t\nmahyam putraya santaya\nparam guhyam idam jagau\nvicitraviryo 'thovaha\nkasiraja-sute balat\nsvayamvarad upanite\nambikambalike ubhe\ntayor asakta-hrdayo\ngrhito yak:;ma� mrtal;\n\nvicitravirya/:t-Vicitravirya, the son of Santanu; ca-and; avaraja/:tthe younger brother; namna-by a Gandharva named Citrailgada;\ncitrarigada/;-Citrailgada; hatal;-was killed; yasyam-in the womb of\nSatyavatl previous to her marriage to Santanu; parasarat-by the semen\nof Parasara Muni; sd�at-directly; avatirr:w/;-incarnated; harel;-of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; kala-expansion; veda-guptal;the protector of the Vedas; mun i/:t-the great sage; kr�r:w/:t-Kr�1.1a\nDvaipayana; yata/:t-from whom; aham-I (Sukadeva Gosvami);\nidam-this (Srimad-Bhagavatam); adhyagam-studied thoroughly;\nhitva-rejecting; sva-s�yan-his disciples; paila-adin-headed by\nPaila; bhagavan-the incarnation of the Lord; badarayar:w/;Vyasadeva; mahyam-unto me; putraya-a son; santaya-who was\ntruly controlled from sense gratification; param-the supreme;\n\n", "SB9.3#p0187": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n162\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 22\n\nguhyam-the most confidential; idam-this Vedic literature (SrimadBhagavatam); jagau-instructed; vicitravirya/:1,-V icitravirya; athathereafter; umha-married; kasiraja-sute-two daughters of Kiisiriija;\nbalat-by force; svayariwarat-from the arena of the svayamvara;\nupanite-being brought; ambika-ambalike-Ambikii and Ambiilikii;\nubhe-both of them; tayo/:1,-unto them; asakta-b eing too attached;\nhrdaya/:1,-his heart; grhita/:1,-being contaminated; ya�ma�-by\ntuberculosis; mrta/:1,- he died.\nTRANSLATION\nCitrili.gada, of whom Vicitravirya was the younger brother, was\n\nkilled by a Gandharva who was also named Citrangada. Satyavati,\n\nbefore her marriage to Santanu, gave birth to the master authority\n\nof the Vedas, Vyasadeva, known as :Kr�J.la Dvaipayana, who was\n\nbegotten\n\nby\n\nParii.Sara\n\nMuni.\n\nFrom\n\nVyasadeva,\n\nI\n\n[Sukadeva\n\nThe\n\nincarnation\n\nof\n\nGodhead\n\nGosvami] was born, and from him I studied this great work of\n\nliterature,\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nVedavyasa, rejecting his disciples, headed by Paila, instructed\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam to me because I was free from all material\n\ndesires. After Ambika and Amhiilika, the two daughters of\n\nKii.Siraja, were taken away by force, Vicitravirya married them, but\n\nbecause he was too attached to these two wives, he had a heart attack and died of tuberculosis.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�Ssti:it� � �·�l:ijll 6tl(((ltJUt: I\nm1j :q � :q �� 'i.ll41'5ili:it'16\\ II��II\n�etre 'prajasya vai bhratur\nmatrokto badarayaTJa/:t\ndhrtara�tram ca par.u)um ca\nviduram capy ajijanat\n�etre-in the wives and maidservant; aprajasya-of V icitravirya,\nvai-indeed; bhratu/:1,-of the brother; matra\nukta/:1,-being ordered by the mother; badarayalJ(L/:1,-Vedavyiisa;\n\nwho had no progeny;\n\n", "SB9.3#p0188": "Text 26]\n\nThe Descendants of Ajami4ha\n\ndhrtard$tram-a son named D�tarii�!ra; ca-and; pa:t;u;Ium\n\n163\n-\n\na son\n\nnamed Piil,lQU; ca-also; viduram-a son named Vidura; ca-also;\n\napi- indeed; ajijanat-begot.\nTRANSLATION\nBadariyaJ.la, Sri Vyasadeva, following the order of his mother,\n\nSatyavati, begot three sons, two by the womb of Amhikii and\n\nAmhiilika, the two wives of his brother Vicitravirya, and the third\nby Vicitravirya's maidservant. These sons were Dh:rtara�tra, Pii1;14u\nand Vidura.\n\nPURPORT\nVicitravirya died of tuberculosis, and his wives, Ambikii and\nAmbalikii., had no issue. Therefore, after Vicitravirya's death, his\nmother, Satyavati, who was also the mother of Vyiisadeva, asked\nVyiisadeva to beget children through the wives of Vicitravirya. In those\ndays, the brother of the husband could beget children through the womb\nof his sister-in-law. This was known as devarer;ta sutotpatti. If the husband was somehow unable to beget children, his brother could do so\nthrough the womb of his sister-in-law. This devarer;ta sutotpatti and the\nsacrifices of a.Svamedha and gomedha are forbidden in the age of Kali.\n\na.Svamedham gavalambham\nsannyasam pala-paitrkam\ndevarer;ta sutotpattim\nkalau pafica vivarjayet\n\"In this age of Kali, five acts are forbidden: the offering of a horse in\nsacrifice, the offering of a cow in sacrifice, the acceptance of the order of\nsannyiisa, the offering of oblations of flesh to the forefathers, and a\nman's begetting children in his brother's wife.\" (Brahma-vaivarta\nPuriir;ta).\n\n��\n\n411.-i?.W'Il\n\nTEXT 26\n\"\"\n\n.\n\n�6(1�� � � � I\n\n6':{ sAfii4�1 � �:� ��\"' ������\n\n", "SB9.3#p0189": "[Canto 9, Ch. 22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n164\n\ngandharyam dhrtarii§frasya\njajfie putra-satam nrpa\ntatra duryodhano jye$!ho\ndufr,Salii capi kanyaka\nthe\n\nwomb\n\nof\n\njajfie-were\n\nborn;\n\nputra-satam-one\n\ngandharyam-in\nDhrtara�tra;\n\nGandhari;\n\ndhrtarii§trasya-of\nhundred\n\nsons;\n\nnrpa-0 King Parik�it; tatra-among the sons; duryodhana�-the son\nnamed Duryodhana; jye$tha�-the eldest; dufr,Sa lii-Dul). sala ; ca api­\n\nalso; kanyaka-one daughter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDhrtar�lra's wife, Gandhiiri, gave birth to one hundred sons\n\nand one daughter, 0 King. The oldest of the sons was Duryodhana,\n\nand the daughter's name was Du.b.salii.\n\nTEXTS 27-28\n\n\"'\n\n.\n\n�nq1.oq��� �: � �: 1\n\n\\1ffifT ,...+tfil��\n\n�-CIIijt : 11�\\911\n�: �� � '11eE'liC:(il� : I\n� q� q�: � ftRRt� ll��ll\nsiipdn maithuna-ruddhasya\npar:uJ,o� kuntyam maha-rath4�\njatii dharmiinilendrebhyo\nyudhi$thira-mukhiis traya�\nnakula� sahadevaS ca\nmiidryiim ndsatya-dasrayo�\ndraupadyarh pafica paficabhya�\nputriis te pitaro 'bhavan\n\nsiipiit-due to being cursed;\nrestrain sexual life; pii��\n\nmaithuna-ruddhasya-who had to\n\n- of Pa�u;lu; kuntyiim-in the womb of\n\nKunti; maha-ratha�-great heroes; jatii�-took birth; dharma-by\n\n", "SB9.3#p0190": "Text 29]\n\nThe Descendants of Ajamic;lha\n\n165\n\nMaharaja Dharma, or Dharmaraja; anila-by the demigod controlling\n\nthe wind; indrebhyab,-and by the demigod lndra, the controller of rain;\n\nyudh�thira-Yudhi!?thira; mukhab,-headed by; trayab,-three sons\n\n(Yudhi!?thira, Bhirna and Arjuna);\n\nSahadeva;\n\nca-als,o;\n\nnakulab,-Nakula; sahadevab,­\n\nmadryam-in the womb of Madri;\n\nnasatya­\n\ndasrayob,-by Nasatya and Dasra, the ASvini-kurnaras; draupadyam­\n\nin the womb of Draupadi; panca-fi.ve; pancabhyab,-from the five\n\nbrothers (Yudhi!?thira, Bhima, Arjuna, Nakula and Sahadeva); putrab,sons; te-they; pitarab,-uncles; abhavan-became.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPfu;lc;lu was restrained from sexual life because of having been\ncursed by a sage, and therefore his three sons Yudhi!iithira, Bhima\nand Arjuna were begotten through the womb of his wife, Kunti,\nby Dharmaraja, by the demigod controlling the wind, and by the\ndemigod controlling the rain. PaJ.lc;lu's second wife, Madri, gave\nbirth to Nakula and Sahadeva, who were begotten by the two\nASvini-kumiiras. The five brothers, headed by Yudhi!iithira, begot\nfive sons through the womb of Draupadi. These five sons were\nyour uncles.\nTEXT 29\n\n�fg(ld: stffiN 'olf: � �� 1\n31�1��6EfitRt �ldlwft'i� -: ����II\n..\n\nyudh�thirat prativindhyab,\nsrutaseno vrlwdarat\narjunac chrutakirtis tu\nsatanikas tu nakulib,\nyudh�thirat-from Maharaja\n\nYudhi!?thira;\n\nprativindhyab,-a son\n\nnamed Prativindhya; srutasenab,-Srutasena; vrlwdarat-be_gotten by\nBhima; arjunat-from Arjuna; srutakirtib,-a son named Srutakirti;\n\ntu-indeed; satanikab,-a son named Satanika; tu-ind eed ; nakulib,­\n\nof Nakula.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0191": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n166\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 22\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Yudh!�thira came a son named Prativindhy�, from Bhima\n\na son named Srutasena, from Arjuna a son named Srutakirti, and\n\nfrom Nakula a son named Satiinika.\n\nTEXTS 30-31\n\nij(�ijJl Ust�dilh+i\\ � I\n�f\"g(ld\\ ij � �5\\1 �ilM: II� II\n+fi¥1�;jlf.l��f � ri•ld€:16 : I\nij(�ld\\ � ij �iSI�Ii.� qrefffi\" II�� II\no\n\nsahadeva-suto rajafi\nchrutakarmii tathapare\nyudhi$thirat tu pauravyam\ndevako 'tha ghatotkoca/:t\nbhimaseniid dhU;limbayam\nkiilyam saroagatas tata/:t\nsahadevat suhotram tu\nvijayasata parvati\nsahadeva-suta/:t-the son of Sahadeva; rajan-0 King; srutakarmiiSrutakarmii.;\nYudhi!?thira;\n\ntatha-as well as; apare-others; yudhi$thirat-from\ntu-indeed; pauravyam-in the womb of Pauravi;\n\ndevaka/:t-a son named Devaka;\n\natha-as well as; ghatotkaca/:t­\n\nGhatotkaca; bhimasenat-from Bhimasena; hU;limbayam-in the womb\nof Hi<J,imba; kiilyam-in the womb of Kali; saroagata/:t-Sarvagata;\ntata/:t-thereafter;\ntu-indeed;\n\nsahadevat-from Sahadeva;\n\nvijaya-Vijaya;\n\nasata-gave\n\nsuhotram-Suhotra;\n\nbirth\n\nto;\n\nparvati-the\n\ndaughter of the Himalayan king.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, the son of Sahadeva was Srutakarmii. Furthermore,\n\nYudhi�thira and his brothers begot other sons in other wives.\n\nYudhi�thira begot a son named Devaka through the womb of\n\n", "SB9.3#p0192": "Text 32]\n\nThe Descendants of Ajami<_lha\n\n167\n\nPauravi, and Bhimasena begot a son named Ghatotkaca through\nhis wife Hi<Jimhii and a son named Sarvagata through his wife Kiili.\nSimilarly, Sahadeva had a son named Suhotra through his wife\nnamed Vijayii, who was the daughter of the king of the mountains.\nTEXT 32\n\n��'Wt�f � � -: I\n«I�W'61�\"'1f � wrPU iBI�Ui{W\\\" I\n�m: mm �: �f'l�•ttr: ������\n�\n\nkarertumatyarh nakulo\nnaramitrarh tatharjuna/:t\niravantam ulupyarh vai\nsutayarh babhruvahanam\nmartipura-pate/:t so 'pi\ntat-putra/:t putrika-suta/:t\nkarertumatyam-in the wife named Kare1,1umati; nakula}:t\n\n- Nakula;\n\nnaramitram-a son named Naramitra; tatha-also; m:funaJ:r,-Arjuna;\niravantam-Iriiviin; ulupyam-in the womb of the Naga-kanyii named\nUlupi; vai-indeed; sutayam-in the daughter; babhruvahanam-a\nson named Babhruviihana; martipura-pate}:t-of the king of Ma1,1ipura;\nsaJ:r,-he;\n\napi-although;\n\ntat-putra/:t-the son of Arjuna;\n\nputrika­\n\nsuta/:t-the son of his maternal grandfather.\nTRANSLATION\nNak.ula begot a son named Naramitra through his wife named\nKare�umati. Similarly, Arjuna begot a son named lriiviin through\nhis wife known as Ulupi, the daughter of the Niigas, and a son\nnamed Babhruviihana by the womb of the princess of �ipura.\nBabhruviihana became the adopted son of the king of M�ipura.\nPURPORT\nIt is to be understood that Piirvati is the daughter of the king of the\nvery, very old mountainous country known as the Ma1,1ipura state.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0193": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n168\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 22\n\nFive thousand years ago, therefore, when the Pa1.1�avas ruled, Ma1.1ipura\nexisted, as did its king. Therefore this kingdom is a very old, aristocratic\nVai�1.1ava kingdom. If this kingdom is organized as a Vai�1.1ava state, this\nrevitalization will be a great success because for five thousand years this\nstate has maintained its identity. If the Vai�1.1ava spirit is revived there, it\nwill be a wonderful place, renowned throughout the entire world.\nMa1.1ipuri Vai�1.1avas are very famous in Vai�l_lava society. In Vrndavana\nand Navadvipa there are many temples constructed by the king of\nMa1.1ipura. Some of our devotees belong to the Ma1.1ipura state. The Kr�1.1a\nconsciousness movement, therefore, can be well spread in the state of\nMa1.1ipura by the cooperative efforts of the Kr�1.1a conscious devotees.\n\nTEXT 33\n\nijfiS(Itll+4�+4;:g;N1ta I\n��em \\i'ij(ltti mn �Fl������\n�\n\n�mr:\n\ntava tiita/:1. subhadrayam\nabhimanyur ajayata\nsarviitirathajid vira\nuttarayiirh tato bhaviin\ntava\n\n-\n\nyour;\n\ntiita/:1.-father;\n\nsubhad rayiim-in\n\nthe\n\nwomb\n\nof\n\nSubhadra; abhimanyu/:1. Abhimanyu; ajiiyata-was born; sarvaatiratha-jit-a great fighter who could defeat the atirathas; vira/:1.-a\n-\n\ngreat\n\nhero;\n\nuttariiyiim-in\n\nthe\n\nwomb\n\nof\n\nUttara;\n\ntata/:1.-from\n\nAbhimanyu; bhaviin-your good self.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Parik�it, your father, Ahhimanyu, was born from\nthe womb of Suhhadrii as the son of Arjuna. He was the conqueror\nof all atirathas (those who could fight with one thousand\ncharioteers]. From him, by the womb of Uttarii, the daughter of\nVirii4raja, you were horn.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0194": "169\n\nThe Descendants of Ajami�a\n\nText 35]\n\npari�iTJR�U kur�u\ndrau7Jer brahmastra-tejasa\ntvarh ca kmwnubhavena\nsajivo mocito 'ntakat\npari�iTJR� u-because of being annihilated in the Kuruk�etra war;\nkur�u-the members of the Kuru dynasty, such as Duryodhana;\ndrau7J-e�-Asvatthiimii, the son of Drol).iiciirya; brahmastra-tejasa-because of the heat of the brahmastra nuclear weapon; tvam ca-your good\nself also; km:w-anubhavena-because of the mercy of Lord l(r�I).a; sajioo �-with your life; mocita�-released; antakat-from death.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the Kuru dynasty was annihilated in the Battle of Kuruk�etra, you also were about to be destroyed by the brahmastra\natomic weapon released by the son of Drol).iicarya, but by the\nmercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�l).a, you were\nsaved from death.\nTEXT 35\n\n;jf���: ,\n� � �� �')tf'411. ����II\nm\n\nijWiif•�•ij\n\ntaveme tanayiis tata\njanamejaya-purooka�\nsrutaseno bhimasena\nugrasena§ ca viryavan\ntava-your;\nKing\n\nParik�it;\n\nime-all\n\nthese;\n\ntanaya�-so n s;\n\njanamejaya-Janamejaya;\n\ntata-my\n\ndear\n\npurooka�-headed\n\nby;\n\n", "SB9.3#p0195": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n170\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 22\n\nsrutasena/t-Srutasena; bhimasenaft- Bhimasena; ugrasena/t- Ugrasena; ca-also; viryavan-all very powerful.\nTRANSLATION\nMy\n\ndear\n\nKing,\n\nyour\n\nfour\n\nsons-Janamejaya,\n\nSrutasena,\n\nBhimasena and Ugrasena-are very powerful. Janamejaya is the\n\neldest.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n\\l1��\\l14�i Ff�� fffl\"� I\n�� (1q41•11«l � i!�fij �q{';:ct�n ����II\njanamejayas tvarh viditva\ntalcyakiin nidhanarh gatam\nsarpan vai sarpa-yagagnau\nsa h�yati rU$dnvitaft\njanamejaya/t-the eldest son; tvam-about you; viditva-knowing;\ntalcyakiit-by the Tak�aka serpent; nidhanam-death; gatam-undergone; sarpan-the snakes; vai-indeed; sarpa-yaga-agnau-in the fire\nof the sacrifice for killing all the snakes; sa/t-he (Janamejaya);\nh�yati-will offer as a sacrifice; rU$d-anvitaft-because of being very\nangry.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of your death by the Tak�aka snake, your son Janame­\n\njaya will be very angry and will perform a sacrifice to kill all the\nsnakes in the worid.\n\nkii�eyarh purodhiiya\nturarh turaga-medha§d!\n\n", "SB9.3#p0196": "Text\n\n38]\n\nThe Descendants of Ajami�ha\n\n171\n\nsamantat prthivirit sarvarit\njitva yak§yati cadhvarai�\n\nkala§eyam-the son of Kal�a; purodhaya-accepting as the priest;\nturam-Tura; turaga-med�at-he will be known as Turaga-medha�at\n(a performer of many horse sacrifices); samantat-including all parts;\nprthivim-the world; sarviim-everywhere; jitva-con quering; yalcyyati-will execute sacrifices; ca-and; adhvarai�-by performing\na§vamedha-yajfias.\nTRANSLATION\nMter conquering throughout the world and after accepting\n\nTura, the son of Kal�a, as his priest, Janamejaya will perform\na8vamedha-yajiias, for\nmedh�iil.\n\nwhich he will be known as\nTEXT\n\nTuraga­\n\n38\n\nm �: �R1141Chl ttlij�@ftt1a: :;NT� I\n3l'ij14 f4itt1�114\n\n�\"'flhla: q�4tttRt II� �II\n\ntasya putra� sataniko\nyajfiavalkyat trayim pathan\nastra-jnanarit kriya-jnanarit\nsaunakat param e$yati\n\ntasya-of Janamejaya; putra�-the son; satdnika�-Satanika;\nyajiiavalkyat-from the great sage known as Yajftavalkya; trayim-the\nthree Vedas (Sarna, Yajur and �g); pathan- studying thoroughly;\nastra-jnanam-the art of military administration; kriya-jnanam-the\nart of performing ritualistic ceremonies; saunakat-from Saunaka �i;\nparam-transcendental knowledge; e$yati-wi11 achieve.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Janamejaya known as Satanika will learn from\n\nYajiiavalkya the three Vedas and the art of performing ritualistic\n\nceremonies. He will also learn the military art from .Krpacilrya and\nthe transcendental science from the sage Saunaka.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0197": "[Canto 9, Ch. 22\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n172\n\nTEXT 39\n\nQ(('t14\\4i�<:�Sf���1Q'��:\nI\n3t4hif)\\UI('dWI� �� �: ����II\nsahasranikas tat-putras\n\ntata§ caivtiSvamedhaja/:t\n\nasimakr§�JaS tasyapi\n\nnemicakras tu tat-suta/:1.\n\nsahasrdnihn/:1.-Sahasranika;\n\ntat-putra/:1.-the\n\nson\n\nof\n\nSatanika;\n\ntata/:1.-from him (Sahasranika); ca-also; eva-indeed; a.Svamedha­\n\nja/:1.-ASvamedhaja;\n\nasimakmz.a/:1.-Asimak:r�I.la;\n\ntasya-from\n\nhim\n\n(ASvamedhaja); api-also; nemicakra/:1.-Nemicakra; tu-indeed; tat­\n\nsuta/:1.-his son.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Satanika will be Sahasriinika, and from him will come\n\nthe son named\n\nAsvamedhaja.\n\nFrom ASvamedhaja\n\nAsimak��a, and his son will be Nemicakra.\n\nwill\n\ncome\n\nTEXT40\n\n•retll� �et.i�nmotf � tt€WRt 1\n'3'ffi('dijf�;r�-���1��-r:\nwr: II� II\no\n\ngajahvaye hrte nadya\nhnu5ambyarh sadhu vatsyati\nuktas tata§ citrarathas\ntasmdc chuciratha/:t suta/:t\n\ngajahvaye-on the town of Hastinapura (New Delhi); hrte-being inundated; nadya-by the river; hnu5ambyam-in the place known as\nKausiimbi; sadhu-duly; vatsyati-will live there; ukta/:1.-celebrated;\n\ntata/:1.-thereafter;\n\ncitraratha/:1.-Citraratha;\n\nsuciratha/:1.-Suciratha; suta/:1.-the son.\n\ntasmdt-from\n\nhim;\n\n", "SB9.3#p0198": "Text42]\n\nThe Descendants of Ajami<;lha\n\n173\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the town of Hastinapura [New Delhi] is inundated by the\n\nriver, Nemicakra will live in the place known as Kausiimbi. His son\n\nwill be celebrated as Citraratha, and the son of Citraratha will be\nSuciratha.\n\nTEXT4l\n\n� tf!¥4f('dW �� '4tlqf6: I\n\n� ��� t\\(4\\\"ie: mHII\ntasmiic ca vr$�imams tasya\nSU$eryn 'tha mahipati/:t\nsunithas tasya bhavita\nnrca/cyur yat sukhinala/:t\ntasmat-from him (Suciratha); ca-also; vr$#mdn-the son known as\n\nV:miman;\n\ntasya-his\n\n(son);\n\nSU$e�/:t-Su�ei;ta;\n\natha-thereafter;\n\nmahi-pati/:t-the emperor of the whole world; sunitha/:t-Sunitha;\ntasya-his; bhavita-will be; nrca/cyu/:t-his son, N:rcak�u; yat-from\n\nhim; sukhinala/:t-Sukhinala.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Suciratha will come the son named V:r�!iman, and his son,\n\nSu�et;ta, will be the emperor of the entire world. The son of Su�et;ta\n\nwill be Sunitha, his son will be N:rcak�u, and from N:rcak�u will\ncome a son named Sukhinala.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n�: ijij('ij�� ij'14l€+i:t: I\ni't5«4('ijfi �Rktff\\('ij�'il%StPl�fij 11\\l�ll\npariplava/:t sutas tasman\nmedhavi sunayatmaja/:t\nnrpaiijayas tato durvas\ntimis tasmaj jani$yati\n\n", "SB9.3#p0199": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n174\n\npariplava�-Pariplava;\n\nsuta�-the\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 22\n\nson;\n\ntasmat-from\n\nhim\n\n(Pariplava); medhavi-Medhavi; sunaya-atmaja�-the son of Sunaya;\n\nnrpanjaya�-N:rpaiijaya; tata�-from him; durva�-Durva; timi�­\n\nTimi; tasmat-from him; jani§yati-will take birth.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe son of Sukhinala will be Pariplava, and his son will he\n\nSunaya. From Sunaya will come a son named Medhiivi; from\nMedhiivi, N:rpaiijaya; from Nrpaiijaya, Diirva; and from Diirva,\n\nTimi.\n\nijd\\lijiiit: I\n�: 11\\1�11\ntimer brhadrathas tasmac\nchatiinika� sudasaja�\n\nsatanikiid durdamanas\n\ntasyapatyarit mahinara�\n\ntime�-of\n\nTimi;\n\nbrhadratha�-B:rhadratha;\n\ntasmat-from\n\nhim\n\n(B:rhadratha); satiinika�-Satanika; sudasa-ja�-the son of Sudasa;\n\nsatiinikiit-from Satanika;\n\ndurdamana�-a son named Durdamana;\n\ntasya apatyam-his son; mahinara�-Mahinara.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFrom Timi will come Brhadratha; from Brhadratha, Sudiisa;\n\nand from Sudiisa, Satiinika From Satiinika will. come Durdamana,\n• .\n\nand from him will come a son named Mahinara.\nTEXTS 44-45\n\n<(IJ%qlfUd�fl� � � tm: I\nJWIII�SI� � tftm� �ii4M\\1�t�t: 11\\l\\111\n�31R��,..�f6 � m 1\n3N +iltl$!.f(liitr.il �it � � 11\\1�11\n\n", "SB9.3#p0200": "Text 48)\n\nThe Descendants of Ajamic;lha\n\n175\n\ndar:uJapar:tir nimis tasya\nlcyemako bhavitii yata�\nbrahma-lcyatrasya vai yonir\nvamso devar$i-satkrta�\nk:;emakam priipya rajiinarh\nsarhsthiirh priipsyati vai kalau\natha magadha-rajiino\nbhiivino ye vadiimi te\n\ndar:u}apar:ti�-Dar.u;lapal}i; nimi�-Nimi; tasya-from him (Mahinara); k:;emaka�-a son named K�emaka; bhavitii-will take birth;\nyata�-from whom (Nimi); brahma-k:;atrasya-of briihmar:tas and\nk:;atriyas; vai -indeed; yoni�-the source; vamsa�-the dynasty;\ndeva-r$i-satkrta�-respected by great saintly persons and demigods;\n/cyemakam-King K�emaka; priipya-up to this point; riijiinam-the\nmonarch; sarhstham-an end to them; prapsyati-there will be; vaiindeed; kalau-in this Kali-yuga; atka-thereafter; magadha-rajiina�\n-the kings in the Magadha dynasty; bhiivina�-the future; ye-all\nthose who; vadiimi-1 shall explain; te-unto you.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Mahinara will be D�c;lapir;ti, and his son will be\nNimi, from whom King K�emaka will be born. I have now described to you the moon-god's dynasty, which is the source of\nbriihm�as and k�atriyas and is worshiped by demigods and great\nsaints. In this Kali-yuga, �emaka will be the last monarch. Now I\nshall describe to you the future of the Magadha dynasty. Please\nlisten.\nTEXTS 46-48\n\n� e«i4w ¥41\\ilt��� : 1\nm 9:<�•��·fq f;t(f'l=it� ij��r: 11\\l�\"\n\n�:� «�;it� �I\n<:Rr: Wt�ttlctf?Ur: �P-1�� �'ttRi ll\\l\\911\n\n", "SB9.3#p0201": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n176\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 22\n\nbhavita sahadevasya\n\nmiirjarir yac chruta.Srava�\n\ntato yutayus tasyapi\n\nniramitro 'tha tat-suta�\n\nsuna�atra� suna/cyatrad\n\nbrhatseno 'tha karmajit\n\ntata� sutanjayad vipra�\nsucis tasya bhavi$yati\n\n/cyemo 'tha suvratas tasmad\n\ndharmasutra� samas tata�\n\ndyumatseno 'tha sumati�\nsubalo }anita tata�\n\nbhavita-will\n\ntake\n\nbirth;\n\nsahadevasya-the\n\nson\n\nof\n\nSahadeva;\n\nmiiry'ari�-Marjari; yat-his son; sruta.Sraoo�-Sruta8rava; tata�­\n\nfrom him; yutayu�-Yutayu; tasya-his son; api-also; niramitra�Niramitra;\n\nSunak�atra;\n\natha-thereafter;\n\ntat-suta�-his\n\nsuna/cyatrat-from Sunak�atra;\n\nson;\n\nsuna/cyatra�­\n\nbrhatsena�-B:rhatsena;\n\natha-from him; karmajit-Karmajit; tata�-from him; sutanjayatfrom Sutaiijaya; viprab,-Vipra; sucib,-a son named Suci; tasya-from\nhim; bhavi$yati-will take birth; /cyema�-a son named K�ema; atha­\n\nthereafter; suvrata�-a son named Suvrata; tasmiit-from him; dharmaslltra�-Dharmasiitra; sama�-Sama; tata�-from him; dyumat­\n\nsena�-Dyumatsena; atka-thereafter; sumati�-Sumati; subala�­\n\nSubala; }anita-will take birth; tata�-thereafter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSahadeva, the son of Jariisandha, will have a son named Mii.rjari.\n\nFrom Miirjiiri will come Sruta.Sravii; from Sruta.Sravii, Yutiiyu; and\nfrom Yutiiyu, Niramitra. The son of Niramitra will be Sunak�atra,\n\nfrom Sunak�atra will come Brhatsena, and from Brhatsena,\n\n", "SB9.3#p0202": "Text 49)\n\nThe Descendants of Ajarni«;lha\n\n177\n\nKarmajit. The son of Karmajit will be Sl!taiijaya, the son_ of\nSutaftjaya will be Vipra, and his son will be Suci. The son of Suci\nwill be �ema, the son of �ema will be Suvrata, and the son of\nSuvrata will be Dharmasiitra. From Dharmasiitra will come Sarna;\nfrom Sarna, Dyumatsena; from Dyumatsena, Sumati; and from\nSumati, Subala.\nTEXT 49\n\n�:��ft���:1\n.*1 � m-olfr: ftl��qfi(i( 11\\l�ll\nsunithaft satyajid atha\nviSvajid yad ripuiijayaft\nbarhadrathiiS ca bhupalii\nbhavyaft sahasra-vatsaram\nsunithaft-from Subala will come Sunitha; satyajit-Satyajit; atka­\n\nfrom him; viSvajit-from Visvajit; yat-from whom; ripuiijayaft­\n\nRipuiijaya; barhadrathaft-all in the line of B:rhadratha; ca-also; bhupaliift-all those kings; bhavyaft-will take birth; sahasra-vatsaram­\n\ncontinuously for one thousand years.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Subala will come Sunitha; from Sunitha, Satyajit; from\nSatyajit, Visvajit; and from Visvajit, Ripuiijaya. All of these personalities will belong to the dynasty of B:rhadratha, which will rule\nthe world for one thousand years.\nPURPORT\nThis is the history of a monarchy that began with Jarasandha and con­\n\ntinues for one thousand years as the above-mentioned kings appear on\n\nthe surface of the globe.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Twenty­\n\nsecond Chapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Descendants\nof Ajamil)ha. \"\n\n", "SB9.3#p0203": "CHAPTER TWENTY-THREE\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Yayiiti\nIn this Twenty-third Chapter the dynasties of Anu, Druhyu, Turvasu\n\nand Yadu, as well as the story of Jyarnagha, are described.\n\nThe sons of Yayati's fourth son, Anu, were Sabhanara, Cak�u and\n\nPare�1,1u. Of these three, the sons and grandsons of Sabhanara were, in\n\nsuccession, Kalanara, Sriijaya, Janarnejaya, Mahasala and Maharnana.\n\nThe sons of Maharnana were Usinara and Titik�u. USinara had four sons,\nnamely Sibi, Vara, Krrni and Dak�a. Sibi also had four sons­\n\nVr�adarbha, Sudhira, Madra and Kekaya. The son of Titik�u was\n\nRu�adratha, who begot a son named Horna. From Horna carne Sutapa and\n\nfrom Sutapa, Bali. In this way the dynasty continued. Begotten by\nDirghatarna in the womb of the wife of Bali were Ailga, Vanga, Kaliilga,\n\nSuhrna, Pu1,1QI-a and OQI-a, all of whom became kings.\n\nFrom Ailga carne Khalapana, whose dynasty included Diviratha,\n\nDharrnaratha and Citraratha, also called Rornapada, one after another.\nMaharaja Da8aratha gave in charity one of his daughters, by the name\nSanta, to his friend Rornapada because Rornapada had no sons. Rornapada\naccepted Santa as his daughter, and the great sage &yasrilga married\n\nher. By the mercy of &yasrnga, Rornapada had a son named Caturanga.\n\nThe son of Caturaiiga was Prthulak�a, who had three sons-Brhadratha,\n\nBrhatkarrna and Brhadbhanu. From Brhadratha carne a son named\nBrhadrnana, whose sons and grandsons in succession were Jayadratha,\nVijaya, Dh:rti, Dh:rtavrata, Satkarrna and Adhiratha. Adhiratha accepted\nthe son rejected by Kunti, namely Kar1,1a, and Kar1,1a's son was Vr�asena.\n\nThe son of Yayati's third son, Druhyu, was Babhru, whose son and\ngrandsons were Setu, Arabdha, Gandhara, Dharma, Dh:rta, Durrnada and\n\nPraceta.\nThe son of Yayati's second son, Turvasu, was Vahni, whose seminal\ndynasty included Bharga, Bhanurnan, Tribhanu, Karandharna and\n\nMaruta. The childless Maruta accepted Du�rnanta, who belonged to the\n\nPiiru dynasty, as his adopted son. Maharaja Du�rnanta was anxious to\n\n179\n\n", "SB9.3#p0204": "180\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 23\n\nhave his kingdom returned, and so he went back to the Pt1ru-varilsa.\n\nOf the four sons of Y adu, Sahasrajit was the eldest. The son of\n\nSahasrajit was named Satajit. He had three sons, of whom one was\nHaihaya. The sons and grandsons in the dynasty of Haihaya were\n\nDharma, Netra, Kunti, Sohaiiji, Mahi�man, Bhadrasenaka, Dhanaka,\n\nKrtavirya, Arjuna, Jayadhvaja, Talajailgha and Vitihotra.\n\nThe son of Vnihotra was Madhu, whose eldest son was Vr�.r.ti. Because\n\nof Yadu, Madhu and Vr�.r.ti, their dynasties are known as Yadava,\n\nMadhava and V:r�Qi. Another son of Yadu was Kr�ta, and from him\ncame Vrjinavan, Svahita, Vi�adgu, Citraratha, Sasabindu, Prthusrava,\n\nDharma, Usana and Rucaka. Rucaka had five sons, one of whom was\n\nknown as Jyamagha. Jyamagha was sonless, but by the mercy of the\ndemigods his childless wife gave birth to a son named Vidarbha.\n\nTEXT 1\n\nPi{t� �erT\"iif\n\n�: ��: �� ;pt: ijijt: I\n� .:file�U �SPH<t�<t��t: II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\narwfr, sabhanara§ cak:;ufr,\nparerr:tu5 ca trayafr, sutafr,\nsabhanardt kalanarafr,\nsrnjayas tat-sutas tatafr,\nsri-sukafr, uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; arwfr,-of Anu, the\n\nfourth of the four sons of Yayati; sabhanarafr,-Sabhanara; cak:;ufr,­\n\nCak�u; pare�!tu ft-Pare�Qu ;\n\nca-also; trayafr,-three; sutafr,-sons;\nsabhanarat-from Sabhanara;\nkdlanarafr,-Kalanara;\nsrnjayafr,S:riijaya; tat-sutafr,-son of Kalanara; tatafr,-thereafter.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: Anu, the fourth son of Yayiiti, had three\n\nsons, named Sahhiinara, Cak�u and Pare�:r_1u. 0 King,\n\nfrom\n\n", "SB9.3#p0205": "Text 4]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Yayati\n\n181\n\nSabhanara came a son named Kiilanara, and from Kiilanara came a\nson named Spijaya.\nTEXT2\n\ni:t��i:t�\\kl\\'l � +t6:t�le1 +t(t+t�t: 1\n\n��\n\n+t6:t+ttm\n\n�T II � II\n\njanamejayas tasya putro\nmahiiSiilo mahiimanii/:t\nu§inaras titi�u§ ca\nmahiimanasa iitm,ajau\njanamejaya/:t-Janamejaya; tasya-of him (Janamejaya); putra/:t-a\nson;\n\nmahasala/:t-Mahasala;\n\nnamed Mahamana;\n\nmahamanii/:t-(from\n\nu5inara/:t-VSinara;\n\nMahasala) a son\n\ntiti�u/:t-Titik�u;\n\nca-and;\n\nmahiimanasa/:t-from Mahamana; iitmajau-two sons.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom S:riijaya came a son named Janamejaya. From Janamejaya\ncame Mahasala; from Mahasiila, Mahamana; and from Mahamana\ntwo sons, named Usinara and Titik�?u.\nTEXTS 3-4\n\n�{: ���(l�ft�(lc:+ti:t: I\n•: ijm� �: t� 3lt€+tiifl'{ l �\"\nftN� �uJF{ijfij\\it� �: 1\nmit �� Wrtn' �: ijijqijl� II \\l II\nsibir vara/:t krmir da�a§\ncatviirosinaratmaja/:t\nvr�iidarbha/:t sudhira§ ca\nmadra/:t kekaya iitmaviin\nsibes catvara evasarhs\ntiti�o.S ca r�adratha/:t\n\n", "SB9.3#p0206": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n182\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 23\n\ntato homo 'tha sutapa\nbalib, sutapaso 'bhavat\nsibib,-Sibi; varab,-Vara; krmib,-�mi; dalcyab,-Dak�a; catvarab,\n-four; U.Sinara-atmajab,-the sons of Usinara; vr$ddarbhab,-V:r�adarbha; sudhirab, ca-as well as Sudhira; madrap-Madra; kekayab,Kekaya; atmavan-self-realized; sibeb,-of Sibi; catvarab,-four;\neva-indeed; dsan-there were; titilcyob,-of Titik�u; ca-also;\nrn$adrathab,-a son named Ru�adratha; tatab,-from him (Ru�adratha);\nhomab,-Homa; atha-from him (Homa); sutapab,-Sutapa; balib,Bali; sutapasab,-of Sutapa; abhavat-there was.\nTRANSLATION\nThe four sons of Usinara were Sihi, Vara, �mi and Dak�a, and\n\nfrom Sibi again came four sons, named V:r�adarbha, Sudhira,\n\nMadra\n\nand\n\natma-tattva-vit Kekaya.\n\nThe\n\nson\n\nof\n\nTitik�u\n\nwas\n\nRu�adratha. From Ru�adratha came Homa; from Homa, Sutapii;\n\nand from Sutapii, Bali.\n\nTEXTS\n\n31tM\"fetl'liU WA��ij�t: I\n� (}.fu+t41 �: �sr +t(\\�: II'-\\ II\nariga-variga-kalirigadyab,\nsuhma-pw:u)razu;lra-sarhjiiitdb,\njajiiire dirghatamaso\nbaleb, lcyetre mahilcyitab,\n\n-\n\nariga-Ailga; variga-Vanga; kaliriga-Kaliriga; adya b, headed by;\nsuhma-Suhma; pu�ra-PuQ.Qra; O(ira-<Xlra; samjiiitdb,-known as\nsuch; jajiiire-were born; dirghatamasab,-by the semen of Dirghatama; baleb,-of Bali; lcyetre-in the wife; mahi-lcyitab,-of the king of\nthe world.\nTRANSLATION\nBy the semen of Dirghatamii in the wife of Bali, the emperor of\n\nthe world, six sons took birth, namely Ailga, Vailga, Kaliilga,\n\nSuhma, Pu1,14ra and 04ra.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0207": "Text 10]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Yayati\n\n183\n\nTEXT6\n\n�: (CI\"'IWI �'t�l10 't�¥4110Sll'6lifif�� I\n(Cf8ql;i)Sfij) � � �: II � It\ncakru� sva-namnii vi�ayan\n�a4 iman pracyakams ca te\nkhalaparw 'ngato jajfie\ntasmad divirathas tata�\ncakru�-they created; sva-niimnii-by their own names; vi�ayandifferent states; �at-six; iman-all these; pracyakan ca-on the\neastern side (of India); te-those (six kings); khalapana�-Khalapana;\nangata�-from King Anga; jajfie-took birth;\n\ntasmat-from him\n\n(Khalapana); diviratha�-Diviratha; tata� -thereafter.\nTRANSLATION\nThese six sons, headed by Anga, later became kings of six states\nin the eastern side of India. These states were known according to\nthe names of their respective kings. From Anga came a son named\nKhalapana, and from Khalapana came Diviratha.\nTEXTS 7-10\n\nwn-��m��nl\n(l44q1� � �- �: � II � II\n� (Ciiifiw:lf Sll�'i&0t\"ISI!W �� �I\n�et�Rf � n4\\T 311fOI.,�f(ufiWif( II � II\n\"'I&I('(Wlij€4�Jl4ilfe1\\·\"'i�:\nI\n� � �s\"'q�� Pc�ft � II � II\n\n���if;���: �n 1\n�t!«fl �� 'l� �: ll�oll\nsuto dharmaratho yasya\njajfie citraratho 'praja�\n\n", "SB9.3#p0208": "184\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 23\n\nromapada iti khyatas\ntdsmai daSaratha/:1, sakha\nsantarh sva-kanyarh prayacchad\nr�ya5piga uvaha yam\ndeve 'var�ati yam rama\naninyur hari�i-sutam\nnatya-sailgita-vaditrair\nvibhramalinganarha�i/:1,\nsa tu rajfio 'napatyasya\nnirilpye�tirh marutvate\nprajam adad daSaratho\nyena lebhe 'praja/:1, praja/:1,\ncaturango romapadiit\nprthulii�as tu tat-suta/:1,\nsuta/:1,-a son; dharmaratha/:1,-Dharmaratha; yasya-of whom\n(Diviratha); jajiie-was born; citraratha/:1,-Citraratha; apraja/:1,-without any sons; romapada/:1,-Romapada; iti-thus; khyata/:1,-celebrated;\ntasmai-unto him; daSaratha/:1,-Dasaratha; sakha-friend; santamSanta; sva-kanyam-Da8aratha's own daughter; prayacchat-delivered; r�ya§piga/:1,-l,l�yas:pi.ga; uooha-married; yam-unto her\n(Santa); deve-the demigod in charge of rainfall; avar,mti-did not\nshower any rain; yam-unto whom (�yas:piga); rama/:1,-prostitutes;\naninyu/:1,-brought; hari�i-sutam-that ��yas.piga, who was the son of a\ndoe; natya-sailgita-vaditrai/:1,-by dancing, by singing and by a musical\ndisplay; vibhrama-bewildering; alingana-by embracing; arha�i/:1,by worshiping; sa/:1,-he (�yas:piga); tu-indeed; rajiia/:1,-from\nMaharaja Da8aratha; anapatyasya-who was without issue; nirilpyaafter establishing; �tim-a sacrifice; marutvate-of the demigod named\nMarutvan; prajam-issue; adat-delivered; daSaratha/:1,-Dasaratha;\nyena-by which (as a result of the yajiia); lebhe-achieved; apraja/:1,although he had no sons; praja/:1,-sons; caturailga/:1,-Caturanga;\nromapadiit-from Citraratha; prthulii�a/:1,-P:rthulak�a; tu-indeed;\ntat-suta/:1,-the son of Caturaiiga.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0209": "Text 11]\n\n185\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Yayati\nTRANSLATION\n\nFrom Diviratha came a son named Dharmaratha, and his son was\nCitraratha, who was celebrated as Romapada. Romapada, however,\nwas without issue, and therefore his friend Maharaja Da5aratha\n\ngave him his own daughter, named Santa. Romapada accepted her\n\nas his daughter, and thereafter she married �ya5:rnga. When the\ndemigods from the\n\nheavenly planets failed to shower rain,\n\nI,t�ya5:rnga was appointed the priest for performing a sacrifice,\nafter being brought from the forest by the allurement of\nprostitutes, who danced, staged theatrical performances accompanied by music, and embraced and worshiped him. After\nI,t�ya5:rnga came, the rain fell. Thereafter, I,t�ya5:rnga performed a\nson-giving sacrifice on behalf of Maharaja Da5aratha, who had no\nissue, and then Maharaja Da5aratha had sons. From Romapada, by\nthe mercy of I,t�ya5:rDga, Caturailga was born, and from Caturailga\ncame P:rthulak�a.\nTEXT ll\n\nmif «�€1i¥4l «'AI€!� �: I\n\n� i(\"'t\"ll(ij41�401S($.{ �: 11��11\nbrhadratlw brhatkarma\nbrhadbhanu§ ca tat-suta/:t\nadyad brhanmanas tas maj\njayadratha udahrta/:t\n\nbrhadratha/:t- B:rhadratha; brhatkarma-B:rhatkarma; brhadbhanu/:t\n\n-B:rhadbhanu; ca-also; tat-suta/:t-the sons of P:rthulak�a; adyat­\n\nfrom the eldest (B:rhadratha); brhanmana/:t-B:rhanmana was born;\ntasmdt-from\n\nhim\n\n(B:rhanmana);\n\njayadratha/:t-a\n\nson\n\nnamed\n\nJayadratha; uddhrta/:t-celebrated as his son.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sons of P:rthulak�a were B:rhadratha, B:rhatkarma and\nB:rhadbhanu. From the eldest, B:rhadratha, came a son named\nB:rhanmana, and from B:rhanmana came a son named Jayadratha.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0210": "186\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 23\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�� � m �R)(':ttt6 1\nm �t46(ij� �: ������\nvijayas tasya sambhutyarh\ntato dhrtir ajayata\ntato dhrtavratas tasya\nsatkarmadhirathas tata�\nvijaya�-Vijaya; tasya-of him (Jayadratha); sambhutyam-in the\n\nwomb of the wife; tata�-thereafter (from Vijaya); dhrti�-Dhrti;\najayata-took birth; tata�-from him (Dh.rti); dhrtavrata�-a son\nnamed Dltrtavrata; tasya-of him (Dltrtavrata); satkamui-Satkarma;\nadhiratha�-Adhiratha; tata�-from him (Satkarma).\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Jayadratha, by the womb of his wife Samhhuti, was\n\nVijaya, and from Vijaya, Dh.rti was horn. From Dh.rti came\nDhrtavrata;\nAdhiratha.\n\nfrom Dh.rtavrata, Satkarmii; and from Satkarmii,\nTEXT 13\n\nitsm·•�··6�\n'i��·Rt•td\n1\ntRiflq�'i{ �+i;{q���� ����\"\nyo 'sau ganga-ta!e krir;/an\nmafijil$antargatarh siSum\nkuntyapaviddham kaninam\nanapatyo 'karot sutam\nya� asau-one who (Adhiratha); ganga-ta!e-on the bank of the\nGanges; krir;/an-while playing; mafijil$a-antabgatam-packed in a\nbasket; siSum-a baby was found; kuntya apaviddham-this baby had\nbeen abandoned by Kunti; kaninam-because the baby was born during\nher maiden state, before her marriage; anapatya�-this Adhiratha,\nbeing sonless; akarot-accepted the baby; sutam-as his son.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0211": "Text 15]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Yayiiti\n\n187\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile playing on the bank of the Ganges, Adhiratha found a\nbaby wrapped up in a basket. The baby had been left by Kunti because he was born before she was married. Because Adhiratha had\nno sons, he raised this baby as his own. (This son was later known\nas Kar�a.]\nTEXT 14\n\n�: Wl{ijW � ::iltldlq� I\n�� � �: �d(d�l'=+t::it{ij6: II� \\lll\nvr�asena� sutas tasya\nkarTJ,aSya jagatipate\ndruhyos ca tanayo babhru/:t\nsetus tasyatmajas tata/:t\nvr�asena�-Vr�asena; suta�-a son; tasya karTJ,aSya-of that same\nKar1,1a; jagati pate-0 Maharaja Pari�it; druyo/:t ca-of Druhyu, the\nthird son of Yayati; tanaya�-a son; babhru�-Babhru; setu/:t-Setu;\ntasya-of him (Babhru); atmaja/:t tata�-a son thereafter.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, the only son of Kar�a was V:r�asena. Druhyu, the third\n\nson of Yayiiti, had a son named Babhru, and the son of Babhru was\nknown as Setu.\nTEXT 15\n\n� �\n\n���:1\n\n��i({ij�l€( �: Sfl�6('t: �������\narabdhas tasya gandharas\ntasya dharmas tato dhrta�\ndhrtasya durmadas tasmiit\npracetii� pracetasa� satam\ndrabdha/:t-Arabdha (was the son of Setu); tasya-of him (Arabdha);\ngandhara�-a son named Gandhara; tasya-of him (Gandhiira);\n\n", "SB9.3#p0212": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n188\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 23\n\ndharmab,-a son known as Dharma; tatab,-from him (Dharma);\ndhrtab,-a son named Dhtta; dhrtasya-of Dhtta; durmadab,-a son\nnamed Durmada;\nnamed\n\nPraceta;\n\ntasmdt-from him (Durmada);\npracetasab,-of\n\nPraceta;\n\npracetab,-a son\n\nsatam-there\n\nwere\n\none\n\nhundred sons.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Setu was Arabdha, Arabdha's son was Gandhara, and\n\nGandhara's son was Dharma. Dharma's son was Dh:rta, Dh:rta's son\n\nwas Durmada, and Durmada's son was Praceta, who had one\nhundred sons.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n��'4�a_1=ii �: I\n�� �T ���� ���4110 II�q_u\nmlecchadhipatayo 'bhuvann\nudicirh diSam asritab,\nturvasos ca suto vahnir\nvahner bhargo 'tha bhanumdn\nmleccha-of the lands known as Mlecchadesa (where Vedic civilization was not present); adhipatayab,-the kings; abhuvan-became;\nudicim-on the northern side of India; diSam-the direction; asritab,accepting as the jurisdiction; turvasob, ca\n\n-\n\nof Turvasu, the second son of\n\nMaharaja Yayati; sutab,-the son; vahni/:t-Vahni; vahne/:t-of Vahni;\nbhargab,-the\n\nson\n\nnamed\n\nBharga;\n\natka-thereafter,\n\nhis\n\nson;\n\nbhanumdn-Bhanuman.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Pracetas (the sons of Praceta] occupied the northern side of\n\nIndia, which was devoid of Vedic civilization, and became kings\nthere. Yayati's second son was Turvasu. The son of Turvasu was\n\nVahni; the son of Vahni, Bharga; the son of Bharga, Bhanumin.\nTEXT 17\n\n�ffl���:l\n'1��«�«1 : � �����II\n\n", "SB9.3#p0213": "Text 19]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Yayati\n\n189\n\ntribhanus tat-suto 'syapi\nkarandhama udara-dhi�\nmarutas tat-suto 'putra�\nputram pauravam anvabhut\ntribhanu�-Tribhanu; tat-suta�-the son of Bhanuman; asya-of\nhim\n\n(Tribhanu);\n\napi-also;\n\nkarandhama�-Karandhama;\n\nudara­\n\ndh*-who was very magnanimous; maruta�-Maruta; tat-suta�-the\nson of Karandhama; aputra�-being without issue; putram-as his son;\npauravam-a son of the Puru dynasty, Maharaja Du�manta; anvabhut\n-adopted.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Bhanuman was Trihhanu, and his son was the magnanimous Karandhama. Karandhama's son was Maruta, who had\nno sons and who therefore adopted a son of the Puru dynasty\n[Maharaja Du�manta] as his own.\n\nd�manta� sa punar bheje\nsva-vamsam rajya-kamuka�\nyayater jye$!ha-putrasya\nyador vamsam narar$abha\nvar�yami maha-purJyam\nsarva-papa-haram nnzam\nyador vamsam nara� srutva\nsarva-papai� pramucyate\nd�manta�-Maharaja Du�manta;\naccepted;\n\nsva-vamsam-his\n\noriginal\n\nsa�-he;\n\npuna� bheje-again\n\ndynasty\n\n(the Pu.ru dynasty);\n\n", "SB9.3#p0214": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n190\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 23\n\nrajya-kamukaft.-b ecause of desiring the royal throne; yayateft.-of\nMaharaja Yayati; jye�!ha-putrasya-of the first son, Yadu; yadoft. vamsam-the dynasty of Yadu; nara-r�abha-0 best of human beings,\nMaharaja Parik�it;\n\nva�yami-I shall describe;\n\nmaha-pur:tyam­\n\nsupremely pious; sarva-papa-haram-vanquishes the reactions of sinful\nactivities; nrTJlim-of human society; yadoft. vamsam-the description\nof the dynasty of Yadu; naraft.-any person; srutva-simply by hearing;\nsa rva -papaift.-from all reactions of sinful activities; pramucyate-is\nfreed.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaharaja Du�manta, desiring to occupy the throne, returned to\n\nhis original dynasty [the Puru dynasty], even though he had ac­\n\ncepted Maruta as his father. 0 Maharaja Parik�it, let me now de­\n\nscribe the dynasty of Yadu, the eldest son of Maharaja Yayati. This\ndescription is supremely pious, and it vanquishes the reactions of\n\nsinful activities in human society. Simply by hearing this description, one is freed from all sinful reactions.\nTEXTS 20-21\n\n�erffluif �l'l �� it(lltifd: 1\n�: eii��itil!T � ft� �: II� II\no\n\n�: �+f(ij'51 �� �'41€¥M: I\n\n�� ��· ��Rr\n\n�: ������\n\nyatravatin:w bhagavan\nparamatma narakrtift.\nyadoft. sahasrajit kr�!a\nnalo ripur iti srutaft.\ncatvaraft. sunavas tatra\nsatajit prathamatmajaft.\nmahahayo rer:tuhayo\nhaihaya§ ceti tat-sutaft.\nyatra - wherein , in which dynasty; avatirr:taft.-descended; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�Q.a; paramatma-who is\n\n", "SB9.3#p0215": "Text 21]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Yayati\n\n191\n\nthe Supersoul of all living entities; nara-akrtib,-a person, exactly\nresembling a human being; yadob,-of Yadu; sahasrajit-Sahasrajit;\n\nkr0$ta-Kro��a; nalab,-Nala; ripub,-Ripu; iti s rutab,-thus they are\n\ncelebrated; catoorab,-four; sunavab,-sons; tatra-therein; satajit­\n\nSatajit; prathama-atmajab,-of the first sons; mahahayab,-Mahahaya;\n\nre�uhayab,-Rel}.uhaya; haihayab,-Haihaya; ca-and; iti-thus; tat­\n\nsutab,-his sons (the sons of Satajit).\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, K.r�J.la, the Supersoul in\n\nthe hearts of all living entities, descended in His original form as a\nhuman being in the dynasty or family of Yadu. Yadu had four sons,\n\nnamed Sahasrajit, Kro�ta, Nala and Ripu. Of these four, the eldest,\n\nSahasrajit, had a son named Satajit, who had three sons, named\nMahahaya, Re1.1uhaya and Haihaya.\n\nPURPORT\nAs confirmed in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.11):\n\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\n\ntattvam yaj jfianam advayam\n\nbrahmeti paramatmeti\n\nbhagavan iti sabdyate\n\n\"Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this non­\n\ndual substance Brahman, Paramatma or Bhagavan.\" The majority of\n\ntranscendentalists understand only the impersonal Brahman or localized\nParamatma, for the Personality of Godhead is very difficult to understand. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (7.3):\nmanU$ya�m sahasre�u\n\nkascid yatati siddhaye\n\nyatatam api siddhanam\n\nkascin mam vetti tattvatab,\n\n\"Out of many thousands among men, one may endeavor for perfection,\n\nand of those who have achieved perfection, hardly one knows Me in\n\n", "SB9.3#p0216": "192\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 23\n\ntruth.\" The yogis and j1Wnis-that is, the mystic yogis and the impersonalists-can understand the Absolute Truth as impersonal or localized,\nbut although such realized souls are above ordinary human beings, they\ncannot understand how the Supreme Absolute Truth can be -a person.\nTherefore it is said that out of many siddhas, the souls who have already\nrealized the Absolute Truth, one may understand Kr�I).a, who exactly\nresembles a human being (narakrti). This human form was explained by\nKr�Qa Himself after He manifested the virti!-nlpa. The virti!-nlpa is not\nthe original form of the Lord; the Lord's original form is Dvibhujasyamasundara, Muralidhara, the Lord with two hands, playing a flute\n\n(yam syamasundaram acintya-gu1J(l-Svarupam). The Lord's forms are\nproof of His inconceivable qualities. Although the Lord maintains innumerable universes within the period of His breath, He is dressed with\na form exactly like that of a human being. That does not mean, however,\nthat He is a human being. This is His original form, but because He looks\nlike a human being, those with a poor fund of knowledge consider Him\nan ordinary man. The Lord says:\n\navajananti mdm ma(iha\nmdnU$irh tanum asritam\nparam bhavam ajananto\nmama bhata-mahesvaram\n\"Fools deride Me when I descend in the human form. They do not know\nMy transcendental nature and My supreme dominion over all that be.\"\n(Bg. 9.11) By the Lord's param bhavam, or transcendental nature, He is\nthe all-pervading Paramatma living in the core of the hearts of all living\nentities, yet He looks like a human being. Mayavada philosophy says that\nthe Lord is originally impersonal but assumes a human form and many\nother forms when He descends. Actually, however, He is originally like a\nhuman being, and the impersonal Brahman consists of the rays of His\nbody (yasya prabha prabhavato jagad-ar,uj,a-ko!i).\nTEXT 22\n\n• �ffl �: i;:ijo: mn mr: I\n� ��Rt441'l ll�: 110{0{11\n\n", "SB9.3#p0217": "Text 23]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Yayiiti\n\n193\n\ndharmas tu haihaya-suto\nnetra/:t kunte/:t pita tata/:t\nsohanjir abhavat kunter\nmah�miin bhadrasenaka/:t\ndharma/:£ tu-Dharma, however; haihaya-suta/:t-became the son of\nHaihaya; netra/:t-Netra; kunte/:t-of Kunti; pita-the father;\ntata/:t-from him (Dharma); sohanji/:t-Sohafiji; abhavat-became;\nkunte/:t-the son of Kunti; mah�miin-Mahi�man; bhadrasenaka/:tBhadrasenaka.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Haihaya was Dharma, and the son of Dharma was\nNetra, the father of Kunti. From Kunti came a son named Sohaiiji,\nfrom Sohaiiji came Mahi�miin, and from Mahi�miin, Bhadrasenaka.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n� ���;c+q �: ��fl: I\nwmfif: fi(f�¥tt :q w� ��: ������\ndurmado bhadrasenasya\ndhanaka/:t krtaviryasu/:t\nkrtagni/:t krtavarmii ca\nkrtaujii dhanakiitmajii/:t\ndurmada/:t-Durmada; bhadrasenasya-of Bhadrasena; dhanaka/:tDhanaka; krtavirya-su/:t-giving birth to Krtavirya; krtiigni/:t-by the\nname Krtagni; krtavarmii-Krtavarma; ca-also; krtaujii/:t-Krtauja;\ndhanaka-iitmajii/:t-sons of Dhanaka.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sons of Bhadrasena were known as Durmada and Dhanaka.\nDhanaka was\n\nthe father\n\nKrtavarmii and K_rtaujii.\n\nof K_rtavirya and\n\nalso of K_rtagni,\n\n", "SB9.3#p0218": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n194\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 23\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�: i\"�� fHffftq�Sll�� I\nG>���:a�«ml\n�rnt�l•l¥46:1gu� ll�'dll\narjuna/:1- krtaviryasya\nsapta-dvipesvaro 'bhavat\ndattatreyiid dharer amsat\nprapta-yoga-mahaigur:w/:1arjuna/:1--Arj una; krtaviryasya-of _Krtavirya; sapta-dvipa-of the\nseven islands (the whole world); iSvara/:1- abhavat-became the emperor;\ndattatreyat-from Dattatreya; hare�) amsat from he who was the in-\n\ncarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; prapta-obtained;\n\nyoga-mahagur:w/:1--the quality of mystic power.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of �tavirya was Arjuna. He [Kiirtaviryiirjuna] became\n\nthe emperor of the entire world, consisting of seven islands, and\n\nreceived mystic power from Dattitreya, the incarnation of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Thus he obtained the mystic\n\nperfections known as ��-siddhi.\n\nTEXT 25\n\nWT;@ iifiiJ41tw qft\\' ttI�� �: I\n\n�-G>���q)t�l�: �ij4hiG>�:\n\n������\n\nna nunam kartaviryasya\ngatim yasyanti parthival)\nyajna-dana-tapo-yogai/:1sruta-virya-dayadibhil)\nna-not; nunam-indeed;\ngatim-the\n\nactlvttles;\n\nkartaviryasya-of Emperor Kartavirya;\n\nyasyanti-could\n\nunderstand\n\nor\n\nachieve;\n\nparthival)-everyone on the earth; yajfia-sacrifices; dana-charity;\n\n", "SB9.3#p0219": "Text 27)\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Yayiiti\n\n195\n\ntapab,-austerities; yogaib,-mystic powers; sruta-education; viryastrength; daya-mercy; adibhib, - by all these qualities.\nTRANSLATION\nNo other king in this world could equal Kiirtaviryiirjuna in\nsacrifices, charity, austerity, mystic power, education, strength or\nmercy.\nTEXT 26\n\nq9ill�ORt('t«'flfUI �Ol4l(ijite: ('tlf(: I\n3lwt!fi1�41(Uil\n��ut't'Sii4ij II�� II\n\"\n\npaficasiti sahasrarr.i\nhy avyahata-balab. samab.\na�ta-vitta-smararr-o\nbubhuje '�ayya-$w;i-vasu\npaficasiti-eig hty-fiv e;\nhata-inexhaustible;\n\nsahasrtirti-thousands;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\navya­\n\nbalab,-the strength of whom; sa ma b,-ye ars;\n\na�ta-without deterioration; vitta-material opulences; smararr-ab.and memory; bubhuje-enjoyed; a�ayya-without deterioration; $atvasu-six kinds of enjoyable material opulence.\nTRANSLATION\nFor eighty-five thousand years, Kiirtaviryiirjuna continuously\nenjoyed material opulences with full bodily strength and unimpaired memory. In other words, he enjoyed inexhaustible material\nopulences with his six senses.\nTEXT 27\n\n�st('t«l, q-cn�R(fl � 1\n'Jf��'Jf: Wi%wtl � ��(1: 11�\\911\n\n�\n\ntasya putra-sahasre$U\npaficaivorvarita mrdhe\n\n", "SB9.3#p0220": "196\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 23\n\njayadhvaja/:1. suraseno\nvr$abho madhur urjita/:1.\ntasya-of him (Kartaviryarjuna); putra-sahasre$u-among the one\nthousand sons; panca-five; eva-only; urvarita/:1.-remained alive;\nmrdhe-in a fight (with Parasurama); jayadhvaja/:1.-Jayadhvaja;\nsurasenai;.-Su.rasena; vr$abhal;.-V:r�ahha; madhu/:1.-Madhu; urjita/:1.\n-and Urjita.\nTRANSLATION\nOf the one thousand sons of Kartaviryarjuna, only five remained\nalive after the fight with Para8urima. Their names were Jayadhvaja, Surasena, Vr�ahha, Madhu and Urjita.\n\njayadhvajat tiilajanghas\ntasya putra-satam tv abhut\nlcyatram yat tiilajanghakhyam\naurva-tejopasamhrtam\njayadhvajiit-of Jayadhvaja; tiilajangha/:1.-a son named Talajangha;\ntasya-of him (Talajangha); putra-satam-one hundred sons; tu-indeed; abhut-were born; /cyatram-a dynasty of lcyatriyas; yat-which;\ntalajangha-akhyam-were known as the Talajanghas; aurva-teja/:1.being very powerful; upasamhrtam-were killed by Maharaja Sagara.\nTRANSLATION\nJayadhvaja had a son named Talajailgha, who had one hundred\nsons. All the k�atriyas in that dynasty, known as Tiilajatigha, were\nannihilated by the great power received by Maharaja Sagara from\nAurva�i.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0221": "Text 31]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Yayati\n\n197\n\nte�am jye�tho vitihotro\nvmti� putro madho� smrta�\ntasya putra-satam tv asid\nvr�T:ti-jye�tham yata� la.Llam\nte�am-of all of them; jye�tha�-the eldest son; vitihotra�-a son\nnamed Vitihotra; vr�T:ti�-V:r�:Q.i; putra�-the son; madho�-of Madhu;\nsmrta�-was well known; tasya-of him (V:r�:Q.i); putra-satam-one\nhundred sons; asit-there were; vr�T:ti-V:r�:Q.i; jye�tham-the eldest;\nyata�-from him; kulam-the dynasty.\nTRANSLATION\nOf the sons of Tiilajaii.gha, Vitihotra was the eldest. The son of\nVitihotra named Madhu had a celebrated son named Vr�r;ti. Madhu\nhad one hundred sons, of whom Vr�r:ti was the eldest. The\ndynasties known as Yadava, Madhava and Vr�r;ti had their origin\nfrom Yadu, Madhu and V�r;ti.\n\nmadhava vr�l)UJO rajan\nyadavas ceti samjnita�\nyadu-putrasya ca kr�to�\nputro vrjinavams tata�\n\n", "SB9.3#p0222": "198\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 23\n\nsvahito 'to v�adgur vai\ntasya citrarathas tata/:t\nsa.Sabindur mahii-yogi\nmaha-bhago mahan abhut\ncaturdaSa-mahiiratnaS\ncakravarty aparajita/:t\nmadhava}:t-the dynasty beginning from Madhu; vmzaya/:t-the\ndynasty beginning from V:r�1,1i; rajan-0 King (Maharaja Parik�it);\nyiidava}:t-the dynasty beginning from Yadu; ca-and; iti-thus;\nsamjfiita}:t-are so-called because of those different persons; yaduputrasya-of the son of Yadu; ca-also; kro�to/:t-of Kro�ta; putra/:tthe son; vrjinavan-his name was V:rjinavan; tata}:t-from him\n(V:rjinavan); svahita/:t-Svahita; ata/:t-thereafter; v�adgu/:t-a son\nnamed Vi�adgu; vai-indeed; tasya-of him; citraratha/:t-Citraratha;\ntata/:t-from him; sa.Sabindu/:t-Sasabindu; mahii-yogi-a great mystic;\nmaha-bhaga}:t-most fortunate; mahan-a great personality; abhuthe became; caturda.Sa-mahiiratna}:t-fourteen kinds of great opulences;\ncakravarti-he possessed as the emperor; aparajita/:t-not defeated by\nanyone else.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, because Yadu, Madhu and Vr�I.J.i each in­\n\naugurated a dynasty, their dynasties are known as Yiidava, Miidhava\nand V�I.J.i. The son of Yadu named Kro11!8 had a son named\nVrjinaviin. The son of Vrjinaviin was Sviihita; the son of Sviihita,\n\nYi�adgu; the son of Vi�adgu, Citrarat)ta; and the son of Citraratha,\n\nSa4abindu. The greatly fortunate Sa4abindu, who was a great\n\nmystic, possessed fourteen opulences and was the owner of four­\n\nteen great jewels. Thus he became the emperor of the world.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Markar:uf,eya Purar:ta the fourteen kinds of great jewels are described as follows: (1) an elephant, (2) a horse, (3) a chariot, (4) a\nwife, (5) arrows, (6) a reservoir of wealth, (7) a garland, (8) valuable\ncostumes, (9) trees, (10) a spear, (11) a noose, (12) jewels, (13) an\n\n", "SB9.3#p0223": "Text\n\n33]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Yayati\n\n199\n\numbrella, and (14) regulative principles. To be the emperor, one must\npossess all fourteen of these opulences. Sasabindu possessed them all.\nTEXT\n\n32\n\nm qijftea� � �(1�\\IU I\n� � 61(CtJNtwt� 11��11\ntasya patni-sahasriir:uJ,rh\ndaSaniirh sumaha-ya§ab,\ndaSa-lak$a-sahasriir:ti\nputriir:uJ,rh tiisv ajijanat\ntasya-of Sasabindu; patni-wive s;\n\nsahasrii1Jiim-of thousands;\n\ndasiiniim-ten; su-maha-ya§ab,-greatly famous; daSa-ten; lak$alakhs (one lakh equals one hundred thousand); sahasriir:ti-thousands;\nputriir:uJ,m-of sons; tiisu-in them; ajijanat-he begot.\nTRANSLATION\nThe famous Sa8ahindu had ten thousand wives, and by each he\n\nbegot a lakh of sons. Therefore the number of his sons was ten\nthousand lakhs.\n\nTEXT\n\n33\n\n����«�:I\n� 9tl¥it\\19tl m a��'4\\t6� � 11����\n\"'\n\nte�iirh tu �at pradhiiniiniirh\nprthU.Sravasa atmajab,\ndharmo niimosanii tasya\nhayamedha-satasya yii!\nte�iim-out of so many sons; tu - but; �a! pradhiiniiniim-of whom\nthere were six foremost sons; prthU.Sravasab,-of P:rthusrava; iitmajab,the son; dharmab,-Dharma; nama-by the name; U.Sanii-USana;\ntasya-his; hayamedha-satasya-of one hundred a§vamedha sacrifices;\nyii!-he was the performer.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0224": "200\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 23\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmong these many sons, six were the foremost, such as\n\nPrthusrava and Prthukirti. The son of Prthusrava was known as\n\nDharma, and his son was known as Usana. Usana was the per­\n\nformer of one hundred horse sacrifices.\nTEXT 34\n\ntat-suto rucakas tasya\npaficiisann atrnaja/:t smu\npurujid-rukma-rukme�uprthu-jyamagha-samjiiita/:t\ntat-suta/:t-the son of USana; rucalra/:t-Rucaka; tasya-of him;\npafica-fi.ve; asan-there were;\n\natrnaja/:t-sons; sr�u-please hear\n\n(their names); purujit-Purujit; rukma-Rukma; rukme�u-Rukme�u;\nprthu-P:rthu; jyamagha-Jyamagha; samjiiita/:t-these five sons were\nnamed.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Usana was Rucaka, who had five sons-Purujit,\n\nRukma, Rukme�u, P:rthu and Jyamagha. Please hear of these sons\nfrom me.\nTEXTS 35-36\n\nij�1qM�tt1&_ I\n;w�����lfi\"ttl'i(l(qlij_ I\n� m � � qffi'i+tMa• ���\"' 11\n� � ¥4� (tl'il�fqijRf � I\n� � 4tt�;:fi qRf¥4� ����II\n\niiltl'iq��\ns��Nf\n\njyamaghas tv aprajo 'py anyam\nbhiiryam saibyii-patir bhayat\n\n", "SB9.3#p0225": "Text 37]\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Yayati\n\n201\n\nnavindac chatru-bhavanad\nbhojyam kanyam ahiir�it\nratha-stham tam niri/cyyaha\nsaibya patim amar$ita\nkeyam kuhaka mat-sthiinam\nratham aropiteti vai\nsnU$a tavety abhihite\nsmayanti patim abravit\njyamagha�-King Jyamagha; tu-indeed; apraja� api-although\nissueless; anyam-another; bharyam-wife; saibya-pati�-because he\nwas the husband of Saibya; bhayat-out of fear; na avindat-did not accept; satru-bhavanat-from the enemy's camp; bhojyam-a prostitute\nused for sense gratification; kanyam-girl; aluir�it-brought; rathastham-who was seated on the chariot; tam-her; nirilcyya-seeing;\naha-said; saibya-Saibya, the wife of Jyamagha; patim-unto her\nhusband; amar$ita-being very angry; kd iyam-who is this; kuhakayou\n\ncheater;\n\nmat-sthiinam-my\n\nplace;\n\nratham-on\n\nthe\n\nchariot;\n\naropita-has been allowed to sit; iti-thus; vai-indeed; snU$adaughter-in-law;\n\ntava-your;\n\niti-thus; abhihite-being informed;\n\nsmayanti-smilingly; patim-unto her husband; abravit-said.\nTRANSLATION\nJyamagha had no sons, hut because he was fearful of his wife,\n\nSaihya, he could not accept another wife. Jyamagha once took\nfrom the house of some royal enemy a girl who was a prostitute,\n\nhut upon seeing her Saihya was very angry and said to her hus­\n\nband, \"My husband, you cheater, who is this girl sitting upon my\nseat on the chariot?\" Jyamagha then replied, \"This girl will he\n\nyour daughter-in-law.\" Upon hearing these joking words, Saihyii\n\nsmilingly replied.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n����it���\n��� q � �,q��ij 11�\\911\n\n", "SB9.3#p0226": "202\n\nSri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 23\n\naham bandhyiisapatni ca\nsn�a me yujyate katham\njanay�yasi yam rajfii\ntasyeyam upayujyate\naham-1 am; bandhya-sterile; asa-patni-1 have no co-wife; caalso; sn�d-daughter-in-law; me-my; yujyate-could be; kathamhow; jana�yasi-you will give birth to; yam-which son; rajni-0 my\ndear Queen; tasya-for him; iyam-this girl; upayujyate-will be very\nsuitable.\nTRANSLATION\nSaibyii said, \"I am sterile and have no co-wife. How can this girl\n\nbe my daughter-in-law? Please tell me.\" Jyamagha replied, \"My\n\ndear Queen, I shall see that you indeed have a son and that this girl\nwill be your daughter-in-law.\"\n\nTEXT 38\n\n�� 00�1: N� ttcl � I\n\n��m���'\n\n����it����������\nanvamodanta tad viSvedevaft pitara eva ca\nsaibya garbham adhat kale\nkumaram s�uve subham\nsa vidarbha iti prokta\nupayeme sn�am satim\nanvamodanta-accepted; tat-that statement predicting the birth of a\nson; viSvedevaf!,-the Visvedeva demigods; pitaraf!,-the Pitas or\nforefathers; eva-indeed; ca-also; saibya-the wife of Jyamagha;\ngarbham-pregnancy; adhdt-conceived; kale-in due course of time;\nkumaram-a son; s�uve-gave birth to; subham-very auspicious;\nsafl,-that son; vidarbhab,-Vidarbha; iti-thus; proktab,-was well\n\n", "SB9.3#p0227": "Text 38)\nknown;\n\nThe Dynasties of the Sons of Yayati\nupayeme-later\n\nmarried;\n\nsnU§dm-who\n\ndaughter-in-law; satim-very chaste girl.\n\nwas\n\n203\naccepted\n\nas\n\nTRANSLATION\nLong, long ago, Jyiimagha had satisfied the demigods and Pitas\n\nby worshiping them. Now, by their mercy, Jyamagha's words came\n\ntrue. Although Saibya was barren, by the grace of the demigods\n\nshe became pregnant and in due course of time gave birth to a\n\nchild named Vidarbha. Before the child's birth, the girl had been\naccepted as a daughter-in-law, and therefore Vidarbha actually\nmarried her when he grew up.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Twenty­\n\nthird Chapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Dynasties of the\nSons of Yaydti. \"\n\n", "SB9.3#p0228": "CHAPTER TWENTY -FOUR\n\n��Ipl, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nVidarbha had three sons, named Kusa, Kratha and Romapiida. Of these\n\nthree, Romapiida expanded his dynasty by the sons and grandsons named\nBabhru, l(rti, USika, Cedi and Caidya, all of whom later became kings.\n\nFrom the son of Vidarbha named Kratha came a son named Kunti, from\n\nwhose dynasty came the descendants named V:r�I).i. Nirv::rti, Dasiirha,\nVyoma, Jimiita, Vik:rti, Bhimaratha, Navaratha, Dasaratha, Sakuni,\n\nKarambhi, Devariita, Devak�atra, Madhu, Kuruvasa, Anu, Puruhotra,\nAyu and Satvata. Satvata had seven sons. One of them was Devav:rdha,\n\nwhose son was Babhru. Another son of Satvata was Mahabhoja, by whom\n\nthe Bhoja dynasty was inaugurated. Another was V:r�Qi, who had a son\n\nnamed Yudhajit. From Yudhajit came Anamitra and Sini, and from\n\nAnamitra came Nighna and another Sini. The descendants in succession\n\nfrom Sini were Satyaka, Yuyudhana, Jaya, KuJ)i and Yugandhara.\n\nAnother son of Anamitra was V:r�Qi. From V:r�J)i came Svaphalka, by\n\nwhom Akriira and twelve other sons were generated. From Akriira came\n\ntwo sons, named Devaviin and Upadeva. The son of Andhaka named\nKukura was the origin of the descendants known as Vahni, Vilomii,\n\nKapotaromii, Anu, Andhaka, Dundubhi, Avidyota, Punarvasu and\n\nA.huka. A.huka had two sons, named Devaka and Ugrasena. The four\n\nsons of Devaka were known as Devaviin, Upadeva, Sudeva and\nDevavardhana, and his seven daughters were Dhrtadeva, Santideva,\nUpadevii, Sridevii, Devarak�itii, Sahadevii and Devaki. Vasudeva married\nall seven daughters of Devaka. Ugrasena had nine sons named Karnsa,\nSuniimii, Nyagrodha, Kanka, Sanku, Suhii, Ra��rapiila, Db_r��i and\nTu�timan, and he had five daughters named Karilsa, Karhsavati, Kanka,\n\nSurabhii and Ra��rapalika. The younger brothers of Vasudeva married\nall the daughters of Ugrasena.\nVidiiratha, the son of Citraratha, had a son named Sura, who had ten\n\nother sons, of whom Vasudeva was the chief. Siira gave one of his five\n\ndaughters, Prthii, to his friend Kunti, and therefore she was also named\n\n205\n\n", "SB9.3#p0229": "206\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nKunti. In her maiden state she gave birth to a child named Kan_1a, and\n\nlater she married Maharaja Pa��u.\n\nV:rddha8arma married the daughter of Sura named Srutadeva, from\n\nwhose womb Dantavakra was born. Dh:r�taketu married Sura's daughter\n\nnamed Srutakirti, who had five sons. Jayasena married Sfua's daughter\n\nnamed Rajadhidevi. The king of Cedi-desa, Damagho�a, married the\n\ndaughter of Sfua named Srutasravli, from whom Sisupala was born.\n\nDevabhaga, through the womb of Ka:rhsa, begot Citraketu and\n\nB:rhadbala; and Devasravli, through the womb of Ka:rhsavati, begot\n\nSuvira and I�uman. From Kanka, through the womb of Kailka, came\n\nBaka, Satyajit and Purujit, and from S:riijaya, through the womb of\n\nRa�trapalika, came V:r�a and Durmar�a�a. Syamaka, through the womb\n\nof Surabhumi, begot Harikesa and Hira�yak�a. Vatsaka, through the\nwomb of Misrakesi, begot V:rka, who begot the sons named Tak�a,\n\nPu�kara and Sala. From Samika came Sumitra and Arjunapala, and from\n\nAnaka came �tadhama and J aya.\n\nVasudeva had many wives, of whom Devaki and Rohi�i were the most\n\nimportant. From the womb of Rohi�i, Baladeva was born, along with\n\nGada, Sara�a, Durmada, Vipula, Dhruva, K:rta and others. Vasudeva had\n\nmany other sons by his other wives, and the eighth son to appear from\n\nthe womb of Devaki was the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\n\ndelivered the entire world from the burden of demons. This chapter ends\nby glorifying the Supreme Personality of Godhead Vasudeva.\n\nTEXT I\n\nI;llrJ:fi J<fR\n\n� �����;fl;mn� I\n� (lfiql( � ���;w;:a:;u( II � I I\nsri-suka uvaca\ntasyam vidarbho ]anayat\nputrau namna ku5a-krathau\ntrtiyam romapiidam ca\nvidarbha-kula-nandanam\n\n", "SB9.3#p0230": "Text 4)\n\n.Kf�J;Ia, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n207\n\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; tasyam-in that girl;\n\nvidarbha/:t-the son born of Saibya named Vidarbha; ajanayat-gave\n\nbirth; putrau-to two sons; namna-by the name; ku5a-krathau-Kusa\n\nand Kratha; trtiyam-and a third son; romapadam ca-Romapada also;\nvidarbha-kula-nandanam-the favorite in the dynasty of Vidarbha.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: By the womb of the girl brought by his\n\nfather, Vidarbha begot three sons, named Kusa, Kratha and\nRomapiida. Romapiida was the favorite in the dynasty of Vidarbha.\nTEXT2\n\n(i+tql((ijal �: �m 1\ni3�EWM€Wf�4WiR:\\�'41(tl �: II � II\nromapada-suto babhrur\nbabhro/:t krtir ajayata\nu§ikas tat-sutas tasmac\ncediS caidyadayo nrpa/:t\nromapada-suta/:t-the son of Romapada;\n\nbabhru /:t-Babhru; ba­\n\nbhro/:t-from Babhru; krti/:t-Krti; ajayata-was born; u§ika/:t-Usika;\n\ntat-suta/:t-the son of Krti; tasmat-from him (USika); cedi/:t-Cedi;\ncaidya-Caidya (DamaghO?a); adaya/:t-and others; nrpu/:t-kings.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Romapiida was Babhru, from whom there came a son\n\nnamed .Kfti. The son of .Kfti was Usika, and the son of Usika was\nCedi. From Cedi was born the king known as Caidya and others.\nTEXTS 3-4\n\n�%J�i('�:�Sl'{! �����:1\nm � � m�: ij6(a�t: II � It\n\n", "SB9.3#p0231": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n208\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\n� fcit;fij�� � �: wr: 1\nm �: � � �: II � II\nkrathasya kunti/:£ putro 'bhad\nvr�r:tis tasyatha nirvrti/:t\ntato daSarho niimniibhilt\ntasya vyoma/:t sutas tatal;\njimilto vikrtis tasya\nyasya bhimarathal; sutal;\ntato navarathal; putro\njato dasarathas tatal;\nkrathasya-of Kratha; kuntii;-Kunti; putral;-a son; abhut-was\nborn; vm,ti/;-V:r�Qi; tasya-his; atha-then; nirvrtii;-Nirv:rti;\ntatal;-from him; daSarhai;-Dasarha; niimnii-by name; abhut-was\nborn; tasya-of him; vyomal;-Vyoma; sutal;-a son; tatal;-from\nhim; jimil ta/;-Jimuta; vikrtil;-Vik:rti; tasya-his (Jimuta's son);\nyasya-of whom (Vik:rti); bhimarathai;-Bhimaratha; sutal;-a son;\ntatal;-from him (Bhimaratha); navarathai;-Navaratha; putral;-a\nson; jatal;-was born; daSarathai;-Dasaratha; tatal;-from him.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Kratha was Kunti; the son of Kunti, Vr�I:ti; the son\nof V:r�I:ti, Nirv:rti; and the son of Nirv:rti, Da8arha. From Da8arha\ncame\n\nVyoma; from Vyoma came Jimiita; from Jimiita, Vikrti;\n\nfrom Vik:rti, Bhimaratha; from Bhimaratha, Navaratha; and from\nNavaratha, Da8aratha.\nTEXTS\n\ncro'�: �: � �(ija:l�+ii51: I\n�� �: �!11�11\nkarambhil; sakunel; putro\ndevariitas tad-atmajal;\n\n", "SB9.3#p0232": "Text 8)\n\nKr!ii� the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n209\n\ndevak:;atras tatas tasya\nmadhu}:t kuruvasad anu/:t\nkarambhi}:t-Karambhi; sakune}:t-from Sakuni; putra}:t-a son;\ndevarata}:t-Devarata; tat-atmaja}:t-the son of him (Karambhi);\ndeva/cyatra/:t-Devakt;;atra; tata/:t-thereafter; tasya-from him (Devakt;;atra); madhu}:t-Madhu; kuruoo5at-from Kuruvasa, the son of\nMadhu; anu}:t-Anu.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Da8aratha came a son named Sakuni and from Sakuni a\n\nson named Karamhhi. The son of Karamhhi was Devariita, and his\n\nson was Devak�atra. The son of Devak�atra was Madhu, and his son\n\nwas Kuruva8a, from whom there came a son named Anu.\nTEXTS 6-8\n\"'\n\n\"'\n\n��(1'34�Wfl: �(ij�:U9: ��:\n\n�t;fi ���Oi4l tf�'4lfifS�qi:\n\nI\nII� II\n\n�m �n ffi{ �•� �\n\n����:fqqft � :q II \\911\n���: q�l¥ii4f\\\"Qf :q ;r;r: �at: 1\n�� ��IM(\\���fij wit II� II\npuruhotras tv ano/:t putras\ntasyayu/:t satvatas tata/:t\nbhajamano bhajir divyo\nvr$IJ-ir devavrdho 'ndhaka}:t\nsatvatasya suta/:t sapta\nmahabhoja§ ca mari$a\nbhajamanasya nimloci/:t\nkinkalJ-0 dhmir eva ca\nekasyam atmaja/:t patnyam\nanyasyarit ca traya/:t suta}:t\n\n", "SB9.3#p0233": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n210\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nsatajic ca sahasrajid\n\nayutiijid iti prabho\n\npuruhotra�-Puruhotra; tu-indeed; ano�-of Anu; putra�-the\n\nson;\n\ntasya-of\n\nhim\n\n(Puruhotra);\n\ntata�-from him (Ayu);\n\ndirya�-Divya;\n\nayu�-Ayu;\n\nsatvata�-Satvata;\n\nbhajamana�-Bhajamana;\n\nvmti�-V:r�I.li;\n\nbhaji�-Bhaji;\n\ndevavrdha�-Devav:rdha;\n\nandha­\n\nka�-Andhaka; satmtasya-of Satvata; sutii �-sons; sapta-seven;\nmahabhoja�\n\nca-as\n\nwell\n\nbhajamanasya-of\n\nKiilkaJ.la;\n\nas Mahabhoja;\n\nBhajamana;\n\ndhr�ti�-Dh:r�!i;\n\nmar�a-0\n\nnimloci�-Nimloci;\n\nem-indeed;\n\nca-also;\n\ngreat\n\nKing;\n\nkirikaTJ11�­\n\nekasyam-born\n\nfrom one wife; atmaja�-sons; patnyam-by a wife; anyasyam­\n\nanother; ca-also; traya�-three; sutii�-sons; satajit-Satajit; ca­\n\nalso; sahasrajit-Sahasrajit; ayutajit-Ayutajit; iti-thus; prabho-0\nKing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Anu was Puruhotra, the son of Puruhotra was Ayu,\n\nand the son of Ayu was Satvata. 0 great Aryan King, Satvata had\nseven sons, named Bhajamiina, Bhaji, Divya, Vt�J.li, Deviivtdha,\n\nAndhaka and Mahiibhoja. From Bhajamiina by one wife came three\n\nsons-Nimloci, KinkaJ.la and Dhr�li. And from his other wife came\n\nthree other sons-Satajit, Sahasriijit and Ayutiijit.\nTEXT9\n\n����: if� q6� I\n��� ��tf;:ij�lq_ll �II\nbabhrur devavrdha-sutas\n\ntayo� slokau pathanty amll\n\nyathaim smumo durat\n\nsampa§yamas tathantikat\n\nbabhru�-Babhru;\n\ntayo�-of them;\n\ndevavrdha-of\n\nslokau-two verses;\n\nDevav:rdha;\n\nsuta�-the\n\nson;\n\npathanti-all the members\n\nof the old generation recite; amu-those; yatha-as; em-indeed;\n\n", "SB9.3#p0234": "Text 11 ]\n\n.Kf�l}a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n211\n\nsro,uma�-we have heard; durat-from a distance; sampa§yama�-are\nactually seeing; tatha-similarly; antikat-presently also.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Devavrdha was Babhru. Concerning Devavrdha and\nBahhru there are two famous songs of prayer, which were sung by\nour predecessors and which we have heard from a distance. Even\nnow I hear the same prayers about their qualities [because that\nwhich was heard before is still sung continuously].\nTEXTS 10-11\n\n�: � +iattt•o•i ���: ij+{: 1\n�qy: q��� �\"' ett('lfil :r.fl! � II� oil\n--.\n'\"';r_�\n����+iWI81\nifm� �l'ti:H�I'1 I\n�+i��n �mm�� 11����\nbabhru� sre�tho man�ya�rit\ndevair devavrdha� sama�\npur�a� pafica-��!iS ca\n�at-sahasrar:ti c�!a ca\nye 'mrtatvam anuprapta\nbabhror devavrdhad api\nmahabhojo 'tidharrnatma\nbhoja asarits tad-anvaye\nbabhru�-King\n\nBabhru;\n\nsre�tha�-the\n\nman�ya�m-of all human beings;\n\nbest\n\nof\n\nall\n\nkings;\n\ndevai�-with the demigods;\n\ndevavrdha�-King Devavrdha; sama�-equally situated; pur�a�persons; pafica-��#�-sixty-five; ca-also; �at-sahasrar:ti-six thousand; ca-also; �!a-eight thousand; ca-also; ye-all of them who;\namrtatvam-liberation from material bondage; anuprapta�-achieved;\nbabhro�-because of association with Babhru; devavrdhat-and because\nof\n\nassociation\n\nMahabhoja;\n\nwith\n\nDevavrdha;\n\napi-indeed;\n\nati-dharma-atma-exceedingly\n\nmahabhoja�-King\n\nreligious;\n\nbhoja�-the\n\n", "SB9.3#p0235": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n212\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nkings known as Bhoja; dsan-existed; tat-anvaye-in the dynasty of\nhim (Mahiibhoja).\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"It has been decided that among human beings Babhru is the\n\nbest and that Devav:rdha is equal to the demigods. Because of the\nassociation of Babhru and DevaVfdha, all of their descendants,\n\nnumbering 14,065, achieved liberation.\" In the dynasty of King\n\nMahabhoja, who was exceedingly religious, there appeared the\nBhoja kings.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�: ��: �� ���i!Q � I\n�M(ijf4��� f;ijr)s+(�SRT: 11��11\nvr�r:te� sumitra� putro 'bhad\nyudhiijic ca parantapa\n\nsinis tasyanamitra§ ca\n\nnighno 'bhad anamitrata�\n\nvr�r:te�-of Vr�J.Ii, the son of Satvata; sumitra�-Sumitra; putra�-a\n\nson; abhat-appeared; yudhajit-Yudhajit; ca-also; param-tapa-0\n\nking\n\nwho\n\ncan\n\nsuppress\n\nmitraft-Anamitra;\n\nenemies;\n\nca-and;\n\nanamitrata�-from Anamitra.\n\nsini�-Sini;\n\nnighnaft-Nighna;\n\ntasya-his;\n\nana­\n\nabh zlt-appeared;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, Maharaja Parik�it, who can suppress your enemies, ,the\n\nsons of V:r�:t;ti were Sumitra and Yudhajit. From Yudhajit came Sini\n\nand Anamitra, and from Anamitra came a son named Nighna.\nTEXT 13\n\n6'3fl�a: �� fw:t��: � 1\n31ortilt'3fija( �s;:q: �PI�� =T.1 �:II�� II\n\n", "SB9.3#p0236": "Text 14)\n\n.Kf'll�a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n213\n\nsatrajita� prasena5 ca\nnighnasyathasatu� sutau\nanamitra-suto yo 'nya�\nsinis tasya ca satyaka�\nsatrajita�-Satrajita; prasena� ca-Prasena also; nighnasya-the\nsons of Nighna; atha-thus; asatu�-existed; sutau-two sons;\nanamitra-suta�-the son of Anamitra; ya�-one who; anya�another; sini�-Sini; tasya-his; ca-also; satyaka�-the son named\nSatyaka.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe two sons of Nighna were Satrajita and Prasena. Another son\n\nof Anamitra was another Sini, and his son was Satyaka.\nTEXT 14\n\nf?hij 'JP:I�\"\"' 1ifU1�6: I\n��� �: �s�: 11��11\n\n�: �U�tt\n\nyuyudhana� satyakir vai\njayas tasya kuTJis tata�\nyugandharo 'namitrasya\nvr�TJi� putro 'paras tata�\nyuyudhana�-Yuyudhana; satyaki�-the son of Satyaka; va£-m­\n\ndeed; jaya�-Jaya; tasya-of him (Yuyudhana) ; kuTJib.-Kul).i; tata?z,­\n\nfrom him (Ja ya ) ; yugandhara�-Yugandhara; anamitrasya-a son of\n\nAnamitra; vr�TJi�- Vr�I).i; putra�-a son; apara�-other; tata�-from\nhim.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Satyaka was Yuyudhana, whose son was Jaya. From\n\nJaya came a son named Ku�i and from Ku�i a son named\nYugandhara. Another son of Anamitra was V:r11�i.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0237": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n214\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 15\n\n��� mf� :q �'fl�6: I\n31�0HJ(CII 3lR1-f. � � N�H 11��11\nsvaphalkas citraratha§ ca\n\ngandinyam ca svaphalkata�\n\nakrura-pramukhii iisan\nputrii dviida§a viSrutii�\nsvaphalka�-Svaphalka; citraratha� ca-and Citraratha; gandin­\n\nyiim-through the wife named Gandini; ca-and; svaphalkata�from Svaphalka; akrura-Ak.rftra; pramukhii�-headed by; iisanthere were; putrii�-sons; dviidaSa-twelve; viSrutii�-most celebrated.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFrol!l v��i came the sons named Svaphalka and Citraratha.\n\nFrom Svaphalka by his wife Gandini came Akriira. Akrftra was the\n\neldest, but there were twelve other sons, all of whom were most\n\ncelebrated.\n\nTEXTS 16-18\n\n�� �) � ttrft: I\n. : � � �Sf(¥C�if: ����II\n�m �� �MiU�� �� 1\n� � §\"itHR6ill ����tJ61tlN 11�\\911\n\\i141a'f�ilt � �: I\n� � 'ltulif�ift: II� �II\n\n3tmW:\n\niisariga� siirameya§ ca\nmrduro mrduvid giri�\ndharmavrddha� sukarmii ca\n�etrope�o 'rimardana�\n\n", "SB9.3#p0238": "Text 19]\n\n215\n\n14'��a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nsatrughno gandhamiido.S ca\npratibahu.S ca dvadaSa\nte�am svasa sucarakhya\ndvav akrilra-sutav api\ndevavan upadevas ca\ntatha citrarathatmaja/:t\n\nprthur vidurathadyas ca\n\nbahavo vmti-nandana/:t\n\nasariga/:t-Asanga;\n\nM_rdura;\nvrddha;\n\nsarameya/:t-Sarameya;\n\nca-also;\n\nmrdura/:t­\n\nmrduvit-M_rduvit; giri/:t-Giri; dharmavrddha/:t-Dharma­\n\nsukarma-Sukarma;\n\nca-also;\n\n�etrope�a/:t-�etropek�a;\n\narimardana/:t-Arimardana; satrughna/:t-Satrughna; gandhamiida /:t­\n\nGandhamada; ca-and; pratibahu/:t-Pratibahu; ca-and; dvada.Sa­\n\ntwelve; te�am-of them; svasa-sister; sucara-Sucara; akhya-well\n\nknown;\n\ndvau-two;\n\nakrilra-of Almira;\n\nsutau-sons;\n\napi-also;\n\ndevavan-Devavan; upadeva/:t ca-and Upadeva; tatha-thereafter;\n\ncitraratha-atmaja/:t-the sons of Citraratha; prthu/:t vid il ratha-P:rthu\n\nand Vidiiratha; adya/:t-beginning with; ca-also; bahava/:t-many;\nvmti-nandana�-the sons of V:r�J;li.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe names of these twelve were Asmiga, Sarameya, Mrdura,\n\nMr<fuvit, Girl, Dharmavrddha, Sukarma, �etropek�a, Arimar­\n\ndana, Satrughna, Gandhamiida and Pratihiihu. These brothers also\n\nhad a sister named Sucarii. From Akrura came two sons, named\n\nDevaviin and Upadeva. Citraratha had many sons, headed by P�thu\nand Viduratha, all of whom were known as belonging to the\ndynasty of v��i.\n\nTEXT 19\n\neU �� �: Efikt�;q�: I\n� wft qftR'il+u a��{ijij: II� �II\n\n", "SB9.3#p0239": "(Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n216\n\nkukuro bhajamiina.S ca\nsuci& kambalabarhi§a&\nkukurasya suto vahnir\nvilomii tanayas tata&\n\nkukura&-Kukura;\n\nSuci;\n\nbhajamiina&-Bhajamana;\n\nkambalabarhi§a&-Kambalah arhi�a;\n\nsuta&-a\n\nson;\n\nvahni&-Vahni;\n\ntatah-from him (Vahni).\n\nca-also;\n\nkukurasya-of\n\nviloma-Viloma;\n\nsuci&­\n\nKukura;\n\ntanaya&-son;\n\nTRANSLATION\nKukura, Bhaj amiin a, Suci and Kamhalabarhi�a were the four\n\nsons of Andhaka. The son of Kukura was Vahni, and his son was\n\nViloma.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n¥wilij{l¥n �: men � :qo �: 1\n� �:�em: ''�oil\n\"'\n\nkapotaromii tasyanu&\nsakha yasya ca tumburu&\nandhakad dundubhis tasmiid\navidyota& punarvasu&\n\nkapotaromii-Kapotaroma; tasya-his (son); anu&-Anu; sakhafriend; yasya-whose; ca-also; tumburu&-Tumburu; andhakat-o£\nAndhaka, the son of Anu; dundubhi&-a son named Dundubhi;\n\ntasmiit-from him (Dundubhi); avidyota&-a son named Avidyota;\npunarvasu&-a son named Punarvasu.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe son of Vilomii was Kapotaromii, and his son was Anu, whose\n\nfriend was Tumhuru. From Anu came Andhaka; from Andhaka,\n\nDunduhhi; and from Dunduhhi, Avidyota. From Avidyota came a\n\nson named Punarvasu.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0240": "Text 23]\n\n�!j�a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n217\n\nTEXTS 21-23\n\n6Wl\\Cfi. � � �I�Cfik+t:stl I\n���� �) �Cfii�'S'IH ����II\n�'4'41�4a.ii� �\n�iii�: I\n� �: (tftl(tet �6a.iiili:\\tl � ������\n\n���«:�4a.'41 :q ma.qt �� I\n� � :q � � m: ������\ntasyahukaS cahuki ca\n\nkanya caivahukatmajau\n\ndevakas cograsena§ ca\n\ncatviiro devakiitmajaft\n\ndevaviin upadeva§ ca\n\nsudevo devavardhanaft\n\nte�arh svasaraft saptasan\ndhrtadevadayo nrpa\n\nsantidevopadeva ca\n\nsrideva devara�ita\n\nsahadevii devaki ca\n\nvasudeva uvaha taft\n\ntasya-from him (Punarvasu); ahukaft-Ahuka; ca-and; ahuki­\n\nAhuki; ca-also; kanya-a daughter; ca-also; eva-indeed; ahukaof Ahuka; atmajau-two sons; devakaft-Devaka; ca-and; ugra­\n\nsenaft-Ugrasena; ca-also;\nof Devaka;\n\ndevaka-atmajaft-sons\n\ndevavan-Devavan; upadevaft-Upadeva; ca-and; su­\n\ndevaft-Sudeva;\n\nthem;\n\ncatvii raft-four;\n\ndevavardhanaft-Devavardhana;\n\nsvasaraft-sisters;\n\nsapta-seven;\n\nte�am-of\n\nasan-existed;\n\nall\n\nof\n\ndhrtadeva­\n\nadayaft-headed by Dh:rtadeva; nrpa-0 King (Maharaja Parikr;;i t);\nsantideva-Santideva; upadeva-Upadeva; ca-also; srideva-Srideva;\n\ndevara�ita-Devarakr;;ita; sahadeva-Sabadeva; devaki-Devaki; ca­\n\nand; vasudevaft-Sri Vasudeva, the father of K:rr;;t;ta; uviiha-married;\ntaft-them.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0241": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n218\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\nPunarvasu had a son and a daughter, named Ahuka and Ahuki\n\nrespectively, and Ahuka\n\nhad two sons, named Devaka and\n\nUgrasena. Devaka had four sons, named Devaviin, Upadeva,\n\nSudeva and Devavardhana, and he also had seven daughters,\nnamed\n\nSiintideva,\n\nUpadevii,\n\nSridevii,\n\nDevarak�itii,\n\nSahadeva,\n\nDevaki and Dh�tadevii. Dh�tadevii was the eldest. Vasudeva, the\nfather of �1,1a, married all these sisters.\nTEXT 24\n\n�:wmn�:q:�:� 1\n\n(llqli\\S�\n\n�� ijf!ftl;fl��'1�: ������\n\nkarilsa� suniimd nyagrodha�\n\nkanka� sanku� suhiis tatha\n\nrii§prapalo 'tha dhmi.S ca\n\nt�!iman augrasenaya�\n\nkarilsa�-Kamsa; suniimd-Sunarna; nyagrodha�-Nyagrodha; kali­\n\nka�-Kailka; sanku�-Sanku; suha�-Suhu; tatha-as well as; rii§pra­\n\npa/a�-Ra�trapala; atka-thereafter; dhmi�-Dhr�ti; ca-also; t�#­\n\nmdn-Tu�tirnan; augrasenaya�-the sons of Ugrasena.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKarilsa, Suniimii, Nyagrodha, KaiJ.ka, Smiku, Suhu, R�trapiila,\n\nDh��?!i and Tu�?timiin were the sons of Ugrasena.\nTEXT 25\n\nqt � (llql�� I\n\nqij�q·�f(;j� : ������\nkarilsa karilsavati kanka\nsurabha rii§prapalika\n\nugrasena-duhitaro\n\nvasudevanuja-striya/:t\n\n", "SB9.3#p0242": "Text\n\n27) �11�a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n219\n\nkaril.sa-Karhsa; karil.savati-Karhsavati; kanka-Kailka; sarabha­\n\nSurabhu; rd§/rapalika-Ra�trapalika; ugrasena-duhitara�-the daughters\n\nof\n\nUgrasena;\n\nvasudeva-anuja-of\n\nVasudeva; striya�-the wives.\n\nthe\n\nyounger\n\nbrothers\n\nof\n\nTRANSLATION\nKarnsa, Karitsavati, Kalika, Siirabhii and Rii!1trapalika were the\n\ndaughters of Ugrasena. They became the wives of Vasudeva's\nyounger brothers.\n\nTEXT\n\n26\n\nuit � �iiit+ui\\'� ��n 1\n�PI(ij4t1€(� �Rifi(ijeijfl +«1:11��II\nsaro vidarathad asid\nbhajamiinas tu tat-suta/:t\nsinis tasmiit svayam bhojo\nhrdikas tat-suto mata�\nsara�-Su.ra; vidarathat-from Vidu.ratha, the son of Citraratha;\n\ntisit-was born; bhajamana�-Bhajamana; tu-and; tat-suta/:t-the son\n\nof him (Sura); sini�-Sini; tasmiit-from him; svayam-personally;\n\nbhoja�-the famous King Bhoja; hrdika�-Hrdika; tat-suta�-the son\nof him (Bhoja); mata�-is celebrated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Citraratha was Vidiiratha, the son of Vidiiratha was\nSura, and his son was Bhajamiina. The son of Bhajamiina was Sini,\n\nthe son of Sini was Bhoja, and the son of Bhoja was H:rdika.\n\n27\n�: ��: �lffir mwn: 1\n«.'441� � +nfm ;nq � 11�\\911\nTEXT\n\ndevami{lha� satadhanu�\nkrtavarmeti tat-suta�\n\n", "SB9.3#p0243": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n220\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\ndevamilj,hasya silrasya\nmilri$a nama patny abhut\ndevamitJ,ha�-DevamiQ.ha; satadhanu�-Satadhanu; krtavarmil.Krtavarma; iti-thus; tat-suta�-the sons of him (Iqdika); devamU;lhasya-of DevamiQ.ha; silrasya-of Sura; milr4ci-Mari�a; namanamed; patni-wife; abhut-there was.\nTRANSLATION\nThe three sons of Hrdika were Devami«:lha, Satadhanu and\nKrtavarmii. The son of Devami«:lha was Sura, whose wife was\nnamed Miirl�ii.\n\nTEXTS 28-31\n\n� � iit-.�l+U� � �sn-.€fi(!+i'H'{ I\n\n� �m ��� 11��11\n���������\n�� �� � �� 11�<?..11\n� �: � tf����� I\n'NT����\n��:�n ll�oll\n<;\"l 'lii,.''H\n�\nmn� � ��: q� €firil€fit: 1\n�:�:f'tat���?l�'NT� \"��\"\n'1:1\n\n'1:1\n\ntasyarh sa janayam asa\nda§a putran akal�an\nvasudevam devabhagam\ndeva§ravasam anakam\nsrnjayam syamakam kankam\nsamikam vatsakam vrkam\ndeva-dundubhayo nedur\nanaka yasya janmani\n\n", "SB9.3#p0244": "Text 31)\n\n���a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n221\n\nvasudevam hare/:t sthanam\n\nvadanty anakadundubhim\n\nprtha ca srutadeva ca\n\nsrutakirti/:t srutaSravd/:t\n\nrajddhidev'i caite§drh\n\nbhaginya/:t panca kanyaka/:t\n\nkunte/:t sakhyu/:t pita suro\n\nhy aputrasya prtham adiit\n\ntasyam-in her (Mari�a); sa/:t-he (Sura); janayam dsa-begot;\n\nda.Sa-ten;\n\ndeva;\n\nputran-sons;\n\nakalma§dn-spotless;\n\ndevabhiigam-Devabhaga;\n\nvasudevam-Vasu­\n\ndevasravasam-Deva8rava;\n\ndna­\n\nkam-Anaka; srnjayam-S:rnjaya; syamakam-Syamaka; kankam­\n\nKanka; sam'ihnm-Samika; vatsakam-Vatsaka; vrkam-V:rka; devadundubhaya/:t-kettledrums sounded by the demigods; nedu/:t-were\n\nbeaten; anaka/:t-a kind of kettledrum; yasya-whose; janmani-at the\n\ntime of birth; vasudevam-unto Vasudeva; hare/:t-of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; sthdnam-that place; vadanti-they call; anakadundubhim-Anakadundubhi;\n\nprthd-P:rtha; ca-and; srutadeva­\n\nSrutadeva; ca-also; srutakirti/:t-Srutakirti; sruta.srava/:t-Srutasrava;\n\nrajadhidevi-Rajadhidevi; ca-also; ete§dm-of all these; bhaginya/:t­\n\nsisters; pafica-:five;\n\nkanyaka/:t-daughters (of Siira);\n\nkunte/:t-of\n\nKunti; sakhyu/:t-a friend; pita-father; sura/:t-Siira; hi-indeed;\naputrasya-(of\n\ndelivered.\n\nKunti)\n\nwho\n\nwas\n\nsonless;\n\nprthdm-P:rtha;\n\naddt­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThrough Miiri�ii, King ,Sura begot Vasp.deva, Devabhaga,\n_\nDeva5ravii, Anaka, S:riijaya, Syiimaka, Kaitka, Samika, Vatsaka and\n\nV:rka. These ten sons were spotlessly pious personalities. When\n\nVasudeva was born, the demigods from the heavenly kingdom\nsounded kettledrums. Therefore Vasudeva, who provided the\n\nproper place for the appearance of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Krsna, was also known as Anakadundubhi. The five\ndaughters of..King Sura, named P:rthii, Srutadevii, Srutakirti,\n\n", "SB9.3#p0245": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n222\nSrutaSrav\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nA and Rajadhidevi, were Vasudeva's sisters. Siira gave\n\nPrtha to his friend Kunti, who had no issue, and therefore another\nname of Prtha was Kunti.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n� � �Fff $fJl,a•( 1\n� cihtq��f4'41'#!iil� � �: II��II\nm\n\nsapa durvasaso vidyarh\ndeva-hutirh prato$ittit\ntasya virya-pari�artham\najuhava ravirh sucib,\nsa-she (Kunti, or P:rtha); apa-achieved; durvasasab,-from the\ngreat sage Durvasa; vidyam-mystic power; deva-hutim-calling any\ndemigod; pratOI}itat-who was satisfied; tasyab,-with that (particular\nmystic power);\n\nvirya-potency;\n\nparilcya-artham-just to examine;\n\najuhava-called for; ravim-the sun-god; sucib,-the pious (P:rtha).\nTRANSLATION\nOnce when Durviisa was a guest at the house of Prtha's father,\n\nKunti, Prtha satisfied Durvasii by rendering service. Therefore she\n\nreceived a mystic power by which she could call any demigod. To\n\nexamine the potency of this mystic power, the pious Kunti im­\n\nmediately called for the sun-god.\n\nTEXT 33\n\nd�cfNI•Id � � Ftmd+tl�('ll I\nSl€ti�Wl � it� ��it������\ntadaivopagatam devam\nvilcyya vismita-manasa\npratyayartham prayukta me\nyahi deva /cyamasva me\ntada-at that time; eva-indeed; upagatam-appeared (before her);\ndevam-the sun-god; v'i/cyya-seeing;\n\nvismita-manasa-very much\n\n", "SB9.3#p0246": "Text 34)\n\n1\\f�J,la, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n223\n\nsurprised; pratyaya-artham-just to see the potency of the mystic\npower; prayukta-I have used it; me-me; yahi-please return;\ndeva-0 demigod; �amasva-forgive; me-me.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Kunti called for the demigod of the sun, he immediately appeared before her, and she was very much surprised.\nShe told the sun-god, \"I was simply examining the effectiveness of\nthis mystic power. I am sorry I have called you unnecessarily.\nPlease return and excuse me.\"\nTEXT 34\n\n� ��,4<::�hu<: ��� 1\nq1f;t�'lt W1 � - ij @iQP{ 11�\\lll\namogharit deva-sandarsam\niidadhe tvayi catmajam\nyonir yatha na dU$yeta\nkartiiham te sumadhyame\namogham-without\n\nfailure;\n\ndeva-sandarsam-meeting\n\nwith\n\nthe\n\ndemigods; adadhe-1 shall give (my semen); tvayi-unto you; caalso; atmajam-a son; yonib,-the source of birth; yatha-as; na-not;\ndU$yeta-becomes polluted; karta-shall arrange; aham-I; te-unto\nyou; sumadhyame-0 beautiful girl.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe sun-god said: 0 beautiful P:rtha, your meeting with the\ndemigods cannot be fruitless. Therefore, let me place my seed in\nyour womb so that you may bear a son. I shall arrange to keep your\nvirginity intact, since you are still an unmarried girl.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Vedic civilization, if a girl gives birth to a child before\nshe is married, no one will marry her. Therefore although the sun-god,\nafter appearing before P:rtha, wanted to give her a child, P:rtha hesitated\n\n", "SB9.3#p0247": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n224\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nbecause she was still unmarried. To keep her virginity undisturbed, the\nsun-god arranged to give her a child that came from her ear, and\ntherefore the child was known as Kan_1a. The custom is that a girl should\nbe married alcyata-yoni, that is, with her virginity undisturbed. A girl\nshould never bear a child before her marriage.\nTEXT 35\n\n� � � 3lN1lf tnt� � ;r{f: I\n�: �: �' fufN��:����II\niti tasyarit sa adhiiya\ngarbham suryo divam gata�\nsadya� kumiira� saiijajfie\ndvitiya iva bhiiskara�\niti-in this way; tasyam-unto her (Prtha); sa�-he (the sun-god);\nadhiiya-discharging semen; garbham-pregnancy; surya�-the sungod; divam-in the celestial planets; gata�-returned; sadya�-immediately; kumara�-a child; saiijajiie-was born; dvitiya�-second;\niva-like; bhaskara�-the sun-god.\nTRANSLATION\nMter saying this, the sun-god discharged his semen into the\n\nwomb of P:rthii and then returned to the celestial kingdom. Im­\n\nmediately thereafter, from Kunti a child was born, who was like a\nsecond sun-god.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n<i �atf$f{hi1q t-.:.�1§\\W � I\n\n�¥4((ij1Qifl( �� ij�fctffi¥4: ������\ntarit satyajan nadi-toye\nkrcchral lokasya bibhyati\nprapitamahas tam uvaha\npar:uf,ur vai satya-vikrama�\n\n", "SB9.3#p0248": "Text 37]\n\nKrlil�a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n225\n\ntam-that child; sa-she (Kunti); atyajat-gave up; nadi-toye-in\n\nthe water of the river; krcchrat-with great repentance; lokasya-of the\n\npeople in general;\n\nbibhyati-fearing; p rapitamaha/:t- (your) great­\n\nknown\n\nvai-indeed;\n\ngrandfather; tam-her (Kunti); uooha-married; pa�u/:t-the king\nas\n\nchivalrous.\n\nPaQ.Q.u;\n\nsatya-vikra ma/:t-very\n\npious\n\nand\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Kunti feared people's criticisms, with great difficulty\nshe had to give up her affection for her child. Unwillingly, she\npacked the child in a basket and let it float down the waters of the\nriver. 0 Maharaja Parik!jiit, your great-grandfather the pious and\nchivalrous King P��u later married Kunti.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n� f! � ror'fi (i'IU('� I\n� ilORI�Sfi SllmniJ �: wr: I I �\\91 I\nsrutadevarh tu kara�o\nvrddhaSarma samagrahit\nyasyam abhad dantavakra\nr�i-sapto dite/:t suta/:t\nsrutadevam-unto Srutadeva, a sister of Kunti's; tu-but; kar�a/:t­\n\nthe King of Karii!;Ja; vrddha§arma-Vrddhasarma; samagrahit-married; yasyam-through whom; abhat-was born; dantavakra/:t-Dan­\n\ntavakra; r$i-sapta/:t-was formerly cursed by the sages Sanaka and\n\nSanatana; dite/:t-of Diti; suta/:t-son.\n\nTRANSLATION\n, Vrddha8armii, the King of Karii!jia, married Kunti's sister\nSrutadevii, and from her womb Dantavakra was born. Having been\ncursed by the sages headed by Sanaka, Dantavakra had formerly\nbeen born as the son of Diti named Hir�yiik!jia.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0249": "226\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nkaikeyo dhmaketu5 ca\n\nsrutakirtim avindata\nsantardanadayas tasyarh\npaficasan kaikaya� suta�\nkaikeya�-the King of Kekaya; dhmaketu�-Dh.r�taketu; ca-also;\nsrutakirtim-a sister of Kunti's named Srutakirti; avindata-married;\nsantardana-adaya�-headed by Santardana; tasyam-through her\n(Srutakirti); pafica-five; asan-there were; kaikaya�-the sons of the\nKing of Kekaya; sutd�-sons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Dh:r�taketu, the King of Kekaya, married Srutakirti,\n\nanother sister of Kunti's. Srutakirti had five sons, headed by\nSantardana.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n���IIU� :st�ewtl� � I\n� ����II\n�l'f�fd:Uit:\nrajadhidevyam avantyau\njayaseno 'jan�!a ha\ndamag�a§ cedi-raja�\nsruta§ravasam agrahit\nrajadhidevyam-through Riijiidhidevi, another sister of Kunti's;\navantyau-the sons (named Vinda and Anuvinda); jayasena�-King\nJayasena; ajan�!a-gave birth to; ha-in the past; damagh0$a�J?amagho�a; cedi-raja�-the king of the state of Cedi; sruta§ravasamSrutasravii, another sister; agrahit-married.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0250": "Text 41]\n\nKr��a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n227\n\nTRANSLATION\nThrough the womb of Riijiidhidevi, another sister of Kunti's,\n\nJayasena begot two sons, named Vinda and Anuvinda. Similarly,\nthe king of the Cedi state married Sruta.Sravii. This king's name\n\nwas Damagho�a.\n\nTEXT 40\n\n�w;: ijij(ij�l: � �: I\n�441¥1� � �'SI4idi(O:� llijoll\nsiSupalab, sutas tasyab,\nkathitas tasya sambhavab,\ndevabhagasya karitsa yam\ncitraketu-brhadbalau\n\nsiSupalab,-Sisupala; sutab,-the son; tasyab,-of her (Srutasrava);\n\nkathitab,-already described\nsambhavab,-birth;\n\n(in the\n\nSeventh Canto);\n\ntasya-his;\n\ndevabhagasya-from Devabhaga, a brother of\n\nVasudeva's; karitsayam-in the womb of Kamsa, his wife; citraketuCitraketu; brhadbalau-and B:rhadbala.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son of Sruta8ravii was Sisupiila, whose birth has already\n\nbeen described (in the Seventh Canto of Srimad-Bhiigavatam].\n\nVasudeva's brother named Devahhiiga had two sons born of his\n\nwife, Karhsii. These two sons were Citraketu and Brhadbala.\nTEXT 41\n\n;:hl:c!!4�i ��: �� ��m\n\n1\n\n�:�ijqlllie���\n���ij�''\nkaritsavatyaril deva§ravasab,\nsuvira �umarits tatha\nbakab, kankat tu kankayam\nsatyajit purujit tatha\n\n", "SB9.3#p0251": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n228\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nkarilsavatyam-in the womb of Kamsava t i; deva.Sravasaft-from\n\nDevasrava,\n\na\n\nbrother\n\nof\n\nVasudeva's;\n\nsuviraft-Suvira;\n\ni§uman­\n\nl�umiin; tatha-as well as; bakafl-Baka; kankat-from Karika; tuindeed; kankayam-in his wife, named Kailka; satyajit-Satyajit;\npurujit-Purujit; tatha-as well as.\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva's brother named Dev&Srava married Kamsavati, by\n\nwhom he begot two sons, named Suvira and l�umiin. Kruika, by his\nwife Kruika, begot three sons, named Baka, Satyajit and Purujit.\n\nsrfijayo r�trapalyarh ca\n\nvr$a-durmar$aruidikii n\n\nharikesa-hirar:tyak$au\n\nsllrabhamyarh ca syamakaft\n\nspijayafl-S:riijaya; r�trapalyam-through his wife, Ra�trapalika;\n\nca-and; vr$a-durmar$ar:ta-adikiin -begot sons headed by V:r�a and\n\nDurmar�ru;ta; harikesa-Harikesa; hirar:tya�au-and Hirru;tyak�a;\nsarabhamyam-in the womb of Surabhtimi; ca-and; syamakaft-King\nSyamaka.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Spijaya, by his wife, R�trapalikii, begot sons headed by\n\nVf!iia and Durm�aJ}.a. King Syiimaka, by his wife, Siirabhiimi,\nbegot two sons, named Harikesa and HiraJ}.yiik�a.\nTEXT 43\n\nf'N�t;qt+tCQ(fe Wta.'fwt '4ffl�$.fl I\n�«tR�Ii{lwt � � � ll'd�ll\n\n", "SB9.3#p0252": "Text 44]\n\n1\\r'J;Ul, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n229\n\nmiSrakesyam apsarasi\nvrkiidin vatsakas tatha\ntalcya-pU§kara-saladin\ndurva/cyyam vrka adadhe\nmiSrakesyam-in the womb of Misrakesi; apsarasi-who belonged to\nthe Apsara group;\nVatsaka;\n\nvrka-adin-Vrka and other sons;\n\ntatha-as well;\n\nvatsaka�­\n\nta/cya-pU§kara-sala-adin-sons headed by\n\nTak�a, Pu�kara and Sala; durvalcyyam-in the womb of his wife, Durvak�i; vrka�-V:rka; adadhe-begot.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, King Vatsaka, by the womb of his wife, Misrakesi,\n\nwho was an Apsarii, begot sons headed by V:rka. V:rka, by his wife,\n\nDurviik,i, begot Tak�ja, Pu�jkara, Siila and so on.\nTEXT 44\n\nijfflsui-tq•�•�� «� ijG\\I+Mt 1\n�: �fft€filtd � �\\!114ldl�li!4fq ll'd'dll\nsumitrarjunapaladin\nsamikat tu sudamani\nanaka� karr:tikayam vai\nrtadhama-jayav api\nsumitra-Sumitra; arjunapala-Arjunapala; adin-headed by; samikat-from King Samika; tu-indeed; sudamani\"-in the womb of\nSudamani, his wife; anaka�-King Anaka; karr:tikayam-in the womb\nof his wife Kar�ika; vai-indeed; rtadhama-B.tadhama; jayau-and\nJaya; api-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Samika, by the womb of his wife, Sudamani, came\n\nSumitra, Arjunapiila and other sons. King Anaka, by his wife,\nKar1.1ika, begot two sons, namely �tadhama and Jaya.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0253": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n230\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 45\n\n� itftuft � � iR;n � I\n�t44ihlfl(�l�lij9{ � 31lwt'iK� : ll'd�ll\npauravi rohirti bhadra\nmadira rocand ila\ndevaki-pramukhaS cdsan\npatnya anakadundubhe�\npauravi-Pauravi;\nMadira;\nheaded\n\nrohirti-Rohi�i;\n\nrocana-Rocan a;\n\nby;\n\nca-and;\n\nila-Ila;\n\nbhadra-Bhadra;\n\ndevaki-Devaki;\n\ndsan-existed;\n\nmadira­\n\npramukha�­\n\npatnya�-wives;\n\nanaka­\n\ndundubhe�-of Vasudeva, who was known as Anakadundubhi.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDevaki, Pauravi, Rohil).i, Bhadrii, Madirii, Rocanii, Ilii and others\n\nwere all wives of Anakadundubhi (Vasudeva]. Among them all,\n\nDevaki was the chief.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n���R'f����l\n\nqija:i!f� (lf(w{f �ijl�l�41�401€( ll'd�ll\nbalarh gadarh sara�rh ca\n\ndurmadam vipulam dhruvam\n\nvasudevas tu rohirtyam\nkrtadin udapadayat\nbalam-Bala;\n\ngadam-Gada;\n\nmadam-Durrn ada;\n\nsara�m-Sli.ra.Qa;\n\nvipulam-Vipula;\n\nca-also;\n\ndhruvam-Dhru v a ;\n\ndur­\n\nvasude­\n\nva�-Vasudeva (the father of .Kr��a); tu-indeed; rohirtyam-in the\n\nwife named Rohi¢; krta-adin-the sons headed by ,Krta; udapadayat­\n\nbegot.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva, by the womb of his wife Rohil).i, begot sons such as\nBala, Gada, Siir&l).a, Durmada, Vipula, Dhruva, Krta and others.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0254": "Text 49)\n\nKr�t:la, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n231\n\nTEXTS 47-48\n'\"'\n\n{''\"'\n\n�r�������\ncff�otl(ijWft W � §IIG\\�1�� 11�\\911\n\nwt;:(lqWf;:(tl1�tMI l ��: I\nifil1�•�• � <:�\\lfi.(l twwtf'((wt¥( ������\nsubhadro bhadrabahu.S ca\ndurmado bhadra eva ca\npauravyas tanaya hy ete\nbhutadya dvada.Sabhavan\nnandopananda- krtakasilradya madiratmaja/,1.\nkau.Salya kesinarit tv ekam\nasilta kula-nandanam\n\nsubhadra/,1.-Subhadra;\n\nbhadraoohu/,1.-Bhadrabahu; ca-and; dur­\n\nmada/,1.-Durmada; bhadra/,1.-Bhadra; eva-indeed; ca-also; paura­\n\nvya/,1.-of the wife named Pauravi; ta na ya/,1.-sons; hi-indeed; ete­\n\nall\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\nabhavan-were\n\nbhuta-adya/,1.-headed\nborn;\n\nby\n\nBhuta;\n\ndvadaSa-twelve;\n\nnanda-upananda-krtaka-sura-adya/,1.-Nanda,\n\nUpananda, K.rtaka, Sura and others; madira-atmaja/,1.-the sons of\nMadira; kau.Salya-Kausal ya; kesinam-a son named Ke8i; tu ekam­\n\nonly one; asilta-gave birth to; kula-nandanam-a son.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFrom the womb of Pauravi came twelve sons, including Bhiita,\nSuhhadra, Bhadrahahu, Durmada and Bhadra. Nanda, Upananda,\nKrtaka, Sura and others were horn from the womb of Madirii.\n\nBhadra [Kausalya) gave birth to only one son, named Kesi.\nTEXT 49\n\nil\"'lwtItt1\\lffl\n\n�m\n\n(WittIVI�eti!'$1a_l�\n\n{(ijl\\ll'fG\\IG\\tt: I\n\n�1VI*'6tliwtlil�;ca: I I �� I I\n\n", "SB9.3#p0255": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n232\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nrocanayam ato jata\nhasta-hemangadadaya�\niliiyam uruvalkadin\nyadu-mukhyan ajijanat\nrocanayam-in another wife, whose name was Rocana; ata�thereafter; jata�-were born; hasta-Hasta; hemailgada-Hemailgada;\nadaya�-and others; iliiyam-in another wife, named Ila; uruvalkaadin-sons\n\nheaded\n\nby\n\nUruvalka;\n\nyadu-mukhyan-principal\n\nper­\n\nsonalities in the Yadu dynasty; ajijanat-he begot.\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva, by another of his wives, whose name was Rocana,\n\nbegot Hasta, Hemangada and other sons. And by his wife named Ila\n\nhe begot sons headed by Uruvalka, all of whom were chief personalities in the dynasty of Yadu.\n\nTEXT 50\n\nmm 'i��•t•�Ch 3\\l�€hf\"{it: 1\nmf';et�ei1�¥N1T U� �M�I�tt : 11'-\\oll\nvipmho dhrtadevayam\neka anakadundubhe�\nsantidevatmaja rdjan\npra5ama-prasitadaya�\nvipr�tha�-Vip:r�tha; dhrtadevayam-in the womb of the wife named\nDh:rtadeva; eka�-one son; anakadundubhe�-of Anakadundubhi,\nyasudeva; santideva-atmaja�-the sons of another wife, named\n\nSantideva; rajan-0 Maharaja Parik�it;\nPrasama, Prasita and other sons.\n\npra5ama-prasita-adaya�­\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the womb of Dhrtadeva, one of the wives of Anaka­\n\ndunduhhi (Vasudeva], came a son named Vipr��ha. The sons of\n\n", "SB9.3#p0256": "Text 52)\n\nK.r�1,1a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n233\n\nSiintidevii, another wife of Vasudeva, were Pra8ama, Prasita and\n\nothers.\n\nTEXT 51\n\nm��'41�T\n'34�'41ij(fl � I\n'4ij(ewiw.m ��'41ttl� �..JI�n: 11\"' � 11\nrajanya-kalpa-var�adya\nupadeva-suta daSa\nvasu-harhsa-suvamsadyal;\nsridevayas tu �a! sutal;\nrajanya-Raj an ya; kalpa-Kalpa; var�a-adyal;-Var�a and others;\nupadeva-sutal;-sons of Upadeva, another wife of Vasudeva's; daSaten; vasu-Vasu; harhsa-Harhsa; suvamsa-Suvarhsa; adyal;-and\n\nothers; sridevayal;-born of another wife, named Srideva; tu-but;\n\n�a!-six; sutal;-sons.\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva also had a wife named Upadevii, from whom came ten\n\nsons, headed by Riijanya, Kalpa and Var�a. From Sridevii, another\n\nwife, came six sons, such as V asu, Hamsa and Suvamsa.\nTEXT 52\n\n�CI�(fttl � WI� � •IG:IG:tt: I\nfi: ®1'1!1�� �ttl 11\"'�11\ndevaralcyitaya labdha\nnava catra gadiidayal)\nvasudeval; sutan �!tiv\nadadhe sahadevaya\ndevaralcyitaya-by the wife named Devarak�ita; labdhal;-achieved;\nnaoo-nine;\nGada;\n\nca-al�o;\n\natra-here; gada-adayal;-sons headed by\n\nvasudevai;-Srila Vasudeva;\n\nsutan-sons;\n\n�!au-eight;\n\ndadhe-begot; sahadevaya-in the wife named Sahadeva.\n\na­\n\n", "SB9.3#p0257": "234\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy the semen of Vasudeva in the womb of Devarak�itii, nine sons\n\nwere born, headed by Gada. Vasudeva, who was religion per­\n\nsonified, also had a wife named Sahadevii, by whose womb he begot\n\neight sons, headed by Sruta and Pravara.\n\nTEXTS 53-55\n\n�� ���Cfl\n\nilijC.il� C.il+41+tt! �'5111�1 II�� II\n�Mtt\"('f � :tt ll�l1fl�l(l:ft : I\n�\n�\n�� �totifi.wt �.\nQWfUitrlflH¥(\n. ('\n\"' 11�\\111\n3Ct!+«� �tf\\(•«1� �Cf uh titi� 1\n� :tt � � U�'{ �(fl+ti' ����II\npravara-sruta-mukhyarhs ca\nsalcyad dharmo vasun iva\nvasudevas tu devakyam\n�!a putran ajijanat\nkirtimantarh s�e\"{Ulrh ca\nbhadrasenam udara-dhi/:1.\nr}urh sammardanarh bhadrarh\nsankar�a\"{Ulm ahiSvaram\na�tamas tu tayor asit\nsvayam eva hari/:1. kila\nsubhadra ca mahabhaga\ntava rajan pitamahi\n\n-\n\nprarora-Pravara (in some readings, Pauvara); sruta Sruta; mukhyan-headed by; ca-and; sa/cyat-directly; dharma/:1.-religion\npersonified; rosun iva -exactly like the chief Vasus in the heavenly\nplanets; vas udeva/:1.-Srila Vasudeva, the father of Kr�Q.a; tu-indeed;\ndeva�am-in the womb of Devaki; a�!a-eight; putra n-sons;\n\n", "SB9.3#p0258": "Text 56]\n\n235\n\n:Kf�J.la, the Supreme Personality of G«Jdhead\n\najljanat-begot; kirtimantam-Kirtiman; S!J.$e�m ca-and Su�eQ.a;\nbhadrasenam-Bhadrasena; udara-dhift,-all fully qualified; rjum�ju; sammardanam-Sammardana; bhadram-Bhadra; sankar�a�m\n-Sankar�aQ.a; ahi-i.Svaram-the supreme controller and serpent incarnation; �!amaft,-the eighth one; tu-but; tayoft,-of both (Devaki and\nVasudeva); asit-appeared; svayam eva-directly, personally; harift,the\n\nSupreme Personality\n\nof Godhead;\n\nkila-what to\n\nspeak\n\nof;\n\nsubhadra-a sister, Subhadra; ca-and; mahabhaga-highly fortunate;\ntam-your; rajan-0 Maharaja Parik�it; pitamahi-grandmother.\nTRANSLATION\nThe eight sons born of Sahadevii such as Pravara and Sruta, were\n\nexact incarnations of the eight Vas us in the heavenly planets.\n\nVasudeva also begot eight highly qualified sons through the womb\nof Devaki. These included Kirtimiin, Su�eJ.la, Bhadrasena, I;tju,\n\nSammardana, Bhadra and Sailkar�SJ.la, the controller and serpent\n\nincarnation. The eighth son was the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself -:Kf�J.la. The highly fortunate Subhadri, the one\n\ndaughter, was your grandmother.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe fifty-fifth verse says, sooyam eva harift, kila, indicating that\nl(r�Q.a, the eighth son of Devaki, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nl(r�Q.a is not an incarnation. Although there is no difference between the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead Hari and His incarnation, l(r�Q.a is the\noriginal Supreme Person, the complete Godhead. Incarnations exhibit\nonly a certain percentage of the potencies of Godhead; the complete Godhead is l(r�Q.a Himself, who appeared as the eighth son of Devaki.\nTEXT 56\n\n� ��ft•� m� q�: 1\n\n� Q ¥441€4141� 311<:¥14 � �:\nyada yada hi dharmasya\nlcyayo vrddhiS ca papmana/:t\n\n����\"\n\n", "SB9.3#p0259": "[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n236\n\ntadd tu bhagavan iSa\n\natmanam srjate hari�\n\nyadd-whenever; yadd -whenever; hi-indeed; dharmasya-of the\n\nprinciples of religion;\n\n/r§aya�-deterioration;\n\nvrddhi�-increasing;\n\nca-and; papmana�-of sinful activities; tadd-at that time; tu-in­\n\ndeed;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\niSa�-the\n\nsupreme controller; atmdnam-personally; srjate-descends; hari�the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhenever the principles of religion deteriorate and the prin­\n\nciples of irreligion increase, the supreme controller, the Personality of Godhead Sri Hari, appears by His own will.\nPURPORT\n\nThe principles by which an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead descends upon earth are explained in this verse. The same prin­\n\nciples are also explained in Bhagavad-gita (4.7) by the Lord Himself:\nyadd yadd hi dharmasya\nglanir bhavati bharata\n\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\n\ntaddtmanam srjamy aham\n\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I\ndescend Myself.\"\nI,n the present age, the Supreme Personality of Godhead has appeared\nas Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to inaugurate the Hare .Kr�Q.a movement. At\nthe present time, in Kali-yuga, people are extremely sinful and bad\n(manda). They have no idea of spiritual life and are misusing the\nbenefits of the human form to live like cats and dogs. Under these\ncircumstances Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has inaugurated the Hare _Kr�Q.a\n\nmovement, which is not different from .Kr�J.la, the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. If one associates with this movement, he directly associates\n\n", "SB9.3#p0260": "Text 57]\n\n\"r!�J;l8, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n237\n\nwith the Supreme Personality of Godhead. People should take advantage\nof the chanting of the Hare K{�1,1a mantra and thus gain relief from all\nthe problems created in this age of Kali.\n\nna hy asya janmano hetu�\nkarmar:w va mahipate\natma-maya:m vinesasya\nparasya dr�!ur atmana�\nna-not; hi-indeed; asya-of Him (the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead); janmana�-of the appearance, or taking birth; hetu�-there\nis any cause; karmatta�-or for acting; va-either; mahipate-0 King\n(Maharaja Parik�it); atma-mayam-His supreme compassion for the\nfallen\n\nsouls;\n\nvina-without;\n\niSasya-of\n\nthe\n\nsupreme\n\ncontroller;\n\nparasya-of the Personality of Godhead, who is beyond the material\nworld; dr�!u�-of the Supersoul, who witnesses everyone's activities;\natmana�-of the Supersoul of everyone.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, Maharaja Parik�it, but for the Lord's personal desire,\nthere is no cause for His appearance, disappearance or activities.\nAs the Supersoul, He knows everything. Consequently there is no\ncause that affects Him, not even the results of fruitive activities.\nPURPORT\nThis verse points out the difference between the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead and an ordinary living being. An ordinary living being\nreceives a particular type of body according to his past activities\n\n(karma� daiva-netrerJa jantur dehopapattaye). A living being is never\nindependent and can never appear independently. Rather, one is forced\nto accept a body imposed upon him by maya according to his past karma.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0261": "[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n238\n\nAs explained in Bhagavad-gita (18.61), yantrariU;lhani mayaya. The\nbody is a kind of machine created and offered to the living entity by the\nmaterial energy under the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore the living entity must accept a particular type of body\nawarded to him by maya, the material energy, according to his karma.\nOne cannot independently say, \"Give me a body like this\" or \"Give me a\nbody like that.\" One must accept whatever body is offered by the material energy. This is the position of the ordinary living being.\nWhen Kr�?IJ.a descends, however, He does so out of His merciful compassion for the fallen souls. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (4.8):\n\nparitra�ya sadhunarh\nvinasaya ca d�krtam\ndharma-sarhsthapanarthaya\nsambhavami yuge yuge\n\"To deliver the pious and to annihilate the miscreants, as well as to reestablish the principles of religion, I advent Myself millennium after\nmillennium.\" The Supreme Lord is not forced to appear. Indeed, no one\ncan subject Him to force, for He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nEveryone is under His control, and He is not under the control of anyone\nelse. Foolish people who because of a poor fund of knowledge think that\none can equal Krf?IJ.a or become Krf?IJ.a are condemned in every way. No\none can equal or surpass Kr�?IJ.a, who is therefore described as\nasamaurdhva. According to the ViSva-lrosa dictionary, the word maya is\nused in the sense of \"false pride\" and also in the sense of \"compassion.\"\nFor an ordinary living being, the body in which he appears is his punish­\n\nment. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (7.14), daivi hy e$a gu�amayi\n\nmama maya duratyaya: \"This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the\nthree modes of material nature, is difficult to overcome.\" But when\nKrf?IJ.a comes the word maya refers to His compassion or mercy upon the\ndevotees and fallen souls. By His potency, the Lord can deliver everyone,\nwhether sinful or pious.\nTEXT 58\n\nq\"tl41�f!d �: �€9>€'4�Qtq1t1 � I\n\n31�t�Rlt-ao€4\\el'f'P.I\n\n�� \"'\"'�\"\n\n", "SB9.3#p0262": "Text 58)\n\n239\n\n.Kr�t;ta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nyan maya-ce�#tam purilsa�\nsthity-utpatty-apyayaya hi\nanugrahas tan-nivrtter\natma liibhaya ce�yate\n-\n\nyat-whatever; maya-ce�#tam-the laws of material nature enacted\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead; purilsa�-of the living entities;\nsthiti-duration of life;\n-indeed;\n\nutpatti-birth; apyayaya-annihilation; hi\n\nanugraha�-compassion;\n\ntat-nivrtte�-the\n\ncreation\n\nand\n\nmanifestation of cosmic energy to stop the repetition of birth and death;\natma-liibhaya-thus\n\ngoing home,\n\nback\n\nto\n\nGodhead;\n\nca-indeed;\n\n�yate-for this purpose the creation is there.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead acts through His material\nenergy in the creation, maintenance and annihilation of this\ncosmic manifestation just to deliver the living entity by His compassion and stop the living entity's birth, death and duration of\nmaterialistic life. Thus He enables the living being to return home,\nback to Godhead.\nPURPORT\nMaterialistic men sometimes ask why God has created the material\nworld for the suffering of the living entities. The material creation is certainly meant for the suffering of the conditioned souls, who are part of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, as confirmed by the Lord Himself\nin Bhagavad-gita (15.7):\nmamaivamso jioo-loke\njiva-bhuta� sarnitana�\nmana� ��!hanindriyaJJ.i\nprakrti-sthani kar�ati\n\"The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal, fragmental\nparts. Due to conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the six\nsenses, which include the mind.\" All the living entities are part and\nparcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and are as good as the\n\n", "SB9.3#p0263": "240\n\nSrimad- Bhiigavatam\n\n(Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nLord qualitatively, but quantitatively there is a great difference between\nthem, for the Lord is unlimited whereas the living entities are limited.\nThus the Lord possesses unlimited potency for pleasure, an� the living\nlimited pleasure potency. Anandamayo 'bhyiisat\n(Vedanta-sutra 1.1.12). Both the Lord and the living entity, being\n\nentities have a\n\nqualitatively spirit soul, have the tendency for peaceful enjoyment, but\nwhen the part of the Supreme Personality of Godhead unfortunately\nwants to enjoy independently, without Kr�J;la, he is put into the material\nworld, where he begins his life as Brahma and is gradually degraded\nto the status of an ant or a worm in stool. This is called mana�\n\n$�!luinindriya;t:ti prakrti-stluini kar$ati. There is a great struggle for existence because the living entity conditioned by material nature is under\nnature's full control (prakrte� kriyamanat:ti guTJ.ai� karmat:ti sarva.SaM.\nBecause of his limited knowledge, however, the living entity thinks he is\nenjoying in this material world. Mana� $�!luinindriyat:ti prakrti-stluini\n\nkar$ati. He is actually under the full control of material nature, but still\nhe thinks himself independent (ahankara-vimuc;lluitma kartaham iti\n\nmanyate). Even when he is elevated by speculative knowledge and tries\nto merge into the existence of Brahman, the same disease continues.\n\nAruhya krcchre7J-a param padam tata� patanty adha� (Bhiig. 10.2.32).\nEven having attained that param padam, having merged into the impersonal Brahman, he falls again to the material world.\nIn this way, the conditioned soul undergoes a great struggle for existence in this mate:r:ial world, and therefore the Lord, out of compassion\nfor him, appears in this world and instructs him. Thus the Lord says in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (4. 7):\n\nyada yada hi dharmasya\ngliinir bhavati bluirata\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\ntadatmanam srjamy aham\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion -at that time I\ndescend Myself.\" The real dharma is to surrender unto Kr�J;la, but the\nrebellious living entity, instead of surrendering to Kr�:J;!a, engages in\n\n", "SB9.3#p0264": "Text 58)\n\n1\\.r\"':Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n241\n\nadharma, in a struggle for existence to become like Kr�J;la. Therefore out\nof compassion Kr�.t;la creates this material world to give the living entity a\nchance to understand his real position. Bhagavad-gita and similar Vedic\nliteratures are presented so that the living being may understand his\nrelationship with Kr�.t;la. VedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedya{t (Bg. 15.15).\nAll these Vedic literatures are meant to enable the human being to\nunderstand what he is, what his actual position is, and what his relationship is with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is called brahmajijiiii.sa. Every conditioned soul is struggling, but human life provides the\nbest chance for him to understand his position. Therefore this verse says,\nanugrahas tan-nivrtte{t, indicating that the false life of repeated birth\nand death must be stopped and the conditioned soul should be educated.\nThis is the purpose of the creation.\nThe creation does not arise whimsically, as atheistic men think.\nasatyam aprat4tham te\njagad ahur aniSvaram\naparaspara-sambhutam\nkim anyat kama-haitukam\n\"They say that this world is unreal, that there is no foundation and that\nthere is no God in control. It is produced of sex desire and has no cause\nother than lust.\" (Bg. 16.8) Atheistic rascals think that there is no God\nand that the creation has taken place by chance, just as a man and woman\nmeet by chance and the woman becomes pregnant and gives birth to a\nchild. Actually, however, this is not the fact. The fact is that there is a\npurpose for this creation: to give the conditioned soul a chance to return\nto his original consciousness, ��.t;la consciousness, and then return\nhome, back to Godhead, and be completely happy in the spiritual world.\nIn the material world the conditioned soul is given a chance to satisfy his\nsenses, but at the same time he is informed by Vedic knowledge that this\nmaterial world is not his actual place for happiness. ]anma-mrtyu-jaravyiidhi-du{tkha-do!}anudarsanam (Bg. 13.9). One must stop the repetition of birth and death. Every human being, therefore, should take\nadvantage of this creation by understanding Kr�.t;la and his relationship\nwith Kr�.t;la and in this way return home, back to Godhead.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0265": "Srnnad-BhigavaUun\n\n242\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 59\n\n�1f(uihd\n\n��: I\n\n�� 31TSfiR4441UItl aNmtr iffl�: ������\nak$auhir:tiniirit patibhir\nasurair nrpa-liiichanai�\nbhuoo akramyama1}dya\nabharaya krtodyama�\n\nak$auhir:tiniim-of kings possessing great military power; patibhi�by such kings or government; asurai�-actually demons (because they\ndo not need such military power but create it unnecessarily); nrpalafichanai�-who are actually unfit to be kings (although they have\nsomehow taken possession of the government); bhuoo�-on the surface\nof the earth; akramyama1}dya�-aiming at attacking one another;\nabharaya-paving the way for diminishing the number of demons on\nthe surface of the earth; krta-udyama�-enthusiastic (they spend all the\nrevenue of the state to increase military power).\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the demons who take possession of the government\nare\n\ndressed like men of government, they do not know the duty of\n\nthe government. Consequently, by the arrangement of God, such\n\ndemons, who possess great military strength, fight with one\nanother, and thus the great burden of demons on the surface of\nthe earth is reduced. The demons increase their military power by\nthe will of the Supreme, so that their numbers will be diminished\n\nand the\n\ndevotees will have a\n\nconsciousness.\n\nchance\n\nto advance\n\nin �1,1a\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (4.8), paritra1}dya sadhunarit vinii.Saya ca\nd�krtam The sadhus, the devotees of the Lord, are always eager to advance the cause of Kr�.Q.a consciousness so that the conditioned souls may\nbe released from the bondage of birth and death. But the asuras, the\n\n", "SB9.3#p0266": "Text 59] Kr�:t;ta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n243\n\ndemons, impede the advancement of the :Kr�:t;la consciousness movement,\nand therefore :Kr�:t;la arranges occasional fights between different asuras\nwho are very much interested in increasing their military power. The\nduty of the government or king is not to increase military power unnecessarily; the real duty of the government is to see that the people of the\nstate advance in :Kr�:t;la consciousness. For this purpose, :Kr�:t;la says in\nBhagavad-gita\n\n(4.13),\n\ncatur-var-r:tyam\n\nmaya\n\nsf$!am\n\ngu-r:ta-karma­\n\nvibhiiga.Sa�: \"According to the three modes of material nature and the\nwork ascribed to them, the four divisions of human society were created\nby Me.\" There should be an ideal class of men who are bona fide\nbriihmalJ-as, and they should be given all protection. Namo brahma-r:tyadevaya go-briihma-r:ta-hitaya ca. Kr�:t;la is very fond of briihmalJ-as\nand cows. The brahma-r:tas promulgate the cause of advancement in\n:Kr�:t;la consciousness, and the cows give enough milk to maintain the\nbody in the mode of goodness. The lcyatriyas and the government should\nbe advised by the briihma7J-as. Next, the vaiSyas should produce enough\nfoodstuffs, and the sudras, who cannot do anything beneficial on their\nown, should serve the three higher classes (the brahmalJ-US, lcyatriyas and\nvaiSyas). This is the arrangement of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nso that the conditioned souls will be released from the material condition\nand return home, back to Godhead. This is the purpose of :Kr�:t;1a's descent on the surface of the earth (paritriilJ-iiya siidhuniirh vinasaya ca\ndU$krtam).\nEveryone must understand :Kr�1;1a's activities (janma karma ca me\ndivyam). If one understands the purpose of Kr�:t;1a's coming to this earth\nand performing His activities, one is immediately liberated. This liberation is the purpose of the creation and :Kr�:t;1a's descent upon the surface\nof the earth. Demons are very much interested in advancing a plan by\nwhich people will labor hard like cats, dogs and hogs, but :Kr�:t;1a's devotees want to teach :Kr�:t;la consciousness so that people will be satisfied\nwith plain living and :Kr�1;1a conscious advancement. Although demons\nhave created many plans for industry and hard labor so that people will\nwork day and night like animals, this is not the purpose of civilization.\nSuch endeavors are jagato 'hita�; that is, they are meant for the misfortune of the people in general. K�ayaya: such activities lead to annihilation. One who understands the purpose of :Kr�I;la, the Supreme\n\n", "SB9.3#p0267": "244\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nPersonality of Godhead, should seriously understand the importance of\nthe .Kr!?f.la consciousness movement and seriously take part in it. One\nshould not endeavor for ugra-karma, or unnecessary work for sense\ngratification. Nanarh pramatta/:1- kurute vikarma jad indriya-pritaya\n\napnwti (Bhag. 5.5.4). Simply for sense gratification, people make plans\nfor material happiness. Maya-sukhaya bharam udvahato vimill;lhan\n\n(Bhag. 7.9.43). They do this because they are all vima{lhas, rascals. For\nflickering happiness, people waste their human energy, not understanding the importance of the .Kr!?J.la consciousness movement but instead accusing the simple devotees of brainwashing. Demons may falsely accuse\nthe preachers of the .Kr!?f.la consciousness movement, but Kr!?Qa will arrange a fight between the demons in which all their military power will\nbe engaged and both parties of demons will be annihilated.\n\nkarmar:ty aparimeyar:ti\nmanasapi suresvarai/:lsaha-sarikar$ar:taS cakre\nbhagavan madhusudana/:1karmtir:ti-activities; aparimeyar:ti-immeasurable, unlimited; maapi-even by such plans perceived within the m�nd; suraiSvarai/:1--by the controllers of the universe like Brahma and Siva; saha­\n\nTt{lSti\n\nsarikar$ar:ta/:l--along with Sailkar�?aJ.la (Baladeva); cakre-performed;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; madhu-sudana/:1--the\nkiller of the Madhu demon.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, K.r��a, with the coopera­\n\ntion of Smikar��a, Balarama, performed activities beyond the\n\nmental comprehension of even such personalities as Lord Brahma\n\n", "SB9.3#p0268": "Text 61]\n\nKr!1J;Ul, the Supreme Personality of 'Godhead\n\n245\n\nand Lord Siva. [For instance, Kr�l).a arranged the Battle of Kuru­\n\nk11etra to kill many demons for the relief �f the entire world.]\nTEXT 61\n\n�if ���IUllwti �:��d.{t��'{_ I\n31�'1«144 �. Olf�� �: 11��11\nkalau jan�yama'(ldnam\ndu}:tkha-soka-tamo-nudam\nanugrahiiya bhaktiinarh\nsupur:tyarh vyatanod ya5a}:t\nkalau-in this age of Kali; jan�yama'(ldnam-of the conditioned\nsouls who will take birth in the future; du}:tkha-soka-tama}:t-nudam-to\nminimize their unlimited unhappiness and lamentation, which are\ncaused by ignorance; anugrahaya-just to show mercy; bhaktanam-to\nthe\n\ndevotees;\n\nsu-pur:tyam-very\n\npious,\n\ntranscendental\n\nactivities;\n\nvyatanot-expanded; ya5a}:t-His glories or reputation.\nTRANSLATION\nTo show causeless mercy to the devotees who would take birth\n\nin the future in this age of Kali, the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, Kr!11).a, acted in such a way that simply by remembering Him\n\none will be freed from all the lamentation and unhappiness of ma­\n\nterial existence. [In other words, He acted so that all future devo­\n\ntees, by accepting the instructions of Kr�l).a consciousness stated in\nBhagavad-gita, could be relieved from the pangs of material\nexistence.]\n\nPURPORT\nThe Lord's activities of saving the devotees and killing the demons\n\n(paritra'(ldya sadhunam vinasaya ca d�krtam) take place side by side.\nK.r�1,1a actually appears for the deliverance of the sadhus, or bhaktas, but\nby killing the demons He shows them mercy also, for anyone killed by\nK.r�1,1a is liberated. Whether the Lord kills or gives protection, He is kind\nto both the demons and the devotees.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0269": "246\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 62\n\n• 6€ifioitft{1 � � I\nit'Sit�fe�'l\\l � CJiq�ue'1ti( II� �II\nyasmin sat-kan:ra-piyu$e\n\nya5as-tirtha-vare sakrt\n\nsrotrafijalir upasprsya\n\ndhunute karma-vdsaniim\n\nyasmin-in the history of the transcendental activities of .Kr�J;la upon\n\nthe surface of the earth; sat-kar�-piyu$e-who pleases the demands of\n\nthe transcendental, purified ears; ya§a�-tirtha-vare -keeping oneself in\nthe best of holy places by hearing the transcendental activities of the\n\nLord; sakrt-once only, immediately; srotra-afijali�-in the form of\n\nhearing the transcendental message;· upasprsya-touching (exactly like\n\nthe water of the Ganges); dhunute-destroys; karma-vasanam-the\nstrong desire for fruitive activities.\nTRANSLATION\nSimply by receiving the glories of the Lord through purified\n\ntranscendental ears, the devotees of the Lord are immediately\n\nfreed from strong material desires and engagement in fruitive\n\nactivities.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen the devotees aurally receive the act1v1t1es of the Supreme\n\nas enacted in Bhagavad-gitii and SrimadBhiigavatam, they immediately achieve a transcendental vision in which\n\nPersonality of Godhead\n\nthey are no longer interested in materialistic activities. Thus they achieve\nfreedom from the material world. For sense gratification practically\neveryone is engaged in materialistic activities, which prolong the process\nof janma-mrtyu-jara-vyadhi-birth, death, old age and disease-but the\n\ndevotee, simply by hearing the message of Bhagavad-gitii and further\n\nrelishing the narrations of Srimad-Bhagavatam, becomes so pure that he\n\nno longer takes interest in materialistic activities. At the moment, devotees in the Western countries are being attracted by .Kr�J;Ia consciousness\n\n", "SB9.3#p0270": "Text 64]\n\nKr�I;}a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n247\n\nand becoming uninterested in materialistic activities, and therefore\n\npeople are trying to oppose this movement. But they cannot possibly\n\ncheck this movement or stop the activities of the devotees in Europe and\nAmerica by their artificial impositions. Here the words srotrafijalir\n\nupasprsya indicate that simply by hearing the transcendental activities of\n\nthe Lord the devotees become so pure that they are immediately immune\n\nto the contamination of materialistic fruitive activities. Anyabhila$ita­\n\nsilnyam Materialistic activities are unnecessary for the soul, and\n\ntherefore the devotees are freed from such activities. The devotees are\n\nsituated in liberation\n\n(brahma-bhayaya kalpate), and therefore they\n\ncannot be called back to their material homes and materialistic activities.\nTEXTS 63-64\n\nI\n����wtG\\�1�ti:\n�llif;f)� : � '��\n: 11��11\n�nr���ia:1?ffiit4fct¥4�'Mtu 1\n��� �qm �t ��R4«U ll�'dll\n\nbhoja-vr$TJJ-andhaka-madhusilrasena-da5arhakai�\nslaghaniyehita� sa§vat\nkuru-srfijaya-par.u;lubhi�\nsnigdha-smite �itodarair\nvahyair vikrama-lilaya\nnrlokam ramayam asa\nmilrtya sarvanga-ramyaya\nbhoja-assisted by the Bhoja dynasty; vr$r:ti-and by the V:r�I:tis;\n\nandhaka-and by\n\nthe\n\nAndhakas;\n\nmadhu-and by\n\nthe\n\nMadhus;\n\nsilrasena-and by the Siirasenas; da§arhaka*-and by the Dasarhakas;\n\nslaghaniya-by the praiseworthy; ihita�-endeavoring;\nways;\n\nkuru-srnjaya-paTJiJ,ubhi�-assisted\n\nand S:riijayas;\nregarded\n\nas;\n\nsnigdha-affectionate;\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nsmita-smiling;\n\nudarai�-magnanimous;\n\nsa§vat-al­\n\nPai:tcJavas,\n\nvakyai�-the\n\nKurus\n\nik$ita-being\ninstructions;\n\n", "SB9.3#p0271": "•\n\n248\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nvi krama-lilaya-the pastimes of heroism; nr-lokam-human society;\nramayam asa-pleased; murtya-by His personal form; sarva-arigaramyaya-the form that pleases everyone by all parts of the body.\nTRANSLATION\nAssisted by the descendants of Bhoja, V��rp, Andhaka, Madhu,\n\nSiirasena, D&Sarha, Kuru, Srftjaya and P�4u, Lord ��J.la per­\n\nformed various activities. By His pleasing smiles, His affectionate\n\nbehavior, His instructions and His uncommon pastimes like rais­\n\ning Govardhana Hill, the Lord, appearing in His transcendental\n\nbody, pleased all of human society.\n\nPURPORT\nThe words nrlokam ramayam asa murtya sarvariga-ramyaya are significant. Kr��a is the original form. Bhagavan, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, is therefore described here by the word murtya. The word\n\nmarti means \"form.\" l(r��a, or God, is never impersonal; the impersonal feature is but a manifestation of His transcendental body (yasya\n\nprabha prabhavato jagad-ar:uJ,a-ko#). The Lord is narakrti, exactly\nresembling the form of a human being, but His form is different from\nours. Therefore the word sarvanga-ramyaya informs us that every part\nof His body is pleasing for everyone to see. Apart from His smiling face,\nevery part of His body-His hands, His legs, His chest-is pleasing to\nthe devotees, who cannot at any time stop seeing the beautiful form of\nthe Lord.\n\nTEXT 65\n\n'tf�r-.-i '4�(fo::ge�-miil�q'1eu� ��R1t:RU(\nPt�1�4 WI �:uqi�ffr : rq..�\n..m;m��\n:·f;rit� 11�'-\\11\nyasyananam makara-kur:uJ,ala-caru-karr:wbhrajat-kapola-subhagam savilasa-hasam\n\n", "SB9.3#p0272": "Text 65)\n\nKrflr;ut, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n.\n\n249\n\nnityotsavam na tatrpur drsibhi� pibantyo\nniiryo naras ca mudita� kupita nimes ca\nyasya-whos e; ananam-face; makara-kur:t{lala-caru-kan:w-decorated by earrings resembling sharks and by beautiful ears; bhrajatbrilliantly decorated; kapola-forehead; subhagam-declaring all opulences; sa-vilasa-hasam-with smiles of enjoyment; nitya-utsavamwhenever one sees Him, one feels festive; na tatrpu�-they could not be\nsatisfied; drsibhi�-by seeing the form of the Lord; pibantya�-as if\n•\n\ndrinking through the eyes; narya�-all the women of V:rndavana;\nnard�-all the male devotees;\n\nca-also;\n\nmudita�-fully satisfied;\n\nkupita�-angry; nime�-the moment they are disturbed by the blinking of the eyes; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\nKr�I].a's face is decorated with ornaments, such as earrings\nresembling sharks. His ears are beautiful, His cheeks brilliant, and\nHis smiling attractive to everyone. Whoever sees Lord Kr�J].a sees a\nfestival. His face and body are fully satisfying for everyone to see,\nbut the devotees are angry at the creator for the disturbance\ncaused by the momentary blinking of their eyes.\nPURPORT\nAs stated by the Lord Himself in the Bhagavad-gita (7.3):\nman�ya1Jiirh. sahasre�u\nkcicid yatati siddhaye\nyatatam api siddhanam\nkcicin mam vetti tattvata�\n\"Out of many thousands among men, one may endeavor for perfection,\nand of those who have achieved perfection, hardly one knows Me in\ntruth.\" Unless one is qualified to understand K:r�J.la, one cannot appreciate the presence of K:r�1.1a on earth. Among the Bhojas, V:r�J.lis,\nAndhakas, Pa1.1d.avas and many other kings intimately related with\nK:r�J.la, the intimate relationship between K:r�J.la and the inhabitants of\n\n", "SB9.3#p0273": "250\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\nVrndiivana is especially to be noted. That relationship is described in this\n\nverse by the words nityotsavarh na tatrpur drsibhi� pibantya�. The in­\n\nhabitants of Vrndiivana especially, such as the cowherd boys, the cows,\n\nthe calves, the gopis and .K.rrgta's father and mother, were never fully\nsatisfied, although they saw .K.r!?IJ.a's beautiful features constantly. Seeing\n\nl<.r!?IJ.a is described here as nitya-utsava, a daily festival. The inhabitants\n\nof Vrndiivana saw l<.r!?t;J.a almost every moment, but when l<.r!?IJ.a left the\nvillage for the pasturing grounds, where He tended the cows and calves,\nthe gopis were very much affiicted because they saw l<.r!?IJ.a walking on\n\nthe sand and thought that l<.r!?IJ.a's lotus feet, which they dared not place\non their breasts because they thought their breasts not soft enough, were\nbeing pierced by broken chips of stone. By even thinking of this, the\ngopis were affected, and they cried at home. These gopis, who were\n\ntherefore the exalted friends of l<.r!?t;J.a, saw l<.r!?IJ.a constantly, but because\n\ntheir eyelids disturbed their vision of l<.r!?IJ.a, the gopis condemned the\ncreator, Lord Brahmii. Therefore the beauty of .K.r!?IJ.a, especially the\nbeauty of His face, is described here. At the end of the Ninth Canto, in\nthe Twenty-fourth Chapter, we find a hint of l<.r!?IJ.a's beauty. Now we\nare proceeding to the Tenth Canto, which is considered l<.r!?IJ.a's head.\n\nThe entire Srirnad-Bhagavata Purar:z,a is the embodiment of l<.r!?IJ.a's\nform, and the Tenth Canto is His face. This verse gives a hint of how\nbeautiful His face is. l<.r!?IJ.a's smiling face, with His cheeks, His lips, the\nornaments in His ears, His chewing of betel nuts-all this was minutely\n\noh>erved by the gopis, who thus enjoyed transcendental bliss, so much so\n\nthat they were never fully satisfied to see l<.r!?IJ.a's face, but instead condemned the creator of the body for making eyelids that obstructed their\nvision. The beauty of l<.r!?IJ.a's face was therefore much more appreciated\n\nby the gopis than by His friends the cowherd boys or even by Yasodii\nMatii, who was also interested in decorating the face of .K.r!?Q.a.\nTEXT 66\n\n� m�: fqva•�t �\n\nOO�WI�Idlf.l��: I\nmltl��: �:�\n�IWlfl1fflM•I4 3N��� ������\n\n", "SB9.3#p0274": "Text 66]\n\n:Kr�n;ta, the Supreme Persmi.ality of Godhead\n\n251\n\njato gata� pitr-grhiid vrajam edhitiirtho\nhatvd ripun suta-satdni krtorudiira�\n\nutpiidya te�u pu�a� kratubhi� samije\n\niitmdnam dtma-nigamarh prathayafi jane�u\n\nJiita�-after taking birth as the son of Vasudeva; gata�-went away;\npitr-grhiit-from the houses of His father; vrajam-to V:rndavana;\n\nedhita-artha�-to exalt the position (of V:rndavana); hatvd-killing\n\nthere; ripun-many demons; suta-satdni-hundreds of sons; krta-uruddra�-accepting many thousands of wives, the best of women;\n\nutpiidya-begot; te�u-in them; puru�a�-the Supreme Person, who\n\nexactly resembles a human being; kratubhi�-by many sacrifices;\nsamije-worshiped; iitmdnam-Himself (because He is the person\n\nworshiped by all sacrifices); dtma-nigamam-exactly according to the\n\nritualistic ceremonies of the Vedas; prathayan-expanding the Vedic\nprinciples; jane�u-among the people in general.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr��a, known as lila­\n\npuru�ottama, appeared as the son of Vasudeva but immediately left\n\nHis father's home and went to V:rndavana to expand His loving\n\nrelationship with His confidential devotees. In V:rndavana the Lord\n\nkilled many demons, and afterwards He returned to Dvaraka,\n\nwhere according to Vedic principles He married many wives who\n\nwere the best of women, begot through them hundreds of sons,\nand performed sacrifices for His own worship to establish the\nprinciples of householder life.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gitd\n\n(15.15), vedaiS ca saroair aham eva\n\nvedya�: by all the Vedas, it is K:r�r;m who is to be known. Lord Sri l(:r�J}.a,\nsetting an example by His own behavior, performed many ritualistic\nceremonies described in the Vedas and established the principles of\ngrhastha life by marrying many wives and begetting many children just\nto show people in general how to be happy by living according to Vedic\n\nprinciples. The center of Vedic sacrifice is K:r�r;m (vedaiS ca saroair aham\n\n", "SB9.3#p0275": "252\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 9, Ch. 24\n\neva vedyab). To advance in human life, human society must follow the\nVedic principles personally demonstrated by Lord .Kr�Q.a in His householder life. The real purpose of .Kr�Q.a's appearance, however, was to\nmanifest how one can take part in loving affairs with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Reciprocations of loving affairs in ecstasy are possible only in V:rndavana. Therefore just after His appearance as the son of\nVasudeva, the Lord immediately left for V:rndavana. In V:rndavana, the\nLord not only took part in loving affairs with His father and mother, the\n\ngopis and the cowherd boys, but also gave liberation to many demons by\nkilling them. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (4.8), paritrar:Wya sadhunam\nviruiSaya ca d'�L§krtam: the Lord appears in order to protect the devotees\nand kill the demons. This was fully exhibited by His personal behavior.\nIn Bhagavad-gitii the Lord is understood by Arjuna to be pur�am\n\nsasvatam dityam-the eternal, transcendental Supreme Person. Here\nalso we find the words utpadya te$U pur!l.§a/;. Therefore it is to be concluded that the Absolute Truth is pur!l.§a, a person. The impersonal\nfeature is but one of the features of His personality. Ultimately, He is a\nperson; He is not impersonal. And not only is He pur!l.§a, a person, but\nHe is the lilii-pur!l.§ottama, the best of all persons.\n\nTEXT 67\n\n�:���������:1\n� � � ��UflE�I�\nsnill(t:act� :lfftR('I+t•na:� 11�\\911\nprthvyal; sa vai guru-bharam k$apayan kurilr:Wm\nantal;-samuttha-kalina yudhi bhupa-camval;\ndmya vidhuya vijaye jayam udvigh0$ya\nprocyoddhavaya ca param samagat sva-dhama\nprthtyal;-on the earth; sa/;-He (Lord .Kr�Q.a); vai-indeed; gurubharam-a great burden; k$apayan-completely finishing; kurilr:Wmof the personalities born in the Kuru dynasty; antal;-samuttha-kalinaby creating enmity between the brothers by disagreement; yudhi-in the\nBattle of Kuruk�etra; bh upa-camval;\n\n-\n\nall the demoniac kings; dr$tya-\n\n", "SB9.3#p0276": "Text 67]\n\n_Kr��a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n253\n\nby His glance; vidhuya-cleansing their sinful activities; vijaye-in victory; jayam-victory; udvigJw.sya-declaring (the victory for Arjuna);\nprocya-giving instructions; uddhavaya-unto Uddhava; ca-also;\nparam-transcendental; samagtit-returned; sva-dhama-to His own\nplace.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThereafter, Lord Sri _Kr��a created a misunderstanding between\n\nfamily members just to diminish the burden of the world. Simply\nby His glance, He annihilated all the demoniac kings on the Bat­\n\ntlefield of Kuruk�etra and declared victory for Arjuna. Finally, He\ninstructed Uddhava about transcendental life and devotion and\n\nthen returned to His abode in His original form.\nPURPORT\n\nParitra�ya sadhunt'irh viniiSaya ca d�krtam. The mission of Lord\nK.r�1,1a was performed on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra, for by the Lord's\nmercy Arjuna was victorious due to being a great devotee whereas the\nothers were killed simply by the Lord's glance, which cleansed them of\nall sinful activities and enabled them to attain st'irupya. Finally, Lord\nK.r�1,1a instructed Uddhava about the transcendental life of devotional\nservice, and then, in due course of time, He returned to His abode. The\nLord's instructions in the form of Bhagavad-gita are full of jnana and\nvairagya, knowledge and renunciation. In the human form of life, one\nmust learn these two things-how to become detached from the material\nworld and how to acquire full knowledge in spiritual life. This is the\nLord's mission (paritra�ya sadhunarh viniiSaya ca d�krtam). Mter\nexecuting His complete mission, the Lord returned to His home, Goloka\nV:rndavana.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Ninth Canto, Twenty­\n\nfourth Chapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Kmw, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. \"\n\n-Completed in Bhuvanesvara, India, on the occasion of establishing a\nK.r�1,1a-Balarama temple.\nEND OF THE NINTH CANTO\n\n", "SB9.3#p0277": "Appendixes\n\n", "SB9.3#p0278": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in\n\nthis world in\n\n1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\n1922. Bhakti­\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatl Gosvami, in Calcutta in\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvatl, a prominent devotional scholar and the founder of\n\nsixty-four Gau�iya Mathas (Vedic institutes), liked this educated young\nman and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\n\nSrila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their :first meeting, in\n\n(1933) at\n\n1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatl\n\nThakura requested Srlla Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge\n\nthrough the English language. In the years that followed, Srila Prabhu­\n\npada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad-gita, assisted the Gau�iya\nMatha in its work and, in\n\n1944, without assistance, started an English\n\nfortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and checked the\n\ngalley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and strug­\n\ngled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never\n\nstopped; it is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\n\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion,\n\nthe Gau�iya V ai�l)ava Society honored him in\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In\n\n1947 with the title\n\n1950, at the age of :fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada\n\nretired from married life, and four years later he adopted the\n\nvanaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his studies and writ­\n\ning. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of Vrndavana, where he\n\nlived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\n\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and\nwriting. He accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At\nRadha-Damodara, Srila Prabhupada began work on his life's master­\n\npiece: a multivolume translation and commentary on the eighteen thousand verse\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (Bhiigaoota Purar;ta). He also wrote\nEasy Journey to Other Planets.\nMter publishing three volumes of Bhiigaootam, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncame to the United States, in\n\n1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\n\nmaster. Since that time, His Divine Grace has written over forty volumes\n\nof authoritative translations, commentaries and summary studies of the\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n\n257\n\n", "SB9.3#p0279": "258\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila\nPrabhupada was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for Krishna Consciousness in July of 1966. Under his careful guidance, the Society has\ngrown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one\nhundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm communities.\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New V:rndavana, an experimental\nVedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew V:rndavana, now a thriving farm community of more than one thousand acres, his students have since founded several similar communities\nin the United States and abroad.\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\nDallas, Texas. The school began with 3 children in 1972, and by the\nbeginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\n\nSrila Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large inter­\n\nnational center at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also\nthe site for a planned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the\nmagnificent ��I).a-Balarama Temple and International Guest House in\nV:rndavana, India. These are �enters where Westerners can live to gain\nfirsthand experience of Vedic culture.\nSrila Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his\nbooks. Highly respected by the academic community for their authoritativeness, depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks in\nnumerous college courses. His writings have been translated into eleven\nlanguages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972 exclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become the\nworld's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and phi­\n\nlosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada's most\nrecent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-com­\n\npleted by Srila �rabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali\nreligious classic Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada\n\nhas circled the globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to\nsix continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada\ncontinues to write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library\nof Vedic philosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0280": "References\nThe purports of Srimad-Bhagavatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are specifically\ncited in this volume:\n\nBhagavad-gita, 36, 41,42-43, 50-51, 65, 74, 76, 88, 102, 103, 105, 107,\n124,132, 13� 134-135,137,191,192,236,238,239,240,241,242,\n243, 249, 251, 252\n\nBrahma-vaivarta Purar.za,, 107, 163\nMarkm:u}eya Purar.za,, 198-199\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 15, 29, 68, 79, 81, 82, 85, 108, 191, 240, 244\nVedanta-sutra, 240\n\n259\n\n", "SB9.3#p0281": "GENEALOGICAL TABLE\nThe Descendants of Puriiravii\nPuriiravil\n\nI\n\nAyu\n\nThis genealogical chart delineates the\nYadu and Puru dynasties, as well as other\ndescendants of King Pururava. Kr!?Q.a,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, ap­\n\nNahu�\n\nI\n\nYati\n\nI\n\nI\n\n.\nKrostii\n.\n\n1\n(4 generations)\n, I\n\n�\n(I 0 generations)\nI\n\nI\n\n(999 other sons)\n\n1-----(other sons)\nVitihotra\n\nI\n\nVr�Qi\n\n(4 generations)\n\n(4 generations)\n\nI\n\nI\n\n.\n\nNala\n\nRipu\n\n(6 generations)\n\n(9 generations)\n\n1\n\nI\n\nSaunaka l_{�i\n\nI\n\nI\n\nSibi\n\nI\n(4 sons)\n\nVidarbha\n\nI\n\n!\nI\n\n!\n(4 generations)\nI\nI\n\nUsinara\n\n!\n(4 generations)\nI\n\nKratha\n\nSahhanara\n\nCak�u\n\nI\n\nPare�l)u\n\nMahamana\n\n(one billion sons)\n\nKu5a\n\nPiiru\n\nAnu\n\n1\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nSunaka\n\nI\n\nDruhyu\n\nRomapada\n\n( 19 gen rations) (3 gentations)\n\nI\n\n1\n\nGrtsamada\n\nDhanvantari\n\nTurvasu\n\n1\n\nI\n\nKu5a\n\nSa5ahindu\n\nKartavirya Arjuna\n\nMadhu\n\nI\n\n�\n(15 generations)\n\nSahasrajit\n\nI\n\n(500 sons)\n\nI\n\n�\n� .\n(3 generations) (lO generatiOns)\n\nYadu\n\nI\n\nSuhotra\n\nKasya\n\nof descendants.\n\nTiilajailgha\n\nAnena\n\nI\n\nNote: a vertical arrow summarizes a line\n\nJayadhvaja\n\nRabha\n\nI\n\nson of Vasudeva and Devaki.\n\nI\n\nRaji\n\n(4 other sons)\n\nYayati\n\npeared in the Yadu dynasty as the eighth\n\nI\n\n�atravrddha\n\nI\n\nTitiksu\n\nf\n\n(3 other sons) (21 generations)\n\nI\n\n(See pages following)\n\n", "SB9.3#p0282": "I\n\nI\n\nCedi\n\nSatvata\n\nI\n\nBhajaman\n\nI\n\n(6 sons)\n\nI\n\nVrsni\n\n'j\n\nSumitra\n\nI\n\nDevaVTdha\n\n,\n\nI\n\nI\n\nDamagho�a\n, I\nSisupala\n\nI\n\nBhaji\n\nAndhaka\n\nI\n\nI\n\n.\nBabhru\n\nYudhajit\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nDivya\n\nKukura\n\n1\nI\nPunarvasu\n\nMahiibhoja\n\nI\n\nI\n\n(3 other sons)\n\n(Bhoja dynasty)\n\n(7 generations)\nSini\n\nNighna\n\n,---I----,\nJ\n1\n\nSatrajita\n\nPrasena\n\nI\n\nSatyaka\n\nSvaphalka\n\n.-1--''-------,\nI\nI\n\nI\n\n_\n\nCitraratha\n\nY·r·· Akr .�l'.�.'•:::::��\n\n(3 generations) (2 sons)\n\nI\n\nI\n\nVidiiratha\n\nI\n\n(4 sons)\n\nII\n\nDevaki\n\nI\n\nI\n\n,\n\nI\n\nSatadhanu\n\nI\n\nKrtavarma\n\nI\n\nSiirasena\nVasudeva\nBALARAMA\n\nSubhadra\n\n!Qt?l':/A\n\n(9 other sons)\n(other sons)\n\n(4 other daughters)\n\nKunti\n\nI\n\nKar11a\n\nI\n\nI\n\n_\n\nI\n\nAhuki\n\nI\n\n(4 generations)\n\nDevami�ha\n\nI\n\n(other sons) Devaka\n\n1\n\nHrdika\nI\n\nI\n\nAhuka\n\n(the Pii!!�avas)\n\nUgrasena\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\n(6 other daughters) Kamsa (8 other sons) (5 daughters)\n\n", "SB9.3#p0283": "Piiru\n\n!\n(II generations)\nI\nRantinava\n\nI\n\nI\n\nSumati\n\nI\n\nThe Descendants of Puniravi (cont.)\n\nI\n\nI\n\nApratiratha\n\nDhruva\n\nI\n\nReb hi\n\nKanva\n\nDu�manta\n\nMedhatithi\n\nI\n\n(The Dynasty of Puru)\n\nI\n\nI\n\nBharata\n\nI\n\nBharadvaja\n\nI\n\nManyu\n\nBrhatk�atra\n\nJaya\n\nI\nHasti\n\nDvimidha\n\nAjami�ha\n\nPriyamedha\n\n(other sons)\n\nBrhadi�u\n\nNila\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\nI\n\n,\n\nMitrayu\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nDraupadi\n\nPurumidha\n(sonles�)\n\nI\n\n!\n(brahmai,UJ.S)\n\nRantideva\n\n.\n\nI\n\nI\n\nSudhanu\n\nJahnu\n\n(3 generations)\nI\n\n1\n\n( l 0 generations)\n\nUparicara Vasu\n\nPratipa\n\nI\n\nI\n\n(other sons)\n\nBrhadratha\n\nI\n\nSaradviin\nKrpa\n\n(other sons)\n\nI\n\nI\n\n(99 other sons)\n\nDrupada\n\nParik�i\n\nAhalyii\n\nSatyadhfti\n\n�-bMOOM)\nPr�ta\n\nI\n\n(4 other sons)\n\nSatiinanda\n\nI\n\nSankrti\n\nGarga\n\nKuru\n\nI\n\nDivodiisa\n\n(2 generatiOns)\n\nI\n\nSarhvarana\n\nB\nI\n,\nharmyasva\n\nI\n\nNara\n\n! .\n\n(14 generations)\n\n�k�a\n\n!\n!\n(12 generations) (4 generations)\n\nMudgala\n\n1\n\nMahavirya\n\nI\n\nKusagra\n\n1\n\n1\nI\n\nBhi�ma\n\nJarasandha\n\n1\n\n(21 generations)\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nI\n\nBahlika\n\nSantanu\n\nDevapi\n(will reestablish\nSoma dynasty\nin next Satya-yuga)\n\n(4 generations) Sahadeva\nASvatthiimil.\n\nNi�adha\n\nI\n\nI\n\nCitrangada\n\nDhrtarli�\\ra\n\nDuryodhana\n\nSomadatta\n\nVicitravirya\n\nI\n\nVidura\n\n(99 other sons) (one daughter) Yudhi�\\hira\n\nI\n\n(2 sons)\n\nI\n\nI\n\nAbhinianyu\n\nI\n\nI\n\nNakula\n\nI\n\n(3 other sons)\n\n(26 generations)\n(end of Soma dynasty)\n�\n\nI\n\nI\n\nSala\n\nSahadeva\n\nI\n\n(3 other sons) (2 sons) (2 s�ns)\n\nParik�it\nJanamejaya\n\nI\n\nBhiirisrava\n\nArjuna\n\nBhima\n\n(3 sons)\n\nBhiiri\n\n", "SB9.3#p0284": "Glossary\nA\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by example.\n\nAgnihotra-yajiia-a sacrificial ceremony in which a sacred fire is\nkindled.\nApsara-beautiful female demigoddesses residing on the heavenly\nplanet Apsaroloka.\n\nArati-a ceremony for greeting the Lord with offerings of food, lamps,\nfans, flowers and incense.\n\nArcana-the devotional process of Deity worship.\nAsrama-the four spiritual orders of life: celibate student, householder,\nretired life and renounced life.\nA�la-siddhi-the powers attainable by mystic yogis.\nAsuras-atheistic demons.\nAvatara-a descent of the Supreme Lord.\n\nB\nBhagavad-gita-the basic directions for spiritual life spoken by the\nLord Himself.\nBhakta-a devotee.\nBhakti-yoga-linking with the Supreme Lord by devotional service.\nBrahmacarya-celibate student life; the first order of Vedic spiritual\nlife.\nBrahman-the Absolute Truth; especially the impersonal aspect of the\nAbsolute.\n\nBrahm�a-one wise in the Vedas who can guide society; the first Vedic\nsocial order.\nBrahmiistra-a nuclear weapon produced by chanting mantras.\n\nc\nC�«;lala-a lowborn person accustomed to filthy habits such as dogeating.\n\nD\nDeva-g�a-a type of demigod.\n\nDharma-eternal occupational duty; religious principles.\n\n265\n\n", "SB9.3#p0285": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n266\n\nE\nEkada8i-a special fast day for increased remembrance of ,Kr�.Q.a, which\ncomes on the eleventh day of both the waxing and waning moon.\n\nG\nGoloka (Kr!il-:taloka) -the highest spiritual planet, containing ,Kr�.Q.a's\npersonal abodes, Dvaraka, Mathura and V:rndavana.\nGopis-,Kr�.Q.a's cowherd girl friends, His most confidential servitors.\nGrhastha-regulated householder life;\n\nthe second order of Vedic\n\nspiritual life.\nGuru-a spiritual master.\n\nH\nHare i{n;J;Ia mantra-See: Maha-mantra\nJ\nlata-karma-a purificatory ceremony performed at the birth of a child.\n\nJiva-tattva-the living entities, atomic parts of the Lord.\nK\n\nKali - y uga (Age of Kali)-the present age, characterized by quarrel; it\nis last in the cycle of four and began five thousand years ago.\nKaratiilas-hand cymbals used in kirtana.\nKarma-fruitive action, for which there is always reaction, good or bad.\nKarmi-a person satisfied with working hard for flickering sense\ngratification.\nKirtana-chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord.\nKn;-:taloka-See : Goloka\n\n�atri y as-a warrior or administrator; the second Vedic social order.\n\nM\nMaha-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance:\nHare ,Kr�.Q.a, Hare ,Kr�.Q.a, ,Kr�.Q.a ,Kr�.Q.a, Hare Hare\nHare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nMahatmas-self -realized souls.\nMantra-a sound vibration that can deliver the mind from illusion.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0286": "Glossary\n\n267\n\nManu�ya-g�a- mankind.\nM athura-Lord Kt�I)a's abode, surrounding V:rndavana, where He took\nbirth and later returned to after performing His V:rndiivana\npastimes.\n\nMaya-illusion; forgetfulness of one's relationship with Kt�I)a.\nMayiivadis-impersonal philosophers who say that the Lord cannot have\na transcendental body.\nMrdailga-a clay drum used for congregational chanting.\n\np\nParampara-the chain of spiritual masters in disciplic succession.\n\nParivriijakiicarya-the third stage of the sannyasa order; the parivra­\n\njakacarya constantly travels throughout the world, preaching the\nglories of the Lord.\n\nPrasiida-food spiritualized by being offered to the Lord.\n\nR\nRak�asa-g�a-man eating demons.\n-\n\ns\nSac-cid-iinanda-vigraha-the Lord's transcendental form, which is\neternal, full of knowledge and bliss.\n\nSailki rtana-public chanting of the names of God, the approved yoga\nprocess for this age.\n\nSannyiisa-renounced life; the fourth order of Vedic spiritual life.\nSara grass- a whitish reed.\n\nSii.riipya-the liberation of having a form similar to the Lord's.\nSiistr as-revealed scriptures.\n\nSrav�am kirtanam vi�1,10�-the devotional processes of hearing and\nchanting about Lord V i�J)u.\n\nSiidra-a laborer; the fourth of the Vedic social orders.\nSviimi-one who controls his mind and senses; title of one\n\nm\n\nthe\n\nrenounced order of life.\n\nT\nTapasy a-austerity; accepting some voluntary inconvenience for a\nhigher purpose.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0287": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n268\n\nTilaka-auspicious clay marks that sanctify a devotee's body as a temple\nof the Lord.\n\nv\nVaiku1,1tha-the spiritual world.\n\nVai�1,1ava-a devotee of Lord V i�.Q.U, Kr�.Q.a.\nVaisyas-farmers and merchants; the third Vedic social order.\n\nViinaprastha-one who has retired from family life; the third order of\nVedic spiritual life.\nVar1,1a-the four occupational divisions of society: the intellectual class,\nthe administrative class, the mercantile class, and the laborer class.\nVar1,1a.Srama-the Vedic social system of four social and four spiritual\norders.\nVedas-the original revealed scriptures, first spoken by the Lord\nHimself.\n\nViriit rupa-the conception likening the physical form of the universe\n-\n\nto the Lord's bodily form.\nVi!;JJ,lU, Lord-Kr�.Q.a's expansion for the creation and maintenance of\nthe material universes.\nV:rndavana-Kr�.Q.a's personal abode, where He fully manifests His\nquality of sweetness.\nVyiisadeva-Kr�.Q.a's incarnation, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, for\ncompiling the Vedas.\n\ny\nYajfta-an activity performed to satisfy either Lord V i�.Q.U or the demigods.\nYogi-a transcendentalist who, in one way or another, is striving for\nunion with the Supreme.\nYugas-ages in the life of a universe, occurring in a repeated cycle of\nfour.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0288": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\nVowels\n\nala atfa\n\nil 3'u ::alu�r�f\nq: e � ai an all au\n\n�i\n\n�l\n.:. rh\n\n0\n\n(anusvara)\n\n: }:1 (visarga)\n\nConsonants\nGutturals:\n\nCfi ka\n\n\\Cf kha\n\niJga\n\n'Ef gha\n\n� ila\n\nPalatals:\n\no:;:Jfca\n\n� cha\n\n�ja\n\n� jha\n\n5{iia\n\nCerebrals:\n\neta\n\n� tha\n\n��a\n\nG �ha\n\nOT l).a\n\nDentals:\n\na ta\n\n� tha\n\n�da\n\n�dha\n\n;:rna\n\nLabials:\n\nq'pa\n\n�pha\n\nif ba\n\nll bha\n\n� rna\n\nSemivowels:\n\n�ya\n\n� ra\n\n� la\n\nqva\n\nSibilants:\n\n�sa\n\nq �a\n\n�sa\n\nAspirate:\n\n�ha\n\nS\n\n'\n\n(avagraha)\n\n-\n\nthe apostrophe\n\nThe numerals are: 0-0 �-1 �-2 �-3 �-4 '-\\-5 �-6 \\S-7 �-8 �-9\nThe vowels above should be pronounced as follows:\na - like the a in organ or the u in but.\na - like the a in far but held twice as long as short a.\n- like the i in pin.\n- like the i in pique but held twice as long as short i.\n269\n\n", "SB9.3#p0289": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n270\nu -like the u in push.\nu\n\n- like the u in rule but held twice as long as short u.\n\nree\n\nrim.\nreed.\n\ne -like the\n\ne in they.\n\n:r - like the ri in\nr - like\nin\n\nl -like l followed by r (lr).\nai -like the ai in aisle.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in how.\n\n(anusvara) - a resonant nasal like the n in the French word bon.\nl;l (visarga) - a final h-sound: a� is pronounced like aha; i � like ihi.\nIh\n\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\n) o �T au\nFor example:\n� ka �T ka � ki tti'f ki � ku �ku\n� ke CJi kai tJi ko �T kau\n�\n� �\ni\"k:r l\\ kr.\nfa\n\nf 'T i �u �u\ni\n\n'-:r\n\nE f\n\n--...e\n\n� ai\n\n....\n\nThe vowel \"a\" is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol viriima (\"\\) indicates that there is no final vowel:\n\ntfi.._\n\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\n\nk - as in kite\nkh- as in Eckhart\n\njh - as in hedgehog\nii - as in canyon\n\ng - as in give\ngh- as in dig-hard\n\nt - as in tub\n\niJ.\n\nc - as in chair\n\n� - as in dove\n�ha- as in red-hot\n\nch- as in staunch-heart\n\nI)\n\nJ\n\n- as in sing\n-as lDJOY\n\nth - as in light-heart\n\n- as rna (prepare to say\nthe rand say na).\n\nCerebrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, but the\n\nfollowing dentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth:\nt - as in tub but with tongue against teeth.\nth -as in light-heart but with tongue against teeth.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0290": "271\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\nd - as in dove but with tongue against teeth.\ndh- as in red-hot but with tongue against teeth.\nn - as in nut but with tongue between teeth.\np -asm pme\nph- as in uphill not\n\n(\n\nl\n\nf)\n\n-as in light\n\nv - as m vme\n\n(\n\n)\n\nb - as in bird\n\ns palatal\n\nbh- as in rub-hard\n\nword sprechen\n� cerebral - as the shin shine\n\nm - as in mother\ny\nr\n\n(\n\n-\n\nas in the s in the German\n\n)\n\nasmyes\n\ns - as m sun\n\n-asm run\n\nh -as in home\n\n-\n\nGenerally two or more consonants in conjunction\ntogether in a special form, as for example:\n\nare\n\nwritten\n\n� k�a ;r tra\n\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, or pausing\nbetween words in a line, only a flowing of short and long (twice as\nlong as the short) syllables. A long syllable is one whose vowel is\nlong (a, i, ii, e, ai, o, au), or whose short vowel is followed by more\nthan one consonant (including anusviira and visarga). Aspirated\nconsonants (such as kha and gha) count as only single consonants.\n\n", "SB9.3#p0291": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete listing 9f the first and third lines of each of the\nSanskrit poetry verses of this volume of Srimad-Bhagavatam, arranged in English\nalphabetical order. The first column gives the Sanskrit transliteration, and the second and\nthird columns, respectively, list the chapter-verse reference and page number for each\nverse.\n\nA\nabhavac charttanrl riijii\nabhavan yogina?l saroe\nabh4icyagrajams tasya\nabrahma{tya-nrpams ciihan\naddt karma(li �!Jlire\nadhamo 'sraddhaya kuryiid\niidyiid brlwnmaniis tasmaj\nahalya kanyakii yasyiim\naham bandhyiisapatni ca\nalw niri�yatiim asyii\najamu;lhiid brhad4us\najamic,lhasya vamsya?l syu?l\najamu;llw dvimu;lhaS ca\nakrrlra-pramukha iisan\na�auhi�Jiniim patibhir\na/arkiit sarttatis tasmdt\namogham deva-sandar5am\namogha-viryo riija�ir\nanaka?l kar�Jikiiyam vai\nanamitra-suto yo 'nyaft\n\n22.13\n\n155\n\n21.18\n\n134\n\n19.23\n\n78\n\n20.30\n\n111\n\n20.28\n\n109\n\n18.44\n\n47\n\n23.11\n\n185\n\n21.34\n\n144\n\n23.37\n\n202\n\n18.11\n\n20\n\n21.22\n\n137\n\n21.21\n\n136\n\n21.21\n\n136\n\n24.15\n\n214\n\n24.59\n\n242\n\n17.8\n\n5\n\n24.34\n\n223\n\n20.17\n\n99\n\n24.44\n\n229\n\n24.13\n\n213\n\na�{a-vitta-smara!JO\nandhakt'id dundubhis tasmiid\nanend iti riijendra\natiga-valiga-kalitigt'idya?J.\nano?J. sabhanara.S ca�u?J.\n\n23.26\n\n195\n\n24.20\n\n216\n\n17.2\n\n2\n\n23.5\n\n182\n\n23.1\n\n180\n\nantarvatnyiim bhrii tr-patnyt'im\nanugrahas tan-nivrtter\nanugrahaya bhaktiindm\nanvamodartta tad viSveanyasyt'im api bharyiiyt'im\n\n20.36\n\n115\n\n24.58\n\n239\n\n24.61\n\n245\n\n23.38\n\n202\n\n22.8\n\n153\n\naprcchat tanayam prlrwh\niirabdhas tasya giindharas\narjuniic chrutakirtis tu\narjuna?l krtaviryasya\niirtim prapadye 'khi/a-deha-bhajiim\n\n18.42\n\n45\n\n23.15\n\n187\n\niisatiga?l sarameya.S ca\nasimakf$�Jas tasyiipi\nasmad-dharyam dhrtavati\nasmad-dharyam dhrtavati\niisevitam va�a-piigiin\n\n24.16\n\n214\n\n22.39\n\n172\n\n�fo.-saptati-medhyii.Svdn\n�fo.mas tu tayor iisU\nastra-jiiiinam kriya-jiiiinam\niisyatdm hy aravindii� a\natha miigadha-rajiino\n\n22.29\n\n165\n\n23.24\n\n194\n\n21.12\n\n128\n\n18.14\n\n22\n\n18.11\n\n21\n\n19.24\n\n78\n\n20.26\n\n106\n\n24.55\n\n234\n\n22.38\n\n171\n\n20.14\n\n96\n\n22.45\n\n175\n\nathanyo blw�yama�Jasya\natithir briihma�Ja?l kale\niitma-mayam vinesasya\niitmdnam arpayiim lisa\niitmdnam dar5ayam cakrur\n\n21.7\n\n125\n\n21.5\n\n122\n\n24.57\n\n237\n\nt'itmdnam niibhijt'indmi\ndtma-vrttam avijiiiiya\natrpto 'smy adya kiimaniim\navadhid bhramsitdn margan\naviditvd sukham griimyam\nayajad yajna-pu�am\n\n17.13\n\n8\n\n21.15\n\n130\n\n19.12\n\n66\n\n18.16\n\n23\n\n18.37\n\n39\n\n17.15\n\n10\n\n18.40\n\n42\n\n18.48\n\n49\n\nB\nbab�e tam variiroham\nbabhru?l sre�llw man�yii!Jlim\nbabhrur deviivrdha-sutas\nbaddhvii mrgendram tarast'i\n\n273\n\n20.9\n\n92\n\n24.10\n\n211\n\n24.9\n\n210\n\n20.18\n\n100\n\n", "SB9.3#p0292": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n274\nbahlikat somadatto 'bhiid\nbaka� kankat tu kankayam\nbalaril gadaril siirar.taril ca\nbalavan indriya-griimo\nbarhadrathiiS ca bhilpdlii\n\n22.18\n\n158\n\n24.41\n\n227\n\n24.46\n\n230\n\n19.17\n\n71\n\n22.49\n\n177\n\nbasta eko vane ka.Scid\nbhagaviin api viSviitmii\nbhajamanasya nimloci�\nbhajamiino bhajir divyo\nbharasva putraril d�manta\n\n19.3\n\n58\n\n18.13\n\n21\n\n24.7\n\n209\n\n24.6\n\n209\n\n20.21\n\n102\n\nbharatasya hi da�manter\nbharatasya mahat karma\nbhannyasva� priiha putrii me\nbhannyasvas tanayas tasya\nbhavitii sahadevasya\n\n20.26\n\n106\n\n20.29\n\n110\n\n21.32\n\n143\n\n21.31\n\n143\n\n22.46\n\n176\n\nbhimaseniid dhi{limbayiiril\nbhoja-v�r.ty-andhaka-madhubhujyatdril santi niviirii\nbhii.-ma(ll;ialasya sarvasya\nbhuva iikramyamii¢yii\nbrahma-k$atrasya vai yonir\n\n22.31\n\n166\n\n24.63\n\n247\n\n20.14\n\n96\n\n19.23\n\n78\n\n24.59\n\n242\n\n22.44\n\n175\n\nbrahmaT$ir bhagavan kiivya�\nbrhadrathiit ku5agro 'bhiid\nbrhadratho brhatkarmii\nbrhatkiiyas tatas tasya\nbuddhvii priyayai nirvi7.t'.IQ\n\n18.5\n\n17\n\n22.7\n\n152\n\n23.11\n\n185\n\n21.22\n\n137\n\n19.1\n\n56\n\nc\ncakraril caskhalitaril pra¢n\ncakraril dak$ir.ta-haste 'sya\ncakru� sva-ndmnd visayiin\ncatas�v iidiSad dik$u\ncaturarigo romapddit\ncaturda.ia-mahiiratooS\ncatviira� sii.navas tatra\ncodyamiind surair evaril\n\n20.33\n\n113\n\n20.24\n\n105\n\n23.6\n\n183\n\n18.4\n\n16\n\n23.10\n\n184\n\n23.31\n\n198\n\n23.21\n\n190\n\n20.39\n\n117\n\nD\ndadaria kii.pe patitdril\ndamag� cedi-riija�\n\n19.3\n24.39\n\n58\n226\n\nda(ll;iapdr.tir nimis tasya\nda.iaite 'psarasa� putrii\nda.ia-la�-sahasrii(1i\ndattiitreyiid dharer amsiil\ndattvii sva-jarasariltasmiid\ndattva svam uttararil v6.sas\nda�mantir atyagiin miiyaril\ndevabhagasya karilsiiyiiril\ndeva-dundubhayo nedur\ndevair abhyarthito daityan\ndevaka.S cograseiUlS ca\ndevaki-pramukhiiS ciisan\ndeva�tras tatas tasya\ndevami{iha� satadhanu�\ndevami{ihasya sii.rasya\ndeviipi� siintanus tasya\ndevapir yogam iisthiiya\ndevarak$itayii labdhii\ndeva-striyo rasiiril nita�\ndevaviin upadeva§ ca\ndevaviin upadeva§ ca\ndevayiiniril paryacarat\ndevayiini pitur geharil\ndevayiinyii purodyiine\ndevayiiny apy anudinaril\ndeve 'val'$ati yam riimii\n\n22.44\n\n175\n\n20.5\n\n90\n\n23.32\n\n199\n\n23.24\n\n194\n\n19.21\n\n77\n\n18.19\n\n25\n\n20.27\n\n109\n\n24.40\n\n227\n\n24.29\n\n220\n\n17.13\n\n8\n\n24.21\n\n217\n\n24.45\n\n230\n\n24.5\n\n209\n\n·24.27\n\n219\n\n24.27\n\n220\n\n22.12\n\n155\n\n22.17\n\n157\n\n24.52\n\n233\n\n20.31\n\n111\n\n24.22\n\n217\n\n24.18\n\n215\n\n18.29\n\n33\n\n18.34\n\n37\n\n18.7\n\n18\n\n18.47\n\n49\n\n23.8\n\n184\n\ndhanvantarir dirghatamasa\ndharmaketu� sutas tasmiil\ndhannas tu haihaya-suto\ndharmavrrUfha� sukarmii cd\ndharma niimo5anii tasya\n\n17.4\n17.8\n\n3\n5\n\n23.22\n\n193\n\n24.16\n\n214\n\n23.33\n\n199\n\ndhiiryate yair iha jyoti�\ndhirii yasyiinu5ocanti\ndhmadyumniid dh�fa,ketur\ndhT$fa,ketus tatas tasmiit\ndhrtariistraril ca pa!l(iuril ca\n\n18.12\n\n21\n\ndhrtasya dunnadas tasmiit\ndiSi dak$ir.ta-pii.rvasyaril\ndivodiiso dyumiirils tasmiit\ndraupadyam panca pancabhya�\n\n19.2\n\n56\n\n22.3\n\n150\n\n17.9\n\n6\n\n22.25\n\n162\n\n23.15\n\n187\n\n19.22\n\n77\n\n17.5\n22.28\n\n164\n\n4\n\n", "SB9.3#p0293": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nd�!aril srutam Cl$ad buddhoo\ndmya vidhuya vijaye jayam\ndruhyos ca tanayo babhru�\ndruhyuril canuril ca pururil ca\ndrupadiid draupadi IU$ya\ndurita�ayo mahiiviryat\ndurmado bhadrU$enel$ya\ndurmanii bhagaoon kiivya�\nd�manta� sa punar bheje\nd�manto mrgayarn yata�\ndyumatseno 'tha sumat*\n\n19.20\n\n75\n\n24.67\n\n252\n\n23.14\n\n187\n\n18.33\n\n37\n\n22.3\n\n150\n\n21.19\n\n135\n\n23.23\n\n193\n\n18.25\n\n30\n\n23.18\n\n189\n\n20.8\n\n92\n\n22.48\n\n176\n\nE\nekadii diinavendrasya\nekel$yam atmaja� patnyam\ne$a iSa-krto vira\nevaril �ipantiril sarmi$!hii\nevam ukto dvijair jye$!haril\nevaril va�a-sa�riir;U\nevaril-vidhai� supa�ai�\n\n18.6\n\n18\n\n24.8\n\n209\n\n18.21\n\n26\n\n18.15\n\n23\n\n22.16\n\n157\n\n18.51\n\n52\n\n18.17\n\n24\n\nG\ngajahvaye hrte nadya\ngandharva-vidhinii raja\ngandhiiryaril dhrtarii$!rasya\ngarbha-sambhavam iisurya\ngargiic chinis tato gargya�\ngate rajani sa dhire\nghrtiicyam indriyar:&iva\nghrta-piiyasa-sarilyavaril\ngrhitva piir:&inii piir:&im\ngururil prasiidayan murdhnii\nguru(lii huyamane 'gnau\nguru§ ca rantideva§ ca\n\n22.40\n\n172\n\n20.16\n\n98\n\n22.26\n\n164\n\n18.34\n\n37\n\n21.19\n\n135\n\n18.24\n\n29\n\n20.5\n\n90\n\n21.4\n\n122\n\n18.19\n\n25\n\n18.26\n\n31\n\n17.15\n\n10\n\n21.2\n\n121\n\nH\nharer arilSarilSa-sambhataril\nharike5a-hirar:&ya�au\nhariril sarvatra sarilpa§yan\n�ta-graho 'paro mel bhad\nhavi$a k��-vartmeva\nhitva sva-si!;yan pai/adin\n\n275\nI\n\nije mahiibhis11ke�\nilayam uruvalkiidin\nindras IU$mai punar dattoo\nindriyaramam utsrjya\niriivantam ulupyaril vai\niSvaralambanaril cittaril\niti labdha-vyaVU$Ihiina�\nitime kiiSayo bhupii�\niti prabhii$ya piiniyaril\niti pramudita� puru�\niti IU$yaril sa iidhiiya\nity uktvii niih�o jayaril\n\n20.24\n\n105\n\n24.49\n\n232\n\n17.13\n\n8\n\n19.8\n\n62\n\n22.32\n\n167\n\n21.17\n\n132\n\n18.38\n\n40\n\n17.10\n\n6\n\n21.14\n\n131\n\n18.45\n\n47\n\n24.35\n\n224\n\n19.21\n\n77\n\n20.34\n\n113\n\nJ\njaghnus tyaga-bhayat putran\njaigi$avyopadesena\njajiie satyahito 'patyaril\njajnire dirghalamU$0\njaleyu� sannateyu§ ca\njanamejayU$ IU$ya putro\njanamejayas tvaril viditvii\njanamejayo hy abhat puro�\njanayi$y(l$i yam rajni\njata dharmiinilendrebhyo\njato gata� pitr-grhiid vrajam edhitiirtho\njayadhvaja� silrU$eno\njayadhvajiit tiilajang�\njayU$enel$ tat-tanayo\njimato vikrtis IU$ya\njitvii puriisurii deviin\njiva jiveti kril)antya\njyamag� tv aprajo 'py anyaril\n\n21.26\n\n140\n\n22.7\n\n152\n\n23.5\n\n182\n\n20.4\n\n90\n\n23.2\n\n181\n\n22.36\n\n170\n\n20.2\n\n89\n\n23.37\n\n202\n\n22.27\n\n164\n\n24.66\n\n251\n\n23.27\n\n196\n\n23.28\n\n196\n\n22.10\n\n154\n\n24.4\n\n208\n\n20.31\n\nlll\n\n22.8\n\n153\n\n23.35\n\n200\n\nK\n20.19\n\n100\n\n24.42\n\n228\n\n21.6\n\n123\n\n18.21\n\n26\n\n19.14\n\n68\n\n22.22\n\n161\n\nkacU$ya biir�palyU$ya\nkaikeyo dh�!aketu§ ca\nkiilaril bahu-titharil bhadre\nkiila$eyaril purodhiiya\nkalau jani$yama(liiniiril\nkiimo 'sya� kriyataril rajan\n\n18.22\n\n27\n\n24.38\n\n226\n\n19.11\n\n65\n\n22.37\n\n170\n\n24.61\n\n245\n\n18.27\n\n32\n\n", "SB9.3#p0294": "276\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nkarilsa� sundmd nyagrodho.�\n\n24.24\n\n218\n\nkr.Wmba-matsya-pratyagra-\n\n22.6\n\n151\n\nkarilsa karilsavati kalika\n\n24.25\n\n218\n\nki.ISat prati� �atravrddhiit\n\n17.16\n\n10\n\nkarilsavatyam deva.Sravasa�\nkanva� kumarasya vane\nkapotaromd tasyanu�\n\n24.41\n\n227\n\n19.10\n\n64\n\nL\n\n20.18\n\n100\n\n24.20\n\n216\n\n24.5\n\n208\n\n22.32\n\n167\n\n24.60\n\n244\n\nkdSya� ki.ISo grtsamada\nkdSyasya kdSis tat-putro\n\n17.3\n\n2\n\n197\n\n3\n\nmadho.va v�nayo rajan\nmahabhojo 'tidho.rmdtmd\nmahaho.yo renuho.yo\n\n23.30\n\n17.4\n\n24.11\n\n211\n\n23.21\n\n190\n\nka tvam kamala-patra�i\n\n20.11\n\n94\n\nmahaviryo naro garga�\n\n21.1\n\n120\n\nmahima giyate tasya\n\n20.23\n\n104\n\nlambantam vr�anam bhuya�\nkarambhi� sakune� putro\nkarenumatyam nakulo\nkarmany aparimeyani\n\nM\n\nkai.ISalya kesinam tv ekam\n\n24.48\n\n231\n\nkeyam kuho.ka mat-sthanam\n\n23.36\n\n201\n\nkho.lapano 'rigato jajne\nkim na prati�ase 'smakam\n\n23.6\n\n183\n\n161\n\n23\n\nmahyam putraya santdya\nmamateyam purodhaya\n\n22.23\n\n18.16\n\n20.25\n\n105\n\n18.23\n\n28\n\n94\n\nmanas tu tad-gatam buddhva\nma(tipura-pate� so 'pi\n\n22.32\n\n167\n\nmarutas tat-suto 'putra�\n\n23.17\n\n189\n\nkim svic ciki�itam tatra\n\n20.11\n\nkirata-hrlndn yavandn\nkirimantam s�enam ca\nko nu Joke man�yendra\nkrathasya kunti� putro 'bhud\n\n20.30\n\n111\n\n24.54\n\n234\n\n18.43\n\n45\n\nmarut-stomena maruto\n\n20.35\n\n114\n\n24.3\n\n208\n\nmdld bhastra pitu� putro\n\n20.21\n\n101\n\nmdtamaho.-krtam vatsa\n\n18.39\n\n40\n\nmatra svasra duhitra vd\nmaya gunamayi rajan\n\n19.17\n\n71\n\n21.17\n\n132\n\nmi.Srakesyam apsarasi\nmithunam mudgalad bharmyad\n\n24.43\n\n229\n\n21.34\n\n144\n\n22.1\n\n149\n\nkrcchra-prdpta-ku!umbasya\n\n21.5\n\n122\n\nkrpa� kumara� kanya ca\n\n21.36\n\n146\n127\n\nkrpaya bhr§a-santapta\n\n21.11\n\nk�ne mana� samdvesya\n\n19.28\n\n83\n\nkrta-daro jugoporvim\n\n18.4\n\n16\n\nkrtagni� krtavarmd ca\nkrti hiranyanabhad yo\n�anurdho.-manyur bhagavan\n�anena mumuce nii;lam\n�atram yat talajarighakhyam\n\n23.23\n\n193\n\n21.28\n18.27\n\n142\n\n19.24\n\n78\n\n23.28\n\n196\n\n17.17\n\n11\n\n�atravrddhanvaya bhupa\n�atravrddho.-sutasyasan\n�emakam prapya rajanam\n�emo 'tho. suvratas tasmad\n�etre 'prajasya vai bhratur\n�ut-fr1-sramo gatra-paribhrama5 ca\nkukurasya suto vahnir\nkukuro bho.jamana§ ca\nkunte� sakhyu� pita srlro\nkuntyapaviddho.m kdninam\nkurvann Ujavi(la-karam\n\n32\n\n17.2\n\n2\n\n22.45\n\n175\n\n22.48\n\n176\n\n22.25\n\n162\n\n21.13\n\nmitrayi.IS ca divodasac\nmlecchadhipatayo 'bhuvann\nmman chukla-data� kr$nan\nmudgalad brahma-nirvrttam\nmrU,Ihe bho.ra dvajam imam\n\n23.16\n\n188\n\n20.28\n\n109\n\n21.33\n\n143\n\n20.34\n\n117\n\n18.22\n\n27\n\nN\nna brahmano me bho.vita\nna duhyanti mana�-pritim\nna hi ceta� paurava(tdm\nnah�a� �avrddhaS ca\nn.ah�aya sutam dattva\n\n19.13\n\n67\n\n20.12\n\n94\n\n17.1\n\n2\n\n18.30\n\n34\n\n129\n\n24.19\n\n216\n\nna hy asya janmano hetu�\n\n24.57\n\n237\n\n24.19\n\n216\n\nnaivapur naiva prapsyanti\nna jatu kama� kdmanam\nna kdmaye 'ham gatim iSvarat param\nnakula� saho.deva5ca\n\n20.29\n\n110\n\n24.31\n\n221\n\n23.13\n\n186\n\n19.9\n\n63\n\n19.14\n\n68\n\n21.12\n\n128\n\n22.28\n\n164\n\n", "SB9.3#p0295": "277\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\nnalarkad aparo rdjan\nnalinydm ajamU;lhasya\nnama-nirodcanam tasya\nnamas tubhyam bhagavate\nnamna satyadhrtis tasya\nnandopananda-krtakananeva bhtiti nabhtiti\nna nanam ktirtaviryasya\nna prasadayitum seke\nnaraya(Ulm ar;tiyamsam\nna tvam agrajavad vatsa\nnat.ra-sarigita-vtiditrair\nnavindac chatru-bhavantid\nnirdvandvo nirahali.kdra5\nni§kiiicanasya dhirasya\nnityotsavam na tatrpur dr§ibhifl\nnotsahe jarasd sthtitum\nnrlokam ramayam lisa\nnrpanjayas tato durvas\nnyavedayat tatafl sarvam\n\n17.7\n\n5\n\n21.30\n\n142\n\n20.37\n\n116\n\n19.29\n\n84\n\n21.27\n\n141\n\n24.48\n\n231\n\n18.49\n23.25\n\nso\n194\n\n18.35\n\n38\n\n18.50\n\n51\n\n18.42\n\n45\n\n23.9\n\n184\n\n23.35\n\n121\n\n19.19\n\n73\n\n21.3\n\n122\n\n24.65\n\n249\n\n18.40\n\n42\n\n24.64\n\n247\n\n22.42\n\n173\n\n18.24\n\n29\n\n0\nom ity ukte yathti-dharmam\n\n20.16\n\n98\n\np\npaiica-paiicasatli medhyair\npaiicasiti sahasrar;ti\npaniya-mdtram ucche�am\npapraccha ktima-santaptafl\npdrasya tanayo nipas\n\n20.25\n\nlOS\n\n23.26\n\n195\n\n21.10\n\n127\n\n20.10\n\n93\n\n21.24\n\n139\n\npare 'male brahma(li vtisudeve\npari�if� sudhanur jahnur\npari�ir;te�u ku�u\npari�ir anapatyo 'bhu.t\npariplavafl sutas tasman\n\n19.25\n\n80\n\n22.5\n\n151\n\n22.34\n\n169\n\n22.9\n\n153\n\n22.42\n\n173\n\npdsyatafl pulkaso 'bhyagtid\npauravi rohir;ti bhadrti\npauravyds tanayd hy ete\npitari bhramsite sthtintid\npitary uparate putrd\npitary uparate so 'pi\n\n21.10\n\n127\n\n24.45\n\n230\n\n24.47\n\n231\n\n18.3\n\n16\n\n17.14\n\n9\n\n20.23\n\n104\n\npitTti datta devayanyai\npitrd dattli yato yasye\npitr-rajyam parityajya\npivdnam smcirulam pre�!ham\nprajdm adad daSaratlw\n\n18.29\n\n33\n\n18.28\n\n32\n\n22.12\n\n155\n\n19.6\n\n60\n\n23.10\n\n184\n\nprapitlimahas tlim uvdha\nprdpite )agaratvam vai\nprapto yadrcchaya kupe\npraticyam turvasum cakra\npratikartum �amo yasya\n\n24.36\n\n224\n\n18.3\n\n16\n\npratyacakhyur adharmajliii\npratyayartham prayuktli me\npravara-sruta-mukhyams ca\npraviro 'tha manusyur vai\npravrtto vdrito garbham\n\n18.41\n\n44\n\n24.33\n\n222\n\n24.53\n\n234\n\npreyasafl paramdm pritim\npriyam anugatafl ktimi\nprthti ca srutadevd ca\nprthur vidurathtidyas ca\nprthvyafl sa vai guru-bharam �apayan\npulkasayadadtid dhiro\nprl.r(Ulm ·var;;a-sahasram me\npuror vamsam prava�yami\npurulwtras tv anofl putras\npurujid-rukma-rukme$Upu�afl paiica-$a$#5 ca\nputro 'bhu.t sumate rebhir\n\n18.18\n\n25\n\n19.22\n\n77\n\n18.43\n\n45\n\n20.2\n\n89\n\n20.36\n\n115\n\n18.47\n\n49\n\n18.35\n\n38\n\n24.30\n\n221\n\n24.18\n\n215\n\n24.67\n\n252\n\n21.14\n\n130\n\n19.18\n\n72\n\n20.1\n\n88\n\n24.6\n\n209\n\n23.34\n\n200\n\n24.10\n\n211\n\n20.7\n\n92\n\nrtibhasya rabhasafl putro\nrajtidhidevi caite$dril\nrajadhidevyam dvantyau\nrajams tvaya grhito me\n\n17.10\n24.31\n24.39\n\n7\n221\n\n18.20\n\n26\n\nrdjan me diyatlim annam\nrajanya-kalpa-var;;tidya\nrajanya-viprayofl kasmtid\nraja-putryarthito 'patye\n\n21.8\n\n126\n\n24.51\n\n233\n\nR\n\nrajefl paiica-satdny asan\nrajyam dehy agrajayasu\nrajyam naicchad yatifl pitrd\nrantidevasya mahima\n\n226\n\n18.5\n\n17\n\n18.32\n\n36\n\n17.12\n\n8\n\n22.15\n\n156\n\n18.2\n\n14\n\n21.2\n\n121\n\n", "SB9.3#p0296": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n278\n1'!'4trapdlo 'tha dhr�#S ca\nratha-stharil taril niri�yaha\nreme kama-graha-grasta\nreto-dha?! putro nayati\nrjuril sammardanaril bhadraril\n\n24.24\n\n218\n\n23.35\n\n201\n\nr�as tasya dilipo 'bhat\nrocanayam ato jata\nromapada iti khyatas\nromapada-suto babhrur\nrteyo rantinavo 'bhat\nrteyus tasya ka�eyu?!\nrucirasva-suta?! para?!\nrucirasvo drr;ihahanu?!\n�a 5vasanty uraligiva\n\n19.6\n\n60\n\n20.22\n\n103\n\n24.54\n\n234\n\n22.11\n\n154\n\n24.49\n\n232\n\n23.7\n\n184\n\n24.2\n\n207\n\n20.6\n\n91\n\n20.4\n\n90\n\n21.24\n\n138\n\n21.23\n\n138\n\n18.15\n\n23\n\ns\nsa adrtyava5�faril yad\nsabhanarat kalanara?!\n�a4 ime nah�asyasann\nsadya?! kumara?! saiijajiie\nsa eko ]av� tdsaril\nsa eva satrujid vatsa\nsahadeva devaki ca\nsahadevas tato hino\nsahadeva-suto rajan\nsahadeviit suhotraril tu\n\n21.9\n\n126\n\n23.1\n\n180\n\n18.1\n\n14\n\n24.35\n\n224\n\n19.6\n\n60\n\n17.6\n\n4\n\n24.23\n\n217\n\n17.17\n\n11\n\n22.30\n\n166\n\n22.31\n\n166\n\nsaha-sarika�a!Jll$ cakre\nsahasottirya vasarilsi\nsahasraril badva§o yasmin\nsahasranikas tat-putras\nsaibya garbham adhiit kale\n\n24.60\n\n244\n\n18.9\n\n19\n\nsa ittham acaran kaman\nsakhi-sahasra-sarilyukta\nsa krtvyaril suka-kanyayaril\nsalaS ca santonor as id\nsama-dmes tada purilsa?!\nsama dvadaSa tad-rajye\nsamantat prthiviril sarvaril\nsamds tri-!Jllva-sahasrir\nsambaddha-vf$a!Jl1?! so 'pi\nsarilhita?! pnicyasamnaril vai\n\n20.26\n\n106\n\n22.39\n\n172\n\n23.38\n\n202\n\n19.1\n\n56\n\n18.6\n\n18\n\n21.25\n\n139\n\n22.19\n\n159\n\n19.15\n\n69\n\n22.14\n\n156\n\n22.37\n\n171\n\n20.32\n\nll2\n\n19.11\n\n65\n\n21.29\n\n142\n\nsarilsrtiril catma-nii.Saril ca\nsarilyatis tasyaharilyati\nsari.krtis tasya ca jaya?!\nsantaril sva-kanyaril prayacchad\nsantonor dasa-kanyayaril\nsantonur brahma!Jllir ukta?!\nsantardanadayas tasyaril\nsante?! su5antis tat-putra?!\nsantidevatmaja rajan\nsantidevopadeva ca\nsantim apnoti caivagryaril\nsapa durviisaso vidyaril\nsapan maithuna-ruddhasya\nsapta-dvipa-pati?! sarilyak\nsaradvarils tat-suto yasmo.d\nsara-stambe 'patad reto\nsarm�!hajanati vdso\nsarm�!ha pni�ipat kupe\nsarpan vai sarpa-yagagnau\nsarva-bhatadhivasaya\nsarva-devamayaril devaril\nsarva-dharma-vidaril sre�!ho\nsarvan kaman duduhatu?!\nsarvatirathajid vira\nsarvatra sarigam utsrjya\nsarve nivrtta?! krpa!JllSya jantor\nsa5abindur maha-yogi\nsa sarilra4 loka�paliikhyam\nsa sannivasaril suhrr/iiril\n��#ril va�a-sahasrar,ti\nsatajic ca sahasrajid\nsatanikad durdamanas\nsa tasmo.d drupado jajiie\nsa tatra nirmukta-samasta-sariga\nsatrajita?! prasena5 ca\nsatrughno gandhamadaS ca\nsa tu rajno 'napatyasya\nsatvatasya suta?! sapta\nsa vai tebhyo namaskrtya\nsa vidarbha iti prokta\nsibir vara?! krmir da�a5\n\n19.20\n\n75\n\n20.3\n\n89\n\n17.17\n\n11\n\n23.8\n\n184\n\n22.20\n\n159\n\n22.15\n\n156\n\n24.38\n\n226\n\n21.31\n\n143\n\n24.50\n\n232\n\n24.23\n\n217\n\n22.14\n\n156\n\n24.32\n\n222\n\n22.27\n\n164\n\n18.46\n\n48\n\n21.35\n\n145\n\n21.35\n\n145\n\n18.10\n\n20\n\n18.17\n\n24\n\n22.36\n\n170\n\n19.29\n\n84\n\n18.48\n\n49\n\n22.19\n\n159\n\n20.32\n\n112\n\n22.33\n\n168\n\n19.28\n\n83\n\n21.13\n\n129\n\n23.31\n\n198\n\n20.33\n\n113\n\n19.27\n\n83\n\n17.7\n\n5\n\n24.8\n\n210\n\n22.43\n\n174\n\n22.2\n\n149\n\n19.25\n\n80\n\n24.13\n\n213\n\n24.17\n\n215\n\n23.9\n\n184\n\n24.7\n\n209\n\n21.16\n\n131\n\n23.38\n\n202\n\n23.3\n\n181\n\n", "SB9.3#p0297": "279\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\nsibes catvdra evdsams\nsinis tasmdt svayam bhojo\nsinis tasyanamitra§ ca\nsiSupala� sutas tasya�\nsldghaniyehita� sa§vat\n\n23.4\n\n181\n\n24.26\n\n219\n\n24.12\n24.40\n24.63\n\n212\n227\n247\n\nsmaraii chukra-vaca� kale\nsnigdha-smite�itodarair\nsnU$a tavety abhihite\nsohaiijir abhavat kunter\nsoma-vamse kalau �te\n\n18.32\n24.64\n\n36\n247\n\n23.36\n23.22\n\n201\n193\n\n22.18\n\n158\n\nso 'pi canugata� strai\"(la�\nso 'pi tad-vayasa kaman\nsottirya kupat su§ro!U\nsrfi,jayam syamakam kankam\nsrfi,jayo r�trapcilyam ca\n\n19.9\n18.45\n\n63\n47\n\n19.5\n24.29\n\n60\n\nlei jaldSayam ciscidya\n\n24.42\n\n220\n228\n\nta�-pU$kara-saladin\ntam aha rajaii charm�thcim\ntam duratyaya-vikrantam\n\nsrou bhcirgavy amum gathcim\nsrovatcim sarva-bhiitcincim\nsrotraiijalir upaspr§ya\nsrutadevam tu ka�o\nsrutaseno bhimasena\n\n19.2\n\n56\n\n20.20\n24.62\n\n101\n\n24.37\n22.35\n\n225\n\n19.26\n\n81\n\n19.26\n\n81\n\n18.25\n\n32\n234\n231\n\nsrutvd gatham devaycini\nstri-purilso� sneha-vaiklavyat\nstuvan vrttim ca kapotim\nsubhadra ca mahcibhciga\nsubhadro bhadrabcihu§ ca\n\n24.55\n24.47\n\n246\n169\n\nsudcisa� sahadevo 'tha\nsuddhas tala� sucis tasmcic\nsuhotro 'bhilt sudhanU$aS\nsukras tam aha kupita�\nsumatir dhruvo 'pratiratha�\n\n22.1\n\nsumitrarjunapalcidin\nsunaka� saunako yasya\nsuna�atra� suna�atrdd\nsunitha!i satyajid atha\nsunithas tasya bhavita\n\n24.44\n17.3\n22.47\n22.49\n\n229\n2\n176\n177\n\n22.41\n\n173\n\nsuparsvat sumatis tasya\nsaro vidarathcid asid\nsuto dharmaratho yasya\nsvahito 'to v�ur vai\nsvcincim tat sal'ikatam vi�ya\nsvaphalkaS citrarathaS ca\n\n17.11\n22.5\n18.36\n20.6\n\n21.28\n24.26\n23.7\n23.31\n18.29\n24.15\n\n149\n7\n151\n38\n91\n\n141\n219\n183\n198\n33\n214\n\nsvayam hi vroute rajMm\nsvayamvardd upanite\nsviyam matvci prakupitci\nsvo-bhilte sva-puram yata�\n\n20.15\n22.24\n\n96\n161\n\n18.10\n20.17\n\n20\n99\n\nT\ntac ca dattvci nama§cakre\n\n21.9\n\n126\n\ntadaivopagatam devam\ntada tu bhagavcin iSa\ntad-dar5ana-pramudita�\ntad d�fvci krpayagrhl,ldc\n\n24.33\n24.56\n20.10\n21.36\n\n222\n236\n93\n146\n\ntad-gotram brahmavij jajiie\n\n17.11\n\ntam durhrdam suhrd-riipam\ntam eva hrdi vinyasya\ntam eva pre�thatamaya\ntam eva vavre rahasi\ntam scilyajan nadi-toye\n\n7\n19\n18.8\n24.43 229\n34\n18.30\n20.19\n\n100\n\n19.8\n\n62\n49\n\n18.50\n19.7\n18.31\n\n61\n35\n\n24.36\n\n224\n\ntcim tmw.m du�kha-nivahcim\ntam tyaktu-kamam mamatcim\ntam viram ahau5anasi\ntan-mantri-prahitair viprair\ntapatyam siirya-kanyayam\n\n19.16\n\n70\n\n20.37\n18.20\n22.16\n\n116\n26\n157\n\n22.4\n\n150\n\ntasmcic ca v�timdrils tasya\ntasmcid etcim aham tyaktvci\ntasmai samvyabhajat so 'nnam\ntasmdt putra iti prokta!i\ntasyahukaS cahuki ca\n\n22.41 173\n19.19\n73\n21.6\n123\n20.22 104\n24.21 217\n\ntasyaivam vitathe vamse\ntasya �emya!i suviro 'tha\ntasya medhcitithis tasmdt\ntasyam gatciyam sva-grham\ntasyam sa janajam cisa\n\n20.35\n21.29\n20.7\n\n114\n142\n91\n\n18.18\n24.28\n\n220\n\ntasyam vidarbho 'janayat\ntasya patni-sahasrli!liim\ntasya putra!i sataniko\ntasya putra-sahasre�u\ntasya putra-satam te�am\n\n24.1\n23.32\n22.38\n23.27\n22.2\n\n25\n\n206\n199\n171\n195\n149\n\n", "SB9.3#p0298": "280\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\ntasya putra-sataril tv asrd\n\n23.29\n\n197\n\ntrayas-trimsac-chataril hy a§vdn\n\n20.27\n\n109\n\ntasyasan nrpa vaidarbhya�\n\n20.34\n\n113\n\ntribhanus tat-suto 'syiipi\n\n23.17\n\n189\n\ntasya satyadhrti� putro\n\n21.35\n\n145\n\ntriv�faparil mahendriiya\n\n17.14\n\n9\n\ntasya sudyur abhat putras\n\n20.3\n\n89\n\ntrtiyaril romapiidaril ca\n\n24.1\n\n206\n\ntas.ya tiiril karu(Uiril viicaril\n\n21.11\n\n127\n\nturvasos ca suto vahnir\n\n23.16\n\n188\n\ntasya tatra dvija� kaScid\n\n19.10\n\n64\n\nturvasu§ codita� pitrii\n\n18.41\n\n44\n\ntasya tribhuvaniidh�ii�\n\n21.15\n\n130\n\ntvaril ca k�(Uinubhavena\n\n22.34\n\n169\n\ntasyii uddhara(Wpiiyaril\n\n19.4\n\n59\n\ntvaril casya dhatii garbhasya\n\n20.22\n\n103\n\ntasyii virya-pari�iirtham\n\n24.32\n\n222\n\ntvdril jarii viSatiiril manda\n\n18.36\n\n38\n\ntata� krta� krtasyiipi\n\n17.16\n\n10\n\ntala� siintaro.jo jajfle\n\n17.12\n\n8\n\nu\n\ntata� sutafljayiid vipra�\n\n22.47\n\n176\n\nudaksenas tatas tasmiid\n\n21.26\n\n140\n\ntata§ ciikrodhanas tasmiid\n\n22.11\n\n154\n\nugrasena-<luhitaro\n\n24.25\n\n218\n\ntata§ ca sahadevo 'bhat\n\n22.9\n\n153\n\nuktas tataS citraro.thas\n\n22.40\n\n172\n\ntathaharil krpar;w� subhru\n\n19.12\n\n66\n\nupapannam idaril subhru\n\n20.15\n\n96\n\ntatha kuvalayiiSveti\n\n17.6\n\n4\n\nu§ikas tat-sutas tasmiic\n\n24.2\n\n207\n\ntathapi ciinusavanaril\n\n19.18\n\n72\n\nwinaras titi�u§ ca\n\n23.2\n\n181\n\ntathety avasthite priiha\n\n18.28\n\n32\n\nutpiidya te�u pu�a� kro.tubhi�\n\n24.66\n\n251\n\ntato bahuratho niima\n\n21.30\n\n142\n\nuttama§ cintitaril kuryiit\n\n18.44\n\n46\n\ntato daSiirho niimniibhat\n\n24.3\n\n208\n\ntato dhrtavro.tas tasya\n\n23.12\n\n186\n\nv\n\ntato homo 'tha sutapii\n\n23.4\n\n182\n\nvaT(Wyiimi mahii-pur;tyaril\n\n23.19\n\n189\n\ntato navaro.tha� putro\n\n24.4\n\n208\n\nvasudeva� sutiin �liiv\n\n24.52\n\n233\n\ntato vidilrathas tasmiit\n\n22.10\n\n154\n\nvasudevaril devabhagaril\n\n24.28\n\n220\n\ntato yutiiyus tasyiipi\n\n22.46\n\n176\n\nvasudevaril hare� sthanaril\n\n24.30\n\n221\n\nvasudevas tu devakyiim\n\n24.53\n\n234\n\ntat-prasarigiinubhavena\n\n21.18\n\n134\n\ntat-putra[l ketumiin asya\n\n17.5\n\n4\n\ntatra duryodhano jye$!ho\n\n22.26\n\n164\n\nvasudevas tu rohir:r.yaril\n\n24.46\n\n230\n\nvasudeve bhagavati\n\n21.16\n\n131\n\ntatrdsiniiril sva-pro.bhayii\n\n20.8\n\n92\n\nvasu-harilsa-suvamsiidyii[l\n\n24.51\n\n233\n\ntat-suto rucakas tasya\n\n23.34\n\n200\n\nvasus tasyoparicaro\n\n22.6\n\n151\n\nvayaril tatriipi bhrgava�\n\n18.14\n\n22\n\ntat-suto vi.!adas tasya\n\n21.23\n\n138\n\ntava tiita� subhadriiyiim\n\n22.33\n\n168\n\nvayasii bhavadiyena\n\n18.39\n\ntaveme tanayas tiita\n\n22.35\n\n169\n\nveda-gupto muni[l k�(W\n\n22.22\n\n40\n161\n\ntayii vrtaril samudvi�ya\n\n19.5\n\n60\n\nvedaitad bhagavdn kar;tvo\n\n20.13\n\n95\n\ntayor asakta-hrdayo\n\n22.24\n\n161\n\nveda-viidiitivddiin vai\n\n22.17\n\n157\n\nvibhaktaril vyabhajat tasmai\n\n21.7\n\n125\n\nte$iiril jye�!ho vitihotro\n\n23.29\n\n197\n\nte$iiril svasiira� saptasan\n\n24.22\n\n217\n\nvicitravirya§ ciivarajo\n\n22.21\n\n161\n\nle$iiril svasii suciiriikhyii\n\n24.17\n\n215\n\nvicitraviryo 'thovdha\n\n22.23\n\n161\n\nle$iiril tu �a! pradhaniiniiril\n\n23.33\n\n199\n\nvidadhano 'pi niitrpyat\n\n18.51\n\n52\n\ntimer brhadro.thas tasmii c\n\n22.43\n\n174\n\nvijayas tasya sambhatyiiril\n\n23.12\n\n186\n\ntire nyasya dukilliini\n\n18.8\n\n19\n\nvijfliiye§varo.-tantrii(Uiril\n\n19.27\n\n83\n\n", "SB9.3#p0299": "281\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\nvi�ya vrojanlam giriSam\nvilokya kapa-samvignii\nvilokya sadyo mumuhe\nvilokyau.!aTUlS im rajali\nvipmho dhrtadevayam\n\n18.9\n\n19\n\n19.7\n\n61\n\n20.9\n\n92\n\n18.31\n\n35\n\n24.50\n\n232\n\n22.20\n\n159\n\n21.33\n\n143\n\n20.13\n\n95\n\n21.1\n\n120\n\n17.9\n\n6\n\nviyad-vittasya dadato\nv�adarbha/1. sudhiroS ca\nv�parva tam ajnaya\nv�asena/1. sutas tasya\nv�(le/1. sumitro/1. pulro 'bhrld\n\n21.3\n\n122\n\n23.3\n\n181\n\nvyacarat kala-gitalivyadhatta tirtham uddhrtya\nvyaktam rajanya-taMyam\nvyasrjan maruto 'bibhron\nvyatiyur �!a-catvdrimsad\nvyatyasyatam yatha-kamam\n\nvira-yiiihagro(lir yeM\nv4aya(ldm alam ime\nviSvamitratmajaivaham\nvitathasya sutdn manyor\nvitihotro 'sya bhargo 'to\n\n18.26\n\n31\n\n23.14\n\n187\n\n24.12\n\n212\n\n18.7\n\n18\n\n19.4\n\n59\n\n20.12\n\n94\n\n20.39\n\n117\n\n21.4\n\n122\n\n18.37\n\n39\n\ny\nyada M jagrhe raja\nyada 1Ul kurute bhavam\nyada yada hi dharmasya\nyad idam kapa-magniiya\nyada/1. sahasrojit kro�!d\nyadar variJSam Mra/J, Srutvd\nyada tala praticcherniim\nyadum ca turvasum caiva\nyadu-pwrosya ca k�!0/1.\nya dustyaja durmatibhir\nya/1. purilravasa/1. pulra\n\n20.20\n\n101\n\n19.15\n\n69\n\n24.56\n\n235\n\n18.22\n\n27\n\n23.20\n\n190\n\n23.19\n\n189\n\n18.38\n18.33\n\n40\n37\n\n23.30\n\n197\n\n19.16\n\n70\n\n17.1\n\n2\n\nyair idam tapasli smam\nyajiia-bhug vasudevdmsa/1.\nyajiia-daM-tapo-yogai/1.\nyam yam karabhyam sp,.Sati\nyan rnii ya-ce�!itam purilsa/1.\nyan vandanly upat�!hante\nyasminn idam viracitam\nyasmin sat-kar(la-pi�e\nyasyam abhrld danlavakro\nyasyam parO.Sarat sa�\nyasyaMnam makaro-kw;u;lala-caruyatau yad uktva pitarou\nyale srldre tam anyo 'gad\nyathaiva smumo dural\nyathopaj�am v4ayan\nyatir yayati/1. samyatir\nyat prthivyam vrihi-yavam\nyatra prov4.ta/J. pu�a\nyatra raja�ayo vamsya\nyatravatir(lO bhagavdn\nyaviMro brhadviSva/1.\nyaviMro dvimit;lhasya\nyayater jye�!ha-putrosya\nyayatir aMbhipretam\nye rndtra bahir uts�!e\nye 'mrtatvam anuprllpta\nyogi sa gavi bharyayam\nyo 'jamU;lha-suto hy anya\nyonir yatha 1ll.l d�yeta\nyo 'sau gmiga-ta!e krU;lan\nyudh4!hirat prativindhya/1.\nyudh4!hirllt tu paurovyam\nyugandharo 'Mmitrosya\nyuyudhaM/1. satyakir vai\n\n18.12\n\n21\n\n17.4\n\n3\n\n23.25\n\n194\n\n22.13\n\n155\n\n24.58\n\n239\n\n18.13\n\n21\n\n18.49\n\n50\n\n24.62\n\n246\n\n24.37\n\n225\n\n22.21\n\n161\n\n24.65\n\n248\n\n20.38\n\n117\n\n21.8\n\n125\n\n24.9\n\n210\n\n18.46\n\n48\n\n18.1\n\n14\n\n19.13\n\n67\n\n18.2\n\n14\n\n20.1\n\n88\n\n23.20\n\n190\n\n21.32\n\n143\n\n21.27\n\n141\n\n23.18\n\n189\n\n18.23\n\n28\n\n22.8\n\n153\n\n24.11\n\n211\n\n21.25\n\n139\n\n22.4\n\n150\n\n24.34\n\n223\n\n23.13\n22.29\n\n165\n\n22.30\n\n166\n\n24.14\n\n213\n\n24.14\n\n213\n\n186\n\n", "SB9.3#p0300": "General Index\nNumerals in boldface type indicate references to translations of the verses of Srinuu:l­\n\nBhagavatam.\n\nA\nAbhimanyu, 168\nAbhyuttluinam adharmasya\nverse quoted, 236,240\nAbrahma-bhuvaruil loka�\nquoted, 76\nAbsolute Truth\naspects of, three listed, 191-192\nLord as, 51\nas person, 252\nas rarely realized, 191-192\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nAcarya defined, 64\nActivities\nof Lord, 243, 244-245, 246, 247, 248,\n250,251, 252,253\n\nof Lord & living entity contrasted,\n237-238\n\nmaterial, devotees free of, 246, 247\nsinful, 108\nSee also: Karma\nAdharma defined, 240-241\nAdharma-jna defined, 44\nAdhiratha, 186, 187\nAdministrators. See: King; K�atriya(s);\nLeaders, government\nAffection. See: Attachment; Love; Lust\nAgastya, 16\nAge (time of life)\nof retirement from family life, 57, 67,74\nSee also: Old age\nAge of Kali. See: Kali-yuga\nAgnihotra-yajna, 157\nAhalya, 145\nAham bija-prada}J pita\nquoted, 102\n\nAham tvam sarva-papebhyo\nquoted, 79\nAharhyati, 90\nAhankara-vimut;lluitrrui\nquoted, 82, 240\nAho grha-k$etra-sutapta-vittair\nquoted, 59\nAhuka, 218\nAhuki, 218\nAjami!,lha, 137, 138, 143, 151\nAkriya, 7\nAkrodhana, 155\nAkriira, 214, 215\nAk$ata-yoni defined, 224\nAlarka, 5, 6\nArnba, 160\nArnbalika, 160, 162, 163\nArnbika, 160, 162, 163\nAmrta defined, 128\nAnaka, 221, 229\nAnalogies\nbird and surrendered soul, 79\nbutter fire and lusty desire, 68-69\ndark well and family life, 57, 66\ngoats and materialists, 61, 64\nghost and lust, 61\nheart disease and lust, 68\nAnamitra, 212, 213\nAnandamayo 'bhyasat\nquoted, 240\nAndhaka, son of Anu, 216\nAndhaka, son of Satvata, 210, 216\nAnena, 3, 7\nAnga,182, 183\n\nAnger of Devayani & Sarrni�tha, 20-24, 37\nAnimals\nhumans contrasted to, 46\n\n283\n\n", "SB9.3#p0301": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n284\nAnimals (continued)\n\nKali-yuga people compared to, 236\npeople work like,in demoniac civilization,\n243\n\nSee also: Cows; names of other specific\nanimals\nAnnad bhavanti bhatani\nquoted, 108\n\nAnu,son of Kapotaromli,216\nAnu,son of Kuruvasa,209, 210\n\nAnu, son of Yayati, 37, 44, 77, 180\n\nAnukulyena kmliinuverse quoted, 132\n\nAnuloma marriage, 18\n\nAnuvinda,227\n\nAnxiety. See: Suffering\n\nAnyabhi�ita-sunyam\nquoted, 247\nverse quoted,132\n\nAnya devasraya nai, tomare kahinu bhai\nquoted, 132\n\nAparaspara-sambhutaril\nverse quoted, 241\n\nAppearance of the Lord. See: Supreme Lord,\nappearance (descent) of\n\nApratiratha, 91\nArabdha,188\n\nAradhyo bhagavan vrajesa-tanayas taddhama vrndavanam\nquoted, 74\n\nArcanaril vandanaril dasyaril\n\nverse quoted, 85\nArimardana,215\nArjuna\nDraupadi married, 97\n\n���a and,252,253\nparents of, 165\nquoted on Parabrahman, 74\nsons of,166-168\n\nArjuna (Kartavirylirjuna), 194-196\nArjunapala,229\n\nArka,144\n\nAruhya krcchre� pararil padaril tata�\nquoted, 240\nAryan civilization\nmarriage competitions in, 97\n\nAryan civilization\n\nSee also: Civilization,human; Society,\nhuman; Vedic culture\nAsailga,215\n\nAsatyam aprati$!haril te\nverse quoted,241\n\nAsimalq��a, 172\n\nAsramas (spiritual orders). See: Brahmacan;\nHouseholder {grhastha); Sannyasa;\nVanaprastha\nAssociation\nwith devotees, 66, 135\n\nof men & women,71-72, 99\n\nAstrology\n\nat birth ceremony, 1 16\n\nmarriage by, 29\n\nAsuras\ndefined,242-243\n\nSee also: Atheists; Demons\nASvamedhaja,172\n\nAsvamedharil gavalambharil\nverse quoted, 107, 163\n\nAsvamedha-yajiins (horse sacrifices)\nby Bharata,106-107\nby Janamejaya, 171\n\nin Kali-yuga forbidden, 107, 163\nASvavlira,158\nASvini-kumliras, 165\nAtheists\n\nworld misunderstood by, 241\nSee also: Demons; Mayavada philosophy\n\nAtirathas defined,168\nAtmti vai putra-ndmdsi\nquoted, 102\n\nAttachment\n\nto family life,57, 65-67\nof father to children, 32\nto sense gratification, 41, 70-71, 7 3\n\nSee also: Bodily concept o f life; Desires,\nmaterial\n\nA-u-m, 98\nAurva �i,196\nAusterity,human life for, 66\n\nAvajananti maril miil)ha�\nverse quoted, 192\n\n", "SB9.3#p0302": "285\n\nGeneral Index\nAvatiira. See: Incarnation of the Supreme\n\nLord; Supreme Lord, appearance (descent) of\n\nAvidyota,216\n\nBhagavad-gitii\npurpose of,241\nBhagavad-gitii, quotations from\non attachment to sense gratification, 41\n\nAyati,14\n\non birth & death,repeated,241\n\nAyu,3\n\non conditioned soul's struggle, 239\n\nAyu,210\n\non body as machine,238\n\nAyutajit,210\n\non demigod worshipers, 132\n\non devotees,demons and the Lord,242,\n\nAyutli.yu,154, 155\n\n252\n\nB\nBabhru, son of Devli.�dha,211, 212\nBabhru, son of Druhyu, 187\nBabhru,son of Romapli.da,207\nBabhruvli.hana,167\nBadva defined,107\nBli.hlika,159\n\nBahugava,90\n\n&huniiril janmaniim ante\nquoted,85\n\nBahuratha, 143\n\nBaka,228\nBaJa, 230\n\nBalarli.ma (Sankar�aQ.a), Lord, 235, 244\nBali,182\n\nBeauty\n\nof Lord Kr�Q.a, 248, 249, 250\n\nof Sakuntalli.,93\nBegging profession,31\nBeing,living. See: Living entity\n\nBenediction\nfrom demigods, 132\nfor devotee, 46\nof Sukracarya to Yayli.ti,39\nBhadrli., 230, 231\nBhadra, son of Vasudeva & Devaki, 235\nBhadra, son of Vasudeva & Pauravi,231\nBhadrabli.hu, 231\nBhadrasena,235\nBhadrasenaka,193\nBhagavad-gitii\ncited on sex life,98-99\nhearing from,246\nas Lord's instructions, 253\n\non devotional service on Brahman platform, 42-43\n\non embodied soul,76\n\non father of all,102, 103\non fools deriding the Lord, 192\non Lord's descent to earth,236, 238, 240\non maya (material energy), 133, 238\non opulence from the Lord,1 OS\n\non Parabrahman, 74\non rare soul realizing the Lord,191-192,\n\n249\n\non sacrifice for Vi�Q.u,107\n\non sage's equal vision,124\n\non sex,36\non society's natural divisions, 88, 137,243\non Supreme Person,252\n\non thinking of Kr�Q.a always,133\non Vasudeva as everything,50-51\n\non Vedas & Kr�Q.a,241, 251\n\non yogiS in devotional service,65, 134-135\n\nBhagavli.n. See: Kr�9a,Lord; Supreme Lord\nBhagavatam. See: Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nBhagavata Purii�. See: Srimad-Bhagavatam\nBhajamli.na,son of Andhaka,216\nBhajamli.na, son of 8atvata,210\n\nBhajamli.na, son of Siira,219\nBhaji,210\nBhaktas. See: Devotees\nBhakti\n\ndefined, 52\nSee also: Devotional service; Kr�I).a consciousness\nBhaktiril pariiril bhagavati pratilabhya kiimam\nquoted, 68\nBhaktivinoda 'fhakura,cited on devotee making more devotees, 135\n\n", "SB9.3#p0303": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n286\n\nBhakti-yoga. See: Devotional service; Kr�Q.a\n\nBodily concept of life\n\nBhalla�a, 141\n\nBody, material\n\nconsciousness\n\nBhanurnan, 188, 189\n\nBharadvaja (Vitatha), 114, 116-118, 121\n\nBharata Maharaja, 106-107, 109-114, 118\nBharga, son of Vahni, 188\n\nSee also: Attachment; Desires, material\n\ncompared to machine, 238\ndead, revived, 27-28\nin goodness, 243\ngross and subtle, 84\n\nBharga, son of Vitihotra, 6\n\nhuman, 46\n\nBharrnyasva, 144, 145, 150\nBhirna, 165-167\nBhirnaratha, son of Keturnan, 4\n\nvia mother & father, 103\n\nBhargabhiirni, 6\n\nBhirnaratha, son of Vikrti, 208\nBhirnasena,' son of Pari�it, 170\n\nBhi�rnadeva\n\nParasurarna defeated by, 160\n\nparents of, 159\n\nBhoja, son of Sini, 219\nBhoja kings, 212\n\nBhrgu Muni, 22, 106, 107\n\nBhiiri, 159\n\nBhiirisrava, 159\n\nBhiita, 231\n\nBhatva bhatva praliyate\nquoted, 76\n\nBijarii11U'iril sarva-bhatanam\nquoted, 103\n\nBird and surrendered soul, analogy of, 79\nBirth\n\nof higher planets' rejects on earth, 118\nof Jarlisandha, 153\nritualistic ceremonies at, 116\nsocial status not determined by, 88-89,\n137\nof Sukadeva, 140\ntypes of, three listed, 29\n\nBirth and death, repeated\ndevotee surpasses, 46\nfreedom from, 74\nstopping, 239, 241\nSee also: Transmigration\nBliss, transcendental\ngopis in, 250\n\nSee also: Happiness; Pleasure\nBodily concept of life\nrnaterialis ts in, 61\n\nkarma determines, 237-238\n\nsoul in, 61, 75-76, 83-84\n\nSee also: Birth and death, repeated; Bodily\nconcept of life; Senses; Transmigration\n\nBondage, material\n\nfreedom from, 73-74, 76, 79-80, 84\n\nmaterial happiness causes, 59, 75, 76\n\nSee also: Life, material; Maya; Modes of\nmaterial nature; Suffering\n\nBrahrna, Lord\n\ngopis condemned, 250\n\nKurnaras disobeyed, 44\n\nas living entity's first material life, 240\nRantideva saw, 131, 132\n\nBrahma-bhuta defined, 69\nBrahma-bhilyaya kalpate\nquoted, 247\n\nBrahmacari (celibate)\nBhi�rna as, 160\n\nKurnaras as, 44\nsyiritual master's wife and, 72\nSukadeva as, 140\nBrahrnadatta, 139\nBrahma-jijnasa defined, 241\n\nBrahmajyoti. See: Brahman (impersonal Absolute)\n\nBrahmaloka, 76\n\nBrahman (impersonal Absolute)\nas Absolute Truth feature, 191-192\nfalling from, 240\nSee also: Mayavada philosophy\nBrahman, Supreme. See: Supreme Lord\nBrahma\"(l.as (saintly intellectuals)\nBharata's charity to, 107\nbirth ceremonies by, 116\nin goat story, 64\n\n", "SB9.3#p0304": "287\n\nGeneral Index\nBrahmar:tas (saintly intellectuals)\n/cyatriyas born from, 88\nlivelihood of, 30-31\n\nRantideva fed, 123-124\n\nself-realization for, 15\n\nsocial value of, 243\n\nSukracarya among, 17, 18\n\nvaiSya from, 137\n\nworship toward, 22\n\nBrahmal).d vaiSyatiim gatii�\nquoted, 137\n\nBrahman effulgence. See: Brahman (impersonal Absolute)\nBrahman platform, devotional service on,\n42-43\n\nBrahmaJ:�.y upa.Samasrayam\nquoted, 42\n\nBrahmiistra weapon attacked Parik�it, 169\nBrahma-vaivarta Puriina\ncited on Sukadeva Gosvami, 139-140\n\nquoted on Kali-yuga, five acts forbidden in,\n107, 163\n\nBrahmavit, 7\n\nc\nCaidya, 207\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nHare Kr��a movement started by, 236\nmercy of, 74\n\nsari.kirtana started by, 107\n\nin sannyiisa, 74\nas Supreme Lord, 236\n\nVasudeva Datta's request to, 129\nwomen avoided by, 72\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, quotations from\non cleansing the heart, 81\n\non hearing Srimad-Bhiigavatam, 15\non Kr��a & Vrndavana, 74\non renunciation, 42\n\n�u,l80\n\nCm:u;lala, Rantideva gave water to, 127-130\n\nCarupada, 89, 90\n\nCaste system. See: Society, human, natural orders in; Varrrnsrama-dharma\nCatu�ana (four Kumaras), 44\n\nCaturanga, 185\n\nBrahmeti paramiitmeti\n\nCiitur-VarJ:�.yariJ. maya Sf$lariJ.\n\nBrahmins. See: BriihmaJ:�.US\n\nCause and effect\n\nverse quoted, 191\n\nBrhadbala, 227\n\nBrhadbanu, 185\n\nBrhaddhanu, 138\n\nBrhadi�u. 138, 141\n\nBrhadisva, 144\nBrhadratha, son of Prthula�a, 185\n\nBrhadratha, son of Timi, 174\nBrhadratha, son of Uparicara Vasu, 152,\n\n153\n\nBrhanmana, 185\nBrhaspati\nas Kaca's father, 25, 26\n\nMamata impregnated by, ll5, 116\nRaji's sons doomed by, 10\nBrhatkarma, 185\nBrhatkaya, 138\nBrhat�atra, 121, 136\nBrhatsena, 176-177\n\nButter fire and lusty desire, analogy of,\n68-69\n\nquoted, 88, 243\n\natheistic concept of, 241\n\nLord as beyond, 237, 238\n\nSee also: Karma\n\nCedi, son of USika, 207\nCedipa, 152\nCedi state, 152, 227\n\nCelibate. See: Brahmaciiri; Sannyasa; San­\n\nnyas;:\n\nCeremonies. See: Ritualistic ceremonies;\nSacrifices\n\nCeto-darpa�-miirjanam\nquoted, 81\n\nCh.iuJ.iya va4�va-sevd nistdra payee he kebd\n\nquoted, 135\nChaitanya. See: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nChance concept of the Creation, 241\nChanting Hare Kr��a, 108, 237\nChild (Children)\nbirth rituals for, 116\nborn before marriage, 223-224\n\n", "SB9.3#p0305": "288\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nChild (Children) (continued)\nof �aJriya king, 34\nparents and, 32, 46\nby proxy progenitor, 163\nSee also: Son(s)\nCitraketu, 227\nCitrakrt (Dharmasarathi), 7, 8\nCitrangada, son of Santa.nu, 160, 162\nCitraii.gada the Gandharva, 162\nCitraratha, son of Dharmaratha, 185\nCitraratha, son of Nemicakra, 173\nCitraratha, son of Vi�adgu, 198\nCitraratha, son of Vr��i, 214, 215, 219\nCivilization, human\ndemons ruin, 243\nfor self-realization, 15\nSee also: Aryan civilization; Society,\nhuman; Vedic culture\nComparisons. See: Analogies\nConcentration. See: Meditation; Yoga\nConditioned souls. See: Souls, conditioned\nConsciousness\nhuman, 46\nSee also: Kr��a consciousness\nCosmic manifestation. See: Material world;\nUniverse(s)\nCowherd boys of Vrndavana, 250, 252\nCows\nBharata distributed, 107\nsacrifice of, 107\nsocial value of, 243\nCreation, the. See: Material world; Universe(s)\nCreator, the. See: Brahma, Lord, gop is condemned; Supreme Lord, as creator and\nannihilator\nCrows, Devayani's family compared to, 24\nCurse\nof brahmar,ws on Nahu�a, 16\nof Devayani and Kaca on each other, 25, 26\nof Sukracarya on Yayati, 38, 64\nCyavana, son of Mitrayu, 149\nCyavana, son of Suhotra, 151\nCycle of birth and death. See: Birth and death,\nrepeated; Transmigration\n\nD\nDaivi hy e�a gu�Jamayi\nquoted, 238\n\nverse quoted, 133\nD�a, 182\nDamagho�a, 227\nDa�qapa�i, 175\nDantavakra, 225\nDaridra-ruiraya�Ja concept, 124\nDasaratha, son of Navaratha, 208, 209\nDasaratha Maharaja, 185\nDasarha, 208\nDasi-putra defined, 34\nDatta, Vasudeva, 129\nDattatreya, 194\nDeath\nbody revived from, 27-28\nof Pari�it, 170\nDehino 'smin yatha de he\n\nquoted, 61\nverse quoted, 76\nDeity forms of the Supreme Lord, 74\nDemigods\nBharadvaja named by, 116, 117\nBharata excelled, 109\ndemons vs., 112\nas P�qavas' fathers, 165\nRantideva saw, 131, 132\nworshipers of, 132\n\nSee also: names of specific demigods\n\nDemons\ndemigods vs., 112\ndevotees vs., 242, 243, 244\nin government, 242, 243\nLord arranges fights among, 242, 243, 244\nLord kills, 245, 251, 252,253\nLord merciful to, 245, 252, 253\nRaji killed, 9\nSee also: Atheists; Materialists\nDesires, material\nsannyasis as overcome by, 43\nSee also: Attachment; Bodily concept of\nlife; Lust; Sense gratification; Sex\nlife\n\n", "SB9.3#p0306": "289\n\nGeneral Index\nDestiny. See: Karma; Providence\nDetachment. See: Renunciation\nDevabhaga,221, 227\nDevaka,son of Ahuka,218\n\nDevaka,son of YudhiHhira,166-167\nDevaki,218, 230, 235\nDevakl)atra,209\n\nDevamic;lha, 220\nDevapi,156,158,159\n\nDevarakl)ita,218, 234\nDevarata,209\n\nDevare� sutotpattim\n\nverse quoted, 107, 163\n\nDevas. See: Demigods\n\nDevotees\nsuffer for others,129\n\nas topmost yogis, 134-135\n\nin Western countries,246-247\n\nSee a lso: Pure devotees; names of specific\ndevotees\n\nDevotional service to the Supreme Lord\n( bhakti-yoga)\non Brahman platform,42-43\nKumiiras in,44\n\nas liberation,43\nprocesses of,85\n\npure,52, 132\n\nSee also: Kr�J.la consciousness\n\nDevasrava, 221, 228\nDevatithi,155\n\nDhanaka,193\n\nDevavan,son of Devaka,218\n\nDharma\n\nDevavan,son of Almira,215\n\nDevavardhana,218\n\nDevavrdha,210-212\nDevayani\n\ncompared to she-goat,58-64, 82\n\nDhani defined, 125\n\nDhanvantari,3-4\ndefined,240\n\nSee also: Religious principles\n\nDharma,son of Gandhara,188\n\nDharma,son of Haihaya,193\n\nKaca and, 27,28\n\nDharma,son of Prthusrava,200\n\nSarmi��ha and,19-25,30,32,33,34, 37\n\nDharrnaraja (Yamaraja),103, 104, 165\n\nliberation of,83,84,85\n\nsons of,37\nas Sukracarya's daughter,17,28,30,31,\n32\n\nYayati and,17,25-28,38,39,49,58,\n\n82,84,85\n\nDevotees of the Supreme Lord (Vai�J.lavas)\nassociation with,66, 135\nbirth and death surpassed by,46\ndemons vs., 242,243, 244\nfree of fruitive activities,246,247\n\nl<.r�J.la consciousness promoted by,242,\n\n243\n\nas liberated, 24 7\n\nLord purifies,81\nLord saves,245, 252\n\nLord's form pleases,248\nin Ma1.1ipura,168\nas para-dul)kha-dul)khi, 129\nsave parents from punishment, 104\nsex life disinterests, 71\n\nDharmaketu,6\n\nDharmaratha, 185\n\nDharma samsthapanarthaya\nverse quoted,238\n\nDharmasiirathi (Citrakrt), 7, 8\n\nDharrnasiitra,177\n\nDharmasya glani}:r. defined, 76\nDharmaviruddho bhute�u\n\nquoted,36\nDharmavrddha, 215\nDharmeyu,91\nDbr��adyumna,150\nDbr��aketu,king of Kekaya,226\nDbr��aketu,son of Dhmadyumna,150\nDbr��aketu,son of Satyaketu,6\n\nDhr��i,son of Bhajamana, 210\nDbr��i,son of Ugrasena,218\nDhrta,188\nDbrtadeva, 218, 232\nDhrtara��ra,163, 164\nDbrtavrata,186\n\n", "SB9.3#p0307": "290\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nDhrti, 186\nDhruva, son of Rantinava, 91\nDhruva, son of Vasudeva, 230\nDilipa, 155\nDirghatama, 3\nDirghatama, 182\nDisciple. See: Brahmacari; Devotees\nDisease\nof conditioned entity, 240\nfreedom from, 3-4\nlust compared to, 68\nDistress. See: Suffering\nDiti, 225\nDiviratha, 183,185\nDivodasa, son of Bhimaratha, 4\nDivodasa, son of Mudgala, 145,149\nDivorce\nas low-class, 97\nnonexistent in Vedic literature, 104\nDivya,210\nDogla defined, 116\nDogs, Rantideva fed, 126\nDownfall. See: Falldown\nDraupadi, 97, 150,165\nDrghahanu, 138\nDrghanemi, 141\nDreams, 51, 134\nDror,tacarya, 146,169\nDruhyu,37,44,77,187\nDrupada Maharaja, 149,150\nDul_tsala, 164\nDundubhi, 216\nDurdamana, 174\nDurita�aya, 136\n\nDurmada, son of Bhadrasena, 193\nDurrnada, son of Dhrta, 188\nDurmada, son of Vasudeva & Pauravi, 231\nDurmada, son of Vasudeva & Rohir,ti, 230\nDurmar�ar,ta, 228\nDu.rva, 174\nDurvak�i, 229\nDurvasa empowered Kunti, 222\nDuryodhana, 164\nDu�manta Maharaja\nomen reproved, 101-103\n\nDu�manta Maharaja\nin Puru dynasty, 189,190\nas Rebhi's son, 92\nSakuntala and, 93-103\nson of, 99-109\nDuty\nof government, 243\nof lcyatriya, 36\nof social classes, 243\nDvaja defined, 116\nDvaraka, 251\nDvimiQha, 137, 141\nDynasty\nBhrgu, 22\nBrhadratha, 177\n�atravrddha, 3, 11\nKuru, 169\nMadhava, 197,198\nMagadha, 175-177\nMahabhoja, 212\nMaudgalya, 144\nmoon-god, 159,175\nPaftcala, 150\nPuru, 88, 189,190\nTalajailgha, 196\nVidarbha, 207\nVr�r,ti, 197,198,215\nYadu,190,191,197,198\n\nDyuman,4, 5\nDyumatsena, 177\n\nE\nEarth\nAlarka ruled, 5\nBharata ruled, 104-106, 111, 112\ncompared to mother, 103\nhigher planets' rejects born on, 118\nKartaviryarjuna ruled, 194,195\nLord's descent to, 236, 243\nproduces life's necessities, 108\nYayati ruled, 17,48, 52\nEating. See: Food; Meat-eating\nEconomic development\nmale-female impetus for, 59\nmaterialists pursue, 67\n\n", "SB9.3#p0308": "291\n\nGeneral Index\nEcstasy. See: Bliss, transcendental; Happiness;\n\nFood\n\nEko bahanam yo vidadhati kdman\n\nForest\n\nPleasure\n\nquoted,102\n\nElephants, Bharata distributed, 110\n\nEnergy, material\n\nas illusory,132\nof the Lord,238, 239\n\nSee also: Maya\n\nEnjoyment, material\n\nBharata gave up, 113\nrenunciation of, 42\n\nYayati uninterested in, 52\n\nSee also: Bliss,transcendental; Happiness;\n\nPleasure\nEntity, individual. See: Living entity\nEnvy,Kr�1.1a consciousness cures, 69-70\n\nF\n\nSee also: Fasting; Meat-eating\nretirement to, 57, 66, 67, 73, 74\nV�ndavana, 74\n\nFortune, goddess of, Sakuntala compared\nto, 93\n\nFreedom\n\nfrom birth and death, 7 4\n\nof devotees from material activities,246,\n247\n\nfrom disease, 3-4\n\nfrom lusty desire, 69-70\n\nfrom material bondage, 73-74, 76\n\nfrom maya, 133\n\nfrom modes of nature, 15\nfrom sin, 190\n\nSee also: Kr�1.1a consciousness; Liberation;\nSalvation\n\nFruitive activitier\n\nFall down\n\nof living entity to material world,240\n\nof Nahu�a,16\n\nof sannyasis, 43\n\nSee also: Offenses,in V�ndavana\n\nFamily life\n\nFruitive workers. See: Materialists\n\nFuture\n\nLord's mercy on,245\n\nof Magadha dynasty,175-177\n\ncompared to dark well, 57 66\n\nretirement from, 57, 58-59, 66, 67, 74\n\nas sex life, 64\n\nSee also: Householder; Husband; Mar­\n\nFasting\n\nriage; Wife\n\nnature forces, 102-103\nby Rantideva,123\nFather\n\naffectionate to his children, 32\n\"born as son,\" 102\nLord as,102\n\nmother and, 46, 102, 104\nson saves,103-104\nFemales. See: Males and Females; Sex life;\nWomen\nFood\n\nfor living entities supplied by Lord,102\n\nRantideva gave away,123-126\n\nSee: Activities, material;\n\nKarma\n\nG\nGada, 230\n\nGada,234\n\nGambhira, 7\n\nGambling,108\n\nGandhamada, 215\nGandhara,188\nGandhari,164\nGandharva marriage,97, 98\nGandini,214\nGanga,159\n\nGanges River, Bharata's horse sacrifices at,\n106,107\nGarga,121,136\nGargya,136\nGautama,145\n\nGhatotkaca,167\nGhost, lust compared to, 61\n\n", "SB9.3#p0309": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n292\n\nHappiness\nby _Kr�I;la consciousness,69, 71, 108,\n\nG�taci,91\n\nGiri, 215\nGoats\n\nmaterialists compared to, 58,61,64\n\nYayati and Devayani compared to,58-66,\n82\n\nGod. See: Godhead; Kr�f.la,Lord; NarayaQa,\nLord; Suprem� Lord\n\nGoddess of fortune, Sakuntala compared to, 93\n\nGodhead\n\nas .Kr�f.la, 235\nvia .Kr�I.la consciousness, 46\nvia renunciation, 42\n\nreturning to, 239, 241, 243\n\nSee also: Kr�f.la,Lord; NarayaQ.a,Lord;\nSpiritual world; Supreme Lord\n\nGod realization\n\nyoga for, 65\nSee also: _Kr�I).a consciousness; Selfrealization\n\n\"Gods.\" See: Demigods\n\nGoloka Vrndavana, 253\n\nGomedha-yajna (cow sacrifice) forbidden in\nKali-yuga,163\n\nGoodness,mode of, milk for, 243\n\nGopis (cowherd girls) and .Kr�Qa, 250, 252\n\nGovardhana Hill,248\n\nGovernment\n\ndemons in,242,243\nduty of, 243\nSee also: Civilization, human; King;\nK$atriya (s); Leaders, government;\nSociety, human\nGrama-nivasi defined, 57\n\nGrhastha. See: Householder\n\nGrtsamada, 3\n\nGur;a- karma-vibhaga.Sa/.t\nquoted, 137\n\nGury.as. See: Modes of material nature\n\nGuru, son of Saillqti, 121\n\nGuru (spiritual master), wife of, 72\n\nH\nHaihaya, 191, 193\nHarhsa, 233\n\n241\n\nSee also: Bliss, transcendental; Enjoyment,\nmaterial; Happiness, material;\nPleasure\n\nHappiness, material\n\nbondage to, 75, 76\n\nas mistake, 241\n\nrenunciation follows, 43\nas temporary,75, 76\nas wasteful, 244\n\nof Yayati, 48, 49, 52\n\nSee also: Bliss, transcendental; Enjoyment,\nmaterial; Happiness; Pleasure\n\nHare _Kr�I).a mantra\n\nbenefits from chanting, 108\nfor Kali-yuga, 237\n\nHare _Kr�I).a movement. See: _Kr�I).a consciousness movement\nHarikesa, 228\n\nHari-sambandhi-vastuna/.t\nquoted,124\n\nHaryabala, King, 11\nHasta, 232\n\nHasti, 136, 137\n\nHastinapura, 136, 173\n\nHearing\n\nof Lord's activities,81, 85, 246, 247\n\nof Srimad-Bhagavatam, 15, 246\nHeart\nLord in, 191, 192\n\nlust as disease of, 68\nHeavenly planets\nearth receives rejects from, 118\nIndra regained, 9, 10\nSee also: Spiritual world; Universe(s)\nHemangada, 232\n\nHi<;limba, 167\nHina, 11\n\nHindu marriage, 29\nHiraQ.ya�a, son of Diti, 225\nHirai).ya�a, son of Syamaka, 228\n\nHitviitma-pataril grham andha-kiipam\nquoted,57, 66\n\nHogs in Vrndavana, 74\n\n", "SB9.3#p0310": "293\n\nGeneral)ndex\nHoly men. See: Devotees; Sage; Transcendentalists\n\nHoly names. See: Hare �l).a mantra;\nSupreme Lord, specific na11U?s\nHoma,l82\n\nHorse sacrifices. See: Asvamedha-yajiias\nHouseholder {grhastha)\n\nIncarnation of the Supreme Lord\nDattatreya,194\nDhanvantari,3-4\nl(r�Q.a excels,235\n\nprinciples prompting,236\n\nserpent,235\n\nSee also: Su preme Lord, appearance (descent) of\n\n�l).a as, 251,252\nlusty,61\n\nIncarnations of Vasus,235\n\nretirement for,57\n\nSee also: Family life; Marriage\n\nlfrdika, 219, 220\n\nHrdy antab,stho hy abhadra�i\nverse quoted, 81\n\nIndependence. See: Freedom; Liberation\nlndra,King\nRaji's sons vs.,9, 10\n\nSantanu pleased, 158\nwife of, 16\n\nIntelligent persons,sankirtana for,1 07-108\n\nHr�ike�-hr�ikesaquoted,52\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Conscious­\n\nHrta-jnana/:r. defined,41\n\nHuman beings\n\nanimals contrasted to,46\nausterity for,66\nbody of,46\n\nto learn two lessons, 253\n\nLord resembles, 191,192,248\n\nself-realization for,15,61, 76\n\nVedas enlighten,241\nSee also: Life; Living entity; Society,\n\nness (ISKCON). See: l(r�Q.a consciousness movement\n\nIntoxication,108\nlravlin, 167\nIrreligion\n\nLord dispels, 236, 238, 240\n\nSee also: Atheists; Demons; Mayavada philosophy\n\nl�umlin,228\n\nhuman; Souls,conditioned\n\nJ\n\nHW,as, Ill\nHusband\n\ncompared to goat,64\n\nwife's relationship to,29, 64, 66, 104, 116\nwoman without,58,223-224\n\nSee also: Family life; Householder; Marriage; Wife\n\nI\nIla,230,232\nIllusion\nin material world,41, 51,132\n\nJabali's daughter,140\n\n]agato 'hita/:r. defined,243\nJahnu, 151, 154\nJahu,l52\nJaigi�avya,141\nJaleyu,91\n\n]ana11U? jana11U? sabe pitamata paya\n\nverse quoted,46\nJanamejaya,son of Parik�it, 170, 171\nJanamejaya, son of Piiru,89\n\nJanamejaya,son of Sriijaya,181\n\n]anmady asya yata/:r.\nquoted,51\n\nSee also: Maya\nlmpersonalism. See: Brahman (impersonal\n\n]anma karma ca 1lU? divyam\n\nlmpersonalists. See: ]fuinis; Mayavada phi­\n\n]anma-mrtyu-jara-vyadhi\n\nAbsolute); Mayavada philosophy\n\nlosophy\n\nquoted,243\n\nquoted,241, 246\n\n", "SB9.3#p0311": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n294\nJantu,149\n\nJara demoness, 153\n\nJarasandha,153,154,176, 177\nJaya, son of Anaka,229\n\nKambalabarhi�a,216\nKampilla,144\nKamsa,218\n\nKamsa,219, 227\n\nJaya, son of Manyu,121\n\nKarhsavati,219,228\n\nJaya, son of Saillqti,11\n\nKanka, son of Siira, 221, 228\n\nJaya, son of Sanjaya, 11\n\nJaya, son of Yuyudhana,213\nJayadhvaja,196\n\nKailka,219,228\n\nKailka, son of Ugrasena, 218\nKailkas, Ill\n\nJayadratha,son of B:rhanmana,185,186\n\nKaQva,91,92\n\nJayasena, father of Radhika, 154\n\nKapota defined,30\n\nJayadratha, son of B:rhatkaya, 138\nJayasena, father of Saillqti,11\n\nJayasena, father of Vinda & Anuvinda,227\n\nKa.Q.va Muni, 95-%, 100\nKapotaroma, 216\nKarambhi,209\n\nJewels (opulences),fourteen kinds of,\n\nKararJ.am gurJ.a-saligo 'sya\n\n198-199\nJimiita,208\n\nKarandhama,189\n\n]iva. See: Living entity; Soul; Souls,conditioned\n\n]Mna defined, 253\n]Mni.s (impersonalists), 192\nJyamagha,200-203\n\nKareQumati, 167\n\nKarma\n\nbody according to, 237-238\n\nSee also: Activities, material; Cause and\neffect; Providence\n\nKarmajit,176-177\n\nK\nKaca,27- 28\n\nKad-indriya defined, 52\n\nKa�eyu,91\nKalanara, 181\nKalapa-grama, 158\nKala�a,171\nKali,167\nKaliilga, 182\n\nKali-yuga (age of Kali)\n\nfive acts forbidden in,107, 163\nHare K:r�Qa mantra for, 237\nlast king in,175\nLord's mercy on,245\npeople in, 236\n\nsarikirtana-yajiia for, 107-108\n\nKalpa, 233\n\nKamais tais tair hrta-jnarui/:1.\nquoted, 43, 132\n\nKamam vavar�a parjanya/:1.\nquoted,108\n\nquoted,80\n\nKarmaT).d daiva-netreT).a\nquoted,237\n\nKarmis (fruitive workers). See: Materialists\nKarQa,l87,224,225\n\nKari;rika,229\nKartaviryarjuna,194-196\nKarii�a's king, 225\nKasi, 3,7\nKasrraja, 160, 162\nKasya, son of Suhotra,3\nKaSya, son of Syenajit,138\nKasyas, Ill\n\nKatuman,4\nKau5ambi, 173\nKavi, 136\nKekaya, son of Sibi, 182\nKekaya's king, 226\nKesi, 231\n\nKhalapana,183\n\nKhasas, Ill\nKing\nKartaviryarjuna as, 194,195\nwives and children of, 34\n\n", "SB9.3#p0312": "General Index\nKing\nYayati as,16,17\nSee also: Government; K�atriyas; Leaders,\ngovernment; Politicians; names of\nother specific kings\nKingdom of God. See: Goloka Vrndavana;\nSpiritual world; Vrndavana\nKiilka�a,210\nKiriita-h!ll.liindhra-pulinda-pulka.Sa\nverse quoted,79\nKiratas, Ill\nKirtana. See: Chanting Hare Kr��a\nKirtiman,235\nKnowledge\ndefined,85\nSee also: Absolute Truth; ]nana\nKratha,207, 208\nKrishna. See: Kr��a,Lord\nKrmi,182\nKro�!ii. 191,198\nKrpa,l45,146,171\nKrpi,145,146\nKr�i-gorak�ya-var_�,ijyam\nquoted,137\nKr��a,Lord\nactivities of,243-247, 248,250, 251,\n252,253\nArjuna and,252, 253\nbodily beauty of,248,249,250\nas Devaki's son,235\nin Dvaraka,251\ngopis and,250, 252\nas householder,251,252\nin humanlike form, 191, 192\nliberation by knowing,243\nlotus feet of,250\nmeditation on,73,74\nas Parabrahrnan,74\nPari�it saved by,169\nquoted on society's natural divisions,243\nreturned to Goloka,253\nSrimad-Bhagavatam embodies,250\nas Supreme Lord,235,248, 252\nUddhava with,253\nas Vasudeva's son,218, 251,252\nin Vrndavana,24 9-250 ,251,252\n\n295\n\nKr�I:Ja,Lord\nwives of,34\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nKr��a-Balarama,74\nKr�r.ta-bhakta-ni�kama, ataeva 'santa'\nquoted,76\nKr��a consciousness\ncompared to waking from dream,134\ndevotees promote,242,243\nGodhead via,46\nhappiness by,69,7l\nas life's purpose,84\nlust cured by,41, 68, 71, 73-75\nmaya dispelled by,133\nas original consciousness,241\npurifying power of,52\nsuffering relieved by,76\nSee also: Devotional service\nKr�I:Ja r.onsciousness movement\nCaitanya started,236\nas divine,236-237\nin Ma�pura,168\nopposition to,243, 244, 246-247\nas sacrifice,108\nsexual principles in,99\nKr��a Dvaipayana Vyasa. See: Vyasadeva\nKr$r.ta guru nahi mile bhaja hari ei\nverse quoted,46\nKr�r_�,a-surya-sama; maya haya andhakara\nverse quoted,133\nKr�r_�,a-varr_tam tv�akr�r.tam\nverse quoted,108\nKrta,son of Jaya,11\nKrta,son of Vasudeva,230\nKrtagni,193\nKrtaka,231\nKrtauja,193\nKrtavarrna,son of Dhanaka,193\nKrtavarma,son of Hrdika,220\nKrtavirya,193, 194\nKrteyuka,91\nKrti,son of Babhru,207\nKrti,son of Nahu�a,14\n'Krti, son of Cyavana,151,152\n'Krti, son of Sannatiman,142\nKrtiman,141\n\n", "SB9.3#p0313": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n296\nKrtvi, 139\n�atravrddha, 3,7, II\n\nK$atriya(s)\nbrahma7J-as born from, 88\nqualities of, 15\n\nLamentation\nof gopf.s, 250\nof retired householders, 57\nLeaders,government\nself-realization disinterests, 15\n\nSee also : Government; King; K$atriya(s);\n\nsexual duty of, 36\n\nPoliticians\n\nin Talajailgha dynasty, 196\nturned vaiSya, 137\n\nYayati as,17\n\nSee als o : Government; King; Leaders,\ngovernment\n\nK$ayaya defined, 243\n\nLiberation\ndefined,82\nof demons by the Lord, 245, 252, 253\nof Devavrdha's descendants, 212\nof Devayani, 83,84, 85\ndevotees in, 43, 247\nby knowing Kr�1,1a, 243\n\n�ema,177\n�emaka,King,175\nK�emya,142\nK�etropeklia,215\n\nof living entities via Vai�1,1ava,129\n\nKukura,216\n\nvia pure devotee,135\nby surrender to the Lord,79-80, 85\n\nfrom material life,79-80, 84\n\nKumaras, the four,disobeyed Brahma for devotional service, 44\nK11I,1i,213\n\nSee also: Freedom; Salvation\nLife\n\nKunti, father of Kunti (Prtha),222\n\nfor dead body, 27-28\ngoal of, 42\n\nKunti (Prtha)\nfathers of, 221-222\n\nKali-yuga people waste, 236\n\nas Kan;1a's mother, 187,224,225\n\nmaterial, relief from,66\n\nmystic power of, 222,223\n\nfor purification, 76\n\nquoted on Yadu, 44\n\npurpose of, 84\n\nas Piil}.gu's wife,225\n\nstages of, in Vedic culture, 57\n\nsons of, 165\n\nsuccess of, 58-59, 84, 109\n\nsun-god with, 223,224\nKunti, son of Kratha, 208\nKunti, son of Netra, 193\nKuru,King,151, 154\nKuru dynasty, 169\nKuruk�etra\nBattle of, 169, 245, 253\nKing of, 151\nKuru vasa,209\nKu8a,son of Suhotra, 3, II\nKusa, son of Vidarbha, 207\n,Kusagra,152\nKu8amba, 152\n\nL\nLamentation\nfreedom from,69\n\nSee also: Human being(s)\nLiving entity\nfalling to material world, 240\nliberation of, via Vai�1,1ava,129\nLord contrasted to, 237-238, 239240\nLord maintains, 102\nLord within, 123, 124, 125,191, 192\n\nmaya controls,237-238\n\npleasure potency of, 240\nSee also: Animals; Human beings; Soul;\nSouls, conditioned\nLove of Kr�1,1a for Vrndavana's residents,252\nLust\ncompared to ghost, 61\nKr�1,1a consciousness cures, 68, 71, 73-75\nsatisfaction blocked by, 68, 69\nof Yayati for Devayani, 38, 39\n\n", "SB9.3#p0314": "297\n\nGeneral Index\nLust\n\nMan-mana bhava mad-bhakto\nquoted,133\n\nin youth,43\n\nSee also: Desires,material; Sense gratification; Sex life\n\nManoratha defined,51\n\nMantra. See: Hare Kr�1.1a mantra; Omkara\n\nMan�yanaril sahasre�u\n\nM\nMadhava (Madhu),197, I98\n\nMadhu,son of Devak�atra,209\nMadhu,son of Kartaviryarjuna, I96\n\nMadhu,son of Vitihotra,I97, I98\nMadira,230, 231\nMadra,I82\nMadri,I65\n\nverse quoted,191-192,249\n\nManusyu,89\n\nManyu,I2I\nMari�a. 220, 221\n\nMarjari,I76\nMarka�J,r,ieya Pura�. cited on jewels\n(opulences),198-199\n\nMarriage\n\nby agreement,97\nanuloma, 1 8\n\nMagadha dynasty,I75-I77\n\nb y astrology,29\n\nMahabhi�a. I56\n\nMahabhoja,King,2IO, 2I2\n\nof D�manta & Sakuntala,97-98\ngandharva, 97,98\n\nMahamana,I8 I\n\nhappy and unhappy,29\n\nMaha-bhagavata defined,135\n\nMahahaya, I9I\n\nMaha-mantra. See: Hare Kr�1.1a mantra;\nOmkara\n\nMaharaja Pari�it. See: Parik�it Maharaja\nMahasala,I8I\nMahat-sevam dvaram ahur vimukte/:1.\nquoted,135\n\nMahavirya,I2I, I36\n\nMahinara,I74, I75\n\nMahi�man,I93\n\nMales and females,34,59,7I-72\n\nSee also: Sex life; Women\nMamaivamso jiva-loke\nverse quoted,239\nMamata,liS, 116\nMamateya (Bh.rgu Muni),22, I06, 107\nMam ca yo 'vyabhicare�\nverse quoted,42-43\nMam eva ye prapadyante\n\nverse quoted,133\nMana/:1. �thanindriya�J,i\nquoted,67,240\n\nverse quoted,239\n\nManda defined,236\n\nMal.lipura state,167-168\n\nMankind. See: Human beings; Society,human\n\nBhi�ma refused,160\n\nhands uniting,27\n\nof k$atriya king,34\nmotherhood before,223-224\n\npratiloma, I7-18,28\nby select competition,97\n\nin Vedic culture,17-18,28,29\n\nof Yayati and Devayani,26-28, 35\n\nSee also: Family life; Householder; Husband; Wife\n\nMaruts,114, 118, I21\n\nMarut-stoma sacrifice by Bharata,II4\nMaruta,I89, I90\n\nMa�1.1iira sacrifice by Bharata, II0\nMaterial body. See: Body,material\nMaterial energy. See: Energy,material\nMaterialists\nlust consumes,61, 67\n\nSee also: Atheists; Demons; Souls,condi­\n\ntioned\nMaterial nature. See: Maya; Modes of material\nnature; Nature,material\n\nMaterial world\natheists misunderstand,241\nmadness in,41\nas male-female bondage,59\nmaya controls, 82\n\n", "SB9.3#p0315": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n298\nMaterial world (continued)\npurpose of,241\n\nsuffering in, 239-241\nas temporary,50, 51\n\nSee also: Earth; Heavenly planets; Universe(s)\n\nMatsya, 152\nMaudgalya dynasty, 144\nMaya\n\nbody awarded by, 237-238\nconditioned souls in,74\ndefined,51,238\n\nKr�Qa consciousness dispels,133\n\nliving entity under,237-238\nRantideva free of,1 33\n\nrelationships due to,83-84\n\nSukadeva wary of,140\n\nworld under, 82\nSee also: Illusion; Material world; Modes of\n\nmaterial nature; Nature,material\nMaya-mrgaril dayitayepsitam anvadhavad\nquoted,74\n\nMaya-sukhaya bharam udvahato vimW;lhan\nquoted,244\n\nMiiyiiviida philosophy (impersonalism), 124,\n192\n\nSee also: Atheists; Brahman (impersonal\nAbsolute)\n\nMeat-eating,108\n\nMisrakesi,229\n\nMitriiyu,149\n\nModes of material nature\n\ndevotional service surpasses,43\n\nfreedom from,15\nas insurmountable, 238\n\npurification dispels,81\n\nsocial divisions according to, 88, 243\n\nSee also: Goodness, mode of; Nature,material\n\nMolcya. See: Liberation\n\nMonism. See: Miiyiiviida philosophy\nMonkeys in Vrndiivana,74\n\nMoon-god dynasty,159, 175\nMother\n\ncompared to storekeeper, 102, 104\nearth compared to, 103\nfather and, 46, 102, 104\n\nunwed, 223-224\n\nSee also: Marriage; Wife; Women\nMrdura,215\n\nMrduvit,215\n\nMrta-sanjivani defined, 27-28\nMrtyu-sarilsara-vartmani\nquoted,76\n\nMudgala, 144, 145\n\nMukti. See: Liberation\nMuktir hitvanyatha rrlparil\nquoted,82\n\nMedhiitithi,92\nMedhiivi,1 74\nMedical science, Dhanvantari started,3-4\nMeditation\non Kr�Qa,73, 74\nSee also: Kr�Qa consciousness; Yoga\n\nMarti defined,248\nMutra defined,47\nMysticism. See: Kr�Qa consciousness; Meditation\nMystic power\nof Kunti, 222, 223\n\nMercy of the Lord. See: Supreme Lord,mercy\nof\n\nMystics. See: Devotees; Sage; Transcenden­\n\nMenakii,95-96\n\nMerging with the Supreme. See: Brahman\n(impersonal Absolute); Liberation;\n\nMiiyiiviida philosophy\nMilitary strength of demons,242, 243,244\nMilk, 243\n\nMind,asleep & awake,134\nMisery. See: Suffering\n\nSukriiciirya misused, 64\n\ntalists; Yogis\nMyth, overpopulation as,102\n\nN\nNagas, 167\nNahu�a, 3, 14-16\nNakula,165-167\n\n", "SB9.3#p0316": "General Index\nNala, 191\n\nNalini, 143\nNama-karar:w defined, 116\nNames of the Lord. See: Hare K.r�IJ.a mantra;\nSupreme Lord, specific names\nNamo brahmar_�ya-devaya\nquoted, 243\nNanda, 231\nNara, 121\n\nNarada Muni, quoted on social orders, 137\n\nNarakrti defined, 192\nNaramitra, 167\nNarayaiJ.a, Lord\n\"poor,\" 124\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nNarottama dasa 'fhakura\nquoted on Liberation via pure devotee,\n\n135\n\nquoted on pure devotee & demigod's\n\nbenedictions, 132\nNa socati na karik$ati\nquoted, 69\nNature, material\nconditioned soul under, 240\nfood from, 102\nSee also: Body, material; Energy, material;\nMaya; Modes of material nature\nNavadvipa, 168\nNavaratha, 208\nNemicakra, 172, 173\nNetra, 193\nNew Delhi, 136, 173\nNighnu, 212, 213\nNiketana, 6\nNila, 143\nNimi, 175\nNimloci, 210\nNipa, son of K_rti, 142\nNipa, son of Para, 139\nNiramitra, 176\nNirvar:w. See: Liberation\nNirvrti, 208\nNi�adha, 151\nNi$kiiicanasya bhagavad-bhajanonmukhasya\nquoted, 42\n\n299\n\nNityam bluigavata-sevaya\nquoted, 15\nNitya-utsava defined, 250\nNondevotees. See: Atheists; Demons; Materialists\nNrcak�u, 173\nNrpaiijaya, 174\nNunam pramatta/:l kurute vikarma\nquoted, 41, 244\nNyagrodha, 218\n\n0\nOQI\"a, 182\nOffenses\n\nin Vrndavana, 74\n\nSee also: Falldown\n\nOld age\n\nsense desire in, 70\n\n-\n\n71, 73\n\nYayati exchanged, 45-48, 77\n\nOmen, Dusmanta & Sakuntala and, 101-103\nOmkara\nava), 98\nOm namo bhagavate vasudevaya\nquoted, 85\n\nv;rar_�\n\nOneness. See: Brahman (impersonal Ab­\n\nsolute); Mayiivada philosophy\nOpulences\nof Bharata, 109, 113\n\nof Kartaviryarjuna, 194, 195\n\nfrom Lord, 105\n\nof Sasabindu, 198, 199\n\ntypes of, fourteen listed, 198-199\n\nSee also: Sense gratification; Wealth\nOrders of Life. See: Society, human, natural\norders in; Van:ul.Srama-dharma\nOverpopulation myth, 102\nOversoul. See: Supersoul\n\np\nPaila, 162\nPain. See: Suffering\nPaiicalas, 144, 150\n\nPaiicasordhvam vanam vrajet\nquoted, 66, 74\n\n", "SB9.3#p0317": "300\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nPa�ita defined, 124\nPa�itab, sama-darsina?t\nquoted,125\nP�4u,King,163, 165,225\nPara,139\nPara-dub,kha-dub,khidefined,129\n\nParamaharilsa defined,69-70\nParamatma (Supersoul)\n\nas Absolute Truth feature,191-192\nl.<Jrd as,191,192, 237\n\nParam bhiivam ajiinanto\nverse quoted, 192\n\nParam brahma pa ra m dhiima\nquoted,74\n\nParam padam defined,240\nParasurama,l.<Jrd\nBhiljma defeated,160\nkilled Kartaviryarjuna's sons,196\n\nPhilosophers. See: Jnanis; Speculators,mental\nPhilosophy\nMayavada, 124, 192\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Chance concept\nof the Creation; Knowledge\nPitas, 203\n\nPlanets. See: Earth; Heavenly planets; Uni­\n\nverse(s); na mes of other specific planets\n\nPleasure\nof l.<Jrd & living entity contrasted,240\nSee also: Bliss,transcendental; Enjoyment,\nmaterial; Happiness; Happiness,\nmaterial\nPoliticians,self -realization disinterests, 15\nPopulation \"problem,\" 102\nPower. See: Mystic power\n\nPrabhodhananda Sarasvati, quoted on K.r�J;la\nconscious happiness,69\n\nParents and children,32, 46\n\nPraceta & sons, 188\n\nPare�J;!u,180\nPari�i,151, 154\n\nPrahlada Maharaja\n\nSee also: Family life; Father; Mother\n\nParik�it Maharaja\ndeath of,170\nKr\\;J;�a saved,169\nparents of,168\nperfection achieved by,15\nsons of, 170\nPariplava,17 4\n\nParitriilJ.iiya siidhunam\n\nquoted,242,243,245,252,253\nverse quoted,238\nParivettii defined,157\nParvati, 20, 167\nPauravi,wife of Vasudeva,230, 231\nPauravi, wife of Yudhi�thira,166-167\nPeace in Kr\\;r.ta consciousness,76\nPerfection\nby devotional service,41,58-59\nPan�it achieved,15\nby purification,81\nas rarely achieved,191-192,249\nvia Snmad-Bhiigavq.tam, 15\n\nPersons. See: Animals; Human beings; Living\nentity; Soul; Souls,conditioned;\nSupreme L<lrd\n\nPracinvan,89\ncited on household life,67\nlndra feared,9\nquoted on family life, 57\n\nPrakrteb, kriyamiir_uini\nquoted,240\n\nPrakrti. See: Energy,material; Maya; Modes\nof material nature; Nature,material\n\nPramatta?t defined,41\nPra�va ( omkii ra),98\nPrasama, 233\nPrasena, 213\n\nPrasita, 233\nPraskanna,92\nPrati, ll\nPratibahu, 215\nPratilomamarriage, 17-18,28\nPratipa, 155, 156\nPrativindhya,166\nPratyagra,152\nPravara,234,235\nPravira,89\nPrayaga,107\nPreachers,Kr�r.ta conscious\ndemons accuse,244\nSee also: Devotees; Sarikirtana-yajfia\n\n", "SB9.3#p0318": "General Index\nPriests,Vedic. See: Brahmaryas\nPriyamedha,137\nProtection\nfor brahmar;tas, 243\nfor woman,58, 63\nProvidence\nYayati-Devayani marriage arranged by,\n26-28\nSee also: Karma\n\nPr�ata, 149\nPrtha. See: Kunti (Prtha)\nPrthu, son of Citraratha, 215\nPrthu, son of Rucaka, 200\nPrthukirti, 200\nPrthula�a,185\nPrthusena, 139\nPrthusrava,200\nPuna� purw.S carvita-carvar;tandm\n\nquoted, 41\nPunarvasu, 216, 218\nPuJ.lqra,182\nPunishment, father & mother saved from,\n103, 104\n\nPun-namrw narakiid yasmat\n\nverse quoted, 103-104\nPure devotee of the Supreme Lord\nassociation with, 135\nRantideva as, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135\nSee also: Devotees; Paramaharilsa; names\nof specific pure devotees\n\nPurification\nby devotional service, 52\nby hearing the Lord, 81\nhuman life for, 76\nmaterial modes dispelled by, 81\nof senses, 52-53\nof sinners by surrender,79\nPiiru\ndynasty of,88, 189, 190\nquoted on father and son, 46, 47\nas Sarmi�tha's son,37\nYayati and, 47, 48, 77, 78\nPuruhotra, 210\nPuruja,144\nPurujit, son of Kailka, 228\nPurujit, son of Rucaka, 200\n\n301\n\nPururni<,lha,137, 143\nPuriirava,3\nPun�a defined,252\nPurU$am sasvatam divyam\n\nquoted, 252\nPu�kara, 229\nPu�kariirUJ.li,136\nP�paviin,152\nPut defined,104\nPutra defined, 47, 104\nPython, Nahu�a became,16\n\nQ\nQualities\nof Kr�J.la, 192\nof �atriyas, 15\nmaterial. See: Modes of material nature\nsocial orders according to, 88-89, 137\nQueens of Kr�J.la,34\n\nR\nRabha,3, 7\nRabhasa,7\nRadha-Kr�Q.a,74\nRadhika,154\nRain\nby chanting Hare Kr�Q.a, 108\n�yasrnga brought, 185\ninSantanu's kingdom,157, 158\nRajadhidevi, 222, 227\nRajanya,233\nRaji,3, 9\nRaji's sons, 8-10\nRamacandra,Lord,married Sitii,97\nRantideva, King,121, 123-131, 132, 133,\n134, 135\nRantinava, 91, 92\nRasatala planets,112\n�tra,3\nRa�trapiila, 218\n�trapalika,219, 228\nRaudrasva,90, 91\nReality. See: Absolute Truth; Spiritual world\n\n", "SB9.3#p0319": "302\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nRebhi, 92\nReincarnation. See: Birth and death, repeated;\nTransmigration\nRejuvenation. See: Youth\nRelationship(s)\nof husband & wife, 64, 66\nof Kr�1.1a & Vrndiivana's residents,\n249-250, 251, 252\nmayic (illusory), 83-84\nReligious principle(s)\ndevotional service as, 43\non �atriya and woman, 36\nLord reestablishes,236, 238, 240\nsex according to, 36, 98-99\nYadu followed, 43, 44\nRe1.1uhaya,191\nRenunciation\nas life's goal, 42\nmaterial happiness precedes, 43\nof sex life, 66, 7l\n\nSee also: Retirement; Sannydsa\nRetirement\nof Bharata, 113\nfrom family life,57, 58-59, 66, 67,74\nSee also: Vanaprastha\n8g Veda,3\nRipu, 191\nRipuiijaya, son or Suvira,142, 143\nRipuiijaya, son of Visvajit,177\nRitualistic ceremonies\nat birth, 116\nSee also: Sacrifices\n�ju, 235\nl;lli?a, son of AjamiQha,151\n�a, son of Deviitithi,155\nRocana,230, 232\nRohil.li,230\nRomapada,son of Dharmaratha,185\nRomapada, son of Vidarbha,207\n�abha,152\n�yastilga, 185\n�tadhiimii,229\n�teyu,91\nRucaka,200\nRucirasva, 138, 139\n\nRukma,200\nRukmef?u, 200\nRU�?adratha, 182\n\ns\nSabhiinara,180-181\nSaci, 16\nSacrifice(s)\n\nHare Kr�1.1a movement as, 108\nby Kr�?I.la as householder,251\nby �yastilga on Dasaratha's behalf,185\nsnake-killing, 170\nto Vif?I.IU, 107\nby Yayiiti,50\n\nSee also: Ritualistic ceremonies; names of\n\nspecific sacrifices (yajfias)\nSadhus\n\ndefined,242\n\nSee also: Devotees; Pararnaharilsa; Pure\n\ndevotee; Sage; Transcendentalists\nSagara Maharaja, 196\nSage\nequal vision of, 124\nSee also: Devotees; Paramaharilsa; Pure\n\ndevotee; Transcendentalists\n\nSa guiJ.dn samatltyaitan\n\nverse quoted,42-43\nSahadevii, daughter of Devaka,218, 234, 235\nSahadeva,son of Haryahala,11\nSahadeva, son of Jarasandha,154, 176\nSahadeva, son of Mitriiyu, 149\nSahadeva,son of Piii.IQ U,165-167\nSahasriijit, son of Bhajamiina, 210\nSahasrajit, son of Yadu,191\nSahasriinika, 172\nSaibyii,201-203\nSakas, 111\nSakuni,209\nSakuntalii,93-103\nSala,159\nSala, 229\nSalvation\nof father & mother, 103, 104\nSee also: Liberation\n\n", "SB9.3#p0320": "General Index\nSarna,177\n\nSama-darsina/.t defined,125\nSamiidhi (trance). See: Meditation\nSarna Veda, 142\n\n303\n\nSarmi��ha\nDevayani and,19-25,30,32, 33,34,\n37\n\nYayati and,17,35,36\n\nSambhiiti,186\n\nSarvabhauma,154\n\nSammardana,235\nSamsara. See: Birth and death,repeated;\n\nSarva-kama-dughii mahi\nquoted,108\nSarvasya caham hrdi sanniv4!o\nquoted,51\nSarvopadhi-vinirmuktam\nquoted,52\n\nSamika,221, 229\n\nTransmigration\nSarhvaraJ.la,151\n\nSarhyati,son of Bahugava,90\nSarhyati,son of Nahu�a,14\n\nSanaka,225\n\nSanakas (Kumaras),44\n\nSarvagata,167\n\nSasabindu,198,199\n\nSaii.jaya,son of Prati,11\n\nSastras (Vedic scriptures). See: Vedas; Vedic\nliterature; names of specific Vedic\nliteratures\n\nSankirtana-yajiia\n\nSatajit,191\n\nSaiijaya,son of BharmyiiSva,144\n\nSankar�aJ.la (Balarama),Lord,235, 244\nfor Kali-yuga,107-108\n\nSee also: Chanting Hare i(r�Qa; Preachers,\nKr�J.la conscious\n\nSaillqti,son of Jayasena,11\nSanlqti,son of Nara, 121\n\nSailku,218\n\nSannateyu,91\n\nSannatiman,142\n\nSannyasa (renounced life)\nCaitanya in,74\ndefined,57\n\nin Kali-yuga forbidden,107, 163\n\nas life's success,58-59\n\nSannyasfs (renunciants)\nfalldown of,43\nlivelihood of, 31\n\nSanta,185\nSantanu Maharaja,146,156-160\nSantaraja,8\nSantardana,226\nSantati,6\nSanti,143,144\nSantideva,218,232-233\nSaradvan,145\nSarameya,215\nSiirat:J.a,230\n\nSarasvati,139\n\nSatadhanu,220\n\nSatajit,210\n\nSatananda,145\n\nSatanika,son of Janamejaya,171,172\nSatanika,son of Nakula,166\nSatanika,son of Sudasa,174\nSatisfaction\n\nlust blocks,68-69\n\nSee also: Happiness; Peace\n\nSatkarma,186\nSatrajita,213\n\nSatrughna,215\nSatvata,210\n\nSatyadhrti,son of Krtiman, 141\nSatyadhrti,son of Satiinanda,145\nSatyahita, 152\nSatyajit,son of Kailka,228\nSatyajit,son of Sunitha,177\nSatyaka,213\n\nSatyaketu,6\nSatyavati,160, 162,163\n\nSatyeyu,91\nSaunaka,3,171\nSelf. See: Soul\nSelf-realization\nhuman life for,15, 61,76\npoliticians uninterested in,15\nsense gratification vs., 15\n\n", "SB9.3#p0321": "304\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nSelf-realization\nSee also: Devotional service; God realization; l<f�l).a consciousness; Meditation; Yoga\nSense gratification\nas nonsense, 41, 244\nrenunciation of, 70, 7l\nself-realization vs., 15\nSee also: Attachment; Bodily concept of\nlife; Desire, material; Enjoyment,\nmaterial; Happiness, material; Lust;\nSex life\nSenses\npure and impure, 52-53\nSee also: Body, material; Mind\nServants of God. See: Devotees\nService to God. See: Devotional service\nService to pure devotee, 135\nSetu, 187, 188\nSex life\nin atheist's Creation concept, 241\nattachment to, 71-72\nof Brhaspati & Mamatii, 115, 116\ndevotee uninterested in, 71\nfamily life as, 64\ngoats enchanted by, 61, 64\nillicit, 108, 116\nin l<f�Qa consciousness movement, 99\nJ(r�Qa consciousness transcends, 41\nmadness for, 41\nmaterialists engrossed in, 61\nreligious, 36, 98-99\nrenunciation of, 66\ntransmigration caused by, 41\nVrndiivana not for, 74\nof Yayiiti & Sarmi��ha, 35, 36\nYayiiti renounced, 56, 73\nSee also: Desires, material; Ltist; Males\nand Females; Sense gratification\n,\nSibi, 182\nSiddhas defined, 192\nSin\nactivities incurring, 108\nfreedom from, 190\nSini, son of Anamitra, 213\n\nSini, son of Bhajamiina, 219\nSini, son of Garga, 136\nSini, son of Yudhajit, 212\nSisupiila, 227\nSitiidevi married Riima, 97\nSiva, Lord\nnaked bathers saw, 20\nRantideva and, 131, 132\nSnakes, Janamejaya vs., 170\nSociety, human\nmarriage in, 29\nnatural orders in, 88-89, 137, 243\nVedic principles for, 251-252\nSee also: Aryan civilization; Civilization,\nhuman; Van:ul§rama-dharma;\nVedic culture\nSohaiiji, 193\nSomadatta, 159\nSomaka, 149\nSomiipi, 154\nSon(s)\nfather \"becomes,\" 102\nfather saved by, 103-104\nillegitimate, 116\nthree classes of, 47\nSee also: Child\nSoul\nin body, 61, 75-76, 83-84\nSee also: Living entity; Souls, conditioned\nSouls, conditioned\nLord's compassion on, 238, 239, 240,\n241\n\nin maya, 74\nnature controls, 240\nas released from bondage, 242, 243\nsuffering of, 239, 240, 241\nSee also: Animals; Human beings; Living\nentities; Soul\nSound, transcendental. See: Hare J(r�Qa\n\nmantra; Omkara\n\nSpeculators, mental\nfall from Brahman, 240\nSee also: ]iiiinis\n\nSpirit. See: Brahman (impersonal Absolute);\nSoul; Spiritual world; Supreme Lord\n\n", "SB9.3#p0322": "General Index\nSpiritual life. See: Devotional service; God\nrealization; l<r�J:!.a consciousness\n\nSpiritual master,wife of, 72\nSpiritual world\n\nmaterial world vs.,241\n\nSee also: Goloka Vrndavana; Vrndavana\nSraddhavan bhajate yo miiril\nverse quoted, 65, 134-135\n\nSubala,177\n\nSubhadra,231\n\nSubhadrii,168, 235\n\nSucara,215\nSuccess\n\nof life, 58-59\n\nSee also: Perfection\n\nSuci,son of Andhaka,216\n\nSravar:taril kirtanaril v�r:ta?t\n\nSuci,son of Suddha,7\n\nSrideva,218, 233\n\nSuciratha,173\n\nverse quoted, 85\n\nSrimad-Bluigavatam\n\nhearing from, 15, 246\n\nl<r�J:!.a's form embodied in, 250\nVyasa taught Sukadeva,162\n\nSuci,son of Vipra,177\nSudamani,229\n\nSudiisa,son of Brhadratha,174\n\nSudiisa,son of Mitriiyu, 149\nSuddha,7\n\nSrimad-Biuigavatam, quotations from\n\nSudeva,218\n\non devotional processes,85\non hearing Srimad-Biuigavatam, 15\n\nSudhira,182\n\non Absolute Truth, 191\n\non l<r�J:!.a consciousness curing lust, 68\n\non liberation,82\n\non Lord purifying devotee, 81\n\non material happiness, 244\non smikirtana-yajiia, 108\n\non sense gratification,244\n\non sinners surrendering to the Lord,79\n\nSriijaya, son of �alanara,181\n\nSriijaya,son of Siira,221, 228\n\nSrr:tvataril sva-kathab, kr�r:ta/J\nverse quoted, 81\nSruta,234, 235\n\nSudhanu,151\n\nSadra (laborer)\n\nRantideva fed, 125\n\nduty of,243\n\nSudyu,90\nSuffering\n\nof conditioned soul, 239, 240, 241\nof devotees, Lord relieves,245\n\nfrom famine,102\n\nl<r�J:!.a consciousness relieves, 76\n\nin material world, 239-241\n\nof Rantideva for others,123, 128-129\nof Vasudeva Datta for others, 129\n\nSrutadevii,221, 225\n\nSuhma,182\nSuhotra, son of �atravrddha,3\n\nSrutasrava, daughter of Siira,221-222,\n\nSukra, 139\nSukadeva Gosviimi\nbirth of, 140\n\nSthai).Qileyu,91\n\nSukarma,215\n\nSrutakarmii, 166\nSrutakirti, daughter of Siira, 221, 226\nSrutakirti, son of Arjuna, 166\nSrutasena, son of Bhima, 166\nSrutasena, son of Pari�it,170\n227\nSrutasrava, son of Marjari, 176\nSrutasrava, son of Somapi, 154\n\nSthane sthitab, sruti-gatam tanu-vanmanobhir\nquoted, 15\n\n305\n\nSuhotra,son of Sahadeva,167\nSuhotra, son of Sudhanu, 151\nSuhii,218\n\nduplicate of, 139-140\nVyiisa taught Bluigavatam to,162\nSuka-kanya identified,140\nSukhinala,173, 174\nSukracarya\nas brahmar:ta, 17, 18\n\n", "SB9.3#p0323": "Srirnad-Bhagavatam\n\n306\nSukracarya (continued)\n\nas Devaylini's father,17, 28,30, 31,32\n\nas Kaca's spiritual master,27, 28\nmisused mystic power,64\n\nSupreme Lord\nbodily beauty of,248, 249, 250\n\nBharata achieved shelter of,109\n\nBrahman from,192\n\npriestly profession condemned by,30, 31\n\ncited on sex life,98-99\n\nYayliti and,35, 36, 38, 39, 64\n\nas controller of all,238\n\nVr�aparvli and,31-34\n\nSukra defined, 64\n\ncompassion of,238,239, 240,241\n\nSukumara, 6\n\nas creator and annihilator,50, 51\nDeity forms of,74\n\nSumati,son of Suparsva,142\nSumitra,son of Samika,229\n\ndemons killed by,245, 151, 252, 253\ndevotees of. See: Devotees\n\nSumati,son of Dyumatsena,177\nSumati,son of Rantinliva,91, 92\n\nSumitra,son of Vr�l).i, 212\nSunaka,3\n\nSuna�atra,176\n\nSunlima,218\nSunaya, 174\n\nSun-god\n\ndaughter of, 151\n\nKunti with, 223, 224\n\nSuni caiva svapake ca\nverse quoted,124\n\nSunitha,son of Santati,6\n\nSunitha,son of Subala,177\n\ndemons' infighting arranged by,242, 243,\n244\n\nas everything,50, 51\nas father of all,102\nfools deride, 192\n\nas greater than all,238,252\n\nHare Kr�l).a movement nondifferent from,\n236-237\n\nhearing about,81,85,246, 247\nin heart of all,51, 191, 192\n\nin humanlike form,191, 192,248\n\nimpersonal feature of,248, 252\n\nincarnation of. See: Incarnation of the\nSupreme Lord\n\nSunitha,son of Su�el).a,173\n\ninconceivable,192\n\nSupersoul (Paramlitmli)\nas Absolute Truth feature, 191-192\n\nKr�l).a as,235, 248, 252\n\nSuparsva,141, 142\n\nLord as,191, 192,237\nSupreme Lord\nSee also: Supreme Lord,quotations from\nas Absolute Truth,51\nactivities of,243-247,248, 250,251,\n252,253\n\nall-pervading,84\nappearance (descent) of\nas Caitanya, 236\n\nas causeless compassion,237, 238\npurpose of,238,243,252\n\ntime of,236\nas transcendental, 192\nSee also: Incarnation of the Supreme\nLord\n\nas asamaurdhva, 238\n\nas known rarely,191-192, 249\n\nKuruk�etra war arranged by,245, 253\nas lila-pur�ottama, 251, 252\nin living entities, 123, 124, 125\nliving entities contrasted to,237-238,\n239-240\nliving entities maintained by, 102\nmaterial energy of,238,239\nmercy of\nas Caitanya,74\ndepending on,30-31\n\non devotees & demons,245, 252, 253\nLord's advent as,238\nas nanikrti, 248\n\nom represents,98\nopulence from, lOS\nas personal,248,252\npleasure potency of,240\n\n", "SB9.3#p0324": "General Index\nSupreme Lord\npurifying power of, 79,81\n\nRantideva perceived,in everyone,\n123-125\nsacrifice to, 107\n\nSukadeva assured by, 140\n\nas Supersoul,191, 192, 237\n\nsurrender to\n\ndharma as, 240\n\nSu8anti,144\n\nSu�e�,�a,son of Vasudeva,235\n\nS�e1,1a,son of Vr��iman,173\nSutaiijaya,177\nSutapa,182\nSuvam9a,233\n\nSuvira,son of Devasrava,228\nSuvira, son of �emya,142\n\nliberation by, 79-80,85\n\nSuvrata,177\nSvahita,198\n\nas transcendental, 192, 248, 252\n\nSvaphalka,214\n\nby Yayati, 79, 80\n\nas Vasudeva,50, 51\n\nas Vedas' goal, 241,251\n\nworship of. See: Deity forms of the\n\nSupreme Lord; Sacrifice; Worship of\nthe Supreme Lord\n\nSvami defined,63\nSvapna defined,51\n\nSvarilpa-siddhi defined,81\n\nSyamaka,221, 228\n\nSyenajit,138\n\nYadu devoted to,43-44\n\nT\n\nYayati realized,80, 81\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Kn1,1a, Lord;\nNaraya1,1a, Lord; Supersoul\n\nSupreme Lord, quotations from\non conditioned souls, 239\n\non devotees as topmost yogis, 134-135\non father of all, 102,103\n\non Lord's descent to earth, 236, 238,240\n\non material energy as insurmountable, 238\non maya, surrendered souls surpass, 133\non rare soul realizing the Lord, 191-192,\n249\n\non sage's equal vision, 124\n\non thinking of Him always, 133\n\non Vasudeva as everything,50-51\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. See: Kr�J:.Ia,\nLord; Naraya1,1a, Lord; Supersoul;\nSupreme Lord\nSiira,son of DevamiQ.ha,220, 221\nSiira, son of Madira,231\nSiira,son of Viduratha,219\nSiirabhu,219, 228\nSuras. See: Demigods; Devotees\nSiirasena,196\nSuratha,154\nSurrender to the Lord. See: Supreme Lord,\nsurrender to\n\n307\n\nTadavadhi bata nari-scuigame smaryamane\nverse quoted,41,71\n\nT�a,229\n\nTa�aka snake,170\n\nTalajangha,196, 197\nTapasya\n\ndefined,66\nSee also: Austerity\n\nTapati,151\n\nTapo divyaril putraka yena sattvaril\nquoted, 61\n\nTasmat putra iti proktaJ.r,\n\nverse quoted, 103-104\n\nTatha dehantara-praptir\nverse quoted, 76\nTat tad evdvagaccha tvaril\nverse quoted, 105\n\nTeacher, spiritual. See: Acarya; Brahma�;\nSpiritual master\n\nTemples in Vrndavana, 74\nTimi, 174\nTiti�u,181, 182\nTrance. See: Meditation; Yoga\nTranscendentalists\n\ntruth partially known to, 191-192\nSee also: Devotees; ]nanis; Yogis\n\n", "SB9.3#p0325": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n308\nTransmigration of the soul\nsex desire causes, 41\n\nSee also: Birth and death, repeated\n\nTrayyarlll)i, 136\nTribhanu, 189\n\nTruth. See: Absolute Truth\nTumburu, 216\nTura, 171\n\nTurvasu, 37, 44, 77, 188\n\nT��man,218\n\nu\nUdaksena, 141\n\nUddhava and Kr��a, 253\n\nUdgrayudha, 142\n\nUgra-karma defined, 244\n\nUgrasena, son of Ahuka, 218, 219\nUgrasena, son of Parrqit, 170\n\nUlupi, 167\n\nUncha-vrtti defined, 30-31\n\nUnivers�(s)\n\nBharata ruled, ll2, ll3\n\nLord maintains, 192\nSee also: Earth; Heavenly planets; Material\nworld\nUpadeva, daughter of Devaka, 218, 233\nUpadeva, son of Almira, 215\nUpadeva, son of Devaka, 218\nUpananda, 231\nUparicara Vasu, 152, 160\nUrine, bad son compared to, 47\nOrjita, 196\nUruvalka, 232\nUrvasi, 145\nUSana, 200\nUsika, 201\nUSinara, 181, 182\nUttara, 168\n\nv\nVadanti tat tattva-vida.s\nverse quoted, 191\nVahni, son of Kukura, 216\nVahni, son of Turvasu, 188\n\nVaiku�tha. See: Spiritual wo�ld; Vrndavana\nVairiigya defined, 253\nVai��avas. See: Devotees\n\nVaiSya\nbriihmar_ta from, 137\nduty of, 243\n\nVanadefined, 57\n\nVanam gato yad dharim asrayeta\nquoted, 57, 67\nVanaprastha (retired life)\ndefined, 57\nVedic culture recommends, ll3\nSee also: Retirement\nVana-vasi defined, 57\nVaneyu, 91\nVanga, 182\nVara, 182\n\nVamas (social orders). See: Brahmar;r.as;\n. K$atriya(s); VaiSya; Sadra; Society,\nhuman, natural orders in; Var­\n\n�rama-dharma\nVa�rama-dharma\nGodhead as goal of, 42\nspiritual progress in, 43\nSee also: Society, human, natural orders\nin; Vedic culture\nVar�a, 233\nVasu, 233\nVasudeva\nas Anakadundubhi, 221, 230\nbirth of, 221\n\nas Devaki's husband, 230, 235\nas Kr��a's father, 218, 251, 252\n\nsisters of, 221-222\nwives of, 218, 230-235\n\nVasudeva Datta, 129\nVasudeva/:� sarvam iti\nverse quoted, 50-51\nVasus, the eight, 235\nVatsa, 138\nVatsaka, 221, 229\n\nVedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedya/;1.\nquoted, 241, 251-252\nVediinta-siitra., quoted on pleasure potency of\nLord & living beings, 240\n\n", "SB9.3#p0326": "309\n\nGeneral Index\n\nVedas\n\nl(r�l).a as goal of,251\nSee also: Vedic literature; names of specific\nVedic literatures\n\nVedic culture\nfather & son in, 102\nlife's stages in,57\nmarriage in,17-18,28,29,99,104,116\nunwed mother in,223-224\nviinaprastha in,113\nwoman protected in,63\nSee also: Aryan civilization; Va11UlSramadharma\n\nVedic literature\ndivorce nonexistent in,104\nhumans enlightened by,241\npurpose of,241\nSee also: Vedas; names of specific Vedic\nliteratures\n\nVicitravirya,160,162, 163\nVidarbha,203, 207\nVidarbha,King of, 114\nVidhinii defined,99\nVidhuta defined,80\nVidura, 163\nVidiiratha,son of Citraratha, 215, 219\nVidiiratha,son of Suratha, 154\nVidyii-vinaya-sampan ne\n\nverse quoted,124\nVijaya, 186\nVijaya,167\nVikara defined,29\nVilqti,208\nViloma,216\nVimwjha defined,244\nVinda,227\nVipra,177\nVipr��ha. 232\nVipula,230\nVira!}.raja,168\nVisada, 138\nVi�adgu,198\nVi�l).u,Lord. See: Narayal).a,Lord; Supersoul;\nSupreme Lord\nVisvajit,177\n\nViSva-kosa dictionary,quoted on miiyii, 238\nVi�vak.sena,139, 141\nVisvamitra, 95-96\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura,cited on\nparamaha�a 69-70\nVitatha (Bharadvaja), 114, 116-118, 121\nVitihotra, son of Sukurnara, 6\nVitihotra,son of Talajailgha, 197\nViyati, 14\nVoice from sky, quoted on Du�manta,fatherhood & Sakuntala,102,103\nVrateyu,91\nVrddhasarma, 225\nVrjinavan, 198\nVrka,son of Sura,221\nVrka,son of Vatsaka,229\nVrodavana\nl(r�l).a in,249-250,251,252\n�Q.a meditation in,74\nMaQ.ipuri temples in,168\noffenses in,74\nSee also: Goloka Vrndavana; Spiritual\nworld\nVr�a. 228\nVr�abha,196\nVr�adarbha,182\nV�aparva,King,17, 31-34\nV�asena,187\nV�l).i,son of Anamitra,213, 214\nV�Q.i,son of Kunti,208\nV�1,1i,son of Madhu, 197, 198,215\nVr�Q.i,son of Satvata, 210, 212\nv��iman,173\nVyasadeva\nparents of,162\nsons of,163\nSukadeva and, 139-140, 162\nVyoma,208\n,\n\nw\nWater\nRantideva gave away, 129-130\nSee also: Rain\n\n", "SB9.3#p0327": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n310\nWealth\n\nYada yada hi dharmasya\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 109\n\nquoted,76\n\nSee also: Opulences\n\nverse quoted, 236, 240\n\nWeapon, brahmiistra, 169\n\nYado/:I priyasyanvavaye\n\nWell\ndark, family life compared to, 57,66\n\nquoted, 44\nYados ca dharma-silasya\n\nin goat story,58-62\n\nquoted, 43\n\nYayati saved Devayani from, 58\nWestern countries\n\nYadu Maharaja\ndynasty of, 43-44,190, 191, 197, 198\n\ndevotees in, 246-247\n\nas LordKr�1.1a's devotee, 43-44\n\nold men in, 70\n\nquoted on renunciation,42\n\nWife (Wives)\nhusband's relationship to, 29, 64, 66, 104,\n116\n\nas Yayati's son,37, 40, 43,77\nsons of,l91\n\nofKr�1.1a, 34\n\nYad yad vibhutimat sattvam\nverse quoted, 105\n\nof k$atriya king, 34\nof spiritual master, 72\n\nYahan kr��. tahan nahi mayara adhikara\nverse quoted, 133\n\nSee also: Marriage; Mother; Women; wives\n\nYajiia. See: Sacrifice(s); names of specific\nyajiias\n\nof specific persons\n\nYajiiai/:1 sankirtana-prayair\n\nWomen\n\nquoted, 108\n\nCaitanya avoided,72\n\nverse quoted,108\n\nk$atriya and, 34, 36\nmen associating with,71-72\n\nYajfiiirthat karma� 'nyatra\n\nmen outnumbered by, 34\nnature of, 24\n\nYajiiavalkya,171\n\nprotection for, 58, 63\n\nYamaraja (Dharmaraja),103, 104,165\n\nunmarried,58,223-224\n\nYam labdhva caparam labham\nquoted, 109\n\nquoted, 107\n\nSee also: Family life; Marriage; Sex life;\nWife\nWork. See: Activities; Duty; Karma\nWorld. See: Earth; Heavenly planets; Material\nworld; Universe(s)\nWorship\nto brahmar.ws, 22\nto demigods, 132\nSee also: Ritualistic ceremonies;\nSacrifice(s)\nWorship of the Supreme Lord\nby Yayati,51\nSee also: Deity forms of the Supreme Lord;\nSacrifice(s)\n·\n\ny\nYadava. See: Yadu,dynasty of\nYadavadhi mam ceta/:1 kr��a-padaravinde\nverse quoted, 41, 71\n\nyam syamasundaram acintya-gu�asvarupam\nquoted, 192\nYamunacarya, quoted onKr�1.1a consciousness\ncuring sex desire,71\nYamuna River, Bharata's horse sacrifices at,\n106-107\nYan maithunadi-grhamedhi-sukham hi tuccham\nquoted, 61, 64\nYantrarll{lhani mayaya\nquoted, 238\nYasoda,Mother, 250\nYasya prabha prabhavato ja gad-a�J,cf,a-ko#\nquoted, 192, 248\nYasya yallak$anam proktam\nquoted, 137\nYatatam api siddhanam\nverse quoted, 191-192,249\n\n", "SB9.3#p0328": "General Index\nYati,14,15\n\nYavanas, 111\n\nYavinara,son of Bharmyasva, 144\n\nYavinara,son of Dvimi�ha, 141\nYayati, King\n\nbrothers of, 17\ncompared to bird, 79\n\ncompared to goat,58-66,82\n\nDevayani and,17,25-28,38, 39,49,58,\n82,84,85\n\n311\n\nYayati,King\nas world ruler,48,52\n\nworshiped the Lord,51\n\nas Yadu's father,40,43\n\nYe 'nye ca pdpd yad-apd.Srayasrayal;r.\nverse quoted, 79\n\nYoga\n\nfor God realization,65\n\nSee also: Devotional service; }(r�l)a consciousness; Meditation\n\nexchanged age & youth,45-48, 77\n\nYoginam api sarve�am\n\nkingdom of,16, 17, 77\n\nYogiS\n\nhappiness of,48, 49, 52\n\nLord's association achieved by,80,\n81\nas Nahu�a's son,14\n\nPiiru and,47,48, 77,78\nsacrifices by,50\n\nSarmi��ha with,35, 36\n\nsex life renounced by,56, 73\n\nverse quoted,65,134-135\nhighest,65,134-135\n\nas impersonalists,192\n\nSee also: Devotees\n\nYouth (time of life)\n\nlusty desires in,43\n\nby Santanu's touch,156, 157\n\nsons of, 42, 43,44, 77, 78, 180,187,\n\nYayati exchanged,45-48,77\nYudhajit, 213\n\nSukracarya and,35,36,38,39,64\nsurrendered to the Lord,79,80\n\nYutayu,176\n\n188,190\n\nwives of, 17\n\nYudhi��hira,165, 166\nYugandhara, 213\n\nYuyudhana,213\n\n", "SB9.3#p0329": "", "SB10.1#p0001": "", "SB10.1#p0002": "SR-MAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nSnmad-Bhagavatam, an epic philosophical and\nliterary classic, holds a prominent position in\nIndia's voluminous written wisdom. The timeless\nwisdom of India is expressed in the Vedas, ancient\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human\nknowledge. Originally preserved through oral tr�dition, the Vedas were first put into writing by Srila\nV yasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of God.\" After\ncompiling the Vedas, Srila V yasadeva was inspired\nby his spiritual master, to present their profound\nessence in the form of Snmad-Bhagavatam. Known\na,s \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic literature,\"\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and au­\n\nthoritative exposition of Vedic knowledge.\nAfter wyiting the Bhagavatam, V yasa taught it to\nhis son, Sukadeva Gosviimi, who later spoke the\n\nBhagavatam to Maharaja Parik�it in an assembly of\nsages on the bank of the sacred Ganges River. Al­\n\nthough Maharaja Parik�it was a great rajar$i (saintly\nking) and the emperor of the world, when he\nreceived notice of his death seven days in advance, he\nrenounced his entire kindgom and retired to the\nbank of the Ganges to seek spiritual enligh!enment.\nThe questions of\n\nKing\n\nParik�it and\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosviimi's illuminating answers, concerning everything from the nature of th,e self to the origin of the\nuniverse, are the basis of Snmad-Bhagavatam.\n\nThis edition of Bhagavatam is the only complete\n\nEnglish translation with an elaborate and scholarly\ncommentary, and it is the first edition widely available to the English-reading public. This work is the\nproduct of the scholarly and devotional effort of His\nDivine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His\nSanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with\nVedic culture combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nWith its co�prehensive system of providing the\noriginal Sanskrit text, Roman transliteration, precise\nword-for-word equivalents, a lucid English translation and a comprehensive commentary, it will appeal\n\nto scholars students and laymen alike. The entire\nmultivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta\n\nBook Trust, promises to occupy a significant place in\nthe intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern\nman for a long time to come.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0003": "ALL GLORY TO SRT GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�Sf':-JA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\n�s;lts�N;:a:1� fkltffi'UMwt�'A1�¥41�iG:Fcl@r$l4:J:\n3lml m qi � mr:\nII\nye 'nye 'ravinda�a vimukta-mtlninas\ntvayy asta-bhavad aviSuddha-buddhaya�\naruhya krcchrer;w. pararh padam tata�\npatanty adho 'nadrta-y�mad-arighraya�\n\n(p. 172)\n\n", "SB10.1#p0004": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n�hagavad-gita As It Is\n*imad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-10 (50 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritam:rta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri lsopani![!ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nJ(:r![!Qa Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nJ(:r![!Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\nDialectical Spiritualism-A Vedic View of Western Philosophy\nTeachings of Lord Kapila, the Son of Devahu.ti\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nJ(:r![!Qa, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nLife Comes from Life\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to J(:r![!Qa\nGeetar-gan (Bengali)\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to J(:r![!Qa Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nB��k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA\n\ncomplete catalog is available upon request\n\nBhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB10.1#p0005": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nTenth Canto\n\"The Summum Bonum\"\n\n(Part One-Chapters 1-5)\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports\nby\nHis Divine Grace\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Socie ty for Krishna Consciousness\n\n•\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London ·Bombay\n\n", "SB10.1#p0006": "Readers interested in the s'\"bject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\nFirst Printing, 1977: 20,000 copies\n© 1977 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\nLibrary of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data (ReWed)\nPuranas. BhAgavatapurina.\nSrnnad-BhAgavatam.\nIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.\nCONTENTS: Canto 1. Creation. 3 v.-Canto 2.\nThe cosmic manifestation. 2 v.-Canto 3. The\nstatus quo. 4 v.-Canto 4. The creation of the\nFourth Order. 4 v.-Canto 5. The creative\nimpetus. 2 v.\n1. Chaitanya, 1486-1534. I. Bhaktivedanta\nSwami, A. C., 1896II. Title.\n\nBL1135.P7A22 1972\nISBN 0-912776-97-8\n\n73-169353\n\n", "SB10.1#p0007": "Table of Contents\n��re\n\nu\n\nIntroduction\n\nxm\n\nSummary of the Tenth Canto\n\n1\n\nCHAPTER ONE\n\nThe Advent of Lord Krsna: Introduction\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\nChapter Summary\n\n13\n\n13\n\nThe Supreme Abode of the Personality of Godhead\n\n17\n\nCuring the Disease of Repeated Birth and Death\n\n21\n\nShelter at the Lotus Feet of Lord Kr�Qa\n\n27\n\nGod Is Never Formless\n\n32\n\nKr�\"{Ul-kathci Compulsory for Government Leaders\n\n38\n\nKr�Qa Is Not an Ordinary, Historical Person\n\n45\n\nHow the Supreme Lord's Energies Function\n\n51\n\nAge-old Vedic Marriage Customs\n\n57\n\nThe Living Entity Constantly Changes Bodies\n\n64\n\nThe Next Body Develops According to One's State of Mind\n\n67\n\nWhy the Living Entity Identifies With His Body\n\n74\n\nThe Vedic Culture Aims at Avoiding Death\n\n80\n\nVasudeva Promises Kamsa His Newborn Sons\n\n85\n\nDevotees Summoned to Participate in the Lord's Pastimes\n\n93\n\nKamsa Kills Vasudeva's Children\n\n97\n\nCHAPTER TWO\n\nPrayers by the Demigods for Lord �1}8\nin the Womb\nv\n\n117\n\n", "SB10.1#p0008": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\nvi\nChapter Summary\n\n117\n\nWhy the Lord Descends\n\n120\n\n\"All Beings Are in Me, But I Am Not in Them\"\n\n127\n\nAtma-tattva: Knowledge of the Spirit Soul\n\n131\n\nNight for the Materialist Is Day for the Self-Realized\n\n137\n\nThe Worldwide Distribution of Vedic Knowledge\n\n144\n\nSuffering in the Bodily Concept of Life\n\n149\n\nThe Demigods Invisibly Enter Devaki's Room to Offer\nPrayers\n\n154\n\nErroneous Conclusions of the Material Scientists\n\n162\n\nCrossing the Ocean of Repeated Birth and Death\n\n168\n\nThe \"Many Paths, Same Result\" Philosophy Rejected\n\n173\n\nThe Importance of the Hare ��J}.a Mantra\n\n180\n\nMaterial Minds and Senses Cannot Understand ��Q.a\n\n185\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Not Forced to Take Birth\n\n194\n\nThe Demigods Return to the Heavenly Planets\n\n199\n\nCHAPTER THREE\n\nThe Birth of Lord Krsna\n.\n\n.\n\n201\n\n.\n\nChapter Summary\n\n201\n\nThe Universe Surcharged With Auspicious Symptoms\n\n204\n\nDescription of the Supreme Lord as a Newborn Child\n\n211\n\nVasudeva Offers Prayers to His Son, Lord Sri ��J}.a\n\n215\n\nWhy Life Cannot Be Created in a Laboratory\n\n223\n\n��Q.a Descends to Protect the Innocent Public\n\n229\n\nDevaki Offers Prayers to Her Transcendental Child\n\n233\n\nThe Supreme Lord Has No Fear of Time\n\n239\n\n��Q.a Requested to Assume the Form of an Ordinary\nChild\n\n243\n\n", "SB10.1#p0009": "Table of Contents\n\nvu\n\nThe Previous Births of Lord ��1,1a's Parents\n\n249\n\nLove of Godhead, the Highest Achievement\n\n256\n\nMisconstruing ��1,1a to be an Ordinary Human Being\n\n264\n\nVasudeva Carries ��1,1a to V:rndavana\n\n269\n\nKevala-bhakti: Intense Love of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead\n\n273\n\nCHAPTER FOUR\n\nThe Atrocities of King Kamsa\n\n275\n\nChapter Summary\n\n275\n\nPseudo Guardians of the Material World\n\n277\n\nDevaki Tries Diplomacy to Save Her Child\n\n281\n\nWorshipers of Durga Must Accept Body After Body\n\n287\n\nThe Soul Is Always Aloof From Bodily Changes\n\n292\n\nKarilsa Repents His Abominable Acts\n\n298\n\nThe Materialist Is Only Superficially Expert\n\n305\n\nDescription of Eternal Religious Principles\n\n311\n\nKamsa's Demons Begin the Persecution of Saintly\nPersons\n\n317\n\nCHAPTER FIVE\n\nThe Meeting of Nanda Maharaja\nand Vasudeva\n\n319\n\nChapter Summary\n\n319\n\nLord Sri K:r�1,1a's Vedic Birth Ceremony\n\n320\n\nKilling the Opportunity of Human Civilization\n\n326\n\nNo Food Shortages in Vedic Society\n\n332\n\nNanda Goes to Mathura to Pay Taxes\n\n337\n\nThe Disastrous Results of Cow Slaughter\n\n342\n\n", "SB10.1#p0010": "Srimad�Bhigavatam\n\nviii\n\nAppendixes\n\n349\n\nThe Author\n\n351\n\nReferences\n\n353\n\nGlossary\n\n355\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n·\n\n361\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n365\n\nGeneral Index\n\n373\n\n", "SB10.1#p0011": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to particular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\n\nS nmadBhiigavatam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to\n\nsociety, nay, of the entire energy of living beings. The need is felt by\n\ngreat thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the apho­\n\nrism of Vedanta philosophy janmiidy asya yata}J, to establish the ideal of\n\na common cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of\noblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts,\neducation and economic development throughout the entire world. But\nthere is a pinprick somewhere in the social body at large, and therefore\nthere are large-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is\nneed of a clue as to how humanity can _become one in peace, friendship\nand prosperity with a common cause. Snmad-Biuigavatam will fill this\n\nneed, for it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the\nentire human society.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student-devotee Prahlada\nMaharaja in order to change the demoniac face of society.\n\nkaumara acaret prajfio\ndharmdn bhcigavatcin iha\ndurlabham mdn!L$arh janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhag. 7.6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything\nzx\n\n", "SB10.1#p0012": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nX\n\nis merged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate source\n\nof creation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ulti­\n\nmate source of everything that be. This ultimate source is explained\n\nrationally and authoritatively in the beautiful Bhagavatam or Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam.\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\nwith Him and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the\n\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\n\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\nsimply by a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\n\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to con­\n\nvert others to accepting God as a concrete principle.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\n\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vedanta-sutra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to the\n\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\n\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\n\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly like with an ordinary\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\n\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\n\nsure to become a God-realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\n\ncantos.\n\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\n\nSri Knn,ta . One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\n\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\n\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\n\nsmall installments one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Srimad-Bhagavatam, but still\n\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the thinkers and leaders of society\n\non the strength of the following statement of Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.5.11):\n\ntad-oog-visargo janatagha-viplavo\nyasmin prati-slokam abaddhavaty api\n\n", "SB10.1#p0013": "Introduction\n\n\"This Bhagavata Purd'l)a is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\n\njust after the departure of Lord ��r;ta to His own abode, accompanied by\n\nreligion: knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\n\ndense darkness of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\n\nPura'l)a.\" (Srimad-Bhagavatam 1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the Vedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\n\npreserved through oral tra�ition, the Vedas were first put into writing\nfive thousand years ago by Srila Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\n\nGod.\" After compiling the Vedas, Vyasadeva set forth their essence in\n\nthe aphorisms\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nVedanta-siitras. Srimad-Bhagavatam is\nVyasadeva's commentary on his own Vedanta-siitras. It was written in\n\nthe maturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\nspiritual master. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\nliterature,\" Srimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and authoritative\n\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\nMter co�piling the Bhagavatam, Vyasa impressed the synopsis of it\n\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva Gosvami. Sukadeva Gosvami subsequently recited the entire Bhagavatam to Maharaja Pari�it in an assem­\n\nbly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\n\nDelhi). Maharaja Parik�it was the emperor of the world and was a great\nrajar�i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\n\nwithin a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and retired to the bank\n\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\n\nThe Bhagavatam begins with Emperor Parik�it's sober inquiry to\nSukadeva Gosvami:\n\n\"You are the spiritual master of great saints and\n\ndevotees. I am therefore begging you to show the way of perfection for\n\nall persons, and especially for one who is about to die. Please let me know\n\nwhat a man should hear, chant, remember and worship, and also what he\n\nshould not do. Please explain all this to me.\"\n\nSukadeva Gosvami's answer to this question, and numerous other\n\nquestions posed by Maharaja Parik�it, concerning everything from the\n\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\n\nxiii\n\n", "SB10.1#p0014": "xw\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\n\ndeath. The sage Suta Gosvami, who was pr�sent on the bank of the\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvami first recited Snmad-Bhagavatam, later\n\nrepeated the Bhagavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest of\nNaimi�araQya. Those sages, concerned about the spiritual welfare of the\n\npeople in general, had gathered to perform a lon_g, continuous chain of\nsacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\n\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\n\nwisdom, Suta Gosvami repeated from memory the entire eighteen thou­\n\nsand verses of Srimad-Bhagavatam, as spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami to\n\nMaharaja Parik�it.\n\nThe reader of Srimad-Bhagavatam hears SUta Gosvami relate the\n\nquestions of Maharaja Parik�it and the answers of Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nAlso, Suta Gosvami sometimes responds directly to questions put by\n\nSaunaka J:t�i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at Naimi�araQya. One\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\n\nParik�it and Sukadeva Gosvami on the bank of the Ganges, and another\n\nat Naimi�araQya between Suta Gosvami and the sages at Naimi�araQya\n\nForest, headed by Saunaka J:t�i. Furthermore, while instructing King\n\nParik�it, Sukadeva Gosvami often relates historical episodes and gives\n\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple Vidura. With this understanding of\n\nthe history of the Bhagavatam, the reader will easily be able to follow its\n\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since philo­\n\nsophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most important in the text,\n\none need only be attentive to the subject matter of Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nto appreciate fully its profound message.\n\nThe translator of this edition compares the Bhagavatam to sugar\n\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and\nrelishable. Therefore, to taste the sweetness of the Bhagavatam, one may\n\nbegin by reading any of its volumes. Mter such an introductory taste,\n\nhowever, the serious reader is best advised to go back to Volume One of\n\nthe First Canto and then proceed through the Bhagavatam, volume after\n\nvolume, in its natural order.\n\nThis edition of the Bhagavatam is the first complete English transla­\n\ntion of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\n\nfirst widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\n\n", "SB10.1#p0015": "Introduction\n\nXV\n\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship and intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhiigavatam.\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhiigavatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world view. Students of literature will discover the\n\nBhiigavatam to be a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psychology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhiigavatam offers simple\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "SB10.1#p0016": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupiida\n\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB10.1#p0017": "PLATE ONE\nLord Brahmii, Lord Siva and all the other demigods, having heard of\n\nthe distress of mother earth, went to the shore of the ocean of\n\nmilk. There they worshiped the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n�irodakasiiyi Vi�Qu, who lies on the ocean of milk, by reciting the Vedic\nmantras\n\nknown as the Puffi$a-silkta. While sitting in trance, Lord\n\nBrahmii heard the words of Lord Vi�QU vibrating in the sky. Thus he told\n\nthe demigods: \"0 demigods, hear from me the order of the Supreme\nPerson, and execute it attentively without delay. The Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, Sri K{�Qa, who has full potency, will personally ap­\n\npear as the son of Vasudeva. For as long as the Lord moves on earth to\n\ndiminish its burden by His own potency in the form of time, all of you\n\ndemigods should appear through plenary portions as sons and grandsons\n\nin the family of the Yadus, and your wives should also appear in that\ndynasty. The foremost manifestation of K{�Qa is Sankar�a.Q.a, the origin\n\nof all incarnations within this material world. Before Lord K{�Qa ap­\n\npears, this original Sankar�aQa will appear as Baladeva, just to please\nK{�Qa in His transcendental pastimes.\" (pp. 42-50)\n\n", "SB10.1#p0018": "", "SB10.1#p0019": "PLATE TWO\nA£, the newly married Vasudeva and Devaki were ready to start for\n\nhome, conchshells, bugles, drums and kettledrums all vibrated in concert\nfor their auspicious departure. But while Karhsa, controlling the reins of\nthe horses, was driving the chariot along the way, an unembodied voice\naddressed him, \"You foolish rascal, the eighth child of the woman you\nare carrying will kill you!\" Immediately the envious and sinful Karhsa\ncaught hold of Devaki's hair with his left hand and took up his sword\nwith his right hand to sever her head from her body. Fortunately,\nhowever, the great soul Vasudeva, who was to be the father of K:r!?I).a,\nwas able to pacify him. (pp. 58-61)\n\n", "SB10.1#p0020": "", "SB10.1#p0021": "PLATE THREE\nDevaki kept within herself the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\n\ncause of all causes, the foundation of the entire cosmos, but because she\nwas under arrest in the house of Kamsa, she appeared like the flames of a\n\nfire covered by the walls of a pot, or like a person who has knowledge but\n\ncannot distribute it to the world for the benefit of human society. Be­\n\ncause Lord ��Qa was within her womb, Devaki illuminated the entire\n\natmosphere in the place where she was confined. At this time Lord\nBrahma and Lord Siva, accompanied by great sages like Narada, Devala\n\nand Vyasa, and by other demigods like lndra, Candra and VaruQa, in­\n\nvisibly approached the room of Devaki. There they all joined in offering\n\ntheir respectful obeisances and prayers to please the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, who can bestow blessings upon everyone. (pp. 143-154)\n\n", "SB10.1#p0022": "", "SB10.1#p0023": "PLATE FOUR\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�1,1u, who is situated in the\ncore of everyone's heart, appeared from the heart of Devaki in the dense\ndarkness of night, like the full moon rising on the eastern horizon. The\nnewborn child had very wonderful lotuslike eyes and bore in His four\nhands the four weapons conchshell, disc, club and lotus. On His chest\nwas the mark of Srivatsa and on His neck the brilliant Kaustubha gem.\n\nVasudeva could understand that this child was the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Naraya1,1a. Having concluded this without a doubt, he became fearless. Bowing down with folded hands, he offered prayers to the\nchild, who illuminated His birthplace by His natural influence. Next,\nVasudeva's wife Devaki offered her prayers. The Lord, being very\npleased by the prayers of His parents, responded, \"0 My dear mother\nand father, I appeared twice before as your son because I found no one\nelse as highly elevated as you in simplicity and other good qualities. Both\nof you constantly think of Me as your son, but you always know that I am\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. By thus thinking of Me constantly\nwith love and affection, you will achieve the highest perfection: returning home, back to Godhead.\" Mter thus instructing His father and\nmother, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, ��1,1a, transformed Him­\n\nself into His original form as a small human child. (pp. 208-265)\n\n", "SB10.1#p0024": "", "SB10.1#p0025": "PLATE FIVE\nBy the influence of Lord :Kr�?Qa's internal potency, Yogamaya, all the\ndoorkeepers of Kamsa's prison house fell fast asleep, their senses unable\nto work, and the other inhabitants of the house also fell deeply asleep.\nWhen the sun rises, the darkness automatically disappears; similarly,\nwhen Vasudeva, carrying the child :Kr�?Qa, appeared before the closed\ndoors, they opened automatically, although they had been strongly\npinned with iron and locked with iron chains. Since the clouds in the sky\nwere mildly thundering and showering, Ananta-naga, an expansion of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, followed Vasudeva, beginning\nfrom the door, with hoods expanded to protect Vasudeva and the transcendental child. Because of constant rain sent by the demigod lndra, the\nRiver Yamuna was filled with deep water, foaming about with fiercely\nwhirling waves. But as the great Indian Ocean had formerly given way to\nLord Ramacandra by allowing Him to construct a bridge, the River\nYamuna gave way to Vasudeva and allowed him to cross. (pp. 269-270)\n\n", "SB10.1#p0026": "", "SB10.1#p0027": "PLATE SEV EN\nNanda Maharaja was naturally very magnanimous, and when Lord Sri\n\n��l).a appeared as his son, he was overwhelmed by jubilation. Therefore,\n\nafter properly bathing and purifying himself and dressing himself prop­\n\nerly, he invited brahmar:tas who knew how to recite Vedic mantras. After\n\nhaving these qualified brahmar:tas recite auspicious Vedic hymns, he ar­\n\nranged to have the Vedic birth ceremony celebrated for his newborn\n\nchild according to the rules and regulations, and he also arranged for the\nworship of the demigods and forefathers. The experts in reciting old\n\nhistories like the Purar:tas, the experts in reciting histories of royal\n\nfamilies, and general reciters all chanted, while singers sang and many\nkinds of musical instruments, like bheris and dundubhis, played in ac­\n\ncompaniment. All the cowherd men, dressed very opulently with valu­\n\nable ornaments, coats and turbans, approached the newborn ��l).a with\n\nvarious presentations in their hands. The beautiful gopi wives of the\n\ncowherd men were very pleased to hear that mother Yasoda had given\n\nbirth to a son, and after decorating themselves very nicely with proper\n\ndresses, ornaments, black ointment for the eyes, and so on, they hurried\nto Nanda Maharaja's house. Offering blessings to the newborn child, the\n\nwives and daughters of the cowherd men said, \"May You become the\nKing of Vraja and long maintain all its inhabitants.\" They then sprinkled\n\na mixture of tumeric powder, oil and water upon the birthless Supreme\n\nLord ��l).a and offered their prayers. (pp. 320-330)\n\n", "SB10.1#p0028": "", "SB10.1#p0029": "In Mathura, India, this tem ple marks Kr$1Ja-janmasthana, the site of Lord Kr�l).a's appearance in this world.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0030": "SUMMARY OF THE TENTH CANTO\nA short description of each chapter of this Tenth Canto is as follows. The\n\nFirst Chapter, which has sixty-nine verses, describes Maharaja Parik�?it's\n\neagerness to learn about the incarnation of Lord l<r!?I}.a, and it also tells\nhow Kamsa killed the six sons of Devaki because of his fear of being\nkilled by her eighth child. The Second Chapter contains forty-two verses,\ndescribing the entra_nce of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, l<r!?I}.a,\n\ninto the womb of Devaki to fulfill His mission of killing Kamsa. When\n\nLord l<r!?I}.a was within Devaki's womb, all the demigods, headed by\n\nBrahma, offered prayers to the Lord. The Third Chapter contains fifty­\n\nthree verses. This chapter describes the appearance of Lord l<r!?I}.a as He\n\nis. The Lord's father and mother, understanding the Lord's appearance,\n\noffered prayers. Fearing Kamsa, the Lord's father brought the child from\n\nMathura to Gokula V:rndavana. The Fourth Chapter contains forty-six\n\nverses, which tell of a prophecy by the goddess Cal}.Qika. Mter consulting\ndemoniac friends, Kamsa began killing all the children born at that time,\nsince he thought this would be to his benefit.\n\nThe Fifth Chapter contains thirty-two verses, describing how Nanda\n\nMaharaja performed the birth ceremony of l<r!?I}.a and then went to\n\nMathura, where he met Vasudeva. The Sixth Chapter contains forty-four\nverses. In this chapter, Nanda Maharaja, following the advice of his\n\nfriend Vasudeva, returns to Gokula and on the way sees the dead body of\nthe Putana demoness and is astonished at her having been killed by\nl<r!?J}.a. The Seventh Chapter, which contains thirty-seven verses, de­\n\nscribes Maharaja Parik�?it's enthusiasm to hear about the boyhood\n\npastimes of Lord l<r!?I}.a, who killed Sakalasura and T:rl}.avartasura and\n\nshowed within His mouth the entire cosmic manifestation. In the Eighth\nChapter there are fifty-two verses, which describe Gargamuni's per­\n\nforming the name-giving ceremony of l<r!?I}.a and Balarama and how\n\nl<r!?I}.a and Balarama performed playful childish activities, crawling on\n\nthe ground, trying to walk with Their small legs, and stealing butter and\n\nbreaking the pots. This chapter also describes the vision of the universal\nform.\n\nThe Ninth Chapter, which has twenty-three verses, describes how\n\nl<r!?I}.a disturbed His mother while she was churning butter. Because she\n\n1\n\n", "SB10.1#p0031": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n2\n\nleft Kr!i!Qa to see to the stove, where the milk was boiling, and did not\nallow Him to suck her breast, Kr!i!Qa was very angry and broke a pot of\nyogurt. To chastise her naughty child, mother Yasoda wanted to bind\nHim with rope, but every time she tried she failed because of a shortage\nof rope when the time came to knot it. In the Tenth Chapter there are\nforty-three verses. This chapter describes how Kr!i!Qa, as Damodara,\ncaused the twin Yamalarjuna trees to fall and how the two demigods\nwithin the trees were delivered by the mercy of Kr!i!Qa. In the Eleventh\nChapter there are fifty-nine verses. This chapter describes hpw Nanda\nMaharaja released Kr!i!Qa from the ropes, how Kr!i!Qa showed His mercy to\na fruit seller while exchanging grains for fruit, and how Nanda Maharaja\nand others decided to leave Gokula for V�ndavana, where Kr!i!Qa killed\nVatsasura and Bakasura.\nChapter\n\nTwelve\n\ncontains\n\nforty-four\n\nverses,\n\ndescribing\n\nKr!i!Qa's\n\npastimes with the cowherd boys in the forest and the killing of the\ndemon named Aghasura. Chapter Thirteen contains sixty-four verses,\ndescribing how Brah!lla stole Kr!i!Qa's calves and His friends, the cowherd\nboys. Kr!i!Qa expanded His pastimes for one year, representing Himself as\nthe calves and boys in forms exactly like their own. In this way He\nbewildered Brahma, who at last surrendered when his illusion was over.\nThe Fourteenth Chapter contains sixty-one verses. In this chapter,\nBrahma offers prayers to Kr!i!Qa after fully understanding Him to be the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The Fifteenth Chapter contains fiftytwo verses. This chapter describes how Kr!i!Qa entered Talavana Forest\nwith Balarama, how Balarama killed Dhenukasura, and how Kr!i!Qa protected the cowherd boys and cows from the poisonous effects of Kaliya.\nThe Sixteenth Chapter contains sixty-seven verses. This chapter describes the chastisement of Kaliya by Kr!i!Qa, and it also describes the\nprayers offered by Kaliya's wives. In the Seventeenth Chapter there are\ntwenty-five verses. This chapter describes why Kaliya entered the River\nYamuna after leaving his home, Nagalaya, one of the dvipas, which according to some corresponds to the Fiji Islands. This chapter also describes how GaruQa was cursed by Saubhari �!ii , how the cowherd boys,\nKr!i!Qa's friends, were enlivened when Kr!i!Qa emerged from the Yamuna,\nand how Kr!i!Qa stopped the forest fire and saved the sleeping inhabitants\nof Vraja.\nThe Eighteenth Chapter contains thirty-two verses, giving a descrip-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0032": "Summary of the Tenth Canto\n\n3\n\ntion of ��1,1a and Balarama, Their picnics within the forest, the climate\nof Vrndavana in the summer and the spring, and Lord Balarama's killipg\nof Pralambasura. Chapter Nineteen contains sixteen verses, describing\n��1,1a's entering the forest known as Munjara1,1ya, saving the cowherd\nboys and cows from the forest fire, and bringing them to Bha1,1«}iravana.\n\nChapter Twenty contains forty-nine verses. This chapter describes the\n\nenjoyment of Balarama and ��1,1a in the forest with the cowherd boys\nduring the rainy season, and it gives various instructions through\nanalogies concerning the rainy season and autumn.\nChapter Twenty-one contains twenty verses, describing how ��I,la entered the forest of Vrndavana in the autumn, playing His :flute, and how\nHe attracted the gopis, who were singing His glories. The Twenty-second\nChapter contains thirty-eight verses, describing how the gopis prayed to\nthe goddess Katyayani to obtain ��1,1a as their husband and how K:r�1,1a\nlater stole the garments of the gopis while the gopis were bathing in the\nYamuna. The Twenty-third Chapter contains fifty-two verses, describing\nhow the cowherd boys, being very hung,ry, followed ��1,1a's directions\nby begging some food for Him and themselves from brahmar:ws engaged\nin performing yajfias. The brahmar:ws refused to give food to ��1,1a and\nBalarama, although the boys begged for it, but the wives of the\nbrahma7J-as agreed, and therefore ��1,1a bestowed His mercy upon them.\n\nThe Twenty-fourth Chapter contains thirty-eight verses, describing\nhow ��1,1a defied King lndra, despite lndra's position of prestige, by\nstopping the indra-yajfia and instead worshiping Govardhana. The\nTwenty-fifth Chapter contains thirty-three verses. As described in this\nchapter, because the indra-yajfia was stopped, King lndra was very\nangry, and to kill the inhabitants of Vrndavana, Vraja, he flooded the entire area with rain. ��1,1a, however, accepted King lndra's challenge by\nlifting Govardhana Hill as an umbrella to protect Vrndavana and all the\ncows. The Twenty-sixth Chapter contains twenty-five verses, describing\nhow Nanda Maharaja, seeing the extraordinary activities of ��1,1a, was\nstruck with wonder and how he thus narrated for all the cowherd men\nthe whole story of ��1,1a's opulence, as foretold by Gargamuni. Chapter\nTwenty-seven, which contains twenty-eight verses, describes how King\nlndra, upon seeing ��1,1a's unlimited power, worshiped Lord ��1,1a, who\nwas fully washed with milk supplied by the surabhi and who thus became known as Govinda. The Twenty-eighth Chapter contains seventeen\n\n", "SB10.1#p0033": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n4\n\nverses. In this chapter Kr�I).a saves His father, Nanda Maharaja, from the\n\ncustody of Varul).a and shows the cowherd men how VaikuQthaloka is\n\nsituated.\n\nThe Twenty-ninth Chapter contains forty-eight verses, describing\n\nhow Kr�I).a talked to the gopis before performing the rasa-lila and how,\n\nafter the beginning of the rasa-lila, Kr�I).a disappeared from the scene.\n\nChapter Thirty contains forty-four verses, describing how the gopis,\n\nbeing separated from Kr�I).a, went mad and began to wander in the forest\n\nin search of Him. The gopis met Srimati Radharal).i, the daughter of King\n\nV��abhanu, and they all wandered on the bank of the Yamuna searching\nfor Kr�I).a. Chapter Thirty-one contains nineteen verses, describing how\nthe bereaved gopis waited in great anxiety to meet Kr�I).a. Chapter\n\nThirty-two contains twenty-two verses. In this chapter, Kr�I).a appears\n\namong the gopis, who are fully satisfied in ecstatic love for Him. Chapter\n\nThirty-three contains thirty-nine verses. In this chapter Kr�I).a appears\n\nin multiforms in the midst of the gopis, with whom He dances in the rasa\n\ndance. Then they all bathe in the River Yamuna. Also in this chapter,\n\nSukadeva mitigates the doubts of Parik�it concerning the performance of\n\nthe riisa-lilii.\n\nChapter Thirty-four contains thirty-two verses. This chapter describes\n\nhow Nanda Maharaja, Kr�I).a's father, was swallowed by a big python,\n\nwho had been a demigod named Vidyadhara but was cursed by Ailgira\n�i. Kr�I).a rescued His father and saved this demigod simultaneously.\n\nChapter Thirty-five contains twenty-six verses. This chapter describes\nhow Kr�I).a went to the pasturing grounds with the cows and how the\n\ngopis sang in separation from Him.\n\nChapter Thirty-six contains forty verses. This chapter describes\n\nK:f�I).a's killing of Ari�tasura. It also describes Narada's disclosure to\n\nKamsa that both Rama and Kr�I).a were sons of Vasudeva. Because of this\n\ndisclosure, Kamsa arranged to kill both Rama and Kr�I).a. He sent his\n\nassistant Kesi to V�ndavana, and later he sent Akrftra to bring Rama and\n\n�to Mathura. Chapter Thirty-seven contains thirty-three verses. In\n\nthis chapter Kr�I).a kills the Kesi demon, Narada worships Kr�I).a by nar­\n\nrating\n\nHis future activities,\n\nand Kr�I).a kills the demon named\n\nom.isura. Chapter Thirty-eight contains forty-three verses. This\n\nchapter describes how Akrura went to V�ndavana and how he was\n\nreceived by Rama-Kr�I).a and Nanda Maharaja. Chapter Thirty-nine con-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0034": "Summary of the Tenth Canto\n\n5\n\ntains fifty-seven verses. Thi� chapter describes how Rama and l(r�Qa,\nhaving been invited by Kamsa, started for Mathura. While They were\nready 'on the chariot, the gopis began to cry, and l(r�1,1a sent His\nmessenger to pacify them. Thus He was able to travel toward Mathura.\nOn the way, Almira was shown the entire Vi�1,1uloka within the water of\nthe Yamuna.\nChapter Forty contains thirty verses, in which the prayers of Akriira\nare described. Chapter Forty-one, which contains fifty-two verses, describes the entrance of Rama and l(r�1,1a into the city of Mathura, where\nthe ladies were very jubilant to see these two brothers. l(r�1,1a killed a\nwasherman, glorified Sudama and gave Sudama His benediction. Chapter\nForty-two, which contains thirty-eight verses, describes how l(r�1,1a\ndelivered Kubja and how He broke Kamsa's gigantic bow and killed its\ncaretakers. Thus Kamsa and l(r�1,1a met. Chapter Forty-three contains\nforty verses. Outside the sporting arena of Kamsa, l(r�1,1a killed an\nelephant named KuvalayapiQa. Then He entered the arena and spoke\nwith Ca1,1iira. Chapter Forty-four, which contains fifty-one verses, describes how l(r�1,1a and Balarama killed the wrestlers named Ca1,1iira and\nMu�tika and thereafter killed Kamsa and his eight brothers. K:r�1,1a,\nhowever, pacified Kamsa's wives and His own father and mother,\nVasudeva and Devaki.\nChapter Forty-five contains fifty verses. This chapter describes how\nl(r�1,1a pacified His father and mother and celebrated the enthronement\nof His grandfather Ugrasena. After promising the inhabitants of\nV:rndavana that He would return very soon, l(r�1,1a underwent ritualistic\nceremonies as a lcyatriya. He took the vow of brahmacarya and lived in\nthe guru-kula, where He studied regularly. By killing the demon named\nPaftcajana, He received a conchshell named Paftcajanya. l(r�1,1a rescued\nthe son of His guru from the custody of Yamaraja and returned them.\nAfter thus offering guru-da/cyir,rii to repay His teacher, Lord K:r�1,1a\nreturned to Mathura-puri. Chapter Forty-six contains forty-nine verses.\nAs described in this chapter, K:r�1,1a sent Uddhava to V:rndavana to pacify\nHis father and mother, Nanda Maharaja and Yasoda. Chapter Fortyseven contains sixty-nine verses, describing how Uddhava, following\nl(r�1,1a's order, went to pacify the gopis and then returned to Mathura.\nThus Uddhava appreciated the ecstatic love felt for l(r�1,1a by the inhabitants of V:rndavana.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0035": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n6\n\nChapter Forty-eight contains thirty-six verses. This chapter describes\nhow .Kt�1,1a fulfilled the desire of Kubja by going to her house and enjoying her. .Kt�1,1a then went to the home of Akrura. Satisfied by Akrura's\nprayers, .Kt�1,1a praised him very much and sent him to Hastinapura to\ngather information about the Pa1,1t}avas. Chapter Forty-nine contains\nthirty-one verses. As described in this chapter, Akrura, following\n.Kt�1,1a's orders, went to Hastinapura, where he met Vidura and Kunti\nand heard from them about Dh:rtara�tra's mistreatment of the Pa1,1t}avas.\nInformed of the PA1,1t}avas' faith in .Kt�1,1a, Akr\\ira advised Dh:rtara�tra,\nand after understanding Dh:rtara�tra's mind, he returned to Mathura,\nwhere he described everything about the situation in Hastinapura.\nChapter Fifty contains fifty-seven verses. In this chapter, Jarasandha,\nhaving heard that his son-in-law Kamsa was killed, attacked Mathura to\nkill Rama and\n\n.Kt�1,1a but\n\nwas defeated seventeen times.\n\nWhen\n\nJarasandha was about to attack for the eighteenth time, Kalayavana, having been advised by Narada, also attacked Mathura. Thus the Yadava\ndynasty entered a fort in the midst of the water and lived there by mystic\npower. After giving full protection to the Yadava dynasty and conferring .\nwith Lord Baladeva, Lord .Kt�1,1a emerged from Dvaraka. Chapter Fiftyone, which contains sixty-three verses, describes how Mucukunda killed\nKalayavana simply by glancing upon him.\nChapter\n\nFifty-two\n\ncontains\n\nforty-four\n\nverses.\n\nIn\n\nthis\n\nchapter,\n\nMucukunda offers prayers to .Kt�1,1a, and then .Kt�1,1a kills all the soldiers\nof Kalayavana and\n\nreturns to Dvaraka with their booty.\n\nWhen\n\nJarasandha attacked Mathura again, Rama and .Kt�1,1a, as if afraid of him,\nfled to the top of a mountain, to which Jarasandha then set fire. Unseen\nby Jarasandha, .Kt�1,1a and Balarama jumped from the mountain and entered Dvaraka, which was surrounded by the sea. Jarasandha, thinking\nthat .Kt�1,1a and Balarama had been killed, returned with his soldiers to\nhis own country, and .Kt�1,1a continued to live in Dvaraka. Rukmi1,1i, the\ndaughter of Vidarbha, was very much attracted to .Kt�1,1a, and she sent\n.Kt�1,1a a letter through a brahma:r:w. Chapter Fifty-three contains fiftyseven verses. Following Rukmi1,1i's request, .Kt�1,1a went to the city of\nVidarbha and kidnapped her in the presence of such enemies as\nJarasandha. Chapter Fifty-four contains sixty verses. As described in this\nchapter, .Kt�1,1a defeated all the opposing princes and disfigured Rukmil,li's brother Rukmi. Then .Kt�1,1a returned with Rukmi1,1i to Dvaraka,\n\n", "SB10.1#p0036": "Summary of the Tenth Canto\n\n7\n\nwhere they were united in a regular marriage. Rukmi, however, re­\n\nmained in a place known as Bhojaka�, being angry at his brother-in-law,\n\n.l<r�?J;ta. Chapter Fifty-five, containing forty verses, describes the birth of\n\nPradyumna, how Pradyumna was kidnapped by Sambarasura, and how\nPradyumna later killed Sambarasura and returned to Dvaraka with his\n\nwife, Ratidevi.\n\nChapter Fifty-six contains forty-five verses. As described in this\n\nchapter, King Satrajit, by the mercy of the sun-god, received a jewel\ncalled Syamantaka. Later, when this jewel was stolen, Satrajit unnecessarily became doubtful of .l<r�?J;ta, but .l<r�?J;ta, to vindicate His position,\n\nretrieved the jewel, along with the daughter of Jambavan. .l<r�?J;ta later\n\nmarried Satrajit's daughter and received a full dowry. As described in\n\nChapter Fifty-seven, which contains forty-two verses, both Balarama and\n\n.l<r�?J;ta went to Hastinapura, having heard about the fire in the shellac\n\nhouse of the PiiJ;tQavas. After Satrajit was killed by Satadhanva at the in­\n\nstigation of Akrfira and _Krtavarma, Balarama and .l<r�?J;ta returned to\n\nDvaraka. Satadhanva left the Syamantaka jewel with Akrura and fled to\n\nthe forest. Thus although .l<r�?J;ta killed S�tadhanva, He was unable to\n\nretrieye the jewel. Finally the jewel was discovered and awarded to\n\nAkrfira. Chapter Fifty-eight contains fifty-eight verses. After the\n\nPiiJ;tQavas finished living incognito in the forest, .l<r�?J;ta went to ln­\n\ndraprastha to see them. He then married five wives, headed by Kalindi.\n\nAfter .l<r�?J;ta and Arjuna set fire to the KhiiJ;tQava Forest, Arjuna received\n\nthe GiiQQiva bow. The demon Maya Danava constructed an assembly\nhouse for the PiiJ;tQavas, and Duryodhana was very much aggrieved.\n\nChapter Fifty-nine contains forty-five verses. In this chapter, .l<r�?J;ta,\n\nat the request of lndra, kills the demon Narakasura, the son of the earth\n\npersonified, along with the demon's associates, headed by Mura. The\n\nearth personified offers prayers to .l<r�?J;ta and returns to Him all the\n\nparaphernalia that Narakasura has stolen. .l<r�?Qa then bestows fearless­\n\nness upon the son of Narakasura and marries the sixteen thousand prin­\n\ncesses whom the demon kidnapped. Also in this chapter, .l<r�?Qa takes\naway the parijata plant from the heavenly planets, and the foolishness of\n\nlndra and others is described.\n\nChapter Sixty contains fifty-nine verses. In this chapter, .l<r�?J;ta makes\n\nRukmiJ;ti angry with His joking words. .l<r�?Qa pacifies Rukmi1,1i, and\n\nthere is a lover's quarrel between them. Chapter Sixty-one contains forty\n\n", "SB10.1#p0037": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n8\n\nverses. This chapter contains a description of the sons and grandsons of\n��:Q.a. At the time of Aniruddha's marriage, Balarama kills Rukmi and\n\nbreaks the teeth of the King of Kaliilga.\n\nChapter Sixty-two contains thirty-three verses. This chapter begins\n\nthe discourse concerning the abduction of O�a, the daughter of Ba:Q.asura,\n\nand the amorous pastimes between O�a and Aniruddha. It also describes\na fight between Aniruddha and Ba:Q.asura and how Ba:Q.asura seized\n\nAniruddha with a snake-noose. Chapter Sixty-three, which contains\n\nfifty-three verses, describes how the strength of Lord Siva was defeated\n\nin a battle between BaQasura and the Yadavas. The Raudra-jvara, having\n\nbeen defeated by the Vai�:Q.ava-jvara, offered prayers to ��Qa. ��:Q.a\nsevered all but four of BaQa's one thousand arms and thus showed him\nmercy. ��Qa then returned to Dvaraka with O�a and Aniruddha.\n\nChapter Sixty-four contains forty-four verses. In this chapter, ��Qa\n\nliberates King N:rga, the son of Ik�vaku, from a curse and instructs all\nkings by explaining the fault in misappropriating the property of a\nbrahmar;ta. In connection with the deliverance of King N:rga, there are\n\ninstructions for the Yadavas, who were puffed up with pride due to\n\nwealth, opulence, enjoyment and so on.\n\nChapter Sixty-five contains thirty-four verses. As described in this\n\nchapter, Lord Baladeva, desiring to see His friends and relatives, went to\n\nGokula. In the months of Caitra and Vaisakha, in the groves by the\nYamuna, Lord Balarama performed the rasa-rasotsava and yamunakar�ar:w lilas in the association of His gopis.\n\nAs described in Chapter Sixty-six, which contains forty-three verses,\n\n��Qa went to Kasi and then killed PauQQraka, as well as his friend the\n\nKing of Kasi, Sudak�iQa and others. Chapter Sixty-seven, which contains\n\ntwenty-eight verses, describes how Lord Baladeva, while enjoying with\n\nmany young girls on Raivataka Mountain, vanquished the extremely\nmischievous ape Dvivida, who was the brother of Mainda and a friend of\nNarakasura's.\n\nChapter Sixty-eight has fifty-four verses. As described in this chapter,\n\nwhen Samba, the son of Jambavati, kidnapped Lak�maQa, the daughter\n\nof Duryodhana, he was captured in a fight with the Kauravas. In order to\n\nfree him and establish peace, Lord Baladeva went to Hastinapura as a\nwell-wisher. The Kauravas, however, were uncooperative, and upon\n\nseeing their arrQga�ce, Lord Baladeva began pulling their city of\n\n", "SB10.1#p0038": "Summary of the Tenth Canto\n\n9\n\nHastinapura with His plow. The Kauravas, headed by Duryodhana,\n\noffered prayers to Lord Baladeva, who then returned to Dvaraka with\nSamba and Lak�mal).a.\n\nChapter Sixty-nine contains forty-five verses. As described in this\n\nchapter, Kt�I.J.a exhibited His householder life with His sixteen thousand\n\nwives. Even the great sage Narada was astonished at how Kt�I.J.a, having\n\nexpanded Himself into sixteen thousand forms, was conducting His\n\nhouseholder life. Thus Narada offered prayers to Lord Kt�I.J.a, and K:r�I.J.a\nwas very much pleased with him.\n\nChapter Seventy, which contains forty-seven verses, describes how\n\nKt�I.J.a exhibited His daily ritualistic ceremonies and how He released the\n\nkings arrested by Jarasandha. While Lord Kt�1.1a was receiving a\nmessenger sent by these kings, Narada came to see Kt�I.J.a and told Him\n\nnews of the Pai).Qavas. Narada informed Kt�1.1a that the Pai).Qavas desired\n\nto perform a rajasuya sacrifice, and Kt�1.1a agreed to attend it, but He\n\nfirst asked for Uddhava's decision about whether to give preference to\n\nkilling King Jarasandha or performing the rajasuya-yajfia. Chapter\n\nSeventy-one contains forty-five verses, describing the happiness of the\n\nPai).Qavas when K:r�I.J.a went to lndraprastha. By the inconceivable desire\n\nof Kt�I.J.a, Jarasandha would be killed, and the rajasuya-yajfia would be\nperformed by Maharaja Yudhi�thira.\n\nChapter Seventy-two contains forty-six verses. By agreeing to perform\n\nthe rajasuya-yajna, Kt�1.1a gave Maharaja Yudhi�thira great pleasure.\n\nThis chapter also describes the killing of Jarasandha, the enthroning of\n\nhis son, and the release of the kings whom Jarasandha had arrested.\n\nChapter Seventy-three contains thirty-five verses. After Lord Kt�1.1a\n\nreleased the kings and restored their royal power, He was worshiped by\n\nSahadeva, the son of Jarasandha, and then He returned to Indraprastha\n\nwith Bhima and Arjuna. Chapter Seventy-four- contains fifty-four verses.\n\nMaharaja Yudhi�thira offered prayers to Kt�I.J.a and offered Him the first\n\nworship in the rajasuya-yajfia. To honor the Lord in this way is the\n\nforemost duty of every man, but this was intolerable to Sisupala, the\n\nKing of Cedi. Sisupala began to blaspheme Kt�I.J.a, who thus severed the\n\nKing's head from his body and awarded him the salvation called\n\nsarllpya-mukti. After the conclusion of the rajasuya sacrifice, K:r�I.J.a\n\nreturned to Dvaraka with His queens. Chapter Seventy-five contains\nforty verses. As described in this chapter, Maharaja Yudhi�thira, after\n\n", "SB10.1#p0039": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n10\n\nthe rajasuya-yajna, performed the final ritualistic bathing ceremonies.\n\nDuryodhana was bewildered in the palace constructed by Maya Danava,\n\nand thus he felt insulted.\n\nChapter Seventy-six contains thirty-three verses, describing how\n\nSalva, one of the kings J(r![H).a defeated when He kidnapped Rukmi1,1i,\n\ndecided to rid the entire world of the Yadavas. To defeat the Yadavas,\n\nSalva worshiped Lord Siva, who rewarded him with an aerial car named\n\nSaubha. When Salva fought with the V:r�1,1is, Pradyumna smashed the car\n\ndesigned by Maya Danava, but he was attacked by Salva's brother, whose\n\nname was Dyuman. Beaten unconscious by Dyuman's club, Pradyumna\nwas carried some distance away from the warfield by his charioteer, but\n\nlater he lamented having been removed from tlie battlefield. Chapter\n\nSeventy-seven contains thirty-seven verses. In this chapter, Pradyumna\n\nrecovers from his injuries and begins fighting with Salva. When J(r�I).a\nreturned to Dvaraka from lndraprastha, He immediately went to the bat­\n\ntlefield where Salva and Pradyumna were fighting. There He killed\nSalva, although Salva was powerfully equipped with illusory weapons.\n\nChapter Seventy-eight contains forty verses. As described in this\n\nchapter, a friend of Salva's named Dantavakra and Dantavakra's\nbrother Vidiiratha were killed by Sri J(r�I).a. Instead of taking part in the\nfighting between the Kauravas and the Pai).Qavas, Baladeva, who had\n\nbeen staying at Dvaraka-puri, went touring holy places. Because of the\n\nmisbehavior of Romahar�a1,1a, Baladeva killed him at Naimi�ara1,1ya and\nappointed his son Ugrasrava, Suta Gosvami, the speaker of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam,\n\nto continue the discourses on the\n\nPurar:ws.\n\nChapter\n\nSeventy-nine contains thirty-four verses. This chapter describes how the\n\nbrahmar:ws of Naimi�ara1,1ya advised Baladeva to atone for the death of\n\nRomahar�al).a. After killing a demon named Balvala, Baladeva traveled\n\nand bathed in holy places until He at last came to the Battlefield of Kuru­\n\nk�etra, where Bhima and Duryodhana were fighting. Then He returned\nto Dvaraka and went again to Naimi�ara1,1ya, where He instructed the\nr�is. Then He left with His wife Revati.\n\nChapter Eighty, which contains forty-five verses, describes how\n\nSudama Vipra, a friend of J(r�1,1a's, approached J(r�I).a for money and was\n\nworshiped by J(r�1,1a, who reminisced with him about their boyhood at\n\nthe guru-kula. Chapter Eighty-one contains forty-one verses. This\n\nchapter describes the friendly talks between J(r�I).a and His friend\n\n", "SB10.1#p0040": "Summary of the Tenth Canto\n\n11\n\nSudama. K:r�I].a very gladly accepted a gift of flat rice from Sudama\n\nVipra. When Sudama Vipra returned home, he saw that everything there\nwas wonderfully opulent, and he praised the friendship of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. With the gifts of the Lord, he enjoyed material\n\nopulence, and later he was promoted back home, back to Godhead.\n\nChapter Eighty-two contains forty-eight verses. This chapter describes\n\nhow the Yadavas went to Kuruk�etra because of a solar eclipse and how\n\nother kings spoke to them of K:r�J.].a. At this meeting, K:r�I].a satisfied\n\nNanda Maharaja and the residents of V:rndavana, who had also come\n\nthere. Chapter Eighty-three contains forty-three verses, describing how\nthe women assembed at Kuruk�etra engaged in topics of Sri K:r�I].a and\n\nhow Draupadi asked all K:r�I].a's queens about how they had married\n\nHim. Chapter Eighty-four contains seventy-one verses. As described in\nthis chapter, when great sages went to see K:r�I].a at Kuruk�etra, K:r�I].a\ntook this opportunity to praise them. Because Vasudeva desired to per­\n\nform a great sacrifice on this occasion, the sages advised him regarding\nworship of K:r�I].a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. After the yajiia\n\nwas performed, all who were present dispersed to their respective\nabodes. Chapter Eighty-five contains fifty-nine verses. At the request of\n\nHis father and mother, K:r�I].a, by His mercy, returned their dead sons,\n\nall of whom were liberated. Chapter Eighty-six contains fifty-nine\n\nverses. This chapter describes how Arjuna kidnapped Subhadra with a\ngreat fight. It also describes how K:r�I].a went to Mithila to favor His devo­\n\ntee Bahulasva and stay at the house of Srutadeva and advise them about\n\nspiritual advancement.\n\nChapter Eighty-seven contains fifty verses, describing the prayers\n\noffered to Narayal].a by the Vedas. Chapter Eighty-eight contains forty\n\nverses. This chapter describes how Vai�I].avas become transcendental by\n\nworshiping Lord Vi�I].U and then return home, back to Godhead. By wor­\n\nship of demigods, one may get material power, but this chapter describes\nhow an ordinary living being in the material world can be favored by\nLord Sri K:r�I].a, and it establishes Lord Vi�I].u's supremacy above Lord\n\nBrahma and Lord Siva. Chapter Eighty-nine contains sixty-five verses,\n\ndisclosing who is the best among the material deities. Although Vi�J.].u is\namong the three deities-Brahma, Vi�J.].u and Mahesvara-He is tran­\n\nscendental and supreme. In this chapter we also find a description of how\n\nK:r�I].a and Arjuna went to Mahakala-pur to deliver the son of a Dvaraka\n�\n\n", "SB10.1#p0041": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n12\nJ\n\nbrahmar;w. and how Arjuna was astonished. Chapter Ninety contains fifty\n\nverses. This chapter summarizes Kt�J.Ui's lrlas and presents the logic of\nmadhurer;w. samapayet, establishing that everything ends well in\n\ntranscendental bliss.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0042": "CHAPTER ONE\n\nThe Advent of Lord Krsna:\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\nIntroduction\nThe summary of the First Chapter is as follows. This chapter describes\n\nhow Karhsa, frightened by hearing an omen about his being killed by the\neighth son of Devaki, killed Devaki's sons one after another.\n\nWhen Sukadeva Gosvami finished describing the dynasty of Yadu, as\n\nwell as the dynasties of the moon-god and sun-god, Maharaja Parik�?it re­\n\nquested him to describe Lord Krf?I,la, who appeared with Baladeva in the\n\nYadu dynasty, and how K:rf?I,la performed His activities within this world.\n\n\"Krl?I,la is transcendental, the King said, and therefore to understand His\n\nactivities is the occupation of liberated persons. Hearing of kmta-lilii is\n\nthe boat by which to achieve the ultimate goal of life. Except for an\n\nanimal killer or one who is following a policy of suicide, every intelligent\nperson must strive to understand \"Krl?I,la and His activities.\n\nKrf?I,la was the only worshipable Deity for the Pa1,1<Javas. When\n\nMaharaja Parik�?it was in the womb of his mother, Uttara, Krf?I,la saved\n\nhim from the attack of the brahma-sastra. Now Maharaja Parik�?it asked\nSukadeva Gosvami how His Lordship Baladeva, the son of Rohi1,1i, could\n\nhave appeared in the womb of Devaki. Why did \"Krl?I,la transfer Himself\n\nfrom Mathura to V:rndavana, King Parik�?it asked, and how did He live\n\nthere with His family members? What did \"Krl?I,la do in Mathura and\nV:rndavana, and why did He kill His maternal uncle Karhsa? For how\n\nmany years did Krf?I,la reside in Dvaraka, and how many queens did He\nhave? Maharaja Parik�?it asked Sukadeva Gosvami all these questions. He\n\nalso requested Sukadeva Gosvami to describe other activities of \"Kr!?I,la\nabout which he could not inquire.\n\nWhen Sukadeva Gosvami began to speak about Krf?I,la consciousness,\n\nMaharaja Parik�?it forgot the fatigue brought about by his fasting. En­\n\nthusiastic to describe Krf?I,la, Sukadeva Gosvami said, \"Like the waters of\nthe Ganges, descriptions of the activities of \"Krl?I,la can purify the entire\n\nuniyerse. The speaker, the inquirer and the audience all become\n\npurified.\"\n\n13\n\n", "SB10.1#p0043": "14\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nOnce when the entire world was overburdened by the increasing mili­\n\ntary power of demons in the form of kings, mother earth assumed the\n\nshape of a cow and approached Lord Brahma for relief. Sympathetic to\nmother earth's lamentation, Brahma, accompanied by Lord Siva and\n\nother demigods, took the cow-shaped mother earth to the shore of the\nmilk ocean, where he offered prayers to please Lord Vi�I).u, who lay there\n\non an island in transcendental ecstasy. Brahma thereafter understood the\nadvice of Maha-Vi�I).u, who informed him that He would appear on the\n\nsurface of the earth to mitigate the burden created by the demons. The\n\ndemigods, along with their wives, should appear there as associates of\n\nLord ��I).a in the family of Yadu to increase the sons and grandsons in\n\nthat dynasty. By the will of Lord ��I).a, Anantadeva would appear first,\n\nas Balarama, and ��I).a's potency, yogamaya, would also appear.\n\nBrahrna informed mother earth about all this, and then he returned to\n\nhis own abode.\n\nAfter marrying Devaki, Vasudeva was returning home with her on a\n\nchariot driven by Karilsa, her brother, when an ominous voice addressed\nKamsa, warning him that Devaki's eighth son would kill him. Upon\n\nhearing this omen, Karilsa was immediately ready to kill Devaki, but\n\nVasudeva diplomatically began to instruct him. Vasudeva stressed that it\n\nwould not be good for Karilsa to kill his younger sister, especially at the\n\ntime of her marriage. Anyone who possesses a material body must die,\n\nVasudeva advised him. Every living entity lives in a body for some time\n\nand then transmigrates to another body, but one is unfortunately misled\n\ninto accepting the body as the soul. If a person under this mistaken con­\n\nception wants to kill another body, he is condemned as hellish.\n\nBecause Karilsa was not satisfied by Vasudeva's instructions, Vasudeva\n\ndevised a plan. He offered to bring Karilsa all of Devaki's children so that\n\nKarilsa could kill them. Why then should Karilsa kill Devaki now? Karilsa\n\nwas satisfied by this proposal. In due course of time, when Devaki gave\n\nbirth to a child, Vasudeva brought the newborn baby to Karilsa, who,\n\nupon seeing Vasudeva's magnanimity, was struck with wonder. When\nVasudeva gave Karilsa the child, Kamsa, showing some intelligence, said\n\nthat since he was to be killed by the eighth child, why should he kill the\nfirst? Although Vasudeva did not trust him, Karilsa requested Vasudeva\n\nto take the child back. Later, however, after Narada approached Karilsa\n\nand disclosed to him that the demigods were appearing in the Yadu and\n\n", "SB10.1#p0044": "Text 1]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Kr�1.1a: Introduction\n\n15\n\nV:r�I.li dynasties and conspiring to kill him, Karhsa decided to kill all the\nchildren born in these families, and he also decided that any child born\nfrom the womb of Devaki must be killed. Thus he arrested and imprisoned both Devaki and Vasudeva and killed six of their sons, one after\nanother. Narada had also informed Karhsa that in his previous birth\nKamsa was Kalanemi, a demon killed by Vi�J.lU. Consequently, Karhsa\n\nbecame a great enemy to all the descendants of the yadu-vamsa, the\nYadu dynasty. He even arrested and imprisoned his own father,\nUgrasena, for Karhsa wanted to enjoy the kingdom alone.\nK:r�J.la has threefold pastimes-the Vraja-lilii,\n\nMathura-lilii and\n\nDvaraka-lila. As already mentioned, in the Tenth Canto of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam there are ninety chapters, which describe all these lilas.\n\nThe first four chapters describe Brahma's prayers for the relief of the\nearth's burden, and they also describe the appearance of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Chapters Five through Thirty-nine recount\nK:r�1.1a's pastimes in V:rndiivana. The Fortieth Chapter describes how\nK:r�1,1a enjoyed' in the water of the Yamuna and how Akn1ra offered\nprayers. Chapters Forty-one through Fifty-one, eleven chapters, tell of\nK:r�1,1a's pastimes in Mathura, and Chapters Fifty-two through Ninety,\nthirty-nine chapters, relate K:r�1.1a's pastimes in Dvarakii.\nChapters Twenty-nine through Thirty-three describe K:r�1,1a's dancing\n\nwith the gopis, known as the rasa-lila. Therefore these five chapters are\n\nknown as riisa-pancadhyaya. The Forty-seventh Chapter of the Tenth\nCanto is a description known as the bhramara-gita.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��T�felR\n'\"'\n\n�\"'\n\n� ��fct�lil\n\n� e1¥4((4:q t: I\n\n00 :qr�;:ri:l¥11�1\n\n�� ��11�11\n\n.\n\n\"\n\n.\n\n.\n\nsri-rajovdca\n\nkathito vamsa-vistaro\n\nbhavata soma-suryayolt\n\nrajnam cobhaya-vamsyanam\ncaritam paramadbhutam\n\n", "SB10.1#p0045": "16\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nsri-raja uvaca-K.ing Parik�it said; kathitab,-has already been described; vamsa-vistarab,-a broad description of the dynasties;\nbhavata-by Your Lordship; soma-suryayob,-of the moon-god and the\nsun-god; rajnam-of the kings; ca-and; ubhaya -both; vamsyanam-of the members of the dynasties; caritam-the character;\nparama -exalted; adbhutam -and wonderful.\nTRANSLATION\n\nKing Parik�it said: My dear lord, you have elaborately described\n\nthe dynasties of both the moon-god and the sun-god, with the exalted and wonderful character of their kings.\nPURPORT\n\nAt the end of the Ninth Canto, Twenty-fourth Chapter, Sukadeva\n\nGosvami summarized the activities of _Kr�Qa. He spoke of how _Kr�Qa had\n\npersonally appeared to reduce the burden on the earth, how He had\nmanifested His pastimes as a householder, and how, soon after His birth,\nHe had transferred Himself to His Vrajabhumi-lila. Parikf(lit Maharaja,\n\nbeing naturally a devotee of _Kr�Qa, wanted to hear more about Lord\n_Kr�Qa. Therefore, to encourage Sukadeva Gosvami to continue speaking\n\nabout _Krf[!Qa and give further details, he thanked Sukadeva Gosvami for\n\nhaving described the activities of _Krf[!Qa in brief. Sukadeva Gosvami had\n\nsaid:\n\njato gatab, pitr-grhad vrajam edhitartho\nhatva ripan suta-satani krtorudarab,\nutpadya te�u pu�ab. kratubhi(l. samije\natmcinam atma-nigamarh prathayan jane�u\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri _Krf[!Qa, known as lila-\n\n. pur�ottama, appeared as the son of Vasudeva but immediately left His\nfather's home and went to V:rndavana to expand His loving relationships\n\nwith His confidential devotees. In V:rndavana the Lord killed many\n\ndemons, and afterward He returned to Dvaraka, where according to\n\nVedic principles He married many wives who were the best of women,\n\nbegot through them hundreds of sons, and performed sacrifices for\n\n", "SB10.1#p0046": "Text I]\n\nThe Advent of Lord �!i�a: Introduction\n\n17\n\nHis own worship to establish the principles of householder life.\"\n\n(Bhiig. 9.24.66)\n\nThe Yadu dynasty belonged to the family descending from Soma, the\nmoon-god. Although the planetary systems are so arranged that the sun\ncomes first, before the moon, Parik�it Maharaja gave more respect to the\ndynasty of the moon-god, the\n\nsoma-vamsa, because in the Yadava\n\ndynasty, descending from the moon, .i(r�I}.a had appeared. There are two\n\ndifferent �atriya families of the royal order, one descending from the\n\nking of the moon planet and the other descending from the king of the\nsun. Whenever the Supreme Personality of Godhead appears, He\n\ngenerally appears in a �atriya family because He comes to establish\nreligious principles and the life of righteousness. According to the Vedic\n\nsystem, the �atriya family is the protector of the human race. When the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead appeared as Lord Ramacandra, He ap­\n\npeared in the silrya-vamsa, the family descending from the sun-god, and\nwhen He appeared as Lord .i(r�I}.a, He did so in the Yadu dynasty, or\n\nyadu-vamsa, whose descent was from the moon-god. In the Ninth Canto,\nTwenty-fourth Chapter, of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, there is a long list of\nthe kings of the yadu-vamsa. All the kings in both the soma-vamsa and\nsilrya-vamsa were great and powerful, and Maharaja Parik�it praised\nthem very highly (rajfiam cobhaya-vamsyanam caritam paramddbhutam). Nonetheless, he wanted to hear more about the soma-vamsa\nbecause that was the dynasty in which .i(r�I}.a had appeared.\nThe supreme abode of the Personality of Godhead, .i(r�I}.a, is de­\n\nscribed in Brahma-samhita as the abode of cintdma7J;i: cintdma7J;i-pra­\n\nkara-sadmasu kalpavr�a-la�avrte�u surabhir abhipalayantam. The\n\nV:rndayana-dhama on this earth is a replica of that same abode. As stated\nin Bhagavad-gita (8.20), in the spiritual sky there is another, eternal\n\nnature, transcendental to manifested and unmanifested matter. The\nmanifested world can be seen in the form of many stars and planets such\nas the sun and moon, but beyond this is the unmanifested, which is imperceptible to those who are embodied. And beyond this unmanifested\n\nmatter is the spiritual kingdom, which is described in Bhagavad-gita as\nsupreme and eternal. That kingdom is never annihilated. Although\nmaterial nature is subject to repeated creation and annihilation, that\n\nspiritual nature remains as it is eternally. In the Tenth Canto of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, that spiritual nature, the spiritual world, is described as\n\n", "SB10.1#p0047": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n18\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nVrndavana, Goloka Vrndavana or Vraja-dhama. The elaborate descrip­\n\ntion of the above-mentioned sloka from the Ninth Canto-jato gata/:t\n\npitr-gr had-will be found here, in the Tenth Canto.\nTEXT 2-\n\n�� 'lif4�ft�w � af¥te\"Et+t 1\ns_,:;. '\"-\"fflut� f4qiltflttfUI � wt: II � II\nyados ca dharma-silasya\nnitararil muni-sattama\ntatrarnsendvatir{WSya\nv�r:wr virya�i sarilsa na/:t\n\nyadol:t-of Yadu or the Yadu dynasty; ca-also; dharma-silasya­\n\nwho were strictly attached to religious principles; nitardm-highly\n\nqualified; muni-sattama-0 best of all munis, king of the munis\n(Sukadeva Gosvami); tatra-in that dynasty; arilsena-with His plenary\n\nexpansion Baladeva; avatir{WSya-who appeared as an incarnation;\n\nv�r:wl:t-of Lord Vi�J.lU; virya�i-the glorious activities; sarilsa-kindly\n\ndescribe; nal:t-unto us.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 best of munis, you have also described the descendants of\n\nYadu, who were very pious and strictly adherent to religious prin­\n\nciples. Now, if you will, kindly describe the wonderful, glorious\n\nactivities of Lord Vi�r:tu, or Knr:ta, who appeared in that Yadu\n\ndynasty with Baladeva, His plenary expansion.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Brahrna-samhita (5.1) explains that Kt�J.la is the origin of the\nv��u-tattva.\niSvaral:t pararnal:t kr��l:t\nsac-cid-ananda-vigraha/:t\nanddir ddir govindal:t\nsarva-kdra�-kdra�m\n\n", "SB10.1#p0048": "Text 3]\n\nThe Advent of Lord �'1,1a: Introduction\n\n19\n\n\"J(r�l.)a, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an\n\neternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin ·of all. He has no other\norigin, for He is the prime cause of all causes.\"\n\nyasyaika-niSvasita-kiilam athavalambya\njivanti loma-vilaja jagad-ar:uJa,-natha/:t\nvi§'{tur mahan sa iha yasya kala-viSe$0\ngovindam adi-puTU$arh tam aham bhajami\n\"The Brahmas, the heads of the innumerable universes, live only for the\nduration of one breath of Maha-Vi�J.)U. I worship Govinda, the original\n\nLord, of whom Maha-Vi�l.)u is but a portion of a plenary portion.\"\n(Bs. 5.48)\n\nGovinda, J(r�l.)a, is the original Personality of Godhead. Kr$'{1-as tu\nbhagavdn svayam. Even Lord Maha-Vi�l.)u, who by His breathing creates\nmany millions upon millions of universes, is Lord J(r�l.)a's kala-viSe$a, or\n\nplenary portion of a plenary portion. Maha-Vi�Qu is a plenary expansion\nof Sailkar�al.)a, who is a plenary expansion of Narayal.)a. Narayal.)a is a\n\nplenary expansion of the catur-vyaha, and the catur-vyaha are plenary\n\nexpansions of Baladeva, the first manifestation of J(r�J.)a. Therefore\nwhen J(r�l.)a appeared with Baladeva, all the vi§'{tu-tattvas appeared with\nHim.\n\nMaharaja Parik�it requested Sukadeva Gosvami to describe J(r�Qa and\n\nHis glorious activities. Another meaning may be derived from this verse\n\nas follows. Although Sukadeva Gosvami was the greatest muni, he could\n\ndescribe J(r�l.)a only partially (amsena), for no one can describe J(r�l.)a\n\nfully. It is said that Anantadeva has thousands of heads, but although He\n\ntries to describe K:r�Qa with thousands of tongues, His descriptions are\nstill incomplete.\n\nTEXT3\n\n�15s.S �� � ��:\n\nI\n\n�l'l� N'imtt m ;r{ � m� II� II\navatirya yador vamse\nbhagavdn bhata-bhavana/:t\n\n", "SB10.1#p0049": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n20\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nkrtavan yani vi.Svatma\ntani no vada vistarat\navatirya-after descending; yadol}, varitse-in the dynasty of Yadu;\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhuta-bhavanal},­\n\nwho is the cause of the cosmic manifestation;\n\nkrtavan-executed;\n\nyani-whatever (activities); vi.Sva-atma-the Supersoul of the entire\n\nuniverse; tani-all of those (activities); nab--unto us; vada-kindly\n\nsay; vistanit-elaborately.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supersoul, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri ��'.Ia,\n\nthe cause of the cosmic manifestation, appeared in the dynasty of\nYadu. Please tell me elaborately about His glorious activities and\ncharacter, from the beginning to the end of His life.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the words krtavan yani indicate that all the different ac­\n\ntivities �I?Qa performed while present on earth are beneficial to human\n\nsociety. If religionists, philosophers and people in general simply hear\nthe activities of �I?Qa, they will be liberated. We have described several\n\ntimes that there are two kinds of kmta-katha, represented by Bhagavad­\n\ngitd, spoken personally by �I?Qa about Himself, and SrimadBhagavatam, spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami about the glories of �I?Qa.\nAnyone who becomes even slightly interested in kr$1)a-katha is liberated.\nKirtanad eva kr$r:wsya mukta-saftgal}, pararit vrajet (Bhag. 12.3.51).\nSimply by chanting or repeating km,a-katha, one is liberated from the\n\ncontamination of Kali-yuga. Caitanya Mahaprabhu therefore advised,\n\nyare dekha, tare kaha 'kr$1)a'-upadesa (Cc. Madhya 7.128). This is the\n\nmission of �I?Qa consciousness: to hear about Kt�?Qa and thus be liberated from material bondage.\n\nTEXT4\n\nAt*l6%q•fi4+11;{If!\n�\n\n\"'\n\n\"'\n\n\"\n\nll�q;(Tspm�\n\n", "SB10.1#p0050": "Text 4]\n\nThe Advent of Lord .Kr�r;Ia: Introduction\n\n�\n\n21\n\n\"'\n\n����gans'lf�\n� f4�6 f4;n q�una It \\1 It\n\nnivrtta-tar$air upagiyamiinad\nbhavaU$adhac chrotra-mano- 'bhiramat\nka uttama§loka-gur;uinuvadat\npumiin virajyeta vina pa5ughnat\nnivrtta-released from; tar$ai�-lust or material activities; upagiyamiinat-which is described or sung; bhava-aU$adhat-which is the\nright medicine for the material disease; srotra-the process of aural\n\nmana�-the subject matter of thought for the mind;\nabhiramat-from the pleasing vibrations from such glorification;\nka�-who; uttama5loka-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\ngu ry,a-anuvadat-from describing such activities; puman-a person;\nvirajyeta-can keep himself aloof; vina-except; pa5u-ghnat-either a\n\nreception;\n\nbutcher or one who is killing his own personal existence.\nTRANSLATION\nGlorification of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is performed in the paramparii system; that is, it is conveyed from spiritual master to disciple. Such glorification is relished by those no\nlonger interested in the false, temporary glorification of this cosmic manifestation. Descriptions of the Lord are the right medicine\nfor the conditioned soul undergoing repeated birth and death.\nTherefore, who will cease hearing such glorification of the Lord\nexcept � butcher or one who is killing his own self?\nPURPORT\n\nIn India it is the practice among the general populace to hear about\n\nKr�J.la, either from Bhagavad-gita or from Srimad-Bhagavatam, in\n\norder to gain relief from the disease of repeated birth and death. Although India is now fallen, when there is a message that someone will\nspeak about Bhagavad-gita or Srimad-Bhiigavatam, thousands of people\n\nstill gather to hear. This verse indicates, however, that such recitation of\n\nBhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhiigavatam must be done by persons\n\n", "SB10.1#p0051": "22\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\ncompletely freed from material desires\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\n(nivrtta-tar$aiM.\n\nEveryone\n\nwithin this material world, beginning from Brahma down to the insig­\n\nnificant ant, is full of material desires for sense enjoyment, and everyone\n\nis busy in sense gratification, but when thus engaged one cannot fully\nunderstand the value of kr$r:ta-katha, either in the form of Bhagavad­\n\ngita or in Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nIf we hear the glories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead from\n\nliberated persons, this hearing will certainly free us from the bondage of\n\nmaterial activities, but hearing Srimad-Bhagavatam spoken by a profes­\n\nsional reciter cannot actually help us achieve liberation. Kr$r;ta-katha is\nvery simple. In Bhagavad-gita it is said that l(r�:Q.a is the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. As He Himself explains, mattab, parataram nanyat\n\nkiticid asti dhanaiijaya: \"0 Arjuna, there is no truth superior to Me.\"\n(Bg. 7.7) Simply by understanding this fact-that l(r�:Q.a is the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead-one can become a liberated person. But, es­\n\npecially in this age, because people are interested in hearing Bhagavad­\n\ngita from unscrupulous persons who depart from the simple presentation\nof Bhagavad-gita and distort it for their personal satisfaction, they fail to\n\nderive the real benefit. There are big scholars, politicians, philosophers\n\nand scientists who speak on Bhagavad-gitd in their own polluted way,\n\nand people in general hear from them, being uninterested in hearing the\n\nglories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead from a devotee. A devotee\n\nis one who has no other motive for reciting Bhagavad-gitd and SrimadBhagavatam than to serve the Lord. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has\n\ntherefore advised us to hear the glories of the Lord from a realized per­\n\nson (bhagavata paro diya bhagavata sthane). Unless one is personally a\n\nrealized soul in the science of l(r�:Q.a consciousness, a neophyte should not\n\napproach him to hear about the Lord, for this is strictly forbidden by\nSrila Sanatana Gosvami, who quotes from the Padma Purdr;ta:\n\navai$r;tava-mukhodgirr;tam\npatam hari-kathdmrtam\nsravar;tam naiva kartavyam\nsarpocch�tam yatha payab,\nOne should avoid hearing from a person not situated in Vai�:Q.ava\n\nbehavior. A Vai�:Q.ava is nivrtta-tr$r;ta; that is, he has no material pur-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0052": "23\n\nThe Advent of Lord �!i�a: Introduction\n\nText 4]\n\npose, for his only purpose is to preach ��1,1a consciousness. So-called\n\nscholars,\n\nphilosophers\n\nand\n\npoliticians\n\nexploit\n\nthe\n\nimportance\n\nof\n\nBhagavad-gita by distorting its meaning for their own purposes.\nTherefore this verse warns that kr$r;ta-katha should be recited by a person who is nivrtta-tr$1Ja. Sukadeva Gosvami epitomizes the proper reciter\nfor Srimad-Bhagavatam, and Parik�it Maharaja, who purposefully left\n\nhis kingdom and family prior to meeting death, epitomizes the person fit\n\nto hear it. A qualified reciter of Srimad-Bhagavatam gives the right\nmedicine (bhavaU$adhi) for the conditioned souls. The ��1,1a conscious­\n\nness movement is therefore trying to train qualified preachers to recite\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam and Bhagavad-gita throughout the entire world, so\n\nthat people in general in all parts of the world may take advantage of this\nmovement and thus be relieved of the threefold miseries of material\nexistence.\n\nThe instructions of Bhagavad-gita and the descriptions of S rimadBhagavatam are so pleasing that almost anyone suffering from the\n\nthreefold miseries of material existence will desire to hear the glories of\n\nthe Lord from these books and thus benefit on the path of liberation. Two\nclasses of men, however, will never be interested in hearing the message\n\nof Bhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n-\n\nthose who are determined\n\nto commit suicide and those determined to kill cows and other animals\n\n, for the satisfaction of their own tongues. Although such persons may\nmake a show of hearing Srimad-Bhagavatam at a Bhagavata-saptaha,\n\nthis is but another creation of the karmis, who cannot derive any benefit\nfrom such a performance. The word pa5u-ghnat is important in this con­\n\nnection.\n\nPa5u-ghna means \"butcher.\"\n\nPersons fond of performing\n\nritualistic ceremonies for elevation to the higher planetary systems must\n\noffer sacrifices (yajiias) by killing animals. Lord Buddhadeva therefore\nrejected the authority of the\n\nanimal\n\nsacrifices,\n\nceremomes.\n\nwhich\n\nVedas because his mission was to stop\n\nare\n\nrecommended\n\nin\n\nVedic\n\nnindasi yajiia-vidher ahaha sruti-jataril\nsa-daya-hrdaya darsita-pa5u-ghataril\nkesava dhrta-buddha-sarira jaya jagadiSa hare\n(Gita-govinda)\n\nritualistic\n\n", "SB10.1#p0053": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n24\n\n[Canto I 0, Ch. I\n\nEven though animal sacrifices are sanctioned in Vedic ceremonies, men\n\nwho kill animals for such ceremonies are considered butchers. Butchers\n\ncannot be interested in .Kr!?�a consciousness, for they are already ma­\n\nterially allured. Their only interest lies in developing comforts for the\n\ntemporary body.\n\nbhogaiSvarya-prasaktiiniim\ntayiipahrtfJ--cetasiim\nvyavasiiyiitmikii buddhi/:t\nsamiidhau na vidhiyate\n\"In the minds of those who are too attached to sense enjoyment and ma­\n\nterial opulence, and who are bewildered by such things, the resolute\n\ndetermination of devotional service to the Supreme Lord does not take\nplace.\" (Bg. 2.44) Srila Narottama dasa Thakura says:\n\nman�ya-janama paiyii,\n\nriidha-kmJ-a nii bhajiyii,\n\njaniyii suniyii v�a khiiinu\nAnyone who is not .Kr!?�a conscious and who therefore does not engage in\n\nthe service of the Lord is also pa5u-ghna, for he is willingly drinking\npoison. Such a person cannot be interested in kmm-kathii because he\n\nstill has a desire for material sense gratification; he is not nivrtta-tmm.\n\nAs it is said, traivargikiis te pur�ii vimukhii hari-medhasa/:t. Those in­\n\nterested in trivarga-that is, in dharma, artha and kama-are religious\n\nfor the sake of achieving a material position with which to gain better\n\nfacilities for sense gratification. Such persons are killing themselves by\n\nwillingly keeping themselves in the cycle of birth and death. They cannot\nbe interested in .Kr!?�a consciousness.\n\nFor kmm-kathii, topics about .Kr!?�a consciousness, there must be a\n\nspeaker and a hearer, both of whom can be interested in .Kr!?�a con­\n\nsciousness if they are no longer interested in material topics. One can ac­\n\ntually see how this attitude automatically develops in persons who are\n.Kr!?�a conscious. Although the devotees of the .Kr!?�a consciousness\n\nmovement are quite young men, they no longer read materialistic\n\nnewspapers, magazines and so on, for they are no longer interested in\n\nsuch topics (nivrtta-tar�ai/:t). They completely give up the bodily under-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0054": "Text 4]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Kr�J].a: Introduction\n\n25\n\nstanding of life. For topics concerning Uttamasloka, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the spiritual master speaks, and the disciple hears\nwith attention. Unless both of them are free from material desires, they\ncannot be interested in topics of Kr!?IJ.a consciousness. The spiritual\nmaster and disciple do not need to understand anything more than K:r!?IJ.a\nbecause simply by understanding Kr!?IJ.a and talking about Kr!?IJ.a, one be­\n\ncomes a perfectly learned person (yasmin vijiidte sarvam evam vijiidtam\n\nbhava,ti}. The Lord sits within everyone's heart, and by the grace of the\n\nLord the devotee receives instructions directly from the Lord Himself,\nwho says in Bhagavad-gitii (15.15):\n\nsarvasya ciiham hrdi sanniv�to\nmatta/:1, smrtir jiidnam apohanam ca\nvedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedyo\nvediinta-krd veda-vid eva caham\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance,\n\nknowledge and forgetfulness. By all the Vedas, I am to be known; in­\n\ndeed, I am the compiler of Vedanta, and I am the knower of the Vedas.\"\nKr!?IJ.a consciousness is so exalted that one who is perfectly situated in\nKr!?IJ.a consciousness, under the direction of the spiritual master, is fully\n\nsatisfied by reading kr�\"{Ul-katha as found in Srimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nBhagavad-gita and similar Vedic literatures. Since merely talking about\n\nl(rsiJ.a is so pleasing, we can simply imagine how pleasing it is to render\nservice to K:r!?IJ.a.\n\nWhen discourses on kr�\"{Ul-katha take place between a liberated spiri­\n\ntual master and his disciple, others also sometimes take advantage of\nhearing these topics and also benefit. These topics are the medicine to\nstop the repetition of birth and death. The cycle of repeated birth and\ndeath, by which one takes on different bodies again and again, is called\n\nbhava or bhava-roga. If anyone, willingly or unwillingly, hears kr�TJllkathii, his bhava-roga, the disease of birth and death, will certainly stop.\nTherefore kr�\"{Ul-katha is called bhava�adha, the remedy to stop the\nrepetition of birth and death. Karmis, or persons attached to material\n\nsense enjoyment, generally cannot give up their material desires, but\n\nkr�\"{Ul-kathii is such a potent medicine that if one is induced to hear,\nkr�TJll-kirtana, he will certainly be freed from this disease. A practical\n\n", "SB10.1#p0055": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n26\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nexample is Dhruva Maharaja, who at the end of his tapasya was fully\nsatisfied. When the Lord wanted to give Dhruva a benediction, Dhruva\nrefused it. Svamin krtartho 'smi varam na yace. \"My dear Lord,\" he\nsaid, \"I am fully satisfied. I do not ask for any benediction for material\nsense gratification.\" We actually see that even young boys and girls in\nthe J(r�I)a consciousness movement have given up their long practice of\nbad habits like illicit sex, meat-eating, intoxication and gambling. Because J(r�I)a consciousness is so potent that it gives them full satisfaction,\nthey are no longer interested in material sense gratification.\n\nTEXTS 5-7\n\nrq�n�t• q (1��s�(�a�i4f461ttlfel��lllfl4:\n.\n\n�\n\n.\n\n�\n\n�r:J:u:::n•••\n�\ni\"� � � �t: It '-\\ It\n\n�\n\n�IUiij�\"i!��\n�.-dlwt�'ii\n\n��if�\n\niti�qlo;gi:flwtl'( I\n\"\"\n\n3fl�\"qtfiT\n\n�� q �: � mw.n: II � II\n\n4httffll\n\n6�1Ri4�����\n\n<-�\n\n�'1€fil��q: I\n���U614l6 =il\n\n+i�\n'\"\"'..,;itlftffl::\n�\n\n-!f:q\n....060�61\n\n....... dkii1...\n\n.\n\n�\n\n�II \\9 II\n\npitamahii me samare 'maraiijayair\ndevavratadyatirathais timirigilai/:1,\nduratyayam kaurava-sainya-sagaram\nkrtvataran vatsa-padam sma yat-plava/:1,\ndrauJJy-astra-viplU§tam idam mad-arigam\nsantana-bijam kuru-piiJJt;lavanam\njugopa ku/cyim gata atta-cakro\nmatu5 ca me ya/:1, sara�Jam gataya/:1,\n\n", "SB10.1#p0056": "Text 7]\n\nThe Advent of Lord �i!f�a: Introduction\n\n27\n\nvirya�i tasyakhila-deha-bhdjam\nantar bahi� pur1J.$a-kdla-rapai�\nprayacchato mrtyum utamrtam ca\nmdyd-man1J.$yasya vadasva vidvan\npitamaha�-my grandfathers, the five Pa1;1qavas (Yudhi��hira,\nBhima, Arjuna, Nakula and Sahadeva); me-my; samare-on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra; amaram-jayai�-with fighters who could gain\nvictory over the demigods on the battlefield; devavrata-adyaBhi�madeva and others; atirathai�-great commanders in chief;\ntimi1igilai�-resembling great timiligila fish, which can easily eat large\nsharks; duratyayam-very difficult to cross; kaurava-sainya-sagaram-the ocean of the assembled soldiers of the Kauravas; krtvd-considering such an ocean; ataran-crossed it; vatsa-padam-exactly as\none steps over a small hoofprint of a calf; sma-in the past; yatplava�-the shelter of the boat of ��Qa's lotus feet; drau�i-of\nASvatthama; astra-by the brahmdstra; viplU$tam-being attacked and\nburned; idam-this; mat-angam-my body; santdna-bijam-the only\nseed left, the last descendant of the family; kuru-pa1J4a,vandm-of the\nKurus and the Pa1;1qavas (because no one but me lived after the Battle of\nKuruk�etra); jugopa-gave protection; ku�im-within the womb;\ngata�-being placed; dtta-cakra�-taking in hand the disc; mdtu�-of\nmy mother; ca-also; me-my; ya�-the Lord who; sara�m-the\nshelter; gatdyd�-who had taken; virya�i-the glorification of the transcendental characteristics; tasya-of Him (the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead); akhila-deha-bhajdm-of all the materially embodied living\nentities; anta� bahi�-inside and outside; pur1J.$a-of the Supreme\nPerson; kdla-rupai�-in the forms of eternal time; prayacchata�-who\nis the giver; mrtyum-of death; uta-it is so said; amrtam ca-and\neternal life; mdya-man1J.$yasya-of the Lord, who appeared as an ordinary human being by His own potency; vadasva-kindly describe;\nvidvan-0 learned speaker (Sukadeva Gosvami).\nTRANSLATION\nTaking the boat of �i!f�a's lotus feet, my grandfather Arjuna\nand others crossed the ocean of the Battlefield of Kuruki!fetra, in\nwhich such commanders as Bhii!fmadeva resembed great fish that\n\n", "SB10.1#p0057": "28\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\ncould very easily have swallowed them. By the mercy of Lord\n�11�a, my grandfathers crossed this ocean, which was very dif­\n\nficult to cross, as easily as one steps over the hoofprint of a calf.\n\nBecause my mother surrendered unto Lord �f1�a's lotus feet, the\n\nLord, Sudarsana-cakra in hand, entered her womb and saved my\n\nbody, the body of the last remaining descendant of the Kurus and\n\nthe PBI].«;lavas, which was almost destroyed by the fiery weapon of\nAsvatthiima. Lord Sri �11�a, appearing within and outside of all\n\nmaterially embodied living beings by His own potency in the\nforms of eternal time-that is, as Paramatma and as virat-rupa­\n\ngave liberation to everyone, either as cruel death or as life. Kindly\n\nenlighten me by describing His transcendental characteristics.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.14.58):\n\nsamasrita ye pada-pallava-plavam\nmahat-padam pur:tya-ya§o murarel;,\nbhavambudhir vatsa-padam param padam\npadam padam yad vipadam na te�am\n\"For one who has accepted the boat of the lotus feet of the Lord, who is\nthe shelter of the cosmic manifestation and is famous as Murari, or the\nenemy of the Mura demon, the ocean of the material world is like the\n\nwater contained in a calf's hoofprint. His goal is param padam, or\n\nVaikuQtha, the place where there are no material miseries, not the place\n\nwhere there is danger at every step.\"\nOne who seeks shelter at the lotus feet of Lord ��Qa is immediately\n\nprotected by the Lord. As the Lord promises in Bhagavad-gita (18.66),\n\naham tvam sarva-papebhyo mok$ay�yami ma sucal;,: \"I shall deliver\n\nyou from all sinful reactions. Do not fear.\" By taking shelter of Lord\n��Qa, one comes under the safest protection. Thus when the PaQ�avas\ntook shelter at the lotus feet of ��Qa, all of them were on the safe side of\nthe Battlefield of Kuruk�etra. Parik�it Maharaja, therefore, felt obliged\nto think of :Kr�1.1a in the last days of his life. This is the ideal result of\n��Qa consciousness: ante narayar:ta-smrtil;,. If at the time of death one\n\n", "SB10.1#p0058": "Text 8]\n\nThe Advent of Lord .Kr�J].a: Introduction\n\n29\n\ncan remember ��1,1a, one's life is successful. Parik�it Maharaja,\ntherefore, because of his many obligations to ��1,1a, intelligently decided\nto think of ��1,1a constantly during the last days of his life. ��1,1a had\nsaved the Pa1,1<;lavas, Maharaja Parik�it's grandfathers, on the Battlefield\nof Kuruk�etra, and ��I,la had saved Maharaja Parik�it himself when he\nwas attacked by the brahmastra of A.Svatthama. ��1,1a acted as the friend\nand worshipable Deity of the Pa1,1<;lava family. Moreover, apart from Lord\n��1,1a's personal contact with the Pa1,1<;lavas, ��I,la is the Supersoul of all\nliving entities, and He gives everyone liberation, even if one is not a pure\ndevotee. Kamsa, for example, was not at all a devotee, yet ��1,1a, after\nkilling him, gave him salvation. ��I,la consciousness is beneficial to\neveryone, whether one is a pure devotee or a nondevotee. This is the\nglory of ��1,1a consciousness. Considering this, who will not take shelter\nat the lotus feet of ��1,1a. ��1,1a is described in this verse as maya­\n\nman�ya because He descends exactly like a human being. He is not\nobliged to come here, like karmis, or ordinary living beings; rather, He\nappears by His own internal energy (sambhavamy dtma-mdyaya) just to\nshow favor to the fallen conditioned souls. ��1,1a is always situated in His\noriginal position as sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, and anyone who renders\nservice to Him is also situated in his original, spiritual identity\n\n(svanlper:w vyavasthiti/:t}. This is the highest perfection of human life.\nTEXTS\n'\"'\n\n�Q.\n\n'\"'\n\n�\n\n:niMI('(I\"Pt: !ffflil Ull! rr.ecanqmollr'!��:q'\"l 1\n\n��:� ��Awnll�ll\nrohir:tyiis tanaya� prokto\nrama� sarikar$a1JaS tvaya\ndevakya garbha-sambandha�\nkuto dehantaram vind\nrohir:tya�-of Rohi1,1idevi, the mother of Baladeva; tanaya�-the son;\nprokta�-is well known; rdma�-Balarama; smikar$a7Ja�-Balarama is\nnone other than Sankar�a1,1a, the first Deity in the quadruple group\n(Saitkar�al,la,\n\nAniruddha,\n\nyou (it is so said);\n\nPradyumna and Vasudeva); tvaya-by\ndevakya�-of Devaki, the mother of ��1,1a;\n\n", "SB10.1#p0059": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n30\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\ngarbha sambandha/:l-connected with the womb; kuta/:l -how; deha-\n\nantaram-transferring bodies; vind-without.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear Sukadeva Gosvimi, you have already explained that\nSailkar,�a, who belongs to the second quadruple, appeared as the\nson of Rohi11i named Balarima. If Balarima was not transferred\n\nfrom one body to another, how is it possible that He was first in the\n\nwomb of Devaki and then in the womb of Rohi11i? Kindly explain\nthis to me.\n\nPURPORT\n\nHere is a question particularly directed at understanding Balarama,\nwho is Sankar�ar,a Himself. Balarama is well known as the son of Rohir,i,\nyet it is also known that He was the son of Devaki. Parik�it Maharaja\nwanted to understand the mystery of Balarama's being the son of both\nDevaki and Rohir,i.\nTEXT9\n\n�\n\na:na_.....\n\n� fq«'f�li! � �: I\n\n'f)crnr�:�'J56i!41-:t�mrn: II<; II\nkas man mukundo bhagavan\npitur gehad vrajam gata/:l\nkva vasam jnatibhil) sardham\nkrtavan satvatam pati/:l\nkasmat-why; mukunda/:l-K:r�r,a, who can award liberation to\neveryone; bhagavan....,.the Supreme Personality of Godhead; pitu/:l-of\nHis father (Vasudeva); gehat-from the house; vrajam-to Vrajadhama, Vrajabhumi; gatai)-went; kva-where; vdsam-placed Himself to live; jnatibhi/:l-His relatives; sardham-with; krtavan-did so;\n\nsatvatam pati/:l-the master of all Vai�r,ava devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhy did �!fJ1a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, leave the\nhouse of His father, Vasudeva, and transfer Himself to the house\n\n", "SB10.1#p0060": "Text 10]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Kt11�a: Introduction\n\n31\n\nof Nanda in V:rndiivana? Where did the Lord, the master of the\nYadu dynasty, live with His relatives in V:rndiivana?\nPURPORT\nThese are inquiries about the itinerary of l<.r�J.la. Just after His birth\n\nin the house of Vasudeva in Mathura, l<.r�J.la transferred Himself to\n\nGokula, on the other side of the Yamuna, and after some days He moved\n\nwith His father, mother and other relatives to Nanda-grama, V:rndavana.\n\nMaharaja Parik�it was very much eager to hear about K.r�1.1a's activities\n\nin V:rndavana. This entire canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam is full of ac­\n\ntivities performed in V:rndavana and Dvaraka. The first forty chapters\n\ndescribe l<.r�1.1a's V:rndavana affairs, and the next fifty describe K.r�1.1a's\n\nactivities in Dvaraka. Maharaja Parik�it, to fulfill his desire to hear about\n\nl<.r�J.la, requested Sukadeva Gosvami to describe these activities in full\ndetail.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n� � le6+i€Jlil;:�� � m: ,\nlmR �� � +i(Q(4(ij�i� II� oil\nvraje vasan kim akaron\n\nmadhupuryam ca kesava/:t\n\nbhrataram cavadhit kamsam\nmatur addhatad-arhar:wm\n\nvraje-at V:rndavana; vasan-while residing; kim aka rot-what did\n\nHe do; madhupuryam-in Mathura; ca-and; kesava/:t-l<.r�J.la, the\nkiller of Kesi;\n\nbhrdtaram-the brother; ca-and; avadhit-killed;\n\nkamsam-Kamsa;\n\nmatu/:t-of His mother;\n\naddha-directly;\n\narhar:wm-which was not at all sanctioned by the sdstras.\n\na-tat­\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kt11�a lived both in V:rndiivana and in Mathurii. What did\nHe do there? Why did He kill Kamsa, His mother's brother? Such\nkilling is not at all sanctioned in the siistras.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0061": "32\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\nOne's maternal uncle, the brother of one's mother, is on the l�vel of\none's father. When a maternal uncle has no son, his nephew legally inherits his property. Therefore, why did ��r;ta directly kill Kamsa, the\nbrother of His mother? Maharaja Parik�it was very much inquisitive\nabout the facts in this regard.\nTEXT 11\n\n� 441�441� �. �: I\n.Q(I41«iht.�: � �:ll��ll\ndeham mtin!J,§am asritya\nkati var�iiTJ.i vr�TJ.ibhi�\nyadu-puryiim sahiiviitsit\npatnya� katy abhavan prabho�\ndeham-body; miinu�am-exactly like a man; asritya-accepting;\nkati var�iiTJ.i-how many years; vr�TJ.ibhi�-in the company of the\nV:r�r;tis, those who were born in the V:r�r;ti family; yadu-puryiim-in\nDvaraka, in the residential quarters of the Yadus; saha-with; aviitsitthe Lord lived; patnya�-wives; kati-how many; abhavan-were\nthere; prabho�-of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nKr,J}.a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, has no material\n\nbody, yet He appears as a human being. For how many years did\n\nHe live with the descendants of V:r,J}.i? How many wives did He\nmarry, and for how many years did He live in Dviraki?\nPURPORT\nIn many places the Supreme Personality of Godhead is described as\nsac-cid-iinanda-vigraha, possessing a spiritual, blissful body. His bodily\nfeature is nariikrti, that is, exactly like that of a human being. Here the\nsame idea is repeated in the words miin\"U§am asritya, which indicate that\nHe accepts a body exactly like that of a man. Everywhere it is confirmed\n\n", "SB10.1#p0062": "Text 13]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Kr'}�a: Introduction\n\n33\n\nthat K{�t;�.a is never nirakara, or formless. He has His form, exactly like\nthat of a human being. There is no doubt about this.\n\n�6((ritij\n:aa t,r#9.\netad anyac ca sarvam me\nmune kmw-vice$#tam\nvaktum arhasi sarvajfia\nsraddadhanaya vistrtam\netat-all these details; anyat ca -and others also; sarvam-everything; me-unto me; mune-0 great sage; km:w-vice$#tam-the activities of Lord K{�t;�.a; vaktum-to describe; arhasi -you are able;\n\nsarva jfia -because you know everything; sraddadhanaya -because I\n-\n\nam not envious but have all faith in Him; vistrtam-in full detail.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great sage, who know everything about Kr'}�a, please describe\nin detail all the activities of which I have inquired and also those of\nwhich I have not, for I have full faith and am very eager to hear of\nthem.\nTEXT 13\n\n�:m � €4ihlt:+«rq � 1\n� �W'fRt4144i'lii�YA � 11��11\nnai$atidu}:lsaha k$un mam\ntyaktodam api badhate\npibantam tvan-mukhambhojacyutam hari-kathamrtam\nna-not; e$d-all this; ati-du}:lsaha\n\n--\n\nextremely difficult to bear;\n\nk$ut-hunger; mam....,.unto me; tyakta-udam-even after giving up\n\n", "SB10.1#p0063": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n34\n\n[Canto 10, eli. 1\n\ndrinking water; api-also; biidhate-does not hinder; pibantam-while\n\ndrinking; tvat-mukha-ambhoja-cyutam-emanating from your lotus\nmouth; hari-katha-amrtam-the nectar of topics concerning I<{�Qa..\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of my vow on the verge of death, I have given up even\n\ndrinking water, yet because I am drinking the nectar of topics\nabout 1\\.f'l!�a, which is flowing from the lotus mouth of Your Lord­\n\nship, my hunger and thirst, which are extremely difficult to bear,\n\ncannot hinder me.\n\nPURPORT\n\nTo prepare to meet death in seven days, Maharaja Parik�it gave up all\n\nfood and drink. As a human being, he was certainly both hungry and\nthirsty, and therefore Sukadeva Gosvami might have wanted to stop nar­\n\nrating the transcendental topics of I<{�Qa; but despite his fast, Maharaja\n\nParik�it was not at all fatigued. \"The hunger and thirst from my fast do\n\nnot disturb me,\" he said. \"Once when I felt very thirsty, I went to the\nasrama of Samika Muni to drink water, but the muni did not supply it. I\n\ntherefore wrapped a dead snake over his shoulder, and that is why I was\n\ncursed by the brahmar;w boy. Now, however, I am quite fit. I am not at\n\nall disturbed by my hunger and thirst.\" This indicates that although on\n\nthe material platform there are disturbances from hunger and thirst, on\nthe spiritual platform there is no such thing as fatigue.\n\nThe entire world is suffering because of spiritual thirst. Every living\n\nbeing is· Brahman, or spirit soul, and needs spiritual food to satisfy his\n\nhunger and thirst. Unfortunately, however, the world is completely\n\nunaware of the nectar of kr�r:ta-katha. The I<{�Qa consciousness move­\n\nment is therefore a boon to philosophers, religionists and people in\ngeneral. There is certainly a charming attraction in I<{�Qa and kr�r:takathii. Therefore the Absolute Truth is called I<{�Qa, the most attractive.\n\nThe word amrta is also an important reference to the moon, and the\n\nword ambuja means \"lotus.\" The pleasing moonshine and pleasing\n\nfragrance of the lotus combined to bring pleasure to everyone hearing\n�J.W-katha from the mouth of Sukadeva Gosvami. As it is said:\nmatir na kr�r:te parata}:t svato vii\nmitho 'bhipadyeta grha-vratanam\n\n", "SB10.1#p0064": "Text 14]\n\nThe Advent of Lord ��1,1a: Introduction\n\n35\n\naddnta-gobhir viSatiiril tamisram\npuna/:1. puna.§ carvita-carvar;tiiniim\n\"Because of their uncontrolled senses, persons too addicted to ma­\n\nterialistic life make progress toward hellish conditions and repeatedly\nchew that which has already been chewed. Their inclinations toward\n\n��IJ.a are never aroused, either by the instructions of others, by their\n\nown efforts, or by a combination of both.\" (Bhiig. 7.5.30) At the present\n\nmoment, all of human society is engaged in the business of chewing the\nchewed (puna/:1. puna.§ carvita-carva�niim). People are prepared to\n\nundergo mrtyu-sarhsiira-vartmani, taking birth in one form, dying, ac­\n\ncepting another form and dying again. To stop this repetition of birth\n\nand death, kr�r;w.-kathii, or ��IJ.a consciousness, is absolutely necessary.\n\nBut unless one hears kr�r;w.-kathii from a realized soul like Sukadeva\n\nGosvami, one cannot relish the nectar of kr�r;w.-kathii, which puts an end\n\nto all material fatigue, and enjoy the blissful life of transcendental exis­\n\ntence. In relation to the ��Qa consciousness movement, we actually see\n\nthat those who have tasted the nectar of kr�r;w.-kathii lose all material\n\ndesires, whereas those who cannot understand ��IJ.a or kr�r;w.-kathii\n\nregard the K:r�Qa conscious life as \"brainwashing\" and \"mind control.\"\n\nWhile the devotees enjoy spiritual bliss, the nondevotees are surprised\nthat the devotees have forgotten material hankerings..\nTEXT 14\n\n�rr�\n� f;t�IR4 �� ��IG\\\n•\n\n•\n\n�ttl��:� �l;p.J ��lij¥.{·1\n� t)WI'it� O.:z _.•mc:l\nbtfi6J4il(f«<' �: ����II\n:z\n\nsata uviica\nevam niSamya bhrgu-nandana sadhu-viidam\nvaiyiisaki/:1. sa bhagaviin atha V�1Ju-riitam\npratyarcya kr�r;w.-caritam kali-kalm�a-ghnaril\nvyiihartum iirabhata bhiigavata-pradhiina/:1.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0065": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n36\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nsutal;, uvac a-Siita Gosvami said; e vam-thus; niSamya-hearing;\nbhrgu-nandana-0 son of the Bh:rgu dynasty, Saunaka; sadhuvadam-pious questions; vaiyasak ii;,-Sukadeva Gosvami, the son of\n\nVyasadeva;\n\nsal;,-he;\n\nbhagavan-the most powerful;\n\natha-thus;\n\nv�{tu-rdtam-unto Parik�it Maharaja, who was always protected by\n\nVi�1,1u;\n\npratyarcya-offering him respectful obeisances; kr�{tacaritam-topics of Lord l(:r�1,1a; kali-kalm�a-ghnam-which diminish\nthe troubles of this age of Kali; vyahartum-to describe; arabhatabegan; bhagavata-pradhana i;,- Sukadeva Gosvami, the chief among the\npure devotees.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nSiita Gosvami said: 0 son of Bh�gu [Saunaka J.l!lli], after\nSukadeva Gosvami, the most respectable devotee, the son of\nVyisadeva, heard the pious questions of Maharaja Parik!llit, he\nthanked the King with great respect. Then he began to discourse\non topics concerning �!il�a, which are the remedy for all sufferings in this age of Kali.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the words kr�{ta-caritam kali-kal�a-ghnam indicate\n\nthat the activities of Lord K:r�1,1a are certainly the greatest panacea for all\n\nmiseries, especially in this age of Kali. It is said that in Kali-yuga people\nhave only short lives, and they have no culture of spiritual consciousness.\n\nIf anyone is at all interested in spiritual culture, he is misled by many\n\nbogus svamis and yogis who do not refer to kr�{ta-katha. Therefore most\npeople are unfortunate and disturbed by many calamities.\n\nSrila\n\nVyasadeva prepared Srimad-Bhagavatam at the request of Narada Muni\n\nin order to give relief to the suffering people of this age (kali-kal�a­\n\nghnam). The l(:r�1,1a consciousness movement is seriously engaged in en­\n\nlightening people through the pleasing topics of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nAll over the world, the message of Sriniad-Bhagavatam and Bhagavad­\n\ngitd is being accepted in all spheres of life, especially in advanced, educated circles.\n\n.\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvami is described in this verse as bhagavata­\n\npradhanal;,, whereas Maharaja Parik�it is described as V�{tu-ratam. Both\n\n", "SB10.1#p0066": "Text 15]\n\nThe Advent of Lord ���a: Introduction\n\n37\n\nwords bear the same meaning; that is, Maharaja Parik.�it was a great\ndevotee of K:r��a, and Sukadeva Gosvami was also a great saintly person\nand a great devotee of K:r��a. Combined together to present kr�r;ta-kathii,\nthey give great relief to suffering humanity.\nanarthopa5amarh sa�ad\nbhakti-yogam adho�aje\nlokasyajanato vidvarilS\ncakre satvata-samhitam\n\"The material miseries of the living entity, which are superfluous to\nhim, can be directly mitigated by the linking process of devotional service. But the mass of people do not know this, and therefore the learned\nVyasadeva compiled this Vedic literature, Srimad-Bhiigavatam, which is\nin relation to the Supreme Truth.\" (Bhag. 1.7.6) People in general are\nunaware that the message of Srimad-Bhiigavatam can give all of human\nsociety relief from the pangs of Kali-yuga (kali-kal�a-ghnam).\nTEXT 15\n\n���\n\nQ+=qn;qqf�Hn\n\n�f.{�€4 (I'SIMQ� I\n€4� ij �' � �: ������\nsri-suka uvaca\nsamyag vyavasita buddhis\ntava rajar�i-sattama\nvasudeva-kathiiyam te\nyaj jata na�!hiki rati�\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; samyak-completely;\nvyavasita-fixed; buddhi�-intelligence; tava-of Your Majesty; rajar�i-sattama-0 best of rajar�is, saintly kings; vasudeva-kathayam-in\nhearing about the topics of Vasudeva, K:r��a; te-your; yat-because;\njata-developed; na�!hiki-without cessation; rati�-attraction or\necstatic devotional service.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0067": "38\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvimi said: 0 Your Majesty, best of all saintly\n\nkings, because you are greatly �ttracted to topics of Vasudeva, it is\n\ncertain that your intelligence is firmly fixed in spiritual under­\n\nstanding, which is the only true goal for humanity. Because that\n\nattraction is unceasing, it is certainly sublime.\nPURPORT\n\nKmta-katha is compulsory for the rajar$i, or executive head of\n\ngovernment. This is also mentioned in Bhagavad-gita (imam rajar$ayo\n\nviduM. Unfortunately, however, in this age the governmental power is,\n\ngradually being captured by third-class and fourth-class men who have\n\nno spiritual understanding, and society is therefore very quickly becom­\n\ning degraded. Km:w-katha must be understood by the executive heads of\ngovernment, for otherwise how will people be happy and gain relief from\n\nthe pangs of materialistic life? One who has fixed his mind in ��I,la �on­\n\nsciousness should be understood to have very sharp intelligence in\nregard to the value of life. Maharaja Parik�it was rajar$i-sattama, the\n\nbest of all saintly kings, and Sukadeva Gosvami was muni-sattama, the\n\nbest of munis. Both of them were elevated because of their common in­\n\nterest in km:ta-katha. The exalted position of the speaker and the\n\naudience will be explained very nicely in the next verse. Kmw-katha is\n\nso enlivening that Maharaja Parik�it forgot everything material, even his\n\npersonal comfort in relation to food and drink. This is an example of how\n\nthe ��1,1a consciousness movement should spread all over the world to\n\nbring both the speaker and the audience to the transcendental platform\nand back home, hack to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�Iff: ��'fi�( � � I\n� � �·�140ft�� � ����II\n�\n\nvasudeva-katha-pra.Snall\npuTU$drhs trin pundti hi\nvaktaram pracchakam srotfrhs\ntat-pada-salilam yatha\n\n", "SB10.1#p0068": "Text 17]\n\nThe Advent of Lord .Kr't11.1a: Introduction\n\n39\n\nvasudeva-katha-pra§na�-questions about the pastimes and charac­\n\nteristics of Vasudeva, Kt�?J:.la; pu � an-persons; trin-three; punatipurify; hi-indeed; vaktaram-the speaker, such as Sukadeva Gosvami;\n\npracchakam-and an inquisitive hearer like Maharaja Parik�?it; srotrn­\n\nand, between them, the listeners hearing about the topics;\n\ntat-pada­\n\nsalilam yatha -exactly as the entire world is purified by the Ganges\n\nwater emanating from the toe of Lord Vi�?J:.lU.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Ganges, emanating from the toe of Lord Vi!ll_lU, purifies the\nthree worlds, the upper, middle and lower planetary systems.\nSimilarly, when one asks questions about the pastimes and characteristics of Lord Vasudeva, .Kr'll.la, three varieties of men are\npurified: the speaker or preacher, he who inquires, and the people\nin general who listen.\nPURPORT\nIt is said, tasmiid gurum prapadyeta jijnasu� sreya uttamam\n(Bhiig. 11.3.21). Those interested in understanding transcendental sub­\n\nject matters as the goal of life must approach the bona fide' spiritual\nmaster. Tasmad gurum prapadyeta. One must surrender to such a guru,\n\nwho can give right information about Kt�?J:.la. Herein, Maharaja Parik�?it\nhas surrendered to the right personality, Sukadeva Gosvami, for en­\n\nlightenment in vasudeva-katha. Vasudeva is the original Personality of\n\nGodhead, who has unlimited spiritual activities. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is a\n\nrecord of such activities, and Bhagavad-gita is the record of Vasudeva\nspeaking personally. Therefore, since the Kt�?J:.la consciousness move­\n\nment is full of vasudeva-katha, anyone who hears, anyone who joins the\nmovement and anyone who preaches will be purified.\nTEXT 17\n\nI\n�l8i40ll��€il41€6�16�:\nma:za:::sT � ;mTlJi � � 11�\\911\nbhumir drpta-nrpa-vyajadaityanika-satayutai�\n\n", "SB10.1#p0069": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n40\n\n[Canto I 0, Ch. I\n\nakranta bhuri-bharer:w\nbrahmar:wm sarar;tam yayau\nbhum*-mother e�rth; drpta\n\n-\n\npuHed up; nrpa-vyaja-posing as\n\nkings, or the supreme power personified in the state; daitya-of\ndemons; anika-of military phalanxes of soldiers; sata-ayutaib,-unlimitedly, by many hundreds of thousands; akranta-being overburdened; bhuri-bharer:w-by a burden of unnecessary fighting power;\nbrahmar:wm-unto Lord Brahma; sarar:wm-to take shelter; yayauwent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce when mother earth was overburdened by hundreds of\n\nthousands of military phalanxes of various conceited demons\ndressed like kings, she approached Lord Brahmi for relief.\nPURPORT\nWhen the world is overburdened by unnecessary military arrangements and when various demoniac kings are the executive heads of state,\nthis burden causes the appearance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (4. 7):\nyada yada hi dharmasya\nglanir bhavati bharata\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\ntadatmanam s_rjamy aham\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I\nappear Myself.\" When the residents of this earth become atheistic and\ngodless, they descend to the status of animals like dogs and hogs, and\nthus their only business is to hark among themselves. This is dharmasya\nglan� deviation from the goal of life. Human life is meant for attaining\nthe highest perfection of :Kr�I).a consciousness, hut when people are .godless and the presidents or kings are unnecessarily puffed up with mili­\n\ntary power, their business is to fight and increase the military strength of\n\n", "SB10.1#p0070": "Text 18]\n\nThe Advent of Lord :Kr'l11.1a: Introduction\n\n41\n\ntheir different states. Nowadays, therefore, it appears that every state is\nbusy manufacturing atomic weapons to prepare for a third world war.\nSuch preparations are certainly unnecessary; they reflect the false pride\nof the heads of state. The real business of a chief executive is to see to the\nhappiness of the mass of people by training them in ��1,1a consciousness\nin different divisions of life. Catur-van:tyam maya sr�tam gu1J-a-karmavibhaga5a/:t (Bg. 4.13). A leader should train the people as brahmaTJ-llS,\n�atriyas, vaiSyas and sadras and engage them in various occupational\nduties, thus helping them progress toward ��I,la consciousness. Instead,\nhowever, rogues and thieves in the guise of protectors arrange for a voting system, and in the name of democracy they come to power by hook or\ncrook and exploit the citizens. Even long, long ago, asuras, persons devoid of God consciousness, became the heads of state, and now this is\nhappening again. The various states of the world are preoccupied with\narranging for military strength. Sometimes they spend sixty-five percent\nof the government's revenue for this purpose. But why should people's\nhard-earned money be spent in this way? Because of the present world\nsituation, K:r�1,1a has descended in the form of the ��1,1a consciousness\nmovement. This is quite natural, for without the ��1,1a consciousness\nmovement the world cannot be peaceful and happy.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�ftcRu�..ffl�uf�it: I\n\naq�(11� � � Q¥i�l+t(J II� �II\ngaur bhatvasru-mukhi khinna\nkrandanti karu1J-am vibho/:t\nupasthitantike tasmai\nvyasanam samavocata\n\ngau/:t-the shape of a cow; bhUtva-assuming; a.Sru-mukhi-with\ntears in the eyes; khinna-very much distressed; krandanti-weeping;\nkaruTJ-llm-piteously; vibho/:t-of Lord Brahma; upasthita-appeared;\nantike-in front; tasmai-unto him (Lord Brahma); vyasanam-her\ndistress; samavocata-submitted.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0071": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n42\n\n(Canto 10, Ch.1\n\nTRANSLATION\nMother earth assumed the form of a cow. Very much distressed,\n\nwith tears in her eyes, she appeared before Lord Brahmii and told\n\nhim about her misfortune.\n\nTEXT 19\n\ni1liT\n�\n\n�%1 ����I\nII\n\nn. III .._!)\n\nt\n\najl(qtt(fit�: II��II\n\nbrahmii tad-upadhiiryiitha\nsaha devais tayii saha\njagiima sa-tri-nayanas\ntirarh �ira-payo-nidheb,\nbrahmii-Lord Brahmii; tat - upad hiirya -understanding everything\nrightly; atka-thereafter; saha-with; devaib,-the demigods; tayii\n\nsaha -with mother earth; jagama-approached; sa-tri-nayanab,-with\n\nLord Siva, who has three eyes; tiram-the shore; �ira-payab,-nidheb,of the ocean of milk.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThereafter, having heard of the distress of mother earth, Lord\n\nBrahmii, with mother earth, Lord Siva and all the other demigods,\n\napproached the shore of the ocean of milk.\nPURPORT\n\nMter Lord Brahmii understood the precarious condition of the earth,\nhe first visited the demigods headed by Lord lndra, who are in charge of\n\nthe various affairs of this universe, and Lord Siva, who is responsible for\nannihilation. Both maintenance and annihilation go on perpetually,\n\nunder the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii.\n\n(4.8), paritrii1Jiiya siidhuniirh viniiSiiya ca d�krtiim.\n\nThose who are obedient to the laws of God are protected by different servants and demigods, whereas those who are undesirable are vanquished\n\nby Lord Siva. Lord Brahma first met all the demigods, including Lord\n\n", "SB10.1#p0072": "Text 20]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Kn�a: Introduction\n\n43\n\nSiva. Then, along with mother earth, they went to the shore of the ocean\nof milk, where Lord Vi�1,1u lies on a white island, Svetadvipa.\nTEXT 20\n\nfi �\n\n��\n\n� � T41Efifq( I\n�\"'-.ffi\"' � Q+nmw: tt�oll\ntatra gatvd jaganndtham\ndeva-devam vr�akapim\npur�am pur�a-saktena\nupatasthe samahitab,\n\ntatra-there (on the shore of the ocean of milk); gatvd-after going;\njaganndtham-unto the master of the entire universe, the Supreme\nBeing; deva-devam-the Supreme God of all gods; vr�akapim-the\nSupreme Person, Vi�1,1u, who provides for everyone and diminishes everyone's suffering; pur�am-the Supreme Person; pur�asaktena-with the Vedic mantra known as Pur�a-sakta; upatastheworshiped; samahitab,-with full attention.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter reaching the shore of the ocean of milk, the demigods\nworshiped the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi��u, the\nmaster of the whole universe, the supreme God of all gods, who\nprovides for everyone and diminishes everyone's suffering. With\ngreat attention, they worshiped Lord Vi��u, who lies on the ocean\nof milk, by reciting the Vedic mantras known as the Puru�a-sukta.\nPURPORT\nThe demigods, such as Lord Brahma, Lord\n\nSiva, King Indra, Candra\n\nand Sfirya, are all subordinate to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nAside from the demigods, even in human society there are many influential personalities supervising various businesses or establishments.\nLord Vi�1,1u, however, is the God of gods\n\n(paramesvara). He is\n\nparama-pu�a, the Supreme Being, Paramatma. As confirmed in the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0073": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n44\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nBrahma-samhita (5.1), iSvaratt paramatt kr�r:wtt sac-cld-animdavigrahatt: \"J(r�Qa, known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has\nan eternal, blissful, spiritual body.\" No one is equal to or greater than\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore He is described here\nby many words: jagannatha, deva-deva, vr�akapi and purU$a. The\n\nsupremacy of Lord Vi�Qu is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (10.12) in\nthis statement by Arjuna:\n\nparam brahma param dhama\npavitram paramam bhavan\npurU$arir. sasvatam divyam\nadi-devam ajam vibhum\n\"You are the Supreme Brahman, the ultimate, the supreme abode and\npurifier, the Absolute Truth and the eternal divine person. You are the\nprimal God, transcendental and original, and You are the unborn and allpervading beauty.\" J(r�Qa is adi-purU$a, the original Personality of Godhead (govindam adi-purU$aril tam aham bhajami). Vi�QU is a plenary\nexpansion of Lord J(r�Qa, and all the V�1Ju-tattvas are paramesvara,\n\ndeva-deva.\nTEXT 21\n\nfiR - �\n\n�.t+�,.,:\n\n� �·ujij����� � 1\nm &� it Pl?!61¥((1: �FN1�61+41�( �� +4T � II�� II\ngiram samadhau gagane samiritam\nniSamya vedhas tridaSan uvaca ha\ngam paurU$iril me sr1Jutamaratt punar\nvidhiyatam asu tathaiva ma ciram\ngiram-a· vibration of words; samadhau-in trance; gagane-in the\nsky; samiritam-vibrated; niSamya-hearing; vedhatt-Lord Brahmii;\ntridaSan-unto the demigods; uvdca-said; ha -oh; gam -the order;\n\n", "SB10.1#p0074": "Text 21]\n\nThe Advent of Lord ��Qa: Introduction\n\n45\n\npaur �im -received from the Supreme Person; me-from me; sroutajust hear; amara�-0 demigods; puna�-again; v idhiyatam -execute;\nasu-immediately; tatha eva-just so; ma-do not; ciram -delay.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile in trance, Lord Brahmii heard the words of Lord Vi�QU\nvibrating in the sky. Thus he told the demigods: 0 demigods, hear\nfrom me the order of �irodaka8iiyi Vi�QU, the Supreme Person,\nand execute it attentively without delay.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that the words of the Supreme Personality of Godhead can\nbe heard in trance by competent persons. Modern science gives us\ntelephones, by which one can hear sound vibrations from a distant place.\nSimilarly, although other persons cannot hear the words of Lord Vi�1,1u,\nLord Brahmii is able to hear the Lord's words within himself. This is con­\n\nfirmed in the beginning of Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.1.1): tene brahma\nhrda ya adi-kavaye. Adi-kavi is Lord Brahma. In the beginning of the\n\ncreation, Lord Brahmii received the instructions of Vedic knowledge\n\nfrom Lord Vi�1,1u through the medium of the heart (hrda). The same\n\nprinciple is confirmed herewith. While Brahmii was in trance, he was\nable to hear the words of K�irodakasiiyi Vi�1,1u, and he carried the Lord's\nmessage to the demigods. Similarly, in the beginning, Brahmii first\nreceived the Vedic knowledge from the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nthrough the core of the heart. In both instances the same process was\nused in transmitting the message to Lord Brahma. In other words, although Lord Vi�1,1u was invisible even to Lord Brahmii, Lord Brahmii\ncould hear Lord Vi�1,1u's words through the heart. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is invisible even to Lord Brahmii, yet He descends on\nthis earth and becomes visible to people in general. This is certainly an\nact of His causeless mercy, but fools and nondevotees think that .i(r�1,1a is\nan ordinary historical person. Because they think that the Lord is an\n\nordinary person like them, they are described as mfu)ha (avajananti\nmam mfu)haM. The causeless mercy of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead is neglected by such demoniac persons, who cannot understand the\ninstructions of Bhagavad-gita and who therefore misinterpret them.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0075": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n46\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 22\n\n'i�\n\n�'lffl\n�q\n\nQ'\n\n'i4(1\\ii!U\n\nff:(�tirtq':trit�11i(\n\ntllct§jWti ri'�Jq(:\n�� �����II\n\nm:a::;:uamn\n\npuraiva purhsavadhrto dhara-jvaro\nbhavadbhir amsair yadU§upajanyatam\nsa yavad urvya bharam iSvaresvara/:t\nsva-kala-saktya /cyapayams cared bhuvi\npura-even before this; eva-indeed; purhsa-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; avadhrta/:t-was certainly known; dhara-jvara/:tthe distress on the earth; bhavadbhi/:t-by your good selves; amsai/:texpanding as plenary portions; yadU§u-in the family of King Yadu;\nupajanyatam-take your birth and appear there; sal)-He (the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead); yavat-as long as; urvyal)-of the earth;\nbharam-the burden; iSvara-iSvara/:t-the Lord of lords; sva-kalasaktya-by His own potency the time factor; /cyapayan-diminishing;\ncaret-should move; bhuvi-on the surface of the earth.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma informed the demigods: Before we submitted our\n\npetition to the Lord, He was already aware of the distress on earth.\n\nConsequently, for as long as the Lord moves on earth to diminish\n\nits burden by His own potency. in the form of time, all of you\ndemigods should appear through plenary portions as sons and\ngrandsons in the family of the Yadus.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the Brahma-samhita (5.39):\n\nramadi-mart�u kala-niyamena t�than\nnanavataram akarod bhuvane$U kintu\n\n", "SB10.1#p0076": "Text 23]\n\nThe Advent of Lord ��I].a: Introduction\n\n47\n\nkr�TJatt svayam samabhavat paramatt pumiin yo\ngovindam iidi-pur�am tam aham bhajami\n\"I worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda, who is always\nsituated in various incarnations such as Rama, N:rsimha and many subincarnations as well, but who is the original Personality of Godhead,\nknown as K:r��a, and who incarnates personally also.\"\n\nIn this verse from Srimad-Bhiigavatam we find the words puraiva\npumsiivadhrto dharii-jvaratt. The word pumsii refers to K:r��a, who was\n\nalready aware of how the whole world was suffering because of the increase of demons. Without reference to the supreme power of the Personality of Godhead, demons assert themselves to be independent kings\nand presidents, and thus they create a disturbance by increasing their\nmilitary power. When such disturbances are very prominent, K:r��a appears. At present also, various demoniac states all over the world are increasing their military power in many ways, and the whole situation has\nbecome distressful. Therefore K:r��a has appeared by His name, in the\nHare K:r��a movement, which will certainly diminish the burden of the\nworld. Philosophers, religionists, and people in general must take to this\nmovement very seriously, for man-made plans and devices will not help\nbring peace on earth. The transcendental sound Hare K:r��a is not different from the person K:r��a.\n\nnama cintiimar:titt kr�r:taS\ncaitanya-rasa-vigrahatt\npilrTJatt suddho nitya-mukto\n'bhinnatviin niima-niiminott\n(Padma PuriiTJa)\nThere is no difference between the sound Hare K:r��a and K:r��a the\nperson.\nTEXT 23\n_m'OLn�\n\n� �fol. �'{: t«: 1\n\n::ot\\u,;. ijRSf�l� �� ffi�� : ������\n\n", "SB10.1#p0077": "48\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nvasudeva-grhe sa�iid\nbhagaviin purU§a}J, parab,\njan4yate tat-priyartham\nsambhavantu sura-striya}J,\nvasudeva-grhe-in the house of Vasudeva (who would be the father of\nKt�I).a when the Lord appeared); sii�iit-personally; bhagaviin-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who has full potency; purU§a}J,-the\noriginal person; parab,-who is transcendental; jan4yate-will appear;\ntat-priya-artham-and for His satisfaction; sambhavantu-should take\nbirth; sura-striyab,-all the wives of the demigods.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri �!llr;ta, who has full\n\npotency, will personally appear as the son of Vasudeva. Therefore\n\nall the wives of the demigods should also appear in order to satisfy\n\nHim.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (4.9) the Lord says, tyaktvii deham punar janma\nnaiti miim eti: after giving up the material body, the devotee of the Lord\nreturns home, back to Godhead. This means that the devotee is first\ntransferred to the particular universe where the Lord is at that time staying to exhibit His pastimes. There are innumerable universes, and the\nLord is appearing in one of these universes at every moment. Therefore\nHis pastimes are called nitya-lild, eternal pastimes. The Lord's appearance as a child in the house of Devaki takes place continuously in\none universe after another. Therefore, the devotee is first transferred to\nthat particular universe where the pastimes of the Lord are current. As\nstated in Bhagavad-gitii, even if a devotee does not complete the course\nof devotional service, he enjoys the happiness of the heavenly planets,\nwhere the most pious people dwell, and then takes birth in the house of a\nsuci or srimiin, a pious brahma7J.a or a wealthy vaiSya (suciniim srimatiim\ngehe yoga-bhr�to 'bhijayate). Thus a pure devotee, even if unable to\nexecute devotional service completely, is transferred to the upper planetary system, where pious people reside. From there, if his devotional\n\n", "SB10.1#p0078": "Text 24]\n\nThe Advent of Lord �!1I}.a: Introduction\n\n49\n\nservice is complete, such a devotee is transferred to the place where the\n\nLord's pastimes are going on. Herein it is said, sambhavantu sura­\n\nstriyab,. Sura-stri, the women of the heavenly planets, were thus ordered\n\nto appear in the Yadu dynasty in Vrndavana to enrich the pastimes of\n\nLord :l<rt?Q.a. These sura-stri, when further trained to live with :l<r�?Q.a,\n\nwould be transferred to the original Goloka Vrndavana. During Lord\n:l<r�?Q.a's pastimes within this world, the sura-stri were to appear in dif­\n\nferent ways in different families to give pleasure to the Lord, just so that\nthey would be fully trained before going to the eternal Goloka\nVrndavana. With the association of Lord :l<rt?Q.a, either at Dvaraka-puri,\nMathura-puri or Vrndavana, they would certainly return home, back to\n\nGodhead. Among the sura-stri, the women of the heavenly planets, there\nare many devotees, such as the mother of the Upendra incarnation\nof :l<r�?Q.a. It was such devoted women who were called for in this\nconnection.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n'41WEIWSI.,;:ij : (1�('1'4�.,: �\"' I\nqffl � � �: R.t�RJ�qtll ����\"\nvasudeva-kalanantabsahasra-vadana(l svartil\nagrato bhavita devo\nhareb priya-cikJ�aya\nvasudeva-kala anantab-the plenary expansion of Lord Kr•Q.a known\nas Anantildeva or Sailkar,aQ.a Ananta, the all-pervasive incarnation of\nthe Supreme Lord; sahasra-vadanab,-having thousands of hoods;\n\nsvarQ.I-fu lly independent; agratab-previously; bhavita-will appear;\n\ndeva(t-the Lord; hare(t-of Lord KnQ.a; priya-cikJr�ya-with the\ndesire to act for the pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\nThe foremost manifestation of Knq.a is Sailkartaq.a, who is\nknown as Ananta. He is the origin of all incarnations within this\n\n", "SB10.1#p0079": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n50\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nmaterial world. Previous to the appearance of Lord �fJ].a, this\noriginal SailkartaJ].a will appear as Baladeva, just to please the\nSupreme Lord �J].a in His transcendental pastimes.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Baladeva is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. He is\nequal in supremacy to the Supreme Godhead, yet wherever Kt,Qa ap­\n\npears, Sri Baladeva appears as His brother, sometimes elder and sometimes younger. When Kt,Qa appears, all His plenary expansions and\nother incarnations appear with Him. This is elaborately explained in\nCaitanya-caritamrta. This time, Baladeva would appear before Kt,Qa as\n\nKt,Qa's elder brother.\nTEXT 25\n\nfci&Jil+i�l � ;;p;n �+Iii��·ij � I\na11nm !JW'Ii�wt mt� � ������\nv4r:wr maya bhagavati\nyaya sammohitam jagat\nad4ta prabhur_uimsena\nkiiryarthe sambhav4yati\nv4r:wb- maya-the potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nVi,Qu;\n\nbhagavati-as good as Bhagaviin and therefore known as\n\nBhagavati; yaya-by whom; sammohitam-captivated; jagat-all the\nworlds, both material and spiritual; ad4ta-being ordered; prabhurJ-aby the master; amsena-with her different potential factors; karyaarthe-for executing business; sambhav4yati-would also appear.\nTRANSLATION\nThe potency of the Lord, known as vi,J].u-maya, who is as good\n\nas the Supreme Personality of Godhead, will also appear with Lord\n\n�,J].a. This potency, acting in different capacities, captivates all\nthe worlds, both material and spiritual. At the request of her\n\nmaster, she will appear with her different potencies in order to\n\nexecute the work of the Lord.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0080": "Text 25]\n\nThe Advent of Lord .Kr��a: Introduction\n\n51\n\nPURPORT\n\nParasya saktir vividhaiva srayate (Svetasvatara Upani$ad 6.8). In the\nVedas it is said that the potencies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nare called by different names, such as yogamiiyii and mahiimiiyii.\nUltimately, however, the Lord's potency is one, exactly as electric\npotency is one although it can act both to cool and to heat. The Lord's\npotency acts in both the spiritual and material worlds. In the spiritual\nworld the Lord's potency works as yogamiiyii, and in the material world\n\nthe same potency works as mahiimiiyii, exactly as electricity works in\nboth a heater and a cooler. In the material world, this potency, working\n\nas mahiimayii, acts upon the conditioned souls to deprive them more and\n\nmore of devotional service. It is said, yayii sammohito jiva iitmiinam tri­\n\ngu'{liitmakam. In the material world the conditioned soul thinks of him­\n\nself as a product of tri-gur;r,a, the three modes of material nature. This is\n\nthe bodily conception of life. Because of associating with the three gur;r,as\nof the material potency, everyone identifies himself with his body. Some­\n\none is thinking he is a briihmar;r,a, someone a k$atriya, and someone a\n\nvaiSya or sadra. Actually, however, one is neither a brahma1Ja, a\nk$atriya, a vaiSya nor a sadra; one is part and parcel of the Supreme\nLord (mamaivamsaM, but because of being covered by the material energy, mahiimiiyii, one identifies himself in these different ways. When\n\nthe conditioned soul becomes liberated, however, he thinks himself an\n\neternal servant of Kt�I)a. ]ivera 'svarapa' haya-kr�TJ-era 'nitya-dasa.'\nWhen he comes to that position, the same potency, acting as yogamiiyii,\n\nincreasingly helps him become purified and devote his energy to the\nservice of the Lord.\nIn either case, whether the soul is conditioned or liberated, the Lord is\n\nsupreme. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii (9.10), mayiidhyak$er;r,a prakrti/:t\n\nsayate sa-cariicaram: it is by the order of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead that the material energy, mahiimiiyii, works upon the conditioned soul.\n\nprakrte/:t kriyamii1Jiini\ngur;r,ai/:t karmiiTJi sarva§a/:t\naharikara-vimW;lhiitmii\nkartiiham iti manyate\n\n", "SB10.1#p0081": "52\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\n\"The bewildered spirit soul, under the influence of the three modes of\n\nmaterial nature, thinks himself to be the doer of activities which are in\n\nactuality carried out by nature.\" (Bg. 3.27) Within conditioned life, no\n\none has freedom, but because one is bewildered, being subject to the rule\nof mahamaya, one foolishly thinks himself independent (aharikiiravimii4hatma kartaham iti manyate). But when the conditioned soul be­\n\ncomes liberated by executing devotional service, he is given a greater and\n\ngreater chance to relish a relationship with the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead in different transcendental statuses, such as diisya-rasa,\nsakhya-rasa, vatsalya-rasa and madhurya-rasa.\n\nThus the Lord's potency, vi$r;tu-maya, has two features-avarar;tikii\n\nand unmukha. When the Lord appeared, His potency came with Him and\n\nacted in different ways. She acted as yogamaya with Yasoda, Devaki and\n\nother intimate relations of the Lord, and she acted in a different way with\nKamsa, Salva and other asuras. By the order of Lord K{�Qa, His potency\n\nyogamaya came with Him and exhibited different activities according to\n\nthe time and circumstances. Karyarthe sambhavi$yati. Yogamaya acted\n\ndifferently to execute different purposes desired by the Lord. As con­\n\nfirmed in Bhagavad-gita (9.13), mahatmanas tu maril partha daiviril\nprakrtim asrita(l. The mahatmas, who fully surrender to the lotus feet of\n\nthe Lord, are directed by yogamaya, whereas the duratmas, those who\n\nare devoid of devotional service, are directed by mahamaya.\nTEXT 26\n\n�fi JlfR\ns-.ncr?lx.nall:llna:s\n�i: 1\n311� � � �: ��� '«\" �qt II�� II\nsri-suka uvaca\nity adiSyamara-gar;tan\nprajapati-patir vibhu(l\nasvasya ca mahiril girbhi(l\nsva-dhama paramaril yayau\nsri-suka(l uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; adiSya­\n\nafter informing; amara-gar;tan-all the demigods; prajapati-pati(l-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0082": "Text 28]\n\nThe Advent of Lord �11r;1a: Introduction\n\n53\n\nLord Brahma, the master of the Prajapatis; vibhub,-all-powerful;\n\nasvasya-after pacifying; ca-also; mahim-mother earth; girbhib-­\n\nby sweet words; sva-dhama-his own planet, known as Brahmaloka;\nparamam-the best (within the universe); yayau-returned.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosvimi continued: After thus advising the demigods\n\nand pacifying mother earth, the very powerful Lord Brahmii, who\n\nis the master of all other Prajiipatis and is therefore known as\nPrajiipati-pati, returned to his own abode, Brahmaloka.\nTEXT 27\n\n��qf6491(1'41'4(1'1_ �� I\n\n�;i)\n\n'ft'IYI5ia_znA:sZ� ftlq�(� � � ���\\911\nsilraseno yadupatir\nmathuram avasan purim\nmathurafi chilrasenams ca\nv�ayan bubhuje pura\nsilrasenab,-King\n\nSurasena;\n\nyadu-patib,-the chief of the Yadu\n\ndynasty; mathuram-at the place known as Mathura; avasan-went to\n\nlive; purim-in that city; mathuran-at the place known as the Mathura\n\ndistrict;\n\nsilrasenan ca-and the place known as Surasena; v�ayan­\n\nsuch kingdoms; bubhuje-enjoyed; pura-formerly.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFormerly, Surasena, the chief of the Yadu dynasty, had gone to\n\nlive in the city of Mathurii. There he enjoyed the places known as\nMathura and Surasena.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n� ffiJ: � (14�ta:� I\n� � � � df.t�eil �: ����II\n\n", "SB10.1#p0083": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n54\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nrajadhani tata/:J, sabhat\nsarva-yadava-bhabhujam\nmathura bhagavan yatra\nnityam sannihito hari/:J,\nrajadhani-the capital; tata/:J,-from that time; sa-the counabhat -became; sarva-yadavabhabhujam-of all the kings who appeared in the Yadu dynasty;\n\ntry and the city known as Mathura;\n\nmathura-the place known as Mathura; bhagavan-the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; yatra -wherein ; nityam-eternally; sannihita/:J,­\n\nintimately connected, living eternally; hari/:J,-the Lord, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince that time, the city of Mathuri had been the capital of all\n\nthe kings of the Yadu dynasty. The city and district of Mathuri are\nvery intimately connected with :Kf'J}.a, for Lord :Kf'J}.a lives there\n\neternally.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is understood that Mathura City is the transcendental abode of Lord\n\nl(r�1,1a; it is not an ordinary material city, for it is eternally connected\n\nwith the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Vtndavana is within the\n\njurisdiction of Mathura, and it still continues to exist. Because Mathurii\nand Vtndavana are intimately connected with l(r�1,1a eternally, it is said\n\nthat Lord l(r�1,1a never leaves VJ;ndavana\n\n(vrndavanam parityajya\npadam ekam na gacchati). At present, the place known as Vtndavana, in\nthe district of Mathura, continues its position as a transcendental place,\nand certainly anyone who goes there becomes transcendentally purified.\n\nNavadvipa-dhama is also intimately connected with Vrajabhfimi. Srila\n\nNarottama dasa Thakura therefore says:\n\nsri gaw:)a-maTJ4ala-bhami,\nyeba jane cintamarJi,\nta 'ra haya vrajabhame vasa\n\"Vrajabhumi\" refers to Mathura-VJ;ndavana, and Gau<}.a-mal,l<}.ala­\n\nbhfimi includes Navadvipa. These two places are nondifferent. There-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0084": "Text 29]\n\nThe Advent of Lord .Kr�tn:..,a: Introduction\n\n55\n\nfore, anyone living in Navadvipa-dhama, knowing 1<{�1,1a and Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu to be the same personality, lives in Vrajabhumi,\n\nMathura-V:rndavana. The Lord has. made it convenient for the condi­\n\ntioned soul to live in Mathura, V:rndavana and Navadvipa and thus be\n\ndirectly connected with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Simply by\nliving in these places, one can immediately come in contact with the\n\nLord. There are many devotees who vow never to leave V:rndavana and\nMathura. This is undoubtedly a good vow, but if one leaves V:rndavana,\n\nMathura or Navadvipa-dhama for the service of the Lord, he is not dis­\n\nconnected from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. At any rate, we\n\nmust understand the transcendental importance of Mathura-V:rndavana\n\nand Navadvipa-dhama. Anyone who executes devotional service in these\n\nplaces certainly goes back home, back to Godhead, after giving up his\nbody. Thus the words mathura bhagavan yatra nityam sannihito haritt\n\nare particularly important. A devotee should fully utilize this instruction\nto the best of his ability. Whenever the Supreme Lord personally ap­\n\npears, He appears in Mathura because of His intimate connection with\nthis place. Therefore although Mathura and V:rndavana are situated on\n\nthis planet earth, they are transcendental abodes of the Lord.\nTEXT 29\n\nm � €6���1R� t�: ,11a( : 1\n� � � wttOT �� 11��11\ntasyam tu karhicic chaurir\nvasudevatt krtodvahatt\ndevakya suryaya sardham\nprayar:te ratham aruhat\ntasyam--in that place known as Mathura; tu-indeed; karhicitsome time ago; sauritt-the demigod, descendant of Su.ra; vasudevattwho\n\nappeared\n\nas Vasudeva;\n\nkrta-udvahatt-after\n\nbeing\n\nmarried;\n\nwith; prayar:r-e-for returning home; ratham-the chariot;\n\naruhat­\n\ndevakya-Devaki; suryaya-his newly married wife; siirdham-along\nmounted.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0085": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n56\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nSome time ago, Vasudeva, who belonged to the demigod family\n\n[or to the Sura dynasty], married Devaki. After the marriage, he\n\nmounted his chariot to return home with his newly married wife.\nTEXT 30\n\n·�nl�ortwr : �: �: f!ltt�€fit�ttl 1\n� � �Jm: � �ij'6t?t: II� oil\nugrasena-suta� kamsa�\nsvasu� priya-cikir$aya\nra5min hayanam jagraha\nraukmai ratha-satair vrta�\nugrasena-suta�-the son of Ugrasena; kamsa�-by the name Karhsa;\nsvasu�-of his own sister Devaki; priya-cikir$aya-to please her on the\noccasion of her marriage; ra§min-the reins; hayanam-of the horses;\n\njagraha\n\n-\n\ntook; raukmai�\n\n-\n\nmade of gold; ratha-satai�-by hundreds of\n\nchariots; vrta�-surrounded.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKamsa, the son of King Ugrasena, in order to please his sister\n\nDevaki on the occasion of her marriage, took charge of the reins of\nthe horses and became the chariot driver. He was surrounded by\n\nhundreds of golden chariots.\n\nTEXTS 31-32\n\n�:� � � ''f+tl�\"tl'( I\n3llfll\"tl+twf m oo;ri � �'f!�d'( II�� II\ni(l41ortf ijf+tl(lulf i. � ('t'f{'S,tt I\n\n� �: � � ��: ������\ncatu�-satam paribarham\ngajanam hema-malinam\n\n", "SB10.1#p0086": "Text 32]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Kt��a: Introduction\n\n57\n\na.Svanam ayutam sardham\nrathanam ca tri-�at-satam\ndasinam sukumarirJaril\ndve sate samalankrte\nduhitre devakalt priidad\nyane duhitr-vatsalalt\ncatult-satam-four\n\nhundred;\n\nparibarham-dowry;\n\ngajanam-of\n\nelephants; hema-malinam-decorated with g�J.rlands of gold; a.Svanam-of\n\nhorses;\n\nayutam-ten\n\nthousand;\n\nsardham-along\n\nwith;\n\nrathanam-of chariots; ca-and; tri-�at-satam-three times six hundred (eighteen hundred); dasinam-of maidservants; su-kumarifJiimvery young and beautiful unmarried girls; dve-two; sate-hundred;\nsamalankrte-fully\n\ndecorated\n\nwith\n\nornaments;\n\nduhitre-unto\n\nhis\n\ndaughter; devakalt-King Devaka; pradat-gave as a gift; yane-while\ngoing away; duhitr-vatsalalt-who was very fond of his daughter\nDevaki.\nTRANSLATION\nDevaki's father, King Devaka, was very much affectionate to his\n\ndaughter. Therefore, while she and her husband were leaving\n\nhome, he gave her a dowry of four hundred elephants nicely deco­\n\nrated with golden garlands. He also gave ten thousand horses,\n\neighteen hundred chariots, and two hundred very beautiful young\nmaidservants, fully decorated with ornaments.\nPURPORT\n\nThe system of giving a dowry to one's daughter has existed in Vedic\ncivilization for a very long time. Even today, following the same system,\na father who has money will give his daughter an opulent dowry. A\ndaughter would never inherit the property of her father, and therefore\nan affectionate father, during the marriage of his daughter, would give\nher as much as possible. A dowry, therefore, is never illegal according to\nthe Vedic system. Here, of course, the gift offered as a dowry by Devaka\nto Devaki was not ordinary. Because Devaka was a king, he gave a dowry\n\n", "SB10.1#p0087": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n58\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nquite suitable to his royal position. Even an ordinary man, especially a\nhigh-class brahmalJ-a, lcyatriya or vaiSya, is supposed to\n\ngive his\n\ndaughter a liberal dowry. Immediately after the marriage, the daughter\ngoes to her husband's house, and it is also a custom for the brother of the\nbride to accompany his sister and brother-in-law to exhibit affection for\nher. This system was followed by Karilsa. These are all old customs in the\nsociety of van;tii§rama-dharma, which is now wrongly designated as\nHindu. These long-standing customs are nicely described here.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n�-([��·\n\nasJ;unlla:Li 616'\n\n��� a�:\n\n�\"� I\n��il: ������II\n..\n\nsarikha-turya-mrdarigas ca\nnedur dundubhaya/:1, samam\nprayaTJ-a-prakrame tata\nvara-vadhvo/:1, sumarigalam\nsarikha-conchshells; tllrya-bugles; mrdariga/:1,-drums; ca-also;\nnedu/:1,-vibrated;\n\ndundubhaya/:1,-kettledrums;\n\nsamam-in concert;\n\nprayaTJ-a-prakrame-at the time of departure; tata-0 beloved son;\nvara-vadhvo/:1,-of the bridegroom and the bride; su-marigalam-for\nthe purpos� of their auspicious departure.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 beloved son, Maharaja Parik11it, when the bride and bride­\n\ngroom were ready to start, conchshells, bugles, drums and ket­\n\ntledrums all vibrated in concert for their auspicious departure.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�\n\nSBifi:uj mll11QII6:1�1U(etl� I\n\n�nn a::; PWR � �� tiT �ij',s;$:'( Jl � 'd II\npathi pragrahi1J,am kamsam\nab�yahasarira-vak\n\n", "SB10.1#p0088": "Text 35]\n\nThe Advent of Lord �fl1,1a: Introduction\n\n59\n\nasyas tvam O-$!amo garbho\nhanta yam vahase 'budha\npathi-on the way; pragrahir;wm-who was managing the reins of the\nhorses; kamsam-unto Kamsa; abhd$ya-addressing; aha-said; asartra-vak-a voice coming from someone whose body was invisible;\nasya� -of this girl (Devaki); tvam-you; Q.$tama�-the eighth; garbha �- pregnancy; hanta-killer; yam-her whom; vahase-you are\n\ncarrying; abudha-you foolish rascal.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Kamsa, controlling the reins of the horses, was driving the chariot along the way, an unembodied voice addressed\nhim, \"You foolish rascal, the eighth child of the woman you are\ncarrying will kill you!\"\nPURPORT\n\nThe omen spoke of Q.$/amo garbha�, referring to the eighth pregnancy, but did not clearly say whether the child was to be a son or a\ndaughter. Even if Kamsa were to see that the eighth child of Devaki was\na daughter, he should have no doubt that the eighth child was to kill him.\nAccording to the ViSva-kosa dictionary, the word garbha means\n\"embryo\" and also arbhaka, or \"child.\" Kamsa was affectionate toward\nhis sister, and therefore he had become the chariot driver to carry her\nand his brother-in-law to their home. The demigods, however, did not\nwant Kamsa to be affectionate toward Devaki, and therefore, from an\nunseen position, they encouraged Kamsa to offend her. Moreover, the six\nsons of Marici had been cursed to take birth from the womb of Devaki,\nand upon being killed by Kamsa they would be d�livered. When Devaki\nunderstood that Kamsa would he killed by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who would appear from her womb, she felt great joy. The word\nvahase is also significant because it indicates that the ominous vibration\ncondemned Kamsa for acting just like a beast of burden by carrying his\nenemy's mother.\nTEXT 35\n....\n\n...._\n\n.\n\n.\n\n�: � ��: qm � f�ql('l.-.: I\n\n��� m\\.qdQ(:�s� 11�'-\\11\n\n", "SB10.1#p0089": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n60\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nity ukta/.1- sa khala/.1- papo\nbhojanam kula-pamsana/.1bhaginim hantum arabdham\nkhal)ga-paTJ-i/.1- kace 'grahit\niti ukta/.1--thus being addressed; sa/.1--he (Karilsa); khala/.1--envious;\n\npapa/.1--sinful;\n\nbhojanam-of\n\nthe\n\nBhoja\n\ndynasty;\n\nkula­\n\npamsanal)-one who can degrade the reputation of his family;\nbhaginim-unto his sister; hantum arabdham-being inclined to kill;\nkhal)ga parJ-i/.1--taking a sword in his hand; kace-hair; agrahit-\n\ntook up.\nTRANSLATION\nKamsa was a condemned personality in the Bhoja dynasty he­\n\ncause he was envious and sinful. Therefore, upon hearing this\nomen from the sky, he caught hold of his sister's hair with his left\n\nhand and took up his sword with his right hand to sever her head\n\nfrom her body.\n\nPURPORT\n\nKamsa was driving the chariot and controlling the reins with his left\nhand, but as soon as he heard the omen that his sister's eighth child\nwould kill him, he gave up the r�ins, caught hold of his sister's hair, and\nwith his right hand took up a sword to kill her. Before, he had been so\naffectionate that he was acting as his sister's chariot driver, but as soon as\nhe heard that his self-interest or his life was at risk, he forgot all affection for her and immediately became a great enemy. This is the nature of\ndemons. No one should trust a demon, despite any amount of affection.\nAside from this, a king, a politician or a woman cannot be trusted, since\nthey can do anything abominable for their personal interest. CiiQakya\nPaQQita therefore says, vi.Svaso naiva kartavya/.1- str�u raja-kule$U ca.\nTEXT 36\n\n�\n\n� � �\"''\n\n�� �NFI � qf(('{l'*41.t'i ����II\n\n", "SB10.1#p0090": "Text 37]\n\nThe Advent of Lord �!ii�a: Introduction\n\n61\n\ntam jugupsita-karmar:tam\nnrsamsam nirapatrapam\nvasudevo maha-bhaga\nuvaca parisantvayan\n\ntam-unto him (Ka�sa); jugupsita-karmar:tam-who was ready to\ncommit such an offensive act; nrsamsam-very cruel; nirapatrapamshameless; vasudeva�- Vasudeva; maha-bhaga�-the greatly fortunate father of Vasudeva; uvaca-said; parisantvayan- pacifying.\nTRANSLATION\nWanting to pacify Kamsa, who was so cruel and envious that he\nwas shamelessly ready to kill his sister, the great soul Vasudeva,\nwho was to be the father of �!ii�a, spoke to him in the following\nwords.\nPURPORT\n\nVasudeva, who was to be the father of �!?I.J.a, is described here as\nmaha-bhaga, a very upright and s9ber personality, because although\n\nKamsa was ready to kill Vasudeva's wife, Vasudeva remained sober and\nunagitated. In a peaceful attitude, Vasudeva began to address Kamsa by\nputting forward reasonable arguments. Vasudeva was a great personality\nbecause he knew how to pacify a cruel person and how to forgive even\nthe bitterest enemy. One who is fortunate is never caught, even by tigers\nor snakes.\nTEXT 37\n\nwT<iff� 3'q1'fl\n'\"'\n��\n�IEI\"Iqgo1: ��� l4rr.:l:::tn'lq�� ���: I\nij' � � � �qQ(I(q4fill ll�\\91l\n(\\\n\nsri-vasudeva uvaca\nslaghaniya-gur:ta� surair\nbhavan bhoja-ya§askara�\nsa katham bhaginim hanyat\nstriyam udvaha-parvar:ti\n\n", "SB10.1#p0091": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n62\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nsri-vasudeva� uvaca-the great personality Vasudeva said; slaghaniya-gu��-a person who possesses praiseworthy qualities; surai�-by\ngreat heroes; bhaviin-your good self; bhoja-ya§a�-kara�-a brilliant\nstar in the Bhoja dynasty; sa�-one such as your good self; kathamhow; bhaginim-your sister; hanyiit-can kill; striyam-especially a\nwoman; udviiha-parva\"Q-i-at the time of the marriage ceremony.\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva said: My dear brother-in-law Karilsa, you are the pride\n\nof your family, the Bhoja dynasty, and great heroes praise your\nqualities. How could such a qualified person as you kill a woman,\n\nyour own sister, especially on the occasion of her marriage?\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Vedic principles, a briihma�, an old man, a woman, a\nchild or a cow cannot be killed under any circumstances. Vasudeva\nstressed that Devaki was not only a woman but a member of Kaxhsa's\nfamily. Because she was now married to Vasudeva, she was para-stri,\nanother man's wife, and if such a woman were killed, not only would\nKaxhsa be implicated in sinful activities, but his reputation as king of the\nBhoja dynasty would be damaged. Thus Vasudeva tried in many ways to\nconvince Kaxhsa in order to stop him from killing Devaki.\nTEXT 38\n\n� � � �J\n31'-1 tf�R � � 511fUiwtf�: ������\n11\n\nnd am:sZ\n\nmrtyur janmavatiim vira\ndehena saha jiiyate\nadya viibda-satiinte vii\nmrtyur vai prii\"Q-iniim dhruva�\nmrtyu�-death; janma-vatiim-of the living entities who have taken\nbirth; vira-0 great hero; dehena saha-along with the body; jiiyateis born (one who has taken birth is sure to die); adya-today; vii-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0092": "Text 39]\n\nThe Advent of Lord ���a: Introduction\n\n63\n\neither; abda-sata-of hundreds of years; ante-at the end; va-or;\nmrtyu�-death;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\npraJJ-indm-for\n\nevery\n\nliving\n\nentity;\n\ndhruva�-is assured.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great hero, one who takes birth is sure to die, for death is\nborn with the body. One may die today or after hundreds of years,\nbut death is sure for every living entity.\nPURPORT\nVasudeva wanted to impress upon Kamsa that although Kamsa feared\ndying and therefore wanted to kill even a woman, he could not avoid\ndeath. Death is sure. Why then should Kamsa do something that would\nbe detrimental to his reputation and that of his family? As confirmed in\nBhagavad-gita (2.27):\n\njatasya hi dhruvo mrtyur\ndhruvam janma mrtasya ca\ntasmad apariharye 'rthe\nna tvam socitum arhasi\n\"For one who has taken his birth, death is certain; and for one who is\ndead, birth is certain. Therefore, in the unavoidable discharge of your\nduty, you should not lament.\" One should not fear death. Rather, one\nshould prepare oneself for the next birth. One should utilize one's time\nin this human form to end the process of birth and death. It is not that to\nsave oneself from death one should entangle oneself in sinful activities.\nThis is not good.\nTEXT 39\n\n� q'9i)�¥(·q� � t;¥(t�•nSt� : 1\na:tiW{I('4�Sflq � � �: ����II\ndehe paficatvam apanne\ndehi karmanugo 'va§a�\n\n", "SB10.1#p0093": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n64\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\ndehantaram anuprapya\npraktanam tyajate vapu/.t\n\ndehe-when the body; paficatvam iipanne-turns into five elements;\n\ndehi-the proprietor of the body, the living being; karma-anuga/.t­\n\nfollowing the reactions of his own fruitive activities; avasa/.t-spon­\n\ntaneously, automatically; deha-antaram-another body (made of ma­\n\nterial elements); anupriipya-receiving as a result; priiktanam-the\n\nformer; tyajate-gives up; vapu/.t-body.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the present body turns to dust and is again reduced to five\n\nelements-earth, water, fire, air and ether-the proprietor of the\nbody, the living being, automatically receives another body of ma­\n\nterial elements according to his fruitive activities. Whtm the next\n\nbody is obtained, he gives up the present body.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii, which presents the beginning of\n\nspiritual understanding.\n\ndehino 'smin yathii dehe\nkaumiiram yauvanam jarii\ntatha dehantara-priiptir\ndhiras tatra na muhyati\n\n\"As the embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood to\n\nyouth to old age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. The\nself-realized soul is not bewildered by such a change.\" (Bg. 2.13) A per­\n\nson or an animal is not the material body; rather, the material body is the\n\ncovering of the living being. Bhagavad-gitii compares the body to a dress\n\nand elaborately explains how one changes dresses one after another. The\n\nsame Vedic knowledge is confirmed here. The living being, the soul, is\nconstantly changing bodies one after another. Even in the present life,\n\nthe body changes from childhood to boyhood, from boyhood to youth,\n\nand from youth to old age; similarly, when the body is too old to con­\n\ntinue, the living being gives up this body and, by the laws of nature,\n\n", "SB10.1#p0094": "Text 40)\n\nThe Advent of Lord Kr��a: Introduction\n\n65\n\nautomatically gets another body according to his fruitive activities,\ndesires and ambitions. The laws of nature control this sequence, and\ntherefore as long as the living entity is under the control of the external,\nmaterial energy, the process of bodily change takes place automatically,\naccording to one's fruitive activities. Vasudeva therefore wanted to impress upon Karhsa that if he committed this sinful act of killing a woman,\nin his next life he would certainly get a material body still more conditioned to the sufferings of material existence. Thus Vasudeva advised\nKarhsa not to commit sinful activities.\nOne who commits sinful activities because of ignorance, tamo-gur:w,\nobtains a lower body. Karar:tarit gur:w-sango 'sya sad-asad-yoni-janmasu\n\n(Bg. 13.22). There are hundreds and thousands of different species of\n\nlife. Why are there higher and lower bodies? One receives these bodies\naccording to the contaminations of material nature. If in this life one is\ncontaminated by the mode of ignorance and sinful activities (d�krti), in\nthe next life, by the laws of nature, one will certainly get a body full of\nsuffering. The laws of nature are not subservient to the whimsical\ndesires of the conditioned soul. Our endeavor, therefore, should be to\nassociate always with sattva-gur:w and not indulge in rajo-gur:w or tamo­\n\ngur:w (rajas-tamo-bhava/:t). Lusty desires and greed keep the living entity perpetually in ignorance and prevent him from being elevated to the\nplatform of sattva-gur:ta or suddha-sattva-gur:w. One is advised to be\nsituated in suddha-sattva-gur:w, devotional service, for thus one is immune to the reactions of the three modes of material nature.\nTEXT 40\n\n�� • � •t+4Rt I\n� «<l'st�1i64 � .�••ftl mnll\\loll\nvrajarits ti$than padaikena\nyathaivaikena gacchati\nyatha trr:w-jalaukaivarit\ndehi karma-gatirit gata/:t\nvrajan-a person, while traveling on the road; ti.$than-while standing; pada ekena-on one foot; yatha -as; eva -indeed;\n\ne kena -by\n\n", "SB10.1#p0095": "66\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nanother foot; gacchati-goes; yatha-as; trry,a-jalaukii-a worm on a\nvegetable; evam-in this way; dehi-the living entity; karma-gatimthe reactions of fruitive activities; gata�-undergoes.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nJust as a person traveling on the road rests one foot on the\nground and then lifts the other, or as a worm on a vegetable\ntransfers itself to one leaf and then gives up the previous one, the\nconditioned soul takes shelter of another body and then gives up\nthe one he had before.\nPURPORT\nThis is the process of the soul's transmigration from one body to\nanother. At the time of death, according to his mental condition, the living being is carried by the subtle body, consisting of mind, intelligence\nand ego, to another gross body. When higher authorities have decided\nwhat kind of gross body the living entity will have, he is forced to enter\nsuch a body, and thus he automatically gives up his previous body. Dullminded persons who do not have the intelligence to understand this process of transmigration take for granted that when the gross body is\nfinished, one's life is finished forever. Such persons have no brains with\nwhich to understand the process of transmigration. At the present\nmoment there is great opposition to the Hare K:r��a movement, which is\nbeing called a \"brainwashing\" movement. But actually the so-called\nscientists, philosophers and other leaders in the Western countries have\nno brains at all. The Hare Kt��a movement is trying to elevate such\nfoolish persons by enlightening their intelligence so that they will take\nadvantage of the human body. Unfortunately, because of gross ignorance, they regard the Hare Kt��a movement as a brainwashing movement. They do not know that without God consciousness one is forced to\ncontinue transmigrating from one body to another. Because of their\ndevilish brains, they will next be forced to accept an abominable life and\npractically never be able to liberate themselves from the conditional life\n\nof material existence. How this transmigration of the soul takes place is\nvery clearly explained in this verse.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0096": "Text 41]\n\nThe Advent of Lord 1\\.t�.,a: Introduction\n\n67\n\nTEXT 41\n\n� tNT � ... -.�-..:\n'IWfl(�•uIllPwt��:\n\n�\n\n'1Wf(11���\n� ffil_ � wtqw;RI: 11\\l� II\n\nsvapne yatha pa.Syati deham idrsaril\nmanorathenabhinivi§ta-cetana�\ndma-srutabhyaril manasanucintayan\nprapadyate tat kim api hy apasmrti�\nsvapne-in a dream; yatha - as; pa.Syati - one sees; deham-the kind\nof body;\n\nidrsam-similarly;\n\nabhinivi§ta-is fully\n\nmanorathena-by mental speculation;\n\nabsorbed;\n\ncetana�-he\n\nwhose consciousness;\n\ndma-by whatever has been experienced by seeing with the eyes;\nsrutabhyam-and by hearing a description of something else; manasaby the mind; an uci ntayan -thinking, feeling and willing; prapadyate-surrenders; tat-to that situation; kim api-what to speak of;\nhi-indeed; apasmrti�-experiencing forgetfulness of the present body.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaving experienced a situation by seeing or hearing about it,\none contemplates and speculates about that situation, and thus one\nsurrenders to it, not considering his present body. Similarly, by\nmental adjustments one dreams at night of living under different\ncircumstances, in different bodies, and forgets his actual position.\nUnder this same process, one gives up his present body and accepts\nanother [tathii dehiintara-priiptil;l].\nPURPORT\nTransmigration of the soul is very clearly explained in this verse. One\nsometimes forgets his present body and thinks of his childhood body, a\nbody of the past, and of how one was playing, jumping, talking and so on.\nWhen the material body is no long workable, it becomes dust: \"For dust\n\n", "SB10.1#p0097": "[Canto 10, Ch. l\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n68\n\nthou art, and unto dust shalt thou return.\" But when the body again\n\nmixes with the five material elements-earth, water, fire, air and\n\nether-the mind continues to work. The mind is the subtle substance in\n\nwhich the body is created, as we actually experience in our dreams and\n\nalso when we are awake in contemplation. One must understand that the\nprocess of mental speculation develops a new type of body that does not\n\nactually\n\nexist.\n\nIf\n\none\n\ncan\n\nunderstand\n\nthe\n\nnature\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nmind\n\n(manorathena) and its thinking, feeling and willing, one can very easily\n\nunderstand how from the mind different types of bodies develop.\n\nThe Kr�Qa consciousness movement, therefore, offers a process of\n\ntranscendental activities wherein the mind is fully absorbed in affairs\n\npertaining to Kr�Qa. The presence of the soul is perceived by conscious­\n\nness, and one must purify his consciousness from material to spiritual,\n\nor, in other words, to Kr�Qa consciousness. That which is spiritual is\neternal, and that which is material is temporary. Without Kr�Qa con­\n\nsciousness, one's consciousness is always absorbed in temporary things.\nFor everyone, therefore, Kr�Qa recommends in Bhagavad-gitii (9.34),\nman-mana bhava mad-bhakto mad-yaji mdm namaskuru.\n\nOne should\n\nalways be absorbed in thought of Kr�Qa, one should become His devotee,\n\none should always engage in His service and worship Him as the supreme\n\ngreat, and one should always offer Him obeisances. In the material world\n\none is always a servant of a greater person, and in the spiritual world our\n\nconstitutional position is to serve the Supreme, the greatest, param\n\nbrahma. This is the instruction of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. ]ivera\n'svarapa' haya-km:wra 'nitya-ddsa' (Cc. Madhya 20.108).\nTo act in Kr�1.1a consciousness is the perfection of life and the highest\n\nperfection of yoga. As Lord Kr�Qa says in Bhagavad-gita (6.47):\n\nyoginam api sarve$drh\nmad-gatendntardtmand\nsraddhavdn bhajate yo mdm\nsa me yuktatamo mata�\n\"Of all yogis, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping\n\nMe in transcendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in\n\nyoga and is the highest of all.\"\n\nThe condition of the mind, which flickers between sankalpa and\n\n", "SB10.1#p0098": "Text 41]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Ktfl!I.la: Introduction\n\nvikalpa, accepting something and rejecting it, is very important\n\n69\n\nm\n\ntransferring the soul to another material body at the time of death.\nyam yam vapi smaran bhavam\ntyajaty ante kalevaram\ntam tam evaiti kaunteya\nsada tad-bhiiva-bhiivita/:t\n\"Whatever state of being one remembers when he quits his body, that\nstate he will attain without fail.\" (Bg. 8.6) Therefore one must train the\nmind in the system of bhakti-yoga, as did Maharaja Ambari�a, who\nkept himself always in ��JJ.a consciousness. Sa vai mana/:t kmtapadaravindayo/:t. One must fix the mind at the lotus feet of K��JJ.a\ntwenty-four hours a day. If the mind is fixed upon ��JJ.a's lotus feet, the\nactivities of the other senses will be engaged in K��JJ.a's service. Hr�iker,ta\nhr�ikesa-sevanam bhaktir ucyate: to serve H��ikesa, the master of the\nsenses, with purified senses is called bhakti. Those who constantly engage\nin devotional service are situated in a transcendental state, above the material modes of nature. As K��JJ.a says in Bhagavad-gita (14.26):\nmiim ca yo 'vyabhiciirer,ta\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gur:r,iin samatityaitan\nbrahma-bhuyaya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in\nany circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and\nthus comes to the level of Brahman.\" One must learn the secret of success from the Vedic literatures, especially when the cream of Vedic\nknowledge is presented by Bhagavad-gitii as it is.\nBecause the mind is ultimately controlled by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, ��JJ.a, the word apasmrti/:t is significant. Forgetfulness of\none's own identity is called apasmrti/:t. This apasmrti/:t can be controlled\nby the Supreme Lord, for the Lord says, matta/:t smrtir jfiiinam\napohanam ca: \"From Me come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness.\" Instead of allowing one to forget one's real position, ��JJ.a can\nrevive one's original identity at the time of one's death, even though the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0099": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n70\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nmind may be flickering. Although the mind may work imperfectly at the\ntime of death, �l?l}.a gives a devotee shelter at His lotus feet. Therefore\nwhen a devotee gives up his body, the mind does not take him to another\nmaterial body\n\n(tyaktva de ham punar janma naiti mam eti); rather,\n\n�f?l}.a takes the devotee to that place where He is engaged in His\npastimes (mdm eti), as we have already discussed in previous verses.\nOne's consciousness, therefore, must always be absorbed in �f?l}.a, and\nthen one's life will be successful. Otherwise the mind will carry the soul\nto another material body. The soul will be placed in the semen of a father\nand discharged into the womb of a mother. The semen and ovum create a\nparticular type of body according to the form of the father and mother,\nand when the body is mature, the soul emerges in that body and begins a\nnew life. This is the process of transmigration of the soul from one body\nto another (tatha dehantara-praptib,). Unfortunately, those who are less\nintelligent think that when the body disappears, everything is finished.\nThe entire world is being misled by such fools and rascals. But as stated\n\nin Bhagavad-gita (2.20), na hanyate hanyamane sarire. The soul does\n\nnot die when the body is destroyed. Rather, the soul takes on another\nbody.\nTEXT 42\nct�l\n�\n\ngit1\n\n�qii:JI\"'�.\n6\n� �RI�¥t�¥{1q qq I\n�\n\"'\n\nq1�1�\n..-Q.\n\n•\n\n¥ti�I�Mij,;\nIIIISII\n\no:\n\n«{\n\n�\n\n�\n� � 11\\/�11\n\nyato yato dhavati daiva-coditam\nmano vikaratmakam apa pancasu\ngu{te§u maya-racite§u dehy asau\nprapadyamana� saha tena jayate\nyata� yata�-from one place to another or from one position to\nanother; dhavati - speculates; daiva-coditam- impelled by accident or\ndeliberation; mana�-the mind; vikara-atmakam-changing from one\ntype of thinking, feeling and willing to another; apa-at the end, he obtains (a mentality); pancasu-at the time of death (when the material\n\n", "SB10.1#p0100": "Text 42]\n\nThe Advent of Lord �lj�a: Introduction\n\n71\n\nbody turns totally into matter); gu�§u- (the mind, not being liberated,\nbecomes attached) to the material qualities; maya-racite§u-where the\nmaterial energy creates a similar body; dehi-the spirit soul who accepts\nsuch a body; asau-he; prapadyamana�-being surrendered (to such a\ncondition); saha-with; tena-a similar body; jayate-takes birth.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the time of death, according to the thinking, feeling and willing of the mind, which is involved in fruitive activities, one\nreceives a particular body. In other words, the body develops according to the activities of the mind. Changes of body are due to\nthe flickering of the mind, for otherwise the soul could remain in\nits original, spiritual body.\nPURPORT\n\nOne can very easily understand that the mind is constantly flickering,\nchanging in the quality of its thinking, feeling and willing. This is\nexplained by Arjuna in Bhagavad-gita (6.34):\n\ncaficalam hi mana� kr§r:ta\npramathi balavad drl)ham\ntasyaham nigraham manye\nvayor iva sudU§karam\nThe mind is caficala, flickering, and it changes very strongly. Therefore\nArjuna admitted that controlling the mind is not at all possible; this\nwould be as difficult as controlling the wind. For example, if one were in\na boat moving according to the wind on a river or the sea, and the wind\nwere uncontrollable, the tilting boat would be very much disturbed and\nextremely difficult to control. It might even capsize. Therefore, in the\n\nbhava-samudra, the ocean of mental speculation and transmigration to\ndifferent types of bodies, one must first control the mind.\nBy regulative practice one can control the mind, and this is the purpose of the yoga system (abhyasa-yoga-yuktena). But there is a chance\nof failure with the yoga system, especially in this age of Kali, because the\n\nyoga system uses artificial means. If the mind is engaged in bhakti-yoga,\n\n", "SB10.1#p0101": "72\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nhowever, by the grace of Krf?I.J.a one can very easily control it. Therefore\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprahhu has recommended, harer nama harer nama\nharer namaiva kevalam. One should chant the holy name of the Lord\n\nconstantly, for the holy name of the Lord is nondifferent from Hari, the\n\nSupreme Person.\n\nBy chanting the Hare Krf?I.J.a mantra constantly, one can fix the mind\n\non the lotus feet of Krr?I.J.a (sa vai mana/:1, kr$r:ta-padaravindayo/:l,) and in\n\nthis way achieve the perfection of yoga. Otherwise, the flickering mind\nwill hover on the platform of mental speculation for sense enjoyment,\n\nand one will have to transmigrate from one type of body to another he­\n\ncause the mind is trained only in relation to the material elements, or, in\n\nother words, to sense gratification, which is false.\n\nMaya-sukhaya\nbharam udvahato vimill;lhan (Bhag. 7.9.43). Rascals (vimul)han), being\n\ncontrolled by mental speculation, make huge arrangements by which to\n\nenjoy life temporarily, hut they must give up the body at the time of\ndeath, when everything is taken away by K:rr?I.J.a's external energy\n\n(mrtyu/:1, sarva-hara.S caham). At that time, whatever one has created in\n\nthis life is lost, and one must automatically accept a new body by the\n\nforce of material nature. In this life one may have constructed a very tall\n\nskyscraper, hut in the next life, because of one's mentality, one may have\nto accept a body like that of a cat, a dog, a tree or perhaps a demigod.\n\nThus the body is offered by the laws of material nature. Karar:tam gur:ta­\n\nsango 'sya sad-asad-yoni-janmasu (Bg. 13.22). The spirit soul takes\n\nbirth in higher and lower species of life only because of his association\n\nwith the three qualities of material nature.\n\nilrdhvam gacchanti sattva-stha\nmadhye ti$!hanti rajasa/:1,\njaghanya-gur:ta-vrtti-stha\nadho gacchanti tamasa/:1,\n\"Those situated in the mode of goodness gradually go upward to the\n\nhigher planets; those in the mode of passion live on the earthly planets;\n\nand those in the mode of ignorance go down to the hellish worlds.\"\n(Bg. 14.18)\n\nIn conclusion, the Krf?I.J.a consciousness movement offers the topmost\n\nwelfare activity for human society. The saner section of human society\n\n", "SB10.1#p0102": "Text 43]\n\nThe Advent of Lord _Kr�J].a: Introduction\n\n73\n\nmust therefore take this movement very seriously for the benefit of all\nhumanity. To save oneself from the repetition of birth and death, one\nmust purify his consciousness. Sarvopi.idhi-vinirmuktam tat-paratvena\nnirmalam. One must be freed from all designations-\"! am American,\"\n\"I am Indian,\" \"I am this,\" \"I am that\" -and come to the platform of\nunderstanding that l(r�Q.a is the original master and we are His eternal\nservants. When the senses are purified and engaged in l(r�Q.a's service,\none achieves the highest perfection. Hr�ikeTJ-U hr�ikesa-sevenam bhaktir\nucyate. The l(r�I).a consciousness movement is a movement of bhaktiyoga. Vairagya-vidya-nija-bhakti-yoga. By following the principles of\nthis movement, one becomes disassociated from material mental concoctions and is established on the original platform of the eternal relationship between the living entity and the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nas servant and master. This, in summary, is the purpose of the l(r�Q.a\nconsciousness movement.\nTEXT 43\n\n\\itiiRI4��:\n...�.�..\n�m 1\n�\n� ((4+Utt i(��G4� �\ng� (t•n�•t61 f.lamRI 11��11\njyotir yathaivodaka-parthive�v ada�],\nsamira-veganugatam vibhavyate\nevam sva-maya-racite�v asau puman\ngu1Je�U raganugato vimuhyati\njyotib,-the luminaries in the sky, such as the sun, the moon and the\nstars; yatha-as; eva-indeed; udaka-in water; parthive�u-or in\nother liquids, like oil; adab,-directly; samira-vega-anugatam-being\nforced by the movements of the wind; vibhavyate-appear in different\nshapes; evam-in this way; sva-maya-racite�u-in the situation created\nby one's mental concoctions; asau-the living entity; puman-person;\ngu1Je�u-in the material world, manifested by the modes of nature;\nraga-anugatab,-according to his\nbewildered by identification.\n\nattachment;\n\nvimuhyati-becomes\n\n", "SB10.1#p0103": "74\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. l\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the luminaries in the sky, such as the moon, the sun and\n\nthe stars, are reflected in liquids like oil or water, they appear to be\n\nof different shapes-sometimes round, sometimes long, and so\n\non-because of the movements of the wind. Similarly, when the\n\nliving entity, the soul, is absorbed in materialistic thoughts, he ac­\n\ncepts various manifestations as his own identity because of ig­\n\nnorance. In other words, one is bewildered by mental concoctions\n\nbecause of agitation from the material modes of nature.\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse gives a very good example by which to understand the different positions of the eternal spiritual soul in the m�terial world and\nhow the soul takes on different bodies (dehantara-prapti/:1,}. The moon is\nstationary and is one, but when it is reflected in water or oil, it appears to\ntake different shapes because of the movements of the wind. Similarly,\nthe soul is the eternal servant of ���a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but when put into the material modes of nature, it takes different\nbodies, sometimes as a demigod, sometimes a man, a dog, a tree and so\non. By the influence of maya, the illusory potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the living entity thinks that he is this person, that\nperson, American, Indian, cat, dog, tree or whatever. This is called\n\nmaya. When one is freed from this bewilderment and understands that\nthe soul does not belong to any shape of this material world, one is situated on the spiritual platform (brahma-bhuta).\nThis realization is sometimes explained as nirakara, or formlessness.\nThis formlessness, however, does not mean that the soul has no form.\nThe soul has form, but the external, agitating form he has acquired because of material contamination is false. Similarly, God is also described\nas nirakiira, which means that God has no material form but is sac-cidananda-vigraha. The living entity is part and parcel of the supreme saccid-ananda-vigraha, but his material forms are temporary, or illusory.\nBoth the living entity and the Supreme Lord have original, spiritual\nforms (sac-cid-ananda-vigraha), but the Lord, the Supreme, does not\nchange His form. The Lord appears as He is, whereas the living entity\nappears because material nature forces him to accept different forms.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0104": "Text 43]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Kftl}a: Introduction\n\n75\n\nWhen the living entity receives these different forms, he identifies with\nthem, and not with his original, spiritual form. As soon as the living entity returns to his original, spiritual form and understanding, he immediately surrenders to the supreme form, the Personality of Godhead.\nThis is explained in Bhagavad-gita (7.19). Bahuniim janmaniim ante\njiianavan mam prapadyate. When the living entity, after many, many\nbirths in different forms, returns to his original form of Kr��a consciousness, he immediately surrenders unto the lotus feet of the supreme\nform, Kr��a. This is liberation. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(18.54):\nbrahma-bhuta� prasanniitma\nna socati na kari�ati\nsama� sarve$u bhute$U\nmad-bhaktim labhate param\n\"One who is thus transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme\nBrahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments nor desires to have\nanything; he is equally disposed to every living entity. In that state he attains pure devotional service unto Me.\" Surrender unto the supr�me\nform is the result of bhakti. This bhakti, or understanding of one's own\nposition, is the complete liberation. As long as one is under an impersonal understanding of the Absolute Truth, he is not in pure knowledge,\nbut must still struggle for pure knowledge. Kleso 'dhikataras te$dm\navyaktasakta-cetasam (Bg. 12.5). Although one may be spiritually advanced, if one is attached to the impersonal feature of the Absolute\nTruth one must still work very hard, as indicated by the words kleso\n'dhikatara�, which mean \"greater suffering.\" A devotee, however,\neasily attains his original position as a spiritual form and understands the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in His original form.\nKr��a Himself explains the forms of the living entities in the Second\nChapter of Bhagavad-gitd, where He clearly says to Arjuna that He,\nArjuna and all other living entities, who were previously in their original\nforms, are separate individual identities. They were individuals in the\npast, they are now situated in individuality, and in the future they will\nall continue to maintain their individual forms. The only difference is\nthat the conditioned living entity appears in various material forms,\n\n", "SB10.1#p0105": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n76\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nwhereas K{��a appears in His original, spiritual form. Unfortunately,\nthose who are not advanced in spiritual knowledge think that K{!?�a is\nlike one of them and that His form is like their material forms.\n\nAvajananti mam mii4ha manU§im tanum asritam (Bg. 9.11). Kr!?�a is\nnever puffed up by material knowledge and is therefore called acyuta,\nwhereas the living entities fall down and are agitated by material nature.\nThis is the difference between the Supreme Lord and the living entities.\nIn this connection it is to be noted that Vasudeva, who was situated in\na transcendental position, advised Karhsa not to commit further sinful\nactivities. Karhsa, a representative of the demons, was always ready to\nkill K{!?�a, or God, whereas Vasudeva represents a transcendentally situated person to whom K{!?�a is born (Vasudeva is the son of Vasudeva).\nVasudeva wanted his brother-in-law Karhsa to refrain from the sinful act\nof killing his sister, since the result of being agitated by material nature\nwould be that Karilsa would have to accept a body in which to suffer\n\nagain and again. Elsewhere in Srimad-Bhagavatam (5.5.4), l.l.!?abhadeva\nalso says:\n\nna sadhu manye yata atmano yam\nasann a pi klesada as a de ha}:t\n\nAs long as the living entity is entangled in the fruitive activities of socalled happiness and distress, he will receive a particular type of body in\nwhich to endure the three kinds of suffering due to material nature (tri­\n\ntapa-yantra7J.d). An intelligent person, therefore, must free himself\n\nfrom the influence of the three modes of material nature and revive his\noriginal, spiritual body by engaging in the service of the Supreme Person, K{!?�a. As long as one is materially attached, one must accept the\nprocess of birth, death, old age and disease. One is therefore advised that\nan intelligent person, instead of being entangled in so-called good and\nbad fruitive activities, should engage his life in advancing in K:r;-!?�a con­\n\nsciousness so that instead of accepting another material body (tyaktva\n\ndeham punar janma naiti), he will return home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 44\n\nWPlt il�¥41+.1�€( � ij'�fiN: I\n�: ���'Rffl �����II\n\n�\n\n", "SB10.1#p0106": "Text 44]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Kr�I].a: Introduction\n\n77\n\ntasman na kasyacid droham\nacaret sa tatha-vidhab,\natmanab, lcyemam anvicchan\ndrogdhur vai parato bhayam\ntasmat-therefore; na-not;\n\nkasyacit-of anyone; droham-envy;\n\nacaret-one should act; sab,-a person (Karhsa); tatha-vidhab,-who has\nbeen advised in such a way (by Vasudeva);\n\natmanab,-his own;\n\n/cyemam-welfare; anvicchan-if he desires; drogdhub,-of one who is\nenvious of others; vai-indeed; paratab,-from others; bhayam-there\nis a cause of fear.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, since envious, impious activities cause a body in\nwhich one suffers in the next life, why should one act impiously?\nConsidering one's welfare, one should not envy anyone, for an envious person must always fear harm from his enemies, either in\nthis life or in the next.\nPURPORT\n\nInstead of being inimical toward other living entities, one should act\npiously by engaging in the service of the Supreme Lord, thus avoiding a\nfearful situation both in this life and in the next. In this regard, the\nfollowing moral instruction by the great politician Ca1,1akya Pal,l9ita is\nvery meaningful:\n\ntyaja durjana-sarhsargarh\nbhaja sadhu-samagamam\nkuru puJJyam aho ratrarh\nsmara nityam anityatam\nOne should give up the company of devils, demons and nondevotees and\nshould always associate with devotees and saintly persons. One should always act piously, thinking that this life is temporary, and not be attached\nto temporary happiness and distress. The ��1,1a consciousness movement\nis teaching all of human society this principle of becoming ��1,1a conscious and thus solving the problems of life forever (tyaktva deharh\n\npunar janma naiti mam eti so 'rjuna).\n\n", "SB10.1#p0107": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n78\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 45\n\n� �� ilm1\n\n� �f,ti!hlq•u 1\n\n(;ij.'fi@.noftf14¥4i� <ft�€4€(1�: 11\\?�11\ne$li tavanuja bala\nkrpar;ta putrikopama\nhantum narhasi kalyar;tim\nimam tvam dina-vatsalatt\ne$d-this;\n\ntava-your;\n\nanuja-younger\n\nsister;\n\nbald-innocent\n\nwoman; krpar;td-completely dependent on you; putrika-upama-exactly like your own daughter; hantum-to kill her; na-not; arhasi­\n\nyou deserve; kalyar;tim-who is under your affection; imam-her;\ntvam-you;\n\ninnocent.\n\ndina-vatsalatt-very\n\ncompassionate\n\nto\n\nthe\n\npoor\n\nand\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs your younger sister', this poor girl Devaki is like your own\ndaughter and deserves to be affectionately maintained. You are\nmerciful, and therefore you should not kill her. Indeed, she\ndeserves your affection.\nTEXT 46\n\n\"\n\n��\n� « m��stq �un 1\n-��\ns:;\n;r ril€46� � �q·�·;j�Ef6: 11\\?\"11\n�.\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nevam sa samabhir bhedair\nbodhyamano 'pi darur;tatt\nna nyavartata kauravya\npuru$adan anuvratatt\nsri-sukatt uvaca -Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-in this way;\n\nsatt- he (Karilsa); samabhitt-by attempts to pacify him (Karilsa);\n\nbhedaitt-by moral instructions that one should not be cruel to anyone\n\n", "SB10.1#p0108": "Text 47]\n\nThe Advent of Lord 1\\r�I}.a: Introduction\n\n79\n\nelse; bodhyamana& api-even being pacified; daru�&-he who was\nthe most fiercely cruel; na nyavartata-could not be stopped (from the\ngrievous act);\n\nkauravya-0 Maharaja Parik�it;\n\npur�a-adan-the\n\nRak�asas, man-eaters; anuvrata&-following in their footsteps.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: 0 best of the Kuru dynasty,\n\nKamsa was fiercely cruel and was actually a follower of the\n\nRiik�asas. Therefore he could be neither pacified' nor terrified by\n\nthe good instructions given by Vasudeva. He did not care about the\n\nresults of sinful activities, either in this life or in the next.\nTEXT 47\n\n�������lij€61��: I\n•\n\n•\n\nRt\n�\not.ll''��\n\"\n\n3Im � $f\n\n�'311...-4'lRI ll'd\\911\n\nnirbandharh tasya tam jfiatva\nvicintyanakadundubhi&\npraptarh kdlarh prativyO(J,hum\nidarh tatranvapadyata\nnirbandham-determination\n(Kamsa);\n\ntasya-of\n\nhim\n\ntam-that (determination); jfiatva-understanding;\n\nto\n\ndo\n\nsomething;\n\nvicin­\n\ntya-thinking deeply; anakadundubhi&-Vasudeva; praptam-had arrived; kdlam-imminent danger of death; prativyoc)hum-to stop him\nfrom such activities; idam-this; tatra-thereupon; anvapadyatathought of other ways.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Vasudeva saw that Kamsa was determined to kill his sister\n\nDevaki, he thought to himself very deeply. Considering the imminent danger of death, he thought of another plan to stop Kamsa.\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough Vasudeva saw the imminent danger that his wife Devaki\nwould be killed, he was convinced of his welfare because at his birth the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0109": "80\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\ndemigods had played drums and kettledrums. He therefore attempted\nanother way to save Devaki.\nTEXT 48\n\n-ft�m 41�ftf4:il�i�4¥( I\n- ;r � �� �: lltg�ll\nmrtyur buddhimatiipohyo\nyavad buddhi-balodayam\nyady asau na nivarteta\nniiparadho 'sti dehinal],\nmrtyul],-death; buddhi-mata-by an intelligent person; apohyal],buddhi-ba la udayam-intelli\ngence and bodily strength are present; yadi-if; asau-that (death ) ; na\nnivar teta-cannot be checked; na-not; apariidhal],-ofiense; astithere is; dehinal],-of the person in danger of death.\n\nshould be avoided; yavat-as long as;\n\n-\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs long as he has intelligence and bodily strength, an intelligent\n\nperson must try to avoid death. This is the duty of every embodied\n\nperson. But if death cannot be avoided in spite of one's endeavors,\n\na person facing death commits no offense.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is natural for a person facing untimely death to try his best to save\nhimself. This is one's duty. Although death is sure, everyone should try\nto avoid it and not meet death without opposition because every living\nsoul is by nature eternal. Because death is a punishment imposed in the\ncondemned life of material existence, the Vedic culture is based\" on\navoiding death (tyaktvii de ham punar janma naiti). Everyone should try\nto_avoid death and rebirth by cultivating spiritual life and should not\nsubmit to death without struggling to survive. One who is not trying to\nstop death is not an intelligent human being. Because Devaki was face to\nface with imminent death, it was V asudeva's duty to save her, as he was\n\n", "SB10.1#p0110": "Text 50]\n\nThe Advent of Lord 1\\r!li].a: Introduction\n\n81\n\ntrying his best to do. He therefore considered another way to approach\nKamsa so that Devaki would be saved.\nTEXTS 49-50\n\n� �F!_ � �UIIflt¥41'( I\nwn it� • ��t;, ftllr�� ������\nNq��� � Ft ;r � qf��((���· I\n�n&u 't � �: q;HJqijd II� II\n\n�\n\n....\n\no\n\npradaya mrtyave putrdn\nmocaye krpaT}iim imam\nsuta me yadi jayeran\nmrtyur va na mriyeta cet\nviparyayo va kim na syad\ngatir dhatur duratyaya\nupasthito nivarteta\nnivrttab, punar apatet\npraddya-promising to deliver; mrtyave-unto Kamsa, who is death\npersonified for Devaki; putran-my sons; mocaye-1 am releasing her\nfrom imminent danger; krpaT}iim-innocent; imdm-Devaki; sutdb,sons; me-my; yadi-whether; jayeran-should take birth; mrtyub,Kamsa; va-or; na-not; mriyeta-should die; cet-if; viparyayab,- t\njust the opposite; vd-or; kim-whether; na-not; syat-it may happen; gatib,-the movement; dhatub,-of providence; duratyaya-very\ndifficult to understand; upasthitab,-that which is presently obtained;\nnivarteta-may stop; nivrttab,-Devaki's death being stopped; punab,\napatet-in the future it may happen again (but what can I do).\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva considered: By delivering all my sons to Karilsa, who\nis death personified, I shall save the life of Devaki. Perhaps Karilsa\nwill die before my sons take birth, or, since he is already destined\n\n", "SB10.1#p0111": "[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n82\n\nto die at the hands of my son, one of my sons may kill him. For the\n\ntime being, let me promise to hand over my sons so that Kamsa will\n\ngive up this immediate threat, and if in due course of time Karitsa\n\ndies, I shall have nothing to fear.\n\nPURPORT\n\nVasudeva wanted to save the life of Devaki by promising to deliver his\nsons to Karhsa. \"In the future,\" he thought, \"Karhsa may die, or I may\nnot beget any sons. Even if a son is born and I deliver him to Karhsa,\nKamsa may die at his hands, for by providence anything could happen. It\nis very difficult to understand how things are managed by providence.\"\nThus Vasudeva decided that he would promise to deliver his sons to the\nhands of Karhsa in order to save Devaki from the imminent danger of\ndeath.\n\nTEXT 51\n\n�\"\" �fcl�••til•t4011fwtf't=ij¥tfi6 I\n��\n� ft: �� �M4tt0i4:\n»:i:A:s:J..rinP.biin'k::a :\n\nII'-\\� 11\n\nagner yathii daru-viyoga-yogayor\n\nadmato 'nyan na nimittam asti\nevam hi jantor api durvibhavya/:t\nsarira-samyoga-viyoga-hetu/:t\n\nagne/:t-of a fire in the forest; yathii-as; daru-of wood; viyogayogayo/:t-of both the escaping and the capturing; admata/:t-than\n\nunseen providence; anyat-some other reason or accident; na-not;\nnimittam-:-a cause; asti-there is; evam.,-in this way; hi-certainly;\njanto/:t-of the living being; api-indeed; durvibhavya/:t-cannot be\n\nfound out; sarira-of the body; samyoga-of the accepting; viyoga-or\nof the giving up; hetu/:t-the cause.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a fire, for some unseen reason, leaps over one piece of\n\nwood and sets fire to the next, the reason is destiny. Similarly,\n\n", "SB10.1#p0112": "Text 52]\n\nThe Advent of Lord 1\\..rllt;la: Introduction\n\n83\n\nwhen a living being accepts one kind of body and leaves aside\nanother, there is no other reason than unseen destiny.\n\nPURPORT\n\nWhen there is a fire in a village, the fire sometimes jumps over one\nhouse and burns another. Similarly, when there is a forest fire, the fire\nsometimes jumps over one tree and catches another. Why this happens,\nno one can say. One may set forth some imaginary reason why the\nnearest tree or house did not catch fire whereas a tree or house in a distant place did, but actually the reason is destiny. This reason also applies\nto the transmigration of the soul, by which a prime minister in one life\nmay become a dog in the next. The work of unseen destiny cannot be\nascertained by practical experimental knowledge, and therefore one must\nbe satisfied by reasoning that everything is done by supreme providence.\n\nTEXT 52\n\n�\n·\n\n�\n���� �\n·\n\nt�m\n\n·\n\n�\n\nqyq �'i4G\\k'lf;t t'\nG\\�lwt( I\n•\n\n�\"��...,..9;�:� ������\n\nevam vimrsya tam papam\nyavad-atmani-darsanam\npajayam lisa vai saurir\nbahu-mana-pura/:tsaram\nevam-in this way; vimrsya-after contemplating; tam-unto\nKarhsa; papam-the most sinful; yavat-as far as possible; atmanillarsanam-with all the intelligence possible within himself; pajayam\nlisa-praised; vai-indeed; saurib,-Vasudeva; baku mana\n-\n\n-\n\noffering\n\nall respect; pura/:tsaram-before him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter thus considering the matter as far as his knowledge would\nallow, Vasudeva submitted his proposal to the sinful Kamsa with\ngreat respect.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0113": "84\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 53\n'\"'\n\n'\"'\n\n�\n�t\n:1!11 ...::.!]\nprasanna-vadandmbhojo\nnrsamsam nirapatrapam\nmanasa dayamanena\nvihasann idam abravit\nprasanna-vadana-ambhoja�- Vasudeva, who externally presented\nhimself as if very happy; nrsamsam-unto the most cruel; nirapatrapam-shameless Kamsa; manasd-with the mind; dayamanenawhich was full of anxiety and sorrow; vihasan- smiling externally;\n\nidam abrav it- and spoke as follows.\nTRANSLATION\n\nVasudeva's mind was full of anxiety because his wife was facing\n\ndanger, but in order to please the cruel, shameless and sinful\nKamsa, he externally smiled and spoke to him as follows.\nPURPORT\nSometimes one must act duplicitously in a dangerous positwn, as\nVasudeva did to save his wife. The material world is complicated, and to\nexecute one's duties, one cannot avoid adopting such diplomacy.\nVasudeva did everything possible to save his wife for the sake of begetting Kt�J:.la. This indicates that one may act duplicitously for the purpose\nof saving Kt�J:.la and His interests. According to the arrangement already'\nforetold, Kt�J:.la was to appear through Vasudeva and Devaki to kill\nKamsa. Vasudeva, therefore, had to do everything to save the situation.\nAlthough all the events were prearranged by Kt�J:.la, a devotee must try\nhis best to serve the purpose of Kt�J:.la. Kt�1.1a Himself is all-powerful, but\nit is not that a devotee should therefore sit idly and leave everything to\nHim. This instruction is also found in Bhagavad-gita. Although Kt�1.1a\nwas doing everything for Arjuna, Arjuna never sat down idly as a non-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0114": "Text 54]\n\n85\n\nThe Advent of Lord ���a: Introduction\n\nviolent gentleman. Rather, he tried his best to fight the battle and be\nvictorious.\nTEXT 54\n\n���\n;r wa��u4:ij w.ht\"P:� � �(116:lttl�(\n1\n\n�(1¥4�fi4q,�\n�\n\n11�\\111\n\nsri-vasudeva uvdca\nna hy asyas te bhayam saumya\n\nyad vai sahasarira-vak\nputran samarpay4ye 'sya\nyatas te bhayam utthitam\nsri-vasudeva� uvdc a- Sri Vasudeva said;\n\nna-not;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nasya�-from Devaki; te-o£ you; bhayam-fear; saumya-0 most\nsober; yat-which; vai-indeed; sa-that omen; aha-dictated; asarira-vak-a vibration without a body; putran-all my sons; samar­\n\npay4ye-I shall deliver to you; asya�-of her (Devaki) ; yata�-from\n\nwhom; te-your; bhayam-fear; utthitam-has arisen.\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva said: 0 best of the sober, you have nothing to fear\nfrom your sister Devaki because of what you have heard from the\nunseen omen. The cause of death will be her sons. Therefore I\npromise that when she gives birth to the sons from whom your\nfear has arisen, I shall deliver them all unto your hands.\nPURPORT\nKamsa feared Devaki's existence because after her eighth pregnancy\nshe would give birth to a son who would kill him. Vasudeva, therefore, to\nassure his brother-in-law the utmost safety, promised to bring him all\nthe sons. He would not wait for the eighth son, but from the very beginning would deliver to the hands of Kamsa all the sons to which Devaki\nwould give birth. This was the most liberal proposition offered by\nVasudeva to Kamsa.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0115": "Srimad-Bbigavatam\n\n86\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 55\n\n.iRR\n\n�\\flfllitij �(6lliA('fld�� I\n�sfq � iRJ: � stlfit�« � 11'-\\'-\\11\nsri-suka uvaca\nsvasur vadhan nivavrte\nkamsas tad-vakya-sara-vit\nvasudevo 'pi tam prita/:t\npra§as_ya praviSad grham\n\nS Sukadeva Gosvami said; svasu/:t-of his sister\n\nsri-suka/:t uvaca- ri\n\n(Devaki); vadhdt-from the act of killing; nivavrte-stopped for the\n\ntime being; karil.sa/:t-Kamsa; tat-vakya-the words of Vasudeva; sdravit-knowing to be perfectly correct; vasudeva/:t-Vasudeva; api-also;\ntam-to him\n\n(Kamsa); prita/:t-being satisfied; pra5asya-pacifying\n\nmore; praviSat grham-entered his own house.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvimi continued: Kamsa agreed to the logical\n\narguments of Vasudeva, and, having full faith in Vasudeva's\nwords, he refrained from killing his sister. Vasudeva, being\n\npleased with Karltsa, pacified him further and entered his own\n\nhouse.\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough Kamsa was a sinful demon, he believed that Vasudeva would\nnever deviate from his word. The character of a pure devotee like\nVasudeva is such that even so great a demon as Kamsa firmly believed in\nhis words and was satisfied. Yasyasti bhaktir bhagavaty akiiicana sarvair\n\ngur;rais tatra samasate sura/:t\n\n(Bhag. 5.18.12). All good _attributes are\n\npresent in a devotee, so much so that even Kamsa believed in Vasudeva's\nwords without a doubt.\n\nTEXT 56\n\n� � � (1��€461 I\n�'!_ • �m � -+.·�q€(1'(4 11'-\\ � u\n3N\n\nr/\n\n", "SB10.1#p0116": "Text 56]\n\nThe Advent of Lord �11�a: Introduction\n\n87\n\natha kala upavrtte\ndevaki sarva-devata\nputran prasU$UVe c�tau\nkanyaril caivanuvatsaram\natha-thereafter;,kale-in due course of time; upavrtte-when it was\nripe; devaki-Devaki, the wife of Vasudeva, Kt!?Qa's father; sarva­\n\ndevata-Devaki, to whom all the demigods and God Himself appeared;\nputran-sons; prasU$uve-gave birth to; ca-and; ll$!au-eight;\nkanyaril ca-and one daughter named Subhadra; eva-indeed; anuvatsaram-year after year.\nTRANSLATION\nEach year thereafter, in due course of time, Devaki, the mother\nof God and all the ·demigods, gave birth to a child. Thus she bore\neight sons, one after another, and a daughter named Subhadri.\nPURPORT\nThe spiritual master is sometimes glorified as sarva-devamayo guru/;l\n(Bhag. 11.7.27). By the grace of the guru, the spiritual master, one can\nunderstand the different kinds of devas. The word deva refers to God,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the original source of all the\ndemigods, who are also called devas. In Bhagavad-gita (10.2) the Lord\nsays, aham adir hi devanam: \"I am the source of all the devas.\" The\nSupreme Lord, Vi!?QU, the Original Person, expands in different forms.\n\nTad ai�ata bahu syam (Chandogya Upan�ad 6.2.3). He alone has expanded into many. Advaitam acyutam anadim ananta-rupam (Brahmasamhita 5.33). There are different grades of forms, known as svarilsa\nand vibhinnarilsa. The svarilsa expansions, or v�r;tu-tattva, are the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, whereas the vibhinnamsa are jiva­\n\ntattva, who are part and parcel of the Lord (mamaivamso jiva-loke jivabhuta/;l sanatana/:l}. If we accept Kt!?l).a as the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead and worship Him, all the parts and expansions of the Lord\nare automatically worshiped. Sarvarhar;tam acyutejya (Bhiig. 4.31.14).\nKt!?Qa is known as Acyuta (senayor ubhayor madhye ratham sthapaya\nme\n\n'cyuta). By worshiping Acyuta, Kt!?Qa, one automatically worships all\n\nthe demigods. There is no need of separately worshiping either the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0117": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n88\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nvi$r;t�-tattva or jiva-tattva. If one concentrates upon K:r�Q.a, one worships\neveryone. Therefore, because mother Devaki gave birth to K:r�Q.a, she is\ndescribed here as sarva-devata.\nTEXT 57\n\nlitiTM+t.-d\n\n� �(11�1;{'$�.-�fin I\n\n314�1+1Ri m ms�t((RINf§�: 11'-\\�11\nkirtimantam prathamajam\nkamsayanakadundubhi/:L\narpayam asa krcchrer;ta\nso 'nrtad ativihvala/:L\nkirtimantam-by the name Krrtiman; prathama-jam-the first-born\nbaby; kamsaya-unto Kamsa; anakadundubhi/:L-Vasudeva; arpayam\nasa-delivered;\n\nkrcchrer;ta-with great pain;\n\nsai,L-he\n\n(Vasudeva);\n\nanrtat-from the breaking of the promise, or from fear of being a liar;\nati-vihvala/:L-was very much disturbed, being afraid.\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva was very much disturbed by fear of becoming a liar by\n\nbreaking his promise. Thus with great pain he delivered his firstborn son, named Kirtiman, into the hands of Kamsa.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Vedic system, as soon as a child is born, especially a male child,\nthe father calls for learned brahmar;tas, and according to the description\nof the child's horoscope, the child is immediately given a name. This\nceremony is called nama-karar;ta. There are ten different samskaras, or\nreformatory methods, adopted in the system of van:uiSrama-dharma,\nand the name-giving ceremony is one of them. Although Vasudeva's first\nson was to be delivered into the hands of Kamsa, the nama-karar;ta.\nceremony was performed, and thus the child was named Kirtiman. Such\nnames are given immediately after birth.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0118": "Text 58]\n\nThe Advent of Lord �11�a: Introduction\n\n89\n\nTEXT 58\n\nft�:��·��l\nft¥t4il�4iG\\tifUif��'l61�wtli( ������\nkim du/:tsaham nu sadhanam\nvid�am kim apek$itam\nkim akaryam kadaryaTJ,am\ndustyajam kim dhrtatmanam\nkim-what is; du/:tsaham-painful; nu-indeed; sadhanam-for\nsaintly persons; vid�am-of learned persons; kim apek$itam-what is\ndependence; kim akaryam-what is forbidden work; kadaryaTJ,am-of\npersons in the lowest grade; dustyajam-very difficult to give up; kimwhat is; dhrta-atmanam-of persons who are self-realized.\nTRANSLATION\nWhat is painful for saintly persons who strictly adhere to the\ntruth? How could there not be independence for pure devotees\nwho know the Supreme Lord as the substance? What deeds are\nforbidden for persons of the lowest character? And what cannot\nbe given up for the sake of Lord �11�a by those who have fully\nsurrendered at His lotus feet?\nPURPORT\nSince the eighth son of Devaki was to kill Karhsa, one might ask what\nthe need was for Vasudeva to deliver the first-horn child. The answer is\nthat Vasudeva had promised Karhsa that he would deliver all the\nchildren horn of Devaki. Karhsa, being an asura, did not believe that the\neighth child would kill him; he took it for granted that he might he\nkilled by any of the children of Devaki. Vasudeva, therefore, to save\nDevaki, promised to give Karhsa every child, whether male or female.\nFrom another point of view, Vasudeva and Devaki were very pleased\nwhen they understood that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, .i(r�:Q.a,\nwould come as their eighth son. Vasudeva, a pure devotee of the Lord,\nwas eager to see K:r�:Q.a appear as his child from the eighth pregnancy of\n\n", "SB10.1#p0119": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n90\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nDevaki. Therefore he wanted to deliver all the children quickly so that\nthe eighth turn would come and Knr.1a would appear. He begot one child\nevery year so that Kr��a's turn to appear would come as soon as possible.\nTEXT 59\n\nqt��:� � ott'4�f(l¥( I\niif!ij�!¥4'1 � st(ijf't((¥i14\\( H����\ndr�!vii samatvam tac chaure�\nsatye caiva vyavasthitim\nkarilsas t�!a-manii rajan\nprahasann idam abrav'it\ndr�!vii-by seeing; samatvam-being equipoised, undisturbed in distress or happiness; tat-that; saure�-of Vasudeva; satye-in truthfulness; ca-indeed; eva-certainly; vyavasthitim-the firm situation;\nkarilsa�-Ka:rhsa; t�!a-manii�-being very satisfied (with Vasudeva's\nbehavior in delivering the first child to keep his promise);\n\nrajan-\n\n0 Maharaja Parik�it; prahasan-with a smiling face; idam-this;\n\nabravit-said.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Parik�it, when Kamsa saw that Vasudeva, being\n\nsituated in truthfulness, was completely equipoised in giving him\n\nthe child, he was very happy. Therefore, with a smiling face, he\nspoke as follows.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word samatvam is very significant in this verse. Samatvam refers\nto one who is always equipoised, unaffected by either happiness or distress. Vasudeva was so steadily equipoised that he did not seem in the\nleast agitated when delivering his first-born child into the hands of\n\nBhagavad-gitii (2.56) it is said, du�khe�v\nanudvigna-manii� sukhe�u vigata-sprha�. In the material world, one\n\nKa:rhsa to be killed. In\n\nshould not be very eager to be happy, nor should one be very much disturbed by material distress. Lord K:r��a advised Arjuna:\n\n", "SB10.1#p0120": "Text 60]\n\nThe Advent of Lord .Kf11�a: Introduction\n\n91\n\nmatra-sparsds tu kaunteya\nsito�r:w-sukha-dub,kha-dab,\nagamapayino 'nityas\ntams titi/cyasva bharata\n\n\"0 son of Kunti, the nonpermanent appearance of happiness and distress, and their disappearance in due course, are like the appearance and\ndisappearance of winter and summer seasons. They arise from sense perception, 0 scion of Bharata, and one must learn to tolerate them without\nbeing disturbed.\" (Bg. 2.14) The self-realized soul is never disturbed by\nso-called distress or happiness, and this is especially true of an exalted\ndevotee like Vasudeva, who showed this by his practical example.\nVasudeva was not at all disturbed when delivering his :first child to\nKarhsa to be killed.\nTEXT 60\n\nstRttrld f¥tlitsti ;y �411G>f<6 � � I\n3l�¥tl( �!!4�•ht4�\n�: � II� II\no\n\npratiyatu kumaro 'yam\nna hy asmad asti me bhayam\n�tamad yuvayor garbhan\nmrtyur me vihitab, kila\npratiyatu-my dear Vasudeva, take back your child and go home;\nkumarab,-newborn child; ayam-this; na-not; hi-indeed; asmatfrom him; asti-there is; me-my; bhayam-fear; �tamat-from the\neighth; yuvayob,-of both you and your wife; garbhat-from . the pregnancy; mrtyub,-death; me-my; vihitab,-has been ordained; kilaindeed.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Vasudeva, you may take back your child and go home. I have\nno fear of your first child. It is the eighth child of you and Devaki I\nam concerned with because that is the child by whom I am destined\n\nto be killed.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0121": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n92\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 61\n\n441€41'1$��� : I\n;'ffAI'1;:(ij ij&\\l'lftt+R'tJisfifltijk+l'1: ll � � ll\n� ®+11�14\n\ntatheti sutam adaya\nyayav anakadundubhi/:t\nnabhyanandata tad-vakyam\nasato 'vijitatmana/:t\ntatha-very well; iti-thus; sutam adaya- taking back his child;\nyayau-left\n\nthat\n\nplace;\n\nanakadundubhiJ:r,-Vasudeva;\n\nnandata-did not very much value;\n\ntat-vakyam-the\n\nna\n\nabhya­\n\nwords\n\n(of\n\nKamsa); asata/:t-who was without character; avijita-atmanaJ:r,-and\nwithout self -control.\nTRANSLATION\n\nVasudeva agreed and took his child hack home, but because\n\nKamsa had no character and no self-control, Vasudeva knew that\nhe could not rely �n Kamsa's word.\n\nTEXTS 62-63\n\n'1;:((1tlllr������: I\n� '4ij�'41tlt �'4'lfttltlt �: ������\n� 1£ ��ijlstlttl � �6' I\n� � lr � i«+l34iji: II����\nnandadya ye vraje gopa\nyas cdmi$arh ca yo�ita/:t\nvmz.ayo vasudevadya\ndevaky-adya yadu-striya/:t\nsarve vai devata-praya\nubhayor api bharata\njfidtayo bandhu-suhrdo\nye ca kamsam anuvrata/:t\n\n", "SB10.1#p0122": "Text 63]\n\n,93\n\nThe Advent of Lord Kf��a: Introduction\n\nnanda-adya�-beginning from Nanda Maharaja; ye-all of which\npersons; vraje-in V:rndavana; gopa�-the cowherd men; ya�-which;\nca-and; ami$am-of all those (inhabitants of V:rndavana); ca-as well\nas; yo�ita�-the women; vmwya�-members of the V:r��i family;\nvasudeva-adya�-headed by Vasudeva;\n\ndevaki-adya�-headed\n\nby\n\nDevaki; yadu-striya�-all the women of the Yadu dynasty; sarve-all of\nthem;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nubhayo�-of\n\nboth\n\ndevata-praya�-were\nNanda\n\ninhabitants\n\nMaharaja and Vasudeva;\n\nof\n\nheaven;\n\napi-indeed;\n\nbharata-0 Maharaja Parik�it; jnataya�-the relatives;\n\nbandhu­\n\nfriends; suhrda�-well-wishers; ye-all of whom; ca-and; kamsam\nanuvrata�-even though apparently followers of Kamsa.\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of Vrndavana, headed by Nanda Maharaja and\nincluding his associate cowherd men and their wives, were none\nbut denizens of the heavenly planets, 0 Maharaja Parik�it, best of\nthe descendants of Bharata, and so too were the descendants of the\nV\"�i dynasty, headed by Vasudeva, and Devaki and the other\nwomen of the dynasty of Yadu: The friends, relatives and wellwishers of both Nanda Maharaja and Vasudeva and even those who\nexternally appeared to be followers of Kamsa were all demigods.\nPURPORT\n\nAs previously discussed, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi��u,\ninformed Lord Brahma that Lord K:r��a would personally descend to\nmitigate the suffering on the earth. The Lord ordered all the denizens of\nthe heavenly planets to take birth in different families of the Yadu and\nV:r��i dynasties and in V:rndavana. Now this verse informs us that all the\nfamily and friends of the Yadu dynasty, the V:r��i dynasty, Nanda\nMaharaja and the gopas descended from the heavenly planets to see the\npastimes of the Lord. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (4.8), the Lord's\npastimes consist of paritra1,1-aya sadhunam vinasaya ca du�krtam-saving the devotees and killing the demons. To demonstrate these activities,\nthe Lord called for devotees from different parts of the universe.\nThere are many devotees who are elevated to the higher planetary\nsystems.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0123": "94\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nprapya p ur;tya-krtam lokan\n�itva sasvati� samd�\n§ucinam srimatam gehe\nyoga-bhr�to bhijayate\n'\n\n\"The unsuccessful yogi, after many, many years of enjoyment on the\nplanets of the pious living entities, is born into a family of righteous\npeople, or into a family of rich aristocracy.\" (Bg. 6.41) Some devotees,\n\nhaving failed to complete the process of devotional service, are promoted\nto the heavenly planets, to which the pious are elevated, and after enjoying there they may be directly promoted to the place where the Lord's\npastimes are going on. When Lord Kr�:Q.a was to appear, the denizens of\nthe heavenly planets were invited to see the pastimes of the Lord, and\nthus it is stated here that the members of the Yadu and V:r�:Q.i dynasties\nand the inhabitants of V:rndavana were demigods or almost as good as\ndemigods. Even those who externally helped the activities of Kamsa\nbelonged to the higher planetary systems. The imprisonment and release\nof Vasudeva and the killing of various demons were all manifestations of\nthe pastimes of the Lord, and because the devotees would be pleased to\nsee these activities personally, they were all invited to take birth as\nfriends and relatives of these families. As confirmed in the prayers of\nKunti (Bhag. 1.8.19), nato natya-dharo ya tha. The Lord was to play the\n\npart of a demon-killer, and a friend, son and brother to His devotees, and\nthus these devotees were all summoned.\nTEXT 64\n\n�����:1\nl{it+i�ltt¥410ilwti � :q �tl¥44( II� �II\netat kamsaya .bhagavaii\nchaSamsabhyetya narada�\nbhamer bharayama r;tanam\ndaityanam ca vadhodyamam\netat-all these words about the Yadu family and V:r�:Q.i family;\nkamsaya-unto King Karilsa; bhagavan-the most powerful representa-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0124": "-\n\nText 64]\n\nThe ,Advent of Lord ��J]a: Introduction\n\ntive of �he Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\n95\n\nsa.Samsa-informed\n\n(Kamsa, who was in doubt); abhyetya-after approaching him; nara­\n\ndalt-the great sage Narada; bhamelt-on the surface of the earth;\n\nbhdrayama¢nam-of those who were a burden; daityanam ca-and of\n\nthe demons; vadha-udyamam-the endeavor to kill.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce . the great saint Niirada approached Karilsa and informed\nhim of how the demoniac persons who were a great burden on the\nearth were going to be killed. Thus Kamsa was placed into great\nfear and doubt.\nPURPORT\n\nIt has already been discussed that mother earth implored Lord Brahma\n\nto give her relief from the distress created by the burdensome demons\n\nand that Lord Brahma informed her that Lord ��:r;ta Himself was going\nto appear. K:r�:r;ta says in Bhagavad-gita (4.8):\nparitrar;taya sadhunam\nvinasaya ca d�krtam\ndharma-sarilsthapanarthaya\nsambhavami yuge yuge\nWhenever there is a burden created by the demons and whenever the in­\n\nnocent devotees are distressed by demoniac rulers, the Lord appears in\ndue course of time to kill the demons with the assistance of His real\n\nrepresentatives, who are technically called demigods. In the Upan�ads it\n\nis stated that the demigods are different parts of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. As it is the duty of the parts of the body to serve the whole,\n\nit is the duty of ��:r;ta's devotees to serve ��:r;ta as He wants. ��:r;ta's\n\nbusiness is to kill the demons, and therefore this should be a devotee's\n\nbusiness also. Because the people of Kali-yuga are fallen, however, Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, out of kindness for them, did not bring any\n\nweapon to kill them. Rather, by spreading ��:r;ta consciousness, love of\n��:r;ta, He wanted to kill their nefarious, demoniac activities. This is the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0125": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n96\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. l\n\npurpose of the K��1,1a consciousness movement. Unless the demoniac ac­\n\ntivities on the surface of the world are diminished or vanquished, no one\n\ncan be happy. The program for the conditioned soul is fully described in\n\nBhagavad-gita, and one simply has to follow these instructions to become\n\nhappy. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has therefore prescribed:\n\nharer nama harer nama\nharer namaiva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha\nLet people chant the Hare ��1,1a mantra constantly. Then their demoniac\n\ntendencies will be killed, and they will become first-class devotees, happy\nin this life and in the next.\n\nTEXTS 65-66\n\nSIAfiff;t•l� m � � � I\n�fitn ·� � :q � �\\11��11\n�� � =if � f;r4t�4lt I\n�Ri �� � {tql(�wt�lil ������\nr$er vinirgame kamso\nyadan matva suran iti\ndevakya garbha-sambhatam\nvi$7Juril ca sva-vadham prati\ndevakim vasudevam ca\nnigrhya nigat;lair grhe\njatam jatam ahan putram\ntayor ajana-sarikaya\nr$e �-of the great sage Narada; vinirgame-on the departure (after\n\ngiving information); kamsa �-Karhsa; yadan-all the members ·of the\n\nYadu dynasty; matva-thinking of; suran-as demigods; iti-thus;\n\ndevakya�-of Devaki; garbha-sambhiltam-the children born from the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0126": "Text 66]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Kr��a: Introduction\n\n97\n\nwomb; v�ry,um-(accepting) as Vif?x;tu; ca-and; sva-vadham prati­\n\nfearing his own death from Vi�?x;tu; devakim-Devaki; vasudevam ca­\n\nand her husband, Vasudeva; nigrhya-arresting; niga{laib,-by iron\n\nshackles; grhe-confined at home; jatam jatam-each one who was\nhorn, one after another; ahan-killed; putram-the sons; tayob,-of\n\nVasudeva and Devaki; ajana-sankaya-with the doubt that they would\nhe Vif?x;tu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the departure of the great saint Niirada, Kamsa thought\nthat all the members of the Yadu dynasty were demigods and that\nany of the children born from the womb of Devaki might be\nVi��u. Fearing his death, Karitsa arrested Vasudeva and Devaki and\nchained them with iron shackles. Suspecting each of the children\nto be Vi��u, Kamsa killed them one after another because of the\nprophecy that Vi��u would kill him.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila ]iva Gosviimi, in his notes on this verse, has mentioned how\n\nNarada Muni gave Kamsa this information. This incident is described in\n\nthe Hari-vamsa. Narada Muni went to see Kamsa by providence, and\nKamsa received him very well. Narada, therefore, informed him that any\n\none of the sons of Devaki might he Vi�?x;tU. Because Vi�?x;tU was to kill him,\nKarhsa should not spare any of Devaki's children, Narada Muni advised.\n\nNarada's intention was that Kamsa, by killing the children, would in­\n\ncrease his sinful activities so that Kr!?x;ta would soon appear to kill him.\n\nUpon receiving the instructions of Narada Muni, Kamsa killed all the\n\nchildren of Devaki one after another.\n\nThe word ajana-sankaya indicates that Lord Vif?x;tu never takes birth\n\n(ajana) and that He therefore appeared as Kr!?x;ta, taking birth just like a\nhuman being (miinU$irh tanum asritam). Kamsa attempted to kill all the\n\nbabies horn of Devaki and Vasudeva, although he knew that if Vi�?x;tu\n\nwere horn, He would not he killed. Actually it came to pass that when\n\nVif?I,lU appeared as Kr!?x;ta, Kamsa could not kill Him; rather, as foretold,\n\nit was He who killed Kamsa. One should know in truth how Kr�?x;ta, who\n\ntakes His birth transcendentally, acts to kill the demons hut is never\n\n", "SB10.1#p0127": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n98\n\n[Canto I 0, Ch. I\n\nkilled. When one perfectly understands Kr!?Q.a in this way, through the\nmedium of §astra, one becomes immortal. As the Lord says in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii (4.9):\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevam yo vetti tattvata/:t\ntyaktvii deham punar janma\nnaiti miim eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this\nmaterial world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\"\nTEXT 67\n\n�� tim � �� tK�� I\n� tUtwil �u�:�� ll�\\911\nmiitaram pitaram bhriitfn\nsarviims ca suhrdas tathii\nghnanti hy asutrpo lubdhii\nriijiina/:t priiya§o bhuvi\nmiitaram-unto the mother; pitaram-unto the father; bhriitfnunto brothers; sarviin ca-and anyone else; suhrda/:1,-friends; tathiias well as; ghnanti-they kill (as it is practically seen); hi-indeed; asutrpa/:1,-those who envy the lives of others for their personal sense gratification;\n\nlubdhii/:1,-greedy;\n\nriijiina/:1,-such kings; priiya§a/:1,-almost\n\nalways; bhuvi-on the earth.\nTRANSLATION\nKings greedy for sense gratification on this earth almost always\n\nkill their enemies indiscriminately. To satisfy their own whims,\n\nthey may kill anyone, even their mothers, fathers, brothers or\nfriends.\n\nPURPORT\n\nWe have seen in the history of India that Aurangzeb killed his brother\nand nephews and imprisoned his father to fulfill political ambitions.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0128": "Text 68]\n\nThe Advent of Lord �17:r:ta: Introduction\n\n99\n\nThere have been many similar instances, and Karhsa was the same type\nof king. Karhsa did not hesitate to kill his nephews and imprison his\nsister and his father. For demons to do such things is not astonishing.\nNonetheless, although Karhsa was a demon, he was aware that Lord\nVi�J.lU cannot be killed, and thus he attained salvation. Even partial\nunderstanding of the activities of Lord Vi�J.lU makes one eligible for\nsalvation. Karhsa knew a little about ��J.la-that He could not be\nkilled-and therefore he attained salvation although he thought of\nVi�J.lu, ��J.la, as an enemy. What then is to be said of one who knows\n��1.1a perfectly from the descriptions of sastras like Bhagavad-gita? It is\ntherefore the duty of everyone to read Bhagavad-gita and understand\n��J.la perfectly. This will make one's life successful.\nTEXT 68\n\n3TR'4lwtflll �.:r�mh1� mttJ��.., � 1\nQ �� �: « �\\ilfij ����II\natmanam iha sanjatarh\njanan priig V�JJuna hatam\nmahasurarh kalanemirh\nyadubhi� sa vyarudhyata\ntitmtinam-personally; iha-in this world; sanjatam-born again;\njanan-understanding well; prtik-previously, before this birth; v�IJUna-by Lord Vi�J.lu; hatam-was killed; maha-asuram-a great\ndemon; kalanemim-by the name Kalanemi; yadubhi�-with the members of the Yadu dynasty;\n\nsa�-he (Karhsa);\n\nvyarudhyata-acted\n\ninimically.\nTRANSLATION\nIn his previous birth, Karilsa had been a great demon named\nKalanemi and been killed by Vi17J].U. Upon learning this information from Niirada, Karilsa became envious of everyone connected\nwith the Yadu dynasty.\nPURPORT\nPersons who are demons, enemies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, are called asuras. As stated in Bhagavad-gita, the asuras, because\n\n", "SB10.1#p0129": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n100\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nof their enmity toward the Supreme Personality of Godhead, take birth\nafter birth in asura families and therefore glide down to the darkest\nhellish regions.\n\nTEXT 69\n\n��mR�I\n� A� �� �((1'111. liDir�: ������\nugrasenam ca pitaram\nyadu-bhojiindhakadhipam\nsvayam nigrhya bubhuje\nsilraseniin mahii-balatt\nugrasenam-unto Ugrasena; ca-and; pitaram-who was his own\nfather; yadu-of the Yadu dynasty; bhoja-of the Bhoja dynasty;\nandhaka-of the Andhaka dynasty; adhipam-the king; svayam-personally;\n\nnigrhya-subduing;\n\nbubhuje- enjoyed;\n\nsilraseniin-all the\n\nstates known as Siirasena; maha-balatt-the extremely powerful Kamsa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKaritsa, the most powerful son of Ugrasena, even imprisoned his\nown father, the King of the Yadu, Bhoja and Andhaka dynasties,\n\nand personally ruled the states known as Stirasena.\nPURPORT\n\nThe state known as Mathurii was also included within the states known\n\nas Siirasena.\n\nADDITIONAL NOTES FOR THIS CHAPTER\nRegarding transmigration of the soul, Srila Madhviiciirya gives the\nfollowing notes. When one is awake, whatever one sees or hears is impressed upon the mind, which later works in dreams to show one different experiences, although in dreams one appears to accept a different\n\n", "SB10.1#p0130": "Notes]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Kr��a: Introduction\n\n101\n\nbody. For example, when one is awake one does business and talks with\ncustomers, and similarly in dreams one meets various customers, talks\nabout business and gives quotations. Madhvacarya says, therefore, that\ndreams take place according to what one sees, hears and remembers.\nWhen one reawakens, of course, one forgets the body of the dream. This\nforgetfulness is called apasmrti. Thus we are changing bodies because we\nare sometimes dreaming, sometimes awake and sometimes forgetful.\nForgetfulness of our previously created body is called death, and our\nwork in the present body is called life. After death, one cannot remember\nthe activities of one's previous body, whether imaginary or factual.\nThe agitated mind is compared to agitated water reflecting the sun and\nthe moon. Actually the sun and moon reflected on the water do not exist\nthere; nonetheless, they are reflected according to the movements of the\nwater. Similarly, when our minds are agitated, we wander in different\nmaterial atmospheres and receive different types of bodies. This is described in Bhagavad-gitii as gur:ta-sariga. Kiirar:tam gur:ta-sarigo\n\n'sya.\n\nMadhvacarya says, gu1Jiinubaddha}:t san. And Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nsays, brahma1J4a bhramite kona bhiigyaviin jiva (Cc. Madhya 19.151).\nThe living entity rotates up and down throughout the universe, some­\n\ntimes in the upper planetary system, sometimes in the middle and lower\nplanetary systems, sometimes as a man, sometimes a god, a dog, a tree\nand so on. This is all due to the agitation of the mind. The mind\nmust therefore be steadily fixed. As it is said, sa vai mana/:t kr�r:tapadiiravindayo/:t. One should fix one's mind at the lotus feet of K�E?J.la,\nand then one will become free from agitation. This is the instruction of\nthe Garwla Puriir:ta, and in the Naradiya Puriir:ta the same process is described. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii, yanti deva-vratii deviin. The agitated mind goes to different planetary systems because it is attached to\ndifferent kinds of demigods, but one does not go to the abode of the\nupreme Personality of Godhead by worshiping the demigods, for this is\nnot supported by any Vedic literature. Man is the architect of his own\nfortune. In this human life one has the facility with which to understand\none's real situation, and one can decide whether to wander around the\nnniverse forever or return home, back to Godhead. This is also confumed in\n\nro.rtmani).\n\nBhagavad-gitii (aprapya miim nivartante mrtyu-samsiira­\n\n", "SB10.1#p0131": "102\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l 0, Ch. l\n\nThere is no such thing as chance. When a tree is burning in a forest\n\nfire and although the nearest tree is spared a distant tree catches fire, this\n\nmay appear to be chance. Similarly, one may seem to get different types\n\nof bodies by chance, bu� actually one receives these bodies because of the\n\nmind. The mind flickers between accepting and· rejecting, and according\nto the acceptance and rejection of the mind, we receive different types of\nbodies, although we superficially seem to obtain these bodies by chance.\n\nEven if we accept the theory of chance, the immediate cause for the\n\nchange of body is the agitation of the mind.\n\nNotes on amsa. This chapter describes that K:r�Qa appeared amsena,\n\nwith His parts and parcels or His partial manifestation. In this connec­\n\ntion, Sridhara Svami says that K:r�Qa is one hundred percent Bhagavan\n\n(kr$r:taS tu bhagaviin svayam). Because of our imperfections, however,\n\nwe cannot appreciate K:r�Qa in fullness, and therefore whatever K:r�Qa\n\nexhibited when present on earth was but a partial manifestation of His\n\nopulence. Again, K:r�Qa appeared with His plenary expansion Baladeva.\nK:r�Qa, however, is full; there is no question of His appearing partially.\n\nIn the Vai$r:mva-to$ar,ti, Srila Sanatana Gosvami says that to accept that\n\nK:r�Qa was partially manifested would contradict the statement kr$1JaS tu\n\nbhagaviin svayam. Srila }iva Gosvami says that the word amsena means\n\nthat K:r�Qa appeared with all His plenary expansions. The words amsena\n\nvi$r,ta� do not mean that K:r�Qa is a partial representative of Vi�QU.\n\nRather, K:r�Qa appeared in fullness, and He manifests Himself partially\nin the VaikuQthalokas. In other words, Lord Vi�QU is a partial represen­\n\ntation of K:r�Qa; K:r�Qa is not a partial representation of Vi�QU. In the\n\nCaitanya-caritiimrta, Adi-lilii, Chapter Four, this subject matter is ex­\n\nplained very clearly. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura also notes that\n\nno one can describe K:r�Qa in fullness. Whatever descriptions we find in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam are partial explanations of K:r�Qa. In conclusion,\ntherefore, the word amsena indicates that Lord Vi�QU is a partial representation of K:r�Qa, not that K:r�Qa is a partial representation of Vi�QU.\n\nSrila Sanatana Gosvami's Vai$r:mva-to$ar,ti has explained the word\ndharma-silasya. The exact meaning of dharma-sila is \"an unadulterated\ndevotee.\" Real dharma consists of full surrender to K:r�Qa (sarvadharmiin parityajya miim ekam sarar:mm vraja). One who has fully sur­\n\nrendered to K:r�Qa is actually religious. One such religious person was\n\nMaharaja Parik�it. Anyone who accepts the principle of surrender to the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0132": "Notes]\n\nThe Advent of Lord l\\.r11�a: Introduction.\n\n103\n\nlotus feet of the Lord, giving up all other systems of religion, is actually\ndharma-fila, perfectly religious.\nThe word nivrtta-tar$ai� refers to one who no longer has any material\ndesires (sarvopiidhi-vinirmuktam). One may have many material desires\nbecause of contamination in this material world, but when one is completely free from all material desires, he is called nivrtta-tr$1Jn, which indicates that he no longer has any thirst for material enjoyment. Svamin\n\nkrtartho 'smi varam na yace (Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya) . Materialistic persons want some material profit from executing devotional service, but\nthis is not the purpose of service. The perfection of devotional service\nlies in complete surrender unto the lotus feet of l(r�Q.a, with no material\ndesires. One who surrenders in this way is already liberated. ]ivan­\n\nmukta� sa ucyate. One who is always busy serving l(r�Q.a, in whatever\ncondition he may live, is understood to be liberated even in this life. Such\na person, who is a pure devotee, does not need to change his body; indeed, he does not possess a material body, for his body has already been\nspiritualized. An iron rod kept constantly within a fire will ultimately become fire, and whatever it touches will burn. Similarly, the pure devotee\nis in the fire of spiritual existence, and therefore his body is cin-maya;\nthat is, it is spiritual, not material, because the pure devotee has no\ndesire but the transcendental desire to serve the Lord. In text four the\nword upagiyamanat is used: nivrtta-tar$air upagiyamanat. Who will\nchant the glories of the Lord unless he is a devotee? Therefore the word\nnivrtta-tar$ai� indicates the devotee, and no one else. These are the\nremarks of ticaryas like Viraraghava Acarya and Vijayadhvaja. To desire\nanything other than devotional service will diminish one's freedom from\nmaterial desires, but when one is free from all such desires one is called\n\nnivrtta-tar$ai�.\nVina pa5u-ghnat. The word pa§u means \"animal.\" An animal killer,\npa5u-ghna, cannot enter into ��Q.a consciousness. In our .Kr�IJ.a consciousness movement, therefore, animal killing is completely prohibited.\nUttamasloka-guT}iinuviidat. The word uttamasloka means \"one who is\nfamous as the best of those who are good.\" The Lord is good in all\ncircumstances. That is His natural reputation. His goodness is unlimited,\nand He uses it unlimitedly. A devotee is also sometimes described as\nuttamasloka, meaning that he is eager to glorify the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead or the Lord's devotees. Glorifying the Lord and glorifying\n\n", "SB10.1#p0133": "104\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nthe Lord's devotees are the same. Or, rather, glorifying the devotee is\nmore important than glorifying the Lord directly. Narottama dasa\n\n'fhakura explains this fact: ch&;liya va�r:w-va-seva, nistara payeche\n\nkeba. One cannot be .liberated from material contamination without\n\nsincerely serving a devotee of Kr�:Q.a.\n\nBhavau�adhat means \"from the universal remedy.\" Chanting the\n\nholy name and glorifying the Supreme Lord are the universal remedy for\nall the miseries of materialistic life. Persons who desire to be freed from\n\nthis material world are called mumu�u. Such persons can understand\nthe miseries of materialistic life, and by glorifying the activities of the\nLord they can be released from all these miseries. The transcendental\nsound vibrations concerning the Lord's name, fame, form, qualities and\nparaphernalia are all nondiflerent from the Lord. Therefore the very\nsound vibration of the Lord's glorification and name are pleasing to the\nears, and by understanding the absolute nature of the Lord's name, form\nand qualities the devotee becomes joyful. Even those who are not devotees, however, enjoy the pleasing narrations of the Lord's transcendental\nactivities. Even ordinary persons not very much advanced in K.r�:Q.a con­\n\nsciousness take pleasure in describing the narrations depicted in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam. When a materialistic person is purified in this way, he\n\nengages in hearing and chanting the glories of the Lord. Because\nglorification of the Lord's pastimes is very pleasing to the ear and heart\nof the devotee, it is simultaneously his subject and object.\nIn this world there are three kinds of men: those who are liberated,\nthose trying to be liberated, and those entangled in sense enjoyment. Of\nthese three, those who are already liberated chant and hear the holy\nname of the Lord, knowing perfectly that to glorify the Lord is the only\nway to keep oneself in a transcendental position. Those who are trying to\nbe liberated, the second class, may regard the chanting and hearing of\nthe Lord's holy name as a process of liberation, and they too will feel the\n\ntranscendental pleasure of this chanting. As for karmis and persons\n\nengaged in sense gratification, they also may take pleasure in hearing the\npastimes of the Lord, like His fighting on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra\nand His dancing in V.rndavana with the gopis.\n\nThe word uttama.Sloka-guJJ-anuvada refers to the transcendental\n\nqualities of the Supreme Lord, such as His affection for mother Yasoda\nand His friends the cowherd boys and His loving attitude toward the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0134": "Notes]\n\nThe Advent of Lord K:r��a: Introduction\n\n105\n\ngopis. The Lord's devotees like Maharaja Yudhi!?thira are also described\n\nby the qualification uttamasloka-gurpinuviida. The word anuvada refers\n\nto describing the qualities of the Supreme Lord or His devotees. When\nthese qualities are described, other devotees are interested in hearing\n\nthem. The more one is interested in hearing about these transcendental\nqualities, the more one transcendentally enjoys. Everyone, therefore, in­\n\ncluding the mumu/cyus, the vimuktas and the karmis, should chant and\nhear the glories of the Lord, and in this way everyone will benefit.\n\nAlthough the sound vibration of the transcendental qualities of the\n\nLord is equally beneficial to all, for those who are muktas, liberated, it is\n\nespecially pleasing. As described in Srtmad-Bhagavatam, Eighth Canto,\n\nThird Chapter, verse twenty, because pure devotees, who no longer have\n\nany material desires, surrender fully to the lotus feet of the Lord, they\nalways merge in the ocean of bliss by chanting and hearing the Lord's\nholy name. According to this verse, devotees like Niirada and other resi­\n\ndents of Svetadvipa are seen always engaged in chanting the holy name\n\nof the Lord because by such chanting they are always externally and in­\n\nternally blissful. The mumu/cyus, persons desiring to be liberated, do not\n\ndepend on the pleasures of the senses; instead, they concentrate fully on\n\nbecoming liberated by chanting the holy name of the Lord. Karmis like\n\nto create something pleasing to their ears and hearts, and although they\nsometimes like to chant or hear the glories of the Lord, they do not do it\n\nopenly. Devotees, however, always spontaneously hear, chant about and\n\nremember the activities of the Lord, and by this process they are fully\n\nsatisfied, even though these may seem like topics of sense gratification.\n\nSimply by hearing the transcendental narrations of the Lord's activities,\nParik!?it Maharaja was liberated. He was therefore srotramano- 'bhirama;\n\nthat is, he glorified the process of hearing. This process should be\n\naccepted by all living entities.\n\nTo distinguish persons who are bereft of these transcendental\n\npleasures, Parik!?it Maharaja has used the words virajyeta pumiin. The\nword pumiin refers to any person, whether man, woman or in-between.\n\nBecause of the bodily conception of life, we are subject to lamentation,\nbut one who has no such bodily conceptions can take pleasure in tran­\n\nscendental hearing and chanting. Therefore a person fully absorbed in\n\nthe bodily concept of life is surely killing himself by not making spiritual\nprogress. Such a person is called pa8u-ghna. Especially excluded from\n\n", "SB10.1#p0135": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nI06\n\n(Canto I 0, Ch. I\n\nspiritual life are the animal hunters, who are not interested in hearing\nand chanting the holy name of the Lord. Such hunters are always\nunhappy, both in this life and in the next. It is therefore said that a\nhunter should neither die nor live because for such persons both living\nand dying are troublesome. Animal hunters are completely different\nfrom ordinary karmis, and thus they have been excluded from the process of hearing and chanting. Vina pa§u-ghniit. They cannot enter into\nthe transcendental pleasure of chanting and hearing the holy name of the\nLord.\nThe word maha-ratha refers to a great hero who can fight alone\nagainst eleven thousand other heroes, and the word atiratha, as found in\ntext five, refers to one who can fight against an unlimited number. This\nis mentioned in the Mahabharata as follows:\n\nekiidasa-sahasraTJ,i\nyodhayed yas tu dhanvinam\nastra-sastra-praviTJ,a§ ca\nmaha-ratha iti smrta/:l\namitan yodhayed yas tu\nsamprokto 'tirathas tu sa/:l\nThis is the description given in the Brhad-va�TJ,ava-to$aTJ,i by\n\nSri:la\n\nSanatana Gosvami.\n,\nMaya-manu$yasya (10.1.17). Because of being covered by yogamaya\n\n(naham prakaSa/:l sarvasya yogamaya-samavrta/:l}, K:r;!?J.la is sometimes\ncalled maya-manu$ya, indicating that although He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He appears like an ordinary person. A misunderstanding arises because yogamaya covers the vision of the general\npublic. The Lord's position is actually different from that of an ordinary\nperson, for although He appears to act like an ordinary man, He is always\ntranscendental. The word maya also indicates \"mercy,\" and sometimes it\nalso means \"knowledge.\" The Lord is always full of all transcendental\nknowledge, and therefore although He acts like a human being, He is the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, full of knowledge. In His original\nidentity, the Lord is the controller of maya (mayadhyak$eTJ,a prakrti/:l\n\nsilyate sa-caracaram).\n\nTherefore the Lord may be called maya­\n\nmanU$ya, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead playing like an ordi-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0136": "Notes]\n\nThe Advent of Lord :Kf'J].a: Introduction\n\n107\n\nnary human being, although He is the controller of both the material and\nspiritual energies. The Lord is the Supreme Person, Puru�ottama, but\nbecause we are deluded by yogamdya, He appears to be an ordinary person. Ultimately, however, yogamaya induces even a nondevotee to\nunderstand the Lord as the Supreme Person, Puru�ottama. In Bhagavadgita we find two statements given by the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. For the devotees, the Lord says:\nte�am satata-yuktanam\nbhajatam priti-purvakam\ndadami buddhi-yogam tam\nyena mam upayanti te\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give\nthe understanding by which they can come to Me.\" (Bg. 10.10) Thus for\nthe willing devotee the Lord gives intelligence by which to understand\nHim and return home, back to Godhead. For others, for nondevotees, the\nLord says, mrtyub, sarva-hara§ caham: \"I am all-plundering, inevitable\ndeath.\" A devotee like Prahlada enjoys the activities of Lord N:.;sirilhadeva, whereas nondevotees like Prahlada's father, Hiral).yakasipu,\nmeet death before Lord N:.;simhadeva. The Lord therefore acts in two\nways, by sending some onto the path of repeated birth and death and\nsending others back home, back to Godhead.\nThe word kala, meaning \"black,\" indicates the color of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Kt�J.la. Lord I(:.;�I).a and Lord Ramacandra, who\nboth look blackish, give liberation and transcendental bliss to Their\ndevotees. Among persons possessing material bodies, sometimes someone\nis able to subject death to his own will. For such a person, death is almost\nimpossible because no one wants to die. But although Bhif?madeva\npossessed this power, Bhi�ma, by the supreme will of the Lord, died very\neasily in the Lord's presence. There have also been many demons who\nhad no hope of salvation, yet Kamsa attained salvation by the supreme\nwill of the Lord. Not to speak of Kamsa, even Putana attained salvation\nand reached the level of the Lord's mother. Parik�it Maharaja, therefore,\nwas very eager to hear about the Lord, who has inconceivable qualities by\nwhich to give liberation to anyone. Parik�it Maharaja, at the point of his\ndeath, was certainly interested in his liberation. When such a great and\n\n", "SB10.1#p0137": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n108\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nexalted personality as the Lord behaves like an ordinary human being al­\n\nthough possessing inconceivable qualities, His behavior is called maya.\n\n'!'herefore the Lord is described as maya-manU$ya. This is the opinion of\n\nSrila ]iva Gosvami. Mu refers to mukti, or salvation, and ku refers to that\nwhich is bad or very obnoxious. Thus muku refers to the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, who saves one from the bad condition of material\n\nexistence. The Lord is called mukunda because He not only saves the\n\ndevotee from material existence but offers him transcendental bliss in\n\nlove and service.\n\nAs for Kesava, ka means Brahma, and iSa means Lord Siva. The Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead captivates both Lord Brahma and Lord Mahadeva, or\nSiva, by His transcendental qualities. Therefore He is called Kesava.\n\nThis opinion is given by Sanatana Gosvami in his Va��va-to$ar,ti\ncommentary.\n\nIt is said that all the demigods, accompanied by Tri-nayana, Lord Siva,\n\nwent to the shore of the ocean of milk and offered their prayers through\n\nthe mantra known as Puru$a-sukta. From this statement it is understood\n\nthat the demigods cannot directly approach Lord Vi�Qu, who lies on the\n\nocean of milk, or enter His abode. This is also clearly stated in the\nMahabharata,\n\nMok$a-dharma,\n\nand\n\nthe\n\nnext\n\nchapter of\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhagavatam. l(r�Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, has His\nabode in Goloka (goloka-namni nija-dhamni tale ca tasya). From Lord\nl(r�Qa come the catur-vyuha, the quadruple expansions Sailkar�aQa,\nAniruddha, Pradyumna and Vasudeva. There are innumerable brahmaTJ4as, all of which emanate from the pores of KaraQodakasayi Vif;!QU,\nand in every brahmar,t(la there is a Garbhodakasayi Vif;!QU, who is a par­\n\ntial expansion of Anirudttha. This Aniruddha is a partial expansion of\nPradyumna, who is partially represented as Kr;!irodakasayi Vir;!QU, the\n\nSupersoul of all living entities. These Vif;!QU expansions are different\n\nfrom }(rf;!Qa, who resides in Goloka V:rndavana. When it is said that the\n\ndemigods offered prayers to the Lord by chanting the Puru$a-sukta, this\nindicates that they pleased the Lord by enunciating prayers of bhakti.\n\nThe word vr$akapi refers to one who satisfies His devotee in every way\n\nand frees His devotee from all material anxieties. Vr$a refers to religious\n\nperformances like sacrifices. Even without the execution of sacrifices, the\n\nLord can still enjoy the supermost comforts of the heavenly planets. The\n\nstatement that Puru�ottama, Jagannatha, would appear in the house of\n\n", "SB10.1#p0138": "Notes]\n\nThe Advent of Lord K:r��a: Introduction\n\n109\n\nVasudeva distinguishes the Supreme Personality of Godhead from ordi­\n\nnary persons. The statement that He personally appeared indicates that\nHe did not send His plenary expansion. The word priyartham indicates\n\nthat the Lord appeared to please RukmiQi and RadhiiriiQi. Priya means\n\"the most beloved.\"\n\nIn the commentary of Sri Virariighava Acarya, the following extra\n\nverse is accepted after text twenty-three:\n\nr$ayo 'pi tad-iidesat\nkalpyantarh pa5u-rupi1Ja�\npayo-dana-mukhenapi\nvi$1Jurh tarpayiturh sura�\n\n\"0 demigods, even great sages, following the order of Vi�Qu, appeared in\n\nthe forms of cows and calves to please the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead by delivering milk.\"\n\nRiimiinujiiciirya sometimes accepts Baladeva as a saktyavesa-avatara,\n\nbut Srila ]iva Gosviimi has explained that Baladeva is an expansion of\n\n:l<r�Qa and that a part of Baladeva is Sankar�aQa. Although Baladeva is\n\nidentical with Sankar�aQa, He is the origin of Saiikar�aQa. Therefore the\n\nword svara! has been used to indicate that Baladeva always exists in His\n\nown independence. The word svara! also indicates that Baladeva is\n\nbeyond the material conception of existence. Maya cannot attract Him,\n\nbut because He is fully independent, He can appear by His spiritual\n\npotency wherever He likes. Maya is fully under the control of Vi�Qu.\nBecause the material potency and yogamaya mingle in the Lord's ap­\n\npearance, they are described as ekanamsa. Sometimes ekanamsa is\n\ninterpreted to mean \"without differentiation.\" Saiikar�aQa and Se�a­\n\nniiga are identical. As stated by Yamuniidevi, \"0 Riima, 0 great-armed\n\nmaster of the world, who have extended Yourself throughout the entire\n\nuniverse by one plenary expansion, it is not possible to understand You\n\nfully.\" Therefore ekarhsa refers to Se�a-niiga. In other words, Baladeva,\nmerely by His partial expansion, sustains the entire universe.\n\nThe word karyarthe refers to one who attracted the pregnancy of\n\nDevaki and bewildered mother Yasodii. These pastimes are very confi­\n\ndential. The Supreme Personality of Godhead ordered yogamaya to\n\nbewilder His associates in His pastimes and bewilder demons like Kamsa.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0139": "110\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nAs stated previously, yogamayam samadiSat. To give service to the Lord,\n\nyogamaya appeared along with mahamaya. Mahamaya refers to yaya\nsammohitam jagat, \"one who bewilders the entire material world.\" From\nthis statement it is to be understood that yogamaya, in her partial expansion, becomes mahamaya and bewilders the conditioned souls. In other\nwords, the entire creation has two divisions-transcendental, or spiritual, and material. Yogamaya manages the spiritual world, and by her\npartial expansion as mahamaya she manages the material world. As\nstated in the Narada-paficaratra, mahamaya is a partial expansion of\n\nyogamaya. The Narada-paficaratra clearly states that the Supreme Personality has one potency, which is sometimes described as Durgii. The\n\nBrahma-samhita says, chayeva yasya bhuvanani bibharti durga. Durga\nis not different from yogamaya. When one understands Durga properly,\nhe is immediately liberated, for Durga is originally the spiritual potency,\n\nhladini-sakti, by whose mercy one can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead very easily. Radha kr�7Ja-pra1J-(lya-vikrtir hladini­\n\nsaktir asmad. The mahamaya-sakti, however, is a covering of\nyogamaya, and she is therefore called the covering potency. By this\ncovering potency, the entire material world is bewildered (yaya sammohitam jagat). In conclusion, bewildering the conditioned souls and\nliberating the devotees are both functions belonging to yogamaya.\nTransferring the pregnancy of Devaki and keeping mother Yasoda in\ndeep sleep were both done by yogamaya; mahamaya cannot act upon\nsuch devotees, for they are always liberated. But although it is not possible for mahamaya to control liberated souls or the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, she did bewilder Karhsa. The action of yogamaya in presenting herself before Karhsa was the action of mahamaya, not\n\nyogamaya. Yogamaya cannot even see or touch such polluted persons as\nKarhsa. In Car:u)i, in the Markar:r,cJ,eya Purar:r-a, Eleventh Chapter,\nMahamaya says, \"During the twenty-eighth yuga in the period of\nVaivasvata Manu, I shall take birth as the daughter of Yasoda and be\nknown as Vindhyacala-vasini.\"\nThe distinction between the two mayas-yogamaya and mahamaya-is described as follows.\n\n� �1,1a's rasa-lila with the gopis and\n\nthe gopis' bewilderment in respect to their husbands, fathers-in-law and\nother such\n\nrelatives were arrangements of yogamaya in which\nmahamaya had no influence. The Bhagavatam gives sufficient evidence\n\n", "SB10.1#p0140": "Notes]\n\nThe Advent of Lord .Kr!iir:ta: Introduction\n\nIll\n\nof this when it clearly says, yo_gamayam upasrita/:1,. On the other hand,\n\nthere were asuras headed by Salva and k�atriyas like Duryodhana who\n\nwere bereft of devotional service in spite of seeing Kr�Qa's carrier\n\nGaru<:\\a and the universal form, and who could not understand :l<r!?Qa to\n\nbe the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This was also bewilderment, but\nthis bewilderment was due to mahamaya. Therefore it is to be concluded\n\nthat the maya which drags a person from the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is called ja4amaya, and the maya which acts on the transcen­\n\ndental platform is called yogamaya. When Nanda Maharaja was taken\n\naway by VaruQa, he saw Kt�Qa's opulence, but nonetheless he thought of\n\n:l<r!?Qa as his son. Such feelings of parental love in the spiritual world are\n\nacts of yogamaya, not of jal}.amaya, or mahamaya. This is the opinion of\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura.\n\nSurasenarhs ca. The son of Kartaviryarjuna was Siirasena, and the\n\ncountries he ruled were also called Siirasena. This is noted by Sanatana\nGosvami in his Va��Jnva-to�ar:ti commentary.\n\nIn regard to Mathura, we find this quotation:\n\nmathyate tu jagat sarvarh\nbrahma-jfianena yena va\ntat-sara-bhutarh yad yasyarh\nmathura sa nigadyate\nWhen a self-realized soul acts in his transcendental position, his situation\nis called Mathura. In other words, when one acts in the process of bhakti­\n\nyoga, he may live anywhere, but actually he lives in Mathura,\n\nV:.;ndavana. Devotion to Kr�Qa, the son of Nanda Maharaja, is the essence\n\nof all knowledge, and wherever such knowledge is manifested is called\n\nMathura. Also, when one establishes bhakti-yoga, excluding all other\n\nmethods, one's situation is called Mathura. Yatra nityarh sannihito hari/:1,:\n\nthe place where Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, lives eter­\n\nnally is called Mathura. The word nitya indicates eternality. The\n\nSupreme Lord is eternal, and His abode is also eternal. Goloka eva\n\nnivasaty akhilatma-bhuta/:1,. Although the Lord is always stationed in His\n\nabode, Goloka V:.;ndavana, He is present everywhere in fullness. This\n\nmeans that when the Supreme Lord descends on the surface of the world,\n\nHis original abode is not vacant, for He can remain in His original abode\n\n", "SB10.1#p0141": "112\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nand simultaneously descend upon Mathura, V:rndavana, Ayodhya and\n\nother places. He does not need to descend, since He is already present\n\nthere; He simply manifests Himself.\n\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvami has addressed Maharaja Parik�?it as tiita, or\n\n\"beloved son.\" This is due to parental love in the heart of Sukadeva\n\nGosvaml. Because K:r�?J).a was soon coming as the son of Vasudeva and\n\nDevaki, out of parental affection Sukadeva Gosvami addressed Maharaja\nParik�?it as tiita, \"my dear son.\"\n\nIn the ViSva-kosa dictionary, the word garbha is explained: garbho\n\nbhrury,e arbhake kuk$av ity adi. When Karhsa was about to kill Devaki,\n\nVasudeva wanted to dissuade him by the diplomacy of siima and bheda.\n\nSama means \"pacifying.\" Vasudeva wanted to pacify Karhsa by indicat­\n\ning relations, gain, welfare, identity and glorification. Reference to these\nfive concerns constitutes siima, and Vasudeva's presentation of fear in\n\ntwo situations-in this life and the next-is called bheda. Thus\n\nVasudeva used both siima and bheda to pacify Karhsa. Praising Karhsa's\n\nqualifications was glorification, and praising him as a descendant of the\n\nbhoja-varilsa appealed to sambandha, relationship. Speaking of \"your\n\nsister\" was an appeal to identity. Speaking about killing a woman raises\n\nquestions about fame and welfare, and arousing fear of the sinful act of\n\nkilling one's sister during her marriage ceremony is an aspect of bheda.\n\nThe Bhoja dynasty refers to those who were simply interested in sense\n\ngratification and were therefore not very aristocratic. Another meaning\nof bhoja is \"fighting.\" These were indications of defamation for Karhsa.\n\nWhen Vasudeva addressed Karhsa as dina-vatsala, this was excessive\n\npraise. Karhsa would accept calves as a form of revenue from his poor\n\nconstituents, and therefore he was called dina-vatsala. Vasudeva knew\n\nvery well that he could not by force rescue Devaki from the imminent\n\ndanger. Devaki was actually the daughter of Karhsa's uncle, and\n\ntherefore she is described as suhrt, meaning \"relative.\" It is stated that\nKarhsa refrained from killing his close relation Devaki because if he had\n\nkilled her, a great fight would have ensued among the other members of\nthe family. Kamsa refrained from provoking this great danger of a\nfamily fight, for it would have caused many persons to lose their lives.\n\nFormerly an asura named Kalanemi had six sons, named Harhsa,\n\nSuvikrama, Kratha, Damana, Ripurmardana and Krodhahanta. They\n\n", "SB10.1#p0142": "Notes]\n\nThe Advent of Lord K:r�J].a: Introduction\n\n113\n\nwere known as the �a{l-garbhas, or six garbhas, and they were all equally\n\npowerful and expert in military affairs. These �a{l-garbhas gave up the\n\nassociation of HiraQyakasipu, their grandfather, and underwent great\nausterities to satisfy Lord Brahma, who, upon being satisfied, agreed to\ngive them whatever benediction they might desire. When asked by Lord\nBrahma to state what they wanted, the gul-garbhas replied, \"Dear Lord\n\nBrahma, if you want to give us a benediction, give us the blessing that we\nwill not be killed by any demigod, maha-roga, Yak�?a, Gandharva-pati,\n\nSiddha, CaraQa or human being, nor by great sages who are perfect in\ntheir penances and austerities.\" Brahma understood their purpose and\nfulfilled their desire. But when HiraQyakasipu came to know of these\nevents, he was very angry at his grandsons. \"You have given up my\nassociation and have gone to worship Lord Brahma,\" he said, \"and\ntherefore I no longer have any affection for you. You have tried to save\nyourselves from the hands of the demigods, but I curse you in this way:\nYour father will take birth as Karhsa and kill all of you because you will\ntake birth as sons of Devaki.\" Because of this curse, the grandsons of\nHirai_lyakasipu had to take birth from the womb of Devaki and be killed\nby Karhsa, although he was previously their father. This description is\n\nmentioned in the Hari-vamsa, Vi��:tu-parva, Second Chapter. According\n\nto the comments of the Va�1JaVa-to�a1Ji, the son of Devaki known as\n\nKirtiman was the third incarnation. In his first incarnation he was known\nas Smara and was the son of Marici, and later he became the son of\nKalanemi. This is mentioned in the histories.\n\nAn additional verse in this chapter of Srimad-Bhagavatam is accepted\n\nby the Madhvacarya-sampradaya, represented by Vijayadhvaja Tirtha.\nThe verse is as follows:\n\natha karhsam upagamya\nnarado brahma-nandanab\nekantam upasarigamya\nvakyam etad uvaca ha\natha-in this way; kamsam-unto Karhsa; upagamya- after going;\n\nnarada b-the great sage Narada; brahma-nandanab-who is the son of\n\nBrahma; ekantam upasangamya- after going to a very solitary place;\n\n", "SB10.1#p0143": "114\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 1\n\nvakyam-the following instruction; etat-this; uvaca-said; ha-in the\n\npast.\n\nTranslation: \"Thereafter, Narada, the mental son of Lord Brahmii, ap­\n\nproached Karhsa and, in a very solitary place, informed him of the\nfollowing news.\"\n\nThe great saint Narada descended from the heavenly planets to the\n\nforest of Mathurii and sent his messenger to Karhsa. When the messenger\n\napproached Karhsa and informed him of Narada's arrival, Karhsa, the\n\nleader of the asuras, was very happy and immediately came out of his\npalace to receive Narada, who was as bright as the sun, as powerful as\n\nfire, and free from all tinges of sinful activities. Karhsa accepted Narada\n\nas his guest, offered him respectful obeisances and gave him a golden\n\nseat, brilliant like the sun. Narada was a friend of the King of heaven,\n\nand thus he told Karhsa, the son of Ugrasena, \"My dear hero, you have\n\nsatisfied me with a proper reception, and therefore I shall tell you some­\n\nthing secret and confidential. While I was coming here from Nanda­\n\nkiinana through the Caitraratha forest, I saw a great meeting of the\ndemigods, who followed me to Sumeru Parvata. We traveled through\n\nmany holy places, and finally we saw the holy Ganges. While Lord\nBrahmii was consulting the other demigods at the top of Sumeru Hill, I\n\nwas also present with my stringed instrument, the Vi7Ja. I shall tell you\nconfidentially that the meeting was held just to plan to kill the\n\nasuras, headed by you. You have a younger sister named Devaki, and it\nHari-vamsa,\nV�r:tu-parva 1.2-16)\n\nis a fact that her eighth son will kill you.\" (reference:\n\nNo one can blame Niiradaji for encouraging Karhsa to kill the sons of\n\nDevaki. The saint Narada is always a well-wisher for human society, and\n\nhe wanted the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�?Qa, to descend to this\n\nworld as soon as possible so that the society of demigods would be pleased\nand would see Karhsa and his friends killed by K:r�?Qa. Karhsa would also\n\nattain salvation from his nefarious activities, and this too would very\n\nmuch please the demigods and their followers.\n\nSrila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti Thakura remarks in this connection that Narada Muni some­\n\ntimes did things that were beneficial to the demigods and the demons\n\nsimultaneously. Sri Viraraghava Acarya, in his commentary, has included the following half-verse in this regard:\n\nasura}:t sarva evaita\n\n", "SB10.1#p0144": "Notes]\n\nThe Adv�nt of Lord Knq.a: Introduction\n\n115\n\nlokopadrava-k4ri'f.Ul�. Asuras are always disturbing elements for human\n\nsociety.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Tenth Canto, First\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Advent of Lord\nKr�1Jll: Introduction.\"\n\n", "SB10.1#p0145": "CHAPTER TWO\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\nfor Lord Krsna in the Womb\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\nAs described in this chapter, when the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nentered the womb of Devaki to kill Karhsa, all the demigods understood\n\nthat the Lord was living within Devaki's womb, and therefore in veneration they offered Him the Garbha-stuti prayers.\n\nKarhsa, under the protection of his father-in-law, Jarasandha, and\n\nwith the help of his demoniac friends like Pralamba, Baka, Cii1,1t1ra,\n\nT:r1,1avarta, Aghasura, Mu�tika, Ba1,1a and Bhaumiisura, began oppressing\n\nthe members of the Yadu dynasty. Therefore, the members of the Yadu\ndynasty left their homes and sought shelter in such states as Kuru,\n\nPaiicala, Kekaya, Salva and Vidarbha. Only some of them stayed with\n\nKarhsa, as nominal friends.\n\nMter Karhsa killed the �ac/,-garbhas, the six sons of Devaki, one after\n\nanother, Anantadeva entered Devaki's womb and was transferred to the\n\nwomb of Rohi1,1i by the manipulation of Yogamaya, who was following\n\nthe order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord Himself,\n\nwho was soon to appear as the eighth son of Devaki, ordered Yogamayii to\n\ntake birth from the womb of Yasodadevi. Because K:r�J:.la and His po­\n\ntency, Yogamaya, appeared simultaneously as brother and sister, the\nworld is full of Vai�1,1avas and saktas, and there is certainly some rivalry\nbetween them. Vai�1,1avas worship the Supreme Lord, whereas saktas, ac­\n\ncording to their desires,\n\nworship Yogamiiyii in forms like Durga,\n\nBhadrakali and Ca1,1<Jika. Following the orders of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, Yogamiiyii transferred Baladeva, Sailkar�a1,1a, the\n\nseventh child of Devaki, from the womb of Devaki to the womb of\n\nRohi1,1i. Because Sankar�a1,1a appears in order to increase love of K:r�1,1a,\n\nHe is known as Baladeva. One may take auspicious strength from Him to\n\nbecome a devotee of the Lord, and therefore He is also known as\nBalabhadra.\n\nMter Yogamiiyii transferred the seventh child of Devaki to the womb\n\nof Rohi1,1i, the Supreme Personality of Godhead appeared within the\n117\n\n", "SB10.1#p0146": "118\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nheart of Vasudeva and transferred Himself into the heart of Devaki. Be­\n\ncause the Lord was present in her heart, Devaki, as her pregnancy con­\n\ntinued, appeared effulgent. Upon seeing this effulgence, Ka:rhsa was full\n\nof anxiety, but he could not harm Devaki because of their family rela­\n\ntionship. Thus he began indirectly thinking of Kr�J.la and became fully\nKr�J:.la conscious.\n\nMeanwhile, because of the Lord's presence within the womb of\n\nDevaki, all the demigods came to offer the Lord their prayers. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, they said, is eternally the Absolute\n\nTruth. The spiritual soul is more important than the gross body, and the\n\nSupersoul, Paramatma, is still more important than the soul. The\n\nSupreme Godhead is absolutely independent, and His incarnations are\n\ntranscendental. The prayers of the demigods glorify and exalt devotees\n\nand explain the fate of persons who superficially consider themselves\n\nliberated from the conditions of material nature. A devotee is always\n\nsafe. When a devotee fully surrenders at the lotus feet of the Lord, he is\n\ncompletely liberated from the fear of material existence. By explaining\n\nwhy the Supreme Personality of Godhead descends, the prayers of the\ndemigods clearly confirm the Lord's statement in Bhagavad-gita (4.7):\n\nyada yada hi dharmasya\ngliinir bhavati bharata\nabhyutthdnam adharmasya\ntaddtmanam srjamy aham\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 de­\n\nscendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I\ndescend Myself.\"\n\n", "SB10.1#p0147": "Text 2)\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n119\n\nsri-suka uviica\npralamba-baka-cii7Jilratr¢varta-maha.Sanaib,\nmu$#ka�ta-dvividapiltana-kesi-dhenukaib,\nanyaiS ciisura-bhilpalair\nba7Ja-bhaumadibhir yutab,\nyadilnam kadanam cakre\nbali miigadha-samsrayab,\nsri-sukab, uviica-Sri Sukadeva Gosviimi said; pralamba-by the\nasura named Pralamba; baka-by the asura named Baka; cd7Jilra -by\nthe asura named CiiQiira; tr1Javarta-by the asura named TtQiivarta;\nmahasanaib, -by Aghiisura; fflU$!ika -by the asura named Mu�tika;\nari$ta-by the asura Ari�ta; dvivida-by the asura named Dvivida;\npiltana-by Putanii; kesi-by Kesi; dhenukaib,-by Dhenuka; anyaib,\nca and by many others; asura-bhilpalaib,-by demoniac kings on the\nsurface of the globe; ba7Ja -by King BiiQa; bhauma by Bhaumiisura;\nadibhib, -and by others as well; yutab, -being assisted; yadilnam-of\nthe kings of the Yadu dynasty; kadanam -persecution; cakreregularly performed; bali-very powerful; miigadha-samsrayab,-\n\n-\n\nunder the protection of Jariisandha, the King of Magadha.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: Under the protection of Magadharija,\n\nJarisandha, the powerful Kamsa began persecuting the kings of\n\nthe Yadu dynasty. In this he had the cooperation of demons like\nPralamba, Baka, C�ura, T:p.tivarta, Aghisura, Mu�lika, Ari�la,\n\nDvivida, Putani, Kesi, Dhenuka, BiJ.lisura, Narakisura and many\n\nother demoniac kings on the surface of the earth.\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse supports the following statement given by the Lord in\n\nBhagavad-gita (4. 7 -8):\n\n", "SB10.1#p0148": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n120\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nyada yada hi dharmasya\nglanir bhavati bharata\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\ntadatmanam srjamy aham\nparitrar:taya sadhunam\nvinasaya ca d�krtam\ndharma-samsthapandrthaya\nsambhavami yuge yuge\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I\ndescend Myself. To deliver the pious and to annihilate the miscreants, as\nwell as to reestablish the principles of religion, I advent Myself millennium after millennium.\"\nThe Lord's purpose in maintaining this material world is to give\neveryone a chance to go back home, back to Godhead, but kings and\npolitical leaders unfortunately try to hinder the purpose of the Lord, and\ntherefore the Lord appears, either personally or with His plenary portions, to set things right. It is therefore said:\ngarbham saiicarya rohir:tyam\ndevakya yogamayaya\ntasya/:t ku/cyim gata/:t kr�r:ta\ndvitiyo vibudhai/:t stuta/:t\n\"K.r�1,1a appeared in the womb of Devaki after transferring Baladeva to\nthe womb of Rohi1,1i by the power of Yogamaya.\"\n\nYadubhi/:t sa\n\nvyarudhyata. The kings of the Yadu dynasty were all devotees, but there\n\nwere many powerful demons, such as Salva, who began to persecute\nthem. At that time, Jarasandha, who was Karhsa's father-in-law, was extremely powerful, and therefore Karhsa took advantage of his protection\n\nand the help of the demons in persecuting the kings of the Yadu dynasty.\nThe demons naturally appeared more powerful than the demigods, but\nultimately, because of help received from the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, the demons were defeated and the demigods triumphant.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0149": "Prayers by the Demigods\n\nText 5]\n\n121\n\nTEXT3\n\nij 1fiftm f;rr� : �qiJl('S#fwt'{\n\nI\n\n�T'l��f?t��li_ � II� II\nte pU)ita niviviSu/:1.\nkuru-pancala-kekayan\nsalvan vidarbhan ni$adhan\nvidehan kosalan api\nte-they (the kings of the Yadu dynasty); pU)ita/:1.-being persecuted;\n\nniviviSu/:1.-took shelter or entered (the kingdoms); kuru-paficala-the\n\ncountries occupied by the Kurus and Paiicalas; kekayan-the countries\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nKekayas;\n\nsalvan-the\n\ncountries\n\noccupied\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nSalvas;\n\nvidarbhan-the countries occupied by the Vidarbhas; ni$adhan-the\n\ncountries occupied by the Ni�adhas; videhan-the country of Videha;\n\nkosalan api -as well as the countries occupied by the Kosalas.\nTRANSLATION\n\nPersecuted by the demoniac kings, the Yadavas left their own\n\nkingdom and entered various others, like those of the Kurus,\n\nPaiicilas,\nKosalas.\n\nKekayas,\n\nSilvas, Vidarbhas, Ni,adhas, Videhas and\n\nTEXTS 4-5\n\ntJ:� �� ��: q�ql('(ij I\n� �� � �� an��M�I II � II\n\"'\n\n� �� � �+r.t� �affl I\ntNT � �� mft��: II � II\neke tam anurundhana\njnataya/:1. paryupdsate\nhate$U $atsu biile$U\ndevakya augrasenina\n\n", "SB10.1#p0150": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n122\n\n[Canto I 0, Ch. 2\n\nsaptamo va�7J.avaril dhama\nyam anantaril praca�ate\ngarbho babhava devakya\nhar�a-soka-vivardhana�\neke-some of them;\n\ntam-unto Karhsa;\n\nanurundhana�-exact1y\n\nfollowing his policy; jriataya�-relatives; paryupasate-began to agree\nwith\n\nhim;\n\nhate�u-having\n\nbeen\n\nkilled;\n\n�atsu-six;\n\nbale�u­\n\nchildren; devakya�-born of Devaki; augrasenina-by the son of\nUgrasena\n\n( Karhsa ) ;\n\nsaptama�-the\n\nseventh;\n\nva�7J.avam-of\n\nLord\n\nVi!?J).U; dhama-a plenary expansion; yam-unto whom; anantam-by\nthe\n\nname\n\nAnanta;\n\npraca�ate-is\n\ncelebrated;\n\ngarbha�-embryo;\n\nbabhava-there was; devakya�-of Devaki; har�a-soka-vivardhana�simultaneously arousing pleasure and lamentation.\nTRANSLATION\nSome of their relatives, however, began to follow Karilsa's prin­\n\nciples and act in his service. After Karilsa, the son of Ugrasena,\n\nkilled the six sons of Devaki, a plenary portion of :Kr��a entered\n\nher womb as her seventh child, arousing her pleasure and her lam­\n\nentation. That plenary portion is celebrated by great sages as\nAnanta, who belongs to Kr��a's second quadruple expansion.\nPURPORT\nSome of the chief devotees, such as Akriira, stayed with Karhsa to\nsatisfy him. This they did for various purposes. They all expected the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead to appear as the eighth child as soon as\nDevaki's other children were killed by Karhsa, and they were eagerly\nawaiting His appearance. By remaining in Karhsa's association, they\nwould be able to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead take birth and\ndisplay His childhood pastimes, and Akriira would later go to V:rndavana\nto bring K:ri?Qa and Balarama to Mathura. The word paryupasate is significant because it indicates that some devotees wanted to stay near\nKarhsa in order to see all these pas,times of the Lord. The six children\nkilled by Karhsa had formerly been sons of Marici, but because of having\nbeen cursed by a brahma7J.a, they were obliged to take birth as grandsons\n\n", "SB10.1#p0151": "Text6 ]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n123\n\nof Hirar.tyakasipu. Kamsa had taken birth as Kalanemi, and now he was\n\nobliged to kill his own sons. This was a mystery. As soon as the sons of\nDevaki were killed, they would return to their original place. The devo­\n\ntees wanted to see this also. Generally speaking, no one kills his own\nnephews, hut Kamsa was so cruel that he did so without hesitation.\n\nAnanta, Saiikar�ar.ta, belongs to the second catur-vyaha, or quadruple\n\nexpansion. This is the opinion of experienced commentators.\nTEXT6\n\n�··�·�� fet� w��· �� 1\n� f;r� tO•Ifll�i ��II� II·\nbhagavan api viSvatma\n\nviditva karhsajarh bhayam\n\nyadanarh nija-nathanarh\n\nyogamayarh samadiSat\n\nbhagavan-Sri ��J.la, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; api­\n\nalso; viSvatma-who is the Supersoul of everyone; viditvd-understand­\n\ning the position of the Yadus and His other devotees; karhsa-jamhecause of Kamsa;\n\nbhayam-fear; yadanam-of the Yadus;\n\nnija­\n\nnathanam-who had accepted Him, the Supreme Lord, as their supreme\n\nshelter; yogamayam-unto Yogamaya, the spiritual potency of K.r�r.ta;\nsamadiSat-ordered as follows.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo protect the Yadus, His personal devotees, from Kamsa's attack, the Personality of Godhead, Visvitmi, the Supreme Soul of\neveryone, ordered Yogamiyi as follows.\nPURPORT\nThe words bhagavan api viSvatmd viditva karhsajarh bhayam are com­\n\nmented upon by Srila Sanatana Gosvami. Bhagavan svayam is K.r�r.ta\n\n(kmws tu bhagavan svayam). He is Visvatma, the original Supersoul of\n\neveryone, because his plenary portion expands as the Supersoul. This is\n\n", "SB10.1#p0152": "124\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gita (13_.3): k§etra-jfiam capi mam viddhi sarva­\n\nk§etre$U bharata. Lord K:r�r,a is the k§etra-jfia, or Supersoul, of all living\nentities. He is the original source of all expansions of the Personality of\nGodhead. There are hundreds and thousands of plenary expansions of\nVi�r,u, such as Sankar�ar,a, Pradyumna, Aniruddha and Vasudeva, but\nhere in this material world, the Visvatma, the Supersoul for all living en­\n\nBhagavad-gita (18.61),\niSvarab, sarva-bhutanam hrd-dese 'rjuna ti$thati: \"The Supreme Lord is\n\ntities, is K�irodakasayi Vi�r,u. As stated in\n\nsituated in the heart of all living entities, 0 Arjuna1.\" K:r�r,a is actually\nVisvatma by His plenary expansion as vi$7J-u-tattva, yet because of His\naffection for His devotees, He acts as Supersoul to give them directions\n\n(sarvasya caham hrdi sannivi$to mattab- smrtir jnanam apohanam ca).\nThe affairs of the Supersoul pertain to K�irodakasayi Vi�r,u, but K:r�r,a\ntook compassion on Devaki, His devotee, because He understood her fear\nof Kamsa's persecution. A pure devotee is always fearful of material existence. No one knows what will happen next, for one may have to\nchange his body at any moment (tatha dehantara-praptib-}. Knowing this\nfact, a pure devotee acts in such a way that he will not have his life\n_spoiled by being obliged to accept another body and undergo the\ntribulations of material existence. This is bhayam, or fear. Bhayam\n\ndvitiyabhinivesatab- syat (Bhdg. 11.2.37). This fear is due to material ex­\n\nistence. Properly speaking, everyone should always be alert and fearful\nof material existence, but although everyone is prone to be affected by\nthe ignorance of material existence, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, K:r�r,a, is always alert to the protection of His devotees. K:r�r,a is so\nkind and affectionate toward His devotees that He helps them by giving\nthem the intelligence by which to exist in this material world without\nforgetting Him even for a moment. The Lord says:\n\nte$dm evanukampartham\naham ajnanajam tamabnasayamy atma-bhdvastho\njnana-dipena bhdsvata\n\"Out of compassion for them, I, dwelling in their hearts, destroy with\nthe shining lamp of knowledge the darkness born of ignorance.\"\n(Bg. 10.11)\n\n", "SB10.1#p0153": "Text 7]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n125\n\nThe word yoga means \"link.\" Any system of yoga is an attempt to\nreconnect our broken relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. There are different types of yoga, of which bhakti-yoga is the best.\nIn other yoga systems, one must undergo various processes before attaining perfection, but bhakti-yoga is direct. The Lord says in Bhagavad­\n\ngita (6.47):\nyoginam api sarve$dril\nmad-gatenantaratmana\nsraddhavan bhajate yo mam\nsa me yuktatamo matal)\n\"Of all yogis, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping\nMe in transcendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in\n\nyoga and is the highest of all.\" For the bhakti-yogi, a human body is\nguaranteed in his next existence, as stated by Lord Kr!1�a (sucinam\n\nsrimatam gehe yoga-bhr�!O 'bhijayate). Yogamaya is the spiritual potency of the Lord. Out of affection for His devotees, the Lord always stays\nin spiritual touch with them, although otherwise His maya potency is so\nstrong that she bewilders even exalted demigods like Brahma. Therefore\nthe Lord's potency is called yogamaya. Since the Lord is Visvatma, He\nimmediately ordered Yogamaya to give protection to Devaki.\n\ngaccha devi vrajam bhadre\ngopa-gobhir alarikrtam\nrohir:ti vasudevasya\nbharyaste nanda-gokule\nanyas ca kamsa-samvigna\nvivare$U vasanti hi\ngaccha-now go; devi-0 you who are worshipable for the whole\nworld; vrajam-to the land of Vraja; bhadre-0 you who are auspicious\n\n", "SB10.1#p0154": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n126\nfor\n\nall\n\nliving\n\nentities;\n\ngopa-gobhib,-with\n\n[Canto I 0, Ch. 2\ncowherds\n\nand\n\ncows;\n\nalankrtam-decorated; rohi�i-by the name Rohi1,1i; vasudevasya-of\nVasudeva, .Kr�1,1a's father; bharya-one of the wives; iiste-is living;\n\nnanda-gokule-in the estate of Nanda Maharaja known as Gokula,\nwhere hundreds and thousands of cows are maintained; anyab. ca-and\nother wives; kamsa-samvigniib,-being afraid of Kamsa; vivare�u-in\nsecluded places; vasanti-are living; hi-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord ordered Yogamiyi: 0 My potency, who are worship­\n\nable for the entire world and whose nature is to bestow good for­\n\ntu�e upon all living entities, go to Vraja, where there live many\ncowherd men and their wives. In that very beautiful land, where\nmany cows reside, Rohi�i, the wife of Vasudeva, is living at the\n\nhome of Nanda Mahirija. Other wives of Vasudeva are also living\nthere incognito because of fear of Kamsa. Please go there.\nPURPORT\n\nNanda-gokula, the residence of King Nanda, was itself very beautiful,\nand when Yogamaya was ordered to go there and encourage the devotees\nwith fearlessness, it became even more beautiful and safe. Because\nYogamaya had the ability to create such an atmosphere, the Lord ordered\nher to go to Nanda-gokula.\nTEXTS\n\n� � tTlT �NROif ���I\nm( df;r� itRIR011 a-� 4PI��� II� II\ndevakya jalhare garbham\nse�akhyam dhiima miimakam\ntat sannikr�ya rohi�ya\nudare sannivesaya\ndevakyab,-of Devaki; jalhare-within the womb; garbham-the\nembryo; se�a-akhyam-known as Se�a, the plenary expansion of .Kr�1,1a;\n\n", "SB10.1#p0155": "Text 8]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n127\n\ndhama-the plenary expansion; mdmakam-of Me; tat-Him; sannikr�ya-attracting; rohi�yab,-of Rohil)i; udare-within the womb;\n\nsannivesaya-transfer without difficulty.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWithin the womb of Devak.i is My partial plenary expansion\n\nknown as Sailkar!ilaf}& or Selila. Without difficulty, transfer Him into\nthe womb of Rohh,li.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe first plenary expansion of Kr�I)a is Baladeva, also known as Se�a.\n\nThe Se�a incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead supports\n\nthe entire universe, and the eternal mother of this incarnation is mother\n\nRohil)i. \"Because I am going into the womb of Devaki,\" the Lord told\nYogamaya, \"the Se�a incarnation has already gone there and made suit­\n\nable arrangements so that I may live there. Now He should enter the\nwomb of Rohil)i, His eternal mother.\"\n\nIn this connection, one may ask how the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, who is always situated transcendentally, could enter the womb of\nDevaki, which had previously been entered by the six asuras, the �ac;l­\n\ngarbhas. Does this mean that the �ac;l.;.garbhasuras were equal to the\n\ntranscendental body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead? The\nfollowing answer is given by Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura.\n\nThe entire creation, as well as its individual parts, is an expansion of\n\nthe energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, even\n\nthough the Lord enters the material world, He does not do so. This is explained by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gita (9.4-5):\nmaya tatam idam sarvam\njagad avyakta-milrtind\n\nmat-sthani sarva-bhiltani\nna caham\n\nna\n\nte�v avasthitab,\n\nca mat-sthani bhiltani\n\npa5ya me yogam aiSvaram\n\n", "SB10.1#p0156": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n128\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nbhata-bhrn na ca bhata-stho\nmamatma bhata-bhavana�\n\"By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All\nbeings are in Me, but I am not in them. And yet everything that is created does not rest in Me. Behold My mystic opulence! Although I am the\nmaintainer of all living entities, and although I am everywhere, My Self\nis the very source of creation.\" Sarvaril khalv idam brahma. Everything\nis an expansion of Brahman, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, yet\neverything is not the Supreme Godhead, and He is not everywhere.\nEverything rests upon Him and yet does not rest upon Him. This can be\nexplained only through the acintya-bhedabheda philosophy. Such truths\ncannot be understood, however, unless one is a pure devotee, for the\nLord says in Bhagavad-gita (18.55), bhaktya mam abhijanati yavan ya.S\n\nciismi tattvata�: \"One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is\n\nonly by devotional service.\" Even though the Lord cannot be understood\nby ordinary persons, this principle should be understood from the\nstatement of the sdstras.\nA pure devotee is always transcendentally situated because of executing nine different processes of bhakti-yoga (srava�ril kirtanaril v�1J.O�\n\nsmara�ril pdda-sevenaml arcanaril vandanaril diisyaril sakhyam atmanivedanam). Thus situated in devotional service, a devotee, although in\nthe material world, is not in the material world. Yet a devotee always\nfears, \"Because I am associated with the material world, so many contaminations affect me.\" Therefore he is always alert in fear, which\ngradually diminishes his material association.\nSymbolically, mother Devaki's constant fear of Kamsa was purifying\nher. A pure devotee should always fear material association, and in this\nway all the asuras of material association will be killed, as the �ac;l­\n\ngarbhiisuras were killed by Kamsa. It is said that from the mind, Marici\nappears. In other words, Marici is an incarnation of the mind. Marici has\nsix sons: Kama, Krodha, Lobha, Moha : Mada and Matsarya (lust, anger,\ngreed, illusion, madness and envy). The Supreme Personality of Godhead appears in pure devotional service. This is confirmed in the Vedas:\nbhaktir evainaril darsayati. Only bhakti can bring one in contact with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The Supreme Personality of Godhead\nappeared from the womb of Devaki, and therefore Devaki symbolically\n\n", "SB10.1#p0157": "Prayers by the Demigods\n\nText9]\n\n129\n\nrepresents bhakti, and Kamsa symbolically represents material fear.\n\nWhen a pure devotee always fears material association, his real position\nof bhakti is manifested, and he naturally becomes uninterested in ma­\n\nterial enjoyment. When the six sons of Marici are killed by such fear and\n\none is freed from material contamination, within the womb of bhakti the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead appears. Thus the seventh pregnancy of\nDevaki signifies the appearance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nAfter the six sons Kama, Krodha, Lobha, Moha, Mada and Matsarya are\n\nkilled, the Se�a incarnation creates a suitable situation for the appearance\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In other words, when one\nawakens his natural ���a consciousness, Lord ���a appears. This is\nthe explanation given by Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura.\nTEXT9\n\n���:��·'\n....\n�\"\n·\n\"' l<:l>ql. �\nmm\nhffl �tt�l\n\n� �\n�· �N\n'tlitill'll\n\nathdham amsa-bhdgena\n\ndevakya� putratiim subhe\n\nprapsyami tvam ya5odiiyam\n\nnanda-patnyam bhav�yasi\n\natha-therefore;\n\naham-1;\n\namsa-bhdgena-by My plenary ex­\n\npansion; devakya�-of Devaki; putratam-the son; subhe-0 all­\n\nauspicious Yogamaya; priipsyami-1 shall become; tvam-you; ya5o­\n\ndiiyam-in the womb of mother Yasoda; nanda-patnyam-in the wife\n\nof Maharaja Nanda; bhav�yasi-shall also appear.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 all-auspicious Yogamiyi, I shall then appear with My full six\nopulences as the son of Devaki, and you will appear as the\ndaughter of mother Ya8odi, the queen of Mahirija Nanda.\nPURPORT\nThe word amsa-bhdgena is important in this verse. In Bhagavad-gitd\n\n(10.42) the Lord says:\n\n", "SB10.1#p0158": "130\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nathava bahunaitena\nkim jiidtena tavarjuna\nvi§tabhyaham idam krtsnam\nekamsena sthito jagat\n\"But what need is there, Arjuna, for all this detailed knowledge? With a\nsingle fragment of Myself I pervade and support this entire universe.\"\nEverything is situated as a part of the Supreme Lord's potency. In regard\nto Lord �!?I;ta's appearance in the womb of Devaki, Brahmii played a\npart also because on the bank of the milk ocean he requested the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead to appear. A part was also played by\nBaladeva, the first expansion of Godhead. Similarly, Yogamiiyii, who appeared as the daughter of mother Yasodii, also played a part. Thus fiva­\n\ntattva, vi§r:tu-tattva and sakti-tattva are all integrated with the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, and when �!?I;ta appears, He appears with all\nHis integrated parts. As explained in previous verses, Yogamayii was requested to attract Sankar�?ai;ta, Baladeva, from the womb of Devaki to the\nwomb of Rohii;ti, and this was a very heavy task for her. Yogamiiyii\nnaturally could not see how it was possible for her to attract Sankar�?aJ;ta.\nTherefore �!?Qa addressed her as\n\nsubhe, auspicious, and said, \"Be\n\nblessed. Take power from Me, and you will be able to do it.\" By the grace\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, anyone can do anything, for the\nLord is present in everything, all things being His parts and parcels\n\n(amsa-bhagena) and increasing or decreasing by His supreme will.\nBalariima was only fifteen days older than ��Qa. By the blessings of\n��I;ta, Yogamiiyii became the daughter of mother Yasodii, but by the\nsupreme will she was not able to enjoy the parental love of her father and\nmother. �!?I;ta, however, although not actually born from the womb of\nmother Yasoda, enjoyed the parental love of mother Yasodii and Nanda.\nBy the blessings of ��?I;ta, Yogamayii was able to achieve the reputation\nof being the daughter of mother Yasod,ii, who also became famous by the\nblessings of �!?J;ta. Yasodii means \"one who gives fame.\"\nTEXT 10\n\n3l�Q4fW'ij �� ij��l'iq�� I\n'{'flq6:1(irefii:\nijfii'NOiaJq II� II\no\n\n", "SB10.1#p0159": "Text 10]\n\n131\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\narc�yanti man�yas tvam\nsarva-kama-varesvarim\ndhapopahdra-balibhi/:l\nsarva-kama-vara-pradam\narc�yanti-will worship; man�yal;-human society; tvdm-unto\nyou;\n\nsarva-kama-vara-iSvarim-because you are\n\ndemigods who can fulfill all material desires;\n\nthe\n\nbest of\n\nthe\n\ndhapa-by incense;\n\nupahara-by presentations; balibhil)-by different types of worship\nthrough sacrifice; sarva-kama-of all material desires; vara-the\nblessings; pradam-one who can bestow.\nTRANSLATION\nBy sacrifices of animals, ordinary human beings will worship\nyou gorgeously, with various paraphernalia, because you are\nsupreme in fulfilling the material desires of everyone.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (7.20), kamais tais tair hrta-jnana/:l pra­\n\npadyante 'nya-devata/:l: \"Those whose minds are distorted by material\ndesires surrender unto demigods.\" Therefore the word man�ya, meaning \"human being,\" here refers to one who does not know the actual goal\nof life. Such a person wants to enjoy the material world by taking birth in\na highly elevated family with the benefits of education, beauty and immense wealth, which in this material world are desirable. One who has\nforgotten the real aim of life may worship goddess Durga, maya-sakti,\nunder various names, for different purposes, and in different places. As\nthere are many holy places for the worship of ��:Q.a, there are also many\nholy places in India for the worship of Durgadevi, or Mayadevi, who took\n, birth as the daughter of Yasoda. After cheating Kamsa, Mayadevi dispersed herself to various places, especially in Vindhyacala, to accept\nregular worship from ordinary men. A human being should actually be\ninterested in understanding atma-tattva, the truth of atma, the spirit\nsoul, and Paramiltma, the supreme soul. Those who are interested in\n\natma-tattva worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead (yasmin\nvijriiite sarvam evam vijnatarh bhavati). However, as explained in the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0160": "132\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nnext verse of this chapter, those who cannot understand iitma-tattva\n\n(apa.Syatiim atma-tattvam) worship Yogamaya in her different features.\n\nTherefore Srimad-Bhiigavatam (2.1.2) says:\n\nsrotavyiidini rajendra\nnrr;tiim santi sahasra5a/:t\napa§yatiim iitma-tattvam\ngrhe§u grha-medhinam\n\"Those persons who are materially engrossed, being blind to the knowledge of ultimate truth, have many subject matters for hearing in human\nsociety, 0 Emperor.\" Those who are interested in remaining in this material world and are not interested in spiritual salvation have many\nduties, but for one who is interested in spiritual salvation, the only duty\n\nis to surrender fully unto Kr��a (sarva-dharmdn parityajya miim ekam\n\nsara\"{lam vraja). Such a person is not interested in material enjoyment.\nTEXTS 11-12\n\n;J� �tt� �;nR :q ;m � I\n�Rr ��Rft'Rr � �\"0141Rr :q II� � II\nfi� +.tf%�t � � �i'tl�Rr :q I\nm;.rt ifi(14UO�II41 tal«.�qf�. :q II� �II\nniimadheyani kurvanti\nsthiiniini ca narii bhuvi\ndurgeti bhadrakiiliti\nvijaya vai§\"{laviti ca\nkumudii ca'J4ikii km:w\nmiidhavi kanyaketi ca\nmaya naraya�iSani\nsiiradety ambiketi ca\nniimadheyiini-different names; kurvanti-will give; sthiiniini-in\ndifferent places; ca-also; nard/:t-persons interested in material enjoy-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0161": "Prayers by the Demigods\n\nText 12]\n\n133\n\nment; bhuvi-on the surface of the globe; durgd iti-the name Durga;\nbhadrakdli\n\niti-the\n\nKumuda;\n\nca�ikd-the\n\nva4tuzvi\n\niti-the\n\nname\n\nname\n\nBhadrakali;\n\nVai��avi;\n\nvijayd-the\n\nca-also;\n\nname Ca�«Jika;\n\nname\n\nkumudd-the\n\nVijaya;\n\nname\n\nkr��-the name K:r�?�a;\n\nmddhavi-the name Madhavi; kanyakd iti-the name Kanyaka or\n\nKanya-kumari; ca-also; maya-the name Maya; ndrdya{ti-the name\n\nNaraya�i; iSdni-the name Isani; sdradd-the name Sarada; iti-thus;\nambikd-the name Ambika; iti-also; ca-and.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord �!ji;ta blessed Miyadevi by saying: In different places on\n\nthe surface of the earth, people will give you different names, such\nas Durgi, Bhadrakili, Vijayi, V ai!ji;l&Vi, Kumudi, C&I;14iki, �!jJ;li,\n\nMadhavi, Kanyaki, Miyi, NiriyaJ;li, lsini, Siradi and Ambiki.\nPURPORT\n\nBecause K:r!?�a and His energy appeared simultaneously, people have\n\ngenerally formed two groups-the saktas and the Vai�?�avas-and some­\n\ntimes there is rivalry between them. Essentially, those who are interested\nin material enjoyment are saktas, and those interested in spiritual salva­\n\ntion and attaining the spiritual kingdom are Vai�?�avas. Because people\n\nare generally interested in material enjoyment, they are interested in\n\nworshiping Mayadevi, the energy of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead. Vai�?�avas, however, are suddha-saktas, or pure bhaktas, because\n\nthe Hare K:r�?�a maha-mantra indicates worship of the Supreme Lord's\nenergy, Hara. A Vai�?�ava prays to the energy of the Lord for the oppor­\n\ntunity to serve the Lord along with His spiritual energy. Thus Vai�?�avas\n\nall worship such Deities as Radha-K:r�?�a, Sita-Rama, Lak�?mi-Naraya�a\nand Rukmi�i-Dvarakadhisa, whereas durgd-saktas worship the material\n\nenergy under different names.\n\nThe names by which Mayadevi is known in different places have been\n\nlisted by V allabhacarya as follows. In Vara�asi she is known as Durga, in\n\nAvanti she is known as Bhadrakali, in Orissa she is known as Vijaya, and\n\nin Kulahapura she is known as Vai�?�avi or Mahalak�?mi. (The represen­\n\ntatives of Mahalak�?mi and Ambika are present in Bombay.) In the coun­\n\ntry known as Kamariipa she is known as Ca�«Jika, in Northern India as\n\n", "SB10.1#p0162": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n134\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nSarada, and in Cape Comorin as Kanyaka. Thus she is distributed accord­\n\ning to various names in various places.\n\nSrila Vijayadhvaja Tirthapada, in his Pada-ratnavali-tika, has ex­\n\nplained the meanings of the different representations. Maya is known as\n\nDurga because she is approached with great difficulty, as Bhadra because\n\nshe is auspicious, and as Kali because she is deep blue. Because she is the\n\nmost powerful energy, she is known as Vijaya; because she is one of the\ndifferent energies of Vi�1,1u, she is known as Vai�1,1avi; and because she\n\nenjoys in this material world and gives facilities for material enjoyment,\n\nshe is known as Kumuda. Because she is very severe to her ene:n,.ies, the\nasuras, she is known as Ca1,1Qika, and because she gives all sorts of ma­\n\nterial facilities, she is called ��I,lii. In this way the material energy is dif­\n\nferently named and situated in different places on the surface of the\nglobe.\n\nTEXT 13\n<:'\n\n<:'\n\n...!.-.L! ...Q.\nttlt('tf.6,Ui1((_ � �q �: ��ttur\n��� I\n� etf.6(¥{Uw! �� ���tld II� �II\n•\n\n•\n\n...\n\ngarbha-sarikar�a\"{Uit tam vai\n\nprah u l) sarikar�ar;wm bhuvi\n\nrameti loka-ramar;uid\nbalabhadram balocchrayat\n\ngarbha-sarikar�a\"{Uit-because He will he taken from the womb of\n\nDevaki to that of Rohi1,1i; tam-Him (Rohil,li-nandana, the son of\nRohil,li); vai-indeed; prahui)-people will call; sarikar�ar;wm-by the\n\nname Sailkar�a1,1a; bhuvi-in the world; rama iti-He will also he called\n\nRama; loka-rama\"{Ult-hecause of His special mercy in enabling people\n\nin general to become devotees; balabhadram-He will also he called\n\nBalahhadra; bala-ucchrayat-because of extensive bodily strength.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe son of Rohh;ti will also be celebrated as Sailkar�uu;ta because\n\nof being sent from the womb of Devaki to the womb of RohiJ}.i. He\n\n", "SB10.1#p0163": "Prayers by the Demigods\n\nText 14]\n\n135\n\nwill be called Rima because of His ability to please all the inhabitants of Gokula,\n\nand He will be known as Balabhadra because of\n\nHis extensive physical strength.\nPURPORT\n\nThese are some of the reasons why Balarama is known as Saiikarl?aQa,\nBalarama or sometimes Rama. In the maha-mantra-Hare Kti?Qa, Hare\nKti?Qa, Kti?Qa Kti?Qa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama,\nHare Hare-people sometimes object when Rama is accepted as\nBalarama. But although devotees of Lord Rama may object, they should\nknow that there is no difference between Balarama and Lord Rama. Here\nSrimad-Bhagavatam clearly states that Balarama is also known as Rama\n(rameti). Therefore, it is not artificial for us to speak of Lord Balarama as\nLord Rama. Jayadeva Gosvami also speaks of three Ramas: Parasurama,\nRaghupati Rama and Balarama. All of them are Ramas.\nTEXT 14\n\nm� � ij��ilfltRr �: 1\n�� qf{ifiwt tti ;m � � 11��11\nsand�!aivam bhagavata\ntathety om iti tad-vaca(L\npratigrhya parikramya\ngam gata tat tathakarot\nsand�!a-having been ordered; evam-thus; bhagavata-by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; tatha iti-so be it; om-affirmation by\nthe mantra om; iti-thus; tat-vaca(L-His words; pratigrhya-accepting\nthe order; parikramya-after circumambulating Him; gam-to the surface of the globe; gata-she immediately went; tat-the order, as given\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tatha-just so; akarotexecuted.\nTRANSLATION\nThus instrucied by the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nYogamayi immediately agreed. With the Vedic mantra om, she\n\n", "SB10.1#p0164": "136\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nconfirmed that she would do what He asked. Thus having accepted\n\nthe order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, she circumam­\n\nbulated Him and started for the place on earth known as Nandagokula. There she did everything just as she had been told.\nPURPORT\n\nAfter receiving the orders of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nYogamaya twice confirmed her acceptance by saying, \"Yes, sir, I shall do\nas You order,\" and then saying om. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura\n\ncomments that om signifies Vedic confirmation. Thus Yogamaya very\n\nfaithfully received the Lord's order as a Vedic injunction. It is a fact that\nwhatever is spoken by the Supreme Personality of Godhead is a Vedic in­\n\njunction that no one should neglect. In Vedic injunctions there are no\n\nmistakes, illusions, cheating or imperfection. Unless one understands the\n\nauthority of the Vedic version, there is no purpose in quoting sdstra. No\none should violate the Vedic injunctions. Rather, one should strictly exe­\n\ncute the orders given in the Vedas. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (16.24):\ntasmdc chdstram pramdiJ-ilm te\n\nkdryakdrya-vyavasthitau\njfiatva sdstra-vidhanoktam\nkarma kartum iharhasi\n\"One should understand what is duty and what is not duty by the regula­\n\ntions of the scriptures. Knowing such rules and regulations, one should\n\nact so that one may gradually he elevated.\"\nTEXT 15\n\ntN � � �\"i �t•rf.\\S(�I I\nam �t«6t � Wr & F���-g : \"� ���\ngarbhe pra7J.ite devakya\nrohiTJ-im yoga-nidraya\naho visrarhsito garbha\niti paura vicukru5ub-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0165": "Prayers by the Demigods\n\nText 15]\n\n137\n\ngarbhe-when the embryo; pra�ite-was carried from the womb;\nDevaki; rohi�im-to the womb of Rohil)i; yoga­\n\ndevakyii/J,-of\n\nnidraya-by the spiritual energy called Yogamaya; aho-alas; visrarhsita/J,-is\n\nlost;\n\ngarbha /J,-the embryo;\n\niti-thus;\n\npaurii/J,-all the\n\ninhabitants of the house; vicukru§u/J,-lamented.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the child of Devak.i was attracted and transferred into the\nwomb of Rohil].i by Yogamiyi, Devak.i seemed to have a miscarriage. Thus all the inhabitants of the palace loudly lamented,\n\"Alas, Devak.i has lost her child!\"\nPURPORT\n\"All the inhabitants of the palace\" includes Kamsa. When everyone\nlamented, Kamsa joined in compassion, thinking that perhaps because of\ndrugs or some other external means, Devaki had undergone this abortion. The real story of what happened after Yogamaya attracted the child\nof Devaki into the womb of RohiQ.i in the seventh month of RohiQ.i's\npregnancy is described as follows in the Hari-vamsa. At midnight, while\nRohiQ.i was deeply sleeping, she experienced, as if in a dream, that she\nhad undergone a miscarriage. After some time, when she awoke, she saw\nthat this had indeed happened, and she was in great anxiety. But\nYogamaya then informed her, \"0 auspicious lady, your child is now\nbeing replaced. I am attracting a child from the womb of Devaki, and\ntherefore your child will be known as Sankar�aQ.a.\"\nThe word yoga-nidrii is significant. When one is spiritually reconnected through self-realization, one regards his material life as having\nbeen like a dream. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii (2.69):\n\nya ni.Sii sarva-bhutiiniim\ntasyiim jagarti samyami\nyasyam jagrati bhatani\nsii ni.Sii pa.Syato m une/J,\n\"What is night for all beings is the time of awakening for the selfcontrolled; and the time of awakening for all beings is night for the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0166": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n138\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nintrospective sage.\" The stage of self-realization is called yoga-nidra. All\nmaterial activities appear to be a dream when one is spiritually\nawakened. Thus yoga-nidra may be explained to be Yogamaya.\nTEXT 16\n\nll�letl�fq fer� �: I\nom Dis-Xi� 1r.t 3TACii�: II�� II\nbhagavan api viSvatma\nbhaktanam abhayarikarab,\navivesamsa-bhagena\nmana anakadundubhe bbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; api-also; viSSupersoul of all living entities; bhaktandm-of His\ndevotees; abhayam-karab,-always killing the causes of fear; dvivdaentered;\namsa bhagena-with all of His potential opulences\n($ll{i-aiSvarya-pan;a); manab,-in the mind; anakadundubheb,-of\nvatma-the\n\n-\n\nVasudeva.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the Supersoul\n\nof all living entities and who vanquishes all the fear of His devo­\n\ntees, entered the mind of Vasudeva in full opulence.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word viSvdtma refers to one who is situated in everyone's heart\n(iSvarab, sarva-bhatanam hrd-dese 'rjuna ti$thati). Another meaning of\nviSvatma is \"the only lovable object for everyone.\" Because of forgetfulness of this object, people are suffering in this material world, but if one\nfortunately revives his old consciousness of loving ��I,J.a and connects\nwith Visvatma, one becomes perfect. The Lord is described in the Third\nCanto\n\n(3.2.15) as follows: paravare§o mahad-amsa-yukto hy ajo 'pi jato\n\nbhagavan. Although unborn, the Lord, the master of everything, appears like a born child by entering the mind of a devotee. The Lord is\n\n", "SB10.1#p0167": "Prayers by the Demigods\n\nText 17]\n\n139\n\nalready there within the mind, and consequently it is not astonishing for\nHim to appear as if born from a devotee's body. The word avivesa sig­\n\nnifies that the Lord appeared within the mind of Vasudeva. There was no\nneed for a discharge of semen. That is the opinion of Sripada Sridhara\n\nSvami and Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura. In the Va��va­\n\nto$a{ti, Srila Saniitana Gosviimi says that consciousness was awakened\n\nwithin the mind of Vasudeva. Srila Viraraghava Acarya also says that\n\nVasudeva was one of the demigods and that within his mind the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead appeared as an awakening of consciousness.\nTEXT 17\n\n� ��� i11'51¥itifl � �i I\n-�('\"\"\nl(\n'tori� � � � { 11�\\911\n«\n\nsa bibhrat paurU{>aril. dhama\nbhrajamdno yatha ravitt\n\ndurdsado 'tidurdhar$0\n\nbhatandm sambabhava ha\n\nsaft-he (Vasudeva); bibhrat-carried; paurU{>am-pertaining to the\n\nSupreme Person; dhama-the spiritual effulgence; bhrajamanaft-il­\n\nluminating; yatha-as; ravift-the sunshine; durdsadaft-very difficult\n\neven to look at, difficult to understand by sensory perception; atidurdhar$aft-approachable with great difficulty; bhatandm-of all liv­\n\ning entities; sambabhava-so he became; ha-positively.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile carrying the form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nwithin the core of his heart, Vasudeva bore the Lord's transcendentally illuminating effulgence, and thus he became as bright as\nthe sun. He was therefore very difficult to see or approach through\nsensory perception. Indeed, he was unapproachable and unperceivable even for such formidable men as Kaub.sa, and not only for\nKaub.sa but for all living entities.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0168": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n140\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe word dhama is significant. Dhama refers to the place where the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead resides. In the beginning of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (1.1.1) it is said, dhamnii svena sadii nirasta-kuhakam\nsatyam param dhimahi. In the abode of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, there is no influence of material energy (dhamnii svena\nsada nirasta-kuhakam). Any place where the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is present by His name, form, qualities or paraphernalia im­\n\nmediately becomes a dhama. For example, we speak of V:rndavana­\n\ndhama, Dvaraka-dhama and Mathura-dhama because in these places the\n\nname, fame, qualities and paraphernalia of the Supreme Godhead are al­\n\nways present. Similarly, if one is empowered by the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead to do something, the core of his heart becomes a dhama, and\n\nthus he becomes so extraordinarily powerful that not only his enemies\n\nbut also people in general are astonished to observe his activities. Be­\n\ncause he is unapproachable, his enemies are simply struck with wonder,\n\nas explained P,ere by the words duriisado 'tidurdhar�a�.\n\nThe words pau�am dhama have been explained by various iiciiryas.\n\nSri Viraraghava Acarya says that these words refer to the effulgence of\n\nthe Supreme Per�onality of Godhead. Vijayadhvaja says that they signify\n\nv�tr-u-tejas, and Sukadeva says bhagavat-svarupa. The Va��va-to�ar:r.i\n\nsays that these words indicate the influence of the Supreme Lord's\n\neffulgence, and Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura says that they signify\nthe appearance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 18\n•\n\nm\n\n•\n\nGt•lfli'ftoe+t\"'�\n\nn\n\nm�J\n\n��ij�'1\n\n�I\n\n�\n\n«t�i�+ti!fi+tlc::+(�\n�!film �:u'1�i!fi( �:\n\nII� �II\n\ntato jagan-mangalam acyutiirh.Sam\nsamahitam sura-sutena devi\ndadhara sarvq,tmakam atma-bhatam\n�tha yathananda-karam manasta�\n\n", "SB10.1#p0169": "Text 18]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n141\n\ntata�-thereafter; jagat-marigalam-auspiciousness for all living en­\n\ntities in all the universes of the creation; acyuta-amsam-the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, who is never bereft of the six opulences, all of\n\nwhich are present in all His plenary expansions; samahitam-fully\n\ntransferred; sura-sutena-by Vasudeva, the son of Surasena; devi­\n\nDevaki-devi; dadhara-carried; sarva-atmakam-the Supreme Soul of\n\neveryone; atma-bhatam-the cause of all causes; k�tha-the east;\n\nyatha-just as; ananda-karam-the blissful (moon); manasta�-being\n\nplaced within the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, accompanied by plenary expansions, the fully opulent Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is all-auspicious for the\nentire universe, was transferred from the mind of Vasudeva to the\nmind of Devaki. Devaki, having thus been initiated by Vasudeva,\nbecame beautiful by carrying Lord .Kr�:Q.a, the original consciousness for everyone, the cause of all causes, within the core of her\nheart, just as the east becomes beautiful by carrying the rising\nmoon.\nPURPORT\n\nAs indicated here by the word manasta�, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead was transferred from the core of Vasudeva's mind or heart to\n\nthe core of the heart of Devaki. We should note carefully that the Lord\nwas transferred to Devaki not by the ordinary way for a human being,\n\nbut by dilcya, initiation. Thus the importance of initiation is mentioned\n\nhere. Unless one is initiated by the right person, who always carries\n\nwithin his heart the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one cannot acquire\n\nthe power to carry the Supreme Godhead within the core of one's own\n\nheart.\n\nThe word acyutamsam is used because the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is �at;l-aiSvarya-pun:w, full in the opulences of wealth,\n\nstrength, fame, knowledge, beauty and renunciation. The Supreme God­\n\nhead is never separated from His personal opulences. As stated in the\nBrahma-samhita\n\n(5.39), ramadi-murt�u kald-niyamena t�than: the\n\nLord is always situated with all His plenary expansions, such as Rama,\n\nN:rsimha and Varaha. Therefore the word acyutamsam is specifically\n\nused here, signifying that the Lord is always present with His plenary\n\n", "SB10.1#p0170": "142\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nexpansions and opulences. There is no need to think of the Lord artificially as yogis do. Dhyandvasthita-tad-gatena manasa pa.Syanti yam\n\nyogina� (Bhag. 12.13.1). Yogis meditate upon the Supreme Person\n\nwithin the mind. For a devotee, however, the Lord is present, and His\npresence need only be awakened through initiation by a bona fide spiritual master. The Lord did not need to live within the womb of Devaki,\nfor His presence within the core of her heart was sufficient to carry Him.\nOne is here forbidden to think that KT�1,1a was begotten by Vasudeva\nwithin the womb of Devaki and that she carried the child within her\nwomb.\nWhen Vasudeva was sustaining the form of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead within his heart, he appeared just like the glowing sun,\nwhose shining rays are always unbearable and scorching to the common\nman. The form of the Lord situated in the pure, unalloyed heart of\nVasudeva is not different from the original form of KT�1,1a. The appearance of the form of KT�Qa anywhere, and specifically within the\nheart, is called dhama. Dhama refers not only to KT�1,1a's form, but to\nHis name, His form, His quality and His paraphernalia. Everything becomes manifest simultaneously.\nThus the eternal form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead with\nfull potencies was transferred from the mind of Vasudeva to the mind of\nDevaki, exactly as the setting sun's rays are transferred to the full moon\nrising in the east.\nKT�Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, entered the body of\nDevaki from the body of Vasudeva. He was beyond the conditions of the\nordinary living entity. When KT�1,1a is there, it is to be understood that all\nHis plenary expansions, such as Naraya1,1a, and incarnations like Lord\nN:rsirhha and Varaha, are with Him, and they are not subject to th� conditions of material existence. In this way, Devaki became the residence of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is one without a second and\nthe cause of all creation. Devaki became the residence of the Absolute\nTruth, but because she was within the house of Karilsa, she looked just\nlike a suppressed fire, or like misused education. When fire is covered by\nthe walls of a pot or is kept in a jug, the illuminating rays of the fire cannot be very much appreciated. Similarly, misused knowledge, which does\nnot benefit the people in general, is not very much appreciated. So\nDevaki was kept within the prison walls of Karilsa's palace, and no one\n\n", "SB10.1#p0171": "143\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\nText 19]\n\ncould see her transcendental beauty, which resulted from her conceiving\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nCommenting\n\nupon\n\nthis\n\nverse,\n\nSri\n\nViraraghava\n\nAcarya\n\nwrites,\n\nvasudeva-devaki-jatharayor hrdayayor bhagavata� sambandha�. The\n\nSupreme Lord's entrance into the womb of Devaki from the heart of\n\nVasudeva was a heart-to-heart relationship.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nm\n\n��\n\ne��&�•lf\\l€4m­\n\n�� f;mt\n\n��srlt\"'�N\n\ne«Etffi �l;a(CI�\n\nwt\n\n�I\n\n��\n� m II� �II\n\nsa devaki sarva-jagan-nivasanivasa-bhata nitaram na reje\nbhojendra-gehe 'gni-sikheva ruddha\nsarasvati jnana-khale yatha sati\nsa devaki-that Devakidevi; sarva-jagat-nivasa-of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, the sustainer of all the universes (mat-sthani\nsarva-bhutani); nivasa-bhuta-the womb of Devaki has now become the\n\nresidence; nitaram-extensively; na-not; reje-became illuminated;\n\nbhojendra-gehe-within the limits of the house of Kamsa; agni-sikha\n\niva-like the flames of a fire; ruddha-covered; sarasvati-knowledge;\n\njnana-khale-in a person known as jfiana-khala, one who possesses\n\nknowledge but cannot distribute it; yatha-or just as; sati-so being.\nTRANSLATION\n\nDevaki then kept within herself the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, the cause of all causes, the foundation of the entire cosmos, but because she was under arrest in the house of Kamsa, she\nwas like the flames of a fire covered by the walls of a pot, or like a\nperson who has knowledge but cannot distribute it to the world\nfor the benefit of human society.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0172": "144\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word jfiiina-khala is most significant. Knowledge is\n\nmeant for distribution. Although there is already much scientific knowl­\n\nedge, whenever scientists or philosophers awaken to a particular type of\n\nknowledge, they try to distribute it throughout the world, for otherwise\nthe knowledge gradually dries up and no one benefits from it. India has\nthe knowledge of Bhagavad-gitii, but unfortunately, for some reason or\n\nother, this sublime knowledge of the science of God was not distributed\n\nthroughout the world, although it is meant for all of human society.\nTherefore Knn.ta Himself appeared as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and or­\n\ndered all Indians to take up the cause of distributing the knowledge of\n\nBhagavad-gita throughout the entire world.\n\nyare dekha, tare kaha 'kr�JJa'-upadesa\namara ajfiiiya guru haiiii tara' ei desa\n\"l�struct everyone to follow the orders of Lord Sri ��1.1a as they are\n\ngiven in\n\nBhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam. In this way be­\n\ncome a spiritual master and try to liberate everyone in this land.\"\n\n(Cc. Madhya 7.128) Although India has the sublime knowledge of\nBhagavad-gitii, Indians have not done their proper duty of distributing\n\nit. Now, therefore, the ��1.1a consciousness movement has been set up to\n\ndistribute this knowledge as it is, without distortion. Although pre­\n\nviously there were attempts to distribute the knowledge of Bhagavad­\n\ngitii, these attempts involved distortion and compromise with mundane\n\nknowledge. But now the ��J.la consciousness movement, without mun­\n\ndane compromises, is distributing Bhagavad-gita as it is, and people are\n\nderiving the benefits of awakening to ��1.1a consciousness and becoming\n\ndevotees of Lord ��J.la. Therefore the proper distribution of knowledge\n\nhas begun by which not only will the whole world benefit, but India's\n\nglory will be magnified in human society. Karhsa tried to arrest ��1.1a\nconsciousness within his house\n\n(bhojendra-gehe), with the result that\n\nKarhsa, with all his opulences, was later vanquished. Similarly, the real\n\nknowledge of Bhagavad-gita was being choked by unscrupulous Indian\n\nleaders, with the result that India's culture, and knowledge of the\nSupreme were being lost. Now, however, because ��1.1a consciousness is\n\nspreading, the proper use of Bhagavad-gita is being attempted.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0173": "Text 20]\n\n145\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\nTEXT 20\n\n,A...... •\n�: 31W<41�ijlw:iji(T•\n<IT• ���\n\n�(l��;Jf �;i �M�ijtt{_ I\n� � suo•«� mrld\n� � � �i(�41«n 1 r� o\"\ntam vi�ya kamsa/:t prabhayajitantaram\nvirocayantim bhavanam suci-smitam\naha�a me prar:ta-haro harir guham\ndhruvam srito yan na pureyam idrsi\ntam-her\n\n(Devaki);\n\nvi�ya-after seeing;\n\nkamsa/:t-her brother\n\nKamsa; prabhaya-with the enhancement of her beauty and influence;\najita-antaram-because of keeping Ajita, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Vi�I;tu, within herself; virocayantim-illuminating; bhavanam-the whole atmosphere of the house; suci-smitam-smiling and\nbrilliant; aha-said to himself; e�a/:t-this (Supreme Person); me-my;\nprar:ta-hara/:t-who will kill me; hari/:t-Lord Vi�Qu; guhdm-within\nthe womb of Devaki; dhruvam-certainly; srita/:t-has taken shelter;\nyat-because; na-was not; pura-formerly; iyam-Devaki; idrsilike this.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause the Supreme Personality of Godhead was within her\nwomb, Devaki illuminated the entire atmosphere in the place\nwhere she was confined. Seeing her jubilant, pure and smiling,\nKamsa thought, \"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi,�u,\nwho is now within her, will kill me. Devaki has never before\nlooked so brilliant and jubilant.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (4.7):\nyada yada hi dharmasya\nglanir bhavati bharata\n\n", "SB10.1#p0174": "146\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\ntadatmanam srjamy aham\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I\ndescend Myself.\" In this age, at the present moment, there are inordinate\ndiscrepancies in the discharge of human duties. Human life is meant for\nGod realization, but unfortunately the materialistic civilization is stressing only the senses of the body, not understanding the living force within\nthe body. As clearly stated in Bhagavad-gita (dehino 'smin yatha dehe),\nwithin the body is the body's proprietor, the living force, which is more\nimportant. But human society has become so fallen that instead of understanding the living force within the body, people have become busy with\nexternal things. This is a discrepancy in human duties. Therefore .l(r![!Qa\nhas taken birth or taken shelter within the womb of the .l(r![!Qa consciousness movement. Men of Karhsa's class, therefore, are very much afraid\nand are busy trying to stop this movement, especially in the Western\ncountries. One politician has remarked that the .l(r![!Qa consciousness\nmovement is spreading like an epidemic and that if not checked immediately, within ten years it may capture governmental power. There\nis, of course, such potency in the .l(r![!Qa consciousness movement. As\n\n17.22), kali-kale nama-rupe kmwavatara: in this age, K�![!Qa has appeared in the Hare .l(r![!Qa mahamantra. The .l(r![!Qa consciousness movement is spreading like wildfire all\n\nstated by authorities (Cc. Adi\n\nover the world, and it will go on doing so. Men who are like Karhsa are\nvery much afraid of the movement's progress and acceptance by the\nyounger generation, but as K�![!Qa could not be killed by Karhsa, this\nmovement cannot be checked by men of Karhsa's class. The movement\nwill go on increasing more and more, provided the leaders of the movement remain firmly .l(r![!Qa conscious by following the regulative principles and the primary activities of chanting the Hare .l(r![!Qa mantra\nregularly.\nTEXT 21\n\n� • �(Oftif'il� �\n\n�;:sft WI mfiij �¥'i� I\n\n", "SB10.1#p0175": "Text 21]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n147\n\n�: (qwJ�� eN)sq\n�: p;p.f (��·�: ''� � ''\nkim adya tasmin karar;tiyam asu me\nyad artha-tantro na vihanti vikramam\nstriya� svasur gurumatya vadho yam\nya5a� sriyam hanty anukalam ayu�\nkim-what;\n\nadya-now, immediately;\n\ntasmin-in this situation;\n\nkarar;tiyam-is to he done; asu-without delay; me-my duty; yat-hecause; artha-tantra�-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is always determined to protect the sadhus and kill the asadhus; na-does\nnot; vihanti-give up; vikramam-His prowess; striya�-of a woman;\nsvasu�-of my sister; guru-matyd�-especially when she is pregnant;\nvadha� ayam-the killing; ya5a�-fame; sriyam-opulence; hantiwill vanquish; anukdlam-forever; ayu�-and the duration of life.\nTRANSLATION\nKamsa thought: What is my duty now? The Supreme Lord, who\nknows His purpose [paritril;liya sidhunilh viniSiya ca dufkrtAm],\nwill not give up His prowess. Devaki is a woman, she is my sister,\nand moreover she is now pregnant. If I kill her, my reputation,\nopulence and duration of life will certainly be vanquished.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic principles, a woman, a brahmar;ta, an old man, a\nchild and a cow should never he killed. It appears that Kamsa, although a\ngreat enemy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, was aware of the\nVedic culture and conscious of the fact that the soul transmigrates from\none body to another and that one suffers in the next life according to the\nkarmas of this life. Therefore he was afraid of killing Devaki, since she\nwas a woman, she was his sister, and she was pregnant. A k$atriya hecomes famous by performing heroic acts. But what would he heroic about\nkilling a woman who, while confined in his custody, was under his\nshelter? Therefore, he did not want to act drastically by killing Devaki.\nKarilsa's enemy was within Devaki's womb, hut killing an enemy in such\n\n", "SB10.1#p0176": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n148\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\na nescient state would not be an exhibition of prowess. According to\nk$atriya rules, an enemy should be fought face to face and with proper\nweapons. Then if the enemy is killed, the victor becomes famous. Karilsa\nvery conscientiously deliberated upon these facts and therefore refrained\nfrom killing Devaki, although he was completely confident that his\nenemy had already appeared within her womb.\nTEXT 22\n\n� � (1+q�(tl\n�s�w:a\"t�im<t\"' 1\n�\n·� �({ �t: �\n'J �\n\n\"\"\n\n•\n\n�Hf��6�1f;t\"\"\n'11 �11��11\nsa e�a jivan khalu sampareto\nvarteta yo 'tyanta-nrsamsitena\ndehe mrte tam manuja/.t sapanti\nganta tamo 'ndham tanu-manino dhruvam\nsal,t-he; e�a/.t-that jealous person; jivan-while living; khalueven; samparetal,t-is dead; varteta-continues to live; ya/.t-anyone\nwho; atyanta-very much; nrsamsitena-by executing cruel activities;\ndehe-when the body; mrte-is finished; tam-him; manujal,t-all\nhuman beings;\n\nsapanti\n\n-\n\ncondemn; ganta-he will go;\n\ntamal,t an­\n\ndham-to hellish life; tanu-maninal,t-of a person in the bodily concept of life; dhruvam-without a doubt.\nTRANSLATION\nA person who is very cruel is regarded as dead even while living,\n\nfor while he is living or after his death, everyone condemns him.\n\nAnd after the death of a person in the bodily concept of life, he is\nundoubtedly transferred to the hell known as Andhatama.\nPURPORT\nKarilsa considered that if he killed his sister, while living he would be\ncondemned by everyone, and after death he would go to the darkest\n\n", "SB10.1#p0177": "Prayers by the Demigods\n\nText 22]\n\n149\n\nregion of hellish life because of his cruelty. It is said that a cruel person\n\nlike a butcher is advised not to live and not to die. While living, a cruel\n\nperson creates a hellish condition for his next birth, and therefore he\n\nshould not live; but he is also advised not to die, because after death he\n\nmust go to the darkest region of hell. Thus in either circumstance he is\n\ncondemned. Kamsa, therefore, having good sense about the science of\nthe soul's transmigration, deliberately refrained from killing Devaki.\n\nIn this verse the words ganta tamo 'ndham tanu-miinino dhruvam are\n\nvery important and require extensive understanding. Srila }iva Gosvami,\n\nin his\n\nVa�ry,ava-to�a1Ji-!ika, says: tatra tanu-maninab, pdpina iti\ndehatma-buddhyaiva papabhiniveso bhavati. One who lives in the\n\nbodily concept, thinking, \"I am this body,\" involves himself, by the very\n\nnature of this conception, in a life of sinful activities. Anyone living in\nsuch a conception is to be considered a candidate for hell.\n\nadanta-gobhir viSataril tamisraril\npunab, puna§ carvita-carva¢nam\n(Bhag. 7.5.30)\nOne who is in a bodily concept of life has no control over sense gratifica­\n\ntion. Such a person can do anything sinful to eat, drink, be merry and\nenjoy a life of sense gratification, not knowing of the soul's transmigra­\n\ntion from one body to another. Such a person does whatever he likes,\n\nwhatever he imagines, and therefore, being subject to the laws of nature,\nhe suffers miserably again and again in different material bodies.\n\nyavat kriyas tavad idam mano vai\nkarmiitmakam yena sarira-bandhab(Bhag. 5.5.5)\nIn the bodily concept of life, a person is karmiinubandha, or conditioned\n\nby karma, and as long as the mind is absorbed in karma, one must accept\na material body. Sarira-bandha, bondage to the material body, is a source\n\nof misery (klesa-da).\n\nna sadhu manye yata atmano yam\nasann api klesada dsa dehab-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0178": "150\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nAlthough the body is temporary, it always gives one trouble in many\nways, but human civilization is now unfortunately based on tanu-mdni,\nthe bodily concept of life, by which one thinks, \"I belong to this nation,\"\n\"I belong to this group,\" \"I belong to that group,\" and so on. Each of us\nhas his own ideas, and we are becoming increasingly involved, individually, socially, communally and nationally, in the complexities of\n\nkarmdnubandha, sinful activities. For the maintenance of the body, men\nkarmdnubandha. Therefore Srila }iva Gosvami says that tanu-mdni,\nthose in the bodily concept of life, are pdpi, sinful persons. For such sinare killing so many other bodies and becoming implicated in\n\nful persons, the ultimate destination is the darkest region of hellish life\n\n(gantii tamo 'ndham). In particular, a person who wants to maintain his\nbody by killing animals is most sinful and cannot understand the value\n\nof spiritual life. In Bhagavad-gitii (16.19-20) the Lord says:\n\ntan aham dv�ata/:t kraran\nsarhsiire�u naradhamdn\n�ipdmy ajasram a5ubhiin\niisur�v eva yon�u\niisuriril yonim iipannii\nmat;lhii janmani janmani\nmam aprapyaiva kaunteya\ntato yanty adhamam gatim\n\"Those who are envious and mischievous, who are the lowest among\nmen, are cast by Me into the ocean of material existence, into various\ndemoniac species of life. Attaining repeated birth among the species of\ndemoniac life, such persons can never approach Me. Gradually they sink\ndown to the most abominable type of existence.\" A human being is\nmeant to understand the value of human life, which is a boon obtained\nafter many, many births. Therefore one must free oneself from tanu­\n\nmdni, the bodily concept of life, and realize the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n� t:it(('l¥(1{ � �fiilt�: m q: 1\n� std\\4�� q �l(l�w-�id 11��11\n..\n\n", "SB10.1#p0179": "Prayers by the Demigods\n\nText 24]\n\n151\n\niti ghoratamad bhavat\nsannivrtta(t svayam prabhu(t\niiste prati�arils taj-janma\nharer vairanubandha-krt\n\niti-thus\n\n(thinking in the above-mentioned way);\n\nghora-tamiit\n\nbhiivat-from the most ghastly contemplation of how to kill his sister;\n\nsannivrtta(t-refrained; svayam-personally deliberating; prabhu(tone who was in full knowledge (Karhsa); iiste-remained; prati�anawaiting the moment; tat-janma-until the birth of Him; hare(t-of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari; vaira-anubandha-krtdetermined to continue such enmity.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: Deliberating in this way, Kamsa, al­\n\nthough determined to continue in enmity toward the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, refrained from the vicious killing of his\nsister. He decided to wait until the Lord was born and then do what\n\nwas needed.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n3TRft;r: ('{��j�gW{ �: � � I\nP-:.::::mui �iJi�jqq�d\\ � � 110{�11\niisina(t samviSarils t�than\nbhufijana(t paryatan mahim\ncintayano hr$ikesam\napa.Syat tanmayam jagat\n\niisina(l-while sitting comfortably in his sitting room or on the\nthrone; samviSan-or lying on his bed; t�than-or staying anywhere;\nbhufijana(t-while\n\neating;\n\nparyatan-while\n\nwalking\n\nor\n\nmoving;\n\nmahim-on the ground, going hither and thither; cintayana(t-always\ninimically thinking of; hr$ikesam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the controller of everything; apa.Syat-observed; tat-mayamconsisting of Him (.K_r�Qa), and nothing more; jagat-the entire world.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0180": "152\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile sitting on his throne or in his sitting room, while lying on\n\nhis bed, or, indeed, while situated anywhere, and while eating,\n\nsleeping or walking, Kamsa saw only his enemy, the Supreme\n\nLord, Hrfilikesa. In other words, by thinking of his all-pervading\nenemy, Kamsa became unfavorably �fil�a conscious.\nPURPORT\nSrila Rupa Gosvami has described the finest pattern of devotional ser­\n\nvice as anukulyena km;�-anu§ilanam, or cultivating Knn;ta co�sciousness\nfavorably. Kamsa, of course, was also Kr��a conscious, but because he\nregarded Kr��a as his enemy, even though he was fully absorbed in\nKr��a consciousness, his Kr��a consciousness was not favorable for his\nexistence. Kr��a consciousness, favorably cultivated, makes one completely happy, so much so that a Kr��a conscious person does not consider kaivalya-sukham, or merging into the existence of Kr��a, to be a\ngreat gain. Kaivalyam narakiiyate. For a Kr��a conscious person, even\nmerging into the existence of Kr��a, or Brahman, as impersonalists\naspire to do, is uncomfortable. Kaivalyam narakiiyate tridaSa-pilr\nakiiSa-pU§payate. Karmis hanker to be promoted to the heavenly planets,\n\nbut a Kr��a conscious person considers such promotion a will-o' -thewisp, good for nothing. Durddntendriya-kiila-sarpa-pa!ali protkhatadari'J.§!riiyate. Yogis try to control their senses and thus become happy,\n\nbut a Kr��a conscious person neglects the methods of y�ga. He is unconcerned with the greatest of enemies, the senses, which are compared to\nsnakes. For a .Kr��a conscious person who is cultivating Kr��a consciousness favorably, the happiness conceived by the karmis, jfidnis and yogis\n\nis treated as less than a fig. Kamsa, however, because of cultivating\n.Kr��a consciousness in a different way-that is, inimically-was\nuncomfortable in all the affairs of his life; whether sitting, sleeping,\nwalking or eating, he was always in danger. This is the difference between a devotee and a nondevotee. A nondevotee or atheist also cultivates\nGod consciousness-by trying to avoid God in everything. For example,\nso-called scientists who want to create life by a combination of chemicals\nregard the external, material elements as supreme. Such scientists do not\nlike the idea that life is part and parcel of the Supreme Lord. As clearly\n\n", "SB10.1#p0181": "Prayers by the Demigods\n\nText 25]\n\n153\n\nstated in Bhagavad-gitd (mamaivamso jiva-loke jiva-bhuta/:l}, the living\n\nentities do not arise from a combination of material elements, such as\nearth, water, air and fire, but are separated portions of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. If one can understand the position of the living en­\n\ntity as a separated portion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, by\n\nstudying the nature of the living entity one can understand the nature of\nthe Supreme Godhead, since the living entity is a fragmental sample of\nthe Godhead. But because atheists are not interested in God conscious­\n\nness, they try to be happy by cultivating ��I}.a consciousness in various\nunfavorable ways.\n\nAlthough Karhsa was always absorbed in thoughts of Hari, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, he was not happy. A devotee, however,\n\nwhether sitting on a throne or beneath a tree, is always happy. Srila Rupa\n\nGosvami resigned from office as a government minister to sit beneath a\n\ntree, yet he was happy. Tyaktvd turr:wm a§e�a-mar:u},alapati-sre�J-iril sada\n\ntucchavat ($at;l-gosvamy-�!aka 4). He did not care for his comfortable\n\nposition as minister; he was happy even beneath a tree in Vrndavana,\n\nfavorably serving the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is the dif­\n\nference between a devotee and a nondevotee. For a nondevotee, ihe\n\nworld is full of problems, whereas for a devotee the entire world is full of\nhappiness.\n\nviSvam purr:w-sukhayate vidhi-mahendradiS ca ki!dyate\nyat-karu�J-ya-ka!d�a-vaibhavavatdril tam gauram eva stuma�\n(Caitanya-candramrta 95)\nThis comfortable position of a devotee can be established by the mercy of\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nYasmin sthito na du�khena guru1J,dpi\nvicalyate (Bg. 6.22). Even when a devotee is superficially put into great\n\ndifficulty, he is never disturbed.\n\nTEXT 25\n;mT\n\n����:1\n��: �: � �ftffliEIIJla:St�WJ: ����II\n\n", "SB10.1#p0182": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n154\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nbrahma bhava§ ca tatraitya\nmunibhir naradadibhi/:l\ndevai/:l sanucarai/:l sakam\ngirbhir vr�a�m ait;layan\nbrahma-the supreme four-headed demigod; bhava/:l ca-and Lord\n\nSiva; tatra-there; etya-arriving; munibhi/:l-accompanied by great\n\nsages;\n\nnarada-adibhi/:t-by\n\nNarada\n\nand\n\nothers;\n\ndevai/:t-and\n\nby\n\ndemigods like lndra, Candra and Varu1,1a; sa-anucarai/:t-with their\n\nfollowers;\n\nsakam-all\n\ntogether;\n\ngirbhi/:l-by their transcendental\n\nprayers; vr�a�m-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who can\n\nbestow blessings upon everyone; ait;layan-pleased.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Brahmi and Lord Siva, accompanied by great sages like\n\nNirada, Devala and Vyasa and by other demigods like lndra,\nCandra and Varul_la, invisibly approached the room of Devaki,\n\nwhere they all joined in offering their respectful obeisances and\n\nprayers to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who can\n\nbestow blessings upon everyone.\n\nPURPORT\n\nDvau bhuta-sargau loke 'smin daiva asura eva ca (Padma Pura�).\n\nThere are two classes of men-the daivas and the asuras- and there is a\n\ngreat difference between them. Karhsa, being an asura, was always plan­\n\nning -how to kill the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His mother,\nDevaki. Thus he was also 1<.{�1,1a conscious. But devotees are 1<.{�1,1a con­\n\nscious favorably ( v�r:tu-bhakta/:l smrto daiva/:l}. Brahmii is so powerful\n\nthat he is in charge of creating an entire universe, yet he personally came\n\nto receive the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Bhava, Lord Siva, is al­\n\nways jubilant in chanting the holy name of the Lord. And what to speak\n\nof Narada? Narada-muni, bajaya v'i1J-d, radhika-rama�-name. Niirada\n\nMuni is always chanting the glories of the Lord, and his engagement is to\n\ntravel all over the universe and find a devotee or make someone a devo­\n\ntee. Even a hunter was made a devotee by the grace of Narada. Srila\n\nSaniitana Gosviimi, in his\n\nTo�ar:t'i, says that the word narada-adibhi/:l\n\n", "SB10.1#p0183": "Prayers by the Demigods\n\nText 26]\n\n155\n\nmeans that Narada and the demigods were accompanied by other saintly\npersons, like Sanaka and Sanatana, all of whom came to congratulate or\nwelcome the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Even though Kamsa was\nplanning to kill Devaki, he too awaited the arrival of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (prati�ams taj-janma).\n\n.\n\n'ft\"llt4r.:i-6\nft\"!!€if\nij\n\nTEXT 26\n.\n�\n,.,.��\n�\n\n� �����\nij€i(�\n��·\ns•= \"'\n\nij\\44fl6ij€if�si\n.\n\n.\n\n..:s: � � �: ����II\n\nsatya-vratam satya-param tri-satyam\nsatyasya yonim nihitam ca satye\nsatyasya satyam rta-satya-netram\nsatyatmakam tvam sarar;wm prapanna/:1,\nsatya-vratam-the Personality of Godhead, who never deviates from\nHis vow;* satya-param-who is the Absolute Truth (as stated in the\nbeginning of Sri,.,;oo-Bhagavatam, satyam param dhimahi); trisatyam-He is always present as the Absolute Truth, before the creation\nof this cosmic manifestation, during its maintenance, and even after its\n\nsatyasya-of all relative truths, which are emanations\nyonim-the cause; nihitam-entered; t ca-and; satye-in the factors that create this material world\n(namely, the :five elements-earth, water, :fire, air and ether) ;\nsatyasya-of all that is accepted as the truth; satyam-the Lord is the\noriginal truth; rta-satya-netram-He is the origin of whatever truth is\npleasing (sunetram); satya-dtmakam - everything pertaining to the\nLord is truth (sac-cid-ananda: His body is truth, His knowledge is truth,\nannihilation;\n\nfrom the Absolute Truth, .l(r�J}.a;\n\n*The Lord vows: yada yada hi dharmasya l! ldnir bhavati bharata/ abhyutthanam\nadharmasya tadatmanarh srjdmy aham (Bg. 4. 7). To honor this vow, the Lord appeared.\ntThe Lord enters everythin� , even the atom: al;l<ldntara-stha-pararruir:tu-caydntarastham (Brahma-sarhhitd 5.44). Therefore He is called antarydmi, the inner force.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0184": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n156\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nand His pleasure is truth); tvam-unto You, 0 Lord; sara�m-offering\nour full\n\nsurrender;\n\nprapannab,-we are completely under Your\n\nprotection.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods prayed: 0 Lord, You never deviate from Your\n\nvow, which is always perfect because whatever You decide is per­\n\nfectly correct and cannot be stopped by anyone. Being present in\nthe three phases of cosmic manifestation-creation, maintenance\n\nand annihilation-You are the Supreme Truth. Indeed, unless one\n\nis completely truthful, one cannot achieve Your favor, which\n\ntherefore cannot be achieved by hypocrites. You are the active\nprinciple, the real truth, in all the ingredients of creation, and\ntherefore you are known as antaryiimi, the inner force. You are\n\nequal to everyone, and Your instructions apply for everyone, for\n\nall time. You are the beginning of all truth. Therefore, offering\n\nour obeisances, we surrender unto You. Kindly give us protection.\nPURPORT\nThe demigods or devotees know perfectly well that the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead is the true substance, whether within this material\nworld or in the spiritual world. Srimad-Bhagavatam begins, therefore,\n\nbhagavate viisudevaya ... satyam param\ndhimahi. Vasudeva, l(r�Qa, is the param satyam, the Supreme Truth.\n\nwith the words\n\nom\n\nnamo\n\nThe Supreme Truth can be approached or understood by the supreme\n\nmethod, as declared by the Supreme Truth: bhaktya mam abhijanati\n\nyavan ya§ ciismi tattvata/:t (Bg. 18.55). Bhakti, devotional service, is the\n\nonly way to understand the Absolute Truth. For protection, therefore,\nthe demigods surrender to the Supreme Truth, not to the relative truth.\nThere are persons who worship various demigods, but the Supreme\n\nBhagavad-gita (7.23), antavat tu phalam\nte$dm tad bhavaty alpa-medhasam: \"Men of small intelligence worship\n\nTruth, Kr�1.1a, declares in\n\nthe demigods, and their fruits are limited and temporary:\" Worship of\n\ndemigods may be useful for a limited time, but the result is antavat,\n\nperishable. This material world is impermanent, the demigods are impermanent, and the benedictions derived from the demigods are also im­\n\npermanent, whereas the living entity is eternal (nityo nityanam cetana§\n\n", "SB10.1#p0185": "Text 26]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n157\n\ncetandnam). Every living entity, therefore, must search for eternal happiness, not temporary happiness. The words satyam param dhimahi indicate that one should search for the Absolute Truth, not the relative\ntruth.\nWhile offering prayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nN:rsirilhadeva, Prahlada Maharaja said:\n\nbalasya neha sarar:uzm pitarau nrsimha\nndrtasya cagadam udanvati majjato nau�\nGenerally it is understood that the protectors for a child are his parents,\nbut this is not actually the fact. The real protector is the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\ntaptasya tat-pratividhir ya ihdfijase�'as\ntavad vibho tanu-bhrtam tvad-upe/cyitanam\n(Bhag. 7.9.19)\nIf neglected by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, a child, despite the\npresence of his parents, will suffer, and a diseased person, despite all\nmedical help, will die. In this material world, where there is a struggle\nfor existence, men have invented many means for protection, but these\nare useless if the Supreme Personality of Godhead rejects them.\nTherefore the demigods purposefully say, satyatmakam tvam sarar:uzm\n\nprapannd�: \"Real protection can be obtained from You, 0 Lord, and\ntherefore we surrender unto You.\"\nThe Lord demands that one surrender unto Him (sarva-dharman\nparityajya mam ekam sarar:wm vraja), and He further says:\n\nsakrd eva prapanno yas\ntavasmiti ca yacate\nabhayam sarvada tasmai\ndadamy etad vratam mama\n\"If one surrenders unto Me sincerely, saying, 'My Lord, from this day I\nam fully surrendered unto You,' I always give him protection. That is My\nvow.\"\n\n(Ramayar:uz, Yuddha-kar;u;la 18.33) The demigods offered their\n\n", "SB10.1#p0186": "158\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nprayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead because He had now ap­\n\npeared in the womb of His devotee Devaki to protect all the devotees\n\nharassed by Karilsa and his lieutenants. Thus the Lord acts as satyavrata. The protection given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead can­\n\nnot be compared to the protection given by the demigods. It is said that\nRava1,1a was a great devotee of Lord Siva, but when Lord Ramacandra\n\nwent to kill him, Lord Siva could not give him protection.\n\nLord Brahma and Lord Siva, accompanied by great sages like Narada\n\nand followed by many other demigods, had now invisibly appeared in the\n\nhouse of Karilsa. They began to pray for the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead in select prayers which are very pleasing to the devotees and which\naward fulfillment of devotional desires. The first words they spoke ac­\n\nclaimed that the Lord is true to His vow. As stated in the Bhagavad-gita,\n\nKr�1,1a descends upon this material world just to protect the pious and\n\ndestroy the impious. That is His vow. The demigods could understand\n\nthat the Lord had taken His residence within the womb of Devaki to\n\nfulfill this vow. They were very glad that the Lord was appearing to\n\nfulfill His mission, and they addressed Him as satyam param, or the\nSupreme Absolute Truth.\n\nEveryone is searching after the truth. That is the philosophical way of\n\nlife. The demigods give information that the Supreme Absolute Truth is\n\nKr�1,1a. One who becomes fully Kr�1,1a conscious can attain the Absolute\n\nTruth. Kr�1,1a is the Absolute Truth. Relative truth is not truth in all the\n\nthree phases of eternal time. Time is divided into past, present and\nfuture. Kr�1,1a is Truth always, past, present and future. In the material\n\nworld, everything is being controlled by supreme time, in the course of\n\npast, present and future. But before the creation, Kr�1,1a was existing,\n\nand when there is creation, everything is resting in Kr�1,1a, and when this\n\ncreation is finished, Kr�1,1a will remain. Therefore, He is Absolute Truth\n\nin all circumstances. If there is any truth within this material world, it\n\nemanates from the Supreme Truth, Kr�1,1a. If there is any opulence\n\nwithin this material world, the cause of the opulence is Kr�1,1a. If there is\n\nany reputation within this material world, the cause of the reputation is\nKr�1,1a. If there is any strength within this material world, the cause of\n\nsuch strength is Kr�J,la. If there is any wisdom and education within this\nmaterial world, the cause of such wisdom and education is Kr�1,1a.\n\nTherefore Kr�1,1a is the source of all relative truths.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0187": "Text 26]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n159\n\nDevotees, therefore, following in the footsteps of Lord Brahma, pray,\n\ngovindam adi-pur�aril tam aharil bhajami, worshiping the adi-pur�a,\n\nthe supreme truth, Govinda. Everything, everywhere, is performed in\nterms of three principles, jnana-bala-kriya\n\n-\n\nknowledge, strength and\n\nactivity. In every field, if there is not full knowledge, full strength and\nfull activity, an endeavor is never successful. Therefore, if one wants\nsuccess in everything, one must he hacked by these three principles. In\n\nthe Vedas (Svetasvatara Upan�ad 6.8) there is this statement about the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead:\n\nna tasya kdryaril karar;r.aril ca vidyate\nna tat sama.S cabhyadhikaS ca drsyate\nparasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate\nsvabhdviki jnana-bala-kriya ca\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead does not need to do anything personally, for He has su'ch potencies that anything He wants done will he\n\ndone perfectly well through the control of material nature (svabhdviki\n\njnana-bala-kriya ca). Similarly, those who are engaged in the service of\n\nthe Lord are not meant to struggle for existence. The devotees who are\nfully engaged in spreading the .Kr�J.la consciousness movement, more\nthan ten thousand men and women all over the world, have no steady or\npermanent occupation, yet we actually see that they are .maintained very\n\nopulently. The Lord says in Bhagavad-gitd (9.22):\n\nananyas cintayanto mdril\nye jand}:r. paryupasate\nte�dril nityabhiyuktanaril\nyoga-k$emaril vahamy aham\n\"For those who worship Me with devotion, meditating on My transcendental form, I carry to them what they lack and preserve what they\nhave.\" The devotees have no anxiety over what will happen next, where\nthey will stay or what they will eat, for everything is maintained and\nsupplied by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who has promised,\n\nkaunteya pratijdnihi na me bhakta}:r. prar;r.a§yati: \"0 son of Kunti,\n\n", "SB10.1#p0188": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n160\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\ndeclare it boldly that My devotee never perishes.\" (Bg. 9.31) From all\n\nangles of vision, therefore, in all circumstances, if one fully surrenders\n\nunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, there is no question of one's\n\nstruggling for existence. In this connection, the commentary by Sri­\n\npiida Madhviiciirya, who quotes from the Tantra-bhagavata, is very\n\nmeaningful:\n\nsac-chadba uttamam bruyiid\niinandantiti vai vadet\nyetijnanam samudd�tam\npun:uinanda-drsis tata�\nattrtviic ca tadii diiniit\nsatyiittya cocyate vibhu�\nExplaining the words satyasya yonim, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti\n\nThakura says that K{��;ta is the avatiiri, the origin of all incarnations. All\n\nincarnations are the Absolute Truth, yet the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead K{��;ta is the origin of all incarnations. Diparcir eva hi daSan­\n\ntaram abhyupetya dipiiyate (Brahma-samhitii 5.46). There may be\n\nmany lamps, all equal in power, yet there is a first lamp, a second lamp, a\nthird lamp and so on. Similarly, there are many incarnations, who are\n\ncompared to lamps, but the first lamp, the original Personality of God­\n\nhead, is K{��;ta. Govindam iidi-pur�am tam aham bhajami.\n\nThe demigods must offer worship in obedience to the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, but one might argue that since the Supreme God­\n\nhead was within the womb of Devaki, He was also coming in a material\n\nbody. Why then should He be worshiped? Why should one make a dis­\n\ntinction between an ordinary living entity and the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead? These questions are answered in the following verses.\n\nTEXT 27\n•• :LUI\n\n2Jsm\n\n�:\n\ni§:t6e�¥t�-\n\nqifft�:\n\n�\n\n", "SB10.1#p0189": "Prayers by the Demigods\n\nText 27]\n\n161\n\n�a�•I!Fclatil\n:sxa\n\nA\n\n..\n\n_\n\nekayano 'sau dvi-phalas tri-mulaS\ncatu-rasal) pafica-vidhal) �a(l-atma\nsapta-tvag ��a-vita,po nava�o\ndaSa-cchadi dvi-khago hy adi-vr�a/:t\n\neka-ayanal)-the body of an ordinary living being is fully dependent\non the material elements; asau-that; dvi-phalal)-in this body we are\nsubject to material happiness and distress, which result from karma; t rimulal)-having three roots, the three modes of nature (goodness, passion and ignorance), upon which the body is created; catu/:t-rasal)-four\nrasas, or tastes;* pafica-vidhal)-consisting of five senses for acquiring\nknowledge (the eyes, ears, nose, tongue and touch); �a1-atma-six\ncircumstances (lamentation, illusion, old age, death, hunger and thirst);\nsapta-tvak-having seven coverings (skin, blood, muscle, fat, bone,\nmarrow and semen); ��a-vi!apal)-eight branches (the five gross elements-earth, water, fire, air and ether-and also the mind, intelligence\nand ego); nava-a�a1)-nine holes; daSa-chQ,di-ten kinds of life air,\nresembling the leaves of a tree; dvi-khaga/:t-two birds (the individual\nsoul and the Supersoul); hi-indeed; adi-vr�a/:t-this is the original tree or construction of the material body, whether individual or\nuniversal.\nTRANSLATION\nThe body [the total body and the individual body are of the same\ncomposition] may figuratively be called \"the original tree.\" From\nthis tree, which fully depends on the ground of material nature,\ncome two kinds of fruit-the enjoyment of happiness and the\nsuffering of distress. The cause of the tree, forming its three roots,\nis association with the three modes of material nature-goodness,\n• As\n\nthe root of a tree extracts water (rasa) from the earth, the body tastes dharma,\nartha, kama and mo�a-religion, economic development, sense gratification and liberation. These are four kinds of rasa, or taste.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0190": "162\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\npassion and ignorance. The fruits of bodily happiness have four\n\ntastes-religiosity, economic development, sense gratification and\n\nliberation-which are experienced through five senses for acquiring knowledge in the midst of six circumstances: lamentation, il­\n\nlusion, old age, death, hunger and thirst. The seven layers of bark\n\ncovering the tree are skin, blood, muscle, fat, bone, marrow and\n·\n\nsemen, and the eight branches of the tree are the five gross and\n\nthree subtle elements-earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelli­\n\ngence and false ego. The tree of the body has nine hollows-the\n\neyes, the ears, the nostrils, the mouth, the rectum and the\n\ngenitals-and ten leaves, the ten airs passing through the body. In\nthis tree of the body there are two birds: one is the individual soul,\n\nand the other is the Supersoul.\n\nPURPORT\nThis material world is composed of five principal elements-earth,\nwater, fire, air and ether-all of which are emanations from ���a. Although materialistic scientists may accept these five primary elements as\nthe cause of the material manifestation, these elements in their gross and\nsubtle states are produced by ���a, whose marginal potency also produces the living entities working within this material world. The Seventh\nChapter of Bhagavad-gitt'i clearly states that the entire cosmic manifestation is a combination of two of K:r��a's energies-the superior energy\nand the inferior energy. The living entities are the superior energy, and\nthe inanimate material elements are His inferior energy. In the dormant\nstage, everything rests in ���a.\nMaterial scientists cannot give such a thorough analysis of the material\nstructure of the body. The analysis of the material scientists concerns itself only with inanimate matter, but this is inadequate because the living\nentity is completely separate from the material bodily structure. In\n\nBhagavad-gitt'i (7.5) the Lord says:\napareyam itas tv anyt'iril\nprakrtiril viddhi me part'im\njiva-bhataril maht'i- bt'iho\nyayedaril dharyate jagat\n\n", "SB10.1#p0191": "Text 27]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n163\n\n\"Besides this inferior nature, 0 mighty-armed Arjuna, there is a\nsuperior energy of Mine, which consists of all the living entities who are\nstruggling with material nature and are sustaining the universe.\" Although the material elements emanate from the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, :Kr�?I;ta, they are separated elements and are sustained by the\nliving elements.\nAs indicated by the word dvi-khagab,, the living elements within the\nbody resemble two birds in a tree. Kha means \"sky,\" and ga means \"one\nwho Hies.\" Thus the word dvi-khagab, refers to birds. In the tree of the\nbody there are two birds, or two living elements, and they are always different. In Bhagavad-gitii (13.3), the Lord says, �etra-jnam ciipi miim\n\nviddhi sarva-�etre�u bhiirata: \"0 scion of Bharata, you should understand that I am also the knower in all bodies.\" The �etra-jna, the owner\nof the body, is also called the khaga, the living entity. Within the body\nthere are two such �etra-j ria s\n\n-\n\nthe individual soul and the Supersoul.\n\nThe individual soul is the owner of his individual body, but the Supersoul is present within the bodies of all living entities. Such a thorough\nanalysis and understanding of the bodily structure cannot be obtained\nanywhere but in the Vedic literature.\nWhen two birds enter a tree, one may foolishly think that the birds become one or merge with the tree, but actually they do not. Rather, each\nbird keeps its individual identity. Similarly, the individual soul and the\nSupersoul do not become one, nor do they merge with matter. The living\nentity lives close to matter, but this does not mean that he merges or\nmixes with it (asarigo hy ayam pur�ab-}, although material scientists\nmistakenly see the organic and inorganic, or animate and inanimate, to\nbe mixed.\nVedic knowledge has been kept imprisoned or concealed, but every\nhuman being needs to understand it in truth. The modern civilization of\nignorance is simply engaged in analyzing the body, and thus people come\nto the erroneous conclusion that the living force within the body is\ngenerated under certain material conditions. People have no information\nof the soul, but this verse gives the perfect explanation that there are two\nliving forces (dvi-khaga): the individual soul and the Supersoul. The\nSupersoul is present in every body (iSvarab, sarva-bhataniim hrd-dese\n\n'rjuna t�!hati), whereas the individual soul is situated only in· his own\nbody (dehi) and is transmigrating from one body to another.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0192": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n164\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 28\n\n� �q� �: ��\n� �'4�(� I\n.\n� qp:p.u\nijtft�tt('t�T\n�� ;n;t'T WI mf� lJ ����II\n•\n\n..\n\n.\n\ntvam eka evasya satal; prasatis\ntvarh sannidhanarh tvam anugrahaS ca\ntvan-mdyayd samvrta-cetasas tvdrh\npilSyanti nand na vipl1Scito ye\ntvam-You\n\n(0 Lord); eka/;-being one without a second, You are\n\neverything; eva -indeed; asya satal;-of this cosmic manifestation now\nvisible;\n\npras ut il;-the original source;\n\ntvam-Your Lordship;\n\nsan­\n\nnidhanam-the conservation of all such energy when everything is an­\n\nnihilated; tvam-Your Lordship; anugrahal; ca-and the maintainer;\n\ntvat-mayayd-by Your illusory, external energy; samvrta-cetasal;­\n\nthose whose intelligence is covered by such illusory energy; tvdm-unto\n\nYou; pl1Syanti -observe; nand-many varieties; na-not; vipl1Scital;-\n\n1earned scholars or devotees; ye-who are.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe efficient cause of this material world, manifested with its\n\nmany varieties as the original tree, is You, 0 Lord. You are also the\n\nmaintainer of this material world, and after annihilation You are\nthe one in whom everything is conserved. Those who are covered\n\nby Your external energy cannot see You behind this manifestation,\nbut theirs is not the vision of learned devotees.\nPURPORT\n\nVarious demigods, beginning from Lord Brahmii, Lord Siva and even\n\nVi�Qu, are supposed to be the creator, maintainer and annihilator of this\n\nmaterial world, but actually they are not. The fact is that everything is\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, manifested in varieties of energy.\n\nEkam evadvitiyam brahma. There is no second existence. Those who are\n\n", "SB10.1#p0193": "Text 28]\ntruly\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n165\n\nvipa.Scit, learned, are those who have reached the platform of\n\nunderstanding and observing the Supreme Personality of Godhead in\n\nany condition of life.\n\nPremafijana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena santa/:f,\nsadaiva hrdaye�u vilokayanti (Brahma-samhitd 5.38). Learned devotees\n\naccept even conditions of distress as representing the presence of the\nSupreme Lord. When a devotee is in distress, he sees that the Lord has\nappeared as distress just to relieve or purify the devotee from the con­\n\ntamination of the material world. While one is within this material\n\nworld, one is in various conditions, and therefore a devotee sees a condi­\n\ntion of distress as but another feature of the Lord. Tat te 'nukampdm\n\nsusami�amar;w/:l (Bhdg. 10.14.8). A devotee, therefore, regards distress\n\nas a great favor of the Lord because he understands that he is being\n\ncleansed of contamination. Te�dm aham samuddhartd mrtyu-samsdra­\n\nsagardt (Bg. 12.7). The appearance of distress is a negative process in­\n\ntended to give the devotee relief from this material world, which is called\n\nmrtyu-sarhsdra, or the constant repetition of birth and death. To save a\n\nsurrendered soul from repeated birth and death, the Lord purifies him of\ncontamination by offering him a little distress. This cannot be understood\n\nby a nondevotee, but a devotee can see this because he is vipa§cit, or\n\nlearned. A nondevotee, therefore, is perturbed in distress, but a devotee\n\nwelcomes distress as another feature of the Lord. Sarvam khalv idam\n\nbrahma. A devotee can actually see that there is only the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead and no second entity. Ekam evddvitiyam. There is\n\nonly the Lord, who presents Himself in different energies.\n\nPersons who are not in real knowledge think that Brahma is the cre­\n\nator, Vi�1,1u the maintainer and Siva the annihilator and that the different\n\ndemigods are intended to fulfill diverse purposes. Thus they create\ndiverse purposes and worship various demigods to have these purposes\n\nfulfilled\n\n(kdmais tais tair hrta-jfiana/:f, prapadyante 'nya-devata/:f,). A\n\ndevotee, however, knows that these various demigods are but different\n\nparts of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and that these parts need\n\nnot be worshiped. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitd (9.23):\n\nye 'py anya-devatd bhakta\nyajante sraddhayanvitd/:f,\nte 'pi mdm eva kaunteya\nyajanty avidhi-purvakam\n\n", "SB10.1#p0194": "166\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\n\"Whatever a man may sacrifice to other gods, 0 son of Kunti, is really\nmeant for Me alone, but it is offered without true understanding.\" There\nis no need to worship the demigods, for this is avidhi, not in order.\nSimply by surrendering oneself at the lotus feet of ��1,1a, one can completely discharge one's duties; there is no need to worship various deities\nor demigods. These various divinities are observed by the mal},has, fools,\nwho are bewildered by the three modes of material nature (tribhir\n\ngur.wmayair bhavair ebhib, sarvam idam jagat). Such fools cannot\nunderstand that the real source of everything is the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead (mohitam nabhijanati mdm ebhyab, param avyayam). Not\nbeing disturbed by the Lord's various features, one should concentrate\nupon and worship the Supreme Lord (mam ekam sarar:wm vraja). This\nshould be the guiding principle of one's life.\nTEXT 29\n\nfinlfif �ql�f:4ij(i� 3lm�T\n� ���W \"i'Hl'q(W\ne*tlqqasnPl\nWi1lf4(lfi{\n('(�mot 8!: �r.:nt{_ 11';(�11\nbibhar�i rupd1J.y avabodha dtmd\n�emdya lokasya cardcarasya\nsattvopapannani sukhavahani\nsatdm abhadra7J.i muhub, khaldnam\nbibhar�i-You accept; rapd7J.i-varieties of forms, such as Matsya,\nKlirma, Varaha, Rama and Nrsimha; avabodhab, dtmd-in spite of having different incarnations, You remain the Supreme, full of knowledge;\n�emdya-for the benefit of everyone, and especially the devotees;\nlokasya-of all living entities; cara-acarasya-moving and nonmoving;\n\nsattva-upapannani-all such incarnations are transcendental (suddhasattva); sukha-avahani-full of transcendental bliss; satdm-of the\ndevotees; abhadrd7J.i-a11 inauspiciousness or annihilation; muhub,again and again; khalanam-of the nondevotees.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0195": "Prayers by the Demigods\n\nText 30]\n\n167\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, You are always in full knowledge, and to bring all good\nfortune to all living entities, You appear in different incarnations,\nall of them transcendental to the material creation. When You appear in these incarnations, You are pleasing to the pious and\nreligious devotees, but for nondevotees You are the annihilator.\nPURPORT\nThis verse explains why the Supreme Personality of Godhead appears\nas an incarnation again and again. The incarnations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead all function differently, but their main purpose is\n\nparitrlltpiya sadhanam vinasaya ca d�krtam-to protect the devotees\nand annihilate the\n\nmiscreants.\n\nYet even though the d�krtis,\n\nor\n\nmiscreants, are annihilated, this is ultimately good for them.\nTEXT 30\n\n�ul\"i'll aJIRcc�H+?.I�Tfl;:r\n�ro1�1ij%;\n� qJ�q��\n\n11:0\n\n�I\n\nd I\n\n�� iftq� � ll�oll\ntvayy ambuja�akhila-sattva-dhamni\nsamadhinavesita-cetasaike\ntvat-pada-potena mahat-krtena\nkurvanti govatsa-padam bhavabdhim\ntvayl-m You; ambhuja-a�a-0 lotus-eyed Lord; akhila-sattvadhamni-who are the original cause of all existence, from whom everything emanates and in whom all potencies reside; samadhina-by\nconstant meditation and complete absorption\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead) ;\n\n( in thoughts of You, the\n\nave5ita-fully\n\nabsorbed,\n\nfully\n\nengaged; cetasa-but by such a mentality; eke-the one process of always thinking of Your lotus feet; tvat-pada-potena-by boarding such a\nboat as Your lotus feet;\n\nmahat-krtena-by that action which is\n\n", "SB10.1#p0196": "168\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I 0, Ch. 2\n\nconsidered the most powerful original existence or which is executed by\n\nmahdjanas; kurvanti - they make; govatsa-padam - like the hoofprint\nof a calf; bhava-abdhim-the great ocean of nescience.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 lotus-eyed Lord, by concentrating one's meditation on Your\n\nlotus feet, which are the reservoir of all existence, and by accept­\n\ning those lotus feet as the boat by which to cross the ocean of ne­\n\nscience, one follows in the footsteps of mahijanas [great saints,\n\nsages and devotees]. By this simple process, one can cross the\n\nocean of nescience as easily as one steps over the hoofprint of a\ncaH.\n\nPURPORT\nThe true mission in life is to cross the ocean of nescience, of repeated\n\nbirth and death. Those in the darkness of ignorance, however, do not\n\nknow this mission. Instead, being carried away by the waves of material\n\nnature\n\n(prakrte/:l kriyamar;uini guTJ-ai/:l karmar:ti sarva$a/:l), they are\nundergoing the tribulations of mrtyu-sarhsara-vartmani, repeated birth\n\nand death. But persons who have achieved knowledge by the association\n\nof devotees follow the mahdjanas (mahat-krtena). Such a person always\n\nconcentrates his mind upon the lotus feet of the Lord and executes one or\n\nmore of the nine varieties of devotional service\n\n(sravanam kirtanam\nv��/:l smara7J.aril pada-sevanam). Simply by this process, one can cross\n\nthe insurmountable ocean of nescience.\n\nDevotional service is powerful in any form.\n\nSri-v��/:l sravar:te\npari�id abhavad vaiyasaki/:l kirtane (Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu 1.2.265).\n\nAccording to this verse, Maharaja Parik�it became liberated by fully con­\n\ncentrating his mind on hearing the Lord's holy name, attributes and\n\npastimes. Similarly, Sukadeva Gosvami simply glorified the Lord, and by\n\nspeaking on the subject matters of :Kr�t;ta that constitute the entire\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, he too was liberated. One may also be liberated\n\nsimply by sakhya, friendly behavior with the Lord. Such is the power of\n\ndevotional service, as we learn from the examples set by the Lord's many\n\npure devotees.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0197": "Text 30]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n169\n\nsvayambhar ntlradab, sambhub,\nkumarab, kapilo manub,\nprahlado janako bh�mo\nbalir vaiyasakir vayam\n(Bhag. 6.3.20)\nWe have to follow in the footsteps of such devotees, for by this one easy\nprocess one can cross the great ocean of nescience just as one might cross\na small hole created by the hoof of a calf.\nHere the Lord is described as ambujalcya, or lotus-eyed. By seeing the\neyes of the Lord, which are compared to lotus flowers, one becomes so\nsatisfied that one does not want to turn his eyes to anything else. Simply\nby seeing the transcendental form of the Lord, a devotee is at once\nfully absorbed in the Lord in his heart. This absorption is called\n\nsamadhi. Dhyanavasthita-tad-gatena manasa pa5yanti yam yoginab,\n(Bhag. 12.13.1). A yogi is fully absorbed in thoughts of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, for he has no other business than to think of the\nLord always within the heart. It is also said:\n\nsamasrita ye pada-pallava-plavam\nmahat-padam pu1Jya-ya5o murareb,\nbhavambudhir vatsa-padam param padam\npadam padam yad vipadam na te�am\n\"For one who has accepted the boat of the lotus feet of the Lord, who is\nthe shelter of the cosmic manifestation and is famous as Murari, the\nenemy of the demon Mura, the ocean of the material world is like the\nwater contained in a calf's hoofprint. His goal is param padam, or\nVaikui.J.tha, the place where there are no material miseries, not the place\n\nwhere there is danger at every step.\" (Bhag. 10.14.58) This process is\nrecommended here by authorities like Lord Brahma and Lord\n\nSiva\n\n(svayambhar naradab, sambhub,), and therefore we must take to this\nprocess in order to transcend nescience. This is very easy, but we must\nfollow in the footsteps of great personalities, and then success will be\npossible.\nIn regard to the word mahat-krtena, it is also significant that the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0198": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n170\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nprocess shown by great devotees is not only for them but also for others.\nIf things are made easy, this affords facility for the person who has made\nthem easy and also for others who follow the same principles. The process recommended in this verse for crossing the ocean of nescience is\neasy not only for the devotee but also for common persons who follow the\ndevotee (mahajano yena gata� sa panthaM.\nTEXT 31\n\n�\n\n��Ft �� �\n��\n+fiqq��moo: '\n\"'\n\n�\n� �: w.::!J:ifit � II�� II\n\n�....q\n'4�'\"\"'\na;�l ..����\n\nsvayaril samuttirya sudustararil dyuman\nbhavarry,avaril bhimam adabhra-sauhrda�\nbhavat-padambhoruha-navam atra te\nnidhaya yata� sad-anugraho bhavan\nsvayam-personally; samuttirya-perfectly crossing; su-dustaramwhich is very difficult to cross; dyuman-0 Lord, who appear exactly\nlike the sun, illuminating the darkness of this world of ignorance;\n\nbhava-arry,avam-the ocean of nescience; bhimam-which is extremely\nfierce; adabhra-sauhrda�-devotees who are incessantly friendly to the\nfallen souls; bhavat-pada-ambhoruha-Your lotus feet; navam-the\nboat for crossing;\n\natra-in this world;\n\nnidhaya-leaving behind;\n\nte-they\n\n(the Vai�I).avas) ;\n\nyata�-on to the ultimate destination,\n\nVaikuQtha; sat-anugraha�-who are always kind and merciful to the\ndevotees; bhavan-You.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, who resemble the shining sun, You are always ready to\n\nfulfill the desire of You'r devotee, and therefore You are known as\na desire tree [viiichi-kalpataru]. When iciryas completely take\n\nshelter under Your lotus feet in order to cross the fierce ocean of\n\nnescience, they leave behind on earth the method by which they\n\n", "SB10.1#p0199": "Text 31]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n171\n\ncross, and because You are very merciful to Your other devotees,\nYou accept this method to help them.\nPURPORT\n\nThis statement reveals how the merciful acdryas and the merciful\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead together help the serious devotee who\n\nwants to return home, back to Godhead. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, in His\nteachings to Rupa Gosvami, said:\n\nbrahmd1J4a, bhramite kona bhagyavdn jiva\nguru-kmw-prasade pa:ya bhakti-latd-bija\n\n(Cc. Madhya 19.151)\n\nOne can achieve the seed of bhakti-latd, devotional service, by the mercy\n\nof guru and K:r�IJa. The duty of the guru is to find the means, according\nto the time, the circumstances and the candidate, by which one can be induced to render devotional service, which KniJa accepts from a candi­\n\ndate who wants to be successful in going back home, back to Godhead.\n\nMter wandering throughout the universe, a fortunate person within this\n\nmaterial world seeks shelter of such a guru, or acarya, who trains the\n\ndevotee in the suitable ways to render service according to the circum­\n\nstances so that the Supreme Personality of Godhead will accept the\nservice. This makes it easier for the candidate to reach the ultimate\ndestination. The dcdrya 's duty, therefore, is to find the means by which\ndevotees may render service according to references from sastra. Riipa\n\nGosvami, for example, in order to help subsequent devotees, published\n\nsuch devotional books as Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu. Thus it is the duty of\n\nthe acarya to publish books that will help future candidates take up the\n\nmethod of service and become eligible to return home, back to Godhead,\n\nby the mercy of the Lord. In our K:r�IJa consciousness movement, this\n\nsame path is being prescribed and followed. Thus the devotees have been\n\nadvised to refrain from four sinful activities-illicit sex, intoxication,\n\nmeat-eating and gambling-and to chant sixteen rounds a day. These are\nbona fide instructions. Because in the Western countries constant chant­\n\ning is not possible, one should not artificially imitate Haridasa Thakura,\n\nbut should follow this method. K:r�IJa will accept a devotee who strictly\n\n", "SB10.1#p0200": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n172\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nfollows the regulative principles and the method prescribed in the\n\nvarious books and literatures published by the authorities. The acarya\ngives the suitable method for crossing the ocean of nescience by accept­\n\ning the boat of the Lord's lotus feet, and if this method is strictly\n\nfollowed, the followers will ultimately reach the destination, by the grace\n\nof the Lord. This method is called acarya-sampradaya. It is there­\n\nfore said, sampradaya-vihina ye mantras te n�phala mata/:l (Padma\n\nPura1J-(l). The acarya-sampradaya is strictly bona :fide. Therefore one\n\nmust accept the acarya-sampradaya; otherwise one's endeavor will be\n\nfutile. Srila Narottama diisa Thakura therefore sings:\n\ntaridera cara1J-ll sevi bhakta sane vasa\njaname janame haya, ei abhi�a\nOne must worship the lotus feet of the acarya and live within the society\n\nof devotees. Then one's endeavor to cross over nescience will surely be\nsuccessful.\n\nTEXT 32\n\nifs;iJsd�;=a:tij F.?in\n\n:z:m\n\nD!l-\n\n�,���t�IG\\f?l�:t!�:\n\n��\n\n'\"'\n\n.\n\n.\n\n�lJf q� qa: mr:\n\n11��11\nye 'nye 'ravinda�a vimukta-maninas\ntvayy asta-bhavad avi.Suddha-buddhaya/:1.\naruhya krcchre1J-ll param padam tata/:l\npatanty adho 'nadrta-y�mad-arighraya/:1.\nye anye-anyone, or all others; aravinda-a�a-0 lotus-eyed one;\nvimukta - manina/:1.- falsely considering themselves free from the bondage of material contamination; tvayi-unto You; asta-bhdvdt-specu­\n\nlating in various ways but not knowing or desiring more information of\n\nYour lotus feet;\n\navi.Suddha-buddhaya/:1.- whose intelligence is still not\npurified and who do not know the goal of life; a ruhya - even though\n\n", "SB10.1#p0201": "Text 32]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n173\n\nachieving; krcchrer;ta-by undergoing severe austerities, penances and\nhard labor; param pada m- the highest position\n\n(according to their\n\nimagination and speculation); tata�-from that position; patanti-they\nfall; adha�- down into material existence again; anadrta-neglecting\ndevotion to; y�mat- Your; anghraya�- lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n(Someone may say that aside from devotees, who always seek\nshelter at the Lord's lotus feet, there are those who are not devotees but who have accepted different processes for attaining salvation. What happens to them? In answer to this question, Lord\nBrahmii and the other demigods said:] 0 lotus-eyed Lord, although nondevotees who accept severe austerities and penances to\nachieve the highest position may. think themselves liberated, their\nintelligence is impure. They fall down from their position of\nimagined superiority because they have no regard for Your lotus\nfeet.\nPURPORT\nAside from devotees, there are many others, nondevotees, known as\nkarmis, jnanis or yogis, philanthropists, altruists, politicians, impersonalists and voidists. There are many varieties of nondevotees who have\ntheir respective ways of liberation, but simply because they do not know\nthe shelter of the Lord's lotus feet, although they falsely think that they\nhave been liberated and elevated to the highest position, they fall down.\nAs clearly stated by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gita (9.3):\na§raddadhiinii� pu�ii\ndharmasyiisya parantapa\naprapya miim nivartante\nmrtyu-samsiira-vartmani\n\"Those who are not faithful on the path of devotional service cannot attain Me, 0 conqueror of foes, but return to birth and death in this material world.\" It doesn't matter whether one is a karmi, jnani, yogi,\nphilanthropist, politician or whatever; if one has no love for the lotus\n\n", "SB10.1#p0202": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n174\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nfeet of the Lord, one falls down. That is the verdict given by Lord\nBrahma in this verse.\nThere are persons who advocate accepting any process and who say\nthat whatever process one accepts will lead to the same goal, but that is\nrefuted in this verse, where such persons are referred to as vimukta­\n\nmaninab,, signifying that although they think they have attained the\nhighest perfection, in fact they have not. In the present day, big, big\npoliticians all over the world think that by scheming they can occupy the\nhighest political post, that of president or prime minister, but we actually\nsee that even in this life such big prime ministers, presidents and other\npoliticians, because of being nondevotees, fall down (patanty adhab,). To\nbecome president or prime minister is not easy; one must work very hard\n\n(aruhya krcchrer:w) to achieve the post. And even though one may reach\nhis goal, at any moment one may be kicked down by material nature. In\nhuman society there have been many instances in which great, exalted\npoliticians have fallen from government and become lost in historical\noblivion. The cause of this is aviSuddha-buddhayah: their intelligence\nis impure. The\n\nsastra says, na te vidub- svartha-gatim hi v�Q.um\n(Bhag. 7.5.31). One achieves the perfection of life by becoming 11 devo­\n\ntee of Vi�r;tu, but people do not know this. Therefore, as stated in\n\nBhagavad-gita (12.5), kleso 'dhikataras te�am avyaktasakta-cetasam.\n\nPersons who do not ultimately accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead and take to devotional service, but who instead are attached to impersonalism and voidism, must undergo great labor to achieve their\ngoals.\n\nsreyab--srtim bhaktim udasya te vibho\nkliSyanti ye kevala-bodha-labdhaye\n(Bhag. 10.14.4)\nTo achieve understanding, such persons work very hard and undergo\nsevere austerities, but their hard labor and austerities themselves are\ntheir only achievement, for they do not actually achieve the real goal of\nlife.\nDhruva Maharaja at first wanted to achieve the greatest material\nkingdom and greater material possessions than his father, but when he\nwas actually favored by the Lord, who appeared before him to give him\n\n", "SB10.1#p0203": "Text 32]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n175\n\nthe benediction he desired, Dhruva Maharaja refused it, saying, svdmin\nkrtartho 'smi varam na yace: \"Now I am fully satisfied. I do not want\n\nany material benediction.\" (Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya 7 .28) This is the\nperfection of life. Yam labdhva cdparam labham manyate nddhikam\n\ntatab, (Bg. 6.22). If one achieves the shelter of the Lord's lotus feet, one\n\nis fully satisfied and does not need to ask for any material benediction.\n\nAt night, no one can see a lotus, for lotuses blossom only during the\n\ndaytime. Therefore the word aravindd�a is significant. One who is not\n\ncaptivated by the lotus eyes or transcendental form of the Supreme Lord\n\nis in darkness, exactly like one who cannot see a lotus. One who has not\n\ncome to the point of seeing the lotus eyes and transcendental form of\nSyamasundara is a failure. Premdfijana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena santab, sadaiva hrdaye$U vilokayanti. Those who are attached to the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in love always see the Lord's lotus eyes\nand lotus feet, whereas others cannot see the Lord's beauty and are\n\ntherefore classified as anddrta-yU$mad-anghrayab,, or neglectful of the\n\nLord's personal form. Those who neglect the Lord's form are surely\n\nfailures on every path in life, but if one develops even a little love for the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, one is liberated without difficulty\n(svalpam apy asya dharmasya trdyate mahato bhayat). Therefore the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead recommends in Bhagavad-gitd (9.34),\n\nman-mana bhava mad-bhakto mad-yaji mdm namaskuru: \"Simply\n\nthink of Me, become My devotee, worship Me and offer some slight\n\nhomage to Me.\" Simply by this process, one is guaranteed to return\n\nhome, back to Godhead, and thus attain the highest perfection. The Lord\nfurther affirms in Bhagavad-gita (18.54-55):\n\nbrahma-bhatab, prasanndtmd\nna socati na kdn�ati\nsamab, sarve$U bhate$U\nmad-bhaktim labhate pardm\nbhaktya mdm abhijandti\nydvdn ya§ cdsmi tattvatab,\ntato mdm tattvato jfidtvd\nviSate tad-anantaram\n\n", "SB10.1#p0204": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n176\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\n\"One who is thus transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme\nBrahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments nor desires to have\nanything; he is equally disposed to every living entity. In that state he attains pure devotional service unto Me. One can understand the Supreme\nPersonality as He is only by devotional service. And when one is in full\nconsciousness of the Supreme Lord by such devotion, he can enter into\nthe kingdom of God.\"\nTEXT 33\n\n���lW:l;r �nm: �\n;c�HI ¥tl•lt'Eiffi4 iltm«r:\n1\n�\n�\n��t41 Mg�T 1�-q���� R�;;rT\n,...\nFR'It4�1�n��\n('\n3l+rt II�� II\n,...\n\n\"'\n\ntatha na te madhava tiivakab, kvacid\nbhra5yanti margat tvayi baddha-sauhrdiibtvayabhiguptii vicaranti nirbhaya\nvinayakanikapa-milrdhasu prabho\ntatha-like them (the nondevotees); na-not; te-they (the devotees); madhava-0 Lord, husband of the goddess of fortune; tiivakab,the followers of the devotional path, the devotees; kvacit-in any\ncircumstances; bhra5yanti-fall down; margat-from the path of devotional service; tvayi-unto You; baddha-sauhrdiib,-because of being\nfully attached to Your lotus feet; tvaya-by You; abhiguptab,-always\nprotected from all dangers; vicara n ti-they move; n irbhayab,-without\nfear; vinayaka-anikapa-the enemies who maintain paraphernalia to\noppose the bhakti cult; milrdhasu-on their heads; prabho-0 Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Madhava, Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord of the god­\n\ndess of fortune, if devotees completely in love with You sometimes\n\nfall from the path of devotion, they do not fall like nondevotees,\n\nfor You still protect them. Thus they fearlessly traverse the heads\nof their opponents and continue to progress in devotional service.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0205": "Text 33]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n177\n\nPURPORT\nDevotees generally do not fall down, but if circumstantially they do,\nthe Lord, because of their strong attachment to Him, gives them protection in all circumstances. Thus even if devotees fall down, they are still\nstrong enough to traverse the heads of their enemies. We have actually\nseen that our l(r�Q.a consciousness movement has many opponents, such\nas the \"deprogrammers,\" who instituted a strong legal case against the\ndevotees. We thought that this case would take a long time to settle, but\nbecause the devotees were protected by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, we unexpectedly won the case in one day. Thus a case that was expected to continue for years was settled in a day because of the protection\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who has promised in Bhagavad­\n\ngita (9.31), kaunteya pratijanihi na me bhakta/:t praT)ll§yati: \"0 son of\nKunti, declare it boldly that My devotee never perishes.\" In history there\nare many instances of devotees like Citraketu, lndradyumna and\nMaharaja Bharata who circumstantially fell down but were still protected. Maharaja Bharata, for example, because of his attachment to a\ndeer, thought of the deer at the time of death, and therefore in his next\n\n(yam yam vapi smaran bhavam tyajaty ante\nkalevaram). Because of protection by the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nlife he became a deer\n\nhead, however, the deer remembered his relationship with the Lord and\nnext took birth in a good brahminical family and performed devotional\nservice\n\n(sucinam srimatam gehe yoga-bhr�to 'bhijayate). Similarly,\n\nCitraketu fell down and became a demon, V:rtrasura, but he too was protected. Thus even if one falls down from the path of bhakti-yoga, one is\nultimately saved. If a devotee is strongly situated in devotional service,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead has promised to protect him (kaun­\n\nteya pratijanihi na me bhakta/:t praT)ll§yati). But even if a devotee\ncircumstantially falls down, he is protected by Madhava.\nThe word Madhava is significant. Ma, mother Lak�mi, the mother of\nall opulences, is always with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and if\na devotee is in touch with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, all the\nopulences of the Lord are ready to help him.\n\nyatra yogesvara/:t kr�r:w\nyatra partho dhanur-dhara/:t\n\n", "SB10.1#p0206": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n178\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\ntatra srir vijayo bhatir\ndhruva nitir matir mama\n(Bg. 18.78)\n\nWherever there is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, K.r�?�a, and His\ndevotee Arjuna, Partha, there is victory, opulence, extraordinary power\nand morality. The opulences of a devotee are not a result of karma­\n\nkiir:u;la-vicara. A devotee is always protected by all of the Supreme Lord's\nopulences, of which no one can deprive him (te�dm nityabhiyuktandm\n\nyoga-�emam vahamy aham). Thus a devotee cannot be defeated by any\nopponents. A devotee, therefore, should not deviate knowingly from the\npath of devotion. The adherent devotee is assured all protection from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 34\n\n�� �i � �� �ffl\n�ftutt\n\nW-mJq;f\n\nq�: I\n\niii!\\iifi�Pltmfq:ij\"+tlll:iiW\n:::-. \"\n\n\"'\n\nS�:\n\n�LJ_,.m\n..\n\n..\n\n��..\n\niR �: �r� ll�'dll\n\nsattvam viSuddham srayate bhavan sthitau\nsaririr:tdm sreya-upayanam vapuft\nveda-kriya-yoga-tapaft-samadhibhis\ntavarhar:tam yena janaft samihate\nsattvam-existence; viSuddham-transcendental, beyond the three\nmodes of material nature; srayate-accepts; bhavan-Your Lordship;\nsthitau-during the maintenance of this material world; saririTJ-dm-of\nall living entities; sreyaft-of supreme auspiciousness; upayanam-for\nthe benefit; vapuft-a transcendental form or body; veda-kriya-by\nritualistic ceremonies according to the directions of the Vedas; yoga- by\npractice of devotion; tapaft-by austerities; samadhibhift-by becoming\nabsorbed in transcendental existence; tava-Your; arhar:tam-worship;\nyena-by such activities; janaft-human society; samihate-o:ffers (its\nobligation unto You).\n\n", "SB10.1#p0207": "Text 34]\n\n179\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, during the time of maintenance You manifest several incarnations, all with transcendental bodies, beyond the material\nmodes of nature. When You appear in this way, You bestow all\ngood fortune upon the living entities by teaching them to perform\nVedic\n\nactivities\n\nsuch\n\nas\n\nritualistic\n\nceremonies,\n\nmystic\n\nyoga,\n\nausterities, penances, and ultimately samidhi, ecstatic absorption in thoughts of You. Thus You are worshiped by the Vedic\nprinciples.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (18.3), yajiia-dana-tapab,-karma na tyajyam: the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies, charity, austerity and all such\nprescribed duties are never to be given up. Yajiio danam tapa§ caiva\npavandni man�i�m (18.5): even one who is very much advanced in\nspiritual realization must still execute the Vedic principles. Even in the\n\nlowest stage, the karmis are advised to work for the sake of the Lord.\n\nyajfidrthat karmar;w 'nyatra\nloko yam karma-bandhanab,\n\"Work done as a sacrifice for V i�J}.u has to be performed, otherwise work\n\nbinds one to this material world.\" (Bg. 3.9) The words yajfidrthat kar­\n\nma'{Ulb, indicate that while performing all kinds of duties, one should\n\nremember that these duties should be performed to satisfy the Supreme\nLord\n\n(sva-karma� tam abhyarcya). According to Vedic principles,\n\nthere must be divisions of human society (catur-van:r-yam maya smam).\n\nThere should be brahma'{UIS, �atriyas, vaiSyas and sadras, and everyone\n\n(tam\nabhyarcya). This is real human society, and without this system we are\n\nshould learn to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nleft with animal society.\n\nThe modern activities of human society are described in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam as the activities of go-khara, cows and asses (sa eva gokharab,). Everyone is acting in a bodily concept of life involving society,\nfriendship and love for the improvement of economic and political conditions, and thus all activit�es are enacted in ignorance. The Supreme\n\n", "SB10.1#p0208": "180\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nPersonality therefore comes to teach us how to act according to the Vedic\n\nprinciples. In this age of Kali, the Supreme Personality of Godhead ap­\n\npeared as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and preached that in this age the\n\nVedic activities cannot be systematically performed because people are so\nfallen. He gave this recommendation from the siistras:\nharer nama harer nama\nharer ndmaiva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha\n\n\"In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is\n\nchanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no\nother way. There is no other way.\" The Kt�Q.a consciousness movement\n\nis therefore teaching people all over the world how to chant the Hare\nKt�Q.a mantra, and this has proved very much effective in all places at all\n\ntimes. The Supreme Personality of Godhead appears in order to teach us\n\nVedic principles intended for understanding Him (vedaiS ca sarvair\naham eva vedyab,}. We should always know that when Kt�Q.a and Lord\n\nCaitanya appeared, They appeared in suddha-sattva bodies. One should\n\nnot mistake the body of Kt�Q.a or Caitanya Mahaprabhu to be a material\n\nbody like ours, for Kt�Q.a and Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared as needed\n\nfor the benefit of the entire human society. Out of causeless mercy, the\nLord appears in different ages in His original suddha-sattva transcen­\n\ndental body to elevate human society to the spiritual platform upon\n\nwhich they can truly benefit. Unfortunately, modern politicians and\n\nother leaders stress the bodily comforts of life (yasyatma-buddhi/:1.\nkur:wpe tri-dhatuke) and concentrate on the activities of this ism and that\n\nism, which they describe in different kinds of flowery language. Essen­\n\ntially such activities are the activities of animals (sa eva go-kharab,}. We\n\nshould learn how to act from Bhagavad-gita, which explains everything\n\nfor human understanding. Thus we can become happy even in this age of\nKali.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�;f WI �.�ldR� Fr� +{�\nC'\n\"\n\"\nlq�l�'i�l�M��Wf�\n\n", "SB10.1#p0209": "Prayers by the Demigods\n\nText 35]\nI iiiiiU\n\n.� ��\n\nIu\n\n..\n\n181\n\nl'f.rT'l.\ntiT !I'll! II �'-\\II\n\nIII:, � � �\n\nsattvam na ced dhdtar idam nijam bhaved\nvijfidnam ajfiiina-bhidapamdrjanam\ngulJ.ll-praka.Sair anumiyate bhaviin\npraka.Sate yasya ca yena vii gulJ.ll�\n\n·\n\nsattvam-suddha-sattva, transcendental; na-not; cet-if; dhdta�-\n\n0 reservoir of all energies, cause of all causes; idam-this; nijam-per­\n\nbhavet-could have been; vijfidnam -transcendenajfidna-bhida-which drives away the ignorance\nof the material modes; apamiirjanam -completely vanquished; gulJ.llpraka.Sai�-by the awakening of such transcendental knowledge;\nanumiyate-becomes manifested; bhaviin-Your Lordship; praka.Sateexhibit; yasya-whose; ca-and; yena -by which; vii-either; gusonal, spiritual;\n\ntal\n\nknowledge;\n\nlJ.ll�-quality or intelligence.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, cause of all causes, if Your transcendental body were not\nbeyond the modes of material nature, one could not understand\nthe difference between matter and transcendence. Only by Your\npresence can one understand the transcendental nature of Your\nLordship, who are the controller of material nature. Your transcendental nature is very difficult to understand unless one is influenced by the presence of Your transcendental form.\nPURPORT\nIt is said, traigur;tya-v�ayii veda nistraigur;tyo bhaviirjuna. Unless one\nis situated in transcendence, one cannot understand the transcendental\n\nnature of the Lord. As stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam (10.14.29):\n\nathiipi te deva padiimbuja-dvayaprasiida-lesiinugrhita eva hi\njiiniiti tattvam bhagavan-mahimno\nna ciinya eko 'pi ciram vicinvan\n\n", "SB10.1#p0210": "182\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nOnly by the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead can one\nunderstand Him. Those who are in the modes of material nature, although speculating for thousands of years, cannot understand Him. The\n\nLord has innumerable forms (ramadi-mar�u kala-niyamena t�!han),\n\nand unless these forms, such as Lord Rimacandra, N:rsimhadeva, K:r�r,a\nand Balarama, were transcendental, how could they be worshiped by\n\nBhaktyd mdm abhijdndti ydvdn ya.S\ncdsmi tattvatafl (Bg. 18.55). Devotees who awaken their transcendental\n\ndevotees since time immemorial?\n\nnature in the presence of the Lord and who follow the rules and regulations of devotional service can understand Lord K:r�r,a, Lord Ramacandra\nand other incarnations, who are not of this material world but who come\nfrom the spiritual world for the benefit of people in general. If one does\nnot take to this process, one imagines or manufactures some form of God\naccording to material qualities and can never awaken a real understand­\n\ning of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The words bhaktya mdm\n\nabhijandti yavdn ya.S cdsmi tattvatafl signify that unless one worships\n\nthe Lord according to the regulative devotional principles, one cannot\nawaken the transcendental nature. Deity worship, even in the absence of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, awakens the transcendental nature\nof the devotee, who thus becomes increasingly attached to the Lord's\nlotus feet.\nThe appearance of K:r�r,a is the answer to all imaginative iconography\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Everyone imagines the form of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead according to his mode of material\n\nnature. In the Brahma-samhita it is said that the Lord is the oldest per­\n\nson. Therefore a section of religionists imagine that God must be very\nold, and therefore they depict a form of the Lord like a very old man. But\nin the same Brahma-samhita, that is contradicted; although He is the\n\noldest of all living entities, He has His eternal form as a fresh youth.\n\nThe exact words used in this connection in the Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nare vijnanam ajnana-bhidlipamarjanam. Vijnana means transcendental\nknowledge of the Supreme Personality;\n\nvijfidna is also experienced\n\nknowledge. Transcendental knowledge has to be accepted by the descending process of disciplic succession as Brahma presents the knowl­\n\nedge of K:r�r,a in the Brahma-samhitd. Brahma-samhita is vijfiana as\nrealized by Brahma's transcendental experience, and in that way he presented the form and the pastimes of K:r�I}.a in the transcendental abode.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0211": "Text 35]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n183\n\nAjfiiina-bhida means \"that which can match all kinds of speculation.\" In\n\nignorance, people are imagining the form of the Lord; sometimes He has\n\nno form and sometimes He has form, according to their different imagi­\n\nnations. But the presentation of _Kr�1,1a in the Brahma-samhitd is\n\nvijfiiina-scientific, experienced knowledge given by Lord Brahma and\n\naccepted by Lord Caitanya. There is no doubt about it. Sri _Kr�1,1a's form,\nSri _Kr�1,1a's flute, K:r�1,1a's color-everything is reality. Here it is said that\n\nthis vijiianam is always defeating all kinds of speculative knowledge.\n\n\"Therefore,\" the demigods prayed, \"without Your appearing as _Kr�1,1a,\n\nas You are, neither ajiiana-bhida (the nescience of speculative knowl­\n\nedge) nor vijfiiinam would be realized. Ajiiiina-bhiddpamdrjanam-by\n\nYour appearance the speculative knowledge of ignorance will be van­\n\nquished, and the real, experienced knowledge of authorities like Lord\n\nBrahma will be established. Men influenced by the three modes of ma­\n\nterial nature imagine their own God according to the modes of material\n\nnature. In this way God is presented in various ways, but Your ap­\n\npearance will establish what the real form of God is.\"\n\nThe highest blunder committed by the impersonalist is to think that\n\nwhen the incarnation of God comes, He accepts a form of matter in the\n\nmode of goodness. Actually the form of _Kr�1,1a or Naraya1,1a is tran­\n\nscendental to any material idea. Even the greatest impersonalist,\nSankaracarya, has admitted, ndrayalJa� paro 'vyaktat: the material cre­\n\nation is caused by the avyakta, the impersonal manifestation of matter or\n\nthe nonphenomenal total reservoir of matter, and _Kr�1,1a is transcenden­\n\ntal to that material conception. This is expressed in the Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam as suddha-sattva, or transcendental. The Lord does not\n\nbelong to the material mode of goodness, for He is above the position of\n\nmaterial goodness. He belongs to the transcendental, eternal status of\nbliss and knowledge.\n\n\"Dear Lord,\" the demigods prayed, \"when You appear in Your dif­\n\nferent incarnations, You take different names and forms according\nto different situations. Lord Krsna is Your name because You are all­\n\nattractive; You are called Syam���ndara because of Your transcendental\n\nbeauty. Syama means blackish, yet they say that You are more beautiful\n\nthan thousands of cupids. Kandarpa-koti-kamaniya. Although You ap­\n\npear in a color which is compared to that of a blackish cloud, You are the\n\ntranscendental Absolute, and therefore Your beauty is many, many times\n\n", "SB10.1#p0212": "184\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nmore attractive than the delicate body of Cupid. Sometimes You are\n\ncalled Giridhari because You lifted the hill known as Govardhana. You\n\nare sometimes called Nanda-nandana or Vasudeva or Devaki-nandana\n\nbecause You appear as the son of Maharaja Nanda or Devaki or\n\nVasudeva. Impersonalists think that Your many names or forms are ac­\n\ncording to a particular type of work and quality because they accept You\n\nfrom the position of a material observer.\n\n\"Our dear Lord, the way of understanding is not to study Your ab­\n\nsolute nature, form and activities by mental speculation. One must\n\nengage himself in devotional service; then one can understand Your ab­\n\nsolute nature and Your transcendental form, name and quality. Actually,\n\nonly a person who has a little taste for the service of Your lotus feet can\n\nunderstand Your transcendental nature or form and quality. Others may\ngo on speculating for millions of years, but it is not possible for them to\n\nunderstand even a single part of Your actual position.\" In other words,\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, K{�1,1a, cannot be understood by the\n\nnondevotees because there is a curtain of\n\nyogamaya which covers\nBhagavad-gitii (7.25),\n\nK{�1,1a's actual features. As confirmed in the\n\nniiham prakiiSa/:t saroasya. The Lord says, \"I am not exposed to anyone\n\nand everyone.\" When K{�1,1a came, He was actually present on the bat­\n\ntlefield of Kuruk�etra, and everyone saw Him. But not everyone could\n\nunderstand that He was the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Still,\n\neveryone who died in His presence attained complete liberation from ma­\n\nterial bondage and was transferred to the spiritual world.\n\nBecause foolish miUJ,has do not awaken their spiritual nature, they do\n\nnot understand K{�1,1a or Rama\n\n(avajananti miim miUJ,ha miin�im\ntanum asritam). Even big academic scholars, not considering the endeavors of the iicaryas who have recommended devotional service in\n\nmany elaborate commentaries and notes, think that K{�1,1a is fictitious.\n\nThis is due to a lack of transcendental knowledge and a failure to awaken\nK{�1,1a consciousness. One should have the common sense to ask why, if\n\nK{�1,1a or Rama were fictitious, stalwart scholars like Sridhara Svami,\n\nRupa Gosvami, Sanatana Gosvami, Viraraghava, Vijayadhvaja, Valla­\n\nbhacarya and many other recognized iicaryas would have spent so much\n\ntime to write about K{�1,1a in notes and commentaries on\n\nBhagavataJ!l.\n\nSrimad­\n\n", "SB10.1#p0213": "Prayers by the Demigods\n\nText 36]\n\n185\n\nTEXT 36\n\n;rtl{� ��lf.li��14d;(J W-1 � ijff�: I\n(;1 \"\n\"' \"'\n'i�l�+.tl�l4i1��*+i�l\n�\"'\n�� � 3iffl'tt� � II�� II\n\n;r\n\n\"\n\n\"'\n\nna nama-rape gur;ta-janma-karmabhir\nnirapitavye tava tasya sak$ir;ta�\nmano-vacobhyam anumeya-vartmano\ndeva kriyayam pratiyanty athapi hi\nna-not; nama-rape-the name and form; gur;ta-with attributes;\n\njanma-appearance; karmabh*-activities or pastimes; nirapitavye­\n\nare not able to be ascertained; tava- Your; tasya-of Him; sak$ir;ta�­\n\nwho is the direct observer; mana�-of the mind; vacobhyam-words;\n\nanumeya-hypothesis; vartmana�-the path; deva-0 Lord; kriya­\n\nyam-in devotional activities; pratiyanti-they realize; atha api-still;\nhi-indeed (You can be realized by the devotees).\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, Your transcendental name and form are not ascertained\nby those who merely speculate on the path of imagination. Your\nname, form and attributes\n\ncan\n\nbe ascertained only through\n\ndevotional service.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the Padma PurdJ:ta:\n\nata� sri-kr�r;ta-niirniid\nna bhaved grahyam indriyai�\nsevonmukhe hi jihvadau\n\nsvayam eva sphuraty ada�\n\n\"One cannot understand the transcendental nature of the name, form,\n\nquality and pastimes of Sri Kr�Qa through one's materially contaminated\n\n", "SB10.1#p0214": "186\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto l 0, Ch. 2\n\nsenses. Only when one becomes spiritually saturated by transcendental\nservice to the Lord are the transcendental name, form, quality and\npastimes of the Lord revealed to him.\" Since K{�Qa and His transcendental name, form and activities are all of a transcendental nature, ordinary\npersons or those who are only slightly advanced cannot understand them.\nEven big scholars who are nondevotees think that K{�Qa is fictitious. Yet\nalthough so-called scholars and commentators do not believe that K{�Qa\nwas factually a historical person whose presence on the Battlefield of\nKuruk�etra is recorded in the history of Mahabharata, they feel compelled to write commentaries on Bhagavad-gitd and other historical\n\nrecords. Sevonmukhe hi jihvadau svayam eva sphuraty ada�}.: K{�Qa's\n\ntranscendental name, form, attributes and activities can be revealed only\nwhen one engages in His service in full consciousness. This confirms\nK{�Qa's own words in Bhagavad-gita (18.55):\n\nbhaktya mam abhijanati\nyavan ya5 casmi tattvatal;.\ntato mam tattvato jnatva\nviSate tad-anantaram\n\"One can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead as He is only\nby devotional service. And when one is in full consciousness of the\nSupreme Lord by such devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of God.\"\nOnly by sevonmukha, by engaging oneself in the Lord's service, can one\nrealize the name, form and qualities of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\"0 Lord,\" the demigods say, \"the impersonalists, who are nondevo­\n\ntees, cannot understand that Your name is identical with Your form.\"\nSince the Lord is absolute, there is no difference between His name and\nHis actual form. In the material world there is a difference between form\nand name. The mango fruit is different from the name of the mango.\nOne cannot taste the mango fruit simply by chanting, \"Mango, mango,\nmango.\" But the devotee who knows that there is no difference between\nthe name and the form of the Lord chants Hare K{�Qa, Hare K{�Qa,\nK{�Qa K{�Qa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare\nHare, and realizes that he is always in K{�Qa's company.\nFor persons who are not very advanced in absolute knowledge of the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0215": "Text 36]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n187\n\nSupreme, Lord .Kr�l}.a exhibits His transcendental pastimes. They can\n\nsimply think of the pastimes of the Lord and get the full benefit. Since\nthere is no difference between the transcendental name and form of the\n\nLord, there is no difference between the transcendental pastimes and the\n\nform of the Lord. For those who are less intelligent (like women, laborers\nor the mercantile class), the great sage Vyasadeva wrote Mahabharata.\n\nIn the Mahabharata, .Kr�I].a is present in His different activities.\n\nMahabharata is history, and simply by studying, hearing, and memoriz­\n\ning the transcendental activities of .Kr�I].a, the less intelligent can also\ngradually rise to the standard of pure devotees.\n\nThe pure devotees, who are always absorbed in the thought of the\n\ntranscendental lotus feet of .Kr�l}.a and who are always engaged in devo­\n\ntional service in full .Kr�l}.a consciousness, are never to be considered to\n\nbe in the material world. Srila Riipa Gosviimi has explained that those\nwho are always engaged in .Kr�l}.a consciousness by body, mind and ac­\n\ntivities are to be considered liberated even within this body. This is also\nconfirmed in the Bhagavad-gita: those who are engaged in the devo­\n\ntional service of the Lord have already transcended the material position.\n\n.Krf?l}.a appears in order to give a chance to both the devotees and the\n\nnondevotees for realization of the ultimate goal of life. The devotees get\n\nthe direct chance to see Him and worship Him. Those who are not on that\n\nplatform get the chance to become acquainted with His activities and\n\nthus become elevated to the same position.\nThe Brahma-samhita (5.38) says:\n\npremdiijana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nsanta� sadaiva hrdaye$u vilokayanti\nyam syamasundaram acintya-gur;w-svarapam\ngovindam adi-purU$arh tam aham bhajami\nAlthough .Kr�I].a's transcendental form is presented as black, devotees\n\nwho are in love with the Supreme Personality of Godhead appreciate the\nLord as Syamasundara, having a very beautiful blackish form. The\nLord's form is so beautiful that the Brahma-samhita (5.30) also states:\n\nve'{tum kvar;wntam aravinda-dalayatak$am\nbarhavatamsam asitambuda-sundarangam\n\n", "SB10.1#p0216": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n188\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nkandarpa-kofi-kamaniya-viSe�a-sobham\ngovindam tidi-pur�am tam aham bhajami\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who plays on His transcendental\n\nflute. His eyes are like lotus flowers, He is decorated with peacock\n\nplumes, and His bodily color resembles the color of a fresh black cloud,\n\nalthough His bodily features are more beautiful than millions of\nCupids.\" This beauty of the Supreme Lord can be seen by devotees who\n\nare in love with Him, devotees whose eyes are anointed with love of God­\n\nhead (premaiijana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena).\n\nThe Lord is also known as Giridhiiri or Girivara-dhari. Because l(r�l,la,\n\nfor the sake of His devotees, lifted Govardhana Hill, the devotees ap­\n\npreciate the Lord's inconceivable strength; but nondevotees, in spite of\ndirectly perceiving the Lord's inconceivable strength and power, regard\n\nthe Lord's activities as fictitious. This is the difference between a devotee\nand a nondevotee. Nondevotees cannot give any nomenclature for the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, yet the Lord is known as Syamasun­\n\ndara and Giridhari. Similarly, the Lord is known as Devaki-nandana and\n\nYasoda-nandana because He accepted the role of son for mother Devaki\n\nand mother Yasoda, and He is known as Gopala because He enjoyed the\n\nsport of maintaining the cows and calves. Therefore, although He has no\n\nmundane name, He is addressed by devotees as Devaki-nandana, Yasoda­\n\nnandana, Gopala and Syamasundara. These are all transcendental names\n\nthat only devotees can appreciate and nondevotees cannot.\n\nThe history of l(r�1,1a the person has been openly seen by everyone, yet\n\nonly those who are in love with the Supreme Personality of Godhead can\n\nappreciate this history, whereas nondevotees, who have not developed\n\ntheir loving qualities, think that the activities, form and attributes of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead are fictitious. Therefore this verse ex­\n\nplains,\n\nna\n\nnama-rupe gur;w.-janma-karmabhir nirupitavye tava tasya\n\nsa�ir;w./:1,. In this connection, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura has\n\ngiven the example that persons suffering from jaundice cannot taste the\nsweetness of sugar candy, although everyone knows that sugar candy is\nsweet. Similarly, because of the material disease, nondevotees cannot\n\nunderstand the transcendental name, form, attributes and activities of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, although they actually see the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0217": "Text 37]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n189\n\nLord's activities, either through authority or through history. The\n\nPurar,ws are old, authentic histories, hut nondevotees cannot understand\nthem, especially Srimad-Bhagavatam, which is the essence of Vedic\nknowledge. Nondevotees cannot understand even the preliminary study\nof transcendental knowledge, Bhagavad-gita. They simply speculate and\n\npresent commentaries with absurd distortions. In conclusion, unless one\n\nbhaktiyoga, one cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His\n\nelevates himself to the transcendental platform by practicing\n\nname, form, attributes or activities. But if by chance, by the association\nof devotees, one can actually understand the Lord and His features, one\nimmediately becomes a liberated person. As the Lord says in Bhagavad­\n\ngita (4.9):\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevam yo vetti tattvata�\ntyaktva deham punar janma\nnaiti mdm eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, hut attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\"\nSrila Rupa Gosvami has therefore said that by affection and love for\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, devotees can express their mind to\nHim with their words. Others, however, cannot do this, as confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gita (bhaktya mam abhijanati yavan ya.S casmi tattvataM.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�����R�\n:::.\n_..fll...:.\nift\nlif � :q �� � I\n�� ��omR�2111-iKI-lSt if\n+f.lp.:( �\n��'1� ���\\911\n,...\n\n,...\n\n\"\n\n....\n\n\"\n\n.._\n\nsnwan groan sarilsmarayams ca cintayan\nnamani rapar:ti ca mangalani te\n\n", "SB10.1#p0218": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n190\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nkriydsu yas tvac-cara¢ravindayor\niiv�ta-cetii na bhaviiya kalpate\nsnwan-constantly hearing about the Lord (srava�m kirtanam\nv� ��); groan-chanting or reciting (the holy name of the Lord and His\n\nactivities); samsmarayan-remembering (constantly thinking of the\n\nLord's lotus feet and His form); ca-and; cintayan-contemplating (the\ntranscendental activities of the Lord); niimiini-His transcendental\n\nnames;\n\nrupii7Ji-His transcendental forms;\n\nca-also; marigaliini­\n\nwhich are all transcendental and therefore auspicious; te-of Your Lord­\n\nship; kriydsu-in being engaged in the devotional service; ya�-he\nwho; tvat-cara�-aravindayo�-at Your lotus feet; iiv�ta-cetii�-the\n\ndevotee who is completely absorbed (in such activities);\n\nbhaviiya-for the material platform; kalpate-is fit.\n\nna-not;\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven while engaged in various activities, devotees whose minds\n\nare completely absorbed at Your lotus feet, and who constantly\n\nhear, chant, contemplate and cause others to remember Your transcendental names and forms, are always on the transcendental plat­\n\nform, and thus they can understand the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\nPURPORT\nHow bhakti-yoga can be practiced is explained in this verse. Srila\n\nRupa Gosvami has said that anyone who has dedicated his life to the ser­\n\nvice of the Lord (ihii yasya harer diisye) by his activities, his mind and\n\nhis words (karma¢ manasii gira) may stay in any condition of life\n\n(nikhiliisv apy avasthtisu) and yet is no longer actually conditioned but is\n\nliberated (jivan-mukta� sa ucyate). Even though such a devotee is in a\nmaterial body, he has nothing to do with this body, for he is transcenden­\n\ntally situated. Naraya�-parii� sarve na kuta§cana bibhyati: because a\n\ndevotee is engaged in transcendental activities, he is not afraid of being\n\nmaterially embodied. (Bhiig. 6.17.28) Illustrating this liberated position,\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu prayed, mama janmani janmaniSvare bhava-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0219": "tad\n\n191\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\nText 37]\n\nbhaktir ahaituki tvayi: \"All I want is Your causeless devotional\n\nservice in My life, birth after birth.\" (Si��taka 4) Even if a devotee, by\n\nthe supreme will of the Lord, takes birth in this material world, he con­\n\ntinues his devotional service. When King Bharata made a mistake and in\n\nhis next life became a deer, his devotional service did not stop, although\n\nsome slight chastisement was given to him because of his negligence.\n\nNarada Muni says that even if one falls from the platform of devotional\n\nservice, he is not lost, whereas nondevotees are lost entirely because they\n\nare not engaged in service. Bhagavad-gitd (9.14) therefore recommends\nthat\n\none\n\nalways\n\nmahd-mantra:\n\nengage\n\nat\n\nleast\n\nin\n\nchanting\n\nthe\n\nHare\n\nK.r�:Q.a\n\nsatatam kirtayanto mdm\nyatanta§ ca drcJ,ha-vrata/:t\nnamasyanta§ ca mdm bhaktya\nnitya-yukta updsate\n\"Always chanting My glories, endeavoring with great determination,\n\nbowing down before Me, the great souls perpetually worship Me with\n\ndevotion.\"\n\nOne should not give up the process of devotional service, which is per­\n\nformed in nine different ways (srava�m kirtanaril V�\"Q-0/:t smara�m\npada-sevanam, etc.). The most important process is hearing (srava�m)\nfrom the guru, sadhu and sdstra-the spiritual master, the saintly\ndcaryas and the Vedic literature. Sadhu-sdstra-guru-vakya, cittete\nkariya aikya. We should not hear the commentaries and explanations of\nnondevotees, for this is strictly forbidden by Srila Sanatana Gosvami,\n\nwho quotes from the Padma Pur:d�:\n\nava��va-mukhodgi�m\npataril hari-kathdmrtam\nsrava�m naiva kartavyam\nsarpocch�!aril yathd paya/:t\nWe should strictly follow this injunction and never try to hear from\nMayavadis, impersonalists, voidists, politicians or so-called scholars.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0220": "192\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nStrictly avoiding such inauspicious association, we should simply hear\nfrom pure devotees. Srila Riipa Gosvami therefore recommends, sriguru-padiiSrayal;t: one must seek shelter at the lotus feet of a pure devotee who can be one's guru. Caitanya Mahaprabhu advises that a guru is\none who strictly follows the instructions of Bhagavad-gitd: yare dekha,\ntare kaha, 'kmw'-upadesa (Cc. Madhya 7.128). A juggler, a magician\nor one who speaks nonsense as an academic career is not a guru. Rather,\na guru is one who presents Bhagavad-gitd, l(r�Qa's instructions, as it is.\nSrava1J.(l is very important; one must hear from the Vai�Qava sadhu,\nguru and sdstra.\nThe word kriyasu, meaning \"by manual labor\" or \"by work,\" is important in this verse. One should engage in practical service to the Lord.\nIn our l(r�Qa consciousness movement, all our activities are concentrated\nupon distributing l(r�Qa literature. This is very important. One may approach any person and induce him to read l(r�Qa literature so that in the\nfuture he also may become a devotee. Such activities are recommended in\nthis verse. Kriyasu yas tvac-carar;uiravindayol;t. Such activities will always remind the devotees of the Lord's lotus feet. By fully concentrating\non distributing books for l(r�Qa, one is fully absorbed in Kr�Qa. This is\nsamadhi.\nTEXT 38\n\n� �s� �: ttG:T i;it\nmifsq�1d��\n\nIJfrit�Rla:\n\n�t\"-uft6i ��qf:\\*: P�;rim�6'4tfif'l:q61iJ ����\"\ndi§!yd hare 'sya bhavatal;t pado bhuvo\nbharo 'panitas tava janmanesitul;t\ndi§!yarikitaril tvat-padakail;t su5obhanair\ndra�yama gam dyaril ca tavanukampitam\ndi§!ya-by fortune; hare-0 Lord; asyal;t-of this (world);\nbhavatal;t-of Your Lordship; padal;t-of the place; bhuval;t-on this\nearth; bharal;t-the burden created by the demons; apanital;t-now\n\n", "SB10.1#p0221": "Text 38]\n\n193\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\nremoved; tava-of Your Lordship; janmana-by appearance as an incarnation; iSitu�-You, the controller of everything; d�tya-and by\nfortune;\n\nankitam-marked;\n\ntvat-padakai�-by\n\nYour\n\nlotus\n\nfeet;\n\nsu-sobhanai�-which are transcendentally decorated with the marks of\nconchshell, disc, lotus and club; dra�yama-we shall surely observe;\ngam-upon this earth; dyam ca-in heaven also; tava anukampitamdue to Your causeless mercy upon us.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord, we are fortunate because the heavy burden of the\ndemons upon this earth is immediately removed by Your appearance. Indeed, we are certainly fortunate, for we shall be able\nto see upon this earth and in the heavenly planets the marks of\nlotus, conchshell, club and disc that adorn Your lotus feet.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe soles of the Lord's lotus feet are marked with sankha-cakragada-padma-conchshell, disc, club and lotus-and also by a flag and a\nthunderbolt. When K:r�1,1a walks on this earth or in the heavenly planets,\nthese marks are visible wherever He goes. V:rndavana-dhama is a transcendental place because of K:r�1,1a's walking on this land frequently. The\ninhabitants of V:rndavana were fortunate to see these marks here and\nthere. When Akn1ra went to V:rndavana to take K:r�1,1a and Balarama\naway to the festival arranged by Kamsa, upon seeing the marks of the\nLord's lotus feet on the ground of V:rndavana, he fell down and began to\ngroan. These marks are visible to devotees who receive the causeless\nmercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (tavdnukampitam). The\ndemigods were jubilant not only because the appearance of the Supreme\nLord would do away with the burdensome demons, but also because they\nwould be able to see upon the ground the transcendental marks from the\nsoles of the Lord's lotus feet. The gopis always thought of the Lord's lotus\nfeet when He was walking in the pasturing grounds, and, as described in\nthe previous verse, simply by thinking of the Lord's lotus feet, the gopis\nwere fully absorbed in transcendence (av�ta-cetd na bhavaya kalpate).\nLike the gopis, one who is always absorbed in thought of the Lord is\n\n", "SB10.1#p0222": "[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n194\n\nbeyond the material platform and will not remain in this material world.\nIt is our duty, therefore, always to hear, chant and think about the Lord's\nlotus feet, as actually done by Vai�1,1avas who have decided to live in\nV:rndavana always and think of the Lord's lotus feet twenty-four hours a\nday.\nTEXT 39\n\n�Sl4'4��] � �\n� � iRI ij�l'l' I\n� WN: W:tRt�tttfcl'4t�l\n� �� 11�'<.11\n\n�\n\nna te 'bhavasyesa bhavasya karar:w:m\nvina vinodam bata tarkayamahe\n\n·\n\nbhavo nirodha� sthitir apy avidyaya\nkrta yatas tvayy abhayasrayatmani\nna-not; te-o£ Your Lordship; abhavasya-of whom there is no\nbirth, death or maintenance as for an ordinary being; iSa-0 Supreme\nLord; bhavasya-of Your appearance, Your birth; kara�m-the cause;\nvina-without; vinodam-the pastimes (despite what is said, You are\nnot forced to come to this world by any cause);\n\nbata-however;\n\ntarkayamahe-we cannot argue (but must simply understand that these\nare Your pastimes); bhava�-birth; nirodha�-death; sthiti�-maintenance; api-also; avidyaya-by the external, illusory energy; krta�done; yata�-because; tvayi-unto You; abhaya-asraya-0 fearless\nshelter of all; atmani-of the ordinary living entity.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Supreme Lord, You are not an ordinary living entity appear­\n\ning in this material world as a result of fruitive activities.\n\nTherefore Your appearance or birth in this world has no other\ncause than Your pleasure potency. Similarly, the living entities,\n\nwho are part of You, have no cause for miseries like birth, death\n\n", "SB10.1#p0223": "Text 39]\n\nPrayers by the Demigods\n\n195\n\nand old age, except when these living entities are conducted by\nYour external energy.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (15.7), mamaivarilSo jiva-loke jiva-bhata/:t\n\nsanatana/:t: the living entities are parts and parcels of the Supreme Lord,\nand thus they are qualitatively one with the Lord. We can unde:r:stand\nthat when the Supreme Lord appears or disappears as an incarnation,\nthere is no other cause than His pleasure potency. We cannot force the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead to appear. As He says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(4.7):\nyada yada hi dharmasya\nglanir bhavati bharata\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\ntadatmanam srjamy aham\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I\ndescend Myself.\" When there is a need to diminish a burden created by\nthe demons, the Supreme Godhead can do it in many ways because He\nhas multifarious energies. There is no need for Him to come as an incarnation, since He is not forced to do anything like ordinary living entities.\nThe living entities come to this material world in the spirit of enjoyment,\nbut because they want to enjoy without ���a (kmw-bahirmukha haiya\n\nbhoja-vaftcha kare), they suffer birth, death, old age and disease under\nthe control of the illusory energy. When the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead appears, however, no such causes are involved; His descent is\nan act of His pleasure potency. We should always remember this distinction between the Lord and the ordinary living entity and not uselessly\nargue that the Lord cannot come. There are philosophers who do not\nbelieve in the Lord's incarnation and who ask, \"Why should the\nSupreme Lord come?\" But the answer is, \"Why should He not come?\nWhy should He be controlled by the desire of the living entity?\" The\nLord is free to do whatever He likes. Therefore this verse says, vind\n\nvinodam bata tarkayamahe. It is only for His pleasure that He comes\nalthough He does not need to come.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0224": "196\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto l 0, Ch. 2\n\nWhen the living entities come to this world for material enjoyment,\nthey are entangled in karma and karma-phala by the Lord's illusory energy. But if one seeks shelter at the Lord's lotus feet, one is again situated in his original, liberated state. As stated here, krta yatas tvayy\n\nabhayasrayatmani: one who seeks shelter at the lotus feet of the Lord is\nalways fearless. Because we are dependent on the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, we should give up the idea that without Kr�1;1a we can enjoy\nfreedom in this material world. This idea is the reason we have become\nentangled. Now it is our duty to seek shelter again at the Lord's lotus\nfeet. This shelter is described as abhaya, or fearless. Since Kr�1;1a is not\nsubject to birth, death, old age or disease, and since we are part and\nparcel of K:r�1;1a, we also are not subject to birth, death, old age and disease, but we have become subject to these illusory problems because of\nour forgetfulness of Kr�1;1a and our position as His eternal servants\n\n(jivera 'svarupa' haya-kr�r:tera 'nitya-dasa'). Therefore, if we practice\ndevotional service by always thinking of the Lord, always glorifying Him\nand always chanting about Him, as described in text 37 (sr{l-van gr{l-an\n\nsarilsmarayarii.S ca cintayan), we will be reinstated in our original,\nconstitutional position and thus be saved. The demigods, therefore, encouraged Devaki not to fear Karhsa, but to think of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who was already within her womb.\nTEXT 40\n\n�'d4N§qifij(CI(I(�(I'llt4f4$1HM ��: I\n�qtf«�:q�\n�R wiT (( � � � 11\\Joll\nmatsyasva-kacchapa-nrsirhha-varaha-hamsarajanya-vipra-vibudhe�u krtavatarab,\ntvarh piisi nas tri-bhuvanarh ca yathadhunesa\nbhararh bhuvo hara yadattama vandanarh te\nmatsya-the fish incarnation; a§va-the horse incarnation; kacchapa-the tortoise incarnation; nrsirhha-the Narasirhha incarnation;\n\n", "SB10.1#p0225": "Prayers by the Demigods\n\nText 41]\n\n197\n\nvaraha-the Varaha incarnation; hamsa-the swan incarnation; rdjanya-incarnations as Lord Ramacandra and other �atriyas; vipraincarnations as brahmaT)aS like Vamanadeva; vibudhe�u-among the\ndemigods; krta-avatdra�-appeared as incarnations; tvam-Your Lordship; pasi-please save; na�-us; tri-bhuvanam ca-and the three\nworlds; yathd-as well as; adhuna-now;\n\niSa-0 Supreme Lord;\n\nbhdram-burden; bhuva�-of the earth; hara-please diminish; yaduuttama-0 Lord Kr��a, best of the Yadus; vandanam te-we offer our\nprayers unto You.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 supreme controller, Your Lordship previously accepted incarnations as a fish, a horse, a tortoise, Narasb:hhadeva, a boar, a\nswan, Lord Riimacandra, Para8uriima and, among the demigods,\nViimanadeva, to protect the entire world by Your mercy. Now\nplease protect us again by Your mercy by diminishing the disturbances in this world. 0 .Kf!fl�a, best of the Yadus, we respectfully\noffer our obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\n\nIn every incarnation, the Supreme Personality of Godhead has a particular mission to execute, and this was true in His appearance as the son\nof Devaki in the family of the Yadus. Thus all the demigods offered their\nprayers to the Lord, bowing down before Him, and requested the Lord to\ndo the needful. We cannot order the Supreme Personality of Godhead to\ndo anything for us. We can simply offer Him our obeisances, as advised\nin Bhagavad-gita\n\n(man-mana bhava mad-bhakto mad-yaji\n\nnamaskuru), and pray to Him for annihilation of dangers.\nTEXT 41\n\nft:t'tlt\"'' ij �: '«: �����wt:l\n�\n\n�\n\nl(l�q(Uj4{f -\n\n� • � 6t�l�il: mH II\n\nmam\n\n", "SB10.1#p0226": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n198\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nd�tyamba te ku�i-gata/:t para/:t puman\narir.Sena sa�ad bhagavan bhavaya na/:t\nmabhad bhayam bhoja-pater mumar�or\ngopta yadanam bhavita tavatmaja/:t\nd�tya- by fortune; amba-0 mother; te-your; ku�i-gata/:t-in the\npa ra/:t-the Supreme; pumdn-Personality of Godhead; amsena-with all His energies, His parts and parcels; sd�dt-directly;\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhavaya-for the\nauspiciousness; na/:t-of all of us; md abhat-never be; bhayam-fear ful; bhoja-pate/:t-from Karhsa, King of the Bhoja dynasty; mumar�o/:t-who has decided to be killed by the Lord; goptd-the protector;\nyadunam-of the Yadu dynasty; bhavita-will become; tava atmaja/:twomb;\n\nyour son.\nTRANSLATION\n0 mother Devak.i, by your good fortune and ours, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead Himself, with all His plenary portions,\n\nsuch as Baladeva, is now within your womb. Therefore you need\n\nnot fear Kamsa, who has decided to be killed by the Lord. Your\n\neternal son, 1\\.f�r;ta, will be the protector of the entire Yadu\ndynasty.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe words para/:t pumdn arir.Sena signify that l(r�Qa is the original\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This is the verdict of the §astra (kmtas\n\ntu bhagavan svayam). Thus the demigods assured Devaki, \"Your son is\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, and He is appearing with Baladeva,\nHis plenary portion. He will give you all protection and kill Karhsa, who\nhas decided to continue his enmity toward the Lord and thus be killed by\nH.lm. ,\nTEXT 42\n\n��\n\n{'��t � tJ(q¥4Pl� � I\n:r.;J,. � � �: stRI:qgfc{�aJ ������\n..\n\n", "SB10.1#p0227": "Prayers by the Demigods\n\nText 42]\n\n199\n\nsri-suka uvdca\nity abh�tuya pu�am\nyad-rupam anidam yatha\nbrahmesiinau purodhaya\ndevii/:l pratiyayur divam\nsri-suka/:l uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-in this way;\n\nabh�tuya-offering prayers;\n\npur�am-unto the Supreme Person­\n\nality; yat-rupam-whose form; anidam-transcendental; yathii-as;\n\nbrahma-Lord Brahma; �iinau-and Lord Siva; purodhaya-keeping\n\nthem\n\nin\n\nfront;\n\ndevii/:l-all\n\nthe demigods;\n\ndivam-to their heavenly homes.\n\npratiyayu/:£-returned;\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter thus offering prayers to the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, Lord Vi��u, the Transcendence, all the demigods, with Lord\n\nBrahmii and Lord Siva before them, returned to their homes in the\n\nheavenly planets.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIt is said:\n\nadyiipiha caitanya e saba lilii kare\nyiiri 'ra bhiigye thake, se dekhaye nirantare\n(Caitanya-bhagavata, Madhya 23.513)\nThe incarnations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead appear con­\n\ntinuously, like the waves of a river or an ocean. There is no limit to the\n\nLord's incarnations, but they can be perceived only by devotees who are\nfortunate. The devatiis, the demigods, fortunately understood the incar­\n\nnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and thus they offered\ntheir prayers. Then Lord Siva and Lord Brahma led the demigods in\n\nreturning to their homes.\n\nThe word kuk$i-�atal:£, meaning \"within the womb of Devaki,\" has\n\nbeen discussed by Sri Jiva Gosvami in his Krama-sandarbha commen­\n\ntary. Since it was said at first that ��1,1a was present within the heart of\n\nVasudeva and was transfer�ed to the heart of Devaki, Sri Jiva Gosvami\n\nwrites, how is it that ���)a was now in the womb? He replies that there\n\n", "SB10.1#p0228": "200\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 2\n\nis no contradiction. From the heart the Lord can go to the womb, or from\nthe womb He can go to the heart. Indeed, He can go or stay anywhere. As\n\nconfirmed in the Brahma-sarilhita (5.35), ar:u;lantara-stha-paramdr:w­\n\ncayantara-stharil govindam adi-pur�aril tam aharil bhajami. The Lord\ncan stay wherever He likes. Devaki, therefore, in accordance with the\ndesire of her former life, now had the opportunity to seek the benediction of having the Supreme Personality of Godhead as her son, Devakinandana.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Tenth Canto, Second\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Prayers by the Demigods\nfor Lord Kmw in the Womb.\"\n\n", "SB10.1#p0229": "CHAPTER THREE\n\nThe Birth of Lord Krsna\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\nAs described in this chapter, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nl(r�J;Ia, Hari in His original form, appeared as Vi�J;Iu so that His father\nand mother could understand that their son was the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Because they were afraid of Karilsa, when the Lord appeared\nas an ordinary child they took Him to Gokula, the home of Nanda\nMaharaja.\nMother Devaki, being fully transcendental, sac-cid-ananda, does not\nbelong to this material world. Thus the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nappeared with four hands, as if born from her womb. Upon seeing the\nLord in that Vi�J;IU form, Vasudeva was struck with wonder, and in transcendental happiness he and Devaki mentally gave ten thousand cows in\ncharity to the brahmar;w.s. Vasudeva then offered prayers to the Lord,\naddressing Him as the Supreme Person, Parabrahman, the Supersoul,\nwho is beyond duality and who is internally and externally all-pervading.\nThe Lord, the cause of all causes, is beyond material existence, although\nHe is the creator of this material world. When He enters this world as\nParamatma, He is all-pervading (ar:u;ldntara-stha-paramar:r-u-cayantara­\n\nstham), yet He is transcendentally situated. For the creation, maintenance and annihilation of this material world, the Lord appears as the\n\ngur:r-a-avatdras- Brahma, Vi�QU and Mahesvara. Thus Vasudeva offered\nprayers full of meaning to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Devaki\nfollowed her husband by offering prayers describing the transcendental\nnature of the Lord. Fearing Karilsa and desiring that the Lord not be\nunderstood by atheistic and materialistic nondevotees, she prayed that\nthe Lord withdraw His transcendental four-armed form and appear like\nan ordinary child with two hands.\nThe Lord reminded Vasudeva and Devaki of two other incarnations in\nwhich He had appeared as their son. He had appeared as P:rsnigarbha and\nVamanadeva, and now this was the third time He was appearing as the\nson of Devaki to fulfill their desire. The Lord then decided to leave the\nresidence of Vasudeva and Devaki, in the prison house of Karilsa, and at\n201\n\n", "SB10.1#p0230": "[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n202\n\nthis very time, Yogamaya took birth as the daughter of Yasoda. By the arrangement of Yogamaya, Vasudeva was able to leave the prison house\nand save the child from the hands of Karhsa. When Vasudeva brought\nK.r!?�a to the house of Nanda Maharaja, he saw that by Yogamaya's arrangement, Yasoda, as well as everyone else, was deeply asleep. Thus he\nexchanged the babies, taking Yogamaya from Yasoda's lap and placing\nK.r�?�a there instead. Then Vasudeva returned to his own place, having\ntaken Yogamaya as his daughter. He placed Yogamaya on Devaki's bed\nand prepared to be a prisoner as before. In Gokula, Yasoda could not\nunderstand whether she had given birth to a male or a female child.\n\nTEXTS 1-5\n\n��\n31�\n\n��: I\n('\nm-�aJ��Wii� II Z II\nTil��·(UII\"' ��'( I\n,...,c- ...\n\nij�goii<Ht : Cfil'�:\n\n��� liit�if ..'iaJ\nIt\n\n\"\n\n�:\n\n�� C'\ni•l•lil.\n\n�����II� II\n;rQ: 3Rf<iiij� ro ��: 1\n�\n\n\" ��(?;ij�\n. IC::M'4�1\n'4ilU:ttf: II � II\n�T �: ij(ct��� : �{: �: I\n31Wt� f(.:itlffiil �� �II� II\n.\n+t�l�l«WI. st«;;fll\"i ijfrl�l'iij(g){l'( I\n�\"\"\"\n\"'\n\"\n�\n�\nGtl�+tF1�\n����: � II '-\\ II\n\"\n\n\"'\n\nsri-suka uvaca\natha saroa-gul)Opeta�\nkala� parama-5obhana�\nyarhy evajana-janmar�am\nsantar�-graha-tiirakam\ndi.Sa� prasedur gaganam\nnirmalo(J,u-gaT)Odayam\n\n·\n\n", "SB10.1#p0231": "203\n\nThe Birth of Lord ���J}.a\n\nText 5]\n\nmahi marigala-bhay�thapura-grama-vrajakara\nnadyab, prasanna-salilii\nhrada jalaruha-sriyab,\ndvijali-kula-sannadastavaka vana-rajayab,\nvavau vayub, sukha-sparsab,\npur;tya-gandhavahab, sucib,\nagnaya§ ca dvijatindrh\nsantds tatra samindhata\nmanarhsy dsan prasannani\nsadhanam asura-druham\njayamane 'jane tasmin\nnedur dundubhayab, samam\nsri-sukab, uvac a-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; atha-on the occasion\n\nof the Lord's appearance; sarva-all around; gur;ta-upetab,-endowed\n\nwith material attributes or facilities; kdlab,-a favorable time; parama­\n\nsobhanab,-all-auspicious and very favorable from all points of view;\n\nyarhi-when; eva-certainly; ajana-janma-r�am-the constellation of\nstars known as Rohi�i; santa-r�a-none of the constellations were\n\nfierce (all of them were peaceful); graha-tarakam-and the planets and\n\nstars like Asvini;\n\ndiSab,-all directions;\n\nprasedub,-appeared very\n\nauspicious and peaceful; gaganam-all of outer space or the sky;\n\nnirmala-u4u-gar;ta-udayam-in which all the auspicious stars were visi­\n\nble (in the upper strata of the universe); mahi-the earth; mangala­\n\nbhay�tha-pura-grama-vraja-akarab,-whose many cities, towns, pas­\n\nturing grounds and mines became auspicious and very neat and clean;\nnadyab,-the\n\nrivers;\n\nprasanna-saliliib,-the\n\nwaters\n\nbecame\n\nclear;\n\nhraddb,-the lakes or large reservoirs of water; jalaruha-sriyab,-ap­\n\npeared very beautiful because of blooming lotuses all around; dvija-ali­\n\nkula-sannada-stavakab,-the birds, especially the cuckoos, and swarms\n\nof bees began to chant in sweet voices, as if praying to the Supreme\n\n", "SB10.1#p0232": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n204\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nPersonality of Godhead; vana-rajaya�-the green trees and plants were\nalso very pleasing to see; vavau-blew; vayu�-the breeze; sukha-sparsa�-very pleasing to the touch; pu�ya-gandha-vaha�-which was full\nof fragrance; suci�-without pollution by dust; agnaya� ca-and the\nfires (at the places of sacrifice); dvijatinam-of the brahma�; sdnta�-undisturbed, steady, calm and quiet; tatra-there; samindhatablazed; manamsi-the minds of the brahma� (who because of Kamsa\nhad always been afraid); dsan-became; prasannani-fully satisfied\nand free from disturbances; sadhanam-of the brahma�, who were\nall Vai��ava devotees; asura-druham-who had been oppressed by\nKamsa and other demons disturbing the discharge of religious rituals;\njayamane-because of the appearance or birth; ajane-of Lord Vi��u,\nwho is always unborn; tasmin-in that situation; nedu�-resounded;\ndundubhaya�-kettledrums; samam-simultaneously (from the upper\nplanets).\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, at the auspicious time for the appearance of the\n\nLord, the entire universe was surcharged with all the qualities of\n\ngoodness, beauty and peace. The constellation Rohi�].i appeared, as\n\ndid stars like Asvini. The sun, the moon and the other stars and\nplanets were very peaceful. All directions appeared extremely\npleasing, and the beautiful stars twinkled in the cloudless sky.\n\nDecorated with towns, villages, mines and pasturing grounds, the\n\nearth seemed all-auspicious. The rivers flowed with clear water,\n\nand the lakes and vast reservoirs, full of lilies and lotuses, were ex­\n\ntraordinarily beautiful. In the trees and green plants, full of\n\nflowers and leaves, pleasing to the eyes, birds like cuckoos and\n\nswarms of bees began chanting with sweet voices for the sake of\n\nthe demigods. A pure breeze began to blow, pleasing the sense of\n\ntouch and bearing the aroma of flowers, and when the brihm�as\n\nengaging in ritualistic ceremonies ignited their fires according to\n\nVedic principles, the fires burned steadily, undisturbed by the\n\nbreeze. Thus when the birthless Lord V i!1J].U, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nwas\n\nabout\n\nto\n\nappear,\n\nthe\n\nsaints\n\nand\n\nbrihm�as, who had always been disturbed by demons like Kamsa\n\n", "SB10.1#p0233": "Text 5]\n\nThe Birth of Lord �'l'I}.a\n\n205\n\nand his men, felt peace within the core of their hearts, and kettledrums\n\nsimultaneously\n\nvibrated\n\nfrom\n\nthe\n\nupper\n\nplanetary\n\nsystem.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in the Bhagavad-gitii, the Lord says that His appearance,\nbirth, and activities are all transcendental and that one who factually\nunderstands them is immediately eligible to be transferred to the spiritual world. The Lord's appearance or birth is not like that of an ordinary\nman, who is forced to accept a material body according to his past deeds.\nThe Lord's appearance is explained in the previous chapter: He appears\nout of His own sweet pleasure.\nWhen the time was mature for the appearance of the Lord, the\nconstellations became very auspicious. The astrological influence of the\nconstellation known as Rohi�i was also predominant because this constellation is considered very auspicious. Rohi�i is under the direct supervision of Brahma, who is born of Vi��u, and it appears at the birth of\nLord Vi��u, who in fact is birthless. According to the astrological conclusion, besides the proper situation of the stars, there are auspicious and\ninauspicious moments due to the different situations of the different\nplanetary systems. At the time of ���a's birth, the planetary systems\nwere automatically adjusted so that everything became auspicious.\nAt that time, in all directions, east, west, south, north, everywhere,\nthere was an atmosphere of peace and prosperity. Auspicious stars were\nvisible in the sky, and on the surface in all towns and villages or pasturing grounds and within the mind of everyone there were signs of good\nfortune. The rivers were flowing full of water, and the lakes were\nbeautifully decorated with lotus flowers. The forests were full with\nbeautiful birds and peacocks. All the birds within the forests began to\nsing with sweet voices, and the peacocks began to dance with their consorts. The wind blew very pleasantly, carrying the aroma of different\nflowers, and the sensation of bodily touch was very pleasing. At home,\nthe brahmar:ws, who were accustomed to offer sacrifices in the fire,\nfound their homes very pleasant for offerings. Because of disturbances\ncreated by the demoniac kings, the sactificial fire had been almost\nstopped in the houses of brahmar:ws, but now they could find the oppor­\n\ntunity to start the fire peacefully. Being forbidden to o!fer sacrifices, the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0234": "[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n206\n\nbriihmaTJas were very distressed in mind, intelligence and activities. But\njust on the point of Kr�Qa's appearance, automatically their minds became full of joy because they could hear loud vibrations in the sky of\ntranscendental sounds proclaiming the appearance of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nOn the occasion of Lord K:r�Qa's birth, seasonal changes took place\nthroughout the entire universe. Kr�Qa was born during the month of\nSeptember, yet it appeared like springtime. The atmosphere, however,\nwas very cool, although not chilly, and the rivers and reservoirs appeared\njust as they would in sarat, the fall. Lotuses and lilies blossom during the\nday, but although Kr�Qa appeared at twelve o'clock midnight, the lilies\nand lotuses were in bloom, and thus the wind blowing at that time was\nfull of fragrance. Because of Kamsa's disturbances, the Vedic ritualistic\nceremonies had almost stopped. The briihmaTJas and saintly persons\ncould not execute the Vedic rituals with peaceful minds. But now the\n\nbriihma7Jas were very pleased\n\nto perform\n\ntheir\n\ndaily\n\nritualistic\n\nceremonies undisturbed. The business of the asuras is to disturb the\n\nsuras, the devotees and briihmaTJas, but at the time of Kr�Qa's appearance these devotees and briihmaTJas were undisturbed.\nTEXT6\n:.nt•\n\"\"'·�·\n�\n\n\"\n\n\\'\n\"\n..\n��· 1(1�HUU: I\n\\'. ,\n\nJq��\n\n, , ., . ..,,, '�:s�·\n\n;r�tl<tftil�: � i�t' II� II\n\njagu/:1. kinnara-gandharoiis\n\n�tuvu/:1. siddha-ciiraTJ-ii/:1.\n\nvidyiidharya§ ca nanrtur\n\napsarobhi/:1. samaril. mudd\njagu/:1.-recited auspicious songs; kinnara-gandharoii/:1.-the Kinnaras\nand Gandharvas, inhabitants of various planets in the heavenly planetary\n\nsystem; t �tuvu/:1. - ofiered their respective prayers; siddha-caraTJ-ii/:1.the Siddhas and CaraQas, other inhabitants of the lieavenly planets;\n\nvidyadharya/:1. ca-and the V idyadharis, another group of inhabitants of\nthe heavenly planets; nanrtu/:1.-danced in transcendental bliss; apsa-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0235": "207\n\nThe Birth of Lord �\"r.ta\n\nText 8]\n\nrobhib--the Apsariis, beautiful dancers in the heavenly kingdom;\nsamam-along with; mudd-in great jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Kinnaras and Gandharvas began to sing auspicious songs,\nthe Siddhas and Carar.tas offered auspicious prayers, and the\nVidyiidharis, along with the Apsariis, began to dance in jubilation.\nTEXTS 7-8\n('\n\n..,\n\n....\n\n. ,..._\n\n,...\n\ngii'1t41 ��n: ?J�rrn «�:m: 1\n�� �� �� ���ll\\911\n�\n\n��\n•�01.11�\n....\n\n•\n\n<:flf\\3'�\n....\n\n,...\n\n•\n\n��\n\n�\n\n\\Jtlt4�1'1\n,..._\n\n�� ���rqu;;r �\"!!:\n\n�� I\nC'\n\n�r.a�: I\n\n3ltT�������fter���: II<: II\nmumucur munayo devab,\nsumanamsi mudanvitab,\nmandam mandam jaladhara\njagarjur anusagaram\nniSithe tama-udbhute\njayamane janardane\ndevakyam deva-rupir;tyam\nv�r;tub, sarva-guha-sayab,\navirasid yatha pracyam\ndiSindur iva p�kalab,\nmumucub,-showered ; munayab,-all the great sages and saintly persons;\n\ndevdb,-and the demigods;\n\nsumandm si-very beautiful and\nanvitab,-being joyous in their attitude;\nmandam mandam-very mildly; jala-dharab,-the clouds; jagarjub,­\n\nfragrant flowers;\n\nmudd\n\nvibrated; anusiigaram-following the vibrations of the sea waves;\nniSithe-late at night; tamab,-udbhute-when it was densely dark;\n\njayamane-on the appearance of; jandrdane-the Supreme Personality\n\n", "SB10.1#p0236": "208\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nof Godhead, Vi�J}.u; devakyam-in the womb of Devaki; deva-nlpi­\n\n�yam-who was in the same category as the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead\n\n(ananda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhavitabhiM;\n\nv��ub.-Lord\n\nVi�J}.u, the Supreme Lord; sarva-guha-saya(l.-who is situated in the\ncore of everyone's heart;\n\navirasit-appeared;\n\nyatha-as;\n\ndiSi-in the east; indu(l. iva-like the full moon; p�ka la(l.\n\n-\n\npracyam\n\ncomplete in\n\nevery respect.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods and great saintly persons showered flowers in a\n\njoyous mood, and clouds gathered in the sky and very mildly thun­\n\ndered, making sounds like those of the ocean's waves. Then the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Vi��u, who is situated in the\n\ncore of everyone's heart, appeared from the heart of Devaki in the\ndense darkness of night, like the full moon rising on the eastern\n\nhorizon, because Devaki was of the same category as Sri ���a.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the Brahma-samhita (5.37):\n\nananda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhavitabhis\ntabhir ya eva nija-nlpataya kalabhi(l.\ngoloka eva nivasaty akhilatma-bhuto\ngovindam adi-pur�aril tam aham bhajami\nThis verse indicates that ��J}.a and His entourage are of the same spiritual potency (ananda-cinmaya-rasa). ��I].a's father, His mother, His\nfriends the cowherd boys, and the cows are all expansions of ��Qa, as\nwill be explained in the brahma-vimohana-lilii. When Brahma took\naway }U.�J}.a's associates to test the supremacy of Lord ��J}.a, the Lord\nexpanded Himself again in the forms of the many cowherd boys and\ncalves, all of whom, as Brahma saw, were v��u-murtis. Devaki is also an\nexpansion of ��J}.a, and therefore this verse says, devakyaril deva­\n\nnlpi�yaril v��ub. sarva-guha-saya(l..\nAt the time for the Lord's appearance, the great sages and the\ndemigods, being pleased, began to shower flowers. At the seashore, there\n\n", "SB10.1#p0237": "Text 8]\n\nThe Birth of Lord �1,18\n\n209\n\nwas the sound of mild waves, and above the sea there were clouds in the\nsky which began to thunder very pleasingly.\nWhen things were adjusted like this, Lord Vi�Qu, who is residing\nwithin the heart of every living entity, appeared in the darkness of night\nas the Supreme Personality of Godhead before Devaki, who appeared as\none of the demigoddesses. The appearance of Lord Vi�QU at that time\ncould be compared to the rising of the full moon in the sky on the eastern\nhorizon. The objection may be raised that since Lord K.r�1.1a appeared on\nthe eighth day of the waning moon, there could be no rising of the full\nmoon. In answer to this it may be said that Lord K.r�1.1a appeared in the\ndynasty which is in the hierarchy of the moon; therefore, although the\nmoon was incomplete on that night, because of the Lord's appearance in\nthe dynasty wherein the moon is himself the original person, the moon\nwas in an overjoyous condition, so by the grace of K.r�1.1a he could appear\nas a full moon. To welcome the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\nwaning moon became a full moon in jubilation.\n\nInstead of deva-rilpir:tyiim, some texts of Srimad-Bhagavatam clearly\n\nsay v�r:tu-rilpir:tyiim. In either case, the meaning is that Devaki has the\nsame spiritual form as the Lord. The Lord is sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha,\n\nand Devaki is also sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha. Therefore no one can find\n\nany fault in the way the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\niinanda-vigraha, appeared from the womb of Devaki.\n\nsac-cid­\n\nThose who are not in full knowledge that the appearance and disap­\n\npearance of the Lord are transcendental (janma karma ca me divyam)\n\nare sometimes surprised that the Supreme Personality of Godhead can\ntake birth like an ordinary child. Actually, however, the Lord's birth is\nnever ordinary. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is already situated\nwithin the core of everyone's heart as antaryiimi, the Supersoul. Thus\n\nbecause He was present in full potency in Devaki's heart, He was also\nable to appear outside her body.\n\nOne of the twelve great personalities is Bhi�madeva (svayambhar\nniiradat£ sambhut£ kumiirat£ kapilo manut£ prahliido janako bhi§maM.\nIn Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.9.42), Bhi�ma, a great authority to be\n\nfollowed by devotees, says that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nsituated in the core of everyone's heart, just as the sun may be on everyone's head. Yet although the sun may be on the heads of millions and\nmillions of people, this does not mean that the sun is variously situated.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0238": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n210\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nSimilarly, because the Supreme Personality of Godhead has inconceivable potencies, He can be within everyone's heart and yet not be situated\n\nvariously. Ekatvam anupa§yata� (lsopani$ad 7). The Lord is one, but He\ncan appear in everyone's heart by His inconceivable potency. Thus al­\n\nthough the Lord was within the heart of Devaki, He appeared as her\n\nVi$Q-u PurdQ-a, therefore, as quoted in the\nVai${1-ava-to�aQ-i, the Lord appeared like the sun (anugrahiisaya). The\nBrahma-samhitd (5.35) confirms that the Lord is situated even within\nthe atom (m:u;liintara-stha-paramiiQ-u-cayantara-stham). He is situated\nchild. According to the\n\nin Mathurii, in Vaiku�tha and in the core of the heart. Therefore one\nshould clearly understand that He did not live like an ordinary child in\nthe heart or the womb of Devaki. Nor did He appear like an ordinary\nhuman child, although He seemed to do so in order to bewilder asuras\nlike Karilsa. The asuras wrongly think that ���a took birth like an ordinary child and passed away from this world like an ordinary man. Such\nasuric conceptions are rejected by persons in knowledge of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Ajo 'pi sann avyaydtmii bhutdndm iSvaro 'pi san\n(Bg. 4.6). As stated in Bhagavad-gitd, the Lord is aja, unborn, and He is\n\n. the supreme controller of everything. Nonetheless, He appeared as the\nchild of Devaki. This verse describes the inconceivable potency of the\nLord, who appeared like the full moon. Understanding the special significance of the appearance of the Supreme Godhead, one should never\nregard Him as having taken birth like an ordinary child.\n\nTEXTS 9-10\n.\n\n��({ ':' . ;n��'i�i��\n���•t<::fi£9;<::1�� I\n��\n�f.rttl��� �\nrfut� ij'l����t( II � II\n\\'�\nr-- �\n����\\' l�(lf!'f}O,g�\nR'4qf �·....\n�\"\"\"\ne�-��t� I\n�Tlf.f;T ��i4�·<::�1Jfl�Fro� �� ��({ II Z 011\n\"\n\n\"\n\n", "SB10.1#p0239": "Text 10]\n\n211\n\nThe Birth of Lord ��Qa\n\ntam adbhutaril balakam ambuje�ar;taril\ncatur-bhujam sarikha-gadady-uddyudham\nsrivatsa-la�maril gala-sobhi-kaustubham\npitambararil sandra-payoda-saubhagam\nmaharha-vaidurya-kirita-kur;r4nlatv�a par�vakta-sahasra-kuntalam\nuddama-kaiicy-aitgada-karikar;tadibhir\nvirbcamanaril vasudeva ai�ata\ntam-that; adbhutam-wonderful;\n\nbalakam-child;\n\nambuja-i�a­\n\nr;wm-with eyes resembling lotuses; catub,-bhujam- with four hands;\nsarikha-gada-adi-bearing a conchshell, club, disc and lotus (in those\nfour hands ) ; uda yudham-different weapons; srivatsa-la�mam-deco ­\n\nrated with a particular type of hair called Srivatsa, which is visible only\n\non the chest of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\ngala-sobhikaustubham-on His neck was the Kaustubha gem, which is particularly\navailable in Vaiku1,1thaloka; pita-ambaram-His garments were yellow;\nsandra-payoda-saubhagam-v�ry beautiful, being present with the hue\nof blackish clouds; maha-arha-vaidurya-kirita-kur;r4nla-of His helmet\nand earrings, which were studded with very valuable Vaidiirya gems;\n\ntv�a-by the beauty; pa�vakta-sahasra-kuntalam-brilliantly illuminated by scattered, fully grown hair; uddama-kaiici-aitgada-karikar;ta­\n\nadibhib,-with a brilliant belt on His waist, armbands on His arms,\nbracelets on His wrists, etc.; virocamanam-very beautifully decorated;\n\nvasudevab,-Vasudeva, the father of ��1,1a; ai�ata-saw.\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva then saw the newborn child, who had very wonderful\n\nlotuslike eyes and who bore in His four hands the four weapons\nsailkha, cakra, gada and padma. On His chest was the mark of\n\nSrivatsa and on His neck the brilliant Kaustubha gem. Dressed in\n\nyellow, His body blackish like a dense cloud, His scattered hair\n\nfully grown, and His helmet and earrings sparkling uncommonly\n\nwith the valuable gem Vaidurya, the child, decorated with a\n\nbrilliant belt, armlets, bangles and other ornaments, appeared very\n\nwonderful.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0240": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n212\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nPURPORT\nTo support the word adbhutam, meaning \"wonderful,\" the decorations and opulences of the newborn child are fully described. As\nconfirmed in the Brahma-samhita (5.30), barhavatarhsam asitambuda­\n\nsundarangam: the hue of the Lord's beautiful form resembles the\nblackish color of dense clouds (a.sita means \"blackish,\" and ambuda\nmeans \"cloud\"). It is clear from the word catur-bhujam that ��1,1a first\n\nappeared with four hands, as Lord Vi�1,1u. No ordinary child in human\n\nsociety has ever been born with four hands. And when is a child born\nwith fully grown hair? The descent of the Lord, therefore, is completely\ndistinct from the birth of an ordinary child. The Vaidurya gem, which\nsometimes appears bluish, sometimes yellow and sometimes red, is\navailable in Vaiku1,1thaloka. The Lord's helmet and earrings were\ndecorated with this particular gem.\nTEXT 11\n\n��$@R�� m\nWI ltl�ltttl�€fi1� I\n\"'\n��\"';;...\nttOII*II�k�S�'{\n�t��s�'il�m tttfl1{_11� zn\nij'\n\n.\n\n,...\n\n....\n\n,...,\n\nsa vismayotphulla-vilocano harim\n\nsutam vilokyanakadundubhis tada\nkmuivatarotsava-sambhramo 'sprsan\nmuda dvijebhyo yutam apluto gavam\nsalJ-he\n\n(Vasudeva, also known as Anakadundubhi);\n\nvismaya­\n\nutphulla-vilocanalJ-his eyes being struck with wonder at the beautiful\nappearance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; harim-Lord Hari,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sutam-as his son; vilokyaobserving; anakadundubhilJ- Vasudeva; tada-at that time; kr$r;w­\n\navatara-utsava-for a festival to be observed because of ��1,1a's appearance; sambhramalJ-wishing to welcome the Lord with great\nrespect; asprsat-took advantage by distributing; mudd-with great\njubilation;\n\ndvijebhyalJ-to the brahmar;ws; ayutam-ten thousand;\n\naplutalJ-overwhelmed, surcharged; gavam-cows.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0241": "213\n\nThe Birth of Lord �,l}.a\n\nText 12]\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Vasudeva saw his extraordinary son, his eyes were struck\nwith wonder. In transcendental jubilation, he mentally collected\nten thousand cows and distributed them among the brihmal}.as as a\ntranscendental festival.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura has analyzed the wonder of\nVasud�va upon seeing his extraordinary child. Vasudeva was shivering\nwith wonder to see a newborn child decorated so nicely with valuable\ngarments and gems. He could immediately understand that the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead had appeared, not as an ordinary child but in His\noriginal, fully decorated, four-handed form. The first wonder was that\nthe Lord was not afraid to appear within the prison house of Kamsa,\nwhere Vasudeva and Devaki were interned. Second, although the Lord,\nthe Supreme Transcendence, is all-pervading, He had appeared from the\nwomb of Devaki. The third point of wonder, therefore, was that a child\ncould take birth from the womb so nicely decorated. Fourth, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead was Vasudeva's worshipable Deity yet\nhad taken birth as his son. For all these reasons, Vasudeva was transcendentally jubilant, and he wanted to perform a festival, as\n\n�atriyas do to\n\ncelebrate the birth of a child, but because of his imprisonment he was\nunable to do it externally, and therefore he performed the festival within\nhis mind. This was just as good. If one cannot externally serve the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, one can serve the Lord within one's\nmind, since the activities of the mind are as good as those of the other\nsenses. This is called the nondual or absolute situation\n\n(advaya-jnana).\n\nPeople generally perform ritualistic ceremonies for the birth of a child.\nWhy then should Vasudeva not have performed such a ceremony when\nthe Supreme Lord appeared as his son?\nTEXT 12\n�\n\n�\n\nC'\n\n•\n\n�q-\n\n��\"l�li!\\6J�p:f\n\n� t:rn{W: �: ���: I\n\n....:. \"\n\n,...\n\n��·�\n\n.\n\n�1'$14!�\n\n•\n-A\n, \"' � ·•�+i•:\n\n\"\"'\n\n.._..\n\n+Jmr\n\n\"\"�\n\n�..,•1•'1'J._ ����II\n\n", "SB10.1#p0242": "214\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nathainam astaud avadharya par�am\nparam natanga� krta-dhi� krtanjali�\nsva-roc4a bharata satika-grham\nvirocayantam gata-bhi� prabhava-vit\natha-thereafter; enam-to the child; astaut-o:ffered prayers;\navadharya-understanding surely that the child was the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; pa�am-the Supreme Person; param-transcendental; nata-anga�-falling down; krta-dh*-with concentrated\nattention;\n\nkrta-anjali�-with\n\nfolded\n\nhands;\n\nsva-roc4a-by\n\nthe\n\nbrilliance of His personal beauty; bharata-0 Maharaja Parik\"it, descendant of Maharaja Bharata; satika-grham-the place where the Lord\nwas horn; virocayantam-illuminating all around; gata-bh*-all his\nfear disappeared; prabhava-vit-he could now understand the influence\n(of the Supreme Personality of Godhead).\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parikfit, descendant of King Bharata, Vasudeva\n\ncould understand that this child was the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Nirayat;Ut. Having concluded this without a doubt, he be­\n\ncame fearless. Bowing down with folded hands and concentrating\n\nhis attention, he began to offer prayers to the child, who illuminated His birthplace by His natural influence.\nPURPORT\n\nStruck with such great wonder, Vasudeva now concentrated his attention on the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Understanding the influence of the Supreme Lord, he was surely fearless, since he understood\nthat the Lord had appeared to give him protection\n\n(gata-bhi� prabhava­\n\nvit). Understanding that the Supreme Personality of Godhead was present, he appropriately offered prayers as follows.\nTEXT 13\n\n�fft-1 �\n\n�ts���ffl.��:�:1R:I\n�����:\nm�� ������\n\n", "SB10.1#p0243": "Text 14]\n\nThe Birth of Lord Krt�a\n\n215\n\nsri-vasudeva uvaca\n\nvidito 'si bhaviin sii�iit\n\npun.L§att prakrtett paratt\n\nkevaliinubhaviinanda­\n\nsvarapatt sarva-buddhi-drk\n\nsri-vasudevatt uvaca-Sri Vasudeva prayed; viditatt asi-now I am\nfully conscious of You;\n\nbhaviin- Your Lordship;\n\nsii�iit-directly;\n\npur l.L§ att-the Supreme Person; prak rte tt- to material nature; paratt­\n\ntranscendental, beyond everything material; kevala-anubhava-iinanda­\n\nsvarupatt-Your form is sac-cid-iinanda-vigraha, and whoever per­\n\nceives You becomes transcendentally blissful; sarva-buddhi-drk-the\nsupreme observer, the Supersoul, the intelligence of everyone.\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva said: My Lord, You are the Supreme Person, beyond\nmaterial existence, and You are the Supersoul. Your form can be\nperceived by transcendental knowledge, by which You can be\nunderstood as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. I now understand Your position perfectly.\nPURPORT\n\nWithin Vasudeva's heart, affection for his son and knowledge of the\nSupreme Lord's transcendental nature both awakened. In the beginning\nVasudeva thought, \"Such a beautiful child has been born, but now\nKamsa will come and kill Him.\" But when he understood that this was\nnot an ordinary child but the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he became fearless. Regarding his son as the Supreme Lord, wonderful in\neverything, he began offering prayers appropriate for the Supreme Lord.\nCompletely free from fear of Kamsa's atrocities, he accepted the child\nsimultaneously as an object of affection and as an object of worship by\nprayers.\nTEXT 14\n....\n\n.\n\n� �� ��\n\n....\n\n,...,\n\n� +:.l=;t\"\"g�mul1��7'4���� I\n� Bi �f?r!: � � ������II\n\n", "SB10.1#p0244": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n216\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nsa eva svaprakrtyedam\nsr�tvagre tri-gur:uitmakam\ntad anu tvam hy aprav�tatt\nprav�ta iva bhdvyase\nsatt-He (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); eva-indeed; sva­\n\nprakrtya-by Your personal energy (mayiidhya�er:w prakrtitt suyate\nsa-cariicaram); idam-this material world; smva-after creating;\nagre-in the beginning; tri-gur:w-atmakam-made of three modes of\nenergy\n\n(sattva-rajas-tamo-gur:w); tat anu-thereafter; tvam-Your\n\nLordship;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\naprav�tatt-although\n\nYou\n\ndid\n\nnot\n\nenter;\n\nprav�tatt iva-You appear to have entered; bhavyase-are so understood.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, You are the same person who in the beginning created\nthis material world by His personal external energy. After the creation of this world of three gui;UlS [sattva, rajas and tamas], You appear to have entered it, although in fact You have not.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gitii (7.4) the Supreme Personality of Godhead clearly\nexplains:\n\nbhumir iipo 'nalo viiyutt\nkham mano buddhir eva ca\nahankiira itiyam me\nbhinna prakrtir �tadha\nThis material world of three modes of nature-sattva-gur:w\n\n,\n\nrajo-gur:w\n\nand tamo-gur:w-is a composition of earth, water, :fire, air, mind, intelligence and false ego, all of which are energies coming from Kr�I).a, yet\nKr�I).a, being always transcendental, is aloof from this material world.\nThose who are not in pure knowledge think that Kr�I).a is a product of\nmatter and that His body is material like ours\n\n(avajiinanti miim\nmW;lhatt}. In fact, however, Kt�I).a is always aloof from this material\n\nworld.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0245": "Text 14]\n\nThe Birth of Lord .Kr�1,1a\n\n217\n\nIn the Vedic literature, we find the creation described in relationship\nto Mahii-Vi�I,m. As stated in the Brahma-samhita (5.35):\n\neko 'py asau racayitum jagad-ar:u;ia-ko#m\nyac-chaktir asti jagad-ar:u;ia-caya yad-antatt\nar:ujdntara-stha-paramd�u-cayantara-stham\ngovindam adi-pur�am tam aham bhajami\n\"I worship the primeval Lord, Govinda, the original Personality of Godhead. By His partial plenary expansion as Mahii-Vi��u, He enters into\nmaterial nature. Then He enters every universe as Garbhodakasiiyi\nVi��u, and He enters all the elements, including every atom of matter, as\nK�irodakasiiyi Vi��u. Such manifestations of cosmic creation are innumerable, both in the universes and in the individual atoms.\" Govinda is\npartially exhibited as antaryami, the Supersoul, who enters this material\nworld (ar:u)antara-stha) and who is also within the atom. The Brahma­\n\nsamhitd (5.48) further says:\nyasyaika-ni.Svasita-kdlam athavalambya\njivanti loma-vilaja jagad-ar:u;ia-nathatt\nv��ur mahan sa iha yasya kalii-vi.Se�o\ngovindam ddi-pur�am tam aham bhajami\nThis verse describes Mahii-Vi��u as a plenary expansion of ���a. MahiiVi��u lies on the Causal Ocean, and when He exhales, millions of\n\nbrahmar:u;ias, or universes, come from the pores of His body. Then, when\nMahii-Vi��u inhales, all these brahma�t;las disappear. Thus the millions\nof brahmar:u;ias controlled by the Brahmiis and other demigods come and\ngo in this material world through the breathing of Mahii-Vi��u.\nFoolish persons think that when ���a appears as the son of\nVasudeva, He is limited like an ordinary child. But Vasudeva was aware\nthat although the Lord had appeared as his son, the Lord had not entered\nDevaki's womb and then come out. Rather, the Lord was always there.\nThe Supreme Lord is all-pervading, present within and without. Prav�1a\n\niva bhavyase: He only seemed to have entered the womb of Devaki and\nto have now appeared as Vasudeva's child. The expression of this knowledge by Vasudeva indicates that Vasudeva knew how these events took\n\n", "SB10.1#p0246": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n218\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nplace. Vasudeva was certainly a devotee of the Lord in full knowledge,\nand we must learn from devotees like him. Bhagavad-gitd\n\n(4.34)\n\ntherefore recommends:\n\ntad viddhi prar:tipatena\nparipra.Snena sevaya\nupade�yanti te jnanam\njnaninas tattva-darsina�\n\"Just try to learn the truth by approaching a spiritual master. Inquire\nfrom him submissively and render service unto him. The self-realized\nsoul can impart knowledge unto you because he has seen the truth.\"\nVasudeva begot the Supreme Personality of Godhead, yet he was in full\nknowledge of how the Supreme Lord appears and disappears. He was\ntherefore tattva-darsi, a seer of the truth, because he personally saw how\nthe Supreme Absolute Truth appeared as his son. Vasudeva was not in\nignorance, thinking that because the Supreme Godhead had appeared as\nhis son, the Lord had become limited. The Lord is unlimitedly existing\nand all-pervading, inside and outside. Thus there is no question of His\nappearance or disappearance.\n\nTEXTS 15-17\n\nmsf?lt�n lltclffil� � N�: � 1\n_..._....:.\n1'\\ \"1:\n,�('\n''-'1\ntp.F� Fro� ��ttiRI 1l 11��11\n\"\n\nII\n\n•\n\n\"\n\n\"\n\n��s�•ld1 � 1\n� Rtt¥il�f:ll\"54 ijqjf'c� �: II� �II\n��\n� W-Jf.l �('i41+(tf(.'S�IIIft'�\"' if\n\n�m\n\n.\n\n�\n\n�: � d{gOII��:\n��l'!d��li! �R(RI� WI �\nC'\n\n('\n\nW-1'� W-m'A\n\n3TR¥i��\"i:\n\nyatheme 'vikrta bhavas\ntatha te vikrtai� saha\nnana-virya� prthag-bhata\nvirajam janayanti hi\n\nII � \\911\n\n", "SB10.1#p0247": "219\n\nThe Birth of Lord K.rfl}.a\n\nText 17]\n\nsannipatya samutpddya\ndrsyante nugata iva\npriig eva vidyamanatvan\nna te�am iha sambhava}:r.\n'\n\nevam bhavan buddhy-anumeya-la�ar:wir\ngrahyair gur:wi/:1. sann api tad-guT;Uigraha}:r.\nanavrtatvdd bahir antaram na te\nsarvasya sarvdtmana atma-vastuna}:r.\nyatha-as; ime-these material creations, made of material energy;\navikrta/:1.-actually not disintegrated; bhava}:r.-with such a conception;\ntathii-similarly; te-they; vikrtai/:1. saha-association with these. different elements coming from the total material energy; ndnd v irya/:1.-\n\nevery element is full of different energies; prthak-separated; bhata/:1.becoming;\n\nvirajam-the whole cosmic manifestation; janayanti-cre­\n\nate; hi-indeed; sannipatya-because of association with the spiritual\nenergy;\n\nsamutpddya-after being created;\n\ndrsyante-they appear;\n\nanugata/:1.-entered withi'h it; iva-as if; prak-from the very beginning, before the creation of this cosmic manifestation; eva-indeed;\n\nvidyamdnatvat-due to the existence of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; na-not; te�am-of these material elements; iha-in this\nmatter of creation; sambhava}:r.-entering would have been possible;\nevam-in this way;\n\nbhavan-0 my Lord; buddhi-anumeya-la�a­\n\nr:wi/:1.-by real intelligence and by such symptoms; grahyai}:r.-with the\nobjects of the senses; gur:wi/:1.-with the modes of material nature; san\napi-although in touch; tat-gur:w-agraha/:1. -are not touched by the material qualities; anavrtatvat-because of being situated everywhere;\n\nbahi}:r. antaram-within the external and internal; na te-there is no\nsuch thing for You; sarvasya-of everything; sarva-dtmana/:1.-You are\nthe root of everything; dtma-vastuna/:1.-everything belongs to You, but\nYou are outside and inside of everything.\nTRANSLATION\nThe mahat-tattva, the total material energy, is undivided, but\nbecause of the material modes of nature, it appears to separate into\nearth, water, fire, air and ether. Because of the living energy\n\n", "SB10.1#p0248": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n220\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nU iva-bhuta] , these separated energies combine to make the cosmic\n\nman ifestation\n\nvisible, but in fact, before the creation of the cos­\n\nmos, the total energy is already present. Therefore, the total\n\nmaterial energy never actually enters the creation. Similarly, al­\n\nthough You are perceived by our senses because of Your presence,\n\nYou cannot be perceived by the senses, nor experienced by the\n\nmind or words [aviil-minasa-gocara]. With our senses we can per­\n\nceive some things, but not everything; for example, we can use\n\nour eyes to see, but not to taste. Consequently, You are beyond\nperception by the senses. Although in touch with the modes of ma­\n\nterial nature, You are unaffected by them. You are the prime factor\n\nin everything, the all-pervading, undivided Supersoul. For You,\ntherefore, there is no external or internal. You never entered the\n\nwomb of Devak.i; rather, You existed there already.\nPURPORT\n\nThis same understanding is explained by the Lord Himself\n\nm\n\nBhagavad-gitii (9.4):\nmaya tatam idam sarvam\njagad-avyakta-murtinii\nmat-sthani sarva-bhutiini\nna\n\nciiham te�v avasthital;t\n\n\"By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All\n\nbeings are in Me, but I am not in them.\"\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is not perceivable through the\n\ngross material senses. It is said that Lord Sri :Kr�?l,la's name, fame,\n\npastimes, etc., cannot be understood by material senses. Only to one who\n\nis engaged in pure devotional service under proper guidance is He\n\nrevealed. As stated in Brahma-samhitii (5.38):\n\npremiifijana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nsantal;t sadaiva hrdaye�u vilokayanti\nOne can see the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda, always, with­\n\nin oneself and outside oneself, if one has developed the transcenden-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0249": "Text 17]\n\nThe Birth of Lord ��I].a\n\n221\n\ntal loving attitude toward Him. Thus for people in general, He is not visible. In the above-mentioned verse from Bhagavad-gita, therefore, it is\nsaid that although He is all-pervading, everywhere present, He is not\nconceivable by the material senses. But actually, although we cannot see\nHim, everything is resting in Him. As discussed in the Seventh Chapter\nof Bhagavad-gitd, the entire material cosmic manifestation is only a\ncombination of His two different energies, the superior, spiritual energy\nand the inferior, material energy. Just as the sunshine is spread all over\nthe universe, the energy of the Lord is spread all over the creation, and\neverything is resting in that energy.\nYet one should not conclude that because He is spread all over He has\nlost His personal existence. To refute such arguments, the Lord says, \"I\nam everywhere, and everything is in Me, hut still I am aloof.\" For example, a king heads a government which is hut the manifestation of the\nking's energy; the different governmental departments are nothing hut\nthe energies of the king, and each department is resting on the king's\npower. But still one cannot expect the king to he present in every department personally. That is a crude example. Similarly, all the manifestations that we see, and everything that exists, both in this material world\nand in the spiritual world, are resting on the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The creation takes place by the diffusion of His different energies, and, as stated in the Bhagavad-gita, He is everywhere\npresent by His personal representation, the diffusion of His different\nenerg1es.\nOne may argue that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who creates\nthe whole cosmic manifestation simply by His glance, cannot come within\nthe womb of Devaki, the wife of Vasudeva. To eradicate this argument,\nVasudeva said, \"My dear Lord, it is not very wonderful that You appeared within the womb of Devaki, for the creation was also made in that\nway. You were lying in the Causal Ocean as Maha-Vi�Qu, and by Your\nbreathing, innumerable universes came into existence. Then You entered\ninto each of the universes as Garhhodakasayi Vi�Qu. Then again You expanded Yourself as K�irodakasayi Vi�Qu and entered into the heart of all\nliving entities and entered even within the atoms. Therefore Your entrance into the womb of Devaki is understandable in the same way. You\nappear to have entered, hut You are simultaneously all-pervading. We\ncan understand Your entrance and nonentrance from material examples.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0250": "222\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(Canto I 0, Ch. 3\n\nThe total material energy remains intact even after being divided into\nsixteen elements. The material body is nothing but a combination of the\nfive gross elements-namely earth, water, fire, air and ether. Whenever\nthere is a material body, it appears that such elements are newly created,\nbut actually the elements are always existing outside of the body.\nSimilarly, although You appear as a child in the womb of Devaki, You are\nalso existing outside. You are always in Your abode, but still You can\nsimultaneously expand Yourself into millions of forms.\n\"One has to understand Your appearance with great intelligence because the material energy is also emanating from You. You are the\noriginal source of the material energy, just as the sun is the source of the\nsunshine. The sunshine cannot cover the sun globe, nor can the material\nenergy-being an emanation from You-cover You. You appear to be in\nthe three modes of material energy, but actually the three modes of material energy cannot cover You. This is understood by the highly intellectual philosophers. In other words, although You appear to be within the\nmaterial energy, You are never covered by it.\"\nWe hear from the Vedic version that the Supreme Brahman exhibits\nHis effulgence and therefore everything is illuminated. We can understand from Brahma-samhita that the\n\nbrahmajyoti, or the Brahman\n\neffulgence, emanates from the body of the Supreme Lord. And from the\nBrahman effulgence, all creation takes place. It is further stated in the\n\nBhagavad-gita that the Lord is the support of the Brahman effulgence.\nOriginally He is the root cause of everything. But persons who are less\nintelligent think that when the Supreme Personality of Godhead comes\nwithin this material world, He accepts material qualities. Such conclusions are not mature, but are made by the less intelligent.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n;.r 3TmRl t�giil!!\n\"-'\"\"3\n\n�\n(€1ottM�€1i�i1�:n I\n\n;:r :;](\n\n�.-'(\"'l Md\n�tt6�'ffifl\\41G\\G\\d\\ � I I� <:I I\n\nGs i!!l:n)\n\nya atmano drsya-gur;w�u sann iti\nvyavasyate sva-vyatirekato 'budhab,\n\n", "SB10.1#p0251": "Text 18]\n\n223\n\nThe Birth of Lord .Kr�1,1a\n\nvinanuvadam na ca tan mani{iitam\nsamyag yatas tyaktam upadadat pumiin\nyalz,-anyone who; atmanalz,-of his own real identity, the soul;\ndrsya gu��u-among the visible objects, beginning with the body;\n-\n\nsan-being situated in that position; iti-thus; vyavasyate-continues\nto act; sva-vyatirekatalz,-as if the body were independent of the soul;\n\nabudhalz,-a rascal; vina anuvadam-without proper analytical study;\nna-not; ca-also; tat-the body and other visible objects; mani{iitamsuch considerations having been discussed; samyak\n\n-\n\nfully; yatalz,-be­\n\ncause he is a fool; tyaktam-are rejected; upadada t- acce pts this body\nas reality; pumiin-a person.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who considers his visible body, which is a product of the\nthree modes of natu�e, to be independent of the soul is unaware of\nthe basis of existence, and therefore he is a rascal. Those who are\nlearned have rejected his conclusion because one can understand\nthrough full discussion that with no basis in soul, the visible body\nand senses would be insubstantial. Nonetheless, although his conclusion has been rejected, a foolish person considers it a reality.\nPURPORT\nWithout the basic principle of soul, the body cannot be produced. Socalled scientists have tried in many ways to produce a living body in their\nchemical laboratories, but no one has been able to do it because unless\nthe spirit soul is present, a body cannot be prepared from material elements. Since scientists are now enamored of theories about the chemical\ncomposition of the body, we have challenged many scientists to make\neven a small egg. The chemicals in eggs can be found very easily. There\nis a white substance and a yellow substance, covered by a shell, and\nmodern scientists should very easily be able to duplicate all this. But\neven if they were to prepare such an egg and put it in an incubator, this\nman-made chemical egg would not produce a chicken. The soul must be\nadded because there is no question of a chemical combination for life.\nThose who think that life can exist wihout the soul have therefore been\ndescribed here as abudhatz,, foolish rascals.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0252": "224\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nAgain, there are those who reject the body, regarding it as insubstantial. They are of the same category of fools. One can neither reject the\nbody nor accept it as substantial. The substance is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and both the body and the soul are energies of the\nSupreme Godhead, as described by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(7.4-5):\nbhamir apo 'nalo vayub,\nkham mano buddhir eva ca\nahaitkara itiyam me\nbhinna prakrtir a�tadha\napareyam itas tv anyam\nprakrtim viddhi me param\njiva-bhatam maha-baho\nyayedam dharyate jagat\n\"Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego-all\ntogether these eight comprise My separated material energies. But\nbesides this inferior nature, 0 mighty-armed Arjuna, there is a superior\nenergy of Mine, which consists of all living entities who are struggling\nwith material nature and are sustaining the universe.\"\nThe body, therefore, has a relationship with the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, just as the soul does. Since both of them are energies of the\nLord, neither of them is false, because they come from the reality. One\nwho does not know this secret of life is described as abudhab,. According\nto the Vedic injunctions, aitadatmyam idam sarvam, sarvam khalv idam\n\nbrahma: everything is the Supreme Brahman. Therefore, both the body\nand the soul are Brahman, since matter and spirit emanate from\nBrahman.\nNot knowing the conclusions of the Vedas, some people accept the material nature as substance, and others accept the spirit soul as substance,\nbut actually Brahman is the substance. Brahman is the cause of all\ncauses. The ingredients and the immediate cause of this manifested ma­\n\nterial world are Brahman, and we cannot make the ingredients of this\nworld independent of Brahman. Furthermore, since the ingredients and\nthe immediate cause of this material manifestation are Brahman, both of\n\n", "SB10.1#p0253": "Text 19]\n\nThe Birth of Lord i{r',l:r;ta\n\n225\n\nthem are truth, satya; there is no validity to the expression brahma\n\nsatyam jagan mithya. The world is not false.\n]nanis reject this world, and foolish persons accept this world as\nreality, and in this way they are both misguided. Although the body is\nnot as important as the soul, we cannot say that it is false. Yet the body is\ntemporary, and only foolish, materialistic persons, who do not have full\nknowledge of the soul, regard the temporary body as reality and engage\nin decorating this body. Both of these pitfalls-rejection of the body as\nfalse and acceptance of the body as all in all-can be avoided when one is\nfully situated in Kt�I).a consciousness. If we regard this world as false, we\nfall into the category of asuras, who say that this world is unreal, with no\nfoundation and no God in control (asatyam aprat�1harh te jagad ahur\n\naniSvaram). As described in the Sixteenth Chapter of Bhagavad-gita,\nthis is the conclusion of demons.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n���)s�ntfliW:fRt4�4il'{ Nit\nt�a;W0€4;{1(11:\\gulll:\\NQi�16\\\n�� ;mfUr ;it m�\n�\n�\n��Q\ngUT: IIZQ..Il\ntvatto 'sya janma-sthiti-samyaman vibho\nvadanty anihad agu'{Uid avikriyat\ntvayiSvare brahmaTJi no virudhyate\ntvad-asrayatvad upacaryate gu7Jaibtvattab,-are from Your Lordship;\n\nasya-of the entire cosmic\n\nmanifestation; janma-the creation; sthiti-maintenance; samyamanand annihilation; vibho-0 my Lord; vadanti-the learned Vedic scholars conclude; anihat-who are free from endeavor; aguTJdt-who are\nunaffected by the modes of material nature;\n\navikriyat-who are\n\nunchanging in Your spiritual situation; tvayi-in You; iSvare-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; brahma1J,i-who are Parabrahman,\nthe Supreme Brahman; no-not; virudhyate-there is a contradiction;\n\ntvat-asrayatvat-because of being controlled by You; upacaryate-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0254": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n226\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nthings are going on automatically; gu �i b, - by the operation of the\nmaterial modes.\nTRANSLATION\n0 my Lord, learned Vedic scholars conclude that the creation,\n\nmaintenance and annihilation of the entire cosmic manifestation\n\nare performed by You, who are free from endeavor, unaffected by\nthe modes of material nature, and changeless in Your spiritual\nsituation. There are no contradictions in You, who are the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Parabrahman. Because the three\nmodes of material nature-sattva, rajas and lamas-are under Your\ncontrol, everything takes place automatically.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in the Vedas:\n\nna tasya kdryam kara�m ca vidyate\nna tat-sama.S cabhyadhikaS ca drsyate\nparasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate\nsvabhaviki jnana-bala-kriya ca\n\"The Supreme Lord has nothing to do, and no one is found to be equal to\nor greater than Him, for everythin� is done naturally and systematically\n\nby His multifarious energies.\" (Svetasvatara Upan�ad 6.8) Creation,\n\nmaintenance and annihilation are all conducted personally by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and this is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(mayadhya�e� prakrtib- suyate sa-caracaram). Yet ultimately the Lord\ndoes not need to do anything, and therefore He is nirvikdra, changeless.\nBecause everything is done under His direction, He is called smi-karta,\nthe master of creation. Similarly, He is the master of annihilation. When\na master sits in one place while his servants work in different duties,\nwhatever the servants are doing is ultimately an activity of the master,\nalthough he is doing nothing ( na tasya kdryam kara�m ca vidyate).\nThe Lord's potencies are so numerous that everything is nicely done.\nTherefore, He is naturally still and is not directly the doer of anything in\nthis material world.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0255": "The Birth of Lord Kf•�a\n\nText 20]\n\n227\n\nTEXT 20\n\n� �\n\nNe1��ij�\n\n�'iltttl\n\n�����:1\n- � ooitqimt\n•\n\n\"'\n\nt\n\nPIT � �or � \\SiWiiEtltl II� o II\nsa tvam tri-loka-sthitaye sva-mdyaya\nbibhar$i suklam khalu Va71Wm atmanatJ,\nsargaya raktam rajasopabrmhitam\nkmwm ca va71Wril tamasa janatyaye\nsab- tvam-Your Lordship, who are the same person, the Transcendence; tri-loka-sthitaye-to maintain the three worlds, the upper, middle and lower planetary systems; sva-mdyaya-by Your personal energy\n\n(atma-mdyaya); bibhar$i-assume; suklam-the white form of Vi�QU\nin goodness; khalu-as well as; va71Wm-color; atmanab--of the same\ncategory as You (v��u-tattva); sargaya-for the creation of the entire\nworld; raktam-the reddish color of rajo-gu�; rajasa-with the quality\nof passion; upabrmhitam-being charged; kr$�m ca-and the quality\nof darkness; var�m-the color; tamasa-which is surrounded by ignorance;\n\njana-atyaye-for the ultimate destruction of the entire\n\ncreation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, Your form is transcendental to the three material\nmodes, yet for the maintenance of the three worlds, You assume\nthe white color of Vi,�u in goodness; for creation, which is sur. rounded by the quality of passion, You appear reddish; and at the\nend, when there is a need for annihilation, which is surrounded by\nignorance, You appear blackish.\n\nPURPORT·\nVasudeva prayed to the Lord, \"You are called suklam. Suklam, or\n'whiteness,' is the symbolic representation of the Absolute Truth because\n\nit is unaffected by the material qualities. Lord Brahmi is called rakta, or\n\nI\n\n", "SB10.1#p0256": "228\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nred, because Brahma represents the qualities of passion for creation.\n\nDarkness is entrusted to Lord Siva because he annihilates the cosmos.\n\nThe creation, annihilation and maintenance of this cosmic manifestation\nare conducted by Your potencies, yet You are always unaffected by those\nqualities.\" As confirmed in the Vedas, harir hi nirgur;r.ab- sa�at: the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is always free from all material\nqualities. It is also said that the qualities of passion and ignorance are\nnonexistent in the person of the Supreme Lord.\nIn this verse, the three colors mentioned\n\n-\n\nsukla, rakta and kr�r:w­\n\nare not to be understood literally, in terms of what we experience with\nour senses, but rather as representatives of sattva-gur;r.a, rajo-gur;r.a and\n\ntamo-gur;r.a. After all, sometimes we see that a duck is white, although it\nis in tamo-gur;r.a, the mode of ignorance. Illustrating the logic called\n\nbakandha-nyaya, the duck is such a fool that it runs after the testicles of\na bull, thinking them to be a hanging fish that can be taken when it\ndrops. Thus the duck is always in darkness. Vyasadeva, however, the\ncompiler of the Vedic literature, is blackish, but this does not mean that\nhe is in tamo-gur;r.a; rather, he is in the highest position of sattva-gur;r.a,\nbeyond the material modes of nature. Sometimes these colors (sukla­\n\nraktas tatha pitab-) are used to designate the brahmar;r.as, �atriyas,\nvaiSyas and sadras. Lord K�irodakasayi Vi�J.lu is celebrated as possessing\n\na blackish color, Lord Siva is whitish, and Lord Brahma is reddish, but\naccording to Srila Sanatana Gosvami in the V a�r;r.ava-to�a�i-!ika, this exhibition of colors is not what is referred to here.\nThe real understanding of sukla, rakta and kr�r:ta is as follows. The\nLord is always transcendental, but for the sake of creation He assumes\nthe color rakta as Lord Brahma. Again, sometimes the Lord becomes\n\nangry. As He says in Bhagavad-gita (16.19):\n\ntan aham dv�q,tab- kraran\nsamsare�u naradhamdn\n�ipamy ajasram a§ubhan\ndsu�v eva yon�u\n\"Those who are envious and mischievous, who are the lowest among\nmen, are cast by Me into the ocean of material existence, into various\ndemoniac species of life.\" To destroy the demons, the Lord becomes\n\n", "SB10.1#p0257": "Text 21]\n\nThe Birth of Lord .K.rf:r;ta\n\n229\n\nangry, and therefore He assumes the form of Lord Siva. In summary, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is always beyond the material qualities,\n\nand we should not be misled into thinking otherwise simply because of\nsense perception. One must understand the position of the Lord\n\nthrough the authorities, or mahajanas. As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.3.28), ete carilsa-kalal) purilsal) km:tas tu bhagavan svayam.\nTEXT 21\n\n�� f«t ��s=:tffioism �•RC4e� 1\n\"'��\n!\"'1'1�·�t44(1�11��€hh'4'\nOI{Q+UwtT lwt�lwtQ(� �: II�� II\nffl�\n.\n\n\"\n\n\"\n\ntvam asya lokasya vibho rira��ur\ngrhe 'vatin:w 'si mamakhilesvara\nrajanya-sariljiiilsura-ko#-yuthapair\nnirvyahyamana nihan�yase carnal)\ntvam-Your Lordship; asya-of this world; lokasya-especially of\nthis martya-loka, the planet earth; vibho-0 Supreme; rira��u/:ldesiring protection (from the disturbance of the asuras); grhe -in this\nhouse; avatin:w/:l asi -have now appeared; mama-my; akhilaiSvara -although You are the proprietor of the entire creation; rajanyasariljfia-asura-ko!i-yatha-pail)-with millions of demons and their\nfollowers in the roles of politicians and kings; nirvyahyamanal)-which\nare moving here and there all over the world; nihan�yase-will kill;\ncamal)-the armies, paraphernalia, soldiers and retinues.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, proprietor of all creation, You have now appeared in\nmy house, desiring to protect this world. I am sure that You will\nkill all the armies that are moving all over the world under the\nleadership of politicians who are dressed as ktatriya rulers but who\nare factually demons. They must be killed by You for the protection of the innocent public.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0258": "230\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\nPURPORT\n\nKn1,1a appears in this world for two purposes, paritrar;ulya sadhanam\nvinasaya ca d�krtam: to protect the innocent, religious devotees of the\nLord and to annihilate all the uneducated, uncultured asuras, who unnecessarily bark like dogs and fight among themselves for political\npower. It is said, kali-kale nama-rape km:w avatara. The Hare ��1,1a\nmovement is also an incarnation of ��J}.a in the form of the holy name\n(nama-rape). Every one of us who is actually afraid of the asuric rulers\nand politicians must welcome this incarnation of ��J}.a: Hare ��J}.a,\nHare ��J}.a, ��J}.a ��J}.a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Riima\nRama, Hare Hare. Then we will surely be protected from the harassment\nof asuric rulers. At the present moment these rulers are so powerful that\nby hook or by crook they capture the highest posts in government and\nharass countless numbers of people on the plea of national security or\nsome emergency. Then again, one asura defeats another asura, but the\npublic continues to suffer. Therefore the entire world is in a precarious\ncondition, and the only hope is this Hare ��J}.a movement. Lord\nN:rsimhadeva appeared when Prahliida was excessively harassed by his\nasuric father. Because of such asuric fathers-that is, the ruling politicians-it is very difficult to press forward the Hare ��J}.a movement,\nbut because ��1,1a has now appeared in His holy name through this\nmovement, we can hope that these asuric fathers will be annihilated and\nthe kingdom of God established all over the world. The entire world is\nnow full of many asuras in the guise of politicians, gurus, sadhus, yogis\nand incarnations, and they are misleading the general public away from\n��J}.a consciousness, which can offer true benefit to human society.\nTEXT 22\n\n� �� �\" ;ft�\n\n��;q���l\n� �� �-: �\n\n�:\n\n11��11\n\nayam tv asabhyas tava janma nau grhe\nsrutvc'Jgraj4ms te nyavadhft suresvara\n\n", "SB10.1#p0259": "Text 22]\n\n231\n\nThe Birth of Lord .Kr�Jr:ta\n\nsa te 'vataram pu�ai� samarpitam\nsrutvoohunaivabhisaraty udayudha�\n\nayam-this (rascal); tu-but; asabhya�-who is not civilized at all\n\n( asura means \"uncivilized,\" and sura means \"civilized\"); tava-of Your\nLordship; janma-the birth; nau-our; grhe-into the home; srutvdafter\n\nhearing;\n\nagrajan\n\nte-all\n\nthe\n\nbrothers\n\nborn\n\nbefore\n\nYou;\n\nnyavadhit-killed; sura-iSvara-0 Lord of the suras, the civilized persons; sa�-he (that uncivilized Kamsa);\n\nte-Your; avatdram-ap­\n\npearance; pu�ai�-by his lieutenants; samarpitam-being informed\nof; srutvd-after hearing; adhund-now; eva-indeed; abhisaratiwill come immediately; uddyudha�-with raised weapons.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, Lord of the demigods, after hearing the prophecy\nthat You would take birth in our home and kill him, this uncivilized Kamsa killed so many of Your elder brothers. As soon as\nhe hears from his lieutenants that You have appeared, he will immediately come with weapons to kill You.\nPURPORT\n\nKarilsa has here been de�cribed as asabhya, meaning \"uncivilized\" or\n\"most heinous,\" because he killed the many children of his sister. When\nhe heard the prophecy that he would be killed by her eighth son, this uncivilized man, Kamsa, was immediately ready to kill his innocent sister\non the occasion of her marriage. An uncivilized man can do anything for\nthe satisfaction of his senses. He can kill children, he can kill cows, he\ncan kill brahmar:ws, he can kill old men; he has no mercy for anyone.\nAccording to the Vedic civilization, cows, women, children, old men and\nbrahmar:ws should be excused if they are at fault. But asuras, uncivilized\n\nmen, do not care about that. At the present moment, the killing of cows\nand the killing of children is going on unrestrictedly, and therefore this\ncivilization is not at all human, and those who are conducting this condemned civilization are uncivilized asuras.\nSuch uncivilized men are not in favor of the .Kr�Qa consciousness\nmovement. As public officers, they declare without hesitation that the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0260": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n232\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nchanting of the Hare ��1,1a movement is a nuisance, although\n\nBhagavad-gita clearly says, satatam kirtayanto mam yatanta5 ca dnlhavratd/:t. According to this verse, it is the duty of the mahatmas to chant\n\nthe Hare ��1,1a mantra and try to spread it all over the world to the best\n\nof their ability. Unfortunately, society is in such an uncivilized state that\nthere are so-called mahatmas who are prepared to kill cows and children\n\nand stop the Hare ��1,1a movement. Such uncivilized activities were ac­\n\ntually demonstrated in opposition to the Hare ��1,1a movement's Bombay\n\ncenter, Hare ��1,1a Land. As Kamsa was not expected to kill the beautiful\n\nchild of Devaki and Vasudeva, the uncivilized society, although unhappy\nabout the advancement of the ��1,1a consciousness movement, cannot he\n\nexpected to stop it. Yet we must face many difficulties in many different\nways. Although ��1,1a cannot he killed, Vasudeva, .as the father of\n\n��1,1a, was trembling because in affection he thought that Ka:rilsa would\nimmediately come and kill his son. Similarly, although the ��1,1a con­\n\nsciousness movement and �f?Qa are not different and no asuras can\n\ncheck it, we are afraid that at any moment the asuras can stop this movement in any part of the world.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�� igqfff\naNwt¥11�¥4J �� ��� I\n�m���m{��T �mm ,,':(�''\nsri-suka uvdca\nathainam dtmajam vi�ya\nmaha-purU§a-la�ar;tam\ndevaki tam upadhavat\nkamsad bhita suvismita\nsri-suka/:t uvdca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; atha-after this offer­\n\ning of prayers by Vasudeva; enam-this ��1,1a; dtmajam-their son;\n\nvi�ya-ohserving; maha-pur!L§a-la�ar;tam-with all the symptoms of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�1,1u; devaki-�f?Qa's mother;\ntam-unto Him\n\n(��?Qa);\n\nupadhavat-offered prayers;\n\nkamsat-of\n\n", "SB10.1#p0261": "Text 24]\n\nThe Birth of Lord Kn�a\n\n233\n\nKarhsa; bhita-being afraid; su-vismita-and also being astonished by\nseeing such a wonderful child.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi continued: Thereafter, having seen that her\n\nchild had all the symptoms of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, Devaki, who was very much afraid of Kamsa and unusually\nastonished, began to offer prayers to the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe word suvismita, meaning \"astonished,\" is significant in this\nverse. Devaki and her husband, Vasudeva, were assured that their child\nwas the Supreme Personality of Godhead and could not be killed by\nKarhsa, but because of affection, as they thought of Kamsa's previous\natrocities, they were simultaneously afraid that Kr�J:.la would be killed.\nThis is why the word suvismita has been used. Similarly, we are also\nastounded upon thinking of whether this movement will be killed by the\n\nasuras or will continue to advance without fear.\nTEXT 24\n\n��ct�<iT'if\n� � ffil_ su�ott'fi+nti\n;m �•ii�f.lguf fwtfefC61('J I\n��� fwtfef�ti �\n� � � �QII�+i(('tq: ����II\nsri-devaky uvaca\nrapam yat tat prahur avyaktam adyam\nbrahma jyotir nirgu\"{tam nirvikaram\nsatta-matram nirviSe�am niriham\nsa tvam sa�ad v�r;tur adhyatma-dipa�\nsri-devaki uvaca -Sri Devaki said; rapam -form or substance; yat\ntat-because You are the same substance; prahu�- You are sometimes\n\n", "SB10.1#p0262": "234\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\ncalled; avyaktam-not perceivable by the material senses (atatt sr'i­\n\nkmw-ndmcidi na bhaved grahyam indriyaitt); cidyam-You are the\noriginal cause; brahma- You are known as Brahman; jyotitt-light;\nnirgu�m-without material qualities; nirvikaram-without change,\nthe same form of Vi�?QU perpetually; sattd-mdtram-the original substance, the cause of everything; nirvi§e�am-You are present everywhere as the Supersoul (within the heart of a human being and within\nthe heart of an animal, the same substance is present); nir'iham-without material desires; satt-that Supreme Person; tvam-Your Lordship;\nsd�dt-directly; v�ttutt-Lord Vi�?QU; adhyatma-d'ipatt-the light for\nall transcendental knowledge (knowing You, one knows everything:\n\nyasmin vijndte sarvam evaril vijnataril bhavati).\nTRANSLATION\nSri Devaki said: My dear Lord, there are different Vedas, some\n\nof which describe You as unperceivable through words and the\n\nmind. Yet You are the origin of the entire cosmic manifestation.\n\nYou are Brahman, the greatest of everything, full of effulgence\n\nlike the sun. You have no material cause, You are free from change\nand deviation, and You have no material desires. Thus the Vedas\n\nsay that You are the substance. Therefore, my Lord, You are\ndirectly the origin of all Vedic statements, and by understanding\n\nYou, one gradually understands everything. You are different\n\nfrom the light of Brahman and Paramatma, yet You are not dif­\n\nferent from them. Everything emanates from You. Indeed, You are\n\nthe cause of all causes, Lord Vi!il�u, the light of all transcendental\nknowledge.\n\nPURPORT\n\nVi�?QU is the origin of everything, and there is no difference between\nLord Vi�?QU and Lord �I?Qa because both of Them are v�ttu-tattva. From\nthe /J.g Veda we understand, om tad v�ttatt paramaril padam: the\noriginal substance is the all-pervading Lord Vi�?QU,\n\nwho is also\n\nParamii.tmii. and the effulgent Brahman. The living entities are also part\nand parcel of Vi�?QU, who has various energies (parasya saktir vividhaiva\n\nsrayate svabhavik'i jnana-bala-kriya ca). Vi�?QU, or K:r�?Qa, is therefore\n\n", "SB10.1#p0263": "Text 24]\n\nThe Birth of Lord ,Kn�a\n\n235\n\nBhagavad-gitli (10.8), aham\nsaroasya prabhavo mattab. saroam pravartate: \"I am the source of all\n\neverything. Lord Knt;ta says in the\n\nspiritual and material worlds. Everything emanates from Me.\" ��Qa,\ntherefore, is the original cause of everything (saroa-kara�-kara�m).\n\nWhen Vi�t;tu expands in His all-pervading aspect, we should understand\nHim to be the nirakara-niroiSe� a-brahmajyoti.\n\nAlthough everything emanates from ��t;ta, He is ultimately a person.\n\nAham adir hi devanlim: He is the origin of Brahma, Vi�t;tu and\nMahesvara, and from them many other demigods are manifested. ��t;ta\ntherefore says in Bhagavad-gitli (14.27), brahmaryo hi pra�lhiiham:\n\"Brahman rests upon Me.\" The Lord also says:\n\nye 'py anya-devata-bhakta\nyajante sraddhayanvitab,\nte 'pi mam eva kaunteya\nyajanty avidhi-paroakam\n\"Whatever a man may sacrifice to other gods, 0 son of Kunti, is really\nmeant for Me alone, but it is offered without true understanding.\"\n(Bg. 9.23) There are many persons who worship different demigods,\nconsidering all of them to be separate gods, which in fact they are not.\nThe fact is that every demigod, and every living entity, is part and parcel\nof ��Qa ( mamaivams o jiva-loke jiva-bhatab.}. The demigods are also in\n\nthe category of living entities; they are not separate gods. But men whose\nknowledge is immature and contaminated by the modes of material\nnature worship various demigods, according to their intelligence.\n\nTherefore they are rebuked in Bhagavad-gita (kamais tais tair hrtajnaniib, prapadyante 'nya-devatiib,). Because they are unintelligent and\n\nnot very advanced and have not properly considered the truth, they take\nto the worship of various demigods or speculate according to various philosophies, such as the Mayavada philosophy.\n��t;ta, Vi�t;tu, is the actual origin of everything. As stated in the\n\nVedas, yasya b�a saroam idam vibhtlti. The Absolute Truth is de­\n\nscribed later in the Srimad-Bhclgavatam (10.28.15) as satyam jnanam\n\nanantam yad brahma-jyotib, slinatanam. The brahmajyoti is sanlitana,\n\neternal, yet it is dependent on Kt�t;ta (brahmar:w hi pra�thtlham). The\n\n", "SB10.1#p0264": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n236\n\n[Canto 1 O, Ch. 3\n\nBrahma-samhita states that the Lord is all-pervading. A1J4,antara-stha­\n\nparamiir;tu-cayiintara-stham: He is within this universe, and He is\n\nwithin the atom as Paramatma. Yasya prabhii prabhavato jagad-aTJ4,a­\n\nkofi-ko!4v a.Se�a-vasudhiidi-vibhati-bhinnam: Brahman is also not inde­\n\npendent of Him. Therefore whatever a philosopher may describe is\n\nultimately ��!}a, or Lord Vi�l}u (sarvam khalv idam brahma, param\n\nbrahma param dhiima pavitram paramam bhaviin). According to dif­\n\nferent phases of understanding, Lord Vi�l}u is differently described, but\nin fact He is the origin of everything.\n\nBecause Devaki was an unalloyed devotee, she could understand that\n\nthe same Lord Vi�l}u had appeared as her son. Therefore, after the\n\nprayers of Vasudeva, Devaki offered her prayers. She was very\n\nfrightened because of her brother's atrocities. Devaki said, \"My dear\nLord, Your eternal forms, like Narayal}a, Lord Rama, Se�a, Varaha,\n\nN:rsimha, Vamana, Baladeva, and millions of similar incarnations\n\nemanating from Vi�l}u, are described in the Vedic literature as original.\n\nYou are original because all Your forms as incarnations are outside of this\n\nmaterial creation. Your form was existing before this cosmic manifesta­\n\ntion was created. Your forms are eternal and all-pervading. They are\nself-effulgent, changeless and uncontaminated by the material qualities.\n\nSuch eternal forms are evercognizant and full of bliss; they are situated\n\nin transcendental goodness and are always engaged in different pastimes.\n\nYou are not limited to a particular form only; all such transcendental,\n\neternal forms are self-sufficient. I can understand that You are the\n\nSupreme Lord Vi�J}u.\" We may conclude, therefore, that Lord Vi�I}U is\n\neverything, although He is also different from everything. This is the\n\nacintya-bhediibheda-tattva philosophy.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�\n\n� ftq�\n��I\n\n��� �·�4-ilwt �\n�: �s�:\n\n����II\n\n��e loke dvi-pariirdhiivasiine\nmaha-bhute�v iidi-bhutam gate�u\n\n·\n\n", "SB10.1#p0265": "The Birth of Lord 1\\.f!II].a\n\nText 25]\n\n237\n\nvyakte 'vyaktam kala-vegena yate\nbhavan eka� si$yate 'se�a-samjfia�\n�te-after the annihilation; loke-of the cosmic manifestation; dvi­\n\nparardha-avasane-after millions and millions of years (the life of\nBrahma);\n\nmaha-bhate�u-when the five primary elements (earth,\n\nwater, fire, air and ether); adi-bhatam gate�u-enter within the subtle\n\nelements of sense perception; vyakte-wheri everything manifested;\n\navyaktam-into the unmanifested; kala-vegena-by the force of time;\nyate-enters; bhavan-Your Lordship; eka�-only one; si$yate­\n\nremains; a5e�a-samjfia�-the same one with different names.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter millions of years, at the time of cosmic annihilation, when\neverything, manifested and unmanifested, is annihilated by the\nforce of time, the five gross elements enter into the subtle conception, and the manifested categories enter into the unmanifested\nsubstance. At that time, You alone remain, and You are known as\nAnanta Se�ja-niga.\nPURPORT\n\nAt the time of annihilation, the five gross elements-earth, water,\n\nfire, air and ether-enter into the mind, intelligence and false ego\n\n(ahankara), and the entire cosmic manifestation enters into the spiritual\n\nenergy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who alone remains as the\norigin of everything. The Lord is therefore known as Se�a-naga, as Adi­\n\npuru�a and by many other names.\n\nDevaki therefore prayed, \"After many millions of years, when Lord\n\nBrahma comes to the end of his life, the annihilation of the cosmic\n\nmanifestation takes place. At that time the five elements-namely earth,\n\nwater, fire, air and ether-enter into the mahat-tattva. The mahat-tattva\n\nagain enters, by the force of time, into the nonmanifested total material\nenergy; the total material energy enters into the energetic pradhdna, and\n\nthe pradhana enters into You. Therefore after the annihilation of the\n\nwhole cosmic manifestation, You alone remain with Your transcendental\n\nname, form, quality and paraphernalia.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0266": "238\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\n\"My Lord, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You because You are\nthe director of the unmanifested total energy, and the ultimate reservoir\nof the material nature. My Lord, the whole cosmic manifestation is under\nthe influence of time, beginning from the moment up to the duration of\nthe year. All act under Your direction. You are the original director of\neverything and the reservoir of all potent energies.\"\nTEXT 26\n\n�st{ ���(ij� �Sott'fil\"�\n\n�!1'1f�� ir.f � I\n'1'41��\n�..ffl\n41&.•�·�('\n�\n� �� � m ����II\n\"'\n\nyo 'yarh kalas tasya te 'vyakta-bandho\nce�tam ahu§ ce�tate yena viSvam\nnime�adir vatsaranto mahiyarhs\ntarh tvesanarh �ema-dhama prapadye\nya�-that which; ayam-this; kdla�-time (minutes, hours, seconds); tasya-of Him; te-o£ You; avyakta-bandho-0 my Lord, You\nare the inaugurator of the unmanifested (the original mahat-tattva or\nprakrti); ce�tam-attempt or pastimes; ahu�-it is said; ce�tateworks; yena-by which; vi.Svam-the entire creation; nime�a-adi�beginning with minute parts of time; vatsara.anta�-up to the limit of a\nyear; mahiyan-powerful; tam-unto Your Lordship; tva iSanamunto You, the supreme controller; �ema-dhama-the reservoir of all\nauspiciousness; prapadye-l offer full surrender.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 inaugurator of the material energy, this wonderful creation\n\nworks under the control of powerful time, which is divided into\n\nseconds, minutes, hours and years. This element of time, which\nextends for many millions of years, is but another form of Lord\n\nVifl}u. For Your pastimes, You act as the controller of time, but\n\n", "SB10.1#p0267": "Text 26]\n\nThe Birth of Lord 1\\.fl}r;ta\n\n239\n\nYou are the reservoir of all good fortune. Let me offer my full\nsurrender unto Your Lordship.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the Brahma-samhita (5.52):\n\nyac-cak$ur e$a savita sakala-grahar,uiril\nraja samasta-sura-murtir a.Se$a-teja�\nyasyajiiaya bhramati sambhrta-kala-cakro\ngovindam adi-purU$aril tam aham bhajami\n\"The sun is the king of all planetary systems and has unlimited potency\nin heat and light. I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, under whose control even the sun, which is considered to be the eye of the Lord, rotates within the fixed orbit of eternal\ntime.\" Although we see the cosmic manifestation as gigantic and wonderful, it is within the limitations of kala, the time factor. This time factor is\nalso controlled by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gita (mayadhyak$er:w prakrti� suyate sa-cardcaram). Prakrti, the cosmic manifestation, is under the control of time. Indeed,\neverything is under the control of time, and time is controlled by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore the Supreme Lord has no\nfear of ihe onslaughts of time. Time is estimated according to the movements of the sun (savita). Every minute, every second, every day, every\nnight, every month and every year of time can be calculated according to\nthe sun's movements. But the sun is not independent, for it is under\ntime's control. Bhramati sambhrta-kala-cakra�: the sun moves within\nthe kala-cakra, the orbit of time. The sun is under the control of time,\nand time is controlled by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore\nthe Lord has no fear of time.\nThe Lord is addressed here as avyakta-bandhu, or the inaugurator of\nthe movements of the entire cosmic manifestation. Sometimes the cosmic\nmanifestation is compared to a potter's wheel. When a potter's wheel is\nspinning, who has set it in motion? It is the potter, of course, although\nsometimes we can see only the motion of the wheel and cannot see the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0268": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n240\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\npotter himself. Therefore the Lord, who is behind the motion of the cosmos, is called avyakta-bandhu. Everything is within the limits of time,\nbut time moves under the direction of the Lord, who is therefore not\nwithin time's limit.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�� ����.mr: qettt'l\n�.£..:\n�� �����+i� ;n\n.._\n\n•\n\n�*ql�i�\n\n�:\n\n\"�\"�\"�-•�s\n\nma;r ttt'4§f41Q\n\n�\n\n��� 11�\\911\n\nmartyo mrtyu-vyala-bhnatt palayan\nlokan sarvan nirbhayarh. nddhyagacchat\ntvat-paddbjarh. prapya yadrcchayadya\nsusthatt sete mrtyur asmad apaiti\nmartyatt-the living entities who are sure to die; mrtyu-vyalabh itatt-afraid of the serpent of death; palayan-running (as soon as a\n\nserpent is seen, everyone runs away, fearing immediate death ) ; lokanto the different planets; sarvan-all; nirbhayam-fearlessness;\n\nna\n\nadhyagacchat-do not obtain; tvat-pada-abjam-of Your lotus feet;\nprapya-obtaining the shelter; yadrcchaya-by chance, by the mercy of\nYour Lordship and Your representative, the spiritual master {guru-krpa,\n\nkmw-krpa); adya-presently; su -sthatt-being undisturbed and mentally composed; sete-are sleeping; m rtyutt-death; asmat-from those\npersons; apaiti-Hees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNo one in this material world has become free from the four\n\nprinciples birth, death, old age and disease, even by fleeing to\n\nvarious planets. But now that You have appeared, My Lord, death is\n\nfleeing in fear of You, and the living entities, having obtained\nshelter at Your lotus feet by Your mercy, are sleeping in full\n\nmental peace.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0269": "Text 27)\n\nThe Birth of Lord �'�a\n\n241\n\nPURPORT\nThere are different categories of living entities, but everyone is afraid\nof death. The highest aim of the karmis is to be promoted to the higher,\nheavenly planets, where the duration of life is very long. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gita (8.17), sahasra-yuga-paryantam ahar yad brahmar;w\nvidu/:1,: one day of Brahma equals 1,000 yugas, and each yuga consists of\n4,300,000 years. Similarly, Brahma has a night of 1,000 times 4,300,000\nyears. In this way, we may calculate Brahma's month and year, but even\nBrahma, who lives for millions and millions of years\n\n(dvi-parardhakdla), also must die. According to Vedic sastra, the inhabitants of the\nhigher planetary systems live for 10,000 years, and just as Brahma's day\nis calculated to equal 4,300,000,000 of our years, one day in the higher\nplanetary systems equals six of our months. Karmis, therefore, try for\npromotion to the higher planetary systems, but this cannot free them\nfrom death. In this material world, everyone from Brahma to the insignificant ant must die. Therefore this world is called martya-loka. As\nKr!?J;la says in Bhagavad-gita (8.16), abrahma-bhuvanal lokd/:1, punar\navartino 'rjuna: as long as one is within this material world, either on\nBrahmaloka or on any other loka within this universe, one must undergo\nthe kdla-cakra of one life after another (bhatva bhatva praliyate). But if\none returns to the Supreme Personality of Godhead (yad gatva na\nnivartante), one need not reenter the limits of time. Therefore, devotees\nwho have taken shelter of the lotus feet of the Supreme Lord can sleep\nvery peacefully with this assurance from the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (4.9), tyaktva deham punar\n\njanma naiti: after giving up the present body, a devotee who has understood Kr!?I;la as He is need not return to this material world.\nThe constitutional position for the living entity is eternity (na hanyate\nhanyamane sarire, nitya/:1, sasvato yam). Every living entity is eternal.\nBut because of having fallen into this material world, one wanders\nwithin the universe, continually changing from one body to another.\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu says:\n\nbrahmar:u;la bhramite kona bhagyavan jiva\nguru-kmta prasade paya bhakti-lata-bija\n(Cc. Madhya 19.151)\n\n", "SB10.1#p0270": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n242\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nEveryone is wandering up and down within this universe, but one who is\nsufficiently fortunate comes in contact with l<r�I;ta consciousness, by the\nmercy of the spiritual master, and takes to the path of devotional service.\nThen one is assured of eternal life, with no fear of death. When l<r�I;ta\nappears, everyone is freed from fear of death, yet Devaki felt, \"We are\nstill afraid of Kamsa, although You have appeared as our son.\" She was\nmore or less bewildered as to why this should be so, and she appealed to\nthe Lord to free her and Vasudeva from this fear.\nIn this connection, it may be noted that the moon is one of the\nheavenly planets. From the Vedic literature we understand that one who\ngoes to the moon receives a life with a duration of ten thousand years in\nwhich to enjoy the fruits of pious activities. If our so-called scientists are\ngoing to the moon, why should they come back here? We must conclude\nwithout a doubt that they have never gone to the moon. To go to the\nmoon, one must have the qualification of pious activities. Then one may\ngo there and live. If one has gone to the moon, why should he return to\nthis planet, where life is of a very short duration?\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�\n\n'\nqH1§}4ij�k¥4\\JIIiil� � 4!�ttN'II('{�W I\n\n�er.\n\n��&lf��\n� � +4i('{t�li �: ����II\nsa tvam ghorad ugrasendtmajan nas\ntrahi trastan bhrtya-vitrasa-hasi\nrupam cedam paur�am dhyana-dh�TJyam\nrna pratya�am mamsa-drsam kr�i§!ha/:l\n\nsa/:1,-Your Lordship; tvam-You; ghordt-terribly fierce; ugrasenaatmajat-from the\n\nson of Ugrasena; na/:1,-us; trahi-kindly protect;\n\ntrastan-who are very much afraid (of him); bhrtya-vitrasa-ha asiYou are naturally the destroyer of the fear of Your servants; rapam-in\nYour Vi�I;tU form; ca-also; idam-this; pau�am-as the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; dhyana-dh�TJyam-who is appreciated by\n\n", "SB10.1#p0271": "Text 28]\n\nThe Birth of Lord :Kf'il}.a\n\n243\n\nmeditation; md-not; p ratya�am-directly visible; mdmsa-drsam-to\nthose who see with their material eyes; kr$�1M�-please be.\nTRANSLATION\nMy Lord, because You dispell all the fear of Your devotees, I request You to save us and give us protection from the terrible fear\nof Kalhsa. Your form as Vilji}.U, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is appreciated by yogis in meditation. Please make this form\ninvisible to those who see with material eyes.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word dhyana-dh�r;tyam is significant in this verse because the\nform of Lord Vi�1,1u is meditated upon by yogis (dhyanavasthita-tad­\n\ngatena manasa pa§yanti yam yogina�). Devaki requested the Lord, who\nhad appeared as Vi�1,1u, to conceal that form, for she wanted to see the\nLord as an ordinary child, like a child appreciated by persons who have\nmaterial eyes. Devaki wanted to see whether the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead had factually appeared or she was dreaming the Vi�I,lU form. If\nKamsa were to come, she thought, upon seeing the Vi�1,1u form he would\nimmediately kill the child, but if he saw a human child, he might reconsider. Devaki was afraid of Ugrasena-atmaja; that is, she was afraid not\nof Ugrasena and his men, but of the son of Ugrasena. Thus she requested\nthe Lord to dissipate that fear, since He is always ready to give protection\n\n(abhayam) to His devotees. \"My Lord,\" she prayed, \"I request You to\nsave me from the cruel hands of the son of Ugrasena, Kamsa. I am praying to Your Lordship to please rescue me from this fearful condition because You are always ready to give protection to Your servitors.\" The\nLord has confirmed this statement in the Bhagavad-gita by assuring\nArjuna, \"You may declare to the world, My devotee shall never be\nvanquished.\"\nWhile thus praying to the Lord for rescue, mother Devaki expressed\nher motherly affection: \"I understand that this transcendental form is\ngenerally perceived in meditation by the great sages, but I am still afraid\nbecause as soon as Kamsa understands that You have appeared, he might\nharm You. So I request that for the time being You become invisible to\n\n", "SB10.1#p0272": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n244\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nour material eyes.\" In other words, she requested the Lord to assume the\nform of an ordinary child. \"My only cause of fear from my brother\nKamsa is due to Your appearance. My Lord Madhusiidana, Kamsa may\nknow that You are already horn. Therefore I request You to conceal this\nfour-armed form of Your Lordship, which holds the four symbols of\nVi�r;m-namely the conchshell, the disc, the club and the lotus flower.\nMy dear Lord, at the end of the annihilation of the cosmic manifestation,\nYou put the whole universe within Your abdomen; still, by Your\nunalloyed mercy, You have appeared in my womb. I am surprised that\nYou imitate the activities of ordinary human beings just to please Your\ndevotee.\"\nDevaki was so afraid of Kamsa that she could not believe that Karilsa\nwould he unable to kill Lord Vi�J}.u, who was personally present. Out of\nmotherly affection, therefore, she requested the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead to disappear. Although because of the Lord's disappearance\nKamsa would harass her more and more, thinking that the child horn of\nher was hidden somewhere, she did not want the transcendental child to\nhe harassed and killed. Therefore she requested Lord Vi�J}.u to disappear.\nLater, when harassed, she would think of Him within her mind.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n�ij�qm�,·��,\nsmD'da\n�: �: ������\njanma te mayy asau papo\nma vidyan madhusadana\n\nsamudvije bhavad-dhetob,\nkamsad aham adhira-dhib,\njanma-the birth; te-o£ Your Lordship; mayi-in my (womb);\nasau-that Kamsa; pdpab,-extremely sinful; md vidyat-may he unable to understand; madhusildana-0 Madhusiidana; samudvije-1 am\n\nfull of anxiety; bhavat he tob,-because of Your appearance; kamsdt-\n\nhecause of Kamsa, with whom I have had such had experience; aham1; adhira-dhib,-have become more and more anxious.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0273": "The Birth of Lord �l}a\n\nText 30]\n\n245\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Madhusudana, because of Your appearance, I am becoming\nmore and more anxious in fear of Karllsa. Therefore, please arrange for that sinful K.amsa to be unable to understand that You\nhave taken birth from my womb.\nPURPORT\nDevaki addressed the Supreme Personality of Godhead as Madhusudana. She was aware that the Lord had killed many demons like\nMadhu who were hundreds and thousands of times more powerful than\nKarhsa, yet because of affection for the transcendental child, she believed\nthat Kamsa could kill Him. Instead of thinking of the unlimited power of\nthe Lord, she thought of the Lord with affection, and therefore she requested the transcendental child to disappear.\nTEXT 30\n•\n\n'3q\n'\"\"'Q ((\n....\n\n\"'\n\nt:::.\n\n1q:Qkfl'it�l\n\n....,....,._...,,...a:Q\n\n��oqtf141�N«<i�\n\n��\n�qf(�t���\nI\n�\n�� ���II� oil\n•\n\nupasamhara viSviitmann\nado rupam alaukikam\nsankha-cakra-gadd-padmasriya i�!am catur-bhujam\nupasamhara-withdraw; vi.Svatman-0 all-pervading Supreme Personality of Godhead; ada�-that; rupam-form; alaukikam-which is\nunnatural in this world; sankha-cakra-gadd-padma-of the conchshell,\ndisc, club and lotus; sriya-with these opulences; j��a-m-decorated;\n\ncatu�-bhujam-four hands.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 my Lord, You are the all-pervading Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and Your transcendental four-armed form, holding\nconchshell, disc, club and lotus, is unnatural for this world. Please\n\n", "SB10.1#p0274": "[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n246\n\nwithdraw this form [and become just like a natural human child so\n\nthat I may try to hide You somewhere].\nPURPORT\n\nDevaki was thinking of hiding the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nand not handing Him over to Kamsa as she had all her previous children.\nAlthough Vasudeva had promised to hand over every child to Kamsa,\nthis time he wanted to break his promise and hide the child somewhere.\nBut because of the Lord's appearance in this surprising four-armed\nform, He would be impossible to hide.\nTEXT 31\n\nft� � � Pt�11 �\n..\n\n.\n\n�rr.:�l��'lfilm\n:tl\n\n��:\n\n'\"'\n\n1RT\n\n��I\n\n�m����� �� ffi� f{ ffil_ II�� II\nviSvarh yad etat sva-tanau niSante\nyathavakaSam pu�ab- paro bhavan\nbibharti so 'yam mama garbhago 'bhad\naho nr-lokasya vU;lambanam hi tat\nviSvam-the entire cosmic manifestation; yat etat-containing all\nmoving and nonmoving creations;\n\nsva-tanau-within Your body;\n\nniSa-ante-at the time of devastation; yatha-avakasam-shelter in\nYour body without difficulty; purz�ab,-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; parab,-transcendental; bhavan-Your Lordship; bibhartikeep; sab,-that (Supreme Personality of Godhead); ayam-this form;\nmama-my; garbha-gab,-came within my womb; abhat-it so happened; aho-alas; nr-lokasya-within this material world of living entities; vU;lambanam-it is impossible to think of; hi-indeed; tat-that\n(kind of conception).\nTRANSLATION\nAt the time of devastation, the entire cosmos, containing all cre­\n\nated moving and nonmoving entities, enters Your transcendental\n\n", "SB10.1#p0275": "The Birth of Lord �lfJ;l&\n\nText 31]\n\n.\n\n247\n\nbody and is held there without difficulty. But now this transcendental form has taken birth from my womb. People will not be\nable to believe this, and I shall become an object of ridicule.\nPURPORT\n\nAs explained in Caitanya-caritamrta, loving service to the Personality\n\nof Godhead is of two different kinds: aiSvarya-purr,w, full of opulence,\n\nand aiSvarya-sithila, without opulence. Real love of Godhead begins with\naiSvarya-sithila, simply on the basis of pure love.\n\npremafijana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nsantab- sadaiva hrdaye$u vilokayanti\nyam syamasundaram acintya-gur,w-svaruparil\ngovindam adi-pu�aril tam aham bhajami\n(Brahma-samhita 5.38)\nPure devotees, whose eyes are anointed with the ointment of premd,\n\nlove, want to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead as Syamasundara,\n\nMuralidhara, with a flute swaying in His two hands. This is the form\navailable to the inhabitants of V:rndavana, who are all in love with the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead as Syamasundara, not as Lord Vi�I)u,\n\nNarayal).a, who is worshiped in Vaikul).tha, where the devotees admire\n\nHis opulence. Although Devaki is not on the V:rndavana platform, she is\n\nnear the V:rndavana platform. On the V:rndavana platform the mother of\nl(:r�I).a is mother Yasoda, and on the Mathurii a�d Dvaraka platform the\n\nmother of K:r�I).a is Devaki. In Mathura and Dvaraka the love for the\n\nLord is mixed with appreciation of His opulence, but in V:rndavana the\nopulence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is not exhibited.\n\nThere are five stages of loving service to the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead\n\n-\n\nsan ta, da.sya, sakhya, vatsalya and madhurya. Devaki is on\n\nthe platform of vatsalya. She wanted to deal with her eternal son, l(:r�I).a,\n\nin that stage of love, and therefore she wanted the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead to withdraw His opulent form of Vi�I).u. Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti 'fhakura illuminates this fact very clearly in his explanation\nof this verse.\n\nBhakti, bhagavan and bhakta do not belong to the material world.\n\nThis is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (14.26):\n\n", "SB10.1#p0276": "248\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nmam ca yo 'vyabhicarer;ta\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gur;tan samatityaitan\nbrahma-bhayaya kalpate\n\"One who engages in the spiritual activities of unalloyed devotional ser­\n\nvice immediately transcends the modes of material nature and is elevated\n\nto the spiritual platform.\" From the very beginning of one's transactions\n\nin bhakti, one is situated on the transcendental platform. Vasudeva and\nDevaki, therefore, being situated in a completely pure devotional state,\n\nare beyond this material world and are not subject to material fear. In the\n\ntranscendental world, however, because of pure devotion, there is a simi­\n\nlar conception of fear, which is due to intense love.\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (bhaktya mam abhijanati yavan ya.S casmi\n\ntattvataM and as confirmed in Srimad-Bhagavatam (bhaktyaham ekaya\ngrahya/:1,), without bhakti one cannot understand the spiritual situation\nof the Lord. Bhakti may be considered in three stages, called gur;ti-bhata,\npradhani-bhata and kevala, and according to these stages there are three\ndivisions, which are called jiidna, jiidnamay'i and rati, or premd-that is,\n\nsimple knowledge, love mixed with knowledge, and pure love. By simple\n\nknowledge, one can perceive transcendental bliss without variety. This\nperception is called\n\nmana-bhati. When one comes to the stage of\n\njiidnamay'i, one realizes the transcendental opulences of the Personality\n\nof Godhead. But when one reaches pure love, one realizes the transcen­\n\ndental form of the Lord as Lord Kr!?f;ia or Lord Rama. This is what is\n\nwanted. Especially in the madhurya-rasa, one becomes attached to the\nPersonality of Godhead (sr'i-vigraha-n�tha-rapcldi). Then loving trans­\n\nactions between the Lord and the devotee begin.\n\nThe special significance of Kr!?�;ia's bearing a flute in His hands in Vra­\n\njabhiimi, V:rndavana, is described as madhuri ...virajate. The form of\nthe Lord with a flute in His hands is most attractive, and the one who is\n\nmost sublimely attracted is Srimati Radhara1;1i, Radhika. She enjoys\nsupremely blissful association with Kr!?f;la. Sometimes people cannot\n\nunderstand\n\nwhy Radhika's name is not mentioned in SrimadBhagavatam. Actually, however, Radhika can be understood from the\nword arcldhana, which indicates that She enjoys the highest loving\naffairs with Kr!?f;ia.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0277": "249\n\nThe Birth of Lord Kr•�a\n\nText 32]\n\nNot wanting to be ridiculed for having given birth to Vi,J,lu, Devaki\nwanted �'1,1a, with two hands, and therefore she requested the Lord to\nchange His form.\nTEXT 32\n\n���R\n-�\n\n<:'\n\n\"\n\n�..,.;.\n\n\"\n\n�+i!:t \\Cffiif�: 'lf�: �·'f.i·�'i � I\n�\n\n� �T\n\n;nq Sf:stlqRt«i(!+t'1 : II�' II\n\nsri-bhagavan uvdca\ntvam eva purva-sarge 'bhub,\nprsnib, svayambhuve sati\ntadayam sutapa nama\nprajapatir akalm�ab,\nsri-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said to\nDevaki; tvam-you; eva-indeed; purva-sarge-in a previous millennium; abhab,-became; prsnib,-by the name P:rsni; svayambhuve-the\nmillennium of Svayambhuva Manu; sati-0 supremely chaste; tadd-at\nthat time; ayam-Vasudeva; sutapd-Sutapli; nama-by the name;\nprajapatib,-a Prajapati; akal�ab,-a spotlessly pious person.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead replied: My dear mother,\nbest of the chaste, in your previous birth, in the Sviyambhuva\nmillennium, you were known as P:rsni, and Vasudeva, who was the\nmost pious Prajipati, was named Sutapi.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead made it clear that Devaki had\nnot become His mother only now; rather, she had been His mother previously also. �,J,la is eternal, and His selection of a father and mother\nfrom among His devotees takes place eternally. Previously also, Devaki\nhad been the Lord's mother and Vasudeva the Lord's father, and they\nwere named P:rsni and Sutapa. When the Supreme Personality of Godhead appears, He accepts His eternal father and mother, and they accept\n\n", "SB10.1#p0278": "[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n250\n\n.Kr�Qa as their son. This pastime takes place eternally and is therefore\ncalled nitya-lila. Thus there was no cause for surprise or ridicule. As\nconfirmed by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gitd (4.9):\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevam yo vetti tattvata�\ntyaktva deham punar janma\nnaiti miim eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" One should try to\nunderstand the appearance and disappearance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead from Vedic authorities, not from imagination. One\nwho follows his imaginations about the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nis condemned.\n\navajananti mam mW)ha\nmiinU$irh tanum asritam\nparam bhavam ajananto\nmama bhata-mahesvaram\n(Bg. 9.11)\n\nThe Lord appears as the son of His devotee by His param bhavam. The\nword bhava refers to the stage of pure love, which has nothing to do with\nmaterial transactions.\nTEXT 33\n\n�\nI\n�Pnr�.!i.l!'\nst:::il«•• � �:\nSi�iiii;.ns.IISii: � m (fq: II��II\n.�\n\n'\"\"{'\n\nyuvam vai brahma1Jiid�1au\npraja-sarge yada tata�\nsanniyamyendriya-gramam\ntepathe paramam tapa�\nyuvam-both of you (P:rsni and Sutapa); vai indeed; brahmar;ul\ndd�1au-ordered by Lord Brahma (who is known as Pitamaha, the\n-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0279": "Text 33]\n\nThe Birth of Lord Kf11�a\n\n251\n\nfather of the Prajilpatis); praja-sarge-in the creation of progeny;\nyadtl-when; tatab.-thereafter; sanniyamya-keeping under full control; indriya-gramam-the senses; tepathe-underwent; paramamvery great; tapab.-austerity.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen both of you were ordered by Lord Brahmi to create progeny, you first underwent severe austerities by controlling your\nsenses.\nPURPORT\n\nHere is an instruction about how to use one's senses to create progeny.\nAccording to Vedic principles, before creating progeny one must fully\ncontrol the senses. This control takes place through the garbhadhana­\n\nsarilskara. In India there is great agitation for birth control in various\nmechanical ways, but birth cannot be mechanically controlled. As stated\nin Bhagavad-gita\n\n(13.9), janma-mrtyu-jara-vyadhi-dub.kha-do$iinu­\n\ndarsanam: birth, death, old age and disease are certainly the primary\ndistresses of the material world. People are trying to control birth, but\nthey are not able to control death; and if one cannot control death, one\ncannot control birth either. In other words, artificially controlling birth is\nnot any more feasible than artificially controlling death.\nAccording to Vedic civilization, procreation should not be contrary to\nreligious principles, and then the birthrate will be controlled. As stated\nin Bhagavad-gita (7 .11), dharmaviruddho bhate$U kamo 'smi: sex not\ncontrary to religious principles is a representation of the Supreme Lord.\nPeople should be educated in how to give birth to good children through\n\nsarilskaras, beginning with the garbhadhana-sarilskara; birth should not\nbe controlled by artificial means, for this will lead to a civilization of\n\nanimals. If one follows religious principles, he automatically practices\nbirth control because if one is spiritually educated he knows that the\naftereffects of sex are various types of misery (bahu-dub.kha-bh4ja).\nOne who is spiritually advanced does not indulge in uncontrolled sex.\nTherefore, instead of being forced to refrain from sex or refrain from\ngiving birth to many children, people should be spiritually educated, and\nthen birth control will automatically follow.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0280": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n252\n\n[Canto 10, Cb. 3\n\nIf one is determined to make spiritual advancement, he will not beget\n\na child unless able to make that child a devotee. As stated in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam\n\n(5.5.18), pita na sa sydt: one should not become a father\n\nunless one is able to protect his child from mrtyu, the path of birth and\ndeath. But where is there education about this? A responsible father\nnever begets children like cats and dogs. Instead of being encouraged to\nadopt artificial means of birth control, people should be educated in\n\"Kr�:Q.a consciousness because only then will they understand their responsibility to their children. If one can beget children who will be\ndevotees and be taught to turn aside from the path of birth and death\n\n(mrtyu-samsdra-vartmani), there is no need of birth control. Rather, one\n\nshould be encouraged to beget children. Artificial means of birth control\nhave no value. Whether one begets children or does not, a population of\nmen who are like cats and dogs will never make human society happy. It\nis therefore necessary for people to be educated spiritually so that instead\nof begetting children like cats and dogs, they will undergo austerities to\nproduce devotees. This will make their lives successful.\n\nTEXTS 34-35\n('\n\n('\n\n�\nCf'f�l<:tqfu+tq¥41lfii�!JI1f�\n�\n\n\"\"\"\n_,('t�l'ft'l¥41\"fl\n\nI\n�\n����:\n\"'\n·q �._,�� '11\"11wt 1..<:t'l'il¥4�I II� 'd II\n\n�fiofqottM�I(l(liq�u--6'i\n�I\n�: ��'Jq:r;:m �l(���: ���'-\\11\nvar�a-vdtdtapa-hima­\n\ngharma-kala-guT,Uin anu\n\nsahamdnau svdsa-rodha­\n\nvinirdhata-mano-malau\n\nsin;ta-parT,Uinilaharav\nupa§antena cetasd\n\nmatta� kaman abhipsantau\nmad-arddhanam ihatu�\n\nm�-the rain; vdta-strong wind; dtapa-strong sunshine; hima­\n\nsevere cold; gharma-heat; kala-guT,Uin anu-according to seasonal\n\n", "SB10.1#p0281": "Text 35]\n\nThe Birth of Lord �lill,la\n\n253\n\nchanges; sahamanau-by enduring; svasa-rodha-by practicing yoga,\ncontrolling the breath; vinirdhata-the dirty things accumulated in the\nmind were completely washed away; mana�-malau-the mind became\nclean, free from material contamination; si71W-rejected, dry; pa71Wleaves from the trees; anila-and air; aharau-eating; upa5antenapeaceful; cetasa-with a fully controlled mind; matta�-from Me;\nkaman abhipsantau-desiring to beg some benediction; mat-My;\naradhanam-worship; ihatu�-you both executed.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear father and mother, you endured rain, wind, strong sun,\nscorching heat and severe cold, suffering all sorts of inconvenience according to different seasons. By practicing pril,liyima to\ncontrol the air within the body through yoga, and by eating only\nair and dry leaves fallen from the trees, you cleansed from your\nminds all dirty things. In this way, desiring a benediction from Me,\nyou worshiped Me with peaceful minds.\nPURPORT\n\nVasudeva and Devaki did not obtain the Supreme Personality of Godhead as their son very easily, nor does the Supreme Godhead accept\nmerely anyone as His father and mother. Here we can see how Vasudeva\nand Devaki obtained K:r�Qa as their eternal son. In our own lives, we are\nmeant to follow the principles indicated herewith for getting good\nchildren. Of course, it is not possible for everyone to get K:r�Qa as his son,\nhut at least one can get very good sons and daughters for the benefit of\nhuman society. In Bhagavad-gita it is said that if human beings do not\nfollow the spiritual way of life, there will he an increase of va11Ulsarikara population, population begotten like cats and dogs, and the entire world will become like hell. Not practicing K:r�Qa consciousness hut\nsimply encouraging artificial means to check the population will he\nfutile; the population will increase, and it will consist of va71W-sarikara,\nunwanted progeny. It is better to teach people how to beget children not\nlike hogs and dogs, hut in controlled life.\nHuman life is meant not for becoming a hog or dog, hut for tapo\ndivyam, transcendental austerity. Everyone should he taught to undergo\n\n", "SB10.1#p0282": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n254\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nausterity, tapasya. Although it may not he possible to undergo tapasya\nlike that of Pfsni and Sutapa, the §astra has given an opportunity for a\nmethod of tapasya very easy to perform-the sarikirtana movement.\nOne cannot expect to undergo tapasya to get Kt�Q.a as one's child, yet\n\nmahd-mantra (kirtanad eva\nkmwsya), one can become so pure that one becomes free from all the\ncontamination of this material world (mukta-sangaM and goes hack\nhome, hack to Godhead (param vrajet). The Kt�Q.a consciousness move­\n\nsimply by chanting the Hare Kt�Q.a\n\nment, therefore, is teaching people not to adopt artificial means of happiness, hut to take the real path of happiness as prescribed in the §astrathe chanting of the Hare Kt�Q.a mantra-and become perfect in every\naspect of material existence.\nTEXT 36\n•\n\n�\n�\n\nevam vam tapyatos tivram\ntapa/:t parama-d�karam\ndivya-var$a-sahasrar;ti\ndviidaSeyur mad-atmano/:t\ntapyato/:t-executing\ntapa /:t-austerity; parama-d�karam-extremely difficult to execute; divya-var$a-celestial years, or\nyears counted according to the higher planetary system; sahasrdr;tithousand; dvdda5a-twelve; iyu /:t-passed; mat dtmano/:t-simply\nevam-in this way; vam-for both of you;\n\nausterities;\n\ntivram-very severe;\n\n-\n\nengaged in consciousness of Me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus you spent twelve thousand celestial year• perform­\n\ning difficult activities of tapuya in consciousness of Me [K:rtl}a\nconsciousness].\n\nTEXTS 37-38\n\n�� �\n\n��S(+UJwtT cr�ir I\n����=ill���: 11�\\911\n\n", "SB10.1#p0283": "Text 38]\n\nThe Birth of Lord �11t:ta\n\"\"\n\n.\nnT\n\n255\n\n\"\n\nft1'7Y\nt��m ��: �qm,�a:ffi��'\"' 1\nsn�R1\n� � � �) qt �: wr: ������\n....\n\ntada vam parit�to 'ham\namunii vap�anaghe\ntapasii sraddhaya nityam\nbhaktya ca hrdi bhiivita/:l\npraduriisam varada-rtuJ,\nyuvayo/:l kiima-ditsaya\nvriyatiim vara ity ukte\nmiidrso vam vrta/:l suta/:l\ntadd-then (after the expiry of twelve thousand celestial years);\nviim-with both of you; parit�ta/:l aham-I was very much satisfied;\namuna-by this; vap�a-in this form as .K.t�l).a; anaghe-0 My dear\nsinless mother; tapasa-by austerity; sraddhaya-by faith; nityamconstantly (engaged); bhaktya-by devotional service; ca-as well as;\nhrdi-within the core of the heart; bhiivita/:l-fixed (in determination);\npriiduriisam-appeared before you (in the same way); vara-da-rat-the\nbest of all who can bestow benedictions; yuvayo/:l-of both of you;\nkiima-ditsayii-wishing to fulfill the desire; vriyatiim-asked you to\nopen your minds; vara/:l-for a benediction; iti ukte-when you were requested in this way; miidrsa/:l-exactly like Me; viim-of both of you;\nvrta/J-was asked; suta/:l-as Your son (you wanted a son exactly like\nMe).\nTRANSLATION\n0 sinless mother Devaki, after the expiry of twelve thousand\ncelestial years, in which you constantly contemplated Me within\nthe core of your heart with great faith, devotion and austerity, I\nwas very much satisfied with you. Since I am the best of all\nbestowers of benediction, I appeared in this same form as �ft:'B to\nask you to take from Me the benediction you desired. You then expressed your desire to have a son exactly like Me.\nPURPORT\n\nTwelve thousand years on the celestial planets is not a very long time\nfor those who live in the upper planetary system, although it may be very\n\n", "SB10.1#p0284": "256\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Cb. 3\n\nlong for those who live on this planet. Sutapa was the son of Brahma, and\n\nas we have already understood from Bhagavad-gita (8.17), one day of\n\nBrahma equals many millions of years according to our calculation\n\n(sahasra-yuga-paryantam ahar yad brahmar:w vidub,). We should be\n\ncareful to understand that to get .Kr�:Q.a as one's son, one must undergo\n\nsuch great austerities. If we want to get the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead to become one of us in this material world, this requires great\n\npenance, but if we want to go back to .Kr�:Q.a (tyaktvii deham punar\n\njanma naiti miim eti so 'rjuna), we need only understand Him and love\n\nHim. Through love only, we can very easily go back home, back to Godhead. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu therefore ,declared, premii pum-artho\n\nmahan: love of Godhead is the highest achievement for anyone.\n\nAs we have explained, in worship of the Lord there are three stages­\n\njfiiina, jnanamayi and rati, or love. Sutapa and his wife, Prsni, in­\n\naugurated their devotional activities on the basis of full knowledge.\n\nGradually they developed love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nand when this love was mature, the Lord appeared as Vi�:Q.u, although\nDevaki then requested Him to assume the form of .Kr�:Q.a. To love the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead more, we want a form of the Lord like\n\nK{�:Q.a or Rama. We can engage in loving transactions with .Kr�Qa\n\nespecially.\n\nIn this age, we are all fallen, but the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nhas appeared as Caitanya Mahaprabhu to bestow upon us love of Godhead\ndirectly. This was appreciated by the associates of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Riipa Gosvami said:\n\nnamo maha-vadanyaya\nkmuz-prema-pradaya te\nkr$1Jiiya kmw-caitanyanamne gaura-tvi$e nafflfl/:t\nIn this verse, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is described as maha-vadanya,\n\nthe most munificent of charitable persons, because He gives .Kr�Qa so\n\neasily that one can attain .Kr�Qa simply by chanting the Hare .Kr�:Q.a\n\nmaha-mantra. We should therefore take advantage of the benediction\n\ngiven by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and when by chanting the Hare\n\n.Kr�:Q.a mantra we are cleansed of all dirty things (ceto-darpar,w­\n\nmiirjanam), we shall be able to understand very easily that .Kr�:Q.a is the\n\n", "SB10.1#p0285": "257\n\nText 39]\n\nThe Birth of Lord Knl}.a\n\nonly object of love\n\n(kirtanad eva kr�r:msya mukta-sanga� pararh\n\nvrajet).\n\nTherefore, one need not undergo severe penances for many thousands\n\nof years; one need only learn how to love Kr!?I;la and be always engaged in\nHis service (sevonmukhe hi jihvadau svayam eva sphuraty\n\nadaM. Then\n\none can very easily go back home, back to Godhead. Instead of bringing\n\nthe Lord here for some material purpose, to have a son or whatever else,\n\nif we go back home, back to Godhead, our real relationship with the Lord\n\nis revealed, and we eternally engage in our eternal relationship. By\nchanting the Hare Kr!?I;la mantra, we gradually develop our eternal rela­\n\ntionship with the Supreme Person and thus attain the perfection called\n\nsvarupa-siddhi. We should take advantage of this benediction and go\n\nback home, back to Godhead. Srila Narottama dasa 'fhakura has\ntherefore sung, patita-pavana-hetu tava avatara: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nappeared as an incarnation to deliver all fallen souls like us and directly\n\nbestow upon us love of Godhead. We must take advantage of this great\nbenediction of the great Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 39\n\n3l����R4\"��� :q �I\n;r �� 1f �mrt G>\"\n'*\"!f4 \" l4\n¥t'r\"'\"''\n4 1 II�� II\n....\n\n....\n\naj�ta-gramya-v�ayav\nanapatyau ca dam-pati\nna vavrathe 'pavargarh me\nmohitau deva-mayaya\naj�ta-gramya-v�ayau-for sex life and to beget a child like Me;\n\nanapatyau-because of possessing no son; ca-also; dam-pan-both\n\nhusband and wife; na-never; vavrathe-asked for (any other benediction);\n\napavargam-liberation\n\nfrom\n\nthis\n\nworld;\n\nme-from\n\nMe;\n\nmohitau-being so much attracted; deva-mayaya-by transcendental\n\nlove for Me (desiring Me as your beloved son).\nTRANSLATION\n\nBeing husband and wife but always sonless, you were attracted\nby sexual desires, for by the influence of devamiyi, transcendental\n\n", "SB10.1#p0286": "258\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nlove, you wanted to have Me as your son. Therefore you never\n\ndesired to be liberated from this material world.\nPURPORT\n\nVasudeva and Devaki had been dam-pat'i, husband and wife, since the\n\ntime of Sutapa and P:rsni, and they wanted to remain husband and wife\nin order to have the Supreme Personality of Godhead as their son. This\n\nattachment came about by the influence of devamayii. Loving l(r�I).a as\none's son is a Vedic principle. Vasudeva and Devaki never desired any­\n\nthing but to have the Lord as their son, yet for this purpose they ap­\n\nparently wanted to live like ordinary grhasthas for sexual indulgence.\nAlthough this was a transaction of spiritual potency, their desire appears\n\nlike attachment for sex in conjugal life. If one wants to return home,\n\nback to Godhead, one must give up such desires. This is possible only\n\nwhen one develops intense love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has said:\n\nn4kiiicanasya bhagavad-bhajanonmukhasya\npiiram param jigam4or bhava-siigarasya\n(Cc. Madhya 11.8)\nIf one wants to go back home, back to Godhead, one must be n4kiiicana,\n\nfree from all material desires. Therefore, instead of desiring to have the\n\nLord come here and become one's son, one should desire to become free\n\nfrom all material desires\n\n(anyabhilii§ tii-sunyam) and go back home,\n\nback to Godhead. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu teaches us in His Sik:;d{;taka:\n\nna dhanam na janam na sundarim\nkavitiim vii jagad-iSa kiimaye\nmama janmani janmaniSvare\nbhavatiid bhaktir ahaituki tvayi\n\"0 almighty Lord, I have no desire to accumulate wealth, nor do I desire\n\nbeautiful women, nor do I want any number of followers. I only want\n\nYour causeless devotional service, birth after birth.\" One should not ask\n\nthe Lord to fulfill any materially tainted desires.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0287": "Text 41]\n\nThe Birth of Lord �,l}a\n\n259\n\nTEXT 40\n\n� � �tiT � � +ifflt!ii �� I\n�S\n��� �� SfiH¥4'11��� ll�oll\n�\n\n•\n\n•\n\n�\n\nftt'si'P'I'Ian�a\n\ngate mayi yuvam labdhva\nvaram mat-sadrsam sutam\ngramyan bhogan abhunjatham\nyuvam prapta-manorathau\ngate mayi-after My departure; yuvam-both of you (husband and\n\nwife); labdhva-after receiving; varam-the benediction of (having a\nson); mat-sadrsam-exactly like Me; sutam-a son; gramyan bhoganengagement in sex; abhunjatham-enjoyed; yuvam-both of you;\nprdpta-having been achieved; manorathau-the desired result of your\naspirations.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter you received that benediction and I disappeared, you\nengaged yourselves in sex to have a son like Me, and I fulfilled\nyour desire.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to the Sanskrit dictionary Amara-kosa, sex life is also called\ngramya-dharma, material desire, but in spiritual life this gramyadharma, the material desire for sex, is not very much appreciated. If one\n\nhas a tinge of attachment for the material enjoyments of eating, sleeping,\nmating and defending, one is not n�kiricana. But one really should be\nn�kincana. Therefore, one should be free from the desire to beget a\n\nchild like �,:r;ta by sexual enjoyment. This is indirectly hinted at in this\nverse.\nTEXT 41\n\n-31t-;--,;:q�a..;¥i � ��: � 1\n3Tt �m �� 'lf� �16 �: ������\n\n", "SB10.1#p0288": "260\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nadmvan yatamarh loke\nsilaudarya-guT;Uli� samam\naharh suto vam abhavarh\nprsnigarbha iti sruta�\nadmva-not finding; anyatamam-anyone else; loke-in this world;\n\nsila-audarya-guT;Uli�-with the transcendental 'qualities of good char­\n\nacter and magnanimity; samam-equal to you; aham-1; suta�-the\nson; vam-of both of you; abhavam-became; prsni-garbha�-celebrated as horn of Prsni; iti-thus; sruta�-1 am known.\nTRANSLATION\nSince I found no one else as highly elevated as you in simplicity\n\nand other qualities of good character, I appeared in this world as\n\nPt8nigarbha, or one who is celebrated as having taken birth from\nPtsni.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Tretii-yuga the Lord appeared as Prsnigarhha. Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti 'fhakura says, prsnigarbha iti so 'yam treta-yugavataro\nla�yate.\nTEXT 42\n\n� ��o:u�¥tR�uue eti� 1\n� � W(atmi) cWi;f���� �: ll'ci�ll\ntayor varh punar evaham\nadityam dsa kaSyapat\nupendra iti vikhyato\nvamanatvdc ca vamana�\ntayo�-of you two, husband and wife; vam-in both of you; puna�\n\neva-even again; aham-1 Myself; adityam-in the womb of Aditi;\n\ndsa-appeared; kaSyapat-by the semen of Kasyapa Muni; upendra�­\n\nby the name Upendra; iti-thus; vikhyata�-celebrated; vamanatvat\nca-and because of being a dwarf; vamana�-1 was known as Vamana.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0289": "261\n\nThe Birth of Lord Krfl!J.la\n\nText 43]\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the next millennium, I again appeared from the two of you,\nwho appeared as My mother, Aditi, and My father, KaSyapa. I was\nknown as Upendra, and because of being a dwarf, I was also known\nasVimana.\nTEXT 43\n\n���5{����1\n� �t��4��q � it � m ll'd� n\ntrtiye 'smin bhave 'ham vai\ntenaiva vapU$dtha vam\njato bhuyas tayor eva\nsatyam me vyahrtam sati\nt rtiye-for the third time; asmin bhave-in this appearance (as\n\nKr!?:t:ta); aham-I Myself; vai-indeed; tena-with the same personality; eva-in this way; vap�a -by the form; atha-as; vam-of\nboth of you; jata � -born; bhuya � -again; tayo� -of both of you;\neva-indeed;\n\nsatyam- take as truth;\n\nme- My;\n\nvyahrtam-words;\n\nsati-0 supremely chaste.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 supremely chaste mother, I, the same personality, have now\nappeared of you both as your son for the third time. Take My\nwords as the truth.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead chooses a mother and father\nfrom whom to take birth again and again. The Lord took birth originally\nfrom Sutapa and P:rsni, then from Kasyapa and Aditi, and again from the\nsame father and mother, Vasudeva and Devaki. \"In other appearances\nalso,\" the Lord said, \"I took the form of an ordinary child just to become\nyour son so that we could reciprocate eternal love.\" Jiva Gosvami has explained this verse in his Km,ta-sandarbha, Ninety-sixth Chapter, where\nhe notes that in text 37 the Lord says, amuna vap�a, meaning \"by this\n\nsame form.\" In other words, the Lord told Devaki, \"This time I have\n\n", "SB10.1#p0290": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n262\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nappeared in My original form as Sri ��?Qa.\" Srila }iva Gosvami says that\n\nthe other forms were partial expansions of the Lord's original form, but\n\nbecause of the intense love developed by P:rsni and Sutapa, the Lord ap­\n\npeared from Devaki and Vasudeva in His full opulence as Sri ��?Qa. In\n\nthis verse the Lord confirms, \"I am the same Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, but I appear in full opulence as Sri ��Qa.\" This is the purport\n\nof the words tenaiva vap�a. When the Lord mentioned the birth of\nP:rsnigarbha, He did not say tenaiva vap�a, but He assured Devaki that\n\nin the third birth the Supreme Personality of Godhead ��?Qa had ap­\n\npeared, not His partial expansion. P:rsnigarbha and Vamana were partial\n\nexpansions of �Tf1Qa,' but in this third birth ��Qa Himself appeared.\n\nThis is the explanation given in Sri Kmw.-sandarbha by Srila }iva\n\nGosviimi.\n\nTEXT 44\n\n� err � � sr ,;\\jfw-+(�(U,,tt � 1\n� � � �ri;r � ������\netad vam darsitam rupam\npriig-janma-smarar:uiya me\nnanyatha mad-bhavam jfianam\nmartya-lirigena jayate\netat-this form of Vi�Qu; vdm-unto both of you; darsitam-has\n\nbeen shown; rupam-My form as the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead with four hands; prak-janma-of My previous appearances;\n\nsmarar:ulya-just to remind you; me-My; na-not; anyatha-other­\n\nwise; mat-bhavam-Vi�?Qu's appearance; jfidnam-this transcendental\n\nknowledge; martya-lirigena-by taking birth like a human child;\n\njayate-does arise.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have shown you this form of Vitl,lU just to remind you of My\n\nprevious births. Otherwise, if I appeared like an ordinary human\n\nchild, you would not believe that the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, Vitl,lU, has indeed appeared.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0291": "Text 45]\n\nThe Birth of Lord �!ji].a\n\n263\n\nPURPORT\nDevaki did not need to be reminded that the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Lord Vi�?I,lU, had appeared as her son; she already accepted\nthis. Nonetheless, she was anxious, thinking that if her neighbors heard\nthat Vi�?I,lU had appeared as her son, none of them would believe it.\nTherefore she wanted Lord Vi!?I,lU to transform Himself into a human\nchild. On the other hand, the Supreme Lord was also anxious, thinking\nthat if He appeared as an ordinary child, she would not believe that Lord\nVi!?I,lU had appeared. Such are the dealings between devotees and the\nLord. The Lord deals with His devotees exactly like a human being, but\nthis does not mean that the Lord is one of the human beings, for this is\nthe conclusion of nondevotees (avajananti mam mu{lha man�im tanum\n\nasri tam) . Devotees know the Supreme Personality of Godhead under any\n\ncircumstances. This is the difference between a devotee and a nondevotee. The Lord says, man-mana bhava mad-bhakto mad-yaji mam\n\nnamaskuru: \"Engage your mind always in thinking of Me, become My\ndevotee, offer obeisances and worship Me.\" A nondevotee cannot believe\nthat simply by thinking of one person, one can achieve liberation from\nthis material world and go back home, back to Godhead. But this is a fact.\nThe Lord comes as a human being, and if one becomes attached to the\nLord on the platform of loving service, one's promotion to the transcendental world is assured.\n\nTEXT 45\n\n�� lU � � �IW§€1_ I\nP--.::::m � ,;� �� �ffl\" � IIIJ�II\nyuvam mam putra-bhavena\nbrahma-bhavena casakrt\ncintayantau krta-snehau\nyasyethe mad-gatim param\nyuvam- both of you\n\n(husband and wife) ; mam-unto Me; putra­\n\nbhavena-as your son; b rahma-bhavena-knowing that I am the\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nca-and;\n\nasakrt-constantly;\n\ncintayantau-thinking like that; krta-snehau-dealing with love and\n\n", "SB10.1#p0292": "[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n264\n\naffection; yasyethe-shall both obtain; mat-gatim-My supreme abode;\npanim-which is transcendental, beyond this material world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBoth of you, husband and wife, constantly think of Me as your\n\nson, but always know that I am the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead. By thus thinking of Me constantly with love and affection,\n\nyou will achieve the highest perfection: returning home, back to\n\nGodhead.\n\nPURPORT\nThis instruction by the Supreme Personality of Godhead to His father\n\nand mother, who are eternally connected with Him, is especially in­\n\ntended for persons eager to return home, back to Godhead. One should\nnever think of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as an ordinary\n\nhuman being, as nondevotees do. K:r!?�a, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, personally appeared and left His instructions for the benefit of\n\nall human society, but fools and rascals unfortunately think of Him as an\n\nordinary human being and twist the instructions of Bhagavad-gita for\n\nthe satisfaction of their senses. Practically everyone commenting on\n\nBhagavad-gita interprets it for sense gratification. It has become es­\n\npecially fashionable for modern scholars and politicians to interpret\n\nBhagavad-gita as if it were something fictitious, and by their wrong in­\n\nterpretations they are spoiling their own careers and the careers of\n\nothers. The K:r!?�a consciousness movement, however, is fighting against\n\nthis principle of regarding K:r!?�a as a fictitious person and of accepting\n\nthat there was no Battle of Kuruk�?etra, that everything is symbolic, and\n\nthat nothing in Bhagavad-gita is true. In any case, if one truly wants to\n\nbe successful, one can do so by reading the text of Bhagavad-gita as it is.\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nespecially\n\nstressed\n\nthe\n\ninstructions\n\nof\n\nBhagavad-gita: yare dekha, tare kaha 'kmuz '-upadesa. If one wants to\n\nachieve the highest success in life, one must accept Bhagavad-gita as\n\nspoken by the Supreme Lord. By accepting Bhagavad-gita in this way,\n\nall of human society can become perfect and happy.\n\nIt is to be noted that because Vasudeva and Devaki would be separated\n\nfrom K:r!?�a when He was carried to Gokula, the residence of Nanda\n\n", "SB10.1#p0293": "Text 46]\n\n265\n\nThe Birth of Lord K:r��a\n\nMaharaja, the Lord personally instructed them that they should always\nthink of Him as their son and as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nThat would keep them in touch with Him. After eleven years, the Lord\n\nwould return to Mathura to be their son, and therefore there was no\nquestion of separation.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n��<IR\n\n��� �lWik+4+4ltt� I\nfqit: �ffi: � ���un�: �: ���� 11\nsri-suka uvaca\nity uktviisid dharis ti4ry,im\nbhagavan atma-mayaya\npitro� sampa5yato� sadyo\nbabhuva prakrta� siSu�\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti uktva\n\n-\n\nafter in­\n\nstructing in this way; iisit-remained; hari�-the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; ti4ry,im-silent; bhagavan-Lord Vi�Qu, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; atma-mayaya-by acting in His own spiritual en­\n\nergy; pitro� sampa5yato�-while His father and mother were factually\nseeing Him; sadya�-immediately ; babhuva-He became; prakrta�like an ordinary human being; siSu�-a child.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami said: After thus instructing His father and\n\nmother, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, K:r��a, remained\nsilent. In their presence, by His internal energy, He then trans­\n\nformed Himself into a small human child. (In other words, He\ntransformed Himself into His original form: k:r��as tu bhagavan\n\nsvayam.]\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (4.6), sambhavamy atma-mayaya: what­\n\never is done by the Supreme Personality of Godhead is done by His spiri­\n\ntual energy; nothing is forced upon Him by the material energy. This is\n\n", "SB10.1#p0294": "266\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nthe difference between the Lord and an ordinary living being. The Vedas\n\nsay:\n\nparasya saktir vividhaiva srayate\nsvabhaviki jnana-bala-kriya ca\n(Svetasvatara Upan�ad 6.8)\nIt is natural for the Lord to be untinged by material qualities, and be­\n\ncause everything is perfectly present in His spiritual energy, as soon as\n\nHe desires something, it is immediately done. The Lord is not a prakrta­\n\n§i§u, a child of this world, but by His personal energy He appeared like\n\none. Ordinary people may have difficulty accepting the supreme con.­\n\ntroller, God, as a human being because they forget that He can do every­\n\nthing by spiritual energy (atma-mayaya). Nonbelievers say, \"How can\n\nthe supreme controller descend as an ordinary being?\" This sort of\n\nthinking is materialistic. Srila ]iva Gosvami says that unless we accept\nthe energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as inconceivable,\n\nbeyond the conception of our words and mind, we cannot understand the\n\nSupreme Lord. Those who doubt that the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead can come as a human being and turn Himself into a human child\nare fools who think that ���a's body is material, that He is born and\n\nthat He therefore also dies.\n\nIn Srimad-Bhagavatam, Third Canto, Fourth Chapter, verses 28 and\n\n29, there is a description of ���a's leaving His body. Maharaja Parik�it\n\ninquired from Sukadeva Gosvami, \"When all the members of the Yadu\n\ndynasty met their end, ���a also put an end to Himself, and the only\n\nmember of the family who remained alive was Uddhava. How was this\npossible?\" Sukadeva Gosvami answered that ���a, by His·own energy,\n\ndestroyed the entire family and then thought of making His own body\n\ndisappear. In this connection, Sukadeva Gosvami described how the Lord\ngave up His body. But this was not the destruction of ���a's body;\n\nrather, it was the disappearance of the Supreme Lord by His personal\n\nenergy.\n\nActually, the Lord does not give up His body, which is eternal, but as\n\nHe can change His body from the form of Vi��u to that of an ordinary\n\nhuman child, He can change His body to any form He likes. This does not\n\nmean that He gives up His body. By spiritual energy, the Lord can appear\n\n", "SB10.1#p0295": "Text\n\nThe Birth of Lord\n\n47]\n\nK.ftJ}.a\n\n267\n\nin a body made of wood or stone. He can change His body into anything\nbecause everything is His energy (parasya saktir vividhaiva snlyate). As\nclearly said in Bhagavad-gita (7.4), bhinnd prakrtir �tadha: the ma­\n\nterial elements are separated energies of the Supreme Lord. If He\ntransforms Himself into the arca-murti, the worshipable Deity, which we\nsee as stone or wood, He is still Kt�J.ia. Therefore the §astra warns, arcye\n\nv��u sila-dhir gur�u nara-matib,. One who thinks that the worshipable Deity in the temple is made of wood or stone, one who sees a\nVai�J.lava guru as an ordinary human being, or one who materially conceives of a Vai�1.1ava as belonging to a particular caste is niiraki, a resident of hell. The Supreme Personality of Godhead can appear before us\nin many forms, as he likes, but we must know the true facts: janma\nkarma ca me divyam evaril yo vetti tattvatab, (Bg. 4.9). By following the\n\ninstructions of stidhu, guru and §astra-the saintly persons, the spiritual\nmaster and the authoritative scriptures-one can understand .Kt�J.ia, and\nthen one makes his life successful by returning home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT\n\n��\n\n47\n\n��\n\n�IH'(+t•ltf�)f-qiiG_ q:\n\nwf (ilU((Itl « Qjij�l$1€( I\nw if�\"Qilt�tt •\n� ttt•llilttl�fit �mt 11\\l\\SII\ntata§ ca saurir bhagavat-pracoditab,\nsutaril samiidaya sa sutika-grhiit\nyadd bahir gantum iye�a tarhy aja\nya yogamayajani nanda-jayaya\ntatab,-thereafter; ca-indeed; saurib.-Vasudeva; bhagavat-pracoditab, -being instructed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nsutam-his son; sa mtidaya-carrying very carefully; sab, -he; sutikagrhat-from the maternity room; yada-when; bahib. gantum-to go\noutside; iye�a-desired; tarhi-exactly at that time; aja-the transcendental energy, who also never takes birth; ya-who; yogamaya is\nknown as Yogamaya; ajani-took birth; nanda-jayaya-from the wife\n-\n\nof Nanda Maharaja.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0296": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n268\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, exactly when Vasudeva, being inspired by the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, was about to take the newborn\n\nchild from the delivery room, Yogamaya, the Lord's spiritual en­\n\nergy, took birth as the daughter of the wife of Maharaja Nanda.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura discusses that l(r�1,1a appeared\n\nsimultaneously as the son of Devaki and as the son of Yasoda, along with\nthe spiritual energy Yogamaya. As the son of Devaki, He first appeared as\n\nVi�1,1u, and because Vasudeva was not in the position of pure affection\nfor l(r�I,la, Vasudeva worshiped his son as Lord Vi�J,lu. Yasoda, however,\n\npleased her son l(r�1,1a without understanding His Godhood. This is the\n\ndifference between l(r�1,1a as the son of Yasoda and as the son of Devaki.\n\nThis is explained by Visvanatha Cakravarti on the authority of Hari­\n\nvamsa.\nTEXTS 48-49\n\n�st�4(1��\n�:� t(l��fq �nlll�ir.4t\n� eert: fqfun �(�41\n'tt�qll!lt�e�eSLUt3 :\n����II\nan t;&Jiii41� � �\n� Olfef� � alit �:\nffl � i34i�·���:\n\n�\n\n\"\"\n\n\"\n\n\"\"\n\n�\n\n��� qfR r.ren� WJJ:II��II\ntaya hrta-pratyaya-sarva-vrtt�u\ndvab,-sthe�u paure�v api sayite�v atha\ndvara5 ca sarvab, pihita duratyaya\nbrhat-kapd!ayasa-kila-srrikhalaib,\ntab, kmw-vahe vasudeva agate\nsvayam vyavaryanta yatha tamo raveb,\n\n", "SB10.1#p0297": "The Birth of Lord ��J,la\n\nText 49]\n\n269\n\nvavar�a parjanya upamsu-garjital,t\n\nse�o 'nvagad vari nivarayan phar;tai/.t\n\ntaya-by the influence of Yogamaya; hrta-pratyaya-deprived of all\n\nsensation; sarva-vrtt�u-having all their senses; dval,t-sthe$u-al1 the\n\ndoormen;\n\npaure$U api-as well as other members of the house;\n\nsayite�u-sleeping very deeply; atha-when Vasudeva tried to take his\n\ntranscendental son out of the confinement; dvara/.t ca-as well as the\ndoors; sarval,t-all; pihital,t-constructed; duratyaya-very hard and\n\nfirm;\n\nbrhat-kapata-and\n\non great\n\ndoors;\n\nayasa-kila-spikhalail,t­\n\nstrongly constructed with iron pins and closed with iron chains; td}J,-all\nof them;\n\nkr$r;ta-vahe-bearing Knn:.1a;\n\nvasudeve-when Vasudeva;\n\nagate-appeared; svayam-automatically; vyavaryanta-opened wide;\n\nyatha-as; tama}J,-darkness; ravel,t-on the appearance of the sun;\n\nvavar$a-showered rain; parjanyal,t-the clouds in the sky; upamsu­\n\ngarjital,t-very mildly resounding and raining very slightly; se�a/.t­\n\nAnanta-naga; anvagdt-followed; vdri-showers of rain; nivarayan­\n\nstopping; phar;tai/.t-by spreading His hoods.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBy the influence of Yogamaya, all the doorkeepers fell fast\nasleep, their senses unable to work, and the other inhabitants of\nthe house also fell deeply asleep. When the sun rises, the darkness\nautomatically disappears; similarly, when Vasudeva appeared, the\nclosed doors, which were strongly pinned with iron and locked\nwith iron chains, opened automatically. Since the clouds in the sky\nwere mildly thundering and showering, Ananta-naga, an expansion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, followed Vasudeva,\nbeginning from\n\nthe door,\n\nwith hoods expanded to protect\n\nVasudeva and the transcendental child.\nPURPORT\n\nSe�a-naga is an expansion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nwhose business is to serve the Lord with all necessary paraphernalia.\n\nWhen Vasudeva was carrying the child, Se�a-naga came to serve the\nLord and protect Him from the mild showers of rain.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0298": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n270\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 50\n\n\"\"\"\" �\\liT\n� �·�q�--6'�\n-'lo\n\n-\n\n�\n\n....\n\n\"'\n\n..\n\n�\n\n\"'��\"\n\n•++ti((f1q1et��i4'1'ilitet\n\n�\nlWf �T f«;:� �: tffl': 11'-\\ II\n\n�Nd�l(fliet\n\n0\n\nmaghoni var�aty asakrd yamanuja\ngambhira-toyaugha-javormi-phenila\n'\nb!tayanakavarta-satakula nadi\nmargam dadau sindhur iva §riyal) pate/:t\nmaghoni var�ati- because of Lord lndra's showering rain; asakrtconstantly; yama-anuja-the River Yamuna, who is considered the\nyounger sister of Yamaraja; gambhira-toya-ogha-of the very deep\nwater; java- by the force; armi -by the waves; phenila-full of foam;\n\nbhayanaka-fierce; avarta-sata-by the whirling waves; akula - agi tated; nadi-the river; margam-way; dadau-gave; sindhu/:t iva­\n\nlike the ocean; §riyal) pate /:J,- unto Lord Ramacandra, the husband of the\n\ngoddess Si:ta.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of constant rain sent by the demigod lndra, the River\n\nYamuna was filled with deep water, foaming about with fiercely\n\nwhirling waves. B�t as the great Indian Ocean had formerly given\n\nway to Lord Ramacandra by allowing Him to construct a bridge,\n\nthe River Yamuna gave way to Vasudeva and allowed him to cross.\nTEXT 51\n\n;r� �� � (fl'I_\n� SltJfll�qe� � 1\n\"' J::o.....\n� if� IG\\I�Iilit\n1'11:11� (1•\n\n\"'\n\nc-\n\nnanda-vrajam saurir upetya tatra tan\ngopan prasuptan upalabhya nidraya\n\n", "SB10.1#p0299": "Text 52]\n\n271\n\nThe Birth of Lord .Kf•1.1a\n\nsutam ya.Sodd-sayane nidhaya tatsutam upadaya punar grhan agat\nnanda-vrajam-the village or the house of Nanda Maharaja; sauri�Vasudeva;\ngopiin-the\n\nupetya-reaching;\ncowherd\n\nmen;\n\ntatra-there;\n\ntan-all the members;\n\nprasuptan-were\n\nfast\n\nasleep;\n\nupala­\n\nbhya-understanding that; nidraya-in deep sleep; sutam-the son\n(Vasudeva's son); ya.Sodd-sayane-on the bed where mother Yasoda was\nsleeping; nidhiiya-placing; tat-sutam-her daughter; upiidiiya-picking up; puna�-again; grhdn-to his own house; agiit-returned.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Vasudeva reached the house of Nanda Maharaja, he saw\nthat all the cowherd men were fast asleep. Thus he placed his own\nson on the bed of Ya8oda, picked up her daughter, an expansion of\nYogamaya, and then returned to his residence, the prison house of\nKarnsa.\nPURPORT\nVasudeva knew very well that as soon as the daughter was in the\nprison house of Karilsa, Karilsa would immediately kill her; but to protect\nhis own child, he had to kill the child of his friend. Nanda Maharaja was\nhis friend, but out of deep affection and attachment for his own son, he\nknowingly did this. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura says that one\ncannot be blamed for protecting one's own child at the sacrifice of\nanother's. Furthermore, Vasudeva cannot be accused of callousness,\nsince his actions were impelled by the force of Yogamaya.\nTEXT 52\n\n�: m � �tit� a;IRt·l'{ I\n\"�\"-II\n\ni_X.. m:r:t\n\n....\n\n..\n\n_t •-·�n II�� II\n...\n\ndevakya� sayane nyasya\nvasudevo 'tha darikam\npratimucya pador loham\niiste parvavad avrta�\n\n", "SB10.1#p0300": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n272\ndevakyatt-of\n\nDevaki;\n\nvasudevatt-Vasudeva;\n\nsayane-on\n\natha-thus;\n\nthe\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 3\n\nbed;\n\nnyasya-placing;\n\ndarikam-the\n\nfemale\n\nchild;\n\npratimucya-binding himself again; padott loham-iron shackles on the\ntwo legs; dste-remained; parva-vat-like before; avrtatt-bound.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva placed the female child on the bed of Devaki, bound\n\nhis legs with the iron shackles, and thus remained there as before.\n\nTEXT 53\n\n• �;:a:q{it\"t � � ��I\nif �i ��t �q•1a�Rt: 11'-\\�11\nya§oda nanda-patni ca\njatam param abudhyata\nna tal-lirigam pariSranta\nnidrayapagata-smrtitt\nya§odii-Yasoda, Krf(II;ta's mother in Gokula; nanda-patni-the wife\nof Nanda Maharaja; ca-also; jatam-a child was born; param-the\nSupreme Person;\n\nabudhyata-could understand;\n\nna-not;\n\ntat-lin­\n\ngam-whether the child was male or female; pariSrdnta-because of too\nmuch labor; nidraya-when overwhelmed with sleep; apagata-smrtitt·\n\nhaving lost consciousness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nExhausted by the labor of childbirth, Ya8odi was overwhelmed\n\nwith sleep and unable to understand what kind of child had been\n\nborn to her.\n\nPURPORT\nNanda Maharaja and Vasudeva were intimate friends, and so were\ntheir wives, Yasoda and Devaki. Although their names were different,\nthey were practically nondifferent personalities. The only difference is\nthat Devaki was able to understand that the Supreme Personality of God-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0301": "Text 53]\n\nThe Birth of Lord Krlill].&\n\n273\n\nhead had been born to her and had now changed into Kr��a, whereas\n\nYasoda was not able to understand what kind of child had been born to\nher. Yasoda was such an advanced devotee that she never regarded K:r��a\n\nas the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but simply loved Him as her\nown child. Devaki, however, knew from the very beginning that al­\n\nthough Kr��a was her son, He was the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nIn V:rndavana, no one regarded Kr��a as the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. When something very wonderful happened because of Krs�a's\n\nactivities, the inhabitants of V:rndavana-the cowherd men, the cowherd\n\nboys, Nanda Maharaja, Yasoda and the others-were surprised, but they\n\nnever considered their son Kr��a the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nSometimes they suggested that some great demigod had appeared there\n\nas Kr��a. In such an exalted status of devotional service, a devotee\n\nforgets the position of Kr��a and intensely loves the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead without understanding His position. This is called kevala­\n\nbhakti and is distinct from the stages of jfidna and jnanamayi bhakti.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Tenth Canto, Third\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Birth of Lord Kr�r,w.\"\n\n", "SB10.1#p0302": "CHAPTER FOUR\n\nThe Atrocities of King Kathsa\nThis chapter describes how Ka:rhsa, following the advice of his demoniac\nfriends, considered the persecution of small children to be very\ndiplomatic.\nMter Vasudeva bound himself with iron shackles as before, all the\ndoors of the prison house closed by the influence of Yogamaya, who then\nbegan crying as a newborn child. This crying awakened the doorkeepers,\nwho immediately informed Ka:rhsa that a child had been born to Devaki.\nUpon hearing this news, Kamsa appeared with great force in the maternity room, and in spite of Devaki's pleas that the child be saved, the\ndemon forcibly snatched the child from Devaki's hands and dashed the\nchild against a rock. Unfortunately for Kamsa, however, the newborn\nchild slipped away from his hands, rose above his head and appeared as\nthe eight-armed form of Durga. Durga then told Kamsa, \"The enemy\nyou contemplate has taken birth somewhere else. Therefore your plan to\npersecute all the children will prove futile.\"\nAccording to the prophecy, the eighth child of Devaki would kill\nKamsa, and therefore when Kamsa saw that the eighth child was a\nfemale and heard that his so-called enemy had taken birth elsewhere, he\nwas struck with wonder. He decided to release Devaki and Vasudeva, and\nhe admitted before them the wrongness of his atrocities. Falling at the\nfeet of Devaki and ·Vasudeva, he begged their pardon and tried to convince them that because the events that had taken place were destined to\nhappen, they should not be unhappy for his having killed so many of\ntheir children. Devaki and Vasudeva, being naturally very pious, immediately excused Kamsa for his atrocities, and Kamsa, after seeing that\nhis sister and brother-in-law were happy, returned to his home.\nMter the night passed, however, Kamsa called for his ministers and\ninformed them of all that had happened. The ministers, who were all\ndemons, advised Kamsa that because his enemy had already taken birth\nsomewhere else, all the children born within the past ten days in the\n\n275\n\n", "SB10.1#p0303": "[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\nS rimad-Bhagavatam\n\n276\n\nvillages within Karhsa's kingdom should be killed.\n\nAlthough the\n\ndemigods always feared Karhsa, they should not be treated leniently;\n\nsince they were enemies, Karhsa should try his best to uproot their exis­\n\ntence. The demoniac ministers further advised that Karhsa and the\ndemons continue their enmity toward Vif?QU because Vif?QU is the original\nperson among all the demigods. The briihmar:tas, the cows, the Vedas,\n\nausterity, truthfulness, control of the senses and mind, faithfulness and\n\nmercy are among the different parts of the body of Vif?QU, who is the\n\norigin of all the demigods, including Lord Brahma and Lord Siva.\n\nTherefore, the ministers advised, the demigods, the saintly persons, the\n\ncows and the briihmar:tas should be systematically persecuted. Strongly\n\nadvised in this way by his friends, the demoniac ministers, Karhsa ap­\n\nproved of their instructions and considered it beneficial to be envious of\nthe briihmar:tas. Following Karhsa's orders, therefore, the demons began\n\ncommitting their atrocities all over Vrajabhumi.\nTEXT 1\n\n�cr<IFI\n� ·\n\nif'�\"' .. c. :�:\n\n('\n\nw.n:\n\n('\n\n�i=w61'71�1r:rt�� :\nrr::\n\n1\n\nmit ��\"1ft% �;n �en�:��: II Z II\nsri-suka uviica\nbahir-anta(l-pura-dviita(l\nsarvii(l pilrvavad avrta(l\ntato biila-dhvanim srutvii\ngrha-piilii(l samutthitii(l\nsri-suka(l uviic a-Sri Sukadeva Gosviimi said;\n\nbahi(l-anta(l-pura­\n\ndviira(l-the doors inside and outside the house; sarvii(l-all; pilrvavat-like before; avrtii(l - closed; tata(l-thereafter;\n\nbiila-dhvanim­\n\nthe crying of the newborn child; srutvii-hearing; grha-piilii(l-all the\n\ninhabitants of the house,\nawakened.\n\nespecially the doormen;\n\nsamutthitii(l­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: My dear King Parik�it, the doors\ninside and outside the house closed as before. Thereafter, the in-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0304": "Text2]\n\n277\n\nThe Atrocities of King Kalhsa\n\nhabitants of the house, especially the watchmen, heard the crying\nof the newborn child and thus awakened from their beds.\nPURPORT\n\nThe activities of Yogamiiyii are distinctly visible in this chapter, in\nwhich Devaki and Vasudeva excuse Kamsa for his many devious,\n\natrocious activities and Kamsa becomes repentant and falls at their feet.\n\nBefore the awakening of the watchmen and the others in the prison\n\nhouse, many other things happened. :Kr�1,1a was born and transferred to\n\nthe home of Yasodii in Gokula, the strong doors opened and again closed,\n\nand Vasudeva resumed his former condition of being shackled. The\n\nwatchmen, however, could not understand all this. They awakened only\n\nwhen they heard the crying of the newborn child, Yogamiiyii.\n\nSrila Visvanatha·Cakravarti Thakura has remarked that the watchmen\n\nwere just like dogs. At night the dogs in the street act like watchmen. If\none dog barks, many other dogs immediately follow it by barking. Al­\n\nthough the street dogs are not appointed by anyone to act as watchmen,\n\nthey think they are responsible for protecting the neighborhood, and as\n\nsoon as someone unknown enters it, they all begin to bark. Both\nYogamiiyii and Mahiimiiyii act in all material activities\n\n(prakrtett\n\nkriyamli1J.lini guTJ.aitt karmliTJ.i sarva§att}, but although the energy of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead acts under the Supreme Lord's direc­\n\ntion (mayadhyak{;e7J.a prakrtitt silyate sa-caracaram), doglike watchmen\nsuch as politicians and diplomats think that they are protecting their\nneighborhoods from the dangers of the outside world. These are the ac­\n\ntions of maya. But one who surrenders to :Kr�1,1a is relieved of the protec­\n\ntion afforded by the dogs and doglike guardians of this material world.\nTEXT2\n(.'\n\n(.'\n\nij 1_uiijqe4� �� illt� � I\nm:q��tfGHii:tite �: !RftaJij II� II\n�\n\n�\n\nte tu tilr7J.am upavrajya\ndevakya garbha-janma tat\nacakhyur bhoja-rajaya\nyad udvignatt pratik{;ate\n\n", "SB10.1#p0305": "(Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n278\n\nte-all the watchmen;\nvrajya-going before\n\ntu-indeed; tur{Ulm-very quickly;\n\n(the King);\n\ndevakya�-of\n\nDevaki;\n\nupa­\n\ngarbha­\n\njanma-the deliverance from the womb; tat-that (child); acakhyu�submitted; bhoja-rajaya-unto the King of the Bhojas, Kamsa; yat-of\nwhom; udvigna�-with great anxiety; prati�ate-was waiting (for the\nchild's birth).\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, all the watchmen very quickly approached King\n\nKaritsa, the ruler of the Bhoja dynasty, and submitted the news of\n\nthe birth of Devaki's child. Kamsa, who had awaited this news very\nanxiously, immediately took action.\n\nPURPORT\nKarilsa was very anxiously waiting because of the prophecy that the\neighth child of Devaki would kill him. This time, naturally, he was\nawake and waiting, and when the watchmen approached him, he\nimmediately took action to kill the child.\nTEXT3\n\n����it�fid�-:1\nQ\\ffl4JO(ftf(1' � st«ct� �: II � II\nsa talpat tur'{tam utthaya\nkalo yam iti vihvala�\nsuti-grham agat tur7Jam\npraskhalan mukta-mardhaja�\nsa�-he\n\n(King\n\nKarilsa);\n\ntalpat-from\n\nthe\n\nbed;\n\ntur'{Wm-very\n\nquickly; utthaya-getting up; kala� ayam-here is my death, the\nsupreme time; iti-in this way; vihvala�-overwhelmed; suti-grhamto\n\nthe\n\nmaternity\n\nhome;\n\nagat-went;\n\ntur{Ulm-without\n\ndelay;\n\npraskhalan-scattering; mukta-had become opened; mardha-ja�-the\nhair on the head.\nTRANSLATION\nKamsa immediately got up from bed, thinking, \"Here is Kila,\n\nthe supreme time factor, which has taken birth to kill me!\" Thus\n\n", "SB10.1#p0306": "Text4]\n\nThe Atrocities of King Karllsa\n\n279\n\noverwhelmed, Karilsa, his hair scattered on his head, at once approached the place where the child had been born.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word kala/:t is significant. Although the child was born to kill\nKamsa, Karhsa thought that this was the proper time to kill the child so\nthat he himself would be saved. Kala is actually another name of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead when He appears only for the purpose\nof killing. When Arjuna inquired from Kt�I)a in His universal form,\n\"Who are You?\" the Lord presented Himself as kala, death personified\nto kill. By nature's law, when there is an unwanted increase in population, kala appears, and by some arrangement of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, people are killed wholesale in different ways, by war,\npestilence, famine and so o�. At that time, even atheistic political leaders\ngo to a church, mosque or temple for protection by God or gods and submissively say, \"God willing.\" Before that, they pay no attention to God,\nnot caring to know God or His will, but when kala appears, they say,\n\"God willing.\" Death is but another feature of the supreme kala, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. At the time of death, the atheist must\nsubmit to this supreme kala, and then the Supreme Personality of Godhead takes away all his possessions\n\n(mrtyu/:t sarva-hara§ caham) and\n\nforces him to accept another body (tatha dehantara-prapti/:t). This the\natheists do not know, and if they do know, they neglect it so that they\nmay go on with their normal life. The Kt�Qa consciousness movement is\ntrying to teach them that although for a few years one may act as a great\nprotector or great watchman, with the appearance of kala, death, one\nmust take another body by the laws of nature. Not knowing this, they\nunnecessarily waste their time in their occupation as watchdogs and do\nnot try to get the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As it is\nclearly said, aprapya mam nivartante mrtyu-sarilsara-vartmani: without\nKt�I)a consciousness, one is condemned to continue wandering in birth\nand death, not knowing what will happen in one's next birth.\nTEXT4\n\nmm:\n\n��'T��uf�l\n� ij'ef Etl@IIOI fW.i � �;a¥t(ru II � II\n\n", "SB10.1#p0307": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n280\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\n. tam aha bhrataram devi\nkrpa'Jd karu�Jnm sati\nsnu$eyam tava kalya�Jn\nstriyam rna hantum arhasi\ntam-unto Kamsa;\nmother Devaki:;\n\naha-said;\n\nbhrataram-her brother;\n\nkrpa�a-helplessly;\n\ndevi­\n\nkaru�Jnm-piteously; sati-the\n\nchaste lady; snu$a iyam tava-this child will be your daughter-in-law,\nthe wife of your future son; kalya�a-0 all-auspicious one; striyam-a\nwoman; ma-not; hantum-to kill; arhasi-you deserve.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDevaki helplessly,\n\npiteously appealed\n\nto Kamsa:\n\nMy\n\ndear\n\nbrother, all good fortune unto you. Don't kill this girl. She will be\n\nyour daughter-in-law. Indeed, it is unworthy of you to kill a\nwoman.\n\nPURPORT\n\nKarilsa had previously excused Devaki: because he thought that a\nwoman should not be killed, especially when pregnant. But now, by the\ninfluence of maya, he was prepared to kill a woman-not only a woman,\nbut a small, helpless newborn child. Devaki: wanted to save her brother\nfrom this terrible, sinful act. Therefore she told him, \"Don't be so\natrocious as to kill a female child. Let there be all good fortune for you.\"\nDemons can do anything for their personal benefit, not considering what\nis pious or vicious. But Devaki:, on the contrary, although safe because\nshe had already given birth to her own son, ��l).a, was anxious to save\nthe daughter of someone else. This was natural for her.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� � iffif! �: q�qlft! I\n�� �(;(��'1 ������II� II\nbahavo himsita bhrata/:t\nsi.Sava/:t pavakopama/:t\ntvaya daiva-nismena\nputrikaika pradiyatam\n\n", "SB10.1#p0308": "Text 5]\n\nThe Atrocities of King Karilsa\n\n281\n\nbahavaft-many; himsitaft-killed out of envy; bhrataft-my dear\nbrother; siSavaft-small children; pdvaka-upamdft-all of them equal\nto fire in brightness and beauty; tvaya-by you; daiva-nismena-as\nspoken by destiny; putrikd-daughter; ekd-one; pradiyatdm-give me\nas your gift.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear brother, by the influence of destiny you have already\nkilled many babies, each of them as bright and beautiful as fire.\nBut kindly spare this daughter. Give her to me as your gift.\nPURPORT\n\nHere we see that Devaki first focused Karilsa's attention on his\natrocious activities, his killing of her many sons. Then she wanted to\ncompromise with him by saying that whatever he had done was not his\nfault, but was ordained by destiny. Then she appealed to him to give her\nthe daughter as a gift. Devaki was the daughter of a k§atriya and knew\nhow to play the political game. In politics there are different methods of\nachieving success: first repression (dama), then compromise (sdma), and\nthen asking for a gift (dana). Devaki first adopted the policy of repression by directly attacking Karhsa for having cruelly, atrociously killed\nher babies. Then she compromised by saying that this was not his fault,\nand then she begged for a gift. As we _learn from the history of the\nMahabharata, or \"Greater India,\" the wives and daughters of the ruling\nclass, the k§atriyas, knew the political game, but we never find that a\nwoman was given the post of chief executive. This is in accordance with\nthe injunctions of Manu-samhitd, but unfortunately Manu-samhitd is\nnow being insulted, and the Aryans, the members of Vedic society, cannot do anything. Such is the nature of Kali-yuga.\nNothing happens unless ordained by destiny.\ntasyaiva hetoft prayateta kovido\nna labhyate yad bhramatdm upary adhaft\ntal labhyate duftkhavad anyataft sukham\nkalena sarvatra gabhira-ramhasa\n(Bhag. 1.5.18)\n\n·\n\n", "SB10.1#p0309": "282\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\nDevaki knew very well that because the killing of her many children had\nbeen ordained by destiny, Karhsa was not to be blamed. There was no\nneed to give good instructions to Karhsa.\n\nUpadeso hi murkharpim\n\nprakopaya na santaye (Ca:.:takya Pa:.:tQita). If a foolish person is given\ngood instructions, he becomes more and more angry. Moreover, a cruel\nperson is more dangerous than a snake. A snake and a cruel person are\nboth cruel, but a cruel person is more dangerous because although a\nsnake can be charmed by mantras or subdued by herbs, a cruel person\ncannot be subdued by any means. Such was the nature of Karhsa.\nTEXT6\n\n� ij � �J;n �T !J+iT I\n\n�d+t(m +t;:a:lt41 ���II� II\nnanv aham te hy avaraja\ndina hata-suta prabho\ndatum arhasi mandaya\narigemam caramam prajam\nnanu-however; aham-1 am;\n\nte-your; hi-indeed; avaraja­\n\nyounger sister; dina-very poor; hata-suta-deprived of all children;\nprabho-0 my lord; datum arhasi-you deserve to give (some gift);\nrnandayab,-to me, who am so poor; ariga-my dear brother; imamthis; caramam-last; prajam-child.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy lord, my brother, I am very poor, being bereft of all my\nchildren, but still I am your younger sister, and therefore it would\nbe worthy of you to give me this last child as a gift.\nTEXT7\n\nP;{f� ��\n\naq@'tl�+t�l�� � (0'1{}'1�� 1\n�mi ��IG\\IM�0��:1l\\91l\n\n", "SB10.1#p0310": "Text 8)\n\nThe Atrocities of King Kaubsa\n\n283\n\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nupaguhyatmajam evam\n\nrudatya dina-dinavat\n\nyacitas tam vinirbhartsya\n\nhastad acicchide khala/.l\n\nsri-suka/.l uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; upaguhya-embrac­\n\ning; atmajam-her daughter; evam-in this way; rudatya-by Devaki,\n\nwho was crying; dina-dina-vat-very piteously, like a poor woman;\n\nyacital;-being begged; tam-her (Devaki); vinirbhartsya-chastising;\n\nhastat-from her hands; acicchide-separated the child by force;\n\nkhala/.l-Karhsa, the most cruel.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi continued: Piteously embracing her daugh­\n\nter and crying, Devaki begged Kamsa for the child, but he was so\n\ncruel that he chastised her and forcibly snatched the child from\n\nher hands.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough Devaki was crying like a very poor woman, actually she was\n\nnot poor, and therefore the word used here is dinavat. She had already\ngiven birth to Kr�J;ta. Therefore, who could have been richer than she?\n\nEven the demigods had come to offer prayers to Devaki, but she played\n\nthe part of a poor, piteously affi.icted woman because she wanted to save\nthe daughter of Yasoda.\n\nTEXTS\n\n� ., =t.�(Uiql'3ft<t+u?ti �:� 1\n\n�� �\"4Rs<t�ta:: II � II\ntam grhitva cara�yor\njata-matram svasu/.l sutam\napothayac child-pr�lhe\nsvarthonmalita-sauhrda/.l\n\n", "SB10.1#p0311": "284\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\ntam-the child; grhitva-taking by force; cara�yob--by the two\nlegs; jata-matram-the newborn child; svasub--of his sister; sutamthe daughter; apothayat-smashed; sila-pr�the-on the surface of a\nstone; sva-artha-unmulita-uprooted because of intense selfishness;\nsauhrdab--all friendship or family relationships.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving uprooted all relationships with his sister because of in­\n\ntense selfishness, Karitsa, who was sitting on his knees, grasped the\n\nnewborn child by the legs and tried to dash her against the surface\nof a stone.\n\nTEXT9\n\nm �� (ifl�q� (1tf) �t �� 1\n\n��i5n �:\n\n��� II Q_, II\n\nsa tad-dhastat samutpatya\nsadyo devy ambaram gata\nadrsyatanuja v��wbsayudh�ta-mahabhuja\nsa-that female child; tat-hastat-from the hand of Kamsa; samutpatya-slipped upward; sadyab--immediately; devi-the form of a\ndemigoddess; ambaram-into the sky; gata-went;\n\nadrsyata-was\n\nseen; anuja-the younger sister; v��b--of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; sa-ayudha-with weapons; ��a-eight; maha-bhuja-with\nmighty arms.\nTRANSLATION\nThe child, Yogamiyi-devi, the younger sister of Lord Vi\"I].U,\n\nslipped upward from Kamsa's hands and appeared in the sky as\nDevi, the goddess Durgi, with eight arms, completely equipped\n\nwith weapons.\n\nPURPORT\n\nKamsa tried to dash the child downward against a piece of stone, but\nsince she was Yogamaya, the younger sister of Lord Vi�1,1u, she slipped\nupward and assumed the form of the goddess Durgii. The word anuja,\n\n", "SB10.1#p0312": "The Atrocities of King Kamsa\n\nText 11]\n\n285\n\nmeaning \"the younger sister,\" is significant. When Vi�I;m, or ��I}.a,\ntook birth from Devaki, He must have simultaneously taken birth from\nYasoda also. Otherwise how could Yogamaya have been anuja, the Lord's\nyounger sister?\nTEXTS 10-11\n\nII� II\n�:m+.t¥4lf<.t�l+.filfi414Jlffi\nI\nf<.t(+.tl(Ul4l\"��: Mil�:\n:gq,,JI��: ���a:¥4i1'41� II��II\no\n\ndivya-srag-ambaraleparatnabharar:w-bh�ita\ndhanu/:1,-sule�u-carmasisankha-cakra-gada-dhara\nsiddha-carar:w-gandharvair\napsara/:1,-kinnaroragai/:1,\nupahrtoru-balibhi/:1,\nstuyamanedam abravit\ndivya-srak-ambara-alepa-she then assumed the form of a demigoddess, completely decorated with sandalwood pulp, flower garlands and a\nnice dress;\n\nratna-abharar:w-bh�ita-decorated with ornaments of\n\nvaluable jewels; dhanu/:1,-sula-�u-carma-asi-with bow, trident, arrows,\nshield and sword; saitkha-cakra-gada-dhara-and holding the weapons\nof Vi�I}.U (conchshell, disc and club); siddha-carar:w-gandharvai/:1,-by\nthe Siddhas, Caral}.as and Gandharvas; apsara/:1,-kinnara-uragai/:1,-and\nby the Apsaras, Kinnaras and Uragas;\n\nupahrta-uru-balibhi/:1,-who\n\nbrought all kinds of presentations to her; stuyamdnd -being praised;\nidam-these words; abravit-she said.\nTRANSLATION\nThe goddess Durgi was decorated with Hower garlands, smeared\n'with sandalwood pulp and dressed with excellent garments and ornaments made of valuable jewels. Holding in her hands a bow, a\n\n", "SB10.1#p0313": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n286\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\ntrident, arrows, a shield, a sword, a conchshell, a disc and a club,\nand being praised by celestial beings like Apsaris, Kinnaras,\nUragas, Siddhas, Ciral}as and Gandharvas, who worshiped her with\nall kinds of presentations, she spoke as follows.\nTEXT 12\n\nft w:tt�tn� :jffif: � 6�l;:ijf)€( I\n�'fi �����: if)qUili{ � 11��11\nkim maya hataya manda\njata/:t khalu tavanta-krt\nyatra kva va purva-satrur\nrna hirilsi/:t krpar:tan vrtha\nkim-what is the use; maya-me; hataya-in killing; manda-0\nyou fool; jata}:t-has already been born; khalu-indeed; tava anta-krtwho will kill you; yatra kva va-somewhere else; purva-satru}:t-your\nformer\n\nenemy;\n\nrna-do\n\nnot;\n\nhirilsi}:t-kill;\n\nkrpar:tan-other\n\npoor\n\nchildren; vrtha-unnecessarily.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Karilsa, you fool, what will be the use of killing me? The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who has been your enemy from\nthe very beginning and who will certainly kill you, has already\ntaken His birth somewhere else. Therefore, do not unnecessarily\nkill other children.\nTEXT 13\n\n��� ({�����\nill\"I+4Piifi� q;mll � ( II� �II\niti prab�ya tam devi\nmaya bhagavatf bhuvi\nbahu-ndma-nikete�u\nbahu-ndmd babhava ha\n\n", "SB10.1#p0314": "The Atrocities of King Karilsa\n\nText 14]\n\n287\n\niti-in this way; prabhd$ya-addressing; tam-Karhsa; devi-the\ngoddess Durga;\n\nmaya-Yogamaya;\n\nbhagavati-possessing immense\n\npower, like that of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhuvi-on the\nsurface of the earth; bahu-nama-of different names; nikete�u-in different places; baku-nama-different names; babhuva-became; haindeed.\nTRANSLATION\nMter speaking to Kamsa in this way, the goddess Durgii,\nYogamiiyii, appeared in different places, such as Viir�asi, and became celebrated by different names, such as Annapftri].ii, Durgii,\nKiili and Bhadrii.\nPURPORT\n\nThe goddess Durga is celebrated in Calcutta as Kali:, in Bombay as\nMumbadevi, in Vara:Q.asi as Annaplir:Q.a, in Cuttack as Bhadrakali and in\nAhmedabad as Bhadra. Thus in different places she is known by different names. Her devotees are known as saktas, or worshipers of the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whereas worshipers of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself are called Vai�:Q.avas.\nVai�:Q.avas are destined to return home, back to Godhead, in the spiritual\nworld, whereas the saktas are destined to live within this material world\nto enjoy different types of material happiness. In the material world, the\nliving entity must accept different types of bodies. Bhramayan sarvabhutani yantrarii4hani mayaya (Bg. 18.61). According to the living\nentity's desire, Yogamaya, or Maya, the goddess Durga, gives him a particular type of body, which is mentioned as yantra, a machine. But the\nliving entities who are promoted to the spiritual world do not return to\nthe prison house of a material body (tyaktva deham punar janma naiti\nmam eti so 'rjuna). The words janma na eti indicate that these living entities remain in their original, spiritual bodies to enjoy the company of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead in the transcendental abodes\nVaiku:Q.lha and V:rndavana.\nTEXT 14\n\n� �: �¥i�f(q�: I\n��� � m�s;{�,,�\\l''\n\n", "SB10.1#p0315": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n288\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\ntayabhihitam akan;tya\nkamsa/:t parama-vismita/:t\ndevakim vasudevam ca\nvimucya pra§rito 'bravit\ntaya -by\n\nthe\n\ngoddess\n\nDurga;\n\nabhihitam-the\n\nwords\n\nspoken;\n\nakar�ya-by hearing; kamsa/:t -Kamsa; parama-vismita/:t-was struck\n\nwith wonder; devakim-unto Devaki; vasudevam ca -and Vasudeva;\nvimucya -releasing\n\nimmediately;\n\npra§rita/:t -with\n\ngreat\n\nhumility;\n\nab ravit-spoke as follows.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter hearing the words of the goddess Durga, Kamsa was\n\nstruck with wonder. Thus he approached his sister Devaki and\nbrother-in-law Vasudeva, released them immediately from their\nshackles, and very humbly spoke as follows.\nPURPORT\n\nKamsa was astonished because the goddess Durga had become the\ndaughter of Devaki. Since Devaki was a human being, how could the\ngoddess Durga become her daughter? This was one cause of his astonishment. Also, how is it that the eighth child of Devaki was a female? This\nalso astonished him. Asuras are generally devotees of mother Durga,\n\nSakti, or of demigods, especially Lord Siva. The appearance of Durga in\nher original eight-armed feature, holding various weapons, immediately\nchanged Kamsa's mind about Devaki's being an ordinary human. Devaki\nmust have had some transcendental qualities; otherwise why would the\ngoddess Durga have taken birth from her womb? Under the circumstances, Kamsa, struck with wonder, wanted to compensate for his\natrocities against his sister Devaki.\nTEXT 15\n\n� � fttfl�i �T'f �T � � qr:� I\n�m: ��jq� � @(It: ijffl: 11��11\n\n", "SB10.1#p0316": "The Atrocities of King Kamsa\n\nText 16]\n\n289\n\naho bhaginy aho bhama\nmaya vam bata papmanii\npurU$iida ivapatyam\nbahavo hirhsita/:t suta/:t\naho-alas; bhagini-my dear sister; aho-alas; bhama-my dear\nbrother-in-law;\n\nmaya-by me;\n\nvam-of you;\n\nbata-indeed;\n\npap­\n\nmana-because of sinful activities; purU$a-adal;t-a Rak�?asa, maneater; iva-like; apatyam-child; bahava/:t-many; himsita/:t-have\nbeen killed; suta/:t-sons.\nTRANSLATION\nAlas, my sister! Alas, my brother-in-law! I am indeed so sinful\nthat exactly like a man-eater [Rak!jasa] who eats his own child, I\nhave killed so many sons born of you.\nPURPORT\n\nRiik�?asas are understood to be accustomed to eating their own sons, as\nsnakes and many other animals sometimes do. At the present moment in\nKali-yuga, Riik�?asa fathers and mothers are killing their own children in\nthe womb, and some are even eating the fetus with great relish. Thus the\nso-called civilization is gradually advancing by producing Rak�?asas.\nTEXT 16\n\n���ll'fi�IRtij� �: I\nqifit�� •lilt�W:4iilt ��:�II� �II\n� �·�\n\nsa tv aham tyakta-karuTJyas\ntyakta-jfiiiti-suhrt khala/:t\nkiin lokan vai gam�yami\nbrahma-heva mrta/:t svasan\nsa/:t-that person (Kamsa); tu-indeed; aham-1; tyakta-kiiruTJya/:t-devoid of all mercy; tyakta-jfiiiti-suhrt-my relatives and friends\nhave been rejected by me; khalal;t-cruel; kiin lokiin-which planets;\n\n<·-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0317": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n290\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\nvai -indeed; gam i§ yami-shall go; brahma-hd iva-like the killer of a\nbrahmar:m; mrta/:t svasan -either after death or while breathing.\n. TRANSLATION\nBeing merciless and cruel, I have forsaken all my relatives and\n\nfriends. Therefore, like a person who has killed a brihmaJ,la, I do\n\nnot know to which planet I shall go, either after death or while\n\nbreathing.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�ct+\\tqi� Cf� ;r � �tf - I\n�� -nq: €46f.t�Cfl�l1. I I �\\911\ndaivam apy anrtam vakti\nna martya eva kevalam\nyad-viSrambhdd aham papa/:t\nsvasur nihatavan chiSun\ndaivam-providence;\n\napi -also;\n\nanrtam-lies;\n\nvakti\n\n- say; na­\n\nnot; ma rtya/:t -human beings; eva-certainly; kevalam-only; yat­\n\nviSrambhdt -because of believing that prophecy; aham-1; papa/:t -the\nmost sinful; svasu/:t-of my sister; nihatavan-killed; siSun-so many\nchildren.\nTRANSLATION\nAlas, not only human beings but sometimes even providence\n\nlies. And I am so sinful that I believed the omen of providence and\nkilled so many of my sister's children.\n\nTEXT 18\n\nma socatam mahd-bhdgav\natmajan sva-krtam bhuja/:t\n\n", "SB10.1#p0318": "The Atrocities of King Karilsa\n\nText 19]\n\n291\n\njantavo na sadaikatra\ndaivadhinas tadasate\nmd socatam-kindly do riot be aggrieved\n\n(for what happened in the\n\npast); maha-bhagau-0 you who are learned and fortunate in spiritual\nknowledge; atmajan-for your sons; sva-krtam-only because of their\nown acts; bhuja�-who are suffering; jantava�-all living entities;\nna-not; sada-always; ekatra-in one place; daiva-adhina�-who are\nunder the control of providence; tada-hence; asate-live.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great souls, your children have suffered their own misfortune. Therefore, please do not lament for them. All living entities\nare under the control of the Supreme, and they cannot always live\ntogether.\nPURPORT\n\nKamsa addressed his sister and brother-in-law as maha-bhagau because although he killed their ordinary children, the goddess Durgii. took\nbirth from them. Because Devaki bore Durgii.devi in her womb, Kamsa\npraised both Devaki and her husband. Asuras are very devoted to the\ngoddess Durgii., Kii.li and so forth. Kamsa, therefore, truly astonished, appreciated the exalted position of his sister and brother-in-law. Durgii. is\ncertainly not under the laws of nature, because she herself is the con. troller of the laws of nature. Ordinary living beings, however, are controlled by these laws (prakrte� kriyamdr:tani gur:tai� karmdr:ti sarva5aM.\nConsequently, none of us are allowed to live together for any long\nperiod. By speaking in this way, Karilsa tried to pacify his sister and\nbrother-in-law.\nTEXT 19\n\niftf��tf;{�ttl�ttqtu� � 1\n�miT � �qiff6 � \\{:����II\nbhuvi bhaumani bhatani\nyatha yanty apayanti ca\n\n", "SB10.1#p0319": "292\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\nniiyam iitmii tathaite�u\nviparyeti yathaiva bhul;,\n\nbhuvi-on the surface of the world; bhaumiini-all material products\nfrom earth, such as pots; bhlltiini-which are produced; yathii-as;\nyiinti-appear (in form); apayiinti-disappear (broken or mixed with\nthe earth); ca-and; na-not; ayam iitmii-the soul or spiritual identity; tathii-similarly; ete�u-among all these (products of material elements); viparyeti-is changed or broken; yathii-as; eva-certainly;\nbhul;,-the earth.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this world, we can see that pots, dolls and other products of\n\nthe earth appear, break and then disappear, mixing with the earth.\n\nSimilarly, the bodies of all conditioned living entities are annihi­\n\nlated, but the living entities, like the earth itself, are unchanging\nand never annihilated [na hanyate hanyamane sarire].\nPURPORT\nAlthough Kamsa is described as a demon, he had good knowledge of\nthe affairs of iitma-tattva, the truth of the self. Five thousand years ago,\nthere were kings like Kamsa, wno is described as an asura, but he was\nbetter than modern politicians and diplomats, who have no knowledge\nabout iitma-tattva. As stated in the Vedas, asarigo hy ayam pur�al;,: the\nspirit soul has no connection with the changes of the material body. The\nbody undergoes six changes-birth, growth, sustenance, by-products,\ndwindling and then annihilation-but the soul undergoes no such\nchanges. Even after the annihilation of a particular bodily form, the\noriginal source of the bodily elements does not change. The living entity\nenjoys the material body, which appears and disappears, but the five elements earth, water, fire, air and ether remain the same. The example\ngiven here is that pots and dolls are produced from the earth, and when\nbroken or destroyed they mingle with their original ingredients. In any\ncase, the source of supply remains the same.\nAs already discussed, the body is made according to the desires of the\nsoul. The soul desires, and thus the body is formed. \"Kr!?I).a therefore says\nin Bhagavad-gitii (18.61):\n\n", "SB10.1#p0320": "293\n\nThe Atrocities of King Kamsa\n\nText 20]\n\niSvarab, sarva-bhiltdndm\nhrd-dese rjuna ti§thati\nbhramayan sarva-bhiltani\nyantrarwJ,hani mayaya\n'\n\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is\ndirecting the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a\nmachine,\n\nmade of the material energy.\"\n\nNeither the Supersoul,\n\nParamatma, nor the individual soul changes its original, spiritual identity. The dtmd does not undergo birth, death or changes like the body.\nTherefore a Vedic aphorism says, asarigo hy ayam purU$ab,: although the\nsoul is conditioned within this material world, he has no connections with\nthe changes of the material body.\nTEXT 20\n\nll¥.1��� � � 31l<:+tAqtf� : )I\n'L,� �1��\n� � M�� ll�oll\n..\n\nyathanevam-vido bhedo\nyata atma-viparyayab,\ndeha-yoga-viyogau ca\nsarilsrtir na nivartate\nyatha-as; an-evam-vidab,-of a person who has no knowledge\n(about dtma-tattva and the steadiness of the dtmd in his own identity,\ndespite the changes of the body); bhedab,-the idea of difference between body and self; yatab,-because of which; dtma-viparyayab,-the\nfoolish understanding that one is the body; deha-yoga-viyogau ca-and\nthis\n\ncauses\n\nconnections\n\nand\n\nseparations\n\namong\n\ndifferent\n\nbodies;\n\nsamsrtib,-the continuation of conditioned life; na-not; nivartatedoes stop.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who does not understand the constitutional position of the\nbody and the soul [atmii] becomes too attached to the bodily concept of life. Consequently, because of attachment to the body and\nits by-products, he feels affected by union with and separation\n\n", "SB10.1#p0321": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n294\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\nfrom his family, society and nation. As long as this continues, one\ncontinues his material life. [Otherwise, one is liberated.]\nPURPORT\nAs confirmed in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.6):\n\nsa vai purhsam paro dharma\nyato bhaktir adho�aje\nahaituky apratihata\nyayatma suprasidati\nThe word dharma means \"engagement.\" One who is engaged in the ser­\n\nvice of the Lord (yato bhaktir adho�aje), without impediment and with­\n\nout cessation, is understood to be situated in his original, spiritual status.\nWhen one is promoted to this status, one is always happy in transcendental bliss. Otherwise, as long as one is in the bodily concept of life, one\n\nmust suffer material conditions. ]anma-mrtyu-jara-vyadhi-du/:tkha­\n\ndo$tinudarsanam. The body is subject to its own principles of birth,\n\ndeath, old age and disease, but one who is situated in spiritual life (yato\n\nbhaktir adho�aje) has no birth, no death, no old age and no disease. One\n\nmay argue that we may see a person who is spiritually engaged twentyfour hours a day but is still suffering from disease. In fact, however, he\nis neither suffering nor diseased; otherwise he could not be engaged\ntwenty-four hours a day in spiritual activities. The example may be\ngiven in this connection that sometimes dirty foam or garbage is seen\n\nfloating on the water of the Ganges. This is called nira-dharma, a func­\n\ntion of the water. But one who goes to the Ganges does not mind the foam\nand dirty things floating in the water. With his hand, he pushes away\nsuch nasty things, bathes in the Ganges and gains the beneficial results.\nTherefore, one who is situated in the spiritual status of life is unaffected\nby foam and garbage-or any superficial dirty things. This is confirmed\nby Srila Rupa Gosvami:\n\niha yasya harer dasye\nkarma\"{Ui manasa gira\nnikhilasv apy avasthasu\njivan-mukta/:t sa ucyate\n\n", "SB10.1#p0322": "The Atrocities of King Kamsa\n\nText 21]\n\n295\n\n\"A person acting in the service of �I?I,la with his body, mind and words\n\nis a liberated person, even within the material world.\"\n\n(Bhakti­\n\nrasamrta-sindhu 1.2.187) Therefore, one is forbidden to regard the guru\n\nas an ordinary human being (gur!L$U nara-matir ... naraki saM. The\n\nspiritual master, or acarya, is always situated in the spiritual status of\n\nlife. Birth, death, old age and disease do not affect him. According to the\nHari-bhakti-vilasa, therefore, after the disappearance of an acarya, his\n\nbody is never burnt to ashes, for it is a spiritual body. The spiritual body\nis always unaffected by material conditions.\nTEXT 21\n\n���ij�fwl � �•nqrfa:ijt'1fq 1\n'\"\"+41,.,.,�.,.,il-:=r'if tRJ: �: � �mr: II�� II\ntasmiid bhadre sva-tanayan\nmaya vyapaditan api\nmanu.Soca yata/:t sarva/:t\nsva-krtarh vindate 'va5a/:t\ntas mat-therefore;\n\nbhad re -my dear sister (all auspiciousness unto\n\nyou); sva-tanayan-for your own sons; maya -by me; vyapaditan­\n\nunfortunately killed; api-although; rna anu.Soca-do not be aggrieved;\n\nyata/:t-because; sarva/:t -everyone; sva-krtam-the fruitive results of\n\none's own deeds; vindate-suffers or enjoys; ava.Sa/:t-under the control\nof providence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear sister Devaki, all good fortune unto you. Everyone\nsuffers and enjoys the results of his own work under the control of\nprovidence. Therefore, although your sons have unfortunately\nbeen killed by me, please do not lament for them.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in the Brahma-samhita (5.54):\nyas tv indra-gopam athavendram aho sva-karmabandhanurupa-phala-bhajanam atanoti\n\n", "SB10.1#p0323": "296\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto I 0, Ch. 4\n\nkarmdJJi nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhajam\ngovindam adi-pur�am tam aham bhajami\nEveryone, beginning from the small insect known as indra-gopa up to\nlndra, the King of the heavenly planets, is obliged to undergo the results\nof his fruitive activities. We may superficially see that one is suffering or\nenjoying because of some external causes, but the real cause is one's own\nfruitive activities. Even when someone kills someone else, it is to be\nunderstood that the person who was killed met the fruitive results of his\nown work and that the man who killed him acted as the agent of material\nnature. Thus Karilsa begged Devaki's pardon by analyzing the matter\ndeeply. He was not the cause of the death of Devaki's sons. Rather, this\nwas their own destiny. Under the circumstances, Devaki should excuse\nKarilsa and forget his past deeds without lamentation. Karilsa admitted\nhis own fault, but whatever he had done was under the control of providence. Karilsa might have been the immediate cause for the death of\nDevaki's sons, but the remote cause was their past deeds. This was an\nactual fact.\nTEXT 22\n\nttl�:{ffl� �t{tl@�l�+tlwf �S�t� I\niji��G\\�+tlrilijl � ����II\nyavad dhato 'smi hantasmity atmanam manyate 'sva-drk\ntavat tad-abhimany ajfio\nbadhya-badhakatam iyat\nyavat-as long as; hata� asmi-1 am now being killed (by others);\nhanta asmi-1 am the killer (of others); iti-thus; atmanam-own self;\nmanyate-he considers; a-sva-drk-one who has not seen himself\n(because of the darkness of the bodily conception of life); tavat-for that\nlong; tat-abhimani-regarding himself as the killed or the killer;\najfia�-a foolish person; badhya-badhakatam-the worldly transaction\nof being obliged to execute some responsibility; iyat-continues.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0324": "Text 23]\n\nThe Atrocities of King Kamsa\n\n297\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the bodily conception of life, one remains in darkness, without self-realization, thinking, \"I\n\nam\n\nbeing killed\" or \"I have\n\nkilled my enemies.\" As long as a foolish person thus considers the\nself to he the killer or the killed, he continues to be responsible\nfor material obligations, and consequently he suffers the reactions\nof happiness and distress.\nPURPORT\nBy the grace of the Lord, Karhsa felt sincere regret for having unnecessarily persecuted such Vai�?�avas as Devaki and Vasudeva, and thus he\ncame to the transcendental stage of knowledge. \"Because I am situated\non the platform of knowledge,\" Karhsa said, \"understanding that I am\nnot at all the killer of your sons, I have no responsibility for their death.\nAs long as I thought that I would be killed by your son, I was in ignorance, but now I am free from this ignorance, which was due to a\nbodily conception of life.\" As stated in Bhagavad-gita (18.17):\n\nyasya nahankrto bhavo\nbuddhir yas.r.,a na lipyate\nhatvapi sa imal lokan\nna hanti na nibadhyate\n\"One who is not motivated by false ego, whose intelligence is not entangled, though he kills men in this world, is not the slayer. Nor is he\nbound by his actions.\" According to this axiomatic truth, Karhsa pleaded\nthat he was not responsible for having killed the sons of Devaki and\nVasudeva. \"Please try to excuse me for such false, external activities,\"\nhe said, \"and be pacified with this same knowledge.\"\nTEXT 23\n\n� ���{I�;� �� �::rn:f�H I\n�WI��: m:iww;: �������II\n�amadhvam mama dauratmyam\nsadhavo dina-vatsala/:t\n\n", "SB10.1#p0325": "298\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\nity uktvasru-mukha� padau\nsyala� svasror athagrahit\n�amadhvam-kindly excuse; mama-my; daurdtmyam-atrocious\nactivities; sddhava�-both of you are great saintly persons; dinavatsald�-and are very kind to poor, cripple-minded persons; iti\nuktvd-saying this; a§ru-mukha�-his face full of tears; padau-the\nfeet; syala�-his brother-in-law Kamsa; svasro�-of his sister and\nbrother-in-law; atha-:-thus; agrahit-captured.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKamsa begged, \"My dear sister and brother-in-law, please be\n\nmerciful to such a poor-hearted person as me, since both of you\nare saintly persons. Please excuse my atrocities.\" Having said this,\n\nKamsa fell at the feet of Vasudeva and Devaki, his eyes full of tears\n\nof regret.\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough Kamsa had spoken very nicely on the subject of real knowledge, his past deeds were abominable and atrocious, and therefore he\nfurther begged forgiveness from his sister and brother-in-law by falling\nat their feet and admitting that he was a most sinful person.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�� f;t•t:Siif �: �Wm I\n....\n\n� � :q a:4l�hu��e� ll';('dll\nmocayam dsa nigac;lad\nviSrabdha� kanyakd-gira\ndevakiril vasudevaril ca\ndarsayann dtma-sauhrdam\n\nmocayam dsa-Kamsa released them;\nshackles;\n\nniga(lat-from their iron\n\nviSrabdha�-with full confidence;\n\nwords of the goddess Durga;\n\nkanyakd-gira-in\n\nthe\n\ndevakim-toward his sister Devaki;\n\n", "SB10.1#p0326": "The Atrocities of King Kamsa\n\nText 25]\n\n299\n\nvasudevam ca-and his brother-in-law Vasudeva; darsaya n-fully exhibiting; dtma-sauhrdam-his family relationship.\nTRANSLATION\nFully believing in the words of the goddess Durgi, K.amsa exhibited his familial affection for Devakl and Vasudeva by immediately releasing them from their iron shackles.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�: �'lsEtfl@ ��mt\nlii:JY:U.UW\n\n� �m 1\n\n�'f'l � �� ( II� '-\\II\n\nbhrdtu� samanutaptasya\n�4nta-ra,4 ca devakf\nvyasrjad vasudeva§ ca\nprahasya tam uv4ca ha\nbhr4tu� -toward her brother Kamsa; samanutaptasya -because of\nhis being regretful; �4nta- ro,4 -was relieved of anger; ca-also;\n\ndevakr-K nt:la ' s mother, Devaki; vyasrjat-gave up; vasudeva� ca­\n\nVasudeva also; prahasya-smiling; tam-unto Kamsa; uv4ca-said;\nha-in the past.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Devakl saw her brother actually repentant while explaining ordained events, she was relieved of all anger. Similarly,\nVasudeva was also free from anger. Smiling, he spoke to K.amsa as\nfollows.\nPURPORT\nDevaki and Vasudeva, both highly elevated personalities, accepted the\ntruth presented by Karhsa that everything is ordained by providence. According to the prophecy, Karhsa would be killed by the eighth child of\nDevaki. Therefore, Vasudeva and Devaki saw that behind all these incidents was a great plan devised by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0327": "300\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\nBecause the Lord had already taken birth, just like a human child, and\nwas in the safe custody of Yasodii, everything was happening according to\nplan, and there was no need to continue their ill feeling toward Karhsa.\nThus they accepted Karhsa's words.\nTEXT 26\n\n�� ;:p.f( � a,�..n� 1\n3l��m: ((lq�Rt � ��r: ������\nevam etan maha-bhaga\nyatha vadasi dehinam\najiidna-prabhavaham-dhib,\nsva-pareti bhida yatab,\nevam-yes, this is right; etat-what you have said; maha-bhaga-0\ngreat personality; yatha-as; vadasi-you are speaking;\n\ndehinam­\n\nabout living entities (accepting material bodies); ajfiana-prabhava-by\nthe influence of ignorance; aham-dhib,-this is my interest (false ego);\n\nsva-para iti-this is another's interest; bhidd-di:fferentiation; yatab,because of such a conception of life.\nTRANSLATION\n0 great personality Karilsa, only by the influence of ignorance\n\ndoes one accept the material body and bodily ego. What you have\n\nsaid about this philosophy is correct. Persons in the bodily concept\n\nof life, lacking self-realization, differentiate in terms of \"This is\n\nmine\" and \"This belongs to another.\"\nPURPORT\n\nEverything is done automatically by the laws of nature, which work\nunder the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. There is no\nquestion of doing anything independently, for one who has put himself\nin this material atmosphere is fully under the control of nature's laws.\nOur main business, therefore, should be to get out of this conditioned life\nand again become situated in spiritual existence. Only due to ignorance\ndoes a person think, \"I am a demigod,\" \"I am a human being,\" \"I am a\n\n", "SB10.1#p0328": "301\n\nThe Atrocities of King Katbsa\n\nText 27]\n\ndog,\" \"I am a cat,\" or, when the ignorance is still further advanced, \"I\nam God.\" Unless one is fully self-realized, one's life of ignorance will\ncontinue.\nTEXT 27\n\nI\n�l€fi6:'t+t4\n't01�¥416:4id\\P'*U:\n\"'\n�\n\"'\n(' �\n�if\"�;J�ttl��� � : 11�\\911\n\"'\n\nsoka-har�a-bhaya-dve�alobha-moha-madanvita/:t\nmitho ghnantam na pa5yanti\nbhavair bhavam prthag-drsa/:t\nsoka-lamentation; har�a-jubilation; bhaya-fear; dve�a-envy;\nlobha-gteed;\nwith;\n\nmoha-illusion;\n\nmitha/:t-one\n\nanother;\n\npa5yanti-do not see;\n\nmada-madness;\n\nanvita/:t-endowed\n\nghnantam - engaged in killing;\n\nbhavai/:t-because\n\nof\n\nsuch\n\nna\n\ndifferentiation;\n\nbhavam-the situation in relation to the Supreme Lord; prthak-drsa/:tpersons who see everything as separate from the control of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nPersons with the vision of differentiation are imbued with the\nmaterial qualities lamentation, jubilation, fear, envy, greed, illusion and madness. They are influenced by the immediate cause,\nwhich they are busy counteracting, because they have no knowledge of the remote, supreme cause, the Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nK{�1,1a is the cause of all causes (sarva-karar:ta-karar:tam), but one who\nhas no connection with K{�1,1a is disturbed by immediate causes and cannot restrain his vision of separation or differences. When an expert\nphysician treats a patient, he tries to find the original cause of the disease\nand is not diverted by the symptoms of that original cause. Similarly, a\ndevotee is never disturbed by reverses in life. Tat te 'nukampam\n\nsusami�amar;w/:t (Bhag. 10.14.8). A devotee understands that when he\n\nis in distress, this is due to his own past misdeeds, which are now\n\n", "SB10.1#p0329": "302\n\nSrlmad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto IQ, Cb. 4\n\naccruing reactions, al�hough by the grace of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead these are only very slight. Kanndr;�.i nirdahati kintu ca bhakti­\n\nbh4jtlm (Brahma-samhittl5.54). When a devotee under the protection of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead is to suffer because of faults in his\n\npast deeds, he passes through only a little misery by the grace of the\n\nLord. Although the disease of a devotee is due to mistakes committed\n\nsometime in the past, he agrees to suffer and tolerate such miseries, and\nhe depends fully on the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus he is\n\nnever affected by material conditions of lamentation, jubilation, fear and\n\nso on. A devotee never sees anY.thing to be unconnected with the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Srlla MadhvAcArya, quoting from the\nBhavi4ya Purtlr;�.a, says:\n\nbhagavad-darsantld yasya\nvirodhtld darsanarh prthak\nprthag-dr�ti� sa vijneyo\nna tu sad-bheda-darsana�\n\nTEXT 28\n\n����\n\n·������:1\n�ctcih4ij�IRilqMlffl� � 11��11\nsrf-suka uvtlca\nkarhsa evarh prasanntlbhytlm\nviSuddham pratib�ita�\ndevakf-vasudevtlbhytlm\nanujMto 'viSad grham\nsn-suka� uvtlca-Sri Sukadeva GosvAmi said; karhsa�-King Karhsa;\nevam-thus; prasanntlbhytlm-who were very much appeased; viSuddham-in purity; pratibh�ita�-being answered; devakf-vasudevabhyam-by Devaki and Vasudeva; anujMta�-taking permission;\naviSat-entered; grham-his own palace.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0330": "The Atrocities of King Kamsa\n\nText 29]\n\n303\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi continued: Thus having been addressed in\n\npurity by Devaki and Vasudeva, who were very much appeased,\n\nKalilsa felt pleased, and with their permission he entered his\nhome.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n· ....:.\n\nn\n\n.\n\n.\n\n�\n\n� u7-1• otr�n:n!lt � mr:r ;n�: 1\n:..,.._ �\n��\n\nffil_ �� �• !11•1f;t�!11 11��11\n\"'\n\ntasyam ratryam vyatitayam\nkamsa ahaya mantrir;ta�\ntebhya ac�ta tat sarvam\nyad uktam yoga-nidraya\ntasyam-that; ratryam-night; vyatitayam-having passed; kamsa�-King Karhsa; ahaya-calling for;\n\nmantrir;ta�-all the minis­\n\nters; tebhya�-them; dc�ta-informed; tat-that ; sarvam-all; yat\nuktam-which was spoken (that Kamsa's murderer was already somewhere else); yoga-nidraya-by Yogamaya, the goddess Durga.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter that night passed, Kamsa summoned his ministers and in­\n\nformed them of all that had been spoken by Yogamaya [who had\n\nrevealed that He who was to slay Kamsa had already been born\nsomewhere else].\n\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic scripture Car:uJ,i describes maya, the energy of the Supreme\nLord, as nidra: durga devi sarva-bhate�u nidra-ruper;ta samasthita�. The\nenergy of Yogamaya and Mahamaya keeps the living entities sleeping in\nthis material world in the great darkness of ignorance. Yogamaya, the\ngoddess Durga, kept Karhsa in darkness about ��:Q.a's birth and misled\nhim to believe that his enemy ��:Q.a had been born elsewhere. ��:Q.a was\nborn the son of Devaki, but according to the Lord's original plan, as\n\n", "SB10.1#p0331": "304\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nprophesied to Brahma, He went to V:rndavana to give pleasure to mother\nYasoda and Nanda Maharaja and other intimate friends and devotees for\neleven years. Then He would return to kill Kamsa. Because Kamsa did\nnot know this, he believed Yogamaya's statement that K:r!?I.J.a was born\nelsewhere, not of Devaki.\n\nakarrJya bhartur gaditam\ntam acur deva-satravatt\ndevan prati krtamar$d\ndaiteya nati-kovidatt\nakar�ya-after hearing; bhartutt-of their master; gaditam-the\nwords or statement; tam acutt-replied to him; deva-satravatt-all the\n\nasuras, who were enemies of the demigods; devan-the demigods;\nprati-toward;\n\nkrta-amar$att-who\n\nwere\n\nenvious;\n\ndaiteyatt-the\n\nasuras; na-not; ati-kovidatt-who were very expert in executing\ntransactions.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing their master's statement, the envious asuras, who\n\nwere enemies of the demigods and were not very expert in their\ndealings, advised Karilsa as follows.\n\nPURPORT\nThere are two different types of men-the asuras and the suras.\n\ndvau bhata-sargau loke 'smin\ndaiva asura eva ca\nvi$�u-bhakta smrto daiva\nasuras tad-viparyayatt\n(Padma Pura�a)\n\n", "SB10.1#p0332": "305\n\nThe Atrocities of King Kamsa\n\nText 32]\n\nThose who are devotees of Lord Vi�t;tu, ��t;ta, are suras, or devas,\nwhereas those who are opposed to the devotees are called asuras. Devotees are expert in all transactions (yasyasti bhaktir bhagavaty akiiicana\n\nsarvair gur:wis tatra samasate sura�). Therefore they are called kovida,\nwhich means \"expert.\" Asuras, however, although superficially showing\nexpertise in passionate activities, are actually all fools. They are neither\nsober nor expert. Whatever they do is imperfect. Moghasa mogha­\n\nkarmar:w�.\n\nAccording to this description of the asuras given in\n\nBhagavad-gita (9.12), whatever they do will ultimately be baffied. It was\n\nsuch persons who advised Kamsa because they were his chief friends and\nministers.\nTEXT 31\n\n� � � �OU'ltN11R!! I\no:.T\n\n��\n�\n'\"'\n��\n.nil'{ 1��\n'til� (�Qj 1'415'-1\ntf 1'{1'(��1 1 ��II\nevam cet tarhi bhojendra\npura-grama-vrajadi.§u\nanirdaSan nirdaSams ca\nhani.§yamo 'dya vai siSan\n\nevam-thus; cet-if it is so; tarhi-then; bhoja-indra-0 King of\nBhoja; pura-grama-vraja-adi.§u-in all the towns, villages and pasturing\ngrounds; anirdaSan-those who are less than ten days old; nirdaSan\nca-and those who are just over ten days old; hani.§yama�-we shall\nkill;\n\nadya-beginning\n\nfrom\n\ntoday;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nsiSun-all\n\nsuch\n\nchildren.\nTRANSLATION\nIf this is so, 0 King of the Bhoja dynasty, beginning today we\nshall kill all the children born in all the villages, towns and pasturing grounds within the past ten days or slightly more.\nTEXT 32\n\nn. lift�:\n�anr.iLs1 IISJ:i\n\n�ftqf';ij �:�:1\n'\"' �s\n\n��l!f-!JEI-�-4 It�� II\n\n", "SB10.1#p0333": "306\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\nkim udyamaift ka�yanti\ndevaft samara-bhiravaf!,\nnityam udvigna-manaso\njya-gho$air dhanfL$as tava\nkim-what; udyamaif!,-by their endeavors; ka�yanti-will do;\ndevaf!,-all the demigods; samara-bhiravaf!,-who are afraid of fighting; nityam-always; udvigna-manasaf!,-with agitated minds; jyagho$aif!,-by the sound of the string; dhanfL$afl,-of the bow; tavayour.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods always fear the sou:rid of your bowstring. They\n\nare constantly in anxiety, afraid of fighting. Therefore, what can\nthey do by their endeavors to harm you?\n\nasyatas te sara-vratair\nhanyamanaf!, samantataf!,\njijivi$ava utsrjya\npalayana-pard yayuf!,\nasyatafl,-pierced by your discharged arrows; te-your; sara-vrataif!,-by the multitude of arrows; hanyamanaf!,-being killed; samantataf!,-here and there; jijivi$avaf!,-aspiring to live; utsrjya-giving up\nthe battlefield; palayana-paraf!,-intent on escaping; yayuf!,-they fled\n(the fighting).\nTRANSLATION\nWhile being pierced by your arrows, which you discharged on\n\nall sides, some of them, who were injured by the multitude of ar­\n\nrows but who desired to live, fied the battlefield, intent on\n\nescaping.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0334": "The Atrocities of King Kamsa\n\nText 35]\n\n307\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�����'�\"��:I\nu=:r-.x�•�t: � ii'�H ���:II��II\nkecit prdfijalayo dfnd\nnyasta-sastrd divaukasa�\nmukta-kaccha-sikhd� kecid\nbhftd� sma iti vddina�\nkecit-some of them; prdfija ul.ya� -folded their hands just to please\nyou; d rnc1� -very poor; nyasta-sastrc1� -being bereft of all weapons;\n\ndivaukasa� -the demigods; mukta-kaccha-sikhc1�-their garments and\nhair loosened and scattered; kecit-some of them; bhftd� -we are very\nmuch afraid; sma-so became; iti vddina� -they spoke thus.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nDefeated and bereft of all weapons, some of the demigods gave\nup fighting and praised you with folded hands, and some of them,\nappearing before you with loosened garments and hair, said, \"0\nlord, we are very much afraid of you.\"\n\nTEXT 35\n\n��f.l�����¥f�{6f'i.l\nan•=mlij'fif4*RC41'i ll��ttmf!J'olt(!: II� �II\nna tvam vismrta-sastrastrdn\nvirathdn bhaya-samvrtdn\nhamsy anyasakta-vimukhdn\nbhagna-cdpdn ayudhyata�\nna-not;\n\ntvam-Your Majesty;\n\nvismrta-sastra-astrdn-those who\n\nhave forgotten how to use weapons; virathan-without chariots; bhaya­\n\nsamvrtan-bewildered by fear; hamsi-does kill; anya-asakta-vimukhan-persons attached not to fighting but to some other subject matter;\n\n", "SB10.1#p0335": "308\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\nb hagna-capan-their bows broken; ayudhyatab,-and thus not fightmg.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the demigods are bereft of their chariots, when they\n\nforget how to use weapons, when they are fearful or attached to\n\nsomething other than fighting, or when their bows are broken and\nthey have thus lost the ability to fight, Your Majesty does not kill\nthem.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThere are principles that govern even fighting. If an enemy has no\nchariot, is unmindful of the fighting art because of fear, or is unwilling\nto fight, he is not to be killed. Kamsa's ministers reminded Kamsa that\ndespite his power, he was cognizant of the principles of fighting, and\ntherefore he had excused the demigods because of their incapability.\n\"But the present emergency,\" the mini§_ters said, \"is not intended for\nsuch mercy or military etiquette. Now you should prepare to fight under\nany circumstances.\" Thus they advised Kamsa to give up the traditional\netiquette in fighting and chastise the enemy at any cost.\n\nkim �ema-surair vibudhair\nasamyuga-vikatthanaib,\nraho-j!L$d kim hari1Jii,\nsambhuna va vanaukasa\nkim indre1Jii,lpa-viryery,a\nbrahma1Ja va tapasyata\nkim-what is there to fear; �ema-in a place where there is a scarcity\nof the ability to fight; s araib,-by the demigods; vibudhaib,-by such\npowerful persons; asamyuga-vikatthanaib,-by boasting and talking\n\n", "SB10.1#p0336": "The Atrocities of King Kamsa\n\nText 37]\n\n309\n\nuselessly, away from the fighting; rahal;t-j�li-who is living in a solitary\nplace within the core of the heart; kim haritu1-what is the fear from\nLord Vi�J).u; sambhunli-(and what is the fear) from Lord Siva; viieither; vana-okasli-who is living in the forest; kim indre�-what is\nthe fear from lndra; alpa-virye�-he is not at all powerful (having no\npower to fight with you); brahmatu1-and what is the fear from\nBrahmii; vii-either; tapasyatli-who is always engaged in meditation.\nTRANSLATION\nThe demigods boast uselessly while away from the battlefield.\n\nOnly where there is no fighting can they show their prowess.\n\nTherefore, from such demigods we have nothing to fear. As for\n\nLord Vi�J}.u, He is in seclusion in the core of the hearts of the\n\nyogis. As for Lord Siva, he has gone to the forest. And as for Lord\n\nBrahmi, he is always engaged in austerities and meditation.\n\nThe other demigods, headed by Indra, are devoid of prowess.\n\nTherefore you have nothing to fear.\n\nPURPORT\n\nKarhsa's ministers told Karhsa t.!J.at all the exalted demigods had fled in\nfear of him. One had gone to the forest, one to the core of the heart, and\none to engage in tapasya. \"Thus you can be free from all fear of the\ndemigods,\" they said. \"Just prepare to fight.\"\nTEXT 37\n\n�� �n �:nq��q�.-lTT � ;r.:�� 1\nijij8fl{'ti5_,*.,-<il'1,.;.;. ������� II� �II\ntathapi devli/:t slipatnylin\nnope�yli iti manmahe\ntatas tan-milla-khanane\nniyurilcyvasmlin anuvratlin\ntathli api -still; devli/:t-the demigods; slipatnylit-due to enmity; na\n\nupe�yli/:J, -should not be neglected; iti manmahe-this is our opinion;\n\ntata/:J,-therefore;\n\ntat-milla-khanane-to\n\nuproot them completely;\n\n", "SB10.1#p0337": "310\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\nniyu nksva-engage; asman-us; anuvratan-who are ready to follow\n\nyou.\nTRANSLATION\nNonetheless, because of their enmity, our opinion is that the\ndemigods should not be neglected. Therefore, to uproot them\ncompletely, engage us in fighting with them, for we are ready to\nfollow you.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to moral instructions, one should not neglect to extinguish\nfire completely, treat diseases completely, and clear debts completely.\nOtherwise they will increase and later be difficult to stop. Therefore the\nminsters advi�ed Kamsa to uproot his enemies completely.\nTEXT 38\n\n7.t11TlPits:f ��) �� � �;:qa:�f?tim1tN'\n����\n�qr..-�un\nft��'l �it \" � II�<; II\nyathdmayo 'nge samupe�ito nrbhir\nna sakyate r04ha-padaS cikitsitum\nyathendriya-grama upe�itas tatha\nripur mahan baddha-balo na calyate\nyatha-as; amaya�-a disease; arige-in the body; samupe�ita�­\n\nbeing neglected; nrbhi�-by men; na-not; sakyate-is able; rat;lhapada�-when it is acute; cikitsitum-to be treated; yatha-and as;\nindriya-grama�-the senses; upe�ita�-not controlled in the begin­\n\nning; tatha-similarly; ripu� mahan-a great enemy; baddha-bala�if he becomes strong; na-not; calyate-can be controlled.\nTRANSLATION\nAs a disease, if initially neglected, becomes acute and impossible\n\nto cure, or as the senses, if not controlled at first, are impossible to\n\n", "SB10.1#p0338": "The Atrocities of King Kamsa\n\nText 39]\ncontrol later,\n\nan\n\n311\n\nenemy, if neglected in the beginning, later\n\nbecomes insurmountable.\nTEXT 39\n•\n\n\"\n\n\"\n\n\"'l'\n\n•\n\nC'\n\n� 1l r�c�a:::u.., �� ��: �Jq;:J: 1\n....,_ �Sll�q1\n.... �H �aJOTT: 11�<;11\n� � mfill\n,...\n\nmulam hi v�r.tur devanam\nyatra dharma/:�, sandtana/:1,\ntasya ca brahma-go-viprds\ntapo yajfta/:1, sa-da/cyiTJAi/:t\nmillam-the foundation; hi-indeed; v�T,tu/:1,-is Lord Vi�Q.u; devandm-of the demigods; yatra-wherein; dharma/:1,-religious principles; sandtana/:1,-traditional or eternal; tasya-of this (foundation);\nca-also; brahma-brahminical civilization; go-cow protection;\nvipra/:1,-brahmar.tas; tapa/:1,-austerity; yajftd/:1,-performing sacrifices;\nsa-da/cyiTJAi/:t-with proper remuneration.\nTRANSLATION\nThe foundation of all the demigods is Lord Vi!i!J;lU, who lives an�\nis worshiped wherever there are religious principles, traditional\nculture, the Vedas, cows, brahmaJ;las, austerities, and sacrifices\nwith proper remuneration.\nPURPORT\n\nHere is a description of sandtana-dharma, eternal religious principles,\nwhich must include brahminical culture, brahmar.tas, sacrifices and\nreligion. These principles establish the kingdom of Vi�Q.U. Without the\nkingdom of Vi�Q.u, the kingdom of God, no one can be happy. Na te\nvidu/:1, svartha-gatim hi v�r.tum: in this demoniac civilization, people unfortunately do not understand that the self-interest of human society lies\nin Vi�Q.u. Durasaya ye bahir-artha-manina/:1,: thus they are involved in a\nhopeless hope. People want to be happy without God consciousness, or\nKt�Q.a consciousness, because they are led by blind leaders who lead\n\n", "SB10.1#p0339": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n312\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\nhuman society to chaos. The asuric adherents of Kamsa wanted to disrupt\nthe traditional condition of human happiness and thus defeat the\ndevatiis, the devotees and demigods. Unless the devotees and demigods\npredominate, the asuras will increase, and human society will be in a\nchaotic condition.\nTEXT 40\n\n�«€1t�'4W11 UiSf� il'l&JUlT'{ il'tR� IR\\Wi: I\n... ,...('\n,... '\"'\n�qi�Wll 4��flI�T'f. rrt� �flfl &T��: ll'd II\no\n\ntasmdt sarvatmand rajan\nbrahma¢n brahma-viidina/:1,\ntapasvino yajfia-silan\ngas ca hanmo havir-dugha/:1,\ntasmat-therefore; sarva-atmana-in every respect; rajan-0 King;\nbrahmary,an-the\n\nbrahmary,as;\n\nbrahma-viidina/:1,-who maintain the\n\nbrahminical culture, centered around Vi�J).u; tapasvina/:1,-persons who\nare engaged in austerities; yajfia-silan-persons engaged in offering\nsacrifices; ga/:1, ca-cows and persons engaged in protecting cows;\nhanma/:1,-we shall kill; havi/:1,-dugha/:1,-because they supply milk, from\nwhich clarified butter is obtained for the offering of sacrifice.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King, we, who are your adherents in all respects, shall\n\ntherefore kill the Vedic brihma�as, the persons engaged in offer­\n\ning sacrifices and austerities, and the cows that supply milk, from\n\nwhich clarified butter is obtained for the ingredients of sacrifice.\n\nTEXT 41\n\nAm rrtilf� �l� ijq: �� �: �14: I\n�;aT� �l :q �� � ll'dZII\nvipra gava§ ca veda§ ca\ntapa/:1, satyam dama/:1, sama/:1,\n\n", "SB10.1#p0340": "Text 41]\n\nThe Atrocities of King Kamsa\n\n313\n\nsraddha daya titi�a ca\nkratava§ ca hares tanal;\nvipral;-the brahmar:ws; gaval; ca-and the cows; veda/; ca-and the\nVedic knowledge; tapai;-austerity; satyam-truthfulness; damai;control of the senses; samai;-control of the mind; sraddha-faith;\n\ndaya-mercy; titi�a-tolerance; ca-also; krataval; ca-as well as\nhare/; tanal;-are the different parts of the body of Lord\n\nsacrifices;\nVi�QU.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe briihmat:J.as, the cows, Vedic knowledge, austerity, truthfulness, control of the mind and senses, faith, mercy, tolerance and\nsacrifice are the different parts of the body of Lord V i�t;J.u, and they\nare the paraphernalia for a godly civilization.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen we offer our obeisances to the Personality of Godhead, we say:\n\nnamo brahma�Jya-devaya\ngo-brahma�Ja-hitaya ca\njagad-dhitaya kr�lJdya\ngovindaya namo nama/;\nWhen ��Qa comes to establish real perfection in the social order, He\npersonally gives\n\nprotection to the cows and the brahmar:ws (gobrahma�Ja-hitaya ca). This is His first interest because without protection of the brahmar:ws and the cows, there can be no human civilization\nand no question of happy, peaceful life. Asuras, therefore, are always interested in killing the brahmar:ws and cows. Especially in this age, Kaliyuga, cows are being killed all over the world, and as soon as there is a\nmovement to establish brahminical civilization, people in general rebel.\nThus they regard the ��Qa consciousness movement as a form of\n\"brainwashing.\" How can such envious persons be happy in their godless civilization? The Supreme Personality of Godhead punishes them by\nkeeping them in darkness, birth after birth, and pushing them lower and\n\n/\n\n", "SB10.1#p0341": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n314\n\n[Canto I 0, Ch. 4\n\nlower into wretched conditions of hellish life. The J(r�1,1a consciousness\n\nmovement has started a hrahminical civilization, hut especially when it is\n\nintroduced in the Western countries, the asuras try to impede it in many\n\nways. Nonetheless, we must push forward this movement tolerantly for\n\nthe benefit of human society.\n\nsa hi sarva-suradhya�o\n\nhy asura-dvU;l guha-saya/:t\n\ntan-mala devata/:t sarva/:t\n\nsesvara/:t sa-catur-mukha/:t\n\nayam vai tad-vadhopayo\n\nyad r�i�m vihimsanam\n\nsa/:t-He\n\n(Lord Vi�Qu);\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nsarva-sura-adhya�a/:t-the\n\nleader of all the demigods; hi-indeed; asura-dvit-the enemy of the\nasuras; guha-saya/:t-He is the Supersoul within the core of everyone's\n\nheart;\n\ntat-mala/:t-taking shelter at His lotus feet;\n\ndevata/:t-the\n\ndemigods exist; sarva/:t-all of them; sa-iSvara/:t-including Lord Siva;\n\nsa-catu/:t-mukha/:t-as well as Lord Brahmii, who has four faces;\n\nayam-this is; vai-indeed; tat-vadha-upaya/:t-the only means of kill­\n\ning Him (Vi�Qu); yat-which; r�i�m-of great sages, saintly persons,\n\nor Vai�1,1avas; vihimsanam-suppression with all kinds of persecution.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Vi!il:.:tu, the Supersoul within the core of everyone's heart,\n\nis the ultimate enemy of the asuras and is therefore known as\n\nasura-dvi�. He is the leader of all the demigods because all the\n\ndemigods, including Lord Siva and Lord Brahmi, exist under His\n\nprotection. The great saintly persons, sages and Vai!il:.:tavas also\n\ndepend upon Him. To persecute the Vai!il:.:tavas, therefore, is the\nonly way to kill Vi!il:.:tU·\n\n", "SB10.1#p0342": "The Atrocities of King Kamsa\n\nText 43]\n\n315\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe demigods and the Vai\"J.lavas especially are part and parcel of the\n\nSupreme Lord, Vi�J.lu, because they are always obedient to His orders\n(om tad v�r:w� paramam padam sada pa.Syanti surayaM. The demoniac\n\nfollowers of Kamsa thought that if the Vai�J.lavas, saintly persons and\n\nsages were persecuted, the original body of Vi\"J.lu would naturally be\ndestroyed. Thus they decided to suppress Vai\"J.lavism. The asuras per­\n\npetually struggle to persecute the Vai\"J.lavas because th�y do not want\n\nVai\"J.lavism to spread. Vai\"J.lavas preach only devotional service, not en­\n\ncouraging karmis, jiianis and yogis, because if one must liberate oneself\n\nfrom material, conditional life, one must ultimately become a Vai\"J.lava.\n\nOur Kr\"1.1a consciousness movement is directed with this understanding,\n\nand therefore the asuras always try to suppress it.\nTEXT 43\n.\n\n��\n\n1;1� 8</T'i!f\n\n��\n�q�fll'\"'lt�: �: �� ij+l{;� ���:\nI\n;f�� mT � €hRJNI�Itdl�: 11\\l�ll\n�\n\n.\n\nsri-suka uvaca\nevarh durmantribhi� kamsa�\nsaha sammantrya durmati�\nbrahma-hirhsam hitam mene\nkala-pasavrto 'sura�\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-in this way;\n\ndurmantribhi�-his bad ministers; kamsa�-King Karhsa; saha-along\n\nwith; sammantrya-after considering very elaborately; durmati�without\n\ngood\n\nbrahmar;as;\n\nintelligence;\n\nbrahma-hirhsclm-persecution\n\nhitam-as the best way;\n\nmene-accepted;\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nkala-pasa­\n\navrta�-being bound by the rules and regulations of Yamaraja;\nasura�-because he was a demon.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi continued: Thus, having considered the in­\n\nstructions of his bad ministers, Kamsa, who was bound by the laws\n\n", "SB10.1#p0343": "316\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\nof Yamarija and devoid of good intelligence because he was a\n\ndemon, decided to persecute the saintly persons, the brahma�as,\nas\n\nthe only way to achieve his own good fortune.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Locana dasa 'fhakura has sung, iipana karama,\n\nbhufijiiye\n\n§amana, kahaye locana diisa. Instead of taking good instructions from\nthe sages and the siistras, godless nondevotees act whimsically, according\nto their own plans. Actually, however, no one has his own plans because\neveryone is bound by the laws of nature and must act according to his\ntendency in material, conditional life. Therefore one must change one's\nown decision and follow the decision of ���a and ���a's devotees.\nThen one is rescued from punishment by Yamaraja. Kamsa was not\nuneducated. It appears from his talks with Vasudeva and Devaki that he\nknew all about the laws of nature. But because of his association with bad\nministers, he could not make a clear decision about his welfare.\nTherefore the Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 22.54) says:\n\n'siidhu-sariga, ' 'siidhu-sariga '-sarva-siistre kaya\nlava-miitra siidhu-sarige sarva-siddhi haya\nIf one desires his real welfare, he must associate with devotees and\nsaintly persons and in this way rectify the material condition of his life.\nTEXT 44\n\nijf.-a:�� m�� � �� 1\n��'NU'l �� �1'\\ �� ll'd'dll\nsandiSya siidhu-lokasya\nkadane kadana-priyiin\nkiima-rapa-dhariin di�u\ndiinaviin grham iiviSat\nsandiSya-after giving permission; siidhu-lokasya-of the saintly\npersons; kadane-in persecution; kadana-priyiin-to the demons, who\n\n", "SB10.1#p0344": "Text 45]\n\nThe Atrocities of King Karil.sa\n\n317\n\nwere very expert at persecuting others; kama-rupa-dharan-who could\nassume any form, according to their own desire; dik$u-in all directions;\ndanavan-to the demons; grham aviSat-Kamsa entered his own palace.\nTRANSLATION\nThese demons, the followers of Kamsa, were expert at persecuting others, especially the Vai11I;lavas, and could assume any form\nthey desired. After giving these demons permission to go everywhere and persecute the saintly persons, Karil.sa entered his palace.\nTEXT 45\n\nij �\n�\n\n���<1« : I\nf.ri��uua.1•r<w:��: 11��11\n\n�:S4t<1����\n\nte vai raja�-prakrtayas\ntamasa mik;lha-cetasa�\nsatam vidve�am dcerur\narad agata-mrtyava�\nte-all the asuric ministers; vai-indeed; raja�-prakrtaya�-surcharged with the mode of passion; tamasd-overwhelmed by the mode\nof ignorance; mik;lha-cetasa�-foolish persons; satam-of saintly persons;\n\nvidve�am-persecution;\n\ndceru�-executed;\n\ndrat agata-mrtya­\n\nva�-impending death having already overtaken them.\nTRANSLATION\nSurcharged with passion and ignorance and not knowing what\nwas good or bad for them, the asuras, for whom impending death\nwas waiting, began the persecution of the saintly persons.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (2.13):\ndehino 'smin yatha dehe\nkaumaram yauvanam jara\n\n", "SB10.1#p0345": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n318\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 4\n\ntatha dehantara-praptir\ndhiras tatra na muhyati\n\"As the embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood to\nyouth to old age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. The\nself-realized soul is not bewildered by such a change.\" Irresponsible persons, surcharged with passion and ignorance, foolishly do things that are\nnot to be done (nanam pramattatt kurute vikarma). But one should know\nthe results of irresponsible actions, as explained in the next verse.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n�: f�tf W �� <?;l�� �ef :q I\n&r� W:rif« �fOr � 4i�G:Mttift: ������\nayutt sriyarh ya§o dharmam\nlokan as�a eva ca\nhanti sreyarhsi sarva�i\npurhso mahad-atikramatt\nayutt -the\n\nduration\n\nof\n\nlife;\n\nsriyam -beauty;\n\nya5att -fame;\n\ndharmam -religion; lokan-elevation to higher planets; as�att -bless ings; eva-indeed; ca -also; hanti -destroys; sreyarhsi -benedictions;\n\nsarva�i -all;\n\npumsatt -of a person;\n\nmahat-atik ramatt -trespassing\n\nagainst great personalities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King, when a man persecutes great souls, all his\n\nbenedictions of longevity, beauty, fame, religion, blessings and\npromotion to higher planets will be destroyed.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Tenth Canto, Fourth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Atrocities of King\nKarhsa.\"\n\n", "SB10.1#p0346": "CHAPTER FIVE\n\nThe Meeting of\nNanda Maharaja and Vasudeva\nAs described in this chapter, Nanda Maharaja very gorgeously performed\nthe birth ceremony for his newborn child. Then he went to Kamsa to pay\ntaxes due and met his intimate friend Vasudeva.\nThere was great jubilation all over V:rndavana due to K:r��a's birth.\nEveryone was overwhelmed with joy. Therefore the King of Vraja,\nMaharaja Nanda, wanted to perform the birth ceremony for his child,\nand this he did. During this great festival, Nanda Maharaja gave in\ncharity to all present whatever they desired. After the festival, Nanda\nMaharaja put the cowherd men in charge of protecting Gokula, and then\nhe went to Mathura to pay official taxes to Kamsa. In Mathura, Nanda\nMaharaja met Vasudeva. Nanda Maharaja and Vasudeva were brothers,\nand Vasudeva praised Nanda Maharaja's good fortune because he knew\nthat K:r��a had accepted Nanda Maharaja as His father. When Vasudeva\ninquired from Nanda Maharaja about the welfare of the child, Nanda\nMaharaja informed him all about V:rndavana, and Vasudeva was very\nmuch satisfied by this, although he expressed his grief because Devaki's\nmany children had been killed by Kamsa. Nanda Maharaja consoled\nVasudeva by saying that everything happens according to destiny and\nthat one who knows this is not aggrieved. Expecting many disturbances\nin Gokula, Vasudeva then advised Nanda Maharaja not to wait in\nMathura, but to return to V:rndavana as soon as possible. Thus Nanda\nMaharaja took leave of Vasudeva and returned to V:rndavana with the\nother cowherd men on their bullock carts.\nTEXTS 1-2\n\n��\n�� � �� +4(1+4wtl: I\n\n3Tif{ � �a:�li �Rn �M@,�t: II � II\n319\n\n", "SB10.1#p0347": "320\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 5\n\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nnandas tv atmaja utpanne\njatahlado maha-mana/;l\n\nahilya vipran veda-jnan\n\nsnatal;l sucir alarikrta/;l\n\nvacayitva svastyayanam\n\njata-karmatmajasya vai\n\nkarayam asa vidhivat\n\npitf-devarcanam tatha\n\nsri-suka/;l uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; nanda/;l-Maharaja\n\nNanda; tu-indeed; dtmaje-his son; utpanne-having been born;\n\njata-overwhelmed; ahlada/;l-in great jubilation; maha-manal;l-who\n\nwas great minded; ahilya-invited; vipran-the brahmar:ws; veda­\n\njnan-who were fully conversant in Vedic knowledge; snata/;l-taking a\n\nfull bath; suci/;l-purifying himself; alarikrta/;l-being dressed very\nnicely with ornaments and fresh garments; vacayitva-after causing to\n\nbe recited; svasti-ayanam-Vedic mantras (by the brahmar:ws); jatakarma-the festival for the birth of the child; atmajasya-of his own\n\nson; vai-indeed; karayam lisa-caused to be performed; vidhi-vat­\n\naccording to the Vedic regulations; pitr-deva-arcanam-the worship of\nthe forefathers and the demigods; tatha-as well as.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: Nanda Maharaja was naturally very mag­\n\nnanimous, and when Lord Sri �111,1a appeared as his son, he was\noverwhelmed by jubilation. Therefore, after bathing and purify­\n\ning hinlself and dressing himself properly, he invited brihm81,las\n\nwho knew how to recite Vedic mantras. After having these\n\nqualified brihma1,1as recite auspicious Vedic hymns, he arranged to\n\nhave the Vedic birth ceremony celebrated for his newborn child\n\naccording to the rules and regulations, and he also arranged for\nworship of the demigods and forefathers.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0348": "Text3]\n\nThe Meeting of Nanda Maharaja and Vasudeva\n\n321\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura has discussed the significance of\n\nthe words nandas tu. The word tu, he says, is not used \\O fulfill the sen­\n\ntence, because without tu the sentence is complete. Therefore the word tu\n\nis used for a different purpose. Although ��Qa appeared as the son of\n\nDevaki, Devaki and Vasudeva did not enjoy the jata-karma, the festival\n\nof the birth ceremony. Instead, this ceremony was enjoyed by Nanda\nMahar�ja, as stated here (nandas tv atmaja utpanne jatahlado maha­\n\nmana�). When Nanda Maharaja met Vasudeva, Vasudeva could not dis­\n\nclose, \"Your son ��Qa is actually my son. You are His father in a\ndifferent way, spiritually.\" Because of fear of Kamsa, Vasudeva could\nnot observe the festival for K:r�Qa's birth. Nanda Maharaja, however,\n\ntook full advantage of this opportunity.\n\nThe jata-karma ceremony can take place when the umbilical cord,\n\nconnecting the child and the placenta, is cut. However, since ��Qa was\n\nbrought by Vasudeva to the house of Nanda Maharaja, where was the\n\nchance for this to happen? In this regard, Visvanatha Cakravarti\n'fhakura desires to prove with evidence from many siistras that ��Qa ac­\n\ntually took birth as the son of Yasoda before the birth of Yogamaya, who\nis therefore described as the Lord's younger sister. Even though there\n\nmay be doubts about the cutting of the umbilical cord, and even though\n\nit is possible that this was not done, when the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead appears, such events are regarded as factual. K:r�Qa appeared as\n\nVarahadeva from the nostril of Brahma, and therefore Brahma is de­\n\nscribed as the father· of Varahadeva. Also significant are the words\n\nkarayam iisa vidhivat. Being overwhelmed with jubilation over the birth\n\nof his son, Nanda Maharaja did not see whether the cord was cut or not.\n\nThus he performed the ceremony very gorgeously. According to the\n\nopinion of some authorities, ��Qa was actually born as the son of\n\nYasoda. In any case, without regard for material understandings, we can\naccept that Nanda Maharaja's celebration for the ceremony of K:r�Qa's\n\nbirth was proper. This ceremony is therefore well known everywhere as\nNandotsava.\n\nTEXT3\n\n���m+1t:�1\n�$ � �m����(l'tdl111 � II\n\n", "SB10.1#p0349": "[Canto 10, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n322\n\ndhenunaril niyute pradad\nviprebhya� samalarikrte\ntiladrin sap ta ratna ughasata ka umbhambaravrtan\ndhenunam-of milk-giving cows; niyute-two million; pradat-gave\nin charity; viprebhya�-unto the brahmar:ws; samalarikrte-completely\ndecorated; tila-adrin-hills of grain; sapta-seven; ratna-ogha-satakaumbha-ambara-avrtan-covered with jewels and cloth embroidered\n\nwith gold.\nTRANSLATION\nNanda Maharaja gave two million cows, completely decorated\n\nwith cloth and jewels, in charity to the briihmaJ}.as. He also gave\n\nthem seven hills of grain, covered with jewels and with cloth deco'\nrated with golden embroidery.\n\nkalena snana-saucabhyam\nsamskarais tapasejyaya\nsudhyanti danai� sant�tya\ndravyar:ty atmatma-vidyaya\nkalena-by due course of time (the land and other material things become purified); snana-saucabhyam-by bathing (the body becomes\npurified)\n\nand\n\nby\n\nsarilskarai�-by\n\ncleansing\n\n(unclean\n\nthings\n\nbecome\n\npurified);\n\npurificatory\n\nprocesses\n\n(birth\n\nbecomes\n\npurified);\n\ntapasa-by austerity (the senses become purified); ijyaya-by worship\n(the\n\nbrahmar:ws\n\nbecome\n\npurified);\n\nsudhyanti-become\n\npurified;\n\ndanaib.-by charity (wealth becomes purified); sant�!ya-by satisfaction (the mind becomes purified); dravyar:ti-all material possessions,\nsuch as cows, land and gold; iitmii-the soul (becomes purified); atmavidyaya-by self-realization.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0350": "Text 5]\n\nThe Meeting of Nanda Maharaja and Vasudeva\n\n323\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, by the passing of time, land and other material possessions are purified; by bathing, the body is purified; and by being\ncleansed, unclean things are purified. By purificatory ceremonies,\nbirth is purified; by austerity, the senses are purified; and by\nworship and charity offered to the briihma�as, material possessions are purified. By satisfaction, the mind is purified; and by\nself-realization, or .Krf�a consciousness, the soul is purified.\nPURPORT\n\nThese are sastric injunctions concerning how one can purify everything according to Vedic civilization. Unless purified, anything we use\nwill infect us with contamination. In India five thousand years ago, even\nin the villages such as that of Nanda Maharaja, people knew how to\npurify things, and thus they enjoyed even material life without\ncontamination.\nTEXTS\n\nijl'tft@tfiti\\ Rim: �fi'tt•N�f.o�: I\n�� �if�� � ii: II'-\\ II\nsaummigalya-giro vipra/:t\nsiiJa-magadha-vandina/:t\ngayakaS ca jagur nedur\nbheryo dundubhayo muhu/:t\nsaumarigalya-gira/:t-whose chanting of mantras and hymns purified\nthe environment by their vibration; vipra/:t - the brahma7Jas; s ata - experts in reciting all the histories; magadha-experts in reciting the\nhistories of special royal families;\n\nvandina/:t-general\n\nprofessional\n\nreciters; gaya ka/:t- singers; ca-as well as; jagu/:t-chanted; nedu/:tvibrated; bherya/:t-a kind of musical instrument; dundubhaya/:t-a\nkind of musical instrument; muhu/:t-constantly.\nTRANSLATION\nThe briihma�as recited auspicious Vedic hymns, which purified\nthe environment by their vibration. The experts in reciting old\n\n·\n\n", "SB10.1#p0351": "(Canto 10, Ch. 5\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n324\n\nhistories like the Pur�as, the experts in reciting the histories of\n\nroyal families, and general reciters all chanted, while singers\n\nsang and many kinds of musical instruments, like bheris and\n\ndundubhis, played in accompaniment.\nTEXT6\n\n''\"'\n\n�\n\nvraja� sammma-samsiktadvarajira-grhantara�\ncitra-dhvaja-pataka-srakcaila-pallava-torary,ai�\nvraja�-the land occupied by Nanda Maharaja; sammr�ta-very\nnicely cleaned; samsikta-very nicely washed; dvdra-all the doors or\nentrances;\n\najira-courtyards;\n\ngrha-antara�-everything within the\n\nhouse; citra-variegated; dhvaja-of festoons; pataka-of flags; srakof flower garlands; caila-of pieces of cloth; pallava-of the leaves of\nmango trees; torary,ai�- (decorated) by gates in different places.\nTRANSLATION\nVrajapura, the residence of Nanda Mahiiriija, was fully decorated\n\nwith varieties of festoons and flags, and in different places, gates\n\nwere made with varieties of flower garlands, pieces of cloth, and\nmango leaves. The courtyards, the gates near the roads, and every­\n\nthing within the rooms of the houses were perfectly swept and\nwashed with water.\n\nTEXT7\n....\n\nf(lerl\n\n�T tf�\n\n'\"'\n\n�\n\n'\"'\n\nrn:�de�l1ijt: I\n\nAA�&t�()(J����'il�;r:\ngavo vr�a vatsatara\nharidra-taila-ril$ita�\n\nII \\9 II\n\n", "SB10.1#p0352": "Text 8]\n\nThe Meeting of Nanda Maharaja and Vasudeva\n\n325\n\nvicitra-dhatu-barhasragvastra-kaiicana-malinabgavab--the cows; vr$ab--the bulls; vatsata�ab--the calves; haridra-with a mixture of turmeric; taila-and oil; TU$itab--their entire\nbodies smeared; vicitra-decorated varieties of; dhatu-colored minerals;\n\nbarha-srak-peacock-feather\n\ngarlands;\n\nvastra-cloths;\n\nkaii­\n\ncana-golden ornaments; malinab--being decorated with garlands.\nTRANSLATION\nThe cows, the bulls and the calves were thoroughly smeared\nwith a mixture of turmeric and oil, mixed with varieties of\nminerals. Their heads were bedecked with peacock feathers,\nand they were garlanded and covered with cloth and golden\nornaments.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead has instructed in Bhagavadgita\n\n(18.44),\n\nkr$i-go-rak$ya-vaJJ,ijyam\n\nvaiSya-karma-svabhavajam:\n\n\"Farming, cow protection and trade are the qualities of work for the\nvaiSyas.\" Nanda Maharaja belonged to the vaiSya community, the\nagriculturalist community. How to protect the cows and how rich this\ncommunity was are explained in these verses. We can hardly imagine\nthat cows, bulls and calves could be cared for so nicely and decorated so\nwell with cloths and valuable golden ornaments. How happy they were.\nAs\n\ndescribed\n\nelsewhere\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nBhagavatam,\n\nduring\n\nMaharaja\n\nYudhi�thira's time the cows were so happy that they used to muddy the\npasturing ground with milk. This is Indian civilization. Yet in the same\nplace, India, Bharatavar�a, how much people are suffering by giving up\nthe Vedic way of life and not understanding the teachings of Bhagavadgitii.\nTEXTS\n�\n\n\"\n'\"' c.\n��;mNI(UI�=>i�ltUli'1�<:tt:\nI\nilm: �Tlfl u� ;n;nq'l'n'ttwtq\"\"lo\"\"\ntH 11 � 11\nl\n'\"'\n\n'\"'\n\n....\n\n", "SB10.1#p0353": "326\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 5\n\nmaharha-vastrabhara�kaiicuko�r;r,�a-bhi4ita/:t\ngopa/:t samayay a rajan\nnanopayana-pa�ya/:t\nmahd-arha-extremely valuable; vastra-abhara�-with garments\nand ornaments; kaiicuka-by a particular type of garment used in\nV:rndavana;\n\n�r;t�a-with turbans; bhi4ita/;t-being nicely dressed;\n\ngopa/:t-all the cowherd men; samayayu/:t-came there; rajan-0\nKing (Maharaja Parik�it); nand-various; upayana-presentations;\npd�ya/:t-holding in their hands.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it, the cowherd men dressed very opulently with\n\nvaluable ornaments and garments such as coats and turbans. Deco­\n\nrated in this way and carrying various presentations in their hands,\nthey approached the house of Nanda Mahiriija.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen we consider the past condition of the agriculturalist in the\nvillage, we can see how opulent he was, simply because of agricultural\nproduce and protection of cows. At the present, however, agriculture\nhaving been neglected and cow protection given up, the agriculturalist is\nsuffering pitiably and is dressed in a niggardly torn cloth. This is the distinction between the India of history and the India of the present day. By\nthe atrocious activities of ugra-karma, how we are killing the opportunity of human civilization!\n\ngopya§ cakarr;r,ya mudita\n\nya§odaya/:t sutodbhavam\natmanam bhi4ayam cakrur\n\nvastrakalpafijanadibhi/:t\n\n", "SB10.1#p0354": "Text 10] The Meeting of Nanda Mahiiriija and Vasudeva\n\n327\n\ngopya�-the feminine community, the wives of the cowherd men;\nca-also;\n\nhearing;\n\naka�ya-after\n\nmudita�-became\n\nvery\n\nglad;\n\nya5odiiya�-of mother Yasoda; suta-udbhavam-the birth of a male\nchild; atmanam-personally; bhil{;ayam cakru� -;- dressed very nicely to\nattend the festival; vastra-akalpa-anjana-adibhi�-with proper dress,\nornaments, black ointment, and so on.\nTRANSLATION\nThe gopi wives of the cowherd men were very pleased to hear\nthat mother Ya8odii had given birth to a son, and they began to\ndecorate themselves very nicely with proper dresses, ornaments,\nblack ointment for the eyes, and so on.\nTEXT 10\n\n�i\".tti¥\\Ni�%Q(cNt���n\n'\"'\n\n��\n'ti�I+1����'J\n\nI\n\n�: ���R��1)4'.41: II� II\no\n\nnava-kurikuma-kinjalkamukha-parikaja-bhataya�\nbalibhis tvaritam jagmu�\nprthu-sror:tya5 calat-kuca�\nnava-kurikuma-kinjalka-with saffron and newly grown kurikuma\nflower; mukha-parikaja-bhataya�-exhibiting an extraordinary beauty\nin their lotuslike faces; balibh*-with presentations in their hands;\ntvaritam-very quickly;\n\njagmu�-went\n\n(to\n\nthe house of mother\n\nYasoda ) ; prthu-sror:tya�-bearing full hips, fulfilling womanly beauty;\ncalat-kuca�-their developed breasts were moving.\nTRANSLATION\n\nTheir lotuslike faces extraordinarily beautiful, being decorated\nwith saffron and newly grown kuilkuma, the wives of the cowherd\nmen hurried to the house of mother Ya8odii with presentations in\ntheir hands. Because of natural beauty, the wives had full hips and\nfull breasts, which moved as they hurried along.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0355": "328\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\nThe cowherd men and women in the villages lived a very natural life,\nand the women developed a natural feminine beauty, with full hips and\nbreasts. Because women in modern civilization do not live naturally,\ntheir hips and breasts do not develop this natural fullness. Because of artificial living, women have lost their natural beauty, although they claim\nto be independent and advanced in material civilization. This description\nof the village women gives a clear example of the contrast between\nnatural life and the artificial life of a condemned society, such as that of\nthe Western countries, where topless, bottomless beauty may be easily\npurchased in clubs and shops and for public advertisements. The word\n\nbalibhi� indicates that the women were carrying gold coins, jeweled\nnecklaces, nice cloths, newly grown grass, sandalwood pulp, flower garlands and similar offerings on plates made of gold. Such offerings are\ncalled bali. The words tvaritam jagmu� indicate how happy the village\nwomen were to understand that mother Yasodii had given birth to a wonderful child known as K:r�J:.la.\n\nTEXT 11\n\ntTlQ.J: Wl!'if'ltWt�&ifil!fi�f�SflkHI: qN �(CCI�¥41@t�'Ji: I\n�� �� �ffir.t��otttit�tU ���:\nII��II\ngopya� sumr�ta-mar;ti-kur;tc},ala-n4ka-kar:tthya5\ncitrambarii� pathi sikha-cyuta-malya-var�ii�\nnandiilayam sa-valaya vrajatir virejur\nvyalola-kur;tc},ala-payodhara-hara-sobhii�\ngopya�-the gopis; su-m ma-very dazzling; mar;t i- made of jewels;\nkur;tc},ala-wearing earrings; n4ka-kar:tthya�-and having little keys\nand lockets hanging from their necks; citra-ambarii�-dressed with\nvarieties of colored embroidery; pathi-on their way to Yasodiimayi's\nhouse; sikha-cyuta-fell from their hair; miilya-var�ii�-a shower of\n\n", "SB10.1#p0356": "Text 11] The Meeting of Nanda Maharaja and Vasudeva\n\n329\n\nflower garlands; nanda-alayam-to the house of Maharaja Nanda; sa­\n\nvalayii�-with bangles on their hands; vrajati�-while going (in that\n\ncostume); vireju�-they looked very, very beautiful; vyalola-moving;\n\nku�la-with earrings; payodhara-with breasts; hiira-with flower\n\ngarlands; sobhii�-who appeared so beautiful.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn the ears of the gopis were brilliantly polished jeweled earrings, and from their necks hung metal lockets. Their hands were\ndecorated with bangles, their dresses were of varied colors, and\nfrom their hair, flowers fell onto the street like showers. Thus\nwhile going to the house of Maharaja Nanda, the gopis, their earrings, breasts and garlands moving, were brilliantly beautiful.\nPURPORT\n\nThe description of the gopis, who were going to the house of Maharaja\n\nNanda to welcome �!?I).a, is especially significant. The gopis were not\n\nordinary women, but expansions of �!?I).a's pleasure potency, as described in the Brahma-samhitii:\n\niinanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhavitabhis\n\ntiibhir ya eva nija-rupatayii kaliibhi�\n\ngoloka eva nivasaty akhiliitma-bhuto\n\ngovindam iidi-purU!}aril tam aham bhajami\n\n(5.37)\ncintiimar:ti-prakara-sadmasu kalpa-vr�ala�avrte§u surabhir abhipalayantam\n\nla�mi-sahasra-sata-sambhrama-sevyamiinaril\ngovindam iidi-purU!}aril tam aham bhajiimi\n\n(5.29)\n�!?I).a is always worshiped by the gopis wherever He goes. Therefore\n�!?I).a is so vividly described in Srimad-Bhagavatam. Sri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu has also described K:r!?Q.a in this way: ramyii kiicid upiisand\n\n", "SB10.1#p0357": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n330\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 5\n\nvrajavadha-varge7]a ya kalpita. All these gopis were going to offer K:r�Qa\ntheir presentations because the gopis are eternal associates of the Lord.\nNow the gopis were more jubilant because of the news of K:r�Qa's appearance in V:rndiivana.\nTEXT 12\n\n�: 31�1'11� • � 1\nd(�ltai�: f«�s��: 11��11\n\nm\n\nta as�a� prayuiijanas\nciraril pahiti balake\nharidra-curtta-tailadbhi�\nsiiicantyo 'janam ujjagu�\nta�-all the women, the wives and daughters of the cowherd men;\nas�a�-blessings; prayuiijana�-offering; ciram-for a long time;\npahi-may You become the King of Vraja and maintain all its inhabitants; iti-thus; balake-unto the newborn child; haridra-curr:wpowder of turmeric; taila-adbhi�-mixed with oil; siiicantya�-sprinkling; ajanam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is unborn;\nujjagu�-offered prayers.\nTRANSLATION\nOffering blessings to the newborn child, ��l}a, the wives and\n\ndaughters of the cowherd men said, \"May You become the King of\nVraja and long maintain all its inhabitants.\" They sprinkled a mix­\n\nture of turmeric powder, oil and water upon the birthless Supreme\nLord and offered their prayers.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n31� NR1:sufU1\n\n�uR:\"'IfUI 'litffl% 1\n\n� Ft���� � t4i1f¥U•Itt 11��11\navadyanta vicitrar;ti\nvaditrar;ti mahotsave\n\n", "SB10.1#p0358": "Text 14] The Meeting of Nanda Mahirija and Vasudeva\n\n331\n\nkmte viSvesvare 'nante\n\nnandasya vrajam agate\navadyanta -vibrated in celebration of Vasudeva's son; vicitrar:tivarious; vaditrar:ti -musical instruments; maha-utsave-in the great\nfestival; kr�r:te-when Lord :Kr�t;ta; viSva-iSvare-the master of the entire cosmic manifestation; anante-unlimitedly; nandasya-of Maharaja Nanda; vrajam-at the pasturing place; agate-had so arrived.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow that the all-pervading, unlimited Lord :Kf¥I].a, the master of\nthe cosmic manifestation, had arrived within the estate of Mahirija\nNanda, various types of musical instruments resounded to celebrate the great festival.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (4. 7):\n\nyada yada hi dharmasya\nglanir bhavati bharata\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\ntadatmanam srjamy aham\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I\ndescend Myself.\" Whenever :Kr�r:ta comes, once in a day of Brahma, He\ncomes to the house of Nanda Maharaja in V:rndavana. :Kr�r:ta is the master\nof all creation (sarva-loka-mahesvaram). Therefore, not only in the\nneighborhood of Nanda Maharaja's estate, hut all over the universeand in all the other universes-musical sounds celebrated the auspicious\narrival of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�:���:1\n3llf«.-� f.\\�JOq;ffl00� �: II� \\lll\n\n", "SB10.1#p0359": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n332\n\n(Canto 10. Ch. 5\n\ngopa}:t parasparam hma\n\ndadhi-�ira-ghrtambubhi}:t\n\nasiiicanto vilimpanto\nnavanitaiS ca ci�ipu}:t\ngopa/:t-the cowherd men; parasparam-on one another; hr§tii/:tbeing so pleased; dadhi-with curd; �ira-with condensed milk; ghrta­\n\nambubhi}:t-with water mixed with butter; dsiiicanta/:t-sprinkling;\nvilimpanta}:t-smearing; navanitai/:t ca-and with butter; ci�ipu}:tthey threw on one another.\nTRANSLATION\nIn gladness, the cowherd men enjoyed the great festival by\n\nsplashing one another's bodies with a mixture of curd, condensed\n\nmilk, butter and water. They threw butter on one another and\n\nsmeared it on one another's bodies.\n\nPURPORT\nFrom this statement we can understand that five thousand years ago\nnot only was there enough milk, butter and curd to eat, drink and cook\nwith, but when there was a festival it would be thrown about without\nrestriction. There was no limit to how extensively milk, butter, curd and\nother such products were used in human society. Everyone had an ample\nstock of milk, and by using it in many varied milk preparations, people\nwould keep good health in natural ways and thus enjoy life in K:r!?Q.a\nconsciOusness.\nTEXTS 15-16\n\n� ¥4(1¥{�1��� tmJTS�'(I(4ll� I\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�'tTrr� � �� P4o:.fN'JftRif: ����II\n�: �lq({lc:u<:¥41 �Rld't'{.jj� I\n�tOil(I(� �@(\\�Itt :q II�� II\nnando maha-mands tebhyo\nvaso 'lankara-go-dhanam\n\n", "SB10.1#p0360": "Text 16] The Meeting of Nanda Maharaja and Vasudeva\n\n333\n\nsiiJa-magadha-vandibhyo\nye 'nye vidyopajivina/:l\ntais tai/:l kamair adinatma\nyathocitam apujayat\nvi$1Jor aradhanarthaya\nsva-putrasyodayaya ca\nnanda/:r.-Maharaja Nanda; maha-mana/:l-who among the cowherd\nmen was the greatest of all upright persons; tebhya/:l-unto the cowherd\nmen; vdsa/:r.-clothing; almikdra-ornaments; go-dhanam-and cows;\nsuta-magadha-vandibhya/:l-unto the sutas (the professional reciters of\nthe old histories), the magadhas (the professional reciters of the histories\nof royal dynasties) and the vandis (general singers of prayers); ye\nanye-as well as others; vidya-upajivina/:l-who were continuing their\nlivelihood on the basis of educational qualifications; tai/:l tai/:r.-with\nwhatever; kdmai/:r.-improvements of desire; adina-dtmd-Maharaja\nNanda, who was so magnanimous; yatha-ucitam-as was suitable;\napujayat-worshiped\n\nthem\n\nor\n\nsatisfied\n\nthem;\n\nvi$1JO/:l\n\naradhana­\n\narthaya-for the purpose of satisfying Lord Vi��u; sva-putrasya-of\nhis own child; udayaya-for the improvement in all respects; ca-and.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great-minded Maharaja Nanda gave clothing, ornaments and\ncows in charity to the cowherd men in order to please Lord Vi,�u,\nand thus he improved the condition of his own son in all respects.\nHe distributed charity to the sfttas, the magadhas, the vandis, and\nmen of all other professions, according to their educational\nqualifications, and satisfied everyone's desires.\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough it has become fashionable to speak of daridra-narayaTJa, the\nwords vi$7Jor aradhanarthaya do not mean that all the people satisfied by\nNanda Maharaja in this great ceremony were Vi��us. They were not\ndaridra, nor were they Naraya�a. Rather, they were devotees of\nNaraya�a, and by their educational qualifications they would satisfy\n\n", "SB10.1#p0361": "334\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 5\n\nNarayaJ,la. Therefore, satisfying them_was an indirect way of satisfying\n\nLord Vi�J,lu. Mad-bhakta-pujabhyadhika (Bhag. 11.19.21). The Lord\nsays, \"Worshiping My devotees is better than worshiping Me directly.\"\nThe van:ui$rama system is entirely meant for v��u-aradhana, worship\nof Lord Vi�J,lu. Varr;ui§ramacaravata pur�e� para/:t puman/ v��ur\n\naradhyate (V��u Pura� 3.8.9). The ultimate goal of life is to please\n\nLord Vi�J,lU, the Supreme Lord. The uncivilized man or materialistic person, however, does not know this aim of life. Na te vidu/:t svartha-gatim\n\nhi v��um (Bhag. 7.5.31). One's real self-interest lies in satisfying Lord\n\nVi�J,lU. Not satisfying Lord Vi�J,lU but instead attempting to become\nhappy through material adjustments\n\n(bahir-artha-manina/:t) is the\n\nwrong way for happiness. Because Vi�J,lu is the root of everything, if\nVi�J,lu is pleased, everyone is pleased; in particular, one's children and\nfamily members become happy in all respects. Nanda Maharaja wanted to\nsee his newborn child happy. That was his purpose. Therefore he wanted\nto satisfy Lord Vi�J,lu, and to satisfy Lord Vi�J,lu it was necessary to\nsatisfy His devotees, such as the learned brahma�, magadhas and\n\nsatas. Thus, in a roundabout way, ultimately it was Lord Vi�J,lu who was\nto be satisfied.\nTEXT 17\n\nitf� � �ttll ;r;:�_.jlqiN;wf�6t I\noq�(i{ - 11�\\911\nrohi�i ca maha-bhaga\nnanda-gopabhinandita\nvyacarad divya-vasa-srakka�thabhara�-bh'l1$ita\nrohi�i-RohiJ,li, the mother of Baladeva; ca-also; maha-bhaga-the\nmost fortunate mother of Baladeva (greatly fortunate because of having\nthe opportunity to raise K{�J,la and Balarama together); nanda-gopaabhinandita-being honored by Maharaja Nanda and mother Yasoda;\nvyacarat-was busy wandering here and there;\n\ndivya-beautiful;\n\nvasa-with a dress; srak-with a garland; ka�tha-abhara�a-and with\nan ornament covering the neck; bhi4ita-decorated.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0362": "Text 18] The Meeting of Nanda Maharaja and Vasudeva\n\n335\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe most fortunate Rohi�i, the mother of Baladeva, was\nhonored by Nanda Maharaja and Ya8oda, and thus she also dressed\ngorgeously and decorated herself with a necklace, a garland and\nother ornaments. She was busy wandering here and there to\nreceive the women who were guests at the festival.\n\nPURPORT\nRohi�i, another wife of Vasudeva's, was also kept under the care of\nNanda Maharaja with her son Baladeva. Because her husband was imprisoned by Karhsa, she was not very happy, but on the occasion of\nKr��a-janma�tami, Nandotsava, when Nanda Maharaja gave dresses and\nornaments to others, he also gave gorgeous garments and ornaments to\nRohi�i so that she could take part in the festival. Thus she also was busy\nreceiving the women who were guests. Because of her good fortune in\nbeing able to raise Kr��a and Balarama together, she is described as\n\nmaha-bhaga, greatly fortunate.\nTEXT 18\n\n��:��19{1\n�Rm�\n��lij!l�l{�q 11��11\n\nml �\n\ntata arabhya nandasya\nvraja/:t sarva-samrddhiman\nharer nivasatma-gury,ai\nramakru,lam abhan nrpa\ntata}:t arabhya-beginning from that time; nandasya-of Maharaja\nNanda; vraja}:t-Vrajabhumi, the land for protecting and breeding cows;\n\nhare/:t\nnivasa-of the residence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; atmagury,ai}:t-by the transcendental qualities; rama-akri(lam-the place of\npastimes for the goddess of fortune; abhat-became ; nrpa-0 King\nsarva-samrddhiman-became opulent with all kinds of riches;\n\n(Maharaja Parik�it).\n\n", "SB10.1#p0363": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n336\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Maharaja Parik!jit, the home of Nanda Maharaja is eternally\n\nthe abode of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His tran­\n\nscendental qualities and is therefore always naturally endowed\nwith the opulence of all wealth. Yet beginning from Lord �!j�a's\n\nappearance there, it became the place for the pastimes of the god­\n\ndess of fortune.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in the Brahma-sarhhitii (5.29), la�mi-sahasra-sata-sambhrama-sevyamiinarh govindam\n\niidi-pu�arh\n\ntam\n\naharh\n\nbhajiimi.\n\nThe abode of �!?J.la is always served by hundreds and thousands of god­\n\ndesses of fortune. Wherever K:r�?J.la goes, the goddess of fortune naturally\nresides with Him. The chief of the goddesses of fortune is Srimati\n\nRadharaJ.li. Therefore, �!?1.1a's appearance in the land of Vraja indicated\nthat the chief goddess of fortune, RadharaJ.li, would also appear there\n\nvery soon. Nanda Maharaja's abode was already opulent, and since K:r!?J.la\n\nhad appeared, it would be opulent in all respects.\nTEXT 19\n\n�F{ ill� � � i(ij: I\n�: � ttl� tr.t �������II\ngopiin gokula-ra�iiyiirh\nnirupya mathuriirh gata/:t\nnanda/:t karhsasya viir�ikyarh\nkararh datum kurudvaha\ngopiin-the cowherd men; gokula-ra�iiyiim-in gtvmg protection\n\nto the state of Gokula; nirupya-after appointing; mathuriim-to\nMathura;\n\ngata/:t-went;\n\nnanda/:t-Nanda\n\nMaharaja;\n\nkarhsasya-of\n\nKamsa; viir�ikyam-yearly taxes; karam-the share of profit; datum­\n\nto pay; kuru-udvaha-0 Maharaja Parik�?it, best protector of the Kuru\n\ndynasty.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami\n\ncontinued:\n\nThereafter,\n\nmy\n\ndear\n\nKing\n\nParik!jit, 0 best protector of the Kuru dynasty, Nanda Maharaja ap-\n\n", "SB10.1#p0364": "Text 20] The Meeting of Nanda Maharaja and Vasudeva\n\n337\n\npointed the local cowherd men to protect Gokula and then went to\nMathura to pay the yearly taxes to King Kamsa.\n\nPURPORT\n\nBecause the killing of babies was going on and had already become\nknown, Nanda Maharaja was very much afraid for his newborn child.\nThus he appointed the local cowherd men to protect his home and child.\nHe wanted to go immediately to Mathura to pay the taxes due and also to\noffer some presentation for the sake of his newborn son. For the protection of the child, he had worshiped various demigods and forefathers and\ngiven charity to everyone's satisfaction. Similarly, Nanda Maharaja\nwanted not only to pay Karilsa the yearly taxes but also to offer some presentation so that Karilsa too would be satisfied. His only concern was how\nto protect his transcendental child, l(r�1,1a.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n� ��q �� ;r�+tl•l��\n���u�� �'EI+tl\"i:4�� II� II\n\"'\n\no\n\nvasudeva upa§rutya\nbhriitaram nandam agatam\njfiatvii datta-karam riijfie\nyayau tad-avamocanam\nvasudevab,-Vasudeva; upa§rutya-when he heard; bhriitaram-that\nhis dear friend and brother; nandam-Nanda Maharaja; agatam -had\ncome to Mathura; jfiatva-when he learned; datta-karam-and had\nalready paid the taxes; riijfie-unto the King; yayau -he went; tatavamocanam-to the residential quarters of Nanda Maharaja.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Vasudeva heard that Nanda Maharaja, his very dear friend\nand brother, had come to Mathura and already paid the taxes to\nKamsa, he went to Nanda Maharaja's residence.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0365": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n338\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\n\nVasudeva and Nanda Maharaja were so intimately connected that they\n\nlived like brothers. Furthermore, it is learned from the notes of Sripada\n\nMadhvacarya that Vasudeva and Nanda Maharaja were stepbrothers.\n\nVasudeva's father, Siirasena, married a vaiSya girl, and from her Nanda\n\nMaharaja was born. Later, Nanda Maharaja himself married a vaiSya\n\ngirl, Yasoda. Therefore his family is celebrated as a vaiSya family, and\n\nKr!?:Q.a, identifying Himself as their son, took charge of vaiSya activities\n(kr$i-go-ra�ya-vd1,1-ijyam). Balarama represents plowing the land for\n\nagriculture and therefore always carries in His hand a plow, whereas\n\nKr!?:Q.a tends cows and therefore carries a flute in His hand. Thus the two\nbrothers represent kr$i-ra�ya and go-ra�ya.\nTEXT 21\n.\n\n....\n\n....\n\nij qt ij\"� �:\n\n,...\n\ntfiOII¥4�1•1� I\n!fur: fSrtijJf �+trY �� �¥4�@�: II�� II\ntam dr$/Vd sahasotthaya\n\ndehal_r, pra1,1-am ivagatam\n\nprital_r, priyatamam dorbhyam\nsasvaje prema-vihvalal_r,\n\ntam-him (Vasudeva); dr$/Vd-seeing; sahasd-suddenly;\n\nuttha­\n\nya-getting up; dehal_r,-the same body; prd�m-life; iva-as if;\n\nagatam-had returned; prital_r,-so pleased; priya-tamam-his dear\n\nfriend and brother; dorbhyam-by his two arms; sasvaje-embraced;\n\nprema-vihvalal_r,-overwhelmed with love and affection.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Nanda Maharaja heard that Vasudeva had come, he was\n\noverwhelmed with love and affection, being as pleased as if his\n\nbody had regained its life. Seeing Vasudeva suddenly present, he\ngot up and embraced him with both arms.\nPURPORT\n\nNanda Maharaja was older than Vasudeva. Therefore Nanda Maharaja\n\nembraced him, and Vasudeva offered him namaskara.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0366": "Text 23] The Meeting of Nanda Maharaja and Vasudeva\n\n339\n\nTEXT 22\n\ntm: �df;t: 'l'IWil�il+tlt�'t: I\n3Rffli'=iT: �R��\\1: A�''��''\nP'ajita� sukham asina�\npmvanamayam adrta�\nprasakta-dhi� svatmajayor\nidam aha viSampate\npujita�-Vasudeva\n\nhaving\n\nbeen\n\nso\n\ndearly\n\nwelcomed;\n\nsukham\n\nasina�-having been given a place to sit comfortably; pr$tva-asking;\nandmayam-all-auspicious inquiries; ddrta�-being honored and respectfully received; prasakta-dh*-because of his being very much attached; sva-atmajayo�-to his own two sons, Kr��a and Balarama;\nidam-the following; aha-inquired; viSam-pate-0 Maharaja Parik�it.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, having thus been received and welcomed\nby Nanda Maharaja with honor, Vasudeva �at down very peacefully\nand inquired about his own two sons because of intense love for\nthem.\nTEXT 23\n\n�t ;mr: �� w;fhrsr�� ij 1\n\n�m� f;{f*'� �� � «� 11��11\ndi$tya bhrata� pravayasa\nidanim aprajasya te\nprajasaya nivrttasya\npraja yat samapadyata\n\ndi$tya-it is by great fortune;\n\nbhrata�-0\n\nmy dear brother;\n\npravayasa�-o£ you whose age is now quite advanced; idanim-at the\npresent moment; aprajasya-o£ one who did not have a son before; teo£ you; praja-asaya� nivrttasya-o£ one who was almost hopeless of getting a son at this age; praja-a son; yat-whatever; samapadyata-has\nbeen gotten by chance.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0367": "340\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear brother Nanda Maharaja, at an advanced age you had no\n\nson at all and were hopeless of having one. Therefore, that you\nnow have a son is a sign of great fortune.\nPURPORT\n\nAt an advanced age one generally cannot beget a male child. If by\nchance one does beget a child at this age, the child is generally female.\nThus Vasudeva indirectly asked Nanda Maharaja whether he had actually begotten a male child or a female child. Vasudeva knew that\nYasoda had given birth to a female child, whom he had stolen and\nreplaced with a male child. This was a great mystery, and Vasudeva\nwanted to determine whether this mystery was already known to Nanda\nMaharaja. On inquiring, however, he was confident that the mystery of\n_Kr�1,1a's birth and His being placed in the care of Yasoda was still hidden.\nThere was no danger, since Kamsa at least could not learn what had\nalready happened.\n\nd4tya samsara-cakre 'smin\nvartamana/:t punar-bhava/:t\nupalabdho bhavan adya\ndurlabham priya-darsanam\nd4tya- it is also by great fortune; samsara-cakre\n\nas\n\nmin\n\n-\n\nin this\n\nworld of birth and death; vartamana/:t- although I was existing; puna/:t­\n\nbhava/:t-my meeting with you is just like another birth; upalabdha/:tbeing obtained by me; bhavan-you; adya- today ; durlabham-although it was never to happen; priya-darsanam-to see you again, my\nvery dear friend and brother.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is also by good fortune that I am seeing you. Having obtained\n\nthis opportunity, I feel as if I have taken birth again. Even though\n\n", "SB10.1#p0368": "Text 25] The Meeting of Nanda Maharaja and Vasudeva\n\n341\n\none is present in this world, to meet with intimate friends and dear\nrelatives in this material world is extremely difficult.\nPURPORT\nVasudeva had been imprisoned by Karhsa, and therefore, although\npresent in Mathura, he was unable to see Nanda Maharaja for many\nyears. Therefore when they met again, Vasudeva considered this meeting\nto be another birth.\n\nTEXT 25\n\nm FSP:t«qR{: � ��.�\n� o�¥n;u;ti � M � ������\nnaikatra priya-sariwiisa/:t\nsuhrdam citra-karma'fJdm\noghena vyahyamananiim\nplavanam srotaso yatha\nna-not; ekatra-in one place; priya-samviisa/:t-living togeth,er with\ndear friends and relatives; suhrdam-of friends; citra-karma'fJdm-of\nall of us who have had varieties of reactions to our past karma; oghenaby the force; vyahyamananam-carried away; plavanam-of sticks and\nother objects floating in the water; srotasa/:t-of the waves; yatha-as.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMany planks and sticks, unable to stay together, are carried away\nby the force of a river's waves. Similarly, although we are intimately related with friends and family members, we are unable to\nstay together because of our varied past deeds and the waves of\ntime.\nPURPORT\nVasudeva was lamenting because he and Nanda Maharaja could not\nlive together. Yet how could they live together? Vasudeva warns that all\nof us, even if intimately related, are carried away by the waves of time\naccording to the results of past karma.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0369": "342\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, 'Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 26\n\n� � �� �'�(!0141�� I\nm:;f �� � � ��: ����II\nkaccit pa§avyam nirujam\nbhary-ambu-troa-virudham\nbrhad vanam tad adhuna\nyatrasse tvam suhrd-vrtaft\nkaccit-whether; pa§avyam-protection of the cows; nirujam-without difficulties or disease; bhari-sufficient; ambu-water; tr�-grass;\nvirudham-plants; brhat vanam-the great forest; tat-all these arrangements are there; adhuna-now; yatra-where; asse-are living;\ntvam-you; suhrt-vrtaft-surrounded by friends.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear friend Nanda Maharaja, in the place where you are liv­\n\ning with your friends, is the forest favorable for the animals, the\n\ncows? I hope there is no disease or inconvenience. The place must\n\nbe full of water, grass and other plants.\nPURPORT\n\nFor human happiness, one must care for the animals, especially the\ncows. Vasudeva therefore inquired whether there was a good arrangement for the animals where Nanda Maharaja lived. For the proper pursuit of human happiness, there must be arrangements for the protection\nof cows. This means that there must be forests and adequate pasturing\ngrounds full of grass and water. If the animals are happy, there will be\nan ample supply of milk, from which human beings will benefit by\nderiving many milk products with which to live happily. As enjoined\nin Bhagavad-gita (18.44), kr#-go-ra�ya-va\"(tijyam vaiSya-kanna-svabhavajam. Without giving proper facilities to the animals, how can\nhuman society be happy? That people are raising cattle to send to the\nslaughterhouse is a great sin. By this demoniac enterprise, people are\nruining their chance for a truly human life. Because they are not giving\n\n", "SB10.1#p0370": "Text 28] The Meeting of Nanda Maharaja and Vasudeva\n\n343\n\nany importance to the instructions of Kr!?J}.a, the advancement of their socalled civilization resembles the crazy efforts of men in a lunatic asylum.\nTEXT 27\n\n('\n\n\"\n\n�\n� wr: 'Efil\"41�\"''51' � +fqlJ,�\n1\n� +rtf� 11�1 +r���{f: ����II\n•\n\n•\n\n....\n\nf\"'...\n\nbhriitar mama suta/:t kaccin\nmiitra saha bhavad-vraje\ntatam bhavantam manvano\nbhavadbhyam upalalita/:t\n\nbhriita/:t-my dear brother; mama-my; suta/:t-son (Baladeva, born\nof Rohil}.i); kaccit-whether; mdtra saha-with His mother, Rohil}.i;\nbhavat-vraje-in your house; tiitam-as father; bhavantam-unto you;\n\nmanvdna/:t-thinking; bhavadbhyam-by you and your wife, Yasoda;\nupalalita/:t-properly being raised.\nTRANSLATION\nMy son Baladeva, being raised by you and your wife, Ya8odidevi,\nconsiders you His father and mother. Is he living very peacefully\nin your home with His real mother, Rohii].i?\nTEXT 28\n\nft.n.G:r� \"\"\n��l'.\"'tt•ll �:\n\n....\n�\n\n��\n��.. II\"'Q: I\n\n;r � ��J.t'tl�!l r.r��� � 11��11\npumsas tri-vargo vihita/:t\nsuhrdo hy anubhavita/:t\nna te�u kliSyamdne�u\ntri-vargo 'rthaya kalpate\n\npumsa/:t-of a person; tri-varga/:t-the three aims of life (religion,\neconomic development and sense gratification); vihita/:t-enjoined according to Vedic ritualistic ceremonies; suhrda/:t-toward relatives and\n\n", "SB10.1#p0371": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n344\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 5\n\nfriends; hi-indeed; anubhavitab,-when they are properly in line;\nna-not; te�u-in them; kliSyamane�u-if they are actually in any difficulty; tri-vargab,-these three aims of life; arthaya-for any purpose;\nkalpate-does become so.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen one's friends and relatives are properly situated, one's\n\nreligion, economic development and sense gratification, as de­\n\nscribed in the Vedic literatures, are beneficial. Otherwise, if one's\n\nfriends and relatives are in distress, these three cannot offer any\nhappiness.\n\nPURPORT\n\nVasudeva regretfully informed Nanda Maharaja that although he had\nhis wife and children, he could not properly discharge his duty of maintaining them and was therefore unhappy.\nTEXT 29\n\n���\n\n\"' ('!:. \"'<:>����:\n3f{l\n\n�\n���\n\n\"'\n\n�::ff �: I\n\ntctW4RleP4�-� �;:;;n mrq �� mrT II��II\nsri-nanda uvaca\naho te devaki-putrab,\nkamsena bahavo hatabekava5�tavaraja\nkanya sapi divaril gata\nsri-nandab-\n\nuvaca-Nanda Maharaja said;\n\naho-alas;\n\nte-your;\n\ndevaki-putrab,-all the sons of your wife Devaki; kamsena-by King\nKarhsa;\n\nbahavab,-many;\n\nhatdb,-have\n\nbeen\n\nkilled;\n\nekd-one;\n\nava5�td-remaining child; avaraja-the youngest of all; kanya-a\ndaughter also; sa api-she also; divam gata-gone to the heavenly\nplanets.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0372": "Text 30] The Meeting of Nanda Maharaja and Vasudeva\n\n345\n\nTRANSLATION\nNanda Maharaja said: Alas, King Kamsa killed so many of your\nchildren, born of Devaki. And your one daughter, the youngest\nchild of all, entered the heavenly planets.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen Vasudeva understood from Nanda Maharaja that the mystery of\nK{�I;la's birth and His having been exchanged with Yasoda's daughter\nwas yet undisclosed, he was happy that things were going on nicely. By\nsaying that Vasudeva's daughter, his youngest child, had gone to the\nheavenly planets, Nanda Maharaja indicated that he did not know that\nthis daughter was born of Yasoda and that Vasudeva had exchanged her\nwith K:r�J;la. Thus the doubts of Vasudeva were dispelled.\nTEXT 30\n\n;@\n\n(q�gl��m �: 1\n31'[!� til � ;r � Jl� ll�oll\nnanam hy adr$ta-ni$tho 'yam\nadma-paramo janalt\nadmam atmanas tattvam\nyo veda na sa muhyati\nnanam-certainly; hi-indeed; adma-unseen; ni$thalt ayam­\n\nsomething ends there; adma-the unseen destiny; paramalt-ultimate;\n\nadr$ta m-that\ndestiny; atmanalt-of oneself; tattvam-ultimate truth; yalt-anyone\nwho; veda-knows; na-not; salt-he; muhyati-becomes bewildered.\n\njanalt-every living entity within this material world;\n\nTRANSLATION\nEvery man is certainly controlled by destiny, which determines\nthe results of one's fruitive activities. In other words, one has a son\nor daughter because of unseen destiny, and when the son or\n\n", "SB10.1#p0373": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n346\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 5\n\ndaughter is no longer present, this also is due to unseen destiny.\n\nDestiny is the ultimate controller of everyone. One who knows this\n\nis never bewildered.\n\nPURPORT\nNanda Maharaja consoled his younger brother Vasudeva by saying\nthat destiny is ultimately responsible for everything. Vasudeva should\nnot be unhappy that his many children had been killed by Kamsa or that\nthe last child, the daughter, had gone to the heavenly planets.\n\nTEXT 31\n\"'\n\n�\n\nw7�� 3CfT'i1\nfit\"' \"' �\n\n.\n\n� er er1 �� �m �·� m er:r :q er: 1\n\n��$.It( �RP.i ('t�g;�qlal� � II�� II\nsri-vasudeva uviica\n\nkaro vai viir$iko datto\n\nrajiie dma vayam ca vab­\n\nneha stheyam bahu-titham\nsanty utpatas ca gokule\n\nsri-vasudevab- uviica-Sri Vasudeva replied; kara b,-the taxes; vai­\n\nindeed; viir$ika b,-yearly; datta b,-have already been paid by you;\n\nrajiie-to the King; d ma b- -have been seen; vayam ca-both of us;\n\nvab,-of you; na-not; iha-in this place; stheyam -should be staying;\n\nbahu-titham-for many days; santi -may be; utp a ta b- ca-many distur­\n\nbances; gokule -in your home, Gokula.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva said to Nanda Maharaja: Now, my dear brother, since\n\nyou have paid the annual taxes to Kamsa and have also seen me, do\n\nnot stay in this place for many days. It is better to return to\n\nGokula, since I know that there may be some disturbances there.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0374": "Text 32] The Meeting of Nanda Maharaja and Vasudeva\n\n347\n\nTEXT 32\n\n��rl\n� i{�ti(4:1( tfm: sn'ffit� �r�n �: 1\n\"'\n��\n3l'111'1�'1��m�d\"'�IQ{\nifl�t{_ 11��11\nsri-suka uvaca\niti nandiidayo gopa�\nproktcls te saurir:ui yayu�\nanobhir aruu,l d-yuktais\ntam anujtiiipya gokulam\nsri-suka� uvac a-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti- thus; nanda­\n\niidaya�-Nanda Maharaja and his companions; gopa�-the cowherd\nmen;\n\nprokta�-being\n\nadvised;\n\nte-they ;\n\nsaurir:ui-by\n\nVasudeva;\n\nyayu�-started from that place; anobh*-by the bullock carts; aruu,lut­\n\nyuktai�-yoked with oxen; tam anujtiiipya- taking permission from\n\nVasudeva; gokulam-for Gokula.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: After Vasudeva advised Nanda Maharaja\n\nin this way, Nanda Maharaja and his associates, the cowherd men,\n\ntook permission from Vasudeva, yoked their bulls to the bullock\ncarts, and started riding for Gokula.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Tenth Canto, Fifth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Meeting of Nanda\nMaharaja and Vasudeva. \"\n\n", "SB10.1#p0375": "saxwuaddy\n\n", "SB10.1#p0376": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in\n\nthis world in\n\n1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\n1922. Bhakti­\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent devotional scholar and the founder of\n\nsixty-four Gau�iya Mathas (Vedic institutes), liked this educated young\nman and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\n\nSrila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in\n\n(1933) at\n\n1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nThakura requested Srila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedi9 knowledge\nthrough the English language. In the years that followed, Srila Prabhupada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad-gitii, assisted the Gau�iya\nMatha in its work and, in\n\n1944, without assistance, started an English\n\nfortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and checked the\n\ngalley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and strug­\n\ngled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never\nstopped; it is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\n\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion,\n\n1947 with the title\n1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada\n\nthe Gau�iya Vai�I).ava Society honored him in\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In\n\nretired from married life, and four years later he adopted the\n\nviiMprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his studies and writ­\n\ning. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of V:rndavana, where he\n\nlived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\n\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and\nwriting. He accepted the renounced order of life (sannyiisa) in\n\n1959. At\n\nRadha-Damodara, Srila Prabhupada began work on his life's master­\n\npiece: a multivolume translation and commentary on the eighteen thousand verse\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (Bhiigavata Purar:w). He also wrote\nEasy Journey to Other Planets.\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhiigavatam, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncame to the United States, in\n\n1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\n\nmaster. Since that time, His Divine Grace has written over forty volumes\nof authoritative translations, commentaries and summary studies of the\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n\n351\n\n", "SB10.1#p0377": "352\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila\n\nPrabhuplida was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\n\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for Krishna Con­\n\nsciousness in July of 1966. Under his careful guidance, the Society has\ngrown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one\nhundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm communities.\n\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New V:rndavana, an experimental\nVedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew V:rndlivana, now a thriving farm community of more than one thou­\n\nsand acres, his students have since founded several similar communities\nin the United States and abroad.\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\n\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\nDallas, Texas. The school began with 3 children in 1972, and by the\n\nbeginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\n\nSrila Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large inter­\n\nnational center at Sridhama Maylipur in West Bengal, India, which is also\n\nthe site for a planned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the\nmagnificent l(r�t;}a-Balarlima Temple and International Guest House in\n\nV:rndlivana, India. These are centers where Westerners can live to gain\nfirsthand experience of Vedic culture.\nSrila Prabhuplida's most significant contribution, however, is his\n\nbooks. Highly respected by the academic community for their authori­\n\ntativeness, depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks in\n\nnumerous college courses. His writings have been translated into eleven\nlanguages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972 ex­\n\nclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become the\nworld's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and phi­\n\nlosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhuplida's most\nrecent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-com­\n\npleted by Srila Prabhuplida in only eighteen months-on the Bengali\nreligious classic Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\n,\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhuplida\n\nhas circled the globe twelve times on lecture tours that �ave taken him to\n\nsix continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada\ncontinues to write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library\n\nof Vedic philosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0378": "References\nThe purports of Srimad-Bhagavatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are specifically\ncited in this volume:\n\nBhagavad-gitii, 17,22,24,25,28,38,40,41,42,44,48,51-52,63,64,\n65,68,69,70,71,72,75,76,87,90,91,93,94,95,98,101,107,\n118, 119-120, 124,125,127-128, 129-130,131,136,137-138,\n145-146,150,153,156,159-160,162-163,165-166,173,174,\n175-176,177-178,179, 182,184,186,189,195,197,210,216,\n218,220,224,225,226,228,232,235,239,241,247-248,250,\n251,256,265,267,287,292-293,297,305,317-318,325,331,\n342\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, 168,294-295\nBrahma-sarilhitii, 17,18-19,44,46-47,87,llO, 141,155n,160,165,\n187-188,200,208,210,212,217,220,239,295-296,302,329,\n.\n336\n\nCaitanya-bhagavata, 199\nCaitanya-candramrta, 153\nCaitanya-car:itamrta, 20, 68, 101, 144, 146, 171, 192, 241, 258, 316\nCary#, llO, 303\nChandOgya Upan�ad, 87\nGita-Govinda, 23\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya, 103, 175\n\n353\n\n", "SB10.1#p0379": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n354\n\nHari-vamsa, 97,113,114,137\nHitopadesa, 282\nIsopan�ad, 210\nKr$1)a-sandarbha, 261-262\nMahabluirata, 106\nMarkar;u.leya Purli')a, 110\nPadma Purli')a, 22,47,154,172,185-186,191,304\nRamayal)a, 157\n$a4-gosvamy-�1£1ka, 153\nSik$li$1£1ka, 190-191,258\nSrimad-Bhligavatam, 16-17,20,28,34-35,37,39,45,72,76,86,87,\n94,105,124,132,138,140,142,149,165,169,174,181,190,\n209,229,235,248,252,266,281,294,301,334\n\nSvetasvatara Upan�ad, 51,159,226,266\nTantra-bhagavata, 160\n\nViSva-koSa, 112\n\n", "SB10.1#p0380": "Glossary\nA\nAcirya-a spiritual master who teaches by example.\nArati-a ceremony for greeting the Lord with offerings of food, lamps,\nfans, flowers and incense.\nArcana-the devotional process of Deity worship.\nArtha-economic development.\nAsrama-the four spiritual orders of life: celibate student, householder,\nretired life and renounced life.\nAsuras-atheistic demons.\nAvatira-a descent of the Supreme Lord.\n\nB\nBhagavad-giti-the basic directions for spiritual life spoken by the\nLord Himself.\nBhagavin-one who unlimitedly possesses all opulences; a term of address for the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nBhigavata-saptiha-a seven-day discourse on\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nBhagavat-svarupa-the personal form of the Lord.\nBhak.ta-a devotee.\n\nBhak.ti-yoga-linking with the Supreme Lord by devotional service.\nBrahmacarya-celibate student life; the first order of Vedic spiritual\nlife.\nBrahman-the Absolute Truth; especially the impersonal aspect of the\nAbsolute.\nBrihnuu;ta-one wise in the Vedas who can guide society; the first Vedic\nsocial order.\nBrahmil}.4.as-the universes.\nBrahmistra-a nuclear weapon produced by chanting\n\nmantras.\n\nc\nCatur-vyuha-the Lord's plenary expansions Vasudeva, Sankar�al}.a,\nPradyumna and Aniruddha\n\n355\n\n", "SB10.1#p0381": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n356\n\nD\nDaivas-the demigods or godly persons.\n\nDaridra-niriyaJ}a-\"poor Naraya�a,\" an offensive term used by\n\nMayavadis to equate poor men with the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\nDisya-rasa-the servitorship relationship with the Lord.\n\nDharma-eternal occupational duty; religious principles.\n\nE\nEkida8i-a special fast day for increased remembrance of Kr!?�a, which\ncomes on the eleventh day of both the waxing and waning moon.\n\nG\nGarbhiidhina-samskira-Vedic purificatory ritual for obtaining good\nprogeny; performed by husband and wife before child's conception.\n\nGoloka (�flt;taloka)-the highest spiritual planet, containing Kr!?�a's\npersonal abodes, Dvaraka, Mathura and V :rndavana.\n\nGopis-Krf?�a's cowherd girl friends, His most confidential servitors.\n\nG:rhastha-regulated householder life; the second order of Vedic\nspiritual life.\n\nGut;ti-bhuta-the first stage of bhakti.\n\nGuru-a spiritual master.\n\nH\nHare �!lt;ta mantra-See: Mahd-mantra\n\nHliidini-sakti-the Lord's pleasure potency.\n\nJ\nJiva-tattva-the living entities, atomic parts of the Lord.\n\nJiiini-one who cultivates knowledge by empirical speculation.\n\nK\nKila-cakra-the wheel of time.\n\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali)-the present age, characterized by quarrel; it\nis last in the cycle of four and began five thousand years ago.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0382": "Glossary\n\n357\n\nKama-lust.\n\nKaratilas-hand cymbals used in kirtana.\n\nKarma-fruitive action, for which there is always reaction, good or bad.\n\nKarma-kii}.«Ja-vicira-the rituals for material p,rosperity prescribed in\n\nthe Vedas.\nKarmi-a person satisfied with working hard for flickering sense\ngratification.\n\nKevala-the third and highest stage of bhakti.\n\nKirtana-chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord.\n\nKnt;taloka-See: Goloka\nKtatriyas-a warrior or administrator; the second Vedic social order.\n\nL\nLoka-a planet.\n\nM\nMidhurya-rasa-conjugal love relationship with the Lord.\nMahii-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance:\n\nHare Kr!?Qa, Hare Kr!?Qa, Krf?Qa Kr!?Qa, Hare Hare\nHare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\n\nMahii-roga-a severe illness.\n\nMahat-tattva-the total material energy, from which the material world\nis manifested.\n\nMantra-a sound vibration that can deliver the mind from illusion.\n\nMathurii-Lord Ktf?Qa's abode, surrounding Vrndavana, where He took\n\nbirth and later returned to after performing His Vtndavana\npastimes.\n\nMaya-illusion; forgetfulness of one's relationship with Kr!?Qa.\n\nMiiyiiviidis-impersonal philosophers who say that the Lord cannot have\na transcendental b�y.\n\nMrdanga-a clay drum used for congregational chanting.\n\nMu«Jha-a fool.\nMuni-a sage.\n\nN\nNamaskira-a polite greeting or address.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0383": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n358\n\np\nParam brahma-the Supreme Absolute Truth, Personality of Godhead.\n\nParampari-the chain of spiritual masters in disciplic succession.\n\nPradhina-the total material energy in its unmanifest state.\n\nPradhini-hhuta-the second and intermediate stage of bhakti.\nPrajipatis-the populators of the universe.\n\nPrU,iyima-control of the breathing process; performed in �tc'lnga­\n\nyoga.\n\nPrasida-food spiritualized by being offered to the Lord.\n\nRiktasas-man-eating demons.\n\nR\ns\n\nSac-cid-inanda-vigraha-the Lord's transcendental form, which 1s\neternal, full of knowledge and bliss.\n\nSiidhu-a saintly person.\n\nSakhya-rasa-friend relationship with the Lord.\n\nSaktyivesa-avatira-an empowered incarnation of the Supreme Lord.\n\nSailkirtana-public chanting of the names of God, the approved yoga\nprocess for this age.\n\nSannyiisa-renounced life; the fourth order of Vedic spiritual life.\nSanta-rasa-neutral relationship with the Supreme Lord.\n\nSistras-revealed scriptures.\n\nSravaqam klrtanam vit�ol}.-the devotional processes of hearing and\nchanting about Lord V i,:r,u.\n\nSudarsana-cakra-the disc weapon of the Supreme Lord.\n\nSuddha-sattva-the state of pure, transcendental goodness (not to be\nconfused with material goodness ) .\n\nSudra-a laborer; the fourth of the Vedic social orders.\n\nSvimi-one who controls his mind and senses; title of one\nrenounced order of life.\n\nm\n\nthe\n\nSvardpa-siddhi-the perfection of attaining one's original, spiritual\nform.\n\nT\n\nTapasya-austerity; accepting some voluntary inconvenience for a\nhigher purpose.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0384": "359\n\nGlossary\n\nTilaka-auspicious clay marks that sanctify a devotee's body as a temple\nof the Lord.\n\nu\nUgra-karma-evil activities.\n\nv\nVaiku�tha-the spiritual world.\nVaisnava-a devotee of Lord Visnu, Krsna.\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\nVaisyas-farmers and merchants; the third Vedic social order.\nViinaprastha-one who has retired from family life; the third order of\nVedic spiritual life.\nVar�a-the four occupational divisions of society: the intellectual class,\nthe administrative class, the mercantile class, and the laborer class.\nVar�iSrama-the Vedic social system of four social and four spiritual\norders.\nVitsalya-rasa-parental relationship with the Lord.\nVedas-the original revealed scriptures, first spoken by the Lord\nHimself.\nVimuktas-persons liberated from the material world.\nVi,�u, Lord-K:r�Q.a's expansion for the creation and maintenance of\nthe material universes.\nVi,�u-mftrtis-the various forms of the Lord.\nVi,�u-tattva-the original Personality of Godhead's pnmary expansions, each of whom is equally God.\nVrndavana-K:r�Q.a's personal abode, where He fully manifests His\nquality of sweetness.\nVyisadeva-K:r�Q.a's incarnation, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, for compiling the Vedas.\n\ny\nYajiia-an activity performed to satisfy either Lord Vi�Q.U or the\ndemigods.\nYogi-a transcendentalist who, in one way or another, is striving for\nunion with the Supreme.\nYugas-ages in the life of a universe, occurring in a repeated cycle of\nfour.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0385": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\nVawels\n\n�l\n.!.\n\nii �u �u �r �f\nq: e � ai alt o it au\n\nl: i\n\nala atfa:\n\nIh (anusvara)\n\n: I} (visarga)\n\nConsonants\n\nGutturals:\n\nCfi ka\n\n� kha\n\nlJ ga\n\n'q gha\n\ne ila\n\nPalatals:\n\n�.ca\n\n� cha\n\n�ja\n\n\"jha\n\n5Jiia\n\nCerebrals:\n\neta\n\n� tha\n\n:S Qa\n\nG Qha\n\nOJ Qa\n\nDentals:\n\nata\n\nt1' tha\n\n� da\n\n�dha\n\n;:::r na\n\nLabials:\n\nqpa\n\n�pha\n\nif ba\n\nll bha\n\n;(rna\n\nSemivowels:\n\n�ya\n\n� ra\n\n�la\n\nqva\n\nSibilants:\n\n�sa\n\nq' f?a\n\n�sa\n\nAspirate:\n\n� ha\n\nS\n\nThe numerals are:\n\no-0\n\n'\n\n(avagraha) -the apostrophe\n\n�-1 �-2 �-3 \\l-4 '-\\-5 �-6 \\S-7 G-8 �-9\n\nThe vowels above should be pronounced as follows:\n\na - like the a in organ or the u in but.\n- like the a in far but held twice as long as short a.\n- like the i in pin.\n- like the i in pique but held twice as long as short i.\n\na\n\n361\n\n", "SB10.1#p0386": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n362\nu - like the u in push.\n\nu - like the u in rule but held twice as long as short u.\n:r - like the ri in rim.\nf - like reein reed.\n- like Hollowed by r (lr).\ne - like the ein they.\nai - like the ai in aisle.\no\n\n- like the\n\no in go.\n\nau - like the ow in how.\n:rh\n\n(anwvdra) - a resonant nasal like the n in the French word bon.\n\n1.t ( visarga) - a final h-sound: ab, is pronounced like aha; ib, like ih i.\nThe vowels are written� follows after a consonant:\n\nTa\n\nf 'f\ni\n\nFor example:\n\n�u\n\ni\n\n�u\n\n.._ :r\n\n� ka tfiT ka\n\n� k:r\n\n'f\\\n\nkf.\n\n....,_ e\n\nE f\n\n'fiti tfi'f\nki\n\n....\n\n� ai\n\n� ku\n\nki\n\n�\n\n) 1\n�\no\n\nau\n\nku\n\n�\n\nCJi ke � kai tfi�' ko CJiT kau\n\nThe vowel \"a\" is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol viriima (\"\\) indicates that there is no final vowel:\n\nCfi..._\n\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\n\nk - as in kite\n\njh - as in hedgehog\n\nkh- as in Eckhart\n\nii - as in canyon\n\ng - as in give\ngh- as in dig-hard\n\n!h - as in light-heart\n\ni1 - as in sing\nc - as in chair\nch - as in staunch-heart\nJ\n\n- as m JOY\n\n! - as in tub\n\n<,1 - as in dove\n<,lha- as in red-hot\n\nJ) - as rna (prepare to say\n\n)\n\nthe rand say na .\n\nCerebrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, but the\nfollowing dentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth:\n\nt - as in tub but with tongue against teeth.\nth - as in light-heart but with tongue against teeth.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0387": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n363\n\nd - as in dove but with tongue against teeth.\ndh- as in red-lwt but with tongue against teeth.\nn -as in nut but with tongue between teeth.\np -as in pine\n\nl\n\nph-as in uphill (not f)\n\nv - as in vine\ns (palatal) - as in the s in the German\n\nb - as in bird\nbh-as in rub-hard\nm -as in mother\n\n-as in light\n\nword sprechen\n� (cerebral) - as the shin shine\n\ny - as inyes\n\ns - asmsun\n\nr -as in run\n\nh -as in lwme\n\nGenerally two or more consonants in conjunction are written\n'together in a special form, as for example:\n\n� k�a ;r\" tra\n\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, or pausing\nbetween words in a line, only a flowing of short and long (twice as\nlong 88 the short) syllables. A long syllable is one whose vowel is\nlong (i, I, u, e, ai, o, au), or whose short vowel is followed by more\nthan one consonant (including anusvira and visarga). Aspirated\nconsonants (such 88 kha and gha) count 88 only single consonants.\n\n", "SB10.1#p0388": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete listing 9f the first and third lines of each of the\nSanskrit poetry verses of this volume of Srimad-Bhagavatam, arranged in English\nalphabetical order. The first column gives the Sanskrit transliteration, and the second and\nthird columns, respectively, list the chapter-verse reference and page number for each\nverse.\n\nA\nt'Jcakhyur bhaja-rtljtlya\ndd�!d prabhundmsena\nad�tam dtmanas tattvaril\nad�tvdnyatamarilloke\nadr§yatt1nujtl v�1_10� adya oobda-satdnte 114\nagnaya.S ca dvijaUndril\nagner yath4 daru-viyoga-yogayor\nagrato bhavitd deoo\naha� me pral)a-haro harir guh4ril\naharil suto 114m abhavaril\naha bhaginy aha bh4ma\naha te devakr-putrtl�\naha visrarilsito garbha\nahaya vipran veda-jnan\n\n4.2\n\n277\n\n1.25\n\n50\n\n5.30\n\n345\n\n3.41\n\n260\n\n4.9\n\n284\n\n1.38\n\n62\n\n3.4\n\n203\n\n1.51\n\n82\n\n1.24\n\n49\n\n2.20\n\n145\n\n�tamad yuvayor garbh4n\n\n1.60\n\n91\n\ndste praU�arils taj-janma\na.Svdndm ayutaril stlrdharil\n\n2.23\n\n151\n\n1.31\n\n57\n\ntJSvdsya ca mahrril grrbhi�\nasyds tvdm �famo garbha\n\n1.26\n\n52\n\n1.34\n\n59\n\n4.33\n\n306\n\nasyatas te §ara-vratair\nath4ham ari1Sa-bh4gena\n\n2.9\n\n129\n\n3.12\n\n214\n\n3.23\n\n232\n\n1.56\n\n87\n\natha sarva-gu1_10peta�\n\n3.1\n\n202\n\ndtmana� �emam anvicchan\n\n1.44\n\n77\n\n5.9\n\n326\n\n1.68\n\n99\n\n5.13\n\n330\n\nathainam astaud avadh4rya pa�aril\nathainam tltmajaril vi\"-1ya\natha kala upavrtte\n\n3.41\n\n260\n\n4.15\n\n289\n\n4tmtlnaril bh�yaril cakrur\n4tmtlnam iha sanjtltaril\n\n5.29\n\n344\n\navddyanta vicitra!U\n\n2.15\n\n136\n\n5.1\n\n320\n\navaUrya yador vamse\n\n1.3\n\n19\n\ntlvirdsrd yath4 prtlcytlril\n\n3.8\n\n207\n\n2.16\n\n138\n\n3.22\n\n230\n\n4.42\n\n314\n\n4.46\n\n318\n\n4.26\n\n300\n\n3.39\n\n257\n\n4.30\n\n304\n\ntlvivestlri1Sa-bh4gena\nayaril tv asabhyas tava janma nau grhe\nayaril mi tad-vadhapayo\n\n1.17\n\n40\n\nayu� sriyaril ya.!o dharmaril\n\n3.17\n\n219\n\nanirdaS4n nirdaS4riiS ca\nanobhir ancu;lud-yuktais\n\n4.31\n\n305\n\nbahavo himsittl bhrdta�\n\n4.5\n\n280\n\n5.32\n\n347\n\nbahir-anta�-pura-dvdra�\n\n4.1\n\n276\n\nanyaiS cdsura-bhapalair\n\n2.2\n\n119\n\nbahu-ndma-nikete�u\n\n4.13\n\n286\n\nanytJ.S ca karilsa-sarilvigna\n\n2.7\n\n125\n\n5.10\n\n327\n\napothayac chila-p�the\n\n4.8\n\n283\n\nbalibhis tmritaril jagmu�\nbhagavdn api viSvdtmtl\n\n2.6\n\n123\n\narc�yanti man�yds tvaril\narpayam dsa krcchrer.w\n\n2.10\n\n131\n\n138\n\n88\n\nbhagavan api viSvdtmtl\nbhaginfril hantum tlrabdharil\n\n2.16\n\n1.57\n\n1.35\n\n60\n\naruhya krcchrel)a pararil padaril tata�\ndsfna� sarilvi.Sarils �than\ndsincanto vilimpanto\n\n2.32\n\n172\n\nbhavat-padambharuha-ndvam atra te\nbhavo nirodha� sthitir apy avidyaytl\nbhaytlnakamrta-satdkuld nadr\n\n2.31\n\n170\n\najnana-prabhavaham-dhr�\naj�ta-gramya-v�ayav\ntlkal\"(lya bhartur gaditaril\ntlkrtlnttl bhari-bh4rer.w\nandvrtatvdd bahir antararil na te\n\n2.25\n\n151\n\n5.14\n\n332\n\nB\n\n365\n\n2.39\n\n194\n\n3.50\n\n270\n\n", "SB10.1#p0389": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n366\nbhojendra-gehe 'gn.i-iikheva nuldh4\nbhr4taramc4vadhu karilsam\nbhr4tar mama suta/1 kaccin\nbhr4tu/l samanutaptasya\nbhamer bh4r4yam4�114m\nbhamir drpta-nrpa-vy4jabhuvi bhaum4ni bhat4ni\nbibhar,i r0p4(1.y avabodha 4tm4\nbibharti so 'yammama garbhago 'bhad\nbrahm4 bhavai ca tatraitya\nbrahma-hirils4mhitammene\nbrahm4 tad-upadh4ry4tha\nbrahmei4nau purodh4ya\nbrhad mnamtad adhu114\n\n2.19\n\n143\n\n1.10\n\n31\n\n5.27\n\n343\n\n4.25\n\n299\n\n1.64\n\n94\n\n1.17\n\n39\n\n4.19\n\n291\n\n2.29\n\n166\n\n3.31\n\n246\n\n2.25\n\n154\n\n4.43\n\n315\n\n1.19\n\n42\n\n2.42\n\n199\n\n5.26\n\n342\n\nc\ncatu/1-iatamp4ribarham\ncintay4no hrJJkeiam\ncintayantau krta-snehau\ncitra-dhmja-pa14k4-srak-\n\n1.31\n\n56\n\n2.24\n\n151\n\n3.45\n\n263\n\n5.6\n\n324\n\nD\ndadh4ra sarv4tmakam 4tma-bhtuam\ndaimm apy anrtammkti\nd4sJ114msukum4rJ!14m\nd4tum arhasi mand4y4\ndehamm4nu,am 4iritya\ndeh4ntaram anupr4pya\ndeha-yoga-viyogau ca\ndehe mrte tammanuj4/l iapanti\ndehe palicatvam 4panne\ndevai/1 s4nucarai/l s4kam\ndevakJm vasudevam ca\ndevakJmvasudemmca\ndevakJm vasudevamca\ndevakJ tam up4dh4vat\ndevakl-vasudev4bhy4m\ndemky4 garbha-sambandha/1\ndevaky4 garbha-sambhtuam\ndevaky4/l iayane nyasya\ndevaky4 jalhare garbham\ndevaky4mdeva-rapi(l.y4m\n\n2.18\n\n140\n\n4.17\n\n290\n\n1.32\n\n57\n\n4.6\n\n282\n\n1.11\n\n32\n\n1.39\n\n64\n\n4.20\n\n293\n\n2.22\n\n148\n\n1.39\n\n63\n\n2.25\n\n154\n\n1.66\n\n96\n\n4.14\n\n288\n\n4.24\n\n298\n\n3.23\n\n232\n\n4.28\n\n302\n\n1.8\n\n29\n\n1.65\n\n96\n\n3.52\n\n271\n\n2.8\n\n126\n\n3.8\n\n207\n\ndevaky4 sllryay4 s4rdham\ndevdn prati /q'tdmar¢\ndha111.1/l-iale,u-carm4sidhenan4mniyute pr4d4d\ndhOpopah4ra-balibhi/l\ndiia/1 prasedur gaganam\ndifiJ4 bhr4ta/l pravayasa\ndifl)'4 hare 'sy4 bhavata/1 pado bhuvo\ndifiJ4mba te kuk,i-gata/1 para/1 pum4n\ndif1J4rlkit4mtvat-padakai/1 suiobhanair\ndifl)'4 sarils4ra-cakre 'smin\ndivya-srag-ambar4/epadrau(J.y-astra-viplu,tam idammaddrfta-irut4bhy4mmanas4nucintayan\ndr1tvc1 samatvamtac chaure/1\nduhitre devaka/1 pr4d4d\ndur4sado 'tidurdhar,a\nduratyayamkaurava-sainya-s4garam\ndurgeti bhadrak41Ui\ndv4rai ca sarv4/l pihit4 duratyay4\ndvij4li-kula-san114da-\n\n1.29\n\n55\n\n4.30\n\n304\n\n4.10\n\n285\n\n5.3\n\n322\n\n2.10\n\n131\n\n3.2\n\n202\n\n5.23\n\n339\n\n2.38\n\n192\n\n2.41\n\n198\n\n2.38\n\n192\n\n5.24\n\n340\n\n4.10\n\n285\n\n1.6\n\n26\n\n1.41\n\n67\n\n1.59\n\n90\n\n1.32\n\n57\n\n2.17\n\n139\n\n1.5\n\n26\n\n2.11\n\n132\n\n3.48\n\n268\n\n3.3\n\n203\n\nE\nek4vaiifJ4varaj4\nek4yano 'sau dvi-p_hala tri-malai\neke tam anurundh4114\ne,4 tav4nuj4 b4l4\netad anyac ca sarvamme\netad v4mdariitamrapam\netat karils4ya bhagav41i\nevambhav4n buddhy-anumeyaevameel tarhi bhojendra\nevamdurmantribhi/1 karilsa/1\nevam elan mah4-bh4ga\nevamhi jantor api durvibh4vya/l\nemmniiamya bhrgu-nandana s4dhuevamsa s4mabhir bhedair\nevam sm-m4y4-racite,v asau pum4n\nevamvimliya tamp4pam\n\n5.29\n\n344\n\n2.27\n\n161\n\n2.4\n\n121\n\n1.45\n\n78\n\n1.12\n\n33\n\n3.44\n\n262\n\n1.64\n\n94\n\n3.17\n\n219\n\n4.31\n\n305\n\n4.43\n\n315\n\n4.26\n\n300\n\n1.51\n\n82\n\n1.14\n\n35\n\n1.46\n\n78\n\n1.43\n\n73\n\n1.52\n\n83\n\n2.7\n\n125\n\n1.21\n\n44\n\nG\ngaccha devi vrajambhadre\ng4mpauru,lril me ir(l.ut4mar4/l punar\n\n", "SB10.1#p0390": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\n\ngarbha-sallka�a!ldt tam vai\ngarbhe pral;!Ue devakycl\ngarbho babhava devakycl\ngate mayi yuv4mlabdhv4\ngaur bhatv4Sru-mukhf khinncl\ngcloo v!14 vatsatarcl\ngclyakcJS ca jagur nedur\nghnanti hy asutrpo lubdhcl\ngiramsamcldhau gagane samirit4m\ngop4/.t parasparam hr�lcl\ngop4/.t samayaya rcljan\ngopcln gokula-ra�clyclm\ngopya/.t sumrna-ma(li-ku1.14alagopya5 cclkan,Jya mudit4\ngrclmycln bhogcln abhuiijclthclm\ngu(lll-prakclSair anumiyate bhavcln\ngu(le�U mdycl-racite�u dehy asau\n\n2.13\n\n134\n\n2.15\n\n136\n\n2.5\n\n122\n\n3.40\n1.18\n\n41\n\n5.7\n\n324\n\n5.5\n\n323\n\n1.67\n\n98\n\n1.21\n\n44\n\nity ukta/.t sa khalal,t pclpo\nity uktv4sid dharis �(lim\nity uktv4Sru-mukhal,t pt1dau\n\n5.14\n\n332\n\n5.8\n\n326\n\n5.19\n\n336\n\n5.11\n\n328\n\n5.9\n\n326\n\n3.40\n\n259\n\n2.35\n\n181\n\n1.42\n\n70\n\n4.35\n\n307\n\n4.46\n\n318\n\n1.45\n\n78\n\n5.18\n\n335\n\n5.12\n\n330\n\n2.4\n\n121\n\n2.23\n\n151\n\n5.32\n\n347\n\n4.13\n\n286\n\n2.42\n\n199\n\n1.26\n\n52\n\n1.35\n\n60\n\n3.46\n\n265\n\n4.23\n\n298\n\nJ\njagclma sa-tri-nayanas\njagu/.t kinnara-gandharvcls\njan�yate tat-priyclrtham\njanma te mayy asau pclpo\njclntavo na sadaikatra\njcltamjcltam ahan putram\n\n3.43\n\n261\n\n3.5\n\n203\n\n4.33\n\n306\n\n1.63\n\n92\n\njMtvcl datta-karamrcljfle\njugopa kuk#mgata cltta-cakro\njyotir yathaivodaka-pclrthive�v adal,t\n\n5.20\n\n337\n\n1.6\n\n26\n\n1.43\n\n73\n\n5.26\n\n342\n\n5.4\n\n322\n\n4.16\n\n289\n\n4.44\n\n316\n\n4.28\n\n302\n\nK\n\nI\niti ghoratamcld bh4v4t\niti nandcldayo gopcl/.t\niti prab�ya tamdevi\nity abh�plya pu�am\nity cldiSyclmara-ga!ldn\n\nj4to bhayas tayor eva\njclyamdne 'jane tasmin\njijf�va utsrjya\njMtayo bandhu-suhrdo\n\n259\n\nH\nhamsy anyclsakta-vimukhcln\nhanti sreyclmsi sarvcl(li\nhantum nclrhasi kalycl(lim\nharer niv4scltma-gu(lai\nharidrcJ-car(la-tailcJdbhi/.t\nha�u �f.su bclle�u\n\n367\n\n1.19\n\n42\n\n3.6\n\n206\n\n1.23\n\n48\n\n3.29\n\n244\n\n4.18\n\n291\n\n1.66\n\n96\n\nkaccit pa!avyamnirujam\nkcllena sn4na-sauc4bhycJm\nkcln lokcln vai gam�yclmi\nkclma-rilpa-dharcln di�u\nkamsa evamprasann4bhyclm\nkamsas �ta-man4 rcljan\nkclrayclm elsa vidhivat\nkaro vai vclr�iko datto\nkasmdn mukundo bhagavcln\nkathito vamsa-vistclro\nka uttama51oka-gu1Jijnuv4dclt\nkecit prclnjalayo din4\nkeval4nubhav4nandokim adya tasmin kara(lfyam 4Su me\nkim akclryamkadarycl!ldm\nkimdul,tsaham nu scldhaoom\nkim indre!ldlpa-virye(la\nkim�ema-sarair vibudhair\nkimmaycl hataycJ mando\nkim udyamail,t kar�yanti\n\n1.59\n\n90\n\n5.2\n\n320\n\n5.31\n\n346\n\n1.9\n\n30\n\n1.1\n\n15\n\n1.4\n\n21\n\n4.34\n\n307\n\n3.13\n\n215\n\n2.21\n\n147\n\n1.58\n\n89\n\n1.58\n\n89\n\n4.36\n\n308\n\n4.36\n\n308\n\n4.12\n\n286\n\n4.32\n\n306\n\nkirtimantamprathamajam\nkriyclsu yas tvac-cara!14ravindoyor\nkr�1Jiivat4rotsava-sambhramo 'spr5an\nk�(le viSvesvare 'nante\nkrtav4n yclni viSvcltmd\n\n1.57\n\n88\n\n2.37\n\n190\n\n3.11\n\n212\n\n5.13\n\n331\n\n1.3\n\n20\n\n�amadhvam mama daurcltmyam\nkumudcl ca(l<likcl k�!lii\nkva vclsamjMtibhi/.t sclrdham\n\n4.23\n\n297\n\n2.12\n\n132\n\n1.9\n\n30\n\nM\nmdbhad bhayam bhoja-pater muma�r\nmaghmi var,aty asakrd yamdnujcl\n\n2.41\n\n198\n\n3.50\n\n270\n\n", "SB10.1#p0391": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n368\n\nmah4rha-vaidarya-kirita-ku!l4alamah4rha-vastr4bhara(lamah4suram kalanemim\nmahf mangala-bhay�lhaman4rilsy asan prasann4ni\nmanas4 dayamdnena\nmandam mandam jaladhara\nmano-vacobhyam anumeya-vartmano\nmanu§oca yata/1 sarva/1\nmartyo mrtyu-vyala-bhita/1 palayan\nmd socatam mah4-bh4gav\nmdtaram pitaram bhratfn\nmathunJ bhagav4n yatra\nmathunJn charasen4ms ca\nmatsy4Sva-kacchapa-nrsimha-varahamatta/1 kaman abhipsantau\nmaya n4r4ya!liS4ni\nmitho ghnantam na pa§yanti\n\n3.10\n\n211\n\n5.8\n\n326\n\n1.68\n\n99\n\n3.2\n\n203\n\n3.5\n\n203\n\n1.53\n\n84\n\n3.7\n\n207\n\n2.36\n\n185\n\n4.21\n\n295\n\n3.27\n\n240\n\n4.18\n\n290\n\n1.67\n\n98\n\n1.28\n\n54\n\n1.27\n\n53\n\n2.40\n\n196\n\n3.35\n\n252\n\n2.12\n\n132\n\n4.27\n\n301\n\n4.24\n\n298\n\nn4nyath4 mad-bhavam jii4nam\nna nyavartata kauravya\n�fe loke dvi-par4rdh4vas4ne\nna tal-lingam pariSr4nt4\nna te 'bhavasyesa bhavasya kara(lam\nna te�u kliSyamane�u\nna tvam vismrta-5astrastran\nnava-kunkuma-kinjalkana vavrathe 'pavargam me\nn4yam atmd tathaite�u\nneha stheyam bahu-titham\nni�adir vatsaranto mahryarils\nnirbandham tasya tam jii4tva\nniSithe tama-udbhate\nnityam udvigna-manaso\nnivrtta-tar�air upagiyamdnad\nnanam hy adr�ta-n�lho 'yam\n\n1.48\n\n80\n\n1.38\n\n62\n\n4.34\n\n307\n\n4.39\n\n311\n\n3.7\n\n207\n\n2.1\n\n119\n\n1.61\n\n92\n\n3.3\n\n203\n\n1.54\n\n85\n\n5.25\n\n341\n\n1.13\n\n33\n\n2.11\n\n132\n\nN\nn4bhyanandata tad-vakyam\nnadya/1 prasanna-salila\nna hy asyas te bhayam saumya\nnaikatra priya-samvasa/1\nna�4tidu/lsah4 �un mdm\nn4madheyani kurvanti\nna n4ma-rape gu�-janma-karmabhir\nn4n4-virya/l prthag-bhata\nnandadya ye vraje gopa\nnanda/1 kamsasya var�ikyam\nnandalayam sa-valaya vrajatir virejur\nnandas tv atmaja utpanne\nnanda-vrajam saurir upetya tatra tan\nnando maha-manas tebhyo\nnanv aham te hy avaraja\n\n2.36\n\n185\n\n3.15\n\n218\n\n1.62\n\n92\n\n5.19\n\n336\n\n5.11\n\n328\n\n5.1\n\n320\n\n3.51\n\n270\n\n5.15\n\n332\n\n4.6\n\n282\n\n262\n\n1.46\n\n78\n\n3.25\n\n236\n\n3.53\n\n272\n\n2.39\n\n194\n\n5.28\n\n343\n\n4.35\n\n307\n\n5.10\n\n327\n\n3.39\n\n257\n\n4.19\n\n292\n\n5.31\n\n346\n\n3.26\n\n238\n\n1.47\n\n79\n\n3.8\n\n207\n\n4.32\n\n306\n\n1.4\n\n21\n\n5.30\n\n345\n\n5.25\n\n341\n\npathi pragrahi(lam karilsam\npibantam tvan-mukh4mbhojapitamaha me samare 'maranjayair\npitro/1 sampa§yato/1 sad yo\npradaya mrtyave putran\n\n1.34\n\n58\n\npradurasam varada-r&;l\nprtlg eva vidyamdnatvan\nprajt1Say4 nivrttasya\npralamba-baka-ca!'Uraprapsyami tvam ya§odayam\n\n3.38\n\n255\n\n3.16\n\n219\n\n5.23\n\n339\n\n2.1\n\n119\n\n2.9\n\n129\n\n0\noghena vyahyamdn4n4m\n\nmocayam asa niga(iad\nmrtyur buddhimatapohyo\nmrtyur janmavatam vira\nmukta-kaccha-sikha/1 kecid\nmalam hi �11ur devan4m\nmumucur munayo deva/1\nm�#ka�ta-dvivida-\n\n3.44\n\np\n\npraptam kalam prativyo4hum\nprasakta-dhi/1 svatmajayor\nprasanna-vadan4mbhojo\npratigrhya parikramya\npratimucya padar loham\n\n1.13\n\n33\n\n1.5\n\n26\n\n3.46\n\n265\n\n1.49\n\n81\n\n1.47\n\n79\n\n5.22\n\n339\n\n1.53\n\n84\n\n2.14\n\n135\n\n3.52\n\n271\n\n1.60\npratiy4tu kumaro yam\npratyarcya k��-caritam kali-kal�a- 1.14\n1.7\nprayacchato mrtyum utamrtam ca\n1.33\npraya(la-prakrame tala\n5.21\nprita/1 priyatamam dorbhyam\n1.52\npajayam asa vai saurir\n\n91\n35\n27\n58\n338\n83\n\n", "SB10.1#p0392": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nprljita� sukham tisina�\npurilsas tri-vargo vihita�\npuraiva purils4vadhrto dhar4-jvaro\npu� iv4patyam\npu�m pur�a-saktena\nputr4n pras�uve c�fau\nputr4n samarpay�ye 'sy4\n\n5.22\n\n339\n\n5.28\n\n343\n\n1.22\n\n46\n\n4.15\n\n289\n\n1.20\n\n43\n\n1.56\n\n87\n\n1.54\n\n85\n\nR\nraho-ju¢ kim hari{lii\nr4jadh4ni tata� s4bhat\nr4janya-samjMsura-ko#-yathapair\nr4jli4m cobha ya-vari1Sy4n4m\nr4meti loka-rama(l4d\nraSmin hay4n4m jagr4ha\nrohi(li ca mah4-bh4g4\nrohi(li vasudevasya\nrohi(lytis tanaya� prokto\n�r vinirgame karilso\nnipam cedam pau�am dhy4narapam yat tat pr4hur avyaktam 4dyam\n\n4.36\n\n308\n\n1.28\n\n54\n\n3.21\n\n229\n\n1.1\n\n15\n\n2.13\n\n134\n\n1.30\n\n56\n\n5.17\n\n334\n\n2.7\n\n125\n\n1.8\n\n29\n\n1.65\n\n96\n\n3.28\n\n242\n\n3.24\n\n233\n\n2.17\n\n139\n\n2.19\n\n143\n\ns\nsa bibhrat paur�m dh4ma\ns4 devaki sarva-jagan-niv4sasa e�a jivan khalu sampareto\nsa eva svaprakrtyedam\nsaham4nau sv4sa-rodha-\n\n2.22\n\n148\n\n3.14\n\n216\n\n3.34\n\n252\n\nsa hi sarva-sur4dhya�o\nsa katham bhaginim hany4t\ns4lv4n vidarbh4n n�adh4n\nsamudvije bhavad-dheto�\nsamyag ryavasit4 buddhis\n\n4.42\n\n314\n\n1.37\n\n61\n\n2.3\n\n·121\n\n3.29\n\n244\n\n1.15\n\n37\n\nsand�taivam bhagavat4\nsandiSya s4dhu-lokasya\nsarika-cakra-gad4-padmasarikha-tarya-mrdallg4S ca\nsannipatya samutp4dya\n\n2.14\n\n135\n\n4.44\n\n316\n\n3.30\n\n245\n\n1.33\n\n58\n\n3.16\n\n219\n\nsanniyamyendriya-gr4mam\nsaptamo va�(lavam dh4ma\nsapta-tvag �ta-vitapo nav4�\nsarg4ya raktam rajasopabrmhitam\n\n3.33\n\n250\n\n2.5\n\n122\n\n2.27\n\n161\n\n3.20\n\n227\n\n369\n\nsaroe vai devat4-pr4y4\ns4 tad-dhast4t samutpatya\nsa talp4t t�m uuh4ya\nsat4m vidve�am 4cerur\nsa te 'vat4ram pu�ai� samarpitam\nsaU4-m4tram nirviie�am niriham\n\n1.63\n\n92\n\n4.9\n\n284\n\nsattvam na ced dh4tar idam nijam\nsattvam viSuddham srayate bhav4n\nsattvopapann4ni sukh4vah4ni\nsa tv aham tyakta-k4ru(lyas\nsa tvam ghor4d ugrasen4tmaj4n nas\n\n4.3\n\n278\n\n4.45\n\n317\n\n3.22\n\n231\n\n3.24\n\n233\n\n2.35\n\n181\n\n2.34\n\n178\n\n2.29\n\n166\n\n4.16\n\n289\n\n3.28\n\n242\n\nsa tvam tri-loka-sthitaye sva-m4yay4\nsatyasya satyam rta-satya-netram\nsatya-vratam satya-param tri-satyam\nsaumallgalya-giro vipr4�\nsa vismayotphulla-vilocano harim\n\n3.20\n\n227\n\nsa y4vad u�4 bharam iSvaresvara�\nsiddha-c4ra!J-Q-gandharvair\nsir!!-Q-par{liinil4h4r4v\nsl4ghaniya-gu!J-Q� sarair\nsn�am tava kaly4!1-Q\n\n1.22\n\n46\n\n4.11\n\n285\n\n3.35\n\n252\n\n2.26\n\n155\n\n2.26\n\n155\n\n5.5\n\n323\n\n3.11\n\n212\n\n1.37\n\n61\n\n4.4\n\n280\n\nSoka-ha�a-bhaya-dve�a4.27\nsraddh4 day4 titik¢ ca\n4.41\nsrivatsa-la�mam gala-wbhi-kaustubham 3.9\nsrovan groan sarilsmarayams ca cintayan 2.37\nstriy4� svasur gurumaty4 vadho yam\n2.21\n\n301\n\nsudhyanti d4naib sa�ly4\nsaraseno yadupatir\nsata-m4gadha-vandibhyo\nsut4 me yadi j4yeran\nsutam yaSod4-Sayane nidh4ya tat-\n\n5.4\n\n322\n\n1.49\n\n81\n\n3.51\n\n271\n\nsatr-grham ag4t tar(lam\nsvapne yath4 paSyati deham idrSam\nsva-roc� bh4rata satik4-grham\nsvasur vadh4n nivavrte\nsvayam nigrhya bubhuje\nsvayam samuttirya sudustaram dyuman\n\n4.3\n\n278\n\n313\n211\n190\n147\n\n1.27\n\n53\n\n5.15\n\n333\n\n1.41\n\n67\n\n3.12\n\n214\n\n1.55\n\n86\n\n1.69\n\n100\n\n2.31\n\n170\n\n5.12\n\n330\n\n3.14\n\n216\n\nT\nt4 4S�� prayuiij4n4S\ntad anu tvam hy apra�fa�\n\n", "SB10.1#p0393": "370\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\ntodd u�m parit�.to 'ham\ntaddyam sutapd nama\nt4� kmw-uihe vasudeva agate\n\n3.37\n\n255\n\n3.32\n\n249\n\n3.49\n\n268\n\ntais tai� kamair adinatmd\ntam adbhutam bdlakam ambuje�a(lllm\ntam aha bhrtitaram devi\ntam dr,;tvli sahasotthtiya\nt4m grhitro cara(lllyor\n\n5.16\n\n333\n\n3.9\n\n211\n\n4.4\n\n280\n\n5.21\n\n388\n\n4.8\n\n283\n\ntam jugupsita-karmti(Illm\nt4m v�ya kamsa� prabhaytijit4ntartim\ntan-mal4 devatci� sarro�\ntapasti sraddhayti nityam\ntapasvino yajlia-si/an\n\n1.36\n\n61\n\n2.20\n\n145\n\ntasmtid bhadre sva-tanaycin\ntasmtin na kasyacid droham\ntasyam rcitryam vyatittiytim\ntasytim tu karhicic chaurir\ntasmtit sarrotmand rcijan\ntasya ca brahma-go-viprds\ntala tirabhya nandasya\ntcitam bhavantam manvcino\ntataS ca §aurir bhagavat-pracodita�\ntatas tan-mala-khanane\ntathti na te mtidhava tcivaka� kvacid\ntathtipi devli� stipatnytin\ntato bdla-dhvanim sruttd\ntato jagan-maligalam acyut4msam\ntatra gatro jagannatham\ntatrt1msent1vatrr(ll1Sya\ntat sannik�ya rohi1,1yt1\ntatheti sutam adaya\nt4vat tad-abhimtiny ajno\ntaytibhihitam t1kar1,1ya\ntaya hrta-pratyaya-sarva-vrt�u\ntayor vlim punar evliham\ntebhya tic�1a tat sarvam\nte pu;lit4 niviviSu�\nte tu tar(lllm upavrajya\nte vai raja� -prakrtyas\ntiltidrin sapta ratnaugha-\n\n4.42\n\n314\n\n3.37\n\n255\n\n4.40\n\n312\n\n4.21\n\n295\n\n1.44\n\n77\n\n4.29\n\n303\n\n1.29\n\n55\n\n4.40\n\n312\n\n4.39\n\n311\n\n5.18\n\n335\n\n5.27\n\n343\n\n3.47\n\n267\n\n4.37\n\n309\n\n2.33\n\n176\n\n4.37\n\n309\n\n4.1\n\n276\n\n2.18\n\n140\n\n1.20\n\n43\n\n1.2\n\n18\n\n2.8\n\n126\n\n1.61\n\n92\n\n4.22\n\n296\n\n4.14\n\n288\n\n3.48\n\n268\n\n3.42\n\n260\n\n4.29\n\n303\n\n2.3\n\n121\n\n4.2\n\n277\n\n4.45\n\n317\n\n5.3\n\n322\n\ntrtfye 'smin bhave 'ham vai\ntvam asya lokasya vibho rira��ur\ntvam eka euisya sata� prasatis\ntvam eva purva-sarge 'bha�\ntvam pdsi nas tri-bhuvanam ca\ntvan-mtiyayti samvrta-cetasas trom\ntvat-ptidtibjam prtipya yadrcchaytidya\ntvat-pada-potena mahat-krtena\ntvatto 'sya janma-sthiti-samyamtin vibho\ntvaytibhigupt4 vicaranti nirbhayci\ntvayti daiva-nis�tena\ntvayiSvare brahmar:U no virudhyate\ntvayy ambujti�tikhila-sattva-dhcimni\n\n3.43\n\n261\n\n3.21\n\n229\n\n2.28\n\n164\n\n3.32\n\n249\n\n2.40\n\n196\n\n2.28\n\n164\n\n3.27\n\n240\n\n2.30\n\n167\n\n3.19\n\n225\n\n2.33\n\n176\n\n4.5\n\n280\n\n3.19\n\n225\n\n2.30\n\n167\n\nu\nuddhtima-kaiicy-aligada-kankar;widibhir\nugrasenam ca pitaram\nugrasena-suta� kamsa�\nupaguhytitmajtim evam\nuptihrtoru-balibhi�\nupalabdho bharon adya\nupasamhara viSrotmann\nupasthit4ntike tasmai\nupasthito nivarteta\nupendra iti vikhytito\n\n3.10\n\n211\n\n1.69\n\n100\n\n1.30\n\n56\n\n4.7\n\n283\n\n4.11\n\n285\n\n5.24\n\n340\n\n3.30\n\n245\n\n1.18\n\n41\n\n1.50\n\n81\n\n3.42\n\n260\n\n5.2\n\n320\n\n1.16\n\n38\n\nv\nmcayitm svastyayanam\nvakt4ram pracchakam srotf'rils\nvaktum arhasi sarvajlia\nva�-vt1tcitapa-himavasudeva-grhe sci�tid\nv4sudeva-ka/ananta�\nv4sudeva-kathti-pra§na�\nv&udeva-kathciyam te\nvasudeva upa§rutya\nvasudeva mahti-bhtiga\nvasudeva 'pi tam prita�\nvavar� parjanya upamsu-garjita�\nvavau myu� sukha-sparsa�\nveda-kriya-yoga-tapa�-samtidhibhis\nvicitra-dhtitu-barhasrag-\n\n1.12\n\n33\n\n3.34\n\n252\n\n1.23\n\n48\n\n1.24\n\n49\n\n1.16\n\n38\n\n1.15\n\n37\n\n5.20\n\n337\n\n1.36\n\n61\n\n1.55\n\n86\n\n3.49\n\n269\n\n3.4\n\n203\n\n2.34\n\n178\n\n5.7\n\n325\n\n", "SB10.1#p0394": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\n\nvidito 'si bhav4n s4kf4t\nvidy4dharya! ca nanrtur\nvin4nuv4dam na ca tan manr,itam\nviparyayo v4 kim na sy4d\nvipr4 g4va.S ca ved4S ca\nvrry4(1i tasy4khila-deha-bh4j4m\nvif!IO r 4r4dhan4rth4ya\nvif!IOr m4y4 bhagavatr\nvi!vam yad etat sva-tanau ni!dnte\nvraja� samm11ta-samsiktavrajams lifthan padaikena\nvraje vasan kim akaron\nvriyat4m vara ity ukte\nVf1(1ayo vasudev4dy4\nvyacarad divya-v4sa-srakvyakte 'vyaktam k4/a-�gena y4te\nvyasrjad vasudeva.S ca\n\n3.13\n\n215\n\n3.6\n\n206\n\n3.18\n\n223\n\n1.50\n\n81\n\n4.41\n\n313\n\n1.7\n\n27\n\n5.16\n\n333\n\n1.25\n\n50\n\n3.31\n\n246\n\n5.6\n\n324\n\n1.40\n\n65\n\n1.10\n\n31\n\n3.38\n\n255\n\n1.62\n\n92\n\n5.17\n\n334\n\n3.25\n\n237\n\n4.25\n\n299\n\ny\nya 4tmano driya-gu,e,u sann iti\ny4citas 14m vinirbhartsya\nyad4 bahir gantum iye,a tarhy aj4\n\n3.18\n\n222\n\n4.7\n\n283\n\n3.47\n\n267\n\nyadoi ca dharma-srlasya\nyadlln4m kadanam cakre\nyadlln4m nija-n4th4n4m\nyadu-pury4m sah4v4t.srt\nyad-vi!rambh4d aham p4pa�\nyady asau na nivarteta\nyarhy ev4jana-janmarkfam\nya!od4 nanda-patnr ca\nyath4mayo 'rtge samupekfito nrbhir\nyath4nevam-vido bhedo\nyath4 troa-jalaukaivam\nyatheme 'vikrt4 bh4v45\nyathendriya-gr4ma upekfitas tath4\nyato yato dh4vati daiva-coditam\nyatra kva v4 pilroa-satrur\ny4vad dhato 'smi hant45mrye 'nye 'ravind4kfa vimukta-m4ninas\nyo yam k4las tasya te 'vyakta-bandho\nyuv4m m4m putra-bh4vena\nyuv4m vai brahma!lddi.,tau\n\n371\n\n1.2\n\n18\n\n2.2\n\n119\n\n2.6\n\n123\n\n1.11\n\n32\n\n4.17\n\n290\n\n1.48\n\n80\n\n3.1\n\n202\n\n3.53\n\n272\n\n4.38\n\n310\n\n4.20\n\n293\n\n1.40\n\n65\n\n3.15\n\n218\n\n4.38\n\n310\n\n1.42\n\n70\n\n4.12\n\n286\n\n4.22\n\n296\n\n2.32\n\n172\n\n3.26\n\n238\n\n3.45\n\n263\n\n3.33\n\n250\n\n", "SB10.1#p0395": "General Index\nNumerals in boldface type indicate references to translations of the verses of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam.\n\nAdministrators. See: Kings; K�atriyas;\n\nA\n\nLeaders,government; Politicians\nAdvaitam acyutam anddim ananta-rupam\nquoted,87\n\nAbhaya defmed,196\nAbhayam sarvadd tasmai\nverse quoted,157\nAbhyasa-yoga-yuktena\nquoted,71\nAbhyutthdnam adharmasya\nverse quoted,40,118,120,145-146,\n155n,l95,331\n\nAdydpiha caitanya e saba lila kare\nverse quoted, 199\nAgamdpdyino 'nityas\nverse quoted,91\nAge of Kali. See: Kali-yuga\nAghAsura,119\nAgriculturalists. See: VaiSyas\n\nAbrahma-bhuvani!l lokd�\nquoted,241\n\nAhaituky apratihatd\nverse quoted,294\nAham ddir hi devdni!m\n\nAbsolute Truth\ndevotional service reveals,156\nLord Kr�Qa as,34,156, 158,160\npersonal & impersonal realization of,75\nSee also: Kr�Q.a,Lord; Supreme Lord\nAbudha�defined,223\nAcdryas (saintly authorities)\nduty of,171\n\nquoted,87,235\nAham sarvasya prabhavo\nquoted,235\nAham tvdm sarva-pdpebhyo\nquoted,28\nAhankdra (false ego). See: Bodily concept\nAhankdra itiyam me\n\nLord as reached via,170-171, 172\n\nverse quoted,216,224\nAhankdra vimii4hdtmd\nquoted,52\n\nscholars ignore, 184\nSee also: Spiritual master; names of specific\ndcdryas\n\nverse quoted,51-52\nAitaddtmyam idam sarvam\n\nAcintya-bheddbheda (oneness-anddifference) philosophy,128,236\nActivities\n\nquoted,224\nAjo 'pi sann avyaydtmd\n\nof God. See: �Q.a,Lord,pastimes of;\n\nquoted,210\n\nSupreme Lord,activities of\n\nAkr\\ira,122,193\nAmdra djMya guru haM tdra' ei dew\nverse quoted,144\n\nof irresponsible persons,318\nin Kr�Q.a consciousness movement,192\nSee also: Endeavor; Fruitive activities;\n\nAmara-ko5a, cited on sex life,259\n\nKarma; Sinful activities\n\nAmbari� MahArAja,69\nAmbuja defined,34\n\nAddnta-gobhir viSatdm tamisram\nquoted,149\n\nAmitdn yodhayed yas tu\nverse quoted,106\n\nverse quoted,34-35\n\nAmsena defined,102\n\nAditi, Devaki was,261\n\n373\n\n", "SB10.1#p0396": "374\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nAnddir 4dir govinda�\n\nverse quoted,18-19\nAnalogies\nbirds in tree & soul-Supersoul in body,\n162, 163\nboat & Lord's lotus feet,168, 169,172\nboat & mind,71\ndreaming & transmigration,67, 100-101\ndress & body,64\nearth element & living entity,292\nelectricity & Lord's potency,51\nfiery rod & s{liritualized body,103\nfire (covered) & Devak.l (imprisoned), 142,\n143\nfire leaping & soul transmigrating, 82-83,\n102\nGanges River & spiritual master, 294-295\njaundice patients & nondevotees, 188\nking's government & Lord's creation,221\nknowledge (misused) & Devak.i\n(imprisoned),142,143\n�'!).a's advent & awakening �,I).a consciousness,128-129\nluminary's reflection & soul's covering,74\nmoonrise & Lord's advent,141, 142,208,\n210\nocean & material world,168, 169,\n170-171, 172\noriginal lamp & �'I).a, 160\npotter's wheel & cosmos,239-240\nsun & Lord,209-210\nsunshine & Lord's energy, 222\ntree & body,161-162, 163\nwatchdogs & politicians, 277, 279\n\nAnanda-cinmaya-ra&a-pratibh4vit4bhis\nverse guoted,208,329\nAnanta (Se,a-niga)\nas Baladeva,127\n�,I).a indescribable by,19\n\nprotected Vasudeva & child,269\nas Rohil).l's son,127\nSalikar,8I).a as, 49, 109\nin second quadruple expansion,122, 123\nuniverse supported by,127\n\nAnany& cintayanto m4ril\nverse quoted,159\n\nAnarthopaSa,maril s4k¢d\nverse quoted,37\n\nA�ntara-stha-param47J.u-cay4ntara-stharil\n\nquoted,155n,200,201,210,236\nverse quoted,217\nAnger\nof fool at good instructions,282\nof Lord at demons,228-229\nof Vasudeva & Devak.i at Kamsa relieved,\n299-300\nAnimals\natheists compared to,40\ncare for, 342\nkilling of. See: Animal slaughter\nmodern men compared to,179,180\nSee al!o: Cows; names of other specific\n\nanimals\n\nAnimal slaughter\nBuddha stopped,23\nl(nl).a consciousness prohibits, 103\nas sinful, 150,342\nin Vedic sacrifices,23-24\nSee also: Cows,killing of; Hunters,animal\nAniruddha,108\nAntary4mfdefined,155n,156\n\nAntavat tu phalam te¢ril\nquoted,156\n\nAnte n4r4ya�-smrti�\nquoted,28\n\nAnukalyena krlr:uJ.nuquoted,152\n\nAnuv4da defined,105\nAnxiety. See: Suffering\nAnyc'1bhil4,it4-sanyam\nquoted,258\n\n.Apana karama, bhunjaye samana,\nquoted,316\n\nApareyam itas tv any4ril\n\nverse quoted,162-163,224\n\nApa&mrti� defined,69,101\nApa5yat4m 4tma-tattvaril\n\nverse quoted,132\nAppearance of the Lord. See: �,I).a,Lord,\n\"birth\" of; Supreme Lord,advent of\n\nAprtlpya m4ril nivartante\nquoted,101,279\n\n", "SB10.1#p0397": "General Index\nAprapya mam nivartante\nverse quoted,173\n\nAp§r�,207,285-286\n\nAradhanadefined,248\n\nArca-mii.rti. See: Deity form\nArcanam vandanam dasyam\nverse quoted,128\n\n375\n\nAttachment\n\nSee also: Bodily concept; Desire; Desire,\nmaterial\n\nAttrtvdc ca tada danat\nverse quoted,160\n\nAurangzeb,King,98\nAusterities\n\nAri��. 119\n\nhuman life for,253-254\n\nArjuna\nfought for Kr�l).a,27, 84-85\n\nby Vasudeva (Sutapa) & Devaki (P�sni),\n251,253-255,256\n\nKr�l).a's universal form bewildered, 279\n\nAuthorities. See: Acaryas; Mahdjanas; Spiri­\n\nquoted on Supreme Brahman,44\n\nAva�(lava-mukhodginJ.am\n\nquoted on flickering mind,71\nAryans,Vedic,281\n\nAsarigo hy ayam pur��\nquoted,163,292,293\n\nAsraddadhdna� pur�a\nverse quoted,173\n\nAstra-sastra-pravir;w.S ca\nverse quoted,106\n\nAstrology of KnQa's advent,204,205\n\nAsura� sarva evaita\nquoted,115\n\nAsuras. See: Demons\nAsurim yonim apanna\n\ntual master\nverse quoted,22,191-192\n\nAvajdnanti mam mii.dha�\nquoted,45,76,184,216,263\nverse quoted,250\n\nAvan-manasa-gocara\nquoted,220\n\nAvatara. See: Incarnation\nAvatdridefined,160\n\nAvyakta defined,183\nAyodhya,112\n\nB\n\nverse quoted,150\nASvatthama,28,29\n\nAta� sri-kmr.a-namiidi\n\n&hii.nam janmandm ante\n\nAtha kamsam upa.gamya\n\nBaka,119\n\nverse quoted,185-186\nverse quoted,113\n\nAthdpi te eleva padambuja-dvayaverse quoted,181\n\nAthava bahunaitena\nverse quoted,130\n\nAtheists\n\ncompared to animals,40\nGod avoided by, 152-153, 279\n\nSee also: Demons; 1mpersonalists\nAtiratha defined,106\nAtma. See: Soul\nAtma-tattva defined,131,292\nAtom,Lord within,155n,236\nAttachment\nto bodily concept,293-294\nto material enjoyment,259\n\nquoted,75\n\n&kandha-nyaya logic,228\nBalarama (Baladeva),Lord\nin Devaki's womb,127, 129\n\nas independent,109\n\nas Kr�I).a's brother,50,130,338\nas Knl).a's expansion,18, 19,102,127,\n198\n\nmother of,30,335,343\nother names of,134-135\nplow carried by,338\nas Sailkar�al).a,127,130,134,137\nsustains universe,109\nYogamaya transferred,from Devaki to\nRohil).i,137\n\nBalasya neha sara(lam pitarau nrsimha\nquoted,157\n\n", "SB10.1#p0398": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n376\n\nBAJ;tAsura, 119\n\nBhagavad-gita, quotations from\n\n&rhavatarilsam asitambuda-sundararlgam\n\non devotional service & transcendence, 69,\n\nBeings, living. See: Living entities\n\non devotional service as highest yoga, 68\n\nquoted, 212\n\nBenediction\n\nof Brahma on Kalanemi's sons, 113\n\nof Caitanya in Hare J(r�l).a mantra, 256,\n\n257\nof J(r�l).a on Vasudeva (Sutapa) & Devaki\n(P:rsni), 255, 257-259\nBhagavad-dar§anad yasya\n\nverse quoted, 302\n\nBhagavad-gita\nSee also: Bhagavad-gitii, cited; Bhagavadgita, quotations from\n\nduty to read, 99\n\n175-176,247-248\n\non duty, 136,179\n\non embodied soul, 64,146,317-318\n\non equanimity, 90\n\non faithless persons falling to birth &\ndeath, 173\non fool imagining about Lord's advent, 250\n\non fool's bafBement, 305\non God & demigods, 87\n\non impersonalist's labor, 75,174\n\non killing in knowledge as not killing, 297\non knowing Lord's advent & activities, 98,\n\n189,241,250\n\nguru follows, 192\n\non J(r�l).a as Brahman's basis, 235\n\nknowledge in, distribution of, 144\n\non J(r�r,a's form as misunderstood, 76\n\nmodernists misinterpret, 264\n\non living entities as Lord's parts & parcels,\n\nfor humans, 180\nLord spoke, 264\n\nnondevotees misunderstand, 189\n\nrecitation of, bogus & bona fide, 21-23,25\n\nas Vedas' essence, 69\nBhagavad-gita, cited\n\non demon's destiny, 99-100\non devotional service & transcendence, 187\n\non �l).a consciousness, 68\non J(r�r,a's supremacy, 22\n\n153,195\non Lord as birthless, 210\n\non Lord as death to nondevotees, 107\non Lord as knower in all bodies, 163\non Lord as source of all, 235\n\non Lord as within & without, 127-128,220\n\non fighting for J(r�l).a, 84-85\n\non Lord directing cosmic manifestation,\n\non spiritual sky, 17\n\non Lord directing living entity's wander-\n\non Lord's advent, 205\n\non va71W-sankara population, 253\nBhagavad-gita, quotations from\n\non bewildered soul, 51-52\non birth-death cycle, 63,101,251\non bodies by material association, 65,72,\n\n101\n\n226,239\nings, 292-293\n\non Lord directing material energy, 51\non Lord enlightening devotees, 107,124\non Lord in heart, 25,124\non Lord known by devotional service, 128,\n\n182,186\n\non body as desire machine, 287\n\non Lord maintaining devotees, 159\n\non chanting Hare J(r�l).a, 191,232\n\non Lord protecting devotees, 177,243\n\non Brahma's day, 241,256\n\non demigod worshipers, 101,131,156,\n\n165-166,235\non devotee as best yogi, 125\non devotee going back to Godhead, 48\non devotee never perishing, 159-160\non devotee undisturbed by difficulty, 153\n\non Lord pervading universe, 129-130\non Lord's advent & mission, 40,95,\n\n119-120,145-146,195,267,331\non Lord saving devotee from birth & death,\n\n165\non Lord's inferior & superior energies,\n\n162-163,224\n\n", "SB10.1#p0399": "377\n\nGeneral Index\nBhagavad-gitd, quotations from\non Lord's material energies, 216,267\non Lord's protection, 28\non Lord's spiritual energy, 265\non loving the Lord, 175\non mahatmas, 52\non materialists, 24\non material world, 241\non mind as flickering, 71\n\non modes of nature determining destiny,\n\n72\non obeisances to the Lord, 197\n\non opulence of ��I).a & Arjuna, 177-178\non perfection of life, 175\n\non pious birth, 48,94\n\non remembrance, death & destiny, 69\non sacrifice for Vi�I).u, 179\n\non sex according to religious principles,\n\n251\n\non sinful people cast into demoniac species,\n\n150,228\n\non social orders, 41\n\non soul surviving body, 70\n\non spiritual awakening vs. material\ndream, 137-138\n\non spiritual master, 218\n\non Supersoul, 124\n\non Supreme Brahman, 44\n\nBhaktir evainam darsayati\nquoted, 128\nBhakti-yoga. See: Devotional service; ��I).a\nconsciousness\n\nBhaktyaham ekaytl grahya�\nquoted, 248\nBhaktytl mdm abhijandti\nquoted, 128,156,182,189,248\nverse quoted, 175-176,186\nBharata Maharaja, 177,191\nBharatavar�a. See: Earth planet; India\nBhava defined, 250\nBhavambudhir vatsa-padam param padam\nverse quoted, 28,169\nBhava-roga defined, 25\nBhava-samudra defined, 71\nBhava�adha defined, 25,104\nBhav�ya Purtl'f.'a, quoted on devotee seeing\nLord's will everywhere, 302\nBhayam dvitiyabhinivesata� syti.t\nquoted, 124\nBheda defined, 112\nBhinnd prakrtir �lfulh4\nquoted, 267\nBhi�madeva\n\ncited on Lord in heart, 209\ndied by Lord's will, 107\n\nin Kuruk�etra war, 27-28\n\nBhagavatam. See: Srimad-Bhagavatam\nBhagavata paro diya bhagavata sthane\nquoted, 22\nBhagavata Purd'f.'a. See: Srimad-Bhagavatam\nBhaktas: See: Devotees\nBhakti defined, 69\nSee also: Devotional service; ��I).a con­\n\nBhogaiSvarya-prasaktdndm\nverse quoted, 24\nBhoja dynasty, 62, 112\nBhramayan sarva-bhata.ni\nquoted, 287\nverse quoted, 293\nBhamir tlpo 'nalo vayu�\nverse quoted, 216,224\nBhata-bhrn na ca bhata-stho\nverse quoted, 127-128\nBhatvtl bhatva praliyate\nquoted, 241\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\nBirds in tree & soul-Supersoul in body,\n\non surrender to the Supreme, 75\n\non tolerance amid happiness & distress,\n\n91\n\non vaiSyas (agriculturalists), 325\n\nBhagavan. See: ��I).a, Lord; Supreme Lord\n\nsciousness\n\nquoted on liberated soul, 294-295\n\nquoted on Parik�it & Sukadeva, 168\n\nby Riipa Gosvami, 171\n\nBirds at ��I).a's advent, 204, 205\n\nBirth\n\nanalogy of, 162, 163\n\ndeath followed by, 63\n\n", "SB10.1#p0400": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n378\nBirth (continued)\n\nof devotee in pious family, 48,94\nof ��l).a. See: ��1,1a, \"birth\" of\n\nof living entity vs. Lord's advent,\n194-195,196,205,210,212\n\nmodes of nature determine, 72\n\nBody, material\nsoul contrasted to, 292,293\nsuffering due to, 65,76,77,149-150\nSupersoul in, 163\ntrue but temporary, 224,225\n\nSee also: Birth; Bodily concept; Senses;\n\nname-giving ceremony after, 88\nprocess of, 70\nBirth and death, repeated\neducation for avoiding, 252\nfaithless persons return to, 173\n��1,1a consciousness stops, 76,279\nkr�r:w-katha stops, 21,25,35\n\nSubtle body; Transmigration\nBody, spiritual\nof pure devotee, 103\nof spiritual master, 295\n\nBody of the Lord. See: ��1,1a, Lord, body of;\nSupreme Lord, body of\nBombay\n\nLord saves devotee from, 165\n\nDurga worship in, 287\n\npurification stops, 73\n\nHare ��1,1a center in, 232\n\nSee also: Birth; Death; Transmigration\n\nBirth control, artificial vs. spiritual, 251-253\nBliss, transcendental, by chanting Lord's\nnames, 105.-\n\nSee also: Happiness\nBoat & Lord's lotus feet, analogy of, 168,169,\n172\n\nBondage. See: Life, material; Maya; Modes of\nmaterial nature; Suffering\nBrahma, Lord\nas adi-kavi, 45\nas authority, 169\nBrahma-samhitii by, 182,183\nas creator, 227-228\n\nBoat and mind, analogy of, 71\n\nday of, 241,256,331\n\nBodily concept of life\n\ndemigods advised by, about Lord's advent,\n\nattachment to, 293-294\nas ignorance, 179,297,300-301\n\n45,46,48-50\n\nearth approached, for relief, 40,42\n\nvia modes of nature, 51,74\n\nKalanemi's sons blessed by, 113\n\nsinful activities via, 149,150\n\n��1,1a tested by, 208\n\nsuffering due to, 294,297\n\nlifetime of, 19,241\n\nSee also: Attachment; Desire, material\n\nBody, material\nchanges of, 292\n\nLord above, 154,164,165\nat Lord's advent, 154,158\nquoted on nondevotees, 173\n\ncompared to dress, 64\n\nin trance hearing the Lord, 45\n\ncompared to tree, 161-162,163\n\nas Varahadeva's father, 321\n\ndesire determines, 287,292\nelements in, 64,162,222,292\n\nBrahma-bhataiJ. prasannatmd\nverse quoted, 75,175-176\n\nformation of, 70\n\nBrahmajyoti (Brahman effulgence), 222,\n\nhappiness from, 161-162\n\n235\nBrahman (impersonal Absolute), 235,236\n\nliving force in, 146,162-163\nas materialist's reality, 223,225\n\nBrahman, Supreme\n\nmind develops, 68-70,71,72,101,102\n\nas cause of all causes, 224\n\nnature awards, 64-65,72,279\n\nLord as, 44\n\nsoul as basis of, 223\nsoul changes, 64,65,66,67,68-70,71,\n72,74,75,76,317-218\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\n\nBrahmar:ws (saintly intellectuals)\nKamsa's ministers plotted against, 312\n\n", "SB10.1#p0401": "379\n\nGeneral Index\n\nBrahmaT;UJS (saintly intellectuals)\n\nat �Q.a's \"birth\" ceremony,320, 322,\n323\n\nLord protects,313\nLord's advent gladdened, 204-205, 206\n\n\"Brainwashing,\" Kr,Q.a consciousness movement branded as,35,66,313\n\nBuddha,Lord,stopped animal sacrifices,23\n\nBulls at Kr,Q.a's \"birth\" festival,325\n\nNanda's charity to,322\n\nc\n\nBrah1T141}<1a bhramite kona bhdgyavan jfva\nquoted,101\n\nverse quoted,171,241\n\nBrahman effulgence (brahmajyoti), 222,\n235-236\n\nBrahmaJ;W hi prat4thaham\nquoted,235\n\nBrahma-sarhhita\n\nby Brahmli,182,183\n\ncited on Brahman effulgence,222\ncited on Lord as old & young,182\n\nBrahma-sarhhita, quotations from\n\non devotees loving Lord as Sylimasundara,\n\nCaitanya-bhdgavata, quoted on devotees perceiving Lord's incarnations,199\n\nCaitanya-candrtlmrta, quoted on devotee's\nhappy-world view,153\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta, cited\n\non devotional service in opulence or love,\n247\non Kr,Q.a & Vi,Q.u,102\n\non �Q.a's advent, 50\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta, quotations from\non associating with devotees,316\n\n187\n\non devotional service via guru & Kr�Q.a,\n\n165\n\non guru distributing Kr,Q.a's instructions,\n\ntions, 302\n\non hearing about K�na,20\n\non devotees perceiving Lord's presence,\non devotee's protection from karmic reacon Durgli,110\n\non fruitive activities controlling everyone,\n295-296\n\non Kr�Q.a & gop i goddesses,329,336\non �Q.a & His entourage, 208\n\non Kr�Qa as origin of incarnations, 46-47,\n160\n\non Kr�Q.a's supremacy,18-19,44\non Lord as all-pervading, 236\n\non Lord's abode,17\n\non Lord's advent,45, 46, 48-50\non Lord's beauty,187-188,212\non Lord's expansions,87,141\n\non Lord's presence everywhere,155n,200,\n210\n\non MahA-Vi�Q.u, 217\n\non seeing the Supreme Lord,220\non sun,time & the Lord,239\n\n171,241\n144,192\n\non �Q.a as Hare Kr'Q.a mantra, 146\n\non living entity wandering in universe,101\non renouncing material desires,258\non serving the Supreme,68\n\nCaitanya Mahliprabhu\n\nbody of, transcendental, 180\n\nBrahma-sarhhita accepted by,183\ndevotee helped by,153\n\nas Kali -yuga's savior, 95-96, 180\nas Kr'Q.a,55,144\n\nlove of God given by,256,257\n\nCaitanya Mahliprabhu,quotations from\n\non chanting the Lord's holy name, 72,96,\n180\n\non desiring devotional service,190-191,\n258\n\non devotional service via guru & �Q.a,\n171,241\n\nBrahma satyarh jagan mithya\n\non guru distributing �Q.a's instructions,\n\nBrahmins. See: BrahmaT;UJS\n\non hearing about �Q.a,20,22\n\nquoted,225\n\n144,192\n\n", "SB10.1#p0402": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n380\n\nCaitanya Mahiiprabhu,quotations from (cont.)\non i(r�I).a,329-330\n\non living entity wandering in universe, 101\non love of God,256\n\non renouncing material desires,258\non serving the Supreme,68\n\nCdl).akya Pal).�ita\n\nquoted on king,woman & politician,60\n\nquoted on piety in association & action,77\n\nCancalarir. hi mana/,1 kmr.a\nverse quoted,7l\n\nCar.uji, quoted on maya, 303\n\nCandra,43\nCdl).ura,119\n\nCiiral).as,207, 285-286\n\nCastes,social. See: Brahmar;r.as; K�atriyas;\n\nSociety,human, occupational divisions\n\nof; VaiSyas\nCatur-van;r.yam maya smam\nquoted,41, 179\n\nCharity,Nanda distributed,at i(r�I).a's \"birth\"\nfestival,322, 333\n\nChayeva yasya bhuvanani bibharti durga\nquoted,110\n\nChemicals,life not from,223\nChildren\n\nof Devaki,87, 97, 113\n\nfemale, begotten in old age,340\n\nkilling of,231,232\n\nname-giving ceremony for,88\n\nparents not ultimate protectors of,157\n\nprocreation of, 251-253\n\nCin-maya defined, 103\nCintama\"(l.i-prakara-sadmasu kalpavr�aquoted,17\n\nverse quoted,329\n\nCitraketu,177\n\nCivilization,modern\n\nin bodily concept,150\n\nchaotic & demoniac,311-312\n\nCatur-vyaha. See: Quadruple expansions of\n\ncondemned,231,232,326\n\nCausal Ocean, Mahii-Vi�I).U lies on,217,221\n\nin ignorance, 163\n\nGodhead\n\nCause,ultimate\n\nBrahman as,224\n\ndestiny as,82-83\n\ni(r�I).a as, 18-19,235,301\n\ncrazy,342-343\n\nmaterialistic,146\n\nproducing Riik�asas (man-eaters),\n289\n\nSee also: Society, human\n\nCeremonies. See: Ritualistic ceremonies;\n\nColors, Lord assumes,for cosmic functions,\n\nCeto-darpar;a-marjanam\n\nComparisons. See: Analogies\n\nChiit;liya va4r;ava-seva, nistdra pa.yeche keba\n\nConsciousness,material vs. spiritual,68\n\nChaitanya. See: Caitanya Mahiiprabhu\n\nCosmic manifestation. See: Creation, the; Material world; Nature, material; Universe\n\nSacrifices\n\nquoted,256\nquoted,104\n\nChance, body not obtained by,102\n\nChandogya Upan4ad, quoted on Lord's expansions, 87\n\nChanting \"mango,mango,mango,\" 186\n\nChanting the Supreme Lord's holy names\nblissful,105\n\n227-228\n\nConditioned soul. See: Soul, conditioned\n\nSee also: KJ;�I).a consciousness\n\nCow(s)\nearth in form of,42\n\nhappy in Vedic times,325\nKamsa's ministers plotted against,312\nkilling of,231,232,313\n\nCaitanya recommends,72\n\nat KJ;'�I).a's \"birth\" festival, 322, 325\n\nmisery cured by,104\n\nVasudeva mentally distributed,213\n\nfor Kali-yuga,180\nby Siva, 154\n\nin Western countries,171\n\nSee also: Hare i(r�I).a mantra\n\nprotection of,313,325,326,342\n\nCowherd men of VJ;ndiivana\ndescended from heavenly planets,93\nat i(r�I).a's \"birth\" festival,326, 332\n\n", "SB10.1#p0403": "381\n\nGeneral Index\nCowherd men of V�ndavana\nNanda appointed,to protect home in his\nabsence, 336-337\n\nDemigods\ndemons advised Kamsa about,306-311,\n314\n\nCowherd women. See: Gopis\n\ndemons vs.,120\n\nCreation,the,material & spiritual divisions of,\n.\n110\n\nDevaki encouraged by,196,198\n\nSee also: Earth planet; Heavenly planets;\n\nKamsa-Devaki clash incited by,59\n\nas devotees,95\n\nMaterial world; Nature,material;\n\nKamsa's associates as,93,94\n\nSpiritual world; Universe(s)\n\nin �I).a's pastimes,93,94\n\nCruelty condemned,148,149,282\n\nLord above,43,87,164-166,235\n\nCupid,Lord J4�I).a excels,183-184,188\n\nLord's advent greeted by,154,155,207,\n\nCurse of Hiral).yaka8ipu on grandsons,113\nCycle of birth and death. See: Birth and death,\nrepeated; Transmigration\n\n208\n\nat milk ocean,42,43,108\nprayers for 14�I).a by. See: Prayers,by\ndemigods for 14�I).a\n\nD\n\nVi�I).u chief among,311,314,315\nV�davana's residents as,93,94\nv��I).iS & Yadus as,93,94\n\nDadami buddhi-yogarh tam\nverse quoted,107\n\nDam-pati defined,258\nDaridra-naraya{la, 333\nDeath\n\nworship toward,87-88,101,156-157,235\n\nSee also: names of specific demigods\nDemocracy,corruption in,41\nDemons (asuras)\ndemigods vs.,120\n\ncontrol over,107,251\n\ndevoted to Durga,288,291\n\ndevotee remembers �I).a at,28-29,\n69-70\n\ndevotees contrasted to,305\n\nduty to avoid,80\n\nas fools,305\n\nearth burdened by,40,41,47\n\nfear of,Lord dispels,240,241,242\n\ngovernment ruined by,40-41\n\nLord as personification of,107,279\n\nhellish destiny of,99-100\n\nParik�it fasted before,34\n\nKamsa advised by, 304-316\n\nas sure & certain, 63,241\n\nl(t�I).a consciousness movement opposed\n\ntakes everything away,72\n\nSee also: Transmigration\nDecorations at J4�I).a's \"birth\" festival,\n324-329\n\nDeer,Bharata became,177,191\n\nDehino 'smin yatha dehe\nquoted,146\nverse quoted,64,317-318\nDeity form of the Supreme Lord\nas Lord Himself,267\nVai�I).avas (devotees) worship,133,182\n\nSee also: Worship\nDemigods\nBrahma advised, about Lord's advent,45,\n46,48-50\n\nby,313-315\nLord kills,95,228,229,230,245\nLord's advent derided by,45\npersecuted saintly persons, 317\nselfish nature of,60,231,280\nVai�I).avas vs.,315\nworld ruined by,230\nYadus persecuted by,119,120,121\n\nSee also: Atheists; Kamsa; Materialists;\nNondevotees; Rak�sas; names of\nother specific demons\n\"Deprogrammers\" court case,177\nDesire\nof Caitanya for devotional service, 191,258\nof devotee,Lord fulfills, 170-171\n\n", "SB10.1#p0404": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n382\n\nDesire,material\nbody according to,287,292\nconditioned soul bound by,65\nfreedom from,103,258\nKnl).a consciousness dispels,25-26,35\nlove of God dispels, 258\n\nSee also: Attachment; Bodily concept;\nSense gratification; Sex life\n\nDestiny\nas controller,345-346\n\nKamsa's killings ordained by,281,282,\n295,296,299-300\nmodes of nature determine,72\nas unseen cause,82-83\nSee also: Karma; Transmigration\nDeva(s), defined,87\nSee also: Demigods\n\nDevaka,King,dowry to Devaki from,57-58\nDevaki\nas Aditi in past life, 261\n\nBaladeva (Se�a) in womb of,30,127,129\nchildren of,87\ncompared to covered fire & misused knowledge,142,143\n\ndemigods encouraged,196,198\ndowry from Devaka to,57-58\nfearedKamsa would killKr�l).a,233,236,\n242,243-244,245-246\n\nKamsa attacked,60\n\nKamsa deliberated on,pregnant with\ni(nl).a,147,148,149,151\n\nKamsa forgiven by,299-300\n\nKamsa frightened,128-129\n\nKamsa imprisoned,97\nKaiilsa killed sons of,97,113,122,123\nKamsa repented atrocities to,288-299\nasKamsa's sister,56,62,147,148\n\ni(nl).a \"born\" of,88-90,128,208,209,\n210,213,283\n\nKr�l).a instructed,at His advent,264-265\ni(nl).a protected,124,125\nasKr�l).a's mother,184,188,200,236,\n\n247,249,253,258,261-264,268,\n272-273\n\ni(nl).a's Vi�l).u form dismayed,in Kamsa's\nprison,243,244,245-247\n\nDevaki\nKr�l).a within,130,141,142,143,145,\n158,198,220,221,222\n\n\"miscarriage\" of,Kamsa & co. lamented,\n137\npleaded withKamsa on baby daughter's\nbehalf,280-283\nas politician,281\n\nprayers for i(nl).a by. See: Prayers,by\nDevaki for i(nl).a\nas Pp!ni in past life,249,251,253-255,\n\n256,257-260,261,262\nsymbolizes bhakti, 128-129\nas transcendental,209,248,288\n\nVasudeva dissuaded Kamsa from killing,\n78,79,80,81-86,88,89,112\nVasudeva married,56-58\nYasodi contrasted to,272-273\n\nYogamiyi transferred Balarima from,to\nRohil).i,137\nDevamdy4defined,257-258\nDevatas defined,199\nDevotees of the Supreme Lord (Vai�l).avas)\nassociation with,168,189,316\nborn in pious family,48,94\nCaitanya's mercy on,153\nchant Hare Kr�l).a,186\ndefeat enemies, 177,178\n\nas demigods,95\n\ndemons contrasted to,305\ndemons vs.,315\n\ndevotional service continued by,191\ndifficulty doesn't disturb,153\n\ndistress of,as Lord's mercy,165,301302\nDurgi's devotees contrasted to,287\nduty of,84,95,194\nenjoy hearing about Lord,105\neternal life for,241\nas expert,305\nfalldown of,176-177\n\nfollowing in footsteps of,168,169,170\nas good,86\n\nas happy,153\nhearing aboutKr�l).a from,22-23\n\nimpersonalist contrasted to,75\n\n", "SB10.1#p0405": "383\n\nGeneral Index\n\nDevotees\nwithKamsa awaiting Lord's advent, 122,\n\nDevotional service\n\nhearing process in, 191-192\n\n123\nkarmis contrasted to, 105\n\nliberation by, 168,263,295,315\n\n35,171\nas learned, 164-165\nas liberated souls, 110,190,191\nLord as son of, 138-139, 249,250\nLord enlightens, 107,124\nLord fulfills desire of, 170-171\nLord known to, 190,263\nLord maintains, 159-160\nLord present with, 142\nLord protects, 123,124,167,176-177,\n178,230,243,301-302\nLord purifies, 165\nLord's form enchants, 169,175\nLord's incarnations understood by, 199\nLord's mercy on, 165,170-171,187,193\nLord's opulences available to, 177-178\nLord's pastimes please, 104\nlove the Lord, 187-189\nmaterialists contrasted to, 133\nNiirada Muni makes, 154\nnondevotee contrasted to, 152-153,165,\n176,188,191,263\npromoted to Lord's pastimes, 48-49,70,94\nremember Lord at death, 69-70\nsee Lord's will everywhere, 165,302\nas transcendental, 190\nvow of, in Lord's abodes, 55\nworship the Lord, 159,182\nworship toward, 103-104,333-334\nyogis excelled by, 125,142\nSee also: Disciple; Pure devotees; names of\nspecific devotees\n\nin Lord's abodes, 55\nby mind, 213\n\nin :Kr�l}.a consciousness movement, 24,26,\n\nLord known by, 128,176,182,184,185,\n\n186,189,220,248\n\nmodes of nature transcended by, 65,69,\n\n187,248\n\nin opulence or love, 247\npower of, 168\n\npure, 75,273,294\n\nstages of, 247,248,256\nsurrender as perfection of, 103\nas yoga's perfection, 125\n\nSee also:Kr�l}.a consciousness\n\nDhdmadefined, 140,142\n\nDhdmnd svena sadd nirasta-kuhakam satyarh\npararh dhimahi\nquoted, 140\nDharma defined, 294\nSee also: Religion\nDharma-sarhsthapandrthdya\nverse quoted, 95,120\nDharma-sila defined, 102-103\nDharmasya gldni defined, 40\nDharmdviruddho bhate�u\nquoted, 251\nDhenuka, 119\nDhruva MahAraja, quoted on his spiritual\nsatisfaction, 26,275\n\ndesire for, 191, 258\n\nDhydndvasthita-tad-gatena manasd pa.Syanti\nyam yogina�\nquoted, 142,169,243\nDi�d defined, 141\nDipdrcir eva hi daSdntaram abhyupetya\nquoted, 160\nDiplomacy, 84\nSee also: Politicians\nDisciple, kmw-kathd heard by, 25\nSee also: Devotees\nDisciplic succession, knowledge via, 182\nSee also: Acdryas; Disciple; Spiritual\n\ndevotee's duty in, 84,95,194\n\nDistress. See: Suffering\n\nDevotional service to the Supreme Lord\n\n( bhakti-yoga)\n\nAbsolute Truth known by, 156\n\nacdryas recommend, 184\n\nbenefit of, 196\n\ndevotee continues, 48-49,191\nvia guru & Kr�l}.a, 171,172\n\nmaster\n\nDownfall. See: Falldown\n\n", "SB10.1#p0406": "384\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\nE\n\nDream\n\nmaterial life compared to, 137-138\n\ntransmigration compared to, 67,100-101\nDuck, foolish, 228\n\nDu�khe�v anudvigna-mana�\nquoted, 90\n\nDurasaya ye bahir-artha-manina�\nquoted, 311\n\nDurtitmtis defined, 52\nDurdantendriya-kala-sarpa-patali protkluuada�trayate\nquoted, 152\n\nDurgi (Miyidevi), goddess\nas.Lord's potency, 110\nnature's laws under, 291\nother names of, 133-134,287\nquoted on her advent, ll0\n\nEarth element & living entity, analogy of, 292\nEarth planet\napproached Brahmi for relief, 40,42\ndemons disturbing, 40,41,47,230\nHare Knl}.a movement as hope of, 230\nat Lord's advent, 204,205,206\nLord's footprints on, 193\nEcstasy. See: Bliss, transcendental; Happiness\nEducation, birth-control, 251-253\nEgg, scientists can't make, 223\nEgo, false. See: Bodily concept\nEkadaSa-sahasrar;ti\nverse quoted, 106\n\nEkantam upasari.gamya\nverse quoted, 113\n\nworshipers of, 131,133,287,288,291\n\nEkatvam anupa§yata�\n\nYogamiyi advented as, 284,285,287,\n288\n\nEko 'py asau racayiturh jagad-ar:u,la-kotirh\n\nDurga devi sarva-bhate�u\nquoted, 303\nDuryodhana, Ill\n\n�krtis defined, 167\nDuty\nbefore death, 80\nBhagavad-gita study as, 99\nof devotees, 95,194\nof government leaders, 41\n\nhumans neglecting, 146\n\nfor Lord's satisfaction, 179\nof mahtitmtis, 232\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 132\nsurrender to Lord as, 166\nof vaiSyas (agriculturalists), 325\n\nVedas prescribe, 136\n\nDviraki\n\nas Lord's abode, 140\nlove for Lord in, 247\n\nDvau bhiUa-sargau loke 'smin\nquoted, 154\n\nverse quoted, 304\n\nDvi-khaga� defined, 163\nDvivida, 119\nDynasties. See: Sun, �atriya family from;\nYadu dynasty\n\nquoted, 210\n\nverse quoted, 217\n\nElectricity and Lord's potency, analogy of, 51\nElements, material\nat annihilation of cosmos, 237\nin body, 64,162,222,292\nlife not from, 152-153\n\n:Knl}.a emanates, 162,163\nin world, 162,216,219\nSee also: Nature, material; names of\n\nspecific elements\n\nEmergencies, three listed, 310\n\nEndeavor, three principles of, 159\nEnemies\ndevotee defeats, 177,178\netiquette in fighting, 308\n\nEnergy, material. See: Durgi; Elements, material; Maya; Nature, material\nEnergy of the Lord. See: Supreme Lord, energy of\nEnjoyment, material\nattachment to, 259\n\nliving entities seeking, 195,196\nMiyidevi worship for, 133,134\n\ntransmigration for, 72\nSee also: Bliss, transcendental; Happiness\nEntities, individual. See: Living entities\n\n", "SB10.1#p0407": "385\n\nGeneral Index\nEnvy, fearful result of, 77\n\nFire, sacrificial, Lord's advent restored, 204,\n\nEte ci!msa-kalii� purilsa�\n\nFire leaping & soul transmigrating, analogy of,\n\nEternality\n\nFlowers at Lord's advent, 204, 205 206 , 208\n\nSee also: Anger\n\nquoted, 229\n\n205-206\n\n82-83,102\n\nby knowing Lord's advent & activities, 98,\n\nForm of the Lord. See: Deity form; Supreme\n\nby �q.a consciousness, 242\n\nFreedom from material desires, 103,258\n\n250\n\nof Lord & His abode, Ill\n\nExpansions of the Lord. See: Kt�q.a, Lord, expansions of; Quadruple expansions;\nSupreme Lord, expansions of\n\nF\n\nLord, form of\n\nSee also: Liberation\n\nFruitive activities\nbody according to, 64-65\ndestiny controls, 345-346\n\neveryone controlled by, 296\n\nfreedom from, 76\nSee also: Karma; Sense gratification; Sinful activities\n\nFruitive workers. See: Karmis; Materialists\nFalldown\n\nof devotees, 176-177\n\nof nondevotees, 173, 17 4\n\nG\n\nof politicians, 174\n\nFalse ego. See: Bodily concept\n\nFarmers. See: VaiSyas\n\nFasting by Parik�it before death, 34\n\nFather, responsibility of, 252\n\nSee also: Marriage; Parents\n\nFear\n\nGandharvas, 207, 285-286\nGanges River\npurifying power of, 39\n\nspiritual master compared to, 294-295\n\nGarbha defined, 59\n\nGarbham sanc4rya rohi-,y4m\n\nin author for Kt�q.a consciousness movement's life, 232,233\n\nof death, 63,240, 241,242\nin demigods, Kamsa's ministers quoted on,\n306-309\n\nin Devaki for �q.a's life, 233, 236,242,\n243-244, 245-246\n\nverse quoted, 120\n\nGarbhodakaslyi-Vi�q.u, 108,217,221\n\nGauQa.-maq.Qala-bhumi, 54\nGitd. See: Bhagavad-git4\n\nGrtd-Govinda, quoted on Buddha's miBBion, 23\n\nGlorification of the Lord. See: Supreme Lord,\nglorification of\n\nof �q.a consciousness movement by\n\nGo-br4hma-,a-hitdya ca\n\nof material existence, 124,128,129\n\nGod. See: Kt�q.a, Lord; Supreme Lord; Vi�q.u,\n\nin Vasudeva for �q.a's life, 231, 232,\n\nGod consciousness\n\nmalicious men, 146\n\ntranscendental, 248\n\n233\n\nVasudeva freed of, at Lord's advent, 214,\n\n215\n\nFestivals, Vedic. See: Ritualistic ceremonies\n\nFiery rod & spiritualized body, analogy of, 103\n\nFighting, principles for, 308\n\nFire, disease & debt, 310\n\nquoted, 313\nLord\n\natheists avoid, 152-153\nlife without, 66\n\npeople neglect, 311-312\nSee also: �q.a consciousneBS\nGoddeBB(es) of fortune\n\nLak�mi as, 176, 177\n\nRidhirlq.i chief among, 336\n\n", "SB10.1#p0408": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n386\nGodhead, returning to\n\nby loving i(r�Q.a, 256,257\n\nHappiness\n\nby renouncing material desires, 258\n\nin Kali-yuga, 180\nby i(r�Q.a consciousness, 152,254\n\nSee also: KnQ.a, Lord; Spiritual world;\n\nof Riipa Gosvimi, 153\n\nby thinking of the Lord, 263\n\nSupreme Lord; Vflldivana\n\n\"Gods.\" See: Demigods\n\nGokula, KnQ.a's transfer to, 31,264-265\n\nGoloka eva nivasaty akhil4tma-bhata�\nquoted, 111\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 334\n\nSee also: Bliss, transcendental; Enjoyment,\n\nHari, 133\n\nmaterial\n\nHare i(r�Q.a mantra\n\nverse quoted, 208,329\n\nCaitanya recommends, 96\nchanting of, 72,146,186,191,232,254,\n\nquoted, 108\n\nHari in, 133\n\nGoloka-nilmni nija-dhamni tale ca tasya\nGoloka Vflldivana, 49,108,111\n\nSee also: Spiritual world; Vflldivana\nGoodness, mode of (sattva-gu!Ja)\nfor cosmic maintenance, 227\n\nhigher planets via, 72\n\nCopas. See: Cowherd men of Vflldivana\nGoprs (cowherd women)\n\nat i(r�Q.a's \"birth\" festival, 327, 329, 330\n\nLord's lotus feet enchanted, 193\n\nGosvamis, the. See: Jiva Gosvami; Riipa\nGosvami; Sanitana Gosvimi\n\nGovardhana Hill, i(r�Q.a lifted, 188\n\nGovernment, demoniac leaders ruin, 40-41\n\nSee also: Civilization, modern; Kings;\nK�atriyas; Politicians; Society,\nhuman\n\n256-257\nKnQ.a consciousness movement propagates,\n180\nKnQ.a in, 146\nquoted, 135,186,230\nRama in, 135\n\nSee also: Chanting the Supreme Lord's\nholy names\n\nHare i(r�Q.a movement. See: i(r�Q.a consciousness movement\n\nHarer nama harer nama\nquoted, 72\n\nverse quoted, 96, 180\n\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya, quoted on freedom\nfrom material desires, 103,175\n\nHari-bhakti-vilasa, cited on acarya 's body,\n295\n\nGovindam adi-pu�am tam aham bhajami\nquoted, 44, 159,160\n\nGramya-dharma defined, 259\nGu!W5. See: Modes of material nature\nGuru. See: Acaryas; Spiritual Master\nGuru-kr�!Ja-prasade paya bhakti-lata-blja\nverse quoted, 171,241\n\nH\nHappiness\n\nfrom body, 161-162\n\nby cow protection, 342\n\nHaridasa 'fhikura, don't imitate, 171\n\nHarir hi nirgu!Ja� sak¢t\nquoted, 228\n\nHari-variJSa, as cited or quoted\n\non Kamsa & Devaki's sons, 113\n\non Kr�Q.a as son of Devaki & Yasodi, 268\n\non Narada & Karilsa, 97,114\n\non RohiQ.i's miscarriage & Balarima's advent, 137\n\nHatvapi sa imal lok4n\nverse quoted, 297\n\nHearing about the Lord. See: Supreme Lord,\nhearing about\n\nHeavenly planets\n\nof cows in Vedic times, 325\n\ndevotees promoted to, 48, 93-94\n\nof devotee, 153\n\nKnQ.a's footprints mark, 193\n\ndemoniac leaders disrupt, 311-312\n\nkarmrs seek, 241\n\n", "SB10.1#p0409": "General Index\n\nHeavenly planets\nmoon among,242\nresidents of. See: Demigods\ntime on,241,255-256\nwomen of,in �Qa's pastimes,49\nSee also: Creation,the; Spiritual world;\nUniverse(s)\nHell\nvia bodily concept, 149\n\nmaterialist as resident of,267\n\nvia sinful activities,150\n\"Hindu\" as false designation,58\nHiraQyaka8ipu\n\nKllanemi's sons cursed by,113\nNrsirilhadeva killed, 107\nHitopade§a, quoted on fool angered by good\ninstructions, 282\nHoly men. See: Acdryas; Devotees; Mah4janas; Pure devotees; Sages; Saintly\npersons; Spiritual master\nHoly names of God. See: Chanting the\n\nSupreme Lord'8 holy names; Hare\n�Qa mantra; KnQa, Lord,name of;\nSupreme Lord,names of\nHoly places. See: Dh4ma; DvirakA; MathurA;\nNavadvipa; V:rndAvana\n\nHr�rker;ra hr�ikesaquoted, 69,73\nHuman being(s)\n\nBhagavad-gitd for,180\n\ncow protection for,342\n\nduty neglected by,146\nK:r�Qa in role of,29,32-33,106-108,263,\n265,266\n\ntypes of,104,154\nVedic knowledge for, 163\n\nSee also: Life,human; Living entities;\n\nSociety,human; Soul,conditioned\n\nHunters,animal,105-106\n\nI\nIgnorance\nbodily concept as,179,297,300-301\n\n387\n\nIgnorance\ncivilization in, 163\n\nirresponsible persons in, 318\n\nLord's form as imagined in, 183\nWestern leaders in,66\nIgnorance,mode of (tamo-gur;ra)\nbad body from,65\n\nfor cosmic annihilation,227-228\nhell via,72\n\nIh4 yasya harer d4sye\nquoted,190\n\nverse quoted,294-295\n\nIllusion. See: Dream; Ignorance; M4yd\n\nImagination,Lord not known by,182,183,\n185,250\n\nlmarh r4jar�ayo vidu�\nquoted, 38\n\nImmortality. See: Eternality\nImpersonal Brahman,235,236\n1m personalists\n\ndevotee contrasted to,75\n\nhearing from,forbidden,191\nlabor of,75,174\nLord's form misunderstood by,183, 184,\n186\n\nmerging with Brahman desired by,152\nSee also: ]Mnis; Philosophers\nlncarnation(s) of the Supreme Lord\ndevotees understand,199\n\nHare �Qa movement as,230\n�Qa as origin of, 46-47,160\n\n�Qa's name as,230\n\nlimitless,199\n\nLord's names according to, 183-184\nvia Lord's pleasure potency,195\nphilosophers disbelieve in,195\nprotect world, 197\npurpose of, 167\nSe�a as,127,129\n\nas transcendental, 179,182,183\n\nSee also: K:r�Qa,Lord,\"birth\" of; Supreme\nLord,advent of; names of specific\nincarnations\nIndependence. See: Freedom; Liberation\nIndia\nAurangzeb in,98\n\n", "SB10.1#p0410": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n388\nIndia (continued)\nbirth-control agitation in,251\n\nDurgi (Miyidevi) worship in,131,\n133-134,287\nfive thousand years ago,323\nhearing about ��l).a in,21\nknowledge of Bhagavad-git4 in,144\nVedic vs. modern, 325, 326\nIndian Ocean gave way to Lord Rima, 270\nIndra,�ng,42,43,270,296\nIndra-gopa insect,296\n\n]4tasya hi dhruvo mrtyur\nverse quoted,63\n\n]4to gataiJ, pitr-grh4d vrajam edhit4rtho\nverse quoted,16-17\nJaundice patients & nondevotees,analogy of,\n188\nJayadeva Gosvimi, cited on three Ramas, 135\n\n]iva-bhata defined,219-220\n]iva-bhatam mah4-b4ho\nverse quoted,162-163,224\n]iva Gosvimi, cited\n\nInitiation,spiritual,invokes Lord's presence,\n141,142\n\non Baladeva,109\non bodily concept,149,150\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness (ISKCON). See: ��l).a consciousness movement\n\non ��l).a adventing for Vasudeva &\nDevaki,261-262\non ��l).a adventing with His expansions,\n\nIrreligion,Lord's advent caused by,40,41,\n146,195,331\n\nSee also: Atheists; Demons\n!8opan4ad, quoted on Lord's potency,210\nIsvaraiJ, paramaiJ, km;�-aiJ,\nquoted,44\n\n102\non ��l).a within Devaki,199-200\non Lord as m4ya-man�ya, 107-108\non Narada & Kamsa,97\n\n]ivan-muktaiJ, sa ucyate\nquoted,103,190\n\nverse quoted,18-19\n\nIsvaraiJ, sarva-bhat4n4m\nquoted,124,138,163\n\n]iva-tattva. See: Living entities; Soul; Soul,\nconditioned\n\n]ivera 'svarapa' haya-kr�TJ.f!ra 'nitya-da.sa'\nquoted,51,68,196\n\nverse quoted,293\n\nJ\nJagad-dhit4ya kr�r;u1ya\nverse quoted,313\n]aghanya-gur;w-vrtti-sth4\n\n]fidna-bala-kriy4 defined,159\n]fidnamayi defined,248\n]fidna defined,248\n]nanis reject world,225\nSee also: 1mpersonalists; Philosophers\n]natva slistra-vidh4noktam\nverse quoted,136\n\nverse quoted,72\n\n]aname janame haya, ei abhi�\nverse quoted,172\n\n]4n4ti tattvarh bhagavan-mahimno\nverse quoted,181\n\n]anma karma ca me divyam\n\nK\nKaivalyam narakayate tridaSa-pur ak4Sap�p4yate\nquoted, 152\n\nquoted,209,267\n\nKala defined,107,239, 278-279\n\nverse quoted,98,189,250\n\nKilanemi\n\n]anma-mrtyu-jar4-vy4dhi\nquoted,251,294\nJarisandha,119, 120\n\n]4ta-karma defined,321\n\nKamsa was,99,112,113,123\nsons of,112-113\n\nKalau nasty eva nasty eva\nverse quoted,96,180\n\n", "SB10.1#p0411": "General Index\nKala-viSe� defined,19\nKali-kiile ndma-rupe kmaa-avatlira\nquoted,146,230\nKali-yuga (age of Kali)\n\nAryans powerless in,281\n\n389\n\nKamsa\nomen of doom for,59,60\npoliticians as baser than,292\nquoted on bodily concept of life, 293-294,\n297\n\nCaitanya's program for,95,96,180\n\nquoted on embodied living entities,292\n\nkmaa-kathli counteracts,20,36,37\n\nquoted on living entities under Supreme\n\nRAk�asas (man-eaters) in,289\n\nKamais tais tair hrta-jnana�\nquoted,131,235\nKamsa\nAlmira with,122\n\ncontrol,291,295\nrepented atrocities to Vasudeva & Devaki,\n288-299\nsoul's transmigration known to,147,149\nsymbolizes fear,129\nas Ugrasena's son,100,243\n\nassociates of,as demigods,93,94\nas Bhoja king,62\n\nVasudeva dissuaded, from killing Devaki,\n\nas charioteer for Vasudeva & Devaki,56,\n59, 60\n\nVasudeva feared,on ���a's account,231,\n\ncruel,282,283\n\n78,79,80,81-86,88,89,112\n232,233\n\ndeliberated on Devaki pregnant with\n\nVasudeva imprisoned by,97\n\n���a,147,148,149,151\nas demon (asura), 76,79, 86,89,99,154,\n231,292,315-316\n\nVasudeva's advice to,about life & death,\n62-64,65,66,67,71,74,76,77\nVasudeva's equanimity pleased, 90,91\n\ndemoniac ministers advised,304-316\n\nwatchmen of,slept due to Yogamiiyii,269,\n\ndestiny ordained killings by,281,282,\n295,296,299-300\n\nYadus persecuted by, 119, 120\n\nDevaki as sister of,56,62,147,148\n\n277\nYogamiiyii outwitted, 284-286, 303-304\n\nDevaki attacked by,60\n\nKandarpa-ko#-kamaniya-viSe�-sobham\n\nDevaki feared,on ���a's account,\n128-129,233,236,242,243-244,\n\nKiirar;aam gur;aa-sango 'sya\n\n245-246\nDevaki imprisoned by,97\nDevaki pleaded with,on baby daughter's\nbehalf,280-283\nDevaki's sons killed by,97,113,122,123\nforgiven by Vasudeva & Devaki,299-300\nas Kalanemi in past birth,99,112,113,\n123\nin knowledge of self,292, 297\nas ��a conscious unfavorably, 152,153,\n154\n���a killed,31, 32,97\n���a saved,29,99,107\n\nverse quoted,187-188\nquoted,65,72,101\n\nKiira�odakasiiyi Vi��u (Mahii-Vi��u),19,108,\n217,221\n\nKarma¢ manasli girli\nquoted,190\n\nKarnuiT,J.i nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhlijlim\nquoted,302\nverse quoted,295-296\n\nKarnuinu bandha defined,149,150\nKarma separates everyone in time,341\nSee also: Destiny; Fruitive activities; Sinful activities; Transmigration\n\nKarmis (fruitive workers)\n\nlamented Devaki's \"miscarriage,\" 137\n\nhigher planets sought by,241\n\nnuiyliinfluenced, 110,280\n\n���a conscious devotees contrasted to,\n\nNanda paid taxes to,336-337\nNarada's death-warning to,95,97,114\n\nsacrifice essential for, 179\n\n105,152\n\n", "SB10.1#p0412": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n390\n\nKarmrs (continued)\nSee also: Materialists; Nondevotees; Soul,\n\nKrama-sandarbha, cited on J(nQ.a within\n\nconditioned\nKartavirylrjuna, 111\nKa8yapa, Vasudeva was,261\n\nKr�i-go-ra�ya-v4r}ijyarh\n\nKaunteya pratij4nrhi\nquoted,159,177\nKaustubha gem,211\nKekayas,121\n\nKe§ava dhrta-buddha-sarfra jaya jagadria\nhare\nverse quoted,23\nKesi,ll9\nKevala-bhakti defined,273\nKilling. See: Animal slaughter; Children, killing of; Vedic injunction,on killing\nKingdom of God. See: Spiritual world;\nV:rndlvana\nKings,greedy,98-99\n\nSee also: K�triyas; Leaders,government;\nPoliticians; names of specific ki�s\nKing's government & Lord's creation,analogy\nof,221\nKinnaras, 207, 285-286\n\nKrrtana. See: Chanting the Supreme Lord's\nholy names; Hare l(nQ.a mantra;\nPreaching of l(nQ.a consciousness;\nSupreme Lord,glorification of\n\nKrrtaniid eva kr�'(laSya\nquoted,20,254,257\nKirtimln,88, 113\n\nKleso 'dhikataras te¢m\nquoted,75,174\nKnowledge,speculative,Lord's advent defeats,\n182-184\n\nSee also: 1mpersonalists; ]Mnrs; Philosophers; Speculation,mental\nKnowledge,transcendental\nin Bhagavad-gUiJ. for distribution,144\n\nDevakl, 199-200\nquoted,325,338, 342\nJ(nQ.a, Lord\n\nSee also: J(nQ.a,Lord,quotations from\nabode of. See: Dh4ma; Dvlrakl; Mathurl;\nNanda MahArAja,residence of;\nNavadvlpa; V:rndlvana\nas Absolute Truth,34,156,158,160\nacademic scholars misunderstand, 184,186\n\n4c4ryas accept,184\nactivities of. See: l(nQ.a, pastimes of\nas Acyuta, 87\nas 4di-pu�, 44\nArjuna and,27, 84-85, 279\nBalarlma as expansion of,18, 19,102,\n127,198\nas Balarima's brother,50, 130,338\nbeyond description,19\nbeyond material world,216\n\"birth\" of\nauspicious si�ns at, 204-205, 206,\n208-209\nceremony celebrating, 320-335\ndemigods attending,207, 208\nfrom Devaki, 88-90,128,208, 209,\n210,213,283\nfrom Devaki & Yasodlsimultaneously,\n268,285\nfrom devotee, 138-139\nl(nQ.a's transfer after,31\nmystery of,Nanda unaware of,345\nin past milleniums, 260, 261\nas perpetual pastime,48\ntime of,204, 205,206\ntranscendental,97-98\ntransformation at,265, 266-267\nVasudeva beheld,2ll, 213, 214\n\nin Brahma-sarhhi14, 182,183\nvia disciplic succession,182\n\nin Vi,Q.u form,208, 209,2ll, 212\n\nKamsa in,292,297\n\nSee also: Incarnations; Supreme Lord,\n\nLord imparts,25\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth\nKo8alas,121\n\nwonderful, 2ll, 212,213\nadvent of\nbody of\ncolor of,107\n\n", "SB10.1#p0413": "General Index\n\n391\n\n:1\\r��a,Lord\n\nKn�a. Lord\nbody of\n\ntranscendental, 180\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord, body of\nas brahmajyoti's basis, 235\n\nBrahma tested, 208\n\nCaitanya as, 55,144\n\ndemigods' prayers for. See: Prayers, by\ndemigods for 1\\n�a\n\ndemigods under, 235\nin Devaki, 130,141, 142,143,145,158,\n198,220,221,222\nDevaki dismayed by Vi��u form of, in\nKarilsa's prison, 243,244,\n245-247\nDevaki protected by, 124,125\n\nDevaki's prayers for. See: Prayers, by\nDevaki for :1\\r��a\n\nas Devaki's son, 184, 188,200,236,247,\n249,253,258,261-264,268,\n272-273\ndevotees of. See: Devotees; Pure devotees;\n\nnames of specific devotees\ndisappearance of, 266\n\nas eternal, 249\n\nexpansions of\n\naccompanied His advent, 102\nspiritual, 208\n\nVi��u, 108,217\n\nSee also: Quadruple expansions;\nSupreme Lord, expansions of;\nnames of specific expansions\n\nflute carried by, 248,338\n\nKamsa saved by, 29,99,107\n\nin 1\\n�a consciousness movement, 41,47,\n146\non Kuruk�etra battlefield, 184,186\n\nlove for. See: Supreme Lord, love for\nname of\n\nas 1\\n�a Himself, 47\n\nas 1\\n�a's incarnation, 230\n\nmeaning of, 34,183\n\nSee also: Chanting the Supreme Lord's\n\nholy names; Hare 1\\n�a mantra;\nSupreme Lord, names of\n\nNanda protected, 337\n\nNanda's \"birth\" festival for, 320-335\nas origin of all, 19, 44, 47,235\n\nP��avas saved by, 27-28,29\n\nParik,it saved by, 28,29\npastimes of\n\nBaladeva in, 50\n\ndemigods in, 93,94\n\ndevotee promoted to, 48-49,70,94\n\nelevate the less intelligent, 186-187\nas eternal, 48\n\nSukadeva summarized, 16\nwomen of heaven in, 49\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord, activities of\nRadhara�iand,109,248,336\nrelationship with. See: Rasa\nas sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, 29,32\n\nas Supreme Lord, 22,44, 87,182-184,\n198,261-262,331\nin Vasudeva, 138,139\n\nas Giridhari, 184,188\n\nVasudeva exchanged, for Yogamaya,\n\nas Gopala, 188\n\nVasudeva's prayers for. See: Prayers, by\n\ngopis at \"birth\" festival of, 327, 329, 330\nas Govinda, 19\n\nas Vasudeva's son, 213,215,217,218,\n\ngoddesses of fortune serve, 336\n\ngopis always thought of, 193\n\nin Hare :1\\r��a mantra, 146\n\nin human role, 29,32-33,106-108\nincarnations of. See: Incarnations\n\ninstructed Vasudeva & Devaki at His advent, 264-265\n\nKamsa killed by, 31,32,97\n\n268-272,273\nVasudeva for 1\\n�a\n\n249,253,258,261-262,264-265,\n268\nas Vi�1,1u, 234-236\n\nas Vi,I,lu's origin, 44, 102\n\nin Vp1davana. See: Vfndlvana\n\nYadus destroyed by, 266\n\nas Yasoda's son, 188,247,268,273,321\n\n", "SB10.1#p0414": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n392\nKnq.a,Lord (continued)\nYogamAyA blessed by,130\n\nas YogamAyA's brother,284-285,321\n\nYogamAyA's orders from,126,127,129,\n\n130,131,133,135-136\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord\nKnq.a,Lord,quotations from\non Brahman's basis,235\non devotional service,69\non Knq.a consciousness,68\n\non Lord directing living entity's wanderings,292-293\non material world as place of death,241\non source of all,235\n\nKr�r:za-bahirmukha haiya bhoja-vdnch4 kare\nquoted,195\nKr�r:za color,228\nKn11-a consciousness\nacademic scholars lack,184\nanimal killers lack,103\nawakening of,compared to Lord's advent,\n128-129\nbenefits everyone,29\nbirth-death cycle stopped by,76,279\ndemoniac nature killed by,95-96\neternal life by,241-242\nfavorable & unfavorable,152,153\nhappiness in,152\n\nKamsa in,unfavorably,152,153,154\n\nlife meant for,40,41\nmaterialists uninterested in,24\nmilk products used in,332\nmind in, 68-72, 101\nmission of,20\nnondevotees misunderstand,35\nparent education in,252\nperfection by,138\npurification by,68,73\nas yoga's perfection,68,72\n\nSee also: Devotional service; God consciousness; Kr�r:za-kath4\nKnq.a consciousness movement\nanimal killing forbidden in,103\natheist's lesson from,279\nauthor afraid for life of,232,233\n\n��Qa consciousness movement\n\nBhagavad-gittias distributed by,144\n\"brainwashing\" charges against,35,66,\n313\ndevotees in,24,26,35\nfights for Knq.a & His Gua, 264\nhappiness via,254\nHare Kn11-a mantra propagated by,180\n��q.a conscious process in,68\n\nkr�r:za-kath4 promoted by,34, 36, 39\nas K{�q.a's incarnation,41,47,146,230\nleaders in,advice to,146\nliterature distribution by,192\nLord maintains devotees in,159\nopponents of,35,66,146,177,230-232,\n313-315\npreaching by,23\nproblems solved by, 77\npurpose of, 73,95-96\nregulative principles of,171-172\nspreading everywhere,146\nas world's hope,230\n\nKr�r:za� svayam samabhavat parama�\npumiin yo\nverse quoted,46-47\nK{�q.a-janmA�tami (Knq.a's \"birth\" festival),\n\n320-335\n\nKr�r:za-kathti (topics of ��q.a)\ngovernment leaders need,38\nliberation by hearing,20,22,23,25\nmaterialists uninterested in,22-24\nas nectarous,34,35\npurifying power of,39\nrelieves suffering,36, 37,38\ntwo types of,20\n\nSee also: Knq.a,Lord; Supreme Lord\nKr�r:za-sandarbha, cited on Kt�q.a adventing\nfor Vasudeva & Devaki,261-262\nKr�r:zas tu bhagavdn svayam\nquoted,19,102,123,198,265\nKr�1).4ya kr�r:za-caitanyaverse quoted,256\nK�riyas (soldiers & statesmen)\ndescend from sun & moon,17\nfame for,147, 148\n\n", "SB10.1#p0415": "General Index\nK�riyas\n\nLord advents in family of, 17\n\nSee also: Kings; Leaders, government;\nPoliticians\n\nK�etra-jiia defined, 163\n\n393\n\nLiberation\n\nof Parik!fit & Sukadeva, 168\n\nsurrender to l(nl).a as, 75,103\n\nLife\n\nof BrahmA, 19,241\n\nK�etra-jiiam c4pi m4m viddhi\n\ngoal of. See: Perfection; Success\n\nK�ipdmy ajasram a§ubhan\n\nhuman\nfor austerity, 253-254\n\nquoted, 124,163\n\nverse quoted, 150,228\n\n�irodaka8Ayi Vi!fl).U, 217,221,228\n\nSee also: Supersoul; Vi!fl).U, Lord\n\nKunti, quoted on Lord's pastimes, 94\n\nKuruk,etra, Battlefield of, 27-28,29,184,\n\n186,264\n\nKuru pu�yam aho ratram\nverse quoted, 77\n\nKurus, 121\n\non higher planets, 241\n\nvalue of, 150\n\nSee also: Human beings\n\nfor l(nl).a consciousness, 40,41\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 34,35\nmission of, 168\non moon, 242\n\nnatural vs. artificial, 328\n\nperfection of, 29,68,174-175\n\nscientists misunderstand, 152-153,223\n\nL\nLak!fmi, mother, 177\nLa�mi-sahasra-sata-sambhramasevyam4nam\n\nquoted, 336\n\nverse quoted, 329\n\nLava-miJlra sddhu-sarlge saroa-siddhi haya\nverse quoted, 316\n\nLeaders, government\n\nas blind, 311-312\n\nLife, material\n\nbodily concept perpetuates, 293-294\ncompared to dream, 137-138\ndevotee as beyond, 302\n\npure devotee fears, 124,128,129\n\nspiritual life vs., 34,35\n\nSee also: Material world\n\nLife force in body, 146,162-163\nSee also: Soul\n\nLiving entities\n\ncompared to earth element, 292\nas eternal, 156-157,241\n\ndemoniac, endanger world, 40-41,47,230\n\nfear death, 241\n\nHare l(nl).a movement opposed by,\n\nLord contrasted to, 74-76,194-195, 196,\n\nduty of, 41\n\n230-232\n\nkr��-katha essential for, 38\n\nSee also: Kings; K�atriyas; Politicians\n\nLiberation\n\nof conditioned soul, 51,52\n\nby devotional service, 168,263,295,315\n\nby hearing l(nl).a's activities, 20-23,25,\n\n105\n\nby knowing the Lord, 189\n\nl(nl).a gives, 29,107-108,184\nby loving the Lord, 175\n\nnondevotees fall short of, 173\n\nform of, 74-76\n\n205,210,212,265-266\n\nas Lord's parts & parcels, 152-153,\n\n194-195,196\n\nas Lord's servants, 73-75\nLord supervises, 293\n\nin material world, 287\n\nin m4ytJ, 74,303\n\nnature controls, 291,300\n\nsuffering of, 194-195,196\n\nwander the universe, 101\n\nSee also: Animals; Human beings; Soul;\nSoul, conditioned\n\n", "SB10.1#p0416": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n394\n\nLocana disa Thakura, quoted on punishment\nby providence, 316\n\nLokasyajtlnato vidviirh.S\nverse quoted, 37\n\nLotus feet of the Lord. See: Supreme Lord,\nlotus feet of\n\nLove of God. See: Rasa (relationship with\n�Q.a); Supreme Lord, love for\n\nLust. See: Desire, material; Sense gratification; Sex life\n\nMahii-vadiinya defined, 256\n\nMaha-Vi�Q.u (KaraQ.odakasayi Vi�Q.u), 19,108,\n217,221\n\nMamaiviirh.So jiva-loke\n\nquoted, 87,153, 195,235\n\nMama janmani janmaniSvare\nquoted, 190-191\n\nverse quoted, 258\n\nMam aprapyaiva kaunteya\nverse quoted, 150\n\nMarh ca yo 'vyabhiciire'(Ul\n\nM\n\nverse quoted, 69,248\n\nMam ekarh sara'(Ulrh vraja\nquoted, 166\n\nMad-bhakta-pujabhyadhikd\nquoted, 334\n\nMadhu demon, 245\n\nMadhvacarya, Srila, as cited or quoted\n\non devotee seeing Lord's will everywhere,\n302\n\non transmigration of soul, 100-101\n\non Vasudeva & Nanda Maharaja, 338\n\nMadhvacarya-sampradaya, extra Bhagavatam\nverse accepted by, 113-114\n\nMahii-bhaga defined, 61\nMahiibhiirata\n\ncited on demigods & Vi�Q.u, 108\n\ncited on �atriya 's wives & daughters, 281\nK.r�Q.a's history in, 186,187\n\nquoted on mahii-ratha & atiratha soldiers,\n106\n\nMana-bhuti defined, 248\n\nMan-eaters (Rak�asas), present society producing, 289\n\n\"Mango, mango, mango\" chanting, 186\n\nMankind. See: Human beings; Society, human\n\nMan-mana bhava mad-bhakto\nquoted, 68,175, 197,263\n\nMantra. See: Hare }(r�Q.a mantra; Om; Sound,\ntranscendental\n\nManu-samhita, cited on woman in politics,\n281\n\nMan�im tanum asritam\nquoted, 97\n\nMan�ya defined, 131\nMan�ya-janama paiya,\nbhajiya\n\nradhii-kr�'(Ul na\n\nquoted, 24\n\nMahiijanas defined, 168, 229\nMahiijarw yena gata� sa panthii�\n\nMarici, sons of, 59, 122-123, 128, 129\n\nMahii-mantra. See: Hare K.r�Q.a mantra\nMahiimaya. See: Maya\nMaharAja Nanda. See: Nanda Maharaja\nMaharAja Parik�it. See: Parik�it Maharaja\nMahii-ratha defined, 106\nMahiitmiinas tu miirh piirtha\n\nMarriage\n\nquoted, 170\n\nquoted, 52\n\nMahatmas (great souls)\nduty of, 232\n\nsurrender to the Lord, 52\n\nMahat-tattva defined, 219\n\nMarka1J.{leya Pura'(Ul, quoted on Yasoda's\ndaughter, 110\n\nof Vasudeva & Devaki, 56-58\n\nin Vedic culture, 57,58\n\nMaterial body. See: Body, material\n\nMaterial enjoyment. See: Enjoyment, material\n\nMaterialists\n\nbody as reality to, 223, 225\nas hell's residents, 267\n\nkr�'(Ul-kathii disinterests, 22-24\n\nlife's goal unknown to, 334\n\nsurrendered souls contrasted to, 132\n\n", "SB10.1#p0417": "395\n\nGeneral Index\nMaterialists\nVai�J;Ulvas contrasted to, 133\nworship MAyAdevl, 131,133\nSee also: Atheists; Demons; Kannrs; Nondevotees; Soul, conditioned\nMaterial nature. See: Nature, material\nMaterial world\ncompared to ocean, 168, 169,170-171,\n172\n\ndeath sure in, 241\ndiplomacy unavoidable in, 84\nelements in, 162, 216,219\nliving entity in 287\nLord as beyond, 216\n\nLord controls, 164\nLord saves devotee from, 165\nLord within & without, 127-128\nnu��yd in, 51, 110\n\nMaya (nu�hdmdyd)\n\nconditioned soul in, 74,110\nKamsa in, 110,280\n\nliving entities in, 303\nLord controls, 106-107\nmaterial function of, 51,52,110-111\npoliticians in, 277\nyogamdyd vs., 110-111\nSee also: Material world; Modes of material\nnature; Nature, material;\n\nYogamdyd potency\n\nMAyAdevi, goddess. See: DurgA\n\nMayiJdhya�ef}a prakrti�\n\nquoted, 51,106,226,239,277\n\nMdyd-sukhdya bharam udvahato vimill,lhdn\nquoted, 72\n\nMaya tatam idam sarvam\n\nverse quoted, 127-128,220\n\npoliticians \"protect,\" 277,279\npure devotees as beyond, 187,247-248\n\nMAylvAdis. See: 1m personalists, all entries\nMeditation on the Lord, 168, 169,243\n\nspiritual world vs., 17,287\nsuffering in, 34,251\ntime controls, 158,237, 238, 239,240\n\nMental speculation, 182-184,185\nSee also: lmpersonalists; ]Mnrs; Philoso­\n\npurpose of, 120\n\ntrue but temporary, 224-225\nSee also: Creation, the; Earth planet;\nHeavenly planets; Life, material;\nNature, material; Universe(s)\n\nMathuri\nas Lord's abode, 54, 55,111\n\nLord to return to, 265\nlove for Lord in, 247\nin S\\lrasena states, 100\nVasudeva-Nanda meeting in, 337347\n\nMathyate tu jagat sarvam\nverse quoted, 111\n\nSee also: Kn�a consciousness; SamiJdhi;\nYoga\n\nphers\nMercy of the Lord. See: Supreme Lord,\nmercy of\n\nMerging with the Supreme, impersonalists\naspire to, 152\n\nMilitary power, world overburdened by,\n40-41,47\nMilk ocean, demigods prayed to Vi��u at, 43,\n108\nMilk products\n\nfive thousand years ago, 332\nfor happiness, 342\n\nMind\n\nMatir na kr�T}e parata/:1 svato vd\n\nbody developed by, 68-70,71, 72,101,\n102\n\nMdtrd sparS& tu kaunteya\n\noompared to boat, 71\nas flickering, 68-70,71, 72,102\n\nverse quoted, 34-35\nverse quoted, 91\n\nMat-sthdni sarva-bhaUJni\n\nverse quoted, 127-128,220\n\nMatta� smrtir jMnam apohanam ca\nquoted, 69\n\nin Kt.�a consciousness, 68-72,101\nserving the Lord by, 213\nSee also: Meditation; Subtle body\n\n", "SB10.1#p0418": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n396\n\n\"Mind control,\" nondevotees brand �!}.a\nconsciousness as, 35\nMisery. See: Suffering\nModes of material nature\nbirth according to, 72\nbodily concept via, 51,74\ncolors according to, 227,228\ndevotional service transcends, 65,69,248\nfools bewildered by, 166\nLord beyond, 181,182-184,216,220,\n222,226,227,228,229\n\nSee also: Mdya; Nature, material; names of\nspecific modes (goodness, passion,\nignorance)\nMoghdSa magha-karmal)n/:1\nquoted, 305\n\nMohitam nabhijanati\nquoted, 166\nMok§a. See: Liberation\nMo�a-dharma, cited on demigods & Vi�I,m,\n108\nMonists. See: lmpersonalists; ]fidnis\nMoon\ndynasty from, 17,209\nat ��Qa's advent, 209\nscientists haven't gone to, 242\nMoonrise & Lord's advent, analogy of, 141,\n142,208,210\nMoon's reflection & soul's covering, analogy\nof, 74\n\nMrtyu defined, 252\nMrtyu/:1 sarva-hara§ cdham\nquoted, 72,107,279\n\nMrtyu-saril.sara defined, 165\nMrtyu-saril.sdra-vartmani\nquoted, 35,168,252\n\nMiU;lhas defined, 166\nMukti. See: Liberation\nMumu�u defi.ned, 104,105\n\nN\nNa ca mat-sthdni bhutani\nverse quoted, 127-128\n\nNa dhanam na janam na sundarim\nverse quoted, 258\n\nNaham prakaSa/:1 sarvasya\nquoted, 106,184\n\nNa hanyate hanyamane sarire\nquoted, 70,241,292\n\nNdma cintamar;r.i/:1 kr�r;r.a§\nverse quoted, 47\n\nNama-karal)n ceremony, 88\nNamasyanta§ ca mdril. bhaktyd\nverse quoted, 191\nNames of the Lord. See: Chanting the\nSupreme Lord's holy names; Hare\n��Qa mantra; ��Qa, Lord, name of;\nSupreme Lord, names of\n\nNama brahmar;r,ya-devaya\nverse quoted, 313\n\nNama maha-vadanyaya\nverse quoted, 256\nNanda-grama, 31\nNanda Maharaja\ndescended from heavenly planets, 93\n�Qa's \"birth\" festival performed by,\n320-335\nmystery of �Qa's \"birth\" unknown to,\n345\nin parental love of ��Qa, 111\n\nprotected ��Qa, 337\nresidence of, 126, 264-265, 324, 336\ntaxes to Kamsa paid by, 336-337\nas vaiSya, 338\nVasudeva advised, to return to Gokula,\n346,347\nVasudeva cheated, for ��!}.a's sake,\n271\n\nMusic at �Qa's \"birth\" festival, 323-324,\n331\n\nas Vasudeva's \"brother,\" 337, 338\n\nMu�tika, 119\nMysticism. See: ��Qa consciousness;\n\nVasudeva's Mathura meeting with,\n\nYoga\nMystics. See: Devotees; Yogis\n\nas Vasudeva's friend, 271,272\n337-347\n\nNandotsava (Nanda Maharaja's \"birth\"\nfestival for ��Qa), 320-335\n\n", "SB10.1#p0419": "397\n\nGeneral Index\n\nNarada Muni, 36\nchants Lord's name, 105\n\nNature, material\nSee also: Body, material; Elements, material; Maya; Modes of material\n\ncited on devotees & nondevotees, 191\n\nnature\n\ndevotees made by, 154\nKamsa's death-warning from, 95, 97,\n\nNavadvipa-dhilma, 54-55\n\n114\nat Lord's advent, 154, 158\nNarada-muni, biijaya vi�, riidhika-rama\"(W­\n\nNikhilasv apy avasthasu\n\nniime\nquoted, 154\nNarada-paiicariitra, cited on Lord's potency,\n110\nNarakilsura, 119\nNaraki defined, 267\nNariikrti defined, 32\nNaraya�a, Lord, 19,333-334\nSee also: Supreme Lord; Vi��u, Lord\nNaraya\"(W/:1 paro 'vyaktiit\nquoted, 183\nNariiya\"(W-para/:1 sarve\nquoted, 190\nNarottama dilsa Thilkura, quotations from\non Caitanya delivering fallen souls, 257\non sense enjoyment as poison, 24\n\nquoted, 190\nverse quoted, 294-295\n\nNindasi yajiia-vidher ahaha sruti-jatam\nverse quoted, 23\nNirakara defined, 33,74\nNirvl11;la. See: Liberation\nNi�adhas, 121\nN�kiiicanasya bhagavad-bhajanonmukhasya\nquoted, 258\nNitya-lila defined, 48\nNityo nityaniiril cetana§ cetananam\nquoted, 156-157\nNivrtta-tar�ai/:1 defined, 103\nNivrtta-tr�\"(W defined, 22-23,103\nNondevotees\ndevotee contrasted to, 152-153,165,176,\n188,191,263\nfalldown of, 173, 174\n\non serving Lord's devotees, 104,172\n\nhearing from, forbidden, 191-192\n\non Vrajabhiimi & GauQ.a-ma�Q.ala-bhiimi,\n\nas jaundiced, 188\n\n54\nNa siidhu manye yata atmano yam\nquoted, 76,149\nNasayamy atma-bhavastho\nverse quoted, 124\n\n:Kr��a consciousness misunderstood by, 35\n:Kr��a's advent benefits, 187\nliberation not achieved by, 173\nLord as death to, 107\nLord not known by, 184,186,188,189,\n\nNa tasya karyaril kara\"(Wril ca vidyate\n\n263,264\n\nquoted, 226\n\nnature's laws control, 316\n\nverse quoted, 159,226\n\nSee also: Atheists; Demons; 1mper­\n\nNa te vidu/:1 svartha-gatiril hi �\"{lum\n\nsonalists; Karmis; Materialists\n\nquoted, 174,311,334\n\nN:rsimhadeva, Lord, 107,157,230\n\nNafo natya-dharo yatha\n\nNanam pramatta/:1 kurute vikarma\n\nquoted, 94\n\nquoted, 318\n\nNature, material\nbody awarded by, 64-65,72,279\n\n0\n\nDurgil controls, 291\nliving entities under, 291,300\nLord controls, 181, 238-240\nnondevotees under, 316\npopulation curbed by, 279\n\nOcean\nof birth & death. See: Birth and d eath re,\n\npeated\n\n", "SB10.1#p0420": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n398\nOcean (continued)\n\nCausal,Mahll-VitQ.U lies on,217,221\nIndian,gave way to Lord Rllma,270\nof milk,demigods prayed to VitQU at,43,\n108\nOcean and material world,analogy of,168,\n169,170-171, 172\nOld age,female children begotten in,340\nOm as Vedic confirmation,136\nOmen of Kamsa's doom,59, 60\nOm namo bhagavate vdsudev4ya\nquoted,156\n\nOm tad v�r,w� paramam padam\nquoted,234,315\n\nOneness & difference of Lord & creation (acintya-bhed4bheda philosophy),128,236\nOpulence(s)\nof agriculturalist in past,326\nof devotee,178\nofLord,141,177-178\nlove for Lord in,247\nof Nanda's residence,336\nOrders,social. See: Br4hmaT,UJS; K�atriyas;\nSociety,human,occupational divisions\nin; VaiSyas\nOversoul. See: Supersoul\n\np\nPada-ratn4valr.tfk4, cited on Mlyldevi's\nnames,134\nPadma Purl11}a, quotations from\non 4c4rya-samprad4ya, 172\non hearing from nondevotees as forbidden,\n22,191\non �tQa and His name,47\non Lord known by devotional service,\n185-186\non suras & asuras, 304\nPain. See: Suffering\nPancilas,121\nPAQQ&vas,�tQ.a saved,27-28,29\nParama-pu�a defined,43\nParamlltmll. See: Supersoul\n\nParam bh4vam aj4nanto\nverse quoted,250\nParam brahma param dh4ma\nquoted,236\nverse quoted,44\nParamesvara defined,43\nParam padam defined,28\nParampar4defined, 21\nPar4sya §aktir vividhaiva srayate\nquoted,51,234,266,267\nverse quoted,159,226\nPar4vare§o mahad-arii.Sa-yukto\nquoted,138\nParents,child not ultimately protected by,157\nSee also: Father; Marriage\nParik,it MahArAja\nfasted before death,34\ngreatness of,36-38\n�Qa saved,28,29\nliberation of,105,107,168\nquoted on disappearance of �Qa & Yadu\ndynasty,266\nParitr4r;ulya s4dhan4m\nquoted,42,93,147,167,230\nverse quoted,95,120\nPassion,mode of (rajo-guJ;UJ)\nfor creation of cosmos,227-228\ndestiny in,72\nirresponsible persons in,318\nPastimes of �'Qa. See: �,Qa,Lord,pastimes\nof\nPafu-ghna defined,23,24,103,105-106\nPatita-p4vana-hetu tava avat4ra\nquoted,257\nPauru�m dhdma defined,140\nPayo-d4na-mukhen4pi\nverse quoted,109\nPerfection\nby chanting Hare �Qa, 257\nby devotional service, 29, 174\nby �Qa consciousness, 68,138\nSee also: Success\nPersons. See: Animals; Human beings; Living\nentities; Soul,conditioned; Supreme\nLord\n\n", "SB10.1#p0421": "General Index\nPhilosophers,Lord's incarnation denied by,\n195\nSee also: 1m personalists; ]Mnis\nPhilosophy, acintya-bhedabheda (onenessand-difference),128, 236\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Knowledge,\ntranscendental\nPlanets. See: Astrology; Earth planet;\nHeavenly planets; Universe(s)\nPleasure. See: Bliss,transcendental; Enjoyment,material; Happiness\nPolitician(s)\n\n399\n\nPrajApatis,53\nPrilkrta-siSu defined,266\nPrakrte� kriyamdllfini\nquoted,168,277,291\nverse quoted,51-52\nPrak�idefined,239\nSee also: Nature,material\nPralamba,119\nPrapya pur;tya-k�arh lokan\nverse quoted,94\nPrayers\nby demigods for Krlll),a,154-197\n\nanimalistic,180\n\non body,161-162\n\nBhagavad-gita misinterpreted by,264\n\non devotees,176,190\n\ncited on :Kr111),a consciousness movement,\n146\n\non Lord & living entities,194-195\non Lord as cause of cosmos,164\n\ncompared to watchdogs,277,279\n\non Lord as Supreme Truth,156\n\nas demoniac rulers,230\n\non Lord's incarnations, 167, 179,197\n\nDevaki as,281\n\non Lord's lotus feet as transcendental\n\nfalldown of,174\nhearing from,forbidden,191\nKamsa better than,292\nin maya, 277\nmethods of,three listed,281\n\nshelter,168,170-171,193\non Lord's transcendental nature,181,\n185\n\non nondevotees,173\nby Devaki for Krlll),a,233-247\n\n\"protect \" world,277,279\n\non Lord as cause of all causes,234\n\nwoman as,281\n\non Lord as death's dispeller, 240\n\nSee also: Kings; K�triyas; Leaders,\ngovernment\nPopulation\n\"cats-and-dogs,\" 252,253\nnature curbs,279\nPotency of the Lord. See: Supreme Lord,\npotency of\nPotter:s wheel and cosmos, analogy of,\n239-240\nPower\n\non Lord as time's controller,238-239\non Lord at cosmic annihilation,237\non Lord's transcendental form,243,\n245-247\n\nby Vasudeva for :Kr!�l),a,214-231\non body & soul,223\non Kamsa,231\non Lord & the creation,216,219-220,\n226\non Lord as protector,229\n\nof devotional service, 168\n\non Lord as Supreme Person,215\n\nfrom the Lord,140\n\non Lord's forms,227\n\nPradyumna,108\nPrahlAda MahArAja\nN�simhadeva and,107,230\nquoted on protection & Lord's sanction,\n157\nPrahlado janako bh�mo\nverse quoted,169\n\nSee also: Worship\nPreaching of �l),a consciousness\ndirection for, 315\nby devotees,22-23\nSee also: �l),a consciousness movement,\n\nliterature distribution by; Supreme\nLord,glorification of\n\n", "SB10.1#p0422": "400\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nPTenlddefined,247,248\n\nPTenldfijarw.-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanerw.\nquoted,165,175,188,220\nverse quoted,187,247\n\nPu�aril sasvataril divyam\nverse quoted,44\n\nPu�-sakta mantra, 43, 108\nPiitana,107,119\n\nPriests,Vedic. See: Brahma'(UlS\nPTiya defined,109\n\nPromise of Vasudeva to Kamsa,82, 85, 88,\n89\nProtection\nofcows,313,325,326,342\nof father for child,252\nby Lord. See: Supreme Lord,protection by\nby Nanda for Kr��;�a,337\nby J?Oliticians useless,277,279\nby Se�-niga for Vasudeva & Kr��;�a,269\nby Vasudeva for Kr��;�a,271\nProvidence. See: Destiny; Karma\nPfsni,Devaki was,249, 251, 253-253, 256,\n257-260,261,262\n\nPrthag-dr�#/:1 sa vijfieyo\nverse quoted,302\n\nPunldn defined,105\nPurw./:1 puna.S carvita-carvai;U'inam\nquoted,35\n\nPura'(UlS, nondevotees misunderstand,189\nPure devotee(s) of the Supreme Lord\nbody of, spiritualized, 103\nchant Lord's holy name, 105\nduality doesn't disturb,91\nhearing from,191-192\nlove the Lord,247,273\nmaterial existence frightens,124,128,129\nas transcendental,128,187\n\nQ\nQuadruple expansions of Godhead (catur-\n\nvyaha)\n\nas Baladeva's expansions,19\nas Kr��;�a's expansions,108\nsecond,Sailkar�a�;�a (Ananta) among,30,\n\n122,123\n\nQualities,material. See: Modes of material\nnature\n\nR\nRadha kmra-pra\"{Ulya-vikrtir hladini-Saktir\nquoted,110\nRadhara�;�i and Kr��;�a,109,248,336\nRain at Kr��;�a's advent,269, 270\n\nRajar�i defined,38\nRajo-gu\"{UJ. See: Passion,mode of\nRak�asas (man-eaters),present society producing,289\n\nSee also: Demons\nRaktacolor,227-228\nRamacandra,Lord\nBalarama nondifferent from,135\ncolor of,107\n\ntruth known to,128\n\nIndian Ocean gave way to,270\n\nSee also: Acafyas; Devotees; Mahajanas;\nSpiritual master; names of specific\npure devotees\n\nRava�;�a killed by,158\n\nPurification\n\nin sun dynasty,17\n\nRamadi-mart�u kalli-niyamerw. t�lhan\nquoted,141,182\n\nof devotee by Lord,165\n\nverse quoted,46-47\nRamanujacarya,cited on Baladeva,109\nRamdya\"{Ul, quoted on surrender to the Lord,\n\nby kmra-katha, 39\n\nRamya kdcid upasana\n\nby chanting Hare i(r,�;�a,254,256-257\nby Ganges,39\nby ��;�a consciousness,68,73\nVedic processes for,323\nPill'1}4/:l suddho nitya-mukto\nverse quoted,47\n\n157\nquoted,329-330\n\nRasa (relationship with Kr��;�a)\nchanting Hare �Qa evokes,257\n\n", "SB10.1#p0423": "General Index\nRasa (relationship with ��Q.a)\nnuldhurya- (conjugal), 248\nstages of, 52,247\n\n401\n\nRukmiQ.i, Lord advented for, 109\nRiipa Gosvami\n\ncited on devotees, 187,189\nas devotee-author, 171\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord, love for\nRasa (taste), 161n\n\nhappiness of, 153\n\nRati defined, 248\nRAvaQ.a, RAmacandra killed, 158\n\nquoted on devotional service, 152\n\nReaction. See: Karma; Sinful activities\nReality, Lord as, 224\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Spiritual world\n\nquoted on Caitanya Mahaprabhu, 256\nquoted on liberated soul, 190, 294-295\nquoted on seeking shelter of spiritual\nmaster, 192\n\nRegulative principles\nof ��Q.a consciousness movement,\n171-172\n\ntranscendence via, 182\n\nSee also: Religious principles\n\nReincarnation. See: Birth and death, repeated;\nTransmigration\n\ns\nSac-chadba uttamarh brayad\nverse quoted, 160\n\nSac-cid-4nanda-vigraha defined, 32\nSacrifices\n\nReligion\nLord upholds, 331\n\nbr4hma1J4S & cows required for, 312\n\nas surrender to the Lord, 102-103\n\nfor Lord's sake, 179\n\nSee also: Devotional service\nReligious principles\n\nfor God-centered society, 311\n\nprocreation according to, 251-253\n\nSee also: Regulative principles; Vedic injunction\n\nflg Veda, quoted on Vi�I).u, 234\n\nSee also: Ritualistic ceremonies; Worship\nSaQ.-garbhas. See: Kalanemi, sons of; Marici,\nsons of\n$a4.-gosv4my-�laka, quoted on the GosvAmis'\nrenunciation, 153\n\nSddhus. See: Ac4ryas; Devotees; Pure devotees; Sages; Saintly persons; Spiritual\n\nRitualistic ceremonies\nanimal killing in, 23-24\nat ��Q.a's \"birth,\" 320-335\nLord's advent restored, 204, 205-206\nname-giving, 88\nVasudeva mentally performed, at Lord's\n\"birth,\" 213\nSee also: Sacrifices\nRivers at ��11-a's advent, 204,205,206\nRohiQ.i\nas BalarAma's mother, 30,127,335,343\nat �11-a's \"birth\" festival, 335\nas Vasudeva's wife, 335\nYogamaya transferred Balarama from\nDevaki to, 137\n\nRohiQ.i star, 204,205\n\n�abhadeva, quoted on body and suffering, 76\n��ayo 'pi tad-4de5dt\nverse quoted, 109\n\nmaster\n'Sadhu-sariga, ' 'sadhu-sariga '-sarva-Sdstre\nkaya\nverse quoted, 316\nSadhu-sdstra, guru-v4kya\nquoted, 191\n\nSages\ncame as cows to please Lord, 109\n\nSee also: Ac4ryas; Br4hma1JAJS; Devotees;\nPure devotees; Spiritual muter\n\nSa gu!ldn samatUyaitdn\nverse quoted, 69, 248\nSahasra-yuga-paryantam\nquoted, 241,256\n\nSaintly persons, Kamsa's demons penecuted.\n317\n\nSee also: Ac4ryas; Br4hi'I'IGI,IGS; Devotees;\nPure devotees; Spiritual muter\n\nSakhyadefined,168\n\n", "SB10.1#p0424": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n402\n\nSakrd eva prapanno yas\n\nSankha-cakra-gada-padma\n\nSaktas defined,133,287\n\nSankirtana. See: Chanting the Supreme Lord's\nholy names; Hare l(r�l).a mantra;\n\nverse quoted,157\n\nSAlva,111,120\nSAlvas,121\n\nSalvation. See: Liberation\n\nSarna defined,112\nSamtidhi (trance)\n\nquoted,193\n\nPreaching of l(r�l).a consciousness;\n\nSupreme Lord,glorification of\n\nof Brahma hearing the Lord,45\n\nSarat season,206\nSarira-bandha defined,149\nSarva-devamayo guru/;1\n\ndistributing l(r�l).a literature as,192\n\nSarva-dharman parityajya\n\nof devotee seeing Lord in heart,169\n\nLord teaches,179\n\nquoted,87\n\nquoted,102,132,157\n\nSama/;1 sarve�u bhate�u\n\nSarva-karar;r.a-karar;r.am\n\nSamliSrita ye pada-pallava-plavarh\n\nSarva-loka-mahesvaram\n\nSamatvam defined,90\nSambhavamy atma-mayaya\n\nSarvarh khalv idarh brahma\n\nverse quoted,75,175-176\nverse quoted,28,169\n\nquoted,29,265\n\nSamika Muni and Parik�it Maharaja, 34\n\nSampradaya-vihina ye\nquoted,172\n\nSarhsara. See: Birth and death, repeated;\nTransmigration\n\nSarhskaras defined, 88\nSanatana-dharma defined,311\n\nSanatana Gosvami, as cited or quoted\non dharma-silasya, 102\n\non hearing from nondevotees as forbidden,\n\nquoted,235,301\n\nquoted,331\n\nquoted,128,165,224,236\n\nSarvasya caharh hrdi sanniv4!o\nquoted,124\n\nverse quoted,25\n\nSarvopddhi-vinirmuktarh\nquoted,73,103\n\nSastras (Vedic scriptures). See: Vedas; Vedic\nknowledge; names of specific Vedic\nliteratures\nSatatarh kirtayanto mdrh\nquoted,232\n\nverse quoted,191\n\non l(r�l).a's advent,102\n\nSattva-gur;r.a. See: Goodness,mode of\nSatyarh jnanam anantam yad\n\non Lord assuming colors,228\n\nSa vai mana/;1 km,r.a-paddravindayo/;1\n\non Narada & co. at Lord's advent, 154-155\n\nSa vai purhsdrh paro dharmo\n\non Vasudeva's consciousness at Lord's ad­\n\nScholars, academic\n\n22,191\n\non Lord as Ke8ava, 108\n\non mahd-ratha & atiratha soldiers,106\n\non Siirasena,111\nvent,139\n\nSankalpa & vikalpa defined,68-69\n\nquoted,235\n\nquoted,69,72,101\n\nverse quoted,294\n\ndcdryas ignored by,184\nBhagavad-gita misinterpreted by,264\n\nSalikaracai'ya, quoted on Narayal).a (K\"I).a) as\n\nhearing from,forbidden,191\n\nSalikar�al).a,Lord\n\nSee: ]iidnis; Philosophers; Scientists,ma­\n\nbeyond manifested cosmos, 183\n\nas Ananta (Se�a),123,127\n\nas Balarama (Baladeva), 30, 50, 109,130,\n134,137\n\nas Narayal).a's expansion,19\n\nl(r�l).a misunderstood by,184,186\nterial\n\nScientists,material\n\nlife misunderstood by,152-153,223\nmaterial analysis by,162,163\n\n", "SB10.1#p0425": "General Index\nScientists, material\nmoon not visited by, 242\nSelf. See: Soul\nSelf-realization\nbodily concept from lack of, 297, 300\nas spiritual awakening, 137-138\nSee also: Devotional service; God con­\n\nsciousness; KnQ.a consciousness;\nMeditation; Y06a\nSelf-realized souls. See: Acdryas; Pure devotees; Spiritual master\nSenayorubhayor�hye\n\nquoted, 87\nSense control for producing progeny, 251\nSee also: Meditation; Samadhi; Yoga\nSense gratification\nBhagavad-gita misused for, 264\ndemon can kill for, 231,280\nhellish result of, 149\n\nkmw-katha precluded by, 22,24,25\n\nSee also: Attachment; Bodily concept;\n\nDesire, material; Enjoyment, material; Sex life\nSense perception, Lord as beyond, 220, 221,\n\n228,229\n\nSenses in lCf�Q.a's service, 69,73\nSee also: Body, material; Mind\nServants of God. See: Devotees\n\nService\n\nto devotees, 103-104\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 68\nSee also: Devotional service\n\nSe�a-nAga. See: Ananta\nSevonmukhe hi jihoodau\n\nquoted, 185-186,257\nverse quoted, 185-186\n\nSex life\n\nmaterial desire for, 259\nspiritual principles for, 251-252\nSee also: Desire, material; Sense gratification\n\nSiddhas, 207, 285-286\n\nSi�taka, quoted on desiring devotional service, 190- 191,258\n\nSinful activities\n\nanimal slaughter among, 150,342\n\n403\n\nSinful activities\n\nhad body by, 65,77\n\nbodily concept causes, 149,150\ncondemned, 63\nfour listed, 171\n\nICnQ.a consciousness stops, 95-96\nVasudeva warned Kamsa about, 62,65,76,\n\n77\n\nSiva, Lord\n\nas annihilator, 42,228,229\nas authority, 169\n\nchants Lord's holy name, 154\ncolor of, 228\nLord above, 164,165\nat Lord's advent, 154,158\n\nSnake, cruel person worse than, 282\nSociety, human\nanimalistic, 179,180\nin chaos, 311-312\n\nfallen condition of, 146\n\ngodly vs. godless, 313-314\n\noccupational divisions of, 41,179\n\nin Western countries, 328\nSee also: Civilization, modern; Vedic\nculture\nSoma-vari1Sa. See: Yadu dynasty\n\nSoul\nbody based on, 223\n\nbody contrasted to, 292,293\n\nchanges bodies, 64, 65,66, 67, 68-70,\n\n71,72,74,75,76,317-318\n\nconsciousness symptomizes, 68\nas Lord's energy, 224\nSupersoul contrasted to, 163\n\nSee also: Life force; Living entities; Soul,\n\nconditioned; Transmigration\nSoul, conditioned\ncompared to reflected luminary, 74\ndesires bind, 65\nliberation of, 51,52\n\nLord's abodes benefit, 55\nLord's favor to, 29\n\nmahamdya bewilders, 51,llO\n\nSee also: Animals; Human beings; Living\n\nentities; Soul\n\nSoul, liberated, devotee as, llO, 190,191,295\n\n", "SB10.1#p0426": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n404\nSoul, liberated (continued)\n\nSee also: Acaryas; Pure devotees; Spiritual\nmaster\n\nSound, transcendental\n\nto Brahma from Vi�l).u, 45\n\nglorifying the Lord as, 104\n\nHare �!).a as, 47\n\nSee also: Hare l(r�l).a mantra; l(r�Q.a, Lord,\nname of; Supreme Lord, names of\n\nSpeculation, mental, Lord not known by,\n182-184,185\n\nSee also: Mind; Philosophers; Scholars,\nacademic\n\nSpirit. See: Body, spiritual; Brahman (imper­\n\nsonal Absolute); Life force; Soul; Spiritual world; Supreme Lord\n\nSpiritual life\n\nanimal hunters ineligible for, 105-106\nsex desire unwanted in, 259\nsuffering absent in, 294\n\nSee also: Devotional service; God con­\n\nsciousness; l(r�l).a consciousness;\n\nSelf-realization; Yoga\n\nSpiritual master\n\nbody of, spiritual, 295\n\nbogus vs. bona fide, 192\n\ncompared to Ganges, 294-295\n\nGod & demigods explained by, 87\nhearing from, 191-192\n\ninitiation via, 142\n\nkmw-kathti spoken by, 25\n\nas necessary, 39\ntruth via, 218\n\nSee also: Acaryas; Pure devotees\n\nSpiritual world (VaikuQ.tha)\nfear in, 248\n\nLord's opulence admired in, 247\n\nmaterial world vs. 17,287\n\nyogamaya manages, llO, Ill\n, See also: Vrndavana\nSraddhtivan bhajate yo mam\nverse quoted, 68,125\n\nSrava�m kirtanam v�rJ.o�\nquoted, 168,191\n\nverse quoted, 128\n\nSrava�m naiva kartavyam\n\nverse quoted, 22,191-192\n\nSreya�-srtim bhaktim udasy� te vibho\nquoted, 174\n\nSridhara Svami, cited\n\non Bhagavan l(r�Q.a, l02\n\non Lord's appearance within Vasudeva, 139\n\nSri gawja-marJ.{iala-bhumi,\ntdmarJ.i\n\nyebd jane cin­\n\nquoted, 54\n\nSrimad-Bhtigavatam\nSee also: Srimad-Bhtigavatam, cited;\nSrimad-Bhtigavatam, quotations\nfrom\n\nadditional verses in, 109,ll3-ll5\nnondevotees misunderstand, 189\n\nrecitation of, bogus & bona fide, 21-23,25\nrelieves suffering, 36,37\n\nTenth Canto of, summarized, l-12,15,31\nVyasa compiled, 36, 37\n\nSrimad-Bhtigavatam, cited\n\non cows during Yudhi�thira's reign, 325\n\non l(r�Q.a's disappearance, 266\non Lord in heart, 209\n\non modern society, 179\n\non pure devotee's pleasure, 105\n\nSrimad-Bhtigavatam, quotations from\non Absolute Truth, 235\n\non Bhagavan l(r�Q.a, 229\non bodily concept, 149\n\non body and suffering, 76\n\non Brahma and the Lord, 45\non destiny, 281\n\non devotee as transcendental, 190\n\non devotee's distress as Lord's mercy, 165,\n301\non devotee's goodness, 86\n\non dharma of devotional service, 294\non father's responsibility, 252\non fear, 124\n\non following great devotees, 169\n\non impersonalist's labor, 174\n\non }(r�l).a as Supreme Truth, 156\non �!).a's pastimes, 16-17,94\n\non liberation by kr��-katha, 20\n\n", "SB10.1#p0427": "General Index\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, quotations from\non Lord as shelter, 28\non Lord known by His mercy, 181\non Lord's abode, 140\non Lord's \"birth,\" 138\n\non Lord's lotus feet as boat across material\nocean,169\non materialists, 34-35,72,132,334\non perfection of life, 174\non sense gratification as hellish, 149\non s.Piritual master, 39, 87\n\non Srimad-Bhagavatam, 37\n\non worshiping devotees, 334\non yogis meditating on Lord, 142,169\nSrivatsa mark, 211\n\nSri-v�ry.olJ srava(le pari�id abhavad\nvaiyasakil! kirtane\nquoted,168\n\nSrotavyadini rajendra\nverse quoted, 132\n\nStars at :Kr�I).a's advent, 204, 205\n\nSee also: Heavenly planets; Universe(s)\n\nSubhadra, 87\nSubtle body, transmigration via, 66\nSee also: Bodily concept; Mind\nSuccess\nvia Bhagavad-gita as it is, 264\npolitical methods for, 281\nthree principles for, 159\n\nSee also: Perfection\nSucinam srimatam gehe\nquoted, 48, 125,177\nverse quoted, 94\nSuddha-sattva (pure goodness)\ndevotional service as, 65\nLord as,183\n\nSuffering\n\nbodily concept causes, 294,297\nbody causes, 76, 77,149-150\n\nchanting Lord's names cures, 104\n\nof devotee as Lord's mercy, 165,301-302\nimpersonal realization as, 75\n\nin India, 325,326\nkmw-katha relieves, 36, 37,38\n\nof living entities, 194-195,196\n\n405\n\nSuffering\n\nLord diminishes, 46, 47\nin material world, 34,251\n\nof public under demoniac politicians, 230\nsins cause, 65, 77\n\nin spiritual life absent, 294\n\nof Vasudeva, 344\nSukadeva Gosvami\n\ncited on paur�am dhama, 140\ngreatness of, 36-38\n\nliberation of,168\n\nSukadeva Gosvimi, quotations from\non Kamsa, 79,119,315-316\n\non i(nl).a, Vasudeva & Devaki, 265\non :Kr�I).a's activities, 16-17\n\non Nanda Mab�nlja, 336-337\n\nSukla color, 227,228\nSukla raktas tatha pitalJ\nquoted, 228\n\nSun\n\n�atriya family from, 17\n\nLord compared to, 209-210\ntime controls, 239\n\nSunshine & Lord's energy, analogy of, 222\nSupersoul (Paramiltmil)\nin all bodies, 163\nchangeless, 293\nLord as, 28, 29, 123,124,209,220\nsoul contrasted to, 163\n\nSupreme Brahman. See: Brahman, Supreme;\nSupreme Lord\nSupreme Lord\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord, quotations from\nabode of. See: Dhama; Dvilrakil; Nanda\n\nMahAraja, residence of; Navadvipa;\nV:rndilvana\nas Absolute Truth, 156\nactivities of\n\nliberation by hearing, 20-23, 25\npleasing & purifying, 104\nSee also: i(nl).a, Lord, pastimes of\n\nas acyuta, 76\nadvent of\n\nBrahmil advised demigods about, 45,\n46,48-50\n\n", "SB10.1#p0428": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n406\nSupreme Lord (continued)\nadvent of\n\nSupreme Lord\nbody of\n\nin Brahmi's day,331\ncompared to awakening Kn11-a consciousness,128-129\ndemigods greeted,154,155,158,207,\n208\ndemons deride,45\nfor devotee's deliverance & demon's\ndemi�,93,95,193, 158,230\ndevotees with Kamsa awaited,122,123\nas eternal,249-250\neternal life by knowing,250\nHis integrated parts accompany,130\nin human form,266\nby internal energy, 29\nas �triya 17\n,\n\nliving entity's birth vs.,194-195,196,\n205,210,212\nLord's form established by,182-184\nin Mathuri,55\nNirada eager for,114\npurpose of,16,17,120,187,230\n\nfor RldhiriQ.i & RukmiQ.i,109\nfor religion's revival & irreligion's\nremoval,40, 41,146,195,331\nas transcendental,180,205,209,210,\n250\nin Yadu dynasty, 17\nSee also: Incarnations; Kn11-a, Lord,\n\"birth\" of\nall-good,103\n\nbeauty of,183-184,187-188\ncolor of,187-188,211,212,227,228\neternal,266\neyes of,169,175\ntranscendental,181\nwonderful, 211,212,213\n\nSee also: 1\\f�Q.a,Lord,body of\nBrahmi excelled by,154,164,165,208\nBrahmi heard,in trance,45\nbri!hmar:ws protected by,313\nas Brahman's basis,222,235,236\nas cau� of all causes,234, 301\n\nchangeless,226\ncompared to sun,209-210\ncows protected by,313\nas creator,maintainer,annihilator,164,\n226,227,228\nas death personified,107,279\ndemigods under,43,87,164-166\ndemons killed by,95,228,229,230,245\ndevotees of. See: Devotees\ndevotional service reveals,128,176,182,\n184,185,186,189,220,248\nDhruva blessed by,174-175\nenergy of\ninconceivable,266\nmaterial & spiritual,133,221,222,\n265-267\nsuperior & inferior,162-163,221,224\n\nall-pervading,217,218,220,221,222,\n235,236\n\nworshipers of,287\nSee also: Supreme Lord,potency of\nas eternal,111\n\nanger of,228-229\n\nexpansions of\n\nat annihilation of cosmos,237, 244,\n246-247\natheists ignore,279\nas beyond\nimagination,182,183,185\nmanifested cosmos,183\nmodes of nature,181, 182-184,216,\n220,222,226,227,228,229\nsen� perception,220,221,228,229\nBhagavad-gitdspoken by,264\nbirthless,205,210\n\naccompany Him,141\nSe�-niga,269\ntwo types of,87\nSee also: Kn11-a, Lord,expansions of;\nQuadruple expansions\nfear of death dispelled by,240, 241,242\nform(s) of\nfor creation, maintenance & annihilation,227,228-229\ndevotee enchanted by,169,175\ndevotional �rvice reveals,184\n\n", "SB10.1#p0429": "407\n\nGeneral Index\nSupreme L:lrd\nform(s) of\nas eternal, 236\nfour-armed, 244,245,246\nimpersonalists misunderstand, 183,\n184,186\nliving entity's form vs., 74-76\nas transcendental, 181,182-184,185,\n186-189,227,236\n\nSupreme L:lrd\nliving entities supervised by, 293\nlotus feet of\ncompared to boat, 168,169,172\nmarks on, 193\nas sole shelter, 168,169,196\nlove for\nCaitanya bestows, 256,257\nin devotees, 187-189,273\n\nuniversal, 279\n\nin Dvaraka & Mathura, 247\n\nSee also: Deity form; Incarnations;\n\nin ��Q.a form, 256\n\nKHQ.a, L:lrd, body of; Supreme\n\nliberation by, 175\n\nLord, body of\n\nL:lrd seen by, 220-221\n\nglorification of\n\nmaterial desires dispelled by, 258\n\nbenefits everyone, 105\n\nstages of, 247,248\n\nmisery cured by, 104\n\nin Vasudeva & Devaki, 257-258\n\nby Narada Muni, 154\n\nin Vrndavana, 247,248\n\nby serving His devotees, l 03-l 04\n\nSee also: Rasa (relationship with\n\nSee also: Chanting the Supreme L:lrd's\nholy names; Preaching of ��Q.a\nconsciousness\nas greater than all, 44\n\n��Q.a)\n�Madhava,176, 177\nas Madhusiidana, 245\nmaterial elements from, 162,163\n\nhappiness by pleasing, 334\n\nmaya controlled by, 51,106-107\n\nhearing about\n\nas maya-man�ya, 106-108\n\nbogus & bona fide, 22-25\n\nmeditation on, 168,169,243\n\ndevotees relish, l 05\n\nmercy of\n\nliberation by, 20-23, 25,105\n\ndemons neglect, 45\n\npleases everyone, l 04\n\non devotee, 165,170-171,193\n\nfrom pure devotees, 191-192\n\nSee also: Kmr.a-katha\nin heart of all, 25,124,209,210\nin human role, 263,265,266\nincarnations of. See: Incarnations\n\nL:lrd known by, 182\nas mukunda, 108\nnames of\nL:lrd's activities determine, 183-184,\n188\n\nindependent, 195,197\n\nas transcendental, 185,186-189\n\nas kala, 279\n\nSee also: Chanting the Supreme L:lrd's\n\nas Kesava, 108\nknowledge from, 25\n��Q.a as, 22,44, 87,182-184,198,\n261-262,331\nliberation given by, 29,107-108,184,189\nliving entities as parts & parcels of,\n152-153,194-195,196\n\nholy names; Hare �Q.a mantra;\n�!).a, L:lrd, name of\nas Nanda-nandana, 184\nnature controlled by, 181,238-240\nnondevotees can't understand, 184, 186,\n188,189,263,264\nas oldest & youngest, 182\n\nliving entities as servants of, 73-75\n\nas one without second, 164, 165\n\nliving entities contrasted to, 74-76,\n\nopulences of, 141, 177-178\n\n194-195,196,205,210,212,\n265-266\n\npotency of\n�inconceivable, 210\n\n", "SB10.1#p0430": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n408\nSupreme Lord (continued)\n\npotency of\nLord acts via,159,226\nmaterial & spiritual aspects of,50-52,\n106-107,109-111\npleasure,194, 195,329\n\nSee also : M4y4; Supreme Lord,energy\nof; Yogam4y4 potency\n\npower from,140\n\npresent everywhere,111-112,130,155n,\n200,209,210,217,218,220,221,\n222\nprotection by\nfor cows & br4hmar;w.s, 313\nvia demigods,42\nfor devotees,123, 124,167,176-177,\n178,243,301-302\nvia incarnations,197\n\nas safest shelter,28,157,158\n\nfor surrendered souls,157,159-160,\n277\n\nfor world public,229,230\n\nas Prenigarbha,260,262\n\npunishes the envious,313-314\n\nqualities of,104-105\nrelationship with. See: Rasa (relationship\nwithl(nQa)\nremembrance of,at death, 29\nas sac-cid-4nanda-vigraha, 74, 209\nsacrifice for satisfying,179\nas seen by love,220-221\nas Se�a-niga,237\n\nSiva under,164,165\nas substantial reality,224\n\nsuffering diminished by,46,47\n\nas\n\nSupersoul,28, 29,123, 124,209,220\n\nsurrender to\n\nas duty,166\n\nSupreme Lord\nas Upendra,261\nas Vimana,261,262\n\nas VAsudeva,39, 184\nas VisvAtmA,123, 124,125,138\nvow of,on His advent,155n,156, 158\n\nas vr�iikapi, 108\n\nweapons of,2ll\nas within & without,127-128,217,218,\n220, 221,222\nYogamAyA's orders from,126,127,129,\n130,131,133,135-136\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth; l(nQa,Lord;\nSupersoul; Vi�Qu,Lord\n\nSupreme Lord,quotations from\non demigod worship,165-166,235\non devotee never perishing,159-160\non devotional service as highest yoga, 68,\n125\non faithless persons falling to birth &\ndeath, 173\n\non God & demigods,87\non Godhead, returning to,48\non knowing Lord's advent & activities,98,\n189,250\n\non Lord as death personified,107\non Lord as knower in all bodies,163\n\non Lord as within & without,127-128,220\non Lord delivering devotees & destroying\ndemons,42,93,95\non Lord enlightening devotees,107,124\n\non Lord hiding from nondevotee's vision,\n184\n\non Lord in heart,25\non Lord known by devotional service,128,\n186\non Lord maintaining devotees,159\non Lord pervading universe,129-130\n\nas liberation,75,103\n\non Lord protecting devotees,177,243\n\nas real religion,102-103\n\non Lord's inferior & superior energies,\n\nmaterial enjoyment vs.,132\nas protection,157,159-160,277\nas Syimasundara,183,187,188,247\ntime controlled by,238, 239,240\n\nuniverse pervaded by,130\n\non Lord reviving religion & removing irreligion,40,145-146,195,331\n162-163,224\n\non Lord's material energies,216\non Lord's protection,28\n\n", "SB10.1#p0431": "General Index\nSupreme Lord, quotations from\n\non loving the Lord,175\non previous births of Vasudeva, Devaki &\nthe Lord,249-262\non remembrance, knowledge & forgetfulness, 69\n\non sinful people cast into demoniac species,\n\n150,228\n\non surrendering to Him, 75,157\n\non thinking of Him always,263\non tolerance amid happiness & distress,\n\n90-91\n\non transcendence & devotional service,\n\n175-176\n\non vaiSyas (agriculturalists),325\n\non worshiping devotees,334\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. See: Kr�Q.a,\nLord; Supreme Lord; Vi�Q.u, Lord\n\nSuras defined,206\n\nStirasena, father of Vasudeva, 53,338\nStirasena, son of KartaviryArjuna,lll\nStirasena states, 53, 100,lll ·\nSura-stri defined,49\n\nSurrender. See: Supreme Lord, surrender to\nStirya,43\n\nSarya-vamsa, 17\n\nSutapA, Vasudeva was,249,251,253,254,\n256,257-259,261,262\n\nSv4bhdviki jiid.na-bala-kriyd ca\nquoted,l59\n\nSva-karmar.ul tam abhyarcya\nquoted,l79\n\nSvalpam apy asya dharmasya\nquoted,175\nSv4min krtdrtho 'smi varam na ydce\nquoted,26, 103,175\nSvdriiSa expansions, 87\nSvaraper,w vyavasthit*\nquoted, 29\nSvayambhar n4rada� §ambhu�\nquoted, 169,209\nverse quoted, 169\n\nSvetadvipa,43\n\nSvet4Svatara Upan�ad, quoted on Lord's\npotencies,51,159,226,266\n\n409\nT\n\nTad ai� bahu sydm\nquoted,87\nTad viddhi pra�ipdlena\nverse quoted, 218\nTallabhyate du�khavad anyata� sukham\nverse quoted,281\n\nTamo-gur,w. See: Ignorance, mode of\nTam tam evaiti kaunteya\nverse quoted, 69\nTdn aham dv�ta� kraron\nverse quoted,150,228\nTdlidera carar,w sevi bhakta sane v4sa\nverse quoted,172\nTanu-mdni defined, 150\nTapasya defined, 254\nSee also: Austerities\nTaptasya tat-pratividhir ya ihdnjase��\nquoted,l57\n\nTasmdc chdstram pranu'lr,&am te\nverse quoted,136\n\nTasmdd aparihdrye 'rthe\nverse quoted,63\n\nTasmdd gurum prapadyeta\nquoted, 39\nTasydham nigraham manye\nverse quoted,71\nTasyd� ku�im gata� kr��\nverse quoted,120\nTasy�iva heto� prayateta kovido\nverse quoted,281\nTathd dehdntara-prdpti�\nquoted, 67,70,124,279\nverse quoted,64,317-318\nTato rn41h tattvato jMtv4\nverse quoted,175-176,186\nTatra srrr vijayo bhatir\nverse quoted, 177-178\nTat-sdra-bhatam yad yasydrh\nverse quoted, lll\n\nTat te 'nukampdrh susam��\nquoted, 165,301\nTanva�rir defined 218\nTeachers, spiritual. See: Acdryas;\nBrohmar,ws; Spiritual muter\n,\n\n", "SB10.1#p0432": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n410\n\nTemple worship. See: Deity form; Worship\n\nTene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye\nquoted,45\n\nTe 'pi mam eva kaunteya\n\nverse quoted,165-166,235\n\nTe�dm evdnukampdrtham\nverse quoted,124\n\nTyaktva ckham punar janma\n\nquoted,48,70,76,77,80,241,256,287\n\nverse quoted,98,189,250\n\nTyaktvtl turrJ.am a§e�a-mar,r4alapati-sre1J.iri'l\nsada tucchavat\nquoted,153\n\nTe�dri'l nityt1bhiyuktt1nari'l\n\nu\n\nquoted,178\n\nverse quoted,159\n\nTe�dri'l satata-yuktdndri'l\nverse quoted,107\n\nTime\n\non Brahmaloka, 241,256\n\ncosmos controlled by,158,237, 238, 239,\n240\n\non higher planets,241,255-256\n\nof Kr�1,1a's \"birth,\" 204, 205,206\nLord controls,238, 239,240\n\nseparates everyone,341\nsun controlled by,239\n\nTraigurJ.ya-v�aya veda\nquoted,181\n\nTraivargikds te pur�a\nquoted,24\n\nTrance. See: Samiidhi\n\nTranscendentalists. See: Devotees; ]iiiinis;\n\nYogis\nTransmigration of the soul\n\ncompared to dreaming,67, 100-101\ncompared to fire,82-83, 102\n\nKamsa aware of,147,149\n\nprocess of,64, 65,66, 67, 68-70,71, 72,\n74, 75,76\n\nUddhava,266\n\nUgrasena,King,56, 100, 243\n\nUniverse(s)\n\nannihilation of,237, 244,246-247\n\nBaladeva (Se�a) sustains,109,127\n\nat Kr�1,1a's advent,204, 205,206,331\n\nliving entity wanders,101,241-242\nLord's pastimes in,48\n\nLord within & without,127-128,130\nMaha�Vi�1,1u breathes,19,217,221\n\nSee also: Creation,the; Heavenly planets;\nMaterial world; Spiritual world\n\nUpackk$yanti te jnanari'l\nverse quoted,218\n\nUpackso hi murkhd1J.dri'l\nquoted,282\n\nUpendra incarnation,49\n\nUragas, 285-286\n\nOrdhvari'l gacchanti sattva-stha\nverse quoted,72\n\nUtpadya te�u pu�a� kratubh* sam�e\nverse quoted,16-17\n\nUttama§loka defined, l 03\n\nSee also: Birth and death,repeated; Bodily\nconcept; Body,material\n\nv\n\nTree,body compared to,161-162, 163\n\nTreta-yuga,Lord as P�snigarbha in,260\n\nTribhir gu�J.Umayair bhdvair\nquoted,166\n\nTri-guTJ.U defined,51\nTrivarga defined,24\n\nT�1,1avarta,119\n\nTruth. See: Absolute Truth\n\nTyaja durjana-sari'lsargari'l\n\nverse quoted, 77\n\nVaidiirya gem,211, 212\n\nVaiku1,1�ha. See: Spiritual world\n\nVairagya-vidya nija-bhakti-yoga\nquoted,73\n\nVai�1,1avas. See: Devotees\n\nVa�7J.Uva-to�1J.i, as cited or quoted\non bodily concept of life,149\non dharma-silasya, l 02\n\n", "SB10.1#p0433": "411\n\nGeneral Index\nVa4�va-tQ$a(li, as cited or quoted\non KirtimAn, 113\n\non Kr��a's advent, 102,210\n\non Lord as Kesava, 108\n\non Lord assuming colors, 228\non mah4-ratha & atiratha soldiers, 106\non Nirada & co. at Kr��a's advent,\n154-155\n\non paur�m dh4ma, 140\n\non Siirasena, 111\n\non Vasudeva's consciousness at Kr��a's advent, 139\n\nVaiSyas (agriculturalists)\n\nVasudeva\n\nmarried Devaki, 56-58\n\nmentally celebrated Lord's advent, 213\nNanda advised by, to return to Gokula,\n346,347\nNanda cheated by, for ��a's sake, 271\nas Nanda's \"brother,\" 337,338\n\nas Nanda's friend, 27 1, 272\n\nNanda's Mathuri meeting with, 337-347\nprayers for �11-a by. See: Prayers, by\nVasudeva for Kn�a\n\nas pure devotee, 86, 89-91\n\nquoted on bodily concept of life, 300,301\n\nduties of, 325\n\nquoted on body, death & transmigration,\n\npast & present, 326\n\nas Rohi�i's husband, 335\n\nNanda among, 338\n\nVallabhicArya, cited on Miyidevi's names,\n133-134\n\n63,64,66,67,71,74,77\n\nas Sutapi in past life, 249,251,253,254.,\n256,257-259,261,262\n\nVaiicha-kalpataru defined, 170\n\nas transcendental, 76,248\n\nVa�-sa1ikara defined, 253\nVa�ramacaravatti\n\nYamunA River gave passage to, 270\n\nVAsudeva,Lord, 108\n\nVa�rama-dharma. See: Society, human,\n\nVasudeva-kath4. See: Kr�(la-kath4\nVedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedya�\n\nVarihadeva,Lord,321\n\nquoted, 334\n\noccupational divisions of; Vedic culture\n\nVasudeva\n\nexchanged Kr��a for Yogamiyi, 268-272,\n273\n\nfeared Karilsa would kill Kr��a, 231,232,\n233\n\nfearless from Lord's advent, 214,215\ngreatness of, 61\n\nKamsa advised by, about life & death,\n62-64,65,66,67,71,74,76,77\n\nKamsa dissuaded by, from killing Devaki,\n78,79,80,81-86,88,89,112\n\nKamsa forgiven by, 299-300\n\nKamsa imprisoned, 97\n\nKamsa pleased by equanimity of, 90,91\n\nKarilsa repented atrocities to, 288-299\n\nas Kasyapa in past life, 261\n\nKr11�a instructed, at His advent, 264-265\nKr��a's advent beheld by, 211,213,214\n\nLord as son of, 213,215,217,218,249,\n\n253,258,261-262,264-265,268\n\nLord within, 138,139\n\nunhappiness of, 344\n\nquoted, 180\n\nverse quoted, 25\n\nVedas, duty to follow, 136\nSee also: Vedic knowledge; names of\nspecific Vedic literatures\n\nVedic culture\n\nduty before death in, 80\nimpunity in, 231\n\nmarriage in, 57,58\n\nname-giving ceremony in, 88\nprocreation in, 251\n\npurification processes in, 323\n\nVedic injunction\n\non killing, 62,147\n\nas Lord's order, 136\n\non producing progeny, 251\n\non Supreme Brahman, 224\nVedic knowledge\n\nBhagavad-gU4 u eaeence of, 69\n\nBrahmi received, in heart, 45\nhumans need, 163\n\nSee also: Knowleqe, tranacendental\n\n", "SB10.1#p0434": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n412\n\nVe�um kva�;�antam aravinda-dalayata�m\nverse quoted,187-188\nVibhinnt'imsa expansions,87\nVidarbhas,121\nVidehas,121\nVidyadharis,207\n\nv��u-tattva. See: Supreme Lord; Vi�QU,\nLord; names of specific expansions &\n\nincarnations\nV�tabhyaham idam krtsnam\nverse quoted,130\nViSva-ko5a dictionary,quoted on garbha, 59,\n\nVijayadhvaja Tirtha\ncited on Mayadevi's names,134\n\nll2\n\nViSvam prlrJ;�a-sukhayate vidhi-mahendradiS\n\ncited on nivrtta-tar�aib, 103\ncited on paur�am dhama, 140\nin Madhvacarya-sampradaya,113\nVijnana defined,182,183\n\nca\n\nki1Q.yate\n\nquoted,153\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura,as cited or\nquoted\n\nVikalpa & sankalpa defined,68-69\nVindhyacala,131\n\non Karhsa's watchmen,277\n\nViraraghava Acarya,as cited or quoted\n\non i(r�Qa as origin of incarnations,160\n\non Devaki & �Qa,247\n\non asuras, 114-ll5\n\non Kr�Qa as son of Devaki & Yasodii.,268\n\non Lord's advent via Vasudeva & Devaki,\n\non i(r�Qa as Yasoda's son,321\n\n143\n\non i(r�Qa's advent & awakening Kr�Qa con­\n\non nivrtta-tar�aib, 103\non paur�am dhama, 140\n\nsciousness, 128-129\non i(r�Qa's appearance within Vasudeva,\n\non sages coming as cows to please Lord,109\non Vasudeva's consciousness at Lord's advent,139\nVi�Qu,Lord\n\n139\non Kr�Qa's fullness,102\non Narada Muni,ll4\non nondevotees as jaundiced, 188\n\nBrahma heard message of,45\n\non oril, 136\n\nas demigods' chief,43, 311, 314, 315\n\non paur�am dhama, 140\n\ndemigods worshiped,43, 108\n\non Prsnigarbha in Treta-yuga,260\n\nexpansions of,124\n\non Vasudeva protecting child i(r�Qa,271\n\ni(r�Qa advented as,208, 209,211, 212\n\non Vasudeva's wonder at.i(r�Qa's advent,\n\ni(r�Qa nondifferent from,234-236\nas i(r�Qa's expansion,44, 102\nmaintains cosmos,227\non milk ocean,43, 108\nsymbols held by,244\n\nyogis meditate on,243\nSee also: Garbhodaka8ayi Vi�Qu;\n\n213\non yogamaya & mahamaya, 111\n\nViSvtiso naiva kartavya�\nquoted,60\nVow\nof devotees in Lord's abodes,55\nof Lord Kr�Qa on His advent,155n,156,\n\nK�irodakasayi Vi�Qu; Narii.yaQa,\n\n158\n\nLord; Supersoul; Supreme Lord\n\nVraja. See: Vrndavana\n\nv��u-t'irtidhana defined,334\nv��u-bhakta� smrto daivab\n\nVrndavana\ndemigods descended to,93, 94\n\nquoted, 154\n\nGoloka,49,108,ll1\n\nverse quoted, 304\n\ni(r�Qa descends to, 331\n\nV��u-maya. See: Supreme Lord,potency of\nv��u Pura�;�a, cited on Lord's advent,210\nv��ur mahan sa iha yasya kala-viSe�o\nverse quoted, 19, 217\n\ni(r�Qa's footprints in,193\nas Kr�Qa's transcendental abode,17,54,55\ni(r�Qa's transfer to,31\nlove for i(r�Qa in,247,248,273\n\n", "SB10.1#p0435": "413\n\nGeneral Index\nVrndavana\n\nRiipa Gosvami in,153\n\nSee also: Spiritual world\n\nVrndavanam parityajya\nquoted,54\n\nVr�11-i dynasty,93, 94\nVrtrasura,177\n\nWorship of the Supreme Lord\nDurga (Mayadevi) worship vs.,131,133,\n287\n\nin Vedic society,1 79\n\nSee also: Deity form; Devotional service;\nRitualistic ceremonies; Sacrifices\n\ny\n\nVy�adeva\n\nMahtibharata by,187\nSrimad-Bhagavatam by,36,37\nas transcendental,228\n\nVyavastiytitmikd buddh*\nverse quoted,24\n\nYac-ca�ur e$a savita sakala-grahar;ulm\nverse quoted,239\n\nYada yadti hi dharmasya\nverse quoted,40,118,120,145-146,\n155n,195,331\n\nYad gatvti na nivartante\n\nw\nWar,world preparing for,41\nSee also: Fighting,principles for; Kuruk�etra,Battlefield of\n\nWatchdogs & politicians,analogy of, 277, 279\n\nWealth. See: Opulence\n\nWeapons of the Lord,211\n\nWestern countries\n\ncondemned society in,328\n\nconstant chanting impossible in,171\n\nopponents of �11-a consciousness moveWomen\n\nment in,66,146,313-314\n\nof heaven in Kr�11-a's pastimes,49\n\nkilling of,condemned,62,147\n\nin politics,281\n\nvillage vs. modern,328\n\nSee also: Gopis\n\nWork. See: Duty; Fruitive activities; Karma;\nSacrifices\n\nWorld. See: Creation,the; Earth planet;\nHeavenly planets; Material world; Universe(s)\n\nWorship of the Supreme Lord\n\nby demigods at milk ocean,43, 108\n\ndemigod worship vs.,87-88,101,\n156-158,165-166,235\n\nby devotees,159,182\n\ndevotee worship vs.,333-334\n\nquoted,241\nYadubh* sa vyarudhyata\nquoted,120\n\nYadu dynasty (soma-vamsa)\n\ndemigods appeared in,93, 94\n\nKamsa's demons persecuted,119, 120,\n121\nKr�11-a appeared in,17\nKr�11-a destroyed,266\n\nMathura capital of,54\n\nfrom moon-god,17\n\nSiirasena chief of,53\nYajria. See: Ritualistic ceremonies; Sacrifices\nYajria-dtina-tapal;r.-karma\nquoted,179\n\nYajnarthtit karmar;w 'nyatra\nquoted,179\nYajiW dtinam tapa§ caiva\nquoted,179\n\nYamaraja as punisher,316\n\nYam labdhva caparam ldbham\nquoted,175\n\nYam syamasundaram acintya-gur;wsvanlpam\nverse quoted,187,247\nYamuna River\nquoted on Rama (Balarama),109\n\nVasudeva given passage by,270\n\nYam yam viipi smaran bh4vam\nquoted,177\nverse quoted,69\n\n", "SB10.1#p0436": "414\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nYa ni.Sd saroa-bhatdndrh\nverse quoted, 137-138\nYanti deva-vratd devan\nquoted, 101\nYa'ra bhagye thdke se dekhaye nirantare\nverse quoted, 199\nYare dekha, tare kaha 'kmw'-upadesa\nquoted, 20,192,264\nverse quoted, 144\nYasmin sthito na du�khena\nquoted, 153\nYasmin vijfUlte sarvam evarh vijootarh bhavati\nquoted, 25,131\nyasoda, mother\n\nDevaki contrasted to, 272-273\nas l(r�Qa's mother, 247,268,273,321\nname of, meaning of, 130\nas Yogamaya's mother, 268, 271\n\nYas tv indra-gopam athavendram aho svakarma\nverse quoted, 295-296\nYasyaika-ni.Svasita-kdlam athdvalambya\nverse quoted, 19,217\nYasydjnayd bhramati sambhrta-kdla-cakro\nverse quoted, 239\nYasydrh jagrati bhatani\nverse quoted, 137-138\nYasya nahankrto bhdvo\nverse quoted, 297\nYasya prabhd prabhavato jagad-a$-kotiquoted, 236\nYasydsti bhaktir bhagavaty akiiicand\nquoted, 86, 305\nYasydtma-buddh* kuJ;Wpe tri-dhdtuke\nquoted, 180\nYato bhaktir adho�je\nquoted, 294\nYatra nityarh sannihito hari�\nquoted, 111\nYatra yogesvara� kr�r:w\nverse quoted, 177-178\nYavat kriyds tavad idarh mana vai\nquoted, 149\nYaya sammohitarh jagat\nquoted, 110\n\nYayd sammohito jfva\nquoted, 51\nYe 'py anya-devata bhaktd\nverse quoted, 165-166, 235\nYetijoonarh samudd��rh\nverse quoted, 160\nYoga\nof bhakti best, 125\ndefined, 125\nin l(r�Qa consciousness, 68,72\nVasudeva & Devakl practiced, in past life,\n253\n\nSee also: Devotional service; l(r�Qa consciousness; Meditation; Samddhi\nYogamaya\nBalarama transferred by, from Devaki to\nRohiQi, 137\nin Durgil. form, 284, 285, 287, 288\nKamsa outwitted by, 284-286, 303-304\nKamsa's watchmen slept due to, 269, 277\nl(r�Qa blessed, 130\nl(r�Qa's orders to, 1 26, 1 27, 1 29, 130,\n131, 1 33, 1 35-1 36\n\nas l(r�Qa's sister, 284-285 , 321\nVasudeva exchanged l(r�Qa for, 268-272,\n\n273\nas Yasoda's daughter, 268, 271\n\nYogamayam samddi.Sat\nquoted, 110\nYogamdyam up4Srita�\nquoted, 111\nYogamaya potency\nmahdmaya vs., 110-111\nnondevotees and, 106-107,184\nspiritual function of, 51, 52,110-111,125\nYoga-nidrd defined, 138\nYogi(s)\nhighest, 68,125\n�Qa's devotees contrasted to, 142\nmeditate on the Lord, 142,169,243\nSee also: Devotees\nYogindm api saroe�rh\nverse quoted, 68, 125\nYudhi��hira Maharaja, 325\nYuga, duration of, 241\n\n", "SB10.1#p0437": "", "SB10.1#p0438": ";..\n\nWhat the reviewers say about the SrimadBhagavatam, by His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada:\n\"It has, been my great pleasure recently to have\n\nread the Srimad-Bhagavatam in the superb edition\nauthorized by A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada. I am sure this monumental work will go far to\n\nbring the sublime message of the Bhagavatam to\nnumerous Westerners who otherwise would miss this\nopportunity.\"\nDr. Alex Wayman\n\nProfessor of Sanskrit\nColumbia University\n\n\"Srimad-Bhagavatam is a valuable source material for several categories of readers. With its exhaustive plan of providing the original Sanskrit text,\nits\n\nRoman\n\ntransliteration,\n\nEnglish\n\nsynonyms,\n\nEnglish translation and elaborate commentary by a\nscholar and practitioner of philosophy, it cannot but\nbe attractive to serious students and scholars of\nreligion and philosophy. I recommend this series to\nanyone as an important and useful reference work.\"\nProfessor C. P. Agrawal\nDepartment of Humanities\nUniversity of Michigan\n\"The Bhaktivedanta\n\nBook\n\nTrust\n\neditions\n\nof\n\nfamous religious classics of India with new translations and commentaries are an important addition to\nour expanding kl}owledge of spiritual India. The new\nedition of the\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is particularly\n\nwelcome.\"\nDr. John L. Mish\n\nChief, Oriental Division\nNew York Public Library\n\n·\n\n", "SB10.1#p0439": "", "SB10.2#p0001": "", "SB10.2#p0002": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nSrinuul-Bhagavatam, an epic philosophical and\nliterary\n\nclassic,\n\nholds\n\na prominent\n\nposition\n\nin\n\nIndia's voluminous written wisdom. The timeless\nwisdom of India is expressed in the Vedas, ancient\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human\nknowledge. Originally preserved through oral tr]ldition, the Vedas were first put into writing by Srila\nV yasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of God.\" After\ncompiling the Vedas Srila\n\nasadeva was inspired\n\nby his spiritual master, to present their profound\n\nessence in the form of Srinuul-Bhagavatam. Known\na,s \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic literature,\"\nSrinuul-Bhagavatam i the mo t complete and authoritative exposition of edic knowledge.\nAfter Yt;iting the Bhagavatam, Vyasa taught it to\nhi son.\ndeva Go vii.mi, who later spoke the\nBhagavatam to �iaharaja Parik�it in an assembly of\nag\non the bank of the sacred Ganges River. Although :\\iaharaja Par�it was a great rajar�i (saintly\nking) and the emperor of the world, when he\nreceived notice of hi death seven days in advance, he\nrenounced his entire kindgom and retired to the\nbank of the Ganges to seek spiritual enligh,tenment.\nThe qu Lion of King Parik�it . and Sukadeva\nGos'Tii.mi. illuminating answers, concerning everything from the nature of th,e self to the origin of the\nuniver . are the basis of Srinuul-Bhagavatam.\nThi edition of Bhagavatam is the only complete\nEngli h tran lation with an elaborate and scholarly\ncommentary. and it is the first edition widely available to the English-reading public. This work is the\nproduct of the scholarly and devotional effort of His\nDivine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada. the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His\nSan krit scholarship and intimate familiarity with\nedic culture combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nWith its comprehensive system of providing the\noriginal Sanskrit text, Roman transliteration, precise\nword-for-word equivalents, a lucid English translation and a comprehensive commentary, it will appeal\nto scholars, students and laymen alike. The entire\nmultivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta\nBook Trust promises to occupy a significant place in\nthe intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern\nman for a long time to come.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0003": "ALL GLORY TO 5Rl GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\nwl'<t41ctt'f{\n� �'11t:HII�OI � mu�: I\n.-.p�u�\ni:fiOI(¥41fiJI '\"'\n¥4'1\"1�11'1\n�\n�\n\" :q' '1\": W II\n'\"'\n�\n'll�fl�ijISq€\"'1(Rt �('�II\n� :q- W€4M'(ot �:\nl4Rtiro • :q' m\n'\"'\n\n\"\n\n�m���\nsri-rajovaca\nyena yeniivatare'{W\nbhagavan harir iSvarab,\nkaroti kar'{W-ramya\"{ti\n\nmano-jfidni ca nab, prabho\nyac-chrovato 'paity aratir vitr$\"{tcl\nsattvam ca suddhyaty acire'{W pumsab,\nbhaktir harau tat-purU$e ca sakhyam\ntad eva haram vada manyase cet\n\n(p. 40)\n\n", "SB10.2#p0004": ".BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prahhupida\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-10 (50 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritiilllTta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri I8opani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\n��Qa Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\n��Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\nDialectical Spiritualism-A Vedic View of Western Philosophy\nTeachings of Lord Kapila, the Son of Devahuti\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\n��J}.a, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nLife Comes From Life\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to ��J}.a\nGeetar-gan (Bengali)\nRaja-vidya: The 1\\ing of Knowledge\nElevation to ��J}.a Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nB��k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA\n\ncomplete catalog is available upon request\n\nBhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\nEndpapers: Sukadeva Gosvami speaking SrimadBhiigavatam to Maharaja Parik�it in the presence of\nexalted sages.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0005": "SRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nTenth Canto\n\"The Summum Bonum\"\n\n(Part Two-Chapters 6-12)\nWith the Original Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports\nby\nHis Divine Grace\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· los Angeles ·london ·Bombay\n\n", "SB10.2#p0006": "Reader� interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto oorrespond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\nFirst Printing, 1977: 50,000 oopies\n© 1977 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\n\nAll Rights Reserved\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\nLibrary of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data (Revised)\nPuranas . BhAgavatapuriina.\nSnmad-BhAgavatam.\nIncludes bibliographical references and indexes .\nCONTENTS: Canto l. Creation. 3 v.-Canto 2.\nThe oosmic manifestation. 2 v.-Canto 3. The\nstatus quo. 4 v.-Canto 4. The creation of the\nFourth Order. 4 v.-Canto 5. The creative\nimpetus. 2 v.\nl. Chaitanya, 1486-1534. I. Bhaktivedanta\nSwami, A. C., 1896II. Title.\nBL1135.P7A22 1972\n73-169353\nISBN 0-912776-98-6\n\n", "SB10.2#p0007": "Table of Contents\nPreface\n\nIX\n\nIntroduction\n\nxm\n\nCHAPTER SIX\n\nThe�ofiliellemonPUbmi\n\n1\n\nChapter Summary\n\n1\n\nTaking Shelter of the Supreme Controller\n\n3\n\nPutana Attempts to Poison Baby ��?�a\n\n11\n\nThe Lord's Forms Are Always Omnipotent\n\n16\n\nVedic Mantras: Practical Protection From Danger\n\n21\n\nPutana Freed From Material Contamination\n\n29\n\nTranscendental Relationships With Lord Sri ��?�a\n\n34\n\nCHAPTER SEVEN\n\nThe � ofilie Demon Tfl}ivarta\n\n39\n\nChapter Summary\n\n39\n\nThe Root Cause of All Suffering\n\n42\n\nPregnancy Never a Burden in Vedic Society\n\n45\n\n���a's Pastime of Breaking the Cart\n\n47\n\nHuman Society Requires an Ideal Class of Men\n\n56\n\nT:r�avarta, Demon in the Form of a Whirlwind\n\n62\n\nYogesvara, the Source of All Mystic Power\n\n67\n\nProtection by the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n73\n\nCHAPTER EIGHT\n\n:Wrd Krsna Shows ilie Universal Fonn\nWithin His Mouili\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\nv\n\n81\n\n", "SB10.2#p0008": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nm\n\nChapter Summary\n\n81\n\nThe Science of the Soul's Transmigration\n\n86\n\n��l).a's Name-giving Ceremony Performed Secretly\n\n92\n\nGod Is One, Yet He Has Many Names and Forms\n\n99\n\nThe Childhood Play of the Supreme Lord\n\n105\n\n��l).a's Playmates Complain, \"��l).a Has Eaten Earth\"\n\n117\n\n��l).a's Mouth Reveals the Cosmic Manifestation\n\n123\n\nThe Ultimate Proprietor of Everything\n\n128\n\nNanda Maharaja and Mother Yasoda's Past Lives\n\n136\n\nAvoiding the Risky Life of Material Existence\n\n139\n\nCHAPTER NINE\n\nMother YaSoda Binds Lord Krsna\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\nChapter Summary\n\n143\n143\n\nAdvanced Devotees Cherish ��l).a's Mother's\nDescription\n\n147\n\nThe Supreme Lord Chased by Mother Yasoda\n\n153\n\nThe All-pervading Supreme Cause of all Causes\n\n158\n\nThe Lord Can Be Controlled by Unalloyed Devotion\n\n164\n\nCHAPTER TEN\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n111\n\nChapter Summary\n\n171\n\nThe Abominable Behavior of Nalakuvara and Mal).igriva\n\n173\n\nWestern Civilization: Wine, Women and Gambling\n\n179\n\nPunar Mi4ikoBhava: \"Again Become a-Mouse\"\n\n185\n\nThe Symptoms of a Saintly Person\n\n192\n\nChild ��l).a Uproots the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n200\n\n��l).a Exists Before the Creation\n\n205\n\nGod Consciousness Cannot Be Manufactured\n\n212\n\n", "SB10.2#p0009": "vu\n\nTable of Contents\n\nCHAPTER ELEVEN\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of Krsna\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\n219\n\nChapter Summary\n\n219\n\nKt�:Qa's Pastimes Bewilder Nanda and the Cowherd Men\n\n221\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead Late for Lunch\n\n231\n\nKt�:Qa Consciousness's Forward March, Past and Present\n\n241\n\nThe Vedic System of Education\n\n248\n\nThe Bakasura Demon Swallows Lord Kt�:Qa\n\n255\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam: Transcendental Happiness and\nFreedom From All Misery\n\n264\n\nCHAPTER TWELVE\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Aghasura\n\n267\n\nChapter Summary\n\n267\n\nThousands of Cowherd Boys Go With Kt�:Qa to the Forest\n\n269\n\nSpiritual Enjoyment in the Spiritual World\n\n272\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam Stops the Cycle of Birth and Death\n\n276\n\nAghasura Assumes the Form of a Python\n\n281\n\nKt�:Qa Kills Aghasura From Within the Mouth\n\n292\n\nSpiritual Individuality and Liberation Demonstrated\n\n295\n\nSimply by Thinking of Kt�:Qa, One Can Attain Him\n\n302\n\nAppendixes\n\n309\n\nThe Author\n\n311\n\nReferences\n\n313\n\nGlossary of Personal Names\n\n315\n\nGeneral Glossary\n\n323\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n329\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n333\n\nGeneral Index\n\n343\n\n", "SB10.2#p0010": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to particular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\nsociety, nay, of the entire energy of living beings. The need is felt by\n\ngreat thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the aphorism of Vedanta philosophy janmiidy asya yata/:t to establish the ideal of\na common cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of\noblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts,\neducation and economic development throughout the entire world. But\nthere is a pinprick somewhere in the socialbody at large, and therefore\nthere are large-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is\nneed of a clue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship\nand prosperity with a common cause. Srimad-Bhagavatam will fill this\n\nneed, for it is a cultural presentation for the re-spiritualization of the\nentire human society.\n\nS rimad-Bhagavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student-devotee Prahlada\nMaharaja in order to change the demoniac face of society.\n\nkaurniira acaret prajfw\ndharrniin bhagavattin iha\ndurlabham rniin'U§aril janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhag. 7.6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything\n\nix\n\n", "SB10.2#p0011": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nX\n\nis merged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate source\n\nof creation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one ulti­\n\nmate source of everything that be. This ultimate source is explained\n\nrationally and authoritatively in the beautiful Bhiigavatam or Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam.\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\n\nwith Him and our duty towards perfection of the human society on the\n\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\n\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\nsimply by a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\n\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to con­\n\nvert others to accepting God as a concrete principle.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\n\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vedanta-sutra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nin� cantos up to the\n\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\n\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\n\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly like with an ordinary\n\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\n\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\n\nsure to become a God-realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\ncantos.\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\n\nSri l(r�:Qa. One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\n\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\n\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\n\nsmall installments one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Srimad-Bhiigavatam, but still\n\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the thinkers a�d leaders of society\n\non the strength of the following statement of Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.5.11):\n\ntad-mg-vi.sargo janatagha-viplavo\nyasmin prati-slokam abaddhavaty api\n\n", "SB10.2#p0012": "Preface\n\nXI\n\nnamdny anantasya ya.So 'nkitdni yac\nchnwanti gayanti grlJ(lnti sadhavaQ,\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the unlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring about a\nrevolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such transcendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\n\nom tat sat\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\n", "SB10.2#p0013": "Introduction\n\n\"This Bhagavata Pura{Ul is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\njust after the departure of Lord :Kr!?r;ta to His own abode, accompanied by\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\ndense darkness of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\n\nPuralJ.Cl.\" (Snmad-Bhagavatam 1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the\n\nVedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\npreserved through oral tradition, the Vedas were first put into writing\nfive thousand years ago by Srila Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\nGod.\" Mter compiling the Vedas, Vyasadeva set forth their essence in\n\nVedanta-satras. Srimad-Bhagavatam is\nVyasadeva's commentary on his own Vedanta-satras. It was written in\nthe\n\naphorisms\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nthe maturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\nspiritual master. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\nliterature,\" S rimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and authoritative\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\nMter compiling the B�agavatam, Vyasa i�pressed the synopsis of it\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva Gosvami. Sukadeva Gosvami subsequently recited the entire Bhagavatam to Maharaja Pari�it in an assembly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\nDelhi). Maharaja Pari�it was the emperor of the world and was a great\n\nrajar§i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\nwithin a week, he renounced hi; entire kingdom and retired to the bank\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\nThe Bhagavatam begins with Emperor Parik�?it's sober inquiry to\nSukadeva Gosvami: \"You are the spiritual master of great saints and\ndevotees. I am therefore begging you to show the way of perfection for\nall persons, and especially for one who is about to die. Please let me know\nwhat a man should hear, chant, remember and worship, and also what he\nshould not do. Please explain all this to me.\"\nSukadeva Gosvami's answer to this question, and numerous other\nquestions posed by Maharaja Parik�?it, concerning everything from the\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\n\nxiii\n\n", "SB10.2#p0014": "xiv\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\n\ndeath. The sage Siita Gosvami, who was present on the bank of the\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvami first recited Srimad-Bhiigavatam, later\n\nrepeated the Bhiigavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest of\n\nNaimi�araJ;J.ya. Those sages, concerned about the spiritual welfare of the\n\npeople in general, had gathered to perform a long, continuous chain of\n\nsacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\n\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\nwisdom, Siita Gosvami repeated from memory the entire eighteen thou­\n\nsand verses of Srimad-Bhagavatam, as spokeri by Sukadeva Gosvami to\nMaharaja Parik�it.\n\nThe reader of Srimad-Bhagavatam hears Siita Gosvami relate the\n\nquestions of Maharaja Parik�it and the answers of Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nAlso, Siita Gosvami sometimes responds directly to questions put by\n\nSaunaka �i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at Naimi�araQya. One\n\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\nParik�it and Sukadeva Gosvami on the bank of the Ganges, and another\nat Naimi�ar&Qya between Siita Gosvami and the sages at Naimi�ar&Qya\n\nForest, headed by Saunaka ��i. Furthermore, while instructing King\n\nParik�it, Sukadeva Gosvami often relates historical episodes and gives\n\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\n\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple Vidura. With this understanding of\n\nthe history of the Bhagavatam, the reader will easily be able to follow its\n\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since philo­\n\nsophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most important in the text,\n\none need only be attentive to the subject matter of Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nto appreciate fully its profound message.\n\nThe translator of this edition compares the Bhagavatam to sugar\n\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and\nrelishable. Therefore, to taste the sweetness of the Bhagavatam, one may\nbegin by reading any of its volumes. Mter such an introductory taste,\n\nhowever, the serious reader is best advised to go back to Volume One of\n\nthe First Canto and then proceed through the Bhagavatam, volume after\n\nvolume, in its natural order.\n\nThis edition of the Bhagavatam is the first complete English transla­\n\ntion of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\n\nfirst widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\n\n", "SB10.2#p0015": "Introduction\n\nXV\n\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship and intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhiigavatam\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhiigavatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world view. Students of literature will discover the\n\nBhiigavatam to be a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psychology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\n\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhagavatam offers simple\n\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "SB10.2#p0016": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB10.2#p0017": "PLATE ONE\nOne day the demoness Putana came down from outer space into\nGokula, the home of Nanda Maharaja. Having been sent by the cruel\nKing Karilsa to kill all the babies in the V�ndavana area, Putana displayed her mystic power and assumed the disguise of a very beautiful\nwoman. Taking courage, she immediately entered ���).a's bedroom\nwithout permission, but everyone was so overwhelmed by her beauty\nthat they did not protest. The baby K��J}.a, who resembled a fire covered\nby ashes, looked upon Putana and thought that He would have to kill\nher. Putana could understand the great potency of ��J}.a, but, enchanted\nby the influence of ���).a's internal energy, she took K��J}.a upon her lap\nanyway and offered Him her poison-smeared breast to suck. Suddenly,\nbaby K��J}.a became very angry at Putana, and taking hold of her breast,\nHe squeezed it very hard with both hands and began to suck out both the\npoison and her life. In unbearable agony, Putana perspired heavily,\nflailed her arms and legs wildly, and cried out, \"Please leave me, leave\nme! Suck my breast no longer!\" But ��J}.a persisted, and as the demoness lost her life she assumed her original, huge form. Then, before the\namazed gopis, K��J}.a began fearlessly playing on the. breast of Putana's\ntwelve-mile-long corpse. (pp. 1-16)\n\n", "SB10.2#p0018": "", "SB10.2#p0019": "PLATE TWO\nJust after baby K:rl?:Q.a turned three months old, mother Yasoda saw\nthat He was slanting His body in an attempt to rise and turn around. To\ncelebrate this auspicious occasion, she arranged to observe the Vedic\nceremony called utthana, a bathing ceremony performed when a child is\ndue to leave the house for the first time. So mother Yasoda called together\nthe other women of the neighborhood to assist her, and the brahmaT_Las\njoined by chanting Vedic hymns while professional musicians played\ntheir instruments and sang. (pp. 44-45)\n\nf\n\n", "SB10.2#p0020": "", "SB10.2#p0021": "PLATE THREE\nDuring baby Kr�1,1a's utthiina ceremony, mother Yasoda saw that He\nwas falling asleep, and she placed the child in a cradle underneath a\nhousehold cart. While the child slept, mother Yasoda became absorbed in\nreceiving guests. When K:r�1,1a awoke, He began crying for His mother,\nwanting to drink the milk from her breast. But mother Yasoda could not\nhear Him. All of a sudden K:r�1,1a threw His legs upward and struck the\ncart, and although His legs were as soft as newly-grown leaves, the cart\nturned over violently and collapsed. The wheels separated from the axle,\nthe hubs and spokes fell apart, and the pole of the handcart broke. On\nthe cart there were many little utensils made of various metals, and all of\nthem scattered hither and thither. When mother Yasoda,\n\nNanda\n\nMaharaja and their guests saw the situation, they began to wonder aloud:\n\"Is it the work of some demon or evil planet?\" Then the small children\npresent said, \"As soon as baby K:r�1,1a kicked the cart's wheel, the cart\ncollapsed. There is no doubt about it.\" But the adults could not believe\nthat baby K:r�1,1a had such inconceivable power. (pp. 46-52)\n\n", "SB10.2#p0022": "", "SB10.2#p0023": "PLATE FOUR\nOne day, when mother Yasoda was sitting with ��Q.a on her lap, she\nsuddenly observed that He had assumed the weight of the entire universe. Astonished, she had to put the child down. Then she left ��Q.a sitting in the courtyard and she engaged in her household duties. All at\nonce a demon named T:rQ.avarta, who was a servant of King Karhsa's,\ncame there in the form of a whirlwind and very easily carried the child\nup into the air. Covering the whole land of Gokula with particles of dust,\nT:rQ.avarta began vibrating everywhere with a greatly fearful sound. For\na moment, the whole pasturing ground became overcast with dense darkness from the dust storm, and mother Yasoda, unable to find her son\nwhere she had placed Him, began to lament pitifully. Meanwhile, the\nwhirlwind demon took K:r�Q.a very high into the sky, but ��Q.a suddenly\nbecame heavier than the demon and stopped him from going any\nfarther. To T:rQ.avarta, K:r�Q.a felt as heavy as a mountain or a huge hunk\nof iron. But because K:r�Q.a was tightly holding on to the demon's neck,\nthe demon was unable to throw Him off. (pp. 60-68)\n\n", "SB10.2#p0024": "", "SB10.2#p0025": "PLATE FIVE\nOne day Vasudeva inspired Gargamuni, the family priest of the Yadu\ndynasty, to go to Nanda Maharaja's house in V:fndavana and perform the\nname-giving ceremony for K:f!;i:t;ta and Balarama. To keep the ceremony\nhidden from King Kamsa, Nanda Maharaja requested Gargamuni to perform it in Nanda's very secluded cowshed. As Gargamuni cradled baby\n�f?:t;ta in his hands, he said to Nanda Maharaja, \"To increase the transcendental bliss of the cowherd men of Gokula, this child K:f!;i:t;ta will always act auspiciously for you. And by His grace only, you will surpass all\ndifficulties. Demons cannot harm the demigods, who always have Lord\nVi!;i:t;tU on their side. Similarly, any person or group attached to K:f!;i:t;ta is\nextremely fortunate. Because such persons are very much affectionate\ntoward �f?:t;ta, they cannot be defeated by demons like the associates of\nKaihsa. 0 Nanda Maharaja, in His transcendental qualities, opulence,\nname, fame and influence, this child of yours is exactly like Naraya:t;ta.\nYou should\n\n(pp. 82-103)\n\ntherefore\n\nraise\n\nHim\n\nvery\n\ncarefully\n\nand\n\ncautiously.\"\n\n", "SB10.2#p0026": "", "SB10.2#p0027": "PLATE SIX\n�!?�a would sometimes enter the house of a neighbor and steal curd,\nbutter and milk from the pots in the storeroom. Then the cowherd men\nwould find Him and angrily say, \"Here is the butter thief! Better capture\nHim!\" But �!?�a would simply go on eating the curd and butter, and\nwhen He smiled at the cowherd men they would forget everything.\n\n(pp. 113-14)\n\n", "SB10.2#p0028": "", "SB10.2#p0029": "PLATE SEVEN\nOne day, while K_r��a was playing with His brother, Balarama, and His\nother small playmates, all K_r��a's friends came together and complained\nto mother Yasoda. \"Mother,\" they submitted, \"K.r��a has eaten some\nearth.\" Upon hearing this from K:r��a's playmates, mother Yasoda\npicked K_r��a up and said, \"Dear K_r��a, why aie You so restless that You\nhave eaten dirt in a solitary place? How is this?\" K:r��a replied, \"My\ndear mother, I have never eaten dirt. All my friends complaining against\nMe are liars. If you think they are being truthful, you can directly look\ninto My mouth and examine it.\" When K:r��a opened His mouth wide,\nmother Yasoda saw within His mouth all moving and nonmoving entities,\nouter space and all directions, along with mountains, islands, oceans, the\nsurface of the earth, the blowing wind, fire, the moon and the stars. She\nsaw the planetary systems, water, light, air, sky, and creation by\ntransformation of false ego. She also saw the senses, the mind, sense perception, and the three qualities goodness, passion and ignorance. She saw\nthe time allotted for the living entities, she saw natural instinct and the\nreactions of karma, and she saw the varieties of bodies produced by different desires. Seeing all these aspects of the cosmic manifestation, along\nwith herself and V:rndavana-dhama. she became doubtful and fearful of\nher son's nature.\n\n(pp. 117-23)\n\n", "SB10.2#p0030": "", "SB10.2#p0031": "PLATE EIGHT\nSometimes Kr�I).a and Balarama would secretly enter the storeroom,\nsteal yogurt and butter, and feed it to the monkeys. On one such occasion\nmother Yasoda caught K:r�I).a and Balarama in the act. Kr�I).a was standing on an upside-down wooden grinding mortar, distributing the yogurt\nand butter to the monkeys as He liked, and Balarama was hiding behind\na pillar. When the two boys saw the stick in mother Yasoda's hand, They\nbegan to look at her with great anxiety, as if They were afraid she would\nchastise Them. (pp. 152-53)\n\n", "SB10.2#p0032": "", "SB10.2#p0033": "PLATE NINE\nOne day K:r�?J.la stole some butter and went to a secluded place to eat it.\nAs He ate He looked all around with great anxiety, suspecting He might\nbe chastised by His mother. Finally, mother Yasodii found Him by tracing\nHis butter-smeared footprints, but as she very cautiously approached\nK:r�?J.la from behind, He suddenly noticed her and quickly began to flee as\nif very much afraid. While following K:rf?J.la, mother Yasodii, her thin\nwaist overburdened by her heavy breasts, naturally had to reduce her\nspeed. Because of following K:r�?J.la very swiftly, her hair became loose,\nand the flowers in her hair were falling after her. Finally, because of her\ngreat love and devotion, K:r�?J.la allowed mother Yasoda to capture Him.\n\n(pp. 150-54)\n\n", "SB10.2#p0034": "", "SB10.2#p0035": "PLATE TEN\nThe two brothers Nalakiivara and Ma1,1igriva were great devotees of\n\nLord Siva, but because of material opulence they became so extravagant\n\nand senseless that one day they were enjoying with naked girls in a lake\nand shamelessly walking here and there. Suddenly the great saint Narada\n\nMuni passed by, but the two brothers were so maddened by their wealth\n\nand false prestige that even though they saw Narada, they remained\n\nnaked and were not even ashamed. Just to show them mercy, Narada\nMuni cursed them as follows: \"These two young men, Nalakuvara and\n\nMa1,1igriva, are by fortune the sons of the great demigod Kuvera, but be­\n\ncause of false prestige and madness after drinking liquor, they are so\n\nfallen that they are naked but cannot understand that they are.\nTherefore, because they are living like trees (for trees are naked but are\n\nnot conscious), these two young men should receive the bodies of trees.\nThis will be proper punishment. Nonetheless, after they become trees\n\nand until they are released, by my mercy they will have remembrance of\ntheir past sinful activities. Moreover, by my special favor, after the ex­\n\npiry of one hundred years by the measurement of the demigods, they\nwill be able to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead, �!?I,la, face to\n\nface, and thus revive their real position as devotees.\" (p. 195)\n\n", "SB10.2#p0036": "", "SB10.2#p0037": "PLATE ELEVEN\nAfter stealing butter one day, Kr��a had allowed mother Yasoda to\ncatch Him and bind Him to a grinding mortar. Thus, by His own arrangement, Kr��a was now ready to fulfill the words of His great devotee\narada Muni. Narada Muni had cursed the two brothers Nalakiivara and\nMa�igriva to become twin arjuna trees in Nanda Maharaja's courtyard,\nbut\n\narada had also promised that one day they would see the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Kr��a, face to face. Seeing the two arjuna trees\nin front of Him, Kr��a thought, \"These two trees were formerly\nNalakiivara and Ma�igriva. But although these two young men are the\nsons of the very rich Kuvera, I actually have nothing to do with them. Yet\nNarada Muni is My very dear and affectionate devotee, and therefore,\nbecause he wanted Me to come face to face with them, I must do so for\ntheir deliverance.\" Having thus decided to deliver the two brothers,\nKr��a dragged the big mortar between the two arjuna trees and caused it\nto become stuck between them. Then, with great force, .Kr��a uprooted\nthe two trees, which trembled severely and fell to the ground with a\ngreat crash. Thereafter, in that very place where the two arjuna trees\nhad fallen, two great, perfect personalities appeared, their effulgent\nbeauty illuminating all directions. (pp. 198-202)\n\n", "SB10.2#p0038": "", "SB10.2#p0039": "PLATE TWELVE\nIn any situation, K:.;�1,1a is always the infinitely powerful Supreme Personality of Godhead. But just to increase the ecstatic emotion of His intimate, loving devotees like mother Yasoda and Nanda Maharaja, K:.;�1,1a\nagrees to come under their control. Sometimes Nanda Maharaja would\nask K:.;�1,1a to bring him his wooden slippers, and K:.;�1,1a, with great difficulty, would put the slippers on His head and take them to His father.\nAt such times Nanda Maharaja would exclaim, \"My dear Yasoda, just\nlook at your offspring, K:.;�1,1a! See His blackish bodily luster, His eyes\ntinged with red color, His broad chest and His beautiful pearl ornaments.\nHow wonderful He looks, and how He is increasing my transcendental\nbliss more and more!\" (p. 226)\n\n", "SB10.2#p0040": "", "SB10.2#p0041": "PLATE THIRTEEN\nOnce an aborigine woman, a fruit vendor, came into V�ndavana. \"0\ninhabitants of Vrajabhumi,\" she called out, \"if you want to purchase\nsome fruits, come here!\" Upon hearing this, �f?Qa immediately took\nsome grains in the palms of His hands and went to barter for some fruits.\nWhile �f?Qa very hastily approached the fruit vendor, most of the grains\nHe was holding fell out of His hands. Nonetheless, the fruit vendor filled\n�!?Qa's hands with fruits, and her fruit basket was immediately filled\nwith jewels and gold. (pp. 227-28)\n\n", "SB10.2#p0042": "", "SB10.2#p0043": "PLATE FOURTEEN\nOne day all the boys, including K��r;ta and Balarama, brought their respective groups of calves to a reservoir of water to drink. First the\nanimals drank, and then the boys drank also. Right by the reservoir the\nboys saw a gigantic body resembling a mountain peak broken and struck\ndown by a thunderbolt. The boys were afraid even to see such a huge living being. The great creature was actually a demon in the form of a duck\nwith a very sharp beak. His name was Bakasura, and having come to the\nreservoir, he immediately swallowed ��r;ta. When Balarama and the\nother boys saw that ��r;ta had been devoured by the gigantic duck, they\nbecame almost unconscious, like senses without life.\n\n(pp. 254-56)\n\n", "SB10.2#p0044": "", "SB10.2#p0045": "PLATE FIF TEEN\nOne day a great demon named Aghasura appeared in VJ;ndavana. Having been sent by King Kamsa to kill KJ,\"�Q.a, Aghasura assumed the form\nof a huge python, as thick as a big mountain and as long as eight miles.\nHe spread his mouth like a big mountain cave and laid down on the road,\nexpecting to swallow KJ,\"�Q.a and His cowherd boy friends. Upon seeing\nthis wonderful demon, the cowherd boys were unafraid. On the contrary,\nat first they thought that it was a statue made in the shape of a great\npython for their enjoyment. Then they began to discuss the demon\namong themselves. \"Dear friends,\" said one boy, \"is this creature dead,\nor is it actually a living python with its mouth spread wide just to swallow\nus all? Kindly clear up this doubt.\" At last they decided that the creature\nwas indeed a huge python who intended to· swallow them up. Then one\nboy began to point out the unusual features of the creature: \"Dear\nfriends, just see, this creature's upper lip resembles a cloud reddened by\nthe sunshine, and its lower lip resembles the reddish shadows of the\ncloud. On the left and right, the two depressions resembling mountain\ncaves are the corners of its mouth, and the high mountain peaks are its\nteeth.\" Then all the boys said, \"If this creature tries to swallow us, KJ;�Q.a\nwill immediately kill him, just as He killed Bakasura.\" Thus, looking at\nthe beautiful face of KJ;�Q.a and laughing loudly and clapping their\nhands, the boys entered the mouth of Aghasura. (pp. 278-86)\n\n", "SB10.2#p0046": "", "SB10.2#p0047": "CHAPTER SIX\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Pii.tana\nA summary of the Sixth Chapter is as follows: when Nanda Maharaja,\n\nfollowing the instructions of Vasudeva, was returning home, he saw a\n\ngreat demoniac woman lying on the road, and then he heard about her\ndeath.\n\nWhile Nanda Maharaja, the King of Vraja, was thinking about\n\nasudeva's words concerning disturbances in Gokula, he was a little\n\nafraid and sought shelter at the lotus feet of Sri Hari. Meanwhile, Kamsa\nsent to the village of Gokula a Riik�?asi named Putana, who was wander­\n\ning here and there killing small babies. Of course, wherever there is no\n\nKr!?I.Ul consciousness, there is the danger of such Riik�?asis, but since the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead Himself was in Gokula, Piitana could\n\naccept nothing there but her own death.\n\nOne day, Putana arrived from outer space in Gokula, the home of\n\nanda Maharaja, and by displaying her mystic power, she assumed the\n\ndisguise of a very beautiful woman. Taking courage, she immediately\nentered Kr!?IJ.a's bedroom without anyone's permission; by the grace of\n\nKr!?IJ.a, no one forbade her to enter the house or the room, because that\nwas Kr!?IJ.a's desire. The baby Kr!?IJ.a, who resembled a fire covered by\n\nashes, looked upon Putana and thought that He would have to kill this\n\ndemon, the beautiful woman. Enchanted by the influence of yogamdya\nand the Personality of Godhead, Putana took Kr!?IJ.a upon her lap, and\n\nneither Rohil).i nor Yasoda objected. The demon Putana offered her\nbreast for K:r!?IJ.a to suck, but her breast was smeared with poison. The\n\nchild Kr!?IJ.a, therefore, squeezed Putana's breast so severely that in unbearable pain she had to assume her original body and fell to the ground.\n\nThen Kr!?IJ.a began playing on her breast just like a small child. When\n\nKr!?IJ.a was playing, the gopis were pacified and took the child away to\ntheir own laps. After this incident, the gopis took precautions because of\n\nthe attack of the Rak�?asi. Mother Yasoda gave the child her breast to suck\nand then laid Him in bed.\n\n1\n\n", "SB10.2#p0048": "(Canto 10, Ch 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n2\n\n.\n\nMeanwhile, Nanda and his associates the cowherd men returned from\n\nMathura, and when they saw the great dead body of Piitana, they were\n\nstruck with wonder. Everyone was astonished that Vasudeva had foretold\n\nthis mishap, and they praised Vasudeva for his power of foresight. The\n\ninhabitants of Vraja cut the gigantic body of Putana into pieces, hut he­\n\ncause ��:Q.a had sucked her breast, she had been freed from all sins, and\ntherefore when the cowherd men burned the pieces of her body in a fire,\n\nthe smoke filled the air with a very pleasing fragrance. Ultimately, al­\n\nthough Piitaiia had desired to kill ��:Q.a, she attained the Lord's abode.\n\nFrom this incident we gain the instruction that if one is attached to K��:Q.a\n\nsomehow or other, even as an enemy, one ultimately attains success.\n\nWhat then is to he said of devotees who are naturally attached to ��:Q.a in\nlove? When the inhabitants of Vraja heard about the killing of Piitana\n\nand the welfare of the child, they were very much satisfied. Nanda\nMaharaja took the baby ��:Q.a on his lap and was filled with satisfaction.\n\nTEXT l\n\n�� ij<fT\"if\n\n�:��:�rt-f�� AA;� I\n� �\"' �(Oiij�ql61•1'1ijft\\'t: II � u\nsri-suka uvaca\nnandatt pathi vacatt saurer\nna mr�eti vicintayan\nharim jagama sarar:wm\nutpatagama-sarikitatt\nsri-sukatt uvaca-Sri\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami\n\nsaid;\n\nnandatt-Nanda\n\nMaharaja; pathi-on his way hack home; vacatt-the words; saurett-of\n\nVasudeva;\n\nna-not;\n\nmr�a-without\n\npurpose\n\nor\n\ncause;\n\niti-thus;\n\nvicintayan-while thinking about inauspiciousness for his little son,\n\n��:Q.a; harim-unto the Supreme Lord, the controller; jagama-took;\n\nsarar:wm-shelter; utpata-of disturbances; agama-with the expectation; sarikitatt-thus being afraid.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0049": "The Killing of the Demon Ptitana\n\nText2]\n\n3\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: My dear King, while Nanda\n\nMaharaja was on the way home, he considered that what Vasudeva\n\nhad said could not be false or useless. There must have been some\n\ndanger of disturbances in Gokula. As Nanda Maharaja thought\nabout the danger for his beautiful son, Kr�'.la, he was afraid, and\nhe took shelter at the lotus feet of the supreme controller.\nPURPORT\n\nWhenever there is danger, the pure devotee thinks of the protection\nand shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is also advised\n\n(9.33): anityam asukham lokam imam prapya\nbhajasva mam. In this material world there is danger at every step\n(padam padam yad vipadam). Therefore a devotee has no other course\n\nin Bhagavad-gita\n\nthan to take shelter of the Lord at every step.\n\nTEXT2\n\n� ��n ��T � ��;ft I\nrot� Aw;:ffl- �'f?{�l� I I � I I\nkaritsena prahita ghora\npiltana bala-ghatini\nsiSums cacara nighnanti\npura-grama-vrajad�u\nka ritsena-by King Karhsa; prahitii-engaged previously; ghoriivery :fierce; piltana-by the name Putanii; bala-ghatini-a Rak�asi who\nkilled; si.Siln-small babies; caciira-wandered; nighnanti-killing;\npura-grama-vraja-ad�u-in towns, cities and villages here and there.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Nanda Maharaja was returning to Gokula, the same fierce\n\nPiitana whom Kamsa had previously engaged to kill babies was\n\nwandering about in the towns, cities and villages, doing her\nnefarious duty.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0050": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT3\n\nit �\n\n�qurr� �mf;{ ((«Efi�ij I\n�4f� ijR� �� � f{ II � II\n·\n\nna yatra srava'{tadini\nra�o-ghnani sva-karmasu\nkurvanti siitvatam bhartur\nyatudhiinya§ ca tatra hi\nna-not; yatra-wherever; srava'{ta-adini-the activities of bhakti­\n\nyoga, beginning with hearing and chanting; ra�a�-ghnani-the sound\n\nvibration to kill all danger and bad elements; sva-karmasu-if one is\nengaged in his own occupational duty; kurvanti-such things are done;\n\nsiitvatiim bhartu�-of the protector of the devotees; yiitudhiinya�­\n\ndisturbing elements, bad elements; ca-also; tatra hi-there must be.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMy dear King, wherever people in any position perform their\n\noccupational duties of devotional service by chanting and hearing\n[srav�arll kirtanarll vi¥J}.ol;l], there cannot be any danger from bad\n\nelements. Therefore there was no need for anxiety about Gokula\n\nwhile the Supreme Personality of Godhead was personally present.\nPURPORT\n\nSukadeva Gosvami spoke this verse to m1t1gate the anxiety of\n\nMaharaja Parik�?it. Maharaja Parik�?it was a devotee of �f?r;ta, and\n\ntherefore when he understood that Putana was causing disturbances in\n\nGokula, he was somewhat perturbed. Sukadeva Gosvami therefore\nassured him that there was no danger in Gokula. Srila Bhaktivinoda\n\nThakura has sung: niimasraya kari' yatane tumi, thiikaha iipana kaje.\n\nEveryone is thus advised to seek shelter in the chanting of the Hare\n�f?r;ta maha-mantra and remain engaged in his own occupational duty.\n\nThere is no loss in this, and the gain is tremendous. Even from a material\n\npoint of view, everyone should take to chanting the Hare �f?r;ta mantra\n\nto be saved from all kinds of danger. This world is full of danger (padam\n\npadam yad vipadiim). Therefore we should be encouraged to chant the\n\n", "SB10.2#p0051": "The Killing of the Demon Piitana\n\nText 6]\n\n5\n\nHare l(r�J)a maha-mantra so that in our family, society, neighborhood\nand nation, everything will be smooth and free from danger.\nTEXT4\n\n�q;�{�q�4 \\����I\n�Wn ¥41441�+114 snf?t�a t:til4i'�=ufi:un II�JII\nm\n\nsa khe-cary ekadotpatya\nputana nanda-gokulam\nyo§itva mayayatmanam\npravi.Sat kama-cari7;ti\nsa-that (Putana); khe-cari-who traveled in outer space; ekaddonce upon a time; utpatya-was Hying; putana-the demon Putana;\nnanda-gokulam-at the place of Nanda Maharaja, Gokula; yo§itvdconverting into a very beautiful woman; mayaya-by mystic power;\natmcinam-herself; pravi.Sat-entered; kama-cari7;ti-one who could\nmove according to her own desire.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce upon a time, Piitana Rak�asi, who could move according to\nher desire and was wandering in outer space, converted herself by\nmystic power into a very beautiful woman and thus entered\nGokula, the abode of Nanda Maharaja.\nPURPORT\n\nRak�?asis learn mystic powers by which they can travel in outer space\nwithout machines. In some parts of India there are still such mystical\nwitches, who can sit on a stick and use it to fly from one place to another\nin a very short time. This art was known to Putana. Assuming the\n\nfeature of a very beautiful woman, she entered Nanda Maharaja's abode,\nGokula.\n.\n\n�T\n\n�\n\nTEXTS 5-6\n\"\n�\n\nCf4'(t�otllijtf'ffi.,,���\n\"\n\n<i!�Y��;il�-.t�w¥4��\n\n", "SB10.2#p0052": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n6\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\ntam kesa-bandha-vyati§akta-mallikam\nbrhan-nitamba-stana-krcchra-madhyamam\nsuvasasam kalpita-kan;m-bhi4ar:wtvi§ollasat-kuntala-mar:uf,itanandm\nvalgu-smitapariga-visarga-vik§itair\nmano harantim vanitam vrajaukasam\namamsatambhoja-karer:w rapiTJ-iril\ngopya/:1. sriyam dr�tum ivagatam patim\ntam-her; kesa-bandha-vyati§akta-mallikam -whose arrangement\nof hair was decorated with a garland of mallika flowers; brhat-very ,\nvery big;\n\nnitamba-stana-by her hips and firm breasts; krcchramadhyamam whose slim waist was overburdened; su-vdsasam-nicely\npainted or very attractively dressed; kalpita-karr:w-bhi4ar:w-of the\nearrings arranged on her ears; tvi§a-by the brilliance; ullasat-very attractive; kuntala-mar:uf,ita-ananam-whose beautiful face was surrounded by black hair; valgu-smita-apariga-visarga-vi/cyitai/:1.-by her\ncasting her smiling glance on everyone very attractively; mana�\nharantim-everyone s attention was attracted (by her ) ; vanitam-an especially attractive woman; vraja-okasam-of the inhabitants of Gokula;\namamsata-thought; ambhoja-holding a lotus flower; karer:w-with\nher hand; r upiTJ-im-very beautiful; gopya/:1.-the gopi inhabitants of\nGokula; sriyam-the goddess of fortune; dr�tum-to see; iva-as if;\nagatdm-had come; patim-her husband.\n-\n\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nHer hips were full, her breasts were large and firm, seeming to\n\noverburden her slim waist, and she was dressed very nicely. Her\n\n", "SB10.2#p0053": "Text7]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Putana\n\n7\n\nhair, adorned with a garland of mallika flowers, was scattered\n\nabout her beautiful face. Her earrings were brilliant, and as she\nsmiled very attractively, glancing upon everyone, her beauty drew\nthe attention of all the inhabitants of Vraja, especially the men.\nWhen the gopis saw her, they thought that the beautiful goddess\nof fortune, holding a lotus flower in her hand, had come to see her\nhusband, K:r�q.a.\nTEXT7\n\n�\n'1�·M�� I\n\niiT�� RIR?.«ft\n�;,n\n•\n\niJWi\n\nr-..\n\n� :+-...:.\n\nSfl1'1';.0iJII�\\:II��N1�\n\n� ���Tftt � II \\9 II\nbala-grahas tatra vicinvati siSan\nyadrcchaya nanda-grhe 'sad-antakam\nbalam praticchanna-nijoru-tejasam\ndadarsa talpe 'gnim ivahitam bhasi\nbala-graha�-the witch, whose business was to kill small babies;\ntatra-standing there; vicinvati-thinking of, searching for; si.Sanchildren; yadrcchaya-independently; nanda-grhe-in the house of\nNanda Maharaja; asat-antakam-who could kill all demons; balamthe child; praticchanna-covered; nija-uru-tejasam-whose unlimited\npower; dadarsa-she saw; talpe-(lying) on the bed; agnim-fi.re;\niva-just like; ahitam-covered; bhasi-within ashes.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile searching for small children, Putana, whose business was\nto kill them, entered the house of Nanda Maharaja unobstructed,\nhaving been sent by the superior potency of the Lord. Without\nasking anyone's permission, she entered Nanda Maharaja's room,\nwhere she saw the child sleeping in bed, His unlimited power\ncovered like a powerful fire covered by ashes. She could understand that this child was not ordinary, but was meant to kill all\ndemons.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0054": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n8\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\nDemons are always busy creating disturbances and killing. But the\nchild lying on the bed in the house of Nanda Maharaja was meant to kill\nmany demons.\nTEXTS\n\n�wtw:ij+tl(NS<IG\\t+t;ij�\n\n�\n\nWP'if%�: II � II\n\nvibudhya tam balaka-marikd-graham\ncardcardtmd sa nimilitek$ar;wb,\nanantam aropayad arikam antakam\nyathoragam suptam abuddhi-rajju-dhib,\nvibudhya-understanding;\n\ntdm-her\n\n(Putana);\n\nbalaka-marikd­\n\ngraham-a witch very expert in killing small babies; cara-acaradtma-.Kr�:Q.a, the all-pervading Supersoul; sab,-He; nimilita-ik$ar;wb,-closed His eyes; anantam-the Unlimited; aropayat-she placed;\narikam-on her lap; antakam-for her own annihilation; yathd-as;\nuragam-a snake; suptam-while sleeping; abuddhi-a person who has\nno intelligence; rajju-dhib,-one who thinks a snake to be a rope.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Kt,I].a, the all-pervading Supersoul, lying on the bed,\n\nunderstood that Putani, a witch who was expert in killing small\nchildren, had come to kill Him. Therefore, as if afraid of her,\n\n�I].a closed His eyes. Thus Putani took upon her lap Him who\n\nwas to be her own annihilation, just as an unintelligent person\nplaces a sleeping snake on his lap, thinking the snake to be a rope.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse there are two perplexities. When .Kr�:Q.a saw that Putana\nhad come to kill Him, He thought that since this woman was present with\n\n", "SB10.2#p0055": "Text9]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Ptitani\n\n9\n\nmotherly affection, although artificial, He had to offer her a benediction.\nTherefore He looked at her with a little perplexity and then closed His\neyes again. Putana Rak�asi also was perplexed. She was not intelligent\nenough to understand that she was taking a sleeping snake on her lap;\nshe thought the snake to he an ordinary rope. The two words antakam\nand anantam are contradictory. Because of not being intelligent, Putana\nthought that she could kill her antakam, the source of her annihilation;\nhut because He is ananta, unlimited, no one can kill Him.\nTEXT9\n\n��M�114M'41'4�f!6t\n��U\"6tl �\"'ltfqfNJr;_tf«� I\n����\n� �;r.ft �f6g61'lll �II\n\n�\n\ntam tik$\"{UL-cittam ativama-ce�#tam\nvik$yantara ko�a-paricchaddsivat\nvara-striyam tat-prabhaya ca dhar�ite\nnirik$yamd\"Qe janani hy at�thatam\ntam-that\n\n(Putana Rak�asi) ;\n\ntik$\"{UL-cittdm - having a very fierce\n\nheart for killing the child; ati-vdma-ce�#tdm - although she was trying\nto treat the child better than a mother; vik$ya antard-seeing her within\nthe room; ko�a-paricchada-asi-vat-like a sharp sword within a soft\nsheath; vara-striyam-the very beautiful woman; tat-prabhaya-by\nher influence; ca-also; dhar�ite-heing overwhelmed; nirik$yamd\"Qewere seeing; janani-the two mothers; hi-indeed; at�thatam-they\nremained silent, without prohibiting.\nTRANSLATION\nPtitani Rik,asi's heart was fierce and cruel, but she looked like a\nvery affectionate mother. Thus she resembled a sharp sword in a\nsoft sheath. Although seeing her within the room, Ya8odi and\nRoh�i, overwhelmed by her beauty, did not stop her, but remained silent because she treated the child like a mother.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0056": "10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough Putana was an outsider and although she personified fierce\ndeath because the determination within her heart was to kill the child,\nwhen she directly came and placed the child on her lap to offer the child\nher breast to suck, the mothers were so captivated by her beauty that\nthey did not prohibit her. Sometimes a beautiful woman is dangerous because everyone, being captivated by external beauty (maya-mohita), is\nunable to understand what is in her mind. Those who are captivated by the beauty of the external energy are called maya-mohita.\n\nMohitam nabhijanati mam ebhya/:t param avyayam (Bg. 7.13). Na te\nvidu/:t svartha-gatim hi v�r:turh durasaya ye bahir-artha-manina/:t\n(Bhag. 7.5.31). Here, of course, the two mothers RohiQ.i and Yasoda were\nnot maya-mohita, deluded by the external energy, but to develop the\npastimes of the Lord, they were captivated by yogamaya. Such mayamoha is the action of yogamaya.\n\ntasmin stanarh durjara-viryam ulbar:tam\nghoraTikam adaya siSor dadav atha\ngtu;lham karabhyam bhagavan prapuj,ya tatprar:tai/:t samarh ro§a-samanvito 'pibat\ntasmin-in that very spot; stanam-the breast; durjara-viryam-a\nvery powerful weapon mixed with poison; ulbar:tam-which was fierce;\nghora- the most ferocious Putana; ankam-on her lap; adaya-placing; siSo/:t-in the mouth of the child; dadau-pushed; atkathereupon; gtu;lham-very hard; karabhyam-with both hands;\nbhagavan- the Supreme Personality of Godhead; prapuj,ya- giving her great pain; tat-prar:tai/:t-her life; samam-along with; ro§asamanvita/:t- being very angry at her; apibat-sucked the breast.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0057": "The Killing of the Demon Putani\n\nText 11]\n\n11\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn that very spot, the fiercely dangerous Rik,asi took �.l)a on\nher lap and pushed her breast into His mouth. The nipple of her\nbreast was smeared with a dangerous, immediately effective\npoison, but the Supreme Personality of Godhead, �.l)a, becoming very angry at her, took hold of her breast, squeezed it very\nhard with both hands, and sucked out both the poison and her life.\nPURPORT\n\nLord K:r�I.J.a was not angry at Piitana for His own sake. Rather, He was\nangry because the Rak�asi had killed so many small children in Vrajahhiimi. Therefore He decided that she should he punished by having to\nforfeit her life.\nTEXT 11\n\nm iir MIC?S�Ri �\n\n�filt41;cl�4�Jtct¥4�fUI\n��i� �Q;:\n.. r>..._ ,m �1 � � II��II\n..\n\nsa muiica muiicalam iti prab�iTJi\nn�pic,lyamanakhila-jiva-marma1Ji\nvivrtya netre cara7Jau bhujau muhu�\nprasvinna-gatra �ipati ruroda ha\nsa-she\n\n(Piitana\n\nRak�asi) ;\n\nmuiica-give up; muiica-give up;\nalam-suck my breast no longer; iti-thus; prab�i1J;i-crying;\nn�pic,lyamana -being pressed severely;\nakhila-jiva-marma7J;i-in\nevery center of her vitality; vivrtya-opening wide; netre-her two\neyes; cara7J;au-two legs; bhujau -two hands; muhu�-again and\nagain; prasvinna-gatra - with her body perspiring; �ipati-throwing;\nruroda-cried severely; ha-indeed.\nTRANSLATION\nUnbearably pressed in every vital point, the demon Putana\nbegan to cry, \"Please leave me, leave me! Suck my breast no\n\n", "SB10.2#p0058": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n12\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\nlonger!\" Perspiring, her eyes wide open and her arms and legs\nflailing, she cried very loudly again and again.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Rak�asi was severely punished by K:r�I).a. She threw her arms and\nlegs about, and K:r�I).a also began to kick her with His legs to punish her\nproperly for her mischievous activities.\nTEXT 12\n\n((tit�•RI•r4'R�m\n«Tf�� �T� :q:q� �� I\n� mr� �RtitR� �:\n�: � tt�Mqt�tat�l IIZ�Il\n�:\n\ntasya� svanenatigabhira-rarhhasa\nsiidrir mahi dyau§ ca cacala sa-graha\nrasa di§a§ ca pratinedire jana�\npetu� �itau vajra-nipata-sarikaya\ntasyab,-of the great Rak�asi Putana; svanena-by the vibration of\nthe sound; ati-very; gabhira-deep; ramhasa-forceful; sa-adri�with the mountains; mahi-the surface of the world; dyaub, ca-and\nouter space; cacala-trembled; sa-g raha-with the stars; rasa-below\nthe planet earth; diSa� ca-and all directions; pratinedire-vibrated;\njana�-people in general; petub, -fell down; �itau-on the surface of\nthe world; vajra-nipata-sarikaya-by suspecting that thunderbolts were\nfalling.\nTRANSLATION\nAs Putanii screamed loudly and forcefully, the earth with its\n\nmountains, and outer space with its planets, trembled. The lower\nplanets and all directions vibrated, and people fell down, fearing\n\nthat thunderbolts were falling upon them.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0059": "Text 13]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Putani\n\n13\n\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura remarks that in this verse the\nword rasa refers to the planetary systems below the earth, such as\nRasatala, Atala, Vitala, Sutala and Talatala.\nTEXT 13\n\nr;.�l+.tU<:� � �� �� �;riql\n� rr� f;{>5f�q·u�T\n�at\n\n�\n\n�� ����II\n\nniSci-carittham vyathita-stanci vyasur\nvycidaya kescims cara�u bhujciv api\nprascirya go�the nija-rapam cisthitci\nvajrcihato vrtra ivcipatan nrpa\nniSci-cari-the Rakt?asi; ittham-in this way; vyathita-stanci-being\nseverely aggrieved because of pressure on her breast; vyasu�-lost her\nlife; vycidciya-opening her mouth wide;\n\nkescin-bunch of hairs;\n\ncara�u-her two legs; bhujau-her two hands; api-also; prasciryaexpanding; go�the-in the pasturing ground; nija-rupam cisthitci-remained in her original demoniac form; vajra-cihata�-killed by the\nthunderbolt of lndra; vttra�-V�trasura; iva-as if; apatat-fell down;\nnrpa-0 King.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the demon Putani, very much aggrieved because her\nbreast was being attacked by ����a, lost her life. 0 King Pariktit,\nopening her mouth wide and spreading her arms, legs and hair,\nshe fell down in the pasturing ground in her original form as a\nRik�jasi, as Vrtrisura had fallen when killed by the thunderbolt of\nlndra.\nPURPORT\n\nPiitana was a great Riikt?asi who knew the art of covering her original\nform by mystic power, but when she was killed her mystic power could\nnot hide her, and she appeared in her original form.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0060": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n14\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 14\n\nij���·�o�..ij(a)¥41'{ I\n� +i�te'hta;��/1( II� �II\npatamano 'pi tad-de has\ntri-gavyaty-antara-druman\ncUr\"Q-aytim elsa rajendra\nmahad elsit tad adbhutam\npatamanal) api-even while falling down; tat-dehal)-her gigantic\nbody; tri gavyati-antara-within a limit of twelve miles; druman-all\n-\n\ncur\"Q-aytim elsa-smashed; rajendra-0 King Parik�?it;\nmahat elsit-was quite gigantic; tat-that body; adbhutam-and very,\n\nkinds of trees;\n\nvery wonderful.\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it, when the gigantic body of Putanii fell to the\n\nground, it smashed all the trees within a limit of twelve miles. Appearing in a gigantic body, she was certainly extraordinary.\nPURPORT\nBecause of the grievous hurt imposed upon her by �I?Qa's sucking her\nbreast, Piitana, while dying, not only left the room but abandoned the\nvillage and fell down in the pasturing ground in her gigantic body.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0061": "15\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Putani\n\nText 17]\n\n�a-matrogra-da�trasyam\ngiri-kandara-niisikam\ngar:u}a-saila-stanam raudram\nprakif1Uiru�-mardhajam\nandha-kapa-gabhira�am\npulinaroha-bh�a�m\nbaddha-setu-bhujorv-anghri\nsanya-toya-hradodaram\nsantatrasu� sma tad vi�ya\ngopa gopya� kalevaram\npurvam tu tan-ni�vanitabhinna-hrt-ka�-mastaka�\n�a-matra-like the front of a plow; ugra-fierce; da�tra-the\nteeth; iisyam-having a mouth in which; giri-kandara-like mountain\ncaves; niisikam-the nostrils of whom; gar:u}a-saila-like big slabs of\nstone; stanam-the breasts of whom; raudram-very fierce; praki�scattered; aru�-mardha-jam-whose hair was the color of copper;\nandha-kapa-like blind wells; gabhira-deep; a�am-eye sockets;\npulina-aroha-bh�a�m-whose thighs were fearful like the banks of a\nriver;\n\nbaddha-setu-bhuja-uru-anghri-whose arms, thighs and feet\n\nwere strongly built bridges; sanya-toya-hrada-udaram-whose abdomen\n\nwas\n\nfrightened;\n\nlike\n\na\n\nlake\n\ntat-that;\n\nwithout\n\nwater;\n\nvi�ya-seeing;\n\nsantatrasu�\ngopa�-the\n\nsma-became\ncowherd\n\nmen;\n\ngopya�-and the cowherd women; kalevaram-such a gigantic body;\npurvam tu-before that; tat-ni�vanita-because of her loud vibration;\nbhinna-were shocked; hrt-whose hearts; kar�-ears; mastaka�and heads.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Rik11asi's mouth was full of teeth, each resembling the front\nof a plow, her nostrils were deep like mountain caves, and her\nbreasts resembled big slabs of stone fallen from a hill. Her scattered hair was the color of copper. The sockets of her eyes\n\n", "SB10.2#p0062": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n16\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\nappeared like deep blind wells, her fearful thighs resembled the\n\nbanks of a river, her arms, legs and feet seemed like big bridges,\n\nand her abdomen appeared like a dried-up lake. The hearts, ears\n\nand heads of the cowherd men and women were already shocked\n\nby the Rak11asi's screaming, and when they saw the fierce wonder\nof her body, they were even more frightened.\nTEXT 18\n\n������\n�i)Qt�f Q'�� ��: IIZ�II\nbalam ca tasya urasi\nkrit;lantam akutobhayam\ngopyas tun:wm samabhyetya\njagrhur jata-sambhrama/:t\nbalam ca-the child also; tasya/:t-of that (Rak�asi Piitana); urasi­\n\non the upper portion of the breast; krit;lantam-engaged in playing;\nakutobhayam-without fear; gopya/:t-all the cowherd women; tur�m-iinmediately; samabhyetya-coming near; jagrhu/:t-picked up;\njata-sambhrama/:t-with the same affection and respect they always\n\nmaintained.\nTRANSLATION\nWithout fear, the child Kf!1I].a was playing on the upper portion\n\nof Putanii Riik11asi's breast, and when the gopis saw the child's\n\nwonderful activities, they immediately came forward with great\n\njubilation and picked Him up.\n\nPURPORT\n\nHere is the Supreme Personality of Godhead-��J).a. Although the\nRak�asi Piitana could increase or decrease her bodily size by her mystic\nabilities and thus gain proportionate power, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is equally powerful in any transcendental form. ��J).a is the\nreal Personality of Godhead because whether as a child or as a grown-up\n\n·\n\n", "SB10.2#p0063": "17\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Piitani\n\nText 19)\n\nyoung man, He is the same person. He does not need to become powerful\nby meditation or any other external endeavor. Therefore when the\ngreatly powerful Putana expanded her body, Kt�I;t.a remained the same\nsmall child and fearlessly played on the upper portion of her breast. $a4ai.Svarya-pur7J-a. Bhagavan, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is always full in all potencies, regardless of whether He is present in this\nform or that. His potencies are always full. Pardsya saktir vividhaiva\nsrayate. He can display all potencies under any circumstances.\nTEXT 19\n\n��� ffl: � �� �: '\noo � «+ttnw�¥4\"nRflr: ������\nya§oda-rohiTJ-ibhyam ta/:J,\nsamarh balasya sarvata/:J,\nra�arh vidadhire samyag\ngo-puccha-bhrama1Jfidibhi/:J,\nya§oda-rohiTJ-ibhyam-with mother Yasoda and mother Rohii;t.i, who\nprincipally took charge of the child; ta/:J,-the other gopis; samamequally as important as Yasoda and Rohii;t.i; balasya-df the child;\nsarvata/:J,-from\n\nall\n\ndangers;\n\nra�dm-protection;\n\nvidadhire-exe- .\n\ncuted; samyak-completely; go-puccha-bhrama7J-a-adibhi/:J,-by waving\naround the switch of a cow.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, mother Ya8odi and Rohb;,1i, along with the other\n\nelderly gopis, waved about the switch of a cow to give full\nprotection to the child Sri Kn�a.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen Kt�I;t.a was saved from such a great danger, mother Yasoda and\nRohii;t.i were principally concerned, and the other elderly gopis, who were\nalmost equally concerned, followed the activities of mother Yasoda and\nRohii;t.i. Here we find that in household affairs, ladies could take charge\n\n", "SB10.2#p0064": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n18\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\nof protecting a child simply by taking help from the cow. As described\nhere, they knew how to wave about the switch of a cow so as to protect\nthe child from all types of danger. There are so many facilities afforded\nby cow protection, but people have forgotten these arts. The importance\nof protecting cows is therefore stressed by l(r�Qa in Bhagavad-gitii (kr§i­\n\ngo-rak§ya-viir;tijyam vaiSya-karma svabhiivajam). Even now in the Indian villages surrounding V:rndavana, the villagers live happily simply\nby giving protection to the cow. They keep cow dung very carefully and\ndry it to use as fuel. They keep a sufficient stock of grains, and because\nof giving protection to the cows, they have sufficient milk and milk products to solve all economic problems. Simply by giving protection to the\ncow, the villagers live so peacefully. Even the urine and stool of cows\nhave medicinal value.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�aqfil�l �;'fffl(\\if('t1�1{_ I\n� ��� �ijf �tW!{ ;rr�: ll�oll\n\ntfh{,j'UI\n\ngo-miltrer;ta sniipayitvii\npunar go-rajasiirbhakam\nrak§am cakru§ ca sakrta\ndviidaSiirige§u niimabhi/:l\ngo-mzltrer;ta-with the urine of the cows; sniipay itvii-after thoroughly washing; puna/J-again; go-rajasii-with the dust floating because of the movements of the cows; arbhakam-unto the child;\nrak§iim-protection; cakru/:l-executed; ca-also; sakrtii-with the cow\ndung; dviida5a-arige§u-in twelve places (dviidaSa-tilaka); niimabhi/:lby imprinting the holy names of the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe child was thoroughly washed with cow urine and then\nsmeared with the dust raised by the movements of the cows. Then\ndifferent names of the Lord were applied with cow dung on twelve\ndifferent parts of His body, beginning with the forehead, as done\nin applyin5 tilaka. In this war, the child was given protection.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0065": "Text 21]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Putani\n\n19\n\nTEXT 21\n\n'\"' �: � I\n'\"'\n�: .\n�H'l!('t ��� �\n-q�u +tril� � q'\\iiif�l('t+ti*' 11����\n'\"'\n\ngopya/:1. saritspr�ta-salila\narige�u karayo/:1. prthak\nnyasyatmany atha balasya\nbija-nyasam akurvata\ngopya/:1.-the gopis; saritspr�ta-salila/:1.-touching a cup of water and\ndrinking; arige�u-on their bodies; karayo/:1.-on their two hands;\nprthak-separately; nyasya- after placing the letters of the mantra;\natmani-on their own;\n\natha-then;\n\nbalasya-of the child;\n\nbija­\n\nyasam-the process of mantra-nyasa; akurvata-executed.\n\nn\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe gopis first executed the process of icamana, drinking a sip\nof water from the right hand. They purified their bodies and\nhands with the nyisa-mantra and then applied the same mantra\nupon the body of the child.\n\nPURPORT\n\nNyasa-mantra includes acamana, or first drinking a sip of water kept\nin the right hand. There are different V�TJu-mantras to purify the body.\n\nThe gopis, and in fact any householders, knew the process for being\npurified by chanting Vedic hymns. The gopis executed this process first\nto purify themselves and then to purify the child Kr�t;ta. One executes\nthe process of ariga-nyasa and kara-nyasa simply by drinking a little sip\nof water and chanting the mantra. The mantra is preceded with the first\nletter of the name, followed by anusvara and the word nama/:1.: am namo\n\n'jas tavarighri avyat, mam mano ma1Jimarits tava januni avyat, and so\non. By losing Indian culture, Indian householders have forgotten how to\nexecute the ariga-nyasa and are simply busy in sense gratification, without any advanced knowledge of human civilization.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0066": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n20\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\navyad ajo 'nghri mar;imiims tava janv athora\nyajfio 'cyuta/:t ka#-tatam jatharam hayasya/:t\nhrt kesavas tvad-ura iSa inas tu kar;tham\nv�r;ur bhujam mukham urukrama iSvara/:t kam\ncakry agrata/:t saha-gado harir astu pa5ciit\ntvat-piirsvayor dhanur-asi madhu-hiijana5 ca\nkor;e$U sankha urugiiya upary upendras\ntiirk$ya/:t k$itau haladhara/:t purU$a/:t samantiit\navyiit-may protect; aja/:t-Lord Aja; anghri-legs; mar;imiin-Lord\nMa�iman; tava-Your; janu-knees; atka-thereafter; uru-thighs;\nyajria/:t-Lord Yajfia; acyuta/:t-Lord Acyuta; ka#-tatam-the upper\npart of the waist; jatharam-abdomen; hayasya/:t-Lord Hayagriva;\nhrt-the heart;\n\nkesava/:t-Lord\n\nKesava;\n\ntvat-Your; ura/:t-chest;\niSa/:t-the supreme controller, Lord lsa; ina/:t-Stirya, the sun-god; tubut; kar;tham-neck; v�r;u/:t-Lord Vi��u; bhujam-arms; mukhamthe mouth; urukrama/:t-Lord Urukrama; iSvara/:t-Lord lsvara; kamhead; cakri-the carrier of the disc; agrata/:t-in front; saha-gada/:tthe carrier .of the club; hari/:t-Lord Hari; astu-may He remain;\npa5ciit-on the back; tvat-piirsvayo/:t-on both sides; dhanu/:t-asi.,...-the\ncarrier of the bow and the sword; madhu-hii-the killer of the demon\nMadhu;\n\najana/:t-Lord\n\nVi��u;\n\nca-and;\n\nkor;e$u-in the corners;\n\n", "SB10.2#p0067": "The Killing of the Demon Putani\n\nText 24]\n\n21\n\nsmikha�-the carrier of the conchshell; urugaya�-who is well worshiped; upari-above; upendra�-Lord Upendra; tdrk$ya�-GaruQa;\nk$itau-on the surface; haladhara�-Lord Haladhara; purz�a�-the\nSupreme Person; samantat-on all sides.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[Sukadeva Gosvimi informed Mahirija Pariksit that the gopis,\n\nfollowing the proper system, protected K:r�:Qa, their child, with\n\nthis mantra.] May Aja protect Your legs, may Mai].imin protect\n\nYour knees, Yajiia Your thighs, Acyuta the upper part of Your\n\nwaist, and Hayagriva Your abdomen. May Kesava protect Your\nheart, lsa Your chest, the sun-god Your neck, Vi�I].U Your arms,\n\nUrukrama Your face, and lsvara Your head. May Cakri protect You\nfrom the front; may Sri Hari, Gadidhari, the carrier of the club,\n\nprotect You from the back; and may the carrier of the bow, who is\n\nknown as the enemy of Madhu, and Lord Ajana, the carrier of the\n\nsword, protect Your two sides. May Lord Urugiya, the carrier of\n\nthe conchshell, protect You from all corners; may Upendra protect\n\nYou from above; may Garuc.fa protect You on the ground; and may\n\nLord Haladhara, the Supreme Person, protect You on all sides.\nPURPORT\n\nEven in the houses of the cultivators, who were not very advanced in\nthe modern ways of civilization, the ladies used to know how to chant\nmantras to give protection to children with the help of cow dung and cow\nurine. This was a simple and practical way to give the greatest protection\nfrom the greatest dangers. People should know how to do this, for this is\na part of Vedic civilization.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n���lfUI ��: � �l(l�Oi(S�« I\n\"\"\n� :=!\n:s:vllm..,.,�\n\n:�r\n\n•\n\nl{;rt\n'\"'\n\n�\n\n'\"'\n\n'f..I I•IJQ'(l� Jl�\\lJI\n\nindriya�i hr$ikesa�\npra�n naraya� 'vatu\n\n", "SB10.2#p0068": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n22\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\nsvetadv'ipa-patiS cittaril\nmano yogesvaro 'vatu\nindriyaQ.i-all the senses; hr§'ikesab,-Lord H:r�?ikesa, the proprietor of\nall the senses; prdQ.dn -all kinds of life air; ndrdyaQ.a(i.-Lord\nNaraya1.1a; avatu-may He give protection; svetadv'ipa-patib,-the\n\nmaster of Svetadvipa, Vi�?J.lu; cittam-the core of the heart; mana(!.-the\nmind; yogesvarab,-Lord Yogesvara; avatu-may He give protection.\nTRANSLATION\nMay Hnikesa protect Your senses, and Nariiya1,1a Your life air.\n\nMay the master of Svetadvipa protect the core of Your heart, and\n·\n\nmay Lord Yogesvara protect Your mind.\n\nTEXTS 25-26\n�\n\n.\n\n�\n�\n\"'\n'tl�\n<:1 ��'(�l���� �'I'{ �: I\niji� qm •nf.l;a:: � qm �: ������\n�'Jtw-ij��l{ �����tNt�: tffir:l\n� � qm �: ����II\n\nprsnigarbhas tu te buddhim\natmdnaril bhagavan para(!.\nkrU,lantaril pdtu govindab,\nsayanaril patu madhavab.\nvrajantam avyad vaikuQ.tha\nds'inaril tvaril sriya(l. patib,\nbhuiijanaril yajiiabhuk patu\nsarva-graha-bhayarikarab,\nprsnigarbhab,-Lord P:rsnigarbha; tu-indeed; te-Your; buddhim­\n\nintelligence;\n\natmanam-Your soul; bhagavan -the Supreme Perparab, -transcendental; krU,lantam-while playing; patu-may He protect; govinda(i.-Lord Govinda; sayanam­\n\nsonality of Godhead;\n\nwhile sleeping; patu-may He protect; madhava(i.-Lord Madhava;\n\n", "SB10.2#p0069": "Text 29]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Putana\n\n23\n\nvrajantam-while walking; avyat-may He protect; vaikuTJ-!ha.�-Lord\nVaikur;ttha; asinam-while sitting down; tvam-unto You; sriya�\npat*- N arayar;ta the husband of the goddess of fortune (may protect);\nbhwijanam-while enjoying life; yajnabhuk-Yajiiabhuk; patu-may\nHe protect; sarva-graha-bhayam-kara�-who is fearful to all evil\nplanets.\n,\n\nTRANSLATION\nMay Lord Prsnigarbha\n\nprotect Your\n\nintelligence,\n\nand the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead Your soul. While You are playing, may Govinda protect You, and while You are sleeping may\nMadhava protect You. May Lord Vaikur.ttha protect You while You\nare walking, and may Lord Narayar_1a, the husband of the goddess\nof fortune, protect You while You are sitting. Similarly, may Lord\nYajiiahhuk, the fearful enemy of all evil planets, always protect\nYou while You enjoy life.\nTEXTS 27-29\n\"'\n\n:::-.\n\n'\"'\n\n('\n\n��;;ntt;���441u:s1 <t�: I\n\n�ij�ijN�11:q1�\n�: ll�\\911\n��T �r � � +tiVfil((�: I\n:g� � ttN411(1 WrlQrf�tiat : ������\n��o!1 '4��1ijl w �w� � 1\n«l \"'ft4w-d ij �: ������\nc;liikinyo yatudhanya§ ca\nkU§mar:u;la ye 'rbhaka-graha�\nbhata-preta-piSacas ca\nya/cya-ra/cyo-vinayakii�\nkotara revati jye!}tha\npatana matrkadaya�\nunmiidd ye hy apasmara\ndeha-pra7J-endriya-druha.�\n\n", "SB10.2#p0070": "[Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n24\n\nsvapna-dma mahotpata\n\n-\n\nvrddha biila-grahas ca ye\nsarve na§yantu te v�r:wr\nnama-grahar;r,a-bhirava�\n(lakinya� yatudhanya� ca k�mdQ.(ld�-witches and devils, enemies\nof children; ye-those who are; arbhaka-graha�-like evil stars for\nchildren; bhata-evil spirits; preta-evil hobgoblins; piSdcd�-similar\nbad spirits; ca-also; ya�a-the living entities known as Yak�as; rak�a�-those\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nRak�asas;\n\nvinayaka�-those\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nVinayaka; kotara-by the name Kolara; revati-by the name Revati;\njye�tha-by the name Jye�lha; patana-by the name Putana; matrkaadaya�-and evil women like Mat:rka; unmadd�-those who cause\nmadness; ye-which others; hi-indeed; apasmdrd�-causing loss of\nmemory;\n\ndeha-prar;a-indriya-to the\n\nbody,\n\nlife\n\nair\n\nand senses;\n\ndruha�-give trouble; svapna-dr�1a�-the evil spirits that cause bad\ndreams; mahd-utpdtd�-those causing great disturbances; vrddhd�the most experienced; bala-graha� ca-and those attacking children;\nye-who; sarve-all of them; na§yantu-let be vanquished; te-those;\nv�r:w�-of Lord Vi�I.m; ndma-grahar;a-by the chanting of the name;\nbhirava�-become afraid.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe evil witches known as Qikinis, Yitudhinis and Ku,m�«J.as\n\nare the greatest enemies of children, and the evil spirits like\n\nBhutas, Pretas, Pisicas, Yak,as, Rik,asas and Viniyakas, as well as\n\nwitches like Kotari, Revati, Jye,thi, Putani and Mat:rka, are always\n\nready to give trouble to the body, the life air and the senses, causing loss of memory, madness and bad dreams. Like the most ex­\n\nperienced evil stars, they all create great disturbances, especially\n\nfor children, but one can vanquish them simply by uttering Lord\n\nVi,J,lu's name, for when Lord Vii}J,lU's name resounds, all of them\nbecome afraid and go away.\n\nPURPORT\nAP. stated in the Brahma-samhita (5.33):\nadvaitam acyutam anadim ananta-rapam\nadyam puraQ.a-pu�am nava-yauvanam ca\n\n", "SB10.2#p0071": "Text 30]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Piitani\n\n25\n\nvede�u durlabham adurlabham iitma-bhaktau\ngovindam iidi-pur�am tam aham bhajami\n\"I worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda, who is the\n\noriginal person-nondual, infallible, and without beginning. Although\n\nHe expands into unlimited forms, He is still the original, and although\nHe is the oldest person, He always appears as a fresh youth. Such eternal,\n\nblissful and all-knowing forms of the Lord cannot he understood by the\nacademic wisdom of the\n\nunalloyed devotees.\"\n\nVedas, hut they are always manifest to pure,\n\nWhile decorating the body with tilaka, we give protection to the body\n\nby chanting twelve names of Vi�f.lU. Although Govinda, or Lord Vi�f.lu, is\n\none, He has different names and forms with which to act differently. But\nif one cannot remember all the names at one time, one may simply chant,\n\"Lord Vi�f.lu, Lord Vi�1.1u, Lord Vi�1.1u,\" and always think of Lord Vi�f.lu.\n\nV�'{Wr iiriidhanam pa,ram: this is the highest form of worship. If one\n\nremembers Vi�1.1u always, even though one is disturbed by many had elements, one can he protected without a doubt. The\n\nAyurveda-sastra\n\nrecommends, a�adhi cintayet v�{lum: even while taking medicine, one\n\nshould remember Vi�f.lu, because the medicine is not all and all and Lord\n\nVi�1.1u is the real protector. The material world is full of danger (padam\n\npadam yad vipadiim). Therefore one must become a Vai�1.1ava and think\n\nof Vi�1.1u constantly. This is made easier by the chanting of the Hare\nKr�1.1a mahii-mantra. Therefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprahhu has recom­\n\nmended, kirtaniya/:t sadii hari/:t, param vijayate sri-kr�{la-sarikirtanam,\nand kirtaniid eva kr�{laSya mukta-sariga/:t param vrajet.\n\nTEXT 30\n��li '(1effq\n\n� SfOittif'{lf4�: �� I\n\nqtttfti�'4T wf lfrijf ���tt�l�¥4'31( II� II\no\n\nsri-suka uviica\niti pra{laya-baddhiibhir\ngopibhi/:t krta-ra�a{lam\npiiyayitvii stanam miitii\nsannyavesayad iitmajam\n\n", "SB10.2#p0072": "(Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n26\n\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said;\n\nprar;mya-baddhabhi�-who\n\nwere\n\nbound\n\nwith\n\niti-in this way;\n\nmaternal\n\naffection;\n\ngopibhi�-by the elderly gopis, headed by mother Yasodii; krtara/cyar;mm-all measures were taken to protect the child; payayitva­\n\nand after that, feeding the child; stanam-the nipple; mdtd-mother\n\nYasodii; sannyavesayat-made to lie down on the bed; atmajam-her\nson.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvimi continued: All the gopis, headed by\n\nmother Ya8odii, were bound by maternal affection. After they thus\n\nchanted mantras to protect the child, mother Ya8odii gave the child\n\nthe nipple of her breast to suck and then got Him to lie down on\n\nHis bed.\n\nPURPORT\n\nWhen a baby drinks milk from the breast of his mother, this is a good\n\nsign of health. So the elderly gopis were not satisfied with chanting\nmantras to give protection to l(r�J)a; they also tested whether their\n\nchild's health was in order. When the child sucked the breast, this con­\n\nfirmed that He was healthy, and when the gopis were fully satisfied, they\nhad the child lie down on His bed.\n\nTEXT 31\n�\n\n�\n\n.\n\nffl�:riSI;a:\n�\nl�tt'\"\"T m1:fT � � �: I\n\n�\n\n'l1W11�� q�i(Rr�Mcrr: II�� II\ntavan nandadayo gopa\n\nmathuraya vrajam gata�\n\nvilokya patana-deham\n\nbabhavur ativismita�\n\ntavat-in the meantime; nanda-adaya�-headed by Nanda Maha­\n\nraja; gopd�-all the cowherd men; mathuraya�-from Mathurii; vrajam-to V:rndiivana; gata�-came back;\n\nvilokya-when they saw;\n\npatana-deham-the gigantic body of Piitanii lying dead; babhavu�became; ati-very much; vismita�-struck with wonder.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0073": "Text 32]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Putanii\n\n27\n\nTRANSLATION\nMeanwhile, all the cowherd men, headed by Nanda Maharaja,\nreturned from Mathurii, and when they saw on the way the gigantic\nbody of Putanii lying dead, they were struck with great wonder.\nPURPORT\n\nNanda Maharaja's wonder may be understood in various ways. First of\nall, the cowherd men had never before seen such a gigantic body in\nV:rndavana, and therefore they were struck with wonder. Then they\nbegan to consider where such a body had come from, whether it had\ndropped from the sky, or whether, by some mistake or by the power of\nsome mystic yogini, they had come to some place other than V:rndavana.\nThey could not actually guess what had happened, and therefore they\nwere struck with wonder.\nTEXT 32\n\n;@'if�:�������: I\n\"'\n\"'\n�-rf::'...\n� �er w �m t4G:t�t�€fi����:\n������\nnanam batar�ib, safijato\nyogeso va samdsa sab,\nsa eva dr�to hy utpdto\nyad ahanakadundubhib,\nnanam-certainly; bata-O my friends; r�ib--a great saintly person;\nsafijatab,-has become; yoga-iSab,-a master of mystic power; vd-or;\nsamdsa-has become; sab,-he (Vasudeva); sab,-that; eva-indeed;\ndr�tab,-has been seen (by us); hi-because; utpatab,-kind of disturbance; yat-that which; aha-predicted; anakadundubhib,-An.akadundubhi (another name of Vasudeva).\nTRANSLATION\nNanda Maharaja and the other gopas exclaimed: My dear friends,\nyou must know that Anakadundubhi, Vasudeva, has become a\ngreat saint or a master of mystic power. Otherwise how could he\nhave foreseen this calamity and predicted it to us?\n\n", "SB10.2#p0074": "28\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse illustrates the difference between k$atriyas and innocent\nvaiSyas. By studying the political situation, Vasudeva could see what\nwould happen, whereas Nanda Maharaja, the king of the agriculturalists,\ncould only guess that Vasudeva was a great saintly person and had\ndeveloped mystic powers. Vasudeva actually had all mystic powers under\nhis control; otherwise he could not have become the father of :Kr�:Q.a. But\nin fact he foresaw the calamities in Vraja by studying Kamsa's political\nactivities and thus warned Nanda Maharaja to take precautions, although\nNanda Maharaja thought that Vasudeva had predicted this incident\nthrough wonderful mystic powers. By mystic powers gained through the\npractice of ha!ha-yoga, one can study and understand the future.\nTEXT 33\n\n�� ��1 ij� :1\\Jtl�«: I\n� �� w:tr�{ol ���� 11��11\nkalevararh para§ubhiS\nchittva tat te vrajaukasal)\ndare k$iptvavayava§o\nnyadahan kti§!ha-ve�#tam\nkalevaram-the gigantic body of Piitana; para§ubhil;-with the aid of\naxes; chittvd-after cutting to pieces; tat-that (body); te-all of those;\nvraja-okasal;-inhabitants of Vraja; dare-far, far away; k$iptvd-after\nthrowing; avayava§al;-different parts of the body, piece by piece;\nnyadahan-burned to ashes; kd§!ha-ve�#tam-covered by wood.\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of Vraja cut the gigantic body of Putana into\n\npieces with the help of axes. Then they threw the pieces far away,\n\ncovered them with wood and burned them to ashes.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is the practice that after a snake has been killed, its body is cut into\nvarious pieces for fear that it may come to life again simply by interact-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0075": "Text 34]\n\n29\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Putani\n\ning with air. Merely killing a serpent is not sufficient; after it is killed, it\nmust be cut to pieces and burned, and then the danger will be over.\nPutana resembled a great serpent, and therefore the cowherd men took\nthe same precautions by burning her body to ashes.\nTEXT 34\n\n���·��\n\n�a:\n\n� ���m:1\n�qQ(6:ijqtt-q;r: ll�'dll\n\ndahyamanasya. dehasya\n\ndhuma§ caguru-saurabha�\n\nutthita� kmUl-nirbhukta­\n\nsapady iihata-piipmana�\n\ndahyamiinasya-while being burnt to ashes; de hasya-of the body of\nPutana; dhama�-the smoke; ca-and; aguru-saurabha�-turned into\n\nsaintly scented smoke of the aguru herb; utthita�-emanating from her\nbody; kmw-nirbhukta-because of KT�r;ta's having sucked her breast;\n\nsapadi-immediately; ahata-piipmana�-her material body became\nspiritualized or relieved of all material conditions.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of K:nJ].a's having sucked the breast of the Rik,asi\nPdtani, when Krf�J].a killed her she was immediately freed of all\nmaterial\n\ncontamination.\n\nHer\n\nsinful\n\nreactions\n\nautomatically\n\nvanished, and therefore when her gigantic body was being burnt,\nthe smoke emanating from her body was fragrant like aguru\nincense.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSuch are the effects of KT�r;ta consciousness. If one somehow or other\nbecomes K:r�r;ta conscious by applying his senses in the service of the\n\nLord, one is immediately freed from material contamination. Srovatiim\nsva-kathii� kr�r:w� pur:tya-sravar;w-kirtana�\n\n(Bhiig. 1.2.17). Hearing\n\nabout the activities of KT�r;ta is the beginning of purified life. Pur:tyasravar;w-kirtana�: simply by hearing and chanting, one becomes\n\n", "SB10.2#p0076": "30\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\npurified. Therefore, in discharging devotional service, srava\"{Ul-kirtana\n(hearing and chanting) is most important. Then, with purified senses,\none begins to render service to the Lord (hr�ike\"{Ul hr�ikesa-sevanam).\n\nBhaktir ucyate: this is called bhakti. When Putana was somehow or\nother, directly or indirectly, induced to render some service to the Lord\nby feeding Him with her breast, she was immediately purified, so much\nso that when her nasty material body was burnt to ashes, it gave off the\nfragrance of aguru, the most agreeably scented herb.\nTEXTS 35-36\n\n� �� � �N�I�Iiil I\nfil'4ifp.nfq m � � �� II ��I I\nft�:� � �'«�� I\n��fW;r�ft��d·-IU�� 11��11\nputand loka-bala-ghni\nra�asi rudhirasana\njighamsayapi haraye\nstanam dattvapa sad-gatim\nkim puna� sraddhaya bhaktya\nkm;uiya paramdtmane\nyacchan priyatamam kim nu\nraktas tan-mdtaro yatha\nputana-Piitanii, the professional Rak�asi; loka-bala-ghni-who used\nto kill human children; rd�asi-the she-demon;\n\nrudhira-a§and­\n\nsimply hankering for blood; jighamsaya-with the desire to kill _Kr��a\n(being envious of _Kr��a and having been instructed by Kamsa); apistill; haraye-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; stanam-her\nbreast; dattva-after offering; dpa-obtained; sat-gatim-the most elevated position of spiritual existence; kim-what to speak of; puna�again; sraddhaya-with faith; bhaktya-by devotion; kmtdya-unto\nLord _Kr��a; paramdtmane-who is the Supreme Person; yacchanoffering; priya-tamam-the dearmost; kim-something; nu-indeed;\n\n", "SB10.2#p0077": "Text 38]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Putana\n\n31\n\nrakta�-those who have an affinity; tat-matara�-l(r�I;ta's affectionate\n\nmothers (offering the beloved child their breasts); yathd-exactly like.\nTRANSLATION\n\nPutana was always hankering for the blood of human children,\nand with that desire she came to kill �!}�a; but because she\noffered her breast to the Lord, she attained the greatest achievement. What then is to be said of those who had natural devotion\nand affection for �!}�a as mothers and who offered Him their\nbreasts to suck or offered something very dear, as a mother offers\n,\nsomething to a child?\nPURPORT\n\nPutana had no affection for l(r�Qa; rather, she was envious and\n\nwanted to kill Him. Nonetheless, because with or without knowledge she\n\noffered her breast, she attained the highest achievement in life. But the\nofferings of devotees attracted to l(r�I;ta in parental love are always sin­\n\ncere. A mother likes to offer something to her child with affection and\n\nlove; there is no question of envy. So here we can make a comparative\n\nstudy. If Putana could attain such an exalted position in spiritual life by\n\nneglectfully, enviously making an offering to l(r�I;ta, what is to be said of\n\nmother Yasoda and the other gopis, who served l(r�I;ta with such great\naffection and love, offering everything for l(r�I;ta's satisfaction? The\n\ngopis automatically\n\nachieved the highest perfection. Therefore Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu recommended the affection of the gopis, either in\n\nmaternal affection or in conjugal love, as the highest perfection in life\n\n(ramya kacid updsana vrajavadhu-varger;ta ya kalpita).\nTEXTS 37-38\n\n�����;r�m��:1\n� �: «'41�� +4�f::tl�l16€( � II �\\911\n�T� m �'ffiq\n�..n ..\n�\n\n\"�\n\n,...\n\n,\n\n�;:r�·�n � ttms�ttt�:\n'\"'��\n\n������\n\n", "SB10.2#p0078": "32\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\npadbhyam bhakta-hrdi-sthabhyam\nvandyabhyam loka-vanditai/:t\narigam yasyal; samakramya\nbhagavan api tat-stanam\nyatudhany api sa svargam\navapa janan'i-gatim\nkmUL-bhukta-stana-k$iral;\nkim u gavo 'numataral;\n\npadbhyam-by the two lotus feet; bhakta-hrdi-sthabhyam-which\nare always thought of by pure devotees, in whose heart the Lord is\ntherefore situated constantly; vandyabhyam-which are always to be\npraised; loka-vanditail;-by Lord Brahma and Lord Siva, who are\npraised by all the inhabitants of the three worlds; arigam-the body;\nyasyal;-of whom (Putana); samakramya-embracing; bhagavan-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; api-also; tat-stanam-that breast;\nyatudhani api-although she was a witch (whose only business was to\nkill small children and who had tried to kill l(r�Q.a also); sa-she;\nsvargam-the transcendental abode; avapa-achieved; janan'i-gatimthe position of a mother; kmUL-bhukta-stana-k$iral;-therefore, because\ntheir breasts were sucked by l(r�Q.a, who drank the milk flowing from\ntheir bodies; kim u-what to speak of; gava/;-the cows; anumataral;exactly like mothers (who allowed their nipples to be sucked by l(r�Q.a).\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, ���a, is always situated\nwithin the core of the heart of the pure devotee, and He is always\noffered prayers by such worshipable personalities as Lord Brahmi\nand Lord Siva. Because ���a embraced Putani's body with great\npleasure and sucked her breast, although she was a great witch, she\nattained the position of a mother in the transcendental world and\nthus achieved the highest perfection. What then is to be said of the\ncows whose nipples ���a sucked with great pleasure and who\noffered their milk very jubilantly with affection exactly like that of\na mother?\n\n", "SB10.2#p0079": "The Killing of the Demon Putanii\n\nText 40]\n\n33\n\nPURPORT\nThese verses explain how devotional service rendered to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, whether directly or indirectly, knowingly or\nunknowingly, becomes successful. Putana was neither a devotee nor a\nnondevotee; she was actually a demoniac witch instructed by Kamsa to\nkill �!?�a. Nonetheless, in the beginning she assumed the form of a very\nbeautiful woman and approached �!?�a exactly like an affectionate\nmother, so that mother Yasoda and Rohi�i did not doubt her sincerity.\nThe Lord took all this into consideration, and thus she was automatically\npromoted to a position like that of mother Yasoda. As explained by\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura, there are various roles one may play in\nsuch a position. Putana was immediately promoted to Vaiku�thaloka,\nwhich is also sometimes described as Svarga. The Svarga mentioned in\nthis verse is not the material heavenly planet, but the transcendental\nworld. In Vaiku�thaloka, Putana attained the position of a nurse\n\n(dhatry-ucitam), as described by Uddhava. Putana was elevated to the\nposition of a nurse and maidservant in Goloka V�ndavana to assist\nmother Yasoda.\n\nTEXTS 39-40\n\n� �1¥\\Nil� �����t{ I\n� �;r: �C?t41QRCI�st<:: II����\nn.,; � ieldlwti � I\n.........\n\n;r �: � U� �S�Iwt('t++N: ll�oll\npayamsi yasam apibat\nputra-sneha-snutany alam\nbhagavan devaki-putra�\nkaivalyady-akhila-prada�\ntasam aviratam km:te\nkurvatindril sutek$a1J.am\nna puna� kalpate rajan\nsarilsaro 'jiiana-sambhava�\n\n", "SB10.2#p0080": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n34\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\npayamsi-milk (coming from the body); yasam-of all of whom;\napibat-Lord ��1,1a drank; putra-sneha-snutani-that milk coming\nfrom the bodies of the gopis, not artificially but because of maternal\naffection; alam-sufficiently; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; devaki-putra/:t-who appeared as the son of Devaki; kaivalyaadi-like liberation or merging into the Brahman effulgence; akhilaprada/:t-the bestower of all similar blessings; tasam-of all of them (of\nall the gopis); aviratam-constantly; kr�{te-unto Lord ��1,1a; kurvatinam-making; suta-i�a{Ulm-as a mother looks upon her child;\nna-never; puna/:t-again; kalpate-can be imagined; rajan-0 King\nParik�it; samsara/:t-the material bondage of birth and death; ajnanasambhava/:t-which is to be accepted by foolish persons ignorantly trying\nto become happy.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, :Kr�J:.la, is the bestower of\n\nmany benedictions, including liberation [kaivalya], or oneness\n\nwith the Brahman effulgence. For that Personality of Godhead, the\ngopis always felt maternal love, and :Kr�1.1a sucked their breasts\n\nwith full satisfaction. Therefore, because of their relationship as\n\nmother and son, although the gopis were engaged in various\nfamily activities, one should never think that they returned to this\nmaterial world after leaving their bodies.\nPURPORT\nThe advantage of ��1,1a consciousness is described herein. ��1,1a consciousness gradually develops on the transcendental platform. One may\nthink of ��1,1a as the supreme personality, one may think of ��1,1a as the\nsupreme master, one may think of ��1,1a as the supreme friend, one may\nthink of ��1,1a as the supreme son, or one may think of ��1,1a as the\nsupreme conjugal lover. If one is connected with ��1,1a in any of these\ntranscendental relationships, the course of one's material life is understood to have already ended. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(4.9),\n\ntyaktva deharh punar janma naiti mam eti: for such devotees, going\nback home, back to Godhead, is guaranteed. Na puna/:t kalpate rajan\nsamsaro }fiana-sambhava/:t. This verse also guarantees that devotees\n\n", "SB10.2#p0081": "Text 41]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Putani\n\n35\n\nwho constantly think of .i(r�:Q.a in a . particular relationship will never\nreturn to this material world. In this material world of samsara, there are\nthe same relationships. One thinks, \"Here is my son,\" \"Here is my\nwife,\" \"Here is my lover,\" or \"Here is my friend.\" But these relationships are temporary illusions. Ajnana-sambhaval;t: such a consciousness\nawakens in ignorance. But when the same relationships awaken in .i(r�I).a\nconsciousness, one's spiritual life is revived, and one is guaranteed to\nreturn home, back to Godhead. Even though the gopis who were friends\nof Rohi:Q.i and mother Yasoda and who allowed their breasts to be sucked\nby .i(r�:Q.a were not directly .i(r�:Q.a's mothers, they all had the same chance\nas Rohi:Q.i and Yasoda to go back to Godhead and act as .i(r�:Q.a's mothersin-law, servants and so on. The word samsara refers to attachment for\none's body, home, husband or wife, and children, but although the gopis\nand all the other inhabitants of V:rndavana had the same affection and attachment for husband and home, their central affection was for .i(r�I).a in\nsome transcendental relationship, and therefore they were guaranteed to\nbe promoted to Goloka V:rndavana in the next life, to live with .i(r�I).a\n\neternally in spiritual happiness. The easiest way to attain spiritual elevation, to be liberated from this material world, and to go back home, back\nto Godhead, is recommended by Bhaktivinoda 'fhakura: km;era samsara\nkara ch&Ji' andcara. One should give up all sinful activities and remain\nin the family of .i(r�I).a. Then one's liberation is guaranteed.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�m;;r\n\n:4�\"!i.fi(1: I\n\n� � �� � �lif+tP'I�: II� Z II\nkata-dhamasya saurabhyam\navaghraya vrajaukasal;t\nkim idam kuta eveti\nvadanto vrajam ayayul;t\nkata-dhamasya-of the smoke emanating from the fire burning the\ndifferent parts of Piitana's body; saurabhyam-the fragrance; avaghraya-when they smelled through their nostrils; vraja-okasal;t-the\ninhabitants of Vrajabhiimi in distant places; kim idam-what is this\n\n", "SB10.2#p0082": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n36\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\nfragrance; kuta�-where does it come from; eva-indeed; iti-in this\nway;\n\nvadanta�-speaking;\n\nvrajam-the place of Nanda Maharaja,\n\nVrajabhftmi; ayayu�-reached.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon smelling the fragrance of the smoke emanating from\n\nPutanii's burning body, many inhabitants of Vrajabhumi in distant\nplaces were astonished. \"Where is this fragrance coming from?\"\n\nthey asked. Thus they went to the spot where Putanii's body was\n\nbeing burnt.\n\nPURPORT\nThe aroma of the smoke emanating from a burning fire is not always\nvery favorable. Therefore upon smelling such a wonderful fragrance,\nthe inhabitants of Vraja were astonished.\n\nte tatra van:titarh gopa*\nputanagamanadikam\nsrutva tan-nidhanarh svasti\nsiSos casan suvismita�\nte-all those persons who arrived; tatra-there (in the vicinity of\nNanda\n\nMaharaja's\n\nestate);\n\nvan:titam-described;\n\ngopai�-by\n\nthe\n\ncowherd men; patana-agamana-adikam-everything about how Putana\nthe witch had come there and played havoc; srutva-after hearing; tatnidhanam-and about how Putana had died; svasti-all auspiciousness;\nsiSo�-for the baby;\n\nca-and;\n\nasan-offered;\n\nsu-vismita�-being\n\nstruck with great wonder because of what had happened.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the inhabitants of Vraja who had come from distant places\n\nheard the whole story of how Putanii had come and then been\n\n", "SB10.2#p0083": "Text 43]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Putani\n\n37\n\nkilled by K.ftl}8, they were certainly astonished, and they offered\ntheir blessings to the child for His wonderful deed of killing\nPutani. Nanda Mahirija, of course, was very much obliged to\nVasudeva, who had foreseen the incident, and simply thanked\nhim, thinking how wonderful Vasudeva was.\nTEXT 43\n\n(q�\"q'�'tt �iju�1oo: 1\n1{�mr:r � � � �· ������\n�:\n\nnandail sva-putram adaya\npretyagatam uddra-dhiil\nmardhny upaghraya paramam\nmudam lebhe kuradvaha\n\nnandail-Maharaja Nanda; sva-putram addya taking his son .i(r�Qa\non his lap; pretya-agatam-as if .i(r�Qa had returned from death (no one\ncould even imagine that from such danger a child could be saved);\nudara-dh*-because he was always liberal and simple; murdhni-on\nthe head of .i(r�Qa; upaghraya-formally smelling; paramdm-highest;\nmudam-peace; lebhe-achieved; kuru-udvaha-0 Maharaja Parik�it.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 Mahirija Pariktit, best of the Kurus, Nanda Mahirija was very\nliberal and simple. He immediately took his son K.ftl}8 on his lap as\nif K.ftl}8 had returned from death, and by formally smelling his\nson's head, Nanda Mahirija undoubtedly enjoyed transcendental\nbliss.\nPURPORT\n\nNanda Maharaja could not understand how the inhabitants of his\nhouse had allowed Piitana to enter the house, nor could he imagine the\ngravity of the situation. He did not understand that .i(r�Qa had wanted to\nkill Piitana and that His pastimes were performed by yogamaya. Nanda\nMaharaja simply thought that someone had entered his house and created\nhavoc. This was Nanda Maharaja's simplicity.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0084": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n38\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 6\n\nya etat patana-mok$am\nkr�r;wsyarbhakam adbhutam\nsr�uydc chraddhaya martyo\ngovinde labhate ratim\nyab.-anyone who; etat-this; putana-mok$am-salvation of Putana;\n\nkr�r;wsya-of �I?I).a; arbhakam-the childhood pastimes; adbhutam­\n\nwonderful; srouyat-should hear; sraddhaya-with faith and devotion;\n\nmartyab.-any person within this material world; govinde-for the\n\nSupreme\n\nPerson,\n\nattachment.\n\nGovinda,\n\nAdi-puru�?a;\n\nlabhate-gains;\n\nratim­\n\nTRANSLATION\nAny person who hears with faith and devotion about how Kr��a,\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, killed Piitanii, and who thus\n\ninvests his hearing in such childhood pastimes of Kr��a, certainly\n\nattains attachment for Govinda, the supreme, original person.\nPURPORT\n\nThe incident in which the great witch attempted to kill the child but\n\nwas killed herself is certainly wonderful. Therefore this verse uses the\nword adbhutam, meaning \"specifically wonderful.\" �I?I).a has left us\nmany wonderful narrations about Him. Simply by reading these narra­\n\ntions, as they are described in Kr��. the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, one gains salvation from this material world and gradually\n\ndevelops attachment to and devotion for Govinda, Adi-purul?a.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Tenth Canto, Sixth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Killing of the Demon\nPatana.\"\n\n", "SB10.2#p0085": "CHAPTER SEVEN\n\nThe Killing of the Demon T:rt.tavarta\nIn this chapter, Sri ��1,1a's pastimes of breaking the cart\n\n(sakatabhafijana), killing the asura known as T:r1,1avarta, and demonstrating the\n\nentire universe within His mouth are especially described.\n\nWhen Sukadeva Gosvami saw that Maharaja Parik�it was eagerly wait­\n\ning to hear about Lord ��1,1a's pastimes as a child, he was very much\n\npleased, and he continued to speak. When Sri ��1,1a was only three\n\nmonths old and was just trying to turn backside up, before He even at­\n\ntempted to crawl, mother Yasoda wanted to observe a ritualistic\nceremony with her friends for the good fortune of the child. Such a\n\nritualistic ceremony is generally performed with ladies who also have\n\nsmall children. When mother Yasoda saw that ��1,1a was falling asleep,\n\nbecause of other engagements she put the child underneath a household\n\ncart, called sakata, and while the child was sleeping, she engaged herself\nin other business pertaining to the auspicious ritualistic ceremony.\n\nUnderneath the cart was a cradle, and mother Yasoda placed the child in\n\nthat cradle. The child was sleeping, but suddenly He awakened and, as\n\nusual for a child, began to kick His small legs. This kicking shook the\n\ncart, which collapsed with a great sound, breaking completely and spill­\n\ning all its contents. Children who were playing nearby immediately in­\n\nformed mother Yasoda that the cart had broken, and therefore she\n\nhastily arrived there in great anxiety with the other gopis. Mother Yasoda\n\nimmediately took the child on her lap and allowed Him to suck her\n\nbreast. Then various types of Vedic ritualistic ceremonies were per­\n\nformed with the help of the brahmary,as. Not knowing the real identity of\nthe child, the brahmary,as showered the child with blessings.\n\nAnother day, when mother Yasoda was sitting with her child on her\n\nlap, she suddenly observed that he had assumed the weight of the entire\n\nuniverse. She was so astonished that she had to put the child down, and\nin the meantime T:r1,1avarta, one of the servants of Kamsa, appeared there\n\nas a whirlwind and took the child away. The whole tract of land known as\n\nGokula became surcharged with dust, no one could see where the child\n\n39\n\n", "SB10.2#p0086": "40\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nhad been taken, and all the gopis were overwhelmed because He had\nbeen taken away in the dust storm. But up in the sky, the asura, being\noverburdened by the child, could not carry the child far away, although\nhe also could not drop the child because the child had caught him so\ntightly that it was difficult for him to separate the child from his body.\nThus T:r1,1avarta himself fell down from a very great height, the child\ngrasping him tightly by the shoulder, and immediately died. The demon\nhaving fallen, the gopfs picked the child up and delivered Him to the lap\nof mother Yasoda. Thus mother Yasoda was struck with wonder, but because of yogamiiya's influence, no one could understand who l(:r�1,1a was\nand what had actually happened. Rather, everyone began to praise fortune for the child's having been saved from such a calamity. Nanda\nMaharaja, of course, was thinking of the wonderful foretelling of\nVasudeva and began to praise him as a great yogi. Later, when the child\nwas on the lap of mother Yasoda, the child yawned, and mother Yasoda\ncould see within His mouth the entire universal manifestation.\n\n1-2\nwl�Pflttl'i!f\niR �wtletijl\"(ul � ��: I\nfO '\"' \"'\n�\n�\n����� €fiUHQ;(I ll\\iflijllwt � ;r: 3Pl( II � II\nTEXTS\n\n'\"'\n\ntt�qoet«lsq�(Rt����\n� � �il�f+.l'(u1 �:\n�Nita� � m\n�m���\n\n�����\n\nsri-rajovdca\nyena yenavatare\"{ta\nbhagavan harir iSvara�\nkaroti kar\"{ta-ramyar:ti\nmano-jfidni ca na� prabho\nyac-chrovato 'paity aratir vitr$r:td\nsattvam ca suddhyaty acire\"{ta purilsa�\n\n", "SB10.2#p0087": "Text 2]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon T�ivarta\n\n41\n\nbhaktir harau tat-pur�e ca sakhyam\ntad eva haram vada manyase cet\nsri-raja uvaca-the King inquired (from Sukadeva Gosvami); yena\nyena avatare�-the pastimes exhibited by different varieties of incar­\n\nnations; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; harib.-the\nLord; �varab.-the controller; karoti-presents; ka�-ramyar.ti-were\n\nall very pleasing to the ear; manab.-jiiiini-very attractive to the mind;\n\nca-also; nab--of us; prabho-my lord, Sukadeva Gosvami; yat­\n\nsrovatab.-of anyone who simply hears these narrations;\n\napaiti­\n\nvanishes; aratib.-unattractiveness; vitr§r.ta-dirty things within the\n\nmind that make us uninterested in K:r�1,1a consciousness; sattvam ca-the\n\nexistential position in the core of the heart; suddhyati-becomes\npurified; acire�-very soon; pumsab.-of any person; bhaktib. harau­\n\ndevotional attachment and service to the Lord;\n\ntat-pu�e-with\n\nVai�1,1avas; ca-also; sakhyam-attraction to association; tat eva-that\n\nonly; haram-the activities of the Lord, which should be heard and kept\n\non the neck as a garland; vada-kindly speak; manyase-you think it\nfit; cet-i£.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik,it said: My lord, Sukadeva Gosvimi, all the various\n\nactivities exhibited by the incarnations of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead are certainly pleasing to the ear and to the mind.\n\nSimply by one's hearing of these activities, the dirty things in\n\none's mind immediately vanish. Generally we are reluctant to hear\nabout the activities of the Lord, but �'r;ta's childhood activities\n\nare so attractiye that they are automatically pleasing to the mind\nand ear. Thus one's attachment for hearing about material things,\n\nwhich is the root cause of material existence, vanishes, and one\ngradually develops devotional service to the Supreme Lord, attach­\n\nment for Him, and friendship with devotees who give us the contribution of �'r;ta consciousness. If you think it fit, kindly speak\n\nabout those activities of the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the Prema-vivarta:\n\n", "SB10.2#p0088": "42\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\nkm:w-bahirmukha haiya bhoga-vaiicha kare\nnikata-stha maya tare japa#ya dhare\n\nOur material existence is maya, or illusion, in which we desire different\n\nvarieties of material enjoyment and therefore change io different\nvarieties of bodies (bhramayan sarva-bhatani yantrarUt;lhiini mayaya).\n\nAsann api klesada iisa deha�: as long as we have these temporary bodies,\nthey give us many varieties of tribulation-adhyatmika, adhibhautika\nand adhidaivika. This is the root cause of all suffering, but this root\n\ncause of suffering can be removed by revival of our ��:Q.a consciousness.\n\nAll the Vedic literatures presented by Vyasadeva and other great sages\n\nare therefore intended to revive our ��:Q.a consciousness, which\n\nbegins to revive with srava\"{ta-kirtanam. Srovatarh sva-katha� kr$1Jll�\n(Bhiig. 1.2.17). Srimad-Bhiig avatam and other Vedic literatures exist\n\nsimply to give us a chance to hear about ��:Q.a. ��:Q.a has different\n\navatiiras, or incarnations, all of which are wonderful and which arouse\none's inquisitiveness, but generally such avataras as Matsya, Kurma and\n\nVaraha are not as attractive as ��:Q.a. First of all, however, we have no\n\nattraction for hearing about ��:Q.a, and this is the root cause of our\nsuffering.\n\nBut Parik�it Maharaja specifically mentions that the wonderful ac­\n\ntivities of baby ��:Q.a, which amazed mother Yasoda and the other in­\n\nhabitants of Vraja, are especially attractive. From the very beginning of\nHis childhood,· ��:Q.a killed Piitana, T:r:Q.avarta and Sakatasura and\n\nshowed the entire universe within His mouth. Thus the pastimes of\n\n��:Q.a, one after another, kept mother Yasoda and all the inhabitants of\nVraja in great astonishment. The process to revive one's ��:Q.a consciousness is adau sraddhii tata� sadhu-saitga� (Bhakti-rasamrta­\n\nsindhu 1.4.15). The pastimes of ��:Q.a can be properly received from\ndevotees. If one has developed a little bit of ��:Q.a consciousness by hear­\n\ning from Vai�:Q.avas about the activities of ��:Q.a, one becomes attached to\n\nVai�:Q.avas who are interested only in ��:Q.a consciousness. Therefore\nParik�it Maharaja recommends that one hear about ��:Q.a's childhood ac­\n\ntivities, which are more attractive than the activities of other incarna­\n\ntions, such as Matsya, Kiirma and Varaha. Wanting to hear more and\nmore from Sukadeva Gosvami, Maharaja Parik�it requested him to con-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0089": "Text3]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon T�ivarta\n\n43\n\ntinue describing !4�?1,1a's childhood activities, which are especially easy to\n\nhear and which create more and more inquisitiveness.\nTEXT3\n\n31tll;:tt�fq\n\n�\n\n�i)�t�f«t¥4�'( I\n\n� J\\�¥il«l'l4 ij�IM¥4� �: ll � ll\n..\n\nathanyad api kr§lJ.aSJa\ntokacaritam adbhutam\nmdnU§am lokam asadya\ntaj-jatim anurundhata�\natha-also;\n\nanyat api-other pastimes also;\n\nkr§lJ.aSya-of child\n\n.l41?I,la; toka-acaritam adbhutam-they are also wonderful childhood\n\npastimes; mdnU§am-as if playing as a human child; lokam ascldya­\n\nappearing on this planet earth in human society; tat-jdtim - exactly like\na human child; anurundhata�-who was imitating.\nTRANSLATION\nPlease describe other pastimes of ���I].a, the Supreme Personality, who appeared on this planet earth, imitating a human\nchild and performing wonderful activities like killing Pii.tani.\nPURPORT\n\nMaharaja Parik�?it requested Sukadeva Gosvami to narrate other child­\n\nhood pastimes exhibited by !4�?1,1a while playing as a human child. The\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead incarnates at different times in dif­\n\nferent planets and universes, and according to the nature of those places,\n\nHe exhibits His unlimited potency. That a child sitting on the lap of his\n\nmother was able to kill the gigantic Putanii. is extremely wonderful for\n\nthe inhabitants of this plane�, but on other planets the inhabitants are\n\nmore advanced, and therefore the pastimes the Lord performs there are\nstill more wonderful. J4�?I,la's appearance on this planet like a human\n\nbeing makes us more fortunate than the demigods in the higher planets,\n\n", "SB10.2#p0090": "[Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n44\n\nand therefore Maharaja Parik�it was very much interested in hearing\n\nabout Him.\n\nTEXT4\n\n�r[fi �\n\n€6G;IR1G.i��IM€6€tilt!€61M\n�� (14Aijq(fitijl'( I\nctl�?lt0ij�+(�q��\n� mll\\lll\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nkadacid autthanika-kautukdplave\njanmar�a-yoge samaveta-yo$itiim\nvaditra-gita-dvija-mantra-vacakaiS\ncakdra sunor abhi$ecanam sati\nsri-suka/:t uviica -Sri Sukadeva Gosvami continued to speak (at the re­\n\nquest of Maharaja Parik�it); kadacit-at that time (when Kt�11-a was\n\nthree months old); autthiinika-kautuka-aplave-when Kt�11-a was three\n\nor four months old and His body was developing, He attempted to turn\n\naround, and this pleasing occasion was observed with a festival and\nbathing ceremony; janma-r�a-yoge-at that time, there was also a con­\n\njunction of the moon with the auspicious constellation RohiQi; samavetayo$itiim-(the ceremony was observed) among the assembled women, a\n\nceremony of mothers; viiditra-gita-different varieties of music and\n\nsinging; dvija-mantra-viicakai/:t-with chanting of Vedic hymns by\nqualified\n\nbriihma\"{ULS;\n\ncakiira-executed;\n\nsuno/:t-of\n\nabhi$ecanam-the bathing ceremony; sati-mother Yasoda.\n\nher\n\nson;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: When mother Ya8odi's baby was slant­\n\ning His body to attempt to rise and turn around, this attempt was\nobserved by a Vedic ceremony. In such a ceremony, called utthina,\n\nwhich is performed when a child is due to leave the house for the\nfirst time, the child is properly bathed. Just after ����a turned\n\nthree months old, mother Ya8odi celebrated this ceremony with\n\n", "SB10.2#p0091": "Text 5]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon T�varta\n\n45\n\nother women of the neighborhood. On that day, there was a conjunction of the moon with the constellation Rohi�i. As the\nbrih�as joined by chanting Vedic hymns and professional musicians also took part, this great ceremony was observed by mother\nYa8odi.\nPURPORT\nThere is no question of overpopulation or of children's being a burden\nfor their parents in a Vedic society. Such a society is so well organized\nand people are so advanced in spiritual consciousness that childbirth is\nnever regarded as a burden or a botheration. The more a child grows, the\nmore his parents become jubilant, and the child's attempts to turn over\nare also a source of jubilation. Even before the child is horn, when the\nmother is pregnant, many recommended ritualistic ceremonies are performed. For example, when the child has been within the womb for three\nmonths and for seven months, there is a ceremony the mother observes\nby eating with neighboring children. This ceremony is called svada­\n\nbha�aJ;UL. Similarly, before the birth of the child there is the\ngarbhadhana ceremony. In Vedic civilization, childbirth or pregnancy is\nnever regarded as a burden; rather, it is a cause for jubilation. In contrast, people in modern civilization do not like pregnancy or· childbirth,\nand when there is a child, they sometimes kill it. We can just consider\nhow human society has fallen since the inauguration of Kali-yuga. Although people still claim to he civilized, at the present moment there is\nactually no human civilization, hut only an assembly of two-legged\nanimals.\n\nnandasya patni krta-majjanddikarh\nviprai� krta-svastyayanarh supajitaib\nannddya-vasa�-srag-abh�ta-dhenubhi�\nsafijcUa-nidra�am a.SiSayac chanai�\n\n", "SB10.2#p0092": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n46\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\nnandasya-of Maharaja Nanda; patni-the wife (mother Yasoda);\nkrta-majjana-adikam-after she and the other members of the house\nhad bathed and the child had been bathed also; viprai(l.-by the\n\nbrahmar;ws; krta-svastyayanam-engaging them in chanting auspicious\n\nVedic hymns; su-pujitai(l.-who were all received and worshiped with\nproper respect; anna-adya-by offering them sufficient grains and\nother eatables; vasa(l.-garments; srak-abh�!a-dhenubhi(l.-by offering\nflower garlands and very desirable cows; sanjata-nidra-had become\nsleepy; a�am-whose eyes; a.SiSayat-laid the child down; sanai(l.-for\nthe time being.\nTRANSLATION\nMter completing the bathing ceremony for the child, mother\n\nYa8odii received the briihmaJ.las by worshiping them with proper\nrespect and giving them ample food grains and other eatables,\nclothing, desirable cows, and garlands. The briihmaJ.las properly\n\nchanted Vedic hymns to observe the auspicious ceremony, and\n\nwhen they finished and mother Ya8odii saw that the child felt,\n\nsleepy, she lay down on the bed with the child until He was\npeacefully asleep.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAn affectionate mother takes great care of her child and is always anxious to see that the child is not disturbed even for a moment. As long as\nthe child wants to remain with the mother, the mother stays with the\nchild, and the child feels very comfortable. Mother Yasoda saw that her\nchild felt sleepy, and to give Him all facilities for sleep, she lay down\nwith the child, and when He was peaceful, she got up to attend to her\nother household affairs.\nTEXT6\n\n3m\\uM�l<:ij+<�+t�, +{��.a\n('(+{14iiji'{ '1_-::tlfl !Hlt�: I\n����ij��\nm ��lvff .� II� II\n\n", "SB10.2#p0093": "Text 6]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon T:r�avarta\n\n47\n\nautthanikautsukya-mana manasvini\nsamagatan pujayati vrajaukasa�\nnaivasrtwd vai ruditam sutasya sa\nrudan standrthi cara�v udalcyipat\nautthanika-autsukya-mana�-mother Yasoda was very busy celebrat­\n\ning the utthana ceremony of her child; manasvini-very liberal in dis­\n\ntributing food, clothing, ornaments and cows, according to necessity;\n\nsamagatan-to the assembled guests; pujayati-just to satisfy them;\nvraja-okasa�-to the inhabitants of Vraja; na-not; eva-certainly;\na§nwt-did hear; vai-indeed; ruditam-the crying; sutasya-of her\n\nchild; sa-mother Yasoda; rudan-crying; stana-arthi-K{�?J.la, who\n\nwas hankering to drink His mother's milk by sucking her breast;\n\ncara�u udalcyipat-out of anger, threw His two legs hither and thither.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe liberal mother Ya8odii, absorbed in celebrating the utthiina\nceremony, was busy receiving guests, worshiping them with all\nrespect and offering them clothing, cows, garlands and grains.\nThus she could not hear the child crying for His mother. At that\ntime, the child K:r'll�a, demanding to drink the milk of .His\nmother's breast, angrily threw His legs upward.\nPURPORT\n\nK{�?J.la had been placed underneath a household handcart, but this\n\nhandcart was actually another form of the Sakatasura, a demon who had\n\ncome there to kill the child. Now, on the plea of demanding to suck His\n\nmother's breast, Kri?J.la took this opportunity to kill the demon. Thus He\n\nkicked Sakatasura just to expose him. Although K{�?J.la's mother was\n\nengaged in receiving guests, Lord K{�?J.la wanted to draw her attention by\n\nkilling the Sakatasura, and therefore he kicked that cart-shaped demon.\n\nSuch are the pastimes of Kt�?J.la. K{I?J.la wanted to draw the attention of\nHis mother, but while doing so He created a great havoc not understand­\n\nable by ordinary persons. These narrations are wonderfully enjoyable,\n\nand those who are fortunate are struck with wonder upon hearing of\n\nthese extraordinary activities of the Lord. Although the less intelligent\n\n", "SB10.2#p0094": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n48\n\n[Canto 10, Ch.7\n\nregard them as mythological because a dull brain cannot understand\n\nthem, they are real facts. These narrations are actually so enjoyable and\n\nenlightening that Maharaja Parik�it and Sukadeva Gosvami took\n\npleasure in them, and other liberated persons, following in their\nfootsteps, become fully jubilant by hearing about the wonderful activities\nof the Lord.\n\nTEXT7\n\nadhab,-sayanasya siSor ano 'lpakapravala-mrdv-arighri-hatam vyavartata\nvidhvasta-nana-rasa-kupya-bhajanam\n\n-\n\nvyatyasta-cakra�a-vibhinna-kabaram\n\n·\n\nadhab,-sayanasya-who was put underneath the handcart; siSob,-of\n\nthe child; anab,-the cart; alpaka-not very much grown; pravala­\n\njust like a new leaf; mrdu-arighri-hatam-struck by His beautiful, deli­\n\ncate\n\nlegs;\n\nscattered;\n\nvyavartata-turned\n\nover\n\nand\n\nfell\n\nnana-rasa-kupya-bhajanam-utensils\n\ndown;\n\nmade\n\nvidhvastaof\n\nvanous\n\nmetals; vyatyasta-dislocated; cakra-a�a-the two wheels and the\naxle; vibhinna-broken; kabaram-the pole of the handcart.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri ��1,1a was lying down underneath the handcart in one\n\ncorner of the courtyard, and although His little legs were as soft as\n\nleaves, when He struck the cart with His legs, it turned over\n\nviolently and collapsed. The wheels separated from the axle, the\n\nhubs and spokes fell apart, and the pole of the handcart broke. On\nthe cart there were many little utensils made of various metals, and\n\nall of them scattered hither and thither.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0095": "Text 8]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon T:P,.tivarta\n\n49\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura has commented on this verse as\n\nfollows. When Lord .Kr�?I}.a was of a very tender age, His hands and legs\n\nresembled soft new leaves, yet simply by touching the handcart with His\n\nlegs, He made the cart fall to pieces. It was quite possible for Him to act\n\nin this way and yet not exert Himself very much. The Lord in His\n\nVamana avatara had to extend His foot to the greatest height to penetrate\nthe covering of the universe, and when the Lord killed the gigantic\ndemon Hiral}.yakasipu, He had to assume the special bodily feature of\n\nN:rsimhadeva. But in His Kr!?I}.a avatara, the Lord did not need to exert\nsuch energy. Therefore, kmws tu bhagavan svayam: Kr!?I}.a is the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead Himself. In other incarnations, the\nLord had to exert some energy according to the time and circumstances,\n\nbut in this form He exhibited unlimited potency. Thus the handcart collapsed, its joints broken, and all the metal pots and utensils scattered.\n\nThe Va��va-to§a'QJ remarks that although the handcart was higher\n\nthan the child, the child could easily touch the wheel of the cart, and this\n\nwas sufficient to send the demon down to the earth. The Lord\n\nsimultaneously pushed the demon to the earth and superficially broke\nthe handcart.\n\nTEXTS\n\nqT\n\n·�� ��t(\n3TR�•t(l:�m:l\n('\n\n�..;;:l;;:tC�l�;;:�IWfti�t:\n\n� � � fii �iffil_ II (; II\n\ndmva ya.Soda-pramukha vraja-striya\nautthanike karma\"{ti yaJ:r, samagata}:r,\nnandadaya.S cadbhuta-darsanakula}:r,\nkatham svayam vai sakatam viparyagat\ndr§tva-after seeing; ya.Soda-pramukha}:r,-headed by mother Yasoda;\nvraja-striya}:r,-all the ladies of Vraja; autthanike karma7J,i-in the\n\ncelebration of the utthana ceremony; ya}:r,-those who; samagata}:r,-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0096": "50\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\nassembled there; nanda-adayab, ca-and the men, headed by Nanda\nMaharaja; adbhuta-darsana-by seeing the wonderful calamity (that the\nheavily loaded cart had broken upon the small baby, who still lay there\nunhurt); akulab,-and thus they were very much perturbed as to\nhow it had happened; katham-how; svayam-by itself; vai-indeed;\nsakatam-the handcart;\n\nviparyagat-became\n\nso\n\nheavily damaged,\n\ndismantled.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen mother Ya8odii and the other ladies who had assembled\n\nfor the utthiina festival, and all the men, headed by Nanda\n\nMaharaja, saw the wonderful situation, they began to wonder how\n\nthe handcart had collapsed by itself. They began to wander here\nand there, trying to find the cause, but were unable to do so.\nTEXT9\n\n��OJ:4cmtijlf��tfttft��: I\n��� � farnit� m: II Q.. ll\nacur avyavasita-matin\ngopan gopiS ca balakab,\nrudatanena padena\nlcyiptam etan na samsayab,\nacub,-said; avyavasita-matin-who had lost all intelligence in the\npresent situation; gopan-to the cowherd men; gopib, ca-and to the\nladies; balakab,-the children; rudata anena-as soon as the child\ncried; padena-with one leg; /cyiptam etat-this cart was dashed apart\nand immediately fell dismantled; na samsayab,-there is no doubt\nabout it.\nTRANSLATION\nThe assembled cowherd men and ladies began to contemplate\n\nhow this thing had happened. \"Is it the work of some demon or\n\nevil planet?\" they asked. At that time, the small children present\nasserted that the cart had been kicked apart by the baby ���a. As\n\n", "SB10.2#p0097": "Text 9]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon T:rt].avarta\n\n51\n\nsoon as the crying baby had kicked the cart's wheel, the cart had\ncollapsed. There was no doubt about it.\nPURPORT\n\nWe have heard of people's being haunted by ghosts. Having no gross\n\nmaterial body, a ghost seeks shelter of a gross body to stay in and haunt.\n\nThe Saka�asura was a ghost who had taken shelter of the handcart and\n\nwas looking for the opportunity to do mischief to ��1.1a. When ��1.1a\n\nkicked the cart with His small and very delicate legs, the ghost was im­\n\nmediately pushed down to the earth and his shelter dismantled, as\nalready described. This was possible for ��1.1a because He has full potency, as confirmed in the Brahma-samhita (5.32):\n\naligani yasya sakalendriya-vrttimanti\npa.Syanti panti kalayanti ciram jaganti\nananda-cinmaya-sad-ujjvala-vigrahasya\ngovindam adi-pur�am tam aham bhajami\n��1.1a's body is\n\nsac-cid-ananda-vigraha, or ananda-cinmaya-rasavigraha. That is, any of the parts-of His ananda-cinmaya body can act\n\nfor any other part. Such are the inconceivable potencies of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. The Supreme Lord does not need to acquire\n\nthese potencies; He already has them. Thus ��1.1a kicked His little legs,\n\nand His whole purpose was fulfilled. Also, when the handcart broke, an\n\nordinary child could have been injured in many ways, but because ��1.1a\nis the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He enjoyed the dismantling of\n\nthe cart, and nothing injured Him. Everything done by Him is ananda­\n\ncinmaya-rasa, full transcendental bliss. Thus ��1.1a factually enjoyed.\n\nThe nearby children saw that actually ��1.1a had kicked the wheel of\n\nthe cart and this was how the accident happened. By the arrangement of\n\nyogamaya, all the gopis and gopas thought that the accident had taken\n\nplace because of some bad planet or some ghost, but in fact everything\nwas done by ��1.1a and enjoyed by Him. Those who enjoy the activities of\n\n���are also on the platform of ananda-cinmaya-rasa; they are liber­\n\nated from the material platform. When one develops the practice of hear­\n\ning kmw-katha, he is certainly transcendental to material existence, as\n\nconfirmed in Bhagavad-gita (sa gunan samatityaitan brahma-bhayaya\n\n", "SB10.2#p0098": "52\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\nkalpate). Unless one is on the spiritual platform, one cannot enjoy the\ntranscendental activities of K.r��a; or in other words, whoever engages in\nhearing the transcendental activities of K.r��a is not on the material platform, but on the transcendental, spiritual platform.\nTEXT 10\n\ntWIT ��IN��� I\n3T� � � �� WT ��:II� oil\n;r � �fiR:\n\nna te sraddadhire gopa\nbala-bhd$itam ity uta\naprameyam balam tasya\nbalakasya na te vidu/:t\nna-not; te-the cowherd _!llen and ladies; sraddadhire-put their\nfaith (in such statements); gopa/:t-the cowherd men and women; bdlab�itam-childish talk from the assembled children; iti uta-thus\nspoken; aprameyam-unlimited, inconceivable;\n\nbalam-the power;\n\ntasya balakasya-of the small baby K.r��a; na-not; te-the gopis and\ngopas; vidu/:t-were aware of.\nTRANSLATION\nThe assembled gopis and gopas, unaware that Kt!JI].a is always\n\nunlimited, could not believe that baby Kt!JI].a had such inconceiv­\n\nable power. They could not believe the statements of the children,\n\nand therefore they neglected these statements as being childish\n\ntalk.\nTEXT 11\n\n�� ij6m� �� !l�m I\ni'tl��P��;j mt: �: ��'Nl�� II�� II\nrudantarh sutam adaya\nya§oda graha-sarikita\nkrta-svastyayanarh viprai/:t\nsuktai/:t stanam apayayat\n\n", "SB10.2#p0099": "The Killing of the Demon T:ri].ivarta\n\nText 12]\n\nrudantam-crying;\nmother\n\nYasoda;\n\nsutam-son;\n\nadaya-picking\n\ngraha-sankita-fearing\n\nsome\n\nbad\n\n53\n\nup;\n\nya.Soda­\n\nplanet;\n\nkrta­\n\nsvastyayanam-immediately performed a ritualistic ceremony for good\nfortune; viprai�-by calling all the brahmar:ws; saktai�-by Vedic\nhymns; stanam-her breast; apayayat-made the child suck.\nTRANSLATION\nThinking that some bad planet had attacked 1\\.:r!�I].a, mother\nYa8odi picked up the crying child and allowed Him to suck her\nbreast. Then she called for experienced brihmaJ].as to chant Vedic\nhymns and perform an auspicious ritualistic ceremony.\nPURPORT\nWhenever there is some danger or some inauspicious occurrence, it is\nthe custom of Vedic civilization to have qualified brahmar:ws immediately chant Vedic hymns to counteract it. Mother Yasoda did this\nproperly and allowed the baby to suck her breast.\nTEXT 12\n�\n\n�·�. ����\n� �1'1i\nj •11'1�1(.')1+1: ijql(���¥( I\n('\n�\nf.+-..\n1o:t)fl\n�F.fF-P-tl���: ����II\n\"\n\npurvavat sthapitaril gopair\nbalibhi� sa-paricchadam\nvipra hutvarcayam cakrur\ndadhy-a�ata-ku5ambubhi�\npurva-vat-as the handcart had been situated before; sthapitamagain assembled with the pots situated properly; gopa*-by the\ncowherd men; balibhi�-all of whom were very strong and stout and\nwho\n\ncould\n\ntherefore\n\nassemble\n\nthe\n\nparts\n\nwithout\n\ndifficulty;\n\nparicchadam-with all the paraphernalia kept on it;\nbrahmar:ws;\n\nhutva-after\n\nperforming\n\na\n\nfire\n\nsa­\n\nvipra�-the\n\nceremony;\n\narcayam\n\ncakru�-performed ritualistic ceremonies; dadhi-with curd; a�atagrains of rice; ku5a-and ku5a grass; ambubhi�-with water.\n\n·\n\n", "SB10.2#p0100": "54\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nMter the strong, stout cowherd men assembled the pots and\n\nparaphernalia on the handcart and set it up as before, the\n\nbrahm�as performed a ritualistic ceremony with a fire sacrifice to\n\nappease the bad planet, and then, with rice grains, kusa, water and\n\ncurd, they worshiped the Supreme Lord.\nPURPORT\n\nThe handcart was loaded with heavy utensils and other paraphernalia.\nTo set the cart back in its original position required much strength, but\nthis was easily done by the cowherd men. Then, according to the system\nof the gopa-jati, various Vedic ceremonies were performed to appease the\ncalamitous situation.\n\nye 'suyanrta-dambher�ahimsa-mana-vivarjita/:t\nna te�arh satya-silanam\nas�o viphalii/:t krta/:t\niti balakam adiiya\nsamarg-yajur-upakrtai/:t\njalai/:t pavitra�adhibhir\nabh�icya dvijottamai/:t\nvaciyitva svastyayanarh\nnanda-gopa/:t samahita/:t\n\n", "SB10.2#p0101": "Text 15]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Tr1.1avarta\n\n55\n\nhutva cagnim dvijatibhya/:t\npradad annam maha-gul).am\nye-those brahmary,as who; asuya-envy; anrta-untruthfulness;\ndambha-false pride; ir�d-grudges; himsd-being disturbed by the\nopulence of others; mana-false prestige; vivarjita/:t-completely devoid\nof; na-not; te�am-of such brahmary,as; satya-silanam-who are endowed with perfect brahminical qualifications ( satya, sama, dama, etc.);\nas�a/:t-the blessings; viphala/:t-useless; krta/:t-have become; iticonsidering all these things; balakam-the child; dddya-taking care\nof; selma-according to the Sarna Veda; rk-according to the ]J.g Veda;\nyaju/:t-and according to the Yajur Veda; upakrtai/:t-purified by such\nmeans; jalai/:t-with water; pavitra-au�adhibhi/:t-mixed with pure\nherbs; abh�icya-after bathing (the child); dvija-uttamai/:t-with\nceremonies performed by first-class brahmary,as with the above qualifications; vdcayitvd-requested to be chanted; svasti-ayanam-auspicious\nhymns; nanda-gopa/:t-Maharaja Nanda, the head of the cowherd men;\nsamdhita/:t-liberal and good; hutva-after offering oblations; ca-also;\nagnim-unto the sacred fire;\n\ndvijatibhya/:t-unto those first-class\n\nbrahmary,as; pradat-gave in charity; annam-food grains; mahdgul).am-excellent.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen briihmai_las are free from envy, untruthfulness, unnecessary pride, grudges, disturbance by the opulence of others, and\nfalse prestige, their blessings never go in vain. Considering this,\nNanda Maharaja soberly took Kr�1.1a on his lap and invited such\ntruthful briihmai_las to perform a ritualistic ceremony according to\nthe holy hymns of the Sarna Veda, � Veda and Yajur Veda. Then,\nwhile the hymns were being chanted, he bathed the child with\nwater mixed with pure herbs,\n\nand after performing a fire\n\nceremony, he sumptuously fed all the briihmai_las with first-class\ngrains and other food.\nPURPORT\n\nNanda Maharaja was very confident about the qualifications of the\nbrahmary,as and their blessings. He was fully confident that simply if the\n\n", "SB10.2#p0102": "56\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\ngood brahmar:ws showered their blessings, the child i(r�I).a would be\nhappy. The blessings of qualified brahmar:ws can bring happiness not\nonly to i(r�I).a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but to everyone. Because i(r�Qa is self-sufficient, He does not require anyone's blessings, yet\nNanda Maharaja thought that i(r�Qa required the blessings of the\n\nbrahmar:ws. What then is to be said of others? In human society,\ntherefore, there must be an ideal class of men, brahmar:ws, who can\nbestow blessings upon others, namely, upon the �atriyas, vaiSyas and\n\nsadras, so that everyone will be happy. i(r�I).a therefore says in\nBhagavad-gita (4.13) that human society must have four social orders\n(catur-VanJyaril maya smam gur:w--karma-vibhaga§a/:t); it is not that\neveryone should become a sadra or a vaiSya and human society will\nprosper. As enunciated in Bhagavad-gita, there must be a class of\nbrahmar:ws with qualities like satya (truthfulness), sama (peacefulness),\ndama (self-control) and titiksa (tolerance).\nHere also, in the Bhagavatam, Nanda Maharaja invites qualified\nbrahmar:ws. There may be caste brahmar:ws, and we have all respect for\nthem, but their birth in brahmar:w- families does not mean that they are\nqualified to bestow blessings upon the other members of human society.\nThis is the verdict of the sastras. In Kali-yuga, caste brahmar:ws are accepted as brahmar:ws. Vipratve satram eva hi (Bhag. 12.2.3): in Kaliyuga, simply by putting on a thread worth two paise, one becomes a\n\nbrahma7Ja. Such brahmar:ws were not called for by Nanda Maharaja. As\nstated by Narada Muni (Bhag. 7.11.35), yasya yal la�ar:w-m proktam.\nThe symptoms of a brahmar:w- are stated in §astra, and one must be\nqualified with these symptoms.\nThe blessings of brahma7J,as who are not envious, disturbed or puffed\nup with pride and false prestige and who are fully qualified with\ntruthfulness will be useful. Therefore a class of men must be trained as\n\nbrahmar:ws from the very beginning. Brahmacari guru-kule vasan danto\nguror hitam (Bhag. 7.12.1). The word danta� is very important. Danta�\nrefers to one who is not envious, disturbing or puffed up with false\nprestige. With the i(r�I).a consciousness movement, we are trying to introduce such brahmar:ws in society. Brahmar:ws must ultimately be\nVai�I).avas, and if one is a Vai�Qava, he has already acquired the\nqualifications of a brahmar:w-. Brahma-bhata� prasannatma (Bg. 18.54).\nThe word brahma-bhata refers to becoming a brahmar:w-, or understand-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0103": "Text 15]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Tfl}.ivarta\n\n57\n\ning what is Brahman (brahma janat'iti brahma\"{UL/:l). One who is brahma­\n\nbhata is always happy (prasannatma). Na socati na karilcyati: he is never\ndisturbed about material necessities. Samail sarve$U bhate$u: he is ready\nto bestow blessings upon everyone equally. Mad-bhaktim labhate param:\n\nthen he becomes a Vai�1,1ava. In this age, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n'fhakura introduced the sacred thread ceremony for his Vai�1,1ava disci­\n\nples, with the idea that people should understand that when one becomes\n\na Vai�1,1ava he has already acquired the qualifications of a brahma7Jn.\nTherefore in the International Society for Krishna Consciousness, those\nwho are twice initiated so as to become brahma\"{ULS must bear in mind\n\ntheir great responsibility to be truthful, control the mind and senses, be\n\ntolerant, and so on. Then their life will be successful. It was such\n\nbrahma\"{ULS that Nanda Maharaja invited to chant the Vedic hymns, not\nordinary brahma1JnS. Verse thirteen distinctly mentions hirhsa-mana.\nThe word mana refers to false prestige or false pride. Those who were\nfalsely proud, thinking that they were brahma\"{ULS because they were\nborn in brahmar:ta families, were never invited by Nanda Maharaja on\nsuch occasions.\n\nVerse fourteen mentions pavitraU$adhi. In any ritualistic ceremony,\n\nmany herbs and leaves were required. These were known as pavitra­\n\npatra. Sometimes there were nimba leaves, sometimes bael leaves,\n\nmango leaves, a§vattha leaves or amalaki leaves. Similarly, there were\n\npafica-gavya, panca-sasya and panca-ratna. Although Nanda Maharaja\nbelonged to the vaiSya community, everything was known to him.\nThe most important word in these verses is maha-gu\"{Ulm, indicating\nthat the brahma\"{ULS were offered very palatable food of exalted quality.\n\nSuch palatable dishes were generally prepared with two things, namely\n\nfood grains and milk products. Bhagavad-gita (18.44) therefore enjoins\n\nthat human society must give protection to the cows and encourage\nagriculture (kr$i-go-ralcyya-viir:tijyam vaiSya-karma svabhavajam). Sim­\n\nply by expert cooking, hundreds and thousands of palatable dishes can be\nprepared from agricultural produce and milk products. This is indicated\n\nhere by the words annam maha-gu7Jnm. Still today in India, from these\n\ntwo things, namely food grains and milk, hundreds and thousands of\n\nvarieties of food are prepared, and then they are offered to the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. (Catur-vidha-sri-bhagavat-prasada. Patrarh\npU$parh phalam toyam yo me bhaktya prayacchati.) Then the prasada is\n\n", "SB10.2#p0104": "(Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n58\n\ndistributed. Even today in Jagannatha-k�?etra and other big temples, very\npalatable dishes are offered to the Deity, and prasiida is distributed\nprofusely. Cooked by first-class brahmar:tas with expert knowledge and\nthen distributed to the public, this prasiida is also a blessing from the\nbrahmar:tas or Vai�?I,lavas. There are four kinds of prasada (catur-vidha).\nSalty, sweet, sour and pungent tastes are made with different types of\nspices, and the food is prepared in four divisions, called carvya, c�ya,\nlehya and pehya-prasiida that is chewed, prasiida that is licked,\nprasada tasted with the tongue, and prasada that is drunk. Thus there\nare many varieties of prasiida, prepared very nicely with grains and\nghee, offered to the Deity and distributed to the brahmar:tas and\nVai�?I,lavas and then to the general public. This is the way of human\nsociety. Killing the cows and spoiling the land will not solve the problem\nof food. This is not civilization. Uncivilized men living in the jungle and\nbeing unqualified to produce food by agriculture and cow protection may\neat animals, but a perfect human society advanced in knowledge must\nlearn how to produce first-class food simply by agriculture and protection\nof cows.\nTEXT 16\n\nm�: ���iret\n\nerm:(:'f�¥\\lit�;ft: 1\n\n3l�9;�4111�t� m�� :q(...-�6 II Z �II\ngava/:1, sarva-gw:wpeta\nvasa/:1,-srag-rukma-malini/:1,\natmajabhyudayarthaya\npradat te canvayufijata\ngava/:1,-cows; sarva-gur:ta-upeta/:1,-being fully qualified by gtvmg\nsufficient milk, etc.; vasa/:1,-well dressed; srak-with flower garlands;\nrukma-malini/:1,-and\n\nwith\n\ngarlands\n\nof\n\ngold;\n\natmaja-abhyudaya­\n\narthaya-for the purpose of his son's affluence;\n\nprdddt-gave in\n\ncharity; te-those brahmar:tas; ca-also; anvayufijata-accepted them.\nTRANSLATION\n\nNanda Maharaja, for the sake of the affluence of his own son\n�!iiJ.la, gave the briihmaJ.laS cows fully decorated with garments,\n\n", "SB10.2#p0105": "Text 17]\n\n59\n\nThe Killing of the Demon T:rl}ivarta\n\nHower garlands and gold necklaces. These cows, fully qualified to\ngive ample milk, were given to the brihmal}as in charity, and the\nbrihmal}as accepted them and bestowed blessings upon the whole\nfamily, and especially upon K:rtl}a.\nPURPORT\n\nNanda Maharaja first fed the brahmar;tas sumptuously and then gave\nthem in charity first-class cows fully decorated with golden necklaces,\ngarments and flower garlands.\nTEXT 17\n\nFmrll�$61��1: it�:\n\nffl ��llf'qQt�ij wt f.f;d: IMa: rq �\n\nI\nII �\\911\n\nvipra mantra-vido yuktas\ntair ya/:t proktas tathaS�a/:t\nta n�phala bhav�yanti\nna kadacid api sphutam\nvipra/:t-the brahmar;tas; mantra-vida/:t-completely expert in chanting the Vedic hymns; yukta/:t-perfect mystic yogis; tai/:t-by them;\nya/:t-whatsoever;\n\nprokta/:t-was spoken;\n\ntatha-becomes just so;\n\nas�a/:t-all blessings; ta/:t-such words; n�phald/:t-useless, without\nfruit; bhav�yanti na-never will become; kadacit-at any time; apiindeed; sphutam-always factual, as it is.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brihmal}as, who were completely expert in chanting the\nVedic hymns, were all yogis fully equipped with mystic powers.\nWhatever blessings they spoke were certainly never fruitless.\nPURPORT\n\nBrahmar:tas fully equipped with the brahminical qualifications are always yogis fully powerful in mystic yoga. Their words never fail. In\nevery transaction with other members of society, brahmar;tas are certainly dependable. In this age, however, one must take into account that\n\n", "SB10.2#p0106": "60\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\nthe brahmar:ws are uncertain in their qualifications. Because there are no\nyajiiic brahmar:ws, all yajfias are forbidden. The only yajna recommended in this age is sarikirtana-yajna. Yajna* sarikirtana-prayair\n\nyajanti hi sumedhasa/:t (Bhag. 11.5.32). Yajfia is meant to satisfy Vi�r;tu\n(yajnarthat karmar:w 'nyatra loko 'yam karma-bandhana/:t). Because in\nthis age there are no qualified brahma1Ja5, people should perform yajna\nby chanting the Hare ,Kr�r;ta mantra (yajfiai/:t sarikirtana-prayair yajanti\nhi sumedhasa/:t). Life is meant for yajna, and yajna is performed by the\nchanting of Hare ,Kr�r;ta, Hare ,Kr�r;ta, K:r�r;ta ,Kr�r;ta, Hare Hare/ Hare\nRama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nTEXT 18\n\n��it�i ��ijl wi � I\n�� Rt�ii:O� ;{ ij� fitft�� II� �II\nekadaroham aril{lham\nlalayanti sutam sati\ngarima�J.Q,m siSor vof},hum\nna sehe giri-kutavat\nekada-one time (estimated to have been when ,Kr�r;ta was one year\nold);\n\naroham-on His mother's lap; aril{lham-who was sitting;\nla layanti-was patting; sutam-her son; sati-mother Yasoda;\ngarimaryam-because of an increase in heaviness; siSo/:t-of the child;\nvof},hum-to bear Him; na-not; sehe-was able; giri-kata-vat-appearing like the weight of a mountain peak.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day, a year after ���a's appearance, mother Ya8oda was\n\npatting her son on her lap. But suddenly she felt the child to be\n\nheavier than a mountain peak, and she could no longer bear His\nweight.\n\nPURPORT\n\nLalayanti. Sometimes a mother lifts her child, and when the child falls\nin her hands, the child laughs, and the mother also enjoys pleasure.\nYasoda used to do this, but this time ,Kr�r;ta became very heavy, and she\ncould not bear His weight. Under the circumstances, it is to be under-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0107": "Text\n\n19]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon TtVivarta\n\n61\n\nstood that ��I,la was aware of the coming of Tti,lAvartasura, who would\ntake Him far away from His mother. ��I,la knew that when Tti,lAvarta\ncame and took Him away from His mother's lap, mother Yasoda would be\ngreatly bereaved. He did not want His mother to suffer any difficulty\nfrom the demon. Therefore, because He is the source of everything (jan­\n\nmady asya yata/:t), He assumed the heaviness of the entire universe. The\nchild was on the lap of Yasoda, who was therefore in possession of everything in the world, hut when the child assumed such heaviness, she had\nto put Him down in order to give Ttl).iivartasura an opportunity to take\nHim away and play with Him for some time before the child returned to\nthe lap of His mother.\nTEXT\n\n19\n\n� �� ij tiM' �� �1(4TM61 I\n�\n\n�����ttT\n\ni&l•l61'41«\n\n<'\n\n�� II� �II\n\nbhamau nidhaya tam gopi\nvismita bhdra-pic)ita\nmaha-pu�am adadhyau\njagatam dsa karmasu\nbhamau-on the ground; nidhdya-placing; tam-the child; gopimother Yasoda; vismitd\n\n-\n\nheing astonished; bhdra-pic)itd-heing ag­\n\ngrieved by the weight of the child;\n\nmahd-pu�am-Lord Vi�I,lu,\n\nNarayai,la; adadhyau-took shelter of; jagatdm-as if the weight of the\nwhole world; dsa-engaged herself;\n\nkarmasu-in other household\n\naffairs.\nTRANSLATION\nFeeling the child to be as heavy as the entire universe and\ntherefore being anxious, thinking that perhaps the child was being\nattacked by some other ghost or demon, the astonished mother\nYa8oda put the child down on the ground and began to think of\nNariyllJ}.a. Foreseeing disturbances, she called for the brihmlll}.as\nto counteract this heaviness, and then she engaged in her other\nhousehold affairs. She had no alternative than to remember the\nlotus feet of Narayai;ta, for she could not understand that f\\.ni;ta\nwas the original source of everything.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0108": "62\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\nPURPORT\n\nMother Yasoda did not understand that Kt�Qa is the heaviest of all\nheavy things and that l<t�Qa rests within everything (mat-sthani sarva­\n\nbhatani). As confirmed in Bhagavad-g'ita\n\n(9.4), maya tatam idam\n\nsarvam jagad avyakta-martina: Kt�Qa is everywhere in His impersonal\nform, and everything rests upon Him. Nonetheless, na caham te�v\n\navasthita/:1,: l<t�Qa is not everywhere. Mother Yasoda was unable to\nunderstand this philosophy because she was dealing with l<t�Qa as His\nreal mother by the arrangement of yogamaya. Not understanding the\nimportance of l<t�Qa, she could only seek shelter of NarayaQa for Kt�Qa's\nsafety and call the brahmar;tas to counteract the situation.\nTEXT 20\n\ndaityo namna trT)iivarta/:1,\nkamsa-bhrtya/:1, prar:wdita/:1,\ncakravata-svaruper:w\njahardsinam arbhakam\ndaitya/:1,- another demon;\n\nndmna-by\n\nthe\n\nname;\n\ntrT)iivarta/:1,­\n\nT�Qavartasura; kamsa-bhrtya/:1,-a servant of Karhsa; prar:wdita/:1,- having been induced by him; cakravata-svaruper:w-in the form of a whirlwind; jcihdra-swept away; dsinam-the sitting; arbhakam-child.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the child was sitting on the ground, a demon named\n\nT�iivarta, who was a servant of Kamsa's, came there as a whirl­\n\nwind, at Kamsa's instigation, and very easily carried the child away\ninto the air.\n\nPURPORT\n\nl<tfl!Qa's heaviness was unbearable for the child's mother, but when\nT�Qavartasura came, he immediately carried the child away. This was\n\n", "SB10.2#p0109": "Text 22]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Tntavarta\n\n63\n\nanother demonstration of K:r�:.;ta's inconceivable energy. When the\nT:r:.;tavarta demon came, K:r�:.;ta became lighter than the grass so that the\ndemon could carry Him away. This was ananda-cinmaya-rasa, K:r�:.;ta's\nblissful, transcendental pleasure.\nTEXT 21\n\n� ��� ��fq- �: I\n�� ��w� m�it �: 11��11\ngokularh sarvam avnwan\nmU('r;tarhS cak$a�i rer:tubhifl\nirayan sumaha-ghorasabdena pradiSo diSai)\ngokulam -the whole tract of land known as Gokula; sarvam-everyavrr:tvan - covering; mU()r;tan-taking away; cak$a�i-the\npower of vision; rer:tubhil) -by particles of dust; irayan-was vibrating;\nsu-maha-ghora-very fierce and heavy; sabdena-with a sound;\npradiSal) diSa /) -entered everywhere, in all directions.\nwhere;\n\nTRANSLATION\nCovering the whole land of Gokula with particles of dust, that\ndemon, acting as a strong whirlwind, covered everyone's vision\nand began vibrating everywhere with a greatly fearful sound.\nPURPORT\n\nT:r:.;tavartasura assumed the form of a whirlwind and covered with a\ndust storm the whole tract of land known as Gokula, so that no one could\nsee even the nearest thing.\nTEXT 22\nC'\n\n�� tnt¢ � �T�� I\n�. \"llq�if*l�� ��r trn: ����II\n'\"'\n\n•\n\n", "SB10.2#p0110": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n64\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\nmuhartam abhavad go$fham\nrajasa tamasavrtam\nsutam ya.Soda napa.Syat\ntasmin nyastavati yata�\nmuhartam-for\n\na\n\nmoment;\n\nabhavat-there\n\nwas;\n\ngo$fham­\n\nthroughout the whole pasturing ground; rajasa-by big particles of\ndust;\n\ntamasa\n\navrtam-covered\n\nwith\n\ndarkness;\n\nsutam-her\n\nson;\n\nya.Sodii-mother Yasoda; na apa.Syat-could not find; tasmin-in that\nvery spot; nyastavati-she had placed Him; yata�-where.\nTRANSLATION\nFor a moment, the whole pasturing ground was overcast with\n\ndense darkness from the dust storm, and mother Ya8odii was unable to find her son where she had placed Him.\n\nnapa.Syat ka.Scanatmanam\nparam capi vimohita�\ntf1.Uivarta-nisf$!abhi�\nsarkarabhir upadruta�\nna-not;\n\napasyat-saw;\n\nkaScana-anyone;\n\natmiinam-himself;\n\nparam ca api-or another; vi mo hita� -being illusioned; tr1Jiivartanisr$!iibhi� -thrown by T:p:)avartasura; sarkarabh*-by the sands;\nupadruta�-and thus being disturbed.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of the bits of sand thrown about by T:rJ.liiVarta, people\n\ncould not see themselves or anyone else, and thus they were\nillusioned and disturbed.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0111": "Text 25]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon T:r1,1iivarta\n\n65\n\nTEXT 24\n\"\n\n.\n\n\"\n\n�\n\n��·•:Htlqf�41\n\n�\n\n�;;fl¥1�('51�'11\n\nlffil I\n\n\"'\n\n3T�IJf��;:��\n\"\n\n\"\n\n�\n\nl!f.l qmrr��� ��ttl: 11�\\?11\niti khara-pavana-cakra-pamsu-var�e\nsuta-padavim abalavila�ya mata\natikaru\"{tam anusmaranty a§ocad\nbhuvi patita mrta-vatsaka yatha gau}:t\niti-thus;\n\nkha ra-very strong;\n\npavana-cakra-by a whirlwind;\n\npamsu-var�e-when there were showers of dust and small dust particles;\ns uta-padavim-the place of her son; abala-the innocent woman;\navila�ya-not seeing;\n\nmata-because of being His mother;\n\nati­\n\nkaru \"{tam-very pitifully; anusmaranti-she was thinking of her son;\na§ocat-lamented extraordinarily; bhuvi-on the ground; patita-fell\ndown; mrta-vatsaka-who has lost her calf; yatha-like; gau}:t-a cow.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of the dust storm stirred up by the strong whirlwind,\nmother Yasodii could find no trace of her son, nor could she\nunderstand why. Thus she fell down on the ground like a cow who\nhas lost her calf and began to lament very pitifully.\n\n�\n\n\"\n\nTEXT 25\n\"'\n\n\"'\n\na41�tit�P.J � ttr=trt\n\" \"'\nC'\n�ijm�s�\\11f1�:\n��M�q�+tr\n;:r��\nC'\n�aqi�l'4tt�it\nq;r;r\n\n�\n\n�\n\n11�'-\\11\n\nruditam anuni.Samya tatra gopyo\nbhrsam anutapta-dhiyo 'sru-pur\"{ta-mukhya}:t\n\n", "SB10.2#p0112": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n66\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\nrurudur anupalabhya nanda-sunum\npavana upiirata-piiril.Su-var�a-vege\nruditam-mother Yasoda, crying pitifully; anun iSa mya-after hearing; tatra-there; gopya�-the other ladies, the gopis; bhrsam-highly;\n\nanutapta-lamenting sympathetically after mother Yasoda; dhiya�with such feelings; a5ru-pu n:w--mukhya�-and the other gopis, their\nfaces full of tears; r urudu�-they were crying; anupalabhya-without\nfinding; nanda-sanum-the son of Nanda Maharaja, :Kr�1,1a; pavanewhen the whirlwind;\n\nupiirata-had ceased;\n\npiimsu-var�a-vege-its\n\nforce of showering dust.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the force of the dust storm and the winds subsided,\n\nYa8odii's friends, the other gopis, approached mother Ya8odii,\n\nhearing her pitiful crying. Not seeing Kr�t;ta present, they too felt\n\nvery much aggrieved and joined mother Ya8odii in crying, their\neyes full of tears.\n\nPURPORT\nThis attachment of the gopis to Kr�1,1a is wonderful and transcendental. The center of all the activities of the gopis was :£<r�I,J.a. When Kr�1,1a\nwas there they were happy, and when Kr�1,1a was not there, they were\nunhappy. Thus when mother Yasoda was lamenting Kr�1,1a's absence, the\nother ladies also began to cry.\n\nTEXT 26\n�\n\n�i'l1Trll':\nli:f2('1:l :\n\n�\n\n�\n\nm� �u��T\n\n�1\n\n� ;rqltRit if.=f! wmJiF! ��� II� G. I I\ntrr.Wvarta� siinta-rayo\nviityii-rupa-dharo haran\nkm;tam nabho-gato gantum\nniiSaknod bhari-bhiira-bhrt\ntrr.Wvarta�-the demon T:rQavarta; siinta-raya�-the force of the\nblast reduced; viityii-rupa-dhara�-who had assumed the form of a\n\n", "SB10.2#p0113": "Text 26]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Tr1.1avarta\n\n67\n\nforceful whirlwind; haran-and had thus taken away; kr��m-Kr�I}.a,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; nabha/:1,-gata/:1,-went up to the top\nof the sky; gantum-to go further; na a5aknot-was not able; bhuribhdra-bhrt-because Kr�I}.a then became more powerful and heavy than\nthe demon.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving assumed the form of a forceful whirlwind, the demon\nTf1.1iivarta took Kr'1.1a very high in the sky, but when Kr'1.1a became heavier than the demon, the demon had to stop his force and\ncould go no further.\nPURPORT\nHere is a competition in yogic power between Kr�I}.a and T:rl}.avartasura. By practicing mystic yoga, asuras generally attain some perfection in the eight siddhis, or perfections, namely a�Jima, laghima,\n\nmahimd, prapti, prakamya, iSitva, va5itva and kamavasayita. But although a demon may acquire such powers to a very limited extent, he\ncannot compete with the mystic power of J(:r�I}.a, for Kr�I}.a is Yogesvara,\nthe source of all mystic power {yatra yoge5varo hari/:t). No one can com­\n\npete with Kr�J}.a. Sometimes, of course, having acquired a fragmental\nportion of Kr�I}.a's mystic power, asuras demonstrate their power to the\nfoolish public and assert themselves to be God, not knowing that God is\nthe supreme Yogesvara. Here also we see that T:rl}.avarta assumed the\n\nmahima-siddhi and took Kr�I}.a away as if Kr�I}.a were an ordinary child.\n\nBut Kr�I}.a also became a mystic mahima-siddha. When mother Yasoda\nwas carrying Him, He became so heavy that His mother, who was usually\naccustomed to carrying Him, could not bear Him and had to place Him\n\ndown on the ground. Thus T:rl}.avarta had been able to take Kr�I}.a away\nin the presence of mother Yasoda. But when Kr�I}.a, high in the sky,\nassumed the mahima-siddhi, the demon, unable to go further, was\nobliged to stop his force and come down according to Kr�I}.a's desire. One\nshould not, therefore, compete with Kr�I}.a's mystic power.\nDevotees automatically have all mystic power, but they do not like to\ncompete with Kr�J}.a. Instead, they fully surrender to Kr�I}.a, and their\nyogic power is demonstrated by Kr�I}.a's mercy. Devotees can show\nmystic yoga so powerful that a demon could not even dream of it, but\nthey never try to demonstrate it for their personal sense gratification.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0114": "68\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\nWhatever they do is for the service of the Lord, and therefore they are\nalways in a position superior to that of the demons. There are many\n\nkarmis, yogis and jfiiinis who artificially try to compete with l(r�I).a, and\n\nthus ordinary, foolish people who do not care to hear SrimadBhagavatam from authorities consider some rascal yogi to be Bhagavan,\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. At the present moment there are\n\nmany so-called babiis who present themselves as incarnations of God by\n\nshowing some insignificant mystic wonder, and foolish people regard\nthem as God because of lacking knowledge of l(r�I).a.\nTEXT 27\n\ntam a.Smanam manyamana\natmano guru-mattaya\n\ngale grhita utsra§tum\n\nnasaknod adbhutarbhakam\n\ntam-!(r�I).a; a.Smanam-very heavy stone like a lump of iron;\n\nmanyamdna�-thinking like that; dtmana� guru-mattaya-because of\n\nbeing heavier than he could personally perceive; gale-his neck;\n\ngrhite-being embraced or encircled by His arms; utsra§fum-to give\n\nup; na a.Saknot-was not able; adbhuta-arbhakam-this wonderful\n\nchild who was different from an ordinary child.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBecause of �111.1a's weight, T�J.liivarta considered Him to be like\n\na great mountain or a hunk of iron. But because �111.1a had caught\n\nthe demon's neck, the demon was unable to throw Him off. He\ntherefore thought of the child as wonderful, since he could\nneither bear the child nor cast aside the burden.\nPURPORT\nTt:Q.iivarta intended to take l(r�I).a up in the sky and kill Him, but\n\nl(r�I).a enjoyed the pastime of riding on Tt:Q.iivarta's body and traveling\n\n", "SB10.2#p0115": "Text 29]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Trq.iivarta\n\n69\n\nfor a while in the sky. Thus T:p,1avarta's attempt to kill l(r�I}.a failed,\nwhile l(r�I}.a, ananda-cinmaya-rasa-vigraha, enjoyed this pastime. Now,\nsince T:rl}.avarta was falling because of l(r�I,la's heaviness, he wanted to\nsave himself by throwing l(r�I}.a off from his neck, but was unable to do\nso because l(r�I}.a held him very tightly. Consequently, this would be the\n\nlast time for T:p,1avarta's yogic power. Now he was going to die by the\narrangement of l(r�I}.a.\nTEXT 28\n� '\"'\n....\n\n,... ...:..:.\n\n'IT.•Ia:r:�'lr.riio\"\"n�w:r:��'f!·\n\n�\n\n�\n\n'\"'\n\nl\"l'�ldal\"''.f\"l: 1\n\n'\"'\n\n'\"'\n\n��\n\n3l�'ffi00 �� «�5Uffi q�'ll ����II\ngala-graha1JQ--niSce�!o\ndaityo nirgata-locanatt\navyakta-ravo nyapatat\nsaha-balo vyasur vraje\ngala-g raha1JQ--niSce�!att-because of l(r�I}.a's grasping the neck of the\ndemon T:p,1avarta, the demon choked and could not do anything;\n\ndaityatt-the demon; nirgata-locanatt-his eyes popped out because of\npressure; avyakta-ravatt-because of choking, he could not even make a\nsound;\n\nnyapatat-fell down;\n\nsaha-ba latt- with the child;\n\nvyasutt\n\nvraje-lifeless on the ground of Vraja.\nTRANSLATION\nWith �!fl�a grasping him by the throat, T:r�avarta choked, unable to make even a sound or even to move his hands and legs. His\neyes popping out, the demon lost his life and fell, along with the\nlittle boy, down to the ground of Vraja.\nTEXT 29\n\n6+i\"'d�a:\n\ntmffl\nr�at�l\n\"\". \"\"\nL,��\n�� 1\n� � �mur m:\n.\n\nDxA..\n\n,...\n\n'\"'\n\n'\"'\n\n\"'\n\n� � �: «�t: ����II\n\n", "SB10.2#p0116": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n70\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\ntam antari�at patitam silayam\nviSin;ra-sarvavayavam karalam\npuram yatha rudra-sarer.w viddham\nstriyo rudatyo dadrsu/:t sameta/:t\ntam-unto the demon T:p;tavarta; antari�at -from outer space;\n\npatitam -fallen; silayam-on a slab of stone; viSin;ra-scattered, separated; sarva-avayavam-all the parts of his body; karalam\n\n-\n\nvery fierce\n\nhands and legs; puram -the P.lace of Tripurasura; yatha -as; rudra­\n\nsarer.w -by the arrow of Lord Siva; viddham -pierced; striya/:t -all the\n\nwomen, the gopis; rudatya/:t -although crying because �I?I).a was sepa­\n\nrated from them; dadrsu/:t -they saw in front of them; sameta/:t-all\ntogether.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the gopis who had gathered were crying for .Kr��a, the\n\ndemon fell from the sky onto a big slab of stone, his limbs dislo­\n\ncated, as if he had been pierced by the arrow of Lord Siva like\n\nTripuriisura.\n\nPURPORT\nIn transcendental life, as soon as devotees of the Lord merge in lamen­\n\ntation, they immediately experience the Lord's transcendental activities\nand merge in transcendental bliss. Actually such devotees are always in\n\ntranscendental bliss, and such apparent calamities provide a further\n\nimpetus for that bliss.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n", "SB10.2#p0117": "Text 30]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon T:rt]iivarta\n\n71\n\npradaya matre pratihrtya vismita/:1.\nkmtam ca tasyorasi lambamanam\ntam svastimantam pur�ada-nitam\nvihayasa mrtyu-mukhat pramuktam\n\ngopyas ca gopa/:1. kila nanda-mukhya\nlabdhva puna/:!. prapur ativa modam\n\npradaya-after picking, up;\n\nmdtre-unto His mother\n\n(Yasoda);\n\npratihrtya-delivered; vismita/:1.-all surprised; kmtam ca-and Kr�1,1a;\ntasya-of the demon; urasi-on the chest; lambamdnam-situated;\ntam-Kr�1,1a; svastimantam-endowed with all auspiciousness; pur�aada-nitam-who was taken by the man-eating demon; vihayasa-into\nthe sky; mrtyu-mukhat-from the mouth of death; pramuktamnow liberated; gopya/:1.-the gopis; ca-and; gopd/:1.-the cowherd\nmen; kila-indeed; nanda-mukhya/:1.-headed by Nanda Maharaja;\nlabdhva-after getting; puna/:1.-again (their son); prdpu/:1.-enjoyed;\nativa-very much; modam-bliss.\nTRANSLATION\nThe gopis immediately picked K:r!i!J]a up from the chest of the\ndemon and delivered Him, free from all inauspiciousness, to\nmother Ya8odii. Because the child, although taken into the sky by\nthe demon, was unhurt and now free from all danger and misfortune, the gopis and cowherd men, headed by Nanda Mahiiriija,\nwere extremely happy.\nPURPORT\n\nThe demon fell flat from the sky, and Kr�1,1a was playing on his chest\nvery happily, uninjured and free from misfortune. Not at all disturbed\nbecause of being taken high in the sky by the demon, Kr�1,1a was playing\nand enjoying. This is ananda-cinmaya-rasa-vigraha. In any condition,\nKr�1,1a is sac-cid-ananda-vigraha. He has no unhappiness. Others might\nhave thought that He was in difficulty, but because the demon's chest\nwas sufficiently broad to play on, the baby was happy in all respects. It\nwas most astonishing that although the demon went so high in the sky,\nthe child did not fall down. Therefore, the child had been saved virtually\n\n", "SB10.2#p0118": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n72\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\nfrom the mouth of death. Now that He was saved, all the inhabitants of\nV:rndavana were happy.\n\nTEXT 31\n\"'\n\n�\n\n\"'\n\n'*''�'gij4i�\n\n�\n\n�frllffl���: I\n�: �;r �m�n ��:\nm�: �� � P4u*Aiij 11 � � 11\naho bataty-adbhutam e$a ra/cyasa\nbalo nivrttiril gamito 'bhyagat puna/:t\nhirilsra/:t sva-papena vihirilsita/:t khala/:t\nsadhu/:t samatvena bhayad vimucyate\naho-alas; bata-indeed; ati-very much; adbhutam-this incident\nis wonderfully astonishing; e$a/:t-this (child); ra/cyasa-by the maneating demon; bala/:t.._the innocent child l(:r�J}.a; nivrttim-taken away\njust to be killed and eaten; gamita/:t-went away; abhyagat puna/:t-but\nHe has come back again unhurt; hirilsra/:t-one who is envious; sva­\n\npapena-because of his own sinful activities; vihimsita/:t-now (that\ndemon) has been killed; khala/:t-because he was envious and polluted;\nsadhu/:t-any person who is innocent and free from sinful life;\nsamatvena-being equal to everyone; bhayat-from all kinds of fear;\n\nvimucyate- becomes relieved.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is most astonishing that although this innocent child was\n\ntaken away by the Rik�j�asa to be eaten, He has returned without\n\nhaving been killed or even injured. Because this demon was envious, cruel and sinful, he has been killed for his own sinful ac­\n\ntivities. This is the law of nature. An innocent devotee is always\nprotected by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and a sinful\nperson is always vanquished for his sinful life.\nPURPORT\nl(:r�J}.a conscious life means innocent devotional life, and a sadhu is one\nwho is fully devoted to K:r�l).a. As confirmed by l(:r�J}.a in Bhagavad-gitd\n\n", "SB10.2#p0119": "Text 32]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon T�avarta\n\n73\n\n(9.30), bhajate marh ananya-bhak sadhur eva sa mantavyal}: anyone\n\nfully attached to Kr�I.J.a is a sadhu. Nanda Maharaja and the gopis and\nother cowherd men could not understand that Kr�I.J.a was the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead playing as a human child and that His life was\nnot in danger under any circumstances. Rather, because of their intense\nparental love for Kr�I.J.a, they thought that Kr�I.J.a was an innocent child\nand had been saved by the Supreme Lord.\nIn the material world, because of intense lust and desire for enjoy­\n\nment, one becomes implicated in sinful life more and more (kama e�a\n\nkrodha e�a rajo-gu\"{UL-samudbhaval}). Therefore the quality of fear is\n\none of the aspects of material life (ahara-nidra-bhaya-maithunam ca).\n\nBut if one becomes Kr�I.J.a conscious, the process of devotional service,\n\nsrava\"{Ulrh kirtanam, diminishes one's polluted life of material existence,\n\nand one is purified and protected by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Srr;tvatarh sva-kathal} kr�7Ja/:l puTJya-srava\"{UL-kirtanal}. In devo­\n\ntional life, one has faith in this process. Such faith is one of the six kinds\n\nof surrender. Ra��yatiti viSvasal} (Hari-bhakti-vilasa 11.676). One of\nthe processes of surrender is that one should simply depend on Kr�I.J.a,\n\nconvinced that He will give one all protection. That Kr�I.J.a will protect\nHis devotee is a fact, and Nanda Maharaja and the other inhabitants of\nV:rndavana accepted this very simply, although they did not know that\nthe Supreme Lord Himself was present before them. There have been\nmany instances in which a devotee like Prahlada Maharaja or Dhruva\nMaharaja has been put in difficulty even by his father but has been saved\nunder all circumstances. Therefore our only business is to become Kr�I.J.a\nconscious and depend fully on K:r�I.J.a for all protection.\n\nTEXT 32\nf*\n�\n\n��\n\n�\n\n�1�ij�l(-�-�1\nq�'-a: � �\n-:qffi\"'\"....\n��Sfllj'Qrdq��: ������\n\\�e��a\n\n.\n\nkim nas tapa§ cir\"{Ulm adho�ajarcanarh\nparte�ta-dattam uta bhata-sauhrdam\n\n", "SB10.2#p0120": "74\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\nyat sampareta/:t punar eva balako\nd �tya sva-bandhan prarJ-ayann upasthita/:t\nkim-what kind of; na/:t-by us; tapa/:t -austerity; cir�m-has\nbeen done for a very long time; adho�aja-of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; arcanam-worshiping; purta-constructing public roads,\netc.; �fa-activities for public benefit; dattam-giving charity; uta-or\nelse; bhata-sauhrdam-because of love for the general public; yat-by\nthe result of which; sampa reta/:t -even though the child was practically\nlost in death; puna/:t eva-even again because of pious activities;\nbalaka/:t-the child; d�ty a-by fortune; sva-bandhan-all His relatives; pra1Jayan-to please; upasthita/:t-is present here.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNanda Maharaja and the others said: We must previously have\n\nperformed austerities for a very long time,\n\nworshiped\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, performed pious activities for\n\npublic life, constructing public roads and wells, and also given\n\ncharity, as a result of which this boy, although faced with death,\nhas returned to give happiness to His relatives.\n\nPURPORT\nNanda Maharaja confirmed that by pious activities one can become a\n\nsadhu so that one will be happy at home and one's children will be protected. In sdstra there are many injunctions for karmis and jfianis, especially for karmis, by which they can become pious and happy even in\nmaterial life. According to Vedic civilization, one should perform activities for the benefit of the public, such as constructing public roads,\nplanting trees on both sides of the road so that people can walk in the\nshade, and constructing public wells so that everyone can take water\nwithout difficulty. One should perform austerity to control one's desires,\nand one must simultaneously worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus one becomes pious, and as a result one is happy even in\nmaterial conditions of life.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0121": "Text 34]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon T:r�avarta\n\n75\n\nTEXT 33\n\n\"\" \"'�•ll'f\n,... �\n\"\" \" ��a..,\n,..._,.!+ I\n�ffll';{\n\"\"\nA\"\n�\nt�W.*4:qf 41.� �qm lttT�Hn 11��11\n\"\"\n\ndr§!vadbhutani bahu§o\nnanda-gopo brhadvane\nvasudeva-vaco bhuyo\nmdnayam asa vismita�\ndr§!Vd-after seeing; adbhutani-the very wonderful and astonishing\nincidents; bahu§a�-many times; nanda-gopa�-Nanda Maharaja, the\nhead of the cowherd men;\n\nB:rhadvana;\n\nbrhadvane-in\n\nvasudeva­\n\nvaca�-the words spoken by Vasudeva wh<ln Nanda Maharaja was in\nMathura; bh aya�-again and again; mdnayam lisa-accepted how true\nthey were; vismita�-in great astonishment.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving seen all these incidents in B:rhadvana, Nanda Maharaja\nbecame more and more astonished, and he remembered the words\nspoken to him by Vasudeva in Mathurii.\nTEXT 34\n�\n\n...�\n\"\"\n�tf �lt¥41(1�\n+111+1�' I\n� qi��I'4R't � ��q�1 11�'<?11\n•\n\n•\n\n'\"'\n\nR:\n\nekadarbhakam adaya\nsvankam aropya bhamini\nprasnutam payayam asa\nstanam sneha-paripluta\nekadd-once upon a time; arbhakam-the child; addya-taking;\nsva-ankam-on her own lap; aropya-and placing Him; bhdminimother Yasoda; prasnuta m-breast milk oozing out; payayam asa-fed\nthe child; stanam-her breast; sneha-paripluta-with great affection\nand love.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0122": "Sri mad-Bhagavatam\n\n76\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day mother Ya8odii, having taken Kr�Q.a up and placed Him\n\non her lap, was feeding Him milk from her breast with maternal\n\naffection. The milk was flowing from her breast, and the child was\ndrinking it.\n\nTEXTS 35-36\n\ntful� �\n\n�� �Md'�t6¥( I\n\n� �m- ���������\n� � �Rt(;ftqi+U�U:\n��crit�eWil•ilff�\nWi•li���f;r\n�\n�mf.r � W�(:Jt'i\\·¥41{;{\nII��II\npita-priiyasya janani\nsutasya rucira-smitam\nmukham liilayati rajafi\njrmbhato dadrse idam\nkham rodasi jyotir-anikam asii�\nsuryendu-vahni-svasaniimbudhims ca\ndvipan nagams tad-duhitrr vanani\nbhutani yani sthira-jangamani\npita-prayasya-o£ child ��Qa, who was being offered breast milk\nand was almost satisfied; janani-mother Yasoda; sutasya-of her son;\nrucira-smitam-seeing the child fully satisfied and smiling; mukhamthe face; liilayati-patting and softly rubbing with her hand; rajan-0\nKing; jrmbhata�-while the child was yawning; dadrse-she saw;\nidam-the following; kham-the sky; rodasi-both the higher planetary system and the earth; jyoti}:t-anikam-the luminaries; asii�-the\ndirections; surya-the sun; indu-the mpon; vahni-fue; svasanathe air; ambudhin-the seas; ca-and; dvipan-the islands; nagiinthe mountains; tat-duhitf'�-the daughters of the mountains (the\n\n", "SB10.2#p0123": "Text 37]\n\n77\n\nThe Killing of the Demon T:r1_1avarta\n\nrivers); vanani-forests; bhatani-all kinds of living entities; yaniwhich are; sthira-jangamani-nonmoving and moving.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik!ilit, when the child K:r!iil.la was almost finished\ndrinking His mother's milk and mother Ya8odii was touching Him\nand looking at His beautiful, brilliantly smiling face, the baby\nyawned, and mother Ya8odii saw in His mouth the whole sky, the\nhigher planetary system and the earth, the luminaries in all directions, the sun, the moon, fire, air, the seas, islands, mountains, rivers, forests, and all kinds of living entities, moving and\nnonmoving.\nPURPORT\n\nBy the arrangement of yogamaya, l(r�Qa's pastimes with mother\nYasoda were all regarded as ordinary. So here was an opportunity for\nl(r�Qa to show His mother that the whole universe is situated within\nHim. In His small form, l(r�Qa was kind enough to show His mother the\nvirat-rupa, the universal form, so that she could enjoy seeing what kind\nof child she had on her lap. The rivers have been mentioned here as the\n\ndaughters of the mountains (nag ams tad-duhitr�). It is the flowing of the\nrivers that makes big forests possible. There are living entities every­\n\nwhere, some of them moving and some of them not moving. No place is\nvacant. This is a special feature of God's creation.\nTEXT 37\n\nm��'ll��m:m����: 1\ne+4iw Jl•l�llil � � m«t� mmrm II �\\911\nsa vi�ya viSvarh sahasa\nraja n saiijata-vepathu�\nsammilya mrga.S av a�i\nnetre asit suvismita\nsa-mother Yasoda; vi�ya-by seeing; viSvam-the whole universe;\nsahasa-suddenly within the mouth of her son;\n\nrajan-0\n\nKing\n\n", "SB10.2#p0124": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n78\n\n(Maharaja\n\nParik!jit);\n\nsammilya-opening;\n\nsaiijata-vepathu�-whose\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 7\nheart\n\nwas\n\nbeating;\n\nmrga§ava-a�i-like the eyes of a deer cub;\n\nnetre-her two eyes; dsit-became; su-vismitd-astonished.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen mother Ya8odii saw the whole universe within the mouth\n\nof her child, her heart began to throb, and in astonishment she\nwanted to close her restless eyes.\n\nPURPORT\nBecause of her pure maternal love, mother Yasoda thought that this\nwonderful child playing so many tricks must have had some disease. She\ndid not appreciate the wonders shown by her child; rather, she wanted to\nclose her eyes. She was expecting another danger, and therefore her eyes\nbecame restless like those of a deer cub. This was all the arrangement of\n\nyogamaya. The relationship between mother Yasoda and �!ji)a is one of\npure maternal love. In that love, mother Yasoda did not very much appreciate the display of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's opulences.\nAt the beginning of this chapter, two extra verses sometimes appear:\n\nevaril bahuni karmar;ti\ngopanam sam sa-yo$itam\nnandasya gehe vavrdhe\nkurvan v�r;tu-janardana�\n\"In this way, to chastise and kill the demons, the child �!jf.la demonstrated many activities in the house of Nanda Maharaja, and the inhabitants of Vraja enjoyed_}hese incidents.\"\n\nevam sa vavrdhe v�r;tur\nnanda-gehe janardana�\nkurvann aniSam anandaril\ngopalanam sa-yo�itam\n\"To increase the transcendental pleasure of the gopas and the gopis,\n�!jJ.la, the killer of all demons, was thus raised by His father and\nmother, Nanda and Yasoda.\"\n\n", "SB10.2#p0125": "Text 37]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Troavarta\n\n79\n\nSripada Vijayadhvaja Tirtha also adds another verse after the third\n\nverse in this chapter:\n\nvistare\"{leha karu1J.ydt\nsarva-papa-praTJ.dSanam\nvaktum arhasi dharma-jfia\ndayalus tvam iti prabho\n\"Parik�it Maharaja then requested Sukadeva Gosvami to continue speak­\n\ning such narrations about the pastimes of Kn1;1a, so that the King could\nenjoy from them transcendental bliss.\"\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Tenth Canto, Seventh\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Killing of the Demon\nTroavarta. \"\n\n", "SB10.2#p0126": "CHAPTER EIGHT\n\nLord Krsna Shows\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\nthe Universal Form Within His Mouth\nThe summary of the Eighth Chapter is as follows. This chapter describes\n\nthe ceremony of giving a name to :l<r�J:.la. It also describesHis crawling,\n\nHis playing with the cows, and His eating earth and again showing the\nuniversal form to His mother.\n\nOne day, Vasudeva sent for Gargamuni, the family priest of the yaduvamsa, and thus Gargamuni went to the house of Nanda Maharaja, who\n\nreceived him very well and requested him to give names to :Kr�1,1a and\nBalarama. Gargamuni, of course, reminded Nanda Maharaja that Kamsa\n\nwas looking for the son of Devaki and said that if he performed the\n\nceremony very gorgeously, the ceremony would come to the notice of\nKamsa, who would then suspect that :Kr�1,1a was the son of Devaki. Nanda\n\nMaharaja therefore requested Gargamuni to perform this ceremony\n\nwithout anyone's knowledge, and Gargamuni did so. Because Balarama,\n\nthe son of Rohi1,1i, increases the transcendental bliss of others,His name\nis Rama, and because of His extraordinary strength, He is called\n\nBaladeva. He attracts the Yadus to followHis instructions, and therefore\n\nHis name is Sankar�a1,1a. Kr�1,1a, the son of Yasoda, previously appeared\n\nin many other colors, such as white, red and yellow, and He had now\nassumed the color black. BecauseHe was sometimes the son of Vasudeva,\n\nHis name is Vasudeva. According toHis various activities and qualities,\n\nHe has many other names. After thus informing Nanda Maharaja and\n\ncompleting the name-giving ceremony, Gargamuni advised Nanda\nMaharaja to protect his son very carefully and then departed.\n\nSukadeva Gosvami next described how the two children crawled,\n\nwalked on Their small legs, played with the cows and calves, stole butter\n\nand other milk products and broke the butter pots. In this way, he de­\n\nscribed many naughty activities of :Kr�1,1a and Balarama. The most won­\n\nderful of these occurred when :Kr�1,1a's playmates complained to mother\nYasoda that :l<r�J:.la was eating earth. Mother Yasoda wanted to open\n\n81\n\n", "SB10.2#p0127": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n82\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nK{�Qa's mouth to see the evidence so that she could chastise Him. Some­\n\ntimes she assumed the position of a chastising mother, and at the next\n\nmoment she was overwhelmed with maternal love. After describing all\n\nthis to Maharaja Parik�it, Sukadeva Gosvami, at Maharaja Parik�it's re­\n\nquest, praised the fortune of mother Yasoda and Nanda. Nanda and\n\nYasoda were formerly DroQa and Ohara, and by the order of Brahma\n\nthey came to this earth and had the Supreme Personality of Godhead as\ntheir son.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�� i3\"Cf1�\n\nttii: ttRJl � � ��: I\n1Wi i31tllfl � qtJ�qst4ftR(I: II � II\nsri-suka uvaca\ngarga/:t purohito rajan\nyadunam sumaha-tapa/:t\nvrajam jagama nandasya\nvasudeva-pracodita/:t\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; garga/:t-Gargamuni;\n\npurohita/:t-the priest; rajan-0 King Parik�it; yadunam-of the Yadu\ndynasty; su-maha-tapa/:t-highly elevated in austerity and penance;\n\nvrajam-to the village known as Vrajabhumi; jaga m a-went; nandasya-of Maharaja Nanda; vasudeva-pracodita/:t-being inspired by\n\nVasudeva.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: 0 Mahiriija Parik�it, the priest of the\nYadu dynasty, namely Gargamuni, who was highly elevated in\n\nausterity and penance, was then inspired by Vasudeva to go see\nNanda Mahiriija at his home.\n\nTEXT2\n\nd qt �a: *���·� ,;mm: 1\n�� stfUIQI6�:� II � II\n\n", "SB10.2#p0128": "Text3]\n\n83\n\nLord :Kf!ll.la Shows the Universal Form\n\ntam dr$1Vd parama-prita�\npratyutthaya krtafijali�\ndnarcadholcyaja-dhiyd\npra\"{tipdta-purab,saram\n\ntam-him (Gargamuni); dmvd-after seeing; parama-prita�Nanda Maharaja was very much pleased; pratyutthaya-standing up to\nreceive him; krta-afijali�-with folded hands; dnarca-worshiped;\nadhok§aja-dhiyd-although Gargamuni was visible to the senses, Nanda\nMaharaja maintained a very high respect for him; pra\"{tipdtapura b,s a ram- Nanda Maharaja fell down before him and offered\nobeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Nanda Maharaja saw Gargamuni present at his home,\nNanda was so pleased that he stood up to receive him with folded\nhands. Although seeing Gargamuni with his eyes, Nanda Maharaja\ncould appreciate that Gargamuni was adhok�aja; that is, he was not\n·\n\nan ordinary person seen by material senses.\n\nTEXT3\n\n� ��tt flm �ii:t�l � I\n!1:::a&._ ..,...J1..\n\n����11 �II\n\nsupav4tam krtatithyam\ngird sunrtayd munim\nnandayitvdbravid brahman\npur\"{taSya karavdma kim\n\nsu-upav4tam-when Gargamuni was seated very comfortably; krtadtithyam-and he had been properly received as a guest; gird-by\nwords; sunrtayd-very sweet; munim-Gargamuni; nandayitvdpleasing him in this way; abravit-said; brahman-0 brdhma\"{ta; pur\"{taSya-of one who is full in everything; karavdma kim-what can I do\nfor you (kindly order me).\n\n", "SB10.2#p0129": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n84\n\n[Canto I 0, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Gargamuni had been properly received as a guest and was\n\nvery comfortably seated, Nanda Maharaja submitted with gentle\n\nand submissive words: Dear sir, because you are a devotee, you are\n\nfull in everything. Yet my duty is to serve you. Kindly order me.\nWhat can I do for you?\n\nmahad-vicalanam nr�m\ngrhir:riim dina-cetasam\nni/:r.§reyasaya bhagavan\nkalpate nanyatha kvacit\nrnahat�vicalanam-the movement of great personalities; n�m-in\nthe houses of ordinary persons; grhi�am-especially householders;\ndina-cetasam-who are very simple-minded, being engaged in family\nmaintenance and nothing more; ni/:r.§reyasaya-a great personality has\nno reason to go to the grhastha but to benefit him; bhagavan-0 most\npowerful devotee; kalpate-is to be taken that way; na anyatha-not\nfor any other purpose; kvacit-at any time.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my lord, 0 great devotee, persons like you move from one\n\nplace to another not for their own interests but for the sake of\n\npoor-hearted g:rhasthas [householders]. Otherwise they have no\ninterest in going from one place to another.\nPURPORT\n\nAI; factually stated by Nanda Maharaja, Gargamuni, being a devotee,\nhad no needs. Similarly, when K{�J}.a comes He has no needs, for He is\npilr�, atmararna. Nonetheless, He descends to this material world to\n\nprotect the devotees and vanquish miscreants (paritra�aya sadhanam\nvinasaya ca d!L$krtam). This is the mission of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and devotees also have the same mission. One who executes\n\n", "SB10.2#p0130": "Text\n\n5]\n\nLord �!ill}.& Shows the Universal Form\n\n85\n\nthis mission of para-upakara, performing welfare activities for people in\ngeneral, is recognized by �!?!)a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as\nbeing very, very dear to Him (na ca tasman manU§ye�u kaScin me priya­\n\nkrttama/:1,). Similarly, Caitanya Mahaprabhu has advised this paraupakara, and He has especially advised the inhabitants of India:\nbharata-bhumite haila manU§ya-janma yara\njanma sarthaka kari' kara para-upakara\n\"One who has taken his birth as a human being in the land of India\n[Bharatavarf?a] should make his life successful and work for the benefit\nof all other people.\" (Cc. Adi. 9.41) On the whole, the duty of a pure\nVaif?I)ava devotee is to act for the welfare of others.\nNanda Maharaja could understand that Gargamuni had come for this\npurpose and that his own duty now was to act according to Gargamuni's\nadvice. Thus he said, \"Please tell me what is my duty.\" This should be\nthe attitude of everyone, especially the householder. The va17JdSrama\nsociety is organized into eight divisions: brahmar;ta, �atriya, vaiSya,\n\nsadra, brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa. Nanda\nMaharaja represented himself as grhiT)-dm, a householder. A brahmacan\nfactually has no needs, but grhi, householders, are engaged in sense\ngratification. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (2.44), bhogaiSvarya-prasak­\n\ntandril tayapahrta-cetasam. Everyone has come to this material world for\nsense gratification, and the position of those who are too attached to sense\ngratification and who therefore accept the grhastha-asrama is very precarious. Since everyone in this material world is searching for sense\ngratification, grhasthas are required to be trained as mahat, great\n\nmahatmas.\n\nTherefore Nanda Maharaja specifically used the word\n\nmahad-vicalanam. Gargamuni had no interest to serve by going to\nNanda Maharaja, but Nanda Maharaja, as a grhastha, was always perfectly ready to receive instructions from a mahatma to gain the real\nbenefit in life. Thus he was ready to execute Gargamuni's order.\nTEXTS\n\n::iiilkt'i1'4�4 ����let'idlf;� I\n!luffi �ef�T � � � qu�� II '-\\ II\n\n", "SB10.2#p0131": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n86\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\njyot�dm ayanarh sak{;ad\nyat taj jfianam atindriyam\npra7Jitam bhavatd yena\npumdn veda pardvaram\n\njyo�dm-knowledge of astrology (along with other aspects of culture\nin human society, and specifically in civilized society, there must be\nknowledge of astrology); ayanam-the movements of the stars and\nplanets in relationship to human society; sdk{;dt-directly ; yat tat\njfidnam-such knowledge; ati-indriyam-which an ordinary person\ncannot understand because it is beyond his vision; pra7Jitam bhavatdyou have prepared a perfect book of knowledge; yena-by which;\npumdn-any person; veda-can understand; para-avaram-the cause\nand effect of destiny.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 great saintly person, you have compiled the astrological\n\nknowledge by which one can understand past and present unseen\nthings. By the strength of this knowledge, any human being can\n\nunderstand what he has done in his past life and how it affects his\npresent life. This is known to you.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe word \"destiny\" is now defined. Unintelligent persons who do not\nunderstand the meaning of life are just like animals. Animals do not\nknow the past, present and future of life, nor are they able to understand\nit. But a human being can understand this, if he is sober. Therefore, as\nstated in Bhagavad-gita (2.13), dhiras tatra na muhyati: a sober person\nis not bewildered. The simple truth is that although life is eternal, in this\nmaterial world one changes from one body to another. Foolish people, especially in this age, do not understand this simple truth. l(r�I).a says:\ndehino 'smin yatha dehe\nkaumdram yauvanarh jard\ntatha dehantara-praptir\ndhiras tatra na muhyati\n\n", "SB10.2#p0132": "Text 6]\n\nLord �!11].8 Shows the Universal Form\n\n87\n\n\"As the embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood to\nyouth to old age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. The\nself-realized soul is not bewildered by such a change.\" (Bg. 2.13) ��1,1a,\nthe greatest authority, says that the body will change. And as soon as the\nbody changes, one's whole program of work changes also. Today I am a\nhuman being or a great personality, but with a little deviation from\nnature's law, I shall have to accept a different type of body. Today I am a\nhuman being, but tomorrow I may become a dog, and then whatever activities I have performed in this life will be a failure. This simple truth is\nnow rarely understood, but one who is a dhira can understand this.\nThose in this material world for material enjoyment should know that\nbecause their present position will cease to exist, they must be careful in\nhow they act. This is also stated by �abhadeva. Na sadhu manye yata\n\ndtmarw yam asann api klesada dsa deha/:t (Bhag. 5.5.4). Although this\nbody is temporary, as long as we have to live in this body we must suffer.\nWhether one has a short life or a long life, one must suffer the threefold\nmiseries of material life. Therefore any gentleman, dhira, must be interested in jyoti§a, astrology.\nNanda Maharaja was trying to take advantage of the opportunity\nafforded by Gargamuni's presence, for Gargamuni was a great authority\nin this knowledge of astrology, by which one can see the unseen events of\npast, present and future. It is the duty of a father to understand the\nastrological position of his children and do what is needed for their happiness. Now, taking advantage of the opportunity afforded by the presence of Gargamuni, Nanda Maharaja suggested that Gargamuni prepare\na horoscope for Nanda's two sons, ��1,1a and Balarama.\nTEXT 6·\n. \"\n\n.\n\n.\n\n('\n\n(',...,\n\n�:f � 'liAI6t�T �: �U'I. iifid'l�J« I\n..\n\n\"\n\n\"'\n\nill�;ritiort iii� 'l'T�T g�: II � II\ntvam hi brahma-vidam sre�tha/:t\nsamskaran kartum arhasi\nbalayor anayor nf7:1.dm\njanmand brahmar:w guru/:t\n\n", "SB10.2#p0133": "88\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\ntvam-Your Holiness; hi-indeed; brahma-vidam-of all brahma�, or persons who understand what is Brahman (brahma janatiti\nbrahmar:taft); sre�thab,-you are the best; sarilskaran-ceremonies performed for reformation (because by these reformatory activities one\ntakes one's second birth: sarhskarad bhaved dvijatt};\n\nkartum arhasi­\n\nbecause you have kindly come here, kindly execute; balayob,-of these\ntwo sons (��1,1a and Balarama); anayob,-of both of Them; nroam-not\nonly of Them, but of all human society; janmana-as soon as he takes\nbirth; brahmar:tab--immediately the brahmar:ta becomes; gurub,-the\nguide.*\nTRANSLATION\nMy lord, you are the best of the brahmar;tas, especially because\n\nyou are fully aware of the jyotil}.-sistra, the astrological science.\n\nTherefore you are naturally the spiritual master of every human\nbeing. This being so, since you have kindly come to my house,\nkindly execute the reformatory activities for my two sons.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, ��1,1a, says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(4.13), catur-varr:tyam maya sr�tarh gur:ta-karma-vibhaga5ab,: the four\nvar�-brahmar:ta, �atriya, vaiSya and sadra-must be present in\nsociety. The brahmar:tas are required for the guidance of the whole\nsociety. If there is no such institution as varr:tasrama-dharma and if\nhuman society has no such guide as the brahmar:ta, human society will be\nhellish. In Kali-yuga, especially at the present moment, there is no such\nthing as a real brahmar:ta, and therefore society is in a chaotic condition.\nFormerly there were qualified brahmar:tas, but at present, although there\nare certainly persons who think themselves brahmar:tas, they actually\nhave no ability to guide society. The ��I,la consciousness movement is\ntherefore very much eager to reintroduce the var1Jd5rama system into\nhuman society so that those who are bewildered or less intelligent will be '\nable to take guidance from qualified brahmar:tas.\n\nBrahmar:ta means Vai�1,1ava. Mter one becomes a brahmar:ta, the next\nstage of development in human society is to become a Vai�1,1ava. People\n\n*The sastras enjoin, tad-vijnanartham sa gurum evabhigacchet (Mur:u;laka Upan�ad 1.2.12). It is the duty of everyone to approach a brahmarJa as the guru.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0134": "Text 7]\n\nLord J{rf�l,l& Shows the Universal Form\n\n89\n\nin general must be guided to the destination or goal of life, and therefore\nthey must understand Vi�I).u, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\nwhole system of Vedic knowledge is based on this principle, but people\nhave lost the clue (na te vidu/:t svartha-gatim hi v��um), and they are\nsimply pursuing sense gratification, with the risk of gliding down to a\nlower grade of life (mrtyu-samsara-vartmani).It doesn't matter whether\none is born a brahma� or not. No one is born a brahma�; everyone is\nborn a sildra. But by the guidance of a brahma� and by samskara, one\ncan become dvija, twice-born, and then gradually become a brahma�.\nBrahmanism is not a system meant to create a monopoly for a particular\nclass of men. Everyone should be educated so as to become a brahma�.\nAt least there must be an opportunity to allow everyone to attain the\ndestination of life. Regardless of whether one is born in a brahma�\nfamily, a k$atriya family or a sildra family, one may be guided by a\nproper brahma�a and be promoted to the highest platform of being a\nVai�I).ava. Thus the .i(r�I).a consciousness movement affords an opportunity to develop the right destiny for human society. Nanda Maharaja\ntook advantage of the opportunity of Gargamuni's presence by requesting him to perform the necessary reformatory activities for his sons to\nguide Them toward the destination of life.\n\nTEXT7\n\n�..,;f 'iiert\"''\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n�...., 1'4\n�....\n6: ,'\"\"\n'4�M..mttr: ��� ��q\n�I\nwf '4tfT � � � �1:4ctl�� II \\9 II\n...\n\n....\n\nsri-garga uvaca\nyadanam aham acarya/:t\nkhyata§ ca bhuvi sarvada\nsutam maya samskrtam te\nmanyate devaki-sutam\nsri-garga/:t uvaca- Gargamuni said; yadanam-of the Yadu dynasty;\naham-I am; aca rya/:t- the priestly guide, or purohita; khyata/:t cathis is already known; bhuvi- everywhere; sarvadd-always; sutamthe son; maya- by me; sa ms krtam- having undergone the purificatory\n\n", "SB10.2#p0135": "90\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nprocess; te-o£ you; manyate -would be considered; devaki-sutamthe son of Devaki.\nTRANSLATION\nGargamuni said: My dear Nanda Mahiiriija, I am the priestly\n\nguide of the Yadu dynasty. This is known everywhere. Therefore,\n\nif I perform the purificatory process for your sons, Karitsa will\n\nconsider Them the sons of Devaki.\n\nPURPORT\nGargamuni indirectly disclosed that ��!)a was the son of Devaki, not\nof Yasoda. Since Karhsa was already searching for ��!)a, if the\npurificatory process were undertaken by Gargamuni, Karhsa might be informed, and that would create a catastrophe. It may be argued that although Gargamuni was the priest of the Yadu dynasty, Nanda Maharaja\nalso belonged to that dynasty. Nanda Maharaja, however, was not acting\nas a �atriya·. Therefore Gargamuni said, \"If I act as your priest, this will\nconfirm that ��!)a is the son of Devaki.\"\n\nkamsa/:t papa-mati/:t sakhyam\ntava canakadundubhe/:t\ndevakya �tamo garbho\nna stri bhavitum arhati\niti saficintayafi chrutva\ndevakya darika-vaca/:t\napi hanta gatasaitkas\ntarhi tan no 'nayo bhavet\n\n", "SB10.2#p0136": "Text 9]\n\nLord 1\\.fl(lq.a Shows the Universal Form\n\n91\n\nkarilsa�-King Kamsa; papa-mati�-very, very sinful, having a\npolluted mind; sakhyam-friendship; tava-your; ca-also; anakadundubhe�-of Vasudeva; devakya�-of Devaki; �tama� garbha�the eighth pregnancy; na-not; stri-a woman; bhavitum arhati-is\npossible to be; iti-in this way; sancintayan-considering; srutva-and\nhearing (this news); devakya�-of Devaki; darika-vaca�-the message\nfrom the daughter; api-although there was; hanta gata-asaftka�there is a possibility that Kamsa would take steps to kill this child;\ntarhi-therefore; tat-that incident; na�-for us; anaya� bhavetmay not be very good.\nTRANSLATION\nKarilsa is both a great diplomat and a very sinful man.\nTherefore, having heard from Yogamaya, the daughter of Devaki,\nthat the child who will kill him has already been born somewhere\nelse, having heard that the eighth pregnancy of Devaki could not\nbring forth a female child, and having understood your friendship\nwith Vasudeva, Karilsa, upon hearing that the purificatory process\nhas been performed by me, the priest of the Yadu dynasty, may\ncertainly consider all these points and suspect that 1\\.fl(lq.a is the son\nof Devaki and Vasudeva. Then he might take steps to kill K:rl(lq.a.\nThat would be a catastrophe.\n\nPURPORT\n\nKamsa knew very well that Yogamaya was, after all, the maidservant\nof Kr!?I.la and Vif?I)U and that although Yogamaya had appeared as the\ndaughter of Devaki, she might have been forbidden to disclose this fact.\nActually this was what had happened. Gargamuni argued very soberly\nthat his taking part in performing the reformatory process for Kr!?J.la\nwould give rise to many doubts, so that Kamsa might take very severe\nsteps to kill the child. Kamsa had already sent many demons to attempt to\nkill this child, but none of them had survived. If Gargamuni were to perform the purificatory process, Kamsa's suspicions would be fully confirmed, and he would take very severe steps. Garganiuni gave this\nwarning to Nanda Maharaja.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0137": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n92\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nsri-nanda uvaca\nala�ito 'smin rahasi\nmamakair api go-vraje\nkuru dvijati-saritskaram\nsvasti-vacana-purvakam\nsri-nandatt uvaca- Nanda Maharaja said (to Gargamuni); ala�itattwithout Karhsa's knowledge; asmin-in this cow shed; rahasi-in a very\nsolitary place; mamakaitt-even by my relatives; api-a still more\nsecluded place; go-vraje-in the cow shed; kuru-just execute; dvijati­\n\nsaritskaram-the purificatory process of second birth (samskarad bhaved\ndvijatt}; svasti-vacana-purvakam-by chanting the Vedic hymns to perform the purificatory process.\nTRANSLATION\n\nNanda Maharaja said: My dear great sage, if you think that your\n\nperforming\n\nthis\n\nprocess\n\nof\n\npurification\n\nwill\n\nmake\n\nKamsa\n\nsuspicious, then secretly chant the Vedic hymns and perform the\n\npurifying process of second birth here in the cow shed of my\nhouse, without the knowledge of anyone else, even my relatives,\nfor this process of purification is essential.\nPURPORT\nNanda Maharaja did not like the idea of avoiding the purificatory pro­\n\ncess. Despite the many obstacles, he wanted to take advantage of\nGargamuni's presence and do what was needed. The purificatory process\nis essential specifically for brahma1Jas, �atriyas and vaiSyas. Therefore,\nsince Nanda Maharaja presented himself as a vaiSya, this process of\npurification was essential. Formerly, such institutional activities were\ncompulsory.\n\nCatur-varry,yam maya\n\nsr�!arh gury,a-karma-vibhaga5att\n\n", "SB10.2#p0138": "Text 11]\n\nLord Kr!iil}.& Shows the Universal Form\n\n93\n\n(Bg. 4.13). Without these activities of purification, the society would be\nconsidered a society of animals. To take advantage of Gargamuni's presence, Nanda Maharaja wanted to perform the ndma-karar:w ceremonies,\neven secretly, without any gorgeous arrangements. Therefore, the opportunity for purification should be regarded as the essential duty of human\nsociety. In Kali-yuga, however, people have forgotten the essence. Manda/:t sumanda-matayo manda-bhagya hy upadruta/:t (Bhag. 1.1.10). In\nthis age, people are all bad and unfortunate, and they do not accept Vedic\ninstructions to make their life successful. Nanda Maharaja, however, did\nnot wantto neglect anything. To keep intact a happy society advanced in\nspiritual knowledge, he took full advantage of Gargamuni's presence to\ndo what was necessary. How degraded society has become within five\nthousand years. Manda/:t sumanda-matayo manda-bhagya/:t. The human\nlife is obtained after many, many millions of births, and it is intended for\npurification. Previously, a father was eager to give all kinds of help to\nelevate his children, but at present, because of being misguided, people\nare prepared even to kill to avoid the responsibility of raising children.\n\nTEXT 11\n�Wi i3'm\n\n� �ijr mr: @M€filftf�� �� 1\n� ;n� ttit m« ��: 11��11\nsri-suka uvaca\nevam samprarthito vipra/:t\nsva-cikir$itam eva tat\ncakiira nama-karar;tam\ngii{lho rahasi balayo/:t\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; evam-in this way;\nsamprarthita/:t-being eagerly requested; vipra/:t-the brahmar:w\nGargamuni; sva-cikir$itam eva-which he already desired to do and for\nwhich he had gone there; tat-that; cakiira-performed; namakarar:wm-the name-giving ceremony; gik;lha/:t-confidentially; rahasi-in a secluded place; balayo/:t-of the two boys (l(r�Q.a and\nBalarama).\n\n", "SB10.2#p0139": "94\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi continued: Having thus been especially re­\n\nquested by Nanda Maharaja to do that which he already desired to\ndo, Gargamuni performed the name-giving ceremony for Kr'1,1a\nand Balariima in a solitary place.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n���\n3Fi ft: (tf(uft�'SII � � �: 1\n\n31R6tlt4:q�u\"����: 1\n�� q:�ut��ttftf ����II\nsri-garga uvaca\nayam hi rohir:ti-putro\nramayan suhrdo gur:tai/:l\nakhyasyate rama iti\nbaladhikyad balam vidu/:t\nyadanam aprthag-bhavat\nsankar$ar:tam. u§anty api\n\nsri-garga/:t\n\nuvaca-Gargamuni\n\nsaid;\n\nayam-this;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nrohir:ti-putra/:t-the son of Rohi:Q.i; ramayan-pleasing; suhrda/:t-all\nHis friends and relatives; gur:tai/:l-by transcendental qualities; akhyasyate-will be called; rama/:t-by the name Rama, the supreme enjoyer;\niti-in this way; bala-adhikyat-because of extraordinary strength;\nbalam vidu/:t-will be known as Balarlima; yadanam-of the Yadu\ndynasty; aprthak-bhavat-because of not being separated from you;\nsarikar$ar:tam-by the name Sankar�aQa, or uniting two families;\nu§anti-attracts; api-also.\nTRANSLATION\nGargamuni said: This child, the son of Rohi1,1i, will give all hap­\n\npiness to His relatives and friends by His transcendental qualities.\nTherefore He will be known\n\nas\n\nRiima. And because He will\n\nmanifest extraordinary bodily strength, He will also be known as\n\n", "SB10.2#p0140": "Text 13]\nBala.\n\nLord 1\\.f'll�a Shows the Universal Form\n\n95\n\nMoreover, because He unites two families-Vasudeva's\n\nfamily and the family of Nanda Maharaja-He will he known as\nSailkar,a�a.\nPURPORT\nBaladeva was actually the son of Devaki, but He was transferred from\nDevaki's womb to that of Rohi1,1i. This fact was not disclosed. According\nto a statement in the Hari-vamsa:\n\npratyuvaca tato rama/:1,\nsarvams tan abhita/:1, sthitan\nyiidave�v api sarve�u\nbhavanto mama vallabha/:1,\nGargamuni did disclose to Nanda Maharaja that Balarama would be\nknown as Sankar�a1,1a because of uniting two families-the yadu-vamsa\nand the varhsa of Nanda Maharaja-one of which was known as �atriya\nand the other as vaiSya. Both families had the same original forefather,\nthe only difference being that Nanda Maharaja was born of a vaiSya wife\nwhereas Vasudeva was born of a �atriya wife. Later, Nanda Maharaja\nmarried a vaiSya wife, and Vasudeva married a �atriya wife. So although the families of Nanda Maharaja and Vasudeva both came from\nthe same father, they were divided as �atriya and vaiSya. Now Baladeva\nunited them, and therefore He was known as Sankar�a1,1a.\nTEXT 13\n\n� qUft�tft ��·�.I\n� � tfRr ro;r1 iWI((i trn: II�� II\nasan van_ujs trayo hy asya\ngrhr:tato 'nuyugam tanu/:1,\nsuklo raktas tatha pita\nidanirh kr�r:tattirh gata/:1,\nasan-were assumed;\n\nvar1Jti(l, traya/:1, -three colors;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nasya-of your son ��1,1a; grhr:tata/:1,-accepting; anuyugam tanu/:1,-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0141": "96\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\ntranscendental bodies according to the different yugas;\n\nsuklab,­\n\nsometimes white; raktab,-sometimes red; tatha-as well as; pitab,­\n\nsometimes yellow; idanim kr�r:tatam gatab,-at the present moment He\n\nhas assumed a blackish color.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYour son �ljlt;ta appears as an incarnation in every millennium.\nIn the past, He assumed three different colors-white, red and\nyellow-and now He has appeared in a blackish color. (In another\nDviipara-yuga, He appeared (as Lord Riimacandra) in the color of\nsuka, a parrot. All such incarnations have now assembled in\n�ljlt;ta.]\nPURPORT\nPartially explaining the position of Lord I<{�J.la and partially covering\n\nthe facts, Gargamuni indicated, \"Your son is a great personality, and He\n\ncan change the color of His body in different ages.\" The word grhr:tatab,\nindicates that I<{�J.la is free to make His choice. In other words, He is the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and may therefore do whatever He\n\ndesires. In Vedic literature the different colors assumed by the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead in different millenniums are stated, and t�erefore\nwhen Gargamuni said, \"Your son has assumed these colors,\" he in­\n\ndirectly said, \"He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\" Because of\n\nKamsa's atrocities, Gargamuni tried to avoid disclosing this fact, but he\n\nindirectly informed Nanda Maharaja that I<{�J.la, his son, was the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nIt may be noted that Srila }iva Gosvami, in his book Krama-san­\n\ndarbha, has enunciated the purport of this verse. In every millennium,\n\nI<{�J.la appears in a different form, either as white, red or yellow, but this\n\ntime He personally appeared in His original, blackish form and, as pre­\n\ndicted by Gargamuni, exhibited the power of NarayaJ.la. Because in this\n\nform the Supreme Personality of Godhead exhibits Himself fully, His\nname is Sri I<{�J.la, the all-attractive.\n\nFactually, I<{�J.la is the source of all avataras, and therefore all the dif­\n\nferent features of the different avataras are present in I<{�J.la. When\n\nI<{�J.la incarnates, all the features of other incarnations are already pres-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0142": "Text 13]\n\nLord Knt;J.a Shows the Universal Form\n\n97\n\nent within Him. Other incarnations are partial representations of ��1,1a,\nwho is the full-fledged incarnation of the Supreme Being. It is to be\nunderstood that the Supreme Being, whether appearing as sukla, rakta or\n\npita (white, red or yellow), is the same person. When He appears in dif­\n\nferent incarnations, He appears in different colors, just like the\nsunshine, which contains seven colors. Sometimes the colors of sunshine\nare represented separately; otherwise the sunshine is observed mainly as\n\nbright light. The different avataras, such as the manvantara-avataras,\nlila-avataras and daSa-avataras, are all included in the kr�1Jll-avatara.\nWhen ��1,1a appears, all the avataras appear with Him. As described in\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (1.3.26):\n\navatara hy asarikhyeya\nhare/:t sattva-nidher dvija/:t\nyathavidasina/:t kulya/:t\nsarasa/:t syu/:t sahasra§a/:t\nThe avataras incessantly appear, like incessantly flowing water. No one\ncan count how many waves there are in flowing water, and similarly\n\nthere is no limitation of the avataras. And ��1,1a is the full representa­\n\ntion of all avataras because He is the source of all avataras. ��1,1a is\n\namsi, whereas others are amsa, part of ��1,1a. All living entities, includ­\n\ning us, are amsas (mamaivamso jiva-loke jiva-bhata/:t sanatana/:t). These\n\namsas are of different magnitude. Human beings (who are minute\namsas) and the demigods, V�TJu-tattva and all other living beings are all\npart of the Supreme. Nityo nityanam cetana§ cetananam (Katha\nUpan�ad 2.2.13). ��1,1a is the full representation of all living entities,\nand when ��1,1a is present, all avataras are included in Him.\nThe Eleventh Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam describes the incarnations\nfor each yuga in chronological order. The Bhagavatam says, krte suklaS\ncatur-bahu/:t, tretayam rakta-var7Jo 'sau, dvapare bhagavan syama/:t and\nkr�TJll-Var\"{Ulm tv�akr�TJll m. We actually see that in Kali-yuga, Bhagaviin\nhas appeared in pita-var1Jll, or a yellow color, as Gaurasundara, although\nthe Bhagavatam speaks of kr�1Jll-Var1Jllm. To adjust all these statements,\none should understand that although in some yugas some of the colors\nare prominent, in every yuga, whenever ��1,1a appears, all the colors are\n\n", "SB10.2#p0143": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n98\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\npresent. Kr�TJ-a-van:wm tvi§akr�TJ-am: although Caitanya Mahaprabhu appears without kr�TJ-a, or a blackish color, He is understood to be ��Qa\nHimself. Idanim kr�TJ-atdm gata�. The same original ��Qa who appears\nin different Va1\"1J-a5 has now appeared. The word asan indicates that He is\nalways present. Whenever the Supreme Personality of Godhead appears\nin His full feature, He is understood to be kr�TJ-a-Var7J-am, although He\nappears in different colors. Prahlada Maharaja states that Caitanya Mahaprabhu is channa; that is, although He is ��Qa, He is covered by a\nyellow color. Thus the GauQiya Vai�Qavas accept the conclusion that although Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared in pita color, He is ��Qa.\n\nkr�TJ-a-var7J-arf! tvi§akr�TJ-am\nsarigopangastra-par�adam\nyajiiai� sarikirtana-prayair\nyajanti hi sumedhasa�\n(Bhag. 11.5.32)\nTEXT 14\n\nqija::.� ��1�(ijq(�4l�: '\n� � �: � ����ll\n\nmtPi\n\nprag ayam vasudevasya\nkvacij jatas tavatmaja�\nvasudeva iti sriman\nabhijfia� sampraca�ate\nprak-before; ayam-this child; vasudevasya-of Vasudeva; kvacit-sometimes; jata�- was born; tava-your; atmaja�- ��Qa, who\nhas taken birth as your child; vdsudeva�-therefore He may be given\nthe name Vasudeva; iti-thus; sriman-very beautiful; abhijfia�those who are learned; sampraca�ate-also say that ��Qa is Vasudeva.\nTRANSLATION\nFor many reasons, this beautiful son of yours sometimes ap­\n\npeared previously as the son of Vasudeva. Therefore, those who\nare learned sometimes call this child Vasudeva.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0144": "Text 15]\n\nLord �lj�a Shows the Universal Form\n\n99\n\nPURPORT\nGargamuni indirectly disclosed, \"This child was originally born as the\nson of Vasudeva, although He is acting as your child. Generally He is\nyour child, but sometimes He is the son of Vasudeva.\"\nTEXT 15\n\n� � 9t144tf;( � � � � I\ni�-:a\"'rtt' � �;if �n ������\nilihli\n\nbahuni santi namani\nrupiir:ti ca sutasya te\ngur:ta-karmiinurilpiir:ti\ntany aham veda no jana�\nbahuni-various;\nforms; ca-also;\n\nsanti-there\n\nare;\n\nniimcini-names;\n\nrupiir:ti­\n\nsutasya-of the son; te-your; gur:ta-karma-anu­\n\nrilpiir:ti-according to His attributes and activities; tani-them; ahamI; veda-know; no jana�-not ordinary persons.\nTRANSLATION\nFor this son of yours there are many forms and names according\nto His transcendental qualities and activities. These are known to\nme, but people in general do not understand them.\nPURPORT\nBahuni: the Lord has many names. Advaitam acyutam anadim\nananta-rupam adyam puriir:ta-pur!L§am nava-yauvanam ca. As stated in\nthe Brahma-samhita\n\n(5.33), the Lord is one, but He has many forms and\n\nmany names. It was not that because Gargamuni gave the child the name\nKt�1,1a, that was His only name. He has other names, such as Bhaktavatsala, Giridhii.ri, Govinda and Gopii.la. If we analyze the nirukti, or semantic derivation, of the word \"Kt�1,1a,\" we find that na signifies that He\nstops the repetition of birth and death, and kr$ means sattartha, or\n\"existence.\"\n\n(Kt�I,la is the whole of existence.)\n\nAlso, kr$ means\n\n\"attraction,\" and na means anarida, or \"bliss.\" K:r�1,1a is known as\nMukunda because He wants to give everyone spiritual, eternal, blissful\n\n", "SB10.2#p0145": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n100\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nlife. Unfortunately, because of the living entity's little independence, the\nliving entity wants to \"deprogram\" the program of Kr�J}.a. This is the\nmaterial disease. Nonetheless, because Kr�J}.a wants to give transcendental bliss to the living entities, He appears in various forms. Therefore He\nis called Kr�J}.a. Because Gargamuni was an astrologer, he knew what\nothers did not know. Yet Kr�J}.a has so many names that even Gargamuni\ndid not know them all. It is to be concluded that Kr�J}.a, according to His\ntranscendental activities, has many names and many forms.\nTEXT 16\n\n� � . •nq•ilt�wt.-a:wt : 1\n\n�tfilt\n\n•{tt@(ijf(qctf I I ��I I\n\ne§a va}:t sreya iidhasyad\ngopa-gokula-nandana}:t\nanena sarva-durgiir:ti\nyuyam afijas tari§yatha\ne§a/:t-this child; va}:t-for all of you people; sreya}:t-the most\nauspicious;\n\niidhasyat-will\n\nact\n\nall-auspiciously;\n\ngopa-gokula-nan­\n\ndana}:t-just like a cowherd boy, born in a family of cowherd men as the\nson of the estate of Gokula; anena-by Him; sarva-durgiir:ti-all kinds\nof miserable conditions;\n\nyuyam-all of you;\n\nafija J:r,-easily;\n\ntari§­\n\nyatha-will overcome.\nTRANSLATION\nTo increase the transcendental bliss of the cowherd men of\n\nGokula, this child will always act auspiciously for you. And by His\ngrace only, you will surpass all difficulties.\nPURPORT\nFor the cowherd men and the cows, Kr�J}.a is the supreme friend.\nTherefore He is worshiped by the prayer namo brahmar:tya-devaya gobrahmar:ta-hitaya ca. His pastimes in Gokula, His dhiima, are always\nfavorable to the brahmar:tas and the cows. His first business is to give all\ncomfort to the cows and the brahmar:tas. In fact, comfort for the\n\n", "SB10.2#p0146": "Text 18]\n\nLord �t:r;ta Shows the Universal Form\n\n101\n\nbriihmaT;UlS is secondary, and comfort for the cows is His first concern.\nBecause of His presence, all people would overcome all difficulties and\nalways be situated in transcendental bliss.\nTEXT 17\n\n�\n\n� �ro a:�q'lR�n: I\n\n<AilS� �11Jll\n\nM\"���i\n�n: 11�\\911\n\npuriinena vraja-pate\nsiidhavo dasyu-puf,itatt\nariijake ra/cyyamaTJii\njigyur dasyan samedhitatt\nanena-by .Kr�:Q.a; vraja-pate-0 King of Vraja;\nsiidhavatt-those who were honest; dasyu-puf,itatt-being disturbed by\nrogues and thieves; ariijake-when there was an irregular government;\nra/cyyama7Jatt-were protected; jigyutt-conquered; dasyan-the\nrogues and thieves; samedhitatt-flourished.\npurii-formerly;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Nanda Maharaja, as recorded in history, when there was an irregular, incapable government, lndra having been dethroned, and\npeople were being harassed and disturbed by thieves, this child appeared in order to protect the people and enable them to flourish,\nand He curbed the rogues and thieves.\nPURPORT\n\nlndra is the king of the universe. Demons, thieves and rogues always\ndisturb Indra (indriiri-vyiikularh lokam), but when indriiris, the enemies\nof lndra, become prominent, .Kr�:Q.a appears. Kr$1JllS\n\ntu bhagaviin\nsvayaml indrari-vyiikularh lokarh mnlayanti yuge yuge (Bhag. 1.3.28).\nTEXT 18\n\n�i(<l�'{ � :mta���:l\n����<�li ��n11��11\n\n", "SB10.2#p0147": "102\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nya etasmin maha-bhaga�\npritim kurvanti manava�\nnarayo 'bhibhavanty etan\nvi§r:tu-pa�an ivasura�\nye-those persons who; etasmin-unto this child; mahd-bhaga�very fortunate; pritim-affection; kurvanti-execute; mdnava�-such\npersons; na-not; araya�-the enemies; abhibhavanti-do overcome;\netdn-those who are attached to Kt�Qa; vi§r:tu-pa�an-the demigods,\nwho always have Lord Vi�Qu on their side; iva-like; asurd�-the\ndemons.\nTRANSLATION\n\nDemons [asuras] cannot harm the demigods, who always have\n\nLord Vi,l,lU on their side. Similarly, any person or group attached\n\nto Kn1,18 is extremely fortunate. Because such persons are very\nmuch affectionate toward �'1,1a, they cannot be defeated by\n\ndemons like the associates of Kamsa [or by the internal enemies,\nthe senses].\n\nTEXT 19\n\n('1411'it�l�'l:sil� � Wi1(1�U(Q¥(t �: I\n��� �j)q(�(q (1¥((�: ������\ntasman nandatmajo 'yam te\nnarayar:ta-samo gur:ta*\nsriya kirtyanubhavena\ngopayasva samahita�\ntasmat-therefore; nanda-0 Nanda Maharaja; atmaja�-your son;\nayam-this; te-o£ you; narayar:ta-sama�-is as good as NarayaQa\n(NarayaQa Himself showing transcendental qualities); gur:ta*-by\nqualities; sriya-by opulence; kirtya-especially by His name and fame;\nanubhavena-and by His influence; gopayasva-just raise this child;\nsamahita�-with great attention and precaution.\nTRANSLATION\nIn conclusion, therefore, 0 Nanda Maharaja, this child of yours\n\nis as good as Niriy81,18. In His transcendental qualities, opulence,\n\n", "SB10.2#p0148": "Text 20]\n\nLord :Kf�q.a Shows the Universal Form\n\n103\n\nname, fame and influence, He is exactly like Niriyaq.a. You should\nall raise this child very carefully and cautiously.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse, the word naraya\"{Ul-sama/:t is significant. Naraya:Q.a has\n\nno equal. He is asamaurdhva: no one is equal to Him, and no one is\ngreater than He is. As stated in §astra:\n\nyas tu naraya\"{Ulril devam\nbrahma-rudradi-daivatai/:t\nsamatvenaiva vi�eta\nsa p�a1;u;li bhaved dhruvam\nOne who equates Naraya:Q.a even with great exalted demigods like Lord\nSiva or Lord Brahma is a\n\np�m:u;li, an agnostic. No one can equal\nNaraya:Q.a. Nonetheless, Gargamuni used the word sama, meaning\n\n\"equal,\" because he wanted to treat ��:Q.a as the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead who had become Nanda Maharaja's son. Gargamuni wanted to\n\nimpress upon the mind of Nanda Maharaja, \"Your worshipable Deity,\nNaraya:Q.a, is so pleased with you that He has sent you a son almost equal\n\nto Him in qualifications. Therefore you may designate your son with a\nsimilar name, such as Mukunda or Madhusudana. But you must always\n\nremember that whenever you want to do something very good, there will\n\nbe many hindrances. Therefore you should raise and protect this child\n\nwith great care. If you can protect this child very cautiously, as Naraya:Q.a\n\nalways protects you, the child will be as good as Naraya:Q.a.\" Gargamuni\n\nalso indicated that although the child was exaltedly qualified like\nNaraya:Q.a, He would enjoy more than Naraya:Q.a as\n\nrasa-vihari, the\n\ncentral enjoyer of the rasa dance. As stated in the Brahma-samhita,\n\nlak$mi-sahasra-sata-sambhrama-sevyamanam: He would be served by\nmany gopis, who would all be as good as the goddess of fortune.\nTEXT 20\n\n��\n\n.\n\n--=m\"'�\n\n11111\n\n� Xii i1lT\n\"'(' �\n�. �\n\" I� I\n\n��: !fi�����¥ilRf'11ij ll�oll\n\n", "SB10.2#p0149": "104\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nsri-suka uvdca\nity atmdnam samadiSya\ngarge ca sva-grham gate\nnanda� pramudito mene\natmanam parr;r,am as�am\nsri-suka� uvdc a-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti-thus; atmanam­\n\nabout the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Soul; samadiSya-after fully in­\n\nstructing; garge-when Gargamuni; ca-also; sva-grham-to his own\nabode; gate-had departed; nanda�-Maharaja Nanda; pramudita�became extremely pleased; mene-considered; dtmdnam-his own self;\nparr;r,am as�dm-full of all good fortune.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Sukadeva Gosvimi continued: After Gargamuni, having\n\ninstructed Nanda Maharaja about ��fl,la, departed for his own\n\nhome, Nanda Maharaja was very pleased and considered himself\n\nfull of all good fortune.\n\nPURPORT\n.Kr�Qa is the Supersoul, and Nanda Maharaja is the individual soul. By\n\nthe instructions of Gargamuni, both of them were blessed. Nanda\nMaharaja was thinking of .Kr�Qa's safety from the hands of demons like\nPutana and Sakatasura, and because he possessed such a son, he thought\nof himself.as most fortunate.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n� ��� m� {l¥iCMtq1 1\n�nrtm: � R�·¥i1Ult �Q: 11��11\nkalena vrajatalpena\ngokule rama-kesavau\njanubhyam saha par:tibhyam\nririgamdr:tau vijahratu�\nkalena-of time; vrajatd-passing; alpena-a very small duratiolf;\n\ngokule-in Gokula, Vraja-dhama; rama-kesavau-both Balarama and\n\n", "SB10.2#p0150": "Text 22]\n\nLord .Kft�a Shows the Universal Form\n\n105\n\nl(r�1,1a; janubhyam-by the strength of Their knees; saha piir:tibhyam­\n\nresting on Their hands; ringamiir:tau-crawling; vijahratu�-enjoyed\n\nchildhood play.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter a short time passed, both brothers, Rima and .Kft�a,\nbegan to crawl on the ground of Vraja with the strength of Their\nhands and knees and thus enjoy Their childhood play.\nPURPORT\n\nOne brahmar:ta devotee says:\nsrutim apare smrtim itare bharatam anye bhajantu bhava-bhita�\naham iha nandam vande yasyalinde param brahma\n\n\"Let others, fearing material existence, worship the Vedas, the Vedic\n\nsupplementary Puriir:tas and the Mahabharata, hut I shall worship\nNanda Maharaja, in whose courtyard the Supreme Brahman is crawl­\n\ning.\" For a highly exalted devotee, kaivalya, merging into the existence\n\nof the Supreme, appears no better than hell (narakiiyate). But here one\n\ncan simply think of the crawling of l(r�1,1a and Balarama in the courtyard\n\nof Nanda Maharaja and always merge in transcendental happiness. As\n\nlong as one is absorbed in thoughts of kr�r:ta-lila, especially l(r�1,1a's\n\nchildhood pastimes,\n\nas Parik�it Maharaja desired to he,\n\none is\n\nalways merged in actual kaivalya. Therefore Vyasadeva compiled\nSrimad-Bhagavatam. Lokasyajanato vidvams cakre satvata-samhitam\n(Bhag. 1.7.6). Vyasadeva compiled Srimad-Bhagavatam, under the in­\n\nstruction of Narada, so that anyone can take advantage of this literature,\nthink of l(r�1,1a's pastimes and always he liberated.\n\nsrutim apare smrtim itare bharatam anye bhajantu bhava-bhita�\n\naham iha nandam vande yasyalinde pararil brahma\n\nTEXT 22\n\n\"\nmw��QJ\n'\"'\n\n'\"'\n\n\" .\n\n�=Wtsf�i�ffi\n\n�.\n\nq�q�T\nt1\n�\"'\niNI�G:¥41:1\n\n", "SB10.2#p0151": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n106\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\ntav arighri-yugmam anukr�ya sarisrpantau\ngho�a-pragho�a-ruciram vraja-kardame�u\ntan-nada-hma-manasav anusrtya lokam\nmugdha-prabhitavad upeyatur anti matro/:t\ntau-Kn:Q.a and Balarama;\nTheir\n\nlegs;\n\narighri-yugmam anukr�ya-dragging\n\nsarisrpantau-crawling\n\nlike\n\nsnakes;\n\ngho�a-pragho�a­\n\nruciram -producing a sound with Their ankle bells that was very, very\nsweet to hear; vraja-kardame�u-in the mud created by cow dung and\ncow urine on the earth of Vrajabhfuni; tat-nelda-by the sound of those\nankle bells; hr�!a-manasau-being very much pleased; anusrtyafollowing;\n\nlokam-other persons;\n\nmugdha-thus being enchanted;\n\nprabh ita-vat-then again being afraid of them; upeyatu/:t-immediately\nreturned; anti matro/:t-toward Their mothers.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen K:r!ill}a and Balarama, with the strength of Their legs,\n\ncrawled in the muddy places created in Vraja by cow dung and cow\n\nurine, Their crawling resembled the crawling of serpents, and the\n\nsound of Their ankle bells was very charming. Very much pleased\n\nby the sound of other people's ankle bells, They used to follow\n\nthese people as if going to Their mothers, but when They saw that\nthese were other people, They became afraid and returned to\nTheir real mothers, Ya8odii and Rohil}i.\nPURPORT\nWhen .i(r![!:Q.a and Balarama were crawling about Vrajabhiimi, They\nwere enchanted by the sound of ankle bells. Thus They sometimes\nfollowed other people, who would enjoy the crawling of .i(r![!:Q.a and\nBalarama and exclaim, \"Oh, see how .i(r![!:Q.a and Balarama are crawling!\"\nUpon hearing this, .i(r![!:Q.a and Balarama could understand that these were\nnot Their mothers They were following, and They would return to Their\nactual mothers. Thus the crawling of .i(r![!:Q.a and Balarama was enjoyed by\n\n", "SB10.2#p0152": "Lord ��1,1a Shows the Universal Form\n\nText 23)\n\n107\n\nthe people of the neighborhood, as well as by mother Yasoda and Rohi:Q.i\nand the two children Themselves.\nTEXT 23\n�\n\n�,...\n\n�\n\n�;m� �wn � ��� 11r\n\n. ��Rt(('iq�l&f �I\n\n.\n,...\n...._\n·��\n��T � suq��u: � � ���·�\n\nF4�ijl<!<la;�;f �: �\n\nII\":<� II\n\ntan-matarau nija-sutau ghroaya snuvantyau\nparikariga-raga-rucirav upagrhya dorbhyam\ndattva stanam prapibato(l, sma mukham nirik§ya\nmugdha-smitalpa-daSanam yayatu(l, pramodam\ntat-matarau-Their mothers (RohiQ.i and Yasoda); nija-sutau-their\nown respective sons; ghroaya-with great affection; snuvantyauallowed to suck the flowing milk from Their breasts very happily;\nparika-ariga-raga-rucirau-whose beautiful transcendental bodies were\ncovered with muddy cow dung and urine; upagrhya-taking care of;\ndorbhyam-by their arms;\n\ndattvd-delivering Them;\n\nstanam-the\n\nbreast; prapibato(l,-when the babies were sucking;\n\nsma-indeed;\n\nmukham-the\n\nmouth;\n\nnirik§ya-and\n\nseeing;\n\nmugdha-smita-alpa­\n\ndaSanam-smiling with little teeth coming out of Their mouths (they\nwere more and more attracted); yayatu(l,-and enjoyed; pramodamtranscendental bliss.\nTRANSLATION\nDress.ed with muddy earth mixed with cow dung and cow urine,\nthe babies looked very beautiful, and when They went to Their\nmothers, both Ya8oda and Rohi1,1i picked Them up with great affection, embraced Them and allowed Them to suck the milk flowing\nfrom their breasts. While sucking the breast, the babies smiled,\nand Their small teeth were visible. Their mothers, upon seeing\nthose beautiful teeth, enjoyed great transcendental bliss.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0153": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n108\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nAs the mothers cared for their respective babies, by the arrangement\n\nof yogamaya the babies thought, \"Here is My mother,\" and the mothers\n\nthought, \"Here is my son.\" Because of affection, milk naturally flowed\nfrom the mothers' breasts, and the babies drank it. When the mothers\n\nsaw small teeth coming in, they would count them and be happy, and\nwhen the babies saw Their mothers allowing Them to drink their breast\n\nmilk, the babies also felt transcendental pleasure. As this transcendental\n\naffection continued between Rohi�i and Balarama and Yasoda and K��?�a,\nthey all enjoyed transcendental bliss.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nl{�;n��ltt1}4il(JIffiq�� ij((�r: ��:\netffi I«f(ijij \\r+llet�'ti&£l4iIo\"\n� ��ij•!(l lll't�« :11�\\J II\n�\"'\n\nyarhy aitgana-darsan'iya-kumara-liliiv\nantar-vraje tad abala/:t pragrh'ita-pucchai/:t\nvatsair itas tata ubhav anukr�yamd7Jau\npre�antya uj hita-grha jahr�ur hasantya/:t\nyarhi-when; angana-darsan'iya-visible only to the ladies within\n\nthe house; kumiira-l'ilau-the pastimes Sri �!?�a and Balarama ex­\n\nhibited as children; anta/:t-vraje-within the inside of Vraja, in the\nhouse of Nanda Maharaja; tat-at that time; abala/:t-all the ladies;\n\npragrh'ita-pucchai/:t-the ends of their tails having been caught by �!?�a\nand Balarama; vatsai/:t-by the calves; ita/:t tata/:t-here and there;\nubhau-both �!?�a and Balarama; anukr�yama\"{tau-being dragged;\n\npre�antya/:t-seeing such things;\nhousehold affairs;\n\nlaughing.\n\nujjhita-given up; grha/:t-their\n\njahr�u/:t-enjoyed very much; hasantya/:t-while\n\nTRANSLATION\nWithin the house of Nanda Maharaja, the cowherd ladies would\n\nenjoy seeing the pastimes of the babies Riima and ��J].a. The\n\n", "SB10.2#p0154": "Text 25]\n\nLord 1\\.f�I].a Shows the Universal Form\n\n109\n\nbabies would catch the ends of the calves' tails, and the calves\nwould drag Them here and there. When the ladies saw these\npastimes, they certainly stopped their household activities and\nlaughed and enjoyed the incidents.\n\nPURPORT\n\nWhile crawling in curiosity, ��J)a and Balarama would sometimes\ncatch the ends of the tails of calves. The calves, feeling that someone had\ncaught them, would begin to flee here and there, and the babies would\nhold on very tightly, being afraid of how the calves were moving. The\ncalves, seeing that the babies were holding them tightly, would also become afraid. Then the ladies would come to rescue the babies and gladly\nlaugh. This was their enjoyment.\n\nTEXT 25\n\nSifl\\������i1\nIG:I:ll� :...\nO(!��:\n�1:ll� \"\n,...\n....\n\nSfimm����'{_ 1\nllmfiiT qlrlif � ;r ��\n�3lf.rG���S'l� 11��11\nspigy-agni-da�try-asi-jala-dvija-kar;ttakebhyal;,\nkrU;lii-pariiv aticalau sva-sutau n�eddhum\ngrhyiir;ti kartum api yatra na taj-jananyau\nsekiita iipatur alam manaso 'navasthiim\nspigi-with the cows; agni-fire; daril$!ri-monkeys and dogs; asiswords; jala-water; dvija-birds; kar;ttakebhyal;,-and thorns; krU}iiparau ati-calau-the babies, being too restless, engaged in play; svasutau-their own two sons; n�eddhum-just to stop Them; grhyiir;tihousehold duties; kartum api-by executing; yatra-when; na-not;\ntat-jananyau-Their mothers (RohiQi and Yasoda); sekiite-able;\niipatul;,-obtained; alam-indeed; manasal;,-of the mind; anavasthiim-equilibrium.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0155": "110\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen mother Ya8odii and Rohi�i were unable to protect the\n\nbabies from calamities threatened by horned cows, by fire, by\n\nanimals with claws and teeth such as monkeys, dogs and cats, and\nby thorns, swords and other weapons on the ground, they were al­\n\nways in anxiety, and their household engagements were disturbed.\n\nAt that time, they were fully equipoised in the transcendental\n\necstasy known as the distress of material affection, for this was\naroused within their minds.\n\nPURPORT\nAll these pastimes of ��Qa, and the great enjoyment exhibited by the\nmothers, are transcendental; nothing about them is material. They are\ndescribed in the Brahma-samhita as ananda-cinmaya-rasa. In the spiritual world there is anxiety, there is crying, and there are other feelings\nsimilar to those of the material world, but because the reality of these\nfeelings is in the transcendental world, of which this world is only an imitation, mother Yasoda and RohiQi enjoyed them transcendentally.\n\nTEXT 26\n\ntf;l�;u�qC1 � uq: � • 1\n3l�'lti!};M:\nq��\"1$JI\"'tlt��� ����II\nkalenalpena rajar:�e\nrama� kr�1Ja.S ca gokule\naghma-janubhi� padbhir\nvicakramatur aiijasa\nkalena alpena-within a very short time; rajar�e-0 King (Maharaja\nParik�it); rama� km:ta� ca-both Rama and ��Qa; gokule-in the\nvillage of Gokula; aghma-janubhi�-without the help of crawling on\nTheir knees; padbhi�-by Their legs alone; vicakramatu�-began to\nwalk; aiijasa-very easily.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0156": "Text\n\n27]\n\nLord ���q.a Shows the Universal Form\n\n111\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik,it, within a very short time both Rima and ���q.a\nbegan to walk very easily in Gokula on Their legs, by Their own\nstrength, without the need to crawl.\nPURPORT\n\nInstead of crawling with Their knees, the babies could now stand up\nby holding on to something and walk little by little, without difficulty, by\nthe strength of Their legs.\nTEXT 27\n\n� �� PJit ���: I\nrin� �4�c �����\\911\nn:u..\n\ntatas tu bhagavan kr$T.W\nvayasyair vraja-balakai�\nsaha-ramo vraja-stri1Jiirh\ncikrilje janayan mudam\ntata�-thereafter; tu-but; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;\n\nkmw�-Lord ��1,1a;\n\nvayasyai�-with Their playmates;\n\nvraja-balakai�-with other small children in Vraja; saha-rama�along with Balarama; vraja-stri1Jijm-of all the ladies of Vraja; cikriljeplayed very happily;\n\njanayan-awakening; mudam-transcendental\n\nbliss.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Lord �'q.a, along with Balarima, began to play with\nthe other children of the cowherd men, thus awakening the transcendental bliss of the cowherd women.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word saha-rama�, meaning \"along with Balarama,\" is significant\nin this verse. In such transcendental pastimes, ��1,1a is the chief hero,\nand Balarama provides additional help.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0157": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n112\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 28\n\n� mqjt �fqi � �¥{1('EtNe¥( I\n\n��: �ijt=+tlf!RRt �: «¥4t•tijt:tt�(;ll\nkmwsya gopyo ruciram\nvik$ya kaumdra-capalam\nsr�vantya� kila tan-mdtur\niti hocu� samagata�\nkr$�ya-of .i(r�I}.a; gopya�-al1 the gop'is; ruciram-very attractive; v 'ik$ya-observing;\n\nkaumdra-capalam-the restlessness of the\n\nchildish pastimes; sr�vantya�-just to hear them again and again;\nkila-indeed; tat-mdtu�-in the presence of His mother; iti-thus;\nha-indeed; acu�-said; samagata�-assembled there.\nTRANSLATION\nObserving the very attractive childish restlessness of :Kf��a, all\n\nthe gopis in the neighborhood, to hear about K���a's activities\n\nagain and again, would approach mother Ya8odii and speak to her\nas follows.\n\nPURPORT\n.i(r�I).a's activities are always very attractive to devotees. Therefore the\nneighbors, who were friends of mother Yasoda, informed mother Yasoda\nof whatever they saw .i(r�I}.a doing in the neighborhood. Mother Yasoda,\njust to hear about the activities of her son, stopped her household duties\nand enjoyed the information given by the neighborhood friends.\n\nvatsan muiican kvacid asamaye krosa-saiijata-hasa�\nsteyam svadv atty atha dadhi-paya� kalpita* steya-yogai�\n\n", "SB10.2#p0158": "Text 29]\n\nLord K.f!ll�a Shows the Universal Form\n\n113\n\nmarkan bho�yan vibhajati sa cen natti bhar:u;lam bhinnatti\ndravyalabhe sagrha-kupito yaty upakrosya tokan\nvatsan-the calves;\n\nmuncan-releasing;\n\nkvacit-sometimes;\n\nasa­\n\nmaye-at odd times; krosa-sanjata-hasal;-after this, when the head of\nthe house is angry, Kt�J}.a begins to smile; steyam-obtained by stealing;\nsvadu-very tasteful; atti-eats; atha-thus; dadhi-payal;-pot of\ncurd and milk; kalpitail;-devised; steya-yogail;-by some sort of stealing process; markdn-to the monkeys; bho�yan-giving to eat; vibhajati-divides their portion; sa/;-the monkey; cet-if; na-not; attieats; bha�(iam-the pot; bhinnatti-He breaks; dravya-alabhe-when\neatables are unavailable or He cannot find such pots; sa-grha-kupitai;He becomes angry at the residents of the house; yati-He goes away;\nupakrosya-irritating and pinching; tokdn-the small children.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Our dear friend Ya.Sodi, your son sometimes comes to our\nhouses before the milking of the cows and releases the calves, and\nwhen the master of the house becomes angry, your son merely\nsmiles. Sometimes He devises some process by which He steals\npalatable curd, butter and milk, which He then eats and drinks.\nWhen the monkeys assemble, He divides it with them, and when\nthe monkeys have their bellies so full that they won't take more,\nHe breaks the pots. Sometimes, if He gets no opportunity to steal\nbutter or milk from a house, He will be angry at the householders,\nand for His revenge He will agitate the small children by pinching\nthem. Then, when the children begin crying, K.f11�a will go away.\nPURPORT\n\nThe narration of Kt�J}.a's naughty childhood activities would be presented to mother Yasoda in the form of complaints. Sometimes Kt�J}.a\nwould enter the house of a neighbor, and if He found no one there, He\nwould release the calves before the time for the cows to be milked. The\ncalves are actually supposed to be released when their mothers are\nmilked, but Kt�J}.a would release them before that time, and naturally the\ncalves would drink all the milk from their mothers. When the cowherd\nmen saw this, they would chase Kt�J}.a and try to catch Him, saying,\n\n", "SB10.2#p0159": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n114\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\n\"Here is K:r�1,1a doing mischief,\" but He would flee and enter another\nhouse, where He would again devise some means to steal butter and curd.\nThen the cowherd men would again try to capture Him, saying, \"Here is\nthe butter thief. Better capture Him!\" And they would be angry. But\nK:r�1,1a would simply smile, and they would forget everything. Sometimes, in their presence, He would begin eating the curd and butter.\nThere was no need for K:r�1,1a to eat butter, since His belly was always\nfull, but He would try to eat it, or else He would break the pots and distribute the contents to the monkeys. In this way, K:r�1,1a was always\nengaged in mischief-making. If in any house He could not find any butter or curd to steal, He would go into a room and agitate the small\nchildren sleeping there by pinching them, and when they cried He would\ngo away.\n\nhastagrahye racayati vidhim pithakolakhaladyaiS\nchidrarit hy antar-nihita-vayuna/:t sikya-bhtlr:u;le$U tad-vit\ndhvantagare dhrta-rnar;ti-gar:wm svangam artha-pradipam\nkale gopyo yarhi grha-krtye$U suvyagra-citta/:t\nhasta-agrahye-when the destination is out of the reach of His hands;\nracayati-He arranges to make; vidhim-a means; pithaka-by wooden\nplanks piled together; ul ukhala-adyai/:t-and by overturning the stone\nmortar for grinding spices;\n\nchidram-a hole;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nanta/:t­\n\nnihita-about the contents of the pot; vayuna/:t-with such knowledge;\nsikya-hanging by a swing; bhar;t{ie$u-in the pots; ta t-vit-expert in\nthat knowledge, or in full knowledge; dhvanta-agare-in a very dark\nroom; dhrta-rnar;ti-gar;tam-because of being decorated with valuable\njewels; sva-arigam-His own body; artha-pradipam-is the light required for seeing in darkness; kale-after that, in due course of time;\n\n", "SB10.2#p0160": "Lord �'ll,la Shows the Universal Form\n\nText 31]\n\n115\n\ngopyab,-the elderly gopis; yarhi-as soon as; grha-krtye$u-in discharging household affairs; su-vyagra-cittab,-are busily engaged.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the milk and curd are kept high on a swing hanging\nfrom the ceiling and �!jl,la and Balarama cannot reach it, They arrange to reach it by piling up various planks and turning upside\ndown the mortar for grinding spices. Being quite aware of the contents of a pot, They pick holes in it. While the elderly gopis go\nabout their household affairs, �!jl,la and Balarama sometimes go\ninto a dark room, brightening the place with the valuable jewels\nand ornaments on Their bodies and taking advantage of this light\nby stealing.\nPURPORT\nFormerly, in every household, yogurt and butter were kept for use in\nemergencies. But ��JJa and Balarama would pile up planks so that They\ncould reach the pots and would then pick holes in the pots with Their\nhands so that the contents would leak out and They could drink it. This\nwas another means for stealing butter and milk. When the butter and\nmilk were kept in a dark room, ��JJa and Balarama would go there and\nmake the place bright with the valuable jewels on Their bodies. On the\nwhole, ��JJa and Balarama engaged in stealing butter and milk from the\nneighborhood houses in many ways.\nTEXT 31\n\n���1etrt�RI m �6:'11a_1A qt�\n�14'1ql�ffld*t6tRt: ijSl� tr��\n� �: ij'+l4'14'1 -��..t.ui:n��� ij �����I\nevarh dhiir$!yany u5ati kurute mehanadini vastau\nsteyopayair viracita-krtib- supratiko yathaste\nittham stribhib- sa-bhaya-nayana-sri-mukhalokinibhir\nvyakhyatartha prahasita-mukhi na hy upalabdhum aicchat\n\n", "SB10.2#p0161": "116\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nevam-in this way; dhar�tyani-naughty activities; u§ati-in a neat\nand clean place; kurute-sometimes does; mehana-ddini-passing stool\nand urine; vastau-in our houses; steya-upaya*-and by inventing\ndifferent devices to steal butter and milk; viracita-krt*-is very expert;\nsu-pratika/:t-is now sitting down here like a very good, well-behaved\nchild; yatha dste-while staying here; ittham-all these topics of conversation; stribh*-by the gopis; sa-bhaya-nayana-just now sitting\nthere with fearful eyes;\n\nsri-mukha-such a beautiful face;\n\nalo­\n\nkinibhi/:t-by the gopis, who were enjoying the pleasure of seeing;\nvyakhyata-artha-and while complaining against Him before mother\nYasoda; prahasita-mukhi-they were smiling and enjoying; na-not;\nhi-indeed; upalabdhum-to chastise and threaten (rather, she enjoyed\nhow Kr�1,1a was sitting there as a very good boy); aicchat-she desired.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Kr,r.ta is caught in His naughty activities, the master of\n\nthe house will say to Him, 'Oh, You are a thief,' and artificially ex­\n\npress anger at Kr,r.ta. Kr'r.ta will then reply, 'I am not a thief. You\n\nare a thief.' Sometimes, being angry, Kr,r.ta passes urine and stool\n\nin a neat, clean place in our houses. But now, our dear friend\n\nYa8oda, this expert thief is sitting before you like a very good\nboy.\" Sometimes all the gopis would look at Kr,r.ta sitting there,\n\nHis eyes fearful so that His mother would not chastise Him, and\nwhen they saw Kr'r.ta's beautiful face, instead of chastising Him\n\nthey would simply look upon His face and enjoy transcendental\n\nbliss. Mother Ya8odi would mildly smile at all this fun, and she\nwould not want to chastise her blessed transcendental child.\nPURPORT\n\nKr�1,1a's business in the neighborhood was not only to steal but sometimes to pass stool and urine in a neat, clean house. When caught by the\nmaster of the house, K:r�1,1a would chastise him, saying, \"You are a\nthief.\" Aside from being a thief in His childhood affairs, Kr�1,1a acted as\nan expert thief when He was young by attracting young girls and enjoying them in the rasa dance. This is Kr�1,1a's business. He is also violent, as\n\n", "SB10.2#p0162": "Text 32]\n\nLord �'I]a Shows the Universal Form\n\n117\n\nthe killer of many demons. Although mundane people like nonviolence\nand other such brilliant qualities, God, the Absolute Truth, being always\nthe same, is good in any activities, even so-called immoral activities like\nstealing, killing and violence. KT�1,1a is always pure, and He is always the\nSupreme Absolute Truth. KT�1,1a may do anything supposedly abominable\nin material life, yet still He is attractive. Therefore His name is KT�1,1a,\nmeaning \"all-attractive.\" This is the platform on which transcendental\nloving affairs and service are exchanged. Because of the features of\n��1,1a's face, the mothers were so attracted that they could not chastise\nHim. Instead of chastising Him, they smiled and enjoyed hearing of\n��1,1a's activities. Thus the gopis remained satisfied, and ��1,1a enjoyed\ntheir happiness. Therefore another name of ��1,1a is Gopi-jana-vallabha\nbecause He invented such activities to please the gopis.\nTEXT 32\n\n� iitll-5¥il�l�ij U¥ilm �Wiil: I\n\n� � � � t44�(4'lll��ll\nekadii krU;lamaniis te\nramadya gopa-diirakd/:t\nkmw mrdam bhak§itavan\niti mdtre nyavedayan\nekadii-once upon a time; krU;lamana/:t-now ��1,1a, being still more\ngrown up, was playing with other children of the same age; te-they;\nrdma-adyd/:t-Balarama and others; gopa-diirakd/:t-other boys born in\nthe same neighborhood of the cowherd men; kmta/:t mrdam bhak§itavan-0 Mother, KT�1,1a has eaten earth (a complaint was lodged);\niti-thus; mdtre-unto mother Yasoda; nyavedayan-they submitted.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day while �,l}a was playing with His small playmates, including Balariima and other sons of the gopas, all His friends came\ntogether and lodged a complaint to mother Ya8odii. \"Mother,\" they\nsubmitted, \"�'l}a has eaten earth.\"\n\n", "SB10.2#p0163": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n118\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nHere is another of Kr�1,1a's transcendental activities invented to please\nthe gopis. First a complaint was lodged with mother Yasoda about Kr�1,1a's\nstealing, but mother Yasoda did not chastise Him. Now, in an attempt to\nawaken mother Yasoda's anger so that she would chastise Kr�1,1a, another\ncomplaint was invented-that Kr�1,1a had eaten earth.\nTEXT 33\n\nm �on � ��urwn�+lt �aAufr 1\n\n�m;�mr 11��11\n\n�\n\nsii grhitvii kare kmwm\nupiilabhya hita4ir:ti\nya.Sodii bhaya-sambhriintapre�aTJ-ii�am abha§ata\nsa-mother Yasoda; grhitvii-taking; kare-within the hands (being\nanxious\n\nabout\n\nwhat\n\nKr�1,1a\n\nmight\n\nhave\n\neaten);\n\nkr$r:tam-Kr�l,la;\n\nupiilabhya-wanted to chastise Him; hita-e$ir:ti-because she was anxious for the welfare of Kr�1,1a, she became very much agitated, thinking,\n\"How is it that Kr�1,1a has eaten earth?\"; ya.Sodii-mother Yasoda;\nbhaya-sambhriinta-pre�ar:ta-a�am-began\n\nto\n\nlook\n\nvery\n\ncarefully\n\nwithin Kr�1,1a's mouth in fear, to see if Kr�1,1a had eaten something\ndangerous; abhii$ata-began to address Kr�1,1a.\nTRANSLATION\n\nUpon hearing this from ��1,1a's playmates, mother Ya8odii, who\n\nwas always full of anxiety over K:r�1,1a's welfare, picked ��1,1a up\n\nwith her hands to look into His mouth and chastise Him. Her eyes\nfearful, she spoke to her son as follows.\nTEXT 34\n\n��1��¥4�T;:�R¥4��Fl ��Fl�: I\n� �t�� ��t��SJNTI� ll�ldll\n\n", "SB10.2#p0164": "Text 35]\n\nLord �!ill,la Shows the Universal Form\n\n119\n\nkasmiin mrdam adiintiitman\nbhaviin bhak$itaviin raha�\nvadanti tiivakii hy ete\nkumiiriis te 'grajo 'py ayam\nkasmiit-why;\n\nmrdam-dirt; adiinta-iitman-You restless boy;\nbhak$itaviin-have eaten; raha�-in a solitary place;\nvadanti-are lodging this complaint; tiivakii�- Your friends and playmates; hi-indeed; ete-all of them; kumiirii�- boys; te- Your; agraja�-older brother; api-also (confirms); ayam-this.\nbhaviin-You;\n\nTRANSLATION\nDear �!ill,la, why are You so restless that You have eaten dirt in a\nsolitary place? This complaint has been lodged against You by all\nYour playmates, including Your elder brother, Balarama. How is\nthis?\nPURPORT\n\nMother Yasoda was agitated by l(r�I)a's restless misbehavior. Her\nhouse was full of sweetmeats. Why then should the restless boy eat dirt\nin a solitary place? l(r�I)a replied, \"My dear mother, they have plotted\ntogether and lodged a complaint against Me so that you will punish Me.\nMy elder brother, Balarama, has joined them. Actually, I have not done\nthis. Take My words as true. Do not be angry and chastise Me.\"\nTEXT 35\n\nwm �fu�q � fil��fW.n I\n� «€4fll(� � � 1{. �����II\nniiham bhak$itaviin amba\nsarve mithyabhiSamsina�\nyadi satya-giras tarhi\nsamak$am pa.Sya me mukham\n\n", "SB10.2#p0165": "120\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\naham-1; bha�itavan-have eaten dirt; amba-My dear\nmithya-abhiSamsinalt-all liars, simply\ncomplaining against Me so that you may chastise Me; yadi-if it is actually a fact; satya-giralt-that they have spoken the truth; tarhithen; sama�am-directly; pa5ya-see; me-My; mukham-mouth.\nna-not;\n\nmother; sarve-all of them;\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri ��1,1a replied: My dear mother, I have never eaten dirt.\n\nAll My friends complaining against Me are liars. If you think they\n\nare being truthful, you can directly look into My mouth and\nexamine it.\n\nPURPORT\nKr��a presented Himself as an innocent child to increase the transcen­\n\ndental ecstasy of maternal affection. As described in the §astra, tiil;lana­\n\nbhayan mithyoktir vatsalya-rasa-po�ika. This means that sometimes a\n\nsmall child speaks lies. For example, he may have stolen something or\neaten something and yet deny that he has done so. We ordinarily see this\nin the material world, but in relation to Kr��a it is different; such activities are meant to endow the devotee with transcendental ecstasy. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead was playing as a liar and accusing all\nthe other devotees of being liars. As stated in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(10.12.11), krta-puTJ,ya-pufijalt: a devotee may attain such an ecstatic\n\nposition after many, many births of devotional service. Persons who have\namassed the results of a vast amount of pious activities can attain the\nstage of associating with Kr��a and playing with Him like ordinary playmates. One should not consider these transactions of transcendental service to be untruthful accusations. One should never accuse such devotees\nof being ordinary boys speaking lies, for they attained this stage of\nassociating with Kr��a by great austerities\n\nsamena ca damena ca).\n\n(tapasa brahmacaryeTJ,a\n\n", "SB10.2#p0166": "Text 39]\n\nLord 1\\.f!jl}.a Shows the Universal Form\n\n121\n\nyady evam tarhi vyadehity uktab, sa bhagavan harib,\nvyadattavyahataiSvaryab,\nkrU;la-manuja-balakab,\nyadi-if; evam-it is so; tarhi-then; vyadehi-open Your mouth\nwide (I want to see); iti uktab,-in this way ordered by mother Yasoda;\nsab,-He; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; harib,-the\nSupreme Lord; vyadatta-opened His mouth; avyahata-aiSvaryab,without minimizing any potencies of absolute opulence (aiSvaryasya\nsamagrasya); kri{id-pastimes; manuja-balakab,-exactly like the child\nof a human being.\nTRANSLATION\nMother Ya8odi challenged 1\\.f!jl}.a, \"If You have not eaten earth,\nthen open Your mouth wide.\" When challenged by His mother in\nthis way, K�!jl}.a, the son of Nanda Maharaja and Ya8odi, to exhibit\npastimes like a human child, opened His mouth. Although the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, l\\.f!1I}.a, who is full of all opulences, did not disturb His mother's parental affection, His opulence was automatically displayed, for 1\\.f!jl}.a's opulence is never\nlost at any stage, but is manifest at the proper time.\nPURPORT\n\nWithout disturbing the ecstasy of His mother's affection, K,r�:Q.a\nopened His mouth and displayed His own natural opulences. When a person is given varieties of food, there may be a hundred and one varieties,\nbut if one likes ordinary saka, spinach, he prefers to eat that. Similarly,\nalthough K,r�:Q.a was full of opulences, now, by the order of mother\nYasoda, He opened wide His mouth like a human child and did not\nneglect the transcendental humor of maternal affection.\nTEXTS 37-39\n\nm���������: 1\nmf�� w.n<:�tR�H�q 11�\\911\n\n", "SB10.2#p0167": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n122\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\n�ffi�����=tfl\n��f(�lofi��TfiiT � � gon�f4:11��11\n� AA;f\n\n� it�t�-\n\n����it�\n\n�� ��� ��\nsa tatra dadrse vi.Svarh\njagat sthasnu ca kharh di.Sa�\nsadri-dvipabdhi-bhugolam\nsa-vayv-agnindu-tarakam\njyotiS-cakrarh jalarh tejo\nnabhasvan viyad eva ca\nvaikarikar:tindriyar:ti\nmano matra guTJ-ds traya�\netad vicitrarh saha-jiva-kalasvabhava-karmasaya-liftga-bhedam\nsunos tanau vik$ya vidaritasye\nvrajarh sahatmanam avapa sarikam\nsa-mother Yasoda; tatra-within the wide-open mouth of ��Qa;\ndadrse-saw;\n\nvi.Svam-the whole universe; jagat-moving entities;\n\nsthasnu-maintenance of nonmoving entities;\nsky;\n\nca-and;\n\nkham-the\n\ndi.Sa�-the directions; sa-adri-with the mountains; dvipa­\n\nislands; abdhi-and oceans; bh a-golam-the surface of the earth; savayu-with the blowing wind; agni-fire; indu-the moon; tarakamstars;\n\njyot*·cakram-the planetary systems; jalam-water; teja�viyat-the sky; eva-also; ca-and;\nvai kdri kdr:ti-creation by transformation of aharikara; indriyar:ti-the\nsenses; mana�-mind; mdtra�-sense perception; gur:ta� traya�-the\nthree material qualities (sattva, rajas and tamas); etat-all these;\nvicitram-varieties; saha-along with; jiva-kala-the duration of life of\nall living entities; svabhava-natural instinct; karma-asaya-resultant\nlight; nabhasvan-outer space;\n\n", "SB10.2#p0168": "Text 39]\n\nLord �!ill}.a Shows the Universal Form\n\n123\n\naction and desire for material enjoyment; liriga-bhedam-varieties of\nbodies according to desire; suno/:t tanau-in the body of her son;\nvik$ya-seeing; viddrita-asye-within the wide-open mouth; vrajamV:rndavana-dhama, Nanda Maharaja's place;\n\nsaha-atmdnam-along\n\nwith herself; avapa-was struck; sarikam-with all doubts and wonder.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Kr!iil}.a opened His mouth wide by the order of mother\nYa8odi, she saw within His mouth all moving and nonmoving entities, outer space, and all directions, along with mountains, islands, oceans, the surface of the earth, the blowing wind, fire, the\nmoon and the stars. She saw the planetary systems, water, light,\nair, sky, and creation by transformation of ahaitkira. She also saw\nthe senses, the mind, sense perception, and the three qualities\ngoodness, passion and ignorance. She saw the time allotted for the\nliving entities, she saw natural instinct and the reactions of karma,\nand she saw desires and different varieties of bodies, moving and\nnonmoving. Seeing all these aspects of the cosmic manifestation,\nalong with herself and Vrndivana-dhima, she became doubtful\nand fearful of her son's nature.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAll the cosmic manifestations that exist on the gross and subtle elements, as well as the means of their agitation, the three gu{WS, the living\nentity, creation, maintenance, annihilation and everything going on in\nthe external energy of the Lord-all this comes from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda. Everything is within the control of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This is also confirmed in Bhagavadgita (9.10). Mayadhyak$etw prakrti/:t suyate sa-caracaram: everything\n\nin the material nature\n\n(prakrti) works under His control. Because all\n\nthese manifestations come from Govinda, they could all be visible within\nthe mouth of Govinda. Quite astonishingly, mother Yasoda was afraid because of intense maternal affection. She could not believe that within the\nmouth of her son such things could appear. Yet she saw them, and\ntherefore she was struck with fear and wonder.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0169": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n124\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nkim svapna etad uta devamaya\nkim va madiyo bata buddhi-moha�\natho am�yaiva mamarbhakasya\nya� kaScanautpattika atma-yoga�\nkim-whether; svapna�-a dream; etat-all this; uta-or otherwise;\ndeva-maya-an illusory manifestation by the external energy; kim vaor\n\nelse;\n\nmadiya�-my\n\npersonal;\n\nbata-indeed;\n\nbuddhi-moha�­\n\nillusion of intelligence; atho-otherwise; am�ya-of such;\n\neva­\n\nindeed; mama arbhakasya-of my child; ya�-which; kaScana-some;\nautpattika�-natural; dtma-yoga�-personal mystic power.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[Mother Ya8oda began to argue within herself:] Is this a dream,\n\nor is it an illusory creation by the external energy? Has this been\n\nmanifested by my own intelligence, or is it some mystic power of\nmy child?\n\nPURPORT\nWhen mother Yasoda saw this wonderful manifestation within the\nmouth of her child, she began to argue within herself about whether it\nwas a dream. Then she considered, \"I am not dreaming, because my eyes\nare open. I am actually seeing what is happening. I am not sleeping, nor\nam I dreaming. Then maybe this is an illusion created by devamaya. But\nthat is also not possible. What business would the demigods have showing such things to me? I am an insignificant woman with no connection\nwith the demigods. Why should they take the trouble to put me into\ndevamdya? That also is not possible.\" Then mother Yasoda considered\nwhether the vision might be due to bewilderment: \"I am fit in health; I\n\n", "SB10.2#p0170": "Lord �'�a Shows the Universal Form\n\nText 41]\n\n125\n\nam not diseased. Why should there be any bewilderment? It is not possible that my brain is deranged, since I am ordinarily quite :fit to think.\nThen this vision must be due to some mystic power of my son, as predicted by Gargamuni.\" Thus she finally concluded that the vision was\ndue to her son's activities, and nothing else.\nTEXT 41\n\n�\n\n�\n\n&::;\n\n«:'\"'\n\n•\n\nlif41Efi4ll*l�\n\n11+(9\\ :�'=t\"Cfll41���'\n�\"'\nC'��\n�wi � �: �\n� 3f1Jlijtm mtt� II�� II\natho yathavan na vitarka-gocaram\nceto-manab,-karma-vacobhir afijasa\nyad-asrayam yena yatal} pratiyate\nsudurvibhavyam prar;tatasmi tat-padam\natho-therefore she decided to surrender unto the Supreme Lord;\n\nyatha-vat-as\n\nperfectly\n\nas\n\none\n\ncan\n\nperceive;\n\nna-not;\n\nvitarka­\n\ngocaram -beyond all arguments, reason and sense perception; cetab,by col;lsciousness; manab,-by mind; karma-by activities; vacobhib,or by words; afijasd-taking all of them together, we cannot understand\nthem; yat asrayam -under whose control; yena-by whom; yatab,-\n\nfrom whom; pratiyate-can be conceived only that from Him everything\nemanates; su-durvibhavyam-beyond our sense perception or consciousness; prar;tata asmi -let me surrender; tat-padam -at His lotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore let me surrender unto the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead and offer my obeisances unto Him, who is beyond the\nconception of human speculation, the mind, activities, words and\narguments, who is the original cause of this cosmic manifestation,\nby whom the entire cosmos is maintained, and by whom we can\nconceive of its existence. Let me simply offer my obeisances, for\n\n", "SB10.2#p0171": "126\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nHe is beyond my contemplation, speculation and meditation. He is\nbeyond all of my material activities.\nPURPORT\nOne simply has to realize the greatness of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. One should not try to understand Him by any material means,\nsubtle or gross. Mother Yasoda, being a simple woman, could not find out\nthe real cause of the vision; therefore, out of maternal affection, she\nsimply offered obeisances unto the Supreme Lord to protect her child.\nShe could do nothing but offer obeisances to the Lord. It is said, acintya�\nkhalu ye bhava na tams tarker:w yojayet (Mahabharata, Bhi$ma\nParva 5.22). One should not try to understand the supreme cause by\nargument or reasoning. When we are beset by some problem for which\nwe can find no reason, there is no alternative than to surrender to the\nSupreme Lord and offer Him our respectful obeisances. Then our position will be secure. This was the means adopted in this instance also by\nmother Yasoda. Whatever happens, the original cause is the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead (sarva-karar:w-karar:wm). When the immediate\ncause cannot be ascertained, let us simply offer our obeisances at the\nlotus feet of the Lord. Mother Yasoda concluded that the wonderful\nthings she saw within the mouth of her child were due to Him, although\nshe could not clearly ascertain the cause. Therefore when a devotee cannot ascertain the cause of suffering, he concludes:\n\ntat te 'nukampam susami�amar;w\nbhufijana evatma-krtam vipakam\nhrd-vag-vapurbhir vidadhan namas te\njiveta yo mukti-pade sa daya-bhak\n(Bhag. 10.14.8)\nThe devotee accepts that it is due to his own past misdeeds that the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead has caused him some small amount of\nsuffering. Thus he offers obeisances to the Lord again and again. Such a\ndevotee is called mukti-pade sa daya-bhak; that is, he is guaranteed his\nliberation from this material world. As stated in Bhagavad-gitd (2.14):\n\n", "SB10.2#p0172": "Text 42]\n\nLord �fl,la Shows the Universal Form\n\n127\n\nmiitrii-sparsds tu kaunteya\nsito$r;a-sukha-du}J,kha-dii}J,\nagamdpayino nityds\ntams titik$asva bhiirata\nWe should know that material suffering due to the material body will\ncome and go. Therefore we must tolerate the suffering and proceed with\ndischarging our duty as ordained by our spiritual master.\nTEXT 42\n\n�-�i{wfi\n��(�IRct�N*fql m I\n�� �: ij�� it\n� +U!4�($.j�: �it tffir: II�J�II\n..\n\naham mamdsau patir e$a me suto\nvrajesvarasyakhila-vittapii sati\ngopya§ ca gopii}:l, saha-godhaniiS ca me\nyan-miiyayettham kumati}J, sa me gati}J,\naham-my existence (\"I am something\"); mama-my; asau-Nanda\nMaharaja; pati}:l,-husband; e$a}:t-this (.Kr�:Q.a); me suta}:l,-is my son;\n\nvraja-iSvarasya-of my husband, Nanda Maharaja; akhila-vitta-pa-I\nam the possessor of unlimited opulence and wealth; sati-because I am\nhis wife; gopya}J, ca-and all the damsels of the cowherd men; gopii}:l,all the cowherd men (are my subordinates); saha-godhana}J, ca-with\nthe cows and calves; me-my; yat-mdyaya-all such things addressed\nby me are, after all, given by the mercy of the Supreme; ittham- thus;\n\nkumati}J,-I am wrongly thinking they are my possessions; sa}J, me\ngati}J,-He is therefore my only shelter (I am simply instrumental).\nTRANSLATION\nIt is by the influence of the Supreme Lord's miyi that I am\nwrongly thinking that Nanda Maharaja is my husband, that �fl,l&\n\n", "SB10.2#p0173": "128\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nis my son, and that because I am the queen of Nanda Maharaja, all\n\nthe wealth of cows and calves are my possessions and all the\n\ncowherd men and their wives are my subjects. Actually, I also am\neternally subordinate to the Supreme Lord. He is my ultimate\n\nshelter.\n\nPURPORT\nFollowing in the footsteps of mother Yasoda, everyone should follow\nthis mentality of renunciation. Whatever wealth, opulence or whatever\nelse we may possess belongs not to us but to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who is the ultimate shelter of everyone and the ultimate owner\nof everything. As stated by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gita (5.29):\n\nbhoktaram yajiia-tapasam\nsarva•.loka-mahesvaram\nsuhrdam sarva-bhatanam\njfidtva mdm santim rcchati\n\"The sages, knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrifices and\nausterities, the Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods and the\nbenefactor and well-wisher of all living entities, attain peace from the\npangs of material miseries.\"\nWe should not be proud of our possessions. As expressed by mother\nYasoda herein, \"I am not the owner of possessions, the opulent wife of\nNanda Maharaja. The estate, the possessions, the cows and calves and the\nsubjects like the gopis and cowherd men are all given to me.\" One should\ngive up thinking of \"my possessions, my son and my husband\" (janasya\n\nmoho yam aham mameti). Nothing belongs to anyone but the Supreme\nLord. Only because of illusion do we wrongly think, \"I am existing\" or\n\"Everything belongs to me.\" Thus mother Yasoda completely surrendered unto the Supreme Lord. For the moment, she was rather disappointed, thinking, \"My endeavors to protect my son by charity and other\nauspicious activities are useless. The Supreme Lord has given me many\nthings, but unless He takes charge of everything, there is no assurance of\nprotection. I must therefore ultimately seek shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\" As stated by Prahlada Maharaja (Bhag. 7.9.19),\n\n", "SB10.2#p0174": "Text 43]\n\nLord .Kr!f�a Shows the Universal Form\n\n129\n\nbdlasya neha sarar:wm pitarau nrsimha: a father and mother cannot\nultimately take care of their children. Ato grha-lcyetra-sutiipta-vittair\njanasya moho yam aharh mameti\n\n(Bhiig. 5.5.8). One's land, home,\n\nwealth and all of one's possessions belong to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, although we wrongly think, \"I am this\" and \"These things are\nmine.\"\n\n•\n\n�\n\nTEXT 43\n\nf?l�\n\n��\n�I)IJ'q'\n\n.\n\n'\"'\"'\n\n.\n\n.s\n\nij<:t\"(;w.:rr �Tllqi!flp.:u ij' ��: I\n\n\"'A-.,.\n�<:tWiiw-+1141 ��WU\nl':t�: II\\?� II\n'\"'\n\n•\n\n'\"'\n\nittharh vidita-tattviiyiirh\ngopikayiirh sa iSvara�\nvai.§r:wvirh vyatanon miiyiirh\nputra-snehamayirh vibhu�\nittham-in this way; vidita-tattviiyiim-when she understood the\n\ntruth of everything philosophically; gopikiiyiim-unto mother Yasoda;\nsa�-the Supreme Lord; iSvara�-the supreme controller; vai.§r:wvimvi.§r;tumiiyii, or yogamiiyii; vyatanot -expanded; miiyiim-yogamiiyii;\n\nputra-sneha-mayim-very much attached because of maternal affection\n\nfor her son; vibhu�-the Supreme Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMother Ya.Sodii, by the grace of the Lord, could understand the\nreal truth. But then again, the supreme master, by the influence of\nthe internal potency, yogamiiyii, inspired her to become absorbed\nin intense maternal affection for her son.\nPURPORT\nAlthough mother Yasoda understood the whole philosophy of life, at\n\nthe next moment she was overwhelmed by affection for her son by the\n\ninfluence of yogamiiyii. Unless she took care of her son Kr��a, she\n\nthought, how could He be protected? She could not think otherwise, and\nthus she forgot all her philosophical speculations. This forgetfulness is\n\ndescribed by Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura as being inspired by\n\n", "SB10.2#p0175": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n130\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nthe influence of yogamaya (mohana-sadharmyan mayam). Materialistic\npersons are captivated by mahamaya, whereas devotees, by the arrangement of the spiritual energy, are captivated by yogamaya.\n\nsadyo �!a-smrtir gopi\nsaropyaroham atmajam\npravrddha-sneha-kalilahrdayasid yatha pura\nsadya �-after all these philosophical speculations, mother Yasoda\nfully surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nn�ta­\n\nsmrt*-having gotten rid of the memory of seeing the universal form\nwithin ��1,1a's\nseating;\n\nmouth;\n\naroham-on\n\ngopi-mother Yasoda;\n\nthe\n\nlap;\n\nat majam\n\n-\n\nher\n\nsa -she;\nson;\n\ndropya­\n\npravrddha­\n\nincreased; sneha -by affection; kalila-affected; hrdaya-the core of\nher heart; dsit-became situated; yatha pura -as she was formerly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nImmediately forgetting yogamiiyii's illusion that ��J.la had\n\nshown the universal form within His mouth, mother Ya8odii took\n\nher son on her lap as before, feeling increased affection in her\nheart for her transcendental child.\n\nPURPORT\nMother Yasoda regarded the vision of the universal form within\n��1,1a's mouth as an arrangement of yogamaya, like a dream. As one\nforgets everything after a dream, mother Yasoda immediately forgot the\nentire incident. As her natural feeling of affection increased, she decided\nto herself, \"Now let this incident be forgotten. I do not mind. Here is my\nson. Let me kiss Him.\"\n\n", "SB10.2#p0176": "Text 45]\n\nLord Krfl}a Shows the Universal Form\n\n131\n\nTEXT 45\n\n� �qPfq�� ��� ijR�: I\n..aPtoii ..biii:OLI .:\n\n{� ijl��n�+t\\it':l 11��11\n\ntrayya copan�adbhiS ca\nsarikhya-yogaiS ca satvataift\nupagiyamana-mahatmyam\nharim samanyatatmajam\ntrayya-by studying the three Vedas (Sama, Yajur and Atharva);\n\nca-also; upan�adbhift ca-and by studying the Vedic knowledge of the\nUpan�ads; sarikhya-yogai/:t-by reading the literature of sarikhyayoga; ca-and; satvataift-by the great sages and devotees, or by reading Va��va-tantra, Pancaratras; upagiyamana-mahatmyam-whose\n\nglories are worshiped (by all these Vedic literatures); harim-unto the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; sa-she; amanyata-considered (or­\n\ndinary); atmajam-as her own son.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe glories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are studied\nthrough the three Vedas, the Upani,ads, the literature of siilkhyayoga, and other V aifl}ava literature, yet mother Ya8odii considered\nthat Supreme Person her ordinary child.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (15.15) by the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, ��Qa, the purpose of studying the Vedas is to understand Him\n\n(vedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedya/:t). Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu explained to Sanatana Gosvami that there are three purposes in the Vedas.\nOne is to understand our relationship with ��Qa (sambandha), another\nis to act according to that relationship (abhidheya), and the third is to\nreach the ultimate goal (prayojana). The word prayojana means\n\"necessities,\" and the ultimate necessity is explained by Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. Prema pum-artho mahan: the greatest necessity for a\n\nhuman being is the achievement of love for the Supreme Personality of\n\n", "SB10.2#p0177": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n132\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nGodhead. Here we see that mother Yasoda is on the highest stage of\n\nnecessity, for she is completely absorbed in love for :Kr�J.la.\n\nIn the beginning, the Vedic purpose is pursued in three ways (trayi)­\n\nby karma-kii:r;u;la, jiidna-lulr;u;la and upiisana-ka1J4,a. When one reaches\n\nthe complete, perfect stage of upiisana-ka1J4,a, one comes to worship\n\nNarayaJ.la, or Lord Vi�J.lu. When Parvati asked Lord Mahadeva, Lord\n\nSiva, what is the best method of\n\nupiisana, or worship, Lord Siva\nanswered, aradhananam sarve�am vi$7Jor aradhanam param. V i$7Jupiisana, or vi$7Jv-aradhana, worship of Lord Vi�J.lu, is the highest stage\n\nof perfection, as realized by Devaki. But here mother Yasoda performs\nno upiisana, for she has developed transcendental ecstatic love for :Kr�J.la.\n\nTherefore her position is better than that of Devaki. In order to show\n\nthis, Srila Vyasadeva enunciates this verse, trayya copani$adbhi� etc.\nWhen a human being enters into the study of the\n\nVedas to obtain\n\nvidya, knowledge, he begins to take part in human civilization. Then he\n\nadvances further to study the Upani$ads and gain brahma-jiidna, imper­\n\nsonal realization of the Absolute Truth, and then he advances still\n\nfurther, to sarikhya-yoga, in order to understand the supreme controller,\nwho is indicated in\n\nBhagavad-gita (param brahma param dhama\npavitram paramam bhavanl pur�am sasvatam). When one understands\nthat pur�a, the supreme controller, to be Paramatma, one is engaged in\nthe method of yoga (dhyana·vasthita-tad-gatena manasa pa5yanti yam\nyoginaM. But mother Yasoda has surpassed all these stages. She has come\nto the platform of loving :Kr�J.la as her beloved child, and therefore she is\n\naccepted to be on the highest stage of spiritual realization. The Absolute\n\nTruth is realized in three features (brahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan iti\nsabdyate), but she is in such ecstasy that she does not care to understand\nwhat is Brahman, what is Paramatma or what is Bhagavan. Bhagavan has\n\npersonally descended to become her beloved child. Therefore there is no\n\ncomparison to mother Yasoda's good fortune, as declared by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu\n\n(ramya kacid upiisana vrajavadhu-varge7Ja ya kalpita).\n\nThe Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, may be\nrealized in different stages. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gita (4.11):\n\nye yatha mam prapadyante\ntams tathaiva bhajamy aham\n\n", "SB10.2#p0178": "Text 46]\n\nLord :Kf11�a· Shows the Universal Form\n\n133\n\nmama vartmdnuvartante\nman�ya� partha sarva§a�\n\"As men surrender unto Me, I reward them accordingly. Everyone\nfollows My path in all respects, 0 son of P:rtha.\" One may be a karmi, a\n\njfidni, a yogi and then a bhakta or prema-bhakta. But the ultimate stage\nof realization is prema-bhakti, as actually demonstrated by mother\nYasoda.\nTEXT 46\n\n�(TJlT<rl'<f\n�\n\n�\n\n�\n\n.\n\n�\n\nwt�: ffi¥4€h(li! if��� 'i\n'\"\"'�\"\"IG:��- � I\n\n. �\n�\n�\n�:q�qq{�:�m: 11����\nsri-rajovlica\nnanda� kim akarod brahman\nsreya evarh mahodayam\nya§oda ca maha-bhaga\npapau yasya� stanarh hari�\n\nsri-raja uvdc a- Maharaj a Parik�it further inquired (from Sukadeva\n\nGosviimi) ; nanda�-Maharaj a Nanda; kim-what; akarot-performed;\n\nbrahman-0 learned brahmar:r,a; sreya�-auspicious activities, like performing penances and austerities; evam-as exhibited by him; mahaudayam-from which they achieved the greatest perfection; ya§odamother Yasoda;\ndrank;\n\nca-also;\n\nyasya�-of whom;\n\nmaha-b haga-most fortunate;\nstanam-the\n\nbreast\n\nmilk;\n\npapau­\n\nhari�-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving heard of the g;eat fortune of mother Ya8oda, Parik'lit\nMaharaja inquired from Sukadeva Gosviimi: 0 learned briihm�a,\nmother Ya8oda's breast milk was sucked by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. What past auspicious activities did she and\nNanda Maharaja perform to achieve such perfection in ecstatic\nlove?\n\n", "SB10.2#p0179": "134\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (7.16), catur-vidha bhajante maTh jana/:t\nsukrtino 'rjuna. Without sukrti, or pious activities, no one can come to the\nshelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord is approached\nby four kinds of pious men (arto jijnasur artharthi jiidni ca), but here we\nsee that Nanda Maharaja and Yasoda surpassed all of them. Therefore\nParik�it Maharaja naturally inquired, \"What kind of pious activities did\nthey perform in their past lives by which they achieved such a stage of\nperfection?\" Of course, Nanda Maharaja and Yasoda are accepted as the\nfather and mother of K{�J.la, yet mother Yasoda was more fortunate than\nNanda Maharaja, K{�J.la's father, because Nanda Maharaja was sometimes separated from K{�J.la whereas Yasoda, K{�J.la's mother, was not\nseparated from K{�J.la at any moment. From ��1.1a's babyhood to His\nchildhood and from His childhood to His youth, mother Yasoda was always in association with K{�J.la. Even when ��J.la was grown up, He\nwould go to V:rndavana and sit on the lap of mother Yasoda. Therefore\nthere is no comparison to the fortune of mother Yasoda, and Parik�it\nMaharaja naturally inquired, ya§oda ca maha-bhaga.\n\npitarau nanvavindetam\nkm:wdararbhakehitam\ngayanty adyapi kavayo\nyal loka-samalapaham\npitarau-the actual father and mother of K{�J.la; na-not; anvavindetam-enjoyed;\n\nkmw-of\n\n��J.la;\n\nudara-magnanimous;\n\nar­\n\nbhaka-ihitam-the childhood pastimes He performed; gayanti-are\nglorifying; adya api-even today; kavaya/:t-great, great sages and\nsaintly persons; yat-which is; loka-samala-apaham-by hearing of\nwhich the contamination of the whole material world is vanquished.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0180": "Text 48]\n\nLord �11�a Shows the Universal Form\n\n135\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough �,�a was so pleased with Vasudeva and Devaki that\nHe descended as their son, they could not enjoy �'�a's magnanimous childhood pastimes, which are so great that simply\nchanting about them vanquishes the contamination of the material\nworld.\n\nNanda Maharaja and Ya8odii,\n\nhowever,\n\nenjoyed these\n\npastimes fully, and therefore their position is always better than\nthat of Vasudeva and Devaki.\nPURPORT\n\n.Kr�1.1a actually took birth from the womb of Devaki, but just after His\n\nbirth He was transferred to the home of mother Yasoda. Devaki could not\neven have .Kr�1.1a suck her breast. Therefore Parik�it Maharaja was\nastonished. How had mother Yasoda and Nanda Maharaja become so for­\n\ntunate that they enjoyed the complete childhood pastimes of .Kr�1.1a,\n\nwhich are still glorified by saintly persons? What had they done in the\npast by which they were elevated to such an exalted position?\nTEXT 48\n\n��'!!T\"''\n\"\"\n\n\"\"\n\n•\n\n\"\"\n\nC'\n\n�Tflll �;n !f� �� �p;p;n «� I\n\n€hRQ1¥iiOI m� ��� � ����II\nsri-suka uvaca\n\ndror:w vasunam pravaro\n\ndharaya bharyaya saha\n\nkari§yamar;w, adesan\n\nbrahmar;tas tam uvaca ha\n\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; dro�a/:t-by the name\n\nDroQa; vasunam-of the eight Vasus (a type of demigod); pravara/:t­\n\nwho was the best; dharaya-with Dhara; bharyaya-His wife; sahawith;\n\nkari§yamar;w,/:1,-just to execute;\n\nadesan-the orders;\n\nbrah­\n\nmar;w,/:1,-of Lord Brahma; tam-unto him; uvaca-said; ha-in the\n\npast.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0181": "136\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosviimi said: To follow the orders of Lord Brahm&,\n\nDro1,1a, the best of the Vasus, along with his wife, Ohara, spoke to\n\nLord Brahm& in this way.\n\nPURPORT\nAB stated in the Brahma-samhitii (5.37):\n\niinanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhavitabhis\ntabhir ya eva nija-rupataya kalabhib,\ngoloka eva nivasaty akhiliitma-bhuto\ngovindam iidi-purU{Iaril tam aham bhajami\nWhen Kr��a descends anywhere, He is accompanied by His own associ­\n\nates. These associates are not ordinary living beings. Kr��a's pastimes\nare eternal, and when He descends, He comes with His associates.\n\nTherefore Nanda and mother Yasoda are the eternal father and mother of\nKr��a. This means that whenever Kr��a descends, Nanda and Yasoda, as\n\nwell as Vasudeva and Devaki, also descend as the Lord's father and\nmother. Their personalities are expansions of Kr��a's personal body;\n\nthey are not ordinary living beings. Maharaja Parik�it knew this, but he\n\nwas curious to know from Sukadeva Gosvami whether it is possible for\nan ordinary human being to come to this stage by sadhana-siddhi. There\n\nare two kinds of perfection- nitya-siddhi and siidhana-siddhi. A nitya­\n\nsiddha is one who is eternally Kr��a's associate, an expansion of Kr��a's\n\npersonal body, whereas a siidhana-siddha is an ordinary human being\n\nwho, by executing pious activities and following regulative principles of\n\ndevotional service, also comes to that stage. Thus the purpose of\nMaharaja Parik�it's inquiry was to determine whether an ordinary\n\nhuman being can attain the position of mother Yasoda and Nanda\nMaharaja. Sukadeva Gosvami answered this question as follows.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0182": "Text 49]\n\nLord �!ill}.& Shows the Universal Form\n\n137\n\njatayor nau mahadeve\nbhuvi viSve§vare harau\nbhaktib, syat parama loke\nyayanjo durgatim taret\njatayo �-after we two have taken birth; nau-both husband and\nwife, Dro�a and Dhara;\n\nmahadeve-in. the Supreme Person, the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; bhuvi-on'the earth; viSva-iSvare-in\nthe master of all the planetary systems; harau-in the Supreme Lord;\nbhaktib,-devotional service;\n\nsyat-will be spread; parama -the ultimate goal of life; loke-in the world; yaya -by which; anja �-very\neasily; durgatim-miserable life; taret-one can avoid and be delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nDrol}.a and Dharii said: Please permit us to be born on the planet\nearth so that after our appearance, the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, the supreme controller and master of all\nplanets, will also appear and spread devotional service, the ulti..,\nmate goal of life, so that those born in this material world may very\neasily be delivered from the miserable condition of materialistic\nlife by accepting this devotional service.\nPURPORT\nThis statement by Dro�a clearly indicates that Dro�a and Dhara are\nthe eternal father and mother of ���a. Whenever there is a necessity of\n���a's appearance, Dro�a and Dhara appear first, and then ���a appears. ���a says in Bhagavad-gita that His birth is not ordinary (janma\nkarma ca me divyam).\n\najo 'pi sann avyayatma\nbhatanam iSvaro 'pi san\nprakrtim svam adh�thaya\nsambhavamy atma-mayaya\n\"Although I am unborn and My transcendental body never deteriorates,\nand although I am the Lord of all sentient beings, I still appear in every\n\n", "SB10.2#p0183": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n138\n\nmillennium in My original transcendental form.\"\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n(Bg. 4.6). Before\n\nKt��a's appearance, Dro�a and Dhara appear in order to become His\nfather and mother. It is they who appear as Nanda Maharaja and his\nwife, Yasoda. In other words, it is not possible for a sadhana-siddha living being to become the father or mother of Kt��a, for Kt��a's father\nand mother are already designated. But by following the principles exhibited by Nanda Maharaja and Yasoda and their associates, the inhabitants of V:fndavana, ordinary living beings may attain such affection as\nexhibited by Nanda and Yasoda.\nWhen Dro�a and Dhara were requested to beget children, they chose\nto come to this world to have the Supreme Personality of Godhead as\ntheir son, Kt��a. Kt��a's appearance means paritra1Jaya sadhilnam\nvinasaya ca d�krtam\n\n-\n\nthe devotees are protected, and the miscreants\n\nare vanquished. Whenever Kt��a comes, He distributes the highest goal\nof life, devotional service. He appears as Caitanya Mahaprabhu for the\nsame purpose because unless one comes to devotional service, one cannot\nbe delivered from the miseries of the material world (dub,khalayam\na.Sasvatam), where the living beings struggle for existence. The Lord\n\nsays in Bhagavad-gita (15.7):\n\nmamaivamso jiva-loke\njiva-bhiltab, sandtanab,\nmanab, ��thanindriyaTJi\nprakrti-sthani kar�ati\n\"The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal, fragmental\nparts. Because of conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the\nsix senses, which include the mind.\" The living entities are struggling to\nbecome happy, but unless they take to the bhakti cult, their happiness is\nnot possible. Kt��a clearly says:\na.Sraddadhanab, pur�a\ndharmasyasya parantapa\naprapya miim nivartante\nmrtyu-samsara-vartmani\n\"Those who are not faithful on the path of devotional service cannot attain Me, 0 conqueror of foes, but return to birth and death in this ma­\n\nterial world.\" (Bg. 9.3)\n\n", "SB10.2#p0184": "Text 50]\n\nLord �!JI,la Shows the Universal Form\n\n139\n\nFoolish persons do not know how risky life is here if one does not\nfollow the instructions of i(r�1,1a. The i(r�I}.a consciousness movement,\ntherefore, has been started so that by practicing i(r�1,1a consciousness one\ncan avoid the risky life of this material existence. There is no question of\naccepting or not accepting i(r�I}.a consciousness. It is not optional; it is\ncompulsory. If we do not take to Kr!?I,la consciousness, our life is very\nrisky. Everything is explained in Bhagavad-gita. Therefore, to learn\nhow to become free from the miserable condition of material existence,\nBhagavad-gita As It Is is the preliminary study. Then, if one under­\n\nstands Bhagavad-gita, one can proceed to Srimad-Bhagavatam, and if\n\none advances further, one may study Caitanya-caritamrta. We are\n\ntherefore presenting these invaluable books to the whole world so that\npeople may study them and be happy, being delivered from miserable\nconditional life.\nTEXT 50\n\n3lf���:m: � �tf.IT'{ �� � ¥4�1��11: I\n\n���Rr���H:rT�� ll�oll\nastv ity ukta/:1, sa bhagavan\nvraje dror:w maha-ya§a/:1,\n\njaj fie nanda iti khyato\n\nya§oda sa dharabhavat\n\nastu-when Brahma agreed, \"Yes, it is all right\"; iti ukta/:1,-thus\nbeing ordered by him; sa/:1,-he (Drol}.a); bhagavan-eternally the\nfather of i(r�1,1a (Bhagavan's father is also Bhagavan); vraje-in Vraja­\n\nbhumi, V:rndavana; dro�J:r,-Dro1,1a, the most powerful Vasu; maha­\n\nya§a/:1,-the very famous transcendentalist; jajne-appeared; nanda/:1,as Nanda Maharaja;\n\niti-thus; khyata/:1,-is celebrated; ya§oda-as\n\nmother Yasoda; sa-she; dhara-the same Dhara; abhavat-appeared.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Brahmi said, \"Yes, let it be so,\" the most fortune Dro1,1a,\nwho was equal to Bhagavin, appeared in Vrajapura, V:rndivana, as\n\n", "SB10.2#p0185": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n140\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nthe most famous Nanda Maharaja, and his wife, Dhara, appeared as\n\nmother Ya8odii.\n\nPURPORT\nBecause whenever ��!)a appears on this earth He superficially needs a\nfather and mother, Drol)a and Dhara, His eternal father and mother, appeared on earth before ��!)a as Nanda Maharaja and Yasoda. In contrast\nto Sutapa and PJ;snigarbha, they did not undergo severe penances and\nausterities to become the father and mother of ��!)a. This is the difference between nitya-siddha and sadhana-siddha.\n\ntato bhaktir bhagavati\nputri-bhate janardane\ndampatyor nitaram asid\ngopa-gop�u bharata\ntatab,-thereafter; bhaktib, b hagavati-the cult of bhakti, devotional\nservice unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; putri-bhate-in the\nLord, who had appeared as the son of mother Yasoda; janardane-in\nLord ��!)a;\n\ndam-patyob,-of both husband and wife;\n\ncontinuously;\n\nasit-there was;\n\nnitaram­\n\ngopa-gop�u-all the inhabitants of\n\nVJ;ndavana, the gopas and the gopis, associating with Nanda Maharaja\nand Yasoda and following in their footsteps; bharata-0 Maharaja\nParik�it.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, 0 Maharaja Parik�it, best of the Bharatas, when the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead became the son of Nanda\n\nMaharaja and Ya8oda, they maintained continuous, unswerving de­\n\nvotional love in parental affection. And in their association, all the\nother inhabitants of V:rndavana, the gopas and gopis, developed\nthe culture of k:r�J:.la-bhakti.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0186": "Text 52]\n\nLord }4��a Shows the Universal Form\n\n141\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough when the Supreme Personality of Godhead stole the butter,\ncurd and milk of the neighboring gopas and gopis this teasing superficially seemed troublesome, in fact it was an exchange of affection in the\necstasy of devotional service. The more the gopas and gopis exchanged\nfeelings with the Lord, the more their devotional service increased.\nSometimes we may superficially see that a devotee is in difficulty because\nof being engaged in devotional service, but the fact is different. When a\ndevotee suffers for l(r�l).a, that suffering is transcendental enjoyment.\nUnless one becomes a devotee, this cannot be understood. When l(r�l).a\nexhibited His childhood pastimes, not only did Nanda Maharaja and\nYasoda increase their devotional affection, but those in their association\nalso increased in devotional service. In other words, persons who follow\nthe activities of Vrndavana will also develop devotional service in the\nhighest perfection.\nTEXT 52\n\nrm ifmot � � � � fertl;: 1\nn:n11;', tR-t� � � �� ������\nkmw brahma1Ja ade5arh\nsatyarh karturh vraje vibhu�\nsaha-ramo vasams cakre\nte$iirh pritirh sva-lilaya\nkr$TJU�-the Supreme Personality,\nBrahma; adesam-the order;\n\nl(r�l).a;\n\nbrahma7Ja�-of Lord\n\nsatyam-truthful; kartum-to make;\n\nvraje-in Vrajabhiimi, Vrndavana; vibhu�-the supreme powerful;\nsaha-riima�-along\n\nwith\n\nBalarama;\n\nvasan\n\n-\n\nresiding;\n\ncakre­\n\nincreased; te$iim-of all the inhabitants of Vrndavana; pritim-the\npleasure; sva-lilaya-by His transcendental pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the Supreme Personality, }4��a, along with Balarama,\nlived in Vrajahhumi, Vrndavana, just to substantiate the benediction of Brahma. By exhibiting different pastimes in His childhood,\n\n", "SB10.2#p0187": "142\n\nSrlmad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 8\n\nHe increased the transcendental pleasure of Nanda and the other\ninhabitants of V:rndivana.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Tenth Canto, Eighth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhigavatam, entitled, \"Lord Km:w Shows the\nUniversal Form Within His Mouth.\"\n\n", "SB10.2#p0188": "CHAPTER NINE\n\nMother Ya8oda Binds Lord Krsna\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\nWhile mother Yasoda was allowing l(r�1,1a to drink her breast milk, she\nwas forced to stop because she saw the milk pan boiling over on the oven.\nThe maidservants being engaged in other business, she stopped allowing\nl(r�1,1a to drink from her breast and immediately attended to the over­\n\nflowing milk pan. l(r�1,1a became very angry because of His mother's\n\nbehavior and devised a means of breaking the pots of yogurt. Because He\ncreated this disturbance, mother Yasoda decided to bind Him. These\nincidents are described in this chapter.\nOne day, the maidservants being engaged in other work, mother\n\nYasoda was churning the yogurt into butter herself, and in the meantime\nl(r�1,1a came and requested her to allow Him to suck her breast milk. Of\ncourse, mother Yasoda immediately allowed Him to do so, but then she\nsaw that the hot milk on the oven was boiling over, and therefore she im­\n\nmediately stopped allowing l(r�1,1a to drink the milk of her breast and\n\nwent to stop the milk on the oven from overflowing. l(r�1,1a, however,\nhaving been interrupted in His business of sucking the breast, was very\nangry. He took a piece of stone, broke' the churning pot and entered a\nroom, where He began to eat the freshly churned butter. When mother\nYasoda, after attending to the overflowing milk, returned and saw the pot\n\nbroken, she could understand that this was the work of l(r�1,1a, and\n\ntherefore she went to search for Him. When she entered the room, she\n\nsaw l(r�1,1a standing on the ulukhala, a large mortar for grinding spices.\n\nHaving turned the mortar upside down, He was stealing butter hanging\nfrom a swing and was distributing the butter to the monkeys. As soon as\nl(r�1,1a saw that His mother had come, He immediately began to run away,\nand mother Yasoda began to follow Him. After going some distance,\nmother Yasoda was able to catch l(r�1,1a, who because of His offense was\ncrying. Mother Yasoda, of course, threatened to punish l(r�1,1a if He acted\n\nthat way again, and she decided to bind Him with rope. Unfortunately,\n\nwhen the time came to knot the rope, the rope with which she wanted to\nbind Him was short by a distance equal to the width of two fingers. When\n\n143\n\n", "SB10.2#p0189": "144\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 9\n\nshe made the rope longer by adding another rope, she again saw that it\nwas short by two fingers. Again and again she tried, and again and again\nshe found the rope too short by two fingers. Thus she became very tired,\nand K:r��a, seeing His affectionate mother so tired, allowed Himself to be\nbound. Now, being compassionate, He did not show her His unlimited\npotency. After mother Yasoda bound K:r��a and became engaged in other\nhousehold affairs, K:r��a observed two yamala-arjuna trees, which were\nactually Nalakuvara and Ma�igriva, two sons of Kuvera who had been\ncondemned by Narada Muni to become trees. K:r��a, by His mercy, now\nbegan to proceed toward the trees to fulfill the desire of Narada Muni.\nTEXTS 1-2\n\n�efi �WiT\n� •!«14191 • e:t;:a)\\�1 I\ncti+tltoa(f;t$Jilij A.t+t � � a:ff.r II � II\n� � •n�uf;t m�:qf{�uf;t :q 1\n..\n\na:f\\lr.t.t� � � <Jirif4(1q(J \" � \"\nsri-suka uvaca\nekada grha-das�u\n\nya§oda nanda-gehini\nkarmantara-niyuktasu\n\n·\n\nnirmamantha svayaril dadhi\nyani yaniha gitani\ntad-bala-caritani ca\ndadhi-nirmanthane kale\nsmaranti tany agayata\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; ekada-one day; grha­\n\ndds�u-when all the maidservants of the household were otherwise\nengaged; ya5oda-mother Yasoda; nanda-gehini-the queen of Nanda\nMaharaja; karma-antara-in other household affairs; niyuktasu-being\nengaged;\n\nnirmamantha-churned;\n\nsvayam-personally;\n\ndadhi-the\n\nyog\"Urt; yani-all such; Jdni - such; iha-in this connection; gitani-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0190": "Text 2]\n\nMother Ya.Sodii Binds Lord ��;ta\n\n145\n\nsongs; tat-bala-caritani-in which the activities of her own child were\nenacted; ca-and; dadhi-nirmanthane-wliile churning the\n\nyogUrt·\n\nkale-at that time; smaranti-remembering; tani-all of them (in the\n\nform of songs); agdyata-chanted.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: One day when mother Ya.Sodii\n\nsaw that all the maidservants were engaged in other household\naffairs, she personally began to churn the yogurt. While churning,\n\nshe remembered the childish activities of �t�;ta, and in her own\n\nway she composed songs and enjoyed singing to herself about all\n\nthose activities.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura, quoting from the Va47Java­\n\nto�a1Ji of Srila Sanatana Gosvami, says that the incident of Kr�I).a's break­\n\ning the pot of yogurt and being bound by mother Yasoda took place on\n\nthe Dipavali Day, or Dipa-malika. Even today in India, this festival is\n\ngenerally celebrated very gorgeously in the month of Kartika by fire­\n\nworks and lights, especially in Bombay. It is to be understood that among\n\nall the cows of Nanda Maharaja, several of mother Yasoda's cows ate only\n\ngrasses so flavorful that the grasses would automatically flavor the milk.\n\nMother Yasooa wanted to collect the milk from these cows, make it into\nyogurt and churn it into butter personally, since she thought that this\n\nchild Kr�I).a was going to the houses of neighborhood gopas and gopis to\n\nsteal butter because He did not like the milk and yogurt ordinarily\nprepared.\n\nWhile churning the butter, mother Yasoda was singing about the\n\nchildhood activities of Kr�I).a. It was formerly a custom that if one wanted\n\nto remember something constantly, he would transform it into poetry or\n\nhave this done by a professional poet. It appears that mother Yasoda did\nnot want to forget Kr�I).a's activities at any time. Therefore she poeticized\nall of Kr�I]a's childhood activities, such as the killing of Putana,\nAghasura, Sakatasura and T:rl).avarta, and while churning the butter, she\nsang about these activities in poetical form. This should be the practice of\npersons eager to remain Kr�I).a conscious twenty-four hours a day. This\n\n", "SB10.2#p0191": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n146\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 9\n\nincident shows how :Kr�Qa conscious mother Yasoda was. To stay in K:r�Qa\nconsciousness, we should follow such persons.\nTEXT3\n\n� tmt: ��fht� firmft �?l�(�*'�=ct*i 'Sflij�'q :q @{:\n('N'4l��('Sf=ct�a:q;u« � :q\n� m �q(�·���� Fr�� II � II\nk{;aumam vasa� prthu-kafi-tate bibhrati satra-naddham\nputra-sneha-snuta-kuca-yugam jata-kampam ca subhra�\nrajjv-akar$a-srama-bhuja-calat-kanka1:tau ku1JIJ,ale ca\nsvinnam vaktram kabara-vigalan-malati nirmamantha\nk{iaumam-saffron and yellow mixed; vdsa�-mother Yasodii was\nwearing such a sari;\n\nprthu-ka#-tate-surrounding her large hips;\nbibhrati shaking; sutra-naddham-bound with a belt; putra-snehasnuta-because of intense love for her child, became wet with milk;\nkuca-yugam-the nipples of her breasts; jata-kampam ca-as they were\n\n-\n\nvery nicely moving and quivering; su-bhra�-who had very beautiful\neyebrows; rajju-akar$a-by pulling on the rope of the churning rod;\nsrama-because\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nlabor;\n\nbhuja-on\n\nwhose\n\nhands;\n\ncalat­\n\nkanka�u-the two bangles were moving; ku\"{t{lale-the two earrings;\nca-also; svinnam-her hair was black like a cloud, so perspiration was\ndropping like rain; vaktram-throughout her face;\n\nkabara-vigalatmalati-and malati flowers were dropping from her hair; nirmamantha -thus mother Yasoda was churning the butter.\nTRANSLATION\nDressed in a saffron-yellow sari, with a belt tied about her full\n\nhips, mother Ya8oda pulled on the churning rope, laboring con­\n\nsiderably, her_ bangles and earrings moving and vibrating and her\n\nwhole body shaking. Because of her intense love for her child, her\nbreasts were wet with milk. Her face, with its very beautiful\n\n", "SB10.2#p0192": "Text4]\n\nMother Ya8odi Binds Lord �ljl�a\n\n147\n\neyebrows, was wet with perspiration, and milati flowers were\nfalling .from her hair.\nPURPORT\n\nAnyone who desires to he l(r�Qa conscious in motherly affection or\nparental affection should contemplate the bodily features of mother\nYasoda. It is not that one should desire to become like Yasoda, for this is\nMayavada. Either in parental affection or conjugal love, friendship or\nservitorship-in any way-we must follow in the footsteps of the inhabitants of V:rndavana, not try to become like them. Therefore this description is provided here. Advanced devotees must cherish this description,\nalways thinking of mother Yasoda's features-how she was dressed, how\nshe was working and perspiring, how beautifully the flowers were arranged in her hair, and so on. One should take advantage of the full description provided here by thinking of mother Yasoda in maternal\naffection for l(r�Qa.\nTEXT4\n\nffl �ri4�til'1 3ffitm �� \\ilWl;fi m: 1\n\n•.1-. -\"�����a: silRI¥41� II \\ill\ntiirh stanya-kiima asadya\nmathnantirh jananim hari�\ngrhitvii dadhi-manthanam\nnyG,$edhat pritim iivahan\n\ntam-unto mother Yasoda; stanya-kiima�-l(r�Qa, who was desiring\nto drink her breast milk; iisadya-appearing before her; mathnantimwhile she was churning butter; jananim-to the mother; hari�-l(r�Qa;\ngrhitvii-catching; dadhi-manthiinam-the churning rod; ny0-$edhatforbade; pritim iivahan-creating a situation of love and affection.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile mother Ya8odi was churning butter, Lord ��a, desiring\nto drink the milk of her breast, appeared before her, and in order\n\n", "SB10.2#p0193": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n148\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 9\n\nto increase her transcendental pleasure, He caught hold of the\nchurning rod and began to prevent her from churning.\nPURPORT\n\nKr�I.la was sleeping within the room, and as soon as He got up, He became hungry and went to His mother. Wanting to stop her from churning and drink the milk of her breasts, He stopped her from moving the\nchurning rod.\nTEXTS\n\nij4it4il�4iq1!1<4d:_�\n\n�r.��ad m�� v;�\n3l�� �m�..l::'��\nW�«�<44ilif qlffit �qtl:it�Q\nII '-\\ II\nr\".\n\n'\"'\n\nr\".\n\ntam arikam arfuJ,ham apayayat stanarh\nsneha-snutarh sa-smitam ilcyati mukham\natrptam utsrjya javena sa yayav\nutsicyamilne payasi tv adhi.Srite\ntam-unto Kr�I,la; arikam arfuJ,ham-very affectionately allowing\nHim to sit down on her lap; apayayat- allowed to drink; stanam-her\nbreast; sneha-snutam-which was flowing with milk because of intense\naffection; sa-smitam ik�ati mukham-mother Yasoda was smiling and\nobserving the smiling face of Kr�I,la; atrptam-Kr�I).a, who was still not\nfully satisfied by drinking the milk;\njavena-very hastily;\n\nutsrjya-putting Him aside;\n\nsa-mother Yasoda; yayau-left that place;\n\nutsicyamilne payasi-because of seeing that the milk was overflowing;\ntu-but; adhi.Srite-in the milk pan on the oven.\nTRANSLATION\nMother Ya8odii then embraced K.t�J.la, allowed Him to sit down\n\non her lap, and began to look upon the face of the Lord with great\n\nlove and affection. Because of her intense affection, milk was flow­\n\ning from her breast. But when she saw that the milk pan on the\n\n", "SB10.2#p0194": "Mother Ya8odii Binds Lord �I].a\n\nText6]\n\n149\n\noven was boiling over, she immediately left her son to take care of\nthe overflowing milk, although the child was not yet fully satisfied\nwith drinking the milk of His mother's breast.\nPURPORT\n\nEverything in the household affairs of mother Yasoda was meant for\nK.r�J.la. Although K.r�J.la was drinking the breast milk of mother Yasoda,\nwhen she saw that the milk pan in the kitchen was overflowing, she had\nto take care of it immediately, and thus she left her son, who then became very angry, not having been fully satisfied with drinking the milk\nof her breast. Sometimes one must take care of more than one item of\nimportant business for the same purpose. Therefore mother Yasoda was\nnot unjust when she left her son to take care of the overflowing milk. On\nthe platform of love and affection, it is the duty of the devotee to do one\nthing first and other things later. The proper intuition by which to do\nthis is given by Kr�J.la.\nte$iirh satata-yuktiiniim\nbhajatiim priti-purvakam\ndadami buddhi-yogam tam\nyena miim upayiinti te\n\n(Bg. 10.10)\n\nIn K.r�J.la consciousness, everything is dynamic. K.r�J.la guides the devotee\nin what to do first and what to do next on the platform of absolute truth.\nTEXT6\n\"\"\n\nr--\n\n��:\n\n•\n\n��IJlm\n�r-�\n���WT�I\n�\n\"\"\n� ���w.:rr m\n.\n�\n�\n�'fi·q'fRf� iRf: II � II\n•\n\nr--\n\nr--\n\nsafijiita-kopal; sp huritiirur;uidharam\nsandaSya dadbhir dadhi-mantha-bhajanam\nbhittvii mr$d.Srur dr$ad-a.Smanii raho\njaghiisa haiyangavam antaram gatal;\n\n", "SB10.2#p0195": "(Canto 10, Ch. 9\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n150\n\nsanjata-kopa/:t-in this way, ��Qa being very angry; sphurita-arur.madharam-swollen reddish lips; sanda.Sya-capturing; dadbhi/:t-by\nHis teeth; dadhi-mantha-bhajanam-the pot in which yogurt was being\nchurned; bhittvd-breaking; mr�a-a.Sru/:t-with false tears in the eyes;\ndr�at-a.Smand-with a piece of stone;\n\nraha/:t-in a solitary place;\n\njagh<.isa-began to eat; haiyangavam-the freshly churned butter;\nantaram-within the room; gata/:t-having gone.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing very angry and biting His reddish lips with His teeth,\n\n�I].a, with false tears in His eyes, broke the container of yogurt\n\nwith a piece of stone. Then He entered a room and began to eat the\nfreshly churned butter in a solitary place.\nPURPORT\nIt is natural that when a child becomes angry he can begin crying with\nfalse tears in his eyes. So ��Qa did this, and biting His reddish lips with\nHis teeth, He broke the pot with a stone, entered a room and began to eat\nthe freshly churned butter.\nTEXT7\n\n��p;f mtft � �: �:\n\n�� ij� :q �'I�� I\n�\nfel\n� �1'4'4 �t\"Jij� � ij� � :;:nA WI ij;y � II \\9 II\n•\n\n\"'\n\nuttarya gopi susrtam paya/:t puna/:t\npraviSya sandrsya ca dadhy-amatrakam\n\nb\n\nhagnam vilokya sva-sutasya karma taj\njahdsa tam capi na tatra pa.Syati\n\nuttdrya-putting\nsu-srtam-very\n\nhot;\n\ndown\n\nfrom\n\nthe\n\noven;\n\npaya/:t-the milk;\n\ngopi-mother\n\npuna/:t-again;\n\nYasoda;\n\npraviSya­\n\nentered the churning spot; sandrsya-by observing; ca-also; dadhiamatrakam-the container of yogurt; bhagnam-broken; vilokya-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0196": "Text 8]\n\nMother Ya8odi Binds Lord ��I].a\n\n151\n\nseeing this; sva-sutasya-of her own child; karma-work; tat that;\njahasa-smiled; tam ca-��l).a also; api-at the same time; na-not;\n-\n\ntatra-there; pa§yati-finding.\nTRANSLATION\nMother Ya8oda, after taking down the hot milk from the oven,\nreturned to the churning spot, and when she saw that the container of yogurt was broken and that ��I].a was not present, she\nconcluded that the breaking of the pot was the work of ��J].a.\nPURPORT\nSeeing the pot broken and ��l).a not present, Yasoda definitely concluded that the breaking of the pot was the work of ��l).a. There was no\ndoubt about it.\nTEXTS\n\"\"1'=-r'!���\n\n3€{(CI�IISE4�f:JR\n\"'\n\n,...\n\nott�\n,..._\n\n•\n\n�em�fuR�I\nl��\n�P:i���\n�tr tf�IQ_ tt1'41•1¥4�0�: II � II\nulakhalanghrer upari vyavasthitam\nmarkaya kamam dadatam sici sthitam\nhaiyarigavam caurya-viSarikite/cyar:wm\nnin/cyya pa§ciit sutam (igamac chanai/:t\nulakhala-anghre/:1,-of the mortar in which spices were ground and\nupari-on top; vyavasthitam­\n\nwhich was being kept upside down;\n\n��l).a was sitting; markiiya-unto a monkey; kamam-according to His\nsatisfaction; dadatam-delivering shares; sici sthitam-situated in the\nbutter pot hanging on the swing; haiyarigavam-butter and other milk\npreparations;\n\ncaurya-viSarikita-because of stealing, were anxiously\n\nlooking hither and thither; i/cyar:wm-whose eyes; niri/cyya - by seeing\nthese activities;\n\npa.Sciit-from behind; sutam-her son; agamat\n\nreached; sanai/:1,-very slowly, cautiously.\n\n-\n\nshe\n\n", "SB10.2#p0197": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n152\n\n[Canto 10, Ch.9\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n:Kr!i!r;ta, at that time, was sitting on an upside-down wooden mortar\n\nfor grinding spices and was distributing milk preparations\n\nsuch as yogurt and butter to the monkeys as He liked. Because of\n\nhaving stolen, He was looking all around with great anxiety,\n\nsuspecting that He might be chastised by His mother. Mother\n\nYa8odii, upon seeing Him, very cautiously approached Him from\n\nbehind.\n\nPURPORT\nMother Yasoda was able to trace ��1,1a by following His buttersmeared footprints. She saw that ��1,1a was stealing butter, and thus she\nsmiled. Meanwhile, the crows also entered the room and came out in fear.\nThus mother Yasoda found ��1,1a stealing butter and very anxiously\nlooking here and there.\nTEXT9\n\nij'lf:ll� �tr ��S�&INee I(\n+fut� I\n�� � �ili4t�i\n� �� dq�f(ij ltW{: II ' II\ntam atta-y0-$#m prasami�ya satvaras\ntato 'varuhyapasasara bhitavat\ngopy anvadhavan na yam apa yoginam\n�amam prave�tum tapaseritam mana/:t\ntam-unto mother Yasoda; atta-y0-$#m-carrying in her hand a stick;\n\nprasami�ya-��1,1a,\n\nseeing her in that attitude;\n\nsatvara/:t- very\n\nquickly; tata/:t-from there; avaruhya-getting down; apasasarabegan to flee; bhita-vat-as if very much afraid; gopi-mother Yasoda;\n\nanvadhavat ;_ began to follow Him; na-not; yam-unto whom; apafailed to reach; yoginam-of great yogis, mystics; �amam-who could\nreach Him; prave�tum-trying to enter into the Brahman e�ulgence or\nParamatma;\n\ntapasa- with great austerities and penances; iritam­\n\ntrying for that purpose; mana/:t-by meditation.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0198": "Text 10]\n\n153\n\nMother Ya.Sodii Binds Lord ��I].a\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Lord Sri Kr�I].a saw His mother, stick in hand, He very\n\nquickly got down from the top of the mortar and began to flee as if\nvery much afraid. Although yogis try to capture Him as Paramiitmii\n\nby meditation, desiring to enter into the effulgence of the Lord\nwith great austerities and penances, they fail to reach Him. But\n\nmother Ya.Sodii, thinking that same Personality of Godhead, Kr�I].a,\n\nto be her son, began following ��I].a to catch Him.\nPURPORT\n\nYogis, mystics, want to catch Knw.a as Paramatma, and with great\nausterities and penances they try to approach Him, yet they cannot. Here\nwe see, however, that K:r��a is going to be caught by Yasoda and is running away in fear. This illustrates the difference between the bhakta and\nthe yogi. Yogis cannot reach K:r��a, but for pure devotees like mother\nYasoda, K:r��a is already caught. K:r��a was even afraid of mother\nYasoda's stick. This was mentioned by Queen Kunti in her prayers:\nbhaya-bhiivanayii sthitasya (Bhiig. 1.8.31). K:r��a is afraid of mother\nYasoda, and yogis are afraid of K:r��a. Yogis try to reach K:r��a by jniinayoga and other yogas, but fail. Yet although mother Yasoda was a woman,\nK:r��a was afraid of her, as clearly described in this verse.\nTEXT 10\n\nanvaficamiinii janani brhac-calacchror:ti-bhariikriinta-gat* sumadhyamii\njavena visramsita-kesa-bandhanacyuta-prasuniinugati/:t pariimrsat\nanvaficamiinii-following\n\nK:r��a\n\nvery\n\nswiftly;\n\njanani- mother\n\nYasoda; brhat-calat-sror:ti-bhara-iikriinta-gati/:t- being overburdened by\n\n", "SB10.2#p0199": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n154\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 9\n\nthe weight of her large breasts, she became tired and had to reduce her\nspeed; su-madhyama\n\n-\n\nbecause of her thin waist; javena- because of\n\ngoing very fast; visramsita-kesa-bandhana-from her arrangement of\nhair, which had become loosened; cyuta-prasuna-anugatiJ:r,-she was\nfollowed by the flowers falling after her; pa ni m rsat-finally captured\n1<{�1,1a without fail.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile following Kr�J].a, mother Ya8oda, her thin waist overbur­\n\ndened by her heavy breasts, naturally had to reduce her speed. Be­\n\ncause of following Kr�J].a very swiftly, her hair became loose, and\n\nthe flowers in her hair were falling after her. Yet she did not fail to\ncapture her son· Kr�J].a.\n\nPURPORT\n\nYogis cannot capture 1<{�1,1a by severe penances and austerities, but\nmother Yasodii, despite all obstacles, was finally able to catch 1<{�1,1a without difficulty. This is the difference between a yogi and a bhakta. Yogis\ncannot enter even the effulgence of 1<{�1,1a. Yasya prabha prabhavato\n\njagad-ar:u;la-ko!i-kot�u (Brahma-samhita 5.40). In that effulgence there\nare millions of universes, but yogis and jnanis cannot enter that\neffulgence even after many, many years of austerities, whereas bhaktas\ncan capture 1<{�1,1a simply by love and affection. This is the example\nshown here by mother Yasodii. 1<{�1,1a therefore confirms that if one\nwants to capture Him, one must undertake devotional service.\n\nbhaktya mam abhijanati\nyavan ya§ casmi tattvata�\ntato mam tattvato jnatva\nviSate tad-anantaram\n(Bg. 18.55)\n\nBhaktas enter even the planet of 1<{�1,1a very easily, but the less intelligent yogis and jnanis, by their meditation, remain running after 1<{�1,1a.\nEven if they enter 1<{�1,1a's effulgence, they fall down.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0200": "Text 11]\n\nMother Ya8oda Binds Lord Kn:Qa\n\n155\n\nTEXT 11\n\n��\n€Nl1Ul'1l\ncmwoa+t� 'iNoU\n�\n�\n� •I�€til f4ttil�'4l�l(d: II�� II\n\n�,6lt.-.9\nld\n....\n\n�\n\n\"\n\n..\n\nkrtagasam tam prarudantam a�i\"(li\nka§antam anjan-Tna$i\"(li sva-pa\"(lina\nudvi�amar:tam bhaya-vihvale�ar:tam\nhaste grhitva bh�ayanty avagurat\nkrta-agasam-who was an offender; tam-unto l(r�J)a; praudantam-with a crying attitude; a�i\"(l-i-His two eyes; ka§antamrubbing; anjat-m� i\"(li-from whose eyes the blackish ointment was distributed all over His face with tears; sva-pa\"(lina-with His own hand;\nudvi�ama\"(lam-who was seen in that attitude by mother Yasoda;\nbhaya-vihva la -i�ar:tam-whose eyes appeared distressed because of\nsuch fear of His mother; haste-by the hand; grhitva-catching; bhi� ayanti-mother Yasoda was threatening Him; avagurat-and thus she\nr\n\nvery mildly chastised Him.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen caught by mother Ya8oda, :Kr�:Qa became more and more\nafraid and admitted to being an offender. As she looked upon Him,\nshe saw that He was crying, His tears mixing with the black ointment around His eyes, and as He rubbed His eyes with His hands,\nHe smeared the ointment all over His face. Mother Ya8oda, catching her beautiful son by the hand, mildly began to chastise Him.\nPURPORT\nFrom these dealings between mother Yasoda and l(r�J)a, we can understand the exalted position of a pure devotee in loving service to the Lord.\n\nYogiS, jnanis, karmis and Vedantists cannot even approach l(r�J)a; they\nmust remain very, very far away from Him and try to enter His bodily\n\n", "SB10.2#p0201": "156\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 9\n\neffulgence, although this also they are unable to do. Great demigods like\nLord Brahma and Lord Siva always worship the Lord by meditation and\n\nby service. Even the most powerful Yamaraja fears ��IJ.a. Therefore, as\nwe find in the history of Ajamila, Yamaraja instructed his followers not\n\neven to approach the devotees, what to speak of capturing them. In other\nwords, Yamaraja also fears K:r�IJ.a and ��IJ.a's devotees. Yet this ��IJ.a\n\nbecame so dependent on mother Yasoda that when she simply showed\n��:Q.a the stick in her hand, ��IJ.a admitted to being an offender and\n\nbegan to cry like an ordinary child. Mother Yasoda, of course, did not\n\nwant to chastise her beloved child very much, and therefore she im­\n\nmediately threw her stick away and simply rebuked ��IJ.a, saying, \"Now\nI shall bind You so that You cannot commit any further offensive ac­\n\ntivities. Nor for the time being can You play with Your playmates.\" This\n\nshows the position of a pure devotee, in contrast with others, like jnanis,\n\nyogis and the followers of Vedic ritualistic ceremonies, in regarding the\n\ntranscendental nature of the Absolute Truth.\nTEXT 12\n\n�+:'41 � wt liRi W�ltll�!!fi'4�� I\n\n� � ij � a:r�ldift4€FitN<::I 11��11\ntyaktva JG.$!irh sutam bhitam\nvijnayarbhaka-vatsala\n\niye$a kila tam baddhum\n\ndamnatad-virya-kovida\n\ntyaktva-throwing away; JG.$#m-the stick in her hand; sutam-her\n\nson; bhitam-considering her son's great fear; vijnaya-understanding;\narbhaka-vatsala-the most affectionate mother of �!?:Q.a;\n\niye$a­\n\ndesired; kila-indeed; tam-K:r!?IJ.a; baddhum-to bind; damna-with\na rope;\n\na-tat-virya-kovida-without knowledge of the supremely\n\npowerful Personality of Godhead (because of intense love for K:r!?IJ.a).\nTRANSLATION\n\nMother Ya8odii was always overwhelmed by intense love for\n\n�'il�a, not knowing who Kr'il�a was or how powerful He was. Be-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0202": "Mother Ya8odi Binds Lord 1\\.n�a\n\nText 14]\n\n157\n\ncause of maternal affection for �t�a, she never even cared to\nknow who He was. Therefore, when she saw that her son had become excessively afraid, she threw the stick away and desired to\nbind Him so that He would not commit any further naughty\nactivities.\nPURPORT\nMother Yasoda wanted to bind Kt�Qa not in order to chastise Him but\nbecause she thought that the child was so restless that He might leave the\nhouse in fear. That would be another disturbance. Therefore, because of\nfull affection, to stop Kt�Qa from leaving the house, she wanted to bind\nHim with rope. Mother Yasoda wanted to impress upon Kr�Qa that since\nHe was afraid merely to see her stick, He should not perform such disturbing activities as breaking the container of yogurt and butter and distributing its contents to the monkeys. Mother Yasoda did not care to\nunders�nd who Kr�Qa was and how His power spreads everywhere. This\nis an example of pure love for Kr�Qa.\n\nTEXTS 13-14\n�\n\n��\n\n,1._Q.\n\n;:r � qi&04� ;:r 1{:.� \"' \" \"\n\n�I\n� ��&.����Nt•lijl ttl � tr: II t �II\n\"'\n..S.C..\n•\na W�I�¥11Jt+4o� 'Rttl���\nI\n.\n\"\"�...\n•mq€fii�{(CI� � qq� ������II\n('\n\n.,..Q.\n\n•\n\n�\n\n\"'\n\n...:.\n\n•\n\nna cantar na bahir yasya\nna purvam napi caparam\npurvaparam bahiS cantar\njagato yo jagac ca ya�\ntam matvatmajam avyaktam\nmartya-lirigam adho/cyajam\ngopikolakhale damna\nbabandha prakrtam yatha\nna-not;\n\nca-also;\n\nyasya -whose;\n\nanta� -interior;\n\nna-neither;\n\nna -nor;\n\npurvam-beginning;\n\nbahi� -exterior;\nna-nor;\n\napi-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0203": "158\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 9\n\nindeed; ca-also; aparam-end; purva-aparam-the beginning and the\nend; bahi/:t ca anta}:t-the external and the internal; jagata}:t-of the\nwhole cosmic manifestation; ya/:t-one who is; jagat ca ya/:t-and who is\neverything in creation in total; tam-Him; matvd-considering; iitmajam-her own son; avyaktam-the unmanifested; martya-lirigamappearing as a human being; adho�ajam-beyond sense perception;\ngopika-mother Yasoda; ulakhale-to the grinding mortar; damna-by\na rope; babandha-bound; prakrtam yatha-as done to a common\nhuman child.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead has no beginning and no\n\nend, no exterior and no interior, no front and no rear. In other\nwords, He is all-pervading. Because He is not under the influence\n\nof the element of time, for Him there is no difference between\n\npast, present and future; He exists in His own transcendental form\nat all times. Being absolute, beyond relativity, He is free from dis­\n\ntinctions between cause and effect, although He is the cause and\n\neffect of everything. That unmanifested person, who is beyond the\nperception of the senses, had now appeared as a human child, and\nmother Ya8odi, considering Him her own ordinary child, bound\n\nHim to the wooden mortar with a rope.\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gita (10.12), Kr�IJ.a is described as the Supreme Brahman (param brahma param dhama). The word brahma means \"the\ngreatest.\" Kr�IJ.a is greater than the greatest, being unlimited and allpervading. How can it be possible for the all-pervading to be measured\nor bound? Then again, Kr�IJ.a is the time factor. Therefore, He is allpervading not only in space but also in time. We have measurements of\ntime, but although we are limited by past, present and future, for Kr�IJ.a\nthese do not exist. Every individual person can be measured, but Kr�IJ.a\nhas already shown that although He also is an individual, the entire cosmic manifestation is within His mouth. All these points considered,\nKr�IJ.a cannot be measured. How then did Yasoda want to measure Him\nand bind Him? We must conclude that this took place simply on the platform of pure transcendental love. This was the only cause.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0204": "Text 15]\n\nMother Ya8odi Binds Lord �\"�a\n\n159\n\nadvaitam acyutam anadim ananta-rupam\niidyam purar;ta-pur�am nava-yauvanam ca\nvede$U durlabham adurlabham atma-bhaktau\ngovindam iidi-pur�am tam aham bhajami\n(Brahma-samhita 5.33)\nEverything is one because ��IJ.a is the supreme cause of everything.\n��IJ.a cannot be measured or calculated by Vedic knowledge (vede$u\n\ndurlabham). He is available only to devotees (adurlabham atmabhaktau). Devotees can handle Him because they act on the basis of loving service (bhaktya mam abhijanati yavan ya§ casmi tattvata�). Thus\nmother Yasoda wanted to bind Him.\nTEXT 15\nC'\n\n� � �'tl�� �� 'i6<'tl•lij: I\n\"'\n\n....� .... _,\n\n'\"'\n\n'\"'\n\n�\n\nn\" .-r::r;r �� •m'1�T II� '-\\II\n.\n\ntad dama badhyamanasya\nsvarbhakasya krtagasa�\ndvy-angulonam abhut tena\nsandadhe 'nyac ca gopika\ntat dama-that binding rope; badhyamanasya-who was being\nbound by mother Yasoda; sva-arbhakasya-of her own son; krtaagasa�-who was an offender; dvi-angula-by a measurement of two\nfingers; !lnam-short; abhut-became; tena-with that rope; sandadhe-joined; anyat ca-another rope; gopika-mother Yasoda.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen mother Ya8odi was trying to bind the offending child, she\nsaw that the binding rope was short by a distance the width of two\nfingers. Thus she brought another rope to join to it.\nPURPORT\nHere is the first chapter in ��IJ.a's exhibition of unlimited potency to\nmother Yasoda when she tried to bind Him: the rope was too short. The\n\n", "SB10.2#p0205": "160\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 9\n\nLord had already shown His unlimited potency by killing Putana,\nSakatasura and T:p�avarta. Now Kr!?I.la exhibited another vibhuti, or display of potency, to mother Yasoda. \"Unless I agree,\" Kr!?I.la desired to\nshow, \"you cannot bind Me.\" Thus although mother Yasoda, in her attempt to bind .Kr!?1.1a, added one rope after another, ultimately she was a\nfailure. When Kr!?I.la agreed, however, she was successful. In other\nwords, one must be in transcendental love with .Kr!?1.1a, but that does not\nmean that one can control .Kr!?1.1a. When Kr!?I.la is satisfied with one's devotional service, He does everything Himself. Sevonmukhe hi jihvadau\nsvayam eva sphuraty ada/:t. He reveals more and more to the devotee as\nthe devotee advances in service. ]ihvadau: this service begins with the\ntongue, with chanting and with taking the prasada of .Kr!?1.1a.\nata/:t sri-km:ta-ndmadi\nna bhaved grahyam indriyai/:t\nsevonmukhe hi jihvadau\nsvayam eva sphuraty ada/:t\n\n(Bhakti-rasdmrta-sindhu l. 2. 2 34)\n\nTEXT 16\n\ntl((l(1'hta;fq � tt�l\"tta;ftf � I\n�������������\nyadasit tad api nyunam\ntenanyad api sandadhe\ntad api dvy-arigulam nyunam\nyad yad adatta bandhanam\nyada-when; dsit-became; tat api-even the new rope that had\nbeen joined; nyunam-still short; tena-then, with the second rope;\nanyat api-another rope also; sandadhe-she joined; tat api-that also;\ndvi-arigulam-by a measurement of two fingers; nyunam-remained\nshort; yat yat adatta-in this way, one after another, whatever ropes she\njoined; bandhanam-for binding .Kr!?1.1a.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0206": "Text 17]\n\nMother Ya8oda Binds Lord :Kf!il�a\n\n161\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis new rope also was short by a measurement of two fingers,\nand when another rope was joined to it, it was still two fingers too\nshort. As many ropes as she joined, all of them failed; their\nshortness could not be overcome.\nTEXT 17\n\n�� �¥\\�<::l+tiM �T<::t �tfA I\nift.fl;rt tiffltl'�thti �il;ffl � II� \\911\nevam sva-geha-damani\nya.Soda sandadhaty api\ngopinam susmayantiniim\nsmayanti vismitabhavat\nevam-in this manner; sva-geha-damani-all the ropes available in\nthe household; ya.Soda-mother Yasodii; sandadhati api-although she\nwas joining one after another; gopinam-when all the other elderly gopi\nfriends of mother Yasodii; su-smayantinam-were all taking pleasure in\nthis funny affair; smayanti-mother Yasodii was also smiling; vismita\nabhavat-all of them were struck with wonder.\nTRANSLATION\nThus mother Ya8oda joined whatever ropes were available in the\nhousehold, but still she failed in her attempt to bind Kr!il�a.\nMother Ya8oda's friends, the elderly gopis in the neighborhood,\nwere smiling and enjoying the fun. Similarly, mother Ya8oda, although laboring in that way, was also smiling. All of them were\nstruck with wonder.\nPURPORT\nActually this incident was wonderful because .Kr�Qa was only a child\nwith small hands. To bind Him should have required only a rope not\nmore than two feet long. All the ropes in the house combined together\nmight have been hundreds of feet long, but still He was impossible to\n\n", "SB10.2#p0207": "162\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 9\n\nbind, for all the ropes together were still too short. Naturally mother\nYasoda and her gopifriends thought, \"How is this possible?\" Seeing this\nfunny affair, all of them were smiling. The first rope was short by a\nmeasurement the width of two fingers, and after the second rope was added, it was still two fingers too short. If the shortness of all the ropes\nwere added together, it must have amounted to the width of hundreds of\nfingers. Certainly this was astonishing. This was another exhibition of\n��J).a's inconceivable potency to His mother and His mother's friends.\nTEXT 18\n\n�: f{q0$(4(1'51 I�I N(il(ij€f;q(i1St: I\n\nqr�PJ(: ,;q�l('ll€(�\n\n������\n\nsva-miitu� svinna-giitriiyii\nvisrasta-kabara-sraja�\ndr$!Vii pariSramam kr$r.ta�\nkrpayiisit sva-bandhane\nsva-miitu�-of His own\n\nmother\n\n(Kt�J).a's mother,\n\nYasodadevi);\n\nsvinna-giitriiyii�-when ��J).a saw His mother perspiring all over be­\n\ncause of unnecessary labor; visrasta-were falling down; kabara-from\nher hair; sraja�-of whom the flowers; d f$!vii-by seeing the condition\nof His mother; pariSramam-He could understand that she was now\noverworked and feeling fatigued; kr$r.ta�-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; krpaya-by His causeless mercy upon His devotee and\nmother; iisit-agreed; sva-bandhane-in binding Him.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of mother Y&Sodii's hard labor, her whole body became\ncovered with perspiration, and the flowers and comb were falling\nfrom her hair. When child K��I].a saw His mother thus fatigued, He\nbecame merciful to her and agreed to be bound.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen mother Yasoda and the other ladies finally saw that ��J).a, although decorated with many bangles and other jeweled ornaments, could\n\n", "SB10.2#p0208": "Mother Ya8odii Binds Lord ���a\n\nText 19]\n\n163\n\nnot be bound with all the ropes available in the house, they decided that\nJ(r![ll).a was so fortunate that He could not be bound by any material condition. Thus they gave up the idea of binding Him. But in competition\nbetween J(r![ll).a and His devotee, J(r![ll).a sometimes agrees to be defeated.\nThus J(r![ll).a's internal energy, yogamayii, was brought to work, and\nJ(r![ll).a agreed to be bound by mother Yasoda.\nTEXT 19\n\n� 4a:f{R11 Q � �� I\nruaA:s•� � �� �� � ����II\nevaril sandarsitii hy ariga\nhari1Jii bhrtya-va§yatii\nsva-vaseniipi kr�IJ-ena\nyasyedaril sesvararil va§e\n\nevam-in this manner;\n\nsandarsitii-was\n\nexhibited;\n\nhi-indeed;\n\nariga-0 Maharaja Parik![lit; hari1Jii-by the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead;\n\nbhrtya-va§yata-His transcendental\n\nquality of becoming\n\nsubordinate to His servitor or devotee; sva-va§ena-who is within the\ncontrol only of His own self; api-indeed; kr�IJ-ena-by J(r![ll).a; yasyaof whom; idam-the whole universe; sa-iSvaram-with the powerful\ndemigods like Lord Siva and Lord Brahma; va5e-under the control.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, this entire universe, with its great, exalted\n\ndemigods like Lord Siva, Lord Brahmii and Lord lndra, is under\n\nthe control of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Yet the\n\nSupreme Lord has one transcendental attribute: He comes under\n\nthe control of His devotees. This was now exhibited by ���a in\nthis pastime.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis pastime of J(r![ll).a's is very difficult to understand, but devotees\ncan understand it. It is therefore said, darsayams tad-vidiim loka iitmano\n\n", "SB10.2#p0209": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n164\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 9\n\nbhakta-va§yatam (Bhag. 10.11.9): the Lord displays the transcendental\nattribute of coming under the control of His devotees. As stated in the\n\nBrahma-samhita (5.35):\neko 'py asau racayitum jagad-ar:u;la-ko#m\nyac-chaktir asti jagad-ar:u)a-caya yad anta/:1,\nar:u,ldntara-stha-paramdrJu-cayantara-stham\ngovindam adi-purU$arh tam aham bhajami\nBy His one plenary portion as ParamiUma, the Lord controls innumerable\nuniverses, with all their demigods; yet He agrees to be controlled by a\ndevotee. In the Upan�ads it is said that the Supreme Personality of Godhead can run with more speed than the mind, but here we see that although ��Q.a wanted to avoid being arrested by His mother, He was\nfinally defeated, and mother Yasoda captured Him. Lalcymi-sahasra-sata­\n\nsambhrama-sevyamanam: ��Q.a is served by hundreds and thousands\nof goddesses of fortune. Nonetheless, He steals butter like one who is\npoverty-stricken. Yamaraja, the controller of all living entities, fears the\norder of K:r�Q.a, yet ��Q.a is afraid of His mother's stick. These contradictions cannot be understood by one who is not a devotee, but a devotee can understand how powerful is unalloyed devotional service to\n��Q.a; it is so powerful that ��Q.a can be controlled by an unalloyed\ndevotee. This bhrtya-vasyata does not mean that He is under the control\nof the servant; rather, He is under the control of the servant's pure love.\nIn Bhagavad-gita (1.21) it is said that ��Q.a became the chariot driver\nof Arjuna. Arjuna ordered Him,\n\nsenayor ubhayor madhye ratham\n\nsthapaya me 'cyuta: \"My dear ��Q.a, You have agreed to be my\ncharioteer and to execute my orders. Place my chariot between the two\narmies of soldiers.\"\n\n��Q.a immediately executed this order, and\n\ntherefore one may argue that ��Q.a also is not independent. But this is\none's ajfiana, ignorance. ��Q.a is always fully independent; when He\nbecomes subordinate to His devotees, this is a display of\n\nananda­\n\ncinmaya-rasa, the humor of transcendental qualities that increases His\ntranscendental pleasure. Everyone worships K:r�Q.a as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore He sometimes desires to be controlled\n. by someone else. Such a controller can be no one else but a pure devotee.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0210": "Mother Ya8odi Binds Lord �!J�a\n\nText 20]\n\n165\n\nTEXT 20\n\ni(lf AA� W{ � W{ ��Qtfl�� I\n� � tWft � 3W1 fetuRtit::l€( II� II\no\n\nnemaril virifico na bhavo\nna srir apy anga-samsraya\nprasadaril lebhire gopi\nyat tat prapa vimuktidat\nna-not; imam-this exalted position; virifica�-Lord Brahma; na­\n\nnor; bhava�-Lord Siva; na-nor; sri�-the goddess of fortune; api­\n\nindeed; anga-sarilsraya-although she is always the better half of the\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nobtained; gopi-mother Yasoda;\n\nprasadam-mercy; lebhireyat tat-as that which; prapa­\n\nobtained; vimukti-dat-from Kr�I,J.a, who gives deliverance from this\n\nmaterial world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNeither Lord Brahmi, nor Lord Siva, nor even the goddess of\n\nfortune, who is always the better half of the Supreme Lord, can\n\nobtain from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the deliverer\nfrom this material world, such mercy as received by mother\n\nYa8odi.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a comparative study between mother Yasoda and other devotees\n\nof the Lord. As stated in Caitanya-caritamrta (.Adi 5.142), ekale iSvara\n\nkr�TJa, ara saba bhrtya: the only supreme master is Kr�I,J.a, and all others\n\nare His servants. Kr�1,1a has the transcendental quality of bhrtya-va§yata,\n\nbecoming subordinate to His bhrtya, or servant. Now, although everyone\n\nis bhrtya and although l<r�1,1a has the quality of becoming subordinate to\n\nHis bhrtya, the position of mother Yasoda is the greatest. Lord Brahma is\n\nbhrtya, a servant of l<r�I,J.a, and he is adi-kavi, the original creator of this\nuniverse (tene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye). Nonetheless, even he could\n\nnot obtain such mercy as mother Yasoda. As for Lord Siva, he is the top­\n\nmost Vai�1,1ava (va�1Javanaril yatha sambhuM. What to speak of Lord\n\n", "SB10.2#p0211": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n166\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 9\n\nBrahma and Lord Siva, the goddess of fortune, Lak![!mi, is the Lord's con­\n\nstant companion in service, since she always associates with His body.\n\nBut even she could not get such mercy. Therefore Maharaja Parik![!it was\n\nsurprised, thinking, \"What did mother Yasoda and Nanda Maharaja do\n\nin their previous lives by which they got such a great opportunity, the\nopportunity to be the affectionate father and mother of �![!I,la ?\"\n\nIn this verse there are three negative pronouncements-na, na, na.\n\nWhen anything is uttered three times- \"do it, do it, do it\" -one should\n\nunderstand that this is meant to indicate great stress on a fact. In this\n\nverse, we find na lebhire, na lebhire, na lebhire. Yet mother Yasoda is in\n\nthe supermost exalted position, and thus �![!I,la has become completely\n\nsubordinate to her.\n\nThe word vimuktidat is also significant. There are different types of\n\nliberation, such as sayujya, siilokya, siirilpya, siir�ti and siimipya, but\n\nvimukti means \"special mukti.\" When after liberation one is situated on\n\nthe platform of prema-bhakti, one is said to have achieved vimukti,\n\n\"special mukti.\" Therefore the word na is mentioned. That exalted plat­\n\nform of premii is described by\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as premii\n\npum-artho mahan, and mother Yasoda naturally acts in such an exalted\n\nposition in loving affairs. She is therefore a nitya-siddha devotee, an ex­\n\npansion of �![!I,la's hladini potency, His potency to enjoy transcendental\n\nbliss through expansions who are special devotees (ananda-cinmaya­\n\nrasa-pratibhavitabhitt}. Such devotees are not sadhana-siddha.\nTEXT 21\n\n;nti � � �� 1llM€61Wt: I\n�tf;r;rt �;ri � ��� II�� II\nniiyam sukhiipo bhagaviin\ndehinam gopikii-suta/:1,\njiiiininam ciitma-bhutaniim\nyatha bhaktimatiim iha\nna-not; ayam-this; sukha-iipa/:1,-very easily obtainable, or an ob­\n\nject of happiness; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\ndehiniim-of persons in the bodily concept of life, especially the karmis;\n\n", "SB10.2#p0212": "Text 21]\n\nMother Ya8oda Binds Lord ��I].a\n\n167\n\ngopika-suta/:t-KI;�I).a, the son of mother Yasoda (KI;�I).a as the son of\nVasudeva is called Vasudeva, and as the son of mother Yasoda He is\nknown as KI;�I).a); jtianiniim ca -and of the jtianis, who try to be free\nfrom material contamination; iitma-bhutiiniim-of self-sufficient yogis;\n\nyathii -as; bhakti-matiim-of the devotees; iha-in this world.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, K��I].a, the son of mother\nYa8oda, is accessible to devotees engaged in spontaneous loving\nservice, but He is not as easily accessible to mental speculators, to\nthose striving for self-realization by severe austerities and penances, or to those who consider the body the same as the self.\n\nPURPORT\nKI;�I).a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead as the son of mother\nYasoda, is very easily available to devotees, but not to tapasvis, yogis,\n\njtiiinis and others who have a bodily concept of life. Although they may\nsometimes be called siinta-bhaktas, real bhakti begins with diisya-rasa.\nKJ;�I).a says in Bhagavad-gitii (4.11):\n\nye yathii miim prapadyante\ntams tathaiva bhajamy aham\nmama vartmiinuvartante\nmanu�yii/:t piirtha sarva§a/:t\n\"As living entities surrender unto Me, I reward them accordingly.\nEveryone follows My path in all respects, 0 son of Prtha.\" Everyone is\nseeking KI;�I).a, for He is the Supersoul of all individual souls. Everyone\nloves his body and wants to protect it because he is within the body as the\nsoul, and everyone loves the soul because the soul is part and parcel of\nthe Supersoul. Therefore, everyone is actually seeking to achieve happiness by reviving his relationship with the Supersoul. As the Lord says in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (15.15), vedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedya/:t: \"By all the\nVedas, it is I who am to be known.\" Therefore, the karmis, jfiiinis, yogis\nand saintly persons are all seeking KI;�I).a. But by following in the\n\n", "SB10.2#p0213": "168\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 9\n\nfootsteps of devotees who are in a direct relationship with l(r�:Q.a, es­\n\npecially the inhabitants of V:rndavana, one can reach the supreme posi­\n\ntion of associating with Kr�IJ.a. As it is said, vrndavanarh parityajya\n\npadam ekarh na gacchati: Kr�IJ.a does not leave V:rndavana even for a\n\nmoment. The vrndavana-vasis-mother Yasoda, Kr�IJ.a's friends and\n\nKr�IJ.a's conjugal lovers, the younger gopis with whom He dances-have\n\nvery intimate relationships with l(r�:Q.a, and if one follows in the\n\nfootsteps of these devotees, l(r�:Q.a is available. Although the nitya-siddha\nexpansions of K:r�IJ.a always remain with Kr�IJ.a, if those engaged in\nscUlhana-siddhi follow in the footsteps of l(r�:Q.a's nitya-siddha associ­\n\nates, such scUlhana-siddhas also can easily attain Kr�IJ.a without dif­\n\nficulty. But there are those who are attached to bodily concepts of life.\nLord Brahma and Lord Siva, for example, have very prestigious posi­\n\ntions, and thus they have the sense of being very exalted iSvaras. In other\nwords, because Lord Brahma and Lord Siva are gur:uz-avataras and have\nexalted positions, they have some small sense of being like Kr�IJ.a. But\n\nthe pure devotees who inhabit V:rndavana do not possess any bodily con­\n\nception. They are fully dedicated to the service of the Lord in sublime\naffection, prema. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has therefore recommended,\n\nprema pum-artho mahan: the highest perfection of life is prema, pure\n\nlove in relationship with Kr�IJ.a. And mother Yasoda appears to be the\n\ntopmost of devotees who have attained this perfection.\nTEXT 22\n\n�tUI� •mt���, �.uu� i � mz: I\n\n�;{( 'l� g� �'i((k¥4� 11��11\nkm.tas tu grha-krtye$u\nvyagrayarh matari prabhul.t\nadrak$id arjunau purvarh\nguhyakau dhanadatmajau\nkm:wl.t tu-in the meantime; grha-krtye$u-in engagement in house­\n\nhold affairs;\n\nvyagrayam-very busy;\n\nmatari-when His mother;\n\nprabhul_t-the Lord; adrak$it-observed; arjunau-the twin arjuna\ntrees; purvam-before Him; guhyakau-which in a former millennium\n\n", "SB10.2#p0214": "had been\n\n169\n\nMother Ya8odii Binds Lord .Kf!i!J].a\n\nText 23]\n\ndemigods;\n\ndhanada-atmajau-the sons of\n\ntreasurer of the demigods.\n\nKuvera, the\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile mother Ya8odii was very busy with household affairs, the\nSupreme Lord, .Kf!i!J].a, observed twin trees known\n\nas\n\nyamala­\n\narjuna, which in a former millennium had been the demigod sons\nof Kuvera.\nTEXT 23\n\n� WiW(�IIqwt !� � � I\n53::z::u \"@u� n n. �tmJT �CR{t- II�� II\n..\n\n.\n\npura narada-sapena\nvrkjatam prapitau madat\nnalakuvara-mar;tigrivav\niti khyatau sriyanvitau\npura-formerly;\n\nnarada-sapena-being cursed by Narada Muni;\n\nvrkjatam-the forms of trees; prapitau-obtained; madat-because of\n\nmadness; nalakuvara-one of them was Nalakiivara; mar;tigrivau-the\n\nother was MaQigri:va; iti-thus; khyatau-well known; sriya anvitauvery opulent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn their former birth, these two sons, known as Nalakftvara and\nMa�].igriva, were extremely opulent and fortunate. But because of\npride and false prestige, they did not care about anyone, and thus\nNiirada Muni cursed them to become trees.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Tenth Canto, Ninth\n\nChapter, of the Sri:mad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"Mother Ya5oda Binds Lord\n\"\nKr�r:ta·\n\n", "SB10.2#p0215": "CHAPTER TEN\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\nThis chapter describes how l(r��a broke the twin arjuna trees, from\nwhich Nalakftvara and Ma�igriva, the sons of Kuvera, then came out.\n\nNalakftvara and Ma�igriva were great devotees of Lord Siva, but be­\n\ncause of material opulence they became so extravagant and senseless that\n\none day they were enjoying with naked girls in a lake and shamelessly\n\nwalking here and there. Suddenly Narada Muni passed by, but they were\nso maddened by their wealth and false prestige that even though they\n\nsaw Narada Muni present, they remained naked and were not even\nashamed. In other words, because of opulence and false prestige, they\n\nlost their sense of common decency. Of course, it is the nature of the ma­\n\nterial qualities that when one becomes very much opulent in terms of\n\nwealth and a prestigious position, one loses one's sense of etiquette and\n\ndoes not care about anyone, even a sage like Narada Muni. For such\nbewildered persons\n\n(ahankara-vimzU;ihatmii), who especially deride\n\ndevotees, the proper punishment is to be again stricken with poverty.\n\nThe Vedic rules and regulations prescribe how to control the false sense\n\nof prestige by the practice of\n\nyama, niyama and so on (tapasii\nbrahmacaryer:uz samena ca damena ca). A poor man can be convinced\n\nvery easily that the prestige of an opulent position in this material world\nis temporary, but a rich man cannot. Therefore Narada Muni set an example by cursing these two persons, Nalakftvara and Ma�igriva, to be­\n\ncome dull and unconscious like trees. This was a fit punishment. But\nbecause K:r��a is always merciful, even though they were punished they\n\nwere fortunate enough to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead face to\nface. Therefore the punishment given by V ai��avas is not at all punish­\n\nment; rather, it is another kind of mercy. By the curse of the devar�i,\n\nNalakftvara and Ma�igriva became twin arjuna trees and remained in\n\nthe courtyard of mother Yasoda and Nanda Maharaja, waiting for the op­\n\nportunity to see K:r��a directly. Lord K:r��a, by the desire of His devotee,\n\nuprooted\n\nthese\n\nyamala-arjuna trees, and when Nalakuvara and\n\nMa�igriva were thus delivered by K:r��a after one hundred years of the\n171\n\n", "SB10.2#p0216": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n172\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\ndevas, their old consciousness revived, and they offered l(r�1,1a prayers\nsuitable to be offered by demigods. Having thus gotten the opportunity to\nsee l(r�1,1a face to face, they understood how merciful Narada Muni was,\nand therefore they expressed their indebtedness to him and thanked\nhim. Then, after circumambulating the Supreme Personality of Godhead, l(r�I,la, they departed for their respective abodes.\n\nsri-rajovaca\nkathyatam bhagavann etat\ntayo� sapasya karar:uzm\nyat tad vigarhitam karma\nyena vii devar$es tama�\nsri-raja uvaca -the King further inquired; kathyatam -please describe; bhagavan-0 supremely powerful one; etat-this; tayo� -of\nboth of them; sapasya-of cursing; karar:uzm-the cause; yat -which;\ntat-that;\n\nvigarhitam -abominable;\n\nkarma -act;\n\nyena -by which;\n\nvii-either; devar$e� tama� -the great sage Narada became so angry.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Parik,it inquired from Sukadeva Gosviimi: 0 great and\n\npowerful saint, what was the cause of Nalakdvara's and MaJ}.igriva's\n\nhaving been cursed by Niirada Muni? What did they do that was so\n\nabominable that even Niirada, the great sage, became angry at\n\nthem? Kindly describe this to me.\n\nTEXTS 2-3\n\nr:it� �en�\n�\n\n�::MS(@�ir:\n!j=.,.,.:� -rt(J\n�\n\n....\n\n....\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�T �ID ��T�¥i\\itl I\n....\n\n,...\n\n.\n\n....\n\n�.\n\n1:6l'51«1q6f\"f � ll�l€6� ll��T II � II\n\n", "SB10.2#p0217": "Text 3]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n173\n\nql�IJff � tfu�u ¥\\G;I'f{�6�� I\n���G•IIt���({!: � tt� II� II\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nrudrasyanucarau bhatvli\n\nsudrptau dhanadatmajau\n\nkailiisopavane ramye\n\nmandakinyam madotkatau\n\nvlirur,tiril madiriiril pitvli\n\nmadagharr,tita-locanau\n\nstri-janair anugayadbhiS\nceratu� p�pite vane\n\nsri-suka� uvlica-Sri Sukadeva Gosviimi replied; rudrasya-of Lord\n\nSiva; anucarau-two great devotees or associates; bhatva-being ele­\n\nvated to that post; su-drptau-being proud of that position and their\n\nbeautiful bodily features; dhanada-atmajau-the two sons of Kuvera,\n\ntreasurer of the demigods; kailasa-upavane-in a small garden attached\n\nto Kailasa Parvata, the residence of Lord Siva; ramye-in a very\nbeautiful place;\n\nmandakinylim-on the River Mandakini;\n\nmada­\n\nutkatau-terribly proud and mad; vlirur,tim-a kind of liquor named\n\nVarul).i;\n\nmadirdm-intoxication;\n\npitva-drinking;\n\nmada-aghurr,tita­\n\nlocanau-their eyes rolling with intoxication; stri-janai�-with women;\nanugayadbhi�-vibrating songs sung by them; ceratu�-wandered;\np�pite vane-in a nice flower garden.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami said: 0 King Parik11it, because the t'!'o sons\n\nof Kuvera had been elevated to the association of Lord Siva, of\n\nwhich they were very much proud, they were allowed to wander in\na garden attached to Kailasa Hill, on the bank of the Mandikini\nRiver. Taking advantage of this, they used to drink a kind of liquor called ViruJ;�.i. Accompanied by women singing after them,\n\nthey would wander in that garden of flowers, their eyes always\nrolling in intoxication.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0218": "174\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse mentions some of the material advantages afforded to per­\n\nsons associated with or devoted to Lord Siva. Apart from Lord Siva, if\n\none is a devotee of any other demigod, one receives some material advan­\n\ntages. Foolish people, therefore, become devotees of demigods. This has\nbeen pointed out and criticized by Lord KJ;�I,la in Bhagavad-gitii (7.20):\n\nkiimais tais tair hrta-jfiiinii� prapadyante 'nya-devatii�. Those who are\n\nnot devotees of KJ;�I,la have a taste for women, wine and so forth, and\n\ntherefore they have been described as hrta-jfiiina, bereft of sense. The\nK1;'�1,1a consciousness �ovement can very easily point out such foolish\n\npersons, for they have been indicated in Bhagavad-gitii (7.15), where\nLord K1;'�1,1a says:\n\nna miim d�krtino mii4ha�\nprapadyante nariidhamii�\nmiiyayiipahrta-jfiiinii\niisuram bhiivam asritii�\n\"Those miscreants who are grossly foolish, lowest among mankind,\n\nwhose knowledge is stolen by illusion, and who partake of the atheistic\nnature of demons, do not surrender unto Me.\" Anyone who is not a devo­\n\ntee of K1;'�1,1a and does not surrender to K1;'�1,1a must be considered\n\nnariidhama, the lowest of men, and d�krti, one who always commits\n\nsinful activities. Thus there is no difficulty in finding out who is a third­\n\nclass or fourth-class man, for one's position can be understood simply by\nthis crucial test: is he or is he not a devotee of K1;'�1,1a?\n\nWhy are devotees of the demigods greater in number than the\n\nVai�1,1avas? The answer is given herein. Vai�1,1avas are not interested in\n\nsuch fourth-class pleasures as wine and women, nor does K1;'�1,1a allow\nthem such facilities.\n\nTEXT4\n�:�����\n��fu: II � II\nRtl�terf6flrtili1FN\nanta� pravi.Sya garigiiyiim\nambhoja-vana-riijini\n\n", "SB10.2#p0219": "Text 5]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n175\n\ncikru}atur yuvatibhir\ngajav iva karer:tubhi/:l\nantal)-within; praviSya-entering; garigayam--:the Ganges, known\nas Mandakini; ambhoja-of lotus flowers; vana-rajini-where there was\na congested forest; cikru)atu/:l-the two of them used to enjoy;\nyuvatibhil)-in the company of young girls; gajau-two elephants;\niva-just like; karer:tubhil)-with female elephants.\nTRANSLATION\nWithin the waters of the Mandikini Ganges, which were\ncrowded with gardens of lotus Bowers, the two sons of Kuvera\nwould enjoy young girls, just like two male elephants enjoying in\nthe water with female elephants.\nPURPORT\n\nPeople generally go to the Ganges to be purified of the effects of sinful\nlife, but here is an example of how foolish persons enter the Ganges to\nbecome involved in sinful life. It is not that everyone becomes purified\nby entering the Ganges. Everything, spiritual and material, depends on\none's mental condition.\nTEXTS\n\n).04{'4§).041\n\n:q\n'\"'\n\n3l�).Of'S{I(G>I\n\n��� ern�1\n��T �ffiuil «��(} II '-\\ II\n\nyadrcchaya ca devar�ir\nbhagavams tatra kaurava\napa.Syan narado devau\n�ibar:tau samabudhyata\nyadrcchaya-by chance, while wandering all over the universe; caand; deva-r�i/:l-the supreme saintly person among the demigods;\nbhagavan-the most powerful; tatra-there (where the two sons of\nKuvera were enjoying life); kaurava-0 Maharaja Parik�it; apa.Syatwhen he saw; narada/:l-the great saint; devau-the two boys of the\n\n", "SB10.2#p0220": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n176\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\ndemigods; �iba�u-with eyes maddened by intoxication; samabu­\n\ndhyata-he could understand (their position ) .\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik!llit, by some auspicious opportunity for the two\n\nboys, the great saint Devar!ili Narada once appeared there by\n\nchance. Seeing them intoxicated, with rolling eyes, he could\nunderstand their situation.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said:\n\n'sadhu-saftga,' 'sadhu-saftga'-sarva-sastre kaya\nlava-miitra sadhu-sange sarva-siddhi haya\n(Cc. Madhya 22.54)\nWherever Narada Muni goes, any moment at which he appears is understood to be extremely auspicious. It is also said:\n\nbrahmar:u;la bhramite kona bhagyaviin jiva\nguru-kr��-prasiide paya bhakti-latii-bija\n\"According to their karma, all living entities are wandering throughout\nthe entire universe. Some of them are being elevated to the upper planetary systems, and some are going down into the lower planetary\nsystems. Out of many millions of wandering living entities, one who is\nvery fortunate gets an opportunity to associate with a bona fide spiritual\nmaster by the grace of K:r��a. By the mercy of both K:r��a and the spiritual master, such a person receives the seed of the creeper of devotional\nservice.\"\n\n( Cc. Madhya 19.151) Narada appeared in the garden to give\n\nthe two sons of Kuvera the seed of devotional service, even though they\nwere intoxicated. Saintly persons know how to bestow mercy upon the\nfallen souls.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0221": "Text 7]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n177\n\ntam dmva vrU;lita devyo\nvivastra� sapa-sarikita�\nvasarhsi paryadhu� sighram\nvivastrau naiva guhyakau\ntam-Niirada\n\nMuni;\n\nvrU;lita�-being\n\ndmva-seeing;\n\nashamed;\n\ndevya�-the young girls of the demigods; vivastra�-although they\nwere naked; sapa-sarikita�-being afraid of being cursed; vasamsigarments;\n\nparyadhu�-covered the body;\n\nfighram-very swiftly;\n\nvivastrau-who were also naked; na-not; eva-indeed; guhyakauthe two sons of Kuvera.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing Narada, the naked young girls of the demigods\nwere very much ashamed. Afraid of being cursed, they covered\ntheir bodies with their garments. But the two sons of Kuvera did\nnot do so; instead; not caring about Narada, they remained naked.\nTEXT7\n�\n��\n\n�\n�\nqt 'iiG;(I'i*IT\n..,.,.,.(i,lt=m\nt!(k'i\\Sfl I\n��(�- mtr G>l��� � II \\9 II\n�\n\n..\n\n�'\n\n�\n\ntau dr�tva madira-mattau\nsri-madandhau suratmajau\ntayor anugraharthaya\nsapam dasyann idam jagau\ntau-the two boys of the demigods; dr�tva-seeing; madira-mattauvery intoxicated because of drinking liquor; sri - mada-andhau-being\nblind with false prestige and opulence; sura-atmajau-the two sons of\nthe demigods; tayo�-unto them; anugraha-arthaya-for the purpose\nof giving special mercy; sapam-a curse; dasyan-desiring to offer\nthem; idam-this; jagau-uttered.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the two sons of the demigods naked and intoxicated by\nopulence and false prestige, Devar�i Narada, in order to show them\n\n", "SB10.2#p0222": "178\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nspecial mercy, desired to give them a special curse. Thus he spoke\nas\n\nfollows.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough in the beginning Niirada Muni appeared very angry and\ncursed them, at the end the two demigods Nalakiivara and Ma:Q.igriva\nwere able to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kt�IJ.a, face to face.\nThus the curse was ultimately auspicious and brilliant. One has to judge\nwhat kind of curse Narada placed upon them. Srila Visvanatha\nCakravarti Thakura gives herein a good example. When a father finds\nhis child deeply asleep but the child has to take some medicine to cure\nsome disease, the father pinches the child so that the child will get up\nand take the medicine. In a similar way, Narada Muni cursed Nalakiivara\nand Ma:Q.igriva in order to cure their disease of material blindness.\nTEXTS\n\n'4t'iTTR �\n\nsri-nt'irada uviica\nna hy anyo jU§ato jo$yiin\nbuddhi-bhrarilso rajo-gur:ta/:l\nsri-madiid iibhijiityiidir\nyatra stri dyutam iisaval)\nsri-niiradal) uviica-Niirada Muni said; na-there is not; hi-indeed;\n\nanya/:t-another material enjoyment; jU§ata/:l-of one who is enjoying;\njo$yiin-things very attractive in the material world (different varieties\nof eating, sleeping, mating and defense); buddhi-bhramsal)-such enjoyments attract the intelligence; raja/:t-gur:ta/:t-being controlled by the\nmode of passion; sri-madiit-than riches; iibhijiitya-iidil)-among the\nfour material principles (attractive personal bodily features, birth in an\naristocratic family, being very learned, and being very rich); yatrawherein; stri-women; dyutam-gambling; iisava}:t-wine (wine,\nwomen and gambling are very prominent).\n\n", "SB10.2#p0223": "Text 9]\n\n179\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\nTRANSLATION\n\nNirada Muni said: Among all the attractions of material enjoyment, the attraction of riches bewilders one's intelligence more\nthan\n\nhaving\n\nbeautiful\n\nbodily\n\nfeatures,\n\ntaking\n\nbirth\n\nin\n\nan\n\naristocratic family, and being learned. When one is uneducated\nbut falsely puffed up by wealth, the result is that one engages his\nwealth in enjoying wine, women and gambling.\nPURPORT\nAmong the three modes of material nature-goodness, passion and ig­\n\nnorance-people are certainly conducted by the lower qualities, namely\n\npassion and ignorance, and especially by passion. Conducted by the mode\nof passion, one becomes more and more involved in material existence.\n\nTherefore human life is meant for subduing the modes of passion and\nignorance and advancing in the mode of goodness.\n\ntada rajas-tamo-bhava/:1,\nkama-lobhadaya.S ca ye\nceta etair anaviddham\nsthitam sattve pras'idati\n(Bhag. 1.2.19)\nThis is culture: one must subdue the modes of passion and ignorance. In\n\nthe mode of passion, when one is falsely proud of wealth, one engages his\nwealth only for three things, namely wine, women and gambling. We can\n\nactually see, especially in this age, that those who have unnecessary\nriches simply try to enjoy these three things. In Western civilization,\n\nthese three things are very prominent because of an unnecessary' in­\n\ncrease of wealth. Narada Muni considered all this in the case of\n\nMa1,1igriva and Nalakuvara because he found in them so much pride in\nthe wealth of their father, Kuvera.\n\nTEXT9\n�\n\n\"'\n\n�Q � �\n�,... .\n\n-rr.:\nil\n;tt\nnTiqrrllwtml\n\n:;;p\n\n,... � � �\n\n,...\n\nFf��(i'Ji�kf\\1�: I\n\n;,r.'iJi�'i iil'\"\n'l\"r(\"'lJ!���9;\n\nWI� II � II\n\n", "SB10.2#p0224": "180\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nhanyante pa.Savo yatra\nnirdayair ajitatmabhiiJ,\nmanyamanair imam deham\najaramrtyu na.Svaram\nhanyante-are killed in many ways (especially by slaughterhouses);\npa.Sava�-four-legged animals (horses, sheep, cows, hogs, etc.); yatrawherein; nirdayai�-by those merciless persons who are conducted by\nthe mode of passion; ajita-atmabhi�-rascals who are unable to control\nthe senses; manyamanai�-are thinking; imam-this; deham-body;\najara-will never become old or diseased; amrtyu-death will never\ncome; na.Svaram-although the body is destined to be annihilated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUnable to control their senses, rascals who are falsely proud of\n\ntheir riches or their bir�h in aristocratic families are so cruel that\nto maintain their perishable bodies, which they think will never\n\ngrow old or die, they kill poor animals without mercy. Sometimes\n\nthey kill animals merely to enjoy an excursion.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen the modes of passion and ignorance increase in human society,\ngiving rise to unnecessary economic development, the result is that\npeople become involved with wine, women and gambling. Then, being\nmad, they maintain big slaughterhouses or occasionally go on pleasure\nexcursions to kill animals. Forgetting that however one may try to maintain the body, the body is subject to birth, death, old age and disease,\nsuch foolish rascals engage in sinful activities, one after another. Being\n\ndU$krtis, they completely forget the existence of the supreme controller,\nwho is sitting within the core of everyone's heart (iSvara� sarvabhutanaril hrd-dese 'rjuna t�thati). That supreme controller is observing\nevery bit of one's activity, and He rewards or punishes everyone by\ngiving one a suitable body made by material nature (bhramayan sarva­\n\nbhutani yantrarl14hani mayaya). In this way, sinful persons automatically receive punishment in different types of bodies. The root cause\nof this punishment is that when one unnecessarily accumulates wealth,\n\n", "SB10.2#p0225": "Text 10]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n181\n\none becomes more and more degraded, not knowing that his wealth will\nbe finished with his next birth.\n\nna sadhu manye yata atmano yam\nasann api klesada dsa deha}J,\n(Bhag. 5.5.4)\nAnimal killing is prohibited. Every living being, of course, has to eat\nsomething (jivo jivasya jivanam). But one should be taught what kind of\nfood one should take. Therefore the Isopan�ad instructs, tena tyaktena\n\nbhuiijitha}J,: one should eat whatever is allotted for human beings. Kr�1,1a\nsays in Bhagavad-gitd (9.26):\npatrarh p�parh phalam toyarh\nyo me bhaktya prayacchati\ntad aham bhakty-upahrtam\na§nami prayatatmanaiJ,\n\"If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, fruit or water, I\nwill accept it.\" A devotee, therefore, does not eat anything .that would require slaughterhouses for poor animals. Rather, devotees take prasada of\n��1,1a (tena tyaktena bhuiijithaiJ,}. ��1,1a recommends that one give Him\n\npatrarh p�parh phalam toyam-a leaf, a flower, fruit or water. Animal\nfood is never recommended for human beings; instead, a human being is\nrecommended to take prasada, remnants of food left by ��1,1a. Yajiia-si­\n\n�tasina}J, santo mucyante sarva-kilb�ai}J, (Bg. 3.13). If one practices\n\neating prasada, even if there is some little sinful activity involved, one\nbecomes free from the results of sinful acts.\n\nTEXT 10\n\ntiN�ig�ijl�f¥14( I\n���fili���: ll�oll\n\n?Lu:P-.:un n �\n\ndeva-samjiiitam apy ante\nkrmi-vic;l-bhasma-samjiiitam\n\n", "SB10.2#p0226": "[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n182\n\nbhata-dhruk tat-krte sviirtham\nkim veda nirayo yata/:t\ndeva-samjfiitam-the body now known as a very exalted person, like\n\npresident, minister or even demigod; api-even if the body is so exalted;\n\nante-after death; krmi-turns into worms; v#-or into stool; bhasma­\n\nsarhjfiitam-or into ashes; bhata-dhruk-a person who does not accept\nthe sastric injunctions and is unnecessarily envious of other living en­\n\ntities; tat-krte-by acting in that way; sva-artham-self-interest; kimwho is there; veda-who knows;\n\nniraya/:t yata/:t-because from such\n\nsinful activities one must suffer hellish conditions.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile living one may be proud of one's body, thinking oneself a\n\nvery big man, minister, president or even demigod, but whatever\n\none may he, after death this body will turn either into worms, into\nstool or into ashes. If one kills poor animals to satisfy the tempo­\n\nrary whims of this body, one does not know that he will suffer in\nhis next birth, for such a sinful miscreant must go to hell and\nsuffer the results of his actions.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the three words krmi-vU;l-bhasma are significant. After\n\ndeath, the body may become krmi, which means \"worms,\" for if the\nbody is disposed of without cremation, it may be eaten by worms; or else\nit may be eaten by animals like hogs and vultures and be turned into\nstool. Those who are more civilized burn the dead body, and thus it be­\n\ncomes ashes (bhasma-sarhjfiitam). Yet although the body will be turned\ninto worms, stool or ashes, foolish persons, just to maintain it, commit\nmany sinful activities. This is certainly regrettable. The human form of\nbody is actually meant for\n\nfivasya tattva-jijfiiisii, enlightenment in\n\nknowledge of spiritual values. Therefore, one must seek shelter of a bona\n\nTasmiid gururh prapadyeta: one must approach a\nguru. Who is a guru? Sabde pare ca n�T)-iitam (Bhiig. 11.3.21): a guru is\nfide spiritual master.\n\none who has full transcendental knowledge. Unless one approaches a\nspiritual master, one remains in ignorance.\n\nAciiryaviin purz�o veda\n\n", "SB10.2#p0227": "Text 11]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n183\n\n(Chiindogya Upan�ad 6.14.2): one has full knowledge about life when\none is aciiryaviin, controlled by the aciirya. But when one is conducted\nby rajo-gur;ta and tamo-gur;ta, one does not care about anything; insteatL\none acts like an ordinary foolish animal, risking his life (mrtyu-samsaravartmani) and therefore continuing to go through suffering after suffering. Na te vidub, sviirtha-gatim hi v�r:tum (Bhag. 7.5.31). Such a foolish\nperson does not know how to elevate himself in this body. Instead, he indulges in sinful activities and goes deeper and deeper into hellish life.\nTEXT 11\n\n�: f?ti��: � M1tft!+ild\"(q :q I\n�: M'� �: �: �sfit ql II Z �II\ndehab, kim anna-datub, svam\nn�ektur miitur eva ca\nmatub, pitur vii balinab,\nkretur agneb, §uno 'pi vii\ndehab,-this body; kim anna-datu b,-does it belong to the employer\nwho gives me the money to maintain it; svam-or does it belong to me\npersonally; n�ektub,- (or does it belong) to the person who discharged\nthe semen; miitub, eva- (or does it belong) to the mother who maintained this body within her womb; ca-and; matub, pitub, vii-or (does it\nbelong) to the father of the mother (because sometimes the father of the\nmother takes a grandson as an adopted son); balinab,- (or does it\nbelong) to the person who takes this body away by force; kretub,-or to\nthe person who purchases the body as a slave; agneb,-or to the fire\n(because ultimately the body is burned); sunab,-or to the dogs and\nvultures that ultimately eat it; api-even; vii-or.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile alive, does this body belong to its employer, to the self, to\nthe father, the mother, or the mother's father? Does it belong to\nthe person who takes it away by force, to the slave master who\npurchases it, or to the sons who burn it in the fire? Or, if the body\nis not burned, does it belong to the dogs that eat it? Among the\n\n", "SB10.2#p0228": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n184\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nmany possible claimants, who is the rightful claimant? Not to\nascertain this but instead to maintain the body by sinful activities\n\nis not good.\n\nTEXT 12\n•\n\n•\n\n�\n\n�\n\n��T:I I'I'1\".Tr.nft\n::;;.\n\n��+tott'ffiSI+t'41'44� I\n\n� Ni!lwtk+t(11��efT��iii ((�Sij6:11 ��II\n..\n\nevam siidharar:wm deham\navyakta-prabhavapyayam\nko vidvan atmasat krtva\nhanti jantun rte 'sata/:t\nevam-in this way; siidharar:wm-common property; deham-the\nbody; avyakta-from unmanifested nature; prabhava-manifested in\nthat way; apyayam-and again merged with the unmanifested (\"for\ndust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return\"); ka/:t-who is that person; vidvan-one who is actually in knowledge; atmasat krtva-claiming as his own;\n\nhanti-kills; jantun-poor animals;\n\nrte-except;\n\nasata/:t-rascals who have no knowledge, no clear understanding.\nTRANSLATION\nThis body, after all, is produced by the unmanifested nature and\n\nagain annihilated and merged in the natural elements. Therefore,\n\nit is the common property of everyone. Under the circumstances,\nwho but a rascal claims this property as his own and while main­\n\ntaining it commits such sinful activities as killing animals just to\nsatisfy his whims? Unless one is a rascal, one cannot commit such\n\nsinful activities.\n\nPURPORT\nAtheists do not believe in the existence of the soul. Nonetheless, unless\none is very cruel, why should one kill animals unnecessarily? The body\nis a manifestation of a combination of matter. In the beginning it was\nnothing, but by a combination of matter it has come into existence. Then\nagain, when the combination is dismantled, the body will no longer exist.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0229": "Text 13]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n185\n\nIn the beginning it was nothing, and in the end it will be nothing. Why\nthen should one commit sinful activities when it is manifested? It is not\npossible for anyone to do this unless he is rascal number one.\nTEXT 13\n\n�:\n\n� ��R� q('i�\"f'( I\n\n�'ilq\n��\"f\n\n,...\n,...\n�\n�:\n\n��\n'1't11�Q\n\n������\n\nasata/:t sri-madandhasya\n\ndaridryam param aiijanam\natmaupamyena bhutani\ndaridra/:t param ik{;ate\nasata/:t-of such a foolish rascal; sri-mada -and hasya-who is blinded\nby temporarily possessing riches and opulence; daridryam-poverty;\nparam aiijanam-the best ointment for the eyes, by which to see things\nas they are; atma -aupamyena-with comparison to himself; bhlltdniliving beings; daridra/:t-a poverty-stricken man; param-perfectly;\nik{;ate-can see things as they are.\nTRANSLATION\nAtheistic fools and rascals who are very much proud of wealth\nfail to see things as they are. Therefore, returning them to poverty\nis the proper ointment for their eyes so they may see things as they\nare. At least a poverty-stricken man can realize how painful\npoverty is, and therefore he will not want others to be in a painful\ncondition like his own.\nPURPORT\n\nEven today, if a man who was formerly poverty-stricken gets money,\nhe is inclined to utilize his money to perform many philanthropic activities, like opening schools for uneducated men and hospitals for the\ndiseased. In this connection there is an instructive story called punar\n\nmi4iko bhava\n\n,\n\n\"Again Become a Mouse.\" A mouse was very much\n\nharassed by a cat, and therefore the mouse approached a saintly person to\nrequest to become a cat. When the mouse became a cat, he was harassed\n\n", "SB10.2#p0230": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n186\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nby a dog, and then when he became a dog, he was harassed by a tiger. But\nwhen he became a tiger, he stared at the saintly person, and when the\nsaintly person asked him, \"What do you want?\" the tiger said, \"I want to\neat you.\" Then the saintly person cursed him, saying, \"May you again\nbecome a mouse.\" A similar thing is going on all over the universe. One\nis going up and down, sometimes becoming a mouse, sometimes a tiger,\nand so on. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said:\n\nbrahmar;u;la bhramite kona bhiigyavan jiva\nguru-kmw-prasade paya bhakti-lata-bija\n(Cc. Madhya 19.151)\nThe living entities are promoted and degraded by the laws of nature, but\nif one is very, very fortunate, by association with saintly persons he gets\nthe seed of devotional service, and his life becomes successful. Narada\nMuni wanted to bring Nalakiivara and MaQigriva to the platform of devotional service through poverty, and thus he cursed them. Such is the\nmercy of a Vai�Qava. Unless one is brought to the Vai�Qava platform, one\ncannot\n\nbe a good man. Harav abhaktasya kuto mahad-gurya�\n(Bhag. 5.18.12). An ava�r:tava never becomes a good man, however\n\nseverely he is punished.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n��fwit�;£�m�l\n'lfi'4el+4 iTffl R>i·J ��uf?4�0a4i: ll�ldll\nyatha kar:ttaka-viddharigo\njantor necchati tarh vyatham\njiva-samyarh gato lirigair\nna tathaviddha-kar:ttaka�\nyatha-just as; kar:ttaka-viddha-ariga�-a person whose body has\nbeen pinpricked; janto�- of such an animal; na-not; icchati-desires;\ntam-a particular; vyatham-pain; jiva-samyam gata�-when he\nunderstands that the position is the same for everyone; lirigai�-by\n\n", "SB10.2#p0231": "Text 15]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n187\n\npossessing a particular type of body; na-not; tatha-so; avidd haka'{ltaka/:1,-a person who has not been pinpricked.\nTRANSLATION\nBy seeing their faces, one whose body has been pricked by pins\ncan understand the pain of others who are pinpricked. Realizing\nthat this pain is the same for everyone, he does not want others to\nsuffer in this way. But one who has never been pricked by pins\ncannot understand this pain.\nPURPORT\nThere is a saying, \"The happiness of wealth is enjoyable by a person\nwho has tasted the distress of poverty.\" There is also another common\nsaying, vandhya ki bujhibe prasava-vedana: \"A woman who has not\ngiven birth to a child cannot understand the pain of childbirth.\" Unless\none comes to the platform of actual experience, one cannot realize what is\npain and what is happiness in this material world. The laws of nature act\naccordingly. If one has killed an animal, one must himself be killed by\nthat same animal. This is called mamsa. Mam means \"me,\" and sa\nmeans \"he.\" As I am eating an animal, that animal will have the opportunity to eat me. In every state, therefore, it is ordinarily the custom that\nif a person commits murder he is hanged.\nTEXT 15\n\nI\n� M(�..q) �: «�+4�f«\n.\n.\n\n..._\"'\n\n�\n\n� �t-.:.0�1S4116 ��:a � q( aq:\n\nII ��II\n\ndaridro niraham-stambho\nmukta/:1, sarva-madair iha\nkrcchram yadrcchayapnoti\ntad dhi tasya pararil tapa/;\ndaridra/:1,-a poverty-stricken person; nir-aham-stambha/:1,-is automatically freed from all false prestige; mukta/:1,-liberated; sarva-all;\n\n", "SB10.2#p0232": "188\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nmadaitt-from false ego; iha-in this world; krcchram-with great difficulty; yadrcchaya apnoti-what he gains by chance from providence;\n\n· ta -that; hi-indeed; ta ya-his; param-perfect; tapa�-auste ity.\nt\n\ns\n\nr\n\nTRANSLATION\nA poverty-stricken man must automatically undergo austerities\n\nand penances because he does not have the wealth to possess any­\n\nthing. Thus his false prestige is vanquished. Always in need of\n\nfood, shelter and clothing, he must be satisfied with what is ob­\n\ntained by the mercy of providence. Undergoing such compulsory\n\nausterities is good for him because this purifies him and com­\n\npletely frees him from false ego.\n\nPURPORT\nA saintly person voluntarily accepts a state of poverty just to become\nfree from material false prestige. Many great kings left their princely\nstandard of living and went to the forest to practice austerity according to\nVedic culture, just to become purified. But if one who cannot voluntarily\naccept such austerity is put into a situation of poverty, he automatically\nmust practice austerity. Austerity is good for everyone because it frees\none from material conditions. Therefore, if one is very much proud of\nhis material position, putting him into poverty is the best way to rectify\nhis foolishness. Daridrya-do�o gur:w-rasi-nasi: when a person is povertystricken, naturally his false pride in aristocracy, wealth, education and\nbeauty is smashed. Thus corrected, he is in the right position for\nliberation.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n� �� ��iitttiliful: I\n��� otr��f;cr ftmfq FrR� II� �II\nnityam �ut-�ama-dehasya\ndaridrasyanna-kari�ir:ta�\nindriyar:ty anus�yanti\nhimsapi vinivartate\n\n", "SB10.2#p0233": "Text 16]\n\n189\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\nnityam-always; /cyut-with hunger; /cydma-weak, without neces­\n\nsary strength; dehasya-of the body of a poor man; daridrasya­\n\npoverty-stricken; anna-kan/cyitta�-always desiring to get sufficient\nfood;\n\nindriya�i-the\n\nsenses,\n\nwhich\n\nare\n\ncompared\n\nto\n\nsnakes;\n\nanu5U$yanti-gradua11y become weaker and weaker, with less potency;\n\nhirilsa api-the tendency to be envious of others; vinivartate-reduces.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlways hungry, longing for sufficient food, a poverty-stricken\nman gradually becomes weaker and weaker. Having no extra potency, his senses are automatically pacified. A poverty-stricken\nman, therefore, is unable to perform harmful, envious activities.\nIn other words, such a man automatically gains the results of the\naustetities and penances adopted voluntarily by saintly persons.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the opinion of experienced medical practitiOners,\n\ndiabetes is a result of voracious eating, and tuberculosis is a disease of\nundereating. We should desire neither to be diab�tic nor to be tubercu­\n\nlar. Yavad artha-prayojanam. We should eat frugally and keep the body\n\nfit for advancing in K\\'�Qa consciousness. As recommended elsewhere in\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.10):\n\n·\n\nkamasya nendriya-pritir\nlabho jiveta yavata\n\njivasya tattva-jijiidsa\n\nnartho ya.S ceha karmabhi�\n\nThe real business of human life is to keep oneself fit for advancement in\nspiritual realization. Human life is not meant for making the senses un­\n\nnecessarily strong so that one suffers from disease and one increases in\n\nan envious, fighting spirit. In this age of Kali, however, human civiliza­\n\ntion is so misled that people are unnecessarily increasing in economic\n\ndevelopment, and as a result they are opening more and more\n\nslaughterhouses, liquor shops and brothels. In this way, the whole\n\ncivilization is being spoiled.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0234": "190\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 17\n\n��� �� ��: ij¥41:\\Klwt: I\n�: � ij � mr � f.tg.t'iiRt II �\\911\ndaridrasyaiva yujyante '\nsadhavab, sama-darsinab,\nsadbhib, �i\"{Wti tam tar�am\ntata arad viSuddhyati\ndaridrasya-of a person who is poverty-stricken;\nyujyante- may easily associate;\n\neva-indeed;\n\nsadhavab,-saintly persons;\n\nsama­\n\ndarsinab,-although sadhus are equal to everyone, to the poor and the\nrich, the poor man can take advantage of their association; sadbhib,-by\nthe association of such saintly persons; �i{toti-reduces; tam-the\noriginal cause of material suffering; tar�am-the desire for material enjoyment; tatab,-thereafter; drat-very soon; viSuddhyati-his material\ncontamination is cleansed off.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaintly persons may freely associate with those who are poverty­\n\nstricken, but not with those who are rich. A poverty-stricken man,\n\nby association with saintly persons, very soon becomes unin­\n\nterested in material desires, and the dirty things within the core of\nhis heart are cleansed away.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said, mahad-vicalanam nf1),am grhi�m dina-cetasam (Bhag.\n\n10.8.4). The only business of a saintly person or sannydsi, a person in the renounced order, is to preach Kr!?JJ.a consciousness. Sadhus,\nsaintly persons, want to preach to both the poor and the rich, but the\npoor take more advantage of the sadhus' preaching than the rich do. A\npoor man receives sadhus very quickly, offers them obeisances, and tries\nto take advantage of their presence, whereas a rich man keeps a big\ngreyhound dog at his door so that no one can enter his house. He posts a\nsign saying \"Beware of Dog\" and avoids the association of saintly persons, whereas a poor man keeps his door open for them and thus benefits\n\n", "SB10.2#p0235": "Text\n\n18]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n191\n\nby their association more than a rich man does. Because Narada Muni, in\nhis previous life, was the poverty-stricken son of a maidservant, he got\nthe association of saintly persons and later became the exalted Narada\nYuni. This was his actual experience. Therefore, he is now comparing\nthe position of a poor man with that of a rich man.\n\nsataril prasarigan mama virya-samvido\nbhavanti hrt-karr:ta-rasayanab, kathab,\ntaj-jo�ar:tcid asv apavarga-vartmani\nsraddha ratir bhaktir anukram�yati\n(Bhag. 3.25.25)\nIf one gets the advantage of association with saintly persons, by their instructions one becomes more and more purified of material desires.\n\nkr�r:ta-bahirmukha haiya bhoga-vancha kare\nnikata-stha maya tare japatiya dhare\n(Prema-vivarta)\nMaterial life means that one forgets .i(r�Q.a and that one increases in one's\ndesires for sense gratification. But if one receives the advantage of instructions from saintly persons and forgets the importance of material\ndesires, one is automatically purified. Ceto-darpar:ta-marjanaril bhava­\n\nmahadavagni-nirvapar:tam (Si��taka 1). Unless the core of a materialistic person's heart is purified, he cannot get rid of the pangs of\n\nbhava-mahadavagni, the blazing fire of material existence.\n\nTEXT 18\n�.\n.\n(UI0114( I\n• �� Ut�*t ttl\n�: � ��(e�Ht�l�: ����II\n,...\n\nsadhanaril sama-cittanam\nmukunda-carar:ta�ir:tam\nupe�yaib, kim dhana-stambhair\nasadbhir asad-asrayaib,\n\n", "SB10.2#p0236": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n192\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nsiidhanam-of saintly persons; sama-cittanam-of those who are\nequal to everyone; mukunda-cara�-e§i�am-whose only business is to\nserve Mukunda, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and who always\naspire for that service; upek§yai�-neglecting the association; kimwhat; dhana-stambha*-rich and proud; asadbh*-with the association of undesirable persons; asat-asraya*-taking shelter of those who\nare asat, or nondevotees.\nTRANSLATION\nSaintly persons [siidhus] think of K��I].a twenty-four hours a\n\nday. They have no other interest. Why should people neglect the\n\nassociation of such exalted spiritual personalities and try to associ­\n\nate with materialists, taking shelter of nondevotees, most of whom\nare proud and rich?\n\nPURPORT\nA siidhu is one who is engaged in devotional service to the Lord\n\nwithout deviation (bhajate mam ananya-bhak).\ntitik§ava� karu�ika�\nsuhrda� sarva-dehinam\najata-satrava� santa�\nsiidhava� siidhu-bhil$a�a�\n\"The symptoms of a siidhu are that he is tolerant, merciful and friendly\nto all living entities. He has no enemies, he is peaceful, he abides by the\nscriptures, and all his characteristics are sublime.\"\n\n(Bhag. 3.25.21) A\n\nsiidhu is suhrda� sarva-dehinam, the friend of everyone. Why then\nshould the rich, instead of associating with siidhus, waste their valuable\ntime in association with other rich men who are averse to spiritual life?\nBoth the poor man and the rich man can take advantage of the K:r�?Qa\nconsciousness movement, and here it is advised that everyone do so.\nThere is no profit in avoiding the association of the members of the\nK:r!?Qa consciousness movement. Narottama dasa 'fhakura has said:\nsat-sa riga chtU;li' kainu asate vilasa\nte-kara� lagila ye karma-bandha-pharisa\n\n", "SB10.2#p0237": "Text 19]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n193\n\nU we give up the association of sadhus, saintly persons engaged in ��Qa\nconsciousness, and associate with persons seeking sense gratification and\naccumulating wealth for this purpose, our life is spoiled. The word asat\nrefers to an ava��va, one who is not a devotee of ��Qa, and sat refers\nto a Vai�Qava, ��Qa's devotee. One should always seek the association of\n\nava��vas. In\nBhagavad-gitii (7.15), the distinction between Vai�Qava and ava��va is\n\nVai�Qavas and not spoil one's life by mixing with\nenunciated:\n\nna mam dU$krtino mil4ha/:l,\nprapadyante naradhamii/:1,\nmayayapahrta-jnana\niisuram bhavam asrita/:1,\nAnyone who is not surrendered to ��Qa is a most sinful person\n\n(dU$krti), a rascal (ma4ha), and the lowest of men (naradhama).\nTherefore one should not avoid the association of Vai�Qavas, which is\nnow available all over the world in the form of the ��Qa consciousness\nmovement.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n'\"' t\n�....:.\n� q�ttl'f\\.OlfT\n'41'6'R'Il ?II.,�IW\"'!f�l:\nI\n•\n\n..\n\n'\"' '\n\nR �\n\n� '\"' fflf\n\n'\"' II�Q..II\n� {4WOIH{ �'IOltfl( ijl�¥twtl:\ntad aham mattayor madhvya\nviiru�ya sri-madiindhayo/:1,\ntamo-madam ha�yami\nstrai�ayor ajitiitmano/:1,\ntat-therefore; aham-1; mattayo/:1,-of these two drunken persons;\n\nviiru�yii -named VarUQi; sri-mada andhayo/:1, -who are blinded by celestial opulence; tama/:1,-madam -this\nfalse prestige due to the mode of ignorance; ha�yami-1 shall take\naway; strai�yo/:1, -because they have become so attached to women;\najita-iitma no/:1, -being unable to control the senses.\nmadhvya -by drinking liquor;\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, since these two persons, drunk with the liquor\nnamed ViruJ;li, or Midhvi, and unable to control their senses, have\n\n", "SB10.2#p0238": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n194\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nbeen blinded by the pride of celestial opulence and have become\nattached to women, I shall relieve them of their false prestige.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen a sadhu chastises or punishes someone, he does not do so for\nrevenge. Maharaja Parik�it had inquired why Narada Muni was subject\nto such a spirit of revenge (tama�). But this was not tama�, for Narada\nMuni, in full knowledge of what was for the good of the two brothers,\nwisely thought of how to cure them. Vai�J.lavas are good physicians. They\nknow how to protect a person from material disease. Thus they are never\nin\n\ntamo-gur;a. Sa gur;uin samatityaitan brahma-bhayaya kalpate\n\n(Bg. 14.26). Vai�J.lavas are always situated on the transcendental plat­\n\nform, the Brahman platform. They cannot be subject to mistakes or the\ninfluence of the modes of material nature. Whatever they do, after full\nconsideration, is meant just to lead everyone back home, back to\nGodhead.\n\nTEXTS 20-22\n�\n�\n�\n....\n\"111i,�' �lf.fiqle� � � �:��::u I\n\nf?liitl4h:t: � II� II\n�\n3Ril�: �:miT � ;:Jtf � �: I\n�: �¥{d4«1tl � 4{��il( II�� II\n€41tl�� � �.,.111 ra.ott�l<� I\n� ��ffi�Mti �;;if �� +If?IQ11: II�' 11\n\n;r N€4R't('(4{k+U4\n....\n\n<:'\n\n•\n\n0\n\n•\n\n•\n\nyad imau loka-palasya\nputrau bhatva tama�-plutau\nna vivasasam atmanam\nvijanita� sudurmadau\nato 'rhata� sthavaraiam\nsyatam naivam yatha puna�\nsmrt* syan mat-prasadena\ntatrapi mad-anugrahat\n\n", "SB10.2#p0239": "Text 22]\n\n195\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\nvasudevasya sannidhyam\nlabdhva divya-sarac-chate\nvrtte svarlokatam bhayo\nlabdha-bhakti bhav�yata�\nyat-because; imau-these two young demigods; loka-palasya-of\nthe great demigod Kuvera; putrau-born as sons; bhatva-being so\n(they should not have become like that); tama�-plutau-so absorbed in\nthe mode of darkness; na-not; vivasasam-without any dress, completely\n\nnaked;\n\ndtmdnam-their\n\npersonal\n\nbodies;\n\nvijanita�-could\n\nunderstand that they were naked; su-durmadau-because they were\nvery much fallen due to false pride; ata�-therefore; arhata�-they\ndeserve; sthavaratdm-immobility like that of a tree; sydtam-they\nmay become; na-not; evam-in this way; yatha-as; puna�-again;\nsmrti�-remembrance; syat-may continue; mat-prasadena-by my\nmercy; tatra api-over and above that; mat-anugrahat-by my special\nfavor;\n\nvasudevasya-of\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nsdnnidhyam-the personal association, face to face; labdhvii-obtaining; divya-sarat-sate vrtte-after the expiry of one hundred years by the\nmeasurement of the demigods; svarlokatam-the desire to live in the\ncelestial world; bhaya�-again; labdha-bhakti-having revived their\nnatural condition of devotional service; bhav�yata�-will become.\nTRANSLATION\nThese two young men, Nalak:iivara and Ma1,1igriva, are by fortune the sons of the great demigod Kuvera, but because of false\nprestige and madness after drinking liquor, they are so fallen that\nthey are naked but cannot understand that they are. Therefore,\nbecause they are living like trees (for trees are naked but are not\nconscious), these two young men should receive the bodies of\ntrees. This will be proper punishment. Nonetheless, after they become trees and until they are released, by my mercy they will have\nremembrance of their past sinful activities. Moreover, by my\nspecial favor, after the expiry of one hundred years by the\nmeasurement of the demigods, they will be able to see the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva, face to face, and thus\nrevive their real position as devotees.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0240": "196\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nPURPORT\nA tree has no consciousness: when cut, it feels no pain. But Narada\nMuni wanted the consciousness of Nalakiivara and Ma1;1igriva to continue, so that even after being released from the life of trees, they would\nnot forget the circumstances under which they had been punished.\nTherefore, to bestow upon them special favor, Narada Muni arranged\nthings in such a way that after being released, they would be able to see\nKr�1;1a in V:rndavana and thus revive their dormant bhakti.\nEach day of the demigods in the upper planetary system equals six .\nmonths of our measurement. Although the demigods in the upper planetary system are attached to material enjoyment, they are all devotees,\nand therefore they are called demigods. There are two kinds of persons,\nnamely the devas and the asuras. Asuras forget their relationship with\nKr�I;la (asuram bhavam asrita�). whereas the devas do not forget.\n\ndvau bhata-sargau loke 'smin\ndaiva asura eva ca\nvi$r;tu-bhakta� smrto daiva\nasuras tad-viparyaya�\n(Padma Purar;ta)\nThe distinction between a pure devotee and a karma-miSra devotee is\nthis: a pure devotee does not desire anything for material enjoyment,\nwhereas a mixed devotee becomes a devotee to become a first-class enjoyer of this material world. One who is in direct touch with the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead in devotional service remains pure, uncontaminated by\n\nmaterial desires (anyabhi�ita-sunyam jfidna-karmadyanavrtam).\nBy karma-miSra-bhakti one is elevated to the celestial kingdom, by\njfiana-miSra-bhakti one is able to merge in the Brahman effulgence, and\nby yoga-miSra-bhakti one is able to realize the omnipotency of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. But pure bhakti does not depend on\nkarma, jfiiina or yoga, for it simply consists of loving affairs. The liberation of the bhakta, therefore, which is called not just mukti but vimukti,\nsurpasses the five other kinds of liberation sdyujya, sarupya, salokya,\nsdr$# and samipya. A pure devotee always engages in pure service\n-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0241": "Text 23]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n197\n\n(anukalyena kmuinu5ilanam bhaktir uttama). T�ing birth in the up­\n\nper planetary system as a demigod is a chance to become a further\npurified devotee and go back home, back to Godhead. Narada Muni in­\n\ndirectly gave Mal}.igriva and Nalakuvara the greatest opportunity by his\n\nso-called curse.\n\nTEXT 23\n\ns>ttrrn �qr�\n\n�� � �� wtRf.I'Jn� I\nii�IJ�-\"-\"]]\"'hi��T�;ft\nII�� II\nS!I!L-101\n\nsri-suka uvaca\n\nevam uktva sa devar�ir\n\ngato naraya1)d.Sramam\n\nnalakavara-mar:tigrivav\n\nasatur yamalarjunau\n\nsri-suka� uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami continued to speak; evam\n\nuktva-thus uttering; sa�-he; devar�i�-the greatest saintly person,\n\nNarada; gata�-left that place;\n\nnaraya�-asramam-for his own\n\nasrama, known as Narayal}.a-asrama; nalakavara-Nalakuvara; mar:ti­\n\ngrivau-and Mal}.igriva; dsatu�-remained there to become; yamalaarjunau-twin arjuna trees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi continued: Having thus spoken, the great\n\nsaint Devar'i Nirada returned to his i8rama, known as Niriy&J]aurama, and Nalakuvara and Mai;tigriva became twin arjuna trees.\nPURPORT\n\nArjuna trees are still found in many forests, and their skin is used by\n\ncardiologists to prepare medicine for heart trouble. This means that even\n\nthough they are trees, they are disturbed when skinned for medical\n\nscience.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0242": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n198\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�t•l'46�/-� � � q.;iT �: I\n� �� �lttf �� ll�\\?ll\nr�er bhagavata-mukhyasya\nsatyam karturh vaco hari/:t\njagama sanakais tatra\nyatriistiim yamaliirjunau\nr�e/:t-of the great sage and saintly person Narada;\n\nbhagavata­\n\nmukhyasya-of the topmost of all devotees; satyam-truthful;\nkartum-to prove; vaca/:t-his words; hari/:t-the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Kr�r,ta; jagama-went there; sanakai/:t-very slowly; ta­\n\ntra-there; yatra-to the spot where; iistiim-there were; yamalaarjunau-the twin arjuna trees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri �tr;ta, to fulfill the\n\ntruthfulness of the words of the greatest devotee, Narada, slowly\n\nwent to that spot where the twin arjuna trees were standing.\n\ndevar�ir me priyatamo\nyad imau dhanadiitmajau\ntat tathii siidhay4yami\nyad gitarh tan mahiitmanii\ndevar�i/:t-the great saint Devar�i Narada; me- My; priya-tama/:tmost\n\nbeloved\n\ndevotee;\n\nyat-although;\n\nimc..l-these\n\ntwo\n\npersons\n\n(Nalakuvara and Mar,tigriva); dhanada-atmajau-born of a rich father\nand being nondevotees; tat-the words of Devar�i; tatha-just so;\n\nsiidhay�yami-1 shall execute (because he wanted Me to come face to\n\n", "SB10.2#p0243": "Text 26]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n199\n\nface with the yamala-arjuna, I shall do so); yat gitam-as already\nstated; tat-that; mahatmand-by Narada Muni.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although these two young men are the sons of the very rich\nKuvera and I have nothing to do with them, Devar'i Nirada is My\nvery dear and affectionate devotee, and therefore because he\nwanted Me to come face to face with them, I must do so for their\ndeliverance.\"\nPURPORT\n\nNalaktivara and Mal].igriva actually had nothing to do with devotional\nservice or seeing the Supreme Personality of Godhead face to face, for\nthis is not an ordinary opportunity. It is not that because one is very rich\nor learned or was born in an aristocratic family one will be able to see the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead face to face. This is impossible. ijut in\nthis case, because Narada Muni desired that Nalaktivara and Mal].igriva\nsee Vasudeva face to face, the Supreme Personality of Godhead wanted to\nfulfill the words of His very dear devotee Narada Muni. If one seeks the\nfavor of a devotee instead of directly asking favors from the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, one is very easily successful. Srila Bhaktivinoda\n'fhakura has therefore recommended: va�r;tava thakura tomdra kukkura\nbhuliyii janaha more, kr$1Ja se tomara kr$1Ja dite para. One should desire\nto become like a dog in strictly following a devotee. Kr�I].a is in the hand\nof a devotee. Adurlabham atma-bhaktau. Thus without the favor of a\ndevotee, one cannot directly approach Kr�I].a, what to speak of engaging\nin His service. Narottama dasa Thakura therefore sings, chc'U;liya\nva�r;tava-seva nistara payeche keba: unless one becomes a servant of a\npure devotee, one cannot be delivered from the material condition of life.\nIn our Gau«Jiya Vai�I].ava society, following in the footsteps of Rupa\nGosviimi, our first business is to seek shelter of a bona fide spiritual\nmaster (iidau gurv-asrayaM.\nTEXT 26\n\"'C'�\n\n311�'41'1'4�1'41'51ill\n\n�QJI�ij �ll!1n I\nm��(Cf<iHI II�� II\n\n", "SB10.2#p0244": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n200\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nity antareT)iirjunayo/:t\nkr�7JaS tu yamayor yayau\natma-nirvesa-matre\"{la\ntiryag-gatam ulakhalam\niti-thus deciding; antare\"{ta-between; arjunayo/:t-the two arjuna\ntrees; kr�\"{la/:t tu-Lord ��Qa; yamayo/:t yayau-entered between the\ntwo trees; atma-nirvesa-mdtre\"{la-as soon as He entered (between the\ntwo trees); tiryak-crossways; gatam-so became; ulakhalam-the big\nmortar for grinding spices.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHaving thus spoken, �t�a soon entered between the two arjuna\ntrees, and thus the big mortar to which He was bound turned\ncrosswise and stuck between them.\n\nbalena n�kar�ayatanvag ulakhalam tad\ndamodare\"{la tarasotkalitanghri-bandhau\nn�petatu/:t parama-vikramitativepaskandha-pravala-v#apau krta-car:u;la-sabdau\nbalena-by\n\nthe\n\nboy\n\n��Qa;\n\nn�kar�ayata-who\n\nwas\n\ndragging;\n\nanvak-following the dragging of ��Qa; ulakhalam-the wooden mortar; tat-that; dama-udare\"{la-by K:r�Qa, who was tied by the belly; tarasa-with great force; utkalita-uprooted; anghri-bandhau-the roots\nof the two trees; n�petatu/:t-fell down; parama-vikramita-by the supreme power; ati-vepa-trembling severely; skandha-trunk; pravdla-bunches of leaves; vitapau-those two trees, along with their\nbranches; krta-having made; car:u;la-sabdau-a fierce sound.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0245": "Text 28]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n201\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy dragging behind Him with great force the wooden mortar\ntied to His belly, the boy l\\.t•1,1a uprooted the two trees. By the\ngreat strength of the Supreme Person, the two trees, with their\ntrunks, leaves and branches, trembled severely and fell to the\nground with a great crash.\nPURPORT\nThis is the pastime of ��1,1a known as damodara-lila. Therefore\nanother of ��1,1a's names is Dii.modara. As stated in the Hari-vamsa:\nsa\n\nca tenaiva niimnii tu\nkmw vai dama-bandhanat\n\ngo§!he damodara iti\ngopibhi� parigiyate\n\nTEXT 28\n\n(1;1' � � �: Hli !5�\n\nRt(l�� �i;if�JlRiEI i;ifl�1�a: I\n.\nPlf�l«''\n�k'5i.'Sictiwtl$.f.\n� l� \"\nit Sil§t�T N�iSf(\"(IN�{*�d: � ������\ntatra sriya paramaya kakubha� sphurantau\nsiddhav upetya kujayor iva jata-veda�\nkr§7J.arit prary,amya sirasakhila-loka-niitham\nbaddhafijali virajasav idam ucatu� sma\ntatra-there, on the very spot where the two arjunas fell; sriya-with\nbeautification; paramaya-superexcellent; kakubha�-all directions;\nsphurantau-illuminating by effulgence; siddhau-two perfect persons;\nupetya-then coming out; kujayo�-from between the two trees; ivalike;\n\njata-veda�-fire\n\npersonified;\n\nkr§7J.am-unto\n\nLord\n\n��1,1a;\n\nprary,amya-o:ffering obeisances; sirasii-with the head; akhila-lokanatham-to\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPerson,\n\nthe\n\ncontroller\n\nof\n\neverything;\n\n", "SB10.2#p0246": "202\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nbaddha-aiijali-with folded hands; virajasau-fully cleansed of the\nmode of ignorance; idam-the following words; ilcatub, sma-uttered.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, in that very place where the two arjuna trees had\n\nfallen, two great, perfect personalities, who appeared like fire per­\n\nsonified, came out of the two trees. The effulgence of their beauty\n\nilluminating all directions, with bowed heads they offered obei­\n\nsances to �'1,1a, and with hands folded they spoke the following\n\nwords.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n� � ���: �'{: 'R: I\n\nolt'ffilott'fiii� N� � ij ;mttJIT �: ������\nkm:ta km:ta mahd-yogims\ntvam adyab, puru�ab, parab,\nvyaktavyaktam idam viSvam\nrupam te brahma1Jd vidub,\n\nkr�TJ.a kr�TJ.a-0 Lord ��1,1a, 0 Lord ��1,1a; maha-yogin-0 master of\nmysticism; tvam-You, the exalted personality; adyab,-the root cause\nof everything; pu�ab,-the Supreme Person; parab,-beyond this material creation; vyakta-avyaktam-this material cosmic manifestation,\nconsisting of cause and effect, or gross and subtle forms; idam-this;\nviSvam-whole world; rupam-form;\n\nte- Your;\n\nbrahma¢b,-1earned\n\nbrahma7Jas; vidub,-know.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Lord �'1,1a, Lord �,1,18, Your opulent mysticism is incon­\n\nceivable. You are the supreme, original person, the cause of all\n\ncauses, immediate and remote, and You are beyond this material\ncreation. Learned brihma1,1as know [on the basis of the Vedic state­\n\nment sarvaril khalv idaril brahma] that You are everything and that\n\nthis cosmic manifestation, in its gross and subtle aspects, is Your\n\nform.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0247": "Text\n\n31]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n203\n\nPURPORT\nThe two demigods Nalakuvara and Ma�igriva, because of their continuing memory, could understand the supremacy of ���a by the grace\nof Narada. Now they admitted, \"That we should be delivered by the\nblessings of Narada Muni was all Your plan. Therefore You are the\nsupreme mystic. Everything-past, present and future-is known to\nYou. Your plan was made so nicely that although we stayed here as twin\narjuna trees, You have appeared as a small boy to deliver us. This was all\nYour inconceivable arrangement. Because You are the Supreme Person,\nYou can do everything.\"\n\nTEXTS\n\n30-31\n\n�: ��� ��� �flf.o��: I\n� � �'('{ �t�(�t( ��: ll�oll\n�\n\n� l{{'l'{ �: � �:�6R1+U¥4�n I\n.\n\n�\n\n� ��: � 11��11\ntvam eka� sarva-bhatanam\ndehiisv-atmendriyesvara�\ntvam eva kalo bhagavan\nv��ur avyaya iSvara�\ntvam mahan prakrti� sa�ma\nraja�-sattva-tamomayi\ntvam eva pu�o 'dhya�a�\nsarva-�etra-vikara-vit\n\ntvam-Your Lordship; eka�-one; sarva-bhatanam-of all living entities; deha-of the body; asu-of the life force; atma-of the soul;\nindriya-of the senses; iSvara�-the Supersoul, the controller; tvamYour Lordship; eva-indeed; kdla�-the time factor; bhagavan-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; v��u�-all-pervading; avyaya�imperishable; iSvara�-controller; tvam-Your Lordship; mahan-the\ngreatest; prakrti�-the cosmic manifestation; sa�ma-subtle; raja�saUva-tama�-mayi-consisting of three modes of nature (passion, goodness and ignorance); tvam eva-Your Lordship is ind.eed; pu�a�-the\n\n", "SB10.2#p0248": "[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n204\n\nSupreme Person; adhya/cyal;-the proprietor; sarva-lcyetra-in all living entities; vikara-vit-knowing the restless mind.\nTRANSLATION\nYou are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the controller of\n\neverything. The body, life, ego and senses of every living entity\nare Your own self. You are the Supreme Person, Vi,t;tu, the im­\n\nperishable controller. You are the time factor, the immediate\n\ncause, and You are material nature, consisting of the three modes\n\npassion, goodness and ignorance. You are the origin'al cause of this\n\nmaterial manifestation. You are the Supersoul, and therefore You\n\nknow everything within the core of the heart of every living\n\nentity.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSripada Madhvacarya has quoted from the\n\nfollows:\n\nVamana Purd1J.a as\n\nrapyatvat tu jagad rapam\n\nvi$�/:t sa/cyat sukhatmakam\n\nnitya-pur1J.am samuddi$tam\n\nsvaruparil paramatmanal;\n\nTEXT 32\n\ngrhyamdTJ.ais tvam agrahyo\n\nvikarai/:t prakrtair guTJ.ai/:t\n\nko nv iharhati vijfiiitum\n\nprak siddham guTJ.a-samvrta/:t\n\nat\n\ngrhyamary.ail;-accepting the body made of material nature as existing\nthe\n\npresent\n\nmoment\n\nbecause\n\nof\n\nbeing\n\nvisible;\n\ntvam-You;\n\nagrahyal;-not confined in a body made of material nature; vikarai/:t-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0249": "Text 32]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n205\n\nprakrtai� gutw* -by the material modes of\nnature (sattva-gutJ.a, rajo-gutw and tamo-gutw); ka�-who is there;\nagitated by the mind;\n\nnu-after that; iha-in this material world; arhati-who deserves;\n\nvij fititum-to know; prak s iddham-that which existed before the creation;\n\ngutw-samvrta�-because of being covered by the material\n\nqualities.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, You exist before the creation. Therefore, who, trapped\nby a body of material qualities in this material world, can\nunderstand You?\nPURPORT\n\nAs it is said:\n\nata� srt-kr$tw-ndmadi\nna bhaved grahyam indriyai�\nsevonmukhe hi jihvadau\nsvayam eva sphuraty ada�\n(Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu 1.2.234)\nK{f?Q.a's name, attributes and form are Absolute Truth, existing before\nthe creation. Therefore, how can those who are created-that is, those\nentrapped in bodies created of material elements-understand K{f?Q.a\n\nperfectly? This is not possible. But, sevonmukhe hi jihvadau svayam eva\n\nsphuraty ada�: Krt?Q.a reveals Himself to those engaged in devotional\n\nservice. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (18.15) by the Lord\n\nbhaktya mam abhijanati. Even the descriptions of K{f?Q.a in\nSrimad-Bhagavatam are sometimes misunderstood by less intelligent\n\nHimself:\n\nmen with a poor fund of knowledge. Therefore, the best course by which\nto know Him is to engage oneself iri pure devotional activities. The more\none advances in devotional activities, the more one can understand Him\nas He is. If from the material platform one could understand K{f?Q.a,\n\nthen, since K{t?Q.a is everything (sarvarh khalv idam brahma), one could\nunderstand K{f?Q.a by seeing anything within this material world. But\nthat is not possible.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0250": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n206\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nmaya tatam idam sarvarh\njagad avyakta-martina\nmat-sthani sarva-bhatani\nna caharh te$V avasthita/:t\n(Bg. 9.4)\n\nEverything is resting on .Kr��a, and everything is .Kr��a, but this is not\nto be realized by persons on the material platform.\nTEXT 33\n\n�� � � 1:41��C1N m I\n3t1�4tttl6�@'SI4t�4 ;mit ;r¥(: It�� II\ntasmai tubhyarh bhagavate\nvasudevaya vedhase\natma-dyota-gu\"{taiS channamahimne brahma\"{l£ nama/:t\ntasmai- (because You are not to be understood from the material platform, we simply offer obeisances) unto Him; tubhyam-unto You;\nbhagavate-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vasudevayaunto Vasudeva, the origin of Sailkar�a�a, Pradyumna and Aniruddha;\nvedhase-unto the origin of creation;\n\natma-dyota-gu\"{tai/:t channa­\n\nmahimne-unto You whose glories are covered by Your personal energy;\nbrahma{le-unto\nobeisances.\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nBrahman;\n\nnama/:t-our\n\nrespectful\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord, whose glories are covered by Your own energy, You are\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. You are Sailkar,a�a, the\n\norigin of creation, and You are Vasudeva, the origin of the catur­\n\nvyuha. Because You are everything and are therefore the Supreme\nBrahman, we simply offer our respectful obeisances unto You.\nPURPORT\nInstead of trying to understand K:r��a in detail, it is better to offer our\nrespectful obeisances unto Him, for He is the origin of everything and\n\n", "SB10.2#p0251": "Deliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\nText 35]\n\n207\n\nHe is everything. Because we are covered by the material modes of\nnature, He is very difficult for us to understand unless He reveals Himself to us. Therefore it is better for us to acknowledge that He is everything and offer obeisances unto His lotus feet.\n\nTEXTS 34-35\n\n� ��6�('4�URut: I\n11��11\n�Rt��cftq(f(('4•1�:\n{{ � {{(if� �� �N ::q- I\n_,.&�..�� � qf��� ����II\n��lf!4ijl0\n\nne\n\nyasyavatara jfiaya t\n\nsarire�v a§ariri�b-\n\ntais tair atulyatiSayair\n\nviryair deh�v asangataib,\n\nsa bhavan sarva-lokasya\n\nbhavaya vibhavaya ca\navatir�o 'msa-bhagena\nsampratarh patir as�am\n\nyasya-of whom; avatarab,-the different incarnations, like Matsya,\nKiirma and Varaha; jfiayante-are speculated; sarire�u-in different\nbodies, differently visible; a§ariri�b,-they are not ordinary material\nbodies, but are all transcendental; taib, taib,-by such bodily activities;\natulya-incomparable;\nand power;\n\nati-sayaib,-unlimited;\n\nviryaib,-by strength\n\ndeh�u-by those who actually have material bodies;\n\nasangataib,-which activities, enacted in different incarnations, are impossible to be performed; salt-the same Supreme; bhavan-Your Lordship;\n\nsarva-lokasya-of\n\neveryone;\n\nbhavaya-for\n\nthe\n\nelevation;\n\nvibhavaya-for the liberation; ca-and; avati�b,-have now ap­\n\ns b\n\nena-in full potency, with different parts and par­\n\npeared; am a- hag\n\ncels; sampratam-at the present moment; patib- as�am-You are the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the master of all auspiciousness.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0252": "208\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\nAppearing in bodies like those of an ordinary fish, tortoise and\n\nhog, You exhibit activities impossible for such creatures to per­\n\nform-extraordinary, incomparable, transcendental activities of\n\nunlimited power and strength. These bodies of Yours, therefore,\n\nare not made of material elements, but are incarnations of Your\n\nSupreme Personality. You are the same Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who have now appeared, with full potency, for the\n\nbenefit of all living entities within this material world.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (4.7-8):\n\nyada yada hi dhannasya\ngliinir bhavati bharata\nabhyutthanam adhannasya\ntadatmanarh srjamy aham\nparitriiTJiiya sadhanarh\nvinasaya ca d�krtam\ndharma-sarhsthapanarthaya\nsambhavami yuge yuge\nKr�I;Ia appears as an incarnation when real spiritual life declines and\nwhen rogues and thieves increase to disturb the situation of the world.\nUnfortunate, less intelligent persons, bereft of devotional service, cannot\nunderstand the Lord's activities, and therefore such persons describe\nthese activities as kalpanii-mythology or imagination-because they\nare rascals and the lowest of men\n\n(na marh d�krtino ma4hii/:t\n\nprapadyante naradhama/:l). Such men cannot understand that the events\ndescribed by Vyasadeva in the PuriiTJas and other siistras are not fictitious or imaginary, but factual.\nKr�I;Ia, in His full, unlimited potency, here shows that He is the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, for although the two trees were so\nlarge and sturdy that even many elephants could not move them, Kr�J;la,\nas a child, exhibited such extraordinary strength that they fell down with\n\n", "SB10.2#p0253": "Text\n\n36]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n209\n\ngreat sound. From the very beginning, by killing Putana, Saka�asura\nand T:p}.avartasura, by causing the trees to fall, and by showing the entire universe within His mouth, ��Qa proved that He is the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. The lowest of men (mW;lhas), because of sinful\nactivities, cannot understand this, but devotees can accept it without a\ndoubt. Thus the position of a devotee is different from that of a\nnondevotee.\na\n\nTEXT\n\n36\n\nq(+(+t'j\\-e I\ncllM!Efltr �l'*lltr � � ;rq: II�G.II\n\n;rq:\n\nq(+(i!.fi�IOI\n\n�:\n\nnama/:L parama-kalyar:ta\nnama/:L parama-marigala\nvasudevaya santaya\nyadanam pataye nama/:L\nnama/:L-we therefore offer our respectful obeisances; paramakalyar:ta-You are the supreme auspiciousness; nama/:l-our respectful\nobeisances unto You; parama-marigala-whatever You do is good;\nvasudevaya-unto the original Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva;\nsantaya-unto the most peaceful; yadanam-of the Yadu dynasty;\npataye-unto the controller; nama/:l-our respectful obeisances unto\nYou.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 supremely auspicious, we offer our respectful obeisances unto\nYou, who are the supreme good. 0 most famous descendant and\ncontroller of the Yadu dynasty, 0 son of Vasudeva, 0 most\npeaceful, let us offer our obeisances unto Your lotus feet.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word parama-kalyar:ta is significant because ��Qa, in any of His\nincarnations, appears in order to protect the sadhus (p aritrar:taya\nsadhanam). The sadhus, saintly persons or devotees, are always harassed\n\n", "SB10.2#p0254": "210\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nby nondevotees, and K:r�1,1a appears in His incarnations to give them\nrelief. This is His first concern. If we study the history of K:r�1,1a's life, we\nshall find that for most of His life He predominantly engaged in killing\ndemons one after another.\n\n��a41rn.\nm;il\nanujanihi nau bhumarhs\ntavanucara-kinkarau\ndarsanam nau bhagavata\nr�er asid anugrahat\nanujanihi-may we have permission; nau-we; bhuman-0 greatest\nuniversal form; tava anucara-kinkarau-because of being servants of\nYour most confidential devotee Narada Muni; darsanam-to see personally; nau-of us; bhagavata�-of You, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; r�e�-of the great saint Narada; dsit-there was (in the form\nof a curse); anugrahat-from the mercy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 supreme form, we are always servants of Your servants, es­\n\npecially of Narada Muni. Now give us permission to leave for our\nhome. It is by the grace and mercy of Narada Muni that we have\n\nbeen able to see You face to face.\n\nPURPORT\nUnless delivered or blessed by a devotee, one cannot realize that K:r�1,1a\nis the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Mlm�yar:Wm sahasre�u kaScid\n\nyatati siddhaye. According to this verse of Bhagavad-gita (7.3), there\nare so many siddhas or yogis who cannot understand K:r�1,1a; instead, they\nmisunderstand Him. But if one takes shelter of a devotee descending\nfrom the parampara system of Narada (svayambhur narada� sambhu�),\none can then understand who is an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In this age, many pseudo incarnations are adver-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0255": "Text\n\n38]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n211\n\ntised simply for having exhibited some magical performances, but except\nfor persons who are servants of Narada and other servants of ��I;ta, no\none can understand who is God and who is not. This is confirmed by\narottama dasa 'fhakura. C/ui4iya va��va-seva nistara payeche keba:\nno one is delivered from the material conception of life unless favored by\na Vai�I;tava. Others can never understand, neither by speculation nor by\n\nany other bodily or mental gymnastics.\nTEXT\n\n38\n\nqtuifguu� � �\n{'\n\n�\n\n'\"'{'\n\n�:q����wt: I\n� ro� PwttRha•ldtOII�\n\"d!: ����lftt�wt�i'lll��ll\nva�i gu�nukathane srava�u kathayam\nhastau ca karmasu manas tava pddayor nab,\nsmrtyam siras tava nivasa-jagat-pra�me\ndr�#b- satam darsane 'stu bhavat-tanundm\nvd�i-words,\n\nthe\n\npower\n\nof\n\nspeech;\n\ngu�-a nukathane-always\n\nengaged in talking about Your pastimes;\n\nsrava�u-the ear, or\n\naural reception; kathayam-in talks about You and Your pastimes;\nhastau-hands and legs and other senses; ca-also; karmasu-engaging\nthem in executing Your mission;\n\nmanab,-the mind; tava-Your;\n\npadayob, -of Your lotus feet; nab,-our; sm rtyam-in remembrance always engaged in meditation; sirab,-the head; tava-Your; nivdsa-jagatpra�me-because You are all-pervading, You are everything, and our\nheads should bow down, not looking for enjoyment; dr�#b--the power of\nsight; satam-of the Vai�I;tavas; darsane-in seeing; astu-let all of\nthem be engaged in this way; bhavat-tanundm-who are nondi:fferent\nfrom You.\nTRANSLATION\nHenceforward, may all our words describe Your pastimes, may\nour ears engage in aural reception of Your glories, may our hands,\nlegs and other senses engage in actions pleasing to You, and may\n\n", "SB10.2#p0256": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n212\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nour minds always think of Your lotus feet. May our heads offer our\n\nobeisances to everything within this world, because all things are\n\nalso Your different forms, and may our eyes see the forms of\n\nV �I,Ulvas, who are nondifferent from You.\nPURPORT\n\nHere the process of understanding the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is given. This process is bhakti.\n\nsravalJQ,ril kirtanaril vi$��\nsmaralJQ,ril pada-sevanam\narcanaril vandanaril ddsyaril\nsakhyam· atma-nivedanam\n(Bhag. 7.5.23)\nEverything should be engaged in the service of the Lord. Hr�ikelJQ,\n\nhr�ikesa-sevanaril bhaktir ucyate (Narada-paficaratra). Everything­\n\nthe mind, the body and all the sense organs-should be engaged in\n��J;J.a's service. This is to be learned from expert devotees like Narada,\n\nSvayambhu and Sambhu. This is the process. We cannot manufacture\n\nour own way of understanding the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for\nit is not that everything one manufactures or concocts will lead to under­\n\nstanding God. Such a proposition-yata mata, tata patha-is foolish.\n\n��J;J.a says, bhaktyaham ekaya grahya�: \"Only by executing the ac­\n\ntivities of bhakti can one understand Me.\" (Bhag. 11.14.21) This is\ncalled anukalyena kmtanu§ilanam, remaining engaged favorably in the\nservice of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n8ft� \\j<fR{\n·��\n\n.\n\n�\n\n� ������·� �� ···�\\\"��: I\n� +ft€{(ct� q: Sl«'l'lt� � ����II\nsri-suka uvaca\nittham sankirtitas tabhyam\nbhagavan gokulesvara�\n\n", "SB10.2#p0257": "Text 40]\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\n213\n\ndamna colakhale baddhal)\nprahasann aha guhyakau\nsri-sukal) uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami continued to speak; ittham­\n\nin this way, as aforesaid; sankirtital)-bein� glorified and praised;\n\ntabhyam-by the two young demigods; bhagavan-the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; gokula-iSvaral)-the master of Gokula (because He\n\nis sarva-loka-mahesvara); damna-by the rope; ca-also; ulakhale­\n\non the wooden mortar; baddha/:l-bound; prahasan-smiling; ahasaid; guhyakau-unto the two young demigods.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosvimi continued: The two young demigods thus\n\noffered prayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Although\nSri Kf'i'l}a, the Supreme Godhead, is the master of all and was cer­\n\ntainly Gokulesvara, the master of Gokula, He was bound to the\n\nwooden mortar by the ropes of the gopis, and therefore, smiling\nwidely, He spoke to the sons of Kuvera the following words.\nPURPORT\n\n.Kr�J).a was smiling because He was thinking to Himself, \"These two\n\nyoung demigods fell from the higher planetary system to this planet, and\nI have delivered them from the bondage of standing for a long time as\n\ntrees, but as for Me, I am bound by the ropes of the gopis and am subject\n\nto their chastisements.\" In other words, .Kr�J).a submits to being chastised\nand bound by the gopis because of pure love and affection worthy of\n\nbeing praised by a devotee in so many ways.\nTEXT 40\n\nsri-bhagavan uvaca\njfidtaril mama puraivaitad\nr�i� karu�tmana\n\n", "SB10.2#p0258": "214\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\nyac chri-maddndhayor vagbhir\nvibhramso 'nugraha/:t krta/:t\nsri-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;\njfidtam-everything is known; mama-to Me; purd-in the past; evaindeed; etat-this incident; r�i�-by the great sage Narada; karu�­\n\ndtmana-because he was very, very kind to you; yat-which; sri-madaandhayol;t-who had become mad after material opulence and had thus\nbecome blind; vagbhi/:t-by words or by cursing; vibhramsal;t-falling\ndown from the heavenly planet to become arjuna trees here; anugraha/:t\nkrtal;t-this was a great favor done by him to you.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: The great saint\n\nNiirada Muni is very merciful. By his curse, he showed the greatest\n\nfavor to both of you, who were mad after material opulence and\n\nwho had thus become blind. Although you fell from the higher\n\nplanet Svargaloka and became trees, you were most favored by\nhim. I knew of all these incidents from the very beginning.\nPURPORT\nIt is now confirmed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead that the\ncurse of a devotee is also to be regarded as mercy. As ��J)a, God, is aUgood, a Vai�J)ava is also all-good. Whatever he does is good for everyone.\n\nThis is explained in the following verse.\n\nsadhunam sama-cittanam\nsutaram mat-krtatmanam\ndarsandn no bhaved bandha/:t\npurhso ·�r:w/:t savitur yatha\n\n", "SB10.2#p0259": "Text 42]\n\n215\n\nDeliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\nsadhuniim-of\n\ndevotees;\n\nsama-cittiiniim-who\n\nare\n\nequally\n\ndis­\n\nposed toward everyone; sutariim-excessively, completely; mat-krtaatmaniim-of persons who are fully surrendered, determined to render\nservice unto Me;\n\ndarsaniit-simply\n\nby the audience;\n\nno\n\nbhavet\n\nbandhab,-freedom from all material bondage; purhsab,-of a person;\na�r:wb--of the eyes; savitub, yathii-as by being face to face with the\nsun.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen one is face to face with the sun, there is no longer darkness for one's eyes. Similarly, when one is face to face with a\nsidhu, a devotee, who is fully determined and surrendered to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, one will no longer be subject to\nmaterial bondage.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated by Caitanya Mahaprabhu (Cc. Madhya\n\n22.54):\n\n'sadhu-sariga,' 'sadhu-sariga'-sarva-siistre kaya\nlava-miitra sadhu-sarige sarva-siddhi haya\nIf by chance one meets a siidhu, a devotee, one's life is immediately successful, and one is freed from material bondage. It may be argued that\nwhereas someone may receive a sadhu with great respect, someone else\nmay not receive a sadhu with such respect. A siidhu, however, is always\nequipoised toward everyone. Because of being a pure devotee, a sadhu is\nalways ready to deliver K:r�J}a consciousness without discrimination. As\nsoon as one sees a sadhu, one naturally becomes free. Nonetheless, persons who are too much offensive, who commit va�7J-ava-aparadhas, or\noffenses to a sadhu, will have to take some time before being rectified.\nThis is also indicated herein.\nTEXT42\n\n� � ¥t€'4(fll �¥4( «l�wt( I\n,,;,\n� � cll41f{:ij�t: 1R¥tlS¥fCf: II \\l� II\n\n5I=\n\n", "SB10.2#p0260": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n216\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 10\n\ntad gacchatam mat-paramau\nnalakavara sadanam\nsanjato mayi bhavo vam\nipsitab, paramo 'bhavab,\ntat gacchatam-now both of you may return; mat-paramau-accepting Me as the supreme destination of life; nalakavara-0 Nalakuvara\nand MaQigriva; sadanam-to your home; sanjatab,-being saturated\nwith; mayi-unto Me; bhcivab,-devotional service; vcim-by you;\nipsitab,-which\n\nwas\n\ndesired;\n\nparamab,-supreme,\n\nhighest,\n\nalways\n\nengaged with all senses; abhavab,-from which there is no falldown into\nmaterial existence.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Nalak.uvara and Ma�igriva, now you may both return home.\n\nSince you desire to be always absorbed in My devotional service,\n\nyour desire to develop love and affection for Me will be fulfilled,\nand now you will never fall from that platform.\nPURPORT\nThe highest perfection of life is to come to the platform of devotional\nservice and always engage in devotional activities. Understanding this,\nNalakuvara and MaQigriva desired to attain that platform, and the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead blessed them with the fulfillment of\n\ntheir transcendental desire.\nTEXT 43\n\n���\n\n� ffl qR¥Rt � :;.r �: �: I\n�\"'idR\\��0'( II����\nsri-suka uvcica\nity uktau tau parikramya\nprar:wmya ca punab, punab,\nbaddholakhalam amantrya\njagmatur diSam uttarcim\n\n", "SB10.2#p0261": "Deliverance of the Yamala-arjuna Trees\n\nText 43]\n\n217\n\nsri-suka/:t uvaca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; iti uktau -having been\n\nordered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead in this way; tauNalakuvara\n\nand\n\nMaQigriva;\n\nparik ra my a -circumambulating;\n\npra­\n\n�mya-offering obeisances; ca -also; puna/:t puna/:t-again and again;\n\nbaddha-ulakhalam amantry a -taking the permission of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, who was bound to the wooden mortar;\n\njagmatu/:t-departed; diSam uttaram -to their respective destinations.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSukadeva Gosvimi said: The Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nhaving spoken to the two demigods in this way, they circumambu­\n\nlated the Lord, who was bound to the wooden mortar, and offered\nobeisances to Him. After taking the permission of Lord �l!fl}a,\n\nthey returned to their respective homes.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Tenth Canto, Tenth\nChapter,\n\nof the Srimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nYamala-arjuna Trees. \"\n\nentitled\n\n\"Deliverance of the\n\n", "SB10.2#p0262": "CHAPTER ELEVEN\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes\nof K.rsna\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\nThis chapter describes how the inhabitants of Gokula left Gokula and\nwent to Vtndavana and how Kt�I.J.a killed Vatsasura and Bakasura.\n\nWhen the yamala-arjuna trees fell, they made a tremendous sound,\n\nlike that of falling thunderbolts. Being surprised, Kt�I.J.a's father, Nanda,\nand the other elderly inhabitants of Gokula went to the spot, where they\nsaw the fallen trees and Kt�I.J.a standing between them, bound to the\n\nulakhala, the wooden mortar. They could find no cause for the trees'\n\nhaving fallen and Kt�I.J.a's being there. They thought this might be the\n\nwork of some other asura who had met Kt�I.J.a on this spot, and they in­\n\nquired from the playmates of Kt�I.J.a about how the whole incident had\ntaken place. The children properly described how everything had happened, but the elderly persons could not believe the story. Some of them,\nhowever, thought that it might be true, since they had already seen many\nwonderful incidents in connection with Kt�I.J.a. Anyway, Nanda Maharaja\nimmediately released Kt�I.J.a from the ropes.\nIn this way, Kt�I.J.a, at every day and every moment, displayed wonderful incidents to increase the parental affection of Nanda Maharaja and\n\nYasoda, who thus felt both surprise and joy. The breaking· of the yamala­\n\narjunas was one of these wonderful pastimes.\nOne day a fruit vendor approached Nanda Maharaja's house, and\nKt�I.J.a gathered some food grains with His little palms and went to the\nvendor to exchange the grains for fruit. On the way, almost all the grains\nfell from His palms, only one or two grains remaining, but the fruit vendor, out of full affection, accepted these grains in exchange for as much\nfruit as Kt�I.J.a could take. As soon as she did this, her basket became\nfilled with gold and jewels.\n\nThereafter, all the elderly gopas decided to leave Gokula because they\n\nsaw that in Gokula there was always some disturbance. They decided to\ngo to Vtndavana, Vraja-dhama, and the next day they all departed. In\nVtndavana, both Kt�I.J.a and Balarama, after finishing Their childhood\npastimes, began to take charge of the calves and send them to the pastur­\n\ning grounds (go-cara�). During this time, a demon named Vatsasura\n\n219\n\n", "SB10.2#p0263": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n220\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\nentered among the calves and was killed, and another asura, in the shape\nof a big duck, was also killed. The playmates of K.r�I).a narrated all these\n\nstories to their mothers. The mothers could not believe their children,\n\nK.r�I).a's playmates, but because of full affection they enjoyed these\n\nnarrations of K.r�I).a's activities.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��en�\n'\"'\n\n'\"'\n\n'\"'\n\nttm ;r�: �T �: q661��t{_ I\n\n�� �$: II � II\n\n6'JTT�:\n\nsri-suka uvaca\ngopa nandddaya� srutva\ndrumayo� patato ravam\ntatrajagmu� kuru-sre$tha\nnirghata-bha ya-sankita�\nsri-suka�\n\nuvaca-Sri\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosvami\n\nsaid;\n\ngopd�-all\n\nthe\n\ncowherd men; nanda-adaya�-headed by Nanda Maharaja; srutvd­\n\nhearing; drumayo�-of the two trees; patato�-falling down; ravam­\n\nthe high sound, as terrible as a thunderbolt; tatra-there, on the spot;\n\najagmu�-went; kuru-sre$tha-O Maharaja Parik�it; nirghata-bhaya­\n\nsankita�-who were afraid of falling thunderbolts.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvami continued: 0 Mahirija Parik!jit, when the\n\nyamala-arjuna trees fell, all the cowherd men in the neighborhood, hearing the fierce sound and fearing thunderbolts, went to\n\nthe spot.\n\n� �qfijJl\n;rw�a:��·�\nbhamyam nipatitau tatra\ndadrsur yamaldrjunau\n\n", "SB10.2#p0264": "Text 3]\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of Ktf�a\n\n221\n\nbabhramus tad avijnaya\nla�yam patana-karar:tam\nbhamyam-on the ground; nipatitau-which had fallen; tatrathere; dadrsu�-all of them saw; yamala-arjunau-the twin arjuna\ntrees; babhramu�-they became bewildered; tat-that; avijnaya-but\nthey could not trace out; la�yam-although they could directly perceive\nthat the trees had fallen; patana-karar:tam-the cause of their falling\n(how could it have happened all of a sudden?).\nTRANSLATION\nThere they saw the fallen yamala-arjuna trees on the ground,\nbut they were bewildered because even though they could directly\nperceive that the trees had fallen, they could not trace out the\ncause for their having done so.\nPURPORT\nConsidering all the circumstances, had this been done by Kt��a? He\nwas standing on the spot, and His playmates described that this had been\ndone by Him. Had Kt��a actually done this, or were these merely\nstories? This was a cause of bewilderment.\nTEXT3\n�r.r· � «:'\n1'!4€fi'1� � q � ill�€fit( I\n�&_('4(.'\\\n•\n\n•\n\n� � an�tia�qld � �: 11 � \"\nulakhalam vikar�antam\ndamna baddham ca balakam\nkasyedam kuta ascaryam\nutpata iti katara�\nulakhalam-the wooden mortar; vikar�antam-dragging; damnawith the rope; baddham ca-and bound by the belly; balakam-Kt��a;\nkasya-of whom; idam-this; kuta�-wherefrom; ascaryam-these\nwonderful happenings; utpata�-disturbance; iti-thus; katara�-they\nwere very much agitated.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0265": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n222\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\n·\n\n��1,1a was bound by the rope to the uliikhala, the mortar, which\n\nHe was dragging. But how could He have pulled down the trees?\nWho had actually done it? Where was the source for this incident?\n\nConsidering all these astounding things, the cowherd men were\ndoubtful and bewildered.\n\nPURPORT\nThe cowherd men were very much agitated because the child Kr�J.la,\nafter all, had been standing between the two trees, and if by chance the\ntrees had fallen upon Him, He would have been smashed. But He was\nstanding as He was, and still the things had happened, so who had done\nall this? How could these events have happened in such a wonderful\nway? These considerations were some of the reasons they were agitated\nand bewildered. They thought, however, that by chance Kr�J.la had been\nsaved by God so that nothing had happened to Him.\n\nTEXT4\n\n\"\"�\n\nf€1�1\n\n��Rt\n\n�W{\n\nRt�nRH!€\\('4e'( I\n��ll'dll\n\nbald acur aneneti\ntiryag-gatam ulakhalam\nvikar�ata madhya-gena\npur�av apy aca�mahi\nbalab,-all the other boys; acub,-said; anena-by Him (Kr�J.la);\niti-thus; tiryak-crosswise; gatam-which had become; ulakhalamthe wooden mortar; vikar�ata-by Kr�J.la, who was dragging; madhyagena-going between the two trees; pur�au-two beautiful persons;\napi-also; aca�mahi-we have seen with our own eyes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen all the cowherd boys said: It is ��1,1a who has done this.\n\nWhen He was in between the two trees, the mortar fell crosswise.\n\n�1,1a dragged the mortar, and the two trees fell down. After that,\n\n", "SB10.2#p0266": "The Childhood Pastimes of ��q.a\n\nText 5]\n\n223\n\ntwo beautiful men came out of the trees. We have seen this with\nour own eyes.\nPURPORT\nKr�1.1a's playmates wanted to inform Kr�1.1a's father of the exact situation by explaining that not only did the trees break, but out of the broken\ntrees came two beautiful men. \"All these things happened,\" they said.\n'We have seen them with our own eyes.\"\nTEXTS\n\nWI����� mtl\nill�@�q16f�:���: II� II\nna te tad-uktam jagrhur\nna gha!eteti tasya tat\nbalasyotpa!anam tarvo/:1,\nkecit sandigdha-cetasa/:1,\nna-not; te-all the gopas; tat-ukta m -being spoken by the boys;\njagrhu/:1,-would accept; na gha!eta-it cannot be; iti-thus; tasya-of\nKr�1.1a; tat-the activity;\n\nbalasya-of a small boy like Kr�1.1a; ut­\n\npa!ana m-the uprooting; tarvo/:1,-of the two trees; kecit-some of\nthem; sandigdha-cetasa/:1,-became doubtful about what could be done\n(because Gargamuni had predicted that this child would be equal to\nNarayaJ.la).\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of intense paternal affection, the cowherd men, headed\nby Nanda, could not believe that ��q.a could have uprooted the\ntrees in such a wonderful way. Therefore they could not put their\nfaith in the words of the boys. Some of the men, however, were in\ndoubt. \"Since ��q.a was predicted to equal Nariiyaq.a,\" they\nthought, \"it might be that He could have done it.\"\nPURPORT\nOne view was that it was impossible for a small boy like this to have\ndone such a thing as pulling down the trees. But there were doubts\n\n", "SB10.2#p0267": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n224\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\nbecause l(r�I).a had been predicted to equal Narayal).a. Therefore the\ncowherd men were in a dilemma.\n\nulukhalarh vikar$antarh\ndamna baddharh svam atmajam\nvilokya nandaft prahasadvadano vimumoca ha\nulukhalam-the wooden mortar; vikar$antam-dragging; damnaby the rope; baddham-bound; svam atmajam-his own son K:r!?I).a;\nvilokya-by seeing; nanda/:t-Maharaja Nanda; prahasat-vadanaftwhose face began to smile when he saw the wonderful child; vimumoca\nha-released Him from the bonds.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Nanda Maharaja saw his own son bound with ropes to the\nwooden mortar and dragging it, he smiled and released Kt!?I.la\nfrom His bonds.\nPURPORT\n\nNanda Maharaja was surprised that Yasoda, \"Kr!?I).a's mother, could\nhave bound her beloved child in such a way. \"Kr!?I).a was exchanging love\nwith her. How then could she have been so cruel as to bind Him to the\nwooden mortar? Nanda Maharaja understood this exchange of love, and\ntherefore he smiled and released \"Kr!?I).a. In other words, as \"Kr!?I).a, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, binds a living entity in fruitive activities, He binds mother Yasoda and Nanda Maharaja in parental affection. This is His pastime.\nTEXT7\n\n�: �����ill�&fa: �I\n\\33\\P.tRf m� ��tf��\nII \\9 II\n\n", "SB10.2#p0268": ". Text 8]\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of :Kf!il�a\n\n225\n\ngopibhi/:t stobhito 'nrtyad\nbhagavan balavat kvacit\nudgayati kvacin mugdhas\ntad-va.So daru-yantravat\ngopibhi/:1,-by the gopis (by flattery and offers of prizes ) ; stobhita/:1,encouraged, induced; anrtyat-the small Kr!?:t:ta danced; bhagavan-although He was the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ba la-vat-exactly\nlike a human child; kvacit-sometimes; udgayati-He would sing very\nloudly; kvacit-sometimes; mugdha/:1,-being amazed; tat-va.Sa/:1,under their control; daru-yantra-vat-like a wooden doll.\nTRANSLATION\nThe gopis would say, \"If You dance, my dear Kr!il�a, then I shall\ngive You half a sweetmeat.\" By saying these words or by clapping\ntheir hands, all the gopis encouraged Kr!ii�a in different ways. At\nsuch times, although He was the supremely powerful Personality\nof Godhead, He would smile and dance according to their desire,\nas if He were a wooden doll in their hands. Sometimes- He would\nsing very loudly, at their bidding. In this way, Kr!il�a came\ncompletely under the control of the gopis.\nTEXTS\n\nmfti ffiMG:I�H: �;:4U9t41f-fi'( I\n� � m � � ii'M¥ilt:4�'t II � II\nbibharti kvacid ajfiapta/:1,\npithakonmana-padukam\nbahu-k$eparil ca kurute\nsvanaril ca pritim avahan\nbibharti-Kr!?:t:ta would simply stand and touch articles as if unable to\nraise them; kvacit-sometimes;\n\naj fiapta/:1,-being ordered; pithaka-unmana-the wooden seat and wooden measuring pot; padukam-bringing the wooden shoes; bahu-k$epam ca-striking the arms on the body;\nkurute-does; svanam ca-of His own relatives, the gopis and other intimate friends; pr itim-the pleasure; avahan-inviting .\n\n", "SB10.2#p0269": "226\n\n[Canto I 0, Ch. II\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\nTRANSLATION\n\nSometimes mother Ya8odii and her gopi friends would tell\n\nl\\.t'�1,1a, \"Bring this article\" or \"Bring that article.\" Sometimes\n\nthey would order Him to bring a wooden plank, wooden shoes or a\nwooden measuring pot, and l\\.t'�1,1a, when thus ordered by the\nmothers, would try to bring them. Sometimes, however, as if un­\n\nable to raise these things, He would touch them and stand there.\n\nJust to invite the pleasure of His relatives, He would strike His\n\nbody with His arms to show that He had sufficient strength.\n\ndarsayarits tad-vidam loka\natmano bhrtya-va§yatam\nvrajasyovaha vai har$aril\n\n·\n\nbhagavan bala-ce$#tai/:l\ndarsayan-exhibiting; tat-vidam-unto persons who can understand\ni(r�l).a's activities; loke-throughout the whole world; atmana/:l-of\nHimself; bhrtya-va§yatam-how He is agreeable to carrying out the orders of His servants, His devotees; vrajasya-of Vrajabhiimi; uvahaexecuted;\n\nvai-indeed; har$am-p1easure; bhagavan-the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead; bala-ce$#tai/:l-by His activities like those of a\nchild trying to do so many things.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo pure devotees throughout the world who could understand\n\nHis activities, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, l\\.t'�1,1a, ex­\n\nhibited how much He can be subdued by His devotees, His ser­\n\nvants. In this way He increased the pleasure of the Vrajaviisis by\nHis childhood activities.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0270": "Text 10]\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of Kt.�a\n\n227\n\nPURPORT\nThat Kt�:Q.a performed childhood activities to increase the pleasure of\nHis devotees was another transcendental humor. He exhibited these activities not only to the inhabitants of Vrajabhiimi, but also to others, who\nwere captivated by His external potency and opulence. Both the internal\ndevotees, who were simply absorbed in love of Kt�:Q.a, and the external\ndevotees, who were captivated by His unlimited potency, were informed\nof Kt�:Q.a's desire to be submissive to His servants.\n\nTEXT 10\n\na\"tnfrB\n\n�: 'fi�l41 kt �en «'��4'1!1: I\n\n� �lril¥41<(lit � ft(i�:ft('fir\":=�ITISfl7';:: : I I � 0 II\nkrir:tihi bhob, phalaniti\nsrutva satvaram acyutab,\nphalarthi dhanyam adaya\nyayau sarva-phala-pradab,\nkrir:tihi-please come and purchase; bhob,-0 neighborhood residents;\nphalani-ripe fruits; iti-thus; srutvd-hearing; satvaram-very soon;\n\nacyutab-- Kt�:Q.a; phala-arthi-as if He wanted some fruits; dhanyam\nddaya-capturing some grains of paddy; yayau-went to the fruit vendor; sarva-phala-pradab,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\ncan give all kinds of fruit to everyone, had now become in need of fruits.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce a woman selling fruit was calling, \"0 inhabitants of Vrajabhumi, if you want to purchase some fruits, come here!\" Upon\nhearing this, ���a immediately took some grains and went to\nbarter as if He needed some fruits.\nPURPORT\nAborigines generally go to the villagers to sell fruits. How much the\naborigines were attached to Kt�:Q.a is here described. K:r�:Q.a, to show His\n\n", "SB10.2#p0271": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n228\n\n[Canto 10, Ch.11\n\nfavor to the aborigines, would immediately go purchase fruits, bartering\nwith paddy in His hand as He had seen others do.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n'fid�ififllon � �\n\n'fie(\\f'lt �: ���\n\n1\n� ������\n\nphala-vikrayir;i tasya\ncyuta-dhanya-kara-dvayam\nphalair apurayad ratnai�\nphala-bhar:u},am apuri ca\nphala-vikrayir;i-the aborigine fruit vendor, who was an elderly\ntasya -of .l<r�Qa; cyuta-dhanya-the paddy He brought to\nbarter having mostly fallen; kara-dvayam -palms of the hands; phalai�\napurayat -the fruit vendor filled His small palms with fruits; ratnai�in exchange for jewels and gold; phala-bhar:u},am-the basket of fruit;\napuri ca-filled.\nwoman;\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Kr,I}a was going to the fruit vendor ':ery hastily, most of\n\nthe grains He was holding fell. Nonetheless, the fruit vendor filled\n\nKr,I}a's hands with fruits, and her fruit basket was immediately\n\nfilled with jewels and gold.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita\n\n(9.26) .l<r�Qa says:\npatram p�pam phalam toyam\nyo me bhaktya prayacchati\ntad aham bhakty-upahrtam\na§nami prayatatmana�\n\n.l<r�Qa is so kind that if anyone offers Him a leaf, a fruit, a flower or some\nwater, He will immediately accept it. The only condition is that these\nthings should be offered with\n\nbhakti (yo me bhaktya prayacchati).\n\n", "SB10.2#p0272": "Text 12]\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of Kn�a\n\n229\n\nOtherwise, if one is puffed up with false prestige, thinking, \"I have so\nmuch opulence, and I am giving something to :Kr�I;ta,\" one's offering will\nnot be accepted by :Kr�J;ta. The fruit vendor, although a woman belonging\nto the poor aborigine class, dealt with :Kr�I;ta with great affection, saying,\n\":Kr�I;ta, You have come to me to take some fruit in exchange for grains.\nAll the grains have fallen, but still You may take whatever You like.\"\nThus she filled :Kr�I;ta's palms with whatever fruits He could carry. In exchange, :Kr�I;ta filled her whole basket with jewels and gold.\nFrom this incident one should learn that for anything offered to :Kr�I;ta\nwith love and affection, :Kr�I;ta can reciprocate many millions of times\nover, both materially and spiritually. The basic principle involved is an\nexchange of love. Therefore K:r�I;ta teaches in Bhagavad-gita (9.27):\nyat karo�i yad a5nasi\nyaj juho�i daddsi yat\nyat tapasyasi kaunteya\ntat kur�va mad-arpar.tam\n\"0 son of Kunti, all that you do, all that you eat, all that you offer and\n\ngive away, as well as all austerities that you may perform, should be done\nas an offering unto Me.\" With love and affection, one should try to give\nsomething to :Kr�I;ta from one's source of income. Then one's life will be\nsuccessful. :Kr�I;ta is full in all opulences; He does not need anything\nfrom anyone. But if one is prepared to give something to :Kr�I;ta, that is\nfor one's own benefit. The example given in this connection is that when\none's real face is decorated, the reflection of one's face is automatically\ndecorated. Similarly, if we try to serve :Kr�I;ta with all our opulences, we,\nas parts and parcels or reflections of :Kr�I;ta, will become happy in exchange. :Kr�I;ta is always happy, for He is atmarama, fully satisfied with\nHis own opulence.\nTEXT 12\n.\n\n.\n\n��\n��\"-�(tiN(•Rt � ll\\ll'§t¥4¥-tlfitt<(\nI\nU1i � * ����� ������\n\nsarit-tira-gatam kr�r.tarh\nbhagnarjunam athahvayat\n\n", "SB10.2#p0273": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n230\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\nramam ca rohir;ti devi\nkrit;lantam balakair bhrsam\nsarit-tira-to the riverside; gatam-who had gone; kr$r;tam-unto\n\n��Qa; b hagna arjunam-after the pastime of breaking the yamala-\n\narjuna trees; atha-then; ahvayat-called; ramam ca-as well as\nBalariima; rohir;ti- the mother of Balariima; devi-the goddess of fortune; krit;lantam-who were engaged in playing; ba lakai b,- with many\nother boys; bhrsam-with deep attention.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce, after the uprooting of the yamala-arjuna trees, Rohi�i­\n\ndevi went to call Riima and ���a, who had both gone to the river•\n\nside and were playing with the other boys with deep attention.\nPURPORT\n\nMother Yasodii was more attached to ��1,1a and Balariima than\nRohi1,1idevi was, although Rohi1,1idevi was the mother of Balariima.\nMother Yasodii sent Rohi1,1idevi to call Rama and ��1,1a from Their play,\nsince it was the right time for lunch. Therefore Rohi1,1idevi went to call\nThem, breaking Their engagement in play.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n;flqtftdi �ffl stft�tQf;t � I\n� �'ftll'41Q � �\"'C(€('1� 11��11\nnopeyatam yadahatau\nkri<;la-sangena putrakau\nya5odam pre$ayam asa\nrohir;ti putra-vatsalam\nna upeyatam- would not return home; yada-when; ah utau- They\n\nwere called hack from playing; kri(ld-sangena- hecause of so much attachment to playing with other boys; putrakau-the two sons (��Qa and\nBalarama); ya§odam pre$ayam asa-sent mother Yasoda to call Them;\n\n", "SB10.2#p0274": "Text 14]\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of ���t;ta\n\n231\n\nrohi�i-mother RohiQi; putra-vatsaldm-because mother Yasodii was a\nmore affectionate mother to K:r�Qa and Balariima.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of being too attached to playing with the other boys,\n���t;ta and Balarama did not return upon being called by Rohit;ti.\nTherefore Rohit;ti sent mother Ya8odii to call Them back, because\nmother Ya8odii was more affectionate to ���t;ta and Balarama.\nPURPORT\nYa.Sodam pre�ayam asa. These very words show that since K:r�Qa and\n\nBalariima did not care to return in response to the order of RohiQi,\nRohiQi thought that if Yasoda called They would have to return, for\nYasoda was more affectionate to K:r�Qa and Balarama.\nTEXT 14\n�\n\n.\n\n.\n\n� �� .\n\n....,.....,.\n\nsM:SRI m ij� iU(!S� Riiii� ('l(lfNI� I\n\n��it�Hft(41({ pi 9:'1�«��;0 ����II\nkril},antam sa sutam balair\nativelam sahagrajam\nyasodajohavit kr��m\nputra-sneha-snuta-stani\n\nkril},antam-engaged in playing; sa-mother Yasoda; sutam-her\nson; balaib,-with the other boys; ati-velam-although it was too late;\nsaha-agrajam-who was playing with His elder brother, Balarama;\nya.Soda-mother Yasoda; ajohavit-called (\"K:r�Qa and Balariima, come\nhere!\"); kr��m-unto K:r�Qa; putra-sneha-snuta-stani-while she was\ncalling Them, milk flowed from her breast because of her ecstatic love\nand affection.\nTRANSLATION\n��t;ta and Balarama, being attached to Their play, were playing\nwith the other boys although it was very late. Therefore mother\nYa8odii called Them back for lunch. Because of her ecstatic love\n\n", "SB10.2#p0275": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n232\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\nand affection for Kt�I].a and Balariima, milk flowed from her\n\nbreasts.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe word ajohavit means \"calling them again and again.\" \"��J.la and\nBalarama,\" she called, \"please come back. You are late for Your lunch.\nYou have played sufficiently. Come back.\"\nTEXT 15\n\ni'*'ll(fil�laJ m 11ft� m I\n�Am:�:�sf«� 11��11\n\nPI\n\nkr$1Jll kr$1Jdravinddk$a\ntata ehi stanam piba\nalam viharai/:1, k$ut-k$anta/:l,\nkrU;la-sranto 'si putraka\nkr$1Jll kr$1Jll aravinda-ak$a-O K:r�J.la, my son, lotus-eyed K:r�J.la;\ntata-0 darling; ehi-come here; stanam-the milk of my breast;\npiba-drink; alam viharai/:1,-after this there is no necessity of playing;\nk$ut-k$anta/:l,-tired because of hunger; krU;ia-sranta/:1,-fatigued from\nplaying; asi-You must be; putraka-0 my son.\nTRANSLATION\nMother Ya8odi said: My dear son Kt�I].a, lotus-eyed K:r�I].a, come\n\nhere and drink the milk of my breast. My dear darling, You must\n\nbe very tired because of hunger and the fatigue of playing so long.\nThere is no need to play any more.\n\nTEXT 16\n\nt (1'11•1� � �: iewt�wt 1\n� f)�I6J((kl{ � lfliftj+i(Rt II� �II\nhe ramagaccha tatasu\nsanuja/:1, kula-nandana\n\n", "SB10.2#p0276": "The Childhood Pastimes of �'1,1a\n\nText 17]\n\n233\n\npratar eva krtaharas\ntad bhavan bhoktum arhati\nhe rama-my dear son Balarama; agaccha-please come here; tatamy dear darling; asu-immediately; sa-anujab,-with Your younger\nbrother; kula-nandana-the great hope of our family; pratab, eva-certainly in the morning; krta-aharab,-have taken Your breakfast; tattherefore; bhavan-You; bhoktum-to eat something more; arhatideserve.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Baladeva, best of our family, please come immediately\nwith Your younger brother, �'1,1a. You both ate in the morning,\nand now You ought to eat something more.\nTEXT 17\n\n���an�:1\niiSii:Jirl : &ti � ((4•J06Ji � iRm: 11 �\\911\npratik$ate tvam dasarha\nbhok$yamii1J-O vrajadhipab,\nehy avayob, priyam dhehi\nsva-grhiin yata balakabpratik$ate-is waiting; tvam-for both of You (l(r�Qa and Balarama);\ndasarha-0 Balarama; bhok$yamiiTJ-ab--desiring to eat; vrajaadhipab,-the King of Vraja, Nanda Maharaja; ehi-come here;\navayob,-our; priyam-pleasure; dhehi-just consider; sva-grhiin-to\ntheir respective homes; yata-let them go; balakab,-the other boys.\nTRANSLATION\nNanda Maharaja, the King of Vraja, is now waiting to eat. 0 my\ndear son Balariima, he is waiting for You. Therefore, come back to\nplease us. All the boys playing with You and �'1,1a should now go\nto their homes.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0277": "234\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears that Nanda Maharaja regularly took his food with his two\nsons, Kr!?�a and Balarama. Yasoda told the other boys, \"Now you should\ngo to your homes.\" Father and son generally sit together, so mother\nYasoda requested Kr!?�a and Balarama to return, and she advised the\nother boys to go home so that their parents would not have to wait for\nthem.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�\n\n�\n\n�\"f¥41'46:\n\nI\n\n� �sq lARr��tTT:�: ������\ndhali-dhasaritarigas tvam\nputra majjanam avaha\njanmar�am te 'dya bhavati\nviprebhyo dehi gal:£ suci/:£\n\ndhuli-dhasarita-ariga/:t tvam- You have become covered with dust\nand sand all over Your body; putra-my dear son; majjanam avahanow come here, take Your bath and cleanse Yourself; janma- r�am- the\nauspicious star of Your birth; te-o£ You; adya- today; bhavati-it is;\n\nviprebhya/:t- unto the pure brahma1Jas; dehi- give in charity; gab-cows; suci/:t- being purified.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMother Ya8odi further told ��I].a: My dear son, because of play­\n\ning all day, Your body has become covered with dust and sand.\n\nTherefore, come back, take Your bath and cleanse Yourself. Today\nthe moon is conjoined with the auspicious star of Your birth.\nTherefore, be pure and give cows in charity to the brihmaJ].as.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is a custom of Vedic culture that whenever there is any auspicious\nceremony, one should give valuable cows in charity to the brahma7Jas.\nTherefore mother Yasoda requested K:r�?�a, \"Instead of being enthusiastic in playing, now please come and be enthusiastic in charity.\"\n\n", "SB10.2#p0278": "Text 19]\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of �·�a\n\n235\n\nYajiia-dana-tapa/:l-karma na tyajyaril kdryam eva tat. As advised in\nBhagavad-gita\n\n(18.5), sacrifice, charity and austerity should never be\n\ngiven up. Yajiio danaril tapa§ caiva pavaniini man�ir:tdm: even if one is\nvery much advanced in spiritual life, one should not give up these three\nduties. To observe one's birthday ceremony, one should do something in\nterms of one of these three items (yajiia, dana or tapa/:l), or all of them\ntogether.\nTEXT 19\n\n� -m '44�d� 44ht'l!l� ((leeial'll\n\"'\n\n��•:w6mUU�ee,;a: ������\n\"'\n\npa.Sya pa.Sya vayasyams te\n\nmatr-mman svalankrtan\ntvam ca snata/:l krtaharo\nviharasva svalarikrta/:l\npa§ya pa.Sya-just see, just see; vayasyan-boys of Your age; teYour; matr-mman-cleansed by their mothers; su-alarikrtan-decorated with nice ornaments; tvam ca-You also; sniita/:t-after taking a\nbath; krta-ahara/:l-and eating Your lunch; viharasva -enjoy with\nthem; su - alarikrta/:l-fully decorated like them.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust see how all Your playmates of Your own age have been\ncleansed and decorated with beautiful ornaments by their mothers.\nYou should come here, and after You have taken Your bath, eaten\nYour lunch and been decorated with ornaments, You may play with\nYour friends again.\nPURPORT\nGenerally young boys are competitive. If one friend has done something, another friend also wants to do something. Therefore mother\nYasoda pointed out how :Krt?J;�.a's playmates were decorated, so that :Krt?J;�.a\nmight be induced to decorate Himself like them.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0279": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n236\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 20\n\n� • \\1'4�1�(C(\n� wi �(f;t'l�� I\n� •ztt�;:u (1((1'4'4�t6\n;fRq{ � i\\1!!4€tltl(�'{ 11�011\nittharit ya.Sodii tam a.Se$a-sekhararit\nmatvii sutarit sneha-nibaddha-dhir nrpa\nhaste grhitvii saha-riimam acyutarit\nnitvii sva-viitam krtavaty athodayam\nittham-in this way; ya.Sodii-mother Yasoda; tam a.Se$a-sekharam­\n\nunto ��Qa, who was on the peak of everything auspicious, with no question of dirtiness or uncleanliness; matvii-considering; sutam-as her\nson; sneha-ni baddha-dhi b,-because of an intense spirit of love; nrpa0 King (Maharaja Parik�it); haste-in the hand; grh itvii-taking; sahariimam-with Balarama; acyutam-��Qa, the infallible; nitva-bring­\n\ning; sva-viitam-at home; krtavati-performed; atha-now; udayambrilliancy by bathing Him, dressing Him and decorating Him with\nornaments.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear Maharaja Parik�it, because of intense love and affection,\n\nmother Ya8odii, ���a's mother, considered Kr��a, who was at the\n\npeak of all opulences, to be her own son. Thus she took Kr��a by\n\nthe hand, along with Balariima, and brought Them home, where\n\nshe performed her duties by fully bathing Them, dressing Them\nand feeding Them.\n\nPURPORT\n��Qa is always neat, clean and opulent and does not need to be\nwashed, bathed or dressed, yet mother Yasoda, because of affection, considered Him her ordinary child and did her duties to keep her son\nbrilliant.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0280": "Text\n\n22]\n\n237\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of �q.a\n\n4fNRJ\nWfd\\li(�:\nsri-suka uvaca\ngopa-vrddha mahotpatan\nanubhaya brhadvane\nnandadaya�sa�amya\nvraja-karyam amantrayan\n\nS\n\nsri-suka� uvaca- ri Sukadeva Gosvami said; gopa-vrddha�-the\n\nelderly persons among the cowherd men; maha-utpatan-very great\n\ndisturbances; anubhaya-after experiencing; brhadvane-in the place\n\nknown as B:rhadvana; nanda-adaya�-the cowherd men, headed by\nNanda\n\nMaharaja;\n\nsamagamya-assembled,\n\ncame\n\ntogether;\n\nvraja­\n\nkaryam-the business of Vrajabhtimi; amantrayan-deliberated on\n\nhow to stop the continuous disturbances in Mahavana.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Sukadeva Gosviimi continued: Then one time, having seen\n\nthe great disturbances in B,-hadvana, all the elderly persons among\n\nthe cowherd men, headed by Nanda Maharaja, assembled and\n\nbegan to consider what to do to stop the continuous disturbing\nsituations in Vraja.\n\nTEXT\n\n22\n\n�r-r�� mqr �l\"f€pf(s�: I\n�.fL._nS::a-:�=r: fir�� {('{itorif: ������\ntatropananda-namaha\ngopo jnana-vayo-'dhika�\ndesa-kalartha-tattva-jiia�\npriya-krd rama-kr$TJ-ayo�\ntatra-in the assembly; upananda-nama-by the name Upananda\n\n(the elder brother of Nanda Maharaja); aha-said; gopa�-the cowherd\n\n", "SB10.2#p0281": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n238\n\n[Canto 10, Ch.ll\n\nman; jnana-vaya�-adhika�-who by knowledge and by age was the\neldest of all; desa-kala-artha-tattva-jfia�-very experienced according\nto time, place and circumstances; p riya-krt-just for the benefit; riimakmwyo�-of Balarama and ��Qa, the Supreme Personalities of\nGodhead.\nTRANSLATION\nAt this meeting of all the inhabitants of Gokula, a cowherd man\n\nnamed Upananda, who was the most mature in age and knowledge\n\nand was very experienced according to time, circumstances and\ncountry, made this suggestion for the benefit of Rima and .Krlj1,1a.\nTEXT 23\n\n�etottfll�i'ts�fiiin,;� �Aflf: 1\n311�1�'1 '4i\\�qR11 �Rf itl�ll1et : ����II\nutthiitavyam ito 'smabhir\ngokulasya hita�ibhi�\nayanty atra mahotpiitii\nbiiliiniiril nasa-hetava�\nutthiitavyam-now this place should be left; ita�-from here, from\nGokula; asmiibh*-by all of us; gokulasya-of this place, Gokula; hitae$ibhi�-by persons who desire good for this place; ayiinti-are happening; atra-here; maha-utpiitii�-many great disturbances; ooliiniimfor the boys like Rama and K:r�Qa; nasa-hetava�-having the definite\npurpose of killing Them.\nTRANSLATION\nHe said: My dear friends the cowherd men, in order to do good\n\nto this place, Gokula, we should leave it, because so many distur­\n\nbances are always occurring here, just for the purpose of killing\n\nRima and K\\\"�jl,la.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�: ���ifl�T�Wtl\n�!16J'\"\"l�'R�rm\n� ������\n\n", "SB10.2#p0282": "Text 25]\n\n239\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of Kn�a\nmuktal; kathaiicid rak$asya\nbala-ghnya balako hy asau\nharer anugrahan nanam\nana§ copari napatat\n\nmuktal;-was delivered; kathaiicit-somehow or other; rak$asyal;from the hands of the Rak!?asi Putana; bala-ghnyal;-who was determined to kill small children; balaka/;-especially the child \"Kr�t;ta; hibecause; asau-He; hare/; anugrahat-by the mercy of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; nanam-indeed; anal; ca-and the handcart;\nupari-on top of the child; na-not; apatat-did fall down.\nTRANSLATION\nThe child ���a, simply by the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, was somehow or other rescued from the\nhands of the Riik�asi Putanii, who was determined to kill Him.\nThen, again by the mercy of the Supreme Godhead, the handcart\nmissed falling upon the child.\nTEXT 25\n\n��m;r ;ffirl� � � � 1\n\nfuR qRlij�\"' qft;n�: W��: ������\ncakra-vatena nito 'yam\ndaityena vipadam viyat\nsilayam patitas tatra\nparitratal; sure§varail;\n\ncakra-vatena-by\n\nthe\n\ndemon\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nshape\n\nof\n\na\n\nwhirlwind\n\n(T:rt;tavarta); nita/; ayam-K:r!?t:ta was taken away; daityena-by the\ndemon; vipadam-dangerous; viyat-to the sky; silayam-on a slab of\nstone;\n\npatital)-fallen;\n\ntatra-there;\n\nparitratal;-was saved;\n\nsura­\n\niSvarail;-by the mercy of Lord Vi!?t;tU or His associates.\nTRANSLATION\nThen again, the demon Tr�avarta, in the form of a whirlwind,\ntook the child away into the dangerous sky to kill Him, but the\n\n", "SB10.2#p0283": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n240\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\ndemon fell down onto a slab of stone. In that case also, by the\nmercy of Lord Vi�:r:tu or His associates, the child was saved.\nTEXT 26\n\n� ���� SIR ill�: I\n3H11'Ef;:q6'4l qriq � 11��11\n\n�\n\nyan na mriyeta drumayor\nantaram prapya balakal;\nasav anyatamo vapi\ntad apy acyuta-ra/cyary,am\nyat-then again; na mriyeta-did not die; drumayol; antaram-between the two trees; prapya-although He was between; balakal;\nasau-that child, �f?l)a; anyatamal;-another child; va api-or; tat\napi acyuta-ra/cya�am-in that case also, He was saved by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nEven the other day, neither ��:r:ta nor any of His playmates died\n\nfrom the falling of the two trees, although the children were near\n\nthe trees or even between them. This also is to be considered the\nmercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 27\n\n��1sfm � wn�: 1\n��·�q·�·tt����:ll�\\911\nyavad autpatiko 'ri$!o\nvrajam nabhibhaved ita/;\ntavad balan upadaya\nyasyamo 'nyatra sanugal;\nyavat-so long; autpatikal;-disturbing; ari$tal;-the demon; vrajam-this Gokula Vrajabhumi; na-not; abhibhavet ital;-go away\nfrom this place; tavat-so long; balan upadaya-for the benefit of the\n\n", "SB10.2#p0284": "Text 28]\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of �J}.a\n\n241\n\nboys; yasyamab,-we shall go; anyatra-somewhere else; sa-anugab,with our followers.\nTRANSLATION\nAll these incidents are being caused by some unknown demon.\nBefore he comes here to create another disturbance, it is our duty\nto go somewhere else with the boys until there are no more\ndisturbances.\nPURPORT\nUpananda suggested, \"By the mercy of Lord Vi��u, Kr��a has always\nbeen saved from so many dangerous incidents. Now let us leave this\nplace and go someplace where we may worship Lord Vi��u undisturbed,\nbefore there is another cause of death from some demon who may attack\nus.\" A devotee desires only that he may execute devotional service undisturbed. Actually we see, however, that even during the presence of\nKr��a, when Nanda Maharaja and the other cowherd men had the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in their presence, there were disturbances. Of course, in every case, Kr��a came out victorious. The instruction we may derive from this is that we should not be disturbed by\nso-called disturbances. There have been so many disturbances to our\nKr��a consciousness movement, but we cannot give up our forward\nmarch. On the contrary, people are receiving this movement very enthusiastically all over the world, and they are purchasing literature about\nl(r�.Qa consciousness with redoubled energy. Thus there are both encouragements and disturbances. This was so even in Kr��a's time.\nTEXT 28\n\n¥i �1'44 ;rrq � ::r.\\1cf::J:I�I'1:r.:'1rn¥( I\n\nlflq•n4hl�i � �·&�•tt\"t�� ������\nvanam v\n\nrndavanam nama\n\npa.Savyam nava-kananam\ngopa-gopi-gavam sevyam\npuTJywiri-trTJa-virudham\nvanam-another forest;\n\nv\n\nrndavanam nama-named V:rndavana;\n\npa.Savyam-a very suitable place for maintenance of the cows and other\n\n", "SB10.2#p0285": "242\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\nanimals; nava-kananam-there are many new gardenlike places; gopa­\n\ngopi-gaviim-for all the cowherd men, the members of their families,\nand the cows; sevyam-a very happy, very suitable place; pur:tya-adrithere are nice mountains; trr:ta-plants; virudham-and creepers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBetween Nandesvara and Mahavana is a place named V:rndavana.\n\nThis place is very suitable because it is lush with grass, plants and\n\ncreepers for the cows and other animals. It has nice gardens and\n\ntall mountains and is full of facilities for the happiness of all the\ngopas and gopis and our animals.\n\nPURPORT\nV:rndavana is situated between Nandesvara and Mahavana. Formerly\nthe cowherd men had shifted to Mahavana, but still there were disturbances. Therefore the cowherd men selected V:rndavana, which was between the two villages, ana decided to go there.\n\nTEXT 29\n\nij't1'311Qi1 ���1+4: �l€tll!l'{ ���I\n�\\ti1tril!4m �� � � �� ������\ntat tatriidyaiva yasyiimab,\nsakatan ywikta mii ciram\ngodhaniiny agrato yantu\nbhavatiim yadi rocate\ntat-therefore; tatra-there; adya eva-just today; yiisyamab,-let\nus go; sakatiin-all the carts; yurikta-make ready; mii ciram-without\ndelay; go-dhaniini-all the cows; agratab,-in front; yantu-let them\ngo; bhavatiim-of all of you; yadi-if; rocate-it is pleasing to accept it.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, let us immediately go today. There is no need to wait\n\nany further. If you agree to my proposal, let us prepare all the\nbullock carts and put the cows in front of us, and let us go there.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0286": "Text 32]\n\n243\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of Kn�a\nTEXT 30\n\n���:�«tf���: I\n\n� �� ij'il�lrt4 til{ ��qf(4§G:t: II� II\no\n\ntac chrutvaika-dhiyo gopa/:1sadhu sadhv iti vadina/:1vrajan svan svan samayujya\nyayu rli4ha-paricchadalJ,\ntat srutva-hearing this advice of Upananda's; eka-dhiya/:1--voting\nunanimously; gopd/:1--all the cowherd men; sadhu sadhu-very nice,\nvery nice; iti-thus; vadina/:1--speaking, declaring; vrajan-cows;\nsvan svan-own respective; samdyujya-assembling; yayu/:1--started;\nra4ha-paricchadaiJ,-a11 the dresses and paraphernalia having been kept\non the carts.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this advice from Upinanda, the cowherd men\nunanimously agreed. \"Very nice,\" they said. \"Very nice.\" Thus\nthey sorted out their household affairs, placed their clothing and\nother paraphernalia on the carts, and immediately started for\nV flldivana.\nTEXTS 31-32\n\"\n\n'\"'\n\n\"\n\n�\nf'{ ::q I\n� �l'i, T�;.rHT�� �qtq�(UII\n3R: �nifttp(lqJ�I � 3tl*l:tHI«wtl: II� Z II\n�\n'\"'\n\"\n�\n� �Ht� �'1\\tf «�: I\n'\"'\"\n�\n1_4'41�O( � �: «(�tr�l: 11��11\n....\n\nvrddhan balan striyo rajan\nsarvopakarar:uJ,ni ca\nana/:1-sv aropya gopala\nyatta atta-sardsana/:1godhanani puraskrtya\nspigaTJy apurya sarvata/:1-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0287": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n244\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\ntarya-gho�er;w mahata\nyayu� saha-purohita�\nvrddhan-frrst all the old men; btiltin-children; striya�-women;\nrajan-0 King Parik�it;\n\nsarva-upakarar;uini ca-then all sorts of\n\nnecessities and whatever belongings they had; ana�u-on the bullock\ncarts; tiropya-keeping; gopala� - all the cowherd men; yattti�-with\ngreat care; atta-sara-asana�-fully equipped with arrows and bows; godhanani-all the cows; puraskrtya-keeping in front; srrigti�i-bugles\nor horns; tipurya-vibrating; sarvata�-all around; turya-gho�er;wwith the resounding of the bugles; mahata-loud; yayu�-started;\nsaha-purohita�-with the priests.\nTRANSLATION\nKeeping all the old men, women, children and household\nparaphernalia on the bullock carts and keeping all the cows in\nfront, the cowherd men picked up their bows and arrows with\ngreat care and sounded bugles made of horn. 0 King Parik�tit, in\nthis way, with bugles vibrating all around, the cowherd men, accompanied by their priests, began their journey.\nPURPORT\nIn this connection it is to be noted that although the inhabitants of\nGokula were mostly cowherd men and cultivators, they knew how to defend themselves from danger and how to give protection to the women,\nthe old men, the cows and the children, as well as to the brahminical\npurohitas.\nTEXT 33\n'\"'\n\n'\"'\n\nil\"t:qt��l906tU I\nifitUIJl��: � ���o8ij: ij€4R'l«: II�� II\n\n�\n\n�\n\ngopyo rii4ha-ratha natnakuca-kurikuma-kantaya�\nkr�r;w-lila jagu� pritya\nn�ka-ka�thya� suvasasa�\n\n", "SB10.2#p0288": "The Childhood Pastimes of ��r,ta\n\nText 34]\n\n245\n\ngopyab.-all the cowherd women; ra4ha-rathab.-while riding on the\nbullock carts; natna-kuca-kunkuma-kiintayab.-their bodies, especially\ntheir breasts, were decorated with fresh kunkuma; kr�r;ta-lildb.-the\npastimes of Kr�I}.a; jagub.-they chanted; pritya-with great pleasure;\nni§ka-kar;t!hyab.-decorated with lockets on their necks; su-vdsasab.very well dressed.\nTRANSLATION\nThe cowherd women, riding on the bullock carts, were dressed\nvery nicely with excellent garments, and their bodies, especially\ntheir breasts, were decorated with fresh kurikuma powder. As they\nrode, they began to chant with great pleasure the pastimes of\n�r,ta.\nTEXT 34\n\nii�ila;lilfi:�t� �l€h!!+il�ij' I\n��: iQJRT+it+lri ���uflffl� 11��11\n�T\n\ntatha ya5oda-rohir;tyav\nekam sakatam asthite\nrejatub. kr�r;ta-ramabhyam\ntat-katha-sravar;totsuke\ntatha-as well as; ya5oda-rohir;tyau-both mother Yasoda and mother\nRohil}.i; ekam sakatam-on one bullock cart; asthite-seated; rejatub.very beautiful; kr�r;ta-ramabhyam-Kr�I}.a and Balarama, along with\nTheir mothers; tat-katha-of the pastimes of K:r�I}.a and Balarama; sravar;ta-utsuke-being situated in hearing with great transcendental\npleasure.\nTRANSLATION\nThus hearing about the pastimes of ��r,ta and Balarama with\ngreat pleasure, mother Ya8odi and Rohir,tidevi, so as not to be\nseparated from ��r,ta and Balarama for even a moment, got up\nwith Them on one bullock cart. In this situation, they all looked\nvery beautiful.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0289": "246\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears that mother Yasoda and Rohi�i could not be separated from\nl<r!?�a and Balarama even for a moment. They used to pass their time\neither by taking care of l<r!?�a and Balarama or by chanting about Their\npastimes. Thus mother Yasoda and Rohi�i looked very beautiful.\nTEXT 35\n\n�SIN� (1€4€h!��(C4m� I\n•\n\nt!.\n\n��tNII€41(1\n\nn:r:� �orn:r\n\n�\n\n� ����11\n\nvrndtivanam sampraviSya\nsarva-kala-sukhavaham\ntatra cakrur vrajavasam\nsakatair ardha-candravat\nvrndavanam-the sacred place by the name V:rndavana; sampraviSya-after entering; sarva-kala-sukha-avaham-where in all seasons\nit is pleasing to live; tatra-there; cakru�-they made; vraja-dvdsaminhabitation of Vraja; sakatai�-by the bullock carts; ardha-candravat-making a semicircle like a half moon.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way they entered V:rndivana, where it is always pleasing\n\nto live in all seasons. They made a temporary place to inhabit by\n\nplacing their bullock carts around them in the shape of a half\n\nmoon.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in the V�{I-U Pura{ta:\nsaka!i-vata-paryanta§\ncandrardha-kara-samsthite\nAnd as stated in the Hari-vamsa:\nka{ttakibhi� pravrddhabhis\ntatha ka{ttakibhir druma*\n\n", "SB10.2#p0290": "Text 37]\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of Kt�1.1a\n\n247\n\nnikhatocchrita-sakhabhir\nabhiguptaril samantata�\nThere was no need to make fences all around. One side was already defended by thorn trees, and thus the thorn trees, the bullock carts and the\nanimals encircled the inhabitants in their temporary residence.\nTEXT 36\n\n�·\nt\"<(I'Efwt\n\n'\"'\n\nQ.\n\n\"\n\n� tl*fti�R>Wlllwt :q I\n'\"'�\n�\n\n--\n\n�.\n\ntt•f\"il�l�'tT\n\n�--\"\n\n)tt�•\n\n�� ����II\n\nvrndavanaril govardhanaril\nyamuna-pulinani ca\nvi/cyyasid uttamii pr'iti\nrama-miidhavayor nrpa\nvrndavanam-the place known as Vrndiivana; govard hanam -along\nwith Govardhana Hill; yamuna-pulinani ca -and the banks of the River\n\nYamuna; v 'i/cyya -seeing this situation; iis'it-remained or was enjoyed;\n\nuttamii pr'it 'i-first class pleasure; riima-miidhavayo�-of Kr��a and\n-\n\nBalarama; nrpa-0 King Parik�it.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King Parik�it,\n\nwhen Rima and K:r�1.1a saw V:rndiivana,\n\nGovardhana and the banks of the River Yamuna, They both\nenjoyed great pleasure.\nTEXT 37\n\n� �i5fl€6tti mm �;ffl '\"��m�: 1\n\n�\n�\n::::.\n::r-€6e�ii4rr.:ll�m : �€6R�wt\n�� �: 11�\\911\n\nevaril vrajaukasam pr'itiril\nyacchantau bala-ce�titai�\nkala-vakya* sva-kiilena\nvatsa-palau babhuvatu�\n\n", "SB10.2#p0291": "248\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\nevam-in this way; vraja-okasam-to all the inhabitants of Vraja;\npritim-pleasure; yacchantau-giving; bala-ce�titai�-by the activities\nand pastimes of childhood; kala-vakyai�-and by very sweet broken\nlanguage; sva-kalena-in due course of time; vatsa-palau-to take care\nof the calves; babhavatu�-were grown up.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Kn�a and Balarama, acting like small boys and talk­\n\ning in half-broken language, gave transcendental pleasure to all\n\nthe inhabitants of Vraja. In due course of time, They became old\nenough to take care of the calves.\n\nPURPORT\nAs soon as K:r�I)a and Balarama were a little grown up, They were\nmeant for taking care of the calves. Although born of a very well-to-do\nfamily, They still had to take care of the calves. This was the system of\neducation. Those who were not born in brahmar:w families were not\nmeant for academic education. The brahmar:ws were trained in a literary,\nacademic education, the �atriyas were trained to take care of the state,\nand the vaiSyas learned how to cultivate the land and take care of the\ncows and calves. There was no need to waste time going to school to be\nfalsely educated and later increase the numbers of the unemployed.\nK:r�I)a and Balarama taught us by Their personal behavior. K:r�Qa took\ncare of the cows and played His flute, and Balarama took care of\nagricultural activities with a plow in His hand.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n��:1\n;u;usthuqR«'lu����\n\nm:\n\navidare vraja-bhuva�\nsaha gopala-daraka*\ncarayam dsatur vatsdn\nndna-kr'ii)a-paricchadau\navidare-not very far from the residential quarters of the Vrajavasis;\nvraja-bhuva�-from the land known as Vraja; saha gopala-daraka*-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0292": "249\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of �1]8\n\nText 40]\n\nwith other boys of the same profession (cowherd boys); carayam\nasatuQ.-tended; vatsan-the small calves; nand-various; krU;lclsporting;\n\nparicchadau-dressed very nicely in different ways and\n\nequipped with implements.\nTRANSLATION\nNot far away from Their residential quarters, both �·�a and\nBalariima, equipped with all kinds of playthings, played with other\ncowherd boys and began to tend the small calves.\n\nTEXTS 39-40\n\n��m��:�:� ,\n��: f'fi�uftf¥1: li�if;t'lift'l;:lt ��II\niii� �;ffi � q(�(4{\nI\nDL 1111\n\n�t:' ·�\n31�'ti�l'f �6df�tq��:\n\n�\n�·��11\n\n�\n\nll'Joll\n\nkvacid vadayato ve�um\n�epa�i� �ipata� kvacit\nkvacit padai� kiriki�ibhi�\nkvacit krtrima-go-vr�ai�\nvr�ayama�u nardantau\nyuyudhate parasparam\nanukrtya rutair jantams\nceratu� prakrtau yatha\nkvacit-sometimes;\n\nvadayata�-blowing;\n\nve�um-on\n\nthe\n\nflute;\n\n�epa�i�-with a device of rope for throwing; �ipata�-throwing\nstones to get fruit; kvacit-sometimes; kvacit padai�-sometimes with\nthe legs; kiriki�ibhi�-with the sound of ankle bells; kvacit-sometimes;\n\nkrtrima-go-vr�ai�-by\n\nvr�ayamd�au-imitating\n\nthe\n\nbecoming\n\nartificial\n\ncows\n\nand bulls;\n\nanimals;\n\nnardantau-roaring\n\nloudly;\n\nyuyudhate-They both used to fight; parasparam-with one another;\nanukrtya-imitating; rutai�-by resounding; jantan-all the animals;\nceratuQ.-They\n\nused\n\nchildren; yatha-like.\n\nto\n\nwander;\n\nprakrtau-two\n\nordinary\n\nhuman\n\n", "SB10.2#p0293": "250\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes Kf,l,la and Balariima would play on Their flutes,\n\nsometimes They would throw ropes and stones devised for getting\nfruits from the trees, sometimes They would throw only stones,\nand sometimes, Their ankle bells tinkling, They would play foot­\n\nball with fruits like bael and iimalaki. Sometimes They would cover\n\nThemselves with blankets and imitate cows and bulls and fight\nwith one another, roaring loudly, and sometimes They would imi­\n\ntate the voices of the animals. In this way They enjoyed sporting,\n\nexactly like two ordinary human children.\nPURPORT\n\nV:rndavana is full of peacocks. Kujat-kokila-hamsa-sarasa-ga1)iikirr;te\nmayurakule. The V:rndavana forest is always full of cuckoos, ducks,\nswans, peacocks, cranes and also monkeys, bulls and cows. So K:r��a and\nBalariima used to imitate the sounds of these animals and enjoy sporting.\n\nkadacid yamuna-tire\nvatsarns carayato/:t svakai/:t\nvayasyai/:t kr$r;ta-balayor\njighamsur daitya agamat\nkadacit-sometimes; yamuna-tire-on the bank of the Yamuna·\nvatsan-the calves; carayato/:J,-when They were tending; svakai/:J,Their own; vayasyai/:J,-with other playmates; kr$r;ta-balayo/:J,-both\nKr��a and Balarama; jighdmsu/:J,-desiring to kill Them; daitya/:tanother demon; agamat-reached there.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day while Rima and Kf,l,l8, along with Their playmates\n\nwere tending the calves on the bank of the River Yamuna, another\ndemon arrived there, desiring to kill Them.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0294": "The Childhood Pastimes of Kt11�a\n\nText 43]\n\n251\n\nTEXT 42\n\n� '4�ij�fqoj � � U{: I\n\"\"�\n�\n�\n�� �� ...tnt( �'!·� �� ������\ntam vatsa-rupir;wm vi/cyya\nvatsa-yutha-gatam hari�\ndarsayan baladevaya\nsanair mugdha ivasadat\ntam-unto the demon; vatsa-rupir;wm-assuming the form of a calf;\n\nvilcyya-seeing;\n\nvatsa-yutha-gatam-when the demon entered the\n\ngroup of all the other calves; hari�-the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nKt�Qa;\n\ndarsayan-indicating;\n\nbaladevaya-unto\n\nBaladeva;\n\nsanai�-very slowly; mugdha� iva - as if He did not understand anything; asadat-came near the demon.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Supreme Personality of Godhead saw that the demon\nhad assumed the form of a calf and entered among the groups of\nother calves, He pointed out to Baladeva, \"Here is another\ndemon.\" Then He very slowly approached the demon, as if He did\nnot understand the demon's intentions.\nPURPORT\nThe import of the words mugdha iva is that although Kt�I).a knows\neverything, here He pretended that He did not understand why the\ndemon had entered among the calves, and He informed Baladeva by a\nsign.\nTEXT 43\n\n��tq(qta:t� «�ts•t�'i��\n: 1\n....\nill'i��'41 �m Sfl �Offi! trd--'�N....d�, I\n'\"'\n\n....\n\n\" ��\n\n�\n\n(1\" �Fn 4lfll'ilwt: -qqrn � ����II\ngrhitvapara-padabhyam\nsaha-langulam acyuta�\n\n", "SB10.2#p0295": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n252\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\nbhriimayitvii kapitthiigre\npriihir:wd gata-fivitam\nsa kapitthair mahii-kiiya/:t\npiityamiinai/:t papiita ha\ngrh itvii-capturing; apara-piidiibhyiim-with the hind legs; sahaacyuta/:t-���a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhriimayitvii -twirling around very severely;\nkapittha-agre-on the top of a kapittha tree; priihi1:wt-threw him;\ngata-jivitam -1ife1ess body; sa/:t-that demon; kapitthai/:t-with the\nkapittha trees; mahii-kiiya/:t -assumed a great body; piityamiinai/:tand while the tree fell down; papiita ha-he fell dead on the ground.\nalong with; liirigulam-the tail;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Sri Kt'll'.la caught the demon by the hind legs and\n\ntail, twirled the demon's whole body very strongly until the demon\nwas dead, and threw him into the top of a kapittha tree, which then\n\nfell down, along with the body of the demon, who had assumed a\ngreat form.\n\nPURPORT\n���a killed the demon in such a way a:s to get the kapittha fruits to\nfall so that He and Balarama and the other boys could take advantage of\nthe opportunity to eat them. The kapittha is sometimes called k$atbel­\n\nphala. The pulp of this fruit is very palatable. It is sweet and sour, and\neveryone likes it.\nTEXT 44\n\n({ �'lf N�ijl �: �ij: ijf-l �qfu I\n� qf((1 tJ!I �: �tq�FEfon\nmnm\n..\n\ntam vik$ya vismitii biilii/:t\nsa§amsu/:t siidhu siidhv iti\ndeviiS ca parisantU$tii\nbabhuvu/:t pU$pa-var$itta/:t\ntam-this incident; vik$ya - observing; vismitii/:t -very much astonished; biilii/:t-all the other boys; sa§amsu /:t-praised highly;\n\nsiidhu\n\n", "SB10.2#p0296": "The Childhood Pastimes of �,:r;ta\n\nText 45]\n\n253\n\ns&lhu iti-exclaiming, \"Very good, very good\"; devatt ca-and all the\ndemigods from the heavenly planets; parisantU$tatt-being very much\nsatisfied; babhavutt-became; pU$pa-var$i�tt-showered flowers on\n��Q.a.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing the dead body of the demon, all the cowherd boys\nexclaimed, \"Well done, K\":r;ta! Very good, very good! Thank\nYou.\" In the upper planetary system, all the demigods were\npleased, and therefore they showered flowers on the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTEXT 45\n�\n\n�\n\n<:'\n\n.... �\n\n�\n\nffl ��T ��1 �WMI�q:;r I\n-s.._.\n.....\n....\nsu..;,r� tTT��� �: ������\ntau vatsa-palakau bhatva\nsarva-lokaika-palakau\nsapratar-asau go-vatsams\ncarayantau viceratutt\ntau-��Q.a and Balarama; vatsa-palakau-as if taking care of the\ncalves; bhatva-so becoming; sarva-loka-eka-palakau-although They\nare the maintainers of all living beings throughout the whole universe;\nsa-pratatt-asau-fi.nishing breakfast in the morning; go-vatsan-all the\ncalves; carayantau-tending; viceratutt-wandered here and there.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the killing of the demon, Kt,:r;ta and Balarama finished\nTheir breakfast in the morning, and while continuing to take care\nof the calves, They wandered here and there. �':r;ta and Balarama,\nthe Supreme Personalities of Godhead, who maintain the entire\ncreation, now took charge of the calves as if cowherd boys.\nPURPORT\nParitrdr:taya s&lhanam vinasaya ca dU$krtam. ��Q.a's daily business\nhere in this material world was to kill the dU$krtis. This did not hamper\n\n", "SB10.2#p0297": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n254\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\nHis daily affairs, for it was routine work. While He tended the calves on\nthe bank of the River Yamuna, two or three incidents took place every\nday, and although these were serious, killing the demons one after\nanother appeared to be His daily routine work.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n� � �� � q���Q:l;:a �. I\n\n��q���fell �������\nsvam svam vatsa-kulam sarve\npayayi$yanta ekada\ngatva jalasayabhyasam\npayayitva papur jalam\n\nsvam svam-own respective; vatsa-kulam-the group of calves;\nsarve-all the boys and l(r�l}.a and Balarama; payayi$yanta� -desiring\nto have them drink water; ekada-one day; gatva -going; jala-asaya­\n\nabhyasam -near the water tank; payayitva-after allowing the animals\nto drink water; papu� jalam -they also drank water.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day all the boys, including ���a and Balariima, each boy\n\ntaking his own group of calves, brought the calves to a reservoir of\nwater, desiring to allow them to drink. After the animals drank\n\nwater, the boys drank water there also.\nTEXT 47\n\n�t�iltel '4(1Q'*I¥N�ij( I\nijstij�:afZI� f'R:: 11� � ll�\\911\n\n� �\n\nte tatra dadrsur bala\nmaha-sattvam avasthitam\ntatrasur vajra-nirbhinnam·\ngire� srngam iva cyutam\n\n", "SB10.2#p0298": "Text\n\n49]\n\n255\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of Knl}a\n\nte-they; tatra-there; dadrsu�-observed; bala�-al1 the boys;\nmaha-sattvam-a gigantic body; avasthitam-situated; tatrasu�-became\n\nafraid;\n\nvajra-nirbhinnam-broken\n\nby\n\na\n\nthunderbolt;\n\ngire�\n\nspigam-the peak of a mountain; iva-like; cyutam-fallen there.\nTRANSLATION\nRight by the reservoir, the boys saw a gigantic body resembling\na mountain peak broken and struck down by a thunderbolt. They\nwere afraid even to see such a huge living being.\nTEXT\n\n48\n\n� ilit ;nq \"''\"'tW �m� 1\n3TJiRl( «m pi ��i(� 11\\l�ll\n\n«\n\nsa vai bako nama mahan\nasuro baka-rupa-dhrk\nagatya sahasa km:wm\ntik{;r:w-tur:u;lo 'grasad bali\nsa�-that\n\ncreature;\n\nvai-indeed;\n\nbaka�\n\nnama-by\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nBakasura; mahan asura�-a great, gigantic demon; baka-rupa-dhrkassumed the bodily shape of a big duck;\n\nagatya-coming there;\n\nsahasa-all of a sudden; kr$r:tam-Kr�?�a; tik{;r:w-tu���-sharp beak;\nagrasat-swallowed; bali-very powerful.\nTRANSLATION\nThat great-bodied demon was named Bakiisura. He had assumed\nthe body of a duck with a very sharp beak. Having come there, he\nimmediately swallowed ��I]a.\nTEXT 49\n\n� ���€hi4�d qr u�•: 1\n�!f(f�tufier fq;n !IT'li Pl�a«: 11\\l�ll\nkr$r:taril maha-baka-grastam\ndr$tva ramadayo 'rbhaka�\n\n", "SB10.2#p0299": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n256\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\nbabhavur indriyar:tiva\nvina prar:tam vicetasa/:J,\nkr$r:tam-unto :Kr�1;1a; maha-baka-grastam-swallowed by the great\nduck; dmva-seeing this incident; rama-adaya/:J, arbhaka/:J,-all the\nother boys, headed by Balarama; babhavu/:J,-became overwhelmed; indriyar:ti-senses; iva-like; vina-without; priir:tam-life; vicetasa/:J,very much bewildered, almost unconscious.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Balarima and the other boys saw that :Kr11r.ta had been de­\n\nvoured by the gigantic duck, they became almost unconscious, like\n\nsenses without life.\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough Balarama can do everything, because of intense affection for\nHis brother He was momentarily bewildered. A similar thing is stated to\nhave happened in connection with rukmir:ti-harar:ta, the kidnapping of\nRukmi1;1i. When :Kr�1;1a, after kidnapping Rukmi1;1i, was attacked by all\nthe kings, Rukmi1;1i was momentarily bewildered, until the Lord took the\nproper steps.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n�\n\n�\n\n·���\n\"\"\n\n\"INI�Q•\n\nSfa>6:W'd41f\n4�\nQ...,:\n����\n\nISI\"I\\�:\nij I\n\n� mnsmmJd �� � �(��� ll�oll\ntam talu-malam pradahantam agnivad\ngopala-sanum pitaram jagad-guro/:J,\ncaccharda sadyo 'tirU$dk$atam bakas\ntur:u.Jena hantum punar abhyapadyata\ntam-:Kr�1;1a; talu-malam-the root of the throat; pradahantamburning;\n\nagni-vat-like fire; gopala-sanum-Kr�I;\\a, the son of a\n\ncowherd man; pitaram-the father; jagat-guro/:J,-of Lord Brahma;\n\n", "SB10.2#p0300": "257\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of Kt111,1a\n\nText 51]\n\ncaccharda-got out of his mouth; sadya�--'immediately; ati-�d-with\ngreat\n\nanger;\n\na�atam-without\n\ntuQ4ena-with his\n\nsharp beak;\n\nbeing\n\nhurt;\n\nbaka�-Bakasura;\n\nhantum-to kill;\n\npuna�-again;\n\nabhyapadyata-endeavored.\nTRANSLATION\nKt111,1a, who was the father of Lord Brahmii but who was acting as\nthe son of a cowherd man, became like fire, burning the root of\nthe demon's throat, and the demon Bakisura immediately disgorged Him. When the demon saw that Kf!l,la, although having\nbeen swallowed, was unharmed, he immediately attacked Kf!l,la\nagain with his sharp beak.\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough ���a is always as soft as a lotus, within the throat of\nBakasura He created a burning sensation of being hotter than fire. Although ���a's whole body is sweeter than sugar candy, Bakasura tasted\nbitterness and therefore immediately vomited ���a up. As stated in\nBhagavad-gita\n\n(4.11),\n\nye yatha mam prapadyante tams tathaiva\n\nbhajamy aham. When ���a is accepted as an enemy, He becomes the\nmost intolerable object for the nondevotee, who cannot tolerate K:r��a\nwithin or without. Here this is shown by the example of Bakasura.\nTEXT 51\n\n�'«{� ij' � ��� � �MHR4 m mw: I\n\n����\n; _(1.... _.....\n\nw::o ._.....\n\n�.L:'I:rliiii\n\n11'-\\ �II\n\ntam apatantam sa nigrhya tuTJ4,ayor\ndorbhyam bakam kamsa-sakham satam pat*\npa§yatsu bale$U dadara lilaya\nmudavaho vira�vad divaukasam\ntam-unto Bakasura; apatantam-again endeavoring to attack Him;\nsa�-Lord\n\n���a;\n\nnigrhya-capturing;\n\ntuTJ4,ayo�-by\n\nthe\n\nbeak;\n\n", "SB10.2#p0301": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n258\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\ndorbhyam-with His arms; bakam-Bakasura; kamsa-sakham-who\nwas the friend and associate of Kamsa; satam pati�-Lord Kr�J)a, the\nmaster of the Vai�J)avas; pa.Syatsu-while observing; bale$u-all the\ncowherd\n\nboys;\n\nda dara-bifurcated;\n\nlilaya- very\n\neasily;\n\nmuda­\n\navaha�-this action was very much pleasing; vira�-vat-like the grass\n\ncalled vira�a (as it is bifurcated); divaukasam-to all the denizens of\nheaven.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen 1\\r�J.la, the leader of the Vai�1_1avas, saw that the demon\n\nBakasura, the friend of Kamsa, was endeavoring to attack Him,\n\nwith His arms He captured the demon by the two halves of the\n\nbeak, and in the presence of all the cowherd boys Kt�J.la very easily\nbifurcated Him, as a child splits a blade of vira1_1a grass. By thus\n\nkilling the demon, Kt�J.la very much pleased the denizens of\nheaven.\n\nTEXT 52\n\n���f.tl�;w:\n�'tl�f.{ ;wt4(;w¥tfe�t ill: I\n«'il��\n=�.n;w��•t4(ij���fi'tqt�t\\61 M��� ����II\n\nij�\n\n�\n\ntada bakariril sura-loka-vasina�\nsamakiran nandana-mallikadibhi�\nsamu),ire canaka-sarikha-samstavais\ntad vik$ya gopala-suta visismire\n\ntada-at that time; baka-arim-unto the enemy of Bakasura; suraloka-vasina�-the celestial denizens of the higher planets; samakiran­\n\nshowered flowers;\n\nnandana-mallika-adibhi�-with such flowers as\n\nmallika, which are grown in Nandana-kanana; samu),ire-also con­\n\ngratulated Him; ca-and; anaka-sarikha-samstavai�-by celestial kettledrums and conchshells, accompanied with prayers; tat vik$ya-by\nseeing this; gopala-suta�-the cowherd boys; visismire-were struck\nwith wonder.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0302": "Text\n\n53]\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of ���l}a\n\n259\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, the celestial denizens of the higher planetary\nsystem showered mallika-pu'lpa, flowers grown in Nandana­\n\nkinana, upon K:r'll}&, the enemy of Bakisura. They also congratu­\n\nlated Him by sounding celestial kettledrums and conchshells and\nby offering prayers. Seeing this, the cowherd boys were struck\nwith wonder.\nTEXT\n\n53\n\n� ���•;;,qe� �\n....\n\n��\"' t::\n(t+na.�: 5ftUtiiAi�\nqur: 1\n\nJ\\IILliiij ij qf((� �:\n5iufN � 4:st�� �: ����II\nmuktam bakdsyad upalabhya balaka\nramadaya/:1, prar:wm ivendriyo gar:w/:1,\nsthanagatam tam parirabhya nirvrta/:1,\npraTJ-iya vatsan vrajam etya taj jagu/:1,\nmuktam-thus released; baka-asyat-from the mouth of Bakasura;\nupalabhya-getting back; balaka/:1,-all the boys, the playmates; rdmaadaya/:1,-headed by Balarama; prar:wm-life; iva-like; indriya/:1,senses; ga7J.a/:J,-a11 of them; sthana-agatam-going to their own place;\ntam-unto l(r�Qa; parirabhya-embracing; nirvrta/:1,-being freed from\nthe danger; praTJ.iya-after collecting; vatsan-all the calves; vrajam\netya-returning to Vrajabhumi; tat jagu/:1,-loudly declared the incident.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust as the senses are pacified when consciousness and life\nreturn, so when �Ill}& was freed from this danger, all the boys, including Balarima, thought that their life had been restored. They\nembraced �Ill}& in good consciousness, and then they collected\ntheir own calves and returned to Vrajabhtimi, where they declared\nthe incident loudly.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0303": "Sr-imad-Bhagavatam\n\n260\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\nPURPORT\nIt was the practice of the inhabitants of Vrajabhumi to compose poetry\nabout the incidents that occurred in the forest when ��Q.a performed\n\nHis different activities of killing the asuras. They would compose all the\n\nstories in poetry or have this done by professional poets, and then they\nwould sing about these incidents. Thus it is written here that the boys\nsang very loudly.\n\nTEXT 54\n\n� �f4�61 m.ntftqr*ll�filillt61: I\n\na€il•••6f't'4tey¥41� �:\n\n11'-\\�11\n\nsrutva tad vismita gopa\ngopya§ catipriyadrta�\npretyagatam ivotsukyad\nai�anta tr$ite�ai)Ai�\nsrutva-after hearing; tat-these incidents;\n\nwith wonder; gopa�\n\n-\n\ntive wives; ati priya adrta�\n-\n\n-\n\nv ism ita�-being struck\n\nthe cowherd men; gopya� ca-and their respec-\n\nreceived the news with great transcenden­\n\ntal pleasure; pretya agatam iva-thought that it was as if the boys had\n\nreturned from death; utsukyat-with great eagerness; ai�anta-began\nto look upon the boys; tr$ita i�a �a� -with full satisfaction, they did not\n-\n\nwant to turn their eyes from ��Q.a and the boys.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the cowherd men and women heard about the killing of\n\nBakasura in the forest, they were very much astonished. Upon\n\nseeing Kr�Qa and hearing the story, they received Kr�Qa very\n\neagerly, thinking that Kr�Qa and the other boys had returned from\n\nthe mouth of death. Thus they looked upon Kr�Qa and the boys\nwith silent eyes, not wanting to turn their eyes aside now that the\n\nboys were safe.\n\nPURPORT\nBecause of intense love for K:r�Q.a, the cowherd men and women\nsimply remained silent, thinking of how ��Q.a and the boys had been\n\n", "SB10.2#p0304": "Text 56]\n\n261\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of Kr�J;la\n\nsaved. The cowherd men and women looked upon K:r�Qa and the boys\nand did not desire to turn their eyes aside.\nTEXT 55\n\n� � � ifrit �it�'ll\n%na�h:r � � � \\� � � ������\naho batasya balasya\nbahavo mrtyavo 'bhavan\napy asid vipriyam te$drh\nkrtam pilrvam yato bhayam\naho bata-it is very astonishing; asya-o£ this; balasya-K:r�Qa;\nbahava�-many, many; mrtyava�-causes of death; abhavan-appeared; api-still; asit-there was; vipriyam-the cause of death;\nte$dm-of\n\nthem;\n\nkrtam-done;\n\npilrvam-formerly;\n\nyata�-from\n\nwhich; bhayam-there was fear of death.\nTRANSLATION\nThe cowherd men, headed by Nanda Maharaja, began to contemplate: It is very astonishing that although this boy Kr�J;la has\nmany times faced many varied causes of death, by the grace of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead it was these causes of fear that\nwere killed, instead of Him.\nPURPORT\nThe cowherd men innocently thought, \"Because our K:r�Qa is innocent, the causes of death that appeared before Him were themselves\nkilled instead of K:r$Qa. This is the greatest grace of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\"\nTEXT 56\n\n� � q1�: I\n,. ;r�- �\\'It qij�\"4d ������\n\n3N��\nn.u:s.�\n\n....... .\n\nathapy abhibhavanty enam\nnaiva te ghora-darsana�\n\n", "SB10.2#p0305": "262\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\njighamsayainam asadya\nna.Syanty agnau patangavat\natha api-although they come to attack; abhibhavanti-they are able\nto kill; enam-this boy; na-not; eva-certainly; te-all of them;\nghora-darsand�-very fierce looking; jighdmsayd-because of envy;\nenam-unto l(r�Qa; asddya-approaching; na.Syanti-are vanquished\n(death occurs to the aggressor); agnau-in fire; patanga-vat-like flies.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the causes of death, the daityas, were very fierce, they\n\ncould not kill this boy �,I_la. Rather, because they came to kill in­\n\nnocent boys, as soon as they approached they themselves were\n\nkilled, exactly like Hies attacking a fire.\nPURPORT\n\nNanda Maharaja innocently thought, \"Perhaps this boy l(r�Qa formerly killed all these demons, and therefore in this life they are envious\nand are attacking Him. But l(r�Qa is a fire, and they are flies, and in a\nfight between fire and flies, the fire is always victorious.\" Fighting is always taking place between the demons and the power of the Supreme\n\nPersonality. Paritrdr;tdya sadhunam vinasaya ca dU$krtam (Bg. 4.8).\n\nAnyone who is against the control of the Supreme Personality of Godhead must be killed, life after life. Ordinary living beings are subject to\n\nkarma, but the Supreme Personality of Godhead is always victorious over\nthe demons.\n\nTEXT 57\n\n� i4!A�aJ q'Rf ;n�: � Clift:f-€1� I\nt11i � i(tl��� � ffil. 11�\\911\naho brahma-viddm vdco\nndsatyd� santi karhicit\ngargo yad aha bhagavdn\nanvabhavi tathaiva tat\naho-how wonderful it is; brahma-viddm-of persons who have full\nknowledge of Brahman, transcendence; vdca�-the words; na-never;\n\n", "SB10.2#p0306": "The Childhood Pastimes of _Kr�1,1a\n\nText 58]\n\n263\n\nasatyab--untruth; santi-become; karhicit-at any time; garga/:JGargamuni; yat-whatever; aha-predicted; bhagavan-Gargamuni,\nthe most powerful; anvabhavi-is exactly happening; tatha eva-as;\ntat-that.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe words of persons in full knowledge of Brahman never become untrue. It is very wonderful that whatever Gargamuni predicted we are now actually experiencing in all detail.\nPURPORT\nThe purpose of human life is indicated in the Brahma-sutra: athato\nbrahma-jijiiasa. To make one's life perfect-in the past, present and\nfuture-one must learn about Brahman. Because of intense affection,\nNanda Maharaja could not understand K:r�1,1a as He is. Gargamuni was\nable to know everything, past, present and future, by studying the\nVedas, but Nanda Maharaja could not understand K:r�1,1a directly. Because of his intense love for K:r�1,1a, he forgot who K:r�1,1a was and could\nnot understand K:r�1,1a's potency. Although K:r�1,1a is Naraya1,1a Himself,\nGargamuni did not disclose this. Thus Nanda Maharaja appreciated the\nwords of Gargamuni, but because of his deep affection he could not\nunderstand who K:r�1,1a was, although Gargamuni had said that K:r�1,1a's\nqualities would be exactly like those of Naraya1,1a.\n\nTEXT 58\n\n�\n�·q\n\n�\n\n�\n\nwt;:((IG;tll tmT: iflliOI(I�� UG\\1 I\n0\n\n�� ('1'111J1T� �� lf��ll{_ ����II\niti nandadayo gopabkm;ta-rama-katham mudd\nkurvanto ramamar;tas ca\nnavindan bhava-vedanam\niti-in this way; nanda-adayab--all the cowherd men, headed by\nNanda Maharaja; gopab--cowherd men; kr$r;ta-rama-katham-narration of incidents in connection with Bhagavan K:r�1,1a and Rama; muqain great transcendental pleasure; kurvantab--doing that; ramamar;tab-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0307": "264\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 11\n\nca-enjoyed life and increased their affection for ��l).a; na-not;\n\navindan-perceived;\n\nexistence.\n\nbhava-vedanam-the tribulations of material\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way all the cowherd men, headed by Nanda Maharaja, en­\n\njoyed topics about the pastimes of 1\\r'�a and Balariima with great\ntranscendental pleasure, and they could not even perceive material\n\ntribulations.\n\nPURPORT\nHere is an instruction about the result of studying or discussing the\n\nkr�1Ja-lilas that appear in Srimad-Bhagavatam. Sadyo hrdy avarudhyate\n'tra krtibhiJ:r, su5ril$ubhis tat-�ar:uit (Bhag. 1.1.2). Nanda Maharaja and\n\nYasoda in V:rndavana appeared like ordinary persons of this material\n\nworld, but th�y never felt the tribulations of t�is world, although they\nsometimes met many dangerous situations created by the demons. This is\n\na practical example. If we follow in the footsteps of Nanda Maharaja and\n\nthe gopas, we can all be happy simply by discussing the activities of\n��l).a.\n\nanarthopa§arnam sa�ad\nbhakti-yogam adho�aje\nlokasyajanato vidvams\ncakre satvata-samhitam\n(Bhag. 1.7.6)\nVyasadeva has given this literature so that everyone may understand\none's transcendental position simply by discussing bhiigavata-katha.\n\nEven at the present moment, everyone everywhere can be happy and\n\nfree from material tribulations by following Srimad-Bhagavatam. There\n\nis no need of austerities and penances, which in this age are very difficult\nto perform. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has therefore declared, sarvatrna­\n\nsnapanam param vijayate sri-kr�1Ja-sarikirtanan:. By our ��l).a con­\n\nsciousness movement, we are trying to distribute Srimad-Bhagavatam so\n\nthat anyone in any part of the world can be absorbed in the ��l).a con­\n\nsciousness movement by chanting and hearing about the activities of\n\n�l?l).a and be free from all material tribulations.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0308": "Text 59]\n\nThe Childhood Pastimes of ���a\n\n265\n\nTEXT 59\n\n�\n�\n�\n�\n. ��\n� •�&•�: �: � ���'\"'I\n.\n\n&:l.\n\n�\n\n191�:\n\n�\n��('(''\"'\n��... --\\ifqi;fi!!k3ff4�h... . 41: ����\"\n\nevarh vihiirai� kaumarai�\nkaumaram jahatur vraje\nnildyanai� setu-bandhair\nmarka!otplavanadibh*\n\nevam-in this way; vihiirai�-by different pastimes; kaumarai�childish; kaumaram-the age of childhood; jahatu�- (Kt��a and\nBalarama) passed; vraje-in Vrajabhfuni; nilayanai�-by playing hideand-seek; setu-bandhai�-by constructing an artificial bridge on the\nocean; markata-like the monkeys; utplavana-adibhi�-by jumping\nhere and there, etc.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Kf��a and Balarima passed Their childhood age in\nVrajahhumi by engaging in activities of childish play, such as playing hide-and-seek, constructing a make-believe bridge on the\nocean, and jumping here and there like monkeys.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Tenth Canto, Eleventh\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Childhood Pastimes\nof Kr�T)a.\"\n\n", "SB10.2#p0309": "CHAPTER TWELVE\n\nThe Killinar of the Demon Aghisura\nThis chapter describes in detail ��:r;ta's pastime of killing Aghasura.\nOne day ��:r;ta wanted to enjoy a picnic lunch within the forest, and\ntherefore He went out early into the forest with the other cowherd boys,\naccompanied by their respective groups of calves. While they were enjoying their picnic, Aghasura, the younger brother of Putana and Bakasura,\nappeared there, desiring to kill ��:r;ta and His companions. The demon,\nwho had been sent by Kamsa, assumed the form of a python, expanding\nhimself to a length of eight miles and the height of a mountain, his\nmouth seeming to extend from the surface of the earth to the heavenly\nplanets. Having assumed this feature, Aghasura lay on the road. ��:r;ta's\nfriends, the cowherd boys, thought that the demon's form was one of the\nbeautiful spots of V:rndavana. Thus they wanted to enter within the\nmouth of this gigantic python. The gigantic figure of the python became\na subject for their sporting pleasure, and they began to laugh, confident\nthat even if this figure were dangerous, ��:r;ta was there to protect them.\nIn this way, they proceeded toward the mouth of the gigantic figure.\n��:r;ta knew everything about Aghasura, and therefore He wanted to\nforbid His friends to enter the demon's mouth, but in the meantime all\nthe cowherd boys, along with their groups of calves, entered the mouth\nof that gigantic figure. ��:r;ta was waiting outside, and Aghasura was\nwaiting for ��:r;ta, thinking that as soon as ��:r;ta entered he would close\nhis mouth so that everyone would die. While waiting for ��:r;ta, he\nrefrained from swallowing the boys. In the meantime, ��:r;ta was thinking of how to save the boys and kill Aghasura. Thus He entered the\nmouth of the gigantic asura, and when He was within the demon's mouth\nalong with His friends, He expanded His body to such an extent that the\n\nasura suffocated and died. After this, ��:r;ta, by casting His nectarean\nglance upon His friends, brought them back to life, and with pleasure\nthey all came out unhurt. Thus ��:r;ta encouraged all the demigods, and\nthey expressed their pleasure and happiness. For a crooked, sinful person there is no scope for sayujya-mukti, or becoming one with the\n\n267\n\n", "SB10.2#p0310": "[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n268\n\neffulgence of Kr�t;ta, but because the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nentered the body of Aghasura, by His touch this demon got the oppor­\n\ntunity to merge into the existence of the Brahman effulgence and thus\nattain sayujya-mukti.\n\nWhen this pastime was performed, Kr�t;ta was only five years old. One\n\nyear later, when He was six years old and He stepped into the paugaTJ4a\nage, this pastime was disclosed to the inhabitants of Vraja. Parik�it\n\nMaharaja inquired, \"Why is it that this pastime was disclosed only after\n\none year and yet the inhabitants of Vraja thought that it had been performed that very day?\" With this question, the Twelfth Chapter ends.\nTEXT 1\n\nm�fi �w\"\n\n\"Cl\"li�f(lf � � �\n!ffil: � qq�qfflql\"( I\n\nSf;f}t;AS�Uj\n�UJT\nAf.1•rJ1 �:'lit tft: II � II\nsri-suka uvdca\nkvacid vanasaya mano dadhad vrajat\nprdta/J. samutthaya vayasya-vatsapan\nprabodhayan chrnga-ravefJ.a caru�\nvinirgato vatsa-puraiJ.saro hari/J.\nsri-sukaiJ, uvdca-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; kvacit-one day; vanaasaya-just to enjoy a picnic in the forest; manaiJ,-mind; dadhat­\n\ngave attention; vrajdt-and went out of Vrajabhfuni; prdta/J.-early in\n\nthe\n\nmorning;\n\nsamutthdya-waking\n\nup;\n\nvayasya-vatsa-pan-the\n\ncowherd boys and the calves; prabodhayan-to get everyone to rise,\n\nwaking up and informing them; srnga-raveTJ.a-by sounding the bugle\nmade of horn; cdru�-very beautiful; vinirgataiJ.-came out of Vra­\n\njabhumi; vatsa-puraiJ,saraiJ,-keeping the respective groups of calves in\nfront; hariiJ,-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nSukadeva Gosvimi continued: 0 King, one day :Kf¥I].a decided to\n\ntake His breakfast as a picnic in the forest. Having risen early in\n\n", "SB10.2#p0311": "Text3]\n\n269\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Aghisura\n\nthe morning, He blew His bugle made of horn and woke all the\ncowherd boys and calves with its beautiful sound. Then 1\\.f•t;t• and\nthe boys, keeping their respective groups of calves before them,\nproceeded from Vrajabhumi to the forest.\n\nTEXT2\n\nij� � �: �:\n�: t!Bl��=;t fci'110l�Ul€f: I\n��('(«=ilqf(ij�ttttMijt't\n��(....\n%�- �� I I � II\n....\n\n....\n\ntenaiva sakam prthukal;l sahasra.Sa/:l\nsnigdhal;l su.Sig-vetra-v�a'{la-Ve'{laval;l\nsvan svan sahasropari-sarikhyayanvitan\nvatsan puraskrtya viniryayur mudd\ntena-Him;\n\neva-indeed;\n\nsakam-accompanied\n\n/;l\n\nby;\n\nprthukal;l­\n\nthe boys; sahasra.Sal;l-by the thousands; snigdha -very attractive;\nsu-beautiful; sik-lunch bags; vetra-sticks for controlling the calves;\n\n/;l fl\n\nv�d'{ta-horn bugles; ve'{tava - utes; svan svan-their own respective; sahasra-upari-sarikhyaya anvitan -numbering over a thousand;\nvatsan-the calves; pura/:l-krtya-keeping in front; viniryayul;l-they\ncame out; mudd-with great pleasure.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, hundreds and thousands of cowherd boys came out\nof their respective homes in Vrajabhumi and joined 1\\.f,t;ta, keeping before them their hundreds and thousands of groups of calves.\nThe boys were very beautiful, and they were equipped with lunch\nbags, bugles, flutes, and sticks for controlling the calves.\nTEXT3\n\nPIT�\n\n��I\n\n�Wf�S�e'letMI'4Iil$('(1=;t\n\n�\n\n� II � II\n\n", "SB10.2#p0312": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n270\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\nkmw.-vatsair asarikhyatair\nyathi-krtya sva-vatsakdn\ncdrayanto 'rbha-lildbhir\nvijahrus tatra tatra ha\nkr$1Jll-of Lord ��Q.a; vatsai�-along with the calves; asarikhydtai�-unlimited;\nsonal\n\ncalves;\n\nyathi-krtya-assembled them;\n\ncdrayanta�-executing;\n\npastimes; v ijahru �\n\n-\n\nsva-vatsakdn-per­\n\narbha-lildbhi�-by\n\nboyhood\n\nenjoyed; tatra tatra-here and there; ha-indeed.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlong with the cowherd boys and their own groups of calves,\n�q.a came out with an unlimited number of calves assembled.\nThen all the boys began to sport in the forest in a greatly playful\nspirit.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the words kr$1Jll-vatsair asarikhyata* are significant.\nThe word asarikhyata means \"unlimited.\" ��Q.a's calves were unlimited. We may speak of hundreds, thousands, tens of thousands,\nhundreds of thousands, millions, billions, trillions, tens of trillions, and\nso on, but when we go further to speak of numbers impossible for us to\ncount, we are speaking of unlimited numbers. Such unlimited numbers\nare indicated here by the word asarikhyatai�. ��Q.a is unlimited, His potency is unlimited, His cows and calves are unlimited, and His space is\nunlimited. Therefore He is described in Bhagavad-gita as Parabrahman.\nThe word brahman means \"unlimited,\" and ��Q.a is the Supreme Unlimited, Parabrahman. Therefore, we should not consider the statements\nof this verse to be mythological. They are factual, but inconceivable.\n��Q.a can accommodate an unlimited number of calves and an unlimited\nmeasurement of space. This is neither mythological nor false, but if we\nstudy ��Q.a's potency with our limited knowledge, that potency will\nnever be possible to understand. Ata� sn-kr$1Jll-ndmiidi\n\nna\n\nbhaved\n\ngrahyam indriyai� (Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu 1.2.109). Our senses cannot perceive how He could keep an unlimited number of calves and cows\nand have unlimited space in which to do so. But this is answered in the\n\nBrhad-bhdgavatamrta:\n\n", "SB10.2#p0313": "Text 5]\n\n271\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Aghisura\n\nevam prabho� priyandm ca\ndhc'imna.S ca samayasya ca\navicintya-prabhc'ivatvad\natra kificin na durgha!am\nSri Sanatana Gosvami, in the Brhad-bhc'igavatamrta, states that since\neverything about l(r�I}.a is unlimited, nothing is impossible for Him. It is\nin this sense that we have to understand this verse.\nTEXT4\n\nI\n3l�'R'l_ lliJ ''\n\n��i11e�6;:c�Wi�:�:\n\n����'\n\nphala-prabala-stavakasumana�-piccha-dhc'itubhi�\nkiica-guiija-ma�i-sva'1Ulbh�ita apy abh�ayan\nphala-fruits from the forest; prabc'ila-green leaves; stavakabunches;\n\nsumana�-beautiful\n\nflowers;\n\npiccha -peacock\n\nfeathers;\n\ndhatubhi�-very soft and colorful minerals; kiica-a kind of gem;\nguiija-small conchshells; ma�i-pearls; sva'1Ul-gold; bh�itc'i�-although decorated; api abh�ayan-in spite of being decorated by their\nmothers; the boys decorated themselves still more with the abovementioned articles.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough all these boys were already decorated by their mothers\nwith ornaments of kica, guiiji, pearls and gold, when they went\ninto the forest they further decorated themselves with fruits,\ngreen leaves, bunches of flowers, peacock feathers and soft\nminerals.\nTEXTS\n\n�;ffi'Sri4lri4�+\"tli{li �16l�l�li¥l�: I\n��\n\n�\n\n�\\�1((1��\n\n�\n\n�:\n\nII � II\n\n", "SB10.2#p0314": "272\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\nm�\"{l(Lnto 'nyonya-sikyadin\njiititan ardc ca cik$ipu/:t\ntatratyas ca punar darad\ndhasanta§ ca punar dadu/:t\nm�\"{l(Lnta/:t -stealing; anyonya -from one another; sikya-adinlunch bags and other belongings; jiiiitdn -having been understood by\nthe proprietor of the bag; drat ca -to a distant place; cik$ipu/:t -threw\naway; tatratya/:t ca-those who were in that place also; puna/:t daratthen again threw farther away; hasanta/:t ca puna/:t dadu/:t-when they\nsaw the proprietor, they threw it farther away and enjoyed laughing, and\nwhen the owner sometimes cried, his bag was given to him again.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the cowherd boys used to steal one another's lunch bags.\n\nWhen a boy came to understand that his bag had been taken away,\n\nthe other boys would throw it farther away, to a more distant place,\n\nand those standing there would throw it still farther. When the\n\nproprietor of the bag became disappointed, the other boys would\n\nlaugh, the proprietor would cry, and then the bag would be\nreturned.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis kind of playing and stealing among boys still exists even in the\nmaterial world because this kind of sporting pleasure is present in the\nspiritual world, from which this idea of enjoyment emanates. ]anmady\nasya yata/:t (Vedanta-sutra 1.1.2). This same enjoyment is displayed by\nKn1,1a and His associates in the spiritual world, but there the enjoyment\nis eternal, whereas here, on the material platform, it is temporary; there\nthe enjoyment is Brahman, whereas here the enjoyment is jaQ,a. The\n��1,1a consciousness movement is meant to train one how to transfer\noneself from the jaQ,a to the Brahman, because human life is meant for\nthis purpose. Athato brahma-jijfidsa (Vedanta-sutra 1.1.1). ��1,1a comes\ndown to teach us how we can enjoy with Him on the spiritual platform, in\nthe spiritual world. Not only does He come, but He personally displays\nHis pastimes in V:rndavana and attracts people to spiritual enjoyment.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0315": "Text 11]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Aghiisura\n\n273\n\nTEXT6\n\n��tRY: PJft ��I\n� �t 't4fi�Rt 4�'l� �� II � II\nyadi daram gata/:t kmw\nvana-sobhe�a1Jii,ya tam\naham purvam aham parvam\niti sarhsprsya remire\nyadi-i£; daram-to a distant place; gata/:t-went;\n\nkmw/:t-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; vana-sobha-the beauty of the forest;\ni�a1Jii,ya-for visiting and enjoying; tam-unto l<.r!?Qa; aham-1; purvam-fi.rst; aham-1; parvam-fi.rst; iti-in this way; samsprsya-by\ntouching Him; remire-they enjoyed life.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes Kn1.1a would go to a somewhat distant place to see the\n\nbeauty of the forest. Then all the other boys would run to accom­\n\npany Him, each one saying, \"I shall be the first to run and touch\n\nKn1.1a! I shall touch Kn1.1a first!\" In this way they enjoyed life by\nrepeatedly touching KrtJ.la.\n\nTEXTS 7-11\n\n� �qtG>tl�t ��: JtU\\·lfUl ifi:q;f I\n� d: Sft(ltj�: �: �1-ffi�: � ll\\911\nnt4§ltllfif: �� .,ik: � m: 1\nmqf?t�� � �� �etMt¥1: II� II\n�·: �el\"IUH� 6i¥«t'l I\nnttekf� &: �� ��� qel\"!l II� II\n� i\\*Re G·-=tf: �: Wi(t+'\\I(IU I\n�\n: 31M-.:.0ltlt: �'R� Sf'Rr� II� oil\n....\n\ns\n\n", "SB10.2#p0316": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n274\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\n� m ����\n����\n.\n\"\n\nm;m�\n\nmet\n\n...(a:H�Of\n\n�: i'��t: II� � ll\n\nkecid ve�an vadayanto\ndhmantaJ:r, spiga�i kecana\nkecid bhpigaiJ:r, pragayantaJ:r,\nkujantaJ:r, kokilaiJ:r, pare\nvicchayabhiJ:r, pradhavanto\ngacchantaJ:r, sadhu-hamsakaiJ:r,\nbakair upaviSanta§ ca\nnrtyanta§ ca kalapibhiJ:r,\nvikar�antaJ:r, kiSa-balan\narohanta§ ca tair druman\nvikurvanta§ ca taiJ:r, sakam\nplavanta§ ca palaS�u\nsakam bhekair vilarighantaJ:r,\nsaritaJ:r, srava-samplutaJ:r,\nvihasantaJ:r, praticchayaJ:r,\nsapanta§ ca pratisvanan\nittham satarh brahma-sukhanubhatya\ndasyam gatanam para-daivatena\nmayasritanam nara-darake�\nsakam vijahruJ:r, krta-pu�ya-punjaJ:r,\nkecit-some of them; ve�iln-flutes; vadayantaJ:r,-blowing; dhmantal;t-bugling;\n\nspiga�i-the\n\nhorn\n\nbugles;\n\nkecana-someone\n\nelse;\n\nkecit-someone; bhpigail;t-with the bumblebees; pragayantal;t-singing along with; kajantal;t-imitating the sound of; kokilail;t-with the\ncuckoos; pare-others; vicchayabhiJ:r,-with running shadows; pradhavantal;t-someone running on the ground after the birds; gacchanta/:tgoing along; sadhu-beautiful; hamsakail;t-with the swans; bakai/:twith the ducks sitting in one place; upaviSantaJ:r, ca-sitting silently like\n\n", "SB10.2#p0317": "The Killing of the Demon Aghisura\n\nText 11]\n\n275\n\nthem; nrtyanta� ca-and dancing with; kalapibhi�-with the peacocks;\nvikar$anta�-attracting; kiSa-balan-the young monkeys; cirohanta�\nca-gliding over; tai�-with the monkeys; drumlin-the trees; vikurvanta� ca-exactly imitating them; tai�-with the monkeys; siikamalong with;\n\nplavanta� ca-gliding over;\n\npala.Si$u-on the trees;\n\nsdkam-along with; bhekai�-with the frogs; vilanghanta�-jumping\nlike them; sarita�-the water; srava-sampluta�-became wet in the\nwater\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nriver;\n\nvihasanta�-laughing;\n\npraticchiiyii�-at\n\nthe\n\nshadows; sapanta� ca-condemned; pratisvanan-the sound of their\nechoes; ittham-in this way; satam-of the transcendentalists; brahmasukha-anubhatya-with Kr11�a, the source of brahma-sukha (:Kr�?�a is\nParabrahman, and from Him originates His personal effulgence);\nddsyam-servitorship; gatanam-of the devotees who have accepted;\npara-daivatena-with the Supreme Personality of Godhead; mayaasritaniim-for those in the clutches of material energy;\n\nnara­\n\nddrake�-with Him who is like an ordinary child; sdkam-along with;\nvijahru�-enjoyed; krta-pur;tya-puiija�-all these boys, who had accumulated the results of life after life of pious activities.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the boys would be differently engaged. Some boys blew their\nflutes, and others blew bugles made of horn. Some imitated the\nbuzzing of the bumblebees, and others imitated the voice of the\ncuckoo. Some boys imitated Hying birds by running after the\nbirds' shadows on the ground, some imitated the beautiful movements and attractive postures of the swans, some sat down with the\nducks, sitting silently, and others imitated the dancing of the\npeacocks. Some boys attracted young monkeys in the trees, some\njumped into the trees, imitating the monkeys, some made faces as\nthe monkeys were accustomed to do, and others jumped from one\nbranch to another. Some boys went to the waterfalls and crossed\nover the river, jumping with the frogs, and when they saw their\nown reflections on the water they would laugh. They would also\ncondemn the sounds of their own echoes. In this way, all the\ncowherd boys used to play with Knq.a, who is the source of the\nBrahman effulgence for jiianis desiring to merge into that\neffulgence, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead for\n\n", "SB10.2#p0318": "276\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\ndevotees who have accepted eternal servitorship, and who for ordi­\n\nnary persons is but another ordinary child. The cowherd boys,\n\nhaving accumulated the results of pious activities for many lives,\n\nwere able to associate in this way with the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. How can one explain their great fortune?\nPURPORT\nAs recommended by Srila Riipa Gosvami, tasmdt kenapy upayena\nmanab, kr�r:te nivesayet (Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu 1.2.4). Somehow or\n\nother, whether one thinks of Kr�r;ta as an ordinary human child, as the\n\nsource of the Brahman effulgence, as the origin of Paramatma, or as the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, one should concentrate one's full attention upon the lotus feet of Kr�r;ta. That is also the instruction of\n\nBhagavad-gita (18.66): sarva-dharman parityajya mam ekam sara\"{larh\nvraja. Srimad-Bhagavatam is the easiest way of directly approaching\nKr�r;ta. Isvarab, sadyo hrdy avarudhyate 'tra krtibhib- su§r�ubhis tat�ar:uit (Bhag. 1.1.2). Diverting even a little of one's attention toward\n\nKr�r;ta and activities in Kr�r;ta consciousness immediately enables one to\n\nachieve the highest perfection of life. This is the purpose of the\nKr�r;ta consciousness movement. Lokasyajanato vidvams cakre satvata­\n\nsarhhitam (Bhag. 1.7.6). The secret of success is unknown to people in\n\ngeneral, and therefore Srila Vyasadeva, being compassionate toward the\n\npoor souls in this material world, especially in this age of Kali, has given\nus the Srimad-Bhagavatam. Srimad-bhagavatarh purd\"{lam amalam yad\n\nva4\"{1avdndrh priyam (Bhag. 12.13.18). For Vai�r;tavas who are some­\n\nwhat advanced, or who are fully aware of the glories and potencies of the\nLord, Srimad-Bhagavatam is a beloved Vedic literature. After all, we\nhave to change this body (tatha dehantara-praptitt}. If we do not care\n\nabout Bhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam, we do not know what the\nnext body will be. But if one adheres to these two books-Bhagavad-gitd\n\nand Srimad-Bhagavatam-one is sure to obtain the association of Kr�r;ta\n\nin the next life (tyaktva deham punar janma naiti mam eti so 'rjuna).\n\nTherefore, distribution of Srimad-Bhagavatam all over the world is a\ngreat welfare activity for theologians, philosophers, transcendentalists\n\nand yogis (yogindm api sarve�am), as well as for people in general.\n]anma-labhab, parab, purhsam ante ndraya\"{la-smrtib- (Bhag. 2.1.6): if\nwe can somehow or other remember Kr�r;ta, Narayar;ta, at the end of life,\nour life will be successful.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0319": "Text 12]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Aghisura\n\n277\n\nTEXT 12\n•\n\n\"'\n\n<:'\n\ni1�41G:41t!��l51 1fti���n\n'l���:\n· �\n� �� �'tiJ'4tt�: � I�CJ:\n1t �ij R!it<:tt tel51i€h(1 11i II � �II\n..\n\nr-..\n\nyat-pada-pamsur bahu-janma-krcchrato\ndhrtatmabhir yogibhir apy alabhya/:l\nsa eva yad-drg-v�aya/:l svayam sthita/:l\nkim vaJ1tyate d�1am ato vrajaukasam\nyat-whose; pada-pamsuiJ,-dust of the lotus feet; bahu-janma-in\nmany births; krcchrata/:l-from undergoing severe austerities and penances as a way of practicing yoga, meditation, etc.; dhrta-atmabhi/:l-by\npersons able to control the mind; yogibhi/:l-by such yogis (joona-yogis,\n\nraja-yogis, dhyana-yogis, etc.); api-indeed; alabhya/:l-cannot be\nachieved; sa/:l-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; eva-indeed; yat­\n\ndrk-v�aya/:l-has become the object of direct vision, face to face;\nsvayam-personally; sthita/:l-present in front of them; kim-what;\n\nvar�yate-can be described; d�1am-about the fortune;\n\nata/:l­\n\ntherefore; vraja-okasam-of the inhabitants of Vrajabhiimi, V:rndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nYogis may undergo severe austerities and penances for many\nbirths by practicing yama, niyama, isana and pril}.iyima, none of\nwhich are easily performed. Yet in due course of time, when these\nyogis attain the perfection of controlling the mind, they will still\nbe unable to taste even a particle of dust from the lotus feet of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. What then\nabout the great fortune\n\ncan\n\nwe describe\n\nof the inhabitants of Vrajabhumi,\n\nV:rndivana, with whom the Supreme Personality of Godhead personally lived and who saw the Lord face to face?\nPURPORT\n\nWe can simply imagine the great fortune of the inhabitants of\nV:rndavana. It is impossible to describe how, after many, many births of\npious activities, they have become so fortunate.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0320": "278\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 13\n\n3T�.Jl'ci�Hr+4qij.-¥1��mT �(ctttil:s���: I\nfiRtt �<\\woaf.htJl ��'tl�:\n� 11��11\nifijl®(�:\nathagha-namabhyapatan mahcisuras\nte�arh sukha-krU,lana-vi�ar.ui�amab,\nnityarh yad-antar nija-jivitepsubhib,\npitamrtair apy amaraib, prati�yate\natha-thereafter; agha-nama-a very powerful demon by the name\nAgha; abhyapatat-appeared on the spot; mahci-asurab,-a great,\nextremely powerful demon; te�am-of the cowherd boys; sukhakricjana-the enjoyment of their transcendental pastimes; vi�a\"{taa�amab,-being unable to see, he could not tolerate the transcendental\nhappiness of the cowherd boys; nityam-perpetually; yat-antab,-the\nend of the life of Aghasura; nija-jivita-ipsubhib,-just to live undisturbed by Aghasura; pita-amrtaib, api although they drank nectar\nevery day; amaraib,-by such demigods; prati�yate-was also being\nawaited (the demigods were also awaiting the death of the great demon\nAghiisura).\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear King Parik,it, thereafter there appeared a great demon\n\nnamed\n\nAghisura, whose death was being awaited even by the\n\ndemigods. The demigods drank nectar every day, but still they\n\nfeared this great demon and awaited his death. This demon could\n\nnot tolerate the transcendental pleasure being enjoyed in the\nforest by the cowherd boys.\n\nPURPORT\n\nOne may ask how 14-\"I}.a's pastimes could be interrupted by a demon.\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thiikura answers this question by saying\nthat although the transcendental pleasure being enjoyed by the cowherd\nboys could not be stopped, unless they stopped the transcendental\n\n", "SB10.2#p0321": "Text 14]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Aghasura\n\n279\n\npleasure of their various activities they could not eat their lunch.\nTherefore at lunchtime Aghasura appeared by the arrangement of\nyogamaya, so that for the time being they could stop their activities and\n\ntake lunch. Changing varieties are the mother of enjoyment. The\ncowherd boys would continuously play, then stop, and then again enjoy\nin a different way. Therefore every day a demon would come and interrupt their sporting pastimes. The demon would be killed, and then the\nboys would engage again in their transcendental pastimes.\nTEXT 14\n�\n\n� 1/50UIU(cti�:\n�..c.�\nji:M�: I\n�T�!: � iiltfii\n3Ff ij � ('iif!\\(;Ji�lf/*lttltm�;f m � u�ldll\n\"'\n\n•\n\n.\n\n....\n\n....\n\n....\n\ndmvarbhakan kmw-mukhan aghasura/:t\nkamsanu5�1a/:t sa baki-bakanuja/:t\nayam tu me sodara-nasa-krt tayor\ndvayor mamainam sa-balam han�ye\n\ndr�lvd-after seeing;\n\narbhakan-all\n\nmukhan-headed by K.r!?I)a;\n\nAghasura;\n\nthe\n\ncowherd boys;\n\nkr�r.w­\n\naghasura/:t-the demon by the name\n\nkamsa-anu5�1a/:t-sent by Kamsa; sa/:t-he (Aghasura);\n\nbaki-baka-anuja/:t-the younger brother of Putanii and Bakiisura;\n\nayam-this K.r!?I)a; tu-indeed; me-my; sodara-nasa-krt-the killer\nof my brother and sister; tayo/:t-for my brother and sister; dvayo/:tfor those two; mama-my; enam-K.rf?I)a; sa-balam-along with His\nassistants, the cowherd boys; han�ye-1 shall kill.\nTRANSLATION\nAghasura, who had been sent by Kamsa, was the younger\nbrother of Putani and Bakisura. Therefore when he came and saw\n:Kn�a at the head of all the cowherd boys, he thought, \"This\n:Kn�a has killed my sister and brother, Putani and Bakisura.\nTherefore, in order to please them both, I shall kill this Kn�a,\nalong with His assistants, the other cowherd boys.\"\n\n", "SB10.2#p0322": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n280\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�\n\n��\n\n¥t��a\\lffit�1q:\n\n�� �!ij�l\n\n�\n\n��: I\n\nmUJ tffl qt� � � A-.-ffl\n�ij�:\n\n� ft � ij II� ltll\n\nete yada mat-suhrdos tilapa/:1.\nkrtas tadd �ta-sama vrajaukasa/:1,\nprdrJ-e gate var$masu ka nu cinta\nprajasava/:1, prar:w-bhrto hi ye te\nete-this Kr�I;J.a and His associates, the cowherd boys; yadd-when;\nmat-suhrdo/:1.-of my brother and sister; tila-apa/:1. krta/:1,-become the\nlast ritualistic ceremonial offering of sesame and water; tadd-at that\ntime; ��a-samd/:1,-without life; vraja-okasa/:1,-all the inhabitants of\nVrajabhftmi, V:rndavana; prdrJ-e-when the vital force; gate-has been\nthrown out of the body; var$masu-as far as the body is concerned; kawhat; nu-indeed; cintd-consideration; praja-asava/:1,-those whose\nlove for their children is the same as their love for their own life; prar:wbhrta/:1,-those living beings; hi-indeed; ye te-all the inhabitants of\nVrajabhumi.\nTRANSLATION\nAghisura thought: If somehow or other I can make �·�a and\n\nHis associates serve as the last offering of sesame and water for the\n\ndeparted souls of my brother and sister, then the inhabitants of\n\nVrajabhumi, for whom these boys are the life and soul, will automatically die. If there is no life, there is no need for the body; con­\n\nsequently, when their sons are dead, naturally all the inhabitants\n\nof Vraja will die.\n\nTEXT 16\n\nU6 01.1��·�··< � �:\n�\n\n����lql+t+46:1Rtfi�l(( I\n\n", "SB10.2#p0323": "Text 17]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Aghasura\n•\n\n281\n\n•\n\n���cc--a:g�ij Ol.IT�TWA �\n\nqfit � !R'lwtl�lill �: II� �II\niti vyavasyajagaram brhad vapu/:t\nsa yojanayama-mahddri-pivaram\ndhrtvadbhutam vyatta-guhananam tada\npathi vya.Seta grasanasaya khala/:t\nlh-m\n\nthis way;\n\nvyavasya -deciding;\n\ndjagaram-python;\n\nbrhat\n\nvapu/:t-a very, very large body; sa/:t-Aghasura; yojana-dydma -occupying eight miles of land; maha-adri-pivaram-as thick as a great\nmountain;\n\ndhrtvd-assuming\n\nthis\n\nform;\n\nadbhutam-wonderful;\n\nvydtta -spread; guhd-dnanam -having a mouth resembling a big cave\n\nin a mountain; tadd-at that time; pathi - on the road; vya.Seta-occupied; grasana-asayd - expecting to swallow all the cowherd boys;\nkhala/:t-the most crooked.\nTRANSLATION\nMter thus deciding, that crooked Aghasura assumed the form\nof a huge python, as thick as a big mountain and as long as eight\nmiles. Having assumed this wonderful python's body, he spread\nhis mouth like a big cave in the mountains and lay down on the\nroad, expecting to swallow Knl}a and His associates the cowherd\nboys.\nTEXT 17\n\n,\n\nijfe(htuit\nfit�t�l: I\niii\"' f(l�Rtl'6'4��:\n���'d·���eJUiiGJt:\nII �\\911\n....L\n\nLil\n\nsw\n\nn\n\n�\n\ns\n\ndharadharo$tho jaladottaro$tho\ndary-anananto giri-srnga-daffl$tra/:t\ndhvantdntar-asyo vitatadhva-jihva/:t\nparu$dnila-svasa-davek$a�$�/:t\n\n", "SB10.2#p0324": "282\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\ndhara-on the surface of the globe; adhara-o�1ha�-whose lower lip;\n\nja lada-utta ra-o�tha�-whose upper lip was touching the clouds; darianana-anta�-whose mouth was expanded very widely like a mountain\ncave; giri -s rnga-like a mountain peak; da�tra�-whose teeth;\ndhvanta-anta�-as ya�-within whose mouth the atmosphere was as dark\nas possible; vitata-adhva-jihva�-whose tongue was like a broad way;\npa�a-anila-svasa-whose breath was like a warm wind; dava-i�ar:w�r:w�-and whose glance was like flames of fire.\nTRANSLATION\nHis lower lip rested on the surface of the earth, and his upper\n\nlip was touching the clouds in the sky. The borders of his mouth\n\nresembled the sides of a big cave in a mountain, and the middle of\nhis mouth was as dark as possible. His tongue resembled a broad\n\ntrafficway, his breath was like a warm wind, and his eyes blazed\n\nlike fire.\n\nTEXT 18\n\nqtd� � � RI�wt�l\n��I'J14l(�wt � \" �T II� �II\ndr�tva tam tadrsam sarve\nmatva vrndavana-sriyam\nvyattajagara-tur.u;lena\nhy utpre�ante sma lilaya\ndmva -seeing; tam-that Aghasura; tadrsam-in that posture;\nsarve-��J}.a and all the cowherd boys; matva -thought it; vrndavanasriyam-a beautiful statue of Vrndavana; vyatta-spread; ajagara-tUTJ.(iena-with the form of a python's mouth; hi-indeed; utpre�ante-as\nif observing; sma-in the past; lilaya-as a matter of pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing this demon's wonderful form, which resembled a\n\ngreat python, the boys thought that it must be a beautiful scenic\n\n", "SB10.2#p0325": "The Killing of the Demon Aghisura\n\nText 19]\n\n283\n\nspot of Vrndivana. Thereafter, they imagined it to be similar to\nthe mouth of a great python. In other words, the boys, unafraid,\nthought that it was a statue made in the shape of a great python for\nthe enjoyment of their pastimes.\nPURPORT\nSome of the boys, upon seeing this wonderful phenomenon, thought\nthat it was in fact a python, and they were fleeing from the spot. But\nothers said, \"Why are you fleeing? It is not possible that a python like\nthis is staying here. This is a spot of beauty for sporting.\" This is what\nthey imagined.\nTEXT 19\n\nam f'tsltfUI � Q+-4\\l �: � I\n3141«fSIQ;wfA<I�otl��� ;J\n\nqr II� �II\n\naho mitrar;ti gadata\nsattva-katam pural) sthitam\nasmat-sangrasana-vyattavyala-tu1J4a,yate na va\naho-oh;\n\nmitrdr;ti-friends; gadata-just let us know;\n\nsattva­\n\nkatam-dead python; pural) sthitam-as it is just before us all; asmatall of us; sangrasana-to devour us altogether; vyatta-vyala-tu1J4d,­\n\nyate -the python has spread its mouth; na vel-whether it is a fact or\nnot.\nTRANSLATION\nThe boys said: Dear friends, is this creature dead, or is it actually a living python with its mouth spread wide just to swallow us\nall? Kindly clear up this doubt.\nPURPORT\nThe friends began to discuss among themselves the reality of the wonderful creature laying before them. Was it dead, or was it actually a living python trying to swallow them up?\n\n", "SB10.2#p0326": "284\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�I\n(1€tl'li�(l('ffiQ�(l(�€1\\\n3N(� iN��Slfd€0l�ill�Ul¥( ll�oll\nsatyam arka-kararaktam\nuttara-hanuvad ghanam\nadhara-hanuvad rodhas\ntat-praticchayayarur;wm\nsatyam-now the boys decided that it was in fact a living python;\narka-kara-araktam-appearing\n\nlike\n\nthe\n\nsunshine;\n\nuttara-hanuvat\n\nghanam-on the cloud resembling the upper lips; adhara-hanuvatresembling the lower lips; rodhaQ-big bank; tat-praticchayaya-by\nthe reflection of sunshine; arur;wm-reddish.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter they decided: Dear friends, this is certainly an\n\nanimal sitting here to swallow us all. Its upper lip resembles a\n\ncloud reddened by the sunshine, and its lower lip resembles the\nreddish shadows of a cloud.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�� �-+ttt ���ij� ;rina>� 1\ndflt·l�ills��l�d(lM� � II�� II\npratispardhete srkkabhyam\nsavyasavye nagodare\ntunga-srrtgalayo 'py etas\ntad-da�trabhiS ca pa§yata\npratispardhete-just resembling; srkkabhyam-with the corners of\nthe mouth; savya-asavye-left and right; naga-udare-caves of\n\na\n\nmountain; tunga-srliga-alayaQ-the high mountain peaks; api-although it is so; etaQ tat-da�trabhiQ-they resemble the teeth of the\nanimal; ca-and; pa§yata-just see.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0327": "The Killing of the Demon Aghisura\n\nText 23]\n\n285\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the left and right, the two depressions resembling mountain\ncaves are the corners of its mouth, and the high mountain peaks\nare its teeth.\nTEXT 22\n\n�6PU�W � 51�•1JRt1\nl(q l¥4;{14f{1\n�r.n-2�.\n\n��\"'��\nlf'{i¥{{1G\\Cl(f'(t(lwtwt¥( JJ��JJ\n\nastrtayama-margo yam\nrasanam pratigarjati\ne�am antar-gatam dhvantam\netad apy antar-ananam\nastrta-ayama-the length and breadth; marga� ayam-a broad way;\nrasanam-the tongue; pratigarjati -resembles; e�am anta�-gatam -on\nthe inside of the mountains; dhvantam-darkness; etat -this; api -in deed; anta�-ananam-the inside of the mouth.\nTRANSLATION\nIn length and breadth the animal's tongue resembles a broad\ntrafficway, and the inside of its mouth is very, very dark, like a\ncave in a mountain.\nTEXT 23\n\nG\\lqlGJRct«lfflW 'QRt�� � 'm{1' I\n�sCl(f'(t(lffN•• �� ����u\n..\n\ndavo�r;r.a-khara-vato yam\nsvasavad bhati pa§yata\ntad-dagdha-sattva-durgandho\n'py antar-am�a-gandhavat\ndava-�r;r.a-khara-vata� ayam - hot breath coming out exactly like\n§vasa-vat bhati pa§yata -j ust see how it resembles his breath;\n\n:fire;\n\n", "SB10.2#p0328": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n286\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\ntat-dagdha-sattva-of burning corpses; durgandha�-the bad smell;\napi-indeed; anta�-am�a-gandha-vat-is like the fleshy smell coming\nout from within.\nTRANSLATION\nThe hot fiery wind is the breath coming out of his mouth, which\n\nis giving off the bad smell of burning flesh because of all the dead\n\nbodies he has eaten.\n\nTEXT 24\n\nasman kim atra grasita niv�1an\nayam tatha ced bakavad vinan�yati\n�a'{Uid aneneti bakary-u.San-mukham\nvi�yoddhasanta� kara-tcU;lanair yayu�\nasman-all of us; kim-whether; atra-here; grasita-will swallow;\nniv�,an-who have attempted to enter; ayam-this animal; tatoo-so;\ncet-i£; baka-vat-like Bakasura; vinan�yati-he will be vanquished;\n�a¢t-immediately; a nena-by this Kr�IJ.a; iti-in this way; bakaari-u.Sat-mukham-the beautiful face of Kr�IJ.a, the enemy of Bakasura;\nv\n\ni�ya-observing looking at; uddhasanta�-loudly laughing; kara,\n\nt&;lanai�-with clapping of hands; yayu�-entered the mouth.\nTRANSLATION\nThen the boys said, \"Has this living creature come to swallow\n\nus? If he does so, he will immediately be killed like Bakisura,\n\nwithout delay.\" Thus they looked at the beautiful face of �f�a,\n\nthe enemy of Bakisura, and, laughing loudly and clapping their\nhands, they entered the mouth of the python.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0329": "Text 25]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Aghisura\n\n287\n\nPURPORT\n\nAfter talking about the terrible animal this way and that way, they\ndecided to enter the demon's mouth. They had full faith in Kni)B. because they had experienced how ��I}.a had saved them from the mouth\nof Bakasura. Now, here was another asura, Aghasura. Therefore, they\nwanted to enjoy the sport of entering the demon's mouth and being saved\nby ��I}.a, the enemy of Bakasura.\nTEXT 25\n\n�\n\ntim��\n�ffi f€tf4l���Jt• m,\noo AAffif�ij(t�ij:\n�tf;r���l{t{)� ����II\nittham mitho 'tathyam ataj-jna-b�itam\nsrutva vicintyety amr�a mr�ayate\nra�o viditvakhila-bhata-hrt-sthita�\nsvandm niroddhum bhagavan mano dadhe\nittham-in this way; mitha�-or another; atathyam-a subject matter that is not a fact; a-tat-jna-without knowledge; b�itam-while\nthey were talking; srutva-��I}.a hearing them; vicintya-thinking;\niti-thus; amr�d-actually, truly; mr�ayate-who is trying to appear as\na false thing (actually the animal was Aghasura, but because of poor\nknowledge they were thinking him to be a dead python); ra�a�(��I}.a, however, could understand that) he was a demon; viditvdknowing it; akhila-bhata-hrt-sthita�-because He is antaryami, situated everywhere, in the core of everyone's heart; svandm-of His own\nassociates; niroddhum-just to forbid them; bhagavan-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; mana� dadhe-made up His mind.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Kt'tl}a, who is situated\n\nas antaryimi, the Supersoul, in the core of everyone's heart, heard\n\nthe boys talking among themselves about the artificial python.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0330": "[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n288\n\nUnknown to them, it was actually Aghisura, a demon who had ap­\n\npeared as a python. �'lJ;la, knowing this, wanted to forbid His\nassociates to enter the demon's mouth.\nTEXT 26\n\"\n\n�\n\n'\"'\n\n.\n\nSIF-i!l��ij(lG>(l�\n\ntR ;r tWm: �en {{��: I\n\nsr�\n\n�fmr;i\n\ntavat prav�tas tv asurodarantaram\nparam na gir{lii/:t siSavaJ:r, sa-vatsa/:t\nprati�amar:tena bakari-vesanam\nhata-sva-kanta-smarar:tena ra�asa\n\ntavat-in the meantime; prav�ta/:t-all entered; tu-indeed; asuraudara-antaram-within the belly of the great demon; param-hut; na\ngir{Ui/:t-they were not swallowed; siSavaJ:r,-all the boys; sa-vatsaJ:r,along with their calves; prati�amar:tena-who was just waiting for;\nbaka-ari-of the enemy of Bakasura; vesanam-the entering; hata-svakanta-smarar:tena-the asura was thinking of his own dead relatives,\nwho would not he satisfied unless ��I;ta were dead; ra�asa -by the\ndemon.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the meantime, while �'li;\\8 was considering how to stop them,\n\nall the cowherd boys entered the mouth of the demon. The demon,\n\nhowever, did not swallow them, for he was thinking of his own\nrelatives who had been killed by �'li;ta and was just waiting for\nKni;ta to enter his mouth.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n��q�u��\n�� (el�lG>€4�€1\n1'{ I\nm\n'\"'!;'\n�·�·�\n�t'S16(l Ettet't\nlfl'Jilf{fi fG\\!t;ijwt �: \"�\\911\n\n�\n\n", "SB10.2#p0331": "Text 28]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Aghasura\n\n289\n\ntan vi�ya km;ta� sakalabhaya-prado\nhy ananya-nathan sva-karcid avacyutdtt\ndinams ca mrtyor jatharagni-ghasan\nghroardito d�ta-krtena vismita�\ntdn-all those boys; vi�ya-seeing; kmw�-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, :Kr�1;1a; sakala-abhaya-prada�-who is the source\nof fearlessness for everyone; hi-indeed; ananya-ndthdn-especially\nfor the cowherd boys, who did not know anyone except :Kr�1;1a; svakarat-from the control of His hand; avacyutan-now gone out; dindn\nca-helpless; mrtyo� jathara-agni-ghasan-who had all entered like\nstraws into the fire of the abdomen of Aghasura, who was very bold and\nhungry, like death personified (because the asura had assumed a big\nbody, he must have had a very strong appetite); ghrT)d-ardita�therefore, being compassionate due to causeless mercy; d�ta-krtena-by\nthings arranged by His internal potency; vismita�-He also, for the time\nbeing, was astonished.\nTRANSLATION\nKnq.a saw that all the cowherd boys, who did not know anyone\nbut Him as their Lord, had now gone out of His hand and were\nhelpless, having entered like straws into the fire of the abdomen of\n\nAghisura, who was death personified. It was intolerable for Knq.a\n\nto be separated from His friends the cowherd boys. Therefore, as\nif seeing that this had been arranged by His internal potency,\n\nKnq.a was momentarily struck with wonder and unsure of what\n\nto do.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n;;� Ffi� �� �\nWI � � � � �f?lg.f((1-wt-( I\n� � �f6 ��P-w\n'\n\nII\n\n���'ft0�¥t�tt�(R:\n\nll�Gll\n\nkrtyam kim atrasya khalasya jivanam\nna va am�am ca satam vihimsanam\n\n", "SB10.2#p0332": "290\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\ndvayarh katham syad iti sarhvicintya\njiiiitvavi.Sat tur:u)am a§e�a-drg ghari�\nkrtyam kim -what to do; atra-in this situation; asya khalasya-of\n\nthis envious demon; jivanam -the existence of life; na-there should\nnot be; vd-either; ami$<im ca -and of those who are innocent; satdmof the devotees; vihimsanam-the death; dvayam -both actions (killing\nthe demon and saving the boys); katham-how; syat-can be possible;\niti samvicintya-very perfectly thinking about the subject matter;\njiiiitva -and deciding what to do; avi.Sat-entered; tur:uja,m-within the\n\nmouth of the demon; a§e�a-drk hari�-Knr.1a, who has unlimited potency, could understand past, future and present.\nTRANSLATION\nNow, what was to be done? How could both the killing of this\n\ndemon and the saving of the devotees be performed simul­\n\ntaneously? Knt;ta, being unlimitedly potent, decided to wait for an\n\nintelligent means by which He could simultaneously save the boys\nand kill the demon. Then He entered the mouth of Aghiisura.\nPURPORT\n'Kr�Qa is known as ananta-virya-sarvajfia because everything is\nknown to Him. Because He knows everything perfectly well, it was not\ndifficult for Him to find a means by which He could save the boys and at\nthe same time kill the demon. Thus He also decided to enter the demon's\nmouth.\nTEXT 29\n\n� ii.IW\\44§�, �q{ �� �n: 1\n• :;:.r QIQU z�mlqmtqn(Qi:l-:ftl'tn:r'lor.:iwoa:'/A:nn ll�\\ll\ntada ghana-cchada eleva\nbhayad dha-heti cukru§u�\njahr�ur ye ca kamsadya�\nkau7Jap<is tv agha-bandhava�\n\n", "SB10.2#p0333": "Text 30)\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Aghisura\n\n291\n\ntadd-at that time; ghana-chadalJ-behind the clouds; devalJ-all\nthe demigods; bhayat-on account of feeling danger because Kt�I}.a had\nentered the mouth of the demon; ha-hd-alas, alas; iti-in this way;\ncukru.SulJ-they exclaimed; jahr�ulJ-became jubilant; ye-those; caalso; kamsa-adyalJ-Kamsa and others; kau�palJ-the demons; tuindeed; agha-bandhavalJ-the friends of Aghasura.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Knt;ta entered the mouth of Aghisura, the demigods hidden behind the clouds exclaimed, \"Alas! Alas!\" But the friends of\nAghisura, like Kamsa and other demons, were jubilant.\n\nTEXT 30\n('\n\n�T� f)QJI�etotN: �I\n...,&iP-:.a''a:\"X ,_\"d\n� � � ���oil\n..\n\ntac chrutva bhagavan kmw.s\ntv avyayalJ sarbha-vatsakam\ncun;ti-cikir�or atmanam\ntarasa vavrdhe gale\ntat-that exclamation of ha-ha; srutva-hearing; bhagavan-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; kr��lJ-Lord Kt�I}.a; tu-indeed;\navyayalJ-never vanquishable;\n\nsa-arbha-vatsakam-along with the\n\ncowherd boys and the calves; curr.ti-cikir�olJ-of that demon, who\ndesired to smash within the abdomen; dtm4nam-personally, Himself;\ntarasd-very soon; vavrdhe-enlarged; gale-within the throat.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the invincible Supreme Personality of Godhead, �tl}a,\nheard the demigods crying \"Alas! Alas!\" from behind the clouds,\nHe immediately enlarged Himself within the demon's throat, just\nto save Himself and the cowherd boys, His own associates, from\nthe demon who wished to smash them.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0334": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n292\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\nPURPORT\n\nSuch are the acts of ��J;ta. Paritrtlt;liiya sadhanam vinasaya ca\ndU$krtam (Bg. 4.8). By enlarging Himself within the throat of the\ndemon, ��I;ta suffocated and killed him and at the same time saved Himself and His associates from imminent death and also saved the demigods\nfrom lamentation.\nTEXT 31\n\n�sRt�ltl�\n\n�('llffloj(\n\n�/loiwJq�f�i!4���:\n����it\n� fitf;tffltr f€1RI•f�) �: II�� II\ntato 'tikayasya niruddha-margir;to\nhy udgirr;ta-dr$ter bhramatas tv itas tata/:l\npurr;to 'ntar-ange pavano niruddho\nmardhan vinirbhidya vinirgato bahi/:l\ntata/:l-after Kr�r;ta took action to kill the demon's body from within\nthe mouth; ati-kayasya-of that great demon, who had expanded his\nbody to a very large size; niruddha-margir;ta/:l-because of suffocating,\nall outlets being stopped up; hi\n\nudgirr;ta-dr$te/:l-who e eyes had popped\ns\n\nout; bhramata/:l tu ita/:l tata/:l-the eyeballs, or the life air, moving here\nand there; purr;tn/:t-completely filled; anta/:t-arige-within the body;\npavana/:l-the life air; niruddha/:t-being stopped; mardhan-the hole\nin the top of the head; vinirbhidya-breaking; vinirgata/:l-went out;\nbahi/:l-externally.\nTRANSLATION\nThen, because Kt�I.J.a had increased the size of His body, the\n\ndemon extended his own body to a very large size. Nonetheless, his\nbreathing stopped, he suffocated, and his eyes rolled here and\n\nthere and popped out. The demon's life air, however, could not\n\npass through any outlet, and therefore it finally burst out through\na hole in the top of the demon's head.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0335": "Text 33]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Aghisura\n\n293\n\nTEXT 32\n\n��\n\n�\n.�.S;..,,\n����:-1\n�(etifl�?.ll\"'' ��: �-\n\ni4fli.-Utt=a>\nl �� N\n<'\n\"�441\n<' � II� �II\n\"'\n\ntenaiva sarve�u bahir gate�u\nprdTJ,e�u vatsdn suhrda� paretdn\ndr�tya svayotthdpya tad-anvita� punar\nvaktran mukundo bhagavan viniryayau\ntena eva-through that brahma-randhra, or the hole in the top of the\nhead; sarve�u-all the air within the body; bahi� gate�u-having gone\nout; prdTJ,e�u-the life airs, along with the vital force; vatsdn-the\ncalves; s uhrda�-the cowherd boy friends; paretan-who were all dead\nwithin; dr�tya svaya-by .Krljl'}.a's glancing over; utthapya-brought\nthem back to life; tat - anvita�-thus accompanied by them; puna�again; vaktrdt-from the mouth; mukunda�-the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; bhagavdn -.Kr!jl'}.a; vini ryayau-came out.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the demon's life air had passed away through that hole\nin the top of his head, �i!fl}.a glanced over the dead calves and\ncowherd boys and brought them back to life. Then Mukunda, who\ncan\n\ngive one liberation, came out from the demon's mouth with\n\nHis friends and the calves.\nTEXT 33\n\nil'11�1·il�?.lij'i@i\n\"'\"\n\n�-\n\n�\nIN'qiRf:����tt•T�I\n\n• �Si4M<i¥4lti1M•hi\n�·fii'Rij���\n\n������\n\n", "SB10.2#p0336": "294\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\npinahi-bhogotthitam adbhutam mahaj\njyotil;t sva-dhamna jvalayad diSo daSa\nprati�ya khe 'vasthitam iSa-nirgamarh\nvivesa tasmin m�atam divaukasam\npina-very great; ahi-bhoga-utthitam-issuing from the serpent's\n\nbody, which was meant for material enjoyment; adbhutam-very wonderful; mahat-great; jyotilz,-effulgence; sva-dhamna-by his own illumination; jvalayat-making glaring; diSab daSa-all the ten direc­\n\ntions; prati�ya-waiting; khe-in the sky; avasthitam-individually\nstaying; i.Sa-nirgamam-until the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\n��I,la, came out; vivesa-entered; tasmin-in the body of ��1,1a;\nm�attim-while observing; divaukasam-all the demigods.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFrom the body of the gigantic python, a glaring effulgence came\n\nout, illuminating all directions, and stayed individually in the sky\n\nuntil �'IJ}.a came out from the corpse's mouth. Then, as all the\ndemigods looked on, this effulgence entered into �J}.a's body.\nPURPORT\n\nApparently the serpent named Aghasura, because of having received\n\nassociation with ��1,1a, attained mukti by entering ��1,1a's body. Enter­\n\ning the body of ��1,1a is called sayujya-mukti, but later verses prove that\n\nAghasura, like Dantavakra and others, received sanlpya-mukti. This has\n\nbeen broadly described by Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura with\n\nreferences from the Va��va-�a�i of Srila ]iva Gosvilmi. Aghilsura at­\n\ntained sarapya-mukti, being promoted to the V aiku1,1tha planets to live\n\nwith the same four-armed bodily features as Vi�1,1u. The explanation of\n\nhow this is so may be summarized as follows.\n\nThe effulgence came out from the python's body and became purifi�\n\nattaining spiritual suddha-sattva, freedom from material contamination,\nbecause ��1,1a had stayed within the serpent's body, even after the ser­\n\npent's death. One may doubt that such a demon, full of mischievous ac­\n\ntivities, could attain the liberation of sanlpya or sayujya, and one may be\n\nastonished about this. But ��1,1a is so kind that in order to drive away\n\nsuch doubts, He had the effulgence, the individual life of the python,\n\n", "SB10.2#p0337": "Text 34]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Aghiisura\n\n295\n\nwait for some time in its individuality, in the presence of all the\ndemigods.\n�!1J}.a is the full effulgence, and every living being is part and parcel\nof that effulgence. As proved here, the effulgence in every living being is\nindividual. For some time, the effulgence remained outside the demon's\nbody, individually, and did not mix with the whole effulgence, the\nbrahmajyoti. The Brahman effulgence is not visible to material eyes, but\nto prove that every living being is individual, �!1J}.a had this individual\neffulgence stay outside the demon's body for some time, for everyone to\nsee. Then �!1J}.a proved that anyone killed by Him attains liberation,\nwhether sayujya, sarilpya, samipya or whatever.\nBut the liberation of those who are on the transcendental platform of\nlove and affection is vimukti, special liberation. Thus the serpent first entered the body of �!1J}.a personally and mixed with the Brahman\neffulgence. This merging is called sayujya-mukti. But from later verses\nwe find that Aghasura attained sarilpya-mukti. Text 38 explains that\nAghasura attained a body exactly like that of Vi!1J}.U, and the verse after\nthat also clearly states that he attained a completely spiritual body like\nthat of NariiyaJ}.a. Therefore in two or three places the Bhagavatam has\nconfirmed that Aghasura attained sarilpya-mukti. One may then argue,\nHow is it that he mixed with the Brahman effulgence? The answer is that\nas Jaya and Vijaya, after three births, again attained sarilpya-mukti and\nassociation with the Lord, Aghasura received a similar liberation.\n\nTEXT 34\n«:'\n....\n.... Ri�t: ���\n�s\n�\n�\n�q: ijttt �� .,�.,:\nI\n�\n��\n... �r: ijU �� qm�:\n�� ron �:��: ���'dll\n•\n\ntato 'tihr�!dl:t sva-krto 'krtarha\"{Ulm\np�pai/:t suga apsarasa.S ca nartanai/:t\ngitai/:t sura vadya-dharas ca vadyakai/:t\nstavaiS ca vipra jaya-ni/:tsvanair ga�Jd,/:t\ntata/:t-thereafter;\n\nati-hr�ta/:t-everyone\n\nbecoming\n\nvery\n\nmuch\n\npleased; sva-krta/:t-own respective duty; akrta-executed; arha\"{Ulm-\n\n", "SB10.2#p0338": "296\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\nin the shape of worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\np�paib,-by showering flowers grown in Nandana-kanana from the\nheavens; su !ga b,-the celestial singers; apsarasab, ca -and the celestial\ndancing girls; nartanaib,-by dancing; gitaib,-by singing celestial\nsongs; surab,-all the demigods; vadya-dharab, ca-those who played on\nmusical drums; vadyakaib,-by playing respectively; stavaib, ca-and\nby offering prayers; vipra b,-the brahmar;tas; jaya-nib,svanaib, -simply\nby glorifying the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ga�b,-everyone.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, everyone being pleased, the demigods began to\n\nshower Bowers from Nandana-kinana, the celestial dancing girls\n\nbegan to dance, and the Gandharvas, who are famous for singing,\noffered songs of prayer. The drummers began to beat their ket­\n\ntledrums, and the brihmai].as offered Vedic hymns. In this way,\n\nboth in the heavens and on earth, everyone began to perform his\nown duties, glorifying the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\n\nEveryone has some particular duty. The §astra has concluded\nthat everyone should glorify the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead by his own qualifications. If you are a singer, always glorify the\nSupreme Lord by singing very nicely. If you are a musician, glorify the\nSupreme Lord by playing musical instruments. Svan�!hitasya dharmasya sarhsiddhir hari-to�ar;tam (Bhag. 1.2.13). The perfection of life is\nto satisfy the Personality of Godhead. Therefore, beginning from this\nearth up to the celestial kingdom, everyone engaged in glorifying the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The decision of all great saintly persons is that whatever qualifications one has acquired should he utilized to\nglorify the Supreme Lord.\n(nirapitab,)\n\nidam hi purhsas tapasab, srutasya va\nsv�!asya saktasya ca buddhi-dattayob,\navicyuto 'rthab, kavibhir nirapito\nyad uttama§loka-gu�nuvarr;tanam\n\n\"Learned sages have definitely concluded that the infallible purpose of\nthe advancement of knowledge, austerity, Vedic study, sacrifice, the\n\n", "SB10.2#p0339": "The Killing of the Demon Aghasura\n\nText 35]\n\n297\n\nchanting of hymns, and charity is found in the transcendental descriptions of the qualities of the Lord, who is defined in choice poetry.\"\n\n(Bhag. 1.5.22) This is the perfection of life. One should be trained how\n\nto glorify the Supreme Personality of Godhead by one's respective\nqualities. Education, austerity, penance or, in the modern world, business, industry, education and so on-all should be engaged in glorifying\nthe Lord. Then everyone in the world will be happy.\nKr�:Q.a comes, therefore, to exhibit His transcendental activities so that\npeople may have the chance to glorify Him in every respect. To understand how to glorify the Lord is actual research work. It is not that everything should be understood without God. That is condemned.\n\nbhagavad-bhakti-hinasya\njati/:t sastrarh japas tapa/:t\naprar:w,syaiva dehasya\nmar;r4anarh loka-rafLjanam\n(Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya 3.11)\nWithout bhagavad-bhakti, without glorification of the Supreme Lord,\nwhatever we have is simply a decoration of the dead body.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n{1((�}1(ijlSIWfiQ•n��\nwt�l�€4+ft<?S((Iwtl�\nR�\"'\n��� 311lRI1.< P-n1:a\nqt 'iit\\1� � A41�4 11�'-\\11\ntad-adbhuta-stotra-suvadya-gitikajayadi-naikotsava-mangala-svanan\nsrutva sva-dhamno 'nty aja agato 'cirad\ndr�tva mahiSasya jagama vismayam\ntat-that celebration performed by the demigods in the upper\nplanetary system; adbhuta-wonderful;\n\nstotra-prayers; su-vadyagitikajaya-adi-sounds of jaya, etc.; na-eka-utsava-\n\nglorious musical sounds of drums and other instruments;\ncelestial\n\nsongs;\n\n", "SB10.2#p0340": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n298\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\ncelebrations simply for glorifying the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nmmigala-svandn-transcendental\n\nsounds\n\nauspicious\n\nfor\n\neveryone;\n\nsrutva-hearing such sounds; sva-dham na�-from his abode; antinearby;\n\naja�-Lord Brahma;\n\nagata�-coming there;\n\nacirdt-very\n\nsoon; dmva-seeing; mahi-the glorification; iSasya-of Lord Kt��;t.a;\njagama vismayam-became astonished.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Brahmi heard the wonderful ceremony going on\n\nnear his planet, accompanied by music and songs and sounds of\n\"Jaya! Jaya!\" he immediately came down to see the function.\n\nUpon seeing so much glorification of Lord ��t;ta, he was completely astonished.\n\nPURPORT\nHere the word anti means \"near,\" indicating that even in the higher\nplanetary systems near Brahmaloka, like Maharloka, Janaloka and\nTapoloka, the festival of glorification of Lord Kt��;t.a was going on.\n\n(1'51'611'5141(\n\na:Jtctiij\nrajann ajagaram carma\nsU{>kam vrrufiivane dbhutam\nvrajaukas am bahu-titham\nbabhavakrUJ,a-gahvaram\n'\n\nrajan-0 Maharaja Parik�it; ajagaram carma-the dry body of\nAghasura, which remained only a big skin; SU{>kam-when it completely\ndried up;\n\nvrrufiivane adbhutam-like a wonderful museum piece in\nV:rndavana; vraja-okasam-for the inhabitants of Vrajabhtimi, V:rndavana; bahu-titham-for many days, or for a long time; babhava-became; aknga-sporting place; gahvaram -a cave.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 King Parik�it, when the python-shaped body of Aghisura\n\ndried up into merely a big skin, it became a wonderful place for\n\n", "SB10.2#p0341": "The Killing of the Demon Aghiisura\n\nText 37]\n\n299\n\nthe inhabitants of Vtndivana to visit, and it remained so for a long,\nlong time.\nTEXT 37\n\n� �441(� d\n\nro1�44�� 1\n�: cn•11Jij� i1m1 ti\\iR�al � 11��11\netat kaumarajam karma\nharer cltmahi-mo�arJ-0-m\nmrtyo� paugar$,ke bald\ndmvocur vismita vraje\netat-this incident of delivering both Aghasura and �fi!Qa's associates\nfrom death;\n\nkaumara-jam karma-performed during their kaumara\n\nage (the age of five years); hare�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iitma-the devotees are the Lord's heart and soul;\n\nahi-mok$arJ-am-their deliverance and the deliverance of the python; mrtyo�from the path of repeated birth and death; paugar$,ke-at the age of\npaugar$,, beginning with the sixth year (one year later); oold�-all the\nboys; dr$1Vii acu�-disclosed the fact after one year; vismita�-as if it\nhad happened on that very day; vraje-in Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nThis incident of Kn�a's saving Himself and His associates from\ndeath and of giving deliverance to Aghiisura, who had assumed the\nform of a python, took place when 1\\.f��a was five years old. It was\ndisclosed in Vrajabhiimi after one year, as if it had taken place on\nthat very day.\nPURPORT\nThe word mo�arJ-am means \"liberation.\" For the associates of �fi!Qa\nand for �fi!Qa Himself, there is no question about liberation; they are\nalready liberated, being in the spiritual world. In the material world\nthere are birth, death, old age and disease, but in the spiritual world\nthere are no such things because everything is eternal. As for the python,\nhowever, by the association of �fi!Qa and His devotees, Aghasura also\nachieved the same facility of eternal life. Therefore, as indicated here by\nthe word\n\natmahi-mo�arJ-am, if the python Aghasura could receive\n\n", "SB10.2#p0342": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n300\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\neternal association with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, what is to\nbe said of those who are already associates of the Lord? Sakam vijahru�\nkrta-pur;tya-pufijc'l� (Bhag.\n\n10.12.11). Here is proof that God is good for\n\neveryone. Even when He kills someone, the one who is killed attains\nliberation. What then is to be said of those who are already in the\nassociation of the Lord?\n\nTEXT 38\n\n� AA;f ¥(�14¥tlfitwt:\n\nquemutf � �:\n3Ntsft tt��i-.il<tqlijf$:\n311qk¥(QIRi � � ������\n\nnaitad vicitrarh manujc'lrbha-mc'lyina�\nparc'lvarc'lr;tc'lm paramasya vedhasa�\nagho 'pi yat-sparsana-dhauta-pc'ltaka�\nprc'lpc'ltma-sc'lmyam tv asatarh sudurlabham\nna-not; etat-this; vicitram-is wonderful; manuja-arbha-mayina�-of ��:Q.a, who appeared as the son of Nanda Maharaja and Yasoda,\nbeing compassionate upon them; para-avarar;tdm-of all causes and\neffects; paramasya vedhasa�-of the supreme creator; agha� apiAghiisura also; yat-sparsana-simply by the slight association of whom;\ndhauta-pataka�-became freed from all contamination of material existence; prdpa-became elevated;\n\natma-samyam-to a body exactly\n\nresembling that of Niiriiya:Q.a; tu-but; asatc'lm sudurlabham-which is\nnot at all possible to be obtained by contaminated souls (but everything\ncan be possible by the mercy of the Supreme Lord).\n\nTRANSLATION\nKn�a is the cause of all causes. The causes and effects of the material world, both higher and lower, are all created by the Supreme\nLord, the original controller. When ����a appeared as the son of\nNanda Mahirija and Ya8odi, He did so by His causeless mercy.\nConsequently, for Him to exhibit His unlimited opulence was not\n\n", "SB10.2#p0343": "Text 39]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Aghisura\n\n301\n\nat all wonderful. Indeed, He showed such great mercy that even\nAghisura, the most sinful miscreant, was elevated to being one of\nHis associates and achieving sirupya-mukti, which is actually impossible for materially contaminated persons to attain.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word maya is also used in connection with love. Out of maya,\nlove, a father has affection for his child. Therefore the word mayina� indicates that Kr�I}.a, out of love, appeared as the son of Nanda Maharaja\nand assumed the form of a human child (manujarbha). Kr�I}.a is the\ncause of all causes. He is the creator of cause and effect, and He is the\nsupreme controller. Nothing is impossible for Him. Therefore, that He\nenabled even a living being like Aghasura to attain the salvation of\nsarapya-mukti was not at all wonderful for Kr�I}.a. Kr�I}.a took pleasure\nin entering the mouth of Aghasura in a sporting spirit along with His\nassociates. Therefore, when Aghasura, by that sporting association, as\nmaintained in the spiritual world, was purified of all contamination, he\nattained sarapya-mukti and vimukti by the grace of Kr�I}.a. For Kr�I}.a\nthis was not at all wonderful.\n\nsakrd yad-anga-pratimantar-ahita\nmanomayi bhagavatim dadau gatim\nsa eva nityatma-sukhanubhaty-abhivyudasta-mayo 'ntar-gato hi kim puna�\nsakrt-once only; yat-whose; anga-pratima-the form of the\nSupreme Lord (there are many forms, but Kr�I}.a is the original form);\n\nanta�-ahita -placing within the core of the heart, somehow or other;\nmana�-mayi-thinking of Him even by force; bhagavatim -which is\n\n", "SB10.2#p0344": "302\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\ncompetent to offer devotional service to the Lord; dadau-Kt�:Q.a gave;\ngatim-the best destination; satt-He (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); eva-indeed; nitya-always; atma-of all living entities; sukhaanub h ati-anyone thinking of Him immediately enjoys transcendental\npleasure; abhivyudasta-mdyatt-because all illusion is completely\nremoved by Him; antatt-gatatt-He is always present within the core of\nthe heart; hi-indeed; kim punatt-what to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nH even only once or even by force one brings the form of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead into one's mind, one can attain\n\nthe supreme salvation by the mercy of Kn�a, as did Aghuura.\n\nWhat then is to be said of those whose hearts the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead enters when He appears as an incarnation, or\n\nthose who always think of the lotus feet of the Lord, who is the\nsource of transcendental bliss for all living entities and by whom\n\nall illusion is completely removed?\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe process for receiving the favor of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is described here. Yat-pada-parikaja-palaSa-vilasa-bhaktya\n(Bhag. 4.22.39). Simply by thinking of Kt�:Q.a, one can attain Him very\neasily. Kt�:Q.a is also described as having His lotus feet always within the\nhearts of His devotees (bhagavan bhakta-hrdi sthitatt}. In the case of\nAghasura, one may argue that he was not a devotee. The answer to this is\nthat he thought of Kt�:Q.a for a moment with devotion. Bhaktyaham\nekaya grahyatt. Without devotion, one cannot think of Kt�:Q.a; and, conversely, whenever one thinks of Kt�:Q.a, one undoubtedly has devotion.\nAlthough Aghasura's purpose was to kill Kt�:Q.a, for a moment Aghasura\nthought of Kt�:Q.a with devotion, and Kt�:Q.a and His associates wanted to\nsport within Aghasura's mouth. Similarly, Putana wanted to kill Kt�:Q.a\nby poisoning Him, but Kt�:Q.a took her as His mother because He had accepted the milk of her breast. Svalpam apy asya dharmasya trayate\nmahato bhayat (Bg. 2.40). Especially when Kt�:Q.a appears as an avatara,\nanyone who thinks of Kt�:Q.a in His different incarnations (ramadi-milrfi$u kalti-niyamena t�than), and especially in His original form as\n\n", "SB10.2#p0345": "Text 40]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Aghisura\n\n303\n\n��I,la, attains salvation. There are many instances of this, and among\n\nthem is Aghasura, who attained the salvation of sanlpya-mukti.\n\nTherefore the process is satatam kirtayanto mam yatantaS ca drQ.ha­\n\nvrata� (Bg. 9.14). Those who are devotees always engage in glorifying\n\n��1,1a. Advaitam acyutam anadim ananta-rupam: when we speak of\n\n��1,1a, we refer to all His avataras, such as ��1,1a, Govinda, Naraya1,1a,\nVi�1,1u, Lord Caitanya, ��1,1a-Balarama and Syamasundara. One who al­\n\nways thinks of ��I,la must attain vimukti, special salvation as the Lord's\n\npersonal associate, not necessarily in V:rndavana, but at least in\nVaiku1,1tha. This is called sarupya-mukti.\n\nTEXT 40\n•\n\n�\n\n�n�\n� tlli(€1,€1((�:\n\n�\n\n�� �MSI¥(1\n\n� �sfit\n� \"mr.1\n\n� �\ns;\n\nP-.m!'ud.::n : 11� 0 ll\n\nsri-suta uvaca\nittham dvija yadavadeva-datta�\nsrutva sva-ratu§ caritam vicitram\npapraccha bhayo 'pi tad eva pu7;tyam\nvaiyasakim yan nigrhita-ceta�\nsri-suta� uvaca- Sri Siita Gosvami spoke to the assembled saints at\n\nNaimi�iira1,1ya; ittham-in this way; dvija�-0 learned brahma7;ta5;\n\nyadava-de va-datta�- Maharaja Parik�it (or Maharaja Yudhi�thira), who\n\nwas protected by Yadavadeva, ��1,1a; srutva- hearing ; sva-riitu�-of\n��1,1a, who was his savior within the womb of his mother, Uttara;\n\ncaritam-the activities; vicitram-all wonderful; papraccha- inquired;\n\nbhaya� api- even again; tat eva-such activities; pu7;tylim-which are\n\nalways full of pious activities (srovatam sva-kathii� kr$1J-a� pu7;tya-sra­\n\nva7;ta-kirtana�: to hear about ��1,1a is always pious); vaiyasakim-unto\n\nSukadeva Gosvami; yat-because; nigrhita-ceta�-Parik�it Maharaja\nhad already become steady in hearing about ��1,1a.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0346": "304\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Suta Gosvimi said: 0 learned saints, the childhood pastimes\n\nof Sri ����a are very wonderful. Maharaja Pariktit, after hearing\n\nabout those pastimes of ����a, who had saved him in the womb of\n\nhis mother, became steady in his mind and again inquired from\nSukadeva Gosvimi to hear about those pious activities.\nTEXT 41\n\n�mtm\n\niQFl �MIRl(f)tl. tk�l�W1 �. �\n'1� I\n�\n.\n\n����:�: 11\\l�ll\nsri-rajovaca\n\nbrahman kdlantara-krtam\ntat-kdlinam katham bhavet\nyat kaumare hari-krtam\njagu/:t paugar:uJ,ake 'rbhakd/:t\nsri-raja uvaca-Maharaj a Parik�it inquired; brahman-0 learned\n\nbrahmar;w. (Sukadeva Gosvami); kdla-antara-krtam-things done in the\n\npast, at a different time (in the kaumara age); tat-kdlinam-described as happening now (in the paugar:uJ,a age); katham bhavet-how\ncould it be so; yat-which pastime; kaumare-in the kaumara age;\nhari-krtam-was done by ��I)a; jagu/:t-they described; paugar:uJ,ake­\n\nin the paugar:uJ,a age (after one year); arbhakd/:t-all the boys.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaharaja Pariktit inquired: 0 great sage, how could things done\n\nin the past have been described as being done at the present? Lord\nSri ����a performed this pastime of killing Aghisura during His\n\nkaumara age. How then, during His pauga�cJa age, could the boys\nhave described this incident as having happened recently?\nTEXT 42\n\n� � ij 't(ltOfll1: qt �� gU I\n�..�:((�1!4 � � � 11\\l�ll\n\n", "SB10.2#p0347": "The Killing of the Demon Aghisura\n\nText 43]\n\n305\n\ntad brahi me maha-yogin\nparam kautahalam guro\nnanam etad dharer eva\nmaya bhavati nanyatha\ntat brahi-therefore please explain that; me-unto me; mahayogin-0 great yogi; param-very much; kautahalam-curiosity;\n\nguro-0 my lord, my spiritual master; nanam-otherwise; etat-this\nincident; hare�-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; eva-indeed;\nmaya-the illusion; bhavati-becomes; na anyatha -nothing more.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 greatest yogi, my spiritual master, kindly describe why this\nhappened. I am very much curious to know about it. I think that it\nwas nothing but another illusion due to �'i�a.\nPURPORT\n\nKr�I)a\n\nhas\n\nmany potencies:\n\nparasya saktir vividhaiva srayate\n\n(Svetasvatara Upan�ad 6.8). The description of Aghasura was disclosed\n\nafter one year. Some act of Kr�I)a's potency must have been involved.\n\nTherefore Maharaja Parik�it was very curious to know about this, and he\n\nrequested Sukadeva Gosvami to explain it.\nTEXT 43\n•\n\nqtf ��t�+tt\n\n�\n���\n\n\"' ....A\n\ngu�'\"' �q: I\n\n��J!��q*l:� ���ll��ll\nvayam dhanyatama loke\nguro 'pi k$atra-bandhava�\nvayam pibamo muhus tvatta�\npuTJ,yam kr$TJ-a-kathamrtam\nvayam-we are; dhanya-tama�-most glorified; loke-in this world;\n\nguro-0 my lord, my spiritual master; api-although; k$atrabandhava�-the lowest of the k$atriyas (because we did not act like\nk$atriyas); vayam-we are; pi ooma�-drinking; muhu�-always; tvatta�-from you; puTJ,yam-pious; kr$TJ-a-katha-amrtam-the nectar of\nkr$TJ-a-katha.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0348": "306\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my lord, my spiritual master, although we are the lowest of\n\nk�jatriyas, we are glorified and benefited because we have the op­\n\nportunity of always hearing from you the nectar of the pious ac­\n\ntivities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nThe pious activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are very\nconfidential. It is not ordinarily possible to hear such activities unless one\nis very, very fortunate. Parik�it Maharaja placed himself as �atra­\n\nbandhava/:t, which means \"the lowest of the �atriyas.\" The qualities of\nthe �atriya are described in Bhagavad-gitd, and although the general\nquality of the �atriya is iSvara-bhava, the tendency to rule, a �atriya is\nnot supposed to rule over a brahmarJ-a. Thus Maharaja Parik�it regretted\nthat he had wanted to rule over the brahma\"{UlS and had therefore been\ncursed. He considered himself the lowest of the �atriyas. Danam iSvara­\n\nbhava§ ca �atram karma svabhavajam (Bg. 18.43). There was no\n\ndoubt that Maharaja Parik�it had the good qualities of a �atriya, but as a\ndevotee he presented himself, with submissiveness and humility, as the\nlowest of the �atriyas, remembering his act of wrapping a dead serpent\naround the neck of a brahmarJ-a. A student and disciple has the right to\nask the guru about any confidential service, and it is the duty of the guru\nto explain these confidential matters to his disciple.\n\nTEXT 44\n\n��fiR\n\n� � �: � � ���(l�fUI���1RflWf ijlf<ct�f.o��: I\n'!1-r.�l(\\ �f�: �:\n�\n\n.\n\nQ\n\n'\"'\n\n'\"'\n\n�1•1'4al�¥41�� ������\n\nsri-suta uvdca\nittham sma pr�ta/:t sa tu badarayaTJ-is\ntat-smaritananta-hrtakhilendriya/:t\nkrcchrat punar labdha-bahir-drsi/:t sanai/:t\npratyaha tam bhagavatottamottama\n\n", "SB10.2#p0349": "Text 44]\n\nThe Killing of the Demon Aghisura\n\n307\n\nsri-suta� uvdca-Sri Suta Gosvami said; ittham-in this way; sma­\n\nin the past; pr�1a�-being inquired from;\n\nsa�-he;\n\ntu-indeed;\n\nbadardya�i�-Sukadeva Gosvami; tat-by him (Sukadeva Gosvami);\n\nsmarita-ananta-as soon as Lord ��1,1a was remembered; hrta-lost in\n\necstasy; akhila-indriya�-all actions of the external senses; krcchrat­\n\nwith\n\ngreat\n\ndifficulty;\n\npuna�-again;\n\nlabdha-bah*-drsi�-having\n\nrevived his external sensory perception; san.a i�-slowly ; pratyaha­\n\nreplied; tam-unto Maharaja Parik�it; bluigavata-uttama-uttama-0\ngreat saintly person, greatest of all devotees (Saunaka).\nTRANSLATION\nSuta Gosviimi said: 0 Saunaka, greatest of saints and devotees,\n\nwhen Mahirija Parik,it inquired from Sukadeva Gosviimi in this\nway, Sukadeva Gosviimi, immediately remembering subject matters about Kt'IJ}.a within the core of his heart, externally lost con­\n\ntact with the actions of his senses. Thereafter, with great difficulty,\n\nhe revived his external sensory perception and began to speak to\nMahirija Parik'lit about krtt;Ul·kathi.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Tenth Canto, Twelfth\n\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled, \"The Killing of the Demon\nAgha:sura. \"\n\n", "SB10.2#p0350": "", "SB10.2#p0351": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in\n\n1896\n\nthis world in\nin Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in\nBhakti­\n\n1922.\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent devotional scholar and the founder of\nsixty-four Gau<J.iya Mathas (Vedic institutes), liked this educated young\nman and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\nSrila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later\nat\n\n(1933)\n\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nAt their first meeting, in\nS\nThakura requested rila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge\n\n1922,\n\nthrough the English language. In the years that followed, Srila Prabhu­\n\npada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad-gitii, assisted the Gau<J.iya\nMatha in its work and, in\n\n1944, without assistance, started an English\n\nfortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and checked the\ngalley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and struggled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never\nstopped; it is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion,\nthe Gau<J.iya Vai�Qava Society honored him in\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In\n\n1947 with the title\n\n1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada\n\nretired from married life, and four years later he adopted the\n\nvanaprastlw. (retired) order to devote more time to his studies and writ­\n\ning. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of V:rndavana, where he\nlived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and\n\n1959.\n\nwriting. He accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in\nAt\nS\nRadha-Damodara, rila Prabhupada began work on his life's masterpiece: a mult�volume translation and commentary on the eighteen thousand verse\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (Bhiigavata Purar;a). He also wrote\nEasy Journey to Other Planets.\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhiigavatam, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncame to the United States, in\n\n1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\n\nmaster. Since that time, His Divine Grace has written over forty volumes\nof authoritative translations, commentaries and summary studies of the\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n\n311\n\n", "SB10.2#p0352": "312\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Sri:la\n\nPrabhupada was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\n\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for Krishna Con­\n\nsciousness in July of 1966. Under his careful guidance, the Society has\n\ngrown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one\nhundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm communities.\n\nIn 1968, Sri:la Prabhupada created New V:rndavana, an experimental\n\nVedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew V:rndavana, now a thriving farm community of more than one thou­\n\nsand acres, his students have since founded several similar communities\nin the United States and abroad.\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\n\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\nDallas, Texas. The school began with 3 children in 1972, and by the\n\nbeginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\n\nSri:la Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large inter­\n\nnational center at Sri:dhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also\n\nthe site for a planned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the\nmagnificent l(:r�l).a-Balarama Temple and International Guest House in\n\nV:rndavana, India. These are �enters where Westerners can live to gain\nfirsthand experience of Vedic culture.\n\nSri:la Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his\n\nbooks. Highly respected by the academic community for their authori­\n\ntativeness, depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks in\n\nnumerous college courses. His writings have been translated into eleven\nlanguages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972 ex­\n\nclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become the\nworld's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and phi­\n\nlosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Sri:la Prabhupada's most\n\nrecent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-com­\n\npleted by Sri:la Prabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali\nreligious classic Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\n,\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Sri:la Prabhupada\n\nhas circled the globe twelve times on lecture tours that �ave taken him to\n\nsix continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Sri:la Prabhupada\n\ncontinues to write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library\n\nof Vedic philosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0353": "References\nThe purports of Srimad-Bhagavatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are specifically\ncited in this volume:\n\nAyurveda-sastra, 25\nBhagavad-g'ita, 3,10,18,34,51-52,56,57,62,72-73,85,86-87,88,\n92-93, 123, 126-127, 128, 131, 132-133, 134, 137-138, 149,\n154,158,164,167,174,181,193,194,205,206,208,210,228,\n229, 235, 257, 262, 276, 292, 302, 303, 306\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, 42, 160, 205, 270, 276\nBrahma-samhita, 24-25, 51, 99, 103, 136, 154,159, 164\nBrahma-sutra. See: Vedanta-sutra\nBrhad-bhagavatamrta, 270-271\nCaitanya-caritamrta, 85,165, 176, 186, 215\nChandogya Upan�ad, 182-183\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya, 297\nHari-bhakti-vildsa, 73\nHari-vamsa, 95, 201, 246-247\nKatha Upan�ad, 97\nMahabharata, 126\nMu�ka Upan�ad, 88n\n313\n\n", "SB10.2#p0354": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n314\n\nNarada-paiicartitra, 212\nPadma Purar;w, 196\nPrema-vivarta, 41-42, 191\nSik$i4taka, 191\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 10, 29, 42, 56, 60, 87, 93, 97, 98, 101, 105, 120,\n126, 128-129, 153, 163-164, 179,181, 182, 183, 186, 189, 190,\n191, 192, 212, 264, 276, 296-297, 300, 302\n\nSvetasvatara Upan�ad, 305\nVamana Purar;w, 204\nVeddnta-sutra (Brahma-sutra), 263, 272\nv��u PUrar;w, 246\n\n", "SB10.2#p0355": "Glossary of Personal Names\nA\n\nAdi-puru,a-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\noriginal person.\n\nAghisura-the python-shaped demon sent by Kamsa to kill �,r;ta.\n\nAja-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is unborn.\nAjimila-a fallen brahma\"{W who was saved by calling the name\nN arayar;ta at the time of death.\n\nAnakadundubhi-another name of Vasudeva, the father of �,r;ta.\n\nArjuna-one of the five Par;tQava brothers; �,r;ta became his chariot\ndriver and spoke to him the\n\nBhagavad-gita.\nB\n\nBakisura-a demon who was shaped like a huge duck and who tried to\nkill �,r;ta.\n\nBalarima (Baladeva)-a plenary expansion of the Personality of God­\n\nhead appearing as the son of Rohir;ti and elder brother of Lord\n�,r;ta.\n\nBhakta-vatsala-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\nfavors His devotees.\n\nBhaktisiddhinta Sarasvati 'fhak.ura- the spiritual master of His\nDivine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada.\n\nBhaktivinoda 'fhikura-a great spiritual master in the line of disciplic\nsuccession from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nBrahmi-the first created living being and secondary creator of the\nmaterial universe.\n\nc\n\nCaitanya Mahi prabhu- the incarnation of Lord �,r;ta who descended\nto teach love of God through the\n\nsarikirtana movement.\n\nCakri-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the carrier of\nthe disc.\n\nD\n\nDimodara- �,r;ta in His pastime of being bound by mother Yasoda.\n315\n\n", "SB10.2#p0356": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n316\n\nDevaki-wife of Vasudeva and mother of Lord Knn;ta.\nDevarti Nirada-See: Narada Muni\n\nDhari-the name of mother Yasoda in a previous birth.\n\nDhruva Maharaja-a great devotee who as a child was denied his\n\nfather's kingdom but who was later given an entire planet and the\nopportunity to associate personally with the Supreme Lord.\n\nDro�a-the name of Maharaja Nanda in a previous birth.\n\nG\nGadidhari-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the carrier\nof the club.\n\nGargamuni-family priest of the Yadu dynasty.\n\nGarucJa-the great eagle who acts as the eternal carrier of Lord Vi�?QU.\n\nGaurasundara-a name of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, indicating\nHis beauty and His golden complexion.\n\nGiridhiri-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the lifter of\nGovardhana Hill.\n\nGokulesvara-Kt�?Qa, the master of Gokula.\n\nGopiila-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who protects\nthe cows.\n\nGopi-jana-vallahha-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwho maintains and gives pleasure to the gopis.\n\nGovinda-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who gives\npleasure to the land, the cows and the senses.\n\nH\nHaladhara-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who, in the\nform of Balarama, bears a plow in His hands.\n\nHari-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who removes all\nobstacles to spiritual progress.\n\nHir�yaka8ipu-a demoniac king killed by the Lord's incarnation as\nN:rsimhadeva.\n\nI\nlndra-chief of the administrative demigods and king of the heavenly\nplanets.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0357": "Glossary of Personal Names\n\n317\n\nisa-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the supreme\ncontroller.\n\nisvara-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the supreme\ncontroller.\n\nJ\nJaya-a doorkeeper of Vaiku�tha who attained sarupya-mukti after\nthree births in the material world.\n\nJiva Gosviimi-one of the six Vai��ava spiritual masters who directly\nfollowed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and systematically presented\nHis teachings.\n\nK\nKaritsa-a demoniac king of the Bhoja dynasty and maternal uncle of\nK:r��a.\n\nKesava-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who has fine\nblack hair.\n\n�!}.a-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, appearing in His original,\ntwo-armed form.\n\nKunti-the mother of the Pa�<J.avas; a pure devotee and aunt of Lord\nK:r��a's.\n\n·\n\nKurma-the tortoise\n\nincarnation\n\nKuvera-treasurer\n\nthe\n\nGodhead.\n\nMa�igriva.\n\nof\n\nof\n\ndemigods;\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nfather\n\nof\n\nPersonality\n\nNalakuvara\n\nof\nand\n\nL\nLaJu�mi-the goddess of fortune and eternal consort of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead Naraya�a.\n\nM\nMadhustidana-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\nkiller of the demon Madhu.\n\nMadhvicirya-a thirteenth-century Vai��ava spiritual master who\npreached the theistic philosophy of pure dualism.\n\nMahiideva-a name of Lord Siva.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0358": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n318\n\nMatpgriva-a son of Kuvera cursed by Narada Muni to take birth as an\n\narjuna tree; ultimately liberated by Lord Kr!?J.la.\n\nMatpmin-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is always ornamented with brilliant jewels.\n\nMatsya-the fish incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nMukunda-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the giver of\nliberation.\n\nN\nNalakuvara-a son of Kuvera cursed by Narada Muni to take birth as an\n\narjuna tree; ultimately liberated by Lord Kr!?J.la.\n\nNanda Mahirij a -the King of Vraja and foster-father of Lord Kri?J.la.\n\nNirada Muni-a pure devotee of the Lord who travels throughout the\n\nuniverses in his eternal body, glorifying devotional service.\n\nNiriyau;ta-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the\n\nsource and the goal of all living beings.\n\nNarottama dasa 'fhikura-a Vai�J.lava spiritual master in the disciplic\n\nsuccession from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; disciple of Kr�1.1adasa\n\nKaviraja Gosvami and spiritual master of Visvanatha Cakravarti\n\nThakura.\n\nN:rsimhadeva-Lord Kr�J.la in His incarnation as half-roan and halflion, who descended to kill the demon HiraJ.lyakasipu.\n\np\n\nMahirija- th� emperor of the world who heard SrimadBhagavatam from Sukadeva Gosvami and thus attained perfection.\n\nParik,it\n\nPirvati-wife of Lord Siva.\n\nPrahlida Maharaja-a devotee persecuted by his demoniac father but\n\nprotected and saved by the Lord.\n\nPr8nigarbha-the name of Devaki in a previous birth.\n\nPrthi-the mother of the five PiiJ.lQava brothers.\n\nPutani-a witch who was sent by Kamsa to appear in the form of a\n\nbeautiful woman to kill baby Kr�1.1a but who was killed by Lord\nKr�1.1a and granted liberation.\n\nR\nRima-another name of Balarama given by Gargamuni.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0359": "Glossary of Personal Names\n\n319\n\nRamacandra-an incarnation of Lord ��I.J.a as a perfect king.\n\nRohh,li-one of Vasudeva's wives, residing under the care of Nanda\nMaharaja. Rohii.J.i is the mother of Balarama.\n\n].t,abhadeva-an incarnation of the Personality of Godhead as a devotee\nand king who gave important spiritual instructions to His sons and\nthen renounced His kingdom for a life of severe austerity.\n\nRukmil)i-Lord ��I.J.a's principal queen in Dvaraka.\n\nRupa Gosvimi-the chief of the six Vai�I.J.ava spiritual masters who\ndirectly followed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and systematically\npresented His teachings.\n\ns\nSakatasura-a ghost who took shelter of a bullock cart with the intention to kill Lord ��I.J.a but who instead was killed by the Lord.\n\nSamhhu-a name of Lord Siva.\n\nSanitana Gosvimi-one of the six Vai�I.J.ava spiritual masters who\n\ndirectly followed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and systematically\n\npresented His teachings.\n\nSailkar,al)a-another name of Balarama given by Gargamuni.\n\nSaunaka-the chief of the sages assembled at Naimi�arai.J.ya forest who\nheard Srimad-Bhagavatam from Siita Gosvami.\n\nSiva-the demigod in charge of the mode of ignorance and the destruction of the material manifestation.\n\nSukadeva\n\nGosvimi-the\n\nsage\n\nwho\n\noriginally\n\nspoke\n\nBhagavatam to King Parik�it prior to the King's death.\n\nSrimad­\n\nSlirya-the demigod of the sun.\n\nSuta Gosvimi-the sage who recounted the discourses between Parik�it\nand Sukadeva to the sages assembled in the forest of Naimi�arai.J.ya.\n\nSutapi-the name of Vasudeva in a previous birth.\nSvayamhhu-a name of Lord Brahma.\n\nSyimasundara-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is\nblackish and very beautiful.\n\nT\nTroivarta-a demon, in the shape of a whirlwind, sent by Kamsa to kill\n��I.J.a.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0360": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n320\n\nu\nUddhava-a confidential friend of Sri l(r�Qa's in V:rndavana.\n\nUpinanda-the brother of Nanda Maharaja and oldest and most knowledgeable of the cowherd men of Gokula.\n\nUpendra-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who some­\n\ntimes appears as the younger brother of lndra.\n\nUrugiiya-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is\n\nworshiped by sublime prayers.\n\nUrukrama-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who takes\n\nwonderful steps\nVamanadeva).\n\n(especially\n\nas\n\nthe\n\ndwarf-incarnation,\n\nv\nVaraha-the incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as a\nboar.\n\nVasudeva-the father of l(r�l}.a and half-brother of Nanda Maharaja.\n\nVasudeva-l(r�Qa, son of Vasudeva.\n\nVatsisura-a calf-shaped demon who came to V:rndavana to kill l(r�Qa.\n\nVijaya-a doorkeeper of VaikuQlha who attained sarupya-mukti after\nthree births in the material world..\n\nVijayadhvaja Tirtha-a Vai�l}.ava spiritual master and commentator on\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam in the disciplic succession from Madhvacarya.\n\nVi��u-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nVisvanatha Cakravarti\n\nThiikura\n\n-\n\na Vai�l}.ava spiritual master and\n\ncommentator on Srimad-Bhagavatam in the disciplic succession\n'\nfrom Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nVflrisura-a demon killed by lndra.\n\nVyasadeva-the original compiler of the Vedas and PuriirJaS, and author\nof the Vedanta-sutra and Mahabharata.\n\ny\nYajfta-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the goal and\nenjoyer of all sacrifices.\n\nYamariija-the god of death who punishes the sinful.\n\nYa8odii-the foster-mother of l(r�l}.a; the Queen of Vraja and wife of\nMaharaja Nanda.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0361": "Glossary of Personal Names\nYogamiyi\n\n-\n\n321\n\nLord Ktt?Qa's spiritual deluding energy, who appears as the\n\nLord's younger sister in His pastimes.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0362": "General Glossary\nA\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by example.\nAdhibhautika klesa-misery caused by other living beings.\nAdhidaivika klesa-misery caused by natural disturbances.\nAdhok�aja-the Supreme Lord, who is beyond material sense perception.\nAdhyatmika klesa-misery caused by the body and mind.\nAdi-puru�a-the Supreme Lord, the original person.\nAhailkiira-false ego.\nAnanda-cinmaya-rasa-vigraha-the personal, spiritual form of bliss\nand knowledge.\nA.pma-the mystic perfection of becoming very small.\nArali-a ceremony for greeting the Lord with offerings of food, lamps,\nfans, flowers and incense.\nArcana-the devotional process of Deity worship.\nAsana-a sitting posture in yoga practice.\nAsrama-the four spiritual orders of life: celibate student, householder,\nretired life and renounced life.\nAsuras-atheistic demons.\nAtmiiriima-one who is self-satisfied, free from external, material\ndesires.\nAvai�I_lavas-nondevotees.\nAvatiira-a descent of the Supreme Lord.\n\nB\nBabas- ascetics.\nBhagavad-gita-the basic directions for spiritual life spoken by the\nLord Himself.\nBhakta-a devotee.\nBhakti-devotional service to Lord K.r�J).a.\n\nBhakti-yoga-linking with the Supreme Lord by devotional service.\nBrahmacarya-celibate student life; the first order of Vedic spiritual\n-\n\nli&.\n\n323\n\n", "SB10.2#p0363": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n324\n\nBrahman-the Absolute Truth; especially the impersonal aspect of the\nAbsolute.\n\nBrihm�a-one wise in the Vedas who can guide society; the first Vedic\nsocial order.\n\nc\nCatur-vyuha-the Lord's plenary expansions Vasudeva, Sankar�al}.a,\nPradyumna and Aniruddha.\n\nD\nDaityas-demons.\n\nDa8a-avatiras-the ten pastime-incarnations of Vi�I.J.u.\n\nDevamiyi-the illusory potency of the demigods.\n\nDhima-abode; usually referring to the Lord's abodes.\n\nDharma-eternal occupational duty; religious principles.\nDu,kflis-miscreants.\n\nE\nEkida8i-a special fast day for increased remembrance of Kt�I.J.a, which\ncomes on the eleventh day of both the waxing and waning moon.\n\nG\nGoloka (K:r,l}aloka)-the highest spiritual planet, containing Kt�I}.a's\npersonal abodes, Dvaraka, Mathura and V:rndavana.\n\nGopa-jiti-See: VaiSyas\n\nGopis-Kt�I}.a's cowherd girl friends, His most confidential servitors.\n\nG:rhastha-regulated householder life; the second order of Vedic\nspiritual life.\n\nGul}a-avatiras-Vi�I.J.u, Brahma and Siva, the presiding deities of the\nthree modes of nature.\n\n·\n\nGul}as-the modes or qualities of material nature..\nGuru-a spiritual master.\n\nH\nHare K:r,l}a mantra-See: Maha-mantra\n\n", "SB10.2#p0364": "General Glossary\n\n325\n\nHatha-yoga-the system of practicing sitting postures for sense control.\n\nI\nlsitva-the mystic ability to become a great controller.\n\nJ\nJatJa-dull or material.\n\nJiva-tattva-the living entities, atomic parts of the Lord.\nJiiina-kiJ.ltJa-the Upan�ad portion of the Vedas containing knowledge\nof Brahman, spirit.\nJiiina-yoga-the process of approaching the Supreme by the cultivation\nof knowledge.\nJiiini-one who cultivates knowledge by empirical speculation.\n\nK\nKali-yuga (Age of Kali) -the present age, characterized by quarrel; it\nis last in the cycle of four and began five thousand years ago.\nKimivasiyiti-the mystic ability to suppress one's desires.\nKaratilas-hand cymbals used in kirtana.\nKarma-fruitive action, for which there is always reaction, good or had.\nKarma-kiJ.ltJa-sections of the Vedas prescribing rituals for material\nbenefits.\nKarmi-a person satisfied with working hard for flickering sense gratification.\n\nKaumira-the period of childhood before five years.\nKirtana-chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord.\n�:Qa-kathi-words spoken by }(rf?:Q.a or about }(rf?:Q.a.\n�:Qa-lili-the transcendental pastimes of Lord }(rf?:Q.a.\n�:Qaloka-See: Goloka\nK,atriya-a warrior or administrator; the second Vedic social order.\nKusa-auspicious grass used in Vedic rituals.\n\nL\nLaghimi-the mystic perfection of becoming very light.\nLili-avatiras-innumerahle incarnations who descend to display the\nspiritual pastimes of the Lord.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0365": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n326\n\nM\nMaha-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance:\n\nHare Knwa, Hare ��:Q.a, ��:Q.a ��:Q.a, Hare Hare\nHare Rama, Hare Rama, Riima Riima, Hare Hare.\n\nMahima-the mystic ability to become unlimitedly large.\n\nMantra-a sound vibration that can deliver the mind from illusion.\n\nManvantara-avatira-an avatara who appears in each reign of Manu.\n\nMathuri-Lord ��:t;�.a's abode, surrounding V:rndiivana, where He took\n\nbirth and later returned to after performing His V:rndiivana\npastimes.\n\nMaya-illusion; forgetfulness of one's relationship with ��:Q.a.\n\nMayavida-the false theory that every living being is ultimately equal\nto God.\n\nMiyavidis-impersonal philosophers who say that the Lord cannot have\na transcendental body.\n\nMfdailga-a clay drum used for congregational chanting.\n\nMukti-liberation from birth and death.\n\nN\nNima-kara�a ceremony-name-giving ceremony.\nNandana-kinana-a celestial garden.\nNiyama-restraint of the senses.\n\np\nPaiica-gavya-five milk products, used in bathing a worshipable personality.\n\nPaiica-ratna-five gems.\n\nPaiica-sasya-five grains.\n\nParampara-the chain of spiritual masters in disciplic succession.\nPaug�cJa-the period of childhood after five years.\n\nPrikimya-th� mystic ability to fulfill any of one's desires.\n\nPr�ayima-control of the breathing process; performed in �!dnga-\n\nyoga.\n\nPrapti-the mystic ability to immediately obtain any material object.\nPrasida-food spiritualized by being offered to the Lord.\n\nPrema-hhakta-a devotee absorbed in pure love of God.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0366": "General Glossary\n\n327\n\nR\nRajo-gu:r;ta-the material mode of passion.\nRik�asi-a demoness.\n\ns\nSac-cid-iinanda-vigraha-the Lord's transcendental form, which is\neternal, full of knowledge and bliss.\n\n�acJ-aisvarya-piir:r;ta-the Lord, who is full in all six opulences: wealth,\nknowledge, fame, renunciation, beauty, and strength.\n\nSilokya-the liberation of residing on the same planet as the Lord.\n\nSiimipya-the liberation of becoming a personal associate of the Lord.\n\nSarllskira-Vedic process for purifying a human being from the time of\nconception until death.\n\nSailkirtana-public chanting of the names of God, the approved yoga\nprocess for this age.\n\nSannyisa-renounced life; the fourth order of Vedic spiritual life.\nSar�ti-the liberation of having the same opulences as the Lord.\nSiriipya-the liberation of having a form similar to the Lord's.\nSastras-revealed scriptures.\n\nSiyujya-the liberation of merging into the spiritual effulgence of the\nLord.\n\nSrava:r;tam kirtanam vi�J:r;to�-the devotional processes of hearing and\nchanting about Lord V i�1,1u.\n\nSiidra-a laborer; the fourth of the Vedic social orders.\n\nSviimi-one who controls his mind and senses; title of one in the renounced order of life.\n\nSvargaloka-the heavenly planets.\n\nT\nTamo-gu:r;ta-the material mode of ignorance.\n\nTapasvis-one who performs severe penances and austerities.\n\nTapasya-austerity; accepting some voluntary inconvenience for a\nhigher purpose.\n\nTilaka-auspicious clay marks that sanctify a devotee's body as a temple\nof the Lord.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0367": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n328\n\nu\nUpisana-kat;u;l.a-a section of the\n\nVedas prescribing worship of\n\ndemigods for fruitive results.\n\nv\nVaik u�t ha- the spiritual world.\n\nVai,�ava- a devotee of Lord Vit?QU, :Kr!?Qa.\n\nVai,� va-aparadhas- offenses to a devotee of the Lord.\nVaisyas-farmers and merchants; the third Vedic social order.\n\nVanaprast ha- one who has retired from family life; the third order of\nVedic spiritual life.\nVar�a-the four occupational divisions of society: the intellectual class,\nthe administrative class, the mercantile class, and the laborer class.\n\nVar�asrama\n\n-\n\nthe Vedic social system of four social and four spiritual\n\norders.\nVa8itva-the mystic ability to control others' minds.\nVedas-the original revealed scriptures, first spoken by the Lord\nHimself.\n\nVfll diiv ana- :Kr!?Qa's personal abode, where He fully manifests His\nquality of sweetness.\n\ny\nYajfta- an act1v1ty performed to satisfy either Lord Vit?QU or the\ndemigods.\nYama-regulative principles.\n\nYo gi- a transcendentalist who, in one way or another, is striving for\nunion with the Supreme.\n\nYo g ini\n\n-\n\na female yogi.\n\nYugas-ages in the life of a universe, occurring in a repeated cycle of\nfour.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0368": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\nVawels\n\n3la alTa\n\n��\n\ni· 3'u � :stl r Sf{ f\n� e � ai alt o a1) au\n\nl: i\n\nu\n\n..!. rh (anusvara)\n\n: 1,1 (visarga)\n\nConsonants\nGutturals:\n\nCf) ka\n\n� kha\n\nif ga\n\n� gha\n\n� Iia\n\nPalatals:\n\n�ca\n\n� cha\n\n::i{ja\n\n\" jha\n\n5{ iia\n\nCerebrals:\n\nG ta\n\n?) tha\n\n�c;l.a\n\nG c;l.ha\n\nOT l)a\n\nDentals:\n\na ta\n\nq tha\n\n� da\n\n�dha\n\n;::r na\n\nLabials:\n\nqpa\n\nq:a pha\n\nif ba\n\n�bha\n\n1t ma\n\nSemivowels:\n\n�ya\n\n� ra\n\n� la\n\nqva\n\nSibilants:\n\n'l sa\n\nq' �a\n\n� sa\n\nAspirate:\n\n� ha\n\nS ' (avagraha) -the apostrophe\n\nThe numerals are:\n\no-0\n\n�-1 �-2 �-3 �-4 �-5 �-6 \\S-7 �-8 �-9\n\nThe vowels above should he pronounced as follows:\na - like the a in organ or the u in but\na - like the a in far but held twice as long as short a\n- like the i in pin\n- like the i in pique but held twice as long as short i\n329\n\n", "SB10.2#p0369": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n330\n\nu - like the u in push\nu - like the u in rule but held twice as long as short u\n:r - like the ri in rim\nr - like ree in reed\n\n- like Hollowed by r (lr)\ne - like the e in they\nai - like the ai in aisle\no - like the o in go\nau - like the ow in how\nIh (anusvdra) - a resonant nasal like the n in the French word bon\nl;t (visarga) - a final h-sound: aft is pronounced like aha; ift like ihi\n\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nTa\n\nf i 'f i\n\nFor example:\n\n) o T au\n� ka tf;T ka � ki �'f ki � u � ku\ni'\ni\\ kr. � CJi kai ��t ko CfiT kau\n�u\n\n�u\n\nc. :r\n\n...._ e\n\nE f\n\n� ai\n\nk\n\nk:r\n\n....\n\nke\n\n�\n\n�\n\nThe vowel \"a\" is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol virama ('\\) indicates that there is no final vowel:\n\nCli\"'\n\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\n\nk - as in kite\nkh- as in Eckhart\ng - as in give\ngh- as in dig-hard\nil - as in sing\nc - as in chair\nch - as in staunch-heart\nJ - as m JOY\n\njh - as in hedgehog\nii - as in canyon\n! - as in tub\nth - as in light-heart\n� - as in oove\n�ha- as in red-hot\nI). - as rna (prepare to say\nthe r and say na)\n\nCerebrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, but the\nfollowing dentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth:\n\nt - as in tub but with tongue against teeth\nth - as in light-heart but with tongue against teeth\n\n", "SB10.2#p0370": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n331\n\nd - as in dove but with tongue against teeth\ndh- as in red-hot but with tongue against teeth\nn - as in nut but with tongue between teeth\np - as in pine\n\nl - as in light\n\nph- as in uphill (not/)\n\nv - as in vine\ns (palatal} - as in the s in the German\n\nb - as in bird\nbh- as in rub-hard\nrn - as in mother\n\nword sprechen\ns (cerebral) - as the shin shine\n\ny - asmyes\n\ns - asmsun\n\nr - as in run\n\nh - as in horne\n\n.\n\n.\n\nGenerally two or more consonants in conjunction are written\ntogether in a special form, as for example:\n\n� k�a ;r\" tra\n\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, or pausing\nbetween words in a line, only a flowing of short and long (twice as\nlong as the short) syllables. A long syllable is one whose vowel is\nlong (i, i, ii, e, ai, o, au), or whose short vowel is followed by more\nthan one consonant (including anusvira and visarga). Aspirated\nconsonants (such as kha and gha) count as only single consonants.\n\n", "SB10.2#p0371": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete listing 9f the first and third lines of each of the\nSanskrit poetry verses of this volume of Srimad-Bhagavatam, arranged in English\nalphabetical order. The first column gives the Sanskrit transliteration, and the second and\nthird columns, respectively, list the chapter-verse reference and page number for each\nverse.\n\nA\nadhab,-saytlnasya siSor ano 'lpakaadharti-hanuvad rodhas\nadra�id arjunau purvaril\nagatya sahasd kmwril\nagho 'pi yat-sparsana-dhauta-ptltakab,\naghma-janubhib. padbhir\naharil maml'isau patir e�a me suto\naharil purvam aharil purvam\naho batasya btllasya\naho battlty-adbhutam e�a ra�astl\naho brahma-vidtlril vtlco\naho mitra(li gadata\nakhyasyate rama iti\nala�ito 'smin rahasi\nalaril vihtiraib, �ut-�antab,\namarilsatambhoja-kareiJll rupit;�iril\nanab,sv aropya goptllti\nanantam aropayad ankam antakaril\nanarcadho�aja-dhiytl\nandha-kilpa-gabhirtl�aril\n\n7.7\n\n48\n\n12.20\n\n284\n\n9.22\n\n168\n\n11.48\n\n25\n\n12.38\n\n300\n\n8.26\n\n110\n\n8.42\n\n127\n\n12.6\n\n273\n\n11.55\n\n261\n\n7.31\n\n72\n\n11.57\n\n262\n\n12.19\n\n283\n\n8.12\n\n94\n\n8.10\n\n92\n\n11.15\n\n232\n\n6.6\n\n6\n\n11.31\n\n243\n\n6.8\n\n8\n\n8.2\n\n83\n\n6.16\n\n15\n\n8.16 100\nanena sarva-durgat;�i\n32\n6.37\nangaril yasyab, samtikramya\n45\n7.5\nanncidya-vasab,-srag-abh�!a-dhenubhib,\n10.4\n174\nantab, praviSya gangayam\n10.37 210\nanujtlnihi nau bhumarils\n\nanukrtya rutair janturiiS\nanvalicamtlnd janani brhac-calacapa5yan ndrado devau\napi hantd gatdSalikas\naprameyaril balaril tasya\n\n11.40\n\n249\n\n9.10\n\n153\n\n10.5\n\n175\n\n8.9\n\n90\n\n7.10\n\n52\n\napy asid vipriyaril te�tlril\nartljake ra�yamtl�\nl'isan var(lds trayo hy asya\nasatab, sn-madtindhasya\nastlv anyatamo vtlpi\n\n11.55\n\n261\n\n8.17\n\n101\n\nasmtln kim atra grasittl niv�.tdn\nasmat-sangrasana-vytlttal'istrtdytlma-mtlrgo 'yaril\nastv ity uktab, sa bhagavtln\nathdgha-ndmtibhyapatan mahasuras\nathtinyad api kr$r_w.sya\nathtipy abhibhavanty enaril\natho am�yaiva mamtlrbhakasya\natho yathtivan na vitarka-gocararil\natikaruiJllm anusmaranty a5ocad\natma-dyota-guiJlliS channatltmajcibhyudayarthtiya\natma-nirve5a-matre1Jll\natmaupamyena bhutani\nato 'rhatab, sthtivarataril\n\n8.13\n\n95\n\n10.13\n\n185\n\n11.26\n\n240\n\n12.24\n\n286\n\n12.19\n\n283\n\n12.22\n\n285\n\n8.50\n\n139\n\n12.13\n\n278\n\n7.3\n\n43\n\n11.56\n\n261\n\n8.40\n\n124\n\n8.41\n\n125\n\n7.24\n\n65\n\n10.33\n\n206\n\n7.16\n\n58\n\n10.26\n\n200\n\n10.3\n\n185\n\n10.21\n\n194\n\n9.5\n\n148\n\natrptam utsrjya javena stl yayav\nautthtinikautsukya-mand manasvini\navidure vraja-bhuvab,\navytld ajo 'lighri mat;�imarils tava janv\navyakta-ravo nyapatat\n\n7.6\n\n47\n\n11.38\n\n248\n\nayaril hi rohit;�i-putro\nayaril tu me sodara-ntiSa-krt tayor\ndytlnty atra mahotptlta\n\n8.12\n\n94\n\n12.14\n\n279\n\n11.33\n\n238\n\n6.22\n\n20\n\n7.28\n\n69\n\nB\nbabhramus tad avijiitiya\nbabhuvur indriyat;�iva\n\n333\n\n11.2\n\n221\n\n11.49\n\n256\n\n", "SB10.2#p0372": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n334\n\nbaddha-setu-bhujoro-anghri\n\n6.16\n\n15\n\ndaityo namna troavarta�\n\n7.20\n\n62\n\nbaddholakhalam amantrya\n\n10.43\n\n216\n\n(lakinyo yatudhanya.S ca\n\n6.27\n\n23\n\nbahu-�epam ca kurute\n\n11.8\n\n225\n\ndamna colakhale baddha�\n\n10.39\n\n213\n140\n\nbahani santi namtlni\n\n8.15\n\n99\n\ndampatyor nitartlm tlsid\n\n8.51\n\nbakair upaviSantaS ca\n\n12.8\n\n274\n\ndaridrasyaiva yujyante\n\n10.17\n\n190\n\nbtlla-grahas tatra vicinvati si.San\n\n6.7\n\n7\n\ndaridro niraham-stambho\n\n10.15\n\n187\n\nbtl/am ca tasya urasi\n\n6.18\n\n16\n\ndarianam nau bhagavoJta\n\n10.37\n\n210\n\nbtl/am praticchanna-nijoru-tejasam\n\n6.7\n\n7\n\ndarianiin no bhaved bandha�\n\n10.41\n\n214\n\nbtllasyotptlfanam tarvo�\n\n11.5\n\n223\n\ndarsayarils tad-vidam loka\n\n11.9\n\n226\n\nbaltl !leur aneneti\n\n11.4\n\n222\n\ndariayan baladevaya\n\n11.42\n\n251\n\nbtllayor anayor nroam\n\n8.6\n\n87\n\ndattva stanam prapibato� sma mukham\n\n8.23\n\n107\n\nbalena n4kar$ayattlnvag ulakhalam\n\n10.27\n\n200\n\ndavo$(Ul-khara-vato yam\n\n12.23\n\n285\n\nbhagavan devaki-putra/1\n\n6.39\n\n33\n\nde5a-kaltlrtha-tattva-jiia�\n\n11.22\n\n237\n\nbhagnam vilokya sva-sutasya karma taj\n\n9.7\n\n150\n\ndevakytl a$famo garbho\n\n8.8\n\n90\n\nbhakti� syat paramtlloke\n\n8.49\n\n137\n\ndeva�ir me priyatamo\n\n10.25\n\n158\n\nbhaktir harau tat-purU$e ca sakhyam\n\n7.2\n\n41\n\ndeva-samjiiitam apy ante\n\n10.10\n\n181\n\nbhittva mr$tlSrur dr$ad-a.Smanii raho\n\n9.6\n\n149\n\ndevilS ca parisantU$!d\n\n11.44\n\n252\n\nbhrtlmayitva kapitthiigre\n\n11.43\n\n252\n\ndharadharo$!ho jaladottar0$!ho\n\n12.17\n\n281\n\nbhamau nidhaya tam gopi\n\n7.19\n\n61\n\ndhrtvadbhutam vyatta-guhananam tada\n\n12.16\n\n281\n\nbhamyam nipatitau tatra\n\n11.2\n\n220\n\ndhali-dhasaritangas tvam\n\n11.18\n\n234\n\nbhuiijtlnam yajiiabhuk patu\n\n6.26\n\n22\n\ndhvantagtlre dhrta-ma1,1i-ga(Ulm\n\n8.30\n\n114\n\nbhata-dhruk tat-krte svartham\n\n10.10\n\n182\n\ndhvanttlntar-tlsyo vitattldhva-jihva�\n\n12.17\n\n281\n\nbhata-preta-piStlctlS ca\n\n6.27\n\n23\n\ndiniiriiS ca mrtyor ja!haragni-ghtlstln\n\n12.27\n\n289\n\nbibharti kvacid ajnapta�\n\n11.8\n\n225\n\ndravyaltlbhe sagrha-kupito\n\n8.29\n\n113\n\nbrahman kaltlntara-krtam\n\n12.41\n\n304\n\ndro1,10 vasunam pravaro\n\n8.48\n\n135\n\nc\n\n·\n\ncaccharda sadyo 'tirU$ti�atam bakas\n\n11.50\n\n250\n\ncaktlra niima-kara(Ulm\n\n8.11\n\n93\n\ndr$!vadbhuttlni bahu§o\n\n7.33\n\n75\n\ndmva pariSramam kr$(Ul/l\n\n9.18\n\n162\n\ndr$!vtirbhakan kr$(Ul-mukhan aghtlsura� 12.14\n\n279\n282\n\ncakravata-svarupe(Ul\n\n7.20\n\n62\n\ndmva tam ttldrsam sarve\n\n12.18\n\ncakra-vatena nito yam\n\n11.25\n\n239\n\ndr$!vd ya.Soda-pramukha vraja-striya\n\n7.8\n\n49\n\ncakry agrata� saha-gado harir astu\n\n6.23\n\n20\n\ndr$!ya svayotthapya tad-anvita� punar\n\n12.32\n\n293\n\ncarayam tlsatur vatsan\n\n11.38\n\n248\n\ndare �iptvavayava.So\n\n6.33\n\n28\n\ndvayam katham syad iti samvicintya\n\n12.28\n\n290\n\ncarayanto 'rbha-liltlbhir\n\n12.3\n\n270\n\ncikric;latur yuvatibhir\n\n10.4\n\n175\n\ndvipan nagtlrils tad-duhitf'r vanani\n\n7.36\n\n76\n\nCur(Ulyam lisa rajendra\n\n6.14\n\n14\n\ndvy-angulonam abhat tena\n\n9.15\n\n159\n\nCUr1,1i-cikir$Or atmtlnam\n\n12.30\n\n291\n\nehy avayo/1 priyam dhehi\n\n11.17\n\n233\n\ndadhi-nirmanthane kale\n\n9.2\n\n144\n\nekada grha-dasi$u\n\n9.1\n\n144\n\ndahyamtlnasya dehasya\n\n6.34\n\n29\n\nekada kric;lamtlntls te\n\n8.32\n\n117\n\nD\n\nE\n\n", "SB10.2#p0373": "335\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\nekad4rbhakam adaya\nekadaroham arrll.lham\ne�am antar-gataril dhvantam\ne�a vatt sreya adhasyad\netad vicitraril saha-jiva-kalaetat kaumtirajaril karma\nete yada mat-suhrdos tilapa/1\nevaril dhar�!Jany u§ati kurute\nevaril sadhara(laril deham\nevaril samprarthito vipratt\nevaril sandarsita hy miga\nevaril sva-geha-damtini\nevam uktva sa devar�ir\nevaril viharaitt kaumaraitt\nevaril vrajaukasaril pritiril\n\n7.34\n\n75\n\n7.18\n\n60\n\n12.22\n\n100\n\n8.39\n\n122\n\n12.37\n\n299\n\n12.15\n\n280\n\n8.31\n\n115\n\n10.12\n\n184\n\n8.11\n\n93\n\n9.19\n\n163\n\n9.17\n\n161\n\n10.23\n\n197\n\n11.59\n\n265\n\n11.37\n\n247\n\n6.10\n\n10\n\n7.28\n\n69\n\n7.27\n\n68\n\n6.15\n\n15\n\n8.1\n\n82\n\ngargo yad aha bhagavtin\ngarimti(laril siSor v()(lhuril\ngatva jalaSayabhyasaril\ngavatt sarva-guryopetd\ngayanty adyapi kavayo\n\n11.57\n\n262\n\n7.18\n\n60\n\n11.46\n\n254\n\n7.16\n\n58\n\n8.47\n\n134\n\ngitaitt sura vadya-dharas ca vadyakaitt\ngodhanani puraskrtya\ngodhanany agrato yantu\ngokularil sarvam avmvan\ngo-miltre(la sntipayitva\n\n12.34\n\n295\n\n11.32\n\n243\n\n11.29\n\n242\n\n7.21\n\n63\n\n6.20\n\n18\n\ngopa-gopi-gavtiril sevyaril\ngopa nandadayatt srutvd\ngopa-vrddha mahotpatan\ngopibhitt stobhito 'nrtyatt\ngopikolakhale damna\n\n11.28\n\n241\n\n11.1\n\n220\n\n11.21\n\n237\n\n11.7\n\n225\n\n9.14\n\n157\n\n9.17\n\n161\n\n6.21\n\n19\n\ngopintiril susmayantintiril\ngopyatt sarilspr$!fl-salila\n\n9.9\n\n152\n\n7.30\n\n71\n\n8.42\n\n127\n\n285\n\n8.16\n\nG\ngtU;lharil karabhyaril bhagavan prapil/.ya\ngala-graharya-niSce�to\ngale grhita utsr�furil\nga(U)a-5aila-stanaril raudraril\ngargatt purohito rtijan\n\ngopy anvadhavan na yam apa yoginaril\ngopyas ca gopatt kila nanda-mukhya\ngopya§ ca gopatt saha-godhanas ca me\ngopyas tiln;mril samabhyetya\ngopyo rrll.lha-ratha niltnagrhitva dadhi-manthanaril\ngrhitvapara-padabhyaril\ngrhyama(lais tvam agrahyo\ngrhyaryi kartum api yatra na tajgu(la-karmdnurilparyi\n\n6.18\n\n16\n\n11.33\n\n244\n\n9.4\n\n147\n\n11.43\n\n251\n\n10.32\n\n204\n\n8.25\n\n109\n\n8.15\n\n99\n\n9.8\n\n151\n\nH\nhaiyangavaril caurya-viSalikite�a(laril\nhanyante pa§avo yatra\nharer anugrahan nilnam\nhariril jagama sararyam\nhastagrahye racayati vidhiril\n\n10.9\n\n180\n\n11.24\n\n239\n\n6.1\n\n2\n\n8.30\n\n114\n\n11.20 230\nhaste grhitva saha-ramam acyutaril\n11.16 232\nhe ramagaccha tatasu\n7.31\n72\nhirilsratt sva-papena vihirilsitatt khalatt\nhrt kesavas tvad-·ura iSa inas tu kaiJ-Iharil\n6.22\n20\n7.15\nhutva cagniril dvijatibhyatt\n55\n\nI\nindriyaryi hr�ikesatt\nindriyaryy anu§�yanti\nirayan sumaha-ghora�-matrogra-da�trasyaril\niti balakam adaya\niti khara-pavana-cakra-pari1Su-var$e\niti nandadayo gopatt\niti pra(laya-baddhabhir\niti saiicintayaii chrutva\niti vyavasyajagararil brhad vaputt\n\n6.24\n\n21\n\n10.16\n\n188\n\n7.21\n\n63\n\n6.15\n\n15\n\n7.14\n\n54\n\n7.24\n\n65\n\n11.58\n\n263\n\n6.30\n\n25\n\n8.9\n\n90\n\n12.16\n\n281\n\nittharil dvija yadavadeva-dattatt\n12.40\nittharil mitho 'tathyam ataj-jiia-b�itaril 12.25\nittharil salikirtitas tabhyaril\n10.39\nittharil satdril brahma-sukhanubhatyti\n12.11\nittharil sma p�!att sa tu badarayaryis\n12.44\n\n303\n287\n212\n274\n306\n\n", "SB10.2#p0374": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n336\nittham stribhi/1 sa-bhaya-nayana-sriittham vidita-tattvayam\nittham ya5odd tam a5e$a-sekharam\nity antare!Jiirjunayo/;1\nity atmiinam samadiSya\nity uktau tau parikramya\niye$a kila tam baddhum\n\n8.31\n\n115\n\n8.43\n\n129\n\n11.20\n\n236\n\n10.26\n\n200\n\n8.20\n\n104\n\n10.43\n\n216\n\n9.12\n\n156\n\nJ\njagama sanakais tatra\njahf$ur ye ca kamsadya/;1\njajne nanda iti khyato\njalai/;1 pavitraU$adhibhir\njanmark$am te 'dya bhavati\njanubhyam saha pa!libhyam\njatayor nau mahadeve\njavena visrarilsita-ke5a-bandhanajigharilsayainam asadya\njigharilsayapi haraye\njiva-samyam gato lingair\njiiiininam catma-bh!ltanam\njiiiitam mama puraivaitad\njyoti$am ayanam sak$ad\njyotiS-cakram jalam tejo\n\n10.24\n\n198\n\n12.29\n\n290\n\n8.50\n\n139\n\n7.14\n\n54\n\n11.18\n\n234\n\n8.21\n\n104\n\n8.49\n\n137\n\n9.10\n\n153\n\n11.56\n\n262\n\n6.35\n\n30\n\n10.14\n\n186\n\n9.21\n\n166\n\n10.40\n\n213\n\n8.5\n\n86\n\n8.38\n\n122\n\nK\nkaca-guiija-ma!li-sva�kadacid autthanika-kautukaplave\nkadacid yamuna-tire\nkaildsopavane ramye\nkala-vakyai/:1 sva-kalena\nkalenalpena rajar$e\nkalena vrajatalpena\nkalevaram para§ubhiS\nkarilsa/:1 papa-mati/:1 sakhyam\nkarilsena prahita ghora\nkari$yama!lQ adesan\nkarmantara-niyuktasu\nkaroti ka�-ramya!li\n\n12.4\n\nkasmiin mrdam adiintdtman\nkasyedam kula ascaryam\nkata-dhamasya saurabhyam\nkathyatdm bhagavann etat\nkecid bhrngai/:1 pragayanta/:1\nkecid ve!llln vddayanto\nkham rodasi jyotir-anikam asa/;1\nkim idam kuta eveti\nkim nas tupa§ cir!lQm adhok$ajarcanam\nkim puna/;1 sraddhaya bhaktya\nkim svapna etad uta deva-miiya\nko�$U sankha urugaya upary upendras\n\n8.34\n\n119\n\n11.3\n\n221\n\n6.41\n\n35\n\n10.1\n\n172\n\n12.7\n\n274\n\n12.7\n\n274\n\n7.36\n\n76\n\n6.41\n\n35\n\n7.32\n\n73\n\n6.36\n\n30\n\n8.40\n\n124\n\n6.23\n\n20\n\nko nv iharhati vijiiiitum\n10.32\n6.28\nkotara revati jye$tha\nko vidvan atmasat krtva\n10.12\n10.15\nkrcchram yadrcchayapnoti\nkrcchrat punar labdha-bahir-drsi/:1 sanai/:1 12.44\n\n204\n\nkrf4antam patu govinda/:1\nkrf4antam sa sutam baJair\nkri!lihi bho/:1 phalaniti\nkf$!lQ-bhukta-stana-k$ira/;l\nkf$!lQ kr$!lQ maha-yogims\nKf$!lQ kr$!Jiiravindak$a\nkf$!lQ-lila jagu/:1 pritya\nkf$!lQm maha-baka-grastam\nkf$!lQm nabho-gato gantum\nkf$!lQm pra!lQmya sirasakhila-loka-\n\n23\n184\n187\n306\n\n6.25\n\n22\n\n11.14\n\n231\n\n11.10\n\n227\n\n6.38\n\n32\n\n10.29\n\n202\n\n11.15\n\n232\n\n11.33\n\n244\n\n11.49\n\n255\n\n7.26\n\n66\n\n10.28\n\n201\n\n9.22\n\n168\n\n8.28\n\n112\n\n271\n\n7.4\n\n44\n\n11.41\n\n250\n\n10.2\n\n173\n\n11.37\n\n247\n\n8.26\n\n110\n\n8.21\n\n104\n\n6.33\n\n28\n\n8.8\n\n90\n\n6.2\n\n3\n\n8.48\n\n135\n\n9.1\n\n144\n\n7.1\n\n40\n\nkf$!la5 tu grha-krtye$u\nkf$!lQSya gopyo ruciram\nkf$!lQ-vatsair asankhyatair\nkf$!l0 brahma!lQ adesam\nkf$!l0 mrdam bhak$itavan\nkrtagasam tam prarudantam ak$i!li\nkrta-svastyayanam viprai/;1\nkrtyam kim atrasya khalasya jivanam\nk$a!U'id aneneti bakary-u5an-mukham\nk$aumam vasa/;1 prthu-ka/i-tate bibhrati\nkuru dvijati-sarilskaram\nkurvanti satvatam bhartur\n\n12.3\n\n270\n\n8.52\n\n141\n\n8.32\n\n117\n\n9.11\n\n155\n\n7.11\n\n52\n\n12.28\n\n289\n\n12.24\n\n286\n\n9.3\n\n146\n\n8.10\n\n92\n\n6.3\n\n4\n\n", "SB10.2#p0375": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nkuroanto ramamal)dS ca\nkvacid vddayato ve(tum\nkvacid vanasaya mano dadhad vrajat\nkvacit padai[l kinki(tibhi{l\n\n11.58\n\n263\n\n11.39\n\n249\n\n12.1\n\n268\n\n11.39\n\n249\n\nM\nmahad-vicalanam nfi:uim\nmahd-puru�am ddadhyau\nman�am lokam asddya\nmanyamanair imam de ham\nmarkdn bho�yan vibhajati\n\n8.4\n\n84\n\n7.19\n\n61\n\n7.3\n\n43\n\n10.9\n\n180\n\n8.29\n\nll2\n\nmayasritandm nara-darake(ta\nmrtyo{l pauga(l(jake bald\nmuhurtam abhavad g�tham\nmukham ldlayati rajaii\nmukta{l kathaiicid ra�asya\n\n12.11\n\n274\n\n12.37\n\n299\n\n7.22\n\n64\n\n7.35\n\n76\n\n11.24\n\n239\n\nmuktam bakdsydd upalabhya bdlakd\nmurdhny upaghraya paramam\nm�(tanto 'nyonya-sikyadin\n\n11.53\n\n259\n\n6.43\n\n37\n\n12.5\n\n272\n\nN\nna cantar na bahir yasya\nnaham bha�itaviin amba\nna hy anyo j�ato j�yiin\nnaitad vicitram manujarbha-mayina[l\nnaivasmod vai ruditam sutasya sa\nnalakavara-ma(tigrivdv\nnalakavara-ma(tigrivav\nnama{! parama-kalya(ta\nnandddaya[l samagamya\nnandddaya5 cddbhuta-darsandkuld{l\nnanda{l kim akarod brahman\nnanda{l pathi vaca{l saurer\nnanda{l pramudito mene\nnanda{l sva-putram ddaya\nnandasya patni krta-majjanddikam\nnandayitvabravid brahman\nnapa§yat ka5candtmtlnam\nna puna{! kalpate rajan\nndrayo 'bhibhavanty etiin\n\n9.13\n\n157\n\n8.35\n\nll9\n\n10.8\n\n178\n\n12.38\n\n300\n\n7.6\n\n47\n\n9.23\n\n169\n\n10.23\n\n197\n\n10.36\n\n209\n\n11.21\n\n237\n\n7.8\n\n49\n\n8.46\n\n133\n\n6.1\n\n2\n\n8.20\n\n104\n\n6.43\n\n37\n\n7.5\n\n45\n\n8.3\n\n83\n\n7.23\n\n64\n\n6.40\n\n33\n\n8.18\n\n102\n\n337\n8.13\n\nna te�am satya-sildnam\nna te sraddadhire gopd\nna te tad-uktam jagrhur\nna vivdsasam atmanam\nnayarit sukhdpo bhagavan\nna yatra srava(tddini\nnemam viriiico na bhavo\nni{!Sreyasaya bhagavan\nnildyanai{l setu-bandhair\nniSa-carittham vyathita-stand vyasur\nn4petatu{l parama-vikramitativepanityam �ut-�ama-dehasya\nnityam yad-antar nija-jivitepsubhi{l\nnopeyatdm yaddhiltau\nnilnam batar�i{l saiijato\nnilnam etad dharer eva\nnyasyatmany atha bdlasya\n\n54\n\n7.10\n\n52\n\nll.5\n\n223\n\n10.20\n\n194\n\n9.21\n\n166\n\n6.3\n\n4\n\n9.20\n\n165\n\n8.4\n\n84\n\n11.59\n\n265\n\n6.13\n\n13\n\n10.27\n\n200\n\n10.16\n\n188\n\n12.13\n\n278\n\n11.13\n\n230\n\n6.32\n\n27\n\n12.42\n\n305\n\n6.21\n\n19\n\np\npadbhyam bhakta-hrdi-sthdbhyam\npapraccha bhuyo 'pi tad eva pu(tyam\npa§ya pa5ya vayasyams te\npasyatsu .bale�u dadiira lilaya\npatamano 'pi tad-de has\npayamsi yasam apibat\npayayitvd stanam matd\nphalair aparayad ratnai{l\nphala-prabala-stavakaphaldrthi dhdnyam tldaya\n\n6.37\n\n32\n\n12.40\n\n303\n\n11.19\n\n235\n\n11.51\n\n257\n\n6.14\n\n14\n\n6.39\n\n33\n\n6.30\n\n25\n\n11.11\n\n228\n\n12.4\n\n271\n\n11.10\n\n227\n\nphala-vikrayi(ti tasya\npindhi-bhogotthitam adbhutam mahaj\npita-prtlyasya janani\npitarau ndnvavindetdm\nprabodhayaii chrliga-rave(ta cdru(td\n\n11.11\n\n228\n\n12.33\n\n294\n\npriidaya matre pratihrtya vismita[l\nprag ayam vasudevasya\nprii(te gate var�masu kt1 nu cintd\npra(titam bhavatd yena\nprasadam lebhire gopi\nprasarya g�the nija-rapam dsthitii\nprasnutam payayiim dsa\n\n7.30\n\n71\n\n8.14\n\n98\n\n12.15\n\n280\n\n7.35\n\n76\n\n8.47\n\n134\n\n12.1\n\n268\n\n8.5\n\n86\n\n9.20\n\n165\n\n6.13\n\n13\n\n7.34\n\n75\n\n", "SB10.2#p0376": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n338\npriJtar eva krtdh4ras\nprati�m4!Jena bakari-vesanam\npratf�ate tv4m diJSarha\n\n11.16\n\n233\n\nsa eva yad-drg-v�aya� svayam sthita�\n\n12.12\n\n277\n\n12.26\n\n28\n\ns4 grhitvd kare kmwm\n\n8.33\n\n118\n\n11.17\n\n233\n\nsaha-ramo vasams cakre\n\n8.52\n\n141\n\nsaha-riJmo vraja-stn(l4m\nsiJkam bhekair vilatrghanta�\nsa kapitthair mah4-kaya�\ns4 khe-cary ekadotpatya\nsakrd yad-atrga-pratim4ntar-4hit4\n\nprati�ya khe 'vasthitam iSa-nirgamam\npratispardhete srkkabhyam\npravrddha-sneha-kalilapretyclgatam ivotsukyad\npr§nigarbhas tu te buddhim\n\n12.33\n\n294\n\n12.21\n\n284\n\npuram yath4 rudra-sare�.�a viddham\npuriJ n4rada-S4pena\npuriJnena vraja-pate\npan:w 'ntar-ange pavano niruddho\nparvam tu tan-ni�vanita-\n\n7.29\n\n70\n\n9.23\n\n169\n\n8.17\n\n101\n\n12.31\n\n292\n\n6.17\n\n15\n\n9.13\n\n157\n\n7.12\n\n53\n\n6.35\n\n30\n\nparvdparam bahiS ciJntar\nparvavat sth4pitam gopair\npatan4 loka-bala-ghni\n\n8.44\n\n130\n\n11.54\n\n260\n\n6.25\n\n22\n\nR\n12.36\n\n298\n\n6.20\n\n18\n\n6.19\n\n17\n\n12.25\n\n287\n\n11.12\n\n230\n\nros4 diSa§ ca pratinedire jana�\n\n6.12\n\n12\n\nrejatu� k��.�a-ram4bhyam\nrojjv-aka�a-srama-bhuja-calat�r bhagavata-mukhyasya\nrudantam sutam adiJya\n\n11.34\n\n245\n\n9.3\n\n146\n\n10.24\n\n198\n\n7.11\n\n52\n\nrudat4nena padena\nruditam anuniSamya tatra gopyo\nrudrasyiJnucarau bhatv4\nrurudur anupalabhya nanda-sanum\n\n7.9\n\n50\n\nr4jann ajagaram carma\nro�m cakru5 ca sakrt4\nro�m vidadhire samyag\nro� viditvakhila-bhata-hrt-sthita�\nriJmam ca rohir;�i devi\n\n7.25\n\n65\n\n10.2\n\n173\n\n7.25\n\n66\n\ns\nsadbhi� �ir;10ti tam ta�am\nsadhaoom sama-citt4n4m\nsadhaoom sama-citt4nam\nsadri-dvrpabdhi-bhugolam\nsadyo �!a-smrtir gopi\nsa eva d�!O hy utpato\nsa eva nityatma-sukh4nubhaty-abhi-\n\n10.17\n\n190\n\n10.18\n\n191\n\n10.41\n\n214\n\n8.37\n\n122\n\n8.44\n\n130\n\n6.32\n\n27\n\n12.39\n\n301\n\niamit;lire ciJnaka-sarikha-samstavais\nsammilya mrga-SiJviJ�i\ns4 muiica muliciJ/am iti prab�ir;li\nsaiijata-kopa� sphurit4rur;ladharam\nsaiijato mayi bh4vo vdm\nsantatrasu� sma tad vi�ya\nsapr4tar-4Sau go-vatsiJms\nsarit-trro-gatam k��.�am\nsarve na§yantu � v�r;10r\ns4 tatra dadr§e viSvam\nsatyam arka-kararaktam\nsa vai bako niJma mah4n\ns4 vi�ya viSvam sahasiJ\nsil4yam patitas tatra\nsiSams cacara nighnanti\n\n8.27\n\n111\n\n12.10\n\n274\n\n11.43\n\n252\n\n6.4\n\n5\n\n12.39\n\n301\n\n11.52\n\n258\n\n7.37\n\n77\n\n6.11\n\n11\n\n9.6\n\n149\n\n1o.42\n\n216\n\n6.17\n\n15\n\n11.45\n\n253\n\n11.12\n\n229\n\n6.29\n\n23\n\n8.37\n\n122\n\n12.20\n\n284\n\n11.48\n\n25\n\n7.37\n\n77\n\n11.25\n\n239\n\n6.2\n\n3\n\n10.21\nsmrti� syiJn mat-prasadena\nsmrtyam siras lava niv4sa-jagat-pra(l4me 10.38\n10.8\nsrr-madad abhijatyadir\n8.19\nsriyiJ kirtyanubh4vena\nsf71gr-agni-da�!ry-asi-jala-dvija8.25\n\nsrr;�uyiJc chroddhaya martyo\nsrr;�vantyiJ� kila tan-m4tur\nsrutv(J sva-dh4mno 'nty aja clgato 'cirad\nsrutv(J tad vismit4 gopa\nsrutv4 tan-nidhanam svasti\nsteyam svadv atty atha dadhisth4n4gatam tam parirabhya nirvrtd�\nstri-janair anugayadbhiS\nsuklo roktas tath4 pita\nsanos tanau vr�ya vid4rit4sye\nsapav�!am krt4tithyam\nsutam maya samskrtam te\n\n194\n211\n178\n102\n109\n\n6.44\n\n38\n\n8.28\n\n112\n\n12.35\n\n297\n\n11.54\n\n260\n\n6.42\n\n36\n\n8.29\n\n112\n\n11.53\n\n25\n\n10.3\n\n173\n\n8.13\n\n9i\n\n8.39\n\n122\n\n8.3\n\n8J\n\n8.7\n\n8IJ\n\n", "SB10.2#p0377": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nsutam ya.Soda niipa.Syat\nsumsasam kalpita-karr;ta-bh�ar;tasva-matu� svinna-gatraya\n\n7.22\n64\n6\n6.5\n9.18 162\n\nsvam svam vatsa-kulam saroe\nmin svdn sahasropari-sankhyayanvitdn\nsvapna-d�t4 mahotpata\nsva-vaseniipi k�(lena\n5vetadvipa-patiS cittam\n\n11.46 254\n12.2\n269\n6.29\n23\n9.19 163\n6.24\n22\n\nT\ntac chrutvd bhagavan k�r;tas\ntac chrutvaika-dhiyo gopa�\ntada bakarim sura-loka-vasina�\ntad-adbhuta-stotra-suvadya-gitikatada ghana-cchada deva\n\n12.30\n11.31\n11.52\n12.35\n12.29\n\n291\n243\n258\n297\n290\n\ntad a ham mattayor madhvya\ntad api dvy-angulam nyanam\ntad bralii me maha-yogin\ntad-dagdha-sattva-durgandho\ntad dama badhyamanasya\n\n10.19\n9.16\n12.42\n12.23\n9.15\n\n193\n160\n305\n285\n159\n\ntad gacchatam mat-paramau\ntais tair atulyatiSayair\ntam arikam ara4ham apayayat stanam\ntam antari�at patitam silayam\ntam apatantam sa nigrhya tu'J4ayor\n\n10.42\n10.34\n9.5\n7.29\n11.51\n\n216\n207\n148\n70\n257\n\ntam a.Smanam manyamana\ntam atta-y�#m prasami�ya satvaras\ntam dmva parama-prita�\ntam dmva vril;lita devyo\ntam ke5a-bandha-vyat�akta-mallikam\n\n7.27\n68\n9.9\n152\n8.2\n83\n10.6\n177\n6.5\n6\n\ntam matvdtmajam avyaktam\ntamo-madam har�yami\ntam stanya-kama asadya\ntam svastimantam pu�ada-nitam\ntam talu-malam pradahantam agnivad\n\n9.14 157\n10.19 193\n9.4\n147\n7.30\n71\n11.50 256\n\ntam tl�r;ta-cittam ativama-ce�litdm\n6.9\ntam vatsa-rapir;tam vi�ya\n11.42\ntam vi�ya vismita bald�\n11.44\ntd n�phala bhav�yanti\n7.17\ntan-matarau nija-sutau ghrr;taya\n8.23\ntan-niida-h�la-manasdv anusrtya lokam 8.22\ntan vi�ya k�r:ta� sakalabhaya-prada\n12.27\n\n9\n251\n252\n59\n107\n106\n289\n\ntdsam aviratam k�r:ta\ntasmai tubhyam bhagavate\ntasman nandatmajo yam te\n\n339\n33\n6.40\n10.33 206\n8.19 102\n6.10\n\n10\n\ntasya� svanenatigabhira·ramhasd\n\n6.12\n\n12\n\ntatas tu bhagavan k�r:w\ntatha ya.Soda-rohit�yav\ntato bhaktir bhagavati\n\n8.27 111\n11.34 245\n8.51 140\n\ntato 'tih�ta� sva-krto 'krtarhar;tam\ntato 'tikayasya niruddha-margir:w\ntatra cakrur vrajavasam\ntatrajagmu� kuru-sre�lha\ntatra sriya paramaya kakubha�\n\n12.34 295\n12.31 292\n11.35 246\n11.1\n220\n10.28 201\n\ntatrasur vajra-nirbhinnam\ntatratyas ca punar darad\ntatropananda-namaha\ntat tatha sadhay�yami\ntat tatradyaiva yasyama�\n\n11.47\n12.5\n11.22\n10.25\n11.29\n\n254\n272\n237\n158\n242\n\ntau d�lva madira-mattau\ntau vatsa-palakau bhatva\ntavad balan upadaya\ntav anghri-yugmam anukr�ya\ntavan nandadayo gopd\n\n10.7\n11.45\n11.27\n8.22\n6.31\n\n177\n253\n240\n106\n26\n\ntavat prav�lds tv asurodarantaram\ntayor anugraharthaya\ntenaiva sakam prthuka� sahasra.Sa�\ntenaiva saroe�u bahir gate�u\nte tatra dadr§ur bald\nte tatra vaTt�itam gopai�\n\n12.26 288\n10.7\n177\n12.2\n269\n12.32 293\n11.47 254\n6.41\n36\n\ntrayya copan�adbhiS ca\ntf!ldvarta� santa�rayo\ntf!ldvarta-nis�tabhi�\nturiga-srrigalayo 'py etas\nturya-g�er:ta mahata\ntvam ca sniita� krtaharo\n\n8.45 131\n7.26\n66\n7.23\n64\n12.21 284\n11.32 244\n11.19 235\n\ntvam eka� sarva-bhataniim\ntvam eva kalo bhagavan\ntvam eva pu�o 'dhya�a�\ntvam hi brahma-vidam sre�lha�\ntvam mahan prakrti� sa�ma\ntyaktva y�#m sutam bhitam\n\n10.30 203\n10.30 203\n10.31 203\n8.6\n87\n10.31 203\n9.12 156\n\ntasmin stanam durjara-viryam ulbar;tam\n\n", "SB10.2#p0378": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n340\n\nu\n!leur atry-avasita-matin\nudgayati kvacin mugdhas\nudvi�am41,Ulm bhaya-vihvale�a1,10m\nulakhalamvikar�antam\nulakhalamvikar�antam\nulakhalartghrer upari vyavasthitam\nunm4da ye hy apasm4ra\nupagiyam4na-m4hatmyam\nupe�ai� kimdhana-stambhair\nutliirya gopi swrtampaya� puna�\nutthatatry-am ito 'sm4bhir\nutthita� kr�1,10-nirbhukta-\n\n7.9\n\n50\n\n11.7\n\n225\n\n9.11\n\n155\n\n11.3\n\n221\n\n11.6\n\n244\n\n9.8\n\n151\n\n6.28\n\n23\n\n8.45\n\n131\n\n10.18\n\n191\n\n9.7\n\n150\n\n11.23\n\n238\n\n6.34\n\n29\n\nv\nv4ciyitv4 svastyayanam\nvadanti liivaka hy ete\nv4ditra-gita-dvija-mantra-v4cakaiS\nvaikarikar;�indriyar;�i\nva�1,10vim try-atanon m4yam\n\nvatsair itas tata ubhav anukf1yam41,Ulu\nvats4n murican kvacid asamaye\nvayamdhanyatam4 loke\nvayampibamo muhus tvatta�\nvayasyai� kr�1,10-balayor\nvibudhya liimbalaka-m4rika-graham\nvicchayt1bh* pradhavanto\nvidhvasta-n4na-rasa-kapya-bhajanam\nvihasanta� praticch4y4�\nvika�nta� kiSa-b4l4n\n\nvipr4 hutv4rcay4mcakrur\nvipra mantra-vido yukliis\nvivrtya netre cara1,10u bhujau muhu�\nvrajamjag4ma nandasya\nvrajan sv4n sv4n sam4yujyg\nvrajantam atry-4d vaiku(t!ha\nvrajasyov4ha vai har�m\nvrajaukasambahu-titham\nvrddhan balan striyo rajan\nvrndavanamgovardhanam\n\n7.4\n\n44\n\n8.38\n\n122\n\nvrndavanamsampraviSya\nVf14yam41,1QU nardantau\nvrtte svarlokatiimbhayo\ntry-4datliitry-ahataiSvarya�\ntry-akliitry-a�tam idamviSvam\n\n8.43\n\n129\n\ntry-tltliijagara-tur,u;lena\n\n7.15\n\n54\n\n8.34\n\n119\n\nvalgu-smiliiptlrlga-visarga-vi�itair\n6.6\n6\nvanamvrndavanamn4ma\n11.28 241\nv4r;�i gu(ltlnukathane srava1,10u kathay4m 10.38 211\nvara-striyamtat-prabhaya ca dhar�ite\n6.9\n9\nv4rur;�immadirampitv4\n10.3\n173\nv4stlmsi paryadhu� sfghram\nv4sudeva iti srim4n\nv4sudevasya s4nnidhyam\nvasudeva-vaco bhayo\nv4sudev4ya s4nliiya\n\nvika�lii madhya-gena\nvf�y4srd uttam4 prUi\nvikuroantaS ca tai� s4kam\nvilokya nanda� prahasadvilokya patan4-deham\n\n10.6\n\n222\n247\n\n12.9\n\n274\n\n11.6\n\n224\n\n6.31\n\n26\n\n7.12\n\n53\n\n7.17'\n\n59\n\n6.11\n\n11\n\n8.1\n\n82\n\n11.31\n\n243\n\n6.26\n\n22\n\n11.9\n\n226\n\n12.36\n\n298\n\n11.31\n\n243\n\n11.36\n\n247\n\n11.35\n\n246\n\n11.40\n\n249\n\n11.22\n\n195\n\n8.36\n\n121\n\n10.29\n\n202\n\n12.18\n\n282\n\ny\nyacchan priyatamamkimnu\nyac chri-mad4ndhayor oogbhir\nyac-c hrovato 'paity aratir vilf1(111\nyaddsn tad api nyan.am\nyad-4Srayamyena yatha pratiyate\n\n6.36\n\n30\n\n10.40\n\n214\n\n7.2\n\n40\n\n9.16\n\n160\n\n8.41\n\n125\n\n12.6\n\n273\n\n177\n\n8.14\n\n98\n\n10.22\n\n195\n\n7.33\n\n75\n\n10.36\n\n209\n\n8.24\n\n11.4\n11.36\n\nyadi daramgata� k11r;10\nyad imau loka-p4lasya\nyadi satya-giras tarhi\nyadrcchay4 ca devar$ir\nyadanam aham t1carya�\n\n10.20\n\n194-\n\n8.35\n\n119\n\n10.5\n\n175\n\n8.7\n\n89\n\n108\n\n8.29\n\n112\n\n12.43\n\n305\n\n12.43\n\n305\n\n11.41\n\n250\n\n6.8\n\n8\n\n12.8\n\n274\n\n7.7\n\n48\n\n12.10\n\n274\n\n12.9\n\n274\n\nyadanam aprthag-bhav4t\nyady evamtarhi try-adehiya etasmin maha-bhaga�\nya etat patan4-mo�am\ny4ni y4nfha giliini\nyan na mriyeta drumayor\nyarhy arlgan4-darsanfya-kum4ra-lflav\nyaSodd bhaya.sambhrantaya§oda ca maha-bhag4\n\n8.12\n\n94\n\n8.36\n\n121\n\n8.18\n\n102\n\n6.44\n\n38\n\n9.2\n\n144\n\n11.26\n\n240\n\n8.24\n\n1�\n\n8.33\n\n118\n\n8.40\n\n133\n\n", "SB10.2#p0379": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\n\nya&od4johavu k�1.10ril\nya&od4rli pre�yam 4sa\nya&od4-rohi¢bhy4ril 14�\nywy4vat4r4 jil4yante\nJUIM /ra!Jia/ra-viddMrlgo\nyat kaum4re hari-krtarll\nyat-p4da-p4rilsur bahu-janma-krcchrato\n\n11.14\n\n231\n\n11.13\n\n230\n\n6.19\n\n17\n\n10.34\n\n207\n\n10.14\n\n186\n\n12.41\n\n304\n\n12.12\n\n277\n\n',\n\n�\n\nyat sampareta� punar eva b4lalro\nyat tad vigarhitamlrarma\ny4tudh4ny api s4 svargam\nyavod autpa.tiko ·��a\nyena yen4val4re!JAl\nye 'sayanrta-dambhe,-,4y�itva m4yay4tm4naril\n\n341\n\n7.32\n\n74\n\n10.1\n\n172\n\n6.38\n\n32\n\n11.27\n\n240\n\n7.1\n\n40\n\n7.13\n\n54\n\n6.4\n\n5\n\n", "SB10.2#p0380": "General Index\nNumerals in boldface type indicate references to translations of the verses of\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam.\nA\n\nAghasura (python demon)\ncompared to mountain, 281,282,285\n\nAbhidheya defined, 131\nAbhyutthiinam adharmasya\n\ncowherd boys entered mouth of, 286-287,\n288\ncowherd boys quoted on, 283-286\n\nverse quoted, 208\n\ndemigods feared, 278\n\nAborigines selling fruits, ���a's favor to,\n\n���a liberated, 294-295, 299-300,301,\n\n227-229\n\n302-303\n\nAbsolute Truth\n���a as, 117, 205\n\n���a vs., 279-281,286-294\n\nrealization of, 132-133\n\nin python form, 281-286,288,294,295,\n\nSee also: Cause, ultimate; ���a, Lord\nAcamana purification, 19\nAcarya (saintly authority), knowledge via,\n\n298,299\nquoted on killing ���a & His associates,\n279,280\nrelatives of, 279\n\n183\n\nSee also: Spiritual master\nAcaryavan pur�o veda.\n\nAgriculture. See: Cows, protection of; VaiSyas\nAguru scent, 29,30\nAharikara-vimiU;lhiitma\n\nquoted, 182-183\n\nAcintya� khalu ye bhava\n\nquoted, 171\n\nAhiira-nidra-bhaya�maithunaril ca\n\nquoted, 126\nActivities. See: Karma; ���a. pastimes of;\n\nquoted, 73\n\nPhilanthropic activities; Pious ac­\n\nAjamila history, Yamaraja & ���a's devotees\n\ntivities; Sinful activities; Welfare work\n\nAdau sraddha tata� sddhu-\n\nin, 156\n\nAjata-satrava� santa�\n\nquoted, 42\n\nverse quoted, 192\n\nAdi-kavi defined, 165\nAdministrators. See: Kings; K�atriyas\nAdvaitam acyutam anadim ananta-rrlpam\n\nAjiiiina defined, 164\nAjo 'pi sann avyayatma\nverse quoted, 137-138\n\nAm namo 'jas tavarighri avyat\n\nquoted, 99, 303\nverse quoted, 24-25, 159\n\nquoted, 19\n\nAmsa defined, 97\n\nAdvancement, spiritual, fitness for, 189\n\nSee also: Life, goal of; Perfection; Success\nAgamapayino nityas\n\nAnalogies\ndecorating face & serving ���a, 229\n\nverse quoted, 127\n\nfather's cure & Narada's curse, 178\n\nAge of quarrel. See: Kali-yuga\n\nfire & ���a, 7,257,262\n\nAghasura (python demon)\n\nflies & demons, 262\n\nadvent of, arrangement of, 279\n\nsnake & ���a, 8,9\n\ncompared to Jaya & Vijaya, 295\n\nsunshine & kmw-avatara, 97\n\n343\n\n", "SB10.2#p0381": "344\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\nAnanda-cinmaya-rasa defined, 63,164\nAnanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhdvitabh*\nquoted, 166\nverse quoted, 136\nAnanda-cinmaya-sad-ujjvala-vigrahasya\nverse quoted, 51\nAnarthopa§amam sa�iid\nverse quoted, 264\nAIJ4dntara-stha-paramti�u-cayantara-stham\nverse quoted, 164\nAngani yasya sakalendriya-vrttimanti\nverse quoted, 51\nAnga-nyasa purification, 19\n\nArto jijnasur arthdrthi\nquoted, 134\nAsann api klesada lisa de haJJ\nquoted, 42\nAshes as body's fate, 182\nAsraddadhdna� puru�a\nverse quoted, 138\n\nAnimals\n\nAstrology, knowledge by, 86, 87\nAsuram bhiivam asrita/J\nquoted, 196\nAsuras. See: Demons\nAta� sri-kr��-namiidi\nquoted, 270\nverse quoted, 160,205\nAthtito brahma-jijnasa\nquoted, 263,272\n\ncowherd boys imitated, 275\n\ndead body eaten by, 182, 183\nhumans contrasted to, 86\n��!).a & Balarama imitated, 250\n\nmodern men compared to, 45,86\nslaughter of, 180, 182, 184, 187\nin Vrndavana, 250\n\nSee also: Cows; names of other specific\nanimals\nAnityam asukham lokam\nquoted, 3\nAntaryami defined, 287\nAnukalyena kr��nuquoted, 197\nAnxiety. See: Fear; Suffering\nAnyabhi�ita-sanyam\nquoted, 196\nAppearance of ��!).a. See: ��!).a, advent of\nApra�yeva dehasya\nverse quoted, 297\nAprapya mtim nivartante\nverse quoted, 138\nAriidhananam sarve�am\nquoted, 132\nArcanam vandanam dtisyam\nverse quoted, 212\nArjuna, ��!).a drove chariot of, 164\nArjuna trees\n�!).a uprooted, 198-201,208-209\nmedicinal use of, 197\nNalakuvara & Mal).igriva as, 197, 202, 203\n\nAssociation\nwith devotees, 42,193,215\nwith ��!).a, 294,299-300\nwith saintly persons, 186,190-191,\n\n192-193\nSee also: Attachment\n\nAtheists\n\npoverty prescription for, 185\nsoul denied by, 184\n\nSee also: Demons; Karmis; Materialists;\nNondevotees\n\nAtma. See: Soul, all entries\nAto grha-�etra-sutapta-vittair\nquoted, 129\nAttachment\nto devotees, 42\nto Govinda (��!).a), 38\n\nto sense gratification, 85\n\nSee also: Association; Bodily concept;\nDesires, material\n\nA�adhi cintayet v��um\nquoted, 25\nAusterity\n\nfreedom by, 188\n\nby poor man, 188, 189\n\nAuthority. See: Acarya; Spiritual master\n\nAva��vas. See: Nondevotees\nAvatara hy asankhyeya\nverse quoted, 97\n\n", "SB10.2#p0382": "345\n\nGeneral Index\nAvataras (incarnations of Godhead)\nin animal forms, 208\nCaitanya (Gaurasundara), 97-98\nfalse,68,210-211\n\ngu(Ul-, 168\n\nBalasya neha sara�Jam pitarau nrsimha\nquoted,129\nBeautiful woman,10\n\nBeings. See: Living entities\nBhagavad-bhakti-hinasya\nverse quoted,297\n\ninnumerable,97\n���a,42,43,49,96,97-98,302-303\nby time & place,43\n\nSee also: Kn�a,advent of\nAvicintya-prabhdvatvad\nverse quoted, 271\n\nAvicyuto 'rha/;J kavibhir nirupito\nverse quoted, 296-297\n\nAyurveda-siistra, quoted on remembering\n\nBhagavad-gita\nSee also: Bhagavad-gitii, quotations from\ncited on brahma�Ja, 56\ncited on���a as Parabrahman,270\n���a known via, 276\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam supplements,139\nBhagavad-gita, quotations from\non attachment to sense gratification,85\non auspiciousness of devotional path,302\n\nVi��u, 25\n\non Brahman realization, 56\n\nB\nBaby,healthy,26\n\nSee also: Child\n\nBaklisura (duck demon)\n���a vs.,255-258\nrelatives of,279\nBalarlima, Lord\n\non cow protection,18,57\non delusion by external energy,10\non demigod worshipers,174\non devotees as transcendental,194\non devotees glorifying���a,303\non devotional service revealing Kr��a,154,\n205\non embodied soul, 86-87\n\ncalves tended by,248-250, 253, 254\n\non food offered to���a,181, 228\n\ncatching calves' tails,108-109\n\non going back to Godhead, 34\n\nchildhood play of,250, 265\n\non knowing ���a in truth,210\n\ncrawling as child,105, 106, 109\n\non���a as Arjuna's chariot driver,164\n\nduring duck-demon pastime,256, 259\n\non���a as everything,62,206\n\nfamilies of Nanda & Vasudeva united by,\n\non���a as Supreme Brahman, 158\n\n95\n\non��na as Vedas'goal,131,167\n\nimitated animals,250\n\non���a guiding devotee,149\n\n���a accused by, of eating dirt,117, 119\n\non���a reciprocating surrender,\n\n���a alerted,about calf demon,251\nas���a's helper,111\n\n132-133,167, 257\non���a's advent,137-138,208,262,292\n\nmischief done by,liS\n\non �atriya, 306\n\nname-giving ceremony for,94-95\n\non living entities struggling,138\n\nNanda ate with, 233-234\n\non Lord as owner & shelter,128\n\nas plowboy,248\n\non Lord controlling nature,123\n\nRohi�i & Yasoda called,for lunch,\n\non material world, 3\n\n230-233,234,235,236\n\nRohi�i inseparable from, 245-246\n\non miscreants not surrendering to���a,\n174, 193\n\nRohi�i suckled, 107-108\n\non offering���a everything, 229\n\nVrndavana pleased,247\n\non pious people approaching the Lord,134\n\nwalking for first time,ll0-111\n\non sacrifice, charity & austerity,235\n\n", "SB10.2#p0383": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n346\n\nBhagavad-gita, quotations from (continued)\non siidhu, 72;...73\n\nBhoktiiraril yajiia-tapasiiril\nverse quoted,128\n\non sober person,86\n\nBhriimayan sarva-bhatani\n\non supreme controller, 132\n\nBhrtya defined,165\n\non social orders,56,88,92-93\n\nquoted,42,180\n\non surrender to Kr��a,276\n\nBirth as demigod, 197\n\non transcending material existence,51-52\n\nBirthright,education more important than,89\n\non tolerating suffering,126-127\n\nBhagavan.See:Kr��a,Lord\n\nBhagaviin bhakta-hrdi sthitaf:t\nquoted,302\n\nBhagavata-kathii. See: Kr��a,pastimes of;\nKmw-katha\nBhagavatam. See: Srimad-Bhagavatam\nBhagavata Purii7Ja. See: Srimad-Bhagavatam\nBhajate miiril ananya-bhak\nquoted,73\n\nBhaktas. See: Devotees\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, quotations from\non Kr��a as inconceivable to material\nsenses,270\n\non Kr��a as known by devotional service,\n160,205\n\non reviving Kr��a consciousness,42\non thinking about Kr��a, 276\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura, Srila,introduced sacred thread,57\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura,quotations from\n\nSee also: Childbirth\n\nBliss, transcendental\n\ndevotees in, 70,141\n\nKr��a bestows,100,101\n\nKr��a in,51,63,166\n\nSee also: Enjoyment; Happiness\n\nBodily concept of life\n\nBrahma & Siva in,168\n\nKr��a inaccessible by,167\n\nSee also: Attachment; Body,material;\n\nDesires, material; False ego; Illu­\n\nsion; Mahiimiiyii; Sense gratification\n\nBody,material\n\nbefore birth & aft�r death,184-185\n\nevil spirits trouble,24\nfate of,182, 183\n\nghosts haunt,51\nin next life,276\nperishable, 180\n\nprotection for,25\n\non knowing Kr��a by following devotee,\n\nas punishment or reward, 180\n\non renouncing sin & remaining in Kr��a's\n\nsuffering due to,42,87, 127\n\n199\n\nfamily,35\n\non seeking shelter of Hare Kr��a mantra, 4\n\nBhakti-yoga. See: Devotional service; Kr��a\nconsciOusness\n\nBhaktyaham ekaya grahyaf:t\nquoted,212,302\n\nBhaktyii miim abhijanati\nquoted,159,205\n\nverse quoted,154\n\nsoul within, 87,167\n\nSee also: Bodily concept; Senses\n\nBombay,Dipavali Day festival in,145\n\nBondage,material,freedom from,215\n\nSee also: Life,material; Mahiimaya;\nSuffering\n\nBoys,cowherd. See: Cowherd boys\nBrahma,Lord,257\n\nin bodily concept, 168\n\nDro�a,Ohara and,136, 139\n\nBhiirata-bhamite haila man�ya-janma yara\n\nfestival glorifying Kr��a astonished,298\n\nBhava-mahiidavagnidefined,191\n\nYasoda excels, 165-166\n\nverse quoted,85\n\nBhoga�varya-prasaktiiniiril\nquoted,85\n\nworships Kr��a. 156\n\nBrahma-bhataf:t prasanniitmii\nquoted,56\n\n", "SB10.2#p0384": "347\n\nGeneral Index\n\nBrahmiictiri (celibate student), householder\ncontrasted to, 85\n\nSee also: Disciple\nBrahmacari guru-kule\nquoted, 56\n\nBrahma defmed, 158\nBrahma jantititi brtihma\"(la/J,\nquoted, 57\n\nBrahma-jnana defined, 132\nBrahmajyoti. See: Brahman effulgence\n\nBrahmaloka, 298\nBrahman (spirit)\n\nBrahma-samhitti, quotations from\non Kr�I).a & associates, 136\n\non Kr�I).a and gopi-goddesses, 103\n\non Kr�I).a available to devotees, 159\non Kr�I).a's effulgence containing universes, 154\n\non Lord controlling universes, 164\n\non Lord's many forms, 24-25,99\non spiritual world, 110\n\nBrahma-satra. See: Vediinta-satra\nBrahmeti paramtitmeti\nquoted, 132\n\neternal, 272\n\nBrahmins. See: BrahmaJJas\n\nlearning about, 263\n\nBrhad-bhagavatamrta, quoted on Kr�Q.a as\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Brahman,\n\nBurning\n\nlimitless, 270\n\nSupreme; Brahman effulgence;\nSoul; Spiritual world\n\nBrahman, Supreme, Kr�Q.a as, 158\n\nBrtihmar;w.s (priests & teachers)\nbogus vs. bona fide, 56, 57\n\nceremony for Kr�Q.a's safety by, 53-55,\n\n56,57\n\nunlimited, 270-271\n\nof dead body, 182,183\n\nof Piitana's corpse, 28,29,30,36\nof snake's corpse, 28-29\n\nButter\n\nKr�I).a stole, 113,114,115,145,150-152\nYasoda churned, 145-148\n\nin Kali-yuga, 56,88\n\nin Kr�I).a consciousness movement, 57\n\nc\n\nKr�I).a favors, 100\n\nat Kr�I).a's utthtina ceremony, 45,46\n\n�atriya under, 306\n\nas mystic yogis, 59\n\nNanda's charity to, for Kr�Q.a's welfare,\n55,58-59\nnone nowadays, 59-60,88\n\nqualifications of, 55,56,57\ntraining of, 248\n\nVai�I).avas (devotees) excel, 56-57,88,\n\n89\n\nBrahmaTJ4a bhramite kona bhagyavtin jiva\nverse quoted, 176,186\n\nBrahman effulgence\n\nfrom Kr�I).a, 275, 276, 295\nmerging into, 196\n\nSee also: Brahman (spirit); Brahman,\nSupreme\nBrahman platform, Vai�I).avas (devotees) on,\n\n194\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta\n\nfor advanced students, 139\n\n- quoted on association with pure devotees,\n\n176,215\n\nquoted on India's mission, 85\n\nquoted on Kr�I).a as master, 165\nquoted on living entity receiving seed of\ndevotional service, 176,186\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu (Gaurasundara)\ncited on Vedas' purposes, 131\nas Kr�I).a, 97-98,138,303\n\nquoted on association with pure devotees,\n\n215\n\nquoted on chanting Hare Kr�I).a, 25\n\nquoted on gopis' affection for Kr�I).a, 31,\n\n132\n\nquoted on India's mission, 85\nquoted on living entity receiving seed of\ndevotional service, 186\n\n", "SB10.2#p0385": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n348\nCaitanya Mahliprabhu (continued)\n\n. quoted on love of God, 131-132, 166,\n\nChild (Children)\n\nceremonies performed for, 44, 45\n\n168\nquoted on sarikirtana movement, 264\n\nfather giving medicine to, 178\n\ndemon in form of, 250-252\n\nmother with, 46, 60\n\nCalf (Calves)\n\n��!).a and Balarlima caught tails of,\n108-109\n\ncrying with false tears, 150\n��!).a pinched, 113, 114\n\nparent's \"protection\" of, 128-129\npast & present care for, 93\n\n��!).a & Balarlima tended, 248-250, 253,\n\nPiitanli killed, 3, 7, 8, 11, 31\n\n254\n��!).a & cowherd boys tended, 254, 269,\n\nwitches as enemies of, 24\n\n270\n\n��!).a let loose, 113\n��!).a revived, 293\n\nSee also: Cows\n\nCart demon (Sakatlisura), KHI).a kicked down,\n47, 48, 49,50-51\n\n\"Caste system.\" See: Van:uisrama-dhamw.\n\nCatur-varr_r,yam maya smam\nquoted, 56, 88, 92\n\nCatur-vidha bhajante mt'iril\nquoted, 134\n\nspeaks lies, 120\n\nSee also: Baby; Childbirth; Cowherd boys\n\nChildbirth\n\nproverb about, 187\n\nin Vedic & modern societies contrasted, 45\n\nSee also: Baby; Birth; Child\n\nCivilization, modern, Vedic culture vs., 45\n\nSee also: Society, human; Varr_tt'iSramadharma\n\nColors, ��!).a assumes, for incarnations, 96,\n97-98\n\nComparisons. See: Analogies\n\nCatur-vidha-sri-bhagavat-prasiida\n\nConditioned souls. See: Living entities; Soul,\n\nCause, ultimate\n\nConsciousness\n\nquoted, 57\n\nLord (��!).a) as, 125, 126, 158, 159, 204,\n300,301\n\nof suffering, 42\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth\nCelibate. See: Brahmact'iri; Sannyt'isi\nCeremony. See: Ritualistic ceremony\nCeta etair anaviddharil\nverse quoted, 179\n\nchanges bodies\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 175\n\nof tree, 196\n\nSee also: K��l).a consciousness\n\nCosmic manifestation. See: Heavenly planets;\n\nMaterial world; Nature, material; Plan­\n\nets; Universe\n\nCowherd boys\n\nduring duck-demon pastime, 256, 259\n\nCeto-darpar_r,a-marjanaril bhavamahadavagni-nirvt'ipar_r,am\n\nentered Aghasura's mouth, 286-287,\n\nChtu)iyii va4r_r,ava-seva nistara payeche keba\n\nimitated animals, 275\n\nChandogya Upan4ad, quoted on knowledge\nvia iict'irya, 182-183\nChanting. See: Hare K��l).a mantra; Mantras\n\nquoted on Aghlisura (python demon),\nquoted on K��l).a & yamala-arjuna trees,\n\nby Nanda to brahmar_r,as for K��l).a's\n\nquoted on ��!).a killing calf demon, 253\n\nat ritualistic ceremony, 234-235\n\ntending calves, 254, 269, 270\n\nquoted, 191\n\nquoted, 199, 211\n\nCharity\n\n288\ngood fortune of, 276\n\n��!).a revived, 293\n283-286\n222-223\n\nwelfare, 55, 58-59\n\nsporting with ��!).a, 269-273, 275\n\n", "SB10.2#p0386": "General Index\n\n349\n\nDanger\n\nCowherd men (gopas)\nbeyond material distress, 264\ncart collapsing around Kr�11a perplexed,\n\nof beautiful woman, 10\n\nmantras counteract, 21\nin material world, 3,4,25\n\n50, 51,52\ndevotional ecstasy of, 141\nhappy after Kr�11a survived whirlwind\n\nSee also: Disturbances\nDanta/J defined, 56\nDantavakra, 294\n\ndemon, 71\nKr�11a as friend of, 100\nKr�11a chased by, 113-114\nmoved to Vrndavana, 243-246\nPutana's corpse and, 27, 28,29\nquoted on Kr�11a defying death, 261,\n\nD6.ridrya-do�o gur,ta-r6.Si-n6.Si\nquoted, 188\n\nDarsayarils tad-vidaril loka\nquoted, 163..,164\nDeath\nKr�11a defied, 261, 262\n\n262\nreceived Kr�11a silently after Bakasura\npastime, 260-261\n\nyamala-arjuna trees' fall bewildered,\n220-223,224\nCowherd women. See: Gop is\n\nremembering Kr�11a at, 276\nDecorating face & serving Kr�l}a, analogy of,\n229\n\nDehino 'smin yath6. dehe\nverse quoted, 86-87\nDeity of the Supreme Lord, prasada offered to,\n\nCows\nas ceremonial charity, 234\nKr�11a as protected via, 17, 18\nKr�11a favors, 100-101\nNanda gave, to brahmar,tas for Kr�11a's\nwelfare, 58-59\n\n58\n\nSee also: Worship\nDemigods (devas)\nAghasura feared by, 278\nbirth among, 197\n\nprotection of, 18,57,58\n\ndemons (asuras) contrasted to, 196\n\nsuckled Kr�l}a, 32\n\ndevotees of, 174\n\nvalue of, 18\n\nhumans luckier than, 43\n\nof yasoda, 145\n\nKr�11a entering Aghasura dismayed, 291\n\nSee also: Calves\nCreation, the. See: Heavenly planets; Material\n\nLord above, 97,156,163\nas materialistic devotees, 196\n\nworld; Nature, material; Planets; Spiri­\n\nplanets of. See: Heavenly planets\n\ntual world; Universe\n\nshowered flowers on Kr�l}a, 253, 259, 296\n\nCulture. See: Civilization; Society, human;\n\nVarr,t6.Srama-dharma; Vedic culture\n\nSee also: names of specific demigods\nDemon (s) (asuras)\n\nCurse of Narada on Kuvera's sons (Nalakiivara\n\nin calf form, 250-252\n\n& Mal}igriva), 169,177-178,\n\ncompared to flies, 262\n\n193-195,197,214\n\ndemigods (devas) contrasted to, 196\ndevotees contrasted to, 67-68\n\nD\n\nin duck form, 255-258\ninterrupted Kr�11a & cowherd boys,\n278-279\n\nDcu:lami buddhi-yogam tam\nverse quoted, 149\n\nDanam i.Svara-bhava§ ca\nquoted, 306\n\nKr�l}a killing, 7-8,78,101,210,\n253-254,262\nUpananda suspected, in attacks on Kr�l}a,\n241\n\n", "SB10.2#p0387": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n350\nDemons (continued)\n\nSee also: Atheists; Karmis; Materialists;\nNondevotees; names of specific\ndemons\nDesires, material\npurification of, 190, 191\nresult of, 73\n\nSee also: Bodily concept; Sense gratification\n\nDevotees\nLord understood by, 163,164\nmaterialists contrasted to, 130\nmission of, 84-85\nmixed & pure, 196\nmystic power of, 67\n\nnitya-siddha, 136,168\n\nnondevotees contrasted to, 193, 209\noffense to, 215\n\nDestiny defined, 86-87\n\npaltry pleasures disinterest, 174\nin parental love, 31,34\n\nDevaki\nas Balariima's mother, 95\nas Kr�Qa's mother, 90,91, 135\nYasodii excels, 132,135\n\nas physicians, 194\n\npure. See: Pure devotees\nquoted on worshiping Nanda Maharaja,\n\nDevas. See: Demigods\n\nrespect to, 215\n\nSee also: Future; Karma\n\nDevar�i Niirada. See: Niirada Muni\nDevotees of Lord Kr�Qa (bhaktas, Vai�Qavas)\nall-good, 214\n\nprasdda taken by, 181\n\nfather of Supreme Brahman, 105\n\nsddhana-siddha, 136,168\nin santa stage, 167\n\nin bliss, 70\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam dear to, 276\nsuffer in ecstasy, 70,141\nsurrender to Lord Kr�Qa, 67-68,126\n\ndear to l(r�Qa, 84-85\n\ntranscendental, 194\n\ndemigods as, 196\ndemons constrasted to, 67-68\nduty of, 149\n\nundisturbed, 241\nin yogamdyd, 130\nyogis contrasted to, 153-156\nSee also: Saintly persons; Vrndiivana, in­\n\nassociating with, 42,193,215\naustere, achieve Kr�Qa's association, 120\n\nbrahma�as excelled by, 56-57,88,89\n\nequally disposed to all, 215\nexternal & internal, 227\nfollowing in footsteps of, 199\nGauQiya, 98,199\n\ntolerates suffering, 126\n\nhabitants of\n\nDevotional service to Lord Kr�Qa (bhakti-\n\nyoga)\n\nglorify l(r�Qa, 303\ngo back to Godhead, 34-35\n\nbeginning of, 160,167\n\nhearing about l(r�Qa from, 42\n\ndanger dispelled by, 4\n\nhouseholders instructed by, 84, 85\nkarmis contrasted to, 155-156,167\n\neverything to be used for, 212\nvia l(r�Qa & spiritual master, 176\nl(r�Qa known by, 154,159,160,164,205,\n\n�Qa accessible to, 159,167-168\nKr�n11- dear to, 302\n�Qa guides, 149,160\nl(r�Qa known via, 199,210-2lf\n\nchanting & hearing in, 4, 29-30\n\n212\nas life's perfection, 216\n\nmisery relieved by, 137, 138\n\nl(r�Qa submissive to, 226-227\n\nmixed vs. pure, 196\n\nliberation of, 126,196\nLord (l(r�Qa) protects, 3, 72, 73,84,138,\n\nperfection of, 141\n\n209-210\n\nLord controlled by, 163-164\n\nvia Niirada, 212\npurification by, 73\n\"seed\" of, 176,186\n\n", "SB10.2#p0388": "351\n\nGeneral Index\nDevotional service\n\nDuty\n\nsenses in, 29, 30\n\nof guru to disciple, 306\n\nsuccess by, 33\n\nat ritualistic ceremony, 234-235\n\nsurrender in, 73\n\nof society, 93\n\nby V�;ndavana's residents, 140-141\n\nSee also: K�;�I).a, love for; K�;�I).a consciousness; Offerings for K!;\"�I).a\nDhara, 137, 138, 140\n\nDharma-sarilsthapanarthaya\nverse quoted, 208\n\nDhira defined, 87\nDhiras tatra na muhyati\n\nSee also: Society, human, social orders in\nDvapara-yuga, K!;\"�I).a's incarnation in, 96\n\nDvapare bhagavan syama/:1\nquoted, 97\n\nDvau bhata-sargau lake 'smin\nverse quoted, 196\n\nDvija defined, 89\n\nquoted, 86\n\nE\n\nDhruva Maharaja, 73\n\nDhyanavasthita-tad-gatena manasa pa.Syanti\nyamyogina/:1\nquoted, 132\nDiabetes, case of, 189\nDipavali Day festival, 145\n\nEarth (element), K!;\"�I).a accused of eating,\n117-121\n\nEarth planet, planetary systems below, 13\n\nSee also: Material world\n\nDirt-eating, K�;�I).a accused of, 117-121\n\nEating. See: Food\n\nDisciple, guru's duty to, 306\n\nEconomic development\n\nSee also: Brahmacari; Devotees\nDisease(s)\nfrom eating wrong, 189\nmaterial, Vai�I).avas cure, 194\n\nSee also: Health; Medicine\nDisturbances\n\nby cow protection, 18\nunnecessary, 180, 189\n\nSee also: VaiSya(s)\nEcstasy. See: Bliss, transcendental; Enjoyment; Happiness; K!;\"�I).a, love for\nEducation\n\ndevotee undisturbed by, 241\n\nbirthright less important than, 89\n\nin Gokula, 237-241\n\nof brahmaJ;UlS, �atriyas & vaiSyas,\n\nSee also: Danger; Suffering\nDog, rich man keeps, 190\n\n248\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Knowledge\n\nDrinking. See: Intoxication; Wine\n\nEgo, false, poor man freed of, 188\n\nDrol).a, 137, 138, 140\n\nSee also: Bodily concept; Illusion; Pride\nEkale iSvara kr�\"(la, ara saba bhrtya\n\nDuck demon (Bakasura)\nK!;\"�I).a vs., 255-258\nrelatives of, 279\n\nDul;lkhalayam a.Sasvatam\nquoted, 138\n\n�krti defined, 174\nDust storm from whirlwind demon, 63-65\nDuty\nof devotee, 4, 85, 149\nof everyone, 85, 88n\nof father, 87\nglorifying the Lord as, 296-297\n\nquoted, 165\n\nEko 'py asau racayitumjagad-a1J4a-ko#m\nverse quoted, 164\nElements, material. See: Earth (element); Energy, external; Fire; Nature, material\nElevation. See: Advancement, spiritual;\nLiberation; Perfection; Purification;\nSuccess\nEmotions in spiritual world, 110\n\nSee also: K!;\"�I).a, love for; K�;�I).a, relationships with\n\n", "SB10.2#p0389": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n352\nEnergy,external,delusion by,10\n\nFlower shower by demigods for Kr�l).a,253,\n259,296\n\nSee also: Kr�Q.a,energy of; Material world;\nMaya; Nature, material\n\nFood\nby agriculture & cow protection, 57,58\n\nEnjoyment\nmaterial,73,179\n\nfor fitness in spiritual advancement,189\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual,272\n\nfor humans, 181\noffered to Kr�Q.a. See: Prasada\n\nvariety for, 279\n\nSee also: Bliss,transcendental; Happiness;\n\nForest,Kr�l).a & cowherd boys in,269-273,\n275\n\nSense gratification\nEnlightenment. See: Absolute Truth; Education; Knowledge; Kr�l).a consciousness\nEntities,living. See: Living entities\n\nForms of the Lord. See: Deity; Kr�l).a,forms of\nFortune, goddess of. See: Goddess of fortune\nFreedom\nby austerity,188\n\nEvam bahuni karmaTJi\n\nby devotee's association, 215\n\nverse quoted,78\n\nEvam prabho� priyanam ca\n\nfrom suffering, 264\n\nSee also: Liberation; Purification\n\nverse quoted,271\n\nEvam sa vavrdhe V�TJ-ur\n\nFruitive activities. See: Karma; Philanthropic\nactivities; Pious activities,Vedic in­\n\nverse quoted,78\n\njunctions on; Sense gratification; Sinful\n\nEvil spirits,trouble from,24\n\nactivities\n\nSee also: Ghosts; Witches, mystical\n\nFruitive workers. See: Karmis; Materialists\n\nExistence. See: Life\n\nFruits\n\nF\n\nkapittha, Kr�Q.a obtained,252\nKr�l).a & Balarama sported with,250\nFruit vendor, Kr�Q.a blessed,227,228,229\n\nFaith in Kr�l).a,73\n\nSee also: Kr�Q.a,love for; Worship\n\nFuture,study of,28\n\nSee also: Past,present and future; Time\n\nFalse ego,poor man freed of,188\n\nSee also: Bodily concept; Illusion; Pride\n\nG\n\nFamilies of Nanda & Vasudeva united,95\n\nSee also: Children; Father; Grhasthas;\nMother; Parents\n\nGambling,wealth wasted on,179,180\n\nFarmers. See: Vai.Syas\n\nGandharvas,296\n\nFather\n\nGanges River,use & misuse of,175\n\nchild receiving medicine from,178\n\nGarbhiidhiina ceremony,45\n\nduty of,87\n\nGargamuni\n\nof Kr�l).a,136-138, 140\n\nSee also: Grhasthas; Mother; Parents\nFather's cure & Narada's curse, analogy of,\n178\nFear in material life, 73\nFestival,Dipavali Day, 145\n\nSee also: Ritualistic ceremony\nFire, Kr�l).a compared to, 7,257,262\nFlies & demons, analogy of, 262\n\nas astrologer,87\nNanda and,83,84,86,88,89,90-92,93\npredicted Kr�Q.a's greatness,263\nquoted on Balarama,94-95\nquoted on Kr�l).a,96,98-103\nas Yadu priest,82,90\nGauQiya Vai�l).avas, 98,199\nGhosts haunt bodies, 51\n\nSee also: Evil spirits; Witches,mystical\n\n", "SB10.2#p0390": "General Index\nGod. See: .l(r�Q.a, Lord; NArayaQ.a, Lord;\nSupersoul; Vi�Q.U, Lord\nGod consciousness. See: .l(r�Q.a consciousness\nGoddess of fortune (Lak�mi)\n\n353\n\nGop is\nmissed .l(r�Q.a after dust storm, 66\nmoved to Vfndiivana, 244-246\n\nperfection achieved by, 31, 35\n\ngopis compared to, l 03\n\nprotected �!).a, 17-19, 21-23, 26\n\nPiitana compared to, 7\n\nreceived .l(r�Q.a silently after Bakasura\n\nYasoda excels, 165-166\nGodhead, returning to\n\nvia demigod birth, 197\n\npastime, 260-261\nYa8oda informed by, of .l(r�Q.a's mischief,\n112, 113, 115, 116\n\ndevotees assured of, 34-35\n\nGo�1he damodara iti\n\nSee also: .l(r�Q.a, Lord; Spiritual world;\n\nGosvamis, the. See: ]iva Gosvami; Riipa\n\nvia Vai�Q.avas (devotees), 194\nVfndavana\n\n\"Gods.\" See: Demigods\nGokula (Vraja)\ndanger in, dispelled by Lord's presence, 4\n.l(r�Q.a & Balarama crawling in, 105, 106,\n\n109\n\nUpananda suggested leaving, 238, 241\nwhirlwind demon disturbed, 63, 64\n\nSee also: Spiritual world; Vfndiivana\nGoloka eva nivasaty akhilatma-bhato\nverse quoted, 136\n\nGoloka Vfndiivana, Piitana promoted to, 33\n\nSee also: Gokula; Spiritual world;\nVrndavana\n\nGoodness, �ode of (sattva-gu(Ul)\n\nabsent in ava4(Ulva (nondevotee), 186\nhuman life for, 179\n\nCopas. See: Cowherd men\nGopis (cowherd women)\n\nverse quoted, 201\nGosviimi; Sanatana Gosvami\n\nGovardhana Hill, 247\nGovernment. See: Civilization; Kings;\n\nK�atriyas; Society, human;\nVal\\f.llSrama-dharma; Vedic culture\n\nGrains, �!).a traded, for fruit, 227, 228, 229\n\nSee also: Food\n\nGrasses, flavorful, Ya8oda's cows ate, 145\n\nGrhasthas (householders)\n\ndevotees instruct, 84, 85\n\ntraining vital for, 85\n\nSee also: Father; Mother; Parents\nGu(Ul-avatdras, 168\nGu(UIS. See: Goodness; Ignorance; Modes of\nmaterial nature; Passion\n\nGuru. See: Acarya; Spiritual master\n\nGuru-kr�(Ul-prasade paya bhakti-lata-bija\nverse quoted, 176, 186\n\ncart collapsing around .l(r�Q.a perplexed,\n50, 51, 52\n\nH\n\ndevotional ecstasy of, 141\nenjoyed .l(r�Q.a defying Yasoda's ropes,\n161, 162\n\nhappy after �!).a survived whirlwind\ndemon, 71\n�!).a bound by, 213\n\n.l(r�Q.a charmed, 116, 117\n�!).a did bidding of, 225, 226\n.l(r�Q.a's childhood pastimes enjoyed by,\n108-109\n\n.l(r�I).a served by, 103\n\nloved �!).a, 31, 34, 35\n\nHappiness\n\nby glorifying the Lord, 297\n\nby hearing .l(r�Q.a's pastimes, 264\nmaterial, 187\n\nby pious activities, 74\n\nby serving �!).a, 229\n\nSee also: Bliss, transcendental; Enjoyment\nHarav abhaktasya kuto mahad-guiJ.d�\nquoted, 186\n\nHare �!).a mantra\n\ndanger dispelled by, 4-5\n\n", "SB10.2#p0391": "Srimad-Bbigavatam\n\n354\nHare l<{�I).a mantra (continued)\n\nHuman being(s)\n\nfor present age,60\n\ndemigods less fortunate than,43\n\nquoted,60\n\nfood for,181\n\nrecommended,25\nHare l<{�I).a movement. See: l<{�I).a consciousness movement\n\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya, quoted on working\n\nl<{�I).a in role of,43\nlove of God for,131-132\npart of the Supreme,97\n\nSee also: Life; Living entities; Society,\n\nwithout glorifying God,297\n\nhuman; Soul,changes bodies\n\nHari-bhakti-vil4sa, quoted on faith in l<{�I).a,\n73\n\nI\n\nHari-vart&Sa, quotations from\non Balarilma & Yadus,95\non cowherd men & women arriving in\nVrodilvana,246-247\non l<{�I).a as Diimodara,201\n\n\"l-and-mine\" misconception,128-129\n\n!dam hi purhsas tapasa/:1 srutasya oo\nverse quoted,296-297\n\nHa,ha-yoga, mystic power by,28\nSee also: Yoga\n\nIdentity. See: Brahman (spirit),learning\n\nHealth of baby,26\n\nIgnorance,mode of (tamo-gur;w)\n\nSee also: Diseases; Medicine\nHearing about �I).a. See: l<{�I).a,hearing\nabout\nHeart disease,medicine for,197\nHeavenly planets.\nnear Brahmaloka,298\nresidents of. See: Demigods\ntime in,196\n\nSee also: Planets; Spiritual world; Universe(s); Vrndilvana\nHell via sinful activities,182, 183\n\nSee also: Suffering\nHiral).yakasipu,49\n\nHladini potency,166\nHoly men. See: Acarya; Devotees; Pure devotees; Saintly persons; Spiritual master\nHoly names of the Lord. See: Hare l<{�I).a\n\nmantra; �I).a,name of; l<{�I).a,specific\nnames of\nHouseholders. See: Grhasthas\nHrd-vag-vapurbhir vidadhan namas te\nverse quoted,126\n\nHr�iker;w hr�ikesaquoted,30,212\n\nHrta-jnana defined,174\nHuman being(s)\nanimals contrasted to,86\n\nabout; l<{�I).a consciousness; Soul\ncondemned,179,180,183\nVai�I).avas (devotees) free of,194\n\nSee also: Bodily concept; Illusion;\nMahamdya\nIllusion,material life as,35,42\n\nSee also: Bodily concept; Ignorance;\nMahamdya; Yogamdya potency\nlmpersonalists. See: ]iidnis\nIncarnations of Godhead (avataras)\nin animal forms,208\nCaitanya (Gaurasundara),97-98\nfalse,68,210-211\n\ngur;w-, 168\ninnumerable,97\n�I).a,42,43,49,96,97-98,302-303\nfor time & place,43\n\nSee also: l<{�I).a,advent of\nIndependence. See: Freedom; Liberation\nIndia\nCaitanya's mission for,85\ncow protection in, 18\nDipavali Day festival in, 145\nfood offered to God in,57-58\nhouseholders of,losing their culture,19\nlndra,King,demons disturbing,101\n\nIndrari-vyakularh lokam\nquoted,101\n\n", "SB10.2#p0392": "355\n\nGeneral Index\nIntellectuals. See: Bri1hma�; ]nanfs\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness (ISKCON). See: l(r�I).a consciousness movement\nIntoxication of Kuvera's sons, 173, 176, 177,\n\n193-195\n\nSee also: Wine\nIsopan�ad. quoted on human food-quota, 181\nIwara-bhdva defined, 306\nIsvara� sarva-bhatilndm\n\nquoted, 180\n\nK\nKailAsa Hill, 173\nKaivalya defined, 105\nKali-yuga (Age of quarrel)\nbrdhma� in, 56, 88\nhuman society in, 45, 189\nLord's incarnation for, 97\npeople in, 93\nKalpand defined, 208\nKi1ma e� krodha e$a\n\nquoted, 73\n\nKdmais tais tair hrta-jnand�\n\nJ\nJagannAtha-k�etra, prasada distribution at,\n\n58\n\nJanaloka, 298\n]anasya moho 'yam aham mameti\nquoted, 128\n]anmady asya yata�\nquoted, 61, 272\n]anma karma ca me divyam\nquoted, 137\n]anma-labha� para� pumsdm\nquoted, 276\n]anma sdrthaka kari' kara para-upaktira\nverse quoted, 85\nJaya and Vijaya, 295\n]iva. See: Soul\n]iva Gosvami, cited\non AghAsura attaining sdri.ipya-mukti, 294\non l(r�;�I).a incarnation, 96\n]ivasya tattva-jijnasa\n\nquoted, 182\nverse quoted, 189\n]ivo jivasya jivanam\nquoted, 181\n]nana. See: Knowledge\n]nana-miSra-bhakti, 196\n]nanfs (speculative philosophers)\nBrahman effulgence attracts, 275\ndevotees contrasted to, 153-156, 167\n]yot� defined, 87\n\nquoted, 174\n\nKi1masya nendriya-prftir\n\nverse quoted, 189\nKamsa, 90, 91, 279, 291\nKar;r,�akibhi� pravrddhdbhis\nverse quoted, 246-247\nKapittha fruits, l(r�I).a obtained, 252\nKarma (fruitive action), living entities subject\nto, 176\nSee also: Destiny; Pious activities; Sinful\nactivities\nKarma-miSra-bhakti, 196\nKarmfs (fruitive workers)\ndevotees contrasted to, 155-156, 167\nVedic injunctions for, 74\nSee also: Demons; Materialists; Nondevotees\nKArtika month, festival in, 145\nKilling. See: Animals, slaughter of; Murder\nKingdom of God. See: Spiritual world\nKings retired for purification, 188\nSee also: K$atriyas; names of specific kings\nKirtana. See: Hare l(r�I).a mantra;\nSankirtana-yajna\n\nKirtanad eva kr$�ya\n\nquoted, 25\n\nKirtaniya� sadd hari�\nquoted, 25\n\nKnowledge\nvia dctirya, 183\n\nby astrology, 86, 87\nof Brahman, 263\n\n", "SB10.2#p0393": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n356\nKnowledge (continued)\nhuman life for,182\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Education\nKrama-sandarbha, cited on Kr�Qa incarnation,96\n\nKrishna. See: Kr�Qa,Lord\n\nKrmi defined,182\nKr�i-go-ra�ya-vdrJ.ijyam\nquoted,18,57\n\nKr�Qa,Lord (Supreme Personality of Godhead)\nas Absolute Truth,117,205\n\nactivities of. See: �Qa,pastimes of\nadvent of\n\nKr�Qa,Lord\n.\n\nbliss bestowed by,100,101\nbody of,51,257\n\nbrahmarJ.as' ceremony for safety of,5355\n\nBrahman effulgence from,154-156,275,\n276,295\n\nas butter thief,113,114,115,145,\n\n150-152\n\nCaitanya (Gaurasundara) as,97-98,138\ncalf demon killed by,251,252\ncalves & cowherd boys revived by,293\ncalves tended by, 248-250, 253,254,\n\n269,270\n\ncart demon (Saka�sura) kicked by,47,48,\n\nfor devotee's deliverance & demon's\ndemise,84,138,209-210\nglorifies God,297\n\ncatching calves' tails,108-109\n\nfor religion's revival & irreligion's\n\nchanting about,29-30\n\nHis associates accompany,136\nHis parents precede,137,138\n\nremoval,208\nteaches spiritual enjoyment,272\n\ntranscendental,137-138\n\nSee also: Incarnations\naffection for. See: Kr�Qa,love for\n\nAghasura liberated by,294-295,\n\n299-300,301,302-303\nAghasura vs.,279-281,286-294\n\n49,50-51\n\nas cause of all causes,125,126,158,159,\n\n300,301\n\ncolors of,for incarnations,96,97-98\ncompared to fire,7,257,262\ncompared to Nariiyal}a,102-103,\n223-224,263\n\ncompared to snake,8,9\ncompetitors of,67,68\n\ncowherd men & women loved,260-261\n\nall-attractive,117\n\ncowherd men bewildered about, after\nyamala-arjuna trees' fall, 221-\n\nall-pervading,158\n\ncows & brahmarJ.as favored by,100-101\n\nall-good,214,300\n\n223,224\n\nas Arjuna's chariot driver,164\n\ncows suckled,32\n\n208-209\nassociates of,136,299-300,303\n\nas creator & controller,180,300,301\n\nBakasura vs.,255-258\n\ndemigods dismayed by,in Aghasura\npastime,291\n\narjuna trees uprooted by,198-201,\navatdras of. See: Incarnations\n\nBalarama alerted by, about calf demon,\n\n251\nBalarama as helper of,111\nbeyond liberation,299\n\ncrawling as child, 105,106,109\n\nas Diimodara, 201\n\ndefied death,261,262\n\ndemigods showered flowers on,253,259,\n\n296\n\ndemigods under,97,156,163\n\nbeyond time & space,158\n\ndenied eating dirt,119,120\n\nbirth of. See: Kr�Qa, advent of\nin bliss,51,63,166\n\ndevotees of. See: Devotee�>\n\nvia Bhagavad-gitd, 276\n\ndependence on,73\nas Devaki's son,90,91,135\n\n", "SB10.2#p0394": "357\n\nGeneral Index\n\ni(r�I).a, Lord\ndevotional service to. See: Devotional ser­\n\ni(r�I).a, Lord\nkilling demons, 7-8, 78, 101,210,\n253-254, 262\n\nvice\nDhara & Drol).a as parents of, 137, 138,\n\nknows everything, 290\n\n140\nduck demon vs., 255-258\n\nliberation given by, 34, 35, 295, 300, 303\nlimitless, 270, 271\n\neating-dirt accusations against, 117-121\n\nliving entity vs., 100\n\nenemies of. See: Atheists; Demons\n\nLord's mercy \"saved, \" 239,240, 241,\n261\n\nenergy of, 62-63\nas everything, 205, 206-207\n\nlove for\n\nexpansions of, 136, 166\n\ncontrols i(r�I).a, 164\n\nfather of. See: Nanda Maharaja; Vasudeva\n\nin cowherd men & women, 260-261\n\nas flute player, 248, 250\n\nin devotee's duty, 149\n\nfood offered to. See: Prasada\n\nin gopis, 31, 34,35\n\nin forest with cowherd boys, 269-273,\n275\nforms of, 25, 99\n\nas life's perfection, 168\nin Nanda, 263\nas necessity, 131-132\n\nfruit vendor blessed by, 227,228,229\n\nin offerings for i(r�I).a, 228, 229\n\nGargamuni predicted greatness of, 263\n\nparental, 73\n\nglorification of, 296-297, 298\n\nin Rohil).i & Yasoda compared, 230,\n231-232\n\nas Gopi-jana-vallabha, 117\ngopis' bidding done by, 225,226\n\nin Yasoda, 78, 132, 156-157,158\n\ngopisbound, 213\n\nSee also: Devotional service; �I).a,\n\ngopischarmed by, 116,117\n\nrelationships with; i(r�I).a con­\n\ngopisloved, 31, 34,35\n\nsciOusness\n\ngopismissed, after dust storm, 66\n\nas master, 165\n\ngopisprotected, 17-19,21-23,26\n\nmaterialists can't know, 205-206\n\ngopisserve, 103\n\nmischief done by, 113,114, 115,116,\n\nas Govinda, 25, 38,123\n\n117\n\ngreater than all, 158\n\nmission of, 84-85\n\nhappy, 71\n\nmother of. See: Devaki; Yasoda\n\nhearing about\nbenefit of, 38,41,42\n\nas Mukunda, 99\nmystic power of, 67\n\nfrom devotees, 42\n\nNalakiivara & Mal).igriva delivered by, 203,\n\npurification by, 29-30\ntranscendence by, 51-52\n\n213, 216\nNalakiivara & Mal).igriva prayed to, 202,\n\nwonderful, 47, 48\n\n204-206,208-212\n\nin heart of all, 180\n\nname-giving ceremony for, 96,98-103\n\nin human role, 43\n\nname of, meaning of, 96, 99, 100, 117\n\nimitated animals, 250\n\nNanda afraid for safety of, 3\n\nimmeasurable, 158, 159\n\nNanda ate with, 233-234\n\nincarnations of. See: Incarnations\n\nNanda loved, 263\n\nindependent, 164\n\nNanda's ceremony for welfare of, 55,\n\nkapittha fruits obtained by, 252\nkidnapped Rukmil).i, 256\n\n'\n\n58-59\n\nas Nanda's son, 300,301\n\n", "SB10.2#p0395": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n358\n�l).a, Lord (continued)\nNanda unbound, 224\n\nNArada's words fulfilled by, 198,199\nvia NArada we can know, 210-211\nnature controlled by, 123\n\nnondevotee vs., 257\n\nofferings for, 228-229\n\nopened mouth wide, 121,123\n\nopulence of, 121,229,236\nas origin of all, 61,123,204,206\nother names of, 98,99,103\n\nowns everything, 128,129\nas Parabrahman, 270\nparents of, 136-138,140\npastimes of\n\nas absolute, 117\n\nchildhood, 41,42,43,105,135,\n141-142,145,226-227,265,\n304\n\nas contradictory, 164\ncowherd ladies enjoyed, 108-109\n\ndamodara-lila, 201\n\ndemons interrupted, 278-279\n\nas eternal, 136\n\nhearing about, 29,38,41, 42-43,47,\n\n48,51-52,264\nmischievous, 113,114,115,116,117\nmisunderstood as mythology, 208\nnames of l(r�l).a according to, 99,100\nParik�it attracted to, 41,42,43\nremembrance of, 145-146\nas transcendental, 110\nVrajabhiimi's inhabitants sang, 260\nwonderful, 38,47,48\nYasodA & Rohil).i heard & chanted,\n\n245-246\n\nyasodA sang, 145\nvia yogamaya, 37\n\npious activities of, 306\n\nplayed on PiitanA's breast, 16,17\npotency of\nfull in any form, 16-17\n\nhladini, 166\n\nincarnations according to, 43,49\ninconceivable, 51,162\nlimitless, 159-160,270,271,305\n\nl(r�l).a, Lord\npromoted PiitanA to spiritual world, 32,33\nas protected via cow, 17,18\nprotection by\n\nfor devotee, 3,72,73,84,138,\n\n209-210\n\nfor pious people, 101,102\nas sole shelter, 25\npure devotees of. See: Pure devotees\npurified PiitanA, 29,30\nPiitanA angered, 11\n\nPiitanA as \"mother\" to, 8,9,10,31,32,\n\n33,302\n\nPiitanA killed by, 11-14,29,36-38\nquoted\n\non demigod worshipers, 174\non faithless fool returning to birth &\ndeath, 138\n\non food offered to l(r�l).a, 181,228\non l(r�l).a as known by devotional ser-\n\nvice, 205,212\non}(r�l).a as Vedas'goal, 131,167\n\non living entities struggling, 138\non Lord reciprocating surrender,\n\n132-133,167\n\non miscreants not surrendering to\n\nl(r�l).a, 174\non Narada and Kuvera's sons, 214\n\non offering l(r�l).a everything, 229\non sadhu, 72-73\n\non social orders, 88\nrasa dance enjoyed by, 103,116\n\nreciprocates one's surrender, 132-133,167\nrelationship(s) with\n\ndasya-rasa, 167\n\nlisted, 34\nmaternal, 78,120,121,123,147\n\nparental, 31,34,73,147\nin pure love, 168\nvia Vedas, 131\n\nvia VrndAvana's residents, 138,141,\n\n147,168\n\nSee also: Devotional service; l(r�l).a,\nlove for; �l).a consciousness\nremembrance of, at death, 276\nRohil).i called, for lunch, 230,231\n\n", "SB10.2#p0396": "General Index\n��!).a, Lord\nas sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, 71\n\nSaka!iisura (cart demon) kicked by, 47,48,\n\n49,50-51\nas Sailkar�al).a, 206\n\n359\n\n��!).a, Lord\nYasoda saw universe in mouth of, 77,78,\n\n123\n\nas Yasoda's son, 62,77,78,121,123,\n\n129-130,131,132,134,236\n\nas satisfied by glorification, 296,297\n\nYasoda's stick frightened, 153,155,156,\n\nservants of. See: Devotees\n\nYasoda suckled, 26,53,76,107-108,\n\nsporting with BalarAma, 250\n\nYa8oda's utthana celebration for, 44-47\n\nself-satisfied, 229\n\nservice to. See: Devotional service\nsporting with cowherd boys, 270,272,\n\n157\n\n148-149\n\nas Yogesvara, 67\n\nas Supersoul, 287\n\nyogis can't reach, 153,154-156, 210,277\nSee also: Narayal).a, Lord; Vi�I).u, Lord\nKmza, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nas Supreme Lord, 16-17,49,51,73,\n\nKm.za-bahirmukha haiya bhoga-vancha kare\n\n273,275\n\nvia Srimad-Bhagavatam, 276\n\nas Supreme Brahman, 158\n\n96-97,202,203,204-206,207,\n208-212\nas supreme shelter, 128\n\nsurrender to\n\nbenefit of reading, 38\n\nverse quoted, 42,191\n\n��!).a consciousness\ncompulsory, 139\n\npersons in. See: Devotees\n\nby devotees, 67-68,73,126\n\npreachers of, 190\n\nmiscreants who don't, 174,193\n\nrelationships in, 34,35\n\nLord reciprocates, 132-133,167\nby \\'asoda, 125-126,128\n\npurifying power of, 29-30\n\nrevival of, 42\n\nthinking about, 276,302-303\n\nsinging ��!).a's activities sustains,\n\nuniversal form revealed by, 77, 78\n\nsuffering dispelled by, 42\n\nT:roavarta vs., 62,63,67-71\n\nuniverses controlled by, 164\nas Vasudeva, 206\n\nas Vasudeva's son, 98-99\n\nin Vrndavana. See: Vrndavana\n\nwalking for first time, ll 0-111\n\n145-146\n\nSee also: Devotional service; Kmza-katha\n\n��!).a consciousness movement\n\nfor associating with saintly persons,\n\n192-193\n\nbrahmar:zas in, 57\n\nweighed Yasoda down, 60,61,62,67\n\ndisturbances & encouragements for, 241\n\nwitnesses everything, 180\n\npurpose of, 139,272,276\n\nas within & without, 62\n\nworship of. See: Worship\n\nYamaraja fears, 156\n\nYasoda angered, 149,150\n\nYasoda binding with rope, 158,159,160,\n\n161,162,163\n\nYasoda called, for lunch, 231-236\n\nYa8oda caught, stealing butter, 152-\n\n155\n\nYasoda inseparable from, 245-246\n\nYasoda loved, 78,132, 156-157,158\n\nYasoda missed, during dust storm, 64-66\n\nfoolish miscreants detected by, 174\n\nsociety guided by, 88,89\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam distributed by, 264\n\n�fll).a-dvaipayana Vyasa. See: Vyasadeva\n\nKr�r:za-katha (topics of ��J;la), liberation by\nhearing, 51-52\n\nSee also: ��!).a, hearing about; �!).&.\n\npastimes of; �I).a consciousne88\n\nKr�r:za se tomara kr�r:za dite para\nquoted, 199\n\nKr�r:zas tu bhagavan svayam\nquoted, 49\n\n", "SB10.2#p0397": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n360\nKr�r:w-va17,1aril tv4akr�r:wm\nquoted, 97\nverse quoted, 98\n\nKmu�ra sarilsara kara chtidi' anacara\nquoted, 35\n\nKrte suklaS catur-bahu/:1\nquoted, 97\n\nK�atra-bandhava/:1 defined, 306\nK�atriyas (soldiers & statesmen)\nbrtihmar;w above, 306\nqualities of, 306\ntraining of, 248\nvaiSyas contrasted to, 28\nVasudeva among, 95\n\nKujat-kokila-harilsa-sarasa-ga�ki17,1e\nmayrlrakule\n\nquoted, 250\nKunti, Queen, quoted on KnQ.a fearing\nYasoda, 153\n\nKurvann aniSam anandam\n\nverse quoted, 78\nKuvera, sons of. See: Nalakuvara & Mal}.igriva\n\nL\nLak�mi. See: Goddess of fortune\nLa�mi-sahasra-sata-sambhramasevyamanam\n\nquoted, 103,164\nLamentation of devotees blissful, 70,141\nSee also: Suffering\n\nLava-mdtra sadhu-sarlge sarva-siddhi haya\n\nverse quoted, 176,215\nLeaders, government. See: Kings; K�atriyas\nLiars, mundane & transcendental, 120\nLiberation (mukti)\nof Aghasura, 294-295,299-300,301,\n\n302-303\n\nof devotee, 126,196\nby hearing kr�r;w-katha, 51-52\nof Jaya & Vijaya, 295\nKnl}.a & associates beyond, 299\nKnl}.a gives, 34, 35,295,300,303\n\"special,\" 166,295,303\n\nLiberation\nby thinking of Kt�Q.a's pastimes, 105\ntypes of, 196\nSee also: Freedom; Purification\nLife\ngoal of, 89,131,137, 138\nfor goodness, 179\nmaterial. See: Life, material\nperfection of, 168,216,263,276,296,\n\n297\n\nfor purification, 93\npurpose of, 189,263,272\nfor spiritual knowledge, 182\nsuccess of, 229,276\nfor yajiia (sacrifice), 60\nSee also: Animals; Human beings; Living\n'\nentities; Soul\nLife, material\ncause of, 41, 42\ndefined, 191\nfearful, 73\nas illusion, 35,42\nrelationship with Knl}.a ends, 34\nrisky, 139\ntranscendence of, 51-52\ntruth about, 86-87\nSee also: Materialists; Material world\nLight, spiritual. See: Brahman effulgence\nLiterature, Kt�I}.a conscious, people purchasing, 241\n\nSee also: Bhagavad-gitti; SrimadBhiigavatam; Vedic literature\n\nLiving entities\neverywhere, 77\nas individuals, 295\nKt�Q.a's program for, 100\nas Kt�Q.a's servants, 165\npart of the Supreme, 97\nreceiving \"seed\" of devotional service,\n\n176,186\n\nstruggle of, 138\nSee also: Animals; Human beings; Soul\n\nLokasyajanato vidvams\nquoted, 105,276\nverse quoted, 264\n\n", "SB10.2#p0398": "General Index\nLove of God. See: .Kr�Qa,love for; .Kr�Qll,relationships with\n\n361\n\nMaQigriva and Nalakiivara. See: Nalakiivara\nand MaQigriva\n\nLunchtime for �Qa & cowherd boys\nannounced by RohiQi & Yasoda,230-236\narranged via Aghasura's advent,278-279\nLust. See: Desires,material; Sense gratification\n\nMankind. See: Human beings; Society,\nhuman\nMantras\n\ngopis chanted,for �Qa's protection,\n21-23,26\nfor protection,21\n\nM\nMad-bhaktimlabhate param\nquoted,57\n\nfor purification,19\n\nSee also: Hare .Kr�Qa mantra\nMan�yanaril sahasre�u\nquoted,210\nMaterial body. See: Body,material\n\nMadhvacarya, quoted on Vi�Qu,204\n\nMaterial desires. See: Desires,material\n\nMagic powers. See: Mystic powers\n\nMaterial energy. See: Energy,external;\n\nMahiibhiirata, quoted on arguing about the inconceivable, 126\n\nMahad-vicalanamnriJiim\nquoted,190\n\nMahtimaya; Material world; Nature,\nmaterial\nMaterialists\ndevotees contrasted to,130\n\nMahii-mantra. See: Hare .Kr�Qa mantra\n\n.Kr�Qa unknown to,205-206\n\nMahiimiiya, materialists in,130\n\nin mahtimaya, 130\n\nSee also: Illusion; Material world; Modes of\nmaterial nature; Nature,material\nMaharaja Nanda. See: Nanda Maharaja\n\nwarning to,87\n\nSee also: Atheists; Demons; ]iidnis;\nKarmis; Nondevotees\n\nMaharaja Parik�it. See: Parik�it Maharaja\n\nMaterial nature. See: Nature,material\n\nMaharloka,298\n\nMaterial world\n\nMahatmas (great souls),grhasthas to he\ntrained as,85\n.\nSee also: Acarya; Pure devotees; Saintly\n\nchangeable & chancy,86-87\n\npersons; Spiritual master\n\nspiritual world vs.,272,299\n\nMahavana,242\nMamaivamso jiva-loke\nquoted,97\nverse quoted, 138\n\nMama vartmiinuvartante\nverse quoted,132-133,167\n\nMammano ma�Jimiirils tava januni avyiit\nquoted,19\n\ndangerous,3,4,25\nenjoyment in,272\nstruggle in,138\n\nSee also: Heavenly planets; Life,material;\nNature,material; Universe(s)\nMatra-sparsiis tu kaunteya\nverse quoted,127\nMat-sthtini sarva-bhii.tani\nquoted,62\nverse quoted,206\n\nMarilsa defined,187\n\nMaya (as love),301\n\nMana defined,57\nMana� ��thtinindriya�Ji\nverse quoted,138\n\nMaya (mahtimaya), materialists in,130\nSee also: Illusion; Material world; Modes of\n\nManda� sumanda-matayo\nquoted,93\nMandakini River,173,175\n\nmaterial nature; Nature, material\nMayadhya�e!Ja prakrt*\nquoted,123\n\nMaya-mohita defined,10\n\n", "SB10.2#p0399": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n362\nMayii tatam idam sarvaril\nquoted, 62\n\nverse quoted, 206\n\nMiiyayiipahrta-jMnii\n\nverse quoted, 174, 193\nMedicine\n\narjuna trees used for, 197\n\nfather giving, to child, 178\n\nVi�l).u's protection excels, 25\nSee also: Diseases; Health\nMeditation. See: Kn11-a consciousness; Yoga\nMental speculators. See: ]Mnis\nMerging with the Supreme, devotee's attitude\ntoward, 105\nMilk\nin food preparations, 57\n1\\nl).a stole, 113,115\nYasodA's cows ate grasses fiavoring, 145\nMind. See: Consciousness\n\nMu1J4aka Upan4ad, quoted on approaching a\nguru, 88n\nMurder, punishment for, 187\n\nSee also: Animals, slaughter of\nMysticism. See: 1\\nl).a consciousness; Yoga\nMystic powers\n\nof briihmal)aS, 59\nof devotees, 67\n\nby hatha-yoga, 28\nof ��l).a & others compared, 67-68\nlisted, 67\nof PutanA, 5, 13, 16\nof Vasudeva, 28\n\nSee also: Evil spirits; Ghosts; Witches,\nmystical\nMystics. See: Devotees; Witches, mystical;\n\nYogis\nMythology, ��11-a's activities not to be taken\nas, 208, 270\n\nMisery. See: Suffering\nModern age. See: Kali-yuga\n\nN\n\nModes of material nature, devotees beyond,\n\n194\n\nSee also: Goodness; Ignorance; Passion\nMohitaril n4bhijiini1ti\nquoted, 10\n\nMo�a. See: Liberation\nMo�al)am defined, 299\nMoney. See: Wealth\nMonists. See: ]Mnis\n\nNa ca tasmiin man�ye�u\n\nquoted, 85\nNalakuvara & Mal).igriva (sons of Kuvera)\nas arjuna trees, 197,202, 203\nintoxicated, 173, 175-177, 193-195\n��I].a delivered, 203, 213, 216\nNarada mercifully cursed, 169, 176,\n\n177-178,193-195,197,214\n\nMonkeys, ��l).a gave stolen milk products tQ,\n\nprayed to Lord ��I].a, 202,204-206,\n\nMother\n\nquoted on Supreme Lord, 202,204-206,\n\n113,114, 152\n\nchild with, 46, 60\n\nof ��l).a, 136-138, 140\n\nPutanA acted as, to ��l).a, 8,9, 10, 31,32,\n\n208-212\n208,209\n\nNa miiril d�krtino madhii}J\n\n33\n\nquoted, 208\nverse quoted, 17 4, 193\n\nSee also: Parents\n\nNiimasraya kari 'yatane tumi\n\nMother Y a8odA. See: Y a8odA, mother\n\nquoted, 4\n\nMountain, AghAsura compared to, 281,282,\n\nName-giving ceremony for ��I].a & BalarAma,\n\nMouse story, 185-186\n\nNames\nof BalarAma, 94-95\nof ��l).a, 96,98,99, 100, 103\n\n285\n\nMrtyu-sarilstlra-vartmani\nquoted, 89, 183\nMU4ha defined, 193\nMukti. See: Liberation\n\n94-96,98-103\n\nofVi�I].U, 25\n\nSee also: Hare ��I].a mantra\n\n", "SB10.2#p0400": "General Index\n\nNamo brahmaTJ.ya-devaya\nquoted,lOO\nNanda MaharAja\nabode of,Piitan4 entered,5,7\n\n363\n\nNarada Muni,quotations from\non wasting wealth,179\n\nNarada-pancaratra, quoted on senses in\nLord's service, 212\n\nafraid for K{�Q.a's safety,3\n\nNaradhamadefined, 174,193\n\nate with K{�Q.a and Balar4ma,233-234\nbeyond material distress,264\ncharitable to brahmar,ws for K{�Q.a's sake,\n\nNarllyaQ.a,Lord\n\n55,58-59\nDToQ.a as,138,139-140\n\nexcels everyone, 103\nK{�Q.a compared to,102-103,223-224,\n263\n\nSee also: K{�Q.a, Lord; Vi�Q.u,Lord\n\nfamily of,related to Vasudeva,95\n\nNari\\yaQ.a-i\\Srama,197\n\nfortunate,104,135\n\nNarottama dua 'fhi\\kura,quotations from\non associating with saints or sense grati­\n\nGargamuni and,83,84,86,88, 89,\n90-92,93\nas K{�Q.a's father,300,301\nK{�Q.a unbound by,224\n\nfiers, 192-193\non favor of devotee for deliverance, 199,\n211\n\nloved �Q.a,263\n\nNa sadhu manye yata atmano yam\n\nquoted on astrology,86\nquoted on devotees traveling to instruct\n\nNa §ocati na kari�ati\n\nhouseholders,84\nquoted on pious activities,74\nsimplicity of,37\nVasudeva excelled by,135\nVasudeva's foresight amazed,27,28\nwondered at Piitanll's dead body, 27,28\nyasodi\\ excelled,134\nNandana-ki\\nana,296\n\nNandasya gehe vavrdhe\nverse quoted,78\nNandesvara, 242\nNarada Muni\nauspicious appearance of, 176\n\nquoted,87,181\nquoted,57\n\nNa te vidub- svartha-gatim hi v41J.urh\nquoted,10,89,183\nNature,material\nbody begins & ends in,184\nlaw of,on animal slaughter, 187\nLord controls,123\n\nSee also: Body, material; Energy, external;\nMahamaya; Material world; Modes\nof material nature; Universe(s)\n\nNikala-stha maya tare japa#ya dhare\nverse quoted,42, 191\n\nNikhatocchrita-sakhabhir\n\ndevotional service via, 212\n\nverse quoted, 246-247\n\nGod known via,210-211\n\nNirva7J.a. See: Liberation\nNitya-purTJ.arh samudd4�am\n\nK{�Q.a fulfilled words of,198,199\nmercifully cursed Kuvera's sons,169,176,\n177-178,193-195,197,214\nprevious life of, 191\nNarada Muni,quotations from\non animal killers,180,182,184\non associating with saintly persons,190,\n192\non body,183-184\non brahmaTJ.a, 56\non Nalak.iivara & MaQ.igriva,193-195\non poor man,185,187-190\n\nverse quoted,204\n\nNitya-siddha associates, 136, 168\nNityo nityanam cetana5 cetananam\nquoted, 97\nNondevotees (ava47J.avas)\ncondemned,174\ndevotees contrasted to, 193,209\ngoodness absent in,186\n�Q.a vs.,257\n\nSee also: Atheists; Demons; ]nanis;\nKarmis; Materialists\n\n", "SB10.2#p0401": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n364\nNrsirilhadeva,Lord,49\n\nNyasa-mantra, 19\n\nParik�it Maharaja\n\nquoted on Nalakiivara,Mal).igriva &\nNarada, 172\n\n0\nOccupation. See: Duty; Society,human,social\norders in\n\nOffenses to sadhu (devotee),215\nOfferings for �I).a,228-229\nSee also: Prasada\n\nOpulence of 1\\.f�I).a,121,229,236\n\nSee also: Mystic powers; Possessions;\nWealth\n\nOrders, social. See: Brahmar_w.s; K�atriyas;\nSadras; Vai.Syas\n\nOversoul. See: Supersoul\n\np\nPadma Puriir;r.a, quoted on asuras & devas, 196\nPain. See: Suffering\n\nParamatma (Supersoul)\n1\\.f�l).a as,287\n\nLord controls universes via,164\n\nsoul as part of,167\n\nas supreme controller, 132\nyogis seek, 153\n\nquoted on Nanda & Ya8oda,133,135\nSukadeva assured,aboutGokula's safety, 4\n\nParitral]iiya sadhuniirh\n\nquoted,84, 138,209,253,262,292\nverse quoted,208\n\nParvati,132\n\nP�a�idefined, 103\n\nPassion, mode of (rajo-gur;r.a), condemned,\n179,180,183\n\nPast, present and future,astrology reveals,\n86,87\n\nSee also: Future; Time\n\nPatrarh p�parh phalarh toyarh\nquoted,57\n\nverse quoted,181,228\n\nPavitra-patra (herbs), 57\nPerfection\n\nof devotional service,141\n\ngopis achieved, 31,35\n\nof life,168,216,263,276,296,297\nPiitana achieved, 31,32,33\n\ntwo types of,136\n\nVi�I).U worship as,132\n\nSee also: Life,goal of; Success\n\nPerplexities between Piitana & 1\\.f�I).a,8-9\nPersonalists. See: Devotees\n\nPararh brahma pararh dhiima\n\nPersons. See: Animals; Human beings; Living\n\nParasya saktir vividhaiva srayate\n\nPhilanthropic activities by former poor man,\n\nquoted,132,158\nquoted,17,305\n\nPara-upakiira defined,85\nParents\n\nchildren not ultimately protected by,\n128-129\n\nentities; Society,human\n185\n\nSee also: Pious activities; Welfare work\n\nPhilosophers,speculative. See: ]iiiinis\nPious activities\n\nof cowherd boys in past lives,276\n\nof 1\\.f�l).a,136-138,140\n\nofGod,306\n\nSee also: Father; Grhasthas; Mother\n\nperfection by,136\n\nVedic vs. modern,45\nParik�it Maharaja\nhumility of,306\n\n�!).a's childhood activities attracted,41,\n42,43,304\n\nquoted on Lord's childhood activities,41,\n43,304\n\nLord as approached by,134\nVedic injunctions on,74\n\nof Vrndavana's residents in past lives,277\nSee also: Philanthropic activities; Welfare\n\nPlanets\n\nwork\n\nbelow Earth,13\n\n", "SB10.2#p0402": "General Index\nPlanets\n\nLord incarnates on, 43\n\nSee also: Heavenly planets; Universe(s)\n\nPleasure. See: Bliss, transcendental; Enjoyment; Happiness; Sense gratification\n\nPoetry, Kr�I].a's activities sung in, 145,260\nPoor man\n\nausterities by, 188,189\n\n365\n\nPride\n\npoverty dispels, 188\n\nwastes wealth, 179, 180,185\n\nSee also: Bodily concept; False ego\n\nPriests, Vedic. See: Brahmar}(JS\nProtection\n\nfor body, 25\n\nfor cows, 18,57,58\n\nfreed of false ego, 188\n\nby gopisfor Kr�I].a, 17-19,21-23,26\n\nrich man contrasted to, 190-191\n\nfor parents' children, 128-129\n\nrealizes others' pain, 185,187\n\nPossessions, material, belong to the Lord, 128,\n\n129\n\nSee also: Wealth\n\nPotency of Kr�I].a. See: Kr�I].a, potency of\nPoverty. See: Poor man\n\nPower. See: Kn!].a, potency of; Mystic powers\nPrahlAda MahArAja, 73\n\ncited on Caitanya, 98\n\nquoted on parents & children, 128-\n\n129\n\nPrakrti defined, 123\nPrakrtiril svam adh�thdya\nverse quoted, 137-138\n\nPrasada (food offered to Kr�I].a)\ndevotees take, 160,181\nfour kinds of, 58\n\noffered with love & devotion, 228,229\n\nsins dispelled by, 181\n\nmantras for, 21\n\nSee also: Kr�I].a, protection by\n\nProverbs\n\non wealth & poverty, 187\n\non woman & childbirth, 187\n\nSee also: Analogies\n\nPrsnigarbha, 140\n\nPunar mi4iko bhova story, 185-186\nPunishment\nfor murder, 187\nby sadhu, 194\n\nfor sinful activities, 180-181\n\nSee also: Suffering\n\nPur;tya-sravar;ta-kirtana�\n\nquoted, 29\nPurar}(JS as nonfiction, 208\nPure devotee(s) of Lord Knl].a\nduty of, 85\n\nKr�I].a captured by, 153-156,164\n\nPratyuvaco tato rama�\n\nLord protects, 3\n\nPrayers by Nalakuvara & Mal].igriva to Lord\n\nmixed devotee vs., 196\n\nverse quoted, 95\n\nKn!].a,202,204-206,208-212\n\nPrayojana defined, 131\n\nPreaching Kr�I].a consciousness, 190\n\nSee also: Kr�I].a, glorification of; Kr�I].a\n\nconsciousness movement, Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam distributed by;\n\nLiterature, Kr�I].a conscious, people\npurchasing; Sankirtana-yajiia\n\nPregnancy. See: Childbirth\n\nPrema defined, 168\n\nLord's forms revealed to, 25\n\nservice to, 199\n\nyogis contrasted to, 153-156\n\nSee also: Acarya; Devotees; Saintly persons; Spiritual master\nPurification\nby devotional service, 73\nby Ganges River, 175\n\nby hearing & chanting about Kn!].a, 29-30\nlife meant for, 93\nmantras for, 19\n\nPrema pum-artho mahan\n\nof material desires, 190, 191\n\nPrema-vivarta, quoted on material existence,\n\nof society, 92-93\n\nquoted, 131,166,168\n\n41-42,191\n\nof PutanA by Kn!].a, 29, 30\n\nSee also: Liberation\n\n", "SB10.2#p0403": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n366\nPu�a defined,132\n\nR4sa dance, Kr,Q.a enjoys,103,116\n\nPiitani\n\nRosas (relationships with Kr�Q.a). See: Kr,J,lll,\n\ncaptivated Ya8odi & RohiQ.i,9-10,33\nas child killer,3,7,8,11,31\n\nrelationships with\nReactions. See: Karma; Nature,material,law\n\ndead body of,15-16,27-29,30,36\ndisguised as beautiful woman,5-7,9-10,\n\nof; Sinful activities\nReality. See: Absolute Truth; Kr,Q.a con­\n\n33\n\nsciousness; Spiritual world\n\nentered Nanda's abode, 5,7\nfierce,9-10\n\nRelationships, material vs. spiritual,35\n\nSee also: Kr,Q.a, relationships with\n\nl(nQ.a killed,ll-14,29,36-38\n\nReligion. See: Devotional service; Kr�Q.a con­\n\nKr�Q.a played on breast of,16,17\n\nsciousness; Purification; Sacrifice;\nWorship\n\nas \"mother\" to Kr'Q.a,8,9,10,31,32,\n33,302\n\nRemembering l(nQ.a, 145-146,276\n\nmystic power of,5,13,16\n\nRenunciation,mentality of,128\n\nperfection achieved by,31,32,33\npurified by Kr,Q.a, 29,30\n\nSee also: Kings retired for purification;\nSannydsi\nRich man,poor man contrasted to,190-191\n\nrelatives of,279\nas Yasodi's assistant,33\nPython,Aghisura in form of,281-286,288,\n294,295,298,299\n\nSee also: Possessions; Wealth\nRitualistic ceremony\nby brahmaJJ.CJSfor Kr'Q.a's safety,53-55\nfor child,44,45\n\nQ\nQualities\nof brahmaJJ.a, 55,56,57\n\nduties at,234-235\nherbs & leaves for,57\nby Nanda for l(nQ.a's welfare,55,58-59\n\nSee also: Sacrifice; names of specific\nceremonies\nRohiQ.i\n\nof �atriya, 306\nQuarrel,Age of. See: Kali-yuga\n\nas Balarima's mother,94,95\nBalarima suckled by,107-108\ncalled Kr'Q.a & Balarima for lunch,230,\n\nR\nRajo-guJJ.a (passion mode),condemned, 179,\n180, 183\nRak,asis (mystical witches)\n\n231\necstatic anxiety of,for Balarima's safety,\nIIO\ninseparable from Balarima,245-246\nprotected l(nQ.a,17\n\nas children's enemies,24\n\nPiitana enchanted,9-10,33\n\nin India,5\n\nYasoda excelled,230,231-232\n\nSee also: Evil spirits; Ghosts\nRa�4yatiti viSvasa�\nquoted,73\n\nRohiQ.i constellation,45\nRope,Yasoda binding Kr�Q.a with,158, 159,\n\nRama. See: Balarima, Lord; Ra:macandra, Lord\n\n160,161,162,163\n�abhadeva,quoted on body as suffering,87\n\nRa:macandra, Lord,as Kr,Q.a, 96\n\nRukmiQ.i,Kr'Q.a kidnapped,256\n\nRamadi-murt4u kala-niyamena t4than\n\nRulers. See: Kings; K�atriyas\n\nquoted,302\n\nRamya kiicid uptisanli\nquoted,31, 132\n\nRiipa Gosvami\nfollowing in footsteps of,199\nquoted on thinking of Kr,Q.a,276\n\n", "SB10.2#p0404": "367\n\nGeneral Index\nRapyatvat tu jagad rapam\nverse quoted, 204\n\nSaintly persons\nsymptoms of,192\nSee also: Acarya; Brahmar;uu; Devotees;\nPure devotees; Spiritual master\n\ns\nSabde pare ca ni§IJ.(itam\nquoted, 182\n\nSa ca tenaiva namnd tu\n\nverse quoted,20l\nSacred thread, use & misuse of,56, 57\nSacrifice (yajiia), chanting Hare ���l).a as,60\nSee also: Offerings for ���l).a; Ritualistic\nceremony; Worship; names of\n\nspecific sacrifices (yajiias)\nSddhana-siddha associates, 136,168\nSc'Jdhus (saintly persons)\n\nassociating with,186,190-191,192-193\ncited on glorifying the Lord,296-297\ndefined, 72-73\n\nin mouse story, 185-186\npoverty accepted by, 188\npreach ���l).a consciousness, 190\npunishment by, 194\nsymptoms of,192\nSee also: Acarya; Brahma\"(taS; Devotees;\nPure devotees; Spiritual master\n\n'Sddhu-sanga,' 'sadhu-sanga'-sarva-sastre\nkaya\nverse quoted, 176, 215\n\nSadyo hrdy avarudhyate 'tra krtibh*\nsu§�ubhis tat-�ar,uit\n\nSaka defined, 121\nSakam vijahrub, krta-purJya-punj4b,\n\nquoted,300\nSaka�Asura (cart demon), �fl).a kicked down,\n47,48, 49,50-51\n\nSakati-vata-paryantas\n\nquoted,246\nSalvation. See: Liberation\n\nSamab, sarve,u bhate,u\nquoted,57\n\nSamatvenaiva vfk,eta\nverse quoted, l 03\n\nSambandha defined,131\nSamsara defined,35\n\nSanAtana GosvAmi\nCaitanya's instruction to, on Vedas'purposes,131\n\ncited on Y asodA binding ���l).a,145\nquoted on �l).a as unlimited,271\nSankhya-yoga, purpose of,132\nSankfrtana-yajiia for present age, 60\nSee also: Hare ���l).a mantra; Preaching\n���l).a consciousness\nSannyasi (renunciant) preaches �fl).a consciousness,190\nSarapya-mukti defined,294\n\nSarva-dharman parityajya\nquoted,276\n\nquoted,264,276\nSages. See: Acarya; BrahmarJas; Devotees;\n]Mnis; Pure devotees; Saintly persons;\nSpiritual master\n\nSarva-kara7Ja-kdra7Jam\n\nSa gunan samatityaitan\n\nSarvatma-snapanam param vijayate srikr�rJa-salikirtanam\n\nquoted, 51-52, 194\nSaintly persons (sadhus)\nassociating with,l86, 190-191,192-193\ncited on glorifying the Lord,296-297\ndefined,72-73\nin mouse story, 185-186\npoverty accepted by,188\npreach �,l).a consciousness, 190\npunishment by, 194\n\nquoted,126\n\nSarvam khalv idam brahma\nquoted,202, 205\n\nquoted, 264\n\nSastras (Vedic scriptures). See: Vedas; Vedic\nliterature; names of specific Vedic\nliteratures\nSatdm prasangan mama virya-samvido\nverse quoted,l9l\n\nSatatam kirtayanto mam\nquoted, 303\n\n", "SB10.2#p0405": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n368\nSat-sariga chd(li' kainu asate vildsa\nverse quoted,192\n\nSattva-guf;Ul. See: Goodness,mode of\n\nSayings\non wealth & poverty,187\n\non woman & childbirth,187\n\nSee also: Analogies\nSayujya-mukti defined,294\nSelf. See: Soul\nSelf-realization. See: Devotional service;\nKnQ.a consciousness; Yoga\n\nSelf-realized soul, changing bodies understood\nby,87\n\nSee also: Acarya; Pure devotees; Spiritual\nmaster\n\nSenayor ubhayor�hye\nquoted,164\n\nSense gratification\n\nhouseholders attracted to, 85\nas risky,89\n\nSee also: Attachment; Desires, material;\n\nSenses\n\nEnjoyment; Happiness\n\nKnQ.a's potency beyond perception of,270\nin Lord's service, 29,30,212\n\nSiva,Lord\n\nKuvera's sons devoted to, 173\nquoted on Vi�Q.U worship,132\n\nworships the Lord,156\n\nYaSodAexcels, 165-166\n\nSlaughter, animal, 180, 182, 184, 187\n\nSnake\n\ncorpse of, burning of, 28-29\nl(r�Q.a compared to,8,9\n\nSociety,human\n\nfood supply for, 57-58\nin Kali-yuga,45,189\n\nl(nQ.a consciousness movement guides,88,\n89\n\npast & present,93\n\npurification of,92-93\n\nsocial orders in,56,88-89\n\nSee also: Civilization; Human beings;\nVan;ulSrama-dharma; Vedic culture\nSoldiers. See: K�atriyas\n\nSoul\n\natheists deny, 184\n\nchanges bodies,86-87\n\nas Supersoul's part & parcel,167\n\nSee also: Consciousness; Life; Living en­\n\nSee also: Body,material\nServants of God. See: Devotees; Living en­\n\nSound, transcendental. See: Hare l(r�Q.a\n\nService to God. See: Devotional service\n\nSpace travel by mystical witches, 5\n\ntities,as l(r�Q.a's servants\n\nSevonmukhe hi jihvadau\n\nverse quoted,160,205\n\nShower of flowers by demigods for l(r�Q.a,\n253,259,296\n\nSiddhas defined,210\nSiddhis (mystic perfections) listed,67\nSi��taka, quoted on purifying the materialistic heart,191\n\nSinful activities\n\nanimal slaughter among, 182, 184\n\nGanges River and,175\n\npras4da dispels reactions to, 181\npunishment for,180-181\n\nsuffering due to, 182,183\n\nSiva,Lord,70\n\nin bodily concept,168\ndevotees of,174\n\ntities\n\nmantra; Mantras\n\nSpeculators,mental. See: ]Mnis\n\nSpirit. See: Brahman (spirit); Soul; Spiritual\nworld\n\nSpirits,evil,trouble from,24\n\nSee also: Ghosts; Witches,mystical\n\nSpiritual life. See: Advancement,spiritual;\n\nDevotional service; l(r�Q.a consciousness\n\nSpiritual master (guru)\n\ndevotional service via, 176\nduty of,to disciple,306\nnecessary, 88n,182\n\nqualification of,182\n\nseeking shelter of,199\n\nSee also: Acarya; Pure devotees\n\nSpiritual world\n\nenjoyment in,272\n\nfeelings in,110\n\n", "SB10.2#p0406": "369\n\nGeneral Index\nSpiritual world\nmaterial world vs., 272,299\n\nSee also: Gokula; Vfndavana\nSravana-kirtana defined, 30\nSrava�ril kirtanaril V�JJ.Oll\nquoted, 4, 212\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nSee also: Srimad-Bhagavatam, quotations\nfrom\ndistribution of, 264,276\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, quotations from\non parents \"protecting\" children, 128129\non remembering Kf�l).a (Narayal).a) at\ndeath, 276\n\non siidhu, 192\n\non saintly persons as traveling preachers,\n190\non sarikirtana-yajiia, 60\non satisfying the Lord, 296\n\nextra verses in, 78-79\n\non Srimad-Bhagavatam & Vai�l).avas\n\nhappiness by hearing, 264\n\non subduing passion & ignorance, 179\n\nfor Giro graduates, 139\nKf�l).a known via, 276\nVai�l).avas (devotees) love, 276\n\nVyasa compiled, 105,276\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, quotations from\non associating with saintly persons, 191\n\n(devotees), 276\non Vyasadeva compiling Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam, 105,264,276\nSrimad-bhagavataril puriil).am amalaril yad\nva�IJllViiniiril priyam\nquoted, 276\n\non body as suffering, 181\n\nSr�Jvatiiril sva-kathall kr$1Jll/:l\n\non cowherd boys gaining �l).a's associa­\n\nSrutim apare smrtim itare\n\non briihmaiJll, 56\ntion, 300\n\non delusion by external energy, lO\non devotees' achieving Kf�l).a's association,\n120\non devotees' controlling the Lord, 163-164\non devotee's distress as Lord's mercy, 126\non devotees serving ��l).a, 302\n\nquoted, 29,42,73\n\nquoted, 105\n\nStars. See: Astrology; Planets; Rohil).i constellation\nStool as body's fate, 182\n\nStudents, spiritual. See: Brahmaciiri; Disciple; Education\n\nSuccess\n\non devotional processes, 212\n\nby devotional service, 33\n\non fool not knowing life's goal, 183\n\nof life, 229,276\n\non glorifying the Lord, 296-297\n\non goodness absent in ava�IJllva (nondevotee), 186\n.\n\non guru, 182\n\non hearing & chanting about ��l).a, 29,42\n\nSee also: Life, goal of; Perfection\nSuddha-sattva defined, 294\nSudras (laborers), 88,89\nSuffering\nbody causes, 42,87,127\n\non hearing Srimad-Bhagavatam, 264\n\nof devotees blissful, 70,141\n\non \"l-and-mine\" misconception, 129\n\ndevotees tolerate, 126-127\n\non Kali-yuga people, 93\n\nhearing ��l).a's pastimes ends, 42,264\n\non Kali-yuga brahmaiJll, 56\n\non ��l).a as known by devotional service,\n212\non ��l).a as known via Srimad-\n\nBhagavatam, 276\n\non �l).a fearing Yasoda, 153\non life's purpose, 189\non Lord's incarnations, 97,98,101\n\ndevotional service relieves, 137, 138\npoor man understands, 185, 187\nroot cause of, 42\nsinful activities cause, 182, 183\n\nSuhrdall sarva-dehiniim\nquoted, 192\n\nSuhrdam sarva-bhatanaril\nverse quoted, 128\n\n", "SB10.2#p0407": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n370\n\nSukadeva Gosvami,quotations from\n\non 1\\r�l).a, cowherd boys & calves,\n268-269\n\non 1\\r�l).a as bound by gopis, 213\n\nTada rajas-tamo-bhava�\nverse quoted,179\n\nTad-vijnanartham sa gurum evabhigacchet\nquoted,88n\n\non Kuvera's sons,173\n\nTaj-jo�T)I]d asv apavarga-vartmani\n\non Narada, Nalakuvara & Mal).igriva,197\n\nTamo-guQa. See: Ignorance, mode of\nTapasa brahmacaryeQa\n\non Nanda Maharaja,3\n\non yamala-arjuna trees falling,220, 221\non yasoda,145\n\nSukadeva Gosvami assured Parik�it about\nGokula's safety,4\n\nSukrti defined,134\n\nSunshine & �l).a incarnation,analogy of,97\n\nSupersoul (ParamatmA)\n�l).a as,287\n\nLord controls universes via,164\n\nsoul as part of,167\n\nas supreme controller,132\nyogis seek,153\n\nSupreme Brahman, K\\\"�l).a as,158\n\nSupreme Personality oi Godhead. See: 1\\r�l).a,\nLord\n\nSurrender to 1\\r�l).a. See: 1\\r�l).a, surrender to\n\nSu.ta GosvAmi,quotations from\n\non Parik�it & Sukadeva,307\n\non Parik�it hearing'l\\r�l).a's childhood\npastimes,304\n\nSutapA,140\n\nSvdda-bha�aQa ceremony,45\nSvalpam apy asya dharmasya\nquoted,302\n\nSvan�thitasya dharmasya\nquoted,296\n\nSvarga. See: Heavenly planets; Spiritual world\nSvayambhar ndrada� sambhu�\nquoted,210\n\nSvetdSvatara Upan4ad, quoted on 1\\r�l).a's potencies,305\n\nquoted,120, 171\n\nTapoloka, 298\n\nTasmdd gurum prapadyeta\nquoted,182\n\nTasmat kenapy upayena\nquoted,276\n\nTatha dehantara-prapti�\nquoted,276\n\nverse quoted,86-87\n\nTato mam tattvato jnatva\nverse quoted,154\n\nTat te 'nukampam susami�amd�\nverse quoted,126\n\nTeachers,spiritual. See: Acarya; BrahmaQaS;\nSpiritual master\n\nTe-kara\"(le lagila ye karma-bandha-phdlisa\nverse quoted,192\n\nTemples in India,prasdda distribution at,58\n\nTena tyaktena bhuiijitha�\nquoted,181\n\nTe�m satata-yuktanam\nverse quoted,149\n\nThread,sacred,use & misuse of,56, 57\nThree times,uttering anything,166\nTime\n\nin higher planets, 196\n1\\r�l).a beyond,158\n\nSee also: Future; Past,present and future\nTiti�ava� karuJ;�ika�\nverse quoted,192\n\nTranscendence. See: Liberation; Spiritual\n\nT\nTad aham bhakty-upahrtam\nverse quoted,181, 228\n\nTtJ4a,na-bhayan mithyoktir\nquoted,120\n\nverse quoted,191\n\nworld\n\nTranscendentalists. See: Devotees; ]nanis;\nSaintly persons; Yogis\n\nTree(s)\n\nconsciousness of,196\n\nkapittha, 252\n\n", "SB10.2#p0408": "371\n\nGeneral Index\nVai�1,1avas. See: Devotees\n\nTree(s)\nNirada cursed Nalakuvara & Ma1_1igriva to\nbecome, 195-196\n\nyamala-arjuna, 169,220-223,224\nTretayam rakta-van:w 'sau\nquoted, 97\n\nTripurasura, 70\nTfl_livarta vs. Kr�1.1a, 62,63, 67-71\n\nTruth about material life, 86-87\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth\nTuberculosis, cause of, 189\nTyaktva deham punar janma\nquoted, 34, 276\n\nu\nUddhava, cited on Putani, 33\nUniverse(s)\n\nKr�1.1a as heavy as, 61\n\nin Kr�1.1a's effulgence, 154\n\nliving entities everywhere in, 77\n\nliving entities wander, 176, 186\n\nLord controls, 164\n\nVa4(Wva thakura tomara kukkura bhuliya\njanaha more\nquoted, 199\nVa4(Wva-to�a(ti, cited\non Aghasura attaining sani.pya-mukti, 294\non Kr�1.1a kicking cart demon, 49\non Yasoda binding i(r�Qa, 145\nVaiSyas (farmers & merchants)\n�atriyas contrasted to, 28\n\nNanda among, 95\n\ntraining of, 248\nVaktum arhasi dharma-jiia\nverse quoted, 79\n\nVamana, Lord, 49\n\nVamana Pura(W, quoted on Vi�1,1u, 204\nVandhya ki bujhibe prasava-vedana\nquoted, 187\n\nVariety for enjoyment, 279\n\nVar(tti§rama-dharma\ndivisions in, 85\nsociety guided by, 88\nSee also: Brahmacari; Brahma(tas;\n\nYasoda saw, in i(r�1,1a's mouth, 77,78,\n\nGrhasthas; K�atriyas; Sannyasi;\nSociety, human; Sudras; VaiSyas;\n\n123\n\nSee also: Heavenly planets; Material world;\nNature, material; Planets; Spiritual\n\nVedic culture\nViru1_1i liquor, Kuvera's sons drank, 173,193\n\nworld\n\nVasudeva\nfamily of, related to Nanda, 95\n\nUpinanda\nquoted on i(r�1,1a surviving demons' attacks, 239,240\nquoted on leaving Gokula for V�davana,\n238,241,242\n\nUpan4ads\n\ncited on Lord's running speed, 164\nimpersonal realization via, 132\n\nUpasana defmed, 132\n\nmystic power of, 28\n\nNanda amazed by foresight of, 27,28\nNanda excelled, 135\n\nVasus, 136\nVatsisura (calf demon) vs. Kr�1.1a, 250-252\n\nVedaiS ca sarvair aham eva vedya�\n\nUtthana ceremony, 44\n\nv\nVaiku1,1tba. See: Spiritual world, all entries\n\nVa4(Wvanam yatha sambhu�\nquoted, 165\n\ninspired Gargamuni to visit Nanda, 82\nas i(r�1,1a's father, 98-99\n\nquoted, 131, 167\n\nVedtinta-siltra (Brahma-satra), quotations\nfrom\non learning about Brahman, 263, 272\n\non source of emanation, 272\n\nVedas\n\n�1.1a as goal of, 131, 167\n\nrelationship with �1,1a via, 131\n\n", "SB10.2#p0409": "372\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nVedas (continued)\nSee also: Vedic literature; names of specific\nVedic literatures\nVede§u durlabham adurlabham atmabhaktau\nverse quoted, 24-25, 159\nVedic culture\nmantra protection in, 21\nmodern society vs., 45\npious activities according to, 74\nritualistic ceremony in, 234-235\nSee also: India; Van:uJSrama-dharma\nVedic literature, purpose of, 42\n\nSee also: Vedas; names of specific Vedic\nliteratures\nVibhati defined, 160\nVidya defined, 132\nVijayadhvaja 'lrrtha, verse added by, 79\nVimukti defined, 166, 295\nVipralve siltram eva hi\nquoted, 56\nVirii!-rilpa defined, 77\nVi§�r ariidhanam param\nquoted, 25\nVi�QU, Lord\nchanting names of, for protection, 25\nworship of, 132\nSee also: Kr�Qa, Lord; NiirayaQa, Lord;\nSupersoul\n\nVi§FJ.u-bhaktal), smrto daiva\nverse quoted, 196\nVi§FJ.u PuriirJ.a, quoted on cowherd men &\nwomen arriving in Vrndavana, 246\nVistarerJ.eha karurJ.yiit\nverse quoted, 79\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura, as cited or\nquoted\non Aghisura attaining siirilpya-mukti, 294\non demons interrupting Kn1.1a & cowherd\nboys, 278-279\non Kn1.1a kicking cart demon, 49\non Narada cursing Nalakuvara &\nMaQigriva, 178\non rasa planets, 13\non Ya8oda binding 1\\t�Qa, 145\n\nVisvanAtha Cakravarti ThAkura, as cited or\nquoted\n\non YasodA's forgetfulness via yogamayii,\n\n129-130\n\nVraja. See: Gokula; VrndAvana\nVrndavana (Vraja)\nanimals in, 250\ncowherd men & women moved to,\n243-246\ncow protection around, 18\ndevotional ecstasy in, 140-141\nDroQa & DharA appeared in, 139-140\nGoloka, Putana promoted to, 33\ninhabitants of\nAghasura plotted against, 280\nfollowing in footsteps of, 138, 141, 147,\n\n167-168\n\ngood fortune of, 277\nSee also: Cowherd boys; Cowherd men;\n\nGopis\n\nKn1.1a & Balarama enjoyed, 247\n�Qa & YaSoda in, 134\n�Qa never leaves, 168\nUpAnanda suggested going to, 242\nYaSoda saw, in Kt�1.1a's mouth, 123\nSee also: Gokula; Spiritual world\n\nVrndavanam parityajya\nquoted, 168\n\nVyasadeva\nliterary intent of, 42, 264\nas nonfiction writer, 208\nSrimad-Bhagavatam by, 105, 276\n\nw\nWealth\ndegradation by, 180-181\npride wastes, 179, 180, 185\nproverb about, 187\nSee also: Economic development; Possessions\nWelfare work\ndistributing Srimad-Bhagavatam as, 276\nby pure devotee, 84-85\n\n", "SB10.2#p0410": "373\n\nGeneral Index\n\nWelfare work\n\nSee also: K:r�I).a consciousness movement;\nPhilanthropic activities; Pious activities\nWestern civilization, wealth wasted in, 179\nWhirlwind demon (Trl).avarta) vs. Kr�I).a, 62,\n63,67-71\nWine, wealth wasted on, 179,180\n\nSee also: Intoxication\nWisdom. See: Absolute Truth; Knowledge\nWise men. See: Acarya; Brahma�; Devotees; Pure devotees; Saintly persons;\n\nYajiia (sacrifice), chanting Hare K:r.I).a as, 60\nSee also: Offerings for K:r.l}.a; Ritualistic\nceremony; Worship; nalne$ of\nspecific yajiias\nYajiia-dtina-tapal_l-karma\nquoted, 235\n\nYajiiail_l sarikirtana-prayair\nquoted, 60\nverse quoted, 98\n\nYajiiiirthat karma� 'nyatra\nquoted, 60\n\nYajno dtinam tapa§ caiva\nquoted, 235\n\nSpiritual master\n\nYamala-arjuna trees\n\nWitches, mystical\nas children's enemies, 24\n\ncowherd men bewildered by fall of,\n220-223,224\n\nin India\n\nSee also: Ghosts\n\nKuvera's sons as, 169\n\nWoman (Women)\n\nYamaraja fears K:r�I).a, 156\n\nbeautiful, danger of, 10\n\nYamuna River, 247,250,254\n\nin childbirth saying, 187\n\nyasoda, mother\n\nwith Kuvera's sons, 173,175,177\nPiitana disguised as, 5-7,9-10,33\n\nbinding K:r�I).a with rope, 158,159, 160,\n161,162,163\n\nwealth wasted on, 179,180\n\nBrahma excelled by, 165-166\n\nSee also: Gopis; Mother\n\ncalled K:r�I).a & Balarama for lunch,\n\nWork. See: Duty; Karma; Welfare work\n\n231-236\n\nWorld, material. See: Material world\n\ncaught K:r�I).a stealing butter, 152-155\n\nWorms as body's fate, 182\n\ncelebrated utthana ceremony for K:r�I).a,\n\nWorship of the Supreme Lord\n\n44-47\n\nby demigods, 156\n\nchurning butter, 145-148\n\nas Vi�I).u, 25,132\n\nCOWS of, 145\n\nSee also: Devotional service; Offerings for\n\nDevaki excelled by, 132,135\n\nK:r�I).a; Ritualistic ceremony;\n\nDhara as, 138,139-140\n\nSacrifice\n\neating-dirt complaints about K:r�I).a disturbed, 117-121\necstatic anxiety of, for K:r�I).a's safety, 110\n\ny\nY�ve�v api sarve�u\nverse quoted, 95\n\nYadd yadd hi dharmasya\nverse quoted, 208\nYadu dynasty\nBalarama united Nanda's family with, 95\nGargamuni as priest of, 82,90\n\nfollowing in footsteps of, 145-147\nforgot universal vision, 129,130\nfortunate, 134,135\ngoddess of fortune excelled by, 165-166\n\ngopis informed, of �I).a's mischief, 112,\n113,115,116\ninseparable from �I).a, 245-246\nK:r�I).a angry at, 149,150\n�I).a feared stick of, 153,155,156,\n157\n\n", "SB10.2#p0411": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n374\n\nYasoda, mother (continued)\n\nKr�I).a showed universe to, in His mouth,\n\n77,78,123\n\nas Kr�Q.a's mother, 62,77,131,134,236\nKr�I).a weighed down, 60,61,62,67\n\nin maternal love of Kr�I).a, 78,121,123,\n\n129,132,147,156-157,158\nmissed Kr�I).a during dust storm, 64-66\nNanda excelled by, 134\nas nitya-siddha, 166\nprotected Kr�I).a, 17,26\nPiitana as assistant to, 33\nPiitana enchanted, 9-10,33\nRohiQ.i excelled by, 230,231-232\nsang �!).a's pastimes, 145\nSiva excelled by, 165-166\nsuckled Kr�Q.a, 26,53,76,107-108,\n148-149\nsuperexcellence of, 165-166,168\nsurrendered to the Lord, 125-126,128\nwondered at vision of cosmos, 123,\n124-125\nYas tu niirayar;wm devam\n·\n\nverse quoted, 103\n\nYasya prabhti prabhavato jagad-ar.u;la-ko#quoted, 154\nYasya yal la�ar;wm proktam\nquoted, 56\n\nYata mata, tata pa/ha, misconception of, 212\nYathtividtisina� kulya�\nverse quoted, 97\n\nYat karo�i yad a.Sniisi\nverse quoted, 229\n\nYat-ptida-pankaja-paltiSa-viltisa-bhaktya\nquoted, 302\n\nYatra yogesvaro hari�\nquoted, 67\n\nYat tapasyasi kaunteya\nverse quoted, 229\n\nYavad artha-prayojanam\nquoted, 189\n\nYe yathti mtim prapadyante\nquoted, 257\n\nverse quoted, 132-133,167\n\nYoga\nha!ha-, 28\n\nfor Paramatma realization, 132\n\nsankhya-, 132\n\nSee also: Mystic power(s); Kr�I).a consciOusness\n\nYogamaya\n\narranged Aghasura's advent, 279\nKamsa and, 91\n\nYogamaya potency\n\nin Balarama-RohiQ.i relationship, 108\ndevotees in, 130\n\nKr�I).a's cart-kicking concealed by, 51\n\nKr�I).a's pastimes via, 37\n\nin Kr�Q.a-Yasoda relationship, 62, 77,78,\n\n108,129-130,163\nin Piitana pastime, 10\n\nYoga-miSra-bhakti, 196\nYoginiim api sarve�am\nquoted, 276\n\nYogis\n\nbrahmar;ws as, 59\n\ndevotees contrasted to, 153-156,167\n\nKr�I).a inaccessible to, 153,154-156,210,\n\n277\nrascal, 68\n\nSee also: Devotees\n\nYo me bhaktyaprayacchati\nquoted, 228\n\nYugas. See: Dvapara-yuga; Kali-yuga\n\n", "SB10.2#p0412": "", "SB10.2#p0413": "\"The Srimad-Bhagavatam is widely acclaimed as\nthe bible of Indian devotionalism par excellence. His\nDivine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhuplida has produced an exquisite edition of the\n\nBhagavatam with English translation and commen­\n\ntary. Through his lucid commentary, the author\nreveals the real spirit of the text. The profound essence of\n\nbhakti, divine love, radiates from every\n\npage. The physical layout of these volumes and the\nmany beautiful illustrations are pleasing to the eye as\nwell as to the mind.\"\nDr. T.M.P. Mabadevan\n\nDirector, Center of Advanced\nStudy of Philosophy\nUniversity of Madras\nMadras, India\n\"The\n\nBbaktivedanta\n\nBook\n\nTrust\n\neditions\n\nof\n\nfamous religious classics of India with new translations and commentaries are an important addition to\nour expanding kl}owledge of spiritual India. The new\nedition of the\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is particularly\n\nwelcome.\"\n\nDr. John L. Misb\n\nChief, Oriental Division\nNew York Public Library\n\"It bas been my great pleasure recently to have\n\nread the Srimad-Bhagavatam in the superb edition\nauthorized by A. C. Bbaktivedanta Swami Prabbuplida. The consummate care and devotion to the\nSanskrit word and its precious meaning are evident\non every page. I am sure this monumental work will\ngo\n\nfar\n\nto\n\nbring\n\nthe\n\nsublime\n\nmessage\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nBhagavatam to numerous Westerners who otherwise\nwould miss this opportunity.\"\nDr. Alex Wayman\nProfessor of Sanskrit\nColumbia University\n\n", "SB10.2#p0414": "", "SB10.3#p0001": "", "SB10.3#p0002": "SRlMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, an epic philosophical and\n\nliterary classic, holds a prominent position\n\nin\n\nIndia's voluminous written wisdom. The timeless\nwisdom of India is expressed in the Vedas, ancient\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human\nknowledge. Originally preserved through oral tfJldi­\n\ntion, the Vedas were first put into writing by Srila\n\nVyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of God.\" After\n\ncompiling the Vedas, Srila Vyasadeva was inspired\nby his spiritual master, to present their profound\n\nessence in the form of Srimad-Bhagavatam. Known\n\na;> \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic literature,\"\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and authoritative exposition of Vedic knowledge.\nAfter writing the Bhagavatam, Vyasa taught it to\nhis son, Sukadeva Gosvami, who later spoke the\nBhagavatam to Maharaja Parik!;lit in an assembly of\nsages on the bank of the sacred Ganges River. Although Maharaja Parik!;lit was a great nljar�i (saintly\nking) and the emperor of the world, when he\nreceived notice of his death seven days in advance, he\nrenounced his entire kingdom and retired to the\nbank of the Ganges to seek spiritual enlightenment.\nThe questions of King Parik!;lit and Sukadeva\nGosvami's illuminating answers, concerning everything from the nature of th,e self to the origin of the\nuniverse, are the basis of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nThis edition of Bhagavatam is the only complete\nEnglish translation with an elaborate and scholarly\ncommentary, and it is the first edition widely available to the. English-reading public. This work is the\nproduct of the scholarly and devotional effort of His\nDivine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His\nSanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with\nVedic culture combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\n\nWith its comprehensive system of providing the\noriginal Sanskrit text, roman transliteration, precise\nword-for-word equivalents, a lucid English translation and a comprehensive commentary, it will appeal\n\nto scholars, students and laymen alike. The entire\nmultivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta\nBook Trust, promises to occupy a significant place in\n. the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern\nman for a long time to come.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0003": "ALL GLORY TO �Rl GURU AND GAURANGA\n\nSRIMAD\nBHAGAVATAM\nof\n\nK�SNA-DVAIPAYANA VYASA\n\n�l'lW\n\n�aj\n\n�\n\nri��(t(\"tl+tfq I\n��of �qd\\�(1� �\n� J4al;flf't;r �� II � II\nsatam ayam sara-bhrtam nisargo\nyad-artha-var,ti-sruti-cetasam api\nprati-�ar,tarh navya-vad acyutasya yat\n\nstriya vitanam iva sadhu varta (p. 3)\n\n", "SB10.3#p0004": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-10 (30 vols.)\nSri Caitanya-carita�ta (17 vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\n\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri Isopani�ad\n\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\n\n��Q.a Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\n\n��Q.a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\n\nDialectical Spiritualism-A Vedic View of Western Philosophy\n\nTeachings of Lord Kapila, the Son of Devahiiti\n\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nTeachings of Queen Kunti\n\nK:r�Q.a, the Reservoir of Pleasure\n\nThe Science of Self-Realization\nThe Path of Perfection\nLife Comes From Life\n\nThe Perfection of Yoga\n\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to ��Q.a\n\nGeetar-gan (Bengali)\n\nVairagya-vidya (Bengali)\nBuddhi-yoga (Bengali)\n\nBhakti-ratna-boli (Bengali)\n\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to ��Q.a Consciousness\n\n��Q.a Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\n\nBack to Godhead magazine (founder)\n\nA complete catalog is available upon request.\n\nBhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "SB10.3#p0005": "SRIMAD\n\nBHAGAVATAM\nTenth Canto\n\"The Summum Bonum\"\n\n(Special Edition-Chapter 13)\nWith the Origi nal Sanskrit Text,\nIts Roman Transliteration, Synonyms,\nTranslation and Elaborate Purports\nby\n\nHis Divine Grace\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Socie ty for Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nlos Angeles . New York . london . Paris . Frankfurt. Bombay\n\n", "SB10.3#p0006": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto visit any ISKCON center worldwide (see address list in hack\nof book) or to correspond with the Secretary:\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\nFirst Printing, 1980: 20,000 copies\n© 1980 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\nLibrary of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data (Revised)\nPu�anas. Bhagavatapurana.\nSrimad-Bhagavatam.\nIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.\nCONTENTS: Canto 1. Creation. 3 v.-Canto 2.\nThe cosmic manifestation. 2 v.-Canto 3. The\nstatus quo. 4 v.-Canto 4. The creation of the\nFourth Order. 4 v.-Canto 5. The creative\nimpetus. 2 v.\n1. Chaitanya, 1486-1534. I. Bhaktivedanta\n.\nSwami, A. C., 1896-1977 II. Title;\n73-169353\nBL1135.P7A22 1972\nISBN 0-89213-107-1\n\n", "SB10.3#p0007": "Table of Contents\nForeword\n\nvn\n\nPreface\n\nIX\n\nIntroduction\n\nxm\n\nCHAPTER THIRTEEN\n\nThe Stealing of the Boys and Calves\nbyBrahma\n\n1\n\nChapter Summary\n\n1\n\nThe Lord's Activities Are Very Confidential\n\n5\n\n�!?l).a Is Always Visible to His Devotees\n\n9\n\nThe Devotee of the Lord Is Free from Fear\n\n13\n\nBrahma Steals the Calves and Boys\n\n16\n\n�!?l).a Expands as the Calves and Boys to Astonish Brahma\n\n19\n\nThe Supreme Lord Is Everything\n\n29\n\nBaladeva Surprised by �!?!).a's Yogamaya\n\n35\n\nBrahma Bewildered by His Own Mystic Power\n\n46\n\nThe Glance of Vi!?I).U Creates the Devotees' Desires\n\n53\n\nAll Living Entities Are Servants of �!?l).a\n\n55\n\nThe Supreme Lord Known Only by Devotion\n\n61\n\nBrahma Stunned by Transcendental Bliss\n\n64\n\nThe Lord Is One Without a Second\n\n73\n\nAppendixes·\n\n79\n\nThe Author\n\n80\n\nReferences\n\n83\n\nGlossary\n\n85\n\nSanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n89\n\nIndex of Sanskrit Verses\n\n93\n\nGeneral Index\n\n97\n\nv\n\n", "SB10.3#p0008": "Foreword\n\nThis is the final Srimad-Bhagavatam volume translated by His Divine\n\nGrace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prahhupada, the founder-aclirya of\n\nthe International Society for Krishna Consciousness. It is smaller than\n\nthe earlier volumes because it ends where the renowned author stopped\n\ntranslating just before his departure from this mortal world on November 14, 1977, at the K:r�Qa-Balarama Mandira in V:rndavana, India.\n\nThe first part of this volume was produced in the usual fashion. Srila\n\nPrahhupada would sit and read silently from the Sanskrit text and then\nspeak the translation and commentary into his dictaphone. Later, due to\nillness, it became necessary for his disciples to assist him personally.\n\nIn these last days Srila Prahhupada was gravely ill. Unable to eat for\n\nweeks, his health had deteriorated, making even the slightest movement\nexcruciatingly painful.\n\nAs he lay still, a devotee would softly read the Sanskrit to him.\n\nAnother disciple, sitting on his bed, held the microphone to him, nearly\n\ntouching his mouth. And then Srila Prahhupada would speak, voice\n\nsometimes barely audible.\n\nThese recordings, made in his quarters at the temple, constitute the\n\nbalance of this hook.\n\nIn these final moments, the physician attending His Divine Grace\n\nconfided that an ordinary man in such critical condition would have\n\nbeen crying out from the intense pain. Srila Prahhupada's disciples\n\nwere awestruck as they watched their spiritual master work quietly,\n\nundisturbed.\n\nIn the last part of the hook we find Srila Prahhupada's usual clarity of\n\nthought, constant scriptural references, scrupulous attention to detail,\n\nand rigorous philosophical exposition fully intact, just as they were in the\n\npreceding twenty-nine volumes of the Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nSrila Prahhupada's last days and this translation will stand as an in­\n\nspiring reminder that even the severest material circumstances cannot\n\nimpede the activities of a pure devotee of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\n-The Publishers\nvii\n\n", "SB10.3#p0009": "Preface\n\nWe must know the present need of human society. And what is that\nneed? Human society is no longer bounded by geographical limits to particular countries or communities. Human society is broader than in the\nMiddle Ages, and the world tendency is toward one state or one human\n\nsociety. The ideals of spiritual communism, according to Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam, are based more or less on the oneness of the entire human\n\nsociety, nay, of the entire energy of living beings. The need is felt by\n\ngreat thinkers to make this a successful ideology. Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nwill fill this need in human society. It begins, therefore, with the apho­\n\nrism of Vedanta philosophy janmiidy asya yata� to establish the ideal of\na common cause.\nHuman society, at the present moment, is not in the darkness of\noblivion. It has made rapid progress in the field of material comforts,\neducation and economic development throughout the entire world. But\nthere is a pinprick somewhere in the social body at large, and therefore\nthere are large-scale quarrels, even over less important issues. There is\nneed of a clue as to how humanity can become one in peace, friendship\nand prosperity with a common cause. Srimad-Bhiigavatam will fill this\n\nneed, for it is a cultural presentation for the respiritualization of the\nentire human society.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam should be introduced also in the schools and col­\n\nleges, for it is recommended by the great student-devotee Prahlada\nMaharaja in order to change the demoniac face of society.\n\nkaumiira acaret prajfw\ndharman bhagavatan iha\ndurlabham miin�J,$arit janma\ntad apy adhruvam arthadam\n(Bhag. 7.6.1)\nDisparity in human society is due to lack of principles in a godless\ncivilization. There is God, or the Almighty One, from whom everything\nemanates, by whom everything is maintained and in whom everything\n\nIX\n\n", "SB10.3#p0010": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nX\n\nis merged to rest. Material science has tried to find the ultimate\n\nsource of creation very insufficiently, but it is a fact that there is one\n\nultimate source of everything that be. This ultimate source is ex­\n\nplained rationally and authoritatively in the beautiful Bhagavatam, or\n\nSnmad-Bhagavatam.\nSnmad-Bhiigavatam is the transcendental science not only for know­\n\ning the ultimate source of everything but also for knowing our relation\nwith Him and our duty toward perfection of the human society on the\n\nbasis of this perfect knowledge. It is powerful reading matter in the\n\nSanskrit language, and it is now rendered into English elaborately so that\n\nsimply by a careful reading one will know God perfectly well, so much so\n\nthat the reader will be sufficiently educated to defend himself from the\nonslaught of atheists. Over and above this, the reader will be able to con­\n\nvert others to accepting God as a concrete principle.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam begins with the definition of the ultimate source.\n\nIt is a bona fide commentary on the Vedanta-sutra by the same author,\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, and gradually it develops into nine cantos up to the\n\nhighest state of God realization. The only qualification one needs to study\n\nthis great book of transcendental knowledge is to proceed step by step\n\ncautiously and not jump forward haphazardly like with an ordinary\n\nbook. It should be gone through chapter by chapter, one after another.\n\nThe reading matter is so arranged with its original Sanskrit text, its\n\nEnglish transliteration, synonyms, translation and purports so that one is\nsure to become a God-realized soul at the end of finishing the first nine\n\ncantos.\n\nThe Tenth Canto is distinct from the first nine cantos because it deals\n\ndirectly with the transcendental activities of the Personality of Godhead\nSri .i(r�:Qa. One will be unable to capture the effects of the Tenth Canto\n\nwithout going through the first nine cantos. The book is complete in\n\ntwelve cantos, each independent, but it is good for all to read them in\n\nsmall installments one after another.\n\nI must admit my frailties in presenting Snmad-Bhagavatam, but still\n\nI am hopeful of its good reception by the thinkers ai_ld leaders of society\n\non the strength of the following statement of Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.5.11):\n\ntad-vag-visargo janataglul-viplavo\nyasmin prati-slokam abaddlulvaty api\n\n", "SB10.3#p0011": "Preface\n\nX&\n\nnamany anantasya ya.So 'nkitani yac\nchro-vanti gayanti grlJ.anti sadhava�\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full with descriptions of the\ntranscendental glories of the name, fame, form and pastimes of the unlimited Supreme Lord is a transcendental creation meant to bring about a\nrevolution in the impious life of a misdirected civilization. Such transcendental literatures, even though irregularly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\n\nom tat sat\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\n", "SB10.3#p0012": "Introduction\n\n\"This Bhagavata Purarra is as brilliant as the sun, and it has arisen\n\njust after the departure of Lord _Kr�J}.a to His own abode, accompanied by\n\nreligion, knowledge, etc. Persons who have lost their vision due to the\n\ndense darkness of ignorance in the age of Kali shall get light from this\n\nPurarra.\" (Snmad-Bhagavatam 1.3.43)\n\nThe timeless wisdom of India is expressed in the Vedas, ancient\n\nSanskrit texts that touch upon all fields of human knowledge. Originally\n\npreserved through oral tradition, the Vedas were first put into writing\nfive thousand years ago by Srila Vyasadeva, the \"literary incarnation of\n\nGod.\" Mter compiling the Vedas, Vyasadeva set forth their essence in\nthe aphorisms known as Vedanta-sutras. Srimad-Bhiigavatam is Vyasa­\n\ndeva's commentary on his own Veddnta-sutras. It was written in the\n\nmaturity of his spiritual life under the direction of Narada Muni, his\nspiritual master. Referred to as \"the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic\n\nliterature,\" Srimad-Bhagavatam is the most complete and authoritative\nexposition of Vedic knowledge.\n\nMter compiling the B�avatam, Vyasa impressed the synopsis of it\n\nupon his son, the sage Sukadeva Gosviimi. Sukadeva Gosviimi subse­\n\nquently recited the entire Bhagavatam to Maharaja Pari�it in an assem­\n\nbly of learned saints on the bank of the Ganges at Hastinapura (now\nDelhi). Maharaja Pari�it was the emperor of the world and was a great\n\nrajar�i (saintly king). Having received a warning that he would die\n\nwithin a week, he renounced his entire kingdom and retired to the bank\n\nof the Ganges to fast until death and receive spiritual enlightenment.\n\nThe\n\nBhagavatam begins with Emperor Parik�it's sober inquiry to\n\nSukadeva Gosvami:\n\n\"You are the spiritual master of great saints and\n\ndevotees. I am therefore begging you to show the way of perfection for\n\nall persons, and especially for one who is about to die. Please let me know\n\nwhat a man should hear, chant, remember and worship, and also what he\n\nshould not do. Please explain all this to me.\"\n\nSukadeva Gosvami's answer to this question, and numerous other\n\nquestions posed by Maharaja Parik�it, concerning everything from the\nnature of the self to the origin of the universe, held the assembled sages\n\nxm\n\n", "SB10.3#p0013": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\nin rapt attention continuously for the seven days leading to the King's\n\ndeath. The sage Siita Gosvami, who was present on the bank of the\nGanges when Sukadeva Gosvami first recited\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nlater repeated the Bhiigavatam before a gathering of sages in the forest\n\nof Naimi�?aral).ya. Those sages, concerned about the spiritual welfare of\n\nthe people in general, had gathered to perform a long, continuous chain\n\nof sacrifices to counteract the degrading influence of the incipient age of\n\nKali. In response to the sages' request that he speak the essence of Vedic\n\nwisdom, Siita Gosvami repeated from memory the entire eighteen thou­\n\nsand verses of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, as spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami to\n\nMaharaja Parik�?it.\n\nThe reader of Srimad-Bhagavatam hears Siita Gosvami relate the\n\nquestions of Maharaja Parik�?it and the answers of Sukadeva Gosvami.\n\nAlso, Siita Gosvami sometimes responds directly to questions put by\n\nSaunaka l.l!?i, the spokesman for the sages gathered at Naimi�?aral).ya. One\n\ntherefore simultaneously hears two dialogues: one between Maharaja\nParik�?it and Sukadeva Gosvami on the bank of the Ganges, and another\n\nat Naimi�?iiral).ya between Siita Gosvami and the sages at Naimi�?aral).ya\n\nForest, headed by Saunaka J.l!?i. Furthermore, while instructing King\n\nParik�?it, Sukadeva Gosvami often relates historical episodes and gives\naccounts of lengthy philosophical discussions between such great souls as\n\nthe saint Maitreya and his disciple Vidura. With this understanding of\n\nthe history of the Bhagavatam, the reader will easily be able to follow its\n\nintermingling of dialogues and events from various sources. Since philo­\n\nsophical wisdom, not chronological order, is most important in the text,\n\none need only be attentive to the subject matter of Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nto appreciate fully its profound message.\n\nThe translator of this edition compares the Bhagavatam to sugar\n\ncandy-wherever you taste it, you will find it equally sweet and relisha­\n\nble. Therefore, to taste the sweetness of the Bhagavatam, one may begin\nby reading any of its volumes. After such an introductory taste, however,\n\nthe serious reader is best advised to go back to Volume One of the First\nCanto and then proceed through the Bhagavatam, volume after volume,\n\nin its natural order.\n\nThis edition of the Bhagavatam is the first complete English transla­\n\ntion of this important text with an elaborate commentary, and it is the\n\nfirst widely available to the English-speaking public. It is the product of\n\n", "SB10.3#p0014": "Introduction\n\nXV\n\nthe scholarly and devotional effort of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought. His consummate Sanskrit\nscholarship and intimate familiarity with Vedic culture and thought as\nwell as the modern way of life combine to reveal to the West a magnificent exposition of this important classic.\nReaders will find this work of value for many reasons. For those interested in the classical roots of Indian civilization, it serves as a vast\nreservoir of detailed information on virtually every one of its aspects.\nFor students of comparative philosophy and religion, the Bhagavatam\noffers a penetrating view into the meaning of India's profound spiritual\nheritage. To sociologists and anthropologists, the Bhagavatam reveals the\npractical workings of a peaceful and scientifically organized Vedic\nculture, whose institutions were integrated on the basis of a highly\ndeveloped spiritual world-view. Students of literature will discover the\n\nBhagavatam to be a masterpiece of majestic poetry. For students of psychology, the text provides important perspectives on the nature of consciousness, human behavior and the philosophical study of identity.\nFinally, to those seeking spiritual insight, the Bhagavatam offers simple\nand practical guidance for attainment of the highest self-knowledge and\nrealization of the Absolute Truth. The entire multivolume text, presented by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, promises to occupy a significant\nplace in the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of modern man for a\nlong time to come.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "SB10.3#p0015": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nFounder-Aciirya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "SB10.3#p0016": "Srila Prabhupiida's room in the Kr�t:ta-Balariima Mandira, where he\n\nspent his final days translating this volume of the Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0017": "The l<r!?l).a-Balarama Mandira in V:rndavana, India.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0018": "PLATE ONE\nAfter selecting a pleasing location on the riverbank, Lord ���a and\nHis friends opened their baskets of food and began eating in great transcendental pleasure. Like the whorl of a lotus flower surrounded by its\npetals and leaves, KJ;��a sat in the center, encircled by lines of His\nfriends, who all looked very beautiful. Every one of them was trying to\nlook forward toward KJ;��a, thinking that ���a might look toward him.\nAmong the cowherd boys, some placed their lunch on flowers, some on\nleaves, fruits, or bunches of leaves, some actually in their baskets, some\non the bark of trees and some on rocks. This is what the children\nimagined to be their plates as they ate their lunch. All the cowherd boys\nenjoyed their lunch with ���a, showing one another the different tastes\nof the different varieties of preparations they had brought from home.\nTasting one another's preparations, they began to laugh and make one\nanother laugh. In this way they all enjoyed their lunch in the forest.\n\n(pp. 6-10)\n\n", "SB10.3#p0019": "", "SB10.3#p0020": "PLATE TWO\nOne day, five or six nights before the completion of the year, ��I).a,\ntending the calves, entered the forest along with Balarama. Thereafter,\nwhile pasturing atop Govardhana Hill, the cows looked down to find some\ngreen grass and saw their calves pasturing near V:rndavana, not very far\naway. When the cows saw their own calves from the top. of Govardhana\nHill, they forgot themselves and their caretakers because of increased\naffection, and although the path was very rough, they ran toward their\ncalves with great anxiety, each running as if with one pair of legs. Their\nmilk bags full and flowing with milk, their heads and tails raised, and\ntheir humps moving with their necks, they ran forcefully until they\nreached their calves to feed them. The cowherd men, having been unable\nto check the cows from going to their calves, felt simultaneously ashamed\nand angry. They crossed the rough road with great difficulty, but when\nthey came down and saw their own sons, they were overwhelmed by\ngreat affection. At that time, all the thoughts of the cowherd men merged\nin the mellow of paternal love, which was aroused by the sight of their\nsons. Experiencing a great attraction, their anger completely disappearing, they lifted their sons, embraced them in their arms and enjoyed the\nhighest pleasure by smelling their sons' heads. (pp. 29-33)\n\n", "SB10.3#p0021": "", "SB10.3#p0022": "PLATE THREE\nWhile Lord Brahma looked on, all the calves and the boys tending\nthem immediately appeared to have complexions the color of bluish\nrainclouds and to be dressed in yellow silken garments. All those personalities had four arms, holding conchshell, disc, mace and lotus flower\nin Their hands. They wore helmets on Their heads, earrings on Their\nears and garlands of forest flowers around Their necks. On the upper\nportion of the right side of Their chests was the emblem of the goddess of\nfortune. Furthermore, They wore armlets on Their arms, the Kaustubha\ngem around Their necks, which were marked with three lines like a\nconchshell, and bracelets on Their wrists. With bangles on Their ankles,\nornaments on Their feet, and sacred belts around Their waists·, They all\nappeared very beautiful. Those Vi!?I).U f�rms, by Their pure smiling,\nwhich resembled the increasing light of the moon, and by the sidelong\nglances of Their reddish eyes, created and protected the desires of Their\nown devotees, as if by the modes of passion and goodness. Thus Lord\nBrahma saw the Supreme Brahman, by whose energy this entire universe, with its moving and nonmoving living beings, is manifested. He\nalso saw at the same time all the calves and boys as the Lord's expansions.\n\n(pp. 49-63)\n\n", "SB10.3#p0023": "", "SB10.3#p0024": "PLATE FOUR\nLord Brahma saw the Absolute Truth-who is one without a second,\nwho possesses full knowledge and who is unlimited-assuming the role\nof a child in a family of cowherd men and standing all alone, just as\nbefore, with a morsel of food in His hand, searching everywhere for the\ncalves and His cowherd friends. After seeing this, Lord Brahma hastily\ngot down from his swan carrier, fell down like a golden rod and touched\nthe lotus feet of Lord Kr��a with the tips of the four crowns on his heads.\nOffering his obeisances, he bathed the feet of Kr��a with the water of his\ntears of joy. Rising and falling again and again at the lotus feet of Lord\nKr��a for a long time, Lord Brahma remembered over and over the\nLord's greatness he had just seen. Then, rising very gradually and wiping his two eyes, Lord Brahma looked up at Mukunda. Lord Brahma,\nhis head bent low, his mind concentrated and his body trembling,\nvery humbly began, with faltering words, to offer praise to Lord }(r�t;�.a.\n\n(pp. 73-78)\n\n", "SB10.3#p0025": "", "SB10.3#p0026": "Brahma-kut;tQ.a, the site where Lord Brahma offered his prayers to Lord\n��t;ta after the pastime known as Brahma-vimohana-lila.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0027": "CHAPTER THIRTEEN\n\nThe Stealing of the\nBoys and Calves by Brahma\nThis chapter describes Lord Brahmii's attempt to take away the calves\nand cowherd boys, and it also describes the bewilderment of Lord\nBrahmii and finally the clearance of his illusion.\nAlthough the incident concerning Aghasura had been performed one\nyear before, when the cowherd boys were five years old, when they were\nsix years old they said, \"It happened today.\" What happened was this.\nMter killing Aghiisura, K:r!?l).a, along with His associates the cowherd\nboys, went for a picnic within the forest. The calves, being allured by\ngreen grasses, gradually went far away, and therefore K:r!?l).a's associates\nbecame a little agitated and wanted to bring back the calves. K:r!?l).a,\nhowever, encouraged the boys by saying, \"You take your tiffin without\nbeing agitated. I shall go find the calves.\" And thus the Lord departed.\nThen, just to examine the potency of K:r!?l).a, Lord Brahmii took away all\nthe calves and cowherd boys and kept them in a secluded place.\nWhen K:r!?l).a was unable to find the calves and boys, He could understand that this was a trick performed by Brahmii. Then the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the cause of all causes, in order to please Lord\nBrahmii, as well as His own associates and their mothers, expanded Himself to become the calves and boys, exactly as they were before. In this\nway, He discovered another pastime. A special feature of this pastime\nwas that the mothers of the cowherd boys thus became more attached to\ntheir respective sons, and the cows became more attached to their calves.\nMter nearly a year, Baladeva observed that all the cowherd boys and\ncalves were expansions of K:r!?l).a. Thus He inquired from K:r!?l).a and was\ninformed of what had happened.\nWhen one full year had passed, Brahmii returned and saw that K:r!?l).a\nwas still engaged as usual with His friends and the calves and cows. Then\nK:r!?l).a exhibited all the calves and cowherd boys as four-armed forms of\nNariiyal).a. Brahmii could then understand K:r!?l).a's potency, and he was\n\n1\n\n", "SB10.3#p0028": "[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nSri mad-Bhiigavatam\n\n2\n\nastonished by the pastimes of K:rf?I,J.a, his worshipable Lord. Kr!?I,J.a,\n\nhowever, bestowed His causeless mercy upon Brahma and released him\n\nfrom illusion. Thus Brahma began to offer prayers to glorify the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 1\n\nsm�Jcn �\n'\"'\n\n�'I! �lll �� �Tiffif� I\n�'il�:tt(fl�i� �061'ilfq � Q: II � II\no:,\n\nsri-suka uviica\n\nsadhu pr�tam maha-b hiiga\ntvayii bhagavatottama\nyan niltanayasiSasya\n\nsrr:wann api katham muhub,\n\nsri-sukab, uviica-Sukadeva Gosvami said; sadhu p �tam-1 have\n\nr\n\nbeen very much honored by your inquiry; maha-bhaga-you are a\n\ngreatly fortunate personality; tvaya-by you; bhagavata-uttama-0\nbest of devotees; yat-because; niltanayasi-you are making newer and\n\nnewer; iSasya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; srovan apialthough\n\nyou\n\nare\n\ncontinuously\n\nmuhub,-again and again.\n\nhearing;\n\nkathiim-the\n\npastimes;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Sukadeva Gosviimi said: 0 best of devotees, most fortunate\n\nParikljlit, you have inquired very nicely, for although constantly\nhearing the pastimes of the Lord, you are perceiving His activities\nto be newer and newer.\n\nPURPORT\nUnless one is very advanced in K:rt?I.la consciousness, one cannot stick\n\nto hearing the pastimes of the Lord constantly. Nityam nava-naviiya­\n\nmanam: even though advanced devotees hear continually about the Lord\n\nfor years, they still feel that these topics are coming to them as newer and\n\n", "SB10.3#p0029": "Text2]\n\nBrahms Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n3\n\nfresher. Therefore such devotees cannot give up hearing of the pastimes\nof Lord Kr�J;ta. Premaiijana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena santab, sadaiva\n\nhrdaye�u vilokayanti. The word santab, is used to refer to persons who\nhave developed love for Kr�J;ta. Yam syamasundaram acintya-guT.UI-svarilpam govindam iidi-pu�am tam aham bhajdmi (Brahma-samhita 5.38).\nParik�it Maharaja, therefore, is addressed as bhagavatottama, the best of\ndevotees, because unless one is very much elevated in devotional service,\none cannot feel ecstasy from hearing more and more and appreciate the\ntopics as ever fresher and newer.\nTEXT2\n\nijQllN\n\n�qf\n\n�\n\n���ij(1l+trq I\nm� �'*\"���� �\n� Pcal�lllt� �� II � II\nsatdm ayam sara-bhrtam nisargo\nyad-artha-VdTJ-i-sruti-cetasam api\nprati-�aT.Uiril. navya-vad acyutasya yat\nstriya v#anam iva siidhu varta\nsatam-of the devotees; ayam-this; sara-bhrtam-those who are\n\nparamaharil.sas, who have accepted the essence of life; nisargab,feature or symptom; yat-which; artha-vdTJ-i-the aim of life, the aim\nof profit; sruti-the aim of understanding; cetasam api\n\n-\n\nwho have\n\ndecided to accept the bliss of transcendental subjects l\\S the aim and object of life; prati- � a T.Uim-every moment; navya-vat-as if newer and\nnewer; acyutasya-of Lord Kr�I;ta; yat-because; striyab,- (topics) of\nwoman or sex; v#anam-of debauchees, who are attached to women;\niva-exactly like; sddhu vdrtd\n\n-\n\nactual conversation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nParamaharilsas, devotees who have accepted the essence of life,\nare attached to ���a in the core of their hearts, and He is the aim\nof their lives. It is their nature to talk only of ��I].a at every\n\n", "SB10.3#p0030": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n4\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nmoment, as if such topics were newer and newer. They are at­\n\ntached to such topics, just as materialists are attached to topics of\n\nwomen and sex.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word siira-bhrtam means paramahamsas. The hamsa, or swan,\naccepts milk from a mixture of milk and water and rejects the water.\nSimilarly, the nature of persons who have taken to spiritual life and\n�t?Qa consciousness, understanding K:rt?Qa to be the life and soul of\neveryone, is that they cannot give up kmJ.a-kathii, or topics about �t?Qa,\nat any moment. Such paramahamsas always see �t?Qa within the core\nof the heart (santa� sadaiva hrdaye�u vilokayanti). Kama (desires),\n\nkrodha (anger) and bhaya (fear) are always present in the material\nworld, but in the spiritual, or transcendental, world one can use them\nfor K:rt?Qa. Kiimam kmta-karmiirpa1J.e. The desire of the paramaham­\n\nsas, therefore, is to act always for K:rt?Qa. Krodham bhakta-dve�i jane.\nThey use anger against the nondevotees and transform bhaya, or fear,\ninto fear of being deviated from K:rt?Qa consciousness. In this way, the\nlife of a paramahamsa devotee is used entirely for �!?Qa, just as the life\nof a person attached to the material world is used simply for women and\nmoney. What is day for the materialistic person is night for the spiritualist. What is very sweet for the materialist-namely women and\nmoney-is regarded as poison by the spiritualist.\n\nsandarsanam v�ayiniim atha yo�itiim ca\nha hanta hanta v�a-bha�ar:tato 'py asiidhu\nThis is the instruction of Caitanya Mahaprabhu. For the paramahamsa,\n�t?Qa is everything, but for the materialist, women and money are\neverything.\n\nTEXT3\n\nP!C!Jttii'Etf®l �I'Jf�fq � � � I\n\ni(.�: � �� �) �� II � II\nsrr:t�viivahito riijann\napi guhyam vadiimi te\n\n·\n\n", "SB10.3#p0031": "Text 4]\n\nBrahma Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n5\n\nbruyu}J snigdhasya si$yasya\nguravo guhyam apy uta\nsr�usva-please hear;\n\navahita}J-with great attention;\n\nriijan-0\n\nKing (Maharaja Parik�it); api-although; guhyam-very confidential\n(because ordinary men cannot understand the activities of ��:Q.a);\n\nvadiimi-1 shall explain; te-unto you; bruyu}J-explain; snigdhasyasubmissive; si$yasya-of a disciple; gurava}J-spiritual masters; guhyam-very confidential; api uta-even so.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 King, kindly hear me with great attention. Although the activities of the Supreme Lord are very confidential, no ordinary\nman being able to understand them, I shall speak about them\nto you, for spiritual masters explain to a submissive disciple\neven subject matters that are very confidential and difficult to\nunderstand.\nTEXT4\n'\"'\n\n�tti(\"lIW'i�\nij'R-\" F?:r::::t IIIJ1 il\n\n�tiT���\n�;rtMd\\44;'1�� II 'd II\n\ntathagha-vadaniin mrtyo\nrak§itvii vatsa-piilakiin\nsarit-pulinam iiniya\nbhagaviin idam abravit\ntathii-thereafter;\n\nagha-vadaniit-from the mouth of Aghasura;\n\nmrtyo}J-death personified; ra�itvii-after saving; vatsa-piilakiin-all\nthe cowherd boys and calves; sarit-pulinam-to the bank of the river;\niiniya-bringing them; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, ��:Q.a; idam-these words; abravit-spoke.\nTRANSLATION\nThen, after saving the boys and calves from the mouth of\nAghasura, who was death personified, Lord Kt':IJ].a, the Supreme\n\n", "SB10.3#p0032": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n6\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nPersonality of Godhead, brought them all to the bank of the river\nand spoke the following words.\n\nTEXTS\n\n'3Titsre� � �:\n�('(+q���NJil� I\n�$affit�ij1MqfSI€h�:rf;rsm''l;n;t�lt� II '\"\\ II\naho 'tiramyam pulinam vayasya�\nsva-keli-sampan mrduliiccha-balukam\nsphutat-saro-gandha-hrtali-patrikadhvani-pratidhviina-lasad-drumiikulam\naho-oh; ati-ramyam-very very beautiful; pulinam-the bank of\n,\n\nthe river; vayasya�-My dear friends; sva-keli-sampat-full with all\nparaphernalia for pastimes of play; mrdula-accha-balukam-the very\nsoft and clean sandy bank; sphutat-in full bloom; sara�-gandha-by\nthe aroma of the lotus flower; hrta-attracted; ali-of the bumblebees;\npatrika-and of the birds; dhvani-pratidhviina-the sounds of their\n\nchirping and moving and the echoes of these sounds; lasat-moving all\nover; druma-iikulam-full of nice trees.\nTRANSLATION\n. My dear friends, just see how this riverbank is extremely\n\nbeautiful because of its pleasing atmosphere. And just see how the\nblooming lotuses are attracting bees and birds by their aroma. The\n\nhumming\n\nand\n\nchirping\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nbees\n\nand\n\nbirds\n\nis\n\nechoing\n\nthroughout the beautiful trees in the forest. Also, here the sands\n\nare clean and soft. Therefore, this must be considered the best\n\nplace for our sporting and pastimes.\n\nPURPORT\nThe description of Vrndiivana forest as given herewith was spoken by\n�!?Qa five thousand years ago, and the same condition prevailed during\n\n", "SB10.3#p0033": "Text7]\n\n7\n\nBrahma Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\nthe time of the Vai!?Q.ava acaryas three or four hundred years ago. Kiijat­\n\nkokila-harhsa-sarasa-gar:tiikinJ£ mayiirakule. Vrndavana forest is always\nfilled with the chirping and cooing of birds like cuckoos (kokila),\nducks (hamsa) and cranes (sarasa), and it is also full of peacocks\n(mayiirakule). The same sounds and atmosphere still prevail in the area\nwhere our Kr!?Q.a-Balarama temple is situated. Everyone who visits this\ntemple is pleased to hear the chirping of the birds as described here (kii­\n\njat-kokila-harhsa-sarasa).\nTEXT6\n\n3N lil*hOil+i�tM��l� ��t:\n\n1\n\n�: �sq: ��nwg ��91��-UIIf 11�11\natra bhoktavyam asmabhir\ndivarfu)ham lcyudhardita�\nvatsa� samipe 'pa� pitva\ncarantu sanakais troam\nbhoktavyam-our lunch should be eaten;\nis very late now; lcyudha\nardita � - we are fatigued with hunger; vatsa �-the calves; samipenearby; apa�-water; pitva -after drinking; carantu-let them eat;\nsanakai� - slowly; trr:tam-the grasses.\natra-here, on this spot;\n\nas\n\nmabh* - by\n\nus;\n\ndiva - arfu)ha m-it\n\nTRANSLATION\nI think we should take our lunch here, since we are already hungry because the time is very late. Here the calves may drink water\nand go slowly here and there and eat the grass.\nTEXT7\n\n� ql4fi4f31M ��1911()� � I\n� ro;:p:uf;t �n:rlf � Jro II \\9 II\ntatheti payayitvarbha\nvatsan arudhya siidvale\n\n", "SB10.3#p0034": "[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n8\n\nmuktvii sikyani bubhujub,\nsamam bhagavatii muda\ntathii iti-as Kr�1,1a proposed, the other cowherd boys agreed;\npiiyayitvii arbhab,-they allowed to drink water; vatsiin-the calves;\niirudhya-tying them to the trees, allowed them to eat; siidvale-in a\nplace of green, tender grasses; muktva-opening; sikyani-their bags of\neatables\n\nand\n\nother\n\nparaphernalia;\n\nbubhujub,-went\n\nand\n\nenjoyed;\n\nsamam-equally; bhagavata-with the Supreme Personality of Godhead; muda-in transcendental pleasure.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAccepting Lord Kt�I}.a's proposal, the cowherd boys allowed the\n\ncalves to drink water from the river and then tied them to trees\n\nwhere there was green, tender grass. Then the boys opened their\nbaskets of food and began eating with Kt�I}.a in great transcendental pleasure.\n\nTEXTS\n\n��tq���\"'\n\n\"'\n\n�\n\n��FRT: $�t�ll �Nilll�! I\n\nij�q�!T\n.\n��\n\n�\n\nfelt!;.p.fliit��n 11 � 11\n\nkr$7Jasya vi$vak puru-raji-mar.u)alair\nabhyananab, phulla-drso vrajarbhakiib,\nsahopavi$!ii vipine vireju§\nc\n\nhada yathiimbhoruha-karr_tikayab,\n\nkr$1JlLSya vi$vak -surrounding K:r�1,1a; puru-raji-mar.u)alaib,-by different encirclements of associates; abhyananab,-everyone looking forward to the center, where Kr�1,1a was sitting; phulla-drsab,-their\n·\nfaces looking very bright because of transcendental pleasure; vraja­\n\narbhakiib,-all the cowherd boys of Vrajabhumi; saha-upavi$tab-sitting with K:r�1,1a;\n\nvipine-in the forest;\n\nvirejub,-so nicely and\n\n", "SB10.3#p0035": "Text9]\n\nBrahmi Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\nbeautifully made; chada�-petals and leaves; yatha -just as;\n\n9\n\nambho­\n\nruha-of a lotus flower; kan:tikayii�-of the whorl.\nTRANSLATION\nLike the whorl of a lotus flower surrounded by its petals and\nleaves, Kr�I].a sat in the center, encircled by lines of His friends,\nwho all looked very beautiful. Every one of them was trying to\nlook forward toward Kr�I].a, thinking that Kr�I].a might look\ntoward him. In this way they all enjoyed their lunch in the forest.\nPURPORT\nTo a pure devotee, �f?:r;ta is always visible, as stated in the Brahma­\n\nsamhitii (santa� sadaiva hrdaye$u vilokayanti) and as indicated by\n�f?:r;ta Himself in Bhagavad-gitii (sarvata� piir.ti-piidam tat sarvato 'k$i­\n\nsiro-mukham). If by accumulating pious activities (krta-pur.tya-pufijaM\none is raised to the platform of pure devotional service, K:rf?:r:ta is always\nvisible in the core of one's heart. One who has a�tained such perfection is\nall-beautiful in transcendental bliss. The present �f?:r;ta consciousness\nmovement is an attempt to keep K:rf?:r:ta in the center, for if this is done all\nactivities will automatically become beautiful and blissful.\nTEXT9\n\n� ���: ?fi� qe��: �: I\nftrt'��fnl���:���;n: II� II\nkecit pU$pair dalai� kecit\npallavair ankurai� phalai�\nsigbhis tvagbhir dr$adbhiS ca\nbubhuju� krta-bhiijanii�\nkecit-someone; pu$pai�-by flowers; dala*-by nice leaves of\nflowers; kecit-someone; pallavai�-on the surface of bunches of\nleaves; a1ikurai�-on the sprouts of flowers; phalai�-and some on\nfruits; sigbhi�-some actually in the basket or packet; tvagbhi�-by the\nbark of trees; dr$adbh*-on rocks; ca-and; bubhuju�-enjoyed; krtabhajanii�-as if they had made their plates for eating.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0036": "10\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmong the cowherd boys, some placed their lunch on flowers,\n\nsome on leaves, fruits, or bunches of leaves, some actually in their\n\nbaskets, some on the bark of trees and some on rocks. This is what\nthe children imagined to be their plates as they ate their lunch.\n\nsarve mitho darsayanta/:t\nsva-sva-bhojya-rucim prthak\nhasanto hiisayantaS cabhyavajahru/:£ sahesvara/:£\nsarve-all the cowherd boys; mitha/:£-to one another; darsayanta/:£showing; sva-sva-bhojya-rucim prthak-different varieties of foodstuffs\nbrought from home, with their separate and different tastes; hasanta/:£after tasting, they were all laughing; hiisayanta/:£ ca-and making others\nlaugh; abhyavajahru/:t-enjoyed lunch; saha-iSvara/:£-along with Kt�J}.a.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the cowherd boys enjoyed their lunch with ��J.la, showing\n\none another the different tastes of the different varieties of preparations they had brought from home. Tasting one another's preparations, they began to laugh and make one another laugh.\n\nPURPORT\nSometimes one friend would say, \"Kt�J}.a, see how my food is relishable,\" and Kt�J}.a would take some and laugh. Similarly, Balarama,\nSudamii and other friends would taste one another's food and laugh. In\nthis way, the friend's very jubilantly began to eat their respective preparations brought from home.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0037": "Text II]\n\nBrahmi Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\nII\n\nTEXT 11\n\n� � Gf&(q;wl: � � �\n� q1'lft 'fqUiifi� ��'fi�lri4t�l!! I\n��€14R�«I m�;r�: ��:\n�it��� ����til �: ll ��II\nbibhrad Ve\"!l-Urit ja{hara-pa{ayo/:£ spiga-vetre ca ka�e\nvc'ime pii�u masr\"!ta-kavalam tat-phaliiny ariguli$u\nt4than madhye sva-parisuhrdo hiisayan narmabhi/:t svai/:£\nsvarge loke mi�ati bubhuje yajiia-bhug biila-keli/:£\nbibhrat ve\"!l-um-keeping the flute; ja{hara-pa{ayo/:£ -between the\n\ntight clothing and the abdomen; srriga-vetre -both the horn bugle and\nthe cow-driving stick; ca-also; ka�e-on the waist; viime-on the\nleft-hand side; pii�u-taking in hand; masr\"!ta-kavalam-very nice\nfood prepared with rice and first-class curd; tat-phaliini -suitable pieces\nof fruit like bael; arigul� u -betw een the fingers; t4fhan -staying in\n\nthis way; madhye -in the middle; sva-pari suh rdai:£-His own personal\n-\n\nassociates; hiisayan -making them laugh;\n\nnarmabhi/:t -with joking\n\nwords; svaii:£-His own; svarge loke m4ati -while the inhabitants of the\nheavenly planets, Svargaloka, were watching this wonderful scene;\n\nbubhuje-KJ;f?I).a enjoyed; yajiia-bhuk biila-ke lil:£ although He accepts\nofferings in yajiia, for the sake of childhood pastimes He was enjoying\n-\n\nfoodstuffs very jubilantly with His cowherd boyfriends.\nTRANSLATION\n���a is yajfta-bhuk-that is, He eats only offerings of yajftabut to exhibit His childhood pastimes, He now sat with His flute\ntucked between His waist and His tight cloth on His right side and\nwith His horn bugle and cow-driving stick on His left. Holding in\nHis hand a very nice preparation of yogurt and rice, with pieces of\nsuitable fruit between His fingers, He sat like the whorl of a lotus\nflower, looking forward toward all His friends, personally joking\nwith them and creating jubilant laughter among them as He ate. At .\n\n", "SB10.3#p0038": "12\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nthat time, the denizens of heaven were watching, struck with\nwonder at how the Personality of Godhead, who eats only in yajfta,\nwas now eating with His friends in the forest.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen K:J;t;;I).a was eating with His cowherd boyfriends, a certain\nbumblebee came there to take part in the eating. Thus K:!;\"t;;Qa joked,\n\"Why have you come to disturb My briihmaJJ,a friend Madhumailgala?\nYou want to kill a briihmaJJ,a. This is not good.\" All the boys would laugh\nand enjoy, speaking such joking words while eating. Thus the inhabitants of the higher planets were astonished at how the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who eats only when yajiia is offered, was now eating\nlike an ordinary child with His friends in the forest.\nTEXT 12\n\nll� ��,; ��:t��$11�¥4� I\n���it �� f?tN�IZ'51fmn: II� �II\nbhiirataivam vatsa-pe$u\nbhunjane$V acyutiitmasu\nvatsiis tv antar-vane duram\nviviSus trJJ-a-lobhita/.1,\nbharata-0 Maharaja Parikt;;it; evam-in this way (while they were\nenjoying their lunch); vatsa-pe$u-a1ong with all the boys tending the\ncalves; bhunjane$u-engaged in taking their food; acyuta-iitmasu-all\nof them being very near and dear to Acyuta, K:J;t;;Qa; vatsii/.1,-the calves;\ntu-however; anta/.1,-vane-within the deep forest; duram-far away;\nviviSu/.1,-entered; trJJ-a-lobhita/.1,-being allured by green grass.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�it, while the cowherd boys, who knew nothing\n\nwithin the core 'of their hearts but K��1,1a, were thus engaged in\n\neating their lunch in the forest, the calves went far away, deep into\nthe forest, being allured by green grass.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0039": "Text 13]\n\n13\n\nBrahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\nTEXT 13\n\n�ql��ijSI(ijli_� �� � I\nf¥1Silllql�lw-¥41 M(¥ffl6:1�ti tl��·� II� �II\ntan dr�tva bhaya-santrastan\nilce kmw 'sya bhi-bhayam\n\nmitrar:ty asan ma viramatehane�ye vatsakan aham\ntan-that those calves were going away; dr�tva-seeing; bhaya­\n\nsantrastan-to the cowherd boys, who were disturbed by fear that within\nthe dense forest the calves would be attacked by some ferocious animals;\nilce-Kr!?I}.a said; kr�r:ta� asya bhi-bhayam-Krf?I}.a, who is Himself the\nfearful element of all kinds of fear (when Kr!?I}.a is present, there is no\nfear); mitrar:ti-My dear friends; asat-from your enjoyment of eating;\nrna viramata-do not stop; iha-in this place, in this spot;\n\nane�ye-1\n\nshall bring back; vatsakan-the calves; aham-1.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Kr!iiJ.la saw that His friends the cowherd boys were\nfrightened, He, the fierce controller even of fear itself, said, just to\nmitigate their fear, \"My dear friends, do not stop eating. I shall\nbring your calves back to this spot by personally going after them\nMyself.\"\nPURPORT\n\nIn the presence of Kr!?I}.a's friendship, a devotee cannot have any fear.\nKr!?I}.a is the supreme controller, the controller of even death, which is\nsupposed to be the ultimate fear in this material world. Bhayam\n\ndvitiyabhinivesata� syat (Bhag. 11.2.37). This fear arises because of\n\nlack of Kr!?I}.a consciousness; otherwise there cannot be any fear. For one\nwho has taken shelter of the lotus feet of Kr!?I}.a, this material world of\nfear becomes hardly dangerous at all.\n\nbhavambudhir vatsa-padam param padam\npadam padam yad vipadam na te�am\n\n", "SB10.3#p0040": "14\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nBhaviimbudhi/:l, the material ocean of fear, becomes very easy to cross by\nthe mercy of the supreme controller. This material world, in which there\nis fear and danger at every step (padam padam yad vipadam), is not\nmeant for those who have taken shelter at Kr�1.1a's lotus feet. Such persons are delivered from this fearful world.\n\nsaTTUiSritii ye pada-pallava-plavam\nmahat-padam pur:tya-ya§o muriire/:l\nbhavambudhir vatsa-padam param padam\npadam padam yad vipadam na te�am\n(Bhiig. 10.14.58)\nEveryone, therefore, should take shelter of the Supreme Person, who is\nthe source of fearlessness, and thus be secure.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n��·�Ufj§ltl�tq k4ii4fl�l'{ I\nAA�1lltli4Ft. PJf: ��f01�i4el �II ��II\nity uktvadri-dari-kunjagahvare�v iitma-vatsakiin\nvicinvan bhagaviin kr�r:ta/:l\nsapiir:ti-kavalo yayau\niti uktvii -saying this (\"Let Me bring your calves personally\"); adridari-kufija-gahvare�u -everywhere in the mountains, the mountain\ncaves, the bushes and narrow places; atma-vatsakan-the calves belonging to His own personal friends; vicinvan-searching out; bhagaviinthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; kr�r:ta/:t-Lord K:r�J.la; sa-piir:tikavala }:l-carrying His yogurt and rice in His hand; yayau-started out.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Let Me go and search for the calves,\" �11�a said. \"Don't disturb your enjoyment.\" Then, carrying His yogurt and rice in His\nhand, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, ��a, immediately\nwent out to search for the calves of His friends. To please His\n\n", "SB10.3#p0041": "Text 15]\n\n15\n\nBrahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\nfriends, He began searching in all the mountains, mountain caves,\nbushes and narrow passages.\nPURPORT\nThe Vedas (Svetasvatara Up. 6.8) assert that the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead has nothing to do personally (na tasya kiiryam karar:tam ca\n\nvidyate) because He is doing everything through His energies and poten­\n\ncies (pariisya saktir vividhaiva srilyate). Nonetheless, here we see that\nHe took personal care to find the calves of His friends. This was Kr�Qa's\n\ncauseless mercy. Mayiidhyakwr:ta prakrti/:t silyate sa-cariicaram: all the\naffairs of the entire world and the entire cosmic manifestation are work­\n\ning under His direction, through His different energies. Still, when there\nis a need to take care of His friends, He does this personally. Kr�Qa\nassured His friends, \"Don't be afraid. I am going personally to search for\nyour calves.\" This was Kr�I:ta's causeless mercy.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n\"\n'\"'\n.... ..,.._..�\n����W{t�Rtl tt•�•tt��•tt•�-\n\n��'i��ii4'it4<1G:M�Hi\\«11M�l ii4tt�ql'll\n\n41E'41t4<1SI ��$!6:1W{t(G:�@s� �: �\nqN� !l+lii4�T: 31m: tR fel�ll ��II\n\nambhojanma-janis tad-antara-gato miiyiirbhakasyesitur\n\ndr�tum maiiju mahitvam anyad api tad-vatsiin ito vatsapiin\n\nnitviinyatra kuradvahiintaradadhiit khe 'vasthito ya/:t purii\n\ndr�tvaghiisura-mo�a-r:tam prabhavata/:t priipta/:t param vismayam\n\nambhojanma-jani/:t-Lord Brahma, who was born from a lotus flower;\n\ntat-antara-gata/:t-now became entangled with the affairs of Kr�Qa, who\nwas enjoying luncheon pastimes with His cowherd\n\narbhakasya-of the boys made by Kr�Qa's miiyii;\n\nsupreme controller;\n\ndr�tum-just to see;\n\nboys;\n\nmiiyii­\n\niSitu/:t-of the\n\nmaiiju-very pleasing;\n\nmahitvam anyat api-other glories of the Lord also; tat-vatsiin-their\n\ncalves; ita/:t-than that place where they were; vatsa-piin\n\n-\n\nand the\n\n", "SB10.3#p0042": "16\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\ncowherd boys taking care of the calves; nitva-bringing them; anya­\n\ntra-to a different place; kurildvaha-0 Maharaja Parik�?it; antaradadhat-kept hidden and invisible for some time;\n\nkhe avasthita/:1,\n\nya/:1,-this person Brahma, who was situated in the higher planetary\nsystem in the sky; pura-formerly; dmva-was observing; aghasura­\n\nmo /cy aQnm -the wonderful killing and deliverance of Aghasura from\nmaterial tribulation; prabhavata/:1,-of the all-potent Supreme Person;\n\nprapta/:1, param vis mayam-had become extremely astonished.\nTRANSLATION\n0 Maharaja Parik�?it, Brahmii, who resides in the higher plan­\n\netary system in the sky, had observed the activities of the most\npowerful Knr.ta in killing and delivering Aghiisura, and he was\nastonished. Now that same Brahmii wanted to show some of his\n\nown power and see the power of :Kt!?:r;ta, who was engaged in His\n\nchildhood pastimes, playing as if with ordinary cowherd boys.\n\nTherefore, in K:r!?:r:ta's absence, Brahmii took all the boys and calves\n\nto another place. Thus he became entangled, for in the very near\nfuture he would see how powerful K:r!?:r:ta was.\nPURPORT\nWhen Aghasura was being killed by K:r!?l).a, who was accompanied by\nHis associates, Brahma was astonished, but when he saw that K:r!?l).a was\nvery much enjoying His pastimes of lunch, he was even more astonished\nand wanted to test whether K:r!?l).a was actually there. Thus he became\nentangled in K:r!?l).a's maya. After all, Brahma was born materially. As\nmentioned here, ambhojanma-jani/:1,: he was born of ambhoja, a lotus\nflower. It does not matter that he was born of a lotus and not of any man,\nanimal or material father. A lotus is also material, and anyone born\nthrough the material energy must be subject to the four material\ndeficiencies: bhrama (the tendency to commit mistakes), pramada (the\ntendency to be illusioned), vipralipsa (the tendency to cheat) and kara­\n\n�patava (imperfect senses). Thus Brahma also became entangled.\nBrahma, with his maya, wanted to test whether Kr!?l).a was actually\npresent. These cowherd boys were but expansions of K:r!?l).a's personal\nself (ananda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhavitabhi/:l). Later Kr!?l).a would show\nBrahma how He expands Himself into everything as His personal\n\n", "SB10.3#p0043": "Text 16]\n\nBrahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n17\n\npleasure, ananda-cinmaya-rasa. Hladini saktir asmat: l<.r�?Qa has a transcendental potency called hladini sakti. He does not enjoy anything that\nis a product of the material energy. Brahma, therefore, would see Lord\n\"K.r!?Qa expand His energy.\nBrahma wanted to take away Kr�?Qa's associates, but instead he took\naway some other boys and calves. RavaQa wanted to take away Sita, but\nthat was impossible, and instead he took away a maya Sita. Similarly,\nBrahma took away mayarbhaka/:t: boys manifested by Kr!?Qa's maya.\nBrahma could show some extraordinary opulence to the mayarbhaka/:t;\nbut he could not show any extraordinary potency to \"K.r!?Qa's associates.\nThat he would see in the very near future. Mayarbhakasya iSitu/:t. This\nbewilderment, this maya, was caused by the supreme controller,\nprabhavata/:t-the all-potent Supreme Person, Kr�?Qa-and we shall see\nthe result. Anyone materially born is subject to bewilderment. This\npastime is therefore called brahma-vimohana-lila, the pastime of\nbewildering Brahma. Mohitam na\n\nbhijanati mam ebhya/:t param avya­\n\nyam (Bg. 7.13). Materially born persons cannot fully understand K.r�Qa.\n\n(muhyanti yat surayall}.\nTene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye (Bhag. 1.1.1). Everyone, from Brahma\n\nEven the demigods cannot understand Him\n\ndown to the small insect, must take lessons from \"K.r!?Qa·\n\nTEXT 16\n\n� ��r-f� �sA =if �� I\n�qf't Cl� '§tTJft �� (1'4\"66: II � �II\ntato vatsan admvaitya\npuline 'pi ca vatsapan\nubhav api vane kr�TJ-O\nvicikaya samantata/:t\ntata/:t-thereafter;\n\nvatsan-the calves;\n\nadmva-not seeing there\n\nwithin the forest; etya-after; puline api-to the bank of the Yamuna;\nca-also; vatsapan-could not see the cowherd boys; ubhau api-both\nof them (the calves and the cowherd boys); vane-within the forest;\nkr�1J-a/:t-Lord Kr!?Qa; vicikaya-searched all over; samantata/:t-here\nand there.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0044": "18\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, when Kt�I}.a was unable to find the calves, He\nreturned to the bank of the river, but there He was also unable to\nsee the cowherd boys. Thus He began to search for both the calves\nand the boys, as if He could not understand what had happened.\n\nPURPORT\nK:r�J}.a could immediately understand that Brahma had taken away\nboth the calves and the boys, but as an innocent child He searched here\nand there so that Brahma could not understand K:r�I).a's maya. This was\nall a dramatic performance. A player knows everything, but still he plays\non the stage in such a way that others do not understand him.\n\nTEXT 17\n\nWH'�tll�fqZl � 'U�� A�a:. I\n� A�i� �: ('I(('II�Nt•n� ( 11 �\\911\nkvapy admvantar-vipine\nvatsan palams ca viSva-vit\nsarvarh vidhi-krtarh kmta�\nsahasavajagama ha\nkva api-anywhere; admva-not seeing at all; anta�-vipine-within\nthe forest; vatsan-the calves; palan ca-and their caretakers, the\ncowherd boys; viSva-vit-K:r�J}.a, who is aware of everything going on\nthroughout the whole cosmic manifestation; sarvam-everything; vidhikrtam-was executed by Brahma;\n\nkmta�-Lord K:r�J}.a;\n\nsahasa­\n\nimmediately; avajagama ha-could understand.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Kr�I}.a was unable to find the calves and their caretakers,\nthe cowherd boys, anywhere in the forest, He could suddenly\nunderstand that this was the work of Lord Brahma.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0045": "Brahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\nText 18]\n\n19\n\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough K.t�1,1a is viSva-vit, the knower of everything happening in\nthe entire cosmic manifestation, as an innocent child He showed ignorance of Brahma's actions, although He could immediately understand\nthat these were the doings of Brahma. This pastime is called brahmavimohana, the bewilderment of Brahma. Brahma was already bewildered\nby K:r�1,1a's activities as an innocent child, and now he would be further\nbewildered.\nTEXT 18\n\n\"\"\n\n.\n\n·�\n\nmr: � � \"P� (1\"'4t(1ou � � � 1\n\n�ifi�(1¥U�'tl4 � fcl\\.,;a_'l�:\n\nII� �II\n\ntatab, kmw mudam kartum\ntan-mdt[1u'im ca kasya ca\nubhayayitam atmanam\ncakre viSva-krd iSvaral},\ntatab,-thereafter; kmtal},-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nmudam-pleasure; kartum-to create; tat-mdtf1t,dm ca-of the mothers\nof the cowherd boys and calves; kasya ca-and (the pleasure) of\nBrahma;\n\nubhayayitam\n\n-\n\nexpansion\n\n,\n\nboth as the calves and as the\n\ncowherd boys; atmanam-Himself; cakre-did; viSva-krt iSvarab,-it\nwas not difficult for Him, for He is the creator of the whole cosmic\nmanifestation.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, just to create pleasure both for Brahmii and for the\nmothers of the calves and cowherd boys, K:r��a, the creator of the\nentire cosmic manifestation, expanded Himself as calves and boys.\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough Brahma was already entangled in bewilderment, he wanted\nto show his power to the cowherd boys; but after he took away the boys\nand their calves and returned to his abode, K.t�1,1a created further\n\n", "SB10.3#p0046": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n20\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nastonishment for Brahmii, and for the mothers of the boys, by establishing the lunch pastimes in the forest again and replacing all the calves and\nboys, just as they had appeared before. According to the Vedas, ekam\n\nbahu syam: the Personality of Godhead can become many, many millions\nupon millions of calves and cowherd boys, as He did to bewilder Brahmii\nmore and more.\n\nyavad vatsapa-vatsakiilpaka-vapur yavat kararighry-adikam\nyavad YWJ!i-vi$a�Ja-Ve1Ju-dala-sig yavad vibhil$ambaram\nyavac chila-gulJdbhidhakrti-vayo yavad viharadikam\nsarvam vi$1Jumayam giro 'riga-vad aja/:t sarva-svarilpo babhau\nyavat vatsapa -exactly like the cowherd boys;\n\nvatsaka-alpaka­\n\nvap u/:t -and exactly like the tender bodies of the calves; yavat karaarighri-ad ikam -exactly to the measurement of their particular varieties\nof legs and hands; yavat ya${i-vi$a1Ja-ve1Ju-dala-sik-not only like their\nbodies but exactly like their bugles, flutes, sticks, lunch bags and so on;\n\nyavat vi bhil$a-ambaram -exactly like their ornaments and dress in all\n\ntheir varied particulars; yavat sila-gulJa-abhidha-akrti-vaya/:t-their\nexact character, habits, features, attributes and explicit bodily features;\n\nyavat vihara-adikam -exactly according to their tastes or amusements;\n\nsarvam-everything in detail; vi-$1Ju-mayam -expansions of Vasudeva,\n\nVi�:r,.u; gira/:t ariga-vat-voices exactly like theirs; aja/:t -Kr�:r,. a; sarva­\n\nsvarilpa/:t babhau -created everything in detail as Himself, without any\n\nchange.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy His Vasudeva feature, ��J.la simultaneously expanded Himself into the exact number of missing cowherd boys and calves,\n\n", "SB10.3#p0047": "Text 19]\n\nBrahma Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n21\n\nwith their exact bodily features, their particular types of hands,\nlegs and other limbs, their sticks, bugles and flutes, their lunch\nbags, their particular types of dress and ornaments placed in\nvarious ways, their names, ages and forms, and their special ac­\n\ntivities and characteristics. By expanding Himself in this way,\nbeautiful ��a proved the statement samagra-jagad viljl�umayam:\n\"Lord Vi�j��u is all-pervading.\"\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the Brahma-sarhhita (5.33):\n\nadvaitam acyutam anadim ananta-rilpam\nadyam puriiTJa-pur�arh nava-yauvanarh ca\nl<.r�?�a, pararh brahma, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is adyam,\nthe beginning of everything; He is\n\nadi-pur�am, the ever-youthful\n\noriginal person. He can expand Himself in more forms than one can\nimagine, yet He does not fall down from His original form as K:r�?�a;\ntherefore He is called Acyuta. This is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sarvarh V�rJumayarh jagat.\n\nSarvarh khalv idam brahma. l<.r�?�a\n\nthus proved that He is everything, that He can become everything, but\nthat still He is personally different from everything (mat-sthani sarva­\n\nbhiltiini na ciiharh te�v avasthita/:t}. This is l<.r�?�a, who is understood by\nacintya-bhedabheda-tattva philosophy. PilrTJasya pilrrJam adaya pilr7Jam evava§�yate: K:r�?�a is always complete, and although He can create\nmillions of universes, all of them full in all opulences, He remains as\nopulent as ever, without any change (advaitam). This is explained by\ndifferent Vai�?�ava iiciiryas through philosophies such as vi.Suddhadvaita,\n\nviS�tadvaita and dvaitadvaita. Therefore one must learn about l<.r�?�a\nfrom the iiciiryas. Acaryavan puru�o veda: one who follows the path of\nthe acaryas knows things as they are. Such a person can know l<.r�?�a as\nHe is, at least to some extent, and as soon as one understands K:r�?�a\n\n{janma karma ca me divyam evarh yo vetti tattvata�}, one is liberated\nfrom material bondage (tyaktva deharh punar janma naiti miim eti so\n'rjuna).\n\n", "SB10.3#p0048": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n22\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 20\n\n((4�'4l�'il�¥14il'4«tl( !lf6cu��'iettq : 1\nitlR*ill�'iN(l( (itll�¥41 SUN�Ii! � II� 0''\nsvayam iitmiitma-govatsiin\nprativaryiitma-vatsapai�\nkrU)ann iitma-viharaiS ca\nsarviitmii priiviSad vrajam\nsvayam iitmii-�!?J.la, who is personally the Supreme Soul, the Super­\n\nsoul; iitma-go-vatsiin-now expanded into calves that were also He Him­\n\nself; prativiirya iitma-vatsapai�-again He Himself was represented as\n\nthe cowherd boys controlling and commanding the calves; kr�n-thus\nHimself constituting everything in these transcendental pastimes; iitmaviharai� ca-enjoying Himself by Himself in different ways; sarva-iitmii-the Supersoul, �!?J.la; priiviSat-entered; vrajam-Vrajahhiimi,\n\nthe land of Maharaja Nanda and Yasoda.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow expanding Himself so as to appear as all the calves and\n\ncowherd boys, all of them as they were, and at the same time ap­\n\npear as their leader, ��J.la entered Vrajabhiimi, the land of His\n\nfather, Nanda Maharaja, just as He usually did while enjoying their\n\ncompany.\n\nPURPORT\n�!?J.la usually stayed in the forest and pasturing ground, taking care\n\nof the calves and cows with His associates the cowherd boys. Now that the\n\noriginal group had been taken away by Brahma, �!?J.la Himself assumed\nthe forms of every member of the group, without anyone's knowledge,\n\neven the knowledge of Baladeva, and continued the usual program. He\n\nwas ordering His friends to do this and that, and He was controlling the\n\ncalves and going into the forest to search for them when they went\nastray, allured by new grass, hut these calves and boys were He Himself.\n\nThis was Kr!?J.la's inconceivable potency. As explained by Sri:la }iva\nGosvami:, riidhii kr�r:uz-pra7J-aya-vikrtir hliidini saktir asmiit. Radha and\n\n", "SB10.3#p0049": "Text 22]\n\nBrahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n23\n\n�!?�a are the same. �!?�a, by expanding His pleasure potency, becomes\nRadhara�l. The same pleasure potency (ananda-cinmaya-rasa) was ex­\n\npanded by �!?�a when He Himself became all the calves and boys and\n\nenjoyed transcendental bliss in Vrajabhiimi. This was done by the\n\nyogamaya potency and was inconceivable to persons under the potency\n\nof mahamaya.\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�\n\n\"\"'�\n€1�!11ffll'l.'l�,-1t�qt�tmJ\nt-1�iN �: I\n�� u�� �� ''��''\n\ntat-tad-vatsan prthari nitva\ntat-tad-go�the nivesya sa/:t\ntat-tad-atmabhavad rajams\ntat-tat-sadma prav�tavan\ntat-tat-vatsan-the\n\ncalves,\n\nwhich\n\nbelonged\n\nto\n\ndifferent\n\ncows;\n\nprthak-separately; nitvd-bringing; tat-tat-go�the-to their respective\ncow sheds; nivesya\n\n-\n\nentering; sa/:t-K:r!?�a; tat-tat-atma-as originally\n\ndifferent individual souls; abhavat-He expanded Himself in that way;\n\nrajan-0 King Parik�?it; tat-tat-sadma-their respective houses; prav�tavan-entered (�!?�a thus entered everywhere).\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Mahliraja Parik�it, K:r�J.la, who had divided Himself as different calves and also as different cowherd boys, entered different\ncow sheds as the calves and then different homes as different boys.\nPURPORT\n\nKr!?�a had many, many friends, of whom Sridama, Sudama and Subala\n\nwere prominent. Thus Kr!?�a Himself became Sridama, Sudama and\n\nSubala and entered their respective houses with their respective calves.\nTEXT 22\n\n����\n� aJffi: qm� �,\n\n..._m::a:il\n\n", "SB10.3#p0050": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n24\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\n�..��(ij�:�\n�\n\nq� Qt ij�l;cqNtt( ������\n\ntan-miitaro ve1Ju-rava-tvarotthita\nutthapya dorbhi/:t parirabhya nirbharam\nsneha-snuta-stanya-paya/:t-sudhasavam\nmatva param brahma sutan apayayan\ntat-miitara/:t-the mothers of the respective cowherd boys; veJJUrava\n\n-\n\nbecause of the sounds played on flutes and bugles by the cowherd\n\nboys; tvara-immediately; utthita/:t-awakened from their respective\nhousehold duties; utthapya-immediately lifted their respective sons;\ndorbhi/:t-with their two arms; parirabhya-embracing; nirbharamwithout feeling any weight; sneha-snuta-which was flowing because of\nintense love; stanya-paya/:t-their breast milk; sudha-asavam-tasting\njust like a nectarean beverage; matva-accepting the milk like that;\n\npa ra m-the Supr eme ;\n\nb rahma-�f?r:ta; sutan apayayan-began to\n\nfeed their r e spec tive sons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe mothers of the boys, upon hearing the sounds of the flutes\n\nand bugles being played by their sons, immediately rose from\ntheir household tasks, lifted their boys onto their laps, embraced\n\nthem with both arms and began to feed them with their breast\n\nmilk, which flowed forth because of extreme love specifically for\n���a. Actually K:r��a is everything, but at that time, expressing\n\nextreme love and affection, they took special pleasure in feeding\n\n���a, the Parabrahman, and K:r��a drank the milk from His re­\n\nspective mothers as if it were a nectarean beverage.\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough all the elderly gop'is knew that Krt?r:ta was the son of mother\nYasoda, they still desired, \"If Krt?r:ta had become my son, I would also\nhave taken care of Him like mother Yasoda.\" This was their inner ambition. Now, in order to please them, Krt?r:ta personally took the role of\ntheir sons and fulfilled their desire. They enhanced their special love for\n\n", "SB10.3#p0051": "Text 23]\n\nBrahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n25\n\n�!?J.la by embracing Him and feeding Him, and �!?l.la tasted their breast\nmilk to be just like a nectarean beverage. While thus bewildering\nBrahma, He enjoyed the special transcendental pleasure created by\nyogamiiyii between all the other mothers and Himself.\nTEXT 23\n\n\"' ('\n-�\ni'41\"'4C(9t+Mijq;u\n\nm\n\nI\n�t:I((?41RRJ$Eil\\191RJit:\n('\n\n.\n� :\nlULlS\n\n.\n\n�·\"=t·��: SI�Et'll10\n\n��\n\"'\n\n\"'\n\nm ilffl 'liT�\n\n�: II�� II\n\ntato nrponmardana-majja-lepaniilankiira-ra�ii-tilakiiSanadibhi/:t\nsamlalita/:t sviicaritai/:t prahar§ayan\nsiiyam gato yiima-yamena miidhava}:t\ntata}:r,-thereafter; nrpa-0 King (Maharaja Parik!?it); unmardanaby massaging them with oil; majja-by bathing; lepana-by smearing\nthe body with oil and sandalwood pulp; a/ankara-by decorating with\nornaments; ra�ii-by chanting protective mantras; tilaka-by decorating the body with tilaka marks in twelve places; a§ana-adibhi}:t-and by\nfeeding them sumptuously; samliilita}:t-in this way cared for by the\nmothers; sva-iicaritai/:t-by their characteristic behavior; prahar§ayan-making the\n\nmothers\n\nvery\n\nmuch pleased;\n\nsiiyam-evening;\n\ngata/:t-arrived; yiima-yamena-as the time of each activity passed;\nmadhava}:t-Lord �!?J.la.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, 0 Maharaja Parik�it, as required according to the\nscheduled round of His pastimes, K:r��a returned in the evening,\nentered the house of each of the cowherd boys, and engaged exactly like the former boys, thus enlivening their mothers with\ntranscendental pleasure. The mothers took care of the boys by\nmassaging them with oil, bathing them, smearing their bodies with\n\nsandalwood pulp, decorating them with ornaments, chanting\n\n", "SB10.3#p0052": "26\n\nSrimad-Bhagav!ltam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nprotective mantras, decorating their bodies with tilaka and giving\nthem food. In this way, the mothers served Kt��a personally.\nTEXT 24\n\ngavas tato go�tham upetya satvararh\nhurikara-gho�ai/:t parihuta-sarigatan\nsvakan svakan vatsataran apayayan\nmuhur lihantya/:t sravad audhasarh paya/:t\ngava/:t -the calves; tata/:t -thereafter; go�tham-to the cow sheds;\nupetya -reaching; satvaram-very soon; hurikara-gho�ai/:t-by making\n\njubilant mooing sounds; parihuta-sarigatan-to call the cows; svakan\nsvakan-following their respective mothers; vatsataran-the respective\ncalves; apayayan-feeding them; muhu/:t-again and again; lihantya/:t-licking the calves; sravat audhasam paya/:t-abundant milk flowing from their milk bags.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, all the cows entered their different sheds and began\n\nmooing loudly, calling for their respective calves. When the calves\n\narrived, the mothers began licking the calves' bodies again and\nagain and profusely feeding them with the milk flowing from their\nmilk bags.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAll the dealings between the calves and their respective mothers taking care of them were enacted by K:r�:Q.a Himself.\nTEXT 25\n\n•n•ntft�i \"'®'Rct�•«�a:. �� R-n 1\n�ttG;l(qN «{ijtEtitl '41tp;(l � ����II\n\n", "SB10.3#p0053": "Text 26]\n\nBrahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n27\n\ngo-gopinam matrtasminn\niisit snehardhikam vina\npurovad iisv api hares\nt okata mayaya vina\ngo-gopinam-for both the cows and the gopis, the elderly cowherd\n\nwomen; matrta-motherly affection; asmin-unto �!?Q.a; iisit-there\nordinarily was;\n\nsneha-of affection; rdhikiim-any increase; vinii­\n\nwithout; pura�-vat-like before; iisu-there was among the cows and\n\ngopis; api-although; hare�-of Kw}.a;\nmayaya vina-without maya.\n\ntokata-�!?I).a is my son;\n\nTRANSLATION\nPreviously, from the very beginning, the gopis had motherly\naffection for ��'.Ia. Indeed, their affection for ��'.Ia exceeded\neven their affection for their own sons. In displaying their affection, they had thus distinguished between ��'.Ia and their sons,\nbut now that distinction disappeared.\nPURPORT\nThe distinction between one's own son and another's son is not un­\n\nnatural. Many elderly women have motherly affection for the sons of\n\nothers. They observe distinctions, however, between those other sons and\n\ntheir own. But now the elderly gopis could not distinguish between their\n\nown sons and �!?Q.a, for since their own sons had been taken by Brahma,\n\n�!?Q.a had expanded as their sons. Therefore, their extra affection for\n\ntheir sons, who were now �!?Q.a Himself, was due to bewilderment\nresembling that of Brahma. Previously, the mothers of Sridama,\n\nSudama, Subala and �!?Q.a's other friends did not have the same affec­\n\ntion for one another's sons, but now the gopis treated all the boys as their\nown. Sukadeva Gosvami, therefore, wanted to explain this increment of\n\naffection in terms of K:r!?Q.a's bewilderment of Brahma, the gopis, the\ncows and everyone else.\n\nTEXT 26\n\na'3tlCM1i (CI�il%;,; ;.t:'EIM�I;((¥4 '4(( 1\n�:� � � � � 11��11\n..\n\n", "SB10.3#p0054": "[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n28\n\nvrajaukasam sva-toke$u\nsneha-vally abdam anvaham\nsanair nib,sima vavrdhe\nyatha kr$r:te tv apurvavat\nvraja-okasam-of all the inhabitants of Vraja, V:rndavana;\n\nsva­\n\nto ke $u-for their own sons; sneha-valli-the creeper of affection; d-ab­\n\ndam-for\n\none\n\nyear;\n\nanu-aham-every\n\nday;\n\nsanaib,-gradually;\n\nnib-sima-without limit; vavrdhe-increased; yatha kr$r:te-ex actly accepting K:r��a as their son; tu-indeed; apurva-vat-as it had not been\npreviously.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the inhabitants of Vrajabhiimi, the cowherd men and\n\ncowherd women, previously had more affection for K:r!ii�a than for\n\ntheir own children, now, for one year, their affection for their\nown sons continuously increased, for :Kr!ii�a had now become their\n\nsons. There was no limit to the increment of their affection for\n\ntheir sons, who were now :Kr!ii�a. Every day they found new inspiration for loving their children as much as they loved K:r!ii�a.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�·lll�H�A €1«141�ilt\\1ol Q\": I\n41W'f'{ cm:rq) q� Mitll� i'.IW\\tiiJ¥4(: 11�\\SII\nittham atmatmanatmanam\nvatsa-pala-mi$er:r-a sab,\npalayan vatsapo var$aril\ncikru)e vana-go$thayob,\nittham-in this way; atma-the Supreme Soul, K:r��a; atmana-by\n\nHimself; atmanam-Himself again; vatsa-pala-mi$er:r-a-with the forms\nof\n\ncowherd\n\nboys\n\nand\n\ncalves;\n\nsab--K:r��a\n\nHimself;\n\npalayan­\n\nmaintaining; vatsa-pab,-tending the calves; var$am-continuously for\none year; cikr uJ,e-enjoyed the pastimes;\nV:rndavana and in the forest.\n\nvana- go$thayob,-both in\n\n", "SB10.3#p0055": "Text 28)\n\n29\n\nBrahma Stealing the Boys and Calves\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn this way, Lord Sri K:nn�a, having Himself become the cowherd\n\nboys and groups of calves, maintained Himself by Himself. Thus\nHe continued His pastimes, both in Vrndavana and in the forest,\nfor one year.\n\nPURPORT\n\nEverything was K�!?Qa. The calves, the cowherd boys and their main­\n\ntainer Himself were all K�!?Qa. In other words, �!?Qa expanded Himself\nin varieties of calves and cowherd boys and continued His pastimes un­\n\ninterrupted for one year. As stated in Bhagavad-gita, �!?Qa's expansion\n\nis situated in everyone's heart as the Supersoul. Similarly, instead of ex­\n\npanding Himself as the Supersoul, He expanded Himself as a portion of\ncalves and cowherd boys for one continuous year.\nTEXT 28\n\n� � � � t�;u:nM�I&\\ I\nq� f,tttll(ltJ t:ltt�I\\OOtet\\1 : ll�t\"ll\nekada carayan vatsan\n\nsa-ramo vanam aviSat\n\npafica-�asu tri-yamasu\n\nhayaniipilralJ�V aja/:1,\n\nekadii-one day; ciirayan vatsan-while taking care of all the calves;\n\nsa-riima/:1,-along with Balarama; vanam-within the forest; aviSat­\n\nentered;\n\npafica-�asu-five or six;\n\ntri-yamasu-nights;\n\nhayana-a\n\nwhole year; apilralJ�u-not being fulfilled (five or six days before the\ncompletion of one year); aja/:1,-Lord Sri K��?Qa.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day, five or six nights before the completion of the year,\n\nK:f��a, tending the calves, entered the forest along with Balarama.\nPURPORT\n\nUp to this time, even Balarama was captivated by the bewilderment\nthat covered Brahma. Even Balarama did not know that all the calves and\n\n", "SB10.3#p0056": "[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n30\n\ncowherd boys were expansions of �f?:r;ta or that He Himself was also an\nexpansion of K:r�?:r;ta. This was disclosed to Balarii.ma just five or six days\nbefore the completion of the year.\nTEXT 29\n\nm N�l!fl«tl t1Fil qffl�ruNt� 1\n\n� :q� C(t�UI'( ������\ntato vidurac carato\ngavo vatsiin upavrajam\ngovardhaniidri-sirasi\ncarantyo dadrsus trr:tam\n\ntata�-thereafter; viduriit-from a not-distant place; carata�-while\npasturing; gava�-al1 the cows; vatsiin-and their respective calves;\nupavraja m\n\n-\n\nalso pasturing near V:rndavana; govardhana-adri-sirasi­\n\non the top of Govardhana Hill; carantya�-while pasturing to find;\ndadrsu�-saw; trr:tam-tender grass nearby.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, while pasturing atop Govardhana Hill, the cows\n\nlooked down to find some green grass and saw their calves pasturing near V:rndiivana, not very far away.\nTEXT 30\n\nqN\n\nij�(qifS\\161�'41\n\n�\n\n•n•'iil'*\"'€4'4'*'14 :\n\n� Chf�'EI d((l�:;il�t'(l�qt((\n� Jl�oll\n..1:1\n\n\"\n\ndmvatha tat-sneha-va§o 'smrtatmii\nsa go-vrajo 'tyatmapa-durga-miirga�\ndvi-piit kukud-griva udasya-puccho\n'gad dhunkrtair iisru-paya javena\n\n", "SB10.3#p0057": "Text 31]\n\nBrahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n31\n\ndr�tva-when the cows saw their calves below; atka-thereafter; tatsneha-vasa�-because of increased love for the calves; asmrta-atma-as\nif they had forgotten themselves; sa�-that; go-vraja�-herd of cows;\nati-atma-pa-durga-marga�-escaping their caretakers because of increased affection for the calves, although the way was very rough and\nhard; dvi-pat-pairs of legs together; kakut-griva�-their humps moving with their necks; udasya-puccha�-raising their heads and tails;\nagat-came; hunkrtai�-lowing very loudly; asru-paya�-with milk\nflowing from the nipples; javena-very forcibly.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the cows saw their own calves from the top of Govardhana\nHill, they forgot themselves and their caretakers because of increased affection, and although the path was very rough, they ran\ntoward their calves with great anxiety, each running as if with one\npair of legs. Their milk bags full and flowing with milk, their\nheads and tails raised, and their humps moving with their necks,\nthey ran forcefully until they reached their calves to feed them.\nPURPORT\n\nGenerally the calves and cows are pastured separately. The elderly\nmen take care of the cows, and the small children see to the calves. This\ntime, however, the cows immediately forgot their position as soon as they\nsaw the calves below Govardhana Hill, and they ran with great force,\ntheir tails erect and their front and hind legs joined, until they reached\ntheir calves.\n\nsametya gavo 'dho vatsan\nvatsavatyo 'py apayayan\ngilantya iva cangani\nlihantya� svaudhasarit paya�\n\n", "SB10.3#p0058": "Srimad -Bhagavatam\n\n32\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nsametya-assembling; gavab,-all the cows; adhab,-'-down at the foot\n\nof Govardhana Hill; vatsan-all their calves; vatsa-vatyab,-as if new\ncalves had been born from them; api-even though new calves were\npresent; apayayan-fed them; gilantyab,-swallowing them; iva-as\nif; ca-also; arigani-their bodies; lihantyab,-licking as they do when\nnewborn calves are present; sva-odhasam payab,-their own milk flowing from the milk bags.\nTRANSLATION\nThe cows had given birth to new calves, but while coming down\nfrom Govardhana Hill, the cows, because of increased affection for\nthe older calves, allowed the older calves to drink milk from their\nmilk bags and then began licking the calves' bodies in anxiety, as if\nwanting to swallow them.\nTEXT 32\n\nl\nj(qt�ili:4'1Itte�l!A(eOO(i'lfi\"U\n�'4t·u�«ln� •Tt'4ffl�t� : wn'{ll � � ll\n•\n\ngopas tad-rodhanayasamaughya-lajjoru-manyuna\ndurgadhva-krcchrato 'bhyetya\ngo-vatsair dadrsub, sutan\ngopab,-the cowherd men; tat-rodhana-ayasa-of their attempt to\n\nstop the cows from going to their calves; ma ughya-on account of the\nfrustration; lajja-being ashamed; uru-manyuna-and at the same time\nbecoming very angry; durga-adhva-krcch ratab,-although they passed\nthe very rough way with great difficulty; abhye tya-after reaching\nthere; go-vatsaib,-along with the calves; dadrsub,-saw; sutan-their\nrespective sons.\nTRANSLATION\nThe cowherd men, having been unable to check the cows from\ngoing to their calves, felt simultaneously ashamed and angry. They .\n\n·\n\n", "SB10.3#p0059": "Text 33]\n\nBrahma Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n33\n\ncrossed the rough road with great difficulty, but when they came\ndown and saw their own sons, they were overwhelmed by great\naffection.\nPURPORT\nEveryone was increasing in affection for K:r�Qa. When the cowherd\nmen coming down from the hill saw their own sons, who were no one else\nthan K:r�Qa, their affection increased.\nTEXT 33\n\n...,.A.,... \"' \"' \"\"'(ij\"\"l \\i\n...l\n�lt(\nt4i ....�\"'\"l...\nQt.�,. 1 GjnriUII�d,.,.,\n\n•l'l4i;:tt�)- I\n� a_1N: � �\nEli� um: q(4if' � � ������\niliR11�(14ll\n\ntad-i�ar:wtprema-rasaplutasaya\njatanuraga gata-manyavo 'rbhakan\nuduhya dorbhi� parirabhya milrdhani\nghrar:r-air avapu� paramiim mudam te\ntat-i�ar:r-a-utprema-rasa-apluta-asaya�-all the thoughts of the cowherd men merged in the mellow of paternal love, which was aroused by\nseeing their sons; jata-anuraga�-experiencing a great longing or attraction; gata-manyava�-their anger disappeared; arbhakan-their\nyoung sons; uduhya-lifting; dorbhi�-with their arms; parirabhyaembracing; milrdhani-on the head; ghrar:r-ai�-by smelling; avapu�obtained; paramam-the highest; mudam-pleasure; te-those cowherd men.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, all the thoughts of the cowherd men merged in the\nmellow of paternal love, which was aroused by the sight of their\nsons. Experiencing a great attraction, their anger completely disappearing, they lifted their sons, embraced them in their arms and\nenjoyed the highest pleasure by smelling their sons' heads.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0060": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n34\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 1 3\n\nPURPORT\nAfter Brahma stole the original cowherd boys and calves, Kn>I).a expanded Himself to become the boys and calves again. Therefore, because\nthe boys were actually K:r!?I).a's expansions, the cowherd men were especially attracted to them. At first the cowherd men, who were on top of\nthe hill, were angry, but because of K:r!?I).a the boys were extremely attractive, and therefore the cowherd men immediately came down from\nthe hill with special affection.\nTEXT 34\n\nmt: Sf€4..ijl\n\ntfNRfflEtil$'tuf.tfijU I\n\nf)'l)�l�4tlijl�((?J��('fc(:\n\nll �\\Ill\n\ntata� pravayaso goptis\ntokaSle$a-sunirvrta�\nkrcchriic chanair apagatas\ntad-anusmrty-udasrava�\ntata�-thereafter; p ravayasa�-elderly; gopa�-cowherd men; tokaasle$a-sunirorta�-became overjoyed by\n\nembracing their sons;\n\nkrc­\n\nchrat-with difficulty; sanai�-gradually ; apagata�-ceased from that\nembracing and returned to the forest; tat-anusmrti-uda-srava�-as they\nremembered their sons, tears began to roll down from their eyes.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the elderly cowherd men, having obtained great feeling from embracing their sons, gradually and with great difficulty\nand reluctance ceased embracing them and returned to the forest.\nBut as the men remembered their sons, tears began to roll down\nfrom their eyes.\nPURPORT\nIn the beginning the cowherd men were angry that the cows were\nbeing attracted by the calves, but when the men came down from the\nhill, they themselves were attracted by their sons, and therefore the men\nembraced them. To embrace one's son and smell his head are symptoms\nof affection.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0061": "Text 35)\n\nBrahma Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n35\n\nTEXT 35\n\"'\n'\"'l' ��'ft'ln'l'\n� Ulf: 3f'N�I'\\\"11\"\"1l\"Q'1.,��\"1'\n\nU*fi(iji\\&tq��&:4ttttif'4a>M;:ij4((\n\nI\n\n����II\n\nvrajasya rama/.t premardher\nvik�yautkaiJ!hyam anu�aiJam\nmukta-stane�v apatye�v apy\nahetu-vid acintayat\nvrajasya-of the herd of cows; riima}J,- Balarama; prema-rdhe/.tbecause of an increase of affection;\nkaiJ!hyam-attachment;\n\nvi�ya-after observing; aut­\n\nanu-�a 1)-am-constantly;\n\nmukta-stane�u­\n\nwho had grown up and were no longer drawing milk from their mothers;\n\napatye�u-in regard to those calves; api-even; ahetu-vit-not understanding the reason; acintayat-began to consider as follows.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of an increase of affection, the cows had constant attachment even to those calves that were grown up and had stopped\nsucking milk from their mothers. When Baladeva saw this attachment, He was unable to understand the reason for it, and thus He\nbegan to consider as follows.\nPURPORT\nThe cows had younger calves who had started sucking milk from their\nmothers, and some of the cows had newly given birth, but now, because\nof love, the cows enthusiastically showed their affection for the older\ncalves, which had left off milking. These calves were grown up, but still\nthe mothers wanted to feed them. Therefore Balarama was a little\nsurprised, and He wanted to inquire from K:r��a about the reason for\ntheir behavior. The mothers were actually more anxious to feed the older\ncalves, although the new calves were present, because the older calves\nwere expansions of K:r��a. These surprising events were taking place by\nthe manipulation of yogamaya. There are two mayas working under the\ndirection of K:r��a- mahamaya , the energy of the material world, and\n\nyogamaya, the energy of the spiritual world. These uncommon events\nwere taking place because of the influence of yogamaya. From the very\n\n", "SB10.3#p0062": "(Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n36\n\nday on which Brahma stole the calves and boys, yogamiiyii acted in such\n\na way that the residents of V:rndavana, including even Lord Balarama,\n\ncould not understand how yogamiiyii was working and causing such un­\n\ncommon things to happen. But as yogamiiyii gradually acted, Balarama\n\nin particular was able to understand what was happening, and therefore\nHe inquired from K:r�?�a.\n\nTEXT 36\n\nt\\�€1a:�f4ii4 ii41t\\a.�s�ctel€4\\f;t 1\n� �n�q-.�I4M\\� � q� ������\nkim etad adbhutam iva\nviisudeve 'khiliitmani\nvrajasya siitmanas toke$V\napilrvam prema vardhate\nkim-what; etat-this; adbhutam-wonderful; iva-just as; viisu­\n\ndeve-in Vasudeva, Lord Sri K:r�?�a; akhila-iitmani-the Supersoul of\n\nall living entities; vrajasya-of all the inhabitants of Vraja; sa-iitmanaft-along\n\nwith\n\nMe;\n\ntoke$u-in\n\nthese\n\nboys;\n\napilrvam-un­\n\nprecedented; prema-affection; vardhate-is increasing.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhat is this wonderful phenomenon? The affection of all the\n\ninhabitants of Vraja, including Me, toward these boys and calves is\n\nincreasing as never before, just like our affection for Lord Kt��a,\nthe Supersoul of all living entities.\n\nPURPORT\nThis increase of affection was not miiyii; rather, because K:r!?�a had\n\nexpanded Himself as everything and because the whole life of everyone\nin V:rndavana was meant for K:r�?�a, the cows, because of affection for\nK:r!?�a, had more affection for the older calves than for the new calves,\n\nand the men increased in their affection for their sons. Balarama was\n\nastonished to see all the residents of V:rndavana so affectionate toward\n\ntheir own children, exactly as they had been for K:r!?�a. Similarly, the\n\n", "SB10.3#p0063": "Text 37]\n\nBrahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n37\n\ncows had grown affectionate toward their calves-as much as toward\n\"Kr��a. Balarama was surprised to see the acts of yogamaya. Therefore He\ninquired from \"Kr��a, \"What is happening here? What is this mystery?\"\nTEXT 37\n\n� �� � 3llt1Rtl � � Wll�(Uij(\\ I\n� 441tt1€1: � +idwtl;:ttI itsftt �44(ft;O II� �II\nkeyarh va kuta ayata\ndaivi va nary utasuri\nprayo mayastu me bhartur\nnanya me 'pi vimohini\nka-who; iyam-this; va-or; kutab,-from where; aya ta-has come;\ndaivi-whether demigod; va-or; nari-woman; uta-or; asuri-de­\n\nmoness; prayab,-in most cases; maya-illusory energy; astu-she must\n\nbe; me-My; bhartub,-of the master, Lord \"Kr��a; na-not; anya-any\nother; me-My; api-certainly; vimohini-bewilderer.\nTRANSLATION\nWho is this mystic power, and where has she come from? Is she\na demigod or a demoness? She must be the illusory energy of My\nmaster, Lord K:r�J].a, for who else can bewilder Me?\nPURPORT\n\nBalariima was surprised. This extraordinary show of affection, He·\nthought, was something mystical, performed either by the demigods or\nsome wonderful man. Otherwise, how could this wonderful change take\nplace? \"This maya might be some rak�asi-maya,\" He thought, \"but how\n\ncan ra�asi-maya have any influence upon Me? This is not possible.\n\nTherefore it must be the maya of K:r��a.\" He thus concluded that the\nmystical change must have been caused by K:r��a, whom Balariima considered His worshipable Personality of Godhead. He thought, \"It was arranged by K:r��a, and even I could not check its mystic power.\" Thus\n\nBalariima understood that all these boys and calves were only expansions\nof K:r��a.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0064": "38\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 38\n\n� �� ((l�li{Y � �6f�H1l�ftt I\n�;ct�l+.t! � :q� �ir;r �: ll��ll\niti saiicintya dasarho\nvatsan sa-vayasan api\nsarvan acQ.$fa vaikury,tharil\ncak{iu$ii vayunena sa(t\niti saiicintya-thinking in this way; dii.Sarha(t-Baladeva; vatsan­\n\nthe calves; sa-vayasan-along with His companions; api-also; sar­\n\nvan-all; dcQ.$fa-saw; vaikury,tham-as Sri K:r!?Q.a only; cak{;U$ii vayu­\n\nnena-with the eye of transcendental knowledge; sa(t-He (Baladeva).\nTRANSLATION\n\nThinking in this way, Lord Balarama was able to see, with the\n\neye of transcendental knowledge, that all these calves and K:r�l}.a's\n\nfriends were expansions of the form of Sri K:r�J:}.a.\nPURPORT\n\nEvery individual is different. There are even differences between twin\n\nbrothers. Yet when K:rf?I).a expanded Himself as the boys and calves, each\nboy and each calf appeared in its own original feature, with the same in­\n\ndividual way of acting, the same tendencies, the same color, the same\ndress, and so on, for K{�?Q.a manifested Himself with all these differences.\nThis was Kr!?Q.a's opulence.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n���Wf�\n� � �sftl\n� � iZI•1•mt � �� � qun �� ����II\nnaite suresa f$ayo na caite\ntvam eva bhasiSa bhid-asraye 'pi\n\n", "SB10.3#p0065": "Text 39]\n\nBrahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n39\n\nsarvam prthak tvam nigamiit katham vadety\nuktena vrttam prabhury,ii balo 'vait\nna-not; ete-these boys; sura-iSii�-the best of the demigods;\nr�aya�-great sages; na-not; ca-and; ete-these calves; tvam-You\n(Knn�a); eva-alone; bhiisi-are manifesting; iSa-0 supreme controller; bhit-asraye-in the existence of varieties of difference; apieven;\n\nsarvam-everything;\n\nprthak-existing;\n\ntvam- You\n\n(K:r�Q.a);\n\nnigamiit-brie:f:ly; katham-how; vada-please explain; iti-thus; uktena-having been requested (by Baladeva); vrttam-the situation;\nprabhury,ii- (having been explained) by Lord K:r�Q.a; bala�-Baladeva;\navait-understood.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Baladeva said, \"0 supreme controller! These boys are not\ngreat demigods, as I previously thought. Nor are these calves great\nsages like Niirada. Now I can see that You alone are manifesting\nYourself in all varieties of difference. Although one, You are existing in the different forms of the calves and boys. Please briefly explain this to Me.\" Having thus been requested by Lord Baladeva,\nK:r!1Qa explained the whole situation, and Baladeva understood it.\nPURPORT\n\nInquiring from K:r�Q.a about the actual situation, Lord Balarama said,\n\"My dear K:r�Q.a, in the beginning I thought that all these cows, calves\nand cowherd boys were either great sages and saintly persons or demigods, but at the present it appears that they are actually Your expansions.\nThey are all You; You Yourself are playing as the calves and cows and\nboys. What is the mystery of this situation? Where have those other\ncalves and cows and boys gone? And why are You expanding Yourself as\nthe cows, calves and boys? Will You kindly tell Me what is the cause?\"\nAt the request of Balarama, K:r�Q.a briefly explained the whole situation:\nhow the calves and boys were stolen by Brahma and how He was concealing the incident by expanding Himself so that people would not know\nthat the original cows, calves and boys were missing. Balarama understood, therefore, that this was not miiyii but K:r�Q.a's opulence. K:r�Q.a has\nall opulences, and this was but another opulence of K:r�Q.a.\n\"At first,\" Lord Balarama said, \"I thought that these boys and calves\n\n", "SB10.3#p0066": "40\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nwere a display of the power of great sages like Narada, but now I see that\nall these boys and calves are You.\" After inquiring from K:ri?l).a, Lord\nBalarama understood that K:r�?l).a Himself had become many. That the\nLord can do this is stated in the Brahma-samhitii\n\n(5.33). Advaitam\n\nacyutam aniidim ananta-rupam: although He is one, He can expand\nHimself in so many forms. According to the Vedic version, ekam bahu\n\nsyiim: He can expand Himself into many thousands and millions but\nstill remain one. In that sense, everything is spiritual because everything\nis an expansion of K:ri?l).a; that is, everything is an expansion either of\nKri?l).a Himself or of His potency. Because the potency is nondifferent\nfrom the potent, the potency and the potent are one (sakti-saktimator\n\nabhedaM. The Mayavadis, however, say, cid-acit-samanvaya/:t: spirit\nand matter are one. This is a wrong conception. Spirit (cit) is different\nfrom matter (acit), as explained by K:ri?l).a Himself in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(7.4-5):\n\nbhumir iipo 'nalo viiyu/:t\nkham mano buddhir eva ca\naharikiira itiyam me\nbhinnii prakrtir G.$!adha\napareyam itas tv anyiim\nprakrtim viddhi me pariim\njiva-bhutiim mahii-biiho\nyayedam dhiiryate jagat\n\"Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego-all\ntogether these eight comprise My separated material energies. But\nbesides this inferior nature, 0 mighty-armed Arjuna, there is a superior\nenergy of Mine, which consists of all living entities who are struggling\nwith material nature and are sustaining the universe.\" Spirit and matter\ncannot be made one, for actually they are superior and inferior energies,\nyet the Mayavadis, or Advaita-vadis, try to make them one. This is\nwrong. Although spirit and matter ultimately come from the same one\nsource, they cannot be made one. For example, there are many things\nthat come from our bodies, but although they come from the same\nsource, they cannot be made one. We should be careful to note that al-\n\n", "SB10.3#p0067": "Text 40]\n\nBrahms Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n41\n\nthough the supreme source is one, the emanations from this source\nshould be separately regarded as inferior and superior. The difference\nbetween the Mayavada and Vai!;!I,lava philosophies is that the Vai!;!1,1ava\nphilosophy recognizes this fact. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's philosophy,\ntherefore, is called acintya-bhedabheda-simultaneous oneness and difference. For example, fire and heat cannot be separated, for where there\nis fire there is heat and where there is heat there is fire. Nonetheless, although we cannot touch fire, heat we can tolerate. Therefore, although\nthey are one, they are different.\nTEXT 40\n\n(11?4�k+44(�1�+4'11�'1\n�tq�(Ql I\nit'4aJ'( � � � � ll\\loll\ntiivad etyatmabhur iitmamiinena truty-anehasii\npurovad abdaril kril},antaril\ndadrse sa-kalaril harim\ntiivat-for so long; etya-after returning; iitma-bhu�-Lord Brahma;\natma-miinena-by his (Brahma's) own measurement; truti-anehasaby a moment's time; pura�-vat-just as previously; ii-abdam-for one\nyear (by human measurement of time); kril/,antam-playing; dadrse­\n\nhe saw; sa-kalam-along with His expansions; harim-Lord Hari (Sri\nKrsna).\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Brahms returned after a moment of time had passed\n(according to his own measurement), he saw that although by\nhuman measurement a complete year had passed, Lord ���a,\nafter all that time, was engaged just as before in playing with the\nboys and calves, who were His expansions.\nPURPORT\nLord Brahma had gone away for only a moment of his time, but when\nhe returned, a year of human time had passed. On different planets, the\n\n", "SB10.3#p0068": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n42\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\ncalculatitm of time is different. To give an example, a man-made satellite\nmay orbit the earth in an hour and twenty-five minutes and thus complete one full day, although a day ordinarily takes twenty-four hours for\nthose living on earth. Therefore, what was but a moment for Brahma was\none year on earth. Kr!?IJ.a continued to expand Himself in so many forms\n\nfor one year, but by the arrangement of yogamaya no one could understand this but Balarama.\n\nAfter one moment of Brahma's calculation, Brahma came back to see\nthe fun caused by his stealing the boys and calves. But he was also afraid\nthat he was playing with fire. K:r�?IJ.a was his master, and he had played\nmischief for fun by taking away K:r�?IJ.a's calves and boys. He was really\nanxious, so he did not stay away very long; he came back after a moment\n(of his calculation). When Brahma returned, he saw that all the boys,\ncalves and cows were playing with K:r�?IJ.a in the same way as when he had\ncome upon them; by Kr!?IJ.a's display of yogamaya, the same pastimes\nwere going on without any change.\nOn the day when Lord Brahma had first come, Baladeva could not go\nwith K:r�?IJ.a and the cowherd boys, for it was His birthday, and His\n\nmother had kept Him back for the proper ceremonial bath, called san­\n\ntika-sntina. Therefore Lord Baladeva was not taken by Brahma at that\n\ntime. Now, one year later, Brahma returned, and because he returned on\nexactly the same day, Baladeva was again kept at home for His birthday.\nTherefore, although this verse mentions that Brahma saw Kr!?IJ.a and all\nthe cowherd boys, Baladeva is not mentioned. It was five or six days\nearlier that Baladeva had inquired from K:r�?IJ.a about the extraordinary\naffection of the cows and cowherd men, but now, when Brahma\nreturned, Brahma saw all the calves and cowherd boys playing with\nKr!?IJ.a as expansions of Kr!?IJ.a, but he did not see Baladeva. As in the previous year, Lord Baladeva did not go to the woods on the day Lord\nBrahma appeared there.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n���;:dt- 'IBT: �: � � ft: I\n'il�l\\1� � � �·fq�: 11\\l�ll\nyavanto gokule bala�\nsa-vatsa� sarva eva hi\n\n", "SB10.3#p0069": "Text 42]\n\n43\n\nBrahms Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\nmayasaye sayana me\nnadyapi punar utthita/:t\nyavanta}:t-whatsoever, as many as; gokule-in Gokula;\n\nbiila}:t­\n\nboys; sa-vatsa/:t-along with their calves; sarve-all; eva-indeed; hibecause; maya-asaye-on the bed of maya; sayana}:t-are sleeping;\nme-my; na-not; adya-today; api-even; puna/:t-again; utthita}:thave risen.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahms thought: Whatever boys and calves there were in\nGokula, I have kept them sleeping on the bed of my mystic potency, and to this very day they have not yet risen again.\nPURPORT\n\nFor one year Lord Brahma kept the calves and boys lying down in a\ncave by his mystic power. Therefore when Brahma saw Lord K:r!?J).a still\nplaying with all the cows and calves, he began trying to reason about\nwhat was happening. \"What is this?\" he thought. \"Maybe I took those\ncalves and cowherd boys away but now they have been taken from that\ncave. Is this what has happened? Has K:r!?J).a brought them back here?\"\nThen, however, Lord Brahma saw that the calves and boys he had taken\nwere still in the same mystic maya into which he had put them. Thus he\nconcluded that the calves and cowherd boys now playing with K:r!?J).a were\ndifferent from the ones in the cave. He could understand that although\nthe original calves and boys were still in the cave where he had put them,\nK:r!?J;la had expanded Himself and so the present demonstration of calves\nand boys consisted of expansions of K:r!?J).a. They had the same features,\nthe same mentality and the same intentions, but they were all K:r!?J).a.\nTEXT 42\n\n� �s;r � �w-'4lttl¥itf(�a� 1\n. \"\n'\"' �...,.,...,._.\n��� ft�l:gw-dl\nN('!};cl� 11\\l�ll\nita ete 'tra kutratya\nman-maya-mohitetare\n\n", "SB10.3#p0070": "44\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\ntavanta eva tatrabdam\nkrif)anto v�!J-una samam\nita�-for this reason; ete-these boys with their calves; atra-here;\n\nkutratya� -where have they come from;\n\nmat-maya-mohita-itare­\n\ndifferent from those who were mystified by my illusory potency; tavan­\n\nta�-the same number of boys; eva-indeed; tatra-there; a-abdamfor one year; krit;la nta� -are playing; v��J,unii samam-along with\nK��Qa.\nTRANSLATION\nA similar number of boys and calves have been playing with\n\n�11�a for one whole year, yet they are different from the ones illu­\n\nsioned by my mystic potency. Who are they? Where did they come\nfrom?\nPURPORT\nAlthough appearing like calves, cows and cowherd boys, these were all\nVi�Qu. Actually they were vi$1J,U-tattva, not jiva-tattva. Brahma was\nsurprised. \"The original cowherd boys and cows,\" he thought, \"are still\nwhere I put them last year. So who is it that is now keeping company\nwith ��Qa exactly as before? Where have they come from?\" Brahma\nwas surprised that his mystic power had been neglected. Without touching the original cows and cowherd boys kept by Brahma, K��Qa had created another assembly of calves and boys, who were all expansions of\n\nv��J,u-tattva. Thus Brahma's mystic power was superseded.\nTEXT 43\n\n1('4��9: �! ffi � � �: I\n�: t�� ���� 11\\l�ll\nevam ete$u bhede$u\nciram dhyatva sa atma-bhil�\nsatya� ke katare neti\njfiatum ne$[e kathaficana\n\n", "SB10.3#p0071": "Text 44]\n\nBrahma Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n45\n\nevam-in this way; ete�u bhede�u-between these boys, who were existing separately; ciram-for a long time; dhyatv a- aft er thinking;\nsary-he; atma-bhu�-Lord Brahma; sa tyary-real; ke-who; katarewho; na-are not; iti-thus; jfiatum-to understand; na-not ; �!e,\nwas able; kathaficana-in any way at all.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Lord Brahma, thinking and thinking for a long time, tried\nto distinguish between those two sets of boys, who were each separately existing. He tried to understand who was real and who was\nnot real, but he couldn't understand at all.\nPURPORT\n\nBrahma was puzzled. \"The original boys and calves are still sleeping\nas I have kept them,\" he thought, \"but another set is here playing with\nK:r�Q.a. How has this happened?\" Brahma could not grasp what was happening. Which boys were real, and which were not real? Brahma was unable to come to any definite conclusion. He pondered the matter for a\nlong while. \"How can there be two sets of calves and boys at the same\ntime? Have the boys and calves here been created by K:r�Q.a, or has K:r�Q.a\ncreated the ones lying asleep? Or are both merely creations of K:r�Q.a?\"\nBrahma thought about the subject in many different ways. \"After I go to\nthe cave and see that the boys and calves are still there, does K:r�Q.a go\ntake them away and put them here so that I come here and see them, and\ndoes K:r�Q.a then take them from here and put them there?\" Brahma\ncould not figure out how there could be two sets of calves and cowherd\nboys exactly alike. Although thinking and thinking, he could not understand at all.\nTEXT 44\n\n� (1Rit(4W{ � � � l\n� ¥tl4411Sflsft � �4{tf(ij; llVVU\nevam sammohayan V�f.Luril\nvimoham viSva-mohanam\n\n", "SB10.3#p0072": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n46\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nsvayaiva mayayajo 'pi\nsvayam eva vimohital),\nevam-in this way; sammohayan-wanting to mystify; v � �um\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nall-pervading Lord K:r�?r;ta; vimoham-who can never be mystified;\n\nviSva-mohanam-but who mystifies the entire universe; svaya-by his\n(Brahma's) own; eva indeed; mayaya-by mystic power; ajal),-Lord\nBrahma; api-even; svayam himself; eva-certainly; vimohita/:t-\n\n-\n\nwas put into bewilderment, became mystified.\nTRANSLATION\nThus because Lord Brahmii wanted to mystify the all-pervading\n\nLord �'ii�a, who can never be mystified, but who, on the contrary,\n\nmystifies the entire universe, he himself was put into bewilderment by his own mystic power.\n\nPURPORT\nBrahma wanted to bewilder Kr�?r;ta, who bewilders the entire universe.\nThe whole universe is under K:r�?r;ta's mystic power\n\n(mama niaya\n\nduratyaya), but Brahma wanted to mystify Him. The result was that\nBrahma himself was mystified, just as one who wants to kill another may\nhimself be killed. In other words, Brahma was defeated by his own attempt. In a similar position are the scientists and philosophers who want\nto overcome the mystic power of Kr�?r;ta. They challenge K:r�?r;ta, saying,\n\"What is God? We can do this, and we can do that.\" But the more they\nchallenge K:r�?r;ta in this way, the more they are implicated in suffering.\nThe lesson here is that we should not try to overcome Kr�?r;ta. Rather, instead of endeavoring to surpass Him, we should surrender to Him\n\n(sarva-dharman parityajya mam ekam sara�am vraja).\nInstead of defeating K:r�?r;ta, Brahma himself was defeated, for he could\nnot understand what K:r�?r;ta was doing. Since Brahma, the chief person\nwithin this universe, was so bewildered, what is to be said of so-called\nscientists and philosophers?\n\nSarva-dharman parityajya mam ekam\nsara�m vraja. We should give up all our tiny efforts to defy the ar­\n\nrangement of K:r�?r;ta. Instead, whatever arrangements He proposes, we\nshould accept. This is always better, for this will make us happy. The\n\n", "SB10.3#p0073": "Text 44]\n\nBrahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n47\n\nmore we try to defeat the arrangement of K:rl?t;ta, the more we become\nimplicated in K:r!?r:ta's maya (daivi hy e$a gur:uzmayi mama maya\nduratyaya). But one who has reached the point of surrendering to the instructions of K:rl?r:ta (mam eva ye prapadyante) is liberated, free from\nkr$r:uz-maya (mayam etam taranti te). The power of K:r!?r:ta is just like a\ngovernment that cannot be overcome. First of all there are laws, and then\nthere is police power, and beyond that is military power. Therefore, what\nis the use of trying to overcome the power of the government? Similarly,\nwhat is the use of trying to challenge K:rl?r:ta?\nFrom the next verse it is clear that K:rl?r:ta cannot be defeated by any\nkind of mystic power. If one gets even a little power of scientific knowledge, one tries to defy God, but actually no one is able to bewilder K:rl?t;ta.\nWhen Brahma, the chief person within the universe, tried to bewilder\nK:r!?t;ta, he himself was bewildered and astonished. This is the position of\nthe conditioned soul. Brahma wanted to mystify K:rl?t;ta, but he himself\nwas mystified.\nThe word vi$r.wm is significant in this verse. Vil?t;tU pervades the entire\nmaterial world, whereas Brahma merely occupies one subordinate post.\nyasyaika-niSvasita-kalam athavalambya\njivanti loma-vila-ja jagadar.u)a-natha}:t\n(Brahma-sarhhita 5.48)\nThe word natha}:t, which refers to Lord Brahma, is plural because there\nare innumerable universes and innumerable Brahmas. Brahma is but a\ntiny force. This was exhibited in Dvaraka when K:rl?r:ta called for Brahma.\nOne day when Brahma came to see K:rl?r:ta at Dvaraka, the doorman, at\nLord K:rl?r:ta's request, asked, \"Which Brahma are you?\" Later, when\nBrahma inquired from K:r!?r:ta whether this meant that there was more\nthan one Brahma, K:rl?r:ta smiled and at once called for many Brahmas\nfrom many universes. The four-headed Brahma of this universe then\nsaw innumerable other Brahmas coming to see K:r!?r:ta and offer their\nrespects. Some of them had ten heads, some had twenty, some had a\nhundred and some had a million heads. Upon seeing this wonderful exhibition, the four-headed Brahma became nervous and began to think of\nhimself as no more than a mosquito in the midst of many elephants.\nTherefore, what can Brahma do to bewilder K:rl?r:ta?\n\n", "SB10.3#p0074": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n48\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 45\n\n<t4ilet��R ���Rccl(f;\\ I\n¥4�ij(4Uq� R(�k44f;\\ �: 11\\l�ll\nR\n\ntamyam tamovan naiharam\nkhadyotarcir ivahani\nmahatitara-mayaisyam\nnihanty atmani yuftjata�\ntamyam-on a dark night; tama�-vat-just as darkness; naiharamproduced by snow; khadyota-arci�-the light of a glowworm; iva-just\nas; ahani-in the daytime, in the sunlight; mahati-in a great personality; itara-maya-inferior mystic potency; aiSyam-the ability;\nnihanti-destroys; atmani-in his own self; yuftjata�-of the person\nwho attempts to use.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the darkness of snow on a dark night and the light of a glowworm in the light of day have no value, the mystic power of an inferior person who tries to use it against a person of great power is\nunable to accomplish anything; instead, the power of that inferior\nperson is diminished.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen one wants to supersede a superior power, one's own inferior\npower becomes ludicrous. Just as a glowworm in the daytime and snow at\nnight have no value, Brahma's mystic power became worthless in the\npresence of K:r!?�a, for greater mystic power condemns inferior mystic\npower. On a dark night, the darkness produced by snow has no meaning.\nThe glowworm appears very important at night, but in the daytime its\nglow has no value; whatever little value it has is lost. Similarly, Brahmii\nbecame insignificant in the presence of K:r!?�a's mystic power. K:r�?�a's\nmaya was not diminished in value, but Brahma's maya was condemned.\nTherefore, one should not try to exhibit one's insignificant opulence\nbefore a greater powerl\n\n", "SB10.3#p0075": "Text 48]\n\nBrahms Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n49\n\nTEXT 46\n\n��i'.fffiql�l:�s���\n:\nctld���i!UfH'I: li'J�Il\n.. :u::\n\ns\n\nu a\"\"\"\n\ntiivat sarve vatsa-piilii}J,\npasyato 'jasya tat-k$ar:tiit\nvyadrsyanta ghana-syiima}J,\npita-kauseya-viisasa}J,\ntiivat-so long; sarve-all; vatsa-piiliil],-both the calves and the boys\ntending them; pa§yatal],-while he was watching; ajasya-of Lord\nBrahma; tat-k$ar:tiit-immediately; vyadrsyanta\n\nwere seen; ghanasyiimiil],-as having a complexion resembling bluish rainclouds; pitakauseya-viisasal],-and dressed in yellow silk garments.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen, while Lord Brahms looked on, all the calves and the boys\ntending them immediately appeared to have complexions the color\nof bluish rainclouds and to be dressed in yellow silken garments.\n\nPURPORT\nWhile Brahma was contemplating, all the calves and cowherd boys immediately transformed into v�r:tu-miirtis, having bluish complexions and\nwearing yellow garments. Brahma was contemplating his own power and\nthe immense, unlimited power of �r;;:Q.a, but before he could come to a\nconclusion, he saw this immediate transformation.\n\nTEXTS 47-48\n\n�:\n�-4.4iMIG;I(l:$}i'.(q1Uitf: l\n�(lflwt: �� � i'.(W\\'il�wt: ll\\l\\911\nmi'.fffilfi(G\\l(��·�f:UiqlUitf:\nl\n�: �: �«'SIItJttt;i: 11\\l�ll\n0\\\n\n", "SB10.3#p0076": "50\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\ncatur-bhujii� sankha-cakragadii-riifiva-piir:wya�\nkirifina� kur:u;lalino\nhiirir:w vana-miilina�\nsrivatsiingada-do-ratnakambu-kankarJa-piiTJaya�\nnilpurai� katakair bhiitii�\n�ti-siltriinguliyakai�\ncatu�-bhujii� -having four arms; sankha-cakra-gadii-riijiva-piiTJaya�-holding conchshell, disc, club and lotus flower in Their hands;\n\nkiri#na�-bearing helmets on Their heads; ku r:u;la lina�-wearing earhiirir:w�-wearing pearl necklaces; vana-miilina� -wearing\ngarlands of forest flowers; srivatsa-angada-do-ratna-kambu-kankarJapiiTJaya� -bearing the emblem of the goddess of fortune on Their\nrings;\n\nchests, armlets on Their arms, the Kaustubha gem on Their necks, which\nwere marked with three lines like a conchshell, and bracelets on Their\nhands; nilpurai�-with ornaments on the feet; kataka*-with bangles on Their ankles; bhiitiib,-appeared beautiful;\n\nka#-siltra-anguli­\n\nyaka*-with sacred belts around the waist and with rings on the\nfingers.\nTRANSLATION\nAll those personalities had four arms, holding conchshell, disc,\nmace and lotus flower in Their hands. They wore helmets on Their\nheads, earrings on Their ears and garlands of forest flowers\naround Their necks. On the upper portion of the right side of\nTheir chests was the emblem of the goddess of fortune. Furthermore, They wore armlets on Their arms, the Kaustubha gem\naround Their necks, which were marked with three lines like a\nconchshell, and bracelets on Their wrists. With bangles on Their\nankles, ornaments on Their feet, and sacred belts around Their\nwaists, They all appeared very beautiful.\nPURPORT\n\nAll the Vi�J:.lu forms had four arms, with conchshell and other articles,\nbut these characteristics are also possessed by those who have attained\n\n", "SB10.3#p0077": "Text 49]\n\nBrahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n51\n\nsiirilpya-mukti in Vaikumha and who consequently have forms exactly\nlike the form of the Lord. However, these Vi��u forms appearing before\n\nLord Brahma also possessed the mark of Srivatsa and the Kaustubha\n\ngem, which are special characteristics possessed only by the Supreme\nLord Himself. This proves that all these boys and calves were in fact\ndirectly expansions of Vi��u, the Personality of Godhead, not merely His\nassociates of Vaiku�tha. Vi��u Himself is included within K:r��a. All the\nopulences of Vi��u are already present in K:r��a, and consequently for\nK:r��a to demonstrate so many Vi��u forms. was actually not very\nastonishing.\n\nThe Srivatsa mark is described by the Va41Java-to§a1Ji as being a curl\n\nof fine yellow hair on the upper portion of the right side of Lord Vi��u's\nchest. This mark is not for ordinary devotees. It is a special mark of\nVi��u or K:r��a.\nTEXT 49\n\n31lf1·'4ij1€fi'41'{\\ult�41�etG\\I'i�:\n\nW:\n\nI\n\n«4•11�! ,�ottetG\\�;: ������\n\niirighri-mastakam iipilrTJiis\ntulasi-nava-diimabhib,\nkomalaib, sarva-giitre§U\nbhuri-puTJyavad-arpitaib,\nii arighri-mastakam-from the feet up to the top of the head; iipilr-\n\n\"{tilb,-fully decorated; tulasi-nava-diimabhib,-with garlands of fresh\ntulasileaves; komalaib,-tender, soft; sarva-giitre§u-on all the limbs of\nthe body; bhilri-pu\"{tyavat-arpitaib,-which were offered by devotees\nengaged in the greatest pious activity, worshiping the Supreme Lord by\nhearing, chanting and so on.\nTRANSLATION\nEvery part of Their bodies, from Their feet to the top of Their\nheads, was fully decorated with fresh, tender garlands of tulasi\nleaves offered by devotees engaged in worshiping the Lord by the\ngreatest pious-activities, namely hearing and chanting.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0078": "[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n52\n\nPURPORT\nThe word bhuri-pu-r:tyavad-arpitai� is significant in this verse. These\nforms of Vi�Q.U were worshiped by those who had performed pious ac­\n\ntivities (sukrtibhiM for many births and who were constantly engaged in\ndevotional service (srava-r:tarh kirtanam v4-r:toM. Bhakti, devotional ser­\n\nvice, is the engagement of those who have performed highly developed\npious activities. The accumulation of pious activities has already been\nmentioned elsewhere in the\n\nSukadeva Gosvami says,\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (10.12.11), where\n\nittham satiirh brahma-sukhiinubhutyii\ndiisyam gatiiniirh para-daivatena\nmiiyasritiiniim nara-diirake-r:ta\nsiikam vijahru� krta-pu-r:tya-puiijii�\n\"Those who are engaged in self-realization, appreciating the Brahman\neffulgence of the Lord, and those engaged in devotional service, accepting the Supreme Personality of Godhead as master, as well as those who\nare under the clutches of miiyii, thinking the Lord an ordinary person,\n\ncannot understand that certain exalted personalities-after accumulating\nvolumes of pious activities-are now playing with the Lord in friendship\nas cowherd boys.\"\n\nIn our K:r'l'Q.a-Balarama Temple in V:rndavana, there is a tamiila tree\n\nthat covers an entire corner of the courtyard. Before there was a temple\nthe tree was lying neglected, but now it has developed very luxuriantly,\n\ncovering the whole corner of the courtyard. This is a sign of bhuri­\n\npu-r:tya.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n+.cP�lN�la:�( �:u�unq(14ft�: 1\n� �:��tq(C?$1$1: ll�oll\nG\n\ncandrikii-viSada-smerai�\nsiiru-r:tiipiiriga-vi/cyitai�\nsvakiirthiiniim iva raja�sattviibhyiim sram-palakii�\n\n", "SB10.3#p0079": "Text 50]\n\nBrahma Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n53\n\ncandrikii-viSada-smerairy-by pure smiling like the full, increasing\nmoonlight; sa-aru�-apdliga-vi�itairy-by the clear glances of Their\nreddish eyes; svaka-arthanam-of the desires of His own devotees;\n\niva-j ust as; rajary-sattvabhyam-by the modes of passion and goodness; sr�tr-pa la kiiry-were creators and protectors.\nTRANSLATION\nThose Vi!1J.1U forms, by Their pure smiling, which resembled the\nincreasing light of the moon, and by the sidelong glances of Their\nreddish eyes, created and protected the desires of Their own devotees, as if by the modes of passion and goodness.\nPURPORT\n\nThose Vi�Q.U forms blessed the devotees with Their clear glances and\nsmiles, which resembled the increasingly full light of the moon (sreyary­\n\nkairava-candrikii-vitaraJJam). As maintainers, They glanced upon Their\ndevotees, embracing them and protecting them by smiling. Their smiles\nresembled the mode of goodness, protecting all the desires of the devotees, and the glancing of Their eyes resembled the mode of passion. Actually, in this verse the word rajary means not \"passion\" but \"affection.\"\nIn the material world, rajo-guJJa is passion, but in the spiritual world it is\naffection. In the material world, affection is contaminated by rajo-gu�\nand tamo-gu�. but in the suddha-sattva the affection that maintains the\ndevotees is transcendental.\nThe word svakarthanam refers to great desires. As mentioned in this\nverse, the glance of Lord Vi�Q.u creates the desires of the devotees. A\npure devotee, however, has no desires. Therefore Sanatana Gosvami\ncomments that because the desires of devotees whose attention is fixed on\nKr�Q.a have already been fulfilled, the Lord's sidelong glances create\nvariegated desires in relation to Kr�Q.a and devotional service. In the material world, desire is a product of rajo-guJJa and tamo-gu�, but desire\nin the spiritual world gives rise to a variety of everlasting transcendental\nservice. Thus the word svakarthanam refers to eagerness to serve Kr�Q.a.\nIn Vrndavana there is a place where there was no temple, but a devotee desired, \"Let there be a temple and sevd, devotional service.\"\nTherefore, what was once an empty corner has now become a place of\npilgrimage. Such are the desires of a devotee.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0080": "54\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 51\n\n31k+uR��q� ��+tf.l:m:\nI\ni�•tlfflQ�i!fit': � 'l\\I!Jql�ij(: 11'-\\�11\n..\n\natmadi-stamba-paryantair\nmilrtimadbhiS cariicaraitt\nnrtya-gitady-anekiirhaitt\nprthak prthag upasitatt\niitma-adi-stamba-paryantaitt-from Lord Brahma to the insignificant\nliving entity; milrti-madbhitt -assuming some form; cara-acaraittboth the moving and the nonmoving; nrtya-gita-adi-aneka-arhaitt-by\nmany varied means of worship, such as dancing and singing; prthak\nprthak-differently; upiisitatt -who were being worshiped.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll beings, both moving and nonmoving, from the four-headed\nLord Brahma down to the most insignificant living entity, had\ntaken forms and were differently worshiping those vi�I;Iu-mdrtis,\naccording to their respective capacities, with various means of\nworship, such as dancing and singing.\nPURPORT\nInnumerable living entities are engaged in different types of worship\nof the Supreme, according to their abilities and karma, but everyone is\nengaged\n\n(jivera 'svarilpa' haya-kr$7Jera 'nitya-diisa � ; there is no one\n\nwho is not serving. Therefore the maha-bhagavata, the topmost devotee,\nsees everyone as being engaged in the service of Kr�?Qa; only himself\ndoes he see as not engaged. We have to elevate ourselves from a lower\nposition to a higher position, and the topmost position is that of direct\nservice in V:rndavana. But everyone is engaged in service. Denial of the\nservice of the Lord is maya.\n\nekale iSvara kr$1Ja, ara saba bhrtya\nyare yaiche niicaya, se taiche kare nrtya\n\n", "SB10.3#p0081": "Text 52]\n\n55\n\nBrahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n\"Only �!?l).a is the supreme master, and all others are His servants. As\n\n�!?l).a desires, everyone dances according to His tune.\" (Cc. Adi 5.142)\n\nThere are two kinds of living entities-the moving and the nonmoving. Trees, for example, stand in one place, whereas ants move. Brahma\nsaw that all of them, down to the smallest creatures, had assumed different forms and were accordingly engaged in the service of Lord Vi!?I).U.\nOne receives a form according to the way one worships the Lord. In\nthe material world, the body one receives is guided by the demigods. This\nis sometimes referred to as the influence of the stars. As indicated in\n\nBhagavad-gitii (3.27) by the words prakrte/:t kriyamaT}-iini, according to\nthe laws of nature one is controlled by the demigods.\n\nAll living entities are serving K:r!?l).a in different ways, but when th�y\nare K:r!?l).a conscious, their service is fully manifest. As a flower in the\nbud gradually fructifies and yields its desired aroma and beauty, so when\na living entity comes to the platform of �!?l).a consciousness, the beauty\nof his real form comes into full blossom. That is the ultimate beauty and\nthe ultimate fulfillment of desire.\nTEXT 52\n\n':tlftrauaiififiilfilJ.::aifl!lli��:\n\nI\n\nqfurr �(«:lfd:fll: ������\naT}-imiidyair mahimabhir\najiidyabhir vibhutibhi/:t\ncatur-vimsatibhis tattvai/:t\nparitii mahad-iidibhi/:t\naT}-imii; mahimabhi/:t-by opulences;\nvibhutibhi/:t-by potencies; catu/:tvimsatibhi/:t-twenty-four in number; tattvai/:t-by elements for the\ncreation of the material world; paritii/:t-(all the v�T}-u-murtis) were surrounded; mahat-iidibhi/:t-headed by the mahat-tattva.\naT}-imii-iidyai/:t-headed\n\najii-iidyabhi/:t-headed by\n\nby\n\nAja;\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the vi11�u-murtis were surrounded by the opulences, headed\nby a�imii-siddhi; by the mystic potencies, headed by Ajii; and by\n\n", "SB10.3#p0082": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n56\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nthe twenty-four elements for the creation of the material world,\nheaded by the mahat-tattva.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word mahimabhi� means aiSvarya, or opulence. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead can do whatever He likes. That is His\n\naisvarya. No one can command Him, but He can command everyone.\nSa4-aisvarya-pilr1Jilm. The Lord is full in six opulences. The yoga-siddhis, the perfections of yoga, such as the ability to become smaller than\nthe smallest (aJJima-siddhi) or bigger than the biggest (mahima-siddhi),\nare present in Lord Vi�QU. Sa4-aiSvaryai� pilr1Jo ya iha bhagavan\n(Cc. Adi 1.3). The word aja means maya, or mystic power. Everything\nmysterious is in full existence in Vi�QU.\nThe twenty-four elements mentioned are the five working senses\n\n(pafica-karmendriya), the five senses for obtaining knowledge (paficajfianendriya), the five gross material elements (pafica-mahiibhuta), the\nfive sense objects (pafica-tanmatra), the mind (manas), the false ego\n(ahankiira), the mahat-tattva, and material nature (prakrti). All twentyfour of these elements are employed for the manifestation of this material world. The mahat-tattva is divided into different subtle categories,\nbut originally it is called the mahat-tattva.\nTEXT 53\n\n¥1�(<(¥tl'i44�t«il+4¥�gun�f' :\n�(ij+4f(�{ft+4f«�lfecn :\n\nI\n\n11'\\�t\n\nkala-svabhava-samskarakama-karma-guJJiidibhi�\nsva-mahi-dhvasta-mahibhir\nmurtimadbhir upiisita/:t\nka la -by the time factor; svabhava-own nature; samskarareformation; kama-desire; karma-fruitive action; guJJa-the three\nmodes of material nature; iidibhi/:t-and by others; sva-mahi-dhvasta­\n\nmahibhi� -whose own independence was subordinate to the potency of\nmilrti- madbhi� -possessing form; upiisita/:t -were being\n\nthe Lord;\n\nworshiped.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0083": "Text 53]\n\nBrahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n57\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Lord Brahmii saw that kala (the time factor), svabhiiva\n(one's own nature by association), sarhskiira (reformation), kama\n(desire), karma (fruitive activity) and the gu1,1as (the three modes\nof material nature), their own independence being completely\nsubordinate to the potency of the Lord, had all taken forms and\nwere also worshiping those vif11,1U-mdrtis.\nPURPORT\nNo one but Vi!?I.J.U has any independence. If we develop consciousness\n\nof this fact, then we are in actual K:r!?I.J.a consciousness. We should always\n\nremember that K:r!?I.J.a is the only supreme master and that everyone else\n\nis His servant (ekale iSvara kr$1Ja, ara saba bhrtya). Be one even\n\nNarayai,J.a or Lord Siva, everyone is subordinate to K:r!?I.J.a (siva-virinci­\n\nnutam). Even Baladeva is subordinate to K:r!?I.J.a. This is a fact.\n\nekale isvara kr$1Ja, ara saba bhrtya\nyare yaiche nacaya, se taiche kare nrtya\n(Cc. Adi 5.142)\nOne should understand that no one is independent, for everything is part\nand parcel of K:r!?I.J.a and is acting and moving by the supreme desire of\n\nK:r!?I.J.a. This understanding, this consciousness, is K:r!?I.J.a consciou,sness.\n\nyas tu narayary,am devam\nbrahma-rudradi-daivatai�\nsamatvenaiva vik$eta\nsa pd$ary,l);; bhaved dhruvam\n\"A person who considers demigods like Brahma and Siva to be on an\n\nequal level with Narayai,J.a must certainly be considered an offender.\" No\none can compare to Narayai,J.a, or K:r!?I.J.a. K:r�?I.J.a is Narayai,J.a, and\nNarayai,J.a is also K:r!?I.J.a, for K:r!?I.J.a is the original Narayai,J.a. Brahma him­\n\nself addresses K:r!?I.J.a, narayary,as tvam na hi sarva-dehinam: \"You are\nalso Narayai,J.a. Indeed, You are the original Narayai,J.a.\" (Bhag. 10.14.14)\n\nKala, or the time factor, has many assistants, such as svabhava,\nsamskara, kama, karma and gury,a. Svabhava, or one's own nature, is\n\n", "SB10.3#p0084": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n58\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nformed according to the association of the material qualities. Kara­\n\nr:tam gur,ta-saitgo 'sya sad-asad-yoni-janmasu (Bg. 13.22). Sat and asatsvabhava-one's higher or lower nature-is formed by association with\nthe different qualities, namely sattva-gur,ta, rajo-gur:ta and tamo-guTJn.\nWe should gradually come to the sattva-guTJn, so that we may avoid the\ntwo lower gur,tas. This can be done if we regularly discuss SrimadBhiigavatam and hear about :Kr�Qa's activities. N�!a-priiye!}V abhadre!ju\nnityam bhiigavata-sevaya (Bhiig. 1.2.18). All the activities of :Kr�Qa\ndescribed in Srimad-Bhagavatam, beginning even with the pastimes\nconcerning Putanii, are transcendental. Therefore, by hearing and dis­\n\ncussing Srimad-Bhagavatam, the rajo-gur:ta and tamo-gur:ta are sub­\n\ndued, so that only sattva-gur:ta remains. Then rajo-gur:ta and tamo-gur,ta\ncannot do us any harm.\n\nVan;ui§rama-dharma, therefore, is essential, for it can bring people to sattva-guTJn. Tada rajas-tamo-bhava/:t kama-lobhadaya§ ca ye\n(Bhiig. 1.2.19). Tamo-gur:ta and rajo-gur:ta increase lust and greed,\nwhich implicate a living entity in such a way that he must exist in this\nmaterial world in many, many forms. That is very dangerous. One\nshould therefore be brought to sattva-gur:ta by the establishment of var­\n\nl)ii.Srama-dharma and should develop the brahminical qualifications of\n\nbeing very neat and clean, rising early in the morning and seeing\n\nmaitgala-iiriitrika, and so on. In this way, one should stay in sattvagur:ta, and then one cannot be influenced by tamo-gur,ta and rajo-gur,ta.\ntadii rajas-tamo-bhaval:t\nkama-lobhadaya§ ca ye\nceta etair anaviddham\nsthitam sattve prasidati\n(Bhag. 1.2.19)\n\nThe opportunity for this purification is the special feature of human life;\nin other lives, this is not possible. Such purification can be achieved very\neasily by radha-kr!fr:ta-bhajana, devotional service rendered to Radhii\n\nand K��Qa, and therefore Narottama diisa Thakura sings, hari hari\n\nviphale janama goitii nu, indicating that unless one worships RadhiiVasudeve bhagavati\nbhakti-yoga/:t prayojita/:tl janayaty iiSu vairagyam (Bhag. 1.2. 7). By\n\n:Kr�Qa, one's human form of life is wasted.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0085": "Text 53]\n\nBrahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n59\n\nengagement in the service of Vasudeva, one very quickly renounces material life. The members of the K:rt?J).a consciousness movement, for ex­\n\nample, being engaged in vasudeva-bhakti, very quickly come to the stage\n\nof being nice Vaif?J).avas, so much so that people are surprised that mlec­\n\nchas and yavanas are able to come to this stage. This is possible by\n\nvasudeva-bhakti. But if we do not come to the stage of sattva-gurJa in\n\nthis human life, then, as Narottama dasa Thakura sings, hari hari\n\nviphale janama gonainu-there is no profit in gaining this human form\n\nof life.\n\nSri Viraraghava Acarya comments that each of the items mentioned in\n\nthe first half of this verse is a cause for material entanglement. Kala, or\n\nthe time factor, agitates the modes of material nature, and svabhava is\n\nthe result of association with these modes. Therefore Narottama dasa\n\nThakura says, bhakta-sane vasa. If one associates with bhaktas, then\none's svabhava, or nature, will change. Our K:rf?J).a consciousness move­\n\nment is meant to give people good association so that this change may\n\ntake place, and we actually see that by this method people all over the\n\nworld are gradually becoming devotees.\n\nAs for samskara, or reformation, this is possible by good association,\n\nfor by good association one develops good habits, and habit becomes sec­\n\nond nature. Therefore, bhakta-sane vasa: let people have the chance to\n\nlive with bhaktas. Then their habits will change. In the human form of\n\nlife one has this chance, but as Narottama dasa Thakura sings, hari hari\n\nviphale janama gonainu: if one fails to take advantage of this oppor­\n\ntunity, one's human life is wasted. We are therefore trying to save\n\nhuman society from degradation and actually elevate people to the higher\n\nnature.\n\nAs for kama and karma-desires and activities-if one engages in de­\n\nvotional service, one develops a different nature than if one engages in\nactivities of sense gratification, and of course the result is also different.\n\nAccording to the association of different natures, one receives a particu­\n\nlar type of body. Kara7Jam guTJa-sango 'sya sad-asad-yoni-janmasu\n(Bg. 13.22). Therefore we should always seek good association, the\n\nassociation of devotees. Then our life will be successful. A man is known\nby his company. If one has the chance to live in the good association of\ndevotees, one is able to cultivate knowledge, and naturally one's\n\ncharacter or nature will change for one's eternal benefit.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0086": "60\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 54\n�\n\n('\n\nsatya-jfiiiniinantiinandamiitraika-rasa-milrtaya/:t\naspr�ta-bhuri-mahatmya\napi hy upan�ad-drsam\nsatya-eternal; jliiina-having full knowledge; ananta-unlimited;\niinanda-fully blissful; miitra-only; eka-rasa-always existing; murtaya /:t -forms; aspr�ta-bhilri-mahatmyii/:t-whose great glory is not\ntouched; api-even; hi-because; upan�at-drsam-by those jniinis who\nare engaged in studying the Upan�ads.\nTRANSLATION\nThe vi�I_lu-miirtis all had eternal, unlimited forms, full of\n\nknowledge and bliss and existing beyond the influence of time.\n\nTheir great glory was not even to be touched by the jiianis engaged\n\nin studying the Upani�ads.\n\nPURPORT\nMere siistra-jniina, or knowledge in the Vedas, does not help anyone\nunderstand the Personality of Godhead. Only one who is favored or\nshown mercy by the Lord can understand Him. This is also explained in\nthe Upani�ads (Mur:u)aka Up. 3.2.3):\n\nniiyam iitma pravacanena labhyo\nna medhasa na bahunii srutena\nyam eva�a vroute tena labhyas\ntasya�a iitmii vivrr:r-ute tanum sviim\n\"The Supreme Lord is not obtained by expert explanations, by vast intelligence, or even by much hearing. He is obtained only by one whom He\nHimself chooses. To such a person, He manifests His own form.\"\n\n", "SB10.3#p0087": "Brahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\nText 54]\n\n61\n\nOne description given of Brahman is satyaril brahma, iinanda-riipam:\n\n\"Brahman is the Absolute Truth and complete iinanda, or bliss.\" The\n\nforms of Vi!?�U, the Supreme Brahman, were one, but They were\nmanifested differently. The followers of the Upan�ads, however, cannot\nunderstand the varieties manifested by Brahman. This proves that Brah­\n\nman and Paramatma can actually be understood only through devotion,\n\nas confirmed by the Lord Himself in Srimad-Bhagavatam (bhaktyaham\n\nekaya grahya}:£, Bhag. 11.14.21). To establish that Brahman indeed has\n\ntranscendental form, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura gives various\nquotations from the\n\nsiistras. In the Svetasvatara Upan�ad (3.8), the\n\nSupreme is described as iiditya-var7Jaril tamasa}:£ parastiit, \"He whose\n\nself-manifest form is luminous like the sun and transcendental to the\n\ndarkness of ignorance.\" Ananda-matram ajararil purii7Jam ekaril san­\n\ntam bahudha drsyamiinam: \"The Supreme is blissful, with no tinge of\n\nunhappiness. Although He is the oldest, He never ages, and although\none, He is experienced in different forms.\"\n\nSarve nitya}:£ sasvatas ca\ndehas tasya pariitmana}:£: \"All the forms of that Supreme Person are\neternal.\" (Maha-variiha Purii1Ja) The Supreme Person has a form, with\nhands and legs and other personal features, but His hands and legs are\n\nnot material. Bhaktas know that the form of K{!?�a, or Brahman, is not at\n\nall material. Rather, Brahman has a transcendental form, and when one\n\nis absorbed in it, being fully developed in bhakti, one can understand\n\nHim\n\n(premafijana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena). The Mayavadis, how­\n\never, cannot understand this transcendental form, for they think that it\nis material.\n\nTranscendental forms of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His\n\nperson are so great that the impersonal followers of the Upan�ads cannot\n\nreach the platform of knowledge to understand them. Particularly, the\ntranscendental forms of the Lord are beyond the reach of the impersonalists,\n\nwho can only understand,\n\nthrough the studies of the\n\nUpan�ads, that the Absolute Truth is not matter and that the Absolute\n\nTruth is not materially restricted by limited potency.\n\nYet although K{!?�a cannot be seen through the Upan�ads, in some\n\nplaces it is said that K{!?�a can in fact be known in this way.\n\nAupan�adaril purfL$am: \"He is known by the Upan�ads.\" This means\n\nthat when one is purified by Vedic knowledge, one is then allowed to\nenter into devotional understanding (mad-bhaktiril labhate pariim).\n\n", "SB10.3#p0088": "62\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\ntac chraddadhiinii munayo\njiiiina-vairagya-yuktayii\npa§yanty iitmani ciitmiinam\nbhaktyii sruta-grhitayii\n\"The seriously inquisitive student or sage, well equipped with knowledge and detachment, realizes that Absolute Truth by rendering devo­\n\ntional service in terms of what he has heard from the Vediinta-sruti.\"\n\n(Bhag. 1.2.12) The word sruta-grhitayii refers to Vedanta ·knowledge,\n\nnot sentimentality. Sruta-grhita is sound knowledge.\n\nLord Vi�?QU, Brahmii thus realized, is the reservoir of all truth, knowledge and bliss. He is the combination of these three transcendental\nfeatures, and He is the object of worship for the followers of the\n\nUpan�ads. Brahma realized that all the different forms of cows, boys\n\nand calves transformed into Vi�?QU forms were not transformed by\n\nmysticism of the type that a yogi or demigod can display by specific\npowers invested in him. The cows, calves and boys transformed into\n\nV�\"{tu-milrtis, or Vi�?QU forms, were not displays of v�\"{tu-miiyii, or Vi�?QU\n\nenergy, but were Vi!?QU Himself. The respective qualifications of Vi�?QU\nand v�\"{tu-miiyii are just like those of fire and heat. In heat there is the\n\nqualification of fire, namely warmth; and yet heat is not fire. The\nmanifestation of the Vi�?QU forms of the boys, cows and calves was not\nlike the heat, but rather like the fire-they were all actually Vi!?QU. Factually, the qualification of Vi!?QU is full truth, full knowledge and full\nbliss. Another example may be given with material objects, which may\nbe reflected in many, many forms. For example, the sun is reflected in\nmany waterpots, but the reflections of the sun in many pots are not actually the sun. There is no actual heat and light from the sun in the pot,\nalthough it appears as the sun. But each and every one of the forms\nI<{�?Qa assumed was fully Vi�?QU.\n\nWe should discuss Srimad-Bhiigavatam daily as much as possible, and\n\nthen everything will be clarified, for Bhagavatam is the essence of all\n\nVedic literature (nigama-kalpataror galitam phalam). It was written by\n\nVyasadeva (mahiimuni-krte) when he was self-realized. Thus the more\nwe read Srimad-Bhiigavatam, the more its knowledge becomes clear.\nEach and every verse is transcendental.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0089": "Text 56]\n\n63\n\nBrahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\nTEXT 55\n\n� � �A�ht: qQt!AI�¥t�lsRct('51't I\n� lffirT. ftllmr ij+.f(IT.f(ij ����II\nevam sakrd dadarsaja}:L\npara-brahmatmano 'khilan\nyasya bhasa sarvam idam\nvibhati sa-cariicaram\nevam-thus; sakrt-at one time; dadarsa-saw; aja}:L-Lord Brahma;\npara-brahma-of the Supreme Absolute Truth; atmana}:L-expansions;\nakhilan-all the calves and boys, etc.; yasya-of whom; bhasa-by\nthe manifestation; sarvam-all; idam-this; vibhati-is manifested; sacara-acaram-whatever is moving and nonmoving.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Lord Brahmii saw the Supreme Brahman, by whose energy\nthis entire universe, with its moving and nonmoving living beings,\nis manifested. He also saw at the same time all the calves and boys\nas the Lord's expansions.\nPURPORT\n\nBy this incident, Lord Brahma was able to see how K:p?:Q.a maintains\n\n�\n\nthe entire universe in different ways. It is because K:r!? a manifests\neverything that everything is visible.\nTEXT 56\n\n6t;ta;�P�: I\n\"\n1ffii'1fil .:<.\n<Ritsi<\\Wfit'l.i�\nSSLILL•IS\n\nII Will J\n\nII\n\n-11-\n\n� 11'1�11\n\ntato 'tikutukodvrtyastimitaikada§endriya}:L\ntad-dhamnabhud ajas t�ryim\npur-devy-antiva putrika\n\n", "SB10.3#p0090": "64\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\ntata�-then; atikutuka-udvrtya-stimita-ekiido.Sa-indriya�-whose eleven\n\nsenses had all been jolted by great astonishment and then stunned by\n\ntranscendental bliss; tad-dhamna-by the effulgence of those V�'IJ-U­\n\nmurtis; a bhut -became;\n\naja�-Lord Brahma; t�7J-i\"m\n\n-\n\nsilent; pu�­\n\nde vi-anti-in the presence of a village deity (gramya-devatii); iva-just\n\nas; putrikii- a clay doll made by a child.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen, by the power of the effulgence of those vi�I_lu-mdrtis,\n\nLord Brahmii, his eleven senses jolted by astonishment and\n\nstunned by transcendental bliss, became silent, just like a child's\nclay doll in the presence of the village deity.\nPURPORT\n\nBrahma was stunned because of transcendental bliss (muhyanti yat\n\nsuraya�). In his astonishment, all his senses were stunned, and he was\n\nunable to say or do anything. Brahma had considered himself absolute,\n\nthinking himself the only powerful deity, but now his pride was sub­\n\ndued, and he again became merely one of the demigods-an important\ndemigod, of course, but a demigod nonetheless. Brahma, therefore, can­\n\nnot be compared to God-K:r��a, or Naraya�a. It is forbidden to compare\n\nNaraya�a even to demigods like Brahma and Siva, what to speak of\n\nothers.\n\nyas tu niiriiya7J-am devam\nbrahma-rudriidi-daivatai�\nsamatvenaiva vik�eta\nsa p�a7J-l},i bhaved dhruvam\n\"One who considers demigods like Brahma and Siva to be on an equal\n\nlevel with Naraya�a must certainly be considered an offender.\" We\nshould not equate the demigods with Naraya�a, for even Sankaracarya\n\nhas forbidden this (niiriiya7J-a� paro 'vyaktiit). Also, as mentioned in the\n\nVedas, eko niiniya'IJ-a iisin na brahmii nesiina�: \"In the beginning of cre­\n\nation there· was only the SuP.reme Personality, Naraya�a, and there was\n\nno existence of Brahma or Siva.\" Therefore, one who at the end of his\n\n", "SB10.3#p0091": "Text 57]\n\nBrahmii Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n65\n\nlife remembers Naraya�;ta attains the perfection of life (ante ndraya�smrtih).\n\nTEXT 57\n\nf���s6� Pl\\ii4R+d� (CI5filtRt%i\nq(OJII'SltatS6Rf(('{W\\Q(Cfitll€6f'tJ\n�sfit � f?hfll�f'IRt q( p m\n�01G:l:it � � �S\\ill\\il!i4M€fil' lllt\\911\nitire§e 'tarkye nija-mahimani sva-pramitike\nparatrajato 'tan-nirasana-mukha-brahmaka-mitau\naniSe 'pi dr�tum kim idam iti va muhyati sati\ncacchadajo jiiatva sapadi paramo 'ja-javanikam\niti-thus; ira-iSe-Lord Brahma, the lord of Sarasvati (Ira); atarkye­\n\nbeyond;\n\nnija-mahimani-whose\n\nown\n\nglory;\n\nsva-pramitike-sel£­\n\nmanifest and blissful; paratra-beyond; ajata�-the material energy\n(prakrti); atat-irrelevant; nirasana-mukha-by the rejection of that\n\nwhich is irrelevant; brahmaka-by the crest jewels of the Vedas;\nmitau\n\n-\n\nin whom there is knowledge; aniSe-not being able; api-even;\n\ndr�tum-to see; kim-what; idam-is this; iti-thus; va-or; muhyati\nsati-being mystified;\n\ncacchada-removed;\n\naja�-Lord Sri Krr;;�;ta;\n\njiiatva-after understanding; sapadi-at once; parama�-the greatest\n\nof all; aja-javanikam-the curtain of maya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Brahman is beyond mental speculation, He is selfmanifest, existing in His own bliss, and He is beyond the material\nenergy. He is known by the crest jewels of the Vedas by refutation\nof irrelevant knowledge. Thus in relation to that Supreme Brahman, the Personality of Godhead, whose glory had been shown by\nthe manifestation of all the four-armed forms of Vi�:r;m, Lord\nBrahmii, the lord of Sarasvati, was mystified. \"What is this?\" he\nthought, and then he was not even able to see. Lord K:r�:r,ta, understanding Brahmii's position, then at once removed the curtain of\nHis yogamiiyii.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0092": "66\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nPURPORT\nBrahma was completely mystified. He could not understand what he\n\nwas seeing, and then he was not even able to see. Lord \"Kr�Qa, under­\n\nstanding Brahma's position, then removed that yogamiiyii covering. In\n\nthis verse, Brahma is referred to as iresa. Ira means Sarasvati, the god­\n\ndess of learning, and lresa is her husband, Lord Brahma. Brahma,\n\ntherefore, is most intelligent. But even Brahma, the lord of Sarasvati,\n\nwas bewildered about \"Kr�Qa. Although he tried, he could not understand\nLord K:r�Qa. In the beginning the boys, the calves and K:r�Qa Himself had\n\nbeen covered by yogamiiyii, which later displayed the second set of\ncalves and boys, who were \"Kr�Qa's expansions, and which then displayed\n\nso many four-armed forms. Now, seeing Brahma's bewilderment, Lord\n\"Kr�Qa caused the disappearance of that yogamiiyii. One may think that\n\nthe miiyii taken away by Lord \"Kr�Qa was mahiimiiyii, but Srila\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura comments that it was yogamiiyii, the po­\n\ntency by which K:r�Qa is sometimes manifest and sometimes not\n\nmanifest. The potency which covers the actual reality and displays some­\n\nthing unreal is mahiimiiyii, but the potency by which the Absolute Truth\n\nis sometimes manifest and sometimes not is yogamiiyii. Therefore, in\nthis verse the word ajii refers to yogamiiyii.\n\nK:r�Qa' s energy- His miiyii-sakti, or svarupa-sakti- is one, but it is\n\nmanifested in varieties. Pariisya saktir vividhaiva srilyate (SvetiiSvatara\nUp. 6.8). The difference between Vai�Qavas and Mayavadis is that\n\nMayavadis say that this miiyii is one, whereas Vai�Qavas recognize its\n\nvarieties. There is unity in variety. For example, in one tree, there are\n\nvarieties of leaves, fruits and flowers. Varieties of energy are required\n\nfor performing the varieties of activity within the creation. To give\n\nanother example, in a machine all the parts may be iron, but the machine\n\nincludes varied activities. Although the whole machine is iron, one part\n\nworks in one way, and other parts work in other ways. One who does not\nknow how the machine is working may say that it is all iron; nonetheless,\n\nin spite of its being iron, the machine has different elements, all working\ndifferently to accomplish the purpose for which the machine was made.\n\nOne wheel runs this way, another wheel runs that way, functioning\n\nnaturally in such a way that the work of the machine goes on. Conse­\n\nquently we give different names to the different parts of the machine,\n\nsaying, \"This is a wheel,\" \"This is a screw,\" \"This is a spindle,\" \"This\n\n", "SB10.3#p0093": "Text 57]\n\nBrahmi Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n67\n\nis the lubrication,\" and so on. Similarly, as explained in the Vedas,\npariisya saktir vividhaiva sruyate\nsvabhaviki jfidna-bala-kriya ca\n��Qa's power is variegated, and thus the same sakti, or potency, works\n\nin variegated ways. Vividha means \"varieties.\" There is unity in variety.\n\nThus yogamdyd and mahiimaya are among the varied individual parts\n\nof the same one potency, and all of these individual potencies work in\ntheir own varied ways. The samvit, sandhini and ahlddini potencies­\n\n��Qa's potency for existence, His potency for knowledge and His po­\n\ntency for pleasure-are distinct from yogamayd. Each is an individual\n\npotency. The ahlddini potency is RadharaQi. As Svarupa Damodara\n\nGosvami has explained, rddha kr$1)-a-prar;wya-vikrtir hlddini saktir\nasmat (Cc. Adi 1.5). The ahlddini-sakti is manifested as RadharaQi, but\n\n��Qa and RadharaQi are the same, although one is potent and the other\n\nis potency.\n\nBrahma was mystified about K:r�Qa's opulence (nija-mahimani) be­\n\ncause this opulence was atarkya, or inconceivable. With one's limited\n\nsenses, one cannot argue about that which is inconceivable. Therefore\n\nthe inconceivable is called acintya, that which is beyond cintya, our\nthoughts and arguments. Acintya refers to that which we cannot con­\n\ntemplate but have to accept. Srila ]iva Gosvami has said that unless we\n\naccept acintya in the Supreme, we cannot accommodate the conception of\n\nGod. This must be understood. Therefore we say that the words of siistra\n\nshould be taken as they are, without change, since they are beyond our\narguments. Acintyatt khalu ye bhava na tams tarke1J.a yojayet: \"That\n\nwhich is acintya cannot be ascertained by argument.\" People generally\n\nargue, but our process is not to argue but to accept the Vedic knowledge\n\nas it is. When ��Qa says, \"This is superior, and this is inferior,\" we ac­\n\ncept what He says. It is not that we argue, \"Why is this superior and that\n\ninferior?\" If one argues, for him the knowledge is lost.\n\nThis path of acceptance is called avaroha-panthd. The word avaroha\n\nis related to the word avatdra, which means \"that which descends.\" The\n\nmaterialist wants to understand everything by the droha-pantha-by\n\nargument and reason-but transcendental matters cannot be understood\n\nin this way. Rather, one must follow the avaroha-panthd, the process of\n\n", "SB10.3#p0094": "68\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\ndescending knowledge. Therefore one must accept the\n\nparampara\n\nsystem. And the best parampara is that which extends from �!?J.la\n\n(evam parampara-praptam). What �!?I.ta says, we should accept (imam\nrajar�ayo vidub-}. This is called the avaroha-pantha.\nBrahma, however, adopted the aroha-pantha. He wanted to understand �!?I.ta's mystic power by his own limited, conceivable power, and\ntherefore he himself was mystified. Everyone wants to take pleasure in\nhis own knowledge, thinking, \"I know something.\" But in the presence\nof �!?J.la this conception cannot stand, for one cannot bring �!?J.la within\nthe limitations of prakrti. One must submit. There is no alternative. Na\n\ntams tarker;w yojayet. This submission marks the difference between\n�!?I.ta-ites and Mayavadis.\nThe phrase atan-nirasana refers to the discarding of that which is ir­\n\nrelevant. (A tat means \"that which is not a fact.\") Brahman is sometimes described as asthulam ana�v ahrasvam adirgham, \"that which is\n\n(Brhad-ara�yaka\nUp. 5.8.8) Neti neti: \"It is not this, it is not that.\" But what is it? In de­\n\nnot large and not small, not short and not long.\"\n\nscribing a pencil, one may say, \"It is not this; it is not that,\" but this does\nnot tell us what it is. This is called definition by negation. In Bhagavad­\n\ngita, �!?l,la also explains the soul by giving negative definitions. Na\njayate mriyate va: \"It is not born, nor does it die. You can hardly understand more than this.\" But what is it? It is eternal. Ajo nityab, sasvato\n'yam pura�o na hanyate hanyamdne sarire: \"It is unborn, eternal,\never-existing, undying and primeval. It is not slain when the body is\n\nslain.\" (Bg. 2.20) In the beginning the soul is difficult to understand,\nand therefore K�!?J.la has given negative definitions:\n\nnainam chindanti sastra�i\nnainam dahati pavakab,\nna cainam kledayanty apo\nna so�ayati mdrutab,\n\"The soul can never be cut into pieces by any weapon, nor can it be\nburned by fire, nor moistened by water, nor withered by the wind.\"\n(Bg. 2.23) �!?J.la says, \"It is not burned by fire.\" Therefore, one has to\nimagine what it is that is not burned by fire. This is a negative definition.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0095": "Text 58)\n\nBrahma Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n69\n\ntato 'rvak pratilabdhiik�a/:1,\nka/:1, paretavad utthita/:1,\nkrcch riid unmilya vai dr�fir\niic�!edam sahiitmanii\ntata/:1,-then; arvak-externally; pratilabdha a�a/:1,-having revived\n-\n\nhis consciousness; ka/:1,-Lord Brahma; pareta vat-just like a dead\n-\n\nman; utthita/:1,-stood up; krcchriit-with great difficulty; unmilyaopening up; vai-indeed; dmi/:1,-his eyes; ac�tn-he saw; idam-this\nuniverse; saha iitmanii-along with himself.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma's external consciousness then revived, and he\nstood up, just like a dead man coming back to life. Opening his\neyes with great difficulty, he saw the universe, along with himself.\n\nPURPORT\n\nWe actually do not die. At death, we are merely kept inert for some\ntime, just as during sleep. At night we sleep, and all our activities stop,\nbut as soon as we arise, our memory immediately returns, and we think,\n\"Oh, where am I? What do I have to do?\" This is called suptotthitanyaya. Suppose we die. \"Die\" means that we become inert for some time\nand then again begin our activities. This takes place life after life, according to our karma, or activities, and svabhava, or nature by association. Now, in the human life, if we prepare ourselves by beginning the\nactivity of our spiritual life, we return to our real life and attain perfection. Otherwise, according to karma, svabhava, prakrti and so on, our\nvarieties of life and activity continue, and so also do our birth and death.\n\nAs explained by Bhaktivinoda 'fhakura, miiyiira va§e, yaccha bhese,\nkhiiccha hiibw),ubu bhai: \"My dear brothers, why are you being washed\n\n", "SB10.3#p0096": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n70\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\naway by the waves of maya?\" One should come to the spiritual platform, and then one's activities will be permanent. Krta-pur:tya-punjal):\nthis stage is attained after one accumulates the results of pious\nactivities for many, many lives. ]anma-koti-sukrtair na labhyate (Cc.\n\nMadhya 8.70). The K{�Qa consciousness movement wants to stop kotijanma, repeated birth and death. In one birth, one should rectify every­\n\nthing and come to permanent life. This is K:r�J.la consciousness.\n\nTEXT 59\n\nijqtAtfl«t : �f(it��:� I\n!W'G\\1!!4 ijiwtlai10J:4@tl�01 ('(+tlfSttt( ������\nsapady evabhita/:t pa§yan\ndiSo 'pa5yat pura/:t-sthitam\nvrndavanarh janaji:vyadrumakirr:tarh sama-priyam\nsapadi -immediately; eva-indeed; abhital)-on all sides; pa§yanlooking; diSa/:t-in the directions; apa§yat -Lord Brahmii saw; pura/:t­\n\nsthitam -situated in front of him; vrndavanam-V:rndavana; jana­\n\n-\n\najivya-druma a kirr:tam-dense with trees, which were the means of\nliving for the inhabitants; sama-priyam-and which was equally pleasing in all seasons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen, looking in all directions, Lord Brahmi immediately saw\n\nV:rndavana before him, filled with trees, which were the means of\n\nlivelihood for the inhabitants and which were equally pleasing in\n\nall seasons.\n\nPURPORT\n]anajivya-drumakirr:tam: trees and vegetables are essential, and they\ngive happiness all year round, in all seasons. That is the arrangement in\nV:rndavana. It is not that in one season the trees are pleasing and\nin another season not pleasing; rather, they are equally pleasing\nthroughout the seasonal changes. Trees and vegetables provide the real\n\n", "SB10.3#p0097": "Text 60]\n\nBrahma Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n71\n\nmeans of livelihood recommended for everyone. Sarva-kiima-dugha\n\nmahi (Bhag. 1.10.4). Trees and vegetables, not industry, provide the\n\nreal means of life.\n\nyatra naisarga-durvaira/:t\nsahasan nr-mrgiidaya/:t\nmitriir,tivajitaviisadruta-rut-tar�akiidikam\nyatra-where; naisarga-by nature; durvaira/:t- living in enmity;\n\nsaha iisan-live together; nr-human beings; mrga-iidaya /:t -and ani­\n\nmals; mit rar,ti-friends; iva-like; ajita-of Lord Sri K:r�l).a; aviisa­\n\nresidence; druta-gone away; rut-anger; tar�aka-iidikam-thirst and\nso on.\n\nTRANSLATION\nV:rndavana is the transcendental abode of the Lord, where there\nis no hunger, anger or thirst. Though naturally inimical, both\nhuman beings and fierce animals live there together in transcendental friendship.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word vana means \"forest.\" We are afraid of the forest and do not\n\nwish to go there, but in V:rndavana the forest animals are as good as\n\ndemigods, for they have no envy. Even in this material world, in the\n\nforest the animals live together, and when they go to drink water they do\n\nnot attack anyone. Envy develops because of sense gratification, but in\nV:rndavana there is no sense gratification, for the only aim is K:r�Qa's\n\nsatisfaction. Even in this material world, the animals in V:rndavana are\nnot envious of the siidhus who live there. The siidhus keep cows and sup­\n\nply milk to the tigers, saying, \"Come here and take a little milk.\" Thus\n\nenvy and malice are unknown in V:rndavana. That is the difference be­\n\ntween V:rndavana and the ordinary world. We are horrified to hear the\n\n", "SB10.3#p0098": "72\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nname of vana, the forest, but in Vrndavana there is no such horror.\nEveryone there is happy by pleasing Kr�1,1a. Kr�lJ-Otkirtana-giina-nartana-parau. Whether a gosviimi or a tiger or other ferocious animal,\neveryone's business is the same-to please Kr�1,1a. Even the tigers are\nalso devotees. This is the specific qualification of Vrndavana. In\nVrndavana everyone is happy. The calf is happy, the cat is happy, the\ndog is happy, the man is happy-everyone. Everyone wants to serve\nKr�1,1a in a different capacity, and thus there is no envy. One may sometimes think that the monkeys in Vrndavana are envious, because they\ncause mischief and steal food, but in Vrndavana we find that the\nmonkeys are allowed to take butter, which Kr�1,1a Himself distributes.\nKr�1,1a personally demonstrates that everyone has the right to live. This is\nVrndavana life. Why should I live and you die? No. That is material life.\nThe inhabitants of Vrndavana think, \"Whatever is given by Kr�1,1a, let\nus divide it as prasiida and eat.\" This mentality cannot appear all of a\nsudden, but it will gradually develop with Kr�1,1a consciousness; by\nsadhana, one can come to this platform.\nIn the material world one may collect funds all over the world in order\nto distribute food freely, yet those to whom the food is given may not\neven feel appreciative. The value of Kr�1,1a consciousness, however, will\ngradually be very much appreciated. For instance, in an article about the\ntemple of the Hare Kr�1,1a movement in Durban, South Mrica, the Durban Post reported, \"All the devotees here are very active in the service of\nLord Kr�1,1a, and the results are obvious to see: happiness, good health,\npeace of mind, and the development of all good qualities.\" This is the\nnature of Vrndavana. Hariiv abhaktasya kuto mahad-gur:tii/:t: without\nKr�1,1a consciousness, happiness is impossible; one may struggle, but one\ncannot have happiness. We are therefore trying to give human society\nthe opportunity for a life of happiness, good health, peace of mind and all\ngood qualities through God consciousness.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0099": "Text 61]\n\nBrahmi Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n73\n\ntatrodvahat pa§upa-vamsa-siSutva-natyarit\nbrahmadvayarit param anantam agiidha-bodham\nvatsiin sakhin iva purii parito vicinvad\nekarit sa-piiTJ-i-kavalarit parame$thy ac�ta\n\ntatra-there (in V:rndavana); udvahat-assuming; pa§upa-vamsasiSutva-natyam-the play of being a child in a family of cowherd men\n\n(another of K:r!?�a's names is Gopala, \"He who maintains the cows\");\nbrahma-the Absolute Truth; advayam-without a second; paramthe Supreme; anantam-unlimited; agadha-bodham-possessing unlimited knowledge; vatsiin-the calves; sakhin-and His friends, the\nboys;\n\niva pura-just as\n\nbefore;\n\nparita �-everywhere;\n\nsearching; ekam-alone, all by Himself;\n\nvicinvat­\n\nsa-piiTJ-i-kavalam-with a\n\nmorsel of food in His hand; parame$thi-Lord Brahma; ac�ta-saw.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Lord Brahmi saw the Absolute Truth-who is one without\na second, who possesses full knowledge and who is unlimitedassuming the role of a child in a family of cowherd men and standing all alone, just as before, with a morsel of food in His hand,\nsearching everywhere for the calves and His cowherd friends.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word agiidha-bodham, meaning \"full of unlimited knowledge,\"\nis significant in this verse. The Lord's knowledge is unlimited, and\ntherefore one cannot touch where it ends, just as one cannot measure the\nocean. What is the extent of our intelligence in comparison to the vast\nexpanse of water in the ocean? On my passage to America, how insignificant the ship was, like a matchbox in the midst of the ocean. K:r!?�a's intelligence resembles the ocean, for one cannot imagine how vast it is. The\nbest course, therefore, is to surrender to K:r!?�a. Don't try to measure\nK:r!?�a.\nThe word advayam, meaning \"one without a second,\" is also significant. Because Brahma was overcast by K:r!?�a's maya, he was thinking\nhimself the Supreme. In the material world, everyone thinks, \"I am the\nbest man in this world. I know everything.\" One thinks, \"Why should I\nread Bhagavad-gitii? I know everything. I have my own interpretation.\"\n\n", "SB10.3#p0100": "74\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nBrahma, however, was able to understand that the Supreme Personality\n\nis ��t:J.a. lsvarab, paramab, kr�r:tab,. Another of ��t:J.a's names, therefore,\nis paramesvara.\n\nNow Brahma saw ��t:J.a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, appearing as a cowherd boy in Vtndavana, not demonstrating His opulence but\nstanding just like an innocent boy with some food in His hand, loitering\nwith His cowherd boyfriends, calves and cows. Brahma did not see ��t:J.a\nas catur-bhuja, the opulent Narayat;J.a; rather, he simply saw an innocent\nboy. Nonetheless, he could understand that although Kt�t:J.a was not\ndemonstrating His power, He was the same Supreme Person. People\ngenerally do not appreciate someone unless he shows something wonder,, ful, but here, although ��t:J.a did not manifest anything wonderful,\nBrahma could understand that the same wonderful person was present\nlike an ordinary child, although He was the master of the whole creation.\nThus Brahma prayed, govindam adi-pur�am tam aham bhajami: \"You\nare the original person, the cause of everything. I bow down to You.\"\nThis was his realization. Tam aham bhajami. This is what is wanted.\nVede�u durlabham: one cannot reach ��t:J.a merely by Vedic knowledge.\nAdurlabham dtma-bhaktau: but when one becomes a devotee, then one\ncan realize Him. Brahma, therefore, became a devotee. In the beginning\nhe was proud of being Brahma, the lord of the universe, but now he\nunderstood, \"Here is the Lord of the universe. I am simply an insignificant agent. Govindam adi-pur�am tam aham bhajami.\"\nKt�t:J.a was playing like a dramatic actor. Because Brahma had some\nfalse prestige, thinking that he had some power, ��t:J.a showed him his\nreal position. A similar incident occurred when Brahma went to see\n��t:J.a in Dvaraka. When Kt�t:J.a's doorman informed Lord ��t:J.a that\nLord Brahma had arrived, Kt�t:J.a responded, \"Which Brahma? Ask him\nwhich Brahma.\" The doorman relayed this question, and Brahma was\nastonished. \"Is there another Brahma besides me?\" he thought. When\nthe doorman informed Lord ��t:J.a, \"It is four-headed Brahma,\" Lord\nKt�t:J.a said, \"Oh, four-headed. Call others. Show him.\" This is Kt�t:J.a's\nposition. For ��t:J.a the four-headed Brahma is insignificant, to say\nnothing of \"four-headed scientists.\" Materialistic scientists think that although this planet earth is full of opulence, all others are vacant. Because\nthey simply speculate, this is their scientific conclusion. But from the\nBhagavatam we understand that the entire universe is full of living en-\n\n", "SB10.3#p0101": "Text 62]\n\nBrahma Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\n75\n\ntities everywhere. Thus it is the folly of the scientists that although they\ndo not know anything, they mislead people by presenting themselves as\nscientists, philosophers and men of knowledge.\nTEXT 62\n\nql��l'S�\n'l'-otri'�: � I\n� +4dQ�a�R:ill�Ji�qJq\n\nWfffi �� 11��11\n\ndmva tvarer;ta nija-dhorar:tato 'vatirya\nprthvyiim vapul,t kanaka-daTJ4am ivabhipiitya\nspr�tvii catur-mukuta-kotibhir arighri-yugmam\nnatvii mud -a.Sr u-s ujalair akrtabh�ekam\ndr�tvii-after seeing; tvarer;ta-with great speed, hastily; nija dhorar;tatal,t-from his swan carrier; avatirya-descended; prthvyiimon the ground; vapul,t-his body; kanaka-dar:tl},am iva-like a golden\nrod; abhipiitya-fell down; spmva-touching; catul,t-mukuta-kotibhil,t-with the tips of his four crowns; arighri-yugmam-the two lotus\nfeet; natvii-making obeisances; mut-a.Sru-su-jalail,t-with the water of\nhis tears of joy; akrta-performed; abh�ekam-the ceremony of\nbathing His lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing this, Lord Brahma hastily got down from his swan\ncarrier, fell down like a golden rod and touched the lotus feet of\nLord Kt�t:ta with the tips of the four crowns on his heads. Offering\nhis obeisances, he bathed the feet of Kr�t:ta with the water of his\ntears of joy.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Brahma bowed down like a stick, and because Lord Brahma's\ncomplexion is golden, he appeared to be like a golden stick lying down\nbefore Lord ��:Q.a. When one falls down before a superior just like a\nstick, one's offering of obeisances is called dar:tl},avat. Dar:tl},a means\n\n", "SB10.3#p0102": "76\n\nSrimad-Bhigavatam\n\n(Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\n\"stick,\" and vat means \"like.\" It is not that one should simply say,\n\n\"dm:u)avat.\" Rather, one must fall down. Thus Brahma fell down, touching his foreheads to the lotus feet of ��.,a, and his crying in ecstasy is to\nbe regarded as an abh�eka bathing ceremony of ��Qa's lotus feet.\nHe who appeared before Brahma as a human child was in fact the Ab­\n\nsolute Truth, Parabrahman (brahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan iti sabd­\n\nyate). The Supreme Lord is narakrti; that is, He resembles a human\nbeing. It is not that He is four-armed (catur-bahu). Naraya.,a is catur­\n\nbahu, but the Supreme Person resembles a human being. This is also\nconfirmed in the Bible, where it is said that man was made in the image\nof God.\nLord Brahma saw that K:r�.,a, in His form as a cowherd boy, was\nParabrahman, the root cause of everything, but was now appearing as a\nhuman child, loitering in V:rndavana with a morsel of food in His hand.\nAstonished, Lord Brahma hastily got down from his swan carrier and let\nhis body fall to the earth. Usually, the demigods never touch the ground,\nbut Lord Brahma, voluntarily giving up his prestige as a demigod, bowed\ndown on the ground before ��Q.a. Although Brahma has one head in\neach direction, he voluntarily brought all his heads to the ground and\ntouched K:r�Q.a's feet with the tips of his four helmets. Although his intelligence works in every direction, he surrendered everything before\nthe boy K:r�Q.a.\nIt is mentioned that Brahma washed the feet of ��Q.a with his tears,\nand here the word sujalaitt indicates that his tears were purified. As soon\nas bhakti is present, everything is purified (sarvopadhi-vinirmuktam).\nTherefore Brahmii's crying was a form of bhakty-anubhava, a transformation of transcendental ecstatic love.\n\nutthayotthaya kr$r;tasya\ncirasya padayott patan\naste mahitvam prag-dmam\nsmrtva smrtva punatt punatt\n\n", "SB10.3#p0103": "Text 64]\n\nutthiiya\nc\n\nBrahmi Stealing the Boys and Calves\n\nutthiiya -rising\n\nrepeatedly;\n\nkr$T.WSya -of\n\n77\nLord\n\nK{�I.J.a;\n\nirasya -for a long time; piid ayo/:t -at the lotus feet; patan -falling\n\ndown; iiste-remained; mahitvam-the greatness; prii k -d mam -which\nhe had previously seen; smrtvii smrtvii -remembering and remembering; puna/:t puna/:t -again and again.\nTRANSLATION\nRising and falling again and again at the lotus feet of Lord 1\\..r�J}.a\nfor a long time, Lord Brahmi remembered over and over the\nLord's greatness he had just seen.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in one prayer,\n\nsrutim apare smrtim itare\nbhiiratam anye bhajantu bhava-bhitii/:t\naham iha nandarh vande\nyasyiilinde param brahma\n\"Let others study the Vedas, smrti and Mahiibhiirata, fearing material\nexistence, but I shall worship Nanda Maharaja, in whose courtyard is\ncrawling the Supreme Brahman. Nanda Maharaja is so great that the\nParabrahman is crawling in his yard, and therefore I shall worship him.\"\n\n(Padyiivali 126)\nBrahma was falling down in ecstasy. Because of the presence of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who exactly resembled a human child,\nBrahma was naturally astonished. Therefore with a faltering voice he\noffered prayers, understanding that here was the Supreme Person.\n\n\"'.\n\n....\n\nTEXT 64\n\n�'l(tlkt((�\n\nQ...-.\n11:4��\n\nft;:((Usft�\n\n!£\n\n:slauO.:\n\n�\n� • .,... .,\n\nfil'lWih\"i:R : I\n\n� ij¥((f((t:\n\nu'dm1slssti 'd\n1\n\n1.111\n\n11�\\:lll\n\n", "SB10.3#p0104": "78\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n[Canto 10, Ch. 13\n\nsanair athotthdya vimrjya locane\nmukundam udvik$ya vinamra-kandharab,\nkrtaiijalib- pra5rayavan samahitab,\nsa-vepathur gadgadayailatelaya\nsanaib,-gradually; atha-then; utthaya-rising; vimrjy�-wiping;\nlocane-his two eyes; mukundam-at Mukunda, Lord Sri Kr�I}.a;\nudvik$ya-1ooking up; vinamra-kandharab,-his neck bent; krtaanjalib,-with folded hands; pra5raya-van-very humble; samahitab,his mind concentrated; sa-vepathub,-his body trembling; gadgadayafaltering; ailata-Brahma began to offer praise; ilaya-with words.\nTRANSLATION\nThen, r1smg very gradually and wiping his two eyes, Lord\n\nBrahma looked up at Mukunda. Lord Brahma, his head bent low,\n\nhis mind concentrated and his body trembling, very humbly\nbegan, with faltering words, to offer praises to Lord :Kr!i!I].a.\nPURPORT\n\nBrahma, being very joyful, began to shed tears, and he washed the\nlotus feet of Kr�Qa with his tears. Repeatedly he fell and rose as he\nrecalled the wonderful activities of the Lord. After repeating obeisances\nfor a long time, Brahma stood up and smeared his hands over his eyes.\nSrila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura comments that the word locane indicates that with his two hands he wiped the two eyes on each of his four\nfaces. Seeing the Lord before him, Brahmii began to offer prayers with\ngreat humility, respect and attention.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Tenth Canto, Thirteenth\nChapter, of the Srimad-Bhagavatam, entitled \"The Stealing of the Boys\nand Calves by Brahma. \"\n\n", "SB10.3#p0105": "saxwuaddy\n\n", "SB10.3#p0106": "The Author\n\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in\n\nthis world in 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master,\n,\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhakti­\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent religious scholar and the founder of\nsixty-four Gau<;liya Mathas (Vedic institutes), liked this educated young\n\nman and convinced him to dedicate his life to teaching Vedic knowledge.\nSrila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven years later (1933) at\nAllahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in\n\n1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nThakura requested Srila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge\n\nthrough the English language. In the years that followed, Srila Prabhu­\n\npada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad-gitii, assisted the Gau<;liya\n\nMatha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance, started an English\n\nfortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and checked the\n\ngalley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies and struggled to\nmaintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never stopped; it is\n\nnow being continued by his disciples in the West and is published in\nnineteen langua�es.\n\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devo­\n\ntion, the Gau<;liya V ai�J.lava Society honored him in 194 7 with the title\n\"Bhaktivedanta.\" In 1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada\n\nretired from married life, adopting the vanaprastha (retired) order to\n\ndevote more time to his studies and writing. Srila Prabhupada traveled to\n\nthe holy city of V:rndavana, where he lived in very humble circum­\n\nstances in the historic medieval temple of Radha-Damodara. There he\nengaged for several years in deep study and writing. He accepted the re­\n\nnounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At Radha-Damodara, Srila\nPrabhupada began work on his life's masterpiece: a multivolume trans­\n\nlation of and commentary on the eighteen-thousand-verse Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (Bhagavata Purar:ta). He also wrote Easy Journey to Other\nPlanets.\nAfter publishing three volumes of the Bhagavatam, Srila Prabhupada\n\ncame to the United States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual\n\nmaster. Subsequently, His Divine Grace wrote more than sixty volumes\n\n80\n\n", "SB10.3#p0107": "The Author\n\n81\n\nof authoritative translations, commentaries and summary studies of the\n\nphilosophical and religious classics of India.\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila\n\nPrabhupiida was practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great\n\ndifficulty that he established the International Society for Krishna Con­\n\nsciousness in July of 1966. Before his passing away on November 14,\n\n1977, he guided the Society and saw it grow to a worldwide confederation\n\nof more than one hundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes and farm\ncommunities.\n\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupiida created New Vrindaban, an experimental\n\nVedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of\nNew Vrindaban, now a thriving farm community of more than one thou­\n\nsand acres, his students have since founded several similar communities\n\nin the United States and abroad.\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and\n\nsecondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in\n\nDallas, Texas. Since then, under his supervision, his disciples have\n\nestablished children's schools throughout the United States and the rest\n\nof the world. As of 1978, there are ten gurukula schools worldwide, with\n\nthe principal educational center now located in V�ndiivana, India.\n\nSrila Prabhupiida also inspired the construction of several large inter­\n\nnational cultural centers in India. The center at Sridhiima Mayiipur in\n\nWest Bengal is the site for a planned spiritual city, an ambitious project\nfor which construction will extend over the next decade. In V�ndiivana,\n\nIndia, is the magnificent ���a-Balariima Temple and International\n\nGuesthouse. There is also a major cultural and educational center in\n\nBombay. Other centers are planned in a dozen other important locations\n\non the Indian subcontinent.\n\nSrila Prabhupiida's most significant contribution, however, is his\n\nbooks. Highly respected by the academic community for their authori­\n\ntativeness, depth and clarity, they are used as standard textbooks in\n\nnumerous college courses. His writings have been translated into twentyeight languages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, established in 1972 ex­\n\nclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus become the\nworld's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and\n\nphilosophy.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0108": "82\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nIn just twelve years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada\ncircled the globe fourteen times on lecture tours that took him to six continents. In spite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada continued\nto write prolifically. His writings constitute a veritable library of Vedic\nphilosophy, religion, literature and culture.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0109": "References\nThe purports of Srimad-Bhagavatam are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are specifically\ncited in this volume:\n\nBhagavad-gitii, 17, 40, 55, 58, 59, 68\nBrahma-samhitii, 3, 21, 40, 47\nBrhad-arar;tyaka Upan�ad, 68\nCaitanya-caritamrta, 54-55, 56, 57, 67, 70\nMur:u;laka Upan�ad, 60\n\nPadyavali, 77\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 13, 14, 17, 52, 57, 58, 61, 62, 7l\nSvetasvatara Upan�ad, 15, 61, 66\n\n83\n\n", "SB10.3#p0110": "Glossary\nA\nAbhi�jeka-a bathing ceremony, particularly for the coronation of a\nking or the installation of the Lord's Deity form.\n\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by example.\n\nAcintya-bhedabheda-tattva-the philosophy of the inconceivably si­\n\nmultaneous oneness and difference of the Lord and His creation,\n\nfirst propagated by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nAdvaita-vadis-See: Mayavadi:s\n\nAghasura-the python-shaped demon sent by Kamsa to kill Kr�J.la.\n\nB\nBalariima (Baladeva)-a plenary expansion of the Personality of God­\n\nhead, appearing as the son of Rohi1.11 and elder brother of Lord\n\nKr�J.la.\n\nBhagavad-gita-the battlefield discourse between the Supreme Lord,\n\nKr�J.la, and His devotee Arjuna expounding devotional service as\n\nboth the principal means and the ultimate end of spiritual\n\nperfection.\n\nBhakta-a devotee of the Supreme Lord, Kr�J.la.\n\nBhakti-yoga-linking with the Supreme Lord by devotional service.\n\nBrahma-the first created living being and secondary creator of the material universe.\n\nBriihma�a-one wise in the Vedas who can guide society; the first Vedic\nsocial order.\n\nc\nCaitanya Mahiiprab hu-the incarnation of Lord Kr�1.1a who descended\nto teach love of God through the sarikirtana movement.\n\nCatur-bhuj a-four-armed\n\n.\n\nG\nGokula-See: V rndavana\n\nGopis-Kr�J.la's cowherd girl friends, His most confidential servitors.\n\nGosviimi-one who has become master of his own senses.\n\n85\n\n", "SB10.3#p0111": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n86\n\nJ\nJiva-tattva-the individual living entities, who are atomic parts of the\nLord.\n\nJiiiini-one who cultivates transcendental knowledge by empirical\nspeculation.\n\nM\nMahiibhirata-Vyasadeva's epic history of the Kuruk!?etra war.\n\nMahimaya- See: Maya\n\nMahat-tattva-the total material energy in its original, undifferentiated\nform.\n\nMailgala-iratrika-the daily early-morning ceremony of worship for\nthe Deity of the Supreme Lord.\n\nMantra-a Vedic sound vibration that can deliver the mind from\nillusion.\n\nMaya-the inferior, illusory energy of the Supreme Lord, which rules\n\nover this material creation; also, forgetfulness of one's relationship\nwith Kr!?Qa.\n\nMayavadis-impersonal philosophers who say that the Supreme Lord\ncannot have a spiritual body.\n\nMlecchas-uncivilized humans, outside the Vedic system of society, who\nare generally meat-eaters.\n\nMukunda-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the\ngiver of liberation.\n\nN\nNarayaJ.Ia-a name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the\nsource and goal of all living beings.\n\np\nParabrahman-the Supreme Absolute Truth as the Personality of Godhead, Vi!?QU, or K:r!?Qa.\n\nParamahamsa-\"topmost swan\"; a person on the highest platform of\nGod consciousness.\n\nParamatma-Lord Vi!?QU as the Supersoul present within the heart of\nevery individual living being.\n\nParampara-a disciplic succession of spiritual masters.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0112": "Glossary\n\n87\n\nPraktti-material nature.\n\nPrasada-\"the Lord's mercy\"; food which has become spiritualized by\nfirst being offered for God's pleasure.\n\nR\nRajo-gui_la-passion, one of the three modes which control material\nexistence.\n\nRavai_la-the demoniac ruler who was killed by Lord Ramacandra.\n\ns\nSadhana-the beginning phase of devotional service as regulated\npractice.\n\nSadhus-saintly persons.\n\nSailkaracarya-the incarnation of Lord Siva who, ordered by the\n\nSupreme Lord, propagated the famous Mayavada philosophy, which\nmaintains that there is no distinction between the Lord and the liv­\n\ning entities.\n\nSariipya-mukti-the liberation of achieving a spiritual form similar to\nthat of the Supreme Lord.\n\nSastras-revealed scriptures, such as the Vedic literature.\nSita-the eternal consort of Lord Ramacandra.\n\nSiva-the demigod in charge of the mode of ignorance and the destruction of the material manifestation.\n\n�mrti-supplementary Vedic scriptures, apart from the original Vedas.\nSuddha-sattva-the transcendental platform\n\nof\n\n\"pure goodness,\"\n\nbeyond the material modes of goodness, passion and ignorance.\n\nT\nTamo-gui_la-ignorance, one of the three modes which control material\nexistence.\n\nTilaka-auspicious clay marks that sanctify a devotee's body as a temple\nof the Lord.\n\nTulasi-the sacred plant whose leaves are especially dear to Lord K:r�Qa.\n\nu\nUpani11ads-the philosophic portions of the Vedas.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0113": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n88\n\nv\nVaikur.ttha-the kingdom of God, which is \"free from anxiety.\"\nVai�r.tava-a devotee of the Supreme Lord, Vif?�u, or :Kr!?�a.\nVedinta-the summary presentation of \"the final conclusion of Vedic\nknowledge,\" compiled by Sri Vyasadeva in concise codes.\nVedas-the original revealed scriptures, first spoken by the Lord\nHimself.\nVi�r.tu-Lord :Krt?�a's expansions in Vaiku�tha and for the creation and\nmaintenance of the material universes.\nVi�r.tu-murtis-forms of the Supreme Lord.\nVi�r.tu-tattva-the different direct expansions of the Lord, each of\nwhom is the same Supreme Person.\nVraja(bhumi)-See: V:rndavana\nVrndiivana-Kr�?�a's eternal abode, where He fully manifests His\nquality of sweetness; the village on this earth in which He appeared\nfive thousand years ago.\n\ny\nYajfia-sacrifice performed for the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord.\nYavanas-barbarians.\nYogi-a transcendentalist who, in one way or another, is striving for\nunion with the Supreme.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0114": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\nVawels\n\n3{a atfa\n\nii �u �ft �� �f\n�e Q: ai alt o a1) au\n\n�i\n\n��\n\n..!. :rh (anusvara)\n\n: }.1 (visarga)\n\nConsonants\n\nGutturals:\n\nCf) ka\n\n� kha\n\nrr ga\n\n'q gha\n\n� ila\n\nPalatals:\n\n�ca\n\n� cha\n\n�ja\n\n\"jha\n\n5{ iia\n\nCerebrals:\n\n�ta\n\n?i !ha\n\n:S Qa\n\nG Qha\n\nOT I).a\n\nDentals:\n\na'ta\n\ntT tha\n\n�da\n\n�dha\n\n;::rna\n\nLabials:\n\nqpa\n\nCfi pha\n\nif ba\n\nl{ bha\n\n'fma\n\nSemivowels:\n\n�ya\n\n�ra\n\n�la\n\nqva\n\nSibilants:\n\n�sa\n\nq' �a\n\n�sa\n\nAspirate:\n\n�ha\n\nS\n\nThe numerals are: o-0\n\n'\n\n(avagraha)\n\n-\n\nthe apostrophe\n\n�-1 �-2 �-3 \\i-4 '-\\-5 �-6 \\S-7 �-8 �-9\n\nThe vowels above should be pronounced as follows:\n\na - like the a in organ or the u in but\na - like the a in far but held twice as long as short\n- like the i in pin\n- like the i in pique but held twice as long as short i\na\n\n89\n\n", "SB10.3#p0115": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n90\nu - like the u in push.\n\nii - like the u in rule but held twice as long as short u.\n:r\n\n- like the ri in rim.\n\n:r\n\n- like ree in reed.\n- like l followed by r (lr).\n\ne - like the e in they.\nai - like the ai in aisle.\no - like the o in go.\nau - like the ow in how.\nIh (anusvara) - a resonant nasal like the n in the French word bon.\n\nl,l (visarga) - a final h-sound: a/:t is pronounced like aha; i/:t like ihi.\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nfa\n\nfi 't l �u �ii\n\nFor example:\n\n) o �T au\n� ka tf;T ka � ki �1 kl � ku � kii\n�k:r fkr Cfi ke �CJi kai tJi� ko Cfi�T kau\nc.:r\n\nE f\n\n\"e\n\n� ai\n\n....\n\nThe vowel \"a\" is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol viriima (,'\\') indicates that there is no final vowel:\nThe consonants are pronounced as follows:\n\nk - as in kite\n\njh - as in hedgehog\n\nkh- as in Eckhart\n\nii - as in canyon\n\ng - as in give\n\nt\n\ngh- as in dig-hard\n\nth - as in light-heart\n\n- as in tub\n\nIi - as in sing\n\n� - as in dove\n\nc\n\n�ha- as in red-hot\n\n- as in chair\n\nch - as in staunch-heart\n\n1). - as rna (prepare to say\n\nJ\n\n- as m JOY\n\nt\n\n- as in tub but with tongue against teeth.\n\nthe r and say na).\n\nth - as in light-heart but with tongue against teeth.\n\nCJi.._\n\n", "SB10.3#p0116": "Sanskrit Pronunciation Guide\n\n91\n\nd -as in dove but with tongue against teeth\ndh.:__ as in red-hot but with tongue against teeth\nn -as in nut but with tongue between teeth\n1 -as in light\np -as in pine\nph-as in uphill (not f)\n\nv -as in vine\n\nb -as in bird\nbh-as in rub-hard\n\ns (palatal) -as in the s in the German\n\nm -as in mother\n\ns (cerebral) -as the shin shine\n\nword sprechen\n\ny -as myes\n\ns -as m sun\n\nr -as m run\n\nh -as in home\n\nGenerally two or more consonants in conjunction are written\ntogether in a special form, as for example:\n\n� k�a � tra\n\nThere is no strong accentuation of syllables in Sanskrit, or pausing\nbetween words in a line, only a flowing of short and long (twice as\nlong as the short) syllables. A long syllable is one whose vowel is\nlong (a, i, ii, e, ai, o, au), or whose short vowel is followed by more\nthan one consonant (including anus:viira and visarga). Aspirated\nconsonants (such as kha and gha) count as only single consonants.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0117": "ISKCON Centers Around the World\nAFRICA\nDurban (Natal), S. Atrica-P.O. Box 212, Cato Ridge, Natal 36801 Cato Ridge\n237; Johanneaburg, S. Africa-Etbefta Rd., Honeydew (mail: P.O. Box 5302.\nWeltevreden Park 1715)16752845; t...goa, Nlgert.-P.O. Box 8793,West Africa:\nMaurltlua-10 E. Serre! St., Rose Hill (mail: P.O. Box 718, Port Louis, Mauritius ):\nMomb..a, Kenya, E. Afrlca-Madhavani House, Sauti Ya Kenya and Kisumu Rd ..\nP.O. Box 82224/ 312248: Nairobi, Kenya, E. Afrlca-Muhoroni Close, P.O. Box\n28946 f 331568.\nASIA\nINDIA: Ahmedabad, Gujarat-7, Kailas Society, Ashram Rd., 380 0091 49935;\nBangalore, Mysore-40 Hare Krishna Rd., 560 001/ 77664: Bhadrak, OrlasaGour Gopal Mandir, Kuans. P.O. Bhadrak, Dis!. Balasore: Bhubaneawar, OrissaNational Highway No. 5,Nayapam (mail: c/o P.O. Box 113,751 001)/53125: Bom·\nbay, Maharastra-Hare Krishna Land. Juhu. 400 0541 566·860: Calcutta. W.\nBengal-3 Albert Rd.. 700 0171 44-3757: Chandlgarh, Punjab-Hare Krishna\nland, Oakshin Marg, Sector 36·8. 160 023; Chhaygharla (Harldaapur), W.\nBengal-Thakur Haridas Sripatbari Sevashram. P.O. Chhaygharia, P.S. Bongaon.\n\nDis!. 24 Pargonas; Gauhatl, Auam-Post Bag No. 127,781 001: Hyderabad,\nA.P.-Hare Krishna Land. Nampally Station Rd., 500 0011 51018: lmphal,\nMan\\pur-Paona Bazar, 795 001; Madras, Tamil Nadu-4 Srinivasamurty Ave.,\nAdayar, Madras 20; Mayapur, W. Bengai -Shree Mayapur Chandrodaya Mandir,\nP.O. Shree Mayapur Dham (District Nadia); New Delhi, U.P.-M-119 Greater\nKailash 1, 110 0481 624-590: Patna, Bihar-Post Bag 173, Patna 800 001;\nVrlndlvan, U.P.-Krishna-Balarama Mandir, Bhaklivedanta Swami Marg, Raman\nReti, Mathura 1178.\n\nFARMS: Hyderabad, A.P.-P.O. Oabilpur Village, Medchal Taluq, Hyderabad\nDistrict, 501 401; Mayapur, W. Benoal-(contact ISKCON Mayapur).\nRESTAURANTS: Bombay-Hare Krishna land: Mayapur-Shree Mayapur\n.Chandrodaya Mandir; Vrindavan-Krishna·Balarama Mandir.\nOTHER COUNTRIES: Bangkok, Thailand-P.O. Bmt 12·1108; Butterworth,\nMalayala-1lintang Melur, MK 14, Butterworth. Province Wellesley1 04·331019;\nColombo, Srllanka-188,New Chetty St. Colombo 13/ 33325: Hong Kong-5\nHomantin St., Flat 23, Kowloon 1 3·029113: Kathmandu, Nepal-8/6. Battis Pu1ali,\nGoshalla; Mandaue City, Philippinea-231 Pagsabungan Rd.. Basak, Cebul\n83254; Selangor, Malaysia-No. 18 Jalan 616, Peta!ing Jayal 564957: Tehran,\nlran-Felistin Ave. (old Kakh), Shemshad St., No. 3/ 644·272: Tel Aviv, larael147 Hanassi St., Herzliya Pituah /938-846.\nAUSTRALASIA\n\nAdelaide, Auatralia-13·A Frome St./ (08)223·2084: Auckland, New ZealandHwy. 18, Riverhead (next to Huapai Gollcourse) (mail: clo A.D. 2, Kumeu) I\n\n412·8075: Jakarta. lndonesia-Jalan Rawamangun Muka Timur 80 I 4835·19:\nlautoka, Flji-5 Tavewa Ave. (mail: clo P.O. Box 125)/ 61·633, ext 48:\n\nMetbourne, Australia-197 Danks St., Albert Park, Melbourne, Victoria 3206 (mail:\nclo P.O. Box 125) I 699·5122: Perth, Australia-P.O. BoK 299, Subiaco, 6008.\n\nLATIN AMERICA\n\nBRAZIL: Curltlba, Paran•-Rua Profa. Maria Assumpaco 77,Vila Hauer. 80.000 I\n276·6274; POrto Alegre,RS-Rua Giordano Bruno 318,90.000: Recife,Pernam­\n\nbuco-Ave. 17 de Agosto 257,Parnamirim 50.000; Rio de Janeiro, RJ-Estrada\ndos Tres Rios 654,Jacarepagua, 22.7QO;.Salvador, Bahla-Rua Alvaro Adorno 17.\n\nBrotas. 40.000/ (071)240·1072: Sio Paulo, SP-Rua Pandia Catogeras 54,\n01525/ (011)270·3442.\n\nFARM: Plndamonhangaba, Sio Paulo (New Gokula)-Ribeirao Grande\n(mail: C.P. 108, 12.400 Pindamonhangaba) I 2797836.\n\nOTHER COUNTRIES: Bogoti, Colombla-Carrera 3A No. 54·A-72/255·9842;\nCuzco, Pe ru-Avenida Pardo No. 1036/ 2277: Georgetown. Guyana-24\nUitvlugt Front, West Coast Demerara: Guadalajara, Mexico-Avenida las Ameri·\n\ncas No. 225, Sector Hidalgo / 163455; Guatemala City, Guatemala-Sexta\n\nAvenida 1·89, Zona 11 24618: La Paz, Bollvia-Calle Chacaltaya No. 5871\n\n32·85·67: Lima, Peru-Jiron Junin 415/ 47·18·10; Medellin, Colombia-Carrera\n32, No. 54·42: Mexico City, Mexico-Gob. Tiburcio Montiel 45, San Miguel\n\nChepultepec. Mexico D.F. 18/ (9051271·0132: Monterrey, Mexico-General\n\nAlbino Espinoza. 345 Pte.. Zona Centro, Monterrey, N.L./ 42 67 66: Panama City,\nPanama-43·58 Via Espana Altos. Allado del Cine. Bella Vista: Puebla,MexicoSierra Madre 9010,Colonia Maravillas. Poebla: Quito. Ecuador-Apdo. 2384, Cane\n\nYasuni No. 404; St. Augustine, Trinidad and Tobago-Gordon St. at Santa\nMargarita Circular Rd. / 662·4605; San Jo-*, Costa Rlca-400 mtrs. Sur Centro\nMedico de Guadalupe (casa blanca esquineral Colonia Chapultepec, Guadalupe;\n\nSan Salvador. El Salvador-67 Avenida Sur No. 115,Colonia Escalo: Santiago,\nChlle-Eyzaguirre 2404, Casitla 44, Puente Alto I 283: Santo Domingo,\nDominican Republic- Calle Cayatano Rodriguez No. 361 (809)688·7242;\nValparaiso, Chile-Colon 2706/ 7099: Vera Cruz. Mexico-Calle 3 Carabelas\nNo. 784. Fraccionmiento Relorma, Vera Cruz.\n\nNORTH AMERICA\nCANADA: Edmonton, Alberta-10132 142nd St., TSN 2N7/ (403)452·5855:\nMontreal. Quebec-1626 Pie IX Boulevard. H1V 2C51 (514) 527·1101: Ottawa.\nOntario-212 Somerset St. E.. K1N 6V41 (613)233·3460; Toronto, Ontario-243\n\nAvenue Rd. M5R 2J6/ (416)922·5415; Vancouver, B.C.-5580 S.E. Marine Dr.,\nBurnaby V5J 3GB / (604)430·4437: Victoria, B.C.-4056 Rainbow St., VBX 2A9/\n\n(604)479·0649\nFARM: Hemingford. Quebec (New Nandagram)-315 Backbrush Rd.. RR. No\n2, JOL 1HOI (514)247·3429\nRESTAURANTS: Toronto-Govinda's, 1280 Bay St./ (416)968·1313: Vancouver-Govinda's, 1221 Thurlow I (604)682·8154.\nU.S.A.: Atlanta, Georgia-1287 Ponce de leon Ave. NE 30306/ (404)378·9182;\nAustin,Texas-1910Whitis Ave. 78705/(512)476·7138; Baltimore,Maryland200 Bloomsbury Ave., Catonsville 21228/ (301)788·3883; Berkeley,Calilornia2334 Stuart St. 94705/ (415) 843·7874; Boston, Maasachusetts-72 Common·\n\nPerth. Western Australia: Sydney, Australia-112 Darlinghurst Rd., King's Cross,\n\nwealth Ave. 02116/ (617)536·1695: Chicago, llllnois-1716 West lunt Ave\n\nFARMS: Auckland, New Zealand (New Varshana)-contact 1SKCON Auck·\n\n441121 (216)851·9367; Columbus, Ohio-99 East 13th Ave. 43201/ (614)\n299·5084: Dallas. Texas-5430 Gurley Ave. 752231 (214)827·6330: Denver.\nColorado-1400 Cherry St. 80220/ (303)333·5461: Detroit, Michigan-383\nlenox Ave. 482151 (313)824·6000; E. Lansing, Michigan-319 Grove St. 48823/\n\nN.S.W. (mail: c/o P.O. Box 159) I (02)357·5162\n\nland; Colo. Australia (Bhaktlvedanta Ashram)- U pper Colo Rd.. N.S.W. (mail: c/o\nP.O. Box 493, St. Mary's, 2760, N.S.W.) I 045·75·5284; Murwillumbah, Australia\n\n(New Gova rd han a)-'Eungelia,' Tyatgum Rd. via Murwi11umbah. N.SW. 2484 (mail:\n\nc/o P.O. BoK 687) I 066·72·1903\n\nRESTAURANTS: Adelalde-Govinda's. 13 Frome Street; Melbourne­\n\nGopal's, 237 Flinders Lane1 63 1578: Melbourne-Gopal's. 251 Malvern Road.\n\nSouth Yarrow: Sydney- Mukunda' s, 233 Victoria Street, Oarlinghurstl 357 5162.\n\nEUROPE\n\nAmsterdam, Holland-Keizersgracht 941 020·249 410; Antwerp, Belglum-25\n\nKatelijnevestl 031·320987; Athens, Greece-133 Solonos: Catania, Sicily-Via\n\nEmpedocle 84,951001 095-522·252: Copenhagen. Denmark-Korluvej 9. 2300\nCopenhagen S/972337: Dublln,\\reland-2 Belvedere Place. Dublin 11 743·767;\n\nDuedlngen, Switzerland-1m Sti11en Tal. CH 3186\n\nDuedingen\n\n(FA)1\n\n(037)\n\n43.26.97; Gallarate, Italy-Via A. Volta 19,Gallarate 20131 (VAl I 0331·783·268:\nGOthenburg, Sweden-Karl Gustavsgatan 19, 41125 GOthenburg I 031·110955:\nHeidelberg, W. Germany-Vrindavana, PlOck 54; london. England (c\\ly)-10\nSohO St.. London WI I 01·437·1835; London, England (country)-Bhaktivedanta\nMan01, letchmore Heath, Watford, Hertlordshire W02 8EP I Radlett 7244: M a drid,\n\nSpain-Cane Arturo Sorio No. 209; Munich, W. Germany-Govinda's Club,\n\nKaulbachstrasse 1,8000 MUnchen I 089·280807; Paris, France-20 rue Vieille du\nTemple, Paris 75004/ 500·63·58; Rome, lta\\ y-Salita del Poggio laurentino 7,\n\nRome 001441 (06)593·075: Septon, Belgium-Chateau de Petit Somme, Septon\n54821 086·322480; Stockholm, Sweden-Korsnas GArd, 140 32 Grodinge I\n0753·29151: V�nna, Auatrla - Govinda Kullurzentrum, lerchenfelderstrasse 17,\n\nA-1070 Wienl (02221 96 10 633; West Berlin, W. Germany-Karl Marx Strasse\n17, Neu KOl in1 030·6231984: Worcester,England-Chaitanya College at Croome\nCourt, Severn Stoke. Worcester WRB90W I 090 567 ·214: Zurich, Switzerland­\n\n606261 (312)973·0900;\n\n(517)351·6603;\n\nCleveland, Ohlo-15720 Euclid Ave .. E. Cleveland\n\nGainesville,\n\nFlor\\da-921 S.W. Depot Ave. 32601/ (904)·\n\n377-1496: Hartford, Connectlcut-1683 Main St., East Hartford 06108/ (203)528·1600: Honolulu, Hawaii-51 Coelho W� 968171 (808)595·3947: Houston,\nTexas-1111 Rosalie St. 770041 (7131526·9860:laguna Beach,Ca\\ifomia-644\ns. Coast Hwy. 926511 (714)497·3638:las Vegas, Nevada-5605 Alta Or. 87066\n(702)870·6638: Long Island, New York-197 S. Ocean Ave., Freeport 115201\n\n(516)378·6184: Los Angeles,Calilornia-3764 Watseka Ave. 90034/ (213) 871·\n0717: Miami Beach, Florida-2445 Collins Ave. 33140 I (305)531·0331: Newark,\n\nDelaware-168 Elkton Rd. 19711/ (302)453·8510: New Orleans, Louisiana2936 Esplanade Ave. 70119/ (504)488·7433; New York, New York-340 W. 55th\nSt. 100191 (212)765·8610: Phlladelphia, Pennsylvanla-41-51 West Aliens\nLane, 19119/ (215)247 ·4600: Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania-1112 N. Negley Ave.\n\n15026/ (412)362·0212: Portland, Oregon-2805 S.E. Hawthorne St. 972141\n(503)231·5792; St. Louis, Missourl-3926 Lindell Blvd. 63108 I (314)535·8085:\nSan Diego, Callfornla-1030 Grand Ave., Pacific Beach 92109 I (714)483·2500:\nSan Juan, Puerto Rlco-1016 Ponce de leon St., Rio Piedras, 00925/ (809)·\n765-4745; Seattle, Washington-400 18th Ave. East 98112 I (206)322·3636;\nState College, Pennaylvania-103 E. Hamilton Ave. 168011 (814)234-1867:\nWashington, D.C.-10310 Oaklyn Rd., Potomac, Maryland 20854/ (301)·\n299·2100.\nFARMS: Carriere, Mlsslsslppl (New T Ai av an)-Rt. No. 2. Box 449, 39426/\n1601)798·6705: Gainesville, Florida-contact ISKCON Gainesville; Gurabo,\n\nPuerto Rico (New Gandhamadana)-Box 215 B. Route 181, Santarita 00658:\n\nBergstrasse 54, 8032 ZUrich I (01)693388\n\nHopland, California (New Vraja-ma('IQala Ohlmal-Route 175, Box 469,95449/\n(707)744·1100: Hotchkiss, Colorado (New Barshana)-P.O. Box 112. 814191\n(303)527·4584: lynchburg, Tennessee (Muriri-aevaka)-Rt. No. 1, Box t46·A,\n\nVrndt\\vana)-Via Comunale degli Scopeti, No. 106, St. Andrea in Percussina, San\n\nRoyal, Pennsylvania (Giti-nigari)-R.D. No.I, 17082 I (717)527·2493.\n\nFARMS: Bavarian Forest (Bayriache-Wald), W. Germany (Nava-JiyadaN rsiril ha-K �tra)- (contac1 lSKC ON Munich); Brihuega,Spain (New Vraja Ma\"dala)-(Santa Clara) Brihuega, Guadalajara1 (11l 280018: Firenze, Italy (VHia\n\nCasciano Val di Pesa 56030 (Firenze)1055·820054: london, England-(contact\n\nBhaktivedanta Manor ) ; Valencay, France (New Miyipur)-lucay·le-Mate. 36\n\n6001 (54) 40-23-26.\nRESTAURANTS: London-Healthy, Wealthy, and Wise, 9-10 Soho Street;\nStockholm-Govinda's, Grevgatan 18,114 53 StockhOlm1 08·623411: Vlenna­\n\nGovinda (at ISKCON Vienna): Zurlch-Govinda, Brandschenkestrasse 12, 8002\nZurich I (0112029282.\n\n92\n\n(Mulberry) 373591 (615)759·7058: Moundsville, West Virginia (New Vrlndaban)-R.D. No. 1, Box 319, Hare Krishna Ridge 26041/ (304)845·2790: Port\n\nRESTAURANTS: Austin, Texas-Govinda's (at ISKCON Austin); Columbus,\nOhio- Simply Wonderful. 2044 High Street 43201/ (614)299·6132; Los\n\nAngeles-Govinda's, 9634 Venice Blvd., 90230 I (213)836-1269: New York,New\nYork-Govinda's (at \\SKCON New York); St. Louis, Miaaouri-(at ISKCON St.\nLouis)1 (341)535·8161: San Juan, Puerto Rlco-Govinda's (at ISKCON San\nJuan): Washlngton,,D.C.-Govinda's, 515 8th St. S.E. 200031 (2021543·9600.\n\n", "SB10.3#p0118": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete listing of the first and third lines of each of\nthe Sanskrit poetry verses of this volume of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, arranged in\nEnglish alphabetical order. The first column gives the Sanskrit transliteration,\nand the second and third columns, respectively, list the chapter-verse reference\nand page number for each verse.\n\nA\naho 'tiramyam pulinam vayasya/:1\nambhojanma-janis tad-antara-gato\nanghri-mastakam apu�\na7.1imddyair mahimabhir\naniSe 'pi dr�tum kim idam iti vd\nasp�ta-bhuri-mahatmya\ndste mahitvam prag-d�tam\ndtmddi-stamba-paryantair\natra bhoktavyam asmabhir\n\nevam sakrd dadarSiija/:1\nevam sammohayan vi§7.1um\n13.5\n\n6\n\n13.15\n\n15\n\n13.49\n\n51\n\n13.52\n\n55\n\n13.57\n\n65\n\n13.54\n\n60\n\n13.63\n\n76\n\n13.51\n\n54\n\n13.6\n\n7\n\nB\nbharataivam vatsa-pe�u\nbibhrad ve7.1um ja!hara-patayo/:1\nbruyu/:1 snigdhasya si§yasya\n\n13.12\n\n12\nII\n\n13.3\n\n5\n\nc\ncandrika-viSada-smerai/:1\ncatur-bhujd/:1 sankha-cakracatur-vimsatibhis tattvai/:1\n\n13.50\n\n52\n\n13.47\n\n50\n\n13.52\n\n55\n\nD\nd�!vdtha tat-sneha-va§o 'smrtdtmd\ndmva tvare� nija-dhora�to\ndurgadhva-krcchrato 'bhyetya\ndvi-pdt kukud-griva uddsya-puccho\n\n13.30\n\n30\n\n13.62\n\n75\n\n13.32\n\n32\n\n13.30\n\n30\n\nE\nekada carayan vatsdn\nevam e,te�u bhede�u\n\n13.28\n\n29\n\n13.43\n\n44\n\n63\n45\n\n13.24\n\n26\n\n13.31\n\n31\n\n13.25\n\n27\n\nG\ngavas tato go�tham upetya satvaram\ngilantya iva cdligdni\ngo-gopindm matrtdsminn\ngopds tad-rodhanaydsagovardhanadri-sirasi\n\n13.32\n\n32\n\n13.29\n\n30\n\n13.10\n\n10\n\n13.42\n\n43\n\nH\nhasanto hasayanta§ cd-\n\n13.11\n\n13.55\n13.44\n\nI\nita ete 'tra kutratya\nitirese 'tarkye nija-mahimani\niti saiicintya ddSarho\nittham atmatmandtmdnam\nity uktvadri-dari-kunja-\n\n13.57\n\n65\n\n13.38\n\n38\n\n13.27\n\n28\n\n13.14\n\n14\n\nkala-svabhava-samskarakecit p�pair dalai/:1 kecit\nkeyam va kuta ayata\nkim etad adbhutam iva\nkiri#na/:1 kUI:u,lalino\n\n13.53\n\n56\n\nkomalai/:1 sarva-gdtre�u\nkrcchrdc chanair apagatds\nkrcchrad unmilya vai dr�lir\nkrU;lann dtma-viharaiS ca\nk�1.1a5ya vi§vak puru-rdji-mar:t4alair\n\n13.49\n\n51\n\nK\n\n93\n\n13.9\n\n9\n\n13.37\n\n37\n\n13.36\n\n36\n\n13.47\n\n50\n\n13.34\n\n34\n\n13.58\n\n69\n\n13.20\n\n22\n\n13.8\n\n8\n\n", "SB10.3#p0119": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n94\nkrtiil'ijali� pra§rayavdn samiihita/t\nkvapy admvantar-vipine\n\n13.64\n\n78\n\n13.17\n\n18\n\nM\nmahatltara-miiyaiSyaril\nmiiyasaye saydnd me\nmitrdr;tlvdjitdvdsamitrdr;ty asdn viramatemukta-stane$V apatye$v apy\nmuktvd sikyani bubhuju/t\n\n13.45\n\n48\n\n13.41\n\n43\n\n13.60\n\n71\n\n13.13\n\n13\n\n13.35\n\n35\n\n13.7\n\n8\n\n13.39\n\n38\n\n13.15\n\n15\n\n13.51\n\n54\n\n13.48\n\n50\n\np\npalayan vatsapo var$am\npaiica-$dsU tri-ydmdsu\nprati-k$ar;taril navya-vad acyutasya yat\nprdyo maydstu me bhartur\npurovad dbdaril kri(lantaril\npurovad dsv api hares\n\n13.27\n\n28\n\n13.28\n\n29\n\n13.2\n\n3\n\n13.37\n\n37\n\n13.40\n\n41\n\n13.25\n\n27\n\ns\nsddhu pf$!aril mahd-bhdgo\nsahopavi$!d vipine vireju§\nsametya gdvo 'dho vatsdn\nsarilldlita/t svdcaritai� prahar$ayan\nsanair athotthdya vimrjya locane\nsanair ni/tsima vavrdhe\nsapady e.vabhita/t pa§yan\nsarit-pulinam dniya\nsarvaril prthak tvaril nigamiit\nsarvaril vidhi-krtaril kr$r:ta/t\nsarvdn dca,•!a vaikur;t!haril\nsarve mitho dar5ayanta/t\nsatdm ayaril sdra-bhrtaril nisargo\nsatyd/t ke katare neti\nsatya-jiidndnantdnandasigbhis tvagbhir dr$adbhiS ca\nsneha-snuta-stanya-paya/t-sudhdsavaril\n\nSfi.I!J.$vdvahito rdjann\nsvakdn svakdn vatsatardn apayayan\nsvakarthdndm iva raja�sva-mahi-dhvasta-mahibhir\nsvayaiva mdyaydjo 'pi\nsvayam dtmdtma-govatsdn\n\n13.5\n\n6\n\n13.62\n\n75\n\n13.48\n\n50\n\n13.3\n\n4\n\n13.24\n\n26\n\n13.50\n\n52\n\n13.53\n\n56\n\n13.44\n\n46\n\n13.20\n\n22\n\nT\n\nN\nnaite suresd !\"$ayo na caite\nnitvdnyatra kurUdvahdntaradadhdt\nnrtya-gitddy-anekdrhai/t\nnilpurai/t kafakair bhdtd/t\n\nsphu!at-saro-gandha-hrtali-patrikaspmva catur-mukuta-ko#bhir\nsrlvatsdngada-do-ratna-\n\n13.1\n\n2\n\n13.8\n\n8\n\n13.31\n\n31\n\n13.23\n\n25\n\n13.64\n\n77\n\n14.26\n\n28\n\n13.59\n\n70\n\ntad-dhdmndbhad ajas lrl$r;tiril\ntad-ik$ar;totprema-rasdplutasayd\ntamydril tamovan naihdraril\ntdn dmva bhaya-santrastdn\ntan-miitaro ver;tu-rava-tvarotthitd\ntata� kr$r:to mudaril karturil\ntata/t pravayaso gopds\ntathdgha-vadandn mrtyo\ntatheti payayitvarbhd\ntato nrponmardana-majja-lepandtato 'rvak pratilabdhdk$a/t\ntato 'tikutukodvrtyatato vatsdn adf$fvaitya\ntato vidilrdc carato\ntatrodvahat pa5upa-vamsatat-tad-dtmiibhavad rdjarils\ntat-tad-vatsdn prthari nitvd\ntdvad etydtmabhiir dtmatdvanta eva tatrdbdaril\ntdvat sarve vatsa-pdld/t\nti$!han madhye sva-parisuhrdo\n\n13.4\n\n5\n\n13.39\n\n39\n\n13.17\n\n18\n\n13.38\n\n38\n\n13.10\n\n10\n\n13.2\n\n3\n\n13.43\n\n44\n\n13.54\n\n60\n\nv\n\n13.9\n\n9\n\n13.22\n\n24\n\nvatsd/t samlpe 'pa/t pitvd\nvatsdn sakhin iva purd parito\n\n13.56\n\n63\n\n13.33\n\n33\n\n13.45\n\n48\n\n13.13\n\n13\n\n13.22\n\n24\n\n13.18\n\n19\n\n13.34\n\n34\n\n13.4\n\n5\n\n13.7\n\n7\n\n13.23\n\n25\n\n13.58\n\n69\n\n13.56\n\n63\n\n13.16\n\n17\n\n13.29\n\n30\n\n13.61\n\n73\n\n13.21\n\n23\n\n13.21\n\n23\n\n13.40\n\n41\n\n13.42\n\n43\n\n13.46\n\n49\n\n13.11\n\n11\n\n13.16\n\n17\n\n13.18\n\n19\n\n13.33\n\n33\n\n13.63\n\n76\n\nu\nubhdv api vane kr$r:to\nubhayayitam dtmiinaril\nuduhya dorbhi/t parirabhya miirdhani\nutthdyotthdya kf$r;tasya\n\n13.6\n\n7\n\n13.61\n\n73\n\n", "SB10.3#p0120": "Index of Sanskrit Verses\n\nvatsds tv antar-vane duraril\n\n13.12\n\n12\n\nvicinvan bhagavdn k�r;ta�\n\n13.14\n\n14\n\nvrajasya rt'i.ma� premardher\n\n13.35\n\n35\n\n95\n\ny\nyan nutanayasiSasya\n\n13.1\n\n2\n\nyasya bht'i.st'i. sarvam idaril\n\n13.55\n\n63\n\nvrajasya st'i.tmanas toke�v\n\n13.36\n\n36\n\nyatra naisarga-durvairt'i.�\n\n13.60\n\n71\n\nvrajaukast'i.ril sva-toke�u\n\n13.26\n\n28\n\nyt'i.vac chila-gu�bhidht'i.krti-vayo\n\n13.19\n\n20\n\nvrndtivanaril jant'ijivya-\n\n13.59\n\n70\n\nyt'i.vad vatsapci-vatsakt'i.lpaka-vapur\n\n13.19\n\n20\n\nvyad,.Syanta ghana-syt'i.ma�\n\n13.46\n\n49\n\n13.41\n\n42\n\nyt'i.vanto gokule bdlt'i.�\n\n", "SB10.3#p0121": "General Index\nNumerals in boldface type indicate references to translations of the verses of\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nA\n\nAghasura, 5, 16\n\nAhankara itiyam me\n\nverse quoted, 40\nA h ladin i\" potency, 67\nAisvarya defined, 56\nAja defined, 56\n\nAbh�eka bathing ceremony, Brahma crying at\n��Q.a's feet as, 76\n\nAbsolute Truth\n\nBrahma saw, 73\n\ndevotional service reveals, 62\n\nAjo nitya� sasvato 'yam purar:to\nquoted, 68\n\nimpersonalist's understanding of, 61\n��Q.a as, 76\n\nAmerica, author's ocean voyage to, example\n\nSee also: Cause, ultimate; �Q.a, Lord\n\nAnalogies\n\nof, 73\n\nmanifest & unmanifest, 66\n\ndramatic player & ��Q.a, 18\n\nAcaryas (saintly authorities)\n��Q.a known via, 21\n\nfire & Vi�Q.U, 62\n\nSee also: Paramaharilsas; Spiritual masters\n\nflower fructifying & Kr�Q.a consciousness\nblossoming, 55\n\nAcaryavan puru�o veda\nquoted, 21\n\nglowworm's light & inferior's power, 48\n\nAcintya-bheddbheda philosophy, 21, 41\n\ngolden stick & Brahma bowing down,\n\nAcintya� khalu ye bhdva\n\ngovernment's power & ��Q.a's power, 47\n\nAcintya defined, 67\n\n75-76\n\nheat & v�r:tu-maya, 62\n\nquoted, 67\n\nmoonlight & Vi�Q.us' smiles, 53\n\nActivities\n\nocean & Lord's knowledge, 73\n\nof ��Q.a. See: Kr�Q.a, pastimes of\n\nsleep & death, 69\n\nin ��Q.a consciousness, 9\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 69-70\n\nsnow's darkness & inferior's power, 48\n\npious, devotional service preceded by, 9,\n\nswan & paramaharhsa, 4\n\n52, 70\n\nAnanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhdvitabhi�\nquoted, 16\n\nSee also: Karma\n\nAnanda defined, 61\n\nAditya-van;w.m tamasa� parastdt\nquoted, 61\n\nAnanda-matram ajaram purdr:tam\n\nquoted, 21, 40\n\nAnger\n\nquoted, 61\n\nAdvaitam acyutam anddim ananta-rapam\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 4\n\nAdvaita-vadis. See: Mayavadis\n\nSee also: Envy\n\nAdvancement, spiritual\n\nhearing of Lord constantly as sign of, 2�3\n\nAnimals\n\nin Vrndavana, 71-72\n\nSee also: Perfection\n\nAffection. See: Love\n\nSee also: Cows; other specific animals\n\n97\n\n", "SB10.3#p0122": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n98\nAJ;timd-siddhi defined, 56\nAnte niiriiyal;l(l-smrtill\n\nBhagavad-gitii\ncited on Kn�a as Supersoul, 29\nmaterialist dismisses, 73\n\nquoted, 65\nAnts, 55\n\nquoted on association with material\n\nAnxiety. See: Fear; Suffering\nApareyam itas tv anyam\n\nqualities, 58,59\nquoted on Kr��a as seen always, 9\nquoted on Kn�a bewildering the materially\n\nverse quoted, 40\n\nhorn, 17\n\nArgument\nknowledge by, futility of, 67\nSee also: Philosophy; Speculation, mental\nAroha-panthii defined, 67\n\nquoted on matter & spirit, 40\nquoted on nature's control, 55\nquoted on soul, 68\nBhagaviin.See:}(r��a,Lord\n\nAssociation\n\nBhaktas. See: Devotees\n\nwith devotees, 59\nwith material qualities, 57-58\nAsthillam ana�JV ahrasvam adirgham\nquoted, 68\nAupan�adam puru�am\n\nBhakta-sane vasa\nquoted, 59\nBhakti. See: Devotional service; Kr��a, love\nfor, worship of\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupiida, A. C. (the\n\nquoted, 61\nAuthor, the (A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\nPrabhupiida), on ship to America, 73\nAuthorities, spiritual. See: Aciiryas;\nParamahamsas; Spiritual masters\nAvaroha-panthii defined, 67-68\nAvatiira defined, 67\n\nauthor), on ship to America, 73\nBhaktivinoda 'fhakura, quoted on men in\nmaya, 69-70\nBhaktyiiham ekayii grahyal!\nquoted, 61\nBhaviimbudhill defined, 14\nBhaviimbudhir vatsa-padam param padam\n\nB\n\nquoted, 13\nverse quoted, 14\nBhaya defined, 4\n\nBalariima (Baladeva),Lord\nBrahmii as bewildered on birthday of, 42\n\nBhayam dvitiyiibhinivesatall syiit\nquoted, 13\n\nKn�a above, 57\n\nBhrama defined, 16\n\nKr��a's expansion pastime revealed to,\n\nBhamir iipo 'nalo viiyull\n\n29-30,35-38,39-40\n\nverse quoted, 40\n\nlunching with Kn�a & cowherd boys, 10\n\nBible, the, cited on man in God's image, 76\n\nquoted on Kn�a expanding as calves &\n\nBirds of VJ,\"Ildiivana forest, 6-7\n\nboys, 39\nyogamayii amazed, in expansion pastime,\n35-37,42\nBathing\nof Baladeva on His birthday, 42\nof Kr��a's feet by Brahma's tears, 75-76\nBeauty\nin Kr��a consciousness,9, 55\nof VJ,\"Ildavana forest, 6-7\nBee(s), 6,12\n\nBirth, four defects follow, 16\nBirth-death cycle\nKr��a consciousness movement vs., 70\nSee also: Birth; Death\nBliss, transcendental\nBrahmii in, 64\nseeing Kr��a as, 9\nSee also: Enjoyment; Happiness; Pleasure\nBody, material\nby-products of, example of, 40\n\n", "SB10.3#p0123": "99\n\nGeneral Index\nBody,material\ndemigods award,55\n\nBrahman,Supreme\nbeyond mental speculation,65,67-68\n\nby modes of nature, 59\n\nform of,61\n\nSee also: Senses\n\nin Nanda Maharaja' s courtyard,77\n\nBondage,material\nliberation from,21\nSee also: Birth-death cycle; Life,material;\nMaya; Suffering\nBoys,cowherd. See: Cowherd boyfriends of\nKr�l).a\nBrahma, Lord\nAbsolute Truth seen by,73\nbewilderment of,on Baladeva' s birthday,\n42\nbirth of,16\nin bliss,64\n\nuniverse manifested by,63\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Kr�l).a,Lord\nBrahmar;ws (priests & teachers),58\nBrahma-samhita, quoted\non Brahmiis & universes,47\non Kr�l).a' s forms,21,40\non persons in love with Kr�l).a,3\non pure devotee seeing Kr�l).a,9\nBrahma-vimohana-lila, 17,19\nBrahmeti paramatmeti\nquoted,76\nBrhad-ararJ.yaka Upan�ad, quoted on\n\ncalves & boys seen by,in Vi�l).u forms,\n\nBrahman, 68\n\n49-65,66\ncompared to golden stick,75-76\n\nc\n\nconsciousness regained by,69\ncowherd boys & calves taken by,16, 17,19\ncried at Kf�l).a's feet,75-76,78\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta, quoted\n\nas demigod,64\n\non Kr�l).a as master of all,54-55,57\n\nentangled in Kf�l).a's maya, 16,18,\n\non opulences of Supreme Lord,56\n\n19-20\ninnumerable,47\nKr�l).a above,17,57,64,66,67,73-74\n\non pious births & deaths,repeated,70\non Radha & Kr�l).a,67\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nKr�l).a bewildered, 16-17,19-20\n\nphilosophy of,41\n\nKr�l).a mystified,as boys & calves,41-46,\n\nquoted on materialist vs. spiritualist,4\n\n47 63-65, 66-68\n'\nKr�l).a questioned by,in Dvaraka,47,74\nKr�l).a removed yogamaya from,65, 66\nKr�l).a seen by,as cowherd boy,73,74,76\nKr�l).a's identity realized by,74,76,77\nmystic power of,Kr�l).a excelled,43, 44,\n46,47,48,49,66-68\noffered obeisances to Kr�l).a,75,76,77,78\n\nCalves\nBrahma saw,in Vi�I).U forms,49-65, 66\nBrahma took away,16, 17,19\ncows' affection for,30-32, 35,36-37\nKr�l).a saved,from Aghasura,5\nas Kf�l).a' s expansions,19-23,26,29,\n29-30,34,35,38,39-40,41,42,\n43,44,51\n\nquoted on Kr�l).a as original Narayal).a, 57\nas Sarasvati' s Lord,65, 66\n\nstrayed from Kr�l).a & cowherd boys,\n\ntime of,vs. earth time, 41-42\n\nin Vi�l).u forms,49-65, 66\n\n12-14\n\nVrndavana seen by,70\n\nSee also: Cows\n\nworshiped Vi�l).u,54\n\nCatur-bahu defined,76\n\nBrahman (impersonal Absolute)\n\nCause, ultimate\n\ndefined by negation,68\n\nemanations from,40-41\n\nSee also: Mayavadis (impersonalists)\n\nKr�l).a as,74,76\n\n", "SB10.3#p0124": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n100\nCause, ultimate (continued)\n\nDa�vatdefined, 75-76\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth\nCeta etair anaviddham\n\nDanger\nin material world, 14\n\nSee also: Fear; Suffering\n\nverse quoted, 58\n\nCid-acit-samanvaya�\n\nDeath\n\nquoted, 40\n\ncompared to sleep, 69\n\nCivilization. See: Society, human;\n\nVan:ul.Srama-dharma\nConditioned soul\n\nfear of, 13\nas inertia for some time, 69\n:Kr�?Q.a controls, 13\n\nposition of, 47\n\nSee also: Birth-death cycle\n\nSee also: Human being; Living entities;\nNondevotees\nCowherd boyfriends of :Kr�Q.a\nBrahma saw, in Vi�Q.u forms, 49-65,66\n\nDefects, the four, 16\nDefinition by negation, 68\nDemigod(s)\nbody awarded by, 55\n\nBrahma took away, 16,17,19\n\nBrahma as, 64\n\n:Kr�Q.a assured, about missing calves, 13,\n\nground never touched by, 76\n\n14\n\n:Kr�?Q.a above, 17,57,64\n\n:Kr�Q.a pleased mothers of, as their sons,\n24,25\n\n:Kr�Q.a saved, from Aghasura, 5\nas Kri?Q.a's expansions, 16,19-23,29 ,\n29-30,34,37,38,39-40,41,42\n\nNarayaQ.a above, 64\n\nSee also: Devotees; Heavenly planets'\ndenizens; specific demigods\nDesire\nfulfillment of, 55\n\nlunching with :Kr�?Q.a, 7-15\n\nof :Kr�Q.a, 57\n\npious past of, 52\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 53\n\nthree named, 23,27\n\nSee also: :Kr�?Q.a, love for; Lust; Sense grati­\n\nin Vi�?Q.U forms, 49-65,66\nCowherd men's affection for sons, 32-34\nCowherd women {gopis), :Kr�Q.a as \"sons\" of,\n\nfication\nDevotees of Lord :Kr�Q.a (Vai�Q.avas)\nassociation with, 59\ndesire devotional service, 53\n\n24-25,27,28\n\nCows\n\nas fearless, 13\n\naffection of, for calves, 30-32,35,36-37\n\nhearing Lord's pastimes constantly, 2-3\n\nas :Kr�?Q.a's expansions, 26\n\n:Kr�?Q.a realized by, 74\n\nsadhus keep, 71\nSee also: Calves\n\nMayavadis vs., 40-41,66,68\n\nmaya as seen by, 66\n\nCranes of Vrndavana forest, 7\n\nphilosophy of, 40-41\n\nCreation, the\n\npure devotees desire devotional service, 5�\n\nelements for, 56\n\npure devotees see :Kr�l}.a, 9\n\nSee also: Material world; Nature, material;\n\nin Vrndavana, 72\n\nPlanets; Spiritual world;\"Universe(s)\n\nworship the Lord, 51, 52\nDevotional service to Lord �Q.a\n\nCuckoos of Vrndavana forest, 7\n\nAbsolute Truth known by, 62\ndevotees desire, 53\n\nD\nDaivi hy e�a gu�mayi\nverse quoted, 47\n\nLord known by, 61,62\nmayavs.,54\n\npersons in. See: Devotees\npious activities precede, 9,52,70\n\n", "SB10.3#p0125": "101\n\nGeneral Index\nEnjoyment\n\nDevotional service\n\nSee also: Bliss,transcendental; Happiness;\n\npurification by, 58\n\nPleasure\n\nrenunciation by, 58-59\nin Vrndavana,54,71,72\n\nEnlightenment. See: Absolute Truth; Knowledge; ��l).a consciousness\n\nSee also: �l).a,love for; ��l).a\n\nconscwusness\n\nEntanglement,material\nitems of, 59\n\nDisciple\nsubmissive,spiritual master enlightens,5\n\nSee also: Birth-death cycle; Bondage,\n\nmaterial\n\nSee also: Devotees\n\nDramatic player & �l).a,analogy of,18\nDucks of V:rndavana forest,7\nDurban Post report on ��l).a temple,72\n\nEnvy\nsense gratification breeds,71\nSee also: Anger\nEvam parampara-praptam\n\nDuty,Lord free of,15\nDvaraka,Brahma & ��l).a in,47,74\n\nE\nEarth planet\ntime on,vs. Brahma's time, 41-42\nSee also: Material world\n\nEating. See: Lunch; Prasada\nEcstasy. See: Bliss, transcendental; Enjoyment; Happiness; ��l).a,love for\nEgo,false, 56\nEkale iSvara kmw, ara saba bhrtya\n\nquoted,57\nverse quoted,54, 57\nEkam bahu syam\n\nquoted,20,40\nEko naraya(W cisin na brahmci nesana�\n\nquoted,64\nElements,material\ntwenty-four listed, 56\nSee also: Energy,material; Nature,\n\nmaterial\nEnergies of K:r�l).a. See: ��!).a,energies of\nEnergy,material\nbirth via,16\n��l).a beyond,17\nspiritual energy vs., 35\n\nquoted,68\n\nF\nFalse ego, 56\nFear\nof death,13\ndevotee free of, 13\nof forest,71-72\n��l).a controller of,13-14\nmaterial vs. spiritual,4\nFire\nheat of,example of, 41\nVi�I).U compared to,62\nFlower fructifying & ��l).a consciousness\nblossoming,analogy of, 55\nFood\ndistribution of,72\nSee also: Lunch,��l).a & cowherd boys\n\neating\nForest,V:rndavana,6-7, 71-72\nForm\nof God. See: ��l).a,form of; Vi�l).u,\nforms of\nin ��l).a consciousness, 55\nFreedom. See: Independence; Liberation\nFruitive activity. See: Karma; Sense\ngratification\n\nSee also: Elements,material; Material\n\nG\n\nworld; Maya; Modes of nature;\nNature,material\nEnjoyment\nof ��l).a & cowherd boys lun_ching,8-12\n\nGlowworm's light & inferior's power,analogy\nof,48\n\n", "SB10.3#p0126": "Srimad-Bhigavatam\n\n102\nI\n\nGod. See: Kr�l).a, Lord (Supreme Personality\n\nHeat & fire, example of, 41\nHeavenly planets' denizens\n\nof Godhead)\n\nKr�l).a's lunching with cowherd boys\n\nGod consciousness\ngood qualities by, 72\n\nSee also: Kr�l).a consciousness\n\nGoddess of fortune, emblem of, Lord\npossesses, 50\n\n\"Gods.\" See: Demigods\n\namazed, 11-12\n\nSee also: Demigods\nHladini saktir asmat\nquoted, 17\nHuman being\n\nGokula,43\n\nLord resembles, 76\n\nGolden stick & Brahmii. bowing down, analogy\n\npurification for, 58\n\nof, 75-76\n\nGoodness, mode of (sattva-gu(Ul)\n\nspiritual life for, 69-70\n\nSee also: Conditioned soul; Living entities\n\nelevation to, 58\nVi�l).us' smiles resembled, 53\n\nI\n\nGopis (cowherd women), Kr�l).a as \"sons\" of,\n24-25,27,28\nGovardhana Hill, cows ran from, to calves,\n30-32\nGovernment's power, �l).a's power compared\nto, 47\n\nGovindam adi-pur!L§arh tam aham bhajami\nquoted, 74\n\nIdentity. See: Kr�l).a consciousness; Soul;\nSpirit\n\nIgnorance, mode of (tamo-gu(Ul)\nabatement of, 58\n\nSee also: Maya\nImam rajar�ayo vidu/:1\nquoted, 68\n\nGreed, 58\n\nGu(UlS. See: Modes of nature; specific modes\n\nImpersonalists. See: ]iiiinis; Mii.yii.vii.dis\nIndependence\nof Kr�l).a, 57\n\nH\nHamsa defined, 4, 7\nHappiness\nby Kr�l).a consciousness, 46-47, 72\ntrees & vegetables give, 70\nin V�ndii.vana, 72\n\nSee also: Bliss, transcendental; Enjoyment;\nPleasure\n\nHarav abhaktasya kuto mahad-gurJa/:1\nquoted, 72\n\nSee also: Liberation\n\nIntelligence\nof Lord & living entity contrasted, 73\n\nSee also: Knowledge\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Conscious­\n\nness (ISKCON). See: Kr�l).a consciousness movement\n\nlsvara/:1 parama/:1 kr�(Ul/:1\nquoted, 74\n\nIttham satam brahma-sukhanubhutya\nverse quoted, 52\n\nHare Kr�l).a movement. See: Kr�l).a conscious­\n\nJ\n\nness movement\n\nHari hari viphale janama gonainu\nquoted, 58,59\nHearing\nKr�l).a's pastimes, 2-3\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 58, 62\n\nHeart, Supersoul in, 29\n\nHeat, v�rJu-maya compared to, 62\n\n]anma karma ca me divyam\nverse quoted, 21\n\n]anma-kofi-sukrtair na labhyate\nquoted, 70\n\n]iva-bhatam maha-baho\nverse quoted, 40\n\n", "SB10.3#p0127": "General Index\n\n103\n\nKr�J}.a,Lord\n\n]iva Gosvami\ncited on God's inconceivability, 67\n\nBaladeva under, 57\n\nquoted on Radha & Kr�J}.a, 22\n\nBalarama enlightened by,about expansion\n\n]ivera 'svarupa' haya- kmzera 'nitya-ddsa'\nquoted, 54\n\npastime,29-30,35-38, 39-40\nbewilders the materially born,16,17\nbeyond bewilderment,46,47\n\n]nana. See: Knowledge\n]nan'is (mental speculators),60\nSee also: Brahmar;ws; Philosophers\n\nbeyond commands, 56\nbeyond material energy,17\nboys & calves saved by, from Aghasura,5\n\nK\n\nBrahma bewildered by,16-17,19-20\nBrahma cried at feet of, 75-76,78\n\n& Brahma in Dvaraka, 47,74\nKala defined,57, 59\nKama defined, 4,57, 59\nKamam kr�JJ.a-karmiirpar,ze\nquoted, 4\n\nKaraJJ.aril guJJ.a-sango 'sya\nquoted, 58,59\n\nKaraJJ.iipii�va defined,16\nKarma\n\nBrahma mystified by,as boys & calves,\n41-46, 47,63-65, 66-68\nBrahma offered obeisances to,75, 76,77,\n78\nBrahma put in his place by, 74\nBrahma realized identity of, 74,76,77\nBrahma relieved by, from yogamiiya, 65,\n\n66\n\ndefined,57, 59\n\nBrahma saw,as cowherd boy,73, 74,76\n\nlife according to,69\n\nBrahma under,17,57,64,66,67,73-74\n\nSee also: Activities\n\nas cause of all,74,76\n\nKaustubha gem, Lord possesses, 50, 51\nKingdom of God. See: Spiritual world;\nV rndavana\nKnowledge\n\nchallenge to, futility of, 46-47\ncompared to dramatic player,18\ncomplete & changeless, 21\nconsciousness of. See: Kr�J}.a consciousness\n\ndescending process of, 67-68\n\nas controller,13-14\n\nof K:r�J}.a, 21\n\nas cowherd boy,73, 74,76\n\nVedic. See: Vedic knowledge\n\ncowherd boyfriends of. See: Cowherd\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Intelligence\nKokila defined,7\nKrodha defined, 4\nKrodham bhakta-dve�i jane\nquoted, 4\nK:r�J}.a, Lord (Supreme Personality of\nGodhead)\n\nboyfriends\ncreated pleasure for calves' & boys'\nmothers, 19-20\nas creator,19-20\nas death's controller, 13\ndemigods under,17,57,64\ndesire of, 57\n\nabode of. See: V rndavana\n\ndevotees of. See: Devotees\n\nabove all, 17\n\ndevotional service to. See: Devotional\n\nas Absolute Truth, 76\n\nservice\n\niicaryas reveal, 21\n\ndoes what He likes, 56\n\nactivities of. See: Kr�J}.a, pastimes of\n\neats sacrificial offerings, 11-12\n\nas Acyuta,21\n\nenergies of\n\nAghasura killed by, 16\n\ninferior & superior, 40-41\n\nall-pervading & aloof, 21\n\nKr�J}.a acts by,15\n\narguing with, 67\n\nmaterial & spiritual, 40-41\n\n", "SB10.3#p0128": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n104\n\ni(r�l).a, Lord (continued)\nenergies of\nas one in many, 66-67\n\nSee also: i(r�l).a, potency of\neverything comes from, 21,63\nexpansion (s) of\ncalves as, 19-23,26,29,29-30,34\n35,38,39-40,41,42,43,44,51\n\ncowherd boys as, 16, 19-23,29,\n29-30,34,37,38,39-40,41,\n42\n\ncows as, 26\n\ni(r�q.a, Lord\nlove for\nin Vrajabhii.mi, 28\n\nSee also: Devotional service\nlunching with cowherd boys, 7-15\nman in image of, 76\nas master of all, 55, 57\nmercy of, Lord known by, 60\nmercy of, on cowherd boys & calves, 15\nmystic power of, Brahma baffied by, 37,\n43,44,46,47,48,49,66-68\n\nNarayal).a under, 57\n\neverything as, 40\n\nas one & different, 21,39,40-41\n\nRiidharaQ.i as, 22-23\n\nopulence of, 38,39, 51,56,67\n\nSee also: i(r�Q.a, form of\nas fear's controller, 13-14\n\nas original person, 21\nas Parabrahman, 76\n\nfood from (prasada), 72\n\nparamaharilsas devoted to, 3-4\n\nform of\n\npastimes of\n\nK_f�q.a reveals, as He chooses, 60\n\nbewildering Brahma, 16-17,19\n\nMayavadis misunderstand, 61\n\nas confidential & confounding, 5\n\nas original person, 21\n\nhearing of, 2-3\n\nas transcendental, 61\n\nvia His energies, 15\n\nSee also: K_f�q.a, expansions of\n\nas transcendental, 58\n\nas gopis' \"sons,\" 24-25,27,28\n\nvia yogamaya, 42\n\nhearing about, 2-3\n\nphilosophers challenge, 46, 4 7\n\nin human form, 76\n\npotency of\n\nimmeasurable, 73\n\ninconceivable, 22-23\n\ninconceivable, 67\n\ninvincible, 47\n\nindependent, 57\n\nas one & different, 40-41,66-67\n\ninfallible, 21\n\npleasure, 16-17,23\n\nintelligence of, 73\n\nas supreme, 17\n\nknown by His mercy, 60\n\nthree listed, 67\n\nknown via acaryas, 21\n\nSee also: i(r�Q.a, energies of; Maya;\n\nknows everything, 19,73\nliberation by knowing, 21\nliving entities as servants of, 54-55\n\nYogamaya\npretended perplexity over missing calves &\nboys, 18\n\nlotus feet of, as shelter, 13-14\n\npure devotee sees, 9\n\nlove for (bhakti)\n\nquoted\non missing calves, His looking for, 13,14\n\nin cowherd boys' mothers, 24,25-26\nin cowherd men, 33,34\n\non parampara system, 68\n\nin elderly gopis, 24-25,27,28\n\non V�ndavana forest, 6\n\nhearing of Lord constantly as sign of,\n2-3\n\npurification by, 76\n\nSee also: Bhagavad-gittl, quoted\nRadharal).i as potency of, 22-23,67\nby river with boys & calves, 5-8\n\no\n\no\n\no\n\n", "SB10.3#p0129": "�\n\nGeneral Index\n1\\f�Qa, Lord\n\nscientists challenge, 46,47\n\nseen by pure devotee, 9\n\n105\n\nKajat-kokila-harilsa-sarasa-ga¢-ki�\nquoted, 7\n\nSiva under, 57,64\n\nL\n\nas Supersoul, 29\n\nas Supreme Lord, 21,74,76\n\nsurrender to, liberation by, 46-47\n\nLaughter of 1\\f�Qa & rowherd boys lunching,\n\ntopics about, 4\n\nLiberation\n\ntemple (ISKCON) of, 7, 52,53,72\n\n10,12\n\nunconquerable, 46-47\n\nby knowing 1\\f�Qa, 21\n\nVi�J;lu included in, 51\n\nby surrender to 1\\f�Qa, 46-47\n\nuniverse mystified by, 46-47\nworship of, 51, 52,55,58\n\nas yajna-bhuk, 11-12\nas Yasoda's son, 24\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Brahman,\n\nSupreme; NarayaJ;la, Lord; Vi�Qu,\nLord\n\n1\\f�Qa-Balarama temple, 7,52,53\n1\\f�Qa consciousness\nactivities in, 9\n\nappreciation of, 72\n\ncoming to, compared to flower fructifying,\n\n55\ndefined, 57\n\nfear from lack of, 13\n\nsarilpya-mukti, 50-51\n\nSee also: Independence; 1\\f�Qa conscious­\n\nLife\n\nkarma determines, 69\n\nperfection of. See: Perfection\n\ntrees & vegetables sustain, 70-71\nin Vrndavana, 72\n\nSee also: Animals; Human being; Living\nentities; Soul; Spirit\n\nLife, material\n\nas \"I live, you die,\" 72\n\nperson in. See: Materialist\n\nspiritual life contrasted to, 4\n\nSee also: Birth-death cycle; Bondage,\n\nmaterial; Entanglement, material;\n\nfear of losing, 4\n\nhappiness by, 72\n\nmentality of, 72\n\nin one lifetime, 70\n\nness; Purification\n\nMaterial world; Maya\n\nLiving entities\n\neverywhere, 74-75\n\npersons in. See: Devotees\n\nas individuals, 38\n\nSee also: Devotional service\n\nlust & greed entangle, 58\n\nin Vrndavana, 71,72\n\n1\\f�Qa consciousness movement\nvs. birth-death cycle, 70\nas Kr�Qa-centered, 9\npurpose of, 59\n\nKr�r;w.-katha (topics of 1\\f�Qa), 4\n\nKr�r;w.-maya. See: Kr�Qa, energies of; Maya;\nMystic power; Yogamaya\n\nas 1\\f�Qa's servants, 54-55\n\nmoving & nonmoving, 55\n\nworshiped Vi�Qu forms, 54, 55\n\nSee also: Animals; Human beings; Life;\nSoul; Soul, oonditioned; Spirit\n\nLotus flower, Brahma born of, 16\n\nLove\n\nof cows for calves, 31, 32, 35, 36-37\n\nKr�I)Otkirtana-gana-nartana-parau\n\nfor 1\\fi,IQa. See: Devotional service; 1\\fl,ll).a,\n\nKrta-pUJ;r.ya-pufija�\n\nmaterial vs. spiritual, 53\n\nquoted, 72\n\nquoted, 9,70\n\nlove for\n\nLunch, 1\\fi!Qa & cowherd boys eating, 7-15\n\n", "SB10.3#p0130": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n106\nLust, 58\n\nMaterial world\n\nSee also: Sense gratification; Sex life\n\npassion in, 53\nperson in. See: Materialist\n\nM\nMachine's parts, example of, 66-67\n\nspiritual world vs. 4, 53\n\nvrndavana vs., 71-72\n\nSee also: Earth planet; Energy, material;\nLife, material; Maya; Material\n\nMad-bhaktim labhate param\n\nnature; Modes of nature; Uni­\n\nquoted, 61\n\nverse(s)\n\nMadhumailgala, 12\n\nMat-sthani sarva-bhri.tani\n\nMagic power. See: Mystic power\n\nMahti-bhdgavata (topmost devotee), 54\nSee also: Devotees, pure devotees . . .\nMahamaya. See: Maya (Mahamaya)\n\nquoted, 21\nMatter\nspirit contrasted to, 40-41\n\nSee also: Elements, material; Energy, ma­\n\nMaharaja Nanda, prayer to worship, 77\n\nterial; Material nature; Material\n\nMaharaja Parik�it, 2, 3\n\nworld\n\nMahat-tattva, 56\nMaha-varaha Purar.uz, quoted on Lord's\n\nMaya (Mahamaya), 35, 66\nBhaktivinoda 'fhakura quoted on men in,\n\nforms, 61\n\nMahima-siddhi defined, 56\nMama maya duratyaya\nquoted, 46\n\nMam eva ye prapadyante\n\n69-70\nvs. devotional service, 54\nimplication in & freedom from, 46-47\nMayavada vs. Vai�IJ.ava view of, 66\n\nSee also: Energy, material; False ego; Life,\n\nverse quoted, 47\n\nMarigala-aratrika ceremony, 58\nMankind. See: Human being; Society, human\nMaterial body. See: Body, material\nMaterial energy. See: Energy, material\nMaterialist\nattached to women & money, 4\n\nmaterial; Material world; Modes of\nnature; Mystic power; Yogamaya\n\nMayadhya�e\"f.Ul prakrt*\nquoted, 15\n\nMayara v!lSe, yticcha bhese\nquoted, 69\n\nMaya-sakti. See: Kr�IJ.a, energies of; Maya;\n\nknowledge process of, 67, 68\nmentality of, 73\nspiritualist contrasted to, 4\n\nSee also: Conditioned soul; Mayavadis\nMaterial life. See: Life, material\nMaterial nature, 55, 56\n\nSee also: Energy, material; Maya; Modes\nof nature\nMaterial world\ncreation of, 56\n\nMystic power\n\nMayasritanam nara-darake\"f.Ul\nverse quoted, 52\nMayavadis (impersonalists)\nLord's form misunderstood by, 61\n\nmaya as seen by, 66\nphilosophy of, 40-41\nquoted on spirit & matter, 40\nVai�J}avas vs., 40-41, 66, 68\n\nSee also: ]nanis; Philosophers\n\ndanger in, 14\n\nMeditation. See: Kr�l).a consciousness; Yoga\n\ndesire in, 53\n\nMilk\n\nfear in, 13-14\n\nof gopls, Kr�1.1a drank, 24-25\n\nforest animals in, 7l\n\nin swan- paramaharil.sa analogy, 4\n\nfour defects in, 16\nmaterialistic mentality of, 73\n\nVrndavana's sadhus give, to tigers, 7l\nMind, 56\n\n", "SB10.3#p0131": "General Index\nMind\n\nSee also: Intelligence;��!).a consciousness\nMisery. See: Fear; Suffering\nMlecchas, elevation of,59\nModes of nature,57-58,59\n\nSee also: Energy,material; Maya; specific\nmodes\nMohitam nabhijandti\nquoted,17\n\nMo�a. See: Liberation\nMoney,materialist attached to,4\nMonists. See: Jnanis; Mayavadis\nMonkeys inVrndavana,72\n\n107\n\nNarayaQ.a, Lord\n��!).a above,57\nperfection by remembering, 64-65\n\nSee also: �Q.a,Lord; Vi�Q.u, Lord\nNaraya�J.Q� paro 'vyaktdt\nquoted,64\n\nNarayaiJ.as tvam na hi sarva-dehinam\nquoted,57\nNarottama dasa Thakura, quoted\non association with devotees, 59\nof human life's purpose,58,59\n\nN�/Q-praye�v abhadre�u\nquoted,58\n\nMoonlight &Vi�Q.us' smiles, analogy of, 53\n\nNa tams tarke�J.a yojayet\n\nMother(s)\nof cowherd boys,�!).a pleased, 24, 25\n\nNa tasya karyam kara�J.am ca vidyate\n\nquoted,68\nquoted,15\n\nsons loved by,27\nMother Yasoda,24\n\nNature,material,55,56\n\nMuhyanti yat suraya�\n\nSee also: Energy,material; Material world;\nMaya; Modes of nature\nNayam atma pravacanena labhyo\n\nquoted,17,64\n\nMukti. See: Liberation\nMw;ujaka Upan4ad, quoted on Lord known by\n\nverse quoted, 60\nNegation,definition by,68\n\nHis mercy,60\nMysticism. See: Kr�Q.a consciousness; Yoga\nMystic power (Maya)\n\nNeti neti\nquoted,68\n\nof Brahma & ��Q.a contrasted,16-17,43,\n44,46,47,48,49,66-68\ninferior vs. superior,48\nof��Q.a,37\n\nNigama-kalpataror galitam phalam\nquoted,62\n\nNirvliiJ.a. See: Bliss,transcendental; Liberation\n\nofVi�Q.U,56\n\nNityam nava-navayamdnam\n\nSee also: Maya (Mahiimiiya); Yogamayii\nMystics. See: Devotees\n\nquoted, 2\nNondevotees\nanger against,4\n\nN\n\nSee also: ]minis; Materialist; Mayavadis;\nPhilosophers\n\nNa cainam kledayanty iipo\nverse quoted,68\n\n0\n\nNainam chindanti sastraiJ.i\nverse quoted,68\n\nNa jayate mriyate vii\nquoted,68\nNanda Maharaja, prayer to worship, 77\nNarayaQ.a, Lord\n\nObeisances (da(l{:lavat), 75-76\nOcean, Lord's knowledge compared to, 73\nOpulences\nof ��Q.a,38,39,51,67\n\ndemigods under, 64\n\nofVi�Q.u,56\n\nas four-armed,76\n\nSee also: Money; Mystic power; Power\n\n", "SB10.3#p0132": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n108\n\np\n\nPower\ninferior vs.superior,48\nof ��l).a. See: ��l).a,potency of\n\nPadam padam yad vipadam\nquoted, 14\n\nPadyavali, quoted on worshiping Nanda\nMaharaja, 77\n\nParamaharil.sas (topmost transcendentalists),\n3-4\n\nSee also: Devotees,pure devotees ...\nParampara system, 68\n\nSee also: Mystic power; Opulences\nPrakrte/1 kriyamd1Jii,ni\nquoted,55\n\nPramdda defined, 16\nPrasada in V�;ndavana,72\nPremdiijana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nquoted, 61\nverse quoted,3\n\nPartisya saktir vividhaiva srayate\nquoted, 15,66,67\n\nPure devotees. See: Devotees, pure\n\nParik�it Maharaja,2, 3\n\nPurification\n\nPassion,mode of (rajo-gu'l)a)\nabatement of,58\nVi��;tus' glance resembled, 53\nPastimes of ��l).a.See: ��l).a, pastimes of\n\nPa5yanty dtmani catmdnam\nverse quoted, 62\nPeacocks of Vrndavana forest,7\nPerfection (s)\n\ndevotees ...\nby bhakti, 76\nby devotional service, 58\nhuman life for, 58\nvia Vedic knowledge, 61\n\nSee also: Liberation\nParr,tasya pur'l)am ddaya\nquoted, 21\nPiitana,58\n\nby remembering Narayal).a, 64-:65\nseeing K:r�l).a as, 9\n\nQ\n\nvia spiritual life, 69-70\nof yoga, 56\nPersonalists. See: Devotees\nPhilosophers\n\nQualities, material,57-58,59\n\nSee also: Energy, material; Maya\n\nK:r�l).a challenged by, 46, 47\n\nSee also: Acaryas; ]nanis; Mayavadis;\n\nR\n\nSpiritual masters\nPhilosophy\n\nacintya-bhedabheda, 21,41\n\nRadha-kr�IJ.a-bhajana defined,58\n\nMayavada vs. Vai�l).ava, 40-41\n\nRadha kr�TJa-praiJ.aya-vikrtir\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Knowledge\n\nquoted,22,67\n\nPilgrimage place, Vrndavana temple as, 53\n\nRadha-�£?1).a worship,58\n\nPious activities, devotional service preceded\n\nRadharal).i as ��l).a's pleasure potency,22-23,\n\nby,9,52, 70\n\n67\n\nRajo-gu'l)a. See: Passion,mode of\n\nPlanets\nscientist's consideration of,74-75\n\nSee also: Creation,the; Earth planet; Stars;\nSun; Universe(s)\nPleasure\n\nRaval).a, maya Sita taken by, 17\nReality. See: Absolute Truth; ��l).a consciousness; Spiritual world\nReflection of sun in waterpots,example of,62\n\n�(?l).a expands for, 16-17, 23\n\nSee also: Bliss, transcendental; Enjoyment;\nHappiness; Sense gratification\n\nReligion. See: Devotional service; ��l).a, surrender to,liberation by; ��l).a consciousness; Purification\n\n", "SB10.3#p0133": "General Index\nRenunciation by devotional service, 58-59\n\nSarvata!;r, pii!li-piidam tat\n\nRiver, Krf1I}a,boys, & calves by, 5-8\n\nSarve nitya!;r, sasvatas ca\n\nRice, Kr11I}a holding,11, 14\n\ns\n$a4-aiSvarya* pa�o ya iha bhagaviin\nquoted,56\n\nSadhus (saintly persons)\nin Vp�davana,7l\n\nSee also: Aciiryas; Devotees; Paramahamsas; Spiritual masters\nSakti. See: Krf1I}a,energies of\nSakti-.5aktimator abheda!;r,\nquoted,40\n\nSalvation. See: Liberation\n\nSamagra-jagat v4!lumayam\nquoted,21\n\nSa masrita ye pada-pallava-plavaril\nverse quoted,1 4\n\nSamatvenaiva vi�eta\n\nverse quoted,57,64\n\nSamskiira defined,57, 59\nSamvit potency,67\n\nSanatana Gosvami, cited on Lord creating\ndevotee's desire to serve Him,53\n\nSandarsanaril v4ayiniim atha yo�itiiril ca\nquoted,4\n\nSandhini potency, 67\n\nSailkaracarya,quoted on Narayal}a's\nsupremacy,64\n\nSanta!;r, sadaiva hrdaye�u vilokayanti\nquoted,4,9\n\nSantika-sniina ceremony,42\nSiirasa defined,7\n\nSarasvati,goddess,65, 66\n\nSiirupya-mukti defined,50-51\nSarva-dharmiin parityajya\nquoted,46\n\nSarva-kiima-dughii mahi\nquoted, 71\n\nSarvaril khalv idam brahma\nquoted,21\n\nSarvaril v4!lumayaril jagat\nquoted,21\n\n109\n\nquoted,9\n\nquoted,61\n\nSarvopiidhi-vinirmuktam\n·\n\nquoted,76\n\nSastras (Vedic scriptures). See: Vedic knowledge; Vedic literature; specific\nscriptures\n\nSatellite orbiting earth,example of, 42\n\nSattva-gu!la. See: Goodness, mode of\nSatyaril brahma ananda-rupam\nquoted,.61\n\nScientists, material\n\nKr11I}a challenged by, 46, 47\nplanets as considered by,74-75\n\nSeasons,all,Vrndavana's trees in,70\n\nSelf. See: Living entities; Soul; Spirit\n\nSelf-realization. See: Devotional service;\nKr11I}a consciousness\nSense gratification\nenvy due to,71\n\nSee also: Lust; Sex life\n\nSenses\n\nas Creation elements,56\n\nSee also: Body,material; Mind\n\nService\n\neveryone engaged in,54-55\n\nSee also: Devotional service\n\nSex life\n\nmaterialist attached to,4\n\nSee also: Lust; Sense gratification\n\nShip in ocean,example of, 73\n\nSita,Raval}a took miyii form of,1 7\n\nSiva, Lord, i(r�I}a above,57,64\nSleep,death compared to,69\n\nSnow's darkness & inferior's power,analogy\nof,48\n\nSociety,human\n\nelevation of,59\n\nGod-conscious opportunity for, 72\n\nSee also: Human being; Va�ramadharma\n\nSons, mother's affection for, 27\n\nSoul\n\ndefined by negation,68\n\n", "SB10.3#p0134": "Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n110\nSoul (continued)\n\nSee also: Life; Living entities; Spirit\n\nSoul, conditioned\n\nposition of, 47\n\nSee also: Human being; Living entities;\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nquoted on hearing Srimad-Bhagavatam, 58\n\nquoted on ��I}a as original Narayal}a, 57\nquoted on life's necessities provided by\nnature, 71\n\nNondevotees\n\nquoted on Lord known by devotional ser­\n\nemanations from, 40-41\n\nquoted on passion & ignorance producing\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth\n\nquoted on purification by devotional ser­\n\nSource, ultimate\n\n��I}a as, 74,76\n\nSouth Africa, Durban, K.r�I}a temple in, 72\nSpeculation, mental\n\nSupreme Brahman beyond, 65, 67-68\n\nSee also: Knowledge; Philosophy\n\nSpirit\n\nmatter contrasted to, 40-41\n\nSee also: Life; Soul; Spiritual world\n\nSpiritualist, 4\n\nSee also: Devotees\n\nvice, 61\n\nlust & greed, 58\nvice, 58\n\nquoted on renunciation by devotional service, 58-59\n\nSrivatsa mark, Lord possesses, 51\n\nSrutim apare smrtim itare\nquoted, 77\n\nStars\n\ninfluence of, 55\n\nSee also: Earth planet; Creation, the; Plan-\n\nSpiritual life\n\nets; Sun; Universe(s)\n\nadvancement in, 2-3\n\nSubala, 23,27\n\nmaterial life vs., 4\n\nSuffering\n\nhuman life for, 69-70\n\nSee also: Devotional service; K.r�I}a\nconsciousness\n\nSpiritual masters, 5\n\nSee also: Acaryas; Devotees, pure\ndevotees\n; Paramaharilsas\n.\n\n.\n\n.\n\nSpiritual world (Vaikul}tha), 4,50-51,53\n\nSee also: V.rndavana\nSravar:wm kirtanaril v4��\nquoted, 52\n\nSreya�-kairava-candrika-vitarar:wm\nquoted, 53\n\nSridanul, 23 , 27\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\ncited on living entities everywhere, 74-75\nhearing & discussing, 58,62\n\nquoted on Absolute Truth known by devotional service, 62\n\nquoted on Brahma under ��I}a, 17\n\nquoted on cowherd boys' pious past, 52\n\nquoted on devotee as free from fearful\nworld, 14\n\nquoted on fear, 13\n\nSudama, 10,23,27\nby opposing K.r�I}a, 46-47\n\nSee also: Birth-death cycle; Bondage, material; Fear\n\nSukadeva Gosvami, quoted\n\non cowherd boys' pious past, 52\n\non Parik�it hearing Lord's pastimes, 2\n\nSun\n\nreflection of, in waterpots, example of, 62\n\nSee also: Creation, the; Planets; Stars;\nUniverse(s)\n\nSupersoul, 29\n\nSupreme Lord. See: K�I}a, Lord (Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead)\n\nSvabhiiva defined, 57, 59\n\nSvariipa Damodara Gosvami, quoted on Radha\n\n& ��I}a, 67\n\nSvarilpa-sakti. See: ��I}a, energies of\nSvetasvatara Upan4ad, quoted\n\non ��I}a's energy as one in many, 66\n\non Lord having no duty, 15\non Supreme Person, 61\n\nSwan, paramaharilsa compared to, 4\n\n", "SB10.3#p0135": "Ill\n\nGeneral Index\nv\n\nT\nTac chraddadhiina munayo\nverse quoted,62\n\nTada rajas-tamo-bhava/.J\nquoted, 58\n\nverse quoted,58\n\nTamala tree in ��Q.a-Balarama temple,52\nTamo-gu'(Ul (ignorance mode),abatement of,\n58\n\nTears of Brahmli at ��Q.a's feet, 75-76,78\nTemple,Hare Kr�Q.a\n\nin Durban,South Africa,72\nin Vrndavana,7,52,53\n\nTene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye\nquoted,17\n\nTigers in Vrndavana,71,72\n\nTime on Earth vs. Brahma's time; 41-42\n\nTopics of Kr�Q.a,4\n\nTranscendence. See: ��Q.a consciousness;\nLiberation; Spiritual world\n\nTranscendentalists. See: Acaryas; Devotees;\n\n]nanis; Paramaharilsas; Spiritual\n\nmasters\n\nVaikuQ.tha. See: Spiritual world\n\nVaisnavas. See: Devotees\n\nVa4�va-to�al;ii, cited on Srivatsa mark,51\nVana defined,71\n\nVariety,unity in,67\n\nVarr:WSrama-dharma, 58\nVasudeve bhagavati\nquoted,58\n\nVede�u durlabham adurlabham atmabhaktau\nquoted,74\n\nVedic knowledge\n\nacceptance of,67-68\n\npurification via,61\n\nSee also: Absolute Truth; Knowledge\n\nVedic literature\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam as essence of,\n62\n\nSee also: specific literatures\n\nVegetables,70-71\n\nVipralipsa defined,16\n\nViraraghava A.ciirya,cited on material en­\n\nTree(s)\n\nlivelihood provided by, 70-71\n\nas nonmoving,55\n\ntamala, in ��Q.a-Balarlima temple,52\n\nvariety in,example of,66\nin Vrndavana,70\n\nTruth. See: Absolute Truth\n\nTyaktva de ham punar janma\nverse quoted,21\n\ntanglement,59\n\nVi�Q.u,Lord\n\nall-pervading, 47\n\ncalves & boys in form of,49-65,66\n\ncompared to fire,62\n\nforms of,characteristics & dress of,49,\n50,51,53,60,61,62\n\nforms of,worship of,51,52,54,55\nKr�Q.a includes,51\n\nmystic powers of,56\n\nu\nUniverse(s)\n\nqualifications of,62\n\nSee also: ��Q.a,Lord; NarayaQ.a,Lord;\nSupersoul\n\ninnumerable,47\n\nV41;1u-tattva, Kr�Q.a's calves,cows & boys as,\n\nliving entities everywhere in,74-75\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti 'fhakura,cited\n\nSee also: Creation,the; Earth planet;\n\non ��l).a removing yogamaya from\n\n��Q.a mystifies,46-47\n\nSupreme Brahman manifests,63\n\nNature,material; Planets; Spiritual\n\nworld; Stars; Sun\n\nUpan4ads, followers of,61\n\n44\n\non Brahmli wiping his eyes,78\nBrahma,66\n\non Supreme Brahman,61\n\nVraja(bhiimi). See: Vrndavana\n\n", "SB10.3#p0136": "Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n112\n\nWorship. See: Devotional service; Kr�Qa,wor­\n\nVrndivana (Vraja)\nanimals in,71-72\n\nship of; Vi,Qu,forms of,worship of\n\nBrahmi saw,70\ndevotees in,72\n\ny\n\ndevotional service in,54\nforest of,6-7,71-72\nhappiness in,72\ni(r�Qa-Balarama temple in,7,52,53\ni(r�Qa consciousness in,71,72\ni(r�Qa entered,after expanding as boys &\ncalves,22, 23\nas l(r,Qa's abode, 71-72\nlove for �Qa in,28\nmaterial world vs.,71-72\n\nresidents of,yogamaya influenced, during\nexpansion pastime,35-37\n\ntrees in,70\n\nSee also: Spiritual world\n\nVyiisadeva,Srimad-Bhagavatam by,62\n\nYam eva�a V!1tute tena labhyas\n\nverse quoted, 60\n\nYam syamasundaram acintya­\n\nverse quoted,3\n\nYare yaiche nacaya, se taiche kare nrtya\n\nverse quoted,54,57\nYasodii,i(r�Qa son of,24\nYas tu ndraya�rh devarh\nverse quoted,57,64\n\nYasyaika-ni.Svasita-kalam athdva,lambya\n\nquoted,47\n\nYavanas, elevation of,59\n\nYoga\n\nperfections of,56\n\nw\nWater in swan-paramaharilsa analogy,4\nWaterpots,sun's reflection in,example of,62\n\nWisdom. See: Absolute Truth; Knowledge;\nPhilosophy\nWomen\nmaterialist attached to,4\n\nSee also: Gopis\n\nWork. See: Activities; Karma\n\nWorld. See: Earth planet; Material world\n\nSee also: Devotional service; i(r�Qa con­\n\nsciousness; Mystic power\n\nYogamaya potency\n\ndefined,66\nl(r,Qa enjoyed via,23,25\ni(r�Qa relieved Brahmii from,65, 66\ni(r�I).a's expansion pastime via,35-37, 42\nSee also: Mystic power\n\nYoga�siddhis defined,56\n\nYogis. See: Devotees\n\nYogurt,l(r,I).a holding,11, 14\n\n", "SB10.3#p0137": "", "SB10.3#p0138": "\"The Srimad-Bhagavatam is widely acclaimed as\nthe bible of Indian devotionalism par excellence. His\nDivine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada has produced an exquisite edition of the\nBhagavatam with English translation and commentary. Through his lucid commentary, the author\nreveals the real spirit of the text. The profound essence of bhakti, divine love, radiates from every\npage. The physical layout of these volumes and the\nmany beautiful illustrations are pleasing to the eye as\nwell as to the mind.\"\nDr. T.M.P. Mahadevan\nDirector, Center of Advanced\nStudy of Philosophy\nUniversity of Madras\nMadras, India\n\"The\n\nBhaktivedanta\n\nBook\n\nTrust\n\neditions\n\nof\n\nfamous religious classics of India with new translations and commentaries are an important addition to\nour expanding kl}owledge of spiritual India. The new\n\nedition of the Srimad-Bhagavatam is particularly\nwelcome.\"\n\nDr. John L. Mish\nChief, Oriental Division\nNew York Public Library\n\n\"It has been my great pleasure recently to have\n\nread the Srimad-Bhagavatam in the superb edition\nauthorized by A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupiida. The consummate care and devotion to the\nSanskrit word and its precious meaning are evident\n\non every page. I am sure this monumental work will\ngo\n\nfar\n\nto\n\nbring\n\nthe\n\nsublime\n\nmessage\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nBhagavatam to numerous Westerners who otherwise\nwould miss this opportunity.\"\nDr. Alex Wayman\nProfessor of Sanskrit\nColumbia University\n\n", "SB10.3#p0139": ""}